Homilies on the Gospel of Matthew

The whole work on one page. Select a passage number to open that passage with its notes, Scripture references, and citation.

Show

Chapter 1

1.1Field 1

ἜΔΕΙ μὲν ἡμᾶς μηδὲ δεῖσθαι τῆς ἀπὸ τῶν γραμμάτων βοηθείας, ἀλλ᾽ οὕτω βίον παρέχεσθαι καθαρὸν, ὡς ,Τοῦ πνεύματος τὴν χάριν ἀντὶ βιβλίων γίνεσθαι ταῖς ἡμετέραις ψυχαῖς, καὶ καθάπερ ταῦτα διὰ μέλανος, οὕτω τὰς καρδίας τὰς ἡμετέρας διὰ πνεύματος ἐγγεγράφθαι. ᾿Επειδὴ δὲ ταύτην διεκρουσάμεθα τὴν χάριν, φέρε κἂν τὸν δεύτερον ἀσπασωμεθα πλοῦν. ᾿Επεὶ ὅτι τὸ πρότερον ἄμεινον ἣν, καὶ δ ὧν εἶπε, καὶ δ ὧν ἐποίησεν, ἐδήλωσεν ὁ θεὸς. Καὶ γὰρ τῷ Νώε, καὶ τῷ Ἄβρααμ, καὶ τοῖς ἐγγόνοις τοῖς ἐκείνου. καὶ τῷ Ἰὼβ, καὶ τῷ Μωὺσεῖ δὲ οὐ διὰ Ὑραμμάτων διελέγετο, ἀλλ᾽ αὐτὸς δ ἑαυτοῦ, καθαρὰν εὑρίσκων αὐτῶν τὴν διάνοιαν. ᾿Επειδὴ δὲ εἰς αὐτὸν τῆς κακίας ἐνέπεσε τὸν πυθμένα ἅπας τῶν Ἑ βραίων ὁ δῆμος, τότε λοιπὸν γραμματα καὶ πλάκες, καὶ ἡ διὰ τούτων ὑπόμνησις. Καὶ τοῦτο οὐκ ἐπὶ τῶν ἐν τῇ παλαιᾷ ἁγίων, αλλὰ καὶ ἐπὶ τῶν ἐν τῇ καινὴ συμβὰν ἴδοι τις ἄν. Οὐδὲ γὰρ τοῖς ἀποστόλοις ἔδωκέ τι γραπτὸν ὁ θεὸς, ἀλλ᾽ ἀντὶ γραμμάτων τὴν τοῦ πνεύματος ἐπηγγείλατο δώσειν χάριν' τάρς εκδίνος γὰρ ὑμᾶς ἀναμνήσει, φησὶ, πάντα. Καὶ ἵνα μάθης ὅτι τοῦτο πολὺ ἄμεινον ἦν, ἄκουσον διὰ τοῦ προφήτου τί φησι διαθήσομαι ὑμῖν διαθήκην καινὴν, διδοὺς νόμους μον εἰς διάνοιαν αὐτῶν, καὶ ἐπὶ καρδίας γράψω αὐτοὺς, καὶ ἔσονται πάντες διδακτοὶ θεοῦ. Καὶ ὁ Παῦλος δὲ ταύτην ἐνδεικνύμενος τὴν ὑπεροχὴν, ἔλεγεν εἰληφέναι νόμον, δ ἐς οὐκ ἐν πλαξὶ λιθίναις, αλλ᾽ ἐν πλαξὶ καρδίας σαρκίναις. ᾿Επειδὴ δὲ τοῦ χρόνου προϊόντος ἐξώκειλαν, οἱ μὲν δογμάτων ἕ ἕνεκεν, οἱ δὲ βίου καὶ τρόπων, ἐδέησε πάλιν τῆς ἀπὸ τῶν γραμμάτων ὑπομνήσεως. ᾿Εννόησον οὖν ἡλίκον ἐστὶ κακὸν, τοὺς οὕτως ὀφείλοντας ζῆν καθαρῶς, ὡς μηδὲ δεῖσθαι Ὑ γραμμάτων, ἀλλ᾽ ἀντὶ βιβλίων παρέχειν τὰς καρδίας τῷ πνεύματι, ἐπειδὴ τὴν τιμὴν ἀπωλέσαμεν. ἐκείνην, καὶ κατέστημεν εἰς τὴν τούτων χρείαν, μηδὲ τῷ δευτέρῳ πάλιν κεχρῆσθαι φαρμάκῳ εἰς δέον. Εἰ γὰρ ἔγκλημα τὸ γραμμάτων δεηθῆναι, καὶ μὴ τὴν τοῦ πνεύματος ἐπισπάσασθαι χάριν, σκόπησον ἡλίκη κατηγορία, τὸ μηδὲ μετὰ τὴν βοήθειαν ταύτην ἐθέλειν κερδαίνειν, ἀλλ᾽ ὡς εἰκῆ καὶ μάτην κείμενα τὰ γράμματα περιορᾶν, καὶ μείζονα ὁ ἐπισπᾶσθαι τὴν κόλασιν. Ὅπερ ἵνα μὴ γένηται, προσέχωμεν μετὰ ἀκριβείας τοῖς γεγραμμένοις, καὶ μάθωμεν πῶς μὲν ὃ παλαιὸς ἐδόθη νόμος. πῶς δὲ ἡ καινὴ διαθήκη. Πῶς οὖν ὁ νόμος ἐκεῖνος ἐδόθη τότε, καὶ πότε καὶ ποῦ: Μετὰ τὸν εἶν Αἰγυπτίων ὄλεθρον, ἐπὶ τῆς ἐρήμου, ἐν τῷ ὄρει Σινα, καπνοῦ καὶ πυρὸς ἀνιόντος ἀπὸ Τὸν ὄρους, σάλπιγγος ἠχούσης, βροντῶν καὶ ἀστραπῶν γινομένων, τοῦ Μωυσέως αὐτὸν εἰσιόντος τὸν , Ὑνόφον. Εν τῇ καινῇ δὲ οὐχ οὕτως οὔτε ἐν ἐρήμῳ, οὔτε ἐν ὄρει; οὔτε μετὰ καπνοῦ καὶ σκότους καὶ γνόφον καὶ θνέλλης ἀλλ᾽ ἀρχομένης ἡμέρας, ἐν οἰκίᾳ, πάντων συγκαθημένων, μετὰ πολλῆς τῆς ἡμερότητος πᾶντα ὀγίνετο. Τοῖς μὲν γὰρ ἀλογωτέροις καὶ δυσηνίοις σωματικῆς ἔδει φαντασίας, οἷον ἐρημίας, ὄρους, καπνοῦ, σάλπιγγος ἠἡχῆς» καὶ τῶν ἄλλων τῶν τοιούτων τοῖς δὲ ὑψηλοτέροις καὶ καταπειθέσι καὶ τὴν τῶν σωμάτων ἔννοιαν ὑπεραναβεβηκόσιν, οὐδενὸς ἣν τούτων Χρεία. Εἰ δὲ καὶ ἐπ᾽ αὐτῶν ἦχος ἐγένετο, οὐ διὰ τοὺς ἀποστόλους, ἀλλὰ διὰ τοὺς παρόντας ᾿Ιουδαίους, δι᾽ οὗς καὶ αἱ τοῦ πυρὸς ὥφθησαν γλώσσαι. Εἰ γὰρ καὶ μετὰ τοῦτο ἔλεγον, ὅτι γλεύκους μεμεστωμόνοι εἰσὶ, , πολλφ μᾶλλον, εἰ μηδὲν τούτων εἶδον, ταῦτα ἂν εἶπον. Καὶ ἐπὶ μὲν τῆς παλαιᾶς, Μωὺύσέως ἀναβάντος, οὕτως ὁ θεὸς κατάβη; ἐνταῦθα δὲ τῆς φύσεως τῆς ἡμετέρας εἰς τὸν οὐρανὸν, μᾶλλον δὲ εἰς τὸν θρόνον τὸν βασιλικὸν ἀνενεχθείσης, οὕτω τὸ πνεῦμα κάτεισιν. Εἰ δὲ τὸ πνεῦμα ἔλαττον, οὐκ ἂν μείζονα ἢ ἥν τὰ γενόμενα καὶ θαυμαστότερα. Καὶ γὰρ αἱ πλάκες αὗται πολλῷ ᾿βελτίους, καὶ τὰ κατορθώματα λαμπρότερα. Οὐυὅ γὰρ εξ ὃ ὄρους κατήεσαν στήλας φέροντες λιθίνας ἐπὶ τῶν χειρῶν οἱ ἀπόστολοι, καθάπερ Μωυσῆς αλλὰ τὸ πνεῦμα ἐν τῇ διανοίᾳ περιφέροντες, καὶ θησαυρόν τινα καὶ πηγὴν δογμάτων καὶ χαρισμάτων καὶ πάντων τών ἀγαθῶν ἀναβλύζοντες, οὕτω πανταχοῦ περιήεσαν, βιβλία καὶ νόμοι γινόμενοι διὰ τῆς χάριτος ἔμψυχοι. Οὕτω τοὺς τρισχιλίους, οὕτω τοὺς πεντακισχιλίους, οὕτω τοὺς τῆς οἰκουμένης ἐπεσπάσαντο δήμους, τοῦ θεοῦ διὰ τῆς ἐκείνων γλώττης τοῖς προσιοῦσιν ἅπασι διαλεγομένου. ΑΦ᾽ οὗ καὶ ὁ Ματθαῖος τοῦ πνεύματος ἐμπλησθεὶς ἔγραψεν ἅπερ ἔγραψε Ματθαῖος ὁ τελώνης οὐ γὰρ αἰσχύνομαι καλῶν αὐτὸν ἀπὸ τῆς τέχνης» οὔτε τοῦτον, οὔτε τοὺς ἄλλους. Τοῦτο γὰρ μάλιστα δείκνυσι καὶ τὴν τοῦ πνεύματος χάριν, καὶ τὴν ἐκείνων ἀρετήν. Εὐαγγέλιον δὲ αὐτοῦ τὴν πραγματείαν εἰκότως ἐκάλεσε. Καὶ γὰρ κολάσεως ἀναίρεσιν, καὶ ἁμαρτημάτων λύσιν, καὶ αιοσύνην, καὶ ἁγιασμὸν, καὶ ἀπολύτρωσιν, καὶ υἱοθεσίαν, καὶ κληρονομίαν τῶν οὐρανῶν, καὶ συγγένειαν πρὸς τὸν υἱὸν τοῦ θεοῦ, πᾶσιν ἦλθεν ἀπαγγέλλων τοῖς ἐχθροῖς, τοῖς ἀγνώμοσι, τοῖς ἐν σκότῳ καθημένοις. Τί ποτ᾽ οὖν τῶν εὐαγγελίων τούτων ἴσον γένοιτ᾽ ἄν; θεὸς ἐπὶ γῆς, ἄνθρωπος ἐν οὐρανῷ᾽ καὶ πάντα ἀναμὶξ ἐ ἐγένετο, ἄγγελοι συνεχόρευον ἀνθρώποις, ἄνθρωποι τοῖς ἀγγέλοις ἐκοινώνουν, καὶ ταῖς ἄλλαις ταῖς ἄνῳ δυνάμεσι καὶ ἣν ἰδεῖν τὸν ,Χρόνιον λυθέντα πόλεμον, καὶ καταλλαγὰς θεοῦ πρὸς τὴν ἡμετέραν γεγενημένας φύσιν, διάβολον αἰσχυνόμενον, δαίμονας δραπετεύοντας, θάνατον λελυμένον, παράδεισον ἃ ἀνουγόμενον, κατάραν ἡφανισμένην, ἁμαρτίαν ἐκποδὼν γεγενημένην, πλάνην ἀπεληλαμένην, ἀλήθειαν ἐπανελθοῦσαν, τῆς εὐσεβείας, τὸν λόγον πανταχοῦ κατασπειρόμενον καὶ κομῶντα, τὴν τών ἄνω πολιτείαν ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς πεφυτευμένην, μετὰ ἀδείας τὰς δυνάμεις ἐκείνας ὁμιλούσας ἡμῖν, καὶ τῇ γῇ συνεχώς ἀγγέλους ἐπιχωριάζοντας, καὶ πολλὴν ὑπὲρ τῶν μελλόντων τὴν ἐλπίδα οὗσαν. Διὰ τοῦτο εὐαγγέλιον τὴν ἱστορίαν ἐκάλεσεν, ὡς τά γε ἄλλα πάντα βήματα μόνον ἐστὶ πραγμάτων ἔρημα; οἷον χρημάτων δ περιουσία, δυναστείας μέγεθος, καὶ ἀρχαὶ καὶ δόξαι καὶ τιμαὶ, καὶ τὰ ἄλλα ὅσα παρὰ ἀνθρώποις ἀγαθὰ εἶναι νομίζεται τὰ δὲ παρὰ τῶν ἁλιέων ἀπαγγελθέντα γνησίως τε καὶ κυρίως εὐωγγέλια ἂν καλοῖντο᾽ οὐκ ἐπειδὴ βέβαια καὶ ἀκίνητα μόνον ἐστὶν ἀγαθὰ, καὶ ὑπὲρ τὴν ἀξίαν τὴν ἡμετέραν, ἀλλ᾽ ὅτι καὶ μετ᾽ εὐκολίας ἁπάσης ἡμῖν ἐδόθη. Οὐδὲ γὰρ πονήσαντες καὶ ἱδρώσαντες, οὐ καμόντες καὶ ταλαιπωρηθέντες, ἀλλ᾽ ἀγαπηθέντες παρὰ τοῦ θεοῦ μόνον, ἐλάβομεν ἅ ἅπερ ἐλάβομεν. Καὶ τί Ἴδε τοσούτων ὄντων τῶν μαθητῶν, δύο γράφουσιν ἐκ τῶν ἀποστόλων μόνοι, καὶ δύο ἐκ τῶν τούτοις ἀκολούθων: ὁ μὲν γὰρ Παύλου, ὁ δὲ Πέτρου μαθητὴς ὧν, μετὰ ᾿Ιωάννου καὶ Ματθαίου τὰ εὐαγγέλια ὄγραψαν. Ὅτι οὐδὲν πρὸς φιλοτιμίαν ἐποίουν, ἀλλὰ πάντα πρὸς χρείαν. Τί οὗν: οὐκ ἤρκει εἷς εὐαγγελιστὴς πάντα εἰπεῖν: ; Ἤρκει. μέν' ἀλλὰ κἂν τέσσαρες ὦσιν οἱ γράφοντες, μήτε κατὰ τοὺς αὐτοὺς καιροὺς, μήτε ἐν τοῖς αὐτοῖς τόποις, μήτε συνελθόντες καὶ διαλεχθέντες ἀλλήλοις, εἶτα ὦ ὥσπερ ἀφ᾽ ἑνὸς στόματος πάντα φθέγγωνται, μεγίστη τῆς αληθείας ἀπόδειξις τοῦτο γίνεται. Καὶ μὴν τοὐναντίον συνέβη, φησί: πολλαχου γὰρ διαφωνοῦντες ἐλέγχονται. Αὐτὸ μὲν οὖν τοῦτο μέγιστον δεῖγμα τῆς ἀληθείας ἐστίν. Εἰ γὰρ πάντα συνεφώνησαν μετὰ ἀκριβείας, καὶ μέχρι καιροῦ, καὶ μέχρι τόπου, καὶ μέχρι βημάτων αὐτῶν, οὐδεὶς ἂν ἐπίστευσε τῶν ἐχθρῶν, ὅτι μὴ συνελθόντες ἀπὸ συνθήκης τινὸς ἀνθρωπίνης ἔγραψαν ἅπερ ἔγραψαν' οὐ γὰρ εἶναι τῆς ἁπλότητος τὴν τοσαύτην συμφωνίαν. Νυνὶ δὲ καὶ ἡ δοκοῦσα ἐν μικροῖς εἶναι διαφωνία πάσης ἀπαλλάττει αὐτοὺς ὑποψίας, καὶ λαμπρῶς ὑπὲρ τοῦ τρόπου τῶν γραψάντων ἀπολογεῖται. Εἰ δέ τι περὶ καιρῶν ἤ τόπων διαφό ἀπήγγειλαν, τοῦτο οὐδὲν βλάπτει τῶν εἰρημένων τὴν αλήθειαν. Καὶ ταῦτα δὲ, ὡς ἂν ὁ θεὸς παρέχῃ, πειρασόμεθα προϊόντες ἀποδεῖξαι ἐκεῖνο μετὰ τῶν εἰρημένων ἀξιοῦντες ὑμᾶς παρατηρεῖν, ὅτι ἐν τοῖς κεφαλαίοις καὶ συνέχουσιν ἡμῶν τὴν ζωὴν καὶ τὸ κήρυγμα συγκροτοῦσιν, οὐδαμοῦ τις αὐτῶν οὐδὲ μικρὸν διαφωνήσας εὑρίσκεται. Τίνα δὲ ταῦτά ἐστιν: Οἷον, ὅτι ὁ θεὸς ἄνθρωπος ἐγένετο, ὅτι θαύματα ἐποίησεν, ὅτι ἐσταυρώθη, ὅτι ἐτάφη, ὅτι ἀνέστη, ὅτι ἀνῆλθεν, ὅτι μέλλει κρίνειν, ὅτι ἔδωκε ;σωτηριώδεις ἐντολὰς, ὅτι οὐκ ἐναντίον τῇ παλαιᾷ νόμον εἰσήνεγκεν, ὅτι υἱὸς, ὅτι μονογενὴς, ὅτι γνήσιος, ὅτι τῆς αὐτῆς οὐσίας τῷ πατρὶ, καὶ ὅσα τοιαῦτα περὶ γὰρ ταῦτα πολλὴν εὑρήσομεν οὖσαν αὐτοῖς συμφωνίαν. Εἰ δὲ ἐ ἐν τοῖς θαύμασι μὴ πάντες πάντα εἶπον, αλλ᾽ ὁ μὲν ταῦτα, ὁ δὲ ἐκεῖνα, τοῦτό σε μὴ θορυβείτω: εἴτε γὰρ εἷς πάντα εἶπε, περισσὸς ἦν ὁ τῶν λοιπῶν ἀριθμόν εἴτε πάντες ἐξηλλαγμένα καὶ καινὰ πρὸς ἀλλήλους ἔγραψαν, οὐκ ἂν ἐφάνη τῆς συμφωνίας, ἡ ἀπόδειξις. Διὰ τοῦτο καὶ κοινῇ τόλλα διελέχθησαν, καὶ ἕκαστος αὐτῶν ἴδιόν τι λαβὼν εἶπεν, ἵνα μήτε περισσὸς εἶναι δόξη καὶ προσεῤῥιφθαι ἁπλῶς, καὶ τῆς ἀληθείας τών λεγομένων ἀκριβη παράσχηται τὴν βάσανον ἡμῖν. Ὁ μὲν οὖν Λουκᾶς καὶ τὴν αἰτίαν φησὶ, δὲ ἣν ἐπὶ τὸς γράφειν ἔρχεται ἐς ἵνα ἔχης Ὑάρ; φησὶ, περὶ ὧν κατηχήθης λόγων τὴν ἀσφά λειαν τουτέστιν, ἵνα συνεχως ὑπομιμνησκόμενος τὴν ἀσφάλειαν ἔχῃπ, καὶ ἐν ἀσφαλείᾳ μένῃς. Ὁ δὲ ᾿Ιωάννης, αὐτὸς μὲν ἐσίγησε τὴν αἰτίαν ὡς γὰρ λόγος φησὶν ἄνωθεν καὶ ἐκ πατέρων εἰς ἡμᾶς καταβὰς, οὐδὲ αὐτὸς ἁπλῶς ἐπὶ τὸ γράφειν ἤλθεν' ἀλλ᾽ ἐπειδῃ τοῖς τρισὶν Ί σπουδὴ γέγονε τῷ τῆς οἰκονομίας ἐνδιατρῖψαι λόγῳ, καὶ τὰ τῆς θεότητος ἐκινδύνευεν ἀποσιωπᾶσθαι δόγματα, τοῦ Χριστοῦ κινήσαντος αὐτὸν λοιπὸν, οὕτως ἦλθεν ἐπὶ τὴν εὐαγγελικὴν συγγραφήν. Καὶ τοῦτο δῆλον καὶ εξ αὐτῆς τῆς ἱστορίας, καὶ τών τοῦ εὐαγγελίον προοιμίων. Οὐδὲ γὰρ γὰρ λόγος φησὶν δὲ λόγος ἔχει Ἐ.. ὁμοίως τοῖς λοιποῖς κάτωθεν ἄρχεται, ἀλλ᾽ ἄνωθεν, πρὸς ὅπερ ἠπείγετο, καὶ διὰ τοῦτο τὸ πᾶν βιβλίον συνέθηκεν. Οὐκ ἐν τοῖς προοιμίοις δὲ μόνον, ἀλλὰ καὶ διὰ παντὸς τοῦ εὐαγγελίου τῶν ἄλλων ἐστὶν ὑψηλότερος. Λέγεται δὲ καὶ Ματθαῖος, τῶν εξ Ἰουδαίων πιστευσάντων προσελθόντων αὐτῷ καὶ παρακαλεσάντων, ἅπερ εἶπε διὰ ῥημάτων, ταῦτα αφεῖναι διὰ Ὑραμμάτων αὐτοῖς; καὶ τῇ τῶν Ἑβραίων φωνῇ συνθεῖναι τὸ εὐαγγέλιον καὶ Μάρκος δὲ ἐν Αἰγύπτῳ, τῶν μαθητῶν παρακαλεσάντων, ἡ αὐτὸ τοῦτο ποιῆσαι. Διὰ δὴ τοῦτο ὁ μὲν Ματθαῖος, ἅτε Ἑβραίοις γράφων, οὐδὲν πλέον ἐζήτησε δεῖξαι, ἢ ὅτι απὸ ᾿Αβραὰμ καὶ Δαυϊδ ἡ ἢν ὃ δὲ Λουκᾶς, ἅτε κοινῇ πάσι διαλεγόμενος, καὶ ἀνωτέρω τὸν λόγον ἀνάγει, μέχρι τοῦ ᾿Αδὰμ προΐων. Καὶ ὁ μὲν ἀπὸ τῆς γενέσεως ἄ ἄρχεται οὐδὲν γὰρ οὕτως ἀνέπανε τὸν ᾿Ιουδαῖον, ὡς τὸ μαθεῖν αὐτὸν, ὅτι τοῦ Αβραὰμ καὶ τοῦ Δαυϊδ ἔ εγγονος ἦν ὁ Χριστόν ὁ δὲ οὐχ οὕτως, ἀλλ᾽ ἑτέρων πλειόνων μέμνηται πραγμάτων, καὶ τότε ἐπὶ τὴν γενεαλογίαν πρόεισι. Τὴν δὲ συμφωνίαν αὐτῶν καὶ. ἀπὸ τῆς οἰκουμένης παραστήσομεν τῆς δεξαμένης τὰ εἰρημένα, καὶ ἀπ᾿ αὐτῶν τῶν τῆς ἀληθείας ἐχθρῶν. Καὶ γὰρ πολλαὶ μετ᾽ ἐκείνους αἱρέσεις ἐτέχθησαν, ἐναντία δοξάζουσαι τοῖς εἰρημένοις καὶ αἱ μὲν πάντα κατεδέξαντο τὰ λεχθέντα, αἱ δὲ μέρη τῶν εἰρημένων ἀποκόψασαι τῶν λοιπῶν, οὕτω παρ᾽ ἑαυταῖς ἔχουσιν. Εἰ δὲ μάχη τις ἣν ἐν τοῖς εἰρημένοις, οὔτ᾽ ἂν αἱ ταναντία λέγουσαι ἅπαντα ἀν ἐδέξαντο, ἀλλὰ μέρος τὸ δοκοῦν αὐταῖς συνάδειν' οὔτ᾽ ἂν αἱ μέρος ἀπολαβοῦσαι ᾿διηλέγχθησαν απὸ τοῦ μέρους, ὡς μηδὲ τὰ κόμματα αὐτὰ λανθάνειν, ἀλλὰ βοᾶν τὴν πρὸς τὸ ὅλον σῶμα συγγένειαν. Καὶ καθάπερ ἂν ἀπὸ πλευρᾶς λάβῃς τι μέρος, καὶ ἐν τῷ μέρει τὰ πάντα εὑρήσεις, ἀφ᾽ ὧν τὸ ὅλον ζῶον συνέστηκε, καὶ νεῦρα, καὶ φλέβας, καὶ ὀστά, καὶ ἀρτηρίας, καὶ αἷμα, καὶ ὁλοκλήρου, ὡς ἂν εἴποι τις, τοὺ φυράματος δεῖγμα. οὕτω καὶ ἐπὶ τῶν γραφῶν ἐστιν ἰδεῖν ἑκάστῳ τῶν εἰρημένων μέρει τὴν τοῦ παντὸς συγγένειαν διαφαινομένην. Εἰ δὲ διεφώνουν, οὔτ᾽ ἂν τοῦτο ἐδείχθη, καὶ αὐτὸ πάλαι ἂν διελύθη τὸ δόγμα πᾶσα γὰρ βασιλεία, φησὶν, εφ᾽ ἑαυτῆς μερισθεῖσα οὐ σταθήσεται. Νῦν δὲ κἂν τούτῳ τοῦ πνεύματος ἡ ἰσχὺς λάμπει, πείσασα τοὺς ἀνθρώπους, περὶ τὰ ἀναγκαιότερα καὶ κατεπείγοντα γενομένους, μηδὲν ἀπὸ τῶν μικρῶν τούτων παραβλάπτεσθαι.

EDEI men hēmas mēde deisthai tēs apo tōn grammatōn boētheias, all᾽ houtō bion parechesthai katharon, hōs ,Tou pneumatos tēn charin anti bibliōn ginesthai tais hēmeterais psychais, kai kathaper tauta dia melanos, houtō tas kardias tas hēmeteras dia pneumatos engegraphthai. ᾿Epeidē de tautēn diekrousametha tēn charin, phere kan ton deuteron aspasōmetha ploun. ᾿Epei hoti to proteron ameinon hēn, kai d hōn eipe, kai d hōn epoiēsen, edēlōsen ho theos. Kai gar tǭ Nōe, kai tǭ Abraam, kai tois engonois tois ekeinou. kai tǭ Iōb, kai tǭ Mōysei de ou dia Hyrammatōn dielegeto, all᾽ autos d heautou, katharan heuriskōn autōn tēn dianoian. ᾿Epeidē de eis auton tēs kakias enepese ton pythmena hapas tōn He braiōn ho dēmos, tote loipon grammata kai plakes, kai hē dia toutōn hypomnēsis. Kai touto ouk epi tōn en tę̄ palaią hagiōn, alla kai epi tōn en tę̄ kainē symban idoi tis an. Oude gar tois apostolois edōke ti grapton ho theos, all᾽ anti grammatōn tēn tou pneumatos epēngeilato dōsein charin' tars ekdinos gar hymas anamnēsei, phēsi, panta. Kai hina mathēs hoti touto poly ameinon ēn, akouson dia tou prophētou ti phēsi diathēsomai hymin diathēkēn kainēn, didous nomous mon eis dianoian autōn, kai epi kardias grapsō autous, kai esontai pantes didaktoi theou. Kai ho Paulos de tautēn endeiknymenos tēn hyperochēn, elegen eilēphenai nomon, d es ouk en plaxi lithinais, all᾽ en plaxi kardias sarkinais. ᾿Epeidē de tou chronou proïontos exōkeilan, hoi men dogmatōn he heneken, hoi de biou kai tropōn, edeēse palin tēs apo tōn grammatōn hypomnēseōs. ᾿Ennoēson oun hēlikon esti kakon, tous houtōs opheilontas zēn katharōs, hōs mēde deisthai Hy grammatōn, all᾽ anti bibliōn parechein tas kardias tǭ pneumati, epeidē tēn timēn apōlesamen. ekeinēn, kai katestēmen eis tēn toutōn chreian, mēde tǭ deuterǭ palin kechrēsthai pharmakǭ eis deon. Ei gar enklēma to grammatōn deēthēnai, kai mē tēn tou pneumatos epispasasthai charin, skopēson hēlikē katēgoria, to mēde meta tēn boētheian tautēn ethelein kerdainein, all᾽ hōs eikē kai matēn keimena ta grammata perioran, kai meizona ho epispasthai tēn kolasin. Hoper hina mē genētai, prosechōmen meta akribeias tois gegrammenois, kai mathōmen pōs men ho palaios edothē nomos. pōs de hē kainē diathēkē. Pōs oun ho nomos ekeinos edothē tote, kai pote kai pou: Meta ton ein Aigyptiōn olethron, epi tēs erēmou, en tǭ orei Sina, kapnou kai pyros aniontos apo Ton orous, salpingos ēchousēs, brontōn kai astrapōn ginomenōn, tou Mōyseōs auton eisiontos ton , Hynophon. En tę̄ kainę̄ de ouch houtōs oute en erēmǭ, oute en orei? oute meta kapnou kai skotous kai gnophon kai thnellēs all᾽ archomenēs hēmeras, en oikią, pantōn synkathēmenōn, meta pollēs tēs hēmerotētos panta ogineto. Tois men gar alogōterois kai dysēniois sōmatikēs edei phantasias, hoion erēmias, orous, kapnou, salpingos hēēchēs» kai tōn allōn tōn toioutōn tois de hypsēloterois kai katapeithesi kai tēn tōn sōmatōn ennoian hyperanabebēkosin, oudenos hēn toutōn Chreia. Ei de kai ep᾽ autōn ēchos egeneto, ou dia tous apostolous, alla dia tous parontas ᾿Ioudaious, di᾽ hous kai hai tou pyros hōphthēsan glōssai. Ei gar kai meta touto elegon, hoti gleukous memestōmonoi eisi, , pollph mallon, ei mēden toutōn eidon, tauta an eipon. Kai epi men tēs palaias, Mōyyseōs anabantos, houtōs ho theos katabē? entautha de tēs physeōs tēs hēmeteras eis ton ouranon, mallon de eis ton thronon ton basilikon anenechtheisēs, houtō to pneuma kateisin. Ei de to pneuma elatton, ouk an meizona ē hēn ta genomena kai thaumastotera. Kai gar hai plakes hautai pollǭ ᾿beltious, kai ta katorthōmata lamprotera. Ouyo gar ex ho orous katēesan stēlas pherontes lithinas epi tōn cheirōn hoi apostoloi, kathaper Mōysēs alla to pneuma en tę̄ dianoią peripherontes, kai thēsauron tina kai pēgēn dogmatōn kai charismatōn kai pantōn tōn agathōn anablyzontes, houtō pantachou periēesan, biblia kai nomoi ginomenoi dia tēs charitos empsychoi. Houtō tous trischilious, houtō tous pentakischilious, houtō tous tēs oikoumenēs epespasanto dēmous, tou theou dia tēs ekeinōn glōttēs tois prosiousin hapasi dialegomenou. APh᾽ hou kai ho Matthaios tou pneumatos emplēstheis egrapsen haper egrapse Matthaios ho telōnēs ou gar aischynomai kalōn auton apo tēs technēs» oute touton, oute tous allous. Touto gar malista deiknysi kai tēn tou pneumatos charin, kai tēn ekeinōn aretēn. Euangelion de autou tēn pragmateian eikotōs ekalese. Kai gar kolaseōs anairesin, kai hamartēmatōn lysin, kai aiosynēn, kai hagiasmon, kai apolytrōsin, kai huiothesian, kai klēronomian tōn ouranōn, kai syngeneian pros ton huion tou theou, pasin ēlthen apangellōn tois echthrois, tois agnōmosi, tois en skotǭ kathēmenois. Ti pot᾽ oun tōn euangeliōn toutōn ison genoit᾽ an? theos epi gēs, anthrōpos en ouranǭ᾽ kai panta anamix e egeneto, angeloi synechoreuon anthrōpois, anthrōpoi tois angelois ekoinōnoun, kai tais allais tais anǭ dynamesi kai hēn idein ton ,Chronion lythenta polemon, kai katallagas theou pros tēn hēmeteran gegenēmenas physin, diabolon aischynomenon, daimonas drapeteuontas, thanaton lelymenon, paradeison ha anougomenon, kataran hēphanismenēn, hamartian ekpodōn gegenēmenēn, planēn apelēlamenēn, alētheian epanelthousan, tēs eusebeias, ton logon pantachou kataspeiromenon kai komōnta, tēn tōn anō politeian epi tēs gēs pephyteumenēn, meta adeias tas dynameis ekeinas homilousas hēmin, kai tę̄ gę̄ synechōs angelous epichōriazontas, kai pollēn hyper tōn mellontōn tēn elpida housan. Dia touto euangelion tēn historian ekalesen, hōs ta ge alla panta bēmata monon esti pragmatōn erēma? hoion chrēmatōn d periousia, dynasteias megethos, kai archai kai doxai kai timai, kai ta alla hosa para anthrōpois agatha einai nomizetai ta de para tōn halieōn apangelthenta gnēsiōs te kai kyriōs euōngelia an kalointo᾽ ouk epeidē bebaia kai akinēta monon estin agatha, kai hyper tēn axian tēn hēmeteran, all᾽ hoti kai met᾽ eukolias hapasēs hēmin edothē. Oude gar ponēsantes kai hidrōsantes, ou kamontes kai talaipōrēthentes, all᾽ agapēthentes para tou theou monon, elabomen ha haper elabomen. Kai ti Ide tosoutōn ontōn tōn mathētōn, dyo graphousin ek tōn apostolōn monoi, kai dyo ek tōn toutois akolouthōn: ho men gar Paulou, ho de Petrou mathētēs hōn, meta ᾿Iōannou kai Matthaiou ta euangelia ograpsan. Hoti ouden pros philotimian epoioun, alla panta pros chreian. Ti houn: ouk ērkei heis euangelistēs panta eipein: ? Ērkei. men' alla kan tessares ōsin hoi graphontes, mēte kata tous autous kairous, mēte en tois autois topois, mēte synelthontes kai dialechthentes allēlois, eita ō hōsper aph᾽ henos stomatos panta phthengōntai, megistē tēs alētheias apodeixis touto ginetai. Kai mēn tounantion synebē, phēsi: pollachou gar diaphōnountes elenchontai. Auto men oun touto megiston deigma tēs alētheias estin. Ei gar panta synephōnēsan meta akribeias, kai mechri kairou, kai mechri topou, kai mechri bēmatōn autōn, oudeis an episteuse tōn echthrōn, hoti mē synelthontes apo synthēkēs tinos anthrōpinēs egrapsan haper egrapsan' ou gar einai tēs haplotētos tēn tosautēn symphōnian. Nyni de kai hē dokousa en mikrois einai diaphōnia pasēs apallattei autous hypopsias, kai lamprōs hyper tou tropou tōn grapsantōn apologeitai. Ei de ti peri kairōn ē topōn diapho apēngeilan, touto ouden blaptei tōn eirēmenōn tēn alētheian. Kai tauta de, hōs an ho theos parechę̄, peirasometha proïontes apodeixai ekeino meta tōn eirēmenōn axiountes hymas paratērein, hoti en tois kephalaiois kai synechousin hēmōn tēn zōēn kai to kērygma synkrotousin, oudamou tis autōn oude mikron diaphōnēsas heurisketai. Tina de tauta estin: Hoion, hoti ho theos anthrōpos egeneto, hoti thaumata epoiēsen, hoti estaurōthē, hoti etaphē, hoti anestē, hoti anēlthen, hoti mellei krinein, hoti edōke ?sōtēriōdeis entolas, hoti ouk enantion tę̄ palaią nomon eisēnenken, hoti huios, hoti monogenēs, hoti gnēsios, hoti tēs autēs ousias tǭ patri, kai hosa toiauta peri gar tauta pollēn heurēsomen ousan autois symphōnian. Ei de e en tois thaumasi mē pantes panta eipon, all᾽ ho men tauta, ho de ekeina, touto se mē thorybeitō: eite gar heis panta eipe, perissos ēn ho tōn loipōn arithmon eite pantes exēllagmena kai kaina pros allēlous egrapsan, ouk an ephanē tēs symphōnias, hē apodeixis. Dia touto kai koinę̄ tolla dielechthēsan, kai hekastos autōn idion ti labōn eipen, hina mēte perissos einai doxē kai proserrhiphthai haplōs, kai tēs alētheias tōn legomenōn akribē paraschētai tēn basanon hēmin. Ho men oun Loukas kai tēn aitian phēsi, de hēn epi tos graphein erchetai es hina echēs Hyar? phēsi, peri hōn katēchēthēs logōn tēn aspha leian toutestin, hina synechōs hypomimnēskomenos tēn asphaleian echę̄p, kai en asphaleią menę̄s. Ho de ᾿Iōannēs, autos men esigēse tēn aitian hōs gar logos phēsin anōthen kai ek paterōn eis hēmas katabas, oude autos haplōs epi to graphein ēlthen' all᾽ epeidę̄ tois trisin I spoudē gegone tǭ tēs oikonomias endiatripsai logǭ, kai ta tēs theotētos ekindyneuen aposiōpasthai dogmata, tou Christou kinēsantos auton loipon, houtōs ēlthen epi tēn euangelikēn syngraphēn. Kai touto dēlon kai ex autēs tēs historias, kai tōn tou euangelion prooimiōn. Oude gar gar logos phēsin de logos echei E.. homoiōs tois loipois katōthen archetai, all᾽ anōthen, pros hoper ēpeigeto, kai dia touto to pan biblion synethēken. Ouk en tois prooimiois de monon, alla kai dia pantos tou euangeliou tōn allōn estin hypsēloteros. Legetai de kai Matthaios, tōn ex Ioudaiōn pisteusantōn proselthontōn autǭ kai parakalesantōn, haper eipe dia rhēmatōn, tauta apheinai dia Hyrammatōn autois? kai tę̄ tōn Hebraiōn phōnę̄ syntheinai to euangelion kai Markos de en Aigyptǭ, tōn mathētōn parakalesantōn, hē auto touto poiēsai. Dia dē touto ho men Matthaios, hate Hebraiois graphōn, ouden pleon ezētēse deixai, ē hoti apo ᾿Abraam kai Dauïd hē ēn ho de Loukas, hate koinę̄ pasi dialegomenos, kai anōterō ton logon anagei, mechri tou ᾿Adam proïōn. Kai ho men apo tēs geneseōs a archetai ouden gar houtōs anepane ton ᾿Ioudaion, hōs to mathein auton, hoti tou Abraam kai tou Dauïd e engonos ēn ho Christon ho de ouch houtōs, all᾽ heterōn pleionōn memnētai pragmatōn, kai tote epi tēn genealogian proeisi. Tēn de symphōnian autōn kai. apo tēs oikoumenēs parastēsomen tēs dexamenēs ta eirēmena, kai ap᾿ autōn tōn tēs alētheias echthrōn. Kai gar pollai met᾽ ekeinous haireseis etechthēsan, enantia doxazousai tois eirēmenois kai hai men panta katedexanto ta lechthenta, hai de merē tōn eirēmenōn apokopsasai tōn loipōn, houtō par᾽ heautais echousin. Ei de machē tis hēn en tois eirēmenois, out᾽ an hai tanantia legousai hapanta an edexanto, alla meros to dokoun autais synadein' out᾽ an hai meros apolabousai ᾿diēlenchthēsan apo tou merous, hōs mēde ta kommata auta lanthanein, alla boan tēn pros to holon sōma syngeneian. Kai kathaper an apo pleuras labę̄s ti meros, kai en tǭ merei ta panta heurēseis, aph᾽ hōn to holon zōon synestēke, kai neura, kai phlebas, kai osta, kai artērias, kai haima, kai holoklērou, hōs an eipoi tis, tou phyramatos deigma. houtō kai epi tōn graphōn estin idein hekastǭ tōn eirēmenōn merei tēn tou pantos syngeneian diaphainomenēn. Ei de diephōnoun, out᾽ an touto edeichthē, kai auto palai an dielythē to dogma pasa gar basileia, phēsin, eph᾽ heautēs meristheisa ou stathēsetai. Nyn de kan toutǭ tou pneumatos hē ischys lampei, peisasa tous anthrōpous, peri ta anankaiotera kai katepeigonta genomenous, mēden apo tōn mikrōn toutōn parablaptesthai.

We ought not to need the help of written words at all, but to offer a life so pure that the grace of the Spirit would take the place of books in our souls, and that as these are written with ink, so our hearts would be written by the Spirit. But since we have thrust this grace away, come, let us at least welcome the second-best voyage. For that the first way was better, God made clear both by what he said and by what he did. With Noah, with Abraham and his descendants, with Job, and with Moses too, he conversed not through writings but himself, by himself, because he found their minds pure. But when the whole people of the Hebrews had fallen into the very pit of wickedness, then at last came writings and tablets, and the reminder that comes through them. And one can see this happen not only with the saints of the Old Testament but also with those of the New. For God gave the apostles nothing in writing; instead of writings he promised to give the grace of the Spirit: “For he,” he says, “will bring all things to your remembrance.” And that you may learn that this was far better, hear what he says through the prophet: “I will make a new covenant with you, putting my laws into their mind, and I will write them on their hearts, and they shall all be taught by God.” Paul too, showing this superiority, said that he had received a law “not on tablets of stone, but on fleshly tablets of the heart.” But since, as time went on, they made shipwreck, some in doctrine, others in life and conduct, there was need once more of the reminder that comes through writings. Consider, then, how great an evil it is that we, who ought to live so purely as not to need writings at all but to offer our hearts to the Spirit in place of books, having lost that honor and come to need these, should not even use this second remedy as we ought. For if it is a reproach to have needed writings and not to have drawn down the grace of the Spirit, consider how great a charge it is to refuse to profit even after this help, and to neglect the writings as though they lay there idly and to no purpose, and so to draw down a greater punishment on ourselves. That this may not happen, let us attend carefully to what is written, and learn how the old law was given and how the new covenant.

How, then, was that law given at that time, and when, and where? After the destruction of the Egyptians, in the wilderness, on Mount Sinai, while smoke and fire went up from the mountain, a trumpet sounded, thunder and lightning broke out, and Moses went into the very darkness. In the new covenant it was not so, neither in a wilderness, nor on a mountain, nor with smoke and gloom and darkness and storm; but at the start of the day, in a house, while all sat together, everything happened with great gentleness. For those who were less rational and hard to rein in needed bodily displays, such as a wilderness, a mountain, smoke, the sound of a trumpet, and other such things; but those who were more exalted and obedient, and had risen above thoughts of bodies, needed none of these. And if even in their case there was a sound, it was not for the apostles' sake but for the sake of the Jews who were present, for whose sake also the tongues of fire appeared. For if even after this they said, “They are filled with new wine,” much more would they have said it if they had seen none of these things. And in the Old Testament, when Moses went up, God came down; but here, when our nature has been carried up into heaven, or rather to the royal throne, the Spirit comes down. Yet if the Spirit were less, what happened would not have been greater and more wonderful. For these tablets are far better, and the achievements more splendid. For the apostles did not come down from a mountain carrying stone tablets in their hands like Moses, but carrying the Spirit about in their minds, and pouring out a kind of treasure and fountain of doctrines and gifts and all good things, so they went about everywhere, becoming by grace living books and laws. So they drew in the three thousand, so the five thousand, so the peoples of the world, God speaking through their tongue to all who came near.

From this source Matthew too, filled with the Spirit, wrote what he wrote: Matthew the tax collector, for I am not ashamed to call him by his trade, neither him nor the others. For this above all shows both the grace of the Spirit and their virtue. And he rightly called his work a gospel. For he came announcing to all, to enemies, to the ungrateful, to those sitting in darkness, the removal of punishment, the release from sins, righteousness, sanctification, redemption, adoption, the inheritance of heaven, and kinship with the Son of God. What could ever be equal to this good news? God on earth, man in heaven, and all things mingled together: angels joined in dance with men, men shared in the company of angels and of the other powers above; and one could see the long war ended, God reconciled with our nature, the devil put to shame, demons in flight, death undone, paradise opened, the curse wiped out, sin put out of the way, error driven off, truth returned, the word of godliness sown everywhere and flourishing, the commonwealth of heaven planted on earth, those powers conversing with us without fear, angels continually visiting the earth, and great hope for the things to come. That is why he called the narrative a gospel, since all other things are mere words empty of reality, such as abundance of wealth, greatness of power, offices, glories, honors, and whatever else men count as good; but what the fishermen announced may truly and properly be called good news, not only because these goods are secure and unshakable and beyond our deserving, but also because they were given to us with all ease. For it was not by toiling and sweating, nor by labor and hardship, but only by being loved by God, that we received what we received.

And why, when the disciples were so many, do only two of the apostles write, and two of their followers? For one, a disciple of Paul, and the other, of Peter, wrote the Gospels along with John and Matthew. Because they did nothing for display, but everything for need. What then? Was not one evangelist enough to say everything? He was enough; but if there are four who write, neither at the same times nor in the same places, nor having met and talked with one another, and yet they speak everything as though from one mouth, this becomes the greatest proof of the truth. “But the opposite happened,” someone says, “for in many places they are convicted of disagreeing.” This very thing is the greatest sign of the truth. For if they had agreed precisely in everything, down to time and place and the very words, none of the enemies would have believed that they had not met and written what they wrote by some human compact; for so great an agreement would not come from simplicity. But as it is, the disagreement that seems to exist in small matters frees them from all suspicion and speaks splendidly in defense of the character of the writers. And if they reported something differently about times or places, this does no harm to the truth of what they said. These things too, as God grants, we shall try to show as we go on, asking you, along with what has been said, to observe that in the main points, those that hold our life together and make up the preaching, none of them is found to disagree even a little anywhere. What are these? For instance: that God became man, that he worked miracles, that he was crucified, that he was buried, that he rose, that he ascended, that he will judge, that he gave saving commandments, that he brought in a law not contrary to the old, that he is Son, that he is only-begotten, that he is genuine, that he is of the same essence as the Father, and all such things; for on these we shall find great agreement among them. And if in the miracles they did not all tell everything, but one told these, another those, let this not trouble you. For if one had told everything, the number of the rest would have been superfluous; and if all had written things altogether different and new to one another, the proof of their agreement would not have appeared. That is why they told many things in common, and each of them also took something of his own and told it, so that he might neither seem superfluous and thrown in for nothing, and might give us an exact test of the truth of what is said.

Luke, then, also states the reason why he comes to write: “that you may have,” he says, “the certainty concerning the things in which you were instructed”; that is, that being continually reminded you may have the certainty and remain in certainty. John himself kept silent about the reason; but, as the account that has come down to us from the beginning and from the fathers says, he too did not come to write without cause. Since the three had been concerned to dwell on the account of the dispensation, and the doctrines of the Godhead were in danger of being passed over in silence, Christ moved him, and so at last he came to write his Gospel. This is clear both from the narrative itself and from the opening of the Gospel. For he does not begin from below like the others, but from above, toward the point he was pressing to reach, and for which he composed the whole book. And not only in the opening, but throughout the whole Gospel he is loftier than the others. It is said too that Matthew, when those of the Jews who had believed came to him and asked him, left them in writing what he had said by word of mouth, and composed the Gospel in the language of the Hebrews; and that Mark in Egypt did this same thing at the request of the disciples. For this reason Matthew, writing to Hebrews, sought to show nothing more than that he was from Abraham and David; but Luke, speaking to all in common, carries the account higher, going as far back as Adam. And the one begins from the genealogy, for nothing so set the Jew at rest as to learn that Christ was a descendant of Abraham and David; but the other does not, but mentions many other things first and then proceeds to the genealogy.

Their agreement we shall establish also from the world that received what they said, and from the very enemies of the truth. For many heresies were born after them, holding opinions contrary to what was said; and some accepted everything that was said, while others cut off parts of what was said from the rest and keep them so among themselves. But if there were any conflict in what was said, neither would those that teach the contrary have accepted all of it, but only the part that seemed to agree with them; nor would those that took a part have been refuted from that part, so that even the fragments do not escape notice but cry out their kinship with the whole body. And just as if you take some part from the side, you will find in that part all the things of which the whole animal is made, nerves, veins, bones, arteries, blood, a sample, one might say, of the whole lump, so also in the Scriptures one can see in each part of what is said the kinship with the whole shining through. But if they disagreed, neither would this have been shown, and the doctrine itself would long ago have dissolved: “For every kingdom,” he says, “divided against itself shall not stand.” But as it is, even in this the strength of the Spirit shines, having persuaded men, occupied with the more necessary and pressing matters, to take no harm from these small things.

1.4Field 1

α μὲν οὖν ἕκαστος διατρίβων ἔγραψεν, οὐ σφόὸόρα ἡμῖν δεῖ ἰσχυρίσασθαι: ὅτι δὲ οὐ κατ᾽ ἀλλήλων ἔστησαν, τοῦτο διὰ πάσης τῆς πραγματείας πειρασόμεθα ἀποδεῖξαι. Σὺ δὲ ταὐτὸν ποιεῖς, διαφωνίαν αἰτιώμενος, ὥσπερ ἂν εἰ καὶ ῥήματα τὰ αὐτὰ ἐκέλευες εἰπεῖν, καὶ τρόπους λέξεων. Καὶ οὔπω λέγω ὅτι καὶ οἱ μέγα ἐπὶ ῥητορικῆ καὶ φιλοσοφίᾳ κομπάζοντες, πολλοὶ πολλὰ βιβλία γράψαντες περὶ τῶν αὐτῶν πραγματων, οὐ μόνον ἁπλῶς διεφώνησαν, αλλα καὶ ἐναντίως αλλήλοις εἶπον (καὶ γὰρ ἕτερον ἐστι διαφόρως εἰπεῖν, καὶ μαχομένους εἰπεῖν) ἢ οὐδὲν τούτων λέγω᾽ μή μοι γένοιτο ἐκ τῆς ἐκείνων παρανοίας συνθεῖναι τὴν ἀπολογίαν' οὐδὲ γὰρ ἀπὸ τοῦ ψεύδους τὴν ἀλήθειαν συστήσασθαι βούλομαι ἀλλ᾽ ἐκεῖνο ἠδέως ἂν ἐροίμην, πῶς επιστευθὴ ὅτα διαφωνοῦντα ; πῶς ἐκράτησε; πῶς ἐναντία λέγοντες εθαυμάζοντο, ἐπιστεύοντο, ἀνεκηρύττοντο πανταχοῦ τῆς οἰκουμένης : Καίτοι πολλοὶ οἱ μάρτυρες τῶν λεγομένων ἤσαν, πολλοὶ δὲ καὶ οἱ ἐχθροὶ καὶ πολέμιοι. Οὐ γὰρ εν γωνίᾳ μιᾷ γγραΨαντες αὐτὰ κατώρυξαν, αλλὰ πανταχοῦ γῆς καὶ θαλαττης ἥπλωσαν ὑπὸ ταῖς πάντων ακοαῖς καὶ χορῶν παρόντων ταῦτα ἀνεγινώσκετο, καθάπερ καὶ νῦν' καὶ οὐδένα οὐδὲν τῶν εἰρημένων ἐσκανδάλισε. Καὶ μάλα εἰκότως θεία γὰρ δύναμις ἥν ἡ πάντα ἐπιοῦσα καὶ κατορθοῦσα παρὰ πᾶσιν. Ἐπεὶ εἰ μὴ τοῦτο ἡν, πῶς ὁ τελώνης, καὶ ὁ αλιεὺς, καὶ ο αγραμματος τοιαῦτα ἐφιλοσόφει: ἃ γὰρ οὐδὲ ὄναρ οἱ ξξωθεν φαντασθῆναι ἠδυνήθησάν ποτε, ταῦτα οὗτοι μετὰ πολλῆς τῆς πληροφορίας καὶ ἀπαγγέλλουσι καὶ πείθουσι' καὶ οὐχὶ ζῶντες μόνον, ἀλλὰ καὶ τελευτήσαντες οὐδὲ δύο καὶ εἴκοσιν ἀνθρώπους, οὐδε ἐκατοὸν καὶ χιλίους καὶ μυρίους, αλλα πολεις καὶ ἔθνη καὶ δήμους, καὶ γῆν καὶ θάλασσαν, καὶ Ἑλλάδα καὶ βάρβαρον, καὶ τὴν οἰκουμένην καὶ τὴν αοἰκητον᾽ καὶ περι πραγμάτων σφόδρα τὴν ἡμετέραν ὑπερβαινόντων ἵἤμτὸ Τὴν γὰρ γῆν αφέντες, πάντα περὶ τῶν εν οὐρανοῖς ιαλέγονται, ἑτέραν ἡμῖν ζωὴν εἰσάγοντες καὶ βίον ἄλλον, καὶ πλοῦτον καὶ πενίαν, καὶ ἐλευθερίαν καὶ δουλείαν, καὶ ζωὴν καὶ θάνατον, καὶ κόσμον καὶ πολιτείαν, πάντα ἐξηλλαγμένα. Οὐ καθάπερ Πλάτων, ὁ τὴν καταγέλαστον ἐκείνην πολιτείαν συνθεὶς, καὶ Ζήνων, καὶ εἴ τις ἕτερος πολιτείαν ἔγραψεν, ἥ νόμους συνέθηκε. Καὶ γὰρ αὐτόθεν ἅπαντες. ΗὩ κνυντο οὗτοι, ὅτι πνεῦμα πονηρὸν, καὶ δαίμων τις ἄγριος πολεμῶν ἡμῶν τῇ φύσει, καὶ σωφροσύνης ἐχθρὸς, καὶ εὐταξίας πολέμιος, πάντα ἄνω καὶ κάτω ποιῶν, ἐνήχησεν αὐτῶν τῇ ψυχῇ. Ὅταν γὰρ κοινὰς πᾶσι τὰς γυναῖκας ποιῶσι, καὶ παρθένους γυμνώσαντες ἐπὶ τῆς παλαίστρας ἄγωσιν ἐπὶ θέαν ἀνθρώπων, καὶ λαθραίους κατασκευάζωσι γάμους, πάντα ὁμοῦ μιγνύντες καὶ συνταράττοντες, καὶ τοὺς ὅρους τῆς ἈΝ ἀνατρέποντες, τί ἕτερόν ἐστιν εἰπεῖν; Ὅτι γὰρ αιμόνων ἐκεῖνα ἅπαντα εὑρήματα, καὶ παρὰ φύσιν τὰ λεγόμενα, καὶ αὐτὴ μαρτυρήσειεν ἄν ἡμῖν ἡ φύσις, οὐκ ἄνασχομένη τῶν εἰρημένων' καὶ ταῦτα οὐ μετὰ διωγμῶν, οὐ μετὰ κινδύνων, οὐ μετὰ πολέμων, ἀλλὰ μετὰ ἀδείας καὶ ἐλευθερίας ἁπάσης γραφόντων, καὶ πολλοῖς πολλαχόθεν καλλωπιζόντων. δὲ τῶν ἁλιέων, ἐλαυνομένων, μαστιζομένων, κινδυνευόντων, καὶ ἰδιῶται καὶ σοφοὶ, καὶ δοῦλοι καὶ ἐλεύθεροι, καὶ βασιλεῖς καὶ στρατιώται, καὶ βάρβαροι καὶ Ἕλληνες, μετὰ πάσης ἐδέξαντο τῆς εὐνοίας.

a men oun hekastos diatribōn egrapsen, ou sphooora hēmin dei ischyrisasthai: hoti de ou kat᾽ allēlōn estēsan, touto dia pasēs tēs pragmateias peirasometha apodeixai. Sy de tauton poieis, diaphōnian aitiōmenos, hōsper an ei kai rhēmata ta auta ekeleues eipein, kai tropous lexeōn. Kai oupō legō hoti kai hoi mega epi rhētorikē kai philosophią kompazontes, polloi polla biblia grapsantes peri tōn autōn pragmatōn, ou monon haplōs diephōnēsan, alla kai enantiōs allēlois eipon (kai gar heteron esti diaphorōs eipein, kai machomenous eipein) ē ouden toutōn legō᾽ mē moi genoito ek tēs ekeinōn paranoias syntheinai tēn apologian' oude gar apo tou pseudous tēn alētheian systēsasthai boulomai all᾽ ekeino ēdeōs an eroimēn, pōs episteuthē hota diaphōnounta ? pōs ekratēse? pōs enantia legontes ethaumazonto, episteuonto, anekēryttonto pantachou tēs oikoumenēs : Kaitoi polloi hoi martyres tōn legomenōn ēsan, polloi de kai hoi echthroi kai polemioi. Ou gar en gōnią mią ngraPsantes auta katōryxan, alla pantachou gēs kai thalattēs hēplōsan hypo tais pantōn akoais kai chorōn parontōn tauta aneginōsketo, kathaper kai nyn' kai oudena ouden tōn eirēmenōn eskandalise. Kai mala eikotōs theia gar dynamis hēn hē panta epiousa kai katorthousa para pasin. Epei ei mē touto hēn, pōs ho telōnēs, kai ho alieus, kai o agrammatos toiauta ephilosophei: ha gar oude onar hoi xxōthen phantasthēnai ēdynēthēsan pote, tauta houtoi meta pollēs tēs plērophorias kai apangellousi kai peithousi' kai ouchi zōntes monon, alla kai teleutēsantes oude dyo kai eikosin anthrōpous, oude ekatoon kai chilious kai myrious, alla poleis kai ethnē kai dēmous, kai gēn kai thalassan, kai Hellada kai barbaron, kai tēn oikoumenēn kai tēn aoikēton᾽ kai peri pragmatōn sphodra tēn hēmeteran hyperbainontōn hiēmto Tēn gar gēn aphentes, panta peri tōn en ouranois ialegontai, heteran hēmin zōēn eisagontes kai bion allon, kai plouton kai penian, kai eleutherian kai douleian, kai zōēn kai thanaton, kai kosmon kai politeian, panta exēllagmena. Ou kathaper Platōn, ho tēn katagelaston ekeinēn politeian syntheis, kai Zēnōn, kai ei tis heteros politeian egrapsen, hē nomous synethēke. Kai gar autothen hapantes. HēŌ knynto houtoi, hoti pneuma ponēron, kai daimōn tis agrios polemōn hēmōn tę̄ physei, kai sōphrosynēs echthros, kai eutaxias polemios, panta anō kai katō poiōn, enēchēsen autōn tę̄ psychę̄. Hotan gar koinas pasi tas gynaikas poiōsi, kai parthenous gymnōsantes epi tēs palaistras agōsin epi thean anthrōpōn, kai lathraious kataskeuazōsi gamous, panta homou mignyntes kai syntarattontes, kai tous horous tēs AN anatrepontes, ti heteron estin eipein? Hoti gar aimonōn ekeina hapanta heurēmata, kai para physin ta legomena, kai autē martyrēseien an hēmin hē physis, ouk anaschomenē tōn eirēmenōn' kai tauta ou meta diōgmōn, ou meta kindynōn, ou meta polemōn, alla meta adeias kai eleutherias hapasēs graphontōn, kai pollois pollachothen kallōpizontōn. de tōn halieōn, elaunomenōn, mastizomenōn, kindyneuontōn, kai idiōtai kai sophoi, kai douloi kai eleutheroi, kai basileis kai stratiōtai, kai barbaroi kai Hellēnes, meta pasēs edexanto tēs eunoias.

What each one wrote while staying where he was, we need not insist on very strongly; but that they did not stand against one another, this we shall try to show through the whole work. You, though, do the same as if, in charging them with disagreement, you required them to use the very same words and turns of phrase. And I do not yet say that even those who boast greatly of rhetoric and philosophy, many of them writing many books on the same subjects, not only disagreed but spoke in contradiction to one another (for it is one thing to speak differently and another to speak in conflict); I say none of this. Far be it from me to build my defense out of their folly; for I do not wish to establish the truth from falsehood. But I would gladly ask this: how were things that disagree believed? How did they prevail? How were men who said contradictory things admired, believed, proclaimed everywhere in the world? Yet the witnesses of what they said were many, and many too were their enemies and foes. For they did not write these things and bury them in one corner, but spread them out everywhere on land and sea in the hearing of all; and they were read in the presence of enemies, just as now; and nothing of what was said gave offense to anyone. And with good reason, for it was a divine power that went through all things and set them right among all. Otherwise, how would the tax collector, the fisherman, the unlettered man have taught such philosophy? For things that those outside could never have imagined even in a dream, these men both announce and persuade others of with great assurance; and not only while living, but even after their death; not two and twenty men, nor a hundred, nor a thousand, nor ten thousand, but cities and nations and peoples, land and sea, Greece and the barbarian world, the inhabited world and the uninhabited; and about things far surpassing our nature. For leaving the earth, they speak entirely of things in heaven, bringing in for us another life and another way of living, wealth and poverty, freedom and slavery, life and death, a world and a commonwealth, all of a different kind.

Not like Plato, who composed that ridiculous Republic, and Zeno, and anyone else who wrote a republic or composed laws. For from the start all these men were shown to be people into whose souls an evil spirit had sounded, some savage demon warring against our nature, an enemy of chastity and a foe of good order, turning everything upside down. For when they make women common to all, and strip virgins and lead them into the wrestling school for men to look at, and arrange secret marriages, mixing and confounding everything together and overturning the bounds of nature, what else can one say? That all these are inventions of demons and that what they say is against nature, nature herself would bear us witness, since she does not endure what they say; and this although they wrote not under persecution, not amid dangers, not amid wars, but in complete security and freedom, adorning it from many sources. But the words of the fishermen, though they were driven out, scourged, and in danger, were received with all goodwill by unlearned and wise, slaves and free, kings and soldiers, barbarians and Greeks.

1.5Field 1

Καὶ οὐκ ἂν ἔχοις εἰπεῖν, ὅτι διὰ τὸ μικρὰ εἶναι ταῦτα καὶ χαμαίζηλα, εὐπαράδεκτα γέγονεν ἅπασι καὶ γὰρ πολλῷ ταῦτα ἐκείνων ὑψηλότερα. Παρθενίας μὲν γὰρ ἐκεῖνοι οὐδὲ ὄναρ οὐδὲ ὄνομα ἐφαντάσθησαν, οὐδὲ ἀκτημοσύνης, οὐδὲ νηστείας, οὐδέ τινος ἄλλου τῶν ὑψηλῶν. Οἱ δὲ παρ᾽ ἡμῖν οὐκ ἐπιθυμίαν ἐξορίζουσι μόνον, οὐδὲ πράξιν κολάζουσιν, ἀλλὰ καὶ ὄψιν ἀκόλαστον, καὶ ῥήματα ὑβριστικὰ, καὶ γέλωτα ἄτακτον, καὶ σχῆμα; καὶ βάδισμα, καὶ κραυγὴν, καὶ μέχρι τῶν μικροτάτῶν προάγουσι τὴν ἀκρίβειαν, καὶ τὴν οἰκουμένην ἅπασαν τοὺ τῆς παρθενίας ἐνέπλησαν φυτοῦ. Καὶ περὶ θεοῦ δὲ ταῦτα φιλοσοφεῖν πείθουσι, καὶ τῶν ἐν οὐρανοῖς πραγμάτων, ἃ μηδεὶς μηδέποτε ἐκείνων μηδὲ εἰς νοῦν λαβεῖν ἴσχυσε. Πώς ἀτιμοτέρων εἰκόνας θεοποιήσαντες : ᾿Δλλ᾽ ὅμως καὶ ἐδέχθη καὶ ἐπιστευθη τὰ ὑψηλὰ ταῦτα δόγματα, καὶ καθ᾽ ἑκάστην ἀνθεῖ τὴν ἡμέραν, καὶ ἐπιδίδωσι τὰ δὲ ἐκείνων οἴχεται καὶ ἀπόλωλεν, ἀραχνίων εὐκολώτερον ἀφανισθέντα. Καὶ μάλα εἰκότως δαίμονες γὰρ ταῦτα διηγόρενον' διὸ μετὰ τῆς ἀσελγείας καὶ πολὺν ἔχει τὸν ζόφον, καὶ πλείω τὸν πόνον. Τί γὰρ ἄν γένοιτο καταγελαστότερον τῆς πολιτείας ἐκείνης, ἐν ἡ μετὰ τών εἰρημένων κυρίους ἀναλώσας στίχους ὁ φιλόσοῴος, ὥστε δυνηθῆναι δεῖξαι τί ποτέ ἐστι τὸ δίκαιον, μετὰ τῆς μακρηγορίας, καὶ ἀσαφείας πολλῆς τὰ εἰρημένα ἐνέπλησεν: Ὅπερ εἰ καί τι συμφέρον εἶχε, σφόδρα ἄχρηστον ἔμελλεν εἶναι τῷ τῶν ἀνθρώπων βίῳ. Εἰ γὰρ ὁ γεωργὸς, καὶ ὁ χαλκοτύπος, καὶ ὁ οἰκοδόμος, καὶ ὁ κυβερνήτης, καὶ ἕκαστος ἀπὸ τῆς τῶν χειρῶν τρεφόμενος ἐργασίας, μέλλοι τῆς τέχνης μὲν ἀφίστασθαι καὶ τῶν δικαίων πόνων, ἀναλίοσκειν δὲ ἔ ἐτη τόσα καὶ τόσα, ὥστε μαθεῖν τί ποτέ ἐστι τὸ δίκαιον καὶ πρὶν ἡ μαθεῖν πολλάκις ᾿φθάσει λιμῷ διαφθαρεὶς, καὶ ἀπελεύσεται διὰ τὸ δίκαιον τοῦτο, μήτε τῶν ἄλλων τῶν χρησίμων μηδὲν μαθὼν, καὶ βιαίῳ θανάτῳ καταλύσας τὸν βίον. Ἀλλ᾽ οὐ τὰ ἡμέτερα τοιαῦτα ἀλλὰ καὶ τὸ δίκαιον, καὶ τὸ πρέπον, καὶ τὸ συμφέρον, καὶ ὅ πᾶσαν ἁπλῶς τὴν ἀρετὴν ἐν βραχέσι καὶ σαφέσι συλλαβὼν βήμασιν, ἐδί- α δαξεν ἡμᾶς ο Χριστόν' ποτὲ μὲν λέγων, ὅτι ἰὼ ἐν δυσὶν ἐντολαῖς ὁ νόμος καὶ οἱ προφῆται κρέμανται τουτέστι, τῆ τοῦ θεου ἀγάπη, καὶ τῇ τοῦ πλησίον ποτὲ δὲ λέγων, δέ ὅσα ἂν θέλητε ἴ ἵνα ποιῶσιν ὑμῖν οἱ ἄνθρωποι, καὶ ὑμεῖς ποιεῖτε αὐτοῖς οὗτος γάρ ἐστιν ὁ νόμος καὶ οἱ προφῆται ἅπερ καὶ ὙἸπόνῳ, καὶ οἰκέτῃ, καὶ γυναικὶ χήρᾳ, καὶ παιδὶ αὐτῷ, καὶ τῷ σφόδρα ἀνοήτῳ δοκοῦντι εἶναι, πάντα εὐσύνοπτα καὶ ῥάδια καταμαθεῖν. Τοιαῦτα γὰρ τὰ τῆς αληθείας καὶ μαρτυρεῖ τῶν πραγμάτων τὸ τέλος. Πάντες γοῦν ἔμαθον τά πρακτέα καὶ οὐκ ἔμαθον μόνον, ἀλλὰ καὶ ἐζήλωσαν' καὶ οὐκ ἐν ταῖς πόλεσι μόνον, οὐδὲ ἐν μέσαις ταῖς ἀγοραῖς, ἀλλὰ καὶ ἐν ταῖς κορυφαῖς τῶν ὁρῶν. Καὶ γὰρ ἐκεῖ πολλὴν ὄψει τὴν φιλοσοφίαν οὖσαν, καὶ χοροὺς ἀγγέλων ἐν ἀνθρωπίνῳ σώματι λάμποντας, καὶ τὴν τῶν οὐρανῶν πολιτείαν ἐνταῦθα φαινομένην. Καὶ γὰρ πολιτείαν ἔγραψαν ἡμῖν οἱ αλιεῖς, οὐκ απὸ παίδων κελεύσαντες λαμβάνεσθαι, καθάπερ ἐκεῖνοι, οὐδὲ τόσων καὶ τόσων ἐτῶν νομοθετοῦντες εἶναι ἢ τὸν ἐ ἐνάρετον ἀλλ᾽ ἁπλῶς πάσῃ διαλεγόμενοι ἡλικίᾳ. ᾿Εκεῖνα μὲν γάρ, παίδων παίγνια ταῦτα ἐν πραγμάτων ἀλήθεια. Καὶ τόπον δὲ ἀπέδωκαν τῆ πολιτείᾳ ταύτῃ τὸν οὐρανὸν, καὶ τεχνίτην αὐτῆς τὸν θεὸν εἰσήγαγον, καὶ νομοθέτην τῶν ἐκεῖ κειμένων νόμων᾽ ὥσπερ οὖν καὶ ἐχρῆν. Τὰ δὲ ἔπαθλα τῆς πολιτείας, οὐ φύλλα δάφνης, οὐδὲ κότινος, οὐδὲ ἡ ἐν πρυτανείῳ σίτησις, οὐδὲ εἰκόνες χαλκαῖ, τὰ ψυχρὰ ταῦτα καὶ εὐτελῆ αλλὰ ζωὴ τέλος οὐκ ἔχουσα, καὶ τὸ θεοῦ γενέσθαι παῖδας, καὶ τὸ μετ᾽ ἀγγέλων χορεύειν, καὶ τῷ θρόνῳ παρεστάναι τῷ βασιλικῷ, καὶ διηνεκῶς εἶναι μετὰ Χριστοῦ. Δημαγωγοὶ δὲ τῆς πολιτείας εἰσὶ ταύτης τελῶναι, καὶ αλιεῖς, καὶ σκηνοποιοὶ, οὐκ ἐν χρόνῳ ζήσαντες ὀλίγῳ, ἀλλὰ διὰ παντὸς ζῶντες. Διὰ τοῦτο καὶ μετὰ τελευτὴν τοὺς πολιτευομένους τὰ μέγιστα ὁνῆσαι δύναιντ᾽ ἄν. Ταύτῃ τῇ πολιτείᾳ πόλεμος οὐ πρὸς ἀνθρώπους, ἀλλὰ πρὸς ᾿δαίμονας καὶ τὰς αἀσωμάτους δυνάμεις ἐκείνας ἐστί. Διὸ καὶ στρατηγὸς αὐτοῖς οὐκ ἀνθρώπων, οὐδὲ ἀγγέλων οὐδεὶς, ἀλλ᾽ αὐτὸς ὁ θεός. Καὶ τὰ ὅπλα δὲ τῶν στρατιωτῶν τούτων μιμεῖται τοῦ πολέμου τὴν φύσιν' κοὐ γὰρ ἀπὸ δέρματος καὶ σιδήρου κατεσκευασμένα εἰσὶν, αλλ' εξ αληθείας καὶ δικαιοσύνης καὶ πίστεως καὶ φιλοσοφίας ἁπάσης. ᾿Επεὶ οὖν περὶ τῆς πολιτείας ταύτης καὶ τὸ βιβλίον τοῦτο γέγραπται, καὶ ἡμῖν πρόκειται νῦν εἰπεῖν, προσέχωμεν ἀκριβῶς τῷ Ματθαίῳ, περὶ ταύτης τρανῶς διαλεγομένῳ᾽ οὐ γὰρ αὐτοῦ, ἀλλὰ τοῦ τὴν πολιτείαν νομοθετήσαντος Ἀριστοῦ πάντα ἐστὶ τὰ λεγόμενα. Προσέχωμεν δὲ, ἵνα καὶ ἐγγραφῆναι δυνηθῶμεν εἰς αὐτὴν, καὶ λάμψαι μετὰ τῶν ἤδη πολιτευσαμένων, καὶ τοὺς ἀμαράντους ἐκείνους ἐκδεχομένων στεφάνους. Καίτοιγε πολλοῖς εὔκολος ὁ λόγος οὗτος εἶναι δοκεῖ, τὰ δὲ τῶν προφητὼν δυσκολίαν ἕ ἔχειν. Ἀλλὰ καὶ τοῦτο ἀγνοούντων ἐστὶ τὸ βάθος τῶν ἐναποκειμένων αὐτῷ νοημάτων. Διὸ παρακαλῶ, μετὰ πολλῆς ἡμῖν ἕπεσθαι τῆς σπουδῆς, ὥστε εἰς αὐτὸ τὸ πέλαγος τῶν γεγραμμένων εἰσελθεῖν, τοῦ Χριστοῦ προηγουμένου ταύτης ἡμῖν τῆς εἰσόδου. Ὥστε δὲ εὐμαθέστερον γενέσθαι τὸν λόγον, δεόμεθα καὶ παρακαλοῦμεν, ὅπερ καὶ ἐπὶ τῶν ἄλλων γραφῶν πεποιήκαμεν, προλαμβάνειν τὴν περικοπὴν τῆς γραφῆς, ἣν ἂν μέλλωμεν. ἐξηγεῖσθαι ἵνα τῇ γνώσει. ἡ ἀνάγνωσις προοδοποιοῦσα ἡ (ὃ καὶ ἐπὶ τοῦ εὐνούχου Ὑέγονε) καὶ πολλὴν παράσχῃ τὴν εὐκολίαν ἡμῖν. Καὶ γὰρ τὰ ζητούμενα πολλὰ καὶ ἐπάλληλα. Ὅρα γοῦν εὐθέως ἐν προοιμίοις τοῦ εὐαγγελίου αὐτοῦ, πόσα ἄν τις ἐπαπορήσειε. Πρῶτον μέν, τίνος ἕνεκεν ὁ ᾿Ιωσὴφ᾽ γενεαλογεῖται, οὐκ ὧνς του Χριστοῦ πατήρ. Δεύτερον δέ, πόθεν ἔσται δῆλος ἡ ἡμῖν ἀπὸ τοῦ Δαυϊὸδ κατάγων τὸ γένος, τῆς Μαρίας, ἀφ᾽ ἧς ἐτέχθη, τῶν προγόνων ἀγνοουμένων οὐδὲ γὰρ ἐγενεαλογήθη ῇ παρθένος. Τρίτον, τίνος ἕνεκεν ὁ μὲν ᾿Ιωσὴφ, ὁ μηδὲν συντελῶν πρὸς τὴν γέννησιν, γενεαλογεῖται᾽ ἡ δὲ παρθένος, ἡ καὶ μήτηρ γενομένη, οὐ δείκνυται τίνων πατέρων καὶ πάππων καὶ Ῥπρογόνων ἐστί. Μετὰ τούτων ἄξιον κἀκεῖνο ζητῆσαι, τί δήποτε διὰ τῶν ἀνδρῶν προάγων τὴν γένεαλογίαν, ἐμνήσθη καὶ γυναικῶν καὶ ἐπειδὴ τοῦτο αὐτῷ ἔδοξεν, οὐδὲ πάσας τέθεικε τὰς γυναῖκας, ἀλλὰ τὰς εὐδοκίμους παραδραμὼν, οἷον τὴν Σάῤῥαν, τὴν Ῥεβέκκαν, καὶ ὅσαι τοίου τὰς: τὰς ἐπὶ κακίᾳ βεβοημένας, ταύτας εἰς μέσον ἤγαγε μόνον οἷον εἴ τις πόρνη καὶ μοιχαλὶς, εἴ τις ἐκ παρανόμων γάμων, εἴ τις ἀλλόφυλος καὶ βάρβαρος ἢ ην. Καὶ γὰρ τῆς τοὺ Οὐρίον, καὶ τῆς Θάμαρ, καὶ τῆς Ῥαὰβ, καὶ τῆς ᾿Ῥοὺθ ἐμνημόνευσεν ὧν ἢ μὲν ἀλλογενῆς ἣν, ἡ δὲ πόρνη, ἡ ἡ δὲ τῷ κηδεστῇ προσεφθάρη; καὶ οὐδὲ νόμῳ γάμου, ἀλλὰ κλέψασα τὴν μίξιν, καὶ πόρνης περιθεμένη προσωπεῖον ἑαυτῆ καὶ τὴν τοῦ Οὐρίου δὲ οὐδεὶς ἀγνοεῖ διὰ τὴν περιφάνειαν τοῦ τολμήματος. ᾿Αλλ: ὅμως πάσας τὰς ἄλλας αφεὶς ὁ εὐαγγελιστῆς, ταύτας ἐνέθηκε τῇ γενεαλογίᾳ μόνας. Καίτοι εἰ μνησθῆναι γυναικὼν. ἔδει, πασῶν ἐχρῆν᾽ εἰ δὲ μὴ πασῶν, αλλ᾽ ἐνίων, τῶν ἐν ἀρετῆ, οὐ τῶν ἐν ἁμαρτήμασι βεβοημένων. Εἴδετε πόσης ἡμῖν δεῖ προσοχῆς ἐν τοῖς προοιμίοις εὐθέως; : καίτοιγε δοκεῖ σαφέστερον εἶναι τῶν ἄλλων τὸ προοίμιον, τάχα δὲ πολλοῖς καὶ περισσὸν, διὰ τὸ ὀνοματων ἀριθμὸν εἶναι μόνον. Μετὰ τοῦτο κακεῖνο ἄξιον ζητῆ.- σαι, τίνος ἕνεκεν τρεῖς παρέδραμε βασιλεῖς. Εἰ γὰρ ὡς σφόδρα ἀσεβὼν ἀπεσιώπησε τὴν προσηγορίαν, οὐδὲ τῶν ἄλλων τῶν τοιούτων μνησθῆναι ἔδε. Καὶ γὰρ καὶ τοῦτο ἕτερόν ἐστι ζγτημα. Δεκατέσσαρας γὰρ εἰπὼν γενεὼς, ἐν τῇ τρίτῃ μερίδι τὸν ἀριθμὸν οὐ διέσωσε. Καὶ τίνος ἕνεκεν ὁ μὲν. Λουκᾶς ἑτέρων ἐμνημόνευσεν ὀνομάτων, καὶ οὐ μόνον οὐ τῶν αὐτῶν ἁπάντων, αλλὰ καὶ πολλῷ πλειόνων ὁ δὲ Ματθαῖος, καὶ ἐλαττόνων, καὶ ἑτέρων, καίτοιγε εἰς τὸν ᾿Ιωσὴφ καὶ αὐτὸς τελευτήσας, εἰς ὃν καὶ Λουκᾶς κατέληξεν. Ὅρατε ὅ ὅσης ἀγρυπνίας ἡμῖν χρεία, οὐκ εἰς τὸ λῦσαι μόνον, ἀλλὰ καὶ εἰς τὸ μαθεῖν, τίνα χρὴ λῦσαι. Οὐδὲ γὰρ τοῦτο μικρὸν, τὸ τὰ διαπορούμενα δυνηθῆναι εὑρεῖν' καὶ γὰρ καὶ ἐκεῖνο ἄπορον, πῶς ἡ ᾿Ελισάβετ ἀπὸ τῆς Λευϊτικῆς φυλῆς οὐσα, συγγενὴς ἦν τῆς Μαρίας. Ἀλλ᾽ ἵνα μὴ καταχώσωμεν ὑμῶν τὴν μνήμην πολλὰ συνείροντες, ἐνταῦθα τέως τὸν λόγον στήσωμεν. Ἀρκεῖ γὰρ ὑμῖν εἰς τα διεγερθῆναι καὶ τὸ τὰ ζητούμενα ἥ μόνον μαθεῖν. ἰ δὲ καὶ τῆς λύσεως ἐρᾶτε, καὶ τούτου πρὸ τῶν λόγων τῶν ἡμετέρων ὑμεῖς κύριοι. Ἂν μὲν γὰρ ἴδω διεγερθέντας καὶ ἐπιθυμοῦντας μαθεῖν, πειράσομαι καὶ τὴν λύσιν ἐπαγαγεῖν' ἂν δὲ χασμωμένους καὶ μὴ προσέχοντας, ἀποκρύψομαι καὶ τὰ ζητήματα καὶ τὴν λύσιν, θείῳ νόμῳ πειθόμενος μὴ δώτε γάρ; φησὶ, τὰ ἅγια τοῖς κυσὶ, μηδὲ βίψητε τοὺς μαργαρίτας ὑμῶν ἐμπροσθεν τῶν χοίρων, ἵνα μὴ καταπατήσωσι τοῖς ποσὶν αὐτῶν. Τίς δέ ἐ ἐστιν ὁ καταπατῶν: ὋὉ μὴ τίμια ταῦτα ἡγούμενος καὶ σεμνά. Καὶ τίς οὕτως ἄθλιος, φησὶν, ὡς μὴ σεμνὰ ταῦτα καὶ πάντων ἡγεῖσθαι τιμιώτερα: Ὃ μηδὲ τοσαῦτην παρέχων αὐτοῖς σχολὴν, ὅσην ταῖς πόρναις γυναιξὶν ἐν τοῖς σατανικοῖς θεάτροις. ᾽Εκεῖ μὲν γὰρ καὶ διημερεύουσιν οἱ πολλοὶ, καὶ πολλὰ τῶν ἐπὶ τῆς οἰκίας προδιδόασι διὰ τὴν ἄκαιρον ἀσχολίαν ταύτην, καὶ μετὰ ἀκριβείας ὅ ὅπερ ἀν ἀκούσωσι κατέχουσι; καὶ ταῦτα ἐπὶ λύμη τῆς ἑαντῶν ψυχῆς φυλάττοντες. ᾿Ενταῦθα δὲ τοῦ θεοῦ φθεγγομένου, οὐδὲ μικρὸν ἀνέχονται παραμεῖναι χρόνον. Διά τοι τοῦτο οὐδὲν κοινὸν ἔχομεν πρὸς τὸν οὐρανὸν, αλλὰ μέχρι ῥημάτων ἡμῖν ἡ πολιτεία. Καίτοιγε καὶ γέενναν διὰ τοῦτο ἠπείλησεν ὁ θεὸς, οὐχ ἵνα ἐμβάλῃ, αλλ᾽ ἵνα πείση φυγεῖν τὴν χαλεπὴν τυραννίδα ταύτην. Ἡμεῖς δὲ τοὐναντίον ποιοῦμεν, καὶ καθ᾽ ἑκάστην ἡμέραν πρὸς τὴν ἐκεῖ φέρουσαν ὁδὸν τρέχομεν καὶ τοῦ θεοῦ κελεύοντος μὴ μόνον ακούειν, ἀλλὰ καὶ ποιεῖν τὰ λεγόμενα, οὐδὲ ἀκοῦσαι ἀνεχόμεθα. Πότε οὗν πράξομεν, εἰπέ μοι, τὰ κελευόμενα, καὶ τῶν ἔργων ἁψόμεθα, ὅταν μηδὲ τοὺς ὑπὲρ τούτων λόγους ἀκούειν ἀνεχγώμεθα, αλλὰ ἀσχάλλωμεν καὶ ἀλύωμεν πρὸς τὴν ἐνταῦθα ιατριβὴν, καίτοι βραχεῖαν οὖσαν σφόδρα: Εἶτα ἡμεῖς μὲν περὶ ψυχρῶν διαλεγόμενοι πραγμάτων, ἂν τοὺς συγκαθημένους μὴ προσέχοντας ἴδωμεν, ὕβριν τὸ πρᾶγμα φαμεν' τὸν θεὸν δὲ οὐχ ἡγούμεθα παροξύνειν, ὅταν αὐτοῦ περὶ τοιούτων διαλεγομένου, καταφρονήσαντες τῶν λεγομένων, ἑτέρωσε βλέπωμεν: Ἀλλ᾽ ὁ μὲν γεγηρακὼς καὶ πολλὴν ἐπελθὼν γῆν, καὶ σταδίων ἀριθμὸν, καὶ πόλεων θέσεις, καὶ σχήματα καὶ λιμένας καὶ ἀγορὰς μετὰ ἀκριβείας ἡμῖν ἀπαγγέλλει πάσης αὐτοὶ δὲ οὐδὲ ὅσον ἀπέχομεν τῆς ἐν τοῖς οὐρανοῖς πόλεως ἴσμεν ἣ γὰρ ἂν καὶ ἐσπουδάσαμεν ἐπιτεμεῖν τὸ μῆκος, εἰ τὸ διάστημα ἔγνωμεν. Οὐ γὰρ τοσοὔὗτον ἡμῶν αφέστηκεν ἢ πόλις ἐκείνη, ὅσον οὐρανοῦ πρὸς τὴν γῆν τὸ μέσον, αλλὰ καὶ πολλῷ πλέον, ἐὰν ἀμελῶμεν' ὥσπερ οὖν ἐὰν σπουδάζωμεν, καὶ ἐν ἀκαρεῖ χρόνῳ ἐπὶ τὰς πύλας αὐτῆς ἥξομεν. Οὐ γὰρ μήκει τόπων, ἀλλὰ γνώμη τρόπων τὰ διαστήματα ταῦτα ὥρισται.

Kai ouk an echois eipein, hoti dia to mikra einai tauta kai chamaizēla, euparadekta gegonen hapasi kai gar pollǭ tauta ekeinōn hypsēlotera. Parthenias men gar ekeinoi oude onar oude onoma ephantasthēsan, oude aktēmosynēs, oude nēsteias, oude tinos allou tōn hypsēlōn. Hoi de par᾽ hēmin ouk epithymian exorizousi monon, oude praxin kolazousin, alla kai opsin akolaston, kai rhēmata hybristika, kai gelōta atakton, kai schēma? kai badisma, kai kraugēn, kai mechri tōn mikrotatōn proagousi tēn akribeian, kai tēn oikoumenēn hapasan tou tēs parthenias eneplēsan phytou. Kai peri theou de tauta philosophein peithousi, kai tōn en ouranois pragmatōn, ha mēdeis mēdepote ekeinōn mēde eis noun labein ischyse. Pōs atimoterōn eikonas theopoiēsantes : ᾿Dll᾽ homōs kai edechthē kai episteuthē ta hypsēla tauta dogmata, kai kath᾽ hekastēn anthei tēn hēmeran, kai epididōsi ta de ekeinōn oichetai kai apolōlen, arachniōn eukolōteron aphanisthenta. Kai mala eikotōs daimones gar tauta diēgorenon' dio meta tēs aselgeias kai polyn echei ton zophon, kai pleiō ton ponon. Ti gar an genoito katagelastoteron tēs politeias ekeinēs, en hē meta tōn eirēmenōn kyrious analōsas stichous ho philosoǭos, hōste dynēthēnai deixai ti pote esti to dikaion, meta tēs makrēgorias, kai asapheias pollēs ta eirēmena eneplēsen: Hoper ei kai ti sympheron eiche, sphodra achrēston emellen einai tǭ tōn anthrōpōn biǭ. Ei gar ho geōrgos, kai ho chalkotypos, kai ho oikodomos, kai ho kybernētēs, kai hekastos apo tēs tōn cheirōn trephomenos ergasias, melloi tēs technēs men aphistasthai kai tōn dikaiōn ponōn, analioskein de e etē tosa kai tosa, hōste mathein ti pote esti to dikaion kai prin hē mathein pollakis ᾿phthasei limǭ diaphthareis, kai apeleusetai dia to dikaion touto, mēte tōn allōn tōn chrēsimōn mēden mathōn, kai biaiǭ thanatǭ katalysas ton bion. All᾽ ou ta hēmetera toiauta alla kai to dikaion, kai to prepon, kai to sympheron, kai ho pasan haplōs tēn aretēn en brachesi kai saphesi syllabōn bēmasin, edi- a daxen hēmas o Christon' pote men legōn, hoti iō en dysin entolais ho nomos kai hoi prophētai kremantai toutesti, tē tou theou agapē, kai tę̄ tou plēsion pote de legōn, de hosa an thelēte i hina poiōsin hymin hoi anthrōpoi, kai hymeis poieite autois houtos gar estin ho nomos kai hoi prophētai haper kai HuIponǭ, kai oiketę̄, kai gynaiki chērą, kai paidi autǭ, kai tǭ sphodra anoētǭ dokounti einai, panta eusynopta kai rhadia katamathein. Toiauta gar ta tēs alētheias kai martyrei tōn pragmatōn to telos. Pantes goun emathon ta praktea kai ouk emathon monon, alla kai ezēlōsan' kai ouk en tais polesi monon, oude en mesais tais agorais, alla kai en tais koryphais tōn horōn. Kai gar ekei pollēn opsei tēn philosophian ousan, kai chorous angelōn en anthrōpinǭ sōmati lampontas, kai tēn tōn ouranōn politeian entautha phainomenēn. Kai gar politeian egrapsan hēmin hoi alieis, ouk apo paidōn keleusantes lambanesthai, kathaper ekeinoi, oude tosōn kai tosōn etōn nomothetountes einai ē ton e enareton all᾽ haplōs pasę̄ dialegomenoi hēlikią. ᾿Ekeina men gar, paidōn paignia tauta en pragmatōn alētheia. Kai topon de apedōkan tē politeią tautę̄ ton ouranon, kai technitēn autēs ton theon eisēgagon, kai nomothetēn tōn ekei keimenōn nomōn᾽ hōsper oun kai echrēn. Ta de epathla tēs politeias, ou phylla daphnēs, oude kotinos, oude hē en prytaneiǭ sitēsis, oude eikones chalkai, ta psychra tauta kai eutelē alla zōē telos ouk echousa, kai to theou genesthai paidas, kai to met᾽ angelōn choreuein, kai tǭ thronǭ parestanai tǭ basilikǭ, kai diēnekōs einai meta Christou. Dēmagōgoi de tēs politeias eisi tautēs telōnai, kai alieis, kai skēnopoioi, ouk en chronǭ zēsantes oligǭ, alla dia pantos zōntes. Dia touto kai meta teleutēn tous politeuomenous ta megista honēsai dynaint᾽ an. Tautę̄ tę̄ politeią polemos ou pros anthrōpous, alla pros ᾿daimonas kai tas aasōmatous dynameis ekeinas esti. Dio kai stratēgos autois ouk anthrōpōn, oude angelōn oudeis, all᾽ autos ho theos. Kai ta hopla de tōn stratiōtōn toutōn mimeitai tou polemou tēn physin' kou gar apo dermatos kai sidērou kateskeuasmena eisin, all' ex alētheias kai dikaiosynēs kai pisteōs kai philosophias hapasēs. ᾿Epei oun peri tēs politeias tautēs kai to biblion touto gegraptai, kai hēmin prokeitai nyn eipein, prosechōmen akribōs tǭ Matthaiǭ, peri tautēs tranōs dialegomenǭ᾽ ou gar autou, alla tou tēn politeian nomothetēsantos Aristou panta esti ta legomena. Prosechōmen de, hina kai engraphēnai dynēthōmen eis autēn, kai lampsai meta tōn ēdē politeusamenōn, kai tous amarantous ekeinous ekdechomenōn stephanous. Kaitoige pollois eukolos ho logos houtos einai dokei, ta de tōn prophētōn dyskolian he echein. Alla kai touto agnoountōn esti to bathos tōn enapokeimenōn autǭ noēmatōn. Dio parakalō, meta pollēs hēmin hepesthai tēs spoudēs, hōste eis auto to pelagos tōn gegrammenōn eiselthein, tou Christou proēgoumenou tautēs hēmin tēs eisodou. Hōste de eumathesteron genesthai ton logon, deometha kai parakaloumen, hoper kai epi tōn allōn graphōn pepoiēkamen, prolambanein tēn perikopēn tēs graphēs, hēn an mellōmen. exēgeisthai hina tę̄ gnōsei. hē anagnōsis proodopoiousa hē (ho kai epi tou eunouchou Hyegone) kai pollēn paraschę̄ tēn eukolian hēmin. Kai gar ta zētoumena polla kai epallēla. Hora goun eutheōs en prooimiois tou euangeliou autou, posa an tis epaporēseie. Prōton men, tinos heneken ho ᾿Iōsēph᾽ genealogeitai, ouk hōns tou Christou patēr. Deuteron de, pothen estai dēlos hē hēmin apo tou Dauïod katagōn to genos, tēs Marias, aph᾽ hēs etechthē, tōn progonōn agnooumenōn oude gar egenealogēthē ę̄ parthenos. Triton, tinos heneken ho men ᾿Iōsēph, ho mēden syntelōn pros tēn gennēsin, genealogeitai᾽ hē de parthenos, hē kai mētēr genomenē, ou deiknytai tinōn paterōn kai pappōn kai Rhprogonōn esti. Meta toutōn axion kakeino zētēsai, ti dēpote dia tōn andrōn proagōn tēn genealogian, emnēsthē kai gynaikōn kai epeidē touto autǭ edoxen, oude pasas tetheike tas gynaikas, alla tas eudokimous paradramōn, hoion tēn Sarrhan, tēn Rhebekkan, kai hosai toiou tas: tas epi kakią beboēmenas, tautas eis meson ēgage monon hoion ei tis pornē kai moichalis, ei tis ek paranomōn gamōn, ei tis allophylos kai barbaros ē ēn. Kai gar tēs tou Ourion, kai tēs Thamar, kai tēs Rhaab, kai tēs ᾿Rhouth emnēmoneusen hōn ē men allogenēs hēn, hē de pornē, hē hē de tǭ kēdestę̄ prosephtharē? kai oude nomǭ gamou, alla klepsasa tēn mixin, kai pornēs perithemenē prosōpeion heautē kai tēn tou Ouriou de oudeis agnoei dia tēn periphaneian tou tolmēmatos. ᾿All: homōs pasas tas allas apheis ho euangelistēs, tautas enethēke tę̄ genealogią monas. Kaitoi ei mnēsthēnai gynaikōn. edei, pasōn echrēn᾽ ei de mē pasōn, all᾽ eniōn, tōn en aretē, ou tōn en hamartēmasi beboēmenōn. Eidete posēs hēmin dei prosochēs en tois prooimiois eutheōs? : kaitoige dokei saphesteron einai tōn allōn to prooimion, tacha de pollois kai perisson, dia to onomatōn arithmon einai monon. Meta touto kakeino axion zētē.- sai, tinos heneken treis paredrame basileis. Ei gar hōs sphodra asebōn apesiōpēse tēn prosēgorian, oude tōn allōn tōn toioutōn mnēsthēnai ede. Kai gar kai touto heteron esti zgtēma. Dekatessaras gar eipōn geneōs, en tę̄ tritę̄ meridi ton arithmon ou diesōse. Kai tinos heneken ho men. Loukas heterōn emnēmoneusen onomatōn, kai ou monon ou tōn autōn hapantōn, alla kai pollǭ pleionōn ho de Matthaios, kai elattonōn, kai heterōn, kaitoige eis ton ᾿Iōsēph kai autos teleutēsas, eis hon kai Loukas katelēxen. Horate ho hosēs agrypnias hēmin chreia, ouk eis to lysai monon, alla kai eis to mathein, tina chrē lysai. Oude gar touto mikron, to ta diaporoumena dynēthēnai heurein' kai gar kai ekeino aporon, pōs hē ᾿Elisabet apo tēs Leuïtikēs phylēs ousa, syngenēs ēn tēs Marias. All᾽ hina mē katachōsōmen hymōn tēn mnēmēn polla syneirontes, entautha teōs ton logon stēsōmen. Arkei gar hymin eis ta diegerthēnai kai to ta zētoumena hē monon mathein. i de kai tēs lyseōs erate, kai toutou pro tōn logōn tōn hēmeterōn hymeis kyrioi. An men gar idō diegerthentas kai epithymountas mathein, peirasomai kai tēn lysin epagagein' an de chasmōmenous kai mē prosechontas, apokrypsomai kai ta zētēmata kai tēn lysin, theiǭ nomǭ peithomenos mē dōte gar? phēsi, ta hagia tois kysi, mēde bipsēte tous margaritas hymōn emprosthen tōn choirōn, hina mē katapatēsōsi tois posin autōn. Tis de e estin ho katapatōn: HoO mē timia tauta hēgoumenos kai semna. Kai tis houtōs athlios, phēsin, hōs mē semna tauta kai pantōn hēgeisthai timiōtera: Ho mēde tosautēn parechōn autois scholēn, hosēn tais pornais gynaixin en tois satanikois theatrois. ᾽Ekei men gar kai diēmereuousin hoi polloi, kai polla tōn epi tēs oikias prodidoasi dia tēn akairon ascholian tautēn, kai meta akribeias ho hoper an akousōsi katechousi? kai tauta epi lymē tēs heantōn psychēs phylattontes. ᾿Entautha de tou theou phthengomenou, oude mikron anechontai parameinai chronon. Dia toi touto ouden koinon echomen pros ton ouranon, alla mechri rhēmatōn hēmin hē politeia. Kaitoige kai geennan dia touto ēpeilēsen ho theos, ouch hina embalę̄, all᾽ hina peisē phygein tēn chalepēn tyrannida tautēn. Hēmeis de tounantion poioumen, kai kath᾽ hekastēn hēmeran pros tēn ekei pherousan hodon trechomen kai tou theou keleuontos mē monon akouein, alla kai poiein ta legomena, oude akousai anechometha. Pote houn praxomen, eipe moi, ta keleuomena, kai tōn ergōn hapsometha, hotan mēde tous hyper toutōn logous akouein anechgōmetha, alla aschallōmen kai alyōmen pros tēn entautha iatribēn, kaitoi bracheian ousan sphodra: Eita hēmeis men peri psychrōn dialegomenoi pragmatōn, an tous synkathēmenous mē prosechontas idōmen, hybrin to pragma phamen' ton theon de ouch hēgoumetha paroxynein, hotan autou peri toioutōn dialegomenou, kataphronēsantes tōn legomenōn, heterōse blepōmen: All᾽ ho men gegērakōs kai pollēn epelthōn gēn, kai stadiōn arithmon, kai poleōn theseis, kai schēmata kai limenas kai agoras meta akribeias hēmin apangellei pasēs autoi de oude hoson apechomen tēs en tois ouranois poleōs ismen hē gar an kai espoudasamen epitemein to mēkos, ei to diastēma egnōmen. Ou gar tosouyton hēmōn aphestēken ē polis ekeinē, hoson ouranou pros tēn gēn to meson, alla kai pollǭ pleon, ean amelōmen' hōsper oun ean spoudazōmen, kai en akarei chronǭ epi tas pylas autēs hēxomen. Ou gar mēkei topōn, alla gnōmē tropōn ta diastēmata tauta hōristai.

Nor could you say that they were readily accepted by all because these things were small and low; for they are far loftier than those. Of virginity those men never imagined even the name, not even in a dream, nor of voluntary poverty, nor of fasting, nor of any other lofty thing. But those among us not only banish lust, nor do they punish only the act, but also an unchaste look, insulting words, disorderly laughter, bearing, gait, and shouting; they carry their strictness down to the smallest things, and they have filled the whole world with the plant of virginity. And about God and the things in heaven they persuade men to hold such philosophy as none of those men was ever able even to conceive. How could they, who made gods of images of things more contemptible? And yet these lofty doctrines were received and believed, and they flower and grow every day; but theirs are gone and have perished, vanishing more easily than spiders' webs. And with good reason, for it was demons who uttered those things; that is why, along with their licentiousness, they have much darkness and more toil. For what could be more ridiculous than that Republic, in which, besides what has been said, the philosopher spent countless lines in order to be able to show what justice is, and filled what he said with long-windedness and much obscurity? Even if it had anything useful, it would have been quite useless for human life. For if the farmer, the coppersmith, the builder, the helmsman, and everyone who lives by the work of his hands were to leave his craft and his honest labors and spend so many years learning what justice is, he would often perish of hunger before learning it, and would die because of this “justice,” having learned nothing else useful, and end his life by a violent death.

But ours is not like this. Christ taught us justice, propriety, expediency, and all virtue simply, gathering it in brief and clear words: at one time saying, “On two commandments hang the law and the prophets,” that is, on the love of God and of one's neighbor; at another saying, “Whatever you wish that men should do to you, do you also to them; for this is the law and the prophets.” All this is easy to grasp and easy to learn for the farmer, the house-servant, the widow, the child himself, and the one who seems quite foolish. For such is the character of the truth, and the outcome of events bears witness. All, at least, learned what must be done, and not only learned but also emulated it; and not only in the cities, nor in the midst of the marketplaces, but also on the tops of the mountains. For there you will see much philosophy, and choirs of angels shining in human bodies, and the commonwealth of heaven appearing here. For the fishermen wrote a commonwealth for us, not ordering that it be taken up from childhood, as those men did, nor legislating that the virtuous man must be of such and such an age, but simply addressing every age. For those things are children's toys, but these are the truth of reality. And they assigned heaven as the place of this commonwealth, and brought in God as its maker and as lawgiver of the laws laid down there, as was right. And the prizes of this commonwealth are not laurel leaves, nor olive wreaths, nor meals in the town hall, nor bronze statues, those cold and cheap things, but life without end, becoming children of God, dancing with angels, standing beside the royal throne, and being with Christ forever. And the leaders of this commonwealth are tax collectors, fishermen, and tentmakers, who did not live for a short time but live forever. That is why even after their death they could greatly benefit those who live under this commonwealth. This commonwealth has war not against men but against demons and those bodiless powers. That is why their general is no man, nor any angel, but God himself. And the weapons of these soldiers match the nature of the war, for they are made not of leather and iron but of truth and righteousness and faith and all philosophy.

Since, then, this book too was written about this commonwealth, and it lies before us now to speak of it, let us attend carefully to Matthew, who speaks of it plainly; for what is said is not his, but all of it belongs to Christ, who laid down the laws of this commonwealth. Let us attend, so that we may be enrolled in it and shine with those who have already lived in it and await those unfading crowns. Many think this book is easy, and that the prophets are what is difficult. But this too belongs to people who do not know the depth of the thoughts stored in it. So I urge you to follow us with great zeal, so as to enter the very sea of what is written, with Christ leading us on this entry. And so that the discourse may be easier to learn, we ask and urge you, as we have done with the other Scriptures, to read beforehand the passage of Scripture that we are about to explain, so that the reading may prepare the way for understanding (as happened in the case of the eunuch) and give us great ease. For the questions are many and follow one upon another. See, at any rate, right at the opening of his Gospel how many things one might raise. First, why is Joseph's genealogy given, when he was not the father of Christ? Second, how will it be clear to us that he descends from David, when the ancestors of Mary, from whom he was born, are unknown, since the virgin's genealogy was not given? Third, why is Joseph, who contributed nothing to the birth, given a genealogy, while the virgin, who became the mother, is not shown to be of what fathers and grandfathers and forebears? Besides these it is worth asking also why, though he carries the genealogy through the men, he mentioned women too; and since he decided to do so, why he did not set down all the women, but passing over the women of good report, such as Sarah, Rebekah, and others like them, he brought forward only those notorious for wickedness, such as one who was a harlot or an adulteress, one from an unlawful union, one a foreigner and barbarian. For he mentioned the wife of Uriah, Tamar, Rahab, and Ruth: of whom one was of another race, one a harlot, one was defiled by her father-in-law, and not by the law of marriage but by stealing the union and putting on the mask of a harlot; and the wife of Uriah no one is ignorant of, because of the notoriety of the outrage. Yet the evangelist, passing over all the others, put only these into the genealogy. And yet if women had to be mentioned, all should have been; and if not all, then some of those renowned for virtue, not of those notorious for sins. Do you see how much attention we need right at the opening? And yet the opening seems clearer than the rest, and to many perhaps even superfluous, since it is only a list of names.

After this it is worth asking also why he passed over three kings. For if he kept silent about their names because they were extremely ungodly, he ought not to have mentioned the others of the same kind either. And this is another question: having said fourteen generations, he did not keep the number in the third division. And why did Luke mention other names, and not only not all the same ones, but even many more, while Matthew gave both fewer and different ones, although he too ended with Joseph, with whom Luke also concluded? You see how much wakefulness we need, not only to solve, but even to learn what needs solving. For this is no small thing either, to be able to find the difficulties. For there is this difficulty too: how Elizabeth, being of the tribe of Levi, was a kinswoman of Mary. But so as not to bury your memory by stringing many things together, let us stop the discourse here for now. It is enough for you to be roused and to learn only the questions. If you long for the solution too, that also is in your power before our words. For if I see you roused and eager to learn, I shall try to bring the solution as well; but if yawning and inattentive, I shall hide both the questions and the solution, obeying the divine law: “Do not give,” he says, “what is holy to the dogs, nor throw your pearls before the swine, lest they trample them under their feet.” And who is it that tramples? The one who does not count these things precious and holy. “And who is so wretched,” someone says, “as not to count these things holy and more precious than all?” The one who does not give them even as much leisure as he gives to harlots in the satanic theaters. For there most people spend whole days, and neglect much of their household business for this untimely occupation, and they retain exactly whatever they hear, keeping it to the ruin of their own soul. But here, when God speaks, they cannot bear to stay even a little while. That is why we have nothing in common with heaven, but our citizenship goes no further than words. And yet God threatened hell for this reason, not to cast us into it, but to persuade us to flee this cruel tyranny. But we do the opposite, and every day we run on the road that leads there; and while God commands us not only to hear but also to do what is said, we cannot even bear to hear. When then, tell me, shall we do what is commanded and take up the works, when we cannot even bear to hear the words about them, but are vexed and restless at the time spent here, though it is very short? Then, when we talk about trivial things, if we see those sitting with us not paying attention, we call it an insult; but we do not think we provoke God when, while he speaks about such great things, we despise what is said and look elsewhere? A man who has grown old and traveled over much land will tell us with all exactness the number of stades, the positions of cities, their shapes, harbors, and marketplaces; but we ourselves do not even know how far we are from the city in heaven. Surely we would have been eager to cut short the length, if we had known the distance. For that city is not as far from us as the space between heaven and earth, but even much farther, if we are careless; just as, if we are zealous, we shall reach its gates in an instant. For these distances are determined not by length of places but by disposition of character.

1.8Field 1

Σὺ δὲ τὰ μὲν τοὺ βίου πράγματα μετὰ ἀκριβείας οἶδας, καὶ τὰ νέα καὶ τὰ ἀρχαῖα καὶ τὰ παλαιὰ, καὶ ἄρχοντας ἀριθμεῖν δύνασαι, οἷς ἐστρατεύσω τὸν ἔμπροσθεν χρόνον, καὶ τυραννίδα δὶς ταύτην ἀγωνοθέτην, καὶ ἀθλοφόρους, καὶ στρατηγοὺς, τὰ μηδέν σοι διαφέροντα. τίς δὲ ἃ ἀρχὼν ἐν τῇ πόλει ταύτη γέγονεν; ἢ πρῶτος, ἡ δεύτερος, ἢ ἢ τρίτος, ἢ πόσον ἕκαστος χρόνον, ῆ τί κατορθώσας καὶ ἐργασάμενος, οὐδὲ ὅ ὄναρ ἐφαντάσθης ποτέ. Νόμων δὲ τῶν ἐν τῇ πόλει ταύτῃ κειμένων, οὐδὲ ἑτέρων λεγόντων ἀκοῦσαι καὶ προσέχειν ὑπομένεις. Πώς οὗν, εἰπέ μοι» προσδοκᾷς τεύξασθαι τῶν ἐπηγγελμένων ἀγαθῶν, μηδὲ τοῖς λεγομένοις προσέχων: Ἀλλ᾽ εἰ καὶ μὴ πρότερον, νῦν γοῦν τοῦτο ποιῶμεν. Καὶ γὰρ εἰς πόλιν μέλλομεν εἰσιέναι; ἐὰν ὁ θεὸς ἐπιτρέπῃ, χρυσῆν, καὶ χρυσοὺ παντὸς τιμιωτέραν. Καταμαάθωμεν οὖν αὐτῆς τὰ θεμέλια, τὰς πύλας τὰς απὸ σαπφείρου καὶ μαργαριτῶν συγκειμένας καὶ γὰρ ἔχομεν ἄριστον ᾿χειραγωγὸν τὸν Ματθαῖον. Διὰ γὰρ τῆς αὐτοῦ πύλης εἴσιμεν νυν; καὶ δεῖ πολλῆς ἡμῖν τῆς σπουδῆς. ᾿ἂν γὰρ ἴδη τινὰ μὴ προσέχοντα, ἐκβάλλει τῆς πόλεως. Καὶ γάρ ἐστι ασιλικωτάτη ἢ πόλις καὶ περιφανής οὐχ ὥσπερ αἱ παρ᾽ ἡμῖν, εἰς ἀγορὰν καὶ βασίλεια διηρημένη: ἀλλὰ πάντα βασίλεια τὰ ἐκεῖ. ᾿Αναπετάσωμεν τοίνυν τὰς πύλας τῆς διανοίας, ἀναπετάσωμεν τὴν ἀκοὴν, καὶ μετὰ φρίκης πολλῆς μέλλοντες ἐπιβαίνειν τῶν προθύρων, προσκυνήσωμεν τὸν ἐν αὐτῇ βασιλέα καὶ γὰρ εὐθέως ἡ πρώτη προσβολὴ καταπλῆξαι δύναται τὸν θεατήν. Κεκλεισμόναι ὅ μὲν νῦν εἰσιν ἡμῖν αἱ πύλαι ὅταν δὲ ἴδωμεν αὐτὰς ἀναπετασθείσας (τοῦτο γαρ ἐστιν ἢ τῶν ζητημάτων λύσις), τότε ὀψόμεθα πολλὴν ἔνδον τὴν ἀστραπήν. Καὶ γὰρ τοῖς τοῦ πνεύματος ὁδηγγούμενος ὀφθαλμοῖς, πάντα σοι ἐπαγγέλλεται δεικνύναι ὁ τελώνης οὗτος ποῦ μὲν ὁ βασιλεὺς κάθηται καὶ τίνες αὐτῷ τῶν στρατευμάτων παρεστήκασι' καὶ ποῦ μὲν ἄγγελοι; ποῦ δὲ ἀρχάγγελοι' καὶ τίς τοῖς νέοις πολίταις ἐν τῇ πόλει ταύτῃ τόπος ἀφώρισται καὶ ποία ἡ ἐκεῖ φέρουσα ὁδός καὶ τίνα ἔλαβον λῆξιν οἱ πρῶτον πολιτευσάμενοι͵ ἐκεῖ, καὶ οἱ μετ᾽ ἐκείνους, καὶ οἱ μετὰ τούτους καὶ ὅσα τῶν δήμων ἐκείνων τὰ τάγματα, καὶ ὅσα τῆς βουλῆς, καὶ πόσαι ἀξιωμάτων διαφοραί. Μὴ τοίνυν μετὰ θορύβου καὶ ταραχῆς εἰσίωμεν; ἀλλὰ μετὰ σιγῆς μυστικῆς. Εἰ γὰρ ἐπὶ θεάτρου σιγῆς πολλῆς γενομένης, τότε τὰ τοῦ βασιλέως ἀναγινώσκεται γράμματα, πολλῷ μᾶλλον ἐπὶ τῆς πόλεως ταύτης ἅπαντας δεῖ κατεστάλθαι, καὶ ᾿ὀρθαῖς ταῖς ψυχαῖς καὶ ταῖς ἀκοαῖς ἐσταναι. Οὐ γὰρ ἐπιγείου τινὸς, ἀλλὰ τοῦ τῶν ἀγγέλων δεσπότου τὰ γράμματα ἀναγινώσκεσθαι μέλλει. Ἂν οὕτως ἑαυτοὺς ῥυθμίσωμεν, καὶ αὐτὴ τοῦ πνεύματος ἢ χάρις ὁδηγήσει μετὰ πολλῆς ἀκριβείας ἡμᾶς, καὶ πρὸς αὐτὸν ἥξομεν τὸν θρόνον τὸν βασιλικὸν, καὶ πάντων ἐπιτευξόμεθα τών ἀγαθῶν, χάριτι καὶ φιλανθρωπίᾳ τοῦ κυρίου ἡμῶν Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ, ῇ δόξα καὶ τὸ κράτος, ἅμα τῷ πατρὶ καὶ τῴ ἁγίῳ πνεύματι, νῦν καὶ αεὶ καὶ εἰς τοὺς αἰῶνας τῶν αἰώνων. ᾿Αμήν.

Sy de ta men tou biou pragmata meta akribeias oidas, kai ta nea kai ta archaia kai ta palaia, kai archontas arithmein dynasai, hois estrateusō ton emprosthen chronon, kai tyrannida dis tautēn agōnothetēn, kai athlophorous, kai stratēgous, ta mēden soi diapheronta. tis de ha archōn en tę̄ polei tautē gegonen? ē prōtos, hē deuteros, ē ē tritos, ē poson hekastos chronon, ē ti katorthōsas kai ergasamenos, oude ho onar ephantasthēs pote. Nomōn de tōn en tę̄ polei tautę̄ keimenōn, oude heterōn legontōn akousai kai prosechein hypomeneis. Pōs houn, eipe moi» prosdokąs teuxasthai tōn epēngelmenōn agathōn, mēde tois legomenois prosechōn: All᾽ ei kai mē proteron, nyn goun touto poiōmen. Kai gar eis polin mellomen eisienai? ean ho theos epitrepę̄, chrysēn, kai chrysou pantos timiōteran. Katamaathōmen oun autēs ta themelia, tas pylas tas apo sappheirou kai margaritōn synkeimenas kai gar echomen ariston ᾿cheiragōgon ton Matthaion. Dia gar tēs autou pylēs eisimen nyn? kai dei pollēs hēmin tēs spoudēs. ᾿an gar idē tina mē prosechonta, ekballei tēs poleōs. Kai gar esti asilikōtatē ē polis kai periphanēs ouch hōsper hai par᾽ hēmin, eis agoran kai basileia diērēmenē: alla panta basileia ta ekei. ᾿Anapetasōmen toinyn tas pylas tēs dianoias, anapetasōmen tēn akoēn, kai meta phrikēs pollēs mellontes epibainein tōn prothyrōn, proskynēsōmen ton en autę̄ basilea kai gar eutheōs hē prōtē prosbolē kataplēxai dynatai ton theatēn. Kekleismonai ho men nyn eisin hēmin hai pylai hotan de idōmen autas anapetastheisas (touto gar estin ē tōn zētēmatōn lysis), tote opsometha pollēn endon tēn astrapēn. Kai gar tois tou pneumatos hodēngoumenos ophthalmois, panta soi epangelletai deiknynai ho telōnēs houtos pou men ho basileus kathētai kai tines autǭ tōn strateumatōn parestēkasi' kai pou men angeloi? pou de archangeloi' kai tis tois neois politais en tę̄ polei tautę̄ topos aphōristai kai poia hē ekei pherousa hodos kai tina elabon lēxin hoi prōton politeusamenoi͵ ekei, kai hoi met᾽ ekeinous, kai hoi meta toutous kai hosa tōn dēmōn ekeinōn ta tagmata, kai hosa tēs boulēs, kai posai axiōmatōn diaphorai. Mē toinyn meta thorybou kai tarachēs eisiōmen? alla meta sigēs mystikēs. Ei gar epi theatrou sigēs pollēs genomenēs, tote ta tou basileōs anaginōsketai grammata, pollǭ mallon epi tēs poleōs tautēs hapantas dei katestalthai, kai ᾿orthais tais psychais kai tais akoais estanai. Ou gar epigeiou tinos, alla tou tōn angelōn despotou ta grammata anaginōskesthai mellei. An houtōs heautous rhythmisōmen, kai autē tou pneumatos ē charis hodēgēsei meta pollēs akribeias hēmas, kai pros auton hēxomen ton thronon ton basilikon, kai pantōn epiteuxometha tōn agathōn, chariti kai philanthrōpią tou kyriou hēmōn Iēsou Christou, ę̄ doxa kai to kratos, hama tǭ patri kai tǭ hagiǭ pneumati, nyn kai aei kai eis tous aiōnas tōn aiōnōn. ᾿Amēn.

You know the affairs of this life exactly, both the new and the old and the ancient, and you can count the rulers under whom you served in time past, … and the presidents of the games, and the prize-winners, and the generals, things that make no difference to you. But who has been ruler in this city, whether first or second or third, or for how long each one, and what he achieved and did, you never imagined even in a dream. And the laws laid down in this city you cannot bear even to hear and attend to when others speak of them. How then, tell me, do you expect to obtain the good things promised, when you do not even attend to what is said? But if not before, let us do this now at least. For we are about to enter, if God permits, a city of gold, more precious than any gold. Let us learn, then, its foundations, its gates made of sapphire and pearls; for we have in Matthew an excellent guide. For through his gate we are now entering, and we need much zeal. For if he sees anyone not attending, he casts him out of the city. For the city is most royal and splendid; not like the cities among us, divided into a marketplace and palaces, but everything there is palace. Let us throw open, then, the gates of our mind, let us open our ears, and as we are about to step upon the threshold with much trembling, let us worship the King who is in it. For at once the first sight can strike the beholder with awe. For now the gates are shut to us; but when we see them thrown open (for that is the solution of the questions), then we shall see much lightning within. For guided by the eyes of the Spirit, this tax collector promises to show you everything: where the King sits, and which of his armies stand beside him; where the angels are and where the archangels; what place has been set apart for the new citizens in this city, and what road leads there; what lot those received who first lived as citizens there, and those after them, and those after these; how many orders there are of those peoples, how many of the council, and how many distinctions of rank. Let us not, then, enter with noise and confusion, but with mystical silence. For if in a theater, when there is much silence, the letters of the emperor are then read, much more in this city ought all to be composed, and to stand with souls and ears erect. For it is not the letters of some earthly ruler, but of the Lord of the angels, that are about to be read. If we so order ourselves, the grace of the Spirit itself will guide us with great exactness, and we shall come to the very royal throne and obtain all good things, by the grace and lovingkindness of our Lord Jesus Christ, to whom be glory and might, with the Father and the Holy Spirit, now and always and to the ages of ages. Amen.

Chapter 2

2.1Field 1

Βίβλος γενέσεως ᾿Ιησοῦ Χριστοῦ, υἱοῦ Δαυϊδ, υἱοῦ Αβρααμ. ἾΔΡΑ μέμνησθε τῆς παραγγελίας, ἣν πρώην ἐποιησάμεθα πρὸς ὑμᾶς, παρακαλοῦντες μετὰ σιγῆς ἁπάσης καὶ μυστικῆς ἡσυχίας ἀκούειν τῶν λεγομένων ἁπάντων; Καὶ ἢ γὰρ μέλλομεν τῶν ἱερῶν σήμερον ἐπιβαίνειν προθύρων'᾽ διὸ καὶ Τῆς παραγγελίας ἀνέμνησα. Εἰ , Ὑὰρ ᾿Ιουδαῖοι κεκαυμένῳ ὄρει, καὶ πυρὶ, καὶ γνόφῳ, καὶ σκότῳ, καὶ θυέλλῃ προσιέναι μέλλοντες» μάλλον δὲ οὐδὲ προσιέναι, ἀλλὰ πόῤῥωθεν ταῦτα καὶ ὁρᾶν καὶ ἀκούειν, πρὸ τριῶν ἡμερῶν ἐκελεύοντο γυναικὸς ἀπέχεσθαι, καὶ τὰ ἱμάτια ἀποπλῦναι, καὶ ἂν τρόμῳ ἦσαν καὶ φόβῳ, καὶ αὐτοὶ, καὶ μετ᾽ ἐκείνων Μωυσῆς πολλῷ μάλλον μᾶς τοιούτων μέλλοντας ἀκούσεσθαι λόγων, καὶ οὐ πόῤῥω ὄρους ἑστάναι καπνιζομένου, ἀλλ᾽ εἰς αὐτὸν εἰσιέναι τὸν οὐρανὸν, πλείονα χρὴ ἐπιδείκνυσθαι Φιλοσοφίαν, οὐχ ἱμάτια ἀποπλύνοντας, ἀλλὰ τὴν στολὴν τῆς ψυχῆς ἀποσμήχοντας, καὶ πάσης βιωτικῆς ἀπαλλαττομένους μίξεως. Οὐ γὰρ γνόφον ὄψεσθε, οὐδὲ καπνὸν, οὐδὲ θυελλαν αλλ΄ αὐτὸν τὸν βασιλέα καθήμενον ἐπὶ τοῦ θρόνου τῆς ἀποῤῥήτου δόξης ἐκείνης, καὶ ἀγγέλους καὶ ἀρχαγγέλους παρεστῶτας αὐτῷ, καὶ τοὺς δήμους τῶν ἁγίων μετὰ τῶν ἀπείρων μυριάδων ἐ εκείνων. Τοιαύτη γὰρ ἢ τοῦ θεοῦ πόλις, τὴν ἐκκλησίαν ἔχουσα τῶν πρωτοτόκων, τὰ πνεύματα τῶν δικαίων, τὴν πανήγυριν τῶν ἀγγέλων, τὸ αἷμα τοῦ ῥαντισμοῦ, δι᾽ οὗ τὰ πάντα συνήφθη, καὶ ὁ οὐρανὸς ἐδέξατο τὰ ἀπὸ γὔ:: καὶ γῆ τὰ ἀπὸ τοῦ οὐρανοὺ, καὶ ἡ πάλαι ποθουμένη καὶ ἀγγέλοις καὶ ἁγίοις παραγέγονεν εἰρήνη. ταύτῃ τὸ τρόπαιον ἔστη τοῦ σταυρου τὸ λαμπρὸν καὶ περιφανὲς, τὰ λάφυρα τοῦ Χριστοῦ, τὰ ἀκροθίνια τῆς φύσεως τῆς ἡμετέρας, τὰ σκῦλα τοῦ βασιλέως ἡμῶν' ταῦτα γὰρ ἅπαντα ἀπὸ τῶν εὐαγγελίων εἰσόμεθα μετὰ ἀκριβείας. Κἀν ἀκολουθῆς μετὰ ἡσυχίας τῆς να: δυνησόμεθά σε περιαγαγεῖν πανταχοὺ, καὶ δεῖξαι, ποῦ μὲν ὁ θάνατος ἀνεσκολοπισμένος κεῖται ποὺ δὲ ἥ ἁμαρτία κρεμαμένη ποῦ δὲ τὰ πολλὰ καὶ παράδοξα απὸ τοῦ πολέμου τούτου, [ἀπὸ τῆς μάχης ταύτης ἀναθήματα. Ὄψει καὶ τὸν τύραννον ἐνταῦθα δεδεμένον, καὶ τῶν αἰχμαλώτων τὸ πλῆθος ἑπόμενον, καὶ τὴν ἀκρόπολιν, ἀφ᾽ ἧς ὁ μιαρὸς δαίμων ἐκεῖνος ἅπαντα κατέδραμε τὸν ἔμπροσθεν χρόνον ὄψει τοῦ λῃστοῦ τὰς καταδύσεις καὶ τὰ σπήλαια, διεῤῥωγότα λοιπὸν καὶ ἀναπεπταμένα' καὶ γὰρ καὶ ἐκεῖ παρεγένετο ὁ βασιλεύς. ᾿Αλλὰ μὴ ἀποκαμῇς; ἀγαπητέ οὐδὲ γὰρ εἰ πόλεμόν τις αἰσθητὸν διηγεῖτο, . καὶ τρόπαια, καὶ »ίκας, κόρον ἔλαβες ἄν ἀλλ᾽ οὐδὲ σιτίον οὐδὲ ποτὸν πρὸ ταύτης ἂν ἔθου τῆς ἱστορίας. ΕἸ δὲ ἐκείνη ποθητὴ ἡ διήγησις, πολλῷ μᾶλλον αὕτη. ᾿Εννόησον γὰρ ἡλίκον ἐστὶν ἀκοῦσαι, πῶς μὲν εκ τῶν οὐρανῶν καὶ τῶν θρόνων ἀναστὰς τῶν βασιλικῶν, καὶ εἰς τὴν γῆν, καὶ εἰς αὐτὸν τὸν ἅδην ἥλατο ὁ θεὸς, καὶ ἐπὶ τῆς παρατάξεως ἔστη: πῶς δὲ ἀντιπαρετάξατο ὁ διάβολος, μᾶλλον δὲ οὐ θεῷ γυμνῷ, ἀλλὰ θεῷ ἀνθρωπίνῃ κρυπτομένῳ φύσει. Καὶ τὸ δὴ θαυμαστὸν, ὅτι θανάτῳ θάνατον ὄψει λυόμενον, καὶ κατάραν ἀφανιζομένην κατάρᾳ, καὶ δ ὧν ἴσχυσεν ὁ διάβολος, διὰ τούτων αὐτοῦ καταλνομένην τὴν τυραννίδα. Διαναστῶμεν τοίνυν, καὶ μὴ καθεύδωμεν ἰδοὺ γὰρ ὁρῶ τὰς πύλας ἡμῖν ἀνοιγομένας᾽ ἀλλ᾽ εἰσίωμεν μετὰ εὐταξίας ἁπάσης καὶ τρόμου, τῶν προθύρων αὐτῶν εὐθέως ἐπιβαίνοντες. Τίνα δέ ἐστι ταῦτα τὰ πρόθυρα: Βίβλος γενέσεως Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ, υἱοῦ Δαυΐδ, υἱοῦ ,Αβρααμ.- Τί λέγεις: περὶ τοῦ μονογενοῦς υἱοῦ τοῦ θεοῦ διαλέξεσθαι ἐπηγγείλω, καὶ τοὺ Δαυὶδ μνημονεύεις, ἀνθρώπου μετὰ μυρίας Ὑενεὰς γενομένου; καὶ αὐτὸν εἶναι φὴς καὶ πατέρα καὶ πρόγονον: ᾿Επίσχες, καὶ μὴ πάντα ἄθροως ζήτει μαθεῖν, ἀλλ᾽ ἠρέμα καὶ κατὰ μικρόν. Ἔν γὰρ τοῖς προθύροις ἕστηκας ἔτι παρ᾽ αὐτὰ τὰ προπύλαια τί τοίνυν σπεύδας πρὸς τὰ ἄδυτα: Οὔπω τὰ ἔξω καλῶς κατώπτευσας ἅπαντα᾽ οὐδὲ γὰρ ἐκείνην σοι τέως διηγοῦμαι τὴν Ὑέννησιν᾽ μᾶλλον δὲ οὐδὲ τὴν μετὰ ταῦτα ἀνέκῴραστος γὰρ καὶ ἀπόῤῥητος. Καὶ πρὸ ἐμοῦ σοι τοῦτο ὁ προφήτης εἶπεν Ἡσαΐαν ἀνακηρύττων γὰρ αὐτοῦ τὸ πάθος καὶ τὴν πολλὴν ὑπὲρ τῆς οἰκουμένης κηδεμονίαν, καὶ ἐκπληττόμενος τίς ὧν τί γέγονε, καὶ ποῦ κατέβη, ἀνεβόησε μέγα καὶ λαμπρὸν οὕτω λέγων 3. τὴν γενεὰν αὑτοῦ τίς διηγήσεται κ᾿

Biblos geneseōs ᾿Iēsou Christou, huiou Dauïd, huiou Abraam. IDRA memnēsthe tēs parangelias, hēn prōēn epoiēsametha pros hymas, parakalountes meta sigēs hapasēs kai mystikēs hēsychias akouein tōn legomenōn hapantōn? Kai ē gar mellomen tōn hierōn sēmeron epibainein prothyrōn'᾽ dio kai Tēs parangelias anemnēsa. Ei , Hyar ᾿Ioudaioi kekaumenǭ orei, kai pyri, kai gnophǭ, kai skotǭ, kai thyellę̄ prosienai mellontes» mallon de oude prosienai, alla porrhōthen tauta kai horan kai akouein, pro triōn hēmerōn ekeleuonto gynaikos apechesthai, kai ta himatia apoplynai, kai an tromǭ ēsan kai phobǭ, kai autoi, kai met᾽ ekeinōn Mōysēs pollǭ mallon mas toioutōn mellontas akousesthai logōn, kai ou porrhō orous hestanai kapnizomenou, all᾽ eis auton eisienai ton ouranon, pleiona chrē epideiknysthai Philosophian, ouch himatia apoplynontas, alla tēn stolēn tēs psychēs aposmēchontas, kai pasēs biōtikēs apallattomenous mixeōs. Ou gar gnophon opsesthe, oude kapnon, oude thyellan all΄ auton ton basilea kathēmenon epi tou thronou tēs aporrhētou doxēs ekeinēs, kai angelous kai archangelous parestōtas autǭ, kai tous dēmous tōn hagiōn meta tōn apeirōn myriadōn e ekeinōn. Toiautē gar ē tou theou polis, tēn ekklēsian echousa tōn prōtotokōn, ta pneumata tōn dikaiōn, tēn panēgyrin tōn angelōn, to haima tou rhantismou, di᾽ hou ta panta synēphthē, kai ho ouranos edexato ta apo gy:: kai gē ta apo tou ouranou, kai hē palai pothoumenē kai angelois kai hagiois paragegonen eirēnē. tautę̄ to tropaion estē tou staurou to lampron kai periphanes, ta laphyra tou Christou, ta akrothinia tēs physeōs tēs hēmeteras, ta skyla tou basileōs hēmōn' tauta gar hapanta apo tōn euangeliōn eisometha meta akribeias. Kan akolouthēs meta hēsychias tēs na: dynēsometha se periagagein pantachou, kai deixai, pou men ho thanatos aneskolopismenos keitai pou de hē hamartia kremamenē pou de ta polla kai paradoxa apo tou polemou toutou, [apo tēs machēs tautēs anathēmata. Opsei kai ton tyrannon entautha dedemenon, kai tōn aichmalōtōn to plēthos hepomenon, kai tēn akropolin, aph᾽ hēs ho miaros daimōn ekeinos hapanta katedrame ton emprosthen chronon opsei tou lę̄stou tas katadyseis kai ta spēlaia, dierrhōgota loipon kai anapeptamena' kai gar kai ekei paregeneto ho basileus. ᾿Alla mē apokamę̄s? agapēte oude gar ei polemon tis aisthēton diēgeito, . kai tropaia, kai »ikas, koron elabes an all᾽ oude sition oude poton pro tautēs an ethou tēs historias. EI de ekeinē pothētē hē diēgēsis, pollǭ mallon hautē. ᾿Ennoēson gar hēlikon estin akousai, pōs men ek tōn ouranōn kai tōn thronōn anastas tōn basilikōn, kai eis tēn gēn, kai eis auton ton hadēn hēlato ho theos, kai epi tēs parataxeōs estē: pōs de antiparetaxato ho diabolos, mallon de ou theǭ gymnǭ, alla theǭ anthrōpinę̄ kryptomenǭ physei. Kai to dē thaumaston, hoti thanatǭ thanaton opsei lyomenon, kai kataran aphanizomenēn katarą, kai d hōn ischysen ho diabolos, dia toutōn autou katalnomenēn tēn tyrannida. Dianastōmen toinyn, kai mē katheudōmen idou gar horō tas pylas hēmin anoigomenas᾽ all᾽ eisiōmen meta eutaxias hapasēs kai tromou, tōn prothyrōn autōn eutheōs epibainontes. Tina de esti tauta ta prothyra: Biblos geneseōs Iēsou Christou, huiou Dauïd, huiou ,Abraam.- Ti legeis: peri tou monogenous huiou tou theou dialexesthai epēngeilō, kai tou Dauid mnēmoneueis, anthrōpou meta myrias Hyeneas genomenou? kai auton einai phēs kai patera kai progonon: ᾿Episches, kai mē panta athroōs zētei mathein, all᾽ ērema kai kata mikron. En gar tois prothyrois hestēkas eti par᾽ auta ta propylaia ti toinyn speudas pros ta adyta: Oupō ta exō kalōs katōpteusas hapanta᾽ oude gar ekeinēn soi teōs diēgoumai tēn Hyennēsin᾽ mallon de oude tēn meta tauta anekǭrastos gar kai aporrhētos. Kai pro emou soi touto ho prophētēs eipen Hēsaïan anakēryttōn gar autou to pathos kai tēn pollēn hyper tēs oikoumenēs kēdemonian, kai ekplēttomenos tis hōn ti gegone, kai pou katebē, aneboēse mega kai lampron houtō legōn 3. tēn genean hautou tis diēgēsetai k᾿

“The book of the generation of Jesus Christ, the son of David, the son of Abraham.”

Do you remember the charge we gave you the other day, urging you to listen to everything said with complete silence and mystical stillness? For today we are about to step upon the sacred threshold; that is why I have reminded you of the charge. For if the Jews, when they were about to approach a mountain that burned, and fire, and gloom, and darkness, and storm, or rather not even to approach but to see and hear these things from afar, were ordered for three days beforehand to abstain from their wives and to wash their garments, and were in trembling and fear, both they and Moses with them, much more ought we, who are about to hear such words, and not to stand far from a smoking mountain but to enter heaven itself, to show a greater philosophy: not washing garments, but cleansing the robe of the soul and freeing ourselves from all mixture with worldly things. For you will see no gloom, nor smoke, nor storm, but the King himself seated on the throne of that unspeakable glory, angels and archangels standing beside him, and the peoples of the saints with those countless myriads. For such is the city of God, having the church of the firstborn, the spirits of the righteous, the festal gathering of the angels, the blood of sprinkling, by which all things were joined together, and heaven received the things of earth, and earth the things of heaven, and the peace long desired by angels and saints has come. In it stands the bright and glorious trophy of the cross, the spoils of Christ, the first fruits of our nature, the booty of our King; all these we shall learn exactly from the Gospels. If you follow with fitting quietness, we shall be able to lead you around everywhere and show you where death lies impaled, where sin hangs, where the many and marvelous offerings from this war and this battle are. You will see the tyrant bound here, and the multitude of captives following, and the citadel from which that foul demon overran everything in time past. You will see the robber's lairs and caves, broken open now and laid bare; for the King came even there. But do not grow weary, beloved. For if someone were describing a war of this world, with trophies and victories, you would not have had your fill; you would not have put food or drink before that story. And if that narrative is desirable, much more this one. For consider how great a thing it is to hear how God arose from heaven and from the royal thrones and leapt down to earth and to Hades itself, and stood in the battle line; and how the devil set himself in array against him, or rather not against God unveiled, but against God hidden in human nature. And what is truly wonderful, you will see death undone by death, and curse wiped out by curse, and the devil's tyranny destroyed by the very means through which he had prevailed. Let us rouse ourselves, then, and not sleep; for see, I see the gates opening for us. But let us enter with all good order and trembling, stepping at once upon the threshold itself.

What is this threshold? “The book of the generation of Jesus Christ, the son of David, the son of Abraham.” What are you saying? You promised to speak of the only-begotten Son of God, and you mention David, a man born after countless generations, and say that he is both his father and his ancestor? Wait, and do not seek to learn everything at once, but gently and little by little. For you are still standing at the threshold, by the very gateway; why then do you hurry to the inner sanctuary? You have not yet looked well at everything outside. For I am not yet telling you of that generation; or rather, not even of the later one, for it is beyond speaking and beyond telling. The prophet Isaiah said this to you before me; for when he proclaimed his passion and his great care for the world, and was amazed at who he was and what he became and where he came down, he cried out loud and clear, saying: “Who shall declare his generation?”

2.2Field 1

Ου τοίνυν περὶ ἐκείνης ἡμῖν λόγος νῦν, ἀλλὰ περὶ ταύτης τῆς κάτω, τῆς ἐν τῇ γῇ γενομένης, τῆς μετὰ μυρίων μαρτύρων. Καὶ περὶ ταύτης δὲ, ὡς ἡμῖν δυνατὸν εἰπεῖν δεξαμένοις. τὴν τοῦ πνεύματος χάριν, οὕτω διηγησόμεθα. Οὐδὲ γὰρ ταύτην μετὰ σαφηνείας πάσης παραστῆσαι ἔνι ἐπεὶ καὶ αὕτη φρικωδεστάτη. Μὴ τοίνυν μικρὰ νομίσῃς ἀκούειν, ταύτην ἀκούων τὴν γέννησιν' ἀλλ᾽ ἀνάστησον σον τὴν διάνοιαν, καὶ εὐθέως φρίξον, ἀκούσας ὅτι θεὸς ἐπὶ Ὑῆς ἦλθεν. Οὕτω γὰρ τοῦτο θαυμαστὸν καὶ παράδοξον ἦν, ὡς καὶ τοὺς ἀγγέλους χορὸν ὑπὲρ τούτων στήσαντας τὴν ὑπὲρ τῆς οἰκουμένης ἐπὶ τούτοις ἀναφέρειν εὐφημίαν, καὶ τοὺς προφήτας ἄνωθεν τοῦτο ἐκπλήττεσθαι, ὅτι 2 ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς ὥφθη, καὶ τοῖς ἀνθρώποις συνανεστράφη. Καὶ γὰρ σφόδρα παράδοξον ακοῦσαι, ὅτι ὁ θεὸς ὃ ἀπόῤῥητος, καὶ ἀνέκφραστος, καὶ ἀπερινόητος, καὶ τῷ πατρὶ ἴσος, διὰ μήΣΦ, τρας ἦλθε παρθενικῆς, καὶ γενέσθαι ἐκ γυναικὸς κατεδέξατο, καὶ σχειν προγόνους τὸν Δαυϊὸὃ καὶ τὸν Δβρ αάμ. Καὶ τί λέγω τὸν Δαυὶδ καὶ τὸν Αβραάμ: γὰρ δὴ φρικωδέοστερον, τὰς γυναῖκας ἐκείνας, ὧν ἀρτίως ἐμνήσθημεν. Ταῦτα ἀκούων, ἀνάστηθι, καὶ μηδὲν ταπεινὸν ὑποπτεύσης, ἀλλὰ καὶ διὰ τοῦτο αὐτὸ μάλιστα θαύμασον, ὅτι νἱὶὸς ὧν τοῦ ανά χου θεοῦ, καὶ γνήσιος υἱὸς, ἠνέσχετο ἀκοῦσαι καὶ Δαυϊδ υἱὸς, ἵνα σε ποιήσῃ υἱὸν θεοῦ ἠνέσχετο πατέρα αὐτῷ γενέσθαι δοῦλον, ἵ ἵνα σοι τῷ δούλῳ πατέρα ποιήση τὸν δεα τὸ: την. Εἶδες ἐκ προοιμίων εὐθέως οἷα τὰ εὐαγγέλια : ὃ Εἰ δὲ ἀμφιβάλλεις περὶ τῶν σῶν, ἀπὸ τῶν ἐκείνου καὶ ταῦτα πίστευε. Πολὺ γὰρ δυσκολώτερον, ὅσον εἰς ἀνθρώπινον λογισμὸν, θεὸν ἄνθρωπον γενέσθαι, ἢ ἄνθρωπον υἱὸν θεοῦ χρηματίσαι. Ὅταν οὖν ἀκούσης, ὅτι ὁ υἱὸς τοῦ θεοῦ υἱὸς τοῦ Δαυΐὸ ἐ ἐστι καὶ τοῦ Αβραάμ, μὴ ἀμφίβαλλε λοιπὸν; ὅτι καὶ σὺ, ὁ υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀδάμ, υἱὸς ἔσῃ τοῦ θεοῦ. Οὐδὲ γὰρ εἰκῆ καὶ μάτην τοσοῦτον ἑαυτὸν ἐταπείνωσεν, εἰ μὴ ἐμελλεν ἡμᾶς ἀνυψοῦν. ᾿Εγεννήθη ἢ γὰρ κατὰ σάρκα, ἵνα σὺ γεννηθῆς κατὰ πνεῦμα ἐγεννήθη ἐκ γυναικὸς, ἵνα σὺ παύσῃ γυναικὸς ὧν υἱός. Διὰ τοῦτο διπλῆ γέγονεν ἣ γέννησις, καὶ ἐοικυῖα ἡμῖν, καὶ ὑπερβαίνουσα τὴν ἡμετέραν. Τὸ μὲν γὰρ ἐκ γυναικὸς γεννηθῆναι ἡμὶν συνέβαινε τὸ δὲ μὴ ἐξ αἵματος, μηδὲ ἐκ θελήματος σαρκὸς ἤ ἀνδρὸς, ἀλλ᾽ ἐκ πνεύματος ἁγίου, τὴν ὑπερβαίνουσαν ἡμᾶς καὶ τὴν μέλλουσαν προανεφώνει γέννησιν, ἣν ἡμῖν ἔμελλεν ἐκ πνεύματος χαρίζεσθαι. Καὶ πάντα δὲ τὰ ἄλλα τοιαῦτα ἣν. Καὶ γὰρ τὸ λουτρὸν τοιοῦτον εἶχε γάρ τι τοῦ παλαιοῦ, εἶχέ τι καὶ τὸν καινοῦ. Τὸ μὲν γὰρ ὑπὸ τοῦ προφήτου βαπτισθῆναι, τὸ παλαιὸν ἐδείκνυ τὸ δὲ πνεῦμα κατελθεῖν, τὸ νέον ὑπέγραψε. Καὶ καθάπερ τις ἐν μεταιχμίῳ στὰς δύο τινῶν ἀλλήλων διεστηκότων, ἀμφοτέρας ἁπλώσας τὰς χείρας ἑκατέρωθεν λαβὼν συνάψειεν οὕτω καὶ αὐτὸς ἐποίησε, τὴν παλαιὰν τῇ καινῇ συνάπτων, τὴν θείαν φύσιν τῇ ἀνθρωπίνη; τὰ αὐτοῦ τοῖς ἡμετέροις. Εἶδες τὴν ἀστραπὴν τῆς πόλεως, ὅσῃ σε ἐκ προοιμίων κατηύγασε τῇ λαμπηδόνι: πῶς σοι τὸν βασιλέα εὐθέως ἔδειξεν ἑἐ εν τῷ σῷ σχήματι, ὡσανεὶ ἐν στρατοπέδῳ: : Οὐδὲ γὰρ ἐκεῖ τὴν οἰκείαν ἀξίαν φαίνεται ἕἔ ἔχων διηνεκῶς ὁ βασιλεὺς, ἀλλὰ τὴν ἁλουργίδα αφεὶς καὶ τὸ διάδημα, στρατιώτου σχῆμα ὑπέδυ πολλάκις. ᾿Αλλ ἐκεῖ μὲν, ἵνα μὴ γνώριμος γενόμενος ἐφ ἑαυτὸν ἑλκύσῃ τοὺς πολεμίους ἐνταῦθα δὲ τοὐναντίον, ἵνα μὴ γνώριμος γέενύμενος, φυγεῖν παρασκευάσῃ τῆς πρὸς αὐτὸν συμπλοκῆς τὸν ἐχθρὸν, καὶ τοὺς οἰκείους διαταράξῃ πάντας σώσαι γὰρ, οὐκ ἐκπλῆξαι, ἐσπούδασε. Διὰ τοῦτο καὶ εὐθέως αὐτὸν ἀπὸ ταύτης ἐκάα-- λεσε τῆς προσηγορίας, ᾿Ιησοῦν προσειπών. Τὸ γὰρ ᾿Ιησοῦς τοῦτο ὄνομα οὐκ ἔστιν Ἑλληνικὸν, ἀλλὰ τῇ Ἑβραίων φωνῇ οὕτω λέγεται Ἰησοῦς ὅ ἐστιν εἰς τὴν Ἑλλάδα γλῶτταν ἑρμηνευόμενον, σωτήρ᾽ σωτὴρ δὲ, ἀπὸ τοῦ σῶσαι τὸν λαὸν αυτοῦ.

Ou toinyn peri ekeinēs hēmin logos nyn, alla peri tautēs tēs katō, tēs en tę̄ gę̄ genomenēs, tēs meta myriōn martyrōn. Kai peri tautēs de, hōs hēmin dynaton eipein dexamenois. tēn tou pneumatos charin, houtō diēgēsometha. Oude gar tautēn meta saphēneias pasēs parastēsai eni epei kai hautē phrikōdestatē. Mē toinyn mikra nomisę̄s akouein, tautēn akouōn tēn gennēsin' all᾽ anastēson son tēn dianoian, kai eutheōs phrixon, akousas hoti theos epi Hyēs ēlthen. Houtō gar touto thaumaston kai paradoxon ēn, hōs kai tous angelous choron hyper toutōn stēsantas tēn hyper tēs oikoumenēs epi toutois anapherein euphēmian, kai tous prophētas anōthen touto ekplēttesthai, hoti 2 epi tēs gēs hōphthē, kai tois anthrōpois synanestraphē. Kai gar sphodra paradoxon akousai, hoti ho theos ho aporrhētos, kai anekphrastos, kai aperinoētos, kai tǭ patri isos, dia mēSPh, tras ēlthe parthenikēs, kai genesthai ek gynaikos katedexato, kai schein progonous ton Dauïoo kai ton Dbr aam. Kai ti legō ton Dauid kai ton Abraam: gar dē phrikōdeosteron, tas gynaikas ekeinas, hōn artiōs emnēsthēmen. Tauta akouōn, anastēthi, kai mēden tapeinon hypopteusēs, alla kai dia touto auto malista thaumason, hoti niios hōn tou ana chou theou, kai gnēsios huios, ēnescheto akousai kai Dauïd huios, hina se poiēsę̄ huion theou ēnescheto patera autǭ genesthai doulon, hi hina soi tǭ doulǭ patera poiēsē ton dea to: tēn. Eides ek prooimiōn eutheōs hoia ta euangelia : ho Ei de amphiballeis peri tōn sōn, apo tōn ekeinou kai tauta pisteue. Poly gar dyskolōteron, hoson eis anthrōpinon logismon, theon anthrōpon genesthai, ē anthrōpon huion theou chrēmatisai. Hotan oun akousēs, hoti ho huios tou theou huios tou Dauïo e esti kai tou Abraam, mē amphiballe loipon? hoti kai sy, ho huios tou Adam, huios esę̄ tou theou. Oude gar eikē kai matēn tosouton heauton etapeinōsen, ei mē emellen hēmas anypsoun. ᾿Egennēthē ē gar kata sarka, hina sy gennēthēs kata pneuma egennēthē ek gynaikos, hina sy pausę̄ gynaikos hōn huios. Dia touto diplē gegonen hē gennēsis, kai eoikuia hēmin, kai hyperbainousa tēn hēmeteran. To men gar ek gynaikos gennēthēnai hēmin synebaine to de mē ex haimatos, mēde ek thelēmatos sarkos ē andros, all᾽ ek pneumatos hagiou, tēn hyperbainousan hēmas kai tēn mellousan proanephōnei gennēsin, hēn hēmin emellen ek pneumatos charizesthai. Kai panta de ta alla toiauta hēn. Kai gar to loutron toiouton eiche gar ti tou palaiou, eiche ti kai ton kainou. To men gar hypo tou prophētou baptisthēnai, to palaion edeikny to de pneuma katelthein, to neon hypegrapse. Kai kathaper tis en metaichmiǭ stas dyo tinōn allēlōn diestēkotōn, amphoteras haplōsas tas cheiras hekaterōthen labōn synapseien houtō kai autos epoiēse, tēn palaian tę̄ kainę̄ synaptōn, tēn theian physin tę̄ anthrōpinē? ta autou tois hēmeterois. Eides tēn astrapēn tēs poleōs, hosę̄ se ek prooimiōn katēugase tę̄ lampēdoni: pōs soi ton basilea eutheōs edeixen hee en tǭ sǭ schēmati, hōsanei en stratopedǭ: : Oude gar ekei tēn oikeian axian phainetai hee echōn diēnekōs ho basileus, alla tēn halourgida apheis kai to diadēma, stratiōtou schēma hypedy pollakis. ᾿All ekei men, hina mē gnōrimos genomenos eph heauton helkysę̄ tous polemious entautha de tounantion, hina mē gnōrimos geenymenos, phygein paraskeuasę̄ tēs pros auton symplokēs ton echthron, kai tous oikeious diataraxę̄ pantas sōsai gar, ouk ekplēxai, espoudase. Dia touto kai eutheōs auton apo tautēs ekaa-- lese tēs prosēgorias, ᾿Iēsoun proseipōn. To gar ᾿Iēsous touto onoma ouk estin Hellēnikon, alla tę̄ Hebraiōn phōnę̄ houtō legetai Iēsous ho estin eis tēn Hellada glōttan hermēneuomenon, sōtēr᾽ sōtēr de, apo tou sōsai ton laon autou.

Our discourse now, then, is not about that generation, but about this one below, which took place on earth, with countless witnesses. And this one too we shall describe as far as is possible for us to speak, having received the grace of the Spirit. For not even this can be set forth with complete clarity, since it too is most awesome. Do not think, then, that you are hearing small things when you hear of this birth; but raise up your mind and tremble at once on hearing that God came to earth. For this was so wonderful and unexpected that the angels formed a choir over it and offered praise on behalf of the world, and the prophets long before were amazed at this, that he “was seen on earth and lived among men.” For it is truly astonishing to hear that God, the unspeakable, the inexpressible, the incomprehensible, the equal of the Father, came through a virgin's womb, consented to be born of a woman, and to have David and Abraham as forebears. And why do I say David and Abraham? What is more awesome still, those women whom we mentioned just now. When you hear these things, rise up and suspect nothing lowly; but for this very reason above all marvel, that being Son of the God who has no beginning, and genuine Son, he consented to be called also son of David, to make you a son of God; he consented to have a slave as his father, to make the Master a father to you, the slave.

Do you see at once from the opening what the Gospels are like? If you doubt about what concerns you, believe it from what concerns him. For it is much harder, as far as human reasoning goes, for God to become man than for man to be called a son of God. When, then, you hear that the Son of God is son of David and of Abraham, no longer doubt that you too, the son of Adam, will be a son of God. For he would not have humbled himself so far idly and to no purpose, if he were not going to exalt us. He was born according to the flesh, that you might be born according to the Spirit; he was born of a woman, that you might cease to be only a woman's son. That is why the birth was twofold, both like ours and surpassing ours. For to be born of a woman was common with us; but to be born “not of blood, nor of the will of the flesh,” or of man, but of the Holy Spirit, proclaimed beforehand the birth that surpasses us and is to come, which he was going to give us from the Spirit. And all the rest was of the same kind. For the washing too was such: it had something of the old and something of the new. To be baptized by the prophet showed the old; the descent of the Spirit sketched the new. And as someone standing in the space between two parties set apart from each other, stretching out both hands and taking hold on either side, would join them, so he too did, joining the old covenant to the new, the divine nature to the human, his things to ours.

Do you see the lightning of the city, with what brightness it has shone on you from the opening? How at once it has shown you the King in your own form, as though in a camp? For there too the king does not always appear with his own dignity, but often lays aside the purple and the diadem and puts on the dress of a soldier. But there he does so lest, being recognized, he draw the enemy upon himself; here it is the opposite, lest, being recognized, he cause the enemy to flee from the encounter with him, and throw all his own into confusion; for he was eager to save, not to terrify. That is why at once he called him by this name, calling him Jesus. For this name Jesus is not Greek, but in the language of the Hebrews he is so called, Jesus, which interpreted into the Greek tongue is Savior: Savior, from his saving his people.

2.3Field 1

Εἶδες πῶς ἀνεπτέρωσε τὸν ἀκροατὴν, τά τε ἐν συνηθείᾳ φθεγξάμενος, καὶ δι αὐτῶν τὰ ὑπὲρ ἐλπίδα πᾶσαν ἡμῖν ἐμφήνας : Καὶ γὰρ ἀμφοτέρων τῶν ὀνομάτων τούτων πολλὴ γνῶσις παρὰ τοῖς ᾿Ιουδαίοις ἢ ἦν. ᾿Επειδὴ γὰρ παράδοξα ἦν τὰ μέλλοντα γίνεσθαι, καὶ οἱ τῶν ὀνομάτων προέδραμον τύποι ὥστε ἄνωθεν πάντα καινοτομίας προαναιρεθῆναι θόρυβον. Καὶ γὰρ 7: [ησοῦς ὁ μετὰ Μωὺῦσέα εἰσαγαγὼν τὸν λαὸν εἰς τὴν γῆν τῆς ἐπαγγελίας λέγεται. Εἶδες τὸν τύπον: βλέπε τὴν ἀλήθειαν. ᾿Εκεῖνος εἰς τὴν γῆν τῆς ἐπαγγελίας, οὗτος εἰς τὸν οὐρανὸν καὶ τὰ ἐν τοῖς οὐρανοῖς ἀγαθα' ἐκεῖνος μετὰ τὸ τελευτῆσαι Μωΐύσέα, οὗτος μετὰ τὸ παύσασθαι τὸν νόμον᾽ ἐκεῖνος ὡς δημαγωγὸς, οὗτος ὡς βασιλεὺυς. ᾿Αλλ ἵνα μὴ ᾿ἰησοῦν ἀκούσας διὰ τὴν ὁμωνυμίαν πλανηθῆς, ἐπήγαγεν Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ, υἱοῦ Δαυΐδ. ᾿Εκεῖνος δὲ οὐκ ἦν τοὺ Δαυϊδ, ἀλλ᾽ ἑτέρας φυλῆς. Τίνος δὲ ἕνεκεν βίβλον αὐτὴν γενέσεως καλεῖ ᾿Ιησοῦ Χριστοῦ : : καίτοιγε οὐ τοῦτο ἔχει μόνον τὴν γέννησιν, ἀλλὰ πάσαν τὴν οἰκονομίαν. Ὅτι πάσης τῆς οἰκονομίας τὸ κεφάλαιον τοῦτο. καὶ ἀρχὴ καὶ ῥίζα πάντων ἡμῖν τῶν αγαθῶν γίνεται. Ὥσπερ οὺν βιβλίον οὐρανοῦ καὶ γῆς καλεῖ Μωὺύσῆς, καίτοιγε οὐ περὶ οὐρανοῦ 94. καὶ γῆς διαλεχθεὶς μόνον, ἀλλὰ καὶ περὶ τῶν ἐν μέσῳ παντων οὕτω καὶ οὗτος ἀπὸ τοῦ κεφαλαίον τῶν κατορθωμάτων τὸ βιβλίον ἐκάλεσε. Τὸ γὰρ ἐκπλήξεως γέμον καὶ ὑπὲρ ἐλπίδα καὶ προσδοκίαν ἅπασαν, ἄνθρωπον γενέσθαι θεόν τούτου δὲ γενομένου, τὰ μετὰ ταῦτα ἅπαντα κατὰ λόγον καὶ ἀκολουθίαν ἕπεται. Τίνος δὲ ἕνεκεν οὐκ εἶπεν, υἱοῦ Ἀβραὰμ, καὶ τότε, υἱοῦ Δαυϊὸδ: Οὐχ ὥς τινες οἴονται, κάτωθεν ἄνω βουλόμενος ἐλθεῖν ἐπεὶ ἐποίησεν ἂν, ὅπερ καὶ ὁ Λουκᾶς νῦν δὲ τοὐναντίον ποιεῖ. Τίνος οὖν ἕνεκεν τοῦ Δαυϊδ ἐμνημόνευσεν: ᾿Εν τοῖς πάντων στόμασιν ὁ ἄνθρωπος ἢ ήν, ἀπό τε τῆς περιφανείας; ἀπό τε τοῦ χρόνον οὐ γὰρ πάλαι ἣν τετελευτηκώς, ὥσπερ Αβρααμ. Εἰ δὲ ἀμφοτέροις ἐπηγγείλατο ὁ θεὸς, ἀλλ᾽ ὅμως ἐκεῖνο μὲν, ὡς παλαιὸν, ἐσιγᾶτο᾽ τοῦτο δὲ, ὡς πρόσφατον καὶ νέον, ὑπὸ πάντων περιεφέρετο. Αὐτοὶ γοῦν λέγουσιν᾽ ᾿οὐκ ἐκ τοῦ σπέρματος Δαυϊὸ καὶ ἀπὸ Βηθλεὲμ τῆς κώμης, ὅπου ἣν Δαυϊὸ, ἔρχεται ὁ Χριστὸς. Καὶ οὐδεὶς αὐτὸν υἱὸν Ἄβρααμ, ἀλλὰ πάντες υἱὸν Δαυὶδ ἐκάλουν᾽ καὶ γὰρ καὶ διὰ τὸν χρόνον, ὡς ἔφθην εἰπῶν, καὶ διὰ τὴν βασιλείαν, μᾶλλον ἐν μνήμῃ πᾶσιν οὗτος ἦν. Οὕτω γοὺν καὶ οὺς ἐτίμων βασιλέας μετ᾽ ἐκεῖνον ἐξ ἐκείνον ἅπαντας ἐκάλουν, καὶ αὐτοὶ καὶ ὁ θεός. Καὶ γὰρ καὶ ἼεζεΠ κιὴλ, καὶ ἕτεροι δὲ προφῆται, λέγουσιν αὐτοῖς παραγίνεσθαι Δαυὶδ καὶ ανίστασθαι, οὐ περὶ ἐκείνου λέγοντες τοῦ τετελευτηκότος, ἀλλὰ τῶν ζηλούντων τὴν ἀρετὴν τὴν ἐκείνον. Καὶ τῷ ᾿Εζεκίᾳ φησιν' ὅ5Ὲ ὑπερασπιῶ τὴς πόλεως ταύτης δι ἐμὲ καὶ διὰ Δαυὶδ τὸν παῖδά μου. Καὶ τῷ Σολομῶνι δὲ ἔλεγεν, ὅτε διὰ Δαυὶδ οὐ διέρῥ ῥρηξε ζώντος αὐτοῦ τὴν βασιλείαν. Πολλὴ γὰρ ἡ δόξα τοῦ ἀνδρὸς ἡ ἣν καὶ παρὰ θεῷ καὶ παρὰ ἀνθρώποις. Διὰ τοῦτο εὐθέως ἐκ τοῦ γνωἉ , , ριμωτέρου τὴν ἀρχὴν ποιεῖται, καὶ τότε ἐπὶ τὸν πατέρα ἀνατρέχει, περιττὸν ἡγούμενος, ὅσον πρὸς ᾿Ιουδαίους, ἄνωτέρω τὸν λόγον ἀγαγεῖν. Οὗτοι γὰρ μάλιστα ἦσαν οἱ θαυμαζόμενοι ὁ μὲν, ὡς προφήτης καὶ βασιλεύς ὁ δὲ, ὡς πατρια ἰρχῆς καὶ προφήτης. Καὶ πόθεν δῆλον ὅτι ἐκ τοῦ Δαυΐδ ἐστι: φησίν. γὰρ εξ ἀνδρὸς οὐκ ἐγεννήθη, αλλ: απὸ γυναικὸς μόνον, ἡ δὲ παρθένος ουὅ γενεαλογείται, πῶς εἰσόμεθα ὅτι τοῦ Δαυὶδ ἔκγονος ἢν: Δύο γάρ ἐστι τὰ ζητούμενα τίνος τε ἕνεκεν ἢ μήτηρ οὐ γενεαλογεῖται, καὶ τί δήποτε ὁ ὁ Ιωσὴφ,. ὁ μηδὲν συντελῶν πρὸς τὴν γέννησιν, μνημονεύεται παρ᾽ αὐτῶν᾽ δοκεῖ γὰρ τὸ μὲν περιττὸν εἶναι, τὸ δὲ ἐνδεές. Ποῖον οὖν πρότερον ἀναγκαῖον εἰπεῖν: Πῶς ἐκ τοῦ Δαυϊδ ἡ παρθένος. Πῶς οὖν εἰσόμεθα ὅ ὅτι ἐκ τοῦ Δαυΐδ; Ἄκουσον τοῦ θεοῦ λέοντος τῷ Γαβριὴλ, ἀπελθεῖν πρὸς παρθένον μεμνηστευμένην ἀνδρὶ, ᾧ ὄνομα ᾿Ιωσήῷ, εξ οἴκον καὶ πατριᾶς Δαυΐδ, εἥ Τί τοίνυν ὅ βουλει τούτον σαφέστερον, ὅταν ἀκούσης ὅτι εξ οἴκον καὶ πατριᾶς Δαυὶδ ἡ ἤν ἡ παρθένος; Ὅθεν

Eides pōs anepterōse ton akroatēn, ta te en synētheią phthenxamenos, kai di autōn ta hyper elpida pasan hēmin emphēnas : Kai gar amphoterōn tōn onomatōn toutōn pollē gnōsis para tois ᾿Ioudaiois ē ēn. ᾿Epeidē gar paradoxa ēn ta mellonta ginesthai, kai hoi tōn onomatōn proedramon typoi hōste anōthen panta kainotomias proanairethēnai thorybon. Kai gar 7: [ēsous ho meta Mōyysea eisagagōn ton laon eis tēn gēn tēs epangelias legetai. Eides ton typon: blepe tēn alētheian. ᾿Ekeinos eis tēn gēn tēs epangelias, houtos eis ton ouranon kai ta en tois ouranois agatha' ekeinos meta to teleutēsai Mōïysea, houtos meta to pausasthai ton nomon᾽ ekeinos hōs dēmagōgos, houtos hōs basileuys. ᾿All hina mē ᾿iēsoun akousas dia tēn homōnymian planēthēs, epēgagen Iēsou Christou, huiou Dauïd. ᾿Ekeinos de ouk ēn tou Dauïd, all᾽ heteras phylēs. Tinos de heneken biblon autēn geneseōs kalei ᾿Iēsou Christou : : kaitoige ou touto echei monon tēn gennēsin, alla pasan tēn oikonomian. Hoti pasēs tēs oikonomias to kephalaion touto. kai archē kai rhiza pantōn hēmin tōn agathōn ginetai. Hōsper oun biblion ouranou kai gēs kalei Mōyysēs, kaitoige ou peri ouranou 94. kai gēs dialechtheis monon, alla kai peri tōn en mesǭ pantōn houtō kai houtos apo tou kephalaion tōn katorthōmatōn to biblion ekalese. To gar ekplēxeōs gemon kai hyper elpida kai prosdokian hapasan, anthrōpon genesthai theon toutou de genomenou, ta meta tauta hapanta kata logon kai akolouthian hepetai. Tinos de heneken ouk eipen, huiou Abraam, kai tote, huiou Dauïod: Ouch hōs tines oiontai, katōthen anō boulomenos elthein epei epoiēsen an, hoper kai ho Loukas nyn de tounantion poiei. Tinos oun heneken tou Dauïd emnēmoneusen: ᾿En tois pantōn stomasin ho anthrōpos ē ēn, apo te tēs periphaneias? apo te tou chronon ou gar palai hēn teteleutēkōs, hōsper Abraam. Ei de amphoterois epēngeilato ho theos, all᾽ homōs ekeino men, hōs palaion, esigato᾽ touto de, hōs prosphaton kai neon, hypo pantōn periephereto. Autoi goun legousin᾽ ᾿ouk ek tou spermatos Dauïo kai apo Bēthleem tēs kōmēs, hopou hēn Dauïo, erchetai ho Christos. Kai oudeis auton huion Abraam, alla pantes huion Dauid ekaloun᾽ kai gar kai dia ton chronon, hōs ephthēn eipōn, kai dia tēn basileian, mallon en mnēmę̄ pasin houtos ēn. Houtō goun kai ous etimōn basileas met᾽ ekeinon ex ekeinon hapantas ekaloun, kai autoi kai ho theos. Kai gar kai IezeP kiēl, kai heteroi de prophētai, legousin autois paraginesthai Dauid kai anistasthai, ou peri ekeinou legontes tou teteleutēkotos, alla tōn zēlountōn tēn aretēn tēn ekeinon. Kai tǭ ᾿Ezekią phēsin' ho5E hyperaspiō tēs poleōs tautēs di eme kai dia Dauid ton paida mou. Kai tǭ Solomōni de elegen, hote dia Dauid ou dierrh rhrēxe zōntos autou tēn basileian. Pollē gar hē doxa tou andros hē hēn kai para theǭ kai para anthrōpois. Dia touto eutheōs ek tou gnōA , , rimōterou tēn archēn poieitai, kai tote epi ton patera anatrechei, peritton hēgoumenos, hoson pros ᾿Ioudaious, anōterō ton logon agagein. Houtoi gar malista ēsan hoi thaumazomenoi ho men, hōs prophētēs kai basileus ho de, hōs patria irchēs kai prophētēs. Kai pothen dēlon hoti ek tou Dauïd esti: phēsin. gar ex andros ouk egennēthē, all: apo gynaikos monon, hē de parthenos ouo genealogeitai, pōs eisometha hoti tou Dauid ekgonos ēn: Dyo gar esti ta zētoumena tinos te heneken ē mētēr ou genealogeitai, kai ti dēpote ho ho Iōsēph,. ho mēden syntelōn pros tēn gennēsin, mnēmoneuetai par᾽ autōn᾽ dokei gar to men peritton einai, to de endees. Poion oun proteron anankaion eipein: Pōs ek tou Dauïd hē parthenos. Pōs oun eisometha ho hoti ek tou Dauïd? Akouson tou theou leontos tǭ Gabriēl, apelthein pros parthenon memnēsteumenēn andri, hǭ onoma ᾿Iōsēǭ, ex oikon kai patrias Dauïd, heē Ti toinyn ho boulei touton saphesteron, hotan akousēs hoti ex oikon kai patrias Dauid hē ēn hē parthenos? Hothen

Do you see how he has given the hearer wings, speaking in familiar terms and through them disclosing to us things beyond all hope? For both these names were well known among the Jews. Since what was to happen was marvelous, the types in the names also ran on ahead, so that all the disturbance of novelty might be removed beforehand. For Jesus is the name of the one who after Moses brought the people into the land of promise. You have seen the type: look at the reality. He brought them into the land of promise, this one into heaven and the good things in heaven; he after Moses died, this one after the law ceased; he as a leader of the people, this one as King. But lest, hearing “Jesus,” you be misled by the identity of name, he added, “of Jesus Christ, the son of David.” But the other was not of David, but of another tribe.

But why does he call it a book of the generation of Jesus Christ, although it does not contain only the birth, but the whole dispensation? Because this is the sum of the whole dispensation, and it becomes the beginning and root of all our good things. So as Moses calls it the book of heaven and earth, although he discoursed not only of heaven and earth but also of everything between, so this one too named the book from the sum of the achievements. For what is full of amazement and beyond all hope and expectation is that God became man; and once this has happened, all that follows comes in reason and sequence.

But why did he not say “son of Abraham” and then “son of David”? Not, as some think, because he wished to go from below upward; for then he would have done what Luke does; but as it is he does the opposite. Why then did he mention David? The man was on everyone's lips, both because of his fame and because of the time; for he had not died long before, as Abraham had. And although God made promises to both, the one, being old, was passed over in silence, while the other, being recent and new, was carried about by all. At least they themselves say: “Does not the Christ come from the seed of David, and from Bethlehem, the village where David was?” And no one called him son of Abraham, but all called him son of David; for both because of the time, as I said already, and because of the kingship, this man was more in everyone's memory. So too all the kings whom they honored after him they called by his name, both they and God. For Ezekiel and other prophets also say that David will come to them and rise up, speaking not of the one who had died but of those who emulate his virtue. And to Hezekiah he says, “I will defend this city for my own sake and for the sake of David my servant.” And to Solomon he said that for David's sake he did not tear the kingdom apart in his lifetime. For great was the glory of the man, both with God and with men. That is why he makes his beginning at once from the better known, and then runs back to the father, thinking it superfluous, as far as the Jews were concerned, to carry the account higher. For these were the men most admired: the one as prophet and king, the other as patriarch and prophet.

“And how is it clear that he is of David?” someone says. “For if he was not born of a man but of a woman only, and the virgin's genealogy is not given, how shall we know that he was a descendant of David?” For there are two questions: why the mother's genealogy is not given, and why Joseph, who contributed nothing to the birth, is mentioned by them; for the one seems superfluous and the other lacking. Which, then, must we speak of first? How the virgin is of David. How then shall we know that she is of David? Hear God telling Gabriel to go to “a virgin betrothed to a man whose name was Joseph, of the house and family of David.” What then do you want plainer than this, when you hear that the virgin was of the house and family of David? From this

2.4Field 1

δῆλον, ὅ ὅτι καὶ ὁ ᾿Ιωσὴφ ἐκεῖθεν ἦν. Καὶ γ6} νόμος ἦν ὁ κελεύων μὴ ἐξεῖναι γαμεῖν ἄλλοθεν, ἀλλ᾽ ἢ τῆς αὐτῆς φυλῆς. Καὶ ὁ πατριάρχης δὲ Ἰακὼβ απὸ τῆς ᾿Ιούδα φυλῆς ἀναστήσεσθαι αὐτὸν προὔλεγεν, οὕτω λέγων ἐς οὐκ ἐκλείψει ἄρχων εξ Ἰούδα, οὐδὲ ἡγούμενος, ἐκ τῶνο μηρῶν αὐτοῦ, ἕως ἂν ὄλθῃ ᾧ ἀπόκειται καὶ αὐτὸς προσδοκία ἐθνῶν. Ἡ γὰρ προφητεία αὕτη, ὅτι μὲν ἐκ τῆς φυλῆς ᾿Ιούδα γέγονε; δηλοῖ ὅτι δὲ καὶ τοῦ γένους Δαυὶδ, οὐκέτι. Ἄρα οὖν τῇ φυλῇ ᾿Ιούδα οὐχὶ γένος ἕν ἣν μόνον τὸ τοῦ Δαυὶδ, ἀλλὰ καὶ πολλὰ ἕτερα καὶ συνέβαινε τῆς μὲν ὰΝ εἶναι τοῦ ᾿Ιούδα, οὐκέτι δὲ καὶ τοὺ γένους Δαυὶ Ἄλλ' ἵνα μὴ τοῦτο λέγῃς, ἀνεῖλέ σου τὴν ὑπόνοιαν ταύτην ὃ εὐαγγελιστὴς, εἰπὼν, ὅτι εξ οἴκον καὶ πατριᾶς ἣν Δαυίδ. Εἰ δὲ καὶ ἑτέρωθεν βούλει τοῦτο μαθεῖν, οὐδὲ ἑτέρας ἀπορήσομεν ἀποδείξεων οὐ γὰρ δὴ μόνον ἀπὸ φυλῆς οὐκ ἐξῆν ἑτέρας; ἀλλ᾽ οὐδὲ ἀπὸ πατριᾶς ἑτέρας, τουτέστι, συγγενείας, γαμιεῖν. Ὥστε ἄν τε τῇ παρθένῳ τὸ εξ οἴκου καὶ πατριᾶς Δαυϊδ᾽ ἁρμόσωμεν, ἕστηκε τὸ εἰρημένον᾽ ἄν τε τῷ ᾿Ιωσὴφ, δι ἐκείνου καὶ τοῦτο κατασκευάζεται. Εἰ ἄλλοθεν ἔλαβε τὴν γυναῖκα, ἢ ὅθεν καὶ αὐτὸς ἦν. Τί οὗν, εἰ παρέβη τὸν νόμον; φησί. Διὰ γὰρ τοῦτο προλαβὼν ἐμαρτύρησεν; ὅτι δίκαιος ἢ ἣν ὃ Ιωσηφ, ἵ ἵνα μὴ τοῦτο λέγης» αλλὰ μαθὼν αὐτοῦ τὴν ἀρετὴν, κἀκεῖνο εἰδῆς, ὅτι οὐκ ἂν πα ρέβη τὸν νόμον. Ὃ οὕτω φιλάνθρωπος καὶ πάθους ἐκτὸς, ὡς μηδὲ ὑποψίας ἀναγκαζούσης βουληθῆναι ἐπιχειρῆσαι κολάσαι τὴν παρθένον, πῶς ἂν δι᾿ ἡδονὴν παρέβη τὸν νόμον Ὁ γὰρ ὑπὲρ νόμον φιλοσοφήσας (καὶ γὰρ τὸ ᾿άφεῖναι καὶ λάθρα ἀφεῖναι; ὑπὲρ νόμον φιλοσοφοῦντος ἣν), πῶς ἂν παρὰ νόμον ἔπραξέ τι; καὶ ταῦτα οὐδεμιᾶς ἀναγκαζούσης αἰτίας : Αλλ᾽ ὅτι μὲν ἐκ τοῦ γένους τοὺ Δαυϊδ ἡ ἥν ἡ παρθένος, ἐκ τούτων δήλον᾽ τίνος δὲ ἕνεκεν αὑτὴν οὐκ ἐγενεαλόγησεν, ἀλλὰ τὸν Ιωσηφ, ἀναγκαῖον εἰπεῖν. Τίνος οὖν ἕνεκεν ; Οὐκ ἦν νόμος παρὰ ᾿Ιουδαίοις γενεαλογεῖσθαι γυναικας. Ἵν οὖν καὶ τὸ ἔθος Φυλάξῃ καὶ μὴ δόξῃ παραχαράττειν ἐκ προοιμίων, καὶ τὴν κόρην ἡμῖν γνωρίσῃ, διὰ τοῦτο τοὺς προγόνους αὐτῆς σιγήσας, τὸν Ἰωσὴφ ἐγενεαλόγησεν. Εἴτε γὰρ ἐπὶ τῆς παρθένου τοῦτο ἐποίησεν, ἔδοξεν ἀ ἂν καινοτομεῖν εἴτε τὸν Ἰωσὴφ ἐσίγησεν, οὐκ ἂν ἔγνωμεν τῆς παρθένου τοὺς προγόνους. Ἵν οὗν μάθωμεν τὴν Μαρίαν, τίς ἣν καὶ πόθεν, καὶ τὰ τῶν νόμων ἀκίνητα μείνῃ, τὸν μνηστῆρα αὐτῆς ἐγενεαλόγησε, καὶ ἔδειξεν ὅ ὄντα ἐκ τῆς οἰκίας Δαυΐδ. Τούτου γὰρ ἀποδειχθέντος, κἀκεῖνο συναποδέδεικται, τὸ καὶ τὴν παρθένον ἐκεῖθεν εἶναι; διὰ τὸ τὸν δίκαιον τοὺτον, καθάπερ ἐφθην εἰπὼν, μὴ ἀνασχέσθαι ἑτέρωθεν ἀγαγέσθαι γυναῖκα. Ἔστι δὲ καὶ ἕτερον λόγον εἰπεῖν μυστικώτερον, δι᾿ ὃν ἐσιγήθησαν οἱ τῆς παρθένου πρόγονοι, ὅνπερ οὐκ εὔκαιρον νῦν ἐκκαλύψαι διὰ τὸ πολλὰ εἶναι τὰ εἰρημενα. ᾿Διόπερ᾽ ἐνταῦθα ,στήσαντες τὸν περὶ τῶν ζητημάτων λόγον, κατέχωμεν τέως μετὰ ἀκριβείας τὰ ἐκκαλυφθέντα ἡμῖν' οἷον, διατί τοῦ Δαυὶδ ἐμνήσθη πρῶτον διατί τὸ βιβλίον γενέσεως ἐκάλεσε βιβλίον διατί εἶπεν, Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ πῶς ὴ γέννησις κοινὴ καὶ οὐ κοινή πόθεν ὅτι ἡ Μαρία πὸ ποῦ Δαυὶδ οὖσα ἐδείχθη καὶ τίνος ἕνεκεν ὁ ᾿Ιωσὴφ ἐγενεαλογήθη, σιγηθέντων τῶν ἐκείνης προγόνων. ἣν μὲν γὰρ φυλάττητε ταῦτα, προθυμοτέρους ἡμᾶς καὶ πρὸς τὰ μέλλοντα ἐργάσεσθε: ἄν δὲ ἁ ἀποπτύσητε καὶ ἐκβάλητε αὐτὰ τῆς ψυχῆς, καὶ πρὸς τὰ λοιπὰ ὀκνηρότερον διακεισόμεθα. Οὐδὲ γὰρ γῆς τὰ πρότερα διαφθειράσης σπέρματα ἕλοιτ᾽ ἂν ἐπιμελεῖσθαι γεωργός. Διὸ παρακαλῶ ταντα στρέφειν. ᾿Απὸ γὰρ τοῦ τὰ τοιαῦτα μεριμνᾶν μέγα τι τὴ Ψυχῇ καὶ σωτήριον ἐγγίνεται ἀγαθὸν. Καὶ γὰρ καὶ τῷ θεῷ δυνησόμεθα ἀρέσαι; ταῦτα φροντίζοντες, καὶ ὕβρεων καὶ αἰσχρολογίας καὶ λοι)οριῶν τὰ στόματα καθαρὰ ἔ ἔσται, πνευματικὰ μελετῶντα βήματα. καὶ δαίμοσιν ἐσόμεθα φοβεροὶ, καθοπλίζοντες ἡμῶν τὴν γλῶτταν τοιούτοις βήμασι καὶ τοῦ θεοῦ ὑτπὸ χάριν ἐπισπασόμεθα μᾶλλον, καὶ διορατικώτερον ἡμῖν ἐργάσεται τὸ ὄμμα. Καὶ γὰρ καὶ ὀφθαλμοὺς, καὶ στόμα, καὶ ἀκοὴν διὰ τοῦτο ἡμῖν ἐνέθηκεν, ἵνα αὐτῷ πάντα δουλεύῃ τὰ μέλη ἵνα τὰ αὐτοῦ ,φθεγγώμεθα, ἵ ἵνα τὰ αὐτοῦ πράττωμεν, ἵνα ἄδωμεν αὐτῷ ὕμνους διηνεκεῖς, ἵ ἵνα ; εὐχαριστίας ἀναπέμπωμεν, καὶ διὰ τούτων τὸ συνειδὸς ἑαυτῶν ᾿ἐκκαθαίρωμεν. Ὥσπερ γὰρ σῶμα ἀέρος ἀπολαῦον καθαροῦ ὑγιεινότερον ἔσται, οὕτω ψυχὴ φιλοσοφωτέρα τοιαύταις ἐντρεφομένη μελέταις.

dēlon, ho hoti kai ho ᾿Iōsēph ekeithen ēn. Kai g6} nomos ēn ho keleuōn mē exeinai gamein allothen, all᾽ ē tēs autēs phylēs. Kai ho patriarchēs de Iakōb apo tēs ᾿Iouda phylēs anastēsesthai auton proulegen, houtō legōn es ouk ekleipsei archōn ex Iouda, oude hēgoumenos, ek tōno mērōn autou, heōs an olthę̄ hǭ apokeitai kai autos prosdokia ethnōn. Hē gar prophēteia hautē, hoti men ek tēs phylēs ᾿Iouda gegone? dēloi hoti de kai tou genous Dauid, ouketi. Ara oun tę̄ phylę̄ ᾿Iouda ouchi genos hen hēn monon to tou Dauid, alla kai polla hetera kai synebaine tēs men aN einai tou ᾿Iouda, ouketi de kai tou genous Daui All' hina mē touto legę̄s, aneile sou tēn hyponoian tautēn ho euangelistēs, eipōn, hoti ex oikon kai patrias hēn Dauid. Ei de kai heterōthen boulei touto mathein, oude heteras aporēsomen apodeixeōn ou gar dē monon apo phylēs ouk exēn heteras? all᾽ oude apo patrias heteras, toutesti, syngeneias, gamiein. Hōste an te tę̄ parthenǭ to ex oikou kai patrias Dauïd᾽ harmosōmen, hestēke to eirēmenon᾽ an te tǭ ᾿Iōsēph, di ekeinou kai touto kataskeuazetai. Ei allothen elabe tēn gynaika, ē hothen kai autos ēn. Ti houn, ei parebē ton nomon? phēsi. Dia gar touto prolabōn emartyrēsen? hoti dikaios ē hēn ho Iōsēph, hi hina mē touto legēs» alla mathōn autou tēn aretēn, kakeino eidēs, hoti ouk an pa rebē ton nomon. Ho houtō philanthrōpos kai pathous ektos, hōs mēde hypopsias anankazousēs boulēthēnai epicheirēsai kolasai tēn parthenon, pōs an di᾿ hēdonēn parebē ton nomon Ho gar hyper nomon philosophēsas (kai gar to ᾿apheinai kai lathra apheinai? hyper nomon philosophountos hēn), pōs an para nomon epraxe ti? kai tauta oudemias anankazousēs aitias : All᾽ hoti men ek tou genous tou Dauïd hē hēn hē parthenos, ek toutōn dēlon᾽ tinos de heneken hautēn ouk egenealogēsen, alla ton Iōsēph, anankaion eipein. Tinos oun heneken ? Ouk ēn nomos para ᾿Ioudaiois genealogeisthai gynaikas. Hin oun kai to ethos Phylaxę̄ kai mē doxę̄ paracharattein ek prooimiōn, kai tēn korēn hēmin gnōrisę̄, dia touto tous progonous autēs sigēsas, ton Iōsēph egenealogēsen. Eite gar epi tēs parthenou touto epoiēsen, edoxen a an kainotomein eite ton Iōsēph esigēsen, ouk an egnōmen tēs parthenou tous progonous. Hin houn mathōmen tēn Marian, tis hēn kai pothen, kai ta tōn nomōn akinēta meinę̄, ton mnēstēra autēs egenealogēse, kai edeixen ho onta ek tēs oikias Dauïd. Toutou gar apodeichthentos, kakeino synapodedeiktai, to kai tēn parthenon ekeithen einai? dia to ton dikaion touton, kathaper ephthēn eipōn, mē anaschesthai heterōthen agagesthai gynaika. Esti de kai heteron logon eipein mystikōteron, di᾿ hon esigēthēsan hoi tēs parthenou progonoi, honper ouk eukairon nyn ekkalypsai dia to polla einai ta eirēmena. ᾿Dioper᾽ entautha ,stēsantes ton peri tōn zētēmatōn logon, katechōmen teōs meta akribeias ta ekkalyphthenta hēmin' hoion, diati tou Dauid emnēsthē prōton diati to biblion geneseōs ekalese biblion diati eipen, Iēsou Christou pōs ē gennēsis koinē kai ou koinē pothen hoti hē Maria po pou Dauid ousa edeichthē kai tinos heneken ho ᾿Iōsēph egenealogēthē, sigēthentōn tōn ekeinēs progonōn. hēn men gar phylattēte tauta, prothymoterous hēmas kai pros ta mellonta ergasesthe: an de ha apoptysēte kai ekbalēte auta tēs psychēs, kai pros ta loipa oknēroteron diakeisometha. Oude gar gēs ta protera diaphtheirasēs spermata heloit᾽ an epimeleisthai geōrgos. Dio parakalō tanta strephein. ᾿Apo gar tou ta toiauta merimnan mega ti tē Psychę̄ kai sōtērion enginetai agathon. Kai gar kai tǭ theǭ dynēsometha aresai? tauta phrontizontes, kai hybreōn kai aischrologias kai loi)oriōn ta stomata kathara e estai, pneumatika meletōnta bēmata. kai daimosin esometha phoberoi, kathoplizontes hēmōn tēn glōttan toioutois bēmasi kai tou theou hytpo charin epispasometha mallon, kai dioratikōteron hēmin ergasetai to omma. Kai gar kai ophthalmous, kai stoma, kai akoēn dia touto hēmin enethēken, hina autǭ panta douleuę̄ ta melē hina ta autou ,phthengōmetha, hi hina ta autou prattōmen, hina adōmen autǭ hymnous diēnekeis, hi hina ? eucharistias anapempōmen, kai dia toutōn to syneidos heautōn ᾿ekkathairōmen. Hōsper gar sōma aeros apolauon katharou hygieinoteron estai, houtō psychē philosophōtera toiautais entrephomenē meletais.

it is clear that Joseph too was from there. For there was a law that forbade marrying from elsewhere than from the same tribe. And the patriarch Jacob foretold that he would arise from the tribe of Judah, saying: “A ruler shall not fail from Judah, nor a leader from his loins, until he comes for whom it is laid up, and he is the expectation of the nations.” This prophecy shows that he came from the tribe of Judah; but that he was also of the family of David, it does not yet show. “Was there, then, in the tribe of Judah only one family, that of David? Were there not many others too? And it might happen that one was of Judah but not of the family of David.” But lest you say this, the evangelist removed this suspicion of yours by saying that he was of the house and family of David. And if you wish to learn this from elsewhere too, we shall not lack other proofs. For not only was it unlawful to marry from another tribe, but not even from another family, that is, kindred. So whether we apply “of the house and family of David” to the virgin, what was said stands; or to Joseph, this too is established through him. For if he was of the house and family of David, he would not have taken his wife from elsewhere than from where he himself was. “What then if he broke the law?” someone says. That is why he testified beforehand that Joseph was righteous, so that you would not say this, but, learning his virtue, would know also that he would not have broken the law. For he who was so humane and free from passion that, even when suspicion pressed him, he would not undertake to punish the virgin, how would he have broken the law for pleasure? He who showed a philosophy above the law (for to put her away, and to put her away secretly, belonged to one who showed a philosophy above the law), how would he have done anything against the law, and that when no cause compelled him?

That the virgin was of the family of David, then, is clear from this. But why he did not give her genealogy but Joseph's, we must say. Why then? It was not the custom among the Jews to give the genealogy of women. So that he might keep the custom and not seem to falsify it from the opening, and yet make the maiden known to us, he kept silent about her ancestors and gave Joseph's genealogy. For if he had done this for the virgin, he would have seemed to innovate; if he had kept silent about Joseph, we would not have known the virgin's ancestors. So that we might learn who Mary was and from where, and the rule of the laws might remain unshaken, he gave the genealogy of her betrothed and showed that he was of the house of David. For when this is proved, that too is proved with it, that the virgin was from there as well, because this righteous man, as I said before, would not have allowed himself to take a wife from elsewhere. There is also another, more mystical reason one could give why the virgin's ancestors were passed over in silence, which it is not timely to reveal now, because much has been said.

Therefore let us stop the discussion of the questions here, and for the present hold fast what has been revealed to us: why he mentioned David first; why he called the book a book of generation; why he said “of Jesus Christ”; how the birth is common and not common; from where Mary was shown to be of David; and why Joseph's genealogy was given while her ancestors were passed over. For if you keep these things, you will make us more eager for what is to come; but if you spit them out and cast them from your soul, we too shall be more reluctant about the rest. For no farmer would choose to tend land that has destroyed the earlier seed. So I urge you to turn these things over. For from caring about such things a great and saving good comes to the soul. For by attending to these things we shall be able to please God, and our mouths will be pure of insults, foul talk, and abuse, as they practice spiritual words; we shall be fearsome to demons, arming our tongue with such words; we shall draw God's grace more upon us, and it will make our eye more clear-sighted. For he set eyes and mouth and hearing in us for this reason, that all our members might serve him; that we might speak his words, do his works, sing him continual hymns, offer up thanksgivings, and by these cleanse our conscience. For as a body that enjoys pure air will be healthier, so a soul nourished on such studies will be more wise.

2.5Field 1

Οὐχ ὁρᾷς καὶ τοὺς τοῦ σώματος ὀφθαλμοὺς, ὅταν μὲν ἐν καπνῷ διατρίβωσι, διαπαντὸς δακρύοντας ὅταν δὲ ἐν αόρι λεπτῷ, καὶ λειμῶνι, καὶ πηγαῖς, καὶ παραδείσοις, ὀξυτέρους τε γινομένους καὶ ὑγιεινοτέρους ; Τοιοῦτος καὶ ὁ τῆς ψυχῆς ὀφθαλμός ἂν μὲν γὰρ ἐν τῷ λειμῶνι τῶν πὐευματικων βοσκηται λογίων, καθαρὸς ἔσται καὶ διαυγὴς καὶ ὀξυδορκῶν ἄν δὲ εἰς τὸν καπνὸν τῶν βιωτικῶν ἀπίῃ πραγμάτων, δακρύσεται μυρία καὶ κλαύσεται, καὶ νῦν καὶ τότε. Καὶ γὰρ καπνῷ ἔοικε τὰ ἀνθρώπινα πράγματα. Διὰ τοῦτο καὶ τὶς ἐλεγεν κ᾽ ἐξέλιπον ὡσεὶ καπνὸς αἱ ἥμέραι μον. ᾿Αλλ᾽ ἐκεῖνος μὲν πρὸς τὸ ὀλιγοχρόνιον καὶ ἀνυπόστατον ἐγὼ δὲ οὐκ εἰς τοῦτο μόνον, αλλὰ καὶ εἰς τὸ ταραχῶδες εἴποιμι ἂν δεῖν ἐκλαμβάνειν. τὰ εἰρημένα. Οὐδὲν γὰρ οὕτω λυπεῖ ψυχῆς ὀφθαλμὸν καὶ θολοῖ, ὡς ο τῶν βιωτικῶν φροντίδων ὄχλος, καὶ ὁ τῶν ἐπιθυμιῶν ἐσμός ταῦτα γὰρ του καπνοῦ τούτου τὰ ξύλα. Καὶ καθάπερ τὸ πὺρ, ὅταν ὑγρᾶς καὶ διαβρόχου τινὸς ἐπιλάβηται ὕλης, πολὺν ἀνάπτει τὸν καπνόν' οὕτω καὶ ἡ ἐπιθυμία ἡ σφοδρὰ ἃ αὕτη καὶ φλογώδης, ὅταν ὑγρᾶς τινος καὶ διαλελυμένης ἐπιλάβηται ψυχῆς, πολὺν καὶ αὐτὴ τίκτει τὸν καπνόν. Διὰ τοῦτο χρεία τῆς ρόσου τοῦ πνεύματος, καὶ τῆς αὔρας ἐκείνης, ἵνα τὸ πὺρ σβέσῃ, καὶ τὸν καπνὸν διαχέη, καὶ πτηνὸν ποιήσῃ ἡμῖν τὸν λογισμόν. Οὐ γάρ ἐστιν, οὐκ ἔστι τοσούτοις βαρυνόμενον κακοῖς πρὸς τὸν οὐρανὸν ἀναπτῆναι αλλ᾽ ἀγαπητὸν, εὐζώνους ἡ ἡμᾶς ὄντας δυνηθῆναι Ταύτην τεμεῖν τὴν ὁδόν μᾶλλον δὲ οὐδὲ οὕτω δυνατὸν, ἂν μὴ τοῦ πνεύματος λάβωμεν τὸ πτερόν. Εἰ τοίνυν καὶ ᾿κούφης διανοίας καὶ πνευματικῆς χάριτος δεῖ, ἵνα ἀναβῶμεν εἰς τὸ ὕψος ἐκεῖνο, ὅταν μηδὲν τούτων, ἀλλὰ καὶ τὰ ἐναντία πάντα ἐφελκώμεθα καὶ βαρος σατανικὸν, πώς δυνησόμεθα ἀναπτῆναι, τοσούτῳ βάρει καθελκόμενοι: Καὶ γὰρ εἴ τις ὥσπερ ἐν δικαίοις σταθμοῖς τοὺς ᾿λόγους ἡμῶν στῆσαι ἐπιχειρήσειεν, ἐν μυρίοις ταλάντοις βιωτικὼν λόγων μόλις εὑρήσει δηνάρια ἑκατὸν ῥημάτων πνευματικῶν μᾶλλον δὲ οὐδὲ οβολοὺς δέκα. Ἂρ᾽ οὺν οὐκ αἰσχύνη καὶ γέλως ἔσχατος, οἰκέτην μὲν ἔχοντας, τὰ πλείονα εἰς τὰ αἀνωγκαῖα κεχρῆσθαι αὐτῷ πράγματα, στόμα δὲ κεκτημένους, μηδὲ οἰκέτῃ ὁμοίως προσφέρεσθαι τῷ μέλει τῷ ἡμετόρῳ, ἀλλ᾽ ἀντιστρόφως εἰς ἄχρηστα καὶ παρέλκοντα πράγματα: : Καὶ εἴθε εἰς παρέλκοντα μόνον' νῦν δὲ εἰς ἐναντία καὶ βλαβερά, καὶ εἰς οὐδὲν ἡ ἡμῖν χρήσιμα. Εἰ γὰρ ἦν ἡμῖν χρήσιμα ἃ ἐφθεγγόμεθα, καὶ τῷ θεῷ πάντως φίλα ἣν τὰ λεγόμενα. υνὶ δὲ ἅ ἅπερ ἂν ὁ διάβολος ὑποβάλλῃ, πάντα φθεγγόμεθα: νῦν μὲν γελώντες, νῦν δὲ ἀστεῖα λέγοντες νῦν μὲν καταρώμενοι καὶ ὑβρίζοντες, νῦν δὲ ὀμνύοντες καὶ ψευδόμενοι καὶ ἐπιορκοῦντεε καὶ νῦν μὲν ἀποδυσπετοῦντες, νῦν δὲ βαττολογοῦντες, καὶ γραϊδίων ληροῦντες πλέον, τὰ μηδὲν πρὸς ἡμᾶς πάντα εἰς μέσον φέροντες. Τίς γὰρ ὑμῶν, εἰπε μοι, τῶν ἐνταῦθα ἑ ἐστηκότων, ψαλμὸν ἕνα ἀπαιτηθεὶς εἰπεῖν δύναιτ᾽ ἂν, ἢ ἄλλο τι μέρος τῶν θείων γραφῶν: Οὐκ ἔ ἐστιν οὐδείς. Καὶ οὐ τοῦτο μόνον ἐστὶ τὸ δεινὸν, ἀλλ᾽ ὅτι πρὸς τὰ πνευματικὰ ἀναπεπτωκότες οὕτω, πρὸς τὰ σατανικὰ πυρός ἐστε σφοδρότεροι. Καὶ γὰρ εἰ βουληθείη τις ὑμᾶς ῳδὰς ἐξετάσαι διαβολικὰς, καὶ πορνικὰ καὶ κατακεκλασμένα μέλη,. πολλοὺς εὑρήσει μετὰ ἀκριβείας ταῦτα εἰδότας, καὶ μετὰ πολλῆς αὐτὰ ἀπαγγέλλοντας τῆς ἡδονῆς. ᾿Αλλὰ τίς ἡ ἀπολογία τῶν ᾿ἐγκλημάτων: Οὐκ εἰμὶ, φησὶ, τῶν μοναχῶν, ἀλλὰ καὶ γυναῖκα ἔχω καὶ παιδία, καὶ οἰκίας ἐπιμελοῦμαι. Τοῦτο γάρ ἐστιν ὃ πάντα ἐλυμήνατο, ὅτι ἐκείνοις μόνοις νομίζετε προσήκειν τὴν ἀνάγνωσιν τῶν θείων γραφῶν, πολλῷ πλέον ἐκείνων ὑμεῖς δεόμενοι. Τοῖς. γὰρ ἐν μέσῳ στρεφομένοις, καὶ καθ᾽ ἑκάστην ἡμέραν τραύματα ομένοις, τούτοις μάλιστα δεῖ φαρμάκων. Ὥστε τοῦ μὴ ἀναγινώσκειν. πολλῷ χεῖρον τὸ καὶ περιττὸν εἶναι: τὸ πράγμα νομίζειν᾽ ταῦτα γὰρ σατανικῆς μελέτης τὰ βήματα. Οὐκ ἀκούετε Παύλον λέγοντος; ὅτι 9 πρὸς νουθεσίαν ἡμῶν ταῦτα πάντα ἐγράφη: Σὺ δὲ, ἂν μὲν εὐαγγέλιον δέξασθαι δέη, χερσὶν ἀνίπτοις οὐκ ἂν ἕλοιο τοῦτο ποιῆσαι τὰ δὲ ἔνδον ἐγκείμενα οὐχ ἡγῇ σφόδρα ἀναγκαῖα εἶναι, Διὰ τοῦτο πάντα ἄνω καὶ κάτω γέγονεν. Εἰ γὰρ βούλει μαθεῖν ὅ ὅσον τῶν γραφῶν τὸ κέρδος, ἐξέτασον σεαυτὸν, τίς μὲν γίνῃ ψαλμὼν ἀκούων, τίς δὲ σατανικῆς φδῆς᾽ καὶ πώς διάκεισαι ἐν ἐκκλησίᾳ διατρίβων, καὶ πῶς ἐν θεάτρῳ καθήμενος καὶ ὄψει πολὺ τὸ μέσον ταύτης κἀκείνης τῆς ψυχῆς, καίτοιγε μιᾶς οὔσης. Διὰ τοῦτο Παῦλος ἔλεγε φθείρουσιν ἤθη χρηστὰ ὁμιλίαι κακαί. Διὰ τοῦτο συνεχῶν ἥμῖν δεῖ τῶν ἀπὸ τοῦ πνεύματος ἐπῳδῶν. Καὶ γὰρ τοῦτό ἐστιν ᾧς τῶν ἀλόγων πλεονεκτοῦμεν, ὡς τῶν γε ἄλλων ἕνεκεν καὶ σφόδρα αὐτῶν ἐλαττούμεθα. Τοῦτό ἐστι τροφὴ ψυχῆς, τοῦτο κόσμος, τοῦτο ἀσφάλεια ὥσπερ οὖν τὸ αἡ ἀκούειν, λιμὸς καὶ φθορα 5 δώσω γάρ, φησὶν, αὐτοῖς οὐ λιμὸν ἄρτου, οὐδὲ δίψαν ὕδατος, ἀλλὰ λιμὸν τοῦ ἀκοῦσαι λόγον κυρίου. Τί γένοιτ᾽ ἂν οὖν ἀθλιώτερον, ὅταν ὅπερ ὁ θεὸς ἐν τάξει κολάσεως ἀπειλῇ, τοῦτο αὐτομάτως σὺ κατὰ τῆς σαυτοῦ κεφαλῆς ἕλκῃς τὸ κακὸν, λιμόν τινα χαλεπὸν ἐπεισἄγων τῇ ψυχῇ. καὶ πάντων αὐτὴν ἀσθενεστέραν ποιών; Απὸ γὰρ λόγων καὶ φθείρεσθαι καὶ σώζεσθαι πέφυκε. Καὶ γὰρ εἰς ὀργὴν τοῦτο αὐτὴν ἐξάγει, καὶ πραῦνει τὸ αὐτὸ τοῦτο πάλιν᾽ καὶ πρὸς ἐπιθυμίαν ἐξῆψε καὶ ῥῆμα αἰσχρὸν, καὶ εἰς σωφροσύνην ἤγαγε λόγος σεμνότητος γέμων. Εἰ δὲ λόγος ἁπλῶς τοσαύτην ἔχει τὴν ἰσχὺν, πῶς τῶν γραφών καταφρονεῖς; εἰπέ μοι. Εἰ γὰρ παραίνεσις τοσαῦτα δύναται. πολλῷ μᾶλλον ὅταν μετὰ πνεύματος ὡσιν αἱ παραινέσεις. Καὶ γὰρ πυρὸς μᾶλλον τὴν πεπωρωμένην μαλάττει ψυχὴν, καὶ πρὸς ἅπαντα ἐπιτηδείαν κατασκευάζει τὰ καλά, λόγος ἀπὸ τῶν θείων ἐνηχούμενος γραφῶν. Οὕτω καὶ Κορινθίους πεφυσιωμένους λαβὼν ὁ ο [Παῦλος καὶ φλεγμαίνοντας, κατέστειλε καὶ ἐπιεικεστέρους ἐποίησε. Καὶ γὰρ εφ οἷς αἰσχύνεσθαι ἔδει καὶ ἐγκαλύπτεσθαι, επὶ τούτοις μέγα ἐφρόνουν. Δλλ ἐπειδὴ τὴν ἐπιστολὴν ἐδέξαντο, ἄκουσον αὐτῶν τὴν μεταβολὴν, ἣ ἣν αὐτὸς ὁ διδάσκαλος αὐτοῖς ἐμαρτύρησεν, οὕτω λέγων ἐς αὐτὸ γὰρ τὸ κατὰ θεὸν λυπηθῆναι ὑμᾶς, πόσην εἰργάσατο ἐν ὑμῖν σπουδήν ἀλλὰ ἀπολογίαν, αλλὰ ἀγανάκτησιν, [αλλὰ φόβον, ἀλλὰ ἐπιπόθησιν,} ἀλλὰ ζηλον, αλλὰ ἐκδίκησιν. Οὕτω καὶ οἰκέτας, καὶ παῖδας, καὶ γυναῖκας, καὶ φίλους ῥυθμίζομεν, καὶ τοὺς ἐχθροὺς φίλους ποιοῦμεν. Οὕτω καὶ οἱ μεγάλοι ἄνδρες, καὶ τῷ θεῷ φίλοι, βελτίους ἐγένοντο. Καὶ γὰρ ὁ Δαυὶδ μετὰ τὴν ἁμαρτίαν, ἐπειδὴ λόγων ἀπήλαυσε, τότε εἰς τὴν καλλίστην ἐκείνην ἦλθε μετάνοιαν' καὶ οἱ ἀπόστολοι δὲ οὕτω γεγόνασιν ὅπερ γεγόνασι, καὶ τὴν οἰκουμένην ἅπασαν ἐπεσπάσαντο. Καὶ χί τὸ κέρδος, φησὶν, ὅταν ἀκούῃ τιξ, καὶ μὴ ποιῇ τὰ λεὝομενα;: Ου μικρὸν μὲν καὶ απὸ τῆς ἀκροάσεως ἔσται τὸ κέρδος. Καὶ γὰρ καταγνώσεται ἑαυτοῦ καὶ στενάξει, καὶ ἥξει ποτὲ καὶ ἐπὶ τὸ ποιεῖν τὰ λεγόμεναι ὋὉ δὲ μηδ᾽ ὅτι ἥμαρτεν εἰδὼς, πότε ἀποστήσεται τοῦ πλημμελεῖν : πότε καταγνώσεται ἑαντοῦ ; Μὴ τοίνυν καταφρονῶμεν τῆς ἀκροάσεως τῶν θείων γραφών. Σατανικῆς γὰρ ταῦτα διανοίας, οὐκ ἀφιείσης τὸν θησαυρὸν ἰδεῖν, ἵ ἵνα μὴ τὸν πλοῦτον κερδάνωμεν. Διὰ τοῦτο οὐδὲν εἶναί φησι τὴν ἀκρόασιν τῶν θείων νόμων, ἵνα μὴ τὴν πρᾶξιν απὸ τῆς ἀκροάσεως ἴδῃ προσγενομένην ἡμῖν. Εἰδότες τοίνυν τὴν πονηρὰν ταύτην αὐτοῦ τέχνην, πάντοθεν ἑαντοὺς ᾿᾿ἀποτειχίζωμεν, ἵνα τοῖς ὅπλοις τούτοις ,Φραξάμενοι, αὐτοί τε ἀνάλωτοι μένωμεν, καὶ τὴν ἐκείνου βάλωμεν κεφαλήν καὶ οὕπω λαμπρὰ τὰ νικητήρια ἀναδησάμενοι τῶν μελλόντων ἐπιτύχωμεν ἀγαθῶν, χάριτι καὶ φιλανθρωπίᾳ τοῦ κυρίου ἡμῶν ᾿Ιησοῦ Χριστοῦ, ᾧ ἢ δόξα καὶ τὸ κράτος εἰς τοὺς αἰῶνας τῶν αἰώνων. ᾿Αμῆν.

Ouch horąs kai tous tou sōmatos ophthalmous, hotan men en kapnǭ diatribōsi, diapantos dakryontas hotan de en aori leptǭ, kai leimōni, kai pēgais, kai paradeisois, oxyterous te ginomenous kai hygieinoterous ? Toioutos kai ho tēs psychēs ophthalmos an men gar en tǭ leimōni tōn pyeumatikōn boskētai logiōn, katharos estai kai diaugēs kai oxydorkōn an de eis ton kapnon tōn biōtikōn apię̄ pragmatōn, dakrysetai myria kai klausetai, kai nyn kai tote. Kai gar kapnǭ eoike ta anthrōpina pragmata. Dia touto kai tis elegen k᾽ exelipon hōsei kapnos hai hēmerai mon. ᾿All᾽ ekeinos men pros to oligochronion kai anypostaton egō de ouk eis touto monon, alla kai eis to tarachōdes eipoimi an dein eklambanein. ta eirēmena. Ouden gar houtō lypei psychēs ophthalmon kai tholoi, hōs o tōn biōtikōn phrontidōn ochlos, kai ho tōn epithymiōn esmos tauta gar tou kapnou toutou ta xyla. Kai kathaper to pyr, hotan hygras kai diabrochou tinos epilabētai hylēs, polyn anaptei ton kapnon' houtō kai hē epithymia hē sphodra ha hautē kai phlogōdēs, hotan hygras tinos kai dialelymenēs epilabētai psychēs, polyn kai autē tiktei ton kapnon. Dia touto chreia tēs rosou tou pneumatos, kai tēs auras ekeinēs, hina to pyr sbesę̄, kai ton kapnon diacheē, kai ptēnon poiēsę̄ hēmin ton logismon. Ou gar estin, ouk esti tosoutois barynomenon kakois pros ton ouranon anaptēnai all᾽ agapēton, euzōnous hē hēmas ontas dynēthēnai Tautēn temein tēn hodon mallon de oude houtō dynaton, an mē tou pneumatos labōmen to pteron. Ei toinyn kai ᾿kouphēs dianoias kai pneumatikēs charitos dei, hina anabōmen eis to hypsos ekeino, hotan mēden toutōn, alla kai ta enantia panta ephelkōmetha kai baros satanikon, pōs dynēsometha anaptēnai, tosoutǭ barei kathelkomenoi: Kai gar ei tis hōsper en dikaiois stathmois tous ᾿logous hēmōn stēsai epicheirēseien, en myriois talantois biōtikōn logōn molis heurēsei dēnaria hekaton rhēmatōn pneumatikōn mallon de oude obolous deka. Ar᾽ oun ouk aischynē kai gelōs eschatos, oiketēn men echontas, ta pleiona eis ta aanōnkaia kechrēsthai autǭ pragmata, stoma de kektēmenous, mēde oiketę̄ homoiōs prospheresthai tǭ melei tǭ hēmetorǭ, all᾽ antistrophōs eis achrēsta kai parelkonta pragmata: : Kai eithe eis parelkonta monon' nyn de eis enantia kai blabera, kai eis ouden hē hēmin chrēsima. Ei gar ēn hēmin chrēsima ha ephthengometha, kai tǭ theǭ pantōs phila hēn ta legomena. yni de ha haper an ho diabolos hypoballę̄, panta phthengometha: nyn men gelōntes, nyn de asteia legontes nyn men katarōmenoi kai hybrizontes, nyn de omnyontes kai pseudomenoi kai epiorkountee kai nyn men apodyspetountes, nyn de battologountes, kai graïdiōn lērountes pleon, ta mēden pros hēmas panta eis meson pherontes. Tis gar hymōn, eipe moi, tōn entautha he estēkotōn, psalmon hena apaitētheis eipein dynait᾽ an, ē allo ti meros tōn theiōn graphōn: Ouk e estin oudeis. Kai ou touto monon esti to deinon, all᾽ hoti pros ta pneumatika anapeptōkotes houtō, pros ta satanika pyros este sphodroteroi. Kai gar ei boulētheiē tis hymas ǭdas exetasai diabolikas, kai pornika kai katakeklasmena melē,. pollous heurēsei meta akribeias tauta eidotas, kai meta pollēs auta apangellontas tēs hēdonēs. ᾿Alla tis hē apologia tōn ᾿enklēmatōn: Ouk eimi, phēsi, tōn monachōn, alla kai gynaika echō kai paidia, kai oikias epimeloumai. Touto gar estin ho panta elymēnato, hoti ekeinois monois nomizete prosēkein tēn anagnōsin tōn theiōn graphōn, pollǭ pleon ekeinōn hymeis deomenoi. Tois. gar en mesǭ strephomenois, kai kath᾽ hekastēn hēmeran traumata omenois, toutois malista dei pharmakōn. Hōste tou mē anaginōskein. pollǭ cheiron to kai peritton einai: to pragma nomizein᾽ tauta gar satanikēs meletēs ta bēmata. Ouk akouete Paulon legontos? hoti 9 pros nouthesian hēmōn tauta panta egraphē: Sy de, an men euangelion dexasthai deē, chersin aniptois ouk an heloio touto poiēsai ta de endon enkeimena ouch hēgę̄ sphodra anankaia einai, Dia touto panta anō kai katō gegonen. Ei gar boulei mathein ho hoson tōn graphōn to kerdos, exetason seauton, tis men ginę̄ psalmōn akouōn, tis de satanikēs phdēs᾽ kai pōs diakeisai en ekklēsią diatribōn, kai pōs en theatrǭ kathēmenos kai opsei poly to meson tautēs kakeinēs tēs psychēs, kaitoige mias ousēs. Dia touto Paulos elege phtheirousin ēthē chrēsta homiliai kakai. Dia touto synechōn hēmin dei tōn apo tou pneumatos epǭdōn. Kai gar touto estin hǭs tōn alogōn pleonektoumen, hōs tōn ge allōn heneken kai sphodra autōn elattoumetha. Touto esti trophē psychēs, touto kosmos, touto asphaleia hōsper oun to haē akouein, limos kai phthora 5 dōsō gar, phēsin, autois ou limon artou, oude dipsan hydatos, alla limon tou akousai logon kyriou. Ti genoit᾽ an oun athliōteron, hotan hoper ho theos en taxei kolaseōs apeilę̄, touto automatōs sy kata tēs sautou kephalēs helkę̄s to kakon, limon tina chalepon epeisagōn tę̄ psychę̄. kai pantōn autēn asthenesteran poiōn? Apo gar logōn kai phtheiresthai kai sōzesthai pephyke. Kai gar eis orgēn touto autēn exagei, kai praunei to auto touto palin᾽ kai pros epithymian exēpse kai rhēma aischron, kai eis sōphrosynēn ēgage logos semnotētos gemōn. Ei de logos haplōs tosautēn echei tēn ischyn, pōs tōn graphōn kataphroneis? eipe moi. Ei gar parainesis tosauta dynatai. pollǭ mallon hotan meta pneumatos hōsin hai paraineseis. Kai gar pyros mallon tēn pepōrōmenēn malattei psychēn, kai pros hapanta epitēdeian kataskeuazei ta kala, logos apo tōn theiōn enēchoumenos graphōn. Houtō kai Korinthious pephysiōmenous labōn ho o [Paulos kai phlegmainontas, katesteile kai epieikesterous epoiēse. Kai gar eph hois aischynesthai edei kai enkalyptesthai, epi toutois mega ephronoun. Dll epeidē tēn epistolēn edexanto, akouson autōn tēn metabolēn, hē hēn autos ho didaskalos autois emartyrēsen, houtō legōn es auto gar to kata theon lypēthēnai hymas, posēn eirgasato en hymin spoudēn alla apologian, alla aganaktēsin, [alla phobon, alla epipothēsin,} alla zēlon, alla ekdikēsin. Houtō kai oiketas, kai paidas, kai gynaikas, kai philous rhythmizomen, kai tous echthrous philous poioumen. Houtō kai hoi megaloi andres, kai tǭ theǭ philoi, beltious egenonto. Kai gar ho Dauid meta tēn hamartian, epeidē logōn apēlause, tote eis tēn kallistēn ekeinēn ēlthe metanoian' kai hoi apostoloi de houtō gegonasin hoper gegonasi, kai tēn oikoumenēn hapasan epespasanto. Kai chi to kerdos, phēsin, hotan akouę̄ tix, kai mē poię̄ ta leUomena?: Ou mikron men kai apo tēs akroaseōs estai to kerdos. Kai gar katagnōsetai heautou kai stenaxei, kai hēxei pote kai epi to poiein ta legomenai HoO de mēd᾽ hoti hēmarten eidōs, pote apostēsetai tou plēmmelein : pote katagnōsetai heantou ? Mē toinyn kataphronōmen tēs akroaseōs tōn theiōn graphōn. Satanikēs gar tauta dianoias, ouk aphieisēs ton thēsauron idein, hi hina mē ton plouton kerdanōmen. Dia touto ouden einai phēsi tēn akroasin tōn theiōn nomōn, hina mē tēn praxin apo tēs akroaseōs idę̄ prosgenomenēn hēmin. Eidotes toinyn tēn ponēran tautēn autou technēn, pantothen heantous ᾿᾿apoteichizōmen, hina tois hoplois toutois ,Phraxamenoi, autoi te analōtoi menōmen, kai tēn ekeinou balōmen kephalēn kai houpō lampra ta nikētēria anadēsamenoi tōn mellontōn epitychōmen agathōn, chariti kai philanthrōpią tou kyriou hēmōn ᾿Iēsou Christou, hǭ ē doxa kai to kratos eis tous aiōnas tōn aiōnōn. ᾿Amēn.

Do you not see that the eyes of the body too, when they spend time in smoke, are always weeping, but when in clear air, in a meadow, by springs and gardens, they become sharper and healthier? Such too is the eye of the soul. If it feeds in the meadow of spiritual oracles, it will be pure and clear and sharp-sighted; but if it goes off into the smoke of worldly affairs, it will weep and lament countless times, both now and then. For human affairs are like smoke. That is why someone said, “My days have failed like smoke.” But he was referring to their shortness and insubstantiality; I would say the words should be taken not only so, but also of their turmoil. For nothing so pains and clouds the eye of the soul as the crowd of worldly cares and the swarm of desires; for these are the fuel of this smoke. And as fire, when it takes hold of wet and soaked material, kindles much smoke, so this violent and fiery desire, when it takes hold of a soul that is wet and slack, itself produces much smoke. That is why there is need of the dew of the Spirit and of that breeze, to quench the fire, disperse the smoke, and give wings to our thought. For it is not possible, it is not possible, for one weighed down by so many evils to fly up to heaven; we must be content if, being lightly girded, we can cut through this road; or rather, not even so is it possible, unless we receive the wing of the Spirit. If then we need a light mind and spiritual grace to go up to that height, when we have none of these, but drag along everything contrary, a satanic weight, how shall we be able to fly up, dragged down by so great a weight? For if someone tried to weigh our words as on just scales, among ten thousand talents of worldly words he would scarcely find a hundred denarii of spiritual words, or rather not even ten obols. Is it not then a shame and the height of absurdity that, having a servant, we use him mostly for necessary things, but, possessing a mouth, we do not treat this member of ours even as we treat a servant, but on the contrary use it for useless and superfluous things? And would that it were only for superfluous things! But as it is, for things contrary and harmful, and of no use to us. For if what we uttered were useful to us, what was said would certainly be pleasing to God too. But as it is, whatever the devil suggests we utter: now laughing, now joking; now cursing and insulting, now swearing, lying, and perjuring; now grumbling, now babbling and chattering more than old women, bringing everything into the open that has nothing to do with us.

For which of you standing here, tell me, if asked, could recite a single psalm, or any other part of the divine Scriptures? There is no one. And this is not the only terrible thing, but that, while you are so slack toward spiritual things, toward satanic things you are hotter than fire. For if someone wished to examine you on devilish songs and lewd, effeminate melodies, he would find many who know them exactly and recite them with great pleasure. But what is the defense for these charges? “I am not one of the monks,” someone says, “but I have a wife and children and look after a household.” This is what has ruined everything, that you think the reading of the divine Scriptures belongs to them alone, when you need it much more than they. For those who move about in the midst of things and are wounded every day, these above all need remedies. So that, worse than not reading, is thinking the thing superfluous; for these are the words of a satanic training. Do you not hear Paul saying that “all these things were written for our admonition”? And you, if you must take up a Gospel book, would not choose to do it with unwashed hands; yet you do not think the things lying within are very necessary. That is why everything has been turned upside down. For if you wish to learn how great is the gain from the Scriptures, examine yourself: what you become when you hear psalms, and what when you hear a satanic song; how you are disposed while spending time in church, and how while sitting in the theater; and you will see how great the difference is between this soul and that, although it is one. That is why Paul said, “Bad company corrupts good morals.” That is why we need continual incantations from the Spirit. For this is the thing in which we surpass the irrational creatures, since in other respects we are even much inferior to them. This is the food of the soul, this its adornment, this its safety; just as not to hear is famine and ruin: “For I will give them,” he says, “not a famine of bread, nor a thirst for water, but a famine of hearing the word of the Lord.” What then could be more wretched, when what God threatens by way of punishment, you of your own accord draw down as an evil upon your own head, bringing a cruel famine upon your soul and making it weaker than all? For by words the soul is naturally both corrupted and saved. For this leads it into anger, and this same thing calms it again; a shameful word kindles it to desire, and a word full of dignity leads it to chastity. And if a word, simply as such, has so much power, how is it, tell me, that you despise the Scriptures? For if an exhortation can do so much, much more when the exhortations are with the Spirit. For more than fire a word sounding from the divine Scriptures softens the hardened soul and makes it fit for all good things. So Paul too, taking the Corinthians when they were puffed up and inflamed, calmed them and made them more reasonable. For they were proud of the very things for which they should have been ashamed and have hidden their faces. But when they had received the letter, hear their change, to which the teacher himself bore witness, saying: “For this very thing, that you were grieved in a godly way, what earnestness it produced in you, what defense, what indignation, what fear, what longing, what zeal, what vindication!” So we set servants, children, wives, and friends in order, and make enemies friends. So too the great men, the friends of God, became better. For David after his sin, when he had the benefit of words, then came to that most beautiful repentance; and the apostles too became what they became in this way, and drew the whole world to them.

“And what is the gain,” someone says, “when one hears and does not do what is said?” Not small will be the gain even from hearing. For he will condemn himself and groan, and will come at some time to doing what is said. But one who does not even know that he has sinned, when will he leave off offending? When will he condemn himself? Let us not, then, despise the hearing of the divine Scriptures. For this belongs to a satanic mind, which does not let us see the treasure, lest we gain the wealth. That is why it says that hearing the divine laws is nothing, so that it may not see the doing come to us from the hearing. Knowing, then, this wicked art of his, let us wall ourselves in on every side, so that, fenced with these weapons, we may ourselves remain impregnable and strike his head, and so, crowned with the bright tokens of victory, may obtain the good things to come, by the grace and lovingkindness of our Lord Jesus Christ, to whom be glory and might to the ages of ages. Amen.

Chapter 3

3.1Field 1

Βέβλος γενέσεως ᾿Ιησοῦ Χριστοῦ, υἱοῦ Δαυϊδ, υἱοῦ Δ) βραάμ. ἼΔΟΥ τρίτη διάλεξις, καὶ τὰ ἐν προοιμίοις οὐδέπω διε. α λυσάμεθα. Οὐκ ἄρα μάτην ἔλεγον, ὅτι πολὺ τὸ βάθος ἔχει τῶν νοημάτων τούτων ἢ ὕσις. Φέρε δὴ τὰ λειπόμενα σήμερον εἴπωμεν. Τί ποτ᾽ οὖν ἔστι τὸ ζητούμενον νῦν: : Τίνος ἕνεκεν ὁ ᾿Ιωσὴφ γενεαλογείται; οὐδὲν πρὸς τὴν γέννῆσιν συντελῶν. Καὶ μίαν μὲν αἰτίαν εἰρήκαμεν ἤδη ἀναγκαῖον δὲ καὶ τὴν ἑτέραν εἰπεῖν, τὴν ᾿μυστικωτέραν καὶ ἀποῤῥητοτέραν ἐκείνης. Τίς οὖν ἐστιν αὕτη: : Οὐκ ἐβούλετο ὅτι ἐκ παρθένον γεγέννηται ὁ Χριστός. ᾿Αλλὰ μὴ θορυβεῖσθε πρὸς τὸ παράδοξον τοῦ λεγομένον. Οὐ γὰρ ἐμὸς ὁ λόγος, ἀλλὰ πατέρων ἡμετέρων, θανμαστῶν καὶ ἐπισήμων ἀνδρῶν. Εἰ γὰρ πολλὰ συνεσκίασεν ἐξ ἀρχῆς, υἱὸν ἀνθρώπου καλών ἑαυτὸν, καὶ οὐδὲ τὴν πρὸς τὸν πατέρα ἰσότητα πανταχοῦ σαφῶς ἡμῖν ἐξεκάλυψε, τί θαυμάζεις, εἰ καὶ τοῦτο συνεσκίασε τέως, θαυμαστόν τι καὶ μέγα οἰκονομῶν ; Καὶ ποῖον θαυμαστόν ; φησί. Τὸ διασωθῆναι τὴν παρθένον, καὶ ὑποψίας ἀπαλλαγῆναι πονηρᾶς. Εἰ γὰρ τοῦτο ἐξ ἀρχῆς τοῖς ᾿[ουϑαίοις γέγονε κατάδηλον, κἂν κατέλευσαν τὴν παρ᾿ θένον κακουργοῦντες τῷ λεγομένῳ, καὶ μοιχείας αὐτὴν ἔκριναν ᾶν. Εἰ γὰρ ὑπὲρ τῶν ἄλλων, ὧν πολλάκις καὶ ὑποδείγματα εἶχον ἐν τῇ παλαιᾷ, φανερῶς ἠναισχύντουν᾽ (καὶ γὰρ ἐπειδὴ δαίμονας ἐξέβαλε, δαιμονῶντα ἐκάλουν, καὶ ἐπειδὴ ἐν σαββάτῳ ἐθεράπευσεν, ἀντίθεον εἷναι ἐνόμιζον, καίτοιγε πολλάκις καὶ πρότερον ἐλύθη τὸ σάββατον) τί οὐκ ἂν εἶπον τούτου λεχθέντος; Καὶ γὰρ εἶχον πάντα τὸν πρὸ τούτου συναγωνιζόμενον αὐτοῖς καιρὸν, οὐδέποτέ τι τοιοῦτον ἐνεγκόντα. Ιἁ γὰρ μετὰ τοσαῦτα σημεῖα ἔτι αὐτὸν τοῦ ᾿Ιωσὴφ ἐκάλουν υἱὸν, πῶς ἂν πρὸ τῶν σημείων ( ἐπίστευσαν, ὅτι ἥ ἐκ παρθένου ἦν: Διὰ δὴ τοῦτο καὶ γενεαλογεῖται, καὶ μνηστεύεται τὴν παρθένον. Ὅπου γὰρ ὁ ᾿Ιωσὴῴ, καὶ δίκαιος ὧν καὶ θαυμαστὸς ἀνὴρ, πολλῶν ἐδεήθη ὥστε δέξασθαι τὸ γεγενημένον, καὶ ἀγγέλου, καὶ τῆς δι ὀνειράτων ὄψεως, καὶ τῆς ἀπὸ τῶν προφητῶν μαρτυρίας, πῶς ἂν οἱ ᾿Ιουδαῖοι, καὶ σκαιοὶ ὄντες καὶ διεφθαρμένοι, καὶ πολεμίως οὕτω πρὸς αὐτὸν ἔχοντες, ταύτην ἂν παρεδέξαντο τὴν ὑπόνοιαν ; ; Σφόδρα γὰρ αὐτοὺς ἔμελλε θορυβεῖν τὸ ξένον καὶ καινὸν, καὶ τὸ μηδέποτέ τι τοιοῦτον μηδὲ ἀκοῇ παραδέξασθαι ἐπὶ τῶν προγόνων συμβεβηκός. Ὁ μὲν γὰρ ἅπαξ πεισθεὶς, ὅτι τοῦ θεοῦ υἱός ἐστιν, οὐδὲ περὶ τούτου λοιπὸν ἀμφισβητεῖν εἴχεν᾽ ὁ δὲ καὶ πλάνον καὶ ἀντίθεον αὐτὸν εἶναι νομίζων, πῶς οὐκ ἂν ἀπὸ τούτου καὶ ἐσκανδαλίσθη μειζόνως, καὶ πρὸς ἐκείνην ὠδηγήθη τὴν ὑπόνοιαν; Διὰ τοῦτο οὐδὲ οἱ ἀπόστολοι παρὰ τὴν ἀρχὴν εὐθέως τοῦτο᾽ λέγουσιν' αλλ᾽ ὑπὲρ μὲν τῆς ἀναστάσεως πολλὰ διαλέγονται καὶ πολλάκις, ἐπειδὴ ταύτης ὑποδείγματα ἣν ἐν τοῖς ἔμπροσθεν χρόνοις». εἰ καὶ μὴ τοιαῦτα ὅτι δὲ ἐκ παρθένου γέγονεν, οὐ συνεχῶς λέγουσιν' ἀλλ᾽ οὐδὲ αὐτὴ ἢ μήτηρ ἐξενεγκεῖν τοῦτο ἐτόλμησεν. Ὅρα γοῦν καὶ πρὸς αὐτὸν τί φησιν ἡ παρθένος ἐς ἰδοὺ ἐγὼ καὶ ὁ πατήρ σου ἐζητοῦμέν σε. Εἰ γὰρ τοῦτο ὑπωπτεύθη, οὐδ᾽ ἂν τοῦ Δαυϊδ λοιπὸν ἐνομίσθη εἶναι υἱός τούτου δὲ μὴ νομισθέντος, πολλὰ ἂν ἐτέχθη καὶ ἕτερα κακά. Διὰ τοῦτο οὐδὲ οἱ ἄγγελοι ταῦτα πάσι λέγουσιν, ἀλλὰ τῇ Μαρίᾳ ἡ μόνη καὶ τῷ Ιωσήφ᾽ τοῖς δὲ ποιμέσιν εὐαγγελιζόμενοι τὸ γεγενημένον, οὐκέτι τοῦτο προσέθηκαν. Τίνος δὲ ἕνεκεν μνησθεὶς τοῦ Ἀβραὰμ, καὶ εἰπὼν ξγέννῆησε τὸν ᾿Ισαὰκ, καὶ ὁ ᾿Ισαὰκ τὸν ᾿Ιακώβ, ἣ' καὶ οὐ μνημονεύσας τοῦ ἀδελφοῦ αὐτοῦ, ὅτε εἰς τὸν ᾿Ιακὼβ ἦλθε, καὶ τοῦ ᾿Ιούδα καὶ τῶν ἀδελφῶν τῶν τούτου μέμνηται: Τινές

Beblos geneseōs ᾿Iēsou Christou, huiou Dauïd, huiou D) braam. IDOU tritē dialexis, kai ta en prooimiois oudepō die. a lysametha. Ouk ara matēn elegon, hoti poly to bathos echei tōn noēmatōn toutōn ē hysis. Phere dē ta leipomena sēmeron eipōmen. Ti pot᾽ oun esti to zētoumenon nyn: : Tinos heneken ho ᾿Iōsēph genealogeitai? ouden pros tēn gennēsin syntelōn. Kai mian men aitian eirēkamen ēdē anankaion de kai tēn heteran eipein, tēn ᾿mystikōteran kai aporrhētoteran ekeinēs. Tis oun estin hautē: : Ouk ebouleto hoti ek parthenon gegennētai ho Christos. ᾿Alla mē thorybeisthe pros to paradoxon tou legomenon. Ou gar emos ho logos, alla paterōn hēmeterōn, thanmastōn kai episēmōn andrōn. Ei gar polla syneskiasen ex archēs, huion anthrōpou kalōn heauton, kai oude tēn pros ton patera isotēta pantachou saphōs hēmin exekalypse, ti thaumazeis, ei kai touto syneskiase teōs, thaumaston ti kai mega oikonomōn ? Kai poion thaumaston ? phēsi. To diasōthēnai tēn parthenon, kai hypopsias apallagēnai ponēras. Ei gar touto ex archēs tois ᾿[ouϑaiois gegone katadēlon, kan kateleusan tēn par᾿ thenon kakourgountes tǭ legomenǭ, kai moicheias autēn ekrinan an. Ei gar hyper tōn allōn, hōn pollakis kai hypodeigmata eichon en tę̄ palaią, phanerōs ēnaischyntoun᾽ (kai gar epeidē daimonas exebale, daimonōnta ekaloun, kai epeidē en sabbatǭ etherapeusen, antitheon heinai enomizon, kaitoige pollakis kai proteron elythē to sabbaton) ti ouk an eipon toutou lechthentos? Kai gar eichon panta ton pro toutou synagōnizomenon autois kairon, oudepote ti toiouton enenkonta. Hia gar meta tosauta sēmeia eti auton tou ᾿Iōsēph ekaloun huion, pōs an pro tōn sēmeiōn ( episteusan, hoti hē ek parthenou ēn: Dia dē touto kai genealogeitai, kai mnēsteuetai tēn parthenon. Hopou gar ho ᾿Iōsēǭ, kai dikaios hōn kai thaumastos anēr, pollōn edeēthē hōste dexasthai to gegenēmenon, kai angelou, kai tēs di oneiratōn opseōs, kai tēs apo tōn prophētōn martyrias, pōs an hoi ᾿Ioudaioi, kai skaioi ontes kai diephtharmenoi, kai polemiōs houtō pros auton echontes, tautēn an paredexanto tēn hyponoian ? ? Sphodra gar autous emelle thorybein to xenon kai kainon, kai to mēdepote ti toiouton mēde akoę̄ paradexasthai epi tōn progonōn symbebēkos. Ho men gar hapax peistheis, hoti tou theou huios estin, oude peri toutou loipon amphisbētein eichen᾽ ho de kai planon kai antitheon auton einai nomizōn, pōs ouk an apo toutou kai eskandalisthē meizonōs, kai pros ekeinēn ōdēgēthē tēn hyponoian? Dia touto oude hoi apostoloi para tēn archēn eutheōs touto᾽ legousin' all᾽ hyper men tēs anastaseōs polla dialegontai kai pollakis, epeidē tautēs hypodeigmata hēn en tois emprosthen chronois». ei kai mē toiauta hoti de ek parthenou gegonen, ou synechōs legousin' all᾽ oude autē ē mētēr exenenkein touto etolmēsen. Hora goun kai pros auton ti phēsin hē parthenos es idou egō kai ho patēr sou ezētoumen se. Ei gar touto hypōpteuthē, oud᾽ an tou Dauïd loipon enomisthē einai huios toutou de mē nomisthentos, polla an etechthē kai hetera kaka. Dia touto oude hoi angeloi tauta pasi legousin, alla tę̄ Marią hē monē kai tǭ Iōsēph᾽ tois de poimesin euangelizomenoi to gegenēmenon, ouketi touto prosethēkan. Tinos de heneken mnēstheis tou Abraam, kai eipōn xgennēēse ton ᾿Isaak, kai ho ᾿Isaak ton ᾿Iakōb, hē' kai ou mnēmoneusas tou adelphou autou, hote eis ton ᾿Iakōb ēlthe, kai tou ᾿Iouda kai tōn adelphōn tōn toutou memnētai: Tines

“The book of the generation of Jesus Christ, the son of David, the son of Abraham.”

See, this is the third discourse, and we have not yet finished with what lies in the opening. So I was not speaking idly when I said that the nature of these thoughts has great depth. Come, then, let us say today what remains. What, then, is the present question? Why is the genealogy of Joseph given, when he contributed nothing to the birth? One reason we have already given; but we must give the other too, more mystical and more secret than that one. What is it? He did not wish it to be manifest to the Jews at the time of the birth that Christ was born of a virgin. But do not be disturbed at the strangeness of what is said. For the saying is not mine, but our fathers', wonderful and distinguished men. For if from the beginning he veiled many things, calling himself Son of Man, and did not everywhere clearly reveal to us even his equality with the Father, why do you wonder if for a time he veiled this too, arranging something wonderful and great? “And what wonderful thing?” someone says. That the virgin should be kept safe and freed from an evil suspicion. For if this had been made plain to the Jews from the beginning, they would have stoned the virgin, twisting what was said with malice, and would have condemned her for adultery. For if in other matters, of which they often had examples in the Old Testament, they were shameless openly (for when he cast out demons they called him possessed, and when he healed on the Sabbath they thought him an enemy of God, although the Sabbath had often been broken before), what would they not have said if this had been said? For they had all the time before this as their ally, which had never produced anything of the kind. For if after so many signs they still called him the son of Joseph, how would they have believed before the signs that he was of a virgin? For this reason, then, his genealogy is given and he is betrothed to the virgin. For when Joseph, a righteous and wonderful man, needed many things in order to accept what had happened, an angel, a vision in dreams, and the testimony of the prophets, how would the Jews, perverse and corrupt as they were and so hostile to him, have admitted this idea? For the strange and new thing, and the fact that nothing of the kind had ever been heard of, even by report, as having happened among their ancestors, would greatly have disturbed them. For one who had once been persuaded that he is the Son of God would have no further ground to dispute about this; but one who thought him a deceiver and an enemy of God, how would he not have been offended still more by this and been led to that suspicion? That is why the apostles too do not say this at once at the beginning; but about the resurrection they speak much and often, since there were examples of it in former times, even if not of this kind; but that he was born of a virgin they do not say continually. Not even his mother herself dared to bring this out. See, at any rate, what the virgin says even to him: “Behold, I and your father were seeking you.” For if this had been suspected, he would no longer have been thought the son of David; and if he had not been thought so, many other evils would have been born. That is why the angels too do not tell these things to all, but to Mary alone and to Joseph; and when they announced the good news of what had happened to the shepherds, they did not add this.

But why, having mentioned Abraham and said that he “begot Isaac, and Isaac Jacob,” and not mentioned Isaac's brother, when he came to Jacob does he mention Judah and his brothers? Some

3.2Field 1

α μὲν οὗν φασι, διὰ τὸ δύστροπον τοῦ Ἡσαῦ καὶ τῶν ἄλλων τῶν προτέρων᾽ ἐγὼ δὲ οὐκ ἂν τοῦτο φαίην. Εἰ γὰρ τοῦτο ἦν, πώς μικρὸν ὕστερον τοιούτων μέμνηται γυναικῶν: Ἀπὸ γὰρ τῶν ἐναντίων ἐνταῦθα Ἶ δόξα αὐτοῦ ἰνεται οὐκ ἀπὸ τοῦ μεγάλους ἔχειν προγόνους, αλλ᾽ ἀπὸ τοῦ μικροὺς καὶ εὐτελεῖς. Τῷ γὰρ ὑψηλῷ δόξα πολλὴ, τὸ δυνηθῆναι ταπεινωθῆναι σφοδρῶν. Τίνος οὖν ἕνεκεν οὐκ ἐμνημόνευσεν: ᾿Επειδὴ κοινὸν οὐδὲν εἶχον πρὸς τὸ τῶν ᾿Ισραηλιτῶν γένος Σαρακηνοὶ καὶ ᾿Ισμαηλῖται καὶ Ἄραβες, καὶ ὅσοι γεγόνασιν ἐκ τῶν προγόνων ἐκείνων. Διὰ δὴ τοῦτο ἐκείνους μὲν ἐσίγησεν, ἐπείγεται δὲ πρὸς τοὺς αὐτοῦ προγόνους, καὶ τοὺ δήμου τοῦ ᾿Ιουδαϊκοῦ. Διό φησιν ὰ Ἰακὼβ δὲ ἐ ἐγέννησε τὸν ᾿Ιούδαν, καὶ τοὺς ἀδελφοὺς αὐτοῦ. ᾿Ενταῦθα γὰρ τὸ τῶν Ιουδαίων λοιπὸν χαρακτηρίζεται. γένος. ᾿Ἰούδας δὲ ἐγέννησε τὸν Φαρὲς καὶ τὸν Ζαρὰ ἐκ τῆς Θάμαρ. ΤῈ ποιεῖς, ἰἄνθρωπε, ἃ ἱστορίας ἡμᾶς ἀναμιμνήσκων παράνομον μίξιν ἐχούσης: Καὶ τί τοῦτό φησιν: Εἰ μὲν γὰρ ἀνθρώπου κατελέγομεν γένος ψιλοῦ, εἰκότως ᾶν τις ταῦτα ἐσέίγησεν' εἰ δὲ θεοῦ σαρκωθέντος, οὐ μόνον οὐ συγᾶν, ἀλλὰ καὶ ἐκπομπεύειν αὐτὰ χρὴ), δεικνύντας αὐτοῦ τὴν κηδεμονίαν καὶ τὴν δύναμιν. Διὰ γὰρ τοῦτο ἦλθεν, οὐχ ἵνα φύγῃ τὰ ὀνείδη τὰ ἡμέτερα, ἀλλ᾽ ἵνα αὐτὰ ἀνέλῃ. Ὥσπερ οὖν οὐκ ἐπειδὴ ἀπέθανεν, ἀλλ᾽ ἐπειδὴ καὶ ἐσταυρώθη, μᾶλλον θαυμαζεται (καίτοι ἐπονείδιστον τὸ πρᾶγμα, ἀλλ᾽ ὅσῳ ἐπονείδιστον, τοσούτῳ φιλάνθρωπον αὐτὸν δείκνυσιν) οὕτω καὶ ἐπὶ τῆς γεννήσεώς ἐστιν εἰπεῖν’ οὐκ ἐπειδὴ σάρκα ανέλαβε, καὶ ἄνθρωπος ἐγένετο, θαυμάζειν αὐτὸν δίκαιον μόνον, αλλ᾽ ὅτι καὶ τοιούτους συγγενεῖς ᾿κατηξίωσεν ἔ ἔχειν, οὐδαμοῦ τὰ ἡμέτερα ἐπαισχυνόμενος Οκακά. Καὶ τοῦτο εξ αὐτῶν τῆς γεννήσεως ἐκήρυττε τῶν προοιμίων, ὅτι οὐδὲν ἐπαισχύνεται τῶν ἡμετέρων, παιδεύων καὶ ἡμᾶς διὰ τούτων, μηδέποτε ἐγκαλύπτεσθαι ἐπὶ τῇ τῶν προγόνων κακίᾳ, ἀλλ᾽ ἕν μόνον ἐπιζητεῖν, τὴν ἀρετήν. Ὁ γὰρ τοιοῦτος, κἀν ἀλλόφυλον ἔ ἐχῇ πρόγονον, κἀν πεπορνευμένήν, κἂν ὁ οτιοῦν ἕτερον ουσαν, οὐδὲν παραβλαβῆναι δυνήσεται. Εἰ γὰρ αὐτὸν τὸν πόρνον μεταβληθέντα οὐδὲν ὁ πρότερος αἰσχύνει βίος, πολλῷ μᾶλλον τὸν ἐκ πόρνης καὶ μοιχαλίδος ἐνάρετον ὄντα οὐδὲν ἡ τῶν προγόνων κακία καταισχῦναι τας Οὐχ ἡμᾶς δὲ μόνον ταῦτα παιδεύων ἑποίει, ἀλλὰ ἱ ᾿Ιουδαίων καταστέλλων τὸ φύσημα. ᾿Επειδὴ γὰρ τῆς κατὰ ψυχὴν ἀρετῆς ἀμελοῦντες ἐκεῖνοι, τὸν ᾿Αβραὰμ ἄ ἄνω καὶ κάτω παρέφερον, νομίζοντες ἔ ἔχειν ἀπολογίαν τὴν τῶν προγόνων ἀρετὴν, δείκνυσιν ἐξ αὐτῶν τῶν προοιμίων, ὅτι οὐκ ἐπὶ τούτοις αὐχεῖν δεῖ, αλλ᾽ ἐπὶ τοῖς οἰκείοις κατορθώμασι. Μετὰ τοῦτο καὶ ἕτερον κατασκευάζει, τὸ δεῖξαι. πάντας ὑπευθύνους ἁμαρτήμασιν ὄντας, καὶ τοὺς προγόνους αὐτούς. Ὁ γοῦν τατριάρχης αὐτῶν καὶ ὁμώνυμος οὐ μικρὸν φαίνεται ἡμαρτηκώς καὶ γὰρ ἐφόστηκεν ἥ Θάμαρ κατηγοροῦσα αὐτοῦ τὴν πορνείαν᾽ καὶ ὁ Δαυὶδ δὲ ἀπὸ τῆς πορνευθείσης γυναικὸς τὸν Ἐ Σολομῶνα ἐκτήσατο. Εἰ δὲ ὑπὸ τῶν μεγάλων ὃ νόμος οὐκ ἐπληρώθη, πολλῷ μᾶλλον ὑπὸ τῶν ἐλαττόνων'᾽ εἰ δὲ οὐκ ἐπληρώθη, πάντες ἥμαρτον, καὶ ἀναγκαία γέγονεν ἢ τοῦ Χριστοῦ παρουσία. Διὰ τοῦτο καὶ τῶν δώδεκα πατριαρχῶν ἐμνημόνευσε, καντεῦθεν πάλιν τὸ ἐπὶ τῆ τῶν προγόνων εὐγενείᾳ φύσημα κατασπῶν. Καὶ γὰρ πολλοὶ τούτων ἀπὸ δουλίδων ἦσαν τεχθέντες γυναικῶν ἀλλ᾽ ὅμως ἡ τών γονέων διαφορὰ διαφορὰν τοῖς τεχθεῖσιν οὐκ ἐποίησε. Πάντες γὰρ ὁμοίως ἦσαν καὶ πατριάρχαι καὶ φύλαρχοι. Τοῦτο ὃ γὰρ τῆς ἐκκλησίας ἐστὶ τὸ προτέρημα: αὕτη τῆς παρ᾽ ἡμῖν εὐγενείας σή προεδρία, ἄνωθεν τὸν τύπον λαμβάνουσα. Ὥστε κἂν δοῦλος ἧς, κἀν ἐλεύθερος, οὐδέν σοι πλέον, οὐδὲ ἔλαττον ἐντεῦθεν γίνεται, ἀλλ᾽ ἕν ἐστι τὸ ζητούμενον, ἡ γνώμη καὶ ὁ τῆς ψυχῆς τρόπος.

a men houn phasi, dia to dystropon tou Hēsau kai tōn allōn tōn proterōn᾽ egō de ouk an touto phaiēn. Ei gar touto ēn, pōs mikron hysteron toioutōn memnētai gynaikōn: Apo gar tōn enantiōn entautha I doxa autou inetai ouk apo tou megalous echein progonous, all᾽ apo tou mikrous kai euteleis. Tǭ gar hypsēlǭ doxa pollē, to dynēthēnai tapeinōthēnai sphodrōn. Tinos oun heneken ouk emnēmoneusen: ᾿Epeidē koinon ouden eichon pros to tōn ᾿Israēlitōn genos Sarakēnoi kai ᾿Ismaēlitai kai Arabes, kai hosoi gegonasin ek tōn progonōn ekeinōn. Dia dē touto ekeinous men esigēsen, epeigetai de pros tous autou progonous, kai tou dēmou tou ᾿Ioudaïkou. Dio phēsin a Iakōb de e egennēse ton ᾿Ioudan, kai tous adelphous autou. ᾿Entautha gar to tōn Ioudaiōn loipon charaktērizetai. genos. ᾿Ioudas de egennēse ton Phares kai ton Zara ek tēs Thamar. TE poieis, ianthrōpe, ha historias hēmas anamimnēskōn paranomon mixin echousēs: Kai ti touto phēsin: Ei men gar anthrōpou katelegomen genos psilou, eikotōs an tis tauta eseigēsen' ei de theou sarkōthentos, ou monon ou sygan, alla kai ekpompeuein auta chrē), deiknyntas autou tēn kēdemonian kai tēn dynamin. Dia gar touto ēlthen, ouch hina phygę̄ ta oneidē ta hēmetera, all᾽ hina auta anelę̄. Hōsper oun ouk epeidē apethanen, all᾽ epeidē kai estaurōthē, mallon thaumazetai (kaitoi eponeidiston to pragma, all᾽ hosǭ eponeidiston, tosoutǭ philanthrōpon auton deiknysin) houtō kai epi tēs gennēseōs estin eipein’ ouk epeidē sarka anelabe, kai anthrōpos egeneto, thaumazein auton dikaion monon, all᾽ hoti kai toioutous syngeneis ᾿katēxiōsen e echein, oudamou ta hēmetera epaischynomenos Okaka. Kai touto ex autōn tēs gennēseōs ekērytte tōn prooimiōn, hoti ouden epaischynetai tōn hēmeterōn, paideuōn kai hēmas dia toutōn, mēdepote enkalyptesthai epi tę̄ tōn progonōn kakią, all᾽ hen monon epizētein, tēn aretēn. Ho gar toioutos, kan allophylon e echę̄ progonon, kan peporneumenēn, kan ho otioun heteron ousan, ouden parablabēnai dynēsetai. Ei gar auton ton pornon metablēthenta ouden ho proteros aischynei bios, pollǭ mallon ton ek pornēs kai moichalidos enareton onta ouden hē tōn progonōn kakia kataischynai tas Ouch hēmas de monon tauta paideuōn hepoiei, alla hi ᾿Ioudaiōn katastellōn to physēma. ᾿Epeidē gar tēs kata psychēn aretēs amelountes ekeinoi, ton ᾿Abraam a anō kai katō parepheron, nomizontes e echein apologian tēn tōn progonōn aretēn, deiknysin ex autōn tōn prooimiōn, hoti ouk epi toutois auchein dei, all᾽ epi tois oikeiois katorthōmasi. Meta touto kai heteron kataskeuazei, to deixai. pantas hypeuthynous hamartēmasin ontas, kai tous progonous autous. Ho goun tatriarchēs autōn kai homōnymos ou mikron phainetai hēmartēkōs kai gar ephostēken hē Thamar katēgorousa autou tēn porneian᾽ kai ho Dauid de apo tēs porneutheisēs gynaikos ton E Solomōna ektēsato. Ei de hypo tōn megalōn ho nomos ouk eplērōthē, pollǭ mallon hypo tōn elattonōn'᾽ ei de ouk eplērōthē, pantes hēmarton, kai anankaia gegonen ē tou Christou parousia. Dia touto kai tōn dōdeka patriarchōn emnēmoneuse, kanteuthen palin to epi tē tōn progonōn eugeneią physēma kataspōn. Kai gar polloi toutōn apo doulidōn ēsan techthentes gynaikōn all᾽ homōs hē tōn goneōn diaphora diaphoran tois techtheisin ouk epoiēse. Pantes gar homoiōs ēsan kai patriarchai kai phylarchoi. Touto ho gar tēs ekklēsias esti to proterēma: hautē tēs par᾽ hēmin eugeneias sē proedria, anōthen ton typon lambanousa. Hōste kan doulos hēs, kan eleutheros, ouden soi pleon, oude elatton enteuthen ginetai, all᾽ hen esti to zētoumenon, hē gnōmē kai ho tēs psychēs tropos.

say it was because of the perverseness of Esau and of the others before. But I would not say this. For if that were so, how does he mention such women a little later? For here his glory comes from the opposite: not from having great ancestors, but from having small and mean ones. For to the exalted it is great glory to be able to humble himself exceedingly. Why then did he not mention them? Because the Saracens, the Ishmaelites, the Arabs, and all who came from those ancestors had nothing in common with the race of the Israelites. For this reason he passed over them in silence and hastens to his own ancestors and those of the Jewish people. That is why he says, “And Jacob begot Judah and his brothers.” For here at last the race of the Jews is marked out.

“And Judah begot Perez and Zerah of Tamar.” What are you doing, man, reminding us of a story that involves an unlawful union? “And what of it?” he says. If we were listing the descent of a mere man, one might reasonably have kept silent about these things; but since it is God incarnate, not only should we not keep silent, but we should even display them openly, showing his care and his power. For he came for this reason, not to flee our disgraces but to take them away. As, then, he is more wondered at not because he died but because he was even crucified (though the thing is a disgrace, yet the more disgraceful it is, the more it shows his love for mankind), so one can say of the birth too: it is right to wonder at him not only because he took flesh and became man, but because he deigned to have such kinsfolk, nowhere ashamed of our evils. And he proclaimed this from the very opening of the birth, that he is ashamed of nothing of ours, teaching us also by this never to hide our faces at the wickedness of our ancestors, but to seek one thing only, virtue. For such a person, even if he has a foreign ancestor, or one who played the harlot, or one who was anything else, can suffer no harm. For if the former life does not shame the fornicator himself once he has changed, much less can the wickedness of his ancestors shame the virtuous man born of a harlot or an adulteress. And he did this not only to teach us, but also to bring down the pride of the Jews. For since they, neglecting virtue of soul, kept parading Abraham up and down, thinking they had the virtue of their ancestors as a defense, he shows from the very opening that one must not boast in these things but in one's own achievements. Besides this he establishes something else too: to show that all were liable for sins, even the ancestors themselves. At any rate their patriarch, from whom they take their name, is seen to have sinned not slightly; for Tamar stands accusing him of sexual immorality; and David had Solomon by the woman with whom he had committed adultery. And if the law was not fulfilled by the great, much less by the lesser; and if it was not fulfilled, all sinned, and the coming of Christ became necessary.

That is why he also mentioned the twelve patriarchs, here again pulling down the pride in noble ancestry. For many of them were born of slave women; yet the difference in the parents made no difference in the children. For all alike were both patriarchs and heads of tribes. For this is the prerogative of the church; this is the preeminence of our nobility, which took its pattern from of old. So whether you are a slave or free, you have nothing more nor less from this; one thing only is sought, the will and the character of the soul.

3.3Field 1

ἜΕστι δέ τι μετὰ τῶν εἰρημένων καὶ ἕτερον, δ᾽ ὃ καὶ τῆς ἱστορίας ταύτης ἐμνημόνευσεν᾽ οὐδὲ γὰρ ἁπλῶς προσέῤῥιπται τῷ Φαρὲς ὁ Ζαρά. Καὶ γὰρ παρέλκον ἣν καὶ περισσὸν, τοῦ Φαρὲς μεμνημένον, αφ᾽ οὗ τὸν Χριστὸν ἔμελλε γενεαλογεῖν, καὶ τοῦ Ζαρὰ μνησθῆναι πάλιν. Τίνος οὖν ἕνεκεν ἐμνήσθη, Ἡνίκα ἔμελλεν αὐτοὺς τίκτειν ἢ Θάμαρ, τῶν ὠδίνων παραγενομένων; ἐξήνεγκε ᾿πρώτος ὁ Ζαρὰ τὴν χεῖρα: εἶτα ἡ μαῖα θεασαμένη τοῦτο: ὦστε γνώριμον εἶναι τὸν πρῶτον, κοκκίνῳ τὴν χείρα ἔδησεν ὡς δὲ ἐδέθη, συνέστειλε τὸ παιδίον τὴν χεῖρα, καὶ συστείλαντος ἐκείνου προῆλθεν ὁ Φαρὲς, καὶ τότε ὃ Ζαρά. Ταῦτα ἰδοῦσα ἡ μαῖά φησι ὁ τί διεκόπη διὰ σὲ φραγμός: ἢ Εἶδες ᾿αὺυστηρίων αἰνίγματα: : Οὐ γὰρ ἁπλῶς ταῦτα ἡμῖν ἀναγέγραπται᾿ οὐδὲ γὰρ ἱστορίας ἄξιον ἣν τὸ μαθεῖν, τί ποτε ἐφθέγξατο ἢ μαῖα᾽ οὐδὲ διηγήσεως τὸ γνῶναι, ὅτι τὴν χεῖρα προήκατο πρῶτος ὁ δεύτερος ἐξελθών. Τί οὖν ἐστι τὸ αἴνιγμα: ; Πρῶτον ἀπὸ τῆς προσηγορίας τοῦ παιδίου μανθάνομεν τὸ ζητούμενον τὸ γὰρ Φαρὲς διαίρεσίς ἐστι καὶ διακοπή. Ἔπειτα ἀπ’ αὐτοῦ τοῦ συμβάντος οὐδὲ γὰρ φυσικῆς ἀκολουθίας ἦν, τὴν χεῖρα ἐκβαλόντα συστεῖλαι πᾶλιν δεθέντα οὐδὲ γὰρ κινήσεως ἦν λογικῆς ταῦτα, οὐδὲ ἀπὸ φυσικῆς Ὑέγονεν ἀκολουθίας. Προεκπεσούσης μὲν γὰρ τῆς χειρὸς; ἕτερον προεξελθεῖν, ἴ ἴσως φυσικόν' τὸ δὲ συστεῖλαι ταύτην, καὶ ἑτέρῳ δοῦναι πάροδον, οὐκέτι κατὰ τὸν τῶν τικτομένων νόμον ν᾽ αλλ ὴἡ τοῦ θεοῦ Χάρις παρὴν τοῖς παιδίοις ταῦτα οἰκονομοῦσα, καὶ εἰκόνα ἡμῖν τινα τῶν μελλόντων ὑπογράφουσα δι αὐτῶν. ὑΤί οὖν; Φασί τινες τῶν ταῦτα ἀκριβώς ἐξητακότων, ὅ ὅτι τῶν δύο λαῶν τύπος ἐστὶ ταῦτα τὰ παιδίαυα Εἶτα ἵνα μάθης ὅτι τοῦ δευτέρου λαοῦ ἥ πολιτεία προεξέλαμψε τῆς τοῦ προτέρου γεννήσεως, τὴν χεῖρα ἐκτεινομένην ὄχον τὸ παιδίον οὐχ ὁλόκληρον ἑαντὸ δείκνυσιν, αλλὰ καὶ αὐτὴν συστέλλει πάλιν' καὶ μετὰ τὸ ὁλόκληρον ἐξολισθῆσαι τὸν ἀδελφὸν, τότε καὶ αὐτὸς ὅλος φαίνεται. ὃ καὶ ἐπὶ τῶν λαῶν ἀμφοτέρων γέγονε. Τῆς γὰρ πολιτείας τῆς ἐκκλησιαστικῆς ἐν τοῖς κατὰ τὸν Αβραὰμ χρόνοις φανείσης, εἶτα ἐν τῷ μέσῳ συσταλείσης, ἦλθεν ὁ ᾿Ιουδαϊκὸς λαὸς καὶ ἡ νομικὴ πολιτεία, καὶ τότε ὁλόκληρος ὁ νέος εφάνη λαὸς μετὰ τῶν αὐτοῦ νόμων. Διὸ καὶ ἡ μαῖά φησιν τί διεκόπη διὰ σὲ φραγμός: ὅτι τῆς πολιτείας τὴν ἐλευθερίαν ἐπεισελθὼν ὁ νόμος διέκοψε. Καὶ γὰρ φραγμὸν αεὶ τὸν νόμον ἡ γραφὴ καλεῖν εἴωθεν ὥσπερ καὶ ὁ προφήτης φησί (ὁ καθεῖλες τὸν φραγμὸν αὐτῆς. καὶ τρυγῶσιν αὐτὴν πάντες οἱ παραπορευόμενοι τὴν ὁδόν ἢ χα ῦ φραγμὸν αὐτῇ περιέθηκα καὶ ὁ Παῦλος, δ΄ καὶ τὸ μεσότοιχον τοῦ φραγμοῦ λύσας.

EEsti de ti meta tōn eirēmenōn kai heteron, d᾽ ho kai tēs historias tautēs emnēmoneusen᾽ oude gar haplōs proserrhiptai tǭ Phares ho Zara. Kai gar parelkon hēn kai perisson, tou Phares memnēmenon, aph᾽ hou ton Christon emelle genealogein, kai tou Zara mnēsthēnai palin. Tinos oun heneken emnēsthē, Hēnika emellen autous tiktein ē Thamar, tōn ōdinōn paragenomenōn? exēnenke ᾿prōtos ho Zara tēn cheira: eita hē maia theasamenē touto: ōste gnōrimon einai ton prōton, kokkinǭ tēn cheira edēsen hōs de edethē, synesteile to paidion tēn cheira, kai systeilantos ekeinou proēlthen ho Phares, kai tote ho Zara. Tauta idousa hē maia phēsi ho ti diekopē dia se phragmos: ē Eides ᾿auystēriōn ainigmata: : Ou gar haplōs tauta hēmin anagegraptai᾿ oude gar historias axion hēn to mathein, ti pote ephthenxato ē maia᾽ oude diēgēseōs to gnōnai, hoti tēn cheira proēkato prōtos ho deuteros exelthōn. Ti oun esti to ainigma: ? Prōton apo tēs prosēgorias tou paidiou manthanomen to zētoumenon to gar Phares diairesis esti kai diakopē. Epeita ap’ autou tou symbantos oude gar physikēs akolouthias ēn, tēn cheira ekbalonta systeilai palin dethenta oude gar kinēseōs ēn logikēs tauta, oude apo physikēs Hyegonen akolouthias. Proekpesousēs men gar tēs cheiros? heteron proexelthein, i isōs physikon' to de systeilai tautēn, kai heterǭ dounai parodon, ouketi kata ton tōn tiktomenōn nomon n᾽ all hēē tou theou Charis parēn tois paidiois tauta oikonomousa, kai eikona hēmin tina tōn mellontōn hypographousa di autōn. hyTi oun? Phasi tines tōn tauta akribōs exētakotōn, ho hoti tōn dyo laōn typos esti tauta ta paidiaua Eita hina mathēs hoti tou deuterou laou hē politeia proexelampse tēs tou proterou gennēseōs, tēn cheira ekteinomenēn ochon to paidion ouch holoklēron heanto deiknysin, alla kai autēn systellei palin' kai meta to holoklēron exolisthēsai ton adelphon, tote kai autos holos phainetai. ho kai epi tōn laōn amphoterōn gegone. Tēs gar politeias tēs ekklēsiastikēs en tois kata ton Abraam chronois phaneisēs, eita en tǭ mesǭ systaleisēs, ēlthen ho ᾿Ioudaïkos laos kai hē nomikē politeia, kai tote holoklēros ho neos ephanē laos meta tōn autou nomōn. Dio kai hē maia phēsin ti diekopē dia se phragmos: hoti tēs politeias tēn eleutherian epeiselthōn ho nomos diekopse. Kai gar phragmon aei ton nomon hē graphē kalein eiōthen hōsper kai ho prophētēs phēsi (ho katheiles ton phragmon autēs. kai trygōsin autēn pantes hoi paraporeuomenoi tēn hodon ē cha y phragmon autę̄ periethēka kai ho Paulos, d΄ kai to mesotoichon tou phragmou lysas.

There is also another reason, besides those given, for which he mentioned this story; for Zerah is not thrown in idly beside Perez. Indeed it would have been superfluous and redundant, having mentioned Perez, from whom he was going to trace Christ's descent, to mention Zerah as well. Why then did he mention him? When Tamar was about to give birth to them and the pains had come, Zerah put out his hand first; then the midwife, seeing this, so that the first might be known, tied his hand with scarlet thread; and when it was tied, the child drew his hand back, and when he had drawn it back, Perez came out, and then Zerah. Seeing this, the midwife says, “Why has the fence been broken through on your account?” Do you see the riddles of mysteries? For these things have not been recorded for us idly; for it was not worth a narrative to learn what the midwife said, nor worth telling that the one who came out second put out his hand first. What then is the riddle? First, from the name of the child we learn what we are seeking; for Perez means division and breaking through. Then from the event itself: for it was not in the natural order for one who had put out his hand to draw it back again after it was tied; for these things were not the doing of a rational movement, nor did they happen in the natural course. That when a hand has come out first, another should come out first may perhaps be natural; but that the child should draw this hand back and give way to the other is no longer according to the law of births. But the grace of God was present with the children, arranging these things and sketching through them an image of what was to come.

What then? Some of those who have examined these things closely say that these children are a type of the two peoples. Then, that you may learn that the way of life of the second people shone forth before the birth of the first, the child that stretched out its hand does not show itself whole, but draws even that hand back again; and after his brother has slipped out whole, then he too appears whole. This is what happened with both peoples. For when the church's way of life had appeared in the times of Abraham and then had been drawn back in the middle, the Jewish people came, and the way of life under the law, and then the new people appeared whole with its own laws. That is why the midwife says, “Why has the fence been broken through on your account?” because the law, coming in, broke through the freedom of that way of life. For Scripture is always accustomed to call the law a fence; as the prophet too says, “You have broken down its fence, and all who pass along the way pluck it,” and, “I put a fence around it”; and Paul, “having broken down the dividing wall of the fence.”

3.4Field 1

Ἄλλοι δὲ τὸ τί διεκόπη διὰ σὲ φραγμός ;: : ἐπὶ τοῦ νέου φασὶν εἰρῆσθαι λαοῦ οὗτος γὰρ παραγενόμενος τὸν νόμον κατέλυσεν. Ὁρᾷς ὡς οὐκ ὀλίγων οὐδὲ μικρὼν ἕνεκεν ἐμνημόνευσε τῆς κατὰ τὸν ᾿Ιούδαν ἱστορίας ἁπάσης: : Διά τοῦτο καὶ τῆς Ῥοὺθ καὶ τῆς Ῥαὰβ μέμνηται, τῆς μὲν ἀλλοφύλου, τῆς δὲ πόρνης, ἵνα μάθης ὅτι πάντα ἦλθε τὰ κακὰ λύσων τὰ ἡμέτερα. Ὡς γὰρ ἰατρὸς, οὐχ ὡς δικαστὴς παραγέγονεν. Ὥσπερ οὺν πόρνας ἔλαβον γυναῖκας οὗτοι, οὕτω καὶ ὁ θεὸς τὴν φύσιν τὴν ἐκπορνεύσασαν ἡρμόσατο ἑαυτῷ ὃ καὶ προφῆται ἄνωθεν προλέγουσιν ἐπὶ τῆς συναγωγῆς γεγονέναι. Ἀλλ᾽ ἐκείνη μὲν ἀγνώμων γεγένηται περὶ τὸν συνοικήσαντα' ἡ δὲ ἐκκλησία ἅπαξ ἀπαλλαγεῖσα των πατρῴων κακῶν, ἔμεινεν ἀσπαζομένη τὸν νυμφίον. Ὅρα γοῦν καὶ τὰ ἐπὶ τῆς 'Ῥοὺθ γενόμενα ἐοικότα τοῖς ἡμετέροις. Αὕτη γὰρ αλλόφυλός τε ἦν, καὶ εἰς ἐσχάτην κατηνέχθη πενίαν αλλ ὅμως ἰδὼν αὐτὴν ὁ Βοὐζ, οὔτε τῆς πενίας κατεφρόνησεν, οὔτε τὴν δυσγένειαν ἐβδελύξατο: ὥσπερ οὖν καὶ ὁ Χριστὸς τὴν ἐκκλησίαν δεξάμενος, καὶ ἀλλόφυλον καὶ ἐν πενίᾳ πολλῇ, τῶν μεγάλων ἀγαθών ὅλαβεν αὐτὴν κοινωνόν. Ἀλλ᾽ ὥσπερ αὕτη, εἰ μὴ πρότερον αφῆκε πατέρα, καὶ ἠτίμασεν οἰκίαν καὶ γένος καὶ πατρίδα καὶ συγγενεῖς, οὐκ ἂν ἐπέτυχε τῆς ἀγχιστείας ταύτης᾽ οὕτω καὶ ἡ ἐκκλησία τὰ πατρῴα ἕθη καταλιποῦσα, τότα ἐπέραστος ἐγένετο τῷ νυμφίῳ. Ὅπερ οὖν καὶ ὁ προφήτης αὐτῇ διαλεγόμενός φησιν᾽ ἐπιλάθου τοῦ λαοῦ σον καὶ τοῦ οἴκου τοῦ πατρός σον, καὶ ἐπιθυμήσει ὁ βασιλεὺς τοῦ κάλλους σου. Τοῦτο καὶ ἡ Ῥοὺθ ἐποίησε. Διὰ τοῦτο καὶ μήτηρ ἐγένετο βασιλέων, ὥσπερ οὖν καὶ ἡ ἐκκλησία; καὶ γὰρ ἐκ ταύτης ἐστὶν ὁ Δαυΐδ. Διὰ δὴ τούτων πάντων ἐντρέπων αὐτοὺς, καὶ πείθων μὴ μέγα φρονεῖν, τήν τε γενεαλογίαν συνέθηκε, καὶ τὰς γυναῖκας ταύτας εἰς μέσον ἤγαγε. Καὶ γὰρ τὸν βασιλέα τὸν μέγαν αὕτη διὰ τῶν μόσων ἐγέννησε καὶ οὐκ αἰσχύ- νεται ὁ Δαυίδ ἐπὶ τούτοις. Ου γάρ ἐστιν, οὐκ ἔστιν οὔτε εξ ἀρετῆς, οὔτε ἀπὸ κακίας προγόνων εἶναι σπουδαῖον, ή ἀν ἤ ἄσημον, ῇ λαμπρόν' αλλ εἰ χρή τι καὶ παράἔον εἰπεῖν, ἐκεῖνος. Σἐκλάμπει μειζόνως, ὁ ὁ μὴ τῶν σπουδαίων προγόνων ὧν, γενόμενος δὲ ἀγαθός. Μηδεὶς τοίνυν ἐπὶ τούτοις μέγα φρονείτω. ἀλλ᾽ ἐννοήσας τοῦ δεσπότου τοὺς προγόνους, τὸ φύσημα ἅπαν κενούτω, καὶ ἐπὶ κατορθώμασι μέγα φρονείτω μᾶλλον δὲ μηδὲ ἐ ἐπὶ τούτοις. Οὕτω γὰρ καὶ ὁ Φαρισαῖος τοῦ τελώνου γέγονεν ὕστερος. Εἰ γὰρ βούλει δεῖξαι μέγα τὸ κατόρθωμα, μὴ μέγα φρόνει, καὶ τότε μεῖζον τοῦτο ἀπέφηναν μὴ νομίσης τι πεποιηκέναι, καὶ τὸ πᾶν εἰργάσω. Εἰ γὰρ ὅταν ἁμαρτωλοὶ ὦμεν, ἀν νομίσωμεν τοῦτο εἶναι ὅπερ ἐσμὲν, δίκαιοι γινόμεθα, ὥσπερ οὖν καὶ ὁ τελώνης πόσῳ μᾶλλον ὅταν δίκαιοι ὄ ὄντες ἁμαρτωλοὺς ἑαυτοὺς εἶναι νομίζωμεν: Εἰ γὰρ ἐξ ἁμαρτωλῶν δικαίους ποιεῖ τὸ ταπεινο-- φρονεῖν, (καίτουγε οὐδὲ ταπεινοφροσύνη ἣν ἐκεῖνο, ἀλλ’ εὐγνωμοσύνη) εἰ οὖν εὐγνωμοσύνη τοσοῦτον δύναται ἐπὶ ἁμαρτωλῶν, ἣ ταπεινοφροσύνη σκόπησον ἐπὶ δικαίων τί οὐκ ἐργάσεται: ᾿Μὴ τοίνυν λυμήνη τοὺς πόνους, μηδὲ ὑποτέμῃ τοὺς ἱδρῶτας, μηδὲ εἰκῆ δράμης, μετὰ τοὺς μυρίους διαύλους πάντα κενῶν τὸν πόνον. Καὶ γάρ σον μᾶλλον οἷδε τὰ κατορθώματα ὁ δεσπότης τὰ σά. Κὰἀν ποτήριον ψυχροῦ δῷς, οὐδὲ τοῦτο παρορᾷ: κἂν ὀβολὸν καταβάλῃς, κἂν στενάξης μόνον, μετὰ πολλῆς πάντα δέχεται τῆς εὐνοίας, καὶ μέμνηται, καὶ μεγάλους αὐτοῖς ὁρίζει μισθούς. Τίνος δὲ ἕνεκεν ἐξετάζεις. τὰ σὰ, καὶ φέρεις ἡμῖν εἰς μέσον διηνεκῶς : Οὐκ οἶδας ὅ ὅτι ἐὰν ἐπαινέσῃς σαντὸν, οὐκέτι σε ὁ θεὸς ἐπαινέσεται ἢ : ὥσπερ οὗν ἂν ταλανίσῃς, οὐ παύσεταί σε παρὰ πᾶσιν ἀνακηρύττων; Οὐδὲ γὰρ 'βούλεταί σου τοὺς πόνους ἐλαττωθῆναι. Τί λέγω ἐλαττωθῆναι : Πάντα μὲν οὖν ποιεῖ καὶ πραγματεύεται, ὥστε καὶ απὸ μικρῶν σε στεφανῶσαι, καὶ περίεισι προφάσεις ζητῶν δι᾽ ὧν δυνήσῃ ἀπαλλαγῆναι τῆς γεέννης. Διὰ τοῦτο κἂν ἐνδεκάτην ὦ ὧραν ἐργάση τῆς ἵμέρας, ὁλόκληρον τὸν μισθὸν δίδωσι κἂν μηδεμίαν ἕ ἔχῃς ἀφορμὴν σωτηρίας, φησὶ, ἐς δι ἐμὲ ποιῶ, ὅπως μὴ τὸ ὄνομά μου βεβηλωθῇ κὰν στενάξῃς μόνον, κἂν δακρύσῃς, ἁρπάζει ταῦτα πάντα ταχέως εἰς ἀφορμὴν τῆς σῆς σωτηρίας αὐτός. Μὴ τοίνυν ἐπαιρώμεθα, δ αλλὰ λέγωμεν ἑαυτοὺς ἀχρείους, ἵνα γενώμεθα εὔχρηστοι. Ἂν μὲν γὰρ εἴπῃς σαυτὸν εὐδόκιμον, γέγονας ἄχρηστος, κὰν εὐδόκιμος ἢ ἤς ἄν δὲ ἀχρεῖον Διὸ ἀναγκαῖον ἐπιλαθέσθαι κατορθωμάτων. Καὶ πῶς δυνατὸν, φησὶν, ἅπερ ἐπιστάμεθα, ταῦτα μὴ εἰδέναι: Τί λέγεις: προσκρούων διηνεκῶς τῷ δεσπότη, τρυφᾷς καὶ γελᾷς, καὶ οὐδὲ οἷδας ὅτι ἥμαρτες, λήθη παραδοὺς πάντα κατορθωμάτων δὲ οὐ δύνασαι ἐκβαλεῖν τὴν μνήμην: καίτοι ἰσχυρότερον ὃ φόβος. Ἡμεῖς δὲ τοὐναντίον ποιοῦμεν καθ᾽ ἑκάστην μὲν ἡμέραν προσκρούοντες οὐδὲ εἰς νοῦν βαλλόμεθα: ἂν δὲ μικρὸν ἀργύριον πένητι δώμεν, ἄνω καὶ κάτω τοῦτο στρέφομεν' ὅπερ ἐσχάτης ἐστὶν ἀνοίας; καὶ μεγίστη τοῦ συλλέγοντος ζημία. ᾿Ασφαλὲς γὰρ ταμιεῖον κατορθωμάτων λήθη κατορθωμάτων. Καὶ καθάπερ τὰ ἱἵμάτια καὶ ὁ χρυσὸς, ὅταν μὲν ἐπ᾽ ἀγορᾶς ταῦτα προθώμεν, πολλοὺς ἐπισπώμεθα τοὺς ἐπιβούλους, ἂν δὲ ἀποθώμεθα οἴκοι καὶ κατακρύψωμεν, ἐν ἀσφαλείᾳ καταθήσομεν ἅπαντα: οὕτω δὴ καὶ τὰ κατορθώματα, ἃ ἂν μὲν συνεχῶς ἐπὶ τῆς μνήμης φέρωμεν, παροξύνομεν τὸν δεσπότην, τὸν ἐχθρὸν ὁπλίζομεν, ἐ επὶ τὴν κλοπὴν καλοῦμεν᾽ ἂν δὲ μηδεὶς εἰδῇ αὐτὰ, αλλ᾽ ὃν εἰδέναι χρὴ μόνον, ἐν ἀσφαλείᾳ κείσεται. Μὴ τοίνυν περίστρεῴφε συνεχῶς, ἵνα μή τις αὐτὰ ἀφέληται ᾿δ καὶ ὁ ᾧαρισαῖος ἔπαθεν, ἐπὶ τῆς γλώττης αὐτὰ περιφέρων ὅθεν καὶ ἥρπασεν αὐτὰ ὁ διάβολον καίτοιγε μετ᾽ εὐχαριστίας αὐτῶν ἐμέμνητο, καὶ τὸ πᾶν ἀνέθηκε τῷ θεῷ, ᾿Αλλ οὐδὲ τοῦτο ἤρκεσεν αὐτῷ. Οὐ γὰρ εὐχαριστία τὸ ὀνειδίζειν ἑτέροις, τὸ φιλοτιμεῖσθαι ἐπὶ πολλών, τὸ κατεξανίστασθαι τῶν πεπλημμεληκότων. Εἰ γὰρ εὐχαριστεῖς τῷ θεῷ, ἀρκέσθητι μόνον αὐτῷ, καὶ μὴ εξενέγκῃς εἰς ἀνθρώπους, μηδὲ καταδικάσης τὸν πλησίον οὐ γὰρ ἐστι τοῦτο εὐχαριστία. Βούλει μαθεῖν εὐχαριστίας λόγους: ; ἄκουσον τῶν τριῶν παίδων , λεγόντων τὰν ἡμάρτομεν, ἠνομήσαμεν' δίκαιος εἷ» κύριε, ἐπὶ πᾶσιν οἷς ἐΚοιησαὲ ἡμῖν, ὅτι ἐν ἀληθινῇ κρίσει πάντα ἐπήγαγες. Τὸ γὰρ τὰ οἰκεῖα ἁμαρτήματα ὁμολογεῖν, τοῦτό ἐστιν εὐχαριστεῖν. τῷ θεῷ ὁμολογοῦντα, ὅπερ δείκνυσι μυρίων μὲν ὄντα αὐτὸν ὑπεύθυνον, οὐκ ἀπαιτούμενον δὲ τὴν ἀξίαν δίκην οὗτος μάλιστά ἐστιν ὁ εὐχαριστῶν. Φυλαξώμεθα τοίνυν τὸ περὶ ἑαυτῶν τι λέγειν τοῦτο γὰρ καὶ παρὰ ἀνθρώποις μισητοὺς καὶ παρὰ θεῷ βδδελυροὺς ἐργάζεται. Διὰ τοῦτο ὅσῳ ἂν μέγαλα κατορθώσωμεν, τοσούτῳ μικρὰ περὶ ἑαντῶν λέγωμεν' οὕτω γὰρ μϑγίστην καρπωσόμεθα δόξαν, καὶ παρὰ ἀνθρώποις καὶ παρὰ θεῷ; μᾶλλον δὲ οὐδὲ δόξαν μόνον παρὰ θεῷ, ἀλλὰ καὶ μισθὸν καὶ αντίδοσιν μεγάλην. Μὴ τοίνυν ἀπαίτει μισθὸν, ἵ ἵνα λάβης μισθόν. Χαριτι ὁμολόγει σώζεσθαι, ἵ ἵνα σοι αὐτὸς ὀφειλέτην ἑαυτὸν ὁμολογήσῃ, οὐχὶ τῶν κατορθωμάτων μόνον, ἀλλὰ καὶ τῆς τοιαύτης εὐὙνωμοσύνης. Ὅταν μὲν γὰρ κατορθῶμεν, τῶν κατορθωμάτων ὀφειλέτην ἔχομεν μόνον᾽ ὅταν δὲ μηδὲ ἡγώμεθά τι κατωρθωκέναι, καὶ αὐτοῦ τοῦ οὕτω διακεῖσθαι, καὶ μειζόνως ἥ ἐκείνων ὥστε ἀντίῤῥοπον τών κατορθωμάτων τοῦτο ἐστιν. Ἂν γὰρ μὴ τοῦτο παρῇ, οὐδὲ εἐ ἐκεῖνα φανεῖται μεγάλα. Καὶ γὰρ καὶ ἡμεῖς οἰκότας ἔχοντες, τότε αὐτοὺς μάλιστα ἀποδεχόμεθα, ὅταν πάντα μετ᾽ εὐνοίας διακονησάμενοι, μηδὲν ἡγῶνται πεποιηκέναι μέγα. Ὥστε εἰ βούλει μεγάλα σου ποιῆσαι τὰ κατορθώματα, μὴ νόμιζε αὐτὰ εἶναι μεγάλα, καὶ τότε ἔσται μεγάλα. Οὕτω καὶ ὁ ἑκατοντάρχης ἔλεγεν ἐἐ οὐκ εἰμὶ ἱκανὸς, ἵνα μου ὑπὸ τὴν στέγην εἰσέλθης διὰ τοῦτο ἄξιος γέγονε, καὶ ὑπὲρ πάντας ᾿Ιουδαίους ἐθαυμάζετο. Οὕτω καὶ ὁ Παῦλός φησιν οὐκ εἰμὶ ἱκανὸς καλεῖσθαι ἀπόστολος διὰ τοῦτο καὶ πρῶτος πάντων ἐγένετο. Οὕτω καὶ ᾿Ιωάννης᾽ οὐκ εἰμὶ ἱκανὸς λῦσαι αὐτοῦ τὸν ἱμάντα τοὺ ὑποδήματος διὰ τοῦτο καὶ φίλος. ἣν τοῦ νυμφίου, καὶ τὴν χεῖρα, ἣν ἀναξίαν ἔφησεν εἶναι τών ὑποδημάτων, ταύτην ὁ Χριστὸς ἐπὶ τὴν κεφαλὴν εἵλκυσε τὴν ἑαυτοῦ. Οὕτω καὶ Πέτρος ἐλεγεν' ἔξελθε ἀπ᾽ ἐμοῦ, ὅτι ἀνὴρ ἁμαρτωλός εἰμε διὰ τοῦτο θεμέλιος τῆς ἐκκλησίας γέγονεν. Οὐδὲν γὰρ οὕτω τῷ θεῷ φίλον, ὡς τὸ μετὰ τῶν ἐσχάτων ἑαυτὸν ἀριθμεῖν. Τοῦτο φιλοσοφίας πάσης ἀρχή. Ὁ γὰρ τεταπεινωμένος καὶ συντετριμμένος, οὐ κενοδοξήσει, οὐκ οργιεῖται, οὐ φθονήσει τῷ πλησίον, οὐκ ἄλλο τι δέξεται πάθος. Οὐδὲ γὰρ χεῖρα συντετριμμένην, κἀν μυριάκιφ, φιλονεικήσωμεν, εἰς ὕψος ἄραι δυνησόμεθα. Ἂν τοίνυν καὶ τὴν ψυχὴν οὕτω συντρίψωμεν, κἂν μυρία αὐτὴν ἐπάρῃ φυσώῶντα πάθη, οὐδὲ μικρὸν ἀρθῆναι δυνήσεται. Εἰ γὰρ περὶ βιωτικῶν τις πενθών πραγμάτων, πάντα ἐξορίζει τὰ νοσήματα τῆς ψυχῆς πολλῷ μᾶλλον ὁ ὑπὲρ ἁμαρτιῶν τοῦτο ποιῶν ἀπολαύσεται τῆς φιλοσοφίας. Καὶ τίς οὕτω δυνήσεται συντρῖψαι τὴν ἑαντοῦ καρδίαν : φησίν. Ἄκουσον τοῦ Δαυὶδ τοὺ διὰ τοῦτο μάλιστα λάμψαντος, κα ἱ βλέπε αὐτοῦ τὴν συντριβὴν τῆς ψυχῆς. Μετὰ γὰρ μυρία κατορθώματα, καὶ πατρίδος. καὶ οἰκίας καὶ αὐτῆς μέλλων ἐκπίπτειν τῆς ζωῆς, παρ᾽ αὐτὸν τὸν καιρὸν τῆς συμφορᾶς, στρατιώτην εὐτελῆ καὶ ἀπεῤῥιμμένον ὁρῶν ἐπεμβαίνοντα αὐτοῦ τῷ καιρῷ καὶ λοιδορούμενον, οὐ μόνον οὐκ ἀντελοιδόρησεν, ἀλλὰ καὶ τῶν στρατηγῶν τίνα βουλόμενον αὐτὸν ἀνελεῖν διεκώλυσεν» εἰπών' ἄφετε αὐτὸν, ὅτι κύριος ἐνετείλατο αὐτῷ. Καὶ πάλιν, τῶν ἱερέων αξιούντων μετ᾽ αὐτοῦ τὴν κιβωτὸν συμπεριφέρειν, οὐκ εδέξατο αλλὰ τί φησιν: Ἡ Υ̓ ἐπὶ τοῦ ναοῦ καθίσω, κἂν ἀπαλ- λάξη με τῶν ἐν ἐρσὶ δεινῶν ὁ θεὸς, ὄψομαι τὴν εὐπρέπειαν αὐτῆς ἂν δ εἴπη μοι, οὐ τεθέληκά σε, ἰδοὺ ἐγὼ, ποιείτω μοι τὸ ἀρεστὸν ἐνώπιον αὐτοῦ. Τὸ δὲ ἐπὶ τοῦ Σαοὺλ καὶ ἅπαξ καὶ δὶς καὶ πολλάκις γεγενημένον, ποίαν οὐκ ἐνδείκνυται φιλοσοφίας ὑπερβολήν: Καὶ γὰρ καὶ τὸν παλαιὸν ὑπερέβη νόμον, καὶ τῶν ἀποστολικῶν ἐγγὺς ἐγένετο προσταγμάτων. Διὰ τοῦτο πάντα ἔστεργε τὰ παρὰ τοῦ δεσπότου, οὐ δικάζων τοῖς γινομένοις, ἀλλ᾽ ἕν μόνον σπουδάζων, πανταχοῦ πείθεσθαι καὶ ἕπεσθαι τοῖς παρ᾽ αὐτοῦ κειμένοις νόμοις. Καὶ ὁρῶν μετὰ τοσαῦτα αὐτοῦ κατορθώματα τὸν τύραννον, τὸν πατραλοίαν, τὸν ἀδελφοκτόνον, τὸν ὑβριστὴν, τὸν μαινόμενον, ἀντ᾽ αὐτοῦ τὴν αὐτοῦ ἔχοντα βασιλείαν, οὐδὲ οὕτως ἐσκανδαλίζετο᾽ ἀλλ᾽, ἂν τῷ θεῷ ταῦτα δοκῇ, φησὶν, ἐμὲ μὲν ἐλαύνεσθαι καὶ πλανᾶσθαι καὶ φεύγειν, ἐκεῖνον δὲ εἶναι ἐν τιμῇ, στέργω καὶ δέχομαι, καὶ χάριν ἔχω τῶν μυρίων αὐτοῦ κακῶν. Οὐχ ὡς πολλοὶ τῶν αναισχύντων καὶ ἰταμῶν, οὐδὲ τὸ πολλοστὸν κατορθοῦντες τῶν ἐκείνῳ κατωρθωμένων, ἂν Ἰἴδωσί τινας ἐν εὐημερίαις ὄντας, ἑαντοὺς δὲ μικρὰν ὑπομείναντας ἀθυμίαν, μυρίαις τὰς ἑαυτῶν ψυχὰς ἀπολλύουσι βλασφημίαι. Ἀλλ᾽ οὐχ ὁ δΔαυϊὸδ τοιοῦτος, ἀλλὰ πᾶσαν ἐπεδείκνυτο ἐπιείκειαν. Διὸ καὶ ἔλεγεν ὁ θεός εὗρον Δαυϊδ τὸν τοὺ ᾿Ιεσσαὶ, ἄνδρα κατὰ τὴν καρδίαν μου. Τοιαύτην καὶ ἡμεῖς κτησώμεθα. ψυχὴν, καὶ ὅπερ ἄν πάθωμεν, οἴσομεν ῥᾳδίως, καὶ πρὸ τῆς βασιλείας ἐντεῦθεν καρπωσόμεθα τῆς ταπεινοφροσύνης τὴν πρόσοὗον. ᾿δ Μάθετε γάρ. φησὶν, ἀπ᾽ ἐμοῦ, ὅτι πρᾶύς εἰμι καὶ ταπεινὸς τῇ καρδίᾳ, καὶ εὑρήσετε ἀνάπαυσιν ταῖς ψυχαῖς ὑμῶν. Ἵν οὖν ἀπολαύσωμεν ἀναπαύσεως, καὶ ἐνταῦθα καὶ ἐκεῖ, μετὰ πολλῆς τῆς σπουδῆς τὴν πάντων μητέρα τῶν ἀγαθῶν, τὴν ταπεινοφροσύνην λέγω, ταῖς ἑαυτῶν φντεύσωμεν ψυχαῖς. Οὕτω γὰρ καὶ τὸ τοῦ βίου τούτον πέλαγος χωρὶς κυμάτων δυνησόμεθα διαβῆναι, καὶ εἰς τὸν γαληνὸν ἐκεῖνον καταπλεῦσαι λιμένα, χάριτι καὶ φιλανθρωπίᾳ τοῦ κυρίον ἡμῶν ᾿Ιησοῦ Χριστοῦ, ᾧ ἡ δόξα καὶ τὸ κράτος εἰς τοὺς αἰῶνας τῶν αἰώνων. ᾿Αμήν.

Alloi de to ti diekopē dia se phragmos ?: : epi tou neou phasin eirēsthai laou houtos gar paragenomenos ton nomon katelysen. Horąs hōs ouk oligōn oude mikrōn heneken emnēmoneuse tēs kata ton ᾿Ioudan historias hapasēs: : Dia touto kai tēs Rhouth kai tēs Rhaab memnētai, tēs men allophylou, tēs de pornēs, hina mathēs hoti panta ēlthe ta kaka lysōn ta hēmetera. Hōs gar iatros, ouch hōs dikastēs paragegonen. Hōsper oun pornas elabon gynaikas houtoi, houtō kai ho theos tēn physin tēn ekporneusasan hērmosato heautǭ ho kai prophētai anōthen prolegousin epi tēs synagōgēs gegonenai. All᾽ ekeinē men agnōmōn gegenētai peri ton synoikēsanta' hē de ekklēsia hapax apallageisa tōn patrǭōn kakōn, emeinen aspazomenē ton nymphion. Hora goun kai ta epi tēs 'Rhouth genomena eoikota tois hēmeterois. Hautē gar allophylos te ēn, kai eis eschatēn katēnechthē penian all homōs idōn autēn ho Bouz, oute tēs penias katephronēsen, oute tēn dysgeneian ebdelyxato: hōsper oun kai ho Christos tēn ekklēsian dexamenos, kai allophylon kai en penią pollę̄, tōn megalōn agathōn holaben autēn koinōnon. All᾽ hōsper hautē, ei mē proteron aphēke patera, kai ētimasen oikian kai genos kai patrida kai syngeneis, ouk an epetyche tēs anchisteias tautēs᾽ houtō kai hē ekklēsia ta patrǭa hethē katalipousa, tota eperastos egeneto tǭ nymphiǭ. Hoper oun kai ho prophētēs autę̄ dialegomenos phēsin᾽ epilathou tou laou son kai tou oikou tou patros son, kai epithymēsei ho basileus tou kallous sou. Touto kai hē Rhouth epoiēse. Dia touto kai mētēr egeneto basileōn, hōsper oun kai hē ekklēsia? kai gar ek tautēs estin ho Dauïd. Dia dē toutōn pantōn entrepōn autous, kai peithōn mē mega phronein, tēn te genealogian synethēke, kai tas gynaikas tautas eis meson ēgage. Kai gar ton basilea ton megan hautē dia tōn mosōn egennēse kai ouk aischy- netai ho Dauid epi toutois. Ou gar estin, ouk estin oute ex aretēs, oute apo kakias progonōn einai spoudaion, ē an ē asēmon, ę̄ lampron' all ei chrē ti kai paraeon eipein, ekeinos. Seklampei meizonōs, ho ho mē tōn spoudaiōn progonōn hōn, genomenos de agathos. Mēdeis toinyn epi toutois mega phroneitō. all᾽ ennoēsas tou despotou tous progonous, to physēma hapan kenoutō, kai epi katorthōmasi mega phroneitō mallon de mēde e epi toutois. Houtō gar kai ho Pharisaios tou telōnou gegonen hysteros. Ei gar boulei deixai mega to katorthōma, mē mega phronei, kai tote meizon touto apephēnan mē nomisēs ti pepoiēkenai, kai to pan eirgasō. Ei gar hotan hamartōloi ōmen, an nomisōmen touto einai hoper esmen, dikaioi ginometha, hōsper oun kai ho telōnēs posǭ mallon hotan dikaioi o ontes hamartōlous heautous einai nomizōmen: Ei gar ex hamartōlōn dikaious poiei to tapeino-- phronein, (kaitouge oude tapeinophrosynē hēn ekeino, all’ eugnōmosynē) ei oun eugnōmosynē tosouton dynatai epi hamartōlōn, hē tapeinophrosynē skopēson epi dikaiōn ti ouk ergasetai: ᾿Mē toinyn lymēnē tous ponous, mēde hypotemę̄ tous hidrōtas, mēde eikē dramēs, meta tous myrious diaulous panta kenōn ton ponon. Kai gar son mallon hoide ta katorthōmata ho despotēs ta sa. Kaan potērion psychrou dǭs, oude touto parorą: kan obolon katabalę̄s, kan stenaxēs monon, meta pollēs panta dechetai tēs eunoias, kai memnētai, kai megalous autois horizei misthous. Tinos de heneken exetazeis. ta sa, kai phereis hēmin eis meson diēnekōs : Ouk oidas ho hoti ean epainesę̄s santon, ouketi se ho theos epainesetai ē : hōsper houn an talanisę̄s, ou pausetai se para pasin anakēryttōn? Oude gar 'bouletai sou tous ponous elattōthēnai. Ti legō elattōthēnai : Panta men oun poiei kai pragmateuetai, hōste kai apo mikrōn se stephanōsai, kai perieisi prophaseis zētōn di᾽ hōn dynēsę̄ apallagēnai tēs geennēs. Dia touto kan endekatēn ō hōran ergasē tēs himeras, holoklēron ton misthon didōsi kan mēdemian he echę̄s aphormēn sōtērias, phēsi, es di eme poiō, hopōs mē to onoma mou bebēlōthę̄ kan stenaxę̄s monon, kan dakrysę̄s, harpazei tauta panta tacheōs eis aphormēn tēs sēs sōtērias autos. Mē toinyn epairōmetha, d alla legōmen heautous achreious, hina genōmetha euchrēstoi. An men gar eipę̄s sauton eudokimon, gegonas achrēstos, kan eudokimos ē ēs an de achreion Dio anankaion epilathesthai katorthōmatōn. Kai pōs dynaton, phēsin, haper epistametha, tauta mē eidenai: Ti legeis: proskrouōn diēnekōs tǭ despotē, tryphąs kai geląs, kai oude hoidas hoti hēmartes, lēthē paradous panta katorthōmatōn de ou dynasai ekbalein tēn mnēmēn: kaitoi ischyroteron ho phobos. Hēmeis de tounantion poioumen kath᾽ hekastēn men hēmeran proskrouontes oude eis noun ballometha: an de mikron argyrion penēti dōmen, anō kai katō touto strephomen' hoper eschatēs estin anoias? kai megistē tou syllegontos zēmia. ᾿Asphales gar tamieion katorthōmatōn lēthē katorthōmatōn. Kai kathaper ta hiimatia kai ho chrysos, hotan men ep᾽ agoras tauta prothōmen, pollous epispōmetha tous epiboulous, an de apothōmetha oikoi kai katakrypsōmen, en asphaleią katathēsomen hapanta: houtō dē kai ta katorthōmata, ha an men synechōs epi tēs mnēmēs pherōmen, paroxynomen ton despotēn, ton echthron hoplizomen, e epi tēn klopēn kaloumen᾽ an de mēdeis eidę̄ auta, all᾽ hon eidenai chrē monon, en asphaleią keisetai. Mē toinyn peristreǭphe synechōs, hina mē tis auta aphelētai ᾿d kai ho hǭarisaios epathen, epi tēs glōttēs auta peripherōn hothen kai hērpasen auta ho diabolon kaitoige met᾽ eucharistias autōn ememnēto, kai to pan anethēke tǭ theǭ, ᾿All oude touto ērkesen autǭ. Ou gar eucharistia to oneidizein heterois, to philotimeisthai epi pollōn, to katexanistasthai tōn peplēmmelēkotōn. Ei gar eucharisteis tǭ theǭ, arkesthēti monon autǭ, kai mē exenenkę̄s eis anthrōpous, mēde katadikasēs ton plēsion ou gar esti touto eucharistia. Boulei mathein eucharistias logous: ? akouson tōn triōn paidōn , legontōn tan hēmartomen, ēnomēsamen' dikaios hei» kyrie, epi pasin hois eKoiēsae hēmin, hoti en alēthinę̄ krisei panta epēgages. To gar ta oikeia hamartēmata homologein, touto estin eucharistein. tǭ theǭ homologounta, hoper deiknysi myriōn men onta auton hypeuthynon, ouk apaitoumenon de tēn axian dikēn houtos malista estin ho eucharistōn. Phylaxōmetha toinyn to peri heautōn ti legein touto gar kai para anthrōpois misētous kai para theǭ bddelyrous ergazetai. Dia touto hosǭ an megala katorthōsōmen, tosoutǭ mikra peri heantōn legōmen' houtō gar mϑgistēn karpōsometha doxan, kai para anthrōpois kai para theǭ? mallon de oude doxan monon para theǭ, alla kai misthon kai antidosin megalēn. Mē toinyn apaitei misthon, hi hina labēs misthon. Chariti homologei sōzesthai, hi hina soi autos opheiletēn heauton homologēsę̄, ouchi tōn katorthōmatōn monon, alla kai tēs toiautēs euYnōmosynēs. Hotan men gar katorthōmen, tōn katorthōmatōn opheiletēn echomen monon᾽ hotan de mēde hēgōmetha ti katōrthōkenai, kai autou tou houtō diakeisthai, kai meizonōs hē ekeinōn hōste antirrhopon tōn katorthōmatōn touto estin. An gar mē touto parę̄, oude ee ekeina phaneitai megala. Kai gar kai hēmeis oikotas echontes, tote autous malista apodechometha, hotan panta met᾽ eunoias diakonēsamenoi, mēden hēgōntai pepoiēkenai mega. Hōste ei boulei megala sou poiēsai ta katorthōmata, mē nomize auta einai megala, kai tote estai megala. Houtō kai ho hekatontarchēs elegen ee ouk eimi hikanos, hina mou hypo tēn stegēn eiselthēs dia touto axios gegone, kai hyper pantas ᾿Ioudaious ethaumazeto. Houtō kai ho Paulos phēsin ouk eimi hikanos kaleisthai apostolos dia touto kai prōtos pantōn egeneto. Houtō kai ᾿Iōannēs᾽ ouk eimi hikanos lysai autou ton himanta tou hypodēmatos dia touto kai philos. hēn tou nymphiou, kai tēn cheira, hēn anaxian ephēsen einai tōn hypodēmatōn, tautēn ho Christos epi tēn kephalēn heilkyse tēn heautou. Houtō kai Petros elegen' exelthe ap᾽ emou, hoti anēr hamartōlos eime dia touto themelios tēs ekklēsias gegonen. Ouden gar houtō tǭ theǭ philon, hōs to meta tōn eschatōn heauton arithmein. Touto philosophias pasēs archē. Ho gar tetapeinōmenos kai syntetrimmenos, ou kenodoxēsei, ouk orgieitai, ou phthonēsei tǭ plēsion, ouk allo ti dexetai pathos. Oude gar cheira syntetrimmenēn, kan myriakiph, philoneikēsōmen, eis hypsos arai dynēsometha. An toinyn kai tēn psychēn houtō syntripsōmen, kan myria autēn eparę̄ physōōnta pathē, oude mikron arthēnai dynēsetai. Ei gar peri biōtikōn tis penthōn pragmatōn, panta exorizei ta nosēmata tēs psychēs pollǭ mallon ho hyper hamartiōn touto poiōn apolausetai tēs philosophias. Kai tis houtō dynēsetai syntripsai tēn heantou kardian : phēsin. Akouson tou Dauid tou dia touto malista lampsantos, ka hi blepe autou tēn syntribēn tēs psychēs. Meta gar myria katorthōmata, kai patridos. kai oikias kai autēs mellōn ekpiptein tēs zōēs, par᾽ auton ton kairon tēs symphoras, stratiōtēn eutelē kai aperrhimmenon horōn epembainonta autou tǭ kairǭ kai loidoroumenon, ou monon ouk anteloidorēsen, alla kai tōn stratēgōn tina boulomenon auton anelein diekōlysen» eipōn' aphete auton, hoti kyrios eneteilato autǭ. Kai palin, tōn hiereōn axiountōn met᾽ autou tēn kibōton symperipherein, ouk edexato alla ti phēsin: Hē Y epi tou naou kathisō, kan apal- laxē me tōn en ersi deinōn ho theos, opsomai tēn euprepeian autēs an d eipē moi, ou tethelēka se, idou egō, poieitō moi to areston enōpion autou. To de epi tou Saoul kai hapax kai dis kai pollakis gegenēmenon, poian ouk endeiknytai philosophias hyperbolēn: Kai gar kai ton palaion hyperebē nomon, kai tōn apostolikōn engys egeneto prostagmatōn. Dia touto panta esterge ta para tou despotou, ou dikazōn tois ginomenois, all᾽ hen monon spoudazōn, pantachou peithesthai kai hepesthai tois par᾽ autou keimenois nomois. Kai horōn meta tosauta autou katorthōmata ton tyrannon, ton patraloian, ton adelphoktonon, ton hybristēn, ton mainomenon, ant᾽ autou tēn autou echonta basileian, oude houtōs eskandalizeto᾽ all᾽, an tǭ theǭ tauta dokę̄, phēsin, eme men elaunesthai kai planasthai kai pheugein, ekeinon de einai en timę̄, stergō kai dechomai, kai charin echō tōn myriōn autou kakōn. Ouch hōs polloi tōn anaischyntōn kai itamōn, oude to polloston katorthountes tōn ekeinǭ katōrthōmenōn, an Iidōsi tinas en euēmeriais ontas, heantous de mikran hypomeinantas athymian, myriais tas heautōn psychas apollyousi blasphēmiai. All᾽ ouch ho dDauïod toioutos, alla pasan epedeiknyto epieikeian. Dio kai elegen ho theos heuron Dauïd ton tou ᾿Iessai, andra kata tēn kardian mou. Toiautēn kai hēmeis ktēsōmetha. psychēn, kai hoper an pathōmen, oisomen rhądiōs, kai pro tēs basileias enteuthen karpōsometha tēs tapeinophrosynēs tēn prosouon. ᾿d Mathete gar. phēsin, ap᾽ emou, hoti praus eimi kai tapeinos tę̄ kardią, kai heurēsete anapausin tais psychais hymōn. Hin oun apolausōmen anapauseōs, kai entautha kai ekei, meta pollēs tēs spoudēs tēn pantōn mētera tōn agathōn, tēn tapeinophrosynēn legō, tais heautōn phnteusōmen psychais. Houtō gar kai to tou biou touton pelagos chōris kymatōn dynēsometha diabēnai, kai eis ton galēnon ekeinon katapleusai limena, chariti kai philanthrōpią tou kyrion hēmōn ᾿Iēsou Christou, hǭ hē doxa kai to kratos eis tous aiōnas tōn aiōnōn. ᾿Amēn.

Others say that “Why has the fence been broken through on your account?” was said of the new people; for this people, when it came, abolished the law. Do you see that it was for no few or small reasons that he mentioned the whole story about Judah? For this reason he mentions Ruth and Rahab too, the one a foreigner, the other a harlot, that you may learn that he came to undo all our evils. For he came as a physician, not as a judge. As, then, these men took harlots as wives, so God too joined to himself the nature that had played the harlot; which the prophets also foretold long ago had happened with the synagogue. But she was ungrateful toward the one who had married her; while the church, once freed from her ancestral evils, remained embracing the Bridegroom. See, at any rate, how what happened with Ruth resembles what concerns us. She was a foreigner and had been brought down to the utmost poverty; yet Boaz, seeing her, neither despised her poverty nor loathed her low birth; just as Christ too, receiving the church, foreign and in great poverty, made her a partner in the great good things. But as she, had she not first left her father and disregarded house and race and country and kindred, would not have obtained this marriage alliance, so also the church, having abandoned her ancestral customs, then became lovely to the Bridegroom. This is what the prophet too says, addressing her: “Forget your people and your father's house, and the King will desire your beauty.” This Ruth too did. That is why she became the mother of kings, as the church also did; for David is from her. Through all these things, then, shaming them and persuading them not to be proud, he composed the genealogy and brought these women forward. For she bore the great king through those in between, and David is not ashamed of them. For it is not possible, it is not possible, to be worthy or worthless, obscure or illustrious, from the virtue or the wickedness of one's ancestors; but if one must say something paradoxical, that man shines the more who is not of good ancestors and yet has become good.

Let no one, then, be proud of these things; but considering the Master's ancestors, let him empty out all his pride, and be proud of achievements, or rather not even of these. For so the Pharisee fell behind the tax collector. For if you wish to show the achievement great, do not be proud, and then you have shown it greater; do not think you have done anything, and you have done everything. For if, when we are sinners, we become righteous by thinking ourselves what we are, as the tax collector did, how much more when, being righteous, we think ourselves sinners? For if humility makes sinners righteous (although that was not even humility but candor), if then candor can do so much in sinners, consider what humility will not do in the righteous? Do not, then, ruin your labors, nor cut short your sweat, nor run in vain, emptying out all your toil after countless laps. For the Master knows your achievements better than you do. Even if you give a cup of cold water, he does not overlook it; even if you put down an obol, even if you only groan, he receives everything with great goodwill and remembers it, and appoints great rewards for them. Why do you examine your own deeds and keep bringing them before us? Do you not know that if you praise yourself, God will no longer praise you? just as, if you count yourself wretched, he will not cease proclaiming you before all. For he does not wish your labors to be diminished. Why do I say diminished? Rather, he does and contrives everything so as to crown you even for small things, and goes about seeking pretexts by which you may be freed from hell. That is why, even if you work at the eleventh hour of the day, he gives the whole wage; and even if you have no ground for salvation, “I act for my own sake,” he says, “so that my name may not be profaned”; even if you only groan, even if you weep, he himself quickly seizes all these as a ground for your salvation. Let us not, then, be lifted up, but call ourselves unprofitable, that we may become profitable. For if you call yourself esteemed, you have become useless, even if you were esteemed; but if you call yourself unprofitable, you have become profitable, even if you were worthless. That is why it is necessary to forget our achievements. “And how is it possible,” someone says, “not to know what we know?” What are you saying? You continually offend your Master, and live in luxury and laugh, and do not even know that you have sinned, handing everything over to forgetfulness; and you cannot cast out the memory of your achievements? And yet fear is stronger. But we do the opposite: offending every day, we do not even take it to heart; but if we give a little silver to a poor man, we turn it over this way and that; which is the height of folly and the greatest loss to the one who gathers. For the safe storehouse of achievements is forgetting achievements. And as with clothes and gold, when we display them in the marketplace we draw many plotters, but if we put them away at home and hide them, we shall store everything in safety, so too with achievements: if we continually carry them in our memory, we provoke the Master, we arm the enemy, we invite him to theft; but if no one knows them except the one who alone ought to know them, they will lie in safety. Do not, then, keep turning them over, lest someone take them away; which is what the Pharisee suffered, carrying them about on his tongue; that is why the devil snatched them away; and yet he mentioned them with thanksgiving and ascribed the whole to God. But not even this sufficed him. For it is not thanksgiving to reproach others, to make a display before many, to rise up against those who have offended. For if you give thanks to God, be content with him alone, and do not carry it out to men, nor condemn your neighbor; for this is not thanksgiving. Do you wish to learn words of thanksgiving? Hear the three children saying: “We have sinned, we have transgressed the law; you are righteous, O Lord, in all that you have done to us, for in true judgment you have brought all things upon us.” For to confess one's own sins, this is to give thanks to God, confessing what shows that he is liable for countless things and is not required to pay the penalty he deserves; this man above all is the one who gives thanks.

Let us beware, then, of saying anything about ourselves; for this makes us hated among men and abominable before God. Therefore the greater our achievements, the smaller the things we should say about ourselves; for so we shall reap the greatest glory, both with men and with God; or rather not only glory with God, but also a wage and great recompense. Do not, then, demand a wage, that you may receive a wage. Confess that you are saved by grace, that he may confess himself your debtor, not only for your achievements but also for such candor. For when we do well, we have him as debtor only for the achievements; but when we do not even think we have done anything, then also for this very disposition, and more than for those; so that this weighs as much as the achievements. For if this is not present, not even those will appear great. For we too, when we have servants, accept them most when, having served in everything with goodwill, they think they have done nothing great. So if you wish to make your achievements great, do not think them great, and then they will be great. So the centurion too said, “I am not worthy that you should come under my roof”; that is why he became worthy and was admired above all the Jews. So Paul too says, “I am not worthy to be called an apostle”; that is why he became first of all. So John: “I am not worthy to untie the strap of his sandal”; that is why he was the friend of the Bridegroom, and the hand which he said was unworthy of the sandals, Christ drew onto his own head. So Peter too said, “Depart from me, for I am a sinful man”; that is why he became the foundation of the church. For nothing is so dear to God as counting oneself among the last. This is the beginning of all philosophy. For the one who is humbled and broken will not be vainglorious, will not be angry, will not envy his neighbor, will not admit any other passion. For a broken hand, even if we strive ten thousand times, we shall not be able to raise on high. If, then, we so break the soul too, even if ten thousand passions puff it up and lift it, it will not be able to be raised even a little. For if someone mourning over worldly matters banishes all the diseases of the soul, much more will one who does this for his sins enjoy philosophy. “And who will be able so to break his own heart?” someone says. Hear David, who shone above all for this, and see the brokenness of his soul. For after countless achievements, when he was about to lose country and house and life itself, at the very moment of calamity, seeing a mean and outcast soldier trampling on his misfortune and reviling him, he not only did not revile him in return, but even prevented one of his generals who wished to kill him, saying: “Let him alone, for the Lord has bidden him.” And again, when the priests asked to carry the ark about with him, he did not accept; but what does he say? “Let it sit in the temple; and if God delivers me from the dangers at hand, I shall see its beauty; but if he says to me, I have no pleasure in you, here I am; let him do to me what seems good in his sight.” And what happened with Saul, once and twice and many times, what excess of philosophy does it not display? For he went beyond the old law and came near the apostolic commandments. That is why he was content with everything from the Master, not passing judgment on what happened, but eager for one thing only, to obey everywhere and follow the laws he had laid down. And seeing, after so many achievements of his own, the tyrant, the parricide, the fratricide, the insolent, the madman holding his kingdom in his place, not even so was he offended; but “if this seems good to God,” he says, “that I should be driven out and wander and flee, and he be in honor, I am content and accept it, and I give thanks for the countless ills he sends.” Not like many shameless and reckless people, who, achieving not the smallest part of what he achieved, if they see some people in prosperity while they themselves have endured a little despondency, destroy their own souls with countless blasphemies. But David was not such; he showed all gentleness. That is why God said, “I have found David the son of Jesse, a man after my heart.”

Let us too acquire such a soul, and whatever we suffer we shall bear easily, and even before the kingdom we shall reap here the revenue of humility. “For learn from me,” he says, “for I am gentle and lowly in heart, and you will find rest for your souls.” That we may enjoy rest, then, both here and there, let us with great zeal plant in our souls the mother of all good things, I mean humility. For so we shall be able to cross the sea of this life without waves, and to sail into that calm harbor, by the grace and lovingkindness of our Lord Jesus Christ, to whom be glory and might to the ages of ages. Amen.

Chapter 4

4.1Field 1

Πᾶσαι οὖν αἱ γενεαὶ ἀπὸ Αβραὰμ ἕως Δαυΐδ, γενεαὶ δεκατέσσαρες καὶ ἀπὸ Δαυὶδ ἕως τῆς μετοικεσίας Βαβυλῶνος, γενεαὶ δεκατέσσαρες καὶ ἀπὸ τῆς μετοικεσίας Βαβυλῶνος ἕως τοῦ Χριστοῦ, γενεαὶ δεκατέσσαρες. ΕἸΣ τρεῖς διεῖλε μερίδας τὰς γενεὰς ἁπάσας, δεικνὺς ὅτι οὐδὲ τῶν πολιτειῶν μεταβληθεισῶν ἐγένοντα βελτίους, ἀλλὰ καὶ ἀριστοκρατούμενοι, καὶ βασιλευόμενοι, καὶ ὀλέγαρ} χουμεῦθο: εν Τοῖς αυτοις πον ΚακΟΙ’, και οὑτε δημαγωγῶν, οὔτε ἱερέων, οὔτε βασιλέων αὐτοὺς διεπόντων, ἔσχον τι πλέον εἰς ἀρετῆς λόγον. Τίνος δὲ ἕνεκεν ἐν μὲν τῇ μέση μερίδι τρεῖς παρέδραμε βασιλεῖς, ἐν δὲ τῆ ἐσχάτῃ δώδεκα θεὶς γενεὰς, δεκατέσσαρας αὐτὰς εἶναι ἔφησε; Τὸ μὲν πρότερον ὑμῖν αφίημι ζητεῖν οὐδὲ γὰρ πάντα ἐεπιλύειν ὑμῖν ἀναγκαῖον, ἵνα μὴ ἀναπέσητε τὸ δὲ δεύτερον ἡμεῖς ἐροῦμεν. ᾿Εμοὶ γὰρ ἐνταῦθα δοκεῖ καὶ τὸν χρόνον τῆς αἰχμαλωσίας σέν τάξει γενεᾶς τιθέναι, καὶ αὐτὸν τὸν Χριστὸν, πανταχόθεν συνάπτων ἡμῖν αὐτόν. ᾿Αναμιμνήσκει δὲ τῆς αἰχμαλωσίας ἐκείνης καλῶς, δηλῶν ὅτι οὐδὲ ἐκεῖ κατελθόντες, ἐγένοντο σωφρονέστεροι ὥστε πάντοθεν ἀναγκαίαν φανῆναι τὴν αὐτοῦ παρουσίαν. Τί οὖν ὁ Μάρκος, φησὶν, οὐ ποιεῖ τοῦτο, οὐδὲ τγγενεαλογεῖ τὸν Χριστὸν, ἀλλ᾽ ἐπιτόμως ἅπαντα φθέγγεται; ᾿Εμοὶ δοκεῖ ὁ μὲν Ματθαῖος πρὸ τῶν ἄλλων ἦρχθαι τοῦ πράγματος διὸ καὶ τὴν γενεαλογίαν τίθησι μετὰ ἀκριβείας, καὶ πρὸς τὰ κατεπείγοντα ἵσταται δὲ Μάρκος μετ᾽ ἐκεῖνον διὸ ἐπὶ σύ ντομον ἦλθεν ὁδὸν, ἅτε τοῖς ἤδη λεχθεῖσι καὶ δήλοις γεγενημένοις ἐπιχειρῶν. Πώς οὖν ὁ Λουκᾶς καὶ γενεαλογεῖ, καὶ διὰ πλειόνων τοῦτο ποιεῖ; Ἅτε τοῦ Ματθαίον προοδοποιήσαντος, βούλεταί τι τῶν εἰρημένων διδάξαι πλέον ἡμᾶς. Καὶ ἕκαστος δὲ ὁμοίως τὸν διδάσκαλον ἐμιμήσατο ὁ μὲν τὸν Παῦλον, ὑπὲρ τοὺς ποταμοὺς βέοντα ὁ δὲ τὸν Πέτρον, βραχυλογίας ἐπιμελούμενον. Καὶ τί δήποτε ἀρχόμενος ὁ ἐρ ϑατοα οὐκ εἶπεν, ὥσπερ ὁ προφήτης ὅρασις ἣν εἶδον, αἱ ὁ λόγος ὁ γενόμενος πρός με; Ἢ Ὅτι πρὸς εὐγνεύμονας ἔγραφε, καὶ σφόδρα αὐτῷ προσέχοντας. Καὶ γὰρ καὶ τὰ γενόμενα θαύματα ἐβόα, καὶ οἱ δεχόμενοι σφόδρα ἦσαν πιστοί. ᾿Επὶ δὲ τῶν προφητῶν οὔτε θαύματα ἦν τοσαῦτα αὐτοὺς ἀνακηρύττοντα, καὶ πολὺ τὸ τῶν ψευδοπ ητῶν ἐπεκώμαζεν ἔθνος, οἷς καὶ μᾶλλον προσεῖχεν ὁ τῶν ᾿Ιουδαίων δημος. Διόπερ ἀναγκαῖος οὗτος τῶν προοιμίων ὁ τρόπος ἦν παρ᾽ αὐτοῖς. Ει δέ ποτε καὶ ἐγένετο σημεῖα, τῶν βαρβάρων ἕνεκεν ἣ ἐγένετο, ὥστε πολλοὺς γενέσθαι τοὺς προσηλύτους, καὶ εἰς ἔνδειξιν τῆς τοῦ θεοῦ δυνάμεως, εἴ ποτε αὐτοὺς οἱ πολέμιοι λαβόντες, ὡς τῶν παρ αὐτοῖς θεῶν ἰσχυρῶν ὄντων, ἐνόμισαν κεκρατηκέναι καθάπερ ἐν Αἰγύπτῳ, ὅθεν καὶ πολὺς ὁ σύμμικτος ἀνέβη: καὶ μετὰ ταῦτα ἐν Βαβυλώνι, τὰ κατὰ τὴν κάμινον καὶ τὰ ὀνείρατα. ᾿Εγένετο δὲ καὶ ἡνίκα καθ᾽ ἐ ἑαντοὺς ἦσαν, σημεῖα ἐν τῇ ἐρήμῳ, καθάπερ καὶ ἐφ᾽ ἡμῶν καὶ γὰρ καὶ ἐφ᾽ ἡμῶν, ἡνίκα τῆς πλάνης ἐξήειμεν, πολλὰ θαύματα ἐδείχθη μετὰ δὲ ταῦτα ἔστη, πανταχοῦ τῆς εὐσεβείας φυτευθείσης. Εἰ δὲ καὶ μετὰ ταῦτα γέγονεν, ὀλίγα καὶ ,σποράδην' οἷον, ἡνίκα ὁ ἥλιος ἔστη τοῦ δρόμου, καὶ πάλιν ᾿ἀνεχαίτισεν εἰς τὰ ὀπίσω. ἽἼδοι δ΄ ἄν τις τοῦτο καὶ ἐφ᾽ ἡμῶν γεγενημένον. Καὶ γὰρ καὶ ἐν τῇ γενεᾷ τῇ ἡμετέρᾳ, ἐπὶ τοῦ πάντας ἀσεβείᾳ νικήσαντος ᾿Ιουλιανοῦ, πολλὰ καὶ παράδοξα συνέβη. Καὶ γὰρ τῶν ᾿Ιουδαίων τὸν ἐν Ἱεροσολύμοις ναὸν ἀναστῆσαι ἐπιχειρούντων, πῦρ τῶν θεμελίων ᾿ἐκπηδῆσαν ἅπαντας διεκώλυσε᾽ καὶ ὅτε ἐπὶ τὰ σκεύη τὰ ἱερὰ τὴν αὐτοῦ παροινίαν ἐπεδείξατο ὅ ὃ τε ταμίας, ὅ τε θεῖος καὶ ὁμώνυμος ἐκείνου, ὁ μὲν σκωληκόβρωτος γενόμενος ἐξέψυξεν, ὁ δὲ ἐλάκισε μέσος καὶ τὸ τὰς πηγὰς δὲ ἐπιλιπεῖν, θυσιῶν ἐκεῖ γενομένων, Ὦ καὶ μετ᾽ αὐτοῦ τοῦ βασιλέως τὸν λιμὸν εἰς τὰς πόλεις συνεμπεσεῖν, σημεῖον μέγιστον ἦν.

Pasai oun hai geneai apo Abraam heōs Dauïd, geneai dekatessares kai apo Dauid heōs tēs metoikesias Babylōnos, geneai dekatessares kai apo tēs metoikesias Babylōnos heōs tou Christou, geneai dekatessares. EIS treis dieile meridas tas geneas hapasas, deiknys hoti oude tōn politeiōn metablētheisōn egenonta beltious, alla kai aristokratoumenoi, kai basileuomenoi, kai olegar} choumeutho: en Tois autois pon KakOI’, kai houte dēmagōgōn, oute hiereōn, oute basileōn autous diepontōn, eschon ti pleon eis aretēs logon. Tinos de heneken en men tę̄ mesē meridi treis paredrame basileis, en de tē eschatę̄ dōdeka theis geneas, dekatessaras autas einai ephēse? To men proteron hymin aphiēmi zētein oude gar panta eepilyein hymin anankaion, hina mē anapesēte to de deuteron hēmeis eroumen. ᾿Emoi gar entautha dokei kai ton chronon tēs aichmalōsias sen taxei geneas tithenai, kai auton ton Christon, pantachothen synaptōn hēmin auton. ᾿Anamimnēskei de tēs aichmalōsias ekeinēs kalōs, dēlōn hoti oude ekei katelthontes, egenonto sōphronesteroi hōste pantothen anankaian phanēnai tēn autou parousian. Ti oun ho Markos, phēsin, ou poiei touto, oude tngenealogei ton Christon, all᾽ epitomōs hapanta phthengetai? ᾿Emoi dokei ho men Matthaios pro tōn allōn ērchthai tou pragmatos dio kai tēn genealogian tithēsi meta akribeias, kai pros ta katepeigonta histatai de Markos met᾽ ekeinon dio epi sy ntomon ēlthen hodon, hate tois ēdē lechtheisi kai dēlois gegenēmenois epicheirōn. Pōs oun ho Loukas kai genealogei, kai dia pleionōn touto poiei? Hate tou Matthaion proodopoiēsantos, bouletai ti tōn eirēmenōn didaxai pleon hēmas. Kai hekastos de homoiōs ton didaskalon emimēsato ho men ton Paulon, hyper tous potamous beonta ho de ton Petron, brachylogias epimeloumenon. Kai ti dēpote archomenos ho er ϑatoa ouk eipen, hōsper ho prophētēs horasis hēn eidon, hai ho logos ho genomenos pros me? Ē Hoti pros eugneumonas egraphe, kai sphodra autǭ prosechontas. Kai gar kai ta genomena thaumata eboa, kai hoi dechomenoi sphodra ēsan pistoi. ᾿Epi de tōn prophētōn oute thaumata ēn tosauta autous anakēryttonta, kai poly to tōn pseudop ētōn epekōmazen ethnos, hois kai mallon proseichen ho tōn ᾿Ioudaiōn dēmos. Dioper anankaios houtos tōn prooimiōn ho tropos ēn par᾽ autois. Ei de pote kai egeneto sēmeia, tōn barbarōn heneken hē egeneto, hōste pollous genesthai tous prosēlytous, kai eis endeixin tēs tou theou dynameōs, ei pote autous hoi polemioi labontes, hōs tōn par autois theōn ischyrōn ontōn, enomisan kekratēkenai kathaper en Aigyptǭ, hothen kai polys ho symmiktos anebē: kai meta tauta en Babylōni, ta kata tēn kaminon kai ta oneirata. ᾿Egeneto de kai hēnika kath᾽ e heantous ēsan, sēmeia en tę̄ erēmǭ, kathaper kai eph᾽ hēmōn kai gar kai eph᾽ hēmōn, hēnika tēs planēs exēeimen, polla thaumata edeichthē meta de tauta estē, pantachou tēs eusebeias phyteutheisēs. Ei de kai meta tauta gegonen, oliga kai ,sporadēn' hoion, hēnika ho hēlios estē tou dromou, kai palin ᾿anechaitisen eis ta opisō. HiIdoi d΄ an tis touto kai eph᾽ hēmōn gegenēmenon. Kai gar kai en tę̄ geneą tę̄ hēmeterą, epi tou pantas asebeią nikēsantos ᾿Ioulianou, polla kai paradoxa synebē. Kai gar tōn ᾿Ioudaiōn ton en Hierosolymois naon anastēsai epicheirountōn, pyr tōn themeliōn ᾿ekpēdēsan hapantas diekōlyse᾽ kai hote epi ta skeuē ta hiera tēn autou paroinian epedeixato ho ho te tamias, ho te theios kai homōnymos ekeinou, ho men skōlēkobrōtos genomenos exepsyxen, ho de elakise mesos kai to tas pēgas de epilipein, thysiōn ekei genomenōn, Ō kai met᾽ autou tou basileōs ton limon eis tas poleis synempesein, sēmeion megiston ēn.

“So all the generations from Abraham to David are fourteen generations; and from David until the deportation to Babylon, fourteen generations; and from the deportation to Babylon until the Christ, fourteen generations.”

He divided all the generations into three parts, showing that not even when their forms of government changed did they become better; but whether ruled by aristocracy, by kings, or by oligarchy, they were in the same evils; and whether leaders of the people, or priests, or kings governed them, they gained nothing in the matter of virtue. But why in the middle part did he pass over three kings, and in the last, having set down twelve generations, say that they are fourteen? The first I leave to you to seek; for it is not necessary to solve everything for you, lest you grow slack; the second we shall explain. To me he seems here to count the time of the captivity in the rank of a generation, and Christ himself as well, joining him to us on every side. And he does well to remind them of that captivity, showing that not even when they had gone down there did they become more sober-minded; so that from every side his coming appears necessary.

“Why then,” someone says, “does Mark not do this, nor give Christ's genealogy, but say everything briefly?” It seems to me that Matthew began the work before the others; that is why he sets down the genealogy exactly and dwells on the pressing points; but Mark came after him, and so took the short road, as handling what had already been said and become plain. How then does Luke both give a genealogy and do it at greater length? Since Matthew had prepared the way, he wishes to teach us something more than what had been said. And each of them likewise imitated his teacher, the one Paul, flowing fuller than rivers, the other Peter, who was concerned with brevity.

And why did he not say at the beginning, as the prophet does, “The vision which I saw,” and “The word that came to me”? Because he was writing to well-disposed people who paid him great attention. For the miracles that had happened cried aloud, and those who received them were very faithful. But in the time of the prophets there were not so many miracles proclaiming them, and the tribe of false prophets reveled in great numbers, to whom the people of the Jews paid more attention. That is why this manner of opening was necessary with them. And if signs ever happened then, they happened for the sake of the barbarians, so that the proselytes might be many, and to display God's power whenever their enemies, having captured them, thought they had prevailed because their own gods were strong: as in Egypt, from which a great mixed multitude also went up, and afterward in Babylon, what happened with the furnace and the dreams. Signs happened also when they were by themselves in the wilderness, just as with us; for with us too, when we were coming out of error, many miracles were shown; but after that they ceased, once godliness had been planted everywhere. And if any happened after that, they were few and scattered; as when the sun stood still in its course, and again turned back. And one could see this happen in our time too. For in our own generation, under Julian, who surpassed all in ungodliness, many marvelous things happened. For when the Jews undertook to rebuild the temple in Jerusalem, fire leaping out of the foundations stopped them all; and when they showed his drunken insolence toward the sacred vessels, both the treasurer and his uncle, who bore the same name, the one died eaten by worms, the other burst asunder in the middle; and that the springs failed when sacrifices were offered there, and that famine fell upon the cities together with the emperor himself, was a very great sign.

4.2Field 1

Ἔθος γὰρ τοιαῦτα ποιεῖν τῷ θεῷ ὅταν αὐξηθηὴ τὰ κακὰ, καὶ τοὺς μὲν αὐτοῦ κακουμένους ἴδη), τοὺς δὲ ἐναντίους σφόδρα τῇ κατ᾽ αὐτῶν τυραννίδι μεθύοντας, τότε τὴν οἰκείαν ἐπιδείκνυσθαι δυναστείαν' ὃ καὶ ἐν Περσίδι πεποίηκεν ἐπὶ τῶν ᾿Ιουδαίων. Ὅτι μὲν οὖν οὐχ ἁπλῶς οὐδὲ ὡς ἔτυχε ποιῶν, εἰς τρεῖς μοίρας τοὺς προγόνους διένειμε τοὺ Χριστοῦ, δῆλον ἐκ τῶν εἰρημένων. Σκόπει δὲ καὶ πόθεν ἃ ἄρχεται; καὶ ποῦ τελευτᾷ. Ἀπὸ τοῦ ᾿Αβραὰμ εἰς τὸν Δαυϊΐδ' απὸ τοῦ Δαυὶδ εἰς τὴν μετοικεσίαν Βαβυλώνος ἀπὸ ταύτης εἰς αὐτὸν τὸν Χριστόν. Καὶ γὰρ καὶ ἀρχόμενος τοὺς δύο τέθεικεν ἐφεξῆς, τὸν τε Δαυϊδ καὶ τὸν Ἄβραὰμ, καὶ ἀνακεφαλαιούμενος ἀμφοτέρων ἐμνημόνευσεν ὁμοίως. Καὶ γὰρ, ὅπερ εφθην εἰπὼν, πρὸς αὐτοὺς ἦσαν αἱ ἐπαγγελίαι γεγενημέναι. Τί δήποτε δὲ, ὥσπερ τῆς μετοικεσίας Βαβυλῶνος ἐμνήσθη, οὐκ ἐμνήσθη καὶ τῆς καθόδου τῆς εἰς Αἴγυπτον: : Ὅτι ἐκείνους μὲν οὐκέτι ἐδεδοίκεσαν, τούτους δὲ ἐ ἐτρεμὸν ἔτι καὶ τὸ μὲν ἀρχαῖον ἣν, τὸ δὲ νεαρὸν καὶ ἄρτι γεγενημένον᾽ κακεῖ μὲν οὐ δι ἁμαρτήματα κατηνέχθησαν, ἐνταῦθα δὲ διὰ ,ταρανομίας ἀπηνέχθησαν. Εἰ δέ τις καὶ τῶν ὀνομάτων αὐτῶν τὰς ἑρμηνείας μεταβαλεῖν ἐ ἐπιχειρήσειε, πολλὴν εὑρήσει καὶ ἐντεῦθεν τὴν θεωρίαν οὖσαν, καὶ μεγάλα πρὸς τὴν καινὴν συντελοῦσαν διαθήκην᾽ οἷον, ἀπὸ τοῦ Αβραὰμ, ἀπὸ τοὺ Ιακωβ, απὸ τοῦ Σολομῶνος, ἀπὸ τοῦ Ζοροβάβελ: οὐ γὰρ ἁπλῶς ταῦτα αὐτοῖς ἐπετίθετο τὰ ὀνόματα. Αλλ᾽ ἵνα μὴ δόξωμεν πολὺ μῆκος ποιοῦντες ἐνοχλεῖν, ταῦτα παρέντες ἐπὶ τὰ κατεπείὝοντα ἴωμεν. Εἰπὼν τοίνυν τοὺς προγόνους ἅπαντας, καὶ τελευτήσας εἰς τὸν ᾿Ιωσὴφ, οὐκ ἔστη μέχρι τούτου, ἀλλὰ προσέθηκεν, ὰ ᾿Ιωσὴφ τὸν ἄνδρα Μαρίας δεικνὺς ὅτι δι᾽ ἐκείνην καὶ τοῦτον ὀγενεαλόγησεν. Εἶτα ἵνα μὴ ἀκούσας ἄνδρα Μαρίας, τῷ κοινῷ νομίσης ᾿τετέχθαι τῆς φύσεως νόμῳ, σκόπει πὼς αὐτὸ διορθοῦται. τῆ ἐπαγωγῇ. Ἤκουσας, φησὶν, ἄνδρα, ἤκουσας μητέρα, ἤκουσας ὅ ὄνομα τῷ παιδίῳ τεθέν᾽ οὐκοῦν ἄκουε καὶ τὸν τρόπον τῆς γεννήσεως. Τοῦ δὲ ᾿Ιησοῦ Χριστοῦ ή. γέννησις οὕτως ἦν. Ποίαν μοι γέννησιν λέγεις; εἰπέ μοι᾿ καίτοιγε τοὺς προγόνους εἶπας. ᾿Αλλὰ βούλομαι καὶ τὸν τρόπον τῆς γεννήσεως εἰπεῖν. Εἶδες πώς διανέστησε τὸν ἀκροατήν: Ὡς γὰρ μέλλων τι καινότερον ἐρεῖν, ἐπαγγέλλεται καὶ τὸν τρόπον λέγειν. Καὶ σκόπει τῶν εἰρημένων ἀκολουθίαν ἀρίστην. Οὐδὲ γὰρ εὐθέως ἐπὶ τὴν γέννησιν ἦλθεν, ἀλλ᾽ ἀναμιμνήσκει πρῶτον ημιᾶς, πόστος ἣν απὸ τοῦ ᾿Αβραὰμ, πόστος ἀπὸ τοῦ Δαυίδ, ἀπὸ τῆς μετοικεσίας Βαβυλῶνος, καὶ τὸν ἀκριβῆ διὰ τούτων ἀκροατὴν εἰς ἐξέτασιν ἐμβάλλει τῶν χρόνων, δεικνὺς ὅτι οὗτός ἐστιν ἐκεῖνος ὁ ριστὸς ὃ διὰ τῶν προφητῶν κηρυχθείς. Ὅταν γὰρ ἀριθμήσῃς τὰς γενεὰς, καὶ μάθης ἀπὸ τοῦ χρόνου, ὅτι οὗτος ἐκεῖνός ἐστιν, εὐκόλως δέξη καὶ τὸ θαῦμα τὸ περὶ τὴν γέννησιν συμβάν. ᾿Ἐπειδὴ γὰρ ἔμελλε μέγα τι φθέγγεσθαι, ὅ ὅτι ἐκ παρθένου ἐτόχθη, πρὶν ἤ ἔτ ἀριθμῆσαι τὸν χρόνον, συσκιάζει τὸ εἰρημένον, ἄνδρα αρίας εἰπὼν, μάλλον δὲ καὶ συντέμνει ο χὴν διήγησιν ἢ αὐτῆς τῆς γεννήσεως ἀριθμεῖ δὲ καὶ τὰ ἔτη λοιπὸν, ἀναμιμνήσκων τὸν ἀκροατὴν, ὅτι οὗτος ἐκεῖνός ἐστιν, ὃν ὁ πατριάρχης ᾿Ιακωβ, ἐπιλιπόντων λοιπὸν τῶν ᾿Ιουδαϊκῶν ἀρχόντων, παρέσεσθαι ἔφησεν ὃν ὁ προφήτης Δανιὴλ μετὰ τὰς ἑβδομάδας Ἐ τὰς πολλὰς ἐκείνας ἥξειν προανεφώνησε. Κἂν ἐθελήσῃ τις τὰ ἔτη ταῦτα τὰ ἐν ἑβδομάδων ἀριθμῷ παρὰ τοῦ ἀγγέλον εἰρημένα τῷ Δανιήλ ἀπὸ τῆς οἰκοδομῆς τῆς πόλεως ἀριθμῶν καταβῆναι εἰς τήν αὐτοῦ γέννησιν, ὄψεται ταῦτα ἐκείνοις συμφωνοῦντα. Πώς οὺν ἐγεννήθη: εἰπέ᾽ μνηστευθείσης τῆς μητρὸς αὐτοῦ Μαρίας. Οὐκ εἶπε: παρθένου, ἀλλ᾽ ἁπλῶς, μητρὸς: ὥστε εὐπαράδεκτον γενέσθαι τὸν λόγον. Διὸ πρότερον . ὴ παρασκευάσας προσδοκᾶν τὸν ἀκροατὴν ακούσεσθαί τι τῶν συνήθων, καὶ κατασχὼν τούτῳ, τότε ἐκπλήττει τῇ τοῦ παραδόξου πράγματος ἐπαγωγῇ, λέγων, ὅτι πρὶν ἣ συνελθεῖν αὐτοὺς, εὑρέθη ἐν γαστρὶ ἔχουσα ἐκ πνεύματος ἁγίου. Οὐκ εἶπε; πρὶν ἡ ἀχθῆναι αὐτὴν εἰς τὴν οἰκίαν τοῦ νυμφίου καὶ γὰρ ἔνδον ἢ ην. ἼΕθος γὰρ τοῖς παλαιοῖς ὡς τὰ πολλὰ ἐν οἰκίᾳ τὰς μεμνηστευμένας ἔχειν, ὅπου γε καὶ νῦν τοῦτο γινόμενον ἴδοι τις ἄν' καὶ οἱ γαμβροὶ δὲ τοῦ Δὼτ ἔνδον ἢ ἤσαν μετ᾽ αὐτοῦ. ἽΕνδον οὖν καὶ αὐτὴ μετὰ τοῦ ᾿Ιωσὴφ ἢ ἣν. Καὶ τίνος ἕνεκεν οὐ πρὸ τῆς μνηστείας ἐκύησεν: Ἵνα, ὅπερ ἔφην εξ ἀρχῆς, συσκιασθῇ τὸ γινόμενον τέως, καὶ ἵνα πᾶσαν πονηρᾶν διαφύγῃ ἡ παρθένος ὑπόνοιαν. Ὅταν γὰρ ὁ ζηλοτυπεῖν ὀφείλων μάλιστα πάντων φαίνηται μὴ μόνον ἐκπομπεύων αὐτὴν, μηδὲ ἀτιμάζων, ἀλλὰ καὶ δεχόμενος καὶ θεραπεύων μετὰ τὴν κύησιν, εὔδηλον ὅ ὅτι εἰ μὴ σαφῶς ἦν πεπεικὼς ἑαυτὸν, ὅτι ἐκ τῆς τοῦ πνεύματος ἐνεργείας τὸ γεγενημένον, οὐκ ἂν κατέσχε, καὶ τἄλλα πάντα ὑπηρέτησε. Κυρίως δὲ σφόδρα καὶ τὸ εὑρέθη ἐν γαστρὶ ἔχουσα τέθεικεν ὅπερ ἐπὶ τῶν παραδόξων, καὶ παρ᾽ ἐλπίδα πᾶσαν ἐκβαινόντων, καὶ οὐ προσδοκωμένων λέγεσθαι εἴωθε. Μὴ τοίνυν περαιτέρω χώρει, μηδὲ ζήτει πλέον τι τῶν εἰρημένων, μηδὲ λέγε, καὶ πώς τὸ πνεῦμα εἰργάσατο τοῦτο ἐκ παρθένου : Εἰ γὰρ τῆς φύσεως ἐργαζομένης ἀδύνατον ἑρμηνεῦσαι τῆς διαπλάσεως τὸν τρόπον, πῶς τοῦ πνεύματος θαυματουργοῦντος δυνησόμεθα ταῦτα εἰπεῖν; Ἵἵνα γὰρ μὴ κόπτης τὸν εὐαγγελιστὴν, μηδὲ ἐ ενοχλῇς συνεχῶς ταῦτα ἐρωτῶν, εἰπὼν τὸν ἐργασάμενον τὸ θαυμα, ἀπηλλάγη. Οὐδὲν γὰρ οἶδα, φησὶ, πλέον, ἀλλ᾽ ἥ ὅτι ἐκ πνεύματος αγίον γέγονα τὸ γεγενημένον. Αἰσχννέσθωσαν οἱ τὴν ἄνω περιεργαζόμενοι γέννησιν. Εἰ γὰρ ταύτην τὴν μυρίους ἔχουσαν μάρτυρας». καὶ πρὸ τοσούτων ἀνακηρυχθεῖσαν χρόνων, καὶ Φανεῖσαν, καὶ ψηλαφηθεῖσαν, οὐδεὶς ἑρμηνεῦσαι δύναται, ποίαν καταλείπουσι μανίας ὑπερβολὴν οἱ τὴν ἀπόῤῥητον ἐκείνην περιεργαζόμενοι καὶ πολυπραγμονοῦντες ; Οὐδὲ γὰρ ὁ Γαβριὴλ, οὐδὲ ὁ Ματθαῖος ὃ ὩΣ ἃ [ Ὰ ννήθησαν (ἢ: πλεον εἰπεῖν, αλλ ἢ οτι εκ πνευματος ΜΟΡῸΡ τὸ δὲ, πῶς ἐκ πνεύματος, καὶ τίνι τρόπῳ, οὐδεὶς τούτων ἡρμήνευσεν οὐδὲ γὰρ δυνατὸν ἣ ἦν. Μηδὲ νομίσης τὸ πάν μεμαθηκέναι, ἐκ πνεύματος ἀκούων καὶ γὰρ πολλὰ ἀγνοοῦμεν ἔτι, καὶ τοῦτο μανθάνοντεν οἷον, πῶς ὁ ἄπειρος ἐν μήτρᾳ ἐστί πῶς ὁ πάντα συνέχων κνοφορεῖται ὑπὸ γυναικός᾽ πῶς τίκτει ἢ παρθένος, καὶ μένει παρθένος πῶς ἔπλασεν, εἰπέ μοι, τὸ πνεῦμα τὸν ναὸν ἐκεῖνον πὼς οὐ πᾶσαν τὴν σάρκα ἀπὸ τῆς μήτρας. ἔλαβεν, ἀλλὰ μέρος αὐτῆς, καὶ ηὔξησε. καὶ διετύπωσεν. Ὅτι μὲν γὰρ ἀπὸ τῆς σαρκὸς τῆς παρθένου προῆλθεν, ἐδήλωσεν εἰπών . τὸ γὰρ ἐν αὐτῇ γεννηθέν καὶ ὁ Παῦλος δ ᾿γενόμενος ἐκ γυναικὸς ἐπιστομίζων τοὺς λέγοντας: ὅτι ὥσπερ διά τινος σωλῆνος παρἤλθεν ὁ Χριστός. Εἰ γὰρ τοῦτο ἦν, τίς χρεία τῆς μήτρας : Εἰ τοῦτο ἦν, οὐδὲν ἔχει κοινὸν πρὸς ἡμάς ἀλλ᾽ ἄλλη τίς ἐστιν ἐκείνη ἡ σὰρξ, οὐ τοῦ φυράματος τοῦ ἡμετέρον. Πῶς οὖν ἐκ τῆς ῥίζης Ἴεσσαί : : πῶς δὲ ῥάβδος: πῶς υἱὸς ἀνθρώπου; πῶς δὲ μήτηρ Μαριάμ : πῶς ἐκ σπέρματος Δαυΐδ; πῶς μορφὴν δούλου ἔλαβε: : πῶς ὁ λόγος ἐγένετο σάρξ: : πῶς δὲ Ῥωμαίοις φησὶν ὐ Παὺλον (ἐς εξ ὧν ὃ Χριστὸς τὸ κατὰ σάρκα, ὁ ὧν ἐπὶ πάντων θεός : Ὅτι μὲν οὖν ἐξ ἡ ἡμῶν καὶ τοῦ φυράματος τοῦ ἡμετέρου, καὶ τῆς μήτρας τῆς παρθενικῆς: δῆλον ἐκ τούτων καὶ εξ ἑτέρων πλειόνων τὸ δὲ πώς, οὐκέτι δῆλον. Μὴ τοίνυν μηδὲ σὺ ζήτει, αλλὰ δέχον τὸ ἀποκαλυφθὲν, καὶ μὴ περιεργαζον τὸ σιγηθέν. ὙΣ ᾿Ιωσὴφ δὲ ὁ ἀνὴρ αὐτῆς, δίκαιος ὧν, φησὶ, καὶ μὴ θέλων αὐτὴν παραδειγματίσαι, ἠβουλήθη λάθρα ἀπολῦσαι τήν. Εἰπὼν ὅτι ἐκ πνεύματος ἁγίου, καὶ συνουσίας χωρὶς, καὶ ἑτέρωθεν κατασκευάζει τὸν λόγον. Ἵνα γὰρ μή τις λέγῃ, πόθεν τοῦτο δῆλον: τίς εἶδε, τίς ἤκουσε τοιοῦτόν τί ποτε συμβεβηκός; μηδὲ ὑποπτεύσης τὸν μαθητὴν, ὡς χαριζόμενον τῷ διδασκάλῳ, ὴ ταῦτα πλάττοντα, εἰσάγει τὸν Ἰωσήφ, δι ὧν ἔπαθε, πρὸς τὴν τῶν εἰρημένων συντελοῦντα πίστιν, μονονουχὶ λόγων δι ὧν ἀπαγγέλλει᾽ εἰ ἀπιστεῖς ἐμοὶ, Εαὶ ὑποπτεύεις μον τὴν μαρτυρίαν, πίστευσον τῷ ἀνδρί. Ἰωσὴφ γὰρ, φησὶν, ὁ ἀνὴρ αὐτῆς, δίκαιος ὦ ὧν. Δίκαιον ἐνταῦθα τὸν ἐνάρετον ἐν ἅπασι λέγει. Ἔστι μὲν γὰρ δικαιοσύνη καὶ τὸ μὴ πλεονεκτεῖν ἔστι δὲ καὶ ἡ καθόλον ἀρετή καὶ μάλιστα ἐπὶ τούτου τῇ τῆς δικαιοσύνης προσηγορίᾳ κέχρηται. ἡ γραφὴ: ὡς ὅταν λόγη᾽ μων ἄνθρωπος δίκαιος, ἀληθινός καὶ πάλιν, Ἶ ἦσαν δὲ δίκαιοι ἀμφότεροι. Δίκαιος οὗν ὧν, τοντέστι, χρηστὸς καὶ ἐπιεικὴς, ηβουλήθη λάθρα ἀπολῦσαι αὐτήν. Διὰ τοῦτο λέγει τὸ συμβὰν πρὸ τῆς γνώσεως, ἵ ἵνα μὴ ἀπιστήσῃς τοῖς μετὰ τὴν νῶσιν γεγενημένοις. Καίτοιγε οὐ παραδευγματισμοῦ μόνον ὑπευθυνος ἣν ἢ τοιαύτη, αλλὰ καὶ κολάζεσθαι αὐτὴν ὁ νόμος ἐκέλευεν. ᾿Δλλ᾽ ὁ Ἰωσὴφ οὐ μόνον τὸ μεῖζον ἐκεῖνο, ἀλλὰ καὶ τὸ ἔλαττον συνεχώρησε, τὴν αἰσχύνην. Οὐ γὰρ μόνον οὐ κολάσαι, ἀλλ᾽ οὐδὲ παραδευγματίσαι ἐβούλετο. Εἶδες φιλόσοφον ἄνδρα καὶ πάθους ἀπηλλαγμένον τοῦ τυραννικωἴς τάτου: Ἴστε γὰρ ἡλίκον ζηλοτυπία. Διὰ τοῦτο καὶ ὁ ταῦτα σαφῶς εἰδὼς ἔλεγε᾽ δ μεστὸς γὰρ ζήλου θυμὸς ὗ ἀνδρός οὐ φείσεται ἐν ἡμέρᾳ κρίσεως καὶ, σκληρὸς ὡς ἄδης ζῆλος. Καὶ ἡμεῖς ὲ πολλοὺς ἴσμεν τὴν ψυχὴν ἐλομένους προέσθαι μᾶλλον, ἢ εἰς ηλοτυπίας ὑποψίαν ἐμπεσεῖν. ᾿Ενταῦθα δὲ οὐδὲ ὑποψία ἥν, τοῦ τῆς γαστρὸς ὄγκου διελέγχοντος. ᾿Αλλ ὅμως οὕτως ἦν πάθους καθαρὸς, ὡς μὴ θελῆσαι μηδὲ ἐν τοῖς μικροτάτοις.. λυπῆσαι τὴν παρθένον. ᾿Επειδὴ γὰρ τὸ μὲν κατέχειν ἔνδον παρανομίας εἶναι ἐδόκει, τὸ δὲ ἐκπομπεύειν καὶ εἰς δικαστήρὶον ἄγειν, θανάτῳ παραδοῦναι ἠνώγκαζεν' οὐδὲν τούτων ποιεῖ, ἀλλ᾽ ὑπὲρ νόμον ἤδη πολιτεύεται. Ἔδει γὰρ τῆς χάριτος παραγενομένης πολλὰ λοιπὸν εἶναι τὰ σημεῖα τῆς ὑψηλῆς πολιτείας. Καθἀπερ γὰρ ὁ ἥλιος καὶ μηδέπω τὰς ἀκτῖνας δείξας, πόῤῥωθεν τῷ φωτὶ καταυγάζει τῆς οἰκουμένης τὸ πλέον οὕτω καὶ ὁ Χριστὸς μέλλων ανίσχειν ἀπὸ τῆς μήτρας ἐκείνης, καὶ πρὶν ἡ ἐξελθεῖν, τὴν οἰκουμένην κατέλαμψεν ἅπασαν. Διὸ καὶ πρὸ τῶν ὠδίνων προφῆται ἐσκίρτων, καὶ γυναῖκες τὰ μέλλοντα προὔλεγον, καὶ ᾿Ιωάννης οὕπω τῆς νηδύος προελθὼν, } ἀπὸ τῆς μήτρας αὐτῆς ἐπήδα. Ἐντεῦθεν καὶ οὗτος πολλὴν ἐπεδείκνυτο φιλοσοφίαν' οὔτε γὰρ ἐνεκάλεσεν, οὔτε ὠνείδισεν, ἀλλ᾽ ἐκβαλεῖν ἐ ἐπεχείρησε μόνον. Ἔν τούτῳ τοίνυν τῶν πραγμάτων ὄντων, καὶ πάντων ἐν ἀμηχανίᾳ καθεστώτων, παραγίνεται ὁ ἄγγελος πάντα λύων τὰ ἄπορα. Ἄξιον δὲ ἐξετάσαι, διὰ τί μὴ πρὸ τούτου εἶπεν ὁ ἄγγελος, πρὸ τοῦ διανοηθῆναι τὸν ἄνδρα τοῦτο, ἀλλ᾽ ἐπειδὴ ἐνεθυμήθη, τότε ἀφικνεῖται Ἰο ἐς ταῦτα γὰρ αὐτοῦ, φησὶν, ἐνθυμηθέντος, ὁ ἄγγελος ἔρχεται' καίτοιγε αὐτὴν καὶ πρὸ τοῦ συλλαβεῖν εὐαγγελίζεται, ὃ καὶ αὐτὸ πάλιν ἑτέραν ἀπορίαν ἔχει. Εἰ γὰρ καὶ ὁ ἄγγελος οὐκ εἶπε, τίνος ἕνεκεν ἢ παρθένος ἐσέγησεν, ἀκούσασα παρὰ τοῦ αγγέλου: ὃ καὶ τὸν μνηστῆρα ὁρῶσα θορυβούμενον, οὐκ ἔλυσεν αὐτοῦ τὴν ἀπορίαν : Τίνος οὖν ἕνεκεν πρὸ τοῦ θορυβηθῆναι αὐτὸν ὁ ἄγγελος οὐκ εἶπεν; καὶ γὰρ ἀναγκαῖον τὸ πρότερον λῦσαι πρώτον. Τίνος οὖν ἕνεκεν οὐκ εἶπεν; Ἵνα μὴ ἀπιστήσῃ, καὶ πάθη τὸ αὐτὸ τῷ Ζαχαρίᾳ. ᾿Ορωμένου μὲν γὰρ τοῦ πράγματος, εὔκολος ἡ πίστις λοιπόν' μηδέπω δὲ ἀρχὴν λαβόντος, οὐχ ὁμοίως εὐπαράδεκτον ἢ ἥν τὸ λεγόμενον. Διὰ τοῦτο οὐκ εἶπεν ἐξ ἀρχῆς ὁ ἄγγελον καὶ ἡ παρθένος δὲ τῆς αὐτῆς ἕνεκεν αἰτίας ἐσίγησεν. Οὐ γὰρ ἐνόμιζε πιστεύεσθαι παρὰ τῷ μνηστῆρι πρᾶγμα ἀπαγγέλλουσα ξένον ἀλλὰ καὶ παροξύνειν μᾶλλον αὐτὸν, ὡς ἁμάρτημα γεγενημέμον συσκιάζουσα. Εἰ γὰρ αὐτὴ ῆ ὑποδέχεσθαι μέλλουσα τοσαύτην χάριν, ἀνθρώπινόν τι πάσχει, καί φησι πῶς ἔσται τοῦτο, ἐπεὶ ἄνδρα οὐ γινώσκω: πολλῷ μᾶλλον ἐκεῖμος ἀμφέβαλλεν ἃ ἄν᾽ καὶ μάλιστα παρὰ γυναικὸς ἀκούων τῆς ὑποπτευομένης.

Ethos gar toiauta poiein tǭ theǭ hotan auxēthēē ta kaka, kai tous men autou kakoumenous idē), tous de enantious sphodra tę̄ kat᾽ autōn tyrannidi methyontas, tote tēn oikeian epideiknysthai dynasteian' ho kai en Persidi pepoiēken epi tōn ᾿Ioudaiōn. Hoti men oun ouch haplōs oude hōs etyche poiōn, eis treis moiras tous progonous dieneime tou Christou, dēlon ek tōn eirēmenōn. Skopei de kai pothen ha archetai? kai pou teleutą. Apo tou ᾿Abraam eis ton Dauïïd' apo tou Dauid eis tēn metoikesian Babylōnos apo tautēs eis auton ton Christon. Kai gar kai archomenos tous dyo tetheiken ephexēs, ton te Dauïd kai ton Abraam, kai anakephalaioumenos amphoterōn emnēmoneusen homoiōs. Kai gar, hoper ephthēn eipōn, pros autous ēsan hai epangeliai gegenēmenai. Ti dēpote de, hōsper tēs metoikesias Babylōnos emnēsthē, ouk emnēsthē kai tēs kathodou tēs eis Aigypton: : Hoti ekeinous men ouketi ededoikesan, toutous de e etremon eti kai to men archaion hēn, to de nearon kai arti gegenēmenon᾽ kakei men ou di hamartēmata katēnechthēsan, entautha de dia ,taranomias apēnechthēsan. Ei de tis kai tōn onomatōn autōn tas hermēneias metabalein e epicheirēseie, pollēn heurēsei kai enteuthen tēn theōrian ousan, kai megala pros tēn kainēn syntelousan diathēkēn᾽ hoion, apo tou Abraam, apo tou Iakōb, apo tou Solomōnos, apo tou Zorobabel: ou gar haplōs tauta autois epetitheto ta onomata. All᾽ hina mē doxōmen poly mēkos poiountes enochlein, tauta parentes epi ta katepeiYonta iōmen. Eipōn toinyn tous progonous hapantas, kai teleutēsas eis ton ᾿Iōsēph, ouk estē mechri toutou, alla prosethēken, a ᾿Iōsēph ton andra Marias deiknys hoti di᾽ ekeinēn kai touton ogenealogēsen. Eita hina mē akousas andra Marias, tǭ koinǭ nomisēs ᾿tetechthai tēs physeōs nomǭ, skopei pōs auto diorthoutai. tē epagōgę̄. Ēkousas, phēsin, andra, ēkousas mētera, ēkousas ho onoma tǭ paidiǭ tethen᾽ oukoun akoue kai ton tropon tēs gennēseōs. Tou de ᾿Iēsou Christou ē. gennēsis houtōs ēn. Poian moi gennēsin legeis? eipe moi᾿ kaitoige tous progonous eipas. ᾿Alla boulomai kai ton tropon tēs gennēseōs eipein. Eides pōs dianestēse ton akroatēn: Hōs gar mellōn ti kainoteron erein, epangelletai kai ton tropon legein. Kai skopei tōn eirēmenōn akolouthian aristēn. Oude gar eutheōs epi tēn gennēsin ēlthen, all᾽ anamimnēskei prōton ēmias, postos hēn apo tou ᾿Abraam, postos apo tou Dauid, apo tēs metoikesias Babylōnos, kai ton akribē dia toutōn akroatēn eis exetasin emballei tōn chronōn, deiknys hoti houtos estin ekeinos ho ristos ho dia tōn prophētōn kērychtheis. Hotan gar arithmēsę̄s tas geneas, kai mathēs apo tou chronou, hoti houtos ekeinos estin, eukolōs dexē kai to thauma to peri tēn gennēsin symban. ᾿Epeidē gar emelle mega ti phthengesthai, ho hoti ek parthenou etochthē, prin ē et arithmēsai ton chronon, syskiazei to eirēmenon, andra arias eipōn, mallon de kai syntemnei o chēn diēgēsin ē autēs tēs gennēseōs arithmei de kai ta etē loipon, anamimnēskōn ton akroatēn, hoti houtos ekeinos estin, hon ho patriarchēs ᾿Iakōb, epilipontōn loipon tōn ᾿Ioudaïkōn archontōn, paresesthai ephēsen hon ho prophētēs Daniēl meta tas hebdomadas E tas pollas ekeinas hēxein proanephōnēse. Kan ethelēsę̄ tis ta etē tauta ta en hebdomadōn arithmǭ para tou angelon eirēmena tǭ Daniēl apo tēs oikodomēs tēs poleōs arithmōn katabēnai eis tēn autou gennēsin, opsetai tauta ekeinois symphōnounta. Pōs oun egennēthē: eipe᾽ mnēsteutheisēs tēs mētros autou Marias. Ouk eipe: parthenou, all᾽ haplōs, mētros: hōste euparadekton genesthai ton logon. Dio proteron . ē paraskeuasas prosdokan ton akroatēn akousesthai ti tōn synēthōn, kai kataschōn toutǭ, tote ekplēttei tę̄ tou paradoxou pragmatos epagōgę̄, legōn, hoti prin hē synelthein autous, heurethē en gastri echousa ek pneumatos hagiou. Ouk eipe? prin hē achthēnai autēn eis tēn oikian tou nymphiou kai gar endon ē ēn. IEthos gar tois palaiois hōs ta polla en oikią tas memnēsteumenas echein, hopou ge kai nyn touto ginomenon idoi tis an' kai hoi gambroi de tou Dōt endon ē ēsan met᾽ autou. HiEndon oun kai autē meta tou ᾿Iōsēph ē hēn. Kai tinos heneken ou pro tēs mnēsteias ekyēsen: Hina, hoper ephēn ex archēs, syskiasthę̄ to ginomenon teōs, kai hina pasan ponēran diaphygę̄ hē parthenos hyponoian. Hotan gar ho zēlotypein opheilōn malista pantōn phainētai mē monon ekpompeuōn autēn, mēde atimazōn, alla kai dechomenos kai therapeuōn meta tēn kyēsin, eudēlon ho hoti ei mē saphōs ēn pepeikōs heauton, hoti ek tēs tou pneumatos energeias to gegenēmenon, ouk an katesche, kai talla panta hypēretēse. Kyriōs de sphodra kai to heurethē en gastri echousa tetheiken hoper epi tōn paradoxōn, kai par᾽ elpida pasan ekbainontōn, kai ou prosdokōmenōn legesthai eiōthe. Mē toinyn peraiterō chōrei, mēde zētei pleon ti tōn eirēmenōn, mēde lege, kai pōs to pneuma eirgasato touto ek parthenou : Ei gar tēs physeōs ergazomenēs adynaton hermēneusai tēs diaplaseōs ton tropon, pōs tou pneumatos thaumatourgountos dynēsometha tauta eipein? Hiina gar mē koptēs ton euangelistēn, mēde e enochlę̄s synechōs tauta erōtōn, eipōn ton ergasamenon to thauma, apēllagē. Ouden gar oida, phēsi, pleon, all᾽ hē hoti ek pneumatos agion gegona to gegenēmenon. Aischnnesthōsan hoi tēn anō periergazomenoi gennēsin. Ei gar tautēn tēn myrious echousan martyras». kai pro tosoutōn anakērychtheisan chronōn, kai Phaneisan, kai psēlaphētheisan, oudeis hermēneusai dynatai, poian kataleipousi manias hyperbolēn hoi tēn aporrhēton ekeinēn periergazomenoi kai polypragmonountes ? Oude gar ho Gabriēl, oude ho Matthaios ho HōS ha [ A nnēthēsan (ē: pleon eipein, all ē oti ek pneumatos MOROR to de, pōs ek pneumatos, kai tini tropǭ, oudeis toutōn hērmēneusen oude gar dynaton hē ēn. Mēde nomisēs to pan memathēkenai, ek pneumatos akouōn kai gar polla agnooumen eti, kai touto manthanonten hoion, pōs ho apeiros en mētrą esti pōs ho panta synechōn knophoreitai hypo gynaikos᾽ pōs tiktei ē parthenos, kai menei parthenos pōs eplasen, eipe moi, to pneuma ton naon ekeinon pōs ou pasan tēn sarka apo tēs mētras. elaben, alla meros autēs, kai ēuxēse. kai dietypōsen. Hoti men gar apo tēs sarkos tēs parthenou proēlthen, edēlōsen eipōn . to gar en autę̄ gennēthen kai ho Paulos d ᾿genomenos ek gynaikos epistomizōn tous legontas: hoti hōsper dia tinos sōlēnos parēlthen ho Christos. Ei gar touto ēn, tis chreia tēs mētras : Ei touto ēn, ouden echei koinon pros hēmas all᾽ allē tis estin ekeinē hē sarx, ou tou phyramatos tou hēmeteron. Pōs oun ek tēs rhizēs Iessai : : pōs de rhabdos: pōs huios anthrōpou? pōs de mētēr Mariam : pōs ek spermatos Dauïd? pōs morphēn doulou elabe: : pōs ho logos egeneto sarx: : pōs de Rhōmaiois phēsin y Paulon (es ex hōn ho Christos to kata sarka, ho hōn epi pantōn theos : Hoti men oun ex hē hēmōn kai tou phyramatos tou hēmeterou, kai tēs mētras tēs parthenikēs: dēlon ek toutōn kai ex heterōn pleionōn to de pōs, ouketi dēlon. Mē toinyn mēde sy zētei, alla dechon to apokalyphthen, kai mē periergazon to sigēthen. HyS ᾿Iōsēph de ho anēr autēs, dikaios hōn, phēsi, kai mē thelōn autēn paradeigmatisai, ēboulēthē lathra apolysai tēn. Eipōn hoti ek pneumatos hagiou, kai synousias chōris, kai heterōthen kataskeuazei ton logon. Hina gar mē tis legę̄, pothen touto dēlon: tis eide, tis ēkouse toiouton ti pote symbebēkos? mēde hypopteusēs ton mathētēn, hōs charizomenon tǭ didaskalǭ, ē tauta plattonta, eisagei ton Iōsēph, di hōn epathe, pros tēn tōn eirēmenōn syntelounta pistin, mononouchi logōn di hōn apangellei᾽ ei apisteis emoi, Eai hypopteueis mon tēn martyrian, pisteuson tǭ andri. Iōsēph gar, phēsin, ho anēr autēs, dikaios ō hōn. Dikaion entautha ton enareton en hapasi legei. Esti men gar dikaiosynē kai to mē pleonektein esti de kai hē katholon aretē kai malista epi toutou tę̄ tēs dikaiosynēs prosēgorią kechrētai. hē graphē: hōs hotan logē᾽ mōn anthrōpos dikaios, alēthinos kai palin, I ēsan de dikaioi amphoteroi. Dikaios houn hōn, tontesti, chrēstos kai epieikēs, ēboulēthē lathra apolysai autēn. Dia touto legei to symban pro tēs gnōseōs, hi hina mē apistēsę̄s tois meta tēn nōsin gegenēmenois. Kaitoige ou paradeugmatismou monon hypeuthynos hēn ē toiautē, alla kai kolazesthai autēn ho nomos ekeleuen. ᾿Dll᾽ ho Iōsēph ou monon to meizon ekeino, alla kai to elatton synechōrēse, tēn aischynēn. Ou gar monon ou kolasai, all᾽ oude paradeugmatisai ebouleto. Eides philosophon andra kai pathous apēllagmenon tou tyrannikōis tatou: Iste gar hēlikon zēlotypia. Dia touto kai ho tauta saphōs eidōs elege᾽ d mestos gar zēlou thymos hy andros ou pheisetai en hēmerą kriseōs kai, sklēros hōs adēs zēlos. Kai hēmeis e pollous ismen tēn psychēn elomenous proesthai mallon, ē eis ēlotypias hypopsian empesein. ᾿Entautha de oude hypopsia hēn, tou tēs gastros onkou dielenchontos. ᾿All homōs houtōs ēn pathous katharos, hōs mē thelēsai mēde en tois mikrotatois.. lypēsai tēn parthenon. ᾿Epeidē gar to men katechein endon paranomias einai edokei, to de ekpompeuein kai eis dikastērion agein, thanatǭ paradounai ēnōnkazen' ouden toutōn poiei, all᾽ hyper nomon ēdē politeuetai. Edei gar tēs charitos paragenomenēs polla loipon einai ta sēmeia tēs hypsēlēs politeias. Kathaper gar ho hēlios kai mēdepō tas aktinas deixas, porrhōthen tǭ phōti kataugazei tēs oikoumenēs to pleon houtō kai ho Christos mellōn anischein apo tēs mētras ekeinēs, kai prin hē exelthein, tēn oikoumenēn katelampsen hapasan. Dio kai pro tōn ōdinōn prophētai eskirtōn, kai gynaikes ta mellonta proulegon, kai ᾿Iōannēs houpō tēs nēdyos proelthōn, } apo tēs mētras autēs epēda. Enteuthen kai houtos pollēn epedeiknyto philosophian' oute gar enekalesen, oute ōneidisen, all᾽ ekbalein e epecheirēse monon. En toutǭ toinyn tōn pragmatōn ontōn, kai pantōn en amēchanią kathestōtōn, paraginetai ho angelos panta lyōn ta apora. Axion de exetasai, dia ti mē pro toutou eipen ho angelos, pro tou dianoēthēnai ton andra touto, all᾽ epeidē enethymēthē, tote aphikneitai Io es tauta gar autou, phēsin, enthymēthentos, ho angelos erchetai' kaitoige autēn kai pro tou syllabein euangelizetai, ho kai auto palin heteran aporian echei. Ei gar kai ho angelos ouk eipe, tinos heneken ē parthenos esegēsen, akousasa para tou angelou: ho kai ton mnēstēra horōsa thoryboumenon, ouk elysen autou tēn aporian : Tinos oun heneken pro tou thorybēthēnai auton ho angelos ouk eipen? kai gar anankaion to proteron lysai prōton. Tinos oun heneken ouk eipen? Hina mē apistēsę̄, kai pathē to auto tǭ Zacharią. ᾿Orōmenou men gar tou pragmatos, eukolos hē pistis loipon' mēdepō de archēn labontos, ouch homoiōs euparadekton ē hēn to legomenon. Dia touto ouk eipen ex archēs ho angelon kai hē parthenos de tēs autēs heneken aitias esigēsen. Ou gar enomize pisteuesthai para tǭ mnēstēri pragma apangellousa xenon alla kai paroxynein mallon auton, hōs hamartēma gegenēmemon syskiazousa. Ei gar autē ē hypodechesthai mellousa tosautēn charin, anthrōpinon ti paschei, kai phēsi pōs estai touto, epei andra ou ginōskō: pollǭ mallon ekeimos ampheballen ha an᾽ kai malista para gynaikos akouōn tēs hypopteuomenēs.

For it is God's custom to do such things: when evils increase, and he sees his own people afflicted and their opponents greatly drunk with their tyranny over them, then he displays his own power; as he did also in Persia in the case of the Jews.

That he did not divide Christ's ancestors into three portions idly or at random is clear from what has been said. And consider also where he begins and where he ends: from Abraham to David; from David to the deportation to Babylon; from this to Christ himself. For both at the beginning he set the two together, David and Abraham, and in summing up he likewise mentioned both. For, as I said before, it was to them that the promises had been made. But why, as he mentioned the deportation to Babylon, did he not mention also the going down into Egypt? Because they no longer feared the Egyptians, but still trembled at the Babylonians; and the one was ancient, the other recent and lately happened; and they had gone down there not for their sins, but here they were carried away for their transgressions. And if anyone were to undertake to translate the meanings of their names too, he would find much contemplation here as well, contributing greatly to the New Testament; as from Abraham, from Jacob, from Solomon, from Zerubbabel; for these names were not given to them idly. But so as not to seem to trouble you by great length, let us pass these by and go to the pressing points.

Having named all the ancestors, then, and ended with Joseph, he did not stop there, but added, “Joseph the husband of Mary,” showing that it was because of her that he gave his genealogy too. Then, lest on hearing “husband of Mary” you think he was born by the common law of nature, see how he corrects this by what follows. You have heard, he says, of a husband, you have heard of a mother, you have heard the name given to the child; hear then also the manner of the birth: “Now the birth of Jesus Christ was thus.” What birth are you telling me of, tell me? You have already named the ancestors. “But I wish to tell also the manner of the birth.” Do you see how he roused the hearer? For as one about to say something quite new, he promises to tell the manner. And consider the excellent order of what is said. For he did not come at once to the birth, but first reminds us how many generations he was from Abraham, how many from David, from the deportation to Babylon; and by these he sets the careful hearer to examine the times, showing that this is the Christ proclaimed by the prophets. For when you count the generations and learn from the time that this is he, you will readily accept also the miracle that happened at the birth. For since he was about to say something great, that he was born of a virgin, before counting the time he veils what is said, saying “husband of Mary,” or rather he cuts short the account of the birth itself; and he counts the years, reminding the hearer that this is the one whom the patriarch Jacob said would come when the Jewish rulers had at last failed, the one whom the prophet Daniel foretold would come after those many weeks. And if anyone wishes to count down the years told by the angel to Daniel in a number of weeks from the building of the city to his birth, he will see that they agree.

How then was he born? Tell me. “When his mother Mary had been betrothed.” He did not say “virgin,” but simply “mother,” so that the account might be easily received. So, having first prepared the hearer to expect to hear something ordinary, and having held him with this, then he astonishes him by bringing in the marvelous fact, saying that “before they came together she was found with child of the Holy Spirit.” He did not say, “before she was brought into the bridegroom's house”; for she was already within. For it was the custom of the ancients to have the betrothed women in the house for the most part, as one can see happening even now; and Lot's sons-in-law also were inside with him. So she too was inside with Joseph. And why did she not conceive before the betrothal? So that, as I said at the beginning, what happened might be veiled for a time, and the virgin might escape all evil suspicion. For when the one who above all ought to be jealous is seen not only not exposing her or dishonoring her, but even receiving and caring for her after the conception, it is quite clear that, had he not been plainly persuaded that what had happened was from the working of the Spirit, he would not have kept her and rendered all the other services. And quite properly he put “she was found with child,” which is the usual expression for things that turn out marvelously, beyond all hope and unexpected.

Do not, then, go further, nor seek more than what has been said, nor say, “And how did the Spirit work this from a virgin?” For if, when nature works, it is impossible to explain the manner of the formation, how shall we be able to tell these things when the Spirit works the miracle? For lest you weary the evangelist and trouble him by continually asking these things, having named the one who worked the miracle, he released himself. “For I know nothing more,” he says, “except that what happened came from the Holy Spirit.” Let those be ashamed who busy themselves about the birth above. For if no one can explain this birth, which has countless witnesses, was proclaimed so long before, and was seen and touched, what excess of madness do they leave untried who busy themselves and pry into that unspeakable one? For neither Gabriel nor Matthew was able to say more than that it was from the Spirit; but how from the Spirit, and in what manner, none of them explained; for it was not possible. And do not think you have learned everything when you hear “from the Spirit”; for even learning this we are still ignorant of many things: as, how the infinite is in a womb; how he who holds all things together is carried in the womb by a woman; how the virgin gives birth and remains a virgin; how, tell me, the Spirit fashioned that temple; how he did not take all the flesh from the womb, but a part of it, and increased it and shaped it. For that he came forth from the flesh of the virgin he made plain by saying, “For that which is conceived in her”; and Paul, “born of a woman,” stopping the mouths of those who say that Christ passed through as through a pipe. For if that were so, what need of the womb? If that were so, he has nothing in common with us, but that flesh is something else, not of our lump. How then is he of the root of Jesse? How a rod? How Son of Man? How was Mary his mother? How of the seed of David? How did he take the form of a slave? How did the Word become flesh? How does Paul say to the Romans, “from whom is the Christ according to the flesh, who is God over all”? That he is from us and from our lump and from the virgin's womb is clear from these and many other texts; but how, is no longer clear. So do not you seek either, but accept what has been revealed and do not pry into what has been kept silent.

“And Joseph her husband, being a righteous man,” he says, “and not wishing to make her a public example, resolved to send her away secretly.” Having said that it was from the Holy Spirit and without intercourse, he establishes the account from another side too. For lest anyone say, “How is this clear? Who has seen, who has ever heard of such a thing happening?”, and lest you suspect the disciple of inventing these things to please his teacher, he brings in Joseph, contributing through what he suffered to the credibility of what is said, all but saying through what he reports: “If you disbelieve me and suspect my testimony, believe the husband.” “For Joseph,” he says, “her husband, being a righteous man.” Here he calls righteous the man virtuous in everything. For righteousness is also not grasping; but it is also virtue in general; and Scripture uses the name of righteousness above all in this sense, as when it says, “a man righteous, true,” and again, “they were both righteous.” Being righteous, then, that is, kind and gentle, “he resolved to send her away secretly.” That is why he tells what happened before he learned the truth, so that you may not disbelieve what happened after he learned it. And yet such a woman was liable not only to public exposure; the law even ordered her to be punished. But Joseph remitted not only that greater thing but also the lesser, the shame. For he wished not only not to punish her but not even to expose her. Do you see a man of philosophy, freed from the most tyrannical passion? For you know how great a thing jealousy is. That is why the one who knew these things clearly said, “For the wrath of a husband is full of jealousy; he will not spare in the day of judgment,” and, “Jealousy is cruel as Hades.” And we know many who would rather give up their life than fall into a suspicion that rouses jealousy. But here it was not even suspicion, since the swelling of the womb was convicting her. Yet he was so pure of passion that he did not wish to grieve the virgin even in the smallest things. For since keeping her at home seemed to be against the law, while exposing her and bringing her to court would compel him to hand her over to death, he does neither, but already lives above the law. For when grace was coming, there had to be many signs of the lofty way of life. For as the sun, even before showing its rays, lights up most of the world from afar with its light, so Christ too, about to rise from that womb, lit up the whole world even before he came forth. That is why, even before the birth pangs, prophets leapt, women foretold what was to come, and John, not yet come out of the womb, leapt in his mother's womb. Hence this man too showed great philosophy; for he neither accused nor reproached, but only undertook to send her away.

When things stood so, and all were at a loss, the angel comes, resolving all the difficulties. But it is worth asking why the angel did not speak before this, before the husband had this thought, but came when he had considered it: “For when he had considered these things,” it says, the angel comes; although he brings her the good news even before she conceived; and this itself again raises another difficulty. For even if the angel did not speak, why was the virgin silent, having heard from the angel, and when she saw her betrothed troubled, did not resolve his difficulty? Why then did the angel not speak before he was troubled? For we must first solve the first question. Why then did he not speak? Lest he disbelieve and suffer the same as Zechariah. For when the thing is seen, faith is easy thereafter; but when it has not yet begun, what is said is not so readily accepted. That is why the angel did not speak at the beginning; and the virgin kept silent for the same reason. For she did not think she would be believed by her betrothed if she reported a strange thing, but rather that she would provoke him, as if covering up a sin that had been committed. For if she herself, who was to receive so great a grace, feels something human and says, “How shall this be, since I do not know a man?”, much more would he have doubted, especially hearing it from a woman under suspicion.

4.5Field 1

Διὰ ταῦτα Ὁ παρθένος μὲν οὐδὲν αὐτῷ λέΎει; ὁ δὲ ἄγγελος τοῦ καιροῦ καλοῦντος ἐφίσταται. Τίνος οὖν ἕνεκεν, φησὶν, οὐχὶ καὶ ἐπὶ τῆς παρθένον τοῦτο ἐποίησε, καὶ μετὰ τὴν κύησιν αὐτὴν εὐηγγελίσατο; Ἵνα μὴ ἐν ταραχῇ ἡ καὶ θορύβῳ πολλῷ. Καὶ γὰρ εἰκὸς ἦν, τὸ σαφὲς οὐκ εἰδυῖαν, καὶ βουλεύσασθαί τι περὶ ἑαυτῆς ἄτοπον, καὶ ἐπὶ βρόχον ἐλθεῖν, καὶ ἐπὶ ξίφος, ου φέρουσαν τὴν αἱσχύνην. Καὶ γὰρ θαυμαστὴ ἣν ἢ παρθένος, καὶ δείκνυσιν αὐτῆς τὴν ἀρετὴν ὁ Λουκᾶς, λέγων ὅτι ἐπειδὴ τὸν ἀσπασμὸν ἤκουσεν, οὐκ εὐθέως ἑαυτὴν ἐξέχεεν, οὐδὲ ἐδέξατο τὸ λεχθέν: ἀλλ᾽ 5 ἐταράχθη ζητοῦσα τὸ ποταπὸς εἴη ὁ ἀσἀμ ἈΝ, Ἡ δὲ οὕτως οὖσα διηκριβωμένη, κἂν ἐξέστη τῇ ἀθυμίᾳ τὴν αἰσχύνην λογιζομένη, καὶ οὐ προσδοκῶσα ὅσα ἂν λέγῃ πείσειν τινὰ των ἀκουόντων, ὅτι οὐ μοιχεία τὸ γεγενημένον. Ἵν᾽ οὖν ταῦτα μὴ γένηται, ἦλθε πρὸ τῆς συλλήψεως ὁ ἄγγελος. Καὶ γὰρ ἔδει ταραχῆς ἐκτὸς εἶναι τὴν νηδὺν ἐκείνην; ἡ ὁ πάντων δημιουργὸς ἐπέβη καὶ παντὸς ἀπηλλάχθαι θορύβου τὴν ψυχὴν, τὴν καταξιωθεῖσαν τοιούτων γενέσθαι διάκονον μυστηρίων. Διὰ ταῦτα τῇ μὲν παρθένῳ πρὸ τῆς κυήσεως, τῷ δὲ ᾿Ιωσὴφ ἐν τῷ καιρῷ τῶν ὠδίνων διαλέγεται. Ὃ πολλοὶ τῶν ἀφελεστέρων οὐ συνειδότες, διαφωνίαν ἔφασαν εἶναι: διὰ τὸ τὸν μὲν Λουκᾶν λέγειν, ὅτι τῇ Μαρίᾳ εὐηγγελίζετο, τὸν δὲ Ματθαῖον, ὃ ὃτι τῷ Ἰωσὴφ, οὐκ εἰδότες ὅτι ἀμφότερα Ὑέγονεν. Ὅπερ ἀναγκαῖον παρὰ πᾶσαν τὴν ἱστορίαν παρατηρεῖν καὶ γὰρ πολλᾶς οὕτω λύσομεν δοκούσας εἶναι διαφωνίας. Ἔρχεται τοίνυν ὁ ἄγγελος, θορυβουμένον τοῦ Ἰωσήφ. Καὶ γὰρ καὶ τών εἰρημένων ἕνεκεν, καὶ ἵνα φανῇ αὐτοῦ ἡ ἱλοσοφία, ἀναβάλλεται τὴν παρουσίαν. ᾿Επειδὴ δὲ τὸ ἐργον ἔμελλεν ἐκβαίνειν, παραγίνεται λοιπόν. Ταῦτα δὲ αὐτοῦ ἐνθυμηθέντος, ἄγγελος κατ᾽ ὄναρ φαίνεται τῷ Ἰωσήφ. Ὁρᾷς τοῦ ἀνδρὸς τὴν ἐπιείκειαν; Οὐ μόνον ὅτε οὐκ ἐκό-. λασεν, ἀλλ᾽ ὅτι οὐδὲ ἐξεῖπέ τινι, οὐδὲ αὐτῇ τῇ ὑποπτενομένη, ἀλλὰ καθ᾽ ἑαυτὸν ἐλογίζετο, καὶ αὐτῇ τῇ παρθένῳ σπουδάζων κρύψαι τὴν αἰτίαν. Οὐδὲ γὰρ εἶπεν, ἐκβαλεῖν αὐτὴν ἤθελεν, ἀλλ' ἀπολῦσαι τοσοῦτον ἣν ἥμερος καὶ ἐπιεικὴς ὁ ἀνήρ. Ταῦτα δὲ αὐτοῦ ἐνθυμουμένου, κατ᾽ ὄναρ φαίνεται ὁ ἄγγελος. Καὶ διὰ τί μὴ φανερώς, καθὼς τοῖς ποιμέσι καὶ τῳ Ζαχαρίᾳ καὶ τῇ παρθένῳ: πὰ πιστὸς ἦν ὁ ἀνὴρ. καὶ οὐκ ἐδεῖτο τῆς ὄψεως ταύτης. μὲν γὰρ παρθένος, ἅτε πολὺ μέγα εὐαγγελιζομένη, καὶ τοῦ Ζαχαρίου μεῖζον, καὶ πρὸ τοὺ πράγματος, ἔχρῃζε καὶ παραδόξον ὄψεων οἱ ἢ δὲ ποιμένες, ἅτε ἀγροικικώτερον διακείμενοι. Οὗτος δὲ μετὰ τὸν τόκον, τῆς ψυχῆς λοιπὸν ὑπὸ τῆς πονηρᾶς ὑποψίας καταληφθείσης, καὶ ἑτοίμου οὔσης πρὸς χρηστὰς μεταθέσθαι ἐλπίδας, εἰ φανείη τις ὁ56 πρὸς τοῦτο ὁδηγῶν, εὐκόλως δέχεται τὴν ἀποκάλυψιν. Διὸ μετὰ τὴν ὑποψίαν εὐαγγελίζεται, ἵνα αὐτὸ τοῦτο γένηται αὐτῷ τῶν λεγομένων ἀπόδειξις. Τὸ γὰρ μηδενὶ ἐξειπεῖν, ἀλλ᾽ ἃ κατὰ διάνοιαν ἐνεθυμήθη, ταῦτα ἀκοῦσαι λέγοντος τοῦ ἀγγέλου, ἀναμφισβήτητον αὐτῷ παρεῖχε σημεῖον τοῦ παρὰ θεοῦ λέγοντα ἀφῖχθαι αὐτοῦ γὰρ μόνου τὰ ἀπόῤῥητα τῆς καρδίας εἰδέναι ἐστίν. Ὅρα γοῦν πόσα γίνεται καὶ ἡ τοὺ ἀνδρὸς φιλοσοφία διαδείκννται, καὶ πρὸς τὴν πίστιν αὐτῷ συμβάλλεται τὸ εὐκαίρως λεχθὲν, καὶ ὁ λόγος ἀνύποπτος γίνεται, δεικνὺς ὅτι ἔπαθεν ἅπερ εἰκὸς ἦν παθεῖν ἄνδρα

Dia tauta Ho parthenos men ouden autǭ leUei? ho de angelos tou kairou kalountos ephistatai. Tinos oun heneken, phēsin, ouchi kai epi tēs parthenon touto epoiēse, kai meta tēn kyēsin autēn euēngelisato? Hina mē en tarachę̄ hē kai thorybǭ pollǭ. Kai gar eikos ēn, to saphes ouk eiduian, kai bouleusasthai ti peri heautēs atopon, kai epi brochon elthein, kai epi xiphos, ou pherousan tēn haischynēn. Kai gar thaumastē hēn ē parthenos, kai deiknysin autēs tēn aretēn ho Loukas, legōn hoti epeidē ton aspasmon ēkousen, ouk eutheōs heautēn execheen, oude edexato to lechthen: all᾽ 5 etarachthē zētousa to potapos eiē ho asam AN, Hē de houtōs ousa diēkribōmenē, kan exestē tę̄ athymią tēn aischynēn logizomenē, kai ou prosdokōsa hosa an legę̄ peisein tina tōn akouontōn, hoti ou moicheia to gegenēmenon. Hin᾽ oun tauta mē genētai, ēlthe pro tēs syllēpseōs ho angelos. Kai gar edei tarachēs ektos einai tēn nēdyn ekeinēn? hē ho pantōn dēmiourgos epebē kai pantos apēllachthai thorybou tēn psychēn, tēn kataxiōtheisan toioutōn genesthai diakonon mystēriōn. Dia tauta tę̄ men parthenǭ pro tēs kyēseōs, tǭ de ᾿Iōsēph en tǭ kairǭ tōn ōdinōn dialegetai. Ho polloi tōn aphelesterōn ou syneidotes, diaphōnian ephasan einai: dia to ton men Loukan legein, hoti tę̄ Marią euēngelizeto, ton de Matthaion, ho hoti tǭ Iōsēph, ouk eidotes hoti amphotera Hyegonen. Hoper anankaion para pasan tēn historian paratērein kai gar pollas houtō lysomen dokousas einai diaphōnias. Erchetai toinyn ho angelos, thoryboumenon tou Iōsēph. Kai gar kai tōn eirēmenōn heneken, kai hina phanę̄ autou hē hilosophia, anaballetai tēn parousian. ᾿Epeidē de to ergon emellen ekbainein, paraginetai loipon. Tauta de autou enthymēthentos, angelos kat᾽ onar phainetai tǭ Iōsēph. Horąs tou andros tēn epieikeian? Ou monon hote ouk eko-. lasen, all᾽ hoti oude exeipe tini, oude autę̄ tę̄ hypoptenomenē, alla kath᾽ heauton elogizeto, kai autę̄ tę̄ parthenǭ spoudazōn krypsai tēn aitian. Oude gar eipen, ekbalein autēn ēthelen, all' apolysai tosouton hēn hēmeros kai epieikēs ho anēr. Tauta de autou enthymoumenou, kat᾽ onar phainetai ho angelos. Kai dia ti mē phanerōs, kathōs tois poimesi kai tǭ Zacharią kai tę̄ parthenǭ: pa pistos ēn ho anēr. kai ouk edeito tēs opseōs tautēs. men gar parthenos, hate poly mega euangelizomenē, kai tou Zachariou meizon, kai pro tou pragmatos, echrę̄ze kai paradoxon opseōn hoi ē de poimenes, hate agroikikōteron diakeimenoi. Houtos de meta ton tokon, tēs psychēs loipon hypo tēs ponēras hypopsias katalēphtheisēs, kai hetoimou ousēs pros chrēstas metathesthai elpidas, ei phaneiē tis ho56 pros touto hodēgōn, eukolōs dechetai tēn apokalypsin. Dio meta tēn hypopsian euangelizetai, hina auto touto genētai autǭ tōn legomenōn apodeixis. To gar mēdeni exeipein, all᾽ ha kata dianoian enethymēthē, tauta akousai legontos tou angelou, anamphisbētēton autǭ pareiche sēmeion tou para theou legonta aphichthai autou gar monou ta aporrhēta tēs kardias eidenai estin. Hora goun posa ginetai kai hē tou andros philosophia diadeiknntai, kai pros tēn pistin autǭ symballetai to eukairōs lechthen, kai ho logos anypoptos ginetai, deiknys hoti epathen haper eikos ēn pathein andra

For these reasons the virgin says nothing to him, and the angel comes when the time calls for it. “Why then,” someone says, “did he not do this with the virgin too, and bring her the good news after the conception?” So that she might not be in confusion and great distress. For it was likely that, not knowing the truth, she would resolve on something desperate about herself, and go to the noose or the sword, unable to bear the shame. For the virgin was wonderful, and Luke shows her virtue, saying that when she heard the greeting she did not at once pour herself out or accept what was said, but “was troubled, wondering what kind of greeting this might be.” And one so exact as she would have been beside herself with despondency, reckoning the shame and not expecting that, whatever she said, she would persuade any of those who heard that what had happened was not adultery. So, that these things might not happen, the angel came before the conception. For that womb into which the Maker of all entered had to be free from confusion, and the soul that was counted worthy to become the minister of such mysteries had to be rid of all distress. For these reasons he speaks to the virgin before the conception, and to Joseph at the time of the birth pangs. Many of the simpler sort, not perceiving this, have said there is a disagreement, because Luke says that the good news was brought to Mary, and Matthew that it was brought to Joseph, not knowing that both happened. This must be observed through the whole narrative; for in this way we shall resolve many apparent disagreements.

The angel comes, then, while Joseph is troubled. For both for the reasons given, and so that his philosophy might appear, he delays his coming. But when the event was about to take place, he comes at last. “But when he had considered these things, an angel appeared to Joseph in a dream.” Do you see the man's gentleness? Not only that he did not punish her, but that he did not even tell anyone, not even the woman under suspicion, but reasoned it out by himself, eager to hide the cause even from the virgin herself. For it does not say he wished to cast her out, but to send her away; so mild and gentle was the man. “But when he had considered these things,” the angel appears in a dream. And why not openly, as to the shepherds, to Zechariah, and to the virgin? The man was very faithful and did not need this vision. For the virgin, since she was receiving very great good news, greater than Zechariah's, and before the event, needed a marvelous vision too; and the shepherds, since they were of a rather rustic disposition. But this man, after the conception, when his soul had been seized by the evil suspicion and was ready to change to good hopes if anyone appeared to lead him to them, readily accepts the revelation. That is why he receives the good news after the suspicion, so that this very thing might become the proof of what was said. For having told no one, and yet hearing the angel speak what he had pondered in his mind, gave him an indisputable sign that the speaker had come from God; for it belongs to him alone to know the secrets of the heart. See, then, how many things result: the man's philosophy is displayed, what is said at the right moment contributes to his faith, and the account becomes free of suspicion, showing that he felt what a man

4.6Field 1

Πώς οὖν αὐτὸν πιστοῦται . ἄγγελος: Ἄκουσον, καὶ θαύμασον τὴν σοφίαν τῶν εἰρημένων. ᾿Ελθὼν γάρ φησιν Ἰωσὴφ υἱὸς Δαυΐδ, μὴ φοβηθῇς παραλαβεῖν Μαριὰμ τὴν γυναῖκά σον. Εὐθέως αὐτὸν ἀναμιμνήσκει τοῦ Δαυὶδ, ὅθεν Χριστὸς ἔμελλεν ὄσεσθαι; καὶ οὐκ αφίησιν αὐτὸν διαταραχθῆναι, διὰ τῆς τῶν προγόνων προσηγορίας τῆς ὅπαγγελίας. τῆς πρὸς τὸ ὅλον γένος γενομένης ἀναμνήσας. ᾿Επεὶ τίνος ἕνεκεν υἱὸν Δαυὶδ αὐτὸν ἐκάλεσε; Μὴ φοβηθῆν καίτουγε ἀλλαχοῦ ὁ θεὸς οὐχ οὕτω ποιεῖν, ἀλλὰ βουλενομένου τινὸς περὶ γυναικὸς ὅπερ οὐκ ἔδει, ἐπιπληκτικώτερον καὶ μετὰ ἀπειλῆς τῷ λόγῳ κέχρηται καίτοιγε τὸ πρᾶγμα καὶ ἐκεῖ ἀγνοίας ἦν᾽ οὐδὲ γὰρ εἰδὼς ἔλαβε τὴν Σάῤῥαν ἐκεῖνος ἀλλ᾽ ὅμως ὁπέπληξεν' ἐνταῦθα δὲ ἡ ἡμερώτερον. Πολὺ γὰρ τὸ μέγεθος τῶν οἰκονομουμένων ἣν, καὶ τὸ μέσον ἑκατέρων τῶν ἀνδρῶν' διόπερ οὐδὲ ἐπιπλήξεως ἔδει. Εἰπὼν δὲ, μὴ φοβηθῆς, δείκνυσιν αὐτὸν δεδοικότα, μὴ προσκρούση κατὰὼὶ διάνοιαν ἐνθυμηθῆναι ταῦτα, καὶ ἀκοῦσαι. ἥ λέγοντα τῷ θεῷ ὡς μοιχαλίδα ἔ ἔχων ὡς εἰ μὴ τοῦτο ἦν» ουδ᾽ ἀν ἐνενόησεν ἐκβαλεῖν. Διὰ πάντων τοίνυν δείκνυσιν, ὅ ὃτι παρὰ θεοῦ ὁ ἄγγελος. ἥκει, καὶ ἅπερ ἐνενόησε, καὶ ἅπερ ἔπαθε κατὰ διάνοιαν, ἅπαντα εἰς μέσον ἐκφέρων καὶ προτιθείς. Εἰπὼν δὲ αὐτῆς τὸ ὄνομα; οὐκ ἔστη μέχρι τούτου, ἀλλὰ ᾿καὶ ἐπήγαγε, τὴν γυναῖκα σου, οὐκ ἂν οὕτω καλέσας, εἰ διέφθαρτο. Γυναῖκα δὲ ἐνταῦθα τὴν μνηστὴν λέγει οὖν καὶ γαμβροὺς εἴωθεν ἡ γραφὴ λέγειν καὶ πρὸ τοῦ γάμου τοὺς μνηστῆρας. Τί δέ ἐστι; παραλαβεῖν; Ενδον κατέχειν ἤδη γὰρ αὐτῷ τῇ διανοίᾳ ἀπολέλντο. Ταύτην τὴν ἀπολελυμένην, φησὶ, κάτεχε. ἦν σοι παραδίδωσιν ὁ θεὸς, οὐχ οἱ γονεῖς παραδίδωσι Ὧ οὐκ εἰς γάμον, ἀλλ᾽ εἰς τὸ συνοικεῖν, καὶ παραδίδωσι διὰ τῆς φωνῆς τῆς ἐμῆς. Ὥσπερ αὐτὴν καὶ ὁ Χριστὸς ὕστερον παρέδωκε τῷ μαθητῆ; οὕτω καὶ νῦν τῷ Ἰωσήφ. Εἶτα καὶ τὴν ὑπόθεσιν αἰνιξάμενος, τὴν μὲν πονηρὰν ὑποψίαν οὐκ εἶπε, σεμνότερον δὲ καὶ πρεπωδέστερον τῇ τῶν ὠδίνων αἰτίᾳ κἀκείνην ἀνεῖλε, δεικνὺς ὅ ὅτι δι ὅπερ ἐδεδοίκει καὶ ἐκβαλεῖν ἤθελε, δι αὐτὸ μὲν οὖν τοῦτο καὶ λαβεῖν καὶ κατασχεῖν ἔνδον ἀν εἴη δίκαιος, ἐκ περιουσίας λύων τὴν ἀγωνίαν. Οὐ γὰρ μόνον παρανόμου, φησὶν, ἀπήλλακται αἰξεως; ἀλλὰ καὶ ὑπὲρ φύσιν κυει. Μὴ τοίνυν τὸν φόβον ἐκλύσῃς μόνον, ἀλλὰ καὶ εὐφραίνου μειζόνως τὸ γὰρ ἐν αὐτῇ γεννηθὲν ἐκ πνεύματός ἐστιν ἁγίου. Παράδοξον τὸ εἰρημένον, ὑπερβαῖνον ἀνθρώπινον λογισμὸν, καὶ ἀνώτερον τῶν τῆς φύσεως νόμων. Πῶς οὖν πιστεύσει ὁ τούτων ἄπειρος τῶν διγγημάτων ἀνήρ! Απὸ τῶν παρελθόντων, φησὶν, ἢ ἀπὸ τῶν ἀποκαλύψεων. Διὰ γὰρ τοῦτο τὰ ἐν τῇ διανοίᾳ πάντα ἐξεκαλυψεν, ἅ ἅπερ ἔπαθεν, ἅ ἅπερ ἔδεισεν; ἅπερ ποιῆσαι ἐβουλεύσατο, ἵνα εξ ἐκείνων καὶ Τοῦτο πιστώσηται' μάλλον δὲ, οὐκ απὸ τῶν παρελθόντων μόνον, αλλὰ καὶ ἀπὸ τῶν μελλόντων. αὐτὸν ἐπάγεται. Τέξεται δὲ φησὶν, υἱὸν, καὶ καλέσεις τὸ ὄνομα αὐτοῦ ᾿Ιησοῦν. Μὴ γὰρ, ἐπειδὴ ἐκ πνεύματός ἐστιν ἁγίου, νομίσῃς ἀλλότριόν. σε τῆς διακονίας εἶναι τῆς κατὰ τὴν οἰκονομίαν. Εἰ γὰρ καὶ εἰς τὴν γέννησιν οὐδὲν συντελεῖς, ἀλλ᾽ ἀνέπαφος ἔμεινεν η παρθένος, ὅμως ὅπερ ἐστὶ πατρὸς ἴδιον, οὐ λυμαινόμενον τὸ τῆς παρθενίας ἀξίωμα, τοῦτο σοι δίδωμι, τὸ ὄνομα ἐπιθεῖναι τῳ τικτομένῳ σὺ γὰρ αὐτὸν καλέσεις. Εἰ γὰρ καὶ μὴ σὸς ὁ τόκος, ἀλλὰ τὰ πατρὸς ἐπιδείξη περὶ αὐτόν. Διὰ τοῦτό σε καὶ απὸ τῆς τοῦ ὀνόματος θέσεως εὐθέως οἰκειώ τῷ τικτομένῳ. Εἶτα ἵνα μὴ πάλιν ἐκ τούτου πατέρα τις αὐτὸν ὑποπτεύση, ἄκουσον τὰ ἑξῆς πώς μετὰ ἀκριβείας τίθησι. ἀ τέξεται, φησὶν, υἱόν οὐκ εἶπε, τέξεταί σοι, αλλ ἁπλώς, τέξεται, μετέωρον αὐτὸ θείς οὐ γὰρ αὐτῷ ἔτικτεν; ἀλλά τῇ οἰκουμένη πάσῃ.

Pōs oun auton pistoutai . angelos: Akouson, kai thaumason tēn sophian tōn eirēmenōn. ᾿Elthōn gar phēsin Iōsēph huios Dauïd, mē phobēthę̄s paralabein Mariam tēn gynaika son. Eutheōs auton anamimnēskei tou Dauid, hothen Christos emellen osesthai? kai ouk aphiēsin auton diatarachthēnai, dia tēs tōn progonōn prosēgorias tēs hopangelias. tēs pros to holon genos genomenēs anamnēsas. ᾿Epei tinos heneken huion Dauid auton ekalese? Mē phobēthēn kaitouge allachou ho theos ouch houtō poiein, alla boulenomenou tinos peri gynaikos hoper ouk edei, epiplēktikōteron kai meta apeilēs tǭ logǭ kechrētai kaitoige to pragma kai ekei agnoias ēn᾽ oude gar eidōs elabe tēn Sarrhan ekeinos all᾽ homōs hopeplēxen' entautha de hē hēmerōteron. Poly gar to megethos tōn oikonomoumenōn hēn, kai to meson hekaterōn tōn andrōn' dioper oude epiplēxeōs edei. Eipōn de, mē phobēthēs, deiknysin auton dedoikota, mē proskrousē kataōi dianoian enthymēthēnai tauta, kai akousai. hē legonta tǭ theǭ hōs moichalida e echōn hōs ei mē touto ēn» oud᾽ an enenoēsen ekbalein. Dia pantōn toinyn deiknysin, ho hoti para theou ho angelos. hēkei, kai haper enenoēse, kai haper epathe kata dianoian, hapanta eis meson ekpherōn kai protitheis. Eipōn de autēs to onoma? ouk estē mechri toutou, alla ᾿kai epēgage, tēn gynaika sou, ouk an houtō kalesas, ei diephtharto. Gynaika de entautha tēn mnēstēn legei oun kai gambrous eiōthen hē graphē legein kai pro tou gamou tous mnēstēras. Ti de esti? paralabein? Endon katechein ēdē gar autǭ tę̄ dianoią apolelnto. Tautēn tēn apolelymenēn, phēsi, kateche. ēn soi paradidōsin ho theos, ouch hoi goneis paradidōsi Hō ouk eis gamon, all᾽ eis to synoikein, kai paradidōsi dia tēs phōnēs tēs emēs. Hōsper autēn kai ho Christos hysteron paredōke tǭ mathētē? houtō kai nyn tǭ Iōsēph. Eita kai tēn hypothesin ainixamenos, tēn men ponēran hypopsian ouk eipe, semnoteron de kai prepōdesteron tę̄ tōn ōdinōn aitią kakeinēn aneile, deiknys ho hoti di hoper ededoikei kai ekbalein ēthele, di auto men oun touto kai labein kai kataschein endon an eiē dikaios, ek periousias lyōn tēn agōnian. Ou gar monon paranomou, phēsin, apēllaktai aixeōs? alla kai hyper physin kyei. Mē toinyn ton phobon eklysę̄s monon, alla kai euphrainou meizonōs to gar en autę̄ gennēthen ek pneumatos estin hagiou. Paradoxon to eirēmenon, hyperbainon anthrōpinon logismon, kai anōteron tōn tēs physeōs nomōn. Pōs oun pisteusei ho toutōn apeiros tōn dingēmatōn anēr! Apo tōn parelthontōn, phēsin, ē apo tōn apokalypseōn. Dia gar touto ta en tę̄ dianoią panta exekalypsen, ha haper epathen, ha haper edeisen? haper poiēsai ebouleusato, hina ex ekeinōn kai Touto pistōsētai' mallon de, ouk apo tōn parelthontōn monon, alla kai apo tōn mellontōn. auton epagetai. Texetai de phēsin, huion, kai kaleseis to onoma autou ᾿Iēsoun. Mē gar, epeidē ek pneumatos estin hagiou, nomisę̄s allotrion. se tēs diakonias einai tēs kata tēn oikonomian. Ei gar kai eis tēn gennēsin ouden synteleis, all᾽ anepaphos emeinen ē parthenos, homōs hoper esti patros idion, ou lymainomenon to tēs parthenias axiōma, touto soi didōmi, to onoma epitheinai tǭ tiktomenǭ sy gar auton kaleseis. Ei gar kai mē sos ho tokos, alla ta patros epideixē peri auton. Dia touto se kai apo tēs tou onomatos theseōs eutheōs oikeiō tǭ tiktomenǭ. Eita hina mē palin ek toutou patera tis auton hypopteusē, akouson ta hexēs pōs meta akribeias tithēsi. a texetai, phēsin, huion ouk eipe, texetai soi, all haplōs, texetai, meteōron auto theis ou gar autǭ etikten? alla tę̄ oikoumenē pasę̄.

was likely to feel. How then does the angel assure him? Hear, and marvel at the wisdom of what is said. For coming, he says: “Joseph, son of David, do not fear to take Mary your wife.” At once he reminds him of David, from whom Christ was to come, and does not let him be thrown into confusion, by the name of his ancestors reminding him of the promise made to the whole race. Otherwise why did he call him son of David? “Do not fear.” And yet elsewhere God does not act so, but when someone was planning what he ought not about a woman, he uses rebuking and threatening language, although there too the act was one of ignorance; for that man did not take Sarah knowingly; yet he rebuked him; but here he speaks more gently. For the greatness of what was being arranged was great, and great the difference between the two men; that is why there was no need of rebuke. By saying, “Do not fear,” he shows that he was afraid lest he offend God by keeping her as an adulteress; for if this were not so, he would not even have thought of casting her out. Through all this, then, he shows that the angel has come from God, bringing out and setting forth everything he had thought and felt in his mind. And having said her name, he did not stop there, but added, “your wife,” which he would not have called her if she had been corrupted. Here he calls the betrothed a wife, just as Scripture is accustomed to call the betrothed sons-in-law even before the marriage. And what is “to take”? To keep her at home; for in his mind he had already sent her away. This one who has been sent away, he says, keep; it is God who hands her over to you, not her parents; and he hands her over not for marriage, but to live with you, and he hands her over through my voice. As Christ later handed her over to the disciple, so now he hands her to Joseph.

Then, hinting at the matter, he did not speak of the evil suspicion, but removed it in a more dignified and fitting way by giving the cause of the pregnancy, showing that the very thing for which he had been afraid and wished to cast her out was the reason why he would rightly take her and keep her at home, more than resolving his anxiety. For she is not only free from an unlawful union, he says, but has conceived beyond nature. So do not merely put away your fear, but rejoice the more: “for that which is conceived in her is of the Holy Spirit.” What is said is marvelous, surpassing human reason and higher than the laws of nature. How then will a man unacquainted with such accounts believe? From what is past, he says, from the revelations. For that is why he revealed everything in his mind, what he felt, what he feared, what he resolved to do, so that from these he might be assured of this too. Or rather, he leads him on not only from what is past but also from what is to come. “And she will bear a son,” he says, “and you shall call his name Jesus.” For lest, because he is of the Holy Spirit, you think yourself a stranger to the service of the dispensation: for even though you contribute nothing to the birth, but the virgin remained untouched, yet what belongs to a father, without harming the dignity of virginity, this I give you, to give the name to the child; for you shall call him. For even if the child is not yours, yet you will show a father's care toward him. That is why I join you to the child at once through the giving of the name. Then, lest anyone again suspect from this that he is the father, hear how exactly he puts what follows. “She will bear a son,” he says. He did not say, “she will bear to you,” but simply “she will bear,” leaving it indefinite; for she bore him not for Joseph, but for the whole world.

4.7Field 1

Διὰ τοῦτο καὶ τὸ ὄνομα ἐκ τῶν οὐρανῶν ἦλθε κομίζων ὁ ἄγγελος, καὶ ἐντεῦθεν δεικνὺς θαυμαστὸν ὄντα τὸν τόκον, τῷ τὸν θεὸν εἶναι τὸν τὴν προσηγυρίαν ἄνωθεν πέμποντα διὰ τοῦ ἀγγέλου τῷ Ιωσήφ. Οὐδὲ γὰρ τοῦτο ἁπλῶς ἥν, αλλὰ μυρίων ἀγαθῶν θησαυρός. Διὸ καὶ ἑρμηνεύει τοῦτος ὁ ἄγγελος, καὶ χρηστὰς ὑποτείνει ἐλπίδας, καὶ ταύτῃ πρὸς πίστιν αὐτὸν ἐπαγόμενος. Πρὸς γὰρ ταῦτα ἐπιῤῥεπέστερον εἰώθαμεν ἔ ἐχειν᾽ διὸ καὶ μᾶλλον αὐτοῖς πιστεύειν φιλοῦμεν. ᾿Απὸ παντων τοίνυν κατασκευάσας τὴν πίστιν, ἀπὸ τῶν παρελθόντων, ἀπὸ τῶν μελλόντων, ἀπὸ τῶν ἐνεστώτων, ἀπὸ τῆς εἰς αὐτὸν τιμῆς, εἰσάγει καὶ τὸν προφήτην εὐκαίρως τούτοις ἅπασι ψηφιζόμενον. Πρὶν ἡ δὲ αὐτὸν εἰσαγαγεῖν, τὰ μέλλοντα τῇ οἰκουμένῃ ἑ αὐτοῦ συμβήσεσθαι ἀγαθὰ προαναφωνεῖ. Τίνα δὲ ταῦτά ἐστιν: Ἀμαρτιῶν ἀπαλλαγὴ καὶ αναίρεσις. ὼ Αὐτὸς γὰρ σώσει, φησὶ, τὸν λαὸν αὐτοῦ ἀπὸ τῶν ἁμαρτιῶν αὐτῶν. Καὶ ἐνταῦθα τὸ παράδοξον ἐνδείκνυται. Οὐ γὰρ πολέμων αἰσθητῶν, οὐδὲ βαρβάρων, ἀλλ᾽ ὃ πολλῷ τούτων μεῖζον ἣν. ἁμαρτημάτων ἀπαλλαγὴν εὐαγγελίζεται; ὃ μηδενί ποτε ἔμπροσθεν ἐγένετὸ δυνατόν. Καὶ τίνος ἕνεκεν, φησὶ, τὸν λαὸν αὐτοῦ εἶπε, καὶ οὐχὶ καὶ τὰ ἔθνη προσέθηκεν: Ἵνα μὴ πτοήσῃ τὸν ἀκροατὴν τέως. Τῳ γὰρ συνετῶς ἀκροωμένῳ καὶ τὰ ἔθνη ηνίξατο. Λαὸς γὰρ αὐτοῦ οὐχ οἱ ᾿Ιουδαῖοι μόνον, αλλὰ καὶ πάντες οἱ προσιόντες καὶ δεχόμενοι τὴν παρ᾽ αὐτοῦ νῶσιν. Σκόπει δὲ πῶς αὐτοῦ καὶ τὸ ἀξίωμα ἡμῖν παρήνοιξε, λαὸν αὐτοῦ καλῶν τὸν δῆμον τὸν ᾿Ιουδαϊκόν. Τοῦτο γὰρ οὐδὲν ἄλλο δεικνύντος ἐστὶν, ἢ ὅτι θεοῦ παῖς ὁ τικτόμενος, καὶ περὶ τοῦ τῶν ἄνω βασιλέως ὁ λόγος ἐστὶν αὐτῷ. Οὐδὲ γὰρ ἁμαρτήματα ἀφιέναι ἑτέρας ἐστὶ δυνάμεως, ἀλλ᾽ αὶ τῆς οὐσίας μόνης ἐκείνης. Ἐπεὶ οὖν τοσαύτης ἀπελαύσαμεν δωρεᾶς, πάντα ποιῶμεν, ὦστε μὴ τὴν εὐεργεσίαν καθυβρίσαι τὴν. τοσαύτην. Εἰ γὰρ καὶ πρὸ τῆς τιμῆς ταύτης ἄξια κολάσεως τὰ γινόμενα ἣν, πολλῷ μάλλον μετὰ τὴν ἄφατον ταύτην εὐεργεσίαν. Καὶ ταῦτα οὐχ ἁπλῶς λέγω νῦν, ἀλλ᾽ ἐπειδὴ πολλοὺς ὁρῶ μετὰ τὸ βάπτισμα ῥᾳθυμότερον τῶν ἀμνήτων διατελοῦντας, καὶ οὐδὲν ἔχοντας ἴδιον γνώρισμα πολιτείας. Διά τοι τοῦτο οὐκ ἐν ἀγορᾷ, οὐκ ἐν ἐκκλησίᾳ δυνατὸν εἰδέναι ταχέως, τίς μὲν ὁ πιστὸς, τίς δὲ ὁ μὴ πιστός πλὴν εἴ τις κατὰ τὸν καιρὸν ἐπισταίη τῶν μυστηρίων, καὶ ἴδοι τοὺς μὲν ἐκβαλλομένους, τοὺς δὲ ἔνδον μένοντας. ᾿Εχρῆν δὲ οὐκ ἀπὸ τοῦ τόπον, ἀλλ᾿ ἀπὸ τοῦ τρόπον γνωρίζεσθαι. Τὰ μὲν γὰρ δέξωθεν ἀξιώματα εἰκότως ἀπὸ τῶν ἔξωθεν περικειμένων τεκμηρίων ἐστὶ κατάδηλα᾽ τὰ δὲ ἡμέτερα απὸ τῆς ψυχῆς εἶναι γνώριμα χρή. Τὸν γὰρ πιστὸν οὐκ ἀπὸ τῆς ὠὡρεὰς χρὴ φαίνεσθαι μόνον, αλλὰ καὶ απὸ τῆς ζωῆς τῆς καινῆς. Τὸν πιστὸν φωστῆρα δεῖ εἶναι τοῦ κόσμου καὶ ἅλας. Ὅταν δὲ μηδὲ σαυτῷ φαίνης, μηδὲ τὴν οἰκείαν σηπεδόνα ἐπισφίγγης, πόθεν σε εἰσόμεθα λοιπόν: Ὅτι τῶν ναμάτων ἐπέβης τῶν ἱερῶν; ᾿Αλλὰ τοῦτό σοι κολάσεως εφόδιον γίνεται. Τιμῆς γὰρ μέγεθος τοῖς οὐκ ἀξίως τῆς τιμῆς ζῆν προαιρουμένοις προσθήκη τιμωρίας ἐστί. Τὸν γὰρ πιστὸν οὐκ αφ᾽ ὧν ἔλαβε παρὰ τοῦ θεοῦ μόνον, ἀλλὰ καὶ ἀφ᾽ ὧν αὐτὸς εἰσήνεγκε, λάμπειν δίκαιον, καὶ πανταχόθεν εἶναι γνώριμον, ἀπὸ τοῦ βαδίσματος, ἀπὸ τοῦ βλέμματος, ἀπὸ τοῦ σχήματος, ἀπὸ τῆς φωνῆς. Ταῦτα δὲ εἶπον, οὐχ ἵνα πρὸς ἐπίδειξιν, ἀλλ᾽ ἵνα πρὸς ὠφέλειαν τῶν ὁρώντων ἑαυτοὺς ῥυθμίσωμεν. Νῦν δὲ ὅθεν ἂν ζητήσω σε ἐπιγνῶναι, πανταχοῦ σε ἀπὸ τῶν ἐναντίων εὑρίσκω φαινόμενον. Ἄν τε γὰρ ἀπὸ τοῦ τόπον βουληθῶ σε καταμαθεῖν, ἐν ἱπποδρομίαις καὶ θεάτροις καὶ παρανομίαις ὁρῶ διημερεύοντα, ἐν πονηροῖς συλλόγοις τοῖς ἐν ἀγορᾷ, καὶ ἀνθρώπων συνουσίαις διεφθαρμένων ἂν τε ἀπὸ τοῦ σχήματος τῆς ὄψεως, ἀνακαγχάζοντα βλέπω διηνεκῶς καὶ διαλελυμένον, καθάπερ σεσηρυΐαν ἑταιρίδα. καὶ ἀπολελυμένην ἄν τε ἀπὸ τῶν ἱματίων, τῶν ἐπὶ σκηνῆς οὐδὲν ἄμεινον διακεί- Ὁ μενον ὁρῶ ᾶν τε ἀπὸ τῶν ἑπομένων, παρασίτους περιφέρεις καὶ κόλακας ἄν τε απὸ τῶν ῥημάτων, οὐδὲν ὑγιὲς, οὐδὲ ἁ ἀναγκαῖον, οὐδὲ συνέχον ἡμῶν τὴν ζωὴν ἀκούω φθεγγόμεμον ἂν τε ἀπὸ τῆς τραπέζης, μείζων ἐντεῦθεν ἡ κατηγορία φανεῖται.

Dia touto kai to onoma ek tōn ouranōn ēlthe komizōn ho angelos, kai enteuthen deiknys thaumaston onta ton tokon, tǭ ton theon einai ton tēn prosēgyrian anōthen pemponta dia tou angelou tǭ Iōsēph. Oude gar touto haplōs hēn, alla myriōn agathōn thēsauros. Dio kai hermēneuei toutos ho angelos, kai chrēstas hypoteinei elpidas, kai tautę̄ pros pistin auton epagomenos. Pros gar tauta epirrhepesteron eiōthamen e echein᾽ dio kai mallon autois pisteuein philoumen. ᾿Apo pantōn toinyn kataskeuasas tēn pistin, apo tōn parelthontōn, apo tōn mellontōn, apo tōn enestōtōn, apo tēs eis auton timēs, eisagei kai ton prophētēn eukairōs toutois hapasi psēphizomenon. Prin hē de auton eisagagein, ta mellonta tę̄ oikoumenę̄ he autou symbēsesthai agatha proanaphōnei. Tina de tauta estin: Amartiōn apallagē kai anairesis. ō Autos gar sōsei, phēsi, ton laon autou apo tōn hamartiōn autōn. Kai entautha to paradoxon endeiknytai. Ou gar polemōn aisthētōn, oude barbarōn, all᾽ ho pollǭ toutōn meizon hēn. hamartēmatōn apallagēn euangelizetai? ho mēdeni pote emprosthen egeneto dynaton. Kai tinos heneken, phēsi, ton laon autou eipe, kai ouchi kai ta ethnē prosethēken: Hina mē ptoēsę̄ ton akroatēn teōs. Tǭ gar synetōs akroōmenǭ kai ta ethnē ēnixato. Laos gar autou ouch hoi ᾿Ioudaioi monon, alla kai pantes hoi prosiontes kai dechomenoi tēn par᾽ autou nōsin. Skopei de pōs autou kai to axiōma hēmin parēnoixe, laon autou kalōn ton dēmon ton ᾿Ioudaïkon. Touto gar ouden allo deiknyntos estin, ē hoti theou pais ho tiktomenos, kai peri tou tōn anō basileōs ho logos estin autǭ. Oude gar hamartēmata aphienai heteras esti dynameōs, all᾽ ai tēs ousias monēs ekeinēs. Epei oun tosautēs apelausamen dōreas, panta poiōmen, ōste mē tēn euergesian kathybrisai tēn. tosautēn. Ei gar kai pro tēs timēs tautēs axia kolaseōs ta ginomena hēn, pollǭ mallon meta tēn aphaton tautēn euergesian. Kai tauta ouch haplōs legō nyn, all᾽ epeidē pollous horō meta to baptisma rhąthymoteron tōn amnētōn diatelountas, kai ouden echontas idion gnōrisma politeias. Dia toi touto ouk en agorą, ouk en ekklēsią dynaton eidenai tacheōs, tis men ho pistos, tis de ho mē pistos plēn ei tis kata ton kairon epistaiē tōn mystēriōn, kai idoi tous men ekballomenous, tous de endon menontas. ᾿Echrēn de ouk apo tou topon, all᾿ apo tou tropon gnōrizesthai. Ta men gar dexōthen axiōmata eikotōs apo tōn exōthen perikeimenōn tekmēriōn esti katadēla᾽ ta de hēmetera apo tēs psychēs einai gnōrima chrē. Ton gar piston ouk apo tēs hōōreas chrē phainesthai monon, alla kai apo tēs zōēs tēs kainēs. Ton piston phōstēra dei einai tou kosmou kai halas. Hotan de mēde sautǭ phainēs, mēde tēn oikeian sēpedona episphingēs, pothen se eisometha loipon: Hoti tōn namatōn epebēs tōn hierōn? ᾿Alla touto soi kolaseōs ephodion ginetai. Timēs gar megethos tois ouk axiōs tēs timēs zēn proairoumenois prosthēkē timōrias esti. Ton gar piston ouk aph᾽ hōn elabe para tou theou monon, alla kai aph᾽ hōn autos eisēnenke, lampein dikaion, kai pantachothen einai gnōrimon, apo tou badismatos, apo tou blemmatos, apo tou schēmatos, apo tēs phōnēs. Tauta de eipon, ouch hina pros epideixin, all᾽ hina pros ōpheleian tōn horōntōn heautous rhythmisōmen. Nyn de hothen an zētēsō se epignōnai, pantachou se apo tōn enantiōn heuriskō phainomenon. An te gar apo tou topon boulēthō se katamathein, en hippodromiais kai theatrois kai paranomiais horō diēmereuonta, en ponērois syllogois tois en agorą, kai anthrōpōn synousiais diephtharmenōn an te apo tou schēmatos tēs opseōs, anakanchazonta blepō diēnekōs kai dialelymenon, kathaper sesēryïan hetairida. kai apolelymenēn an te apo tōn himatiōn, tōn epi skēnēs ouden ameinon diakei- Ho menon horō an te apo tōn hepomenōn, parasitous periphereis kai kolakas an te apo tōn rhēmatōn, ouden hygies, oude ha anankaion, oude synechon hēmōn tēn zōēn akouō phthengomemon an te apo tēs trapezēs, meizōn enteuthen hē katēgoria phaneitai.

That is why the angel came bringing the name from heaven, showing from this too that the birth was wonderful, since it was God who sent the name from above through the angel to Joseph. For this name was not given idly, but was a treasure of countless good things. That is why the angel interprets it and holds out good hopes, leading him to faith by this too. For we are usually more inclined toward such things, and so we like to believe them more. Having built up his faith, then, from everything, from the past, from the future, from the present, from the honor shown to him, he brings in the prophet too at the right moment, casting his vote with all these. But before bringing him in, he proclaims beforehand the good things that are to come to the world through him. What are these? Release from sins and their removal. “For he will save his people from their sins.” Here too he shows what is marvelous. For he brings the good news of release, not from wars of the senses, nor from barbarians, but from what was far greater than these, from sins, which was never before possible for anyone. “And why,” someone says, “did he say his people, and not add the nations too?” So as not to alarm the hearer for the present. For to one who listens with understanding he hinted at the nations too. For his people are not the Jews only, but all who come to him and receive the knowledge that comes from him. And see how he has also opened to us his dignity, calling the Jewish people his people. For this is nothing other than showing that the one being born is the child of God, and that he is speaking of the King of those above. For to forgive sins belongs to no other power but to that essence alone.

Since, then, we have enjoyed so great a gift, let us do everything so as not to insult so great a benefit. For if even before this honor our deeds deserved punishment, much more after this unspeakable benefit. And I say this now not idly, but because I see many after baptism living more carelessly than the uninitiated, and having no distinctive mark of their way of life. That is why neither in the marketplace nor in the church is it possible to know quickly who is the believer and who is not a believer, unless one is present at the time of the mysteries and sees some sent out and others remaining inside. But one ought to be known not by place but by character. For outward dignities are naturally made plain by the marks placed outwardly around them; but ours must be known from the soul. For the believer must appear not only by the gift, but also by the new life. The believer must be a light of the world and salt. But when you do not even shine for yourself, nor bind up your own rottenness, how shall we know you after this? Because you went down into the sacred waters? But this becomes for you a provision for punishment. For greatness of honor, to those who choose not to live worthily of the honor, is an addition of penalty. For the believer ought to shine not only from what he received from God, but also from what he himself contributed, and to be recognizable on every side, by his gait, by his look, by his bearing, by his voice. I have said this not so that we may arrange ourselves for display, but for the benefit of those who see us. But now, wherever I seek to recognize you, I find you appearing from the opposite marks everywhere. For if I wish to learn about you from the place, I see you spending whole days at the horse races and the theaters and in lawless doings, in wicked gatherings in the marketplace and in the company of corrupt men; if from the look of your face, I see you continually guffawing and dissolute, like a grinning and loose courtesan; if from your clothes, I see you no better dressed than those on the stage; if from your followers, you carry parasites and flatterers about with you; if from your words, I hear you saying nothing sound, nothing necessary, nothing that holds our life together; if from your table, the charge will appear greater still.

4.8Field 1

Πύθεν οὖν, εἰπὲ μοι, δυνήσομαί σε ἐπιγνῶναι τὸν πιστὸν, τῶν εἰρημένων ἁπάντων ταναντία ψηφιζομένων : Καὶ τί λέγω τὸν πιστόν : Οὐδὲ γὰρ εἰ ἄνθρωπος εἶ, σαφώς δύναμαι μαθεῖν. 6Ι Ὅταν γὰρ δὐαρλαν μὲν ὥσπερ ὄνος, σκιρτᾷς δὲ ὥσπερ ταῦρος, χρεμετίζῃς ὃ ὲ ἐπὶ γυναιξὶν ὦ ὧσπερ ἵππος καὶ γαστριμαργῇς μὲν ὥσπερ ἄρκτος, πιαίνης δὲ τὴν σάρκα ὥσπερ ἡμίονος, μνησικακῇς δὲ ὥσπερ κἀμηχος; καὶ ἁρπάζῃς μὲν ὡς λύκος, ὀργίζῃ δὲ ὡς ὄφις, πλήττῃς δὲ ὡς σκορπίος, ὕπουλος δὲ ἢ ὥσπερ ἀλώπηξ, ἰὸν δὲ πονηρίας διατηρῇν ὥσπερ ἀσπὶς καὶ ἔχις, πολεμῇς δὲ κατὰ τῶν ἀδελφῶν ὥσπερ ὁ πονηρὸς δαίμων ἐ εκεΐνος πῶς δυνήσομαί σε μετὰ τῶν ἀνθρώπων ἀριθμεῖν, οὐχ ὁρῶν ἐν σοὶ τῆς τοιαύτης. φύσεων τοὺς χαρακτῆρας: Κατηχουμένου γὰρ καὶ πιστοὺ διαφορὰν ζητῶν, κινδυνεύω μηδὲ ἀνδρὸς καὶ θηρίου εὑρεῖν διαφοράν. Τί γάρ σε εἴπω: Θηρίον : ᾿Αλλὰ τὰ θηρία ἑνὶ τούτων τῶν ἐλαττωμάτων κατέχεται σὺ δὲ ὁμοῦ συμφορήσας πάντα, ποῤῥωτέρω τῆς ἐκείνων ἀλογίας ὄδενεις. ᾿Αλλὰ δαίμονα σε προσείπω: ᾿Αλλὰ δαίμων οὔτε γαστρὸς δουλεύει τυραννίδι, οὔτε χρημάτων ἐρᾷ. Ὅταν οὖν καὶ θηρίων καὶ δαιμόνων ἐλαττώματα πλείονα ἔχῃ» πὼς σε ἄνθρωπον καλέσομεν, εἰπέ μοι; εἰ δὲ ἄνθρωπον σε οὐκ ἔστιν εἰπεῖν, πῶς σε προσεροῦμεν πιστόν; Καὶ τὸ δὴ χαλεπώτερον, ὅτι οὕτω διακείμενοι κακῶς, οὐδὲ ἐννοοῦμεν τῆς ψυχῆς ἡμῶν τὴν ἀμορφίαν, οὐδὲ καταμανθάνομεν αὐτῆς τὸ δυσειδές. Αλλ᾽ ἐν κουρείῳ μὲν καθήμενος, καὶ τὴν κόμην ὧι τὸ ἀποκείρων, τὸ κάτοπτρον λαβὼν περισκοπεῖς μετὰ ἀκριβείας τὴν τῶν τριχῶν σύνθεσιν, καὶ τοὺς παρεστῶτας ἐρωτᾷς, καὶ τὸν ἀποκείραντα αὐτὸν, εἰ καλώς τὰ πρὸς τῷ μετώπῳ συνέθηκε καὶ γέρων ὧν πολλάκις οὐκ αἰσχύνῃ ᾿γνεωτερικαῖς φαντασίαις ἐπιμαινόμενος᾽ τῆς δὲ ψυχῆς ἡμῶν οὐκ ἀμόρφου μόνον, ἀλλὰ καὶ θηριομόρφου, καὶ Σκύλλης τινὸς ἤ Χιμαίρας κατὰ τὸν ἔξω μῦθον γεγενημένης, οὐδὲ μικρὸν αἰσθανόμεθα. Καίτοιγε καὶ ἐνταῦθα κάτοπτρον ἔστι πνευματικὸν, καὶ πολλῳ βέλτιον ἐκείνου καὶ χρησιμώτερον οὐδὲ γὰρ δείκνυσι τὴν ἀμορφίαν μόνον, ἀλλὰ καὶ μετατίθησιν αὐτὴν προς κάλλος ἀμήχανον; ἂν θέλωμεν. Τοῦτο δέ ἐστιν ἢ τῶν ἀγαθῶν ἀνδρῶν μνήμη, καὶ τῆς μακαρίας ζωῆς αὐτῶν ἱστορία, ἡ τῶν γραφῶν ἀνάγνωσι5; οἱ παρὰ τοῦ θεοῦ δοθέντες νόμοι. Κάν βουληθῇς ἅπαξ μόνον ἰδεῖν εἰς τὰς τῶν ἁγίων ἐκείνων εἰκόνας, καὶ τὸ δυσειδὲς ὄψει τῆς διανοίας τῆς σῆς, καὶ ἰδὼν οὐδενὸς δεήση λοιπὸν ἑτέρου εἰς τὸ ἀπαλλαγῆναι τῆς αἰσΧρότητος ταύτης. Καὶ γὰρ εἰς τοῦτο χρήσιμον ἡμῖν τὸ κάτοπτρον, καὶ ῥᾳδίαν ποιεῖ τὴν μετάθεσιν. Μηδεὶς τοίνυν ἐν τῇ τών ἀλόγων μενέτω μορφῇ. Ει γὰρ ὁ δοῦλος εἰς τὴν οἰκίαν τοῦ πατρὸς οὐκ εἰσέρχεται, ὅταν αὐτὸς καὶ θηρίον γένῃ, πώς δυνήσῃ τῶν προθύρων ἐπιβῆναι ἐ ἐκείνων : Καὶ τί λέγω θηρίον: Θηρίου μὲν͵ παντὸς χαλεπώτερος ὃ τοιοῦτός ἐστιν. ᾿Εκεῖνα μὲν γάρ, καίτοι κατὰ φύσιν ὄντα ἄγρια, ἀνθρωπίνης ἀπολαύσαντα τέχνης, πολλάκις ἥμερα γίνεται σὺ δὲ ὁ τὴν ἐκείνων θηριωδίαν τὴν κατὰ φύσιν εἰς τὴν παρὰ φύσιν ἡμερότητα μεταβαλὼν, ποίαν ἕξεις ἀπολογίαν, τὴν σεαυτοῦ πραότητα τὴν κατὰ φύσιν εἰς τὴν παρὰ φυσιν θηριωδίαν ἐξαγαγών: καὶ τὸ μὲν ἄγριον φύσει δεικνὺς ἥμερον, σαυτὸν δὲ τὸν ἥμερον φύσει παρὰ φύσιν ἄγριον ἱστάς;: καὶ λέοντα μὲν τιθασσεύων καὶ χειροήθη ποιῶν, τὸν δὲ θυμὸν τὸν σὸν λέοντος ἀγριώτερον κατασκευάζων : ;: Καίτοι δύο ἐκεῖ τὰ κωλύματα, καὶ τὸ λοισμοὺ ἐστερῆσθαι τὸ θηρίον, καὶ τὸ πάντων εἶναι θυμωδέστερον᾽ ἀλλ᾽ ὅμως τῇ περιουσίᾳ τῆς παρὰ τοῦ θεοῦ δοθείσης σοι σοφίας, καὶ τῆς φύσεως κρατεῖς. Ὁ τοίνυν ἐπὶ θηρίων καὶ τὴν φύσιν νικῶν, πῶς ἐπὶ σαντοῦ μετὰ τῆς φύσεως καὶ τὸ τῆς προαιρέσεως προδίδως καλόν; Καὶ εἰ μὲν ἄλλον ἐκέλευον ἄνθρωπον ποιῆσαι πρᾶον, οὐδὲ οὕτω μὲν ἀδύνατα ἀν ἔδοξα ἐπιτάττειν' πλὴν αλλ ἐνῆν σοι προβαλέσθαι τὸ μὴ κύριον εἶναι τῆς ἑτέρον γνώμης, μηδὲ ἐπὶ σοὶ κεῖσθαι τὸ πᾶν. Νυνὶ δὲ τὸ σαυτοῦ θηρίον, καὶ οὗ πάντως κύριος εἷ. Τίνα

Pythen oun, eipe moi, dynēsomai se epignōnai ton piston, tōn eirēmenōn hapantōn tanantia psēphizomenōn : Kai ti legō ton piston : Oude gar ei anthrōpos ei, saphōs dynamai mathein. 6I Hotan gar dyarlan men hōsper onos, skirtąs de hōsper tauros, chremetizę̄s ho e epi gynaixin ō hōsper hippos kai gastrimargę̄s men hōsper arktos, piainēs de tēn sarka hōsper hēmionos, mnēsikakę̄s de hōsper kamēchos? kai harpazę̄s men hōs lykos, orgizę̄ de hōs ophis, plēttę̄s de hōs skorpios, hypoulos de ē hōsper alōpēx, ion de ponērias diatērę̄n hōsper aspis kai echis, polemę̄s de kata tōn adelphōn hōsper ho ponēros daimōn e ekeïnos pōs dynēsomai se meta tōn anthrōpōn arithmein, ouch horōn en soi tēs toiautēs. physeōn tous charaktēras: Katēchoumenou gar kai pistou diaphoran zētōn, kindyneuō mēde andros kai thēriou heurein diaphoran. Ti gar se eipō: Thērion : ᾿Alla ta thēria heni toutōn tōn elattōmatōn katechetai sy de homou symphorēsas panta, porrhōterō tēs ekeinōn alogias odeneis. ᾿Alla daimona se proseipō: ᾿Alla daimōn oute gastros douleuei tyrannidi, oute chrēmatōn erą. Hotan oun kai thēriōn kai daimonōn elattōmata pleiona echę̄» pōs se anthrōpon kalesomen, eipe moi? ei de anthrōpon se ouk estin eipein, pōs se proseroumen piston? Kai to dē chalepōteron, hoti houtō diakeimenoi kakōs, oude ennooumen tēs psychēs hēmōn tēn amorphian, oude katamanthanomen autēs to dyseides. All᾽ en koureiǭ men kathēmenos, kai tēn komēn hōi to apokeirōn, to katoptron labōn periskopeis meta akribeias tēn tōn trichōn synthesin, kai tous parestōtas erōtąs, kai ton apokeiranta auton, ei kalōs ta pros tǭ metōpǭ synethēke kai gerōn hōn pollakis ouk aischynę̄ ᾿gneōterikais phantasiais epimainomenos᾽ tēs de psychēs hēmōn ouk amorphou monon, alla kai thēriomorphou, kai Skyllēs tinos ē Chimairas kata ton exō mython gegenēmenēs, oude mikron aisthanometha. Kaitoige kai entautha katoptron esti pneumatikon, kai pollǭ beltion ekeinou kai chrēsimōteron oude gar deiknysi tēn amorphian monon, alla kai metatithēsin autēn pros kallos amēchanon? an thelōmen. Touto de estin ē tōn agathōn andrōn mnēmē, kai tēs makarias zōēs autōn historia, hē tōn graphōn anagnōsi5? hoi para tou theou dothentes nomoi. Kan boulēthę̄s hapax monon idein eis tas tōn hagiōn ekeinōn eikonas, kai to dyseides opsei tēs dianoias tēs sēs, kai idōn oudenos deēsē loipon heterou eis to apallagēnai tēs aisChrotētos tautēs. Kai gar eis touto chrēsimon hēmin to katoptron, kai rhądian poiei tēn metathesin. Mēdeis toinyn en tę̄ tōn alogōn menetō morphę̄. Ei gar ho doulos eis tēn oikian tou patros ouk eiserchetai, hotan autos kai thērion genę̄, pōs dynēsę̄ tōn prothyrōn epibēnai e ekeinōn : Kai ti legō thērion: Thēriou men͵ pantos chalepōteros ho toioutos estin. ᾿Ekeina men gar, kaitoi kata physin onta agria, anthrōpinēs apolausanta technēs, pollakis hēmera ginetai sy de ho tēn ekeinōn thēriōdian tēn kata physin eis tēn para physin hēmerotēta metabalōn, poian hexeis apologian, tēn seautou praotēta tēn kata physin eis tēn para physin thēriōdian exagagōn: kai to men agrion physei deiknys hēmeron, sauton de ton hēmeron physei para physin agrion histas?: kai leonta men tithasseuōn kai cheiroēthē poiōn, ton de thymon ton son leontos agriōteron kataskeuazōn : ?: Kaitoi dyo ekei ta kōlymata, kai to loismou esterēsthai to thērion, kai to pantōn einai thymōdesteron᾽ all᾽ homōs tę̄ periousią tēs para tou theou dotheisēs soi sophias, kai tēs physeōs krateis. Ho toinyn epi thēriōn kai tēn physin nikōn, pōs epi santou meta tēs physeōs kai to tēs proaireseōs prodidōs kalon? Kai ei men allon ekeleuon anthrōpon poiēsai praon, oude houtō men adynata an edoxa epitattein' plēn all enēn soi probalesthai to mē kyrion einai tēs heteron gnōmēs, mēde epi soi keisthai to pan. Nyni de to sautou thērion, kai hou pantōs kyrios hei. Tina

How then, tell me, shall I be able to recognize you as the believer, when all that has been said votes the opposite? And why do I say the believer? I cannot clearly learn even whether you are a man. For when you kick like an ass, leap like a bull, neigh after women like a horse, are gluttonous like a bear, fatten your flesh like a mule, bear grudges like a camel, seize like a wolf, rage like a snake, sting like a scorpion, are crafty like a fox, keep the venom of wickedness like an asp and a viper, and war against your brothers like that wicked demon, how shall I be able to count you among men, when I do not see in you the marks of such a nature? For seeking the difference between a catechumen and a believer, I am in danger of not finding even the difference between a man and a beast. For what shall I call you? A beast? But the beasts are held by one of these faults; you, gathering them all together, go further than their irrationality. Shall I call you a demon? But a demon is neither a slave to the tyranny of the belly nor a lover of money. When, then, you have more faults than beasts and demons, how shall we call you a man, tell me? And if it is not possible to call you a man, how shall we address you as a believer?

And what is worse, being in so bad a state, we do not even consider the ugliness of our soul, nor notice its deformity. But sitting in a barber's shop and having your hair cut, you take the mirror and examine carefully the arrangement of your hair, and ask those standing by, and the barber himself, whether he has arranged the hair over the forehead well; and often, though an old man, you are not ashamed to be mad after youthful fancies; but of our soul, not only ugly but beast-shaped, become a kind of Scylla or Chimaera, as in the pagan fable, we do not perceive anything at all. And yet here too there is a spiritual mirror, far better and more useful than that; for it not only shows the ugliness but also changes it into unspeakable beauty, if we wish. This is the memory of good men, the story of their blessed life, the reading of the Scriptures, the laws given by God. If you are willing to look only once at the images of those saints, you will see the ugliness of your own mind, and having seen it, you will need nothing else to be rid of this shame. For the mirror is useful to us for this, and makes the change easy. Let no one, then, remain in the form of the irrational creatures. For if the slave does not enter the house of the father, when you become even a beast, how will you be able to set foot on that threshold? And why do I say a beast? Such a man is worse than any beast. For those, though fierce by nature, often become tame when they enjoy human skill; but you, who change their natural fierceness into a tameness beyond nature, what defense will you have, when you lead out your own natural gentleness into a fierceness beyond nature, showing what is wild by nature to be tame, while setting yourself, tame by nature, beyond nature as wild; taming the lion and making it gentle to the hand, while making your own anger fiercer than a lion? And yet there are two obstacles in that case: the beast lacks reason, and it is the most passionate of all; yet by the abundance of the wisdom given you by God you master even nature. You, then, who conquer even nature in the case of beasts, how do you betray in your own case, along with nature, the good of your free choice? If I were ordering you to make another man gentle, not even so would I seem to command impossibilities; but you could plead that you were not master of the other's will, and that it did not all lie with you. But as it is, it is your own beast, and one of which you are entirely master. What

4.9Field 1

οὖν ἔχεις ἢ ἀπολογίαν, ποίαν δὲ πρόφασιν εὐπρόσωπον προβαλέσθαι δυνήση, λέοντα μὲν ποιῶν ἄνθρωπον; σαντὸν δὲ περιορῶν ἐξ ἀνθρώπου γινόμενον λέοντα; κακείνῳ μὲν τὰ ὑπὲρ φύσιν χαριζόμενος, σαυτῷ δὲ οὐδὲ τὰ κατὰ φύσιν τηρῶν: ἀλλὰ τοὺς μὲν αγρίους θῆρας εἰς τὴν ἡμετέραν φιλονεικῶν ἀνάγειν εὐγένειαν, σαυτὸν δὲ ἀπὸ τοῦ θρόνου τῆς βασιλείας καταστρέφων, καὶ εἰς τὴν μανίαν ἐξωθῶν τὴν ἐκείνων; Νόμισον γὰρ, εἰ βούλει, καὶ τὸν θυμὸν θηρίον εἷναι καὶ ὅσην περὶ λέοντας ἕτεροι, τοσαύτην σὺ περὶ σαντὸν ἐπίδειξαι τὴν σπουδὴν, καὶ ποίησον ἥμερον καὶ πρᾶον εἶναι τὸν τοιοῦτον λογισμόν. Καὶ γὰρ οὗτος χαλεποὺς ὀδόντας ἔχει καὶ ὄνυχας, κἂν μὴ ἡμερώσης αὑτὸν, πάντα ἀπολεῖ. Οὐδὲ γὰρ οὕτω λέων καὶ ἔχις τὰ σπλάγχνα διασπαράξαι δύναται, ὡς θυμὸς, τοῖς σιδηροῖς ὄνυξι διηνεκῶς τοῦτο ποιῶν. Οὐ γὰρ δὴ τὸ σῶμα λυμαίνεται μόνον, ἀλλὰ καὶ αὐτὴν τῆς ψυχῆς διαφθείρει τὴν ὑγίειαν, κατεσθίων, σπαράττων, διαξαίνων τὴν δύναμιν αὐτῆς ἅπασαν, καὶ ἄχρηστον πρὸς πάντα τιθείς. Εἰ γὰρ σκώληκας τις ἐν τοῖς ἐγκάτοις τρέφων οὐδὲ ἀναπνεῖν δυνήσεται, πάντων τῶν ἔνδον αὐτῷ δαπανωνένων, πῶς ὄφιν ἡμεῖς τηλικοῦτον ἔχοντες κατατρώγοντα πάντα τὰ ἔνδον, τὸν θυμὸν λέγω, δυνησόμεθά τι γενναῖον τεκεῖν: Πῶς οὖν ταύτης ἀπαλλαγησόμεθα τῆς λύμης ; Ἂν πίωμεν ποτὸν νεκρῶσαι δυνάμενον τοὺς ἔνδον σκώληκας καὶ τοὺς θά ὄφεις. Καὶ ποῖον ἂν εἴη τὸ ποτὸν, φησὶ, τὸ τὴν ἰσχὺν ταύτην ἔχον; Τὸ τίμιον αἷμα τοῦ Χριστοῦ, εἰ μετὰ παῤρησίας ληφθείη (πᾶσαν γὰρ νόσον σβέσαι δυνήσεται τοῦτο), καὶ μετὰ τούτου τῶν θείων γραφῶν ἡ μετὰ ἀκριβείας ἀκρόασις, καὶ ἐλεημοσύνη τῇ ἀκροάσει προσγινομένη διὰ γὰρ τούτων πάντων δυνήσεται νεκρωθῆναι τὰ λυμαινόμενα τὴν ὠσχὴν ἡμῶν παθη. Καὶ τότε ζησόμεθα μόνον ὡς νῦν γε οὐδὲν τῶν τεθνεώτων ἄμεινον διακείμεθα ἐπείπερ οὐκ ἐστι, ζώντων ἐ ἐκείνων, καὶ ἡμᾶς ζῆν, ἀλλ΄ ἀνάγκη ἡμᾶς ἀπολέσθαι. Κἀν μὴ φθάσωμεν αὐτὰ ἀποκτείναντες ἐνταῦθα, ἐκεῖ πάντως ἡμᾶς ἀποκτενεῖ μᾶλλον δὲ καὶ πρὸ ἐκείνου τοῦ θανάτου τὴν ἐσχάτην ἡμᾶς καὶ ἐνταῦθα ἀπαιτήσει. δίκην. Καὶ γὰρ ἕκαστον τῶν παθῶν τῶν τοιούτων, καὶ ὠμὸν καὶ τυραννικὸν καὶ ἀκόρεστον, καὶ καθ᾽ ἑκάστην ἡμᾶς ἐσθίον τὴν ἡμέραν οὐδέποτε ἵσταται. 1, ᾽Οδόντες γὰρ λέοντος οἱ ὀδόντες αὐτῶν μᾶλλον δὲ καὶ πολλῷ χαλεπώτεροι. Ὁ μὲν γὰρ λέων ὁμοῦ τε ἐκορέσθη, καὶ ἀπέστη τοῦ ἣπαραπεσόντος αὐτῷ σώματος ταῦτα δὲ τὰ πάθη οὔτε ἐμπίπλαται, οὔτε ἀφίσταται, ἕως ἂν ἐγγὺς τοὺ διαβόλου στήση τὸν ἁλόντα ἄνθρωπον. Ῥοσαύτη γάρ αὐτῶν ἡ δύναμις, ὡς τὴν δουλείαν, ἣν ὁ Παῦλος περὶ τὸν Χριστὸν ἐπεδείκνυτο, καὶ γεέννης καὶ βασιλείας δι᾽ αὐτὸν καταφρονών, τὴν αὐτὴν καὶ παρὰ τῶν ἁλόντων ἢὮ αὐτῶν ἀπαιτεῖν. Ἄν τε γὰρ σωμάτων ἔρωτι, ἄν τε χρημάτων, ἄν τε δόξης περιπέση τις, καὶ γεέννης καταγελᾷ λοιπὸν, καὶ βασιλείας καταφρονεῖ, ἵνα τὸ θέλημα τούτων ἐργάσηται. Μὴ τοίνυν ἀπιστῶμεν Παύλῳ λέγοντι, ὅτι τὸν Χριστὸν οὕτως ἐφίλησεν. Ὅταν γὰρ εὐρεθῶσί τινες τοῖς πάθεσιν οὕτω δουλεύοντες, πῶς ἄπιστον ἐκεῖνο δόξει εἶναι λοιπόν; Καὶ γὰρ, διὰ τοῦτο ὁ περὶ τὸν Χριστὸν πόθος ἀσθενέστερος, ἐπειδὴ πᾶσα ἡμῖν ἡ δύναμις εἰς τοῦτον καταναλοῦται τὸν ἔρωτα; καὶ ἁρπάζομεν, καὶ πλεονεκτοῦμεν, καὶ δόξη δουλεύομεν κενῇ ἧς τί γένοιτ᾽ ἂν εὐτελέστερον: Κἀν Ὑαρ μυριάκις γένῃ περίβλεπτος, οὐδὲν τῶν ἀτίμων ἔση βελτίων, ἀλλὰ δ αὐτὸ μὲν οὖν τοῦτο καὶ ἀτιμότερος. ταν γὰ οἱ βουλόμενοί σε δοξάζειν καὶ λαμπρὸν ἀποδεικνύναι, ἣ αὐτὸ τοῦτό σε γελώσιν, ὅτι τῆς παρ᾽ αὐτῶν ἐπιθυμεῖς δόξης, πὼς οὐκ εἰς τὸ ἐναντίον περιτραπήσεταί σοι τὰ τῆς τοιαύτης σπουδῆς,

oun echeis ē apologian, poian de prophasin euprosōpon probalesthai dynēsē, leonta men poiōn anthrōpon? santon de periorōn ex anthrōpou ginomenon leonta? kakeinǭ men ta hyper physin charizomenos, sautǭ de oude ta kata physin tērōn: alla tous men agrious thēras eis tēn hēmeteran philoneikōn anagein eugeneian, sauton de apo tou thronou tēs basileias katastrephōn, kai eis tēn manian exōthōn tēn ekeinōn? Nomison gar, ei boulei, kai ton thymon thērion heinai kai hosēn peri leontas heteroi, tosautēn sy peri santon epideixai tēn spoudēn, kai poiēson hēmeron kai praon einai ton toiouton logismon. Kai gar houtos chalepous odontas echei kai onychas, kan mē hēmerōsēs hauton, panta apolei. Oude gar houtō leōn kai echis ta splanchna diasparaxai dynatai, hōs thymos, tois sidērois onyxi diēnekōs touto poiōn. Ou gar dē to sōma lymainetai monon, alla kai autēn tēs psychēs diaphtheirei tēn hygieian, katesthiōn, sparattōn, diaxainōn tēn dynamin autēs hapasan, kai achrēston pros panta titheis. Ei gar skōlēkas tis en tois enkatois trephōn oude anapnein dynēsetai, pantōn tōn endon autǭ dapanōnenōn, pōs ophin hēmeis tēlikouton echontes katatrōgonta panta ta endon, ton thymon legō, dynēsometha ti gennaion tekein: Pōs oun tautēs apallagēsometha tēs lymēs ? An piōmen poton nekrōsai dynamenon tous endon skōlēkas kai tous tha opheis. Kai poion an eiē to poton, phēsi, to tēn ischyn tautēn echon? To timion haima tou Christou, ei meta parrēsias lēphtheiē (pasan gar noson sbesai dynēsetai touto), kai meta toutou tōn theiōn graphōn hē meta akribeias akroasis, kai eleēmosynē tę̄ akroasei prosginomenē dia gar toutōn pantōn dynēsetai nekrōthēnai ta lymainomena tēn ōschēn hēmōn pathē. Kai tote zēsometha monon hōs nyn ge ouden tōn tethneōtōn ameinon diakeimetha epeiper ouk esti, zōntōn e ekeinōn, kai hēmas zēn, all΄ anankē hēmas apolesthai. Kan mē phthasōmen auta apokteinantes entautha, ekei pantōs hēmas apoktenei mallon de kai pro ekeinou tou thanatou tēn eschatēn hēmas kai entautha apaitēsei. dikēn. Kai gar hekaston tōn pathōn tōn toioutōn, kai ōmon kai tyrannikon kai akoreston, kai kath᾽ hekastēn hēmas esthion tēn hēmeran oudepote histatai. 1, ᾽Odontes gar leontos hoi odontes autōn mallon de kai pollǭ chalepōteroi. Ho men gar leōn homou te ekoresthē, kai apestē tou hēparapesontos autǭ sōmatos tauta de ta pathē oute empiplatai, oute aphistatai, heōs an engys tou diabolou stēsē ton halonta anthrōpon. Rhosautē gar autōn hē dynamis, hōs tēn douleian, hēn ho Paulos peri ton Christon epedeiknyto, kai geennēs kai basileias di᾽ auton kataphronōn, tēn autēn kai para tōn halontōn ēŌ autōn apaitein. An te gar sōmatōn erōti, an te chrēmatōn, an te doxēs peripesē tis, kai geennēs katagelą loipon, kai basileias kataphronei, hina to thelēma toutōn ergasētai. Mē toinyn apistōmen Paulǭ legonti, hoti ton Christon houtōs ephilēsen. Hotan gar eurethōsi tines tois pathesin houtō douleuontes, pōs apiston ekeino doxei einai loipon? Kai gar, dia touto ho peri ton Christon pothos asthenesteros, epeidē pasa hēmin hē dynamis eis touton katanaloutai ton erōta? kai harpazomen, kai pleonektoumen, kai doxē douleuomen kenę̄ hēs ti genoit᾽ an eutelesteron: Kan Hyar myriakis genę̄ peribleptos, ouden tōn atimōn esē beltiōn, alla d auto men oun touto kai atimoteros. tan ga hoi boulomenoi se doxazein kai lampron apodeiknynai, hē auto touto se gelōsin, hoti tēs par᾽ autōn epithymeis doxēs, pōs ouk eis to enantion peritrapēsetai soi ta tēs toiautēs spoudēs,

defense then do you have, what plausible excuse will you be able to put forward, when you make a lion a man, but look on while you yourself become a lion from a man? when you bestow on it things beyond nature, but do not even keep for yourself the things according to nature? when you strive to bring the wild beasts up to our nobility, but throw yourself down from the throne of the kingdom and drive yourself into their madness? Consider anger, if you will, to be a beast, and show as much zeal about yourself as others show about lions, and make such a temper tame and gentle. For it too has cruel teeth and claws, and if you do not tame it, it will destroy everything. For neither lion nor viper can tear the entrails as anger does, continually doing this with iron claws. For it not only ruins the body but also destroys the very health of the soul, devouring, tearing, and lacerating all its power, and making it useless for everything. For if one who breeds worms in his bowels cannot even breathe, since everything within him is being consumed, how shall we, who have so great a serpent devouring everything within, I mean anger, be able to bring forth anything noble? How then shall we be freed from this ruin? If we drink a draught that can kill the worms and serpents within. “And what draught,” someone says, “has this power?” The precious blood of Christ, if it is received with confidence (for this will be able to quench every disease), and along with it the careful hearing of the divine Scriptures, and almsgiving added to the hearing; for through all these the passions that ruin our soul can be put to death. And then only shall we live; for now at least we are in no better state than the dead; since it is not possible for us to live while they live, but we must perish. And unless we first kill them here, they will certainly kill us there; or rather, even before that death they will exact the utmost penalty from us here as well. For each of such passions is cruel and tyrannical and insatiable, and devouring us every day, it never stops. “For their teeth are the teeth of a lion,” or rather much worse. For the lion, as soon as it is full, leaves the body that has fallen in its way; but these passions are neither filled nor leave off until they set the man they have captured near the devil. For their power is so great that the slavery which Paul showed toward Christ, despising both hell and the kingdom for his sake, they demand the same from those they have captured. For if anyone falls into love of bodies, or of money, or of glory, he then laughs at hell and despises the kingdom so as to do their will. Let us not, then, disbelieve Paul when he says that he loved Christ so. For when some are found serving their passions so, how will that seem incredible any longer? For this is why longing for Christ is weaker, because all our strength is spent on this love; and we seize, we grasp for more, we serve vainglory, than which what could be meaner? For even if you become ten thousand times renowned, you will be no better than the dishonored, but for this very reason even more dishonored. For when those who wish to glorify you and show you illustrious laugh at you for this very thing, that you desire glory from them, how will the results of such zeal not be turned against you,

4.10Field 1

Καὶ γὰρ τῶν κατηγορουμένων τὸ πρᾶγμά ἐστιν. Ὥσπερ γὰρ τὸν ἐπιθυμοῦντα Αοιχεύειν ἡ πορνεύειν ἂν ἐπαινῇ τις καὶ κολακεύῃ, αὐτῷ τούτῳ μᾶλλον κατήγορος γίνεται ἢ ἐπαινέτης τοῦ τὰ τοιαῦτα ἐπιθυμοῖντον οὕτω καὶ τὸν δόξης ἐπιθυμοῦντα, ὅταν ἐπαινῶμεν ἅπαντες, κατήγοροι μᾶλλόν ἐσμεν ἤ επαινέται τῶν βουλομένων δοξαζεσθαι. Τί τοίνυν εφέλκεις τὸ πρᾶγμα; ἀφ᾽ οὗ τὸ ἐναντίον σοι συμβαίνειν εἴωθεν: Εἰ γὰρ δοξάζεσθαι βούλει, καταφρόνει δόξης, καὶ πάντων ἔσῃ λαμπρότερος. Τί πάσχεις ὅπερ ἔπαθεν ὁ Ναβουχοδονόσορ: Καὶ γὰρ καὶ ἐκεῖνος εἰκόνα ἔστησεν, απὸ τοὺ ξύλου καὶ τῆς αναισθήτου μορφης προσθήκην νομίζων ἑαυτῷ πορίζειν εὐφημίας, καὶ ὁ ζῶν απὸ τοῦ μὴ ζῶντος λαμπρότερος ἤθελε φαίνεσθαι. Εἶδες τῆς μανίας τὴν ὑπερβολήν: Δοκῶν γὰρ ἑαυτὸν τιμᾶν, μᾶλλον ἐξύβρισεν. Ὅταν γὰρ φαίνηται τῷ ἀψύχῳ θαῤῥῶν μάλλον ἦ ἑαυτῷ καὶ τῇ ἐν αὐτῷ ζώσῃ ψυχῇ, καὶ διὰ τοῦτο τὸ ξύλον ἐπὶ τοσαύτην ἄγῃ προεὶ ρίαν, πῶς οὐκ ἂν εἴη γέλωτος ἄξιος, οὐκ ἀπὸ ρόπων, ἀλλ᾽ ἀπὸ σανίδων καλλωπίζεσθαι σπεύδων: Ὥσπερ ἂν εἴ τις διὰ τὸ βαθρον τὸ ἐν τῇ οἰκίᾳ καὶ διὰ τὴν κλίμακα καλὴν οὖσαν ἀξιοῖ μᾶλλον, ἢ ὁ διὰ τὸ ἄνθρωπος εἶναι; ἐναβρύνεσθαι. Τοῦτον καὶ ἐφ᾽ ἡμῶν πολλοὶ μιμοῦνται νῦν. Ὥσπερ γὰρ ἐκεῖνος ἀπὸ τῆς εἰκόνος, οὕτως ἀπὸ ἱματίων ἕτεροι, καὶ ἐξ οἰκίας ἄλλοι, καὶ ἐξ ἡμιόνων καὶ ὀχημάτων, καὶ ἀπὸ κιόνων τῶν ἐν ταῖς οἰκίαις ἀξιοῦσι θαυμάζεσθαι. ᾿Επειδὴ γὰρ τὸ ἄνθρωποι εἶναι ἀπώλεσαν, περιέρχονται συλλέγοντες βαυτοῖς ἑτέρωθεν τὴν πολλου γέλωτος γέμουσαν δόξαν. ᾿Αλλ᾽ οὐχ οἱ γενναῖοι καὶ μεγάλοι τοῦ θεου θεράποντες ἐντεῦθεν, ἀλλ΄ ἀφ᾽ ὧν ἔδει μάλιστα, ἐκ τούτων ἔλαμπον. Καὶ γὰρ αἰχμάλωτοι καὶ δοῦλοι καὶ νέοι καὶ ξένοι, καὶ πάντων τῶν οἴκοθεν ὄντες ἔρημοι; τοῦ πάντα περιβεβλημένου ταῦτα σεμνότεροι πολλῳ τότε ἐφάνησαν. Καὶ τῷ μὲν Ναβουχοδονόσορ οὐκ εἰκὼν τοσαύτη, οὐ σατράπαι, οὗ στρατηγοὶ, οὐ στρατόπεδα ἄπειρα, οὐ χρυσίου πλῆθος, οὐκ ἄλλη φαντασία πρὸς τὴν ἐπιθυμίαν ἤ ἤρκεσε, καὶ τὸ δεῖξαι ᾿Μέγαν' τούτοις δὲ τούτων πάντων γεγυμνωμένοις ἤρκεσεν ἡ φιλοσοφία μόνη, καὶ τοῦ τὸ διάδημα καὶ τὴν πορφυρίδα ἔ ἔχοντος καὶ τοιαῦτα περιβεβλημένου, τοὺς οὐδὲν τούτων κεκτημένους λαμπροτέρους ἀπέφηνε τοσοῦτον, ὅσον δ ἥλιός ἐστι μαργάρου λαμπρότερος. Καὶ γὰρ ἐν μέσῳ τῆς οἰκουμένης ἁπάσης ἤγοντο: νέοι. τε ὄντες καὶ αἰχμάλωτοι καὶ δοῦλοι, καὶ φανέντων εὐθέως ὁ βασιλεὺς πῦρ ἀπὸ τῶν ὀφθαλμῶν ἠφίει, καὶ στρατηγοὶ καὶ ὕπαρχοι καὶ τοπάρχαι καὶ ἅπαν τοῦ διαβόλον τὸ θέατρον περιειστήκει; καὶ φωνὴ συρίγγων πανταχόθεν καὶ σαλπίγγων καὶ πάσης μουσικῆς πρὸς τὸν , οὐρανὸν φερομένη περιήχει τὰς ἐκείνων ἀκοὰς, καὶ Ὁ κάμινος ἀνεκαίετο πρὸς ὕψος ἄπειρον, καὶ αὐτῶν ἡ φλοξ ἥπτετο τῶν νεφελῶν, καὶ πᾶντα φόβου καὶ ἐκπλήξεως ἢ ἣν ἀνάμεστα. ᾿Αλλ ἐκείνους οὐδὲν τούτων ἐξέπληξεν αλλ᾽ ὥσπερ παίδων παιζόντων καταγελάσαντες, τὴν ἀνδρείαν καὶ τὴν ἐπιείκειαν ἐπεδείκνυντο, καὶ τῶν σαλπίγγων ἐκείνων λαμπροτέραν ἀφιέντες Φωνὴν ἔλεγον γνωστὸν ἔστω σοι; βασιλεῦ. Οὐδὲ γὰρ μέχρι βήματος ὑβρίσαι ἐβούλοντο τὸν τύραννον; ἀλλὰ τὴν εὐσέβειαν ἐπιδείξασθαι μόνον. Διόπερ οὐδὲ μακροὺς ἀπετείναντο λόγους. ἀλλ᾽ ἐν βραχεῖ πάντα ἐπιδείκνυνται 15 ἔ ἐστι γάρ, φησὶ, θεὸς ἐν οὐρανῷ δυνατὸς ἐξελέσθαι ἡμᾶς. Τί μοι τὸ πλῆθος δεικνύεις : τί μοι τὴν κάμινον ; ὃ τί τὰ ξίφη τὰ ἠκονημένα : τί τοὺς φοβεροὺς δορυφόρους: : Πάντων τούτων ἀνώτερος ἡμῶν ὁ δεσπότης καὶ δυνατώτερος. Εἴτα ἐννοήσαντες ὅτι συμβαίνει τὸν θεὸν βουληθῆναι καὶ σνγχωρῆσαι αὐτοὺς καυθῆναι, ἵνα μὴ τούτον γενομένου δόξωσι ψευδὴ λέγειν, προστιθέασι καὶ τοῦτο, λέγοντες ὅτι ἐὰν μὴ τοῦτο γένηται, γνωστὸν ἔστω σοι, ὅτι τοῖς θεοῖς σου οὐ λατρεύομεν.

Kai gar tōn katēgoroumenōn to pragma estin. Hōsper gar ton epithymounta Aoicheuein hē porneuein an epainę̄ tis kai kolakeuę̄, autǭ toutǭ mallon katēgoros ginetai ē epainetēs tou ta toiauta epithymointon houtō kai ton doxēs epithymounta, hotan epainōmen hapantes, katēgoroi mallon esmen ē epainetai tōn boulomenōn doxazesthai. Ti toinyn ephelkeis to pragma? aph᾽ hou to enantion soi symbainein eiōthen: Ei gar doxazesthai boulei, kataphronei doxēs, kai pantōn esę̄ lamproteros. Ti pascheis hoper epathen ho Nabouchodonosor: Kai gar kai ekeinos eikona estēsen, apo tou xylou kai tēs anaisthētou morphēs prosthēkēn nomizōn heautǭ porizein euphēmias, kai ho zōn apo tou mē zōntos lamproteros ēthele phainesthai. Eides tēs manias tēn hyperbolēn: Dokōn gar heauton timan, mallon exybrisen. Hotan gar phainētai tǭ apsychǭ tharrhōn mallon ē heautǭ kai tę̄ en autǭ zōsę̄ psychę̄, kai dia touto to xylon epi tosautēn agę̄ proei rian, pōs ouk an eiē gelōtos axios, ouk apo ropōn, all᾽ apo sanidōn kallōpizesthai speudōn: Hōsper an ei tis dia to bathron to en tę̄ oikią kai dia tēn klimaka kalēn ousan axioi mallon, ē ho dia to anthrōpos einai? enabrynesthai. Touton kai eph᾽ hēmōn polloi mimountai nyn. Hōsper gar ekeinos apo tēs eikonos, houtōs apo himatiōn heteroi, kai ex oikias alloi, kai ex hēmionōn kai ochēmatōn, kai apo kionōn tōn en tais oikiais axiousi thaumazesthai. ᾿Epeidē gar to anthrōpoi einai apōlesan, perierchontai syllegontes bautois heterōthen tēn pollou gelōtos gemousan doxan. ᾿All᾽ ouch hoi gennaioi kai megaloi tou theou therapontes enteuthen, all΄ aph᾽ hōn edei malista, ek toutōn elampon. Kai gar aichmalōtoi kai douloi kai neoi kai xenoi, kai pantōn tōn oikothen ontes erēmoi? tou panta peribeblēmenou tauta semnoteroi pollǭ tote ephanēsan. Kai tǭ men Nabouchodonosor ouk eikōn tosautē, ou satrapai, hou stratēgoi, ou stratopeda apeira, ou chrysiou plēthos, ouk allē phantasia pros tēn epithymian ē ērkese, kai to deixai ᾿Megan' toutois de toutōn pantōn gegymnōmenois ērkesen hē philosophia monē, kai tou to diadēma kai tēn porphyrida e echontos kai toiauta peribeblēmenou, tous ouden toutōn kektēmenous lamproterous apephēne tosouton, hoson d hēlios esti margarou lamproteros. Kai gar en mesǭ tēs oikoumenēs hapasēs ēgonto: neoi. te ontes kai aichmalōtoi kai douloi, kai phanentōn eutheōs ho basileus pyr apo tōn ophthalmōn ēphiei, kai stratēgoi kai hyparchoi kai toparchai kai hapan tou diabolon to theatron perieistēkei? kai phōnē syringōn pantachothen kai salpingōn kai pasēs mousikēs pros ton , ouranon pheromenē periēchei tas ekeinōn akoas, kai Ho kaminos anekaieto pros hypsos apeiron, kai autōn hē phlox hēpteto tōn nephelōn, kai panta phobou kai ekplēxeōs ē hēn anamesta. ᾿All ekeinous ouden toutōn exeplēxen all᾽ hōsper paidōn paizontōn katagelasantes, tēn andreian kai tēn epieikeian epedeiknynto, kai tōn salpingōn ekeinōn lamproteran aphientes Phōnēn elegon gnōston estō soi? basileu. Oude gar mechri bēmatos hybrisai eboulonto ton tyrannon? alla tēn eusebeian epideixasthai monon. Dioper oude makrous apeteinanto logous. all᾽ en brachei panta epideiknyntai 15 e esti gar, phēsi, theos en ouranǭ dynatos exelesthai hēmas. Ti moi to plēthos deiknyeis : ti moi tēn kaminon ? ho ti ta xiphē ta ēkonēmena : ti tous phoberous doryphorous: : Pantōn toutōn anōteros hēmōn ho despotēs kai dynatōteros. Eita ennoēsantes hoti symbainei ton theon boulēthēnai kai snnchōrēsai autous kauthēnai, hina mē touton genomenou doxōsi pseudē legein, prostitheasi kai touto, legontes hoti ean mē touto genētai, gnōston estō soi, hoti tois theois sou ou latreuomen.

since the thing belongs to what is blamed? For just as, if someone praises and flatters one who desires to commit adultery or fornication, he becomes rather the accuser than the praiser of the one who desires such things, so too with one who desires glory: when we all praise him, we are rather the accusers than the praisers of those who wish to be glorified. Why then do you pursue the thing, from which the opposite usually happens to you? For if you wish to be glorified, despise glory, and you will be more illustrious than all. Why do you suffer what Nebuchadnezzar suffered? For he too set up an image, thinking to provide himself with an addition of praise from the wood and the senseless form, and the living man wished to appear more illustrious through the lifeless. Do you see the excess of madness? Thinking to honor himself, he rather insulted himself. For when he is seen to trust the soulless thing more than himself and the living soul in him, and for this reason brings the wood to such preeminence, how would he not deserve laughter, hastening to adorn himself not from his character but from planks? It is as if someone should think to pride himself on the pavement of his house and its fine staircase, rather than on being a man. Many among us now imitate him. For as he took glory from the image, so others from clothes, others from a house, others from mules and carriages, and from the columns in their houses they expect to be admired. For since they have lost being men, they go about gathering for themselves from elsewhere a glory full of much ridicule.

But the noble and great servants of God did not shine from these things, but from those from which they above all ought to shine. For though captives and slaves, young and strangers, and bereft of everything at home, they then appeared far more majestic than the one clothed with all these things. And for Nebuchadnezzar neither so great an image, nor satraps, nor generals, nor countless armies, nor a mass of gold, nor any other display sufficed for his desire to show himself great; but for these men, stripped of all these, philosophy alone sufficed, and it showed those who possessed none of these things more illustrious than the one who had the diadem and the purple and was clothed with such things, as much as the sun is brighter than a pearl. For they were led into the midst of the whole world, being young and captives and slaves, and as soon as they appeared the king breathed fire from his eyes; and generals, governors, and local rulers, and the whole theater of the devil stood around; and the sound of pipes and trumpets and every kind of music, borne from every side to heaven, rang in their ears; and the furnace was kindled to an immense height, and its flame touched the very clouds, and all was full of fear and terror. But none of these things terrified them; but laughing at them as at children playing, they showed their courage and their gentleness, and uttering a voice brighter than those trumpets, they said: “Be it known to you, O king.” For they did not wish to insult the tyrant even by a word, but only to show their godliness. That is why they did not stretch out long speeches, but showed everything briefly: “For there is a God in heaven,” it says, “able to deliver us.” Why do you show me the multitude? Why the furnace? Why the sharpened swords? Why the fearful guards? Our Master is higher and mightier than all these. Then, considering that it might happen that God would will to allow them to be burned, so that if this happened they might not seem to have spoken falsely, they add this too, saying, “But if not, be it known to you that we do not serve your gods.”

4.11Field 1

,ν γὰρ εἶπον, ὅτι δι᾿ ἁμαρτήματα οὐ βύεται, κἂν μὴ βύσηται, ἡπιστήθησαν ἄν. Διὰ τοῦτο ἐνταῦθα μὲν τοῦτο σιγώσι' λέγουσι δὲ αὐτὸ ἐπὶ τῆς καμίνον, ἄνω καὶ κάτω τὰ ἁμαρτήματα προβαλλόμενοι. ᾿Επὶ δὲ τοῦ βασιλέως οὐδὲν τοιοῦτον, ἀλλ᾽ ὅτι κἄν καίεσθαι μέλλωσι, τὴν εὐσέβειαν ου , προδώσουσιν. Οὐ γὰρ ἐπ᾽ ἀμοιβαῖς καὶ ἀντιδόσεσιν ἔ ἔπραττον ἅπερ ἔπραττον, ἀλλ᾽ ἐξ αγάπης μόνης καίτοιγε [καὶ ἐν αἰχμαλωσίᾳ ἦσαν, καὶ ἐν δουλείᾳ, καὶ οὐδενὸς ἀπολελαυκότες χρηστοῦ. Καὶ γὰρ καὶ πατρίδος καὶ ἐλευθερίας καὶ τῶν ὄντων πάντων ἐξέπεσον. Μὴ γάρ μοι τὰς ἐν ταῖς βασιλικαῖς αὐλαῖς εἴπης τιμάς. ὍΟσιοι γὰρ ὄντες καὶ δίκαιοι, μυριάκις ἂν εἵλοντο προσαιτεῖν οἴκοι, καὶ τῶν ἐν τῷ ναῷ καλῶν ἀπολαύειν. 7᾿Εξελεξαμὴν γάρ, φησὶ, ᾿παραῤριπτεῖσθαι ἐν τῷ οἴκῳ τοῦ θεοῦ βιοῦν μάλλον ἦ οἰκεῖν ΑιΕ ἐν σκηνώμασιν ἁμαρτωλῶν καὶ, κρείττων ἡμέρα μία ἐν ταῖς αὐλαῖς σον ὑπὲρ χιλιάδας. Μυριάκις οὗν ἂν εἵλοντο ἀπεῤρίφθαι οἴκοι; ἢ βασιλεύειν ἐν Βαβυλῶνι. Καὶ τοῦτο δῆλον εξ ὧν καὶ ἐν τῇ καμίνῳ δηλοῦσι, βαρούμενοι τὴν αὐτόθι διατριβήν. Εἰ γὰρ καὶ αὐτοὶ πολλῆς ἀπέλανον τιμῆς, τὰς τῶν ἄλλων ὁρῶντες συμφορὰς σφόδρα ἐδάκνοντο᾽ ὅπερ μάλιστὰ ἐστιν ἁγίων ἴδιον, μὴ δόξαν, μὴ τιμὴν, μηδὲν ἄλλο προτιμᾶν τῆς τοῦ πλησίον σωτηρίας. Ὅρα γοὺν πῶς ἐν καμίνῳ ὄντες, ὑπὲρ τοὺ δήμου παντὸς τὴν ἱκετηρίαν ἐποιοῦντο. Ἡμεῖς δὲ οὐδὲ ἐν ἀνέσει ὄντες τῶν ἀδελφῶν μνημονεύομεν. Καὶ ἡνίκα δὲ τὰ ἐνύπνια ἐζήτουν, οὐ τὸ ἑαυτῶν ἐσκόπουν, ἀλλὰ τὸ τῶν πολλῶν ὅτι γὰρ θανάτου κατεφρόνουν, διὰ πολλῶν μετὰ ταῦτα ἔδειξαν. Πανταχοῦ δὲ ἑαυτοὺς βώλλονται, τὸν θεὸν δυσωπῆσαι βουλόμενοι. Εἶτα ἜΡΟΝ οὐδὲ ἑαυτοὺς ἀρκεῖν ἢ γοῦντο, ἐπὶ τοὺς πατέρας καταφεύγουσιν᾽ αὐτοὶ δὲ οὐδὲν πλέον ἔφασαν εἰσφέρειν, ἀλλ᾽ ἢ πνεῦμα συντετριμμένον. Τούτους δὴ καὶ ἡμεῖς ζηλώσωμεν. Καὶ γὰρ καὶ νῦν ἕστηκεν εἰκὼν χρυσῆ, ἡ τοῦ μαμωνά τυραννίς. ᾿Αλλὰ μὴ προσέχωμεν τοῖς τυμπάνοις, μηδὲ τοῖς αὐλοῖς, μηδὲ ταῖς κινύραις, μηδὲ τῆ λοιπῇ τοῦ πλούτου φαντασίᾳ; ἀλλὰ κἂν εἰς κάμινον ἐμπεσεῖν δέη πενίας, ἑλώμεθα, ὥστε μὴ προσκυνῆσαι ἐκείνῳ, καὶ ἔσται ᾿5 δρόσος ἐν μέσῳ διασυρίζουσα. Μὴ τοίνυν φρίττωμεν, ἔ πενίας ἀκούοντες κάμινον. Καὶ γὰρ καὶ τότε οἱ μὲν ἐμπεσόντες εἰς τὴν κάμινον ἀπεδείχθησαν Ὁ λαμπρότεροι; οἱ δὲ προσκυνήσαντες ἀνῃρέθησαν. Ἄλλα τότε μὲν ὁμοῦ πάντα ἐγένετο νῦν δὲ τὰ μὲν ἐνταῦθα ἔσται, τὰ δὲ ἐ εκεῖ; τὰ δὲ καὶ ἐνταῦθα καὶ ἐν τῆ μελλούση ἡμέρᾳ. Οὲ μὲν γὰρ ὑπὲρ τοῦ μὴ προσκυνῆσαι τὸν μαμωνάν πενίαν ἑλόμενοι, καὶ ἐνταῦθα καὶ τότε ἔσονται λαμπρότεροι οἱ δὲ πλουτοῦντες ἐνταῦθα αδίκως, τότε τὴν ἐσχάτην δώσουσι δίκην. Δπὸ ταύτης καὶ Λάζαρος τῆς καμίνου. ἐξήει, τῶν παίδων εκείνων οὐχ ἧττον λαμπρός ὁ δὲ ἐν τῆ τάξει τῶν προσκυνησάντων τὴν εἰκόνα πλούσιος ἐν γεέννῃ κατεδικάζετο. Καὶ γὰρ τὰ εἰρημένα τύπος ἐκείνων. Ὥσπερ οὖν ἐνταῦθα οἱ μὲν ἐμπεσόντες οὐδὲν ἔπαθον, οἱ δὲ ἔξω καθήμενοι μετὰ πολλῆς ἡρπάγησαν τῆς σφοδρότητος οὕτω καὶ τότε ἔσται οἱ μὲν ἅγιοι διὰ τοῦ ποταμοὺ τοῦ πυρὸς βαεἰ το οὐδὲν πείσονται ἀηδὲς, ἀλλὰ καὶ φαιδροὶ φανοῦνται ἱ δὲ τὴν εἰκόνα προσκυνήσαντες, ὄψονται τὸ πὺρ αὑτοῖς δηθίου χαλεπώτερον παντὸς ἐπιπηδῶν, καὶ καθέλκον ἔνδον. Ὥστε εἴ τις διαπιστεῖ τῇ γεέννῃ, ταύτην ἰδὼν τὴν κάμινον, απὸ τῶν παρόντων πιστενέτω τοῖς μέλλουσι, καὶ μὴ Φοβείσθω πενίας κάμινον, αλλ ἁμαρτίας καμινον. Τοῦτο μὲν γὰρ φλοξ καὶ ὀδύνη, ἐ ἐκεῖνο δὲ ! σος καὶ ἄνεσις κακείνη μὲν τῇ καμίνῳ παρέστηκεν ὁ διάβολος, ταύτη δὲ ἄγγελοι τινάσσοντες τὴν φλόγα.

,n gar eipon, hoti di᾿ hamartēmata ou byetai, kan mē bysētai, hēpistēthēsan an. Dia touto entautha men touto sigōsi' legousi de auto epi tēs kaminon, anō kai katō ta hamartēmata proballomenoi. ᾿Epi de tou basileōs ouden toiouton, all᾽ hoti kan kaiesthai mellōsi, tēn eusebeian ou , prodōsousin. Ou gar ep᾽ amoibais kai antidosesin e epratton haper epratton, all᾽ ex agapēs monēs kaitoige [kai en aichmalōsią ēsan, kai en douleią, kai oudenos apolelaukotes chrēstou. Kai gar kai patridos kai eleutherias kai tōn ontōn pantōn exepeson. Mē gar moi tas en tais basilikais aulais eipēs timas. HoOsioi gar ontes kai dikaioi, myriakis an heilonto prosaitein oikoi, kai tōn en tǭ naǭ kalōn apolauein. 7᾿Exelexamēn gar, phēsi, ᾿pararripteisthai en tǭ oikǭ tou theou bioun mallon ē oikein AiE en skēnōmasin hamartōlōn kai, kreittōn hēmera mia en tais aulais son hyper chiliadas. Myriakis houn an heilonto aperriphthai oikoi? ē basileuein en Babylōni. Kai touto dēlon ex hōn kai en tę̄ kaminǭ dēlousi, baroumenoi tēn autothi diatribēn. Ei gar kai autoi pollēs apelanon timēs, tas tōn allōn horōntes symphoras sphodra edaknonto᾽ hoper malista estin hagiōn idion, mē doxan, mē timēn, mēden allo protiman tēs tou plēsion sōtērias. Hora goun pōs en kaminǭ ontes, hyper tou dēmou pantos tēn hiketērian epoiounto. Hēmeis de oude en anesei ontes tōn adelphōn mnēmoneuomen. Kai hēnika de ta enypnia ezētoun, ou to heautōn eskopoun, alla to tōn pollōn hoti gar thanatou katephronoun, dia pollōn meta tauta edeixan. Pantachou de heautous bōllontai, ton theon dysōpēsai boulomenoi. Eita ERON oude heautous arkein ē gounto, epi tous pateras katapheugousin᾽ autoi de ouden pleon ephasan eispherein, all᾽ ē pneuma syntetrimmenon. Toutous dē kai hēmeis zēlōsōmen. Kai gar kai nyn hestēken eikōn chrysē, hē tou mamōna tyrannis. ᾿Alla mē prosechōmen tois tympanois, mēde tois aulois, mēde tais kinyrais, mēde tē loipę̄ tou ploutou phantasią? alla kan eis kaminon empesein deē penias, helōmetha, hōste mē proskynēsai ekeinǭ, kai estai ᾿5 drosos en mesǭ diasyrizousa. Mē toinyn phrittōmen, e penias akouontes kaminon. Kai gar kai tote hoi men empesontes eis tēn kaminon apedeichthēsan Ho lamproteroi? hoi de proskynēsantes anę̄rethēsan. Alla tote men homou panta egeneto nyn de ta men entautha estai, ta de e ekei? ta de kai entautha kai en tē mellousē hēmerą. Oe men gar hyper tou mē proskynēsai ton mamōnan penian helomenoi, kai entautha kai tote esontai lamproteroi hoi de ploutountes entautha adikōs, tote tēn eschatēn dōsousi dikēn. Dpo tautēs kai Lazaros tēs kaminou. exēei, tōn paidōn ekeinōn ouch hētton lampros ho de en tē taxei tōn proskynēsantōn tēn eikona plousios en geennę̄ katedikazeto. Kai gar ta eirēmena typos ekeinōn. Hōsper oun entautha hoi men empesontes ouden epathon, hoi de exō kathēmenoi meta pollēs hērpagēsan tēs sphodrotētos houtō kai tote estai hoi men hagioi dia tou potamou tou pyros baei to ouden peisontai aēdes, alla kai phaidroi phanountai hi de tēn eikona proskynēsantes, opsontai to pyr hautois dēthiou chalepōteron pantos epipēdōn, kai kathelkon endon. Hōste ei tis diapistei tę̄ geennę̄, tautēn idōn tēn kaminon, apo tōn parontōn pistenetō tois mellousi, kai mē Phobeisthō penias kaminon, all hamartias kaminon. Touto men gar phlox kai odynē, e ekeino de ! sos kai anesis kakeinē men tę̄ kaminǭ parestēken ho diabolos, tautē de angeloi tinassontes tēn phloga.

For if they had said that it was for their sins that he does not deliver them, and he had not delivered them, they would not have been believed. That is why here they keep silent about this; but they say it in the furnace, putting forward their sins again and again. But before the king they say nothing of the kind, but only that even if they are about to be burned, they will not betray their godliness. For they did what they did not for rewards and recompense, but from love alone; and that although they were in captivity and slavery and had enjoyed nothing good. For they had lost country and freedom and all they had. And do not tell me of the honors in the royal courts. For being holy and righteous, they would have chosen ten thousand times to beg at home and enjoy the good things in the temple. “For I have chosen,” it says, “to be cast aside in the house of God rather than to dwell in the tents of sinners,” and, “Better is one day in your courts than thousands.” They would have chosen ten thousand times to be cast aside at home rather than to reign in Babylon. And this is clear from what they show even in the furnace, weighed down by their stay there. For though they themselves enjoyed much honor, seeing the misfortunes of the others they were bitterly stung; which is above all the mark of the saints, to prefer neither glory, nor honor, nor anything else to the salvation of their neighbor. See, at any rate, how while in the furnace they made supplication for the whole people. But we, even in ease, do not remember our brothers. And when they sought the dreams, they did not look to their own interest but to that of the many; for that they despised death they showed through many things afterward. And everywhere they throw themselves forward, wishing to move God. Then, since they did not think even themselves sufficient, they take refuge in the fathers; and they said that they themselves brought nothing more than a broken spirit.

Let us too emulate them. For now too a golden image stands, the tyranny of mammon. But let us not attend to the drums, nor the pipes, nor the harps, nor the rest of the pageant of wealth; but even if we must fall into the furnace of poverty, let us choose it, rather than worship that image, and there will be a dew whistling in the midst. Let us not, then, shudder on hearing of the furnace of poverty. For then too those who fell into the furnace were shown more illustrious, while those who worshiped were destroyed. But then everything happened together; now some things will be here, others there, and others both here and on the day to come. For those who have chosen poverty rather than worship mammon will be more illustrious both here and then; but those who are rich here unjustly will then pay the utmost penalty. From this furnace Lazarus too came out, no less illustrious than those children; but the rich man, in the rank of those who worshiped the image, was condemned in hell. For what was said is a type of those things. As, then, here those who fell in suffered nothing, while those sitting outside were seized with great violence, so it will be then: the saints, passing through the river of fire, will suffer nothing unpleasant, but will even appear radiant; but those who worshiped the image will see the fire leaping upon them more fiercely than any beast and dragging them inside. So if anyone disbelieves in hell, seeing this furnace, let him believe what is to come from what is present, and let him not fear the furnace of poverty, but the furnace of sin. For this is flame and pain, but that is dew and refreshment; and by that furnace stands the devil, but by this angels, shaking off the flame.

4.14Field 1

Ταῦτα αἀκουέτωσαν οἱ πλουτοῦντες, οἱ τὴν κάμινον τῆς πενίας ἀνάπτοντες. ᾿Εκείνους μὲν γὰρ οὐδὲν βλάψουσι, τῆς δρόσου παραγενομένης αὐτοῖς᾽ ἑαυτοὺς δὲ εὐχειρώτους ἐργάσονται τῆ φλογὶ, ἣν ἀπὸ τῶν ἰδίων ἀνῆψαν χειρῶν. Τότε μὲν οὖν ἄγγελος συγκατέβη τοῖς παισὶν ἐκείνοις νυνὶ δὲ ἡμεῖς τοῖς ἐν καμίνῳ πενίας οὖσι συγκαταβῶμεν, καὶ διὰ τῆς ἐλεημοσύνης ἐργασώμεθα δρόσον, καὶ ἐκτινάξωμεν τὴν φλόγα, ἵνα καὶ τῶν στεφάνων αὐτῶν γενώμεθα κοινωνοί ἵνα καὶ τὴν φλόγα τῆς γεέννης ἡ τοῦ Χριστοῦ διασκεδάση φωνὴ ἢ λέγουσα ἐἰῤλυς πεινῶντα Κμε εἴδετε, καὶ ἐθρέψατε. Αὕτη γὰρ ἡ φωνὴ τότε αντὶ δρόσου παραστήσεται ἡμῖν, διὰ μέσης συρίζουσα τῆς φλογος. Κατέλθωμεν τοίνυν μετὰ ἐλεημοσυνης εἰς τὴν τῆς πτωχείας κάμινον ἴδωμεν τοὺς φιλοσοφοῦντας βαδίζοντας ἐ ἐν αὐτῇ, καὶ τοὺς ἄνθρακας πατοῦντας ἴδωμεν τὸ θαῦμα τὸ καινὸν καὶ παράδοξον, ἄνθρωπον ἐν καμίνῳ ψάλλοντα, ἄνθρωπον ἐν πυρὶ εὐχαριστοῦντα, πενίᾳ προσδεδεμένον ἐ ἐσχάτῃ, καὶ πολλὴν φέροντα τὴν εὐφημίαν τῷ Χριστῷ. Καὶ γὰρ τοῖς παισὶν ἐκείνοις ἴσοι γίνονται οἱ πενίαν μετ᾽ εὐχαριστίας φέροντες. Καὶ γὰρ πυρὸς φοβερώτερον ἢ ἢ πτωχεία, καὶ μᾶλλον ἐμπιπρᾶν εἴωθεν. ᾿Αλλὰ τοὺς παῖδας οὐκ ἐνέπρησεν ἐκείνους, ἀλλ᾽ ἐπειδὴ χάριτας ὡμολόγησαν τῷ δεσπότη, καὶ τὰ δεσμὰ εὐθέως αὐτοῖς διελύετο. Οὕτω καὶ νῦν, ἂν ἐμπεσὼν εἰς πενίαν εὐχαριστήσης, καὶ τὰ δεσμὰ λύεται, καὶ Ἵ φλὸξ σβέννυται κἀν μὴ σβεσθῇ, τὸ πολλῷ θαυμάσ τὀ ερὸν, ἀντὶ φλογὸς πηγὴ γίνεται ὃ δὴ καὶ τότε συνέβη καὶ ἐν καμίνῳ μέση δρόσου καθαρᾶς τἀπονηνὲ Τὸ μὲν γὰρ πῦρ οὐκ ἔσβεσε, τὸ δὲ καυθῆναι τοὺς ἐμβληθέντας διεκώλυσε. Τοῦτο καὶ ἐπὶ τῶν φιλοσοφούντων ἐστὶν ἰδεῖν. καὶ γὰρ ἐν πενίᾳ τῶν πλουτούντων ἀδεέστερον διάκεινται. τοίνυν ἔξω τῆς καμίνου καθεζώμεθα, ανηλεῶς πρὸς τοὺς πένητας ἔχοντες, ἵνα μὴ πάθωμεν ὅ ὅπερ ἔπαθον τότε ἐκεῖνοι. Ἂν μὲν γὰρ καταβας πρὸς αὐτοὺς στήση μετὰ τῶν παίδων, οὐκέτι σε οὐδὲν ἐργάσεται δεινὸν τὸ πῦρ' ἐὰν δὲ ἄνω καθήμενος περιΐδῃς αὐτοὺς ἐν τῇ φλογὶ τῆς πενίας, κατακαύσει σε φλόξ. Κατάβηθι τοίνυν εἰς τὸ πὺρ, ἵνα μὴ κατακαῇς ὑπὸ τοῦ πυβρόν' μὴ καθίσης ἔξω τοῦ πυρὸς, ἵνα μή σε ᾿ἁρπασῃ ἥ φλόξ. Ἂν μὲν γὰρ ἴδῃ σε μετὰ τῶν πενήτων, ἀποστήσεταί σου ἄν δὲ ἀλλοτριούμενον αὐτῶν, ἐπιδραμεῖταί σοι ταχέως, καὶ ἁρπάσεταί σε. Μὴ τοίνυν ἀποστῇς αὐτῶν ἐμβληθέντων' ἀλλ᾽ ὅταν ὁ διάβολος κελεύῃ τοὺς μὴ προσκυνήσαντας τῷ χρυσῷ βαλεῖν εἰς τὴν κάμινον τῆς πενίας, μὴ τῶν ἐμβαλλόντων, αλλὰ τῶν ἐμβαλλομένων γίνον, ἵνα γένῃ τῶν σωζομένων, καὶ μὴ τῶν καιομένων. Καὶ γὰρ μεγίστη δρόσος, τὸ μὴ κατέχεσθαι ἐπιθυμίᾳ πλούτου, τὸ πένησιν ὁμιλεῖν. Οὗτοι πάντων εἰσὶν εὐπορώτεροι, οἱ τὴν ἐπιθυμίαν τοῦ πλούτου καταπατήσαντες.ς Ἐπεὶ καὶ ἐκεῖνοι καταφρονήσαντες τότε τοῦ βασιλέως, ἐγένοντο τοῦ βασιλέως λαμπρότεροι. Καὶ σὺ τοίνυν ἂν ὑπερίδῃς τῶν ἐν τῷ κόσμῳ ΡΟ: μάτων, τοῦ κόσμου παντὸς ἔσῃ τιμιώτερος, κατὰ τοὺς ἁγίους ὶς ἐκείνους, Ὁ ὡς ὧν οὐκ ἦν ἄξιος ὁ κόσμος. Ἵν᾽ οὖν ἄξιος γένῃ τῶν ἢ οὐρανίων, καταγέλασον τῶν παρόντων. Οὕτω γὰρ καὶ ἐνταῦθα ἔσῃ λαμπρότερος, καὶ τῶν μελλόντων ἀπολαύσεις αγαθῶν, χάριτι καὶ φιλανθρωπίᾳ τοῦ κυρίου ἡμῶν ᾿Ιησοῦ Χριστοῦ, ᾧ ἡ δοξα καὶ τὸ κράτος εἰς τοὺς αἰῶνας τῶν αἰώνων. Ἀμήν.

Tauta aakouetōsan hoi ploutountes, hoi tēn kaminon tēs penias anaptontes. ᾿Ekeinous men gar ouden blapsousi, tēs drosou paragenomenēs autois᾽ heautous de eucheirōtous ergasontai tē phlogi, hēn apo tōn idiōn anēpsan cheirōn. Tote men oun angelos synkatebē tois paisin ekeinois nyni de hēmeis tois en kaminǭ penias ousi synkatabōmen, kai dia tēs eleēmosynēs ergasōmetha droson, kai ektinaxōmen tēn phloga, hina kai tōn stephanōn autōn genōmetha koinōnoi hina kai tēn phloga tēs geennēs hē tou Christou diaskedasē phōnē ē legousa eirlys peinōnta Kme eidete, kai ethrepsate. Hautē gar hē phōnē tote anti drosou parastēsetai hēmin, dia mesēs syrizousa tēs phlogos. Katelthōmen toinyn meta eleēmosynēs eis tēn tēs ptōcheias kaminon idōmen tous philosophountas badizontas e en autę̄, kai tous anthrakas patountas idōmen to thauma to kainon kai paradoxon, anthrōpon en kaminǭ psallonta, anthrōpon en pyri eucharistounta, penią prosdedemenon e eschatę̄, kai pollēn pheronta tēn euphēmian tǭ Christǭ. Kai gar tois paisin ekeinois isoi ginontai hoi penian met᾽ eucharistias pherontes. Kai gar pyros phoberōteron ē ē ptōcheia, kai mallon empipran eiōthen. ᾿Alla tous paidas ouk eneprēsen ekeinous, all᾽ epeidē charitas hōmologēsan tǭ despotē, kai ta desma eutheōs autois dielyeto. Houtō kai nyn, an empesōn eis penian eucharistēsēs, kai ta desma lyetai, kai Hi phlox sbennytai kan mē sbesthę̄, to pollǭ thaumas to eron, anti phlogos pēgē ginetai ho dē kai tote synebē kai en kaminǭ mesē drosou katharas taponēne To men gar pyr ouk esbese, to de kauthēnai tous emblēthentas diekōlyse. Touto kai epi tōn philosophountōn estin idein. kai gar en penią tōn ploutountōn adeesteron diakeintai. toinyn exō tēs kaminou kathezōmetha, anēleōs pros tous penētas echontes, hina mē pathōmen ho hoper epathon tote ekeinoi. An men gar katabas pros autous stēsē meta tōn paidōn, ouketi se ouden ergasetai deinon to pyr' ean de anō kathēmenos periïdę̄s autous en tę̄ phlogi tēs penias, katakausei se phlox. Katabēthi toinyn eis to pyr, hina mē katakaę̄s hypo tou pybron' mē kathisēs exō tou pyros, hina mē se ᾿harpasę̄ hē phlox. An men gar idę̄ se meta tōn penētōn, apostēsetai sou an de allotrioumenon autōn, epidrameitai soi tacheōs, kai harpasetai se. Mē toinyn apostę̄s autōn emblēthentōn' all᾽ hotan ho diabolos keleuę̄ tous mē proskynēsantas tǭ chrysǭ balein eis tēn kaminon tēs penias, mē tōn emballontōn, alla tōn emballomenōn ginon, hina genę̄ tōn sōzomenōn, kai mē tōn kaiomenōn. Kai gar megistē drosos, to mē katechesthai epithymią ploutou, to penēsin homilein. Houtoi pantōn eisin euporōteroi, hoi tēn epithymian tou ploutou katapatēsantes.s Epei kai ekeinoi kataphronēsantes tote tou basileōs, egenonto tou basileōs lamproteroi. Kai sy toinyn an hyperidę̄s tōn en tǭ kosmǭ RO: matōn, tou kosmou pantos esę̄ timiōteros, kata tous hagious is ekeinous, Ho hōs hōn ouk ēn axios ho kosmos. Hin᾽ oun axios genę̄ tōn ē ouraniōn, katagelason tōn parontōn. Houtō gar kai entautha esę̄ lamproteros, kai tōn mellontōn apolauseis agathōn, chariti kai philanthrōpią tou kyriou hēmōn ᾿Iēsou Christou, hǭ hē doxa kai to kratos eis tous aiōnas tōn aiōnōn. Amēn.

Let the rich hear this, who kindle the furnace of poverty. For they will do no harm to those men, since the dew comes to them; but they will make themselves easy prey to the flame that they kindled with their own hands. Then, an angel came down with those children; now let us go down with those who are in the furnace of poverty, and by almsgiving make dew and shake off the flame, so that we may become sharers in their crowns too; so that the voice of Christ may scatter the flame of hell for us, saying: “You saw me hungry and fed me.” For that voice will then stand by us in place of dew, whistling through the midst of the flame. Let us go down, then, with almsgiving into the furnace of poverty. Let us see those who live in philosophy walking in it and treading on the coals; let us see the new and marvelous wonder, a man singing psalms in a furnace, a man giving thanks in the fire, bound to the utmost poverty and offering great praise to Christ. For those who bear poverty with thanksgiving become equal to those children. For poverty is more fearful than fire and burns more fiercely. But it did not burn those children; but when they confessed their thanks to the Master, their bonds too were at once loosed. So too now: if, having fallen into poverty, you give thanks, both the bonds are loosed and the flame is quenched; and even if it is not quenched, what is much more wonderful, instead of a flame it becomes a spring; which is what happened then too, and in the midst of the furnace they enjoyed pure dew. For it did not quench the fire, but prevented those cast in from being burned. This one can see also with those who live in philosophy; for in poverty they are more fearless than the rich. Let us not, then, sit outside the furnace, being pitiless toward the poor, lest we suffer what those men suffered then. For if you go down to them and stand with the children, the fire will no longer do you any harm; but if you sit above and overlook them in the flame of poverty, the flame will burn you up. Go down, then, into the fire, that you may not be burned up by the fire; do not sit outside the fire, lest the flame seize you. For if it sees you with the poor, it will depart from you; but if it sees you estranged from them, it will quickly run upon you and seize you. Do not, then, stand apart from them when they are cast in; but when the devil orders those who did not worship gold to be cast into the furnace of poverty, be not among those who cast in but among those who are cast in, that you may be among those who are saved and not among those who are burned. For the greatest dew is not to be held by desire for wealth, and to keep company with the poor. These are richer than all, who have trampled on the desire for wealth. For those men too, despising the king then, became more illustrious than the king. And you too, if you look down on the things in the world, will be more precious than the whole world, like those saints, “of whom the world was not worthy.” That you may become worthy of heavenly things, then, laugh at present things. For so you will be more illustrious here too, and will enjoy the good things to come, by the grace and lovingkindness of our Lord Jesus Christ, to whom be glory and might to the ages of ages. Amen.

Chapter 5

5.1Field 1

Τοῦτο δὲ ὅλαν γέγονεν, ἵνα πληρωθῇ τὸ ῥηθὲν ὑπὸ τοῦ κυρίου διᾷ τοῦ προφήτου λέγοντος ἰδοὺ ἡ παρθένος ἐν γαστρὶ ἕξει, καὶ τέξεται υἱὸν, καὶ καλέσουσι τὸ ὄνομα αὐτοῦ Εμμανουήλ, ΠΟΛΛΩΝ ἀκούω λεγόντων, ὅτι παρόντες μὲν καὶ τῆς ἀκροάσεως ἀπολαύοντες, συστελλόμεθα ἐξελθόντες δὲ ἕτεροι πάλιν ἀνθ᾽ ἑτέρων γινόμεθα, τὸ πὺρ τῆς προθυμίας σβεννυντες. Τί οὖν ἂν γένοιτο, ὅπως τοῦτο μὴ γίνηται: ὲ Σκοπήσωμεν ὅθεν γίνεται. Πόθεν οὗν γίνεται ἡμῖν ἢ τοσαύτη μεταβολή ; ᾿Δπὸ τῆς διατριβῆς τῆς μὴ προσηκούσης, καὶ τῆς τῶν πονηρῶν ἀνθρώπων συνουσίας. Οὐ γὰρ ἐχρῆν απὸ τῆς συνάξεως ἀναχωροῦντας εἰς τὰ μὴ προσήκοντα τῇ συνάξει ἐμβάλλειν ἑαυτοὺς πράγματα ἀλλ᾽ εὐθέως οἴκαδε ᾿ἐλθόντας τὸ βιβλίον μεταχειρίζεσθαι, καὶ τὴν γυναῖκα καὶ τὰ παιδία πρὸς τὴν κοινωνίαν τῆς τών εἰρημένων καλεῖν συλλογῆς, καὶ τότε τῶν βιωτικῶν ἅπτεσθαι πραγμάτων. Εἰ γὰρ ἀπὸ βαλανείου οὐκ ἂν ἕλοιο εἰς ἀγορὰν ἐμβάλλειν, ὥστε μὴ τὴν ἐκεῖθεν ἄνεσιν λυμήνασθαι τοῖς ἐν ἀγορᾷ πράγμασι: πολλῷ μᾶλλον ἀπὸ συνάξεως τοῦτο ποιεῖν ἐχρῆν. Νῦν δὲ τούὐναντίον ποιοῦμεν διὰ δὴ τοῦτο καὶ πάντα ἀπόλλυμεν. Οὔπω γὰρ τῆς ὠφελείας τῶν λεχθέντων παγείσης καλῶς, ἡ πολλὴ ῥύμη τών ἔξωθεν προσπιπτόντων πάντα παρασύρασα οἴχε- ται. ἵν᾽ οὖν μὴ τοῦτο γίνηται, ἀπὸ συνάξεως ἀναχωρῶν, μηδὲν ποιοὺ τῆς τῶν εἰρημένων συλλογῆς ἀναγκαιότερον. Καὶ γὰρ ἐσχάτης ἀγνωμοσύνης ἀν εἴη, πέντε καὶ ἕξ ἡμέρας τοῖς βιωτικοῖς ἀπονέμοντας, τοῖς πνευματικοῖς μηδὲ μίαν ἡμέραν, μᾶλλον δὲ μηδὲ μικρὸν τῆς ἡμέρας μέρος διδόναι. Οὐχ. ὁρᾶτε τὰ παιδία τὰ ἡμέτερα, ὅτι τὰ μαθήματα, ἅπερ ἂν δέξωνται, ταῦτα δι᾿ ὅλης μελετῶσι τῆς ἡμέρας: Τοῦτο δὴ καὶ ἡμεῖς ἐργασώμεθα ἐπεὶ πλέον οὐδὲν ἡμῖν ἔσται τῆς ἐνταῦθα ἀφίξεως, εἰς πίθον τετρημένον ἀντλοῦσι καθ᾽ ἑκαστην ἡμέραν, καὶ μηδὲ τοσαύτην παρεχομένοις σπου- δὴν τῆ τῶν εἰρημένων φυλακῇ, ὅσην περὶ χρυσὸν καὶ ἄργυβον ἐπιδεικνύμεθα. Δηνάρια μὲν γάρ τις ὀλίγα λαβων, καὶ εἰς βαλλάντιον ἀποτίθεται, καὶ σφραγῖδα ἐπιτίθησιν ἡμεῖς δὲ καὶ χρυσίου καὶ λίθων πολυτελῶν τιμιώτερα δεχόμενοι λόγια, καὶ τοὺς τοῦ πνεύματος ὑποδεχόμενοι θησαυροὺς, οὐκ εἰς τὰ ταμιεῖα τῆς Ψυχῆς ἀποτιθέμεθα, ἀλλ᾽ ἁπλώς. καὶ ὡς ἔτυχεν ἐῶμεν τῆς ἡμετέρας διανοίας ἐκρεῖν. Τίς οὖν ἡμᾶς ἐλεήσει λοιπὸν, ἐπιβουλεύοντας ἑαυτοῖς, καὶ εἰς τοσαύτην ἐμβάλλοντας πενίαν; Ἵν᾽ οὖν μὴ τοῦτο γίνηται, γραάψωμεν ἐαντοῖς νόμον ἀκίνητον, καὶ ταῖς γυναιξὶ καὶ τοῖς παισὶ τοῖς ἡμετέροις, μίαν τῆς ἑβδομάδος ἡμέραν ταύτην ὅλην ἀνατιθέναι τῇ ἀκροάσει καὶ τῶν ακουσθέντων τῇ συλλογή. Οὕτω γὰρ καὶ εὐμαθέστεροι πρὸς τὰ μέλλοντα ῥηθήσεσθαι ἀπαντήσομεν, καὶ ἡμῖν ἐλάττων ὁ πόνος ἔσται, καὶ ὑμῖν τὸ κέρδος πλέον, ὅταν τὰ πρώην εἰρημένα φέροντες ἐπὶ μνήμης, οὕτω τὰ μετὰ ταῦτα ἀκούητε. Ου γὰρ μικρόν τι καὶ τοῦτο συντελεῖ πρὸς τὴν τῶν λεγομένων σύνεσιν, τὸ τὴν ἀκολουθίαν εἰδέναι μετὰ ἀκριβείας τῶν παρ᾽ ἡμῶν ὑφαινομένων ὑμῖν νοημάτων. ᾿Επειδὴ γὰρ οὐκ ἔνι πάντα ἐν μιᾷ ᾿καταβαλεῖν ἡμέρᾳ, τὰ ἐν πολλαῖς ὑμῖν ἡμέραις κατατιθέμενα τῇ τῆς μνήμης συνεχείᾳ ὥσπερ σειράν τινα ποιήσαντες, οὕτω δὴ περιτίθεσθε τῇ ψυχῆ, ὥστε ὁλόκληρον φαίνεσθαι τὸ σὼμα τῶν γραφῶν. Αναμνήσαντες τοίνυν τῶν ἔναγχος εἰρημένων ἑαυτοὺς, οὕτω καὶ σήμερον ἐπὶ τὰ τροκειμερα ἴωμεν.

Touto de holan gegonen, hina plērōthę̄ to rhēthen hypo tou kyriou dią tou prophētou legontos idou hē parthenos en gastri hexei, kai texetai huion, kai kalesousi to onoma autou Emmanouēl, POLLŌN akouō legontōn, hoti parontes men kai tēs akroaseōs apolauontes, systellometha exelthontes de heteroi palin anth᾽ heterōn ginometha, to pyr tēs prothymias sbennyntes. Ti oun an genoito, hopōs touto mē ginētai: e Skopēsōmen hothen ginetai. Pothen houn ginetai hēmin ē tosautē metabolē ? ᾿Dpo tēs diatribēs tēs mē prosēkousēs, kai tēs tōn ponērōn anthrōpōn synousias. Ou gar echrēn apo tēs synaxeōs anachōrountas eis ta mē prosēkonta tę̄ synaxei emballein heautous pragmata all᾽ eutheōs oikade ᾿elthontas to biblion metacheirizesthai, kai tēn gynaika kai ta paidia pros tēn koinōnian tēs tōn eirēmenōn kalein syllogēs, kai tote tōn biōtikōn haptesthai pragmatōn. Ei gar apo balaneiou ouk an heloio eis agoran emballein, hōste mē tēn ekeithen anesin lymēnasthai tois en agorą pragmasi: pollǭ mallon apo synaxeōs touto poiein echrēn. Nyn de touynantion poioumen dia dē touto kai panta apollymen. Oupō gar tēs ōpheleias tōn lechthentōn pageisēs kalōs, hē pollē rhymē tōn exōthen prospiptontōn panta parasyrasa oiche- tai. hin᾽ oun mē touto ginētai, apo synaxeōs anachōrōn, mēden poiou tēs tōn eirēmenōn syllogēs anankaioteron. Kai gar eschatēs agnōmosynēs an eiē, pente kai hex hēmeras tois biōtikois aponemontas, tois pneumatikois mēde mian hēmeran, mallon de mēde mikron tēs hēmeras meros didonai. Ouch. horate ta paidia ta hēmetera, hoti ta mathēmata, haper an dexōntai, tauta di᾿ holēs meletōsi tēs hēmeras: Touto dē kai hēmeis ergasōmetha epei pleon ouden hēmin estai tēs entautha aphixeōs, eis pithon tetrēmenon antlousi kath᾽ hekastēn hēmeran, kai mēde tosautēn parechomenois spou- dēn tē tōn eirēmenōn phylakę̄, hosēn peri chryson kai argybon epideiknymetha. Dēnaria men gar tis oliga labōn, kai eis ballantion apotithetai, kai sphragida epitithēsin hēmeis de kai chrysiou kai lithōn polytelōn timiōtera dechomenoi logia, kai tous tou pneumatos hypodechomenoi thēsaurous, ouk eis ta tamieia tēs Psychēs apotithemetha, all᾽ haplōs. kai hōs etychen eōmen tēs hēmeteras dianoias ekrein. Tis oun hēmas eleēsei loipon, epibouleuontas heautois, kai eis tosautēn emballontas penian? Hin᾽ oun mē touto ginētai, graapsōmen eantois nomon akinēton, kai tais gynaixi kai tois paisi tois hēmeterois, mian tēs hebdomados hēmeran tautēn holēn anatithenai tę̄ akroasei kai tōn akousthentōn tę̄ syllogē. Houtō gar kai eumathesteroi pros ta mellonta rhēthēsesthai apantēsomen, kai hēmin elattōn ho ponos estai, kai hymin to kerdos pleon, hotan ta prōēn eirēmena pherontes epi mnēmēs, houtō ta meta tauta akouēte. Ou gar mikron ti kai touto syntelei pros tēn tōn legomenōn synesin, to tēn akolouthian eidenai meta akribeias tōn par᾽ hēmōn hyphainomenōn hymin noēmatōn. ᾿Epeidē gar ouk eni panta en mią ᾿katabalein hēmerą, ta en pollais hymin hēmerais katatithemena tę̄ tēs mnēmēs synecheią hōsper seiran tina poiēsantes, houtō dē peritithesthe tę̄ psychē, hōste holoklēron phainesthai to sōma tōn graphōn. Anamnēsantes toinyn tōn enanchos eirēmenōn heautous, houtō kai sēmeron epi ta trokeimera iōmen.

“Now all this took place, that what was spoken by the Lord through the prophet might be fulfilled, saying: Behold, the virgin shall conceive and bear a son, and they shall call his name Emmanuel.”

I hear many saying that while we are present and enjoying the hearing, we are humbled; but when we have gone out, we become different men again, quenching the fire of our zeal. What then could be done so that this does not happen? Let us consider where it comes from. Where, then, does so great a change in us come from? From spending our time in unfitting ways and from the company of wicked men. For when we leave the assembly we ought not to throw ourselves into affairs unfitting for the assembly, but go home at once, take the book in hand, call wife and children to share in recalling what was said, and then take up the affairs of life. For if after the bath you would not choose to plunge into the marketplace, so as not to spoil the refreshment from there with the business of the marketplace, much more ought we to do this after the assembly. But as it is we do the opposite, and that is why we lose everything. For before the benefit of what was said has become firmly fixed, the great rush of things from outside falling upon us sweeps everything away and is gone. So that this may not happen, when you leave the assembly, count nothing more necessary than recalling what was said. For it would be the height of ingratitude to give five and six days to the affairs of life, and to spiritual things not even one day, or rather not even a small part of a day. Do you not see that our children practice the lessons they receive throughout the whole day? Let us too do this; otherwise we shall have nothing more from coming here, drawing water every day into a pierced jar, and not giving even as much care to keeping what is said as we show for gold and silver. For someone who receives a few denarii puts them in a purse and sets a seal on it; but we, receiving oracles more precious than gold and costly stones, and taking in the treasures of the Spirit, do not store them in the storerooms of the soul, but let them flow out of our minds idly and at random. Who then will pity us any longer, plotting against ourselves and casting ourselves into such poverty? So that this may not happen, let us write for ourselves an unshakable law, and for our wives and children, to devote one day of the week wholly to hearing and to recalling what has been heard. For so we shall come more ready to learn what is to be said, the labor will be less for us and the gain greater for you, when you hear what follows bearing in memory what was said before. For this too contributes not a little to understanding what is said, to know exactly the sequence of the thoughts we weave for you. For since it is not possible to lay everything down in one day, make what is laid up for you over many days into a kind of chain by continual remembering, and so put it around your soul, so that the body of the Scriptures may appear whole. Having reminded ourselves, then, of what was said lately, let us go on to what lies before us today.

5.2Field 1

Τίνα δέ ἐστι τὰ προκείμενα σήμερον: Τρῦτο δὲ ὅλον γέγονεν, ἵνα πληρωθῇ τὸ ῥηθὲν. ὑπὸ τοῦ κυρίου διὰ τοῦ προφήτου λέγοντος. Αξίως τοῦ θαύματος, ὡς αὐτῷ δυνατὸν ἦν, ἀνεβόησεν, εἰπών τοῦτο δὲ ὅλον γέγονεν. ᾿Επειδὴ γὰρ εἶδε τὸ πέλαγος καὶ τὴν ἄβυσσον τῆς φιλανθρωπίας α τοῦ θεοῦ, καὶ τὸ μηδέποτε ἐλπισθὲν εἰς ἔργον ἐλθὸν, καὶ φύσεως λυθέντας νόμους, καὶ καταλλαγὰς γινομένας, καὶ τὸν πάντων ἀνώτερον πρὸς τὸν πάντων κατώτερον κατιόντα; καὶ τὰ μεσότοιχα λυόμενα, καὶ τὰ κωλύματα ἀναιρούμενα, καὶ πολλῷ πλείονα τούτων ἕτερα γινόμενα, ἑνὶ ῥήματι τὸ θαῦμα παρέστησεν, εἰπών᾽ τοῦτο δὲ ὅλον Ὑέγονεν, ἵνα πληρωθῇ τὸ ῥηθὲν ὑπὸ τοῦ κυρίου. Μὴ γὰρ νομίσης» φησὶν, ὅτι νῦν ταῦτα ἔδοξε πάλαι προετυποῦτο. Ὅπερ καὶ ὁ Παῦλος πανταχοῦ δεῖξαι ἐσπούδασε. Καὶ παραπέμπει τὸν ᾿Ιωσηὴῴ τῷ Ἡσαΐᾳ λοιπὸν, ἵνα κἂν τῶν αὐτοῦ ῥημάτων ἐπιλάθηται ἀφυπνισθεὶς, ἅτε πρόσφατον εἰρημένων, τῶν προφητικῶν, οἷς ὁ συνανεστράφη διαπαντὸς, ἀναμνησθεὶς, καὶ τὰ παρ᾽ αὐτοῦ λεχθέντα κατάσχῃ. Καὶ τῇ μὲν γυναικὶ οὐδὲν τούτων εἴρηκεν, ἅτε κόρῃ οὔσῃ καὶ ἀπείρως τούτων ἐχούση τῷ δὲ ἀνδρὶ, ὃ οικαίῳ τε ὄντι καὶ μελετῶντι προφήτας, ἐντεῦθεν διαλέγεται. Καὶ πρὸ μὲν τούτου Μαριὰμ τὴν γυναῖκα σου λέγει ἐνταῦθα δὲ ὅτε τὸν προφήτην εἵλκυσεν ες τὸ μέσον, τότε αὐτῷ πιστεύει τὸ τῆς παρθενίας ὄνομα οὐ γὰρ οὕτως ἀτάραχος ἔμενε, παρθένον παρ᾽ αὐτοῦ ἀκούων, ᾿εἰ μὴ πρῶτον καὶ παρὰ Ἡσαΐου. Καὶ γὰρ οὐδὲν ξένον, ἀλλὰ τὸ σύνηθες καὶ τὸ ἐν πολλῷ χρόνῳ μελετηθὲν ἔμελλεν ἀκούσεσθαι παρὰ τοῦ προφήτον. Διὰ τοῦτο ποιῶν εὐπαράδεκτον τὸ εἰρημένον ὁ ἄγγελος, παράγει εἰς μέσον τὸν Ἡσαΐαν. Μκαὶ οὐδὲ ἐνταῦθα ἵσταται, ἀλλ᾽ ἐπὶ τὸν θεὸν ἀναρτᾷ τὸν λόγον᾽ οὐ γὰρ αὐτου εἶναί φησι τὸ εἰρημένον, ἀλλὰ τοὺ τῶν ὅλων θεοῦ. Διὰ τοῦτο οὐκ εἶπεν, ἵνα πληρωθῇ τὸ βηθὲν ὑπὸ Ἡσαΐου, ἀλλὰ τὸ ῥηθὲν ὑπὸ τοῦ κυρίου. Τὸ μὲν γὰρ στόμα ᾿Ησαΐουν, ὁ δὲ χρησμὸς ἄνωθεν ἐφέρετο. Τί οὖν οὗτός φησιν ὁ Χχρησμόςς ἐς ᾿Ιδοὺ ἡ παρθένος ἐν γαστρὶ ἕξει, καὶ τέξεται υἱὸν, καὶ καλέσουσι τὸ ὄνομα αὐτοῦ ᾿Εωμμανονήλ. Πώς οὖν οὐκ ἐκλήθη, φησὶ, τὸ ὄνομα αὐτοῦ ᾿Εμμανουὴλ, αλλὰ ᾿Ιησοῦς Χριστὸς; Ὅτι οὐκ εἶπε, καλεσεις, ἀλλὰ, καλέσουσιν, οἱ ὄχλοι τουτέστι, καὶ τῶν πραγμάτων ἔκβασις. ᾿Ενταῦθα γὰρ ἱ τὸ συμβαῖνον ὃ ὄνομα τίθησι καὶ ἔθος τοῦτο τῆ ὙΡΟΦ τὶ τὰ συμβαίνοντα πράγματα ἀντὶ ὀνομάτων τιθέναι. Οὐδὲν οὖν ἄλλο δηλοῖ τὸ ᾿καλέσουσιν ᾿Εωμανουήλ, ἢ ὅτι ὄψονται θεὸν μετὰ ἀνθρώπων' ἀεὶ μὲν γὰρ γέγονε μετὰ ἴθ ρώπων, οὐδέποτε δὲ οὕτω σαφῶς. Εἰ ἀναισχυντοῖεν Ἰουϑαῖοι, ἐρησόμεθα αὐτούς πότε ἐκλήθη παιδίον, Ταχέως σκύλευσον, ὀξέως προνόμευσον ἦ Ἀλλ᾽ οὐκ ἄν ἔχοιεν εἰπεῖν. Πώς οὖν ὁ προφήτης ἐλεγε᾽ κάλεσον τὸ ὄνομα αὐτοῦ, Ταχέως σκύλευσον : Ὅτι γεννηθέντος αὐτοῦ προνομὴ σκύλων ἐγένετο καὶ διανομή᾽ διὰ τοῦτο τὸ ἐπ᾿ αὐτοῦ πρᾶγμα συμβεβηκὸς ὡς ὄνομα αὐτοῦ τίθησι. Καὶ ἐς ἢ πόλις δὲ, φησὶ, κληθήσεται πόλις δικαιοσύνης, μητρόπολις πιστὴ Σιών καὶ οὐδαμοῦ εὑρίσκομεν ὅτι δικαιοσύνη ἐκλήθη ἡ πόλις, ἀλλ᾽ ἔμεινεν ᾿Ιεροσόλυμα καλουμένη ἀλλ᾽ ἐπειδὴ τοῦτο ἐξέβη, πρὸς τὸ βέλτιον αὐτῆς μεταβληθείσης, διὰ τοῦτο αὐτὴν οὕτω καλεῖσθαι ἔφη. Ὅταν γάρ τι συμβῇ πρᾶγμα, ὃ τῆς προσηγορίας σαφέστερον γνωρίζει τὸν κατορθοῦντα αὐτὸ, ἦ καὶ ἀπολαύοντα αὐτοῦ, ὄνομα αὐτῷ φησιν εἶναι τοῦ πράγματος τὴν ἀλήθειαν. Εἰ δὲ ἐντεῦθεν ἐπιστι ἕντες ἕτερον ζητοῖεν, τὸ περὶ τῆς παρθενίας λεχθὲν, καὶ προβαλλοιντο ἡμῖν ἑτέρους ἑρμηνευτὰς, λέγοντες, ὅτι οὐκ εἶπον παρθένον, ἀλλὰ νεᾶνιν᾽ πρῶτον μὲν ἐκεῖνο ἐροῦμεν, ὅτι τῶν ἄλλων μάλλον ἁπάντων τὸ ἀξιόπιστον οἱ ἐβδομήκοντα ἔχοιεν ἄν δικαίως. Οἱ μὲν γὰρ μετὰ τὴν τοῦ Χριστοῦ παρουσίαν ἡρμήνευσαν, ᾿Ιουδαῖοι μείναντες, καὶ δικαίως ἂν ὑποπτεύοιντο, ἅτε ἀπεχθείᾳ μᾶλλον ἡ ύοτος καὶ τὰς προφητείας , συσκιάζοντες ἐπίτηδες οἱ δὲ ἑβδομήκοντα πρὸ ἑκατὸν ἥ καὶ πλειόνων ἐτῶν τὴς τοῦ Χριστοῦ παρουσίας ἐπὶ τοῦτο ελθόντες καὶ τοσοῦτοι ὄντες, πάσης τοιαύτης εἰσὶν ὑποψίας ἀπηλλαγμένοι, καὶ διὰ τὸν χρόνον, καὶ διὰ τὸ πλῆθος, καὶ διὰ τὴν συμφωνίαν μάλλον ἂν εἶεν πιστεύεσθαι βίκαιοι.

Tina de esti ta prokeimena sēmeron: Tryto de holon gegonen, hina plērōthę̄ to rhēthen. hypo tou kyriou dia tou prophētou legontos. Axiōs tou thaumatos, hōs autǭ dynaton ēn, aneboēsen, eipōn touto de holon gegonen. ᾿Epeidē gar eide to pelagos kai tēn abysson tēs philanthrōpias a tou theou, kai to mēdepote elpisthen eis ergon elthon, kai physeōs lythentas nomous, kai katallagas ginomenas, kai ton pantōn anōteron pros ton pantōn katōteron kationta? kai ta mesotoicha lyomena, kai ta kōlymata anairoumena, kai pollǭ pleiona toutōn hetera ginomena, heni rhēmati to thauma parestēsen, eipōn᾽ touto de holon Hyegonen, hina plērōthę̄ to rhēthen hypo tou kyriou. Mē gar nomisēs» phēsin, hoti nyn tauta edoxe palai proetypouto. Hoper kai ho Paulos pantachou deixai espoudase. Kai parapempei ton ᾿Iōsēēǭ tǭ Hēsaïą loipon, hina kan tōn autou rhēmatōn epilathētai aphypnistheis, hate prosphaton eirēmenōn, tōn prophētikōn, hois ho synanestraphē diapantos, anamnēstheis, kai ta par᾽ autou lechthenta kataschę̄. Kai tę̄ men gynaiki ouden toutōn eirēken, hate korę̄ ousę̄ kai apeirōs toutōn echousē tǭ de andri, ho oikaiǭ te onti kai meletōnti prophētas, enteuthen dialegetai. Kai pro men toutou Mariam tēn gynaika sou legei entautha de hote ton prophētēn heilkysen es to meson, tote autǭ pisteuei to tēs parthenias onoma ou gar houtōs atarachos emene, parthenon par᾽ autou akouōn, ᾿ei mē prōton kai para Hēsaïou. Kai gar ouden xenon, alla to synēthes kai to en pollǭ chronǭ meletēthen emellen akousesthai para tou prophēton. Dia touto poiōn euparadekton to eirēmenon ho angelos, paragei eis meson ton Hēsaïan. Mkai oude entautha histatai, all᾽ epi ton theon anartą ton logon᾽ ou gar autou einai phēsi to eirēmenon, alla tou tōn holōn theou. Dia touto ouk eipen, hina plērōthę̄ to bēthen hypo Hēsaïou, alla to rhēthen hypo tou kyriou. To men gar stoma ᾿Ēsaïoun, ho de chrēsmos anōthen ephereto. Ti oun houtos phēsin ho Chchrēsmoss es ᾿Idou hē parthenos en gastri hexei, kai texetai huion, kai kalesousi to onoma autou ᾿Eōmmanonēl. Pōs oun ouk eklēthē, phēsi, to onoma autou ᾿Emmanouēl, alla ᾿Iēsous Christos? Hoti ouk eipe, kaleseis, alla, kalesousin, hoi ochloi toutesti, kai tōn pragmatōn ekbasis. ᾿Entautha gar hi to symbainon ho onoma tithēsi kai ethos touto tē HyROPh ti ta symbainonta pragmata anti onomatōn tithenai. Ouden oun allo dēloi to ᾿kalesousin ᾿Eōmanouēl, ē hoti opsontai theon meta anthrōpōn' aei men gar gegone meta ith rōpōn, oudepote de houtō saphōs. Ei anaischyntoien Iouϑaioi, erēsometha autous pote eklēthē paidion, Tacheōs skyleuson, oxeōs pronomeuson ē All᾽ ouk an echoien eipein. Pōs oun ho prophētēs elege᾽ kaleson to onoma autou, Tacheōs skyleuson : Hoti gennēthentos autou pronomē skylōn egeneto kai dianomē᾽ dia touto to ep᾿ autou pragma symbebēkos hōs onoma autou tithēsi. Kai es ē polis de, phēsi, klēthēsetai polis dikaiosynēs, mētropolis pistē Siōn kai oudamou heuriskomen hoti dikaiosynē eklēthē hē polis, all᾽ emeinen ᾿Ierosolyma kaloumenē all᾽ epeidē touto exebē, pros to beltion autēs metablētheisēs, dia touto autēn houtō kaleisthai ephē. Hotan gar ti symbę̄ pragma, ho tēs prosēgorias saphesteron gnōrizei ton katorthounta auto, ē kai apolauonta autou, onoma autǭ phēsin einai tou pragmatos tēn alētheian. Ei de enteuthen episti hentes heteron zētoien, to peri tēs parthenias lechthen, kai proballointo hēmin heterous hermēneutas, legontes, hoti ouk eipon parthenon, alla neanin᾽ prōton men ekeino eroumen, hoti tōn allōn mallon hapantōn to axiopiston hoi ebdomēkonta echoien an dikaiōs. Hoi men gar meta tēn tou Christou parousian hērmēneusan, ᾿Ioudaioi meinantes, kai dikaiōs an hypopteuointo, hate apechtheią mallon hē yotos kai tas prophēteias , syskiazontes epitēdes hoi de hebdomēkonta pro hekaton hē kai pleionōn etōn tēs tou Christou parousias epi touto elthontes kai tosoutoi ontes, pasēs toiautēs eisin hypopsias apēllagmenoi, kai dia ton chronon, kai dia to plēthos, kai dia tēn symphōnian mallon an eien pisteuesthai bikaioi.

What, then, lies before us today? “Now all this took place, that what was spoken by the Lord through the prophet might be fulfilled, saying.” He cried out worthily of the wonder, as far as was possible for him, saying, “Now all this took place.” For when he saw the sea and the abyss of God's lovingkindness, and what had never been hoped for come to pass, the laws of nature undone, reconciliation made, the one higher than all coming down to the one lower than all, the dividing walls broken down, the obstacles removed, and many more things than these happening, he set forth the wonder in one phrase, saying, “Now all this took place, that what was spoken by the Lord might be fulfilled.” For do not think, he says, that these things were decided now; they were foreshadowed long ago. Paul too was eager to show this everywhere. And the angel refers Joseph to Isaiah at last, so that even if on waking he should forget the angel's words, as just spoken, he might, remembering the prophetic words with which he had always lived, hold fast to what had been said by him too. And to the woman he said none of this, since she was a girl and unacquainted with these things; but to the husband, a righteous man who studied the prophets, he speaks from this source. And before this he says, “Mary your wife”; but here, when he has brought the prophet into the midst, then he entrusts to him the name of virginity. For he would not have remained so undisturbed on hearing “virgin” from the angel, had he not heard it first from Isaiah too. For he was going to hear from the prophet nothing strange, but the familiar thing he had studied for a long time. That is why the angel, making what he said easy to receive, brings Isaiah forward. And he does not stop even here, but ties the saying to God; for he says that the saying is not Isaiah's but that of the God of all. That is why he did not say, “that what was spoken by Isaiah might be fulfilled,” but “what was spoken by the Lord.” For the mouth was Isaiah's, but the oracle was borne from above.

What then does this oracle say? “Behold, the virgin shall conceive and bear a son, and they shall call his name Emmanuel.” “How then,” someone says, “was his name not called Emmanuel, but Jesus Christ?” Because he did not say “you shall call,” but “they shall call,” that is, the crowds, and the outcome of events. For here he gives the event as a name; and this is the custom of Scripture, to give the events that happen in place of names. So “they shall call him Emmanuel” shows nothing other than that they will see God with men; for he was always with men, but never so clearly. And if the Jews are shameless, we shall ask them: When was the child called “Quickly spoil, speedily plunder”? They could not say. How then did the prophet say, “Call his name Quickly spoil”? Because when he was born, there was taking and dividing of spoils; that is why he gives the event that happened in his time as his name. And “the city,” he says, “shall be called a city of righteousness, the faithful mother-city Zion”; and nowhere do we find that the city was called “righteousness,” but it remained called Jerusalem; but since this came to pass when it changed for the better, he said it would be so called. For when something happens that makes known the one who accomplishes it, or enjoys it, more clearly than a name, Scripture says that the reality of the thing is his name.

But if, stopped here, they seek another point, about what was said of virginity, and put forward other translators to us, saying that they did not say “virgin” but “young woman,” first we shall say this: that the Seventy would justly have more credibility than all the others. For those others translated after the coming of Christ, remaining Jews, and might justly be suspected of speaking rather from hostility and of deliberately obscuring the prophecies; but the Seventy, having come to this work a hundred or more years before the coming of Christ, and being so many, are free from all such suspicion, and because of the time, the number, and their agreement would rather deserve to be believed.

5.3Field 1

Εἰ δὲ καὶ τὴν ἐκείνων παράγοιεν μαρτυρίαν, καὶ οὕτω τὰ νικητήρια παρ᾽ ἡμῖν. Καὶ γὰρ τὸ τῆς νεανιότητος ὄνομα ἐπι τῆς παρθενίας εἴωθεν ἡ γραφὴ τιθέναι, οὐκ ἐπὶ γυναικῶν Ῥμόνον, αλλὰ καὶ ἐπὶ ἀνδρῶν' ὅ νεανίσκοι γάρ, φησὶ, καὶ παρθένοι, πρεσβύτεροι μετὰ νεωτέρων. Καὶ περὶ κόρης δὲ ἐπιβουλενομένης ,διαλεγομένη πάλιν, 5 ἐὰν φωνήσῃ ἡ νεᾶνις, Φησὶ, τουτέστιν ἡ παρθένος. Καὶ ταὰ πρὸ τούτου δὲ ἐἰθημενα τοῦτον τὸν λόγον συνίστησιν. Οὐδὲ γὰρ ἁπλῶς εἶπεν, ἰδοὺ ἡ παρθένος ἐν γαστρὶ ἕξει ἀλλὰ πρότερον εἰπὼν, ἰδοὺ δώσει κύριος αὐτὸς ὑμῖν σημεῖον, τότε ἐπήγαγεν᾽ ἰδου ἡ παρθένος ἐν γαστρὶ ἕξει. Καίτοι εἰ μὴ παρθένος ἦν ἡ μέλλουσα κύειν, ἀλλὰ νόμῳ γαμου τοῦτο ᾿εγίνετο, ποῖον ἂν εἴη σημεῖον το γινόμενον; Τὸ γὰρ σημεῖον ὑπερβαίνειν δεῖ τὴν τῶν πολλῶν ἀκολουθίαν, καὶ ξένον εἶναι καὶ παρηλλαγμένον ἐπεὶ πῶς ἂν εἴη σημεῖον: ᾿ς Διεγερθεὶς δὲ ὁ Ἰωσὴφ ἀπὸ τοὺ ὕπνου, ἐποίησεν ὡς προσέταξεν αὐτῷ ὁ ἄγγελος κυρίου.᾿ Εἶδες ὑπακοὴν, καὶ καταπειθῆ ἜΒΑ εἶδες ψυχὴν διεγηγερμένην, καὶ ἐν ἅπασιν ἀδέκαστον Οὔτε γὰρ ἡνίκα ᾿ὑπώπτευσεν. αηδές τι καὶ ἄτοπον, κατασχεῖν ἠνέσχετο τὴν παρθένον, οὔτε ἐπειδὴ ταύτης ἀπηλλαγη τῆς ὑποψίας, ἐκβαλεῖν ὑπέμεινεν αλλὰ καὶ κατέχει, καὶ διακονεῖται τῇ οἰκονομίᾳ πάσῃ. Καὶ παρέλαβε Μαρίαν τὴν γυναῖκα αὐτοῦ. Εἶδες πώς συνεχῶς τοῦτο τίθησι τὸ ὄνομα ὁ εὐαγγελιστὴς, οὐ βουλόμενος ἐκκαλυφθῆναι τὸ μυστήριον ἐκεῖνο τέως, καὶ τὴν πονηρὰν ἐκείνην ἀναιρῶν ὑποψίαν: Παραλαβὼν δὲ αὐτὴν, ὁ οὐκ ἐγίνωσκεν αὐτὴν, ἕως οὗ ἔτεκε τὸν υἱὸν αὐτῆς τὸν ,τρωτόςτόκον. Τὸ, ὃ ἑξως, ἐνταῦθα εἴρηκεν, οὐχ ἵνα ὑποπτεύσης ὅτι μετὰ ταῦτα αὐτὴν ἔγνω, ἀλλ᾽ ἵνα μάθης ὅ ὅτι πρὸ τῶν ὠδίνων πάντως ἀνέπαφος ἦν ἡ παρθένος. Τίνος οὗν ἕνεκεν, φησὶ, τὸ, ἕως, τέθεικεν: Ὅτι ἔθος τῆ γραφῇ τοῦτο πολλάκις ποιεῖν, καὶ τὴν ῥῆσιν ταύτην μὴ ἐπὶ διωρισμένων τιθέναι χρόνων. Καὶ γὰρ καὶ ἐπὶ τῆς κιβωτοῦ φησιν οὐχ ὑπέστρεψεν ὁ ἣ κόραξ ἕ ἕως οὗ ἡ ἐξηράνθη ἡ ἥ γῆ καίτοιγε οὐδὲ μετὰ ταῦτα ὑπέστ ρεψε. Καὶ περὶ τοῦ θεοῦ δὲ διαλεγομένη φησίν' Ἰ0 ὡς ἀπὸ τοῦ αἰῶνος καὶ ἕως τοῦ αἰῶνος σὺ εἶ οὐχ ὅρους τιθεῖσα ᾿ἐνταῦθα καὶ πάλιν εὐαγγελιζομένη καὶ λέγουσα Ἀνατελεῖ ἐν ταῖς ἡμέραις αὐτοῦ δικαιοσύνη καὶ πλῆθος εἰρήνης, ἕως οὗ ἀνταναιρεθῇ ἡ σελήνη οὐ πέρας δίδωσι τῷ καλῳ τούτῳ στοιχείῳ. Οὕτω δη καὶ ἐνταῦθα Ἀ τὸ, ἕως, εἶπε, τὰ πρὸ τῶν ὠδίνων ἀσφαλιζομένη, τὰ δὲ μετὰ ταῦτα σοὶ ᾿καταλιμπάνουσα συλλογίζεσθαι. Ὃ μὲν γὰρ ἀναγκαῖον ἣν παρ αὐτοῦ σε μαθεῖν, τοῦτο αὐτὸς εἴρηκεν, ὅτι ἀνέπαφο: ἦν ἡ παρθένος ἕ ἕως τοῦ τόκον ὃ δὲ ἐκ τῶν εἰρημένων ἀκόλουθον τε ἐφαίνετο; καὶ ὡμολογημένον, τοῦτο σοὶ λοιπὸν ἀφίησι συνιδεῖν οἷον, ὅτι οὐδὲ μετὰ ταῦτα τὴν οὕτω γενομένην μητέρα, καὶ καινῶν ὠδίνων καὶ ξένων καταξιωθεῖσαν λοχευμάτων, οὐκ ἄν δίκαιος ὧν ἐκεῖνος ὑπέμεινε γνῶναι λοιπόν. Εἰ γὰρ ἔγνω αὐτὴν, καὶ ἐν τάξει γυναικὸς εἶχε, πῶς ὡς ἀπροστάτευτον αὐτὴν καὶ οὐδένα : ἔχουσαν τῷ μαθητῇ παρατίθεται, καὶ κελεύει αὐτῷ εἰς τὰσ ἴδια αὐτὴν λαβεῖν: Πῶς οὖν, φησὶν, ἀδελφοὶ αὐτοῦ χρῆματίζουσιν οἱ περὶ ᾿Ιάκωβον : Ὥσπερ, καὶ αὐτὸς ἐνομίζετο ἀνὴρ τῆς Μαρίας. Πολλὰ γὰρ ἐγένετο τὰ παραπετάσματα, ὥστε συσκιασθῆναι τέως τὸν τοιοῦτον τόκον. Διὸ καὶ ᾿Ιωάννης οὕτως αὐτοὺς ἐκάλει λέγων ἐἐ οὐδὲ γὰρ οἱ ἀδελφοὶ αὐτοῦ ἐπίστευον εἰς αὐτόν. Ἀλλ᾽ ὅμως οἱ μὴ πιστεύοντες πρότερον, θαυμαστοὶ καὶ περιφανεῖς γεγόνασιν ὕστερον. Ὅτε γοῦν εἰς Ἱεροσόλυμα ἀνῆλθον οἱ περὶ Παῦλον δογμάτων ἕ ἕνεκεν, πρὸς αὐτὸν εὐθέως εἰσῆλθον. Οὕτω γὰρ ἣν θαυμαστὸς, ὡς καὶ τὴν ἐπισκοπὴν ἐγχειρισθῆναι πρῶτος. Φασὶ δὲ αὐτὸν καὶ σκληραγωγίᾳ προσέχειν τοσαύτῃ, ὡς καὶ τὰ μέλη νεκρωθῆναε ἅπαντα, καὶ ἀπὸ τῆς συνεχοῦς εὐχῆς, καὶ τῆς διηνεκοῦς πρὸς τὸ ἔδαφος, ὁμιλίας τὸ μέτωπον οὕτως αὐτῷ κατεσκληκέναι, ὡς μηδὲν ἃ ἄμεινον γονάτων καμήλου διακεῖσθαι τῆς ἀντιτυπίας ἕνεκεν αὐτῆς. Οὗτος καὶ τὸν Παῦλον μετὰ ταῦτα πάλιν εἰς τὰ Ἱεροσόλυμα ἀνελθόντα ῥυθμίζει λέγων θεωρεῖς, ἀδελφὲ, πόσαι μυριάδες εἰσὶ τῶν συνεληλυθότων. Τοσαύτη ἦν αὐτοῦ ἡ σύνεσις, καὶ ὁ ζῆλος μᾶλλον δὲ τοσαύτη ἡ τοῦ Χριστοῦ δύναμις. Οἱ γὰρ διασύροντες αὐτὸν ζῶντα, μετὰ τὸ ἀποθανεῖν δ οὕτως ἐξεπλάγησαν, ὡς καὶ ἀποθανεῖν ὑπὲρ αὐτοῦ μετὰ πολλῆς τῆς ,τροθυμίας ἅπερ μάλιστα δείκνυσι τῆς ἀναστάσεως τὴν ἰσχύν. Διὰ γάρ τοι τοῦτο τὰ λαμπρότερα ὕστερον ἐτηρεῖτο, ἵνα ᾿ἀναμφισβήτητος αὕτη ἢ ἀπόδειξις γένηται. Εἰ γὰρ καὶ τῶν ἐν τῆ ζωῇ θαυμαζομένων παρ᾽ ἡμῖν ἀπελθόντων ἐπιλανθανόμεθα, πὼς οἱ ζῶντα διαχλευάζοντες τοῦτον, ὕστερον θεὸν εἶναι ἐνόμισαν, εἰ τῶν πολλῶν εἷς ἦν: : πώς δ᾽

Ei de kai tēn ekeinōn paragoien martyrian, kai houtō ta nikētēria par᾽ hēmin. Kai gar to tēs neaniotētos onoma epi tēs parthenias eiōthen hē graphē tithenai, ouk epi gynaikōn Rhmonon, alla kai epi andrōn' ho neaniskoi gar, phēsi, kai parthenoi, presbyteroi meta neōterōn. Kai peri korēs de epiboulenomenēs ,dialegomenē palin, 5 ean phōnēsę̄ hē neanis, Phēsi, toutestin hē parthenos. Kai taa pro toutou de eithēmena touton ton logon synistēsin. Oude gar haplōs eipen, idou hē parthenos en gastri hexei alla proteron eipōn, idou dōsei kyrios autos hymin sēmeion, tote epēgagen᾽ idou hē parthenos en gastri hexei. Kaitoi ei mē parthenos ēn hē mellousa kyein, alla nomǭ gamou touto ᾿egineto, poion an eiē sēmeion to ginomenon? To gar sēmeion hyperbainein dei tēn tōn pollōn akolouthian, kai xenon einai kai parēllagmenon epei pōs an eiē sēmeion: ᾿s Diegertheis de ho Iōsēph apo tou hypnou, epoiēsen hōs prosetaxen autǭ ho angelos kyriou.᾿ Eides hypakoēn, kai katapeithē EBA eides psychēn diegēgermenēn, kai en hapasin adekaston Oute gar hēnika ᾿hypōpteusen. aēdes ti kai atopon, kataschein ēnescheto tēn parthenon, oute epeidē tautēs apēllagē tēs hypopsias, ekbalein hypemeinen alla kai katechei, kai diakoneitai tę̄ oikonomią pasę̄. Kai parelabe Marian tēn gynaika autou. Eides pōs synechōs touto tithēsi to onoma ho euangelistēs, ou boulomenos ekkalyphthēnai to mystērion ekeino teōs, kai tēn ponēran ekeinēn anairōn hypopsian: Paralabōn de autēn, ho ouk eginōsken autēn, heōs hou eteke ton huion autēs ton ,trōtostokon. To, ho hexōs, entautha eirēken, ouch hina hypopteusēs hoti meta tauta autēn egnō, all᾽ hina mathēs ho hoti pro tōn ōdinōn pantōs anepaphos ēn hē parthenos. Tinos houn heneken, phēsi, to, heōs, tetheiken: Hoti ethos tē graphę̄ touto pollakis poiein, kai tēn rhēsin tautēn mē epi diōrismenōn tithenai chronōn. Kai gar kai epi tēs kibōtou phēsin ouch hypestrepsen ho hē korax he heōs hou hē exēranthē hē hē gē kaitoige oude meta tauta hypest repse. Kai peri tou theou de dialegomenē phēsin' I0 hōs apo tou aiōnos kai heōs tou aiōnos sy ei ouch horous titheisa ᾿entautha kai palin euangelizomenē kai legousa Anatelei en tais hēmerais autou dikaiosynē kai plēthos eirēnēs, heōs hou antanairethę̄ hē selēnē ou peras didōsi tǭ kalǭ toutǭ stoicheiǭ. Houtō dē kai entautha A to, heōs, eipe, ta pro tōn ōdinōn asphalizomenē, ta de meta tauta soi ᾿katalimpanousa syllogizesthai. Ho men gar anankaion hēn par autou se mathein, touto autos eirēken, hoti anepapho: ēn hē parthenos he heōs tou tokon ho de ek tōn eirēmenōn akolouthon te ephaineto? kai hōmologēmenon, touto soi loipon aphiēsi synidein hoion, hoti oude meta tauta tēn houtō genomenēn mētera, kai kainōn ōdinōn kai xenōn kataxiōtheisan locheumatōn, ouk an dikaios hōn ekeinos hypemeine gnōnai loipon. Ei gar egnō autēn, kai en taxei gynaikos eiche, pōs hōs aprostateuton autēn kai oudena : echousan tǭ mathētę̄ paratithetai, kai keleuei autǭ eis tas idia autēn labein: Pōs oun, phēsin, adelphoi autou chrēmatizousin hoi peri ᾿Iakōbon : Hōsper, kai autos enomizeto anēr tēs Marias. Polla gar egeneto ta parapetasmata, hōste syskiasthēnai teōs ton toiouton tokon. Dio kai ᾿Iōannēs houtōs autous ekalei legōn ee oude gar hoi adelphoi autou episteuon eis auton. All᾽ homōs hoi mē pisteuontes proteron, thaumastoi kai periphaneis gegonasin hysteron. Hote goun eis Hierosolyma anēlthon hoi peri Paulon dogmatōn he heneken, pros auton eutheōs eisēlthon. Houtō gar hēn thaumastos, hōs kai tēn episkopēn encheiristhēnai prōtos. Phasi de auton kai sklēragōgią prosechein tosautę̄, hōs kai ta melē nekrōthēnae hapanta, kai apo tēs synechous euchēs, kai tēs diēnekous pros to edaphos, homilias to metōpon houtōs autǭ katesklēkenai, hōs mēden ha ameinon gonatōn kamēlou diakeisthai tēs antitypias heneken autēs. Houtos kai ton Paulon meta tauta palin eis ta Hierosolyma anelthonta rhythmizei legōn theōreis, adelphe, posai myriades eisi tōn synelēlythotōn. Tosautē ēn autou hē synesis, kai ho zēlos mallon de tosautē hē tou Christou dynamis. Hoi gar diasyrontes auton zōnta, meta to apothanein d houtōs exeplagēsan, hōs kai apothanein hyper autou meta pollēs tēs ,trothymias haper malista deiknysi tēs anastaseōs tēn ischyn. Dia gar toi touto ta lamprotera hysteron etēreito, hina ᾿anamphisbētētos hautē ē apodeixis genētai. Ei gar kai tōn en tē zōę̄ thaumazomenōn par᾽ hēmin apelthontōn epilanthanometha, pōs hoi zōnta diachleuazontes touton, hysteron theon einai enomisan, ei tōn pollōn heis ēn: : pōs d᾽

And even if they bring forward the testimony of those translators, the victory is ours this way too. For Scripture is accustomed to use the word “youth” of virginity, not only of women but also of men: “young men,” it says, “and virgins, old men with younger.” And again, speaking of a girl who is assaulted, “if the young woman cries out,” it says, that is, the virgin. And what is said before establishes this sense. For he did not say simply, “Behold, the virgin shall conceive,” but having first said, “Behold, the Lord himself will give you a sign,” then he added, “Behold, the virgin shall conceive.” Yet if the one who was to conceive were not a virgin, but this happened by the law of marriage, what sign would the event be? For a sign must surpass the ordinary course of things, and be strange and extraordinary; otherwise how would it be a sign?

“And Joseph, rising from sleep, did as the angel of the Lord commanded him.” Do you see obedience and a submissive mind? Do you see a soul awake and impartial in everything? For neither, when he suspected something unpleasant and wrong, did he consent to keep the virgin, nor, when he was freed from this suspicion, did he bear to cast her out; but he keeps her and serves the whole dispensation. “And he took Mary his wife.” Do you see how the evangelist keeps using this name, not wishing that mystery to be revealed for a time, and removing that evil suspicion? “And having taken her, he did not know her until she had borne her firstborn son.” He said “until” here, not so that you may suspect that he knew her afterward, but so that you may learn that before the birth the virgin was entirely untouched. “Why then,” someone says, “did he put ‘until’?” Because Scripture often does this, and uses this expression without setting limits of time. For of the ark too it says, “The raven did not return until the earth was dried,” and yet it did not return even afterward. And speaking of God it says, “From age to age you are,” not setting limits here; and again, announcing good news and saying, “In his days righteousness shall spring up, and abundance of peace, until the moon is taken away,” it does not set an end to this fair element. So too here it said “until,” securing what was before the birth, and leaving to you to reason about what came after. For what you had to learn from him, this he himself said, that the virgin was untouched until the birth; but what appeared to follow from what was said and was agreed, this he leaves to you to see: namely, that not even afterward would that righteous man have borne to know her who had become a mother in this way and had been counted worthy of new birth pangs and a strange childbearing. For if he had known her and kept her in the rank of a wife, how is it that Christ commits her to the disciple as unprotected and having no one, and bids him take her to his own home?

“How then,” someone says, “are James and his companions called his brothers?” In the same way that Joseph himself was thought to be Mary's husband. For there were many veils, so that such a birth might be concealed for a time. That is why John too called them so, saying, “For not even his brothers believed in him.” Yet those who did not believe at first became wonderful and illustrious later. When Paul and his companions went up to Jerusalem about doctrine, they went in to him at once. For he was so wonderful that he was the first to be entrusted with the episcopate. And they say that he gave himself to such austerity that all his limbs were deadened, and that from continual prayer and constant contact with the ground his forehead had become so hardened that, because of this callousness, it was no better than a camel's knees. He too later instructed Paul when he went up again to Jerusalem, saying, “You see, brother, how many myriads there are of those who have come together.” So great was his understanding and his zeal; or rather, so great is the power of Christ. For those who mocked him while living were so amazed after his death that they even died for him with great eagerness, which shows above all the strength of the resurrection. For that is why the more splendid things were kept for later, so that this proof might become indisputable. For if we forget even those admired among us in their lifetime once they have departed, how did those who mocked him while living think him God afterward, if he were one of the many? And how

5.4Field 1

ἂν ὑπὲρ αὐτοῦ καὶ σφαγῆναι κατεδέξαντο, εἰ μὴ σαφῆ τῆς ἀναστάσεως ἔλαβον τὴν ἀπόδειξιν: Ταῦτα δὲ οὐχ ἵνα ἀκούητε λέγομεν μόνον, ἀλλ᾽ ἵνα καὶ μιμῆσθς τήν τε ἀνδρείαν, τήν τε παῤῥησίαν, τήν τε δικαιοσύνην ἅπασαν' ἵνα μηδεὶς ἐ βεαντοῦ ἀπογινώσκη, κἀν πρὸ τούτου ῥᾷθυμος ἡ ἣν ἵνα εἰς μηδὲν ἕ ἕτερον ἔχῃ τὰς ἐλπίδας, μετὰ τὸν ἔλεον τοῦ θεοῦ, ἀλλ᾽ εἰς ἀρετὴν οἰκείαν. Εἰ γὰρ οὗτοι τῆς τοιαύτης οὐδὲν ἁ ἀπώναντο σνγγενείας, καὶ οἴκου καὶ πατριᾶς τῆς αὐτῆς ὄντες τῷ Χριστῷ, ἕως ἀρετὴν ἐπεδείξαντο, τίνος δυνησόμεθα ἀπολαῦσαι συγγνώμης μεῖς, συγγενεῖς καὶ ἀδελφοὺς δικαίους προβαλλόμενοι, ἂν μὴ σφόδρα ὦ μεν ἐπιεικεῖς καὶ ἐν ἀρετῇ βεβιωκότες : : Καὶ γὰρ ὁ προφήτης αὐτὸ τοῦτο αἰνιττόμενος ἔλεγεν' ΜῈ ἀδελφὸς οὐ λυτροῦται, λυτρώσεται ἄνθρωπος κἂν Μωῦσῆς ἡ, κἂν Σαμουὴλ, κἂν Ἱερεμίας. Ἄκουσον γοῦν τί φησι πρὸς αὐτὸν ὁ θεός: .5 μὴ προσεύχου ὑπὲρ τοῦ λαοῦ τούτου, ὅτι οὐκ εἰσακούσομαί σον. Καὶ τί θαυμάζεις εἰ σοῦ οὐκ ἀκούω: 5 Καὶ γὰρ αὐτὸς ὁ Μωὺύσῆς, φησὶν, εἰ παρῆν, καὶ Σαμονὴλ, οὐκ ἂν αὐτῶν ἐδεξάμην τὴν ὑπὲρ τούτων ἱκετηρίαν. Κἀν ᾿Ιεζεκιὴλ ἡ ῇ δ παρακαλῶν, ἀκούσεται, ὅτι εν στῇ Νώοε, καὶ ᾿Ιὠβ, καὶ Δανιήλ, υἱοὺς αὐτῶν καὶ θυγατέρας οὐ μὴ ἐξέλωνται. Κάν Αβραὰμ ὃ πατριάρχης ἢ ὑπὲρ τῶν φόδρα ανίατα νοσούντων καὶ μὴ μεταβαλλομένων, εόμενος, ἀπελεύσεται ὁ θεὸς αὐτὸν ἐγκαταλιμπάνων, ὥστε μὴ δέξασθαι τὴν ὑπὲρ τούτων φωνήν. Κάν Σαμουὴλ ἢ πάλιν ὁ τοῦτο ποιῶν, ἐρεῖ πρὸς αὐτὸν, 5 μὴ πένθει περὶ τοῦ Σαούλ. Κἀν ὑπὲρ ἀδελφῆς τις παρακαλῇ μὴ προσηκόντως, ἀκούσεται πάλιν ὅ ὅπερ Μωσῆς ὁ εἰ ἐμπτύων ἐνέπτυσεν ἢ πατὴρ εἰς τὸ πρόσωπον αὐτῆς. Μὴ δὴ πρὸς ἑτέρους ὦμεν κεχηνότες. Ἔχουσι μὲν γὰρ δύναμιν αἱ εὐχαὶ τῶν ἁγίων μεγίστην ἀλλ᾽ ὅταν καὶ ἡμεῖς μετανοῶμεν καὶ γινώμεθα βελτίους. ᾿Επεὶ καὶ Μωὺσῆς τὸν ἀδελφὸν τὸν ἑαυτοῦ καὶ μυριάδας ἑξήκοντα τῆς θεηλάτου ὃ τότε ὀργῆς ἐξαρπάσας, τὴν ἀδελἣν οὐκ ἴσχυσεν ἐξελέσθαι καίτοιγε οὐκ ἴσον τὸ ἁμάρτημα ἤν' ἐκείνη μὰν γὰρ τὸν Μωῦσέα ὕβρισεν' ἐνταῦθα δὲ ἀσέβεια ἦν τὸ τολμηθέν. ᾿Αλλὰ τοῦτο μὲν ὑμῖν ἀφίημι τὸ ζήτημα τὸ δὲ ἔ ἔτι τούτου χαλεπώτερον ἐπιλῦσαι πειράσομαι. Τί γὰρ χρὴ λέγειν τὴν ἀδελφήν: Ὁ γὰρ τοσούτου δήμου προστὰς, ἑαυτῷ ἀρκέσαι οὐκ ἴσχυσεν, αλλὰ μετὰ τοὺς μυρίους πόνους καὶ τὰς ταλαιπωρίας, καὶ τὴν ἐν τεσσαράκοντα ἔτεσι προσεδρείαν, ἐκωλύδτο τῆς γῆς ἐπιβῆναι, ὑπὲρ ἧς ἐπαγγελίαι τοσαῦται καὶ ὑποσχέσεις. Τί οὖν τὸ αἴτιον : Οὐκ ἦν λυσιτελοῦσα ἢ χάρις αὕτη, αλλὰ καὶ πολὺ τὸ βλάβος ἐ ἔχουσα, καὶ πολλοὺς τῶν ᾿Ιουδαίων ὑποσκελίζειν ἔμελλεν. Εἰ γὰρ ἐπειδὴ τῆς Αἰγύπτου μόνης ,ἀπηλλάγησαν, τὸν θεὸν ἀφέντες, Μωυσέα ἐζήτουν, καὶ αὐτῷ τὸ πᾶν ἐλογίζοντο οἱ καὶ εἰσαγαγόντα εἶδον εἰς τὴν γῆν τῆς ἐπαγγελίας, ποῦ οὐκ ἂν ἐξώκειλαν ἀσεβείας ; Διά τοι τοῦτο οὐδὲ τάφος αὐτοῦ κατάδηλος γέγονε. Καὶ Σαμονὴλ. δὲ τὸν μὲν Σαοὺλ οὐκ ἴσχυσεν ἀπαλλάξαι τῆς ἄνωθεν ὀργῆς, τοὺς δὲ ᾿Ισραηλίτας πολλάκις διέσωσε. Καὶ ὁ Ἱερεμίας ᾿Ιουδαίοις μὲν οὐκ ἤρκεσεν, ἕτερον δέ τινα ἐκάλυψεν ἐν τῇ προφητείᾳ. Καὶ ὁ Δανιὴλ τοὺς μὲν βαρβάρους ἐξείλετο σφαττομένου;, τοὺς δὲ ᾿Ιουδαίους οὐκ ἐξείλετο αἰχμαλωτιζομένους. Καὶ ἐν τοις ευαγγελιοις δὲ οψόμεθα ουκ εᾧ ετερων, αλλ επι τῶν αὐτῶν ἀμφότερα ταῦτα γινόμενα καὶ τὸν αὐτὸν νῦν μὲν ἀρκέσαντα ἑαυτῷ, νυν δὲ προδεδομένον. γαρ τὰ μυρία ἢ ν. . δύ ὃ τάλαντα οφείλων, και ἐξείλετο ἑαυτὸν τοῦ κινὸύνον ὀεηθεὶς, καὶ πάλιν οὐκ ἴσχυσεν ἕτερος δὲ ἀντιστρόφως πρότερον ἑαυτὸν προδοὺς, ὕστερον τὰ μέγιστα ἑαυτῷ βοηθῆσαι ἴσχυσε. Τίς δὲ οὗτός ἐστιν Ὃ τὴν πατρῴαν καταφαγὼν οὐσίαν. Ὥστε ἐὰν μὲν ρᾳθυμώμεν, οὐδὲ δι ετέρων δυνησόμεθα σωζεφ σθαι ἐὰν δὲ νήφωμεν, καὶ δι᾽ ἑαυτῶν τοῦτο ἰσχύσομεν, καὶ δ᾽ ἑαυτῶν μᾶλλον, ἢ δι ἑτέρων. Καὶ γὰρ ὁ θεὸς ημῖν ΦΑν ες μᾶλλον δοῦναι βούλεται τὴν χάριν, ἡ ετεροις ὑπὲρ ἡμῶν ἵνα καὶ παῤρησίας ἀπολαύωμεν, καὶ βελτίους γινώμεθα, σπουδάζοντες αὐτοὶ λῦσαι τὴν ὀργήν. Οὕτω τὴν Χαναναίαν

an hyper autou kai sphagēnai katedexanto, ei mē saphē tēs anastaseōs elabon tēn apodeixin: Tauta de ouch hina akouēte legomen monon, all᾽ hina kai mimēsths tēn te andreian, tēn te parrhēsian, tēn te dikaiosynēn hapasan' hina mēdeis e beantou apoginōskē, kan pro toutou rhąthymos hē hēn hina eis mēden he heteron echę̄ tas elpidas, meta ton eleon tou theou, all᾽ eis aretēn oikeian. Ei gar houtoi tēs toiautēs ouden ha apōnanto snngeneias, kai oikou kai patrias tēs autēs ontes tǭ Christǭ, heōs aretēn epedeixanto, tinos dynēsometha apolausai syngnōmēs meis, syngeneis kai adelphous dikaious proballomenoi, an mē sphodra ō men epieikeis kai en aretę̄ bebiōkotes : : Kai gar ho prophētēs auto touto ainittomenos elegen' ME adelphos ou lytroutai, lytrōsetai anthrōpos kan Mōysēs hē, kan Samouēl, kan Hieremias. Akouson goun ti phēsi pros auton ho theos: .5 mē proseuchou hyper tou laou toutou, hoti ouk eisakousomai son. Kai ti thaumazeis ei sou ouk akouō: 5 Kai gar autos ho Mōyysēs, phēsin, ei parēn, kai Samonēl, ouk an autōn edexamēn tēn hyper toutōn hiketērian. Kan ᾿Iezekiēl hē ę̄ d parakalōn, akousetai, hoti en stę̄ Nōoe, kai ᾿Iōb, kai Daniēl, huious autōn kai thygateras ou mē exelōntai. Kan Abraam ho patriarchēs ē hyper tōn phodra aniata nosountōn kai mē metaballomenōn, eomenos, apeleusetai ho theos auton enkatalimpanōn, hōste mē dexasthai tēn hyper toutōn phōnēn. Kan Samouēl ē palin ho touto poiōn, erei pros auton, 5 mē penthei peri tou Saoul. Kan hyper adelphēs tis parakalę̄ mē prosēkontōs, akousetai palin ho hoper Mōsēs ho ei emptyōn eneptysen ē patēr eis to prosōpon autēs. Mē dē pros heterous ōmen kechēnotes. Echousi men gar dynamin hai euchai tōn hagiōn megistēn all᾽ hotan kai hēmeis metanoōmen kai ginōmetha beltious. ᾿Epei kai Mōysēs ton adelphon ton heautou kai myriadas hexēkonta tēs theēlatou ho tote orgēs exarpasas, tēn adelēn ouk ischysen exelesthai kaitoige ouk ison to hamartēma ēn' ekeinē man gar ton Mōysea hybrisen' entautha de asebeia ēn to tolmēthen. ᾿Alla touto men hymin aphiēmi to zētēma to de e eti toutou chalepōteron epilysai peirasomai. Ti gar chrē legein tēn adelphēn: Ho gar tosoutou dēmou prostas, heautǭ arkesai ouk ischysen, alla meta tous myrious ponous kai tas talaipōrias, kai tēn en tessarakonta etesi prosedreian, ekōlydto tēs gēs epibēnai, hyper hēs epangeliai tosautai kai hyposcheseis. Ti oun to aition : Ouk ēn lysitelousa ē charis hautē, alla kai poly to blabos e echousa, kai pollous tōn ᾿Ioudaiōn hyposkelizein emellen. Ei gar epeidē tēs Aigyptou monēs ,apēllagēsan, ton theon aphentes, Mōysea ezētoun, kai autǭ to pan elogizonto hoi kai eisagagonta eidon eis tēn gēn tēs epangelias, pou ouk an exōkeilan asebeias ? Dia toi touto oude taphos autou katadēlos gegone. Kai Samonēl. de ton men Saoul ouk ischysen apallaxai tēs anōthen orgēs, tous de ᾿Israēlitas pollakis diesōse. Kai ho Hieremias ᾿Ioudaiois men ouk ērkesen, heteron de tina ekalypsen en tę̄ prophēteią. Kai ho Daniēl tous men barbarous exeileto sphattomenou?, tous de ᾿Ioudaious ouk exeileto aichmalōtizomenous. Kai en tois euangeliois de opsometha ouk heǭ eterōn, all epi tōn autōn amphotera tauta ginomena kai ton auton nyn men arkesanta heautǭ, nyn de prodedomenon. gar ta myria ē n. . dy ho talanta opheilōn, kai exeileto heauton tou kinounon oeētheis, kai palin ouk ischysen heteros de antistrophōs proteron heauton prodous, hysteron ta megista heautǭ boēthēsai ischyse. Tis de houtos estin Ho tēn patrǭan kataphagōn ousian. Hōste ean men rąthymōmen, oude di eterōn dynēsometha sōzeph sthai ean de nēphōmen, kai di᾽ heautōn touto ischysomen, kai d᾽ heautōn mallon, ē di heterōn. Kai gar ho theos ēmin PhAn es mallon dounai bouletai tēn charin, hē eterois hyper hēmōn hina kai parrēsias apolauōmen, kai beltious ginōmetha, spoudazontes autoi lysai tēn orgēn. Houtō tēn Chananaian

would they have consented even to be slain for him, if they had not received clear proof of the resurrection? We say these things not only that you may hear, but that you may also imitate their courage, their boldness, and all their righteousness; so that no one may despair of himself, even if he was careless before; so that he may put his hopes in nothing else, after the mercy of God, but in his own virtue. For if these men gained nothing from such kinship, though of the same house and family as Christ, until they showed virtue, what pardon shall we be able to obtain, putting forward righteous kinsmen and brothers, unless we are very upright and have lived in virtue? For the prophet too, hinting at this very thing, said: “A brother does not redeem; shall a man redeem?” Even if it be Moses, even if Samuel, even if Jeremiah. Hear, at any rate, what God says to him: “Do not pray for this people, for I will not hear you.” And why do you wonder if I do not hear you? “Even Moses himself,” he says, “and Samuel, if they were present, I would not accept their supplication for them.” Even if it be Ezekiel who entreats, he will hear: “Though Noah, Job, and Daniel stand, they shall not deliver their sons and daughters.” Even if it be the patriarch Abraham entreating for those who are incurably sick and do not change, God will depart, leaving him, so as not to receive his voice for them. Even if it be Samuel again who does this, he will say to him, “Do not mourn for Saul.” Even if one entreats unfittingly for a sister, he will hear again what Moses heard: “If her father had spat in her face.” Let us not, then, gape toward others. For the prayers of the saints have the very greatest power, but only when we too repent and become better. For Moses too, who snatched his own brother and six hundred thousand from the wrath sent by God at that time, could not deliver his sister; and yet the sin was not equal; for she had insulted Moses, while there what was dared was ungodliness.

But this question I leave to you; the one harder than this I shall try to solve. For why speak of the sister? He who had led so great a people could not suffice for himself; but after countless labors and hardships, and his attendance for forty years, he was prevented from setting foot on the land about which there were so many promises and pledges. What, then, was the cause? This favor would not have been profitable, but would have done much harm, and would have tripped up many of the Jews. For if, when they had only been freed from Egypt, they abandoned God and sought Moses and ascribed everything to him, how far into ungodliness would they not have run aground, had they seen him bring them into the land of promise? That is why not even his tomb was made known. And Samuel could not free Saul from the wrath from above, but he often saved the Israelites. And Jeremiah did not avail for the Jews, but he sheltered someone else in his prophecy. And Daniel rescued the barbarians from being slain, but did not rescue the Jews from being taken captive. And in the Gospels too we shall see both these things happening, not with different people, but with the same: the same man now sufficing for himself, now betrayed. For the one who owed the ten thousand talents rescued himself from the danger by entreaty, and again could not; while another, conversely, first betrayed himself, but later was able to help himself greatly. Who is this? The one who devoured his father's property. So if we are careless, we shall not be able to be saved even through others; but if we are sober, we shall be able to do this even through ourselves, and through ourselves rather than through others. For God wishes to give the grace to us rather than to others on our behalf, so that we may enjoy confidence and become better by striving ourselves to undo his wrath. So the Canaanite woman …

5.5Field 1

Καὶ ταῦτα λέγω. οὐχ ἵνα μὴ ἱκετεύωμεν τοὺς αὙίους, ὕ . αλλ᾽ ἵνα μὴ ρᾳθυμῶμεν, μηδὲ ἀναπίπτοντες αὐτοὶ καὶ καθεύδοντες, ἑτέροις τὰ καθ᾽ ἡμᾶς ἐπιτρέπωμεν μόνοις. Καὶ γάρ εἰπὼν. ποιήσατε ὑμῖν φίλους, οὐκ ἔστη μέχρι τούτου Ἂ σι, μόνον, ἀλλὰ προσέθηκεν, εκ τοῦ ἀδίκου μαμωνᾶ ἵνα πάλιν σὸν τὸ κατόρθωμα γγένηται᾽ οὐδὲν γὰρ ἕτερον ἣ ἐλεη’ 0θ ,, δ ὃ δ ὴ ὑδὲ μοσύνην ἐνταῦθα ηνίξατο. αἱ τὸ ὁ θαυμαστον, ὅτι ἥἧ οὐυὸε ἀκριβολογεῖται πρὸς ἡμᾶς, ἐὰν ἀποστῶμεν τῆς ἀδικίας. Ὃ γὰρ λέγει τοιοῦτόν ἐστι. ἘΕκτήσω κακῶς : ἀνάλωσον καλώς. Συνέλεξας αδίκως ; σκόρπισον δικαίως. Καίτοιγε ποία Ἢ νι» ,᾿΄. τοῦτο ἀρετὴ τὸ εκ τῶν τοιούτων διδόναι; ᾿Αλλ ὅμως ὁ ἢ ᾧ θεὸς, φιλανθρωπος ὧν, καὶ μέχρι τούτου καταβαίνει κἂν οὕτω ποιώμεν, πολλα ἡμῖν εταγγελλεται αγαθα. ᾿Αλλ ημεῖς εἰς τοσοῦτον αναισθησίας ἥκομεν, ὡς μηδὲ ἐκ τοῦ αδίκου ὃ δό Ἁ ἐὐοναι᾽ ἀλλα μυρία ἁρπάζοντες, ἂν πολλοστὸν μερος κατα- . βάλωμεν, τὸ πᾶν νομίζομεν πεπληρωκέναι. Οὐκ ἤκουσας Παυλου λεγοντος, ὅτι 50 σπείρων φειδομένως, φειδομένως , 4) Τί ὃ ν, ; και θερισει: νος ον ἕνεκεν φειθη; μή Ὑγαρ ἀνάλωμα τὸ α πρᾶγμά ἐστι; μὴ γὰρ δαπάνη; Πρόσοδός ἐστι καὶ ἐμπορία. που εμπορία, εκεῖ καὶ πλεονασμος᾽ ὅπου σπόρος, ἐκεῖ καὶ ἀμητός. Σὺ δὲ, εἰ μὲν γῆν λιπαρὰν καὶ βαθεῖαν καὶ δ δέ πολλὰ δυναμένην δέξασθαι σπέρματα γεωργεῖν ἔμελλες, καὶ Υ̓ δ τὰ ὄντα ἂν ἐξέβαλες, καὶ παρ᾽ ἑτέρων ἂν ἐδανείσω, ζημίαν τὴν ἐν τοῖς τοιούτοις φειδὼ νομίζων εἶναι τὸν δὲ οὐρανὸν μέλλων γεωργεῖν, τὸν οὐδεμιᾷ ἀνωμαλίᾳ ἀέρων ὑποκείμενον, ἀλλὰ πάντως ἀποδώσοντα μετὰ πλείονος προσθήκης τὰ καταβαλλόμενα, ὀκνεῖς καὶ ἀναδύη, καὶ οὐκ ἐννοεῖς ὅτι ἐστὶ δό Δ᾽), δὰ φει μενον ἀπολέσαι, καὶ μὴ φειοομενον κερόαναι. Σκορπισον τοίνυν, ἵνα μὴ ἀπολέσης μὴ κατάσχης» ἵνα κατασχης ᾷ ἔκβαλε, ἵνα φυλάξης ἀνάλωσον, ἵνα κερδανης. Κὰν φυλάξαι αὐτὰ δέη, μὴ σὺ φύλαττε πάντως γὰρ αὐτὰ ἀπολεῖς σ΄ μοι ἀλλὰ πίστευσον τῷ θεῷ᾽ οὐδεὶς γὰρ εκεῖθεν ἀμ τος Μὴ σὺ πραωγματεύον᾽ οὐδὲ οἶσθα κερδαίνειν: ἀλλὰ νεισον τῷ πλείω τοῦ κεφαλαίον τὸν τόκον παρέχοντι. Δάνεισον ἔνθα μηδεὶς φθόνος, ἐενθα μηδεμία κατηγορία» μηδὲ ) ἐπιβουλὴ, μηδὲ φόβος. Δάνεισον τῷ μηδενὸς δεομένῳ, καὶ ἰης χρείαν ἔχοντι διὰ σέ᾿᾽ τῷ πάντας τρέφοντι, καὶ πεινῶντι; ἵνα σὺ μὴ λιμωξης τῷ πενομένῳ, ἵνα σὺ πλουτήσης. Δαάνεισον ὅθεν οὐκ ἔστι θάνατον, αλλὰ ζωὴν ἀντὶ θανάτου καρπώσασθαι. Οὗτοι μὲν γὰρ βασιλείαν, ἐκεῖνοι δὲ γέενναν ἣ προξενοῦσιν οἱ τόκοι οἱ μὲν γὰρ φιλαργυρίας, οἱ δὲ φιλο’ φς, , : δ ,. δὲ Τί σοφίας εἰσι καὶ οἱ μὲν ὠμότητος, οἱ ὁε φιλανθρωπίας. 1ινα ο , , Ῥγοἣ } ουν ἕξομεν απολογιαν, ὅταν καὶ πλείονα εξον λαβεῖν». και μετὰ ἀσφαλείας, καὶ ἐν καιρῷ τῷ προσήκοντι» καὶ ἐν ελευ΄σι [2 θερίᾳ πολλῇ, καὶ σκωμμάτων χωρὶς καὶ φόβων καὶ κινδύνων, ἀφέντες ταῦτα κερδᾶναι, διώκωμεν ἐκεῖνα τὰ αἰσχρὰ καὶ εὐτελῆ καὶ σφαλερὰ καὶ διαπίπτοντα, καὶ πολλὴν προφ΄ε ζω ἴω ξενοῦντα τὴν κάμινον ἡμῖν; Οὐδὲν γὰρ, οὐδὲν τῶν ἐνταῦθα τόκων αἰσχρότερον, οὐδὲν ὠμότερον. Τὰς γὰρ ἀλλοτρίας τοιοῦτος πραγματεύεται συμῴορας, καὶ πρόσοδον τὴν α .«» ἃς ἑτέρου δυσημερίαν ποιεῖται, καὶ μισθὸν ἀπαιτεῖ φιλανθρωπίας, καθάπερ δεδοικὼς μὴ ἐλεήμων φανῇ, καὶ προσχήματι φιλανθρωπίας βαθύτερον ὀρύσσει Ῥ τὸ βάραθ ρον, ἐν τῷ βοηθεῖν ἐπιτρίβων τὴν πενίαν, καὶ ἐν τῷ χεῖρα ὀρέγειν ὠθῶν; καὶ δεχόμενος μὲν ὡς εἰς λιμένα, ναναγίῳ δὲ περιβαλ.- λων, ὡς ἐν σκοπέλω καὶ ὑφάλῳ καὶ σπιλάδι τοῦτον. ᾿Αλλὰ τί κελεύεις : φησί τὸ συλλεχθὲν ἀργύ ιον καὶ ἐμοὶ χρήσιμον, ἑτέρῳ διδόναι εἰς ἐργασίαν, καὶ μηδένα μισθὸν ἀπαιτεῖν : Ἄπαγε᾽ οὐ φημὶ τοῦτο ἐγὼ, ἀλλὰ καὶ σφόδρα βούλομαί σε μισθὸν λαβεῖν, ουὅ μὴν εὐτελῆ καὶ μικρὸν, ἀλλὰ πολλῷ μείζονα᾽ ἀντὶ γὰρ χρυσίου, τὸν οὐρανὸν βούλομαί σε τόκον λαβεῖν. Τί τοίνυν εἰς πτωχείαν σεαντὸν κατακλείεις, περὶ τὴν γῆν συρόμενος, καὶ μικρὰ αντὶ μεγάλων ἀπαιτῶν: Τοῦτο γὰρ οὐκ εἰδότος ἐστὶ πλουτεῖν. Ὅταν γὰρ ὁ μὲν θεὸς ἀντὶ χρημάτων ὀλίγων ἐπαγγέλληταί σοι τὰ ἐν τοῖς οὐρανοῖς ἀγαθὰ, σὺ δὲ λέγῃς, μὴ οὐρανόν μοι δῷς, ἀλλ᾽ ἀντὶ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ Χρυσίον τὸ ἀπολλύμενον τοῦτο βουλομένου μένειν ἐστὶν ἐν πενίᾳ. Ὡς ὅ γε ἐπιθυμῶν πλούτου καὶ εὐπορίας, τὰ μένοντα πρὸ τῶν ἀπολλυμένων, τὰ αἀνάλωτα πρὸ τῶν δαπανωμένων, τὰ πολλὰ πρὸ τῶν ὀλίγων, τὰ ἀκήρατα πρὸ τῶν φθειρομένων αἱρήσεται οὕτω γὰρ κἀκεῖνα ἕψεται. Ὁ μὲν γὰρ τὴν γῆν πρὸ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ ζητῶν, καὶ ταύτης ἐκπεσεῖται πάντως ὁ δὲ ἐκεῖνον ταύτης προτιθεὶς, ἀμφοτέρων ἀπολαύσεται μετὰ πολλῆς τῆς ὑπερβολῆς. Ὅπερ ἵνα καὶ ἐφ᾽ ἡμῶν γένηται, καταφρονήσαντες τῶν ἐνταῦθα πάντων, ἑλώμεθα τὰ μέλλοντα ἀγαθά. Οὕτω γὰρ καὶ τούτων κακείνων τενξόμεθα, χάριτι καὶ φιλανθρωπίᾳ τοῦ κυρίου ἡμῶν Ἴ ησοῦ Χριστοῦ, ᾧ ἡ δόξα καὶ τὸ κράτος εἰς τοὺς αἰῶνας τῶν αἰώνων. ᾿Αμήν.

Kai tauta legō. ouch hina mē hiketeuōmen tous haUious, hy . all᾽ hina mē rąthymōmen, mēde anapiptontes autoi kai katheudontes, heterois ta kath᾽ hēmas epitrepōmen monois. Kai gar eipōn. poiēsate hymin philous, ouk estē mechri toutou A si, monon, alla prosethēken, ek tou adikou mamōna hina palin son to katorthōma ngenētai᾽ ouden gar heteron hē eleē’ 0th ,, d ho d ē hyde mosynēn entautha ēnixato. hai to ho thaumaston, hoti hēē ouyoe akribologeitai pros hēmas, ean apostōmen tēs adikias. Ho gar legei toiouton esti. EEktēsō kakōs : analōson kalōs. Synelexas adikōs ? skorpison dikaiōs. Kaitoige poia Ē ni» ,᾿΄. touto aretē to ek tōn toioutōn didonai? ᾿All homōs ho ē hǭ theos, philanthrōpos hōn, kai mechri toutou katabainei kan houtō poiōmen, polla hēmin etangelletai agatha. ᾿All ēmeis eis tosouton anaisthēsias hēkomen, hōs mēde ek tou adikou ho do Ha euonai᾽ alla myria harpazontes, an polloston meros kata- . balōmen, to pan nomizomen peplērōkenai. Ouk ēkousas Paulou legontos, hoti 50 speirōn pheidomenōs, pheidomenōs , 4) Ti ho n, ? kai therisei: nos on heneken pheithē? mē Hygar analōma to a pragma esti? mē gar dapanē? Prosodos esti kai emporia. pou emporia, ekei kai pleonasmos᾽ hopou sporos, ekei kai amētos. Sy de, ei men gēn liparan kai batheian kai d de polla dynamenēn dexasthai spermata geōrgein emelles, kai Y d ta onta an exebales, kai par᾽ heterōn an edaneisō, zēmian tēn en tois toioutois pheidō nomizōn einai ton de ouranon mellōn geōrgein, ton oudemią anōmalią aerōn hypokeimenon, alla pantōs apodōsonta meta pleionos prosthēkēs ta kataballomena, okneis kai anadyē, kai ouk ennoeis hoti esti do D᾽), da phei menon apolesai, kai mē pheioomenon keroanai. Skorpison toinyn, hina mē apolesēs mē kataschēs» hina kataschēs ą ekbale, hina phylaxēs analōson, hina kerdanēs. Kan phylaxai auta deē, mē sy phylatte pantōs gar auta apoleis s΄ moi alla pisteuson tǭ theǭ᾽ oudeis gar ekeithen am tos Mē sy praōgmateuon᾽ oude oistha kerdainein: alla neison tǭ pleiō tou kephalaion ton tokon parechonti. Daneison entha mēdeis phthonos, eentha mēdemia katēgoria» mēde ) epiboulē, mēde phobos. Daneison tǭ mēdenos deomenǭ, kai iēs chreian echonti dia se᾿᾽ tǭ pantas trephonti, kai peinōnti? hina sy mē limōxēs tǭ penomenǭ, hina sy ploutēsēs. Daaneison hothen ouk esti thanaton, alla zōēn anti thanatou karpōsasthai. Houtoi men gar basileian, ekeinoi de geennan hē proxenousin hoi tokoi hoi men gar philargyrias, hoi de philo’ phs, , : d ,. de Ti sophias eisi kai hoi men ōmotētos, hoi hoe philanthrōpias. 1ina o , , Rhgoē } oun hexomen apologian, hotan kai pleiona exon labein». kai meta asphaleias, kai en kairǭ tǭ prosēkonti» kai en eleu΄si [2 therią pollę̄, kai skōmmatōn chōris kai phobōn kai kindynōn, aphentes tauta kerdanai, diōkōmen ekeina ta aischra kai eutelē kai sphalera kai diapiptonta, kai pollēn proph΄e zō iō xenounta tēn kaminon hēmin? Ouden gar, ouden tōn entautha tokōn aischroteron, ouden ōmoteron. Tas gar allotrias toioutos pragmateuetai symǭoras, kai prosodon tēn a .«» has heterou dysēmerian poieitai, kai misthon apaitei philanthrōpias, kathaper dedoikōs mē eleēmōn phanę̄, kai proschēmati philanthrōpias bathyteron oryssei Rh to barath ron, en tǭ boēthein epitribōn tēn penian, kai en tǭ cheira oregein ōthōn? kai dechomenos men hōs eis limena, nanagiǭ de peribal.- lōn, hōs en skopelō kai hyphalǭ kai spiladi touton. ᾿Alla ti keleueis : phēsi to syllechthen argy ion kai emoi chrēsimon, heterǭ didonai eis ergasian, kai mēdena misthon apaitein : Apage᾽ ou phēmi touto egō, alla kai sphodra boulomai se misthon labein, ouo mēn eutelē kai mikron, alla pollǭ meizona᾽ anti gar chrysiou, ton ouranon boulomai se tokon labein. Ti toinyn eis ptōcheian seanton katakleieis, peri tēn gēn syromenos, kai mikra anti megalōn apaitōn: Touto gar ouk eidotos esti ploutein. Hotan gar ho men theos anti chrēmatōn oligōn epangellētai soi ta en tois ouranois agatha, sy de legę̄s, mē ouranon moi dǭs, all᾽ anti tou ouranou Chrysion to apollymenon touto boulomenou menein estin en penią. Hōs ho ge epithymōn ploutou kai euporias, ta menonta pro tōn apollymenōn, ta aanalōta pro tōn dapanōmenōn, ta polla pro tōn oligōn, ta akērata pro tōn phtheiromenōn hairēsetai houtō gar kakeina hepsetai. Ho men gar tēn gēn pro tou ouranou zētōn, kai tautēs ekpeseitai pantōs ho de ekeinon tautēs protitheis, amphoterōn apolausetai meta pollēs tēs hyperbolēs. Hoper hina kai eph᾽ hēmōn genētai, kataphronēsantes tōn entautha pantōn, helōmetha ta mellonta agatha. Houtō gar kai toutōn kakeinōn tenxometha, chariti kai philanthrōpią tou kyriou hēmōn I ēsou Christou, hǭ hē doxa kai to kratos eis tous aiōnas tōn aiōnōn. ᾿Amēn.

And I say this not that we should not entreat the saints, but that we should not be careless, nor, lying back and sleeping ourselves, entrust our affairs to others alone. For when he said, “Make friends for yourselves,” he did not stop there only, but added, “by the mammon of unrighteousness,” so that the good deed may again be yours; for he hinted at nothing else here than almsgiving. And what is wonderful, he does not even deal strictly with us, if we depart from unrighteousness. For what he says is this: Have you acquired wrongly? Spend well. Have you gathered unjustly? Scatter justly. And yet what virtue is it to give from such things? But God, being a lover of mankind, condescends even to this; and if we do so, he promises us many good things. But we have come to such insensibility that we do not give even from what is unjust; but seizing countless things, if we put down the smallest part, we think we have fulfilled everything. Have you not heard Paul saying, “He who sows sparingly will also reap sparingly”? Why then do you spare? Is the thing an expense? Is it an outlay? It is revenue and trade. Where there is trade, there is also increase; where there is sowing, there is also harvest. But you, if you were going to farm rich and deep land that could receive much seed, would have thrown in what you had and borrowed from others, thinking sparing a loss in such things; but when you are about to farm heaven, which is subject to no unevenness of weather, but will surely return what is sown with greater increase, you hesitate and draw back, and do not consider that it is possible by sparing to lose, and by not sparing to gain. Scatter, then, that you may not lose; do not keep back, that you may keep; throw out, that you may preserve; spend, that you may gain. And if they must be guarded, do not you guard them, for you will certainly lose them; but entrust them to God; for no one can snatch from there. Do not you do the trading, for you do not even know how to make a profit; but lend to the one who gives interest greater than the principal. Lend where there is no envy, no accusation, no plotting, no fear. Lend to the one who needs nothing, and yet has need because of you; to the one who feeds all and is hungry, that you may not starve; to the one who is poor, that you may be rich. Lend where it is possible to reap not death but life instead of death. For the one kind of interest procures the kingdom, the other hell; the one comes from love of money, the other from love of wisdom; the one from cruelty, the other from lovingkindness. What defense, then, shall we have, when, though it is possible to receive more, and with security, at the fitting time, in great freedom, without mockery and fears and dangers, we let go these gains and pursue those shameful, mean, unsafe, and perishing ones, which procure for us a great furnace? For there is nothing, nothing more shameful than the interest of this world, nothing more cruel. For such a man makes merchandise of other people's misfortunes, makes another's bad day his revenue, and demands a wage for lovingkindness, as though afraid of appearing merciful; and under the pretense of lovingkindness he digs the pit deeper, crushing poverty while he helps, and pushing down while he stretches out his hand; receiving the man as into a harbor, but casting him into shipwreck as on a rock and a reef and a hidden crag.

“But what do you order?” someone says. “That I give the money I have gathered, useful to me too, to another for his business, and demand no wage?” Far from it; I do not say this; on the contrary, I greatly wish you to receive a wage, not a mean and small one, but a far greater one; for instead of gold I wish you to receive heaven as interest. Why then do you shut yourself into poverty, dragging along the ground and demanding small things instead of great? For this belongs to one who does not know how to be rich. For when God promises you the good things in heaven in return for a little money, and you say, “Do not give me heaven, but instead of heaven this perishing gold,” this belongs to one who wishes to remain in poverty. For one who desires wealth and plenty will choose what abides before what perishes, what cannot be spent before what is used up, the many before the few, the incorruptible before the corruptible; for so those others will follow too. For one who seeks earth before heaven will certainly lose earth too; but one who prefers heaven to earth will enjoy both in great abundance. That this may happen with us too, let us despise all things here and choose the good things to come. For so we shall obtain both these and those, by the grace and lovingkindness of our Lord Jesus Christ, to whom be glory and might to the ages of ages. Amen.

Chapter 6

6.1Field 1

Τοῦ ᾿Ιησοῦ γεννηθέντος ἐ εν Βηθλεὲμ τῆς ᾿Ιουδαίας ἐ ἐν ἡμέραις Ἡρώδου τοῦ βασιλέως, ἰδοὺ μάγοι ἀπὸ ἀνατολῶν παρεγένοντο εἰς Ἱεροσόλυμα λέγοντες ποῦ ἐστιν τεχθεὶς βασιλεὺς τῶν Ἰουδαίων : ; εἴδομεν γὰρ αὐτοῦ τὸν ἀστέρα ἐν τῇ ἀνατολῇ, καὶ ἤλθομεν προσκυνῆσαι αὐτῷ. ΠΟΛΛΗΣ ἡμῖν δεῖ τῆς ἀγρυπνίας, πολλῶν τῶν εὐχῶν, ὥστε δυνηθῆναι ἐπεξελθεῖν τῷ παρόντι χωρίῳ, καὶ μαθεῖν, τίνες οἱ μάγοι οὗτοι, καὶ πόθεν ἦλθον, καὶ πῶς, καὶ τίνος αὐτοὺς πείσαντος, καὶ τίς ὁ ἀστήρ. Μάλλον δὲ, εἰ βούλεσθε, πρότερον ἅ φασιν οἱ τῆς ἀληθείας ἐχθροὶ, ταῦτα εἰς μέσον ἀγάγωμεν. Καὶ γὰρ τοσοῦτον κατ᾽ αὐτῶν ἔπνευσεν ὁ διάβολος, ὥστε καὶ ἐντεῦθεν αὐτοὺς ἐπιχειρεῖν ὁπλίζειν κατὰ τῶν τῆς ἀληθείας λόγων. Τί οὖν φασιν: ᾿Ιδοὺ, φησὶ, καὶ τοῦ Χριστοῦ γεννηθέντος ἀστὴρ ἐφάνη, ὅπερ ἐστὶ σημεῖον τοῦ τὴν ἀστρολογίαν εἶναι βεβαίαν. Πώς οὖν εἰ κατ᾽ ἐκεῖνον ἐτέχθη τὸν νόμον, ἀστρολογίαν ἔλυσε, καὶ εἱμαρμένην ἀνεῖλε, καὶ δαίμονας ἐπεστόμισα, καὶ πλάνην ἐξέβαλε, καὶ πᾶσαν τοιαύτην μαγγανείαν ἀνέτρεψε: Τί δὲ καὶ οἱ μάγοι παρὰςσ τοῦ ἀστέρος αὐτοῦ μανθάνουσιν: Ὅτι βασιλεὺς τῶν ᾿Ιουδαίων ἦν: Καὶ μὴν οὐ ταύτης ἣν τῆς βασιλείας. βασιλεὺς, καθὼς καὶ τῷ Πιλάτῳ ἔλεγεν ὅ ἡ βασιλεία ἡ ἐμὴ οὐκ ἔστιν ἐκ τοῦ κόσμον τούτου. Οὐδὲν γοῦν ἐπεδείξατο τοιοῦτον οὐδὲ γὰρ δορυφόρους, οὔτε ὑπασπιστὰς, οὔτε ἵππους, οὔτε ἡμιόνων εὕγος, οὔτε ἄλλο τι τοιοῦτον ἔσχε περὶ ἑαυτόν ἀλλὰ τὸν εὐτελῆ τοῦτον βίον καὶ πτωχὸν μετήει, δώδεκα εὐτελεῖς ἀνθρώπους μεθ᾽ ἑ εαυτοῦ περιφέρων. Εἰ δὲ καὶ βασιλέα ἤδεσαν ὄντα, τίνος ἕνεκεν παραγίνονται: Οὐ γὰρ δὴ τοῦτο ἀστρονομίας ἔργον. ἐστὶν, ἀπὸ τῶν ἄστρων εἰδέναι τοὺς τικτομένους, ἀλλ᾽ ἀπὸ τῆς ὥρας τῶν τικτομένων προαναφωνεῖν τὰ μέλλοντα ἔσεσθαι, ὥς φασιν. Οὗτοι δὲ οὔτε ὠδινούσῃ τῇ μητρὶ παρῆσαν, οὔτε τὸν καιρὸν ἔγνωσαν, καθ' ὃν ἐτέχθη, οὔτε ἐντεῦθεν λαβόντες τὴν ἀρχὴν, συνέθηκαν ἀπὸ τῆς τῶν ἄστρων ὰ κινήσεως τὰ μέλλοντα ἔσεσθαι αλλ᾽ ἀντιστρόφως, ἀστέρα πρὸ πολλουν τοὺυ χρόνου θεασάμενοι φανεντα ἐπὶ τῆς αὐτῶν . χώρας, ἔρχονται ὀψόμενοι τὸν τεχθέντα᾽ ὅπερ καὶ αὐτὸ τοῦ προτέρου σφόδρα ἀπορώτερον ἄν εἴη. Τίς γὰρ αὐτοὺς ἣ ἔπεισε λόγος, ποίων ἀγαθῶν ἐλπὶς, τὸν ἐκ τοσούτου δια᾽’ , ἣ στήματος προσκυνῆσαι βασιλέα; Εἰ μὲν γαρ αὐτῶν ἐμελλε βασιλεύειν, μάλιστα μὲν οὐδὲ οὕτω λόγον εἶχε τὸ γινόμενον. Καὶ γαρ εἰ μὲν ἐν βασιλικαῖς αὐλαῖς ετίκτετο, καὶ πατρὸς αὐτῷ βασιλέως παρόντος, εἰκότως ἂν τις ἔφη τούυ’ τους, βουλομένους τὸν πατέρα θεραπεῦσαι, προσκυνῆσαι τὸ τεχθὲν παιδίον, καὶ ταύτῃ πολλὴν ἑαυτοῖς ὑπόθεσιν προ’ὔ ἣ νῶν αποθέσθαι εὐνοίας. Νυνὶ δὲ οὐδὲ αὐτῶν προσδοκῶντες ἔσεσθαι βασιλέα, αλλὰ ἔθνους ἀλλοκότου καὶ πολὺ τῆς αυτῶν αφεστηκοτος χωρας, οὔτε ἄνδρα ὁρῶντες ἤδη γενό’ μενον, τίνος ἕνεκεν τοσαύτην στέλλονται ἀποδημίαν, καὶ [8 δῶρα προσφέρουσι; καὶ ταῦτα μέλλοντες μετὰ κινδύνων ἅπαντα πράττειν: Καὶ γὰρ καὶ Ἡρώδης ἀκούσας διεταράχθη, καὶ ὁ δῆμος ἅπας ἐθορυβεῖτο, ταῦτα ακούσαντες παρ αὑτῶν. Αλλ οὐ προήδεσαν οὑὗτοι ταῦτας, Αλὰλ οὐκ ἂν ἔχοι λογον. κὰ , Εἰ γάρ καὶ σφόδρα ἤσαν ἀνόητοι, τοῦτο οὐκ ἂν ηἠγνοήσαν, ὅτι εἰς πόλιν βασιλευομένην ἐλθόντες, καὶ τοιαῦτα κηρύξαντες, καὶ βασιλέα ἕτερον παρὰ τὸν τότε ὄντα δείξαντες, οὐχὶ . ν΄ μυρίους καθ᾽ ἑαυτῶν ἂν ἐπεσπάσαντο θανάτους. Τί δὲ ὅλως καὶ προσεκύνουν ἐν σπαργανοις ὄντα; Εἰ μὲν γὰρ ανὴρ ἥν, ἕ {ἕ{ [ εἶχεν ἄν τις εἰπεῖν, ὅτι προσδοκῶντες τὴν παρ᾽ αὐτοῦ βοή᾽ νν: : θειαν εἰς προύπτον ἑαντοὺς ἔῤριψαν κίνδυνον ὅπερ καὶ αὐτὸ ιν ἢ , ὰ τῆς ἐσχάτης ἀλογίας ἥν, τὸν Πέρσην, τὸν βάρβαρον, καὶ οὐδὲν κοινὸν ἔχοντα πρὸς τὸ ᾿Ιουδαίων ἔθνος, βούλεσθαι μὲν τῆς οἰκίας αφίστασθαι, καὶ πατρίδα καὶ συγγενεῖς καὶ Υ΄,» , , ε«», δὲ . οἰκείους ἀφιέναι, ἐτέρᾳ δὲ εαυτοὺς ὑποβάλλειν βασιλείᾳ. δῚ ΄σι ὔ ΄-

Tou ᾿Iēsou gennēthentos e en Bēthleem tēs ᾿Ioudaias e en hēmerais Hērōdou tou basileōs, idou magoi apo anatolōn paregenonto eis Hierosolyma legontes pou estin techtheis basileus tōn Ioudaiōn : ? eidomen gar autou ton astera en tę̄ anatolę̄, kai ēlthomen proskynēsai autǭ. POLLĒS hēmin dei tēs agrypnias, pollōn tōn euchōn, hōste dynēthēnai epexelthein tǭ paronti chōriǭ, kai mathein, tines hoi magoi houtoi, kai pothen ēlthon, kai pōs, kai tinos autous peisantos, kai tis ho astēr. Mallon de, ei boulesthe, proteron ha phasin hoi tēs alētheias echthroi, tauta eis meson agagōmen. Kai gar tosouton kat᾽ autōn epneusen ho diabolos, hōste kai enteuthen autous epicheirein hoplizein kata tōn tēs alētheias logōn. Ti oun phasin: ᾿Idou, phēsi, kai tou Christou gennēthentos astēr ephanē, hoper esti sēmeion tou tēn astrologian einai bebaian. Pōs oun ei kat᾽ ekeinon etechthē ton nomon, astrologian elyse, kai heimarmenēn aneile, kai daimonas epestomisa, kai planēn exebale, kai pasan toiautēn manganeian anetrepse: Ti de kai hoi magoi parass tou asteros autou manthanousin: Hoti basileus tōn ᾿Ioudaiōn ēn: Kai mēn ou tautēs hēn tēs basileias. basileus, kathōs kai tǭ Pilatǭ elegen ho hē basileia hē emē ouk estin ek tou kosmon toutou. Ouden goun epedeixato toiouton oude gar doryphorous, oute hypaspistas, oute hippous, oute hēmionōn heugos, oute allo ti toiouton esche peri heauton alla ton eutelē touton bion kai ptōchon metēei, dōdeka euteleis anthrōpous meth᾽ he eautou peripherōn. Ei de kai basilea ēdesan onta, tinos heneken paraginontai: Ou gar dē touto astronomias ergon. estin, apo tōn astrōn eidenai tous tiktomenous, all᾽ apo tēs hōras tōn tiktomenōn proanaphōnein ta mellonta esesthai, hōs phasin. Houtoi de oute ōdinousę̄ tę̄ mētri parēsan, oute ton kairon egnōsan, kath' hon etechthē, oute enteuthen labontes tēn archēn, synethēkan apo tēs tōn astrōn a kinēseōs ta mellonta esesthai all᾽ antistrophōs, astera pro polloun touy chronou theasamenoi phanenta epi tēs autōn . chōras, erchontai opsomenoi ton techthenta᾽ hoper kai auto tou proterou sphodra aporōteron an eiē. Tis gar autous hē epeise logos, poiōn agathōn elpis, ton ek tosoutou dia᾽’ , hē stēmatos proskynēsai basilea? Ei men gar autōn emelle basileuein, malista men oude houtō logon eiche to ginomenon. Kai gar ei men en basilikais aulais etikteto, kai patros autǭ basileōs parontos, eikotōs an tis ephē touy’ tous, boulomenous ton patera therapeusai, proskynēsai to techthen paidion, kai tautę̄ pollēn heautois hypothesin pro’y hē nōn apothesthai eunoias. Nyni de oude autōn prosdokōntes esesthai basilea, alla ethnous allokotou kai poly tēs autōn aphestēkotos chōras, oute andra horōntes ēdē geno’ menon, tinos heneken tosautēn stellontai apodēmian, kai [8 dōra prospherousi? kai tauta mellontes meta kindynōn hapanta prattein: Kai gar kai Hērōdēs akousas dietarachthē, kai ho dēmos hapas ethorybeito, tauta akousantes par hautōn. All ou proēdesan houytoi tautas, Alal ouk an echoi logon. ka , Ei gar kai sphodra ēsan anoētoi, touto ouk an ēēgnoēsan, hoti eis polin basileuomenēn elthontes, kai toiauta kēryxantes, kai basilea heteron para ton tote onta deixantes, ouchi . n΄ myrious kath᾽ heautōn an epespasanto thanatous. Ti de holōs kai prosekynoun en sparganois onta? Ei men gar anēr hēn, he {he{ [ eichen an tis eipein, hoti prosdokōntes tēn par᾽ autou boē᾽ nn: : theian eis proupton heantous erripsan kindynon hoper kai auto in ē , a tēs eschatēs alogias hēn, ton Persēn, ton barbaron, kai ouden koinon echonta pros to ᾿Ioudaiōn ethnos, boulesthai men tēs oikias aphistasthai, kai patrida kai syngeneis kai Y΄,» , , e«», de . oikeious aphienai, eterą de eautous hypoballein basileią. dI ΄si y ΄-

“When Jesus was born in Bethlehem of Judea in the days of Herod the king, behold, magi from the east came to Jerusalem, saying: Where is he who has been born king of the Jews? For we have seen his star in the east and have come to worship him.”

We need much wakefulness and many prayers to be able to go through the present passage and learn who these magi are, where they came from and how, who persuaded them, and what the star is. Or rather, if you wish, let us first bring forward what the enemies of the truth say. For the devil has breathed so hard against them that they try to arm themselves even from here against the words of truth. What then do they say? “See,” they say, “when Christ was born too a star appeared, which is a sign that astrology is reliable.” How then, if he was born according to that law, did he undo astrology, abolish fate, stop the mouths of demons, drive out error, and overturn all such sorcery? And what do the magi learn from the star itself? That he was king of the Jews? Yet he was not king of this kingdom, as he said to Pilate too: “My kingdom is not of this world.” At any rate he displayed nothing of the kind; for he had no spearmen, nor shield-bearers, nor horses, nor team of mules, nor anything else of the kind about him; but he pursued this mean and poor life, taking twelve mean men about with him. And even if they knew that he was a king, why do they come? For it is not the work of astrology to know from the stars those who are being born, but to foretell from the hour of birth what will happen, as they say. But these men were neither present with the mother in labor, nor did they know the time at which he was born, nor did they start from there and calculate from the movement of the stars what would happen; but the reverse: having seen a star appear in their own country long before, they come to see the one who was born; which itself would be far more puzzling than the former. For what reason persuaded them, what hope of good things, to worship a king from so great a distance? If he were going to reign over them, not even so would the thing make much sense. For if he had been born in royal courts, with his father the king present, one might reasonably have said that they, wishing to court the father, worshiped the child that was born, and so laid up for themselves great ground for goodwill. But as it is, not expecting that he would be their king, but king of a strange nation far from their own country, and not seeing him already grown to manhood, why do they set out on so long a journey and bring gifts? And that when they were going to do it all at their peril? For Herod, on hearing, was troubled, and the whole people was in turmoil, hearing these things from them. “But they did not foresee this.” That makes no sense. For however foolish they were, they would not have been ignorant that, coming into a city under a king, proclaiming such things and pointing to another king besides the one then reigning, they would draw countless deaths upon themselves. And why did they worship one in swaddling clothes at all? For if he had been a man, one could have said that, expecting help from him, they threw themselves into open danger; which itself was the height of unreason, that a Persian, a barbarian, with nothing in common with the nation of the Jews, should wish to leave his home, abandon country, kin, and household, and put himself under another kingdom.

6.2Field 1

Εἰ δὲ τοῦτο ἀνόητον, τὸ μετὰ τοῦτο ἀνοητότερον πολλῷ ὴ οὗ ; πλέον. Ποῖον δὴ τοῦτο. Τὸ μακραν οὕτως αποϑημίαν ελ-- θόντας, καὶ προσκυνήσαντας» καὶ ταράξαντας πάντας, ἀπελ-- θεῖν εὐθέως. Τί δὲ ὅλως καὶ βασιλείας σύμβολον εἶδον, ἰὲ [2 καλυβὴην καὶ ᾧφατνην; και παιδίον ἐν σπαρΎγανοις; καὶ μητερα πτωχὴν εἰδόντες; ἢ Τίνι δὲ καὶ τὰ δῶρα προσέφερον, καὶ τίνος ἕνεκεν : ρα νόμος ἣν καὶ ἔθος, τοὺς πανταχοῦ Τικο τομένους βασιλέας οὕτω θεραπεύειν: καὶ πᾶσαν περιήεσαν ἀεὶ τὴν οἰκουμένην, οὖς ἤδεσαν ἐσομένους βασιλέας απὸ Μια κρών καὶ εὐτελῶν, πρὶν επὶ τὸν θρόνον τὸν βασιλικὸν ἄναβῆναι, προσκυνοῦντες ; ᾿Δλλ᾽ οὐκ ἂν ὄχοι τις τοῦτο εἰπεῖν. Τίνος δὲ ἕνεκεν καὶ προσεκύνουν: Εἰ μὲν τῶν παρόντων ἕνεκεν, καὶ τί προσεδόκων παρὰ παιδίου καὶ μητρὸς εὐτελοῦς α λήψεσθαι: εἰ ὦ τῶν μελλόντων ἕνεκεν, καὶ πόθεν ἤδεσαν ὅτι ἀπομνημονεύσει τῶν τότε ᾿γινομένων ὁ παῖς ἐν σπαργάνοις προσκυνηθείς : : Εἰ δὲ ἡ μήτηρ ἔμελλεν ἀναμιμνήσκειν αὐτὸν, οὐδὲ οὕτω τιμῆς, ἀλλὰ κολάσεως ἦσαν ἄξιοι, εἰς προῦπτον ἐμβάλλοντες αὐτὸν κίνδυνον. ᾿Εντεῦθεν γοὺν ὁ Ἡρώδης ταραχθεὶς, καὶ ἐζήτει, καὶ περιειργάζετο, καὶ ἀνελεῖν ἐπεχείρει. Καὶ πανταχοῦ δὲ ὁ τὸν μέλλοντα βασιλεύειν κατάδηλον ποιῶν, ἐκ πρώτης ἡλικίας ἰδιώτην ὅ ὄντα, οὐδὲν ἕτερον ἢ σφαγὴ παραδιί ωσι, καὶ μυρίους ἀνάπτει πολέμιους αὐτῷ. Εἶδες ὅσα τὰ ἄτοπα φαίνεται, εἰ κατὰ ἀνθρωπίνην ἀκολουθίαν καὶ κοινὴν συνήθειαν ταῦτα ἐξετάσαιμεν : Οὐδὲ γὰρ ταῦτα μόνον, ἀλλὰ καὶ πλείονα τούτων ἐνῆν εἰπεῖν, ζήτησιν ἔ ἔχοντα πλείω τῶν εἰρημένων. Ἀλλ᾽ ἵνα μὴ συναάττοντες ἀπορίας ἀπορίαις ἰλυγγιᾶν ὑμᾶς ποιώμεν, Φέρε δὴ λοιπὸν ἐπὶ τὴν λύσιν τῶν ζητουμένων ἔλθωμεν, ἀρχὴν τῆς λύσεως ἀπὸ τοῦ ἀστέρος αὐτοῦ ποιούμενοι. Ἂν γὰρ μάθωμεν τίς ὁ ἀστήρ, καὶ ποταπὸς, καὶ εἰ τῶν πολλῶν εἷς, ἢ ξένος παρὰ τοὺς ἄλλους, καὶ εἰ φύσει. ἀστὴρ, ἢ ὄψει μόνον ἀστήρ, εὐκόλως καὶ τὰ ἄλλα πάντα εἰσόμεθα. Πόθεν οὖν ταῦτα ἔσται δῆλα: Ἀπὸ τῶν γεγραμμένων αὐτῶν. Ὅτι γὰρ ὁ τῶν πολλῶν εἷς ὁ ἀστὴρ οὗτος ἦν, μᾶλλον δὲ οὐδὲ Μὰ ὡς ἐμοιγε δοκεῖ, αλλὰ δύναμίς τις ἀόρατος εἰς ταύτην μετασχηματισθεῖσα τὴν ὄψιν, πρῶτον ἀπὸ τῆς πορείας αὐτῆς δῆλον. Οὐ γάρ ἐστιν, οὐκ ἔστιν ἀστήρ ἅτις ταύτην βαδίζων τὴν ὁδόν. ἀλλὰ κὰν ἥλιον εἴπης, κἂν σελήνην, κἀν τοὺς ἄλλους ἅπαντας ἀστέρας, εξ ἀνατολῶν ἐπὶ δύσιν ὁρῶμεν χωροῦντας οὗτος δὲ ἀπὸ ἄρκτου πρὸς μεσημβρίαν ἐφέρετο οὕτω γὰρ ἡ Παλαιστίνη πρὸς τὴν Περσίδα κεῖται. Δεύτερον, καὶ ἀπὸ τοῦ καιροῦ τοῦτό ἐστιν ἰδεῖν. Οὐ γὰρ ἐν νυκτὶ φαίνεται, ἀλλ᾽ ἐν ἡμέρᾳ μέση, ἡλίου λάμποντος ὅπερ οὐκ ἔστι δυνάμεως ἀστέρος, ἀλλ᾽ οὐδὲ σελήνης ἡ γὰρ τοσοῦτον πάντων ὑπερέχουσα, τῆς ακτῖνος φανείσης τῆς ἡλιακῆς, κρύπτεται εὐθέως καὶ ἀφανίζεται. Οὗτος δὲ τῇ τῆς οἰκείας λαμπρότητος ὑπερβολῇ καὶ τὰς ἀκτῖνας ἐνίκησε τὰς ἡλιακὰς, φανότερος ἐκείνων φανεὶς, καὶ ἐν τοσούτῳ φω τὶ μεῖζον λαάμψας. Τρίτον, ἀπὸ τοῦ φαίνεσθαι καὶ πάλιν κρύπτεσθαι. Τὴν μὲν γὰρ ἕως Παλαιστίνης ὁδὸν ἐφαίνετο χειραγωγῶν' ἐπειδὴ δὲ ἐπέβησαν τῶν ᾿Ιεροσολύμων, ἔκρυψεν ἑαυτόν εἶτα πάλιν ὅτε τὸν Ἡρώδην ἀφέντες, διδάξαντες αὐτὸν ὑπὲ ὧν ἦλθον, ἔμελλον ἀπιέναι. δείκνυσιν ἑαντόν ὅπερ οὐκ ἔστιν ἄστρου κινήσεως, ἀλλὰ δυνάμεώς τίνος ΛΑΟΥ͂. κωτάτης. Οὐδὲ γὰ ἰδίαν τινὰ πορείαν εἶχεν, αλλ᾽ ὅτε μὲν ἔδει βαδίσαι αὑτοὺς, ἐβάδιζεν ὅτε δὲ στῆναι, ἵστατο, πρὸς τὸ δέον πάντα οἰκονομῶν καθάπερ ὁ στῦλος τῆς νεφέλης, καὶ καθίζων καὶ ἐγείρων τὸ στρατόπεδον τῶν ᾿Ιουδαίων; ἡνίκα ἐχρῆν. Τέταρτον, ἀπὸ τοῦ τρόπου τῆς δείξεως τοῦτο ἄν τις καταμάθοι σαφώς. Οὐ γὰρ ἄνω μένων τὸν τόπον ἐδείκνυ᾽ οὐδὲ γὰρ, δυνατὸν ἢ ἡν αὑτοῖς οὕτω μαθεῖν' ἀλλὰ κάτω καταβὰς τοῦτο ἐποίει. ἶστε γάρ, ὅτι τόπον οὕτω μικρὸν, καὶ ὅσον εἰκὸς καλύβην κατασχεῖν, μᾶλλον δὲ ὅ ὅσον εἰκὸς σῶμα παιδίου μικροῦ ᾿κατέχειν, οὐχ οἷόν τε ἀστέρα γνωρίζειν. ᾿Επειδὴ γὰρ ἄπειρον τὸ ὕψος, οὐκ ἤρκει οὕτω στενὸν τόπον ᾿χαρακτηρίσαι καὶ γνωρίσαι τοῖς βουλομένοις ἰδεῖν. Καὶ τοῦτο ἀπὸ τῆς σελήνης ἴδοι τις ἄν᾽ ἣ τοσοῦτον ὑπερφερὴς οὗσα τῶν ἄστρων, πᾶσι τοῖς κατὰ τὴν οἰκουμένην οἰκοῦσι, καὶ εἰς τοσοῦτον πλάτος γῆς ἐκκεχυμένοις, ἅπασιν ἐγγὺς εἶναι δοκεῖ. Πώς οὖν ὁ ἀστὴρ, εἰπέ μοι; τόπον οὕτω στενὸν φάτνης καὶ καλύβης ἐδείκνυ, εἰ μὴ τὸ ὑψηλὸν ἐκεῖνο ἀφεὶς κάτω κατέβη, καὶ ὑπὲρ αὐτῆς ἔστη τῆς κεφαλῆς τοῦ παιδίου; Ὅπερ οὖν καὶ ὁ εὐωγγελιστὴς αἰνιττόμενος ἔλαγεν᾽ ἰδοὺ ὁ ἀστὴρ προῆγεν αὐτοὺς, ἕως ἐλθὼν ἔστη᾽ ἐπάνω οὗ ἣν τὸ παιδίον. Ὁρᾷς δ ὅ ὅσων δείκνυται οὐ τῶν πολλῶν εἷς ὧν οὗτος ὁ ἀστήρ, οὐδὲ κατὰ τὴν ἀκολουθίαν τῆς ἔξω γενέσεως δεικνὺς ἑαυτόν:

Ei de touto anoēton, to meta touto anoētoteron pollǭ ē hou ? pleon. Poion dē touto. To makran houtōs apoϑēmian el-- thontas, kai proskynēsantas» kai taraxantas pantas, apel-- thein eutheōs. Ti de holōs kai basileias symbolon eidon, ie [2 kalybēēn kai hǭphatnēn? kai paidion en sparYganois? kai mētera ptōchēn eidontes? ē Tini de kai ta dōra prosepheron, kai tinos heneken : ra nomos hēn kai ethos, tous pantachou Tiko tomenous basileas houtō therapeuein: kai pasan periēesan aei tēn oikoumenēn, ous ēdesan esomenous basileas apo Mia krōn kai eutelōn, prin epi ton thronon ton basilikon anabēnai, proskynountes ? ᾿Dll᾽ ouk an ochoi tis touto eipein. Tinos de heneken kai prosekynoun: Ei men tōn parontōn heneken, kai ti prosedokōn para paidiou kai mētros eutelous a lēpsesthai: ei ō tōn mellontōn heneken, kai pothen ēdesan hoti apomnēmoneusei tōn tote ᾿ginomenōn ho pais en sparganois proskynētheis : : Ei de hē mētēr emellen anamimnēskein auton, oude houtō timēs, alla kolaseōs ēsan axioi, eis proupton emballontes auton kindynon. ᾿Enteuthen goun ho Hērōdēs tarachtheis, kai ezētei, kai perieirgazeto, kai anelein epecheirei. Kai pantachou de ho ton mellonta basileuein katadēlon poiōn, ek prōtēs hēlikias idiōtēn ho onta, ouden heteron ē sphagē paradii ōsi, kai myrious anaptei polemious autǭ. Eides hosa ta atopa phainetai, ei kata anthrōpinēn akolouthian kai koinēn synētheian tauta exetasaimen : Oude gar tauta monon, alla kai pleiona toutōn enēn eipein, zētēsin e echonta pleiō tōn eirēmenōn. All᾽ hina mē synaattontes aporias aporiais ilyngian hymas poiōmen, Phere dē loipon epi tēn lysin tōn zētoumenōn elthōmen, archēn tēs lyseōs apo tou asteros autou poioumenoi. An gar mathōmen tis ho astēr, kai potapos, kai ei tōn pollōn heis, ē xenos para tous allous, kai ei physei. astēr, ē opsei monon astēr, eukolōs kai ta alla panta eisometha. Pothen oun tauta estai dēla: Apo tōn gegrammenōn autōn. Hoti gar ho tōn pollōn heis ho astēr houtos ēn, mallon de oude Ma hōs emoige dokei, alla dynamis tis aoratos eis tautēn metaschēmatistheisa tēn opsin, prōton apo tēs poreias autēs dēlon. Ou gar estin, ouk estin astēr hatis tautēn badizōn tēn hodon. alla kan hēlion eipēs, kan selēnēn, kan tous allous hapantas asteras, ex anatolōn epi dysin horōmen chōrountas houtos de apo arktou pros mesēmbrian ephereto houtō gar hē Palaistinē pros tēn Persida keitai. Deuteron, kai apo tou kairou touto estin idein. Ou gar en nykti phainetai, all᾽ en hēmerą mesē, hēliou lampontos hoper ouk esti dynameōs asteros, all᾽ oude selēnēs hē gar tosouton pantōn hyperechousa, tēs aktinos phaneisēs tēs hēliakēs, kryptetai eutheōs kai aphanizetai. Houtos de tę̄ tēs oikeias lamprotētos hyperbolę̄ kai tas aktinas enikēse tas hēliakas, phanoteros ekeinōn phaneis, kai en tosoutǭ phō ti meizon laampsas. Triton, apo tou phainesthai kai palin kryptesthai. Tēn men gar heōs Palaistinēs hodon ephaineto cheiragōgōn' epeidē de epebēsan tōn ᾿Ierosolymōn, ekrypsen heauton eita palin hote ton Hērōdēn aphentes, didaxantes auton hype hōn ēlthon, emellon apienai. deiknysin heanton hoper ouk estin astrou kinēseōs, alla dynameōs tinos LAOU. kōtatēs. Oude ga idian tina poreian eichen, all᾽ hote men edei badisai hautous, ebadizen hote de stēnai, histato, pros to deon panta oikonomōn kathaper ho stylos tēs nephelēs, kai kathizōn kai egeirōn to stratopedon tōn ᾿Ioudaiōn? hēnika echrēn. Tetarton, apo tou tropou tēs deixeōs touto an tis katamathoi saphōs. Ou gar anō menōn ton topon edeikny᾽ oude gar, dynaton ē hēn hautois houtō mathein' alla katō katabas touto epoiei. iste gar, hoti topon houtō mikron, kai hoson eikos kalybēn kataschein, mallon de ho hoson eikos sōma paidiou mikrou ᾿katechein, ouch hoion te astera gnōrizein. ᾿Epeidē gar apeiron to hypsos, ouk ērkei houtō stenon topon ᾿charaktērisai kai gnōrisai tois boulomenois idein. Kai touto apo tēs selēnēs idoi tis an᾽ hē tosouton hyperpherēs housa tōn astrōn, pasi tois kata tēn oikoumenēn oikousi, kai eis tosouton platos gēs ekkechymenois, hapasin engys einai dokei. Pōs oun ho astēr, eipe moi? topon houtō stenon phatnēs kai kalybēs edeikny, ei mē to hypsēlon ekeino apheis katō katebē, kai hyper autēs estē tēs kephalēs tou paidiou? Hoper oun kai ho euōngelistēs ainittomenos elagen᾽ idou ho astēr proēgen autous, heōs elthōn estē᾽ epanō hou hēn to paidion. Horąs d ho hosōn deiknytai ou tōn pollōn heis hōn houtos ho astēr, oude kata tēn akolouthian tēs exō geneseōs deiknys heauton:

And if this is foolish, what follows is far more foolish. What is that? That having come so long a journey, and having worshiped, and having troubled everyone, they went away at once. And what sign of kingship did they see at all, seeing a hut and a manger, a child in swaddling clothes, and a poor mother? And to whom did they offer the gifts, and why? Was it a law and custom to court in this way kings born anywhere, and did they always go round the whole world worshiping those whom they knew would be kings, from small and mean beginnings, before they ascended the royal throne? No one could say this. And why did they worship? If for present things, what did they expect to receive from a child and a poor mother? If for future things, how did they know that the child worshiped in swaddling clothes would remember what was then done? And if the mother was going to remind him, not even so did they deserve honor, but punishment, for casting him into open danger. At least from this Herod was troubled, and sought, and inquired, and undertook to kill him. And everywhere, one who makes known the one who is to reign, while he is still a private person from his earliest age, does nothing other than hand him over to slaughter and kindle countless enemies against him. Do you see how many absurdities appear if we examine these things by human sequence and common custom? And not only these, but more than these could be mentioned, raising more questions than those stated. But so as not to make you dizzy by joining difficulties to difficulties, come, let us go at last to the solution of the questions, making the beginning of the solution from the star itself.

For if we learn what the star was, and of what kind, and whether it was one of the many or strange beside the others, and whether a star by nature or a star in appearance only, we shall easily know all the rest too. Where then will these things become clear? From what is written itself. That this star was not one of the many, or rather not even a star, as it seems to me, but some invisible power transformed into this appearance, is clear first from its course. For there is not, there is not any star that travels this road. But whether you speak of the sun, or the moon, or all the other stars, we see them going from east to west; but this one was carried from north to south, for that is how Palestine lies relative to Persia. Second, one can see this also from the time. For it appears not at night, but in the middle of the day, while the sun is shining; which is not in the power of a star, nor even of the moon; for the moon, which so far surpasses all, hides at once and vanishes when the sun's ray has appeared. But this one, by the excess of its own brightness, overcame even the sun's rays, appearing brighter than they, and shining more in so great a light. Third, from its appearing and hiding again. For on the road as far as Palestine it appeared, leading them by the hand; but when they set foot in Jerusalem, it hid itself; then again, when they had left Herod, having told him why they had come, and were about to depart, it shows itself; which is not the motion of a star, but of some very rational power. For it did not even have its own course, but when they had to travel, it traveled, and when they had to stop, it stopped, arranging everything as needed, like the pillar of cloud, making the camp of the Jews halt and rise up when it was necessary. Fourth, one could learn this clearly from the manner of its pointing out. For it did not point out the place while staying above; for it would not have been possible for them to learn it so; but it did this by coming down below. For you know that a place so small, as much as a hut would occupy, or rather as much as the body of a little child would occupy, cannot be marked out by a star. For since its height is immense, it could not mark out and make known so narrow a place to those wishing to see. One could see this from the moon too, which, though so far above the stars, seems near to all who dwell in the world and are spread over so wide an expanse of earth. How then, tell me, did the star point out so narrow a place as a manger and a hut, unless it left that height, came down below, and stood over the very head of the child? This is what the evangelist hints at when he says, “Behold, the star went before them, until it came and stood over where the child was.” Do you see by how many proofs it is shown that this star was not one of the many, and did not show itself according to the order of outward creation?

6.3Field 1

Καὶ τίνος ἕνεκεν ἐφάνη: Ὥστα καθικέσθαι τῆς [ουδαίων ἀναισθησίας, καὶ πᾶσαν αὐτοῖς ἀποκλεῖσαι , ἀπολογίας ἀφορμὴν ἀγνωμονοῦσιν. ᾿Επειδὴ γὰρ ὁ παραγενόμενος; τὴν μὲν παλαιὰν ἀναπαύειν ἔμελλε πολιτείαν, τὴν δὲ οἰκουμένην εἰς τὴν αὐτοῦ προσκύνησιν καλεῖν, καὶ ἐν γῆ καὶ ἐν θαλαττῇ προσκυνεῖσθαι πάσῃ, ἐκ προοιμίων εὐθέως τοῖς ἔθνεσιν ἀνοίγει τὴν θύραν, διὰ τῶν ἀλλοτρίων τοὺς οἰκείους παιδεῦσαι θέλων. ᾿Επειδὴ γὰρ τῶν προφητῶν συνεχῶς ἀκούοντες λεγόντων περὶ τῆς αὐτοῦ παρουσίας, οὐ σφό ρα προσεῖχον, ἐποίησε καὶ βαρβάρους ελθεῖν ἀπὸ γῆς μακρᾶς, τὸν παρ᾽ αὐτοῖς βασιλέα ἐπιζητοῦντας καὶ παρὰ Περσικῆς πρώτης φωνῆς μανθάνουσιν, ἁ παρὰ τῶν προφητῶν μαθεῖν οὐκ ἠνέσχοντο᾽ ἵνα ἂν μὲν εὐγνωμονῶσι, μεγίστην ἔχωσι τοῦ πείθεσθαι πρόφασιν ἐὰν δὲ φιλονεικώσι, πάσης ὦσιν ἀπεστερημένοε λοιπὸν ἀπολογίας. Τί γὰρ ἂν ἔχοιεν εἰπεῖν, μὴ δεξάμενοι τὸν Χρισπὸν μετὰ τοὺς τοσούτους προφήτας, ὅταν ἴδωσι μάγους ἀπὸ ὄψεως ἑνὸς ἄστρου τοῦτον δεξαμένους, καὶ προσκυνήσαντας τὸν φανέντα: Ὅπερ οὖν ἐπὶ τῶν Νινευϊτῶν ἐποίησε, πέμψας τὸν ᾿Ιωνᾶν, καὶ ὅπερ ἐπὶ τῆς Σαμαρείτιδος καὶ τῆς Χαναναίας, τοῦτο καὶ ἐπὶ τῶν μάγων. Διὰ τοῦτο καὶ ἔλεγεν ἄνδρες Νινευῖται ἀναστήσονται; καὶ κατακρινουσι καὶ, βασίλισσα νότον αναστήσεται, καὶ κατακρινεῖ τὴν γενεὰν ταύτην ὅτι ἐκεῖνοι μὲν τοῖς ἐλάττοσιν ἐπίστευσαν, οὗτοι δὲ οὐδὲ τοῖς μείζοσι. Καὶ τίνος ἕνεκεν διὰ τοιαύτης αὐτοὺς εἵλκυσεν ὄψεως: φησίν. ᾿Αλλὰ πῶς ἐχρῆν: Προφήτας πέμψαι: ; Ἀλλ᾽ οὐκ ἂν οἱ μάγοι προφητῶν ἡνέσχοντο. ᾿Αλλὰ ,Φωνὴν ἄνωθεν αφεῖναι: Ἀλλ᾽ οὐκ ἄν προσέσχον. Ἀλλ᾽ ἄγγελον ἀποστεῖλαι: ᾿Αλλὰ καὶ τοῦτον ἂν παρέδραμον. Διὰ δὴ τοῦτο πάντα ἐκεῖνα ἀφεὶς ὁ θεὸς, διὰ τῶν συνήθων αὐτοὺς καλεῖ, σφόδρα συγκαταβαίνων, καὶ δείκνυσιν ἃ ἄστρον μέγα καὶ ἐξηλλαγμένον, ὥστε καὶ τῷ μεγέθει καὶ τῷ κάλλει τῆς ὄψεως αὐτοὺς ἐκπλῆξαι, καὶ τῷ τρόπῳ τῆς πορείας. Ταῦτα καὶ οἱ Παῦλος μιμούμενος απὸ βωμοῦ τοῖς Ελλησι διαλέγεται, καὶ ποιητῶν παράγει μαρτυρίας εἰς, μέσον᾽ καὶ μετὰ περιτομῆς τοῖς ᾿Ιουδαίοις δημηγορεῖ, καὶ ἀπὸ θυσιῶν πρὸς τοὺς ἐν νόμῳ ζώντας τὴν ἀρχὴν ποιεῖται τῆς διδασκαλίας. ᾿Επειδὴ γὰρ ἑκάστῳ τὰ συνήθη φίλα, καὶ ὁ θεὸς καὶ οἱ παρ᾽ αὐτοῦ πεμφθέντες ἄνθρωποι πρὸς τὴν τῆς οἰκουμένης σωτηρίαν οὕτω τὰ πράγματα Μετάχειρίζουσι. Μὴ τοίνυν ἀνάξιον εἶναι νομίσης αὐτοῦ, τὸ δι ἀστέρος αὐτοὺς καλέσαι ἐπεὶ οὕτω καὶ τὰ ᾿[ουδαϊκὰ πάντα διαβαλεῖς, καὶ τὰς θυσίας, καὶ τοὺς καθαρμοὺς, καὶ τὰς νεομηνίας, καὶ τὴν κιβωτὸν, καὶ τὸν ναὸν δὲ αὐτόν. Καὶ γὰρ εξ Ἑλληνικῆς ταῦτα παχύτητος ἔλαβε τὴν ἀρχήν. ᾿Αλλ᾽ ὅμως ὁ θεὸς διὰ τὴν τῶν πλανηθέντων σωτηρίαν ἠνέσχετο διὰ τούτων θεραπευθῆναι, δι' ὧν οἱ ἔξωθεν δαίμονας ἐθεράπένον, μικρὸν παραλλάξας αὐτα' ἵνα αὐτοὺς κατὰ μικρὸν τῆς συνηθείας ἀποσπάσας ἐπὶ τὴν ὑψηλὴν ἀγάγῃ φιλοσοφίαν. Ὃ δὴ καὶ ἐπὶ τῶν μάγων ἐποίησε, δι᾿ ὄψεως ἄστρου καλέσαι αὐτοὺς ἀνασχόμενος, ἵνα λοιπὸν ὑψηλοτέρους ἐργάσηται. ᾿Επεὶ οὖν ἤγαγε καὶ ἐχειραγώγησε, καὶ πρὸς τὴν φάτνην ἔστησεν, οὐκέτι δι᾽ ἄστρου, ἀλλὰ δι᾽ αγγέλον λοιπὸν αὑτοῖς διαλέγεται' οὕτω κατὰ μικρὸν βελτίους εγόνοντο. Τοῦτο καὶ ἐπὶ τῶν ᾿Ασκαλωνιτῶν καὶ αζαίων ἐποίησε. Καὶ γὰρ αἱ πέντε πόλεις ἐκεῖναι, ἐπειδὴ τῆς κιβωτοῦ παραγενομένης ἐπλήγησαν καιρίαν πληγὴν, καὶ ἀπαλλαγὴν οὐδεμίαν εὕρισκον τῶν ἐπικειμένων κακῶν, τοὺς μάντεις καλέσαντες, καὶ ἐκκλησίαν συναγαγόντες, ἐζήτουν λύσιν εὑρεῖν τῆς θεηλάτου πληγῆς ἐκείνη. Εἶτα τῶν μᾶντέων εἰπόντων, ὅὅτι δαμάλεις, ἀδαμάστους καὶ πρωτοτοκούσας ὑποζεύξαι τῇ κιβωτῷ χρὴ» καὶ μηδενὸς χειραγωγοῦντος ἵναι βαδίζειν' οὕτω γὰρ ἔσται κατάδηλον, εἴτε θεήλατος ᾿ν ἢ πληγὴν εἴτε ἐκ περιφοράς τινος ἢ νόσος (ἂν μὲν γάρ, φησὶ, τὸν ζυγὸν ὑπὸ τῆς ἀπειρίας συντρίψωσιν, ἥ πρὸς τὰς δαμάλεις μυκωμένας ἐπιστραφῶσι, συντυχία τὸ γεγενημένον ἐστίν ἂν δὲ ὀρθὰ βαδίσωσι, καὶ οὔτε πρὸς τὸν μυκηθμὸν τῶν παιδίων πασχουσαί τι, οὔτε ὑπὸ τῆς ἀγνοίας τῆς κατὰ τὴν ὁδὸν, πλανηθῶσιν, εὔδηλον ὅτι ἡ τοῦ θεοῦ χείρ ἐστιν ῇ «ἁψαμένη τῶν πόλεων τούτων) ἐπεὶ οὖν ταῦτα τῶν μάντεων εἰπόντων, ἐπείσθησαν οἱ τὰς πόλεις οἱκοῦντες ἐκείνας, καὶ ἐποίησαν ὡς ἐκελεύσθησαν᾽ καὶ ὁ θεὸς τῇ τῶν μάντεων ἠκολούθησε γνώμῃ; συγκαταβαίνων πάλιν, καὶ οὐκ ἐνόμισεν ἀνάξιον εἶναι αὐτου τῶν μάντεων τὴν πρόῤβησιν εἰς ἔργον ἐξαγαγεῖν, καὶ ποιῆσαι πιστοὺς εἶναι δοκεῖν, ἐν οἷς τότε εἰρήκασι. Καὶ γὰρ μεῖζον τὸ κατορθούμενον ἦν, ᾿τῷ καὶ αὐτοὺς τοὺς ἐναντίους μαρτυρῆσαι τῇ τοῦ θεοῦ δυνάμει, καὶ τὴν περὶ αὐτοῦ ψῆφον τοὺς αὐτῶν διδασκάλου; ἐξενεγκεῖν. Καὶ ἕτερα δὲ πολλὰ τοιαῦτα ἴδοι τις ἄν οἰκονομοῦντα τὸν θεόν. Καὶ γὰρ καὶ τὸ ἐπὶ τῆς ἐγγαστριμύθου τούτῳ προσέοικε τῆς οἰκονομίας τῷ τρόπῳ, ὃ καὶ ὑμεῖς λοιπὸν ἀπὸ τῶν εἰρημένων ἐπιλῦσαι δυνήσεσθε. Τοῦ μὲν οὖν ἀστέρος ἕνεκεν παρὰ μὲν ἡμῶν ταῦτα εἴς ρηται;, παρὰ δὲ ὑμῶν καὶ πλείονα λεχθῆναι δύναιτ᾽ ἄν' δίδου γάρ, φησὶ, σοφῳ ἀφορμὴν, καὶ σοφώτερος ἔσται δεῖ δὲ λοιπὸν ἐπὶ τὴν ἀρχὴν τῶν ἀναγνωσθέντων ελθεῖν. Τίς δὲ ἡ ἀρχή : Ἔ Τοῦ δὲ ᾿[ησοῦ γεννηθέντος ἐν Βηθλεὲμ τῆς ᾿Ιουδαίας, ἐ εν ἡμέραις Ἡρώδου τοῦ βασιλέως, ἰδοὺ μάγοι ἀπὸ ἀνατολῶν ἔρχονται εἰς Ἱεροσόλυμα. Μάγοι μὲν ἀστέρον κατάρχοντος Ἰκολούθησαν' οὗτοι δὲ οὐδὲ προφητῶν ἐνηχούντων ἐπίστευσαν. Τίνος δὲ ἕνεκεν ἡμῖν καὶ τὸν χρόνον λέγει, καὶ τὸν τόπον, ἐν Βηθλεὲμ εἰπὼν, καὶ ταῖς ἡκέραις Ηρώδου τοῦ βασιλέως : τίνος δὲ ἢ χάριν καὶ τὸ ἀξίωμα προστίθησι: Τὸ ἀξίωμα μὲν, ἐπειδὴ καὶ ἕτερος ἦν Ἢ ρώδης, ὁ ὁ τὸν ᾿Ιωάᾶννὴν ἀνελών ἀλλ᾽ ἐκεῖνος τετράρχης ἥν, οὗτος δὲ βασιλεὺς. Τὸν τόπον δὲ καὶ τὸν χρόνον τίθησι, προφητείας ἡμᾶς ἀναμιμνήσκων παλαιάν' ὧν τὴν μὲν ὁ χαίας προεφήτευσε λέγων, ἐπε καὶ σὺ Βηθλεὲμ γῇ ᾿Ιούδα, οὐδαμῶς ἐλαχίστη εἶ ἐν τοῖς ἡγεμόσιν. ᾿Ιοὐδα τὴν δὲ ὁ πατριάρχης Ἰακώβ, ἀκριβῶς ἡμῖν χαρακτηρίζων τὸν χρόνον, καὶ μέγα τὸ παράσημον τῆς αὐτοῦ παρουσίας τιθείς ὑῶν οὐκ ἐκλείψει γὰρ, φησὶν, ἄρχων ἐξ ᾿Ιούδα, οὐδὲ ηγούμενος ἐκ τῶν μηρῶν αὐτοῦ, ἕως ἂν ἔλθη ᾧ ἀπόκειται καὶ αὐτὸς προσδοκία ἐθνῶν. Ἄξιον δὲ κακεῖνο ζητῆσαι, πόθεν εἰς τοιαύτην ἦλθον ἔ ἔννοιαν, καὶ τίς αὐτοὺς εἰς τουτο διήγειρεν. Ου γὰρ δ) τοῦ ἀστέρος ἐμοὶ δοκεῖ τὸ ἔργον εἶναι μόνον, αλλὰ καὶ τοῦ θεοῦ τοῦ τὴν ψυχὴν αὐτῶν κινήσαντος ὅπερ καὶ ἐπὶ Κύρου πεποίηκε, παρασκευάζων αὐτὸν ἀφεῖναι τοὺς ᾿Ιουδαίου. Οὐχ οὕτω μέντοι τοῦτο εἰργάσατο; ὥστε τὸ αὐτεξούσιον λυμήνασθαι' ἐπεὶ καὶ Παῦλον καλέσας ἄνωθεν διὰ φωνῆς, καὶ τὴν αὐτοῦ χάριν καὶ τὴν ἐκείνου ὑπακοὴν δήλην ἐποίησε. Καὶ τίνος ἕνεκεν μὴ πᾶσι τοῖς μάγοις τοῦτο, φησὶν, ἀπεκάλυψεν: Ὅτι οὐδὲ πάντες πιστεύειν ἐμελλον, Οαλλ᾽ οὗτοι τῶν ἄλλων ἧσαν ἐπιτηδειότεροι ἐπεὶ καὶ μυρία ἐθνη ἀπώλοντο, καὶ Νινευΐταις ὁ προφήτης ἐπέμπετο μόνοις' καὶ δύο ἡ ἤσαν λῃσταὶ ἐν τῷ σταυρῷ» καὶ ὁ εἷς διεσώθη μόνος. Ὅρα γοὺν τούτων τὴν ἀρετὴν, οὐκ ἀφ ὧν ἦλθον, αλλὰ καὶ αφ᾽ ὧν παῤῥησιάζονται. Καὶ γὰρ ἵνα μὴ δόξωσιν ὑποβολιμαῖοί τίνες εἶναι, λέγουσι τὸν ὁδηγήσαντα, καὶ τῆς ὁδοῦ τὸ μῆκος, καὶ τὴν παῤῥησίαν ἐλθόντες ἐνδείκνυνται ἤλθομεν γάρ; φησὶ, προσκυνῆσαι αὐτῷ καὶ οὔτε τοῦ δήμουν τὸν θυμὸν, οὔτε τοῦ βασιλέως τὴν τυραννίδα ἐδεδοίκεισαν. Ὅθεν ἔμοιγε δοκοῦσιν οὗτοι καὶ οἴκοι διδάσκαλοι γενέσθαι εἰπεῖν, πολλῷ μᾶλλον εἰς τὴν αὐτῶν ἐπαῤῥησιάσαντο, ἅτε καὶ τὸν χρησμὸν τὸν παρὰ τοῦ ἀγγέλου λαβόντες, καὶ τὴν παρὰ τοῦ προφήτου μαρτυρίαν. ««᾿Ακούσας δὲ Ἡρώδης, φησὶν. ἐταράχθη, καὶ πάσα Ἱεροσόλυμα μετ᾽ αὐτοῦ.᾽ Ὁ μὲν Ἡρώδης εἰκότως. ἅτε βασιλεὺς ὦ ὦν, καὶ δεδοικὼς ὁ ὑπέρ τε ἑαυτοῦ καὶ τῶν παίδων' τὰ δὲ ᾿ἱεροσόλυμα τίνος ἕνεκεν; Καίτοιγε σωτῆρα, καὶ εὐεργέτην, καὶ ἐλευθερωτὴν ἄνωθεν αὐτὸν οἱ προφῆται προὔλεγον. Τίνος οὗν ἕνεκεν ἐταράχθηΒσαν; Ἀπὸ τῆς αὐτῆς γνώμης, ἀφ᾽ ἧς καὶ ἔμπροσθεν τὸν θεὸν εὐεργετοῦντα ἀπεστρέφοντο, καὶ τῶν Αἰγνπτιακῶν ἐμέμγηντὸ κρεῶν; τοσαύτης ἀπολαύοντες ἐλευθερίας. Σὺ δέ μοι σκόπει τῶν προφητῶν τὴν ἀκρίβειαν. Καὶ γὰρ καὶ αὐτὸ τοῦτο προανεφώνησεν ὁ προφήτης ἄνωθεν λέγων᾽ θελήσουσιν, εἰ ἐγενήθησαν πυρίκαυστοι ὅτι παιδίον ἐγεννήθη ἡμῖν, υἱὸς καὶ ἐδόθη ἡμῖν. Δλλ᾽ ὅμως ταραχθέντες, οὐ ζητοῦσι τὸ συμβὰν ἰδεῖν, οὐδὲ τοῖς μάγοις ἀκολουθοῦσι καὶ περιεργαζονται᾿ οὕτως ὁμοῦ καὶ φιλόνεικοι καὶ ῥᾷθυμοι μάλιστα πάντων ἦσαν. Δέον γὰρ αὐτοὺς καὶ ἐγκαλλωπίζεσθαι, ὅτι παρ᾽ αὐτοῖς ὁ βασιλεὺς ἐτέχθη, καὶ τὴν Περσῶν εἵλκυσε χώραν, καὶ μέλλουσιν ἔχειν ἅπαντας ὑποχειρίους, ἅτε τών πραγμάτων ἐπὶ τὸ βέλτιον προελθόντων, καὶ ἀπὸ προοιμίου λαμπρᾶς οὕτω τῆς ἀρχῆς γενομένης, οἱ δὲ οὐδὲ ταύτῃ γίνονται ἀμείνους. Καίτοι ἃ ἄρτι πῆς αἰχμαλωσίας ἡ ἤσαν τῆς ἐκεῖθεν ἀπαλλαγέντες καὶ εἰκὸς ἦν αὐτοὺς ἐ ἐννοεῖν, εἰ καὶ μηδὲν τῶν ἀποῤῥήτων καὶ ὑψηλῶν ἤδεσαν, αλλ᾽ ἀπὸ τῶν παρόντων ἐψηφίσαντο μόνον, ὅτι εἰ τεχθέντα οὕτω τρέμουσιν ἡμῶν τὸν βασιλέα, πολλῷ μᾶλλον αὐξηθέντα φοβηθήσονται, καὶ ὑπακούσουσι, καὶ τῶν βαρβαρικῶν ἔσται λαμπρότερα τὰ ἡμέτερα. ἃ Ἀλλ᾽ οὐδὲν τούτων αὐτοὺς διανίστησι' τοσαύτη ἦν αὖὐτῶν ἡ νωθεία, μετὰ ο ταύτης δὲ καὶ ἡ βασκανία ἅπερ ἀμφότερα δεῖ μετὰ ἠ μον ἐξορίζειν τῆς ἡμετέρας διανοίας, καὶ πυρὸς εἶναι σφοὸ ρότερον τὸν μέλλοντα ἐπὶ τῆς τοιαύτης παρατάξεως ἵστασθαι. Διὸ καὶ ὁ πε ρίστον ἔλεγε: ἐς πῦρ ἦλθον βαλεῖν ἐπὶ τὴν Ὑν᾽ καὶ ἤθελον εἰ ἤδη ἀνήφθη. Καὶ τὸ πνοῦμα διὰ τοῦτο ἐν πυρὶ φαίνεται.

Kai tinos heneken ephanē: Hōsta kathikesthai tēs [oudaiōn anaisthēsias, kai pasan autois apokleisai , apologias aphormēn agnōmonousin. ᾿Epeidē gar ho paragenomenos? tēn men palaian anapauein emelle politeian, tēn de oikoumenēn eis tēn autou proskynēsin kalein, kai en gē kai en thalattę̄ proskyneisthai pasę̄, ek prooimiōn eutheōs tois ethnesin anoigei tēn thyran, dia tōn allotriōn tous oikeious paideusai thelōn. ᾿Epeidē gar tōn prophētōn synechōs akouontes legontōn peri tēs autou parousias, ou spho ra proseichon, epoiēse kai barbarous elthein apo gēs makras, ton par᾽ autois basilea epizētountas kai para Persikēs prōtēs phōnēs manthanousin, ha para tōn prophētōn mathein ouk ēneschonto᾽ hina an men eugnōmonōsi, megistēn echōsi tou peithesthai prophasin ean de philoneikōsi, pasēs ōsin apesterēmenoe loipon apologias. Ti gar an echoien eipein, mē dexamenoi ton Chrispon meta tous tosoutous prophētas, hotan idōsi magous apo opseōs henos astrou touton dexamenous, kai proskynēsantas ton phanenta: Hoper oun epi tōn Nineuïtōn epoiēse, pempsas ton ᾿Iōnan, kai hoper epi tēs Samareitidos kai tēs Chananaias, touto kai epi tōn magōn. Dia touto kai elegen andres Nineuitai anastēsontai? kai katakrinousi kai, basilissa noton anastēsetai, kai katakrinei tēn genean tautēn hoti ekeinoi men tois elattosin episteusan, houtoi de oude tois meizosi. Kai tinos heneken dia toiautēs autous heilkysen opseōs: phēsin. ᾿Alla pōs echrēn: Prophētas pempsai: ? All᾽ ouk an hoi magoi prophētōn hēneschonto. ᾿Alla ,Phōnēn anōthen apheinai: All᾽ ouk an proseschon. All᾽ angelon aposteilai: ᾿Alla kai touton an paredramon. Dia dē touto panta ekeina apheis ho theos, dia tōn synēthōn autous kalei, sphodra synkatabainōn, kai deiknysin ha astron mega kai exēllagmenon, hōste kai tǭ megethei kai tǭ kallei tēs opseōs autous ekplēxai, kai tǭ tropǭ tēs poreias. Tauta kai hoi Paulos mimoumenos apo bōmou tois Ellēsi dialegetai, kai poiētōn paragei martyrias eis, meson᾽ kai meta peritomēs tois ᾿Ioudaiois dēmēgorei, kai apo thysiōn pros tous en nomǭ zōntas tēn archēn poieitai tēs didaskalias. ᾿Epeidē gar hekastǭ ta synēthē phila, kai ho theos kai hoi par᾽ autou pemphthentes anthrōpoi pros tēn tēs oikoumenēs sōtērian houtō ta pragmata Metacheirizousi. Mē toinyn anaxion einai nomisēs autou, to di asteros autous kalesai epei houtō kai ta ᾿[oudaïka panta diabaleis, kai tas thysias, kai tous katharmous, kai tas neomēnias, kai tēn kibōton, kai ton naon de auton. Kai gar ex Hellēnikēs tauta pachytētos elabe tēn archēn. ᾿All᾽ homōs ho theos dia tēn tōn planēthentōn sōtērian ēnescheto dia toutōn therapeuthēnai, di' hōn hoi exōthen daimonas etherapenon, mikron parallaxas auta' hina autous kata mikron tēs synētheias apospasas epi tēn hypsēlēn agagę̄ philosophian. Ho dē kai epi tōn magōn epoiēse, di᾿ opseōs astrou kalesai autous anaschomenos, hina loipon hypsēloterous ergasētai. ᾿Epei oun ēgage kai echeiragōgēse, kai pros tēn phatnēn estēsen, ouketi di᾽ astrou, alla di᾽ angelon loipon hautois dialegetai' houtō kata mikron beltious egononto. Touto kai epi tōn ᾿Askalōnitōn kai azaiōn epoiēse. Kai gar hai pente poleis ekeinai, epeidē tēs kibōtou paragenomenēs eplēgēsan kairian plēgēn, kai apallagēn oudemian heuriskon tōn epikeimenōn kakōn, tous manteis kalesantes, kai ekklēsian synagagontes, ezētoun lysin heurein tēs theēlatou plēgēs ekeinē. Eita tōn manteōn eipontōn, hooti damaleis, adamastous kai prōtotokousas hypozeuxai tę̄ kibōtǭ chrē» kai mēdenos cheiragōgountos hinai badizein' houtō gar estai katadēlon, eite theēlatos ᾿n ē plēgēn eite ek periphoras tinos ē nosos (an men gar, phēsi, ton zygon hypo tēs apeirias syntripsōsin, hē pros tas damaleis mykōmenas epistraphōsi, syntychia to gegenēmenon estin an de ortha badisōsi, kai oute pros ton mykēthmon tōn paidiōn paschousai ti, oute hypo tēs agnoias tēs kata tēn hodon, planēthōsin, eudēlon hoti hē tou theou cheir estin ę̄ «hapsamenē tōn poleōn toutōn) epei oun tauta tōn manteōn eipontōn, epeisthēsan hoi tas poleis hoikountes ekeinas, kai epoiēsan hōs ekeleusthēsan᾽ kai ho theos tę̄ tōn manteōn ēkolouthēse gnōmę̄? synkatabainōn palin, kai ouk enomisen anaxion einai autou tōn manteōn tēn prorbēsin eis ergon exagagein, kai poiēsai pistous einai dokein, en hois tote eirēkasi. Kai gar meizon to katorthoumenon ēn, ᾿tǭ kai autous tous enantious martyrēsai tę̄ tou theou dynamei, kai tēn peri autou psēphon tous autōn didaskalou? exenenkein. Kai hetera de polla toiauta idoi tis an oikonomounta ton theon. Kai gar kai to epi tēs engastrimythou toutǭ proseoike tēs oikonomias tǭ tropǭ, ho kai hymeis loipon apo tōn eirēmenōn epilysai dynēsesthe. Tou men oun asteros heneken para men hēmōn tauta eis rētai?, para de hymōn kai pleiona lechthēnai dynait᾽ an' didou gar, phēsi, sophǭ aphormēn, kai sophōteros estai dei de loipon epi tēn archēn tōn anagnōsthentōn elthein. Tis de hē archē : E Tou de ᾿[ēsou gennēthentos en Bēthleem tēs ᾿Ioudaias, e en hēmerais Hērōdou tou basileōs, idou magoi apo anatolōn erchontai eis Hierosolyma. Magoi men asteron katarchontos Ikolouthēsan' houtoi de oude prophētōn enēchountōn episteusan. Tinos de heneken hēmin kai ton chronon legei, kai ton topon, en Bēthleem eipōn, kai tais hēkerais Ērōdou tou basileōs : tinos de ē charin kai to axiōma prostithēsi: To axiōma men, epeidē kai heteros ēn Ē rōdēs, ho ho ton ᾿Iōaannēn anelōn all᾽ ekeinos tetrarchēs hēn, houtos de basileus. Ton topon de kai ton chronon tithēsi, prophēteias hēmas anamimnēskōn palaian' hōn tēn men ho chaias proephēteuse legōn, epe kai sy Bēthleem gę̄ ᾿Iouda, oudamōs elachistē ei en tois hēgemosin. ᾿Iouda tēn de ho patriarchēs Iakōb, akribōs hēmin charaktērizōn ton chronon, kai mega to parasēmon tēs autou parousias titheis hyōn ouk ekleipsei gar, phēsin, archōn ex ᾿Iouda, oude ēgoumenos ek tōn mērōn autou, heōs an elthē hǭ apokeitai kai autos prosdokia ethnōn. Axion de kakeino zētēsai, pothen eis toiautēn ēlthon e ennoian, kai tis autous eis touto diēgeiren. Ou gar d) tou asteros emoi dokei to ergon einai monon, alla kai tou theou tou tēn psychēn autōn kinēsantos hoper kai epi Kyrou pepoiēke, paraskeuazōn auton apheinai tous ᾿Ioudaiou. Ouch houtō mentoi touto eirgasato? hōste to autexousion lymēnasthai' epei kai Paulon kalesas anōthen dia phōnēs, kai tēn autou charin kai tēn ekeinou hypakoēn dēlēn epoiēse. Kai tinos heneken mē pasi tois magois touto, phēsin, apekalypsen: Hoti oude pantes pisteuein emellon, Oall᾽ houtoi tōn allōn hēsan epitēdeioteroi epei kai myria ethnē apōlonto, kai Nineuïtais ho prophētēs epempeto monois' kai dyo hē ēsan lę̄stai en tǭ staurǭ» kai ho heis diesōthē monos. Hora goun toutōn tēn aretēn, ouk aph hōn ēlthon, alla kai aph᾽ hōn parrhēsiazontai. Kai gar hina mē doxōsin hypobolimaioi tines einai, legousi ton hodēgēsanta, kai tēs hodou to mēkos, kai tēn parrhēsian elthontes endeiknyntai ēlthomen gar? phēsi, proskynēsai autǭ kai oute tou dēmoun ton thymon, oute tou basileōs tēn tyrannida ededoikeisan. Hothen emoige dokousin houtoi kai oikoi didaskaloi genesthai eipein, pollǭ mallon eis tēn autōn eparrhēsiasanto, hate kai ton chrēsmon ton para tou angelou labontes, kai tēn para tou prophētou martyrian. ««᾿Akousas de Hērōdēs, phēsin. etarachthē, kai pasa Hierosolyma met᾽ autou.᾽ Ho men Hērōdēs eikotōs. hate basileus ō ōn, kai dedoikōs ho hyper te heautou kai tōn paidōn' ta de ᾿hierosolyma tinos heneken? Kaitoige sōtēra, kai euergetēn, kai eleutherōtēn anōthen auton hoi prophētai proulegon. Tinos houn heneken etarachthēBsan? Apo tēs autēs gnōmēs, aph᾽ hēs kai emprosthen ton theon euergetounta apestrephonto, kai tōn Aignptiakōn ememgēnto kreōn? tosautēs apolauontes eleutherias. Sy de moi skopei tōn prophētōn tēn akribeian. Kai gar kai auto touto proanephōnēsen ho prophētēs anōthen legōn᾽ thelēsousin, ei egenēthēsan pyrikaustoi hoti paidion egennēthē hēmin, huios kai edothē hēmin. Dll᾽ homōs tarachthentes, ou zētousi to symban idein, oude tois magois akolouthousi kai periergazontai᾿ houtōs homou kai philoneikoi kai rhąthymoi malista pantōn ēsan. Deon gar autous kai enkallōpizesthai, hoti par᾽ autois ho basileus etechthē, kai tēn Persōn heilkyse chōran, kai mellousin echein hapantas hypocheirious, hate tōn pragmatōn epi to beltion proelthontōn, kai apo prooimiou lampras houtō tēs archēs genomenēs, hoi de oude tautę̄ ginontai ameinous. Kaitoi ha arti pēs aichmalōsias hē ēsan tēs ekeithen apallagentes kai eikos ēn autous e ennoein, ei kai mēden tōn aporrhētōn kai hypsēlōn ēdesan, all᾽ apo tōn parontōn epsēphisanto monon, hoti ei techthenta houtō tremousin hēmōn ton basilea, pollǭ mallon auxēthenta phobēthēsontai, kai hypakousousi, kai tōn barbarikōn estai lamprotera ta hēmetera. ha All᾽ ouden toutōn autous dianistēsi' tosautē ēn auytōn hē nōtheia, meta o tautēs de kai hē baskania haper amphotera dei meta ē mon exorizein tēs hēmeteras dianoias, kai pyros einai sphoo roteron ton mellonta epi tēs toiautēs parataxeōs histasthai. Dio kai ho pe riston elege: es pyr ēlthon balein epi tēn Hyn᾽ kai ēthelon ei ēdē anēphthē. Kai to pnouma dia touto en pyri phainetai.

And why did it appear? To get at the insensibility of the Jews and shut off from them every pretext for defense in their ingratitude. For since the one who was coming was going to bring the old way of life to rest, and to call the world to his worship, and to be worshiped on every land and sea, from the very start he opens the door to the nations, wishing to teach his own through strangers. For since they did not pay much attention, though continually hearing the prophets speak of his coming, he made barbarians too come from a distant land seeking the king among them; and they learn from a Persian voice first what they would not bear to learn from the prophets; so that, if they were well disposed, they might have the greatest reason to be persuaded, but if they were contentious, they might be deprived of every defense thereafter. For what could they say, not having received Christ after so many prophets, when they see magi receiving him from the sight of a single star and worshiping the one who had appeared? What he did with the Ninevites, then, sending Jonah, and what he did with the Samaritan woman and the Canaanite woman, this he did also with the magi. That is why he said: “The men of Nineveh will rise up and condemn,” and, “The queen of the south will rise up and condemn this generation”; because they believed the lesser, but these did not believe even the greater.

“And why,” someone says, “did he draw them by such a sight?” Well, how should he have done it? Send prophets? But the magi would not have accepted prophets. Send forth a voice from above? But they would not have paid attention. Send an angel? But they would have passed him by too. That is why God, leaving all those, calls them through what was familiar to them, condescending greatly, and shows a great and extraordinary star, so as to amaze them by the greatness and beauty of the sight, and by the manner of its course. Imitating this, Paul too speaks to the Greeks from an altar and brings forward testimonies of poets; to the Jews he preaches with circumcision; and with those who live under the law he makes the beginning of his teaching from sacrifices. For since to each person what is familiar is dear, both God and the men sent by him handle matters so for the salvation of the world. Do not, then, think it unworthy of him to call them through a star; for so you will slander all the Jewish things too, the sacrifices, the purifications, the new moons, the ark, and the temple itself. For these took their beginning from Greek grossness. But God, for the salvation of those who had gone astray, consented to be served through the very things by which those outside served demons, changing them slightly, so as to draw them away little by little from their custom and lead them to the lofty philosophy. This he did with the magi too, consenting to call them through the sight of a star, so as to make them loftier thereafter. When, then, he had brought them and led them by the hand and set them at the manger, he no longer speaks to them through a star but through an angel; so little by little they became better.

This he did also with the people of Ascalon and Gaza. For those five cities, when they were struck a mortal blow at the coming of the ark and found no release from the evils pressing on them, called their diviners, gathered an assembly, and sought to find a release from that God-sent blow. Then the diviners said that untamed heifers that had borne their first calves must be yoked to the ark and let go with no one leading them; for so it would be made plain whether the blow was sent by God or the disease came by some chance. “For if,” they say, “they break the yoke through inexperience, or turn back toward their lowing calves, what happened is chance; but if they go straight, and are neither affected by the lowing of the young, nor lose their way through ignorance of the road, it is clear that it is the hand of God that has touched these cities.” Since, then, when the diviners had said this, the inhabitants of those cities were persuaded and did as they were bidden, God too followed the diviners' judgment, condescending again, and did not think it unworthy of himself to bring the diviners' prediction to effect and make them seem trustworthy in what they then said. For the achievement was greater, in that the very opponents bore witness to God's power and their own teachers pronounced the verdict about him. And one could see God arranging many other such things. For the case of the woman with a familiar spirit too resembles this manner of dispensation, which you will now be able to solve yourselves from what has been said. About the star, then, this is what we have said; but more could be said by you; for “give occasion to a wise man,” it says, “and he will be wiser.”

But now we must go to the beginning of what was read. What is the beginning? “Now when Jesus was born in Bethlehem of Judea in the days of Herod the king, behold, magi from the east come to Jerusalem.” Magi followed when a star led; these did not believe even when prophets sounded in their ears. And why does he tell us both the time and the place, saying “in Bethlehem” and “in the days of Herod the king”? And why does he add the rank? The rank, since there was another Herod too, the one who killed John; but that one was a tetrarch, this one a king. And he puts the place and the time to remind us of ancient prophecies: one of them Micah prophesied, saying, “And you, Bethlehem, land of Judah, are by no means least among the rulers of Judah”; the other the patriarch Jacob, marking the time for us exactly and setting a great sign of his coming: “A ruler shall not fail from Judah,” he says, “nor a leader from his loins, until he comes for whom it is laid up, and he is the expectation of the nations.” It is worth asking also from where they came to such a thought, and who roused them to it. For it seems to me that it was not the work of the star alone, but also of God, who moved their soul; as he did with Cyrus, preparing him to let the Jews go. Yet he did not do this so as to ruin their free will; for when he called Paul too from above by a voice, he made plain both his own grace and Paul's obedience. “And why,” someone says, “did he not reveal this to all the magi?” Because not all were going to believe, but these were more fit than the others; for countless nations too perished, and the prophet was sent to the Ninevites alone; and there were two robbers on the cross, and only one was saved. See, then, the virtue of these men, not only from their coming, but also from their boldness. For lest they seem to be impostors, they tell who guided them and the length of the road, and having come they show their boldness: “For we have come,” they say, “to worship him”; and they feared neither the anger of the people nor the tyranny of the king. That is why it seems to me that these men became teachers at home too; for if they spoke boldly here, much more did they speak boldly in their own country, having received the oracle from the angel and the testimony from the prophet.

“And when Herod heard,” it says, “he was troubled, and all Jerusalem with him.” Herod, with reason, since he was king and feared for himself and his children; but Jerusalem, why? And yet the prophets had foretold him long before as Savior, benefactor, and liberator. Why then were they troubled? From the same disposition from which earlier too they turned away from God when he did them good, and remembered the meat of Egypt while enjoying so great a freedom. But consider the exactness of the prophets. For the prophet foretold this very thing long before, saying: “They will wish that they had been burned with fire; for to us a child is born, and a son is given to us.” Yet though troubled, they do not seek to see what happened, nor follow the magi and inquire; so contentious and careless together were they, above all. For they ought to have prided themselves that the king was born among them and had drawn the land of the Persians, and that they would have all under their hand, since affairs had advanced for the better and the rule had begun from so bright an opening; but they did not become better even so. And yet they had just been freed from the captivity there; and it was likely that they would think, even if they knew nothing of the secret and lofty things, but only reasoned from present facts: If they so tremble at our king when he is born, much more will they fear and obey him when he is grown, and our affairs will be more splendid than the barbarians'. But nothing of this rouses them; so great was their sluggishness, and with it their envy. Both of these we must banish from our mind with all care, and one who is to stand in such a battle must be hotter than fire. That is why he said, “I came to cast fire on the earth, and would that it were already kindled.” And for this reason the Spirit appears in fire.

6.5Field 1

Αλλ᾽ ἡμεῖς τέφρας ψνυχρότεροι γθγόναμεν, καὶ τῶν τεθνηκότων νεκρότεροι' καὶ ταντα Παῦλον ὁρῶντες ὑπὲρ τὸν οὐρανὸν ἱπτάμενον, καὶ τὸν οὐρανὸν τοῦ οὐρανοῦ, καὶ φλογὸς ἁπάσης σφοδρότερον ἅ ἅπαντα νικῶντα καὶ ὑπερβαίνοντα, τὰ κάτω, τα ἄνω, τὰ παρόντα, τὰ μέλλοντα, τὰ ὄντα, τὰ οὐκ ὄντα. Εἰ δὲ μεῖζόν σου ἐκεῖνο τὸ ὑπόδειγμα, μάλιστα μὲν οὖν καὶ οὗτος νωθείας ὁ λόγο. τί γάρ σον πλέον εἶχεν ὁ Παῦλος, ὅτι ἀδύνατον τὸν πρὸς ἐκεῖνόν σοι φὴς ΔΩ αι ζῆλον; πλὴν ἀλλ᾽ ἵνα μὴ φιλονεικῶμεν, τὸν Παῦλον ἀφέντες, τοὺς πρώτους πιστεύσαντας ἐννοήσωμεν, οἷ καὶ χρήματα, καὶ κτήματα, καὶ φρ οντίδα καὶ σχολὴν ἅπασαν σα βιωτικὴν ἐξέβαλον, καὶ ὅλους ἑαυτοὺς ἀνέθηκαν τῷ θεῷ, καθ᾽ ἑκάστην νύκτα καὶ ἡμέραν τῇ τοῦ λόγου διδασκαλίᾳ προσεδρεύοντες. Τοιοῦτον γὰρ τὸ πὺρ τὸ πνευματικόν οὐδεμίαν ἐπιθυμίαν ἀφίησιν ἔχειν τῶν ἐνταῦθα, ἀλλ᾽ εἰς ἕτερον ἡμᾶς μεθίστησιν ἕ ἔρωτα. Διὰ τοῦτο ὁ τοιούτων ἐρῶν πραγμάτων, κἂν τὰ ὄντα προέσθαι δέη, κἀν τρυφῆς, κἂν δόξης καταγελάσαι, κἂν αὐτὴν ἐκδοῦναι τὴν ψυχὴν, μετὰ πάσης εὐκολίας ταῦτα πάντα ποιεῖ. ἫἩ γὰρ τοῦ πυρὸς 9ὅ ἐκείνου θερμότης εἰς τὴν ψυχὴν εἰσιοῦσα, πᾶσαν ἐκβάλλει νωθείαν, καὶ πτεροῦ ποιεῖ κουφότερον τὸν ἁλόντα καὶ πάντων τῶν ὁρωμένων ἢ ὑπερορῶν λοιπὸν, ὁ τοιοῦτος ἐν κατανύξει μένει διηνεκεῖ, πηγὰς συνεχεῖς αφιεὶς δακρύων, καὶ πολλὴν ἐντεῦθεν καρπούμενος τὴν ἡδονήν. Οὐδὲν γὰρ οὕτως σνγκολλᾷ καὶ ἐνοῖ τῷ θεῷ, ὡς τὰ τοιαῦτα δάκρυα. Ὁ τοιοῦτος κἂν ἐν μέσαις πόλεσιν ἡ κατοικῶν, ὡς ἐν ἐρημίᾳ διατρίβει καὶ , ὄρεσι καὶ ᾿νάπαις, οὐδένα τῶν παρόντων ὁρῶν, οὐδὲ κόρον τῶν τοιούτων λαμβάνων θρήνων, ἄν τε ὑπὲρ ἑαυτοῦ, ἂν τε ὑπὲρ τῶν ἑτέροις πεπλημμελημένων δακρύη. Διὰ τοῦτο πρὸ τῶν ἄλλων τούτους ἐμακάριζεν ὃ θεὸς, 15: μακάριοι οἱ πενθοῦντες, λέγων. Καὶ πῶς ὁ Παῦλός φησι ἢ Χαίρετε ἐν κυρίῳ πάντοτε ἣΝ Τὴν ἐκ τῶν δακρύων τούτων λέγων ἡδονήν. Ὥσπερ γὰρ ἡ διὰ κόσμον χαρὰ λύπὴν ἔχει συγκεκληρωμένην, οὕτω τὰ κατὰ θεὸν δάκρυα χαρὰν βλαστανει διηνεκῆ καὶ ἀμάραντον. Οὕτω καὶ ἡ πόρνη παρθένων ἐγένετο σεμνοτέρα, τούτῳ κατασχεθεῖσα τῷ πυρί. ᾿Επειδὴ γὰρ διεθερμάνθη τῇ μετανοίᾳ; ἐξεβακχεύθη λοιπὸν τῷ περὶ τὸν Χριστὸν πόθῳ, τὰς τρίχας λύουσα, καὶ τοὺς ἁγίους βρέχουσα πόδας τοῖς δάκρυσι, καὶ ταῖς ἰδίαις αὐτοὺς ἀπομάσσουσα κόμαις, καὶ τὸ μύρον κενοῦσα. Καὶ ταῦτα μὲν ἅπαντα ἔξωθεν ἐγίνετο τὰ δὲ ἐν τῇ διανοίᾳ. τελούμενα πολλῷ τούτων θερμότερα ἤν; ἃς μόνος αὑτὸς ἔβλεπεν ὁ θεός. Διὰ δὴ τοῦτο ἕκαστος ἄκονυων, , συγχαίρει τε αὐτῆ, καὶ εὐφραίνεται τοῖς ἐκείνης κατορθώμασι, καὶ πάντων ἀπαλλάττει των ἐγκλημάτων αὐτήν. Εἰ δὲ ἡμεῖς οἱ πονηροὶ ταύτην φέρομεν τὴν ψῆφον, ἐννόησον τίνος ἀπέλαυσε παρὰ τοῦ φιλανθρώπου θεοῦ, καὶ πόσα, καὶ αἰ τῶν τοῦ θεοῦ δωρεῶν, απὸ τῆς μετανοίας ἐκαρπώσατο ἀγαθα. Καθάπερ γὰρ ὑετοῦ καταῤῥαγέντος σφοδροῦ αἰθρία γίνεται καθαρά, οὕτω καὶ δακρύων καταφερομένων γαλήνη γίνεται καὶ εὐδία, καὶ τὸ ἐκ τῶν ἁμαρτημάτων ἀφανίζεται σκότος. Καὶ ὥσπερ εξ ὕδατος καὶ πνεύματος, οὕτως ἀπὸ δακρύων καὶ ἐξομολογήσεως καθαιρόμεθα πάλιν, ἀν μὴ πρὸς ἐπίδειξιν τοῦτο ποιώμεν καὶ πρὸς φιλοτιμίαν. Τὴν γὰρ οὕτω δακρύουσαν τῆς καλλωπιζομένης καὶ ὑπογραφαῖς καὶ ἐπιτρίμμασι μᾶλλον κατηγορεῖσθαι φαίην ἄν εἶναι δίκαιον. ᾿Εγὼ γὰρ ἐκεῖνα ζγτῶ τὰ δάκρυα τὰ μὴ πρὸς ἐπίδειξιν, ἀλλὰ πρὸς κατάνυξιν γινόμενα᾽ τὰ λάθρα καὶ ἐν τοῖς ταμιείοις, καὶ μηδενὸς ὁρῶντος, ἀλλ᾽ ἠρέμα καὶ ἀψοφητὶ στάζοντα' τὰ ἀπὸ βάθους διανοίας, τὰ ἐν τῷ θλίβεσθαι καὶ ὀδυνᾶσθαι, τὰ διὰ τὸν θεὸν μόνον γινόμενα, οἷα τὰ τῆς Ἄννης ἥν τὰ γὰρ χείλη αὑτῆς, φησὶν, ἐκινεῖτο, καὶ ἡ φωνὴ αὐτῆς οὐκ ἠκούετο αλλὰ τὰ δάκρυα μόνα σάλπιγγος λαμπροτέραν ἠφίει φωνήν. Διὰ δὴ τοῦτο καὶ τὴν μήτραν ἀνέῳξεν ὁ θεὸς, καὶ τὴν σκληρὰν πέτραν ἀπαλὴν ἄρουραν εἰργάσατο.

All᾽ hēmeis tephras psnychroteroi gthgonamen, kai tōn tethnēkotōn nekroteroi' kai tanta Paulon horōntes hyper ton ouranon hiptamenon, kai ton ouranon tou ouranou, kai phlogos hapasēs sphodroteron ha hapanta nikōnta kai hyperbainonta, ta katō, ta anō, ta paronta, ta mellonta, ta onta, ta ouk onta. Ei de meizon sou ekeino to hypodeigma, malista men oun kai houtos nōtheias ho logo. ti gar son pleon eichen ho Paulos, hoti adynaton ton pros ekeinon soi phēs DŌ ai zēlon? plēn all᾽ hina mē philoneikōmen, ton Paulon aphentes, tous prōtous pisteusantas ennoēsōmen, hoi kai chrēmata, kai ktēmata, kai phr ontida kai scholēn hapasan sa biōtikēn exebalon, kai holous heautous anethēkan tǭ theǭ, kath᾽ hekastēn nykta kai hēmeran tę̄ tou logou didaskalią prosedreuontes. Toiouton gar to pyr to pneumatikon oudemian epithymian aphiēsin echein tōn entautha, all᾽ eis heteron hēmas methistēsin he erōta. Dia touto ho toioutōn erōn pragmatōn, kan ta onta proesthai deē, kan tryphēs, kan doxēs katagelasai, kan autēn ekdounai tēn psychēn, meta pasēs eukolias tauta panta poiei. HēĒ gar tou pyros 9ho ekeinou thermotēs eis tēn psychēn eisiousa, pasan ekballei nōtheian, kai pterou poiei kouphoteron ton halonta kai pantōn tōn horōmenōn ē hyperorōn loipon, ho toioutos en katanyxei menei diēnekei, pēgas synecheis aphieis dakryōn, kai pollēn enteuthen karpoumenos tēn hēdonēn. Ouden gar houtōs snnkollą kai enoi tǭ theǭ, hōs ta toiauta dakrya. Ho toioutos kan en mesais polesin hē katoikōn, hōs en erēmią diatribei kai , oresi kai ᾿napais, oudena tōn parontōn horōn, oude koron tōn toioutōn lambanōn thrēnōn, an te hyper heautou, an te hyper tōn heterois peplēmmelēmenōn dakryē. Dia touto pro tōn allōn toutous emakarizen ho theos, 15: makarioi hoi penthountes, legōn. Kai pōs ho Paulos phēsi ē Chairete en kyriǭ pantote hēN Tēn ek tōn dakryōn toutōn legōn hēdonēn. Hōsper gar hē dia kosmon chara lypēn echei synkeklērōmenēn, houtō ta kata theon dakrya charan blastanei diēnekē kai amaranton. Houtō kai hē pornē parthenōn egeneto semnotera, toutǭ kataschetheisa tǭ pyri. ᾿Epeidē gar diethermanthē tę̄ metanoią? exebakcheuthē loipon tǭ peri ton Christon pothǭ, tas trichas lyousa, kai tous hagious brechousa podas tois dakrysi, kai tais idiais autous apomassousa komais, kai to myron kenousa. Kai tauta men hapanta exōthen egineto ta de en tę̄ dianoią. teloumena pollǭ toutōn thermotera ēn? has monos hautos eblepen ho theos. Dia dē touto hekastos akonyōn, , synchairei te autē, kai euphrainetai tois ekeinēs katorthōmasi, kai pantōn apallattei tōn enklēmatōn autēn. Ei de hēmeis hoi ponēroi tautēn pheromen tēn psēphon, ennoēson tinos apelause para tou philanthrōpou theou, kai posa, kai ai tōn tou theou dōreōn, apo tēs metanoias ekarpōsato agatha. Kathaper gar hyetou katarrhagentos sphodrou aithria ginetai kathara, houtō kai dakryōn katapheromenōn galēnē ginetai kai eudia, kai to ek tōn hamartēmatōn aphanizetai skotos. Kai hōsper ex hydatos kai pneumatos, houtōs apo dakryōn kai exomologēseōs kathairometha palin, an mē pros epideixin touto poiōmen kai pros philotimian. Tēn gar houtō dakryousan tēs kallōpizomenēs kai hypographais kai epitrimmasi mallon katēgoreisthai phaiēn an einai dikaion. ᾿Egō gar ekeina zgtō ta dakrya ta mē pros epideixin, alla pros katanyxin ginomena᾽ ta lathra kai en tois tamieiois, kai mēdenos horōntos, all᾽ ērema kai apsophēti stazonta' ta apo bathous dianoias, ta en tǭ thlibesthai kai odynasthai, ta dia ton theon monon ginomena, hoia ta tēs Annēs hēn ta gar cheilē hautēs, phēsin, ekineito, kai hē phōnē autēs ouk ēkoueto alla ta dakrya mona salpingos lamproteran ēphiei phōnēn. Dia dē touto kai tēn mētran aneǭxen ho theos, kai tēn sklēran petran apalēn arouran eirgasato.

But we have become colder than ashes and deader than the dead; and that while we see Paul soaring above heaven, and the heaven of heaven, and, more vehement than any flame, conquering and surpassing all things, things below, things above, things present, things to come, things that are, things that are not. And if that example is too great for you, this very saying is above all a sign of sluggishness. For what did Paul have more than you, that you say it is impossible for you to attain zeal like his? But so as not to be contentious, let us leave Paul and consider the first believers, who cast away money and possessions and all worldly care and occupation, and dedicated themselves wholly to God, attending night and day to the teaching of the word. For such is the spiritual fire: it lets us have no desire for things here, but transfers us to another love. That is why one who loves such things, even if he must give up what he has, even if he must laugh at luxury and glory, even if he must surrender life itself, does all these things with all ease. For the heat of that fire, entering the soul, casts out all sluggishness and makes the one it has seized lighter than a feather; and looking down on all visible things thereafter, such a man remains in continual compunction, pouring out continual springs of tears, and reaping great pleasure from them. For nothing so cements us and unites us to God as such tears. Such a man, even if he lives in the midst of cities, spends his time as in a desert, in mountains and glens, seeing none of those present, and never having his fill of such lamentations, whether he weeps for himself or for the offenses committed by others. That is why God called these blessed before the others, saying, “Blessed are those who mourn.” And how does Paul say, “Rejoice in the Lord always”? Meaning the pleasure that comes from these tears. For as the joy of the world has grief allotted to it, so tears according to God make joy spring up, continual and unfading. So the harlot too became more honorable than virgins, seized by this fire. For when she had been warmed through by repentance, she was thereafter carried away with longing for Christ, loosing her hair, wetting his holy feet with her tears, wiping them with her own locks, and emptying out the ointment. And all these things were done outwardly; but what was being accomplished in her mind was far warmer than these, which God alone saw. That is why everyone who hears rejoices with her, delights in her good deeds, and acquits her of all charges. And if we, who are wicked, pass this verdict, consider what she enjoyed from the God who loves mankind, and how many good things, even before God's gifts, she reaped from repentance. For as after a violent downpour of rain the sky becomes clear, so too when tears pour down there is calm and fair weather, and the darkness from sins is wiped away. And as by water and the Spirit, so by tears and confession we are cleansed again, provided we do not do this for display and ostentation. For a woman who weeps so I would say deserves to be accused more than one who adorns herself with eye paint and rouge. For I seek those tears that are shed not for display but for compunction: those shed secretly, in inner rooms, with no one seeing, falling gently and noiselessly; those from the depth of the mind, in affliction and pain, shed for God alone, such as Hannah's were: “For her lips moved,” it says, “and her voice was not heard”; but her tears alone sent forth a voice clearer than a trumpet. That is why God opened her womb and made the hard rock a soft field.

6.6Field 1

Ἂν οὕτω καὶ αὐτὸς δακρύῃς, μιμητὴς τοῦ δεσπότου σου γέγονας. Καὶ γὰρ καὶ αὐτὸς ἐδάκρυσε, καὶ ἐπὶ Λαζάρου καὶ ἐπὶ τῆς πόλεως, καὶ ἐπὶ τοῦ ᾿Ιούδα διεταράχθη. Καὶ τοῦτο μὲν πολλάκις ἐστὶν ἰδεῖν αὐτὸν ποιοῦντα, γελῶντα δὲς οὐδαμοῦ αλλ᾽ οὐδὲ μειδιῶντα ἠρέμα οὐκοῦν τῶν εὐαγγελιστών οὐδεὶς εἴρηκε. Διὰ τοῦτο καὶ Παῦλος, ὅτι μὲν ἐδάκρυσε, καὶ τριετίαν νύκτα καὶ ἡμέραν τοῦτο ἐποίει, καὶ αὐτὸς περὶ ἑαντοῦ, καὶ ἕτεροι περὶ αὐτοῦ τοῦτο λέγουσιν' ὅτι δὲ ἐγέλασεν, οὐδαμοῦ οὔτε αὐτὸς εἴρηκεν, ἣ οὔτε ἄλλος οὐδὲ εἷς αὙίων, οὔτε περὶ ἑαυτοῦ, οὔτε περὶ ἑτέρου τινὸς τοιούτου ἀλλὰ περὶ Σάρῤῥας μόνης τοῦτο εἴρηται, ἡνίκα ἐπετιμήθη. καὶ περὶ τοῦ νυἱοῦ Νώε, ὅτε ἀντ᾽ ἐλευθέρου δοῦλος ὙεΎονε. Καὶ ταῦτα λέγω, οὐ τὸν γέλωτα ἐκκόπτων, ἀλλὰ τὴν διάχυσιν ἀναιρῶν. Τίνος γὰρ ἕνεκεν, εἰπέ μοι, θρύπτη καὶ διαῤῥέεις, τοσαύταις εὐθύναις ἔ ἔνοχος ὧν ἔτι, καὶ φοβερῷ μέλλων ἣ παραστήσεσθαι δικαστηρίῳ, καὶ πάντων παρέχειν λόγον μετὰ ἀκριβείας τῶν ἐνταῦθα γεγενημένων; Καὶ γὰρ ὧν ἑκόντες καὶ ὧν ἄκοντες ἡμάρτομεν, δώσομεν λόγον ἐς ὃς γὰρ ἂν ἀρνήσηταί με, φησὶν, ἔμπροσθεν τῶν ἀνθρώπων, καγὼ ἀρνήσομαι αὐτὸν ἔμπροσθεν τοῦ πατρός μου καίτοίγε ἀκούσιος ἡ τοιαύτη ἄρνησις, ἀλλ᾽ ὅμως οὐ διαφεύγει τὴν κόλασιν, αλλὰ καὶ ταύτης διδόαμεν εὐθύνας: καὶ ὧν ἴσμεν, καὶ ἐ ὧν οὐκ ἴσμεν ἐς οὐδὲν γὰρ ἐμαυτῷ σύνοιδα, φησὶν, ἀλλ οὐκ ἐν τούτῳ δεδικαίωμαι᾽ καὶ ὧν κατὰ ἄγνοιαν, καὶ ἣ ὧν κατὰ γνῶσιν ὑττες μαρτυρῶ γὰρ αὐτοῖς, φησὶν, ὅτε ζῆλον θεοῦ ἔ ἔχουσιν, ἀλλ᾽ οὐ κατ᾽ ἐπίγνωσιν αλλ᾽ ὅμως οὐκ ἀρκεῖ τοῦτο εἰς ἀπολογίαν αὐτοῖς. Καὶ Κορινθίοις δὲ ἐπιστέλλων ἔλεγε ἰῶδ φοβοῦμαι μήπως ὡς ὁ ὄφις ἐξηπάτησεν Εὔαν ἐν τῆ πανουργίᾳ αὑτοῦ, οὕτω φθαρῇ τὰ νοήματα ὑμῶν ἀπὸ τῆς ἁπλότητος τῆς εἰς τὸν Χριστόν. Τοσούτων τοίνυν μέλλων διδόναι εὐθύνας, κάθη γελῶν, καὶ ἀστεῖα λέγων, καὶ τρυφῇ προσέχων: Ἂν γὰρ μὴ ταῦτα ποιήσω, φησὶν, αλλὰ πενθήσω, τί τὸ ὄφελος: Μέγιστον μὲν οὗν, καὶ τοσοῦτον ὅσον οὐδὲ τῷ λόγῳ παραστῆσαι δυνατόν. ᾿Επὶ μὲν γὰρ τῶν ἔξωθεν δικαστηρίων, ὅσα ἂν δακρύσης, οὐκ ἐκφεύξη τὴν κόλασιν μετὰ τὴν ἀπόφασιν' ἐνταῦθα δὲ, ἂν στυγνάσης μόνον, ἔλυσας τὴν ψῆφον, καὶ συγγνώμης ἀπέλανσας. Διὰ τοῦτο πολλὰ περὶ πένθους ἡμῖν ὁ Χριστὸς διαλέγεται, καὶ μακαρίζει τοὺς πενθοῦντας, καὶ ταλανίζει τοὺς γελώντας. Οὐ γάρ ἐστι τὸ θέατρον τοῦτο γέλωτος, οὐδὲ διὰ τοῦτο συνήλθομεν, ἵνα ἀνακαγχάζωμεν, ἀλλ᾽ ἵνα ᾿στενάζωμεν, καὶ βασιλείαν ἐκ του στεναγμοῦ τούτου κληρονομήσωμεν. Σὺ δὲ βασιλεῖ μὲν παρεστὼς, οὐδὲ ἁπλῶς μειδιᾶσαι ἀνέχῃ᾽ τὸν δὲ τῶν ἀγγέλων δεσπότην ἔ , ἔχων ἔνοικον οὐχ ἕστηκας ἡ μετὰ τρόμου καὶ σωφροσύνης τῆς προσηκούσης, ἀλλὰ γελᾷς, αὐτοῦ πολλάκις ὀργιζομένου ; καὶ οὐκ ἐννοεῖς ὅτι τῶν ἁμαρτημάτων ταύτη μειζόνως παροξύνεις αὐτόν: :ς Οὐ γὰρ οὕτω τοὺς ἁμαρτάνοντας, ὡς τοὺς μετὰ τὴν ἁμαρτίαν μὴ ᾿συστελλομένους ἀποστρέφεσθαι εἴωθεν ὁ θεός. Ἀλλ’ ὅμως οὕτως εἰσὶν ἀναισθήτως τινὲς διακείμενοι, ὡς καὶ μετὰ ταῦτα τὰ ῥήματα λέγειν ἐμοὶ δὲ μὴ γένοιτο δακρῦσαί ποτε, αλλὰ δῴη μοι ,Ὑελᾶν καὶ παίζειν ὁ θεὸς πά ντα τὸν Χρόνον. Καὶ τί ταύτης τῆς διανοίας παιδικώτερον γένοιτ' ἄν; οὐ γὰρ ὁ θεὸς δίδωσι παίζειν, ἀλλ᾽ ὁ διάβολος. Ἄκουσον γοῦν, οἱ παίζοντες τί ἔπαθον' ἐς ἐκάθισε, φησὶν; ὃ λαὸς φαγεῖν καὶ πιεῖν, καὶ ἀνέστησαν παίζειν. Τοιοῦτοι ἦσαν οἱ ἐν Σοδόμοις, τοιοῦτοι οἱ ἐπὶ τοῦ κατακλυσμοῦ. Καὶ γάρ καὶ περὶ ἐκείνων φησὶν, ὅτι Ὁ ὑπερηφανίᾳ, καὶ ἐν εὐθηνίαις, καὶ ἐν πλησμονῇ ἄρτων ἐσπατάλων. Καὶ οἷ κατὰ τὸν Νῶε ὄντες τὴν κιβωτὸν ἐπὶ τοσούτοις ὁρῶντες κατασκεναζομένην ἔ ἔτεσιν; ἀναλιγήτως εὐφραίνοντο, μηδὲν τῶν μελλόντων προορώμενοι. Διὰ τοῦτο καὶ πάντας αὐτοὺς ἐπελθὼν παρέσυρεν ὁ κατακλυσμὸς, καὶ τὸ κοινὸν τῆς οἰκουμένης νανάγιον τότε εἰργάσατο. Μὴ τοίνυν αἴτει παρὰ τοῦ θεοῦ ταῦτα, ἃ παρὰ τοῦ διαβόλου λαμβάνεις. Τοῦ γὰρ θεοῦ, δοῦναι καρδίαν συντετριμμένην καὶ τεταπεινωμένην, νήφουσαν, σωφρονοῦσαν καὶ κατεσταλμένην, μετανοοῦσαν καὶ κατανενυγμένην. Ταῦτα ἐκείνον τὰ δῶρα, ἐπειδὴ καὶ τούτων Ἰμῖν χρεία μάλιστα. Καὶ γὰρ ἀγὼν ἐφέστηκε χαλεπὸς, καὶ ὃ πρὸς τὰς ἀοράτους ἡμῖν δυνάμεις ή πάλη, πρὸς τὰ πνευματικὰ τῆς πονηρίας ἤ μάχη, πρὸς τὰς ἀρχὰς, πρὸς τὰς ἐξουσίας ὁ ο πόλεμον καὶ ἀγαπητὸν σπουδάζοντας ἡμᾶς νήφοντας καὶ διογηγερμένους, δυνηθῆναι τὴν αὙρίαν ἐκείνην φαλαγγα ἐνεγκεῖν. Ἂν δὲ ᾿γελῶμεν καὶ παίζωμεν, καὶ διαπαντὸς ῥᾳθυμῶμεν, καὶ πρὸ τῆς συμβολῆς ὑπὸ τῆς οἰκείας καταπεσούμεθα ῥᾳθυμίας. Οὐ τοίνυν ἡμέτερον τὸ γελᾶν διηνεκῶς καὶ θρύπτεσθαι καὶ τρυφᾶν, ἀλλὰ τῶν ἐπὶ σκηνῆς, τῶν πορνενομένων Ὑνναικῶν, ἢ τών εἰς τοῦτο ἐξυρημένων ἀνδρῶν, τών παρασίτων, τῶν κολάκων' οὐ τῶν ἐπὶ τὸν οὐρανὸν κεκλημένων, οὐ τῶν εἰς τὴν ἄνω πόλιν ἐγγεγραμμένων, οὐ τῶν ὅπλα βασταζόντων πνευματικὰ, ἀλλὰ τῶν τῷ διαβόλῳ τελουμένων. ᾿Εκεῖνος γάρ ἐστιν, ἐκεῖνος ὁ καὶ τέχνην τὸ πρᾶγμα ποιήσας, ἵνα τοὺς στρατιώτας εκλύση τοῦ Χριστοῦ, καὶ μαλακώτερα αὐτῶν ποιήσῃ τῆς προθυμίας τὰ νεῦρα. Διά τοῦτο καὶ θέατρα ὠκοδόμησεν ἐν ταῖς πόλεσι, καὶ τοὺς γελωτοποιοὺς ἐκείνους ἀσκήσας, διὰ τῆς ἐκείνων λύμης κατὰ τῆς πόλεως ἁπάσης τὸν τοιοῦτον ἢ ἐνσκήπτει λοιμόν ἃ φεύγειν ὁ Παῦλος ἐκέλευσε, τὴν μωρολογίαν καὶ τὴν εὐτραπελίαν, ταῦτα διώκειν ἀναπείθων. Καὶ τὸ δὴ χαλεπώτερον τούτων ἡ τοῦ γέλωτος ἐστιν ὑπόθεσις. Ὅταν μὲν γὰρ βλάσφημόν τι εἴπωσιν ἢ αἰσχρὸν οἱ μῖμοι τῶν γελοίων ἐκείνων, τότε πολλοὶ τῶν ἀνοητοτέρων γελώσι καὶ τέρπονται, ὑπὲρ ὧν αὐτοὺς λιθαζειν. ἐχρῆν, ὑπὲρ τούτων κροτοῦντες, καὶ τὴν κάμινον τοῦ πυρὸς διὰ τῆς ἡδονῆς ταύτης κατὰ τῆς ἑαυτῶν ἕλκοντες κεφαλης. Οἱ γὰρ ἐπαινοῦντες τοὺς ταῦτα λέγοντας, οὗτοι μάλιστά εἰσιν οἱ λέγειν ἀναπείθοντες διὸ καὶ τῆς κολάσεως τῆς ἐπὶ τούτοις κειμένης, δικαιότερον ὦ ἂν εἷεν ὑπεύθυνοι. Εἰ γὰρ μηδεὶς ἣν ὁ τὰ τοιαῦτα θεώμενος; οὐδ ἃ ἂν δ , ἀγωνιζόμενος ἦν ὅταν δὲ ἴδωσιν ὑμᾶς καὶ ἐργαστήρια καὶ τέχνας καὶ τὴν ἐκ τούτων πρόσοδον, καὶ πάντα ἁπλῶς ὑπὲρ τῆς ἐκεῖ διατριβῆς ἀφέντας, μείζονα δέχονται τὴν προθυμίαν, καὶ πλείονα περὶ ταῦτα ποιοῦνται σπουδήν. Καὶ ταῦτα οὐκ ἐκείνους ἀπαλλάττων ἐγκλημάτων λέγω; ἀλλ᾽ ἵνα ὑμεῖς μάθητε, ὅτι τὴν ἀρχὴν καὶ τὴν ῥίζαν τῆς τοιαύτης παρανομίας ὑμεῖς μάλιστά ἐστε οἱ παρέχοντες, οἱ τὴν ἡμέραν ἅπασαν εἰς ταῦτα ᾿καταναλίσκοντες, καὶ τὰ σεμνὰ τοῦ γάμου ἄγματα ἐκπομπεύοντες, καὶ τὸ μυστήριον τὸ μέγα παρα εὐγματίζοντες., Οὐδὲ γὰρ οὕτως ἐκεῖνος ὁ ταῦτα ὑποκρινόμενός Βέεστιν ὁ πλημμελῶν, ὡς πρὸ ἐκείνον σὺ, ὁ ταῦτα κελεύων ποιεῖν μᾶλλον δὲ οὐ κελεύων μόνον, ἀλλὰ καὶ σπουδάζων, καὶ εὐφραινόμενος, καὶ γεελών, καὶ ἐπαινῶν τὰ γινόμενα, καὶ παντὶ τρόπῳ συγκροτῶν τὰ τοιαῦτα ἐργαστήρια τῶν δαιἢ μονων. Ποίοις οὖν ὀφθαλμοῖς, εἰπέ μοι, λοιπὸν τὴν γυναῖκα ἐπὶ τῆς οἰκίας ὄψει, ἰδὼν αὐτὴν ὑ βριζομένην ἐκεῖ; ὃ πὼς δὲ οὐκ ἐρυθριᾷς ἀναμιμνησκόμενος τῆς συνοίκου, ἡνίκα ἂν τὴν φύσιν αὐτὴν παραδευγματιζομένην ἴδης :

An houtō kai autos dakryę̄s, mimētēs tou despotou sou gegonas. Kai gar kai autos edakryse, kai epi Lazarou kai epi tēs poleōs, kai epi tou ᾿Iouda dietarachthē. Kai touto men pollakis estin idein auton poiounta, gelōnta des oudamou all᾽ oude meidiōnta ērema oukoun tōn euangelistōn oudeis eirēke. Dia touto kai Paulos, hoti men edakryse, kai trietian nykta kai hēmeran touto epoiei, kai autos peri heantou, kai heteroi peri autou touto legousin' hoti de egelasen, oudamou oute autos eirēken, hē oute allos oude heis haUiōn, oute peri heautou, oute peri heterou tinos toioutou alla peri Sarrrhas monēs touto eirētai, hēnika epetimēthē. kai peri tou nuiou Nōe, hote ant᾽ eleutherou doulos HyeUone. Kai tauta legō, ou ton gelōta ekkoptōn, alla tēn diachysin anairōn. Tinos gar heneken, eipe moi, thryptē kai diarrheeis, tosautais euthynais e enochos hōn eti, kai phoberǭ mellōn hē parastēsesthai dikastēriǭ, kai pantōn parechein logon meta akribeias tōn entautha gegenēmenōn? Kai gar hōn hekontes kai hōn akontes hēmartomen, dōsomen logon es hos gar an arnēsētai me, phēsin, emprosthen tōn anthrōpōn, kagō arnēsomai auton emprosthen tou patros mou kaitoige akousios hē toiautē arnēsis, all᾽ homōs ou diapheugei tēn kolasin, alla kai tautēs didoamen euthynas: kai hōn ismen, kai e hōn ouk ismen es ouden gar emautǭ synoida, phēsin, all ouk en toutǭ dedikaiōmai᾽ kai hōn kata agnoian, kai hē hōn kata gnōsin hyttes martyrō gar autois, phēsin, hote zēlon theou e echousin, all᾽ ou kat᾽ epignōsin all᾽ homōs ouk arkei touto eis apologian autois. Kai Korinthiois de epistellōn elege iōd phoboumai mēpōs hōs ho ophis exēpatēsen Euan en tē panourgią hautou, houtō phtharę̄ ta noēmata hymōn apo tēs haplotētos tēs eis ton Christon. Tosoutōn toinyn mellōn didonai euthynas, kathē gelōn, kai asteia legōn, kai tryphę̄ prosechōn: An gar mē tauta poiēsō, phēsin, alla penthēsō, ti to ophelos: Megiston men houn, kai tosouton hoson oude tǭ logǭ parastēsai dynaton. ᾿Epi men gar tōn exōthen dikastēriōn, hosa an dakrysēs, ouk ekpheuxē tēn kolasin meta tēn apophasin' entautha de, an stygnasēs monon, elysas tēn psēphon, kai syngnōmēs apelansas. Dia touto polla peri penthous hēmin ho Christos dialegetai, kai makarizei tous penthountas, kai talanizei tous gelōntas. Ou gar esti to theatron touto gelōtos, oude dia touto synēlthomen, hina anakanchazōmen, all᾽ hina ᾿stenazōmen, kai basileian ek tou stenagmou toutou klēronomēsōmen. Sy de basilei men parestōs, oude haplōs meidiasai anechę̄᾽ ton de tōn angelōn despotēn e , echōn enoikon ouch hestēkas hē meta tromou kai sōphrosynēs tēs prosēkousēs, alla geląs, autou pollakis orgizomenou ? kai ouk ennoeis hoti tōn hamartēmatōn tautē meizonōs paroxyneis auton: :s Ou gar houtō tous hamartanontas, hōs tous meta tēn hamartian mē ᾿systellomenous apostrephesthai eiōthen ho theos. All’ homōs houtōs eisin anaisthētōs tines diakeimenoi, hōs kai meta tauta ta rhēmata legein emoi de mē genoito dakrysai pote, alla dǭē moi ,Hyelan kai paizein ho theos pa nta ton Chronon. Kai ti tautēs tēs dianoias paidikōteron genoit' an? ou gar ho theos didōsi paizein, all᾽ ho diabolos. Akouson goun, hoi paizontes ti epathon' es ekathise, phēsin? ho laos phagein kai piein, kai anestēsan paizein. Toioutoi ēsan hoi en Sodomois, toioutoi hoi epi tou kataklysmou. Kai gar kai peri ekeinōn phēsin, hoti Ho hyperēphanią, kai en euthēniais, kai en plēsmonę̄ artōn espatalōn. Kai hoi kata ton Nōe ontes tēn kibōton epi tosoutois horōntes kataskenazomenēn e etesin? analigētōs euphrainonto, mēden tōn mellontōn proorōmenoi. Dia touto kai pantas autous epelthōn paresyren ho kataklysmos, kai to koinon tēs oikoumenēs nanagion tote eirgasato. Mē toinyn aitei para tou theou tauta, ha para tou diabolou lambaneis. Tou gar theou, dounai kardian syntetrimmenēn kai tetapeinōmenēn, nēphousan, sōphronousan kai katestalmenēn, metanoousan kai katanenygmenēn. Tauta ekeinon ta dōra, epeidē kai toutōn Imin chreia malista. Kai gar agōn ephestēke chalepos, kai ho pros tas aoratous hēmin dynameis ē palē, pros ta pneumatika tēs ponērias ē machē, pros tas archas, pros tas exousias ho o polemon kai agapēton spoudazontas hēmas nēphontas kai diogēgermenous, dynēthēnai tēn haUrian ekeinēn phalanga enenkein. An de ᾿gelōmen kai paizōmen, kai diapantos rhąthymōmen, kai pro tēs symbolēs hypo tēs oikeias katapesoumetha rhąthymias. Ou toinyn hēmeteron to gelan diēnekōs kai thryptesthai kai tryphan, alla tōn epi skēnēs, tōn pornenomenōn Hynnaikōn, ē tōn eis touto exyrēmenōn andrōn, tōn parasitōn, tōn kolakōn' ou tōn epi ton ouranon keklēmenōn, ou tōn eis tēn anō polin engegrammenōn, ou tōn hopla bastazontōn pneumatika, alla tōn tǭ diabolǭ teloumenōn. ᾿Ekeinos gar estin, ekeinos ho kai technēn to pragma poiēsas, hina tous stratiōtas eklysē tou Christou, kai malakōtera autōn poiēsę̄ tēs prothymias ta neura. Dia touto kai theatra ōkodomēsen en tais polesi, kai tous gelōtopoious ekeinous askēsas, dia tēs ekeinōn lymēs kata tēs poleōs hapasēs ton toiouton ē enskēptei loimon ha pheugein ho Paulos ekeleuse, tēn mōrologian kai tēn eutrapelian, tauta diōkein anapeithōn. Kai to dē chalepōteron toutōn hē tou gelōtos estin hypothesis. Hotan men gar blasphēmon ti eipōsin ē aischron hoi mimoi tōn geloiōn ekeinōn, tote polloi tōn anoētoterōn gelōsi kai terpontai, hyper hōn autous lithazein. echrēn, hyper toutōn krotountes, kai tēn kaminon tou pyros dia tēs hēdonēs tautēs kata tēs heautōn helkontes kephalēs. Hoi gar epainountes tous tauta legontas, houtoi malista eisin hoi legein anapeithontes dio kai tēs kolaseōs tēs epi toutois keimenēs, dikaioteron ō an heien hypeuthynoi. Ei gar mēdeis hēn ho ta toiauta theōmenos? oud ha an d , agōnizomenos ēn hotan de idōsin hymas kai ergastēria kai technas kai tēn ek toutōn prosodon, kai panta haplōs hyper tēs ekei diatribēs aphentas, meizona dechontai tēn prothymian, kai pleiona peri tauta poiountai spoudēn. Kai tauta ouk ekeinous apallattōn enklēmatōn legō? all᾽ hina hymeis mathēte, hoti tēn archēn kai tēn rhizan tēs toiautēs paranomias hymeis malista este hoi parechontes, hoi tēn hēmeran hapasan eis tauta ᾿katanaliskontes, kai ta semna tou gamou agmata ekpompeuontes, kai to mystērion to mega para eugmatizontes., Oude gar houtōs ekeinos ho tauta hypokrinomenos Beestin ho plēmmelōn, hōs pro ekeinon sy, ho tauta keleuōn poiein mallon de ou keleuōn monon, alla kai spoudazōn, kai euphrainomenos, kai geelōn, kai epainōn ta ginomena, kai panti tropǭ synkrotōn ta toiauta ergastēria tōn daiē monōn. Poiois oun ophthalmois, eipe moi, loipon tēn gynaika epi tēs oikias opsei, idōn autēn hy brizomenēn ekei? ho pōs de ouk erythriąs anamimnēskomenos tēs synoikou, hēnika an tēn physin autēn paradeugmatizomenēn idēs :

If you too weep so, you have become an imitator of your Master. For he too wept, both over Lazarus and over the city, and he was troubled over Judas. And this one can see him doing often, but laughing nowhere, nor even smiling gently; at least none of the evangelists has said so. That is why with Paul too, that he wept, and did this night and day for three years, both he himself says of himself and others say of him; but that he laughed, neither he himself has said anywhere, nor any other of the saints, either of himself or of anyone else of the kind; but it is said only of Sarah, when she was rebuked, and of the son of Noah, when he became a slave instead of free. And I say this not to cut off laughter, but to take away dissipation. For why, tell me, do you live softly and run to looseness, when you are still liable to so many accounts and are about to stand before a fearful tribunal and give an exact account of everything done here? For we shall give account both of what we sinned willingly and of what we sinned unwillingly: “For whoever denies me,” he says, “before men, I also will deny him before my Father”; and yet such denial is unwilling, but nevertheless it does not escape punishment, but we pay the penalty for this too; and both of what we know and of what we do not know: “For I am not aware of anything against myself,” he says, “but I am not thereby justified”; and of what is done in ignorance and of what is done with knowledge: “For I bear them witness,” he says, “that they have a zeal for God, but not according to knowledge”; yet this does not suffice for their defense. And writing to the Corinthians he said, “I fear lest, as the serpent deceived Eve by his cunning, your minds be corrupted from the simplicity that is toward Christ.” Being about to give so many accounts, then, do you sit laughing and joking and giving yourself to luxury? “But if I do not do these things,” someone says, “but mourn, what is the profit?” The very greatest, and so great that it cannot even be set forth in words. For in the courts outside, however much you weep, you will not escape punishment after the sentence; but here, if you only look downcast, you have annulled the verdict and obtained pardon. That is why Christ speaks to us much about mourning, and calls the mourners blessed and the laughers wretched. For this is not a theater for laughter, nor have we come together for this, to guffaw, but to groan, and by this groaning to inherit a kingdom. But you, standing before a king, cannot bear even to smile at all; and having the Master of the angels dwelling in you, you do not stand with trembling and fitting self-control, but laugh, though he is often angry? And you do not consider that by this you provoke him more than by your sins? For God is not accustomed to turn away from sinners so much as from those who are not humbled after the sin.

Yet some are so insensibly disposed that even after these words they say: “But may I never weep; may God grant me to laugh and play all my life.” And what could be more childish than this thought? For it is not God who grants play, but the devil. Hear, at any rate, what those who played suffered: “The people sat down,” it says, “to eat and drink, and rose up to play.” Such were those in Sodom, such were those at the flood. For of those too it says that “in pride, and in plenty, and in fullness of bread they lived in luxury.” And those in Noah's time, seeing the ark being built for so many years, made merry without feeling, foreseeing nothing of what was to come. That is why the flood came and swept them all away, and wrought at that time the common shipwreck of the world. Do not, then, ask from God what you receive from the devil. For it is God's part to give a heart broken and humbled, sober, chaste, and composed, repentant and pierced with compunction. These are his gifts, since we need these above all. For a hard contest stands before us, and our wrestling is against the invisible powers, our battle against the spiritual hosts of wickedness, our war against the principalities, against the authorities; and we must be content if, striving, sober, and awake, we can withstand that savage battle line. But if we laugh and play and are always careless, we shall fall through our own carelessness even before the engagement. It is not ours, then, to laugh continually and live softly and in luxury, but belongs to those on the stage, to the harlot women, to the men shaven for this, to parasites and flatterers; not to those called to heaven, not to those enrolled in the city above, not to those who bear spiritual arms, but to those who are initiated to the devil.

For it is he, it is he who made the thing an art, to unnerve the soldiers of Christ and slacken the sinews of their zeal. That is why he built theaters in the cities, and having trained those buffoons, through their ruin he hurls such a pestilence upon the whole city, persuading men to pursue what Paul ordered them to flee, foolish talk and coarse jesting. And what is worse than these is the subject of the laughter. For when the mimes of those buffoons say something blasphemous or shameful, then many of the more foolish laugh and delight, applauding for the very things for which they ought to stone them, and drawing down upon their own head by this pleasure the furnace of fire. For those who praise those who say such things are the very ones who above all persuade them to say them; that is why they would more justly be liable to the punishment laid down for these things. For if there were no one to watch such things, neither would there be one to perform them; but when they see you leaving workshops and crafts and the revenue from them, and simply everything, for the time spent there, they receive greater eagerness and give more zeal to these things. And I say this not to free them from the charges, but that you may learn that it is you above all who provide the beginning and root of such lawlessness, you who spend the whole day on these things and parade the solemn things of marriage and make a public show of the great mystery. For the one who acts these things is not so much the offender as you before him, who order them to be done, or rather not only order them but are eager, and delight, and laugh, and praise what is done, and in every way support such workshops of demons. With what eyes, then, tell me, will you look at your wife at home after this, having seen her insulted there? How do you not blush, remembering your partner, when you see her very nature made a public example?

6.8Field 1

Μὴ γάρ μοι τοῦτο εἴπης» ὅτι ὑπόκρισίς ἐστι τὰ γινόμενα. ἡ γὰρ ὑπόκρισις αὕτη πολλοὺς εἰργάσατο μοιχοὺς, καὶ πολλὰς ἀνέτρεψεν οἰκίας. Καὶ διὰ Τοῦτο μάλιστα στένω, ὅτι οὐδὲ δοκεῖ πονηρὸν εἶναι τὸ Ὁ γινόμενον, ἀλλὰ καὶ κρότοι καὶ κραυγὴ καὶ γέλως πολὺς, μοιχείας τολμωμένης τοσαύτης. Τί λέγεις : ; , ὑπόκρισις τὰ γινόμενα: αὐτὸ μὲν οὗν τοῦτο μυρίων ἂν εἶεν ἐκεῖνοι θανάτων ἄξιοι, ὅτι ἃ {γν οἱ νόμοι κελεύουσιν ἅπαντες, ταῦτα μιμεῖσθαι ἑσπουδώκασιν ἐκεῖνοι. Εἰ γὰρ αὐτὸ κακὸν, καὶ ἢ μίμησις τούτον κακον. Βαὶ οὕπω λέγω, πόσους ἐργάονται μοιχοὺς οἱ τὰ τοιαῦτα τῆς μοιχείας ὑποκρινόμανοι ράματα, πῶς ἰταμοὺς καὶ ἀναισχύντους κατασκευάζουσι τοὺς τῶν τοιούτων θεωροῦν οὐδὲν γὰρ πορνικώτερον καὶ ἰτάμώτερον ὀφθαλμοὺ τοιαυτα βλέπειν ἀνεχομένου. Σὺ δὲ ἐν αὙορᾷ μὲν οὐκ ἂν ἕλοιο γυναῖκα Ὑυμνουμένην ἰδεῖν, μάλλον δὲ οὐδὲ ἐν οἰκίᾳ. ἀλλὰ καὶ ὕβριν τὸ πρᾶγμα καλεῖς ἐπὶ δὲ τὸ θέατρον ἀναβαίνεις, ἵ ἵνα τὸ κοινὸν τών ἀνδρῶν καὶ τῶν γυναικῶν ἐνυβρίσῃς γένος, καὶ τοὺς σαντοῦ αἰσχύνῃς ὀφθαλμούς: : Μὴ γὰρ δὴ τοῦτο εἴπης, ὅτι πόρνη ἐστὶν η γυμνουμένη, ἀλλ᾽ ὅτι ἡ αὐτὴ φύσις καὶ ᾿σώῶμα τὸ αὐτὸ καὶ τῆς πόρνης καὶ τῆς , ἐλευθέρας. Εἰ γὰρ οὐδὲν ἄ ἄτοπον τοῦτο, τίνος ἕνεκεν ἐπ᾽ αγορᾶς ἂν ἴδης τοῦτο γινόμενον, καὶ αὐτὸς ἀποπηδᾷς, καὶ τὴν ἀσχημονοῦσαν ἐλαύνεις ἢ ὅταν μὲν διηρημένοι ὦ ὦμεν, τότε ἄτοπον τὸ τοιοῦτον ὅταν δὲ ᾿συνηγπε υδι καὶ πάντες ομοῦ καθήμενοι, οὐκάτι ὁμοίως αἰσχρόν : ᾿Αλλὰ γέλως ταῦτα καὶ ὄνειδος, καὶ ἐσχάτης παραπληξίας βήματα καὶ βέλτιον πηλῷ καὶ βορβόρῳ τὴν ὄψιν ἀναχρῶσαι πᾶσαν, ἥ τοιαύτην θεωρῆσαι παρανομίαν. Οὔτε γὰρ οὕτως ὀφθαλμῳ βλαβη βόρβορος, ὡς ἀκόλαστος ὄψις, καὶ γεγυμνωμένης γυναικὸς θεωρία. Ἄκουσον γοὺν τί τὴν γύμνωσιν ἐποίησεν ἐξ ἀρχῆς, καὶ φοβήθητι τῆς τοιαύτης ἀσχημοσύνης τὴν ὑπόθεσιν. Τί οὖν ἐποίησε τὴν γύμνωσιν, Ἡ παρακοὴ, καὶ ἡ τοῦ διαβόλον συμβουλή. Οὕτως ἄνωθεν καὶ ἐξ ἀρχῆς ἐκείνου τοῦτο γέγονε τὸ ἐπιτήδευμα. ᾿Αλλ᾽ ἐκεῖνοι μὲν κἂν ἤσχύνοντο γυμνοὶ ὄντες ὑμεῖς δὲ καὶ ἐγκαλλωπίπριν κατὰ τὸ ἀποστολικὸν ἐκεῖνο, 3 ἐν τῇ αἰσχύνῃ τὴν όξαν ἔ ἔχοντες. Πῶς οὖν ὄψεταί σε λοιπὸν ἡ γυνὴ ἀπὸ τῆς τοιαύτης ἐπανελθόντα παρανομίας; πῶς δέξεται : : πῶς προσερεῖ, οὕτως ἀτίμως τὸ κοινὸν τῆς γυναικείας παραδευγματίσαντα φύσεως, καὶ αἰχμάλωτον ὑπὸ τῆς τοιαύτης ὄψεως καὶ δοῦλον γεγενημένον τῆς πορνευθείσης ψυναικός; Εἰ δὲ ἀλγεῖτε ταῦτα ἀκούοντες, χάριν ὑμῖν ἔχω πολλήν 5 τίς γάρ ἐστιν ὁ εὐφραίνων με. εἰ μὴ ὁ λυπούμενος ἐξ ἐ ἐμοῦ 2 Μὴ δὴ παύσησθέ ποτε στένοντες ἐπὶ τούτοις καὶ δακνόμενοι καὶ γὰρ προοίμιον ὑμῖν ἔσται τῆς ἐπὶ τὰ κρείττω μεταβολῆς ἡ ἐκ τῶν τοιούτων ὀδύνη. Διὰ τοῦτο καγὼ δρότερον τὸν λόγον ἐποιησάμην, ἵνα βαθυτέραν δοὺς τὴν τομὴν, ἀπαλλάξω τῆς σηπεδόνος τῶν μεθυσκόντων ὑμᾶς ἵνα πρὸς καθαρὰν ἐπαναγάγω ψυχῆς ὑγείαν' ἧς γένοιτο πάντας ἡμᾶς ἀπολαύοντας διὰ πα ντῶν, καὶ τῶν κειμένων ἐπάθλων τοῖς κατορθώμασι τούτοις ἐπιτυχεῖν, χάριτι καὶ φιλανθρωπίᾳ τοῦ κυρίου ἡμῶν Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ, ᾧ ἡ δόξα καὶ τὸ κράτος εἰς τοὺς αἰῶνας τῶν αἰώνων. ᾿Αμῆν.

Mē gar moi touto eipēs» hoti hypokrisis esti ta ginomena. hē gar hypokrisis hautē pollous eirgasato moichous, kai pollas anetrepsen oikias. Kai dia Touto malista stenō, hoti oude dokei ponēron einai to Ho ginomenon, alla kai krotoi kai kraugē kai gelōs polys, moicheias tolmōmenēs tosautēs. Ti legeis : ? , hypokrisis ta ginomena: auto men houn touto myriōn an eien ekeinoi thanatōn axioi, hoti ha {gn hoi nomoi keleuousin hapantes, tauta mimeisthai hespoudōkasin ekeinoi. Ei gar auto kakon, kai ē mimēsis touton kakon. Bai houpō legō, posous ergaontai moichous hoi ta toiauta tēs moicheias hypokrinomanoi ramata, pōs itamous kai anaischyntous kataskeuazousi tous tōn toioutōn theōroun ouden gar pornikōteron kai itamōteron ophthalmou toiauta blepein anechomenou. Sy de en haUorą men ouk an heloio gynaika Hyymnoumenēn idein, mallon de oude en oikią. alla kai hybrin to pragma kaleis epi de to theatron anabaineis, hi hina to koinon tōn andrōn kai tōn gynaikōn enybrisę̄s genos, kai tous santou aischynę̄s ophthalmous: : Mē gar dē touto eipēs, hoti pornē estin ē gymnoumenē, all᾽ hoti hē autē physis kai ᾿sōōma to auto kai tēs pornēs kai tēs , eleutheras. Ei gar ouden a atopon touto, tinos heneken ep᾽ agoras an idēs touto ginomenon, kai autos apopēdąs, kai tēn aschēmonousan elauneis ē hotan men diērēmenoi ō ōmen, tote atopon to toiouton hotan de ᾿synēgpe ydi kai pantes omou kathēmenoi, oukati homoiōs aischron : ᾿Alla gelōs tauta kai oneidos, kai eschatēs paraplēxias bēmata kai beltion pēlǭ kai borborǭ tēn opsin anachrōsai pasan, hē toiautēn theōrēsai paranomian. Oute gar houtōs ophthalmǭ blabē borboros, hōs akolastos opsis, kai gegymnōmenēs gynaikos theōria. Akouson goun ti tēn gymnōsin epoiēsen ex archēs, kai phobēthēti tēs toiautēs aschēmosynēs tēn hypothesin. Ti oun epoiēse tēn gymnōsin, Hē parakoē, kai hē tou diabolon symboulē. Houtōs anōthen kai ex archēs ekeinou touto gegone to epitēdeuma. ᾿All᾽ ekeinoi men kan ēschynonto gymnoi ontes hymeis de kai enkallōpiprin kata to apostolikon ekeino, 3 en tę̄ aischynę̄ tēn oxan e echontes. Pōs oun opsetai se loipon hē gynē apo tēs toiautēs epanelthonta paranomias? pōs dexetai : : pōs proserei, houtōs atimōs to koinon tēs gynaikeias paradeugmatisanta physeōs, kai aichmalōton hypo tēs toiautēs opseōs kai doulon gegenēmenon tēs porneutheisēs psynaikos? Ei de algeite tauta akouontes, charin hymin echō pollēn 5 tis gar estin ho euphrainōn me. ei mē ho lypoumenos ex e emou 2 Mē dē pausēsthe pote stenontes epi toutois kai daknomenoi kai gar prooimion hymin estai tēs epi ta kreittō metabolēs hē ek tōn toioutōn odynē. Dia touto kagō droteron ton logon epoiēsamēn, hina bathyteran dous tēn tomēn, apallaxō tēs sēpedonos tōn methyskontōn hymas hina pros katharan epanagagō psychēs hygeian' hēs genoito pantas hēmas apolauontas dia pa ntōn, kai tōn keimenōn epathlōn tois katorthōmasi toutois epitychein, chariti kai philanthrōpią tou kyriou hēmōn Iēsou Christou, hǭ hē doxa kai to kratos eis tous aiōnas tōn aiōnōn. ᾿Amēn.

For do not tell me that what is done is acting. For this acting has made many adulterers and overturned many households. And I groan above all for this, that what is done does not even seem to be wicked, but there is applause and shouting and much laughter while so great an adultery is being dared. What are you saying? That what is done is acting? For this very reason they would deserve countless deaths, that what all the laws command us to flee, these men have been eager to imitate. For if the thing itself is evil, the imitation of it too is evil. And I do not yet say how many adulterers are made by those who act such dramas of adultery, how bold and shameless they make those who watch such things; for nothing is more lewd and bold than an eye that bears to look at such things. In the marketplace you would not choose to see a woman stripped, nor even at home, but you call the thing an insult; yet you go up to the theater to insult the common race of men and women and to shame your own eyes? For do not tell me that the one stripped is a harlot; for the nature is the same and the body the same, of the harlot and of the free woman. For if this is nothing improper, why, if you see it done in the marketplace, do you leap away yourself and drive off the woman behaving indecently? Or is such a thing improper when we are apart, but when we are gathered and all sitting together, no longer equally shameful? But these things are a laughingstock and a disgrace, the words of utter madness; and it would be better to smear the whole face with clay and mud than to watch such lawlessness. For mud does not so harm the eye as an unchaste look and the sight of a woman stripped. Hear, at any rate, what produced nakedness at the beginning, and fear the cause of such indecency. What then produced nakedness? Disobedience and the devil's counsel. So from the beginning and from the first this practice was his. But they were ashamed when they were naked; while you even pride yourselves, according to that apostolic saying, “having your glory in your shame.” How then will your wife look at you after this, when you come back from such lawlessness? How will she receive you? How will she address you, when you have so dishonorably made a public show of the common nature of women and have become a captive of such a sight and a slave of the harlot? And if you are pained hearing these things, I am very grateful to you: “For who is it that makes me glad but the one who is pained by me?” Never cease, then, groaning over these things and being stung; for the pain from such things will be for you the beginning of the change for the better. That is why I too made the discourse sharper, so that by making a deeper incision I might free you from the rottenness of those who intoxicate you, and bring you back to pure health of soul; which may we all enjoy through everything, and obtain the prizes laid up for these achievements, by the grace and lovingkindness of our Lord Jesus Christ, to whom be glory and might to the ages of ages. Amen.

Chapter 7

7.1Field 1

Καὶ συναγαγὼν πάντας τοὺς ἀρχιερεῖς καὶ γραμματεῖς τοῦ λαοῦ, ἐπυνθάνετο παρ᾽ αὐτῶν, ποῦ ὁ Χριστὸς γεννᾶται. Οἱ δὲ εἶπον αὐτῷ ἐν Βηθλεὲμ τῆς ᾿Ιουδαίας. ΕἾΔΕΣ ἅπαντα εἰς ἔλεγχον γινόμενα ᾿Ιουδαϊκόν Ἕως μὲν γὰρ αὐτὸν οὐκ ἐθεώρουν, οὐδὲ ὑπὸ τῆς βασκανίας ἡλίσκοντο, μετὰ ἀληθείας τὰς μαρτυρίας διηγόρευον' ἐπειδὴ δὲ εἶδον τὴν ἀπὸ τῶν θαυμάτων ἐγγινομένην δόξαν, ὑπὸ τοῦ φθόνου κατασχεθέντες λοιπὸν προὔδωκαν τὴν ἀλήθειαν. ᾿Αλλ᾽ ἡ αλήθεια διὰ πάντων ἤρετο, καὶ ὑπὸ τῶν ἐχθρῶν μειζόνως συνεκροτεῖτο. Ὅρα γοὺν καὶ ἐνταῦθα πῶς θαυμαστὰ καὶ παράδοξα οἰκονομεῖται πράγματα. Ὁμοῦ τε γὰρ καὶ μανθάνουσί τι πλέον παρ᾽ ἀλλήλων, καὶ διδάσκουσιν ἀλλήλους, οἵ τε βάρβαροι καὶ οἱ ᾿Ιουδαῖοι. οι μὲν γὰρ ᾿Ιουδαῖοι παρὰ τῶν μάγων ἤκονον, ὅτι καὶ ἀστὴρ αὐτὸν ἐπὶ τῆς Περσῶν ἐκήρυξε χώρας οἱ δὲ μάγοι παρὰ τῶν ᾿Ιουδαίων ἐμάνθανον, ὅτι τοῦτον, ὃν ὁ ἀστήρ ἐκήρυξε, καὶ προφῆται πρὸ πολλῶν ἄνωθεν διηγόρενον χρόνων καὶ τῆς ἐρωτήσεως ἢ ὑπόθεσις διδασκαλίας σαφεστέρας τε καὶ ἀκριβεστέρας ἑκατέβοις ἀπόδειξις γέγονε καὶ οἱ τῆς ἀληθείας ἐχθροὶ τὰ ὑπὲρ τῆς ἀληθείας καὶ ἄκοντες ἀναγκάζονται ἀναγινώσκειν γράμματα: καὶ τὴν προφητείαν ἑρμηνεύειν, εἰ καὶ μὴ πᾶσαν. Ε:πόντες γὰρ τὴν Βηθλεὲμ, καὶ ὅτι εξ αὐτῆς ἐξελεύσεται ὁ δ ποιμαίνων τὸν ᾿Ισραὴλ, λοιπὸν οὐκέτι προσέθηκαν τὸ ἑξῆς, κολακεύοντες τὸν βασιλέα. δὲ τοῦτο ἣν ; ὍΟτι ἦ αἱ ἔξοδοι αὐτοῦ ἀπ᾿ ἀρχῆς εξ ἡμερῶν αἰῶνος. Καὶ τίνος ἕνεκεν, φησὶν, εἰ ἐκεῖθεν ἔμελλε παραγίνεσθαι, ἐν Ναζαρὲτ μετὰ τὸν τόκον διῆγε, καὶ συνεσκίαζε τὴν προφητείαν ; Καὶ μὴν οὐ συνεσκίασεν, ἀλλὰ καὶ μάλλον ἐξεκάλνψε. Τὸ γὰρ, εκεῖ τῆς μητρὸς οἰκούσης διαπαντὸς, ἐνταῦθα γεννηθῆναι, δείκνυσιν εξ οἰκονομίας τὸ πρᾶγμα γινόμενον. Διά τοι τοῦτο οὐδὲ εὐθέως τεχθεὶς εξηλθεν ἐκεῖθεν, ἀλλ᾽ ἐποίησεν ἡμέρας τεσσαράκοντα, τοῖς βουλομένοις περιεργάζεσθαι διδοὺς μετὰ ἀκριβείας ἐξοτάζειν ἅ ἅπαντα. Καὶ γὰρ πολλὰ ἣν τὰ κινοῦντα αὶ πρὸς τὴν τοιαύτην ζήτησιν, εἴ γε προσέχειν. ἐβούλοντο. Καὶ γὰρ ἐλθόντων τῶν μάγων, ἀνεπτερώθη πᾶσα ἡ πόλις, καὶ μετὰ τῆς πόλεως ὁ βασιλεὺς, καὶ ὁ προφήτης εἰς μέσον παρήγετο, καὶ δικαστήριον μέγιστον συνεκροτεῖτο, καὶ ἕτερα δὲ πλείονα γέγονεν αὐτόθι, ἅπερ ὁ Λουκᾶς μετὰ ἀκριβείας διηγεῖται ἅ ἅπαντα οἷον τὰ κατὰ τὴν Ἄνναν, καὶ τὸν Συμεὼν, καὶ τὸν Ζαχαρίαν, καὶ τοὺς ἀγγέλους», καὶ τοὺς ποιμένας, ἅπερ ἅπαντα τοῖς προσέχουσιν ἱκανὰ ἦν παρασχεῖν ἀφορμὰς τὸ γεγενημένον εὑρεῖν. Εἰ γὰρ ἀπὸ Περσίδος ἐλθόντες οἱ μάγοι οὐκ Ἰγνόησαν τὸν τόπον, πολλῷ μᾶλλον οἱ ἐκεῖ διατ ρίβοντες ταῦτα μαθεῖν ἠδύναντο. ἔδειξε, μὲν οὖν εξ α ἀρχῆς ἑαυτὸν διὰ πολλών θαυμάτων᾽ ἐπειδὴ δὲ οὐκ ἠθέλησαν ἰδεῖν, κρύψας τὸν μεταξὺ χρόνον ἑαντὸν, πάλιν ἐξ ἐ ἑτέρας ἀπεκάλυψε λαμπροτέρας ἀρχῆς: Οὐδὲ γὰρ οἱ μαοι λοιπὸν, οὐδὲ ὁ ἀστὴρ, αλλ᾽ ὁ πατὴρ ἄνωθεν ἐκήρυττεν ἐπὶ τῶν ᾿Ιορδανείων βείθρων' καὶ τὸ πνεῦμα ὃ δὲ ἐπεφοίτα, τὴν φωνὴν ἐκείνην ἕλκον ἐπὶ τὴν κεφαλὴν τοῦ βαπτιζομένον' καὶ ᾿Ιωᾶννης μετὰ παῤῥησίας ἁπάσης πανταχοὺ τῆς Ιουδαίας εβόα, τὴν οἰκουμένην, τὴν ἀοίκητον τῆς τοιαύτης διδασκαλίας πληρῶν᾽ καὶ ἡ τῶν θαυμάτων δὲ μαρτυρία, καὶ γῆ; καὶ θάλαττα, καὶ Ἵ κτίσις ἅπασα λαμπρὰν ὑπὲρ αὐτοῦ ἠφίει φωνήν. Παρὰ δὲ τὸν καιρὸν τῶν ὠδίνων τοσαῦτα ἐγίνετο, ὅσα εἰκὸς ηρέμα δεῖξαι τὸν παραγεγονότα. Ἵνα γὰρ μὴ λέγωσιν οἱ ᾿Ιουδαῖοι, ὅ ὅτι οὐκ ἴσμεν πότε ἐτέχθη, οὐδὲ ἐν ποίῳ χωρίῳ, τά τε κατὰ τοὺς μαάγους πάντα ᾧκονομήθη, καὶ τὰ ἄλλα ἅπερ εἰρήκαμεν ὥστε οὐδεμίαν αἰτίαν ἂν ἔχοιεν εἰπεῖν, μὴ ζητήσαντες τὸ γεγενημένον.

Kai synagagōn pantas tous archiereis kai grammateis tou laou, epynthaneto par᾽ autōn, pou ho Christos gennatai. Hoi de eipon autǭ en Bēthleem tēs ᾿Ioudaias. EIDES hapanta eis elenchon ginomena ᾿Ioudaïkon Heōs men gar auton ouk etheōroun, oude hypo tēs baskanias hēliskonto, meta alētheias tas martyrias diēgoreuon' epeidē de eidon tēn apo tōn thaumatōn enginomenēn doxan, hypo tou phthonou kataschethentes loipon proudōkan tēn alētheian. ᾿All᾽ hē alētheia dia pantōn ēreto, kai hypo tōn echthrōn meizonōs synekroteito. Hora goun kai entautha pōs thaumasta kai paradoxa oikonomeitai pragmata. Homou te gar kai manthanousi ti pleon par᾽ allēlōn, kai didaskousin allēlous, hoi te barbaroi kai hoi ᾿Ioudaioi. oi men gar ᾿Ioudaioi para tōn magōn ēkonon, hoti kai astēr auton epi tēs Persōn ekēryxe chōras hoi de magoi para tōn ᾿Ioudaiōn emanthanon, hoti touton, hon ho astēr ekēryxe, kai prophētai pro pollōn anōthen diēgorenon chronōn kai tēs erōtēseōs ē hypothesis didaskalias saphesteras te kai akribesteras hekatebois apodeixis gegone kai hoi tēs alētheias echthroi ta hyper tēs alētheias kai akontes anankazontai anaginōskein grammata: kai tēn prophēteian hermēneuein, ei kai mē pasan. E:pontes gar tēn Bēthleem, kai hoti ex autēs exeleusetai ho d poimainōn ton ᾿Israēl, loipon ouketi prosethēkan to hexēs, kolakeuontes ton basilea. de touto hēn ? HoOti ē hai exodoi autou ap᾿ archēs ex hēmerōn aiōnos. Kai tinos heneken, phēsin, ei ekeithen emelle paraginesthai, en Nazaret meta ton tokon diēge, kai syneskiaze tēn prophēteian ? Kai mēn ou syneskiasen, alla kai mallon exekalnpse. To gar, ekei tēs mētros oikousēs diapantos, entautha gennēthēnai, deiknysin ex oikonomias to pragma ginomenon. Dia toi touto oude eutheōs techtheis exēlthen ekeithen, all᾽ epoiēsen hēmeras tessarakonta, tois boulomenois periergazesthai didous meta akribeias exotazein ha hapanta. Kai gar polla hēn ta kinounta ai pros tēn toiautēn zētēsin, ei ge prosechein. eboulonto. Kai gar elthontōn tōn magōn, anepterōthē pasa hē polis, kai meta tēs poleōs ho basileus, kai ho prophētēs eis meson parēgeto, kai dikastērion megiston synekroteito, kai hetera de pleiona gegonen autothi, haper ho Loukas meta akribeias diēgeitai ha hapanta hoion ta kata tēn Annan, kai ton Symeōn, kai ton Zacharian, kai tous angelous», kai tous poimenas, haper hapanta tois prosechousin hikana ēn paraschein aphormas to gegenēmenon heurein. Ei gar apo Persidos elthontes hoi magoi ouk Ignoēsan ton topon, pollǭ mallon hoi ekei diat ribontes tauta mathein ēdynanto. edeixe, men oun ex a archēs heauton dia pollōn thaumatōn᾽ epeidē de ouk ēthelēsan idein, krypsas ton metaxy chronon heanton, palin ex e heteras apekalypse lamproteras archēs: Oude gar hoi maoi loipon, oude ho astēr, all᾽ ho patēr anōthen ekērytten epi tōn ᾿Iordaneiōn beithrōn' kai to pneuma ho de epephoita, tēn phōnēn ekeinēn helkon epi tēn kephalēn tou baptizomenon' kai ᾿Iōannēs meta parrhēsias hapasēs pantachou tēs Ioudaias eboa, tēn oikoumenēn, tēn aoikēton tēs toiautēs didaskalias plērōn᾽ kai hē tōn thaumatōn de martyria, kai gē? kai thalatta, kai Hi ktisis hapasa lampran hyper autou ēphiei phōnēn. Para de ton kairon tōn ōdinōn tosauta egineto, hosa eikos ērema deixai ton paragegonota. Hina gar mē legōsin hoi ᾿Ioudaioi, ho hoti ouk ismen pote etechthē, oude en poiǭ chōriǭ, ta te kata tous maagous panta hǭkonomēthē, kai ta alla haper eirēkamen hōste oudemian aitian an echoien eipein, mē zētēsantes to gegenēmenon.

“And gathering all the chief priests and scribes of the people, he inquired of them where the Christ was to be born. And they said to him: In Bethlehem of Judea.”

Do you see everything turning into a refutation of the Jews? For as long as they did not see him, and were not seized by envy, they declared the testimonies truthfully; but when they saw the glory arising from the miracles, seized by envy they betrayed the truth thereafter. But the truth was exalted through everything, and was established all the more by its enemies. See, at any rate, how wonderful and marvelous things are arranged here too. For at once both the barbarians and the Jews learn something more from each other and teach each other. For the Jews heard from the magi that a star had proclaimed him in the land of the Persians; and the magi learned from the Jews that the one whom the star proclaimed, the prophets too had declared long ages before; and the occasion of the question became for both a demonstration of clearer and more exact teaching; and the enemies of the truth are compelled, even against their will, to read the writings that speak for the truth and to interpret the prophecy, though not all of it. For having named Bethlehem, and that from it would come forth the one who shepherds Israel, they did not add what follows, flattering the king. And what was this? “That his goings forth are from the beginning, from the days of eternity.”

“And why,” someone says, “if he was to come from there, did he live in Nazareth after the birth, and veil the prophecy?” But he did not veil it; rather he revealed it more. For to be born there, when his mother always lived elsewhere, shows that the thing happened by dispensation. That is why he did not leave there at once after being born, but spent forty days, allowing those who wished to inquire to examine everything exactly. For there were many things to move them to such an inquiry, if they had wished to pay attention. For when the magi came, the whole city was stirred up, and with the city the king; the prophet was brought into the midst, and a very great court was convened; and many other things happened there, which Luke relates exactly: what concerns Anna, and Simeon, and Zechariah, and the angels, and the shepherds; all of which were enough to give those who paid attention grounds for finding out what had happened. For if the magi, coming from Persia, were not ignorant of the place, much more could those who lived there learn these things. He showed himself, then, at the beginning by many wonders; but since they would not see, he hid himself for the time between, and revealed himself again from another, more splendid beginning. For it was no longer the magi, nor the star, but the Father from above who proclaimed him at the streams of the Jordan; and the Spirit came upon him, drawing that voice to the head of the one being baptized; and John cried out with all boldness everywhere in Judea, filling the inhabited and the uninhabited world with such teaching; and the testimony of the miracles, and earth and sea and the whole creation uttered a clear voice on his behalf. But at the time of the birth there happened as many things as were fit to show quietly the one who had come. For lest the Jews say, “We do not know when he was born, nor in what place,” all that concerned the magi was arranged, and the other things we have mentioned; so that they could have no excuse to give for not seeking what had happened.

7.2Field 1

Σκόπει δὲ καὶ τῆς προφητείας τὴν ἀκρίβειαν. Οὐ γὰρ εἶπεν, ὅτι ἐν Βηθλεὲμ μενεῖ, αλλ᾽, ἐξελεύσεται. Ὥστε καὶ τοῦτο προφητείας ἦν, τὸ γεννηθῆναι ἐκεῖ μόνον. Τινὲς δὲ αὐτῶν ᾿αἀναισχυντοῦντές φασι, περὶ τοὺ Ζοροβάβελ ταῦτα εἰρῆσθαι καὶ πῶς ἂν ἔχοιεν λόγον : Οὐ γὰρ δὴ αἱ ἔξοδοι αὐτοῦ ἀπ’ ἀρχῆς ἐξ ἡμερῶν αἰῶνος. Πώς δὲ τὸ ἐν ἀρχῇ λεχθὲν, ὅτι εκ σοῦ ἐξελεύσεται, ἃ ἁρμύσειεν ἂν ἐκείνῳ ; Οὐ γὰρ ἐν τῆ ᾿Ιουδαίᾳ, ἀλλ᾽ ἐν τῇ Βαβυλῶνι ἐτέχθη ὅθεν καὶ 10ὅ Ζοροβάβελ ἐκλήθη, διὰ τὸ ἐκεῖ σπαρῆναι. Καὶ ὅσοι τὴν Σύρων ἴ ἴσασι γλῶτταν, ἴ ἴσασι τὸ λεγόμενον. Μετὰ δὲ τῶν εἰρημένων, καὶ ὁ μετὰ ταῦτα χρόνος ἅπας ἱκανὸς συστῆσαι τὴν μαρτυρίαν. Τί γάρ φησιν: : Οὐδαμῶς ἐλαχίστη εἶ ἐν τοῖς ἡγεμόσιν ᾿Ιούδα καὶ τὴν αἰτίαν προστίθησι τῆς περιφανείας, λέγων, ὅτι ἐκ σοὺ ἐξελεύσεται. Οὐδεὶς δὲ ἕτεβος λαμπρὸν καὶ περιφανὲς ἐκεῖνο τὸ ,Χωρίον ἐποίησεν, ἀλλ᾽ ἢ μόνος αὐτός. Μετὰ γοῦν τὸν τόκον ἐκεῖνον, ἀπὸ τῶν ---ἀὰν περάτων τῆς οἰκουμένης ἔρχονται ὀψόμενοι τὴν φάτνην καὶ τῆς καλύβης τὸν τόπον' ὅπερ ἄνωθεν ὁ προφήτης προανεφωνησε, λέγων οὐδαμῶς ἐλαχίστη εἶ ἐν τοῖς ἡγεμόσιν ᾿Ιούδα . τουτέστιν, ἐν τοῖς φυλάρχοις. Ῥοῦτο δὲ εἰπὼν καὶ τὴν Ἱερουσαλήαι περιέλαβεν. ᾿Αλλ᾽ οὐδὲ οὕτω προσεῖχον, καίτοι τῆς ὠφελείας εἰς αὐτοὺς διαβαινούσης. Καὶ γὰρ διὰ τοῦτο οὐδαμοῦ περὶ τῆς ἀξίας αὐτοῦ διαλέγονται οἱ προφήται ἐν ἀρχῇ τοσοῦτον, ὅσον περὶ τῆς εὐεργεσίας τῆς παρ᾽ αὐτοῦ γενομένης εἰς αὐτούς. Καὶ γὰρ ἡνίκα ἔτικτεν ή παρθένος, ᾿καλέσεις, φησὶ, τὸ ὄνομα αὐτοῦ ᾿Ιησοὺν καὶ ἐπάγει λέγων ᾿αὐτὸς γὰρ σώσει τὸν λαὸν αὐτοῦ ἀπὸ τῶν ἅμαρτιῶν αὐτῶν. Καὶ οἱ μάγοι δὲ οὐκ ἔλεγον, ποῦ ἐστιν ὁ υἱὸς τοῦ θεοῦ, ἀλλ᾽ ὁ τεχθεὶς βασιλεὺς τῶν ᾿[Ιουδαίων. Καὶ ἐνταῦθα πάλιν οὐκ εἶπεν, ὅτι ἐκ σοῦ ἐξελεύσεται ὁ υἱὸς τοῦ θεοῦ αλλ᾽ ἡγούμενος, ὅστις ποιμανεῖ τὸν λαόν μον τὸν ᾿Ισραήλ. ἔδει γὰρ καὶ συγκαταβατικώτερον διαλέγεσθαι ἐν προοιμίοις, ἵνα μὴ σκανδαλίζωνται, καὶ τὰ περὶ τῆς σωτηρίας αὐτῶν κηρύττειν, ἵνα τούτῳ μᾶλλον «ἑνάγωνται. Ὅσαι γοὺν πρῶται φέρυνται μαρτυρίαι, καὶ ὧν εὐθέως παρὰ τὴν γέννησιν καιρὸς ἦ ἦν, οὐδὲν μέγα; οὐδὲ ὑψηλὸν περὶ αὐτοῦ λέγουσιν, οὐδὲ οἷον αἱ μετὰ τὴν τῶν σημείων ἐπίδειξιν᾽ ἐκεῖναι γὰρ τρανότερον περὶ τῆς αὐτοῦ ἀξίας διαλέὝονται. Ὅτε γοῦν μετὰ πολλὰ θαύματα παιδία ὕμνους εἰς αὐτὸν ἦδον, ἄκουσον τί φησιν ὃ προφήτης ὁ ἐκ στόματος νηπίων καὶ θηλαζόντων κατηρτίσω αἷνον καὶ πάλιν, ὅτι ὄψομαι. τοὺς οὐρανοὺς ἔργα τῶν δακτύλων σου ὅπερ δημιουργὸν αὐτὸν δείκνυσι τοῦ παντὸς ὄντα. Καὶ Ἵ μετὰ τὴν ἀνάληψιν δὲ παράχθ ει μαρτυρία τὸ πρὸς τὸν πατέρα ὁμότιμον δηλοῖ εἶπε γάρ, φησὶν, ὁ κύριος τῴ κυρίῳ μου, κάθου ἐκ δεξιῶν μου. Καὶ ὃ Ἡσαΐας δέ φησιν, ὅτι δ ὁ ἀνιστάμενος ἄρχειν εθνῶν, 6π᾿ αὐτῷ ἔθνη ἐλπιοῦσι. Πώς δέ φησι τὴν Βηθλεὲμ ἐν τοῖς ἡγεμόσιν Ἰούδα οὐκ εἶναι ἐλα-- χίστην:; οὐδὲ γὰρ ἐν Παλαιστίνῃ μόνον, αλλὰ καὶ ἐν τῇ οἰκουμένῃ πάση περίβλεπτος γέγονεν ἡ κώμη. ᾿Αλλὰ τέως πρὸς Ιουδαίους ὁ λόγος διὸ καὶ ἐπήγαγε, ποιμανεῖ τὸν λαὸν μου τὸν σραήλ καίτοιγε τὴν οἰκουμένην ἐποίμανεν ἀλλ᾽, ὅπερ ἔφην, οὐ βούλεται σκανδαλίσαι τέως τὸν περὲ τῶν ἐθνῶν ἐκκαλύπτων λόγον. Καὶ πῶς οὐκ ἐποίμανε, φησὶ, τὸν λαὸν τὸν ᾿Ιουδαϊκόν: Μάλιστα μὲν καὶ αὐτὸ γέὙονε τὸν γὰρ ᾿Ισραὴλ ἐνταῦθα εἰπὼν, τοὺς αὐτῷ πεπιστευκότας εξ ᾿Ιουδαίων ἡνίξατο. Καὶ τοῦτο ἑρμηνεύων ὁ Παῦλος ἐλεγεν δ ὁ οὐ γὰρ πάντες οἱ ἐξ ᾿Ισραὴλ, οὗτοι ᾿Ισραὴλ,᾽ ἀλλ᾽ ὅσοι διὰ πίστεως καὶ ἐπαγγελίας ἐγεννήθησαν. Εἰ δὲ μὴ πάντας ἐποίμανε, τοῦτο αὐτῶν ἔγκλημα καὶ κατηγορία. Δέον γὰρ αὐτοὺς προσκυνῆσαι μετὰ τῶν μάγων, καὶ δοξάσαι τὸν θεὸν, ὅτι ἐπέστη καιρὸς τοιοῦτος, πάντα λύων αὐτῶν τὰ ἁμαρτήματα (καὶ γὰρ οὐδὲν περὶ δικαστηρίων ἤ ὑευ οὐδὲ εὐθυνῶν, ἀλλὰ περὶ ἡμέρου καὶ πρᾶον ποιμένος), ἢ δὲ τοὐναντίον ποιοῦσι, καὶ ταράττονται, καὶ θορυβοῦσι, καὶ μυρίας μετὰ ταῦτα κατασκευάζουσιν ἐπιβουλάς. ΡῈ Τότε Ἡρώδης καλέσας λάθρα τοὺς μάγους, ἠκρίβωσε παρ᾽ αὐτῶν τὸν χρόνον τοῦ φαινομένου ἀστέρος ἐπιχειρῶν ἀνελεῖν τὸ τεχθὲν, ὅ ὅπερ ἐσχάτης ἀνοίας ἥν, οὐχὶ μανίας μόνον. Καὶ γὰρ τὰ εἰρημένα καὶ τὰ γεγενημένα ἱκανὰ ἣν ἀποστῆσαι αὐτὸν πάσης τῆς τοιαύτης ἐπιχειρήσεως. Οὐδὲ γὰρ κατὰ ἄνθρωπον ἣν τὰ συμβάντα. Τὸ γὰρ ἀστέρα καλέσαι τοὺς μάγους ἄνωθεν, καὶ τὸ βαρβάρους ἄνδρας τοσαύτην ἀποϑδημίαν στείλασθαι, ὥστε προσκυνῆσαι τὸν ἐν σπαργάνοις καὶ φάτνη κείμενον, καὶ τὸ προφήτας δὲ ἄνωθεν ταῦτα πάντα προαναφωνεῖν, καὶ τὰ ἄλλα πάντα, μείζονα ἡ ἢ κατὰ ἄνθρωπον ἡν᾽ αλλ ὅμως οὐδὲν αὐτὸν τούτων κατεῖχε. Τοιοῦτον γὰρ ἡ πονηρία ἑαυτῇ πε πίπτει, καὶ ἀνηνύτοις αεὶ πράγμασιν ἢ τὴν ἄνοιαν. Εἰ μὲν ἐπίστευε τῇ προφητείᾳ, καὶ ἀκίνητον αὐτὴν εἶναι ἐνόμιζεν, εὔδηλον ὅτι ἀδυνάτοις ἐπεχείρει πράγμασιν εἰ δὲ ἠπίστει πάλιν, καὶ οὐ προσεδόκα ἐκβήσεσθαι᾽ τὰ λεγόμενα, δεδοικέναι. καὶ φοβεῖσθαι οὐκ ἐχρῆν, οὐδὲ διὰ τοῦτο ἐπιβουλεύειν᾽ ὥστε ἑκατέρωθεν παντα περιττὸς δόλος ἥν. Καὶ τοῦτο δὲ ανοίας ἐσχάτης, τὸ νομίσαι τοὺς μάγους αὐτὸν προτιμήσειν τοῦ τεχθέντος, ὑπὲρ οὗ τοσαύτην ἦλθον ἀποδημίαν. Εἰ γὰρ πρὶν ἰδεῖν οὕτως ἧσαν ἐκκεκαυμένοι τῷ πόθῳ, μετὰ τὸ θεάσασθαι καὶ πιστωθῆναι παρὰ τῆς προφητείας, πῶς ἤλπιζεν αὐτοὺς πεῖσαι προδοῦναι τὸ παιδίον αὐτῷ: Ἀλλ᾽ ὅμως καὶ τοσούτων ὄντων τῶν ἀπα-α όντων αὑτὸν, ἐπεχείρει, καὶ καλέσας λάθρα τοὺς μάγους, ἐπυνθάνετο παρ᾽ αὐτών. Καὶ γὰρ ἐνόμιζεν ᾿Ιουδαίους κήδεσθαι τοῦ παιδίου καὶ οὐκ ἃ ἂν προσεδόκησεν εἰς τοῦτο μανίας ἐξολισθαίνειν αὐτοὺς; ὡς τὸν προστάτην καὶ σωτῆμα, καὶ ἐπ᾽ ἐλευθερίᾳ τοῦ ἔθνους παραγενόμενον βούλεσθαι ἐκδιδόναι τοῖς ἐχθροῖς. Διὰ τοῦτο Χἥ καὶ λάθρα καλεῖ, καὶ ζητεῖ τὸν χρόνον; οὐ τοῦ παιδίου, ἀλλὰ τοῦ ἀστέρος, ἐκ πολλῆς τῆς περιουσίας τιθεὶς τὸ θήραμα. Καὶ γὰρ πρὸ πολλοῦ χρόνου δοκεῖ μοι ὁ ἀστὴρ φανῆναι. ᾿Επειδὴ γὰρ πολὺν κατὰ τὴν ὁδοιπορίαν ἔμελλον ἀναλίσκειν οἱ μάγοι χρόνον, ἵνα εὐθέως ἐπιστῶσι τῷ τεχθέντι (ἔδει γὰρ ἐν αὐτοῖς προσκυνηθῆναι τοῖς σπαργάνοις αὐτὸν, ὦστε τὸ θαυμαστὸν καὶ παράδοξον φανῆναι τοῦ πράγματος), πρὸ πολλοῦ τοὺ χρόνου δείκνυσιν ἑαυτὸν ὁ ἀστήρ. Εἰ γὰρ ἡνίκα ἐτέχθη ἐν Παλαιστίνῃ, τότε αὐτοῖς ὠὦφθη ἐν τῇ ἀνατολῇ, πολὺν κατὰ τὴν ὁδοῖς πορίαν διατρίβοντες χρόνον, οὐκ ἄν ἐν σπαργάνοις εἶδον αὐτὸν παραγενόμενοι. Εἰ δὲ ἁ απὸ διετοῦς α ἀναιρεῖ καὶ κατωτέρω, μὴ θαυμάσωμεν ὁ γὰρ θυμὸς καὶ τὸ δέος ὑπὲρ πλείονος ἀσφαλείας καὶ πλείονα προσετίθει χρόνον, ὦστε μηδένα διαφυγεῖν. Καλέσας οὖν αὐτοὺς, φησί 5:.Ὁ πορευθέντες ἀκριβῶς ἐξετάσατε περὶ τοῦ παιδίου ἐπὰν δὲ εὕρητε, ἀπαγγείλατέ μοι, ὅπως καγὼ ἐλθὼν προσκυνήσω αὐτῷ. Εἶδες τὴν ἄνοιαν: Εὲ μὲν γὰρ ἐξ ἀληθείας ταῦτα λέγεις, τίνος ἕνεκεν λάθρα ἐρωτᾷς: : εἰ δὲ ἐπιβουλεῦσαι βουλόμενος, πῶς οὐ συνεῖδες, ὡς ἐκ τοῦ λάθρα ἐρωτᾶσθαι δυνήσονται συνιδεῖν οἱ μάγοι τὸν δόλον ; ᾿Αλλ. ὅπερ ἔφην, ψυχὴ ὑπὸ πονηρίας ἁλοῦσα, πάντων ἀνοητοτέρα γίνεται. Καὶ οὐκ εἶπεν, ἀπελθόντες μάθετε περὶ τοῦ βασιλέως, ἀλλὰ περὶ τοῦ (ὶ παιδίου οὐδὲ γὰρ τὸ ὄνομα τῆς ἀρχῆς καλέσαι ἠνέσχετο. Ἀλλ᾽ οἱ μάγοι τούτων οὐδὲν συνιδόντες ὑπὸ πολλῆς εὐλαβείας (ἢ οὐ γὰρ ἂν προσεδόκησαν, ὅτι εἰς τοσοῦτον πονηρίας εξῆλθεν ἀν ἐκεῖνος, καὶ οὕτω θαυμαστῇ οἰκονομίᾳ ἐπιβουλεῦσαι ἐπεχείρησεν), ἀπέρχονται τούτων οὐδὲν ὑφορώμενοι, αλλ ἐκ τῶν καθ᾽ ἑαντοὺς καὶ τὰ τῶν ἄλλων στοχαζόμενοι ἅπαντα. Καὶ ἰδοὺ ὁ ἀστήρ, ὃν εἶδον ἐν τῇ ἀνατολῇ, προῆγεν αὐτούς. Διὰ γὰρ τοῦτο καὶ ἐκρύβη, ἵ ἵνα ἀπολέσαντες τὸν χειραγωγοῦντα, εἰς ἀνάγκην ἐμπέσωσιν ἐρωτῆσαι τοὺς ᾿Ιουδαίους, καὶ πᾶσι κατάδηλον τὸ πρᾶγμα γένηται. ᾿Επειδὴ ὁ γὰρ Ἰρώτησαν καὶ διδασκάλους ἔσχον τοὺς ἐχθροὺς, φαίνεται πάλιν αὐτοῖς. Καὶ σκόπει ἀκολουθίαν ἀρίστην γινομένην. Ἀπὸ μὲν γὰρ τοῦ ἀστέρος δέχεται αὐτοὺς ὁ τῶν ᾿Ιουδαίων δῆμος καὶ ὁ βασιλεὺς, καὶ τὸν προφήτην εἰσάγουσι διδάσκοντα τὸ φαινόμενον. Ἀπὸ δὲ τοῦ προφήτου πάλιν ἄγγελος αὐτοὺς παραλαβὼν πάντα ἐδίδαξε: τέως δὲ ἀπὸ ᾿Ιεροσολύμων εἰς Βηθλεὲμ διὰ τοῦ ἀστέρος βαδίζουσιν᾽ ὁ γὰρ ἀστὴρ πάλιν κακεῖθεν ἐσυνώδευσεν' ἵ ἵνα μάθῃς καντεῦθεν, ὅτι οὐ τῶν πολλῶν εἷς ἣν οὗτος οὐδὲ γὰρ ἔχει ταύτην τὴν φυσιν ἀστὴρ οὐδὲ εἷς. Καὶ οὐχ ἁπλῶς ἐβάδιζεν, ἀλλὰ προῆγεν αὐτοὺς ἕλκων καὶ χειραγωγῶν ἐν ἡμέρᾳ μέσῃ.

Skopei de kai tēs prophēteias tēn akribeian. Ou gar eipen, hoti en Bēthleem menei, all᾽, exeleusetai. Hōste kai touto prophēteias ēn, to gennēthēnai ekei monon. Tines de autōn ᾿aanaischyntountes phasi, peri tou Zorobabel tauta eirēsthai kai pōs an echoien logon : Ou gar dē hai exodoi autou ap’ archēs ex hēmerōn aiōnos. Pōs de to en archę̄ lechthen, hoti ek sou exeleusetai, ha harmyseien an ekeinǭ ? Ou gar en tē ᾿Ioudaią, all᾽ en tę̄ Babylōni etechthē hothen kai 10ho Zorobabel eklēthē, dia to ekei sparēnai. Kai hosoi tēn Syrōn i isasi glōttan, i isasi to legomenon. Meta de tōn eirēmenōn, kai ho meta tauta chronos hapas hikanos systēsai tēn martyrian. Ti gar phēsin: : Oudamōs elachistē ei en tois hēgemosin ᾿Iouda kai tēn aitian prostithēsi tēs periphaneias, legōn, hoti ek sou exeleusetai. Oudeis de hetebos lampron kai periphanes ekeino to ,Chōrion epoiēsen, all᾽ ē monos autos. Meta goun ton tokon ekeinon, apo tōn ---aan peratōn tēs oikoumenēs erchontai opsomenoi tēn phatnēn kai tēs kalybēs ton topon' hoper anōthen ho prophētēs proanephōnēse, legōn oudamōs elachistē ei en tois hēgemosin ᾿Iouda . toutestin, en tois phylarchois. Rhouto de eipōn kai tēn Hierousalēai perielaben. ᾿All᾽ oude houtō proseichon, kaitoi tēs ōpheleias eis autous diabainousēs. Kai gar dia touto oudamou peri tēs axias autou dialegontai hoi prophētai en archę̄ tosouton, hoson peri tēs euergesias tēs par᾽ autou genomenēs eis autous. Kai gar hēnika etikten ē parthenos, ᾿kaleseis, phēsi, to onoma autou ᾿Iēsoun kai epagei legōn ᾿autos gar sōsei ton laon autou apo tōn hamartiōn autōn. Kai hoi magoi de ouk elegon, pou estin ho huios tou theou, all᾽ ho techtheis basileus tōn ᾿[Ioudaiōn. Kai entautha palin ouk eipen, hoti ek sou exeleusetai ho huios tou theou all᾽ hēgoumenos, hostis poimanei ton laon mon ton ᾿Israēl. edei gar kai synkatabatikōteron dialegesthai en prooimiois, hina mē skandalizōntai, kai ta peri tēs sōtērias autōn kēryttein, hina toutǭ mallon «henagōntai. Hosai goun prōtai pheryntai martyriai, kai hōn eutheōs para tēn gennēsin kairos ē ēn, ouden mega? oude hypsēlon peri autou legousin, oude hoion hai meta tēn tōn sēmeiōn epideixin᾽ ekeinai gar tranoteron peri tēs autou axias dialeUontai. Hote goun meta polla thaumata paidia hymnous eis auton ēdon, akouson ti phēsin ho prophētēs ho ek stomatos nēpiōn kai thēlazontōn katērtisō hainon kai palin, hoti opsomai. tous ouranous erga tōn daktylōn sou hoper dēmiourgon auton deiknysi tou pantos onta. Kai Hi meta tēn analēpsin de parachth ei martyria to pros ton patera homotimon dēloi eipe gar, phēsin, ho kyrios tǭ kyriǭ mou, kathou ek dexiōn mou. Kai ho Hēsaïas de phēsin, hoti d ho anistamenos archein ethnōn, 6p᾿ autǭ ethnē elpiousi. Pōs de phēsi tēn Bēthleem en tois hēgemosin Iouda ouk einai ela-- chistēn:? oude gar en Palaistinę̄ monon, alla kai en tę̄ oikoumenę̄ pasē peribleptos gegonen hē kōmē. ᾿Alla teōs pros Ioudaious ho logos dio kai epēgage, poimanei ton laon mou ton sraēl kaitoige tēn oikoumenēn epoimanen all᾽, hoper ephēn, ou bouletai skandalisai teōs ton pere tōn ethnōn ekkalyptōn logon. Kai pōs ouk epoimane, phēsi, ton laon ton ᾿Ioudaïkon: Malista men kai auto geUone ton gar ᾿Israēl entautha eipōn, tous autǭ pepisteukotas ex ᾿Ioudaiōn hēnixato. Kai touto hermēneuōn ho Paulos elegen d ho ou gar pantes hoi ex ᾿Israēl, houtoi ᾿Israēl,᾽ all᾽ hosoi dia pisteōs kai epangelias egennēthēsan. Ei de mē pantas epoimane, touto autōn enklēma kai katēgoria. Deon gar autous proskynēsai meta tōn magōn, kai doxasai ton theon, hoti epestē kairos toioutos, panta lyōn autōn ta hamartēmata (kai gar ouden peri dikastēriōn ē hyeu oude euthynōn, alla peri hēmerou kai praon poimenos), ē de tounantion poiousi, kai tarattontai, kai thorybousi, kai myrias meta tauta kataskeuazousin epiboulas. RE Tote Hērōdēs kalesas lathra tous magous, ēkribōse par᾽ autōn ton chronon tou phainomenou asteros epicheirōn anelein to techthen, ho hoper eschatēs anoias hēn, ouchi manias monon. Kai gar ta eirēmena kai ta gegenēmena hikana hēn apostēsai auton pasēs tēs toiautēs epicheirēseōs. Oude gar kata anthrōpon hēn ta symbanta. To gar astera kalesai tous magous anōthen, kai to barbarous andras tosautēn apoϑdēmian steilasthai, hōste proskynēsai ton en sparganois kai phatnē keimenon, kai to prophētas de anōthen tauta panta proanaphōnein, kai ta alla panta, meizona hē ē kata anthrōpon hēn᾽ all homōs ouden auton toutōn kateiche. Toiouton gar hē ponēria heautę̄ pe piptei, kai anēnytois aei pragmasin ē tēn anoian. Ei men episteue tę̄ prophēteią, kai akinēton autēn einai enomizen, eudēlon hoti adynatois epecheirei pragmasin ei de ēpistei palin, kai ou prosedoka ekbēsesthai᾽ ta legomena, dedoikenai. kai phobeisthai ouk echrēn, oude dia touto epibouleuein᾽ hōste hekaterōthen panta perittos dolos hēn. Kai touto de anoias eschatēs, to nomisai tous magous auton protimēsein tou techthentos, hyper hou tosautēn ēlthon apodēmian. Ei gar prin idein houtōs hēsan ekkekaumenoi tǭ pothǭ, meta to theasasthai kai pistōthēnai para tēs prophēteias, pōs ēlpizen autous peisai prodounai to paidion autǭ: All᾽ homōs kai tosoutōn ontōn tōn apa-a ontōn hauton, epecheirei, kai kalesas lathra tous magous, epynthaneto par᾽ autōn. Kai gar enomizen ᾿Ioudaious kēdesthai tou paidiou kai ouk ha an prosedokēsen eis touto manias exolisthainein autous? hōs ton prostatēn kai sōtēma, kai ep᾽ eleutherią tou ethnous paragenomenon boulesthai ekdidonai tois echthrois. Dia touto Chē kai lathra kalei, kai zētei ton chronon? ou tou paidiou, alla tou asteros, ek pollēs tēs periousias titheis to thērama. Kai gar pro pollou chronou dokei moi ho astēr phanēnai. ᾿Epeidē gar polyn kata tēn hodoiporian emellon analiskein hoi magoi chronon, hina eutheōs epistōsi tǭ techthenti (edei gar en autois proskynēthēnai tois sparganois auton, ōste to thaumaston kai paradoxon phanēnai tou pragmatos), pro pollou tou chronou deiknysin heauton ho astēr. Ei gar hēnika etechthē en Palaistinę̄, tote autois ōōphthē en tę̄ anatolę̄, polyn kata tēn hodois porian diatribontes chronon, ouk an en sparganois eidon auton paragenomenoi. Ei de ha apo dietous a anairei kai katōterō, mē thaumasōmen ho gar thymos kai to deos hyper pleionos asphaleias kai pleiona prosetithei chronon, ōste mēdena diaphygein. Kalesas oun autous, phēsi 5:.Ho poreuthentes akribōs exetasate peri tou paidiou epan de heurēte, apangeilate moi, hopōs kagō elthōn proskynēsō autǭ. Eides tēn anoian: Ee men gar ex alētheias tauta legeis, tinos heneken lathra erōtąs: : ei de epibouleusai boulomenos, pōs ou syneides, hōs ek tou lathra erōtasthai dynēsontai synidein hoi magoi ton dolon ? ᾿All. hoper ephēn, psychē hypo ponērias halousa, pantōn anoētotera ginetai. Kai ouk eipen, apelthontes mathete peri tou basileōs, alla peri tou (i paidiou oude gar to onoma tēs archēs kalesai ēnescheto. All᾽ hoi magoi toutōn ouden synidontes hypo pollēs eulabeias (ē ou gar an prosedokēsan, hoti eis tosouton ponērias exēlthen an ekeinos, kai houtō thaumastę̄ oikonomią epibouleusai epecheirēsen), aperchontai toutōn ouden hyphorōmenoi, all ek tōn kath᾽ heantous kai ta tōn allōn stochazomenoi hapanta. Kai idou ho astēr, hon eidon en tę̄ anatolę̄, proēgen autous. Dia gar touto kai ekrybē, hi hina apolesantes ton cheiragōgounta, eis anankēn empesōsin erōtēsai tous ᾿Ioudaious, kai pasi katadēlon to pragma genētai. ᾿Epeidē ho gar Irōtēsan kai didaskalous eschon tous echthrous, phainetai palin autois. Kai skopei akolouthian aristēn ginomenēn. Apo men gar tou asteros dechetai autous ho tōn ᾿Ioudaiōn dēmos kai ho basileus, kai ton prophētēn eisagousi didaskonta to phainomenon. Apo de tou prophētou palin angelos autous paralabōn panta edidaxe: teōs de apo ᾿Ierosolymōn eis Bēthleem dia tou asteros badizousin᾽ ho gar astēr palin kakeithen esynōdeusen' hi hina mathę̄s kanteuthen, hoti ou tōn pollōn heis hēn houtos oude gar echei tautēn tēn physin astēr oude heis. Kai ouch haplōs ebadizen, alla proēgen autous helkōn kai cheiragōgōn en hēmerą mesę̄.

And consider the exactness of the prophecy. For it did not say that he would remain in Bethlehem, but that he would come forth. So this too was part of the prophecy, that he would only be born there. But some of them say shamelessly that these things were said of Zerubbabel. And how could that make sense? For his goings forth were not “from the beginning, from the days of eternity.” And how would what was said at the start, “From you shall come forth,” fit him? For he was born not in Judea but in Babylon; whence he was even called Zerubbabel, because he was sown there. And those who know the Syrian language know what is meant. Besides what has been said, all the time since is enough to establish the testimony. For what does it say? “You are by no means least among the rulers of Judah”; and it adds the reason for its fame, saying, “For from you shall come forth.” But no one else made that place splendid and famous except he alone. At any rate, after that birth, people come from the ends of the earth to see the manger and the site of the hut; which the prophet foretold long before, saying, “You are by no means least among the rulers of Judah,” that is, among the heads of tribes. And in saying this he included Jerusalem too. Yet not even so did they pay attention, although the benefit was passing to them. For this is why the prophets nowhere at the beginning speak so much of his dignity as of the benefit he brought them. For when the virgin was giving birth, “You shall call his name Jesus,” he says, and adds, “for he will save his people from their sins.” And the magi did not say, “Where is the Son of God?” but “he who has been born king of the Jews.” And here again it did not say, “From you shall come forth the Son of God,” but “a leader who will shepherd my people Israel.” For it was necessary at the beginning to speak with more condescension, so that they might not be offended, and to proclaim what concerned their salvation, so that they might be drawn in more by this. At any rate, all the testimonies brought first, whose time was immediately at the birth, say nothing great or lofty about him, unlike those after the display of the signs; for those speak more plainly of his dignity. When, at any rate, after many miracles children sang hymns to him, hear what the prophet says: “Out of the mouth of infants and nurslings you have perfected praise”; and again, “For I will behold your heavens, the works of your fingers,” which shows him to be the Maker of the universe. And the testimony brought after the ascension shows his equality of honor with the Father; for it says, “The Lord said to my Lord, Sit at my right hand.” And Isaiah says, “He who rises to rule the nations; in him shall the nations hope.” But how does it say that Bethlehem is not least among the rulers of Judah? For the village became renowned not only in Palestine but in the whole world. But for the present the discourse is to the Jews; that is why he added, “He will shepherd my people Israel,” although he shepherded the whole world; but, as I said, he does not wish for the present to give offense by revealing what concerns the nations. “And how,” someone says, “did he not shepherd the Jewish people?” Above all this too happened; for in saying Israel here he hinted at those of the Jews who believed in him. And Paul, interpreting this, said, “For not all who are from Israel are Israel,” but those who were born through faith and promise. And if he did not shepherd all, this is their own charge and accusation. For they ought to have worshiped with the magi and glorified God that such a time had come, undoing all their sins (for there is nothing about courts or accounts, but about a gentle and meek shepherd); but they do the opposite: they are troubled, they are in turmoil, and afterward they contrive countless plots.

“Then Herod, having secretly called the magi, learned exactly from them the time of the star's appearing,” undertaking to kill the child, which was not only madness but the height of folly. For what had been said and what had happened were enough to turn him from every such undertaking. For what happened was not according to man. That a star from above should call the magi, that barbarian men should set out on so long a journey to worship one lying in swaddling clothes and a manger, that prophets long before should foretell all these things, and all the rest, were greater than human; yet none of these restrained him. For such is wickedness: it trips itself up, and always attempts what cannot be accomplished. If he believed the prophecy and thought it unshakable, clearly he was attempting the impossible; if again he disbelieved and did not expect what was said to come to pass, he had no need to fear and be afraid, nor to plot for this reason; so that on either side his cunning was superfluous. And this too was the height of folly, to think that the magi would prefer him to the child for whose sake they had come so long a journey. For if before seeing him they were so on fire with longing, after beholding him and being assured by the prophecy, how did he hope to persuade them to betray the child to him? Yet though so many things turned him from it, he attempted it, and having called the magi secretly, he inquired of them. For he thought that the Jews cared for the child, and would not have expected them to slide into such madness as to wish to hand over to their enemies the protector and savior who had come for the freedom of the nation. That is why he calls them secretly, and seeks the time, not of the child but of the star, setting his snare with great excess. For it seems to me that the star appeared long before. For since the magi were going to spend much time on the journey, so that they might arrive at once upon the child's birth (for he had to be worshiped in his very swaddling clothes, so that the wonderful and marvelous character of the thing might appear), the star shows itself long before. For if it had appeared to them in the east when he was born in Palestine, they would have spent much time on the journey and on arriving would not have seen him in swaddling clothes. And if he kills from two years old and under, let us not wonder; for his anger and fear, for greater security, added more time too, so that none might escape.

Having called them, then, he says: “Go and search carefully for the child; and when you have found him, bring me word, that I too may come and worship him.” Do you see the folly? If you say this in truth, why do you ask secretly? But if you wish to plot, how did you not see that from being questioned secretly the magi would be able to perceive the deceit? But, as I said, a soul captured by wickedness becomes the most foolish of all. And he did not say, “Go and learn about the king,” but “about the child”; for he could not bear even to call him by the name of the office. But the magi, perceiving none of this because of their great piety (for they would not have expected that he would go so far in wickedness and attempt to plot against so wonderful a dispensation), depart, suspecting none of it, but judging all others' affairs from their own.

“And behold, the star which they had seen in the east went before them.” For this is why it was hidden, so that, having lost their guide, they might be compelled to ask the Jews, and the matter might become known to all. For when they had asked and had their enemies for teachers, it appears to them again. And consider the excellent order of events. From the star the people of the Jews and the king receive them, and they bring in the prophet to teach what had appeared; from the prophet again an angel took them over and taught them everything; but for the present they travel from Jerusalem to Bethlehem by the star; for the star again went with them from there, so that you may learn from this too that it was not one of the many; for no star at all has this nature. And it did not simply travel, but went before them, drawing them and leading them by the hand in the middle of the day.

7.4Field 1

αὶ τί τοῦ ἀστέρος τούτου ἔδει, φησὶ, λοιπὸν τοῦ χωρίου Ὑνωρισθέντος : Ἵνα καὶ τὸ παιδίον ὀφθῇ. Οὐδὲ γὰρ ἣν τι τὸ δηλοῦν αὐτό; ἐπειδὴ οὐδὲ ἡ οἰκία περιφανὴς ἥν» οὔτε ή μήτηρ λαμπρὰ καὶ ἐπίσημος. Ἔδει τοίνυν τοῦ ἀστέρος τοῦ ἱἐπιστήσοντος αὐτοὺς τῷ τόπῳ. Διὸ καὶ ἀπὸ Ἱεροσολύμων ἐξελθοῦσι φαίνεται, καὶ οὐ πρότερον ἵσταται, ἕως τὴν φάτνην κατέλαβε. Καὶ θαῦμα συνήπτετο θαύματι καὶ γὰρ ἀμφότερα παράδοξα ἧ ἥν, καὶ τὸ τοὺς μάγους προσκυνεῖν» καὶ τὸ τῷ Ὦ. τὸν ἀστέρα προάγειν, καὶ ἱκανὰ καὶ τοὺς σφύδρα λιθίνους ἐπισπάσασθαι. Εἰ μὲν γὰρ εἶπον οἱ μάγοι, ὅτι προφητῶν ἥκουσαν ταῦτα λεγόντων, ἢ ὅτι ἄγγελοι κατ᾽ ἰδίαν αὐτοῖς διελέχθησαν, κἂν ἡπιστήθησαν νὺν δὲ τῆς ὄψεως τοῦ ἀστέρος ἄνωθεν φαινομένης, καὶ οἱ σφόδρα ἄναισ υντοῦντες ὄπεστομίζοντο.. Εἶτα ἐπειδὴ ἐπέστη τῷ παιδὶ ἰῳ, ἔστη πάλιν ὁ ἀστήρ᾽ ὅπερ καὶ αὐτὸ μείζονος δυνάμεως ἢ κατὰ ἀστέρα ἦν, τὸ νῦν μὲν κρύπτεσθαι, νῦν δὲ φαίνεσθαι, καὶ φανέντα ἵστασθαι. Ἐντεῦθεν κακεῖνοι προσθήκην πίστεως ἐλάμβανον. Διὰ τοῦτο καὶ ἐχάρησαν, ὅτι τὸ ζητούμενον εὗρον, ὅτι ἄγ-ιιο γελοι ἀληθείας γεγόνασιν, ὅτι οὐκ εἰκῆ τοσαύτην ἦλθον ὁδόν οὕτω πολύν τινα πόθον περὶ τὸν Χριστὸν εἶχον. Καὶ γὰρ ἐλθὼν κατ' αὐτῆς ἐστη τῆς κεφαλῆς, δεικνὺς ὅ ὃτι θεῖόν ἐστι τὸ «τέννημα᾽ καὶ σταθεὶς, ἐπὶ τὴν προσκύνησιν ἄγει, οὐχ ἁπλῶς βαρβάρους, ἀλλὰ τοὺς σοφωτέρους παρ᾽ ἐκείνοις. Ὁρᾷς ὅτι εἰκότως ἀστὴρ ἐφάνη: Καὶ γὰρ μετὰ τὴν προφητείαν, καὶ μετὰ τὴν τῶν ἀρχιερέων καὶ γραμματέων εξήγῆσιν, ἔτι τούτῳ προσεῖχον. Αἰσχυνέσθω Μαρκίων, αἰσχυνέσθω Παῦλος ὁ ᾿Σαμοσατεὺς, μὴ βουληθέντες ἰδεῖν ἃ ἅπερ οἱ μάγοι εἶδον, οἱ τῆς ἐκκλησίας πρόγονοι οὐδὲ γὰρ αἰσχύνομαι οὕτως αὐτοὺς καλῶν. .Αἰσχυνέσθω Μαρκίων; ὁρῶν θεὸν ἐν σαρκὶ προσκυνούμενον. Αἰσχυνέσθω Παῦλος, ὁρῶν οὐχ ὡς ἄνθρωπον προσκυνούμενον ἁπλώς. ᾿Αλλ ὅτι μὲν ἐν σαρκὶ, τὰ σπάργανα δείκνυσι καὶ ἡ. φάτνη ὅτι δὲ. οὐχ ὡς ψιλὸν ἄνθρωπον προσεκύνουν, δηλοῦσιν ἐν ἀώρῳ τῆς ἡλικίας τοιαῦτα δῶρα προσάγοντες, ἃ θεῷ προσάγειν εἰκὸς ἦν. Αἰσχυνέσθωσαν μετ᾽ αὐτῶν καὶ ᾿Ιουδαῖοι, βαρβάρους καὶ μάγους ὁρῶντες αὐτοὺς φθάνοντας, καὶ οὐδὲ μετ᾽ ἐκείνους ἐλθεῖν ἀνεχόμενοι. Καὶ γὰρ τύπος ἣν τῶν μελλόντων τὰ τότε γινόμενα καὶ ἐξ αὐτῶν τῶν προοιμίων ἐδηλοῦτο, ὅ ὅτι φθασειο τὸν δῆμον τὸν ἐκείνων τὰ ἔθνη. Καὶ πῶς, φησὶν, οὐκ εξ ἀρχῆς, ἀλλὰ μετὰ ταῦτα ἔλεγε, πορευθέντες μαθητεύσατε πάντα τὰ ἔθνη 1 Ὅτι τοῦ μέλλοντος, ὅπερ ἔφην, γίνεσθαι τύπος ἣν τὸ συμβαῖνον, καὶ προαναφώνησίς τις. Τὸ μὲν γὰρ ἀκόλουθον ἦν, ᾿Ιουδαίους προσελθεῖν πρώτους ἐπειδὴ δὲ ἑκόντες προὔδωκαν τήν οἰκείαν εὐεργεσίαν, ἀντιστρόφως δαίων ἔδει τοὺς μάγους εἐλθεῖν' οὐδὲ τοὺς ἐκ τοσούτου διαστήματος προλαβεῖν τοὺς παρ αὐτὴν τὴν πόλιν καθημένους οὐδὲ τοὺς οὐδὲν ἀκηκοότας φθάσαι τοὺς προφητείαις συντραφέντας τοσαύταις. ᾿Επειδὴ δὲ μεθ᾽ ὑπερβολῆς τὰ οἰκεῖα ἠγνόησαν καλά, οἱ ἀπὸ Περσίδος τοὺς ἐν ᾿Ιεροσολύμοις προλαμίβανονδ! ὃ ὅπερ οὖν καὶ ὁ Παῦλός φησιν ὑμῖν ἀναγκαϊον Ῥην πρῶτον λαληθῆναι τὸν λόγον χοῦ κυρίου ἐπειδὴ δὲ ἀναξίους ἑαυτοὺς ἐκρίνατε, ἰδοὺ στρεφόμεθα εἰς τὰ ἔθνη. Εἰ γὰρ καὶ μὴ πρὸ τούτον ἐπείθοντο, παρὰ γοῦν τῶν μάγων ἀκούσαντας ἔδει δραμεῖν ἀλλ᾽ οὐκ ἠθέλησαν διὰ τοῦτο, καθευδόντων ἐκείνων, οὗτοι

ai ti tou asteros toutou edei, phēsi, loipon tou chōriou Hynōristhentos : Hina kai to paidion ophthę̄. Oude gar hēn ti to dēloun auto? epeidē oude hē oikia periphanēs hēn» oute ē mētēr lampra kai episēmos. Edei toinyn tou asteros tou hiepistēsontos autous tǭ topǭ. Dio kai apo Hierosolymōn exelthousi phainetai, kai ou proteron histatai, heōs tēn phatnēn katelabe. Kai thauma synēpteto thaumati kai gar amphotera paradoxa hē hēn, kai to tous magous proskynein» kai to tǭ Ō. ton astera proagein, kai hikana kai tous sphydra lithinous epispasasthai. Ei men gar eipon hoi magoi, hoti prophētōn hēkousan tauta legontōn, ē hoti angeloi kat᾽ idian autois dielechthēsan, kan hēpistēthēsan nyn de tēs opseōs tou asteros anōthen phainomenēs, kai hoi sphodra anais yntountes opestomizonto.. Eita epeidē epestē tǭ paidi iǭ, estē palin ho astēr᾽ hoper kai auto meizonos dynameōs ē kata astera ēn, to nyn men kryptesthai, nyn de phainesthai, kai phanenta histasthai. Enteuthen kakeinoi prosthēkēn pisteōs elambanon. Dia touto kai echarēsan, hoti to zētoumenon heuron, hoti ag-iio geloi alētheias gegonasin, hoti ouk eikē tosautēn ēlthon hodon houtō polyn tina pothon peri ton Christon eichon. Kai gar elthōn kat' autēs estē tēs kephalēs, deiknys ho hoti theion esti to «tennēma᾽ kai statheis, epi tēn proskynēsin agei, ouch haplōs barbarous, alla tous sophōterous par᾽ ekeinois. Horąs hoti eikotōs astēr ephanē: Kai gar meta tēn prophēteian, kai meta tēn tōn archiereōn kai grammateōn exēgēsin, eti toutǭ proseichon. Aischynesthō Markiōn, aischynesthō Paulos ho ᾿Samosateus, mē boulēthentes idein ha haper hoi magoi eidon, hoi tēs ekklēsias progonoi oude gar aischynomai houtōs autous kalōn. .Aischynesthō Markiōn? horōn theon en sarki proskynoumenon. Aischynesthō Paulos, horōn ouch hōs anthrōpon proskynoumenon haplōs. ᾿All hoti men en sarki, ta spargana deiknysi kai hē. phatnē hoti de. ouch hōs psilon anthrōpon prosekynoun, dēlousin en aōrǭ tēs hēlikias toiauta dōra prosagontes, ha theǭ prosagein eikos ēn. Aischynesthōsan met᾽ autōn kai ᾿Ioudaioi, barbarous kai magous horōntes autous phthanontas, kai oude met᾽ ekeinous elthein anechomenoi. Kai gar typos hēn tōn mellontōn ta tote ginomena kai ex autōn tōn prooimiōn edēlouto, ho hoti phthaseio ton dēmon ton ekeinōn ta ethnē. Kai pōs, phēsin, ouk ex archēs, alla meta tauta elege, poreuthentes mathēteusate panta ta ethnē 1 Hoti tou mellontos, hoper ephēn, ginesthai typos hēn to symbainon, kai proanaphōnēsis tis. To men gar akolouthon ēn, ᾿Ioudaious proselthein prōtous epeidē de hekontes proudōkan tēn oikeian euergesian, antistrophōs daiōn edei tous magous eelthein' oude tous ek tosoutou diastēmatos prolabein tous par autēn tēn polin kathēmenous oude tous ouden akēkootas phthasai tous prophēteiais syntraphentas tosautais. ᾿Epeidē de meth᾽ hyperbolēs ta oikeia ēgnoēsan kala, hoi apo Persidos tous en ᾿Ierosolymois prolamibanond! ho hoper oun kai ho Paulos phēsin hymin anankaïon Rhēn prōton lalēthēnai ton logon chou kyriou epeidē de anaxious heautous ekrinate, idou strephometha eis ta ethnē. Ei gar kai mē pro touton epeithonto, para goun tōn magōn akousantas edei dramein all᾽ ouk ēthelēsan dia touto, katheudontōn ekeinōn, houtoi

“And what need was there of this star,” someone says, “once the place was known?” So that the child too might be seen. For there was nothing to point him out, since neither was the house conspicuous nor the mother splendid and distinguished. There was need, then, of the star to set them at the place. That is why it appears to them when they have left Jerusalem, and does not stop until it reached the manger. And wonder was joined to wonder; for both were marvelous, that magi should worship and that the star should go before, and enough to draw in even the very stony-hearted. For if the magi had said that they heard prophets saying these things, or that angels had spoken to them privately, they might have been disbelieved; but as it was, with the sight of the star appearing from above, even the very shameless were silenced. Then, when it reached the child, the star stopped again; which itself was the work of a power greater than a star's, now to hide, now to appear, and having appeared to stand still. From this they too received an increase of faith. That is why they rejoiced, because they had found what they sought, because they had become messengers of truth, because they had not come so long a road in vain; so great was the longing they had for Christ. For coming, it stood over the very head, showing that what was born was divine; and standing, it leads to worship, not simply barbarians, but the wisest among them. Do you see that a star appeared with good reason? For even after the prophecy, and after the explanation of the chief priests and scribes, they still attended to it.

Let Marcion be ashamed, let Paul of Samosata be ashamed, who would not see what the magi saw, the forefathers of the church; for I am not ashamed to call them so. Let Marcion be ashamed, seeing God worshiped in the flesh. Let Paul be ashamed, seeing him worshiped not as a mere man. That he was in the flesh, the swaddling clothes and the manger show; that they did not worship him as a mere man, they make plain by offering at so untimely an age such gifts as it was fitting to offer to God. Let the Jews too be ashamed with them, seeing barbarians and magi going ahead of them, while they would not even come after them. For what happened then was a type of what was to come, and it was shown from the very opening that the nations would go ahead of their people. “And how,” someone says, “did he not say from the beginning, but afterward, ‘Go and make disciples of all nations’?” Because what happened was, as I said, a type and a kind of forecast of what was to come. For the natural order was that the Jews should come first; but since they willingly betrayed their own benefit, the order was reversed. For it was not fitting that the magi should come first, nor that those from so great a distance should get ahead of those sitting by the very city, nor that those who had heard nothing should get ahead of those brought up on so many prophecies. But since they were exceedingly ignorant of their own good things, those from Persia get ahead of those in Jerusalem. This is what Paul too says: “It was necessary that the word of the Lord should be spoken first to you; but since you judge yourselves unworthy, behold, we turn to the nations.” For even if they had not been persuaded before, at least on hearing from the magi they ought to have run; but they would not; that is why, while they sleep, these men

7.5Field 1

προτρέχουσιν. ᾿᾿Ακολουθήσωμεν τοίνυν καὶ ἡμεῖς τοις μάγοις, καὶ τῆς βαρβάρου συνηθείας ἀπαλλαγῶμεν, καὶ πολὺ τὸ διάστημα ποιήσωμεν, ἵνα ἴδωμεν τὸν Χριστον' ἐπεὶ κἀκεῖνοι εἰ μὴ μακρὰν τῆς αὐτῶν ἐγένοντο χώρας, οὐκ ἂν αὐτὸν εἶδον. Ἀποστῶμεν τῶν γηΐνων αγμάτων. Καὶ γὰρ οἱ μάγοι, ἕως μὲν ἦσαν ἐν τῆ Περσίδι, τὸν ἀστέρα ἑώρων᾽ ἐπειδὴ δὲ ἀπέστησαν τῆς Περσίδος, τὸν ἥλιον τῆς δικαιοσύνης ἐθεασαντο μᾶλλον δὲ οὐδὲ τὸν ἀστέρα ἂν εἶδον, εἰ μὴ προθύμως ἐκεῖθεν ἀνέστησαν. Αναστῶμεν οὖν καὶ ἡμεῖς κἂν πάντες ταράττωνται, ἡμεῖς ἐπὶ τὴν οἰκίαν τοῦ παιδίου τρέχωμεν' κάν βασιλεῖς, κἂν δῆμοι, κἀν τύραννοι τὴν ὁδὸν ταύτην ἐκκόπτωσι, μὴ καταλύωμεν τὸν πόθον. Οὕτω γὰρ πάντα τὰ ἐπικείμενα διακρουσόμεθα δεινά. ᾿Επεὶ καὶ οὗτοι, εἰ μὴ τὸ παιδίον εἶδον, οὐκ ἂν τὸν κίνδυνον ἐξέφυγον τὸν παρὰ τοῦ βασιλέως. Πρὶν ἦ τὸ παιδίον ἰδεῖν, φόβοι καὶ κίνδυνοι καὶ ταραχαὶ πάντοθεν ἐπέκειντο μετὰ δὲ τὴν προσκύνησιν, γαλήνη καὶ ἀσφαλεια' καὶ οὐκέτι ἀστὴρ, ἀλλ᾽ ἄγγελος αὐτοὺς δέχεται, ἱερέας ἀπὸ τῆς προσκυνήσεως γενομένους καὶ γὰρ καὶ δῶρα προσέφερον. Αφεὶς τοίνυν καὶ σὺ τὸν ᾿Ιουδαϊκὸν λαὸν, τὴν ταραττομένην πόλιν, τὸν φονώντα τύραννον, τὴν βιωτικὴν φαντασίαν, σπεῦσον ἐπὶ τὴν Βηθλεὲμ, ὅπου ὃ οἶκος τοῦ ἄρτου τοῦ πνευματικοῦ. Κἀν γὰρ ποιμὴν ἧς, καὶ ἐνταῦθα ἔλθης, ὄψει τὸ παιδίον ἐν καταλύματι. Κἂν βασιλεὺς ἧς, καὶ μὴ παραγένη, οὐδέν σοι τῆς πορφυρίδος ὄφελον κἂν μάγος ἦς, οὐδέν σε κωλύσει τοῦτο, μόνον ἂν ἐπὶ τῷ τιμῆσαι ἔλθης καὶ προσκυνῆσαι, καὶ μὴ καταπατῆσαι τὸν υἱὸν τοῦ θεοῦ ἄν μετὰ τρόμου καὶ χαρᾶς τοῦτο ποιῆς ἐστι γὰρ ταῦτα ὁμοῦ συνελθεῖν ἀμφότερα. ᾿Δλλ᾽ ὅρα μὴ κατὰ τὸν Ἡρώδην γένη» καὶ εἴπης, ὅπως ἐλθὼν προσκυνήσω αὐτὸν, καὶ ελθὼν ἀνελεῖν βουληθῇς. Τούτῳ γὰρ ἐοίκασιν οἱ τῶν μυστηρίων ἀναξίως μετέχοντες. Ενοχος γὰρ ὁ τοιοῦτος ἔσται», φησὶ, τοῦ σώματος καὶ τοὺ αἵματος τοὺ κυρίου. Καὶ γὰρ ἔχουσιν ἐν ἑαυτοῖς τὸν τύραννον ἀλγοῦντα τῆ βασιλείᾳ τοῦ Χριστοῦ, τὸν ἐκείνον τοῦ Ἡρώδου παρανομώτερον, μαμωνᾶν. Οὗτος γὰρ βούλεται κρατεῖν, καὶ πέμπει τοὺς οἱκείους τοὺς ἑαυτοῦ, προσκυνήσοντας μὲν σχήματι, σφάττοντας δὲ ἐν τῷ προσκυνεῖν. Φοβηθώμεν τοίνυν μή. ποτε σχῆμα μὲν ἱκετῶν καὶ προσκυνητῶν ἔχωμεν; ἐν δὲ τῷ ἐργῳ τὰ ἐναντία ᾿ἐπιδειξώμεθα. Καὶ πάντα ἀπὸ τῶν χειρῶν ῥίψωμεν, προσκυνεῖν μέλλοντες. Κἂν χρυσὸν ἔχωμεν, αὐτῷ προσενέγκω- μεν, καὶ μὴ κατορύξωμεν. Εἰ γὰρ οἱ βάρβαροι τότε εκεῖνοι εἰς τιμὴν προσήνεγκαν, τίς ἔση μηδὲ τῷ χρείαν ἔχοντι διδούς ; εἰ ἐκεῖνοι τοσαύτην ἦλθον ὁδὸν, ἵνα τεχθέντα, ἴδωσι, ποίαν ἕξεις ἀπολογίαν σὺ, μηδὲ στενωπὸν ἕνα ἀπιὼν, ἵνα ἀῤῥωστοῦντα ἐπισκέψῃ καὶ δεδεμένον : Καίτουγε κάμνοντας καὶ δεδεμένους». καὶ τοὺς ἐχθροὺς ἐλεοῦμεν᾽ σὺ δὲ οὐδὲ τὸν εὐεργέτην τὸν σὸν καὶ δεσπότην. Κακεῖνοι μὲν χρυσίον προσήνεγκαν σὺ δὲ ἃ ἄρτον μόλις δίδως. ᾿Εκεῖνοι εἶδον τὸν ἀστέρα, καὶ ἐχάρησαν σὺ δὲ αὐτὸν ὁρῶν τὸν Χριστὸν ξένον ὅ ὄντα καὶ Ὑνανὸν οὐκ ἐπικάμπτῃ. Τίς γὰρ ὑμῶν διὰ τὸν Χριστὸν τοσαύτην ἀποδημίαν ἀπεδήμησε τῶν μυρία εὐεργετηθέντων, ὅσην ἐκεῖνοι οἱ βάρβαροι, μᾶλλον δὲ οἱ φιλοσόφων φιλοσοφώτεροι: : Καὶ τί λέγω τοσαύτην ὁδόν ; Πολλαὶ γὰρ τῶν γυναικων οὕτως ἡμῖν μαλακίζονται, ὡς μηδὲ ἄμφοδον ὃ ἐν ὑπερβῆναι, καὶ ἰδεῖν αὐτὸν ἐπὶ τῆς φάτνης τῆς πνευματικῆς, εἰ μὴ ἡμιόνων ἐπιλαβοιντο. Ἕτεροι δὲ ἐπειδὴ βαδίζειν ἔχουσιν, οἱ μὲν βιωτικῶν πραγμάτων ὄχλον, οἱ δὲ θέατρα τῆς ἐνταῦθα αφί ίξεως προτιθέασι. Καὶ οἱ μὲν βάρβαροι πρὶν ἰδεῖν αὐτὸν τοσαύτην ἤνυσαν ὁδὸν δι αὐτόν' σὺ δὲ οὐδὲ μετὰ τὸ ἰδεῖν ἐκείνους ζηλοῖς, αλλὰ ἀφεὶς αὐτὸν μετὰ τὸ ἰδεῖν, τρέχεις ἵνα τὸν μίμον ἴδης (τών γὰρ αὐτῶν ἅπτομαι πάλιν ὧν καὶ πρώην) καὶ κείμενον τὸν Χριστὸν ὁρῶν ἐπὶ φάτνης, καταλιμπάνεις, ἵνα γυναῖκας ἐπὶ σκηνῆς ἴδης. Πόσων οὐκ ἄξια ταῦτα σκηπτών:

protrechousin. ᾿᾿Akolouthēsōmen toinyn kai hēmeis tois magois, kai tēs barbarou synētheias apallagōmen, kai poly to diastēma poiēsōmen, hina idōmen ton Christon' epei kakeinoi ei mē makran tēs autōn egenonto chōras, ouk an auton eidon. Apostōmen tōn gēïnōn agmatōn. Kai gar hoi magoi, heōs men ēsan en tē Persidi, ton astera heōrōn᾽ epeidē de apestēsan tēs Persidos, ton hēlion tēs dikaiosynēs etheasanto mallon de oude ton astera an eidon, ei mē prothymōs ekeithen anestēsan. Anastōmen oun kai hēmeis kan pantes tarattōntai, hēmeis epi tēn oikian tou paidiou trechōmen' kan basileis, kan dēmoi, kan tyrannoi tēn hodon tautēn ekkoptōsi, mē katalyōmen ton pothon. Houtō gar panta ta epikeimena diakrousometha deina. ᾿Epei kai houtoi, ei mē to paidion eidon, ouk an ton kindynon exephygon ton para tou basileōs. Prin ē to paidion idein, phoboi kai kindynoi kai tarachai pantothen epekeinto meta de tēn proskynēsin, galēnē kai asphaleia' kai ouketi astēr, all᾽ angelos autous dechetai, hiereas apo tēs proskynēseōs genomenous kai gar kai dōra prosepheron. Apheis toinyn kai sy ton ᾿Ioudaïkon laon, tēn tarattomenēn polin, ton phonōnta tyrannon, tēn biōtikēn phantasian, speuson epi tēn Bēthleem, hopou ho oikos tou artou tou pneumatikou. Kan gar poimēn hēs, kai entautha elthēs, opsei to paidion en katalymati. Kan basileus hēs, kai mē paragenē, ouden soi tēs porphyridos ophelon kan magos ēs, ouden se kōlysei touto, monon an epi tǭ timēsai elthēs kai proskynēsai, kai mē katapatēsai ton huion tou theou an meta tromou kai charas touto poiēs esti gar tauta homou synelthein amphotera. ᾿Dll᾽ hora mē kata ton Hērōdēn genē» kai eipēs, hopōs elthōn proskynēsō auton, kai elthōn anelein boulēthę̄s. Toutǭ gar eoikasin hoi tōn mystēriōn anaxiōs metechontes. Enochos gar ho toioutos estai», phēsi, tou sōmatos kai tou haimatos tou kyriou. Kai gar echousin en heautois ton tyrannon algounta tē basileią tou Christou, ton ekeinon tou Hērōdou paranomōteron, mamōnan. Houtos gar bouletai kratein, kai pempei tous hoikeious tous heautou, proskynēsontas men schēmati, sphattontas de en tǭ proskynein. Phobēthōmen toinyn mē. pote schēma men hiketōn kai proskynētōn echōmen? en de tǭ ergǭ ta enantia ᾿epideixōmetha. Kai panta apo tōn cheirōn rhipsōmen, proskynein mellontes. Kan chryson echōmen, autǭ prosenenkō- men, kai mē katoryxōmen. Ei gar hoi barbaroi tote ekeinoi eis timēn prosēnenkan, tis esē mēde tǭ chreian echonti didous ? ei ekeinoi tosautēn ēlthon hodon, hina techthenta, idōsi, poian hexeis apologian sy, mēde stenōpon hena apiōn, hina arrhōstounta episkepsę̄ kai dedemenon : Kaitouge kamnontas kai dedemenous». kai tous echthrous eleoumen᾽ sy de oude ton euergetēn ton son kai despotēn. Kakeinoi men chrysion prosēnenkan sy de ha arton molis didōs. ᾿Ekeinoi eidon ton astera, kai echarēsan sy de auton horōn ton Christon xenon ho onta kai Hynanon ouk epikamptę̄. Tis gar hymōn dia ton Christon tosautēn apodēmian apedēmēse tōn myria euergetēthentōn, hosēn ekeinoi hoi barbaroi, mallon de hoi philosophōn philosophōteroi: : Kai ti legō tosautēn hodon ? Pollai gar tōn gynaikōn houtōs hēmin malakizontai, hōs mēde amphodon ho en hyperbēnai, kai idein auton epi tēs phatnēs tēs pneumatikēs, ei mē hēmionōn epilabointo. Heteroi de epeidē badizein echousin, hoi men biōtikōn pragmatōn ochlon, hoi de theatra tēs entautha aphi ixeōs protitheasi. Kai hoi men barbaroi prin idein auton tosautēn ēnysan hodon di auton' sy de oude meta to idein ekeinous zēlois, alla apheis auton meta to idein, trecheis hina ton mimon idēs (tōn gar autōn haptomai palin hōn kai prōēn) kai keimenon ton Christon horōn epi phatnēs, katalimpaneis, hina gynaikas epi skēnēs idēs. Posōn ouk axia tauta skēptōn:

run on ahead. Let us too, then, follow the magi; let us be freed from barbarian custom and make the distance great, that we may see Christ; for they too, had they not gone far from their own country, would not have seen him. Let us depart from earthly things. For the magi, while they were in Persia, saw the star; but when they had departed from Persia, they beheld the Sun of righteousness; or rather they would not even have seen the star, had they not eagerly set out from there. Let us too, then, rise up; even if all are troubled, let us run to the house of the child; even if kings, even if peoples, even if tyrants cut off this road, let us not give up our longing. For so we shall repel all the dangers that press on us. For they too, had they not seen the child, would not have escaped the danger from the king. Before seeing the child, fears and dangers and turmoil pressed on them from every side; but after the worship, calm and safety; and no longer a star but an angel receives them, since they had become priests through the worship; for they also offered gifts.

So you too, leaving the Jewish people, the troubled city, the murderous tyrant, the pomp of this life, hasten to Bethlehem, where the house of the spiritual bread is. For even if you are a shepherd and come here, you will see the child in the inn. Even if you are a king and do not come, your purple is of no use to you; even if you are a magus, this will not hinder you, only if you come to honor and worship, and not to trample on the Son of God; if you do this with trembling and joy; for both of these can go together. But see that you do not become like Herod and say, “that I may come and worship him,” and having come, wish to kill him. For those who partake of the mysteries unworthily are like him. “For such a one,” it says, “will be guilty of the body and blood of the Lord.” For they have within themselves the tyrant who is pained at the kingdom of Christ, more lawless than that Herod, mammon. For he wishes to rule, and sends his own people to worship in appearance, but to slay in the very act of worshiping. Let us fear, then, lest we have the appearance of suppliants and worshipers, but show the opposite in deed. And let us throw everything from our hands when we are about to worship. If we have gold, let us offer it to him, and not bury it. For if those barbarians then offered it for honor, what will you be, not giving even to the one in need? If they came so long a road to see him newborn, what defense will you have, not going even one alley's distance to visit him sick and bound? And yet we pity even our enemies when they are sick and bound; but you do not pity even your benefactor and Master. And they offered gold; you scarcely give bread. They saw the star and rejoiced; you, seeing Christ himself a stranger and naked, are not moved. For which of you, who have received countless benefits, has made so long a journey for Christ as those barbarians did, or rather those who were wiser than the philosophers? And why do I say so long a road? Many of our women are so soft that they will not cross even one street to see him in the spiritual manger, unless they get hold of mules. Others, though able to walk, prefer, some the crowd of worldly business, others the theaters, to coming here. And the barbarians, before seeing him, accomplished so long a road for him; but you, even after seeing him, do not emulate them, but leaving him after seeing him, you run to see the mime (for I am touching again on the same things as before), and seeing Christ lying in the manger, you abandon him to see women on the stage. What thunderbolts do these things not deserve?

7.6Field 1

Εἰπὲ γάρ μοι, εἴ τίς σε εἰς βασίλεια εἰσαγαγεῖν ἐπηγγέλλετο; καὶ δείξειν τὸν βασιλέα καθήμενον, ἄρα ἂν εἵλου τὸ θέατρον ἀντὶ τούτων ἰδεῖν: καίτοιγε οὐδὲν οὐδὲ ἐκεῖθεν κερδᾶναι ἦν. Ἐνταῦθα δὲ πηγὴ πυρὸς Ῥ πνευματικὴ απὸ ταύτης ἀναβλύζει τῆς τραπέζης᾽ καὶ σὺ ταύτην , ἀφεὶς, κατατρέχεις εἰς τὸ θέατρον, ἰδεῖν νηχομένας γυναῖκας καὶ φύσιν παραδειγματιζομένην, καταλιπὼν τὸν Χριστὸν παρὰ τὴν πηγὴν καθήμενον ; Καὶ γὰρ καὶ νῦν παρὰ τὴν πηγὴν κάθηται, οὐ Σαμαρείτιδι διαλεγόμενος, ἀλλ᾽ ὁλοκλήρῳ πόλει τάχα δὲ καὶ νῦν Σαμαρείτιδι μόνῃ. Οὐδεὶς γὰρ αὐτῷ πάρεστιν οὐδὲ νυν ἀλλ᾽ οἱ μὲν τοῖς σώμασι ἃ μόνοις, οἱ δὲ οὐδὲ αὐτοῖς. ᾿Αλλ᾽ ὅμως αὐτὸς οὐκ ἀναχωρεῖ, ἀλλὰ μένει; καὶ παρ᾽ ἡμῶν αἰτεῖ πιεῖν, οὐχ ὕδωρ: ἀλλ᾽ ἁγιωσύνην τὰ γὰρ ἅγια τοις ἁγίοις δίδωσιν. Οὐδὲ γὰρ ὕδωρ, ἀπὸ ταύτης ἡμῖν παρέχει τῆς πηγῆς, ἀλλ᾽ αἷμα ζώῶν' καὶ μὴν θανάτου ἐστὶ σύμβολον, ἀλλὰ ζωῆς γέγονεν αἴτιον. Σὺ δὲ ἀφεὶς τὴν πηγὴν τοῦ αἵματος, τὸ ποτήριον τὸ φρικῶδες, εἰς ᾿πηγὴν ἀπέρχῃ διαβολικὴν, ὥστε νηχομένην πόρνην ἰδεῖν, καὶ νανάγιον ὑπομεῖναι ψυχῆς. Τὸ γὰρ ὕδωρ ἐκεῖνο πέλαγος ἀσελγείας ἐστὶν, οὐ σώματα ποιοῦν ὑποβρύχια, ἀλλὰ ψυχῶν νανάγια ἐργαζόμενον. ᾿Αλλ ἡ μὲν νήχεται γυμνουμένη τὸ σῶμα, σὺ δὲ ὁρῶν καταποντίζῃ πρὸς τὸν τῆς ἀσελγείας βυθόν. Τοιαύτη γὰρ ἢ τοῦ διαβόλου σαγήνη᾽ οὐκ εἰς αὐτὸ κατιόντας τὸ ὕδωρ ρ, ἀλλ᾽ ἄνωθεν καθημένους τῶν ἐκεῖ καλινδουμένων μᾶλλον ὑποβρυχίους ποιεῖ, καὶ χαλεπώτερον ἀποπνίγει τοῦ Φαραὼ, μετὰ τῶν ἵππων καὶ τῶν ἁρμάτων καταποντισθέντος τότε. Καὶ εἴγε ἣν ψυχὰς ἰδεῖν, πολλὰς ἂν ὑμῖν ἔδειξα ἐπιπλεούσας τοῖς ὕδασι τούτοις, ὥσπερ τῶν Αἰγυπτίων τότε τὰ σώματα. Ἀλλὰ τὸ χαλεπώτερον ἐκεῖνό ἐστιν, ὅτι καὶ τέρψιν τὴν τοιαύτην πανωλεθρίαν καλοῦσι, καὶ τὸ πέλαγος τῆς ἀπωλείας ἡδονῆς εὕριπον ὀνομάζουσι. Καίτοιγε εὐκολώτερον ἄν τις τὸ Αἰγαιον καὶ Τυῤῥηνικὸν παραδράμοι πέλαγος μετὰ ἀσφαλείας, ἥ τὴν θεωρίαν ταύτην. Πρῶτον μὲν γὰρ δι ὅλης νυκτὸς προλαμβάνει τῇ προσδοκίᾳ τὰς ψυχὰς ὁ διαβολος εἶτα δείξας τὸ προσδοκηθὲν, ἔδησεν εὐθέως καὶ αἰχμαλώτους ἐποίησε. Μὴ γὰρ ἐπειδὴ μὴ ἐμίγης τῇ πόρνῃ, καθαρὸς εἶναι νομίσης τῆς ἁμαρτίας τῇ γὰρ προθυμίᾳ τὸ πᾶν ἀπήρτισας. Εἰ μὲν γὰρ ὑπὸ ἐπιθυμίας κατέχῃ; μείζονα τὴν φλόγα ἀνήψατ' εἰ δὲ οὐδὲν πάσχεις πρὸς τὰ ὁρώμενα, μείζονος κατηγορίας εἶ ἄξιος, ἑτέροις σκάνδαλον γινόμενος τῆ τῶν θεαμάτων τούτων προτροπῇ, καὶ τὴν σεαυτοῦ καταισχύνων ὄψιν, καὶ μετὰ τῆς ὄψεως τὴν ψυχήν. ᾿Αλλὰ γὰρ ἵνα μὴ μόνον ἐπιτιμῶμεν, φέρε καὶ τρόπον ἐπινοήσωμεν διορθώσεως. Τίς οὖν ὁ τρόπος ἔσται: : Ταῖς τς ναιξὶν ὑμᾶς παραδοῦναι βούλομαι ταῖς ὑμετέραις, ἵνα αὗται ὑμᾶς παιδεύσωσιν. Ἔδει γάρ, κατὰ τὸν τοὺ Παύλου ὅ νόμον, ὑμᾶς εἶναι τοὺς διδασκάλουν' ἐπειδὴ δὲ ἡ τάξις ἀντεστράφη διὰ τῆς ἁμαρτίας, καὶ ἄνω μὲν τὸ σῶμα, κάτω δὲ ἡ κεφαλὴ γέγονε, κἀν ταύτην ἐλώμεθα τὴν ὁδόν. Εἰ δὲ αἰσχύνῃ δάσκαλον ἔ ἔχων γυναῖκα, φύγε τὴν ἁμαρτίαν, καὶ δυνήσῃ ταχέως ἐπὶ τὸν θρόνον ἀναβῆναι τὸν παρὰ Τὸν θεοῦ σοι δοθέντας. Ὡς ἕως ἂν πλημμελῆς, οὐχὶ πρὸς ᾿γυναικα μόνον, αλλὰ καὶ πρὸς ἄλογά σε εὐτελέστερα πέμπει ῆ Ὑραφη᾽ καὶ οὐκ αἰσχύνεται τὸν λόγῳ τετιμημένον τῷ μύρμηκι πέμπουσα μαθητήν. Ου γὰρ τῆς γραφῆς τοῦτο κατηγορία, αλλὰ τῶν οὕτω τὴν ἑαυτῶν εὐγένειαν προδιδόντων. Τοῦτο δὴ καὶ ἡμεῖς ποιήσομεν᾽ καὶ νῦν μέν σε τῇ γυναικὶ παραδώσομεν ἂν δὲ ταύτης καταφρονήσης, καὶ εἰς τὸ τῶν ἀλόγων διδασκαλεῖον ἀποστελοῦμεν, καὶ δείξομεν πόσοι μὲν ὄρνιθες, πόσοι δὲ ἰχθύες, πόσα δὲ τετράποδα καὶ ἑρπετὰ σοῦ σεμνότερα καὶ σωφρονέστερα φαίνεται. [ἰἰ δὲ αἰσχύνη τὴν σύγκρισιν καὶ ἐρυθριᾷς, ἀνάβηθι πρὸς τὴν οἰκείαν εὐγένειαν, καὶ τὸ τῆς γεέννης πέλαγος καὶ τὸν τοῦ πυρὸς ἢ ποταμὸν φύγε, τὴν ἐν τῷ θεάτρῳ κολυμβήθραν. Αὕτη γὰρ ἡ κολυμβήθρα ἐκεῖνο τὸ πέλαγος προξενεῖ, καὶ τὴν ἄβυσσον ἐκείνην ἀνάπτει τῆς φλογός.

Eipe gar moi, ei tis se eis basileia eisagagein epēngelleto? kai deixein ton basilea kathēmenon, ara an heilou to theatron anti toutōn idein: kaitoige ouden oude ekeithen kerdanai ēn. Entautha de pēgē pyros Rh pneumatikē apo tautēs anablyzei tēs trapezēs᾽ kai sy tautēn , apheis, katatrecheis eis to theatron, idein nēchomenas gynaikas kai physin paradeigmatizomenēn, katalipōn ton Christon para tēn pēgēn kathēmenon ? Kai gar kai nyn para tēn pēgēn kathētai, ou Samareitidi dialegomenos, all᾽ holoklērǭ polei tacha de kai nyn Samareitidi monę̄. Oudeis gar autǭ parestin oude nyn all᾽ hoi men tois sōmasi ha monois, hoi de oude autois. ᾿All᾽ homōs autos ouk anachōrei, alla menei? kai par᾽ hēmōn aitei piein, ouch hydōr: all᾽ hagiōsynēn ta gar hagia tois hagiois didōsin. Oude gar hydōr, apo tautēs hēmin parechei tēs pēgēs, all᾽ haima zōōn' kai mēn thanatou esti symbolon, alla zōēs gegonen aition. Sy de apheis tēn pēgēn tou haimatos, to potērion to phrikōdes, eis ᾿pēgēn aperchę̄ diabolikēn, hōste nēchomenēn pornēn idein, kai nanagion hypomeinai psychēs. To gar hydōr ekeino pelagos aselgeias estin, ou sōmata poioun hypobrychia, alla psychōn nanagia ergazomenon. ᾿All hē men nēchetai gymnoumenē to sōma, sy de horōn katapontizę̄ pros ton tēs aselgeias bython. Toiautē gar ē tou diabolou sagēnē᾽ ouk eis auto kationtas to hydōr r, all᾽ anōthen kathēmenous tōn ekei kalindoumenōn mallon hypobrychious poiei, kai chalepōteron apopnigei tou Pharaō, meta tōn hippōn kai tōn harmatōn katapontisthentos tote. Kai eige hēn psychas idein, pollas an hymin edeixa epipleousas tois hydasi toutois, hōsper tōn Aigyptiōn tote ta sōmata. Alla to chalepōteron ekeino estin, hoti kai terpsin tēn toiautēn panōlethrian kalousi, kai to pelagos tēs apōleias hēdonēs heuripon onomazousi. Kaitoige eukolōteron an tis to Aigaion kai Tyrrhēnikon paradramoi pelagos meta asphaleias, hē tēn theōrian tautēn. Prōton men gar di holēs nyktos prolambanei tę̄ prosdokią tas psychas ho diabolos eita deixas to prosdokēthen, edēsen eutheōs kai aichmalōtous epoiēse. Mē gar epeidē mē emigēs tę̄ pornę̄, katharos einai nomisēs tēs hamartias tę̄ gar prothymią to pan apērtisas. Ei men gar hypo epithymias katechę̄? meizona tēn phloga anēpsat' ei de ouden pascheis pros ta horōmena, meizonos katēgorias ei axios, heterois skandalon ginomenos tē tōn theamatōn toutōn protropę̄, kai tēn seautou kataischynōn opsin, kai meta tēs opseōs tēn psychēn. ᾿Alla gar hina mē monon epitimōmen, phere kai tropon epinoēsōmen diorthōseōs. Tis oun ho tropos estai: : Tais ts naixin hymas paradounai boulomai tais hymeterais, hina hautai hymas paideusōsin. Edei gar, kata ton tou Paulou ho nomon, hymas einai tous didaskaloun' epeidē de hē taxis antestraphē dia tēs hamartias, kai anō men to sōma, katō de hē kephalē gegone, kan tautēn elōmetha tēn hodon. Ei de aischynę̄ daskalon e echōn gynaika, phyge tēn hamartian, kai dynēsę̄ tacheōs epi ton thronon anabēnai ton para Ton theou soi dothentas. Hōs heōs an plēmmelēs, ouchi pros ᾿gynaika monon, alla kai pros aloga se eutelestera pempei ē Hyraphē᾽ kai ouk aischynetai ton logǭ tetimēmenon tǭ myrmēki pempousa mathētēn. Ou gar tēs graphēs touto katēgoria, alla tōn houtō tēn heautōn eugeneian prodidontōn. Touto dē kai hēmeis poiēsomen᾽ kai nyn men se tę̄ gynaiki paradōsomen an de tautēs kataphronēsēs, kai eis to tōn alogōn didaskaleion aposteloumen, kai deixomen posoi men ornithes, posoi de ichthyes, posa de tetrapoda kai herpeta sou semnotera kai sōphronestera phainetai. [ii de aischynē tēn synkrisin kai erythriąs, anabēthi pros tēn oikeian eugeneian, kai to tēs geennēs pelagos kai ton tou pyros ē potamon phyge, tēn en tǭ theatrǭ kolymbēthran. Hautē gar hē kolymbēthra ekeino to pelagos proxenei, kai tēn abysson ekeinēn anaptei tēs phlogos.

For tell me, if someone promised to take you into a palace and show you the king seated, would you choose to see the theater instead? And yet there was nothing to gain even from that. But here a spiritual spring of fire wells up from this table; and you, leaving it, run down to the theater to see women swimming and nature exposed to shame, leaving Christ sitting by the spring? For now too he sits by the spring, speaking not to a Samaritan woman but to a whole city; or perhaps even now to the Samaritan woman alone. For no one is with him even now; but some are present in body only, and others not even in body. Yet he does not withdraw, but remains, and asks us for a drink, not water but holiness; for he gives holy things to the holy. For neither does he give us water from this spring, but living blood; and though it is a symbol of death, it has become the cause of life. But you, leaving the spring of blood, the awesome cup, go off to a devilish spring to see a harlot swimming and to suffer shipwreck of the soul. For that water is a sea of licentiousness, not sinking bodies, but working shipwreck of souls. She swims with her body stripped, but you, watching, are sunk into the depth of licentiousness. For such is the devil's net: it does not make those who go down into the water itself, but those sitting above, more submerged than those rolling about there, and it chokes them more cruelly than Pharaoh, who was drowned then with his horses and chariots. And if it were possible to see souls, I would show you many floating on these waters, as the bodies of the Egyptians did then. But what is worse is this, that they even call such utter destruction delight, and name the sea of perdition a channel of pleasure. And yet one could more easily sail the Aegean and Tyrrhenian seas in safety than this spectacle. For first the devil takes possession of their souls the whole night beforehand with expectation; then, having shown what was expected, he binds them at once and makes them captives. For do not think, because you did not have intercourse with the harlot, that you are clean of the sin; for by your eagerness you completed the whole. For if you are held by desire, you have kindled a greater flame; and if you are unaffected by what you see, you deserve a greater charge, becoming a stumbling block to others by encouraging these spectacles, and shaming your own eyes, and with your eyes your soul.

But so that we may not only rebuke, come, let us devise a way of correction too. What, then, will the way be? I wish to hand you over to your own wives, so that they may teach you. For according to Paul's law you ought to be the teachers; but since the order has been reversed by sin, and the body has come to be above and the head below, let us take even this road. And if you are ashamed to have a woman as teacher, flee sin, and you will quickly be able to go up to the throne given you by God. For as long as you offend, Scripture sends you not only to a woman but even to irrational creatures more lowly, and is not ashamed to send the one honored with reason as a disciple to the ant. For this is not a charge against Scripture, but against those who so betray their own nobility. This we too shall do; and now we shall hand you over to your wife; but if you despise her, we shall send you to the school of the irrational creatures, and show how many birds, how many fish, how many four-footed beasts and reptiles appear more dignified and chaste than you. And if you are ashamed of the comparison and blush, go up to your own nobility, and flee the sea of hell and the river of fire, the swimming pool in the theater. For this pool procures that sea and kindles that abyss of flame.

7.7Field 1

Εἰ γὰρ ὁ ἐμβλέπων γυναῖκα πρὸς τὸ ἐπιθυμῆσαι, ἤδη ἐμοίχευσεν᾽ ὁ καὶ «γυμνὴν ἀναγκαζόμενος ἰδεῖν, πῶς οὐ μυριάκις αἰχμάλωτος γίνεται ; Οὐχ οὕτως ὁ ἐπὶ τοῦ Νώε κατακλυσμὸς τὸ τῶν ἀνθρώπων ἀπώλεσε γένος, ὡς αὗται αἱ νήχόμεναι ἅπαντας ἐκεῖ μετὰ πολλῆς ἀποπνίγουσι τῆς αἰσχύνης. ᾿ἘΕκεῖνος μὲν γὰρ ὁ ὑετὸς, εἰ καὶ θάνατον εἰργάσατο σώματος, ἀλλὰ τὴν τῆς ψυχῆς κακίαν ἀνέκοψεν᾽ οὗτος δὲ τοὐναντίον ποιεῖ, τῶν σωμάτων μενόντων, τὴν ψυχὴν ἀπόλλυσιν. Ὕμεϊς δὲ ὅταν μὲν προεδρίας ἢ λόγος, ἀξιοῦτε τῆς οἰκουμένης προκαθῆσθαι πάσης, ἐπειδὴ πρώτη ἡ πόλις ἡμῶν τὸ τῶν Χριστιανῶν ἀνεδήσατο ὄνομα' ἐν δὲ τῷ τῆς σωφροσύνης ἀγῶνι, καὶ τῶν ἀγροικοτέρων πόλεων ἔλαττον φέροντες οὐκ αἰσχύνεσθε : Ναὶ, φησί καὶ τί κελεύεις ποιεῖν; τὰ ὄρη καταλαμβάνειν καὶ μοναχοὺς γίνεσθαι; Διὰ γὰρ τοῦτο στένω, ὅτι μόνοις ἐκείνοις ἡγεῖσθε ἁρμόζειν κοσμιότητα καὶ σωφροσύνην καίτοιγε ὁ Χριστὸς κοινοὺς τοὺς νόμους ἔθηκε. Καὶ γὰρ ὅταν λέγη, 5 ἐάν τις ἐμβλέψῃ γυναικὶ πρὸς τὸ ἐπιθυμῆσαι, οὐ τῷ μονάζοντι λέγει, ἀλλὰ καὶ τῷ γυναῖκα ἔχοντι καὶ γὰρ τὸ ὄρος ἐκεῖνο τότε πάντων τῶν τοιούτων πεπληρωμένον ἦν. ᾿Εννόησον τοίνυν ἐκεῖνο τὸ θέατρον, καὶ μίσησον τοῦτο τὸ διαβολικὸν, καὶ μὴ καταγνῷς τοῦ λόγου βαρύτητα. Οὐδὲ γὰρ κωλύω γαμεῖν, οὐδὲ ἐμποδίζω τέρπεσθαι᾽ ἀλλὰ μετὰ σωφροσύνης τοῦτο βούλομαι γίνεσθαι, οὐ μετὰ αἰσχύνης καὶ κατηγορίας καὶ μυρίων ἐγκλημάτων. Οὐ νομοθετῶ τὰ ὄρη καταλαμβάνειν καὶ τὰς ἐρημίας, ἀλλὰ χρηστὸν εἶναι καὶ ἐπιεικῆ καὶ σώφρονα, μέσην οἰκοῦντα τὴν πόλιν. Καὶ γὰρ πάντα ἥμιν τὰ τῶν νομὼν κοινὰ πρὸς τοὺς μοναχοὺς ἐστι, πλὴν τοῦ γάμον᾽ μᾶλλον δὲ καὶ ἐν τούτῳ κελεύει ὁ Παῦλος ἐν ἅπασιν ἐξισοῦσθαι αὐτοῖς, λέγων' οε παράγει γὰρ τὸ σχῆμα τοῦ κόσμου τούτου, ἵνα καὶ οἱ ἔχοντες γυναῖκας ὡς μὴ ἔχοντες ὦσιν. Ὥστε, φησὶν, οὐ κελεύω τὰς κορυφὰς τῶν ὁρέων καταλαμβάνειν ἐβουλόμην μὲν γάρ, διὰ τὸ τὰς πόλεις μιμεῖσθαι τὰ ἐν Σοδόμοις γινόμενα πλὴν οὐκ ἀνωγκάζω τοῦτο. Μένε οἰκίαν ἔχων καὶ παιδία καὶ γυναῖκα ἀλλὰ μὴ ὕβριζε τὴν γυναίκα, μηδὲ παραδευγμάτιζε τὰ παιδία, μηδὲ εἴσαγε εἰς τὴν οἰκίαν τὴν απὸ τῶν θεάτρων λύμην. Οὐκ ἀκούεις Παύλου λέγοντος ὁ ἀνὴρ οὐκ ἐξουσιάζει τοῦ ἰδίου σώματ αλλ᾽ ἡ γυνή καὶ κοινοὺς ἀμφοτέροις τιθέντος νόμους ; ; Σὺ δὲ, ἃ ἂν μὲν εἰς ἐκκλησίαν συνεχῶς ἐμβάλλῃ ἡ η γυνὴ, βαρὺς κατήγορος ίνη αὐτὸς δὲ εἰς θέατρα διημερεύων, οὐχ ἡγῇ κατηγορίας ἄξιος εἶναι αλλὰ περὶ μὲν τὴν τῆς γυναικὸς σωφροσύνην οὕτως εἶ ἀκριβὴς, ὡς καὶ περιττὸς εἶναι καὶ ἄμετρος, καὶ μηδὲ τὰς ἀναγκαίας ἐξόδους σνγχωρείν' σαυτῷ δὲ νομίζεις πάντα ἐξεῖναι. ᾿Αλλ οὐκ ἐπιτρέπει σοι Παῦλος; ὁ καὶ τῇ γυναικὶ τὴν αὐτὴν ἐξουσίαν διδούς καὶ γὰρ, τῇ γυναικὶ, φησὶν, ὁ ἀνὴρ τὴν ὀφειλομένην ἥ τιμὴν ἀποδιδότω. Ποία οὖν αὕτη ἡ τιμὴ, ὅταν ἐν τοῖς καιρίοις αὐτὴν ὑβρίζης, καὶ τὸ σῶμα αὐτῆς ταῖς πόρναις παρέχῃς: (τὸ γὰρ σὸν ἐκείνης σῶμά ἐστιν) ὅταν θορύβους καὶ πολέμους εἰσάγης εἰς τὴν οἰκίαν ὅταν τοιαῦτα ποιῇς ἐν ἀγορᾷ; ἃ ἃ δωυγγούμενος ἐν οἰκίᾳ καταισχύνεις μὲν τὴν ἀκούουσαν γυναῖκα, αἰσχύνεις δὲ τὴν παροῦσαν θυγατέρα, καὶ πρό γε ἐκείνων σαυτόν: ἀὐογκη γὰρ ἢ σιγᾶν, ἡ τοιαῦτα ἀσχημονεῖν, ἐφ᾽ οἷς καὶ τοὺς οἰκέτας μαστίζεσθαι δίκαιον. Τίνα οὖν ἕξεις ἀπολογίαν, εἰπέ μοι, ἃ μηδὲ εἰπεῖν καλὸν, ταῦτα βλέπων μετὰ πολλῆς τῆς σπουδῆς ; ἃ μηδὲ διηγήσασθαι ἀνεκτὸν, ταῦτα πάντων προτιθείς; Τέως μὲν οὖν, ὥστε μὴ γενέσθαι φορτικώτερος, ἐνταῦθα καταλύσω τὸν λόγον. Εὰν δὲ τοῖς αὐτοῖς ἐπιμείνητε, ὀξύτερον τὸ σιδήριον ποιήσας, βαθυτέραν δώσω τὴν τομήν᾽ καὶ οὐ παύσομαι, ἕως ἂν διασκεδάσας τοῦ διαβόλου τὸ θέατρον, καθαρὸν ποιήσω τῆς ἐκκλησίας τὸν σὐλλογον. Οὕτω γὰρ καὶ τῆς παρούσης αἰσχύνης ἀπαλλαγησόμεθα, καὶ τὴν μέλλουσαν ᾿καρπωσόμεθα ζωὴν, χάριτι καὶ φιλανθρωπίᾳ τοῦ κυρίου ἡμῶν Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ, ᾧ ἡ δόξα καὶ τὸ κράτὸς εἰς τοὺς αἰῶνας τῶν αἰώνων. Ἀμῆν.

Ei gar ho emblepōn gynaika pros to epithymēsai, ēdē emoicheusen᾽ ho kai «gymnēn anankazomenos idein, pōs ou myriakis aichmalōtos ginetai ? Ouch houtōs ho epi tou Nōe kataklysmos to tōn anthrōpōn apōlese genos, hōs hautai hai nēchomenai hapantas ekei meta pollēs apopnigousi tēs aischynēs. ᾿EEkeinos men gar ho hyetos, ei kai thanaton eirgasato sōmatos, alla tēn tēs psychēs kakian anekopsen᾽ houtos de tounantion poiei, tōn sōmatōn menontōn, tēn psychēn apollysin. Hymeïs de hotan men proedrias ē logos, axioute tēs oikoumenēs prokathēsthai pasēs, epeidē prōtē hē polis hēmōn to tōn Christianōn anedēsato onoma' en de tǭ tēs sōphrosynēs agōni, kai tōn agroikoterōn poleōn elatton pherontes ouk aischynesthe : Nai, phēsi kai ti keleueis poiein? ta orē katalambanein kai monachous ginesthai? Dia gar touto stenō, hoti monois ekeinois hēgeisthe harmozein kosmiotēta kai sōphrosynēn kaitoige ho Christos koinous tous nomous ethēke. Kai gar hotan legē, 5 ean tis emblepsę̄ gynaiki pros to epithymēsai, ou tǭ monazonti legei, alla kai tǭ gynaika echonti kai gar to oros ekeino tote pantōn tōn toioutōn peplērōmenon ēn. ᾿Ennoēson toinyn ekeino to theatron, kai misēson touto to diabolikon, kai mē katagnǭs tou logou barytēta. Oude gar kōlyō gamein, oude empodizō terpesthai᾽ alla meta sōphrosynēs touto boulomai ginesthai, ou meta aischynēs kai katēgorias kai myriōn enklēmatōn. Ou nomothetō ta orē katalambanein kai tas erēmias, alla chrēston einai kai epieikē kai sōphrona, mesēn oikounta tēn polin. Kai gar panta hēmin ta tōn nomōn koina pros tous monachous esti, plēn tou gamon᾽ mallon de kai en toutǭ keleuei ho Paulos en hapasin exisousthai autois, legōn' oe paragei gar to schēma tou kosmou toutou, hina kai hoi echontes gynaikas hōs mē echontes ōsin. Hōste, phēsin, ou keleuō tas koryphas tōn horeōn katalambanein eboulomēn men gar, dia to tas poleis mimeisthai ta en Sodomois ginomena plēn ouk anōnkazō touto. Mene oikian echōn kai paidia kai gynaika alla mē hybrize tēn gynaika, mēde paradeugmatize ta paidia, mēde eisage eis tēn oikian tēn apo tōn theatrōn lymēn. Ouk akoueis Paulou legontos ho anēr ouk exousiazei tou idiou sōmat all᾽ hē gynē kai koinous amphoterois tithentos nomous ? ? Sy de, ha an men eis ekklēsian synechōs emballę̄ hē ē gynē, barys katēgoros inē autos de eis theatra diēmereuōn, ouch hēgę̄ katēgorias axios einai alla peri men tēn tēs gynaikos sōphrosynēn houtōs ei akribēs, hōs kai perittos einai kai ametros, kai mēde tas anankaias exodous snnchōrein' sautǭ de nomizeis panta exeinai. ᾿All ouk epitrepei soi Paulos? ho kai tę̄ gynaiki tēn autēn exousian didous kai gar, tę̄ gynaiki, phēsin, ho anēr tēn opheilomenēn hē timēn apodidotō. Poia oun hautē hē timē, hotan en tois kairiois autēn hybrizēs, kai to sōma autēs tais pornais parechę̄s: (to gar son ekeinēs sōma estin) hotan thorybous kai polemous eisagēs eis tēn oikian hotan toiauta poię̄s en agorą? ha ha dōyngoumenos en oikią kataischyneis men tēn akouousan gynaika, aischyneis de tēn parousan thygatera, kai pro ge ekeinōn sauton: auonkē gar ē sigan, hē toiauta aschēmonein, eph᾽ hois kai tous oiketas mastizesthai dikaion. Tina oun hexeis apologian, eipe moi, ha mēde eipein kalon, tauta blepōn meta pollēs tēs spoudēs ? ha mēde diēgēsasthai anekton, tauta pantōn protitheis? Teōs men oun, hōste mē genesthai phortikōteros, entautha katalysō ton logon. Ean de tois autois epimeinēte, oxyteron to sidērion poiēsas, bathyteran dōsō tēn tomēn᾽ kai ou pausomai, heōs an diaskedasas tou diabolou to theatron, katharon poiēsō tēs ekklēsias ton syllogon. Houtō gar kai tēs parousēs aischynēs apallagēsometha, kai tēn mellousan ᾿karpōsometha zōēn, chariti kai philanthrōpią tou kyriou hēmōn Iēsou Christou, hǭ hē doxa kai to kratos eis tous aiōnas tōn aiōnōn. Amēn.

For if “whoever looks at a woman to desire her has already committed adultery,” how does the one compelled to see her naked not become ten thousand times a captive? The flood in Noah's time did not so destroy the human race as these swimming women drown everyone there with great shame. For that rain, though it worked the death of the body, cut short the wickedness of the soul; but this does the opposite: while the bodies remain, it destroys the soul. And you, when there is talk of precedence, claim to preside over the whole world, because our city was the first to crown itself with the name of Christians; but in the contest of chastity you are not ashamed to fall behind even the more rustic cities? “Yes,” someone says, “and what do you order us to do? Take to the mountains and become monks?” This is why I groan, that you think decorum and chastity befit them alone; and yet Christ laid down the laws in common. For when he says, “If anyone looks at a woman to desire her,” he does not say it to the monk, but also to the one who has a wife; for that mountain then was full of all such people. Consider, then, that theater, and hate this devilish one; and do not condemn the severity of the discourse. For I do not forbid marrying, nor hinder enjoyment; but I wish this to be done with chastity, not with shame and accusation and countless charges. I do not legislate that you take to the mountains and deserts, but that you be good and gentle and chaste while living in the midst of the city. For all the laws are common to us and the monks, except marriage; or rather even in this Paul commands us to be equal to them in everything, saying: “For the form of this world is passing away, so that those who have wives should be as though they had none.” So, he says, I do not command you to take to the tops of the mountains. I would wish it, since the cities imitate what happened in Sodom; yet I do not compel this. Remain having a house and children and a wife; but do not insult your wife, nor shame your children, nor bring the ruin from the theaters into your house. Do you not hear Paul saying, “The husband does not have authority over his own body, but the wife,” and laying down laws common to both? But you, if your wife goes often to church, become a harsh accuser; but spending whole days at the theaters yourself, you do not think yourself deserving of accusation; you are so exact about your wife's chastity as to be excessive and immoderate, not even allowing her necessary outings, while you think everything lawful for yourself. But Paul does not permit you, who gives the same authority to the wife too; for “let the husband,” he says, “render to the wife the honor due.” What honor is this, then, when you insult her in the most vital matters and give her body to harlots (for your body is hers), when you bring turmoil and wars into the house, when you do such things in the marketplace that by telling them at home you shame the wife who hears, shame the daughter who is present, and before them yourself? For you must either be silent or behave so indecently that even servants would deserve a whipping for it. What defense, then, tell me, will you have, watching with great eagerness things that it is not even decent to mention, and putting before everything things that are not even bearable to relate?

For the present, then, so as not to be too burdensome, I shall end the discourse here. But if you persist in the same things, I shall make the knife sharper and give a deeper incision; and I shall not stop until I have scattered the devil's theater and made the assembly of the church pure. For so we shall both be freed from present shame and reap the life to come, by the grace and lovingkindness of our Lord Jesus Christ, to whom be glory and might to the ages of ages. Amen.

Chapter 8

8.1Field 1

Καὶ εἰσελθόντες εἰς τὴν οἰκίαν, εἶδον τὸ παιδίον μετὰ Μαρίας τῆς μητρὸς αντοῦ. ΠΩΣ οὖν φησιν ὁ Λουκάς, ὅτι ἐπὶ τῆς φάτνης κείμενον ἣν; Ὅτι τεκοῦσα μὲν εὐθέως αὐτὸ κατέκλινεν ἐκεῖ (ἅτε γὰρ πολλῶν συνιόντων διὰ τὴν ἀπογραφὴν, οὐκ ἦν οἰκίαν εὑρεῖν ὅπερ οὖν καὶ ὁ Λουκᾶς ἐπισημαίνεται λέγων, ὅτι διὰ τὸ μὴ εἶναι τόπον; ἀνέκλινεν αὐτόν) μετὰ δὲ ταῦτα ὃ ανείλετο, καὶ ἐπὶ τῶν γονάτων εἶχεν. Ὁμοῦ τε γὰρ ἐπέβη τῆς Βηθλεέμ, καὶ τὰς ὠδῖνας ἔλυσεν ἵνα μάθης κἀντεῦθεν τὴν οἰκονομίαν ἅπασαν, καὶ ὅτι οὐχ ἀπλῶς οὐδὲ: ὡς ἔτυχε ταῦτα ἐγίνετο, ἀλλὰ κατὰ πρόνοιάν τινα θείαν καὶ προφητείας ἀκολουθίαν ταῦτα παντα ἐπληροῦτο. ᾿Αλλὰ τί τὸ πεῖσαν αὐτοὺς προσκυνῆσαι: : Οὔτε γὰρ ἡ παρθένος ἐπίσημος Ἶν, οὔτε ἢ οἰκία περιφανὴς, οὔτε ἄλλο τι τῶν ὁρωμένων ἱκανὸν ἐκπλῆξαι καὶ ἐπισπάσασθαι. Οἱ δὲ οὐ μόνον προσκυνοῦσιν, αλλὰ καὶ ἀνοίξαντες τοὺς θησαυροὺς αὐτῶν, δῶρα προσάγουσι, καὶ δῶρα, οὐχ ὡς ἀνθρώπῳ, ἀλλ᾽ ὡς θεῷ. Ὁ γὰρ λιβανωτὸς καὶ ἡ σμύρνα τούτου σύμβολον ἦν. Τί οὖν τὸ πεῖσαν αὐτούς: Τὸ παρασκευάσαν οἴκοθεν ἀναστῆναι καὶ τοσαύτην ἐλθεῖν ὁδόν τοῦτο δὲ ἣν ὃ τε ἀστὴρ, καὶ ἡ παρὰ τοῦ θεοῦ γενομένη τῇ διανοίᾳ αὐτῶν ὄλλαμψις, κατὰ μικρὸν αὐτοὺς πρὸς τὴν πὰ ὁδηγοῦσα γνῶσιν. Οὐδὲ γὰρ ἄν, εἰ μὴ τοῦτο ἣν, τῶν φαινομένων εὐτελῶν ὄντων ἁπάντων, τοσαύτην ἐπεδείξαντο τιμήν. Διὰ τοῦτο οὐδὲν τῶν αἰσθητῶν μέγα ἐκεῖ, ἀλλὰ φάτνη, καὶ καλυβη, καὶ μήτηρ πτωχή᾽ ἵνα γνανὴν τῶν μάγων ἴδης τὴν φιλοσοφίαν, καὶ μάθῃς ὅ ὅτι οὐχ ὡς ἀνθρώπῳ ψιλῳ, ἀλλ᾽ ὡς θεῷ προσήεσαν καὶ εὐεργέτῃ. Διόπερ οὐδενὶ τῶν ὁρωμένων ἔξωθεν ἐσκανδαλίζοντο, ἀλλὰ καὶ προσεκύνουν καὶ δώρα προσῆγον, τῆς μὲν ᾿Ιουδαϊκῆς ἀπηλλαγμένα παχύτητος οὐδὲ γὰρ πρόβατα καὶ μόσχους ἔθυσαν τῆς δὲ ἐκκλησιαστικῆς ἐγγὺς ὄντα Φιλοσοφίας ἐπίγνωσιν γὰρ καὶ ὑπακοὴν καὶ ἀγάπην αὐτῷ προσῆγον. δὲ κατ᾽ ὄναρ, μὴ ἀνακάμψαι πρὸς Ἡρώδην, ἄλλης ὁδοὺ ἀνεχώρησαν εἰς τὴν χώραν αὐτῶν. Θέα καντεῦθεν τὴν πίστιν αὐτῶν, πως οὐκ ἐσκανδαλίσθησαν, αλλ᾽ εἰσὶν εὐήνιοι καὶ εὐγνώμονες, καὶ οὐ θορυβοῦνται, οὐδὲ διαλογίζονται πρὸς ἑαυτοὺς λέγοντες καὶ μὴν εἰ μέγα τὸ παιδίον εστὶ τοῦτο, ἱ ἔχει τινὰ ἰσχὺν, τίς χρεία φυγῆς καὶ λαθραίας ἀναχω- ρήσειυτ, : καὶ τί ἀν φανερὼς ἐλθόντας ἡμᾶς καὶ μετὰ παῤῥησίας, καὶ πρὸς δῆμον τοσοῦτον καὶ πρὸς βασιλέως μανίαν στάντας, ὡς δραπέτας καὶ ,Φφυγάδας ἐ ἐκπέμπει ὁ ἄγγελος τῆς πόλεως; Ἀλλ᾽ οὐδὲν τούτων οὔτε εἶπον, οὔτε ἐνενόησαν. Τοῦτο γὰρ μάλιστα πίστεως, τὸ μὴ ζητεῖν εὐθύνας τῶν προστεταγμένων, αλλὰ πείθεσθαι τοῖς ἐπιταττομένοις μόνον. ΤῸ ᾿Αναχωρησάντων δὲ αὐτῶν, ἰδοὺ ἄγγελος φαίνεται τῷ Ἰωσὴφ κατ᾽ ὄναρ, λέγων ἐγερθεὶς παράλαβε τὸ παιδίον (δ1)καὶ τὴν μητέρα αὐτοῦ, καὶ φεῦγε εἰς Αἴγυπτον. Ἄξιον ἐνταῦθα διαπορῆσαι καὶ ὑπὲρ τῶν μαγων, καὶ ὑπὲρ τοῦ παιδίον. Εἰ γὰρ καὶ ἐκεῖνοι μὴ ἐθορυβήθησαν, ἀλλὰ μετὰ πίστεως πάντα ἐδέξαντο; ἡμᾶς ἄξιον ζητῆσαι, διατί μὴ παρὄντες σώζονται ἐκεῖνοι καὶ τὸ παιδίον, αλλ᾽ οἱ μὲν εἰς Περσίδα, τὸ δὲ εἰς Αἴγυπτον φνγαδεύεται μετὰ τῆς μητρός; Ἀλλὰ τί: ἔδει αὐτὸν ἐμπεσεῖν εἰς τὰς χεῖρας τοῦ Ἡρωδου, καὶ ἐμπεσόντα μὴ κατακόπτεσθαι; Αλλ᾽ οὐκ ἂν ἐνομίσθη σάρκα ἀνειληφέναι οὐκ ἂν ἐπιστεύθη τῆς οἰκονομίας τὸ μέγεθος. Εἰ γὰρ τούτων γινομένων, καὶ πολλῶν ἀνθρωπίνως οἰκονομουμένων, ἐτόλμησαν τινὲς εἰπεῖν ὅτι μῦθος ἢ τῆς σαρκὸς ἀνάληψις, ποῦ οὐκ ἂν ἐξέπεσον ἀσεβείας, εἰ πάντα θεοπρεπῶς καὶ κατὰ τὴν αὐτοῦ δύναμιν ἔπραττε: Τοὺς δὲ μάγους ἐκπέμπει ταχέως, ὁμοῦ μὲν διδασκάλους ἀποστέλλων τῇ Περσῶν χώρᾳ, ὁμοῦ δὲ ἐκκόπτων τοῦ τυράννου τὴν μανίαν, ἵνα μάθη ὅτι αἀνηνύτοις ἐπιχειρεῖ πράγμασι, καὶ τὸν θυμὸν σβέσῃ, καὶ τῆς ματαιοπονίας ἶ ἑαυτὸν ἀπαγάγῃ ταύτης. Οὐ γὰρ διὴ τὸ μετὰ ὁ παῤῥησίας περιγίνεσθαι τῶν ἐχθρὼν μόνον, ἀλλὰ καὶ τὸ μετ᾽ εὐκολίας αὐτοὺς ἀπατᾶν, τῆς αὐτοῦ δυνάμεως ἄξιον. Οὕτω γοῦν καὶ τοὺς Αἰγυπτίους ἐπὶ τῶν ᾿Ιουδαίων ἡπάτησε, καὶ δυνάμενος Φφανερώς τὸν ἐκείνων πλοῦτον εἰς τὰς τῶν ᾿Εβραίων μεταστῆσαι χεῖρας, λάθρα καὶ μετὰ ἀπάτης τοῦτο κελεύει ποιεῖν ὅπερ οὐκ ἔλαττον τῶν ἄλλων σημείων φοβερὸν αὐτὸν παρὰ τοῖς ἐναντίοις ἐποίησεν.

Kai eiselthontes eis tēn oikian, eidon to paidion meta Marias tēs mētros antou. PŌS oun phēsin ho Loukas, hoti epi tēs phatnēs keimenon hēn? Hoti tekousa men eutheōs auto kateklinen ekei (hate gar pollōn syniontōn dia tēn apographēn, ouk ēn oikian heurein hoper oun kai ho Loukas episēmainetai legōn, hoti dia to mē einai topon? aneklinen auton) meta de tauta ho aneileto, kai epi tōn gonatōn eichen. Homou te gar epebē tēs Bēthleem, kai tas ōdinas elysen hina mathēs kanteuthen tēn oikonomian hapasan, kai hoti ouch aplōs oude: hōs etyche tauta egineto, alla kata pronoian tina theian kai prophēteias akolouthian tauta panta eplērouto. ᾿Alla ti to peisan autous proskynēsai: : Oute gar hē parthenos episēmos In, oute ē oikia periphanēs, oute allo ti tōn horōmenōn hikanon ekplēxai kai epispasasthai. Hoi de ou monon proskynousin, alla kai anoixantes tous thēsaurous autōn, dōra prosagousi, kai dōra, ouch hōs anthrōpǭ, all᾽ hōs theǭ. Ho gar libanōtos kai hē smyrna toutou symbolon ēn. Ti oun to peisan autous: To paraskeuasan oikothen anastēnai kai tosautēn elthein hodon touto de hēn ho te astēr, kai hē para tou theou genomenē tę̄ dianoią autōn ollampsis, kata mikron autous pros tēn pa hodēgousa gnōsin. Oude gar an, ei mē touto hēn, tōn phainomenōn eutelōn ontōn hapantōn, tosautēn epedeixanto timēn. Dia touto ouden tōn aisthētōn mega ekei, alla phatnē, kai kalybē, kai mētēr ptōchē᾽ hina gnanēn tōn magōn idēs tēn philosophian, kai mathę̄s ho hoti ouch hōs anthrōpǭ psilǭ, all᾽ hōs theǭ prosēesan kai euergetę̄. Dioper oudeni tōn horōmenōn exōthen eskandalizonto, alla kai prosekynoun kai dōra prosēgon, tēs men ᾿Ioudaïkēs apēllagmena pachytētos oude gar probata kai moschous ethysan tēs de ekklēsiastikēs engys onta Philosophias epignōsin gar kai hypakoēn kai agapēn autǭ prosēgon. de kat᾽ onar, mē anakampsai pros Hērōdēn, allēs hodou anechōrēsan eis tēn chōran autōn. Thea kanteuthen tēn pistin autōn, pōs ouk eskandalisthēsan, all᾽ eisin euēnioi kai eugnōmones, kai ou thorybountai, oude dialogizontai pros heautous legontes kai mēn ei mega to paidion esti touto, hi echei tina ischyn, tis chreia phygēs kai lathraias anachō- rēseiyt, : kai ti an phanerōs elthontas hēmas kai meta parrhēsias, kai pros dēmon tosouton kai pros basileōs manian stantas, hōs drapetas kai ,Phphygadas e ekpempei ho angelos tēs poleōs? All᾽ ouden toutōn oute eipon, oute enenoēsan. Touto gar malista pisteōs, to mē zētein euthynas tōn prostetagmenōn, alla peithesthai tois epitattomenois monon. TO ᾿Anachōrēsantōn de autōn, idou angelos phainetai tǭ Iōsēph kat᾽ onar, legōn egertheis paralabe to paidion (d1)kai tēn mētera autou, kai pheuge eis Aigypton. Axion entautha diaporēsai kai hyper tōn magōn, kai hyper tou paidion. Ei gar kai ekeinoi mē ethorybēthēsan, alla meta pisteōs panta edexanto? hēmas axion zētēsai, diati mē parontes sōzontai ekeinoi kai to paidion, all᾽ hoi men eis Persida, to de eis Aigypton phngadeuetai meta tēs mētros? Alla ti: edei auton empesein eis tas cheiras tou Hērōdou, kai empesonta mē katakoptesthai? All᾽ ouk an enomisthē sarka aneilēphenai ouk an episteuthē tēs oikonomias to megethos. Ei gar toutōn ginomenōn, kai pollōn anthrōpinōs oikonomoumenōn, etolmēsan tines eipein hoti mythos ē tēs sarkos analēpsis, pou ouk an exepeson asebeias, ei panta theoprepōs kai kata tēn autou dynamin epratte: Tous de magous ekpempei tacheōs, homou men didaskalous apostellōn tę̄ Persōn chōrą, homou de ekkoptōn tou tyrannou tēn manian, hina mathē hoti aanēnytois epicheirei pragmasi, kai ton thymon sbesę̄, kai tēs mataioponias i heauton apagagę̄ tautēs. Ou gar diē to meta ho parrhēsias periginesthai tōn echthrōn monon, alla kai to met᾽ eukolias autous apatan, tēs autou dynameōs axion. Houtō goun kai tous Aigyptious epi tōn ᾿Ioudaiōn hēpatēse, kai dynamenos Phphanerōs ton ekeinōn plouton eis tas tōn ᾿Ebraiōn metastēsai cheiras, lathra kai meta apatēs touto keleuei poiein hoper ouk elatton tōn allōn sēmeiōn phoberon auton para tois enantiois epoiēsen.

“And going into the house, they saw the child with Mary his mother.”

How then does Luke say that he was lying in the manger? Because when she had given birth she at once laid him there (for since many had gathered for the census, it was not possible to find a house, which Luke too indicates when he says that she laid him there “because there was no place”); but afterward she took him up and held him on her knees. For as soon as she arrived at Bethlehem, she was delivered, so that you may learn from this too the whole dispensation, and that these things did not happen idly or at random, but were all fulfilled according to a divine providence and the sequence of prophecy. But what persuaded them to worship? For neither was the virgin distinguished, nor the house conspicuous, nor anything else of what was seen able to amaze and attract them. Yet they not only worship, but “opening their treasures,” they bring gifts, and gifts not as to a man but as to God; for the frankincense and the myrrh were a symbol of this. What then persuaded them? What had prepared them to set out from home and come so long a road; and this was both the star and the illumination given by God to their mind, leading them little by little to more perfect knowledge. For otherwise, since all that appeared was mean, they would not have shown such honor. That is why nothing of the things of sense is great there, but a manger, a hut, and a poor mother, so that you may see clearly the philosophy of the magi and learn that they came to him not as to a mere man but as to God and benefactor. Therefore they were offended by nothing of what was seen outwardly, but both worshiped and brought gifts, free from Jewish grossness (for they did not sacrifice sheep and calves), but close to the philosophy of the church; for they brought him knowledge, obedience, and love.

“And being warned in a dream not to return to Herod, they departed to their own country by another way.” See their faith from this too: how they were not offended, but are tractable and well disposed, and are not troubled nor reason with themselves, saying: “And yet if this child is great and has some power, what need of flight and secret withdrawal? And why, when we came openly and boldly, and stood up to so great a people and to a king's madness, does the angel send us out of the city like runaways and fugitives?” But they neither said nor thought any of this. For this above all belongs to faith, not to demand accounts of what is commanded, but only to obey what is enjoined.

“Now when they had departed, behold, an angel appears to Joseph in a dream, saying: Rise, take the child and his mother, and flee into Egypt.” Here it is worth raising a difficulty both about the magi and about the child. For even if they were not troubled but received everything with faith, it is worth our asking why they and the child are not saved while staying where they are, but the magi flee to Persia and the child to Egypt with his mother. But what? Should he have fallen into Herod's hands, and having fallen into them not have been slain? But then he would not have been thought to have taken flesh; the greatness of the dispensation would not have been believed. For if, while these things were happening and much was being arranged in a human way, some dared to say that the taking of flesh was a fable, how far into ungodliness would they not have fallen if he had done everything in a way befitting God and according to his power? But he sends the magi away quickly, at once sending teachers to the land of the Persians and cutting short the tyrant's madness, so that he might learn that he was attempting impossibilities, and quench his anger, and withdraw himself from this vain labor. For not only to overcome enemies openly, but also to deceive them with ease, is worthy of his power. So, at any rate, he deceived the Egyptians in the case of the Jews too; and though able to transfer their wealth openly into the hands of the Hebrews, he orders this to be done secretly and by deceit; which made him no less fearful to his opponents than the other signs.

8.2Field 1

Οἱ γοῦν ᾿Ασκαλωνῖται καὶ οἱ λοιποὶ πάντες, ἡνίκα τὴν κιβωτὸν ἔλαβον, καὶ πληγέντες λοιπὸν παρήνουν τοῖς οἰκείοις μὴ πολεμεῖν, μηδὲ εξ ἐναντίας ἵστασθαι, μετὰ τῶν ἄλλων θαυμάτων καὶ τοῦτο εἰς μέσον ἦγον λέγοντες ἱνατί βαρύνετε τὰς καρδίας ὑμῶν, καθὼς ἐβάρυνεν Αἴγυπτος καὶ Φαραώ; : οὐχ ὅτε ἐνέπαιξεν αὐτοῖς, τότε ἐξαπέστειλε τὸν λαὸν αὐτοῦ καὶ ὴ ἀπῆλθον 3 Ταῦτα δὲ ἔλεγον, τῶν ἄλλων σημείων τῶν {5 νερώς ᾿γενομένων οὐκ ἔλαττον καὶ τοῦτο νομίζοντες εἶναι, εἰς τὴν τῆς δυνάμεως αὐτοῦ καὶ τῆς μεγαλωσύνης απόδειξιν. Ὃ δὴ καὶ ἐνταυθα γέγονεν, ἱκανὸν ἐκπλῆξαι τὸν τύραννον. ᾿Εννόησον γὰρ οἷα πάσχειν εἰκὸς ἣν τὸν Ἡρώδην, καὶ πῶς ἀποπνίγεσθαι, ἀπατηθέντα παρὰ τῶν μάγων καὶ οὕτω καταγελασθεντα. Τί γὰρ: εἰ μὴ γέγονε βελτίων: Οὐ τοῦ ταῦτα οἰκονομήσαντος. ἔγκληκια, ἀλλὰ τῆς ἐκείνου μανίας ἡ ὑπερβολὴ, μηδὲ τοῖς δυναμένοις αὐτὸν παραμυθήσασθαι καὶ ἀποστῆσαι τῆς πονηρίας εἴκοντος, ἀλλ᾽ ἐπεξιόντος περαιτέρω, ἵνα καὶ χαλεπωτέραν δέξηται δίκην τῆν ᾿τοιαύτης ἀνοίας. Καὶ τίνος ἕνεκεν, φησὶν, εἰς Αἴγυπτον τὸ παιδίον πέμπεται; Μάλιστα μὲν καὶ ὁ εὐαγγελιστὴς τὴν αἰτίαν εἴρηκεν᾽ ἵνα πληρωθῇ γὰρ, φησὶν, ὅτι ἐξ Αἰγύπτου ἐκάλεσα τὸν ΤΟ». υἱόν μου ἅμα δὲ καὶ χρηστῶν προοίμια λοιπὸν ἐλπίδων τῇ οἰκουμένη προανεφωνεῖτο. ᾿Επειδὴ γὰρ Βαβυλὼν καὶ Αἵγνπτος μάλιστα τῆς γῆς ἁπάσης τῇ φλογὶ τῆς ἀσεβείας ἦσαν ἐκκεκαυμέναι; ἐκ προοιμίων δεικνὺς ὅτι ἀμφοτέρας διορθώσεται καὶ βελτίουν ποιήσειν καὶ πείθων διὰ τούτων καὶ περὶ τῆς ὅλης οἰκουμένης τὰ χρηστὰ προσδοκᾶν, τῇ μὲν τοὺς μάγους ἀπέστειλε, τῇ δὲ αὐτὸς ἐπέβη μετὰ τῆς μητρός. Πρὸς δὲ τοῖς εἰρημένοις, καὶ ἕτερον. ἐντεῦθεν παιδευόμεθα, οὐ μικρὸν εἰς φιλοσοφίαν ἡμῖν συντεῖνον. Ποῖον δὴ τοῦτο! Τὸ ἐκ προοιμίων πειρασμοὺς προσδοκᾶν καὶ ἐπιβουλάς. Ὅρα γοῦν ἀπὸ τῶν σπαργάνων εὐθέως τοῦτο γινόμενον. Καὶ γὰρ τεχθέντος αὐτοῦ, καὶ τύραννος μαίνεται, καὶ φυγὴ καὶ μετάστασις γίνεται πρὸς τὴν ὑπερορίαν, καὶ οὐδὲν ἀδικήσασα ἡ μήτηρ εἰς τὴν τῶν βαρβάρων φυγαδεύεται χώραν᾽ ἵνα σὺ ταῦτα ἀκούων, ὅταν καταξιωθῆς διακονήσασθαί τινι πνεὺυματικῷ πράγματι, εἶτα ἴδης σαντὸν πάσχοντα Ῥ χὰ ἀνήκεστα καὶ μυρίους ὑπομένοντα κινδύνους, μὴ διαταραχθῆς, μηδὲ εἴπην᾽ τί ποτε τοῦτο ἐστι: καὶ μὴν στεφανοῦσθαί με ἔδει καὶ ᾿ἀνακηρύττεσθαι, καὶ λαμπρὸν εἶναι καὶ περιφανή, πρόσταγμα πληροῦντα δεσποτικόν' ἀλλ᾽ ἔχων τουτο τὸ ὑπόὙκια; φέρῃς πάντα γενναίως, εἰδώς ὅ ὅτι μάλιστα αὕτη τῶν πνευματικῶν ἡ ἀκολουθία ἐστὶ, τὸ πανταχοῦ πειρασμουε συγκεκληρωμένους ἔχειν. Ὅρα γοῦν οὐκ ἐπὶ τῆς μητρὸς καὶ τοῦ παιδίου τοῦτο γινόμενον. μόνον, ἀλλὰ καὶ επὶ τῶν βαρβάρων εκείνων. Καὶ γὰρ ἐκεῖνοι λάθρα ἀναχωροῦσιν ἐν τάξει φνγάδων: καὶ αὕτη παλιν, οὐδέποτε τὴν οἰκίαν ὑπερβᾶσα, μακρὰν οὕτω ταλαιπωρίας ὁδὸν ὑπομένειν κελεύεται; διὰ τὸν θαυμαστὸν τοῦτον τόκον καὶ τὰς πνευματικὰς ὠδῖνας. Καὶ θέα τὸ παράδοξον πάλιν. Παλαιστίνη μὲν επιβουλεύει,͵ Αἴγυπτος δὲ ὑποδέχεται καὶ διασώζει τὸν ἐπιβουλευόμενον. Οὐ γὰρ δὴ μόνον ἐπὶ τῶν παίδων τοὺ πατριάρχου τύποι συνέβαινον, ἀλλὰ καὶ ἐπ᾽ αὐτοῦ τοῦ δεσπότου. Πολλὰ γοῦν διὰ τῶν ὑπ᾽ αὐτοῦ γινομένων τότε προανεκηρύττετο τῶν ὕστερον συμβαίνειν μελλόντων ὅπερ οὖν καὶ ἐπὶ τῆς ὄνου καὶ ἐπὶ τοῦ πώλον γέγονε. Φανεὶς τοίνυν ὁ ἄγγελος, οὐχὶ τῇ Μαρίᾳ, αλλὰ τῷ ΟΙωσὴφ διαλέγεται καὶ τί φησιν: Εγερθεὶς παράλαβε τὸ παιδίον καὶ τὴν μητέρα αὐτοῦ. ᾿Ενταῦθα οὐκέτι λέγει τὴν γυναῖκα σον, αλλὰ τὴν μητέρα αὐτοῦ. ᾿Ἐπειδὴ γὰρ ὃ τόκος ἐξέβη, καὶ ἡ ὑποψία ἐλύθη, καὶ ὁ ἀνὴρ ἐπιστώθη, μετὰ παῤῥησίας λοιπὸν διαλέγεται ὁ ἄγγελος, οὔτε παιδίον, οὔτε γυναῖκα αὐτοῦ καλῶν ἀλλὰ τὸ παιδίον καὶ τὴν μητέρα αὐτοῦ καὶ φεῦγε εἰς Αἴγυπτον καὶ τὴν αἰτίαν λέγει τῆς φυγῆς μέλλει γὰρ ὁ Ἡρώδης, φησὶ, ζητεῖν τὴν ψυχὴν τοῦ παιδίου Ταῦτα ἀκούσας ὁ Ἰωσὴφ οὐκ ἐσκανδαλίσθη. οὐδὲ εἴπεν' αἴνιγμα τὸ πρᾶγμά ἐστιν οὐ πρώην ἔλεγες, ὅτι σώσει τὸν λαὸν αὐτοῦ; καὶ νῦν οὐδὲ ἐ ἑαυτὸν σώζει, αλλὰ φυγῆς ἡμῖν χρεία, καὶ ἀποδημίας, καὶ μακρᾶς μεταστάσεως ἐναντία τῇ ὑποσχέσει τὰ γινόμενα. Ἀλλ᾽ οὐδὲν τούτων λέγει πιστὸς γὰρ ἦν ὁ ἀνήρ' οὐδὲ περιεργάζεται τῆς ἑπανόδου τὸν χρόνον, καὶ ταῦτα τοῦ ἀγγέλου ἀδιορίστως αὐτὸν τεθεικότος ἕως γὰρ ἂν εἴπω σοι, ἴσθι ἐκεῖ. Ἀλλ᾽ ὅμως οὐδὲ πρὸς τοῦτο ἐνάρκησεν, ἀλλ᾽ ὑπακούει καὶ πείθεται, πάν-- τας μετὰ χαρᾶς τοὺς πειρασμοὺς ὑπομένων. Καὶ γὰρ ὁ φιλάνθρωπος θεὸς τοῖς ἐπιπόνοις τούτοις καὶ ἡδέα ἀνέμιξεν ὅπερ καὶ ἐπὶ πάντων τῶν ἁγίων ποιεῖ, οὔτε τοὺς κινδύνους, οὔτε τὰς ἀνέσεις συνεχεῖς τιθεὶς, ἀλλὰ καὶ διὰ τούτων καὶ δ ἐκείνων ὑφαίνων τὸν τῶν δικαίων βίον. Ὃ δὴ καὶ ἐνταῦθα πεποίηκε σκόπει γαρ. Εἶδε κύουσαν τὴν παρθένον εἰς ταραχὴν αὐτὸν ἐνέβαλε τοῦτο, καὶ τὸν ἔσχατον θόρυβον᾽ ἐπὶ μοιχείᾳ γὰρ τὴν κόρην ὑπώπτευεν ἀλλ᾽ εὐθέως ἐπέστη ὁ ἄγγελος, τήν τε ὑποψίαν λύων, καὶ τὸν φόβον ἀναιρῶν τοῦτον καὶ τὸ παιδίον τεχθὲν ὁρῶν, χαρὰν ἑκαρπώσατο μεγίστην. Πάλιν τὴν χαρὰν ταύτην κίνδυνος οὐ μικρὸς διαδέχεται, τῆς πόλεως ταραττομένης, καὶ τοῦ βασιλέως μαινομένου, καὶ τὸν τεχθέντα ἐπιζητοῦντος. ᾿Αλλὰ τὸν θόρυβον τοῦτον ἑτέρα πάλιν διεδέξατο χαρα' ὁ ἀστὴρ, καὶ ἡ τῶν μάγων προσκύνησις. Πάλιν μετὰ τὴν ἡδονὴν ταύτην φόβος καὶ κίνδυνος ζητεῖ γὰρ: φησὶν, ρωδης τὴν ψυχὴν τοῦ παιδίον καὶ δεῖ φυγεῖν καὶ μεθίστασθαι ἀνθρωπίνως θαυματουργεῖν γὰρ τέως οὐκ ἔδει. Εἰ γὰρ ἐκ πρώτης ἡλικίας θαύματα ἐπεδείξατυ, οὐδ᾽ ἃ ἂν ἐνομίσθη ἄνθρωπος εἶναι. Διά τοι τοῦτο οὐδὲ ἁπλῶς ναὸς πλάττεται, αλλὰ καὶ κύησις γίνεται, καὶ ἐννεαμηνιαῖος Χρόνος, καὶ ὠδὶ νες, καὶ τόκος, καὶ γαλακτοτροφία, καὶ διὰ παντὸς ἡσυχία τοῦ χρόνου, καὶ ἀναμένει τὴν ἀνδράσι πρέπουσαν ἡλικίαν' ἵνα διὰ πάντων εὐπαράδεκτον γένηται τῆς οἰκονομίας τὸ μυστήριον. Τίνος οὖν ἕνεκεν καὶ ταῦτα τὰ σημεῖα ἐγένετο, φησὶν, εξ ἀρχῆς: Διὰ τὴν ,μητέρα, διὰ τὸν ᾿Ιωσὴφ, διὰ τὸν Συμεὼν μέλλοντα ἀπιέναι λοιπὸν, διὰ τοὺς ποιμέόνας, διὰ τοὺς μάγους, διὰ τοὺς Ἰουδαίους. Εἰ γὰρ ἐβούλοντο προσέχειν μετὰ ἀκριβείας τοῖς γινομένοις, οὐ μικρὰ καὶ ἐντεῦθεν ἂν πρὸς τὰ μέλλοντα ἐκαρπώσαντο. Εἰ δὲ μὴ λέγουσιν οἱ προφῆται τὰ περὶ τῶν μάγων, μὴ θορυβηθῇν οὔτε γὰρ πάντα προεῖπον, οὔτε πάντα ἐσιώπησαν. Ὥσπερ γὰρ τὸ μηδὲν ἀκούσαντας ἰδεῖν ἢ παραγινόμενα τὰ πράγματα, πολλὴν ἐποίει τὴν ἔκπληξιν καὶ τὸν θόρυβον᾽ οὕτω καὶ τὸ πάντα μαθεῖν καθεύδειν παρεσκεύαζε τὸν ἀκροατὴν, καὶ τοῖς εὐαγγελισταῖς οὐδὲν ἠφίει πλέον. Εἰ δὲ περὶ τῆς προφητείας ἀμφιβάλλοιεν Ιουδαῖοι λέγοντες, τὸ εξ Αἰγύπτου ἐκάλεσα τὸν υἱόν μου' ἐπ᾿ αὐτῶν εἰρῆσθαι εἴποιμεν ἂν πρὸς αὐτοὺς, ὅτι καὶ οὗτος προφητείας νόμος, τὸ πολλὰ πολλάκις λέγεσθαι μὲν ἐπ᾽ ἄλλων, πληροῦσθαι δὲ εφ᾽ ἑτέρων, οἷον τὸ ἐπὶ τοῦ Συμεὼν καὶ Λευὶ εἰρημένον ἐστί διαμεριῶ γὰρ αὐτοὺς, φησὶν, ἐν Ιακωβ, ; διασπερῶ αὐτοὺς ἐν ᾿Ισραήλ' καίτοιγε οὐκ ἐπ᾿ αὐτῶν τοῦτο γέγονεν, ἀλλ᾽ ἐπὶ τῶν ἐγγόνων' καὶ τὸ ἐπὶ τοῦ Χα-Ο ναὰν δὲ παρὰ τοῦ Νώε λεχθὲν, εἰς τοὺς Γαβαωνίτας τοὺς ἐγγόνους τοῦ Χαναὰν ἐξέβη. Καὶ τὸ ἐπὶ τοῦ Ιακωβ οὕτως ἴδοι τις ἂν συμ ν᾽ αἱ γὰρ εὐλογίαι ἐκεῖναι αἱ λέγούσδεν. χὰ γίνου κύριος τοῦ ἀδελφοῦ σου, καὶ προσκυνησάτωσᾶν σε ὅ οἱ υἱοὶ τοῦ πατρός σου, οὐκ ἐπ᾽ αὐτοῦ τέλος ἔσχον, (πώς γάρ, τοῦ δεδοικότος καὶ τρέμοντος, καὶ μυριάκις αὐτὸν προσκυνοῦντος 3) ἀλλ ἐπὶ τῶν δγγόνων τῶν αὐτοῦ. Ὃ δὴ καὶ ἐνταῦθα εἴποι τις ἄν. Τίς γὰρ ἀληθέστερος

Hoi goun ᾿Askalōnitai kai hoi loipoi pantes, hēnika tēn kibōton elabon, kai plēgentes loipon parēnoun tois oikeiois mē polemein, mēde ex enantias histasthai, meta tōn allōn thaumatōn kai touto eis meson ēgon legontes hinati barynete tas kardias hymōn, kathōs ebarynen Aigyptos kai Pharaō? : ouch hote enepaixen autois, tote exapesteile ton laon autou kai ē apēlthon 3 Tauta de elegon, tōn allōn sēmeiōn tōn {5 nerōs ᾿genomenōn ouk elatton kai touto nomizontes einai, eis tēn tēs dynameōs autou kai tēs megalōsynēs apodeixin. Ho dē kai entautha gegonen, hikanon ekplēxai ton tyrannon. ᾿Ennoēson gar hoia paschein eikos hēn ton Hērōdēn, kai pōs apopnigesthai, apatēthenta para tōn magōn kai houtō katagelasthenta. Ti gar: ei mē gegone beltiōn: Ou tou tauta oikonomēsantos. enklēkia, alla tēs ekeinou manias hē hyperbolē, mēde tois dynamenois auton paramythēsasthai kai apostēsai tēs ponērias eikontos, all᾽ epexiontos peraiterō, hina kai chalepōteran dexētai dikēn tēn ᾿toiautēs anoias. Kai tinos heneken, phēsin, eis Aigypton to paidion pempetai? Malista men kai ho euangelistēs tēn aitian eirēken᾽ hina plērōthę̄ gar, phēsin, hoti ex Aigyptou ekalesa ton TO». huion mou hama de kai chrēstōn prooimia loipon elpidōn tę̄ oikoumenē proanephōneito. ᾿Epeidē gar Babylōn kai Haignptos malista tēs gēs hapasēs tę̄ phlogi tēs asebeias ēsan ekkekaumenai? ek prooimiōn deiknys hoti amphoteras diorthōsetai kai beltioun poiēsein kai peithōn dia toutōn kai peri tēs holēs oikoumenēs ta chrēsta prosdokan, tę̄ men tous magous apesteile, tę̄ de autos epebē meta tēs mētros. Pros de tois eirēmenois, kai heteron. enteuthen paideuometha, ou mikron eis philosophian hēmin synteinon. Poion dē touto! To ek prooimiōn peirasmous prosdokan kai epiboulas. Hora goun apo tōn sparganōn eutheōs touto ginomenon. Kai gar techthentos autou, kai tyrannos mainetai, kai phygē kai metastasis ginetai pros tēn hyperorian, kai ouden adikēsasa hē mētēr eis tēn tōn barbarōn phygadeuetai chōran᾽ hina sy tauta akouōn, hotan kataxiōthēs diakonēsasthai tini pneuymatikǭ pragmati, eita idēs santon paschonta Rh cha anēkesta kai myrious hypomenonta kindynous, mē diatarachthēs, mēde eipēn᾽ ti pote touto esti: kai mēn stephanousthai me edei kai ᾿anakēryttesthai, kai lampron einai kai periphanē, prostagma plērounta despotikon' all᾽ echōn touto to hypoUkia? pherę̄s panta gennaiōs, eidōs ho hoti malista hautē tōn pneumatikōn hē akolouthia esti, to pantachou peirasmoue synkeklērōmenous echein. Hora goun ouk epi tēs mētros kai tou paidiou touto ginomenon. monon, alla kai epi tōn barbarōn ekeinōn. Kai gar ekeinoi lathra anachōrousin en taxei phngadōn: kai hautē palin, oudepote tēn oikian hyperbasa, makran houtō talaipōrias hodon hypomenein keleuetai? dia ton thaumaston touton tokon kai tas pneumatikas ōdinas. Kai thea to paradoxon palin. Palaistinē men epibouleuei,͵ Aigyptos de hypodechetai kai diasōzei ton epibouleuomenon. Ou gar dē monon epi tōn paidōn tou patriarchou typoi synebainon, alla kai ep᾽ autou tou despotou. Polla goun dia tōn hyp᾽ autou ginomenōn tote proanekērytteto tōn hysteron symbainein mellontōn hoper oun kai epi tēs onou kai epi tou pōlon gegone. Phaneis toinyn ho angelos, ouchi tę̄ Marią, alla tǭ OIōsēph dialegetai kai ti phēsin: Egertheis paralabe to paidion kai tēn mētera autou. ᾿Entautha ouketi legei tēn gynaika son, alla tēn mētera autou. ᾿Epeidē gar ho tokos exebē, kai hē hypopsia elythē, kai ho anēr epistōthē, meta parrhēsias loipon dialegetai ho angelos, oute paidion, oute gynaika autou kalōn alla to paidion kai tēn mētera autou kai pheuge eis Aigypton kai tēn aitian legei tēs phygēs mellei gar ho Hērōdēs, phēsi, zētein tēn psychēn tou paidiou Tauta akousas ho Iōsēph ouk eskandalisthē. oude eipen' ainigma to pragma estin ou prōēn eleges, hoti sōsei ton laon autou? kai nyn oude e heauton sōzei, alla phygēs hēmin chreia, kai apodēmias, kai makras metastaseōs enantia tę̄ hyposchesei ta ginomena. All᾽ ouden toutōn legei pistos gar ēn ho anēr' oude periergazetai tēs hepanodou ton chronon, kai tauta tou angelou adioristōs auton tetheikotos heōs gar an eipō soi, isthi ekei. All᾽ homōs oude pros touto enarkēsen, all᾽ hypakouei kai peithetai, pan-- tas meta charas tous peirasmous hypomenōn. Kai gar ho philanthrōpos theos tois epiponois toutois kai hēdea anemixen hoper kai epi pantōn tōn hagiōn poiei, oute tous kindynous, oute tas aneseis synecheis titheis, alla kai dia toutōn kai d ekeinōn hyphainōn ton tōn dikaiōn bion. Ho dē kai entautha pepoiēke skopei gar. Eide kyousan tēn parthenon eis tarachēn auton enebale touto, kai ton eschaton thorybon᾽ epi moicheią gar tēn korēn hypōpteuen all᾽ eutheōs epestē ho angelos, tēn te hypopsian lyōn, kai ton phobon anairōn touton kai to paidion techthen horōn, charan hekarpōsato megistēn. Palin tēn charan tautēn kindynos ou mikros diadechetai, tēs poleōs tarattomenēs, kai tou basileōs mainomenou, kai ton techthenta epizētountos. ᾿Alla ton thorybon touton hetera palin diedexato chara' ho astēr, kai hē tōn magōn proskynēsis. Palin meta tēn hēdonēn tautēn phobos kai kindynos zētei gar: phēsin, rōdēs tēn psychēn tou paidion kai dei phygein kai methistasthai anthrōpinōs thaumatourgein gar teōs ouk edei. Ei gar ek prōtēs hēlikias thaumata epedeixaty, oud᾽ ha an enomisthē anthrōpos einai. Dia toi touto oude haplōs naos plattetai, alla kai kyēsis ginetai, kai enneamēniaios Chronos, kai ōdi nes, kai tokos, kai galaktotrophia, kai dia pantos hēsychia tou chronou, kai anamenei tēn andrasi prepousan hēlikian' hina dia pantōn euparadekton genētai tēs oikonomias to mystērion. Tinos oun heneken kai tauta ta sēmeia egeneto, phēsin, ex archēs: Dia tēn ,mētera, dia ton ᾿Iōsēph, dia ton Symeōn mellonta apienai loipon, dia tous poimeonas, dia tous magous, dia tous Ioudaious. Ei gar eboulonto prosechein meta akribeias tois ginomenois, ou mikra kai enteuthen an pros ta mellonta ekarpōsanto. Ei de mē legousin hoi prophētai ta peri tōn magōn, mē thorybēthę̄n oute gar panta proeipon, oute panta esiōpēsan. Hōsper gar to mēden akousantas idein ē paraginomena ta pragmata, pollēn epoiei tēn ekplēxin kai ton thorybon᾽ houtō kai to panta mathein katheudein pareskeuaze ton akroatēn, kai tois euangelistais ouden ēphiei pleon. Ei de peri tēs prophēteias amphiballoien Ioudaioi legontes, to ex Aigyptou ekalesa ton huion mou' ep᾿ autōn eirēsthai eipoimen an pros autous, hoti kai houtos prophēteias nomos, to polla pollakis legesthai men ep᾽ allōn, plērousthai de eph᾽ heterōn, hoion to epi tou Symeōn kai Leui eirēmenon esti diameriō gar autous, phēsin, en Iakōb, ? diasperō autous en ᾿Israēl' kaitoige ouk ep᾿ autōn touto gegonen, all᾽ epi tōn engonōn' kai to epi tou Cha-O naan de para tou Nōe lechthen, eis tous Gabaōnitas tous engonous tou Chanaan exebē. Kai to epi tou Iakōb houtōs idoi tis an sym n᾽ hai gar eulogiai ekeinai hai legousden. cha ginou kyrios tou adelphou sou, kai proskynēsatōsan se ho hoi huioi tou patros sou, ouk ep᾽ autou telos eschon, (pōs gar, tou dedoikotos kai tremontos, kai myriakis auton proskynountos 3) all epi tōn dngonōn tōn autou. Ho dē kai entautha eipoi tis an. Tis gar alēthesteros

The people of Ascalon, at any rate, and all the rest, when they had taken the ark and been struck, and then were advising their own people not to make war nor to stand against him, brought forward this too among the other wonders, saying: “Why do you harden your hearts, as Egypt and Pharaoh hardened theirs? Was it not when he had mocked them that he sent his people away, and they departed?” They said this, thinking this no less than the other signs that had happened openly a proof of his power and greatness. Which happened here too, enough to amaze the tyrant. For consider what Herod was likely to feel, and how he must have choked, deceived by the magi and so laughed at. What then, if he did not become better? It is not the fault of the one who arranged these things, but the excess of his madness, who did not yield even to what could have consoled him and turned him from wickedness, but went further, so as to receive a heavier penalty for such folly.

“And why,” someone says, “is the child sent to Egypt?” The evangelist above all has given the reason: “that it might be fulfilled,” he says, “Out of Egypt I called my Son.” At the same time the beginnings of good hopes were proclaimed beforehand to the world. For since Babylon and Egypt, above all the earth, were burning with the flame of ungodliness, showing from the start that he would correct both and make them better, and persuading us by this to expect good things for the whole world too, to the one he sent the magi, and the other he himself visited with his mother. Besides what has been said, we are taught something else from this, contributing not a little to our philosophy. What is this? To expect temptations and plots from the start. See, at any rate, this happening right from the swaddling clothes. For when he is born, the tyrant rages, and there is flight and removal abroad, and his mother, who had done no wrong, flees into the land of the barbarians; so that you, hearing these things, when you are counted worthy to serve some spiritual matter, and then see yourself suffering incurable things and enduring countless dangers, may not be thrown into confusion nor say: “What is this? I ought to have been crowned and proclaimed, and to be splendid and renowned, fulfilling the Master's command”; but having this example, may bear everything nobly, knowing that this above all is the order of spiritual things, to have temptations allotted to them everywhere. See, at any rate, this happening not only with the mother and the child, but with those barbarians too. For they too withdraw secretly in the rank of fugitives; and she again, who had never gone beyond her house, is ordered to endure so long and toilsome a journey because of this wonderful childbirth and the spiritual birth pangs. And see the marvel again. Palestine plots against him, and Egypt receives and saves the one plotted against. For types happened not only in the case of the patriarch's sons, but also in the case of the Master himself. Many of the things that happened later were proclaimed beforehand through what he did then, as happened with the ass and the colt.

The angel, then, appearing, speaks not to Mary but to Joseph; and what does he say? “Rise, take the child and his mother.” Here he no longer says “your wife,” but “his mother.” For since the birth had taken place, the suspicion had been resolved, and the husband had been assured, the angel now speaks with boldness, calling neither the child nor the wife his, but “the child and his mother, and flee into Egypt”; and he states the reason for the flight: “For Herod,” he says, “is about to seek the child's life.” Hearing this, Joseph was not offended, nor did he say: “The thing is a riddle. Did you not say the other day that he would save his people? And now he does not even save himself, but we need flight and a journey abroad and a long removal; what happens is contrary to the promise.” But he says none of this, for the man was faithful; nor does he pry into the time of the return, although the angel had set it indefinitely: “For remain there until I tell you.” Yet not even at this did he grow sluggish, but he obeys and is persuaded, enduring all the temptations with joy. For God, who loves mankind, mixed pleasant things with these toils too; which he does with all the saints, making neither the dangers nor the respites continuous, but weaving the life of the righteous from both. This he did here too; for consider. He saw the virgin pregnant; this threw him into confusion and the utmost distress, for he suspected the maiden of adultery; but at once the angel came, both resolving the suspicion and removing this fear; and seeing the child born, he reaped the greatest joy. Again, no small danger succeeds this joy, as the city is troubled, and the king rages and seeks the newborn. But this distress was succeeded again by another joy, the star and the worship of the magi. Again, after this pleasure, fear and danger: “For Herod,” he says, “seeks the child's life,” and he must flee and remove in a human way; for it was not yet time to work miracles. For if he had displayed miracles from his earliest age, he would not even have been thought to be a man. That is why the temple is not simply fashioned, but there is a conception, a time of nine months, birth pangs, childbirth, nursing at the breast, quiet through the whole period, and he waits for the age fitting for men; so that through all things the mystery of the dispensation might be readily accepted. “Why then,” someone says, “did these signs happen at the beginning?” For his mother, for Joseph, for Simeon who was soon to depart, for the shepherds, for the magi, for the Jews. For if they had been willing to attend carefully to what was happening, they would have reaped no small benefit from this too for what was to come. And if the prophets do not speak of the magi, do not be troubled; for they neither foretold everything nor kept silent about everything. For as seeing events come about without having heard anything would have caused great amazement and disturbance, so learning everything would have made the hearer sleep and left the evangelists nothing more to do.

And if the Jews dispute about the prophecy, saying that “Out of Egypt I called my Son” was said of them, we would say to them that this too is a law of prophecy, that many things are often said of some but fulfilled in others; as for instance what was said of Simeon and Levi: “I will divide them in Jacob,” he says, “and scatter them in Israel”; and yet this did not happen with them, but with their descendants. And what was said by Noah about Canaan came to pass in the Gibeonites, Canaan's descendants. And one could see the same with Jacob; for those blessings that say, “Be lord of your brother, and let your father's sons bow down to you,” were not fulfilled in him (how could they be, when he feared and trembled and bowed down to his brother countless times?), but in his descendants. So one might say here too. For who would more truly be called son of God:

8.4Field 1

υἱὸς θεοῦ λεχθείη ; ὁ μόσχον προσκυνῶν, καὶ τῷ Βεελφεγωρ τελούμενος; καὶ τοὺς υἱοὺς θύων τοῖς δαιμονίοις ; ἢ ἢ ὁ φύσει υἱὸς, καὶ τὸν γεγεννηκότα τιμῶν. Ὥστε εἰ μὴ παρεγένετο οὗτος, οὐκ ἂν προφητεία τέλος ἔλαβε τὸ προσῆκον. Ὅρα γοῦν πῶς αὐτὸ καὶ ὁ εὐαγγελιστὴς αἰνίττεται λέγων, ἵνα πληρωθῇ, δεικνὺς ὅ ὅτι οὐκ ἂν ἐπληρωθη, εἰ μὴ παραγέγονεν. Οὐχ ὡς ἔτυχε δὲ καὶ τὴν παρθένον λαμπρὰν τοῦτο ποιεῖ καὶ περιφανῆ. Ὅπερ γὰρ εἶχεν. ὁ δῆμος ἅπας ἐν ἐγκωμίου τάξει, τοῦτο καὶ αὐτὴ λοιπὸν ἔχειν ἠδύνατο. ᾿Επειδὴ γὰρ μέγα ἐφρόνουν ἑ ἐπὶ τῷ ανελθεῖν ἐξ Αἰγύπτου, καὶ ἐκόμπαζον' (ὅπερ ἢ ουν καὶ προφήτης αἰνιττόμενος ἔλεγεν Ἧς οὐχὶ τοὺς ἀλλοφύλους ἀνήγαγον. ἐκ Ναππαδοκίας, καὶ τοὺς ,ΛΑσσυρίους. ἐκ βόθρου ..)) ποιεῖ καὶ τῆς παρθένου τὸ προτέρημα τοῦτο. Μᾶλλον δὲ καὶ ὁ λαὸς καὶ ὁ πατριάρχης ᾿καταβάντες ἐκεῖ καὶ ἀναβάντες ἐκεῖθεν, τὸν τῆς ἀνόδου ταύτης τύπον ἑπλήρουν. Καὶ γὰρ ἐκεῖνοι θάνατον φεύγοντες τὸν ἀπὸ τοῦ λιμοῦ, κατηεσαν᾽ καὶ οὗτος θάνατον τὸν ἐξ ἐπιβουλῆς. ᾿Αλλ ἐκεῖνοι μὲν κατελθόντες, τοῦ λιμοῦ τότε ἀπηλλάγησαν' οὗτος δὲ καταβὰς, τὴν χώραν πᾶσαν διὰ τῆς ἐπιβάσεως ἡγίασε. Σκόπει γοῦν πῶς μεταξὺ τῶν ταπεινῶν καὶ τὰ τῆς θεότητος ἐκκαλύπτεται. Καὶ γὰρ ὁ ἄγγελος εἰπὼν, φεῦγε εἰς Αἰγύπτου, οὐκ ἐπηγγείλατο αὐτοῖς συνοδοιπορεῖν, οὔτε κατιοῦσιν; οὔτε ἀνιοῦσιν, αἰνιττόμενος ὅτι μέγαν ἔχουσι συνοδοιπόρον, τὸ τεχθὲν παιδίον᾽ ὃς καὶ τὰ πράγματα πάντα μετέβαλεν ὁ ομοῦ φανεὶς, καὶ τοὺς ἐχθροὺς παρεσκεύασε πολλὰ πρὸς τὴν οἰκονομίαν διακονήσασθαι ταύτην. Καὶ γὰρ μάγοι καὶ βάρβαροι τὴν πατρῴαν δεισιδαιμονίαν ἀφέντες, ἔρχονται προσκυνήσοντες καὶ ὁ Αὔγουστος ὑπηρετεῖται τῷ ἐν |δηθλεὲμ τόκῳ, διὰ τοῦ προστάγματος τῆς ἀπογραφῆς ῆ Αἴγυπτος διασώζει δεξαμένη φεύγοντα καὶ ἐπιβουλευόμενον, καὶ λαμβάνει τινὰ τῆς πρὸς αὐτὸν οἰκειώσεως αφορμήν᾽ ἵν ὅταν μέλλῃ κηρυτπόμενον αὐτὸν ἀκούειν παρὰ τῶν ἀποστόλων, καὶ ἐπὶ τούτῳ καλλωπίζηται, ἅ ἅτε αὐτὸν δεξαμένη πρώτη. Καὶ μὴν τῆς Παλαιστίνης ἤν τὸ προτέρημα τοῦτο μόνης αλλ᾽ αὕτη θερμοτέρα ἐκείνης γέγονε. Καὶ νὺν ἐλθὼν εἰς τὴν ἔρημον τῆς Αἰγύπτου, παραδείσου παντὸς βελτίω τὴν ἔρημον Ταύτην ὄψει γεγενημένην, καὶ χοροὺς ἀγγέλων μυρίους ἐν [ἀνθρωπίνοις σχήμασι, καὶ δήμους μαρτύρων, καὶ συλλόγους παρθένων᾽ καὶ πᾶσαν μὲν τοῦ διαβόλου τὴν τυραννίδα καταλελυμένην, τὴν δὲ τοῦ Χριστοῦ βασιλείαν ὁ διαλάμπουσαν. Καὶ τὴν ποιητῶν καὶ ᾿σόφων καὶ μάγων μητέρα, καὶ τὴν πᾶν εἶδος μαγγανείας εὑροῦσαν καὶ τοῖς ἄλλοις διαδοῦσαν, ταύτην ὄψει νῦν ἐπὶ τοις ἁλιεῦσι ᾿καλλωπιζομένην, καὶ ἐκείνων μὲν καταφρονοῦσαν ἁπάντων, τὸν δὲ τελώνην καὶ σκηνοποιὸν πανταχοῦ περιφέβουσαν, καὶ τὸν σταυρὸν προβαλλομένην. Καὶ ταῦτα οὐκ ἐν ταῖς πόλεσι μόνον τὰ ἀἄγαθα, ἀλλὰ καὶ ἐν ταῖς ἐρήμοις μᾶλλον ἡ ἐν ταῖς πόλεσι. Βαὶ γάρ ἐστιν ἰδεῖν πανταχοὺ τῆς χώρας ἐκείνης τοῦ Χριστοῦ τὸ στρατόπεδον, καὶ τὴν βασιλικὴν ἀγέλην, καὶ τὴν τῶν ἄνω δυνάμεων πολιτείαν καὶ ταῦτα οὐκ ᾿ἐπ' ἀνδράσι μόνον, ἀλλὰ καὶ ἐν γυναικείᾳ ὕσει κρατοῦντα εὕροι τις ἄν. Καὶ γὰρ καὶ ἐκεῖναι οὐχ ἥττον ἀνδρῶν φιλοσοφοῦσιν, οὐκ ἀσπίδα λαμβάνουσαι καὶ ἀναβαίνουσαι ἵππον, καθάπερ οἱ σεμνοὺ τῶν Ελλήνων κελεύουσι νομοθέται καὶ φιλόσοφοι, ἀλλ᾽ ἑτέραν πολὺ χαλεπωτέραν ᾿ἀναδεχόμεναι μάχην. Κοινὸς γὰρ αὐταῖς καὶ ἀνδράσιν ὁ πόλεμος πρὸς τὸν διάβολον καὶ τὰς ἐξουσίας καὶ οὐδαμοῦ τὸ τῆς φύσεως ἁπαλὸν ἐμπόδιον γίνεται ταῖς τοιαύταις συμβολαῖς οὐ γὰρ σωμάτων φύσει, ἀλλὰ ψυχῆς προαιρέσει ταῦτα κρίνεται τὰ παλαίσματα. Διὰ τοῦτο καὶ γυναῖκες ἀνδρῶν μάλλον ἡγωνίσαντο πολλάκις, καὶ φαιδρότερα τρόπαια ἔστησαν. Οὐχ οὕτως ἐστὶ λαμπρὸς ὁ οὐρανὸς τῳ ποικίλῳ τῶν ἄστρων χο ῷ, ὡς ἡ ἔρημος Αἰγύπτου, τὰς σκηνὰς πανταχόθεν ἡμῖν δεικνύουσα τῶν μοναχῶν.

huios theou lechtheiē ? ho moschon proskynōn, kai tǭ Beelphegōr teloumenos? kai tous huious thyōn tois daimoniois ? ē ē ho physei huios, kai ton gegennēkota timōn. Hōste ei mē paregeneto houtos, ouk an prophēteia telos elabe to prosēkon. Hora goun pōs auto kai ho euangelistēs ainittetai legōn, hina plērōthę̄, deiknys ho hoti ouk an eplērōthē, ei mē paragegonen. Ouch hōs etyche de kai tēn parthenon lampran touto poiei kai periphanē. Hoper gar eichen. ho dēmos hapas en enkōmiou taxei, touto kai autē loipon echein ēdynato. ᾿Epeidē gar mega ephronoun he epi tǭ anelthein ex Aigyptou, kai ekompazon' (hoper ē oun kai prophētēs ainittomenos elegen Hēs ouchi tous allophylous anēgagon. ek Nappadokias, kai tous ,LAssyrious. ek bothrou ..)) poiei kai tēs parthenou to proterēma touto. Mallon de kai ho laos kai ho patriarchēs ᾿katabantes ekei kai anabantes ekeithen, ton tēs anodou tautēs typon heplēroun. Kai gar ekeinoi thanaton pheugontes ton apo tou limou, katēesan᾽ kai houtos thanaton ton ex epiboulēs. ᾿All ekeinoi men katelthontes, tou limou tote apēllagēsan' houtos de katabas, tēn chōran pasan dia tēs epibaseōs hēgiase. Skopei goun pōs metaxy tōn tapeinōn kai ta tēs theotētos ekkalyptetai. Kai gar ho angelos eipōn, pheuge eis Aigyptou, ouk epēngeilato autois synodoiporein, oute katiousin? oute aniousin, ainittomenos hoti megan echousi synodoiporon, to techthen paidion᾽ hos kai ta pragmata panta metebalen ho omou phaneis, kai tous echthrous pareskeuase polla pros tēn oikonomian diakonēsasthai tautēn. Kai gar magoi kai barbaroi tēn patrǭan deisidaimonian aphentes, erchontai proskynēsontes kai ho Augoustos hypēreteitai tǭ en |dēthleem tokǭ, dia tou prostagmatos tēs apographēs ē Aigyptos diasōzei dexamenē pheugonta kai epibouleuomenon, kai lambanei tina tēs pros auton oikeiōseōs aphormēn᾽ hin hotan mellę̄ kērytpomenon auton akouein para tōn apostolōn, kai epi toutǭ kallōpizētai, ha hate auton dexamenē prōtē. Kai mēn tēs Palaistinēs ēn to proterēma touto monēs all᾽ hautē thermotera ekeinēs gegone. Kai nyn elthōn eis tēn erēmon tēs Aigyptou, paradeisou pantos beltiō tēn erēmon Tautēn opsei gegenēmenēn, kai chorous angelōn myrious en [anthrōpinois schēmasi, kai dēmous martyrōn, kai syllogous parthenōn᾽ kai pasan men tou diabolou tēn tyrannida katalelymenēn, tēn de tou Christou basileian ho dialampousan. Kai tēn poiētōn kai ᾿sophōn kai magōn mētera, kai tēn pan eidos manganeias heurousan kai tois allois diadousan, tautēn opsei nyn epi tois halieusi ᾿kallōpizomenēn, kai ekeinōn men kataphronousan hapantōn, ton de telōnēn kai skēnopoion pantachou periphebousan, kai ton stauron proballomenēn. Kai tauta ouk en tais polesi monon ta aagatha, alla kai en tais erēmois mallon hē en tais polesi. Bai gar estin idein pantachou tēs chōras ekeinēs tou Christou to stratopedon, kai tēn basilikēn agelēn, kai tēn tōn anō dynameōn politeian kai tauta ouk ᾿ep' andrasi monon, alla kai en gynaikeią hysei kratounta heuroi tis an. Kai gar kai ekeinai ouch hētton andrōn philosophousin, ouk aspida lambanousai kai anabainousai hippon, kathaper hoi semnou tōn Ellēnōn keleuousi nomothetai kai philosophoi, all᾽ heteran poly chalepōteran ᾿anadechomenai machēn. Koinos gar autais kai andrasin ho polemos pros ton diabolon kai tas exousias kai oudamou to tēs physeōs hapalon empodion ginetai tais toiautais symbolais ou gar sōmatōn physei, alla psychēs proairesei tauta krinetai ta palaismata. Dia touto kai gynaikes andrōn mallon hēgōnisanto pollakis, kai phaidrotera tropaia estēsan. Ouch houtōs esti lampros ho ouranos tǭ poikilǭ tōn astrōn cho ǭ, hōs hē erēmos Aigyptou, tas skēnas pantachothen hēmin deiknyousa tōn monachōn.

the one who worshiped a calf, was initiated to Baal of Peor, and sacrificed his sons to demons, or the one who is Son by nature and honors the one who begot him? So if he had not come, the prophecy would not have received its fitting fulfillment. See, at any rate, how the evangelist hints at this, saying “that it might be fulfilled,” showing that it would not have been fulfilled had he not come. And this also makes the virgin splendid and renowned, not by chance. For what the whole people held as a ground of praise, this she too could now have. For since they were proud of coming up out of Egypt and boasted of it (which the prophet also hinted at, saying, “Did I not bring up the foreigners from Cappadocia, and the Assyrians from the pit?”), he makes this the virgin's prerogative too. Or rather, the people and the patriarch, going down there and coming up from there, were fulfilling the type of this return. For they went down fleeing death by famine, and he death by plotting. But they, going down, were then freed from the famine; while he, going down, sanctified the whole land by his visit.

See, at any rate, how amid the lowly things the things of the Godhead too are revealed. For the angel, saying, “Flee into Egypt,” did not promise to travel with them, either going down or coming up, hinting that they had a great fellow traveler, the newborn child, who changed all things as soon as he appeared and made his enemies render much service to this dispensation. For magi and barbarians, leaving their ancestral superstition, come to worship; and Augustus serves the birth in Bethlehem through the decree of the census; Egypt receives and saves him as he flees and is plotted against, and receives a ground of kinship with him, so that when it is about to hear him proclaimed by the apostles, it may pride itself on this too, as having received him first. And yet this was the prerogative of Palestine alone; but Egypt became warmer than Palestine. And now, if you go to the desert of Egypt, you will see this desert become better than any paradise, and countless choirs of angels in human forms, and peoples of martyrs, and companies of virgins; and the whole tyranny of the devil undone, and the kingdom of Christ shining forth. And the mother of poets and sages and magicians, she who invented every kind of sorcery and handed it on to others, you will see now priding herself on the fishermen, despising all those, and carrying everywhere the tax collector and the tentmaker, and holding up the cross before her. And these good things are not only in the cities, but in the deserts even more than in the cities. For one can see everywhere in that land the army of Christ, the royal flock, and the way of life of the powers above; and one would find these prevailing not only among men but also in the nature of women. For they too practice philosophy no less than men, not taking up the shield and mounting the horse, as the venerable lawgivers and philosophers of the Greeks order, but undertaking another, far harder battle. For the war against the devil and the powers is common to them and to men, and nowhere does the softness of their nature become a hindrance in such encounters; for these contests are judged not by the nature of bodies but by the choice of the soul. That is why women have often contended more than men and set up more splendid trophies. Heaven with its varied choir of stars is not so bright as the desert of Egypt, showing us on every side the cells of the monks.

8.5Field 1

Εἴ τις τὴν παλαιὰν Αἴγυπτον ἐκείνην, τήν θεομάχον καὶ μαινομάνην; τὴν τῶν αἰλούρων δούλην, τὴν κρόμμνα δεδοικυῖαν καὶ τρέμουσαν οἷδεν, οὗτος εἴσεται καλῶς τοῦ Χριστοῦ τὴν ἰσχυν. Μᾶλλον δὲ οὐ χρεία ἡμῖν παλαιῶν διηγημάτων ἔτι γὰρ καὶ νὺν τῆς ἀνοήτου ἐκείνης λείψανα μένει πρὸς ἀπόδειξιν τῆς προτέρας μανίας. Αλλ᾽ ὅμως οὗτοι οἱ τὸ παλαιὸν πάντες πρὸς τοσαύτην ἀποῤῥαγέντες μανίαν, περὶ οὐρανοῦ καὶ τῶν ὑπὲρ οὐρανὸν φιλοσοφοῦσι πραγμάτων, καὶ καταγελῶσι τῶν πατρῴων ἐθῶν, καὶ τοὺς προγόνους Ταλανίζουσι, καὶ τῶν φιλοσόφων οὐδένα ποιοῦνται λόγον. Ἔμαθον γὰρ διὰ τῶν πραγμάτων αὐτῶν; ὅτι τὰ μὲν ἐκείνων γραϊδίων. μεθυόντων ἐστὶν εὑρέματα, ἡ δὲ ὄντως φιλοσοφία καὶ τῶν οὐρανῶν ἀξία αὕτη εστὶν διὰ τῶν ἁλιέων αὐτοῖς καταγγελθεῖσα. Διὰ δη τοῦτο μετὰ τῆς τοσαύτης ἀκριβείας τῶν δογμάτων, καὶ τὴν ἀπὸ τοῦ βίου πολλὴν ἐνδείκνυνται σπουδήν. Τὰ γὰρ ὄντα ἀποδυσάμενοι πάντα, καὶ τῷ κόσμῳ σταυρωθέντες παντὶ, καὶ περαιτέρω πάλιν ἐλαύνουσι, τῆ τοῦ σώματος ἐργασίᾳ πρὸς τὴν τῶν δεομένων ἀποχρώμενοι τροφήν. Οὐδὲ γὰρ ἐπειδὴ νηστεύουσι καὶ ,ἀγρυπνοῦσιν, ἀργεῖν μεθ᾽ ἡ ἡμέραν ἀξιοῦσιν ἀλλὰ τὰς μὲν νύκτας τοῖς ἱεροῖς ὕμνοις καὶ ταῖς παννυχίσι, τὰς δὲ ἡμέρας εἰς εὐχάς τε ὁμοῦ καὶ τὴν απὸ τῶν χειρῶν ἐργασίαν καταναλίσκουσι, τὸν ἀποστολικὸν μιμούμενοι ζῆλον. Ει γὰρ ἐκθῖίνος, τῆς οἰκουμένης πρὸς αὐτὸν βλεπούσης, ἵἴ ἵνα τοὺς δεομένους διατρέφηῃ, καὶ ἐργαστήριον κατέλαβε, καὶ τέχνην μετεχείρισε, καὶ οὐδὲ τὰς νύκτας ἐκάθευδε τοῦτο ποιῶν᾽ πολλῷ μᾶλλον ἡμᾶς, φησὶ, τοὺς ἔρημον κατειληφότας, καὶ οὐ δὲν: κοινὸν πρὸς τοὺς ἐν ταῖς πόλεσι θορύβους ἔ ἔχοντας, τῇ τῆς ἡσυχίας σχολῇ εἰς ἐργασίαν πνευματικὴν καταχρήσασθαι δίκαιον. Αἰσχυνώμεθα τοίνυν ἅπαντες, καὶ οἱ πλουτοῦντες καὶ οἱ πενόμενοι, ὅταν ἐκεῖνοι μὲν μηδὲν ὅλως ἔχοντες, ἀλλ᾽ ἢ σῶμα μόνον καὶ χεῖρας, βιάζωνται καὶ φιλονεικῶσι πρόσοδον τοῖς δεομένοις ἐντεῦθεν εὑρεῖν ἡμεῖς δὲ, μυρίων ἔνδον ἀποκειμένων, μηδὲ τῶν περιττῶν εἰς ταῦτα ἀἁπτώμεθα. Ποίαν οὖν ἕξομεν ἀπολογίαν, εἰπέ μοι τίνα δὲ συγγνώμην: Καίτουγε ἐννόησον, πῶς τὸ παλαιὸν ἦσαν οὗτοι καὶ φιλοχρήματοι, καὶ γαστρίμαργοι, μετὰ τῶν ἄλλων κακῶν. ᾽Εκεῖ γὰρ ἦσαν οἱ λέβητες τών κρεῶν, ὧν οἱ ᾿Ιουδαῖοι μέμνηνται ἐκεῖ ἡ πολλὴ τῆς γαστρὸς τυραννίς. Ἀλλ᾽ ὅμως ἐπειδὴ ἐβουλήθησαν, μετεβάλοντο, καὶ τὸ πῦρ τοῦ Χριστοῦ δεξάμενοι, πρὸς τὸν οὐρανὸν ἀθρόον μεθωρμίσαντο καὶ θερμύτεροι τῶν ἄλλων ὄντες, καὶ πρὸς ὀργὴν καὶ πρὸς ἡδονὴν σωμάτων προπετέστεροι, τὰς ἀσωμάτους δυνάμεις τῇ ἐπιεικείᾳ καὶ τῇ λοιπῇ τῆς φιλοσοφίας ἀπαθείᾳ μιμοῦνται. Καὶ εἴ τις ἐν τῇ χώρᾳ γέγονεν, οἶδεν ἅ ἁ λέγω. Εἰ δέ τις οὐδέποτε ἐπέ η τῶν σκηνῶν ἐκείνων, ἐννοείτω τὸν μέχρι νῦν ἐν τοῖς ἁπάντων στόμασιν ὄντα, ὃν μετὰ τοὺς ἀποστόλους ἡ Αἴγυπ-α τος ἤνεγκε; τὸν μακάριον καὶ μέγαν Ἀντώνιον, καὶ λογιζέσθω ὅτι καὶ οὗτος ἐν ἐκείνῃ τῇ χώρᾳ γέγονεν, ἐν ἡ καὶ Φαραώ: αλλ᾽ ὅμως οὐδὲν παρεβλάβη, ἀλλὰ καὶ θείας ὄψεως κατηξιώθη, καὶ τοιοῦτον ἐπεδείξατο βίον, οἷον οἱ τοῦ Χριστοῦ νόμοι ζητοῦσι. Καὶ τοῦτο εἴσεταί τις μετὰ ἀκριβείας, ἐντυχὼν τῷ βιβλίῳ τῷ τὴν ἱστορίαν ἔχοντι τῆς ἐκείνου ζωῆς, ἐν ᾧ καὶ πολλὴν ὄψεται τὴν προφητείαν. Καὶ γὰρ περὶ τῶν τὰ Ἀρείου νοσούντων προανεφωνησέ τε καὶ εἶπε τὴν ἐξ ἐκείνων μέλλουσαν γίνεσθαι βλάβην, τοῦ θεοῦ δείξαντος αὐτῷ τότε, καὶ πρὸ τῶν ὀφθαλμῶν τὰ μέλλοντα ὑπογράψαντος ἅπαντα ὃ δὴ μάλιστα μετὰ τῶν ἄλλων τῆς αληθείας ἐστὶν ἀπόδειξις, τὸ μηδένα τῶν ἔξωθεν αἱρέσεων ἄνδρα τοιοῦτον ἔχειν. ᾿Αλλ᾽ ἵνα μὴ παρ᾽ ἡμῶν ταῦτα ἥἧ ἀκούσητε, τοῖς γράμμασιν ἐγκύψαντες τοῖς τοῦ βιβλίου, πάντα μαθήσεσθε μετὰ ἀκριβείας, καὶ πολλὴν παιδενθήσεσθε τὴν φιλοσοφίαν ἐκεῖθεν. Τοῦτο δὲ παρακαλώ, οὐχ ἵνα ἐπέλθωμεν τὰ γεγραμμένα μόνον, αλλ᾽ ἵνα καὶ ζηλώσωμεν, καὶ μήτε χώραν, μήτε ἀνατροφὴν, μήτε προγόνων πονηρίαν προβαλλώμεθα. Ἂν γὰρ θέλωμεν ἐαντοῖς προσέχειν, οὐδὲν τούτων ἡμῖν ἔσται κώλυμα. ᾿Επεὶ αἱ ᾿Αβραὰμ ἀσεβῆ πατέρα ἔσχεν; ἀλλ᾽ οὐ διεδέξατο τὴν ταβανο, ἰνς καὶ ὁ ᾿Εζεχίας τὸν Ἅ Αχαζ, ἀλλ᾽ ὅμως οὗτος φίλος τῷ θεῷ ἐγένετο᾽ καὶ ὁ ᾿Ιωσὴφ δὲ ἐν μέση τότε Αἰγύπτῳ τοὺς τῆς σωφροσύνης ἀνεδήσατο στεφάνου καὶ οἱ παῖδες δὲ οἱ τρεῖς ἐν Βαβυλῶνι μέσῃ, καὶ ἐν οἰκίᾳ μέση; Συβαριτικῆς παρακειμένης τραπέζης, τὴν ἄκραν ἐπεδείξαντο φιλοσοφίαν καὶ Μωὺῦσῆς δὲ ἐν Αἰγύπτῳ, καὶ ὁ Παῦλος ἐν τῇ οἰκουμένῃ καὶ οὐδὲν οὐδενὶ τούτων ἐγένετο κώλυμα πρὸς τὸν τῆς ἀρετῆς δρόμον. Ταῦτ᾽ οὖν καὶ ἡμεῖς πάντα ἐννοοῦντες, τὰς μὲν περιττὰς Ταύτας σκήψεις καὶ προφάσεις ἐκ μέσου ποιησώμεθα, τῶν δὲ ὑπὲρ τῆς ἀρετῆς ἱδρώτων ἁψώμεθα. Οὕτω γὰρ καὶ τὸν ( θεὸν ἐπὶ μείζονα ἐπισπασόμεθα εὔνοιαν, καὶ πείσομεν ᾿συνεῷαὐ τασυαι τῶν ἀγώνων ἡμῖν, καὶ τῶν αἰωνίων ἀπολαύσομεν ἀγαθῶν ὧν γένοιτο πάντας ἡμᾶς ἐπιτυχεῖν, χάριτι καὶ φιλανθρωπίᾳ τοῦ κυρίου ἡμῶν ᾿Ιησοῦ Χριστοῦ, ᾧ ἡ δόξα καὶ τὸ κράτος εἰς τοὺς αἰῶνας τῶν αἰώνων.

Ei tis tēn palaian Aigypton ekeinēn, tēn theomachon kai mainomanēn? tēn tōn ailourōn doulēn, tēn krommna dedoikuian kai tremousan hoiden, houtos eisetai kalōs tou Christou tēn ischyn. Mallon de ou chreia hēmin palaiōn diēgēmatōn eti gar kai nyn tēs anoētou ekeinēs leipsana menei pros apodeixin tēs proteras manias. All᾽ homōs houtoi hoi to palaion pantes pros tosautēn aporrhagentes manian, peri ouranou kai tōn hyper ouranon philosophousi pragmatōn, kai katagelōsi tōn patrǭōn ethōn, kai tous progonous Talanizousi, kai tōn philosophōn oudena poiountai logon. Emathon gar dia tōn pragmatōn autōn? hoti ta men ekeinōn graïdiōn. methyontōn estin heuremata, hē de ontōs philosophia kai tōn ouranōn axia hautē estin dia tōn halieōn autois katangeltheisa. Dia dē touto meta tēs tosautēs akribeias tōn dogmatōn, kai tēn apo tou biou pollēn endeiknyntai spoudēn. Ta gar onta apodysamenoi panta, kai tǭ kosmǭ staurōthentes panti, kai peraiterō palin elaunousi, tē tou sōmatos ergasią pros tēn tōn deomenōn apochrōmenoi trophēn. Oude gar epeidē nēsteuousi kai ,agrypnousin, argein meth᾽ hē hēmeran axiousin alla tas men nyktas tois hierois hymnois kai tais pannychisi, tas de hēmeras eis euchas te homou kai tēn apo tōn cheirōn ergasian katanaliskousi, ton apostolikon mimoumenoi zēlon. Ei gar ekthiinos, tēs oikoumenēs pros auton blepousēs, hii hina tous deomenous diatrephēę̄, kai ergastērion katelabe, kai technēn metecheirise, kai oude tas nyktas ekatheude touto poiōn᾽ pollǭ mallon hēmas, phēsi, tous erēmon kateilēphotas, kai ou den: koinon pros tous en tais polesi thorybous e echontas, tę̄ tēs hēsychias scholę̄ eis ergasian pneumatikēn katachrēsasthai dikaion. Aischynōmetha toinyn hapantes, kai hoi ploutountes kai hoi penomenoi, hotan ekeinoi men mēden holōs echontes, all᾽ ē sōma monon kai cheiras, biazōntai kai philoneikōsi prosodon tois deomenois enteuthen heurein hēmeis de, myriōn endon apokeimenōn, mēde tōn perittōn eis tauta haaptōmetha. Poian oun hexomen apologian, eipe moi tina de syngnōmēn: Kaitouge ennoēson, pōs to palaion ēsan houtoi kai philochrēmatoi, kai gastrimargoi, meta tōn allōn kakōn. ᾽Ekei gar ēsan hoi lebētes tōn kreōn, hōn hoi ᾿Ioudaioi memnēntai ekei hē pollē tēs gastros tyrannis. All᾽ homōs epeidē eboulēthēsan, metebalonto, kai to pyr tou Christou dexamenoi, pros ton ouranon athroon methōrmisanto kai thermyteroi tōn allōn ontes, kai pros orgēn kai pros hēdonēn sōmatōn propetesteroi, tas asōmatous dynameis tę̄ epieikeią kai tę̄ loipę̄ tēs philosophias apatheią mimountai. Kai ei tis en tę̄ chōrą gegonen, oiden ha ha legō. Ei de tis oudepote epe ē tōn skēnōn ekeinōn, ennoeitō ton mechri nyn en tois hapantōn stomasin onta, hon meta tous apostolous hē Aigyp-a tos ēnenke? ton makarion kai megan Antōnion, kai logizesthō hoti kai houtos en ekeinę̄ tę̄ chōrą gegonen, en hē kai Pharaō: all᾽ homōs ouden pareblabē, alla kai theias opseōs katēxiōthē, kai toiouton epedeixato bion, hoion hoi tou Christou nomoi zētousi. Kai touto eisetai tis meta akribeias, entychōn tǭ bibliǭ tǭ tēn historian echonti tēs ekeinou zōēs, en hǭ kai pollēn opsetai tēn prophēteian. Kai gar peri tōn ta Areiou nosountōn proanephōnēse te kai eipe tēn ex ekeinōn mellousan ginesthai blabēn, tou theou deixantos autǭ tote, kai pro tōn ophthalmōn ta mellonta hypograpsantos hapanta ho dē malista meta tōn allōn tēs alētheias estin apodeixis, to mēdena tōn exōthen haireseōn andra toiouton echein. ᾿All᾽ hina mē par᾽ hēmōn tauta hēē akousēte, tois grammasin enkypsantes tois tou bibliou, panta mathēsesthe meta akribeias, kai pollēn paidenthēsesthe tēn philosophian ekeithen. Touto de parakalō, ouch hina epelthōmen ta gegrammena monon, all᾽ hina kai zēlōsōmen, kai mēte chōran, mēte anatrophēn, mēte progonōn ponērian proballōmetha. An gar thelōmen eantois prosechein, ouden toutōn hēmin estai kōlyma. ᾿Epei hai ᾿Abraam asebē patera eschen? all᾽ ou diedexato tēn tabano, ins kai ho ᾿Ezechias ton Ha Achaz, all᾽ homōs houtos philos tǭ theǭ egeneto᾽ kai ho ᾿Iōsēph de en mesē tote Aigyptǭ tous tēs sōphrosynēs anedēsato stephanou kai hoi paides de hoi treis en Babylōni mesę̄, kai en oikią mesē? Sybaritikēs parakeimenēs trapezēs, tēn akran epedeixanto philosophian kai Mōyysēs de en Aigyptǭ, kai ho Paulos en tę̄ oikoumenę̄ kai ouden oudeni toutōn egeneto kōlyma pros ton tēs aretēs dromon. Taut᾽ oun kai hēmeis panta ennoountes, tas men perittas Tautas skēpseis kai prophaseis ek mesou poiēsōmetha, tōn de hyper tēs aretēs hidrōtōn hapsōmetha. Houtō gar kai ton ( theon epi meizona epispasometha eunoian, kai peisomen ᾿syneǭau tasyai tōn agōnōn hēmin, kai tōn aiōniōn apolausomen agathōn hōn genoito pantas hēmas epitychein, chariti kai philanthrōpią tou kyriou hēmōn ᾿Iēsou Christou, hǭ hē doxa kai to kratos eis tous aiōnas tōn aiōnōn.

If anyone knows that old Egypt, the God-fighting and raving, the slave of cats, which feared and trembled at onions, he will know well the strength of Christ. Or rather, we have no further need of old stories; for even now remnants of that folly remain as proof of the former madness. Yet these men, who of old had all broken away into such madness, now practice philosophy about heaven and the things above heaven, laugh at their ancestral customs, count their forefathers wretched, and make no account of the philosophers. For they have learned from the facts themselves that the philosophers' teachings are the inventions of drunken old women, but that the true philosophy, worthy of heaven, is this one proclaimed to them by the fishermen. That is why, with such exactness of doctrines, they show also great zeal in their life. For having stripped off all they had, and been crucified to the whole world, they drive further still, using the labor of the body to feed those in need. For they do not think that, because they fast and keep vigil, they may be idle by day; but they spend the nights in sacred hymns and vigils, and the days in prayers together with the work of their hands, imitating the apostolic zeal. For if he, when the whole world was looking to him, took to a workshop and handled a trade so as to feed those in need, and did not even sleep at night while doing so, much more, they say, is it right for us, who have taken to the desert and have nothing in common with the turmoil of the cities, to use the leisure of our quiet for spiritual work.

Let us all be ashamed, then, both rich and poor, when they, having nothing at all but a body and hands, strive and compete to find from them revenue for those in need, while we, with countless things stored within, do not touch even our superfluities for this. What defense, then, shall we have, tell me? What pardon? And yet consider how of old these men were lovers of money and gluttons, besides their other evils. For there were the fleshpots that the Jews remember; there the great tyranny of the belly. Yet when they willed, they changed, and receiving the fire of Christ, they sailed over all at once to heaven; and though hotter than others and more headlong toward anger and bodily pleasure, they imitate the bodiless powers in gentleness and in the rest of philosophy's freedom from passion. And anyone who has been in that country knows what I am saying. But if anyone has never set foot in those cells, let him consider the man who until now is on everyone's lips, whom Egypt bore after the apostles, the blessed and great Antony, and let him reckon that he too was born in that land in which Pharaoh was; yet he took no harm, but was even counted worthy of a divine vision, and displayed such a life as the laws of Christ require. And one will know this exactly by reading the book that contains the story of his life, in which he will see much prophecy too. For he foretold concerning those sick with the disease of Arius, and spoke of the harm that would come from them, God showing it to him then and sketching all that was to come before his eyes; which above all, along with the rest, is a proof of the truth, that none of the heresies outside has such a man. But so that you may not hear these things from us, bend over the writings of the book and you will learn everything exactly, and be trained in much philosophy from it.

And I urge this, not that we may merely go through what is written, but that we may also emulate it, and not plead country, or upbringing, or the wickedness of ancestors. For if we are willing to attend to ourselves, none of these will be a hindrance to us. For Abraham too had an ungodly father, but did not inherit his wickedness; and Hezekiah had Ahaz, yet he became a friend of God; and Joseph, in the midst of Egypt then, wore the crowns of chastity; and the three children, in the midst of Babylon and in the midst of a house where a Sybaritic table was set before them, showed the highest philosophy; and Moses in Egypt, and Paul in the world; and nothing became a hindrance to any of them in the race of virtue. Considering all these things, then, let us put out of the way these superfluous excuses and pretexts, and take up the sweat of virtue. For so we shall draw God to greater goodwill, and persuade him to contend with us in our contests, and shall enjoy the eternal good things; which may we all obtain, by the grace and lovingkindness of our Lord Jesus Christ, to whom be glory and might to the ages of ages.

Chapter 9

9.1Field 1

Τότε ἰδὼν Ἡρώδης ὅτι ἐνεπαίχθη ὑπὸ τῶν μαγων, εθυμωθὴη λίαν. Καὶ μὴν οὐκ ἐχρῆν θυμωθῆναι, ἀλλὰ φοβηθῆναι καὶ συσταλῆναι, καὶ ἰδεῖν ὅτι ἀνηνύτοις ἐπιχειρεῖ πράγμασιν. Ἀλλ᾽ οὐ καταστέλλεται. Ὅταν γὰρ ἀγνώμων ἡ ψυχὴ καὶ ἀνίατος, οὐδενὶ εἴκει τῶν παρὰ τοῦ θεοῦ δεδομένων φαρμάκων. Ὅρα γοὺν καὶ τοῦτον τοῖς προτέροις ἐπαγωνιζόμενον, καὶ φόνῳ φόνους συνάπτοντα, καὶ κατὰ κρημνοῦ πανταχοῦ φερόμενον. Ὥσπερ γὰρ ὑπό τινος δαίμονος τῆς ὀργῆς ταύτης καὶ τῆς βασκανίας ἐκβακχευθεὶς, οὐδενὸς ποιεῖται λόγον, αλλὰ καὶ κατὰ τῆς φύσεως αὐτῆς μαίνεται, καὶ τὴν ὀργὴν τὴν κατὰ τῶν ἐμπαιξάντων μάγων, κατὰ τῶν οὐδὲν Ἰδικηκότων παίδων αφίησι, συγγενὲς δρᾶμα τῶν ἐν Αἰγύπτῳ ἣ γενομένων τότε ἐν Παλαιστίνῃ τολμῶν. «ς.᾿Αποστείλας γὰρ, φησὶν, ἀνεῖλε ἴ πάντας τοὺς παῖδας τοὺς ἐν Βηθλεὲμ καὶ ἐν πᾶσι τοῖς ὁρίοις αὐτῆς, ἀπὸ διετοῦς καὶ κατωτέρω, κατὰ τὸν χρόνον ὃν ἡκρίβώσε παρὰ τῶν μάγων. ᾿Ενταῦθα μοι μετὰ «ἀκριβείας προσέχετε. Καὶ γὰρ πολλοὶ πολλὰ φλυαρουσιν ὑπὲρ τῶν παίδων τούτων, ἀδικίαν ἐγκαλοῦντες τοῖς γεγενημένοις καὶ οἱ μὲν ἐπιεικέστερον ὑπὲρ αὐτῶν διαποροῦσιν, οἱ δὲ θρασύτερον καὶ μανικώτερον. ἵν᾽ οὖν τοὺς μὲν τῆς μανίας, τοὺς δὲ τῆς ἀπορίας. ἀπαλλάξωμεν, ἀνάσχεσθε μικρὸν διαλεγομένων ἡ ἡμῶν περὶ τῆς ὑποθέσεως ταύτης. Εἰ ; γὰρ ἃ δ τοῦτο ἐγκαλοῦσιν, ὅτι περιώφθη τὰ παιδία ἀναιρούμενα, ἐγκαλέσουσι καὶ τῇ τῶν στρατιωτῶν σφαγῇ τῶν τὸν Πέτρον φυλαττόντων. Ὥσπερ γὰρ ἐνταῦθα τοῦ παιδίου φυγόντος, ὅτερα παιδία Ὠ ἀντὶ τοῦ ζητουμένου κατασφάττεται' οὕτω δὴ ᾿καὶ τότε τὸν Πέτρον τοῦ δεσμωτηρίου καὶ τῶν ἀλύσεων ἀπαλλάξαντος τοῦ ἀγγέλου; ὁμώνυμός τις τοῦ τυράννου τούτου καὶ ὁμότροπος ζητήσας καὶ οὐχ εὑρὼν, τοὺς τηροῦντας αὐτὸν στρατιώτας ἀπέκτεινεν ἀντ΄ ἐκείνους. Καὶ τί τοῦτο; φησί τοῦτο γὰρ οὐ λύσις, ἀλλὰ προσθήκη τοῦ ζητουμένου. Οἷδα καγὼ, καὶ διὰ τοῦτο εἰς μέσον πάντα φέρω τὰ τοιαῦτα, ἵνα πάσι μίαν ἐπαγάγω τὴν λύσιν. Τίς οὖν ἐστι τούτων ἡ λύσις ; καὶ τίνα ἂν ἔχοιμεν λόγον εὐπρόσωπον εἰπεῖν ; Ὅτι οὐχ ΘῈ Χριστὸς τῆς σφαγῆς αὐτοῖς αἴτιος γέγονεν, ἀλλ᾽ ἡ ὠμότης τοὺ βασιλέων ὥσπερ οὖν οὐδὲ ἐκείνοις ὁ Πέτρος, ἀλλ᾽ ἡ ἄνοια τοῦ Ἡ ρώδου. Εἰ μὲν γὰρ τοῖχον διορυγέντα εἶδεν, ἤ θύρας ἀνατραπείσας; εἶχεν ἴσως ῥᾳθυμίαν ἐγκαλέσαι, τοῖς ἐπὶ σχήματος μενόντων, καὶ τῶν θυρῶν ἀποκεκλεισμένων, καὶ τῶν ἀλύσεων ταῖς χερσὶ τῶν φυλαττόντων συμβεβλημένων (καὶ γὰρ ἦσαν αὐτῷ συνδεδεμένοι), ἤδύνατο συλλογίσασθαι ἐκ τούτων; εἴγε ὀρθὼς ἐδίκαζε τοῖς ᾿γινομένοις, ὅτι οὐκ ἀνθρωπίνης δυνάμεως ἦν, οὐδὲ κακουργίας τὸ γινόμενον, ἀλλὰ θείας τινὸς καὶ ᾿παραδοξοποιοῦ δυνάμεως, καὶ προσκυνῆσαι τὸν . ποιήσαντα ταῦτα, ἀλλ᾽ οὐ πολεμῆσαι τοῖς φυλάττουσιν. Οὕτω γὰρ ὁ θεὸς ἐποίησεν ἅπερ ἐποίησεν ἅπαντα, ὡς μὴ αιόνον τοὺς φύλακας μὴ προδοῦναι,. ἀλλὰ καὶ τὸν βασιλέα δὲ αὐτῶν χειραγωγῆσαι προς τὴν ἀλήθειαν. Εἰ δὲ ἀγνώμων ἐκεῖνος ἐφάνη, τί πρὸς τὸν σοφὸν τῶν νυ ΧΩν: ἰατρὸν καὶ πάντα ἐπ᾽ εὐεργεσίᾳ πραγματευόμενον ὴ τοῦ κάμνοντος ἀταξία: Ὃ δὴ καὶ ἐνταῦθα ἐστιν εἰπεῖν. Τίνος γὰρ ἕνεκεν ἐθυμώθης, ὡ Ἡρώδη, παρὰ τῶν μάγων ἐμπαιχθείς : : οὐκ ἔγνως ὅτι θεῖος ὁ τόκος ἦν; οὐ σὺ τοὺς ἀρχιερεῖς ἐκάλεσας : οὐ σὺ τοὺς γραμματέας συνήγαγες οὐχὶ κληθέντες ἐκεῖνοι καὶ τὸν προφήτην μεθ᾽ ἑαντῶν εἰς τὸ σὸν εἰσήγαγον δικαστήριον ταῦτα ἄνωθεν προαναφωνοῦντα οὐκ εἶδες τὰ παλαιὰ ( τοῖς νέοις συμφωνοῦντα: οὐκ ἤκουσας ὅτι καὶ ἀστὴρ τούτοιν διηκονήσατο: οὐκ ἠδέσθης τῶν βαρβάρων τὴν σπουδήν: οὐκ ἐθαύμασας αὐτῶν τὴν παῤῥησίαν: οὐκ ἔφριξας τοῦ προφήτου τὴν ἀλήθειαν οὐκ ἐνενόησας απὸ τῶν προτέρων καὶ τὰ ἔσχατα; Τίνος ἕνεκεν οὐκ ἐλογίσω κατὰ σεαυτὸν ἐκ τούτων ἁπάντων, ὅτι οὐ τῆς ἀπάτης τῶν μάγων ἣν τὸ γινόμενον, αλλὰ θείας δυνάμεως πάντα πρὸς τὸ δέον οἰκονομούσης ; Εἰ δὲ καὶ ἡπατήθης παρὰ τῶν μάγων, τί πρὸς τὰ παιδία τὰ οὐδὲν ἠδικηκότα: )

Tote idōn Hērōdēs hoti enepaichthē hypo tōn magōn, ethymōthēē lian. Kai mēn ouk echrēn thymōthēnai, alla phobēthēnai kai systalēnai, kai idein hoti anēnytois epicheirei pragmasin. All᾽ ou katastelletai. Hotan gar agnōmōn hē psychē kai aniatos, oudeni eikei tōn para tou theou dedomenōn pharmakōn. Hora goun kai touton tois proterois epagōnizomenon, kai phonǭ phonous synaptonta, kai kata krēmnou pantachou pheromenon. Hōsper gar hypo tinos daimonos tēs orgēs tautēs kai tēs baskanias ekbakcheutheis, oudenos poieitai logon, alla kai kata tēs physeōs autēs mainetai, kai tēn orgēn tēn kata tōn empaixantōn magōn, kata tōn ouden Idikēkotōn paidōn aphiēsi, syngenes drama tōn en Aigyptǭ hē genomenōn tote en Palaistinę̄ tolmōn. «s.᾿Aposteilas gar, phēsin, aneile i pantas tous paidas tous en Bēthleem kai en pasi tois horiois autēs, apo dietous kai katōterō, kata ton chronon hon hēkribōse para tōn magōn. ᾿Entautha moi meta «akribeias prosechete. Kai gar polloi polla phlyarousin hyper tōn paidōn toutōn, adikian enkalountes tois gegenēmenois kai hoi men epieikesteron hyper autōn diaporousin, hoi de thrasyteron kai manikōteron. hin᾽ oun tous men tēs manias, tous de tēs aporias. apallaxōmen, anaschesthe mikron dialegomenōn hē hēmōn peri tēs hypotheseōs tautēs. Ei ? gar ha d touto enkalousin, hoti periōphthē ta paidia anairoumena, enkalesousi kai tę̄ tōn stratiōtōn sphagę̄ tōn ton Petron phylattontōn. Hōsper gar entautha tou paidiou phygontos, hotera paidia Ō anti tou zētoumenou katasphattetai' houtō dē ᾿kai tote ton Petron tou desmōtēriou kai tōn alyseōn apallaxantos tou angelou? homōnymos tis tou tyrannou toutou kai homotropos zētēsas kai ouch heurōn, tous tērountas auton stratiōtas apekteinen ant΄ ekeinous. Kai ti touto? phēsi touto gar ou lysis, alla prosthēkē tou zētoumenou. Hoida kagō, kai dia touto eis meson panta pherō ta toiauta, hina pasi mian epagagō tēn lysin. Tis oun esti toutōn hē lysis ? kai tina an echoimen logon euprosōpon eipein ? Hoti ouch ThE Christos tēs sphagēs autois aitios gegonen, all᾽ hē ōmotēs tou basileōn hōsper oun oude ekeinois ho Petros, all᾽ hē anoia tou Hē rōdou. Ei men gar toichon diorygenta eiden, ē thyras anatrapeisas? eichen isōs rhąthymian enkalesai, tois epi schēmatos menontōn, kai tōn thyrōn apokekleismenōn, kai tōn alyseōn tais chersi tōn phylattontōn symbeblēmenōn (kai gar ēsan autǭ syndedemenoi), ēdynato syllogisasthai ek toutōn? eige orthōs edikaze tois ᾿ginomenois, hoti ouk anthrōpinēs dynameōs ēn, oude kakourgias to ginomenon, alla theias tinos kai ᾿paradoxopoiou dynameōs, kai proskynēsai ton . poiēsanta tauta, all᾽ ou polemēsai tois phylattousin. Houtō gar ho theos epoiēsen haper epoiēsen hapanta, hōs mē aionon tous phylakas mē prodounai,. alla kai ton basilea de autōn cheiragōgēsai pros tēn alētheian. Ei de agnōmōn ekeinos ephanē, ti pros ton sophon tōn ny ChŌn: iatron kai panta ep᾽ euergesią pragmateuomenon ē tou kamnontos ataxia: Ho dē kai entautha estin eipein. Tinos gar heneken ethymōthēs, hō Hērōdē, para tōn magōn empaichtheis : : ouk egnōs hoti theios ho tokos ēn? ou sy tous archiereis ekalesas : ou sy tous grammateas synēgages ouchi klēthentes ekeinoi kai ton prophētēn meth᾽ heantōn eis to son eisēgagon dikastērion tauta anōthen proanaphōnounta ouk eides ta palaia ( tois neois symphōnounta: ouk ēkousas hoti kai astēr toutoin diēkonēsato: ouk ēdesthēs tōn barbarōn tēn spoudēn: ouk ethaumasas autōn tēn parrhēsian: ouk ephrixas tou prophētou tēn alētheian ouk enenoēsas apo tōn proterōn kai ta eschata? Tinos heneken ouk elogisō kata seauton ek toutōn hapantōn, hoti ou tēs apatēs tōn magōn hēn to ginomenon, alla theias dynameōs panta pros to deon oikonomousēs ? Ei de kai hēpatēthēs para tōn magōn, ti pros ta paidia ta ouden ēdikēkota: )

“Then Herod, seeing that he had been mocked by the magi, was exceedingly angry.” And yet he ought not to have been angry, but to have feared and drawn back, and seen that he was attempting impossibilities. But he is not restrained. For when the soul is ungrateful and incurable, it yields to none of the remedies given by God. See, at any rate, how this man too vies with his former deeds, joining murders to murder, and rushing everywhere over the precipice. For as if driven wild by some demon of this anger and envy, he takes account of nothing, but rages even against nature itself; and the anger he had against the magi who mocked him he lets loose against the children who had done no wrong, daring in Palestine then a drama akin to what happened in Egypt. “For sending,” it says, “he killed all the children in Bethlehem and in all its borders, from two years old and under, according to the time which he had learned exactly from the magi.”

Here attend to me carefully. For many talk much nonsense about these children, charging injustice in what happened; and some raise the difficulty about them more reasonably, others more boldly and madly. So that we may free the latter from their madness and the former from their difficulty, bear with us a little while we discuss this subject. For if they charge this, that the children were allowed to be killed, they will charge also the slaughter of the soldiers who guarded Peter. For as here, when the child fled, other children are slaughtered in place of the one sought, so then too, when the angel had freed Peter from the prison and the chains, someone of the same name and character as this tyrant, having sought him and not found him, killed the soldiers who guarded him in his place. “And what of it?” someone says. “This is not a solution, but an addition to the question.” I know it too, and that is why I bring all such things into the midst, so as to bring one solution to all. What then is their solution? And what plausible account could we give? That it was not Christ who was the cause of their slaughter, but the cruelty of the king; as neither was Peter the cause for those men, but the folly of Herod. For if he had seen a wall dug through or doors broken down, he might perhaps have been able to charge the guards with carelessness; but as it was, when the guards remained in their posts, the doors were shut, and the chains were attached to the hands of the guards (for they were bound to him), he could have reasoned from these things, had he judged the events rightly, that what happened was not the work of human power nor of wrongdoing, but of some divine and wonder-working power, and could have worshiped the one who did these things instead of making war on the guards. For God did all he did in such a way as not only not to betray the guards, but also to lead their king by the hand to the truth. And if he proved ungrateful, what has the disorder of the patient to do with the wise physician who does everything for his benefit? The same can be said here too. Why were you angry, Herod, at being mocked by the magi? Did you not know that the birth was divine? Did you not call the chief priests? Did you not gather the scribes? Did they not, when called, bring the prophet with them into your court, foretelling these things long ago? Did you not see the old agreeing with the new? Did you not hear that a star too served these things? Did you not respect the zeal of the barbarians? Did you not marvel at their boldness? Did you not shudder at the truth of the prophet? Did you not understand the last things from the first? Why did you not reason with yourself from all these things that what happened was not the deceit of the magi, but the work of a divine power arranging everything as it should be? And even if you were deceived by the magi, what had that to do with the children who had done no wrong?

9.2Field 1

Ναὶ, φησίν ἀλλὰ τὸν μὲν Ἡρωδην καλώς ἀπεστέρησας τῆς ἀπολογίας, καὶ μιαιφόνον ἔδειξας οὐδέπω δὲ τὸν περὶ τῆς ἀδικίας τῶν γεγενημένων ἔλυσας λόγον. Εἰ γὰρ καὶ ἐκεῖνος ἀδίκως ἔπραττε, τίνος ἕνεκεν ὁ θεὸς συνεχώρησε ; Τί οὖν ἄν εἴποιμεν πρὸς τοῦτος Ὅπερ αεὶ καὶ ἐν ἐκκλησίᾳ, καὶ ἐν ἀγορᾷ, καὶ πανταχοῦ λέγων οὐ παύομαι ὃ καὶ ὑμᾶς βούλομαι μετὰ ἀκριβείας διατηρεῖν κανὼν γάρ τίς ἐστι πρὸς ἅπασαν ἡμῖν τοιαύτην ἁρμόττων ἀπορίαν. Τός οὖν ἐστιν ὁ κανὼν, καὶ τίς ὁ λόγος ; Ὅτι οἱ μὲν ἀδικοῦντες πολλοὶ; δ Ἑ, δὲ ἀδικούμενος οὐδὲ εἷς. Καὶ ἵνα μὴ ἐπὶ πλεῖον ὑμᾶς τὸ αἴνιγμα ταράττῃ, καὶ τὴν λύσιν ἐπάγω ταχέως. Ὅπερ γὰρ ἂν πάθωμεν αδίκως παρ᾽ ὁτουοῦν, ἢ εἰς ἁμαρτημάτων διάλυσιν ὁ θεὸς ἡμῖν λογίζεται τὴν ἀδικίαν ἐκείνην, ἢ εἰς μισθῶν 4 ἀντίδοσιν. Καὶ ἵ ἵνα σαφέστερον γένηται τὸ λεγόμενον, ἐπὶ ὑποδείγματος τὸν λόγον ἀγάγωμεν. Θώμεν γὰρ εἶναί τινα οἰκέτην πολλὰ ὀφείλοντα τῷ δεσπότῃ χρήματα. εἶτα παρὰ αδίκων ἀνδρών ἐπηρεασθῆναι τὸν οἰκέτην τοῦτον, καὶ ἀφαιρεθηναί τινα τῶν αὐτου. Ἂν τοίνυν ὁ δεσπότης ὁ κωλῦσαι δυνάμενος τὸν ἅρπαγα καὶ πλεονέκτην, ἐκεῖνα μὲν μή ἀποκαταστήσῃ τὰ χρήματα, εἰς δὲ τὰ ὀφειλόμενα αὐτῷ παρὰ τοῦ δούλον λογίσηται τὰ ἀφαιρεθέντα, ἄρα μὴ ἠδίκηται ὁ οἰκέτης : Οὐδαμῶς. Τί δὲ, ἄν καὶ πλείονα ἀποδῷ: ἃ ἄρα οὐχὶ καὶ μειζόνως ἐκέρδανε ; Παντί που δῆλον. Τοῦτο τοίνυν καὶ ἐφ ὧν ἡμεῖς πάσχομεν, λογισώμεθα. Ὅτι γὰρ ὑπὲρ ὧν ἂν παθωμεν κακῶς» ἢ ἁμαρτήματα διαλυόμεθα, ἢ ἥ λαμπροτέρους λαμβάνομεν στεφάνους, ἂν μὴ ἁμαρτήματα τοσαῦτα ἔχωμεν, ἄκουσον τοῦ Παύλον λέγοντος ἡ πρὸς τὸν πεπορνευκότα Ἴ παράδοτε τὸν τοιοῦτον τῷ Σατανᾷ εἰς ὄλεθρον τῆς σαρκὸς, ἵνα τὸ πνεῦμα σωθῆ. Καὶ τί τοῦτος φησί. Περὶ γὰρ τῶν ἀδικουμένων παρ᾽ ἑτέρων ὁ λόγος ἦν, οὐ περὶ τῶν παρὰ τῶν διδασκάλων διορθουμένων. Μάλιστα μὲν οὐδὲν τὸ μέσον τὸ γὰρ ζητούμενον ἡ ἥν, εἰ τὸ παθεῖν κακῶς οὐκ ἔστιν ἐπήρεια τῷ παθόντι. Ἀλλ᾽ ἵνα καὶ πρὸς τὸ ἐγγύτερον τοῦ ζητουμένου ἀγάγω τὸν λόγον, ἀναμνήσθητι τοῦ Δαυίδ, ὃς τὸν Σεμεῖ τότε ὁρῶν ἐπικείμενον καὶ ἐναλλόμενον αὐτοῦ τῆ συμφορᾷ, καὶ μυρίοις αὐτὸν ὀνείδεσι πλύνοντα, βουλομένων ἀνελεῖν τῶν στρατηγῶν, διεκώλνε λόγων ὁ ἄφετε αὐτὸν καταρᾶσθαι, ὅπως ἴδῃ κύριος τὴν ταπείνωσίν μου, καὶ ἀνταποδῷ μοι ἀγαθὰ αντὶ τῆς κατάρας ταύτης ἐν τῇ ἡμέρᾳ ταύτῃ. Καὶ ἐν τοῖς ψαλμοῖς δὲ ᾿ἄδων ἔλεγεν ἴδε τοὺς ἐχθροὺς μου ὅτι ἐπληθύνθησαν, καὶ μῖσος ἄδικον ἐ ἐμίσησάν μα. καὶ ἄφες πάσας τὰς ἁμαρτίας μου. Καὶ ὁ Λάζαρος δὲ διὰ τοῦτο ἀπέλαυσεν ἀνέσεως, ἐπειδὴ μυρία κατὰ τὸν βίον τοῦτον ἔπαθε κακά. Οὐκ ἄρα Ἴδίκηνται οἱ ἀδικηθέντες, ἐὰν Ὑο νάϊ ἐνέγκωσιν ἅπερ πάσχουσιν ἅπαντα, ἀλλὰ καὶ μειζόνως κἐρδαίνουσιν, ἂν τε παρὰ τοῦ θεοῦ πλήττωνται, ἂν τε παρὰ τοῦ διαβόλον μαστίζωνται. Καὶ ποίαν εἶχον ἁμαρτίαν τὰ παιδία, φησὶν, ἵνα Ταύτην διαλύσωνται : περὶ μὲν γὰρ τῶν ἐν ἡλικίᾳ γενομένων καὶ πολλὰ πεπλημμεληκότων εἰκότως ἂν τις ταῦτα εἴποι οἱ δὲ ἃ ἄωρον οὕτως ὑπομείναντες τελευτὴν, ποῖα ἀμαρτήματα, δε ὧν κακῶς ἔπαθον, ἀπέθεντο: Οὐκ. ἤκουσάς μον λέγοντος» ὅτι κἀν ἁμαρτήματα μὴ ἥ, μισθῶν ἀντίδοσις ἐκεῖ γίνεται τοῖς πάσχουσιν ἐνταῦθα κακώς; Τί τοίνυν ἐβλάβη τὰ παιδία ἀναιρεθέντα ἐπὶ ὑποθέσει τοιαύτη» καὶ πρὸς τὸν ἀκύμαντον ταχέως ἀπενεχθέντα λιμένα: Ὅτι πολλὰ καὶ μεγάλα πολλάκις ἔμελλον, φησὶ, ζήσαντες κατορθοῦν. ᾿Αλλὰ διὰ τοῦτο οὐ μικρὸν αὐτοῖς. προαποτίθεται τὸν μισθὸν, τὸ ἐπὶ ὑποθέσει τοιαύτη καταλῦσαι τὸν βίον. Ἄλλως δὲ οὐδ᾽ ἂν εἴασεν, εἰ μεγάλοι τινὲς ἔμελλον ἔσεσθαι οἱ παῖδες, προαναρπασθῆναι. Εἰ γὰρ τοὺς ὃν πονηρίᾳ μέλλοντας ζῆν διη-: νεκώς, μετὰ μακροθυμίας φέρει τοσαύτης, πολλῷ μάλλον τούτους οὐκ ἂν εἴασεν. οὕτως ἀπενεχθῆναι, εἰ προήδει μεγάλα τινὰ ἀνύσοντας. Καὶ οὗτοι μὲν οἱ παρ ἡμῶν λόγοι οὐ μὴν ἅπαντες οὗτοι, ἀλλ᾽ εἰσὶ καὶ τούτων ἀποῤῥητότεροι ἕτεροι, οὺς μετὰ ἀκριβείας οἶδεν ὁ ταῦτα οἰκονομῶν αὐτός. Παραχωρήσαντες τοίνυν αὐτῷ τῆς ἀκριβεστέρας ἐν τούτῳ καταλήψεως, τῶν ἑξῆς ἡμεῖς ἐχώμεθα, καὶ ἐν ταῖς ἑτέρων συμῴοραις παιδευώμεθα πάντα φέρειν γενναίως. Καὶ γὰρ οὐ μικρὰ τότε κατέλαβε τὴν Βηθλεὲμ ,ΤΡαγῳδία, τῶν παίδων ἁρπαζομένων ἀπὸ τῆς θηλῆς τῶν μητέρων, καὶ ἐπὶ τὴν ἄδικον ταύτην ἀγομένων σφαγήν. Εἰ δὲ ἔτι μικροψυχεῖν» καὶ ἐλάττων εἶ τῆς ἐπὶ τούτοις φιλοσοφίας, μάθε τοῦ ταῦτα τολμήσαντος τὸ τέλος, καὶ μικρὸν ἀνάπνευσον. Ταχίστη γὰρ αὐτὸν ὑπὲρ τούτων κατέλαβε δίκη, καὶ τοῦ μιάσματος τούτου τὴν προσήκουσαν ἐδίδου τιμωρίαν, θανάτῳ χαλεπῷ καὶ τοῦ νῦν τολμηθέντος ἐλεεινοτέρῳ καταλύων τὸν βίον, καὶ ἕτερα μυρία πάσχων κακὰ, ἅπερ εἴσεσθε τὴν δ᾽ ἰωσήπου περὶ τούτων ἱστορίαν ἐπελθόντες ἣν, ἵνα μὴ μακρὸν ποιῶμεν τὸν λόγον καὶ τὴν συνέχειαν διακόπτωμεν, οὐκ ἀναγκαῖον εἶναι ἐνομίσαμεν τοῖς παροῦσιν ἐνθεῖναι. 1 Τότε ἐπληρώθη τὸ ῥηθὲν διὰ ἡ ἱερεμίου τοῦ προφήτου λάγοντος φωνὴ ἐν Ῥαμά ἠκούσθη, Ῥαχὴλ κλαίουσα τὰ τέκνα αὐτῆς, καὶ οὐκ ἤθολε παρακληθῆναι, ὅτι οὐκ εἰσίν. ᾿Επειδὴ γὰρ ἐλιὰ ἐνέπλησε τὸν ἀκ τὴν ταῦτα διηγησάμενος, τὴν σφαγὴ τὴν βιαίαν, τὴν ἄδικ ον, τὴν ὠμοτάτην, τὴν παράνομον, παραμυθεῖται πάλιν αὐτὸν, λέγων, ὅτι οὐκ ἀδυνατοῦντος τοῦ θεοῦ κωλῦσαι ταῦτα ᾿ἐγίνετο, οὐδὰ ἀγνοοῦντος, ἀλλὰ καὶ προειδότος καὶ προανακηρύττοντος τοῦ προφήτον. Μὴ 'τοίνυν θορυβηθῆς, μηδὲ καταπέσηῃς, εἰς τὴν ἀπόῤῥητον αὐτοῦ πρόνοιαν ἀφορῶν, ἣν καὶ δ ὧν ἐνεργεῖ, καὶ δι ὧν συγχωρεῖ, μάλιστά ἐστιν ἰδεῖν᾽ ὅπερ οὖν καὶ ἀλλαχοῦ τοῖς μαθηταῖς διαλεγόμενος ἤνίξατο. ᾿Επειδὴ γὰρ τὰ δικαστήρια, καὶ τὰς ἀπαγωγὰς, καὶ τοὺς τῆς οἰκουμένης πολέμους, καὶ τὴν ἄσπομδον μάχην αὐτοῖς προανεκήρυττεν, ἀνέχων αὐτῶν τὴν ψυχὴν καὶ παραμυθούμενός φησιν' οὐχὶ δύο στρουθία ἀ ἀσσαρίου πωλεῖται: καὶ ὃν ἐξ αὐτῶν οὐ πεσεῖται ἐπὶ τὴν γῆν ἄνευ τοῦ πατρὸς ὑμῶν. τοῦ ἐν οὐρανοῖς. Ταῦτα Ὁ δὲ ἔλεγε, δεικνὺς ὅ ὅτι οὐδὲν ἀγνοοῦντος αὐτοῦ γίνεται, ἀλλ᾽ εἰδότος μὲν ἅπαντα, οὐ μὴν πάντα ἐνεργοῦντος. Μὴ Τοίνυν, φηνὶ, ταράττεσθε, μηδὲ θορυβεῖσθε. Ὁ γὰρ εἰδὼς ἃ πάσχετε, καὶ κωλῦσαι δυνάμενος, εὔδηλον ὅ ὅτι προνοῶν: ὑμῶν καὶ κηδόμενος οὐ κωλύει' ὅπερ καὶ ἐπὶ τῶν πειρασμῶν τῶν ἡμετέρων ἐννοεῖν δεῖ καὶ ἱκανὴν ἐντεῦθον ληψόμεθα τὴν παράκλησιν. Καὶ τί, δ φησὶ, κοινὸν τῆ Ραχὴλ πρὸς τὴν Βηθλεέμ: ἴσως εἴποι τις ἄν. Ραχὴλ γάρ, φησὶ; κλαίουσα τὰ τέκνα αὐτῆς τί δὲ τῆ Ῥαμᾶ πρὸς τὴν Ῥαχήλ: Ἡ Ῥαχὴλ μήτηρ ἦν τοῦ Βενια- Ἐ αἷν, καὶ τελευτήσασαν αὐτὴν εἰς τὸν ἱππόδρομον ἔθαψαν τὸν πλησίον ὄντα τοῦ χωρίον τούτου. ᾿Επεὶ οὖν καὶ ὁ τάφος πλησίον, καὶ ὁ κλῆρος ἱ χοῦ παιδίον ταύτης ἦν τοῦ Βενιαμέν ( γὰρ Ῥαμᾶ τῆς Βενιαμίτιδος ἢ ἤν φυλης) ἀπὸ τε τοῦ Φυλἄρχου, ἀπό τε τοῦ τόπου τῆς ταφῆς εἰκότως αὐτῆς τὰ παιδία τὰ σφαγιασθέντα καλεῖ. εἶτα δεικνὺς ὅ ὅτι ἀνίατον ἣν τὸ συμβὰν ἕλκος καὶ ὠμὸν, φησίν οὐκ ἤθελε παρακληθῆναι, ὅτι οὐκ εἰσί. Πάλιν καντεῦθεν παιδευόμεθα τοῦτο, ὅπερ ἔμπροσθεν ἔλεγον, τὸ μηδέποτε θορυβεῖσθαι, ὃ ὅταν τῇ τοῦ θεοῦ ὑποσχέσει τὰ γινόμενα. ἐναντία ἧ. ᾿Ιδοὺ γοῦν παραγενομένου αὐτοῦ ἐπὶ σωτηρίᾳ τοῦ λαοῦ, μᾶλλον δὲ ἐπὶ σωτηρίᾳ τῆς οἰκουμένης. οἷα γέγονε τὰ προοίμια. Εν Φυγῇ μὲν ἡ μήτηρ, συμφοραῖς δὲ ἀνηκέστοις ἡ πατρὶς περιπίπτει, καὶ τολμᾶται φόνος πάντων φόνων πικρότατος, καὶ θρῆνος καὶ ὀδυρμὸς πολὺς καὶ οἰμωγαὶ πανταχοῦ. ᾿Αλλὰ μὴ ταραχθῇν εἴωθε γὰρ ἀσὶ διὰ τῶν ἐναντίων τὰς οἰκονομίας τὰς ἑαυτοῦ πληροῦν, μεγίστην ἐντεῦθεν τῆς αὐτοῦ δυνάμεως παρεχόμενος. ἡμῖν ἀπόδειξιν. Οὕτω καὶ τοὺς μαθητὰς ἐνῆγθ τοὺς ἑαυτοῦ, καὶ ΄΄τ1Ὼ μὲ ὶ. κατορθοῦν πάντα παρεσκεύαζε, διὰ τῶν ἐναντίων τὰ ἐναντία οἰκονομῶν, ἵνα μεῖζον τὸ θαῦμα γένηται. Μαστιζόμενοι γοῦν κακεῖνοι;, καὶ ἐλαυνόμενοι, καὶ μυρία πάσχοντες δεινὰ, οὕτω τῶν μαστιζόντων καὶ ἐλαυνόντων περιεγένοντο. Τ' δὲ ἷ΄ς4ε ὃ ἰὸ κὶ ἐλευτήσαντος ὃε τοῦ Ἡρώδου, ἰδοὺ ἄγγελος κυρίου κατ οναρ Φαίνεται τῳ ἰωσὴῴφ, λέγων ἐγερθεὶς παράλαβε τὸ παιδίον καὶ τὴν μητέρα αὐτοῦ, καὶ πορεύου εἰς γῆν ᾿Ισ’ ν» κι ραηλ. Οὐκέτι φησὶ, φεῦγςε, ἀλλὰ, πορεύου. Εἶδες παλιν ,

Nai, phēsin alla ton men Hērōdēn kalōs apesterēsas tēs apologias, kai miaiphonon edeixas oudepō de ton peri tēs adikias tōn gegenēmenōn elysas logon. Ei gar kai ekeinos adikōs epratte, tinos heneken ho theos synechōrēse ? Ti oun an eipoimen pros toutos Hoper aei kai en ekklēsią, kai en agorą, kai pantachou legōn ou pauomai ho kai hymas boulomai meta akribeias diatērein kanōn gar tis esti pros hapasan hēmin toiautēn harmottōn aporian. Tos oun estin ho kanōn, kai tis ho logos ? Hoti hoi men adikountes polloi? d He, de adikoumenos oude heis. Kai hina mē epi pleion hymas to ainigma tarattę̄, kai tēn lysin epagō tacheōs. Hoper gar an pathōmen adikōs par᾽ hotououn, ē eis hamartēmatōn dialysin ho theos hēmin logizetai tēn adikian ekeinēn, ē eis misthōn 4 antidosin. Kai hi hina saphesteron genētai to legomenon, epi hypodeigmatos ton logon agagōmen. Thōmen gar einai tina oiketēn polla opheilonta tǭ despotę̄ chrēmata. eita para adikōn andrōn epēreasthēnai ton oiketēn touton, kai aphairethēnai tina tōn autou. An toinyn ho despotēs ho kōlysai dynamenos ton harpaga kai pleonektēn, ekeina men mē apokatastēsę̄ ta chrēmata, eis de ta opheilomena autǭ para tou doulon logisētai ta aphairethenta, ara mē ēdikētai ho oiketēs : Oudamōs. Ti de, an kai pleiona apodǭ: ha ara ouchi kai meizonōs ekerdane ? Panti pou dēlon. Touto toinyn kai eph hōn hēmeis paschomen, logisōmetha. Hoti gar hyper hōn an pathōmen kakōs» ē hamartēmata dialyometha, ē hē lamproterous lambanomen stephanous, an mē hamartēmata tosauta echōmen, akouson tou Paulon legontos hē pros ton peporneukota I paradote ton toiouton tǭ Sataną eis olethron tēs sarkos, hina to pneuma sōthē. Kai ti toutos phēsi. Peri gar tōn adikoumenōn par᾽ heterōn ho logos ēn, ou peri tōn para tōn didaskalōn diorthoumenōn. Malista men ouden to meson to gar zētoumenon hē hēn, ei to pathein kakōs ouk estin epēreia tǭ pathonti. All᾽ hina kai pros to engyteron tou zētoumenou agagō ton logon, anamnēsthēti tou Dauid, hos ton Semei tote horōn epikeimenon kai enallomenon autou tē symphorą, kai myriois auton oneidesi plynonta, boulomenōn anelein tōn stratēgōn, diekōlne logōn ho aphete auton katarasthai, hopōs idę̄ kyrios tēn tapeinōsin mou, kai antapodǭ moi agatha anti tēs kataras tautēs en tę̄ hēmerą tautę̄. Kai en tois psalmois de ᾿adōn elegen ide tous echthrous mou hoti eplēthynthēsan, kai misos adikon e emisēsan ma. kai aphes pasas tas hamartias mou. Kai ho Lazaros de dia touto apelausen aneseōs, epeidē myria kata ton bion touton epathe kaka. Ouk ara Idikēntai hoi adikēthentes, ean Hyo naï enenkōsin haper paschousin hapanta, alla kai meizonōs kerdainousin, an te para tou theou plēttōntai, an te para tou diabolon mastizōntai. Kai poian eichon hamartian ta paidia, phēsin, hina Tautēn dialysōntai : peri men gar tōn en hēlikią genomenōn kai polla peplēmmelēkotōn eikotōs an tis tauta eipoi hoi de ha aōron houtōs hypomeinantes teleutēn, poia amartēmata, de hōn kakōs epathon, apethento: Ouk. ēkousas mon legontos» hoti kan hamartēmata mē hē, misthōn antidosis ekei ginetai tois paschousin entautha kakōs? Ti toinyn eblabē ta paidia anairethenta epi hypothesei toiautē» kai pros ton akymanton tacheōs apenechthenta limena: Hoti polla kai megala pollakis emellon, phēsi, zēsantes katorthoun. ᾿Alla dia touto ou mikron autois. proapotithetai ton misthon, to epi hypothesei toiautē katalysai ton bion. Allōs de oud᾽ an eiasen, ei megaloi tines emellon esesthai hoi paides, proanarpasthēnai. Ei gar tous hon ponērią mellontas zēn diē-: nekōs, meta makrothymias pherei tosautēs, pollǭ mallon toutous ouk an eiasen. houtōs apenechthēnai, ei proēdei megala tina anysontas. Kai houtoi men hoi par hēmōn logoi ou mēn hapantes houtoi, all᾽ eisi kai toutōn aporrhētoteroi heteroi, ous meta akribeias oiden ho tauta oikonomōn autos. Parachōrēsantes toinyn autǭ tēs akribesteras en toutǭ katalēpseōs, tōn hexēs hēmeis echōmetha, kai en tais heterōn symǭorais paideuōmetha panta pherein gennaiōs. Kai gar ou mikra tote katelabe tēn Bēthleem ,TRagǭdia, tōn paidōn harpazomenōn apo tēs thēlēs tōn mēterōn, kai epi tēn adikon tautēn agomenōn sphagēn. Ei de eti mikropsychein» kai elattōn ei tēs epi toutois philosophias, mathe tou tauta tolmēsantos to telos, kai mikron anapneuson. Tachistē gar auton hyper toutōn katelabe dikē, kai tou miasmatos toutou tēn prosēkousan edidou timōrian, thanatǭ chalepǭ kai tou nyn tolmēthentos eleeinoterǭ katalyōn ton bion, kai hetera myria paschōn kaka, haper eisesthe tēn d᾽ iōsēpou peri toutōn historian epelthontes hēn, hina mē makron poiōmen ton logon kai tēn synecheian diakoptōmen, ouk anankaion einai enomisamen tois parousin entheinai. 1 Tote eplērōthē to rhēthen dia hē hieremiou tou prophētou lagontos phōnē en Rhama ēkousthē, Rhachēl klaiousa ta tekna autēs, kai ouk ēthole paraklēthēnai, hoti ouk eisin. ᾿Epeidē gar elia eneplēse ton ak tēn tauta diēgēsamenos, tēn sphagē tēn biaian, tēn adik on, tēn ōmotatēn, tēn paranomon, paramytheitai palin auton, legōn, hoti ouk adynatountos tou theou kōlysai tauta ᾿egineto, ouda agnoountos, alla kai proeidotos kai proanakēryttontos tou prophēton. Mē 'toinyn thorybēthēs, mēde katapesēę̄s, eis tēn aporrhēton autou pronoian aphorōn, hēn kai d hōn energei, kai di hōn synchōrei, malista estin idein᾽ hoper oun kai allachou tois mathētais dialegomenos ēnixato. ᾿Epeidē gar ta dikastēria, kai tas apagōgas, kai tous tēs oikoumenēs polemous, kai tēn aspomdon machēn autois proanekērytten, anechōn autōn tēn psychēn kai paramythoumenos phēsin' ouchi dyo strouthia a assariou pōleitai: kai hon ex autōn ou peseitai epi tēn gēn aneu tou patros hymōn. tou en ouranois. Tauta Ho de elege, deiknys ho hoti ouden agnoountos autou ginetai, all᾽ eidotos men hapanta, ou mēn panta energountos. Mē Toinyn, phēni, tarattesthe, mēde thorybeisthe. Ho gar eidōs ha paschete, kai kōlysai dynamenos, eudēlon ho hoti pronoōn: hymōn kai kēdomenos ou kōlyei' hoper kai epi tōn peirasmōn tōn hēmeterōn ennoein dei kai hikanēn enteuthon lēpsometha tēn paraklēsin. Kai ti, d phēsi, koinon tē Rachēl pros tēn Bēthleem: isōs eipoi tis an. Rachēl gar, phēsi? klaiousa ta tekna autēs ti de tē Rhama pros tēn Rhachēl: Hē Rhachēl mētēr ēn tou Benia- E hain, kai teleutēsasan autēn eis ton hippodromon ethapsan ton plēsion onta tou chōrion toutou. ᾿Epei oun kai ho taphos plēsion, kai ho klēros hi chou paidion tautēs ēn tou Beniamen ( gar Rhama tēs Beniamitidos ē ēn phylēs) apo te tou Phylarchou, apo te tou topou tēs taphēs eikotōs autēs ta paidia ta sphagiasthenta kalei. eita deiknys ho hoti aniaton hēn to symban helkos kai ōmon, phēsin ouk ēthele paraklēthēnai, hoti ouk eisi. Palin kanteuthen paideuometha touto, hoper emprosthen elegon, to mēdepote thorybeisthai, ho hotan tę̄ tou theou hyposchesei ta ginomena. enantia hē. ᾿Idou goun paragenomenou autou epi sōtērią tou laou, mallon de epi sōtērią tēs oikoumenēs. hoia gegone ta prooimia. En Phygę̄ men hē mētēr, symphorais de anēkestois hē patris peripiptei, kai tolmatai phonos pantōn phonōn pikrotatos, kai thrēnos kai odyrmos polys kai oimōgai pantachou. ᾿Alla mē tarachthę̄n eiōthe gar asi dia tōn enantiōn tas oikonomias tas heautou plēroun, megistēn enteuthen tēs autou dynameōs parechomenos. hēmin apodeixin. Houtō kai tous mathētas enēgth tous heautou, kai ΄΄t1Ō me i. katorthoun panta pareskeuaze, dia tōn enantiōn ta enantia oikonomōn, hina meizon to thauma genētai. Mastizomenoi goun kakeinoi?, kai elaunomenoi, kai myria paschontes deina, houtō tōn mastizontōn kai elaunontōn periegenonto. T' de hi΄s4e ho io ki eleutēsantos hoe tou Hērōdou, idou angelos kyriou kat onar Phainetai tǭ iōsēǭph, legōn egertheis paralabe to paidion kai tēn mētera autou, kai poreuou eis gēn ᾿Is’ n» ki raēl. Ouketi phēsi, pheugse, alla, poreuou. Eides palin ,

“Yes,” someone says, “you have rightly deprived Herod of defense and shown him a murderer; but you have not yet resolved the question of the injustice of what happened. For even if he acted unjustly, why did God allow it?” What then shall we say to this? What I never cease saying always, in church, in the marketplace, and everywhere; and I wish you to keep it carefully; for it is a rule fitting every such difficulty for us. What then is the rule, and what is the saying? That those who do wrong are many, but the one wronged is no one. And so that the riddle may not trouble you longer, I bring the solution quickly too. For whatever we suffer unjustly from anyone, God reckons that injustice to us either for the remission of sins or for the recompense of rewards. And so that what is said may become clearer, let us bring the discourse to an example. Let us suppose a servant who owes his master much money; then that this servant is abused by unjust men and robbed of some of his goods. If, then, the master, who could have prevented the robber and the grasping man, does not restore that money, but reckons what was taken against what the slave owes him, has the servant been wronged? Not at all. And what if he gives back even more? Has he not gained even more? It is clear to everyone. Let us reckon this, then, in what we suffer too. For that for whatever we suffer badly we either have our sins remitted or receive brighter crowns, if we do not have so many sins, hear Paul saying of the man who had committed sexual immorality: “Deliver such a one to Satan for the destruction of the flesh, so that the spirit may be saved.” “And what of this?” someone says. “For the discussion was about those wronged by others, not about those corrected by their teachers.” Above all there is no difference; for the question was whether suffering badly is not an injury to the one who suffers. But so as to bring the discourse closer to the question, remember David, who, seeing Shimei then pressing on him and trampling on his misfortune and washing him with countless reproaches, when his generals wished to kill him, prevented them, saying: “Let him curse, so that the Lord may see my humiliation and repay me good for this cursing on this day.” And in the psalms he sang: “See my enemies, how they have multiplied, and hated me with unjust hatred; and forgive all my sins.” And Lazarus too enjoyed refreshment for this reason, because he suffered countless evils in this life. Those who are wronged, then, are not wronged, if they bear nobly all that they suffer; but they gain even more, whether they are struck by God or scourged by the devil.

“And what sin did the children have,” someone says, “that they should have it remitted? For one might reasonably say this of those who have come to maturity and offended much; but those who endured so untimely a death, what sins did they put off through their sufferings?” Did you not hear me say that even if there are no sins, there is a recompense of rewards there for those who suffer badly here? What harm, then, did the children suffer, slain on such a ground, and quickly carried away to the harbor without waves? “Because,” someone says, “they would often have achieved many great things, had they lived.” But for this reason no small reward is laid up for them, that they ended their life on such a ground. Otherwise he would not have allowed them to be snatched away beforehand, if the children were going to become great men. For if he bears with such great patience those who are going to live continually in wickedness, much more would he not have allowed these to be carried off so, had he foreknown that they would accomplish great things. These are the reasons we can give; not all of them, though; there are others too, more secret than these, which the one who arranges these things knows exactly. Leaving to him, then, the more exact understanding of this, let us keep to what follows, and be trained by the misfortunes of others to bear everything nobly. For no small tragedy seized Bethlehem then, when the children were snatched from their mothers' breasts and led to this unjust slaughter. And if you are still faint-hearted and too weak for the philosophy needed here, learn the end of the one who dared these things, and breathe again a little. For very quickly the penalty for these things overtook him, and he paid the fitting punishment for this pollution, ending his life by a cruel death, more pitiable than what he had dared now, and suffering countless other evils; which you will know if you go through Josephus's account of them; which, so as not to make the discourse long and break its continuity, we have not thought it necessary to insert in the present.

“Then was fulfilled what was spoken through Jeremiah the prophet, saying: A voice was heard in Ramah, Rachel weeping for her children, and she would not be comforted, because they are not.” For since he had filled the hearer with horror by telling these things, the violent, unjust, most cruel, lawless slaughter, he comforts him again, saying that these things happened not because God was unable to prevent them, nor because he did not know, but when the prophet had even foreknown and proclaimed them. Do not, then, be troubled nor cast down, looking to his unspeakable providence, which one can see above all both through what he works and through what he allows; which he hinted at elsewhere too, speaking to the disciples. For since he was proclaiming to them beforehand the courts, the arrests, the wars of the world, and the truceless battle, upholding their soul and comforting them he says: “Are not two sparrows sold for a penny? And not one of them will fall to the ground without your Father who is in heaven.” He said this, showing that nothing happens without his knowledge, but while he knows all things, he does not work all things. Do not, then, he says, be disturbed or troubled. For he who knows what you suffer and is able to prevent it clearly does not prevent it because he provides for you and cares for you. This we must consider in our own temptations too, and we shall receive sufficient comfort from it. “And what has Rachel,” someone might perhaps say, “to do with Bethlehem? For it says, ‘Rachel weeping for her children’; and what has Ramah to do with Rachel?” Rachel was the mother of Benjamin, and when she died they buried her in the racecourse near this place. Since, then, the tomb was near, and the portion was her child Benjamin's (for Ramah belonged to the tribe of Benjamin), from the head of the tribe and from the place of burial he rightly calls the slaughtered children hers. Then, showing that the wound that came was incurable and cruel, he says: “She would not be comforted, because they are not.” Again we are taught from this what I said before, never to be troubled when what happens is contrary to God's promise. See, at any rate, when he had come for the salvation of the people, or rather for the salvation of the world, what the beginnings were. His mother is in flight, his homeland falls into incurable calamities, a murder most bitter of all murders is dared, and there is lamentation and much wailing and groans everywhere. But do not be troubled; for he is always accustomed to fulfill his dispensations through their opposites, providing us with the greatest proof of his power from this. So he led his own disciples too and prepared them to accomplish everything, arranging opposite things through their opposites, so that the wonder might become greater. At any rate they too, scourged and driven out and suffering countless terrors, so prevailed over those who scourged and drove them out.

“But when Herod died, behold, an angel of the Lord appears in a dream to Joseph, saying: Rise, take the child and his mother, and go into the land of Israel.” He no longer says “flee,” but “go.” Do you see again

9.4Field 1

ἣ μετὰ τὸν πειρασμὸν ἄνεσιν; εἶτα μετὰ τὴν ἄνεσιν κίνδυνον παλιν; Τῆς μὲν γὰρ ὑπερορίας αφείθη, καὶ πρὸς τὴν οἰκείαν ἐπανῆλθε χώραν, καὶ τὸν φονέα τῶν παίδων σφαγιασθεντα εἶδεν ἐπιβὰς δὲ τῆς οἰκείας, πάλιν λείψανα τῶν ἢ 4« ζω προτέρων εὑρίσκει κινδύνων, τὸν υἱὸν τοῦ τυράννου ζώντα καὶ βασιλεύοντα. Καὶ πῶς ᾿Αρχέλαος ἐβασίλευσε τῆς ᾿Ιουὃ ,ὕ . τελευτῇ γεγενημένη, καὶ οὐδέπω εἰς πολλὰ ἣν διαιρεθεῖσα Ν᾽ Ὧ Ὁ ἡ βασιλεία: ἀλλ᾽ ὡς ἄρτι καταλύσαντος ἐκείνου, τέως ὁ δι νὶος τὴν ἀρχὴν κατεῖχεν ἀντὶ Ἡρώδου τοῦ πατρὸς αὖἊΝ κω ἴω ῳ ἢ τοῦ καὶ γὰρ καὶ τῷ ἀδελφῷ αὐτοῦ τοῦτο ὄνομα ἦν διὸ φ΄-- προσέθηκεν ὁ εὐαγγελιστὴς. ἀντὶ Ἡρώδου τοῦ πατρὸς αὖτοῦ. Αλλ᾽ εἰ τὴν ᾿Ιουδαίαν ἐδεδοίκει, φησὶ. καταλαβεῖν διὰ τὸν Ἀρχέλαον, ἔδοι καὶ τὴν Γαλιλαίαν διὰ τὸν Ἡρώδην θη Π) φοβηθῆναι. ᾿Αλλ᾽ εἰ τὸ χώρίον ἤμειψε, τὸ πρᾶγμα συνεσκιαζετο λοιπόν ἡ γὰρ ὁρμὴ πᾶσα κατὰ τῆς Βηθλεὲμ ἣν ν᾿ δι καὶ τῶν ὁρίων αὐτῆς. Τῆς τοίνυν σφαγῆς γενομένης, ῴετο κι λοιπὸν ὁ παῖς Ἀρχέλαος τέλος ἐσχηκέναι τὸ πᾶν, καὶ ἐν ζ΄ ῆ ζω τοῖς πολλοῖς καὶ τὸν ζητούμενον Ῥ ἀνηρῆσθαι. ἴΔλλως δὲ ν᾽ ; ὃ ἢ καὶ τὸν πατερα οὕτω καταλύσαντα τὸν βίον ἰδὼν, εὐλαβέἙ στερος. πῤὸς τὸ περαιτέρω προελθεῖν ἐγένετο, καὶ ἐπαγωνί΄- , σασθαι τῇ παρανομίᾳ. ἔρχεται τοίνυν ὁ ᾿Ιωσὴφ εἰς τὴν κι Ναζαρὲτ, ὁμοῦ τε τὸν κίνδυνον φεύγων, ομοῦ τε εμφιλοχώρων τῆ πατρίδι. Ϊνα μάλλον θαῤῥῇ» καὶ χρηματισμὸν δέχεται παρὰ τοῦ ἀγγέλον περὶ τούτου. Καὶ μὴν ὁ Λου- κας οὐ φησι κατα χρηματισμὸν αὐτὸν ἐληλυθέναι ἐκεῖ, αλλ ὅτι τὸν καθαρμὸν πληρώσαντες πάντα, ὑπέστρεψαν εἰς Ναζαρέτ. Τί οὖν ἐστιν εἰπεῖν; Ὅτι τὸν χρόνον τὸν πρὸ τῆς καθόδου τῆς εἰς Αἴγυπτον ἱστορῶν ὁ Λουκᾶς ταῦτα λέγει. Οὐδὲ γὰρ ἂν πρὸ τοῦ καθαρμοῦ κατήγαγεν αὐτοὺς ἐκεῖσε, ὥστε μηδὲν γενέσθαι παράνομον, ἀλλ᾽ ἔμεινε καθαρθῆκαι καὶ ἐλθεῖν εἰς Ναζαρὲτ, καὶ τότε καταβῆναι εἰς Αἵἴγυπτον. Εἶτα μετὰ τὸ ἀνελθεῖν κελεύει αὐτοῖς εἰς τὴν Ναζαρὲτ ἐλθεῖν. Πρὸ δὲ τούτου οὐκ ἦσαν χρηματισθέντες ἐκεῖσε ἐλθεῖν, αλλ᾽ ἐμφιλοχωροῦντες τῇ πατρίδι αὐτομάτως τοῦτο ἐποίουν. ᾿Επειδὴ γὰρ δι οὐδὲν ἕτερον ἢ διὰ τὴν ἀπογρα ὴν ἀνέβησαν, καὶ οὐδὲ στῆναί που εἶχον, πληρώσαντες ὅπερ ἀνῆλθον, κατέβησαν εἰς Ναζαρέτ. Διὰ δὴ τοῦτο καὶ ὁ ἄγγελος αὐτοὺς λοιπὸν ἀναπαύων ἀποδίδωσι τῇ οἰκίᾳ ὑκᾶι οὐδὲ τοῦτο απλῶς, ἀλλὰ καὶ αὐτὸ μετὰ προφητείας ἵνα πληρωθη γὰρ; φησὶ, τὸ ῥηθὲν ὑ ὑπὸ τῶν προφητῶν, ὅτι Ναζωραῖος κληθήσεται. Καὶ ποῖος προφήτης τοῦτο εἶπε: Μὴ περιεργάζου, μηδὲ πολυπραγμόνει. Πολλὰ γὰρ τῶν προφητικὼν ἠφάνισται βιβλίων καὶ ταῦτα ἐκ τῆς ἱστορίας τῶν Παραλειπομένων ἴδοι τις ἄν. 'Ῥάθυμοι γὰρ ὄντες, καὶ εἰς ἀσέβειαν συνεχῶς ἐμπίπτοντες, τὰ μὲν ἠφίεσαν ἀπόλλυσθαι, τὰ δὲ αὐτοὶ κατέκαιον καὶ κατέκοπτον. Καὶ τὸ μὲν Ἱερεμίας διηγεῖται, τὸ δὲ ὁ τὴν τετάρτην συντιθεὶς τῶν Βασιλειῶν, λέγων μετὰ πολὺν χρόνον μόλις τὸ Δεντερονόμιον εὑρῆσθαι κατορωρυγμένον πον καὶ ἠφανισμέ- νον. Εἰ δὲ οὐκ ὄντος βαρβάρου οὕτω τὰ βιβλία προὔδωκαν, πολλῷ μᾶλλον τῶν βαρβάρων ἐπελθύντων. ᾿Επεὶ ὅτι γε προεῖπον οἱ προφῆται, καὶ οἱ ἀπόστολοι πολλαχοῦ Ναζωραϊῖον καλοῦσι. Τοῦτο οὖν συνεσκίαζε τὴν προφητείαν, φησὶ; τὴν περὶ τῆς Βηθλεέμ : : Οὐδαμῶς ἀλλ᾽ αὐτὸ μὲν οὖν «τοῦτο μάλιστα ἐκίνει, καὶ πρὸς τὴν ἔρευναν διήγειρε τῶν περὶ αὐτοῦ λεγομένων. Οὕτω γοῦν καὶ ὁ Ναθαναὴλ πρὸς τὴν ζήτησιν ἕ ἔρχεται τὴν περὶ αὐτοῦ λέγων Ἰο ἐς ἐκ Ναζαρὲτ ᾿δύναταί τι αὙγαθὸν εἶναι: Καὶ γὰρ ἣν εὐτελὲς τὸ χωρίον᾽ μᾶλλον δὲ οὐ τὸ χωρίον μόνον, αλλὰ καὶ ἅπαν τὸ Ὥμερος τῆς ἴαλιλαίας. Διὰ τοῦτο ἐλεγον οἱ Φαρισαῖοι ἐρώτησον, καὶ ἴθε, ὅτι προφήτης εκ τῆς αλιλαίας οὐκ ἐγήγερται. Ἀλλ᾽ ὅμως αὐτὸς οὐδὲ ἐκεῖθεν ἐπαισχύνεται δ καλεῖσθαι, δεικνὺς ὅτι οὐδενὸς δεῖται τῶν ἀνθρωπίνων καὶ ῇὌ τοὺς μαθητὰς δὲ ἐκ τῆς Γαλιλαίας ἐκλέγεται πανταχοὺ τας σκήψεις περικόπτων τῶν ρᾳθυμεῖν βουλομένων, καὶ δεικνὺς ὅτι οὐδενὸς ἡμῖν τῶν ἔξωθεν δεῖ, ἐὰν ἀρετὴν ασκήσωμεν. Διὰ τοῦτο οὐὸὲ οἰκίαν ἐκλέγεται ὁ γάρ νὶὸς τοῦ ανθρω᾿ ) ; ἫΝ δὰ που, φησιν, οὐκ ἔχει ποῦ τὴν κεφαλὴν κλίνη καὶ ρωδον ἢ , , ; ἐς , ; ἙΕ ἐπιβουλεύοντος φεύγει, καὶ εν φάτνη τεχθεὶς ανακλίνεται, καὶ ἐν καταλύματι μένει, καὶ μητέρα εὐτελῆ λαμβανει' διδάσκων ἡμᾶς μηδὲν τῶν τοιούτων αἰσχρὸν εἶναι νομίζειν, καὶ τὸν ἀνθρώπινον καταπατῶν ἐκ προοιμίων τῦφον, καὶ μόνης εἶναι τῆς ἀρετῆς κελεύων.

hē meta ton peirasmon anesin? eita meta tēn anesin kindynon palin? Tēs men gar hyperorias apheithē, kai pros tēn oikeian epanēlthe chōran, kai ton phonea tōn paidōn sphagiasthenta eiden epibas de tēs oikeias, palin leipsana tōn ē 4« zō proterōn heuriskei kindynōn, ton huion tou tyrannou zōnta kai basileuonta. Kai pōs ᾿Archelaos ebasileuse tēs ᾿Iouo ,hy . teleutę̄ gegenēmenē, kai oudepō eis polla hēn diairetheisa N᾽ Hō Ho hē basileia: all᾽ hōs arti katalysantos ekeinou, teōs ho di nios tēn archēn kateichen anti Hērōdou tou patros auAN kō iō ǭ ē tou kai gar kai tǭ adelphǭ autou touto onoma ēn dio ph΄-- prosethēken ho euangelistēs. anti Hērōdou tou patros autou. All᾽ ei tēn ᾿Ioudaian ededoikei, phēsi. katalabein dia ton Archelaon, edoi kai tēn Galilaian dia ton Hērōdēn thē P) phobēthēnai. ᾿All᾽ ei to chōrion ēmeipse, to pragma syneskiazeto loipon hē gar hormē pasa kata tēs Bēthleem hēn n᾿ di kai tōn horiōn autēs. Tēs toinyn sphagēs genomenēs, ǭeto ki loipon ho pais Archelaos telos eschēkenai to pan, kai en z΄ ē zō tois pollois kai ton zētoumenon Rh anērēsthai. iDllōs de n᾽ ? ho ē kai ton patera houtō katalysanta ton bion idōn, eulabeE steros. pros to peraiterō proelthein egeneto, kai epagōni΄- , sasthai tę̄ paranomią. erchetai toinyn ho ᾿Iōsēph eis tēn ki Nazaret, homou te ton kindynon pheugōn, omou te emphilochōrōn tē patridi. Ïna mallon tharrhę̄» kai chrēmatismon dechetai para tou angelon peri toutou. Kai mēn ho Lou- kas ou phēsi kata chrēmatismon auton elēlythenai ekei, all hoti ton katharmon plērōsantes panta, hypestrepsan eis Nazaret. Ti oun estin eipein? Hoti ton chronon ton pro tēs kathodou tēs eis Aigypton historōn ho Loukas tauta legei. Oude gar an pro tou katharmou katēgagen autous ekeise, hōste mēden genesthai paranomon, all᾽ emeine katharthēkai kai elthein eis Nazaret, kai tote katabēnai eis Haiigypton. Eita meta to anelthein keleuei autois eis tēn Nazaret elthein. Pro de toutou ouk ēsan chrēmatisthentes ekeise elthein, all᾽ emphilochōrountes tę̄ patridi automatōs touto epoioun. ᾿Epeidē gar di ouden heteron ē dia tēn apogra ēn anebēsan, kai oude stēnai pou eichon, plērōsantes hoper anēlthon, katebēsan eis Nazaret. Dia dē touto kai ho angelos autous loipon anapauōn apodidōsi tę̄ oikią hykai oude touto aplōs, alla kai auto meta prophēteias hina plērōthē gar? phēsi, to rhēthen hy hypo tōn prophētōn, hoti Nazōraios klēthēsetai. Kai poios prophētēs touto eipe: Mē periergazou, mēde polypragmonei. Polla gar tōn prophētikōn ēphanistai bibliōn kai tauta ek tēs historias tōn Paraleipomenōn idoi tis an. 'Rhathymoi gar ontes, kai eis asebeian synechōs empiptontes, ta men ēphiesan apollysthai, ta de autoi katekaion kai katekopton. Kai to men Hieremias diēgeitai, to de ho tēn tetartēn syntitheis tōn Basileiōn, legōn meta polyn chronon molis to Denteronomion heurēsthai katorōrygmenon pon kai ēphanisme- non. Ei de ouk ontos barbarou houtō ta biblia proudōkan, pollǭ mallon tōn barbarōn epelthyntōn. ᾿Epei hoti ge proeipon hoi prophētai, kai hoi apostoloi pollachou Nazōraïion kalousi. Touto oun syneskiaze tēn prophēteian, phēsi? tēn peri tēs Bēthleem : : Oudamōs all᾽ auto men oun «touto malista ekinei, kai pros tēn ereunan diēgeire tōn peri autou legomenōn. Houtō goun kai ho Nathanaēl pros tēn zētēsin he erchetai tēn peri autou legōn Io es ek Nazaret ᾿dynatai ti haUgathon einai: Kai gar hēn euteles to chōrion᾽ mallon de ou to chōrion monon, alla kai hapan to Hōmeros tēs ialilaias. Dia touto elegon hoi Pharisaioi erōtēson, kai ithe, hoti prophētēs ek tēs alilaias ouk egēgertai. All᾽ homōs autos oude ekeithen epaischynetai d kaleisthai, deiknys hoti oudenos deitai tōn anthrōpinōn kai ę̄O tous mathētas de ek tēs Galilaias eklegetai pantachou tas skēpseis perikoptōn tōn rąthymein boulomenōn, kai deiknys hoti oudenos hēmin tōn exōthen dei, ean aretēn askēsōmen. Dia touto ouoe oikian eklegetai ho gar nios tou anthrō᾿ ) ? HēN da pou, phēsin, ouk echei pou tēn kephalēn klinē kai rōdon ē , , ? es , ? HeE epibouleuontos pheugei, kai en phatnē techtheis anaklinetai, kai en katalymati menei, kai mētera eutelē lambanei' didaskōn hēmas mēden tōn toioutōn aischron einai nomizein, kai ton anthrōpinon katapatōn ek prooimiōn typhon, kai monēs einai tēs aretēs keleuōn.

the respite after the temptation, and then again danger after the respite? For he was released from exile and returned to his own country, and saw the murderer of the children slain; but setting foot in his own land, he again finds remnants of the former dangers: the tyrant's son living and reigning. And how did Archelaus reign over Judea, when Pontius Pilate was governor? Herod's death had just happened, and the kingdom had not yet been divided into many parts; but as he had just died, his son held the rule for the time “in place of his father Herod”; for his brother too had this name; that is why the evangelist added, “in place of his father Herod.” “But if he feared to go into Judea because of Archelaus,” someone says, “he should have feared Galilee too because of Herod.” But by changing the place, the matter was thereafter obscured; for the whole attack had been against Bethlehem and its borders. When the slaughter had taken place, then, the young Archelaus thought that the whole business was finished, and that the one sought had been killed among the many. Besides, seeing his father end his life in that way, he became more cautious about going further and vying in lawlessness. Joseph comes, then, to Nazareth, both fleeing the danger and fond of his home country. So that he might take more courage, he receives a divine instruction from the angel about this too. And yet Luke does not say that he went there by divine instruction, but that when they had fulfilled the purification, they returned to Nazareth. What then is to be said? That Luke says this narrating the time before the going down into Egypt. For he would not have taken them down there before the purification, so that nothing unlawful might happen; but he waited for the purification and went to Nazareth, and then went down into Egypt. Then, after the return, the angel bids them go to Nazareth. Before this they had not been instructed to go there, but did it of their own accord, being fond of their home country. For since they had gone up for nothing other than the census, and had no place to stay, when they had fulfilled what they went up for, they went down to Nazareth. That is why the angel too, giving them rest at last, restores them to their home; and not even this idly, but this too with prophecy: “that it might be fulfilled,” he says, “what was spoken by the prophets, that he shall be called a Nazarene.”

“And which prophet said this?” Do not be overcurious nor busy yourself. For many of the prophetic books have disappeared; and one can see this from the history of the Chronicles. For being careless and continually falling into ungodliness, they let some be lost, and others they themselves burned and cut up. The one Jeremiah relates, the other the compiler of the fourth book of Kingdoms, saying that after a long time Deuteronomy was barely found, buried somewhere and lost. And if, when there was no barbarian, they so betrayed the books, much more when the barbarians came. For that the prophets foretold it, the apostles too often call him a Nazarene. “Did this, then, obscure the prophecy about Bethlehem?” someone says. Not at all; rather this very thing above all stirred them and roused them to search out what was said about him. So, at any rate, Nathanael too comes to the inquiry about him, saying, “Can anything good come out of Nazareth?” For the place was mean; or rather not the place only, but the whole region of Galilee. That is why the Pharisees said, “Search and see, for no prophet has arisen out of Galilee.” Yet he is not ashamed to be named even from there, showing that he needs nothing human; and he chooses his disciples from Galilee, everywhere cutting off the excuses of those who wish to be careless, and showing that we need nothing outward if we practice virtue. That is why he does not even choose a house; “for the Son of Man,” he says, “has nowhere to lay his head”; and when Herod plots he flees, and born in a manger he is laid there, and he stays in an inn, and takes a poor mother; teaching us to think nothing of this kind shameful, trampling from the start on human pride, and bidding us hold to virtue alone.

9.5Field 1

Τί γὰρ ἐπὶ πατρίδι μέγα φρονεῖς, ὅταν πάσης τῆς ᾿, 66᾽.7χ» οἰκουμένης ξένον εἶναί σε κελεύω : φησίν ὅταν ἐξη σοι γγενέσθαι τοιοῦτον, ὡς τὸν κόσμον ἅπαντα μὴ εἶναί σου ἀξίιον ; Οὑτω γαρ ταῦτα εὐκαταφρονητα; ὡς μηδὲ παρα τοῖς φιλοσοφοῦσι τῶν Ἑλλήνων ἀξιοῦσθαι λόγον τινὸς, ἀλλὰ τὰ εκτὸς καλεῖσθαι, καὶ τὴν ἐσχάτην χώραν κατέχειν. Καίτοιγε Παῦλος καταδέχεται, φησὶν, οὕτω λεγων᾽ δ κατὰ δὲ τὴν ἐκλογὴν ἀγαπητοὶ διὰ τοὺς πατέρας. ἈΑλλ᾽ εἰπὲ, πότε, καὶ περὶ τίνων, καὶ πρὸς τίνας διαλεγόμενος. Πρὸς γὰρ Φ᾿ ἢ τοὺς εξ εθνῶν μέγα φυσῶντας επὶ τῇ πίστει, καὶ τῶν ἢ Ἢ [ουδαίων κατεξανισταμένους, καὶ ταυτῇ μειζόνως αὐτοὺς ἀπορρηγνυντας᾽ καταστέλλων μὲν ἐκείνων τὸ φυσημα, τούτους ἢ δὲ εφελκόμενος, καὶ πρὸς τὸν αὐτὸν διεγείρων ζῆλον. ἔπει ΤΟΥ ὅταν περὶ τῶν γενναίων ἐκείνων καὶ μεγάλων ἀνδρῶν λεγη, )4 ἐε ὃ ἄκουσον πὼς φησιν' ὃε ταῦτα λέγοντες ἐμφανιζουσιν ὅτι πατρίδα ἐπιζητοῦσι. Καὶ εἰ μὲν ἐκείνης ἐμνημόνενον, αὐ ἧς ἐξῆλθον, εἶχον ἄν καιρὸν ἀνακάμψαι νῦν δὲ ἐ ἑτέρας κρείττόνος ὀρέγονται. Καὶ πάλιν ἐς κατὰ πίστιν ἀπέθανον οὗτοι πάντες, μὴ κομισάμενοι τὰς ἐπαγγελίας, ἀλλὰ πόῤῥωθεν αὐτὰς ἰδόντες. καὶ ἀσπασάμενοι. Καὶ ᾿Ιωάννης δὲ τοῖς πρὸς αὐτὸν ἐρχομένοις ἔλεγε᾽ μὴ δόξητε λέγειν, ὅτι πατέρα ἔχομεν τὸν Ἀβραάμ. Καὶ ὁ Παῦλος πάλιν' οὐ γὰρ πάντες οἱ ἐξ ᾿Ισραὴλ, οὗτοι ᾿Ισραὴλ, οὐδὲ τὰ τέκνα τῆς σαρκὸς, ταῦτα τέκνα τοῦ θεοῦ. Τί γὰρ οἱ τοῦ Σαμουὴλ ἀπώναντο παῖδες, εἰπέ μοι; τῆς εὐγενείας τοῦ πατρὸς, μὴ γενόμενοι τῆς ἀρετῆς τοῦ πατρὸς κληρονόμοι : ; τί δὲ οἱ τοῦ Μωὺύσέως ἢ Ἦν ταϑδο μὴ ζηλώσαντες αὐτοῦ τὴν ἀκρίβειαν : Οὐκοῦν οὐδὲ διεδέξαντο τὴν χήν ἀλλ᾽ ᾿αὐτοὶ μὲν αὐτὸν ἐπεγρα ἰφοντο πατέρα, ἡ δὲ ὐάσβ οι πρὸς ἕτερον μοτένε, τὸν κατ᾽ ἀρετὴν αὐτοῦ γενόμενον υἱόν. Τί δὲ ὁ Τιμόθεος ἐβλάβη, πατρὸς Ἕλληνος ὦν: τί δ᾽ αὖ πάλιν ὁ τοῦ Ὠ Νῶε υἱὸς ἐκέρδανεν ἐ εκ τῆς τοῦ πατρὸς ἀρετῆς, δοῦλος αντ’ ἐλευθέρου γενόμενος ; Εἶδες πῶς οὐκ ἀρκεῖ πατρὸς εὐγένεια τοῖς γεννωμένοις εἰς προστασίαν: Ἡ γὰρ κακία τῆς προαιρέσεως τοὺς τῆς Φύσεως ἐνίκησε νόμους, καὶ οὐ μόνον αὐτὸν τῆς εὐγενείας τῆς πρὸς τὸν γεγεννηκότα, ἀλλὰ καὶ τῆς ἐλευθερίας ἐξέβαλε. Τί δὲ καὶ ἩΗσαῦ, οὐχὶ υἱὸς ἦν τοῦ Ἰσαὰκ, καὶ τὸν γεννήσαντα εἶχε προϊστάμενον αὐτοῦ; Καὶ γὰρ καὶ ὁ πατὴρ ἐσπούδαζε καὶ ἐπεθύμει μετασχεῖν αὐτὸν τῶν εὐλογιῶν, καὶ αὐτὸς ὑπὲρ τούτου τὰ κελευσθέντα πάντα ἐποίει. ᾿Αλλ᾽ ὅμως ἐπειδὴ σκαιὸς ἦν, οὐδὲν αὐτὸν τούτων Ἑ ὠνησεν' ἀλλὰ καὶ τῇ φύσει πρῶτος ὧν, καὶ τὸν πατέρα μεθ᾽ ἑαντοῦ πάντα ὑπὲρ τούτον πράττοντα ἔχων, ἐπειδὴ τὸν θεὸν οὐκ εἶχε μεθ᾽ ἑαυτοῦ, πάντων ἐξέπεσε. Καὶ τί λέγω τοὺς ἀνθρώπους: ; Υἱοὶ τοῦ θεοῦ γεγόνασιν οἱ ᾿Ιουδαῖοι» καὶ οὐδὲν ἀπὸ τῆς εὐγενείας ταύτης ἐκέρδαναν. Εἰ δὲ υἱὸς τοὺ θεοῦ τις γενόμενος, ἂν μὴ τῆς εὐγενείας ταύτης ἀρετὴν ἐπιδείξηται ἀξίαν, καὶ κολάζεται μειζόνως, τί μοι προγόνων καὶ πάππων εὐγένειαν προφέρεις εἰς μέσον: Οὐδὲ γὰρ ἐν τῇ παλαιᾷ μόνον, ἀλλὰ καὶ ἐν τῇ καινῇ τοῦτο κεκρατηκὸς εὕροι τις ἄν᾽ 17 ὅσοι γὰρ ἔλαβον αὐτὸν, φησὶν, ἔδωκεν αὐτοῖν ἐξουσίαν τέκνα θεοῦ γενέσθαι. Ἀλλ᾽ ὅμως τῶν τέκνων τούτων πολλοὺς ἔφησε μηδὲν ὠφελεῖσθαι παρὰ τοῦ πατρὸς ὁ Παῦλος: ἐὰν γὰρ περιτέμνησθε, φησὶ, Χριστὸς ὑμᾶς οὐδὲν ὠφελήσει. δὲ Χριστὸς οὐδὲν ὠφελεῖ τοὺς μὴ βουλομένους ἑαυτοῖς προσέχειν, πώς ἄνθρωπος προστήσεται: Μὴ τοίνυν μήτε ἐπ᾿ εὐγενείᾳ, μήτε ἐπὶ πλούτῳ μέγα φρονωμεν, αλλὰ καὶ καταφρονῶμεν τῶν οὕτω διακειμένων μήτε ἐπὶ πενίᾳ καταπίπτωμεν ἀλλ᾽ ἐκεῖνον ζητῶμεν τὸν πλοῦτον, τὸν ἐν ἔργοις ἀγαθοῖς θκείνην φεύγωμεν τὴν πενίαν, τὴν ἐν κακίᾳ καθιστῶσαν ἡμᾶς, δι ἣν καὶ ὁ πλούσιος ἐκεῖνος πένης ἥν διόπερ οὐδὲ σταγόνος ἐγένετο κύριος, καὶ ταῦτα πολλὴν θεὶς ἃ ἱκετηρίαν. Καίτοι τίς ἂν οὕτω γγένοιτο πένης παρ᾽ ἡμῖν, Ῥ[ὡς καὶ ὕδατος πρὸς ἀπόλαυσιν τηκόμενοι; σταγόνος ἀπολαῦσαι δύνανται καὶ οὐδὲ σταγόνος μόνης, ἀλλὰ καὶ πολλῷ πλείονος παραμυθίας. Αλλ' οὐχ ὁ πλούσιος ἐκεῖνος, ἀλλὰ καὶ μέχρι τούτου πένης ἦν καὶ τὸ δὴ χαλεπώτερον, ὅτι οὐδὲ παραμυθησασθαί ποθεν τὴν πενίαν Ἰδύνατο. Τί τοίνυν «περὶ τὰ χρήματα κεχήναμεν, ὅταν εἰς τὸν οὐρανὸν ἡμᾶς μὴ εἰσαγη ; Εἰπὲ γάρ μοι εἰ βασιλεύς τις τῶν ἐπὶ γῆς εἶπεν, ὅτι τὸν πλοντοῦντα ἀμήχανον ἐν βασιλείοις λάμψαι, ἤ τιμῆς ἀπολαῦσαί τινος, ἀρὰ οὐκ ἀν ἅπαντες ἀτιμάσαντες ᾿ἐῤῥίψατε τὰ χρήματα: Εζτα:, ἄν μὲν τῆς ἂν τοῖς κάτω βασιλείοις τιμῆς ἡμᾶς ἐκβαλλη, εὐκαταφρόνητα ἔσται: τοῦ δὲ τῶν οὐρανῶν βασιλέως καθ᾽ ἃὶ ἑκάστην ἡμέραν βοῶντος καὶ λέγοντος, ὅτι δύσκολον μετ αὐτῶν ἐπιβῆναι τῶν προθύρων ἐκείνων τῶν ἱερῶν, οὐ προησόμεθα πάντα, καὶ ἀποστησόμεθα τῶν ὄντων, ἵνα μετὰ παῤῥησίας Ὠ εἰς τὴν βασιλείαν εἰσέλθωμεν:

Ti gar epi patridi mega phroneis, hotan pasēs tēs ᾿, 66᾽.7ch» oikoumenēs xenon einai se keleuō : phēsin hotan exē soi ngenesthai toiouton, hōs ton kosmon hapanta mē einai sou axiion ? Houtō gar tauta eukataphronēta? hōs mēde para tois philosophousi tōn Hellēnōn axiousthai logon tinos, alla ta ektos kaleisthai, kai tēn eschatēn chōran katechein. Kaitoige Paulos katadechetai, phēsin, houtō legōn᾽ d kata de tēn eklogēn agapētoi dia tous pateras. AAll᾽ eipe, pote, kai peri tinōn, kai pros tinas dialegomenos. Pros gar Ph᾿ ē tous ex ethnōn mega physōntas epi tę̄ pistei, kai tōn ē Ē [oudaiōn katexanistamenous, kai tautę̄ meizonōs autous aporrēgnyntas᾽ katastellōn men ekeinōn to physēma, toutous ē de ephelkomenos, kai pros ton auton diegeirōn zēlon. epei TOU hotan peri tōn gennaiōn ekeinōn kai megalōn andrōn legē, )4 ee ho akouson pōs phēsin' hoe tauta legontes emphanizousin hoti patrida epizētousi. Kai ei men ekeinēs emnēmonenon, au hēs exēlthon, eichon an kairon anakampsai nyn de e heteras kreittonos oregontai. Kai palin es kata pistin apethanon houtoi pantes, mē komisamenoi tas epangelias, alla porrhōthen autas idontes. kai aspasamenoi. Kai ᾿Iōannēs de tois pros auton erchomenois elege᾽ mē doxēte legein, hoti patera echomen ton Abraam. Kai ho Paulos palin' ou gar pantes hoi ex ᾿Israēl, houtoi ᾿Israēl, oude ta tekna tēs sarkos, tauta tekna tou theou. Ti gar hoi tou Samouēl apōnanto paides, eipe moi? tēs eugeneias tou patros, mē genomenoi tēs aretēs tou patros klēronomoi : ? ti de hoi tou Mōyyseōs ē Ēn taϑdo mē zēlōsantes autou tēn akribeian : Oukoun oude diedexanto tēn chēn all᾽ ᾿autoi men auton epegra iphonto patera, hē de yasb oi pros heteron motene, ton kat᾽ aretēn autou genomenon huion. Ti de ho Timotheos eblabē, patros Hellēnos ōn: ti d᾽ au palin ho tou Ō Nōe huios ekerdanen e ek tēs tou patros aretēs, doulos ant’ eleutherou genomenos ? Eides pōs ouk arkei patros eugeneia tois gennōmenois eis prostasian: Hē gar kakia tēs proaireseōs tous tēs Physeōs enikēse nomous, kai ou monon auton tēs eugeneias tēs pros ton gegennēkota, alla kai tēs eleutherias exebale. Ti de kai HēĒsau, ouchi huios ēn tou Isaak, kai ton gennēsanta eiche proïstamenon autou? Kai gar kai ho patēr espoudaze kai epethymei metaschein auton tōn eulogiōn, kai autos hyper toutou ta keleusthenta panta epoiei. ᾿All᾽ homōs epeidē skaios ēn, ouden auton toutōn He ōnēsen' alla kai tę̄ physei prōtos hōn, kai ton patera meth᾽ heantou panta hyper touton prattonta echōn, epeidē ton theon ouk eiche meth᾽ heautou, pantōn exepese. Kai ti legō tous anthrōpous: ? Huioi tou theou gegonasin hoi ᾿Ioudaioi» kai ouden apo tēs eugeneias tautēs ekerdanan. Ei de huios tou theou tis genomenos, an mē tēs eugeneias tautēs aretēn epideixētai axian, kai kolazetai meizonōs, ti moi progonōn kai pappōn eugeneian prophereis eis meson: Oude gar en tę̄ palaią monon, alla kai en tę̄ kainę̄ touto kekratēkos heuroi tis an᾽ 17 hosoi gar elabon auton, phēsin, edōken autoin exousian tekna theou genesthai. All᾽ homōs tōn teknōn toutōn pollous ephēse mēden ōpheleisthai para tou patros ho Paulos: ean gar peritemnēsthe, phēsi, Christos hymas ouden ōphelēsei. de Christos ouden ōphelei tous mē boulomenous heautois prosechein, pōs anthrōpos prostēsetai: Mē toinyn mēte ep᾿ eugeneią, mēte epi ploutǭ mega phronōmen, alla kai kataphronōmen tōn houtō diakeimenōn mēte epi penią katapiptōmen all᾽ ekeinon zētōmen ton plouton, ton en ergois agathois thkeinēn pheugōmen tēn penian, tēn en kakią kathistōsan hēmas, di hēn kai ho plousios ekeinos penēs hēn dioper oude stagonos egeneto kyrios, kai tauta pollēn theis ha hiketērian. Kaitoi tis an houtō ngenoito penēs par᾽ hēmin, Rh[hōs kai hydatos pros apolausin tēkomenoi? stagonos apolausai dynantai kai oude stagonos monēs, alla kai pollǭ pleionos paramythias. All' ouch ho plousios ekeinos, alla kai mechri toutou penēs ēn kai to dē chalepōteron, hoti oude paramythēsasthai pothen tēn penian Idynato. Ti toinyn «peri ta chrēmata kechēnamen, hotan eis ton ouranon hēmas mē eisagē ? Eipe gar moi ei basileus tis tōn epi gēs eipen, hoti ton plontounta amēchanon en basileiois lampsai, ē timēs apolausai tinos, ara ouk an hapantes atimasantes ᾿errhipsate ta chrēmata: Ezta:, an men tēs an tois katō basileiois timēs hēmas ekballē, eukataphronēta estai: tou de tōn ouranōn basileōs kath᾽ hai hekastēn hēmeran boōntos kai legontos, hoti dyskolon met autōn epibēnai tōn prothyrōn ekeinōn tōn hierōn, ou proēsometha panta, kai apostēsometha tōn ontōn, hina meta parrhēsias Ō eis tēn basileian eiselthōmen:

For why are you proud of your country, he says, when I bid you be a stranger to the whole world, when you can become such that the whole world is not worthy of you? For these things are so contemptible that not even among the philosophers of the Greeks are they thought worthy of any account, but are called external goods and hold the last place. “And yet Paul admits it,” someone says, speaking thus: “But as regards election, they are beloved for the sake of the fathers.” But tell me when, and about whom, and to whom he was speaking. For it was to those from the Gentiles who were greatly puffed up over their faith and rose up against the Jews, and so broke them off still more; humbling the pride of the former and drawing the latter on, and rousing them to the same zeal. For when he speaks of those noble and great men, hear how he speaks: “For those who say such things make it clear that they are seeking a homeland. And if they had been thinking of that from which they had come out, they would have had opportunity to return; but as it is they desire a better.” And again: “These all died in faith, not having received the promises, but having seen them from afar and greeted them.” And John said to those who came to him, “Do not presume to say, We have Abraham as our father.” And Paul again: “For not all who are from Israel are Israel, nor are the children of the flesh children of God.” For what did the sons of Samuel gain, tell me, from their father's nobility, when they did not become heirs of their father's virtue? And what did the sons of Moses gain, not emulating his strictness? Therefore they did not succeed to his office either; but while they inscribed him as their father, the office passed to another, the one who became his son by virtue. And what harm did Timothy suffer, having a Greek father? And what again did Noah's son gain from his father's virtue, becoming a slave instead of free? Do you see how a father's nobility is not enough to protect the children? For wickedness of choice overcame the laws of nature, and cast him out not only of the nobility of his relation to his father but also of freedom. And what of Esau, was he not Isaac's son, and did he not have his father as his protector? For his father was eager and desired that he share in the blessings, and he himself did all that was ordered for this. Yet since he was perverse, none of these benefited him; but though first by nature, and having his father with him doing everything for this, since he did not have God with him, he fell from everything.

And why do I speak of men? The Jews became sons of God, and gained nothing from this nobility. And if one who has become a son of God, unless he shows virtue worthy of this nobility, is even punished more, why do you bring forward to me the nobility of ancestors and grandfathers? For one would find this prevailing not only in the Old Testament but in the New as well. “For as many as received him,” it says, “to them he gave authority to become children of God.” Yet Paul said that many of these children gained nothing from the Father: “For if you are circumcised,” he says, “Christ will profit you nothing.” And if Christ profits nothing those who will not attend to themselves, how will a man protect them? Let us not, then, be proud either of noble birth or of wealth, but even despise those so disposed; nor let us be cast down by poverty; but let us seek that wealth which is in good works, and flee that poverty which sets us in wickedness, through which that rich man too was poor; that is why he did not become master even of a drop, though he made much supplication. And yet who among us could become so poor as not to be able to enjoy water to the full? Even those wasting away can enjoy a drop, and not a drop only but much greater comfort. But that rich man was poor even to this point; and what is worse, he could not find consolation for his poverty anywhere. Why then do we gape after money, when it does not bring us into heaven? For tell me, if one of the kings on earth said that it was impossible for the rich man to shine in the palace or enjoy any honor, would you not all have despised money and thrown it away? Then, if it casts us out of honor in the palaces below, it will be contemptible; but when the King of heaven every day cries aloud and says that it is hard to set foot with it on that sacred threshold, shall we not give up everything and stand away from our possessions, so as to enter the kingdom with boldness?

9.6Field 1

Καὶ ποίας ἄξιοι συγγνώμης ἐσμὲν, τὰ ἀποτειχίζοντα τὴν ἐκεῖσε ὁδὸν μετὰ πολλῆς περιβαλλόμενοι σπουδῆς, καὶ οὐ Αιὖνον ἐν κιβωτίοις, αλλὰ καὶ ἐν γῆ κατακρύπτοντες, παρὸν τῇ τῶν οὐρανῶν αὐτὰ παραδοῦναι φυλακῃ : Ὡς. νῦν γε τὸ αὐτὸ ποιεῖς, οἷον ἂν εἴ τις γεωργὸς σῖτον λαβὼν ὥστε σπεῖραι λιπαρὰν ἄρουραν, ἀφεὶς τὴν ἄρουραν, εἰς λάκκον τὸν σῖτον πάντα κατορύξῃ, ἵνα μήτε αὐτὸς ἀπολαύσῃ; καὶ ὁ σῖτος διαφθαρεὶς ἀπόληται. ᾿Αλλὰ τίς ὁ πολὺς λόγος αὐτῶν, ὅταν ταῦτα ἐγκαλῶμεν ἡμεῖς ; : Οὐ μικράν τινα παραμυθίαν, φησὶ, φέρει τὸ εἰδέναι; ὅτι μετὰ ἀσφαλείας ἡμῖν ἀπόκειται ἔνδον ἃ ἅπαντα. Τὸ μὴ εἰδέναι μὲν οὖν, ὅτι ἀπόκειται, παραμυθία. Εἰ γὰρ καὶ μὴ λιμὸν δέδοικας, ἀλλ᾽ ἕτερα χαλεπώτερα διὰ τὴν ἀποθήκην ταύτην δεδοικέναι ἀνάγκη, θανάτους, πολέμους, ἐπιβουλας. Εἰ λιμός ποτε καταλάβοι, πάλιν ὁ δῆμος ὑπὸ τῆς γαστρὸς καταναγκαζόμενος, τὴν δεξιὰν ὁπλίζει κατὰ τῆς σῆς οἰκίας. Μάλλον δὲ ὅταν ταῦτα ποιῇς, σὺ καὶ τὸν λιμὸν εἰσάγεις εἰς τὰς πόλεις, καὶ τοῦ λιμοῦ χαλεπώτερον τουτὶ τὸ βάραθρον τῇ σῇ κατασκεναζεις οἰκίᾳ. Λιμοὺ μὲν γὰρ ἀνάγκῃ οὐκ οἷδά τινας τετελευτηκότας ταχέων καὶ γάρ ἐστε πολλὰ πολλαχόθεν ἐπινοῆσαι. πρὸς τὴν τοῦ κακοῦ τούτου παραμυθίαν διὰ δὲ χρήματα καὶ πλοῦτον καὶ τὰς τοιαύτας πραγματείας, πολλοὺς ἀνῃρημένους δείκνυμι; τοὺς μὲν λαθρα, τοὺς δὲ δημοσίᾳ. Καὶ πολλῶν μὲν τοιούτων παραδειγμάτων γεμουσιν αἱ ὁδοὶ, πολλῶν δὲ τὰ δικαστήρια καὶ αἱ ἀγοραί. Καὶ τί λέγω τὰς ὁδοὺς καὶ τὰ δικαστήρια καὶ τὰς ἀγοράς: Καὶ γὰρ τὴν θάλατταν αὐτὴν ὄψει τῶν αἱμάτων ἐμπεπλησμένην. ου γὰρ δὴ γῆν ἐκράτησεν ἡ τυραννὶς αὕτη, ἀλλὰ καὶ εἰς τὸ πέλαγος μετὰ πολλῆς οἰσεκώμασε τῆς παροινίας. Καὶ ὁ μὲν πλεῖ διὰ χρυσὸν, ὁ ὁ δὲ σφάττεται δ αὐτὸ τοῦτο πάλιν᾽ καὶ ἡ αὐτὴ τυραννὶς τὸν μὲν ἔμπορον ἐποίησε, τὸν δὲ ἀνδροφόνον. Τί τοίνυν ἀπιστότερον γένοιτ᾽ ἂν τοῦ μαμωνᾶ, ὅταν δι᾿ αὐτὸν ἀποδημῇ καὶ κινδυνεύη καὶ σφάττηται : Ἀλλὰ 6 γίς ἐλεήσει, φησὶν, ἐπαοιδὸν ὀφιόδηκτον : Εδει γὰρ εἰδότας τὴν ὠμὴν τυραννίδα, φεύγειν τὴν δουλείαν, καὶ καταλῦσαι τὸν χαλεπὸν ἔρωτα. Καὶ πῶς, φησὶ, τοῦτο δυνατὸν: Ἂν ἕτερον ᾿εἰσαγάγης ἔρωτα, τὸν τῶν οὐρανῶν. Ὁ γάρ ἐπιθυμῶν βασιλείας, καταγελάσεται πλεονεξίας ὁ γενόμενος τοὺ Χριστοῦ δοῦλος, οὐκ δἔστι δοῦλος τοῦ μαμωνῶ, ἀλλὰ καὶ δεσπότης τὸν μὲν γὰρ φεύγοντα διώκειν εἴωθε, τὸν δὲ διώκοντα φεύγειν. Οὐχ οὕτω τὸν διώκοντα τιμᾷ, ὡς τὸν καταφρονοῦντα αὐτοῦ οὐδενὸς οὕτω καταγελᾷ, ὡς τῶν ἐπιθυμούντων αὐτοῦ οὐ καταγελᾷ δὲ μόνον, αλλὰ καὶ μυρίοις αὐτοὺς περιβάλλει δεσμοῖς. Λύσωμεν οὖν ὀψέ ποτε τὰς χαλεπὰς ταύτας σειράς. Τί καταδουλοῖς τὴν λογικὴν ψυχὴν τῇ ἀλόγῳ ὕλῃ, τῇ μητρὶ τῶν μυρίων κακῶν: Ὦ Δὰλ ὦ τοὺ γέλωτος ἡμεῖς μὲν γὰρ αὐτῷ πολεμοῦμεν λόγοις, αὐτὸς δὲ ἡμῖν πολεμεῖ διὰ τῶν ἔργων, καὶ ἄγει πανταχοῦ καὶ περιφέρει, καθάπερ ἀργυρωνήτους καὶ μαστιγίας ἀτιμάζων' οὗ τί γένοιτ᾽ ἂν αἰσχρότερον τε καὶ ἀτιμότερον: Εἰ γὰρ ὑλῶν ἀναισθήτων οὐ ᾿περιγινόμεθα, πῶς τῶν ἀσωμάτων περιεσόμεθα δυνάμεων: : εἰ Ὑῆς εὐτελοῦς οὐ καταφρονοῦμεν, καὶ λίθων ἀπεῤῥιμμένων, πῶς τὰς ἀρχὰς καὶ τὰς ἐξουσίας ὑποτάξομεν : πὼς σωφροσύνην ἀσκήσομεν: Εἰ γὰρ ἄργυρος καταλάμπων ἡμᾶς ἐκπλήττει, πότε κάλλος ὄψεως δυνησόμεθα παραδραμεῖν : Καὶ γὰρ οὕτω τινὲς ἐκδεδομένοι πρὸς ταύτην εἰσὶ τὴν τυραννίδα, ὡς καὶ πρὸς αὐτὴν πασχειν τι τοῦ χρυσίου τὴν ὄψιν, καὶ χαριεντιζόμενοι λέγειν, Ἑ ὅτι καὶ ὀφθαλμοὺς ὠφελεῖ νόμισμα χρυσοῦν φαινόμενον. ᾿Αλλὰ μὴ παῖζε τοιαῦτα, ἄνθρωπε: οὐδὲν γὰρ᾽ οὕτως ἀδικεῖ ὀφθαλμοὺς, καὶ τοὺς τοῦ σώματος καὶ τοὺς τῆς ψυχῆς, ὡς ἡ τούτων ἐπιθυμία. Οὗτος γοῦν ὁ χαλεπὸς ἕ ἔρως τῶν παρθένων ἐκείνων τὰς λαμπάδας ἔσβεσε, καὶ τοῦ νυμφῶνος ἐξέβαλεν. Αὕτη ἤ ὄψις, ἢ τοὺς ὀφθαλμοὺς ὠφελοῦσα, καθὼς πἔφης, τὸν ἄθλιον ᾿Ιούδαν οὐκ ἀφῆκεν ἀκοῦσαι τῆς δεσποτικῆς φωνῆς, ἀλλὰ καὶ εἰς βρόχον ἤγαγε, καὶ μέσον λακίσαι ἐποίησε, καὶ μετ᾽ ἐκεῖνα πάντα εἰς γέενναν παρέπεμψε. Τί τοίνυν ταύτης παρανομώτερον γένοιτ᾽ ἄν: τί δὲ φρικωδέστερον : ; οὐ τῆς ὕλης τῶν χρημάτων λέγω, ἀλλὰ τῆς ἐπιθυμίας αὐτῶν τῆς ἀκαίρου καὶ μανικῆς. Καὶ γὰρ αἱμάτων ἀνθρωπίνων στάζει, καὶ φόνον βλέπει, καὶ θηρίου παντὸς ἐστι χαλεπωτέρα, ὰ κατασπαράττουσα τοὺς ἐμπεσόντας, καὶ ὃ πολλῷ χεῖρόν ἐστιν, οὐδὲ τῶν σπαραγμῶν ἀφίησιν αἰσθάνεσθαι τούτων. Δέον γὰρ οὕτω τοὺς τὰ τοιαῦτα πάσχοντας, καὶ πρὸς τοὺς παριόντας χεῖρα ἐκτείνειν, καὶ εἰς συμμαχίαν «καλεῖν, οἱ δὲ καὶ χάριν ἔχουσι τούτων : τῶν ᾿ἐλκηθμῶν' οὗ τί γένοιτ᾽ ἂν ἀθλιώτερον : Ταῦτ᾽ οὖν ἅπαντα ἐννοοῦντες, φύγωμεν τὴν ἀνίατον νόσον, θεραπεύσωμεν αὐτῆς τὰ δήγματα, καὶ μακρὰν ἀποστῶμεν τῆς τοιαύτης λύμης ἵνα καὶ ἐνταῦθα ἀσφαλῆ καὶ ἀτάραχον ζήσωμεν βίον, καὶ τῶν μελλὸ νγτων ἐπιτύχωμεν θησανρῶν [ὧν γέκυρίου ἡμῶν ᾿Ιησοῦ Χριστοῦ, μεθ' οὐ τῷ πατρὶ ἅμα τῷ ἁγίῳ πνεύματι δόξα, κράτος, τιμὴ, νῦν καὶ ἀεὶ καὶ εἰς τοὺς αἰῶνας τῶν αἰώνων. ᾿Δμῆν.

Kai poias axioi syngnōmēs esmen, ta apoteichizonta tēn ekeise hodon meta pollēs periballomenoi spoudēs, kai ou Aiynon en kibōtiois, alla kai en gē katakryptontes, paron tę̄ tōn ouranōn auta paradounai phylakę̄ : Hōs. nyn ge to auto poieis, hoion an ei tis geōrgos siton labōn hōste speirai liparan arouran, apheis tēn arouran, eis lakkon ton siton panta katoryxę̄, hina mēte autos apolausę̄? kai ho sitos diaphthareis apolētai. ᾿Alla tis ho polys logos autōn, hotan tauta enkalōmen hēmeis ? : Ou mikran tina paramythian, phēsi, pherei to eidenai? hoti meta asphaleias hēmin apokeitai endon ha hapanta. To mē eidenai men oun, hoti apokeitai, paramythia. Ei gar kai mē limon dedoikas, all᾽ hetera chalepōtera dia tēn apothēkēn tautēn dedoikenai anankē, thanatous, polemous, epiboulas. Ei limos pote katalaboi, palin ho dēmos hypo tēs gastros katanankazomenos, tēn dexian hoplizei kata tēs sēs oikias. Mallon de hotan tauta poię̄s, sy kai ton limon eisageis eis tas poleis, kai tou limou chalepōteron touti to barathron tę̄ sę̄ kataskenazeis oikią. Limou men gar anankę̄ ouk hoida tinas teteleutēkotas tacheōn kai gar este polla pollachothen epinoēsai. pros tēn tou kakou toutou paramythian dia de chrēmata kai plouton kai tas toiautas pragmateias, pollous anę̄rēmenous deiknymi? tous men lathra, tous de dēmosią. Kai pollōn men toioutōn paradeigmatōn gemousin hai hodoi, pollōn de ta dikastēria kai hai agorai. Kai ti legō tas hodous kai ta dikastēria kai tas agoras: Kai gar tēn thalattan autēn opsei tōn haimatōn empeplēsmenēn. ou gar dē gēn ekratēsen hē tyrannis hautē, alla kai eis to pelagos meta pollēs oisekōmase tēs paroinias. Kai ho men plei dia chryson, ho ho de sphattetai d auto touto palin᾽ kai hē autē tyrannis ton men emporon epoiēse, ton de androphonon. Ti toinyn apistoteron genoit᾽ an tou mamōna, hotan di᾿ auton apodēmę̄ kai kindyneuē kai sphattētai : Alla 6 gis eleēsei, phēsin, epaoidon ophiodēkton : Edei gar eidotas tēn ōmēn tyrannida, pheugein tēn douleian, kai katalysai ton chalepon erōta. Kai pōs, phēsi, touto dynaton: An heteron ᾿eisagagēs erōta, ton tōn ouranōn. Ho gar epithymōn basileias, katagelasetai pleonexias ho genomenos tou Christou doulos, ouk desti doulos tou mamōnō, alla kai despotēs ton men gar pheugonta diōkein eiōthe, ton de diōkonta pheugein. Ouch houtō ton diōkonta timą, hōs ton kataphronounta autou oudenos houtō katagelą, hōs tōn epithymountōn autou ou katagelą de monon, alla kai myriois autous periballei desmois. Lysōmen oun opse pote tas chalepas tautas seiras. Ti katadoulois tēn logikēn psychēn tę̄ alogǭ hylę̄, tę̄ mētri tōn myriōn kakōn: Ō Dal ō tou gelōtos hēmeis men gar autǭ polemoumen logois, autos de hēmin polemei dia tōn ergōn, kai agei pantachou kai peripherei, kathaper argyrōnētous kai mastigias atimazōn' hou ti genoit᾽ an aischroteron te kai atimoteron: Ei gar hylōn anaisthētōn ou ᾿periginometha, pōs tōn asōmatōn periesometha dynameōn: : ei Hyēs eutelous ou kataphronoumen, kai lithōn aperrhimmenōn, pōs tas archas kai tas exousias hypotaxomen : pōs sōphrosynēn askēsomen: Ei gar argyros katalampōn hēmas ekplēttei, pote kallos opseōs dynēsometha paradramein : Kai gar houtō tines ekdedomenoi pros tautēn eisi tēn tyrannida, hōs kai pros autēn paschein ti tou chrysiou tēn opsin, kai charientizomenoi legein, He hoti kai ophthalmous ōphelei nomisma chrysoun phainomenon. ᾿Alla mē paize toiauta, anthrōpe: ouden gar᾽ houtōs adikei ophthalmous, kai tous tou sōmatos kai tous tēs psychēs, hōs hē toutōn epithymia. Houtos goun ho chalepos he erōs tōn parthenōn ekeinōn tas lampadas esbese, kai tou nymphōnos exebalen. Hautē ē opsis, ē tous ophthalmous ōphelousa, kathōs pephēs, ton athlion ᾿Ioudan ouk aphēken akousai tēs despotikēs phōnēs, alla kai eis brochon ēgage, kai meson lakisai epoiēse, kai met᾽ ekeina panta eis geennan parepempse. Ti toinyn tautēs paranomōteron genoit᾽ an: ti de phrikōdesteron : ? ou tēs hylēs tōn chrēmatōn legō, alla tēs epithymias autōn tēs akairou kai manikēs. Kai gar haimatōn anthrōpinōn stazei, kai phonon blepei, kai thēriou pantos esti chalepōtera, a katasparattousa tous empesontas, kai ho pollǭ cheiron estin, oude tōn sparagmōn aphiēsin aisthanesthai toutōn. Deon gar houtō tous ta toiauta paschontas, kai pros tous pariontas cheira ekteinein, kai eis symmachian «kalein, hoi de kai charin echousi toutōn : tōn ᾿elkēthmōn' hou ti genoit᾽ an athliōteron : Taut᾽ oun hapanta ennoountes, phygōmen tēn aniaton noson, therapeusōmen autēs ta dēgmata, kai makran apostōmen tēs toiautēs lymēs hina kai entautha asphalē kai atarachon zēsōmen bion, kai tōn mello ngtōn epitychōmen thēsanrōn [hōn gekyriou hēmōn ᾿Iēsou Christou, meth' ou tǭ patri hama tǭ hagiǭ pneumati doxa, kratos, timē, nyn kai aei kai eis tous aiōnas tōn aiōnōn. ᾿Dmēn.

And what pardon do we deserve, surrounding ourselves with great zeal with what walls off the road there, and hiding them not only in chests but even in the earth, when it is possible to hand them over to the keeping of heaven? As it is, you do the same as if a farmer, taking wheat to sow a rich field, should leave the field and bury all the wheat in a pit, so that neither he himself might enjoy it, and the wheat might rot and perish. But what is their great argument when we charge them with this? “It brings no small comfort,” someone says, “to know that everything is stored safely within.” Rather, not to know that it is stored is comfort. For even if you do not fear famine, you must fear other worse things because of this storehouse: deaths, wars, plots. If famine should ever seize the city, the people again, compelled by the belly, arm their right hand against your house. Or rather, when you do this, you bring famine into the cities, and prepare for your house this pit worse than famine. For I do not know of any who have quickly died by the compulsion of famine; for it is possible to devise many things from many sources for comfort in this evil; but I can show many killed for money and wealth and such affairs, some secretly, some publicly. The roads are full of many such examples, and the courts and the marketplaces. And why do I speak of the roads and the courts and the marketplaces? You will see the sea itself filled with blood. For this tyranny did not rule the land only, but reveled into the sea too with great drunken insolence. One sails for gold, and another is slaughtered for this same thing again; and the same tyranny made one a merchant and the other a murderer. What then could be more faithless than mammon, when for its sake men travel abroad and run risks and are slaughtered? “But who will pity a snake charmer bitten by a serpent?” it says. For knowing the cruel tyranny, they ought to flee the slavery and undo the cruel love. “And how is this possible?” someone says. If you bring in another love, the love of heaven. For one who desires the kingdom will laugh at greed; one who has become a slave of Christ is not a slave of mammon, but even its master; for it is accustomed to pursue the one who flees it and to flee the one who pursues it. It does not so honor the one who pursues it as the one who despises it; it laughs at no one so much as at those who desire it; and not only laughs, but surrounds them with countless bonds.

Let us at last, then, loose these cruel chains. Why do you enslave the rational soul to irrational matter, the mother of countless evils? O what absurdity! We make war on it with words, but it makes war on us with deeds, and leads us about and carries us everywhere, dishonoring us like slaves bought with money and fit for the whip. What could be more shameful and dishonorable than this? For if we do not overcome senseless matter, how shall we overcome the bodiless powers? If we do not despise mean earth and stones thrown away, how shall we subdue the principalities and the authorities? How shall we practice chastity? For if silver shining on us amazes us, when shall we be able to pass by beauty of face? For some are so given over to this tyranny that they are affected even by the very sight of the gold, and say in jest that even the eyes are benefited by a gold coin appearing. But do not jest so, man; for nothing so injures the eyes, both those of the body and those of the soul, as the desire for these things. This cruel love, at any rate, quenched the lamps of those virgins and cast them out of the bridal chamber. This sight, which benefits the eyes, as you said, did not let the wretched Judas hear the Master's voice, but led him to the noose, made him burst asunder in the middle, and after all that sent him to hell. What then could be more lawless than this, what more dreadful? I mean not the material of money, but the untimely and mad desire for it. For it drips with human blood, and looks murder, and is harsher than any beast, tearing to pieces those who fall into it; and what is much worse, it does not let them feel these tearings. For those who suffer such things ought to stretch out their hands to those passing by and call them to their aid; but they are even grateful for these lacerations; what could be more wretched than this? Considering all these things, then, let us flee the incurable disease, heal its bites, and depart far from such ruin, so that we may both live a safe and untroubled life here and obtain the treasures to come, which may we all obtain, by the grace and lovingkindness of our Lord Jesus Christ, with whom to the Father together with the Holy Spirit be glory, might, honor, now and always and to the ages of ages. Amen.

Chapter 10

10.1Field 1

᾿Εν ταις ἡμέραις ἐκείναις παραγίνεται ᾿Ιωάννῆς ὁ ) βαπτιστὴς, κηρύσσων ἐν τῇ ἐρήμῳ τῆς ᾿Ιουδαίας, καὶ λέγων᾽ μετανοεῖτε᾽ ἤγγικε γὰρ ἡ βασιλεία τῶν οὐρανῶν. ΠΟΙΑΙΣ ἡμέραις. ἐκείναις Οὐδὲ γὰρ τότε, ἡνίκα παῖς ἣν» καὶ εἰς Ναζαρὲτ ἦλθεν, αλλὰ μετὰ τριάκοντα, ἔτῆ παραγίνεται ὁ ᾿Ιωάννης, καθὼς καὶ ὁ Λουκᾶς μαρτυρεῖ. Πῶς οὖν ἢ φησιν, ἐν ταῖς ἡμέραις ἐκείναις . ἼΕθος αεὶ τῇ γραφῇ τούτῳ κεχρῆσθαι τῷ τρόπῳ οὐχ ὅταν τὰ ἐν τῷ ἑ ἧς χρόνῳ συμβαίνοντα λέγῃ μόνον, ἀλλ᾽ ὅταν καὶ τὰ πολλοῖς ὕστερον ἔτεσιν ἐκβησόμενα. Οὕτω γοῦν καὶ ἡνίκα ἐπὶ τοῦ ὄρους τῶν ἐλαιῶν αὐτῷ καθημένῳ προσῆλθον οἱ μαθηταὶ, καὶ περὶ τῆς παρουσίας αὐτοῦ μαθεῖν ἐζήτουν, καὶ τῆς τῶν ᾿ἱεροσολύμων ἁλώσεως καίτοιγε ἴστε ὅσον τὸ μέσον ἑκατέρων τῶν καιρῶν. Εἰπὼν γὰρ τὴν κατασκαφὴν τῆς μητροπόλεως, καὶ τὸν περὶ τούτων ἀπαρτίσας λόγον, καὶ μέλλων εἰς τὸν Ἑ περὶ τῆς συντελείας ἐκβαίνειν, ἐπήγαγε, ἐἐ τότε ὃ καὶ ταῦτα ἔσται οὐ συνάγων τοὺς χρόνους τῷ, τότε, εἰπεῖν, ἀλλ᾽ ἐκεῖνον μόνον δηλῶν τὸν καιρὸν, ἐν ᾧ του τὰ συμβήσεσθαι ἔμελλεν. Ὅπερ καὶ νῦν ποιεῖ λέγων ἐν ταῖς ἡμέραις ἐκείναις. Οὐ γαρ τὰς ἑξῆς δηλῶν τοῦτο τέθεικεν, αλλ᾽ ἐκείνας, ἐν αἷς ταῦτα συμβαίνειν ἔμελλεν, ἃ διηγήσασθαι παρεσκευαζετο. Καὶ τίνος ἕνεκεν μετὰ τριάκοντα ἔτη. φησὶν, ἐπὶ τὸ βάπτισμα ἦλθεν ὁ Ἰησοῦς: Λύειν τὸν νόμον ἔμελλε μετὰ τὸ βάπτισμα τοῦτο λοιπόν διὰ τοῦτο μέχρι ταύτης τῆς ἡλικίας τῆς πάντα δεχομένης τὰ ἁμαρτήματα, μένει αὐτὸν πληρῶν ἅπαντα, ἵνα μηδεὶς λέγη, ὅτι διὰ τὸ μὴ δύνασθαι αὐτὸν πληρῶσαι ἔλυσεν. Οὐδὲ γὰρ ἀεὶ πάντα ἡμῖν ἐπιτίθεται τὰ παθη αλλ’ ἐν μὲν τῆ πρώτῃ ἡλικίᾳ πολὺ τὸ ἀνόητον καὶ μικρόψυχον, ἐν δὲ τῇ μετ᾽ ἐκείνην σφοδροτέρα ἡ ἡδονὴ, καὶ μετὰ ταύτην πάλιν ἡ τῶν χρημάτων ἐπιθυμία. Διὰ τοῦτο πᾶσαν τὴν ἡλικίαν ἀναμείνας, καὶ διὰ πάσης πληρώσας αὐτὸν, οὕτως ἐπὶ τὸ βάπτισμα ἔ ἔρχεται, ὕστερον αὐτὸ ἐπιτιθεὶς τῇ τῶν ἄλλων ἐντολῶν ἐκπληρώσει. Ὅτι γὰρ τοῦτο ἔσχατον ἣν αὐτῷ κατόρθωμα τῶν νομίμων, ἄκουσον τί φησιν οὕτω ἡ γὰρ πρέπον ἡμῖν ἐστι πληρῶσαι πᾶσαν δικαιοσύνην. Ὃ δὲ λέγει, τοιοῦτόν ἐστι πάντα ἠνύσαμεν τὰ νομικὰ, οὐδὲ μίαν παρέβημεν ἐντολήν. ᾿Επεὶ οὖν τοῦτο περιλείπεται μόνον, δεῖ καὶ τοῦτο προσθεῖναι, καὶ οὕτω πάσαν πληρώσομεν τὴν δικαιοσύνην. Δικαιοσύνην γὰρ ἐνταῦθα τὴν ἐκπλήρωσιν καλεῖ τῶν ἐντολὼν απασῶν. ᾿Αλλ᾽ ὅτι μὲν ὁ Χριστὸς διὰ τοῦτο ἐπὶ τὸ βάπτισμα ἦλθε, δῆλον ἐκ τούτου. Τίνος δὲ ἕνεκεν τὸ βάπτισμα αὐτῷ ἐπενοήθη τοῦτο; Ὅτι μὲν γὰρ οὐκ οἴκοθεν ὃ Ζαχαρίου παῖς; ἀλλὰ τοῦ θεοῦ κινήσαντος αὐτὸν, ἐπὶ τοῦτο ἦλθε, καὶ Λουκᾶς αὐτὸ δηλοῖ λέγων, ὃ βῆμα κυρίου ἐγένετο [ἐπ᾿ αὐτὸν, τουτέστι, πρόσταγμα. Καὶ αὐτὸς δέ φησιν αποστείλας με Ὁ , ΡῈ .,ν ἃ βαπτίζειν ἐν ὕδατι, ἐκεῖνός μοι εἷπεν εῷ ον ἂν ἴδης τὸ πνεῦμα καταβαῖνον ὡσεὶ περιστεράν, καὶ μένον ἐπ αὑτον, φ᾽ ἤ ἤ Ϊ5 κὺ οὗτός ἐστιν ὁ βαπτίζων ἐν πνεύματι αγίῳ. Τίνος οὖν ἕνεκεν ἐπέμφθη βαπτίζειν; Πάλιν καὶ τοῦτο ὁ βαπτιστῆς : α« δῆλον ἡμῖν ποιεῖ, λέγων, ὅτι ὃ εγὼ οὐκ ἤδειν αὐτον᾽ αλλ ο κὺ ἵνα ὃ φανῇ τῷ ᾿Ισραήλ, διὰ τοῦτο ἦλθον ἐν ὕδατι βαπτίζων. Καὶ εἰ αὕτη ἣν μονὴ ἡ αἰτία, πώς φησιν ο. Λουκᾶς, ὃτι δ ἡλθεν ὃ εἰς τὴν περίχωρον τοῦ ᾿Ιορδάνου, κηρυσσων βαπτισμα μετα᾿ ζω νοίας εἰς ἄφεσιν ἁμαρτιῶν ; Καίτοιγε οὐκ εἶχεν ἄφεσιν, Ὁ [ σε ἀλλὰ τοῦτο τὸ δῶρον τοῦ μετὰ ταῦτα δοθέντος βαπτίσματος φ' ὃ ῆ ῆ 4« ν᾽ εν τουτῳ γὰρ συνετάφημεν, καὶ ὁ παλαιὸς ἡμῶν ἄνθρωπος τότε συνεσταυρώθη, καὶ πρὸ τοῦ σταυροῦ οὐδαμοῦ φαίνεται ἢ κὺ [ ἄφεσις οὐσα᾿ πανταχοῦ γὰρ τῷ αἵματι αὐτοῦ τοῦτο λογίζεται. Καὶ ὁ Παῦλος δέ φησιν Ἶ αλλ ἀπεέλουσασθε, αλλ’ Ῥγιάσθητε, οὐ διὰ τοῦ βαπτίσματος Ιωαννου. αλλ εν τῷ ονόματι τοῦ κυρίον ἡμῶν ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ, καὶ εν τῷ πνευ΄-- σῷ ἢ ΤΩΣ ματι τοῦ θεοῦ ἡμῶν. Καὶ αλλαχοῦ δέ φησιν, ᾿Ιωάννης , μὲν ἐκήρυξε βάπτισμα μετανοίας καὶ οὐ λέγει, αφέσεως ,. ἵνα πιστεύσωσιν εἰς τὸν ἐρχόμενον μετ᾽ αὑτὸν. ΟὐπωῈ γαρ τῆς θυσίας προσενηνεγμενης, οὐδὲ τοῦ πνεύματος καταβάντος, οὐδὲ τῆς αμαρτίας λυθείσης, οὐδὲ τῆς ἔχθρας ανηρημένης, οὐδὲ τῆς κατάρας αφανισθείσης» πώς ἔμελλεν ἄφεσις γίνεσθαι : Τί οὖν ἐστι τὸ οἱ ᾿Ιουδαῖοι, καὶ τῶν οἰκείων οὐδέποτε ἡσθάνοντο ἁμαρτημάτων, ἀλλὰ τοῖς ἐσχάτοις ὄντες ὑπεύθυνοι κακοῖς, ἐδικαίουν ἑαντοὺς πανταχοῦ ὅπερ αὐτοὺς μάλιστα ἀπώλεσε, καὶ τῆς πίστεως ἀπήγαγε. Τοῦτο γοῦν καὶ ὁ Παῦλος ἐγκαλῶν αὐτοῖς ἔλεγεν, ὅτι ἀγνοοῦντες τὴν τοῦ θεοῦ δικαιοσύνην, καὶ τὴν ἰδίαν ζητοῦντες στῆσαι; τῇ δικαιοσύνη τοῦ θεοῦ οὐχ ὑπετάγησαν. Καὶ πάλιν Τὶ οὖν ἐροῦμεν; Ὅτι ἔθνη, τὰ μὴ διώκοντα δικαιοσύνην, κατέλαβε δικαιοσύνην ᾿Ισραὴλ δὲ διώκων νόμον δικαιοσύνης, εἰς νόμον δικαιοσύνης οὐκ ἔφθασε. Διατί; Ὅτι οὐκ ἐκ πίστεως, ἀλλ᾽ ὡς ἐξ ἔργων. ᾿Επεὶ οὖν τοῦτο ἣν τὸ αἴτιον τῶν κακῶν, παραγίνεται ὁ ᾿Ιωάννης, οὐδὲν ἕτερον ποιῶν, ἢ εἰς ἔννοιαν αὐτοὺς ἄγων τών οἰκείων ἁμιαρτημάτων. Τοῦτο γοῦν καὶ τὸ σχῆμα. αὐτοῦ ἐδήλουν, μετανοίας καὶ ἐξομολογήσεως ὄ ὃν. Ἴοντο; καὶ τὸ κήρυγμα ἐδείκνυ οὐδὲν γὰρ ἄλλο ἔλεγεν, ἀλλ᾽ ὅτι ποιήσατε καρποὺς ἀξίους τῆς μετανοίας. ᾿Επεὶ οὖν τὸ μὴ καταγινώσκειν τῶν οἰκείων ἁμαρτημάτων, ὡς καὶ Παῦλος ἐδήλωσεν, ἀποσκιρτᾶν αὐτοὺς ἱ ἐποίει τοῦ Χριστοῦ τὸ δὲ εἰς ἔννοιαν ἔρχεσθαι, εἰς ἐπιθυμίαν καθίστη τοῦ τὸν λυτρωτὴν ἐπιζητεῖν καὶ τῆς ἀφέσεως ἐπιθυμεῖν τοῦτο ἦλθε κατασκενάζων᾽ Ιωάννης, καὶ πείθων αὐτοὺς μετανοεῖν οὐχ ἕνα κολασθῶσιν, ἀλλ᾽ ἵνα τῇ μετανοίᾳ γενόμενοι ταπεινότεροι, καὶ καταγνόντες ἑαυτῶν, εἰς τὸ λαβεῖν τὴν ἄφεσιν δράμωσιν. Ὅρα γοῦν πῶς αὐτὸ τέθεικεν ἀκριβῶς. Εἰπὼν γάρ, ὅτι ἦλθε κηρύσσων βάπτισμα μετανοίας ἐν τῆ ἐρήμῳ τῆς ᾿Ιουδαίας, ἐ ἐπήγαγεν, εἰς ἄφεσιν ὡσανεὶ ἔλεγε διὰ τοῦτο αὐτοὺς ἔπειθεν ὁμολογεῖν καὶ μετανοεῖν ἐπὶ τοῖς ἁμαρτήμασιν, οὐχ ἵνα κολασθῶσιν, ἀλλ᾽ ἵνα εὐκολώτερον τὴν μετὰ ταῦτα ἄφεσιν δέξωνται. Εἰ μὴ γὰρ κατάγνωσαν ἕαυτῶν, οὐκ ἂν ουδὲ τὴν χάριν ἤτησαν᾽ μὴ ζητοὺντεῖ δὲ, οὐκ Ὦ ἂν τῆς ἀφέσεως ἔτυχον. Ὥστε τούτῳ ἐκεῖνο προωδοποίει τὸ βάπτισμα διὸ καὶ ἔλεγεν, γα πιστεύσωσιν εἰς τὸν ἐρχόμενον μετ᾽ αὐτὸν, μετὰ τῆς εἰρημένης καὶ ταύτην ἑτέραν αἰτίαν τιθεὶς τοῦ βαπτίσματος. Οὐδὲ γὰρ ἴσον ὴν περιϊέναι τὰς οἰκίας, καὶ περιάγειν τὸν Χριστὸν τῆς χειρὸς λαβόμενον, καὶ λέγειν, εἰς τοῦτον πιστεύσατε: καὶ πάντων παραγινομένων καὶ ὁρώντων τὴν μακαρίαν ἐκείνην ἐνεχθῆναι φωνὴν, καὶ τὰ ἄλλα ἐπιτελεσθῆναι ἅπαντας Διὰ τοῦτο ἔρχεται ἐπὶ ἙΕ τὸ βάπτισμα. Καὶ γὰρ καὶ ἡ τοῦ βαπτίζοντος ὑπόληψις, καὶ ἡ τοῦ πράγματος ὑπόθεσις, πᾶσαν τὴν πόλιν εἷλκε, καὶ πρὸς τὸν ᾿Ιορδάνην ἐκάλει» καὶ θέατρον ἐγένετο μέγα. Διὰ τοῦτο αὐτοὺς καὶ ἃ παραγενομένους καταστέλλει, καὶ πείθει μηδὲν μέγα περὶ ἑαυτῶν φαντάζεσθαι, δεικνὺς τῶν ἐσχάτων ὄντας ὑπευθύνους κακῶν, εἰ μὴ μετανοήσαιεν, καὶ τοὺς προγόνους ἀφέντες, καὶ τὸ επὶ ἐκείνοις ἀγάλλεσθαι, δέξαιντο τὸν παραγινόμενον. Καὶ γὰρ συνεσκίαστο τὰ κατὰ τὸν Χριστὸν τέως, καὶ ἐδόκει τεθνάναι παρὰ πολλοῖς διὰ τὴν εἰς Βηθλεὲμ γεγενημένην σφαγήν. Εἰ γὰρ καὶ δώδεκα ἐτῶν γενόμενος ἐξέφηνεν ἑ ἑαντὸν, αλλὰ ταχέως καὶ συνεσκίασε παλιν' διὰ δὴ τοῦτο λαμπρῶν ἔδει τῶν προοιμίων καὶ ὑψηλοτέρας ἀρχῆς. Διὸ καὶ πρῶτον τότε ἃ ᾿μηδέποτε ἤ ἤκουσαν ᾿Ιουδαῖοι; μήτε παρὰ προφητῶν, μήτε παρ' ἄλλων τινῶν, ἀνακηρύττει λαμπρᾷ τῇ ΠΕΣ τῶν οὐρανῶν καὶ τῆς ἐκεῖ βασιλείας μεμνημένος, ἢὮ οὐδὲν περὶ τῆς γῆς λέγων λοιπόν. Βασιλείαν δὲ ἐνταῦθα τὴν παρουσίαν αὐτοῦ τὴν προτέραν καὶ τὴν ἐσχάτην φησί. Καὶ τί τοῦτο πρὸς ᾿Ιουδαίους ; φησίν οὐδὲ γὰρ ἴσασι τί λέγεις. Διὰ γὰρ τοῦτο οὕτω λέγω, φησὶν, ἵνα ὑπὸ τῆς ἀσαφείας τῶν λεγομένων διεγειρόμενοι, ἔλθωσιν εἰς τὸ ζητῆσαι τὸν κηρυττόμενον. Οὕτω γοὺν αὐτοὺς ἐπῆρε ταῖς χρησταῖς ελπίσι παραγενομένους, ὡς καὶ τελώνας καὶ στρατιώτας πολλοὺς ἐρωτᾶν, τί δεῖ πράττειν, καὶ πῶς τὸν ἑαντῶν βίον οἰκονομεῖν ὅπερ ἣν σημεῖον τοῦ τῶν βιωτικῶν λοιπὸν ἀπηλλάχθαι πραγμάτων, καὶ πρὸς ἕτερα μείζονα ὁ ορᾶν, καὶ τὰ μέλλοντα ὀνειροπολεῖν. Καὶ γὰρ ἅπαντα αὐτοὺς καὶ τὰ ὁρώμενα καὶ τὰ λεγόμενα εἰς ὑψηλὸν ἤγε φρόνημα.

᾿En tais hēmerais ekeinais paraginetai ᾿Iōannēs ho ) baptistēs, kēryssōn en tę̄ erēmǭ tēs ᾿Ioudaias, kai legōn᾽ metanoeite᾽ ēngike gar hē basileia tōn ouranōn. POIAIS hēmerais. ekeinais Oude gar tote, hēnika pais hēn» kai eis Nazaret ēlthen, alla meta triakonta, etē paraginetai ho ᾿Iōannēs, kathōs kai ho Loukas martyrei. Pōs oun ē phēsin, en tais hēmerais ekeinais . IEthos aei tę̄ graphę̄ toutǭ kechrēsthai tǭ tropǭ ouch hotan ta en tǭ he hēs chronǭ symbainonta legę̄ monon, all᾽ hotan kai ta pollois hysteron etesin ekbēsomena. Houtō goun kai hēnika epi tou orous tōn elaiōn autǭ kathēmenǭ prosēlthon hoi mathētai, kai peri tēs parousias autou mathein ezētoun, kai tēs tōn ᾿hierosolymōn halōseōs kaitoige iste hoson to meson hekaterōn tōn kairōn. Eipōn gar tēn kataskaphēn tēs mētropoleōs, kai ton peri toutōn apartisas logon, kai mellōn eis ton He peri tēs synteleias ekbainein, epēgage, ee tote ho kai tauta estai ou synagōn tous chronous tǭ, tote, eipein, all᾽ ekeinon monon dēlōn ton kairon, en hǭ tou ta symbēsesthai emellen. Hoper kai nyn poiei legōn en tais hēmerais ekeinais. Ou gar tas hexēs dēlōn touto tetheiken, all᾽ ekeinas, en hais tauta symbainein emellen, ha diēgēsasthai pareskeuazeto. Kai tinos heneken meta triakonta etē. phēsin, epi to baptisma ēlthen ho Iēsous: Lyein ton nomon emelle meta to baptisma touto loipon dia touto mechri tautēs tēs hēlikias tēs panta dechomenēs ta hamartēmata, menei auton plērōn hapanta, hina mēdeis legē, hoti dia to mē dynasthai auton plērōsai elysen. Oude gar aei panta hēmin epitithetai ta pathē all’ en men tē prōtę̄ hēlikią poly to anoēton kai mikropsychon, en de tę̄ met᾽ ekeinēn sphodrotera hē hēdonē, kai meta tautēn palin hē tōn chrēmatōn epithymia. Dia touto pasan tēn hēlikian anameinas, kai dia pasēs plērōsas auton, houtōs epi to baptisma e erchetai, hysteron auto epititheis tę̄ tōn allōn entolōn ekplērōsei. Hoti gar touto eschaton hēn autǭ katorthōma tōn nomimōn, akouson ti phēsin houtō hē gar prepon hēmin esti plērōsai pasan dikaiosynēn. Ho de legei, toiouton esti panta ēnysamen ta nomika, oude mian parebēmen entolēn. ᾿Epei oun touto perileipetai monon, dei kai touto prostheinai, kai houtō pasan plērōsomen tēn dikaiosynēn. Dikaiosynēn gar entautha tēn ekplērōsin kalei tōn entolōn apasōn. ᾿All᾽ hoti men ho Christos dia touto epi to baptisma ēlthe, dēlon ek toutou. Tinos de heneken to baptisma autǭ epenoēthē touto? Hoti men gar ouk oikothen ho Zachariou pais? alla tou theou kinēsantos auton, epi touto ēlthe, kai Loukas auto dēloi legōn, ho bēma kyriou egeneto [ep᾿ auton, toutesti, prostagma. Kai autos de phēsin aposteilas me Ho , RE .,n ha baptizein en hydati, ekeinos moi heipen eǭ on an idēs to pneuma katabainon hōsei peristeran, kai menon ep hauton, ph᾽ ē ē Ï5 ky houtos estin ho baptizōn en pneumati agiǭ. Tinos oun heneken epemphthē baptizein? Palin kai touto ho baptistēs : a« dēlon hēmin poiei, legōn, hoti ho egō ouk ēdein auton᾽ all o ky hina ho phanę̄ tǭ ᾿Israēl, dia touto ēlthon en hydati baptizōn. Kai ei hautē hēn monē hē aitia, pōs phēsin o. Loukas, hoti d hēlthen ho eis tēn perichōron tou ᾿Iordanou, kēryssōn baptisma meta᾿ zō noias eis aphesin hamartiōn ? Kaitoige ouk eichen aphesin, Ho [ se alla touto to dōron tou meta tauta dothentos baptismatos ph' ho ē ē 4« n᾽ en toutǭ gar synetaphēmen, kai ho palaios hēmōn anthrōpos tote synestaurōthē, kai pro tou staurou oudamou phainetai ē ky [ aphesis ousa᾿ pantachou gar tǭ haimati autou touto logizetai. Kai ho Paulos de phēsin I all apeelousasthe, all’ Rhgiasthēte, ou dia tou baptismatos Iōannou. all en tǭ onomati tou kyrion hēmōn iēsou Christou, kai en tǭ pneu΄-- sǭ ē TŌS mati tou theou hēmōn. Kai allachou de phēsin, ᾿Iōannēs , men ekēryxe baptisma metanoias kai ou legei, apheseōs ,. hina pisteusōsin eis ton erchomenon met᾽ hauton. OupōE gar tēs thysias prosenēnegmenēs, oude tou pneumatos katabantos, oude tēs amartias lytheisēs, oude tēs echthras anērēmenēs, oude tēs kataras aphanistheisēs» pōs emellen aphesis ginesthai : Ti oun esti to hoi ᾿Ioudaioi, kai tōn oikeiōn oudepote hēsthanonto hamartēmatōn, alla tois eschatois ontes hypeuthynoi kakois, edikaioun heantous pantachou hoper autous malista apōlese, kai tēs pisteōs apēgage. Touto goun kai ho Paulos enkalōn autois elegen, hoti agnoountes tēn tou theou dikaiosynēn, kai tēn idian zētountes stēsai? tę̄ dikaiosynē tou theou ouch hypetagēsan. Kai palin Ti oun eroumen? Hoti ethnē, ta mē diōkonta dikaiosynēn, katelabe dikaiosynēn ᾿Israēl de diōkōn nomon dikaiosynēs, eis nomon dikaiosynēs ouk ephthase. Diati? Hoti ouk ek pisteōs, all᾽ hōs ex ergōn. ᾿Epei oun touto hēn to aition tōn kakōn, paraginetai ho ᾿Iōannēs, ouden heteron poiōn, ē eis ennoian autous agōn tōn oikeiōn hamiartēmatōn. Touto goun kai to schēma. autou edēloun, metanoias kai exomologēseōs o hon. Ionto? kai to kērygma edeikny ouden gar allo elegen, all᾽ hoti poiēsate karpous axious tēs metanoias. ᾿Epei oun to mē kataginōskein tōn oikeiōn hamartēmatōn, hōs kai Paulos edēlōsen, aposkirtan autous hi epoiei tou Christou to de eis ennoian erchesthai, eis epithymian kathistē tou ton lytrōtēn epizētein kai tēs apheseōs epithymein touto ēlthe kataskenazōn᾽ Iōannēs, kai peithōn autous metanoein ouch hena kolasthōsin, all᾽ hina tę̄ metanoią genomenoi tapeinoteroi, kai katagnontes heautōn, eis to labein tēn aphesin dramōsin. Hora goun pōs auto tetheiken akribōs. Eipōn gar, hoti ēlthe kēryssōn baptisma metanoias en tē erēmǭ tēs ᾿Ioudaias, e epēgagen, eis aphesin hōsanei elege dia touto autous epeithen homologein kai metanoein epi tois hamartēmasin, ouch hina kolasthōsin, all᾽ hina eukolōteron tēn meta tauta aphesin dexōntai. Ei mē gar katagnōsan heautōn, ouk an oude tēn charin ētēsan᾽ mē zētountei de, ouk Ō an tēs apheseōs etychon. Hōste toutǭ ekeino proōdopoiei to baptisma dio kai elegen, ga pisteusōsin eis ton erchomenon met᾽ auton, meta tēs eirēmenēs kai tautēn heteran aitian titheis tou baptismatos. Oude gar ison ēn periïenai tas oikias, kai periagein ton Christon tēs cheiros labomenon, kai legein, eis touton pisteusate: kai pantōn paraginomenōn kai horōntōn tēn makarian ekeinēn enechthēnai phōnēn, kai ta alla epitelesthēnai hapantas Dia touto erchetai epi HeE to baptisma. Kai gar kai hē tou baptizontos hypolēpsis, kai hē tou pragmatos hypothesis, pasan tēn polin heilke, kai pros ton ᾿Iordanēn ekalei» kai theatron egeneto mega. Dia touto autous kai ha paragenomenous katastellei, kai peithei mēden mega peri heautōn phantazesthai, deiknys tōn eschatōn ontas hypeuthynous kakōn, ei mē metanoēsaien, kai tous progonous aphentes, kai to epi ekeinois agallesthai, dexainto ton paraginomenon. Kai gar syneskiasto ta kata ton Christon teōs, kai edokei tethnanai para pollois dia tēn eis Bēthleem gegenēmenēn sphagēn. Ei gar kai dōdeka etōn genomenos exephēnen he heanton, alla tacheōs kai syneskiase palin' dia dē touto lamprōn edei tōn prooimiōn kai hypsēloteras archēs. Dio kai prōton tote ha ᾿mēdepote ē ēkousan ᾿Ioudaioi? mēte para prophētōn, mēte par' allōn tinōn, anakēryttei lamprą tę̄ PES tōn ouranōn kai tēs ekei basileias memnēmenos, ēŌ ouden peri tēs gēs legōn loipon. Basileian de entautha tēn parousian autou tēn proteran kai tēn eschatēn phēsi. Kai ti touto pros ᾿Ioudaious ? phēsin oude gar isasi ti legeis. Dia gar touto houtō legō, phēsin, hina hypo tēs asapheias tōn legomenōn diegeiromenoi, elthōsin eis to zētēsai ton kēryttomenon. Houtō goun autous epēre tais chrēstais elpisi paragenomenous, hōs kai telōnas kai stratiōtas pollous erōtan, ti dei prattein, kai pōs ton heantōn bion oikonomein hoper hēn sēmeion tou tōn biōtikōn loipon apēllachthai pragmatōn, kai pros hetera meizona ho oran, kai ta mellonta oneiropolein. Kai gar hapanta autous kai ta horōmena kai ta legomena eis hypsēlon ēge phronēma.

“In those days John the Baptist comes, preaching in the wilderness of Judea and saying: Repent, for the kingdom of heaven has drawn near.”

In what days? For it was not then, when he was a child and came to Nazareth, but after thirty years that John comes, as Luke too testifies. How then does he say, “in those days”? It is always the custom of Scripture to use this manner of speech, not only when it speaks of what happens in the time immediately following, but also of what will come to pass many years later. So, at any rate, when the disciples came to him as he sat on the Mount of Olives and sought to learn about his coming and the capture of Jerusalem (and yet you know how great the interval between the two times is), having spoken of the destruction of the mother-city and completed his discourse about it, and being about to pass to the discourse about the consummation, he added, “Then shall these things also be,” not joining the times by saying “then,” but only indicating the time in which these things were to happen. This he does now too, saying, “in those days.” For he did not put this to indicate the days immediately following, but those in which the things he was preparing to relate were to happen.

“And why,” someone says, “did Jesus come to baptism after thirty years?” After this baptism he was going to abolish the law; that is why until this age, which admits all sins, he remains fulfilling it all, so that no one might say that he abolished it because he could not fulfill it. For the passions do not all attack us always; but in the first age there is much folly and pettiness, in the one after it pleasure is more violent, and after this again the desire for money. That is why, having waited through every age and fulfilled the law through all of it, he comes to baptism, adding it last after fulfilling the other commandments. For that this was his last achievement among the legal observances, hear what he says: “For thus it is fitting for us to fulfill all righteousness.” What he says is this: We have performed all the requirements of the law, we have transgressed not one commandment. Since then this alone remains, this too must be added, and so we shall fulfill all righteousness. For here he calls righteousness the fulfillment of all the commandments. That Christ came to baptism for this reason, then, is clear from this. But why was this baptism devised? For that the son of Zechariah came to this not of himself, but because God moved him, Luke too makes plain, saying, “The word of the Lord came upon him,” that is, a command. And he himself says, “He who sent me to baptize with water said to me: On whomever you see the Spirit descending like a dove and remaining on him, this is the one who baptizes with the Holy Spirit.” Why then was he sent to baptize? Again the Baptist makes this plain to us, saying, “I did not know him; but so that he might be revealed to Israel, for this reason I came baptizing with water.” And if this was the only reason, how does Luke say that he came into all the region of the Jordan, “preaching a baptism of repentance for the remission of sins”? And yet it did not have remission; this was the gift of the baptism given afterward. For in that baptism we were buried with him, and our old man was then crucified with him; and before the cross remission nowhere appears, for everywhere it is ascribed to his blood. And Paul says, “But you were washed, you were sanctified,” not by the baptism of John, “but in the name of our Lord Jesus Christ and in the Spirit of our God.” And elsewhere he says, “John preached a baptism of repentance” (and he does not say, of remission) “so that they might believe in the one coming after him.” For when the sacrifice had not yet been offered, nor the Spirit come down, nor sin undone, nor the enmity removed, nor the curse wiped out, how was remission to take place? What then is the meaning of …? The Jews never perceived their own sins, but though liable for the worst evils, they justified themselves in everything; which above all destroyed them and led them away from the faith. Paul too charged them with this, saying that “being ignorant of the righteousness of God and seeking to establish their own, they did not submit to the righteousness of God.” And again: “What then shall we say? That the Gentiles, who did not pursue righteousness, attained righteousness; but Israel, pursuing a law of righteousness, did not reach the law of righteousness. Why? Because not from faith, but as from works.” Since, then, this was the cause of the evils, John comes, doing nothing else than bringing them to a consciousness of their own sins. His very dress showed this, being that of repentance and confession; and his preaching showed it; for he said nothing else but, “Bear fruits worthy of repentance.” Since, then, not condemning their own sins made them spring away from Christ, as Paul too showed, while coming to a consciousness of them would set them longing to seek the Redeemer and to desire remission, John came to prepare this, and to persuade them to repent, not so that they might be punished, but so that, made more humble by repentance and condemning themselves, they might run to receive the remission. See, at any rate, how exactly he put it. For having said that he came preaching a baptism of repentance in the wilderness of Judea, he added, “for remission,” as if to say: he persuaded them to confess and repent of their sins for this reason, not so that they might be punished, but so that they might more easily receive the remission afterward. For had they not condemned themselves, they would not have asked for the grace; and not seeking it, they would not have obtained the remission. So this baptism prepared the way for that one; that is why he said, “so that they might believe in the one coming after him,” giving this as another reason for the baptism besides the one stated. For it was not the same thing to go round the houses, leading Christ about by the hand, and say, “Believe in this man,” as for that blessed voice to be uttered and all the rest to be accomplished while everyone was present and seeing. That is why he comes to the baptism. For both the reputation of the baptizer and the nature of the thing drew the whole city and called it to the Jordan, and it became a great spectacle. That is why he also humbles them when they come, and persuades them to imagine nothing great about themselves, showing that they are liable to the worst evils unless they repent, and, leaving their ancestors and their pride in them, receive the one who is coming. For what concerned Christ had been veiled for a time, and many thought he had died because of the slaughter at Bethlehem. For even if he showed himself at twelve years old, he quickly veiled himself again; that is why there was need of a splendid opening and a loftier beginning. That is why then, for the first time, he proclaims with a clear voice what the Jews had never heard, neither from prophets nor from any others, mentioning heaven and the kingdom there, and saying nothing more about the earth. And here he calls the kingdom his coming, both the first and the last. “And what is this to the Jews?” someone says, “for they do not know what you are saying.” For this very reason I speak so, he says, so that, roused by the obscurity of what is said, they may come to seek the one proclaimed. So, at any rate, he lifted them up with good hopes when they came, so that even tax collectors and many soldiers asked what they should do and how they should order their lives; which was a sign that they were now freed from worldly affairs, looked to other, greater things, and dreamed of what was to come. For everything, both what was seen and what was said, led them to a lofty frame of mind.

10.3Field 1

᾿Εννόησον γοῦν Ἶλίκον ἣν ἰδεῖν ἄνθρωπον μετὰ τριάκοντα ἔτη καταβαίνοντα ἀπὸ τῆς ἐρήμου, ἀρχιερέως υἱὸν γενόμενον, μηδὲν δεηθέντα τῶν ἀνθρωπίνων πώποτε, καὶ πάντοθεν ὄντα αἰδέσιμον; καὶ τὸν Ησαΐαν ἔχοντα μεθ᾽ ἑαυτοῦ. Παρῆν γὰρ καὶ οὗτος αὐτὸν ἀνακηρύττων καὶ λέγων' οὗτός ἐστιν ὃν παρέσεσθαι ἔφην βοῶντα, καὶ κατὰ τὴν ἔρημον λαμπρᾷ τῇ φωνῇ κηρύττοντα ἅπαντα. Τοσαύτη γὰρ σπουδὴ τοῖς προταις περὶ τούτων ἐγένετο τῶν πραγμάτων, ὡς μὴ τὸν σπότην τὸν ἑαυτῶν μόνον, ἀλλὰ καὶ τὸν μέλλοντα αὐτῷ διακονεῖσθαι ἐ ἐκ πολλοῦ προανακηρύττειν τοῦ χρόνον καὶ μὴ μόνον αὑτὸν λέγειν, ἀλλὰ καὶ τὸν Τόπον, ἐν ᾧ διατρίβειν ἔμελλε» καὶ τὸν τοῦ κηρύγματος τρόπον, ὃν διδάξαι παραγενόμενος εἶχε, καὶ τὸ ἀπ’ αὐτοῦ συμβαῖνον κατόρθωμα. Ὅρα γοῦν πῶς ἐπ᾿ αὐτῶν ἔρχονται τῶν νοημάτων, εἰ καὶ μὴ ἐπ᾿ αὐτῶν τῶν ῥημάτων, ὃ τε προφήτης καὶ ὁ βαπτιστής. Ὁ μὲν γὰρ προφήτης φησὶν, ὅτι παρέσται λέγων 15 ἑτοιμάσατε τὴν οδὸν κυρίου, εὐθείας ΤοΙεΙ τὰς τρίβους αὐτοῦ. Αὐτὸς δὲ παραγενόμενος ἔλεγε ὁ ποιήσατε καρποὺς ἀξίους τῆς μετανοίας ὅπερ ἴσον ἐστὶ τῷ ἑτοιμάσατε τὴν ὁδὸν κυρίου. Ὁρᾷς ὅτι καὶ δι ὧν ὁ προφήτης εἶπε, καὶ δ ὧν Ἑ αὐτὸς ἑκήρυττεν, ἕν τοῦτο δηλοῦται μόνον, ὅτι προοδοποιῶν παρεγένετο καὶ προετοιμάζων, οὐ τὴν δωρεὰν χαριζόμενος, ὅπερ ἣν ἡ ἄφεσις, ἀλλὰ προπαρασκενάζων τὰς ψυχὰς τῶν μελλόντων δέχεσθαι τὸν τῶν ὅλων θεόν: ὋὉ δὲ Λουκᾶς καὶ πλέον τί φησιν οὐ γὰρ τὸ προοίμιον εἰπὼν ἀπηλλάγη, ἀλλὰ καὶ πᾶσαν τίθησι τὴν προφητείαν. ὁ Πᾶσα γὰρ φαραγξ, φησὶ, πληρωθήσεται, καὶ πᾶν ὄρος καὶ βουνὸς ταπεινωθήσεται καὶ ἔσται τὰ σκολιὰ εἰς εὐθεῖαν, καὶ αἱ τραχεῖαι εἰς ὁδοὺς λείας καὶ ὄψεται πᾶσα σὰρξ τὸ σωτήριον τοῦ θεοῦ. Εἶδες πῶς προλαβὼν ὁ προφήτης πάντα εἶπε, καὶ τὴν τοῦ δήμον συνδρομὴν, καὶ τὴν τῶν πραγμάτων ἐπὶ τὸ βέλτιον μεταβολὴν, καὶ τὴν τοῦ κηρύγματος εὐκολίαν, καὶ τὴν αἰτίαν τῶν γινομένων ἁπάντων, εἰ καὶ τροπικώτερον ταῦτα τέθεικε: ἀν γὰρ ἣν προφητεία τὸ λεγόμενον. Ὅταν γὰρ εἴπῃ; πάσα φάραγξ πληρωθήσεται, καὶ πάν ὄρος καὶ βουνὸς Τρι καὶ ἔσονται αἱ τραχεῖαι εἰς ὁδοὺς λείας καὶ τοὺς ταπεινοὺς ὑψουμένους δείκνυσι, καὶ τοὺς ἀἁπονενοημένους ταπεινουμένους, καὶ τὴν τοῦ νόμου δυσκολίαν εἰς εὐκολίαν πίστεως μεταβαλλομένην. Οὐκέτι γὰρ ἱδρῶτες καὶ πόνοι, φησὶν, αλλὰ : χάρις καὶ συγχώρησις ἁμαρτημάτων, πολλὴν παρέχουσα τῆς σωτηρίας τὴν εὐκολίαν. Εἶτα τὸ τούτων αἴτιον τίθησι λέγων, ὅτι ὄψεται πᾶσα σὰρξ τὸ σωτήριον τοῦ θεοῦ οὐκέτι ᾿Ιουδαῖοι καὶ προσήλυτοι μόνον, ἀλλὰ καὶ πᾶσα ᾿Ὑῆ καὶ θάλαττα, καὶ ὅλη τῶν ἀνθρώπων ἡ φύσις. Διὰ γὰρ τῶν σκολιῶν πάντα τὸν διεφθαρμένον βίον ἢνίξατο,ἢ τελώνας, καὶ πόρνας, καὶ λῃστάς, καὶ μάγους, οἵτινες ὄντες διεστραμμένοι πρότερον, τὴν ὀρθὴν ὕστερον ἐς ἐβάδισαν ὁδόν ὅπερ οὖν καὶ αὐτὸς ἔλεγεν, ὅτι τελώναι Ὁ καὶ πόρναι προάγουσιν ὑμᾶς εἰς τὴν βασιλείαν τοῦ θεοῦ, ὅτι ἐπίστευσαν. Καὶ δι ἑτέρων δὲ ἐδήλωσε ῥημάτων ὁ προφήτης πάλιν τὸ αὐτὸ τοῦτο, οὕτω λέγων τότε λύκοι καὶ ἄρνες ἅμα βοσκηθήσονται. Ὥσπερ γὰρ ἐνταῦθα διὰ τῶν βουνῶν καὶ φαράγγων. τὸ ἀνώμαλον ἦθος εἰς μίαν φιλοσοφίας ἰσότητα κιρνᾶσθαι ἔφησεν᾽ οὕτω καὶ ἐκεῖ τοῖς τῶν ἀλόγων ἤθεσι τοὺς διαφόρους τῶν ἀνθρώπων ἐμφαίνων τρόπους; πάλιν εἰς μίαν αὐτοὺς εὐσεβείας συμφωνίαν συνάπτεσθαι ἔλεγε᾽ καὶ ἐκεῖ πάλιν τὴν αἰτίαν τιθείς. Αὕτη δέ ἐστιν ἔσται γὰρ, φησὶν, ὁ ἀνιστάμενος ἄρχειν ἐθνῶν, ἐ ἐπ᾿ αὐτῷ ἔθνη ἐλπιοῦσιν ὅπερ οὖν καὶ ἐνταῦθα ἔλεγεν, ὅτι ὄψεται } πᾶσα σὰρξ τὸ σωτήριον τοῦ θεοῦ ἢ πανταχοῦ δηλῶν ὅτι πρὸς τὰ πέρατα τῆς οἰκουμένης χυθήσεται τῶν εὐαγγελίων τούτων ἡ δύναμις καὶ ἡ γνῶσις, ἀπὸ θηριώδους τρόπου καὶ σκληρότητος γνώμης εἰς ἡμερότητα πολλὴν καὶ ἁπαλότητα μεταβάλλουσα τῶν ἀνθρώπων τὸ γένος. Ἵ ἈΚ Αὐτὸς δὲ ὁ ᾿Ιωάννης εἶχε τὸ ἔνδυμα αὐτοῦ ἀπὸ τριχῶν καμήλου, καὶ ζώνην δερματίνην περὶ τὴν ὀσφὺν αὐτοῦ. Εἶδες πῶς τὰ μὲν οἱ προφῆται προεῖπον, τὰ δὲ τοῖς εὐαγΎ- γελισταῖς κατέλιπον; Διόπερ καὶ ὁ Ματθαῖος καὶ τὰς προφητείας τίθησι, καὶ τὰ παρ᾽ ἑαντοὺ προστίθησιν οὐδὲ τοῦτο πάρεργον ἡγούμενος. εἶναι, τὸ περὶ τῆς στολῆς εἰπεῖν τοῦ Ἑ. δικαίου.

᾿Ennoēson goun Ilikon hēn idein anthrōpon meta triakonta etē katabainonta apo tēs erēmou, archiereōs huion genomenon, mēden deēthenta tōn anthrōpinōn pōpote, kai pantothen onta aidesimon? kai ton Ēsaïan echonta meth᾽ heautou. Parēn gar kai houtos auton anakēryttōn kai legōn' houtos estin hon paresesthai ephēn boōnta, kai kata tēn erēmon lamprą tę̄ phōnę̄ kēryttonta hapanta. Tosautē gar spoudē tois protais peri toutōn egeneto tōn pragmatōn, hōs mē ton spotēn ton heautōn monon, alla kai ton mellonta autǭ diakoneisthai e ek pollou proanakēryttein tou chronon kai mē monon hauton legein, alla kai ton Topon, en hǭ diatribein emelle» kai ton tou kērygmatos tropon, hon didaxai paragenomenos eiche, kai to ap’ autou symbainon katorthōma. Hora goun pōs ep᾿ autōn erchontai tōn noēmatōn, ei kai mē ep᾿ autōn tōn rhēmatōn, ho te prophētēs kai ho baptistēs. Ho men gar prophētēs phēsin, hoti parestai legōn 15 hetoimasate tēn odon kyriou, eutheias ToIeI tas tribous autou. Autos de paragenomenos elege ho poiēsate karpous axious tēs metanoias hoper ison esti tǭ hetoimasate tēn hodon kyriou. Horąs hoti kai di hōn ho prophētēs eipe, kai d hōn He autos hekērytten, hen touto dēloutai monon, hoti proodopoiōn paregeneto kai proetoimazōn, ou tēn dōrean charizomenos, hoper hēn hē aphesis, alla proparaskenazōn tas psychas tōn mellontōn dechesthai ton tōn holōn theon: HoO de Loukas kai pleon ti phēsin ou gar to prooimion eipōn apēllagē, alla kai pasan tithēsi tēn prophēteian. ho Pasa gar pharanx, phēsi, plērōthēsetai, kai pan oros kai bounos tapeinōthēsetai kai estai ta skolia eis eutheian, kai hai tracheiai eis hodous leias kai opsetai pasa sarx to sōtērion tou theou. Eides pōs prolabōn ho prophētēs panta eipe, kai tēn tou dēmon syndromēn, kai tēn tōn pragmatōn epi to beltion metabolēn, kai tēn tou kērygmatos eukolian, kai tēn aitian tōn ginomenōn hapantōn, ei kai tropikōteron tauta tetheike: an gar hēn prophēteia to legomenon. Hotan gar eipę̄? pasa pharanx plērōthēsetai, kai pan oros kai bounos Tri kai esontai hai tracheiai eis hodous leias kai tous tapeinous hypsoumenous deiknysi, kai tous haaponenoēmenous tapeinoumenous, kai tēn tou nomou dyskolian eis eukolian pisteōs metaballomenēn. Ouketi gar hidrōtes kai ponoi, phēsin, alla : charis kai synchōrēsis hamartēmatōn, pollēn parechousa tēs sōtērias tēn eukolian. Eita to toutōn aition tithēsi legōn, hoti opsetai pasa sarx to sōtērion tou theou ouketi ᾿Ioudaioi kai prosēlytoi monon, alla kai pasa ᾿Hyē kai thalatta, kai holē tōn anthrōpōn hē physis. Dia gar tōn skoliōn panta ton diephtharmenon bion ēnixato,ē telōnas, kai pornas, kai lę̄stas, kai magous, hoitines ontes diestrammenoi proteron, tēn orthēn hysteron es ebadisan hodon hoper oun kai autos elegen, hoti telōnai Ho kai pornai proagousin hymas eis tēn basileian tou theou, hoti episteusan. Kai di heterōn de edēlōse rhēmatōn ho prophētēs palin to auto touto, houtō legōn tote lykoi kai arnes hama boskēthēsontai. Hōsper gar entautha dia tōn bounōn kai pharangōn. to anōmalon ēthos eis mian philosophias isotēta kirnasthai ephēsen᾽ houtō kai ekei tois tōn alogōn ēthesi tous diaphorous tōn anthrōpōn emphainōn tropous? palin eis mian autous eusebeias symphōnian synaptesthai elege᾽ kai ekei palin tēn aitian titheis. Hautē de estin estai gar, phēsin, ho anistamenos archein ethnōn, e ep᾿ autǭ ethnē elpiousin hoper oun kai entautha elegen, hoti opsetai } pasa sarx to sōtērion tou theou ē pantachou dēlōn hoti pros ta perata tēs oikoumenēs chythēsetai tōn euangeliōn toutōn hē dynamis kai hē gnōsis, apo thēriōdous tropou kai sklērotētos gnōmēs eis hēmerotēta pollēn kai hapalotēta metaballousa tōn anthrōpōn to genos. Hi AK Autos de ho ᾿Iōannēs eiche to endyma autou apo trichōn kamēlou, kai zōnēn dermatinēn peri tēn osphyn autou. Eides pōs ta men hoi prophētai proeipon, ta de tois euagY- gelistais katelipon? Dioper kai ho Matthaios kai tas prophēteias tithēsi, kai ta par᾽ heantou prostithēsin oude touto parergon hēgoumenos. einai, to peri tēs stolēs eipein tou He. dikaiou.

Consider, at any rate, what a thing it was to see a man coming down from the wilderness after thirty years, the son of a high priest, who had never needed any human thing, venerable on every side, and having Isaiah with him. For he too was present, proclaiming him and saying: This is the one whom I said would come crying, and preaching everything with a clear voice in the wilderness. For the prophets had such zeal about these matters that they proclaimed long beforehand not only their own Master, but also the one who was to serve him; and not only named him, but also the place where he was to stay, the manner of preaching he was to have when he came, and the achievement that would come from him. See, at any rate, how the prophet and the Baptist come to the same thoughts, though not to the same words. For the prophet says that he will come saying, “Prepare the way of the Lord, make his paths straight”; and he himself, when he came, said, “Bear fruits worthy of repentance,” which is the same as “Prepare the way of the Lord.” Do you see that both by what the prophet said and by what he himself preached one thing alone is shown, that he came preparing the way and making ready, not bestowing the gift, which was the remission, but preparing beforehand the souls of those who were to receive the God of all? But Luke says something more; for he did not stop after saying the opening, but sets down the whole prophecy: “Every valley,” it says, “shall be filled, and every mountain and hill brought low; and the crooked shall become straight, and the rough places smooth ways; and all flesh shall see the salvation of God.” Do you see how the prophet said everything beforehand, the concourse of the people, the change of affairs for the better, the ease of the preaching, and the cause of all that happened, even though he put these things rather figuratively? For what was said was prophecy. For when he says, “Every valley shall be filled, and every mountain and hill brought low, and the rough places shall become smooth ways,” he shows the lowly being exalted and the arrogant humbled, and the difficulty of the law changed into the ease of faith. For no longer sweat and toil, he says, but grace and forgiveness of sins, giving great ease of salvation. Then he gives the cause of these things, saying, “All flesh shall see the salvation of God,” no longer Jews and proselytes only, but all land and sea and the whole nature of men. For by “the crooked” he hinted at every corrupt life, tax collectors, harlots, robbers, magicians, who, though perverted before, afterward walked the straight road; which he himself also said: “The tax collectors and the harlots go into the kingdom of God before you, because they believed.” And the prophet showed the same thing again in other words, saying, “Then wolves and lambs shall feed together.” For as here by the hills and valleys he said that uneven character would be blended into one level of philosophy, so there too, showing the different ways of men by the characters of the irrational creatures, he said again that they would be joined into one harmony of godliness; and there too he gives the cause. This is it: “For there shall be,” he says, “the one who rises to rule the nations; in him shall the nations hope”; which he said here too: “All flesh shall see the salvation of God,” showing everywhere that the power and knowledge of these gospels would be poured out to the ends of the world, changing the human race from a beastlike way and hardness of will to great gentleness and softness.

“And John himself had his garment of camel's hair, and a leather belt around his waist.” Do you see how the prophets foretold some things and left others to the evangelists? That is why Matthew both sets down the prophecies and adds what is his own, not thinking it a side issue to speak of the righteous man's dress.

10.4Field 1

Καὶ γὰρ ἦν θαυμαστὸν καὶ παράδοξον ἐ εν ἄνθρωπίνῳ σώματι τοσαύτην καρτερίαν ἰδεῖν' ὃ δὴ καὶ τοὺς ᾿Ιουδαίους μᾶλλον ἐφείλκετο, τὸν μέγαν λίαν ἐν αὐτῷ βλέποντας, καὶ πρὸς τὴν τοῦ μακαρίου μνήμην ἐκείνου παραπεμπομένους ἐκ τῶν ὁρωμένων τότε μᾶλλον δὲ καὶ πρὸς πλείονα ἔκπληξιν. ᾿κεῖνος μὲν γὰρ καὶ ἐν πόλεσι καὶ ἐν οἰκίαις ἐτρέφετο, οὗτος δὲ δὲ ὅλου τὴν ἔρημον ᾧκησεν ἐκ σπαργάνων αὐτῶν. Ἔδει γὰρ τὸν πρόδρομον τοῦ μέλλοντος τὰ παλαιὰ λύειν ἅπαντα οἷον, τὸν πόνον, τὴν κατάραν, τὴν λύπην, τὸν ἱδρῶτα: ἔ ἔχειν τινὰ καὶ αὐτὸν σύμβολα τῆς τοιαύτης δωρεᾶς, καὶ ἀνωτέρω γενέσθαι λοιπὸν τῆς καταδίκης ἐκείνης. Οὐτε γοῦν γῆν ἤροσεν, οὔτε αὔλακα ἔτεμεν, οὐχ ἱδρῶτι τοῦ προσώπου τὸν ἄρτον ἔφαγεν, ἀλλ᾽ ἦν ἐσχεδιασμένη αὐτῷ ἡ τράπεζα, καὶ εὐκολωτέρα τῆς τραπέζης ἡ περιβολὴ, καὶ ἀπραγμονεστέρα τῆς περιβολῆς ἡ οἴκησις. Οὔτε γὰρ στέγης, οὔτε κλίνης, οὐ τραπέζης, οὔτε ἄλλου τινὸς τούτων ἐδεήθη, ἀλλ᾽ ἀγγελικόν τινα βίον ἐν τῇ σαρκὶ ταύτῃ ἐπεδείκνυτο. Διὰ τοῦτο καὶ τρίχινον ἱμάτιον. αὐτῷ ἦν, ἵνα διὰ τοῦ σχήματος παιδεύσῃ τῶν ἀνθρωπίνων αφίστασθαι, καὶ μηδὲν κοινὸν ἔχειν. πρὸς τὴν γῆν, ἀλλ᾽ ἐπὶ τὴν προτέραν ἑπανατρέχειν εὐγένειαν, ἐν ἡ ἣν πρὶν ἢ δεηθῆναι ἱματίων καὶ περιβολῆς ὁ ᾿Αδάμ. Οὕτω καὶ βασιλείας καὶ μετανοίας εἶχε σύμβολα τὸ σχῆμα ἐκεῖνο. Καὶ μή μοι λέγε᾽ πόθεν αὐτῷ τρίχινον ἱμάτιον καὶ ζώνη, τὴν ἔρημον οἰκοῦντι; Εἰ γὰρ τοῦτο μέλλοις διαπορεῖν, καὶ ἕτερα πλείονα ζητήσεις πώς ἐν τοῖς χειμῶσι, πῶς ἐν τοῖς καύμασι διέτριβεν ἐ ἐπὶ τῆς ἐρημίας, καὶ ταῦτα ἐν ἁπαλῷ σώματι καὶ ἀώρῳ ἡλικίᾳ : : πῶς ἤρκεσεν ἡ τῆς παιδικῆς σαρκὸς φύσις ἀνωμαλίᾳ ἀέρων τοσαύτῃ, καὶ τραπέζῃ οὕτως ἐξηλλαγμένῃ, καὶ τῇ ἄλλη τῇ απὸ τῆς ἐρημίας ταλαιπωρίᾳ: Ποὺ νὺν εἰσιν οἱ τῶν Ἑλλήνων φιλόσοφοι, οἵ εἰκῆ καὶ μάτην τὴν κυνικὴν ἀναισχυντίαν ἐζήλωσαν : (τέ γὰρ ὄφελος τοῦ κατακλείεσθαι ἐν πίθῳ, καὶ τοιαῦτα ἀσελγαίνειν ὕστερον 3) οἱ καὶ δακτυλίους. καὶ φιάλας, καὶ θεράποντας, καὶ θεραπαινίδας, καὶ πολλὴν ἄλλην περιεβάλλοντο φαντασίαν, εἰς Ὁ ἑκατέραν ἀμετρίαν ἐκπίπτοντες: : Αλλ᾽ οὐχ οὗτος τοιοῦτος αλλ᾽ ὥσπερ τὸν οὐρανὸν τὴν ἔρημον, ᾧκησε. πᾶσαν ἀκριβῆ φιλοσοφίαν ἐπιδεικνύμενος κακεῖθεν ὡς ἄγγελός τις ἐξ οὐρανῶν εἰς τὰς πόλεις κατέβαινεν, ἀθλητὴς σὐσεβείας ὦ ὧν, καὶ τῆς οἰκουμένης στεφανίτης, καὶ φιλόσοφος. τῆς τῶν οὐρανῶν ἀξίας φιλοσοφίας. Καὶ ταῦτα ἦν, οὕπω τῆς ἁμαρτίας λυθείσης. οὔπω. τοῦ νόμον παυσαμένου, οὕπω τοῦ θανάτου δεθέντος, οὕπω τῶν χαλκῶν πυλῶν κατακλασθεισῶν, ἀλλ᾽ ἔτι τῆς παλαιᾶς κρατούσης πολιτείας. Τοιοῦτόν ἐστι γενναία ψυχὴ καὶ διεγηγερμένη᾽ καὶ γὰρ πανταχοῦ προπηδᾷ, καὶ τὰ κείμενα ὑπερβαίνει σκάμματα' καθάπερ καὶ ὁ Πάυλος ἐπὶ τῆς καινῆς ἀποίει πολιτείας. ᾿Αλλὰ τίνος ἕνεκεν, φησὶ, καὶ ζώνῃ μετὰ τοῦ ἱματίου ἐχρήσατο: : Ἔθος τοῦτο τοῖς παλαιοῖς ἢν, πρὶν εἰς τὸ μαλακὸν τοῦτο καὶ διαῤῥέον ἐξελθεῖν σχῆμα. Οὕτω γοῦν καὶ ὁ Πέτρος φαίνεται ἐζωσμένος, καὶ ὁ Παύλον ἐς χὸν γὰρ ἄνδρα, φησὶν, οὗ ἐστιν ἢ ζώνη αὕτη. Καὶ ὁ ᾿λίας δὲ οὕτως ἣν ἑσταλμένος, καὶ τῶν ἁγίων ἕκαστος, διὰ τὸ εἷναι ἐν ἔργῳ διηνεκῶς, ἤ ἤτοι ὁδοιπορίαις, ἤτοι περὶ ἕτερόν τι τῶν ἀναγκαίων πονουμένους καὶ σπουδάζοντας οὐ διὰ τοῦτο δὲ μόνον, ἀλλὰ καὶ διὰ ἢ τὸ καλλωπισμὸν ἅπαντα καταπατεῖν, καὶ σκληραγωγίαν ἅπασαν μελετᾶν ὅπερ οὖν καὶ αὐτὸ μέγιστον ἀρετῆς ἐγκώμιον εἶναί φησιν ὁ Χριστὸς, οὕτω λέγων θεοὶ ἐξηλθετε ἰδεῖν : ἄνθρωπον ἐν μαλακοῖς ἱματίοις ἠμφιεσμένον : : ἰδοὺ οἱ τὰ μαλακὰ φοροῦντες, ἐν τοῖς οἴκοις τῶν βασιλέων εἰσίν.

Kai gar ēn thaumaston kai paradoxon e en anthrōpinǭ sōmati tosautēn karterian idein' ho dē kai tous ᾿Ioudaious mallon epheilketo, ton megan lian en autǭ blepontas, kai pros tēn tou makariou mnēmēn ekeinou parapempomenous ek tōn horōmenōn tote mallon de kai pros pleiona ekplēxin. ᾿keinos men gar kai en polesi kai en oikiais etrepheto, houtos de de holou tēn erēmon hǭkēsen ek sparganōn autōn. Edei gar ton prodromon tou mellontos ta palaia lyein hapanta hoion, ton ponon, tēn kataran, tēn lypēn, ton hidrōta: e echein tina kai auton symbola tēs toiautēs dōreas, kai anōterō genesthai loipon tēs katadikēs ekeinēs. Oute goun gēn ērosen, oute aulaka etemen, ouch hidrōti tou prosōpou ton arton ephagen, all᾽ ēn eschediasmenē autǭ hē trapeza, kai eukolōtera tēs trapezēs hē peribolē, kai apragmonestera tēs peribolēs hē oikēsis. Oute gar stegēs, oute klinēs, ou trapezēs, oute allou tinos toutōn edeēthē, all᾽ angelikon tina bion en tę̄ sarki tautę̄ epedeiknyto. Dia touto kai trichinon himation. autǭ ēn, hina dia tou schēmatos paideusę̄ tōn anthrōpinōn aphistasthai, kai mēden koinon echein. pros tēn gēn, all᾽ epi tēn proteran hepanatrechein eugeneian, en hē hēn prin ē deēthēnai himatiōn kai peribolēs ho ᾿Adam. Houtō kai basileias kai metanoias eiche symbola to schēma ekeino. Kai mē moi lege᾽ pothen autǭ trichinon himation kai zōnē, tēn erēmon oikounti? Ei gar touto mellois diaporein, kai hetera pleiona zētēseis pōs en tois cheimōsi, pōs en tois kaumasi dietriben e epi tēs erēmias, kai tauta en hapalǭ sōmati kai aōrǭ hēlikią : : pōs ērkesen hē tēs paidikēs sarkos physis anōmalią aerōn tosautę̄, kai trapezę̄ houtōs exēllagmenę̄, kai tę̄ allē tę̄ apo tēs erēmias talaipōrią: Pou nyn eisin hoi tōn Hellēnōn philosophoi, hoi eikē kai matēn tēn kynikēn anaischyntian ezēlōsan : (te gar ophelos tou katakleiesthai en pithǭ, kai toiauta aselgainein hysteron 3) hoi kai daktylious. kai phialas, kai therapontas, kai therapainidas, kai pollēn allēn perieballonto phantasian, eis Ho hekateran ametrian ekpiptontes: : All᾽ ouch houtos toioutos all᾽ hōsper ton ouranon tēn erēmon, hǭkēse. pasan akribē philosophian epideiknymenos kakeithen hōs angelos tis ex ouranōn eis tas poleis katebainen, athlētēs sysebeias ō hōn, kai tēs oikoumenēs stephanitēs, kai philosophos. tēs tōn ouranōn axias philosophias. Kai tauta ēn, houpō tēs hamartias lytheisēs. oupō. tou nomon pausamenou, houpō tou thanatou dethentos, houpō tōn chalkōn pylōn kataklastheisōn, all᾽ eti tēs palaias kratousēs politeias. Toiouton esti gennaia psychē kai diegēgermenē᾽ kai gar pantachou propēdą, kai ta keimena hyperbainei skammata' kathaper kai ho Paulos epi tēs kainēs apoiei politeias. ᾿Alla tinos heneken, phēsi, kai zōnę̄ meta tou himatiou echrēsato: : Ethos touto tois palaiois ēn, prin eis to malakon touto kai diarrheon exelthein schēma. Houtō goun kai ho Petros phainetai ezōsmenos, kai ho Paulon es chon gar andra, phēsin, hou estin ē zōnē hautē. Kai ho ᾿lias de houtōs hēn hestalmenos, kai tōn hagiōn hekastos, dia to heinai en ergǭ diēnekōs, ē ētoi hodoiporiais, ētoi peri heteron ti tōn anankaiōn ponoumenous kai spoudazontas ou dia touto de monon, alla kai dia ē to kallōpismon hapanta katapatein, kai sklēragōgian hapasan meletan hoper oun kai auto megiston aretēs enkōmion einai phēsin ho Christos, houtō legōn theoi exēlthete idein : anthrōpon en malakois himatiois ēmphiesmenon : : idou hoi ta malaka phorountes, en tois oikois tōn basileōn eisin.

For it was wonderful and marvelous to see such endurance in a human body; which drew the Jews all the more, seeing in him the great Elijah, and being led by what they then saw to the memory of that blessed man; or rather, to even greater amazement. For that man was brought up in cities and houses, but this one lived wholly in the wilderness from his very swaddling clothes. For the forerunner of the one who was to undo all the old things, such as the toil, the curse, the grief, the sweat, had to have himself some tokens of such a gift and be above that condemnation at once. At any rate he neither plowed land nor cut a furrow, nor ate bread by the sweat of his face; but his table was ready-made, his clothing easier than his table, and his dwelling less troublesome than his clothing. For he needed neither roof, nor bed, nor table, nor any other of these things, but displayed a kind of angelic life in this flesh. That is why he had a garment of hair, so that by his dress he might teach men to stand apart from human things and have nothing in common with the earth, but run back to the former nobility in which Adam was before he needed garments and clothing. So that dress was a token both of the kingdom and of repentance. And do not say to me: Where did he get a hair garment and a belt, living in the wilderness? For if you are going to raise this difficulty, you will ask many other things too: how he lived in the wilderness in the winters and in the heats, and that in a tender body and at an untimely age; how the nature of a child's flesh was equal to so great an unevenness of weather, and a table so unusual, and the other hardship of the wilderness. Where now are the philosophers of the Greeks, who idly and in vain emulated the shamelessness of the Cynics? (For what is the use of being shut up in a jar and afterward behaving so licentiously?) Who surrounded themselves with rings and cups and men servants and maid servants and much other pomp, falling into excess on either side? But this man was not such; but he lived in the wilderness as in heaven, displaying all exact philosophy, and from there he came down into the cities like an angel from heaven, an athlete of godliness, a crowned victor of the world, a philosopher of a philosophy worthy of heaven. And this was so while sin was not yet undone, the law not yet ended, death not yet bound, the gates of brass not yet broken, but the old way of life still prevailing. Such is a noble and wakeful soul: it leaps forward everywhere and passes beyond the marks set, as Paul too did under the new way of life.

“And why,” someone says, “did he use a belt with his garment?” This was the custom of the ancients, before they passed to this soft and loose style of dress. So, at any rate, Peter too appears girded, and Paul: “The man,” it says, “whose belt this is.” And Elijah too was so dressed, and each of the saints, because they were continually at work, either on journeys or toiling and busy about some other necessary thing; and not only for this, but also to trample on all adornment and practice all hardihood. Which Christ too says is the greatest praise of virtue, speaking thus: “What did you go out to see? A man dressed in soft clothing? Behold, those who wear soft things are in kings' houses.”

10.5Field 1

Εἰ δὲ ἐκεῖνος ὁ καθαρὸς οὕτω καὶ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ λαμιπρότερος ὦν, καὶ ὑπὲρ προφήτας πάντας, καὶ οὗ μείζων οὐδεὶς ἐγένετο, καὶ παῤῥησίαν ἔχων τοσαύτην, οὕτως εαυτὸν ἐσκληραγώγει, τὴν μὲν διαῤρέουσαν τρυφὴν ἀτιμάζων μετὰ πολλῆς τῆς περιουσίας, ἐπὶ δὲ τὸν σκληρὸν τοῦτον ἑαυτὸν ἄγων βίον, τίνα ἕξομεν ἀπολογίαν οἱ μετὰ τοσαύτὴν εὐεργεσίαν καὶ τὰ μυρία φορτία τῶν ἁμαρτημάτων μηδὲ τὸ πολλοστὸν μέρος τῆς ἐξομολογήσεως ἐπιδεικνύμενοι τῆς ἐκείνου, αλλὰ μσθύοντες καὶ γαστριζόμενοι καὶ μύρων ὄζοντες, καὶ τῶν ἐν τῇ σκηνῇ πορνενομένων γυναικῶν οὐδὲν ἄμεινον διακείμενοι, καὶ πανταχόθεν ἑαυτοὺς καταμαλακίζοντες, καὶ εὐχειρώτους τῷ διαβόλῳ ποιοῦντες. ἱ Τότε ἐξεπορεύετο πρὸς αὐτὸν πᾶσα ἡ ) Ιουδαία, καὶ ᾿[εροσόλυμα, καὶ πᾶσα ἡ περίχωρος τοὺ Ἰορδάνου, καὶ ἐβαπτίζοντο ὑπ᾽ αὐτοῦ, ἐξομολογούμενοι τὰς ἁμαρτίας αὐτῶν. Ὁρᾷς πόσον ἴσχυσεν ἢ παρουσία τοῦ προφήτου: : πὼς πάντα τὸν δῆμον ἀνεπτέρωσε : πῶς αὐτοὺς εἰς ἔννοιαν ἤγαγε τῶν οἰκείων ἁμαρτημάτων: Καὶ γὰρ ἣν θαύματος ἄξιον, ἰδεῖν ἐν ἀνθρωπίνῳ σχήματι τοιαῦτα ἐπιδεικνύμενον αὐτὸν, καὶ τοσαύτῃ κεχρημένον. τῆ παῤῥησίᾳ, καὶ πάντων ὡς παίδων κατεξανιστάμενον, καὶ πολλὴν ἀπὸ τοῦ προσώπου τὴν χάριν ἔχοντα ἀπολάμπουσαν. Συνετέλει δὲ εἰς ἔκπληξιν καὶ τὸ διὰ πολλοὺ τοῦ χρόνου προφήτην φανήναι᾽ καὶ γὰρ ἐπέλιπεν αὐτοὺς τὸ χάρισμα, καὶ διὰ μακροῦ πρὸς αὐτοὺς ἐπανῆλθε τοῦ χρόνου. Καὶ ὁ τοῦ κηρύγματος δὲ τρόπος ξένος Ὁ καὶ παρηλλαγμένος. Οὐδὲν γὰρ τῶν συνήθων ἤ ἤκονον, οἷον, πολέμους καὶ μάχας καὶ νίκας τὰς κάτω, καὶ λιμοὺς καὶ λοιμοὺς, καὶ Βαβυλωνίους καὶ Πέρσας, καὶ πόλεως ἅλωσιν, καὶ τὰ ἄλλα τὰ συνήθη ἀλλ᾽ οὐρανοὺς καὶ τὴν ἐκεῖ βασιλείαν, καὶ τὴν ἐν τῆ γεέννῃ κόλασιν. Διά τοι ἡ τοῦτο καὶ τῶν κατὰ τὴν ἔρημον ἀποστατῶν σφαγέντων ἁπάντων ου πρὸ πολλοῦ τοῦ Χρόνου, τῶν μετὰ ᾿Ιούδα καὶ Θευδᾶ, οὐκ ἐγένοντο ὀκνηρότεροι πρὸς τὴν ἔξοδον τὴν ἐκεῖσε. Οὐδὲ γὰρ ἐπὶ τοῖς αὐτοῖς αὐτοὺς ἐκάλει οἷον, ἐπὶ τυραννίδι καὶ ἀποστασίᾳ καὶ νεωτεροποιΐᾳ ἀλλ᾽ ὥστε πρὸς τὴν ἄνω χειἙ ραγενγῆσαι βασιλείαν. Διόπερ οὐδὲ κατεῖχεν ἐν τῇ ἐρήμῳ μεθ᾽ ἑαυτοῦ περιφέρων, ἀλλὰ βαπτίζων, καὶ τοὺς περὶ φιλοσοφίας παιδεύων λόγους, ἀπέλνε διὰ πάντων αὐτοὺς διδάσκων, τῶν μὲν ἐν τῇ γῆ πάντων ὑπερορᾶν, πρὸς δὲ τὰ μέλλοντα αἴρεσθαι, καὶ καθ᾽ ἑκάστην ἐπείγεσθαι τὴν ἡμέραν. Ὁ Τοῦτον δὴ καὶ ἡμεῖς ζηλώσωμεν, καὶ τὰς τρυφὰς καὶ τὴν μέθην ἀφέντες, ἐπὶ τὸν κατεσταλμένον μεταθώμεθα βίον. Καὶ γὰρ ἐξομολογήσεως ὁ καιρὸς καὶ τοῖς ἀμυήτοις καὶ τοῖς βαπτισθεῖσι τοῖς μὲν, ἵνα μετανοήσαντες τῶν ἱερῶν τύχωσι μυστηρίων, τοῖς δὲ, ἵνα ἀπονιψάμενοι τὴν μετὰ τὸ βαάπτισμα κηλῖδα, καθαρῷ συνειδότι τῇ τραπέζῃ προσέλθωσιν. Ἀποστῶμεν τοίνυν τοῦ ὑγροῦ τούτον καὶ διαλελυμένου βιου. Οὐ γάρ ἐστιν, οὐκ ἔστιν ὁμοῦ καὶ ἐξομολογεῖσθαι καὶ τρυφᾶν. Καὶ ταῦτα διδασκέτω ὑμᾶς ᾿Ιωάννης, ἀπὸ τοῦ ἐνδύματος, ἀπὸ τῆς τροφῆς, ἀπὸ τῆς οἰκίας. Τί οὖν; οὕτω κελεύεις ἡμᾶς κατεστάλθαι; φησίν. Οὐ κελεύω, ἀλλὰ συμβουλεύω καὶ παραινῶ. Εἰ δὲ μὴ δυνατὸν ὑμῖν τοῦτο, κἀν ἐν ταῖς πόλεσιν ὄντες ἐπιδειξώμεθα τὴν μετάνοιαν' καὶ γὰρ ἐπὶ θύραις τὸ δικαστήριον. Εἰ δὲ καὶ μακροτέρω ἣν, οὐδὲ οὕτω χ θαῤῥεῖν ἔδει' τὸ γὰρ ἑκάστου πέρας τῆς ζωῆς, τῆς συντελείας ἐπέχει δύναμιν τῷ καλουμένῳ. Ὅτι δὲ καὶ ἐπὶ θύ ραις, ἄκουσον τοῦ Παύλου λέγοντοτ ἐς ἡ νὺξ προέκοψεν, ἢ δὲ ἡμέρα ἤγγικε καὶ πάλιν ὁ ἥξει γὰρ ὃ ἐρχόμενος, καὶ οὐ χρονιεῖ. Καὶ γὰρ τὰ σημεῖα λοιπὸν ἀπήρτισται τὰ καλοῦντα τὴν. ἡμέραν ἐκείνην. τὰ: Κηρυχθήσεται γάρ, φησὶ, τοῦτο τὸ εὐαγγέλιον τῆς βασιλείας ἐν ὅλῳ τῷ κόσμῳ εἰς μαρτύριον πᾶσι τοῖς ἔθνεσι καὶ τότε ἥξει τὸ τέλος.

Ei de ekeinos ho katharos houtō kai tou ouranou lamiproteros ōn, kai hyper prophētas pantas, kai hou meizōn oudeis egeneto, kai parrhēsian echōn tosautēn, houtōs eauton esklēragōgei, tēn men diarreousan tryphēn atimazōn meta pollēs tēs periousias, epi de ton sklēron touton heauton agōn bion, tina hexomen apologian hoi meta tosautēn euergesian kai ta myria phortia tōn hamartēmatōn mēde to polloston meros tēs exomologēseōs epideiknymenoi tēs ekeinou, alla msthyontes kai gastrizomenoi kai myrōn ozontes, kai tōn en tę̄ skēnę̄ pornenomenōn gynaikōn ouden ameinon diakeimenoi, kai pantachothen heautous katamalakizontes, kai eucheirōtous tǭ diabolǭ poiountes. hi Tote exeporeueto pros auton pasa hē ) Ioudaia, kai ᾿[erosolyma, kai pasa hē perichōros tou Iordanou, kai ebaptizonto hyp᾽ autou, exomologoumenoi tas hamartias autōn. Horąs poson ischysen ē parousia tou prophētou: : pōs panta ton dēmon anepterōse : pōs autous eis ennoian ēgage tōn oikeiōn hamartēmatōn: Kai gar hēn thaumatos axion, idein en anthrōpinǭ schēmati toiauta epideiknymenon auton, kai tosautę̄ kechrēmenon. tē parrhēsią, kai pantōn hōs paidōn katexanistamenon, kai pollēn apo tou prosōpou tēn charin echonta apolampousan. Synetelei de eis ekplēxin kai to dia pollou tou chronou prophētēn phanēnai᾽ kai gar epelipen autous to charisma, kai dia makrou pros autous epanēlthe tou chronou. Kai ho tou kērygmatos de tropos xenos Ho kai parēllagmenos. Ouden gar tōn synēthōn ē ēkonon, hoion, polemous kai machas kai nikas tas katō, kai limous kai loimous, kai Babylōnious kai Persas, kai poleōs halōsin, kai ta alla ta synēthē all᾽ ouranous kai tēn ekei basileian, kai tēn en tē geennę̄ kolasin. Dia toi hē touto kai tōn kata tēn erēmon apostatōn sphagentōn hapantōn ou pro pollou tou Chronou, tōn meta ᾿Iouda kai Theuda, ouk egenonto oknēroteroi pros tēn exodon tēn ekeise. Oude gar epi tois autois autous ekalei hoion, epi tyrannidi kai apostasią kai neōteropoiïą all᾽ hōste pros tēn anō cheiE ragengēsai basileian. Dioper oude kateichen en tę̄ erēmǭ meth᾽ heautou peripherōn, alla baptizōn, kai tous peri philosophias paideuōn logous, apelne dia pantōn autous didaskōn, tōn men en tę̄ gē pantōn hyperoran, pros de ta mellonta airesthai, kai kath᾽ hekastēn epeigesthai tēn hēmeran. Ho Touton dē kai hēmeis zēlōsōmen, kai tas tryphas kai tēn methēn aphentes, epi ton katestalmenon metathōmetha bion. Kai gar exomologēseōs ho kairos kai tois amyētois kai tois baptistheisi tois men, hina metanoēsantes tōn hierōn tychōsi mystēriōn, tois de, hina aponipsamenoi tēn meta to baaptisma kēlida, katharǭ syneidoti tę̄ trapezę̄ proselthōsin. Apostōmen toinyn tou hygrou touton kai dialelymenou biou. Ou gar estin, ouk estin homou kai exomologeisthai kai tryphan. Kai tauta didasketō hymas ᾿Iōannēs, apo tou endymatos, apo tēs trophēs, apo tēs oikias. Ti oun? houtō keleueis hēmas katestalthai? phēsin. Ou keleuō, alla symbouleuō kai parainō. Ei de mē dynaton hymin touto, kan en tais polesin ontes epideixōmetha tēn metanoian' kai gar epi thyrais to dikastērion. Ei de kai makroterō hēn, oude houtō ch tharrhein edei' to gar hekastou peras tēs zōēs, tēs synteleias epechei dynamin tǭ kaloumenǭ. Hoti de kai epi thy rais, akouson tou Paulou legontot es hē nyx proekopsen, ē de hēmera ēngike kai palin ho hēxei gar ho erchomenos, kai ou chroniei. Kai gar ta sēmeia loipon apērtistai ta kalounta tēn. hēmeran ekeinēn. ta: Kērychthēsetai gar, phēsi, touto to euangelion tēs basileias en holǭ tǭ kosmǭ eis martyrion pasi tois ethnesi kai tote hēxei to telos.

And if that pure man, brighter than heaven, above all the prophets, than whom no one greater was born, and having such boldness, so disciplined himself, despising soft luxury with great abundance and leading himself to this hard life, what defense shall we have, who after so great a benefit and countless burdens of sins show not the smallest part of his confession, but get drunk and gorge ourselves and smell of perfumes, and are in no better state than the harlot women on the stage, and in every way make ourselves soft and easy prey for the devil?

“Then Jerusalem went out to him, and all Judea, and all the region around the Jordan, and they were baptized by him, confessing their sins.” Do you see how much the coming of the prophet availed? How it gave wings to the whole people? How it led them to a consciousness of their own sins? For it was worth wondering at to see him displaying such things in human form, using such boldness, rising up against all as against children, and having much grace shining from his face. The appearing of a prophet after a long time also contributed to the amazement; for the gift had failed them and had returned to them after a long time. And the manner of the preaching too was strange and unusual. For they heard none of the usual things, such as wars and battles and victories here below, famines and plagues, Babylonians and Persians, the capture of the city, and the other usual things; but heaven and the kingdom there, and the punishment in hell. That is why, although all the rebels in the wilderness, those with Judas and Theudas, had been slain not long before, they did not become more reluctant to go out there. For he did not call them for the same things, such as tyranny, rebellion, and revolution, but so as to be led by the hand to the kingdom above. That is why he did not keep them with him in the wilderness, carrying them about, but baptizing them and teaching them the words about philosophy he dismissed them, teaching them through everything to look down on all things on earth, to be lifted up toward what is to come, and to press on every day.

Let us too emulate him, and, leaving luxury and drunkenness, change to the composed life. For it is the time for confession both for the uninitiated and for the baptized; for the former, so that by repenting they may obtain the sacred mysteries; for the latter, so that by washing off the stain after baptism they may approach the table with a pure conscience. Let us stand away, then, from this soft and dissolute life. For it is not possible, it is not possible, both to confess and to live in luxury. Let John teach you this, by his clothing, by his food, by his dwelling. “What then?” someone says. “Do you bid us be so austere?” I do not bid, but advise and exhort. And if this is not possible for you, at least let us show repentance while living in the cities; for the judgment is at the door. And even if it were farther off, not even so ought we to be confident; for the end of each person's life has the force of the consummation for the one who is called. And that it is at the door, hear Paul saying: “The night is far gone, and the day has drawn near”; and again: “For the one who is coming will come and will not delay.” For the signs that summon that day have now been completed: “For this gospel of the kingdom,” he says, “will be preached in the whole world as a testimony to all the nations, and then the end will come.”

10.6Field 1

Προσἔχετε μετὰ ἀκριβείας τῷ λεγομένῳ. Οὐκ εἶπεν, ὅταν πιστευθῇ παρὰ πάντων ἀνθρώπων' ἀλλ᾽, ὅταν κηρυχθῇ παρὰ πᾶσι. Διὰ τοῦτο καὶ ἔλεγεν, εἰς μαρτύριον τοῖς ἔθνεσι, δεικνύς, ὅτι οὐκ ἀναμένει πάντας πιστεῦσαι, καὶ τότε παραγενέσθαι. Τὸ γὰρ, εἰς μαρτύριον, τοῦτο ἐστιν, εἰς κατηγορίαν, εἰς ἔλεγχον, εἰς κατάκρισιν τῶν μὴ πιστευσάντων. Ἀλλ᾽ ἡμεῖς ταῦτα ἀκούοντες καὶ ὁρῶντες, καθεύδομεν καὶ ὀνείρατα βλέπομεν, καθάπερ ἐν βαθυτάτῃ νυκτὶ κεκαρωμένοι. Οὐδὲν γὰρ ὀνειράτων ἄμεινον τὰ παρόντα πράγματα, κἂν χρηστὰ ἥ» κἂν λυπηρά. Διὸ δὴ παρακαλῶ λοιπὸν Ὁ αφυπνισθῆναι; καὶ πρὸς τὸν ἥλιον τῆς δικαιοσύνης ἀπιδεῖν. Οὐδεὶς γὰρ καθεύδων ἥλιον ἰδεῖν δύναται, οὐδὲ εὐφρᾶναι τὰς ὄψεις τῷ κάλλει τῆς ἀκτῖνος ἀλλ᾽ ἅπερ ἄν ἴδη, πάντα ὡς ἐν ὀνείρῳ βλέπει. Διὰ τοῦτο πολλῆς ἡμῖν δεῖ τῆς ἐξομολογήσεως καὶ πολλών τῶν δακρύων, καὶ ὅτι ἀναλγήτως διακείμεθα πλημμελοῦντες, καὶ ὅτι μεγάλα τὰ ἁμαρτήματα καὶ σνγγνώμης μείζονα. Καὶ ὅτι οὐ ψεύδομαι, μάρτυρες οἱ (θτ) πλείους τῶν ἀκουόντων. ᾿Αλλ᾽ ὅμως οἱ καὶ συγγνώμης μείζονα, μετανοήσωμεν, καὶ στεφάνων ἀπολαυσόμεθα. Μετάνοιαν δὲ λέγω, οὐ τὸ τῶν προτέρων ἀποστῆναι κακῶν μόνον, ἀλλὰ καὶ τὸ δ μείζονα ἀπιδείξασθαι καλα. Ποιήσατε γάρ, φησὶ, καρποὺς ἀξίους τῆς μετανοίας. Πώς. δὲ ποιήσομεν: Ἂν τὰ ἐναντία πράττωμεν οἷόν τι λέγω ἥρπασας τὰ ἀλλότρια: Δὸς καὶ τὰ σὰ λοιπόν. Πολὺν ἐπόρνευσας χρόνον: Απόσχου καὶ τῆς γυναικὸς τῆς σῆς ὡρισμένας ἡμέρας ἐγκράτειαν ἄσκησον. Ὕβρισας καὶ ἢ ἐτύπτησας παριόντας : Εὐλόγει λοιπὸν τοὺς ὑβρίζοντας, καὶ εὐεργέτει τοὺς πλήττοντας. Οὐ γὰρ ἀρκεῖ εἰς ὑγείαν ἡμῖν τὸ βέλος ἐξελεῖν μόνον, ! ἀλλὰ καὶ τῷ τραύματι φάρμακα ἐπιθεῖναι. ᾿Ετρύφησας καὶ ἐμεθύσθης τὸν ἔμπροσθεν χρόνον : ;: Νήστευε καὶ ὑδροποσίᾳ πρόσεχε, ἵνα τὴν ἐκεῖθεν ἐγγενομένην λύμην ἀνέλῃς. Εἶδες ἀκολάστοις ὀφθαλμοῖς κάλλος ἀλλότριον: Μηδὲ ὅλως ἴδης γυναῖκα λοιπὸν, ἵν᾽ ἐπὶ πλείονι καταστῇῆς ἀσφαλείᾳ. (ἡ Εκκλένον γάρ, φησὶν, απὸ κακοῦ, καὶ ποίησον ἀγαθόν καὶ παλιν Ἦ παῦσον τὴν γλῶσσαν σου ἀπὸ κακοῦ, καὶ χείλη σον τοῦ μὴ λαλῆηι δόλον. Ἀλλ᾽ εἰπέ μοι καὶ τὸ ἀγαθόν. 5 Ζήτησον καὶ δίωξον αὐτήν οὐ τὴν πρὸς ἀνθρώπους λέγω μόνον, αλλὰ καὶ τὴν πρὸς τὸν θεόν. Καὶ καλῶς εἶπε, δίὠξον ἀπελήλαται γὰρ καὶ ἐκβέβληται, καὶ τὴν γὴν ἀφεῖσα εἰς τὸν οὐρανὸν. ἀπεδήμησεν. ᾿Αλλὰ δυνησόμεθα αὐτὴν πάλιν ἐπαναγαγεῖν, ἐὰν θέλωμεν, ἀπόνοιαν καὶ ἀλαζονείαν, καὶ πάντα τὰ κωλύματα αὐτῆς ἐκβαλόντες, τὸν σώφρονα τοῦτον καὶ λιτὸν διώκειν βίον. Οὐδὲν γὰρ ὀργῆς χαλεπώτερον καὶ θρασύτητος. Αὕτη καὶ τετυφωμένους καὶ ουλοπρεπεῖς ἐργάζεται; δι ἐκείνου μὲν καταγελάστους, διὰ τούτου δὲ μισητοὺς ποιοῦσα, καὶ ἐναντίας εἰσάγουσα κακίας, ἀποόνοιάν τε ὁμοῦ καὶ κολακείαν. Ἀλλ᾽ ἐὰν τὴν πλεονεξίαν τοῦ πάθους περικόψωμεν, καὶ ταπεινοὶ μετὰ ἀκριβείας, καὶ ὑψηλοὶ μετὰ ἀσφαλείας, ἐσόμεθα. Καὶ γὰρ καὶ ἐν τοῖς σώμασι τοῖς ἡμετέροις ἀπὸ πλεονεξίας αἱ δυσκρασίαι Υίνονται καὶ ὅτε τοὺς οἰκείους ὅρους ἀφέντα τὰ στοιχεῖα εἰς ἀμετρίαν ἐξέλθῃ, τότε αἱ μυρίαι νόσοι καὶ οἱ χαλεποὶ τίκτονται θάνατοι: ὅπερ καὶ ἐπὶ τῆς ψυχῆς συμβαῖνον ἴδοι τις ἄν.

Prosechete meta akribeias tǭ legomenǭ. Ouk eipen, hotan pisteuthę̄ para pantōn anthrōpōn' all᾽, hotan kērychthę̄ para pasi. Dia touto kai elegen, eis martyrion tois ethnesi, deiknys, hoti ouk anamenei pantas pisteusai, kai tote paragenesthai. To gar, eis martyrion, touto estin, eis katēgorian, eis elenchon, eis katakrisin tōn mē pisteusantōn. All᾽ hēmeis tauta akouontes kai horōntes, katheudomen kai oneirata blepomen, kathaper en bathytatę̄ nykti kekarōmenoi. Ouden gar oneiratōn ameinon ta paronta pragmata, kan chrēsta hē» kan lypēra. Dio dē parakalō loipon Ho aphypnisthēnai? kai pros ton hēlion tēs dikaiosynēs apidein. Oudeis gar katheudōn hēlion idein dynatai, oude euphranai tas opseis tǭ kallei tēs aktinos all᾽ haper an idē, panta hōs en oneirǭ blepei. Dia touto pollēs hēmin dei tēs exomologēseōs kai pollōn tōn dakryōn, kai hoti analgētōs diakeimetha plēmmelountes, kai hoti megala ta hamartēmata kai snngnōmēs meizona. Kai hoti ou pseudomai, martyres hoi (tht) pleious tōn akouontōn. ᾿All᾽ homōs hoi kai syngnōmēs meizona, metanoēsōmen, kai stephanōn apolausometha. Metanoian de legō, ou to tōn proterōn apostēnai kakōn monon, alla kai to d meizona apideixasthai kala. Poiēsate gar, phēsi, karpous axious tēs metanoias. Pōs. de poiēsomen: An ta enantia prattōmen hoion ti legō hērpasas ta allotria: Dos kai ta sa loipon. Polyn eporneusas chronon: Aposchou kai tēs gynaikos tēs sēs hōrismenas hēmeras enkrateian askēson. Hybrisas kai ē etyptēsas pariontas : Eulogei loipon tous hybrizontas, kai euergetei tous plēttontas. Ou gar arkei eis hygeian hēmin to belos exelein monon, ! alla kai tǭ traumati pharmaka epitheinai. ᾿Etryphēsas kai emethysthēs ton emprosthen chronon : ?: Nēsteue kai hydroposią proseche, hina tēn ekeithen engenomenēn lymēn anelę̄s. Eides akolastois ophthalmois kallos allotrion: Mēde holōs idēs gynaika loipon, hin᾽ epi pleioni katastę̄ēs asphaleią. (hē Ekklenon gar, phēsin, apo kakou, kai poiēson agathon kai palin Ē pauson tēn glōssan sou apo kakou, kai cheilē son tou mē lalēēi dolon. All᾽ eipe moi kai to agathon. 5 Zētēson kai diōxon autēn ou tēn pros anthrōpous legō monon, alla kai tēn pros ton theon. Kai kalōs eipe, diōxon apelēlatai gar kai ekbeblētai, kai tēn gēn apheisa eis ton ouranon. apedēmēsen. ᾿Alla dynēsometha autēn palin epanagagein, ean thelōmen, aponoian kai alazoneian, kai panta ta kōlymata autēs ekbalontes, ton sōphrona touton kai liton diōkein bion. Ouden gar orgēs chalepōteron kai thrasytētos. Hautē kai tetyphōmenous kai ouloprepeis ergazetai? di ekeinou men katagelastous, dia toutou de misētous poiousa, kai enantias eisagousa kakias, apoonoian te homou kai kolakeian. All᾽ ean tēn pleonexian tou pathous perikopsōmen, kai tapeinoi meta akribeias, kai hypsēloi meta asphaleias, esometha. Kai gar kai en tois sōmasi tois hēmeterois apo pleonexias hai dyskrasiai Uinontai kai hote tous oikeious horous aphenta ta stoicheia eis ametrian exelthę̄, tote hai myriai nosoi kai hoi chalepoi tiktontai thanatoi: hoper kai epi tēs psychēs symbainon idoi tis an.

Attend carefully to what is said. He did not say, “when it has been believed by all men,” but “when it has been preached to all.” That is why he also said, “as a testimony to the nations,” showing that he does not wait for all to believe and then come. For “as a testimony” means for accusation, for refutation, for condemnation of those who have not believed. But we, hearing and seeing these things, sleep and see dreams, stupefied as in the deepest night. For present things are no better than dreams, whether pleasant or painful. That is why I urge you now to wake up and look to the Sun of righteousness. For no one who sleeps can see the sun or delight his eyes with the beauty of its ray; but whatever he sees, he sees as in a dream. That is why we need much confession and many tears, both because we are insensible when we offend, and because our sins are great and beyond pardon. And that I do not lie, most of those who hear are witnesses. Yet even if they are beyond pardon, let us repent, and we shall enjoy crowns. And by repentance I mean not only departing from former evils, but also showing greater good. “For bear fruits,” he says, “worthy of repentance.” How shall we bear them? If we do the opposite. For example: Have you seized what belongs to others? Give even what is yours from now on. Have you committed sexual immorality for a long time? Abstain even from your own wife for certain days; practice self-control. Have you insulted and struck passers-by? Bless from now on those who insult you, and do good to those who strike you. For it is not enough for our health to draw out the arrow; we must also apply remedies to the wound. Have you lived in luxury and been drunk in time past? Fast and keep to drinking water, so as to remove the ruin that has come from that. Have you looked with unchaste eyes on another's beauty? Do not look at a woman at all from now on, so that you may stand in greater safety. “For turn away from evil,” it says, “and do good”; and again, “Keep your tongue from evil, and your lips from speaking deceit.” But tell me the good also. “Seek peace and pursue it”; I mean not only peace with men, but also peace with God. And he said well, “pursue”; for it has been driven away and cast out, and leaving the earth it has gone off to heaven. But we shall be able to bring it back again, if we wish, casting out arrogance and boastfulness and all its hindrances, and pursuing this chaste and simple life. For nothing is worse than anger and rashness. This makes men both puffed up and servile, making them ridiculous by the one and hateful by the other, and bringing in opposite vices together, arrogance and flattery. But if we cut off the excess of the passion, we shall be both exactly humble and safely lofty. For in our bodies too disorders come from excess; and when the elements leave their proper bounds and pass into immoderation, then countless diseases and cruel deaths are born; which one could see happening with the soul too.

10.7Field 1

Περικόψωμεν τοίνυν τὴν ἀμετρίαν, καὶ τὸ σωτήριον τῆς συμμετρίας πίνοντες φάρμακον, μένωμεν ἐπὶ τῆς εὐκρασίας Ὁ τῆς προσηκούσης, καὶ ταῖς εὐχαῖς μετὰ ἀκριβείας προσέχωμεν. Κἀν μὴ λάβωμεν, παραμείνωμεν, ἵνα λάβωμεν κἂν λάβωμεν, ἐπειδὴ ἐλάβομεν. Οὐδὲ γὰρ αὐτὸς βούλεται ἀναβάλλεσθαι τὴν δόσιν, αλλὰ τῇ μελλήσει τὴν προσεδρείαν ἡμῖν σοφίζεται. Διὰ τοῦτο καὶ ὑπερτίθεται τὴν αἴτησιν, καὶ πειρασμὸν συγχωρεῖ πολλάκις ἐπελθεῖν, ἵνα συνεχῶς πρὸς αὐτὸν καταφεύγωμεν, καὶ ᾿καταφυγόντες μένωμεν. Οὕτω καὶ πατέρες φιλόστοργοι ποιοῦσι; καὶ μητέρες φιλόπαιδες ᾿ἐπειδὰν ἴδωσι τὰ παιδία τὴν πρὸς αὐτοὺς συνουσίαν αφέντα καὶ μετὰ τῶν ὁμηλίκων παίζοντα, πολλὰ τοὺς οἰκέτας ὑποκρίνασθαι παρα- Ἐ σκευάζουσι φοβερὰ, ὥὦστε ὑπὸ τοῦ δέους καταναγκασθῆναι πρὸς τὸν μητρικὸν κόλπον καταφυγεῖν. Οὕτω καὶ ὁ τῷ ἀνατείνεται πολλάκις ἀπειλὴν, οὐχ ἵνα ἐπαγάγη; αλλ πρὸς αὑτὸν ἐφελκύσηται. Ὅταν γοῦν ἐπανέλθωμεν τὰ αὐτὸν, λύει τὸν βον εὐθέως ὡς εἴγε ὅμοιοι ἦμεν ἐν πειβασμοις καὶ ἐν ανέσει, οὐδ ἃ ἂν ἐδέησε, πειρασμῶν. Καὶ τί λέγω περὶ ἡμῶν: ; Καὶ γὰρ τοῖς ἁγίοις ἐκείνοις πολὺς ἐντεῦθεν ὁ σωφρονισμὸς ἣν. Διὰ τοῦτο καὶ ὁ προφήτης λέγει ὅτε ἀγαθόν μοι ὅτι ἐταπείνωσάς με. Καὶ αὐτὸς δὲ τοῖς ἀποστόλοις ἔλεγεν ἐν τῷ κόσμῳ θλῖψιν ἕξετε. Καὶ ὁ Παῦλος τοῦτο αὐτὸ αἰνίττεται, ὅταν λέγῃ ἐς ἐδόθη μοι σκόλοψ τῇ σαρκὶ, ἄγγελος Σατάν, ἵ ἵνα με κολαφίζῃ. Διὸ καὶ δεηθεὶς ἀπαλλαγῆναι τοῦ πειρασμοῦ, οὐκ ἐπέτυχε, διὰ τὸ πολλὴν ἐξ αὐτοῦ τὴν ὠφέλειαν ἐγγίνεσθαι. ᾿Εὰν δὲ καὶ τοῦ Δαυὶδ τὸν βίον ἐπέλθωμεν ἅπαντα, εὑρήσομεν αὐτὸν ἐν τοῖς κινδύνοις λαμπρότερον ὄντα, καὶ αὐτὸν, καὶ τοὺς ἄλλους ἅπαντας τοὺς κατ᾽ ἐκεῖνον. Καὶ γὰρ ὁ ᾿Ιὼβ τότε μει-Β ζόνως ἔλαμψε, καὶ ὁ Ἰωσὴφ δὲ οὕτως ἐπὶ πλέον εὐδοκίμησε.. καὶ ὁ ᾿Ιακὼβ δὲ, καὶ ὁ τούτον πατὴρ, καὶ ὁ ἐκείνου, καὶ πα ντες ὅσοι πώποτε λαμπροτέρους ἀνεδήσαντο στεφάνους, ἀπὸ θλίψεων καὶ πειρασμῶν καὶ ἐστεφανώθησαν, καὶ ἀνεκηρύχθησαν. Ἅπερ πάντα συνειδότες, κατὰ τὸν σοφὸν λόγον, ὁ μἢ σπεύσωμεν ἐν καιρῷ ἐπαγωγῆς, ἀλλ᾽ ἕν μόνον ἑαυτοὺς παιδεύσωμεν, τὸ φέρειν πάντα γενναίως, καὶ μηδὲν πολυπραγμονεῖν, μηδὲ περιεργάζεσθαι τῶν γινομένων. Τὸ μὲν γὰρ εἰδέναι, πότε δεῖ λυθῆναι τὰς θλίψεις, τοῦ συγχωροῦντος αὐτὰς προσελθεῖν θεοῦ τὸ δὲ ἐπενεχθείσας μετὰ πάσης φέρειν εὐχαριστίας, τῆς ἡμῶν εὐγνωμοσύνης λοιπὸν ἔργον ἐστίν' ὅπερ ἐὰν γένηται, πάντα ἔψεται τὰ ἀγαθα. ν᾽ οὖν ταῦτα ἕπηται, καὶ δοκιμώτεροι μὲν ἐνταῦθα, λαμπρότεροι δὲ ἐκεῖσε γενώμεθα, πᾶν ὃ ἐὰν ἐπενεχθῇ δεχώμεθα, χάριν εἰδότες ὑπὲρ πάντων τῷ εἰδότι μᾶλλον ἡμῶν τὸ συμφέρον, καὶ τῶν γεγεννηκότων σφοδρότερον ἡ ἡμᾶς φιλοῦντι καὶ τούτους ἀμφοτέρους τοὺς λογισμοὺς καθ᾽ ἕ ἕκαστον τῶν δεινῶν ἑαυτοῖς ἐπάδοντες, καταστέλλωμεν τὴν ἀθυμίαν, καὶ δοξάζωμεν ἑ ἐν πᾶσι τὸν πάντα ὑπὲρ ἡμῶν ποιοῦντα καὶ πραγὉ ματευόμενον θεόν. Οὕτω γὰρ καὶ τὰς ἐπιβουλὰς διακρουσόμεθα ῥᾳδίως, καὶ τῶν ἀκηράτων ἐπιτευξόμεθα στεφάνων, χάριτι καὶ φιλανθρωπίᾳ τοῦ κυρίου ἡμῶν Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ, μεθ᾽ οὗ τῷ πατρὶ δόξα, κράτος, τιμὴ, σὺν ἁγίῳ πνεύματι, νῦν καὶ ἀεὶ καὶ εἰς τοὺς αἰῶνας τῶν αἰώνων. ᾿Αμήν.

Perikopsōmen toinyn tēn ametrian, kai to sōtērion tēs symmetrias pinontes pharmakon, menōmen epi tēs eukrasias Ho tēs prosēkousēs, kai tais euchais meta akribeias prosechōmen. Kan mē labōmen, parameinōmen, hina labōmen kan labōmen, epeidē elabomen. Oude gar autos bouletai anaballesthai tēn dosin, alla tę̄ mellēsei tēn prosedreian hēmin sophizetai. Dia touto kai hypertithetai tēn aitēsin, kai peirasmon synchōrei pollakis epelthein, hina synechōs pros auton katapheugōmen, kai ᾿kataphygontes menōmen. Houtō kai pateres philostorgoi poiousi? kai mēteres philopaides ᾿epeidan idōsi ta paidia tēn pros autous synousian aphenta kai meta tōn homēlikōn paizonta, polla tous oiketas hypokrinasthai para- E skeuazousi phobera, hōōste hypo tou deous katanankasthēnai pros ton mētrikon kolpon kataphygein. Houtō kai ho tǭ anateinetai pollakis apeilēn, ouch hina epagagē? all pros hauton ephelkysētai. Hotan goun epanelthōmen ta auton, lyei ton bon eutheōs hōs eige homoioi ēmen en peibasmois kai en anesei, oud ha an edeēse, peirasmōn. Kai ti legō peri hēmōn: ? Kai gar tois hagiois ekeinois polys enteuthen ho sōphronismos hēn. Dia touto kai ho prophētēs legei hote agathon moi hoti etapeinōsas me. Kai autos de tois apostolois elegen en tǭ kosmǭ thlipsin hexete. Kai ho Paulos touto auto ainittetai, hotan legę̄ es edothē moi skolops tę̄ sarki, angelos Satan, hi hina me kolaphizę̄. Dio kai deētheis apallagēnai tou peirasmou, ouk epetyche, dia to pollēn ex autou tēn ōpheleian enginesthai. ᾿Ean de kai tou Dauid ton bion epelthōmen hapanta, heurēsomen auton en tois kindynois lamproteron onta, kai auton, kai tous allous hapantas tous kat᾽ ekeinon. Kai gar ho ᾿Iōb tote mei-B zonōs elampse, kai ho Iōsēph de houtōs epi pleon eudokimēse.. kai ho ᾿Iakōb de, kai ho touton patēr, kai ho ekeinou, kai pa ntes hosoi pōpote lamproterous anedēsanto stephanous, apo thlipseōn kai peirasmōn kai estephanōthēsan, kai anekērychthēsan. Haper panta syneidotes, kata ton sophon logon, ho mē speusōmen en kairǭ epagōgēs, all᾽ hen monon heautous paideusōmen, to pherein panta gennaiōs, kai mēden polypragmonein, mēde periergazesthai tōn ginomenōn. To men gar eidenai, pote dei lythēnai tas thlipseis, tou synchōrountos autas proselthein theou to de epenechtheisas meta pasēs pherein eucharistias, tēs hēmōn eugnōmosynēs loipon ergon estin' hoper ean genētai, panta epsetai ta agatha. n᾽ oun tauta hepētai, kai dokimōteroi men entautha, lamproteroi de ekeise genōmetha, pan ho ean epenechthę̄ dechōmetha, charin eidotes hyper pantōn tǭ eidoti mallon hēmōn to sympheron, kai tōn gegennēkotōn sphodroteron hē hēmas philounti kai toutous amphoterous tous logismous kath᾽ he hekaston tōn deinōn heautois epadontes, katastellōmen tēn athymian, kai doxazōmen he en pasi ton panta hyper hēmōn poiounta kai pragO mateuomenon theon. Houtō gar kai tas epiboulas diakrousometha rhądiōs, kai tōn akēratōn epiteuxometha stephanōn, chariti kai philanthrōpią tou kyriou hēmōn Iēsou Christou, meth᾽ hou tǭ patri doxa, kratos, timē, syn hagiǭ pneumati, nyn kai aei kai eis tous aiōnas tōn aiōnōn. ᾿Amēn.

Let us cut off, then, the immoderation, and drinking the saving medicine of moderation, let us remain in the fitting good balance, and attend carefully to our prayers. And if we do not receive, let us persevere, so that we may receive; and if we receive, because we have received. For he himself does not wish to delay the giving, but by the delay he contrives our perseverance. That is why he puts off the request, and often allows temptation to come upon us, so that we may continually flee to him and, having fled, remain. So too do affectionate fathers and mothers who love their children: when they see the children leaving their company and playing with those of their own age, they arrange for the servants to put on many frightening appearances, so that, compelled by fear, they may flee to their mother's bosom. So God too often holds out a threat, not to carry it out, but to draw us to himself. When, at any rate, we return to him, he at once looses the fear; for if we were the same in temptations and in ease, there would be no need of temptations. And why do I speak of us? For those saints too had much correction from this. That is why the prophet says, “It is good for me that you humbled me.” And he himself said to the apostles, “In the world you will have tribulation.” And Paul hints at this very thing when he says, “There was given me a thorn in the flesh, a messenger of Satan, to buffet me.” That is why, though he asked to be freed from the temptation, he did not obtain it, because great benefit came from it. And if we go through the whole life of David, we shall find him more splendid in dangers, both he and all the others of his kind. For Job too shone more then, and Joseph in this way became more renowned, and Jacob, and his father, and his father's father, and all who have ever bound on brighter crowns were crowned and proclaimed from tribulations and temptations.

Knowing all these things, then, according to the wise saying, “let us not be hasty in the time of trouble,” but let us train ourselves in one thing only, to bear everything nobly, and not to busy ourselves or pry into what happens. For to know when the afflictions must be loosed belongs to God, who allows them to come; but to bear them, once brought, with all thanksgiving is now the work of our good disposition; and if this happens, all good things will follow. That these may follow, then, and that we may become more approved here and more splendid there, let us accept whatever is brought upon us, giving thanks for everything to the one who knows our good better than we do and loves us more ardently than our parents; and singing both these thoughts to ourselves in each of our troubles, let us calm our despondency, and glorify in all things the God who does and arranges everything for us. For so we shall easily repel the plots and obtain the incorruptible crowns, by the grace and lovingkindness of our Lord Jesus Christ, with whom to the Father be glory, might, honor, with the Holy Spirit, now and always and to the ages of ages. Amen.

Chapter 11

11.1Field 1

Ἰδὼν δὲ πολλοὺς τῶν Σαδδουκαίων καὶ Φαρισαίων ἐρχομένους ἐπὶ τὸ βάπτισμα αὐτοῦ, εἶπεν αὐτοῖς γεννήματα ἐχιδνῶν, τίς ὑπόδειξεν ὑμῖν φυγεῖν ἀπὸ τῆς μελλούσης ὀργῆς: ΠΩΣ οὖν φησιν ὁ Χριστὸς, ὅτι οὐκ ἐπίστευσαν ᾿Ιωάννῃ Ὅτι οὐκ ἣν τοῦτο πιστεῦσαι, τὸ τὸν κηρυτπόμενον ὑπ᾽ αὐτοῦ μὴ δέξασθαι. ᾿Επεὶ καὶ σοῖς προφήταις ἔδοξαν προσέχειν καὶ τῷ νομοθέτῃ ἀλλ᾽ ὅμως ἐφησεν αὐτοὺς μὴ προσεσχηκέναι,᾿ ἐπειδὴ τὸν παρ᾽ ἐκείνων προφητευόμενον οὐκ ἐδέξαντο. Ἐ᾿ γὰρ ἐπιστεύσατε, φησὶ, Μωυσῇ, ἐπιστεύσατε ἂν ἐμοί. Καὶ μετὰ ταῦτα δὲ ἐρωτώμενοι παρὰ τοὺ Χριστοῦ, (ς τὸ βάπτισμα ᾿Ιωάννον πόθεν ἐστίν : ἔλεγον, ὅτι ἐὰν εἴπωμεν, ἀπὸ Ὑ75» φοβούμεθα τὸν ὄχλον ἐὰν εἴπωμεν, ἀπὸ οὐρανοῦ, ἐρεῖ ἡμῖν, πῶς οὖν οὐκ ἐπιστεύσατε αὐτῷ: Ὁ Ὥστε εξ ἀπαντων τούτων δῆλον, ὅ ὃτι παρεγένοντο μὲν καὶ ἐβαπτίσθησαν οὐ μὴν ἔμειναν ἐπὶ τῆς πίστεως τοῦ κηρύγματος. Καὶ γὰρ ὁ ᾿Ιωάννης δείκνυσιν αὐτῶν τὴν , Πονηρίαν, ἐξ ὧν πρὸς τὸν βαπτιστὴν ἕ ἔπεμπον λέγοντες εἰ σὺ εἶ ᾿Ηλίας ; εἰ σὺ εἶ ὁ Χριστὸς : διὸ καὶ ἐπήγαγεν' οἱ δὲ ἀπεσταλμένοι, ἦσαν ἐκ τῶν Φαρισαίων. οὖν: οὐχὶ καὶ οἵ ; ὄχλοι τὸ αὐτὸ τοῦτο ἐνόμιζον ; φησίν. Αλλ᾽ οἱ μὲν ὄχλοι απὸ γνώμης ἀπλάστουν τοῦτο ὑπωπτευον' οἱ δὲ Φαρισαῖοι, ἐπιλαβέσθαι βουλόμενοι. ᾿Επειδὴ γὰρ ὡμολόγητο ἀπὸ τῆς κώμης τοῦ Δαυϊδ ἔ ερ εσθαι τὸν Χριστὸν, οὗτος δὲ ἃ ἀπὸ τῆς Λενιτικῆς Φυλῆς ἣν, ἔνεδρα ἐτίθεσαν ἐκ τῆς ἐρωτήσεως, ἵνα εἴ τι τοιοῦτον εἴποι, ταχέως ἐπιθῶνται. Τοῦτο γοῦν καὶ ἐκ τῶν ἑξῆς ἐδήλωσε᾽ μηδὲν γὰρ ὧν προσεδόκησαν ὁμολογήσαντος, καὶ οὕτως ἐπιλαμβάνονται λέγοντες τί οὖν βαπτίζεις, εἰ σὺ οὐκ εἶ ὁ Χριστός :ἢ : Καὶ ἕνα μάθης ὅτι ἑ ἑτέρᾳ μὲν οἱ Φαρισαῖοι, ἑτέρᾳ δὲ ὁ δῆμος παρεγένοντο γνώμῃ, ἄκουσον πῶς ὁ εὐαγγελιστὴς καὶ τοῦτο ἐδήλωσε περὶ μὲν τοῦ δήμου λόγων, ὅτι παρεγίνοντο καὶ ἐβαπτίζοντο ὑπ᾿ αὐτοῦ, ἐξομολογούμενοι τὰς ἁμαρτίας αὐτῶν᾽ περὶ δὲ τῶν Φαρισαίων οὐκότι ὁμοίως, αλλ᾽ ὅτι ἰδὼν πολλοὺς τῶν Φαρισαίων καὶ Σαδδουκαίων ἐρχομένους, ἔλεγε γεννήματα ἐχιδνών, τίς ὑπέδειξεν ὑμῖν φυγεῖν ἀπὸ τῆς μελλούσης ὀργῆς ᾿Ἰὰ Βαβαὶ τῆς μεγαλονοίας. ΤΠΠὡς διαλέγεται πρὸς ἀνθρώπους αἱμάτων ἀεὶ διψῶντας προ ητικών, καὶ ὄφεων Ἑ οὐδὲν ἄ ἄμεινον διακειμένους πῶς καὶ αὐτοὺς, καὶ τοὺς γεγεννηκότας μετὰ πολλῆς διαβάλλει τῆς παῤῥησίας. Ναὶ, φησίν ἀλλ᾽ ἢ μὲν παῤῥησία πολλή τὸ δὲ ζητούμενον, εἰ λόγον ἔ ἐχει τινὰ ἡ παῤῥησία αὕτη. Οὐδὲ γὰρ ἁμαρτάνοντας εἶδεν, ἀλλὰ μεταβαλλομένου διόπερ οὐδὲ ἐγκαλέσαι ἐχρῆν, ἀλλὰ καὶ ἐπαινέσαι καὶ ἀποδέξασθαι, ὅτι πόλιν ἃ ἔντες καὶ οἰκίας, ἔδραμον ἀκουσόμενοι τοῦ κηρύγματος. Τί οὖν ἂν εἴποιμεν : Ὅτι οὐ τοις παροῦσιν, οὐδὲ τοῖς γινομένοις προσεῖχεν, ἀλλὰ τὰ ἀπόῤῥητα τῆς διανοίας αὐτῶν ἠπίστατο, τοὺ θεοῦ ἴ τοῦτο ἐκκαλύψαντος. ᾿Επεὶ οὖν μέγα ἐφρόνουν ἐπὶ τοῖς προγόνοις, καὶ τοῦτο αἴτιον αὐτοῖς τῆς ἀπωλείας ἐγίνετο, καὶ εἰς ῥᾳθυμίαν ἐνέβαλλε, τὴν βίζαν τῆς ἀπονοίας περικόπτει. Διὰ τοῦτο καὶ ὁ Ἡσαΐας ἃ ἄρχοντας Σοδόμων καλεῖ; καὶ λαὸν 1) ομόῤβῥακ καὶ ἕτερος προφήτης φησίν ες οὐχ ὡς υἱοὶ Αἰθιόπων ὑμεῖς ἐστε : καὶ πάντες αὐτοὺς ταύτης ἀπάγουσι τῆς ὑπολήΨεως, τὸ φύσημα αὐτῶν κενοῦντες, τὸ μυρίων αὑτοῖς αἴτιον γενόμενον κακῶν. Ἀλλ᾽ οἱ μὲν προφῆται; φησὶν, εἰκότως ἁμαρτάνοντας γὰρ ἑώρων' ἐνταῦθα δὲ τίνος ἕνεκεν καὶ διὰ τί πειθομένους ὁρῶν αὐτῷ, τοῦτο ποιεῖ; Ἵνα ἀπαλωτέρους ἐργάσηται. Εἰ δέ τις μετὰ ἀκριβείας προσέχοι τοῖς λεγομένοις, καὶ ἐγκωμίῳ τὴν ἐπιτίμησιν ἑκέρασε. ᾿Θαυμάζων γὰρ αὐτοὺς, ὅτι ὀψὲ γοῦν ποτε τὰ ἀδύνατα αὐτοῖς σχεδὸν εἶναι δοκοῦντα ἠδυνήθησαν, ταῦτα ἔλεγεν. ᾿Εφελκομένου τοίνυν αὐτοὺς μᾶλλόν ἐστιν ἢ ἐπιτίμησις, καὶ παρασκενάζοντος ἀνανῆψαι. Ὅταν γὰρ φαίνηται ἐκπληττόμενος, καὶ τὴν ἔμπροσθεν δείκνυσιν αὐτῶν πονηρίαν πολλὴν οὖσαν, καὶ τὴν μεταβολὴν θαυμαστὴν καὶ παράδοξον. Τί γὰρ γέγονε, φησὶν, ὅτι παῖδες ὅ ὄντες ἐκείνων, καὶ οὕτω τραφέντες κακῶς, μετενόησαν: πόθεν ἢ τοσαύτη ἱ γέγονε μεταβολή: : τίς τὸ τραχὺ τῆς γνώμης αὐτῶν κατεμάλαξε; τίς διώρθωσε τὸ ἀνίατον: Καὶ ὅρα πῶς αὐτοὺς εὐθέως ἀπὸ τῶν προοιμίων ἐξέπληξε, τοὺς περὶ τῆς γεέννης προκαταβαλλόμενος λόγους. Οὐ γὰρ εἶπε τὰ εἰωθότα' τίς ὑπέδειξεν ὑμῖν φυγεῖν τοὺς πολέμους, τὰς τῶν βαρβάρων ἐφόδους, τὰς αἰχμαλωσίας, τοὺς λιμοὺς, τοὺς λοιμούς ; ἀλλ᾽ ἄλλην τινὰ κόλασιν προανεκρούετο μηδέποτε αὐτοῖς φανερὰν γεγενημένην, οὕτω λέγων᾽ ὁ τίς ) ὑπέδειξεν ὑμῖν φυγεῖν απὸ τῆς μελλούσης ὀργῆς :

Idōn de pollous tōn Saddoukaiōn kai Pharisaiōn erchomenous epi to baptisma autou, eipen autois gennēmata echidnōn, tis hypodeixen hymin phygein apo tēs mellousēs orgēs: PŌS oun phēsin ho Christos, hoti ouk episteusan ᾿Iōannę̄ Hoti ouk hēn touto pisteusai, to ton kērytpomenon hyp᾽ autou mē dexasthai. ᾿Epei kai sois prophētais edoxan prosechein kai tǭ nomothetę̄ all᾽ homōs ephēsen autous mē proseschēkenai,᾿ epeidē ton par᾽ ekeinōn prophēteuomenon ouk edexanto. E᾿ gar episteusate, phēsi, Mōysę̄, episteusate an emoi. Kai meta tauta de erōtōmenoi para tou Christou, (s to baptisma ᾿Iōannon pothen estin : elegon, hoti ean eipōmen, apo Hy75» phoboumetha ton ochlon ean eipōmen, apo ouranou, erei hēmin, pōs oun ouk episteusate autǭ: Ho Hōste ex apantōn toutōn dēlon, ho hoti paregenonto men kai ebaptisthēsan ou mēn emeinan epi tēs pisteōs tou kērygmatos. Kai gar ho ᾿Iōannēs deiknysin autōn tēn , Ponērian, ex hōn pros ton baptistēn he epempon legontes ei sy ei ᾿Ēlias ? ei sy ei ho Christos : dio kai epēgagen' hoi de apestalmenoi, ēsan ek tōn Pharisaiōn. oun: ouchi kai hoi ? ochloi to auto touto enomizon ? phēsin. All᾽ hoi men ochloi apo gnōmēs aplastoun touto hypōpteuon' hoi de Pharisaioi, epilabesthai boulomenoi. ᾿Epeidē gar hōmologēto apo tēs kōmēs tou Dauïd e er esthai ton Christon, houtos de ha apo tēs Lenitikēs Phylēs hēn, enedra etithesan ek tēs erōtēseōs, hina ei ti toiouton eipoi, tacheōs epithōntai. Touto goun kai ek tōn hexēs edēlōse᾽ mēden gar hōn prosedokēsan homologēsantos, kai houtōs epilambanontai legontes ti oun baptizeis, ei sy ouk ei ho Christos :ē : Kai hena mathēs hoti he heterą men hoi Pharisaioi, heterą de ho dēmos paregenonto gnōmę̄, akouson pōs ho euangelistēs kai touto edēlōse peri men tou dēmou logōn, hoti pareginonto kai ebaptizonto hyp᾿ autou, exomologoumenoi tas hamartias autōn᾽ peri de tōn Pharisaiōn oukoti homoiōs, all᾽ hoti idōn pollous tōn Pharisaiōn kai Saddoukaiōn erchomenous, elege gennēmata echidnōn, tis hypedeixen hymin phygein apo tēs mellousēs orgēs ᾿Ia Babai tēs megalonoias. TPPōs dialegetai pros anthrōpous haimatōn aei dipsōntas pro ētikōn, kai opheōn He ouden a ameinon diakeimenous pōs kai autous, kai tous gegennēkotas meta pollēs diaballei tēs parrhēsias. Nai, phēsin all᾽ ē men parrhēsia pollē to de zētoumenon, ei logon e echei tina hē parrhēsia hautē. Oude gar hamartanontas eiden, alla metaballomenou dioper oude enkalesai echrēn, alla kai epainesai kai apodexasthai, hoti polin ha entes kai oikias, edramon akousomenoi tou kērygmatos. Ti oun an eipoimen : Hoti ou tois parousin, oude tois ginomenois proseichen, alla ta aporrhēta tēs dianoias autōn ēpistato, tou theou i touto ekkalypsantos. ᾿Epei oun mega ephronoun epi tois progonois, kai touto aition autois tēs apōleias egineto, kai eis rhąthymian eneballe, tēn bizan tēs aponoias perikoptei. Dia touto kai ho Hēsaïas ha archontas Sodomōn kalei? kai laon 1) omorbrhak kai heteros prophētēs phēsin es ouch hōs huioi Aithiopōn hymeis este : kai pantes autous tautēs apagousi tēs hypolēPseōs, to physēma autōn kenountes, to myriōn hautois aition genomenon kakōn. All᾽ hoi men prophētai? phēsin, eikotōs hamartanontas gar heōrōn' entautha de tinos heneken kai dia ti peithomenous horōn autǭ, touto poiei? Hina apalōterous ergasētai. Ei de tis meta akribeias prosechoi tois legomenois, kai enkōmiǭ tēn epitimēsin hekerase. ᾿Thaumazōn gar autous, hoti opse goun pote ta adynata autois schedon einai dokounta ēdynēthēsan, tauta elegen. ᾿Ephelkomenou toinyn autous mallon estin ē epitimēsis, kai paraskenazontos ananēpsai. Hotan gar phainētai ekplēttomenos, kai tēn emprosthen deiknysin autōn ponērian pollēn ousan, kai tēn metabolēn thaumastēn kai paradoxon. Ti gar gegone, phēsin, hoti paides ho ontes ekeinōn, kai houtō traphentes kakōs, metenoēsan: pothen ē tosautē hi gegone metabolē: : tis to trachy tēs gnōmēs autōn katemalaxe? tis diōrthōse to aniaton: Kai hora pōs autous eutheōs apo tōn prooimiōn exeplēxe, tous peri tēs geennēs prokataballomenos logous. Ou gar eipe ta eiōthota' tis hypedeixen hymin phygein tous polemous, tas tōn barbarōn ephodous, tas aichmalōsias, tous limous, tous loimous ? all᾽ allēn tina kolasin proanekroueto mēdepote autois phaneran gegenēmenēn, houtō legōn᾽ ho tis ) hypedeixen hymin phygein apo tēs mellousēs orgēs :

“But seeing many of the Sadducees and Pharisees coming to his baptism, he said to them: Brood of vipers, who warned you to flee from the wrath to come?”

How then does Christ say that they did not believe John? Because it was not believing him, not to receive the one he proclaimed. For they seemed to attend to the prophets and the lawgiver too; yet he said they had not attended to them, since they did not receive the one prophesied by them. “For if you believed Moses,” he says, “you would believe me.” And afterward, when asked by Christ, “The baptism of John, where is it from?”, they said: “If we say, from men, we fear the crowd; if we say, from heaven, he will say to us, Why then did you not believe him?” So from all this it is clear that they came and were baptized, but did not remain in the faith of the preaching. For John too shows their wickedness by the people they sent to the Baptist, saying, “Are you Elijah? Are you the Christ?” That is why he added, “And those who had been sent were from the Pharisees.” “What then? Did not the crowds too think the same?” someone says. But the crowds suspected this from a guileless mind; the Pharisees, wishing to catch him. For since it was agreed that the Christ would come from the village of David, and he was of the tribe of Levi, they laid a trap by the question, so that if he said anything of the kind they might quickly attack him. This, at any rate, he showed by what follows too; for when he confessed nothing of what they expected, they attack him even so, saying, “Why then do you baptize, if you are not the Christ?” And that you may learn that the Pharisees came with one intention and the people with another, hear how the evangelist made this plain too: of the people he says that they came and were baptized by him, confessing their sins; but of the Pharisees no longer the same, but that, “seeing many of the Pharisees and Sadducees coming, he said: Brood of vipers, who warned you to flee from the wrath to come?”

O what greatness of mind! How he speaks to men always thirsting for the blood of the prophets and no better disposed than snakes; how he reproaches both them and their fathers with great boldness! “Yes,” someone says, “the boldness is great; but the question is whether this boldness has any reason. For he did not see them sinning, but changing; that is why he ought not to have accused them, but even to have praised and welcomed them, because, leaving city and houses, they ran to hear the preaching.” What then shall we say? That he did not attend to what was present nor to what was happening, but knew the secrets of their mind, God revealing this to him. Since, then, they were proud of their ancestors, and this became the cause of their destruction and threw them into carelessness, he cuts off the root of their arrogance. That is why Isaiah too calls them rulers of Sodom and people of Gomorrah, and another prophet says, “Are you not like the sons of the Ethiopians?”; and all lead them away from this notion, emptying their pride, which became for them the cause of countless evils. “But the prophets did so with reason,” someone says, “for they saw them sinning; but here, why and for what reason does he do this, seeing them obeying him?” So as to make them softer. And if one attends carefully to what is said, he mixed praise with the rebuke. For he said these things marveling at them, that at long last they had been able to do what seemed almost impossible for them. So the rebuke belongs rather to one drawing them on and preparing them to come to their senses. For when he appears astonished, he shows both that their former wickedness was great and that their change was wonderful and marvelous. For what has happened, he says, that, being children of those men and so badly brought up, they repented? Where has so great a change come from? Who has softened the roughness of their mind? Who has corrected what was incurable? And see how he amazed them right from the opening, throwing in first the words about hell. For he did not say the usual things: Who warned you to flee wars, the attacks of barbarians, captivities, famines, plagues? But he struck first upon another punishment never made plain to them, saying: “Who warned you to flee from the wrath to come?”

11.4Field 1

Καλὼς δὲ αὐτοὺς καὶ γεννήματα ἐχιδνῶν ἐκάλεσε. Καὶ γὰρ ἐκεῖνο τὸ θηρίον διαφθεῖρον τὴν ὠδίνουσαν, καὶ διατρῶγον τὴν γαστέρα αὑτῆς, οὕτω λέγεται προϊέναι εἰς φῶς ὅπερ καὶ οὗτοι ἐποίουν, πατραλοῖαι καὶ μητραλοῖαι γινόμενοι, καὶ τοὺς διδασκάλους, ταῖς ἑαυτῶν διαφθείροντες χερσίν. ᾿Αλλ οὐχ ἵσταται μέχρι τῆς ἐπιτιμήσεως, ἀλλὰ καὶ συμβουλὴν εἰσάγει δε ποιήσατε γάρ, φησὶ,. καρποὺς ἀξίους τῆς μετανοίας. Οὐ γὰρ ἀρκεῖ τὸ φυγεῖν τὴν πονηρίαν, ἀλλὰ καὶ ἀρετὴν δεῖ πολλὴν ἐπιδείξασθαι. 4 Μὴ γάρ μοι τὰ ἐναντία καὶ συνήθη, ὅτε πρὸς ὀλίγον συστελλόμενοι ἙΕ χρόνον, πρὸς τὴν αὐτὴν ἑπανῇτε πάλιν πονηρίαν. Οὐ γὰρ ἐπὶ τοῖς αὐτοῖς παραγϑγόναμεν, ὡς καὶ οἱ ἔμπροσθεν προφῆται. ᾿Εξηλλαγμένα γὰρ τὰ παρόντα, καὶ ὑψηλότερα, ἐπεὶ καὶ αὐτὸς παραγίνεται λοιπὸν ὁ κριτὴς» αὐτὸς ὁ τῆς βασιλείας δεσπότης, πρὸς μείζονα ἃ ἄγων φιλοσοφίαν, εἰς τὸν οὐρανὸν καλῶν, καὶ πρὸς τὰς ἐκεῖ διατριβὰς ἀνέλκων. Διὰ τοῦτο καὶ τὸν περὶ τῆς γεέννης ἀνακαλύπτω λόγον᾽ καὶ γὰρ καὶ τὰ ἀγαθὰ καὶ τὰ λυπηρὰ, ἀθάνατα. Μὴ τοίνυν τοῖς αὐτοῖς ἐμμένετε, μηδὲ τὰς εἰωθνίας προβάλλεσθε προφάσεις, τὸν Αβραὰμ, τὸν ᾿Ισαὰκ, τὸν ᾿Ιακωβ, τῶν προγόνων τὴν εὐγένειαν. Ταῦτα δὲ ἔλεγεν, οὐ κωλύων αὐτοὺς λέγειν ἐξ ἐκείνων εἶναι τῶν ἁγίων, ἀλλὰ κωλύων μὴ τούτῳ θαῤῥεῖν, τῆς κατὰ ψυχὴν ἀρετῆς ἀμελοῦντας, καὶ τὰ κατὰ ἰάνοιαν εἰς μέσον ἐκφέρων, καὶ τὰ μέλλοντα προφητεύων. Καὶ γὰρ μετὰ ταυτα φαίνονται λέγοντες Ἶἡμεῖς πατέρα ἔχομεν τὸν ᾿Αβραάμ, καὶ οὐδενὶ δεδουλεύκαμεν πώποτε. ᾿Επεὶ οὖν τοῦτο ἥν, ὃ μάλιστα αὐτοὺς εἰς ἀπόνοιαν ἦρε καὶ ἀπώλεσε, πρῶτον αὐτὸ καταστέλλει. Ὅρα δὲ πῶς μετὰ τῆς εἰς τὸν πατριάρχην τιμῆς τὴν ὑπὲρ τούτων ποιεῖται διόρθωσιν. Εἰπὼν γὰρ, μὴ δόξητε λέγειν, ὅτι πατέρα ἔχομεν τὸν Αβραὰμ, οὐκ εἶπεν, οὐδὲν γὰρ ὑμᾶς ὁ πατριάρχης ὠφελῆσαι δυνήσεται ἀλλ᾽ ἡμερώτερόν πως καὶ προσηνέστερον αὐτὸ τοῦτο ἤνίξατο εἰπών ἐ δύναται γὰρ ὁ θεὸς ἐ εκ τῶν λίθων τούτων ἐγεῖραι τόκνα τῷ Αβραάμ. Τινὲς μὲν οὖν φασιν, ὅτι περὶ τῶν ἐθνῶν ταῦτα λέγει, λίθους αὐτοὺς μεταφορικῶς καλῶών' ἐγὼ δὲ καὶ ἑτέραν ἔννοιαν τὸ εἰρημένον φημὶ ἔχειν. Ποίαν δὴ ταύτην: Μὴ νομίζετε, φησὶν, ὅτι ἐὰν ὑμεῖς ἀπόλησθε. ἄπαιδα ᾿Ὦ ποιήσετε τὸν πατριάρχην. Οὐκ ἔστι τοῦτο, οὐκ ἔστι. Τῷ γὰρ θεῷ δυνατὸν καὶ ἀπὸ λίθων ἀνθρώπους αὐτῷ δοῦναι, καὶ εἰς τὴν συγγένειαν ἐκείνην ἀγαγεῖν, ἐπεὶ καὶ εξ α ἀρχῆς οὕτως ἐγένετο. Τῷ γὰρ ἐκ λίθων ἀνθρώπους γενέσθαι ὅμοιον ἦν τὸ απὸ τῆς μήτρας ἐκείνης τῆς σκληρᾶς προελθεῖν παιδίον. Ὅπερ οὖν καὶ ὁ προφήτης αἰνιττόμενος ἔλεγεν ἐκμβλέψατε εἰς τὴν στερεὰν πέτραν, ἐξ ἡ ἧς ἐλατομήθητε, καὶ ) εἰς τὸν βόθυνον τοῦ λάκκου, εξ οὗ ὠρύχθητε: ἐμβλέψατε εἰς Ἀβραὰμ τὸν πατέρα ὑμῶν, καὶ εἰς Σάῤραν τὴν ὠδίνουσαν ὑμᾶς. Ταύτης τοίνυν τῆς προφητείας αὐτοὺς αναμιμνήσκει, δεικνὺς ὅ ὅτι εἰ ἐξ ἀρχῆς οὕτω θαυμαστὸν αὐτὸν ὁποίησε πατέρα, ὡσανεὶ καὶ ἐκ λίθων αὐτὸν ἐποίησε, δυνατὸν καὶ νῦν τοῦτο γενέσθαι. Καὶ ὅρα πῶς καὶ φοβεῖ καὶ ἐκκόπτει. Ου γὰρ εἶπεν, ὅτι ἤγειρεν ἤδη, ἵνα μὴ ἀπογνῶσιν ἑαυτῶν ἀλλ᾽ ὅτι δύναται ἐ εγείραι. Καὶ οὐκ εἶπεν, ὅτι δύναται ἀνθρώπους ποιῆσαι ἀπὸ λίθων, ἀλλ᾽ ὃ πολλῷ μεῖζον ἢ ἡν, καὶ συγγενεῖς καὶ παῖδας τοῦ Ἀβραάμ. Ἑ Εἶδες πῶς τέως ἀπέστησεν αὐτοὺς τῆς περὶ τὰ σωματικὰ φαντασίας, καὶ τῆς εἰς τοὺς προγόνους καταφυγῆς, ἵνα ἐν τῇ οἰκείᾳ μετανοίᾳ καὶ σωφροσύνῃ τὴν ἐλπίδα τῆς σωτηρίας ἔχωσιν; εἶδες πῶς τὴν τῆς σαρκὸς ᾿εἐκβαλὼν συγγένειαν, τὴν ἀπὸ τῆς πίστεως εἰσάγει; Σκόπει τοίνυν πῶς καὶ διὰ τῶν ἑξῆς αὔξει τούτων τὸν φόβον, καὶ ἐπιτείνει τὴν ἀγωνίαν. Εἰπὼν γάρ, ὅτι δύναται ὁ θεὸς ἐκ τῶν λίθων τούτων ἐγεῖραι τέκνα τῷ ᾿Αβραὰμ, ἐπήγαγε τς ἤδη δὲ καὶ ἡ ἀξίνη πρὸς τὴν ῥίζαν τῶν δένδρων κεῖται διὰ πάντων τὸν λόγον φοβερὸν ποιῶν. Καὶ γὰρ καὶ αὐτὸς πολλὴν ἀπὸ τοῦ βίου τὴν παῤῥησίαν εἶχε» κακεῖνοι σφοδρᾶς ἐδέοντο τῆς ἐπιπλήξεως, πολὺν ἤδη χερσωθέντες χρόνον. Τί γὰρ λέγω, φησὶν, ὅτι ἐκπίπτειν φησὶ μέλλετε τῆς πρὸς τὸν πατριάρχην συγγενείας, καὶ ἑτέρους ὁρᾶν τοὺς ἀπὸ λίθων εἰς τὴν ὑμετέραν εἰσαγομένους προεδρίαν: : Οὐδὲ γὰρ μέχρι τούτου τὰ τῆς τιμωρίας. ὑμῖν, ἀλλὰ καὶ περαιτέρω προβήσεται τὰ τῆς κολάσεως. Ηδὴη γάρ, φησὶν, ἡ αξίνη πρὸς τὴν βίζαν τῶν δένδρων. κεῖται. Οὐδὲν Ὁ Ὲ τερον ταύτης τοῦ λόγου τῆς τροπῆς. Οὐκέτι γὰρ ὁρόέπανον πετόμενον, οὐδὲ φραγμοῦ καθαίρεσις, οὐδὲ τὸ καταπατεῖσθαι τὸν ἀμπελῶνα' ἀλλ᾽ ἀξίνη σφόδρα ᾿ἀκμάζουσα, καὶ τὸ δὴ χαλεπώτερον, ὅτι καὶ επὶ θύραις αὕτη. ᾿Επειδὴ γὰρ τοῖς προφήταις συνεχῶς ἀπιστοῦντες ἔλεγον ποῦ ἐστιν ἡ ἡμέρα κυρίου : καὶ, ᾿Ὁ ἐλθέτω ἡ βουλὴ τοῦ ἁγίου σραὴλ, ἵνα γνῶμεν διὰ τὸ μετὰ πολλὰ πολλάκις ἔ ἔτη ἐκβαίνειν τὰ λεγύμενα᾽ καὶ ταύτης αὐτοὺς ἀπάγων τῆς παραμυθίας, ἐγγὺς αὐτῶν ἵστησι τὰ δεινά. Καὶ τοῦτο ἐδήλωσε τῷ εἰπεῖν, ἤδη, καὶ τῷ τῇ ῥίζῃ αὐτὴν προσαγαγεῖν. Οὐδὲν γὰρ τὸ μέσον λοιπὸν, φησὶν, ἀλλ᾽ αὐτῇ ἐπίκειται τῇ ῥίζῃ. Καὶ οὐκ εἶπε, τοὶς κλάδοις, οὐδὲ, τοῖς καρποῖς, ἀλλὰ, τῇ ῥίζῃ: δεικνὺς αὐτοὺς, εἰ ῥᾳθυμήσαιεν, ανίατα πεισομένους δεινὰ, καὶ οὐδὲ ἐλπίδα ἕξοντας θεραπείας. Οὐδὲ γὰρ δοῦλός ἐστιν ὁ παραγενόμενος, ὡς οἱ πρότερον᾽ ἀλλ᾽ αὐτὸς ὁ τῶν ὅλων δεσπότης, σφοδρὰν ἐπάγων τὴν τιμωρίαν καὶ δυνατωτάτην. Ἀλλ᾽ ὅμως καὶ φοβήσας πάλιν, οὐκ ἀφίησιν αὐτοὺς εἰς ἀπόγνωσιν ἐμπεσεῖν ἀλλ᾽ ὥσπερ ἀνωτέρω οὐκ εἶπεν, ὅτι ἤγειρεν, ἀλλ᾽ ὅτι δύναται ἐγεῖραι τέκνα τῷ Αβρααμ, φοβῶν τε ὁμοῦ καὶ παραμυθού- Ὁ μενος, οὕτω καὶ ἐνταῦθα οὐκ εἶπεν, ὅτι ἥψατο τῆς ῥίζης, αλλ᾽ ὅτι ἐπίκειται καὶ ὁμιλεῖ τῇ ρίζῃ καὶ οὐδεμίαν ἀναβολὴν ἐνδείκνυται. Πλὴν ἀλλὰ καὶ οὕτως ἐγγὺς αὐτὴν αγαγὼν, ὑμᾶς κυρίους ποιεῖ τῆς τομῆς. Ἂν μὲν γὰρ μεταβάλησθε, καὶ γένησθε βελτίους, ἀπελεύσεται μηδὲν ἐ ἐργασαμένη ἠ ἀξίνη αὕτη ἂν δὲ τοῖς αὐτοῖς ἐπιμείνητε, πρόρῥιζον ἃ ἀνασπάσει τὸ δένδρον. Διά τοι τοῦτο οὔτε «ἀφέστηκε τῆς ῥίζης, οὔτε ἐπικειμένη τέμνει; τὸ μὲν ἵνα μὴ ἀναπέσητε; τὸ δὲ ἵνα μάθητε, ὅτι δυνατὸν καὶ ἐν χεῖ χρόνῳ μεταβαλλομένους σωθῆναι. Διὸ καὶ πάντοθεν αὔξει τὸν φόβον, διεγείρων αὐτοὺς καὶ ὠθῶν πρὸς μετάνοιαν. [Καὶ γὰρ τὸ τῶν προγόνων ἐκπεσεῖν, καὶ τὸ ἑτέρους ἀντεισαχθῆναι, καὶ τὸ ἐπὶ θύραις εἶναι τὰ δεινὰ, καὶ τὸ ἀνήκεστα πείσεσθαι, ἅπερ ἀμφότερα διὰ τῆς ῥίζης καὶ τῆς αξίνης ἐδήλωσεν, ἱκανὰ ἣν καὶ τοὺς σφόδρα ἀναπεπτωκότας διαναστῆσαι; καὶ ἐναγωνίους ἐργάσασθαι. Τοῦτο γοῦν καὶ ὁ Παῦλος δηλῶν ἔλεγεν ὅτι λόγον συντετμημένον ποιήσει κύριος ἐπὶ τὴν οἰκουμένην ὅλην.᾽ ᾿Αλλὰ μὴ φοβηθῇς μᾶλλον δὲ φοβήθητι μϑν, μὴ ἀπογνῷς δέ. τι γὰρ ἔχεις ἐλπίδα μεταβολῆς οὐ γὰρ αὐτοτελὴς ἡ ἀπόφασις, οὐδὲ ἐπὶ τὸ τέμνειν ἡ αξίνη ἤλθεν' (ἐπεὶ τί ἐκώλυεν αὐτὴν τεμεῖν ὁμιλοῦσαν τῆ βίζῃ ἢ ) αλλ᾽ ἐπὶ τὸ σε τῷ φόβῳ τούτῳ ποιῆσαι βελτίονα, καὶ παρασκευάσαι καρπὸν ἐνεγκεῖν. Διὰ τοῦτο ἐπήγαγε πᾶν οὐν δένδρον μὴ ποιοῦν καρπὸν καλὸν, ἐκκόπτεται, καὶ εἰς πὺρ βάλλεται. Ὅταν δὲ εἴπη, πᾶν, ἐκβάλλει, πάλιν τὴν ἀπὸ τῆς εὐγενείας προεδρίαν. Κἀν γὰρ αὐτοῦ τοῦ Αβραὰμ ἕ εκγονος ἤς, φησὶν, κἂν μυρίους ἔχης ἀριθμεὶν πατριάρχας, διπλῆν ὑποστήσῃ τὴν κόλασιν, ἄκαρπος μένων. Απὸ τούτων τῶν ῥημάτων καὶ τελώνας ἐφόβησε, καὶ ἕ στρατιωτικὴν διάνοιαν κατέσεισεν, οὔτε εἰς ἀπόγνωσιν δ ἐμβαλὼν, καὶ ῥᾳθυμίας ἀπαλλάττων ἁπάσης. Μετὰ γὰρ τοῦ φόβου καὶ πολλὴν παράκλησιν ἔ χει τὸ εἰρημένον. γὰρ εἰπεῖν, μὴ ποιοῦν καρπὸν καλὸν, ἔδειξεν ὅτι τὸ ποιοῦν καρπὸν πάσης ἀπήλλακται τιμωρίας. Καὶ πῶς δυνησόμεθα, ,Φησὶ, ποιῆσαι καρπὸν, τῆς τομῆς ( ἐπικειμένης, καὶ τοῦ χρόνου οὕτως στενοῦ ὄντος, καὶ τῆς ὄπ οθεσμίας συντετμημένης ; Δυνήσηῃ, φησίν οὐ γὰρ τοιοῦτος οὗτος ὁ καρπὸς, οἷος ὁ τῶν δένδρων, χρόνον ἀναμένων πολὺν, καὶ ὡρῶν ἀνάγκαις δουλεύων, καὶ πολλῆς ἑτέρας δεόμενος πραγματείας ἀλλ᾽ ἀρκεῖ θελῆσαι, καὶ τὸ δένδρον εὐθέως ἐβλάστησεν. Οὐ γὰρ ἥ φύσις τῆς ῥίζης μόνον, αλλὰ καὶ ἡ τέχνη τοῦ γεωργοῦ πρὸς τὴν τοιαύτην τὰ μέγιστα συντελεῖ καρποφορίαν. Διὰ γάρ τοι τοῦτο, ἵνα μὴ ταῦτα λέγωσιν, ὅτι θορυβεῖς ἡ ημᾶς, καὶ κατεπείγεις, καὶ ἣ ἄγχεις, ἀξίνην τε ἐπιτιθεὶς. καὶ τομὴν ἀπειλῶν, καὶ προσόδους ἐν καιρῷ τιμωρίας αἰτῶν, ἐπήγαγε, δεικνὺς τὴν εὐκολίαν τῆς καρποφορία ἐς ξγὼ μὲν ὑμᾶς βαπτίζω ἐ εν ὕδατι ὁ δὲ ὁ οπίσω μου ἐρχόμενος, ἰσχυρότερός μον ἐστὶν, οὗ οὐκ εἰμὶ ἄξιος τὸν ἱμάντα τοῦ ὑποδήματος λῦσαι αὐτὸς ὑμᾶς βαπτίσει ἐ ἐν πνεύματι ἁγίῳ καὶ πυρί διὰ τούτων δεικνὺς, ὅτι γνώμης μόνον δεῖται καὶ πίστεως, οὐ πόνων καὶ ἱδρώτων᾽ καὶ ὥσπερ εὔκολον βαπτισθῆναι, οὕτως εὔκολον μεταβληθηναι καὶ γενέσθαι ἀμείνους. Κατασείσας τοίνυν αὐτῶν τὴν διάνοιαν τῷ φόβῳ τῆς κρίσεως καὶ τῇ προσδοκίᾳ τῆς κολάσεως, καὶ τῷ ὀνόματι τῆς ἀξίνης, καὶ τῇ ἀποβολῇ τῶν προγόνων, καὶ τῇ εἰσαγωγῇ τῶν ἑτέρων τέκνων, καὶ Ῥ τῇ διπλῇ τιμωρίᾳ τῆς ἐκτομῆς καὶ τοῦ ἐμπρησμοῦ, καὶ πάντοθεν αὐτῶν καταμαλάξας τὸ σκληρὸν, καὶ καταστήσας εἰς ἐπιθυμίαν τῆς ἀπαλλαγῆς τῶν τοσούτων κακῶν, τότε εἰσάγει τὸν περὶ τοῦ Χριστοῦ λόγον καὶ οὐχ ἁπλῶς, ἀλλὰ μετὰ πολλῆς τῆς ὑπεροχῆς. Εἶτα τὸ μέσον αὐτοῦ καὶ ἐκείνου τιθεὶς, ἵ ἵνα μὴ δόξῃ χαριζόμενος τοῦτο λέγειν; ἀπὸ τῆς συγκρίσεως τῶν παρ᾽ τεο τερον διδομένων τοῦτο κατασκευάζει. οὐ ,Ὑὰρ εὐθέως εἶπεν, οὐκ εἰμὶ ἄξιος αὐτοῦ λῦσαι τὸν ἱμάντα τοῦ ὑποδήματος, ἀλλὰ πρότερον τὸ εὐτελὲς τοῦ βαπτίσματος τοῦ ἑαντοὺ θεὶς, καὶ δείξας ὡς οὐδὲν πλέον ἔχει τοῦ πρὸς μετάνοιαν αὐτοὺς ἀγαγεῖν (οὐ γὰρ εἶπεν, ὅτι ὁξατι ἀφέσεως, ἀλλὰ μετανοίας), τίθησι καὶ τὸ αὐτοῦ, τὸ τῆς ἀφάτου δωβεᾶς γέμον. Ἵνα γὰρ μὴ ἀκούσας, φησὶν, ὅτι μετ᾽ ἐμὲ ἔρχεται; καταφρονήσης αὐτοῦ ὡς ὑστέρου παραγενομένου, μάθε αὐτοῦ τῆς δωρεᾶς τὴν δύναμιν, καὶ εἴσῃ σαφῶς, ὅτι οὐδὲν ἄξιον εἴρηκα, οὐδὲ μέγα, εἰπὼν, οὐκ εἰμὶ ἄξιος λῦσαι τὸν ἱμάντα τοῦ ὑποδήματος. Ὥστε ὅ ὅταν ἀκούσῃς, ὅτι ἰσχυρότερός μου ἐστὶ, μὴ νομίσης κατὰ σύγκρισίν με τουΐο εἰρηκέναι. Οὐδὲ γὰρ εἰς δούλους ἄξιός εἰμι τάττεσθαι ἐκείνον, οὐδὲ εἰς δούλους ἑ ἐσχάτους; οὐδὲ τὸ εὐτελὲς τῆς διακονίας ἀναδέξασθαι μέρος. Διὰ τοῦτο οὐχ ἁπλώς εἶπε, τὰ ὑποδήματα, ἀλλ᾽, οὐδὲ τὸν ἱμάντα ὅπερ ἔσχατον πάντων ἐδόκει εἶναι. Εἶτα, ἵνα μὴ νομίσῃς ταπεινοφροσύνης εἶναι τὰ εἰρηΒ μένα, ἐπάγει. καὶ τὴν ἀπὸ τῶν πραγμάτων ἀπόδειξιν ἐ ἐκεῖνος ᾿γὰρ ὑμάς, φησὶ, βαπτίσει ἐ εν πνεύματι ἁγίῳ καὶ πυρί» Εἶδες πόση τοῦ βαπτιστοῦ ἡ σοφία: Ὅταν γὰρ αὐτὸς κηρύττη, τὰ φοβερὰ πάντα λέγει, καὶ ἀγωνίαν ἐμβάλλοντα ὅταν ὲ πρὸς ἐκεῖνον πέμπη; τὰ χρηστὰ καὶ ἀνακτήσασθαι Οἱκανά. Οὐ γὰρ τὴν ἀξίνην, οὐδὲ τὸ δένδρον τὸ ἐκκοπτόμενον καὶ καιόμενον. καὶ εἰς πὺρ βαλλόμενον, οὔτε τὴν μέλλουσαν ὀργὴν εἰς μόσον ἄγει, ἀλλ᾽ ἁμαρτημάτων ἄφεσιν. καὶ τιμωρίας ἀναίρεσιν, καὶ δικαιοσύνην, καὶ ἁγιασμὸν, καὶ ἀπολύτρωσιν, καὶ υἱοθεσίαν, καὶ ἀδελφότητα, καὶ κληρονομίας κοινωνίαν, καὶ πνεύματος ἁγίου δαψιλῆ χορηγίαν. Ταῦτα γὰρ πάντα ἡνίξατο εἰπών βαπτίσει ὑμᾶς ἐν πνεύματι ἀγίῳ καὶ αὐτῇ τῇ μεταφορᾷ τῆς λέξεως. τὸ δαψιλὲς τῆς χάριτος ἐμφαίνων᾽ (οὐ γὰρ εἶπε, δώσει ὑμῖν πνεῦμα ἅγιον, ἀλλὰ : βαπτίσει ὑμᾶς ἐν πνεύματι αγίῳ᾽ Ἢ ᾿καὶ τῇ ἐπεξηὮ γήσει τοῦ πυρὸς πάλιν τὸ σφοδρὸν καὶ ἀκάθεκτον τῆς χαβιτος ἐνδεικνύμενος.

Kalōs de autous kai gennēmata echidnōn ekalese. Kai gar ekeino to thērion diaphtheiron tēn ōdinousan, kai diatrōgon tēn gastera hautēs, houtō legetai proïenai eis phōs hoper kai houtoi epoioun, patraloiai kai mētraloiai ginomenoi, kai tous didaskalous, tais heautōn diaphtheirontes chersin. ᾿All ouch histatai mechri tēs epitimēseōs, alla kai symboulēn eisagei de poiēsate gar, phēsi,. karpous axious tēs metanoias. Ou gar arkei to phygein tēn ponērian, alla kai aretēn dei pollēn epideixasthai. 4 Mē gar moi ta enantia kai synēthē, hote pros oligon systellomenoi HeE chronon, pros tēn autēn hepanę̄te palin ponērian. Ou gar epi tois autois paragϑgonamen, hōs kai hoi emprosthen prophētai. ᾿Exēllagmena gar ta paronta, kai hypsēlotera, epei kai autos paraginetai loipon ho kritēs» autos ho tēs basileias despotēs, pros meizona ha agōn philosophian, eis ton ouranon kalōn, kai pros tas ekei diatribas anelkōn. Dia touto kai ton peri tēs geennēs anakalyptō logon᾽ kai gar kai ta agatha kai ta lypēra, athanata. Mē toinyn tois autois emmenete, mēde tas eiōthnias proballesthe prophaseis, ton Abraam, ton ᾿Isaak, ton ᾿Iakōb, tōn progonōn tēn eugeneian. Tauta de elegen, ou kōlyōn autous legein ex ekeinōn einai tōn hagiōn, alla kōlyōn mē toutǭ tharrhein, tēs kata psychēn aretēs amelountas, kai ta kata ianoian eis meson ekpherōn, kai ta mellonta prophēteuōn. Kai gar meta tauta phainontai legontes Hiēmeis patera echomen ton ᾿Abraam, kai oudeni dedouleukamen pōpote. ᾿Epei oun touto hēn, ho malista autous eis aponoian ēre kai apōlese, prōton auto katastellei. Hora de pōs meta tēs eis ton patriarchēn timēs tēn hyper toutōn poieitai diorthōsin. Eipōn gar, mē doxēte legein, hoti patera echomen ton Abraam, ouk eipen, ouden gar hymas ho patriarchēs ōphelēsai dynēsetai all᾽ hēmerōteron pōs kai prosēnesteron auto touto ēnixato eipōn e dynatai gar ho theos e ek tōn lithōn toutōn egeirai tokna tǭ Abraam. Tines men oun phasin, hoti peri tōn ethnōn tauta legei, lithous autous metaphorikōs kalōōn' egō de kai heteran ennoian to eirēmenon phēmi echein. Poian dē tautēn: Mē nomizete, phēsin, hoti ean hymeis apolēsthe. apaida ᾿Ō poiēsete ton patriarchēn. Ouk esti touto, ouk esti. Tǭ gar theǭ dynaton kai apo lithōn anthrōpous autǭ dounai, kai eis tēn syngeneian ekeinēn agagein, epei kai ex a archēs houtōs egeneto. Tǭ gar ek lithōn anthrōpous genesthai homoion ēn to apo tēs mētras ekeinēs tēs sklēras proelthein paidion. Hoper oun kai ho prophētēs ainittomenos elegen ekmblepsate eis tēn sterean petran, ex hē hēs elatomēthēte, kai ) eis ton bothynon tou lakkou, ex hou ōrychthēte: emblepsate eis Abraam ton patera hymōn, kai eis Sarran tēn ōdinousan hymas. Tautēs toinyn tēs prophēteias autous anamimnēskei, deiknys ho hoti ei ex archēs houtō thaumaston auton hopoiēse patera, hōsanei kai ek lithōn auton epoiēse, dynaton kai nyn touto genesthai. Kai hora pōs kai phobei kai ekkoptei. Ou gar eipen, hoti ēgeiren ēdē, hina mē apognōsin heautōn all᾽ hoti dynatai e egeirai. Kai ouk eipen, hoti dynatai anthrōpous poiēsai apo lithōn, all᾽ ho pollǭ meizon ē hēn, kai syngeneis kai paidas tou Abraam. He Eides pōs teōs apestēsen autous tēs peri ta sōmatika phantasias, kai tēs eis tous progonous kataphygēs, hina en tę̄ oikeią metanoią kai sōphrosynę̄ tēn elpida tēs sōtērias echōsin? eides pōs tēn tēs sarkos ᾿eekbalōn syngeneian, tēn apo tēs pisteōs eisagei? Skopei toinyn pōs kai dia tōn hexēs auxei toutōn ton phobon, kai epiteinei tēn agōnian. Eipōn gar, hoti dynatai ho theos ek tōn lithōn toutōn egeirai tekna tǭ ᾿Abraam, epēgage ts ēdē de kai hē axinē pros tēn rhizan tōn dendrōn keitai dia pantōn ton logon phoberon poiōn. Kai gar kai autos pollēn apo tou biou tēn parrhēsian eiche» kakeinoi sphodras edeonto tēs epiplēxeōs, polyn ēdē chersōthentes chronon. Ti gar legō, phēsin, hoti ekpiptein phēsi mellete tēs pros ton patriarchēn syngeneias, kai heterous horan tous apo lithōn eis tēn hymeteran eisagomenous proedrian: : Oude gar mechri toutou ta tēs timōrias. hymin, alla kai peraiterō probēsetai ta tēs kolaseōs. Ēdēē gar, phēsin, hē axinē pros tēn bizan tōn dendrōn. keitai. Ouden Ho E teron tautēs tou logou tēs tropēs. Ouketi gar horoepanon petomenon, oude phragmou kathairesis, oude to katapateisthai ton ampelōna' all᾽ axinē sphodra ᾿akmazousa, kai to dē chalepōteron, hoti kai epi thyrais hautē. ᾿Epeidē gar tois prophētais synechōs apistountes elegon pou estin hē hēmera kyriou : kai, ᾿Ho elthetō hē boulē tou hagiou sraēl, hina gnōmen dia to meta polla pollakis e etē ekbainein ta legymena᾽ kai tautēs autous apagōn tēs paramythias, engys autōn histēsi ta deina. Kai touto edēlōse tǭ eipein, ēdē, kai tǭ tę̄ rhizę̄ autēn prosagagein. Ouden gar to meson loipon, phēsin, all᾽ autę̄ epikeitai tę̄ rhizę̄. Kai ouk eipe, tois kladois, oude, tois karpois, alla, tę̄ rhizę̄: deiknys autous, ei rhąthymēsaien, aniata peisomenous deina, kai oude elpida hexontas therapeias. Oude gar doulos estin ho paragenomenos, hōs hoi proteron᾽ all᾽ autos ho tōn holōn despotēs, sphodran epagōn tēn timōrian kai dynatōtatēn. All᾽ homōs kai phobēsas palin, ouk aphiēsin autous eis apognōsin empesein all᾽ hōsper anōterō ouk eipen, hoti ēgeiren, all᾽ hoti dynatai egeirai tekna tǭ Abraam, phobōn te homou kai paramythou- Ho menos, houtō kai entautha ouk eipen, hoti hēpsato tēs rhizēs, all᾽ hoti epikeitai kai homilei tę̄ rizę̄ kai oudemian anabolēn endeiknytai. Plēn alla kai houtōs engys autēn agagōn, hymas kyrious poiei tēs tomēs. An men gar metabalēsthe, kai genēsthe beltious, apeleusetai mēden e ergasamenē ē axinē hautē an de tois autois epimeinēte, prorrhizon ha anaspasei to dendron. Dia toi touto oute «aphestēke tēs rhizēs, oute epikeimenē temnei? to men hina mē anapesēte? to de hina mathēte, hoti dynaton kai en chei chronǭ metaballomenous sōthēnai. Dio kai pantothen auxei ton phobon, diegeirōn autous kai ōthōn pros metanoian. [Kai gar to tōn progonōn ekpesein, kai to heterous anteisachthēnai, kai to epi thyrais einai ta deina, kai to anēkesta peisesthai, haper amphotera dia tēs rhizēs kai tēs axinēs edēlōsen, hikana hēn kai tous sphodra anapeptōkotas dianastēsai? kai enagōnious ergasasthai. Touto goun kai ho Paulos dēlōn elegen hoti logon syntetmēmenon poiēsei kyrios epi tēn oikoumenēn holēn.᾽ ᾿Alla mē phobēthę̄s mallon de phobēthēti mϑn, mē apognǭs de. ti gar echeis elpida metabolēs ou gar autotelēs hē apophasis, oude epi to temnein hē axinē ēlthen' (epei ti ekōlyen autēn temein homilousan tē bizę̄ ē ) all᾽ epi to se tǭ phobǭ toutǭ poiēsai beltiona, kai paraskeuasai karpon enenkein. Dia touto epēgage pan oun dendron mē poioun karpon kalon, ekkoptetai, kai eis pyr balletai. Hotan de eipē, pan, ekballei, palin tēn apo tēs eugeneias proedrian. Kan gar autou tou Abraam he ekgonos ēs, phēsin, kan myrious echēs arithmein patriarchas, diplēn hypostēsę̄ tēn kolasin, akarpos menōn. Apo toutōn tōn rhēmatōn kai telōnas ephobēse, kai he stratiōtikēn dianoian kateseisen, oute eis apognōsin d embalōn, kai rhąthymias apallattōn hapasēs. Meta gar tou phobou kai pollēn paraklēsin e chei to eirēmenon. gar eipein, mē poioun karpon kalon, edeixen hoti to poioun karpon pasēs apēllaktai timōrias. Kai pōs dynēsometha, ,Phēsi, poiēsai karpon, tēs tomēs ( epikeimenēs, kai tou chronou houtōs stenou ontos, kai tēs op othesmias syntetmēmenēs ? Dynēsēę̄, phēsin ou gar toioutos houtos ho karpos, hoios ho tōn dendrōn, chronon anamenōn polyn, kai hōrōn anankais douleuōn, kai pollēs heteras deomenos pragmateias all᾽ arkei thelēsai, kai to dendron eutheōs eblastēsen. Ou gar hē physis tēs rhizēs monon, alla kai hē technē tou geōrgou pros tēn toiautēn ta megista syntelei karpophorian. Dia gar toi touto, hina mē tauta legōsin, hoti thorybeis hē ēmas, kai katepeigeis, kai hē ancheis, axinēn te epititheis. kai tomēn apeilōn, kai prosodous en kairǭ timōrias aitōn, epēgage, deiknys tēn eukolian tēs karpophoria es xgō men hymas baptizō e en hydati ho de ho opisō mou erchomenos, ischyroteros mon estin, hou ouk eimi axios ton himanta tou hypodēmatos lysai autos hymas baptisei e en pneumati hagiǭ kai pyri dia toutōn deiknys, hoti gnōmēs monon deitai kai pisteōs, ou ponōn kai hidrōtōn᾽ kai hōsper eukolon baptisthēnai, houtōs eukolon metablēthēnai kai genesthai ameinous. Kataseisas toinyn autōn tēn dianoian tǭ phobǭ tēs kriseōs kai tę̄ prosdokią tēs kolaseōs, kai tǭ onomati tēs axinēs, kai tę̄ apobolę̄ tōn progonōn, kai tę̄ eisagōgę̄ tōn heterōn teknōn, kai Rh tę̄ diplę̄ timōrią tēs ektomēs kai tou emprēsmou, kai pantothen autōn katamalaxas to sklēron, kai katastēsas eis epithymian tēs apallagēs tōn tosoutōn kakōn, tote eisagei ton peri tou Christou logon kai ouch haplōs, alla meta pollēs tēs hyperochēs. Eita to meson autou kai ekeinou titheis, hi hina mē doxę̄ charizomenos touto legein? apo tēs synkriseōs tōn par᾽ teo teron didomenōn touto kataskeuazei. ou ,Hyar eutheōs eipen, ouk eimi axios autou lysai ton himanta tou hypodēmatos, alla proteron to euteles tou baptismatos tou heantou theis, kai deixas hōs ouden pleon echei tou pros metanoian autous agagein (ou gar eipen, hoti hoxati apheseōs, alla metanoias), tithēsi kai to autou, to tēs aphatou dōbeas gemon. Hina gar mē akousas, phēsin, hoti met᾽ eme erchetai? kataphronēsēs autou hōs hysterou paragenomenou, mathe autou tēs dōreas tēn dynamin, kai eisę̄ saphōs, hoti ouden axion eirēka, oude mega, eipōn, ouk eimi axios lysai ton himanta tou hypodēmatos. Hōste ho hotan akousę̄s, hoti ischyroteros mou esti, mē nomisēs kata synkrisin me touïo eirēkenai. Oude gar eis doulous axios eimi tattesthai ekeinon, oude eis doulous he eschatous? oude to euteles tēs diakonias anadexasthai meros. Dia touto ouch haplōs eipe, ta hypodēmata, all᾽, oude ton himanta hoper eschaton pantōn edokei einai. Eita, hina mē nomisę̄s tapeinophrosynēs einai ta eirēB mena, epagei. kai tēn apo tōn pragmatōn apodeixin e ekeinos ᾿gar hymas, phēsi, baptisei e en pneumati hagiǭ kai pyri» Eides posē tou baptistou hē sophia: Hotan gar autos kēryttē, ta phobera panta legei, kai agōnian emballonta hotan e pros ekeinon pempē? ta chrēsta kai anaktēsasthai Hoikana. Ou gar tēn axinēn, oude to dendron to ekkoptomenon kai kaiomenon. kai eis pyr ballomenon, oute tēn mellousan orgēn eis moson agei, all᾽ hamartēmatōn aphesin. kai timōrias anairesin, kai dikaiosynēn, kai hagiasmon, kai apolytrōsin, kai huiothesian, kai adelphotēta, kai klēronomias koinōnian, kai pneumatos hagiou dapsilē chorēgian. Tauta gar panta hēnixato eipōn baptisei hymas en pneumati agiǭ kai autę̄ tę̄ metaphorą tēs lexeōs. to dapsiles tēs charitos emphainōn᾽ (ou gar eipe, dōsei hymin pneuma hagion, alla : baptisei hymas en pneumati agiǭ᾽ Ē ᾿kai tę̄ epexēŌ gēsei tou pyros palin to sphodron kai akathekton tēs chabitos endeiknymenos.

And he rightly called them a brood of vipers. For that creature is said to come into the light by destroying the one in labor and gnawing through her womb; which these men also did, becoming murderers of father and mother and destroying their teachers with their own hands. But he does not stop at the rebuke; he also brings in counsel: “Bear fruit,” he says, “worthy of repentance.” For it is not enough to flee wickedness; one must also show much virtue. Do not give me the opposite and the usual thing, that being humbled for a short time you return to the same wickedness. For we have not come on the same terms as the prophets before. For present things are changed and loftier, since the Judge himself is coming at last, the Master of the kingdom himself, leading to a greater philosophy, calling to heaven, and drawing us up to the life there. That is why I reveal the discourse about hell too; for both the good things and the painful are immortal. Do not, then, remain in the same things, nor put forward the usual excuses, Abraham, Isaac, Jacob, the nobility of your ancestors. He said this not forbidding them to say that they were from those saints, but forbidding them to trust in this while neglecting virtue of soul; and he brought into the open what was in their mind, and prophesied what was to come. For afterward they are seen saying, “We have Abraham as our father, and have never been slaves to anyone.” Since, then, this was what above all lifted them to arrogance and destroyed them, he first humbles it. And see how he makes the correction with honor toward the patriarch. For having said, “Do not presume to say, We have Abraham as our father,” he did not say, “For the patriarch will be able to profit you nothing,” but hinted at this very thing more gently and kindly, saying: “For God is able from these stones to raise up children to Abraham.”

Some say that he says this of the Gentiles, calling them stones metaphorically; but I say that what was said has another sense as well. What is it? Do not think, he says, that if you perish you will make the patriarch childless. It is not so, it is not so. For God can give him men even from stones and bring them into that kinship; since from the beginning too it happened so. For the coming of a child from that barren womb was like men coming from stones. This is what the prophet hinted at, saying: “Look to the solid rock from which you were hewn, and to the hollow of the pit from which you were dug; look to Abraham your father, and to Sarah who bore you.” He reminds them of this prophecy, then, showing that if from the beginning he made him a father so wonderfully, as if he made him one even from stones, this can happen now too. And see how he both frightens and cuts away. For he did not say that he had already raised them up, lest they despair of themselves, but that he is able to raise them up. And he did not say that he can make men from stones, but what was much greater, kinsmen and children of Abraham. Do you see how he has for the present drawn them away from the bodily notion and from taking refuge in their ancestors, so that they might have the hope of salvation in their own repentance and self-control? Do you see how, casting out kinship of the flesh, he brings in kinship from faith?

Consider, then, how by what follows he increases their fear and heightens the anxiety. For having said, “God is able from these stones to raise up children to Abraham,” he added: “And already the axe is laid at the root of the trees,” making the discourse fearful through everything. For he himself had great boldness from his life, and they needed sharp rebuke, having long since become waste land. For why do I say, he says, that you are about to fall from your kinship with the patriarch and see others, from stones, brought into your precedence? Not even so far does your punishment go; the punishment will go further still. “For already,” he says, “the axe is laid at the root of the trees.” Nothing is more fearful than this figure of speech. For it is no longer a flying sickle, nor the pulling down of a fence, nor the trampling of the vineyard, but an axe sharpened to the utmost, and what is worse, that it is at the doors. For since, disbelieving the prophets continually, they said, “Where is the day of the Lord?” and, “Let the counsel of the Holy One of Israel come, that we may know it,” because what was said often came to pass after many years, leading them away from this comfort too, he sets the terrors near them. And he showed this by saying “already,” and by bringing it to the root. For there is nothing between now, he says; it lies at the very root. And he did not say, at the branches, nor at the fruits, but at the root; showing them that if they were careless they would suffer incurable terrors and would not even have hope of healing. For the one who has come is not a servant as those before, but the Master of all himself, bringing a severe and most powerful punishment. Yet having frightened them again, he does not let them fall into despair; but as above he did not say that he had raised up, but that he is able to raise up children to Abraham, frightening and comforting at once, so here too he did not say that it has touched the root, but that it lies at the root and is in contact with it, and shows no delay. Yet having brought it so near, he makes you masters of the cutting. For if you change and become better, this axe will go away having done nothing; but if you remain in the same things, it will tear the tree up by the roots. For this reason it neither stands away from the root, nor, lying there, cuts: the one so that you may not grow slack, the other so that you may learn that it is possible, changing even in a short time, to be saved. That is why he increases the fear from every side, rousing them and pushing them toward repentance. For to fall from their ancestors, and others to be brought in in their place, and the terrors to be at the doors, and to suffer incurable things, which he showed by both the root and the axe, were enough to rouse even those very slack and make them anxious. This Paul too showed, saying, “For the Lord will make a short work upon the whole world.”

But do not be afraid; or rather, be afraid, but do not despair. For you have hope of change; for the sentence is not final, nor has the axe come to cut (for what prevented it from cutting, being in contact with the root?), but to make you better by this fear and prepare you to bear fruit. That is why he added: “Every tree, then, that does not bear good fruit is cut down and thrown into the fire.” And when he says “every,” he casts out again the precedence from noble birth. For even if you are a descendant of Abraham himself, he says, even if you can count countless patriarchs, you will undergo a double punishment if you remain fruitless. By these words he frightened tax collectors too and shook the soldiers' minds, neither throwing them into despair, and freeing them from all carelessness. For with the fear what was said has much encouragement too. For by saying, “that does not bear good fruit,” he showed that the tree that bears fruit is freed from all punishment. “And how,” someone says, “shall we be able to bear fruit, when the cutting is near, the time so short, and the term cut short?” You will be able, he says; for this fruit is not like that of trees, which waits a long time, is a slave to the necessities of the seasons, and needs much other labor; but it is enough to will, and the tree has at once put forth shoots. For not only the nature of the root, but also the skill of the farmer contributes greatly to such fruit-bearing. For this reason, so that they might not say, “You disturb us, you hurry us, you choke us, putting the axe to us and threatening cutting, and asking for revenues in a time of punishment,” he added, showing the ease of fruit-bearing: “I baptize you with water; but he who comes after me is mightier than I, whose sandal strap I am not worthy to untie; he will baptize you with the Holy Spirit and with fire”; showing by these words that what is needed is only will and faith, not toil and sweat; and as it is easy to be baptized, so it is easy to change and become better.

Having shaken their mind, then, by the fear of the judgment, by the expectation of punishment, by the name of the axe, by the loss of their ancestors, by the bringing in of other children, and by the double punishment of cutting down and burning, and having softened their hardness on every side and set them longing to be freed from such evils, then he brings in the discourse about Christ; and not simply, but with great preeminence. Then, setting out the difference between himself and him, lest he seem to say this as a favor, he establishes it by comparing what each gives. For he did not say at once, “I am not worthy to untie the strap of his sandal,” but first set down the meanness of his own baptism, and showed that it has nothing more than to lead them to repentance (for he did not say, “with water of remission,” but “of repentance”), and then he sets down Christ's, full of the unspeakable gift. For lest, hearing, he says, that he comes after me, you despise him as having come later, learn the power of his gift, and you will know clearly that I have said nothing worthy or great in saying, “I am not worthy to untie the strap of his sandal.” So when you hear, “He is mightier than I,” do not think I said this by way of comparison. For I am not worthy to be ranked even among his servants, not even among the last servants, nor to undertake the meanest part of the service. That is why he did not simply say “the sandals,” but “not even the strap,” which seemed the last of all. Then, so that you may not think what was said belongs to humility, he adds the proof from the facts too: “For he,” he says, “will baptize you with the Holy Spirit and with fire.” Do you see how great the wisdom of the Baptist is? When he himself preaches, he says all the fearful things that cause anxiety; but when he sends them to Christ, the good things able to restore them. For he does not bring into the midst the axe, nor the tree cut down and burned and thrown into the fire, nor the wrath to come, but remission of sins, removal of punishment, righteousness, sanctification, redemption, adoption, brotherhood, a share in the inheritance, and an abundant supply of the Holy Spirit. For he hinted at all these things by saying, “He will baptize you with the Holy Spirit,” showing by the very metaphor of the word the abundance of the grace (for he did not say, “He will give you the Holy Spirit,” but “He will baptize you with the Holy Spirit”); and again by the addition of “fire” showing the vehemence and irresistibility of the grace.

11.5Field 1

᾿Εννόησον γοῦν τίνας εἰκὸς ἣν γενέσθαι τοὺς ἀκούοντας, λογιζομένους ὅ ὅτι κατὰ τοὺς προφήτας αθρόον ἔσονται, καὶ κατὰ τοὺς μεγάλους ἐκείνους. Διὰ γάρ τοι τοῦτο καὶ πυρὸς ἐμνημόνευσεν; ἵνα εἰς ἔννοιαν αὐτοὺς τῆς μνήμης ἐκείνων ἀγάγη. Καὶ γὰρ ὅσαι σχεδὸν αὑτοῖς ὄψεις ἐφάνησαν, αἱ πλείους διὰ πυρὸς ἐφαάνησαν' οὕτω τῷ Μωυσῇ διελέχθη ἐ εν τῇ βάτῳ ὁ θεόν οὕτω τῷ δήμῳ παντὶ ἐν τῷ ὄρει Σινά οὕτω τῷ ᾿Ιεζεκιὴλ ἐπὶ τῶν Χερουβίμ. Σκόπει δὲ πῶς καὶ διεγείρει τὸν ἀκροατὴν, πρότερον μὲν θεὶς ὃ μετὰ Ἑ πάντα ἔμελλε γίνεσθαι. ἥΕδει γὰρ σφαγῆναι τὸν ἀμνὸν, καὶ τὴν ἁμαρτίαν ἀφανισθῆναι, καὶ καταλυθῆναι τὴν ἔχθραν, καὶ τὴν ταφὴν γενέσθαι καὶ τὴν ἀνάστασιν, καὶ τότε τὸ πνεῦμα παραγενέσθαι. Αλλὰ τούτων οὐδὲν λέγει, τέως ἀλλὰ πρῶτον τὸ τελευταῖον, καὶ δι ὃ πάντα ἐκεῖνα ἐγίνετο, καὶ ὃ μάλιστα ἱ ἱκανὸν ἦν αὐτοῦ τὴν ἀξίαν κηρῦξαι ἵν ὅταν ἀκούσῃ ὁ ἀκροατὴς, ὅτι πνεῦμα λήψεται τοσοῦτον, ζητῇ πρὸς ἑαυτὸν, πῶς καὶ τίνι τρόπῳ τοῦτο ἔσται, τῆς ἁμαρτίας οὕτω κρατούσης ἵνα λαβὼν αὐτὸν μεμεριμνημένον, καὶ ἐμπαράσκευον πρὸς τὴν ἀκρύασιν, οὕτω τὸν περὶ τοῦ πάθους εἰσαὙάγῃ λόγον, μηδενὸς λοιπὸν σκανδαλιζομένου τῇ προσδοκίᾳ τῆς τοιαύτης δωρεᾶς. Διὸ πάλιν ἐβόα λόγων Ιι5 οἱ ἠδ ὁ ἀμνὸς τοὺ θεοῦ, ὁ αἴρων τὴν ἁμαρτίαν τοῦ κόσμου. Οὐκ εἶπεν, ὁ ἀφεὶς, ἀλλ᾽ ὃ μείζονος ἢ ἣν κηδεμονίας, ὁ αἴρων. Οὐ γάρ ἐστιν ἴσον ἀφεῖναι ἁπλῶς; καὶ αὐτὸν ἀναλαβεῖν. Τὸ μὲν γὰρ ἐξ ἀκινδύνου ἐ εγίνετο, τὸ δὲ μετὰ θανάτου. Καὶ πάλιν ἔλεγεν, ὅτι υἱὸς τοῦ θεοῦ ἐστιν. ᾿Αλλ᾽ οὐδὲ τοῦτο τρανὴν τοῖς ἀκούουσι τὴν ἀξίαν ἐδήλου (οὐδὲ γὰρ ἤδεσαν οὐδέπω γνήσιον αὐτὸν ἐννοεῖν υἱόν) ἀπὸ δὲ τῆς τοσαύτης, τοῦ πνεύματος δόσεως κἀκεῖνο συνίστατο. Διὰ δὴ τοῦτο καὶ ὁ πατὴρ πέμπων τὸν ᾿Ιωάννην, τοῦτο αὐτῷ δεῖγμα πρῶτον τῆς τοὺ παραγενομένου δέδωκεν ἀξίας, εἰπών' ἐφ᾽ ὃν ἂν ἴδης τὸ πνεῦμα καταβαῖνον καὶ μάνον, οὗτός ἐστιν ὁ βαπτίζων ἐν πνεύματι ἀγίῳ. Διὸ καὶ αὐτός φησιν δγὼ ἑώρακα καὶ μεμαρτύρηκα, ὅ ὅτι οὗτός ἐστιν ὁ υἱὸς τοῦ θεοῦ ὡς ἀπὸ τούτου κἀκείνου λοιπὸν σαφὼς συνισταμένου. Εἴτα, ἐπειδὴ τὰ χρηστὰ εἶπε, καὶ ἀνῆκε τὸν ἀκροατὴν καὶ ἐχάλασε, πάλιν ἐπισφίγγει, ὥστε μὴ γενέσθαι ῥᾷθυμον. Τοιοῦτον γὰρ τὸ γένος τὸ ᾿Ιουδαϊκόν' ὑπὸ τῶν χρηστῶν ἐχαυνοῦντο ῥᾳδίως καὶ χείρους ἐγίνοντο. Διόπερ πάλιν ἐπάγει τὰ φοβερὰ, λέγων' 5. οὗ τὸ πτύον ἐν τῆ χειρὶ αὐτοῦ. ᾿Ανωτόρω μὲν γὰρ τὴν κόλασιν εἷπεν᾽ ἐνταῦθα δὲ καὶ τὸν κριτήν δείκνυσι, καὶ τὴν ,Τιμωρίαν ἀθάνατον εἰσάγει ὰ κατακαύσει γάρ; φησὶ, τὸ ἄχυρον πυρὶ ἀσβέστῳ. Ὁρᾷς αὐτὸν τὸν τῶν πραγμάτων κύριον, καὶ αὐτὸν ὄντα τὸν γεωργὸν, κἂν τὸν πατέρα ἀλλαχοῦ ταὐτὸ λέγη 6: ὁ πατήρ μου γάρ, φησὶν, ὁ γεωργός ἐστιν ἢ Ἐπειδὴ γὰρ εἶπεν, ἀξίνη, ἵνα μὴ νομίσῃς πόνου δεῖσθαι τὸ πρᾶγμα, καὶ δυσδιάκριτον εἶναι, ἐξ ἑτέρου παραδείγματος καὶ τὴν εὐκολίαν εἰσάγει, ἱκνὺς πάντα αὐτοῦ τὸν κόσμον ὄντα οὐ γὰρ ἂν τοὺς μὴ }) ἑαντοῦ ἐκόλασες. Νῦν μὲν οὖν πάντα ἀναμέμικται κἂν φαίνηται διαλάμπων ὁ σῖτος, ἀλλ᾽ ὅμως μετὰ τῶν ἀχύρων κεῖται, ὡς ἐν ἅλωνι, οὐχ. ὡς ἐν ἀποθήκῃ τότε δὲ πολλὴ ἔσται ἡ διάκρισις. Ποῦ νῦν εἰσιν οἱ τῇ γεέννη διαπιστοῦντες: Καὶ γὰρ δύο τέθεικε, καὶ ὅτι βαπτίσει πνεύματι ἁγίῳ, καὶ ὅτι κατακαύσει τοὺς ἀπειθοῦντας. Εἰ τοίνυν ἐκεῖνο πισ- (75 τὸν, καὶ τοῦτο πάντως. Διὰ Ὑ γὰρ τοῦτο ἐφεξῆς τὰς δύο προῤῥήσεις τέθεικεν, ἵνα ἀπὸ τῆς ἤδη γενομένης καὶ τὴν μηδέπω συμβᾶσαν πιστώσηται. Καὶ γὰρ καὶ ὁ Χριστὸς πολλαχοῦ τοῦτο ποιεῖ; πολλάκις μὲν ἐπὶ τῶν αὐτῶν πραγμάτων, πολλάκις δὲ ἐπὶ τῶν ἐναντίων, δύο τιθεὶς προφητείας, καὶ τὴν μὲν ἐνταῦθα παρεχόμενος, τὴν δὲ ἐν τῷ μέλλοντι ὑπισχνούμενος, ἵνα ἀπὸ τῆς ἤδη γενομένης καὶ τῇ μηδέπω γενομένῃ πιστεύσωσιν οἱ Φιλονεικότεροι. Καὶ γὰρ τοῖς δε αὐτὸν ἀποδυομένοις τὰ ὄντα πάντα ἑκατονταπλασίονα ὑπέσχετο δώσειν ἐν τῷ παρόντι βίῳ, καὶ ζωὴν αἰώνιον ἐν τῷ μέλλοντι, ἀπὸ τῶν ἤδη δοθέντων καὶ τὰ μέλλοντα ἀξισπὶσ τὰ καθιστάς. Ὃ δὴ καὶ ᾿Ιωάννης ἐνταῦθα πεποίηκε δύο θεὶς, ὃ ὅτι καὶ βαπτίσει πνεύματι ἁγίῳ, καὶ κατακαύσει πυρὶ ἀσβέστῳ.

᾿Ennoēson goun tinas eikos hēn genesthai tous akouontas, logizomenous ho hoti kata tous prophētas athroon esontai, kai kata tous megalous ekeinous. Dia gar toi touto kai pyros emnēmoneusen? hina eis ennoian autous tēs mnēmēs ekeinōn agagē. Kai gar hosai schedon hautois opseis ephanēsan, hai pleious dia pyros ephaanēsan' houtō tǭ Mōysę̄ dielechthē e en tę̄ batǭ ho theon houtō tǭ dēmǭ panti en tǭ orei Sina houtō tǭ ᾿Iezekiēl epi tōn Cheroubim. Skopei de pōs kai diegeirei ton akroatēn, proteron men theis ho meta He panta emelle ginesthai. hēEdei gar sphagēnai ton amnon, kai tēn hamartian aphanisthēnai, kai katalythēnai tēn echthran, kai tēn taphēn genesthai kai tēn anastasin, kai tote to pneuma paragenesthai. Alla toutōn ouden legei, teōs alla prōton to teleutaion, kai di ho panta ekeina egineto, kai ho malista hi hikanon ēn autou tēn axian kēryxai hin hotan akousę̄ ho akroatēs, hoti pneuma lēpsetai tosouton, zētę̄ pros heauton, pōs kai tini tropǭ touto estai, tēs hamartias houtō kratousēs hina labōn auton memerimnēmenon, kai emparaskeuon pros tēn akryasin, houtō ton peri tou pathous eisaUagę̄ logon, mēdenos loipon skandalizomenou tę̄ prosdokią tēs toiautēs dōreas. Dio palin eboa logōn Ii5 hoi ēd ho amnos tou theou, ho airōn tēn hamartian tou kosmou. Ouk eipen, ho apheis, all᾽ ho meizonos ē hēn kēdemonias, ho airōn. Ou gar estin ison apheinai haplōs? kai auton analabein. To men gar ex akindynou e egineto, to de meta thanatou. Kai palin elegen, hoti huios tou theou estin. ᾿All᾽ oude touto tranēn tois akouousi tēn axian edēlou (oude gar ēdesan oudepō gnēsion auton ennoein huion) apo de tēs tosautēs, tou pneumatos doseōs kakeino synistato. Dia dē touto kai ho patēr pempōn ton ᾿Iōannēn, touto autǭ deigma prōton tēs tou paragenomenou dedōken axias, eipōn' eph᾽ hon an idēs to pneuma katabainon kai manon, houtos estin ho baptizōn en pneumati agiǭ. Dio kai autos phēsin dgō heōraka kai memartyrēka, ho hoti houtos estin ho huios tou theou hōs apo toutou kakeinou loipon saphōs synistamenou. Eita, epeidē ta chrēsta eipe, kai anēke ton akroatēn kai echalase, palin episphingei, hōste mē genesthai rhąthymon. Toiouton gar to genos to ᾿Ioudaïkon' hypo tōn chrēstōn echaunounto rhądiōs kai cheirous eginonto. Dioper palin epagei ta phobera, legōn' 5. hou to ptyon en tē cheiri autou. ᾿Anōtorō men gar tēn kolasin heipen᾽ entautha de kai ton kritēn deiknysi, kai tēn ,Timōrian athanaton eisagei a katakausei gar? phēsi, to achyron pyri asbestǭ. Horąs auton ton tōn pragmatōn kyrion, kai auton onta ton geōrgon, kan ton patera allachou tauto legē 6: ho patēr mou gar, phēsin, ho geōrgos estin ē Epeidē gar eipen, axinē, hina mē nomisę̄s ponou deisthai to pragma, kai dysdiakriton einai, ex heterou paradeigmatos kai tēn eukolian eisagei, hiknys panta autou ton kosmon onta ou gar an tous mē }) heantou ekolases. Nyn men oun panta anamemiktai kan phainētai dialampōn ho sitos, all᾽ homōs meta tōn achyrōn keitai, hōs en halōni, ouch. hōs en apothēkę̄ tote de pollē estai hē diakrisis. Pou nyn eisin hoi tę̄ geennē diapistountes: Kai gar dyo tetheike, kai hoti baptisei pneumati hagiǭ, kai hoti katakausei tous apeithountas. Ei toinyn ekeino pis- (75 ton, kai touto pantōs. Dia Hy gar touto ephexēs tas dyo prorrhēseis tetheiken, hina apo tēs ēdē genomenēs kai tēn mēdepō symbasan pistōsētai. Kai gar kai ho Christos pollachou touto poiei? pollakis men epi tōn autōn pragmatōn, pollakis de epi tōn enantiōn, dyo titheis prophēteias, kai tēn men entautha parechomenos, tēn de en tǭ mellonti hypischnoumenos, hina apo tēs ēdē genomenēs kai tę̄ mēdepō genomenę̄ pisteusōsin hoi Philoneikoteroi. Kai gar tois de auton apodyomenois ta onta panta hekatontaplasiona hypescheto dōsein en tǭ paronti biǭ, kai zōēn aiōnion en tǭ mellonti, apo tōn ēdē dothentōn kai ta mellonta axispis ta kathistas. Ho dē kai ᾿Iōannēs entautha pepoiēke dyo theis, ho hoti kai baptisei pneumati hagiǭ, kai katakausei pyri asbestǭ.

Consider, then, how the hearers were likely to feel, reckoning that they would suddenly become like the prophets and like those great men. For this is why he mentioned fire too, to bring them to the memory of those men. For almost all the visions that appeared to them, most appeared through fire: so God spoke to Moses in the bush; so to the whole people on Mount Sinai; so to Ezekiel on the cherubim. And consider how he rouses the hearer, setting first what was to happen after everything. For the Lamb had to be slain, sin wiped out, the enmity undone, the burial and the resurrection take place, and then the Spirit come. But for the present he says none of these, but first the last thing, for whose sake all those things happened, and which above all could proclaim his dignity; so that when the hearer hears that he will receive so great a Spirit, he may ask himself how and in what way this will be, while sin so prevails; so that, taking him thoughtful and prepared to listen, he might bring in the discourse about the passion, no one being offended any longer, in the expectation of such a gift. That is why he cried out again, saying, “Behold the Lamb of God, who takes away the sin of the world.” He did not say, “who forgives,” but what was of greater care, “who takes away.” For it is not the same thing simply to forgive and to take it up oneself. For the one was done without danger, the other with death. And again he said that he is the Son of God. But not even this made his dignity plain to the hearers (for they did not yet know how to think of him as the genuine Son); but from so great a giving of the Spirit this too was established. That is why the Father too, in sending John, gave him this as the first sign of the dignity of the one who was coming, saying: “On whomever you see the Spirit descending and remaining, this is the one who baptizes with the Holy Spirit.” That is why he himself also says, “I have seen and have borne witness that this is the Son of God,” as though that too was clearly established from this.

Then, since he had spoken the good things, and had relaxed and loosened the hearer, he tightens him again, so that he may not become careless. For such was the Jewish race: by good things they were easily slackened and became worse. That is why he brings in the fearful things again, saying, “whose winnowing fork is in his hand.” For above he spoke of the punishment; but here he shows the judge too and brings in the immortal punishment: “For he will burn up the chaff,” he says, “with unquenchable fire.” Do you see him as the Lord of all things, and himself the farmer, even if elsewhere he says this of the Father? “For my Father,” he says, “is the farmer.” For since he had said “axe,” lest you think the matter needed toil and was hard to sort out, he brings in its ease too by another example, showing that the whole world is his; for he would not have punished those who were not his. Now, then, all things are mixed together; for even if the wheat appears shining, it lies with the chaff as on a threshing floor, not as in a granary; but then there will be a great separation.

Where now are those who disbelieve in hell? For he set down two things: that he will baptize with the Holy Spirit, and that he will burn up the disobedient. If, then, that is credible, this certainly is too. For this is why he set the two predictions side by side, so that from the one already fulfilled he might confirm the one not yet come to pass. For Christ too does this in many places, often about the same things and often about opposite things, setting down two prophecies, and fulfilling one here and promising the other in the future, so that from the one already fulfilled the more contentious may believe the one not yet fulfilled. For to those who strip themselves of all their possessions for him he promised to give a hundredfold in the present life and eternal life in the future, making the future things credible from what had already been given. This John too has done here, setting down two things: that he will baptize with the Holy Spirit, and that he will burn up with unquenchable fire.

11.6Field 1

Εἰ τοίνυν μῇ ἐβάπτισε᾽ πνεύματι τοὺς ἀποστόλους καὶ πάντας καθ᾽ ἑκάστην ἡμέραν τοὺς βουλομένους, ἔχοις ἂν καὶ περὶ ἐκείνων ἀμφιβάλλειν εἰ δὲ τὸ μεῖζον καὶ δυσκολώτερον εἶναι δοκοῦν, καὶ πάντα ὑπερβαῖνον λόγον, καὶ γέγονε καὶ καθ᾽ ἑκάστην γίνεται, πῶς τὸ εὔκολον καὶ κατὰ λόγον γινόμενον οὐ φὴς εἶναι ἀληθές; Ἐπειδὴ γάρ εἶπεν, ὅτι βαπτίσει πνεύματι ἁγίῳ καὶ πυρὶ, καὶ μεγάλα ᾿ἐντεῦθεν ὑπέσχετο ἀγαθὰ, ἵ ἵνα μὴ ἀναπέσῃς τῶν προτέρων ἁπάντων ἀφεθεὶς, ἐπήγαγε τὸ πτύον, καὶ τὴν διὰ τούτου κρίσιν ἐμφαινομένην. Μὴ γὰρ δὴ νομίσητε, φησὶν, ἀρκεῖν τὸ ᾿βάπτισμα, εἰ φαῦλοι μετὰ ταῦτα γένοισθε δεῖ γὰρ ἡμῖν καὶ ἀρετῆς καὶ πολλῆς τῆς φιλοσοφίας. Διὰ τοῦτο εἰς μὲν τὴν χάριν καὶ τὸ λουτρὸν ἀπὸ τῆς ἀξίνης αὐτοὺς ὠθεῖ μετὰ δὲ τὴν χάριν. ἀπὸ τοῦ πτύου καὶ τοῦ πυρὸς τοῦ ἀσβέστου ἰρπε καὶ τῶν μὲν πρὸ τοὺ βαπτίσματος οὐδεμίαν ποιεῖται ἰάκρισιν, ἀλλ᾽ ἁπλῶς, πᾶν δένδρον μὴ ποιοῦν καρπὸν καλὸν ἐκκόπτεται, φησὶ, τοὺς ἀπίστους ἅπαντας κολάζων’ μετὰ δὲ τὸ βάπτισμα διαίρεσίν τινα ἐργάζεται, ἐπειδὴ πολλοὶ τῶν πιστευσάντων ἀνάξιον ἔμελλον τῆς πίστεως ἐπιδείκνυσθαι βίον. Μηδεὶς τοίνυν γινέσθω ἄχυρον, μηδεὶς εὑρίπιστος ἔστω, μηδὲ ταῖς πονηραῖς ἐπιθυμίαις προκείσθω, πανταχοῦ ῥᾳδίως ὑ ὑπ᾽ αὐτῶν ἀναρβῥιπιζόμενος. Ὧν μὲν γὰρ μείνης σῖτος, κἀν πειρασμὸς ἐπενοχθῆ, οὐδὲν πείσῃ δεινόν καὶ γὰρ κατὰ τὴν ἅλω τῆς «ἁμάξης οἱ τροχοὶ οἱ πριστηροειδεῖς τὸν σῖτον οὐ διατέμνουσιν' ἀν δὲ εἰς ἀχύρου μεταπέσης ἀσθένειαν, καὶ ἐνταῦθα ἀνήκεστα πείσῃ κοπτόμενος ὑπὸ πάντων, καὶ ἐκεῖ τήν ἀθάνατον κὁ ὑποστήσῃ κόλασιν. Οἱ γὰρ τοιοῦτοι πάντες καὶ πρὸ τῆς ἐκεῖ καμίνου τροφὴ τοῖς ἀλόγοις γίνονται ἐνταῦθα πάθεσιν, ὥσπερ τὸ ἄχυρον τοῖς ἀλόγοις ζώοις καὶ ἐκεῖ πάλιν ὕλη καὶ τροφὴ τῷ πυρί. Τὸ μὲν οὖν εἰπεῖν ἐξ εὐθείας, ὅτι αὐτὸς δικάσει τοῖς γινομένοις, οὐχ οὕτως ἐποίει εὐπαράδεκτον τὸν λόγον τὸ δὲ ἀναμίξαι τὴν παραβυλὴν, καὶ διὰ ταύτης κατασκευάσαι τὸ πᾶν, μᾶλλον ὅπειθε καὶ μετὰ πλείονος παραμυθίας ἐφείλκετο τὸν ἀκροατήν. Διὸ καὶ τὰ πλείονα οὕτως αὐτοῖς ο αὐτὸς διαλέγεται, ἅλωνα, καὶ ἀμητὸν, καὶ ἀμπελῶνα, καὶ ληνὸν, καὶ ἄρουραν, καὶ σαγήνην, καὶ ἁλείαν, καὶ πάντα τὰ συνήθη καὶ ἐν οἷς ἐστρέφοντο, τοῖς λόγοις μυγνὺν τοῖς αὐτοῦ. Ὅπερ οὖν καὶ ὁ βαπτιστὴς ἐ ἐνταῦθα πεποίηκε; καὶ ἀπόδειξιν μεγίστην παρέσχετο τῶν εἰρημένων, τὴν τοὺ πνεύματος δόσιν. Ὁ γὰρ τοσαῦτα δυγάμενος, ὡς καὶ ἁμαρτήματα ἀφεῖναι, καὶ πνεῦμα δοῦναι, καὶ ταῦτα πολλῷ μᾶλλον δυνήσεται, φησίν. Εἶδες πῶς ἤδη τὸ μυστήριον ἀκολούθως προκατεβάλλετο τῆς ἀναστάσεως καὶ τῆς κρίσεως : Καὶ τίνος ἕνεκεν, φησὶν, οὐκ εἶπε τὰ εὐθέως ἐσόμενα παρ αὐτοῦ σημεῖα καὶ τέρατα: Ὅτι τοῦτο μεῖζον ἁπάντων ἣν, καὶ διὰ ἡ τοῦτο πάντα εκεῖνα ἐγίνετο. Γὸ γὰρ κεφάλαιον θεὶς, πάντα περιέλαβε: θανάτου λύσιν, ἀμαρ- τημάτων ἀναίρεσιν, κατάρας ἀφανισμὸν, τῶν χρονίων πολέμων ἀπαλλαγὴν, τὴν εἰς τὸν παράδεισον εἴσοδον, τὴν εἰς οὐρανοὺς ἄνοδον, τὴν μετὰ ἀγγέλων πολιτείαν, τὴν τῶν μολλόντων ἀγαθῶν κοινωνίαν᾽ καὶ γὰρ οὗτος ἀῤῥαβὼν ἐκείνων ἐστίν. Εἰπὼν τοίνυν τοῦτο, εἶπε καὶ τὴν τῶν σωμάτων ἀνάστασιν, καὶ τὴν τῶν ἐνταῦθα σημείων ἐπίδειξιν, καὶ τὴν τῆς βασιλείας κοινωνίαν, καὶ τὰ ἀγαθὰ, (ὁ ἃ ὀφθαλμὸς οὐκ εἶδε, καὶ οὖς οὐκ ἤκουσε, καὶ ἐπὶ καρδίαν ἀνθρώπου οὐκ ἀνέβη. Πάντα γὰρ ταῦτα δι ἐκείνου τοῦ χαρίσματος ἡμῖν. παρέσχετο. Περιττὸν τοίνυν ἣν περὶ τών σημείων εἰπεῖν τῶν εὐθέως ἐκβησομένων, καὶ τῇ ὄψει κρινομένων ἀλλ᾽ ὑπὲρ ἐκείνων ἔδει διαλεχθῆναι, ὧν ἀμφέβαλλον' οἷον: ὅτι υἱὸς θεοὺ ἐστιν, ὅτι ὑπερέχων τοῦ ᾿Ιωάννου ἀσυγκρίτως, ὅτι αἴρει τὴν ἁμαρτίαν τοῦ κόσμου; ὅτι δίκην ἀπαιτήσει τῶν πεπραγμένων, ὅτι οὐ μέχρι τοῦ παρόντος τὰ ἡμέτερα, ἀλλ᾽ ἐκεῖ τὴν ἀξίαν ἕ ἕκαστος ὑποστήσεται τιμωρίαν. Ταῦτα γὰρ ὄψει παραστῆσαι τέως οὐκ ἦν.

Ei toinyn mę̄ ebaptise᾽ pneumati tous apostolous kai pantas kath᾽ hekastēn hēmeran tous boulomenous, echois an kai peri ekeinōn amphiballein ei de to meizon kai dyskolōteron einai dokoun, kai panta hyperbainon logon, kai gegone kai kath᾽ hekastēn ginetai, pōs to eukolon kai kata logon ginomenon ou phēs einai alēthes? Epeidē gar eipen, hoti baptisei pneumati hagiǭ kai pyri, kai megala ᾿enteuthen hypescheto agatha, hi hina mē anapesę̄s tōn proterōn hapantōn aphetheis, epēgage to ptyon, kai tēn dia toutou krisin emphainomenēn. Mē gar dē nomisēte, phēsin, arkein to ᾿baptisma, ei phauloi meta tauta genoisthe dei gar hēmin kai aretēs kai pollēs tēs philosophias. Dia touto eis men tēn charin kai to loutron apo tēs axinēs autous ōthei meta de tēn charin. apo tou ptyou kai tou pyros tou asbestou irpe kai tōn men pro tou baptismatos oudemian poieitai iakrisin, all᾽ haplōs, pan dendron mē poioun karpon kalon ekkoptetai, phēsi, tous apistous hapantas kolazōn’ meta de to baptisma diairesin tina ergazetai, epeidē polloi tōn pisteusantōn anaxion emellon tēs pisteōs epideiknysthai bion. Mēdeis toinyn ginesthō achyron, mēdeis heuripistos estō, mēde tais ponērais epithymiais prokeisthō, pantachou rhądiōs hy hyp᾽ autōn anarbrhipizomenos. Hōn men gar meinēs sitos, kan peirasmos epenochthē, ouden peisę̄ deinon kai gar kata tēn halō tēs «hamaxēs hoi trochoi hoi pristēroeideis ton siton ou diatemnousin' an de eis achyrou metapesēs astheneian, kai entautha anēkesta peisę̄ koptomenos hypo pantōn, kai ekei tēn athanaton ko hypostēsę̄ kolasin. Hoi gar toioutoi pantes kai pro tēs ekei kaminou trophē tois alogois ginontai entautha pathesin, hōsper to achyron tois alogois zōois kai ekei palin hylē kai trophē tǭ pyri. To men oun eipein ex eutheias, hoti autos dikasei tois ginomenois, ouch houtōs epoiei euparadekton ton logon to de anamixai tēn parabylēn, kai dia tautēs kataskeuasai to pan, mallon hopeithe kai meta pleionos paramythias epheilketo ton akroatēn. Dio kai ta pleiona houtōs autois o autos dialegetai, halōna, kai amēton, kai ampelōna, kai lēnon, kai arouran, kai sagēnēn, kai haleian, kai panta ta synēthē kai en hois estrephonto, tois logois mygnyn tois autou. Hoper oun kai ho baptistēs e entautha pepoiēke? kai apodeixin megistēn parescheto tōn eirēmenōn, tēn tou pneumatos dosin. Ho gar tosauta dygamenos, hōs kai hamartēmata apheinai, kai pneuma dounai, kai tauta pollǭ mallon dynēsetai, phēsin. Eides pōs ēdē to mystērion akolouthōs prokateballeto tēs anastaseōs kai tēs kriseōs : Kai tinos heneken, phēsin, ouk eipe ta eutheōs esomena par autou sēmeia kai terata: Hoti touto meizon hapantōn hēn, kai dia hē touto panta ekeina egineto. Go gar kephalaion theis, panta perielabe: thanatou lysin, amar- tēmatōn anairesin, kataras aphanismon, tōn chroniōn polemōn apallagēn, tēn eis ton paradeison eisodon, tēn eis ouranous anodon, tēn meta angelōn politeian, tēn tōn mollontōn agathōn koinōnian᾽ kai gar houtos arrhabōn ekeinōn estin. Eipōn toinyn touto, eipe kai tēn tōn sōmatōn anastasin, kai tēn tōn entautha sēmeiōn epideixin, kai tēn tēs basileias koinōnian, kai ta agatha, (ho ha ophthalmos ouk eide, kai ous ouk ēkouse, kai epi kardian anthrōpou ouk anebē. Panta gar tauta di ekeinou tou charismatos hēmin. parescheto. Peritton toinyn hēn peri tōn sēmeiōn eipein tōn eutheōs ekbēsomenōn, kai tę̄ opsei krinomenōn all᾽ hyper ekeinōn edei dialechthēnai, hōn ampheballon' hoion: hoti huios theou estin, hoti hyperechōn tou ᾿Iōannou asynkritōs, hoti airei tēn hamartian tou kosmou? hoti dikēn apaitēsei tōn pepragmenōn, hoti ou mechri tou parontos ta hēmetera, all᾽ ekei tēn axian he hekastos hypostēsetai timōrian. Tauta gar opsei parastēsai teōs ouk ēn.

If, then, he had not baptized the apostles with the Spirit, and every day all who wish, you might doubt those things too; but if what seems greater and harder and surpassing all reason both has happened and happens every day, how do you say that what is easy and happens according to reason is not true? For since he said that he will baptize with the Holy Spirit and with fire, and promised great good things from this, lest you grow slack, released from all former sins, he added the winnowing fork and the judgment shown by it. For do not think, he says, that baptism is enough, if you become wicked afterward; for we need virtue and much philosophy. That is why he pushes them toward the grace and the washing by the axe, and after the grace by the winnowing fork and the unquenchable fire. And of those before baptism he makes no distinction, but simply, “Every tree that does not bear good fruit is cut down,” he says, punishing all the unbelievers; but after baptism he makes a separation, since many of those who believed were going to show a life unworthy of the faith. Let no one, then, become chaff; let no one be easily blown about, nor lie open to wicked desires, easily fanned up by them everywhere. For if you remain wheat, even if temptation comes, you will suffer nothing terrible; for on the threshing floor the saw-toothed wheels of the cart do not cut the wheat; but if you fall into the weakness of chaff, you will both suffer incurable things here, cut by everyone, and undergo the immortal punishment there. For all such people, even before the furnace there, become food here for irrational passions, as chaff for irrational animals, and there again material and food for the fire. Now to say outright that he will judge what is done would not have made the discourse so easy to receive; but mixing in the parable and establishing the whole by it persuaded more and drew the hearer with greater comfort. That is why Christ too speaks to them mostly in this way, mixing into his words threshing floor and harvest, vineyard and winepress, field and net and fishing, and all the familiar things among which they lived. This the Baptist has done here too, and he has provided the greatest proof of what he said, the giving of the Spirit. For the one able to do such great things as to forgive sins and give the Spirit will be much more able to do these things too, he says. Do you see how he already laid down beforehand, in due order, the mystery of the resurrection and the judgment?

“And why,” someone says, “did he not speak of the signs and wonders that were soon to come from him?” Because this was greater than all, and for its sake all those things happened. For by setting down the chief point he included everything: the undoing of death, the removal of sins, the wiping out of the curse, release from the long wars, entry into paradise, ascent to heaven, citizenship with angels, sharing in the good things to come; for this is a pledge of those. Having said this, then, he spoke also of the resurrection of bodies, the display of signs here, the sharing in the kingdom, and the good things “which eye has not seen, nor ear heard, nor have entered into the heart of man”; for he provided all these to us through that gift. It was superfluous, then, to speak of the signs that were soon to come and would be judged by sight; but he had to speak of the things they doubted: that he is the Son of God, that he surpasses John beyond comparison, that he takes away the sin of the world, that he will exact a penalty for what has been done, that our affairs do not end with the present, but there each will undergo the punishment he deserves. For these things could not for the present be shown to sight.

11.7Field 1

᾿Ταυτ᾽ οὐν εἰδότες, πολλῇ τῇ σπουδῇ χρώμεθα, ἕ ἕως ἂν ὦμεν ἐν τῇ ἅλωνι καὶ γὰρ ἔξεστιν ἐνταῦθα οὖσι καὶ εξ ἀχύρου μεταβαλέσθαι εἰς σῖτον, ὥσπερ οὖν καὶ ἀπὸ σίτου 9) πολλοὶ γεγόνασιν ἄχυρον. Μὴ τοίνυν ἀναπέσωμεν, μηδὲ ἀνέμῳ παντὶ περιφερώμεθα, μηδὲ τῶν ἀδελφῶν ἀποσχιζώμεθα τῶν ἡμοτέρων, κἂν μικροὶ δοκῶσιν εἶναι, καὶ εὐτελεῖς ἐπεὶ καὶ ὁ σῖτος τοῦ ἀχύρον κατὰ μὲν τὸ μέτρον ἐλάττων, κατὰ δὲ τὴν φύσιν βελτίων. Μὴ δὴ τὰς ἔξωθεν φαντασίας ἴδης τῷ πυρὶ γάρ εἰσι παρεσκευασμέναι ἀλλὰ τὴν κατὰ θεὸν ταπεινότητα, τὴν στεῤῥὰν ταύτην καὶ ἀδιάλντον, καὶ τμηθῆναι μὴ δυναμένην, μηδὲ ὑπὸ τοῦ πυρὸς καιομένην. Διὰ γὰρ τούτους καὶ τῷ ἀχύρῳ μακροθυμεῖ, ἵνα ἀπὸ τῆς πρὸς αὐτοὺς Ἑ ὁμιλίας βελτίους γένωνται. Διὰ τοῦτο οὕπω κρίσις, ἵνα κοινῆ πάντες στεφανωθώμεν, ἵνα ἀπὸ πονηρίας πολλοὶ ἥ' μεταβληθῶσιν εἰς ἀρετήν. Φρίξωμεν τοίνυν; τῆς παραβολῆς ταύτῆς ἀκούοντες. Καὶ γὰρ ἄσβεστόν ἐ ἐστιν ἐκεῖνο τὸ πῦρ. Καὶ πώς, φησὶν, ἄσβεστον: : Οὐχ ὁρᾷς τοντονὶ τὸν ἥλιον καιόμενον ἀεὶ; καὶ μηδέποτε σβεννύμενον : οὐκ εἶδες τὴν βάτον καιομένην, καὶ μὴ κατακαιομένην ; Εἰ τοίνυν καὶ αὐτὸς βούλει διαφυγεῖν τὴν φλόγα, τὴν ἐλεημοσύνην προαπόθου, καὶ οὕτως οὐδὲ πειραν λήψη τοῦ πυρὸς ἐκείνου. Αν μὲν γὰρ Ὡς : , Δι. ἐνταῦθα πιστεύσης τοῖς λεγομένοις, οὐδὲ ὄψει τὴν κάμινον ταύτην, ἀπελθὼν ἐκεῖσε' ἐὰν δὲ ἀπιστήσης αὐτῆ νῦν, ἐκεῖ διὰ τῆ ἴ ὃς, ὅτε οὐδὲ ὃ νεῖν δυνατό ὶ ιά τῆς πείρας εἴσῃ καλὼς, ὅτε ἤουὸδέ διαφυγεῖν δυνατὸν. Και γὰρ ἀπαραίτητος ἡ κόλασις τοῖς οὐκ ὀρθὸν ἐπιδεδειγμένοις ῇ βίον. Οὐδὲ γὰρ ἀρκεῖ τὸ πιστεῦσαι μόνον, ἐπεὶ καὶ δαίμονες ῳ φρίττουσι τὸν θεὸν, αλλὰ καὶ οὕτω τιμωρηθήσονται. Διὸ πολλῆς ἡμῖν τῆς κατὰ τὸν βίον επιμελείας δεῖ. Διὰ γαρ τοῦτο καὶ ἐνταῦθα ὑμᾶς συνεχῶς συνάγομεν, οὐχ ἵνα εἰσέλθητε μόνον, ἀλλ᾽ ἵνα τι καὶ καρπώσησθε τῆς ἐνταῦθα ὀιατριβῆς [Ω , ἄν δὲ παραγίνησθε μὲν αεὶ, μηδὲν δὲ ἐντεῦθεν καρπούμενοι ἀναχωρῆτε, οὐδὲν τῆς ἐνταῦθα εἰσόδον καὶ προσεδρείας εσται ; Ἁ τι πλέον. Εἰ γὰρ παιδία προς διδασκάλους πέμποντες, ἂν ς΄ ἴδωμεν ἐκεῖθεν μηδὲν καρπούμενα, σφοδροὶ κατήγοροι τῶν διδασκάλων γινόμεθα, καὶ πρὸς ἑτέρους αὐτὰ μεθίσταμεν πολλάκις τίνα ἕξομεν ἀπολογίαν, μηδὲ ὅσην ἐν τοῖς γηΐνοις τούτοις, τοσαύτην τῇ ἀρετῇ παρέχοντες τὴν σπουδὴν, ἀλλὰ κενὰς ἀεὶ τὰς δέλτους οἴκαδε φέροντες ; Καίτοι καὶ πλείους καὶ μείζους ἐνταῦθα οἱ διδάσκαλοι. Καὶ γὰρ προφήτας, καὶ ἀποστόλους, καὶ πατριάρχας, καὶ δικαίους ἅπαντας καθ᾽ ἑκάστην ὑμῖν εφιστώμεν εκκλησίαν διδασκάλους. Καὶ οὐδὲ οὕτω ἢ Δ) δύ γίνεταί τι πλεον᾽ αλλα ἂν ὀὐο ψαλμοὺς ἡ τρεις υπηχήσαντες, καὶ τὰς συνήθεις εὐχὰς ἁπλῶς καὶ ὡς ετυχε ποιούμενοι διαλυθῆτε, νομίζετε ἀρκεῖν τοῦτο εἰς σωτηρίαν ὑμῖν. Οὐκ ἠκούσατε σ΄. ὅθ τοῦ προφήτου λέγοντος, μᾶλλον δὲ τοῦ θεοῦ διὰ τοῦ προφήτου, ὅτι δ ὁ λαὸς οὗτος τοῖς χείλεσί με τιμᾷ, ἡ δὲ καρδία αὐτῶν πόῤῥω ἀπέχει ἀπ᾽ ἐμοῦ Ἵν οὖν τοῦτο μὴ γένηται καὶ εφ ἡμῶν, ἐξάλειψον τὰ ραμματα, μᾶλλον δὲ τὰ χαράγματα, ἅπερ ὁ διάβολος ἐνετύπωσέ σου τῇ ψυχῆ, καὶ φέρε μοι καρδίαν βιωτικῶν ἀπηλλαγμένην θορύβων, ἵνα μετὰ αδείας Ὁ ἃ βούλομαι ἐγγράψω. Ὥς νῦν γε οὐδὲν ἕτερόν ἐστι γινώἌἉ σκειν, ἢ τὰ ὀκείνου Ὕραμματα, ἁρπαγάς; πλεονεξίας, φθόνον, δὴ δέ τὴ βασκανίαν. Διὰ δῆ τοῦτο, ὅταν τὰς δέλτους λαβω τὰς ὑμετέρας, οὐδὲ ἀναγνῶναι δύναμαι. Οὐ γὰρ εὑρίσκω τὰ γράμματα, ἅπερ ἡμεῖς κατὰ κυριακὴν ἐγγραφυντες ὑμῖν ἀφίεμεν᾽ αλλ᾽ ἕτερα ανθ᾽ ἑτέρων, ἄσημα καὶ λεστραμμένα. Εἶτα, ὅταν ἐξαλείψαντες αὐτὰ, γράψωμεν τὰ ἀπὸ τοῦ πνεύΕ, ματος, ἀπελθόντες ὑμεῖς, καὶ ταις ἀρβυλιρῖες ἐνεργείαις δόντες τὰς καρδίας ὁ υμῶν, παρέχετε ἐκείνῳ πάλιν τὰ ἑαυτοῦ ἀντεγγράφειν ὑμῖν. Τί οὖν ἔσται τούτων τὸ πέρας, κἂν ἐγὼ μὴ λέξω, τὸ ἑκάστου συνειδὸς οἶδεν. ᾿Εγὼ μὲν γὰρ οὐ παύσομαι τὸ ἐμαυτοῦ ποιῶν, καὶ τὰ ὀρθὰ γράμματα ἐγγράφων. Εἰ δὲ ὑμεῖς λυμαίνεσθε ἡμῶν τὴν σπουδὴν, ἡμῖν μὲν ὁ μισθὸς ἀκίνητος, ὑμῖν δὲ οὐ μικρὸς ὁ κίνδυνος. Ἀλλ᾽ οὐδὲν βούλομαι φορτικὸν εἰπεῖν'

᾿Taut᾽ oun eidotes, pollę̄ tę̄ spoudę̄ chrōmetha, he heōs an ōmen en tę̄ halōni kai gar exestin entautha ousi kai ex achyrou metabalesthai eis siton, hōsper oun kai apo sitou 9) polloi gegonasin achyron. Mē toinyn anapesōmen, mēde anemǭ panti peripherōmetha, mēde tōn adelphōn aposchizōmetha tōn hēmoterōn, kan mikroi dokōsin einai, kai euteleis epei kai ho sitos tou achyron kata men to metron elattōn, kata de tēn physin beltiōn. Mē dē tas exōthen phantasias idēs tǭ pyri gar eisi pareskeuasmenai alla tēn kata theon tapeinotēta, tēn sterrhan tautēn kai adialnton, kai tmēthēnai mē dynamenēn, mēde hypo tou pyros kaiomenēn. Dia gar toutous kai tǭ achyrǭ makrothymei, hina apo tēs pros autous He homilias beltious genōntai. Dia touto houpō krisis, hina koinē pantes stephanōthōmen, hina apo ponērias polloi hē' metablēthōsin eis aretēn. Phrixōmen toinyn? tēs parabolēs tautēs akouontes. Kai gar asbeston e estin ekeino to pyr. Kai pōs, phēsin, asbeston: : Ouch horąs tontoni ton hēlion kaiomenon aei? kai mēdepote sbennymenon : ouk eides tēn baton kaiomenēn, kai mē katakaiomenēn ? Ei toinyn kai autos boulei diaphygein tēn phloga, tēn eleēmosynēn proapothou, kai houtōs oude peiran lēpsē tou pyros ekeinou. An men gar Hōs : , Di. entautha pisteusēs tois legomenois, oude opsei tēn kaminon tautēn, apelthōn ekeise' ean de apistēsēs autē nyn, ekei dia tē i hos, hote oude ho nein dynato i ia tēs peiras eisę̄ kalōs, hote ēouode diaphygein dynaton. Kai gar aparaitētos hē kolasis tois ouk orthon epidedeigmenois ę̄ bion. Oude gar arkei to pisteusai monon, epei kai daimones ǭ phrittousi ton theon, alla kai houtō timōrēthēsontai. Dio pollēs hēmin tēs kata ton bion epimeleias dei. Dia gar touto kai entautha hymas synechōs synagomen, ouch hina eiselthēte monon, all᾽ hina ti kai karpōsēsthe tēs entautha oiatribēs [Ō , an de paraginēsthe men aei, mēden de enteuthen karpoumenoi anachōrēte, ouden tēs entautha eisodon kai prosedreias estai ? Ha ti pleon. Ei gar paidia pros didaskalous pempontes, an s΄ idōmen ekeithen mēden karpoumena, sphodroi katēgoroi tōn didaskalōn ginometha, kai pros heterous auta methistamen pollakis tina hexomen apologian, mēde hosēn en tois gēïnois toutois, tosautēn tę̄ aretę̄ parechontes tēn spoudēn, alla kenas aei tas deltous oikade pherontes ? Kaitoi kai pleious kai meizous entautha hoi didaskaloi. Kai gar prophētas, kai apostolous, kai patriarchas, kai dikaious hapantas kath᾽ hekastēn hymin ephistōmen ekklēsian didaskalous. Kai oude houtō ē D) dy ginetai ti pleon᾽ alla an ouo psalmous hē treis ypēchēsantes, kai tas synētheis euchas haplōs kai hōs etyche poioumenoi dialythēte, nomizete arkein touto eis sōtērian hymin. Ouk ēkousate s΄. hoth tou prophētou legontos, mallon de tou theou dia tou prophētou, hoti d ho laos houtos tois cheilesi me timą, hē de kardia autōn porrhō apechei ap᾽ emou Hin oun touto mē genētai kai eph hēmōn, exaleipson ta rammata, mallon de ta charagmata, haper ho diabolos enetypōse sou tę̄ psychē, kai phere moi kardian biōtikōn apēllagmenēn thorybōn, hina meta adeias Ho ha boulomai engrapsō. Hōs nyn ge ouden heteron esti ginōAA skein, ē ta okeinou Hyrammata, harpagas? pleonexias, phthonon, dē de tē baskanian. Dia dē touto, hotan tas deltous labō tas hymeteras, oude anagnōnai dynamai. Ou gar heuriskō ta grammata, haper hēmeis kata kyriakēn engraphyntes hymin aphiemen᾽ all᾽ hetera anth᾽ heterōn, asēma kai lestrammena. Eita, hotan exaleipsantes auta, grapsōmen ta apo tou pneuE, matos, apelthontes hymeis, kai tais arbyliries energeiais dontes tas kardias ho ymōn, parechete ekeinǭ palin ta heautou antengraphein hymin. Ti oun estai toutōn to peras, kan egō mē lexō, to hekastou syneidos oiden. ᾿Egō men gar ou pausomai to emautou poiōn, kai ta ortha grammata engraphōn. Ei de hymeis lymainesthe hēmōn tēn spoudēn, hēmin men ho misthos akinētos, hymin de ou mikros ho kindynos. All᾽ ouden boulomai phortikon eipein'

Knowing these things, then, let us use great zeal while we are on the threshing floor; for it is possible, while we are here, to change from chaff to wheat, just as many have become chaff from wheat. Let us not, then, grow slack, nor be carried about by every wind, nor split off from our brothers, even if they seem small and mean; for the wheat too is less in size than the chaff, but better in nature. Do not look at outward displays, for they are prepared for the fire; but at humility according to God, this firm and indissoluble thing, which cannot be cut and is not burned by the fire. For it is for their sake that he bears with the chaff too, so that from their company they may become better. That is why there is not yet judgment, so that we may all be crowned together, so that many may change from wickedness to virtue. Let us shudder, then, hearing this parable. For that fire is unquenchable. “And how,” someone says, “unquenchable?” Do you not see this sun always burning and never quenched? Did you not see the bush burning and not consumed? If, then, you too wish to escape the flame, lay up almsgiving beforehand, and so you will not even get a taste of that fire. For if you believe what is said here, you will not even see this furnace when you go there; but if you disbelieve it now, you will know it well there by experience, when it is no longer possible to escape. For the punishment is inexorable for those who have not shown an upright life. For it is not enough only to believe, since the demons too shudder at God, and yet they will be punished. That is why we need much care for our life.

For this is why we gather you here continually, not only that you may come in, but that you may also reap something from your time here. But if you always come but go away reaping nothing from it, there will be no gain from your coming here and your attendance. For if, sending children to teachers, we see them gaining nothing from there, we become vehement accusers of the teachers and often move them to others, what defense shall we have, giving to virtue not even as much zeal as to these earthly things, but always carrying our tablets home empty? And yet here the teachers are more and greater. For we set over you as teachers at every assembly prophets, apostles, patriarchs, and all the righteous. And not even so is there any gain; but if you sing two or three psalms and say the usual prayers idly and at random and then are dismissed, you think this enough for your salvation. Have you not heard the prophet saying, or rather God through the prophet, “This people honors me with their lips, but their heart is far from me”? So that this may not happen with us too, wipe out the letters, or rather the marks, that the devil has stamped on your soul, and bring me a heart freed from worldly turmoil, so that I may write in it freely what I wish. For as it is, there is nothing else to recognize but his letters: robberies, greed, envy, jealousy. That is why, when I take your tablets, I cannot even read them. For I do not find the letters that we write in you and leave each Lord's day, but others in their place, illegible and distorted. Then, when we have wiped them out and written the things of the Spirit, you go away, give your hearts to the workings of the devil, and allow him again to write his own over them. What then the end of these things will be, even if I do not say it, each one's conscience knows. For I shall not cease doing my part and writing the right letters. But if you spoil our zeal, our wage remains unshaken, but your danger is not small. But I do not wish to say anything burdensome;

11.8Field 1

ἀλλὰ δέομαι πάλιν καὶ παρακαλῶ, κἂν τῶν παίδων τῶν μικρῶν μιμήσασθε τὴν περὶ ταῦτα σπουδήν. Καὶ γὰρ ἐκεῖνοι πρῶτον μὲν τὸν τύπον μανθάνουσι τών στοιχείων ἔπειτα διεστραμμένα αὐτὰ διὰγινώσκειν μελετώσι καὶ τότε καὶ ἐπὶ τῆς ἀναγνώσεως ὁδῷ βαδίζουσι τῇ εξ εκείνων. Οὕτω δὴ καὶ ἡμεῖς ποιώμεν διελόμενοι τὴν ἀρετὴν, μανθάνωμεν πρότερον τὸ μὴ ὀμνύναι, μηδὲ ἐπιορκεῖν, μηδὲ κακηγορεῖν' εἶτα, ἐπ᾽ ᾿ἄλλον στίχον ἐλθόντες, τὸ μὴ βασκαίνειν, μηδὲ σωμάτων ἐρᾶν, μὴ γαστρίζεσθαι, μὴ μεθύσκεσθαι; μὴ ὠμοὶ, μὴ νωθεῖς ἵνα ἀπὸ τούτων πάλιν εἰς τὰ πνευματικὰ μεταβάντες, μελετῶμεν ἐγκράτειαν γαστρὸς ὑπεροψίαν, σωφροσύνην, δικαιοσύνην, τὸ δόξης εἶναι κρείττους, καὶ ἐπιεικεῖς, καὶ τῇ διανοίᾳ συντετριμμένους, καὶ συνάπτωμεν ταῦτα ἀλλήλοις, καὶ ἐγγράφωμεν ἡμῶν τῇ ψυχῇ. Καὶ ταῦτα ἐπὶ τῆς οἰκίας, ἐπὶ τῶν φίλων, ἐπὶ τῆς γυναικὸς, ἐπὶ τῶν παίδων γυμνάζωμεν ἅπαντα. Καὶ τέως ἀπὸ τῶν πρώτων ἀρχώμεθα τῶν εὐκολωτέρων οἷον, ἀπὸ τοῦ μὴ ὀμνύναι καὶ τοῦτο συνεχῶς μελετῶμεν τὸ στοιχεῖον ἐπὶ τῆς οἰκίας. Καὶ γὰρ πολλοὶ οἱ ἐμποδίζοντες οἴκοι τῆ μελέτῃ ταύτῃ καὶ γὰρ οἰκέτης παροξύνει, καὶ γυνὴ λυποῦσα εἰς ὀργὴν ἐμβάλλει, καὶ παιδίον ἀμαθαῖνον καὶ ἀτακτοῦν εἰς ἀπειλὴν καὶ ὅρκον ἐξάγει. Αν τοίνυν ἐπὶ τῆς οἰκίας συνεχῶς ὑπὸ τούτων παρακνιζόμενος κατορθώσῃς τὸ μὴ παρασύρεσθαι εἰς ὅρκους» εὐκόλως καὶ ἐπὶ τῆς ἀγορᾶς δυνήση μεῖναι ἀνάλωτος. πἰΑλλὰ μὴν καὶ τὸ μὴ ὑβρίζειν κατορθώσεις, μῆτε τὴν γυναῖκα ὑβρίζων. μήτε τὸν οἰκέτην, μήτε τῶν ἐπὶ τῆς οἰκίας ἑτερόν τινα. Καὶ γὰρ γυνὴ πολλάκις ἐπαινοῦσα τὸν δεῖνα, καὶ ταλανίζουσα ἑαυτὴν, ἐξάπτει εἰς, τὸ κακὼς ἐκεῖνον εἰπεῖν. Δλλὰ σὺ μὴ ἀναγκασθῇς κακηγορῆσαι τὸν ἐπαινούμενον; ἀλλὰ φέρε πάντα γενναίως κἂν τοὺς οἰκέτας ἑτέρους ἐπαινοῦντας δεσπότας ἴδῃς, μὴ ταραχθῇς, ἀλλὰ στῆθι γένναίως. Αγὼν ἔστω καὶ παλαίστρα ἀρετῆς ἡ οἰκία, ἵνα ἐκεῖ καλῶς γυμνασάμενος, μετὰ πολλῆς τῆς ἐπιστήμης τοῖς ἐν ἀγορᾷ προσβάλλῃς. Τοῦτο καὶ ἐπὶ τῆν κενοδοξίας ποίει. Ἂν γὰρ μελετήσῃς μὴ κενοδοξεῖν ἐ ἐπὶ τῆς γυναικὸς καὶ τῶν οἰκετῶν, ἐπ᾽ οὐδενὸς λοιπὸν ἑτέρου ῥᾳδίως ἁλώσῃ τούτῳ τῷ πάθει. Πανταχοῦ μὲν γὰρ τὸ νόσημα τοῦτο χαλεπὸν καὶ τυραννικὸν, μάλιστα δὲ ὅταν γυνὴ παρῇ. Ἂν τοίνυν ἐκεῖ καταλύσωμεν αὐτοῦ τὴν ἰσχὺν, ῥᾳδίως αὐτοῦ καὶ ἐν τοῖς ἄλλοις περιεσόμεθα. Καὶ ἐπὶ τῶν ἄλλων δὲ παθών τὸ αὐτὸ τοῦτο ποιῶμεν, ἐπὶ τῆς οἰκίας γυμναζόμενοι κατ᾽ αὐτών, καὶ καθ᾽ ἑκάστην ἀλειφόμενοι τὴν ἡμέραν. Καὶ ἵνα εὐκολωτέρα ἡμῖν ἡ γυμνασία γένηται, καὶ ἐπιτίμιον καθ᾽ ἑαυτῶν ἐκφέΡωμεν, ὅταν τι τῶν προκειμένων παραβῶμεν. Ἔστω δὲ καὶ τὸ ἐπιτίμιον πάλιν μὴ ζημίαν, ἀλλὰ μισθὸν ἔ θχον, καὶ κέρδος προξενοῦν μόγιστον᾽ τοῦτο δέ ἐστιν, ἂν νηστείαις ἐπιτεταμέναις βαυτοὺς καταδικάζωμεν, καὶ χαμευνίαις, καὶ ἑτέρᾳ τοιαύτῃ σκληραγωγίᾳ. Οὕτω γὰρ πάντοθεν ἡμῖν πολλὰ ἥξει τὰ κέρδη, καὶ ἐνταῦθα τὸν ἡδὺν τῆς ἀρετῆς βιωσόμεθα βίον, καὶ τῶν μελλόντων ἐπιτευξόμεθα ἀγαθῶν, καὶ τοῦ θεοῦ διηνεκῶς ἐσόμεθα φίλοι. Αλλ᾽ ὅπως ᾿ἂν μὴ τὰ αὐτὰ γένηται πάλιν, καὶ θαυμάσαντες ἐνταῦθα τὰ εἰρημένα, ἀπελθόντες, ἁπλῶς καὶ ὡς ἔτυχε τὴν δέλτον τῆς διανοίας ὑ ὑμῶν ῥίψαντες, παράσχητε τῷ διαβόλῳ ταῦτα ἐξαλεῖψαι, ἀναχωρήσας οἴκαδε ἕκαστος, καλείτω τὴν γυναῖκα τὴν ἑαυτοῦ, καὶ ἀπαγγελλέτω ταῦτα, καὶ λαμβανέτω βοηθὸν, καὶ ἀπὸ τῆς σήμερον ἡμέρας εἰς τὴν καλὴν ταύτην εἰσίτω παλαίστραν, ἐλαίῳ τῇ τοῦ πνεύματος χρώμενος χορηγίᾳ. Κὰν ἅπαξ, κἂν δὲς, κἂν πολλάκις καταπέσης γυμναζόμενος, μὴ ἀπογνῷς, ἀλλὰ στῆθι πάλιν καὶ πάλαισον' καὶ μὴ πρότερον αποστῆς; ἕως ἂν λαμπρὸν ἀναδήση κατὰ τοὺ διαβόλου τὸν στέφανον, καὶ ἐν ἀσύλῳ θησαυρῷ λοιπὸν τῆς ἀρετῆς ἀποθῇ τὴν κτῆσιν. Ἂν γάρ ἐν συνηθείᾳ τῆς καλῆς ταύτης σαυτὸν καταστήσῃς φιλοσοφίας, οὐδὲ ῥᾳθυμῶν λοιπὸν δυνήσῃ παραβῆναί τι τῶν ἐπιτεταγμένων, τῆς συνηθείας τὴν τῆς φύσεως μιμουμένης στεῤῥότητα. Ὥσπερ γὰρ τὸ καθεύδειν εὔκολον, καὶ ἐσθίειν, καὶ πίνειν, καὶ ἀναπνεῖν, οὕτως ἔσται καὶ τὰ τῆς ἀρετῆς ἡμῖν ῥᾷδια, καὶ τὴν εἰλικρινῆ καρπωσόμεθα ἡδονὴν, ἐν αἀκυμάντῳ λιμένι καθήμενοι, καὶ γαλήνης διηνεκοῦς ἀπολαύοντες, καὶ μετὰ πολλοῦ τοῦ φόρτου τὸ πλοῖον εἰς ἐκείνην ὁρμίζοντες τὴν πόλιν ἐν ἐκείνῃ τῇ ἡμέρᾳ, καὶ τῶν ᾿ἀκηράτων ᾿ἐπιτευξόμεθα στεφάνων ὧν γένοιτο πάντας ἡμᾶς ἐπιτυχεῖν, χάριτι καὶ φιλανθρωπίᾳ τοῦ κυρίου ἡμῶν Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ, ᾧ ἢ δόξα καὶ τὸ κράτος, νῦν καὶ ἀεὶ καὶ εἰς τοὺς αἰῶνας τῶν αἰώνων. ᾿Αμήν.

alla deomai palin kai parakalō, kan tōn paidōn tōn mikrōn mimēsasthe tēn peri tauta spoudēn. Kai gar ekeinoi prōton men ton typon manthanousi tōn stoicheiōn epeita diestrammena auta diaginōskein meletōsi kai tote kai epi tēs anagnōseōs hodǭ badizousi tę̄ ex ekeinōn. Houtō dē kai hēmeis poiōmen dielomenoi tēn aretēn, manthanōmen proteron to mē omnynai, mēde epiorkein, mēde kakēgorein' eita, ep᾽ ᾿allon stichon elthontes, to mē baskainein, mēde sōmatōn eran, mē gastrizesthai, mē methyskesthai? mē ōmoi, mē nōtheis hina apo toutōn palin eis ta pneumatika metabantes, meletōmen enkrateian gastros hyperopsian, sōphrosynēn, dikaiosynēn, to doxēs einai kreittous, kai epieikeis, kai tę̄ dianoią syntetrimmenous, kai synaptōmen tauta allēlois, kai engraphōmen hēmōn tę̄ psychę̄. Kai tauta epi tēs oikias, epi tōn philōn, epi tēs gynaikos, epi tōn paidōn gymnazōmen hapanta. Kai teōs apo tōn prōtōn archōmetha tōn eukolōterōn hoion, apo tou mē omnynai kai touto synechōs meletōmen to stoicheion epi tēs oikias. Kai gar polloi hoi empodizontes oikoi tē meletę̄ tautę̄ kai gar oiketēs paroxynei, kai gynē lypousa eis orgēn emballei, kai paidion amathainon kai ataktoun eis apeilēn kai horkon exagei. An toinyn epi tēs oikias synechōs hypo toutōn paraknizomenos katorthōsę̄s to mē parasyresthai eis horkous» eukolōs kai epi tēs agoras dynēsē meinai analōtos. piAlla mēn kai to mē hybrizein katorthōseis, mēte tēn gynaika hybrizōn. mēte ton oiketēn, mēte tōn epi tēs oikias heteron tina. Kai gar gynē pollakis epainousa ton deina, kai talanizousa heautēn, exaptei eis, to kakōs ekeinon eipein. Dlla sy mē anankasthę̄s kakēgorēsai ton epainoumenon? alla phere panta gennaiōs kan tous oiketas heterous epainountas despotas idę̄s, mē tarachthę̄s, alla stēthi gennaiōs. Agōn estō kai palaistra aretēs hē oikia, hina ekei kalōs gymnasamenos, meta pollēs tēs epistēmēs tois en agorą prosballę̄s. Touto kai epi tēn kenodoxias poiei. An gar meletēsę̄s mē kenodoxein e epi tēs gynaikos kai tōn oiketōn, ep᾽ oudenos loipon heterou rhądiōs halōsę̄ toutǭ tǭ pathei. Pantachou men gar to nosēma touto chalepon kai tyrannikon, malista de hotan gynē parę̄. An toinyn ekei katalysōmen autou tēn ischyn, rhądiōs autou kai en tois allois periesometha. Kai epi tōn allōn de pathōn to auto touto poiōmen, epi tēs oikias gymnazomenoi kat᾽ autōn, kai kath᾽ hekastēn aleiphomenoi tēn hēmeran. Kai hina eukolōtera hēmin hē gymnasia genētai, kai epitimion kath᾽ heautōn ekpheRōmen, hotan ti tōn prokeimenōn parabōmen. Estō de kai to epitimion palin mē zēmian, alla misthon e thchon, kai kerdos proxenoun mogiston᾽ touto de estin, an nēsteiais epitetamenais bautous katadikazōmen, kai chameuniais, kai heterą toiautę̄ sklēragōgią. Houtō gar pantothen hēmin polla hēxei ta kerdē, kai entautha ton hēdyn tēs aretēs biōsometha bion, kai tōn mellontōn epiteuxometha agathōn, kai tou theou diēnekōs esometha philoi. All᾽ hopōs ᾿an mē ta auta genētai palin, kai thaumasantes entautha ta eirēmena, apelthontes, haplōs kai hōs etyche tēn delton tēs dianoias hy hymōn rhipsantes, paraschēte tǭ diabolǭ tauta exaleipsai, anachōrēsas oikade hekastos, kaleitō tēn gynaika tēn heautou, kai apangelletō tauta, kai lambanetō boēthon, kai apo tēs sēmeron hēmeras eis tēn kalēn tautēn eisitō palaistran, elaiǭ tę̄ tou pneumatos chrōmenos chorēgią. Kan hapax, kan des, kan pollakis katapesēs gymnazomenos, mē apognǭs, alla stēthi palin kai palaison' kai mē proteron apostēs? heōs an lampron anadēsē kata tou diabolou ton stephanon, kai en asylǭ thēsaurǭ loipon tēs aretēs apothę̄ tēn ktēsin. An gar en synētheią tēs kalēs tautēs sauton katastēsę̄s philosophias, oude rhąthymōn loipon dynēsę̄ parabēnai ti tōn epitetagmenōn, tēs synētheias tēn tēs physeōs mimoumenēs sterrhotēta. Hōsper gar to katheudein eukolon, kai esthiein, kai pinein, kai anapnein, houtōs estai kai ta tēs aretēs hēmin rhądia, kai tēn eilikrinē karpōsometha hēdonēn, en aakymantǭ limeni kathēmenoi, kai galēnēs diēnekous apolauontes, kai meta pollou tou phortou to ploion eis ekeinēn hormizontes tēn polin en ekeinę̄ tę̄ hēmerą, kai tōn ᾿akēratōn ᾿epiteuxometha stephanōn hōn genoito pantas hēmas epitychein, chariti kai philanthrōpią tou kyriou hēmōn Iēsou Christou, hǭ ē doxa kai to kratos, nyn kai aei kai eis tous aiōnas tōn aiōnōn. ᾿Amēn.

but again I beg and urge you, at least imitate the zeal of little children in these things. For they first learn the shapes of the letters; then they practice recognizing them when mixed up; and then they walk on the road of reading by means of them. So let us too do: dividing virtue up, let us first learn not to swear, nor to perjure ourselves, nor to speak evil; then, coming to another line, not to envy, nor to love bodies, not to be gluttons, not to be drunk, not to be cruel, not to be sluggish; so that from these we may pass again to spiritual things and practice self-control, contempt of the belly, chastity, righteousness, being above glory, gentle, broken in mind; and let us join these to one another and write them on our soul. And let us exercise all these things at home, with our friends, with our wife, with our children. And for the present let us begin from the first and easier things, for instance from not swearing; and let us continually practice this letter at home. For there are many at home who hinder this practice: a servant provokes, a wife throws one into anger by grieving one, a child that is slow to learn and disorderly drives one to threats and oaths. If, then, continually irritated by these at home, you succeed in not being swept into oaths, you will easily be able to remain uncaptured in the marketplace too. And indeed you will succeed also in not insulting, neither insulting your wife, nor your servant, nor any other in the house. For often a wife, praising so-and-so and calling herself wretched, kindles one to speak ill of him. But do not you be driven to speak evil of the one praised, but bear everything nobly; and if you see the servants praising other masters, do not be troubled, but stand nobly. Let the house be a contest and wrestling school of virtue, so that, well exercised there, you may engage those in the marketplace with great skill. Do this with vainglory too. For if you practice not being vainglorious before your wife and servants, you will not easily be captured by this passion before anyone else. For everywhere this disease is cruel and tyrannical, but above all when a wife is present. If, then, we undo its strength there, we shall easily overcome it in other things too. Let us do the same thing with the other passions too, exercising against them at home and anointing ourselves every day. And so that the exercise may be easier for us, let us also pronounce a penalty against ourselves whenever we transgress any of what lies before us. And let the penalty again be not a loss, but one that has a reward and procures the greatest gain; that is, condemning ourselves to intensified fasts, sleeping on the ground, and other such hardship. For so many gains will come to us from every side, and we shall live here the sweet life of virtue, obtain the good things to come, and be friends of God continually.

But lest the same things happen again, and having admired what was said here, you go away and throw down the tablet of your mind idly and at random, and allow the devil to wipe it out, let each one, going home, call his wife and tell her these things and take her as a helper, and from this very day enter this fine wrestling school, using the supply of the Spirit as oil. And if you fall once, or twice, or many times while exercising, do not despair, but stand again and wrestle, and do not leave off until you have bound on a splendid crown against the devil and stored up the possession of virtue in an inviolable treasury. For if you set yourself in the habit of this fine philosophy, you will no longer be able, even when careless, to transgress any of the commandments, since habit imitates the firmness of nature. For as it is easy to sleep, eat, drink, and breathe, so the things of virtue too will be easy for us, and we shall reap pure pleasure, sitting in a harbor without waves and enjoying continual calm, and bringing our ship with much cargo into that city on that day, and we shall obtain the incorruptible crowns; which may we all obtain, by the grace and lovingkindness of our Lord Jesus Christ, to whom be glory and might, now and always and to the ages of ages. Amen.

Chapter 12

12.1Field 1

᾿Ιησοῦς ἀπὸ τῆς Γαλιλαίας εἰς τὸν ᾿Ιορδάνην. Μετὰ τῶν δούλων ὁ δεσπότης. μετὰ τῶν ὑπευθύνων ὁ κριτὴς ἔρχεται βαπτισθησόμενος. ᾿Αλλὰ μὴ θορυβηθῇς ἐν ὰρ τοῖς ταπεινοῖς τούτοις μάλιστα διαλάμπει αὐτοῦ τὸ ὑψηλόν. Ὁ γὰρ κυοφορηθῆναι τοσοῦτον χρόνον ἐν μήτρᾳ Ἑ καταδεξάμενος παρθενικῆ, καὶ προελθεῖν ἐκεῖθεν μοτὰ τῆς ἡμετέρας φύσεως, καὶ ῥαπισθῆναι, καὶ σταυρωθῆναι, καὶ τὰ ἄλλα παθεῖν ἅπερ ἔπαθε, τί θαυμάζεις εἰ καὶ βαπτίσασθαι κατεδέξατο, καὶ μετὰ τῶν ἄλλων ἐλθεῖν πρὸς τὸν δοῦλον; Τὸ γὰρ ἐκπλῆττον ἐκεῖνο ἥν, τὸ θεὸν ὄντα βουληθῆναι: γενέσθαι ἄνθρωπον τὰ δὲ ἄλλα λοιπὸν κατὰ λόγον ὅπεται ἅπαντα. Διά τοι τοῦτο καὶ ὁ ᾿[ωάννης προλαβὼν ἔλεγεν ἐκεῖνα ἅπερ εἶπεν, ὅτι οὐκ ἔστιν ἄξιος λῦσαι τὸν ἱμάντα τοῦ τὰ κατ ἀξίαν ἀποδίδωσιν ἑ ἑκάστῳ, καὶ πνεῦμα παρέξει δαψιλὲς ἅπασιν᾽ ἵνα ὅταν ἴδης αὐτὸν ἐπὶ τὸ βάπτισμα ἐρχόμενον, μηδὲν ταπεινὸν ὑποπτεύσης. Διὰ τοῦτο καὶ παρόντα αὐτὸν διακωλύει λέγων᾽ 5Ε ἐγὼ χρείαν ἔχω ὑπὸ σοῦ βαπτισθῆναι, καὶ σὺ ἔρχῃ πρός με: ᾿Επειδὴ γὰρ τὸ βάπτισμα μετανοίας ἥν, καὶ εἰς κατηγορίαν τῶν πεπλημμελημένων ἐνῆγεν᾽ ἵνα μή τις νομίσῃ, ὅτι καὶ αὑτὸς μετὰ τῆς τοιαύτης γνώμης ἐπὶ τὸν Ἰορδάνην ἔ ἔρχεται, προδιορθοῦται αὐτὸ, τῷ τε ἀμνὸν καλέσαι, καὶ λυτρωτὴν τῆς κατὰ τὴν οἰκουμένην ἁμαρτίας ἁπάσης. Ὁ γὰρ τὰ παντὸς τοῦ τῶν ἀνθρώπων γένους ἁμαρτήματα δυνάμενος ἀνελεῖν, πολλῷ μᾶλλον αὐτὸς ἄναμάρτητος ἦν. Διὰ δὴ τοῦτο οὐκ εἵπεν᾽ ἴδε ὁ ἀναμάρτητος αλλ᾽ ὃ πολλῷ. πλέον ἣν, ἐς ὁ αἴρων τὴν ἁμαρτίαν τοῦ κόσμον ἵνα μετὰ τούτου κακεῖνο μετὰ πάσης δέξῃ πληροφορίας, καὶ δεξάμενος ἴδης, ὅ ὅτι ἕτερά τινα δεκθνομων: ἐπὶ τὸ βάπτισμα ἔρχεται. Διὸ καὶ ἐλθόντι αὐτῷ ἔλεγεν ἐγὼ χρείαν ἔχω ὑπὸ σοῦ βαπτισθῆναι, καὶ σὺ ἔρχῃ πρός με: : Καὶ οὐκ εἶπε, καὶ σὺ βαπτίζῃ ὁ ὑπ᾿ ἐμοῦ: καὶ γὰρ καὶ τοῦτο ἔδεισεν εἰπεῖν ἀλλὰ τί: καὶ σὺ ἔρχῃ πρός με. Τί οὖν ὁ Χριστός : Ὅπερ ἐπὶ τοῦ Πέτρου πεποίηκεν ὕστερον, τοῦτο καὶ τότε ἐποίησε. Καὶ γὰρ καὶ ἐκεῖνος διεκώλυεν αὐτὸν νίψαι τοὺς πόδας ἀλλ΄ ἐπειδὴ ἤκουσεν δ ποιώ, νῦν σὺ οὐκ οἶδας, γνώσῃ δὲ μετὰ ταῦτα καὶ ὅτι οὐκ ἔχεις μέρος μετ᾽ ἐμοῦ ταχέως ἀπέστη τοῦ τόνου; καὶ πρὸς τὸ ἐναντίον μετέστη. Καὶ οὗτος ὁμοίως πάλιν, ἀκούσας ὃ ἄφες ἄρτι: οὕτω γὰρ πρέπον ἐστὶν ἡμῖν πληρώσαι πᾶσαν δικαιοσύνην εὐθέως ᾿ὑπήκουσεν. Οὐ γὰρ ἀμέτρως ἦσαν φιλόνεικοι, ἀλλὰ καὶ τὴν ἀγάπην ἐπεδείκνυντο καὶ τὴν ὑπακοὴν, καὶ πᾶντα πείθεσθαι ἐμελέτων τῷ δεσπότῃ. Σκόπει δὲ πῶς ἐντεῦθεν αὐτὸν ἐνάγει, αφ ὧν μάλιστα ὑπώπτευε τὸ γινόμενον οὐδὲ γὰρ εἶπεν, οὕτω δίκαιόν ἐστιν ἀλλ᾽ οὕτω πρέπον ἐστίν. ᾿Επειδὴ γὰρ ἀνάξιον αὐτοῦ μάλιστα εἶναι ἐνόμιζε τοῦτο, τὸ παρὰ τοῦ δούλου βαπτισθῆναι, τοῦτο μάλιστα τέθεικε τὸ πρὸς ἐκεῖνο ἀντιδιαστελλόμενον, ὡσανεὶ ἐλεγεν οὐχ ὡς ἀπρεπὲς τοῦτο φεύγεις καὶ διακωλύεις : δ δ αὐτὸ μὲν οὖν τοῦτο ἄφες; ὅτι καὶ μάλιστα πρέπον ἐστίν. Καὶ οὐχ ἁπλῶς εἶπεν, ἄφες ἀλλὰ τὸ, ἄρτι, προσέθηκεν. Οὐ γὰρ διηνεκῶς ταῦτα ἔσται, φησὶν, αλλ᾽ ὄψει με ἐν τούτοις οἷς ἐπιθυμεῖς ἄρτι μέντοι ὑπόμεινον τοῦτο. Εἶτα καὶ δείκνυσι πῶς τοῦτο πρέπον. Πως οὖν πρέπον ἐστίν; Ὅτι τὸν νόμον πληροῦμεν ἅπαντα ὅπερ οὗν δηλῶν ἔλεγε, πᾶσαν δικαιοσύνην. Δικαιοσύνη γάρ ἐστιν ἢ τῶν ἐντολῶν ἐκπλήρωσις. ᾿Επεὶ οὖν πάσας τὰς ἄλλας ἐντολὰς ἠνύσαμεν, φησὶ, τοῦτο δὲ ὑπολέλειπται μόνον, δεῖ προστεθῆναι καὶ τοῦτο. Καὶ γὰρ ἦλθον λῦσαι τὴν ἀρὰν τὴν ἐπὶ τῆ παραβάσει τοῦ νόμου κειμένην. Δεῖ τοίνυν πρότερον ἱ ἐμὲ αὐτὸν πάντα πληρώσαντα, καὶ ἐξελόμενον ὑμᾶς τῆς καταδίκης, οὕτως αὐτὸν ἀναπαῦσαι. Πρέπον οὖν ἐστιν ἐμοὶ πληρῶσαι τὸν νόμον ἅπαντα ἐπειδὴ καὶ πρέπον ἐστὶ λῦσαι τὴν καθ᾽ ὑμῶν ἐν τῷ νόμῳ γεγραμμένην κατάραν. Διὰ γὰρ τοῦτο καὶ σάρκα ἀνέλαβον καὶ παρεγενόμην. δε Τότε ἀφίησιν αὐτόν. Καὶ βαπτισθεὶς ὁ ο Ἰησοῦς εὐθὺς ἀνέβη ἀπὸ τοῦ ὕδατος καὶ ἰδοὺ ἀνεῴχθησαν αὐτῷ οἱ οὐρανοὶ, καὶ εἶδε τὸ πνεῦμα τοῦ θεοῦ καταβαῖνον ὡσεὶ περιστερὰν, καὶ ἐρχόμενον ἐπ᾿ αὐτόν. ᾿Ἐπειδὴ

᾿Iēsous apo tēs Galilaias eis ton ᾿Iordanēn. Meta tōn doulōn ho despotēs. meta tōn hypeuthynōn ho kritēs erchetai baptisthēsomenos. ᾿Alla mē thorybēthę̄s en ar tois tapeinois toutois malista dialampei autou to hypsēlon. Ho gar kyophorēthēnai tosouton chronon en mētrą He katadexamenos parthenikē, kai proelthein ekeithen mota tēs hēmeteras physeōs, kai rhapisthēnai, kai staurōthēnai, kai ta alla pathein haper epathe, ti thaumazeis ei kai baptisasthai katedexato, kai meta tōn allōn elthein pros ton doulon? To gar ekplētton ekeino hēn, to theon onta boulēthēnai: genesthai anthrōpon ta de alla loipon kata logon hopetai hapanta. Dia toi touto kai ho ᾿[ōannēs prolabōn elegen ekeina haper eipen, hoti ouk estin axios lysai ton himanta tou ta kat axian apodidōsin he hekastǭ, kai pneuma parexei dapsiles hapasin᾽ hina hotan idēs auton epi to baptisma erchomenon, mēden tapeinon hypopteusēs. Dia touto kai paronta auton diakōlyei legōn᾽ 5E egō chreian echō hypo sou baptisthēnai, kai sy erchę̄ pros me: ᾿Epeidē gar to baptisma metanoias hēn, kai eis katēgorian tōn peplēmmelēmenōn enēgen᾽ hina mē tis nomisę̄, hoti kai hautos meta tēs toiautēs gnōmēs epi ton Iordanēn e erchetai, prodiorthoutai auto, tǭ te amnon kalesai, kai lytrōtēn tēs kata tēn oikoumenēn hamartias hapasēs. Ho gar ta pantos tou tōn anthrōpōn genous hamartēmata dynamenos anelein, pollǭ mallon autos anamartētos ēn. Dia dē touto ouk heipen᾽ ide ho anamartētos all᾽ ho pollǭ. pleon hēn, es ho airōn tēn hamartian tou kosmon hina meta toutou kakeino meta pasēs dexę̄ plērophorias, kai dexamenos idēs, ho hoti hetera tina dekthnomōn: epi to baptisma erchetai. Dio kai elthonti autǭ elegen egō chreian echō hypo sou baptisthēnai, kai sy erchę̄ pros me: : Kai ouk eipe, kai sy baptizę̄ ho hyp᾿ emou: kai gar kai touto edeisen eipein alla ti: kai sy erchę̄ pros me. Ti oun ho Christos : Hoper epi tou Petrou pepoiēken hysteron, touto kai tote epoiēse. Kai gar kai ekeinos diekōlyen auton nipsai tous podas all΄ epeidē ēkousen d poiō, nyn sy ouk oidas, gnōsę̄ de meta tauta kai hoti ouk echeis meros met᾽ emou tacheōs apestē tou tonou? kai pros to enantion metestē. Kai houtos homoiōs palin, akousas ho aphes arti: houtō gar prepon estin hēmin plērōsai pasan dikaiosynēn eutheōs ᾿hypēkousen. Ou gar ametrōs ēsan philoneikoi, alla kai tēn agapēn epedeiknynto kai tēn hypakoēn, kai panta peithesthai emeletōn tǭ despotę̄. Skopei de pōs enteuthen auton enagei, aph hōn malista hypōpteue to ginomenon oude gar eipen, houtō dikaion estin all᾽ houtō prepon estin. ᾿Epeidē gar anaxion autou malista einai enomize touto, to para tou doulou baptisthēnai, touto malista tetheike to pros ekeino antidiastellomenon, hōsanei elegen ouch hōs aprepes touto pheugeis kai diakōlyeis : d d auto men oun touto aphes? hoti kai malista prepon estin. Kai ouch haplōs eipen, aphes alla to, arti, prosethēken. Ou gar diēnekōs tauta estai, phēsin, all᾽ opsei me en toutois hois epithymeis arti mentoi hypomeinon touto. Eita kai deiknysi pōs touto prepon. Pōs oun prepon estin? Hoti ton nomon plēroumen hapanta hoper houn dēlōn elege, pasan dikaiosynēn. Dikaiosynē gar estin ē tōn entolōn ekplērōsis. ᾿Epei oun pasas tas allas entolas ēnysamen, phēsi, touto de hypoleleiptai monon, dei prostethēnai kai touto. Kai gar ēlthon lysai tēn aran tēn epi tē parabasei tou nomou keimenēn. Dei toinyn proteron hi eme auton panta plērōsanta, kai exelomenon hymas tēs katadikēs, houtōs auton anapausai. Prepon oun estin emoi plērōsai ton nomon hapanta epeidē kai prepon esti lysai tēn kath᾽ hymōn en tǭ nomǭ gegrammenēn kataran. Dia gar touto kai sarka anelabon kai paregenomēn. de Tote aphiēsin auton. Kai baptistheis ho o Iēsous euthys anebē apo tou hydatos kai idou aneǭchthēsan autǭ hoi ouranoi, kai eide to pneuma tou theou katabainon hōsei peristeran, kai erchomenon ep᾿ auton. ᾿Epeidē

“… Jesus from Galilee to the Jordan.”

With the servants the Master, with the guilty the Judge comes to be baptized. But do not be troubled; for in these lowly things above all his loftiness shines forth. For he who consented to be carried so long a time in a virgin's womb, to come forth from there with our nature, to be struck, to be crucified, and to suffer the other things he suffered, why do you wonder if he consented also to be baptized and to come with the others to the servant? For that was the astonishing thing, that being God he willed to become man; the rest follows thereafter in due course. That is why John too said beforehand what he said, that he was not worthy to untie the strap of his sandal, … that he renders to each according to his desert, and will provide the Spirit abundantly to all; so that when you see him coming to baptism you may suspect nothing lowly. That is why he also tries to prevent him when he is present, saying: “I need to be baptized by you, and do you come to me?” For since the baptism was one of repentance and led to the accusation of offenses, lest anyone think that he too comes to the Jordan with such a mind, he corrects this beforehand by calling him the Lamb and the Redeemer of all the sin in the world. For he who could take away the sins of the whole human race was much more himself without sin. That is why he did not say, “Behold the sinless one,” but what was much more, “who takes away the sin of the world,” so that along with this you may receive that too with all assurance, and having received it, may see that he comes to baptism to arrange some other things. That is why, when he came, he said to him: “I need to be baptized by you, and do you come to me?” And he did not say, “And are you baptized by me?”, for he feared to say even this; but what? “And do you come to me?” What then does Christ do? What he did later with Peter, this he did then too. For Peter too tried to prevent him from washing his feet; but when he heard, “What I do you do not know now, but you will know afterward,” and, “You have no part with me,” he quickly gave up his vehemence and changed to the opposite. And this man likewise again, on hearing, “Let it be so now; for thus it is fitting for us to fulfill all righteousness,” at once obeyed. For they were not immoderately contentious, but showed both love and obedience, and were careful to obey the Master in everything.

And see how he leads him on from the very point he most suspected; for he did not say, “Thus it is just,” but “Thus it is fitting.” For since he thought this most unworthy of him, to be baptized by the servant, he set down above all what was opposed to that, as if to say: Is it not as unfitting that you flee and prevent this? For this very reason let it be, because it is above all fitting. And he did not simply say, “Let it be,” but added “now.” For it will not always be so, he says, but you will see me in the things you desire; for now, however, bear with this. Then he shows also how this is fitting. How then is it fitting? Because we are fulfilling the whole law; which he showed by saying “all righteousness.” For righteousness is the fulfillment of the commandments. Since, then, we have performed all the other commandments, he says, and this alone remains, this too must be added. For I came to undo the curse laid upon the transgression of the law. I must, then, myself first fulfill everything, and having delivered you from the condemnation, so bring it to rest. It is fitting, then, for me to fulfill the whole law, since it is also fitting to undo the curse written against you in the law. For this is why I took flesh and came. “Then he allows him. And when Jesus was baptized, he went up at once from the water; and behold, the heavens were opened to him, and he saw the Spirit of God descending like a dove and coming upon him.” For since

12.2Field 1

γὰρ ἣ πολλοὶ μείζονα αὐτοῦ τὸν ᾿Ιωάννην εἶναι ἐνόμιζον, διὰ τὸ τὸν μὲν ἐν ἐρήμῳ πάντα τραφῆναι τὸν χρόνον, καὶ υἱὸν ἀρχιερέως εἶναι, καὶ στολὴν περικεῖσθαι τοιαύτην, καὶ πάντας ἐπὶ τὸ βάπτισμα καλεῖν, καὶ ἀπὸ στείρας τετέχθαι τὸν δὲ ᾿Ιησοῦν καὶ ἀπὸ εὐτελοῦς κόρης εἶναι (ὁ γὰρ τῆς παρθενίας τόκος οὐδέπω πᾶσι κατάδηλος ἦν) καὶ διὰ τὸ ἐν οἰκίᾳ τραφῆναι, καὶ μετὰ πάντων ἀναστρέφεσθαι, καὶ τὴν κοινὴν ταύτην ἐσθῆτα περικεῖσθαι, ἐλάττονα αὐτοῦ εἶναι ὑπώπτευον, οὐδὲν οὐδέπω τῶν ἀποῤῥήτων εἰδότες ἐκείνων᾽ (συνέβη δὲ καὶ βαπτισθῆναι αὐτὸν ὑπὸ τοῦ ᾿Ιωᾶννον᾿ ὅπερ ταύτην μᾶλλον ἐβεβαίου τὴν ὑπόνοιαν, εἰ καὶ μηδὲν τῶν προτέρων ἦν ἐνενόουν γὰρ ὅτι οὗτος μὰν τῶν πολλῶν εἷς οὐδὲ γὰρ εἰ μὴ τῶν πολλῶν εἷς ἦν, οὐκ ἂν μετὰ τῶν πολλῶν ἐπὶ τὸ βάπτισμα ἤλθεν' ἐκεῖνος δὲ μείζων αὐτοῦ καὶ πολλῷ θαυμαστότερος) ἵν᾽ οὖν μὴ αὕτη κρατήση παρὰ τοῖς πολλοῖς ἢ δόξα, καὶ οἱ οὐρανοὶ ἀνοΐγονται, βαπτισθέντος αὐτοῦ, καὶ τὸ πνεῦμα κάτεισι. καὶ φωνὴ μετὰ τοῦ πνεύματος κηρύττουσα Τὸν μονογενοῦς τὴν ἀξίαν. ᾿Επειδὴ γὰρ ἡ φωνὴ ἡ λέγουσα, οὗτός ἐστιν ὃ υἱὸς μου ὁ ἀγαπητὸς, , ταρὰ τοῖς πολλοῖς μᾶλλον ἁρμόττειν ἐδόκει τῷ ᾿Ιωάννῃ οὐ γὰρ προσέθηκεν, οὗτος ὁ βαπτιζόμενος» ἀλλ᾽ ἁπλῶς, οὗτον᾽ καὶ τῶν ἀκροατῶν ἕκαστος περὶ τοῦ βαπτίζοντος μᾶλλον, ἢ τοῦ βαπτιζομένον εἰρῆσθαι αὐτὴν ὑπενόει, διά τε αὐτὸ τοῦ βαπτιστοῦ τὸ ἀξίωμα, διά τε τὰ εἰρημένα ἅπαντα. ἦλθε τὸ πνεῦμα ἐν εἴδει περιστερᾶς τὴν φωνὴν ἕλκον ἐπὶ τὸν Ἰησοῦν, καὶ πᾶσι δῆλον ποιοῦν, ὅτι τὸ, οὗτος; οὐ περὶ ᾿Ιωάννου τοῦ βαπτίζοντος, ἀλλὰ περὶ ᾿Ιησοῦ τοῦ βαπτιζομένου εἴρηται. Καὶ πῶς, φησὶν, οὐκ ἐπίστευσαν τούτων γινομένων; Ὅτι καὶ ἐπὶ Μωύσέως πολλὰ γέγονε θαύματα, εἰ καὶ μὴ τοιαῦτα' καὶ μετὰ πᾶντα εκεῖνα, καὶ τὰς φωνὰς, καὶ τὰς σάλπιγγας, καὶ τὰς ἀστραπάς, καὶ μόσχον τε ἄλκευσαν, καὶ τῷ Βεελφεγὼρ ἐτελέσθησαν. Καὶ αὐτοὶ δὲ οὗτοι οἱ τότε παρόντες, καὶ τὸν Λάζαρον ἃ ἀναστάντα ἰδόντες, τοσοῦτον ἀπέσχον πιστεῦσαι τῷ ταῦτα ἐργασαμένῳ, ὅτι καὶ αὐτὸν ἀνελεῖν ἐπεχείρησαν πολλάκις. Εἰ τοίνυν πρὸ ὀφθαλμῶν ὁ ὁρῶντες νεκρῶν ἀνάστασιν, οὕτως ἧσαν πονηροὶ; τί θαυμάζεις, εἰ φωνὴν οὐκ ἐδέξαντο φερομένην ἄνωθεν: Ὅταν γὰρ ἀγνώμων ἡ ψυχὴ καὶ διεστραμμένη, καὶ τῷ τῆς βασκανίας κατεχομένη νοσήματι, οὐδενὶ εἴκει τούτων ὥσπερ οὖν ὅταν εὐγνώμων ἡ, μετὰ πίστεως ἅπαντα δέχεται, καὶ τούτων οὐ σφόδρα ἴται. Μὴ τοίνυν τοῦτο εἴπῃς, ὅτι οὐκ ἐπίστευσαν ἀλλ᾽ ἐκεῖνο ζήτει, εἰ μὴ πάντα γέγονεν, ἀφ᾽ ὧν αὐτοὺς πιστεῦσαι ἐχρῆν. Καὶ γὰρ διὰ τοῦ προφήτου ὑπὲρ τών καθ᾽ ἑαυτὸν ἁπάντων τοῦτον συντίθησι τὸν τρόπον τῆς ἀπολογίας δ θεός. ᾿Επειδὴ γὰρ ἀπόλλυσθαι ὄμελλον ͵ουδαῖοι, καὶ ἐσχάτῃ παραδίδοσθαι κολασει. ἵνα μή τις απὸ τῆς ἐκείνων πονηρίας τὴν αὐτοῦ διαβάλῃ πρόνοιαν, φησὶν, ὅτι Τος τί με ἔδει ποιῆσαι τῷ ἀμπελῶνι τούτῳ, καὶ οὐκ ἐποίησα 1 Τοῦτο δὴ καὶ ἐνταῦθα σκόπει τί ἔδει γενέσθαι, καὶ οὐκ ἐγένετο; Καὶ εἴποτε δὲ λόγοι ἡ γίνοιντο περὶ τῆς τοῦ θεοῦ προνοίας, τούτῳ κέχρησο τῷ τρόπῳ τῆς ἀπολογίας πρὸς τοὺς ἀπὸ ᾿τῆς τῶν πολλῶν κακίας διαβάλλειν αὐτὴν ἐπιχειροῦντας. Ὅρα γοῦν οἷα παράδοξα γίνεται, καὶ τῶν μεὰλόντων προοίμια οὐκέτι γὰρ παράδεισος, ἀλλ᾽ οὐρανὸς ανοίγεται. Ἀλλ᾽ ὁ μὲν πρὸς ᾿Ιουδαίους λόγος εἰς ἕτερον ἡμῖν ὑπερκείσθω καιρόν νυνὶ δὲ, τοῦ θεοῦ συνεργοῦντος ἡμῖν, ἐπὶ τὰ προκείμενα τὸν λόγον ἀγάγωμεν. Καὶ βαπτισθεὶς ὁ ᾿Ιησοῦς, εὐθὺς ἀνόβη ἀπὸ τοῦ ὕδατος καὶ ἰδοὺ ἀνεῴχθησαν αὐτῷ οἱ οὐρανοί. Τίνος ἕνεκεν ἀνεῴχθησαν οἱ οὐρανοί: . Ἵνα μάθῃς ὅ ὃτι καὶ σοῦ βαπτιζομένου τοῦτο γίνεται, πρὸς τὴν ἄνω πατρίδα. τοῦ θεοῦ σε καλοῦντος, καὶ πείθοντος μηδὲν κοινὸν ἔχειν πρὸς τὴν γῆν. Εἰ δὲ μὴ ὁρᾷς, σκ μὴ ἀπιστήσῃς. Καὶ γὰρ ἐν προοιμίοις αεὶ τῶν παραδόξων καὶ πνευματικῶν πραγμάτων αἰσθηταὶ φαίνονται ὄψεις καὶ σημεῖα τοιαῦτα, διὰ τοὺς ἀνοητότερον διακειμένους καὶ Χχρήζοντας ὄψεως αἰσθητῆς, και ὶ ιηδεμίαν ἔ ἐννοιαν ἀσωμάτου φύσεως λαβεῖν δυναμένους, πρὸς δὲ τὰ ὁρατὰ μόνον ἑπτοημένουν ἵνα κἂν μετὰ ταῦτα μὴ γένηται ταῦτα, τὰ ἐξ αὐτῶν δηλωθέντα ἅπαξ καὶ ἐν ἀρχῇ παραδέξῃ τῇ πίστει. Καὶ ,Ὑὰρ ἐπὶ τῶν ἀποστόλων ἦχος ἐγένετο πνοῆς βιαίας, καὶ ὄψεις Ὑλωσσὼν πυρίνων ἐφάνησαν ἀλλ᾽ οὐ διὰ τοὺς ἀποστόλους, ἀλλὰ διὰ τοὺς παρόντας τότε ᾿Ιουδαίους. Ἀλλ᾽ ὅμως εἰ καὶ μὴ αἰσθητὰ γίνεται σημεῖα, τὰ εξ αὐτών δηλωθέντα ἅπαξ Ὦ καταδεχόμεθα. ᾿Επεὶ καὶ ἡ περιστερὰ διὰ τοῦτο τότε ἐφάνη, ἵν᾽ ὥσπερ ἀντὶ δακτύλου τινὸς δείξη τοῖς παροῦσι καὶ τῷ ᾿Ιῳάννῃ τὸν υἱὸν τοῦ θεοῦ. Οὐ μόνον δὲ διὰ τοῦτο, ἀλλ᾽ ἵνα ᾽ καὶ σὺ μάθῃς, ὅ ὅτι καὶ ἐπὶ σὲ βαπτιζόμενον τὸ πνεῦμα ἔρχεται. Λοιπὸν

gar hē polloi meizona autou ton ᾿Iōannēn einai enomizon, dia to ton men en erēmǭ panta traphēnai ton chronon, kai huion archiereōs einai, kai stolēn perikeisthai toiautēn, kai pantas epi to baptisma kalein, kai apo steiras tetechthai ton de ᾿Iēsoun kai apo eutelous korēs einai (ho gar tēs parthenias tokos oudepō pasi katadēlos ēn) kai dia to en oikią traphēnai, kai meta pantōn anastrephesthai, kai tēn koinēn tautēn esthēta perikeisthai, elattona autou einai hypōpteuon, ouden oudepō tōn aporrhētōn eidotes ekeinōn᾽ (synebē de kai baptisthēnai auton hypo tou ᾿Iōannon᾿ hoper tautēn mallon ebebaiou tēn hyponoian, ei kai mēden tōn proterōn ēn enenooun gar hoti houtos man tōn pollōn heis oude gar ei mē tōn pollōn heis ēn, ouk an meta tōn pollōn epi to baptisma ēlthen' ekeinos de meizōn autou kai pollǭ thaumastoteros) hin᾽ oun mē hautē kratēsē para tois pollois ē doxa, kai hoi ouranoi anoïgontai, baptisthentos autou, kai to pneuma kateisi. kai phōnē meta tou pneumatos kēryttousa Ton monogenous tēn axian. ᾿Epeidē gar hē phōnē hē legousa, houtos estin ho huios mou ho agapētos, , tara tois pollois mallon harmottein edokei tǭ ᾿Iōannę̄ ou gar prosethēken, houtos ho baptizomenos» all᾽ haplōs, houton᾽ kai tōn akroatōn hekastos peri tou baptizontos mallon, ē tou baptizomenon eirēsthai autēn hypenoei, dia te auto tou baptistou to axiōma, dia te ta eirēmena hapanta. ēlthe to pneuma en eidei peristeras tēn phōnēn helkon epi ton Iēsoun, kai pasi dēlon poioun, hoti to, houtos? ou peri ᾿Iōannou tou baptizontos, alla peri ᾿Iēsou tou baptizomenou eirētai. Kai pōs, phēsin, ouk episteusan toutōn ginomenōn? Hoti kai epi Mōyseōs polla gegone thaumata, ei kai mē toiauta' kai meta panta ekeina, kai tas phōnas, kai tas salpingas, kai tas astrapas, kai moschon te alkeusan, kai tǭ Beelphegōr etelesthēsan. Kai autoi de houtoi hoi tote parontes, kai ton Lazaron ha anastanta idontes, tosouton apeschon pisteusai tǭ tauta ergasamenǭ, hoti kai auton anelein epecheirēsan pollakis. Ei toinyn pro ophthalmōn ho horōntes nekrōn anastasin, houtōs hēsan ponēroi? ti thaumazeis, ei phōnēn ouk edexanto pheromenēn anōthen: Hotan gar agnōmōn hē psychē kai diestrammenē, kai tǭ tēs baskanias katechomenē nosēmati, oudeni eikei toutōn hōsper oun hotan eugnōmōn hē, meta pisteōs hapanta dechetai, kai toutōn ou sphodra itai. Mē toinyn touto eipę̄s, hoti ouk episteusan all᾽ ekeino zētei, ei mē panta gegonen, aph᾽ hōn autous pisteusai echrēn. Kai gar dia tou prophētou hyper tōn kath᾽ heauton hapantōn touton syntithēsi ton tropon tēs apologias d theos. ᾿Epeidē gar apollysthai omellon ͵oudaioi, kai eschatę̄ paradidosthai kolasei. hina mē tis apo tēs ekeinōn ponērias tēn autou diabalę̄ pronoian, phēsin, hoti Tos ti me edei poiēsai tǭ ampelōni toutǭ, kai ouk epoiēsa 1 Touto dē kai entautha skopei ti edei genesthai, kai ouk egeneto? Kai eipote de logoi hē ginointo peri tēs tou theou pronoias, toutǭ kechrēso tǭ tropǭ tēs apologias pros tous apo ᾿tēs tōn pollōn kakias diaballein autēn epicheirountas. Hora goun hoia paradoxa ginetai, kai tōn mealontōn prooimia ouketi gar paradeisos, all᾽ ouranos anoigetai. All᾽ ho men pros ᾿Ioudaious logos eis heteron hēmin hyperkeisthō kairon nyni de, tou theou synergountos hēmin, epi ta prokeimena ton logon agagōmen. Kai baptistheis ho ᾿Iēsous, euthys anobē apo tou hydatos kai idou aneǭchthēsan autǭ hoi ouranoi. Tinos heneken aneǭchthēsan hoi ouranoi: . Hina mathę̄s ho hoti kai sou baptizomenou touto ginetai, pros tēn anō patrida. tou theou se kalountos, kai peithontos mēden koinon echein pros tēn gēn. Ei de mē horąs, sk mē apistēsę̄s. Kai gar en prooimiois aei tōn paradoxōn kai pneumatikōn pragmatōn aisthētai phainontai opseis kai sēmeia toiauta, dia tous anoētoteron diakeimenous kai Chchrēzontas opseōs aisthētēs, kai i iēdemian e ennoian asōmatou physeōs labein dynamenous, pros de ta horata monon heptoēmenoun hina kan meta tauta mē genētai tauta, ta ex autōn dēlōthenta hapax kai en archę̄ paradexę̄ tę̄ pistei. Kai ,Hyar epi tōn apostolōn ēchos egeneto pnoēs biaias, kai opseis Hylōssōn pyrinōn ephanēsan all᾽ ou dia tous apostolous, alla dia tous parontas tote ᾿Ioudaious. All᾽ homōs ei kai mē aisthēta ginetai sēmeia, ta ex autōn dēlōthenta hapax Ō katadechometha. ᾿Epei kai hē peristera dia touto tote ephanē, hin᾽ hōsper anti daktylou tinos deixē tois parousi kai tǭ ᾿Iǭannę̄ ton huion tou theou. Ou monon de dia touto, all᾽ hina ᾽ kai sy mathę̄s, ho hoti kai epi se baptizomenon to pneuma erchetai. Loipon

many thought John greater than he, because the one had been brought up in the wilderness all his time, was the son of a high priest, wore such a garment, called everyone to baptism, and was born of a barren woman; while Jesus was from a poor girl (for the virgin birth was not yet plain to all), was brought up in a house, associated with everyone, and wore this common dress; they suspected that he was less than John, knowing nothing yet of those secret things (and it also happened that he was baptized by John, which confirmed this suspicion more, even if none of the former things had been so; for they thought: This man is one of the many; for if he were not one of the many, he would not have come to baptism with the many; but that man is greater than he and much more wonderful). So that this opinion might not prevail among the many, the heavens too are opened when he is baptized, the Spirit comes down, and a voice with the Spirit proclaims the dignity of the Only-begotten. For since the voice that said, “This is my beloved Son,” seemed to the many to fit John rather (for it did not add, “this one who is being baptized,” but simply “this one”), and each of the hearers supposed it said of the baptizer rather than of the baptized, both because of the Baptist's rank and because of all that had been said, the Spirit came in the form of a dove, drawing the voice to Jesus and making plain to all that “this one” was said not of John the baptizer but of Jesus the baptized.

“And how,” someone says, “did they not believe when these things happened?” Because in Moses' time too many wonders happened, though not such as these; and after all those, the voices, the trumpets, the lightnings, they both cast a calf and were initiated to Baal of Peor. And these very men who were then present, and saw Lazarus risen, were so far from believing in the one who did these things that they even tried many times to kill him. If, then, seeing the resurrection of the dead before their eyes they were so wicked, why do you wonder if they did not receive a voice borne from above? For when a soul is ungrateful and perverted and held by the disease of envy, it yields to none of these; as, when it is well disposed, it receives everything with faith and does not much need these. Do not, then, say that they did not believe; but ask whether everything did not happen from which they ought to have believed. For through the prophet too God frames this manner of defense for all his own dealings. For since the Jews were going to perish and be handed over to the utmost punishment, lest anyone slander his providence from their wickedness, he says: “What ought I to have done for this vineyard that I have not done?” Consider this here too: what ought to have happened that did not happen? And if ever there are discussions about God's providence, use this manner of defense against those who try to slander it from the wickedness of the many. See, at any rate, what marvels happen, and what beginnings of things to come; for it is no longer paradise but heaven that is opened. But let the discourse against the Jews be put off for us to another time; and now, with God working with us, let us bring the discourse to what lies before us.

“And when Jesus was baptized, he went up at once from the water; and behold, the heavens were opened to him.” Why were the heavens opened? So that you may learn that this happens when you too are baptized, God calling you to the homeland above and persuading you to have nothing in common with the earth. And if you do not see it, do not disbelieve. For at the beginnings of marvelous and spiritual things, visible sights and such signs always appear for the sake of those more foolishly disposed, who need a sensible sight and can form no idea of a bodiless nature, but are excited only by visible things; so that even if afterward these things do not happen, you may accept by faith what was once shown by them at the beginning. For in the case of the apostles too there was a sound of a violent wind, and sights of fiery tongues appeared; but not for the apostles' sake, but for the sake of the Jews then present. Yet even if sensible signs do not happen, we accept what was once shown by them. For the dove too appeared then for this reason, so that, as if with a finger, it might point out the Son of God to those present and to John. And not only for this, but so that you too may learn that the Spirit comes upon you also when you are baptized. Thereafter

12.3Field 1

δὲ ἡ ἡμῖν αἰσθητῆς οὐ χρεία ὄψεως, τῆς πίστεως ἀντὶ πάντων ἀρκούσην᾽ δ ὁ τὰ γὰρ σημεῖα οὐ τοῖς πιστεύουσιν, ἀλλὰ τοῖς ἀπίστοις. Διατί δὲ ἐν εἴδει περιστερᾶς ; Ἥμερον τὸ ζώον καὶ καθαρόν. ᾿Επεὶ οὖν καὶ τὸ πνεῦμα πραότητός ἐστι πνεῦμα, διὰ τοῦτο ἐν τούτῳ φαίνεται. Ἄλλως δὲ καὶ παλαιᾶς ἡμᾶς ἀναμιμνήσκει ἱστορίας. Καὶ γὰρ ναναγίου ποτὲ κοινοῦ τὴν οἰκουμένην καταλαβόντος ἅπασαν, καὶ τοῦ γένους ἡμῶν κινδυνεύοντος ἀφανισθῆναι, τοῦτο ἐφάνη τὸ ζῶον, καὶ τήν λύσιν τοῦ χειμῶνος ἔδειξε, καὶ κλάδον φέρον ἐλαίας, τὴν κοινὴν τῆς οἰκουμένης αλήνην εὐηγγελίσατο᾽ ἅπερ πάντα τύπος τῶν μελλόντων ἣν. Καὶ γὰρ τότε πολλῷ χεῖρον τὰ τῶν ἀνθρώπων διέκειτο, καὶ πολλῷ μείζονος ἄξιοι τιμωρίας ἦσαν. Ἵν᾽ οὗν κὴ ἀπογνῷς, ἀναμιμνήσκει σε τῆς ἱστορίας ἐκείνης. Καὶ γὰρ τότε τῶν πραγμάτων ἀπογνωσθέντων, Ὑόγονε λύσις τις καὶ διόρθωσις ἀλλὰ τότε διὰ τιμωρίας, νῦν δὲ διὰ χάριτος καὶ δωρεᾶς ἀφάτου. Διὰ τοῦτο καὶ ἡ περιστερὰ Φαίνεται, οὐ κλάδον ἐλαίας φέρουσα, ἀλλὰ τὸν πάντων τῶν κακῶν ἐλευθερωτὴν ἡμῖν δεικνύουσα, καὶ χρηστὰς ὑποτείνουσα τὰς ἐλπίδας. Οὐδὲ γὰρ ἀπὸ κιβωτοῦ ἄνθρωπον ἐξάγει ἕνα, αλλὰ τὴν οἰκουμένην ἅπασαν εἰς τὸν οὐρανὸν ἀνάγει φανεῖσα, καὶ ἀντὶ θαλλοῦ ἐλαίας τὴν νἱοθεσίαν τῷ κοινῷ τῆς οἰκουμένης κομίζει γένει. ᾿Εννοήσας τοίνυν τὸ μέγεθος τῆς δωρεᾶς, ἡ μηδὲ ἐλάττονα αὐτοῦ τὴν ἀξίαν νομίσῃς εἶναι, διὰ τὸ ἐν τοιαύτῃ φανῆναι ὄψει. Καὶ γὰρ ἀκούω τινῶν λεγόντων,. ὅτι ὅσον ἀνθρώπου καὶ περιστερᾶς τὸ μέσον; τοσοῦτον τοῦ Χριστοῦ καὶ τοῦ πνεύματος, ἐπειδὴ ὁ μὲν ἐν τῇ ἡμετέρᾳ Φύσει, τὸ δὲ ἐν ὄψει περιστερᾶς ἐφάνη. Τί οὗν πρὸς ταῦτά ἐστιν εἰπεῖν: Ὅτι ὁ μὲν υἱὸς τοῦ θεοῦ φύσιν ἀνθρώπου ἀνέλαβε τὸ δὲ πνεῦμα οὐ φύσιν ἀνέλαβε ποριστερᾶς. Διὰ τοῦτο καὶ ὁ εὐαγγελιστὴς οὐκ εἶπεν, ὅτι ἐν φύσει περιστερᾶς, ἀλλ᾽ ἐν εἴδει , περιστερᾶς οὐκοῦν οὐδὲ μετὰ ταῦτα ἐν τούτῳ ὥφθη τῷ σχήματι, ἀλλὰ τότε μόνον. Εἰ δὲ διὰ τοῦτο ἐλάττονα αὐτοῦ τὴν ἀξίαν φὴς εἶναι, εὑρεθήσεται καὶ τὰ Χερουβὶμ κατὰ τὸν λόγον τοῦτον ἀμείνω πολλώ, καὶ τοσοῦτον ὅσον περιστερᾶς ἀετός᾽ καὶ γὰρ εἰς ταύτην κἀκεῖνα ἐσχηματίσθη τὴν ὄψιν' καὶ οἱ ἄγγελοι δὲ ἀμείνους πάλιν καὶ γὰρ ἐν σχήματι ἀνθρώπων πολλάκις ἐφάνησαν. Ὁ Ἀλλ᾽ οὐκ ἔστι ταῦτα, οὐκ ἔστι. Καὶ γὰρ ἕτερον οἰκονομίας ἀλήθεια, καὶ ὄψεως προσκαίρου συγκατάβασις. Μὴ τοίνυν ἀχάριστος γίνου περὶ τὸν εὐεργέτην, μηδὲ τοῖς ἐναντίοις ἀμείβου τὸν τὴν πηγήν σοι τῆς μακαριότητος δωρησάμενον. Ὅπου γὰρ νἱοθεσίας ἀξίωμα, ἑ ἐκεῖ καὶ ἡ τῶν κακῶν ἀναίρεσις, καὶ ἡ τῶν ἀγαθῶν ἁπάντων δόσις. Διὰ δὴ τοῦτο τὸ μὲν ᾿Ιουδαικὸν παύεται βάπτισμα, τὸ δὲ ἡμέτερον ἀρχὴν λαμβάνει. Καὶ ὅπερ ἐπὶ τοῦ πάσχα γέγονε, τοῦτο καὶ ἐπὶ τοῦ βαπτίσματος συμβαίνει. Καὶ γὰρ καὶ ἐκεῖ ἀμφότερα μετἙ ελθὼν, τὸ μὲν βέπαυσε, τῷ δὲ ἀρχὴν δέδωκε καὶ ἐνταῦθα πληρώσας τὸ ᾿Ιουδαϊκὸν βάπτισμα, ὁμοῦ καὶ τοῦ τῆς ἐκκληςσίας τὰς θύρας ἀνοΐγνυσιν, ὥσπερ ἐν μιᾷ τραπέζῃ τότε, οὕτως ἐν ἑνὶ ἜΤαΜΕΙ νῦν, καὶ τὴν σκιὰν ὑπογράψας, καὶ τὴν ἀλήθειαν προσθείς. Πνεύματος γὰρ χάριν τοῦτο ἔχει τὸ βάπτισμα μόνον τὸ ) δὲ ᾿Ιωάννον ταύτης ἔρημον τῆς δωρεᾶς ἦν. Διὰ δὴ τοῦτο ἐπὶ μὲν τῶν ἄλλων ἢ τῶν βαπτιζομένων οὐδὲν τοιοῦτον συνέβη, ἐπὶ δὲ αὐτοῦ μόνου τοῦ μέλλοντος τοῦτο παραδιδόναι ἵνα μετὰ τῶν εἰρημένων καὶ τοῦτο μάθης, ὅτι οὐχ ἡ καθαρότης τοῦ ᾿βαπτίζοντος, αλλ᾽ ἢ δύναμις τοῦ βαπτιζομένου τοῦτο ἐποίησε. Τότε γοῦν καὶ οἱ οὐρανοὶ ἀνεῴχθησαν, καὶ τὸ πνεῦμα ἐπῆλθεν. ᾿Δπὸ γὰρ τῆς παλαιᾶς λοιπὸν ἐπὶ τὴν καινὴν ἐξάγει πολιτείαν ἡμᾶς, τάς τε πύλας ἡμῖν ἀνοιγνὺς τὰς ἄνω, καὶ πνεῦμα πέμπων ἐκεῖθεν, καλοῦν εἰς τὴν ἐκεῖ πατρίδα καὶ οὐχ ἁπλῶς καλοῦν, αλλὰ καὶ μετὰ ἀξιώματος τοῦ μεγίστου. Οὐ γὰρ ἀγγέλους καὶ ἀρχαγγέλους ἐποίησεν, ἀλλὰ υἱοὺς θεοῦ κατασκευάσας καὶ ἀγαπητοὺς, οὕτως ἕλκει πρὸς ἐκείνην τὴν λήξιν ἡμάς. Ταῦτ᾽ οὖν ἐννοήσας ἅπαντα, καὶ τῆς ἀγάπης τοῦ καλοῦντος, καὶ τῆς πολιτείας τῆς ἐκεῖ, καὶ τῆς τιμῆς τῆς δοθείσης ἄξιον επίδειξαι βίον τῷ κόσμῳ σταυρωθεὶς, καὶ σταυρώσας αὐτὸν σεαντῷ, τὴν τῶν οὐρανῶν πολιτεύου πολιτείαν μετὰ ἀκριβείας ἁπάσης μηδὲ ἐπειδὴ τὸ σῶμά σου μὴ μετέστη πρὸς τὸν οὐρανὸν, νομίσης ἔχειν τι κοινὸν πρὸς τὴν γῆν᾽ τὴν γὰρ κεφαλὴν ἄνω καθημένην ἔ ἔχεις. Καὶ διὰ τοῦτο ὲ πρότερον ἐνταῦθα παραγενόμενος ὁ δεσπότης, καὶ τοὺς ἀγγέλους ἀγαγὼν, τότε σε ἀναλαβὼν ἀπῆλθεν ἐκεῖ, ἵνα καὶ πρὸ τῆς ἀνόδου τῆς ἐκεῖσε μάθης, ὅ ὃτι δυνατόν σοι τὴν γῆν ὡς τὸν οὐρανὸν οἰκεῖν. Μένωμεν τοίνυν τὴν εὐγένειαν τηροῦντες, ἣν ἐδεξάμεθα ἐξ ἀρχῆς, καὶ τὰ ἐκεῖ βασίλεια καθ᾽ ἑκάστην ἐπιζητῶμεν τὴν ἡμέραν, καὶ πάντα τὰ ἐνταῦθα σκιὰν καὶ ὄναρ εἶναι νομίζωμεν. Οὐδὲ γὰρ εἰ βασιλεύς τις τῶν ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς πτωχὸν ὄντα οσς καὶ προσαιτοῦντα λαβὼν, υἱὸν ἐξαίφνης ἐ ἐποιήσατο, τὴν καλύβην καὶ τὴν εὐτέλειαν τῆς καλύβης τῆς σῆς ἐνενόησας ἄν᾽ καίτοιγε οὐ πολὺ τὸ μέσον ἐκεῖ. Μὴ τοίνυν μηδὲ ἐνταῦθα λογίζου τι τῶν προτέρων᾽ καὶ γὰρ ἐπὶ πολλῷ μείζοσιν ἐκλήθης. τε γὰρ καλῶν ὁ τῶν ἀγγέλων δεσπότης ἐστί τά τα διδόμενα ἀγαθὰ καὶ λόγον καὶ διάνοιαν ὑπερβαίνει πᾶσαν. Οὐ γὰρ ἀπὸ γῆς εἰς γῆν σε μεθίστησι, καθάπερ ὁ βασιλεὺς, ἀλλ᾽ ἀπὸ Ὁ γῆς εἰς οὐρανὸν, καὶ ἀπὸ φύσεως θνητῆς εἰς ἀθάνατον καὶ δόξαν ἃ ἄῤῥητον, τότε δυναμένην μόνον φανῆναι καλῶς, ὅταν αὐτῆς ἀπολαύσωμεν. Τοιούτων τοίνυν μέλλων μετέχειν ἀγαθῶν, χρημάτων μοι μέμνησαι, καὶ τῆς ἐνταῦθα φαντασίας ἀντέχῃ : : καὶ οὐ νομίζεις ἅ ἅπαντα τὰ ὁρώμενα. τῶν τοῦ προσαἰτοῦντος βακίων. εὐτελέστερα εἶναι; Καὶ πῶς ἄξιος ᾿Φανήσῃ ταύτης τῆς τιμῆς: ποίαν δὲ ἕξεις ἀπολογίαν εἰπεῖν, μᾶλλον δὲ ποίαν οὐ δώσεις δίκην, μετὰ τοσαύτην δωρεὰν ἐπὶ τὸν πρότερον ἔμετον τρέχων: Οὐκέτι γὰρ ὡς ἄνθρωπος ἁπλῶς, ἀλλ᾽ ὡς νὶὸς θεοῦ ἁμαρτὼν κολάζῃ, καὶ γίνεταί σοι Ἑ τὸ τῆς τιμῆς μάγεθος ἐφόδιον τιμωρίας μείζονος. Καὶ γὰρ καὶ ἡμεῖς οὐχ ὁμοίως δούλους ἁμαρτάνοντας, καὶ υἱοὺς τὸ αὐτὸ πλημμελοῦντας κολαζομεν᾽ καὶ μάλιστα ὅταν μεγάλα παρ᾽ ἡμῶν εὐεργετημένοι τύχωσιν. Εἰ γὰρ ὁ παράδεισον λαχὼν, διὰ μίαν παρακοὴν τοσαῦτα μετὰ τὴν τιμὴν ὑπέστη δεινά᾽ οἱ τὸν οὐρανὸν ἀπολαβόντες ἡμεῖς, καὶ τῷ μονογενεῖ γενόμενοι σνγκληρονόμοι, τίνα ἕξομεν σνγγνώμην, τῷ ὄφει μετὰ τὴν περιστερὰν προστρέχοντες: Οὐκέτι γὰρ, γῆ εἶ, καὶ εἰς γῆν ἀπελεύσῃ, καὶ ἐργᾷ τὴν γῆν, καὶ τὰ πρότερα ἀκουσόμεθα ἐκεῖνα; αλλὰ τὰ πολλῷ τούτων χαλεπώτερα, τὸ σκότος τὸ ἐξώτερον, τὰ δεσμὰ τὰ ἄλντα, τὸν σκώληκα τὸν ἰοβόλον, τὸν βρυγμὸν τῶν ὀδόντων καὶ μᾶλα εἰκότως. Ὁ γὰρ μηδὲ εὐεργεσίᾳ τοσαύτη γενόμενος βελτίων, δικαίως ἂν τὴν ἐσχάτην καὶ χαλεπωτέραν δῴη δίκην. Ηνοιξέ ποτε καὶ ἔκλεισε τὸν οὐρανὸν ᾿Ηλίας. αλλ᾽ ὥστε Ἐ ὑετὸν ἅὮΒ κατενεγκεῖν καὶ ἀναστεῖλαι σοὶ δὲ οὐχ οὕτως ἀνοίγεται ὁ οὐρανὸς, αλλ ὥστε ἀναβῆναί σε ἐκεῖ καὶ τὸ δὴ μεῖζον, οὐχ ὥὦστε ἀναβῆναι, ἀλλ᾽ ὥστε καὶ ἑτέρους ἀναγαγεῖν, εἰ βουληθείης τοσαύτην͵ σοι παῤῥησίαν καὶ ἐξουσίαν ἐν τοῖς ἑαυτοῦ ἔδωκεν ἅ ἅπασιν. ᾿Επεὶ οὖν ἐκεῖ ἡμῶν ἡ οἰκία, ἐκεῖ πάντα ἀποθώμεθα, καὶ μηδὲν ἐνταῦθα καταλίπωμεν, ἵ ἵνα μὴ αὐτὰ ἀπολέσωμεν. ᾿Ενταῦθα μὲν γὰρ κἀν κλεῖν ἐπιθῆς, κἂν θύρας καὶ μοχλοὺς, κἂν μυρίους ἐπιστήσης οἰκέτας, καὶ πάντων περυγένῃ τῶν κακούργων, κᾶν Τοὺς τῶν ᾿βασκάνων διαφύγῃς ὀφθαλμοὺς, κἂν τοὺς σῆτας, κἂν τὴν απὸ τοῦ χρόνου γινομένην ἀπώλειαν, ὅπερ ἀδύνατον, τὸν γοῦν θάνατον οὐ διαφεύξη ποτὲ, ἀλλ᾽ ᾿ἀφαιρεθήσῃ ἅπαντα ἐκεῖνα ἐν μιᾷ καιροῦ ῥοπῇ: καὶ οὐκ ἀφαιρεθήσῃ μόνον, αλλὰ καὶ εἰς τὰς τών ἐχθρῶν πολλάκις παραπέμψεις χεῖρας. Ἂν δὲ εἰς ἐκείγὴν παραπέμψηῃς τὴν οἰκίαν, πάντων ἀνώτερος ἔση. Οὔτε γὰρ κλεῖν, οὔτε θύρας καὶ μοχλοὺς ἐπιθεῖναι δεῖ τοιαύτη τῆς πόλεως ἐκείνης ἡ δύναμις οὕτως ἄσυλον τὸ χωρίον ἐστὶ, καὶ φθορᾷ καὶ πονηρίᾳ πάση ἄβατον τοῦτο ᾿ὑφέστηκε.

de hē hēmin aisthētēs ou chreia opseōs, tēs pisteōs anti pantōn arkousēn᾽ d ho ta gar sēmeia ou tois pisteuousin, alla tois apistois. Diati de en eidei peristeras ? Hēmeron to zōon kai katharon. ᾿Epei oun kai to pneuma praotētos esti pneuma, dia touto en toutǭ phainetai. Allōs de kai palaias hēmas anamimnēskei historias. Kai gar nanagiou pote koinou tēn oikoumenēn katalabontos hapasan, kai tou genous hēmōn kindyneuontos aphanisthēnai, touto ephanē to zōon, kai tēn lysin tou cheimōnos edeixe, kai kladon pheron elaias, tēn koinēn tēs oikoumenēs alēnēn euēngelisato᾽ haper panta typos tōn mellontōn hēn. Kai gar tote pollǭ cheiron ta tōn anthrōpōn diekeito, kai pollǭ meizonos axioi timōrias ēsan. Hin᾽ houn kē apognǭs, anamimnēskei se tēs historias ekeinēs. Kai gar tote tōn pragmatōn apognōsthentōn, Hyogone lysis tis kai diorthōsis alla tote dia timōrias, nyn de dia charitos kai dōreas aphatou. Dia touto kai hē peristera Phainetai, ou kladon elaias pherousa, alla ton pantōn tōn kakōn eleutherōtēn hēmin deiknyousa, kai chrēstas hypoteinousa tas elpidas. Oude gar apo kibōtou anthrōpon exagei hena, alla tēn oikoumenēn hapasan eis ton ouranon anagei phaneisa, kai anti thallou elaias tēn niothesian tǭ koinǭ tēs oikoumenēs komizei genei. ᾿Ennoēsas toinyn to megethos tēs dōreas, hē mēde elattona autou tēn axian nomisę̄s einai, dia to en toiautę̄ phanēnai opsei. Kai gar akouō tinōn legontōn,. hoti hoson anthrōpou kai peristeras to meson? tosouton tou Christou kai tou pneumatos, epeidē ho men en tę̄ hēmeterą Physei, to de en opsei peristeras ephanē. Ti houn pros tauta estin eipein: Hoti ho men huios tou theou physin anthrōpou anelabe to de pneuma ou physin anelabe poristeras. Dia touto kai ho euangelistēs ouk eipen, hoti en physei peristeras, all᾽ en eidei , peristeras oukoun oude meta tauta en toutǭ hōphthē tǭ schēmati, alla tote monon. Ei de dia touto elattona autou tēn axian phēs einai, heurethēsetai kai ta Cheroubim kata ton logon touton ameinō pollō, kai tosouton hoson peristeras aetos᾽ kai gar eis tautēn kakeina eschēmatisthē tēn opsin' kai hoi angeloi de ameinous palin kai gar en schēmati anthrōpōn pollakis ephanēsan. Ho All᾽ ouk esti tauta, ouk esti. Kai gar heteron oikonomias alētheia, kai opseōs proskairou synkatabasis. Mē toinyn acharistos ginou peri ton euergetēn, mēde tois enantiois ameibou ton tēn pēgēn soi tēs makariotētos dōrēsamenon. Hopou gar niothesias axiōma, he ekei kai hē tōn kakōn anairesis, kai hē tōn agathōn hapantōn dosis. Dia dē touto to men ᾿Ioudaikon pauetai baptisma, to de hēmeteron archēn lambanei. Kai hoper epi tou pascha gegone, touto kai epi tou baptismatos symbainei. Kai gar kai ekei amphotera metE elthōn, to men bepause, tǭ de archēn dedōke kai entautha plērōsas to ᾿Ioudaïkon baptisma, homou kai tou tēs ekklēssias tas thyras anoïgnysin, hōsper en mią trapezę̄ tote, houtōs en heni ETaMEI nyn, kai tēn skian hypograpsas, kai tēn alētheian prostheis. Pneumatos gar charin touto echei to baptisma monon to ) de ᾿Iōannon tautēs erēmon tēs dōreas ēn. Dia dē touto epi men tōn allōn ē tōn baptizomenōn ouden toiouton synebē, epi de autou monou tou mellontos touto paradidonai hina meta tōn eirēmenōn kai touto mathēs, hoti ouch hē katharotēs tou ᾿baptizontos, all᾽ ē dynamis tou baptizomenou touto epoiēse. Tote goun kai hoi ouranoi aneǭchthēsan, kai to pneuma epēlthen. ᾿Dpo gar tēs palaias loipon epi tēn kainēn exagei politeian hēmas, tas te pylas hēmin anoignys tas anō, kai pneuma pempōn ekeithen, kaloun eis tēn ekei patrida kai ouch haplōs kaloun, alla kai meta axiōmatos tou megistou. Ou gar angelous kai archangelous epoiēsen, alla huious theou kataskeuasas kai agapētous, houtōs helkei pros ekeinēn tēn lēxin hēmas. Taut᾽ oun ennoēsas hapanta, kai tēs agapēs tou kalountos, kai tēs politeias tēs ekei, kai tēs timēs tēs dotheisēs axion epideixai bion tǭ kosmǭ staurōtheis, kai staurōsas auton seantǭ, tēn tōn ouranōn politeuou politeian meta akribeias hapasēs mēde epeidē to sōma sou mē metestē pros ton ouranon, nomisēs echein ti koinon pros tēn gēn᾽ tēn gar kephalēn anō kathēmenēn e echeis. Kai dia touto e proteron entautha paragenomenos ho despotēs, kai tous angelous agagōn, tote se analabōn apēlthen ekei, hina kai pro tēs anodou tēs ekeise mathēs, ho hoti dynaton soi tēn gēn hōs ton ouranon oikein. Menōmen toinyn tēn eugeneian tērountes, hēn edexametha ex archēs, kai ta ekei basileia kath᾽ hekastēn epizētōmen tēn hēmeran, kai panta ta entautha skian kai onar einai nomizōmen. Oude gar ei basileus tis tōn epi tēs gēs ptōchon onta oss kai prosaitounta labōn, huion exaiphnēs e epoiēsato, tēn kalybēn kai tēn euteleian tēs kalybēs tēs sēs enenoēsas an᾽ kaitoige ou poly to meson ekei. Mē toinyn mēde entautha logizou ti tōn proterōn᾽ kai gar epi pollǭ meizosin eklēthēs. te gar kalōn ho tōn angelōn despotēs esti ta ta didomena agatha kai logon kai dianoian hyperbainei pasan. Ou gar apo gēs eis gēn se methistēsi, kathaper ho basileus, all᾽ apo Ho gēs eis ouranon, kai apo physeōs thnētēs eis athanaton kai doxan ha arrhēton, tote dynamenēn monon phanēnai kalōs, hotan autēs apolausōmen. Toioutōn toinyn mellōn metechein agathōn, chrēmatōn moi memnēsai, kai tēs entautha phantasias antechę̄ : : kai ou nomizeis ha hapanta ta horōmena. tōn tou prosaitountos bakiōn. eutelestera einai? Kai pōs axios ᾿Phanēsę̄ tautēs tēs timēs: poian de hexeis apologian eipein, mallon de poian ou dōseis dikēn, meta tosautēn dōrean epi ton proteron emeton trechōn: Ouketi gar hōs anthrōpos haplōs, all᾽ hōs nios theou hamartōn kolazę̄, kai ginetai soi He to tēs timēs magethos ephodion timōrias meizonos. Kai gar kai hēmeis ouch homoiōs doulous hamartanontas, kai huious to auto plēmmelountas kolazomen᾽ kai malista hotan megala par᾽ hēmōn euergetēmenoi tychōsin. Ei gar ho paradeison lachōn, dia mian parakoēn tosauta meta tēn timēn hypestē deina᾽ hoi ton ouranon apolabontes hēmeis, kai tǭ monogenei genomenoi snnklēronomoi, tina hexomen snngnōmēn, tǭ ophei meta tēn peristeran prostrechontes: Ouketi gar, gē ei, kai eis gēn apeleusę̄, kai ergą tēn gēn, kai ta protera akousometha ekeina? alla ta pollǭ toutōn chalepōtera, to skotos to exōteron, ta desma ta alnta, ton skōlēka ton iobolon, ton brygmon tōn odontōn kai mala eikotōs. Ho gar mēde euergesią tosautē genomenos beltiōn, dikaiōs an tēn eschatēn kai chalepōteran dǭē dikēn. Ēnoixe pote kai ekleise ton ouranon ᾿Ēlias. all᾽ hōste E hyeton haŌB katenenkein kai anasteilai soi de ouch houtōs anoigetai ho ouranos, all hōste anabēnai se ekei kai to dē meizon, ouch hōōste anabēnai, all᾽ hōste kai heterous anagagein, ei boulētheiēs tosautēn͵ soi parrhēsian kai exousian en tois heautou edōken ha hapasin. ᾿Epei oun ekei hēmōn hē oikia, ekei panta apothōmetha, kai mēden entautha katalipōmen, hi hina mē auta apolesōmen. ᾿Entautha men gar kan klein epithēs, kan thyras kai mochlous, kan myrious epistēsēs oiketas, kai pantōn perygenę̄ tōn kakourgōn, kan Tous tōn ᾿baskanōn diaphygę̄s ophthalmous, kan tous sētas, kan tēn apo tou chronou ginomenēn apōleian, hoper adynaton, ton goun thanaton ou diapheuxē pote, all᾽ ᾿aphairethēsę̄ hapanta ekeina en mią kairou rhopę̄: kai ouk aphairethēsę̄ monon, alla kai eis tas tōn echthrōn pollakis parapempseis cheiras. An de eis ekeigēn parapempsēę̄s tēn oikian, pantōn anōteros esē. Oute gar klein, oute thyras kai mochlous epitheinai dei toiautē tēs poleōs ekeinēs hē dynamis houtōs asylon to chōrion esti, kai phthorą kai ponērią pasē abaton touto ᾿hyphestēke.

we have no need of a sensible sight, since faith suffices instead of everything; “for signs are not for those who believe, but for unbelievers.” And why in the form of a dove? The creature is gentle and pure. Since, then, the Spirit too is a Spirit of meekness, it appears in this form. And besides, it reminds us of an ancient story. For once, when a common shipwreck had seized the whole world and our race was in danger of being wiped out, this creature appeared and showed the end of the storm, and carrying an olive branch, it brought the good news of the common calm of the world; all of which was a type of things to come. For then too men's affairs were in a much worse state, and they deserved much greater punishment. So that you may not despair, then, it reminds you of that story. For then too, when things were despaired of, there came a release and correction; but then through punishment, now through grace and an unspeakable gift. That is why the dove appears, not carrying an olive branch, but pointing out to us the deliverer from all evils and holding out good hopes. For it does not lead one man out of an ark, but having appeared it leads the whole world up to heaven, and instead of an olive shoot it brings adoption to the common race of the world.

Considering, then, the greatness of the gift, do not think that its dignity is less because it appeared in such a form. For I hear some saying that as great as the difference is between a man and a dove, so great is the difference between Christ and the Spirit, since the one appeared in our nature and the other in the form of a dove. What then is to be said to this? That the Son of God took the nature of man, but the Spirit did not take the nature of a dove. That is why the evangelist did not say “in the nature of a dove,” but “in the form of a dove”; and so it was not seen in this shape afterward either, but only then. And if for this reason you say its dignity is less, the cherubim too will be found by this argument much better, as much as an eagle is better than a dove; for they too were shaped into that appearance; and the angels again better, for they often appeared in the form of men. But it is not so, it is not so. For the truth of the dispensation is one thing, and the condescension of a temporary appearance another.

Do not, then, be ungrateful toward your benefactor, nor repay with the opposite the one who gave you the fountain of blessedness. For where there is the dignity of adoption, there is also the removal of evils and the giving of all good things. That is why the Jewish baptism ceases and ours takes its beginning. And what happened with the Passover happens also with baptism. For there too, taking up both, he ended the one and gave beginning to the other; and here, having fulfilled the Jewish baptism, he at once opens the doors of the church's too; as at one table then, so in one river now, both sketching the shadow and adding the truth. For this baptism alone has the grace of the Spirit; John's was empty of this gift. That is why with the others who were baptized nothing of the kind happened, but only with him who was to hand this down; so that besides what has been said you may learn this too, that it was not the purity of the baptizer but the power of the one baptized that did this. Then, at any rate, the heavens were opened and the Spirit came upon him. For he leads us from the old to the new way of life, opening the gates above to us and sending the Spirit from there, calling us to the homeland there; and not simply calling, but with the greatest dignity. For he did not make us angels and archangels, but making us sons of God and beloved, so he draws us to that lot.

Considering all these things, then, the love of the one who calls, the citizenship there, and the honor given, show a life worthy of them, crucified to the world and crucifying it to yourself; live the citizenship of heaven with all exactness; and do not think, because your body has not been moved to heaven, that you have anything in common with the earth; for you have your head seated above. And that is why the Master first came here and brought the angels, and then, taking you up, went away there, so that even before your going up there you may learn that it is possible for you to dwell on earth as in heaven. Let us remain, then, keeping the nobility we received from the beginning, and let us seek the palace there every day, and think all things here shadow and a dream. For if one of the kings on earth took you, poor and begging, and suddenly made you his son, you would not think of your hut and the meanness of your hut; and yet there the difference is not great. Do not, then, here either reckon anything of former things; for you have been called to far greater things. For the one who calls is the Lord of the angels, and the good things given surpass all speech and understanding. For he does not move you from earth to earth, as the king does, but from earth to heaven, and from a mortal nature to immortality and unspeakable glory, which can be well shown only when we enjoy it. Being about, then, to share in such good things, do you remind me of money and cling to the pomp here? And do you not think all visible things meaner than a beggar's rags? And how will you appear worthy of this honor? What defense will you have to give, or rather, what penalty will you not pay, if after so great a gift you run back to your former vomit? For you are no longer punished as a mere man when you sin, but as a son of God; and the greatness of the honor becomes for you provision for a greater punishment. For we too do not punish alike slaves who sin and sons who commit the same offense, especially when they happen to have received great benefits from us. For if the one who obtained paradise underwent such terrors after the honor for one disobedience, what pardon shall we have, who have received heaven and become joint heirs with the Only-begotten, if we run to the serpent after the dove? For we shall no longer hear, “Earth you are, and to earth you will go,” and, “You will work the earth,” and those former things, but things much harsher than these: the outer darkness, the bonds that cannot be loosed, the venomous worm, the gnashing of teeth; and with good reason. For one who does not become better even by so great a benefit would justly pay the last and harshest penalty.

Elijah once opened and shut heaven, but so as to bring down rain and to hold it back; but for you heaven is not opened so, but so that you may go up there; and what is greater, not only to go up, but also to bring others up, if you wish; so great a confidence and authority has he given you in all his things. Since, then, our house is there, let us store everything there and leave nothing here, so that we may not lose it. For here, even if you put on a key, even doors and bars, even if you set countless servants on guard and get the better of all wrongdoers, even if you escape the eyes of the envious, and the moths, and the destruction that comes with time, which is impossible, you will never escape death at least, but you will be robbed of all those things in one turn of time; and not only robbed, but you will often pass them on into the hands of your enemies. But if you send them on to that house, you will be above all things. For there is no need to put on a key, or doors and bars; such is the power of that city, so inviolable the place, and inaccessible to all corruption and wickedness.

12.5Field 1

Πῶς οὖν οὐκ ἐσχάτης ἀνοίας; ἔνθα μὲν ἀπόλλνται καὶ διαφθείρεται τὰ ἀποτιθέμενα;, σωρεύειν ἅπαντα, ἔνθα δὲ ἀνέπαφα μένει, καὶ πλείω γίνεται, ἐνταῦθα μηδὲ τὸ πολὉ λοστὸν ἀποτίθεσθαι μέρος, καὶ ταῦτα τὸν ἅπαντα μέλλοντας ἐκεῖ βιώσεσθαι χρόνον : Διὰ τοῦτο καὶ Ἑλληνες ἀπιστοῦσι τοῖς παρ ἡμῶν λεγομένοις ἀφ᾽ ὧν γὰρ πράττομεν, οὐκ αφ᾽ ὧν λέγομεν, τὴν παρ ἡμῶν ἀπόδειξιν λαμβάνειν ἐθέλουσι καὶ ἐπειδὰν ἴδωσιν οἰκίας οἰκοδομουμένους λαμπρὰ καὶ παραδείσους κατασκευα ἰζοντας καὶ λουτρὰ, καὶ ἀγροὺς ὠνουμένους; οὐκ ἣ ἐθέλουσι πιστεῦσαι, ὅτι πρὸς ἑτέραν παρασκεναζόμεθα πόλεως ἀποδημίαν. Εἰ γὰρ τοῦτο ἦν, φησὶν, ἅπαντα τὰ ἐνταῦθα ἁ αν ἐξαργυρίσαντες, ἐ εκεῖ προαπέ- Ἑ θεντο᾽ καὶ τοῦτο ἀπὸ τῶν ἐνταῦθα γινομένων στοχάζονται. Καὶ γὰρ ὁρῶμεν τοὺς σφόδρα εὐπόρους ἐν ἐκείναις μάλιστα ταῖς πόλεσιν οἰκίας καὶ ἀγροὺς καὶ τὰ ἄλλα πᾶντα ΤῊΣ μένους, ἐν αἷς διατρίβειν μέλλουσιν. Ἀλλ᾽ ἡμεῖς τουναντίον ποιοῦμεν καὶ τὴν μὲν γῆν, ἣν μικρὸν ὕστερον ἀφιέναι μελλομεν, μετὰ πολλὴς κτώμεθα τῆς σπουδῆς, οὐχὶ Χρήματα μόνον, ἀλλὰ καὶ τὸ αἷμα αὐτὸ προϊέμενοι ὑπὲρ πλέθρων καὶ οἰκημάτων ὀλίγων ὑπὲρ δὲ τοῦ τὸν οὐρανὸν πρίασθαι οὐδὲ τὰ περιττὰ τῆς χρείας ἀνεχόμεθα δοῦναι, καὶ ταῦτα ὁλέγης αὐτὸν μέλλοντες ὠνεῖσθαι τιμῆς, καὶ διαπαντὸς ἔ εἐχειν, εἴγε αὐτὸν ὠνησαίμεθα. Διά τοι τοῦτο τὴν ἐσχάτην δώσομεν δίκην; γνμνοὶ καὶ πένητες ἀπιόντες ἐκεῖ, μᾶλλον δὲ οὐχ ὑπὲρ τῆς ἡμετέρας πτωχείας, ἀλλὰ καὶ ὑπὲρ ὧν ἄλλους τοιούτους ποιοῦμεν, τὰς ἀνηκέστους ὑποστησόμεθα συμφοράς. Ὅταν γὰρ ἴδωσιν Ἕλληνες περὶ ταῦτα σπουδάζοντας τοὺς τοσούτων ἀπολαύσαντας μυστηρίων, πολλῷ μᾶλλον αὐτοὶ τῶν παρόντων ἀνθέξονται. Ὅθεν πολὺ καὶ ἐντεῦθεν ἐπὶ τὴν ἡμετέραν κεφαλὴν σωρεύομεν πῦρ. Ὅταν γὰρ οἱ διδαάσ- , κειν αὐτοὺς ὀφείλοντες ὑπερορᾶν τῶν φαινομένων ἁπάντων, αὐτοὶ μάλιστα πάντων αὐτοὺς εἰς τὴν τούτων ἐμβάλλωμεν ἐπιθυμίαν, πότε δυνησόμεθα σωθῆναι, τῆς ἑτέρων ἀπωλείας τὰς εὐθύνας ὑπέχοντες; Οὐκ ἀκούεις τοῦ Χριστοῦ λέγοντος; ὅτι ἀντὶ ἁλῶν καὶ λαμπάδων ἀφῆκεν ἡμᾶς εἶναι ἐν τῷ κόσμῳ τούτῳ, ἵνα καὶ τοὺς διαῤῥέοντας ὑπὸ τρυφῆς ἐπισφίγγωμεν, καὶ τοὺς τῇ μερίμνη τῶν χρημάτων ἐσκοτωμένους φωτίζωμεν: Ὅταν οὖν καὶ εἰς σκότος αὐτοὺς ἐμβάλλωμεν πλεῖον, καὶ χαυνοτέρους ποιώμεν, τίς ἔσται σωτηρίας ἡμῖν ἐλπίς : Οὐκ ἔστιν οὐδεμία᾽ Ὁ ἀλλ᾽ οἰμώζοντες, καὶ τοὺς ὀδόντας βρύχοντες, καὶ δεδεμένοι πόδας καὶ χεῖρας εἰς τὸ τῆς γεέννης ἀπελευσόμεθα πῦρ, μετὰ τὸ ,κατεργασθῆναι: καλῶς ταῖς τοῦ πλούτου φροντίσι. Ταῦτ᾽ οὖν ἐννοήσαντες ἅπαντα, τὰ δεσμὰ λύσωμεν τῆς τοιαύτης ἀπάτης, ἵ ἵνα μηδὲ εἰς ἐκεῖνα ἐμπέσωμεν τὰ τῷ πυρὶ παραδιδόντα ἡ ἡμᾶς τῷ ἀσβέστῳ. Ὁ μὲν γὰρ. ρήμασι δουλεύων, καὶ ταῖς ἐνταῦθα ἁλύσεσι καὶ ταῖς ἐκεῖ διηνεκῶς ἔσται ὑπεύθυνος ὁ δὲ ταύτης ἀπηλλαγῃ μένος τῆς ἐπιθυμίας, ἑκατέρας τεύξεται τῆς ἐλευθερίας ἧς ἵνα καὶ ἡμεῖς ἐπιτύχωμεν, τὸν χαλεπὸν τῆς φιλοχρηματίας συντρίψαντες ζυγὸν, πτερώσωμεν ἑαυτοὺς πρὸς τὸν οὐρανὸν, ἄριτι καὶ φιλανθρωπίᾳ τοῦ κυρίου ἡμῶν Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ, ᾧ ἡ δόξα καὶ τὸ κράτος εἰς τοὺς αἰῶνας τῶν αἰώνων. ᾿Αμῆν.

Pōs oun ouk eschatēs anoias? entha men apollntai kai diaphtheiretai ta apotithemena?, sōreuein hapanta, entha de anepapha menei, kai pleiō ginetai, entautha mēde to polO loston apotithesthai meros, kai tauta ton hapanta mellontas ekei biōsesthai chronon : Dia touto kai Hellēnes apistousi tois par hēmōn legomenois aph᾽ hōn gar prattomen, ouk aph᾽ hōn legomen, tēn par hēmōn apodeixin lambanein ethelousi kai epeidan idōsin oikias oikodomoumenous lampra kai paradeisous kataskeua izontas kai loutra, kai agrous ōnoumenous? ouk hē ethelousi pisteusai, hoti pros heteran paraskenazometha poleōs apodēmian. Ei gar touto ēn, phēsin, hapanta ta entautha ha an exargyrisantes, e ekei proape- He thento᾽ kai touto apo tōn entautha ginomenōn stochazontai. Kai gar horōmen tous sphodra euporous en ekeinais malista tais polesin oikias kai agrous kai ta alla panta TĒS menous, en hais diatribein mellousin. All᾽ hēmeis tounantion poioumen kai tēn men gēn, hēn mikron hysteron aphienai mellomen, meta pollēs ktōmetha tēs spoudēs, ouchi Chrēmata monon, alla kai to haima auto proïemenoi hyper plethrōn kai oikēmatōn oligōn hyper de tou ton ouranon priasthai oude ta peritta tēs chreias anechometha dounai, kai tauta holegēs auton mellontes ōneisthai timēs, kai diapantos e eechein, eige auton ōnēsaimetha. Dia toi touto tēn eschatēn dōsomen dikēn? gnmnoi kai penētes apiontes ekei, mallon de ouch hyper tēs hēmeteras ptōcheias, alla kai hyper hōn allous toioutous poioumen, tas anēkestous hypostēsometha symphoras. Hotan gar idōsin Hellēnes peri tauta spoudazontas tous tosoutōn apolausantas mystēriōn, pollǭ mallon autoi tōn parontōn anthexontai. Hothen poly kai enteuthen epi tēn hēmeteran kephalēn sōreuomen pyr. Hotan gar hoi didaas- , kein autous opheilontes hyperoran tōn phainomenōn hapantōn, autoi malista pantōn autous eis tēn toutōn emballōmen epithymian, pote dynēsometha sōthēnai, tēs heterōn apōleias tas euthynas hypechontes? Ouk akoueis tou Christou legontos? hoti anti halōn kai lampadōn aphēken hēmas einai en tǭ kosmǭ toutǭ, hina kai tous diarrheontas hypo tryphēs episphingōmen, kai tous tę̄ merimnē tōn chrēmatōn eskotōmenous phōtizōmen: Hotan oun kai eis skotos autous emballōmen pleion, kai chaunoterous poiōmen, tis estai sōtērias hēmin elpis : Ouk estin oudemia᾽ Ho all᾽ oimōzontes, kai tous odontas brychontes, kai dedemenoi podas kai cheiras eis to tēs geennēs apeleusometha pyr, meta to ,katergasthēnai: kalōs tais tou ploutou phrontisi. Taut᾽ oun ennoēsantes hapanta, ta desma lysōmen tēs toiautēs apatēs, hi hina mēde eis ekeina empesōmen ta tǭ pyri paradidonta hē hēmas tǭ asbestǭ. Ho men gar. rēmasi douleuōn, kai tais entautha halysesi kai tais ekei diēnekōs estai hypeuthynos ho de tautēs apēllagę̄ menos tēs epithymias, hekateras teuxetai tēs eleutherias hēs hina kai hēmeis epitychōmen, ton chalepon tēs philochrēmatias syntripsantes zygon, pterōsōmen heautous pros ton ouranon, ariti kai philanthrōpią tou kyriou hēmōn Iēsou Christou, hǭ hē doxa kai to kratos eis tous aiōnas tōn aiōnōn. ᾿Amēn.

How then is it not the height of folly to heap up everything where what is stored perishes and is destroyed, but not to store even the smallest part where it remains untouched and increases, and that when we are going to live all our time there? That is why the Greeks too disbelieve what we say; for they wish to take the proof from what we do, not from what we say; and when they see us building splendid houses, laying out gardens and baths, and buying fields, they will not believe that we are preparing for a journey to another city. For if this were so, they say, they would have turned everything here into money and stored it there beforehand; and they guess this from what happens here. For we see the very rich buying houses and fields and all the rest above all in those cities in which they are going to live. But we do the opposite; and the earth, which we are going to leave a little later, we acquire with great zeal, giving up not only money but even blood itself for a few acres and dwellings; but to buy heaven we cannot bear to give even what is beyond our need, and that when we are going to buy it at a small price and have it forever, if we buy it. That is why we shall pay the utmost penalty, going there naked and poor; or rather, we shall undergo incurable calamities not only for our own poverty but also for making others such. For when the Greeks see those who have enjoyed such mysteries eager for these things, they will cling much more to present things themselves. From this too we heap much fire on our own head. For when we, who ought to teach them to look down on all visible things, above all others cast them into the desire for these, when shall we be able to be saved, liable for the destruction of others? Do you not hear Christ saying that he left us in this world as salt and lamps, so that we might brace those dissolved by luxury and enlighten those darkened by the care of money? When, then, we throw them into greater darkness and make them more slack, what hope of salvation will there be for us? There is none; but wailing and gnashing our teeth, bound hand and foot, we shall go off into the fire of hell, after being well worked over by the cares of wealth. Considering all these things, then, let us loose the bonds of such deceit, so that we may not fall into those things that hand us over to the unquenchable fire. For one who is a slave to money will be liable both to the chains here and to those there continually; but one who has been freed from this desire will obtain both freedoms; which that we too may obtain, let us break the cruel yoke of love of money and give ourselves wings toward heaven, by the grace and lovingkindness of our Lord Jesus Christ, to whom be glory and might to the ages of ages. Amen.

Chapter 13

13.1Field 1

᾿Ιησοῦς εἰς τὴν ἔρημον ὑπὸ τοῦ πνεύματος, πειρασθῆναι ὑπὸ τοῦ διαβόλου. ΤΟΤΕ πότε: Μετὰ τὴν τοῦ πνεύματος κάθοδον, μετὰ τὴν φωνὴν τὴν ἄνωθεν ἐνεχθεῖσαν καὶ λέγουσαν οὗτός ἐστιν ὁ υἱός μου ὁ ἀγαπητὸς, ἐν ᾧ ηὐδόκησα. Καὶ τὸ δὴ θαυμαστὸν, ὅτι ὑπὸ τοῦ πνεύματος τοῦ ἁγίου τοῦτο γὰρ αὐτὸν ἀνάγειν ἐνταῦθα φησιν. Ἐπειδὴ γὰρ πάντα πρὸς διδασκαλίαν ἡμῶν ἔπραττέ τε καὶ ὑπέμενεν; ἀνέχεται καὶ τῆς ἐκεῖσε ἀναγωγῆς; καὶ τῆς πρὸς τὸν διάβολον πάλης ἵνα ἕκαστος τῶν βαπτιζομένων, εἰ μετὰ τὸ βάπτισμα μείζονας ὑπομείνειε πειρασμοὺς, μὴ ταράττηται, ὡς παρὰ προσδοκίαν τοὺ πράγματος γινομένου, ἀλλὰ μένῃ γενναίως πάντα ὡς κατὰ ἀκολουθίαν τούτου συμβαίνοντος. Καὶ διὰ τοῦτο ἔλαβες ὅπλα, οὐχ ἵνα ἀργῇς, αλλ᾽ ἵνα τὐλυΐοι ΠΑΙΩ τοῦτο οὐδὲ ἐπιόντας κωλύει τοὺς πειρασμοὺς ὁ θεός πρῶτον μὲν ἵνα μάθης ὅτι πολλῷ γέγονας ἰσχυρότερος ἔπειτα ἵνα μένῃς μετριάζων, μηδὲ τῷ μεγέθει τῶν δωρεῶν ἐπαρθῆς, τῶν πειρασμῶν συστέλλειν σε δυναμένων᾽ πρὸς τούτοις, ἵνα ὁ πονηρὸς δαίμων ἐκεῖνος, ὁ τέως ἀμφιβάλλων περὶ τῆς σῆς ἀποστάσεως, ἀπὸ τῆς βασάνον τῶν πειρασμῶν πληροφορηθῇ, ὅτι τέλεον αὐτὸν ἐγκαταλιπὼν ἀπέστης τέταρτον, ἵνα ἰσχυρότερος καὶ σιδήρου παντὸς εὐτονώτερος ταύτῃ κατασκευασθῆς πέμπτον, ἵνα ἀπόδειξιν λάβῃς σαφῆ τῶν πιστευθέντων σοι θησαυρῶν. Οὐδὲ γὰρ ἂν ἐπῆλθεν ὁ διάβολος, εἰ μή σε ἔν μείζονι γενόμενον εἶδε τιμῇ. Ἔντεῦθεν γοῦν καὶ εξ ἀρχῆς ἐπανέστη τῷ Αδάμ, ἐπειδὴ πολλῆς αὐτὸν εἶδεν ἀπολαύσαντα τῆς ἀξίας. Διὰ τοῦτο παρετάξατο πρὸς τὸν Ἰωβ, ἐπειδὴ στεφανούμενον αὑτὸν καὶ ἀνακηρυττόμενον ἐθεάσατο παρὰ τοῦ τῶν ὅλων θεοῦ. Καὶ πῶς οὖν φησιν, εὔχεσθε μὴ εἰσελθεῖν εἰς πειρασμόν: Διὰ τοῦτο οὐκ ἀνιόντα αὐτὸν ἁπλῶς δείκνυσί σοι τὸν ᾿Ιησοῦν, ἣ ἀλλὰ ἀναγόμενον κατὰ τὸν τῆς οἰκονομίας λόγον, αἰνιττόμενος διὰ τούτων, ὅτι οὐκ αὐτοὺς ἐπιπηδᾶν χρὴ. ἀλλ᾽ ἑλκομένους ἑστάναι γενναίως. Καὶ ὅρα ποῦ λαβὼν αὐτὸν τὸ πνεῦμα ἀνήγαγεν οὐκ εἰς πόλιν ἐκαὶ ἀγορὰν, ἀλλ᾽ εἰς ἔρημον. ᾿Επειδὴ γὰρ τὸν διάβολον ἐπισπάσασθαι ἐβούλετο, οὐ διὰ τῆς πείνης μόνον, αλλὰ καὶ διὰ τοῦ τόπου δίδωσιν αὐτῷ λαβήν. Τότε γὰρ μάλιστα ἐπιτίθεται ο διάβολος, ὅταν ἴδη μεμονωμένους καὶ καθ᾽ ἑαυτοὺς ὄντας. Οὕτω καὶ τῇ γυναικὶ παρὰ τὴν ἀρχὴν ἐπέθετο, μόνην αὐτὴν ἀπολαβων, καὶ τοῦ ἀνδρὸς χωρὶς οὖσαν εὑρών. Ὅταν μὲν γὰρ μεθ᾽ ἑτέρων ὄντας ἴδη καὶ συγκεκροτημένους, οὐχ ὁμοίως θαῤῥεῖ, οὐδὲ ἔπεισι. Διὸ χρὴ μάλιστα καὶ διὰ τοῦτο μετ᾽ ἀλλήλων ἀγελάζεσθαι συνεχώς, ὥστε μὴ εὐχειρώτους. εἶναι τῷ διαβόλῳ. Εὐρὼν τοίνυν αὐτὸν ἐν τῇ ἐρήμῳ, καὶ ἐρήμῳ αβάτῳ (ὅτι γὰρ τοιαύτη ἡ ἔρημος ἦν, ὁ Μάρκος ὀδήλωσεν εἰπὼν, ὅτι ὃ μετὰ τῶν θηρίων ἦν,) ὅρα μεθ᾽ ὅσης προσέρχεται κακουργίας καὶ πονηρίας, καὶ ποῖον παρατηρεῖ καιρόν. Οὐδὲ γὰρ νηστεύοντι, αλλὰ πεινῶντι προσέρχεται ἵνα σὺ μάθης, ἡλίκον ἡ νηστεία καλόν, καὶ πῶς ὅπλον ἐστὶ κατὰ τοῦ διαβόλου μέγιστον, καὶ ὅτι μετὰ τὸ λουτρὸν οὐ τρυφῇ καὶ μέθη καὶ τραπέζῃ πληθούση, ἀλλὰ νηστείᾳ προσἙ ἔχειν δεῖ. Διὰ γὰρ τοῦτο καὶ αὐτὸς ἐνήστευσεν, ᾿οὐκ αὐτὸς ταύτης δεόμενος, ἀλλ᾽ ἡμᾶς παιδεύων. ᾿Επειδὴ γὰρ τὰ ἁμαρτήματα τὰ πρὸ τοῦ λουτροῦ τὸ γαστρὶ δουλεύειν εἰσήγαγεν ὥσπερ ἂν εἴ τις νοσοῦντα ὑγιῆ ποιήσας, κελεύοι μὴ ποιεῖν ἐκεῖνα, εξ ὧν ἡ νόσος γέγονεν οὕτω δὴ καὶ ἐνταῦθα καὶ αὐτὸς μετὰ τὸ λουτρὸν νηστείαν εἰσήγαγε. Καὶ γὰρ καὶ τὸν ᾿Αδὰμ ἡ ἀκρασία τῆς γαστρὸς ἐξέβαλε τοῦ πάραδείσου, καὶ τὸν κατακλυσμὸν τὸν ἐπὶ τοῦ Νῶε αὕτη πεποίηκε, καὶ τοὺς Σοδόμων κεραυνοὺς αὕτη κατήγαγεν. Εἰ γὰρ καὶ πορνείας ἔγκλημα ἥν, ἀλλ᾽ ὅμως ἑκατέρας τῆς κολάσεως ἤ ῥίζα ἐντεῦθεν ἐφύη: ὅπερ καὶ ὁ ᾿Ιεζεκιὴλ αἰνιττόμενος ἔλεγε πλὴν τοῦτο τὸ ἀνόμημα Σοδόμων, ὅτι ἐν ὑπερηφανίᾳ καὶ πλησμονῆ ἄρτων, καὶ ἐν εὐθηνίαις ἐσπατάλων. Οὕτω ᾿Ιουδαῖοι τὰ μέγιστα εἰργάσαντο κακὰ, απὸ τῆς μέθης καὶ τῆς τρυφῆς ἐπὶ τὴν ἀνομίαν ἐξοκείλαντες.

᾿Iēsous eis tēn erēmon hypo tou pneumatos, peirasthēnai hypo tou diabolou. TOTE pote: Meta tēn tou pneumatos kathodon, meta tēn phōnēn tēn anōthen enechtheisan kai legousan houtos estin ho huios mou ho agapētos, en hǭ ēudokēsa. Kai to dē thaumaston, hoti hypo tou pneumatos tou hagiou touto gar auton anagein entautha phēsin. Epeidē gar panta pros didaskalian hēmōn epratte te kai hypemenen? anechetai kai tēs ekeise anagōgēs? kai tēs pros ton diabolon palēs hina hekastos tōn baptizomenōn, ei meta to baptisma meizonas hypomeineie peirasmous, mē tarattētai, hōs para prosdokian tou pragmatos ginomenou, alla menę̄ gennaiōs panta hōs kata akolouthian toutou symbainontos. Kai dia touto elabes hopla, ouch hina argę̄s, all᾽ hina tylyïoi PAIŌ touto oude epiontas kōlyei tous peirasmous ho theos prōton men hina mathēs hoti pollǭ gegonas ischyroteros epeita hina menę̄s metriazōn, mēde tǭ megethei tōn dōreōn eparthēs, tōn peirasmōn systellein se dynamenōn᾽ pros toutois, hina ho ponēros daimōn ekeinos, ho teōs amphiballōn peri tēs sēs apostaseōs, apo tēs basanon tōn peirasmōn plērophorēthę̄, hoti teleon auton enkatalipōn apestēs tetarton, hina ischyroteros kai sidērou pantos eutonōteros tautę̄ kataskeuasthēs pempton, hina apodeixin labę̄s saphē tōn pisteuthentōn soi thēsaurōn. Oude gar an epēlthen ho diabolos, ei mē se en meizoni genomenon eide timę̄. Enteuthen goun kai ex archēs epanestē tǭ Adam, epeidē pollēs auton eiden apolausanta tēs axias. Dia touto paretaxato pros ton Iōb, epeidē stephanoumenon hauton kai anakēryttomenon etheasato para tou tōn holōn theou. Kai pōs oun phēsin, euchesthe mē eiselthein eis peirasmon: Dia touto ouk anionta auton haplōs deiknysi soi ton ᾿Iēsoun, hē alla anagomenon kata ton tēs oikonomias logon, ainittomenos dia toutōn, hoti ouk autous epipēdan chrē. all᾽ helkomenous hestanai gennaiōs. Kai hora pou labōn auton to pneuma anēgagen ouk eis polin ekai agoran, all᾽ eis erēmon. ᾿Epeidē gar ton diabolon epispasasthai ebouleto, ou dia tēs peinēs monon, alla kai dia tou topou didōsin autǭ labēn. Tote gar malista epitithetai o diabolos, hotan idē memonōmenous kai kath᾽ heautous ontas. Houtō kai tę̄ gynaiki para tēn archēn epetheto, monēn autēn apolabōn, kai tou andros chōris ousan heurōn. Hotan men gar meth᾽ heterōn ontas idē kai synkekrotēmenous, ouch homoiōs tharrhei, oude epeisi. Dio chrē malista kai dia touto met᾽ allēlōn agelazesthai synechōs, hōste mē eucheirōtous. einai tǭ diabolǭ. Eurōn toinyn auton en tę̄ erēmǭ, kai erēmǭ abatǭ (hoti gar toiautē hē erēmos ēn, ho Markos odēlōsen eipōn, hoti ho meta tōn thēriōn ēn,) hora meth᾽ hosēs proserchetai kakourgias kai ponērias, kai poion paratērei kairon. Oude gar nēsteuonti, alla peinōnti proserchetai hina sy mathēs, hēlikon hē nēsteia kalon, kai pōs hoplon esti kata tou diabolou megiston, kai hoti meta to loutron ou tryphę̄ kai methē kai trapezę̄ plēthousē, alla nēsteią prosE echein dei. Dia gar touto kai autos enēsteusen, ᾿ouk autos tautēs deomenos, all᾽ hēmas paideuōn. ᾿Epeidē gar ta hamartēmata ta pro tou loutrou to gastri douleuein eisēgagen hōsper an ei tis nosounta hygiē poiēsas, keleuoi mē poiein ekeina, ex hōn hē nosos gegonen houtō dē kai entautha kai autos meta to loutron nēsteian eisēgage. Kai gar kai ton ᾿Adam hē akrasia tēs gastros exebale tou paradeisou, kai ton kataklysmon ton epi tou Nōe hautē pepoiēke, kai tous Sodomōn keraunous hautē katēgagen. Ei gar kai porneias enklēma hēn, all᾽ homōs hekateras tēs kolaseōs ē rhiza enteuthen ephyē: hoper kai ho ᾿Iezekiēl ainittomenos elege plēn touto to anomēma Sodomōn, hoti en hyperēphanią kai plēsmonē artōn, kai en euthēniais espatalōn. Houtō ᾿Ioudaioi ta megista eirgasanto kaka, apo tēs methēs kai tēs tryphēs epi tēn anomian exokeilantes.

“[Then was] Jesus [led up] into the wilderness by the Spirit, to be tempted by the devil.” Then: when? After the descent of the Spirit, after the voice that was borne from above and said, “This is my beloved Son, in whom I am well pleased.” And what is truly marvelous is that it was by the Holy Spirit; for it is he, the evangelist says, who led him up there. Since everything he did and endured was for our instruction, he submits to being led up there and to wrestling with the devil, so that each of the baptized, if after baptism he should endure greater temptations, may not be troubled, as though the thing were happening contrary to expectation, but may stand firm nobly through it all, as though it were happening in the natural course of things. For this is why you received weapons: not to be idle, but to [fight]. For this reason God does not hinder the temptations when they come upon you: first, that you may learn that you have become much stronger; then, that you may remain modest and not be puffed up by the greatness of the gifts, since the temptations are able to humble you; besides this, that that wicked demon, who until then was in doubt about your desertion of him, may be fully assured by the test of temptations that you have left him and departed completely; fourth, that by this means you may be made stronger and tougher than any iron; fifth, that you may receive clear proof of the treasures entrusted to you. For the devil would not have attacked you, had he not seen you raised to greater honor. Thus from the beginning he rose up against Adam, because he saw him enjoying great dignity. For this reason he arrayed himself against Job, because he saw him crowned and proclaimed by the God of all things.

How then does he say, “Pray that you enter not into temptation”? It is for this reason that he does not show you Jesus simply going up, but being led up, in accordance with the plan of the incarnation, hinting by this that we must not leap upon temptations ourselves, but when we are dragged into them, stand nobly. And see where the Spirit took him and led him up: not into a city and a marketplace, but into the wilderness. Since he wished to draw the devil on, he gives him a handle not only through hunger but also through the place. For the devil attacks most of all when he sees people isolated and by themselves. So too he attacked the woman at the beginning, catching her alone and finding her apart from her husband. When he sees people with others and banded together, he is not so bold, nor does he attack. For this reason above all we must flock together with one another continually, so as not to be easily overpowered by the devil. Having found him, then, in the wilderness, and in a pathless wilderness (for that the wilderness was such, Mark showed by saying that “he was with the wild beasts”), see with how much villainy and malice he approaches, and what an occasion he watches for. For he approaches him not while fasting but while hungry, so that you may learn how great a good fasting is, and how it is the mightiest weapon against the devil, and that after the washing we must devote ourselves not to luxury and drunkenness and a loaded table, but to fasting. For this reason he himself also fasted, not because he needed it, but to teach us. Since the sins committed before the washing had brought in slavery to the belly, then, just as someone who has made a sick man well would order him not to do the things from which the sickness came, so here also he himself after the washing brought in fasting. For it was incontinence of the belly that cast Adam out of paradise, that brought about the flood in Noah’s time, and that brought down the thunderbolts on Sodom. For even if the charge was one of sexual immorality, still the root of each punishment grew from here; which Ezekiel too was hinting at when he said, “But this was the iniquity of Sodom, that in pride and fullness of bread and in abundance they lived wantonly.” So too the Jews committed the greatest evils, running aground from drunkenness and luxury into lawlessness.

13.2Field 1

Διὰ δὴ τοῦτο καὶ αὐτὸς νηστεύει τεσσαράκοντα ἡμέρας, ἡμῖν τὰ φάρμακα τῆς σωτηρίας δεικνὺς.» καὶ οὐ προέρχεται περαιτέρω, ὥστε μὴ πάλιν τῇ ὑπερβολῇ τοῦ θαύματος ἀπιστηθῆναι τῆς οἰκονομίας τὴν ἀλήθειαν. Νῦν μὲν γὰρ οὐκ ἂν τοῦτο ἐγένετο, ἐπειδὴ καὶ Μωυσῆς καὶ ᾿Ηλίας προλαβόντες, εἰς τοσοῦτον ἴσχυσαν ἐξελθεῖν μῆκος, τῇ τοῦ θεοῦ κραταιούμενοι δυνάμει. Εἰ δὲ περαιτέρω προέβη, πολλοῖς ἂν καὶ ἐντοῦθεν ἄπιστος ἔδοξεν εἶναι ἡ τῆς σαρκὸς ἀνάληψις. Νηστεύσας τοίνυν τεσσαράκοντα ἡμέρας καὶ νύκτας τοσαύτας, ὕστερον ἐπείνασε᾽ λαβὴν αὐτῷ παρέχων εἰς τὸ προσελθεῖν, ἵνα συμπλακεὶς δείξη. πῶς δεῖ περιγίνεσθαι καὶ νικαν. Οὕτω δὴ καὶ αθληταὶ ποιοῦσι τοὺς γὰρ μαθητὰς τοὺς ἑαντῶν διδάσκοντες περιγίνεσθαι καὶ νικᾶν, ἑκόντες ἐν ταῖς παλαίστραις συμπλέκονται ἑτέροις. ἐν τοῖς τῶν ἀντιπάλων σώμασι παρέχοντες τούτοις θεωρεῖν καὶ παιδεύεσθαι τῆς νίκης τὸν τρόπον. Ὃ δὴ καὶ τότε ἐγένετο. ᾿Επειδὴ γὰρ ἐβούλετο αὐτὸν ἐπισπάσασθαι εἰς τοῦτο, καὶ τὸ πεινῆν αὐτῷ κατάδηλον ἐποίησε, καὶ προσελθόντα ἐδέξατο, καὶ δεξάμενος, ἅπαξ καὶ δὶς καὶ τρὶς αὐτὸν κατέῤῥαξε μετ᾽ εὐκολίας τῆς αὐτῷ προσηκούσης. Ἀλλ᾽ ἵνα μὴ παρατρέχοντες τὰς γίκας ταύτας, λυμαινώμεθα ὑμῶν τὴν ὠφέλειαν, απὸ τῆς πρώτης ἀρξάμενοι προσβολῆς ἑκάστην μετὰ ἀκριβείας ἐξετάσωμεν. ᾿Επειδη γὰρ ἐπείνασε, φησὶ, προσελθὼν ὃ πειράζων εἶπεν αὐτῷ εἰ νιὸς εἶ τοὺ θεοῦ, εἰπὲ ἵνα οἱ λίθοι οὗτοι ἄρτοι γένωνται. ᾿Επειδὴ γὰρ ἤκουσε φωνῆς ἄνωθεν φερομένης καὶ ρον οὗτός ἐστιν ὁ υἱὸς μου ὁ ἀγαπητός ἤκουσε δὲ ᾿Ιωάννου τοσαῦτα περὶ αὐτοῦ μαρτυροῦντος, εἶτα εἶδε πεινῶντα᾽ ἐν ἀμηχανίᾳ λοιπὸν ἦν, καὶ οὔτε ὅτι ἄνθρωπος ἦ ἥν ψιλὸς πιστεῦσαι ἠδύνατο, διὰ τὰ περὶ αὐτοῦ λεχθέντα. οὐδ᾽ αὖ πάλιν παραδέξασθαι, ὅτι υἱὸς ἣν τοῦ θεοὺ, διὰ τὸ βλέπειν αὐτὸν πεινῶντα. Ὅθεν ἐν ἀμηχανίᾳ γενόμενος, ἀμφιβόλους ἀφίησι φωνας. Καὶ ὥσπερ τῷ ᾿Αδὰμ προσελθὼν παρὰ τὴν ἀρχὴν, πλάττει τὰ μὴ ὄντα, ἵνα μάθῃ τὰ ὄντα᾽ οὕτω δὴ καὶ ἐνταῦθα, οὐκ εἰδὼς σαφὼς τὸ ἀπόῤῥητον τῆς οἰκονομίας μυστήριον, καὶ τίς ποτέ ἐστιν ὁ παρὼν, ἕτερα ἐπιχειρεῖ πλέκειν δίκτυα, ὧν ᾧετο εἴσεσθαι τὸ κεκρυμμένον καὶ ἀσαφές. Καὶ τί φησιν: Εἰ νυἱὸς εἶ τοῦ θεοῦ, εἰπὲ ἵνα οἱ Χίσοι οὗτοι ἄρτοι γένωνται. Οὐκ εἶπεν, ἐπειδὴ πεινᾷν᾽ ἀλλ᾽ εἰ υἱὸς τοῦ θεοῦ νομίζων ὑποκλέπτειν αὐτὸν τοῖς ἐγκωμίοις. Διὸ καὶ τὴν πεῖναν ἐσίγησεν, ἵνα μὴ δόξη προφέρειν αὐτῷ τοῦτο καὶ ὀνειδίζειν. Οὐ γὰρ εἰδώς τῶν οἰκονομουμένων τὸ μέγεθος, αἰσχρὸν αὐτῷ τοῦτο ἐνόμιζεν εἶναι. Διὸ κολακεύων αὐτὸν ὑπούλως, τῆς ἀξίας μέμνηται μόνης. Τί οὖν ὁ Χριστός: ὃ Τὸν τῦφον αὐτοῦ καθαιρῶν, καὶ δεικνυς οὐκ αἰσχύνης ἄξιον ὃν τὸ συμβάν, οὐδὲ ἀνάξιον τῆς αὐτοῦ σοφίας, ὅπερ κολακεύων αὐτὸν ἐκεῖνος ἀπεσίγησε, τοῦτο εἰς μέσον αὐτὸς προφέρει καὶ τίθησι, λέγων οὐκ ἐπ᾿ ἄρτῳ μόνῳ ζήσεται φέρειν. ἄνθρωπος. [Ὅθεν ἄρχεται ἀπὸ τῆς κατὰ τὴν γαστέρα ἀνάγκης. Σὺ δέ μοι σκόπει τοῦ πονηροῦ δαίμονος ἐκείνου τὴν κακουργίαν, καὶ πόθεν ἄρχεται τῶν παλαισμάτων, καὶ πὼς τῆς οἰκείας οὐκ ἐπιλανθάνεται τέχνης. ὧν γὰρ καὶ τὸν πρῶτον ἐξέβαλεν ἄνθρωπον, καὶ ἑτέροις μυρίοις περιέβαλε κακοῖς, ἀπὸ τούτων καὶ ἐνταῦθα πλέκει τὸν δόλον, τῆς κατὰ τὴν γαστέρα ἀκρασίας λέγω. Πολλῶν γοῦν καὶ νῦν ἔστιν ἀκοῦσαι ἀνοήτων, λεγόντων τὰ μυρία διὰ τὴν κοιλίαν κακά. Ὁ δὲ Χριστὸς δεικνὺς, ὅτι τὸν ἐνάρετον οὐδὲ αὕτη ἡ τυραννὶς καταναγκαζει τι τῶν μὴ προσηκόντων ποιεῖν, καὶ πεινᾷ, καὶ οὐχ ὑπακούει τῷ ἐπιτάγματι, παιδεύων ἡμᾶς ἐν μηδενὶ πείθεσθαι τῷ διαβόλῳ. ᾿Επειδὴ γὰρ ὁ πρῶτος ἄνθρωπος ἐντεῦθεν καὶ τῷ θεῷ προσέκρουσε, καὶ νόμον παρέβη, ἐκ περιουσίας σε διδάσκει, κἀν μὴ παράβασις ἢ τὸ παρ᾽ αὐτοῦ κελευόμενον, μηδὲ οὕτω πείθεσθαι. Καὶ τί λέγω παράβασιν; κὰν γάρ τι χρήσιμον λέγωσιν οἱ δαίμονες, φησὶ, οὕτω πρόσεχε αὐτοῖς. Οὕτω γοὺν καὶ τοὺς δαίμονας ἐπεστόμισεν ἐκείνους, κηρύττοντας αὐτὸν υἱὸν θεοῦ. Καὶ ὁ Παῦλος δὲ πάλιν αὐτὸ τοῦτο βοῶσιν ἐπετίμησε᾽ καίτοι τὸ λεγόμενον χρήσιμον ἡν᾽ αλλ’ ἐκ περιουσίας ἀτιμάζων αὐτοὺς, καὶ ἀποτειχίζων τὴν καθ᾽ ἡμῶν ἐπιβουλὴν, καὶ σωτήρια δόγματα κηρύττοντας ἤλαυνεν, ἐμφράττων αὐτῶν τὰ στόματα, καὶ σιγᾶν κελεύων. ἡ Καὶ διὰ τοῦτο οὐδὲ ἐνταῦθα τοῖς λοεγομένοις ἐπένευσεν: ᾿αλλὰ τί φησιν: Οὐκ ἐπ᾽ ἄρτῳ μόνῳ ζήσεται ἄνθρωπος. Ὃ δὲ λέγει, τοιοῦτόν ἐστιν ὅτι δύναται ὁ θεὸς καὶ βήματι θρέψαι τὸν πεινῶντα ἀπὸ τῆς παλαιᾶς φέρων αὐτῷ μαρτυρίαν γραφῆς, καὶ παιδεύων, κἂν λιμώττωμεν, κἂν ὁτιοῦν πάσχωμεν, μηδέποτε ἀφίστασθαι τοῦ δεσπότου.

Dia dē touto kai autos nēsteuei tessarakonta hēmeras, hēmin ta pharmaka tēs sōtērias deiknys.» kai ou proerchetai peraiterō, hōste mē palin tę̄ hyperbolę̄ tou thaumatos apistēthēnai tēs oikonomias tēn alētheian. Nyn men gar ouk an touto egeneto, epeidē kai Mōysēs kai ᾿Ēlias prolabontes, eis tosouton ischysan exelthein mēkos, tę̄ tou theou krataioumenoi dynamei. Ei de peraiterō proebē, pollois an kai entouthen apistos edoxen einai hē tēs sarkos analēpsis. Nēsteusas toinyn tessarakonta hēmeras kai nyktas tosautas, hysteron epeinase᾽ labēn autǭ parechōn eis to proselthein, hina symplakeis deixē. pōs dei periginesthai kai nikan. Houtō dē kai athlētai poiousi tous gar mathētas tous heantōn didaskontes periginesthai kai nikan, hekontes en tais palaistrais symplekontai heterois. en tois tōn antipalōn sōmasi parechontes toutois theōrein kai paideuesthai tēs nikēs ton tropon. Ho dē kai tote egeneto. ᾿Epeidē gar ebouleto auton epispasasthai eis touto, kai to peinēn autǭ katadēlon epoiēse, kai proselthonta edexato, kai dexamenos, hapax kai dis kai tris auton katerrhaxe met᾽ eukolias tēs autǭ prosēkousēs. All᾽ hina mē paratrechontes tas gikas tautas, lymainōmetha hymōn tēn ōpheleian, apo tēs prōtēs arxamenoi prosbolēs hekastēn meta akribeias exetasōmen. ᾿Epeidē gar epeinase, phēsi, proselthōn ho peirazōn eipen autǭ ei nios ei tou theou, eipe hina hoi lithoi houtoi artoi genōntai. ᾿Epeidē gar ēkouse phōnēs anōthen pheromenēs kai ron houtos estin ho huios mou ho agapētos ēkouse de ᾿Iōannou tosauta peri autou martyrountos, eita eide peinōnta᾽ en amēchanią loipon ēn, kai oute hoti anthrōpos ē hēn psilos pisteusai ēdynato, dia ta peri autou lechthenta. oud᾽ au palin paradexasthai, hoti huios hēn tou theou, dia to blepein auton peinōnta. Hothen en amēchanią genomenos, amphibolous aphiēsi phōnas. Kai hōsper tǭ ᾿Adam proselthōn para tēn archēn, plattei ta mē onta, hina mathę̄ ta onta᾽ houtō dē kai entautha, ouk eidōs saphōs to aporrhēton tēs oikonomias mystērion, kai tis pote estin ho parōn, hetera epicheirei plekein diktya, hōn hǭeto eisesthai to kekrymmenon kai asaphes. Kai ti phēsin: Ei nuios ei tou theou, eipe hina hoi Chisoi houtoi artoi genōntai. Ouk eipen, epeidē peinąn᾽ all᾽ ei huios tou theou nomizōn hypokleptein auton tois enkōmiois. Dio kai tēn peinan esigēsen, hina mē doxē propherein autǭ touto kai oneidizein. Ou gar eidōs tōn oikonomoumenōn to megethos, aischron autǭ touto enomizen einai. Dio kolakeuōn auton hypoulōs, tēs axias memnētai monēs. Ti oun ho Christos: ho Ton typhon autou kathairōn, kai deiknys ouk aischynēs axion hon to symban, oude anaxion tēs autou sophias, hoper kolakeuōn auton ekeinos apesigēse, touto eis meson autos propherei kai tithēsi, legōn ouk ep᾿ artǭ monǭ zēsetai pherein. anthrōpos. [Hothen archetai apo tēs kata tēn gastera anankēs. Sy de moi skopei tou ponērou daimonos ekeinou tēn kakourgian, kai pothen archetai tōn palaismatōn, kai pōs tēs oikeias ouk epilanthanetai technēs. hōn gar kai ton prōton exebalen anthrōpon, kai heterois myriois periebale kakois, apo toutōn kai entautha plekei ton dolon, tēs kata tēn gastera akrasias legō. Pollōn goun kai nyn estin akousai anoētōn, legontōn ta myria dia tēn koilian kaka. Ho de Christos deiknys, hoti ton enareton oude hautē hē tyrannis katanankazei ti tōn mē prosēkontōn poiein, kai peiną, kai ouch hypakouei tǭ epitagmati, paideuōn hēmas en mēdeni peithesthai tǭ diabolǭ. ᾿Epeidē gar ho prōtos anthrōpos enteuthen kai tǭ theǭ prosekrouse, kai nomon parebē, ek periousias se didaskei, kan mē parabasis ē to par᾽ autou keleuomenon, mēde houtō peithesthai. Kai ti legō parabasin? kan gar ti chrēsimon legōsin hoi daimones, phēsi, houtō proseche autois. Houtō goun kai tous daimonas epestomisen ekeinous, kēryttontas auton huion theou. Kai ho Paulos de palin auto touto boōsin epetimēse᾽ kaitoi to legomenon chrēsimon hēn᾽ all’ ek periousias atimazōn autous, kai apoteichizōn tēn kath᾽ hēmōn epiboulēn, kai sōtēria dogmata kēryttontas ēlaunen, emphrattōn autōn ta stomata, kai sigan keleuōn. hē Kai dia touto oude entautha tois loegomenois epeneusen: ᾿alla ti phēsin: Ouk ep᾽ artǭ monǭ zēsetai anthrōpos. Ho de legei, toiouton estin hoti dynatai ho theos kai bēmati threpsai ton peinōnta apo tēs palaias pherōn autǭ martyrian graphēs, kai paideuōn, kan limōttōmen, kan hotioun paschōmen, mēdepote aphistasthai tou despotou.

For this reason he himself also fasts forty days, showing us the medicines of salvation; and he does not go further, lest by the excess of the miracle the truth of the incarnation should in turn be disbelieved. As it was, this could not happen, since Moses and Elijah before him had been able, strengthened by the power of God, to reach so great a length. But if he had gone further, to many even on this account the assumption of the flesh would have seemed incredible. Having fasted, then, forty days and as many nights, he afterward was hungry, giving him a handle for approaching him, so that by grappling with him he might show how we must prevail and conquer. So also athletes do: when teaching their pupils how to prevail and conquer, they willingly grapple with others in the wrestling schools, giving the pupils the chance to observe in the bodies of their opponents, and to be trained in, the method of victory. This is just what happened then too. Since he wished to draw him on to this, he both made his hunger plain and received him when he approached, and having received him, he dashed him to the ground once, twice, and three times, with the ease that befitted him. But lest by running past these victories we spoil the benefit for you, let us begin from the first assault and examine each with precision.

When he was hungry, it says, the tempter came and said to him, “If you are the Son of God, command that these stones become loaves.” For since he had heard the voice borne from above that said, “This is my beloved Son,” and had heard John bearing such great testimony about him, and then saw him hungry, he was at a loss: he could neither believe that he was a mere man, because of what had been said about him, nor again accept that he was the Son of God, because he saw him hungry. Being at a loss, therefore, he utters ambiguous words. And just as when he approached Adam at the beginning he made up what was not, in order to learn what was, so here too, not knowing clearly the ineffable mystery of the incarnation and who in the world the one before him was, he tries to weave other nets, by which he thought he would learn what was hidden and obscure. And what does he say? “If you are the Son of God, command that these stones become loaves.” He did not say, “Since you are hungry,” but, “If you are the Son of God,” thinking to steal upon him by his praises. That is why he kept silent about the hunger, lest he seem to throw it in his face and reproach him with it. For not knowing the greatness of what was being dispensed, he thought this was shameful to him. That is why, flattering him craftily, he mentions only his dignity. What then does Christ do? Pulling down his conceit, and showing that what had happened was not worthy of shame nor unworthy of his wisdom, he himself brings out into the open and sets forth the very thing that the other, in flattering him, had passed over in silence, saying, “Man shall not live by bread alone.”

[So he begins from the necessity of the belly.] But consider, I beg you, the villainy of that wicked demon: where he begins his wrestling, and how he does not forget his own craft. For by the very means by which he cast out the first man and entangled him in countless other evils, by these he weaves his snare here too: I mean incontinence of the belly. Even now one can hear many foolish people saying that the belly causes countless evils. But Christ, showing that not even this tyranny compels the virtuous man to do anything unfitting, is hungry and does not obey the command, teaching us to obey the devil in nothing. For since the first man by this means offended God and transgressed the law, he teaches you, going beyond what was needed, not to obey even so, even if what he commands is not a transgression. And why do I say transgression? Even if the demons say something useful, he says, do not even so pay attention to them. Thus he silenced those demons who were proclaiming him the Son of God. And Paul too in turn rebuked them when they cried out this very thing, although what was said was useful; but, going beyond what was needed, he dishonored them and walled off their plotting against us, and drove them away even when they were proclaiming saving doctrines, stopping their mouths and ordering them to be silent. And for this reason here too he did not assent to what was said, but what does he say? “Man shall not live by bread alone.” What he means is this: that God is able to feed the hungry man even by a word, bringing him testimony from the old Scripture, and teaching us that even if we are starving, even if we suffer anything whatever, we must never depart from the Master.

13.3Field 1

Εἰ δὲ λέγοι τις, ὅτι καὶ μὴν ἐπιδείξασθαι ἐχρῆν ἐροίμην ἂν αὐτὸν, τίνος ἕνεκεν καὶ διὰ τί: Οὐδὲ γὰρ ἵνα πιστεύσῃ, ταῦτα ἔλεγεν ἐκεῖνος, ἀλλ᾽ ἵνα, ὡς ᾧετο, εἰς ἀπιστίαν ἐλέγξῃ. ᾿Επεὶ καὶ τοὺς πρώτους οὕτως ἡπατησε καὶ ἤλεγξεν, οὐ σφόδρα πιστεύοντας τῷ θεῷ. ᾿Εναντία γὰρ ὧν εἶπεν ὁ θεὸς, ἐκεῖνος ὑποσχόμενος, καὶ κεναῖς αὐτοὺς φυσήσας ἐλπίσι, καὶ εἰς ἀπιστίαν ἐμβαλὼν, οὕτω καὶ ὧν εἶχον ἀγαθῶν ἐξέβαλεν. Αλλ' ὁ Χριστὸς δείκνυσιν ἑαυτὸν, μήτε τούτῳ τότε, μήτε ὕστερον τοῖς τὰ αὐτοῦ φρονοῦσιν ᾿Ιουδαίοις σημεῖα αἰτοῦσιν ᾿ἐπινεύσας, πανταχοῦ παιδεύων ἡ ημάᾶς, κἀν δυνώμεθά τι ποιεῖν, μηδὲν πράττειν εἰκῇ καὶ μάτην, μηδὲ ἀνάγκης ἐπικειμένης πείθεσθαι τῷ διαβόλῳ. Τί οὖν ὁ μιαρὸς οὗτος; Ἡττηθεὶς καὶ πεῖσαι μὴ δυνης θεὶς τὸ κελευόμενον ποιῆσαι, καὶ ταῦτα πείνης ἐπικειμένης τοσαύτης, ἐφ᾽ ἕτερον πρόεισι λέγων Εἰ υἱὸς εἶ τοῦ θεοῦ, βάλε σεαυτὸν κάτω γέγραπται γάρ᾽ ὅτι τοῖς ἀγΤΟΙΣ αὐτοῦ ᾿ἐντελεῖται περὶ σοῦ καὶ επὶ χειρῶν αροῦσί σε. δήποτε καθ᾽ ἑκάστην. πείραν τουτὸ ,τροστίθησιν, εἰ νἱὸς εἶ τοῦ θεοῦ. Ὅπερ ἐπὶ τῶν προτέρων ἐποίησε, τοῦτο καὶ νῦν ποιεῖ Ὥσπερ γὰρ τότε διέβαλε τὸν θεὸν, λέγων ὅτι ἧ ἀν ἡμέρᾳ φάγητε, διανοιχθήσονται υμῶν οἱ ὀφθαλμοῖ: διὰ πούτων δεῖξαι βουλόμενος, ὅτι ἡπάτηνται καὶ παρελογίσθησαν, καὶ οὐδέν εἰσιν εὐηργετημένοι οὕτω δὴ καὶ ἐνταῦθα τὸ αὐτὸ τοῦτο αἰνίττεται λέγων, ὅτι εἰκῇ σε ἐκάλεσεν υἱὸν, καὶ ἡπατησε τῇ δωρεᾷ ἐπεὶ εἰ μὴ τοῦτό ἐστι, παράσχου ἡμῖν ἀπόδειξιν τοῦ τῆς δυνάμεως εἶναι ἐκείνης. Εἶτα, ἐπειδὴ ἀπὸ γραφῶν αὐτῷ διελέχθη, καὶ αὐτὸς τοῦ προφήτου παράγει μαρτυρίαν. Πώς οὖν ὃ Χριστός: Οὐκ γγανάκτησεν, οὐ παρωξύνθη, ἀλλὰ μετὰ πολλῆς τῆς ἐπιεικείας πάλιν ἀπὸ τῶν γραφών αὐτῷ διαλέγεται λέγων οὐκ Ὃ ἐκπειράσεις κύριον τὸν θεόν σου παιδεύων ἡμᾶς, ὅτι τοῦ διαβόλον οὐ διὰ σημείων, ἀλλὰ δι᾽ ἀνεξικακίας καὶ μακροθυμίας περιγίνεσθαι χρὴ, καὶ μηδὲν πρὸς ἐπίδειξιν ποιεῖν καὶ φιλοτιμίαν ἁπλώς. Σκόπει δὲ αὐτοῦ τὸ ἀνόητον καὶ ἀπὸ τῆς μαρτυρίας αὐτῆς, ἧς παρήγαγεν. Αἱ μὲν γὰρ ,ταρὰ τοὺ κυρίου παρενεχθεῖσαι μαρτυρίαι σφόδρα ἁρμοδίως ἀμφότεραι εἴρηνται αἱ δὲ παρ᾽ ἐκείνου ἁπλῶς καὶ ὡς ἔτυχε, καὶ οὐδὲ. δος τοῖς προκειμένοις τὸ προσῆκον ἀντεπήγετο. Οὐ γὰρ δὴ τὸ γεγράφθαι, ὅτι τοῖς ἀγγέλοις αὐτοῦ ἐντελεῖται περὶ σοὺ, παραινεῖ ῥιπτεῖν ἑαυτὸν καὶ κρηανίζειν' ἄλλως. δὲ οὐδὲ περὶ τοῦ κυρίου τοῦτο εἰρημένον ἐστίν. Αλλά τοῦτο μὲν τέως οὐκ ἤλεγξε, καίτοιγε καὶ ὑβριστικῶς αὐτοῦ χρησαμένου τῴ λόγῳ, καὶ σφόδρα ἐναντίως. Οὐδεὶς γὰρ παρὰ νϊοῦ τοῦ θεοῦ ταῦτα αἰτεῖ. ἀλλὰ διαβόλου καὶ δαιμόνων τὸ βάλλειν ἑαυτὸν κάτω τοῦ θεοῦ δὲ καὶ τοὺς κειμένους ἀνιστᾶν. Εἰ γὰρ δύναμιν ἐπιδείξασθαι ἔδει, οὐχ ἑαυτὸν ῥιπτοῦντα εἰκῆ καὶ κρημνίζοντα, ἀλλ᾽ ἑτέρους σώζοντα. Τὸ δὲ ἑαυτοὺς ῥιπτεῖν εἰς φάραγγας καὶ κρημνοὺς, τῆς εκείνου φάλαγγός ἐστιν. Οὕτω γοῦν ὁ παρ᾽ αὐτοῖς πλάνος ποιεῖ, τανταχοῦ. Ἀλλ᾽ ὁ Χριστὸς, καὶ τούτων εἰρημένων, οὐδέπω ἑαυτὸν ἐκκαλύπτει, ἀλλ᾽ ὡς ἄνθρωπος τέως αὐτῷ διαλέγεται. Τὸ γὰρ εἰπεῖν, οὐκ ἐπ᾽ ἄρτῳ μόνῳ ζήσεται ἄνθρωπος, καὶ τὸ οὐκ ἐκπειράσεις κύριον τὸν θεὸν σου, οὐ σφόδρα ἑαντὸν ἐκκαλύπτοντος ἥν, αλλ ἕνα τῶν πολλῶν δεικνύντος. Μη θαυμάσης δὲ, εἰ τῷ Χριστῷ διαλεγόμενος περιτρέπεται πολλάκις. Καθάπερ γὰρ οἱ πυκτεύοντες, ὅταν καιρίας δέξωνται πληγὰς, αἵματι περιῤῥεόμενοι πολλῷ καὶ σκοτούμενοι περιφέρονται οὕτω δὴ καὶ αὐτὸς ἀπὸ τῆς προτέρας καὶ δευτέρας πληγῆς σκοτωθεὶς, ἁπλῶς τὰ ἐπιόντα φθέγγεται καὶ πρόεισιν. ἐπὶ ὃ τὴν τρίτην προσβολήν. ἜΠΕΣΕ Καὶ ἀναγαγὼν αὐτὸν εἰς ὄρος ὑψηλὸν, δείκνυσιν αὐτῷ πάσας τὰς βασιλείας, καί φησι πᾶντα σοι ταῦτα δώσω, ἐὰν πεσὼν προσκυνήσῃς μοι. Τότε λέγει αὐτῷ ὕπαγε ὀπίσω μου, Σατανᾶ γέγραπται γαρ᾽ ἢ κύριον τὸν θεόν σον προσκυνήσεις, καὶ αὐτῷ μόνῳ λατρεύσεις. ᾿Επειδὴ γὰρ λοιπὸν εἰς τὸν πατέρα ἡμάρτανε, τὰ ἐκείνου πάντα αὐτοῦ λέγων εἶναι, καὶ θεὸν ἐσπούδαζεν ἑαυτὸν ἀποφῆναι; ὡς δημιουργὸν τοῦ παντὸς, τότε ἐπετίμησε καὶ οὐδὲ τότε μετὰ σφοδρότητος, ἀλλ᾽ ἁπλῶν ὕπαγε, Σατανα ὅπερ καὶ πρόσταγμα μᾶλλον ἦν, ἢ ἐπιτίμησις. Ὁμοῦ τε γὰρ εἶπεν αὐτῷ, ὕπαγε, καὶ δραπετεῦσαι αὐτὸν ἐποίησεν οὗτε γὰρ ἑτέρους πειρασμοὺς προσήγαγε.

Ei de legoi tis, hoti kai mēn epideixasthai echrēn eroimēn an auton, tinos heneken kai dia ti: Oude gar hina pisteusę̄, tauta elegen ekeinos, all᾽ hina, hōs hǭeto, eis apistian elenxę̄. ᾿Epei kai tous prōtous houtōs hēpatēse kai ēlenxen, ou sphodra pisteuontas tǭ theǭ. ᾿Enantia gar hōn eipen ho theos, ekeinos hyposchomenos, kai kenais autous physēsas elpisi, kai eis apistian embalōn, houtō kai hōn eichon agathōn exebalen. All' ho Christos deiknysin heauton, mēte toutǭ tote, mēte hysteron tois ta autou phronousin ᾿Ioudaiois sēmeia aitousin ᾿epineusas, pantachou paideuōn hē ēmaas, kan dynōmetha ti poiein, mēden prattein eikę̄ kai matēn, mēde anankēs epikeimenēs peithesthai tǭ diabolǭ. Ti oun ho miaros houtos? Hēttētheis kai peisai mē dynēs theis to keleuomenon poiēsai, kai tauta peinēs epikeimenēs tosautēs, eph᾽ heteron proeisi legōn Ei huios ei tou theou, bale seauton katō gegraptai gar᾽ hoti tois agTOIS autou ᾿enteleitai peri sou kai epi cheirōn arousi se. dēpote kath᾽ hekastēn. peiran touto ,trostithēsin, ei nios ei tou theou. Hoper epi tōn proterōn epoiēse, touto kai nyn poiei Hōsper gar tote diebale ton theon, legōn hoti hē an hēmerą phagēte, dianoichthēsontai ymōn hoi ophthalmoi: dia poutōn deixai boulomenos, hoti hēpatēntai kai parelogisthēsan, kai ouden eisin euērgetēmenoi houtō dē kai entautha to auto touto ainittetai legōn, hoti eikę̄ se ekalesen huion, kai hēpatēse tę̄ dōreą epei ei mē touto esti, paraschou hēmin apodeixin tou tēs dynameōs einai ekeinēs. Eita, epeidē apo graphōn autǭ dielechthē, kai autos tou prophētou paragei martyrian. Pōs oun ho Christos: Ouk nganaktēsen, ou parōxynthē, alla meta pollēs tēs epieikeias palin apo tōn graphōn autǭ dialegetai legōn ouk Ho ekpeiraseis kyrion ton theon sou paideuōn hēmas, hoti tou diabolon ou dia sēmeiōn, alla di᾽ anexikakias kai makrothymias periginesthai chrē, kai mēden pros epideixin poiein kai philotimian haplōs. Skopei de autou to anoēton kai apo tēs martyrias autēs, hēs parēgagen. Hai men gar ,tara tou kyriou parenechtheisai martyriai sphodra harmodiōs amphoterai eirēntai hai de par᾽ ekeinou haplōs kai hōs etyche, kai oude. dos tois prokeimenois to prosēkon antepēgeto. Ou gar dē to gegraphthai, hoti tois angelois autou enteleitai peri sou, parainei rhiptein heauton kai krēanizein' allōs. de oude peri tou kyriou touto eirēmenon estin. Alla touto men teōs ouk ēlenxe, kaitoige kai hybristikōs autou chrēsamenou tǭ logǭ, kai sphodra enantiōs. Oudeis gar para nïou tou theou tauta aitei. alla diabolou kai daimonōn to ballein heauton katō tou theou de kai tous keimenous anistan. Ei gar dynamin epideixasthai edei, ouch heauton rhiptounta eikē kai krēmnizonta, all᾽ heterous sōzonta. To de heautous rhiptein eis pharangas kai krēmnous, tēs ekeinou phalangos estin. Houtō goun ho par᾽ autois planos poiei, tantachou. All᾽ ho Christos, kai toutōn eirēmenōn, oudepō heauton ekkalyptei, all᾽ hōs anthrōpos teōs autǭ dialegetai. To gar eipein, ouk ep᾽ artǭ monǭ zēsetai anthrōpos, kai to ouk ekpeiraseis kyrion ton theon sou, ou sphodra heanton ekkalyptontos hēn, all hena tōn pollōn deiknyntos. Mē thaumasēs de, ei tǭ Christǭ dialegomenos peritrepetai pollakis. Kathaper gar hoi pykteuontes, hotan kairias dexōntai plēgas, haimati perirrheomenoi pollǭ kai skotoumenoi peripherontai houtō dē kai autos apo tēs proteras kai deuteras plēgēs skotōtheis, haplōs ta epionta phthengetai kai proeisin. epi ho tēn tritēn prosbolēn. EPESE Kai anagagōn auton eis oros hypsēlon, deiknysin autǭ pasas tas basileias, kai phēsi panta soi tauta dōsō, ean pesōn proskynēsę̄s moi. Tote legei autǭ hypage opisō mou, Satana gegraptai gar᾽ ē kyrion ton theon son proskynēseis, kai autǭ monǭ latreuseis. ᾿Epeidē gar loipon eis ton patera hēmartane, ta ekeinou panta autou legōn einai, kai theon espoudazen heauton apophēnai? hōs dēmiourgon tou pantos, tote epetimēse kai oude tote meta sphodrotētos, all᾽ haplōn hypage, Satana hoper kai prostagma mallon ēn, ē epitimēsis. Homou te gar eipen autǭ, hypage, kai drapeteusai auton epoiēsen houte gar heterous peirasmous prosēgage.

But if someone should say, “Yet surely he ought to have displayed his power,” I would ask him: for what reason, and why? For the devil was not saying these things in order to believe, but in order, as he thought, to convict him of unbelief. For he deceived the first people too in this way and convicted them of not trusting God very firmly. By promising them the opposite of what God had said, puffing them up with empty hopes and casting them into unbelief, he thus cast them out also from the good things they had. But Christ shows that he did not assent either to him then, or later to the Jews who shared his mind and asked for signs, everywhere teaching us that even if we are able to do something, we should do nothing rashly and in vain, nor obey the devil even when necessity presses.

What then does this foul one do? Defeated, and unable to persuade him to do what he commanded, and that with such hunger pressing on him, he proceeds to another temptation, saying, “If you are the Son of God, throw yourself down; for it is written, ‘He shall give his angels charge concerning you, and on their hands they shall bear you up.’” Why ever does he add this, “If you are the Son of God,” at each attempt? What he did in the case of the first parents, he does now too. Just as then he slandered God, saying, “In the day you eat, your eyes shall be opened,” wishing to show by this that they had been deceived and cheated and had received no benefit, so here too he hints the same thing, saying: he called you Son for nothing and deceived you with the gift; for if this is not so, give us proof that you are of that power. Then, since Christ had reasoned with him from the Scriptures, he too brings forward the testimony of the prophet. How then does Christ respond? He was not indignant, he was not provoked, but with great gentleness he again reasons with him from the Scriptures, saying, “You shall not tempt the Lord your God,” teaching us that we must overcome the devil not by signs but by forbearance and long-suffering, and do nothing at all for display and ambition.

But consider his folly also from the very testimony he brought forward. For the testimonies brought forward by the Lord were both spoken very aptly; but those from him at random and as chance would have it, and not even fittingly did he bring in what suited the matter at hand. For the fact that it is written, “He shall give his angels charge concerning you,” does not advise one to throw oneself down and hurl oneself off a cliff; and besides, this was not even said about the Lord. But for the time being he did not refute this, although the devil had used the word insolently and quite contrary to its sense. For no one asks these things of the Son of God; rather, to throw oneself down belongs to the devil and the demons, while it belongs to God to raise up even those who are fallen. For if he had to display his power, it would be not by throwing himself down and hurling himself rashly off a cliff, but by saving others. To throw themselves into ravines and over cliffs belongs to the devil’s band. That, at any rate, is what the deceiver among them does everywhere. But Christ, even when these things had been said, does not yet reveal himself, but for the time being reasons with him as a man. For to say, “Man shall not live by bread alone,” and, “You shall not tempt the Lord your God,” was not the speech of one revealing himself very much, but of one showing himself to be one of the many. Do not be surprised if, while reasoning with Christ, he is often thrown into confusion. For just as boxers, when they receive mortal blows, reel about streaming with much blood and with their sight darkened, so he too, darkened by the first and the second blow, utters at random whatever comes to him and proceeds to the third assault.

“And taking him up onto a high mountain, he shows him all the kingdoms, and says, ‘All these things I will give you, if you will fall down and worship me.’ Then he says to him, ‘Get behind me, Satan; for it is written, You shall worship the Lord your God, and him only shall you serve.’” For since he was now sinning against the Father, saying that all that is his was his own, and was striving to declare himself God, as creator of the universe, then he rebuked him; and not even then vehemently, but simply, “Get away, Satan,” which was rather a command than a rebuke. For at the same moment he said to him, “Get away,” he made him flee; for he did not bring on any further temptations.

13.4Field 1

Καὶ πῶς ὁ Λουκᾶς φησιν, ὅτι πάντα συνετέλεσε πειρασμόν; ᾿Εμοὶ δοκεῖ τὰ κεφάλαια τῶν πειρασμῶν εἰπὼν, παντα εἰρηκέναι, ὡς καὶ τῶν ἄλλων εν τούτοις περιειλήημμε’ ἷιν,» νων. Τὰ γὰρ μυρία συνέχοντα κακὰ, ταῦυτὰ ἐστι τὸ γαστρὶ δουλεύειν, τὸ πρὸς κενοδοξίαν τι ποιεῖν, τὸ μανίᾳ χρημάτων ὑπεύθυνον εἶναι. Ὅπερ οὖν καὶ ὦ μιαρὸς οὗτος συνιδὼν, τὸ πάντων ἰσχυρότερον ὕστερον τέθεικε, τὴν τοῦ πλείονος ἐπιΝ θυμίαν' ἄνωθεν μὲν καὶ ἐξ ἀρχῆς ὠδίνων ἐλθεῖν ἐπὶ τοῦτο, ἤ εἐσχατον δὲ τοῦτο τηρῶν, ὡς τῶν ἄλλων δυνατώτερον ον. Καὶ γὰρ οὗτος αὐτοῦ τῆς πάλης ὁ νόμος, τὰ δοκοῦντα, Ών, μᾶλλον ὑποσκελίζειν, ταῦτα ἔσχατα προσάγειν. Ὅπερ καὶ επὶ τοῦ [ωβ ἐποίησε. Διὸ δὴ καὶ ἐνταῦθα απὸ τῶν δοκούντων εἶναι εὐτελεστέρων καὶ ἀσθενεστέρων ἀρξάμενος, ἐπὶ τὸ ἰσχυρότερον πρόεισι. Πῶς οὖν τούτου περιγενέσθαι δεῖ: Οὕτως ὡς ὁ Χριστὸς ἐπαίδευσεν, ἐπὶ τὸν θεὸν καταφευγοντας, καὶ μήτε ἐν λιμῷ ταπεινοῦσθαι, πιστεύοντας ὃ ὃ τῷ ὀυναμενῳ και δια λογου τρέῴειν, μήτε εν οἷς ἂν λαμβάἣ νωμεν ἀγαθοῖς πειράζειν τὸν δεδωκότα, ἀλλ᾽ ἀρκεῖσθαι τῆ. νωθὲν οὖν; ,δέ, ἄνωθεν ὀοξη. τῆς ἀνθρωπίνης οὐδένα ποιουμένους λογον, καί ἢ πανταχοῦ τῆς χρείας τὸ περιττὸν ἀτιμάζειν. Οὐδὲν γὰρ οὕτως ὑποπίπτειν τῷ διαβόλῳ ποιεῖ, ὡς τὸ τοῦ πλείονος ἣ ἐφίεσθαι, καὶ πλεονεξίας ἐρᾶν. Καὶ τοῦτο καὶ ἀπὸ τῶν νῦν ὡς γινυμένων ἐστὶν ἰδεῖν. Καὶ γὰρ καὶ νῦν εἰσιν οἱ λέγοντεν ταῦτά σοι πάντα δώσομεν, ἐὰν πεσὼν προσκυνήσῃς ἄνθρωποι μὲν ὄντες τὴν φύσιν, ὄργανα δὲ ἐκείνου γενόμενοι. ᾿Επεὶ Ἢ: καὶ τότε οὐ δι ἑαυτοῦ μόνον, ἀλλὰ καὶ δι ἑτέρων αὐτῷ προσήει. Ὅπερ καὶ ὁ Λουκᾶς δηλῶν ἔλεγεν, ὅτι ἕως ᾿Φ,.»ν ὃ ὃ, καιρου απέστη απ αὐτοῦ ὀὁηλων ὃτι μετα ταῦτα ὁια τῶν ἐς ἰδο οἰκείων οργανων αὐτῷ προσῇῆει. Καὶ ιὸον ἀγελοι προσἤλθον, καὶ διηκόνουν αὐτῷ. Ἡνίκα γαρ τὰ τῆς προσβολῆς ἐγίνετο, οὐκ εἴασεν αὐτοὺς φαίνεσθαι, ὦὧστε μὴ ταὐυτὴ, τἂν σοβῆσαι τὴν ἄγραν ἐπειδὴ δὲ αὐτὸν ἐν ἅπασιν ἤλεγξε, καὶ, δραπετεῦσαι παρεσκεύασε, τότε φαίνονται εκεῖνοι᾽ ἵνα καὶ ο σὺ μάθης, ὅτι καὶ σὲ μετὰ τὰς κατ᾽ ἐκεῖνον νίκας ἄγγελοι ἑξονται, κροτοῦντες καὶ δορυφοροῦντες ἐν ἅπασιν. Οὕτω γοῦν καὶ τὸν Λάζαρον μετὰ τὴν κάμινον τῆς πτωχείας καὶ τοῦ λιμοῦ καὶ τῆς στενοχωρίας ἁπάσης, ἄγγελοι λαβόντες ἀπῆλθον. Ὅπερ γὰρ ἔφθην εἰπὼν, πολλὰ ὁ Χριστὸς ἐπιδείκνυται νῦν, ὧν καὶ ἡμεῖς ἀπολαύειν μέλλομεν. ᾿Επεὶ οὖν ταῦτα πάντα διὰ σὲ γέγονε, ζήλωσον καὶ μίμησαι τὴν νίκην. Κἀν προσέλθῃ σοί τις τῶν τοῦ δαίμονος ἐκείνου θεραπευτῶν, καὶ τὰ ἐκείνου φρονούντων; ὀνειδίζων καὶ λέγων εἰ θαυμαστὸς εἶ καὶ μέγας, μετάστησον τὸ ὃ ὁρος μὴ ταραχθῆς, μηδὲ θορυβηθῆς ἀλλὰ μετὰ ἐπιεικείας ἀπόκρίναι: καὶ εἰπὲ ὅπερ τοῦ ὁὀεσπότου σου ἤκουσας λέγοντος οὐκ ἐκπειράσεις κύριον τὸν θεόν σου. Κάν ἐκεῖνος δόξαν καὶ δυναστείαν προβαλλόμενος, καὶ χρημάτων πλῆθος ἄπειρον, κελεύῃ προσκυνεῖν, στῆθι πάλιν γενναίως. Οὐδὲ γὰρ ἐπὶ τοῦ κοινοῦ δεσπότου πάντων ,Ἵμῶν τοῦτο πεποίηκεν ὁ διάβολος μόνον, ἀλλὰ καὶ καθ᾽ ἑκάστην ἡμέραν ἐφ᾽ ἑκάστου τῶν ἐκείνου δούλων ταύτας πρυσαΎει τὰς μηχανάς οὐκ ἐν ὄρεσι μόνον καὶ ἐν ἐρημίαις, οὐδὲ δι ἑαυτοῦ, ἀλλὰ καὶ ἐν πόλεσι, καὶ ἐν ἀγοραῖς, καὶ ἐν δικαστηρίοις, καὶ διὰ τῶν συγγενῶν ἡμῖν ἀνθρώπων. Τί οὖν δεῖ ποιεῖν: ᾿Απιστεῖν αὐτῷ καθόλου, καὶ τὰς ἀκοὰς ἀποφράττειν, καὶ κολακεύοντα μισεῖν, καὶ ὅταν μείζονα ἐπαγγέλληται, τότε μειζόνως αποστρέφεσθαι. ᾿Επεὶ καὶ τὴν Εὔαν, ὅτε μάλιστα ἐπῆρε ταῖς ἐλπίσι, τότε κατέβαλε, καὶ τὰ μέγιστα εἰργάσατο κακα. Καὶ γὰρ ἐχθρός ἐστιν ἄσπονδος, καὶ πόλεμον ἀκήρυκτον ᾿ἀνεδέξατο πρὸς ἡμᾶς. Καὶ οὐχ οὕτως ἡμεῖς σπουδάζομεν ὑπὲρ τῆς ἑαυτῶν σωτηρίας, ὡς ἐκεῖνος ὑπὲρ τῆς ἀπωλείας τῆς ἡμετέρας. ᾿ΑΑποστραφῶμεν τοίνυν αὐτὸν, μὴ ῥήμασι μόνον, ἀλλὰ καὶ ἔργοις μὴ διανοίᾳ, ἀλλὰ καὶ πράξεσι καὶ μηδὲν ποιῶμεν τῶν ἐκείνῳ δοκούντων᾽ οὕτω γὰρ πάντα ποιή᾿Ὶ δι σομεν τὰ τῷ θεῷ δοκοῦντας. Καὶ γὰρ καὶ ἐπαγγέλλεται [ἢ πολλὰ, οὐχ ἵνα δῷ, ἀλλ᾽ ἵνα λάβη. ᾿Επαγγέλλεται ἐξ, εἴ ὃ αρπαγῆς, ἵνα αφέληται βασιλείαν καὶ δικαιοσύνην᾽ καὶ τίθησιν ὥσπερ τινὰς παγίδας καὶ θήρατρα θησαυροὺς ἐν τῆ γῆ, ἣ ἵνα καὶ τούτων καὶ τῶν ἐν τοῖς οὐρανοῖς ἀποστερήσῃ θησαυρῶν καὶ βούλεται ἐνταῦθα πλουτεῖν, ἵνα μὴ πλουτήσωμεν ὃ ἤ Ὁ ΄ιε εκει. Κἂν μὴ ὀυνηθῆ δια πλούτου τῆς εκεῖ λήξεως ἡμᾶς μὴ. ἐκβαλεῖν, ἑτέραν ἔρχεται τὴν διὰ τῆς πενίας ὁδόν ὅπερ ἐπὶ τοῦ ᾿Ιὼβ πεποίηκεν. ᾿Επειδὴ γὰρ εἶδεν, ὅτι οὐδὲν αὐτὸν ὁ πλοῦτος ἠδίκησε, διὰ τῆς πενίας πλέκει τὰ δίκτυα, ἐκεῖθεν αὐτοῦ περιέσεσθαι προσὸδοκῶν᾽ οὗ τί γένοιτ᾽ ἂν ἀνοητότερον; Ο γὰρ πλοῦτον ὀυνηθεὶς ἐνεγκεῖν σωφρόνως, πολλῷ μᾶλλον πενίαν οἴσει γενναίως καὶ ὁ παρόντων οὐκ ἐπιθυμῶν χρημάτων, οὐδὲ ἀπόντα ζητήσει ὥσπερ οὖν οὐδὲ ὁ μακάρίος τότε ἐκεῖνος, ἀλλ᾽ ἀπὸ τῆς πενίας λαμπρότερος ἐγίνετο πάλιν. Τὰ μὲν γὰρ χρήματα ἴσχυσεν ἀφελέσθαι ὁ πονηρὸς δαίμων ἐκεῖνος τὴν δὲ ἀγάπην τὴν πρὸς τὸν θεὸν οὐ μόνον αφελειν οὐκ ἠδυνήθη, ἀλλὰ καὶ δυνατωτέραν ἐποίησε, καὶ πάντων αὐτὸν γυμνώσας, πλείοσιν ἐποίησε κομᾶν ἀγαθοῖς διὸ καὶ ἐν ἀμηχανίᾳ ἦν. Ὅσῳ γὰρ πλείους ἐπήγαγε πληγὰς, τοσούτῳ τότε δυνατώτερον ἑώρα γινόμενον. Διὸ δὴ πάντα ἐπελθὼν καὶ διακωδωνίσας, ἐπειδὴ πλέον οὐδὲν ἤνυσεν, ἐπὶ τὸ παλαιὸν ὅπλον ἔδραμε, τὴν γυναῖκα, καὶ προσωπεῖον ὑποδύεται κηδεμονίας, καὶ τὰς συμφορὰς ἐκτραγῳδεῖ τὰς ἐκείνον σφόδρα ἐλεεινῶς, καὶ προσποιεῖται ὑπὲρ ἀπαλλαγῆς τῶν ἐκείνου κακῶν τὴν ὀλεθρίαν ἐκείνην εἰσάγειν συμβουλήν. ᾿Αλλ᾽ οὐδὲ οὕτως ἐκράτησε᾽ καὶ γὰρ συν- εἶδεν αὐτοῦ τὸ δέλεαρ ὁ θαυμαστὸς ἐκεῖνος ἀνὴρ, καὶ μετὰ πολλῆς τῆς συνέσεως τὴν εξ ἐκείνου φθεγγομένην γυναῖκα ἐπεστόμισεν.

Kai pōs ho Loukas phēsin, hoti panta synetelese peirasmon? ᾿Emoi dokei ta kephalaia tōn peirasmōn eipōn, panta eirēkenai, hōs kai tōn allōn en toutois perieilēēmme’ hiin,» nōn. Ta gar myria synechonta kaka, tauyta esti to gastri douleuein, to pros kenodoxian ti poiein, to manią chrēmatōn hypeuthynon einai. Hoper oun kai ō miaros houtos synidōn, to pantōn ischyroteron hysteron tetheike, tēn tou pleionos epiN thymian' anōthen men kai ex archēs ōdinōn elthein epi touto, ē eeschaton de touto tērōn, hōs tōn allōn dynatōteron on. Kai gar houtos autou tēs palēs ho nomos, ta dokounta, Ōn, mallon hyposkelizein, tauta eschata prosagein. Hoper kai epi tou [ōb epoiēse. Dio dē kai entautha apo tōn dokountōn einai eutelesterōn kai asthenesterōn arxamenos, epi to ischyroteron proeisi. Pōs oun toutou perigenesthai dei: Houtōs hōs ho Christos epaideusen, epi ton theon katapheugontas, kai mēte en limǭ tapeinousthai, pisteuontas ho ho tǭ ounamenǭ kai dia logou treǭein, mēte en hois an lambaē nōmen agathois peirazein ton dedōkota, all᾽ arkeisthai tē. nōthen oun? ,de, anōthen ooxē. tēs anthrōpinēs oudena poioumenous logon, kai ē pantachou tēs chreias to peritton atimazein. Ouden gar houtōs hypopiptein tǭ diabolǭ poiei, hōs to tou pleionos hē ephiesthai, kai pleonexias eran. Kai touto kai apo tōn nyn hōs ginymenōn estin idein. Kai gar kai nyn eisin hoi legonten tauta soi panta dōsomen, ean pesōn proskynēsę̄s anthrōpoi men ontes tēn physin, organa de ekeinou genomenoi. ᾿Epei Ē: kai tote ou di heautou monon, alla kai di heterōn autǭ prosēei. Hoper kai ho Loukas dēlōn elegen, hoti heōs ᾿Ph,.»n ho ho, kairou apestē ap autou hooēlōn hoti meta tauta hoia tōn es ido oikeiōn organōn autǭ prosę̄ēei. Kai ioon ageloi prosēlthon, kai diēkonoun autǭ. Hēnika gar ta tēs prosbolēs egineto, ouk eiasen autous phainesthai, hōōste mē tauytē, tan sobēsai tēn agran epeidē de auton en hapasin ēlenxe, kai, drapeteusai pareskeuase, tote phainontai ekeinoi᾽ hina kai o sy mathēs, hoti kai se meta tas kat᾽ ekeinon nikas angeloi hexontai, krotountes kai doryphorountes en hapasin. Houtō goun kai ton Lazaron meta tēn kaminon tēs ptōcheias kai tou limou kai tēs stenochōrias hapasēs, angeloi labontes apēlthon. Hoper gar ephthēn eipōn, polla ho Christos epideiknytai nyn, hōn kai hēmeis apolauein mellomen. ᾿Epei oun tauta panta dia se gegone, zēlōson kai mimēsai tēn nikēn. Kan proselthę̄ soi tis tōn tou daimonos ekeinou therapeutōn, kai ta ekeinou phronountōn? oneidizōn kai legōn ei thaumastos ei kai megas, metastēson to ho horos mē tarachthēs, mēde thorybēthēs alla meta epieikeias apokrinai: kai eipe hoper tou hooespotou sou ēkousas legontos ouk ekpeiraseis kyrion ton theon sou. Kan ekeinos doxan kai dynasteian proballomenos, kai chrēmatōn plēthos apeiron, keleuę̄ proskynein, stēthi palin gennaiōs. Oude gar epi tou koinou despotou pantōn ,Himōn touto pepoiēken ho diabolos monon, alla kai kath᾽ hekastēn hēmeran eph᾽ hekastou tōn ekeinou doulōn tautas prysaUei tas mēchanas ouk en oresi monon kai en erēmiais, oude di heautou, alla kai en polesi, kai en agorais, kai en dikastēriois, kai dia tōn syngenōn hēmin anthrōpōn. Ti oun dei poiein: ᾿Apistein autǭ katholou, kai tas akoas apophrattein, kai kolakeuonta misein, kai hotan meizona epangellētai, tote meizonōs apostrephesthai. ᾿Epei kai tēn Euan, hote malista epēre tais elpisi, tote katebale, kai ta megista eirgasato kaka. Kai gar echthros estin aspondos, kai polemon akērykton ᾿anedexato pros hēmas. Kai ouch houtōs hēmeis spoudazomen hyper tēs heautōn sōtērias, hōs ekeinos hyper tēs apōleias tēs hēmeteras. ᾿AApostraphōmen toinyn auton, mē rhēmasi monon, alla kai ergois mē dianoią, alla kai praxesi kai mēden poiōmen tōn ekeinǭ dokountōn᾽ houtō gar panta poiē᾿I di somen ta tǭ theǭ dokountas. Kai gar kai epangelletai [ē polla, ouch hina dǭ, all᾽ hina labē. ᾿Epangelletai ex, ei ho arpagēs, hina aphelētai basileian kai dikaiosynēn᾽ kai tithēsin hōsper tinas pagidas kai thēratra thēsaurous en tē gē, hē hina kai toutōn kai tōn en tois ouranois aposterēsę̄ thēsaurōn kai bouletai entautha ploutein, hina mē ploutēsōmen ho ē Ho ΄ie ekei. Kan mē ounēthē dia ploutou tēs ekei lēxeōs hēmas mē. ekbalein, heteran erchetai tēn dia tēs penias hodon hoper epi tou ᾿Iōb pepoiēken. ᾿Epeidē gar eiden, hoti ouden auton ho ploutos ēdikēse, dia tēs penias plekei ta diktya, ekeithen autou periesesthai prosodokōn᾽ hou ti genoit᾽ an anoētoteron? O gar plouton ounētheis enenkein sōphronōs, pollǭ mallon penian oisei gennaiōs kai ho parontōn ouk epithymōn chrēmatōn, oude aponta zētēsei hōsper oun oude ho makarios tote ekeinos, all᾽ apo tēs penias lamproteros egineto palin. Ta men gar chrēmata ischysen aphelesthai ho ponēros daimōn ekeinos tēn de agapēn tēn pros ton theon ou monon aphelein ouk ēdynēthē, alla kai dynatōteran epoiēse, kai pantōn auton gymnōsas, pleiosin epoiēse koman agathois dio kai en amēchanią ēn. Hosǭ gar pleious epēgage plēgas, tosoutǭ tote dynatōteron heōra ginomenon. Dio dē panta epelthōn kai diakōdōnisas, epeidē pleon ouden ēnysen, epi to palaion hoplon edrame, tēn gynaika, kai prosōpeion hypodyetai kēdemonias, kai tas symphoras ektragǭdei tas ekeinon sphodra eleeinōs, kai prospoieitai hyper apallagēs tōn ekeinou kakōn tēn olethrian ekeinēn eisagein symboulēn. ᾿All᾽ oude houtōs ekratēse᾽ kai gar syn- eiden autou to delear ho thaumastos ekeinos anēr, kai meta pollēs tēs syneseōs tēn ex ekeinou phthengomenēn gynaika epestomisen.

How then does Luke say that “he ended every temptation”? It seems to me that, having named the chief heads of the temptations, he has spoken of all, since the others are comprised in these. For the things that hold together the countless evils are these: to be a slave to the belly, to do something for vainglory, to be in subjection to the madness for money. This, then, is what that foul one perceived, and he placed last the strongest of all, the desire for more: from the first and from the beginning he was in travail to come to this, but he kept it for last as more powerful than the rest. For this is the law of his wrestling: to bring on last the things that seem better able to trip us up. This he did in the case of Job as well. So here too, beginning from what seemed cheaper and weaker, he proceeds to the stronger.

How then must we overcome him? As Christ taught us: by fleeing to God for refuge, and neither being cast down in famine, trusting in him who is able to feed us even by a word, nor tempting the giver amid whatever good things we receive, but being content with the glory from above, making no account of human glory, and everywhere despising what goes beyond our need. For nothing makes us fall under the devil so much as to long for more and to love covetousness. And one can see this even from what happens now. For even now there are those who say, “All these things we will give you, if you will fall down and worship,” men by nature, but become his instruments. For then too he approached him not by himself only but also through others. Luke showed this when he said that “he departed from him for a season,” showing that afterward he approached him through his own instruments.

“And behold, angels came and ministered to him.” For while the assault was going on, he did not allow them to appear, so as not to scare off the prey by this; but when he had refuted him in everything and made him flee, then they appear, so that you too may learn that after victories like his, angels will receive you too, applauding and escorting you in everything. So, at any rate, angels took Lazarus away after the furnace of poverty and hunger and every distress. For, as I said before, Christ displays now many things which we too are to enjoy. Since, then, all these things were done for your sake, emulate and imitate the victory. And if one of the servants of that demon, one who shares his mind, comes to you taunting you and saying, “If you are wonderful and great, move the mountain,” do not be troubled or disturbed, but answer with gentleness and say what you heard your Master say: “You shall not tempt the Lord your God.” And if he holds out glory and power and a boundless amount of money and bids you worship, stand firm nobly again. For the devil did this not only in the case of the common Master of us all, but every day he brings these devices to bear on each of his servants, not only on mountains and in deserts, nor by himself, but also in cities and in marketplaces and in law courts, and through men who are our own kin.

What then must we do? Disbelieve him altogether, stop our ears, hate him when he flatters, and when he promises greater things, then turn away from him the more. For with Eve too, it was when he had most lifted her up with hopes that he cast her down and worked the greatest evils. For he is an implacable enemy and has undertaken an undeclared war against us. And we are not so zealous for our own salvation as he is for our destruction. Let us therefore turn away from him, not with words only but with deeds, not in mind only but in actions, and do none of the things he approves; for in this way we shall do all the things that God approves. For he also promises much, not to give but to take. He promises from robbery, in order to take away the kingdom and righteousness; and he sets treasures on earth like snares and traps, so as to rob us both of these and of the treasures in heaven; and he wants us to be rich here so that we may not be rich there. And if he cannot cast us out of our inheritance there by means of wealth, he comes by the other road, that of poverty, as he did with Job. For when he saw that wealth had not harmed him at all, he weaves his nets through poverty, expecting to get the better of him from that side. What could be more foolish than this? For he who has been able to bear wealth soberly will much more bear poverty nobly; and he who does not desire money when it is present will not seek it when it is absent. So indeed that blessed man did not then, but from his poverty became more illustrious again. That wicked demon was able to take away his money, but his love for God he not only could not take away, but even made stronger; and having stripped him of everything, he made him flourish with more good things. That is why he was at a loss. For the more blows he inflicted, the more powerful he saw him become. Therefore, having tried everything and tested him thoroughly, since he accomplished nothing more, he ran to his old weapon, the woman; he puts on a mask of concern, recites his misfortunes most piteously like a tragedy, and pretends to bring in that ruinous counsel for his release from his evils. But not even so did he prevail; for that wonderful man saw through his bait, and with great understanding stopped the mouth of the woman who spoke from him.

13.5Field 1

Ὃ δὴ καὶ ἡμᾶς χρὴ ποιεῖν' κἂν ἀδελφὸν, κἂν φίλον γνήσιον, κἂν γυναῖκα, κἀν ὁντιναοῦν τῶν ἀναγκαιοτάτων ἡμῖν ὑποδὺς, φθόγγηταί τι τῶν οὐ προσηκόντων, μὴ ἀπὸ τοῦ πρυσώπον τοῦ ταῦτα λέγοντος δέχεσθαι τὴν συμβουλὴν, αλλ᾽ ἀπὸ τῆς συμβουλῆς τῆς ὀλεθρίας τὸν ταῦτα λέγοντα ἀποστρέφεσθαι. Καὶ γὰρ καὶ νῦν πολλὰ τοιαῦτα ποιεῖ, καὶ συμπαθείας προβάλλεται προσωπεῖον καὶ δοκεῖ μὲν εἶναι εὔνους, τὰ δὲ ὀλέθρι καὶ δηλητηρίων χαλεπώτερα ἐνίησι βήματα. Τὸ μὲν γὰρ ἐπὶ βλαβη κολακεύειν, ἐκείνου τὸ δὲ ἐπὶ τῷ συμφέροντι παιδεύειν, θεοῦ. Μὴ δὴ παραλογιζώμεθα, μηδὲ ἐκ παντὸς τρόπον τὸν ἄνετον ἐπιζητῶμεν βίον. Ὁ γὰρ ἀγαπᾷ κύριος, παιδεύει, φησίν. Ὥστε ὅταν εὐημερίας ἀπολαύωμεν ἐν πονηρίᾳ ζῶντες, τότε μάλιστα αλγῶμεν. ᾿Δεὶ μὲν γὰρ ἁμαρτάνοντας δεδοικέναι χρή μάλιστα δὲ, ὅταν μηδὲν πάσχωμεν δεινόν. Ὅταν μὲν γὰρ κατὰ μέρος ἀπαιτῇ τὰς τιμωρίας ὁ θεὸς, κούφην ἡμῖν ποιεῖ τὴν ὑπὲρ τούτων ἔκτισιν ὅταν δὲ ἐφ᾽ ἑκάστου τῶν πλημμελουμένων μακροθυμῆ, εἰς μεγάλην ἡμᾶς Ὦ τοῖς τοιούτοις ἐπιμένοντας ταμιεύεται ὀίκην. Εἰ γὰρ τοῖς ἡ κατορθοῦσιν ἃ ἀναγκαῖον ἡ θλῖψις, πολλῷ μᾶλλον τοῖς ἀμαρτάνουσιν. Ὅρα γοῦν πόσης μακροθυμίας ἀπολαύσας ὁ Φαραὼ, ἐσχάτην ὑπὲρ πάντων ὕστερον ἔδωκε δίκην πόσα ὁὸνΝ Κρ οε πλημμελήσας, πρὸς τῷ τέλει τὸ πάν ἐξέτισε καὶ ὁ πλούσιος, ἐπεὶ μηδὲν ἔπαθεν ἐνταῦθα δεινὸν, αὐτὸ τοῦτο μάλιστα γέγονεν ἄθλιος, ὅτι τρυφήσας ἐν τῷ παρόντι βίῳ, ἀπῆλθεν ἐκεῖ πάντων τούτων δώσων δίκην, ἔνθα οὐδὲ παραμυθίαν ἢ ἣν εὑρεῖν τοὺ κακοῦ. Ἀλλ᾽ ὅμως εἰσί τινες οὕτω ψυχροὶ καὶ ἀνόητοι, ὡς τὰ ἐνταῦθα ἐπιζητεῖν αεὶ μόνον, καὶ τὰ καταγέλαστα ἐκεῖνα λέγειν ῥήματα ἀπολαύσω τῶν παρόντων τέως πάντων, καὶ τότε σκέψομαι περὶ τῶν ἀδήλων' χαρίσομαι τῇ γαστρὶ, δουλεύσω ταῖς ἡδοναῖς, παραχρήσομαι τῷ παρόντι βίῳ δίδου μοι τὴν σήμερον, καὶ λάμβανε τὴν αὔριον. Ὦ ὑπερβολὴ ἀνοίας. Καὶ τί τράγῶν καὶ χοίρων οἱ ταῦτα λέγοντες διαφέρουσιν: Εἰ γὰρ τοὺς ἐπὶ τὴν γυναῖκα τοῦ πλησίον χρεμετίζοντας οὐκ ἀφίησιν ὁ προφήτης ἀνθρώπους νομίζεσθαι, τίς ἡμῖν ἐγκαλέσει τούτους τράγους καὶ χοίρους καὶ ὄνων ἀνοητοτέρους εἶναι, οἱ τὰ τῶν ὁρωμένων φανερώτερα ταῦτα ἄδηλα εἶναι νομίζουσιν; Εἰ γὰρ μηδενὶ τῶν ἄλλων πιστεύεις, παράστηθι δαίμοσι μαστιζομένοις, τοῖς ἐπὶ τῇ βλάβη τῇ ἡμετέρᾳ ἅπαντα καὶ λέγειν. καὶ πράττειν μεμελετηκόσιν. Οὐ γὰρ δὴ πρὸς τοῦτο ἀντερεῖς, ὅτι ὃ οὐ πάντα ὦστε αὐξῆσαι τὴν ῥᾳθυμίαν ἡμῶν πράττουσι, καὶ τὸν τῆς γεέννης ἐκλῦσαι φόβον, καὶ ἀπιστηθῆναι τὰ ἐκεῖ δικαστήρια. ᾿Αλλ᾽ ὅμως οἱ ταῦτα βουλόμενοι, βοῶντες καὶ ὀλολύζοντες πολλάκις τὰς ἐκεῖ, βασάνους ἀνακηρύττουσι. Πόθεν οὖν ταῦτα λέγουσι, καὶ ἐναντία ὧν βούλονται φθέγγονται: Οὐδαμόθεν ἄλλοθεν, ἀλλ᾽ ἐκ τοῦ πλείονα ὑπομένειν ἀνάγκην. Οὐ γὰρ ἄν ηβουλήθησαν ἑκόντες ὁμολογεῖν, οὐδ᾽ ὅτι ὑπὸ νεκρῶν ἀνθρώπων βασανίζονται, οὐδ ὅτι ὅλως πάσχουσί τι δεινόν. Πρὸς τί οὖν μοι ταῦτα εἴρηται; Ὅτι δαίμονες ὁμολογοῦσι. γέενναν, οἱ βουλόμενοι ἀπιστεῖσθαι ᾿Ὑέενναν' σὺ δὲ, ὁ τοσαύτης ἀπολαύων τιμῆς, καὶ ἀποῤῥήτων κοινωνήσας μυστηρίων, οὐδὲ ἐκείνους μιμῆ, ἀλλὰ καὶ τούτων αγνωμονέστερος γέγονας. Καὶ τίς ἦλθεν ἐκ τῶν ἐν δου, φησὶ, καὶ ταῦτα ᾿ἀπήγγειλεν: Ἀπὸ γὰρ τῶν οὐρανῶν τίς παρεγένετο, καὶ εἶπεν ὅτι θεός ἐστιν ὁ τὰ πάντα δημιουργήσας: Ὅτι δὲ ψυχὴν ἔχομεν, πόθεν δῆλον; Εἢ γὰρ δὴ τοῖς ὁρωμένοις μέλλεις πιστεύειν, καὶ περὶ θεοῦ, καὶ περὶ ἀγγέλων, καὶ περὶ νοῦ καὶ περὶ ψυχῆς ἀαμφιβαλεῖς, καὶ οὕτω σοι πάντα᾽ οἰχήσεται τὰ τῆς ἀληθείας δόγματα. Καίτοιγε εἰ τοῖς Φανεροῖς πιστεύειν βούλει, τοῖς ἀοράτοις μᾶλλον ἤ τοῖς ὁρωμένοις, πιστεύειν δεῖ. ᾿Εἰ καὶ παράδοξον τὸ εἰρημένον, ἀλλ᾽ ὅμως ἀληθὲς, καὶ παρὰ τοῖς νοῦν ἔχουσι σφόδρα ὡμολογημένον. Οι μὲν γὰρ ὀφθαλμοὶ πολλὰ σφάλλονται, οὐκ ἐν τοῖς ἀοράτοις μόνον (ἐκεῖνα γὰρ οὐδὲ ἴσασιν), ἀλλὰ καὶ ἐν αὐτοῖς οἷς δοκοῦσιν ὁρᾶν, καὶ διαστήματος, καὶ ἀέρος, καὶ διανοίας Ὁ ἀλλαχοῦ τετραμμένης, καὶ θυμοῦ, καὶ φροντίδος, καὶ μυρίων ἑτέρων ἐμποδιζόντων αὐτῶν τὴν ἀκρίβειαν' ὁ δὲ τῆς ψυχῆς λογισμὸς, ἂν τὸ φὼς δέξηται τών θείων γραφῶν, ἄκριβέστερον καὶ ἀνεξαπάτητον τῶν ὄντων ἔσται κριτήριον. Μὴ δὴ μάτην ἑαυτοὺς ἀπατῶμεν. μηδὲ πρὸς τῆ ῥᾳθυμίᾳ τοῦ βίου, τῆ διὰ τῶν τοιούτων τικτομένῃ δογμάτων, καὶ ὑπὲρ αὐτῶν τῶν δογμάτων χαλεπώτερον ἑαυτοῖς ἐπισωρεύωμεν πῦρ. Εἰ γὰρ μὴ ἔστι κρίσις, μηδὲ εὐθύνας δώσομεν τῶν πεπραγμένων, οὐδὲ τιμὰς τῶν πεπονημένων ληψόμεθα. Ἔννόησον ἢ οἷ τείνει τὰ τῆς βλασφημίας νμῶν, ὅταν λέγητε τὸν δίκαιον θεὸν καὶ φιλάνθρωπον καὶ ἥμερον τοσούτους πόνους καὶ ἱδρῶτας ὑπερορᾶν. Καὶ πῶς ἂν ἔχοι ταῦτα λόγον; Εἰ γὰρ μηδαμόθεν ἄλλοθεν, ἀπὸ γοῦν τῶν κατὰ τὴν οἰκίαν τὴν σὴν ταῦτα συλλογίζου, καὶ τότε ὄψει τὸ ἄτοπον. Κάν γὰρ μυριάκις ἧς αὐτὸς ὠμὸς καὶ ἀπάνθρωπος, καὶ θηρίων αὐτῶν ἀγριώτερος:» οὐκ ἂν ἕλοιο τὸν οἰκέτην τὸν εὔνουν γενόμενον τελευτῶν αφεῖναι ἄτιμον, ἀλλὰ καὶ ἐλευθερίᾳ αμείβη, καὶ χρημάτων δωρεᾷ᾽ καὶ ἐπειδὴ αὐτὸς λοιπὸν ἀπιὼν οὐδὲν δύνασαι εἰς αὐτὸν ἐργάσασθαι ἀγαθὸν, τοῖς μέλλουσί σου ᾿κληρονομεῖν τῆς οὐσίας ἐπισκήπτεις ὑπὲρ αὐτοῦ, δεόμενος, παρακαλῶν, πάντα ποιῶν, ὥστε μὴ μεῖναι αὐτὸν ἀγέραστον. Εἶτα σὺ μὲν, ὁ πονηρὸς, οὕτω χρηστὸς καὶ φιλάνθρωπος γίνῃ πρὸς τὸν οἰκέτην ἡ δὲ ἃ ἄπειρος ἀγαθότης, ὁ θεὸς, ἡ ἄφατο: φιλανθρωπία, ἢ θὰ χρηστότης, τοὺς οἰκέτας τοὺς ἑαυτοῦ τοὺς περὶ Πέτρον καὶ Παῦλον καὶ ᾿Ιάκωβον καὶ ᾿Ιωάννην, τοὺς καθ᾽ ἑκάστην ἡμέραν δι᾿ αὐτὸν λιμώξαντας, δεσμευθέντας, μαστιχθέντας, καταποντισθέντας, θηρίοις παραδοθέντας, ἀποθνήσκοντας. τοσαῦτα παθόντας ἃ μηδὲ ἀριθμῆσαι ἔνι, ἀστεφανώτους περιόψεται: Καὶ ὁ μὲν ἀγωνοθέτης τὸν Ὄλυμπιονίκην ἀνακηρύττει καὶ στεφανοῖ, καὶ ὁ δεσπότης τὸν οἰκέτην, καὶ ὁ βασιλεὺς τὸν στρατιώτην, καὶ ἕκαστος ἁπλῶς τὸν θεραπεύσαντα αὐτὸν, οἷς δύναται ἀμείβεται καλοῖς ὃ δὲ θεὸς μόνου, μετὰ τοὺς τοσούτους ἱδρῶτας καὶ πόνους, οὐ μικρὸν, οὐ μέγα, αὐτοῖς ἀγαθὸν ἀποδί ὡσιν, ἀλλ᾽ οἱ δίκαιοι καὶ εὐσεβεῖς ἐκεῖνοι;, καὶ πᾶσαν ἀρετὴν ἐπελθόντες, ἐν τοῖς αὐτοῖς κείσονται τοῖς μοιχοῖς, καὶ πατραλοίαις, καὶ ἀνδροφόνοις, καὶ τυμβωρύχοις; Καὶ ποῦ ταῦτα ἀν ὄχοι λόγον; Εἰ γὰρ μηδὲν μετὰ τὴν ἐντεῦθέν ἐστιν ἀποδημίαν, ἀλλὰ μέχρι τῶν παρόντων τὰ ἡμέτερα, ἐν τοῖς αὑτοῖς ἐκεῖνοι τούτοις μᾶλλον͵ δὲ οὐδὲ ἐν τοῖς αὐτοῖς. Εἰ γὰρ καὶ μετὰ ταῦτα ἐν τοῖς αὐτοῖς, κατὰ τὸν σὸν λόγον, ἀλλ᾽ ἐνταῦθα ἐν ἀνέσει μὲν οὗτοι, ἐν κολάσει δὲ ἐκεῖνοι τὸν πάντα γεγόνασι χρόνον. Καὶ ποῖος τοῦτο τύραννος, τίς ὠμὸς ἄνθρωπος καὶ ἀπηνὴς οὕτω περὶ τῶν αὐτοῦ ποτε ἐβουλεύσατο θεραπόντων καὶ ὑπηκόων; Εἶδες τῆς ατοπίας τὴν ὑπερβολὴν» καὶ ποῦ τελευτᾷ ο λόγος οὗτος; Οὐκοῦν εἰ καὶ μηδαμόθεν ἄλλοθεν βούλει, ἀπὸ τούτων τῶν λογισμῶν παιδευθεὶς, ἀπαλλάγηθι, τῆς πονηρᾶς ταύτης ὑπονοίας, καὶ φεῦγε κακίαν, καὶ τῶν ὑπὲρ ἀρετῆς ἀντέχου πόνων καὶ τότε εἴσῃ σαφώς, ὅτι οὐ μέχρι τοῦ παρόντος βίον τὰ ἡμέτερα ἕστηκε. Καν τις ἐρηταί σε; τίς ἐλθὼν ἐκεῖθεν ἀπήγγειλε τὰ ἐκεῖ: εἰπὲ πρὸς αὐτόν ἀνθρώπων μὲν οὐδὲ εἷς γὰρ ἂν καὶ ἠπιστήθη πολλακις, ἅτε κομπάζων καὶ ἐπαίρων τὸ πρᾶγμα ὁ δὲ τῶν ἀγγέλων δεσπότης πᾶντα μετὰ ἀκριβείας εκεῖνα ἀπήγγειλε. Τί τοίνυν ἡμῖν δεῖ ἀνθρώπου, τοῦ μέλλοντος ἡμᾶς εὐθύνας ἀπαιτεῖν καθ᾽ ἑκάστην ἡμέραν βοῶντος, ὃ ὅτι καὶ γέενναν ἡτοίμασε, καὶ βασιλείαν παρεσκεύασε, καὶ τούτων ἡμῖν ἀποδείξεις παρασχομένου σαφεῖς; Εἰ γὰρ μὴ ἔμελλε κρίνειν, οὐδ᾽ ἃ ἂν ἐνταῦθα ίκην ᾿ἀπήτησε. Καὶ γὰρ καὶ αὐτὸ τοῦτο πῶς ἂν ἔχοι λόγον, τὸ τῶν πονηρὼν τοὺς μὲν κολάζεσθαι, τοὺς δὲ μὴ κολάζεσθαι: Εἰ γὰρ μὴ προσωπολήπτης ἐστὶν ὁ θεὸς, ὥσπερ ουν οὐδέ ἐστι; τί δήποτε τὸν μὲν ἀπήτησε δίκην, τὸν δὲ ἀφῆκεν ἀτιμώρητον ἀπελθεῖν: Τοῦτο γὰρ τοῦ προτέρου πάλιν ἐστὶν ἀπορώτερον. ᾿Αλλ᾽ εἰ βούλεσθε μετ᾽ εὐγνωμοσύνης ἀκούειν των λεγομένων, καὶ ταύτην διαλύσομεν τὴν ἀπορίαν. Τίς οὖν ἐστιν ἡ λύσις: Οὔτε πάντας ἐνταῦθα ἀπαιτεῖ δίκην, ἵνα μὴ ἀπογνῷς τὴν ἀνάστασιν, καὶ ἀπελπίσης τὴν κρίσιν, ὡς πάντων ἐνταῦθα διδόντων λόγον οὔτε πάντας ἀφίησιν ἀτιμωρητὶ ἀπελθεῖν, ἵνα μὴ πάλιν ἀπρονόητα εἶναι τὰ πάντα νομίσῃς ἀλλὰ καὶ κολάζει καὶ οὐ κολάζει δι ὧν μὲν κολάζει, δεικνὺς ὅτι καὶ ἐκεῖ τοὺς οὐ κολασθέντας ἐνταῦθα ἃ ἀπαιτήσει λόγον᾽ ὧν δὲ οὐ κολάζει, ᾿παρασκενάζων σε πιστεύειν, ὅτι ἐστί τι μετὰ τὴν ἐντεῦθεν ἀποδημίαν κριτήριον φοβερόν. Εἰ δὲ καθόλου τῶν προτέρων ἡμέλει, οὐδ᾽ ἂν ἐκόλασέ τίνας ἐνταῦθα, οὐδ᾽ ἂν εὐηργότησε. Νῦν δὲ ὁ ορᾷς αὐτὸν διὰ σὲ καὶ οὐρανὸν τείνοντα, καὶ ἥλιον ἀνάπτοντα; καὶ γῆν θεμελιοῦντα, καὶ θάλατταν χέοντα, καὶ ἀέρα ἁπλοῦντα, καὶ σελήνη τάττοντα δρόμους, καὶ ταῖς ὥραις τοῦ ἔτους ἀκινήτους τιθέντα νόμους, καὶ τὰ ἄλλα δὲ ἅπαντα τῷ νεύματι τῷ ἐκείνον τὸν ἑαυτῶν μετὰ ἀκριβείας ανύοντα δρόμον. Καὶ γὰρ ἡ φύσις ἥ ἡμετέρα, καὶ τῶν ἀλόγων, τῶν ἑρπόντων, τῶν βαδιζόν΄ των, τών πετομένων, τῶν νηχομένων, τῶν ἐν λίαναις, τῶν ἐν πηγαῖς, τῶν ἐν ποταμοῖς; τῶν ἐν ὄρεσι, τῶν ἐν νάπαις, τῶν ἐν οἰκίαις, τῶν ἐν ἀέρι, τῶν ἐν πεδίοις, καὶ φυτά, καὶ σπέρματα, καὶ δένδρα, τὰ τε ἄγρια, τά τε ἥμερα, τά τε ἔγκαρπα καὶ ἄκαρπα, καὶ πάντα ἁπλῶς ὑπὸ τῆς ἀκαμάτου κινούμενα χειρὸς ἐκείνης, τὴν ἡμετέραν οἰκονομεῖ ζωὴν, οὐ πρὸς χρείαν μόνον, ἀλλὰ καὶ πρὸς φιλοτιμίαν τὴν διακονίαν ἡμῖν εξ αὐτῶν παρεχόμενα. Τοσαύτην τοίνυν ὁρῶν εὐταξίαν, (καίτοιγε οὐδὲ τὸ πολλοστὸν εἴπομεν μέρος,) τολμᾷς εἰπεῖν, ὅτι ὁ τοσαῦτα καὶ τηλικαῦτα ἐργασάμενος διὰ σέ, ἐν τοῖς καιρίοις σε παρὄψεται, καὶ μετὰ τῶν ὄνων καὶ τῶν χοίρων αφησει τελευτήὉ σαντα κεῖσθαι, καὶ δώρῳ σε τιμήσας τοσούτῳ, τῷ τῆς εὐσεβείας, ᾧ καὶ τῶν ἀγγέλων ἐποίησεν ἴσον, περιόψεταί, σε μετὰ τοὺς μυρίους πόνους καὶ ἱδρῶτας: Καὶ πῶς ἄν ἔχοι ταῦτα λόγον; Ταῦτα γὰρ, κἂν ἡμεῖς συγήσωμεν, οἱ λίθοι κεκράξονται οὕτω σαφῆ καὶ δῆλα, καὶ τῆς ἀκτῖνος αὐτῆς ἐστι φανότερα. Ταῦτ᾽ οὖν ἅπαντα λογισάμενοι; καὶ πείσαντες τὴν ἑαυτῶν ψυχὴν, ὅτι μετὰ τὴν ἐντεῦθεν ἀποδημίαν καὶ βήματι παραστησόμεθα φοβερῷ, καὶ λόγον δώσομεν τῶν πεπραγμένων ἁπάντων, καὶ εὐθύνας ὑφέξομεν, καὶ δίκην ὑποστησόμεθα, ἂν μένωμεν πλημμελοῦντες, καὶ στεφάνων ἀπολαυσόμεθα καὶ ἀγαθῶν ἀποῤῥήτων, ἄν μικρὸν ἑαυτοῖς προσέχειν βουληθῶμεν, τούς τε ἀντιλέγοντας ἐπὶ τούτοις ἐπιστομίζωμεν, καὶ αὐτοὶ τὴν τῆς ἀρετῆς ὁδὸν ἑλώμεθα, ἵνα καὶ μετὰ παῤῥησίας τῆς προσηκούσης εἰς ἐκεῖνο τὸ δικαστήριον ἄπελθοντες, ἐπιτύχωμεν τῶν ἐπηγγελμένων ἡμῖν ἀγαθῶν, χάριτι καὶ φιλανθρωπίᾳ τοῦ κυρίου ἡμῶν ᾿Ιησοῦ Χριστοῦ, ᾧ ἡ δόξα καὶ τὸ κράτος, νῦν καὶ ἀεὶ καὶ εἰς τοὺς αἰῶνας τῶν αἰώνων. ᾿Δμῆν.

Ho dē kai hēmas chrē poiein' kan adelphon, kan philon gnēsion, kan gynaika, kan hontinaoun tōn anankaiotatōn hēmin hypodys, phthongētai ti tōn ou prosēkontōn, mē apo tou prysōpon tou tauta legontos dechesthai tēn symboulēn, all᾽ apo tēs symboulēs tēs olethrias ton tauta legonta apostrephesthai. Kai gar kai nyn polla toiauta poiei, kai sympatheias proballetai prosōpeion kai dokei men einai eunous, ta de olethri kai dēlētēriōn chalepōtera eniēsi bēmata. To men gar epi blabē kolakeuein, ekeinou to de epi tǭ sympheronti paideuein, theou. Mē dē paralogizōmetha, mēde ek pantos tropon ton aneton epizētōmen bion. Ho gar agapą kyrios, paideuei, phēsin. Hōste hotan euēmerias apolauōmen en ponērią zōntes, tote malista algōmen. ᾿Dei men gar hamartanontas dedoikenai chrē malista de, hotan mēden paschōmen deinon. Hotan men gar kata meros apaitę̄ tas timōrias ho theos, kouphēn hēmin poiei tēn hyper toutōn ektisin hotan de eph᾽ hekastou tōn plēmmeloumenōn makrothymē, eis megalēn hēmas Ō tois toioutois epimenontas tamieuetai oikēn. Ei gar tois hē katorthousin ha anankaion hē thlipsis, pollǭ mallon tois amartanousin. Hora goun posēs makrothymias apolausas ho Pharaō, eschatēn hyper pantōn hysteron edōke dikēn posa hoonN Kr oe plēmmelēsas, pros tǭ telei to pan exetise kai ho plousios, epei mēden epathen entautha deinon, auto touto malista gegonen athlios, hoti tryphēsas en tǭ paronti biǭ, apēlthen ekei pantōn toutōn dōsōn dikēn, entha oude paramythian ē hēn heurein tou kakou. All᾽ homōs eisi tines houtō psychroi kai anoētoi, hōs ta entautha epizētein aei monon, kai ta katagelasta ekeina legein rhēmata apolausō tōn parontōn teōs pantōn, kai tote skepsomai peri tōn adēlōn' charisomai tę̄ gastri, douleusō tais hēdonais, parachrēsomai tǭ paronti biǭ didou moi tēn sēmeron, kai lambane tēn aurion. Ō hyperbolē anoias. Kai ti tragōn kai choirōn hoi tauta legontes diapherousin: Ei gar tous epi tēn gynaika tou plēsion chremetizontas ouk aphiēsin ho prophētēs anthrōpous nomizesthai, tis hēmin enkalesei toutous tragous kai choirous kai onōn anoētoterous einai, hoi ta tōn horōmenōn phanerōtera tauta adēla einai nomizousin? Ei gar mēdeni tōn allōn pisteueis, parastēthi daimosi mastizomenois, tois epi tę̄ blabē tę̄ hēmeterą hapanta kai legein. kai prattein memeletēkosin. Ou gar dē pros touto antereis, hoti ho ou panta ōste auxēsai tēn rhąthymian hēmōn prattousi, kai ton tēs geennēs eklysai phobon, kai apistēthēnai ta ekei dikastēria. ᾿All᾽ homōs hoi tauta boulomenoi, boōntes kai ololyzontes pollakis tas ekei, basanous anakēryttousi. Pothen oun tauta legousi, kai enantia hōn boulontai phthengontai: Oudamothen allothen, all᾽ ek tou pleiona hypomenein anankēn. Ou gar an ēboulēthēsan hekontes homologein, oud᾽ hoti hypo nekrōn anthrōpōn basanizontai, oud hoti holōs paschousi ti deinon. Pros ti oun moi tauta eirētai? Hoti daimones homologousi. geennan, hoi boulomenoi apisteisthai ᾿Hyeennan' sy de, ho tosautēs apolauōn timēs, kai aporrhētōn koinōnēsas mystēriōn, oude ekeinous mimē, alla kai toutōn agnōmonesteros gegonas. Kai tis ēlthen ek tōn en dou, phēsi, kai tauta ᾿apēngeilen: Apo gar tōn ouranōn tis paregeneto, kai eipen hoti theos estin ho ta panta dēmiourgēsas: Hoti de psychēn echomen, pothen dēlon? Eē gar dē tois horōmenois melleis pisteuein, kai peri theou, kai peri angelōn, kai peri nou kai peri psychēs aamphibaleis, kai houtō soi panta᾽ oichēsetai ta tēs alētheias dogmata. Kaitoige ei tois Phanerois pisteuein boulei, tois aoratois mallon ē tois horōmenois, pisteuein dei. ᾿Ei kai paradoxon to eirēmenon, all᾽ homōs alēthes, kai para tois noun echousi sphodra hōmologēmenon. Oi men gar ophthalmoi polla sphallontai, ouk en tois aoratois monon (ekeina gar oude isasin), alla kai en autois hois dokousin horan, kai diastēmatos, kai aeros, kai dianoias Ho allachou tetrammenēs, kai thymou, kai phrontidos, kai myriōn heterōn empodizontōn autōn tēn akribeian' ho de tēs psychēs logismos, an to phōs dexētai tōn theiōn graphōn, akribesteron kai anexapatēton tōn ontōn estai kritērion. Mē dē matēn heautous apatōmen. mēde pros tē rhąthymią tou biou, tē dia tōn toioutōn tiktomenę̄ dogmatōn, kai hyper autōn tōn dogmatōn chalepōteron heautois episōreuōmen pyr. Ei gar mē esti krisis, mēde euthynas dōsomen tōn pepragmenōn, oude timas tōn peponēmenōn lēpsometha. Ennoēson ē hoi teinei ta tēs blasphēmias nmōn, hotan legēte ton dikaion theon kai philanthrōpon kai hēmeron tosoutous ponous kai hidrōtas hyperoran. Kai pōs an echoi tauta logon? Ei gar mēdamothen allothen, apo goun tōn kata tēn oikian tēn sēn tauta syllogizou, kai tote opsei to atopon. Kan gar myriakis hēs autos ōmos kai apanthrōpos, kai thēriōn autōn agriōteros:» ouk an heloio ton oiketēn ton eunoun genomenon teleutōn apheinai atimon, alla kai eleutherią ameibē, kai chrēmatōn dōreą᾽ kai epeidē autos loipon apiōn ouden dynasai eis auton ergasasthai agathon, tois mellousi sou ᾿klēronomein tēs ousias episkēpteis hyper autou, deomenos, parakalōn, panta poiōn, hōste mē meinai auton ageraston. Eita sy men, ho ponēros, houtō chrēstos kai philanthrōpos ginę̄ pros ton oiketēn hē de ha apeiros agathotēs, ho theos, hē aphato: philanthrōpia, ē tha chrēstotēs, tous oiketas tous heautou tous peri Petron kai Paulon kai ᾿Iakōbon kai ᾿Iōannēn, tous kath᾽ hekastēn hēmeran di᾿ auton limōxantas, desmeuthentas, mastichthentas, katapontisthentas, thēriois paradothentas, apothnēskontas. tosauta pathontas ha mēde arithmēsai eni, astephanōtous periopsetai: Kai ho men agōnothetēs ton Olympionikēn anakēryttei kai stephanoi, kai ho despotēs ton oiketēn, kai ho basileus ton stratiōtēn, kai hekastos haplōs ton therapeusanta auton, hois dynatai ameibetai kalois ho de theos monou, meta tous tosoutous hidrōtas kai ponous, ou mikron, ou mega, autois agathon apodi hōsin, all᾽ hoi dikaioi kai eusebeis ekeinoi?, kai pasan aretēn epelthontes, en tois autois keisontai tois moichois, kai patraloiais, kai androphonois, kai tymbōrychois? Kai pou tauta an ochoi logon? Ei gar mēden meta tēn enteuthen estin apodēmian, alla mechri tōn parontōn ta hēmetera, en tois hautois ekeinoi toutois mallon͵ de oude en tois autois. Ei gar kai meta tauta en tois autois, kata ton son logon, all᾽ entautha en anesei men houtoi, en kolasei de ekeinoi ton panta gegonasi chronon. Kai poios touto tyrannos, tis ōmos anthrōpos kai apēnēs houtō peri tōn autou pote ebouleusato therapontōn kai hypēkoōn? Eides tēs atopias tēn hyperbolēn» kai pou teleutą o logos houtos? Oukoun ei kai mēdamothen allothen boulei, apo toutōn tōn logismōn paideutheis, apallagēthi, tēs ponēras tautēs hyponoias, kai pheuge kakian, kai tōn hyper aretēs antechou ponōn kai tote eisę̄ saphōs, hoti ou mechri tou parontos bion ta hēmetera hestēke. Kan tis erētai se? tis elthōn ekeithen apēngeile ta ekei: eipe pros auton anthrōpōn men oude heis gar an kai ēpistēthē pollakis, hate kompazōn kai epairōn to pragma ho de tōn angelōn despotēs panta meta akribeias ekeina apēngeile. Ti toinyn hēmin dei anthrōpou, tou mellontos hēmas euthynas apaitein kath᾽ hekastēn hēmeran boōntos, ho hoti kai geennan hētoimase, kai basileian pareskeuase, kai toutōn hēmin apodeixeis paraschomenou sapheis? Ei gar mē emelle krinein, oud᾽ ha an entautha ikēn ᾿apētēse. Kai gar kai auto touto pōs an echoi logon, to tōn ponērōn tous men kolazesthai, tous de mē kolazesthai: Ei gar mē prosōpolēptēs estin ho theos, hōsper oun oude esti? ti dēpote ton men apētēse dikēn, ton de aphēken atimōrēton apelthein: Touto gar tou proterou palin estin aporōteron. ᾿All᾽ ei boulesthe met᾽ eugnōmosynēs akouein tōn legomenōn, kai tautēn dialysomen tēn aporian. Tis oun estin hē lysis: Oute pantas entautha apaitei dikēn, hina mē apognǭs tēn anastasin, kai apelpisēs tēn krisin, hōs pantōn entautha didontōn logon oute pantas aphiēsin atimōrēti apelthein, hina mē palin apronoēta einai ta panta nomisę̄s alla kai kolazei kai ou kolazei di hōn men kolazei, deiknys hoti kai ekei tous ou kolasthentas entautha ha apaitēsei logon᾽ hōn de ou kolazei, ᾿paraskenazōn se pisteuein, hoti esti ti meta tēn enteuthen apodēmian kritērion phoberon. Ei de katholou tōn proterōn hēmelei, oud᾽ an ekolase tinas entautha, oud᾽ an euērgotēse. Nyn de ho orąs auton dia se kai ouranon teinonta, kai hēlion anaptonta? kai gēn themeliounta, kai thalattan cheonta, kai aera haplounta, kai selēnē tattonta dromous, kai tais hōrais tou etous akinētous tithenta nomous, kai ta alla de hapanta tǭ neumati tǭ ekeinon ton heautōn meta akribeias anyonta dromon. Kai gar hē physis hē hēmetera, kai tōn alogōn, tōn herpontōn, tōn badizon΄ tōn, tōn petomenōn, tōn nēchomenōn, tōn en lianais, tōn en pēgais, tōn en potamois? tōn en oresi, tōn en napais, tōn en oikiais, tōn en aeri, tōn en pediois, kai phyta, kai spermata, kai dendra, ta te agria, ta te hēmera, ta te enkarpa kai akarpa, kai panta haplōs hypo tēs akamatou kinoumena cheiros ekeinēs, tēn hēmeteran oikonomei zōēn, ou pros chreian monon, alla kai pros philotimian tēn diakonian hēmin ex autōn parechomena. Tosautēn toinyn horōn eutaxian, (kaitoige oude to polloston eipomen meros,) tolmąs eipein, hoti ho tosauta kai tēlikauta ergasamenos dia se, en tois kairiois se paropsetai, kai meta tōn onōn kai tōn choirōn aphēsei teleutēO santa keisthai, kai dōrǭ se timēsas tosoutǭ, tǭ tēs eusebeias, hǭ kai tōn angelōn epoiēsen ison, periopsetai, se meta tous myrious ponous kai hidrōtas: Kai pōs an echoi tauta logon? Tauta gar, kan hēmeis sygēsōmen, hoi lithoi kekraxontai houtō saphē kai dēla, kai tēs aktinos autēs esti phanotera. Taut᾽ oun hapanta logisamenoi? kai peisantes tēn heautōn psychēn, hoti meta tēn enteuthen apodēmian kai bēmati parastēsometha phoberǭ, kai logon dōsomen tōn pepragmenōn hapantōn, kai euthynas hyphexomen, kai dikēn hypostēsometha, an menōmen plēmmelountes, kai stephanōn apolausometha kai agathōn aporrhētōn, an mikron heautois prosechein boulēthōmen, tous te antilegontas epi toutois epistomizōmen, kai autoi tēn tēs aretēs hodon helōmetha, hina kai meta parrhēsias tēs prosēkousēs eis ekeino to dikastērion apelthontes, epitychōmen tōn epēngelmenōn hēmin agathōn, chariti kai philanthrōpią tou kyriou hēmōn ᾿Iēsou Christou, hǭ hē doxa kai to kratos, nyn kai aei kai eis tous aiōnas tōn aiōnōn. ᾿Dmēn.

This is what we too must do: even if he slips into a brother, or a true friend, or a wife, or any one at all of those closest to us, and utters something unfitting, we must not accept the counsel because of the person of the one who speaks, but because of the ruinous counsel turn away from the one who speaks. For even now he does many such things; he puts forward a mask of sympathy, and seems to be well disposed, but he injects ruinous words, more dangerous than poisons. For to flatter to our harm is his work; to discipline for our good is God’s. Let us not, then, deceive ourselves, nor seek by every means the easy life. “For whom the Lord loves he disciplines,” it says. So when we enjoy prosperity while living in wickedness, then above all let us grieve. For we must always be afraid when we sin, but most of all when we suffer nothing terrible. For when God exacts the penalties little by little, he makes our payment for them light; but when he is long-suffering toward each of our offenses, he is storing up a great penalty for us if we persist in such things. For if affliction is necessary for those who do right, much more for those who sin. See, at any rate, how much long-suffering Pharaoh enjoyed, and afterward paid the utmost penalty for everything; how much … offended, and at the end paid off the whole. And the rich man, because he suffered nothing terrible here, became wretched precisely for this reason, that having lived in luxury in this present life, he went away there to pay the penalty for all these things, where it was not even possible to find consolation for his misery.

But still there are some so cold and senseless as always to seek only the things here, and to say those ridiculous words: “Let me enjoy all present things for the time being, and then I will consider the uncertain things; I will gratify the belly, I will be a slave to pleasures, I will make full use of the present life; give me today, and take tomorrow.” O excess of folly! In what do those who say these things differ from goats and swine? For if the prophet does not allow those who neigh after their neighbor’s wife to be considered men, who will blame us for calling these goats and swine and more senseless than asses, who think these things uncertain which are plainer than the things we see? For if you believe nothing else, stand by the demons as they are scourged, the demons who have made it their study to say and do everything to our harm. You will surely not contradict this, that they do everything to increase our indolence and to dissolve the fear of hell, and to make the courts there disbelieved. Yet nevertheless those who wish this, crying out and wailing, often proclaim the torments there. Why then do they say these things, and utter the opposite of what they wish? From no other source than from being under a greater compulsion. For they would not willingly have chosen to confess either that they are tormented by dead men, or that they suffer anything terrible at all. Why have I said these things? Because the demons, who want hell to be disbelieved, confess hell; but you, who enjoy so great an honor and have shared in ineffable mysteries, do not even imitate them, but have become more unfeeling than they.

“And who,” someone says, “has come from those in Hades and reported these things?” And who has come from heaven and said that it is God who created all things? And how is it clear that we have a soul? For if you are going to believe only the things that are seen, you will doubt about God and about angels and about mind and about soul, and so all the doctrines of truth will be gone for you. And yet, if you want to believe what is plain, you ought to believe the invisible things more than the things seen. Even if what has been said is paradoxical, it is nevertheless true, and fully agreed upon among those who have understanding. For the eyes are often deceived, not only in invisible things (for those they do not even know), but even in the very things they think they see, distance, air, the mind turned elsewhere, anger, anxiety, and countless other things hindering their accuracy; but the reasoning of the soul, if it receives the light of the divine Scriptures, will be a more accurate and undeceivable criterion of what is. Let us not, then, deceive ourselves in vain, nor, besides the indolence of life that is born of such doctrines, heap up for ourselves a more grievous fire on account of the doctrines themselves. For if there is no judgment, and we shall not give account of what we have done, neither shall we receive rewards for our labors. Consider where your blasphemies lead, when you say that the just God, who loves mankind and is gentle, overlooks such great labors and sweat. And how could this be reasonable? If from nothing else, reason this out at least from what happens in your own household, and then you will see the absurdity. For even if you were ten thousand times cruel and inhuman and fiercer than wild beasts, you would not choose, when dying, to leave unhonored the servant who had been loyal to you, but you repay him with freedom and a gift of money; and since, being about to depart, you can do him no more good yourself, you charge those who are to inherit your property about him, begging, entreating, doing everything so that he may not remain without reward. And then you, who are wicked, become so kind and humane toward your servant; and will the infinite goodness, God, the unspeakable love of mankind, the boundless kindness, overlook his own servants, Peter and Paul and James and John, who every day for his sake went hungry, were bound, scourged, drowned, given to wild beasts, put to death, who suffered more than can even be counted, and leave them uncrowned? The president of the games proclaims and crowns the Olympic victor, the master the servant, the king the soldier, and in a word everyone repays the one who has served him with what good things he can; and shall God alone, after such great sweat and labors, give them back no good thing, small or great, but shall those righteous and godly men, who went through every virtue, lie in the same state as adulterers and parricides and murderers and grave robbers? And how could this be reasonable? For if there is nothing after our departure from here, but our affairs extend only to the present, then those men are in the same state as these; or rather, not even in the same. For even if afterward, by your account, they are in the same state, yet here these were at ease, while those were in punishment their whole life long. What tyrant, what cruel and harsh man, ever made such a plan for his own servants and subjects? Do you see the excess of the absurdity, and where this argument ends? So, if you will be persuaded by nothing else, be taught by these reasonings, rid yourself of this wicked suspicion, flee vice, cling to the labors of virtue, and then you will know clearly that our affairs do not stop at the present life.

And if someone asks you, “Who has come from there and reported the things there?” say to him: of men, not one; for he would often have been disbelieved, as one boasting and exaggerating the matter; but the Master of the angels has reported all those things with precision. What need have we then of a man, when he who is to demand account of us cries out every day that he has prepared both hell and a kingdom, and has given us clear proofs of these things? For if he were not going to judge, he would not have exacted penalties here either. And indeed how could this itself be reasonable, that of the wicked some are punished and some are not? For if God is no respecter of persons, as indeed he is not, why ever did he exact a penalty from one and let another go away unpunished? This is in turn more perplexing than the former point. But if you are willing to listen to what is said with good will, we shall solve this difficulty too. What then is the solution? He neither exacts the penalty from all here, so that you may not despair of the resurrection and give up hope of the judgment, as if all were giving account here; nor does he let all go away unpunished, so that you may not think in turn that all things are without providence; but he both punishes and does not punish: by those he punishes, showing that there too he will demand account from those not punished here; and by those he does not punish, preparing you to believe that there is a fearful court after our departure from here. But if he had no care at all for things past, he would neither have punished some here, nor done good to them. But now you see him for your sake stretching out the heaven, kindling the sun, founding the earth, pouring out the sea, spreading out the air, appointing courses for the moon, setting unchangeable laws for the seasons of the year, and all other things accomplishing their own course with precision at his nod. For our nature and that of the irrational creatures, of those that creep, that walk, that fly, that swim, of those in marshes, in springs, in rivers, in mountains, in glens, in houses, in the air, in the plains, and plants and seeds and trees, wild and cultivated, fruitful and unfruitful, and in a word all things moved by that untiring hand, serve our life, providing us their service not only for need but also for lavish enjoyment.

Seeing, then, so great an order (and yet we have not told even the smallest part), do you dare to say that he who has wrought so many and such great things for your sake will overlook you at the decisive moment, and will let you, when you die, lie with the asses and swine, and that having honored you with so great a gift, that of godliness, by which he made you equal even to the angels, he will overlook you after your countless labors and sweat? And how could this be reasonable? Even if we are silent, the stones will cry out these things, so plain and clear they are, and brighter than the sunbeam itself. Having considered all these things, then, and persuaded our souls that after our departure from here we shall stand before a fearful judgment seat, and give account of all that we have done, and undergo examination, and suffer punishment if we persist in offending, and enjoy crowns and ineffable good things if we are willing to pay a little attention to ourselves, let us both silence those who speak against these things and ourselves choose the road of virtue, so that, departing to that court with the boldness that befits us, we may obtain the good things promised us, by the grace and love for mankind of our Lord Jesus Christ, to whom be the glory and the might, now and always and to the ages of ages. Amen.

Chapter 14

14.1Field 1

᾿Ιησοῦς, ὅτι ἰωάννης παρεδόθη, ανεχωρησεν εἰς τὴν Γαλιλαίαν. ΤΙΝΟΣ ἕνεκεν ἀναχωρεῖ: Πάλιν παιδεύων ἡμᾶς, μὴ ὁμόσε χωρεῖν τοῖς πειρασμοῖς, ἀλλ᾽ εἴκειν καὶ παραχωρεῖν. Ου γὰρ ἔγκλημα τὸ μὴ ῥίπτειν ἑαυτὸν εἰς κίνδυνον, ἀλλὰ τὸ ἐμπεσόντα μὴ στῆναι γενναίως. Τοῦτο τοίνυν διδάσκων, καὶ τὸν φθόνον τὸν ᾿Ιουδαϊκὸν παραμυθούμενος, ἀναχωρεῖ εἰς τὴν Καπερναοὺμ, ὁμοῦ μὲν πληρῶν τὴν προφητείαν, ὁμοῦ δὲ καὶ τοὺς διδασκάλους τῆς οἰκουμένης ἁλιεῦσαι σπεύδων, ἐπειδήπερ ἐκεῖ διέτριβον τῇ τέχνη ὦμενοι. Σὺ δέ μοι σκόπει, πῶς πανταχοῦ μέλλων επὶ τὰ ἔθνη ἀπιέναι, παρὰ ᾿Ιουδαίων λαμβάνει τὰς αἰτίας. Καὶ γὰρ ἐνταῦθα ἐπιβουλεύσαντες τῷ προδρόμῳ, καὶ εἰς δεσμωτήριον ἐμβαλόντες, ὠθοῦσιν αὐτὸν εἰς τὴν [Γαλιλαίαν τῶν εθνῶν. Ὅτι γὰρ οὔτε απὸ μέρους λέγει τὸ ὄθνος τὸ ουὅδαϊκὸν, οὗτε πάσας αἰνίττεται τὰς φυλὰς· σκόπει πῶς διορίζει τὸ χωρίον ἐκεῖνο ὁ προφήτης, οὕτω λέγων᾽ γῆ Νεφθαλεὶμ, ὁδὸν θαλάσσης πέραν τοῦ ᾿Ιορδάνου, Γαλιλαία τῶν εθνῶν᾽ ὁ λαὸς ὁ καθήμενος ἐν σκότει, φῶς εἶδε μέγα σκότος ἐνταῦθα οὐ τὸ αἰσθητὸν καλῶν, ἀλλὰ τὴν πλάνην καὶ τὴν ἀσέβειαν. Διὸ καὶ ἐπήγαγε τοῖς καθημένοις ἐν χώρᾳ καὶ σκιᾷ θανάτου, φῶς ἀνέτειλεν αὑτοῖς. Ἵνα γὰρ μάθης ὅτι οὔτε φῶς, οὔτε σκότος αἰσθητὸν φησι; περί μὲν τον ῴφωτος διαλεγόμενος, οὐχ ἀπλὼς ᾧως ἐκαλεσεν, Ὦ ἀλλὰ φῶς μέγα, ἀλλαχοῦ ἀληθινόν φησιν᾽ τὸ δὲ σκότος ἐξηγούμενος, σκιὰν θανάτου ὠνόμασεν. Εἶτα δεικνὺς ὅτε οὐκ αὐτοὶ ζητήσαντες εὗρον, ἀλλ᾽ ὁ θεὸς αὐτοῖς ἄνωθεν ἐπεφάνη, φησὶ, φως ἀνέτειλεν αὐτοῖς, τουτέστιν, αὐτὸ τὸ φώς ἀνέτειλε καὶ ἔλαμψεν οὐκ αὐτοὶ πρότεροι τῷ φωτὶ προσἐδραμον. Καὶ γὰρ ἐν ἐσχάτοις τὰ ἀνθρώπινα ἤν πρὸ τῆς Χριστοῦ παρουσίας. Οὐδὲ γὰρ ἐβάδιζον ἐν σκότει, ἀλλ᾽ ἐκάθηντο ἐν σκότει ὅπερ σημεῖον ἣν τοῦ μηδὲ ἐλπίζειν τοὺς ἀπαλλάττεσθαι ὥσπερ γὰρ οὐδὲ εἰδότες, ποῦ δεῖ προβῆναι, οὕτω καταληφθέντες ὑπὸ τοῦ σκότους ἐκάθηντο, μὴ δυνάμενοι μηδὲ στῆναι λοιπόν. ᾿Απὸ τότε ἤρξατο ὁ ᾿[Ιησοῦς κηρύσσειν καὶ λέγειν μετανοεῖτε' ἤγγικε γὰρ βασιλεία τῶν οὐρανῶν. ᾿Απὸ τότε πότε: Εξ οὗ ἐνεβλήθη ᾿Ιωάννης. Καὶ διατί μὴ ἐξ ἀρχῆς αὐτοῖς ἐκήρυξε: τι δὲ ὅλως ᾿Ιωάννον ἔδει, τῆς τῶν ἔργων μαρτυρίας αὐτὸν κηρυττούσης: Ἵνα καντεῦθεν αὐτοῦ τὴν αξίαν μάθης ὅτι καθάπερ ὁ πατὴρ, οὕτω καὶ αὐτὸς προφήτας ἔχει' ὅπερ κα ὁ Ζαχαρίας ἔλεγε' (ὁ καὶ σὺ, παιδίον, προφήτης ον τον: κληθήσῃ καὶ ἵνα μηδεμίαν τοῖς ἀναισχύντοις αἰτίαν καταλίπη ᾿Ιουδαϊοις: ὅπερ οὖν καὶ αὐτὸς τέθεικε λέγων᾽ Ἦλθεν ᾿Ιωάννης μήτε ἐσθίων, μήτε πίνων, καὶ λέγουσι δαιμόνιον ἔχε. Ἦλθεν ὁ υἱὸς τοῦ ἀνθρώπου ἐσθίων καὶ πίνων, καὶ λέγουσιν ἰδοὺ ἄνθρωπος φάγος καὶ οἰνοπότης, φίλος τελωνών καὶ ἁμαρτωλῶν. Ναὶ ἐδικαιώθη Ἃ σοφία ἀπὸ τών τέκνων αὐτῆς. Ἄλλως δὲ καὶ ἀναγκαῖον ἣν παρ ἑτέρον πρότερον λεχθῆναι τὰ περὶ αὐτοῦ καὶ μὴ παρ᾽ αὖὐτοῦ. Εἰ γὰρ καὶ μετὰ τοσαύτας καὶ τηλικαύτας μαρτυρίας τε καὶ ἀποδείξεις ἔλεγον' ἐσὺ μαρτυρεῖς περὶ σεαυτοῦ ἡ μαρτυρία σου οὐκ ἔστιν ἀληθής εἰ μηδὲν εἰρηκότος ᾿Ιωᾶννου παρελθὼν εἰς μέσους πρῶτος αὐτὸς ἐμαρτύρησε, τί οὐκ ἂν ἐφθέγξαντο: Διὰ τοῦτο οὔτε ἐκήρυξε πρὸ ἐκείνου, οὔτε ἐθαυματούργησεν, ἕως ἐνέπεσεν εἰς τὸ δεσμωτήριον ἐκεῖνος, ἵνα μὴ ταύτῃ τὸ πλῆθος σχίζηται. Διὰ τοῦτο οὐδὲ σημεῖον οὐδὲν ἐποίησεν ᾿Ιωάννης, ἵνα καὶ ἐντεῦθεν τὸ πλῆθος τῷ ᾿Ιησοῦ παραδῷ, τῶν θαυμάτων πρὸς ἐκεῖνον ἑλκόντων αὐτούς. Εἰ γὰρ καὶ τοσούτων οἰκονομηθέντων, καὶ πρὸ τοῦ δεσμωτηρίου, καὶ μετὰ τὸ δεσμωτήριον, ζηλοτύπως πρὸς αὐτὸν εἶχον οἱ μαθηταὶ Ιωάννου καὶ οἱ πολλοὶ δὲ οὐχὶ αὐτὸν, ἀλλὰ τὸν ᾿Ιωάννην ὑπώπτευον εἶναι τὸν Χριστόν εἰ μηδὲν τούτων ἐγένετο, τί οὐκ ἀν συνέβη: Διὰ τοῦτο καὶ ὁ Ματθαῖος ἐπισημαίνεται, ὅτι ἀπὸ τότε ἤρξατο κηρύσσειν καὶ ἀρξάμενος τὸ κήρυγμα; ὃ ἐκεῖνος ἐκήρυττε, τοῦτο καὶ αὐτὸς ἐδίδασκε, καὶ οὐδὲν οὐδέπω περὶ ἔαντον ἢ τὸ κήρυγμα ὃ ἐκήρυττε λέγει. Καὶ γὰρ καὶ τοῦτο τέως ἀγαπητὸν ἡν παραδεχθῆναι, ἐπεὶ μηδέπω τὴν προσήκουσαν περὶ αὐτοῦ δόξαν εἶχον.

᾿Iēsous, hoti iōannēs paredothē, anechōrēsen eis tēn Galilaian. TINOS heneken anachōrei: Palin paideuōn hēmas, mē homose chōrein tois peirasmois, all᾽ eikein kai parachōrein. Ou gar enklēma to mē rhiptein heauton eis kindynon, alla to empesonta mē stēnai gennaiōs. Touto toinyn didaskōn, kai ton phthonon ton ᾿Ioudaïkon paramythoumenos, anachōrei eis tēn Kapernaoum, homou men plērōn tēn prophēteian, homou de kai tous didaskalous tēs oikoumenēs halieusai speudōn, epeidēper ekei dietribon tę̄ technē ōmenoi. Sy de moi skopei, pōs pantachou mellōn epi ta ethnē apienai, para ᾿Ioudaiōn lambanei tas aitias. Kai gar entautha epibouleusantes tǭ prodromǭ, kai eis desmōtērion embalontes, ōthousin auton eis tēn [Galilaian tōn ethnōn. Hoti gar oute apo merous legei to othnos to ouodaïkon, houte pasas ainittetai tas phylas; skopei pōs diorizei to chōrion ekeino ho prophētēs, houtō legōn᾽ gē Nephthaleim, hodon thalassēs peran tou ᾿Iordanou, Galilaia tōn ethnōn᾽ ho laos ho kathēmenos en skotei, phōs eide mega skotos entautha ou to aisthēton kalōn, alla tēn planēn kai tēn asebeian. Dio kai epēgage tois kathēmenois en chōrą kai skią thanatou, phōs aneteilen hautois. Hina gar mathēs hoti oute phōs, oute skotos aisthēton phēsi? peri men ton ǭphōtos dialegomenos, ouch aplōs hǭōs ekalesen, Ō alla phōs mega, allachou alēthinon phēsin᾽ to de skotos exēgoumenos, skian thanatou ōnomasen. Eita deiknys hote ouk autoi zētēsantes heuron, all᾽ ho theos autois anōthen epephanē, phēsi, phōs aneteilen autois, toutestin, auto to phōs aneteile kai elampsen ouk autoi proteroi tǭ phōti prosedramon. Kai gar en eschatois ta anthrōpina ēn pro tēs Christou parousias. Oude gar ebadizon en skotei, all᾽ ekathēnto en skotei hoper sēmeion hēn tou mēde elpizein tous apallattesthai hōsper gar oude eidotes, pou dei probēnai, houtō katalēphthentes hypo tou skotous ekathēnto, mē dynamenoi mēde stēnai loipon. ᾿Apo tote ērxato ho ᾿[Iēsous kēryssein kai legein metanoeite' ēngike gar basileia tōn ouranōn. ᾿Apo tote pote: Ex hou eneblēthē ᾿Iōannēs. Kai diati mē ex archēs autois ekēryxe: ti de holōs ᾿Iōannon edei, tēs tōn ergōn martyrias auton kēryttousēs: Hina kanteuthen autou tēn axian mathēs hoti kathaper ho patēr, houtō kai autos prophētas echei' hoper ka ho Zacharias elege' (ho kai sy, paidion, prophētēs on ton: klēthēsę̄ kai hina mēdemian tois anaischyntois aitian katalipē ᾿Ioudaïois: hoper oun kai autos tetheike legōn᾽ Ēlthen ᾿Iōannēs mēte esthiōn, mēte pinōn, kai legousi daimonion eche. Ēlthen ho huios tou anthrōpou esthiōn kai pinōn, kai legousin idou anthrōpos phagos kai oinopotēs, philos telōnōn kai hamartōlōn. Nai edikaiōthē Ha sophia apo tōn teknōn autēs. Allōs de kai anankaion hēn par heteron proteron lechthēnai ta peri autou kai mē par᾽ auytou. Ei gar kai meta tosautas kai tēlikautas martyrias te kai apodeixeis elegon' esy martyreis peri seautou hē martyria sou ouk estin alēthēs ei mēden eirēkotos ᾿Iōannou parelthōn eis mesous prōtos autos emartyrēse, ti ouk an ephthenxanto: Dia touto oute ekēryxe pro ekeinou, oute ethaumatourgēsen, heōs enepesen eis to desmōtērion ekeinos, hina mē tautę̄ to plēthos schizētai. Dia touto oude sēmeion ouden epoiēsen ᾿Iōannēs, hina kai enteuthen to plēthos tǭ ᾿Iēsou paradǭ, tōn thaumatōn pros ekeinon helkontōn autous. Ei gar kai tosoutōn oikonomēthentōn, kai pro tou desmōtēriou, kai meta to desmōtērion, zēlotypōs pros auton eichon hoi mathētai Iōannou kai hoi polloi de ouchi auton, alla ton ᾿Iōannēn hypōpteuon einai ton Christon ei mēden toutōn egeneto, ti ouk an synebē: Dia touto kai ho Matthaios episēmainetai, hoti apo tote ērxato kēryssein kai arxamenos to kērygma? ho ekeinos ekērytte, touto kai autos edidaske, kai ouden oudepō peri eanton ē to kērygma ho ekērytte legei. Kai gar kai touto teōs agapēton hēn paradechthēnai, epei mēdepō tēn prosēkousan peri autou doxan eichon.

“[Now when] Jesus [heard] that John had been delivered up, he withdrew into Galilee.” Why does he withdraw? Again to teach us not to go out to meet temptations, but to give way and retire. For it is no fault not to throw oneself into danger; the fault is, having fallen into it, not to stand nobly. Teaching this, then, and soothing the envy of the Jews, he withdraws to Capernaum, at once fulfilling the prophecy and hastening to catch the teachers of the world, since they were living there and plying their trade. But consider, I beg you, how everywhere, when he is about to go to the Gentiles, he takes the occasion from the Jews. For here, having plotted against the forerunner and cast him into prison, they drive him into Galilee of the Gentiles. And to show that the prophet is neither speaking of the Jewish nation in part, nor hinting at all the tribes, see how he marks off that region, speaking thus: “Land of Naphtali, the way of the sea, beyond the Jordan, Galilee of the Gentiles: the people that sat in darkness saw a great light”; here calling darkness not the darkness of sense but error and ungodliness. That is why he added, “To those who sat in the region and shadow of death, light has dawned upon them.” For that you may learn that he is speaking neither of sensible light nor of sensible darkness, when discoursing of the light he did not simply call it light, but “a great light,” which elsewhere he calls “true”; and in describing the darkness he named it “the shadow of death.” Then, showing that they did not find it by seeking, but God appeared to them from above, he says, “light has dawned upon them,” that is, the light itself dawned and shone; they did not first run to the light. For human affairs were at their last extremity before the coming of Christ. For they were not walking in darkness but sitting in darkness, which was a sign that they did not even hope to be delivered; for as though not even knowing where they ought to go, so, overtaken by the darkness, they sat, no longer able even to stand.

“From that time Jesus began to preach and to say, ‘Repent, for the kingdom of heaven has drawn near.’” From that time: when? From the time John was cast into prison. And why did he not preach to them from the beginning? And what need was there of John at all, when the witness of the works was proclaiming him? So that from this too you may learn his dignity: that like the Father, he too has prophets; which Zechariah also said: “And you, child, shall be called a prophet of the Most High”; and so as to leave no excuse to the shameless Jews, which he himself also set down, saying, “John came neither eating nor drinking, and they say, ‘He has a demon.’ The Son of Man came eating and drinking, and they say, ‘Behold, a glutton and a drunkard, a friend of tax collectors and sinners.’ And wisdom is justified by her children.” Besides, it was necessary for the things about him to be spoken first by another and not by himself. For if even after so many and so great testimonies and proofs they said, “You bear witness about yourself; your witness is not true,” if, when John had said nothing, he had come forward among them and been the first to bear witness himself, what would they not have said? That is why he neither preached before him nor worked miracles until John had fallen into prison, so that the multitude might not be divided in this way. That is why John did no sign either, so that by this too he might hand the multitude over to Jesus, as the miracles drew them to him. For if, even when so much had been arranged, both before the imprisonment and after it, John’s disciples were jealous toward him, and the many suspected not him but John to be the Christ, what would not have happened if none of these things had taken place? That is why Matthew notes that “from that time he began to preach”; and in beginning his preaching he too taught what John had preached, and says nothing yet about himself, but the preaching that John preached. For even this was for the time being something to be content with if it were received, since they did not yet have the proper opinion about him.

14.2Field 1

Διὰ τοῦτο καὶ ἀρχόμενος οὐδὲν φορτικὸν τίθησι καὶ ἐπαχθὲς, οἷον Ὧ ἐκεῖνος, αξίνην, καὶ δένδρον κοπτόμενον, καὶ πτύου καὶ ἅλωνος καὶ πυρὰς ἀσβέστου μνημονεύων ἀλλὰ χρηστὰ προοιμιάζεται, τοὺς οὐρανοὺς καὶ τὴν βασιλείαν τὴν ἐκεῖ τοῖς ἀκούουσιν εὐαγγελιζόμενος. ἐς Καὶ περιπατῶν παρὰ τὴν θάλασσαν τῆς Γαλιλαίας, εἶδε δύο ἀδελφοὺς, Σίμωνα τὸν ἐπικαλούμενον Πέτρον, καὶ ᾿Ανδρέαν τὸν ἀδελφὸν αὐτοῦ, βάλλοντας ἀμφίβληστρον εἰς τὴν θάλασσαν' ἦσαν γὰρ ἁλιεῖς καὶ λέγει αὐτοῖς δεῦτε ὀπίσω μου, καὶ ποιήσω ὑμᾶς ἁλιεῖς ἀνθρώπων. Οἱ δὲ ἀφέντες τὰ δίκτυα, ἠκολούθησαν αὐτῷ. Καίτοι ᾿Ιωάννης Φησὶν ἐτέρως αὐτοὺς κεκλῆσθαι. Ὅθεν δῆλον, ὅτι δευτέρα αὕτη ἢ κλῆσις ἤν καὶ πολλαχόθεν τοῦτο ἄν τις συνίδοι. ᾽Εκεῖ μὲν γάρ φησιν, ὅτι οὕπω βληθέντος ᾿Ιωάννον εἰς τὴν φυλακὴν προσῆλθον ἐνταῦθα δὲ, μετὰ τὸ ἐμπεσεῖν αὐτόν. ᾽Εκεῖ μὲν ὁ ᾿Ανδρέας ο καλεῖ τὸν Πέτρον' ἐνταῦθα δὲ ἀμφοτέρους. ὁ ᾿Ιησοῦς. Καὶ ᾿Ιωάννης μέν φησιν, ὅτι ἰδὼν ὁ ᾿[ησοῦς τὸν Σίμωνα ἐρχόμενον, λέγει δέεσὺ εἶ Σίμων ἃ νυἱὸς ᾿Ιωνᾶ᾽ σὺ κληθήσῃ Κηφάς, ὃ ἑρμηνεύεται Πέτρος. Ὁ δὲ Ματθαῖός φησιν, ὅτι ἤδη τοῦτο κεκλημένος ἦν τὸ ὄνομα ἰδὼν γάρ, φησὶ, Σίμωνα τὸν λεγόμενον Πέτρον. Ναὶ ἀπὸ τοῦ τόπου δὲ, ὅθεν ἐκλήθησαν, καὶ πολλαχόθεν ἄλλοθεν ἄν τις τοῦτο συνίδοι, καὶ ἐκ τοῦ ῥᾳδίως ὑπακοῦσαι, καὶ ἐκ τοῦ πάντα ἀφεῖναι. Ἢδη γάρ ἤσαν προπεπαιδευμένοι καλῶς. ᾽Εκεῖ μὲν γὰρ εἰς τὴν οἰκίαν φαίνεται ὁ ᾿Ανδρέας ἐρχόμενος, καὶ πολλὰ ακούων᾽ ἐνταῦθα δὲ ψιλὸν ρῆμα ἀκούσαντες, εὐθέως ἠκολούθησαν. Καὶ γὰρ εἰκὸς ἀκολουθήσαντας ἐξ ἀρχῆς αφεῖμαι πάλιν, τόν τε ᾿Ιωάννην ἰδάντας εἰς δεσμωτήριον ἐμπεσόντα καὶ αὐτὸν ἀναχωροῦντα, καὶ ἐπὶ τὴν οἰκείαν πάλιν τέχνην ἐπανελθεῖν. Οὕτω γοῦν αὐτοὺς καὶ εὑρίσκει ἁλιεύοντας. Αὐτὸς δὲ οὔτε βουλομένους ἀναχωρῆσαι τὴν ἀρχὴν ἐκώλυσεν, οὔτε ἀναχωρήσαντας εἰς τέλος αφήκεν᾽ αλλ᾽ ἐνδοὺς ὅτε ἀπεπήδησαν, ἔρχεται πάλιν αὐτοὺς ἀνακτησόμενος ὅπερ μέγιστος τρόπος ἁλείας ἐστί. Σκόπει δὲ αὐτῶν καὶ τὴν πίστιν καὶ τὴν ὑπακοήν. Καὶ γὰρ ἐν μέσοις τοῖς ἔργοις ὄντες (ἴστε δὲ πῶς λίχνον ἡ ἀλεία), ἀκούσαντες αὐτοῦ κελεύοντος, οὐκ ἀνεβάλοντο, οὐχ ὑπερέθεντο, οὐκ εἷπον᾽ ὑπο- στρέψαντες οἴκαδε διαλεχθῶμεν τοῖς προσήκουσιν αλλὰ πάντα ἀφέντες εἵποντο, καθάπερ καὶ ᾿Ελισσαῖος ἐπὶ Ἡλίου ἐποίησε. Τοιαύτην γὰρ ὁ Χριστὸς ὑπακοὴν ζητεῖ παρ᾽ ἡμῶν, ὥστε ᾿μηδὲ ἀκαριαῖον ἀναβάλλεσθαι χρόνον, κἄν σφόδρα τι τών ἀναγκαιοτάτων ἡμᾶς κατεπείγῃ. Διὸ καὶ ἕτερόν τινα προσελθόντα καὶ ἀξιοῦντα θάψαι τὸν ἑαυτοῦ πατέρα, οὐδὲ τοῦτο ποιῆσαι ἀφῆκε, δεικνὺς ὅτι πάντων τὴν ἀκολούθησιν τὴν ἑαυτοῦ προτιμᾶν δεῖ. Εἰ δὲ λέγοις, ὅτι μεγίστη ἥ ὑπόσχεσις: καὶ διὰ τοῦτο μάλιστα αὐτοὺς θαυμάζω, ὅτι μηδὲν μηδέπω σημεῖον ἰδόντες, μεγέθει τοσούτῳ ἐπαγγελίας ἐπίατευσαν, καὶ πάντα δεύτερα ἔθεντο τῆς ἀκολουθήσεως ἐκείνης. Καὶ γὰρ δὲ ὧν ἡλιεύθησαν λόγων, ἐπίστευσαν ὅτι καὶ ὁτέρους διὰ τούτων ἀἁλιεύειν δυνήσονται. Τούτοις μὲν οὖν τοῦτο ὑπέσχετο᾽ τοῖς δὲ περὶ ᾿Ιάκωβον καὶ ᾿Ιωάννην οὐδὲν τοιοῦτόν φησιν. Ἡ γὰρ τῶν προφθασάντων ὑπακοὴ προωδοποίησε λοιπὸν τούτοις. Ἄλλως δὲ καὶ πολλὰ ἧσαν καὶ πρότερον ἀκηκοότες περὶ αὐτοῦ. Θέα δὲ πῶς καὶ τὴν πενίαν αὐτῶν ἡμῖν μετὰ ἀκριβείας αἰνίττεται. Εὗρε γὰρ αὐτοὺς ῥάπτοντας τὰ δίκτυα αὐτῶν. Τοσαυτὴη ἦν τῆς πτωχείας ἡ ὑπερβολὴ, ὡς τὰ πεπονηκότα διορθοῦν, μὴ δυναμένους ἥ' ὠνήσασθαι ἕτερα. Οὐ μικρὰ δὲ τέως καὶ αὕτη ἔνδειξις ἀρετῆς, τὸ πενίαν φέρειν εὐκόλως, τὸ ἀπὸ δικαίων τρέφεσθαι πόνων, τὸ συνδεδέσθαι ἀλλήλοις τῇ τῆς ἀγάπης δυνάμει, τὸ τὸν πατέρα Ἔχει ὦ μεθ᾽ εαυτῶν καὶ θεραπεύειν. ᾿Επειδὴ τοίνυν αὐτοὺς ἡλίευσε, τότε ἄρχεται παρόντων θαυματουργεῖν, ὧν ποιεῖ τὰ ὑπὸ ᾿Ιωάννου περὶ αὐτοῦ εἰρημένα βεβαιῶν. Συνεχῶς δὲ ταῖς συναγωγαῖς ἐπεχωρίαζε, καὶ ἐντεῦθεν αὐτοὺς παιδεύων, ὅτι οὐκ ἔστιν ἀντίθεός τις καὶ πλάνος, αλλὰ συμφωνῶὼν τῷ πατρὶ παραγέγονεν. ᾿Επιχωριαζων δὲ, οὐκ ἐκήρυττε μόνον, ἀλλὰ καὶ σημεῖα ἐπεδείκνυτο.

Dia touto kai archomenos ouden phortikon tithēsi kai epachthes, hoion Hō ekeinos, axinēn, kai dendron koptomenon, kai ptyou kai halōnos kai pyras asbestou mnēmoneuōn alla chrēsta prooimiazetai, tous ouranous kai tēn basileian tēn ekei tois akouousin euangelizomenos. es Kai peripatōn para tēn thalassan tēs Galilaias, eide dyo adelphous, Simōna ton epikaloumenon Petron, kai ᾿Andrean ton adelphon autou, ballontas amphiblēstron eis tēn thalassan' ēsan gar halieis kai legei autois deute opisō mou, kai poiēsō hymas halieis anthrōpōn. Hoi de aphentes ta diktya, ēkolouthēsan autǭ. Kaitoi ᾿Iōannēs Phēsin eterōs autous keklēsthai. Hothen dēlon, hoti deutera hautē ē klēsis ēn kai pollachothen touto an tis synidoi. ᾽Ekei men gar phēsin, hoti houpō blēthentos ᾿Iōannon eis tēn phylakēn prosēlthon entautha de, meta to empesein auton. ᾽Ekei men ho ᾿Andreas o kalei ton Petron' entautha de amphoterous. ho ᾿Iēsous. Kai ᾿Iōannēs men phēsin, hoti idōn ho ᾿[ēsous ton Simōna erchomenon, legei deesy ei Simōn ha nuios ᾿Iōna᾽ sy klēthēsę̄ Kēphas, ho hermēneuetai Petros. Ho de Matthaios phēsin, hoti ēdē touto keklēmenos ēn to onoma idōn gar, phēsi, Simōna ton legomenon Petron. Nai apo tou topou de, hothen eklēthēsan, kai pollachothen allothen an tis touto synidoi, kai ek tou rhądiōs hypakousai, kai ek tou panta apheinai. Ēdē gar ēsan propepaideumenoi kalōs. ᾽Ekei men gar eis tēn oikian phainetai ho ᾿Andreas erchomenos, kai polla akouōn᾽ entautha de psilon rēma akousantes, eutheōs ēkolouthēsan. Kai gar eikos akolouthēsantas ex archēs apheimai palin, ton te ᾿Iōannēn idantas eis desmōtērion empesonta kai auton anachōrounta, kai epi tēn oikeian palin technēn epanelthein. Houtō goun autous kai heuriskei halieuontas. Autos de oute boulomenous anachōrēsai tēn archēn ekōlysen, oute anachōrēsantas eis telos aphēken᾽ all᾽ endous hote apepēdēsan, erchetai palin autous anaktēsomenos hoper megistos tropos haleias esti. Skopei de autōn kai tēn pistin kai tēn hypakoēn. Kai gar en mesois tois ergois ontes (iste de pōs lichnon hē aleia), akousantes autou keleuontos, ouk anebalonto, ouch hyperethento, ouk heipon᾽ hypo- strepsantes oikade dialechthōmen tois prosēkousin alla panta aphentes heiponto, kathaper kai ᾿Elissaios epi Hēliou epoiēse. Toiautēn gar ho Christos hypakoēn zētei par᾽ hēmōn, hōste ᾿mēde akariaion anaballesthai chronon, kan sphodra ti tōn anankaiotatōn hēmas katepeigę̄. Dio kai heteron tina proselthonta kai axiounta thapsai ton heautou patera, oude touto poiēsai aphēke, deiknys hoti pantōn tēn akolouthēsin tēn heautou protiman dei. Ei de legois, hoti megistē hē hyposchesis: kai dia touto malista autous thaumazō, hoti mēden mēdepō sēmeion idontes, megethei tosoutǭ epangelias epiateusan, kai panta deutera ethento tēs akolouthēseōs ekeinēs. Kai gar de hōn hēlieuthēsan logōn, episteusan hoti kai hoterous dia toutōn haalieuein dynēsontai. Toutois men oun touto hypescheto᾽ tois de peri ᾿Iakōbon kai ᾿Iōannēn ouden toiouton phēsin. Hē gar tōn prophthasantōn hypakoē proōdopoiēse loipon toutois. Allōs de kai polla hēsan kai proteron akēkootes peri autou. Thea de pōs kai tēn penian autōn hēmin meta akribeias ainittetai. Heure gar autous rhaptontas ta diktya autōn. Tosautēē ēn tēs ptōcheias hē hyperbolē, hōs ta peponēkota diorthoun, mē dynamenous hē' ōnēsasthai hetera. Ou mikra de teōs kai hautē endeixis aretēs, to penian pherein eukolōs, to apo dikaiōn trephesthai ponōn, to syndedesthai allēlois tę̄ tēs agapēs dynamei, to ton patera Echei ō meth᾽ eautōn kai therapeuein. ᾿Epeidē toinyn autous hēlieuse, tote archetai parontōn thaumatourgein, hōn poiei ta hypo ᾿Iōannou peri autou eirēmena bebaiōn. Synechōs de tais synagōgais epechōriaze, kai enteuthen autous paideuōn, hoti ouk estin antitheos tis kai planos, alla symphōnōōn tǭ patri paragegonen. ᾿Epichōriazōn de, ouk ekērytte monon, alla kai sēmeia epedeiknyto.

That is why at the beginning he sets forth nothing burdensome or oppressive, as John did, mentioning the axe and the tree being cut down, the winnowing fan and the threshing floor and the unquenchable fire; but he begins with kindly words, bringing his hearers the good news of the heavens and the kingdom there.

“And walking by the sea of Galilee, he saw two brothers, Simon who is called Peter, and Andrew his brother, casting a net into the sea; for they were fishermen. And he says to them, ‘Come after me, and I will make you fishers of men.’ And they left their nets and followed him.” And yet John says that they were called in another way. From this it is clear that this was a second call; and one could see this from many things. For there it says that they came to him when John had not yet been cast into prison; but here, after he had fallen into it. There Andrew calls Peter; here Jesus calls them both. And John says that Jesus, seeing Simon coming, says, “You are Simon the son of Jonah; you shall be called Cephas, which is interpreted Peter.” But Matthew says that he had already been called by this name; for “seeing,” it says, “Simon who is called Peter.” And from the place where they were called, and from many other things, one could see this, both from their obeying readily and from their leaving everything; for they had already been well instructed beforehand. For there Andrew is seen coming into the house and hearing much; but here, hearing a bare word, they followed at once. For it is likely that they had followed him from the beginning and then left him again, and when they saw John fallen into prison and Jesus himself withdrawing, had gone back again to their own trade. So, at any rate, he finds them fishing. But he neither hindered them at the first when they wished to withdraw, nor let them go altogether when they had withdrawn; but having given way when they sprang off, he comes again to win them back, which is the greatest kind of fishing.

But consider both their faith and their obedience. For though they were in the midst of their work (and you know how greedy a thing fishing is), when they heard him command, they did not delay, they did not put it off, they did not say, “Let us go home and talk with our relatives,” but leaving everything they followed, as Elisha also did with Elijah. For such is the obedience Christ seeks from us, that we should not delay even for an instant, even if something of the most necessary kind presses us hard. That is why, when another came to him and asked to bury his own father, he did not let him do even this, showing that we must prefer following him to everything. But if you should say that the promise was very great, it is for this very reason that I most admire them, that having as yet seen no sign at all, they believed so great a promise and put everything second to following him. For they believed that by the very words by which they had been caught they too would be able to catch others. To these, then, he made this promise; but to James and John he says nothing of the kind. For the obedience of those who had gone before had by now prepared the way for them. Besides, they too had already heard much about him before.

And see how precisely he hints to us their poverty as well. For he found them mending their nets. So great was the extremity of their poverty that they repaired what was worn out, not being able to buy others. And this too is meanwhile no small proof of virtue: to bear poverty easily, to be fed from honest labor, to be bound to one another by the power of love, to have their father with them and to care for him. When, then, he had caught them, he begins to work miracles in their presence, by which he confirms what John had said about him. And he continually frequented the synagogues, teaching them by this too that he was not some rival of God and a deceiver, but had come in agreement with the Father. And in frequenting them he did not only preach, but also displayed signs.

14.3Field 1

Καὶ γὰρ πανταχοῦ εἴ πού τι ξένον γίνεται καὶ παράδοξον, καὶ πολιτείας τινὸς εἰσαγωγὴ, σημεῖα ποιεῖν εἴωθεν ὁ θεὸς, ἐνέχυρα τῆς αὐτοῦ δυνάμεως παρέχων τοις τοὺς νόμους δέχεσθαι μέλλουσιν. Οὕτω γοὺν ὅτε τὸν ἄνθρωπον ποιεῖν ἐμελλε, τὸν κόσμον ἔκτισεν ἅπαντα, καὶ τότε αὐτῷ τὸν νόμον ἐκεῖνον ἔδωκε τὸν ἐν τῷ παραδείσῳ. Καὶ ὅτε τῷ Νώε νομοθετεῖν ἔμελλε, πάλιν μεγάλα ἐπεδείξατο θαύματα, δι ὧν ἅπασαν ἀνεστοιχείου τὴν κτίσιν, καὶ τὸ φοβερὸν ἐκεῖνο πέλαγος ἐπ᾽ ἐνιαυτὸν ὁλόκληρον ἐποίει τεῖν, καὶ δι ὧν ἐν τοσαύτῃ ζαλη τὸν δίκαιον ἐκεῖνον σωσε. Καὶ ἐπὶ τοῦ Ἁβραὰμ δὲ πολλὰ σημεῖα παρέσχετο᾽ οἷον, τὴν νίκην τὴν ἐν τῷ πολέμῳ, τὴν πληγὴν τὴν κατὰ τοῦ Φαραώ, τὴν ἐκ τῶν κινδύνων ἀπαλλαγήν. Καὶ ᾿Ἰουδαίοις νομοθετεῖν μέλλων, τὰ θαυμαστὰ ἐκεῖνα καὶ μεγάλα τεράστια ἐπεδείξατο, καὶ τότε τὸν νόμον ἔδωκεν. Οὕτω δὴ καὶ ἐνταῦθα μέλλων ὑψηλήν τινα εἰσάγειν πολιτείαν, καὶ ἃ μηδέποτε ἤκουσαν λέγειν αὐτοῖς, τῆ τῶν θαυμάτων ἐπιδείξει βεβαιοῖ τὰ λεγόμενα. Ἐπειδὴ γὰρ ἡ κηρυττομένη βασιλεία οὐκ ἐφαίνετο, ἀπὸ τῶν φαινομένων τὴν ἄδηλον ποιεῖ φανεράν. Καὶ σκόπει τὸ ἀπέριττον τοῦ εὐαγγελιστοῦ, πῶς οὐ καθ᾽ ἕκαστον ἡμῖν διηγεῖται τῶν θεραπενομένων, αλλὰ βραχέσι βήμασι νιφάδας παρατρέχει σημείων. ἂν Προσήνεγκαν γὰρ αὐτῷ, φησὶ, πάντας τοὺς κακῶς ἔχοντας ποικίλαις νόσοις, καὶ βασάνοις συνεχομένους, καὶ δαιμονιζομένους, καὶ σεληνιαζομένους, καὶ παραλυτικοὺς, καὶ ἐθεράπευσεν αὐτούς. ᾿Αλλὰ τὸ ζητούμενον ἐκεῖνό ἐστι, τί δήποτε παρ οὐδενὸς αὐτῶν πίστιν ἐπεζήτησεν:; Οὐδὲ γὰρ εἶπεν ὃ μετὰ ταῦτα φαίνεται λέγων᾽ (ὁ πιστεύετε ἢ ὅτι δύναμαι τοῦτο ποιῆσαι. ὅτι οὐδέπω τῆς αὐτοῦ δυνάμεως ἀπόδειξιν ἣν δεδωκώς. Ἄλλως δὲ καὶ αὐτὸ τὸ προσιέναι καὶ προσάγειν οὐ τὴν τυχοῦσαν ἐπεδείκνυτο πίστιν. Καὶ γὰρ πόῤῥωθεν αὐτοὺς ἔφερον, οὐκ ἄν ἐνεγκόντες, εἰ μὴ μεγάλα ἤσαν περὶ αὐτοῦ πεπεικότες ἑαυτούς. ᾿Ακολουθήσωμεν τοίνυν αὐτῷ καὶ ἡμεῖς καὶ γὰρ νοσήματα πολλὰ ἔχομεν ψυχῶν, καὶ ταῦτα προηγουμένως βυύλεται θεραπεύειν. Διὰ γὰρ τοῦτο κακεῖνα διορθοῦται, ἵνα ταῦτα ἐξορίσῃ τῆς ψυχῆς τῆς ἡμετέρας. Προσέλθωμεν τοίνυν αὐτῷ, καὶ μηδὲν βιωτικὸν. αἰτώμεν, ἀλλ᾽ ἁμαρτημάτων ἀἄφεσιν' καὶ γὰρ δίδωσι καὶ νῦν, ἐὰν σπουδάζωμεν. Τότε μὲν γὰρ εἰς τὴν Συρίαν ἐξῆλθεν αὐτοῦ ἡ ακοή᾽ νὺν δὲ εἰς τὴν οἰκουμένην ὅλην. Κακεῖνοι μὲν ἀκούσαντες, ὅτι δαιμονῶντας ἐθεράπευσε, συνέτρεχον σὺ δὲ πολλῷ πλείονα πεῖραν αὐτοῦ λαβὼν τῆς δυνάμεως καὶ μείζονα, οὐ διανίστασαι καὶ τρέχεις: αλλ᾽ ἐκείνοι μὲν καὶ πατρίδα ἀφῆκαν, καὶ φίλους, καὶ συγγενεις σὺ δὲ οὐδὲ οἰκίαν ἀφεῖναι ἀνέχῃ ὑπὲρ του προσελθεῖν, καὶ πολλῷ μειζόνων τυχεῖν: Μᾶλλον δὲ οὐδὲ τοῦτο ἀπαιτοῦμεν παρὰ σοῦ αλλὰ συνήθειαν ἄφες πονηρὰν μόνον, καὶ μένων οἴκοι μετὰ τῶν σεαυτοῦ δυνήσῃ σωθῆναι ῥᾳδίως. Νῦν δὲ ἂν μὲν σωματικὸν ἔχωμεν πάθος, πάντα ποιοῦμεν καὶ πραγματευόμεθα, ὥὦστε ἀπαλλαγῆναι τοῦ λυποῦντος ἡμᾶς τῆς δὲ ψυχῆς ἡμῶν κακώς διακειμένης, μέλλομεν καὶ ἀναδυόμεθα. Διὰ τοῦτο οὐδὲ ἐκείνων ἀπαλλασσόμεθα᾽ ἐπειδὴ τὰ μὲν ἀναγκαῖα ἡμῖν πάρεργα γίνεται, τὰ δὲ πάρεργα ἀναγκαῖα καὶ τὴν πηγὴν τῶν κακῶν ἀφέντες, τοὺς ῥύακας ἐκκαθαίρειν ἐθέλομεν. Ὅτι γὰρ τῶν ἐν τῷ σώματι κακὼν πονηρία τῆς ψυχῆς αἰτία, καὶ ὁ παραλελυμένος τριάκοντα καὶ ὀκτὼ ἔτη, καὶ ὁ διὰ τοῦ στέγους αλασθεὶς, καὶ πρὸ τούτων δὲ ὁ Καὶν ἐδήλωσε καὶ πολλαχόθεν δὲ ἑτέρωθεν τοῦτο ἄν τις: κατίδοι. ᾿Ανέλωμεν τοίνυν τῶν κακῶν τὴν πηγὴν; καὶ πάντα στήσεται τὼν νοσημάτων τὰ ῥεύματα. Οὐ γὰρ τὸ παραλελύσθαι μόνον νόσημα; αλλὰ καὶ τὸ ἁμαρτάνειν καὶ τοῦτο μᾶλλον ἢ ἐκεῖνον. ὅσῳ καὶ ψυχή σώματυς ἀμείνων. Προσέλθωμεν τοίνυν αὐτῷ καὶ νῦν, παρακαλέσωμεν ἵνα σφίγξῃ τὴν ψυχὴν ἡμῶν παραλελυμένην, καὶ τὰ βιωτικὰ ἀφέντες πάντα ἢ τῶν πνευματικῶν μόνον ποιώμεθα λόγον. Εἰ δὲ καὶ τούτων ἀντέχῃ, μετ᾽ ἐκεῖνα αὐτῶν φρόντιζε. 'Μηδ ὅτι οὐκ ἀλγεῖς ἁμαρτάνων καταφρόνει; αλλὰ αὐτὸ μὲν οὖν τοῦτο μάλιστα στέναξον, ἐπειδὴ οὐκ αἰσθάνῃ τῆς ὀδύνης τῶν πλημμελημάτων. Οὐ γὰρ παρὰ τὸ μὴ δάκνειν τὴν ἁμαρτίαν τοῦτο γίνεται, αλλὰ παρὰ τὸ: ἀναίσθητον εἶναι τὴν πλημμελοῦσαν ψυχήν. νόησον γοῦν τοὺς αἰσθανομένους. τῶν οἰκείων ἁμαρτημάτων, πὼς τῶν τεμνομένων καὶ καιομένων πικρότερον ὀλολύζουσι, πόσα πράττουσι, πόσα πάσχουσι, πόσα πενθοῦσι καὶ ὀδύβονται, ὥστε ἀπαλλαγῆναι τοῦ πονηροῦ συνειδότος ὅπερ οὐκ ἀν ἐποίησαν, εἰ μὴ σφόδρα ἤλγουν κατὰ ψυχήν. Τὸ

Kai gar pantachou ei pou ti xenon ginetai kai paradoxon, kai politeias tinos eisagōgē, sēmeia poiein eiōthen ho theos, enechyra tēs autou dynameōs parechōn tois tous nomous dechesthai mellousin. Houtō goun hote ton anthrōpon poiein emelle, ton kosmon ektisen hapanta, kai tote autǭ ton nomon ekeinon edōke ton en tǭ paradeisǭ. Kai hote tǭ Nōe nomothetein emelle, palin megala epedeixato thaumata, di hōn hapasan anestoicheiou tēn ktisin, kai to phoberon ekeino pelagos ep᾽ eniauton holoklēron epoiei tein, kai di hōn en tosautę̄ zalē ton dikaion ekeinon sōse. Kai epi tou Habraam de polla sēmeia parescheto᾽ hoion, tēn nikēn tēn en tǭ polemǭ, tēn plēgēn tēn kata tou Pharaō, tēn ek tōn kindynōn apallagēn. Kai ᾿Ioudaiois nomothetein mellōn, ta thaumasta ekeina kai megala terastia epedeixato, kai tote ton nomon edōken. Houtō dē kai entautha mellōn hypsēlēn tina eisagein politeian, kai ha mēdepote ēkousan legein autois, tē tōn thaumatōn epideixei bebaioi ta legomena. Epeidē gar hē kēryttomenē basileia ouk ephaineto, apo tōn phainomenōn tēn adēlon poiei phaneran. Kai skopei to aperitton tou euangelistou, pōs ou kath᾽ hekaston hēmin diēgeitai tōn therapenomenōn, alla brachesi bēmasi niphadas paratrechei sēmeiōn. an Prosēnenkan gar autǭ, phēsi, pantas tous kakōs echontas poikilais nosois, kai basanois synechomenous, kai daimonizomenous, kai selēniazomenous, kai paralytikous, kai etherapeusen autous. ᾿Alla to zētoumenon ekeino esti, ti dēpote par oudenos autōn pistin epezētēsen:? Oude gar eipen ho meta tauta phainetai legōn᾽ (ho pisteuete ē hoti dynamai touto poiēsai. hoti oudepō tēs autou dynameōs apodeixin hēn dedōkōs. Allōs de kai auto to prosienai kai prosagein ou tēn tychousan epedeiknyto pistin. Kai gar porrhōthen autous epheron, ouk an enenkontes, ei mē megala ēsan peri autou pepeikotes heautous. ᾿Akolouthēsōmen toinyn autǭ kai hēmeis kai gar nosēmata polla echomen psychōn, kai tauta proēgoumenōs byyletai therapeuein. Dia gar touto kakeina diorthoutai, hina tauta exorisę̄ tēs psychēs tēs hēmeteras. Proselthōmen toinyn autǭ, kai mēden biōtikon. aitōmen, all᾽ hamartēmatōn aaphesin' kai gar didōsi kai nyn, ean spoudazōmen. Tote men gar eis tēn Syrian exēlthen autou hē akoē᾽ nyn de eis tēn oikoumenēn holēn. Kakeinoi men akousantes, hoti daimonōntas etherapeuse, synetrechon sy de pollǭ pleiona peiran autou labōn tēs dynameōs kai meizona, ou dianistasai kai trecheis: all᾽ ekeinoi men kai patrida aphēkan, kai philous, kai syngeneis sy de oude oikian apheinai anechę̄ hyper tou proselthein, kai pollǭ meizonōn tychein: Mallon de oude touto apaitoumen para sou alla synētheian aphes ponēran monon, kai menōn oikoi meta tōn seautou dynēsę̄ sōthēnai rhądiōs. Nyn de an men sōmatikon echōmen pathos, panta poioumen kai pragmateuometha, hōōste apallagēnai tou lypountos hēmas tēs de psychēs hēmōn kakōs diakeimenēs, mellomen kai anadyometha. Dia touto oude ekeinōn apallassometha᾽ epeidē ta men anankaia hēmin parerga ginetai, ta de parerga anankaia kai tēn pēgēn tōn kakōn aphentes, tous rhyakas ekkathairein ethelomen. Hoti gar tōn en tǭ sōmati kakōn ponēria tēs psychēs aitia, kai ho paralelymenos triakonta kai oktō etē, kai ho dia tou stegous alastheis, kai pro toutōn de ho Kain edēlōse kai pollachothen de heterōthen touto an tis: katidoi. ᾿Anelōmen toinyn tōn kakōn tēn pēgēn? kai panta stēsetai tōn nosēmatōn ta rheumata. Ou gar to paralelysthai monon nosēma? alla kai to hamartanein kai touto mallon ē ekeinon. hosǭ kai psychē sōmatys ameinōn. Proselthōmen toinyn autǭ kai nyn, parakalesōmen hina sphinxę̄ tēn psychēn hēmōn paralelymenēn, kai ta biōtika aphentes panta ē tōn pneumatikōn monon poiōmetha logon. Ei de kai toutōn antechę̄, met᾽ ekeina autōn phrontize. 'Mēd hoti ouk algeis hamartanōn kataphronei? alla auto men oun touto malista stenaxon, epeidē ouk aisthanę̄ tēs odynēs tōn plēmmelēmatōn. Ou gar para to mē daknein tēn hamartian touto ginetai, alla para to: anaisthēton einai tēn plēmmelousan psychēn. noēson goun tous aisthanomenous. tōn oikeiōn hamartēmatōn, pōs tōn temnomenōn kai kaiomenōn pikroteron ololyzousi, posa prattousi, posa paschousi, posa penthousi kai odybontai, hōste apallagēnai tou ponērou syneidotos hoper ouk an epoiēsan, ei mē sphodra ēlgoun kata psychēn. To

For everywhere, whenever anything new and unexpected happens, and the introduction of some way of life, God is accustomed to work signs, giving pledges of his power to those who are going to receive the laws. Thus, when he was about to make man, he created the whole world, and then gave him that law in paradise. And when he was about to give laws to Noah, again he displayed great wonders, by which he dissolved the whole creation into its elements and made that fearful sea stretch over a whole year, and by which he saved that righteous man in so great a storm. And in Abraham’s time too he provided many signs: for example, the victory in the war, the plague upon Pharaoh, the deliverance from dangers. And when he was about to give laws to the Jews, he displayed those marvelous and great wonders, and then gave the law. So here too, being about to bring in a lofty way of life and to say to them what they had never heard, he confirms what is said by the display of miracles. For since the kingdom being preached was not visible, he makes the unseen manifest from the things that are seen.

And consider the economy of words of the evangelist: how he does not relate to us each of those who were healed one by one, but in a few words runs over a snowstorm of signs. “For they brought to him,” it says, “all who were sick with various diseases and gripped by torments, and demoniacs and lunatics and paralytics, and he healed them.” But the question is this: why ever did he not require faith from any of them? For he did not say what he is later seen saying, “Do you believe that I am able to do this?” Because he had not yet given proof of his power. Besides, the very act of coming and bringing the sick showed no ordinary faith. For they brought them from far away, and would not have brought them unless they had persuaded themselves of great things about him.

Let us too, then, follow him; for we too have many diseases of the soul, and these above all he wishes to heal. For it is for this reason that he corrects those others too, so that he may banish these from our soul. Let us, then, come to him and ask for nothing worldly, but for forgiveness of sins; for he gives it even now, if we are earnest. For then his fame went out into Syria, but now into the whole world. And they, hearing that he had healed demoniacs, ran together; but you, who have had a far greater and fuller experience of his power, do you not rise up and run? They left country and friends and relatives; but you do not bear to leave even your house in order to come to him and obtain much greater things? Or rather, we do not ask even this of you; only leave your evil habit, and staying at home with your own people you will be able to be saved easily. But as it is, if we have some bodily ailment, we do everything and take every trouble to be rid of what pains us; but when our soul is in a bad state, we delay and hang back. That is why we are not rid of the others either: since what is necessary becomes secondary to us, and what is secondary necessary; and leaving the spring of the evils, we want to clean out the streams. For that wickedness of soul is the cause of the evils in the body, the man paralyzed thirty-eight years showed, and the one let down through the roof, and before them Cain; and one could see this from many other places too. Let us, then, remove the spring of the evils, and all the streams of the diseases will stop. For not only paralysis is a disease, but sin too, and this more than that, as much as the soul is better than the body. Let us come to him, then, even now; let us entreat him to brace our paralyzed soul, and, leaving all worldly things, let us take account only of the spiritual. And if you hold on to those as well, take care of them after these. And do not make light of sinning because you feel no pain; rather groan most of all for this very reason, that you do not feel the pain of your offenses. For this does not come from sin not biting, but from the offending soul being without feeling. Think, at any rate, of those who feel their own sins: how they wail more bitterly than those being cut and cauterized, how much they do, how much they suffer, how much they mourn and lament, to be rid of an evil conscience; which they would not have done unless they were in great pain in their soul.

14.4Field 1

Ὁ μὲν οὖν ἄμεινον, τὸ μηδὲ ὅλως ἁμαρτανειν' τὸ δὲ μετ᾽ ἐκεῖνο, τὸ ἁμαρτάνοντας αἰσθάνεσθαι καὶ διορθοῦσθαι. Εἰ δὲ μὴ τοῦτο ἔχοιμεν, πῶς δεησόμεθα τοῦ θεοῦ, καὶ ἄφεσιν αἰτησόμεθα ἁμαρτημάτων, οἱ τούτων μηδένα ποιούμενοι λόγον; Ὅταν γὰρ σὺ αὐτὸς ὁ πεπλημμεληκὼς μηδὲ αὐτὸ τοῦτο, ὅτι ἥμαρτες, εἰδέναι ἐθέλῃς» ὑπὲρ ποίων παρακαλέσεις τὸν θεὸν πλημμελημάτων: ὑπὲρ ὧν οὐκ οἶδας: καὶ πώς εἴση τῆς εὐεργεσίας τὸ μέγεθος: Εἰπὲ τοίνυν σοῦ τὰ πλημμελήματα κατ᾽ εἶδος, ἵνα μάθῃς τίνων λαμβάνεις συγχώρησιν; ἵν᾽ οὕτως εὐγνώμων γένη περὶ τὸν εὐεργέτην. Συὺ δὲ ἄνθρωπον μὲν παροξύνων, καὶ φίλους καὶ γείτονας καὶ θυρωροὺς παρακαλεῖς, καὶ χρήματα απανᾷς» καὶ πολλὰς ἀναλίσκεις ἡμέρας προσιὼν καὶ δεόμενος, κἀν ἅπαξ, κἂν δὶς, κἂν μυριάκις σε διακρούσηται ὁ παροξυνθεὶς, οὐκ ἀναπίπτεις, αλλ᾽ ἐναγώνιος μᾶλλον γενόμενος, πλείονα τὴν ἱκετηρίαν τίθης τοῦ δὲ τῶν ὅλων θεοῦ παροξυνομένου, χασμώμεθα, καὶ ἀναπίπτομεν, καὶ τρυφώμεν, καὶ μεθύομεν, καὶ τὰ κατὰ συνήθειαν πάντα πρᾶττομεν. Καὶ πότε αὐτὸν δυνησόμεθα ἵλεων ποιῆσαι: πῶς δὲ οὐκ αὐτῷ τούτῳ μειζόνως παροξυνοῦμεν; Τοῦ γὰρ ἁμαρτάνεῖν τὸ μηδὲ ἀλγεῖν ἁμαρτάνοντας μᾶλλον ἀγανακτεῖν αὖὐτὸν ποιεῖ καὶ ὀργίζεσθαι. Διόπερ εἰς αὐτὴν λοιπὸν ἄξιον καταδῦναι τὴν γῆν, καὶ μηδὲ τὸν ἥλιον ὁρᾶν τοῦτον, μηδὲ ἀναπνεῖν ὅλως, ὅτι οὕτως εὐκατάλλακτον δεσπότην ἐχοντες, παροξύνομέν τε αὐτὸν, καὶ παροξύνοντες οὐδὲ μετανοοῦμεν καίτοιγε αὐτὸς, οὐδὲ ὅταν ὀργίζηται, μισῶν καὶ ἀποστρεφόμενος ἡμᾶς τοῦτο ποιεῖ, ἀλλ᾽ ἵνα ἱκἂὰν οὕτως ἡμᾶς ἐπισπάσηται πρὸς ἑαυτόν. Εἰ γὰρ ὑβριζόμενος διηνεκῶς εὐηργέτει, μᾶλλον ἂν κατεφρόνησας. Ἵν᾽ οὖν μὴ τοῦτο γένηται, ἀποστρέφεται πρὸς ὀλίγον, ἵνα διαπαντός σε ἔχῃ μεθ᾽ ἑαυτοῦ. Θαῤῥήσωμεν τοίνυν αὐτοῦ τῇ φιλανθρωπίᾳ, καὶ μετάνοιαν ἐπιδειξώμεθα, μεμεριμνημένην, πρὶν ἢ τὴν ἡμέραν ἐπιστῆναι τὴν οὐκ ἐῶσαν ἡμᾶς κερδᾶναι ἐκ τούτου. Νυ ὺν μὲν γὰρ ἐφ᾽ ἡμῖν τὸ πᾶν κεῖται. τότε δὲ ὁ δικάζων μόνος Τῆς ψήφου γίνεται κύριος. Προφθάσωμεν τοίνυν τὸ πρόσωποὺ αὐτοῦ ἐν ἐξομολογήσει, κλαύσωμεν, θρηνήσωμεν. Ἂν γὰρ δυνηθῶμεν παρακαλέσαι τὸν δικαστὴν πρὸ τῆς κυρίας ἀφεῖναι ἡμῖν τὰ ἁμαρτήματα, οὐδὲ εἰσόδου χρεία λοιπόν ὥσπερ οὗν ἐὰν μὴ τοῦτο γένηται, δημοσίᾳ, τῆς οἰκουμένης παρούσης ἡμῶν ἀκούσεται, καὶ οὐδεμία ἡμῖν ἔσται λοιπὸν σνγγνώμης ἐλπίς. Οὐδεὶς γὰρ τῶν ἐνταῦθα μὴ διαλυσαμένων τὰ ἁμαρτήματα, ἀπελθὼν ἐκεῖ δυνήσεται τὰς ἐπὶ τούτοις εὐθύνας διαφυγεῖν ἀλλ᾽ ὥσπερ οἱ ἀπὸ τῶν δεσμωτηρίων τούτων μετὰ τῶν ἀλύσεων προσάγονται εἰς τὸ δικαστήριον, οὕτως αἱ ψυχαὶ πᾶσαι, ὅταν ἐντεῦθεν ἀπέλθωσι, τὰς ποικίλας περικείμενοι σειρὰς τῶν ἁμαρτημάτων, ἐπὶ τὸ βῆμα ἄγονται τὸ φοβερόν. Καὶ γὰρ δεσμωτηρίου οὐδὲν ἄμεινον ο παρὼν βίος διάκειται ἀλλ᾽ ὥσπερ εἰς τὸ οἴκημα εἰσελθόντες ἐκεῖνο; πάντας ὁρῶμεν ἁλύσεις περικειμένους» οὕτω καὶ νῦν, ἂν τῆς φαντασίας τῆς ἔξωθεν ἑαυτοὺς ἀποστήσαντες, εἰς τὸν ἑκάστου βίον εἰσέλθωμεν, εἰς τὴν ἑκάστου ψυχὴν, ὀψόμεθα σιδήρου χαλεπώτερα δεσμὰ περικειμένην καὶ μάλιστα ἂν εἰς τὰς τῶν πλουτούντων εἰσέλθης ψυχάς ὅσῳ γὰρ ἂν πλείονα ὦσι, περιβεβλημένοι, τοσούτῳ μᾶλλόν εἰσι δεδεμένοι. Ὥσπερ οὖν τὸν δεσμώτην ἴδης καὶ Ῥνώτου, καὶ ἐπὶ τῶν χειρῶν, πολλάκις δὲ καὶ ἐπὶ τῶν ποδῶν σεσιδηρωμένον, διὰ τοῦτο μάλιστα ταλανίζεις οὕτω καὶ τὸν πλούσιον, ὅταν θεάση αυρία περιβεβλημένον πράγματα, μὴ διὰ ταῦτα πλούσιον, ἀλλὰ δι᾿ αὐτὰ μὲν οὗν ταῦτα ἄθλιον εἶναι νόμιζε: μετὰ γὰρ τών δεσμῶν τούτων αἱ δεσμοφύλακα ἐχει χαλεπὸν, τὸν πονηρὸν ἔρωτα τῶν χρημάτων ὃς οὐκ; ἀφίησιν ὑπερβῆναι τοῦτο τὸ δεσμωτήριον, αλλὰ μυρίας αὐτῷ κατασκευάζει πέδας καὶ φύλακας καὶ θύρας καὶ μοχλοὺς, καὶ εἰς τὴν ἐνδοτέραν αὐτὸν ἐμβαλὼν φυλακὴν, πείθει καὶ ἥδεσθαι τοῖς δεσμοῖς τούτοις, ἵνα μηδὲ ἐλπίδα τινὰ ἀπαλλαγῆς εὕρη τῶν ἐπικειμένων κακῶν. Κἀν ἀποκαλύψης τῷ λογισμῷ τὴν ψυχὴν ἐκείνου, οὐ δεδεμένην μόνον, ἄλλα καὶ αὐχμῶσαν καὶ ῥυπῶσαν καὶ φθειρῶν γέμουσαν ὄψει. Οὐδὲν γὰρ ἐκείνων ἀμείνους αἱ τῆς τρυφῆς ἡδοναὶ, ἀλλὰ καὶ βδελυρώτεραι, καὶ μᾶλλον τὸ σώμα αὐτῶν λυμαίνονται μετὰ καὶ τῆς ψυχῆς, καὶ τούτῳ κακείνη μυρίας ἐπιφέρουσι νοσημάτων πληγάς. Διά δὴ ταῦτα πάντα τὸν λυτρωτὴν τῶν ψυχῶν τῶν ἡμετέρων παρακαλέσωμεν, ἵνα καὶ τὰ δεσμὰ διαῤῥήξη, καὶ τὸν χαλεπὸν ἡμῶν τοῦτον ἀποστήση φύλακα; καὶ τοῦ φορτίου τῶν σιδηρῶν ἐκείνων ἀλύσεων ἀπαλλάξας, πτεροῦ κουφότερον ἡαῖν ποιήσῃ τὸ φρόνημα. Παρακαλοῦντες δὲ αὐτὸν, καὶ τὰ παρ᾽ ἐαντῶν εἰσενέγκωμεν, σπουδὴν καὶ γνώμην καὶ προθυμίαν ἀγαθήν. Οὕτω γὰρ δυνησόμεθα καὶ ἐν βραχεῖ καιρῷ τῶν κατεχόντων ἡμᾶς ἀπαλλαγῆναι κακῶν, καὶ μαθεῖν ἐν οἷς ἦμεν τὸ πρότερον, καὶ τῆς προσηκούσης ἀντιλαβέσθαι ἐλευθερίας ἧς γένοιτο πάντας ἡμᾶς ἐπιτυχεῖν, χάριτι καὶ φιλανθρωπίᾳ τοῦ κυρίου ἡμῶν ᾿Ιησοῦ Χριστοῦ, ᾧ ἡ δόξα καὶ τὸ κράτος εἰς τοὺς αἰῶνας τῶν αἰώνων. ᾿Αμήν.

Ho men oun ameinon, to mēde holōs hamartanein' to de met᾽ ekeino, to hamartanontas aisthanesthai kai diorthousthai. Ei de mē touto echoimen, pōs deēsometha tou theou, kai aphesin aitēsometha hamartēmatōn, hoi toutōn mēdena poioumenoi logon? Hotan gar sy autos ho peplēmmelēkōs mēde auto touto, hoti hēmartes, eidenai ethelę̄s» hyper poiōn parakaleseis ton theon plēmmelēmatōn: hyper hōn ouk oidas: kai pōs eisē tēs euergesias to megethos: Eipe toinyn sou ta plēmmelēmata kat᾽ eidos, hina mathę̄s tinōn lambaneis synchōrēsin? hin᾽ houtōs eugnōmōn genē peri ton euergetēn. Syy de anthrōpon men paroxynōn, kai philous kai geitonas kai thyrōrous parakaleis, kai chrēmata apanąs» kai pollas analiskeis hēmeras prosiōn kai deomenos, kan hapax, kan dis, kan myriakis se diakrousētai ho paroxyntheis, ouk anapipteis, all᾽ enagōnios mallon genomenos, pleiona tēn hiketērian tithēs tou de tōn holōn theou paroxynomenou, chasmōmetha, kai anapiptomen, kai tryphōmen, kai methyomen, kai ta kata synētheian panta prattomen. Kai pote auton dynēsometha hileōn poiēsai: pōs de ouk autǭ toutǭ meizonōs paroxynoumen? Tou gar hamartanein to mēde algein hamartanontas mallon aganaktein auyton poiei kai orgizesthai. Dioper eis autēn loipon axion katadynai tēn gēn, kai mēde ton hēlion horan touton, mēde anapnein holōs, hoti houtōs eukatallakton despotēn echontes, paroxynomen te auton, kai paroxynontes oude metanooumen kaitoige autos, oude hotan orgizētai, misōn kai apostrephomenos hēmas touto poiei, all᾽ hina hikaan houtōs hēmas epispasētai pros heauton. Ei gar hybrizomenos diēnekōs euērgetei, mallon an katephronēsas. Hin᾽ oun mē touto genētai, apostrephetai pros oligon, hina diapantos se echę̄ meth᾽ heautou. Tharrhēsōmen toinyn autou tę̄ philanthrōpią, kai metanoian epideixōmetha, memerimnēmenēn, prin ē tēn hēmeran epistēnai tēn ouk eōsan hēmas kerdanai ek toutou. Ny yn men gar eph᾽ hēmin to pan keitai. tote de ho dikazōn monos Tēs psēphou ginetai kyrios. Prophthasōmen toinyn to prosōpou autou en exomologēsei, klausōmen, thrēnēsōmen. An gar dynēthōmen parakalesai ton dikastēn pro tēs kyrias apheinai hēmin ta hamartēmata, oude eisodou chreia loipon hōsper houn ean mē touto genētai, dēmosią, tēs oikoumenēs parousēs hēmōn akousetai, kai oudemia hēmin estai loipon snngnōmēs elpis. Oudeis gar tōn entautha mē dialysamenōn ta hamartēmata, apelthōn ekei dynēsetai tas epi toutois euthynas diaphygein all᾽ hōsper hoi apo tōn desmōtēriōn toutōn meta tōn alyseōn prosagontai eis to dikastērion, houtōs hai psychai pasai, hotan enteuthen apelthōsi, tas poikilas perikeimenoi seiras tōn hamartēmatōn, epi to bēma agontai to phoberon. Kai gar desmōtēriou ouden ameinon o parōn bios diakeitai all᾽ hōsper eis to oikēma eiselthontes ekeino? pantas horōmen halyseis perikeimenous» houtō kai nyn, an tēs phantasias tēs exōthen heautous apostēsantes, eis ton hekastou bion eiselthōmen, eis tēn hekastou psychēn, opsometha sidērou chalepōtera desma perikeimenēn kai malista an eis tas tōn ploutountōn eiselthēs psychas hosǭ gar an pleiona ōsi, peribeblēmenoi, tosoutǭ mallon eisi dedemenoi. Hōsper oun ton desmōtēn idēs kai Rhnōtou, kai epi tōn cheirōn, pollakis de kai epi tōn podōn sesidērōmenon, dia touto malista talanizeis houtō kai ton plousion, hotan theasē auria peribeblēmenon pragmata, mē dia tauta plousion, alla di᾿ auta men houn tauta athlion einai nomize: meta gar tōn desmōn toutōn hai desmophylaka echei chalepon, ton ponēron erōta tōn chrēmatōn hos ouk? aphiēsin hyperbēnai touto to desmōtērion, alla myrias autǭ kataskeuazei pedas kai phylakas kai thyras kai mochlous, kai eis tēn endoteran auton embalōn phylakēn, peithei kai hēdesthai tois desmois toutois, hina mēde elpida tina apallagēs heurē tōn epikeimenōn kakōn. Kan apokalypsēs tǭ logismǭ tēn psychēn ekeinou, ou dedemenēn monon, alla kai auchmōsan kai rhypōsan kai phtheirōn gemousan opsei. Ouden gar ekeinōn ameinous hai tēs tryphēs hēdonai, alla kai bdelyrōterai, kai mallon to sōma autōn lymainontai meta kai tēs psychēs, kai toutǭ kakeinē myrias epipherousi nosēmatōn plēgas. Dia dē tauta panta ton lytrōtēn tōn psychōn tōn hēmeterōn parakalesōmen, hina kai ta desma diarrhēxē, kai ton chalepon hēmōn touton apostēsē phylaka? kai tou phortiou tōn sidērōn ekeinōn alyseōn apallaxas, pterou kouphoteron hēain poiēsę̄ to phronēma. Parakalountes de auton, kai ta par᾽ eantōn eisenenkōmen, spoudēn kai gnōmēn kai prothymian agathēn. Houtō gar dynēsometha kai en brachei kairǭ tōn katechontōn hēmas apallagēnai kakōn, kai mathein en hois ēmen to proteron, kai tēs prosēkousēs antilabesthai eleutherias hēs genoito pantas hēmas epitychein, chariti kai philanthrōpią tou kyriou hēmōn ᾿Iēsou Christou, hǭ hē doxa kai to kratos eis tous aiōnas tōn aiōnōn. ᾿Amēn.

The best, then, is not to sin at all; the next after that is, when we sin, to feel it and to set ourselves right. But if we do not have this, how shall we pray to God and ask forgiveness of sins, we who take no account of them? For when you yourself, the offender, do not wish to know even this, that you have sinned, for what offenses will you entreat God? For those you do not know? And how will you know the greatness of the benefit? Tell, then, your offenses one by one, so that you may learn for what you are receiving pardon, so that in this way you may become grateful toward your benefactor. When you have provoked a man, you entreat friends and neighbors and doorkeepers, you spend money, you waste many days going to him and begging; and if the offended man repulses you once, twice, ten thousand times, you do not lose heart, but becoming more anxious you make your supplication all the greater. But when the God of all is provoked, we yawn and lose heart, we live in luxury and get drunk and do everything as usual. And when shall we be able to make him gracious? How shall we not by this very thing provoke him the more? For more than sinning, not even being pained when we sin makes him indignant and angry. Therefore it would be right for us to sink into the very earth, and not see this sun, nor breathe at all, because having so easily reconciled a Master, we both provoke him, and in provoking him do not even repent. And yet he himself, even when he is angry, does not do this hating us and turning away from us, but so that in this way he may draw us to himself. For if he kept on doing good while continually insulted, you would despise him the more. So that this may not happen, he turns away for a little, so as to have you with him forever.

Let us take courage, then, in his love for mankind, and show a careful repentance before that day comes which will not let us gain anything from it. For now everything lies in our power; but then the judge alone becomes master of the verdict. “Let us come before his face, then, with confession”; let us weep, let us lament. For if we can entreat the judge to forgive us our sins before the appointed day, there is no further need even of a hearing; just as, if this does not happen, he will hear us publicly, with the world present, and there will be no hope of pardon for us any more. For none of those who have not dissolved their sins here will, on going there, be able to escape the accounts for them; but just as those from the prisons here are brought to court with their chains, so all souls, when they depart from here, are led to the fearful judgment seat wearing the various chains of their sins. For the present life is in no better condition than a prison; but just as, when we enter that dwelling, we see all wearing chains, so now too, if we withdraw from outward show and enter into each one’s life, into each one’s soul, we shall see it wearing bonds more grievous than iron; and above all if you enter into the souls of the rich. For the more possessions they have around them, the more they are bound. Just as, then, when you see a prisoner with iron on his back and on his hands, and often on his feet too, you pity him above all for this, so also with the rich man: when you see him surrounded with countless affairs, do not think him rich for this reason, but for these very things wretched. For besides these bonds he has a harsh jailer, the wicked love of money, which does not allow him to pass beyond this prison, but prepares for him countless fetters and guards and doors and bars, and having cast him into the inner prison, persuades him even to take pleasure in these bonds, so that he may not find any hope of release from the evils that lie upon him. And if in thought you lay bare his soul, you will see it not only bound but also squalid and filthy and full of lice. For the pleasures of luxury are no better than those lice, but even more loathsome, and they ruin their body more, together with the soul, and bring countless blows of disease on both this and that. For all these reasons, then, let us entreat the redeemer of our souls to break the bonds, to remove this harsh jailer of ours, and, freeing us from the burden of those iron chains, to make our mind lighter than a feather. And while entreating him, let us also bring our own part: zeal, purpose, and good will. For so we shall be able, even in a short time, to be rid of the evils that hold us, and to learn in what state we were before, and to lay hold of the freedom that befits us; which may we all obtain, by the grace and love for mankind of our Lord Jesus Christ, to whom be the glory and the might to the ages of ages. Amen.

Chapter 15

15.1Field 1

υεὶδὼν δὲ ὁ ᾿Ιησοῦς τοὺς ὄχλους, ἀνέβη εἰς τὸ ὄρος καὶ καθίσαντος αὐτοῦ, προσῆλθον αὐτῷ οἱ μαθηταὶ αυτοῦ. ἣ: Καὶ ἀνοίξας τὸ στόμα αὐτοῦ, ἐδίδασκεν αὐτοὺς, λέγων. τὸ ἀφιλότιμον καὶ ἀκόμπαστον. Οὐ γάρ περιῆγεν Ὁ αὐτοὺς μεθ᾽ ἑαυτοῦ, ἀλλ᾽ ὅτε μὲν θεραπεῦσαι ἔδει, αὐτὸς περιήει πανταχοῦ, καὶ πόλεις καὶ χώρας ἐπισκοπούμενος ὅτε δὲ πολὺς ὄχλος γέγονεν, ἐν ἑνὶ καθέζεται χωρίῳ' καὶ οὐκ ἐν πολεὶ καὶ ἀγορᾷ μέσῃ, ἀλλ᾽ ἐν ὄρει καὶ ἐρημίᾳ, παιδεύων ἡμᾶς μηδὲν πρὸς ἐπίδειξιν ποιεῖν, καὶ τῶν ἐν μέσῳ θορύβων ἀπαλλάττεσθαι, καὶ μάλιστα ὅταν φιλοσοφεῖν δέη, καὶ περὶ ἀναγκαίων διαλέγεσθαι πραγμάτων. ᾿Αναβάντος δὲ αὐτοῦ καὶ καθίσαντος, προσῆλθον οἱ μαθηταί. [ἐἶδες αὐτῶν τὴν ἐπίδοσιν τῆς ἀρετῆς, καὶ πῶς ἀθρόον βελτίους ἐγένοντο: Οἱ μὲν γὰρ πολλοὶ τῶν θαυμάτων ἦσαν θεαταί οὗτοι δὲ καὶ ἀκοῦσαί τι λοιπὸν ἐπεθύμουν μέγα καὶ ὑψηλόν' ὅπερ οὖν αὐτὸν καὶ εἰς τὴν διδασκαλίαν ἐνέβαλε, καὶ τῶν λόγων ἄρξασθαι τούτων ἐποίησεν. Οὐδὲ γὰρ σώματα ἐθεμάπενε μόνον, ἀλλὰ καὶ ψυχὰς διώρθου, καὶ πάλιν ἀπὸ τῆς τούτων ἐπιμελείας ἐπὶ τὴν ἐκείνων μετέβαινε θεραπείαν, ποικίλλων τε ὁμοῦ τὴν ὠφέλειαν, καὶ ἀναμιγνὺς τῇ τῶν λόγων διδασκαλίᾳ τὴν απὸ τῶν ἔργων ἐπίδειξιν, καὶ τὰ ἀναίσχυντα τῶν αἱρετικῶν ἐμφράττων στόματα, δι ὧν ἑκατέρας οὐσίας ἐκήδετο, δεικνὺς ὅτι ὁλοκλήρου τοῦ ζώου αὐτὸς ἐστι δημιουργός. Διὸ καὶ πολλὴς ἑκατέρᾳ τῆ φύσει μετεδίδου προνοίας, νὺν μὲν ἐκείνην, νῦν δὲ ταύτην διορθούμενος. Ὃ δὴ καὶ τότε ἐποίει. Ἀνοίξας γάρ, φησὶ, τὸ στόμα αὐτοῦ ἐδίδασκεν αὐτούς. Καὶ τίνος ἕνεκεν. πρόσκειται τὸ ᾿ανοίξας, τὸ στόμα αὐτοῦ. Ἵνα μαθης ὅτι καὶ σιγῶν ἐπαίδευεν, οὐχὶ φθεγγόμενος μόνον, ἀλλὰ νῦν μὲν τὸ στόμα ἀνοίγων, νῦν δὲ τὴν ἀπὸ τών ἔργων αφιεὶς φωνήν. Ὅταν δὲ ἀκούσης, ὅτι εδίδασκεν αὐτοὺς, μὴ τοῖς μαθηταῖς ἅ αὐτὸν διαλέγεσθαι νόμιζε μόνον, ἀλλὰ καὶ ἐκείνων ἅπασιν. ᾿Επειδὺ γὰρ τὸ πλῆθος δημῶδες ἢ ἥν, ἔτι δὲ καὶ τῶν χαμαὶ συρομένων, τῶν μαθητῶν τὸν χορὸν ὑποστησάμενος, πρὸς ἐκείνους ποιεῖται τοὺς λόγους; ἐν τῇ πρὸς αὐτοὺς διαλέξει καὶ τοῖς λοιποῖς ἅπασι τοῖς σφόδρα ἀποδέουσι τῶν λεγομένων ἀνεπαχθῆ γίνεσθαι παρασκευάζων τῆς Φιλοσοφίας τὴν διδασκαλίαν. Ὅπερ οὺὐν καὶ ὃ Λουκάς αἰνιττόμενος ἔλεγεν, ὅτι τὸν λόγον ἀπέστρεψε πρὸς αὐτούς καὶ ὁ Ματθαῖος δὲ αὐτὸ τοῦτο δηλῶν ἔγραφεν, ὅτι προσἦλθον αὐτῷ οἱ μαθηταὶ αὐτοῦ, καὶ αὐτοὺς ἐδίδασκεν. Οὕτω γὰρ καὶ οἱ λοιποὶ προσέχειν ἔμελλον προθυμότερον, ἢ εἰ πρὸς ἅπαντας ᾿ἀπετείνατο. Πόθεν οὖν ἄρχεται, καὶ ποῖα θεμέλια τίθησι τῆς καινῆς πολιτείας ἡμῖν: Ἀκούσωμεν μετὰ ἀκριβείας τῶν λεγομένων εἴρηται μὲν γὰρ πρὸς ἐκείνους, ἐγράφη. δὲ καὶ διὰ τοὺς μετὰ ταῦτα ἅπαντας. Διὰ δὴ τοῦτο προσεῖχε μὲν τοῖς μαθηταῖς δημηγορῶν οὐκ εἰς ἐκείνους δὲ περιΐστησι τὰ λεγόμενα, ἀλλ᾽ ἀδιορίστως προσάγει τοὺς μακαρισμοὺς ἅπαντας. Οὐδὲ γὰρ εἶπε, μακάριοί ἐστε ὑμεῖς, εἂν πτωχοὶ γένησθε, ἀλλὰ μακάριοι οἱ πτωχοί. Καίτοι καὶ εἰ ἐκείνους. εἰρήκει, κοινὰ τὰ τῆς συμβουλῆς ἔμελλε γίνεσθαι. Καὶ γὰρ ὅταν λέγη᾽ ὅς ἰδοὺ μεθ᾽ ὑμῶν εἰμε πάσας τὰς ἡμέρας ἕως τῆς συντελείας τοῦ αἰώνος οὐ πρὸς ἐκείνους διαλέγεται μόνους, ἀλλὰ καὶ δι᾽ ἐκείνων πρὸς τὴν οἰκουμένην ἅπασαν'᾽ καὶ ὅταν αὐτοὺς μα- Ὁ καρίζη διωκομένους καὶ ἐλαυνομένους καὶ τὰ ἀνήκεστα πάσχοντας, οὐκ ἐκείνοις μόνον, αλλὰ καὶ πᾶσι τοῖς τὰ αὐτὰ κατορθοῦσι πλέκει τὸν στέφανον. Πλὴν ἀλλ᾽ ἵνα καὶ σαφέστερον τοῦτο γένηται, καὶ μάθης ὃ ὅτι πρὸς σὲ ἔχει κοινωνίαν πολλὴν τὰ λεγόμενα, καὶ πρὸς τὴν φύσιν δὲ ἅπασαν τὴν ἀνθρωπίνην, εἴ τις βούλοιτο προσέχειν, ἄκουσον πῶς τῶν ᾿θαυμασίων τουτων ἄρχεται λόγων. Μακάριοι οἱ πτωχοὶ τῷ πνευβατι; ὅτι αὐτῶν ἐστιν ἡ βασιλεία τῶν οὐρανῶν. Τί ἐστιν, οἱ πτωχοὶ τῷ πνεύματι. Οἱ ταπεινοὶ καὶ συντετριμμένοι τὴν διάνοιαν. Πνεῦμα γὰρ ἐνταῦθα τὴν ψυχὴν καὶ τὴν προαίἙ ρεσιν εἴρηκεν. ᾿Επειδὴ γάρ εἰσι πολλοὶ ταπεινοὶ, οὐχ ἐκόντες, ἀλλ᾽ ὑπὸ τῆς τῶν πραγμάτων ἀνάγκης βιαζόμενοι, αφεὶς ἐκείνους (οὐδὲ γὰρ κἂν εἴη τοῦτο ἐγκώμιον), τοὺς ἀπὸ προαἱρέσεως ἑαυτοὺς ταπεινοῦντας καὶ καταστέλλοντας μακαρίζει πρώτους. Καὶ τίνος ἕνεκεν αὐκ εἶπεν, οἱ ταπεινοὶ, αλλ᾽, οἱ πτωχοί: Ὅτι τοῦτο ἐκείνου πλέον. Τοὺς γὰρ κατεπτηχότας ἐνταῦθά φησι, καὶ τρέμοντας τοῦ θεοῦ τὰ '᾿ἐπιτάνγματα, οὺς καὶ διὰ ἡ Ησαΐου τοῦ προφήτου σφόδρα ἀποδεχύμενος ὁ θεὸς. ἔλεγεν ἐπὶ τίνα ἐπιβλέψω, αλλ ἢ ἐπὶ τὸν πρᾶον καὶ ἡσύχιον, καὶ τρέμοντά μου τοὺς λόγους:

yeidōn de ho ᾿Iēsous tous ochlous, anebē eis to oros kai kathisantos autou, prosēlthon autǭ hoi mathētai autou. hē: Kai anoixas to stoma autou, edidasken autous, legōn. to aphilotimon kai akompaston. Ou gar periēgen Ho autous meth᾽ heautou, all᾽ hote men therapeusai edei, autos periēei pantachou, kai poleis kai chōras episkopoumenos hote de polys ochlos gegonen, en heni kathezetai chōriǭ' kai ouk en polei kai agorą mesę̄, all᾽ en orei kai erēmią, paideuōn hēmas mēden pros epideixin poiein, kai tōn en mesǭ thorybōn apallattesthai, kai malista hotan philosophein deē, kai peri anankaiōn dialegesthai pragmatōn. ᾿Anabantos de autou kai kathisantos, prosēlthon hoi mathētai. [eides autōn tēn epidosin tēs aretēs, kai pōs athroon beltious egenonto: Hoi men gar polloi tōn thaumatōn ēsan theatai houtoi de kai akousai ti loipon epethymoun mega kai hypsēlon' hoper oun auton kai eis tēn didaskalian enebale, kai tōn logōn arxasthai toutōn epoiēsen. Oude gar sōmata ethemapene monon, alla kai psychas diōrthou, kai palin apo tēs toutōn epimeleias epi tēn ekeinōn metebaine therapeian, poikillōn te homou tēn ōpheleian, kai anamignys tę̄ tōn logōn didaskalią tēn apo tōn ergōn epideixin, kai ta anaischynta tōn hairetikōn emphrattōn stomata, di hōn hekateras ousias ekēdeto, deiknys hoti holoklērou tou zōou autos esti dēmiourgos. Dio kai pollēs hekaterą tē physei metedidou pronoias, nyn men ekeinēn, nyn de tautēn diorthoumenos. Ho dē kai tote epoiei. Anoixas gar, phēsi, to stoma autou edidasken autous. Kai tinos heneken. proskeitai to ᾿anoixas, to stoma autou. Hina mathēs hoti kai sigōn epaideuen, ouchi phthengomenos monon, alla nyn men to stoma anoigōn, nyn de tēn apo tōn ergōn aphieis phōnēn. Hotan de akousēs, hoti edidasken autous, mē tois mathētais ha auton dialegesthai nomize monon, alla kai ekeinōn hapasin. ᾿Epeidy gar to plēthos dēmōdes ē hēn, eti de kai tōn chamai syromenōn, tōn mathētōn ton choron hypostēsamenos, pros ekeinous poieitai tous logous? en tę̄ pros autous dialexei kai tois loipois hapasi tois sphodra apodeousi tōn legomenōn anepachthē ginesthai paraskeuazōn tēs Philosophias tēn didaskalian. Hoper ouyn kai ho Loukas ainittomenos elegen, hoti ton logon apestrepse pros autous kai ho Matthaios de auto touto dēlōn egraphen, hoti prosēlthon autǭ hoi mathētai autou, kai autous edidasken. Houtō gar kai hoi loipoi prosechein emellon prothymoteron, ē ei pros hapantas ᾿apeteinato. Pothen oun archetai, kai poia themelia tithēsi tēs kainēs politeias hēmin: Akousōmen meta akribeias tōn legomenōn eirētai men gar pros ekeinous, egraphē. de kai dia tous meta tauta hapantas. Dia dē touto proseiche men tois mathētais dēmēgorōn ouk eis ekeinous de periïstēsi ta legomena, all᾽ adioristōs prosagei tous makarismous hapantas. Oude gar eipe, makarioi este hymeis, ean ptōchoi genēsthe, alla makarioi hoi ptōchoi. Kaitoi kai ei ekeinous. eirēkei, koina ta tēs symboulēs emelle ginesthai. Kai gar hotan legē᾽ hos idou meth᾽ hymōn eime pasas tas hēmeras heōs tēs synteleias tou aiōnos ou pros ekeinous dialegetai monous, alla kai di᾽ ekeinōn pros tēn oikoumenēn hapasan'᾽ kai hotan autous ma- Ho karizē diōkomenous kai elaunomenous kai ta anēkesta paschontas, ouk ekeinois monon, alla kai pasi tois ta auta katorthousi plekei ton stephanon. Plēn all᾽ hina kai saphesteron touto genētai, kai mathēs ho hoti pros se echei koinōnian pollēn ta legomena, kai pros tēn physin de hapasan tēn anthrōpinēn, ei tis bouloito prosechein, akouson pōs tōn ᾿thaumasiōn toutōn archetai logōn. Makarioi hoi ptōchoi tǭ pneubati? hoti autōn estin hē basileia tōn ouranōn. Ti estin, hoi ptōchoi tǭ pneumati. Hoi tapeinoi kai syntetrimmenoi tēn dianoian. Pneuma gar entautha tēn psychēn kai tēn proaiE resin eirēken. ᾿Epeidē gar eisi polloi tapeinoi, ouch ekontes, all᾽ hypo tēs tōn pragmatōn anankēs biazomenoi, apheis ekeinous (oude gar kan eiē touto enkōmion), tous apo proaireseōs heautous tapeinountas kai katastellontas makarizei prōtous. Kai tinos heneken auk eipen, hoi tapeinoi, all᾽, hoi ptōchoi: Hoti touto ekeinou pleon. Tous gar kateptēchotas entautha phēsi, kai tremontas tou theou ta '᾿epitangmata, ous kai dia hē Ēsaïou tou prophētou sphodra apodechymenos ho theos. elegen epi tina epiblepsō, all ē epi ton praon kai hēsychion, kai tremonta mou tous logous:

“And seeing the crowds, Jesus went up onto the mountain; and when he had sat down, his disciples came to him. And he opened his mouth and taught them, saying.” [See] his freedom from ambition and boasting. For he did not lead them about with him; but when he had to heal, he himself went about everywhere, visiting cities and countryside; and when a great crowd had gathered, he sits down in one place, and not in a city and the middle of the marketplace, but on a mountain and in a solitary place, teaching us to do nothing for display, and to get away from the bustle of the crowd, especially when we must practice philosophy and discuss necessary matters.

When he had gone up and sat down, the disciples came to him. Do you see their progress in virtue, and how suddenly they became better? For the many were spectators of the miracles; but these now desired also to hear something great and lofty. And this is what moved him to teach and made him begin these discourses. For he did not only heal bodies, but also set souls right, and again passed from caring for these to the healing of those, at once varying the benefit and mingling with the teaching of words the demonstration from deeds, and stopping the shameless mouths of the heretics, since by these means he cared for each of the two substances, showing that he himself is the creator of the whole living being. That is why he bestowed much providence on each nature, now setting right the one, now the other. This, then, is what he was doing then too. For “opening his mouth,” it says, “he taught them.” And why is “opening his mouth” added? So that you may learn that he taught even when silent, not only when he spoke; but now he opened his mouth, now he sent forth the voice that comes from deeds. And when you hear that he taught them, do not think that he was speaking to the disciples alone, but through them to all. For since the multitude was of the common sort, and moreover of those who still crawl along the ground, he set the band of the disciples before him and directs his discourse to them, contriving that in his conversation with them the teaching of philosophy should be unburdensome also to all the rest, who fell far short of what was said. Luke too hinted at this when he said that he turned his discourse to them; and Matthew too, showing this very thing, wrote that his disciples came to him and he taught them. For in this way the rest too would attend more eagerly than if he had addressed himself to all.

Where, then, does he begin, and what foundations of the new way of life does he lay for us? Let us hear what is said with precision; for it was spoken to them, but written also for the sake of all who came after. For this reason, though he directed his discourse to the disciples, he does not confine what is said to them, but brings forward all the beatitudes without restriction. For he did not say, “Blessed are you, if you become poor,” but, “Blessed are the poor.” And yet even if he had spoken to them, the counsel would have been common. For when he says, “Behold, I am with you all the days until the end of the age,” he is not speaking to them alone, but through them to the whole world; and when he calls them blessed when persecuted and driven out and suffering incurable things, he weaves the crown not for them alone, but also for all who do the same. However, so that this may become clearer, and you may learn that what is said has much in common with you, and with the whole of human nature, if one is willing to attend, hear how he begins these wonderful words. “Blessed are the poor in spirit, for theirs is the kingdom of heaven.” What is “the poor in spirit”? The humble and contrite in mind. For here he has called the soul and the will “spirit.” For since there are many humble, not willingly but forced by the necessity of their circumstances, he passes over them (for that would be no praise) and first calls blessed those who of their own choice humble and abase themselves. And why did he not say “the humble,” but “the poor”? Because this is more than that. For here he speaks of those who cower and tremble at God’s commands, whom God, greatly approving them through Isaiah the prophet too, said, “On whom will I look, but on the meek and quiet, and on him who trembles at my words?”

15.2Field 1

Καὶ γὰρ πολλοὶ τῆς ταπεινοφρυσύνης οἱ τρόποι καὶ ὁ μέν ἐστι ταπεινὸς συμμέτρως; ὁ δὲ μεθ᾽ ὑπερβολῆς ἁπάσης. Ταύτην καὶ ὁ μακάριος προφήτης ἐπαινεῖ τὴν ταπεινοφροσύνην, τοὺ τὴν ἁπλῶς κατεσταλμένην ἡμῖν διάνοιαν ὑπογράφων, αλλὰ τὴν σφόδρα συντεθραυσμένην, δι ὧν φησι θυσία τῷ θεῷ πνεῦμα συντετριμμένον, καρδίαν συντετριμμένην καὶ τεταπεινωμένην ὁ θεὸς οὐκ ἐξουδενώσει. Καὶ οἱ παῖδες δὲ οἱ τρεῖς ταύτην αντὲ θυσίας μεγάλης προσάγουσι τῷ θεῳ, λέγοντες αλλ ἐν ψυχῆ συντετριμμένῃ καὶ πνεύματι ταπεινώσεως προσδεχθείημεν. Ταύτην καὶ ὁ Χριστὸς μακαρίζει νῦν. ᾿Επειδὴ γὰρ τὰ μέγιστα τῶν κακῶν καὶ τὴν οἰκουμένην λυμηνάμενα ἅπασαν εξ απονοίας εἰσήλθεν' (ὅ τε γὰρ διάβολος οὐκ ὧν πρὸ τούτου τοιοῦτος, οὕτω διάβολος γέγονεν ὅπερ οὖν καὶ ὁ Παῦλος δηλών ἔλεγεν ἵνα μὴ τυφωθεὶς εἰς κρίμα ἐμπέσῃ τοῦ διαβόλου τε πρῶτος ἄνθρωπος ταύταις παρὰ τοῦ διαβόλου φυσηθεὶς ταῖς ἐλπίσιν ἐξετραχηλίσθη καὶ θνητὸς ἐγένετο προσδοκήσας γὰρ ἔσεσθαι θεὸς, καὶ ὅπερ εἶχεν ἀπώλεσεν ὅπερ οὖν καὶ ὁ θεὸς ὀνειδίζων αὐτῷ, καὶ τὴν ἄνοιαν αὐτοῦ κωμῳδῶν, ἔλεγεν' ὦ ἰδοὺ ᾿Αδὰμ γέγονεν ὡς εἷς ἐξ ἡμῶν καὶ ἕκαστος δὲ τῶν μετὰ ταῦτα ἐντεῦθεν «ἰς ἀσέβειαν ἐξώκειλεν, ἰσοθεΐαν φαντασθείς) ἐπεὶ οὖν αὕτη τῶν κακῶν ἡ ἀκρόπολις ἣν, καὶ ἡ ῥίζα καὶ ἡ πηγὴ τῆς πονηρίας ἁπάσης, τῷ νοσήματι τὸ κατάλληλον κατασκευάζων φάρμακον, ὥσπερ θεμέλιον ἰσχυρόν τινα καὶ ἀσφαλῆ τοῦτον πρῶτον κατεβάλετο τὸν νόμον. Ταύτης γὰρ ὑποκειμένης, μετὰ ἀσφαλείας ἅπαντα τὰ ἄλλα ἐπιτίθησιν ὁ οἰκοδομῶν᾽ ταύτης δὲ ἀνηρημένης, κἂν μέχρι τῶν οὐρανῶν φθάσῃ πολιτευόμενος, ἅπαντα ὑποσύρεται ῥᾳδίως, καὶ εἰς χαλεπὸν καταστρέφει τέλος. Κἀν νηστείαν, κἂν εὐχήν, κἂν ἐλεημοσύνην, κἂν σωφροσύνην, κἂν ἀλλ᾽ ὁτιοῦν ᾿συναγάγης ἀγαθὸν, ταπεινοφροσύνης χωρὶς, διαῤῥεῖ καὶ ἀπόλλυται ἅπαντα. Ὅπερ οὐν καὶ ἐπὶ τοὺ Φαρισαίου γέγονε. Καὶ γὰρ μετὰ τὸ φθάσαι εἰς αὐτὴν τὴν κορυφὴν, πάντα ἀπολέσας κατέβη, ἐπειδὴ τὴν μητέρα τῶν ἀγαθῶν οὐκ εἶχεν. Ὥσπερ γὰρ ἡ ἀπόνοια πηγὴ κακίας ἁπάσης ἐστὶν, οὕτως ἡ ταπεινοφροσύνη φιλοσοφίας ἁπάσης ἀρχή. Διὸ καὶ ἐντεῦθεν ἃ ἄρχεται, πρόῤῥιζον ανασπῶν τὴν ἀλαζονείαν ἐκ τῆς τῶν ἀκουόντων ψυχῆς. Καὶ τί τοῦτο πρὸς τοὺς μαθητὰς, φησὶ, τοὺς πάντοθεν ὄντας ταπεινούς; Οὐδὲ γὰρ εἶχον ἀφορμὴν ἀπονοίας τινὰ, ἁλιεῖς καὶ πένητες καὶ ἄσημοι καὶ ἰδιῶται. Εἰ καὶ μὴ πρὸς τοὺς μαθητὰς ᾿ταῦτα, ἀλλὰ πρὸς γε τοὺς παρόντας τότε, καὶ τοὺς μετὰ ταῦτα μέλλοντας αὐτοὺς ὑποδέχεσθαι, ἵνα μὴ διὰ ταῦτα αὐτῶν καταφρονώσι μᾶλλον δὲ καὶ πρὸς τοὺς μαθητάς. Εἰ γὰρ καὶ μὴ τότε, ἀλλ᾽ ὕστερον ἔμελλον δεῖσθαι τῆς ὠφελείας ταύτης, μετὰ τὰ σημεῖα καὶ τὰ θαύματα, καὶ τὴν τῆς οἱκουμένης τιμὴν; καὶ τὴν πρὸς θεὸν παῤῥησίαν. Οὔτε γὰρ πλοῦτος, οὔτε δυναστεία, οὐκ αὐτὴ ἡ βασιλεία οὕτως ἐπᾶραι ἦν ἱκανὴ, ὡς τὰ ἐκείνοις ὑπάρξαντα ἅπαντα. Ἄλλως δὲ καὶ πρὸ τῶν σημείων εἰκὸς ἣν αὐτοὺς καὶ τότε ἐπαρθῆναι, τὸ πλῆθος ὁρῶντας καὶ τὸ θέατρον ἐκεῖνο τὸ περιεστηκὸς τὸν διδάσκαλον, καὶ παθεῖν τι ἀνθρώπινον. Διόπερ αὐτῶν εὐθέως καταστέλλει τὸ φρόνημα. Καὶ οὐκ εἰσάγει ἐν τάξει παραινέσεων τὰ λεγόμενα καὶ ἐπιταγμάτων, ἀλλ᾽ ὃν τάξει μακαρισμοὺ, ἀνεπαχθέστερον τὸν λόγον ποιῶν; καὶ πᾶσιν ἀνοίγων τὸ τῆς διδασκαλίας στάδιον. Οὐ γὰρ εἶπεν, ὁ δεῖνα καὶ ὁ δεῖνα, ἀλλ᾽ οἱ ταῦτα ποιοῦντες μακάριοι πάντες. Ὥστε κὰἀν δοῦλος ἧς, κἂν πτωχός, κὰν πένης, κἂν ξένος, κἀν ἰδιώτης, οὐδὲν ἐστι τὸ κωλύον σε ἔσεσθαι μακάριον, ἂν τὴν ἀρετὴν ταύτην ζηλώσης. Ἀρξάμενος τοίνυν ἐντεῦθεν, ὅθεν μάλιστα ἐχρῆν, πρόεισιν ἐφ᾽ ἑτέραν ἐντολὴν, ἢ ἀπεναντίας δοκοῦσαν εἶναι τῆ τῆς οἰκουμένης ψήφῳ. Ἀπαάντων γὰρ τοὺς χαίροντας ζηλωτοὺς εἶναι νομιζόντων, τοὺς δὲ ἐν ἀθυμίᾳ καὶ πενίᾳ καὶ πένθει ἀθλίους, αὐτὸς τούτους ἀντ᾽ ἐκείνων μακαρίζει, λέγων οὕτω μακάριοι οἱ πενθοῦντες. Καέτοιγε ἅπαντες αὐτοὺς ταλανίζουσι. Διὰ γὰρ τοῦτο προλαβὼν τὰ σημεῖα εἰργάσατο, ἵνα τοιαῦτα νομοθετῶν αξιόπιστος ἢ η. Καὶ ἐνταῦθα δὲ πάλιν οὐχ «ἁπλῶς τοὺς πενθοῦντας τέθεικεν, ἀλλὰ τοὺς ὑπὲρ ἁμαρτημάτων τοῦτο ποιοῦντας ὡς τό γε ἕτερον καὶ σφόδρα ἐστὶ κεκωλυμένον, τὸ ἐπί τινι τῶν βιωτικῶν θρηνεῖν. Ὅπερ οὖν καὶ ὁ Παῦλος ἐδήλου λέγων. ὃ ὅτι ἢ μὲν τοῦ κόσμου λύπη θανατον κατεργάζεται ἡ δὲ κατὰ θεὸν μετάνοιαν εἰς σωτηρίαν ἀμεταμέλητον κατεργάζεται Τούτους τοίνυν καὶ αὐτὸς Ὁ ἐνταῦθα μακαρίζει τοὺς οὕτω λυπουμένους καὶ οὐδὲ ἁπλῶς τοὺς λυπουμένους τέθεικεν, ἀλλὰ τοὺς μετ᾽ ἐπιτάσεως. Διόπερ οὐδὲ εἶπεν; οἱ λυπούμενοι, ἀλλὰ, οἱ πενθοῦντες. Καὶ γὰρ αὕτη πάλιν ἡ ἐντολὴ πάσης ἐστὶ φιλοσοφίας διδάσκαλος. Εἰ γὰρ οἱ παῖδας, ἣ ἢ γυναῖκα, ἢ ἄλλον τινὰ τῶν προσηκόντων ἀπελθόντα πενθοῦντες, οὐ χρημάτων, οὐ σωμάτων ἐρῶσι κατ᾽ ἐκεῖνον τῆς ὀδύνης τὸν καιρὸν, ου δόξης ἐφίενται, οὐχ ὕβρεσι παροξύνονται, οὐχ ὑπὸ βασκανίας ἁλίσκονται, οὐχ ὑπὸ ἄλλου πολιορκοῦνταί τινος πάθους, τοῦ πένθους γινόμενοι μόνον πολλῷ μᾶλλον οἱ τὰ ἁμαρτήματα πενθοῦντες τὰ ἑαντῶν, ὡς πενθεῖν ἄξιον, μείζονα ταύτης ἐπιδείξονται φιλοσοφίαν. Εἶτα, τί τὸ ἔπαθλον αὐτοῖς; Ὅτι αὐτοὶ παρακληθήσονται, φησίν. Ποὺ ᾿παρακληθήσονται: εἰπέ μοι. Καὶ ἐνταῦθα καὶ ἐκεῖ. ᾿Επειδὴ γὰρ τὸ ἐπίταγμα σφόδρα ἢ ἥν φορτικὸν καὶ ἐπαχθὲς, ὃ ὃ μάλιστα αὐτὸ κοῦφον ἐποίει, τοῦτο ὑπέσχετο δώσειν. Ὥστε εἰ θέλεις παρακαλεῖσθαι, πένθει. Καὶ μὴ νομίσης αἴνυγμα εἶναι τὸ εἰρημένον. Ὅταν γὰρ ὃ θεὸς παρακαλῇ, κἂν μυρίαι νιφάδες ἐπέλθωσι λυπηρῶν, πάντων ἀνώτερος ἔσῃ. Καὶ γὰρ πολλῷ μείζους ἀεὶ τῶν πόνων δίδωσι τὰς ἀμοιβὰς ὁ θεός ὃ δὴ καὶ ἐνταῦθα πεποίηκε; μακαρίους ἀποφαίνων τοὺς πενθοῦντας, οὐ κατὰ τὴν τοῦ πράγματος ἀξίαν, ἀλλὰ κατὰ τὴν αὐτοῦ φιλανθρωπίαν. Οἱ γάρ πενθοῦντες, πλημμελήματα πενθοῦσι τοῖς δὲ τοιούτοις ἀρκεῖ τὸ συγγνώμης ἀπολαῦσαι καὶ ἀπολογίας τυχεῖν. ᾿Αλλ᾽ ἐπειδὴ αὐτὸς σφόδρα ἐστὶ φιλάνθρωπος, ᾿οὐδὲ ἐν τῇ τῶν κολάσεων ἀναιρέσει, οὐδὲ ἐν τῆ τῶν ἁμαρτημάτων ἀπαλλαγῇ τὴν ἀντίδοσιν ἵστησιν, ἀλλὰ καὶ μακαρίους ποιεῖ, καὶ πολλῆς μεταδίδωσι παρακλήσεως. Πενθεῖν δὲ ἡμᾶς οὐχ ὑπὲρ τῶν οἰκείων μόνον, αλλὰ καὶ ὑπὲρ τῶν ἀλλοτρίων κελεύει πλημμελημάτων᾽ οἷαι τῶν ἁγίων ἤσαν αἱ ψυχαί: οἵα ἦν ἡ τοῦ Μωσέως οἵα ἡ τοῦ Παύλου ἡ τοῦ Δαυΐδ' καὶ γὰρ καὶ οὗτοι παντες ἀλλότρια πολλάκις ἐπένθησαν κακα. εἴ Μακάριοι οἱ πραεῖς, ὅτι αὑτοὶ κληρονομήσουσι τὴν γῆν Ποίαν γῆν; εἰπέ μοι. Τινὲς νοητήν φασιν. ᾿Αλλ᾽ οὐκ ἔστι τοῦτο οὐδαμοῦ γὰρ εὑρίσκομεν ἐν τῇ γραφῆ γῆν νοητήν. ᾿Αλλὰ τί ποτέ ἐστι τὸ εἰρημένον: Αἰσθητὸν Ο τίθησιν ἔπαθλον, ὥσπερ καὶ ὁ Παῦλος. Εἰπὼν γάρ, τίμα τὸν πατέρα σου καὶ τὴν μητέρα σου. ἐπήγαγεν, οὕτω γὰρ ἐσῆ μακροχρόνιος ἐπὶ τῆς Ὑη:. Καὶ αὐτὸς τῷ ληστῇ πάλιν Ἢ ἐς σήμερον μετ᾽ ἐμοῦ ἔση ἐν τῷ παραδείσῳ. Οὔτε γὰρ ἀπὸ τῶν μελλόντων ἀγαθῶν προτρέπει μόνον, αλλὰ καὶ ἀπὸ τῶν παρόντων, διὰ τοὺς παχυτέρους τῶν ἀκροωμένων καὶ πρὸ τῶν μελλόντων ἐκεῖνα ζητοῦντας. Διὰ τοῦτο γοῦν καὶ προϊὼν ἐλεγεν᾽ ἴσθι εὐνοῶν τῷ ἀντιδίκῳ σου. ΕἾτα τῆς τοιαύτης φιλοσοφίας τὸ ἔπαθλον τίθησι, καί φησι’ μή ποτέ σὲ παραδῳ ὁ ἀντίδικος τῷ κριτῇ, καὶ ὁ κριτὴς τῷ ὑπηρέτῃ. Ὁρᾷς πόθεν ἐφόβησεν: ᾿Απὸ τῶν παρὰ πόδας συμβαινόντων. Καὶ πάλιν ὃς ἐὰν εἴπῃ τῷ ἀδελφῷ αὐτοῦ. ῥακὰ, ἔνοχος ἔσται τῷ συνεδρίῳ. Καὶ ὁ Παῦλος δὲ ἢ αἰσθητὰ τιθεὶς ἔπαθλα πολὺς ἐστι, καὶ ἀπὸ τῶν παρόντων προτρέπων' οἷον ὡς ὅταν περὶ παρθενίας διαλέγηται οὐδὲν γὰρ περὶ τῶν οὐρανῶν εἰπὼν ἐκεῖ, τέως απὸ τῶν παρόντων ἐνάγει, λέγων διὰ τὴν ἐνεστῶσαν ἀνάγκην καὶ, ἐγὼ δὲ ὑμῶν φείδομαι καὶ, θέλω δὲ ὑμᾶς ἀμερίμνους εἶναι. Οὕτω δὴ καὶ ὁ Χριστὸς τοῖς πνευματικοῖς τὰ αἰσθητὰ ἀνέμιξεν. ᾿Επειδὴ γὰρ νομίζεται ὁ πρᾶος ἅπαντα ἀπολλύναι τὰ ἑαυτοῦ, τὸ ἐναντίον ὑπισχνεῖται λέγων, ὅτι οὗτος μὲν οὖν ἐστιν ὁ μετὰ ἐφ λιν τὰ ὄντα κεκτημένος, ὁ μὴ θρασὺς, μηδὲ ἀλαζών’ ὁ δὲ τοιοῦτος καὶ τῶν πατρῴων ἐκστήσεται πολλάκις, καὶ αὐτῆς τῆς ψυχῆς. Ἄλλως δὲ καὶ ἐπειδὴ εν τῇ παλαιᾷ συνεχὼς προφήτης, ὁ οἱ γάρ͵ πραεῖς κληρονομήσουσι γῆν, ἔλεγεν, ἀπὸ τῶν συντρόφων αὐτοῖς ῥημάτων ἐνυφαίνει τὸν λόγον, ὥστε μὴ πανταχοῦ ξενοφωνεῖσθαι. Ταῦτα δὲ λέγει, οὐ μέχρι τών παρόντων ἢ ἱστὰς τὰς ἀμοιβὰς, αλλὰ μετὰ τούτων κακεῖνα παρέχων. Ἄν τε γὰρ πνευματικὸν εἴπη τι, οὐκ ἀφαιρεῖται τὰ ἐν τῷ παρόντι βίῳ; ἄν τε τῶν ἐν τῷ βίῳ τι πάλιν ὑπόσχηται, οὐ μέχρι τούτου τὴν ὑπόσχεσιν ἵστησι. ζητεῖτε γὰρ, φησὶ, τὴν βασιλείαν τοῦ θεοῦ, καὶ ταῦτα πάντα προστεθήσεται ὑμῖν καὶ παλιν ὅστις ἀφῆκεν οἰκίας, ἤ ἀδελφοὺς, ἑκατονταπλασίονα λήψεται ἐν τῷ αἰῶνι τούτῳ, καὶ ἐν τῷ μέλλοντι ζωὴν αἰώνιον κληρονομήσει. Μακάριοι οἱ πεινώντες καὶ διψῶντες τὴν δικαιοσύνην. Ποίαν δικαιοσύνην: Ἢ τὴν καθόλου φησὶν ἀρετὴν, ἢ τὴν μερικὴν ταύτην τὴν ἀπεναντίας τῇ πλεονεξίᾳ κειμένην. ᾿Επειδὴ γάρ μέλλει περὶ ἐλεημοσύνης ἐπιτάττειν, δεικνὺς πῶς ἐλεεῖν χρή» οἷον ὅτι οὐκ εξ ἁρπαγῆς, οὐδὲ ἐκ πλεονεξίας, μακαρίζει τοὺς δικαιοσύνης ἀντιποιουμένους.

Kai gar polloi tēs tapeinophrysynēs hoi tropoi kai ho men esti tapeinos symmetrōs? ho de meth᾽ hyperbolēs hapasēs. Tautēn kai ho makarios prophētēs epainei tēn tapeinophrosynēn, tou tēn haplōs katestalmenēn hēmin dianoian hypographōn, alla tēn sphodra syntethrausmenēn, di hōn phēsi thysia tǭ theǭ pneuma syntetrimmenon, kardian syntetrimmenēn kai tetapeinōmenēn ho theos ouk exoudenōsei. Kai hoi paides de hoi treis tautēn ante thysias megalēs prosagousi tǭ theǭ, legontes all en psychē syntetrimmenę̄ kai pneumati tapeinōseōs prosdechtheiēmen. Tautēn kai ho Christos makarizei nyn. ᾿Epeidē gar ta megista tōn kakōn kai tēn oikoumenēn lymēnamena hapasan ex aponoias eisēlthen' (ho te gar diabolos ouk hōn pro toutou toioutos, houtō diabolos gegonen hoper oun kai ho Paulos dēlōn elegen hina mē typhōtheis eis krima empesę̄ tou diabolou te prōtos anthrōpos tautais para tou diabolou physētheis tais elpisin exetrachēlisthē kai thnētos egeneto prosdokēsas gar esesthai theos, kai hoper eichen apōlesen hoper oun kai ho theos oneidizōn autǭ, kai tēn anoian autou kōmǭdōn, elegen' ō idou ᾿Adam gegonen hōs heis ex hēmōn kai hekastos de tōn meta tauta enteuthen «is asebeian exōkeilen, isotheïan phantastheis) epei oun hautē tōn kakōn hē akropolis hēn, kai hē rhiza kai hē pēgē tēs ponērias hapasēs, tǭ nosēmati to katallēlon kataskeuazōn pharmakon, hōsper themelion ischyron tina kai asphalē touton prōton katebaleto ton nomon. Tautēs gar hypokeimenēs, meta asphaleias hapanta ta alla epitithēsin ho oikodomōn᾽ tautēs de anērēmenēs, kan mechri tōn ouranōn phthasę̄ politeuomenos, hapanta hyposyretai rhądiōs, kai eis chalepon katastrephei telos. Kan nēsteian, kan euchēn, kan eleēmosynēn, kan sōphrosynēn, kan all᾽ hotioun ᾿synagagēs agathon, tapeinophrosynēs chōris, diarrhei kai apollytai hapanta. Hoper oun kai epi tou Pharisaiou gegone. Kai gar meta to phthasai eis autēn tēn koryphēn, panta apolesas katebē, epeidē tēn mētera tōn agathōn ouk eichen. Hōsper gar hē aponoia pēgē kakias hapasēs estin, houtōs hē tapeinophrosynē philosophias hapasēs archē. Dio kai enteuthen ha archetai, prorrhizon anaspōn tēn alazoneian ek tēs tōn akouontōn psychēs. Kai ti touto pros tous mathētas, phēsi, tous pantothen ontas tapeinous? Oude gar eichon aphormēn aponoias tina, halieis kai penētes kai asēmoi kai idiōtai. Ei kai mē pros tous mathētas ᾿tauta, alla pros ge tous parontas tote, kai tous meta tauta mellontas autous hypodechesthai, hina mē dia tauta autōn kataphronōsi mallon de kai pros tous mathētas. Ei gar kai mē tote, all᾽ hysteron emellon deisthai tēs ōpheleias tautēs, meta ta sēmeia kai ta thaumata, kai tēn tēs hoikoumenēs timēn? kai tēn pros theon parrhēsian. Oute gar ploutos, oute dynasteia, ouk autē hē basileia houtōs eparai ēn hikanē, hōs ta ekeinois hyparxanta hapanta. Allōs de kai pro tōn sēmeiōn eikos hēn autous kai tote eparthēnai, to plēthos horōntas kai to theatron ekeino to periestēkos ton didaskalon, kai pathein ti anthrōpinon. Dioper autōn eutheōs katastellei to phronēma. Kai ouk eisagei en taxei paraineseōn ta legomena kai epitagmatōn, all᾽ hon taxei makarismou, anepachthesteron ton logon poiōn? kai pasin anoigōn to tēs didaskalias stadion. Ou gar eipen, ho deina kai ho deina, all᾽ hoi tauta poiountes makarioi pantes. Hōste kaan doulos hēs, kan ptōchos, kan penēs, kan xenos, kan idiōtēs, ouden esti to kōlyon se esesthai makarion, an tēn aretēn tautēn zēlōsēs. Arxamenos toinyn enteuthen, hothen malista echrēn, proeisin eph᾽ heteran entolēn, ē apenantias dokousan einai tē tēs oikoumenēs psēphǭ. Apaantōn gar tous chairontas zēlōtous einai nomizontōn, tous de en athymią kai penią kai penthei athlious, autos toutous ant᾽ ekeinōn makarizei, legōn houtō makarioi hoi penthountes. Kaetoige hapantes autous talanizousi. Dia gar touto prolabōn ta sēmeia eirgasato, hina toiauta nomothetōn axiopistos ē ē. Kai entautha de palin ouch «haplōs tous penthountas tetheiken, alla tous hyper hamartēmatōn touto poiountas hōs to ge heteron kai sphodra esti kekōlymenon, to epi tini tōn biōtikōn thrēnein. Hoper oun kai ho Paulos edēlou legōn. ho hoti ē men tou kosmou lypē thanaton katergazetai hē de kata theon metanoian eis sōtērian ametamelēton katergazetai Toutous toinyn kai autos Ho entautha makarizei tous houtō lypoumenous kai oude haplōs tous lypoumenous tetheiken, alla tous met᾽ epitaseōs. Dioper oude eipen? hoi lypoumenoi, alla, hoi penthountes. Kai gar hautē palin hē entolē pasēs esti philosophias didaskalos. Ei gar hoi paidas, hē ē gynaika, ē allon tina tōn prosēkontōn apelthonta penthountes, ou chrēmatōn, ou sōmatōn erōsi kat᾽ ekeinon tēs odynēs ton kairon, ou doxēs ephientai, ouch hybresi paroxynontai, ouch hypo baskanias haliskontai, ouch hypo allou poliorkountai tinos pathous, tou penthous ginomenoi monon pollǭ mallon hoi ta hamartēmata penthountes ta heantōn, hōs penthein axion, meizona tautēs epideixontai philosophian. Eita, ti to epathlon autois? Hoti autoi paraklēthēsontai, phēsin. Pou ᾿paraklēthēsontai: eipe moi. Kai entautha kai ekei. ᾿Epeidē gar to epitagma sphodra ē hēn phortikon kai epachthes, ho ho malista auto kouphon epoiei, touto hypescheto dōsein. Hōste ei theleis parakaleisthai, penthei. Kai mē nomisēs ainygma einai to eirēmenon. Hotan gar ho theos parakalę̄, kan myriai niphades epelthōsi lypērōn, pantōn anōteros esę̄. Kai gar pollǭ meizous aei tōn ponōn didōsi tas amoibas ho theos ho dē kai entautha pepoiēke? makarious apophainōn tous penthountas, ou kata tēn tou pragmatos axian, alla kata tēn autou philanthrōpian. Hoi gar penthountes, plēmmelēmata penthousi tois de toioutois arkei to syngnōmēs apolausai kai apologias tychein. ᾿All᾽ epeidē autos sphodra esti philanthrōpos, ᾿oude en tę̄ tōn kolaseōn anairesei, oude en tē tōn hamartēmatōn apallagę̄ tēn antidosin histēsin, alla kai makarious poiei, kai pollēs metadidōsi paraklēseōs. Penthein de hēmas ouch hyper tōn oikeiōn monon, alla kai hyper tōn allotriōn keleuei plēmmelēmatōn᾽ hoiai tōn hagiōn ēsan hai psychai: hoia ēn hē tou Mōseōs hoia hē tou Paulou hē tou Dauïd' kai gar kai houtoi pantes allotria pollakis epenthēsan kaka. ei Makarioi hoi praeis, hoti hautoi klēronomēsousi tēn gēn Poian gēn? eipe moi. Tines noētēn phasin. ᾿All᾽ ouk esti touto oudamou gar heuriskomen en tę̄ graphē gēn noētēn. ᾿Alla ti pote esti to eirēmenon: Aisthēton O tithēsin epathlon, hōsper kai ho Paulos. Eipōn gar, tima ton patera sou kai tēn mētera sou. epēgagen, houtō gar esē makrochronios epi tēs Hyē:. Kai autos tǭ lēstę̄ palin Ē es sēmeron met᾽ emou esē en tǭ paradeisǭ. Oute gar apo tōn mellontōn agathōn protrepei monon, alla kai apo tōn parontōn, dia tous pachyterous tōn akroōmenōn kai pro tōn mellontōn ekeina zētountas. Dia touto goun kai proïōn elegen᾽ isthi eunoōn tǭ antidikǭ sou. EIta tēs toiautēs philosophias to epathlon tithēsi, kai phēsi’ mē pote se paradǭ ho antidikos tǭ kritę̄, kai ho kritēs tǭ hypēretę̄. Horąs pothen ephobēsen: ᾿Apo tōn para podas symbainontōn. Kai palin hos ean eipę̄ tǭ adelphǭ autou. rhaka, enochos estai tǭ synedriǭ. Kai ho Paulos de ē aisthēta titheis epathla polys esti, kai apo tōn parontōn protrepōn' hoion hōs hotan peri parthenias dialegētai ouden gar peri tōn ouranōn eipōn ekei, teōs apo tōn parontōn enagei, legōn dia tēn enestōsan anankēn kai, egō de hymōn pheidomai kai, thelō de hymas amerimnous einai. Houtō dē kai ho Christos tois pneumatikois ta aisthēta anemixen. ᾿Epeidē gar nomizetai ho praos hapanta apollynai ta heautou, to enantion hypischneitai legōn, hoti houtos men oun estin ho meta eph lin ta onta kektēmenos, ho mē thrasys, mēde alazōn’ ho de toioutos kai tōn patrǭōn ekstēsetai pollakis, kai autēs tēs psychēs. Allōs de kai epeidē en tę̄ palaią synechōs prophētēs, ho hoi gar͵ praeis klēronomēsousi gēn, elegen, apo tōn syntrophōn autois rhēmatōn enyphainei ton logon, hōste mē pantachou xenophōneisthai. Tauta de legei, ou mechri tōn parontōn ē histas tas amoibas, alla meta toutōn kakeina parechōn. An te gar pneumatikon eipē ti, ouk aphaireitai ta en tǭ paronti biǭ? an te tōn en tǭ biǭ ti palin hyposchētai, ou mechri toutou tēn hyposchesin histēsi. zēteite gar, phēsi, tēn basileian tou theou, kai tauta panta prostethēsetai hymin kai palin hostis aphēken oikias, ē adelphous, hekatontaplasiona lēpsetai en tǭ aiōni toutǭ, kai en tǭ mellonti zōēn aiōnion klēronomēsei. Makarioi hoi peinōntes kai dipsōntes tēn dikaiosynēn. Poian dikaiosynēn: Ē tēn katholou phēsin aretēn, ē tēn merikēn tautēn tēn apenantias tę̄ pleonexią keimenēn. ᾿Epeidē gar mellei peri eleēmosynēs epitattein, deiknys pōs eleein chrē» hoion hoti ouk ex harpagēs, oude ek pleonexias, makarizei tous dikaiosynēs antipoioumenous.

For there are many kinds of humility: one man is humble in moderation, another with every excess. This is the humility that the blessed prophet too praises, sketching for us not a mind simply subdued but one thoroughly crushed, when he says, “The sacrifice to God is a contrite spirit; a contrite and humbled heart God will not despise.” And the three youths too offer this to God instead of a great sacrifice, saying, “But with a contrite soul and a spirit of humility may we be accepted.” This is what Christ now calls blessed. For since the greatest evils, those that have ravaged the whole world, came in from pride (for the devil, not being such before this, became the devil in this way, as Paul too showed when he said, “lest being puffed up he fall into the condemnation of the devil”; and the first man, puffed up with these hopes by the devil, was thrown headlong and became mortal, for expecting to become a god, he lost even what he had, which is what God too, reproaching him and mocking his folly, said: “Behold, Adam has become like one of us”; and each of those who came after ran aground from here into ungodliness, imagining equality with God), since, then, this was the citadel of evils and the root and spring of all wickedness, preparing the remedy suited to the disease, he laid down this law first, like a strong and secure foundation. For when this is laid beneath, the builder sets all the rest on it in safety; but when it has been removed, even if a man’s conduct reaches up to the heavens, it is all easily undermined and comes to a grievous end. Though you gather fasting, though prayer, though almsgiving, though chastity, though any other good thing whatever, without humility all of it flows away and perishes. This is what happened in the case of the Pharisee. For after reaching the very summit, he went down having lost everything, because he did not have the mother of good things. For as pride is the spring of all wickedness, so humility is the beginning of all philosophy. That is why he begins from here, pulling up arrogance by the roots from the soul of his hearers.

“And what has this to do with the disciples,” someone says, “who were humble on every count? For they had no occasion for pride, being fishermen and poor and obscure and unlearned.” Even if these words were not for the disciples, they were at least for those present then, and for those who were to receive them afterward, so that they might not despise them on this account; or rather, they were for the disciples too. For even if not then, later they were to need this help, after the signs and miracles and the honor of the world and their boldness before God. For neither wealth nor power, not even kingship itself, was able to lift men up as much as all that belonged to them. Besides, it was likely that even then, before the signs, they would be lifted up, seeing the multitude and that theater standing around their teacher, and would feel something human. That is why he at once subdues their pride. And he does not bring in what he says in the form of exhortations and commands, but in the form of a beatitude, making his word less burdensome and opening the arena of his teaching to all. For he did not say, “this man and that man,” but “those who do these things are all blessed.” So that even if you are a slave, even if poor, even if destitute, even if a stranger, even if unlearned, nothing hinders you from being blessed, if you emulate this virtue.

Having begun, then, from where he most needed to, he proceeds to another commandment, which seems to be contrary to the vote of the world. For while all think those who rejoice enviable, and those in dejection and poverty and mourning wretched, he calls the latter blessed instead of the former, saying thus: “Blessed are those who mourn,” although everyone pities them. That is why he worked the signs beforehand, so that in making such laws he might be trustworthy. And here again he has not put simply those who mourn, but those who do this for sins; since the other kind, mourning over some worldly thing, is strictly forbidden. Paul too showed this when he said, “The sorrow of the world works death, but godly sorrow works repentance to salvation, not to be regretted.” These, then, he too here calls blessed, those who grieve in this way; and he has not put simply those who grieve, but those who grieve intensely. That is why he did not say “those who grieve” but “those who mourn.” For this commandment in turn is a teacher of all philosophy. For if those who mourn children or a wife or some other relative who has departed do not, in that season of grief, love money or bodies, do not seek glory, are not provoked by insults, are not caught by envy, are not besieged by any other passion, being given over to mourning alone, much more will those who mourn their own sins, as they deserve to be mourned, show a greater philosophy than this.

Then what is their prize? “For they shall be comforted,” he says. Where shall they be comforted, tell me? Both here and there. For since the command was very burdensome and oppressive, he promised to give what would most of all make it light. So if you want to be comforted, mourn. And do not think that what is said is a riddle. For when God comforts, even if ten thousand snowstorms of sorrows come upon you, you will be above them all. For God always gives rewards much greater than the labors; and this he has done here too, declaring those who mourn blessed, not according to the worth of the thing, but according to his own love for mankind. For those who mourn are mourning offenses, and for such it is enough to enjoy pardon and obtain acquittal. But since he is exceedingly loving toward mankind, he does not stop his recompense at the removal of punishments or at release from sins, but even makes them blessed and gives them much comfort. And he bids us mourn not only for our own offenses but also for those of others. Such were the souls of the saints; such was that of Moses, such that of Paul, such that of David; for all these often mourned the evils of others.

“Blessed are the meek, for they shall inherit the earth.” What earth, tell me? Some say a spiritual one. But this is not so; for nowhere do we find a spiritual earth in Scripture. But what then is meant? He sets forth a sensible prize, as Paul does too. For having said, “Honor your father and your mother,” he added, “for so you shall be long-lived on the earth.” And he himself again says to the thief, “Today you shall be with me in paradise.” For he exhorts not only from the good things to come, but also from the present ones, for the sake of the duller of his hearers, who seek those before the things to come. For this reason, at any rate, as he went on he said, “Be well disposed toward your adversary.” Then he sets the prize of such philosophy, and says, “lest your adversary hand you over to the judge, and the judge to the officer.” Do you see from where he made them afraid? From what happens close at hand. And again: “Whoever says to his brother, ‘Raca,’ shall be liable to the council.” And Paul too is often found setting sensible prizes and exhorting from present things, as when he speaks of virginity; for having said nothing there about the heavens, for the time being he urges from present things, saying, “because of the present distress,” and “I would spare you,” and “I want you to be free from care.” So too Christ mixed sensible things with spiritual. For since the meek man is thought to lose all that is his, he promises the opposite, saying: rather, it is he who possesses his goods in safety, the man who is not rash or boastful; while the other kind will often lose even his patrimony, and his very soul. Besides, since in the Old Testament the prophet continually said, “The meek shall inherit the earth,” he weaves his discourse from words familiar to them, so as not to speak in a strange tongue everywhere. And he says these things not limiting the rewards to the present, but bestowing those as well as these. For whether he says something spiritual, he does not take away the things of the present life; or whether in turn he promises something of this life, he does not stop his promise there. “For seek,” he says, “the kingdom of God, and all these things shall be added to you”; and again, “Whoever has left houses or brothers shall receive a hundredfold in this age, and in the age to come shall inherit eternal life.”

“Blessed are those who hunger and thirst for righteousness.” What righteousness? He means either virtue in general, or this particular righteousness that stands opposed to covetousness. For since he is about to give commands about almsgiving, showing how we must show mercy, namely not from robbery nor from covetousness, he calls blessed those who lay hold of righteousness.

15.4Field 1

Καὶ. ὅρα μεθ᾽ ὅσης αὐτὸ τίθησιν ὑπερβολῆς. Οὐ γὰρ εἶπε, μακάριοι οἱ δικαιοσύνης ἀντεχόμενοι ἀλλὰ, μακάριοι οἱ πεινῶντες καὶ διψῶντες τὴν δικαιοσύνην ἵνα μὴ ἁπλῶς». αλλὰ μετὰ ἐπιθυμίας ἁπάσης αὐτὴν μετίωμεν. ᾿Επειδὴ γὰρ τοῦτο μά- Ο λιστα ἴδιον τῆς πλεονεξίας ἐστὶ, καὶ οὐχ οὕτως ἐρώμεν σιτίων καὶ ποτῶν, ὡς ἡ τοῦ πλείονα κτᾶσθαι καὶ περιβάλλεσθαι, τὴν ἐπιθυμίαν ταύτην περὶ τὸ μὴ πλεονεκτεῖν μεταθεῖναι ἐκέλευσεν. Εἶτα πάλιν αἰσθητὸν τὸ ἔπαθλον ὁρίζει λέγων᾽ ὅτι αὐτοὶ χορτασθήσονται. Διὰ γὰρ τὸ νομίζεσθαι τὴν πλεονεξίαν εὐπόρους ποιεῖν τοὺς πολλοὺς, λέγει ὅτι τουναντίον μὲν οὖν ἐστιν' ἢ γὰρ δικαιοσύνη τοῦτο ἐργάζεται. Μὴ τοίνυν δίκαια πράττων φοβοῦ πενίαν, μηδὲ τρέμε λιμόν. Οἱ γὰρ ἁρπάζοντες, οὗτοι μάλιστά εἰσιν οἱ πάντων ἐκπίπτοντες ὡς ὁ γοῦν δικαιοσύνης ἐρῶν, Στὰ πάντων αὐτὸς Ὁ ἔχει μετὰ ἀσφαλείας. Εἰ δὲ οἱ τῶν ἀλλοτρίων μὴ ἐφιέμεμοι τοσαύτης ἀπολαυουσιν εὐπορίας, πολλῷ μᾶλλον οἱ τὰ ἑαυτῶν προϊέμενοι. Μακάριοι οἱ ἐλεήμονες. Ἐνταῦθα οὐ τοὺς διὰ χρημάτων ἐλεοῦντας μόνον ἐμοὶ δοκεῖ λέγειν, ἀλλὰ καὶ τοὺς διὰ πραγμάτων. Ποικίλος γὰρ ὁ τῆς ἐλεημοσύνης τρόπος, καὶ πλατεῖα αὕτη ἡ ἐντολή. Τί οὖν αὐτῆς τὸ ἔπαθλον; Ὅτι αὐτοὶ ἐλεηθήσονται. Καὶ δοκεῖ μὲν ἀντίδοσις εἶναί τις ἴση ἔστι δὲ πολὺ μεῖζον τοῦ κα- τορθώματος. Αὐτοὶ μὲν γὰρ ἐλεοῦσιν ὡς ἄνθρωποι; ἐλεοῦνται δὲ παρὰ τοῦ τῶν ὅλων θεου. Οὐκ ἔστι δὲ ἴσος ἀνθρώπινὸν ἔλεος καὶ θεῖος, ἀλλ᾽ ὅσον πονηρίας καὶ ἀγαθότητος τὸ μέσον, τοσοῦτον οὗτος ἐκείνου διέστηκε. ἐς Μακάριοι οἱ καθαροὶ τῇ καρδίᾳ, ὅτι αὐτοὶ τὸν θεὸν ὄψονται. ᾿Ιδοὺ πάλιν πνευματικὸν τὸ ἔπαθλον. Καθαροὺς δὲ ἐνταῦθα φησιν, ἤτοι τοὺς καθολικὴν ἀρετὴν κεκτημένους, καὶ μηδὲν ἑαντοῖς συνειδότας πονηρὸν, ἢ τοὺς ἐν σωφροσύνῃ διάγοντατ οὐδενὸς γὰρ ἡμῖν οὕτω δεῖ πρὸς τὸ τὸν θεὸν ἰδεῖν, ὡς τῆς ἀρετῆς ταύτης. Διὸ καὶ ὁ Παῦλος ἔλεγεν᾽ Ἐξ εἰρήνην διωκετε μετὰ πάντων, καὶ τὸν ἁγιασμὸν, οὗ χωρὶς οὐδεὶς ὄψεται τὸν κύριον. Ὄψων δὲ ἐνταῦθα φησιν, ἣν ἀνθρώπῳ δυνατὸν ἰδεῖν. ᾿Επειδὴ γὰρ πολλοὶ ἐλεοῦσι μὲν, καὶ οὐχ ἀρτα ζοῦσ, οὐδὲ πλεονεκτοῦσι, πορνεύουσι δὲ καὶ ἀσελγαίνουσι, δεικνὺς ὅτι οὐκ ἀρκεῖ τὸ πρότερον, καὶ τοῦτο προσέθηκεν. Ὅπερ δὴ καὶ ὁ Παῦλος Μακεδόσιν ἐμαρτύρησε, Κορινθίοις ἐπιστέλλων, ὅτι ου μόνον ἐν ἐλεημοσύνῃ ἐπλούτουν, ἀλλὰ καὶ ἐν τῇ ἄλλῃ ἀρετῇ εἰπὼν γὰρ περὶ τῆς φιλοτιμίας αὐτῶν τῆς ἐν τοῖς χρήμασι, φησὶν, ὅτι καὶ ἑαυτοὺς ἔδωκαν τῷ κυρίῳ καὶ ἡμῖν. Μακαριοι οἱ εἰρηνοποιοί. ᾿Ενταῦθα οὐ τὸ μὴ στασιάζειν ἡ αὐτοὺς μόνον καὶ ἀπεχθάνεσθαι πρὸς ἀλλήλους ἀναιρεῖ, ἀλλὰ καὶ ἕτερόν τι πλέον ἐπιζητεῖ, ἵνα καὶ ἑτέρους στασιάζοντας συνάγωμεν ὅ καὶ πάλιν πνευματικὸν ἐπάγει τὸ ἔπαθλον. Ποῖον δὴ τοῦτο; Ὅτι αὐτοὶ υἱοὶ θεοῦ κληθήσονται. Καὶ γὰρ τοῦ μονογενοὺς ἔργον ἐγένετο τοῦτος. συναγαγεῖν τὰ διεστῶτα, καὶ καταλλάξαι τὰ ἐκπεπολεμωμένα. Εἶτα ἵνα μὴ νομίσῃς. ὅτι πανταχοὺ ἡ εἰρήνη καλὸν, ἐπήγαγε· μακάριοι οἱ δεδιωγμένοι ἕνεκεν δικαιοσύνης τουτέστι, τῆς ἀρετῆς ἕνεκεν, ᾿τῆς ὑπὲρ ὁτέρων προστασίας, τῆς εὐσεβείας. Δικαιοσύνην γὰρ ἡ εἴωθεν αεὶ τὴν ἅπασαν λέγειν τῆς Ψυχῆς φιλοσοφίαν. ὁ Μακάριοί ἐστε, ὅταν ὀνειδίσωσιν ὑμᾶς καὶ διώξωσι, καὶ εἴπωσι πᾶν πονηρὸν ῥῆμα καθ᾽ ὑμῶν ψευδόμενοι, ἕνεκεν ἐμοῦ. Χαίρετε καὶ ἀγαλλιᾶσθε. Οἷον, κἂν γόητας, κἂν πλάνους, κἂν λυμεῶνας, κἂν ὁτιοὺν ἕτερον καλέσωσι,; μακάριοί ἐστε, φησί. Τί τούτων καινότερον γένοιτ᾽ ἂν τῶν ἐπιταγμάτων, ὅταν τὰ τοῖς ἄλλοις φευκτά, ταῦτα ποθεινὰ εἶναι λέγῃ᾽ τὸ πτωχεύειν λέγω, καὶ πενθεῖν, καὶ διώκεσθαι, καὶ κακῶς ἀκούειν. Αλλ᾽ ὅμως καὶ εἶπε, καὶ καὶ ἔπεισεν; οὐχὶ ὃυο καὶ δέκα καὶ εἴκοσι καὶ ἑκατὸν καὶ χιλίους ἀνθρώπους, αλλὰ τὴν οἰκουμένην ἅπασαν. Καὶ ἀκούοντες τὰ φορτικὰ καὶ ἐπαχθῆ καὶ ἀπεναντίας τῇ τῶν πολλῶν συνηθείᾳ, ἐξεπλήττοντο οἱ ὄχλοι. Τοσαύτη ἢ τοῦ λέγοντος δύναμις ἦν.

Kai. hora meth᾽ hosēs auto tithēsin hyperbolēs. Ou gar eipe, makarioi hoi dikaiosynēs antechomenoi alla, makarioi hoi peinōntes kai dipsōntes tēn dikaiosynēn hina mē haplōs». alla meta epithymias hapasēs autēn metiōmen. ᾿Epeidē gar touto ma- O lista idion tēs pleonexias esti, kai ouch houtōs erōmen sitiōn kai potōn, hōs hē tou pleiona ktasthai kai periballesthai, tēn epithymian tautēn peri to mē pleonektein metatheinai ekeleusen. Eita palin aisthēton to epathlon horizei legōn᾽ hoti autoi chortasthēsontai. Dia gar to nomizesthai tēn pleonexian euporous poiein tous pollous, legei hoti tounantion men oun estin' ē gar dikaiosynē touto ergazetai. Mē toinyn dikaia prattōn phobou penian, mēde treme limon. Hoi gar harpazontes, houtoi malista eisin hoi pantōn ekpiptontes hōs ho goun dikaiosynēs erōn, Sta pantōn autos Ho echei meta asphaleias. Ei de hoi tōn allotriōn mē ephiememoi tosautēs apolauousin euporias, pollǭ mallon hoi ta heautōn proïemenoi. Makarioi hoi eleēmones. Entautha ou tous dia chrēmatōn eleountas monon emoi dokei legein, alla kai tous dia pragmatōn. Poikilos gar ho tēs eleēmosynēs tropos, kai plateia hautē hē entolē. Ti oun autēs to epathlon? Hoti autoi eleēthēsontai. Kai dokei men antidosis einai tis isē esti de poly meizon tou ka- torthōmatos. Autoi men gar eleousin hōs anthrōpoi? eleountai de para tou tōn holōn theou. Ouk esti de isos anthrōpinon eleos kai theios, all᾽ hoson ponērias kai agathotētos to meson, tosouton houtos ekeinou diestēke. es Makarioi hoi katharoi tę̄ kardią, hoti autoi ton theon opsontai. ᾿Idou palin pneumatikon to epathlon. Katharous de entautha phēsin, ētoi tous katholikēn aretēn kektēmenous, kai mēden heantois syneidotas ponēron, ē tous en sōphrosynę̄ diagontat oudenos gar hēmin houtō dei pros to ton theon idein, hōs tēs aretēs tautēs. Dio kai ho Paulos elegen᾽ Ex eirēnēn diōkete meta pantōn, kai ton hagiasmon, hou chōris oudeis opsetai ton kyrion. Opsōn de entautha phēsin, hēn anthrōpǭ dynaton idein. ᾿Epeidē gar polloi eleousi men, kai ouch arta zous, oude pleonektousi, porneuousi de kai aselgainousi, deiknys hoti ouk arkei to proteron, kai touto prosethēken. Hoper dē kai ho Paulos Makedosin emartyrēse, Korinthiois epistellōn, hoti ou monon en eleēmosynę̄ eploutoun, alla kai en tę̄ allę̄ aretę̄ eipōn gar peri tēs philotimias autōn tēs en tois chrēmasi, phēsin, hoti kai heautous edōkan tǭ kyriǭ kai hēmin. Makarioi hoi eirēnopoioi. ᾿Entautha ou to mē stasiazein hē autous monon kai apechthanesthai pros allēlous anairei, alla kai heteron ti pleon epizētei, hina kai heterous stasiazontas synagōmen ho kai palin pneumatikon epagei to epathlon. Poion dē touto? Hoti autoi huioi theou klēthēsontai. Kai gar tou monogenous ergon egeneto toutos. synagagein ta diestōta, kai katallaxai ta ekpepolemōmena. Eita hina mē nomisę̄s. hoti pantachou hē eirēnē kalon, epēgage; makarioi hoi dediōgmenoi heneken dikaiosynēs toutesti, tēs aretēs heneken, ᾿tēs hyper hoterōn prostasias, tēs eusebeias. Dikaiosynēn gar hē eiōthen aei tēn hapasan legein tēs Psychēs philosophian. ho Makarioi este, hotan oneidisōsin hymas kai diōxōsi, kai eipōsi pan ponēron rhēma kath᾽ hymōn pseudomenoi, heneken emou. Chairete kai agalliasthe. Hoion, kan goētas, kan planous, kan lymeōnas, kan hotioun heteron kalesōsi,? makarioi este, phēsi. Ti toutōn kainoteron genoit᾽ an tōn epitagmatōn, hotan ta tois allois pheukta, tauta potheina einai legę̄᾽ to ptōcheuein legō, kai penthein, kai diōkesthai, kai kakōs akouein. All᾽ homōs kai eipe, kai kai epeisen? ouchi houo kai deka kai eikosi kai hekaton kai chilious anthrōpous, alla tēn oikoumenēn hapasan. Kai akouontes ta phortika kai epachthē kai apenantias tę̄ tōn pollōn synētheią, exeplēttonto hoi ochloi. Tosautē ē tou legontos dynamis ēn.

And see with what intensity he puts it. For he did not say, “Blessed are those who hold to righteousness,” but, “Blessed are those who hunger and thirst for righteousness,” so that we may pursue it not casually but with all desire. For since this is most characteristic of covetousness, and we do not love food and drink as much as acquiring and gathering more, he bade us transfer this desire to not being covetous. Then again he fixes a sensible prize, saying, “for they shall be filled.” For since covetousness is thought to make most people rich, he says that on the contrary it is righteousness that does this. So when you do what is just, do not fear poverty, nor tremble at famine. For it is those who seize that most of all lose everything; while he who loves righteousness possesses the goods of all in safety. And if those who do not covet others’ goods enjoy such abundance, much more those who give up their own.

“Blessed are the merciful.” Here he seems to me to speak not only of those who show mercy with money, but also of those who show it with deeds. For the manner of almsgiving is varied, and this commandment is broad. What then is its prize? “For they shall obtain mercy.” And it seems to be an equal recompense, but it is much greater than the good deed. For they show mercy as men, but they obtain mercy from the God of all. And human and divine mercy are not equal; but as great as the distance between wickedness and goodness, so far is the one removed from the other.

“Blessed are the pure in heart, for they shall see God.” See, again the prize is spiritual. By the pure he here means either those who have acquired virtue in general and are conscious of nothing evil in themselves, or those who live in chastity; for we need nothing so much in order to see God as this virtue. That is why Paul too said, “Pursue peace with all, and holiness, without which no one will see the Lord.” He speaks here of such sight as it is possible for man to have. For since many show mercy, and do not seize nor covet, but commit sexual immorality and live in licentiousness, showing that the former is not enough, he added this too. This is what Paul testified of the Macedonians, writing to the Corinthians, that they were rich not only in almsgiving but in the rest of virtue as well; for after speaking of their generosity with money, he says that “they gave themselves to the Lord and to us.”

“Blessed are the peacemakers.” Here he not only does away with our quarreling and hating one another ourselves, but seeks something more besides: that we should also bring together others who are quarreling. And again he adds a spiritual prize. What is it? “For they shall be called sons of God.” For this became the work of the Only-begotten: to bring together what was divided and to reconcile what was at war. Then, so that you may not think that peace is good everywhere, he added, “Blessed are those who are persecuted for righteousness’ sake,” that is, for virtue’s sake, for the protection of others, for godliness. For he is accustomed always to call the whole philosophy of the soul righteousness.

“Blessed are you when they revile you and persecute you and say every evil word against you falsely, for my sake. Rejoice and be glad.” As if to say: even if they call you sorcerers, even if deceivers, even if corrupters, even if anything else, “blessed are you,” he says. What could be more novel than these commands, when he says that what others shun is to be desired: I mean being poor, mourning, being persecuted, being ill spoken of? But nevertheless he both said it and persuaded, not two or ten or twenty or a hundred or a thousand men, but the whole world. And hearing what was burdensome and oppressive and contrary to the habit of the many, the crowds were astonished. So great was the power of the speaker.

15.5Field 1

Πλὴν ἀλλ᾽ ἵνα μὴ νομίσης, ὅτι τὸ κακῶς ἀκούειν ἁπλῶς μακαρίους ποιεὶ, δύο τέθεικε διορισμοὺς, ὅταν καὶ δι᾽ αὐτὸν, καὶ ψευδῆ ἢ ἢ τὰ λεγόμενα. ᾿Επεὶ ἐὰν μὴ ταῦτα προσῇ, ου μόνον μακάριος, ἀλλὰ καὶ ἄθλιος ὃ κακῶς ἀκούων. Εἶτα δρα τὸ ἔπαθλον πάλιν ὅτι ὁ μισθὸς ὑμῶν πολὺς ἐν τοῖς οὐρανοῖς. Σὺ δὲ εἰ καὶ μὴ καθ᾽ ἕκαστον τῶν μακαρισμῶν βασιλείαν ἀκούεις δωρουμένην, μὴ ἀθύμει. Εἰ γὰρ καὶ διαφόρως ὀνομάζει τὰς ἀμοιβὰς, ἀλλὰ πάντας εἰς τὴν βασιλείαν εἰσάγει. Καὶ γὰρ ὅταν εἴπη. παρακληθήσονται οἱ πενθοῦντες, καὶ ἐλεηθήσονται οἱ ἐλεοῦντες, καὶ τὸν θεὸν ὄψονται οἱ καθαροὶ τῇ καρδίᾳ, καὶ υἱοὶ θεοῦ κληθήσονται οἱ εἰρηνοποιοὶ, οὐδὲν ἄλλο ἢ τὴν βασιλείαν διὰ τούτων ἁπάντων αἰνίττεται οἱ γὰρ τούτων ἀπολαύοντες ἐκείνης ἐπιτεύξονται πάντως. Μὴ τοίνυν τῶν τῷ πνεύματι πτωχῶν μόνων νόμιζε εἶναι τὸ ἔπαθλον, ἀλλὰ καὶ τῶν πεινώντων τὴν δικαιοσύνην, καὶ τῶν πράων, καὶ τῶν ἄλλων ἁπάντων ἀπαξαπλῶς. Διὰ γὰρ τοῦτο ἐπὶ πάντων τὸν μακαρισμὸν ἔθηκεν, ἵνα μηδὲν αἰσθητὸν ἀναμένης. Οὐδὲ ,Ὑὰρ ἂν εἴη μακάριος ὁ ἐν τούτοις στεφανόυμενος, τῷ παρόντι συγκαταλύεται βίῳ, καὶ σκιᾶς ταχύτερον παρατρέχει. Εἰπὼν δὲ, ὅτι ὁ μισθὸς ὑμῶν πολὺς, ἐπήγαγε καὶ ἑτέραν παράκλησιν, λέγων' οὕτω γὰρ ἐδίωξαν τοὺς προφήτας τοὺς πρὸ ὑμῶν. ᾿Ἐπειδηὴ γὰρ ἐκεῖνο ἔμελλε, τὸ τῆς βασιλείας, καὶ ἐν ἐλπίσιν ἣν, ἐντεῦθεν αὐτοῖς παρέχεται τὴν παραμυθίαν, ἀπὸ τῆς κοινωνίας τῶν πρὸ αὐτῶν πεπονθότων κακῶς. Μὴ γὰρ νομίσητε, φησὶν, ὅτι ἐναντία τινὰ λέγοντες καὶ νομοθετοῦντες ταῦτα πάσχετε ἢ ὅτι πονηρῶν δογμάτων ὅ ὄντες διδάσκαλοι, μέλλετε ἐλαύνεσθαι παρ᾽ αὐτῶν. Οὐ γὰρ τῆς πονηρίας τῶν ᾿λεγομένων, ἀλλὰ τῆς κακίας τῶν ἀκουόντων αἱ ἐπιβουλαὶ καὶ οἱ κίνδυνοι. Ὅθεν οὐδὲ ὑμᾶς τοὺς κακώς πάσχοντας διαβάλλουσιν, ἀλλὰ τοὺς κακῶς ποιοῦντας ἐκείνους. Καὶ μαρτυρεῖ τούτοις ἅπας ὃ ἔμπροσθεν χρόνος. Οὐδὲ γὰρ τοῖς προφήταις παρανομίαν καὶ ἀντίθεον φρόνημα ἐγκαλοῦντες, τοὺς μὲν ἐλίθαζον, τοὺς δὲ ἤλαυνον, τοὺς δὲ μυρίοις ἑτέροις περιέβαλλον κακοῖς. Μὴ δὴ τοῦτο θορυβείτω ὑμᾶς ἀπὸ γὰρ τῆς αὐτῆς γνώμης καὶ τὰ νῦν ἅπαντα πραττουσιν. Εἶδες πῶς τὰ φρονήματα αὐτῶν ἀνέστησεν, ἐγγὺς τῶν περὶ Μωύσέα καὶ ᾿Ηλίαν στήσας αὐτούς: Οὕτω καὶ ὁ Παῦλος Θεσσαλονικεῦσι γράφων, φησίν ὑμεῖς γὰρ μιμηταὶ ἐγενήθητε τῶν ἐκκλησιῶν τοῦ θεοῦ, τῶν οὐσῶν ἐν τῇ ᾿Ιουδαίᾳ᾽ καὶ γὰρ καὶ ὑμεῖς τὰ αὐτὰ ἐπάθετε ὑπὸ τῶν ἰδίων συμφυλετῶν, καθάπερ κακεῖνοι ὑπὸ τῶν ᾿Ιουδαίων, τῶν καὶ τὸν κύριον ἀποκτεινάντων ᾿Ιησοὺν καὶ τοὺς ἰδίους προφήτας, καὶ ἡμᾶς ἐκδιωξάντων, καὶ θεῷ μὴ αρεσκόντων, καὶ πᾶσιν ἀνθρώποις ἐναντίων. Ὃ δὴ καὶ ἐνταῦθα κατεσκεύασεν ὁ Χριστός. Καὶ ἐπὶ μὲν τῶν ἄλλων μακαρισμῶν ἔλεγε, μακάριοι οἱ πτωχοὶ, καὶ οἱ ἐλεήμονες ἐνταῦθα δὲ οὐκ ἀδιορίστως ἄντο τέθεικεν, ἀλλὰ πρὸς αὐτοὺς τρέπει τὸν λόγον, λέγων μακάριοί ἐστε ὅταν ὀνειδίσωσιν ὑμᾶς καὶ διώξωσι, καὶ εἴπωσι πᾶν πονηρὸν ρῆμα δεικνὺς ὅτι αὐτὼν τοῦτο μάλιστα ἐξαίρετὸν ἐστι, καὶ ὑπὲρ τοὺς ἄλλους ἅπαντας τῶν διδασκάλων ἴδιον τοῦτο. Ὁμοῦ δὲ καὶ τὸ αὐτοῦ αξίωμα ἐνταῦθα αἰνίττεται, καὶ τὴν πρὸς τὸν γεγεννηκότα ὁμοτιμίαν. Ὥσπερ γὰρ ἐκεῖνοι διὰ τὸν πατέρα, φησὶν, οὕτω καὶ ὑμεῖς δι ἐμὲ ταῦτα πείσεσθε. Ὅταν δὲ εἴπῃ, τοὺς προφήτας τοὺς πρὸ ὑμῶν, δείκνυσι καὶ αὐτοὺς προφήτας ἤδη γεγενημένους. Εἶτα δηλῶν ὅ ὃτι τοῦτο μάλιστα αὐτοὺς ὠφελεῖ καὶ ποιεῖ λαμπροὺς, οὐκ εἶπεν, ὅτι κακῶς μὲν ἐροῦσι. καὶ διωξουσιν, ἐγὼ δὲ κωλύσω τοῦτο οὐ γὰρ ἐν τῷ μιη ἀκούειν κακώς, ἀλλ᾽ ἐν τῷ κακῶς ἀκούοντας φέρειν γενναίως, καὶ διὰ τῶν ἔργων αὐτοὺς ἐλέγχειν, τὴν ἀσφάλειαν αὐτοῖς βούλεται εἶναι πολλῷ γὰρ τοῦτο ἐκείνον μεῖζον ὥσπερ τοὺ μὴ πλήττεσθαι τὸ πληττόμενον μηδὲν πάσχειν δεινὸν πολλῷ μεῖζον Ἔστι: ᾿Ενταῦθα μὲν οὖν φησιν ὅτι ὁ μισθὸς ὑμῶν πολὺς ἐν τοῖς οὐρανοῖς ὁ δὲ Λουκᾶς καὶ ἐπιτεταμένως καὶ μετὰ πλείονος αὐτὸν παραμυθίας τοῦτο εἰρηκέναι φησίν. Οὐ γὰρ δὴ μόνον τοὺς κακῶς ἀκούοντας διὰ τὸν θεὸν μακαρίζει, αλλὰ καὶ τοὺς παρὰ πάντων καλῶς ἀκούοντας ταλανίζει ἐς οὐαὶ γὰρ ὑμῖν, φησὶν, ὅταν καλῶς ὑμᾶς εἴπωσι πάντες οἱ ἄνθρ ωποι. Καίτοι καὶ τοὺς ἀποστόλους καλῶς ἔλεγον ἀλλ᾽ οὐ πάντες. Διὰ τοῦτο οὐκ εἶπεν, ὅταν καλῶς ὑμᾶς εἴπωσιν οἱ ἄνθρωποι αλλ᾽ ὅταν πάντες.᾿ Οὐδὲ γὰρ δυνατὸν τοὺς ἐν ἀρετῇ ζώντας παρὰ πάντων ἀκούειν καλώς. Καὶ πάλιν φησίν᾽ ἐς ὅταν ἐκβαάλωσι τὸ ὄνομα ὑμῶν ὡς πονηρὸν, χαίρετε καὶ σκιρτήσατε. Οὐδὲ γὰρ τῶν κινδύνων μόνον, ὧν ὑπέμενον, ἀλλὰ καὶ τῆς κακηγορίας πολλὴν ὁρίζει τὴν ἀντέδοσιν. Διὰ τοῦτο οὐκ εἶπεν, ὅταν ἐλάσωσιν ὑμᾶς καὶ αἀποκτείνωσιν ἀλλ᾽ ὅταν ὀνειδίσωσι, καὶ εἴπωσι πᾶν πονηρόν. Μάλιστα γὰρ τῶν πραγμάτων αὐτῶν χαλεπώτερον δάκνουσιν αἱ κακηγορίαι. Εν μὲν γὰρ τοῖς κινδύνοις πολλὰ τὰ κου φίζοντα τὸν πόνον ἐστίν οἷον, τὸ παρὰ πάντων αλείΒ φεσθαι, τὸ πολλοὺς ἔχειν τοὺς κροτοῦντας καὶ στεφανοῦντας καὶ ἀνακηρύττοντας ἐνταῦθα δὲ ἐν τῇ ᾿κακηγορίᾳ καὶ αὕτη ἀνήρηται ἣ παραμυθία. Ου γὰρ δοκεῖ τι μέγα εἶναι στὸ κατόρθωμα, καὶ μᾶλλον τῶν κινδύνων δάκνει τὸν ἀγωνιζόμενον. Πολλοὶ γοὺν καὶ επὶ βρόχον ἦλθον, πονηρὰν οὐ φέροντες δόξαν. Καὶ τί θαυμάζειν ἐπὶ τῶν ἄλλων; Τὸν γὰρ προδότην ἐκεῖνον, τὸν ἀναίσχυντον καὶ μιαρὸν καὶ πρὸς πάντα ἀπερυθριάσαντα ἁπλῶς, τοῦτο μάλιστα ἐπὶ βρόχον ὁ ορμῆσαι παρεσκεύασε. Καὶ ο Ἰὼβ δὲ, ὁ ἀδάμας, καὶ πέτρας στεῤῥότερος, ἡνίκα μὲν τὰ χρήματα ἀφήρητο καὶ τὰ ἀνήκεστα ἔπασχε δεινὰ, καὶ ἄπαις ἐξαίφνης ἐγένετο, καὶ πηγὴν σκωλήκων τὸ σῶμα ἀναβλύζον ἑώρα, καὶ τὴν γυναῖκα ἐπικειμένην, διεκρούσατο μετ᾽ εὐκολίας ἅπαντα ἐπειδὴ δὲ εἶδε τοὺς φίλους ὀνειδίζοντας καὶ ἐπεμβαίνοντας, καὶ πονηρὰν δόξαν περὶ αὐτου ἔχοντας, καὶ λέγοντας ὑπὲρ ἁμαρτημάτων ταῦτα πάσχειν, καὶ κακίας διδόναι δίκην, τότε ἐθορυβηθη, τότε ἐταράχθη ὁ γενναῖος καὶ μέγας ἀνήρ.

Plēn all᾽ hina mē nomisēs, hoti to kakōs akouein haplōs makarious poiei, dyo tetheike diorismous, hotan kai di᾽ auton, kai pseudē ē ē ta legomena. ᾿Epei ean mē tauta prosę̄, ou monon makarios, alla kai athlios ho kakōs akouōn. Eita dra to epathlon palin hoti ho misthos hymōn polys en tois ouranois. Sy de ei kai mē kath᾽ hekaston tōn makarismōn basileian akoueis dōroumenēn, mē athymei. Ei gar kai diaphorōs onomazei tas amoibas, alla pantas eis tēn basileian eisagei. Kai gar hotan eipē. paraklēthēsontai hoi penthountes, kai eleēthēsontai hoi eleountes, kai ton theon opsontai hoi katharoi tę̄ kardią, kai huioi theou klēthēsontai hoi eirēnopoioi, ouden allo ē tēn basileian dia toutōn hapantōn ainittetai hoi gar toutōn apolauontes ekeinēs epiteuxontai pantōs. Mē toinyn tōn tǭ pneumati ptōchōn monōn nomize einai to epathlon, alla kai tōn peinōntōn tēn dikaiosynēn, kai tōn praōn, kai tōn allōn hapantōn apaxaplōs. Dia gar touto epi pantōn ton makarismon ethēken, hina mēden aisthēton anamenēs. Oude ,Hyar an eiē makarios ho en toutois stephanoumenos, tǭ paronti synkatalyetai biǭ, kai skias tachyteron paratrechei. Eipōn de, hoti ho misthos hymōn polys, epēgage kai heteran paraklēsin, legōn' houtō gar ediōxan tous prophētas tous pro hymōn. ᾿Epeidēē gar ekeino emelle, to tēs basileias, kai en elpisin hēn, enteuthen autois parechetai tēn paramythian, apo tēs koinōnias tōn pro autōn peponthotōn kakōs. Mē gar nomisēte, phēsin, hoti enantia tina legontes kai nomothetountes tauta paschete ē hoti ponērōn dogmatōn ho ontes didaskaloi, mellete elaunesthai par᾽ autōn. Ou gar tēs ponērias tōn ᾿legomenōn, alla tēs kakias tōn akouontōn hai epiboulai kai hoi kindynoi. Hothen oude hymas tous kakōs paschontas diaballousin, alla tous kakōs poiountas ekeinous. Kai martyrei toutois hapas ho emprosthen chronos. Oude gar tois prophētais paranomian kai antitheon phronēma enkalountes, tous men elithazon, tous de ēlaunon, tous de myriois heterois perieballon kakois. Mē dē touto thorybeitō hymas apo gar tēs autēs gnōmēs kai ta nyn hapanta prattousin. Eides pōs ta phronēmata autōn anestēsen, engys tōn peri Mōysea kai ᾿Ēlian stēsas autous: Houtō kai ho Paulos Thessalonikeusi graphōn, phēsin hymeis gar mimētai egenēthēte tōn ekklēsiōn tou theou, tōn ousōn en tę̄ ᾿Ioudaią᾽ kai gar kai hymeis ta auta epathete hypo tōn idiōn symphyletōn, kathaper kakeinoi hypo tōn ᾿Ioudaiōn, tōn kai ton kyrion apokteinantōn ᾿Iēsoun kai tous idious prophētas, kai hēmas ekdiōxantōn, kai theǭ mē areskontōn, kai pasin anthrōpois enantiōn. Ho dē kai entautha kateskeuasen ho Christos. Kai epi men tōn allōn makarismōn elege, makarioi hoi ptōchoi, kai hoi eleēmones entautha de ouk adioristōs anto tetheiken, alla pros autous trepei ton logon, legōn makarioi este hotan oneidisōsin hymas kai diōxōsi, kai eipōsi pan ponēron rēma deiknys hoti autōn touto malista exaireton esti, kai hyper tous allous hapantas tōn didaskalōn idion touto. Homou de kai to autou axiōma entautha ainittetai, kai tēn pros ton gegennēkota homotimian. Hōsper gar ekeinoi dia ton patera, phēsin, houtō kai hymeis di eme tauta peisesthe. Hotan de eipę̄, tous prophētas tous pro hymōn, deiknysi kai autous prophētas ēdē gegenēmenous. Eita dēlōn ho hoti touto malista autous ōphelei kai poiei lamprous, ouk eipen, hoti kakōs men erousi. kai diōxousin, egō de kōlysō touto ou gar en tǭ miē akouein kakōs, all᾽ en tǭ kakōs akouontas pherein gennaiōs, kai dia tōn ergōn autous elenchein, tēn asphaleian autois bouletai einai pollǭ gar touto ekeinon meizon hōsper tou mē plēttesthai to plēttomenon mēden paschein deinon pollǭ meizon Esti: ᾿Entautha men oun phēsin hoti ho misthos hymōn polys en tois ouranois ho de Loukas kai epitetamenōs kai meta pleionos auton paramythias touto eirēkenai phēsin. Ou gar dē monon tous kakōs akouontas dia ton theon makarizei, alla kai tous para pantōn kalōs akouontas talanizei es ouai gar hymin, phēsin, hotan kalōs hymas eipōsi pantes hoi anthr ōpoi. Kaitoi kai tous apostolous kalōs elegon all᾽ ou pantes. Dia touto ouk eipen, hotan kalōs hymas eipōsin hoi anthrōpoi all᾽ hotan pantes.᾿ Oude gar dynaton tous en aretę̄ zōntas para pantōn akouein kalōs. Kai palin phēsin᾽ es hotan ekbaalōsi to onoma hymōn hōs ponēron, chairete kai skirtēsate. Oude gar tōn kindynōn monon, hōn hypemenon, alla kai tēs kakēgorias pollēn horizei tēn antedosin. Dia touto ouk eipen, hotan elasōsin hymas kai aapokteinōsin all᾽ hotan oneidisōsi, kai eipōsi pan ponēron. Malista gar tōn pragmatōn autōn chalepōteron daknousin hai kakēgoriai. En men gar tois kindynois polla ta kou phizonta ton ponon estin hoion, to para pantōn aleiB phesthai, to pollous echein tous krotountas kai stephanountas kai anakēryttontas entautha de en tę̄ ᾿kakēgorią kai hautē anērētai hē paramythia. Ou gar dokei ti mega einai sto katorthōma, kai mallon tōn kindynōn daknei ton agōnizomenon. Polloi goun kai epi brochon ēlthon, ponēran ou pherontes doxan. Kai ti thaumazein epi tōn allōn? Ton gar prodotēn ekeinon, ton anaischynton kai miaron kai pros panta aperythriasanta haplōs, touto malista epi brochon ho ormēsai pareskeuase. Kai o Iōb de, ho adamas, kai petras sterrhoteros, hēnika men ta chrēmata aphērēto kai ta anēkesta epasche deina, kai apais exaiphnēs egeneto, kai pēgēn skōlēkōn to sōma anablyzon heōra, kai tēn gynaika epikeimenēn, diekrousato met᾽ eukolias hapanta epeidē de eide tous philous oneidizontas kai epembainontas, kai ponēran doxan peri autou echontas, kai legontas hyper hamartēmatōn tauta paschein, kai kakias didonai dikēn, tote ethorybēthē, tote etarachthē ho gennaios kai megas anēr.

However, so that you may not think that being ill spoken of simply makes men blessed, he has set two conditions: when it is for his sake, and when what is said is false. For if these are not present, the one ill spoken of is not only not blessed but even wretched. Then see the prize again: “for your reward is great in heaven.” And if you do not hear the kingdom bestowed in each of the beatitudes, do not lose heart. For even if he names the rewards differently, he brings all into the kingdom. For when he says that those who mourn shall be comforted, and the merciful shall obtain mercy, and the pure in heart shall see God, and the peacemakers shall be called sons of God, through all these he hints at nothing else than the kingdom; for those who enjoy these will certainly attain that. Do not think, then, that the prize belongs only to the poor in spirit, but also to those who hunger for righteousness, and to the meek, and to all the others without exception. For this is why he set the beatitude on all, so that you may expect nothing sensible. For he would not be blessed who is crowned with things that are dissolved with the present life and pass by quicker than a shadow.

And having said, “your reward is great,” he added another consolation too, saying, “For so they persecuted the prophets who were before you.” For since that, the kingdom, was in the future and lay in hope, he provides them consolation from this, from fellowship with those who suffered ill before them. “For do not think,” he says, “that you suffer these things because you are saying and legislating something contrary, or that you are going to be driven out by them as teachers of wicked doctrines. For the plots and dangers come not from the wickedness of what is said, but from the malice of those who hear it. That is why they do not slander you who suffer ill, but those who do the ill. And all past time bears witness to this. For they did not charge the prophets with lawlessness and a mind opposed to God when they stoned some, drove out others, and entangled others in countless other evils. Do not let this disturb you, then; for they do all the present things too from the same mind.” Do you see how he raised up their spirits, setting them near Moses and Elijah? So too Paul, writing to the Thessalonians, says, “For you became imitators of the churches of God that are in Judea; for you too suffered the same things from your own countrymen as they did from the Jews, who killed both the Lord Jesus and their own prophets, and drove us out, and do not please God, and are contrary to all men.” This is what Christ too established here. And in the other beatitudes he said, “Blessed are the poor,” and “the merciful”; but here he has not put it without restriction, but turns his discourse to them, saying, “Blessed are you when they revile you and persecute you and say every evil word,” showing that this is especially their special lot, and above all other teachers this is peculiar to them. At the same time he hints here at his own dignity too, and his equality of honor with the one who begot him. “For as they suffered for the Father’s sake,” he says, “so you too will suffer these things for mine.” And when he says, “the prophets who were before you,” he shows that they too have already become prophets. Then, showing that this most of all benefits them and makes them illustrious, he did not say, “They will speak ill of you and persecute you, but I will prevent it.” For he wants their safety to lie not in not being ill spoken of, but in bearing it nobly when they are ill spoken of, and in refuting them by their deeds; for this is much greater than that, just as to suffer no harm when struck is much greater than not to be struck.

Here, then, he says, “your reward is great in heaven”; but Luke says that he said this more intensely and with more consolation. For he not only calls blessed those who are ill spoken of for God’s sake, but also calls wretched those who are well spoken of by all. “For woe to you,” he says, “when all men speak well of you.” And yet people spoke well of the apostles too, but not all. That is why he did not say, “when men speak well of you,” but “when all do.” For it is not possible for those who live in virtue to be well spoken of by all. And again he says, “When they cast out your name as evil, rejoice and leap for joy.” For he appoints a great recompense not only for the dangers they endured but also for the slander. That is why he did not say, “when they drive you out and kill you,” but “when they revile you and say every evil thing.” For slanders bite more grievously than the deeds themselves. For in dangers there are many things that lighten the toil: for example, to be anointed by all, to have many applauding and crowning and proclaiming one; but here, in slander, even this consolation is taken away. For the achievement does not seem to be anything great, and it bites the combatant more than dangers. Many, at any rate, have even gone to the noose, unable to bear an evil reputation. And why wonder at others? For that traitor, the shameless and foul man who had simply lost all shame before anything, was driven to rush to the noose most of all by this. And Job too, the adamant, firmer than rock, when he had been robbed of his money and suffered incurable calamities, and suddenly became childless, and saw his body bubbling up a spring of worms, and his wife pressing on him, repelled it all with ease; but when he saw his friends reproaching him and trampling on him, and holding an evil opinion of him, and saying that he suffered these things for his sins and was paying the penalty for wickedness, then he was disturbed, then he was troubled, that noble and great man.

15.6Field 1

Καὶ ὁ Δαυὶδ δὲ ἅπαντα αφεὶς ἅπερ ἔπαθεν, ἀντὶ τῆς κακηγορίας μόνης ἀμοιβὴν ἐζήτει παρὰ τοῦ θεοῦ ἄφες γὰρ αὐτὸν καταρᾶσθαι, φησὶν, ὅτι κύριος ἐνετείλατο αὐτῷ, ὅπως ἴδη κύριος τὴν ταπείνωσίν μου; καὶ ἀνταποδῷ μοι ἀντὶ τῆς κατάρας τῆς ἐν τῇ ἡμέρᾳ ταυτη. Καὶ ὁ Παῦλος δὲ οὐχὶ τοὺς κινδυνεύοντας μόνον; οὐδὲ τοὺς ἀφαιρουμένους τὰ ὄντα, ἀλλὰ καὶ τούτους ἀνακηρύττει. οὕτω λέγων ἐς ἀναμιμνήσκεσθε τὰς πρότερον ἡμέρας. ἐν αἷς φωτισθέντες πολλὴν ἄθλησιν ὑπεμείνατε παθηματων᾽ τοῦτο μὲν ὀνειδισμοῖς καὶ θλίψεσι θεατριζόμενοι. Διὰ δὴ τοῦτο καὶ τὸν μισθὸν πολὺν τέθεικεν ὁ Χριστός. Εἶτα ἵνα μή τις λέγπ᾽ ἐνταῦθα οὐκ αἀμύνεις, οὐδὲ ἀποῤῥάπτεις αὐτῶν τὰ στόματα, κακεῖ μισθὸν δίδως: τέθεικε τοὺς προφήτας, δεικνὺς ὅτι οὐδὲ ἐκεῖ ἤμυνεν ὁ θεός. Ἐἰ δὲ ὅπου παρὰ πόδας ἧσαν αἱ ἀντιδόσεις, ἀπὸ τῶν μελλόντων αὐτοὺς ἤλειψε πολλῷ μᾶλλον νῦν, ὅτε τρανοτέρα αὕτη γέγονεν ἡ ελπὶς, καὶ μείζων ἡ φιλοσοφία. Θέα δὲ καὶ μετὰ πόσας ἐντολὰς αὐτὸ τέθεικεν. Οὐδὲ γὰρ ἁπλῶς αὐτὸ πεποίηκεν, ἀλλὰ δηλῶν ὅτι οὐκ ἔνι τὸν μὴ πᾶσιν ἐκείνοις κατεσκευασμένον καὶ συγκεκροτημένον πρὸς τούτους ἐκβῆναι τοὺς ἀγῶνας. Διά τοι τοῦτο ἀπὸ τῆς προτέρας αεὶ τῇ ἐπιούση προοδοποιῶν ἐντολῇ, σειρὰν ἡμῖν ᾿τινα χρυσῆν ὕφηνεν. Ὅ τε γὰρ ταπεινὸς. καὶ τὰ οἰκεία παντως πενθήσει ἁμαρτήματα: ὁ πενθῶν, καὶ πρᾶος ἔσται καὶ δίκαιος καὶ ἐλεήμων᾽ ὁ ἐλεήμων καὶ δίκαιος καὶ κατανενυγμένος, πάντως καὶ καθαρὸς τῇ καρδίᾳ: ὁ δὲ τοιοῦτος, καὶ εἰρηνοποιός. Ὁ δὲ ταῦτα πάντα κατωρθωκὼς, καὶ πρὸς κινδύνους ἔσται ,Ταρατεταγμένος, καὶ οὐ ταραχθήσεται ἀκούων Ὁ κακώς, καὶ ἃ μυρία πάσχων δεινά. Παραινέσας. τοίνυν ἃ προσῆκε, πάλιν ἀναπαύει τοις ἐγκωμίοις αὐτούς. ᾿Επειδὴ γὰρ ὑψηλὰ τὰ ἐπιτάγματα ἣν, καὶ πολλῷ μείζονα τῶν ἐν τῇ παλαιᾷ, ἵνα μὴ θορυβῶνται καὶ ταράττωνται, καὶ λέγωσι πῶς δυνησόμεθα ταῦτα κατορθοὺῦν; ἃ ἀκουσον τί φησιν' ων ὑμεῖς ἐστε τὸ ἅλας τῆς γῆς δεικνὺς ὅτι ἀναγκαίως ταῦτα ἐπιτάττει. Οὐ γὰρ ὑπὲρ τῆς καθ' ἑαντοὺς ζωῆς, ἀλλ᾽ ὑπὲρ τῆς οἰκουμένης, φησὶν, ἁπάσης ὁ λόγος ἔσται ὑμῖν. Οὐδὲ γὰρ εἰς δύο πόλεις, καὶ δέκα, καὶ εἴκοσιν, οὐδὲ εἰς ἕν εἐθνος ὑμᾶς ἀποστέλλω, καθάπερ τοὺς προφήτας, ἀλλ᾽ εἰς γῆν καὶ θάλατταν καὶ τὴν οἰκουμένην πασῶν, καὶ ταύτην κακῶς διακειμένην. Τῷ γὰρ εἰπεῖν, ὑμεῖς ἐστε τὸ ἅλας τῆς γῆς, ἔδειξε μωρανθεῖσαν ἅπασαν τὴν ἀνθρωπίνην φύσιν, καὶ κατασαπεῖσαν ὑπὸ τῶν ἁμαρτημάτων. Διά τοι τοῦτο ταύτας παρ αὐτῶν ἐπιζητεῖ τὰς ἀρετὰς, αἱ μάλιστα πρὸς τὴν τῶν πολλῶν ἐπιμέλειάν. εἰσιν ἀναγκαῖαι καὶ χρήσιμοι. Ὅ τε γὰρ πρᾶος καὶ ἐπιεικὴς καὶ ἐλεήμων καὶ δίκαιος, οὐκ εἰς αὐτὸν συγκλείει τὰ κατορθώματα μόνον, ἀλλὰ καὶ εἰς τὴν ᾿ἑτέρων ὠφέλειαν τὰς καλὰς ταύτας ὑπερχεῖσθαι παρασκευάζει πηγάς. Ὁ αὖ καθαρὸς τὴν καρδίαν καὶ εἰρηνοποιὸς, καὶ ἐλαυνόμενος ὑπὲρ τῆς αληθείας, πάλιν πρὸς τὸ κοινῆ συμφέρον τὸν βίον καθίσταται. Μὴ τοίνυν γομίσητε, φησὶν, ἐπὶ τοὺς τυχόντας ἀγῶνας ἕλκεσθαι; μηδὲ ὑπὲρ μικρῶν τινων εἶναι τὸν λόγον ὑμῖν' ὑμεῖς ἐστε τὸ ἅλας τῆς γῆς. Τί οὖν: τὰ σεσηπότα αὐτοὶ διώρθωσαν: Οὐδαμῶς. Οὔτε γὰρ δυνατὸν τὰ διεφθορότα ἤδη ἐπιπάσσοντας ἅλας ὠφελεῖν. Οὐ δὴ τοῦτο ἐποίουν᾽ ἀλλὰ ἀνανθωθέντα πρότερον καὶ παραδοθέντα αὐτοῖς, καὶ τῆς δυσωδίας ἀπαλλαγέντα ἐκείνης, τότε ἥλιζον, κατέχοντες καὶ διατηροῦντες ἐν τῆ νεαρότητι ταύτη, ἣν παρὰ τοῦ δεσπότου παρέλαβον. Τὸ μὲν γὰρ ἀπαλλαγῆναι τῆς σηπεδόνος τῶν ἁμαρτημάτων, τοῦ Χριστοῦ κατόρθωμα Ὑέγονε᾽ τὸ αὖ πάλιν μηκέτι ἐπ᾿ ἐκείνην ἐπανελθεῖν, τῆς τούτων σπουδῆς καὶ ταλαιπωρίας ἔργον ἦν. Ὁρᾷς πώς κατὰ μικρὸν δείκνυσι καὶ τῶν προφητῶν ὄντας βελτίους; Οὐ γὰρ τῆς Παλαιστίνης διδασκάλους εἶναί φησιν, ἀλλὰ τῆς γῆς ἁπάσης καὶ οὐχ ἁπλῶς διδασκάλους, ἀλλὰ καὶ φοβερούς. Τὸ γὰρ δὴ θανμαστὸν τοῦτό ἐστιν, ὅτι οὐ κολακεύοντες, οὐδὲ θεραπεύοντες, ἀλλ᾽ ἐπιστύφοντες ὥσπερ τὸ ἅλας, οὕτω ποθεινοὶ πᾶσι γεγόνασι. Μὴ τοίνυν θαυμάσητε, φησὶν, εἰ τοὺς ἄλλους αφεὶς ὑμῖν διαλέγομαι, καὶ πρὸς τοσούτους ἕλκω κινδύνους. ᾿Εννοήσατε γὰρ ὅσαις πόλεσι καὶ δήμοις καὶ ἔθνεσι μέλλω πέμπειν ὑμᾶς ἐπιστάτας. Διὰ τοῦτο οὐχ ὑμᾶς εἶναι βούλομαι Φρονίμους μόνον, ἀλλὰ καὶ ἑτέρους τοιούτους ποιεῖν. Τοὺς δὲ τοιούτους πολὺ δεῖ συνετοὺς εἷναι, ἐν οἷς ἢ τῶν ἄλλων κινδυνεύεται σωτηρία, καὶ τοσαύτην αὐτοῖς τὴν περιουσίαν εἶναι τῆς ἀρετῆς, ὡς καὶ ἄλλοις μεταδιδόναι τῆς ὠφελείας. Εἰ γὰρ τοιοῦτοι μὴ γένοισθε, οὐδὲ ὑμῖν αὐτοῖς ἀρκέσετε.

Kai ho Dauid de hapanta apheis haper epathen, anti tēs kakēgorias monēs amoibēn ezētei para tou theou aphes gar auton katarasthai, phēsin, hoti kyrios eneteilato autǭ, hopōs idē kyrios tēn tapeinōsin mou? kai antapodǭ moi anti tēs kataras tēs en tę̄ hēmerą tautē. Kai ho Paulos de ouchi tous kindyneuontas monon? oude tous aphairoumenous ta onta, alla kai toutous anakēryttei. houtō legōn es anamimnēskesthe tas proteron hēmeras. en hais phōtisthentes pollēn athlēsin hypemeinate pathēmatōn᾽ touto men oneidismois kai thlipsesi theatrizomenoi. Dia dē touto kai ton misthon polyn tetheiken ho Christos. Eita hina mē tis legp᾽ entautha ouk aamyneis, oude aporrhapteis autōn ta stomata, kakei misthon didōs: tetheike tous prophētas, deiknys hoti oude ekei ēmynen ho theos. Ei de hopou para podas hēsan hai antidoseis, apo tōn mellontōn autous ēleipse pollǭ mallon nyn, hote tranotera hautē gegonen hē elpis, kai meizōn hē philosophia. Thea de kai meta posas entolas auto tetheiken. Oude gar haplōs auto pepoiēken, alla dēlōn hoti ouk eni ton mē pasin ekeinois kateskeuasmenon kai synkekrotēmenon pros toutous ekbēnai tous agōnas. Dia toi touto apo tēs proteras aei tę̄ epiousē proodopoiōn entolę̄, seiran hēmin ᾿tina chrysēn hyphēnen. Ho te gar tapeinos. kai ta oikeia pantōs penthēsei hamartēmata: ho penthōn, kai praos estai kai dikaios kai eleēmōn᾽ ho eleēmōn kai dikaios kai katanenygmenos, pantōs kai katharos tę̄ kardią: ho de toioutos, kai eirēnopoios. Ho de tauta panta katōrthōkōs, kai pros kindynous estai ,Taratetagmenos, kai ou tarachthēsetai akouōn Ho kakōs, kai ha myria paschōn deina. Parainesas. toinyn ha prosēke, palin anapauei tois enkōmiois autous. ᾿Epeidē gar hypsēla ta epitagmata hēn, kai pollǭ meizona tōn en tę̄ palaią, hina mē thorybōntai kai tarattōntai, kai legōsi pōs dynēsometha tauta katorthouyn? ha akouson ti phēsin' ōn hymeis este to halas tēs gēs deiknys hoti anankaiōs tauta epitattei. Ou gar hyper tēs kath' heantous zōēs, all᾽ hyper tēs oikoumenēs, phēsin, hapasēs ho logos estai hymin. Oude gar eis dyo poleis, kai deka, kai eikosin, oude eis hen eethnos hymas apostellō, kathaper tous prophētas, all᾽ eis gēn kai thalattan kai tēn oikoumenēn pasōn, kai tautēn kakōs diakeimenēn. Tǭ gar eipein, hymeis este to halas tēs gēs, edeixe mōrantheisan hapasan tēn anthrōpinēn physin, kai katasapeisan hypo tōn hamartēmatōn. Dia toi touto tautas par autōn epizētei tas aretas, hai malista pros tēn tōn pollōn epimeleian. eisin anankaiai kai chrēsimoi. Ho te gar praos kai epieikēs kai eleēmōn kai dikaios, ouk eis auton synkleiei ta katorthōmata monon, alla kai eis tēn ᾿heterōn ōpheleian tas kalas tautas hypercheisthai paraskeuazei pēgas. Ho au katharos tēn kardian kai eirēnopoios, kai elaunomenos hyper tēs alētheias, palin pros to koinē sympheron ton bion kathistatai. Mē toinyn gomisēte, phēsin, epi tous tychontas agōnas helkesthai? mēde hyper mikrōn tinōn einai ton logon hymin' hymeis este to halas tēs gēs. Ti oun: ta sesēpota autoi diōrthōsan: Oudamōs. Oute gar dynaton ta diephthorota ēdē epipassontas halas ōphelein. Ou dē touto epoioun᾽ alla ananthōthenta proteron kai paradothenta autois, kai tēs dysōdias apallagenta ekeinēs, tote hēlizon, katechontes kai diatērountes en tē nearotēti tautē, hēn para tou despotou parelabon. To men gar apallagēnai tēs sēpedonos tōn hamartēmatōn, tou Christou katorthōma Hyegone᾽ to au palin mēketi ep᾿ ekeinēn epanelthein, tēs toutōn spoudēs kai talaipōrias ergon ēn. Horąs pōs kata mikron deiknysi kai tōn prophētōn ontas beltious? Ou gar tēs Palaistinēs didaskalous einai phēsin, alla tēs gēs hapasēs kai ouch haplōs didaskalous, alla kai phoberous. To gar dē thanmaston touto estin, hoti ou kolakeuontes, oude therapeuontes, all᾽ epistyphontes hōsper to halas, houtō potheinoi pasi gegonasi. Mē toinyn thaumasēte, phēsin, ei tous allous apheis hymin dialegomai, kai pros tosoutous helkō kindynous. ᾿Ennoēsate gar hosais polesi kai dēmois kai ethnesi mellō pempein hymas epistatas. Dia touto ouch hymas einai boulomai Phronimous monon, alla kai heterous toioutous poiein. Tous de toioutous poly dei synetous heinai, en hois ē tōn allōn kindyneuetai sōtēria, kai tosautēn autois tēn periousian einai tēs aretēs, hōs kai allois metadidonai tēs ōpheleias. Ei gar toioutoi mē genoisthe, oude hymin autois arkesete.

And David too, passing over everything he suffered, sought a reward from God for the slander alone. “Let him curse,” he says, “for the Lord has commanded him, so that the Lord may see my humiliation and repay me for the cursing of this day.” And Paul too proclaims not only those in danger, nor only those robbed of their possessions, but these as well, speaking thus: “Remember the former days, in which, after you were enlightened, you endured a great contest of sufferings, partly being made a spectacle by reproaches and afflictions.” For this reason Christ too has set the reward as great. Then, so that no one may say, “Here you do not defend us, nor sew up their mouths, and there you give a reward?” he has set before them the prophets, showing that not even in their case did God take vengeance. And if, where the recompenses were close at hand, he anointed them for the contest from the things to come, much more now, when this hope has become clearer and the philosophy greater.

And see after how many commandments he has put this one. For he did not do it at random, but showing that it is not possible for one who has not been prepared and trained by all those to go out to these contests. That is why, always paving the way from the former commandment to the one that follows, he has woven for us a kind of golden chain. For the humble man will certainly also mourn his own sins; he who mourns will also be meek and righteous and merciful; he who is merciful and righteous and pricked to the heart will certainly also be pure in heart; and such a man will also be a peacemaker. And he who has achieved all these will also be arrayed against dangers, and will not be troubled when he is ill spoken of and suffers countless terrible things.

Having given them, then, the exhortations they needed, he again refreshes them with praises. For since the commands were lofty and much greater than those in the Old Testament, so that they might not be alarmed and troubled and say, “How shall we be able to achieve these things?” hear what he says: “You are the salt of the earth,” showing that he gives these commands of necessity. “For not for your own life,” he says, “but for the whole world will the account be required of you. For I am not sending you to two cities, or ten, or twenty, nor to one nation, as I sent the prophets, but to land and sea and the whole world, and that in a bad state.” For by saying, “You are the salt of the earth,” he showed that the whole of human nature had lost its savor and had rotted under sins. That is why he seeks from them these virtues, which are most necessary and useful for the care of the many. For the meek and gentle and merciful and righteous man does not shut up his good deeds in himself alone, but makes these good springs overflow for the benefit of others too. Again, the one who is pure in heart and a peacemaker and persecuted for the truth orders his life toward the common good. “Do not think, then,” he says, “that you are being drawn into ordinary contests, nor that the account you must give concerns small matters: you are the salt of the earth.”

What then? Did they set right what was rotten? Not at all. For it is not possible to benefit things already corrupted by sprinkling salt on them. This was not what they did; but things first renewed and handed over to them, and freed from that stench, they then salted, keeping and preserving them in the freshness they had received from the Master. For to be freed from the rot of sins was the achievement of Christ; but not to return to it again was the work of their zeal and toil. Do you see how little by little he shows them to be better even than the prophets? For he says that they are teachers not of Palestine but of the whole earth; and not simply teachers, but formidable ones. For the wonderful thing is this, that not by flattering nor by courting, but by stinging like salt, they became beloved of all. “Do not wonder, then,” he says, “if I leave the others and speak to you, and drag you into such great dangers. For consider over how many cities and peoples and nations I am going to send you as overseers. That is why I want you not only to be wise yourselves, but also to make others such. And such men must be very discerning, in whose hands the salvation of others is at stake, and must have such an abundance of virtue as to share the benefit with others as well. For if you do not become such, you will not suffice even for yourselves.”

15.7Field 1

Μὴ τοίνυν δυσχεράνητε, ὡς ἐπαχθῶν ὄντων τῶν λεγομένων. Τοῖς μὲν. γὰρ ἄλλοις μωρανθεῖσι δυνατὸν ἐπανελθεῖν δι ᾿ὗὑμῶν' ὑμεῖς δὲ, εἰ τοῦτο πάθοιτε, μεθ᾽ ἑαυτῶν καὶ ἑτέρους προσαπολεῖτε. Ὥστε ὅσῳ μεγάλα ἐγχειρίζεσθε πράγματα, τοσούτῳ καὶ μείζονος δεῖσθε σπουδῆς. Διό ἡ ἂν δὲ τὸ ἅλας μωρανθῆ, ἐν τίνι ἁλισθήσεται; εἰς ουδὲν ἰσχύει ἔτι, εἰ μὴ βληθῆναι ἔξω, καὶ καταπατεῖσθαι ὑπὸ τῶν ἀνθρώπων. Οἱ μὲν γὰρ ἄλλοι μυριάκις πίπτοντες, δύνανται τυχεῖν σνγγνώμης ὁ δὲ διδάσκαλος, ἐὰν τοῦτο πάθη, πάσης ἀπεστέρηται ἀπολογίας, καὶ τὴν ἐσχάτην δώσει τιμωρίαν. Ἵνα γὰρ μὴ ᾿ἀκούοντες, ὃ ὅταν ὀνειδίσωσιν ὑμᾶς καὶ διώξωσι, καὶ Ὦ εἴπωσι πᾶν πονηρὸν ῥῆμα καθ' ὑμῶν, δειλιάσωσιν εἰς μέσον προελθεῖν, λέγει, ὅτι ἄν. μὴ πρὸς ταῦτα ἦτε παρατεταγμένοι, εἰκῆ ἐξελέγητε. Οὐ γὰρ τὸ κακῶς ἀκούειν χρὴ δεδοικέναι, αλλὰ τὸ συνυποκρινομένους φαίνεσθαι τότε γὰρ μωρανθήσεσθε καὶ καταπατηθήσεσθε. ᾿Εὰν δὲ μένητε αὖτοὺς ἐπιστύφοντες, εἶτα κακῶς ἀκούητε, χαίρετε. Τοῦτο γὰρ ἁλὸς ἔργον ἐστὶ, τὸ δάκνειν καὶ λυπεῖν τοὺς χαύνους. Ὥστε ἀναγκαίως ἡ κακηγορία. ἕπεται, οὐδὲν ὑμᾶς βλάπτουἙ σα, αλλὰ καὶ μαρτυροῦσα ὑμῶν τῇ στεῤῥότητι. Ἂν δὲ φοβηθέντες αὐτὴν προδῶτε τὴν προσήκουσαν ὑμῖν σφοδρότῆτα, πολλῳ χαλεπώτερα. πείσεσθε, καὶ κακῶς ἀκούοντες καὶ καταφρονούμενοι παρὰ πάντων. Τοῦτο γάρ ἐστι τὸ καταπατεῖσθαι. Εἶτα ἐφ᾽ ἕτερον ὑψηλότερον ἄγει παράδειγμα ὑμεῖς ἐστε τὸ φὼς τοῦ κόσμου. Πάλιν τοῦ κόσμου, οὐκ ἔθνους ἑνὸς, οὐδὲ εἴκοσι πόλεων, αλλὰ τῆς οἰκουμένης ἁπάσης καὶ φὼς νοητὸν, καὶ τῆς ἀκτῖνος ταύτης πολὺ βέλτιον, ὥσπερ οὖν καὶ ἅλας πνευματικόν. Καὶ πρότερον ἅλας, καὶ τότε {τι ἵνα μάθης ἡλίκον τῶν κατεστυμμένων ῥημάτων τὸ κέρος, καὶ τῆς σεμνῆς διδασκαλίας, τὸ ὄφελος. Καὶ γὰρ σφίγγει, καὶ οὐκ ἀφίησι διαῤῥεῦσαι, καὶ διαβλέψαι ποιεῖ πρὸς ἀρετὴν χειραγωγοῦσα. ἐς Οὐ δύναται πόλις κρυβῆναι ἐπάνω ὄρους κειμένη οὐδὲ καίουσι λύχνον καὶ τιθέασιν ὑπὸ τὸν μόδιον. Πάλιν αὐτοὺς διὰ τούτων εἰς ἀκρίβειαν ἄγει βίου, παιδεύων ἐναγωνίους εἶναι, ὡς ὑπὸ τοῖς ἁπάντων ὀφθαλμοῖς κειμένους, καὶ ἐν μέσῳ τῷ τῆς οἰκουμένης ἀγωνιζομένους θεάτρῳ. Μὴ γὰρ δὴ τοῦτο ᾿ἴδητε, Φησὶν, ὅτι ἐνταῦθα καθήμεθα νῦν, καὶ ἐν μικρῷ γωνίας ἐσμὲν μέρει οὕτω γὰρ κατάδηλοι ἔσεσθε πᾶσιν, ὡσανεὶ πόλις ὑπὲρ κορυφῆς ὄρους κειμένη; ὡσανεὶ λύχνος ἐν οἰκίᾳ ὑπὲρ τῆς λυχνίας φαίνων. Ποῦ νῦν οἱ τῇ δυνάμει τοῦ Χριστοῦ διαπιστοῦντες; ᾿Ακουέτωσαν ταῦτα, καὶ τῆς προφητείας τὴν δύναμιν ἐκπλαγέντες, προσκυνείτωσαν αὐτοῦ τὴν ἰσχύν. ᾿Εννόησον γὰρ ἡλίκα ὑπέσχετο τοῖς οὐδὲ ἐν τῇ χώρᾳ γνωρίμοις οὖσι τῇ αὐτῶν ὅτι γἢ καὶ θάλαττα αὐτοὺς εἴσεται, καὶ πρὸς τὰ πέρατα τῆς οἰκουμένης. ἥξουσι τῇ φήμῃ; μᾶλλον δὲ οὐδὲ τῇ φήμῃ, αλλὰ καὶ τῆ τῆς εὐεργεσίας ἐνεργείᾳ. Οὐδὲ γὰρ φήμη φέρουσα πανταχοὺ δήλους αὐτοὺς ἐποίησεν, ἀλλὰ καὶ αὐτὴ ἡ διὰ τῶν ἔργων ἐπίδειξις. Καθάπερ γὰρ ὑπόπτεροι γενόμενοι; τῆς ἀκτῖνος σφοδρότερον τὴν γῆν ἐπέδραμον ἅπασαν, σπείροντες τῆς εὐσεβείας τὸ φώς. ᾿Ενταῦθα δέ μοι ἀντονι καὶ πρὸς παῤρησίαν ἀλείφειν δοκεῖ' τὸ μὲν ,Ὑὰρ εἰπεῖν, οὐ δύναται πόλις κρυβῆναι ἐπάνω ὄρους κειμένη, τὴν αὐτοῦ δύναμίν ἐστιν ἐμφαίνοντος ὥσπερ γὰρ ἐκείνην κρυβῆναι ἀμήχανον, οὕτω τὸ κήρνγμα ἀδύνατον σιγηθῆναι καὶ λαθεῖν. ᾿Επειδὴ γὰρ εἶπε διωγμοὺς καὶ κακηγορίας καὶ ἐπιβουλὰς καὶ πολέμους, ἵνα μῇ νομίσωσιν ὅτι ταῦτα αὐτοὺς ἐπιστομίσαι δυνήσεται, θαῤῥύνων αὐτούς φησιν, ὅτι οὐ μόνον οὐ λήσεται, ἀλλὰ καὶ Ὁ καταλάμψει τὴν οἰκουμένην ἅπασαν καὶ δι αὐτὸ μὲν οὖν τοῦτο ἔσονται λαμπροὶ καὶ ἐπίσημοι. Τούτῳ μὲν οὖν τὴν ἑαυτοῦ δύναμιν ἐνδείκνυται τῷ δὲ ἑξῆς τὴν παῤῥησίαν ἀπαιτεῖ τὴν παρ᾽ αὐτῶν, οὕτω λέγων οὐδὲ καίουσι λύχνον καὶ τιθέασιν ὑπὸ τὸν μόδιον, ἀλλ᾽ ἐπὶ τὴν λυχνίαν, καὶ λάμπει πᾶσι τοῖς ἐν τῆ οἰκίᾳ. Οὕτω λαμψάτω͵ τὸ φὼς ὑμῶν ἔμπροσθεν τῶν ἀνθρώπων, ὅπως ἴδωσιν ὑμῶν τὰ καλὰ ἔργα, καὶ δοξάσωσι τὸν πατέρα ὑμῶν τὸν ἐν τοῖς οὐρανοῖς. Ἐγὼ μὲν γὰρ ἧἦψα τὸ φώς, φησι τὸ δὲ μεῖναι καιόμενον; τῆς ὑμετέρας γενέσθω σπουδῆς οὐ δὲ ὑμᾶς αὑτοὺς μόνον, ἀλλὰ διὰ τοὺς μέλλοντας τῆς αὐγῆς ἀπολαύειν ταύτης, καὶ τὴν ἀλήθειαν χειραγωγεῖσθαι. Οὐ γὰρ δὴ δυνήσονται αἱ κακηγορίαι συσκιασαι ὑμῶν τὴν λαμπηδόνα, ἐὰν ὑμεῖς ἥτε μετὰ ἀκριβείας βιοῦντες, καὶ οὕτως ὡς μέλλοντες ἅπασαν ἐπιστρέφειν τὴν οἰκουμένην. Δξιον τοίνυν τῆς χάριτος ἐπιδείξασθε βίον, ἵν ὥσπερ ἐκείνη πανταχοῦ κηρύττεται, οὕτω καὶ αὕτη ἐκείνῃ συντρέχη. Εἶτα καὶ ἕτερον κέρδος τίθησι μετὰ τῆς τῶν ἀνθρώπων σωτηρίας, ἱκανὸν αὐτοὺς ἐναγωνίους ποιῆσαι, καὶ εἰς πᾶσαν ἀγαγεῖν σπουδήν. Οὐ γὰρ δὴ τὴν οἰκουμένην διορθώσετε, φησὶ, μόνον, ὀρθῶς βιοῦντες, ἀλλὰ καὶ τὸν θεὸν δοξάζεσθαι παρασκευάσετε ὥσπερ οὖν τὰ ἐναντία ποιοῦντες. καὶ τοὺς ἀνθρώπους ἀπολεῖτε, καὶ τοὺ θεοῦ τὸ ὄνομα βλασφημεῖσθαι ποιήσετε.

Mē toinyn dyscheranēte, hōs epachthōn ontōn tōn legomenōn. Tois men. gar allois mōrantheisi dynaton epanelthein di ᾿hyymōn' hymeis de, ei touto pathoite, meth᾽ heautōn kai heterous prosapoleite. Hōste hosǭ megala encheirizesthe pragmata, tosoutǭ kai meizonos deisthe spoudēs. Dio hē an de to halas mōranthē, en tini halisthēsetai? eis ouden ischyei eti, ei mē blēthēnai exō, kai katapateisthai hypo tōn anthrōpōn. Hoi men gar alloi myriakis piptontes, dynantai tychein snngnōmēs ho de didaskalos, ean touto pathē, pasēs apesterētai apologias, kai tēn eschatēn dōsei timōrian. Hina gar mē ᾿akouontes, ho hotan oneidisōsin hymas kai diōxōsi, kai Ō eipōsi pan ponēron rhēma kath' hymōn, deiliasōsin eis meson proelthein, legei, hoti an. mē pros tauta ēte paratetagmenoi, eikē exelegēte. Ou gar to kakōs akouein chrē dedoikenai, alla to synypokrinomenous phainesthai tote gar mōranthēsesthe kai katapatēthēsesthe. ᾿Ean de menēte autous epistyphontes, eita kakōs akouēte, chairete. Touto gar halos ergon esti, to daknein kai lypein tous chaunous. Hōste anankaiōs hē kakēgoria. hepetai, ouden hymas blaptouE sa, alla kai martyrousa hymōn tę̄ sterrhotēti. An de phobēthentes autēn prodōte tēn prosēkousan hymin sphodrotēta, pollǭ chalepōtera. peisesthe, kai kakōs akouontes kai kataphronoumenoi para pantōn. Touto gar esti to katapateisthai. Eita eph᾽ heteron hypsēloteron agei paradeigma hymeis este to phōs tou kosmou. Palin tou kosmou, ouk ethnous henos, oude eikosi poleōn, alla tēs oikoumenēs hapasēs kai phōs noēton, kai tēs aktinos tautēs poly beltion, hōsper oun kai halas pneumatikon. Kai proteron halas, kai tote {ti hina mathēs hēlikon tōn katestymmenōn rhēmatōn to keros, kai tēs semnēs didaskalias, to ophelos. Kai gar sphingei, kai ouk aphiēsi diarrheusai, kai diablepsai poiei pros aretēn cheiragōgousa. es Ou dynatai polis krybēnai epanō orous keimenē oude kaiousi lychnon kai titheasin hypo ton modion. Palin autous dia toutōn eis akribeian agei biou, paideuōn enagōnious einai, hōs hypo tois hapantōn ophthalmois keimenous, kai en mesǭ tǭ tēs oikoumenēs agōnizomenous theatrǭ. Mē gar dē touto ᾿idēte, Phēsin, hoti entautha kathēmetha nyn, kai en mikrǭ gōnias esmen merei houtō gar katadēloi esesthe pasin, hōsanei polis hyper koryphēs orous keimenē? hōsanei lychnos en oikią hyper tēs lychnias phainōn. Pou nyn hoi tę̄ dynamei tou Christou diapistountes? ᾿Akouetōsan tauta, kai tēs prophēteias tēn dynamin ekplagentes, proskyneitōsan autou tēn ischyn. ᾿Ennoēson gar hēlika hypescheto tois oude en tę̄ chōrą gnōrimois ousi tę̄ autōn hoti gē kai thalatta autous eisetai, kai pros ta perata tēs oikoumenēs. hēxousi tę̄ phēmę̄? mallon de oude tę̄ phēmę̄, alla kai tē tēs euergesias energeią. Oude gar phēmē pherousa pantachou dēlous autous epoiēsen, alla kai autē hē dia tōn ergōn epideixis. Kathaper gar hypopteroi genomenoi? tēs aktinos sphodroteron tēn gēn epedramon hapasan, speirontes tēs eusebeias to phōs. ᾿Entautha de moi antoni kai pros parrēsian aleiphein dokei' to men ,Hyar eipein, ou dynatai polis krybēnai epanō orous keimenē, tēn autou dynamin estin emphainontos hōsper gar ekeinēn krybēnai amēchanon, houtō to kērngma adynaton sigēthēnai kai lathein. ᾿Epeidē gar eipe diōgmous kai kakēgorias kai epiboulas kai polemous, hina mę̄ nomisōsin hoti tauta autous epistomisai dynēsetai, tharrhynōn autous phēsin, hoti ou monon ou lēsetai, alla kai Ho katalampsei tēn oikoumenēn hapasan kai di auto men oun touto esontai lamproi kai episēmoi. Toutǭ men oun tēn heautou dynamin endeiknytai tǭ de hexēs tēn parrhēsian apaitei tēn par᾽ autōn, houtō legōn oude kaiousi lychnon kai titheasin hypo ton modion, all᾽ epi tēn lychnian, kai lampei pasi tois en tē oikią. Houtō lampsatō͵ to phōs hymōn emprosthen tōn anthrōpōn, hopōs idōsin hymōn ta kala erga, kai doxasōsi ton patera hymōn ton en tois ouranois. Egō men gar hēēpsa to phōs, phēsi to de meinai kaiomenon? tēs hymeteras genesthō spoudēs ou de hymas hautous monon, alla dia tous mellontas tēs augēs apolauein tautēs, kai tēn alētheian cheiragōgeisthai. Ou gar dē dynēsontai hai kakēgoriai syskiasai hymōn tēn lampēdona, ean hymeis hēte meta akribeias biountes, kai houtōs hōs mellontes hapasan epistrephein tēn oikoumenēn. Dxion toinyn tēs charitos epideixasthe bion, hin hōsper ekeinē pantachou kēryttetai, houtō kai hautē ekeinę̄ syntrechē. Eita kai heteron kerdos tithēsi meta tēs tōn anthrōpōn sōtērias, hikanon autous enagōnious poiēsai, kai eis pasan agagein spoudēn. Ou gar dē tēn oikoumenēn diorthōsete, phēsi, monon, orthōs biountes, alla kai ton theon doxazesthai paraskeuasete hōsper oun ta enantia poiountes. kai tous anthrōpous apoleite, kai tou theou to onoma blasphēmeisthai poiēsete.

“Do not be vexed, then, as though what is said were burdensome. For when others have lost their savor, it is possible for them to return through you; but you, if you should suffer this, will destroy others as well as yourselves. So the greater the matters entrusted to you, the greater the zeal you need.” That is why he says, “But if the salt has lost its savor, with what shall it be salted? It is no longer good for anything, except to be thrown out and trampled under foot by men.” For others, falling ten thousand times, can obtain pardon; but the teacher, if he suffers this, is deprived of every defense and will pay the utmost penalty. For so that, hearing “when they revile you and persecute you and say every evil word against you,” they might not be afraid to come forward into the open, he says: “Unless you are arrayed against these things, you have been chosen in vain.” For it is not being ill spoken of that you must fear, but being seen to join in the hypocrisy; for then you will lose your savor and be trampled on. But if you keep stinging them and then are ill spoken of, rejoice. For this is the work of salt: to bite and pain the slack. So slander necessarily follows, doing you no harm, but even bearing witness to your firmness. But if, fearing it, you betray the vehemence that befits you, you will suffer much more grievously, being both ill spoken of and despised by all. For this is what being trampled on means.

Then he leads them to another, loftier example: “You are the light of the world.” Again, “of the world,” not of one nation nor of twenty cities, but of the whole world; and a spiritual light, much better than this sunbeam, just as the salt too is spiritual. And first salt, and then light, so that you may learn how great is the gain of stinging words and the benefit of a severe teaching. For it binds and does not let men run loose, and makes them see clearly, leading them by the hand to virtue. “A city set on a hill cannot be hidden; nor do they light a lamp and put it under the bushel.” Again by these words he leads them to strictness of life, teaching them to be watchful, as men lying under the eyes of all and contending in the middle of the theater of the world. “Do not look at this,” he says, “that we are sitting here now and are in a small corner; for you will be as conspicuous to all as a city set on the top of a mountain, as a lamp shining in a house on the lampstand.” Where now are those who disbelieve the power of Christ? Let them hear these things, and, astonished at the power of the prophecy, let them worship his might. For consider how great were the things he promised to men who were not known even in their own country: that land and sea would know them, and that they would reach the ends of the world by their fame; or rather not by fame only, but by the working of their beneficence. For it was not fame carrying them everywhere that made them known, but the very demonstration given by their works. For as though they had become winged, they ran over the whole earth more swiftly than the sunbeam, sowing the light of godliness.

But here he seems to me to be anointing them for boldness as well. For to say, “A city set on a hill cannot be hidden,” is the speech of one displaying his own power; for just as it is impossible for that city to be hidden, so it is impossible for the preaching to be silenced and to lie concealed. For since he had spoken of persecutions and slanders and plots and wars, so that they might not think that these would be able to stop their mouths, he encourages them and says that it will not only not lie hidden, but will shine upon the whole world; and for this very reason they will be illustrious and conspicuous. By this, then, he displays his own power; and by what follows he demands boldness from them, speaking thus: “Nor do they light a lamp and put it under the bushel, but on the lampstand, and it gives light to all who are in the house. So let your light shine before men, that they may see your good works and glorify your Father who is in heaven.” “For I have lit the light,” he says; “but that it remain burning, let that be the work of your zeal, not for your own sakes only, but for the sake of those who are to enjoy this brightness and be led by the hand to the truth. For slanders will not be able to overshadow your brightness, if you live with strictness, and as men who are going to convert the whole world. Show, then, a life worthy of the grace, so that as that is proclaimed everywhere, so this too may run along with it.” Then he sets down another gain too, besides the salvation of men, sufficient to make them watchful and to lead them to every effort. “For you will not only set the world right,” he says, “by living rightly, but will also cause God to be glorified; just as by doing the opposite you will both destroy men and cause the name of God to be blasphemed.”

15.8Field 1

Καὶ πῶς, φησὶν, ὁ θεὸς δοξασθήσεται δι ἡμῶν, εἴγε μέλλοιεν ἡμὰς κακηγορειν οἱ ἄνθρωποι; ᾿Αλλ᾽ οὐ πάντες κακεῖνοι δὲ αὐτοὶ οἱ ἐν βασκανίᾳ τοῦτο ποιοῦντες, κατὰ τὸ συνειδὸς ὑμᾶς θαυμάσονται καὶ ἀποδέξονται ὥσπερ οὖν οἱ φανερῶς κολακεύοντες τοὺς ἐν πονηρίᾳ ζῶντας κατὰ νοὺν διαβάλλουσι. Τί οὖν; πρὸς ἐπίδειξιν ἡμᾶς κελεύεις ζῆν καὶ πρὸς φιλοτιμίαν: Ἄπαγε; οὐ τοῦτό φημι. Οὐδὲ γὰρ εἶπον, σπουδάζετε ὑμεῖς εἰς μέσον φέρειν τὰ κατορθώματα ὑμῶν οὐδὲ εἶπον, δείξατε αὐτά ἀλλὰ, λαμψάτω τὸ φως ὑμῶν τουτέστι, πολλὴ ἔστω ἡ ἀρετή; καὶ δαψιλὲς τὸ πῦρ, καὶ τὸ φώς ἄφατον. Ὅταν γὰρ τοσαύτη ᾖ ἡ ἀρετή, ἀμήχανον αὐτὴν λαθεῖν, καν μυριάκις μετιὼν αὐτὴν συσκιάσῃ. ΣἌληπτον αὐτοῖς παράσχεσθε βίον, καὶ μηδεμίαν ἐχέτωσαν ἀληθῆ κατηγορίας ἀφορμήν' καὶ, κἀν μυρίοι οἱ κατηγοροῦντες ὦσιν, οὐδεὶς ὑμῖν ἐπισκιάσαι δυνήσεται. Καὶ καλῶς εἶπε, τὸ φως. Οὐδὲν γὰρ οὕτως ἐπίσημον. ἄνθρωπον ποιεῖ, κὰν μυριάκις λανθάνειν βούληται, ὡς ἀρετῆς ἐπίδειξις. Ὥσπερ γὰρ αὐτὴν τὴν ἀκτῖνα περιβεβλημένος, οὕτως αὐτῆς ᾿φαιδρότερος λάμπει, οὐκ εἰς γῆν τὰς μαρμαρυγὰς ἀφιεὶς, ἀλλὰ καὶ αὐτὸν ὑπερβαίνων τὸν οὐρανόν. ᾿Εντεῦθεν καὶ παραμυθεῖται αὐτοὺς μειζόνως. Εἰ γὰρ καὶ ἀλγεῖτε, φησὶ: βλασφημούμενοι, αλλ᾽ ἕξετε πολλοὺς τοὺς δι ὑμᾶς θαυμάζοντας τὸν θεόν. ᾿'Ἑκατὲ ρωθεν δὲ ὃ μισθὸς ὃ υμῖν συλλέγεται, καὶ δοξαζομένου τοῦ θεοὺ δι᾽ ὑμᾶς, καὶ βλασφημουμένων ὑμῶν διὰ τὸν θεόν. Ἵνα γὰρ μὴ ἐπιτηδεύωμεν κακῶς ἀκούειν, μαθόντες ὅτι μισθὸν ἔχει τὸ πρᾶγμα, οὔτε ἐκεῖνο ἁπλῶς τέθεικε, αλλὰ μετὰ δύο διορισμῶν' οἷον, ὅταν ψευδῆ λέγηται; καὶ ὅταν διὰ τὸν θεόν' καὶ δείκνυσιν, ὅτι οὐκ ἐκεῖνο μόνον, ἀλλὰ καὶ τὸ καλῶς ἀκούειν πολὺ φέρει τὸ κέρδος, τῆς δόξης εἰς τὸν θεὸν διαβαινούσης καὶ χρηστὰς αὐτοῖς ὑποτείνει τὰς ἐλπίδας. Οὐ γὰρ. τοσοῦτον; φησὶν, ἰσχύει κακηγορία τῶν πονηρῶν, ὡς καὶ τοις ἄλλοις ἐπισκοτεῖν εἰς τὸ ἰδεῖν νυ υμῶν τὸ φώς. Ὅταν ὃ γὰρ μωρανθῆτε, τότε ὑμᾶς καταπατήσουσι μόνον, οὐχ ὅταν τὰ ὀρθὰ πράττοντες διαβάλησθε. Τότε γὰρ καὶ πολλοὶ ἔσονται οἱ θαυμάζοντες, οὐχ ὑμᾶς μόνον, ἀλλὰ δι ὑμᾶς καὶ τὸν πατέρα τὸν ὑμέτερον. Καὶ οὐκ εἶπε, τὸν θεὸν, ἀλλὰ, τὸν πατέρα, τῆς μελλούσης αὐτοῖς διδόσθαι εὐγενείας ἤδη προκαταβαάλλων τὰ σπέρματα. Εἶτα δεικνὺς τὸ ὁμότιμον, ἀνωτέρω μὲν ὄλφγε᾽ μὴ λυπεῖσθε ὅταν κακῶς ἀκούητε ἀρκεῖ γὰρ ὑμῖν τὸ δι ἐμὲ ταῦτα ἀκούειν ἐνταῦθα δὲ τὸν πατέρα τίθησι, πανταχοῦ τὸ ἴσον δηλῶν. Εἰδότες τοίνυν τὸ ἀπὸ τῆς σπουδῆς ταύτης κέρδος, καὶ τῆς ῥᾳθυμίας τὸν κίνδυνον (τῆς γὰρ ἡμετέρας ἀπωλείας πολλῷ χεῖρον τὸ τὸν δεσπότην τὸν ἡμέτερον βλασφημεῖσθαι δι᾽ ἡμᾶς), Ὅν ἀπρόσκοποι γινώμεθα καὶ ᾿Ιουδαίοις καὶ Ἕλλησι, καὶ τῇ ἐκκλησίᾳ τοῦ θεοῦ τὸν τε βίον ἡλίου λαμπρότερον παρεχόμενοι, κᾶν τις βούληται κακηγορεῖν, μὴ τῷ κακῶς ἀκούειν ἀλγοῦντες, ἀλλὰ τῷ δικαίως ἀκούειν κακῶς. Ἂν μὲν γὰρ ἐν πονηρίᾳ ζώμεν, κἂν μηδεὶς ὁ κακηγορῶν ἢ, πάντων ἐσμὲν ἀθλιώτεροι ἀν δὲ ἀρετῆς ἐπιμελώμεθα, κἀν ἡ οἰκουμένη λέγη κακῶς, τῦτε πάντων ἐσόμεθα ζηλωτότεροι, καὶ πάντας ἐπισπασόμεθα τοὺς σώζεσθαι προαιρουμένους οὐδὲ γὰρ τῇ κακηγορίᾳ τῶν πονηρῶν, ἀλλὰ τῇ ἀρετῇ τοῦ βίου προσέζουσι. Καὶ γὰρ σάλπιγγος ἁπάσης λαμπροτέρα ἡ διὰ τῶν ἔργων ἐπίδειξις, καὶ του φωτὸς αὐτοῦ φανότερος βίος καθαρὸς, κἂν μυρίοι οἱ διαβάλλοντες ὦσιν. ᾿γὰρ τὰ προειρημένα ἅπαντα ἔχωμεν, καὶ πρᾶοι καὶ ταπεινοὶ καὶ ἐλεήμονες ὠμεν, καὶ καθαροὶ καὶ εἰρηνοποιοὶ» καὶ κακώς ἀκούοντες μὴ ἀνθυβρίζωμεν, ἀλλὰ καὶ χαίρωμεν, τῶν σημείων οὐκ ἐλαττον ἐπισπασόμεθα τοὺς θεωροῦντας ἡμᾶς, καὶ ἡδέως ἅπαντες πρὸς ἡμᾶς ἕξουσι, κἀν θηρίον, κἂν δαίμων τις ἡ, κἂν ὁτιοῦν. Εἰ δὲ εἷέν τινες καὶ οἱ κακηγοροῦντες, μηδὲν ἐντεῦθεν θορυβηθῆς, μηδ᾽ ὅτι σε δημοσίᾳ ὑβρίζουσιν ἴδης, ἀλλ᾽ ἐξέτασον αὐτὼν τὸ συνειδὸς, καὶ ὄψει κροτοῦντάς σε καὶ θαυμάζοντας, καὶ μυρίους ἀριθμοῦντας επαίνους. Ὅρα γοῦν πῶς ὁ Ναβουχο ονόσορ ἐπαινεῖ τοὺς παῖδας τοὺς ἐν τῇ καμίνῳ καίτοιγε ἐχθρὸς ἣν καὶ πολέμιος αλλ᾽ ἐπειδὴ εἶδε γενναίως ἑστῶτας, ἀνακηρύττει καὶ στεφανοι, δι᾿ ἕτερον μὲν οὐδὲν, ὅτι δὲ αὐτοῦ παρήκουσαν, καὶ τοὺ νόμου ἤκουσαν τοῦ θεοῦ. γάρ διάβολος, ὅταν ἴδη ἑαυτὸν μηδὲν ἀνύοντα, ἀφίσταται λοιπὸν, δεδοικώς μὴ πλειόνων ἡμῖν στεφάνων αἴτιος γένηται ἐκείνου δὲ ἀποστάντος, κἀν μιαρὸς ἡ τις καὶ διεφθαρμένος, Ὑνώσεται τὴν ἀρετὴν, τῆς ἀχλύος εκείνης ἀναιρεθείσης. Ἂν δὲ καὶ ἄνθρωποι παραλογίσωνται, παρὰ τοῦ θεοῦ ἐξεις τὸν ἔπαινον καὶ τὸ θαῦμα μεῖζον.

Kai pōs, phēsin, ho theos doxasthēsetai di hēmōn, eige melloien hēmas kakēgorein hoi anthrōpoi? ᾿All᾽ ou pantes kakeinoi de autoi hoi en baskanią touto poiountes, kata to syneidos hymas thaumasontai kai apodexontai hōsper oun hoi phanerōs kolakeuontes tous en ponērią zōntas kata noun diaballousi. Ti oun? pros epideixin hēmas keleueis zēn kai pros philotimian: Apage? ou touto phēmi. Oude gar eipon, spoudazete hymeis eis meson pherein ta katorthōmata hymōn oude eipon, deixate auta alla, lampsatō to phōs hymōn toutesti, pollē estō hē aretē? kai dapsiles to pyr, kai to phōs aphaton. Hotan gar tosautē ę̄ hē aretē, amēchanon autēn lathein, kan myriakis metiōn autēn syskiasę̄. SAlēpton autois paraschesthe bion, kai mēdemian echetōsan alēthē katēgorias aphormēn' kai, kan myrioi hoi katēgorountes ōsin, oudeis hymin episkiasai dynēsetai. Kai kalōs eipe, to phōs. Ouden gar houtōs episēmon. anthrōpon poiei, kan myriakis lanthanein boulētai, hōs aretēs epideixis. Hōsper gar autēn tēn aktina peribeblēmenos, houtōs autēs ᾿phaidroteros lampei, ouk eis gēn tas marmarygas aphieis, alla kai auton hyperbainōn ton ouranon. ᾿Enteuthen kai paramytheitai autous meizonōs. Ei gar kai algeite, phēsi: blasphēmoumenoi, all᾽ hexete pollous tous di hymas thaumazontas ton theon. ᾿'Hekate rōthen de ho misthos ho ymin syllegetai, kai doxazomenou tou theou di᾽ hymas, kai blasphēmoumenōn hymōn dia ton theon. Hina gar mē epitēdeuōmen kakōs akouein, mathontes hoti misthon echei to pragma, oute ekeino haplōs tetheike, alla meta dyo diorismōn' hoion, hotan pseudē legētai? kai hotan dia ton theon' kai deiknysin, hoti ouk ekeino monon, alla kai to kalōs akouein poly pherei to kerdos, tēs doxēs eis ton theon diabainousēs kai chrēstas autois hypoteinei tas elpidas. Ou gar. tosouton? phēsin, ischyei kakēgoria tōn ponērōn, hōs kai tois allois episkotein eis to idein ny ymōn to phōs. Hotan ho gar mōranthēte, tote hymas katapatēsousi monon, ouch hotan ta ortha prattontes diabalēsthe. Tote gar kai polloi esontai hoi thaumazontes, ouch hymas monon, alla di hymas kai ton patera ton hymeteron. Kai ouk eipe, ton theon, alla, ton patera, tēs mellousēs autois didosthai eugeneias ēdē prokatabaallōn ta spermata. Eita deiknys to homotimon, anōterō men olphge᾽ mē lypeisthe hotan kakōs akouēte arkei gar hymin to di eme tauta akouein entautha de ton patera tithēsi, pantachou to ison dēlōn. Eidotes toinyn to apo tēs spoudēs tautēs kerdos, kai tēs rhąthymias ton kindynon (tēs gar hēmeteras apōleias pollǭ cheiron to ton despotēn ton hēmeteron blasphēmeisthai di᾽ hēmas), Hon aproskopoi ginōmetha kai ᾿Ioudaiois kai Hellēsi, kai tę̄ ekklēsią tou theou ton te bion hēliou lamproteron parechomenoi, kan tis boulētai kakēgorein, mē tǭ kakōs akouein algountes, alla tǭ dikaiōs akouein kakōs. An men gar en ponērią zōmen, kan mēdeis ho kakēgorōn ē, pantōn esmen athliōteroi an de aretēs epimelōmetha, kan hē oikoumenē legē kakōs, tyte pantōn esometha zēlōtoteroi, kai pantas epispasometha tous sōzesthai proairoumenous oude gar tę̄ kakēgorią tōn ponērōn, alla tę̄ aretę̄ tou biou prosezousi. Kai gar salpingos hapasēs lamprotera hē dia tōn ergōn epideixis, kai tou phōtos autou phanoteros bios katharos, kan myrioi hoi diaballontes ōsin. ᾿gar ta proeirēmena hapanta echōmen, kai praoi kai tapeinoi kai eleēmones ōmen, kai katharoi kai eirēnopoioi» kai kakōs akouontes mē anthybrizōmen, alla kai chairōmen, tōn sēmeiōn ouk elatton epispasometha tous theōrountas hēmas, kai hēdeōs hapantes pros hēmas hexousi, kan thērion, kan daimōn tis hē, kan hotioun. Ei de heien tines kai hoi kakēgorountes, mēden enteuthen thorybēthēs, mēd᾽ hoti se dēmosią hybrizousin idēs, all᾽ exetason autōn to syneidos, kai opsei krotountas se kai thaumazontas, kai myrious arithmountas epainous. Hora goun pōs ho Naboucho onosor epainei tous paidas tous en tę̄ kaminǭ kaitoige echthros hēn kai polemios all᾽ epeidē eide gennaiōs hestōtas, anakēryttei kai stephanoi, di᾿ heteron men ouden, hoti de autou parēkousan, kai tou nomou ēkousan tou theou. gar diabolos, hotan idē heauton mēden anyonta, aphistatai loipon, dedoikōs mē pleionōn hēmin stephanōn aitios genētai ekeinou de apostantos, kan miaros hē tis kai diephtharmenos, Hynōsetai tēn aretēn, tēs achlyos ekeinēs anairetheisēs. An de kai anthrōpoi paralogisōntai, para tou theou exeis ton epainon kai to thauma meizon.

“And how,” someone says, “will God be glorified through us, if men are going to slander us?” But not all will; and even those who do this out of envy will in their conscience admire you and approve you, just as those who openly flatter men living in wickedness accuse them in their minds. “What then? Do you bid us live for display and ambition?” Away with it! That is not what I mean. For I did not say, “Be eager to bring your good deeds into the open,” nor did I say, “Show them,” but, “Let your light shine”; that is, let your virtue be great, and the fire abundant, and the light unspeakable. For when virtue is so great, it is impossible for it to lie hidden, even if the one who pursues it should try ten thousand times to overshadow it. Offer them a blameless life, and let them have no true occasion for accusation; and even if your accusers are ten thousand, no one will be able to overshadow you. And he rightly said “light.” For nothing makes a man so conspicuous, even if he wishes ten thousand times to lie hidden, as the display of virtue. For as though he were clothed with the sunbeam itself, so he shines more brightly than it, sending his rays not onto the earth only but passing beyond heaven itself. From here too he comforts them the more. “For even if you are pained,” he says, “at being blasphemed, you will have many who admire God because of you.” And on both sides the reward is gathered for you, both when God is glorified through you and when you are blasphemed for God’s sake. For so that we might not make a practice of being ill spoken of, having learned that the thing has a reward, he did not put that simply either, but with two conditions: namely, when false things are said, and when it is for God’s sake. And he shows that not only that, but also being well spoken of brings great gain, since the glory passes on to God; and he holds out kind hopes to them. “For the slander of the wicked,” he says, “is not so strong as to darken the others’ eyes so that they cannot see your light. For only when you have lost your savor will they trample on you, not when you are slandered for doing what is right. For then there will be many who admire, not you only, but through you your Father too.” And he did not say “God” but “the Father,” already laying down beforehand the seeds of the nobility that was to be given them. Then, showing his equality of honor, above he said, “Do not grieve when you are ill spoken of; it is enough for you to hear these things for my sake”; but here he puts the Father, everywhere showing the equality.

Knowing, then, the gain from this zeal and the danger of indolence (for it is much worse than our own destruction that our Master should be blasphemed because of us), let us give no offense to Jews or to Greeks or to the church of God, offering a life brighter than the sun; and if anyone wishes to slander us, let us not grieve at being ill spoken of, but at being justly ill spoken of. For if we live in wickedness, even if there is no one to slander us, we are the most wretched of all; but if we take care of virtue, even if the whole world speaks ill of us, then we shall be the most enviable of all, and shall draw to us all who choose to be saved; for they will attend not to the slander of the wicked but to the virtue of our life. For the demonstration given by works is clearer than any trumpet, and a pure life is brighter than light itself, even if those who slander are ten thousand. [For if] we have all the things mentioned before, and are meek and humble and merciful, and pure and peacemakers, and when ill spoken of do not insult in return but even rejoice, we shall draw those who behold us no less than by signs; and all will be well disposed toward us, even if one is a wild beast, even if a demon, even if anything whatever. And if there should be some who slander, do not be troubled at all by this, nor look at the fact that they insult you in public, but examine their conscience, and you will see them applauding you and admiring you and reckoning up ten thousand praises. See, at any rate, how Nebuchadnezzar praises the youths in the furnace, although he was an enemy and a foe; but when he saw them standing nobly, he proclaims and crowns them, for no other reason than that they disobeyed him and obeyed the law of God. For the devil, when he sees himself accomplishing nothing, at last departs, afraid of becoming the cause of more crowns for us; and when he has departed, even if someone is foul and corrupted, he will recognize virtue, once that mist has been removed. And if men too should reason amiss, you will have the praise from God, and the admiration will be greater.

15.9Field 1

Μη τοίνυν ἄλγει, μηδὲ κατάπιπτε ἐπεὶ καὶ οἱ ἀπόστολοι ὅτοῖς μὲν ὀσμὴ θανάτου ἦσαν; τοῖς οι. δὲ ὀσμὴ ζωῆς. Ἂν γὰρ σὺ μηδεμίαν παράσχῃς λαβὴν, πάντων ἀπήλλαξαι τῶν ἐγκλημάτων μᾶλλον καὶ μακαριώτερὸς γέγονας. Λάμπε τοίνυν κατὰ τὸν βιον, καὶ τῶν κακηγορούντων μηδένα ποιοῦ λόγον. Οὐ γάρ ἐστιν, οὐκ ἔστιν, ἀρετῆς ἐπιμελόμενον. μὴ πολλοὺς ἔχειν ἐχθρούς. ᾿Αλλ οὐδὲν τοῦτο πρὸς τὸν ἐνάρετον διὰ Ὑὰρ τῶν τοιούτων ,λαμπρότερος ἔσται μειζόνως. Ταῦτ᾽ οὖν ἐννοοῦντες, ἕν μόνον σκοἼαμεν, μετὰ ἀκριβείας τὸν ἑαυτὼν οἰκονομεῖν βίον οὕτω γὰρ καὶ πρὸς τὴν ἐκεῖ χειραγωγήσομεν ζωὴν τοὺς ἐν σκότῳ καθημένους. Τοιαύτη γὰρ τοῦ φωτὸς τούτου ἢ δύναμις, ὡς μὴ ἐνταῦθα μόνον λάμπειν, ἀλλὰ καὶ ἐκεῖ ἀρ τοὺς ἑπομένους. Ὅταν γὰρ ἴδωσι πάντων τῶν παρόντων καταφρονοῦντας, καὶ πρὸς τὸ μέλλον παρασκευαζομένους, πρὸ λόγου παντὸς τοις ἔργοις ἡμῶν πεισθήσονται. Τίς γὰρ οὕτως ανόητος, ὡς ὁρῶν τὸν χθὲς καὶ πρώην τρνφῶντα καὶ πλουτοῦντα; πάντα ἀποδυόμενον, και πτερούμενον, καὶ πρὸς λιμὸν καὶ πενίαν, καὶ πρὸς σκληραγωγίαν ἅπασαν, καὶ πρὸς κινδύνους, καὶ πρὸς αἷμα, καὶ πρὸς σφαγὴν, καὶ πρὸς πάντα τὰ δοκοῦντα εἶναι δεινὰ παρατεταγμένον, μὴ σαφῆ λαβεῖν τῶν μελλόντων ἐντεῦθεν ἀπόδειξιν; Ἂν δὲ τοῖς παροῦσιν ἑαντοὺς ἐμπλέκωμεν, καὶ ἐνδοτέρω ὠθώμεν, πὼς δυνήσονται πεισθῆναι; ὅτι πρὸς ἀποδημίαν ἐπειγόμεθα ἑτέραν: Τίς δὲ ἡμῖν ἔσται ἀπολογία λοιπὸν, ὅταν ὅσον ἴσχυσεν ἡ ἀνθρωπίνη δόξα παρὰ τοῖς Ελλήνων φιλοσόφοις, μὴ δἰ ἰσχύῃ παρ᾽ ἡμῖν ὁ τοῦ θεοῦ φόβος: Καὶ γὰρ ἐκείνων τινὲς καὶ χρήματα ἀπεδύσαντο, καὶ θανάτου κατεφρόνησαν, ἵνα ἀνθρώποις ἐπιδείξωνται διὸ καὶ κεναὶ γεγόνασιν αὐτῶν αἱ ἐλπίδες. Τίς οὖν ἡμᾶς ἐξαιρήσεται λόγος, ὅταν τοσούτων προκειμένων, καὶ τοσαύτης φιλοσοφίας ημῖν ἀνοιχθείσης, μηδὲ τὰ αὐτὰ δυνηθῶμεν εκείνοις, ἀλλὰ καὶ ἑαυτοὺς καὶ ἑτέρους ᾿προσαπὸλλυμεν: Οὐδὲ γὰρ οὕτω βλάπτει ἕλλην παράνομα πράσσων, ὡς Χριστιανὸς ταῦτα ποιῶν καὶ μάλα εἰκότως. ᾿Εκείνων μὲν γὰρ διεφθαρμένη ἡ ἡ δόξα ἡ δὲ ἡμετέρα διὰ τὴν τοῦ θεοῦ χάριν καὶ παρὰ τοῖς ἀσεβέσι σεμνὴ καὶ περιφανής. Διὸ ὅταν μάλιστα ἡμῖν ὀνειδίσαι βούλωνται, καὶ τὴν ᾿κατηγορίαν αὐξῆσαι, τοῦτο ἐπιλέγουσιν, οἷον, ὁ Χριστιανός οὐκ ἂν εἰπόντες, εἰ μὴ μεγάλην περὶ τοῦ δόγματος ἐσχον ὑπόνοιαν. Οὐκ ἤκουσας πόσα ὁ Χριστὸς ἐπέταξε καὶ ἡλίκα: Πότε οὗν δυνήσῃ μίαν ἐκείνων ανύσαι τῶν ἐντολῶν, ὅταν πάντα ἀφεὶς περιέρχη τόκους συλλέγων, δανείσματα ῥάπτων, πραγματείας συντιθεὶς.» ἀγέλας ἀνδραπόδων ὠνούμενος, ἀργυρῶ σκεύη κατασκενάζων, ἀγροὺς καὶ οἰκίας καὶ ἐπιπλα ἀγοράζων μυρία; Καὶ εἴθε τοῦτο μόνον. Ὅνταν δὲ ταῖς ἀκαίροις ταύταις σπουἙ δαῖς καὶ ἀδικίαν προστιθῆς, γῆν ἀποτεμνόμενους, οἰκίας ἀποσπῶν, πενίαν ἐπιτρίβων, λιμὸν αὔξων, πότε δυνήσῃ τῶν προθύρων ἐπιβῆναι τούτων: Ἀλλ᾽ ἐστιν ὅτε καὶ πένητας ἐλεεῖς. Οἷδα καγώ ἀλλὰ καὶ ἐκεῖ πολλὴ πάλιν ἡ λύμη. Ἣ γὰρ μετὰ τύφου, ἢ μετὰ κενοδοξίας τοῦτο ποιεῖς, ἵνα μηδὲ εν τοῖς ἀγαθοῖς κερδάνῃ οὗ τί γένοιτ᾽ ἂν ἀθλιώτερον, ὅταν καὶ ἐν τῷ λιμένι ναναγῆς: Ἵν᾽ οὗν μὴ τοῦτο γένηται, ποιήσας τι καλὸν, μὴ ζήτει παρ ἐμοῦ τὴν χάριν, ἵνα τὸν θεὸν ἔχῃς ὀφειλέτην. ὅ Δανείζετε γὰρ; φησὶ, παρ᾽ ὧν μὴ προσδοκᾶτε λήψεσθαι. Ἔχεις χρεώστην᾽ τί ἐκεῖνον ἀφεὶς, ἐμὲ ἀπαιτεῖς, ἄνθρωπον πένητα καὶ ταλαίπωρον: Μὴ γὰρ ἀγανακτεῖ ὁ χρεώστης ἀπαιτούμενος: μὴ γὰρ πένης ἐστί: μὴ γὰρ οὐ βούλεται καταθεῖναι; Οὐχ ὁρᾷς αὐτοῦ τοὺς ἀφάτους θησαυρούς: οὐχ ὁρᾷς τὴν ἀνεκδιήγητον φιλοτιμίαν: Αὐτὸν τοίνυν κάτασχε καὶ ἀπαίτησον οὕτω γὰ απαιτούμενος χαίρει. Ὅτι ἄν ἕτερον ἀπαιτούμενον ἴδῃ ἄνθ' ὧν αὐτὸς ὡς ὑβρισθεὶς οὕτω διακείσεται καὶ οὐκέτι σοι ᾿ἀποδί ὡσιν, ἀλλὰ καὶ ἐγκαλεῖ δικαίως. Ποίαν γάρ μον ἀγνωμοσύνην κατέγνως: Φησί ποίαν μοι πενίαν σύνοιδας, ὅτι παραδραμὼν ἐμὲ ἐφ᾽ ἑτέρου: ἔρχῃ: Ἄλλῳ ἐδάνεισας, καὶ ἄλλον ἀπαιτεῖς: Εἰ γὰρ καὶ ᾿ἄνθρωπος ὑπεδέξατο, ἀλλ ὁ θοὸς ἐκέλευσε καταβαλεῖν καὶ αὐτὸς καὶ πρωτότυπος ὀφειλέτης καὶ ἐγγνητὴς εἶναι βούλεται, μυρίας σοι παρέχων ἀφορμὰς τοῦ πάντοθεν αὐτὸν ἀπαιτεῖν. Μὴ δὴ οὖν τοσαύτην εὐκολίαν καὶ εὐπορίαν ἀφεὶς, παρ᾽ ἐμοῦ ζήτει λαβεῖν τοῦ μηδὲν ἔχοντος. Τίνος γὰρ ἕνεκεν ἐμοὶ ἐπιδείκνυσαι ἐλεῶν πένητα: Μὴ γὰρ ἐγώ σοι εἶπον, δός; μὴ γὰρ παρ᾽ ἐμοῦ ἤκουσας, ἵνα καὶ παρ᾽ ἐμοῦ ἀπαιτήσης; Αὐτὸς εἶπεν το ἐλεῶν πένητα δανείζει, θεῷ. Θεῷ ἐδάνεισας αὐτῷ ᾿περίθες. Ἀλλ᾽ οὐκ ἀποδίδωσι τὸ πᾶν νῦν. Καὶ τοῦτο ὑπὲρ σοῦ ποιεῖ. Τοιοῦτος γάρ ὃ ἐστιν ὀφειλέτητ᾽ οὐχ ὡς πολλοὶ τὸ δανεισθὲν σπουδάζουσιν ἀποδοῦναι μόνον, ἀλλ᾽ ὥστε καὶ τὸ δοθὲν ἐν ἀσφαλείᾳ «καταθεῖναι, πάντα πραγματεύεται καὶ ποιεῖ. Διά τοι τοῦτο τὰ μὲν ἐνταῦθα καταβάλλει, τὰ δὲ ἐκεῖ Ὁ ταμιεύεται. Ταῦτ᾽ οὖν εἰδότες πολὺν ποιῶμεν τὸν ἔλεον, καὶ πολλὴν τὴν φιλανθρωπίαν ἐπιδειξώμεθα, καὶ διὰ χρημάτων, καὶ διὰ πραγμάτων. Κἄν ἴδωμέν τινα κακῶς πάσχοντα καὶ τυπτόμενον ἐν ἀγορᾷ, κἂν ἀργύριον δυνατὸν καταβαλεῖν, ποιώμεν' κἂν λόγοις δυνατὸν διαλῦσαι, μὴ ὀκνῶμεν. Ἔστι γὰρ καὶ λόγου μισθὸς, μᾶλλον δὲ καὶ ᾿στεναγμῶν καὶ τοῦτο μακάριος ᾿Ιὼβ ἐλεγεν᾽ ἐγὼ δὸ ἔκλαυσα ἐπὶ παντὶ ἀδυνάτῳ, ἐστέναξα δὲ ἰδὼν ἄνδρα εν ἀνάγκαις. Εἰ δὲ δακρύων καὶ στεναγμῶν ἐστι μισθὸς, ὅταν καὶ λόγοι καὶ σπουδὴ, καὶ γὰρ καὶ ἡμεῖς ἐχθροὶ ἦμεν τῷ θεφ᾽ καὶ ὁ μονογενὴς ἡμᾶς κατήλλαξε, μέσον ἑαυτὸν ἐμβαλὼν, καὶ πληγὰς ὑπὲρ ἡμῶν δεξάμενος, καὶ θάνατον ὑπὲρ ἡμῶν ὑπομείνας. Σπονδάσωμεν τοίνυν καὶ ἡμεῖς τοὺς ἐμπίπτοντας μυρίων ἀπαλλάττειν κακῶν, ἀλλά μὴ, ὡς νῦν ποιοῦμεν, ἐπειδὰν Ἰἴδωμέν τινας συγκρονομένους καὶ συῤῥηγνυμένους ἀλλήλοις, ἱἑστήκαμεν εὐφραινόμενοι ταῖς ἑτέρων ἀσχημοσύναις, καὶ ,θέατρον περί: ἰστῶντες διαβολικόν' οὗ τί γένοιτ᾽ ἀν ὠμότερον: Ὁρᾷς κακῶς ἀκούοντας, διαῤῥηγνυμένους, κατατέμνοντας τὴν ἐσθῆτα, συγκοπτομένους τὸ πρόσωπον, καὶ ὑπομένεις ἡσυχῆ παρεστάναι; Μὴ γὰρ ἄρκτος ἐστὶν ὁ μαχόμενος: μὴ γὰρ θηρίον: μὴ γὰρ ὄφιες: ᾿Ανθρωπὸς ἐστιν ὁ πανταχοῦ σοι κοινωνῶν, ἀδελφός ἐστι, μέλος ἐστί. Μὴ θεώρει, ἀλλὰ διάλνε᾽ μὴ τέρπου; αλλὰ διόρθου μὴ ἑτέρους παρακίνει ἐπὶ τὴν ἀσχημοσύνην, αλλὰ καὶ τοὺς συνειλεγμένους ἀποσόβει καὶ διώλνε. Ἀναισχύντων γὰρ καὶ οἰκοτρίβων τὸ χαίρειν ταῖς τοιαύταις συμφοραῖς, καὶ καθαρμάτων καὶ ὄνων αλόγων. Ὁρᾷς ἄνθρωπον ἀσχημονοῦντα, καὶ οὐχ ἡγῇ αὐτὸς ἀσχημονεῖν: οὐδὲ εἰσέρχῃ μέσος, καὶ διασκεδαζεις τοῦ διαβόλου τὴν φάλαγ γα, καὶ τὰ ἀνθρώπινα διαλύεις κακά; ἵνα καὶ αὐτὸς πληγὰς λάβω, φησί καὶ σὺ τοῦτο κελεύεις: Μάλιστα μὲν οὐδὲ τοῦτο πείσῃ; ἂν δὲ καὶ τοῦτο παθης. μαρτύριον σοι τὸ πρᾶγμά ἐστι διὰ γὰρ τὸν θεὸν ἔπαθες. Εἰ δὲ πληγὰς ὀκνεῖς λαβεῖν, ἐννόησον ὅτι ὁ δεσπότης σου σταυρὸν οὐκ ὥκνησεν ὑπομεῖναι διὰ σέ. ᾿Ἐκεῖνοι μὲν γὰρ μεθύουσι καὶ ἐσκότωνται, τοῦ θυμοῦ τυραννοῦντος καὶ στρατηγοῦντος αὐτοῖς, δέονται δέ τινος ὑγιαίνοντος, τοῦ βοηθήσοντος αὐτοῖς, ὅ τε ἀδικῶν, ὅ ὃ τε ἀδικούμενος ὁ μὲν, ἵνα ἀπαλλαγῇ πάσχων κακῶς, ὁ δὲ, ἵνα παύσηται ποιῶν κακῶς. Πάρελθε τοίνυν καὶ χείρα ὄρεξον, ὁ Ο νήφων τῷ μεθύοντι. στι γὰρ καὶ ὀργῆς μέθη, καὶ τῆς ἐκ τοῦ οἴνον χαλεπωτέρα. Οὐχ ὁρᾷς τοὺς ναύτας, οἱ ὅταν ναναγίῳ τινὰς περιπεσόντας ἴδωσι, τὰ ἱστία πετάσαντες μετὰ πολλῆς ἀπέρχονται σπουδῆς, ὥστε τοὺς ὁμοτέχνους ἐξαρπάσαι τοῦ κλύδωνος: Εἰ δὲ τέχνης κοινωνοὶ τοσαυτὴν ἐπιδείκνυνται προστασίαν, πόσῳ μᾶλλον τοὺς τῆς φύσεως κοινωνοὺς ταῦτα πάντα ποιεῖν δίκαιον. Καὶ γὰρ καὶ ἐνταῦθα νανάγιόν ἐστιν ἐκείνον χαλεπώτερον. Ἢ γὰρ ἐβλασφήμησεν ἐπηρεασθεὶν, καὶ πάντα ἐκένωσεν᾽ ἣ ἐπιώρκησεν ὑπὸ τοῦ θυμοῦ τυραννούμενος, καὶ πάλιν εἰς γέενναν ἐνέπεσεν᾽ ἡ πληγὴν δίδωσι καὶ φόνον ἐργάζεται, καὶ τὸ αὐτὸ τοῦτο πάλιν ὑπομένει νανάγιον. Ἄπελθε τοίνυν, καὶ στῆσον τὸ κακὸν, καὶ καταποντιζομένους ἀνάσπασον, εἰς αὐτὸ τῆς ζάλης τὸ πέλαγος καταβάς καὶ διαλύσας τοῦ διαβόλον τὸ θέατρον, καὶ κατ᾽ ἰδίαν λαβὼν ἕκαστον, παραίνεσον καταστεῖλαι τὴν φλογα, καὶ τὰ κύματα κοιμίσαι. Εἰ δὲ μείζων ἡ πυρὰ, καὶ χαλεπωτέρα γίνεται ἡ κάμινος; μὴ φοβηθῆς πολλοὺς γὰρ ἔχεις, τοὺς συνεφαπτομένους καὶ χεῖρα ὁρέγοντας, ἂν ἀρχὴν παράσχῃς μόνον, καὶ πρό γε, πάντων τὸν τῆς εἰρήνης θεόν. Κἀν πρώτος διατινάξης τὴν φλόγα, πολλοὶ καὶ ἕτεροι ἀκολουθήσουσι, καὶ τῶν ὑπ᾽ ἐκείνων κατορθουμένων αὐτὸς λήψη τὸν μισθόν. Ἄκουσον τί παρήνεσεν ὁ Χριστὸς τοῖς ᾿Ιουδαίοις τοῖς χαμαὶ ἕρπουσιν· ἂν τὸ ὑποζύγιον ἴδης τοῦ ἐχθροῦ σου; φησὶ, καταπίπτον, μὴ παραδράμης, ἀλλ᾽ ἀνάστησον. Καίτοι τοῦ κείμενον ὑποζύγιον ἀναστῆσαι πολὺ κουφότερον τὸ μαχομένους ἀνθρώπους διαλῦσαι καὶ διαλλάξαι. Εἰ δὲ ἐχθρῶν ὄνον, πολλῷ μᾶλλον Φίλων ψυχὰς ᾿συνδιανιστάναι χρη καὶ μάλιστα ὅταν χαλεπώτερον ἡ τὸ πτῶμα οὐ γὰρ εἰς βόρβορον αὗται πίπτουσιν, ἀλλ᾽ εἰς τὸ τῆς γεέννης πῦρ, τὸ φορτίον οὐ φέρουσαι τοῦ θυμοῦ. Σὺ δὲ ὁ ορῶν τὸν αἀδελφὸν ὑπὸ τὸν γόμον κείμενον, καὶ τὸν διάβολον ἐφεστῶτα καὶ τὴν πυρὰν ἀνάπτοντα, παρατρέχεις ὠμῶς καὶ ἣ ἀνηλεῶς ὅπερ οὐδὲ ἐπ᾽ ἀλόγῳ ποιῆσαι, ἀκίνδυνον. Καὶ ὁ μὲν Σα- μαρείτης τραυματίαν ἰδὼν ἀγνῶτα καὶ οὐδὲν αὐτῷ προσήκοντα, καὶ ἐπέστη, καὶ ἐπὶ ὑποζύγιον ἀνεβίβασε, καὶ εἰς τὸ πανδοχεῖον κατήγαγε, καὶ ἰατρὸν ἐμισθώσατο, καὶ τὸ μὲν ἔδωκεν ἀργύριον, τὸ δὲ ὑπέσχετο. Σὺ δὲ οὐ λῃσταῖς περιπεσόντα βλέπων, ἀλλὰ δαιμόνων φαλαγγι καὶ θυμοῦ πολιορκίᾳ, οὐκ ἐν ἐρημίᾳ, ἀλλ᾽ ἐν ἀγορᾷ μέσῃ» οὐ χρήματα ἀναλίσκειν μέλλων, οὐδὲ ὑποζύγιον μισθοῦσθαι, οὐδὲ μακρὰν προπέμπειν ὁδὸν, αλλὰ ῥήματα φθέγγεσθαι μόνον, ὀκνεῖς καὶ ἀναδύη, καὶ παρατρέχεις ὠμῶς καὶ ᾿ανηλεώς; Καὶ πῶς προσδοκᾷς τὸν θεὸν καλῶν ἵλεών ποτε ἕξειν: Εἴπω δὲ καὶ πρὸς ὑμας τοὺς ἀσχημονοῦντας δημοσίᾳ, πρὸς τὸν ἐπηρεά- Ο ζοντα καὶ ἀδικοῦντα. Πληγὰς ἥ ἐντείνεις, εἰπό μοι, καὶ λακτίζεις, καὶ δάκνεις: Ὗς ἄγριος ἐγένου, καὶ ὄνος ἄγριοι: Καὶ οὐκ αἰσχύνῃ; οὐδὲ ἐρυθριᾷς, ἐκθηριούμενος, καὶ τὴν οἰκείαν εὐγένειαν προδιδούς:: Εἰ γὰρ πένης εἶ, αλλ᾽ ἐλεύθερος εἰ γὰρ χειροτέχνης εἶ, ἀλλὰ Χριστιανός. Διί’ αὐτὸ μὲν οὗν τοῦτο ὅτι πένης εἷ, ἀναγκαῖον ἡσυχάζειν. Τῶν γὰρ. πλουτούντων ἐστὶ τὸ μάχεσθαι, οὐ τῶν πενήτων τῶν πλουτούντων, τῶν πολλὰς ἐχόντων ἀνάγκας πολέμων. Συ δὲ τὴν ἡδονὴν οὐκ ἔχων τοῦ πλούτου, τὰ κακὰ τοῦ πλούτου περιέρχῃ συνάγων σεαυτῷ, ἔχθρας καὶ φιλονεικίας καὶ μάχας καὶ ἀποπνίγεις τὸν ἀδελφόν, καὶ ἄγχεις, καὶ καταβάλλεις δημοσίᾳ ἁπάντων ὁρώντων καὶ οὐχ ἡγῇ μᾶλλον αὐτὸς ἀσχημονεῖν, τῶν ἀλόγων μιμούμενος τὰς ὁρμὰς, μᾶλλον δὲ καὶ ἐκείνων χείρων γινόμενος; Πάντα γὰρ ἐκείνοις κοινὰ, καὶ συναγελάζονται ἀλλήλοις, καὶ πυιβαῖ (ζουσιν' ἡμῖν δὲ οὐδὲν κοινὸν, ἀλλὰ πάντα ἄνω καὶ κάτω, μάχαι; φιλονεικίαι, λοιδορίαι, καὶ ἀπέχθειαι, καὶ ὕβρεις. Καὶ οὔτε τὸν οὐρανὸν αἰδούμεθα, εἰς ὃν ἐκλήθημεν κοινῇ ἅπαντες, οὐδὲ τὴν Ὑῆν ἣν κοινὴν πᾶσιν ἀνῆκεν, οὐκ αὐτὴν τὴν φύσιν' ἀλλὰ παᾶντα ὁ θυμὸς καὶ ὁ τῶν χρημάτων ἔρως παρασύρας οἴχεται. Οὐκ εἶδες ἐκεῖνον τὸν τὰ μυρία τάλαντα ὀφείλοντα, εἶτα μετὰ τὴν ἐκείνων ἄφεσιν ἀποπνίγοντα τὸν ἑαυτοῦ σύνδουλον ὑπὲρ ἑκατὸν δηναρίων, ὅσα ὑπέστη κακὰ, καὶ πῶς ἀθανάτῳ παρεδόθη κολάσει: Οὐ δέδοικας τὸ ὑπόδειγμα: οὐ φοβῇ μὴ καὶ αὐτὸς τὰ αὐτὰ πάθῃς; Καὶ γὰρ καὶ ἡμεῖς ὀφείλομεν τῷ δεσπότῃ πολλὰ καὶ μεγάλα ὀφλήματα: ἀλλ᾽ ὅμως ἀνέχεται καὶ μακροθυμεῖ, καὶ οὔτε ἐπίκειται; καθάπερ ἡμεῖς τοῖς συνδούλοις, οὔτε ἄγχει καὶ ἀποπνίγει καίτοιγε εἰ καὶ τὸ πολλοστὸν μέρος αὐτῶν ἡμᾶς ἐβουλήθη ἀπαιτῆσαι, πάλαι ἂν ἀπολώλειμεν. Ταῦτ᾽ οὖν ἐννοοῦντες, ἀγαπητοὶ; ταπεινωθῶμεν, καὶ χάριν ἔχωμεν Τοις ὀφείλουσιν ἡμῖν· γίνονται γὰρ ἡμῖν ἀφορμὴ συγχωρήσεως μεγίστης, καὶ ὀλίγα δόντες, πολλὰ ληψόμεθα. Τί τοίνυν ἀπαιτεῖς μετὰ βίας, δέον, εἰ καὶ ἐκεῖνος ἐβούλετο δοῦναι, αὐτὸν συγχωρῆσαι, ἵνα παρὰ τοῦ θεοῦ τὸ πᾶν λάβης: Νυνὶ δὲ πάντα ποιεῖς καὶ βιαζη καὶ φιλονεικεῖς, ὥστε σοι μηδὲν ἀφεθῆναι τῶν σών᾽ καὶ δοκεῖς μὲν ἐπηρεάζειν τῷ πλησίον, κατὰ δὲ σαντοῦ τὸ ξίφος ὠθεῖς, αὔξων τὴν ἐν τῇ γεόννῃ. κόλασιν εἰ δὲ μικρὸν ἐνταῦθα φιλοσοφήσεις, ἡμέρους σαυτῷ τὰς εὑθύνας ποιεῖς. Καὶ ,Ὑὰρ ὁ θεὸς διὰ τοῦτο ἡμᾶς βούλεται ἄρχεσθαι τῆς τοιαύτης φιλοτιμίας, ἵνα ἀφορμὴν λάβῃ τοῦ πλείονα ἡμῖν ἀντιδοῦναι. Ὅσους τοίνυν ὀφειλέτας ἔχεις καὶ χρημάτων καὶ ἁμαρτημάτων, πάντας αφεὶς ἐλευθέρους, τὸν θεὸν ἀπαίτει Τῆς τοιαύτης μεγαλοψυχίας τὴν ἀμοιβήν. ἽὝἝΕως μὲν γὰρ ἂν ἐκεῖνοί σοι ὦσιν ὀφείλοντες; οὐχ ἕξεις τὸν θεὸν ὀφειλέτην᾽ εὰν δὲ ἐκείνους αἀφῆς, δυνήσῃ τὸν θεὸν κατασχεῖν, καὶ ἀπαιτῆσαι μετὰ πολλῆς τῆς φιλοτιμίας τῆς τοσαύτης φιλοσοφίας τὴν ἀμοιβήν. Εἰ γὰρ ἄνθρωπος παρελθὼν καὶ ἰδών σε τὸν ὑπεύθυνον κατέχοντα, καὶ κελεύσας ἐκεῖνον μὲν ἀφεῖναι, πρὸς δὲ αὐτὸν ἔχειν τὸν ὑπὲρ ἐκείνου λόγον; οὐκ ἂν ἕλοιτο ἀγνωμονῆσαι μετὰ τὴν ἄφεσιν, ἅτε ἐφ᾽ ἑαυτὸν τὸ πάν 'μεταθείς πῶς ὁ θεὸς οὐ πολλαπλασίονα καὶ μυριοπλασίονα ἀποδώσει, ὅταν διὰ τὸ αὐτοῦ πρόσ- Ὁ ταγμα τοὺς ὑπευθύνους ἡμῖν ὄντας, μὴ μικρὸν, μὴ μέγα ἐγκαλέσαντες, ἀφώμεν ἀπελθεῖν ἀνευθύνους γενομένους Μὴ δὴ τὴν πρόσκαιρον ἐννοῶμεν ἡδονὴν τὴν ἐγγινομένην ἡμῖν ἐκ τοῦ τοὺς ὑπευθύνους απαιτεῖν, ἀλλὰ τὴν ζημίαν, ὅσην εἰς τὸ μέλλον ἐντεῦθεν ὑπομενοῦμεν, ἐν τοις. ἀθανάτοις ἐαντοὺς καταβλάπτοντες. Πάντων οὗν ἀνώτεροι γενόμενοι; χαρισώμεθα καὶ χρήματα καὶ πλημμελήματα τοῖς ὑπευθύνοις ἡμῖν, ἵνα ἡμέρους αὐτοῖς ἡμῖν τὰς εὐθύνας κατασκευάσωμεν' καὶ ὅπερ οὐκ ἰσχύσαμεν. διὰ τῆς ἄλλης ἀρετῆς ἀνύσαι, τούτου διὰ τοῦ μὴ μνησικακεῖν τοῖς πλησίον ἐπιτυχόντες, τῶν αἰωνίων ἀπολαύσωμεν ἀγαθῶν, χάριτι καὶ φιλανθρωπίᾳ τοῦ κυρίου ἡμῶν Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ, ᾧ ἢ δόξα καὶ τὸ κράτος, νῦν καὶ ἀεὶ καὶ εἰς τοὺς αἰῶνας τῶν αἰώνων. ᾿Δμήν.

Mē toinyn algei, mēde katapipte epei kai hoi apostoloi hotois men osmē thanatou ēsan? tois oi. de osmē zōēs. An gar sy mēdemian paraschę̄s labēn, pantōn apēllaxai tōn enklēmatōn mallon kai makariōteros gegonas. Lampe toinyn kata ton bion, kai tōn kakēgorountōn mēdena poiou logon. Ou gar estin, ouk estin, aretēs epimelomenon. mē pollous echein echthrous. ᾿All ouden touto pros ton enareton dia Hyar tōn toioutōn ,lamproteros estai meizonōs. Taut᾽ oun ennoountes, hen monon skoIamen, meta akribeias ton heautōn oikonomein bion houtō gar kai pros tēn ekei cheiragōgēsomen zōēn tous en skotǭ kathēmenous. Toiautē gar tou phōtos toutou ē dynamis, hōs mē entautha monon lampein, alla kai ekei ar tous hepomenous. Hotan gar idōsi pantōn tōn parontōn kataphronountas, kai pros to mellon paraskeuazomenous, pro logou pantos tois ergois hēmōn peisthēsontai. Tis gar houtōs anoētos, hōs horōn ton chthes kai prōēn trnphōnta kai ploutounta? panta apodyomenon, kai pteroumenon, kai pros limon kai penian, kai pros sklēragōgian hapasan, kai pros kindynous, kai pros haima, kai pros sphagēn, kai pros panta ta dokounta einai deina paratetagmenon, mē saphē labein tōn mellontōn enteuthen apodeixin? An de tois parousin heantous emplekōmen, kai endoterō ōthōmen, pōs dynēsontai peisthēnai? hoti pros apodēmian epeigometha heteran: Tis de hēmin estai apologia loipon, hotan hoson ischysen hē anthrōpinē doxa para tois Ellēnōn philosophois, mē di ischyę̄ par᾽ hēmin ho tou theou phobos: Kai gar ekeinōn tines kai chrēmata apedysanto, kai thanatou katephronēsan, hina anthrōpois epideixōntai dio kai kenai gegonasin autōn hai elpides. Tis oun hēmas exairēsetai logos, hotan tosoutōn prokeimenōn, kai tosautēs philosophias ēmin anoichtheisēs, mēde ta auta dynēthōmen ekeinois, alla kai heautous kai heterous ᾿prosapollymen: Oude gar houtō blaptei hellēn paranoma prassōn, hōs Christianos tauta poiōn kai mala eikotōs. ᾿Ekeinōn men gar diephtharmenē hē hē doxa hē de hēmetera dia tēn tou theou charin kai para tois asebesi semnē kai periphanēs. Dio hotan malista hēmin oneidisai boulōntai, kai tēn ᾿katēgorian auxēsai, touto epilegousin, hoion, ho Christianos ouk an eipontes, ei mē megalēn peri tou dogmatos eschon hyponoian. Ouk ēkousas posa ho Christos epetaxe kai hēlika: Pote houn dynēsę̄ mian ekeinōn anysai tōn entolōn, hotan panta apheis perierchē tokous syllegōn, daneismata rhaptōn, pragmateias syntitheis.» agelas andrapodōn ōnoumenos, argyrō skeuē kataskenazōn, agrous kai oikias kai epipla agorazōn myria? Kai eithe touto monon. Hontan de tais akairois tautais spouE dais kai adikian prostithēs, gēn apotemnomenous, oikias apospōn, penian epitribōn, limon auxōn, pote dynēsę̄ tōn prothyrōn epibēnai toutōn: All᾽ estin hote kai penētas eleeis. Hoida kagō alla kai ekei pollē palin hē lymē. Hē gar meta typhou, ē meta kenodoxias touto poieis, hina mēde en tois agathois kerdanę̄ hou ti genoit᾽ an athliōteron, hotan kai en tǭ limeni nanagēs: Hin᾽ houn mē touto genētai, poiēsas ti kalon, mē zētei par emou tēn charin, hina ton theon echę̄s opheiletēn. ho Daneizete gar? phēsi, par᾽ hōn mē prosdokate lēpsesthai. Echeis chreōstēn᾽ ti ekeinon apheis, eme apaiteis, anthrōpon penēta kai talaipōron: Mē gar aganaktei ho chreōstēs apaitoumenos: mē gar penēs esti: mē gar ou bouletai katatheinai? Ouch horąs autou tous aphatous thēsaurous: ouch horąs tēn anekdiēgēton philotimian: Auton toinyn katasche kai apaitēson houtō ga apaitoumenos chairei. Hoti an heteron apaitoumenon idę̄ anth' hōn autos hōs hybristheis houtō diakeisetai kai ouketi soi ᾿apodi hōsin, alla kai enkalei dikaiōs. Poian gar mon agnōmosynēn kategnōs: Phēsi poian moi penian synoidas, hoti paradramōn eme eph᾽ heterou: erchę̄: Allǭ edaneisas, kai allon apaiteis: Ei gar kai ᾿anthrōpos hypedexato, all ho thoos ekeleuse katabalein kai autos kai prōtotypos opheiletēs kai engnētēs einai bouletai, myrias soi parechōn aphormas tou pantothen auton apaitein. Mē dē oun tosautēn eukolian kai euporian apheis, par᾽ emou zētei labein tou mēden echontos. Tinos gar heneken emoi epideiknysai eleōn penēta: Mē gar egō soi eipon, dos? mē gar par᾽ emou ēkousas, hina kai par᾽ emou apaitēsēs? Autos eipen to eleōn penēta daneizei, theǭ. Theǭ edaneisas autǭ ᾿perithes. All᾽ ouk apodidōsi to pan nyn. Kai touto hyper sou poiei. Toioutos gar ho estin opheiletēt᾽ ouch hōs polloi to daneisthen spoudazousin apodounai monon, all᾽ hōste kai to dothen en asphaleią «katatheinai, panta pragmateuetai kai poiei. Dia toi touto ta men entautha kataballei, ta de ekei Ho tamieuetai. Taut᾽ oun eidotes polyn poiōmen ton eleon, kai pollēn tēn philanthrōpian epideixōmetha, kai dia chrēmatōn, kai dia pragmatōn. Kan idōmen tina kakōs paschonta kai typtomenon en agorą, kan argyrion dynaton katabalein, poiōmen' kan logois dynaton dialysai, mē oknōmen. Esti gar kai logou misthos, mallon de kai ᾿stenagmōn kai touto makarios ᾿Iōb elegen᾽ egō do eklausa epi panti adynatǭ, estenaxa de idōn andra en anankais. Ei de dakryōn kai stenagmōn esti misthos, hotan kai logoi kai spoudē, kai gar kai hēmeis echthroi ēmen tǭ theph᾽ kai ho monogenēs hēmas katēllaxe, meson heauton embalōn, kai plēgas hyper hēmōn dexamenos, kai thanaton hyper hēmōn hypomeinas. Spondasōmen toinyn kai hēmeis tous empiptontas myriōn apallattein kakōn, alla mē, hōs nyn poioumen, epeidan Iidōmen tinas synkronomenous kai syrrhēgnymenous allēlois, hiestēkamen euphrainomenoi tais heterōn aschēmosynais, kai ,theatron peri: istōntes diabolikon' hou ti genoit᾽ an ōmoteron: Horąs kakōs akouontas, diarrhēgnymenous, katatemnontas tēn esthēta, synkoptomenous to prosōpon, kai hypomeneis hēsychē parestanai? Mē gar arktos estin ho machomenos: mē gar thērion: mē gar ophies: ᾿Anthrōpos estin ho pantachou soi koinōnōn, adelphos esti, melos esti. Mē theōrei, alla dialne᾽ mē terpou? alla diorthou mē heterous parakinei epi tēn aschēmosynēn, alla kai tous syneilegmenous aposobei kai diōlne. Anaischyntōn gar kai oikotribōn to chairein tais toiautais symphorais, kai katharmatōn kai onōn alogōn. Horąs anthrōpon aschēmonounta, kai ouch hēgę̄ autos aschēmonein: oude eiserchę̄ mesos, kai diaskedazeis tou diabolou tēn phalag ga, kai ta anthrōpina dialyeis kaka? hina kai autos plēgas labō, phēsi kai sy touto keleueis: Malista men oude touto peisę̄? an de kai touto pathēs. martyrion soi to pragma esti dia gar ton theon epathes. Ei de plēgas okneis labein, ennoēson hoti ho despotēs sou stauron ouk hōknēsen hypomeinai dia se. ᾿Ekeinoi men gar methyousi kai eskotōntai, tou thymou tyrannountos kai stratēgountos autois, deontai de tinos hygiainontos, tou boēthēsontos autois, ho te adikōn, ho ho te adikoumenos ho men, hina apallagę̄ paschōn kakōs, ho de, hina pausētai poiōn kakōs. Parelthe toinyn kai cheira orexon, ho O nēphōn tǭ methyonti. sti gar kai orgēs methē, kai tēs ek tou oinon chalepōtera. Ouch horąs tous nautas, hoi hotan nanagiǭ tinas peripesontas idōsi, ta histia petasantes meta pollēs aperchontai spoudēs, hōste tous homotechnous exarpasai tou klydōnos: Ei de technēs koinōnoi tosautēn epideiknyntai prostasian, posǭ mallon tous tēs physeōs koinōnous tauta panta poiein dikaion. Kai gar kai entautha nanagion estin ekeinon chalepōteron. Ē gar eblasphēmēsen epēreasthein, kai panta ekenōsen᾽ hē epiōrkēsen hypo tou thymou tyrannoumenos, kai palin eis geennan enepesen᾽ hē plēgēn didōsi kai phonon ergazetai, kai to auto touto palin hypomenei nanagion. Apelthe toinyn, kai stēson to kakon, kai katapontizomenous anaspason, eis auto tēs zalēs to pelagos katabas kai dialysas tou diabolon to theatron, kai kat᾽ idian labōn hekaston, paraineson katasteilai tēn phloga, kai ta kymata koimisai. Ei de meizōn hē pyra, kai chalepōtera ginetai hē kaminos? mē phobēthēs pollous gar echeis, tous synephaptomenous kai cheira horegontas, an archēn paraschę̄s monon, kai pro ge, pantōn ton tēs eirēnēs theon. Kan prōtos diatinaxēs tēn phloga, polloi kai heteroi akolouthēsousi, kai tōn hyp᾽ ekeinōn katorthoumenōn autos lēpsē ton misthon. Akouson ti parēnesen ho Christos tois ᾿Ioudaiois tois chamai herpousin; an to hypozygion idēs tou echthrou sou? phēsi, katapipton, mē paradramēs, all᾽ anastēson. Kaitoi tou keimenon hypozygion anastēsai poly kouphoteron to machomenous anthrōpous dialysai kai diallaxai. Ei de echthrōn onon, pollǭ mallon Philōn psychas ᾿syndianistanai chrē kai malista hotan chalepōteron hē to ptōma ou gar eis borboron hautai piptousin, all᾽ eis to tēs geennēs pyr, to phortion ou pherousai tou thymou. Sy de ho orōn ton aadelphon hypo ton gomon keimenon, kai ton diabolon ephestōta kai tēn pyran anaptonta, paratrecheis ōmōs kai hē anēleōs hoper oude ep᾽ alogǭ poiēsai, akindynon. Kai ho men Sa- mareitēs traumatian idōn agnōta kai ouden autǭ prosēkonta, kai epestē, kai epi hypozygion anebibase, kai eis to pandocheion katēgage, kai iatron emisthōsato, kai to men edōken argyrion, to de hypescheto. Sy de ou lę̄stais peripesonta blepōn, alla daimonōn phalangi kai thymou poliorkią, ouk en erēmią, all᾽ en agorą mesę̄» ou chrēmata analiskein mellōn, oude hypozygion misthousthai, oude makran propempein hodon, alla rhēmata phthengesthai monon, okneis kai anadyē, kai paratrecheis ōmōs kai ᾿anēleōs? Kai pōs prosdokąs ton theon kalōn hileōn pote hexein: Eipō de kai pros hymas tous aschēmonountas dēmosią, pros ton epērea- O zonta kai adikounta. Plēgas hē enteineis, eipo moi, kai laktizeis, kai dakneis: Hys agrios egenou, kai onos agrioi: Kai ouk aischynę̄? oude erythriąs, ekthērioumenos, kai tēn oikeian eugeneian prodidous:: Ei gar penēs ei, all᾽ eleutheros ei gar cheirotechnēs ei, alla Christianos. Dii’ auto men houn touto hoti penēs hei, anankaion hēsychazein. Tōn gar. ploutountōn esti to machesthai, ou tōn penētōn tōn ploutountōn, tōn pollas echontōn anankas polemōn. Sy de tēn hēdonēn ouk echōn tou ploutou, ta kaka tou ploutou perierchę̄ synagōn seautǭ, echthras kai philoneikias kai machas kai apopnigeis ton adelphon, kai ancheis, kai kataballeis dēmosią hapantōn horōntōn kai ouch hēgę̄ mallon autos aschēmonein, tōn alogōn mimoumenos tas hormas, mallon de kai ekeinōn cheirōn ginomenos? Panta gar ekeinois koina, kai synagelazontai allēlois, kai puibai (zousin' hēmin de ouden koinon, alla panta anō kai katō, machai? philoneikiai, loidoriai, kai apechtheiai, kai hybreis. Kai oute ton ouranon aidoumetha, eis hon eklēthēmen koinę̄ hapantes, oude tēn Hyēn hēn koinēn pasin anēken, ouk autēn tēn physin' alla paanta ho thymos kai ho tōn chrēmatōn erōs parasyras oichetai. Ouk eides ekeinon ton ta myria talanta opheilonta, eita meta tēn ekeinōn aphesin apopnigonta ton heautou syndoulon hyper hekaton dēnariōn, hosa hypestē kaka, kai pōs athanatǭ paredothē kolasei: Ou dedoikas to hypodeigma: ou phobę̄ mē kai autos ta auta pathę̄s? Kai gar kai hēmeis opheilomen tǭ despotę̄ polla kai megala ophlēmata: all᾽ homōs anechetai kai makrothymei, kai oute epikeitai? kathaper hēmeis tois syndoulois, oute anchei kai apopnigei kaitoige ei kai to polloston meros autōn hēmas eboulēthē apaitēsai, palai an apolōleimen. Taut᾽ oun ennoountes, agapētoi? tapeinōthōmen, kai charin echōmen Tois opheilousin hēmin; ginontai gar hēmin aphormē synchōrēseōs megistēs, kai oliga dontes, polla lēpsometha. Ti toinyn apaiteis meta bias, deon, ei kai ekeinos ebouleto dounai, auton synchōrēsai, hina para tou theou to pan labēs: Nyni de panta poieis kai biazē kai philoneikeis, hōste soi mēden aphethēnai tōn sōn᾽ kai dokeis men epēreazein tǭ plēsion, kata de santou to xiphos ōtheis, auxōn tēn en tę̄ geonnę̄. kolasin ei de mikron entautha philosophēseis, hēmerous sautǭ tas heuthynas poieis. Kai ,Hyar ho theos dia touto hēmas bouletai archesthai tēs toiautēs philotimias, hina aphormēn labę̄ tou pleiona hēmin antidounai. Hosous toinyn opheiletas echeis kai chrēmatōn kai hamartēmatōn, pantas apheis eleutherous, ton theon apaitei Tēs toiautēs megalopsychias tēn amoibēn. HiYEEōs men gar an ekeinoi soi ōsin opheilontes? ouch hexeis ton theon opheiletēn᾽ ean de ekeinous aaphēs, dynēsę̄ ton theon kataschein, kai apaitēsai meta pollēs tēs philotimias tēs tosautēs philosophias tēn amoibēn. Ei gar anthrōpos parelthōn kai idōn se ton hypeuthynon katechonta, kai keleusas ekeinon men apheinai, pros de auton echein ton hyper ekeinou logon? ouk an heloito agnōmonēsai meta tēn aphesin, hate eph᾽ heauton to pan 'metatheis pōs ho theos ou pollaplasiona kai myrioplasiona apodōsei, hotan dia to autou pros- Ho tagma tous hypeuthynous hēmin ontas, mē mikron, mē mega enkalesantes, aphōmen apelthein aneuthynous genomenous Mē dē tēn proskairon ennoōmen hēdonēn tēn enginomenēn hēmin ek tou tous hypeuthynous apaitein, alla tēn zēmian, hosēn eis to mellon enteuthen hypomenoumen, en tois. athanatois eantous katablaptontes. Pantōn houn anōteroi genomenoi? charisōmetha kai chrēmata kai plēmmelēmata tois hypeuthynois hēmin, hina hēmerous autois hēmin tas euthynas kataskeuasōmen' kai hoper ouk ischysamen. dia tēs allēs aretēs anysai, toutou dia tou mē mnēsikakein tois plēsion epitychontes, tōn aiōniōn apolausōmen agathōn, chariti kai philanthrōpią tou kyriou hēmōn Iēsou Christou, hǭ ē doxa kai to kratos, nyn kai aei kai eis tous aiōnas tōn aiōnōn. ᾿Dmēn.

Do not grieve, then, nor lose heart; for the apostles too were to some the savor of death, and to others the savor of life. For if you give no handle, you are free from all the charges, or rather you have become more blessed. Shine, then, in your life, and take no account of those who slander. For it is not possible, it is not possible, for one who cares for virtue not to have many enemies. But this is nothing to the virtuous man; for through such things he will be the more illustrious. Considering these things, then, let us look to one thing only, to order our own life with strictness; for so we shall also lead by the hand to the life there those who sit in darkness. For such is the power of this light, that it shines not only here, but also leads those who follow it there. For when they see us despising all present things and preparing for what is to come, they will be persuaded by our deeds before any word. For who is so senseless as, seeing the man who yesterday and the day before was living in luxury and wealth now stripping himself of everything and taking wing, and arrayed against hunger and poverty and every hardship, against dangers and blood and slaughter and all that seems terrible, not to receive from this a clear proof of the things to come? But if we entangle ourselves in present things and push ourselves further into them, how will they be able to be persuaded that we are hastening to another journey? And what defense will we have any longer, when the fear of God does not have as much power with us as human glory had with the philosophers of the Greeks? For some of them both stripped themselves of money and despised death, in order to make a display before men; that is why their hopes too have become empty. What argument, then, will rescue us, when, with so much set before us and so great a philosophy opened to us, we cannot do even as much as they, but destroy both ourselves and others besides? For a Greek doing lawless things does not do as much harm as a Christian doing them; and very naturally. For their reputation is ruined, but ours, by the grace of God, is revered and illustrious even among the ungodly. That is why, when they most want to reproach us and to magnify the accusation, they add this: “and a Christian!”, which they would not say unless they had a great opinion of our doctrine.

Have you not heard how many and how great are the things Christ commanded? When, then, will you be able to accomplish one of those commandments, when you leave everything and go about collecting interest, stitching loans together, arranging business deals, buying herds of slaves, making silver vessels, buying fields and houses and countless furnishings? And would that it were only this! But when to these untimely pursuits you add injustice too, cutting off land, tearing away houses, grinding down poverty, increasing hunger, when will you be able to set foot on these thresholds? “But sometimes I also show mercy to the poor.” I know it too; but there again there is great damage. For you do this either with conceit or with vainglory, so as not to profit even from your good deeds. What could be more wretched than this, when you are shipwrecked even in the harbor? So that this may not happen, when you have done some good thing, do not seek thanks from me, so that you may have God as your debtor. “For lend,” he says, “to those from whom you do not expect to receive.” You have a debtor; why do you leave him and demand payment from me, a poor and miserable man? Is the debtor annoyed when payment is demanded? Is he poor? Is he unwilling to pay? Do you not see his unspeakable treasures? Do you not see his indescribable generosity? Lay hold of him, then, and demand payment; for so he rejoices when payment is demanded of him. But if he sees another asked to pay for what he owes, he will be disposed as one insulted, and will no longer repay you, but will even justly accuse you. “For what ingratitude,” he says, “have you found in me? What poverty do you know in me, that you pass me by and go to another? You lent to one, and you demand payment from another?” For even if a man received it, it was God who bade you pay it out, and he wishes to be himself both the original debtor and the surety, giving you countless occasions to demand payment of him from every side. Do not, then, leave such ease and abundance and seek to receive from me who have nothing. For why do you display to me that you have shown mercy to a poor man? Did I say to you, “Give”? Did you hear it from me, that you should demand payment from me? He himself said, “He who has mercy on the poor lends to God.” You lent to God; put it to his account. “But he does not repay all of it now.” This too he does for your sake. For such is this debtor: not as many are, eager only to repay what was lent, but he does and arranges everything so that what was given may also be laid up in safety. That is why he pays down part here and stores up part there.

Knowing these things, then, let us show great mercy and much love for mankind, both with money and with deeds. And if we see someone suffering ill and being beaten in the marketplace, if it is possible to pay down money, let us do it; if it is possible to settle it with words, let us not hesitate. For there is a reward even for a word, or rather even for groans. And this is what the blessed Job said: “I wept for every one in distress, and I groaned when I saw a man in necessities.” And if there is a reward for tears and groans, how much more when there are both words and effort? For we too were enemies to God, and the Only-begotten reconciled us, casting himself into the middle, receiving blows for us, and enduring death for us. Let us, then, also be eager to deliver those who fall into countless evils; and not, as we do now, when we see people clashing and tearing at one another, stand there delighting in others’ disgrace, and forming a theater around them that belongs to the devil. What could be more cruel than this? You see people insulted, tearing themselves, ripping their clothes, beating their faces, and you bear to stand by quietly? Is the man fighting a bear? A wild beast? A serpent? He is a man who shares everything with you; he is a brother, he is a member. Do not watch, but separate them; do not take pleasure, but set them right; do not stir up others to the disgrace, but scare off and disperse those who have gathered too. For to rejoice at such misfortunes belongs to the shameless and to house-born slaves, to the scum and to senseless asses. You see a man disgracing himself, and do you not think that you yourself are disgraced? Do you not go into the middle and scatter the devil’s battle line and break up human evils? “So that I may receive blows myself?” you say; “do you bid me do this?” Most likely you will not even suffer this; but if you do suffer it, the thing is a martyrdom for you, for you suffered for God’s sake. And if you shrink from receiving blows, consider that your Master did not shrink from enduring the cross for you. For they are drunk and in darkness, with anger tyrannizing over them and commanding them, and they need someone in his senses to help them, both the one doing wrong and the one wronged: the one, to be freed from suffering ill; the other, to stop doing ill. Go up, then, and stretch out your hand, you who are sober, to the drunken man. For there is a drunkenness of anger too, and it is more grievous than that from wine.

Do you not see the sailors, who, when they see some men caught in a shipwreck, spread their sails and go off with great haste to snatch their fellow craftsmen from the waves? And if partners in a craft show such protection, how much more is it right to do all these things for partners in nature! For here too there is a shipwreck more grievous than that. For either a man blasphemed when abused, and emptied out everything; or, tyrannized by anger, he swore falsely and again fell into hell; or he deals a blow and commits murder, and again suffers this same shipwreck. Go, then, and stop the evil, and pull up those who are drowning, going down into the very sea of the storm; and having broken up the devil’s theater and taken each aside by himself, exhort him to quell the flame and to lull the waves to sleep. And if the blaze is greater and the furnace becomes fiercer, do not be afraid; for you have many who will lend a hand and stretch out a hand, if only you make a beginning, and above all the God of peace. And if you are the first to shake off the flame, many others will follow too, and you yourself will receive the reward for what they achieve.

Hear what Christ commanded the Jews, who crawled on the ground: “If you see the beast of burden of your enemy fallen down,” he says, “do not pass by, but raise it up.” And yet to separate and reconcile men who are fighting is much easier than to raise a fallen beast of burden. And if we must raise up the ass of our enemies, much more must we help raise the souls of our friends, and above all when the fall is more grievous; for these fall not into mud but into the fire of hell, not bearing the burden of anger. But you, seeing your brother lying under his load, and the devil standing over him and kindling the blaze, pass by cruelly and pitilessly, which it is not safe to do even in the case of a dumb animal. And the Samaritan, seeing a wounded man unknown to him and in no way related to him, both stopped and set him on his beast and brought him to the inn and hired a physician, and gave part of the money and promised the rest. But you, seeing a man fallen not among robbers but among a battle line of demons and under the siege of anger, not in a desert but in the middle of the marketplace, when you are not going to spend money, nor hire a beast, nor accompany him a long way, but only to speak words, do you hesitate and hang back and pass by cruelly and pitilessly? And how do you expect ever to have God gracious to you when you call on him?

But let me speak also to you who disgrace yourselves in public, to the one who abuses and does wrong. Do you lay on blows, tell me, and kick and bite? Have you become a wild boar and a wild ass? And are you not ashamed, do you not blush, to turn into a wild beast and betray your own nobility? For even if you are poor, you are free; even if you are a craftsman, you are a Christian. For this very reason, that you are poor, you must keep quiet. For fighting belongs to the rich, not to the poor; to the rich, who have many causes of wars. But you, without having the pleasure of wealth, go about gathering for yourself the evils of wealth, enmities and quarrels and fights, and you choke your brother and throttle him and throw him down in public with everyone watching; and do you not think rather that you yourself are disgraced, imitating the impulses of irrational animals, or rather becoming worse even than they? For with them all things are common, and they flock together and go about with one another; but with us nothing is common, but everything is upside down: fights, quarrels, abuse, hatreds, and insults. And we revere neither heaven, to which we have all been called in common, nor the earth, which he has given up to all in common, nor nature itself; but anger and the love of money have swept everything away. Did you not see that man who owed the ten thousand talents, and then, after their remission, was choking his own fellow servant for a hundred denarii, what evils he underwent and how he was handed over to deathless punishment? Do you not dread the example? Are you not afraid that you too may suffer the same? For we too owe the Master many and great debts; but nevertheless he bears with us and is long-suffering, and neither presses upon us, as we do upon our fellow servants, nor throttles and chokes us; and yet if he had chosen to demand even the smallest part of them from us, we should have perished long ago.

Considering these things, then, beloved, let us be humbled, and let us be grateful to those who owe to us; for they become for us an occasion of the greatest pardon, and by giving a little we shall receive much. Why, then, do you demand payment with violence, when you ought, even if he were willing to pay, to forgive him, so that you may receive the whole from God? But as it is, you do everything, using force and contention, so that nothing of yours may be forgiven; and you think you are injuring your neighbor, but you are driving the sword against yourself, increasing your punishment in hell; whereas if you practice a little philosophy here, you make your accounts gentle for yourself. For God wants us to begin such generosity for this reason, so that he may have an occasion to give us more in return. As many debtors, then, as you have, of money and of sins, set them all free and demand of God the reward for such magnanimity. For as long as they remain your debtors, you will not have God as your debtor; but if you release them, you will be able to lay hold of God and demand, with great munificence, the reward for so great a philosophy. For if a man came by and, seeing you holding someone liable, bade you release him and look to himself for the account owed on his behalf, he would not choose to be ungrateful after the release, since he had transferred the whole to himself; how will God not repay many times and ten thousand times over, when at his command we let those liable to us go away free of liability, bringing no charge against them, small or great? Let us not, then, consider the momentary pleasure that comes to us from exacting payment from those who are liable, but the loss we shall endure from it in the future, harming ourselves in what is deathless. Rising above all things, then, let us forgive both money and offenses to those liable to us, so that we may make our own accounts gentle; and what we were not able to achieve by the rest of virtue, obtaining this by not bearing grudges against our neighbors, may we enjoy the eternal good things, by the grace and love for mankind of our Lord Jesus Christ, to whom be the glory and the might, now and always and to the ages of ages. Amen.

Chapter 16

16.1Field 1

Μὴ νομίσητε; ὅτι ἦλθον καταλῦσαι τὸν νόμον τοὺς προφήτας. γὰρ τοῦτο ὑπώπτευσεν, ἢ τίς ἐνεκάλεσεν, ἵνα πρὸς τοῦτο ποιήσηται τὴν ἀπάντησιν: Οὐδὲ γὰρ ἐκ τῶν εἰρημένων τοιαύτη τις ὑποψία ετίκτετο᾽ τὸ γὰρ κελεύειν πράους εἶναι, καὶ ἐπιεικεῖς, καὶ ἐλεήμονας, καὶ καθαροὺς τῆ καρδίᾳ, καὶ ὑπὲρ δικαιοσύνης ἀγωνίζεσθαι, οὐδὲν τοιοῦτον ἐνεδείκνυτο, αλλὰ καὶ τοὐναντίον ἅπαν. Τί δήποτε οὖν τοῦτο εἴρηκεν; Οὐχ ἁπλώς, οὐδὲ εἰκῆ αλλ᾽ ἐπειδὴ μείζονα τῶν παλαιών ἔμελλε νομοθετεῖν: παραγγελμάτων, λέγων ἠκούσατε, ὅτι ἐῤῥέθη τοῖς ἀρχαίοις, οὐ φονεύσεις ἐγὼ δὲ λέγω ὑμῖν, μηδὲ ὀργίζεσθε καὶ θείας τινὸς καὶ οὐρανίου πολιτείας τέμνειν ὁδόν ἵνα μὴ τὸ ξένον ταράξῃ τῶν ἀκουόντων τὰς ψυχὰς, καὶ διαστασιάζειν παρασκευάσῃ πρὸς τὰ λεγόμενα, ταύτῃ κέχρηται τῇ προδιορθώσει. Εἰ γὰρ καὶ μὴ ἐπλήρουν τὸν νόμον, ἀλλ᾽ ὅμως πολλῇ κατείχοντο πρὸς αὐτὸν συνειδήσει, καὶ τοῖς πράγμασιν αὐτὸν καθ᾽ ἑκάστην. παραλύοντες τὴν ἡμέραν, τὰ ράμματα ἤθελον μένειν ἀκίνητα, καὶ μηδένα προσθεῖναι πλέον αὐτοῖς μᾶλλον δὲ προστιθέντων μὲν ἠνείχοντο τῶν ἀρχόντων, οὐκ ἐπὶ τὸ κρεῖττον δὲ, ἀλλ᾽ ἐπὶ τὸ χεῖρον. Καὶ γὰρ τὴν εἰς τοὺς γονέας τιμὴν οὕτω παρέλυον ταῖϑ ἑαντών προσθήκαις καὶ ἕτερα δὲ πλείονα τῶν ἐγκειμένων ἐξέλυον τοῖς ἀκαίροις τούτοις πλεονασμοις. ᾿Επεὶ οὐν ἣ Χριστὸς οὔτε εξ ἱερατικῆς φυλῆς ἐτύγχανεν ὧν, καὶ ἅπερ ἔμελλεν εἰσηγεῖσθαι, προσθήκη τις ἣν, οὐ μὴν ἐλαττοῦσα, ἀλλ᾽ ἐπιτείνουσα τὴν ἀρετήν' προειδὼς ἀμφότερα ταῦτα μέλλοντα αὐτοὺς ταράττειν, πρὶν ἢ τοὺς θαυμαστοὺς ἐκείνους ἐγγράψαι νόμους, ἐκβάλλει τὸ μέλλον αὐτῶν ὑφορμεῖν τῆ διανοίᾳ. Τί δὲ ἣν τὸ ὑφορμοῦν καὶ ἀντικροῦον ᾿Ενόμιζον. αὐτὸν ταῦτα λέγοντα ἐπ᾿ ἀναιρέσει τῶν παλαιῶν νομίμων ποιεῖν. Ταύτην τοίνυν ἰᾶται τὴν ὑπόνοιαν. Καὶ οὐκ ἐνταῦθα τοῦτο ποιεῖ μόνον, αλλὰ καὶ ἑτέρωθι πάλιν. ᾿Επειδὴ γὰρ καὶ ἀντίθεον ἐντεῦθεν αὐτὸν ἐνόμιζον εἶναι, ἀπὸ τοῦ τὸ σάββατον μὴ τηρεῖν, θεραπεύων αὐτῶν τὴν τοιαύτην ὑποψίαν, κἀκεῖ πάλιν τίθησιν ἀπολογίας, τὰς μὲν ἑαυτῷ πρεπούσας, ὥσπερ ὅταν λέγῃ, ὁ πατήρ μου ἐργάζεται, καγὼω ἐργάζομαι τὰς δὲ πολὺ τὸ συγκαταβατικὸν ἐχούσας, οἷον ὡς ὅταν εἰς μέσον παράγῃ πρόβατον ἀπολλύμενον ἐν σαββάτῳ, καὶ δεικνύη διὰ τὴν ἐκείνου σωτηρίαν τὸν νόμον κινούμενον, καὶ περιτομῆς μνημονεύῃ τὸ αὐτὸ, τοῦτο ποιούσης πάλιν. Διὸ δὴ καὶ ταπεινότερα φθέγγεται πολλάκις ῥήματα, ἵνα. τὸ δοκεῖν εἶναι ἀντίθεος ἀνέλῃ. Διά τοῦτο ὁ μυρίους νεκροὺς ἐγείρας λόγῳ ὅ μόνῳ, ἡνίκα τὸν Λάζαρον ἐκάλει; καὶ εὐχὴν προσέθηκεν εἶτα, ἵνα μὴ τοῦτο ἐλάττονα αὐτὸν δείξη τοῦ γεγεννηκότος, διορθούμενος τὴν ὑπόνοιαν; ἐπήγαγεν, ὅτι ταῦτα εἶπον διὰ τὸν ὄχλον τὸν περιεστῶτα, ἵνα πιστεύσωσιν ὅτι σύ με ἀπέστειλας. Καὶ οὔτε πάντα ὡς αὐθεντῶν ἐργάζεται, ἵνα τὴν ἐκείνων ἀσθένειαν διορθώσηται οὔτε πάντα εὐχόμενος ποιεῖ, ἵνα μὴ τοῖς μετὰ ταῦτα καταλίπῃ πονηρᾶς ὑποψίας ὑπόθεσιν, ὡς ἀσθενῶν καὶ ἀδυνάτως ξἔ ἔχων ἀλλὰ μίγνυσι ταῦτα ἐκείνοις, κακεῖνα τούτοις. Καὶ οὐδὲ τοῦτο ἁπλῶς ποιεῖ, ἀλλὰ μετὰ τῆς αὐτῷ προσηκούσης συνέσεως. Τὰ γὰρ μείζονα ἐξουσιαστικῶς ποιῶν, ἐν τοῖς ἐλάττοσιν εἰς τὸν οὐρανὸν ἀναβλέπει. Ἁμαρτήματα μὲν γὰρ λύων, καὶ τὰ ἀπόῤῥητα ἀποκαλύπτων, καὶ παράδεισον ἀνοιγνὺς; καὶ δαίμονας ἀπελαύνων, καὶ λεπροὺς καθαρίζων, καὶ θάνατον χαλινῶν, καὶ νεκροὺς ἐγείρων μυρίουὅς. εξ ἐπιτάγματος πάντα ἐποίει. Ἡνίκα δὲ, ὃ Ο πολλῷ τούτων ἔλαττον ἥν» ἄρτους ἐξ ὀλίγων πολλοὺς; παρεσκεύαζε πηγάζειν, τότε εἰς οὐρανὸν ἀνέβλεπε, δεικνὺς ὅτι οὐ δι᾽ ἀσθένειαν τοῦτο ἐργάζεται. Ὁ γὰρ τὰ μείζονα δυνηθεὶς μετ᾽ ἐξουσίας ποιῆσαι, πώς ἂν ἐν τοῖς ἐλάττοσιν εὐχῆς ἐδεήθη; ᾿Αλλ᾽, ὅπερ ἔφην, ἵνα ἐκείνων ἐπιστομίσῃ τὴν ἀναισχυντίαν, τοῦτο ποιεῖ. Τὸ αὐτὸ τοίνυν καὶ ἐν τοῖς ῥήμασιν, ὅταν ἀκούσης αὐτοῦ ταπεινὰ φθεγγομένου, λογίζου. Καὶ γὰρ Χαὶ καὶ τῶν βημάτων. καὶ τῶν πραγμάτων τῶν τοιούτων εἰσὶν αἰτίαι οἷον, τὸ μὴ νομίζεσθαι ἀλλότριον εἶναι τοῦ θεοῦ, τὸ πάντας παιδεύειν αὐτὸν καὶ θεραπεύειν, τὸ ταπεινοφροσύνην διδάσκειν, τὸ σάρκα περικεῖσθαι, τὸ μὴ δύνασθαι ᾿Ιουδαίους πάντα ἀθρόως ἀκούειν, τὸ διδάσκειν μηδὲν μέγα περὶ ἑαυτῶν φθέγγεσθαι. Διὰ τοῦτο πολλὰ ταπεινὰ αὐτὸς περὶ ἑαυτοῦ πολλάκις εἰπὼν, τὰ μεγάλα ἑτέροις αφίησι λέγειν.

Mē nomisēte? hoti ēlthon katalysai ton nomon tous prophētas. gar touto hypōpteusen, ē tis enekalesen, hina pros touto poiēsētai tēn apantēsin: Oude gar ek tōn eirēmenōn toiautē tis hypopsia etikteto᾽ to gar keleuein praous einai, kai epieikeis, kai eleēmonas, kai katharous tē kardią, kai hyper dikaiosynēs agōnizesthai, ouden toiouton enedeiknyto, alla kai tounantion hapan. Ti dēpote oun touto eirēken? Ouch haplōs, oude eikē all᾽ epeidē meizona tōn palaiōn emelle nomothetein: parangelmatōn, legōn ēkousate, hoti errhethē tois archaiois, ou phoneuseis egō de legō hymin, mēde orgizesthe kai theias tinos kai ouraniou politeias temnein hodon hina mē to xenon taraxę̄ tōn akouontōn tas psychas, kai diastasiazein paraskeuasę̄ pros ta legomena, tautę̄ kechrētai tę̄ prodiorthōsei. Ei gar kai mē eplēroun ton nomon, all᾽ homōs pollę̄ kateichonto pros auton syneidēsei, kai tois pragmasin auton kath᾽ hekastēn. paralyontes tēn hēmeran, ta rammata ēthelon menein akinēta, kai mēdena prostheinai pleon autois mallon de prostithentōn men ēneichonto tōn archontōn, ouk epi to kreitton de, all᾽ epi to cheiron. Kai gar tēn eis tous goneas timēn houtō parelyon taiϑ heantōn prosthēkais kai hetera de pleiona tōn enkeimenōn exelyon tois akairois toutois pleonasmois. ᾿Epei oun hē Christos oute ex hieratikēs phylēs etynchanen hōn, kai haper emellen eisēgeisthai, prosthēkē tis hēn, ou mēn elattousa, all᾽ epiteinousa tēn aretēn' proeidōs amphotera tauta mellonta autous tarattein, prin ē tous thaumastous ekeinous engrapsai nomous, ekballei to mellon autōn hyphormein tē dianoią. Ti de hēn to hyphormoun kai antikrouon ᾿Enomizon. auton tauta legonta ep᾿ anairesei tōn palaiōn nomimōn poiein. Tautēn toinyn iatai tēn hyponoian. Kai ouk entautha touto poiei monon, alla kai heterōthi palin. ᾿Epeidē gar kai antitheon enteuthen auton enomizon einai, apo tou to sabbaton mē tērein, therapeuōn autōn tēn toiautēn hypopsian, kakei palin tithēsin apologias, tas men heautǭ prepousas, hōsper hotan legę̄, ho patēr mou ergazetai, kagōō ergazomai tas de poly to synkatabatikon echousas, hoion hōs hotan eis meson paragę̄ probaton apollymenon en sabbatǭ, kai deiknyē dia tēn ekeinou sōtērian ton nomon kinoumenon, kai peritomēs mnēmoneuę̄ to auto, touto poiousēs palin. Dio dē kai tapeinotera phthengetai pollakis rhēmata, hina. to dokein einai antitheos anelę̄. Dia touto ho myrious nekrous egeiras logǭ ho monǭ, hēnika ton Lazaron ekalei? kai euchēn prosethēken eita, hina mē touto elattona auton deixē tou gegennēkotos, diorthoumenos tēn hyponoian? epēgagen, hoti tauta eipon dia ton ochlon ton periestōta, hina pisteusōsin hoti sy me apesteilas. Kai oute panta hōs authentōn ergazetai, hina tēn ekeinōn astheneian diorthōsētai oute panta euchomenos poiei, hina mē tois meta tauta katalipę̄ ponēras hypopsias hypothesin, hōs asthenōn kai adynatōs xe echōn alla mignysi tauta ekeinois, kakeina toutois. Kai oude touto haplōs poiei, alla meta tēs autǭ prosēkousēs syneseōs. Ta gar meizona exousiastikōs poiōn, en tois elattosin eis ton ouranon anablepei. Hamartēmata men gar lyōn, kai ta aporrhēta apokalyptōn, kai paradeison anoignys? kai daimonas apelaunōn, kai leprous katharizōn, kai thanaton chalinōn, kai nekrous egeirōn myriouos. ex epitagmatos panta epoiei. Hēnika de, ho O pollǭ toutōn elatton hēn» artous ex oligōn pollous? pareskeuaze pēgazein, tote eis ouranon aneblepe, deiknys hoti ou di᾽ astheneian touto ergazetai. Ho gar ta meizona dynētheis met᾽ exousias poiēsai, pōs an en tois elattosin euchēs edeēthē? ᾿All᾽, hoper ephēn, hina ekeinōn epistomisę̄ tēn anaischyntian, touto poiei. To auto toinyn kai en tois rhēmasin, hotan akousēs autou tapeina phthengomenou, logizou. Kai gar Chai kai tōn bēmatōn. kai tōn pragmatōn tōn toioutōn eisin aitiai hoion, to mē nomizesthai allotrion einai tou theou, to pantas paideuein auton kai therapeuein, to tapeinophrosynēn didaskein, to sarka perikeisthai, to mē dynasthai ᾿Ioudaious panta athroōs akouein, to didaskein mēden mega peri heautōn phthengesthai. Dia touto polla tapeina autos peri heautou pollakis eipōn, ta megala heterois aphiēsi legein.

“Do not think that I came to destroy the law [or] the prophets.” [Who] suspected this, or who accused him, that he should make a reply to it? For no such suspicion arose from what had been said; for to bid men be meek and gentle and merciful and pure in heart, and to strive for righteousness, showed nothing of the kind, but quite the opposite. Why ever, then, did he say this? Not at random or idly; but since he was about to legislate commandments greater than the old ones, saying, “You have heard that it was said to the ancients, ‘You shall not kill’; but I say to you, do not even be angry,” and to cut the road of a divine and heavenly way of life, so that the novelty might not trouble the souls of the hearers and make them rebel against what was said, he uses this correction in advance. For even if they did not fulfill the law, still they were held by a great scrupulousness toward it; and though in deeds they were breaking it every day, they wanted the letters to remain unmoved and no one to add anything more to them; or rather, they put up with their rulers adding to them, not for the better but for the worse. For they were in this way undoing the honor due to parents by their own additions, and they were loosening many other things in the law by these untimely excesses. Since, then, Christ was neither of the priestly tribe, and what he was about to introduce was a kind of addition, not lessening but heightening virtue, foreseeing that both these things would trouble them, before writing those wonderful laws he casts out what was about to lurk in their minds. And what was it that lurked and stood in the way? They thought that in saying these things he was acting to abolish the old ordinances. He heals this suspicion, then. And he does this not only here but elsewhere too. For since they thought him to be opposed to God for this reason too, because he did not keep the sabbath, healing this suspicion of theirs he again offers defenses there as well: some befitting himself, as when he says, “My Father is working, and I am working”; others with much condescension, as when he brings forward a sheep perishing on the sabbath and shows the law set aside for its safety, and mentions circumcision, which again does this same thing. That is why he often speaks humbler words too, so as to remove the impression of being opposed to God. That is why he who had raised countless dead by a word alone, when he was calling Lazarus, added a prayer too; then, so that this might not show him less than the one who begot him, correcting the suspicion, he added, “I said these things because of the crowd standing around, that they may believe that you sent me.” And he neither does everything as one with authority, so as to correct their weakness, nor does he do everything with prayer, so as not to leave to those who came after a ground for wicked suspicion, as though he were weak and powerless; but he mixes these with those, and those with these. And even this he does not do at random, but with the wisdom that befits him. For doing the greater things with authority, in the lesser he looks up to heaven. For in forgiving sins, revealing hidden things, opening paradise, driving out demons, cleansing lepers, bridling death, and raising the dead by the thousand, he did everything by command; but when he was making many loaves spring from a few, which was much less than these, then he looked up to heaven, showing that he does not do this from weakness. For how would he who was able to do the greater things with authority have needed prayer in the lesser? But, as I said, he does this to stop the mouths of their shamelessness. Reason the same way, then, in regard to his words too, when you hear him speaking humble things. For there are reasons for such words and deeds: for example, that he might not be thought alien to God; that he was instructing and healing all; that he was teaching humility; that he was clothed with flesh; that the Jews could not hear everything at once; that he was teaching us to say nothing great about ourselves. That is why, having often said many humble things about himself, he leaves the great things to others to say.

16.2Field 1

Αὐτὸς μὲν γὰρ ᾿Ιουδαίοις διαλεγόμενος ἔλεγε, χω πρὸ του Αβραὰμ γενέσθαι, ἐγώ εἰμι μαθητὴς δὲ αὐτοῦ οὐχ οὕτως, αλλ᾽, ἐν ἀρχῇ ὁ λόγος, καὶ ὁ λόγος ἦν πρὸς τὸν θεὸν, καὶ θεὸς ἦν ὁ λόγος. Παλιν, ὅτι οὐρανὸν καὶ γῆν καὶ θάλατταν αὐτὸς ἐποίησε. καὶ τὰ ὁρώμενα καὶ τὰ ἀόρατα πάντα, αὐτὸς μὲν οὐδαμοῦ σαφῶς εἴρηκεν ὁ δὲ μαθητὴς μετὰ πολλῆς τῆς παῤῥησίας, οὐδὲν ὑποστειλάμενος, καὶ ἅπαξ καὶ δὶς καὶ πολλάκις τοῦτο φησι, πάντα δι’ αὐτοῦ ἐγένετο, γράφων' καὶ χωρὶς αὐτοῦ ἐγένετο οὐδὲ ἕν᾽ καὶ ἐν τῷ κόσμῳ ἣν, καὶ ὁ κόσμος δι᾽ αὐτοῦ ἐγένετο. Καὶ τί θαυμάζεις, εἰ ἕτεροι μείζονα περὶ αὐτοῦ εἰρήκασιν, ὧν αὐτὸς εἴρηκεν, ὅπου γε πολλὰ διὰ τῶν πραγμάτων ἐπιδεικνύμενος, διὰ τῶν ῥημάτων σαφὼς οὐκ ἔλεγεν; Ὅτι γὰρ τὸν ἄνθρωπον αὐτὸς ἐποίησεν, ἔδειξε σαφω- καὶ διὰ τοῦ τυφλοῦ ἡνίκα δὲ περὶ τῆς ἐν ἀρχῆ πλάσεως ὁ λόγος ἦν αὐτῷ, οὐκ εἶπεν, ὅτι ἔγω ἐποίησα ἀλλ᾽, ἴὁ ποιήσας, ἄρσεν καὶ θῆλυ ἐποίησεν αὐτούς. Παλιν, ὅτι τὸν κόσμον ἐδημιούργησε καὶ τὰ ἐν αὐτῷ, διὰ τῶν ἰχθύων, διὰ τοῦ οἴνον, διὰ τῶν ἄρτων, διὰ τῆς γαλήνης τῆς ἐν τῇ θαλάσσῃ, διὰ τῆς ἀκτῖνος ἣν ἀπέστρεψεν ἐν τῷ σταυρῷ, διὰ πλειόνων ἑτέρων ἀπέδειξε' ῥήμασι δὲ οὐδαμοῦ τοῦτο σαφῶς εἶπεν, ἀλλ᾽ οἱ μαθηταὶ συνεχῶς τοῦτο φθέγγονται, καὶ ᾿Ιωάννης, καὶ Παῦλος, καὶ Πέτρος. Εἰ γὰρ ἐκεῖνοι, οἱ νύκτωρ καὶ μεθ᾽ ἡμέραν ἀκούοντες αὐτοῦ διαλεγομένου, καὶ θαυματουργοῦντα βλέποντες, καὶ οἷς κατ᾽ ἰδίαν πολλὰ ἐπέλυσε, καὶ τοσαύτην ἔδωκε δύναμιν, ὡς καὶ νεκροὺς ἐγείρειν, καὶ οὕτως ἀπηρτισμένους εἰργάσατο, ὡς πάντα ἀφεῖναι δι' αὐτὸν, μετὰ τὴν τοσαύτην ἀρετὴν καὶ φιλοσοφίαν οὐκ ἴσχνον τὰ πάντα βαστάσαι πρὸ τῆς τοῦ πνεύματος χορηγίας πῶς δῆμος ᾿Ιουδαϊκὸς, καὶ συνέσεως ἄμοιρος, καὶ τῆς τοσαύτης ἀρετῆς ἀπολιμπανόμενος;, καὶ ἐκ τοῦ παρατυγχάνοντος παραγινόμενος, τοῖς γινομένοις, ἢ τοῖς λεγομένοις ποτὲ, μὴ ἀλλότριον αὐτὸν εἶναι τοῦ τῶν ὅλων θεοῦ ἐπείσθη, εἰ μὴ τοσαύτη συγκαταβάσει διὰ πάντων ἐχρήσατο: Διὰ γάρ. τοι τοῦτο, καὶ ὅτε τὸ σάββατον ἔλυεν, οὐ προηγουμένως τὴν τοιαύτην εἰσῆγε νομοθεσίαν, ἀλλὰ ποικίλας καὶ πολλὰς συντίθησιν ἀπολογίας. Εἰ δὲ μίαν ἐντολὴν μέλλων ἀναπαύειν, τοσαύτῃ κέχρηται λόγων οἰκονομίᾳ, ἵνα μὴ πλήξῃ τοὺς ἀκούοντας πολλῷ μᾶλλον προσθεὶς ὁλοκλήρῳ͵ τῷ νόμῳ ὁλόκληρον ἑτέραν νομοθεσίαν, πολλῆς ἐδεῖτο τῆς κατασκευῆς καὶ τῆς θεραπείας, ὥστε μὴ θορυβῆσαι τοὺς ἀκροωμένους τότε. Διὰ δὴ τοῦτο οὐδὲ περὶ τῆς θεότητος τῆς αὐτοῦ πανταχοῦ φαίνεται σαφῶς παιδεύων. Εἰ γὰρ ἡ τοῦ νόμου προσθήκη τοσοῦτον αὐτοὺς ἐθορύβει, πολλῷ μᾶλλον τὸ θεὸν ἑαντὸν ἀποφαίνειν. Διὰ τοῦτο πολλὰ καταδεέστερα τῆς οἰκείας φθέγγεται ἀξίας καὶ ἐνταῦθα, μέλλων ἐκβαίνειν εἰς τὴν τοῦ νόμου προσθήκην, πολλῇ τῇ προδιορθώσει κέχρηται. Οὐδὲ γὰρ ἅπαξ εἶπεν, ὅτι ουὅ λύω τὸν νόμον, ἀλλὰ καὶ δεύτερον αὐτὸ ᾿πάλιν ἀνέλαβε, καὶ ἕτερον προσέθηκε μεῖζον. Εἰπὼν γὰρ, μὴ νομίσητε ὅτι ἦλθον καταλῦσαι. ἐπήγαγεν, οὐκ ἤλθον καταλῦσαι; ἀλλὰ πληρῶσαι. Τοῦτο δὲ οὐκ ᾿Ιουδαίων ἐμφράττει τὴν ἀναισχυντίαν μόνον, ἀλλὰ καὶ τών αἱρετικῶν ἀποῤῥάπτει τὰ στόματα, τῶν ἐκ τοῦ διαβόλου λεγόντων εἶναι τὴν παλαιάν. Εἰ γάρ͵ καταλῦσαι τὴν ἐκείνου τυραννίδα παρεγένετο ὃ Χριστὸς, πῶς ταύτην οὐ μόνον οὐ καταλύει, ἀλλὰ καὶ πληροῖ: Οὐ γὰρ μόνον εἴρηκεν, ὅτι οὐ καταλύω καίτοι ἤρκει τοῦτο ἀλλ᾽ ὅτι καὶ πληρώ ὅπερ οὐ μόνον οὐκ ἐναντιουμένον ἡν, αλλὰ καὶ συγκροτοῦντος αὐτήν. Καὶ πῶς οὐ κατέλυσε; φησί: πῶς δὲ καὶ ἐπλήρωσεν, ἢ τὸν νόμόν, ἤ τοὺς προφήτας: Τοὺς προφήτας μὲν, δι ὧν τὰ περὶ αὐτοῦ λεχθέντα ἅπαντα τοῖς ἔργοις, ἐβεβαίωσε διὸ καὶ καθ᾽ ἕκαστον εὐαγγελιστὴς ἐλεγεν ἵνα πληρωθῇ τὸ ῥηθὲν ὑπὸ τοῦ προφήτου καὶ ἡνίκα ἐτέχθη, καὶ ἡνίκα τὰ παιδία τὸν θαυμαστὸν ὕμνον ἥδεν εἰς αὐτὸν, καὶ ἡνίκα ἐπὶ τῆς ὄνου ἐκάθισε, καὶ ἐφ ἑτέρων δὲ πλειόνων τὸ αὐτὸ τοῦτο ἐπλήρωσεν᾽ ἅπερ πάντα ἔμελλον ἀπλήρωτα εἶναι, εἰ μὴ παρεγένετο. Τὸν δὲ νόμον οὐχ ἑνὶ μόνον, ἀλλὰ καὶ δευτέρῳ καὶ τρίτῳ ἐπλήρωσε τρόπῳ. ᾿Ενὶ μὲν, τῷ μηδὲν παραβῆναι τών νομίμων. Ὑὰρ πάντα αὐτὸν ἐπλήρωσεν, ἄκουσον τί φησι τῷ ᾿Ιωάννῃ οὕτω γὰρ πρέπον ἐστὶν ἡμῖν πληρῶσαι πᾶσαν δικαιοσύνην Καὶ ᾿Ιουδαίοις δὲ ἔλεγε τίς ἐξ ὑμῶν ἐλέγχει με περὶ ἁμαρτίας Καὶ τοῖς μαθηταῖς δὲ πάλιν' ἔρχεται ὁ ἄρχων τοῦ κόσμου τούτου, καὶ ἐν ἐμοὶ εὑρίσκει οὐδέν. Καὶ ὁ προφήτης δὲ ἄνωθεν ἔλεγεν, (ὁ ὅτι ἁμαρτίαν οὐκ ἐποίησεν. ἹἙνὶ μὲν οὖν αὐτὸν ἐπλήρωσε τούτῳ τῷ τρόπφ᾽ ἑτέρῳ δὲ, τῷ καὶ δὲ ἡμῶν τοῦτο ποιῆσαι. Τὸ γὰρ θαυμαστὸν τοῦτό ἐστιν, ὅτι οὐ μόνον αὐτὸς ἐπλήρωσεν, ἀλλὰ καὶ ἡμῖν ἐχαρίσατο τοῦτο. Ὅπερ καὶ ὁ Παῦλος δηλῶν. ἔλεγεν ἐς ὅτι τέλος νόμου Χριστὸς εἰς δικαιοσύνην παντὶ τῷ πιστεύοντι. Καὶ τὴν ἁμαρτίαν δὲ αὐτὸν ἔλεγε κριναι ἐν τῇ σαρκὶ; ἵνα τὸ δικαίωμα τοῖ νόμου πληρωθῇ ἐν ἡμῖν Τοῖς μὴ κατὰ σάρκα περιπατοῦσι. Καὶ πάλιν νόμον οὗν καταργοῦμεν διὰ τῆς πίστεως: μὴ γένοιτο αλλὰ νόμον ἱστῶμεν. ᾿Επειδὴ γὰρ ὁ νόμος τοῦτο ἐσπούδαζε, δίκαιον ποιῆσαι τὸν ἄνθρωπον, ἡτόνει δὲ, ἐλθὼν αὐτὸς, καὶ τρόπον εἰσαγαγὼν δικαιοσύνης τὸν διὰ τῆς πίστεως, ἔστησε τοῦ νόμου τὸ βούλημα' καὶ ὅπερ οὐκ ἴσχυσε διὰ γραμμάτων ἐκεῖνος, τοῦτο αὐτὸς διὰ τῆς πίστεως ἤνυσε. Διὰ τοῦτο φησιν οὐκ ἦλθον καταλῦσαι τὸν νόμον.

Autos men gar ᾿Ioudaiois dialegomenos elege, chō pro tou Abraam genesthai, egō eimi mathētēs de autou ouch houtōs, all᾽, en archę̄ ho logos, kai ho logos ēn pros ton theon, kai theos ēn ho logos. Palin, hoti ouranon kai gēn kai thalattan autos epoiēse. kai ta horōmena kai ta aorata panta, autos men oudamou saphōs eirēken ho de mathētēs meta pollēs tēs parrhēsias, ouden hyposteilamenos, kai hapax kai dis kai pollakis touto phēsi, panta di’ autou egeneto, graphōn' kai chōris autou egeneto oude hen᾽ kai en tǭ kosmǭ hēn, kai ho kosmos di᾽ autou egeneto. Kai ti thaumazeis, ei heteroi meizona peri autou eirēkasin, hōn autos eirēken, hopou ge polla dia tōn pragmatōn epideiknymenos, dia tōn rhēmatōn saphōs ouk elegen? Hoti gar ton anthrōpon autos epoiēsen, edeixe saphō- kai dia tou typhlou hēnika de peri tēs en archē plaseōs ho logos ēn autǭ, ouk eipen, hoti egō epoiēsa all᾽, hio poiēsas, arsen kai thēly epoiēsen autous. Palin, hoti ton kosmon edēmiourgēse kai ta en autǭ, dia tōn ichthyōn, dia tou oinon, dia tōn artōn, dia tēs galēnēs tēs en tę̄ thalassę̄, dia tēs aktinos hēn apestrepsen en tǭ staurǭ, dia pleionōn heterōn apedeixe' rhēmasi de oudamou touto saphōs eipen, all᾽ hoi mathētai synechōs touto phthengontai, kai ᾿Iōannēs, kai Paulos, kai Petros. Ei gar ekeinoi, hoi nyktōr kai meth᾽ hēmeran akouontes autou dialegomenou, kai thaumatourgounta blepontes, kai hois kat᾽ idian polla epelyse, kai tosautēn edōke dynamin, hōs kai nekrous egeirein, kai houtōs apērtismenous eirgasato, hōs panta apheinai di' auton, meta tēn tosautēn aretēn kai philosophian ouk ischnon ta panta bastasai pro tēs tou pneumatos chorēgias pōs dēmos ᾿Ioudaïkos, kai syneseōs amoiros, kai tēs tosautēs aretēs apolimpanomenos?, kai ek tou paratynchanontos paraginomenos, tois ginomenois, ē tois legomenois pote, mē allotrion auton einai tou tōn holōn theou epeisthē, ei mē tosautē synkatabasei dia pantōn echrēsato: Dia gar. toi touto, kai hote to sabbaton elyen, ou proēgoumenōs tēn toiautēn eisēge nomothesian, alla poikilas kai pollas syntithēsin apologias. Ei de mian entolēn mellōn anapauein, tosautę̄ kechrētai logōn oikonomią, hina mē plēxę̄ tous akouontas pollǭ mallon prostheis holoklērǭ͵ tǭ nomǭ holoklēron heteran nomothesian, pollēs edeito tēs kataskeuēs kai tēs therapeias, hōste mē thorybēsai tous akroōmenous tote. Dia dē touto oude peri tēs theotētos tēs autou pantachou phainetai saphōs paideuōn. Ei gar hē tou nomou prosthēkē tosouton autous ethorybei, pollǭ mallon to theon heanton apophainein. Dia touto polla katadeestera tēs oikeias phthengetai axias kai entautha, mellōn ekbainein eis tēn tou nomou prosthēkēn, pollę̄ tę̄ prodiorthōsei kechrētai. Oude gar hapax eipen, hoti ouo lyō ton nomon, alla kai deuteron auto ᾿palin anelabe, kai heteron prosethēke meizon. Eipōn gar, mē nomisēte hoti ēlthon katalysai. epēgagen, ouk ēlthon katalysai? alla plērōsai. Touto de ouk ᾿Ioudaiōn emphrattei tēn anaischyntian monon, alla kai tōn hairetikōn aporrhaptei ta stomata, tōn ek tou diabolou legontōn einai tēn palaian. Ei gar͵ katalysai tēn ekeinou tyrannida paregeneto ho Christos, pōs tautēn ou monon ou katalyei, alla kai plēroi: Ou gar monon eirēken, hoti ou katalyō kaitoi ērkei touto all᾽ hoti kai plērō hoper ou monon ouk enantioumenon hēn, alla kai synkrotountos autēn. Kai pōs ou katelyse? phēsi: pōs de kai eplērōsen, ē ton nomon, ē tous prophētas: Tous prophētas men, di hōn ta peri autou lechthenta hapanta tois ergois, ebebaiōse dio kai kath᾽ hekaston euangelistēs elegen hina plērōthę̄ to rhēthen hypo tou prophētou kai hēnika etechthē, kai hēnika ta paidia ton thaumaston hymnon hēden eis auton, kai hēnika epi tēs onou ekathise, kai eph heterōn de pleionōn to auto touto eplērōsen᾽ haper panta emellon aplērōta einai, ei mē paregeneto. Ton de nomon ouch heni monon, alla kai deuterǭ kai tritǭ eplērōse tropǭ. ᾿Eni men, tǭ mēden parabēnai tōn nomimōn. Hyar panta auton eplērōsen, akouson ti phēsi tǭ ᾿Iōannę̄ houtō gar prepon estin hēmin plērōsai pasan dikaiosynēn Kai ᾿Ioudaiois de elege tis ex hymōn elenchei me peri hamartias Kai tois mathētais de palin' erchetai ho archōn tou kosmou toutou, kai en emoi heuriskei ouden. Kai ho prophētēs de anōthen elegen, (ho hoti hamartian ouk epoiēsen. HiEni men oun auton eplērōse toutǭ tǭ tropph᾽ heterǭ de, tǭ kai de hēmōn touto poiēsai. To gar thaumaston touto estin, hoti ou monon autos eplērōsen, alla kai hēmin echarisato touto. Hoper kai ho Paulos dēlōn. elegen es hoti telos nomou Christos eis dikaiosynēn panti tǭ pisteuonti. Kai tēn hamartian de auton elege krinai en tę̄ sarki? hina to dikaiōma toi nomou plērōthę̄ en hēmin Tois mē kata sarka peripatousi. Kai palin nomon houn katargoumen dia tēs pisteōs: mē genoito alla nomon histōmen. ᾿Epeidē gar ho nomos touto espoudaze, dikaion poiēsai ton anthrōpon, hētonei de, elthōn autos, kai tropon eisagagōn dikaiosynēs ton dia tēs pisteōs, estēse tou nomou to boulēma' kai hoper ouk ischyse dia grammatōn ekeinos, touto autos dia tēs pisteōs ēnyse. Dia touto phēsin ouk ēlthon katalysai ton nomon.

For he himself, when conversing with the Jews, said, “Before Abraham came to be, I am”; but his disciple not so, but, “In the beginning was the Word, and the Word was with God, and the Word was God.” Again, that he himself made heaven and earth and sea and all things visible and invisible, he himself nowhere said plainly; but the disciple, with great boldness and holding nothing back, says this once and twice and many times, writing, “All things came to be through him, and without him not one thing came to be,” and, “He was in the world, and the world came to be through him.” And why do you wonder if others have said greater things about him than he said himself, when many things that he displayed by deeds he did not say plainly in words? For that he himself made man, he showed plainly also through the blind man; but when his discourse was about the first fashioning, he did not say, “I made them,” but, “He who made them made them male and female.” Again, that he created the world and the things in it, he demonstrated through the fishes, through the wine, through the loaves, through the calm on the sea, through the sunbeam he turned back at the cross, and through many other things; but in words he nowhere said this plainly, while the disciples continually utter it, John and Paul and Peter. For if they, who heard him conversing night and day, and saw him working miracles, to whom he explained many things in private, and to whom he gave so great power as even to raise the dead, and whom he made so perfect that they left everything for him, after so great virtue and philosophy were not able to bear everything before the bestowal of the Spirit, how would the Jewish people, devoid of understanding, falling far short of such virtue, and coming to what was done and said only by chance, ever have been persuaded that he was not alien to the God of all, had he not used such great condescension in everything? That is why, when he was setting the sabbath aside too, he did not introduce such legislation directly, but puts together many and various defenses. And if, when about to set aside one commandment, he uses so careful an arrangement of words so as not to shock his hearers, much more, when adding a whole other legislation to the whole law, did he need much preparation and care, so as not to alarm those who were then listening. That is why he is not seen everywhere teaching plainly about his own divinity either. For if the addition to the law so alarmed them, much more would his declaring himself God. That is why he utters many things far below his own dignity; and here, being about to go on to the addition to the law, he uses much advance correction. For he did not say once, “I do not destroy the law,” but took it up again a second time and added something else greater. For having said, “Do not think that I came to destroy,” he added, “I did not come to destroy, but to fulfill.”

And this not only stops the shamelessness of the Jews, but also sews up the mouths of the heretics who say that the Old Testament is from the devil. For if Christ had come to destroy the devil’s tyranny, how is it that he not only does not destroy it but even fulfills it? For he did not only say, “I do not destroy,” though that would have been enough, but also, “I fulfill,” which belongs not only to one who is not opposed to it, but to one who even confirms it. “And how,” someone says, “did he not destroy it? And how did he fulfill either the law or the prophets?” The prophets, by confirming in his deeds all that had been said about him; that is why the evangelist said in each case, “that what was spoken by the prophet might be fulfilled,” both when he was born, and when the children sang that wonderful hymn to him, and when he sat on the ass; and in many other cases he fulfilled this same thing, all of which would have remained unfulfilled if he had not come. And the law he fulfilled not in one way only, but in a second and a third. In one way, by transgressing none of the ordinances. For [that] he fulfilled all of it, hear what he says to John: “For thus it is fitting for us to fulfill all righteousness.” And to the Jews he said, “Which of you convicts me of sin?” And to the disciples again: “The ruler of this world is coming, and he finds nothing in me.” And the prophet too had said long before that “he committed no sin.” In one way, then, he fulfilled it in this manner; and in another, by doing this through us as well. For the wonderful thing is this, that not only did he himself fulfill it, but he also granted this to us. Paul too showed this when he said that “Christ is the end of the law for righteousness to everyone who believes.” And he said that he condemned sin in the flesh, “so that the righteous requirement of the law might be fulfilled in us, who walk not according to the flesh.” And again: “Do we then abolish the law through faith? By no means! On the contrary, we establish the law.” For since the law was striving for this, to make man righteous, but was too weak, he came himself and, bringing in the way of righteousness that is through faith, established the purpose of the law; and what the law could not do by letters, he accomplished by faith. That is why he says, “I did not come to destroy the law.”

16.3Field 1

Εἰ δέ τις ἀκριβῶς ἐξετάσειε, καὶ ἕτερον τρίτον τρόπον εὑρήσει, καθ᾽ ὃν τοῦτο γέγονε. Ποῖον δὴ τοῦτον; Τὸν τῆς μελλούσης νομοθεσίας, ἥνπερ ἄμελλε παραδιδόναι. Οὐ γὰρ ἀναίρεσις τῶν προτέρων, αλλ᾽ ἐπίτασις καὶ πλήρωσις ἦν τὰ λεγόμενα. Τοῦ γὰρ μὴ φονέυον οὐκ ἀναίρεσις τὸ μὴ ὀργίζεσθαι, ἀλλὰ πλήρωσις καὶ πλείων ἀσφαλεια' καὶ τῶν ἄλλων ἁπάντων. Διὸ δὴ καὶ τὰ σπέρματα τούτων ᾿προκαταβαλόμενος ἀνυπόπτως τότε, ὅτε »σαφέστερον ἔμελλεν ἐκ τῆς παραθέσεως τῶν παλαιών καὶ νέων νομίμων ἐπὶ ἐναντιώσει ὑποπτεύεσθαι, τῇ προδιορθώσει κέ ται- Αἰνυγματωδῶς μὲν γὰρ αὐτὰ καὶ ἤδη κατεβάλετο ὀιὰ τῶν εἰρημένων. Τὸ γὰρ μακάριοι οἱ πτωχοὶ ταὐτόν ἐστι τῷ μὴ ὀργίζεσθαι᾽ καὶ τὸ μακάριοι οἱ καθαροὶ τῆ καρδίᾳ, τῷ μὴ ἐμβλέψαι εἰς γυναῖκα πρὸς ἐπιθυμίαν' καὶ τὸ μὴ θησαυρίζειν θησαυροὺς ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς» τῷ μακάριοι οἱ ἐλεήμονες συνᾷδει καὶ τὸ πενθεῖν δὲ, καὶ τὸ διώκεσθαι, καὶ ὀνειδίζεσθαι, ἴσον ἐστὶ τῷ διὰ τῆς στενῆς πύλης εἰσιέναι' καὶ τὸ πεινᾶν καὶ διψᾶν τὴν δικαιοσύνην, οὐδὲν ἕτερόν ἐστιν, ἀλλ᾽ ἢ ἐκεῖνο, ὃ μετὰ ταῦτά φησιν, ὅτι ὅσα ἂν θέλητε ἵνα ποιῶσιν ὑμῖν οἱ ἄνθρωποι, καὶ ὑμεῖς ποιεῖτε αὐτοῖς. Καὶ τὸν εἰρηνοποιὸν μακαρίσας, πάλιν τὸ αὐτὸ σχεδὸν εἴρηκεν, ὅτε ἐκέλευσεν ἀφεῖναι τὸ δῶρον, καὶ ἐπὶ τὴν ᾿καταλλαγὴν σπεύδειν τοὺ λελυπημένου, καὶ τὸ εὐνοεῖν τῷ ἀντιδίκῳ. ᾿Αλλ ἐκεῖ μὲν τὰ ἔπαθλα τῶν κατορθούντων τέθεικεν' ἐνταῦθα δὲ τῶν μὴ ποιούντων τὰς τιμωρίας. Διόπερ ἐκεῖ μὲν ἔλεγεν, ὅτι οἱ πραεις κληρονομήσουσι γῆν᾽ ἐνταῦθα δὲ, μωρὸν καλῶν τὸν ἀδελφὸν αὐτοῦ, ἔνοχος ἔσται τῇ γεέννη τοῦ πυρός. Ναὶ ἐκεῖ μὲν, ὅτι τὸν θεὸν ὄψονται οἱ καθαροὶ τῇ καρδίᾳ ἐνταῦθα δὲ, ὅτι μοιχός ἐστιν ἀπηρτισμένος ὁ ἀκολάστως ἰδών καὶ τοὺς εἰρηνοποιοὺς τὸν θεοῦ καλέσας ἐκεῖ, ἐνταῦθα ἑτέρωθεν φοβεῖ λέγων' μή ποτὰ σε παραδῷ ὁ ἀντίδικος τῷ κριτῇ. Οὕτω καὶ τοὺς πενθοῦντας καὶ τοὺς διωκομένους μακαρίζων ἐν τοῖς ἔμπροσθεν, ἐν τοῖς μετὰ ταῦτα τὸ αὐτὸ τοῦτο κατασκευάζων, ἀπώλειαν ἀπειλεῖ τοῖς μὴ ταύτην ἐρχομένοις τὴν ὁδόν' οἱ γὰρ διὰ τῆς πλατείας βαδίζοντες, φησὶν, ἐκεῖ καταστρέφουσι. Καὶ τὸ οὐ δύνασθε θεῴ δουλεύειν καὶ μαμωνᾷ, ἴσον εἶναί μοι δοκεῖ τῷ μακάριοι οἱ ἐλεήμονες, καὶ οἱ πεινῶντες τὴν δικαιοσύνην. Ἀλλ᾽, ὕπερ ἔφην, ἐπειδὴ μέλλει τρανότερον. αὐτὰ λέγειν, καὶ οὐ τρανότερον μόνον, ἀλλὰ καὶ πλείονα τῶν εἰρημένων προστιθέναι πάλιν (οὐκέτι γὰρ ἐλεήμονα ζητεῖ μόνον, αλλὰ καὶ τοῦ χιτωνίσκου ἐξίστασθαι κελεύει οὐδὲ πρᾶον ἁπλῶς, ἀλλὰ καὶ τὴν ἑτέραν σιαγόνα στρέφειν τῷ βουλομένῳ ῥαπίζειν), τὴν δοκοῦσαν ἀντίθεσιν εἶναι πρότερον ἀναιρεῖ. Διὰ δὴ τοῦτο; ὅπερ ἐφθην εἰπὼν, οὐδὲ ἅπαξ τοῦτο εἴρηκεν, ἀλλὰ καὶ δεύτερον. Εἰπὼν γάρ, μὴ νομίσητε, ὅτι ἦλθον καταλῦσαι, ἐπήγαγεν' οὐκ ἦλθον καταλῦσαι, ἀλλὰ πληρώσαι. ᾿Αμὴν γὰρ λέγω ὑμῖν, ἐὰν παρέλθῃ οὐρανὸς καὶ ἥ Ὑἢ» ἰῶτα ἕν μία κεραία οὐ μὴ παρέλθῃ τοῦ νόμου, ἕως ἂν πάντα γένηται. Ὃ δὲ λέγει, τοιοῦτόν ἐστιν ἀμήχανον ἀτέλεστον μεῖναι, ἀλλὰ καὶ τὸ βραχύτατον αὐτοῦ πληρωθῆναι δεῖ. Ὅπερ αὐτὸς ἐποίησε, μετὰ ἀκριβείας αὐτὸν ἁπάσης ἀπαρτίσας. ᾿Ενταῦθα δὲ ἡμῖν αἰνίττεται; ὅτι καὶ ὁ κόσμος ἅπας μετασχηματίζεται. Καὶ οὐχ ἁπλῶς αὐτὸ τέθεικεν, ἀλλ᾽ ἵνα ἐπάρη τὸν ἀκροατὴν, καὶ δείξη δικαίως ἑτέραν εἰσαγαγὼν πολιτείαν εἴγε μέλλοι καὶ Ὦ τὰ τῆς κτίσεως ἅπαντα μετασχηματίζεσθαι, καὶ τὸ τῶν ἀνθρώπων. γένος πρὸς ἑτέραν καλεῖσθαι πατρίδα, καὶ βίου παρασκευὴν ὑψηλοτέραν. ὃς ἐὰν οὖν λύσῃ μίαν τῶν ἐντολῶν τούτων τῶν ἐλαχίστων, καὶ διδάξη οὕτω τοὺς ἀνθρώπους, ἐλάχιστος κληθησεται ἐν τῇ βασιλείᾳ τῶν οὐρανῶν. ᾿Επειδὴ γὰρ ἀπηλλαξεν ἑαυτὸν τῆς πονηρᾶς ὑποψίας, καὶ τοὺς βουλομένους ἀντιλέγειν ἐπεστόμισε, τότε λοιπὸν καὶ φοβεὶι, καὶ ἀπειλὴν τίθησι μεγίστην ὑπὲρ τῆς μελλούσης νομοθεσίας. Ὅτι γὰρ οὐχ ὑπὲρ τῶν παλαιῶν νόμων τοῦτο εἴρηκεν, ἀλλ᾽ ὑπὲρ ὧν αὐτὸς ἔμελλε νομοθετεῖν, ἄκουσον τῶν ἑξῆς. Λέγω γὰρ ὑμῖν, φησίν ἐὰν μὴ περισσεύση ἡ δικαιοσύνη ὑμῶν πλέον τῶν γραμματέων καὶ Φαρισαίων, οὐ μὴ εἰσέλθητε εἰς τὴν βασιλείαν τῶν οὐρανῶν. Εἰ δὲ περὶ τῶν παλαιῶν ἠπείλει νόμων, πῶς ἔλεγεν, ἐὰν μὴ περισσεύσῃ: Τοὺς γὰρ΄ τὰ αὐτὰ ποιοὔντας, ἅπερ ἐποίουν ἐκεῖνοι, οὐκ ἣν περισσεῦσαι κατὰ τὸν τῆς δικαιοσύνης λόγον. ᾿Αλλὰ ποῖον ἣν τὸ περισσόν: Τὸ μὴ ὀργισθῆναι, τὸ μηδὲ ἐμβλέψαι εἰς γυναῖκα ἀκολάστως. Τίνος οὖν ἕνεκεν ἐλαχίστας αὐτὰς ἐκάλεσε, καίτοι οὕτω μεγάλας καὶ ὑψηλὰς οὔσας; Ἐπειδὴ αὐτὸς τὴν νομοθεσίαν εἰσάγειν ἔμελλεν. Ὥσπερ γὰρ ἑαυτὸν ἐταπείνωσε, καὶ μέτρια πολλαχοῦ περὶ ἑαυτοῦ φθέγγεται οὕτω καὶ περὶ τῆς ἑαντοῦ νομοθεσίας, παιδεύων ἡμᾶς καν τούτῳ πανταχοῦ τριάζειν. Ἄλλως ὃ δὲ καὶ ἐπειδὴ καινοτομίας τις ὑποψία εἶναι, ὑπεσταλμένως τέως κέχρηται τῷ λόγῳ. Ὅταν δὲ ἀκούσῃς ἐλάχιστον ἐν τῇ βασιλείᾳ τῶν οὐρανῶν, μηδὲν ἄλλο ὑπόπτευε ἢ γέενναν καὶ κόλασιν. Βασιλείαν γὰρ οἷδεν οὐχὶ τὴν ἀπόλαυσιν μόνον λέγειν, ἀλλὰ καὶ τὸν καιρὸν τῆς αναστάσεως, καὶ τὴν παρουσίαν ἐκείνην τὴν φοβεράν. ᾿Επεὶ πῶς ἂν ἔχοι λόγον, τὸν μὲν εἰπόντα τὸν ἀδελφὸν μωρὸν, καὶ μίαν παραβάντα ἐντολὴν, εἰς τὴν γέενναν ἐμπεσεῖν τὸν δὲ ὅλας λύοντα, καὶ ἑτέρους. εἰς τοῦτο ενάγοντα, ἐν τῆ βασιλείᾳ. εἶναι; Οὐ τοίνυν τοῦτό φησιν, ἀλλ᾽ ὅτι ἐν ἐκείνῳ τῷ καιρῷ ἐλάχιστος ἡ ἔσται, ἀπεῤῥιμμένος, ἔσχατος δὲ ἔσχατος πάντως εἰς τὴν γέενναν ἐμπεσεῖται τότε. Καὶ γὰρ θεὸς ὧν προήδει τὴν τῶν πολλῶν ῥᾳθυμίαν, καὶ ὅτι μέλλουσί τινες ὑπερβολῆς νομίζειν εἶναι τὰ εἰρημένα. μόνης, καὶ συλ-α λογίζεσθαι τοὺς νόμους, καὶ λέγειν ἐὰν οὖν τις μωρὸν καλέση; κολάζεται; ἐὰν οὗν ἴδη τις ἁπλώς, μοιχὸς γίνεται: Διὸ δὴ ταύτην προαναιρῶν τὴν ὀλιγωρίαν, ἀπειλὴν τέθεικε μεγίστην ἑκατέροις, καὶ τοῖς παραβαίνουσι, καὶ τοῖς ἑτέρους εἰς τοῦτο ἐναγουσιν. Εἰδότες τοίνυν τὴν ἀπειλὴν, μήτε αὐτοὶ παραβαίνωμεν, μήτε τοὺς, βουλομένους ταῦτα φυλάττειν ἐκλύωμεν. Ὃς ἂν ποιήσῃ, καὶ διδάξῃ, φησὶ, μέγας κληθήσεται. Οὐ γὰρ ἑαυτοῖς δεῖ χρησίμους εἶναι μόνον, ἀλλὰ καὶ ἑτέροις. Καὶ γὰρ οὐκ ἴσος ὁ μισθὸς τῷ ἑαυτὸν κατορθοῦντι; καὶ τῷ μεθ᾽ βαντοὺ καὶ ἕτερον προστιθέντι. Ὥσπερ γὰρ τὸ διδάσκειν ἄνευ τοῦ ποιεῖν κρίνει, τὸν διδασκοντα᾽ (πὸ γὰρ διδάσκων, φησὶν, ἕτερον, σεαυτὸν οὐ διδάσκεις: οὕτω τὸ ποιεῖν μὲν, ἑτέροις δὲ μὴ ὑφηγεῖσθαι, ἐλαττοῖ τὸν μισθόν. Δεῖ τοίνυν ἐν ἑκατέροις ἄκρον εἶναι, καὶ πρότερον ἑαυτὸν κατορθώσαντα, οὕτω καὶ ἐπὶ τὴν τῶν ἄλλων ᾿ἐκβῆναι ἐπιμέλειαν. Διὰ γὰρ τοῦτο καὶ αὐτὸς τὴν ποίησιν πρὸ τῆς διδασκαλίας ἔθηκε, δεικνὺς ὅτι οὕτω μαλιστα τὰ διδαξαι δυνήσεται, ἑτέρως δὲ οὐδαμῶς. Ἀκούσεται γάρ, ἰατρέ, θεράπευσον σεαυτόν. Ὁ γαρ ἑαντὸν διδάξαι μὴ δυνηθεὶς, καὶ ὁτέρους ἐπιχειρῶν διορθοῦν, πολλοὺς ἕξει τοὺς κωμῳδοῦντας αὐτόν' μᾶλλον δὲ οὐδὲ διδαξαι ὁ ο τοιοῦτος δυνήσεται, τὼν πραγμάτων ἀντιφθεγγομένων αὐτῷ. Ἂν δὲ ἑκατέρωθεν ἀπηρτισμένος ἡ, μέγας κληθήσεται ἐν τῇ βασιλείᾳ τῶν οὐρανῶν. Λέγω γὰρ ὑμῖν, ἐὰν μὴ περισσεύσῃ ἡ δικαιοσύνη ὑμών πλέον τῶν γραμματέων καὶ Φαρισαίων, οὐ μὴ εἰσέλθητε εἰς τήν βασιλείαν τῶν οὐρανῶν. ᾿Ενταῦθα δικαιοσύνην τὴν πάσαν ἀρετὴν λέγει, ὥσπερ, καὶ περὶ τοὺ Ιωβ διαλεγόμενος ἔλεγε ἐς καὶ ἦν ἄνθρωπος ἄμεμπτος, δίκαιος. Κατὰ τοῦτο καὶ ὁ Παῦλος τὸ σημαινόμενον δίκαιον ἐκεῖνον ἐκάλεσεν, ᾧ μηδὲ νόμον κεῖσθαι ἔλεγε δικαίῳ γὰρ νόμος οὐ κεῖται. φησί. ΙΝναὶ πολλαχοῦ δὲ ἀλλαχοῦ τοῦτο τὸ ὄνομα ἐπὶ τῆς ἀρετῆς τῆς καθόλου κείμενον εὕροι τις ἄν. Σὺ δέ μοι σκόπει τῆς χάριτος τὴν ἐπίδοσιν, ὅπου τοὺς μαθητὰς τοὺς νεήλυδας τῶν ἐν τῇ παλαιᾷ διδασκάλων κρείττους εἶναι λεΤαι: ραμματέων γὰρ ἐνταῦθα καὶ Φαρισαίων οὐχ ἁπλῶς εἶπε τών παρανόμων, ἀλλὰ τῶν κατορθούντων' οὐ γὰρ ᾿ἄν, εἰ μὴ κατώρθουν, ᾿ἔφησεν ἔχειν δικαιοσύνην, οὐδὲ ἂν τὴν οὐκ οὖσαν παρέβαλε τῇ οὔσῃ. Ὅρα δὲ καὶ ἐνταῦθα πῶς συνίστησι τὴν παλαιὰν, σύγκρισιν ποιούμενος ταύτης πρὸς ἐκείνην᾽ ὅπερ ὃ, κι εἰκνυσιν ομοφυλον αὑτὴν οὐσαν καὶ συγγενῆ τὸ Ὑαρ πλεον ὅϑῳ καὶ ἔλαττον τοῦ αὐτοῦ γένους εστίν. Ουὗυ τοίνυν διαβάλλει Ἢ δὲ τὴν παλαιὰν, ἀλλ᾽ ἐπιταθῆναι αὐτὴν βούλεται. Εἰ ὁὲ ἣν πονήῆρα, οὐκ ἂν τὸ πλέον ἐζήτησεν, οὐὸ ἂν αντὴν ὀιωρθωσεν. ἀλλ᾽ εξεβαλεν ἂν. Καὶ πῶς, φησὶν, εἰ τοιαυτὴ εστὶν, εἰς δῳ τὴν βασιλείαν οὐκ εἰσάγει: Νῦν οὐκ εἰσάγει τοὺς μετὰ τὴν του Χριστοῦ παρουσίαν πολιτενομένους, ἅτε δὴ πλείονος ὃ, απολελαυκοτας ὀυναμεως, καὶ μείζονα οφείλοντας ἀγωνίζεσ αι νι ἐπεὶ τούς γε αὐτῆς τροφίμους εἰσάγει ἅπαντας. Καὶ γγαρ ἐς; ὃ ο, πολλοὶ ἀπὸ ἀνατολῶν καὶ ὀνσμῶν ἥξουσι, φησι, και ανα’, ἣ, κλιθήσονται εἰς κόλπους Αβρααμ καὶ ᾿Ισαὰκ καὶ Ιακωβ. Καὶ ο Λαζαρος δὲ τῶν μεγάλων ἀπολαύων ἐπαθλων, εν τοῖς ἐκείνον κόλποις φαίνεται ἐνδιαιτώμενος. Καὶ πάντες ὅσοι ὃ ἢ μεθ᾽ ὑπερβολῆς ἔλαμψαν ἐν τῇ παλαιᾳ, ὁια ταὐυτῆς δλαμψαν ἅπαντες. Καὶ ὁ Χριστὸς δὲ, εἰ πονηρά τις ἦν καὶ ἀλλοτρία, Ὁ Ἅ. οὐκ ἂν αὐτὴν ἐπλήρωσεν ἐλθὼν ἅπασαν. Εἰ γαρ ὑπέρ τον μὴ τοὺς ᾿Ιουδαίους ἐπισπάσασθαι τοῦτο ἐποίει μόνον, καὶ οὐχ ὥστε δεῖξαι συγγενῆ ταύτην οὖσαν τῇ καινῇ καὶ συμβαί᾽ ἢ νουσαν, τίνος ἕνεκεν οὐχὶ καὶ τὰ τῶν ᾿Ελλήνων ἐπλῆρον νο’, μιμα τε καὶ εθη, ἵνα λληνας σπισπασηται; Ὥστε δὴ ὃ; ἢ χόθεν ὀῆλον, ὅτι οὐ ὀια τὸ πονηραν εἶναι οὐκ εἰσάγει, αλλα διὰ τὸ μειζόνων εντόλων εἶναι καιρόν. Εἰ δὲ ατελεστερα ΄ο, ἐστὶ τῆς καινῆς, οὐδὲ τοῦτο δείκνυσιν αὐτὴν πονηραν᾽ ἐπει ἣ, ἢ ἢ σα ἣ κατὰ τοῦτο καὶ ἡ καινή τὸ αὐτὸ τοῦτο πείσεται. Καὶ ὙΑρῈ, ἤ ἢ ταύτης γνῶσις πρὸς τὴν μελλουσαν συγκρινομθνη, μερική ἢ τίς ἐστι καὶ ατελῆς, καὶ καταργεῖται εκείνης ελθούσης ὅταν γὰρ ἔλθη, φησὶ, τὸ τέλειον, τότε τὸ ἐκ μέρους, .Ὁ ὦ. ὦ καταργηθήσεται ὅπερ ἔπαθεν ἡ παλαια παρὰ τῆς καινῆς. ὃ ζω ὃ φὰς Αλλ᾽ οὐ διὰ τοῦτο αὐτὴν διαβαλοῦμεν, καίτοι καὶ αὕτη ὑπεζξίΨ ἢ σταται, ὅταν τῆς βασιλείας ἐπιτύχωμεν᾽ ἦστοτθ Ὑαρ τὸ εκ μερους καταργηθήσεται, φησίν αλλ ὅμως μεγαλην αὑτὴν, η εἶναί φαμεν. ᾿Επεὶ οὖν καὶ μείζονα τὰ ἔπαθλα, καὶ πλείων ἡ παρὰ τοὺ πνεύματος δύναμις, εἰκότως καὶ μείζονα ἀπαιτεῖ ἢ ἢ εν δὲ τα χαρίσματα. ᾿(ϑυκετι Ὑαρ γῆ ρέουσα γαλα και μέλι; οὐδὲ γῆρας λιπαρὸν, οὐδὲ πολυπαιδία, οὐδὲ σῖτος καὶ οἶνος, καὶ ποίμνια καὶ βουκόλια ἀλλ᾽ οὐρανὸς, καὶ τὰ ἐν οὐρανοῖς ἀγαθὰ, καὶ νυἱοθεσία, καὶ ἀδελφότης ἡ πρὸς τὸν μονογενῆ, καὶ κοινωνία κληρονομίας, καὶ τὸ συνδοξασθῆναι καὶ συμβασιλεῦσαι, καὶ τὰ μυρία ἔπαθλα ἐκεῖνα. Ὅτι δὲ καὶ πλείονος βοηθείας ἀπελαύσαμεν, ἄκουσον τοῦ Παύλου λέγοντος Οὐδὲν ἄρα κατάκριμα νῦν τοῖς ἐν Χριστῷ Ἰησοῦ, μὴ κατὰ σάρκα περιπατοῦσιν, ἀλλὰ κατὰ πνεῦμα. Ὃ γὰρ νόμος τοῦ πνεύματος τῆς ζωῆς ἠἡλευθέρωσέ με ἀπὸ τοῦ νόμον τῆς ἁμαρτίας καὶ τοῦ θανάτον. ᾿Ἀπειλήσας τοίνυν τοῖς παραβαίνουσι, καὶ μεγάλα ἔπαθλα θεὶς τοῖς κατορθοῦσι, καὶ δείξας ὅτι δικαίως πλέον ἡμᾶς ἀπαιτεῖ τών προτέρων μέτρων, ἄρχεται τῆς νομοθεσίας λοιπὸν, οὐχ ἁπλώς, ἀλλὰ κατὰ σύγκρισιν τῶν παλαιὼν νομίμων δύο ταῦτα δεῖξαι βουλόμενος, ὅτι τε οὐ μαχόμενος τοῖς προτέροις, αλλὰ καὶ σφόδρα συμφωνῶν ταῦτα νομοθετεὶ, καὶ ὅτι εἰκότως καὶ σφόδρα εὐκαίρως τὰ δεύτερα ἐκείνοις προστίθησιν. Ὅπερ ἵνα καὶ σαφέστερον γένηται; αὐτῶν ἐπακούσωμεν τῶν τοῦ νομοθέτου βημάτων. Τί οὖν αὐτός φησιν; ἢ ᾿Ηκούσατε ὅτι ἐῤῥέθη τοῖς ἀρχαίοις οὐ ,Φονεύσεις.᾿ Καίτοι ὁ καὶ ἐκεῖνα οὐς, αὐτός ἐστιν' ἀλλὰ τέως ἀπροσώπως αὐτὰ τίθησιν. Εἴτε γὰρ εἶπεν, ὅτι ἠκούσατε ὅτι εἶπον τοῖς ἀρχαίοις, δυσπαράδεκτος ὁ λόγος ἐγίνετο, καὶ πᾶσιν ἀν προσέστη τοῖς ακούουσιν εἴτε αὖ πάλιν εἰπὼν, ὅτι ἠκούσατε ὅτι ἐῤῥέθη: τοῖς ἀρχαῖοις παρὰ τοῦ πατρός μου, ἐπήγαγεν, ἐγὼ δὲ λέγω, μείζων ἂν ἐν εἶναι ὃ αὐθαδιασμός. Διὸ δὴ ἁπλῶς αὐτὸ τέθεικεν, ἕν μόνον ἀπ᾿ αὐτοῦ κατασκευάζων, τὸ δεῖξαι ὅτι εἰς καιρὸν ἦλθε τὸν προσήκοντα ταῦτα λέγων. Τῷ γὰρ εἰπεῖν, ὅτι ἐῤῥέθη τοῖς ἀρχαίοις, ἐνέφηνε πολὺν τὸν χρόνον, εξ οὗ τὴν ἐντολὴν ταύτην ἔλαβον. Τοῦτο δὲ ἐποίησεν, ἵνα ἐντρέψῃ τὸν ἀκροατὴν τὸν ἀναδυόμενον πρὸς τὰ ὑψηλότερα ἐκβῆναι τῶν ἐπιταγμάτων ὡσανεὶ διδάσκαλος παιδίῳ ῥᾳθυμοῦντι λέγοι οὐκ οἶσθα πόσον ἀνήλωσας χρόνον συλλαβὰς μελετῶν: Τοῦτο δὴ καὶ αὐτὸς αἰνιττόμενος τῷ τών ἀρχαίων ὀνόματι, ἐκκαλεῖται λοιπὸν αὐτοὺς πρὸς τὰ μείζονα τῶν δι'δαγμάτων, ὡσανεὶ ἔλεγεν ἀρκοῦντα ἔχετε χρόνον ταῦτα Μελε Τῶν Εν; καὶ δεῖ λοιπὸν πρὸς τὰ ὑψηλότερα τούτων ἐπείγέσθαι. ο Εὑ δὲ καὶ τὸ μὴ συγχεὺν τὴν τάξιν τῶν ἐντολῶν, ἀλλ᾽ απὸ τῆς προτέρας ἄρξασθαι πρώτης, ἀφ᾿ ἧς καὶ ὁ νόμος ἤρξατο' καὶ γὰρ καὶ τοῦτο δεικνύντος εστὶ τὴν συμφωνίαν. ᾿Εγὼ δὲ λέγω ὑμῖν, ὅτι ὁ ὀργιζόμενος τῷ αδελφῷ αὐτοῦ εἰκῇ, ἔνοχος ἔσται τῆ κρίσει. Εἶδες ἐξουσίαν ἀπηρτισμένην: εἶδες σχῆμα νομοθέτῃ πρέπον: Τίς γὰρ προφητῶν οὕτω ποτὲ ἐφθέγξατο: τίς δικαίων: τίς πατριἀρχῶν: Οὐδείς ἀλλὰ, τάδε λέγει κύριος. Ἀλλ᾽ οὐχ νιὸς οὕτως. ᾿Εκεῖνοι γὰρ τὰ τοῦ δεσπότου ᾿διήγγελλον, οὔὕτος δὲ τὰ τοῦ πατρός. Ὅταν δὲ εἴπω τὰ τοῦ πατρὸς, τὰ αὐτοῦ λέγω ὅτ ἐς τὰ γὰρ ἐμὰ, φησὶ, σά ἐστι, καὶ τὰ σά, ἐμά. Καὶ οἱ μὲν τοῖς ᾿ὁμοδούλοις, ὁ δὲ τοῖς αὐτοῦ δούλοις ἐνομοθέτει. ᾿Ερωτήσωμεν τοίνυν τοὺς τὸν νόμον ἐκβάλλοντας᾿ τὸ μὴ ὀργίζεσθαι τοὺ μὴ φονεύειν ἐναντίον, μάλλον ἐκείνου τελείωσις τοῦτο καὶ κατασκενή: ὃ Εὔδηλον ὅτι τοῦτο ἐκείνου πλήρωσις, καὶ μεῖζον τούτου ἕνεκεν. Ὃ γὰρ πρὸς ὀργήν οὐκ ἐκφερόμενος, πολλῷ μᾶλλον φόνον ἀφέξεται καὶ ὃ θυμὸν χαλινών, πολλῷ μᾶλλον τὰς χεῖρας καθέξει παρ ἑαντῷ. ᾿Ῥίζα γὰρ τοῦ φόνου θυμός. Ὁ τοίνυν τὴν ρίζαν ἐκκόπτων, πολλῷ μᾶλλον ἀναιρήσει τοὺς κλάδουτ' μᾶλλον δὲ οὐδὲ φῦναι τὴν ἀρχὴν ἐάσει.

Ei de tis akribōs exetaseie, kai heteron triton tropon heurēsei, kath᾽ hon touto gegone. Poion dē touton? Ton tēs mellousēs nomothesias, hēnper amelle paradidonai. Ou gar anairesis tōn proterōn, all᾽ epitasis kai plērōsis ēn ta legomena. Tou gar mē phoneuon ouk anairesis to mē orgizesthai, alla plērōsis kai pleiōn asphaleia' kai tōn allōn hapantōn. Dio dē kai ta spermata toutōn ᾿prokatabalomenos anypoptōs tote, hote »saphesteron emellen ek tēs paratheseōs tōn palaiōn kai neōn nomimōn epi enantiōsei hypopteuesthai, tę̄ prodiorthōsei ke tai- Ainygmatōdōs men gar auta kai ēdē katebaleto oia tōn eirēmenōn. To gar makarioi hoi ptōchoi tauton esti tǭ mē orgizesthai᾽ kai to makarioi hoi katharoi tē kardią, tǭ mē emblepsai eis gynaika pros epithymian' kai to mē thēsaurizein thēsaurous epi tēs gēs» tǭ makarioi hoi eleēmones synądei kai to penthein de, kai to diōkesthai, kai oneidizesthai, ison esti tǭ dia tēs stenēs pylēs eisienai' kai to peinan kai dipsan tēn dikaiosynēn, ouden heteron estin, all᾽ ē ekeino, ho meta tauta phēsin, hoti hosa an thelēte hina poiōsin hymin hoi anthrōpoi, kai hymeis poieite autois. Kai ton eirēnopoion makarisas, palin to auto schedon eirēken, hote ekeleusen apheinai to dōron, kai epi tēn ᾿katallagēn speudein tou lelypēmenou, kai to eunoein tǭ antidikǭ. ᾿All ekei men ta epathla tōn katorthountōn tetheiken' entautha de tōn mē poiountōn tas timōrias. Dioper ekei men elegen, hoti hoi praeis klēronomēsousi gēn᾽ entautha de, mōron kalōn ton adelphon autou, enochos estai tę̄ geennē tou pyros. Nai ekei men, hoti ton theon opsontai hoi katharoi tę̄ kardią entautha de, hoti moichos estin apērtismenos ho akolastōs idōn kai tous eirēnopoious ton theou kalesas ekei, entautha heterōthen phobei legōn' mē pota se paradǭ ho antidikos tǭ kritę̄. Houtō kai tous penthountas kai tous diōkomenous makarizōn en tois emprosthen, en tois meta tauta to auto touto kataskeuazōn, apōleian apeilei tois mē tautēn erchomenois tēn hodon' hoi gar dia tēs plateias badizontes, phēsin, ekei katastrephousi. Kai to ou dynasthe theǭ douleuein kai mamōną, ison einai moi dokei tǭ makarioi hoi eleēmones, kai hoi peinōntes tēn dikaiosynēn. All᾽, hyper ephēn, epeidē mellei tranoteron. auta legein, kai ou tranoteron monon, alla kai pleiona tōn eirēmenōn prostithenai palin (ouketi gar eleēmona zētei monon, alla kai tou chitōniskou existasthai keleuei oude praon haplōs, alla kai tēn heteran siagona strephein tǭ boulomenǭ rhapizein), tēn dokousan antithesin einai proteron anairei. Dia dē touto? hoper ephthēn eipōn, oude hapax touto eirēken, alla kai deuteron. Eipōn gar, mē nomisēte, hoti ēlthon katalysai, epēgagen' ouk ēlthon katalysai, alla plērōsai. ᾿Amēn gar legō hymin, ean parelthę̄ ouranos kai hē Hyē» iōta hen mia keraia ou mē parelthę̄ tou nomou, heōs an panta genētai. Ho de legei, toiouton estin amēchanon ateleston meinai, alla kai to brachytaton autou plērōthēnai dei. Hoper autos epoiēse, meta akribeias auton hapasēs apartisas. ᾿Entautha de hēmin ainittetai? hoti kai ho kosmos hapas metaschēmatizetai. Kai ouch haplōs auto tetheiken, all᾽ hina eparē ton akroatēn, kai deixē dikaiōs heteran eisagagōn politeian eige melloi kai Ō ta tēs ktiseōs hapanta metaschēmatizesthai, kai to tōn anthrōpōn. genos pros heteran kaleisthai patrida, kai biou paraskeuēn hypsēloteran. hos ean oun lysę̄ mian tōn entolōn toutōn tōn elachistōn, kai didaxē houtō tous anthrōpous, elachistos klēthēsetai en tę̄ basileią tōn ouranōn. ᾿Epeidē gar apēllaxen heauton tēs ponēras hypopsias, kai tous boulomenous antilegein epestomise, tote loipon kai phobeii, kai apeilēn tithēsi megistēn hyper tēs mellousēs nomothesias. Hoti gar ouch hyper tōn palaiōn nomōn touto eirēken, all᾽ hyper hōn autos emelle nomothetein, akouson tōn hexēs. Legō gar hymin, phēsin ean mē perisseusē hē dikaiosynē hymōn pleon tōn grammateōn kai Pharisaiōn, ou mē eiselthēte eis tēn basileian tōn ouranōn. Ei de peri tōn palaiōn ēpeilei nomōn, pōs elegen, ean mē perisseusę̄: Tous gar΄ ta auta poiountas, haper epoioun ekeinoi, ouk hēn perisseusai kata ton tēs dikaiosynēs logon. ᾿Alla poion hēn to perisson: To mē orgisthēnai, to mēde emblepsai eis gynaika akolastōs. Tinos oun heneken elachistas autas ekalese, kaitoi houtō megalas kai hypsēlas ousas? Epeidē autos tēn nomothesian eisagein emellen. Hōsper gar heauton etapeinōse, kai metria pollachou peri heautou phthengetai houtō kai peri tēs heantou nomothesias, paideuōn hēmas kan toutǭ pantachou triazein. Allōs ho de kai epeidē kainotomias tis hypopsia einai, hypestalmenōs teōs kechrētai tǭ logǭ. Hotan de akousę̄s elachiston en tę̄ basileią tōn ouranōn, mēden allo hypopteue ē geennan kai kolasin. Basileian gar hoiden ouchi tēn apolausin monon legein, alla kai ton kairon tēs anastaseōs, kai tēn parousian ekeinēn tēn phoberan. ᾿Epei pōs an echoi logon, ton men eiponta ton adelphon mōron, kai mian parabanta entolēn, eis tēn geennan empesein ton de holas lyonta, kai heterous. eis touto enagonta, en tē basileią. einai? Ou toinyn touto phēsin, all᾽ hoti en ekeinǭ tǭ kairǭ elachistos hē estai, aperrhimmenos, eschatos de eschatos pantōs eis tēn geennan empeseitai tote. Kai gar theos hōn proēdei tēn tōn pollōn rhąthymian, kai hoti mellousi tines hyperbolēs nomizein einai ta eirēmena. monēs, kai syl-a logizesthai tous nomous, kai legein ean oun tis mōron kalesē? kolazetai? ean houn idē tis haplōs, moichos ginetai: Dio dē tautēn proanairōn tēn oligōrian, apeilēn tetheike megistēn hekaterois, kai tois parabainousi, kai tois heterous eis touto enagousin. Eidotes toinyn tēn apeilēn, mēte autoi parabainōmen, mēte tous, boulomenous tauta phylattein eklyōmen. Hos an poiēsę̄, kai didaxę̄, phēsi, megas klēthēsetai. Ou gar heautois dei chrēsimous einai monon, alla kai heterois. Kai gar ouk isos ho misthos tǭ heauton katorthounti? kai tǭ meth᾽ bantou kai heteron prostithenti. Hōsper gar to didaskein aneu tou poiein krinei, ton didaskonta᾽ (po gar didaskōn, phēsin, heteron, seauton ou didaskeis: houtō to poiein men, heterois de mē hyphēgeisthai, elattoi ton misthon. Dei toinyn en hekaterois akron einai, kai proteron heauton katorthōsanta, houtō kai epi tēn tōn allōn ᾿ekbēnai epimeleian. Dia gar touto kai autos tēn poiēsin pro tēs didaskalias ethēke, deiknys hoti houtō malista ta didaxai dynēsetai, heterōs de oudamōs. Akousetai gar, iatre, therapeuson seauton. Ho gar heanton didaxai mē dynētheis, kai hoterous epicheirōn diorthoun, pollous hexei tous kōmǭdountas auton' mallon de oude didaxai ho o toioutos dynēsetai, tōn pragmatōn antiphthengomenōn autǭ. An de hekaterōthen apērtismenos hē, megas klēthēsetai en tę̄ basileią tōn ouranōn. Legō gar hymin, ean mē perisseusę̄ hē dikaiosynē hymōn pleon tōn grammateōn kai Pharisaiōn, ou mē eiselthēte eis tēn basileian tōn ouranōn. ᾿Entautha dikaiosynēn tēn pasan aretēn legei, hōsper, kai peri tou Iōb dialegomenos elege es kai ēn anthrōpos amemptos, dikaios. Kata touto kai ho Paulos to sēmainomenon dikaion ekeinon ekalesen, hǭ mēde nomon keisthai elege dikaiǭ gar nomos ou keitai. phēsi. INnai pollachou de allachou touto to onoma epi tēs aretēs tēs katholou keimenon heuroi tis an. Sy de moi skopei tēs charitos tēn epidosin, hopou tous mathētas tous neēlydas tōn en tę̄ palaią didaskalōn kreittous einai leTai: rammateōn gar entautha kai Pharisaiōn ouch haplōs eipe tōn paranomōn, alla tōn katorthountōn' ou gar ᾿an, ei mē katōrthoun, ᾿ephēsen echein dikaiosynēn, oude an tēn ouk ousan parebale tę̄ ousę̄. Hora de kai entautha pōs synistēsi tēn palaian, synkrisin poioumenos tautēs pros ekeinēn᾽ hoper ho, ki eiknysin omophylon hautēn ousan kai syngenē to Hyar pleon hoϑǭ kai elatton tou autou genous estin. Ouyy toinyn diaballei Ē de tēn palaian, all᾽ epitathēnai autēn bouletai. Ei hoe hēn ponēēra, ouk an to pleon ezētēsen, ouo an antēn oiōrthōsen. all᾽ exebalen an. Kai pōs, phēsin, ei toiautē estin, eis dǭ tēn basileian ouk eisagei: Nyn ouk eisagei tous meta tēn tou Christou parousian politenomenous, hate dē pleionos ho, apolelaukotas ounameōs, kai meizona opheilontas agōnizes ai ni epei tous ge autēs trophimous eisagei hapantas. Kai ngar es? ho o, polloi apo anatolōn kai onsmōn hēxousi, phēsi, kai ana’, hē, klithēsontai eis kolpous Abraam kai ᾿Isaak kai Iakōb. Kai o Lazaros de tōn megalōn apolauōn epathlōn, en tois ekeinon kolpois phainetai endiaitōmenos. Kai pantes hosoi ho ē meth᾽ hyperbolēs elampsan en tę̄ palaią, hoia tauytēs dlampsan hapantes. Kai ho Christos de, ei ponēra tis ēn kai allotria, Ho Ha. ouk an autēn eplērōsen elthōn hapasan. Ei gar hyper ton mē tous ᾿Ioudaious epispasasthai touto epoiei monon, kai ouch hōste deixai syngenē tautēn ousan tę̄ kainę̄ kai symbai᾽ ē nousan, tinos heneken ouchi kai ta tōn ᾿Ellēnōn eplēron no’, mima te kai ethē, hina llēnas spispasētai? Hōste dē ho? ē chothen oēlon, hoti ou oia to ponēran einai ouk eisagei, alla dia to meizonōn entolōn einai kairon. Ei de atelestera ΄o, esti tēs kainēs, oude touto deiknysin autēn ponēran᾽ epei hē, ē ē sa hē kata touto kai hē kainē to auto touto peisetai. Kai HyArE, ē ē tautēs gnōsis pros tēn mellousan synkrinomthnē, merikē ē tis esti kai atelēs, kai katargeitai ekeinēs elthousēs hotan gar elthē, phēsi, to teleion, tote to ek merous, .Ho ō. ō katargēthēsetai hoper epathen hē palaia para tēs kainēs. ho zō ho phas All᾽ ou dia touto autēn diabaloumen, kaitoi kai hautē hypezxiPs ē statai, hotan tēs basileias epitychōmen᾽ ēstotth Hyar to ek merous katargēthēsetai, phēsin all homōs megalēn hautēn, ē einai phamen. ᾿Epei oun kai meizona ta epathla, kai pleiōn hē para tou pneumatos dynamis, eikotōs kai meizona apaitei ē ē en de ta charismata. ᾿(ϑyketi Hyar gē reousa gala kai meli? oude gēras liparon, oude polypaidia, oude sitos kai oinos, kai poimnia kai boukolia all᾽ ouranos, kai ta en ouranois agatha, kai nuiothesia, kai adelphotēs hē pros ton monogenē, kai koinōnia klēronomias, kai to syndoxasthēnai kai symbasileusai, kai ta myria epathla ekeina. Hoti de kai pleionos boētheias apelausamen, akouson tou Paulou legontos Ouden ara katakrima nyn tois en Christǭ Iēsou, mē kata sarka peripatousin, alla kata pneuma. Ho gar nomos tou pneumatos tēs zōēs hēēleutherōse me apo tou nomon tēs hamartias kai tou thanaton. ᾿Apeilēsas toinyn tois parabainousi, kai megala epathla theis tois katorthousi, kai deixas hoti dikaiōs pleon hēmas apaitei tōn proterōn metrōn, archetai tēs nomothesias loipon, ouch haplōs, alla kata synkrisin tōn palaiōn nomimōn dyo tauta deixai boulomenos, hoti te ou machomenos tois proterois, alla kai sphodra symphōnōn tauta nomothetei, kai hoti eikotōs kai sphodra eukairōs ta deutera ekeinois prostithēsin. Hoper hina kai saphesteron genētai? autōn epakousōmen tōn tou nomothetou bēmatōn. Ti oun autos phēsin? ē ᾿Ēkousate hoti errhethē tois archaiois ou ,Phoneuseis.᾿ Kaitoi ho kai ekeina ous, autos estin' alla teōs aprosōpōs auta tithēsin. Eite gar eipen, hoti ēkousate hoti eipon tois archaiois, dysparadektos ho logos egineto, kai pasin an prosestē tois akouousin eite au palin eipōn, hoti ēkousate hoti errhethē: tois archaiois para tou patros mou, epēgagen, egō de legō, meizōn an en einai ho authadiasmos. Dio dē haplōs auto tetheiken, hen monon ap᾿ autou kataskeuazōn, to deixai hoti eis kairon ēlthe ton prosēkonta tauta legōn. Tǭ gar eipein, hoti errhethē tois archaiois, enephēne polyn ton chronon, ex hou tēn entolēn tautēn elabon. Touto de epoiēsen, hina entrepsę̄ ton akroatēn ton anadyomenon pros ta hypsēlotera ekbēnai tōn epitagmatōn hōsanei didaskalos paidiǭ rhąthymounti legoi ouk oistha poson anēlōsas chronon syllabas meletōn: Touto dē kai autos ainittomenos tǭ tōn archaiōn onomati, ekkaleitai loipon autous pros ta meizona tōn di'dagmatōn, hōsanei elegen arkounta echete chronon tauta Mele Tōn En? kai dei loipon pros ta hypsēlotera toutōn epeigesthai. o Heu de kai to mē syncheun tēn taxin tōn entolōn, all᾽ apo tēs proteras arxasthai prōtēs, aph᾿ hēs kai ho nomos ērxato' kai gar kai touto deiknyntos esti tēn symphōnian. ᾿Egō de legō hymin, hoti ho orgizomenos tǭ adelphǭ autou eikę̄, enochos estai tē krisei. Eides exousian apērtismenēn: eides schēma nomothetę̄ prepon: Tis gar prophētōn houtō pote ephthenxato: tis dikaiōn: tis patriarchōn: Oudeis alla, tade legei kyrios. All᾽ ouch nios houtōs. ᾿Ekeinoi gar ta tou despotou ᾿diēngellon, ouytos de ta tou patros. Hotan de eipō ta tou patros, ta autou legō hot es ta gar ema, phēsi, sa esti, kai ta sa, ema. Kai hoi men tois ᾿homodoulois, ho de tois autou doulois enomothetei. ᾿Erōtēsōmen toinyn tous ton nomon ekballontas᾿ to mē orgizesthai tou mē phoneuein enantion, mallon ekeinou teleiōsis touto kai kataskenē: ho Eudēlon hoti touto ekeinou plērōsis, kai meizon toutou heneken. Ho gar pros orgēn ouk ekpheromenos, pollǭ mallon phonon aphexetai kai ho thymon chalinōn, pollǭ mallon tas cheiras kathexei par heantǭ. ᾿Rhiza gar tou phonou thymos. Ho toinyn tēn rizan ekkoptōn, pollǭ mallon anairēsei tous kladout' mallon de oude phynai tēn archēn easei.

And if one examines it precisely, he will find another, third way in which this came about. What is it? That of the legislation to come, which he was about to deliver. For what was said was not an abolition of the former things but an intensification and fulfillment. For not being angry is not an abolition of not killing, but its fulfillment and greater security; and so with all the others. That is why, having laid down the seeds of these beforehand without arousing suspicion, at the point where, from the setting of the old and new ordinances side by side, he was going to be more clearly suspected of opposing them, he uses the correction in advance. For he had already laid them down in a veiled way through what had been said. For “Blessed are the poor” is the same as not being angry; and “Blessed are the pure in heart” the same as not looking at a woman to lust; and not laying up treasures on earth agrees with “Blessed are the merciful”; and mourning, being persecuted, and being reviled are equal to entering by the narrow gate; and hungering and thirsting for righteousness is nothing other than what he says later: “Whatever you wish that men should do to you, do so to them.” And having called the peacemaker blessed, he said almost the same thing again when he bade us leave the gift and hasten to be reconciled with the one we had pained, and to be well disposed toward our adversary. But there he set the prizes of those who do right, here the punishments of those who do not. That is why there he said, “The meek shall inherit the earth,” but here, “Whoever calls his brother a fool shall be liable to the hell of fire”; and there, “The pure in heart shall see God,” but here, that the man who looks licentiously is a complete adulterer; and having there called the peacemakers sons of God, here he makes them afraid from the other side, saying, “Lest your adversary hand you over to the judge.” So too, having called blessed those who mourn and those who are persecuted in the earlier part, in what follows, establishing this same thing, he threatens destruction to those who do not walk this way; “for those who walk by the broad way,” he says, “end up there.” And “You cannot serve God and mammon” seems to me to be equal to “Blessed are the merciful” and “those who hunger for righteousness.” But, as I said, since he was going to say these things more clearly, and not only more clearly but to add more than had been said (for he no longer seeks merely a merciful man, but bids him give up even his tunic; nor simply a meek man, but one who turns the other cheek to the one who wants to strike him), he first removes the apparent contradiction.

For this reason, as I said before, he said this not once but twice. For having said, “Do not think that I came to destroy,” he added, “I did not come to destroy, but to fulfill. For truly I say to you, until heaven and earth pass away, one iota or one stroke shall not pass from the law, until all things come to pass.” What he means is this: it is impossible for it to remain unaccomplished, but even its smallest part must be fulfilled. And this he himself did, completing it with all precision. And here he hints to us that the whole world too is being transformed. And he did not put this at random, but to raise up the hearer and to show that he was justly bringing in another way of life, if indeed all things in creation were to be transformed, and the human race called to another country and a loftier way of living.

“Whoever then breaks one of the least of these commandments, and teaches men so, shall be called least in the kingdom of heaven.” For when he had freed himself from the evil suspicion and stopped the mouths of those who wished to contradict, then at last he also makes them afraid and sets the greatest threat on behalf of the legislation to come. For that he said this not on behalf of the old laws but on behalf of those he himself was about to legislate, hear what follows: “For I say to you,” he says, “unless your righteousness exceeds that of the scribes and Pharisees, you will not enter the kingdom of heaven.” But if he were threatening on behalf of the old laws, how could he say, “unless it exceeds”? For those who did the same things they did could not exceed them in the measure of righteousness. But what was the excess? Not being angry, not even looking at a woman licentiously. Why then did he call them least, though they are so great and lofty? Because he himself was about to introduce the legislation. For as he humbled himself and speaks of himself modestly in many places, so too about his own legislation, teaching us in this too to be modest everywhere. Besides, since there was some suspicion of innovation, for the time being he uses restrained language. And when you hear “least in the kingdom of heaven,” suspect nothing other than hell and punishment. For he is accustomed to call “kingdom” not only the enjoyment, but also the time of the resurrection and that fearful coming. For how would it be reasonable that the man who calls his brother a fool and transgresses one commandment should fall into hell, while the one who breaks whole commandments and leads others to do so should be in the kingdom? This, then, is not what he says, but that at that time he will be least, cast away, last; and the last will certainly fall into hell then. For being God, he foreknew the indolence of the many, and that some would think that what was said was merely hyperbole, and would reason about the laws and say, “If someone calls another a fool, is he punished? If someone simply looks, does he become an adulterer?” That is why, removing this negligence beforehand, he set the greatest threat for both, both for those who transgress and for those who lead others to do so. Knowing the threat, then, let us neither transgress ourselves nor weaken those who wish to keep these things.

“But whoever does and teaches them,” he says, “shall be called great.” For we must be useful not only to ourselves, but to others too. For the reward is not equal for the one who sets himself right and for the one who brings another with him. For as teaching without doing condemns the teacher (“you who teach another,” it says, “do you not teach yourself?”), so doing but not guiding others lessens the reward. We must, then, be outstanding in both, and having first set ourselves right, so go on to the care of others. For this is why he himself put doing before teaching, showing that in this way most of all a man will be able to teach, and otherwise not at all. For he will hear, “Physician, heal yourself.” For he who cannot teach himself and tries to set others right will have many mocking him; or rather such a man will not even be able to teach, since his deeds speak against him. But if he is perfect on both sides, he “shall be called great in the kingdom of heaven.”

“For I say to you, unless your righteousness exceeds that of the scribes and Pharisees, you will not enter the kingdom of heaven.” Here he calls the whole of virtue righteousness, just as in speaking of Job too it says, “And he was a blameless man, righteous.” In this sense Paul too called that man righteous for whom he said no law is laid down: “For the law is not laid down for the righteous,” he says. And in many other places one could find this name used of virtue in general. But consider, I beg you, the increase of grace, where he will have the newly come disciples be better than the teachers in the Old Testament. For here he did not speak of scribes and Pharisees who were lawless, but of those who did right; for if they had not done right, he would not have said that they had righteousness, nor would he have compared what did not exist with what did. And see here too how he commends the Old Testament by making a comparison of it with the new; which shows that it is of the same kind and akin; for the more and the less belong to the same kind. He does not, then, disparage the Old Testament, but wants it intensified. But if it were wicked, he would not have sought the more, nor have set it right, but would have cast it out. “And how,” someone says, “if it is such, does it not bring into the kingdom?” It does not now bring in those who live after the coming of Christ, since they have enjoyed greater power and ought to strive for greater things; for its own nurslings it does bring in, all of them. For “many,” he says, “shall come from east and west and shall recline in the bosoms of Abraham and Isaac and Jacob.” And Lazarus too, enjoying the great prizes, is seen dwelling in his bosom. And all who shone exceedingly in the Old Testament all shone through it. And Christ, if it had been wicked and alien, would not have fulfilled the whole of it when he came. For if he did this only to draw the Jews, and not to show that it is akin to the new and in harmony with it, why did he not also fulfill the laws and customs of the Greeks, so as to draw the Greeks? So it is clear from every side that it does not bring in, not because it is wicked, but because it is the time of greater commandments. And if it is less perfect than the new, not even this shows it to be wicked; since in this respect the new too will suffer this same thing. For our knowledge too, compared with that which is to come, is partial and imperfect, and is done away when that comes: “for when the perfect comes,” it says, “then the partial will be done away”; just what the old suffered from the new. But we shall not disparage it for this reason, although it too gives way when we attain the kingdom (“for the partial will be done away,” it says); but nevertheless we say that it is great. Since, then, the prizes are greater and the power from the Spirit more abundant, he rightly demands greater things too, … the gifts. For it is no longer a land flowing with milk and honey, nor a rich old age, nor many children, nor grain and wine and flocks and herds; but heaven and the good things in the heavens, and adoption, and brotherhood with the Only-begotten, and a share in the inheritance, and being glorified and reigning together with him, and those countless prizes. And that we have enjoyed greater help, hear Paul saying: “There is therefore now no condemnation for those who are in Christ Jesus, who walk not according to the flesh but according to the Spirit. For the law of the Spirit of life has set me free from the law of sin and death.”

Having, then, threatened the transgressors and set great prizes for those who do right, and having shown that he justly demands of us more than the former measures, he now begins the legislation, not simply, but by comparison with the old ordinances, wishing to show two things: that he legislates these things not in conflict with the former ones but in full agreement, and that he rightly and very opportunely adds the second to the first. And so that this may become clearer, let us listen to the very words of the lawgiver. What then does he say? “You have heard that it was said to the ancients, ‘You shall not kill.’” And yet it was he himself who gave those commandments too; but for the time being he puts them impersonally. For if he had said, “You have heard that I said to the ancients,” the word would have been hard to accept and would have offended all who heard; and if again, having said, “You have heard that it was said to the ancients by my Father,” he had added, “But I say,” the presumption would have seemed greater. That is why he put it simply, contriving only one thing by it: to show that he had come at the fitting time in saying these things. For by saying, “It was said to the ancients,” he indicated the long time since they had received this commandment. And he did this to shame the hearer who shrank from going on to the loftier commands, as if a teacher should say to a lazy child, “Do you not know how much time you have spent practicing syllables?” This, then, he hints at by the word “ancients,” and summons them at last to the greater teachings, as if he were saying, “You have had time enough practicing these, and now you must press on to things loftier than these.” And it is well too that he does not confuse the order of the commandments, but begins from the first, from which the law too began; for this too belongs to one showing their harmony.

“But I say to you that whoever is angry with his brother without cause shall be liable to the judgment.” Do you see authority complete? Do you see a bearing befitting a lawgiver? For which of the prophets ever spoke thus? Which of the righteous? Which of the patriarchs? None; but, “Thus says the Lord.” But not so the Son. For they announced the things of their Master, but he those of the Father. And when I say “those of the Father,” I mean his own; “for all mine,” he says, “are yours, and yours are mine.” And they legislated for their fellow servants, but he for his own servants. Let us ask, then, those who reject the law: is not being angry contrary to not killing, or is it rather its perfection and support? It is plain that this is its fulfillment, and greater on this account. For he who is not carried away into anger will much more abstain from murder; and he who bridles his temper will much more keep his hands to himself. For the root of murder is anger. He, then, who cuts out the root will much more remove the branches; or rather, will not let them grow at all.

16.6Field 1

Οὐκοῦν οὐκ ἐπ᾽ ἀναιρέσει τοῦ νόμου, αλλ ἐπὶ πλείονι ταῦτα ἐνομοθέτει φυλακῇ. Τί γὰρ βουλόμενος ὁ νόμος ταῦτα ἐπέταξεν: Οὐχ ἵνα. μηδεὶς φονεύῃ τὸν πλησίον. Οὐκοῦν τοῦ μαχομένου τῷ νόμῳ τὸ κελεύειν ἀμ οἱ ἢν τὸ γὰρ φονεύειν τοῦ μὴ φονεύειν ἐναντίον᾽ εἰ δὲ μηδὲ ὀργίζεσθαι ἐπιτρέπει, ὅπερ ὁ νόμος ἐβούλετο, τοῦτο μᾶλλον ἴστησιν. Οὐ γὰρ ὁμοίως ἀφέξεται φόνου ὁ μελετῶν μὴ φονεύειν τῷ καὶ τὴν ὀργὴν ἀνηρηκότι' πορρωτέρω γὰρ οὗτος ἕστηκε τοὺ τολμήματος. Ἵνα δὲ καὶ ἑτέρως αὐτοὺς ἕλωμεν, εἰς μέσον ἃ λέγουσιν ἀγάγωμεν ἅπαντα. Τίνα οὖν ἐστιν ἃ φασι; Λέγουσιν, ὅτι ὁ τὸν κόσμον ποιήσας θεὸς, ὁ τὸν ἥλιον ἀνατέλλων ἐπὶ πονηροὺς καὶ ἀγαθοὺς, ὁ βρέχων ἐπὶ δικαίους καὶ ἀδίκους, πονηρός τίς ἐστιν. Ο: δὲ ἐπιεικέστεροι δηθεν αὐτῶν τοῦτο μὲν παραιτοῦνται, δίκαιον δὲ αὐτὸν εἶναι λέγοντες αἀποστερουσι τοὺ εἶναι ἀγαθόν' ἕτερον δέ τινα, τὸν οὐκ ὄντα, οὔτε ποιήσαντά τι τών ὄντων, πατέρα διδόασι τῴ Χριστῷ. Καὶ τὸν μὲν οὐκ ἀγαθὸν ἐν τοῖς αὐτοῦ μένειν, καὶ τὰ αὐτοῦ διατηρεῖν φασι τὸν δὲ ἀγαθὸν τῶν ἀλλοτρίων ἐφίεσθαι, καὶ ὧν οὐκ ἐγένετο δημιουργὸς, τούτων ἐξαίφνης βούλεσθαι γενέσθαι σωτῆρα. Εἶδες τοῦ διαβόλου τὰ τέκνα, πῶς ἀπὸ τῆς πηγῆς τοῦ πατρὸς φθέγγονται, ἀλλοτριοῦντες τοὺ θεοῦ τὴν δημιουργίαν, τοῦ ᾿Ιωάννου βοῶντος, ὅτι εἰς τὰ ἴδια ἧλθε, καὶ ὁ κόσμος δι αὐτοῦ ἐγένετο: Εἶτα τὸν νόμον ἐξετάζοντες τὸν ἐν τῆ παλαιᾷ, τὸν κελεύοντα ὀφθαλμὸν ἀντὶ ὀφθαλμοῦ καὶ ὀδόντα ἀντὶ ὀδόντος ἐκβάλλειν, ἐπεμβαίνουσιν εὐθέως λέγοντες καὶ πὼς ἂν δύναιτο ἀγαθὸς εἶναι ὁ ταῦτα λέγων; Τί οὖν πρὸς ταῦτα φαμεν: Ὅτι μέγιστον εἶδος φιλανθρωπίας ἐστίν. Οὐ γὰρ ἵνα τοὺς ἀλλήλων ἐκκόπτωμεν ὀφθαλμοὺς, τὸν νόμον ἔθηκε τοῦτον᾽ αλλ᾽ ἵνα φόβῳ τοῦ μὴ παθεῖν ὑφ᾽ ἑτέρων, ἀπεχώμεθα τοῦ δρᾶσαί τι τοιοῦτον ἑτέρους. Ὥσπερ οὗν τοῖς Νινευἔταις ἠπείλησε καταστροφὴν, οὐχ ἵνα αὐτοὺς ἀνέλῃ (ει γὰρ τοῦτο ἐβούλετο, σιγᾶν ἐχρῆν), αλλ᾽ ἵνα τῷ φόβῳ βελτίους ποιήσας; παύσῃ τὴν ὀργῆν οὕτω καὶ τοῖς προχείρως ἐπιπηδώσι τοῖς ἑτέρων ὀφθαλμοῖς τιμωρίαν ἔθηκεν, ἵνα κἄν απὸ προαιρέσεως ἀγαθῆς μὴ βούλωνται ἀπέχεσθαι τῆς ὠμότητος, ἀπὸ τοῦ φόβου κωλυθῶσι λυμαίνεσθαι ταῖς τών πλησίον ὄψεσιν. Εἰ δὲ ἐκεῖνο ὠμότητος; καὶ τὸ κατέχεσθαι τὸν ἀνδροφόνον, καὶ τὸ κωλύεσθαι τὸν μοιχόν. ᾿Αλλ ἀνοήτων ταῦτα τὰ βήματα, καὶ τὴν ἐσχάτην μαινομένων μανίαν. ᾿Εγὼ γὰρ τοσούτον δέω ταῦτα ὠμότητος εἶναι λέγειν, ὡς ταναντία τούτοις φάναι εἶναι παράνομα κατὰ ἀνθρώπινον λογισμόν. Σὺ μὲν γὰρ λέγεις, ὅτι ἐπειδὴ ὀφθαλμὸν ἀντὶ ὀφθαλμοῦ ἐκβάλλειν ἐκέλευσε, διὰ τοῦτο ὠμός ἐγὼ δὲ λῴγω, ὅτι εἰ μὴ τοῦτο ἐκέλευσε, τότε ἂν ἔδοξε παρὰ τοῖς πολλοῖς τοῦτο εἶναι ὃ φὴς συ. Θώμεν γὰρ τῷ λόγῳ λελύσθαι τὸν νόμον ἅπαντα, καὶ μηδένα τὴν ἐκ τούτου δεδοικέναι τιμωρίαν, ἀλλ᾽ ἐξεῖναι τοῖς πονηροῖς ἅπασι μετὰ ἀδείας ἁπάσης [αὐτῶν κεχρῆσθαι τῷ τρόπῳ, καὶ τοῖς μοιχοῖς, καὶ τοῖς ἀνδροφόνοις, καὶ τοῖς κλέπταις, καὶ τοῖς ἐπιόρκοις, καὶ τοῖς πατραλοίαις ἄρα οὐκ ἂν πᾶντα ἄνω καὶ κάτω γέγονε, καὶ μυρίων μιασμάτων καὶ φόνων πόλεις, καὶ ἀγοραὶ, καὶ οἰκίαι, καὶ γῇ, καὶ θάλαττα, καὶ πᾶσα ἐνεπλήσθη ἡ ἤ οἰκουμένη: Παντί που δῆλον. Εἰ γὰρ νόμων ὄντων καὶ φόβου καὶ ἀπειλῆς, μόλις αἱ πονηραὶ ἐπέχονται γνώμαν εἰ καὶ αὕτη ἀνήρητο ἡ ,ἀσφάλεια, τί τὸ κωλύον τὴν κακίαν αἱρεῖσθαι: πόση δὲ οὐκ ὰν εἰσεκώμασεν εἰς τὸν ἀνθρώπινον βίον ἡ λύμη: Οὐδὲ γὰρ τοῦτο ὠμότητος μόνον, τὸ συγχωρεῖν τοῖς κακοῖς ἃ βούλονται πράττειν᾽ αλλὰ καὶ ἕτερον οὐκ ἔλαττον τούτου, τὸ τὸν ἠδικηκότα μὲν οὐδὲν, κακῶς δὲ πάσχοντα εἰκῆ καὶ μάτην, περιορᾶν ἀπρονόητον. Εἰπὲ γάρ μοι, εἴ τις ἀνθρώπους μοχθηροὺς πανταχόθεν συναγαγων, καὶ ξίφεσιν ὁπλίσας, ἐκέλευσε κατὰ Ὁ τὴν πόλιν περιϊέναι πᾶσαν, καὶ τοὺς ἀπαντῶντας κατασφάττειν ἅπαντας, ἄρα 'ἂν ἢ ἣν τι τούτου θηριωδέστερον: Τί δὲ, εἴ τις ἕτερος τοὺς μὲν ὑπ᾽ ἐκείνου καθοπλισθέντας ἔδησε καὶ καθεῖρξε μετὰ σφοδρότητος πάσης, τοὺς δὲ ἀποσφάττεσθαι μέλλοντας τῶν ἀνόμων ἐκείνων ἐξήρπασε χειρῶν, ἄρα ἀν ἣν τι τούτου φιλανθρωπότερον: Ταῦτα τοίνυν καὶ ἐπὶ τὸν νόμον μετάθες τὰ ὑποδείγματα. Ὁ μὲν γὰρ κελεύων ὀφθαλμὸν ἀντὶ ὀφθαλμοῦ ἐξορύττειν, ὥσπερ τινὰ δεσμὸν ἰσχυρὸν τὸν φόβον ταῖς τῶν πονηρῶν ἐνέβαλε ψυχαῖς, κακείνῳ προσέοικε τῷ τοὺς ξιφήρεις εκείνους καθειργνύντι ὁ δὲ μηδεμίαν τιμωρίαν αὐτοῖς τιθεὶς, μονονουχὶ ὁπλίζει τῆ ἀδείᾳ, κακεῖνον μιμεῖται τὸν ἐγχειρίσαντα αὑτοῖς τὰ ξίφη, καὶ κατὰ τῆς πόλεως ἀφέντα πάσης. ὋὉρᾷς πώς οὐ μὄνον ὠμότητος, αλλὰ καὶ πολλῆς φιλανθρωπίας ἐστὶ τὰ ἐπιτάγματα; Εἰ δὲ βαρὺν διὰ ταῦτα καλεῖς τὸν νομοθέτην, καὶ φορτικὸν, ποῖον ἐπιπονώτερον, εἰπε μοι, καὶ βαρύτερον, τὸ μὴ φονεύειν, τὸ μηδὲ ὀργίζεσθαι: τίς σφοδρότερος, ὁ τοῦ φόνου δίκας «ἀπαιτῶν, ἡ ὁ καὶ τῆς ὀργῆς: ὁ τὸν μοιχὸν μετὰ τὴν πρᾶξιν ὑποβάλλων τῆ τιμωρίᾳ, ἢ ὁ καὶ τῆς ἐπιθυμίας αὐτῆς κελεύων δίκας διδόναι, καὶ δίκας ἀθανάτους: Ὁρᾶτε, ὅτι εἰς τοὐναντίον αὐτοῖς ὁ λόγος περιετράπη;: καὶ ὁ μὲν τῆς παλαιᾶς θεὸς, ὃν φασιν ὠμὸν εἶναι. εὑρεθήσεται ἥμερος καὶ πρᾶος ὁ δὲ τῆς καινῆς, ὃν ἀγαθὸν ὁμολογοῦσι, φορτικὸς καὶ βαρὺς κατὰ τὴν ἐκείνων ἄνοιαν. Ἡμεῖς γὰρ ἕνα καὶ τὸν αὐτὸν φαμεν ἑκατέρων τῶν διαθηκῶν νομοθέτην, πρὸς τὸ δέον πάντα οἰκονοτ μήσαντα, καὶ τῇ τῶν καιρῶν διαφορᾷ τὴν διαφορὰν ἑκατέρας τῆς νομοθεσίας ἁρμόσαντα. Οὐκοῦν οὔτε ἐκεῖνα ὠμὰ τὰ ἐπιτάγματα, οὔτε ταῦτα ἐπαχθη καὶ φορτικὰ, ἀλλὰ μιᾶς καὶ τῆς αὐτῆς κηδεμονίας ἅπαντα. Ὅτι γὰρ καὶ τὴν παλαιὰν αὐτὸς ἔδωκεν, ἄκουσον τί φησιν ὁ προφήτην μᾶλλον δὲ τί (χρὴ λέγειν) ἐκεῖνος καὶ οὗτος ὅ Ἐξ διαθήσομαι υμῖν διαθήκην, οὐ κατὰ τὴν διαθήκην» ἥν διεθέμην τοῖς πατράσιν ὑμῶν. Εἰ δὲ οὐ δέχεται ταῦτα ὁ τὰ Μανιχαίων νοσῶν, ἀκουἔέτω τοῦ Παύλου λέγοντος τὸ αὐτὸ τοῦτο παλιν. Αβραὰμ γὰρ δύο υἱοὺς ἔσχεν, ἕνα ἐκ τῆς παιδίσκης, καὶ ἕνα ἐκ τῆς ἐλευθέρας: αὗται δέ εἰσι δύο διαθῆκαι. Ὥσπερ, οὖν ἐκεῖ διάφοροι μὲν αἱ γυναῖκες, εἷς δὲ ὁ ἀνήρ᾽ οὕτω καὶ ἐνταῦθα δύο μὲν αἱ διαθῆκαι, εἷς δὲ ὁ νομοθέτης. Καὶ ἵνα μάθης ὅτι μιᾶς καὶ τῆς αὐτῆς ἡμερότητος ἥν, ᾿ἐκεῖ μέν φησιν, ὀφθαλμὸν ἀντὶ ὀφθαλμοῦ ἐνταῦθα δὲ, ἐάν τίς σε βαπίση εἰς τὴν δεξιὰν σιαγόνα, στρέψον αὐτῷ καὶ τὴν ἄλλην. Ὥσπερ γὰρ ἐκεῖ τῷ φόβῳ τοὺ πάθους σωφρονίζει τὸν ἀδικοῦντα, οὕτω καὶ ἐνταῦθα. Καὶ πῶς, φησὶν, ὁ κελεύων αὐτῷ καὶ τὴν ἄλλην παρέχειν; Καὶ τί τοῦτο; Οὐ γὰρ τὸν φόβον ἐκλύων τοῦτο ἐπέταξεν, ἀλλὰ αὐτῷ κελεύων παρέχειν Τοὺ παντὸς ἐμφορεῖσθαι οὐδὲ εἶπεν, ὅτι ατιμώρητος ἐκεῖνος μένει, Ὁ ἀλλά, σὺ μὴ κολάσῃς ὁμοῦ καὶ τὸν πλήττοντα μειζόνως φοβῶν ἐπιμένοντα, καὶ τὸν πληττόμενον παραμυθούμενον. ᾿Αλλὰ ταῦτα μὲν, ὡς ἄν τις εἴποι ἐν παρόδῳ, περὶ πασὼν τών ἐντολῶν ἡμῖν εἴρηται. Ἀναγκαῖον δὲ ἐπὶ τὸ προκείμενον ἐλθεῖν, καὶ τῆς ἀκολουθίας ἔχεσθαι τῶν ἔμπροσθεν εἰρημένων. Ὁ ὀργιζόμενος τῷ ἀδελφῷ αὐτοῦ εἰκῆ» ἔνοχος ἔσται τῇ κρίσει, φησίν. Ου γὰρ πάντη τὸ πρᾶγμα ἀνεῖλε πρώτον μὲν, ὅτι οὐκ ἔστιν ἄνθρωπον ὄντα παθών ἀπηλλάχθαι ἀλλὰ κρατεῖν μὲν δυνατὸν, ἐκτὸς δὲ αὐτῶν παντελῶς εἶναι ἀμήχανον ᾿ἔπειτα, ὅτι καὶ χρήσιμον. πουτὶ τὸ παθος, ἂν μετὰ τοῦ προσήκοντος εἰδῶμεν αὐτῷ κεχρῆσθαι καιροῦ. Σκόπει γοῦν ἡλίκα εἰργάσατο ἀγαθὰ ἡ τοῦ Παύλου ὀργὴ, ἡ κατὰ Κορινθίων τότε γενομένη. Καὶ γὰρ καὶ ἐκείνους αὕτη μεγάλης λύμης ἀπήλλαξε καὶ τὸ Γαλατῶν δὲ ἔθνος ταὐτὴ πάλιν ἐκπεπτωκὸς ἀνεκτήσατο, καὶ ἑτέρους δὲ πλείους τούτων. Τίς οὖν ὁ προσήκων τῆς ὀργῆς καιρὸς; Ὅταν μὴ ἑαυτοῖς αμύνωμεν, ἀλλ᾽ ἑτέρους σκιρτώντας ᾿ἀνέχωμεν, καὶ βᾳθυμοῦντας ἐπιστρέφωμεν. Τίς δὲ ὁ μὴ προσήκων: Ὅταν ἑαυτοὺς ἐκδικοῦντες τοῦτο ποιῶμεν. Ὅπερ οὗν καὶ ὁ Παῦλος κωλύων ἔλεγε μὴ ἑαυτοὺς ἐκδικοῦντες, ἀγαπητοὶ; ἀλλὰ δότε τόπον τῆ ὀργῇ Ὅνταν περὶ χρημάτων μαχώμεθα. Καὶ γὰρ καὶ τοῦτο ἀνεῖλεν εἰπών διατί οὐ μᾶλλον ἀδικεῖσθε: διατί οὐ μᾶλλον ἀποστερεῖσθε: Ὥσπερ γὰρ αὕτη περιττὴ, οὕτως ἐκείνη ἀναγκαία καὶ λυσιτελής. Αλλ᾽ οἱ πολλοὶ τοὐναντίον ποιοῦσιν, ἐκθηριούμενοι μὲν, ἡνίκα ἂν ἀδι- κῶνται, ἐκλνόμενοι δὲ καὶ μαλακιζόμενοι, ἡνίκα ἂν ἕτερον ἐπηρεαζόμενον βλέπωσιν' ἅπερ ἀμφότερα ἀπεναντίας ἐστὶ τοῖς νόμοις τοῖς εὐαγγελικοῖς. Οὐ τοίνυν τὸ ὀργίζεσθαι παράνομον, ἀλλὰ τὸ ἀκαίρως τοῦτο ποιεῖν. Διὰ τοῦτο καὶ ὁ προφήτης ἔλεγεν Ὁ ὀργίζεσθε καὶ μὴ ἁμαρτάνετε. ος ἂν εἴπη τῷ ἀδελφῷ αὐτοῦ; ῥακὰ, ἔνοχος. ἔσται τῷ συνεδρίῳ. Συνέδριον ἐνταῦθα τὸ δικαστήριον τῶν Ἑβραίων φησί; τέθεικς δὲ αὐτὸ νῦν, ἵνα μὴ πανταχοῦ δόξη ξεηζει: καὶ καινοτομεῖν. Τὸ δὲ ῥακὰ τοῦτο οὐ μεγάλης ἐστὶν ὕβρεως ἡ ρῆμα, αλλὰ μᾶλλον καταφρονήσεως καὶ ὀλιγωρίας τινὸς τοῦ λέα γοντος. Καθάπερ γὰρ ἡμεῖς ἢ οἰκέταις, ἤ τισι τῶν καταδεεστέρων ὁ ἐπιτάττοντες λέγομεν᾽ ἄπελθε σὺ, εἰπὲ τῷ δεῖνι σύ οὕτω καὶ οἱ τῇ Σύρων κεχρημένοι γλώττῃ ῥακὰ λέγουσιν, ἀντὶ τοὺ, σὺ, τοῦτο τιθέντες. Ξ᾽᾿Αλλ᾽ ὁ φιλάνθρωπος θεὸς καὶ τὰ μικρότατα ἀνασπᾷ, καθηκόντως ἡμᾶς κεχρῆσθαι ἀλλήλοις κελεύων, καὶ μετὰ τῆς προσηκούσης τιμῆς, καὶ ἵνα διὰ τούτων καὶ τὰ μείζονα αναιρῆται. Ὃς ἂν εἴπη, μωρὲ, ἔνοχος ἔσται εἰς τὴν γέενναν τοῦ πυρός. Πολλοῖς τοῦτο βαρὺ καὶ φορτικὸν ἔδοξεν εἶναι τὸ ἐπίταγμα, εἴγε βήματος ψιλοῦ τοσαύτην μέλλομεν διδόναι ὃ δίκην᾽ καί τινες αὐτὸ καὶ. ὑπερβολικῶς μᾶλλον εἰρῆσθαί φασιν. ᾿Αλλὰ δέδοικα μὴ λόγοις ἑαντοὺς ἐνταῦθα ἀπατήσαντες, τοῖς ἔργοις ἐκεῖ τὴν ὀσχάτην ᾿ὑπομείνωμεν τιμωρίαν.

Oukoun ouk ep᾽ anairesei tou nomou, all epi pleioni tauta enomothetei phylakę̄. Ti gar boulomenos ho nomos tauta epetaxen: Ouch hina. mēdeis phoneuę̄ ton plēsion. Oukoun tou machomenou tǭ nomǭ to keleuein am hoi ēn to gar phoneuein tou mē phoneuein enantion᾽ ei de mēde orgizesthai epitrepei, hoper ho nomos ebouleto, touto mallon istēsin. Ou gar homoiōs aphexetai phonou ho meletōn mē phoneuein tǭ kai tēn orgēn anērēkoti' porrōterō gar houtos hestēke tou tolmēmatos. Hina de kai heterōs autous helōmen, eis meson ha legousin agagōmen hapanta. Tina oun estin ha phasi? Legousin, hoti ho ton kosmon poiēsas theos, ho ton hēlion anatellōn epi ponērous kai agathous, ho brechōn epi dikaious kai adikous, ponēros tis estin. O: de epieikesteroi dēthen autōn touto men paraitountai, dikaion de auton einai legontes aaposterousi tou einai agathon' heteron de tina, ton ouk onta, oute poiēsanta ti tōn ontōn, patera didoasi tǭ Christǭ. Kai ton men ouk agathon en tois autou menein, kai ta autou diatērein phasi ton de agathon tōn allotriōn ephiesthai, kai hōn ouk egeneto dēmiourgos, toutōn exaiphnēs boulesthai genesthai sōtēra. Eides tou diabolou ta tekna, pōs apo tēs pēgēs tou patros phthengontai, allotriountes tou theou tēn dēmiourgian, tou ᾿Iōannou boōntos, hoti eis ta idia hēlthe, kai ho kosmos di autou egeneto: Eita ton nomon exetazontes ton en tē palaią, ton keleuonta ophthalmon anti ophthalmou kai odonta anti odontos ekballein, epembainousin eutheōs legontes kai pōs an dynaito agathos einai ho tauta legōn? Ti oun pros tauta phamen: Hoti megiston eidos philanthrōpias estin. Ou gar hina tous allēlōn ekkoptōmen ophthalmous, ton nomon ethēke touton᾽ all᾽ hina phobǭ tou mē pathein hyph᾽ heterōn, apechōmetha tou drasai ti toiouton heterous. Hōsper houn tois Nineuetais ēpeilēse katastrophēn, ouch hina autous anelę̄ (ei gar touto ebouleto, sigan echrēn), all᾽ hina tǭ phobǭ beltious poiēsas? pausę̄ tēn orgēn houtō kai tois procheirōs epipēdōsi tois heterōn ophthalmois timōrian ethēken, hina kan apo proaireseōs agathēs mē boulōntai apechesthai tēs ōmotētos, apo tou phobou kōlythōsi lymainesthai tais tōn plēsion opsesin. Ei de ekeino ōmotētos? kai to katechesthai ton androphonon, kai to kōlyesthai ton moichon. ᾿All anoētōn tauta ta bēmata, kai tēn eschatēn mainomenōn manian. ᾿Egō gar tosouton deō tauta ōmotētos einai legein, hōs tanantia toutois phanai einai paranoma kata anthrōpinon logismon. Sy men gar legeis, hoti epeidē ophthalmon anti ophthalmou ekballein ekeleuse, dia touto ōmos egō de lǭgō, hoti ei mē touto ekeleuse, tote an edoxe para tois pollois touto einai ho phēs sy. Thōmen gar tǭ logǭ lelysthai ton nomon hapanta, kai mēdena tēn ek toutou dedoikenai timōrian, all᾽ exeinai tois ponērois hapasi meta adeias hapasēs [autōn kechrēsthai tǭ tropǭ, kai tois moichois, kai tois androphonois, kai tois kleptais, kai tois epiorkois, kai tois patraloiais ara ouk an panta anō kai katō gegone, kai myriōn miasmatōn kai phonōn poleis, kai agorai, kai oikiai, kai gę̄, kai thalatta, kai pasa eneplēsthē hē ē oikoumenē: Panti pou dēlon. Ei gar nomōn ontōn kai phobou kai apeilēs, molis hai ponērai epechontai gnōman ei kai hautē anērēto hē ,asphaleia, ti to kōlyon tēn kakian haireisthai: posē de ouk an eisekōmasen eis ton anthrōpinon bion hē lymē: Oude gar touto ōmotētos monon, to synchōrein tois kakois ha boulontai prattein᾽ alla kai heteron ouk elatton toutou, to ton ēdikēkota men ouden, kakōs de paschonta eikē kai matēn, perioran apronoēton. Eipe gar moi, ei tis anthrōpous mochthērous pantachothen synagagōn, kai xiphesin hoplisas, ekeleuse kata Ho tēn polin periïenai pasan, kai tous apantōntas katasphattein hapantas, ara 'an ē hēn ti toutou thēriōdesteron: Ti de, ei tis heteros tous men hyp᾽ ekeinou kathoplisthentas edēse kai katheirxe meta sphodrotētos pasēs, tous de aposphattesthai mellontas tōn anomōn ekeinōn exērpase cheirōn, ara an hēn ti toutou philanthrōpoteron: Tauta toinyn kai epi ton nomon metathes ta hypodeigmata. Ho men gar keleuōn ophthalmon anti ophthalmou exoryttein, hōsper tina desmon ischyron ton phobon tais tōn ponērōn enebale psychais, kakeinǭ proseoike tǭ tous xiphēreis ekeinous katheirgnynti ho de mēdemian timōrian autois titheis, mononouchi hoplizei tē adeią, kakeinon mimeitai ton encheirisanta hautois ta xiphē, kai kata tēs poleōs aphenta pasēs. HoOrąs pōs ou monon ōmotētos, alla kai pollēs philanthrōpias esti ta epitagmata? Ei de baryn dia tauta kaleis ton nomothetēn, kai phortikon, poion epiponōteron, eipe moi, kai baryteron, to mē phoneuein, to mēde orgizesthai: tis sphodroteros, ho tou phonou dikas «apaitōn, hē ho kai tēs orgēs: ho ton moichon meta tēn praxin hypoballōn tē timōrią, ē ho kai tēs epithymias autēs keleuōn dikas didonai, kai dikas athanatous: Horate, hoti eis tounantion autois ho logos perietrapē?: kai ho men tēs palaias theos, hon phasin ōmon einai. heurethēsetai hēmeros kai praos ho de tēs kainēs, hon agathon homologousi, phortikos kai barys kata tēn ekeinōn anoian. Hēmeis gar hena kai ton auton phamen hekaterōn tōn diathēkōn nomothetēn, pros to deon panta oikonot mēsanta, kai tę̄ tōn kairōn diaphorą tēn diaphoran hekateras tēs nomothesias harmosanta. Oukoun oute ekeina ōma ta epitagmata, oute tauta epachthē kai phortika, alla mias kai tēs autēs kēdemonias hapanta. Hoti gar kai tēn palaian autos edōken, akouson ti phēsin ho prophētēn mallon de ti (chrē legein) ekeinos kai houtos ho Ex diathēsomai ymin diathēkēn, ou kata tēn diathēkēn» hēn diethemēn tois patrasin hymōn. Ei de ou dechetai tauta ho ta Manichaiōn nosōn, akoueetō tou Paulou legontos to auto touto palin. Abraam gar dyo huious eschen, hena ek tēs paidiskēs, kai hena ek tēs eleutheras: hautai de eisi dyo diathēkai. Hōsper, oun ekei diaphoroi men hai gynaikes, heis de ho anēr᾽ houtō kai entautha dyo men hai diathēkai, heis de ho nomothetēs. Kai hina mathēs hoti mias kai tēs autēs hēmerotētos hēn, ᾿ekei men phēsin, ophthalmon anti ophthalmou entautha de, ean tis se bapisē eis tēn dexian siagona, strepson autǭ kai tēn allēn. Hōsper gar ekei tǭ phobǭ tou pathous sōphronizei ton adikounta, houtō kai entautha. Kai pōs, phēsin, ho keleuōn autǭ kai tēn allēn parechein? Kai ti touto? Ou gar ton phobon eklyōn touto epetaxen, alla autǭ keleuōn parechein Tou pantos emphoreisthai oude eipen, hoti atimōrētos ekeinos menei, Ho alla, sy mē kolasę̄s homou kai ton plēttonta meizonōs phobōn epimenonta, kai ton plēttomenon paramythoumenon. ᾿Alla tauta men, hōs an tis eipoi en parodǭ, peri pasōn tōn entolōn hēmin eirētai. Anankaion de epi to prokeimenon elthein, kai tēs akolouthias echesthai tōn emprosthen eirēmenōn. Ho orgizomenos tǭ adelphǭ autou eikē» enochos estai tę̄ krisei, phēsin. Ou gar pantē to pragma aneile prōton men, hoti ouk estin anthrōpon onta pathōn apēllachthai alla kratein men dynaton, ektos de autōn pantelōs einai amēchanon ᾿epeita, hoti kai chrēsimon. pouti to pathos, an meta tou prosēkontos eidōmen autǭ kechrēsthai kairou. Skopei goun hēlika eirgasato agatha hē tou Paulou orgē, hē kata Korinthiōn tote genomenē. Kai gar kai ekeinous hautē megalēs lymēs apēllaxe kai to Galatōn de ethnos tautē palin ekpeptōkos anektēsato, kai heterous de pleious toutōn. Tis oun ho prosēkōn tēs orgēs kairos? Hotan mē heautois amynōmen, all᾽ heterous skirtōntas ᾿anechōmen, kai bąthymountas epistrephōmen. Tis de ho mē prosēkōn: Hotan heautous ekdikountes touto poiōmen. Hoper houn kai ho Paulos kōlyōn elege mē heautous ekdikountes, agapētoi? alla dote topon tē orgę̄ Hontan peri chrēmatōn machōmetha. Kai gar kai touto aneilen eipōn diati ou mallon adikeisthe: diati ou mallon apostereisthe: Hōsper gar hautē perittē, houtōs ekeinē anankaia kai lysitelēs. All᾽ hoi polloi tounantion poiousin, ekthērioumenoi men, hēnika an adi- kōntai, eklnomenoi de kai malakizomenoi, hēnika an heteron epēreazomenon blepōsin' haper amphotera apenantias esti tois nomois tois euangelikois. Ou toinyn to orgizesthai paranomon, alla to akairōs touto poiein. Dia touto kai ho prophētēs elegen Ho orgizesthe kai mē hamartanete. os an eipē tǭ adelphǭ autou? rhaka, enochos. estai tǭ synedriǭ. Synedrion entautha to dikastērion tōn Hebraiōn phēsi? tetheiks de auto nyn, hina mē pantachou doxē xeēzei: kai kainotomein. To de rhaka touto ou megalēs estin hybreōs hē rēma, alla mallon kataphronēseōs kai oligōrias tinos tou lea gontos. Kathaper gar hēmeis ē oiketais, ē tisi tōn katadeesterōn ho epitattontes legomen᾽ apelthe sy, eipe tǭ deini sy houtō kai hoi tę̄ Syrōn kechrēmenoi glōttę̄ rhaka legousin, anti tou, sy, touto tithentes. X᾽᾿All᾽ ho philanthrōpos theos kai ta mikrotata anaspą, kathēkontōs hēmas kechrēsthai allēlois keleuōn, kai meta tēs prosēkousēs timēs, kai hina dia toutōn kai ta meizona anairētai. Hos an eipē, mōre, enochos estai eis tēn geennan tou pyros. Pollois touto bary kai phortikon edoxen einai to epitagma, eige bēmatos psilou tosautēn mellomen didonai ho dikēn᾽ kai tines auto kai. hyperbolikōs mallon eirēsthai phasin. ᾿Alla dedoika mē logois heantous entautha apatēsantes, tois ergois ekei tēn oschatēn ᾿hypomeinōmen timōrian.

So he legislated these things not to abolish the law, but for its greater safeguarding. For with what aim did the law give these commands? Was it not so that no one should kill his neighbor? So it would belong to one fighting the law to command [killing]; for killing is the opposite of not killing. But if he does not even allow anger, he establishes all the more what the law wanted. For the man who practices not killing will not abstain from murder as well as the one who has removed even anger; for the latter stands further off from the deed.

But so that we may refute them in another way too, let us bring into the open everything they say. What, then, do they say? They say that the God who made the world, who makes the sun rise on the evil and the good, who sends rain on the just and the unjust, is someone evil. The more moderate of them, forsooth, decline to say this, but while saying that he is just, they deprive him of being good; and they give Christ as Father another, who does not exist and made nothing of what exists. And they say that the one who is not good stays within his own and keeps what is his, while the good one covets what belongs to another, and suddenly wants to become the savior of things of which he was not the creator. Do you see the children of the devil, how they speak from the spring of their father, alienating creation from God, when John cries out that “he came to his own,” and that “the world came to be through him”? Then, examining the law in the Old Testament that commands taking an eye for an eye and a tooth for a tooth, they immediately pounce, saying, “And how could he be good who says these things?” What then do we say to this? That it is the greatest kind of love for mankind. For he did not lay down this law so that we should knock out one another’s eyes, but so that, from fear of suffering at the hands of others, we might abstain from doing any such thing to others. Just as, then, he threatened the Ninevites with overthrow, not in order to destroy them (for if he had wanted that, he should have kept silent), but in order to make them better by fear and so stop his anger, so too for those who rashly attack the eyes of others he appointed a punishment, so that even if they would not abstain from cruelty from a good choice, they might be prevented by fear from injuring their neighbors’ sight. But if that is cruelty, so too is restraining the murderer and stopping the adulterer. But these are the words of fools and of those raving with the utmost madness. For I am so far from saying that these things belong to cruelty that I would say that the opposite of these would be against the law, by human reckoning. For you say that because he commanded taking an eye for an eye, he is therefore cruel; but I say that if he had not commanded this, then he would have seemed to most people to be what you say. For let us suppose for argument’s sake that the whole law has been dissolved, and that no one fears the punishment from it, but that all the wicked are free to follow their own way with complete impunity, adulterers and murderers and thieves and perjurers and parricides: would not everything have been turned upside down, and would not cities and marketplaces and houses and land and sea and the whole world have been filled with countless pollutions and murders? That is plain to everyone. For if, when there are laws and fear and threats, wicked purposes are restrained with difficulty, if even this safeguard had been removed, what would prevent men from choosing vice? And how great a ruin would not have rioted into human life? For it is not only cruel to allow the wicked to do what they want, but another thing, no less than this, is to overlook, without providing for him, the man who has done no wrong but suffers ill rashly and for nothing. For tell me: if someone gathered wicked men from every side, armed them with swords, and ordered them to go round the whole city and slaughter all they met, could anything be more savage than this? And what if someone else bound and imprisoned with all vigor those armed by that man, and snatched those about to be slaughtered from the hands of those lawless men: could anything be more humane than this? Transfer these examples, then, to the law as well. For he who commands digging out an eye for an eye has cast fear like a strong bond on the souls of the wicked, and resembles the one who imprisons those swordsmen; but he who sets them no punishment all but arms them with impunity, and imitates the one who put the swords in their hands and let them loose upon the whole city. Do you see how the commands belong not to cruelty but to great love for mankind?

But if for this reason you call the lawgiver harsh and burdensome, tell me, which is more toilsome and heavier: not to kill, or not even to be angry? Who is more severe: the one who exacts penalties for murder, or the one who does so even for anger? The one who subjects the adulterer to punishment after the deed, or the one who bids that a penalty be paid even for the desire itself, and a deathless penalty? Do you see that their argument has turned round to the opposite? And the God of the Old Testament, whom they call cruel, will be found gentle and mild; while the God of the New, whom they confess to be good, will be burdensome and heavy, according to their folly. For we say that there is one and the same lawgiver of both covenants, who ordered all things as was needful and fitted the difference of the two legislations to the difference of the times. So neither were those commands cruel, nor are these oppressive and burdensome, but all belong to one and the same care. For that he himself also gave the Old Testament, hear what the prophet says; or rather, why should I say “the prophet”? He and this one are the same: “I will make a covenant with you, not according to the covenant that I made with your fathers.” And if the one sick with the disease of the Manichees does not accept this, let him hear Paul saying the same thing again: “For Abraham had two sons, one by the slave woman and one by the free woman; and these are two covenants.” As, then, there the women are different, but the husband is one, so here too there are two covenants, but one lawgiver. And so that you may learn that it belonged to one and the same gentleness, there he says, “An eye for an eye,” but here, “If someone strikes you on the right cheek, turn to him the other also.” For as there he chastens the wrongdoer by the fear of suffering, so here too. “And how,” someone says, “when he bids us offer him the other cheek too?” And what of that? For he did not give this command to dissolve the fear, but as bidding you offer him the chance to take his fill of the whole; nor did he say that the other remains unpunished, but, “Do not you punish him”; at once frightening the striker more if he persists, and consoling the one struck.

But these things have been said by us about all the commandments in passing, as one might say. We must now come to what is before us and keep to the sequence of what was said earlier. “Whoever is angry with his brother without cause shall be liable to the judgment,” he says. For he did not abolish the thing altogether: first, because it is not possible for one who is a man to be free of passions; it is possible to master them, but impossible to be entirely without them; then, because this passion is even useful, if we know how to use it at the fitting time. See, at any rate, how much good Paul’s anger against the Corinthians brought about then. For it freed them from great ruin; and it won back the nation of the Galatians, which had fallen away, and many others besides. What then is the fitting time for anger? When we are not avenging ourselves, but restraining others who are running wild and turning back the indolent. And what is the unfitting time? When we do this avenging ourselves. Paul too forbade this when he said, “Not avenging yourselves, beloved, but give place to wrath”; and when we fight about money; for he removed this too when he said, “Why not rather suffer wrong? Why not rather be defrauded?” For as this anger is superfluous, so that is necessary and profitable. But most people do the opposite, turning into wild beasts when they are wronged, but slack and soft when they see another abused; both of which are contrary to the laws of the Gospel. It is not, then, being angry that is against the law, but doing it out of season. That is why the prophet too said, “Be angry and do not sin.”

“Whoever says to his brother, ‘Raca,’ shall be liable to the council.” By “council” he here means the court of the Hebrews; and he has put it now so as not to seem everywhere to speak strangely and to innovate. And this “raca” is not a word of great insult, but rather of contempt and some slighting on the part of the speaker. For as we, when giving orders to servants or to some inferiors, say, “Go, you; tell so-and-so, you,” so those who use the Syrian tongue say “raca,” putting it instead of “you.” But God, who loves mankind, pulls up even the smallest things, bidding us treat one another fittingly and with due honor, so that through these the greater things too may be removed. “Whoever says, ‘Fool,’ shall be liable to the hell of fire.” To many this command seemed heavy and burdensome, if we are to pay so great a penalty for a bare word; and some say it was spoken rather hyperbolically. But I fear lest, having deceived ourselves here with words, we suffer the utmost punishment there in deeds.

16.8Field 1

Διατί γὰρ; εἰπέ μοι, φορτικὸν εἶναι οκεῖ τὸ ἐπίταγμα: Οὐκ οἶσθα, ὅτι αἱ πλείους τῶν τιμωριῶν καὶ τῶν ἁμαρτημάτων ἀπὸ, ῥημάτων ἔχουσι τὴν ἀρχήν: Καὶ γὰρ βλασφημίαι διὰ ῥημάτων, καὶ ἀρνήσεις διὰ ῥημάτων, καὶ λοιδορίαι, καὶ ὕβρεις, καὶ ἐπιορκίαι» καὶ τὸ ψευδομαρτυρεῖν ᾿[καὶ ἀναιρεῖν. Μὴ τοίνυν ὅτι ῥῆμά ἐστι ψιλὸν ἴδῃς ἀλλ᾽ εἰ μὴ πολὺν ἔχει τὸν κίνδυνον, τοῦτο ἐξέταζε. Ἣ ἀγνοεῖς, ὅτι ἐν τῷ τῆς ἔχθρας καιρῷ, τῆς ὀργῆς ἐκκαιομένης, καὶ τῆς ψυχῆς ἐμπιπραμένης, καὶ τὸ μικρότατον μέγα φαίνεται; καὶ τὸ μὴ λίαν ὑβριστικὸν φορτικὸν εἶναι δοκεῖ: Καὶ πολλάκις τὰ μικρὰ ταῦτα καὶ φόνον ἔτεκε, καὶ πόλεις ὁλοκλήρους ἀνέτρεψεν. Ὥσπερ γὰρ, φιλίας οὔσης, καὶ τὰ ἐπαχθῆ κουφα οὕτως, ἔχθρας ὑποκειμένης, καὶ τὰ μικρὰ ἀφόρητα φαίνεται κἂν ἁπλῶς λεχθῆ, μετὰ πονηρᾶς ὑπονοίας εἰρῆσθαι νομίζεται. Καὶ καθάπερ ἐπὶ πυρὸς, ἄν μὲν μικρὸς σπινθὴρ ἡ ἢ» κὰν μυρία παρακέηται ξύλα, οὐ ῥᾳδίως αὐτῶν ἐπιλαμβάνεται ἂν δὲ σφοδρὰ καὶ ὑψηλὴ γένηται φλόξ, οὐ ξύλων μόνον, αλλὰ καὶ λίθων καὶ πάσης εὐκόλως τῆς ἐμπεσούσης ὕλης ἀντέχεται, καὶ δι ὧν εἴωθε σβέννυσθαι, διὰ τούτων ἀνάπτεται μειζόνως (τινὲς γάρ φασιν, ὅτι τὸ τηνικαῦτα οὐχὶ ξύλα μόνον καὶ στυππεῖον καὶ τὰ ἄλλα τὰ καυστικὰ, ἀλλὰ καὶ ὕδωρ ἑξακοντιζόμενον μᾶλλον αὐτῆς αναῤῥιπίζει τὴν δύναμιν) οὕτω δὴ καὶ ἐπὶ τῆς ὀργῆκ ὅπερ ἂν φθέγξηταί τις, τροφὴ γέγονεν εὐθέως τῆ πονηρᾷ ταύτῃ πυρᾷ. Ἅπερ ἃ ἅπαντα προαναστέλλων ὁ Χριστὸς, τὸν μὲν ὀργιζόμενον εἰκῇ κατεδίκασε τῇ κρίσει (διὰ τοῦτο καὶ εἴρηκεν, ὁ ὀργιζόμενος ἔνοχος ἔσται, Τῇ κρίσει τὸν δὲ λέγοντα ῥακὰ, τῷ συνεδρίῳ. Ἀλλ᾽ οὔπω ταῦτα μεγάλα ἐνταῦθα γὰρ αἱ τιμωρίαι. Διὰ τοῦτο τῷ μωρὸν ὀνομάζοντι τὸ τῆς γεέννης προσέθηκε πῦρ, νῦν πρῶτον γεέννης ὄνομα εἰπών. Πρότερον γὰρ περὶ βασιλείας πολλὰ διαλεχθεὶς, τότε ταύτης ἐμνήσθη; δεικνὺς ὅ ὃτι ἐκείνη μὲν τῆς αὐτοῦ φιλανθρωπίας καὶ γνώμης ἐστὶν, αὕτη δὲ τῆς ἡμετέρας ῥᾳθυμίας. Καὶ ὅρα πώς κατὰ μικρὸν πρόεισιν ἐν ταῖς τιμωρίαις, μονονουχὶ ἀπολογούμενός σοι, καὶ δεικνὺς ὅτι αὐτὸς μὲν οὐδὲν βούλεται τοιοῦτον ἀπειλεῖν, ἡμεῖς δὲ αὐτὸν εἰς τὰς τοιαύτας ἕλκομεν ἀποφάσεις. Σκόπει γάρ. Εἵπον, φησὶ, μὴ ὀργισθῆς μάτην, ἐπεὶ ἔνοχος εἶ τῇ κρίσει. Κατεφρόνησας τοῦ προτέρου. Ὅρα τί ἔτεκεν ἢ ὀργή εἰς ὕβριν σε εὐθέως ἐξηγαγε: ῥακὰ γὰρ ἐκάλεσας τὸν ἀδελφόν. Πάλιν ἔθηκα ἑτέραν τιμωρίαν, τὸ συνέδριον. Ἂν καὶ ταύτην παριδὼν ὁ απὶ τὸ χαλεπώτερον προέλθῃς, οὐκέτι σε τοῖς συμμέτροις τούτοις τιμωροῦμαι, αλλὰ τῇ τῆς γεέννης ἀθανάτῳ κολάσει, ἵνα μὴ λοιπὸν καὶ πρὸς φόνον ἀποπηδήσῃς. Οὐ γάρ ἐστιν; οὐκ ἔστιν οὐδὲν ὕβρεως ἀφορητότερον, καὶ ὃ μάλιστα δύναται δάκνειν ἀνθρώπου ψυχήν. Ὅταν δὲ καὶ αὐτὸ τὸ ῥῆμα τῆς ὕβρεως πληκτικώτερον ἥ, διπλῆ γίνεται ἡ πυρά. Μὴ τοίνυν τὸ τυχὸν νομίσης εἶναι τὸ καλέσαι μωρόν. Ὅταν γὰρ ᾧ τῶν ἀλόγων διεστήκαμεν, καὶ ᾧ μάλιστα ἐσμεν ἄνθρωποι, τῷ νῷ καὶ τὴ συνέσει, τοῦτο ἀφέλῃ τὸν ἀδελφὸν, πάσης αὐτὸν ἀπεστέρῆσας τῆς εὐγενείας. Μὴ δὴ τοῖς ῥήμασιν ἁπλῶς προσέχωμεν, ἀλλ᾿ ἐπὶ τῶν πραγμάτων αὐτῶν γενόμενοι καὶ τοῦ πάθους, λογισώμεθα ὅσην ἐργάζεται τὸ ῥῆμα τοῦτο πληγὴν, καὶ εἰς ὅσον πρόεισι κακόν. Διὰ τοῦτο καὶ ὁ Παῦλος οὐ τοὺς μοιχοὺς μόνον καὶ τοὺς μαλακοὺς, ἀλλὰ καὶ τοὺς λοιδόρους τῆς βασιλείας ἐξέβαλε’ καὶ μάλα εἰκότως. Ὁ γάρ ὑβριστὴς τὸ τῆς ἀγάπης καλὸν λυμαίνεται, καὶ μυρίοις τὸν πλησίον περιβάλλει δεινοῖς, καὶ διηνεκεῖς ἀπεχθείας ἐργάζεται, καὶ τὰ τοῦ Χριστοῦ διασπᾷ μέλη, καὶ τὴν τῷ θεῷ ποθεινὴν εἰρήνην καθ᾽ ἑκάστην ἀπελαύνει τὴν ἡμέραν, πολλὴν τῷ διαβόλῳ διὰ τῶν ὕβρεων διδοὺς τὴν εὐρυχωρίαν, καὶ ἰσχυρότερον ἐκεῖνον ποιὼν. Διὰ τοῦτο καὶ ὁ Χριστὸς τὰ νεῦρα τῆς ἐκείνου δυναμεως ἐκκόπτων, τοῦτον τὸν νόμον εἰσήγαγε. Καὶ γαρ πολὺς αὐτῷ τῆς ἀγάπης ὁ λόγος. Ἢ γὰρ τῶν ἀγαθὼν μήτηρ ἁπάντων, καὶ τὸ τῶν μαθητῶν γνώρισμα, καὶ ἢ πάντα συνέχουσα τὰ καθ᾽ ἡμᾶς, αὕτη μάλιστα πάντων ἐστίν. Εἰκότως οὖν τὰς ῥίζας τῆς λυμαινομένης αὐτὴν ἀπεχθείας καὶ τὰς πηγὰς μετὰ πολλῆς ἀναιρεῖ τῆς σφοδρότητος. Μη τοίνυν ὑπερβολῆς τινος εἶναι νόμιζε τὰ λεγόμενα, ἀλλ᾽ ἐννοήσας τὰ ἐξ αὐτῶν κατορθούμενα, θαύμασον τῶν νόμων τούτων τὴν ἡμερότητα. Οὐδὲν ἥ γὰρ τῷ θεῷ περισπούδαστον, ὡς τὸ ἠνῶσθαι καὶ συνδεδέσθαι ἡμᾶς ἀλλήλοις. Διὰ τοῦτο καὶ δι᾿ ἑαυτοῦ καὶ διὰ τῶν μαθητῶν αὐτοῦ, καὶ τῶν ἐν τῇ καινῇ καὶ τῶν ἐν τῆ παλαιᾷ, πολὺν ὑπὲρ τῆς ἐντολῆς ταύτης ποιεῖται τὸν λόγον, καὶ σφοδρός ἐστιν ἔκδικος καὶ τιμωρὸς τῶν τοῦ πράγματος καταφρονούντων. Καὶ γὰρ οὐδὲν οὕτω τὴν πονηρίαν εἰσάγει πᾶσαν καὶ ῥιζοῖ, ὡς ἡ τῆς ἀγάπης ἀναίρεσις. Διὰ τοῦτο καὶ ἔλεγεν ὁ ὅταν πληθυνθῇ ἡ ἀνομία, ψνυγήσεται ἡ ἀγάπη τῶν πολλῶν. Οὕτως ὁ Κάϊν ἀδελφοκτόνος ἐγένετο, οὕτως ὃ Ἡσαῦ, οὕτως οἱ τοῦ ᾿Ιωσὴφ ἀδελφοί οὕτω τὰ μυρία εἰσεκώμασε κακά, ταύτης διασπωμένης. Διὰ δὴ τοῦτο καὶ αὐτὸς τὰ λυμαινόμενα ταύτην μετὰ πολλῆς παᾶντοθεν ἀναιρεῖ τῆς ἀκριβείας.

Diati gar? eipe moi, phortikon einai okei to epitagma: Ouk oistha, hoti hai pleious tōn timōriōn kai tōn hamartēmatōn apo, rhēmatōn echousi tēn archēn: Kai gar blasphēmiai dia rhēmatōn, kai arnēseis dia rhēmatōn, kai loidoriai, kai hybreis, kai epiorkiai» kai to pseudomartyrein ᾿[kai anairein. Mē toinyn hoti rhēma esti psilon idę̄s all᾽ ei mē polyn echei ton kindynon, touto exetaze. Hē agnoeis, hoti en tǭ tēs echthras kairǭ, tēs orgēs ekkaiomenēs, kai tēs psychēs empipramenēs, kai to mikrotaton mega phainetai? kai to mē lian hybristikon phortikon einai dokei: Kai pollakis ta mikra tauta kai phonon eteke, kai poleis holoklērous anetrepsen. Hōsper gar, philias ousēs, kai ta epachthē koupha houtōs, echthras hypokeimenēs, kai ta mikra aphorēta phainetai kan haplōs lechthē, meta ponēras hyponoias eirēsthai nomizetai. Kai kathaper epi pyros, an men mikros spinthēr hē ē» kan myria parakeētai xyla, ou rhądiōs autōn epilambanetai an de sphodra kai hypsēlē genētai phlox, ou xylōn monon, alla kai lithōn kai pasēs eukolōs tēs empesousēs hylēs antechetai, kai di hōn eiōthe sbennysthai, dia toutōn anaptetai meizonōs (tines gar phasin, hoti to tēnikauta ouchi xyla monon kai styppeion kai ta alla ta kaustika, alla kai hydōr hexakontizomenon mallon autēs anarrhipizei tēn dynamin) houtō dē kai epi tēs orgēk hoper an phthenxētai tis, trophē gegonen eutheōs tē ponērą tautę̄ pyrą. Haper ha hapanta proanastellōn ho Christos, ton men orgizomenon eikę̄ katedikase tę̄ krisei (dia touto kai eirēken, ho orgizomenos enochos estai, Tę̄ krisei ton de legonta rhaka, tǭ synedriǭ. All᾽ oupō tauta megala entautha gar hai timōriai. Dia touto tǭ mōron onomazonti to tēs geennēs prosethēke pyr, nyn prōton geennēs onoma eipōn. Proteron gar peri basileias polla dialechtheis, tote tautēs emnēsthē? deiknys ho hoti ekeinē men tēs autou philanthrōpias kai gnōmēs estin, hautē de tēs hēmeteras rhąthymias. Kai hora pōs kata mikron proeisin en tais timōriais, mononouchi apologoumenos soi, kai deiknys hoti autos men ouden bouletai toiouton apeilein, hēmeis de auton eis tas toiautas helkomen apophaseis. Skopei gar. Heipon, phēsi, mē orgisthēs matēn, epei enochos ei tę̄ krisei. Katephronēsas tou proterou. Hora ti eteken ē orgē eis hybrin se eutheōs exēgage: rhaka gar ekalesas ton adelphon. Palin ethēka heteran timōrian, to synedrion. An kai tautēn paridōn ho api to chalepōteron proelthę̄s, ouketi se tois symmetrois toutois timōroumai, alla tę̄ tēs geennēs athanatǭ kolasei, hina mē loipon kai pros phonon apopēdēsę̄s. Ou gar estin? ouk estin ouden hybreōs aphorētoteron, kai ho malista dynatai daknein anthrōpou psychēn. Hotan de kai auto to rhēma tēs hybreōs plēktikōteron hē, diplē ginetai hē pyra. Mē toinyn to tychon nomisēs einai to kalesai mōron. Hotan gar hǭ tōn alogōn diestēkamen, kai hǭ malista esmen anthrōpoi, tǭ nǭ kai tē synesei, touto aphelę̄ ton adelphon, pasēs auton apesterēsas tēs eugeneias. Mē dē tois rhēmasin haplōs prosechōmen, all᾿ epi tōn pragmatōn autōn genomenoi kai tou pathous, logisōmetha hosēn ergazetai to rhēma touto plēgēn, kai eis hoson proeisi kakon. Dia touto kai ho Paulos ou tous moichous monon kai tous malakous, alla kai tous loidorous tēs basileias exebale’ kai mala eikotōs. Ho gar hybristēs to tēs agapēs kalon lymainetai, kai myriois ton plēsion periballei deinois, kai diēnekeis apechtheias ergazetai, kai ta tou Christou diaspą melē, kai tēn tǭ theǭ potheinēn eirēnēn kath᾽ hekastēn apelaunei tēn hēmeran, pollēn tǭ diabolǭ dia tōn hybreōn didous tēn eurychōrian, kai ischyroteron ekeinon poiōn. Dia touto kai ho Christos ta neura tēs ekeinou dynameōs ekkoptōn, touton ton nomon eisēgage. Kai gar polys autǭ tēs agapēs ho logos. Ē gar tōn agathōn mētēr hapantōn, kai to tōn mathētōn gnōrisma, kai ē panta synechousa ta kath᾽ hēmas, hautē malista pantōn estin. Eikotōs oun tas rhizas tēs lymainomenēs autēn apechtheias kai tas pēgas meta pollēs anairei tēs sphodrotētos. Mē toinyn hyperbolēs tinos einai nomize ta legomena, all᾽ ennoēsas ta ex autōn katorthoumena, thaumason tōn nomōn toutōn tēn hēmerotēta. Ouden hē gar tǭ theǭ perispoudaston, hōs to ēnōsthai kai syndedesthai hēmas allēlois. Dia touto kai di᾿ heautou kai dia tōn mathētōn autou, kai tōn en tę̄ kainę̄ kai tōn en tē palaią, polyn hyper tēs entolēs tautēs poieitai ton logon, kai sphodros estin ekdikos kai timōros tōn tou pragmatos kataphronountōn. Kai gar ouden houtō tēn ponērian eisagei pasan kai rhizoi, hōs hē tēs agapēs anairesis. Dia touto kai elegen ho hotan plēthynthę̄ hē anomia, psnygēsetai hē agapē tōn pollōn. Houtōs ho Kaïn adelphoktonos egeneto, houtōs ho Hēsau, houtōs hoi tou ᾿Iōsēph adelphoi houtō ta myria eisekōmase kaka, tautēs diaspōmenēs. Dia dē touto kai autos ta lymainomena tautēn meta pollēs paantothen anairei tēs akribeias.

For why, tell me, does the command seem to you burdensome? Do you not know that most punishments and sins have their beginning from words? For blasphemies come through words, and denials through words, and abuse and insults and perjuries and false witness and killing. Do not look, then, at the fact that it is a bare word, but examine whether it does not carry great danger. Or do you not know that in a time of enmity, when anger is ablaze and the soul on fire, even the smallest thing seems great, and what is not very insulting seems grievous? And often these small things have even given birth to murder and overthrown whole cities. For as, when there is friendship, even grievous things are light, so when enmity underlies, even small things appear unbearable; and even if something is said simply, it is thought to have been said with evil intent. And as with fire, if the spark is small, even if ten thousand logs lie beside it, it does not easily take hold of them; but if it becomes a fierce and high flame, it easily seizes not only wood but stones too and all material that falls into it, and is kindled the more by the very things by which it is usually quenched (for some say that then not only wood and tow and other combustibles but even water thrown on it fans its strength the more), so too with anger: whatever one says becomes at once food for this evil blaze. Restraining all these beforehand, Christ condemned to the judgment the one who is angry without cause (that is why he said, “He who is angry shall be liable to the judgment”), and the one who says “raca” to the council. But these are not yet great; for the punishments are here. That is why to the one who calls another a fool he added the fire of hell, now for the first time naming hell. For having spoken much about the kingdom before, then he mentioned this, showing that that is from his love for mankind and his will, but this from our indolence.

And see how he advances little by little in the punishments, all but defending himself to you and showing that he himself does not wish to threaten any such thing, but we drag him to such sentences. For consider: “I said,” he says, “‘Do not be angry for nothing, since you are liable to the judgment.’ You despised the first. See what anger gave birth to: it led you straight into insult; for you called your brother ‘raca.’ Again I set another punishment, the council. If you overlook this too and go on to something worse, I no longer punish you with these moderate penalties, but with the deathless punishment of hell, so that you may not at last leap into murder as well.” For there is nothing, there is nothing, more unbearable than insult, nothing that can bite a man’s soul more. And when the word of the insult itself is more stinging, the blaze becomes double. Do not think, then, that it is an ordinary thing to call someone a fool. For when you take away from your brother that by which we differ from irrational animals and by which above all we are men, mind and understanding, you have deprived him of all his nobility. Let us not, then, simply attend to the words, but entering into the things themselves and the passion, let us consider how great a wound this word inflicts and to how great an evil it leads. That is why Paul too excluded from the kingdom not only adulterers and the effeminate but also revilers; and very rightly. For the insulter ruins the good of love, entangles his neighbor in countless evils, produces continual enmities, tears apart the members of Christ, and drives away every day the peace that God longs for, giving the devil much room through his insults and making him stronger. That is why Christ too, cutting out the sinews of his power, brought in this law. For he takes great account of love. For it, the mother of all good things, the mark of the disciples, that which holds together all that concerns us, is this above all. Rightly, then, does he remove with great vehemence the roots and springs of the enmity that ruins it. Do not think, then, that what is said is a kind of hyperbole; but considering what is achieved by it, admire the gentleness of these laws. For nothing is so earnestly sought by God as that we be united and bound to one another. That is why, both by himself and through his disciples, both those in the New Testament and those in the Old, he takes great account of this commandment, and is a severe avenger and punisher of those who despise the matter. For nothing so brings in and roots all wickedness as the removal of love. That is why he said, “When lawlessness is multiplied, the love of the many will grow cold.” Thus Cain became a fratricide, thus Esau, thus the brothers of Joseph; thus countless evils rioted in when this was torn apart. That is why he himself also removes with great precision on every side the things that ruin it.

16.9Field 1

Κῶι οὐδὲ μέχρι τῶν εἰρημένων ἵσταται μόνον, αλλὰ καὶ ἕτερα τῶν εἰρημένων ἐπάγει πλείονα, δι ὧν δείκνυσιν ὅσον αὐτῆς ποιεῖται λόγον. Ἀπειλήσας γὰρ διὰ τοῦ συνεδρίου καὶ τῆς κρίσεως καὶ τῆς γεέννης, ἐπήγαγε παλιν ἕτερα συνῳδὰ τοῖς προτέροις, οὕτω λέγων ἐς ἐὰν προσφέρῃς τὸ δῶρόν σου ἐπὶ τὸ θυσιαστήριον, κἀκεῖ μνησθῆς ὅτι ὁ ἀδελφός σου ἔχει τι κατὰ σοῦ, ἄφες τὸ δῶρόν σον ἔμπροσθεν τοῦ θυσιαστηρίου, καὶ ἀπελθὼν πρῶτον διαλλάγηθι τῷ ἀδελφῷ σου, καὶ τότε ἐλθὼν πρόσφερε τὸ δώρόν σου. Ὧ τῆς ἀγαθότητος, ὦ τῆς φιλανθρωπίας τῆς ὑπερβαλλούσης. Τῆς εἰς αὐτὸν καταφρονεῖ τιμῆς ὑπὲρ τῆς εἰς τὸν πλη- Ὁ σίον ἀγάπης δεικνὺς ὅτι οὐδὲ τὰ πρότερα, ἅπερ ἠπείλησεν, ἐξ ἀπεχθείας τινὸς, οὐδὲ ἐπιθυμίᾳ κολάσεως ἠπείλησεν, ἀλλ᾽ ἐκ φιλοστοργίας πολλῆς. Τί γὰρ ἂν γένοιτο τούτων ἡμερώτερον τῶν ῥημάτων: ᾿Εγκοπτέσθω, φησὶν, ἢ ἐμὴ λατρεία, ἵνα ἡ σὴ ἀγάπη μένη ἐπεὶ καὶ τοῦυτο θυσία, ἡ πρὸς τὸν ἀδελφὸν καταλλαγή. Διὰ γὰρ τοῦτο οὐκ εἶπε, μετὰ τὸ προσενεγκεῖν, ἢ πρὶν ἢ προσενεγκεῖν' ἀλλ᾽ αὐτοῦ τοῦ δώρου κειμένου, καὶ τῆς θυσίας ἀρχὴν ἐχούσης, πέμπει διαλλαγησόμενον τῷ ἀδελῴῷ᾽ καὶ οὔτε συνελόντα τὰ προκείμενα, οὔτε πρὶν ἢ προθεῖναι, ἀλλ᾽ ἐν τῷ μέσῳ κειμένης κελεύει τρέχειν ἐκεῖσε. Τίνος ἕνεκεν [οὕτω κελεύει τοῦτο ποιεῖν, καὶ διατί; Δύο ταῦτα, ὡς ἐμοὶ δοκεῖ, διὰ τούτων αἰνιττόμενος καὶ κατασκεναζων ἕν μὲν, ὅπερ ἔφην, δεῖξαι θέλων, ὅτι πόλλοι τιμᾶται τὴν ἀγάπην, καὶ ταύτην μεγίστην ἡγεῖται εἶναι τὴν θυσίαν, καὶ ταύτης ἄνευ οὐδὲ ἐκείνην προσδέχεται ἕτερον δὲ, ἀνάγκην ἐπιτιθεὶς ἃ ἀπαραίτητον τῆς καταλλαγῆς. Ὃ γὰρ κελευσθεὶς μὴ πρότερον προσενεγκεῖν, ἕως ἂν καταλλαγῇ, κἀν μὴ διὰ τὴν πρὸς τὸν πλησίον ἀγάπην, διὰ γοῦν τὸ μὴ κεῖσθαι ᾿ἀτέλεστον, ἐπειχθήσεται δραμεῖν πρὸς τὸν λελυπημένον, καὶ καταλῦσαι τὴν ἔχθραν. Διὰ ὅδυν τοῦτο καὶ ἐμφαντικώτατα ἅπαντα εἴρηκε, φοβών αὐτὸν καὶ διεγείρων. Εἰπὼν γάρ; ἄφες τὸ δῶρόν σου, οὐκ ἔστὴ μέχρι τούτου, αλλ᾽ ἐπήγαγεν, ἔμπροσθεν τοῦ θυσιαστηρίου, καὶ ἀπὸ τοῦ τόπου πάλιν εἰς φρίκην αὐτὸν κὀμβάλλων, καὶ ἄπελθε. Καὶ οὐχ ἁπλῶς εἶπεν, ἄπελθε, ἀλλὰ προσέθηκε, πρῶτον, καὶ τότε ἐλθὼν πρόσφερε τὸ δῶρόν σου διὰ πάντων τούτων δηλῶν, ὅτι οὐ δέχεται τοὺς ἀπεχθῶς πρὸς ἀλλήλους ἔχοντας αὕτη ἡ τραπεζα. ᾿Ακουέτωσαν οἱ μεμυημένοι; ὅσοι μετὰ ἔχθρας προσέρχονται ἀκουέτωσαν καὶ οἱ ἀμύητοι καὶ γὰρ καὶ πρὸς τούτους ἔχει τι κοινὸν ὃ λόγος: Προσάγουσι γὰρ καὶ αὐτοὶ δῶρον καὶ θυσίαν, εὐχὴν λέγω καὶ ἐλεημοσύνην. Ὅτι γὰρ καὶ τοῦτο θυσία, ἄκουσον τί φησιν ὁ προφήτης ὃ θυσία αἰνέσεως δοξάσει με καὶ πάλιν θῦσον τῷ θεῷ θυσίαν αἰνέσεως καὶ» ἡ: ἐπαρσις τῶν χειρῶν κιου θυσία ἐσπερινή. ὍὭστε κἂν εὐχὴν μετὰ τοιαύτης γνώμης προσάγης, βέλτιον αφεῖναι τὴν εὐχήν, καὶ ἐπὶ τὴν καταλλαγὴν ἐλθεῖν τοῦ ἀδελφοῦ, καὶ τότε τὴν εὐχὴν προσφέρειν. Διὰ γὰρ τοῦτο πάντα ἐγένετο διὰ τοῦτο καὶ ὃ θεὸς ἄνθρωπος Ὑέγονε, καὶ πάντα ἐκεῖνα, ἐπραγματεύσατο, ἵνα ἡμᾶς σνναγάγη. ᾿Ενταῦθα μὲν οὖν τὸν ἠδικηκότα πέμπει πρὸς τὸν ἠδικημένον' ἐν δὲ τῇ εὐχῆ τὸν ἠδικημένον ἄγει πρὸς τὸν ἤδικηκότα, καὶ καταλλάσσει. ᾿Εκεῖ μὲν γάρ φησιν ἄφετε τοῖς ἀνθρώποις τὰ ὀφειλήματα αὐτῶν ἐνταῦθα δέ ἐὰν ἔχῃ τι κατὰ σοῦ, ἄπελθε πρὸς αὐτόν. Μᾶλλον δὲ κανταῦθά μοι δοκεῖ τὸν ἠδικημένον ἀποστέλλειν διόπερ οὐδὲ εἶπεν, κατάλλαξον σεαυτὸν τῷ ἀδελφῷ σου, ἀλλα, καταλλαγηθι καὶ δοκεῖ μὲν ὑπὲρ τοῦ λελυπηκότος εἷναι τὸ λεγόμενον, τὸ δὲ πᾶν ὑπὲρ του λελυπημένον ἐστίν. Ἂν γὰρ ἐκείνῳ καταλλαγῇς, φησὶ, διὰ τῆς εἰς ἐκεῖνον ἀγάπης καὶ ἐμὲ ἕξεις ἵλεων, καὶ μετὰ πολλῆς δυνήσῃ τῆς παῤῥησίας τὴν θυσίαν προσαγαγεῖν. Ὁ Εἰ δὲ φλεγμαίνεις ἔτι, ἐννόησον ὅτι κἀγὼ ἡδέως τὰ ἐμὰ καταφρονεῖσθαι κελεύω, ἵνα ὑμεῖς φίλοι γένησθε καὶ ταῦτά σοι γενέσθω παραμυθία τῆς ὀργῆς. Καὶ οὐκ εἶπεν, ὅταν τὰ μεγάλα ἠδικημένος ἢς» τότα καταλλάγηθι ἀλλά, κὰν τὸ τυχὸν ἔχῃ τι κατὰ σοῦ. Ναὶ οὐ προσέθηκεν, εἴτε δικαίως, εἴτε ἀδίκως αλλ ἁπλῶς, ἐὰν ἔχῃ τι κατὰ σοῦ. Κἀν γὰρ δικαίως, οὐδὲ οὕτως ΕΞΈΡΣ τὴν ἔχθραν ἐπεὶ καὶ ὁ Χριστὸς δικαίως ἡμῖν ὠργίζετο, αλλ᾽ ὅμως ἑαυτὸν ὑπὲρ ἡμῶν ἐξέδωκεν εἰς σφαγὴν, μὴ λογισάμενος ἐκεῖνα τὰ παραπτώςματα. Διὰ τοῦτο καὶ ὁ Παῦλος ἑτέρῳ τρόπῳ πρὸς τὰς καταλλαγὰς ἐπεΐγων ἡμᾶς, ἔλεγεν ὁ ἥλιος μὴ ἐπιδυέτω ἐπὶ τῷ παροργισμῷ ὑμῶν. Ὥσπερ γὰρ ἐντεῦθεν απὸ τῆς θυσίας ὃ Χριστὸς, οὕτως ἀπὸ τῆς ἡμέρας ἐκεῖ συνωθεῖ πρὸς τὸ αὐτὸ τοῦτο ὁ Παῦλος. Καὶ γὰρ δέδοικε τὴν νύκτα, μή ποτε μόνον ἀπολαβοῦσα τὸν πεπληγότα, μεῖζον τὸ ἕλκος ἐργάσηται. ᾿Εν ἡμέρᾳ μὲν γὰρ πολλοὶ οἱ περισπῶντες καὶ ἀνθέλκοντες ἐν νυκτὶ δὲ ἐπειδὰν μόνος γένηται, καὶ καθ' ἑαυτὸν ἀναλογίζηται, ὀγκοῦται τὰ κύματα, καὶ μείζων ἢ ζάλη γίνεται. Διὰ τοῦτο οὺν προκαταλαμβάνων ὁ ο Παῦλος, τὰ βούλεται παραδοῦναι τῇ νυκτὶ, ἵνα μηδεμίαν ἀπὸ τῆς ἐρημίας ἀφορμὴν ἔχῃ λοιπὸν ὁ διάβολος εἰς τὸ τὴν κάμινον ἀνάψαι τῆς ὀργῆς, καὶ ποιῆσαι σφοδροτέραν. Οὕτω καὶ ὁ Χριστὸς οὐκ ἀφίησιν οὐδὲ μικρὸν ὑπερτίθεσθαι, ἵνα μὴ τῆς θυσίας πληρωθείσης, ῥᾳθυμότερος ὁ τοιοῦτος γένηται, ἡμέραν ἐξ ἡμέρας ἀναβαλλόμενος. Οἷδε γὰρ τὸ πάθος πολ- λῆς δεόμενον τῆς ταχνυτῆτος καὶ κάθαπορ σοφὸς ἰατρὸς οὐ (Ἰδ) μόνον τὰ προφυλακτικὰ τῶν νοσημάτων ὃ τίθησιν, αλλὰ καὶ τὰ διορθωτικὰ, οὕτω καὶ αὐτὸς ποιεῖ. Τὸ μὲν γὰρ κωλύειν καλεῖν μωρὸν, προφυλακτικὸν ἐστι τῆς ἔχθρας τὸ δὲ κελεύειν καταλλαγῆναι, τών μετὰ τὴν ἔχθραν γινομένων νοσημάτων ἀναιρετικόν. Καὶ ὅρα πῶς ἑκάτερον μετὰ σφοδρότητος κεῖται. ᾿Εκεῖ μὲν γὰρ γέενναν ἠπείλησεν, ἐνταῦθα δὲ τὸ δῶρον ου δέχεται πρὸ τῆς καταλλαγῆς, πολλὴν ἐνδεικνύμενος τὴν ὀργὴν; καὶ διὰ πάντων τούτων καὶ τὴν ῥίζαν καὶ τὸν καρπὸν ἀναιρῶν. Καὶ πρῶτον μὲν φησι, μῆ ὀργίζον᾽ μετὰ δὲ ταῦτα, μὴ ,λοιδόρει. Καὶ γὰρ ἀμφότερα ταῦτα δι ο ἀλλήλων αὔξεται απὸ τῆς ἔχθρας ἡ λοιδορία, απὸ τῆς λοιδορίας ἡ ἔχθρα. Διὰ δὴ τοῦτο νῦν μὲν τὴν ῥίζαν, νῦν δὲ τὸν καρπὸν ἰᾶται κωλύων μὲν καὶ φῦναι τὴν ἀρχὴν τὸ κακὸν, ἀν ἄρα βλαστήσῃ καὶ καρπὸν ἐνέγκῃ τὸν πονηρότατον, πάντοθεν ἡ αὐτὸν κατακαίων μειζόνως. Διά τοι τοῦτο καὶ κρίσιν εἰπὼν, καὶ συνέδριον, καὶ γέενναν, καὶ περὶ τῆς αὐτοῦ θυσίας διαλεχθεὶς, καὶ ἕτερα προστίθησι πάλιν οὕτω λέγων «ἴσθι εὐνοῶν τῷ ἀντιδίκῳ σου ταχὺ, ἕως ὅτον εἶ ἐν τῇ ὁδῷ μετ᾽ αὐτοῦ. Ἵνα γὰρ μὴ λέγης᾽ τί οὖν, ἂν ἀδικῶμαι; τί οὗν, ἂν ἁρπάζωμαι, καὶ εἰς δικαστήριον ἕλκωμαι: καὶ ταύτην ἀνεῖλε τὴν ἀφορμὴν καὶ τὴν πρόφασιν' κελεύει γὰρ μηδὲ οὕτως ἐχθραίνειν. Εἶτα, ἐπειδὴ τοῦτο μέγα ἦν τὸ ἐπίταγμα, ἀπὸ τών παρόντων ποιεῖται τὴν συμβουλὴν, ἃ τοὺς παχντέρους μάλλον τῶν μελλόντων κατέχειν εἴωθε. Τί γὰρ λέγεις: φησίν' ὅτι δυνατώτερός ἐστι, καὶ ἀδικεῖ Οὐκοῦν μᾶλλόν σε ἀδικήσει, ἐὰν μὴ καταλύσῃς, ἀλλὰ ἀναγκασθῆς εἰς δικαστήριον ἐλθεῖν. Τότε μὲν γὰρ χρημάτων ἀποστάς, τὸ σῶμα ἕξεις ἐλευθερον᾽ ὑπὸ δὲ τῇ ψήφῳ γενόμενος τοῦ δικαστοῦ, καὶ δεσμευθήσῃ, καὶ τὴν ἐσχάτην δώσεις δίκην. Ἂν δὲ φύγης τὴν ἐκεῖ μάχην, δύο καρπώσῃ καλά καὶ τὸ μηδὲν παθεῖν ἀηδὲς, καὶ τὸ σὸν γενέσθαι τὸ κατόρθωμα λοιπὸν, καὶ μηκέτι τῆς ἐκείνου βίας. δὲ οὐ βούλει πεισθῆναι τοῖς λεγομένοις, οὐκ ἐκεῖνον ἀδικεῖς τοσοῦτον; ὅσον σαντόν. Ὅρα δὲ καὶ ἐνταῦθα πῶς αὐτὸν ἐπείγει εἰπὼν γὰρ, ἴσθι εὐνοῶν τῷ ἀντιδίκῳ σου, ἐπήγαγε, ταχύ καὶ οὐκ ἠρκέσθη τούτῳ; ἀλλὰ καὶ ταντῆς τῆς ταχυτήτος ἑτέραν ἐζήτησεν ἐπίτασιν, εἰπών ἕως ὅτον εἶ ἐν τῆ ὁδῷ μετ᾽ αὐτοῦ διὰ τούτων ὠθῶν αὐτὸν καὶ κατεπεἴγων μετὰ πολλῆς τῆς σφοδρότητος. Οὐδὲν γὰρ οὕτω τὸν βίον ἀνατρέπει τὸν ἡμέτερον, ὡς τὸ μέλλειν καὶ ἀναβάλλεσθαι ἐν τῇ τῶν ᾿ἀγαθῶν ἐργασίᾳ. Πολλακις γοῦν τοῦτο καὶ ἐκπεσεῖν ἡμᾶς τοῦ παντὸς ἐποίησεν. Ὥσπερ οὗν καὶ ὁ Παῦλος φησιν' πρὶν τὸν ἥλιον δῦναι, λῦσον τὴν ἔχθραν' καὶ ἐν τοῖς ἔμπροσθεν αὐτόν πρὶν ἢ τὴν προσφορὰν ἀπαρτισθῆναι, καταλλαγηθι᾿ οὕτω καὶ ἐνταῦθα φησι, ταχὺ, ἕως ὅτου εἶ ἐν τῇ ὁδῷ μετ᾽ αὐτοῦ πρὶν ἐπὶ τὰς θύρας ἐλθεῖν τοὺ δικαστηρίου, πρὶν ἥ τῷ βήματι παραστῆναι, καὶ γενέσθαι λοιπὸν ὑπὸ τῇ τοῦ δικάζοντος ἐξουσίᾳ. Πρὸ μὲν γὰρ τῆς εἰσόδου, σὺ κύριος εἶ τοῦ παντός εὰν δὲ ἐπιβῆς ἐκείνων τῶν προθύρων, οὐδὲ σφόδρα σπουδάζων δυνήση τὰ καθ᾽ ἑαυτὸν ὡς βούλει διαθεῖναι, ὑπὸ τὴν ἑτέρου Ὑενόμενος ἀνάγκην. Τί δέ ἐστιν, εὐνοεῖν: Ἢ τοῦτό αμις ὅτι καταδέχου μᾶλλον ἀδικεῖσθαι ἣ οὕτω δίκασον τῇ κῃ, ὡσανεὶ τὴν ἐκείνου τάξιν ἐχων ἵνα μὴ τῇ φιλαυτίᾳ τὸ δίκαιον διαφθείρῃς. ἀλλ᾽ ὡς περὶ οἰκείον τοὺ ἀλλοτρίου βουλενόμενος πράγματος, ἵνα ταύτην ἐξενέγ- κῃ τὴν ψῆφον. Εἰ δὲ μέγα τοῦτο, μὴ θαυμάσῃς. Διὰ γὰρ τοῦτο πάντας ἐκείνους ἔθηκε τοὺς μακαρισμοὺς, ἵνα προλεάνας καὶ προπαρασκευάσας τοὺ ἀκροατοῦ τὴν ψυχὴν, ἐπιτηδειοτέραν ἐργάσηται πρὸς τὴν ὑποδοχὴν τῆς νομοθεσίας ταύτης ἁπάσης.

Kōi oude mechri tōn eirēmenōn histatai monon, alla kai hetera tōn eirēmenōn epagei pleiona, di hōn deiknysin hoson autēs poieitai logon. Apeilēsas gar dia tou synedriou kai tēs kriseōs kai tēs geennēs, epēgage palin hetera synǭda tois proterois, houtō legōn es ean prospherę̄s to dōron sou epi to thysiastērion, kakei mnēsthēs hoti ho adelphos sou echei ti kata sou, aphes to dōron son emprosthen tou thysiastēriou, kai apelthōn prōton diallagēthi tǭ adelphǭ sou, kai tote elthōn prosphere to dōron sou. Hō tēs agathotētos, ō tēs philanthrōpias tēs hyperballousēs. Tēs eis auton kataphronei timēs hyper tēs eis ton plē- Ho sion agapēs deiknys hoti oude ta protera, haper ēpeilēsen, ex apechtheias tinos, oude epithymią kolaseōs ēpeilēsen, all᾽ ek philostorgias pollēs. Ti gar an genoito toutōn hēmerōteron tōn rhēmatōn: ᾿Enkoptesthō, phēsin, ē emē latreia, hina hē sē agapē menē epei kai touyto thysia, hē pros ton adelphon katallagē. Dia gar touto ouk eipe, meta to prosenenkein, ē prin ē prosenenkein' all᾽ autou tou dōrou keimenou, kai tēs thysias archēn echousēs, pempei diallagēsomenon tǭ adelǭǭ᾽ kai oute synelonta ta prokeimena, oute prin ē protheinai, all᾽ en tǭ mesǭ keimenēs keleuei trechein ekeise. Tinos heneken [houtō keleuei touto poiein, kai diati? Dyo tauta, hōs emoi dokei, dia toutōn ainittomenos kai kataskenazōn hen men, hoper ephēn, deixai thelōn, hoti polloi timatai tēn agapēn, kai tautēn megistēn hēgeitai einai tēn thysian, kai tautēs aneu oude ekeinēn prosdechetai heteron de, anankēn epititheis ha aparaitēton tēs katallagēs. Ho gar keleustheis mē proteron prosenenkein, heōs an katallagę̄, kan mē dia tēn pros ton plēsion agapēn, dia goun to mē keisthai ᾿ateleston, epeichthēsetai dramein pros ton lelypēmenon, kai katalysai tēn echthran. Dia hodyn touto kai emphantikōtata hapanta eirēke, phobōn auton kai diegeirōn. Eipōn gar? aphes to dōron sou, ouk estē mechri toutou, all᾽ epēgagen, emprosthen tou thysiastēriou, kai apo tou topou palin eis phrikēn auton komballōn, kai apelthe. Kai ouch haplōs eipen, apelthe, alla prosethēke, prōton, kai tote elthōn prosphere to dōron sou dia pantōn toutōn dēlōn, hoti ou dechetai tous apechthōs pros allēlous echontas hautē hē trapeza. ᾿Akouetōsan hoi memyēmenoi? hosoi meta echthras proserchontai akouetōsan kai hoi amyētoi kai gar kai pros toutous echei ti koinon ho logos: Prosagousi gar kai autoi dōron kai thysian, euchēn legō kai eleēmosynēn. Hoti gar kai touto thysia, akouson ti phēsin ho prophētēs ho thysia aineseōs doxasei me kai palin thyson tǭ theǭ thysian aineseōs kai» hē: eparsis tōn cheirōn kiou thysia esperinē. HoŌste kan euchēn meta toiautēs gnōmēs prosagēs, beltion apheinai tēn euchēn, kai epi tēn katallagēn elthein tou adelphou, kai tote tēn euchēn prospherein. Dia gar touto panta egeneto dia touto kai ho theos anthrōpos Hyegone, kai panta ekeina, epragmateusato, hina hēmas snnagagē. ᾿Entautha men oun ton ēdikēkota pempei pros ton ēdikēmenon' en de tę̄ euchē ton ēdikēmenon agei pros ton ēdikēkota, kai katallassei. ᾿Ekei men gar phēsin aphete tois anthrōpois ta opheilēmata autōn entautha de ean echę̄ ti kata sou, apelthe pros auton. Mallon de kantautha moi dokei ton ēdikēmenon apostellein dioper oude eipen, katallaxon seauton tǭ adelphǭ sou, alla, katallagēthi kai dokei men hyper tou lelypēkotos heinai to legomenon, to de pan hyper tou lelypēmenon estin. An gar ekeinǭ katallagę̄s, phēsi, dia tēs eis ekeinon agapēs kai eme hexeis hileōn, kai meta pollēs dynēsę̄ tēs parrhēsias tēn thysian prosagagein. Ho Ei de phlegmaineis eti, ennoēson hoti kagō hēdeōs ta ema kataphroneisthai keleuō, hina hymeis philoi genēsthe kai tauta soi genesthō paramythia tēs orgēs. Kai ouk eipen, hotan ta megala ēdikēmenos ēs» tota katallagēthi alla, kan to tychon echę̄ ti kata sou. Nai ou prosethēken, eite dikaiōs, eite adikōs all haplōs, ean echę̄ ti kata sou. Kan gar dikaiōs, oude houtōs EXERS tēn echthran epei kai ho Christos dikaiōs hēmin ōrgizeto, all᾽ homōs heauton hyper hēmōn exedōken eis sphagēn, mē logisamenos ekeina ta paraptōsmata. Dia touto kai ho Paulos heterǭ tropǭ pros tas katallagas epeïgōn hēmas, elegen ho hēlios mē epidyetō epi tǭ parorgismǭ hymōn. Hōsper gar enteuthen apo tēs thysias ho Christos, houtōs apo tēs hēmeras ekei synōthei pros to auto touto ho Paulos. Kai gar dedoike tēn nykta, mē pote monon apolabousa ton peplēgota, meizon to helkos ergasētai. ᾿En hēmerą men gar polloi hoi perispōntes kai anthelkontes en nykti de epeidan monos genētai, kai kath' heauton analogizētai, onkoutai ta kymata, kai meizōn ē zalē ginetai. Dia touto oun prokatalambanōn ho o Paulos, ta bouletai paradounai tę̄ nykti, hina mēdemian apo tēs erēmias aphormēn echę̄ loipon ho diabolos eis to tēn kaminon anapsai tēs orgēs, kai poiēsai sphodroteran. Houtō kai ho Christos ouk aphiēsin oude mikron hypertithesthai, hina mē tēs thysias plērōtheisēs, rhąthymoteros ho toioutos genētai, hēmeran ex hēmeras anaballomenos. Hoide gar to pathos pol- lēs deomenon tēs tachnytētos kai kathapor sophos iatros ou (Id) monon ta prophylaktika tōn nosēmatōn ho tithēsin, alla kai ta diorthōtika, houtō kai autos poiei. To men gar kōlyein kalein mōron, prophylaktikon esti tēs echthras to de keleuein katallagēnai, tōn meta tēn echthran ginomenōn nosēmatōn anairetikon. Kai hora pōs hekateron meta sphodrotētos keitai. ᾿Ekei men gar geennan ēpeilēsen, entautha de to dōron ou dechetai pro tēs katallagēs, pollēn endeiknymenos tēn orgēn? kai dia pantōn toutōn kai tēn rhizan kai ton karpon anairōn. Kai prōton men phēsi, mē orgizon᾽ meta de tauta, mē ,loidorei. Kai gar amphotera tauta di o allēlōn auxetai apo tēs echthras hē loidoria, apo tēs loidorias hē echthra. Dia dē touto nyn men tēn rhizan, nyn de ton karpon iatai kōlyōn men kai phynai tēn archēn to kakon, an ara blastēsę̄ kai karpon enenkę̄ ton ponērotaton, pantothen hē auton katakaiōn meizonōs. Dia toi touto kai krisin eipōn, kai synedrion, kai geennan, kai peri tēs autou thysias dialechtheis, kai hetera prostithēsi palin houtō legōn «isthi eunoōn tǭ antidikǭ sou tachy, heōs hoton ei en tę̄ hodǭ met᾽ autou. Hina gar mē legēs᾽ ti oun, an adikōmai? ti houn, an harpazōmai, kai eis dikastērion helkōmai: kai tautēn aneile tēn aphormēn kai tēn prophasin' keleuei gar mēde houtōs echthrainein. Eita, epeidē touto mega ēn to epitagma, apo tōn parontōn poieitai tēn symboulēn, ha tous pachnterous mallon tōn mellontōn katechein eiōthe. Ti gar legeis: phēsin' hoti dynatōteros esti, kai adikei Oukoun mallon se adikēsei, ean mē katalysę̄s, alla anankasthēs eis dikastērion elthein. Tote men gar chrēmatōn apostas, to sōma hexeis eleutheron᾽ hypo de tę̄ psēphǭ genomenos tou dikastou, kai desmeuthēsę̄, kai tēn eschatēn dōseis dikēn. An de phygēs tēn ekei machēn, dyo karpōsę̄ kala kai to mēden pathein aēdes, kai to son genesthai to katorthōma loipon, kai mēketi tēs ekeinou bias. de ou boulei peisthēnai tois legomenois, ouk ekeinon adikeis tosouton? hoson santon. Hora de kai entautha pōs auton epeigei eipōn gar, isthi eunoōn tǭ antidikǭ sou, epēgage, tachy kai ouk ērkesthē toutǭ? alla kai tantēs tēs tachytētos heteran ezētēsen epitasin, eipōn heōs hoton ei en tē hodǭ met᾽ autou dia toutōn ōthōn auton kai katepeigōn meta pollēs tēs sphodrotētos. Ouden gar houtō ton bion anatrepei ton hēmeteron, hōs to mellein kai anaballesthai en tę̄ tōn ᾿agathōn ergasią. Pollakis goun touto kai ekpesein hēmas tou pantos epoiēsen. Hōsper houn kai ho Paulos phēsin' prin ton hēlion dynai, lyson tēn echthran' kai en tois emprosthen auton prin ē tēn prosphoran apartisthēnai, katallagēthi᾿ houtō kai entautha phēsi, tachy, heōs hotou ei en tę̄ hodǭ met᾽ autou prin epi tas thyras elthein tou dikastēriou, prin hē tǭ bēmati parastēnai, kai genesthai loipon hypo tę̄ tou dikazontos exousią. Pro men gar tēs eisodou, sy kyrios ei tou pantos ean de epibēs ekeinōn tōn prothyrōn, oude sphodra spoudazōn dynēsē ta kath᾽ heauton hōs boulei diatheinai, hypo tēn heterou Hyenomenos anankēn. Ti de estin, eunoein: Ē touto amis hoti katadechou mallon adikeisthai hē houtō dikason tę̄ kę̄, hōsanei tēn ekeinou taxin echōn hina mē tę̄ philautią to dikaion diaphtheirę̄s. all᾽ hōs peri oikeion tou allotriou boulenomenos pragmatos, hina tautēn exeneg- kę̄ tēn psēphon. Ei de mega touto, mē thaumasę̄s. Dia gar touto pantas ekeinous ethēke tous makarismous, hina proleanas kai proparaskeuasas tou akroatou tēn psychēn, epitēdeioteran ergasētai pros tēn hypodochēn tēs nomothesias tautēs hapasēs.

And he does not stop at what has been said, but adds still more besides, by which he shows how great an account he takes of love. For having threatened by the council and the judgment and hell, he added again other things in harmony with the former, speaking thus: “If you are offering your gift at the altar, and there remember that your brother has something against you, leave your gift there before the altar, and go first and be reconciled to your brother, and then come and offer your gift.” O the goodness! O the surpassing love for mankind! He disregards the honor paid to himself for the sake of love toward one’s neighbor, showing that the former things too which he threatened he did not threaten out of any hatred or desire to punish, but out of great affection. For what could be gentler than these words? “Let my worship be interrupted,” he says, “so that your love may remain”; since this too is a sacrifice, reconciliation with one’s brother. For this reason he did not say, “after you have offered,” or “before you offer”; but while the gift itself is lying there and the sacrifice has begun, he sends him to be reconciled to his brother; and neither after clearing away what has been set out nor before setting it out, but while it lies in the middle, he bids him run there. For what reason does he bid him do this, and why? He hints at and establishes two things by this, as it seems to me: one, as I said, wishing to show that he greatly honors love and considers it the greatest sacrifice, and without it does not accept that one either; and the other, laying on him a necessity of reconciliation that cannot be refused. For the man who has been commanded not to offer until he has been reconciled, even if not out of love for his neighbor, at least so that his offering may not lie unfinished, will hasten to run to the one he has pained and dissolve the enmity. That is why he has said everything most vividly, frightening him and rousing him. For having said, “Leave your gift,” he did not stop there, but added, “before the altar,” throwing him into awe again by the place too, “and go.” And he did not simply say, “Go,” but added, “first, and then come and offer your gift,” showing by all these that this table does not receive those who are at enmity with one another. Let the initiated hear, as many as come with enmity; let the uninitiated hear too; for the word has something in common with them as well. For they too bring a gift and sacrifice; I mean prayer and almsgiving. For that this too is a sacrifice, hear what the prophet says: “A sacrifice of praise will glorify me”; and again, “Sacrifice to God a sacrifice of praise”; and, “The lifting up of my hands is an evening sacrifice.” So even if you are offering prayer with such a disposition, it is better to leave the prayer and go to be reconciled with your brother, and then to offer the prayer. For it is for this that everything was done; for this God too became man and wrought all those things, so that he might bring us together.

Here, then, he sends the wrongdoer to the one wronged; but in the prayer he leads the one wronged to the wrongdoer, and reconciles them. For there he says, “Forgive men their debts”; but here, “If he has something against you, go to him.” Or rather, here too he seems to me to be sending the one wronged; that is why he did not say, “Reconcile your brother to yourself,” but, “Be reconciled”; and what is said seems to be on behalf of the one who has caused pain, but the whole is on behalf of the one pained. “For if you are reconciled to him,” he says, “through your love toward him you will have me too gracious, and you will be able to offer the sacrifice with great boldness. And if you are still inflamed, consider that I too gladly bid my own things to be disregarded so that you may become friends; and let this be a consolation for your anger.” And he did not say, “When you have been greatly wronged, then be reconciled,” but, “even if he has anything at all against you.” And he did not add, “whether justly or unjustly,” but simply, “if he has something against you.” For even if it is justly, not even so [keep up] the enmity; since Christ too was justly angry with us, but nevertheless gave himself up to slaughter for us, not reckoning those trespasses. That is why Paul too, urging us to reconciliation in another way, said, “Let not the sun go down on your anger.” For as here Christ presses us to this very thing from the sacrifice, so there Paul does from the day. For he fears the night, lest, catching the one who has been struck alone, it make the wound worse. For in the day there are many who distract and draw him away; but at night, when he is alone and reckons things up by himself, the waves swell and the storm becomes greater. That is why Paul, forestalling this, wants to hand us over to the night [already reconciled], so that the devil may have no further occasion from the solitude to kindle the furnace of anger and make it fiercer. So too Christ does not allow even a little delay, lest when the sacrifice is completed such a man become more indolent, putting it off from day to day. For he knows that the passion needs great speed; and as a wise physician puts down not only preventives of diseases but also correctives, so does he. For forbidding to call someone a fool is a preventive of enmity; and bidding to be reconciled removes the diseases that come after enmity. And see how each is laid down with vehemence. For there he threatened hell; but here he does not accept the gift before the reconciliation, showing great anger, and by all these removing both the root and the fruit. And first he says, “Do not be angry”; and after this, “Do not revile.” For both of these grow by each other: from enmity reviling, from reviling enmity. That is why now he heals the root, now the fruit, preventing the evil from even growing at all at the beginning, and if it should sprout and bear its most wicked fruit, burning it out all the more from every side.

That is why, having spoken of the judgment and the council and hell, and having discoursed about his own sacrifice, he adds other things again, speaking thus: “Be well disposed toward your adversary quickly, while you are on the way with him.” For so that you may not say, “What then if I am wronged? What then if I am robbed and dragged into court?” he took away this occasion and excuse too; for he bids us not to be at enmity even so. Then, since this command was great, he makes his counsel from the present things, which are accustomed to restrain the duller sort more than the things to come. “For what do you say?” he says, “that he is more powerful and does wrong? Then he will wrong you more if you do not settle, but are forced to go to court. For then, by giving up money, you will have your body free; but once you have come under the judge’s verdict, you will be bound and will pay the utmost penalty. But if you avoid the fight there, you will reap two good things: both suffering nothing unpleasant, and the good deed becoming yours, and no longer the result of his violence. [But if] you are unwilling to be persuaded by what is said, you wrong not him so much as yourself.” And see here too how he urges him on. For having said, “Be well disposed toward your adversary,” he added, “quickly”; and he was not content with this, but sought another intensification of this speed, saying, “while you are on the way with him,” by these words pushing him and pressing him with great vehemence. For nothing so overturns our life as delaying and putting off in the doing of good. Often, at any rate, this has made us lose everything. As, then, Paul says, “Before the sun goes down, dissolve the enmity,” and he himself in what preceded, “Before the offering is completed, be reconciled,” so here too he says, “quickly, while you are on the way with him,” before you come to the doors of the court, before you stand at the judgment seat and come at last under the authority of the one judging. For before the entrance you are master of everything; but if you set foot on those thresholds, not even with great effort will you be able to arrange your affairs as you wish, having come under another’s necessity. And what is “to be well disposed”? He means this: either be willing rather to be wronged, or judge the case as though holding his place, so as not to corrupt justice by self-love, but deliberating about another’s matter as though it were your own, so that you may bring in this verdict. And if this is a great thing, do not wonder. For this is why he set all those beatitudes beforehand, so that, having smoothed and prepared the hearer’s soul beforehand, he might make it more fit for receiving all this legislation.

16.11Field 1

Τινὲς μὲν οὖν τὸν διάβολον. αὐτὸν αἰνίττεσθαί φασι τῇ τοῦ ἀντιδίκου προσηγορίᾳ, καὶ κελεύειν μηδὲν ἔχειν τῶν ἐκείνον᾽ τοῦτο γὰρ εἶναι τὸ εὐνοεῖν αὐτῷ ὡς οὐκ ἐνὸν διαλύσασθαι μετὰ τὴν ἐντεῦθεν ἀπαλλαγὴν, τῆς απαραιτήτου λοιπὸν ἡμάς ἐκδεχομένης. κολάσεως. ᾿Εμοὶ δὲ περὶ τῶν ἐνταῦθα δοκεῖ λέγειν δικαστών, καὶ τῆς ἐπὶ τὸ δικαστή- ριον ὁδοῦ, καὶ τοῦ δεσμωτηρίου τούτον. ᾿Ἐπειδὴ γὰρ ἀπὸ τῶν ὑψηλοτέρων ἐνέτρεψε καὶ τών μελλόντων, καὶ ἀπὸ τῶν ἐν τῷ παρόντι βίῳ φοβεῖ. Ὅπερ οὖν καὶ ὁ Παῦλος ἐργάζεται, ἀπό τε τῶν μελλόντων; ἀπό τε τῶν παρόντων ἐνάγων τὸν ἀκροατήν. Οἷον ὡς ὅταν ἀπάγων κακίας, τὸν ἄρχοντα ὁπλιζόμενον δεικνύη τῷ πονηρευομένῳ, οὕτω λέγων ἐς αν δὲ τὸ κακὸν ποιῆς, φοβοῦ οὐ γὰρ εἰκῆ τὴν μάχαιραν φορεῖ θεοῦ γὰρ διάκονός ἐστι. Καὶ παλιν ὑποτάσσεσθαι κελεύων αὐτῳ, οὐ τὸν τοῦ θεοῦ φόβον τίθησι μόνον; ἀλλὰ καὶ τὴν ἀπειλὴν τὴν ἐκείνου καὶ τὴν κηδεμονίαν ἀνάγκη γὰρ ὑποτάσσεσθαι, οὐ μόνον διὰ τὴν ὀργὴν, ἀλλὰ καὶ διὰ τὴν συνείδησιν. Τοὺς γὰρ ἀλογωτέρους, ὅπερ ἔφθην εἰπὼν, ταῦτα μᾶλλον εἴωθε διορθοῦν, τὰ φαινόμενα καὶ παρὰ πόδας. Διὸ καὶ ὁ Χριστὸς οὐ γεέννης μόνον ἐμνημόνευσεν, αλλὰ καὶ δικαστηρίου, καὶ ἢ ἀπαγωγῆς, καὶ δεσμωτηρίου, καὶ τῆς ἐκεῖ ταλαιπωρίας ἁπάσης, διὰ πάντων τούτων τὰς ρίζας ἀναιρῶν τοῦ φόνου. Ὁ γὰρ μήτε λοιδορούμενος, μήτε δικαζόμενος, μήτε ᾿ἔχθραν ἐκτείνων, πῶς φονεύσει ποτε: Ὥστε καντεῦθεν δῆλον, ὅτι ἐν τῷ τοῦ πλησίον συμφέροντι τὸ ἡμέτερον κεῖται συμφέρον. Ὁ γὰρ τῷ ἀντιδίκῳ εὐνοῶν, πολλῷ μεῖζον ἑαυτὸν ὠφελήσει, δικαστηρίων καὶ δεσμωτηρίων καὶ τῆς ἐκεῖ ταλαιπωρίας ἑαυτὸν ἀπαλλάττων. Πειθώμεθα τοίνυν τοῖς λεγομένοις, καὶ μὴ ἀντιτείνωμεν;, μηδὲ ἀντιφιλονεικῶμεν μάλιστα μὲν γὰρ καὶ πρὸ τών ἐπάθλων ἐν ἑαυτοῖς ἔχει τὴν ἡδονὴν καὶ τὴν ὠφέλειαν τὰ ἐπιτάγματα ταῦτα. Εἰ δὲ τοῖς πολλοῖς ἐπαχθῆ εἶναι δοκεῖ, καὶ πολὺν παρέχειν τὸν πόνον, ἐννόησον ὅτι διὰ τὸν Χριστὸν ταῦτα ποιεῖς. καὶ τὸ λυπηρὸν ἔσται ἡδύ. ᾿Εὰν γὰρ τὸν λογισμὸν τοῦτον ἔχωμεν διαπαντὸς, οὐδενὸς πειρασόμεθα φορτικοῦ, ἀλλὰ πολλὴν πάντοθεν καρπωσόμεθα τὴν ἡδονήν. Ὃ γὰρ πόνος οὐκέτι πόνος φανεῖται, ἀλλ᾽ ὅσῳπερ ἂν ἐπιτείνηται, τοσούτῳ γλυκύτερος καὶ ἡδίων γίνεται. Ὅταν τοίνυν ἐπιμένῃ ἡ αὐ Θόας σε τῶν κακῶν γοητεύουσα, καὶ ἡ τῶν χρημάτων ἐπιθυμία, ἀντιστράτευσον αὐτῇ τὸν λογισμὸν ἐκεῖνον τὸν λέγοντα, ὅτι πολὺν ληψόμεθα τὸν μισθὸν, τῆς προσκαίρον καταφρονήσαντες ἡδονῆς. καὶ εἰπὲ πρὸς τὴν ψυχήν᾽ πάνυ αθυμεῖς, ὅτι σε ἡδονῆς ἀποστερῶ: ἀλλ᾽ εὐφραίνου, ὅτι σοι τὸν οὐρανὸν προξενώ. Οὐ δι᾽ ἄνθρωπον ποιεῖς, ἀλλὰ διὰ τὸν θεόν. Ἀνάσχου τοίνυν μικρὸν, καὶ ὄψει τὸ κέρδος ἡλίκον. Καρτέρησον κατὰ τὸν παρόντα βίον, καὶ λήψη παῤῥησίαν ἄφατον. Ἂν γὰρ τοιαῦτα αὐτῇ διαλογώμεθα, καὶ μή μόνον τὸ φορτικὸν ἐννοῶμεν τῆς ἀρετῆς, ἀλλὰ καὶ τὸν αὐτῆς λογιζώμεθα στέφανον, ταχέως αὐτὴν κακίας ἀποστήσομεν ἁπάσης. Εἰ γὰρ ὁ διάβολος, δεικνὺς τὸ μὲν ἡδὺ πρόσκαιρον, τὸ δὲ ὀδυνηρὸν διηνεκὲς, ὅμως ἰσχύει καὶ περιγίνεται ὅταν ἀντιστρόφως παρ᾽ ἡμῖν ταῦτα γένηται, τὸ μὲν ἐπίπονον, πρόσκαιρον, τὸ δὲ ἡδὺ καὶ χρήσιμον, ἀθάνατον, τίς ἡμῖν ἔσται λόγος μὴ μετιοῦσιν ἀρετὴν μετὰ τοσαύτην παραμυθίαν: Ἀρκεῖ γὰρ ἡμῖν ἀντὶ πάντων ἡ τῶν πόνων ὑπόθεσις, καὶ τὸ πεπεῖσθαι σαφῶς ὃ ὅτι διὰ τὸν θεὸν ὑπομένομεν ταῦτα πάντα. Εἰ γὰρ τὸν βασιλέα ἔχων τις ὀφειλέτην, ἀρκοῦσαν εἰς πάντα νομίζει τὸν βίον ἀσφάλειαν εχειν᾽ ἐννόησον ἡλίκος Ρἔσται ὁ τὸν φιλάνθρωπον καὶ ἀεὶ ζῶντα θεὸν καὶ μικρῶν καὶ μεγάλων κατορθωμάτων ,Χρεώστην ἑαυτῷ καταστήσας. Μὴ τοίνυν προβάλλου μοι πόνους καὶ ἱδρῶτας οὐδὲ γὰρ τῇ τῶν μελλόντων ἐλπίδι μόνον, ἀλλὰ καὶ ἑτέρῳ τρόπῳ κούφην τὴν ἀρετὴν ἐποίησεν ὁ θεὸς, συνεφαπτόμενος ἥμιν πανταχοῦ καὶ συναντιλαμβανόμενος. Κάν βουληθῇς μόνον ὀλίγην εἰσενεΎκειν προθυμίαν, τὰ ἄλλα πάντα ἕπεται. Διά γὰρ τοῦτο Καὶ καθάπερ βασιλεὺς βούλεται μὲν τὸν ἑαντοῦ παῖδα παρεἶναι ἐπὶ τῆς παρατάξεως, καὶ τοξεύειν, καὶ φαίνεσθαι, ὦστε αὐτῷ λογισθῆναι τὸ τρόπαιον, τὸ δὲ πᾶν αὐτὸς ανύει᾽ οὕτω καὶ ὁ θεὸς εν τῷ πολέμῳ τῷ κατὰ τοῦ διαβόλου ποιεῖ. Ἕν γὰρ ἀπαιτεῖ παρὰ σοὺ μόνον, ὥστε ἔχθραν πρὸς ἐκεῖνον ἐπιδείξασθαι Ὑνησίαν' κἂν ταῦτα αὐτῷ παράσχης, αὐτὸς παντα ανύει τὸν πόλεμον. Κἀν ὀργὴ φλέγη; κὰν χρημάτων ἐπιθυμία, κἀν ὁτιοῦν ἕτερον πάθος τυραννικὸν, παραγίνεται ταχέως», ἂν ἴδῃ σε μόνον πρὸς αὐτὸν ἀποδυόμενον καὶ ᾿παρεσκενασμένον, καὶ ῥᾷδια πάντα ποιεῖ; καὶ ἀνώτερον ἵστησι τῆς φλογὸς, καθάπερ τοὺς παῖδας τότε ἐκείνους ἐπὶ τῆς Βαβυλωνίας καμίνον καὶ γὰρ ἐκεῖνοι πλέον οὐδὲν τῆς γνώμης εἰσήνεγκαν. Ἵν᾽ οὗν καὶ ἡμεῖς πᾶσαν κάμινον ἡδονῆς ἀτάκτονυ καταλύσαντες ἐνταῦθα, τὴν ἐκεῖ διαφύγωμεν γέενναν, ταῦτα καθ' ἑκάστην ἡμέραν καὶ βουλευώμεθα καὶ μεριμνώμεν καὶ πράττωμεν, τῇ τε περὶ τὰ ἀγαθὰ προθέσει καὶ ταῖς πυκναῖς εὐχαῖς τοῦ θεοῦ τὴν εὔνοιαν ἐπισπώμενοι. Οὕτω γὰρ καὶ τὰ δοκοῦντα ἀφόρητα εἶναι νῦν, βᾷστα ἔσται καὶ κοῦφα καὶ ἐπέραστα. Ἕως μὲν γὰρ ἂν ἐν τοῖς πάθεσιν ὦμεν, τραχεῖαν καὶ δύσκολον καὶ ἀνάντη τὴν ἀρετὴν εἶναι νομίζομεν, τὴν δὲ κακίαν ποθεινὴν 'καὶ ἡδιστην᾽ ἂν δὲ μικρὸν ἀποστώμεν τούτων, τότε κακείνη φανεῖται βδελυρὰ καὶ δυσειδὴς, καὶ αὕτη ῥᾳδία καὶ εὔκολος καὶ ποθεινή. Καὶ ταῦτα ἐκ τῶν κατωρθωκότων ἐστὶ σαφώς μαθεῖν. Ἄκουσον γοῦν πῶς ὁ Παῦλος ἐκεῖνα μὲν καὶ μετὰ τὴν ἀπαλλαγὴν αἰσχύνεται λέγων ἐς τίνα γὰρ καρπὸν εἴχετε τότε, ἐφ᾽ οἷς νῦν ἐπαισχύνεσθε ;ἢ ταύτην δὲ καὶ μετὰ τὸν πόνον κούφην εἶναί φησι, τὸ ἐπίπονον τῆς θλίψεως παραυτίκα καὶ ἐλαφρὸν καλῶν, καὶ χαίρων ἐν τοῖς παθήμασι, καὶ ἀγαλλόμενος ἐν ταῖς θλίψεσι, καὶ μέγα φρονών ἐπὶ τοῖς στἔγμασι τοῖς διὰ Χριστόν. Ἵν᾽ οὖν καὶ ἡμεῖς ἐν ταύτῃ καταστῶμεν τῇ ἕξει, τοῖς εἰρημένοις καθ᾽ ἑκάστην ἡμέραν ἑαυτοὺς ῥυθμίζοντες, καὶ τῶν ὄπισθεν ἐπιλανθανόμενοι, πρὸς δὲ τὰ ἔμπροσθεν ἐπεκτεινόμενοι, διωκωμεν ἐπὶ τὸ βραβεῖον τῆς ἄνω κλήσεως οὗ γένοιτο πάντας ἡμᾶς ἐπιτυχεῖν, χάριτι καὶ φιλανθρωπίᾳ τοῦ κυρίου ἡμῶν ᾿Ιησοῦ Χριστοῦ, ᾧ ἢ δόξα καὶ τὸ κράτος εἰς τοὺς αἰῶνας τῶν αἰώνων. ᾿Αμήν.

Tines men oun ton diabolon. auton ainittesthai phasi tę̄ tou antidikou prosēgorią, kai keleuein mēden echein tōn ekeinon᾽ touto gar einai to eunoein autǭ hōs ouk enon dialysasthai meta tēn enteuthen apallagēn, tēs aparaitētou loipon hēmas ekdechomenēs. kolaseōs. ᾿Emoi de peri tōn entautha dokei legein dikastōn, kai tēs epi to dikastē- rion hodou, kai tou desmōtēriou touton. ᾿Epeidē gar apo tōn hypsēloterōn enetrepse kai tōn mellontōn, kai apo tōn en tǭ paronti biǭ phobei. Hoper oun kai ho Paulos ergazetai, apo te tōn mellontōn? apo te tōn parontōn enagōn ton akroatēn. Hoion hōs hotan apagōn kakias, ton archonta hoplizomenon deiknyē tǭ ponēreuomenǭ, houtō legōn es an de to kakon poiēs, phobou ou gar eikē tēn machairan phorei theou gar diakonos esti. Kai palin hypotassesthai keleuōn autǭ, ou ton tou theou phobon tithēsi monon? alla kai tēn apeilēn tēn ekeinou kai tēn kēdemonian anankē gar hypotassesthai, ou monon dia tēn orgēn, alla kai dia tēn syneidēsin. Tous gar alogōterous, hoper ephthēn eipōn, tauta mallon eiōthe diorthoun, ta phainomena kai para podas. Dio kai ho Christos ou geennēs monon emnēmoneusen, alla kai dikastēriou, kai ē apagōgēs, kai desmōtēriou, kai tēs ekei talaipōrias hapasēs, dia pantōn toutōn tas rizas anairōn tou phonou. Ho gar mēte loidoroumenos, mēte dikazomenos, mēte ᾿echthran ekteinōn, pōs phoneusei pote: Hōste kanteuthen dēlon, hoti en tǭ tou plēsion sympheronti to hēmeteron keitai sympheron. Ho gar tǭ antidikǭ eunoōn, pollǭ meizon heauton ōphelēsei, dikastēriōn kai desmōtēriōn kai tēs ekei talaipōrias heauton apallattōn. Peithōmetha toinyn tois legomenois, kai mē antiteinōmen?, mēde antiphiloneikōmen malista men gar kai pro tōn epathlōn en heautois echei tēn hēdonēn kai tēn ōpheleian ta epitagmata tauta. Ei de tois pollois epachthē einai dokei, kai polyn parechein ton ponon, ennoēson hoti dia ton Christon tauta poieis. kai to lypēron estai hēdy. ᾿Ean gar ton logismon touton echōmen diapantos, oudenos peirasometha phortikou, alla pollēn pantothen karpōsometha tēn hēdonēn. Ho gar ponos ouketi ponos phaneitai, all᾽ hosǭper an epiteinētai, tosoutǭ glykyteros kai hēdiōn ginetai. Hotan toinyn epimenę̄ hē au Thoas se tōn kakōn goēteuousa, kai hē tōn chrēmatōn epithymia, antistrateuson autę̄ ton logismon ekeinon ton legonta, hoti polyn lēpsometha ton misthon, tēs proskairon kataphronēsantes hēdonēs. kai eipe pros tēn psychēn᾽ pany athymeis, hoti se hēdonēs aposterō: all᾽ euphrainou, hoti soi ton ouranon proxenō. Ou di᾽ anthrōpon poieis, alla dia ton theon. Anaschou toinyn mikron, kai opsei to kerdos hēlikon. Karterēson kata ton paronta bion, kai lēpsē parrhēsian aphaton. An gar toiauta autę̄ dialogōmetha, kai mē monon to phortikon ennoōmen tēs aretēs, alla kai ton autēs logizōmetha stephanon, tacheōs autēn kakias apostēsomen hapasēs. Ei gar ho diabolos, deiknys to men hēdy proskairon, to de odynēron diēnekes, homōs ischyei kai periginetai hotan antistrophōs par᾽ hēmin tauta genētai, to men epiponon, proskairon, to de hēdy kai chrēsimon, athanaton, tis hēmin estai logos mē metiousin aretēn meta tosautēn paramythian: Arkei gar hēmin anti pantōn hē tōn ponōn hypothesis, kai to pepeisthai saphōs ho hoti dia ton theon hypomenomen tauta panta. Ei gar ton basilea echōn tis opheiletēn, arkousan eis panta nomizei ton bion asphaleian echein᾽ ennoēson hēlikos Restai ho ton philanthrōpon kai aei zōnta theon kai mikrōn kai megalōn katorthōmatōn ,Chreōstēn heautǭ katastēsas. Mē toinyn proballou moi ponous kai hidrōtas oude gar tę̄ tōn mellontōn elpidi monon, alla kai heterǭ tropǭ kouphēn tēn aretēn epoiēsen ho theos, synephaptomenos hēmin pantachou kai synantilambanomenos. Kan boulēthę̄s monon oligēn eiseneUkein prothymian, ta alla panta hepetai. Dia gar touto Kai kathaper basileus bouletai men ton heantou paida pareinai epi tēs parataxeōs, kai toxeuein, kai phainesthai, ōste autǭ logisthēnai to tropaion, to de pan autos anyei᾽ houtō kai ho theos en tǭ polemǭ tǭ kata tou diabolou poiei. Hen gar apaitei para sou monon, hōste echthran pros ekeinon epideixasthai Hynēsian' kan tauta autǭ paraschēs, autos panta anyei ton polemon. Kan orgē phlegē? kan chrēmatōn epithymia, kan hotioun heteron pathos tyrannikon, paraginetai tacheōs», an idę̄ se monon pros auton apodyomenon kai ᾿pareskenasmenon, kai rhądia panta poiei? kai anōteron histēsi tēs phlogos, kathaper tous paidas tote ekeinous epi tēs Babylōnias kaminon kai gar ekeinoi pleon ouden tēs gnōmēs eisēnenkan. Hin᾽ houn kai hēmeis pasan kaminon hēdonēs ataktony katalysantes entautha, tēn ekei diaphygōmen geennan, tauta kath' hekastēn hēmeran kai bouleuōmetha kai merimnōmen kai prattōmen, tę̄ te peri ta agatha prothesei kai tais pyknais euchais tou theou tēn eunoian epispōmenoi. Houtō gar kai ta dokounta aphorēta einai nyn, bąsta estai kai koupha kai eperasta. Heōs men gar an en tois pathesin ōmen, tracheian kai dyskolon kai anantē tēn aretēn einai nomizomen, tēn de kakian potheinēn 'kai hēdistēn᾽ an de mikron apostōmen toutōn, tote kakeinē phaneitai bdelyra kai dyseidēs, kai hautē rhądia kai eukolos kai potheinē. Kai tauta ek tōn katōrthōkotōn esti saphōs mathein. Akouson goun pōs ho Paulos ekeina men kai meta tēn apallagēn aischynetai legōn es tina gar karpon eichete tote, eph᾽ hois nyn epaischynesthe ?ē tautēn de kai meta ton ponon kouphēn einai phēsi, to epiponon tēs thlipseōs parautika kai elaphron kalōn, kai chairōn en tois pathēmasi, kai agallomenos en tais thlipsesi, kai mega phronōn epi tois stegmasi tois dia Christon. Hin᾽ oun kai hēmeis en tautę̄ katastōmen tę̄ hexei, tois eirēmenois kath᾽ hekastēn hēmeran heautous rhythmizontes, kai tōn opisthen epilanthanomenoi, pros de ta emprosthen epekteinomenoi, diōkōmen epi to brabeion tēs anō klēseōs hou genoito pantas hēmas epitychein, chariti kai philanthrōpią tou kyriou hēmōn ᾿Iēsou Christou, hǭ ē doxa kai to kratos eis tous aiōnas tōn aiōnōn. ᾿Amēn.

Some say that by the name of “adversary” he hints at the devil himself, and bids us have nothing of his, for this is what being well disposed toward him means, since it is not possible to settle after our departure from here, when inexorable punishment awaits us thereafter. But to me he seems to be speaking about the judges here, and the road to the court, and this prison. For since he had shamed them from the higher things and the things to come, he frightens them also from those in the present life. This is what Paul too does, leading on the hearer both from the things to come and from the present ones. For example, when turning men away from vice, he shows the evildoer the ruler armed, speaking thus: “But if you do evil, be afraid; for he does not bear the sword in vain; for he is God’s minister.” And again, bidding us be subject to him, he puts forward not only the fear of God but also that one’s threat and his care: “Therefore one must be subject, not only because of wrath but also because of conscience.” For, as I said before, the things that are visible and close at hand are accustomed to set right the more unreasoning sort. That is why Christ too mentioned not only hell but also the court and being led away and the prison and all the misery there, by all these removing the roots of murder. For he who neither reviles nor goes to law nor prolongs enmity, how will he ever commit murder? So it is clear from this too that our advantage lies in our neighbor’s advantage. For he who is well disposed toward his adversary will benefit himself much more, freeing himself from courts and prisons and the misery there.

Let us obey, then, what is said, and not resist nor contend in return; for above all, even before the prizes, these commands have pleasure and benefit in themselves. And if to the many they seem oppressive and to give much toil, consider that you do these things for Christ’s sake, and what is painful will be sweet. For if we keep this thought always, we shall experience nothing burdensome, but shall reap much pleasure from every side. For the toil will no longer appear toil, but the more it is intensified, the sweeter and more pleasant it becomes. When, then, the [habit] of evil things persists in bewitching you, and the desire for money, set against it that thought which says that we shall receive a great reward by despising momentary pleasure; and say to your soul: “Are you very dejected because I deprive you of pleasure? But rejoice, because I am procuring heaven for you. You do it not for man’s sake, but for God’s. Bear up, then, a little, and you will see how great the gain is. Endure in the present life, and you will receive unspeakable boldness.” For if we reason with it in this way, and do not consider only the burdensomeness of virtue but also reckon up its crown, we shall quickly draw it away from all vice. For if the devil, though he shows pleasure to be momentary and pain to be continual, nevertheless prevails and wins, when with us these things are the other way round, the toilsome momentary and the pleasant and profitable deathless, what excuse will we have if we do not pursue virtue after so much encouragement? For the purpose of our toils is enough for us in place of everything, and being clearly persuaded that we endure all these things for God’s sake. For if a man who has the king as his debtor thinks he has security enough for his whole life, consider how great will be the one who has made the God who loves mankind and lives forever his debtor for good deeds small and great. Do not, then, put forward to me toils and sweat. For God has made virtue light not only by the hope of things to come but also in another way, lending us a hand everywhere and helping us. And if only you are willing to bring a little zeal, everything else follows. For this reason … For as a king wants his own son to be present at the battle, and to shoot, and to be seen, so that the trophy may be reckoned to him, while he himself accomplishes the whole, so too God does in the war against the devil. For he asks one thing only of you, that you show genuine enmity toward him; and if you give him this, he himself accomplishes the whole war. Even if anger is blazing, even if the desire for money, even if any other tyrannical passion, he comes quickly, if only he sees you stripped for the contest against it and prepared; and he makes everything easy, and sets you above the flame, as he did those youths then in the Babylonian furnace; for they too brought nothing more than their resolve.

So that we too, then, quenching here every furnace of disorderly pleasure, may escape hell there, let us deliberate and take thought and act on these things every day, drawing God’s goodwill by our purpose toward the good and by frequent prayers. For so even the things that now seem unbearable will be very easy and light and lovely. For as long as we are in the passions, we think virtue rough and hard and uphill, and vice desirable and most pleasant; but if we stand back from them a little, then the latter will appear loathsome and ugly, and the former easy and smooth and desirable. And this can be clearly learned from those who have achieved it. Hear, at any rate, how Paul is ashamed of the former even after his release from them, saying, “For what fruit did you have then in the things of which you are now ashamed?”; while the latter he calls light even after the toil, calling the toilsome affliction momentary and light, and rejoicing in sufferings, and exulting in afflictions, and thinking highly of the marks borne for Christ. So that we too, then, may be established in this habit, ordering ourselves every day by what has been said, forgetting what lies behind and stretching forward to what lies ahead, let us press on toward the prize of the upward call; which may we all obtain, by the grace and love for mankind of our Lord Jesus Christ, to whom be the glory and the might to the ages of ages. Amen.

Chapter 17

17.1Field 1

Ἡκούσατε ὅτι εῤῥεθη τοῖς ἀρχαίοις ου μοιχεύσεις. Ἔγω δὲ λέγω ὑμῖν, ὅτι πᾶς ὁ ἐμβλέπων γυναικὶ πρὸς τὸ ἐπιθυμῆσαι αὐτὴν, ἤδη ἐμοίχευσεν αὐτὴν ἐν τῇ καρδίᾳ αὐτοῦ. ἍΠΑΡΤΙΣΑΣ τοίνυν τὴν προτέραν ἐντολὴν, καὶ εἰς ἄκρον φιλοσοφίας αὐτὴν ἐκτείνας, ὁδῷ καὶ τάξει προβαίνων λοιπὸν πρόεισιν ἐπὶ τὴν δευτέραν, κανταῦθα τῷ νόμῳ πειθόμενος. Καὶ μὴν οὐ δευτέρα αὕτη, φησὶν, ἀλλὰ ,Τρίτη. Οὐ γὰρ προτέρα ἐστὶν, οὐ φονεύσεις αλλὰ, ὃ κύριος ὁ θεός σου κύριος εἷς ἐστι. Διὸ καὶ ζητῆσαι ἄξιον, τίνος ἕνεκεν οὐκ ἐκεῖθεν ἤρξατο. Τίνος οὖν ἕνεκεν: Ὅτι ἀρχόμενον ἐκεῖθεν, ἔδει καὶ αὐτὴν αὐξῆσαι, καὶ ἑαυτὸν συνεισαγαγεῖν. Οὔπω δὲ καιρὸς ἦν περὶ ἑαυτοῦ διδάσκειν τι τοιοῦτον. Ἄλλως δὲ καὶ τὸν ἠθικὸν τέως ἐγύμναζε λόγον, ἐντεῦθεν βουλόμενος πρῶτον, καὶ ἐκ τῶν θαυμάτων, πεῖσαι τοὺς ἀκούοντας, ὅτι υἱὸς ἣν τοῦ θεοῦ. Τὸ μὲν οὖν εὐθέως, πρὶν ἤ τι φθέγξασθαι καὶ ποιῆσαι; λέγειν᾽ ἠκούσατε ὅτι ἐῤῥέθη τοῖς ἀρχαίοις, ἐγὼ κύριος ὁ θεὸς σου; καὶ πλὴν. ἐμοῦ οὐκ ἔστιν ἄλλος ἐγὼ δὲ λέγω ὑμῖν, καὶ ἐμὲ προσκυνεῖν, ὡς ἐκεῖνον ἐποίει πάντας ὡς μαινομένῳ προσέχειν αὐτῷ. Εἰ γὰρ καὶ μετὰ τὴν διδασκαλίαν καὶ τὰ τοσαῦτα σημεῖα, οὐδέπω φανερῶς αὐτοῦ τοῦτο λέγοντος, δαιμονῶντα ἐκάλουν, εἰ πρὸ τούτων ἁπάντων ἐπεχείρησέ τι τοιοῦτον εἰπεῖν, τί οὐκ ἂν εἶπον: τί οὐκ ἂν ἐνενόησαν: Τῷ δὲ ἐν καιρῷ τῷ προσήκοντι τὴν περὶ τούτων τηρῆσαι διδασκαλίαν, εὐπαράδεκτον ἐποίει τοῖς πολλοῖς γενέσθαι τὸ δόγμα. Διόπερ νῦν μὲν αὐτὸ παρέδραμεν, ἀπὸ δὲ τῶν σημείων αὐτὸ πανταχοῦ κατασκευάσας, καὶ τῆς Ὁ αρίστης διδασκαλίας, ὕστερον αὐτὸ καὶ διὰ ῥημάτων ἐξεκαλυψε. Νῦν μέντοι τῇ τῶν σημείων ἐπιδείξει, καὶ αὐτῷ τῆς διδασκαλίας τῷ τρόπῳ, κατὰ μικρὸν καὶ ἥρεμα αὐτὸ ἐπαρανοίγνυσι. Τὸ γὰρ μετ᾽ ἐξουσίας τὰ τοιαῦτα νομοθετεῖν καὶ διορθοῦν, τὸν προσέχοντα καὶ νοῦν ἔχοντα ἀνῆγε κατὰ μικρὸν εἰς τὸν τοῦ δόγματος λόγον. ᾿Ἐξεπλήττοντο γὰρ αὐτὸν, φησὶν, ὅτι οὐχ ὡς οἱ γραμματεῖς αὐτῶν ἐδίδασκεν. Ἀρξάμενος γὰρ ἀπὸ τῶν γενικωτάτων ἐν ἡμῖν παθῶν, θυμοῦ λέγω καὶ ἐπιθυμίας (ταῦτα γάρ ἐστι μάλιστα τὰ τυραν- νοῦντα ἐν ἡμῖν, καὶ τῶν ἄλλων ὄντα φυσικώτερα), μετὰ πολλῆς τῆς αὐθεντίας, καὶ ὅσης νομοθέτῃ προσῆκον ἦν, διώρθωσέ τε αὐτὰ, καὶ μετὰ πάσης ἐκόσμησε τῆς ἀκριβείας. Οὐδὲ γὰρ εἶπεν, ὅτι ὁ μοιχὸς κολαζεται μόνον, ἀλλ ὅπερ ἐποίησεν ἐπὶ τοῦ Φονεύοντος, τοῦτο καὶ ἐνταῦθα ποιεῖ, καὶ τὴν ἀκόλαστον ὄψιν κολάζων, ἵνα μάθης τὸ πλέον τῶν γραμματέων ποὺ τίθεται. Διόπερ φησίν' ὁ ἐμβλέψας. γυναικὶ πρὸς τὸ ἐπιθυμῆσαι, ἤδη ἐμοίχευσεν αὐτήν τουτέστιν, ὁ ποιούμενος ἔρ γον τὰ λαμπρὰ σώματα περιεργάζεσθαι, καὶ τὰς εὐμόρφους ὄψεις θηρᾶν, καὶ ἑστιᾶν τῇ θέᾳ τὴν ψυχὴν, καὶ προσηλοὺν τὰ ὄμματα τοῖς καλοῖς προσώποις. Οὐ γὰρ τὸ σῶμα ἦλθεν ἀπαλλάξαι τῶν πονηρῶν πράξεων μόνον, ἀλλὰ καὶ τὴν ψυχὴν πρὸ ἐκείνου. ᾿Επειδὴ γὰρ ὃ ἐν τῆ καρδίᾳ τὴν τοῦ πνεύματος δεχόμεθα χάριν, αὐτὴν ἐκκαθαίρει πρώτην. Ναὶ πῶς δυνατὸν ἐπιθυμίας, φησὶν, ἀπηλλάχθαι; Μάλιστα μὲν, εἰ βουληθείημεν, δυνατὸν καὶ ἢ ταύτην νεκρωθῆναι, καὶ ανενέργῆτον μένειν. Ἄλλως δὲ ἐνταῦθα οὐχ ἁπλῶς τὴν ἐπιθυμίαν ἀναιρεῖ, αλλὰ τὴν ἐκ τῆς ὄψεως ἐγγινομένην ἐπιθυμίαν. Ὁ γὰρ σπουδάζων ὁρᾶν τὰς εὐμόρφους ὄψεις, αὐτὸς μαλιστα τὴν κάμινον ἀνάπτει τοὺ πάθους, καὶ τὴν ψυχὴν αἰχμάλωτον ποιεῖ; καὶ ταχέως καὶ ἐπὶ τὴν πραξιν ἔρχεται. Διὰ δὴ τοῦτο οὐκ εἶπεν, ὃς ἂν ἐπιθυμήση πρὸς τὸ μοιχεῦσαι ἀλλ᾽ ὃς ἂν ἴδῃ πρὸς τὸ ἐπιθυμῆσαι. Καὶ ἐπὶ μὲν τῆς ὀργῆς διορισμὸν τινα τέθεικεν, εἰπὼν τὸ εἰκῆ καὶ μάτην ἐνταῦθα δὲ οὐχ οὕτως, αλλὰ καθάπαξ τὴν ἐπιθυμίαν ἀνεῖλε. Καίτοῖγε ἀμφότερα ἔμφυτα, καὶ χρησίμως ἡμῖν ἀμφότερα ἔγκειται; καὶ ὀργὴ, καὶ ἐπιθυμία᾽ ἡ μὲν, ἵνα τοὺς πονηροὺς κολάζωμεν, καὶ τοὺς ἀκοσμοῦντας διορθώμεν᾽ δὲ, ἵνα παιδοποιῶμεν, καὶ τὸ γένος ἡμῖν ᾿συγκροτῆται ταῖς τοιαύταις διαδοχαῖς. Τίνος οὖν ἕνεκεν οὐκ ἔθηκε διορισμὸν καὶ ἐνταῦθα; Μέγιστον μὲν οὗν, ἐὰν προσέχῃς, ὄψει καὶ ἐνταῦθα διορισμὸν ἐγκείμενον. Οὐ γὰρ ἁπλῶς εἶπεν, ὃς ἂν ἐπιθυμήση' Ὦ ἐπεὶ ἔστι καὶ ἐν ὄρεσι καθήμενον ἐπιθυμεῖν ἀλλ᾽ ὃς ἃ ἂν ἐμβλέψῃ πρὸς τὸ ἐπιθυμῆσαι τουτέστιν, ὁ ἑαυτῷ τὴν ἐπιθυμίαν συλλέγων, ὁ μηδενὸς ἀναγκάζοντος τὸ θηρίον ἐπεισάγων ἠρεμοῦντι τῷ λογισμῷ Τοῦτο γὰρ οὐκέτι τῆς φύσεως γίνεται, ἀλλὰ τῆς ῥᾳθυμίας. Τοῦτο καὶ ἡ παλαιὰ διορθοῦται ἄνωθεν λέγουσα᾽ μὴ καταμάνθανε κάλλος αλλότριον. Εἶτα, ἵνα μή τις λέγπῃ᾽ τί οὖν, ἐὰν καταμάθω, καὶ μὴ αλῶ: κολάζει τὴν ὄψιν, ἵνα μὴ τῇ ἀδείᾳ ταύτῃ θαῤῥῶν, καταπέσῃς ποτὲ εἰς τὸ ἁμαρτάνειν. Τί οὖν, ἐὰν ἤδω, φησὶ; καὶ ἐπιθυμήσω μὲν, μηδὲν δὲ πράξω πονηρόν: Καὶ οὕτω μετὰ τῶν μοιχῶν ἕστηκας. Ἀπεφήνατο γὰρ ὁ νομοθέτης, καὶ οὐδὲν δεῖ περιεργάζεσθαι πλέον. Ἅπαξ μὲν γὰρ καὶ δὶς καὶ τρὶς οὕτως ἰδὼν, ἴσως δυνήσῃ κρατεῖν' ἂν δὲ συνεχῶς τοῦτο ποιῇς, καὶ ἀνάπτης τὴν κάμινον, ἀλώσῃ πάντως οὐ γὰρ ἔξω τῆς ἀνθρωπίνης ἔστηκας φυσεως. Ὥσπερ οὖν ἡμεῖς, ἐὰν ἴδωμεν παιδίον μάχαιραν κατέχον, κἂν μὴ πληγὲν ἴδωμεν, μαστιυγοῦμεν καὶ ἀπαγο- ρεύομεν )αὐτῷ μηδέποτε αὐτὴν κατασχεῖν' οὕτω καὶ ὁ θεὸς τὴν ἀκόλαστον ὄψιν καὶ πρὸ τῆς πράξεως ἀναιρεῖ, μή ποτε καὶ εἰς πρᾶξιν ἐμπέσῃ. Ὁ γὰρ τὴν φλόγα ἀνάψας ἅπαξ, καὶ ἀπούσης τῆς ὀφθείσης Ὑνναικὸς, πλάττει παρ᾽ ἑαυτῷ διηνεκῶς εἴδωλα πραγμάτων αἰσχρῶν, καὶ ἀπ᾽ αὐτῶν πολλάκις καὶ ἐπὶ τὸ ἔργον πρόεισι. Διὰ τοῦτο καὶ τὴν διὰ τῆς καρδίας συμπλοκὴν ὃ Χριστὸς ἀναιρεῖ. Τί τοίνυν εἴποιεν ἂν οἱ τὰς συνοίκους ἔχοντες παρθένους: Ἀπὸ γὰρ τῆς τοῦ νόμου θέσεως μυρίων ἂν εἷεν μοιχειῶν ὑπεύθυνοι, καθ᾽ ἑκάστην ἡμέραν μετὰ ἐπιθυμίας ὁρῶντες αὐτάς. Διὰ ταῦτο καὶ ὁ μακάριος τοῦτον εξ ἀρχῆς ἐτίθει τὸν νόμον, ἀποτειχίζων ἑαυτῷ πανταχοῦ τὴν τοιαύτην θεωρίαν. Καὶ γὰρ μείζων ὁ ἀγὼν μετὰ τὸ ἰδεῖν, καὶ μὴ ἀπολαῦσαι τῆς ἐρωμένης καὶ οὐ τοσαύτην ἀπὸ τῆς ὄψεως καρπούμεθα τὴν ἡδονὴν, ὅσην ἀπὸ τοῦ τὴν ἐπιθυμίαν αὐξῆσαι ταύτην ὑπομένομεν τὴν λύμην, ἰσχυρὸν ποιοῦντες τὸν ἀνταγωνιστὴν, καὶ πλείονα διδόντες τὴν εὐρυχωρίαν τῷ διαβόλῳ, καὶ οὐκέτι ἰσχύοντες αὐτὸν ἀποκρούσασθαι, ὅταν εἰς τὰ ἐνδότατα εἰσαγάγωμεν, καὶ ἀναπετάσωμεν αὐτῷ τὴν διάνοιαν. Διὰ τοῦτό μὴ μοιχεύσῃς τοῖς ὀφθαλμοῖς, καὶ οὐ μοιχεύσεις τῇ ιανοίᾳ. Ἔστι γὰρ καὶ ἄλλως ἰδεῖν, ὡς οἱ σώφρονες βλεέπουσι. Διὰ τοῦτο οὐχ ἁπλῶς τὴν ὄψιν ἀνεῖλεν, ἀλλὰ τὴν μετὰ ἐπιθυμίας ὄψιν. Εἰ δὲ μὴ τοῦτο ἐβούλετο, εἶπεν ἂν, ὁ βλέπων γυναῖκα ἁπλῶς νῦν δὲ οὐχ οὕτως εἶπεν, αλλ, ὁ βλέπων πρὸς τὸ ἐπιθυμῆσαι, ὃ βλέπων ὥστε τέρψαι τὴν ὄψιν. Οὐδὲ γὰρ εἰς τοῦτό σοι τοὺς ὀφθαλμοὺς ἐποίησεν ὁ θεὸς, ἵνα διὰ τούτων μοιχείαν εἰσαγάγηῃς, ἀλλ᾽ ἵνα αὐτοῦ τὰ κτίσματα βλέπων, θαυμάζῃς τὸν δημιουργόν. Ὥσπερ οὖν Ὦ ἐστιν εἰκῆ ὀργίζεσθαι, οὕτως ἐστὶν εἰκῆ ὁραν, ὅταν πρὸς ἐπιθυμίαν τοῦτο ποιῇς. Εἰ γὰρ βούλει ὁρᾶν καὶ τέρπεσθαι, ὅρα τὴν σαυτοῦ γυναῖκα, καὶ ταύτης ἔρα διηνεκῶς οὐδεὶς κωλύει νόμος. Εἰ δὲ τὰ ἀλλότρια μέλλεις περιεργάζεσθαι κάλλη, κακείνην ἀδικεῖς ἀλλαχοῦ μετεωρίζων τοὺς ὀφθαλμοὺς, καὶ ταύτην ἣν εἶδες, ἁπτόμενος αὐτῆς παρανόμως. Εἰ γὰρ καὶ μὴ ἥψω τῇ χειρὶ, αλλ᾽ ἐψηλάφησας τοῖς ὀφθαλμοῖς νὰ τοῦτο καὶ τοῦτο μοιχεία νενόμισται, καὶ πρὸ τῆς κολάσεως ἐκείνης κόλασιν οὐ τὴν τυχοῦσαν ἐπάγει. Καὶ γὰρ θορύβου καὶ ταραχῆς πάντα τὰ ἔνδον πληροῦται, καὶ πολλὴ μὲν ζάλη, χαλεπωτάτη δὲ ἡ η ὀδύνη, καὶ τῶν αἰχμαλώτων καὶ δεεμένων οὐδὲν ἄμεινον ὁ ταῦτα παθὼν διακείσεται. Καὶ μὲν τὸ βέλος ἀφεῖσα πολλάκις ἀπέπτη ἡ δὲ πληγὴ καὶ οὕτω μένει. Μᾶλλον δὲ οὐκ ἐκείνη τὸ βέλος αφῆκεν;: αλλὰ σὺ καιρίαν ἔδωκας εαυτῷ τὴν πληγὴν; ἀκολάστως ἰδών. Καὶ ταῦτα λέγω, τὰς σωφρονούσας ἀπαλλάττων τῆς κατηγορίας. Ὡς εἴγε τις καλλωπίζοιτο, καὶ καλοίη πρὸς ἑαυτὴν τοὺς τῶν ἀπαντώντων ὀφθαλμοὺς, κἂν μὴ πλήξῃ τὸν ἐντυγχάνοντα, δίκην δίδωσι τὴν ἐσχάτην. Τὸ γάρ φάρμακον ἑκέρασε, καὶ τὸ κώνειον κατεσκεύασεν; εἰ καὶ μὴ τὴν κύλικα προσήγαγε μαλλον δὲ καὶ τὴν κύλικα προσήγαγεν, εἰ καὶ μηδεὶς ὁ πίνων εὑρέθη. Τί οὖν οὐχὶ καὶ πρὸς αὐτὰς διαλέγεται: φησίν. Ὅτι κοινοὺς τοὺς νόμους πανταχοὺ τίθησι, κἀν πρὸς τοὺς ἄνδρ ας ἀποτείνεσθαι ἃ δοκῇ μόνου τῇ γὰρ κεφαλῇ διαλεγόμενοι, κοινὴν καὶ πρὸς τὸ σῶμα ἅπαν ποιεῖται τὴν παραίνεσιν. Γυναῖκα γὰρ καὶ ἄνδρα ἐν οἷδε ζῶον, καὶ οὐδαμοῦ διαιρεῖ τὸ γένος.

Hēkousate hoti errhethē tois archaiois ou moicheuseis. Egō de legō hymin, hoti pas ho emblepōn gynaiki pros to epithymēsai autēn, ēdē emoicheusen autēn en tę̄ kardią autou. HaPARTISAS toinyn tēn proteran entolēn, kai eis akron philosophias autēn ekteinas, hodǭ kai taxei probainōn loipon proeisin epi tēn deuteran, kantautha tǭ nomǭ peithomenos. Kai mēn ou deutera hautē, phēsin, alla ,Tritē. Ou gar protera estin, ou phoneuseis alla, ho kyrios ho theos sou kyrios heis esti. Dio kai zētēsai axion, tinos heneken ouk ekeithen ērxato. Tinos oun heneken: Hoti archomenon ekeithen, edei kai autēn auxēsai, kai heauton syneisagagein. Oupō de kairos ēn peri heautou didaskein ti toiouton. Allōs de kai ton ēthikon teōs egymnaze logon, enteuthen boulomenos prōton, kai ek tōn thaumatōn, peisai tous akouontas, hoti huios hēn tou theou. To men oun eutheōs, prin ē ti phthenxasthai kai poiēsai? legein᾽ ēkousate hoti errhethē tois archaiois, egō kyrios ho theos sou? kai plēn. emou ouk estin allos egō de legō hymin, kai eme proskynein, hōs ekeinon epoiei pantas hōs mainomenǭ prosechein autǭ. Ei gar kai meta tēn didaskalian kai ta tosauta sēmeia, oudepō phanerōs autou touto legontos, daimonōnta ekaloun, ei pro toutōn hapantōn epecheirēse ti toiouton eipein, ti ouk an eipon: ti ouk an enenoēsan: Tǭ de en kairǭ tǭ prosēkonti tēn peri toutōn tērēsai didaskalian, euparadekton epoiei tois pollois genesthai to dogma. Dioper nyn men auto paredramen, apo de tōn sēmeiōn auto pantachou kataskeuasas, kai tēs Ho aristēs didaskalias, hysteron auto kai dia rhēmatōn exekalypse. Nyn mentoi tę̄ tōn sēmeiōn epideixei, kai autǭ tēs didaskalias tǭ tropǭ, kata mikron kai hērema auto eparanoignysi. To gar met᾽ exousias ta toiauta nomothetein kai diorthoun, ton prosechonta kai noun echonta anēge kata mikron eis ton tou dogmatos logon. ᾿Exeplēttonto gar auton, phēsin, hoti ouch hōs hoi grammateis autōn edidasken. Arxamenos gar apo tōn genikōtatōn en hēmin pathōn, thymou legō kai epithymias (tauta gar esti malista ta tyran- nounta en hēmin, kai tōn allōn onta physikōtera), meta pollēs tēs authentias, kai hosēs nomothetę̄ prosēkon ēn, diōrthōse te auta, kai meta pasēs ekosmēse tēs akribeias. Oude gar eipen, hoti ho moichos kolazetai monon, all hoper epoiēsen epi tou Phoneuontos, touto kai entautha poiei, kai tēn akolaston opsin kolazōn, hina mathēs to pleon tōn grammateōn pou tithetai. Dioper phēsin' ho emblepsas. gynaiki pros to epithymēsai, ēdē emoicheusen autēn toutestin, ho poioumenos er gon ta lampra sōmata periergazesthai, kai tas eumorphous opseis thēran, kai hestian tę̄ theą tēn psychēn, kai prosēloun ta ommata tois kalois prosōpois. Ou gar to sōma ēlthen apallaxai tōn ponērōn praxeōn monon, alla kai tēn psychēn pro ekeinou. ᾿Epeidē gar ho en tē kardią tēn tou pneumatos dechometha charin, autēn ekkathairei prōtēn. Nai pōs dynaton epithymias, phēsin, apēllachthai? Malista men, ei boulētheiēmen, dynaton kai ē tautēn nekrōthēnai, kai anenergēton menein. Allōs de entautha ouch haplōs tēn epithymian anairei, alla tēn ek tēs opseōs enginomenēn epithymian. Ho gar spoudazōn horan tas eumorphous opseis, autos malista tēn kaminon anaptei tou pathous, kai tēn psychēn aichmalōton poiei? kai tacheōs kai epi tēn praxin erchetai. Dia dē touto ouk eipen, hos an epithymēsē pros to moicheusai all᾽ hos an idę̄ pros to epithymēsai. Kai epi men tēs orgēs diorismon tina tetheiken, eipōn to eikē kai matēn entautha de ouch houtōs, alla kathapax tēn epithymian aneile. Kaitoige amphotera emphyta, kai chrēsimōs hēmin amphotera enkeitai? kai orgē, kai epithymia᾽ hē men, hina tous ponērous kolazōmen, kai tous akosmountas diorthōmen᾽ de, hina paidopoiōmen, kai to genos hēmin ᾿synkrotētai tais toiautais diadochais. Tinos oun heneken ouk ethēke diorismon kai entautha? Megiston men houn, ean prosechę̄s, opsei kai entautha diorismon enkeimenon. Ou gar haplōs eipen, hos an epithymēsē' Ō epei esti kai en oresi kathēmenon epithymein all᾽ hos ha an emblepsę̄ pros to epithymēsai toutestin, ho heautǭ tēn epithymian syllegōn, ho mēdenos anankazontos to thērion epeisagōn ēremounti tǭ logismǭ Touto gar ouketi tēs physeōs ginetai, alla tēs rhąthymias. Touto kai hē palaia diorthoutai anōthen legousa᾽ mē katamanthane kallos allotrion. Eita, hina mē tis legpę̄᾽ ti oun, ean katamathō, kai mē alō: kolazei tēn opsin, hina mē tę̄ adeią tautę̄ tharrhōn, katapesę̄s pote eis to hamartanein. Ti oun, ean ēdō, phēsi? kai epithymēsō men, mēden de praxō ponēron: Kai houtō meta tōn moichōn hestēkas. Apephēnato gar ho nomothetēs, kai ouden dei periergazesthai pleon. Hapax men gar kai dis kai tris houtōs idōn, isōs dynēsę̄ kratein' an de synechōs touto poię̄s, kai anaptēs tēn kaminon, alōsę̄ pantōs ou gar exō tēs anthrōpinēs estēkas physeōs. Hōsper oun hēmeis, ean idōmen paidion machairan katechon, kan mē plēgen idōmen, mastiygoumen kai apago- reuomen )autǭ mēdepote autēn kataschein' houtō kai ho theos tēn akolaston opsin kai pro tēs praxeōs anairei, mē pote kai eis praxin empesę̄. Ho gar tēn phloga anapsas hapax, kai apousēs tēs ophtheisēs Hynnaikos, plattei par᾽ heautǭ diēnekōs eidōla pragmatōn aischrōn, kai ap᾽ autōn pollakis kai epi to ergon proeisi. Dia touto kai tēn dia tēs kardias symplokēn ho Christos anairei. Ti toinyn eipoien an hoi tas synoikous echontes parthenous: Apo gar tēs tou nomou theseōs myriōn an heien moicheiōn hypeuthynoi, kath᾽ hekastēn hēmeran meta epithymias horōntes autas. Dia tauto kai ho makarios touton ex archēs etithei ton nomon, apoteichizōn heautǭ pantachou tēn toiautēn theōrian. Kai gar meizōn ho agōn meta to idein, kai mē apolausai tēs erōmenēs kai ou tosautēn apo tēs opseōs karpoumetha tēn hēdonēn, hosēn apo tou tēn epithymian auxēsai tautēn hypomenomen tēn lymēn, ischyron poiountes ton antagōnistēn, kai pleiona didontes tēn eurychōrian tǭ diabolǭ, kai ouketi ischyontes auton apokrousasthai, hotan eis ta endotata eisagagōmen, kai anapetasōmen autǭ tēn dianoian. Dia touto mē moicheusę̄s tois ophthalmois, kai ou moicheuseis tę̄ ianoią. Esti gar kai allōs idein, hōs hoi sōphrones bleepousi. Dia touto ouch haplōs tēn opsin aneilen, alla tēn meta epithymias opsin. Ei de mē touto ebouleto, eipen an, ho blepōn gynaika haplōs nyn de ouch houtōs eipen, all, ho blepōn pros to epithymēsai, ho blepōn hōste terpsai tēn opsin. Oude gar eis touto soi tous ophthalmous epoiēsen ho theos, hina dia toutōn moicheian eisagagēę̄s, all᾽ hina autou ta ktismata blepōn, thaumazę̄s ton dēmiourgon. Hōsper oun Ō estin eikē orgizesthai, houtōs estin eikē horan, hotan pros epithymian touto poię̄s. Ei gar boulei horan kai terpesthai, hora tēn sautou gynaika, kai tautēs era diēnekōs oudeis kōlyei nomos. Ei de ta allotria melleis periergazesthai kallē, kakeinēn adikeis allachou meteōrizōn tous ophthalmous, kai tautēn hēn eides, haptomenos autēs paranomōs. Ei gar kai mē hēpsō tę̄ cheiri, all᾽ epsēlaphēsas tois ophthalmois na touto kai touto moicheia nenomistai, kai pro tēs kolaseōs ekeinēs kolasin ou tēn tychousan epagei. Kai gar thorybou kai tarachēs panta ta endon plēroutai, kai pollē men zalē, chalepōtatē de hē ē odynē, kai tōn aichmalōtōn kai deemenōn ouden ameinon ho tauta pathōn diakeisetai. Kai men to belos apheisa pollakis apeptē hē de plēgē kai houtō menei. Mallon de ouk ekeinē to belos aphēken?: alla sy kairian edōkas eautǭ tēn plēgēn? akolastōs idōn. Kai tauta legō, tas sōphronousas apallattōn tēs katēgorias. Hōs eige tis kallōpizoito, kai kaloiē pros heautēn tous tōn apantōntōn ophthalmous, kan mē plēxę̄ ton entynchanonta, dikēn didōsi tēn eschatēn. To gar pharmakon hekerase, kai to kōneion kateskeuasen? ei kai mē tēn kylika prosēgage mallon de kai tēn kylika prosēgagen, ei kai mēdeis ho pinōn heurethē. Ti oun ouchi kai pros autas dialegetai: phēsin. Hoti koinous tous nomous pantachou tithēsi, kan pros tous andr as apoteinesthai ha dokę̄ monou tę̄ gar kephalę̄ dialegomenoi, koinēn kai pros to sōma hapan poieitai tēn parainesin. Gynaika gar kai andra en hoide zōon, kai oudamou diairei to genos.

“You have heard that it was said to the ancients, ‘You shall not commit adultery.’ But I say to you that everyone who looks at a woman to desire her has already committed adultery with her in his heart.” Having completed the first commandment and stretched it to the height of philosophy, proceeding now by method and order, he goes on to the second, obeying the law here too. “And yet this is not the second,” someone says, “but the third. For the first is not ‘You shall not kill,’ but ‘The Lord your God is one Lord.’” So it is worth asking why he did not begin from there. Why, then? Because if he had begun from there, he would have had to heighten that one too and bring himself in along with it. But it was not yet the time to teach anything of the kind about himself. Besides, for the time being he was training them in moral teaching, wishing first by this and by the miracles to persuade his hearers that he was the Son of God. For to say at once, before saying or doing anything, “You have heard that it was said to the ancients, ‘I am the Lord your God, and besides me there is no other’; but I say to you, worship me too, as him,” would have made everyone attend to him as to a madman. For if even after his teaching and so many signs, when he was not yet saying this openly, they called him possessed by a demon, if before all these things he had attempted to say anything of the kind, what would they not have said, what would they not have thought? But by keeping the teaching about these things for the fitting time, he made the doctrine easy for the many to receive. That is why he now passed it by; and having established it everywhere from the signs and from his excellent teaching, later he revealed it in words too. For the present, by the display of the signs and by the very manner of his teaching, he opens it a little, gradually and gently. For to legislate and correct such things with authority led the attentive and sensible hearer little by little to the meaning of the doctrine. “For they were astonished at him,” it says, “because he did not teach as their scribes.”

For beginning from the most general of our passions, I mean anger and desire (for these above all are the tyrants in us, and more natural than the others), with great authority, and as much as befitted a lawgiver, he both corrected them and ordered them with all precision. For he did not say only that the adulterer is punished, but what he did in the case of the murderer he does here too, punishing even the licentious look, so that you may learn where he puts the “more” beyond the scribes. That is why he says, “He who looks at a woman to desire her has already committed adultery with her”; that is, he who makes it his business to pry into beautiful bodies, to hunt after comely faces, to feast his soul on the sight, and to nail his eyes on fair countenances. For he came to free not only the body from wicked deeds but, before it, the soul too. For since we receive the grace of the Spirit in the heart, he cleanses it first.

“And how is it possible,” someone says, “to be rid of desire?” First, if we are willing, it is possible for this too to be put to death and to remain inactive. Besides, here he does not simply remove desire, but the desire that comes from looking. For he who is eager to look at comely faces is the very one who most kindles the furnace of the passion, makes his soul captive, and soon comes to the act too. That is why he did not say, “whoever desires so as to commit adultery,” but “whoever looks so as to desire.” And in the case of anger he set a qualification, saying “without cause” and “for nothing”; but here not so, but he removed desire once for all. And yet both are implanted in us, and both lie in us usefully, anger and desire: the one so that we may punish the wicked and correct the disorderly; the other so that we may beget children and our race may be held together by such successions. Why then did he not set a qualification here too? Indeed, if you pay attention, you will see a very great qualification lying here too. For he did not simply say, “whoever desires” (since one can desire even while sitting on the mountains), but, “whoever looks so as to desire”; that is, he who gathers desire for himself, who with nothing compelling him brings the wild beast in upon a reasoning that is at rest. For this no longer comes from nature but from indolence. This the Old Testament too corrects long before, saying, “Do not gaze at another’s beauty.” Then, so that no one might say, “What then if I gaze and am not caught?” he punishes the look, lest, emboldened by this impunity, you should at some time fall into sin. “What then,” someone says, “if I look and desire, but do nothing wicked?” Even so you stand with the adulterers. For the lawgiver has pronounced, and there is no need to inquire further. For if you look in this way once, twice, three times, perhaps you will be able to master yourself; but if you do this continually and kindle the furnace, you will certainly be caught; for you do not stand outside human nature. As, then, if we see a child holding a knife, even if we do not see it struck, we beat it and forbid it ever to hold one, so God too removes the licentious look even before the deed, lest it should ever fall into the deed. For he who has once kindled the flame, even when the woman he saw is absent, continually fashions within himself images of shameful things, and from them often goes on to the deed. That is why Christ removes even the embrace in the heart.

What then would those say who have virgins living with them? For by the setting of this law they would be liable for countless adulteries, looking at them every day with desire. That is why the blessed [Job] too laid down this law for himself from the beginning, walling off from himself every such gazing. For the struggle is greater after seeing and not enjoying the beloved; and we do not reap as much pleasure from the sight as the ruin we endure from increasing the desire, making our adversary strong and giving the devil more room, and no longer able to repel him when we have let him into the innermost parts and thrown open our mind to him. Therefore do not commit adultery with your eyes, and you will not commit adultery in your mind. For there is another way of looking too, as the chaste look. That is why he did not simply remove looking, but looking with desire. If he had not meant this, he would have said, “He who looks at a woman,” simply; but as it is he did not speak so, but, “he who looks so as to desire,” he who looks so as to delight his sight. For God did not make your eyes for this, that you might bring in adultery through them, but that, seeing his creatures, you might admire the Creator. As, then, it is possible to be angry without cause, so it is possible to look without cause, when you do it for desire. For if you want to look and take delight, look at your own wife and love her always; no law forbids it. But if you are going to pry into others’ beauty, you wrong her by letting your eyes wander elsewhere, and you wrong the one you looked at by touching her unlawfully. For even if you did not touch her with your hand, you handled her with your eyes; that is why this too is reckoned adultery, and even before that punishment it brings on a punishment of no ordinary kind. For all within is filled with tumult and disturbance, the storm is great and the pain most grievous, and the man who suffers this will be in no better state than captives and prisoners. And often the woman who shot the arrow has flown away, but the wound remains even so. Or rather, it was not she who shot the arrow, but you who dealt yourself a mortal wound by looking licentiously.

And I say these things to free chaste women from the charge. For if a woman should adorn herself and call to herself the eyes of those she meets, even if she does not wound the one who comes upon her, she pays the utmost penalty. For she mixed the poison and prepared the hemlock, even if she did not offer the cup; or rather she even offered the cup, even if no one was found to drink. “Why then does he not speak to them too?” someone says. Because he lays down his laws everywhere in common, even if he seems to address men only; for in speaking to the head, he makes his exhortation common to the whole body as well. For he knows man and woman to be one living being, and nowhere divides the race.

17.3Field 1

Εἰ δὲ καὶ ἰδίως ἀκοῦσαι βούλει τῆς κατ᾽ αὐτῶν ἐπιπλήξεως, ἄκουσον τοῦ Ἡσαΐου λέγοντος πολλὰ πρὸς αὐτὰς ἀποτεινομένου, καὶ κωμῳδοῦντος αὐτῶν τὸ σχῆμα, τὸ βλέμμα, τὴν βάδισιν, τοὺς συρομένους χιτῶνας, τοὺς παἰζονται πόδας, τοὺς διακλωμένους τραχήλους. Ἄκουσον μετ᾽ ὁ ἐκείνου καὶ Τοῦ μακαρίου Παύλου πολλοὺς αὑταῖς τιθέντος νόμους, καὶ ὑπὲρ ἱματίων, καὶ ὑπὲρ χρυσίων, καὶ ὑπὲρ τριχῶν πλοκῆς, καὶ Ὁ ὑπὲρ σπατάλης, καὶ ὑπὲρ τῶν ἄλλων τῶν τοιούτων ρὼς ἐπιτιμῶντος τῷ γένει τούτῳ. Καὶ ὁ Χριστὸς δὲ διὰ τῶν ἑξῆς αἰνυγματωδῶς αὐτὸ τοῦτο ἐνέφηνεν᾽ ὅταν γὰρ λέγῃ, ἔξελε καὶ ἔκκοψον τὸν σκανδαλίζοντα, τὴν πρὸς εκείνας ὀργὴν ἐνδεικνύμενός φησι. Διὰ τοῦτο καὶ ἐπηγαγεν ἐὰν ὁφθαλμὰς σον ὁ δεξιὸς σκανδαλίζῃ σε, ἔξελε αὐτὸν καὶ βάλε ἀπὸ σοὺ. Ἵνα γὰρ μὴ λέγη᾽ τί οὗν, ἐὰν συγγενὴς ἢ; τί οὗν, ἐὰν ἄλλως μοι προσήκη; διὰ τοῦτο ταῦτα προσἑταξεν, οὐ περὶ μελῶν διαλεγόμενος, ἄπαγε οὐδαμοῦ γάρ τῆς σαρκὸς τὰ ἐγκλήματα εἶναί φησιν, αλλὰ πανταχοῦ τῆς γνώμης τῆς πονηρᾶς κατηγορία. Οὐυ γὰρ ὁ ὀφθαλμός ἐστιν ὁρών, ἀλλ᾽ ὁ νοὺς καὶ ὁ λογισμός. Πολλάκις γοῦν ἀλλαχοῦ τετραμμένων ἡμῶν ὁ ὀφθαλμὸς τοὺς παρόντας οὐ βλέπει ὥστε οὐκ ἔστιν αὐτοῦ τῆς ἐνεργείας τὸ πᾶν. Εἰ γὰρ περὶ μελῶν ἔλεγεν, οὐκ ἂν περὶ ἑνὸς εἶπεν ὀφθαλμοῦ, οὐδ᾽ ἄν τοῦ δεξιοῦ μόνου, ἀλλὰ περὶ ἀμφοτέρων. Ὁ γὰρ ὑπὸ τοῦ δεξιοῦ σκανδαλιζόμενος, εὔδηλον ὅτι καὶ ὑπὸ τοῦ ἀριστεροῦ τὸ αὐτὸ τοῦτο πείσεται. Τίνος οὖν ἕνεκεν τὸν ᾿δεξιὸν, ἔθηκε, καὶ τὴν χεῖρα προσέθηκεν: Ἵνα μάθῃς ὅτι οὐ περὶ μελῶν ὁ λόγος, ἀλλὰ περὶ τῶν οἰκείως πρὸς ἡμᾶς ἐχόντων. Ἂν γάρ τινα οὕτω φιλῆς, φησὶν, ὡς ἐν χώρᾳ δεξιοῦ ὀφθαλμοῦ, ἢ ἤ οὕτω χρήσιμον εἶναι νομίσῃς» ὡς ἐν τάξει ἔχειν χειρὸς, καὶ ᾿βλάπτῃ σον τὴν ψυχὴν, καὶ τούτους ἀπότεμε. Καὶ ὅρα τὴν ἔμφασιν. Ουὐυὅ γὰρ εἶπεν, ἀπόστηθι ἀλλαὶ τὸν πολὺν χωρισμὸν ἐμφαίνων, ἐς ἔξελε, φησὶ, καὶ βαλς ἀπὸ σοῦ. Εἶτα ἐπειδὴ ἀποτόμως ἐκέλευσε, δείκνυσι καὶ τὸ κέρδος ἑκατέρωθεν, ἀπὸ τε τῶν ἀγαθῶν, ἀπό τε τῶν κακῶν, ἐπιμένων τῇ μεταφορᾷ᾽ συμφέρει γάρ σοι, φησὶν. ἵνα ἀπόληται ἕν τὼν μελῶν σου; καὶ μὴ ὅλον τὸ σῶμα σον βληθῇ εἰς γέενναν. Ὅταν γὰρ μήτε ἑαυτὸν διασώζῃ, καὶ σὲ προσαπολλύη, ποία φιλανθρωπία ἀμφοτέρους καταποντίζεσθαι, εξὸν χωρισθέντων κὰν ἕνα σωθῆναι: Τί οὺὐν ὁ Παῦλος εἵλετο, φησὶν, ἀνάθεμα γενέσθαι: Οὐχ ὦστε μηδὲν κερδάναι, ἀλλ᾽ ὥστε ἑτέρους σωθῆναι. ᾿Ενταῦθα δὲ ἀμφοτέρων ἢ βλάβη γίνεται διόπερ οὐκ εἶπεν, ἔξελε, ᾿μόνον' ἀλλὰ καὶ, βαλε ἀπὸ σοὺ, ὦστε μηκέτι λαμβάνειν, εὰν τοιοῦτος μένῃ. Οὕτω γὰρ κακεῖνον μείζονος ἀπαλλάξεις ἐγκλήματος, καὶ σαντὸν ἀπωλείας ἐλευθερώσεις. Ἵνα δὲ καὶ σαφέστερον ἴδης τοῦ νόμον τὸ κέρδος, εἰ δοκεῖ, καὶ ἐπὶ σώματος καθ᾽ ὑπόθεσιν ἐξετάσωμεν τὸ εἰρημένον. Εἰ γὰρ αἵρεσις προὔκειτο, καὶ ἀνάγκη ἣν ἢ τὸν ὀφθαλμὸν ἔχοντα ἐμ βληθῆναι εἰς ὄρυγμα καὶ ἀπολέσθαι, ἢ ἥ ἐξελόντα τὸ λοιπὸν σῶσαι σώμα, ἄρα οὐκ ἂν τὸ δεύτερον. ἐδέξω: Παντί που δῆλόν ἐστιν. Οὐ γὰρ μισοῦντος ἣν τοῦτο τὸν ὀφθαλμὸν, ἀλλὰ τὸ λοιπὸν φιλοῦντος σῶμα. Τοῦτο δὴ καὶ ἐπ᾽ ἀνδρῶν λογίζου καὶ γυναικῶν. Εἰ γὰρ ὁ βλάπτων σε τῇ φιλίᾳ ἀνίατος μένοι, καὶ σὲ λύμης ἀπαλλάξει πάσης ἐκκοπτόμενος οὕτω, καὶ αὐτὸς τών μειζόνων ἀπαλλαγήσεται ἐγκλημάτων, οὐκέτι μετὰ τῶν αὐτοῦ κακῶν, καὶ τῆς σῆς ἀπωλείας τὸν λόγον ὑπέχων. Εἶδες ὅσης ἡμερότητος Ο νόμος γέμει καὶ κηδεμονίας; καὶ ἡ δοκοῦσα παρὰ τοῖς πολλοῖς ἀποτομία εἶναι; πόσην ἐνδείκνυται φιλανθρωπίαν: Ἀκουέτωσαν τούτων οἱ πρὸς τὰ θέατρα σπεύδοντες, καὶ μοιχοὺς ἑαντοὺς καθ᾽ ἑκάστην ποιοῦντες τὴν ἡμέραν. Εἰ γὰρ τὸν οἰκειωθέντα ἐπὶ βλάβη ἐκκόπτειν ὁ νόμος κελεύει, Ὁ τίνα ἂν ἔχοιεν ἀπολογίαν οἱ τοὺς οὐδέπω γενομένους γνωρίμους διὰ τῆς ἐκεῖ διατριβῆς καθ᾽ ἑκάστην ἐπισπώμενοι τὴν ἡμέραν, καὶ μυρίας κατασκευάζοντες εαντοῖς ἀπωλείας αφορμᾶς: Οὐ γὰρ μόνον ἀκολάστως ἰδεῖν οὐ συγχωρεῖ λοιπόν ἀλλ᾽ ἐπειδὴ τὴν ἐκ τοῦ πράγματος ἔδειξε βλάβην, καὶ ἐπιτείνει τὸν νόμον προϊὼν, ἐκκόπτειν κελεύων καὶ ἀποτέμνειν καὶ πόῤῥω πον βάλλειν. Καὶ ταῦτα ὁ μυρίους περὶ αὐγάπης κινήσας λόγους νομοθετεῖ, ἵνα ἑκατέρωθεν αὐτοῦ μάθης τὴν πρόνοιαν, καὶ πῶς πανταχόθεν τὸ σοὶ συμφέρον ζητεῖ. ᾿Εῤῥέθη δέ ὃς ἂν ἀπολύση τὴν γυναῖκα, αὐτοῦ, δότω αὐτῇ βιβλίον ἀποστασίου. ᾿Εγὼ δὲ λέγω ὑμῖν, ὅτι ὃς ἂν ἀπολύσῃ τὴν γυναῖκα αὐτοῦ, παρεκτὸς λόγου πορνείας, ποιεῖ αὐτὴν μοιχευθῆναι καὶ ὃς ἂν ἀπολελυμένην γαμήσῃ, μοιχᾶται.

Ei de kai idiōs akousai boulei tēs kat᾽ autōn epiplēxeōs, akouson tou Hēsaïou legontos polla pros autas apoteinomenou, kai kōmǭdountos autōn to schēma, to blemma, tēn badisin, tous syromenous chitōnas, tous paizontai podas, tous diaklōmenous trachēlous. Akouson met᾽ ho ekeinou kai Tou makariou Paulou pollous hautais tithentos nomous, kai hyper himatiōn, kai hyper chrysiōn, kai hyper trichōn plokēs, kai Ho hyper spatalēs, kai hyper tōn allōn tōn toioutōn rōs epitimōntos tǭ genei toutǭ. Kai ho Christos de dia tōn hexēs ainygmatōdōs auto touto enephēnen᾽ hotan gar legę̄, exele kai ekkopson ton skandalizonta, tēn pros ekeinas orgēn endeiknymenos phēsi. Dia touto kai epēgagen ean hophthalmas son ho dexios skandalizę̄ se, exele auton kai bale apo sou. Hina gar mē legē᾽ ti houn, ean syngenēs ē? ti houn, ean allōs moi prosēkē? dia touto tauta prosetaxen, ou peri melōn dialegomenos, apage oudamou gar tēs sarkos ta enklēmata einai phēsin, alla pantachou tēs gnōmēs tēs ponēras katēgoria. Ouy gar ho ophthalmos estin horōn, all᾽ ho nous kai ho logismos. Pollakis goun allachou tetrammenōn hēmōn ho ophthalmos tous parontas ou blepei hōste ouk estin autou tēs energeias to pan. Ei gar peri melōn elegen, ouk an peri henos eipen ophthalmou, oud᾽ an tou dexiou monou, alla peri amphoterōn. Ho gar hypo tou dexiou skandalizomenos, eudēlon hoti kai hypo tou aristerou to auto touto peisetai. Tinos oun heneken ton ᾿dexion, ethēke, kai tēn cheira prosethēken: Hina mathę̄s hoti ou peri melōn ho logos, alla peri tōn oikeiōs pros hēmas echontōn. An gar tina houtō philēs, phēsin, hōs en chōrą dexiou ophthalmou, ē ē houtō chrēsimon einai nomisę̄s» hōs en taxei echein cheiros, kai ᾿blaptę̄ son tēn psychēn, kai toutous apoteme. Kai hora tēn emphasin. Ouyyo gar eipen, apostēthi allai ton polyn chōrismon emphainōn, es exele, phēsi, kai bals apo sou. Eita epeidē apotomōs ekeleuse, deiknysi kai to kerdos hekaterōthen, apo te tōn agathōn, apo te tōn kakōn, epimenōn tę̄ metaphorą᾽ sympherei gar soi, phēsin. hina apolētai hen tōn melōn sou? kai mē holon to sōma son blēthę̄ eis geennan. Hotan gar mēte heauton diasōzę̄, kai se prosapollyē, poia philanthrōpia amphoterous katapontizesthai, exon chōristhentōn kan hena sōthēnai: Ti ouyn ho Paulos heileto, phēsin, anathema genesthai: Ouch ōste mēden kerdanai, all᾽ hōste heterous sōthēnai. ᾿Entautha de amphoterōn ē blabē ginetai dioper ouk eipen, exele, ᾿monon' alla kai, bale apo sou, ōste mēketi lambanein, ean toioutos menę̄. Houtō gar kakeinon meizonos apallaxeis enklēmatos, kai santon apōleias eleutherōseis. Hina de kai saphesteron idēs tou nomon to kerdos, ei dokei, kai epi sōmatos kath᾽ hypothesin exetasōmen to eirēmenon. Ei gar hairesis proukeito, kai anankē hēn ē ton ophthalmon echonta em blēthēnai eis orygma kai apolesthai, ē hē exelonta to loipon sōsai sōma, ara ouk an to deuteron. edexō: Panti pou dēlon estin. Ou gar misountos hēn touto ton ophthalmon, alla to loipon philountos sōma. Touto dē kai ep᾽ andrōn logizou kai gynaikōn. Ei gar ho blaptōn se tę̄ philią aniatos menoi, kai se lymēs apallaxei pasēs ekkoptomenos houtō, kai autos tōn meizonōn apallagēsetai enklēmatōn, ouketi meta tōn autou kakōn, kai tēs sēs apōleias ton logon hypechōn. Eides hosēs hēmerotētos O nomos gemei kai kēdemonias? kai hē dokousa para tois pollois apotomia einai? posēn endeiknytai philanthrōpian: Akouetōsan toutōn hoi pros ta theatra speudontes, kai moichous heantous kath᾽ hekastēn poiountes tēn hēmeran. Ei gar ton oikeiōthenta epi blabē ekkoptein ho nomos keleuei, Ho tina an echoien apologian hoi tous oudepō genomenous gnōrimous dia tēs ekei diatribēs kath᾽ hekastēn epispōmenoi tēn hēmeran, kai myrias kataskeuazontes eantois apōleias aphormas: Ou gar monon akolastōs idein ou synchōrei loipon all᾽ epeidē tēn ek tou pragmatos edeixe blabēn, kai epiteinei ton nomon proïōn, ekkoptein keleuōn kai apotemnein kai porrhō pon ballein. Kai tauta ho myrious peri augapēs kinēsas logous nomothetei, hina hekaterōthen autou mathēs tēn pronoian, kai pōs pantachothen to soi sympheron zētei. ᾿Errhethē de hos an apolysē tēn gynaika, autou, dotō autę̄ biblion apostasiou. ᾿Egō de legō hymin, hoti hos an apolysę̄ tēn gynaika autou, parektos logou porneias, poiei autēn moicheuthēnai kai hos an apolelymenēn gamēsę̄, moichatai.

And if you want to hear the rebuke directed specifically against them, hear Isaiah saying much addressed to them and mocking their bearing, their glance, their gait, their trailing tunics, their tripping feet, their bent necks. Hear after him the blessed Paul too, laying down many laws for them, about garments and gold and braiding of hair and luxury and other such things, and rebuking this sex sharply. And Christ too showed this very thing in a veiled way by what follows; for when he says, “Pluck out and cut off the one who causes you to stumble,” he speaks showing his anger against them. That is why he added, “If your right eye causes you to stumble, pluck it out and throw it from you.” For so that one might not say, “What then if she is a relative? What then if she is otherwise connected to me?” he gave these commands, not speaking about limbs, away with the thought! For nowhere does he say that the charges belong to the flesh, but everywhere the accusation is of the wicked will. For it is not the eye that sees, but the mind and the reasoning. Often, at any rate, when we are turned elsewhere, the eye does not see those present; so the whole is not of its working. For if he had been speaking about limbs, he would not have spoken about one eye, nor about the right one only, but about both. For he who is caused to stumble by the right one will clearly suffer the same from the left too. Why then did he put the right one, and add the hand? So that you may learn that the discourse is not about limbs but about those closely related to us. For “if you love someone so much,” he says, “as to have him in place of a right eye, or think him so useful as to hold the rank of a hand, and he harms your soul, cut these off too.” And see the emphasis. For he did not say, “Stand away,” but, showing the great separation, “pluck it out,” he says, “and throw it from you.” Then, since he had commanded severely, he shows the gain on both sides, both from the good things and from the evil, keeping to the metaphor: “For it is better for you,” he says, “that one of your members perish, than that your whole body be thrown into hell.” For when he neither saves himself and destroys you as well, what love for mankind is it for both to be drowned, when by separating at least one could be saved? “Why then did Paul choose to become accursed?” someone says. Not so as to gain nothing, but so that others might be saved. But here the harm comes to both; that is why he did not say only, “pluck it out,” but also, “throw it from you,” so as no longer to take it back, if he remains such. For in this way you will both free him from a greater charge and set yourself free from destruction. And so that you may see the gain of the law more clearly, let us, if you will, examine what was said in the case of the body, as a supposition. For if a choice were set before you, and it were necessary either to keep the eye and be thrown into a pit and perish, or to pluck it out and save the rest of the body, would you not accept the second? That is plain to everyone. For this would be the act not of one hating the eye but of one loving the rest of the body. Reason the same way in the case of men and women. For if the one who harms you by his friendship should remain incurable, being cut off in this way he will both free you from all ruin and himself be freed from the greater charges, no longer giving account for his own evils together with your destruction. Do you see how full of gentleness and care the law is, and how great a love for mankind what seems to the many to be severity displays? Let those who hasten to the theaters hear these things, who make themselves adulterers every day. For if the law bids us cut off one who is our own when he does harm, what defense could they have who every day draw to themselves, through their time spent there, people not yet even known to them, and prepare for themselves countless occasions of destruction? For he no longer allows even looking licentiously; but since he had shown the harm from the thing, he even intensifies the law as he goes on, bidding us cut off and sever and throw far away. And he who has spoken countless words about love lays down these laws, so that from both sides you may learn his providence, and how in every way he seeks what is good for you.

“It was said, ‘Whoever puts away his wife, let him give her a certificate of divorce.’ But I say to you that whoever puts away his wife, except for the cause of sexual immorality, makes her commit adultery; and whoever marries a woman who has been put away commits adultery.”

17.4Field 1

Οὐ πρότερον ἐπὶ τὰ ἔμπροσθεν πρόεισιν, ἕως τὰ πρότερα ἐκκαθάρῃ καλῶς. ᾿[δοὺ γὰρ καὶ ἕτερον δείκνυσιν ἡμῖν μοιχείας εἶδος. Τί δὲ τοῦτό ἐστι: Νόμος ἦν κείμενος παλαιὸς, τὸν μισοῦντα τὴν γυναῖκα τὴν ἑαυτοῦ ἐξ οἱασδήποτε αἰτίας; μὴ κωλύεσθαι ἐκβάλλειν, καὶ ἑτέραν ἀντ᾽ ἐκείνης εἰσάγειν. Οὐ μὴν τοῦτο ἁπλῶς ποιεῖν ὁ νόμος ἐκέλευσεν, ἀλλὰ δόντα βιβλίον ἀποστασίου τῇ γυναικὶ, ὥστε μή εἶναι κυρίαν πάλιν ἐπ᾽ αὐτὸν ἐπανελθεῖν, ἵνα κἂν τὸ σχῆμα μένη τοῦ γάμου. Εἰ γὰρ μὴ τοῦτο ἐπέταξεν, ἀλλ᾽ ἐξῆν ἐκβάλλειν τε αὐτὴν καὶ ἑτέραν λαμβάνειν, εἶτα τὴν προτέραν ᾿ἐπανάγειν; πολλὴ ἡ σύγχυσις ἔμελλεν εἶναι. συνεχῶς τὰς ἀλλήλων λαμβανόντων ἁπάντων, καὶ μοιχεία τὸ πρᾶγμα λοιπὸν ἦν σαφής. Διόπερ οὐ μικρὰν ἐπενόησε παραμυθίαν, τὸ βιβλίον τοῦ ἀποστασίου. ᾿Εγένετο, δὲ ταῦτα δι᾽ ἑτέραν πολλῷ μείζονα κακίαν. Εἰ γὰρ ἠνάγκασε καὶ μισουμένην κατέχειν ἔνδον, ἔσφαξεν ἂν ὁ μισῶν τοιοῦτον γὰρ τῶν ᾿Ιουδαίων τὸ ἔθνος. οἱ γὰρ παίδων μὴ φειδόμενοι, καὶ προφήτας ἀναιροῦντες, καὶ ὡς ὕδωρ αἷμα ἐκχέοντες, πολλῷ μᾶλλον γυναικῶν οὐκ ἂν ἐφείσαντο. Διὰ τοῦτο τὸ ἔλαττον συνεχώρησε, τὸ μεῖζον ἐκκόπτων. ᾿Επεὶ ὅτι οὐ προηγούμενος οὗτος ὁ νόμος ἦν, ἄκουσον αὐτοῦ λέγοντος Μωυσῆς πρὸς τὴν σκληροκαρδίαν ὑμῶν ταῦτα ἔγραψεν, ἵνα μὴ ἔνδον σφάττητε, ἀλλ᾽ ἔξω ἐκβάλλητε. ᾿Επειδὴ δὲ αὐτὸς τὴν ὀργὴν πᾶσαν ἀνεῖλεν, οὐχὶ τὸν φόνον μόνον, ἀλλὰ καὶ τὸ ἁπλῶς θυμοῦσθαι κωλύσας, μετ᾽ εὐκολίας καὶ τοῦτον εἰσάγει τὸν νόμον. Διὰ τοῦτο καὶ τῶν προτέρων ἀεὶ βημάτων ἀναμιμνήσκει, ἵνα δείξῃ ὅ ὃτι οὐκ ἐναντία ἐκείνοις, ἀλλὰ συμβαίνοντα λέγει: ἐπιτείνων αὐτὰ, οὐκ ἀνατρέπων καὶ διορθούμενος, οὐ λύων. Ὅρα δὲ αὐτὸν πανταχοῦ τῷ ἀνδρὶ διαλεγόμενον. Ὁ γὰρ ἀπολύων, φησὶ, τὴν γυναῖκα αὐτοῦ, ποιεῖ αὐτὴν μοιχευθῆναι᾽ καὶ ὁ γαμῶν ἀπολελυμένην, μοιχᾶται. Ὁ μὲν γάρ, κἀν ἑτέραν μὴ λαβη, τούτῳ αὐτῷ κατέστησεν ἑαυτὸν ἐγκλήματος ὑπεύθυνον, μοιχαλίδα ποιήσας ἐκείνην ὁ δὲ, τῷ τὴν ἀλλοτρίαν λαβεῖν, μοιχὸς όγονε πάλιν. Μὴ γάρ μοι τοῦτο εἴπης; ὅτι ἐξέβαλεν ἐκείνον' καὶ γὰρ ἐκβληθεῖσα μένει τοῦ ἐκβάλλοντος οὖσα γυνή. Εἶτα, ἵνα μὴ τὸ ὅλον ἐπὶ τὸν ἐκβάλλοντα αὐθαδεστέραν ἐργάσηται τὴν γυἢ ναῖκα, καὶ τὰς τοῦ ἐεΧομε νον μετὰ ταῦτα ἀπέκλεισεν αὐτῇ θύρας, τῷ μὲν εἰπεῖν, ᾿ὃς ἂν ἀπολελυμένην γαμήσῃ, μοιχάται, τὴν γυναῖκα καὶ ἄκουσαν ᾿σωφρονίζων, καὶ τὴν ὃ πρὸς πάντας ἀποτειχίζων εἴσοδον αὐτῇ, καὶ οὐκ ἐπιτρέπων ἀφορμᾶς παρέχειν μικροψυχίας. Ἡ γὰρ μαθοῦσα ὅτι πᾶσα ἀνάγκη, ἣ τὸν ἐξ ἀρχῆς κληρωθέντα ἔχειν, ἤ τῆς οἰκίας ἐκπεσοῦσαν ἐκείνης. μηδεμίαν ἑτέραν ἔχειν καταφυγὴν, καὶ ἄκουσα ἠναγκάζετο στέργειν τὸν σύνοικον. Εἰ δὲ μηδὲν αὐτῇ περὶ τούτων διαλέγεται, μὴ θαυμάσῃν ἀσθενέστερον γὰρ γυνή. Διὰ τοῦτο αὐτὴν ἀφεὶς, ἐν τῇ κατὰ τῶν ἀνδρῶν ἀπειλῇ τὴν αὐτῆς διορθοῦται ῥᾳθυμίαν. Ὥσπερ ἂν εἴ τις παῖδα ἄσωτον ἔχων, ἐκεῖνον ἀφεὶς, τοις ποιοῦσιν αὐτὸν τοιοῦτον ἐπιπλήττοι, κακείνοις ἀπαγορεύοι μὴ συγγίνεσθαι, μηδὲ πλησιάζειν αὐτῳ. Εἰ δὲ φορτικὸν τοῦτο, ἀναμνήσθητί μοι των ἔμπροσθεν εἰρημένων, ἐφ᾽ οἷς ἐμακάρισε τοὺς ἀκούοντας, καὶ ὄψει. πολὺ δυνατὸν καὶ εὔκολον ὄν. Ὁ γὰρ πρᾶος, καὶ εἰρηνοποιὸς, καὶ πτωχὸς τῷ πνεύματι; καὶ ἐλεήμων, πῶς ἐκβαλεὶ τὴν γυναῖκα: ὁ ἑτέρους καταλλάττων, πὼς αὐτὸς διαστασιάσει πρὸς τὴν ἑαντοῦ; Οὐ ταύτῃ δὲ μόνον, ἀλλὰ καὶ ἑτέρῳ τρόπῳ κοῦφον ἐποίησε τὸν νόμον. Καὶ γὰρ καὶ τούτῳ καταλιμπάνει τρόπον ἕνα ἀφέσεως, εἰπὼν, παρεκτὸς λόγου πορνείας ἐπεὶ πάλιν εἰς τὸ αὐτὸ περιΐστατο. γὰρ ἐκέλευσε καὶ πολλοῖς συγγινομένην κατέχειν ἔνδον, πάλιν εἰς μοιχείαν τὸ πρᾶγμα κατέστρεφεν. Ὁρᾷς πῶς συμβαίνοντα ταῦτα τοῖς ἔμπροσθεν: Ὁ γὰρ μὴ βλέπων ἑτέραν γυναῖκα ἀκολάστοις ὀφθαλμοῖς; οὐ πορνεύσει μὴ πορνεύων δὲ, οὐ παρέξει τῷ ἀνδρὶ ἀφορμὴν ἐκβαλεῖν τὴν ἑαυτοῦ γυναῖκα. Διὰ δὴ τοῦτο 'λοιπὸν μετὰ ἀδείας ἀπ ἀἴμου καὶ τὸν φόβον ἐπιτειχίζει, μέγαν ἐπισείων τῷ ἀνδρὶ τὸν κίνδυνον, εἴγε ἐκβάλοι τῆς γὰρ μοιχείας τῆς ἐκείνης ὑπεύθυνον ἑαυτὸν ποιεῖ. Ἵνα γὰρ μὴ ἀκούσας, ἔξελε τὸν ὀφθαλμὸν, νομίσῃς καὶ περὶ γυναικὸς ταῦτα λέγεσθαι, εὐκαίρως ἐπήγαγε τὴν ἐπιδιόρθωσιν ταύτην, ἑνὶ τρόπῳ μόνῳ συγχωρῶν ἐκβάλλειν αὐτὴν, ἑτέρῳ δὲ οὐδενί. Πάλιν ἠκούσατε, ὅτι ἐῤῥέθη. τοῖς ἀρχαίοις οὐκ ἐπιορκήσεις ἀποδώσεις δὲ τῷ κυρίῳ τοὺς ὅρκους σου. ᾿Εγὼ δὲ λέγω ὑμῖν, μὴ ὁμόσαι ὅλως. ὦ Τίνος ὅ ἕνεκεν οὐκ εὐθέως ἦλθεν αὶ ἐπὶ τὴν κλοπὴν, αλλ᾽ ἐπὶ τὴν ψευδομαρτυρίαν, ὑπερβὰς ἐκείνην τὴν ἐντυλήν: Ὅτι ὁ μὲν κλέπτων, ἔστιν ὅτε καὶ ὀμνύει ὁ δὲ μήτε ὀμνύναι, μήτε ψεύδεσθαι εἰδώς, πολλῷ μᾶλλον οὐχ αἱρήσεται κλέπτειν. Ὥστε διὰ ταύτης κακείνην ἀνέτρεψε τὴν ἁμαρτίαν' τὸ γὰρ ψεῦδος, ἀπὸ τοῦ κλέπτειν. Τί δέ ἐστιν, ἀποδώσεις τῷ κυρίῳ τοὺς ὅρκους σου: Τουτἐστιν, ἀληθεύσεις ὀμνύς. ᾿Εγὼ δὲ λέγω ὑμῖν, μὴ ὀμόσαι ὅλως.)

Ou proteron epi ta emprosthen proeisin, heōs ta protera ekkatharę̄ kalōs. ᾿[dou gar kai heteron deiknysin hēmin moicheias eidos. Ti de touto esti: Nomos ēn keimenos palaios, ton misounta tēn gynaika tēn heautou ex hoiasdēpote aitias? mē kōlyesthai ekballein, kai heteran ant᾽ ekeinēs eisagein. Ou mēn touto haplōs poiein ho nomos ekeleusen, alla donta biblion apostasiou tę̄ gynaiki, hōste mē einai kyrian palin ep᾽ auton epanelthein, hina kan to schēma menē tou gamou. Ei gar mē touto epetaxen, all᾽ exēn ekballein te autēn kai heteran lambanein, eita tēn proteran ᾿epanagein? pollē hē synchysis emellen einai. synechōs tas allēlōn lambanontōn hapantōn, kai moicheia to pragma loipon ēn saphēs. Dioper ou mikran epenoēse paramythian, to biblion tou apostasiou. ᾿Egeneto, de tauta di᾽ heteran pollǭ meizona kakian. Ei gar ēnankase kai misoumenēn katechein endon, esphaxen an ho misōn toiouton gar tōn ᾿Ioudaiōn to ethnos. hoi gar paidōn mē pheidomenoi, kai prophētas anairountes, kai hōs hydōr haima ekcheontes, pollǭ mallon gynaikōn ouk an epheisanto. Dia touto to elatton synechōrēse, to meizon ekkoptōn. ᾿Epei hoti ou proēgoumenos houtos ho nomos ēn, akouson autou legontos Mōysēs pros tēn sklērokardian hymōn tauta egrapsen, hina mē endon sphattēte, all᾽ exō ekballēte. ᾿Epeidē de autos tēn orgēn pasan aneilen, ouchi ton phonon monon, alla kai to haplōs thymousthai kōlysas, met᾽ eukolias kai touton eisagei ton nomon. Dia touto kai tōn proterōn aei bēmatōn anamimnēskei, hina deixę̄ ho hoti ouk enantia ekeinois, alla symbainonta legei: epiteinōn auta, ouk anatrepōn kai diorthoumenos, ou lyōn. Hora de auton pantachou tǭ andri dialegomenon. Ho gar apolyōn, phēsi, tēn gynaika autou, poiei autēn moicheuthēnai᾽ kai ho gamōn apolelymenēn, moichatai. Ho men gar, kan heteran mē labē, toutǭ autǭ katestēsen heauton enklēmatos hypeuthynon, moichalida poiēsas ekeinēn ho de, tǭ tēn allotrian labein, moichos ogone palin. Mē gar moi touto eipēs? hoti exebalen ekeinon' kai gar ekblētheisa menei tou ekballontos ousa gynē. Eita, hina mē to holon epi ton ekballonta authadesteran ergasētai tēn gyē naika, kai tas tou eeChome non meta tauta apekleisen autę̄ thyras, tǭ men eipein, ᾿hos an apolelymenēn gamēsę̄, moichatai, tēn gynaika kai akousan ᾿sōphronizōn, kai tēn ho pros pantas apoteichizōn eisodon autę̄, kai ouk epitrepōn aphormas parechein mikropsychias. Hē gar mathousa hoti pasa anankē, hē ton ex archēs klērōthenta echein, ē tēs oikias ekpesousan ekeinēs. mēdemian heteran echein kataphygēn, kai akousa ēnankazeto stergein ton synoikon. Ei de mēden autę̄ peri toutōn dialegetai, mē thaumasę̄n asthenesteron gar gynē. Dia touto autēn apheis, en tę̄ kata tōn andrōn apeilę̄ tēn autēs diorthoutai rhąthymian. Hōsper an ei tis paida asōton echōn, ekeinon apheis, tois poiousin auton toiouton epiplēttoi, kakeinois apagoreuoi mē synginesthai, mēde plēsiazein autǭ. Ei de phortikon touto, anamnēsthēti moi tōn emprosthen eirēmenōn, eph᾽ hois emakarise tous akouontas, kai opsei. poly dynaton kai eukolon on. Ho gar praos, kai eirēnopoios, kai ptōchos tǭ pneumati? kai eleēmōn, pōs ekbalei tēn gynaika: ho heterous katallattōn, pōs autos diastasiasei pros tēn heantou? Ou tautę̄ de monon, alla kai heterǭ tropǭ kouphon epoiēse ton nomon. Kai gar kai toutǭ katalimpanei tropon hena apheseōs, eipōn, parektos logou porneias epei palin eis to auto periïstato. gar ekeleuse kai pollois synginomenēn katechein endon, palin eis moicheian to pragma katestrephen. Horąs pōs symbainonta tauta tois emprosthen: Ho gar mē blepōn heteran gynaika akolastois ophthalmois? ou porneusei mē porneuōn de, ou parexei tǭ andri aphormēn ekbalein tēn heautou gynaika. Dia dē touto 'loipon meta adeias ap aimou kai ton phobon epiteichizei, megan episeiōn tǭ andri ton kindynon, eige ekbaloi tēs gar moicheias tēs ekeinēs hypeuthynon heauton poiei. Hina gar mē akousas, exele ton ophthalmon, nomisę̄s kai peri gynaikos tauta legesthai, eukairōs epēgage tēn epidiorthōsin tautēn, heni tropǭ monǭ synchōrōn ekballein autēn, heterǭ de oudeni. Palin ēkousate, hoti errhethē. tois archaiois ouk epiorkēseis apodōseis de tǭ kyriǭ tous horkous sou. ᾿Egō de legō hymin, mē homosai holōs. ō Tinos ho heneken ouk eutheōs ēlthen ai epi tēn klopēn, all᾽ epi tēn pseudomartyrian, hyperbas ekeinēn tēn entylēn: Hoti ho men kleptōn, estin hote kai omnyei ho de mēte omnynai, mēte pseudesthai eidōs, pollǭ mallon ouch hairēsetai kleptein. Hōste dia tautēs kakeinēn anetrepse tēn hamartian' to gar pseudos, apo tou kleptein. Ti de estin, apodōseis tǭ kyriǭ tous horkous sou: Toutestin, alētheuseis omnys. ᾿Egō de legō hymin, mē omosai holōs.)

He does not go on to what lies ahead until he has cleaned out the former things well. For see, he shows us yet another kind of adultery. What is this? There was an old law laid down that the man who hated his own wife for any cause whatever was not prevented from casting her out and bringing in another in her place. Yet the law did not bid him do this simply, but by giving the woman a certificate of divorce, so that she would not be free to return to him again, so that at least the form of marriage might remain. For if it had not commanded this, but it had been allowed to cast her out and take another and then bring back the first, there would have been great confusion, with everyone continually taking one another’s wives, and the thing would then have been plain adultery. That is why he devised no small mitigation, the certificate of divorce. And these things came about because of another, much greater wickedness. For if he had compelled the man to keep her inside even when hated, the one who hated her would have slaughtered her; for such was the nation of the Jews. For those who did not spare children, who killed prophets and poured out blood like water, would much less have spared women. That is why he allowed the lesser, cutting out the greater. For that this law was not the primary intention, hear him saying, “Moses wrote these things because of your hardness of heart,” so that you might not slaughter them inside, but cast them out. But since he himself removed all anger, forbidding not only murder but even simply being enraged, he brings in this law too with ease. That is why he always reminds them of the former words, to show that what he says is not contrary to them but in agreement, intensifying them, not overturning them, and correcting, not dissolving.

And see him everywhere speaking to the man. For “he who puts away his wife,” he says, “makes her commit adultery; and he who marries a woman who has been put away commits adultery.” For the one, even if he does not take another, by this very act has made himself liable to the charge, having made her an adulteress; and the other, by taking another man’s wife, has in turn become an adulterer. For do not tell me that he cast her out; for even when cast out she remains the wife of the one who cast her out. Then, so that putting the whole on the one who casts her out might not make the woman more presumptuous, he also shut against her the doors of anyone who would receive her afterward, by saying, “Whoever marries a woman who has been put away commits adultery,” chastening the woman even against her will, walling off from her the entrance to all, and not allowing her to give occasions for pettiness. For she who learns that there is every necessity either to keep the husband allotted to her from the beginning, or, if she is put out of that house, to have no other refuge, was compelled even against her will to love her partner. And if he says nothing to her about these things, do not wonder; for woman is the weaker. That is why, leaving her aside, he corrects her indolence by the threat against the men. Just as if someone who had a prodigal son were to leave him aside and rebuke those who make him such, and forbid them to associate with him or come near him. And if this is burdensome, remember, I beg you, what was said before, for which he called his hearers blessed, and you will see that it is very possible and easy. For the meek man and the peacemaker and the poor in spirit and the merciful, how will he cast out his wife? He who reconciles others, how will he himself quarrel with his own? And not in this way only, but in another way too he made the law light. For he leaves him too one way of release, saying, “except for the cause of sexual immorality”; since otherwise it would come round again to the same thing. For [if] he had commanded him to keep inside even a woman who associates with many, he would again have turned the matter into adultery. Do you see how these things agree with the former ones? For he who does not look at another woman with licentious eyes will not commit sexual immorality; and not committing sexual immorality, he will not give her husband occasion to cast out his own wife. That is why he now builds up fear as a wall with full freedom, shaking before the husband the great danger if he should cast her out; for he makes himself liable for her adultery. For so that, hearing “pluck out the eye,” you might not think that these things are said about a wife too, he opportunely added this further correction, allowing her to be cast out in one way only, and in no other.

“Again, you have heard that it was said to the ancients, ‘You shall not swear falsely, but you shall render to the Lord your oaths.’ But I say to you, do not swear at all.” Why did he not go straight on to theft, but to false witness, passing over that commandment? Because the thief sometimes also swears; but he who knows neither how to swear nor how to lie will much less choose to steal. So by this he overturned that sin too; for falsehood comes from stealing. And what is “You shall render to the Lord your oaths”? That is, you shall tell the truth when you swear. “But I say to you, do not swear at all.”

17.5Field 1

Εἶτα περαιτέρω αὐτοὺς ἀπάγων τοῦ κατὰ θεοὺ ομνύναι, φησὶ, μήτε κατὰ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ, ὅτι θρόνος ἐστὶ τοῦ θεοῦ μήτε ἐν τῇ γῇ» ὅτι ὑποπόδιόν ἐστι τῶν ποδῶν αὐτοῦ μήτε κατὰ Ἱερουσαλὴμ, ὅτι πόλις ἐστὶ τοῦ μεγάλου βασιλέως ἀπὸ τῶν προφητικῶν ἔτι φθεγγόμενος, καὶ δεικνὺς ἑαυτὸν οὐκ ἐναντιούμενον τοῖς παλαιοῖς᾽ καὶ γὰρ ἔθος «εἶχον κατὰ τούτων ὀμνύναι καὶ δείκνυσι πρὸς τῷ τέλει τοῦ εὐαγΎ γελίου τοῦτο τὸ ἔθος. Σὺ δέ μοι θέα πόθεν ἐπαίρει τὰ στοιχεῖα οὐκ απὸ τῆς οἰκείας φύσεως, ἀλλ᾽ απὸ τῆς τοῦ θεοῦ πρὸς αὐτὰ σχέσεως τῆς κατὰ συγκατάβασιν εἰρημένης. ᾿Επειδὴ γὰρ πολλὴ ἡ τῆς εἰδωλολατρείας τυραννὶς ἦν, ἵνα μὴ δόξῃ τὰ στοιχεῖα ἑαυτὰ εἶναι τίμια, ταύτην τέθεικε τὴν αἰτίαν ἣν εἰρήκαμεν; ἢ πάλιν εἰς τὴν τοῦ θεοῦ δόξαν διέβαινεν. Οὐδὲ γὰρ εἶπεν, ἐπειδὴ καλὸς καὶ μέγας ὁ οὐρανός οὐδὲ, ἐπειδὴ χρησίμη ἡ Ὑῆ᾽ ἀλλ᾽, ἐπειδὴ τοῦ θεοῦ ὃ μέν ἐστι θρόνος, ἡ δὲ ὑποπόδιον, πανταχόθεν αὐτοὺς ἐπὶ τὸν δεσπότην συνωθών. μήτε κατὰ τῆς κεφαλῆς σον, φησὶν, ὅτι οὐ δυνασαι μίαν τρίχα λευκὴν ποιῆσαι, ἢ μέλαιναν. Πάλιν ἐνταῦθα οὐ θαυμάζων τὸν ἄνθρωπον, ἢ ἀπήγαγε τοῦ κατὰ τῆς κεφαλῆς ὀμνύναι καὶ γάρ ἀν καὶ αὐτὸς προσεκυνήθη ἀλλὰ τὴν δόξαν επὶ τὸν θεὸν ἀνάγων, καὶ δεικνὺς ὅτι οὐδὲ σαυτοῦ εὶ κύριος, οὐκοῦν οὐδὲ τῶν κατὰ τῆς κεφαλης ὅρκων. Εἰ γὰρ τὸ παιδίον οὐκ ἄν τις δοίη τὸ ἑαυτοῦ ἑτέρῳ, πολλῷ μᾶλλον ὁ θεὸς τὸ ἔργον τὸ ἑαυτοῦ οὐ προήσεταί σοι. γὰρ καὶ σὴ ἡ κεφαλὴ, αλλ᾽ ἑτέρου τὸ κτῆμα καὶ τοσοῦτον αφέστηκας τοὺ κύριος εἶναι, ὅτι οὐδὲ τὸ πάντων ἔσχατον ἐργάσασθαι ἐν αὐτῇ δυνήσῃ. Οὐ γὰρ εἶπεν, οὐ δύνασαι ἐξενεγκεῖν τρίχα' ἀλλ᾽, οὐδὲ ἀλλάξαι αὐτῆς τὴν ποιότητα. Τί ον, ἂν απαιτῇ τις ὅρκον, φησὶ, καὶ ἀνάγκην ἐπάγη: Ὁ τοῦ θεοῦ φόβος τῆς ἀνάγκης ἔστω δυνατώτερος. ᾿Επεὶ εἰ μέλλοις τοιαύτας προβάλλεσθαι προφάσεις, οὐδὲν φυλάξεις τῶν ᾿ἐπιταχθέντων. Καὶ γὰρ καὶ ἐπὶ τῆς γυναικὸς ἐρεῖς τί οὖν, εὰν μάχιμος ἦ καὶ ᾿δαπανηρά: Καὶ ἐπὶ τοῦ ὀφθαλμοῦ τοῦ δεξιοῦ᾽ τί οὖν, ἐὰν φιλῶ αὐτὸν. καὶ διακαίωμαι: Καὶ ἐπὶ τῆς ὄψεως τῆν ἀκολάστου γί οὗν, ἐὰν μὴ δύνωμαι, μὴ ὁρᾶν: Καὶ ἐπὶ τῆς πρὸς τὸν ἀδελφὸν ὀργῆς τί οὖν, ἐὰν προπετὴς ὦ, καὶ μὴ δύνωμαι γλώττης κρατεῖν: καὶ πάντα ἁπλῶς οὕτω καταπατήσεις τὰ εἰρημένα. Καίτοιγε ἐπὶ τῶν νόμων τῶν ἀνθρωπίνων οὐδαμοῦ τοῦτο τολμᾷς προβαλέσθαι, οὐδὲ εἰπεῖν τί οὖν, ἐὰν τὸ καὶ τό; αλλὰ καὶ ἑκὼν καὶ ἄκων καταδέχῃ τὰ γεγραμμένα. Δλλως δὲ, οὐδὲ ἃ ἀνάγκην ὑποστήσῃ ποτέ. Ὁ γὰρ τῶν ἔμπροσθεν μακαρισμῶν ἀκούσας, καὶ τοιοὔτον ἑαυτὸν παρασκευάσας, οἷον ἐπέταξεν ὁ ὁ Χριστὸς, οὐδεμίαν παρ οὐδενὸς ὑποστήσεται τοιαύτην ἀνώγκην, αἰδέσιμος ὧν παρὰ πάσι καὶ σεμνός. Έστω δὲ ὑμῖν τὸ ναὶ, ναὶ, καὶ τὸ οὗ, οὔ τὸ δὲ περισσὸν τούτων ἐκ τοῦ πονηροῦ ἐστι. Τί οὖν ἐστι τὸ περισσὸν τοὺ ναὶ καὶ τοῦ οὔ: Ὁ ὅρκος, οὐ τὸ ἐπιορκεῖν. ᾿Εκεῖνο γὰρ καὶ ὡμολογημένον ἐστὶ, καὶ οὐδεὶς δεῖται μαθεῖν, ὅτι ἐκ τοὺ πονηροῦ ἐστι, καὶ οὐ περιττὸν, ἀλλ᾽ ἐναντίον τὸ Ὁ δὲ περιττὸν, τὸ πλέον. καὶ ἐκ περιουσίας προσκείμενον, ὅπερ ἐστὶν ὁ ὅρκος. Τί οὖν, φησὶν, ἐκ τοὺ πονηροῦ ἣν: καὶ εἰ ἐκ τοῦ πονηροῦ ἦν, πώς νόμος ἦν; Τὸ αὐτὸ δὴ τοῦτο καὶ περὶ τῆς γυναικὸς ἐρεῖς πώς «μοιχεία νῦν νενόμισται τὸ πρότερον ἐπιτετραμμένον:ς Τί οὖν πρὸς ταῦτά ἐστιν εἰπεῖν: Ὅτι τῆς ἀσθενείας τῶν δεχομένων τοὺς νόμους ἣν τὰ λεγόμενα τότε ἐπεὶ καὶ τὸ κνίσση θεραπεύεσθαι σφόδρα ἀνάξιον θεοῦ, ὥσπερ καὶ τὸ ψελλίζειν ἀνάξιον. φιλοσόφου. Μοιχεία τοίνυν ἐνομίσθη νὺν τὸ τοιοῦτον, καὶ ἐκ τοῦ πονηροῦ ὀμνύναι, ὅτε ἐπέδωκε τὰ τῆς ἀρετηϊς, Εἰ δὲ διαβόλου ταῦτα ἐξ ἀρχῆς ἦσαν νόμοι, οὐκ ἂν τοσοῦτον κατώρθωσαν. Καὶ γὰρ εἰ μὴ ἐκεῖνα πρῶτον προέδραμεν, οὐκ ἂν οὕτως εὐκόλως ἐδέχθη τὰ νῦν. Μὴ τοίνυν αὐτῶν ἀπαίτει τὴν ἀρετὴν ᾿νῦν, ὅτε παρῆλθεν αὐτῶν ἢ χρεία ἀλλὰ τότε, ὅτε ὁ καιρὸς αὐτὰ ἐκάλει μᾶλλον δὲ, εἰ βούλει, καὶ νῦν. Καὶ γὰρ καὶ νῦν ἡ ἀρετὴ αὐτῶν δείκνυται, καὶ δι᾿ αὐτὸ τοῦτο μάλιστα, δι᾿ παρ᾽ ἡμῶν διαβάλλεται. Τὸ γὰρ τοιαῦτα αὐτὰ φαίνεσθαι νῦν, ἐγκώμιον αὐτῶν μέγιστόν ἐστιν. Εὶ γὰρ μὴ καλῶς ἡμᾶς ἔθρεψε, καὶ πρὸς τὴν τῶν μειζόνων ὑποδοχὴν ἐπιτηδείους ἐποίησεν, οὐκ ἂν ἐφανη τοιαῦτα. Ὥσπερ οὖν ὁ μαστὸς, ὅταν τὸ αὐτοῦ πληρώσῃ πάν, καὶ πρὸς τὴν τελειοτέραν τράπεζαν τὸ παιδίον παραπέμπη, λοιπὸν ἄχρηστος φαίνεται, καὶ οἱ πρότερον ἀναγκαῖον αὐτὸν εἶναι νομίζοντες τῷ παιδίῳ γονεῖς, μυρίοις αὐτὸν διαβάλλουσι σκώμμασι πολλοὶ δὲ οὐδὲ ῥήμασιν αὐτὸν μόνον διαβάλλουσιν, ἀλλὰ καὶ πικροῖς ᾿ἐπιχρίουσι φαρ- μάκοις, ἵν ὅταν μὴ ἰσχύσῃ τὰ βήματα τὴν ἄκαιρον περὶ αὐτὸν διάθεσιν ἀνελεῖν τοὺ παιδίου, τὰ πράγματα σβέσῃ τὸν πόθον

Eita peraiterō autous apagōn tou kata theou omnynai, phēsi, mēte kata tou ouranou, hoti thronos esti tou theou mēte en tę̄ gę̄» hoti hypopodion esti tōn podōn autou mēte kata Hierousalēm, hoti polis esti tou megalou basileōs apo tōn prophētikōn eti phthengomenos, kai deiknys heauton ouk enantioumenon tois palaiois᾽ kai gar ethos «eichon kata toutōn omnynai kai deiknysi pros tǭ telei tou euagY geliou touto to ethos. Sy de moi thea pothen epairei ta stoicheia ouk apo tēs oikeias physeōs, all᾽ apo tēs tou theou pros auta scheseōs tēs kata synkatabasin eirēmenēs. ᾿Epeidē gar pollē hē tēs eidōlolatreias tyrannis ēn, hina mē doxę̄ ta stoicheia heauta einai timia, tautēn tetheike tēn aitian hēn eirēkamen? ē palin eis tēn tou theou doxan diebainen. Oude gar eipen, epeidē kalos kai megas ho ouranos oude, epeidē chrēsimē hē Hyē᾽ all᾽, epeidē tou theou ho men esti thronos, hē de hypopodion, pantachothen autous epi ton despotēn synōthōn. mēte kata tēs kephalēs son, phēsin, hoti ou dynasai mian tricha leukēn poiēsai, ē melainan. Palin entautha ou thaumazōn ton anthrōpon, ē apēgage tou kata tēs kephalēs omnynai kai gar an kai autos prosekynēthē alla tēn doxan epi ton theon anagōn, kai deiknys hoti oude sautou ei kyrios, oukoun oude tōn kata tēs kephalēs horkōn. Ei gar to paidion ouk an tis doiē to heautou heterǭ, pollǭ mallon ho theos to ergon to heautou ou proēsetai soi. gar kai sē hē kephalē, all᾽ heterou to ktēma kai tosouton aphestēkas tou kyrios einai, hoti oude to pantōn eschaton ergasasthai en autę̄ dynēsę̄. Ou gar eipen, ou dynasai exenenkein tricha' all᾽, oude allaxai autēs tēn poiotēta. Ti on, an apaitę̄ tis horkon, phēsi, kai anankēn epagē: Ho tou theou phobos tēs anankēs estō dynatōteros. ᾿Epei ei mellois toiautas proballesthai prophaseis, ouden phylaxeis tōn ᾿epitachthentōn. Kai gar kai epi tēs gynaikos ereis ti oun, ean machimos ē kai ᾿dapanēra: Kai epi tou ophthalmou tou dexiou᾽ ti oun, ean philō auton. kai diakaiōmai: Kai epi tēs opseōs tēn akolastou gi houn, ean mē dynōmai, mē horan: Kai epi tēs pros ton adelphon orgēs ti oun, ean propetēs ō, kai mē dynōmai glōttēs kratein: kai panta haplōs houtō katapatēseis ta eirēmena. Kaitoige epi tōn nomōn tōn anthrōpinōn oudamou touto tolmąs probalesthai, oude eipein ti oun, ean to kai to? alla kai hekōn kai akōn katadechę̄ ta gegrammena. Dllōs de, oude ha anankēn hypostēsę̄ pote. Ho gar tōn emprosthen makarismōn akousas, kai toiouton heauton paraskeuasas, hoion epetaxen ho ho Christos, oudemian par oudenos hypostēsetai toiautēn anōnkēn, aidesimos hōn para pasi kai semnos. Estō de hymin to nai, nai, kai to hou, ou to de perisson toutōn ek tou ponērou esti. Ti oun esti to perisson tou nai kai tou ou: Ho horkos, ou to epiorkein. ᾿Ekeino gar kai hōmologēmenon esti, kai oudeis deitai mathein, hoti ek tou ponērou esti, kai ou peritton, all᾽ enantion to Ho de peritton, to pleon. kai ek periousias proskeimenon, hoper estin ho horkos. Ti oun, phēsin, ek tou ponērou hēn: kai ei ek tou ponērou ēn, pōs nomos ēn? To auto dē touto kai peri tēs gynaikos ereis pōs «moicheia nyn nenomistai to proteron epitetrammenon:s Ti oun pros tauta estin eipein: Hoti tēs astheneias tōn dechomenōn tous nomous hēn ta legomena tote epei kai to knissē therapeuesthai sphodra anaxion theou, hōsper kai to psellizein anaxion. philosophou. Moicheia toinyn enomisthē nyn to toiouton, kai ek tou ponērou omnynai, hote epedōke ta tēs aretēïs, Ei de diabolou tauta ex archēs ēsan nomoi, ouk an tosouton katōrthōsan. Kai gar ei mē ekeina prōton proedramen, ouk an houtōs eukolōs edechthē ta nyn. Mē toinyn autōn apaitei tēn aretēn ᾿nyn, hote parēlthen autōn ē chreia alla tote, hote ho kairos auta ekalei mallon de, ei boulei, kai nyn. Kai gar kai nyn hē aretē autōn deiknytai, kai di᾿ auto touto malista, di᾿ par᾽ hēmōn diaballetai. To gar toiauta auta phainesthai nyn, enkōmion autōn megiston estin. Ei gar mē kalōs hēmas ethrepse, kai pros tēn tōn meizonōn hypodochēn epitēdeious epoiēsen, ouk an ephanē toiauta. Hōsper oun ho mastos, hotan to autou plērōsę̄ pan, kai pros tēn teleioteran trapezan to paidion parapempē, loipon achrēstos phainetai, kai hoi proteron anankaion auton einai nomizontes tǭ paidiǭ goneis, myriois auton diaballousi skōmmasi polloi de oude rhēmasin auton monon diaballousin, alla kai pikrois ᾿epichriousi phar- makois, hin hotan mē ischysę̄ ta bēmata tēn akairon peri auton diathesin anelein tou paidiou, ta pragmata sbesę̄ ton pothon

Then, leading them further away from swearing by God, he says, “Neither by heaven, for it is the throne of God; nor by the earth, for it is the footstool of his feet; nor by Jerusalem, for it is the city of the great King,” still speaking from the prophetic writings and showing that he is not opposed to the ancient ones; for they had the custom of swearing by these, and he shows this custom toward the end of the Gospel. But see, I beg you, from what he exalts the elements: not from their own nature, but from God’s relation to them, which is spoken of by way of condescension. For since the tyranny of idolatry was great, so that the elements might not seem to be honorable in themselves, he set down the reason we have mentioned, which again passed over to the glory of God. For he did not say, “because heaven is beautiful and great,” nor, “because the earth is useful,” but, “because the one is the throne of God, and the other his footstool,” on every side pressing them toward the Master. “Nor by your head,” he says, “for you cannot make one hair white or black.” Here again it is not out of admiration for man that he led them away from swearing by the head (for then he himself would have been worshiped), but bringing the glory up to God and showing that you are not master even of yourself, and so not of oaths by your head either. For if no one would give his own child to another, much more will God not give up his own work to you. For even if the head is yours, it is the possession of another; and you are so far from being its master that you will not be able to do even the very least thing in it. For he did not say, “You cannot pull out a hair,” but, “you cannot even change its quality.”

“What then,” someone says, “if someone demands an oath and brings compulsion to bear?” Let the fear of God be stronger than the compulsion. For if you are going to put forward such excuses, you will keep none of the commands. For about the wife too you will say, “What then if she is quarrelsome and extravagant?” And about the right eye: “What then if I love it and am on fire?” And about the licentious look: “What then if I cannot help looking?” And about anger against a brother: “What then if I am rash and cannot control my tongue?” And so you will simply trample on everything that has been said. And yet in the case of human laws you nowhere dare to put this forward, nor to say, “What then if such and such?” but willingly or unwillingly you accept what is written. Besides, you will never even undergo compulsion. For he who has heard the beatitudes above and has made himself such as Christ commanded will undergo no such compulsion from anyone, being respected and revered by all.

“But let your yes be yes and your no no; what is more than these is from the evil one.” What then is what is more than yes and no? The oath, not perjury. For that is agreed upon, and no one needs to learn that it is from the evil one, and that it is not something more but something contrary; but “what is more” is the excess, what is added over and above, which is the oath. “What then,” someone says, “was it from the evil one? And if it was from the evil one, how was it law?” You will say this same thing about the wife too: how is what was formerly permitted now reckoned adultery? What then can one say to this? That the things said then belonged to the weakness of those who received the laws; since to be served with the savor of sacrifice is quite unworthy of God, just as lisping is unworthy of a philosopher. Such a thing, then, has now been reckoned adultery, and swearing from the evil one, now that the things of virtue have advanced. But if these had been laws of the devil from the beginning, they would not have achieved so much. For if those had not run on before, the present things would not have been received so easily. Do not, then, demand their excellence now, when their use has passed away, but then, when the time called for them; or rather, if you will, even now. For even now their excellence is shown, and especially by the very thing for which it is slandered by us. For that they appear such now is their greatest praise. For if it had not nourished us well and made us fit for the reception of greater things, they would not have appeared such. Just as the breast, when it has fulfilled its whole part and is sending the child on to a more perfect table, afterward appears useless; and the parents who formerly thought it necessary for the child slander it with countless jests; and many not only slander it with words but also smear it with bitter drugs, so that when words cannot remove the child’s untimely attachment to it, things may quench the longing;

17.6Field 1

οὕτω καὶ ὁ Χριστὸς ἐκ τοῦ πονηροῦ αὐτὰ ἔφησεν εἷναι, οὐχ ἵνα δείξη τοῦ διαβόλου τὴν παλαιὰν οὖσαν, ἀλλ᾽ ἵνα μετὰ πολλῆς τῆς ὑπερβολῆς ἀπαγάγῃ τῆς παλαιᾶς εὐτελείας. Καὶ πρὸς μὲν αὐτοὺς ταῦτα λέγει ἐπὶ δὲ τῶν ἀναισθήτων ᾿Ιουδαίων, καὶ ἐπιμενόντων τοῖς αὐτοῖς, καθάπερ πικρίᾳ τινὶ τῷ τῆς αἰχμαλωσίας φόβῳ τὴν πόλιν περιχρίσας, ἄβατον ἐποίησεν. ᾿Επειδὴ δὲ οὐδὲ τοῦτο ἴσχυσεν αὐτοὺς κατέχειν, ἀλλὰ πάλιν αὐτὴν ἐπεθύμουν ἰδεῖν, ὥσπερ παιδίον ἐπὶ τὴν θηλὴν κατατρέχοντες, τέλεον αὐτὴν ἀπέκρυψε, καθελῶν τε αὐτὴν; καὶ τοὺς πλείονας πόῤῥω ταύτης ἀπαγαγών καθαπερ ἐπὶ τῶν βοῶν πολλοὶ τὰς δαμάλεις ἀποκλείοντες, τῷ χρόνῳ πείθουσιν ἀποστῆναι τῆς παλαιάς τοῦ γάλακτος συνηθείας. Εἰ δὲ τοῦ διαβόλον ἦν ἡ παλαιὰ, οὐκ ἂν τῆς εἰδωλολατρείας ἀπήγαγεν, ἀλλὰ τοὐναντίον ἐνῆγεν ἂν εἰς αὐτὴν καὶ ἐνέβαλλε: τοῦτο γὰρ ὁ διάβολος ἤθελε. Νὺν δὲ τοὐναντίον ὁρῶμεν ὑπὸ τῆς παλαιᾶς γινόμενον. Καὶ αὐτὸ δὲ τοῦτο, ὁ ὅρκος: τὸ παλαιὸν διὰ τοῦτο ἐνομοθετήθη, ἵνα Ἢ μὴ κατὰ τῶν εἰδώλων ὀμνύωσιν. ᾿Ομεῖσθε γάρ, φησὶ, τὸν θεὸν τὸν ἀληθινόν. Οὐ τοίνυν μικρὰ κατώρθωσεν ὁ νόμος, ἀλλὰ καὶ σφόδρα μεγάλα. Τὸ γὰρ ἐπὶ τὴν στερεὰν αὐτοὺς τροφὴν ἐλθεῖν, τῆς ἐκείνου σπουδῆς γέγονεν ἔργον. Τί οὖν: οὐχὶ τοὺ πονηροὺ, φησὶν, ἐστὶ τὸ ὀμνύναι; Καὶ σφόδρα μὲν οὖν τοῦ πονηροῦ ἀλλὰ νὺν, μετὰ τὴν τοσαύτην Φιλοσοφίαν τότε δὲ οὔ. Καὶ πῶς ἂν τὸ αὐτὸ γένοιτο, φησὶ, νῦν μὲν καλὸν, νῦν δὲ οὐ καλόν; ᾿Εγὼ δὲ τοὐναντίον λέγω᾽ πῶς δὲ οὐκ ἂν γένοιτο καλὸν καὶ οὐ καλὸν, τῶν πραγμάτων ἁπάντων αὐτὰ βοώντων, τῶν τεχνῶν, τῶν καρπῶν, τῶν ἄλλων ἁπάντων; Ὅρα γοῦν ἐπὶ τῆς φύσεως τῆς ἡμετέρας αὐτὸ πρῶτον συμβαῖνον. Τὸ γὰρ βαστάζεσθαι ἐν μὲν τῇ πρώτῃ ἡλικίᾳ καλὸν, μετὰ δὲ ταῦτα ὀλέθριον τὸ ᾿Μεμασημένην τροφὴν ἐσθίειν, ἐν μὲν προοιμίοις τῆς ζωῆς ἡμῶν καλὸν, μετὰ δὲ ταῦτα βδελυγμίας γέμει τὸ γαλακτοτροφεῖσθαι καὶ πρὸς τὴν θηλὴν φεύγειν, ἐν ἀρχῇ μὲν χρήσιμον καὶ σωτήριον, μετὰ δὲ ταῦτα ὀλέθριον καὶ βλαβερόν. Ὁρᾷς πῶς τὰ αὐτὰ πράγματα ὑπὸ τῶν καιρῶν καλὰ, καὶ οὐ τοιαῦτα φαίνεται: πάλιν; Καὶ γὰρ τὸ ἱμάτιον φορεῖν παιδικὸν μειρακίῳ μὲν ὄντι καλὸν, ἀνδρὶ δὲ γενομένῳ πάλιν αἰσχρόν. Βούλει καὶ ἐκ τῶν ἐναντίων μαθεῖν, πῶς τῷ παιδὶ τὰ τοῦ ἀνδρὸς ἀνάρμοστα πάλιν: Δὸς τῷ παιδὶ ἱμάτιον ἀνδρικὸν, καὶ πολὺς ἔσται ὁ γέλως, καὶ μείζων ὁ Ο κίνδυνος, ἐν τῷ βαδίζειν οὕτω περιτρεπομένου πολλάκις. Δὸς αὐτῷ μεταχειρίζειν πραγματα πολιτικὰ, καὶ ἐμπορεύεσθαι, καὶ σπείρειν, καὶ ἀμᾶσθαι, καὶ πάλιν πολὺς ἔσται ὁ γέλως. Καὶ τί λέγω ταῦτα; Ὃ γὰρ φόνος ὁ παρὰ πᾶσιν ὡμολογημένος εὕρεμα εἶναι τοῦ πονηροῦ, οὗτος ἐπιλαβόμενος καιροῦ τοῦ προσήκοντος, τὸν ἐργασάμενον αὐτὸν Φινεὲς ἱερωσύνῃ τιμηθῆναι ἐποίησεν. Ὅτι γὰρ ὃ φόνος ἔργον ἐκείνου; ἄκουσον τί φησιν ὑμεῖς τὰ ἔργα τοῦ πατρὸς ὑμῶν θέλετε ποιεῖν ἐκεῖνος ἀνθρωποκτόνος ἣν απ’ ἀρχῆς. Ἀλλ᾽ ἐγένετο ἀνθρωποκτόνος ὁ Φινεὲς, ἐς καὶ ἐλογίσθη αὐτῷ εἰς δικαιοσύνην, φησίν. Ὁ δὲ ᾿Αβραὰμ οὐκ ἀνθρωποκτόνος μόνον, ἀλλὰ καὶ παιδοκτόνος (ὃ πολλῷ χεῖρον ἡν) γενόμενος, μειζόνως εὐδοκίμησε πάλιν. Καὶ ὁ Πέτρος δὲ διπλοῦν εἰργάσατο φόνον, ἀλλ᾽ ὅμως πνευματικὸν Ο τὸ γενόμενον ἦν. Μὴ τοίνυν ἁπλῶς τὰ πράγματα ἐξεταζωμεν, ἀλλὰ καὶ καιρὸν, καὶ αἰτίαν, καὶ γνώμην, καὶ. 'προσώσων διαφορὰν, καὶ ὅσα ἂν αὐτοῖς ἕτερα συμβαίνῃ πάντα μετὰ ἀκριβείας ζητῶμεν οὐδὲ γάρ ἐστιν ἑτέρως ἐφικέσθαι τῆς ἀληθείαε καὶ σπουδάζωμεν, εἰ βουλοίμεθα βασιλείας ἐπιτυχεῖν, πλέον τι τῶν παλαιῶν ἐπιδείξασθαι ἐπιταγμάτων, ὡς οὐκ ἐνὸν ἄλλως ἐπιλαβέσθαι τῶν οὐρανίων. Ἂν γὰρ εἰς τὸ αὐτὸ μέτρον τῶν παλαιῶν φθάσωμεν, ἔξω τῶν προθύρων στησόμεθα τούτων. ὃ Ἂν ὰρ μὴ περισσευσῃ ἢ ἡ δικαιοσύνη ὑμῶν πλέον τῶν γραμματέων. καὶ Φαρισαίων, οὐ δύνασθε εἰσ- Ὦ ελθεῖν εἰς τὴν βασιλείαν τῶν οὐρανῶν. Ἀλλ᾽ ὅμως, καὶ τοσαύτης ἀπειλῆς κειμένης, εἰσί τινες, οἱ οὐ μόνον οὐχ ὑπερβαίνουσι τὴν δικαιοσύνην ἐκθίνην, ἀλλὰ καὶ ὑστεροῦσιν αὐτῆς. Οὐ γὰρ μόνον ὅρκους οὐ φεύγουσιν, ἀλλὰ καὶ ἐπιορκοῦσιν' οὐ μόνον ἀκόλαστον ὄψιν οὐκ ἐκκλίνουσιν, ἀλλὰ καὶ εἰς αὐτὴν τὴν πονηρὰν ἐμπίπτουσι πρᾶξιν, καὶ τὰ ἄλλα πάντα ἂναλγήτως τὰ κεκωλυμένα τολμώσιν' ἕν μόνον ἀναμένοντες, τῆς κολάσεως τὴν ἡμέραν, καὶ πότε τὴν ἐσχάτην τῶν πεπλημμελημένων δώσουσι δίκην' ὃ τῶν ἐν πονηρίᾳ καταλυσάντων τὸν βίον ἐστὶ μόνον. ᾿Εκείνους γὰρ ἀπογινώσκειν χρὴ, καὶ μηδὲν ἑτέρον. ἢ τὴν κόλασιν λοιπὸν ἀναμένειν. Οἱ γὰρ ἐνταῦθα ὅ ὄντες ἔτι, καὶ ἀναμαχήσασθαι δυνήσονται, καὶ νικῆσαι, καὶ στεφανωθὴ ναι ῥᾳδίως.

houtō kai ho Christos ek tou ponērou auta ephēsen heinai, ouch hina deixē tou diabolou tēn palaian ousan, all᾽ hina meta pollēs tēs hyperbolēs apagagę̄ tēs palaias euteleias. Kai pros men autous tauta legei epi de tōn anaisthētōn ᾿Ioudaiōn, kai epimenontōn tois autois, kathaper pikrią tini tǭ tēs aichmalōsias phobǭ tēn polin perichrisas, abaton epoiēsen. ᾿Epeidē de oude touto ischysen autous katechein, alla palin autēn epethymoun idein, hōsper paidion epi tēn thēlēn katatrechontes, teleon autēn apekrypse, kathelōn te autēn? kai tous pleionas porrhō tautēs apagagōn kathaper epi tōn boōn polloi tas damaleis apokleiontes, tǭ chronǭ peithousin apostēnai tēs palaias tou galaktos synētheias. Ei de tou diabolon ēn hē palaia, ouk an tēs eidōlolatreias apēgagen, alla tounantion enēgen an eis autēn kai eneballe: touto gar ho diabolos ēthele. Nyn de tounantion horōmen hypo tēs palaias ginomenon. Kai auto de touto, ho horkos: to palaion dia touto enomothetēthē, hina Ē mē kata tōn eidōlōn omnyōsin. ᾿Omeisthe gar, phēsi, ton theon ton alēthinon. Ou toinyn mikra katōrthōsen ho nomos, alla kai sphodra megala. To gar epi tēn sterean autous trophēn elthein, tēs ekeinou spoudēs gegonen ergon. Ti oun: ouchi tou ponērou, phēsin, esti to omnynai? Kai sphodra men oun tou ponērou alla nyn, meta tēn tosautēn Philosophian tote de ou. Kai pōs an to auto genoito, phēsi, nyn men kalon, nyn de ou kalon? ᾿Egō de tounantion legō᾽ pōs de ouk an genoito kalon kai ou kalon, tōn pragmatōn hapantōn auta boōntōn, tōn technōn, tōn karpōn, tōn allōn hapantōn? Hora goun epi tēs physeōs tēs hēmeteras auto prōton symbainon. To gar bastazesthai en men tę̄ prōtę̄ hēlikią kalon, meta de tauta olethrion to ᾿Memasēmenēn trophēn esthiein, en men prooimiois tēs zōēs hēmōn kalon, meta de tauta bdelygmias gemei to galaktotropheisthai kai pros tēn thēlēn pheugein, en archę̄ men chrēsimon kai sōtērion, meta de tauta olethrion kai blaberon. Horąs pōs ta auta pragmata hypo tōn kairōn kala, kai ou toiauta phainetai: palin? Kai gar to himation phorein paidikon meirakiǭ men onti kalon, andri de genomenǭ palin aischron. Boulei kai ek tōn enantiōn mathein, pōs tǭ paidi ta tou andros anarmosta palin: Dos tǭ paidi himation andrikon, kai polys estai ho gelōs, kai meizōn ho O kindynos, en tǭ badizein houtō peritrepomenou pollakis. Dos autǭ metacheirizein pragmata politika, kai emporeuesthai, kai speirein, kai amasthai, kai palin polys estai ho gelōs. Kai ti legō tauta? Ho gar phonos ho para pasin hōmologēmenos heurema einai tou ponērou, houtos epilabomenos kairou tou prosēkontos, ton ergasamenon auton Phinees hierōsynę̄ timēthēnai epoiēsen. Hoti gar ho phonos ergon ekeinou? akouson ti phēsin hymeis ta erga tou patros hymōn thelete poiein ekeinos anthrōpoktonos hēn ap’ archēs. All᾽ egeneto anthrōpoktonos ho Phinees, es kai elogisthē autǭ eis dikaiosynēn, phēsin. Ho de ᾿Abraam ouk anthrōpoktonos monon, alla kai paidoktonos (ho pollǭ cheiron hēn) genomenos, meizonōs eudokimēse palin. Kai ho Petros de diploun eirgasato phonon, all᾽ homōs pneumatikon O to genomenon ēn. Mē toinyn haplōs ta pragmata exetazōmen, alla kai kairon, kai aitian, kai gnōmēn, kai. 'prosōsōn diaphoran, kai hosa an autois hetera symbainę̄ panta meta akribeias zētōmen oude gar estin heterōs ephikesthai tēs alētheiae kai spoudazōmen, ei bouloimetha basileias epitychein, pleon ti tōn palaiōn epideixasthai epitagmatōn, hōs ouk enon allōs epilabesthai tōn ouraniōn. An gar eis to auto metron tōn palaiōn phthasōmen, exō tōn prothyrōn stēsometha toutōn. ho An ar mē perisseusę̄ ē hē dikaiosynē hymōn pleon tōn grammateōn. kai Pharisaiōn, ou dynasthe eis- Ō elthein eis tēn basileian tōn ouranōn. All᾽ homōs, kai tosautēs apeilēs keimenēs, eisi tines, hoi ou monon ouch hyperbainousi tēn dikaiosynēn ekthinēn, alla kai hysterousin autēs. Ou gar monon horkous ou pheugousin, alla kai epiorkousin' ou monon akolaston opsin ouk ekklinousin, alla kai eis autēn tēn ponēran empiptousi praxin, kai ta alla panta analgētōs ta kekōlymena tolmōsin' hen monon anamenontes, tēs kolaseōs tēn hēmeran, kai pote tēn eschatēn tōn peplēmmelēmenōn dōsousi dikēn' ho tōn en ponērią katalysantōn ton bion esti monon. ᾿Ekeinous gar apoginōskein chrē, kai mēden heteron. ē tēn kolasin loipon anamenein. Hoi gar entautha ho ontes eti, kai anamachēsasthai dynēsontai, kai nikēsai, kai stephanōthē nai rhądiōs.

so too Christ said that they are from the evil one, not to show that the Old Testament belongs to the devil, but so as to lead them away from the old meanness with great intensity. And this he says to them; but in the case of the senseless Jews who persisted in the same things, he smeared the city as it were with a kind of bitterness, the fear of captivity, and made it inaccessible. And since not even this was able to restrain them, but they again longed to see it, running like a child to the nipple, he hid it away completely, both destroying it and leading most of them far away from it; just as many people with cattle shut the calves away and by time persuade them to give up their old habit of milk. But if the Old Testament were the devil’s, it would not have led them away from idolatry, but on the contrary would have led them into it and thrown them into it; for this is what the devil wanted. But as it is, we see the opposite done by the Old Testament. And this very thing, the oath, was legislated in old times for this reason, that they might not swear by idols: “For you shall swear,” it says, “by the true God.” So the law achieved no small things but very great ones. For their coming to solid food was the work of its zeal.

“What then,” someone says, “is not swearing from the evil one?” Very much so indeed; but now, after so great a philosophy; but then not. “And how could the same thing be,” someone says, “now good, now not good?” But I say the opposite: how could it not be good and not good, when all things cry it out, the arts, the fruits, all the other things? See, at any rate, how this happens first of all in our own nature. For to be carried is good in the first stage of life, but afterward ruinous; to eat chewed food is good at the beginning of our life, but afterward full of disgust; to be fed on milk and to run to the nipple is useful and saving at the beginning, but afterward ruinous and harmful. Do you see how the same things appear good because of the times, and again not such? For to wear a child’s garment is good for a lad, but for one who has become a man, shameful. Do you want to learn from the opposite too how the things of a man are in turn unfitting for a child? Give the child a man’s garment, and there will be much laughter, and greater danger, since he will often trip as he walks. Give him public affairs to handle, and trade, and sowing, and reaping, and again there will be much laughter. And why do I say these things? For murder, which is agreed by all to be an invention of the evil one, when it seized the fitting occasion, caused Phinehas, who did it, to be honored with the priesthood. For that murder is that one’s work, hear what he says: “You want to do the works of your father; he was a murderer from the beginning.” But Phinehas became a slayer, and “it was reckoned to him as righteousness,” it says. And Abraham, becoming not only a slayer but a slayer of his child (which was much worse), was the more approved. And Peter too wrought a double slaying, but nevertheless what was done was spiritual. Let us not, then, examine things simply, but let us seek out with all precision the time, the cause, the intention, the difference of persons, and whatever else accompanies them; for there is no other way of reaching the truth.

And let us be eager, if we wish to attain the kingdom, to show something more than the old commands, since it is not possible to lay hold of heavenly things otherwise. For if we reach only the same measure as the ancients, we shall stand outside these doors. “For unless your righteousness exceeds that of the scribes and Pharisees, you cannot enter the kingdom of heaven.” But nevertheless, even with so great a threat laid down, there are some who not only do not surpass that righteousness but even fall short of it. For they not only do not flee oaths but even swear falsely; they not only do not avoid the licentious look but even fall into the wicked deed itself, and they dare all the other forbidden things without feeling, waiting for one thing only, the day of punishment, when they will pay the utmost penalty for their offenses; which belongs only to those who have ended their life in wickedness. For of those one must despair, and expect nothing else but punishment from then on; but those who are still here will be able to fight again, and to conquer, and to be crowned easily.

17.7Field 1

Μὴ τοίνυν ἀναπέσῃς, ἄνθρωπε, μηδὲ τὴν καλὴν καταλύσῃς προθυμίαν᾽ οὐδὲ γὰρ φορτικὰ τὰ ἐπιταττόμενα. Ποῖος πόνος, εἰπέ μοι, ὅρκον φεύγειν: μὴ γὰρ δαπάνη χρημάτων ἐστί: μὴ γὰρ ἱδρὼς καὶ ταλαιπωρία: Ἄρκεῖ θελῆσαι μόνον, καὶ τὸ πᾶν γέγονεν. Εἰ δὲ τὴν συνήθειάν μοι προβαλλῃ, δι᾿ αὐτὸ μὲν οὖν τοῦτο μάλιστα εὔκολον εἶναί φημι τὸ κατόρθωμα. Ἂν γὰρ εἰς ἑτέραν σαυτὸν καταστήσῃς συνήθειαν, τὸ πᾶν κατώρθωσας. ᾿Εννόησον «γοῦν ὅτι παρ᾽ Ἕλλησι πολλοὶ, οἱ μὲν τραυλίζοντες, μελέτῃ πολλὴ χωλεύουσαν αὐτοῖς τὴν γλῶσσαν διώρθωσαν' οἱ δὲ τοὺς ὥμους ἀτάκτως ᾿ἄναφερομένους καὶ κινουμένους, συνεχῶς; ξίφος ἐπιτιθέντες αἀπέστησαν. ᾿Ἐπειδὴ γὰρ ἀπὸ γραφῶν οὐ πείθεσθε, ἀπὸ τῶν ἔξωθεν ἀναγκάζομαι ἐντρέπειν. Τοῦτο καὶ ὁ θεὸς πρὸς ᾿Ιουδαίους ἐποίει λέγων ἧ' πορεύθητε εἰς νήσους Χετιεὶμ, καὶ εἰς Κηδὰρ ἀποστείλατε, καὶ γνῶτε εἰ ἀλλάξονται ἔθνη θεοὺς αὐτῶν' καὶ αὐτοὶ οὔκ εἰσὶ θεοί. Καὶ πρὸς τὰ ἄλογα δὲ πέμπει πολλάκις, οὕτω λέγων' ὃ ἐἴθι πρὸς τὸν μύρμηκα, ὦ ὀκνηρὲ, καὶ ζήλωσον τὰς ὁδοὺς αὐτοῦ, καὶ πορεύθητι, πρὸς τὴν μέλισσαν. Τοῦτο τοίνυν καὶ ἔγω νῦν ὑμῖν ἐρῶ' ἐννοήσατε τοὺς Ἑλλήνων φιλοσόφους, καὶ τότε εἴσεσθε πόσης ᾿ἐσμὲν ἄξιοι κολάσεως οἱ τῶν νόμων τῶν θείων παρακούοντες ὅταν ἐκεῖνοι μὲν ὑπὲρ εὐσχημοσύνης ἀνθρωπίνης μυρία ὦσι Ὦ πεπονηκότες. ὑμεῖς δὲ μηδὲ ὑπὲρ τών οὐρανίων τὴν αὐτὴν παρέχησθε σπουδήν. Εἰ δὲ καὶ μετὰ ταῦτα λέγοις, ὅτι δεινὸν ἡ συνήθεια κλέψαι καὶ τοὺς σφόδρα σπουδάζοντας, ὁμολογῶ μὲν τοῦτο καγώ πλὴν κακεῖνο μετὰ τούτον φημὶ, ὅτι ὥσπερ δεινὸν ἀπατῆσαι, οὕτω καὶ εὔκολον διορθωθῆναι. Ἂν γὰρ ἐπιστήσης ἐπὶ τῆς οἰκίας πολλοὺς σαυτῷ φύλακας, οἷον τὸν οἰκέτην, τὴν γυναῖκα, τὸν φίλον, ῥᾳδίως ὑπὸ πάντων συνωθούμενός τε καὶ συνελαυνόμενος, ἀποστήσῃ τῆς πονηρᾶς συνηθείας. Κἀν δέκα ἡμέρας μόνον αὐτὸ κατορθώσῃ. οὐκέτι δεήσῃ λοιπὸν ἑτέρον χρόνου, ἀλλὰ κείσεταί σοι μετὰ ἀσφαλείας τὸ πᾶν, τῆ τῆς καλλίστης συνηθείας στεῤῥότητι παλιν ῥιζωθέν. Ὅταν οὖν ἄρξῃ τοῦτο διορθοῦν, κἂν ἅπαξ, κἂν δεύτερον παραβῆς τὸν νόμον, κἂν τρίτον, κἂν εἰκοστὸν, μὴ ἀπογνῷς ἀλλὰ πάλιν ἀνάστηθι, καὶ ἐπιλαβοῦ τῆς αὐτῆς σπουδῆς, καὶ περιέσῃ πάντως. Οὐδὲ γὰρ τὸ τυχόν ἐστι κακὸν ἐπιορκία. Εἰ δὲ τὸ ὀμνύναι τοῦ πονηροῦ, τὸ ἐπιορκεῖν πόσην οἴσει τὴν τιμωρίαν; ᾿Επηνέσατε τὰ εἰρημένα; ᾿Δλλά μοι κρότων οὐ δεῖ. οὐδὲ θορύβων, οὐδὲ ἤχης. Εν βούλομαι μόνον, μεθ᾽ ἡσυχίας καὶ ἐπιστήμης ἀκούοντας, ποιεῖν τὰ λεγόμενα. Τοῦτό μοι κρότος, τοῦτο ἐγκώμιον. Ἂν δὲ ἐπαινῆς μὲν τὰ εἰρημένα, μὴ ποιῆς δὲ ἅπερ ἐπαινεῖς, μείζων μὲν ἡ κόλασις, πλείων δὲ ἡ κατηγορία, καὶ ἡμῖν αἰσχύνη καὶ γέλως. Οὐδὲ γὰρ θέατρόν ἐστι τὰ παρόντα, οὐ τραγῳδοὺς κάθησθε θεώμενοι νῦν, ἵνα κροτῆτε μόνον. Διδασκαλεῖόν ἐστι τὰ ἐνταῦθα πνευματικόν. Διὸ καὶ τὸ σπουδαζόμενον ἕν ἐστιν, ὥστε κατορθῶσαι τὰ εἰρημένα, καὶ διὰ τῶν ἔργων ἐπιδεῖξαι τὴν ὑπακοήν. Τότε γὰρ τὸ πᾶν ἐσόμεθα ἀπειλή ον ὡς νῦν γε καὶ ἀπηγορεύσαμεν λοιπόν. Καὶ γὰρ καὶ τοῖς ἰδίᾳ συντυγχάνουσιν οὐ διέλιπον ταῦτα παραινῶν, καὶ ὑμῖν κοινῇ διαλεγόμενος, καὶ οὐδὲν ὅλως ὁρῶ γεγενημένον πλέον, ἀλλ᾽ ἔτι τῶν προτέρων ὑμᾶς ἐχομένους στοιχείων ὅπερ ἱκανὸν τῷ διδάσκοντι πολὺν ἐνθεῖναι τὸν ὄκνον. Ὅρα γοῦν καὶ Παῦλον διὰ τοῦτο δυσανασχετοῦντα, ὅτι πολὺν χρόνον τοῖς προτέροις ἐνδιέτριβον μαθήμασιν οἱ ἀκροαταί. ἐς Καὶ γὰρ ὀφείλοντες εἶναι, φησὶ, διδάσκαλοι διὰ τὸν χρόνον, πάλιν χρείαν ἔχετε τοῦ διδάσκεσθαι ὑμᾶς, τίνα τὰ στοιχεῖα τῆς ἀρχῆς τῶν λογίων τοῦ θεοῦ. Διὸ καὶ ἡμεῖς θρηνοῦμεν καὶ ὀδυρόμεθα. Κάν ἐπιμένοντας ἴδω, ἀπαγορεύσω λοιπὸν ὑμῖν τῶν ἱερῶν τούτων ἐπιβῆναι προθύρων, καὶ τῶν ἀθανάτων μετασχεῖν μυστηρίων, ὥσπερ τοῖς πορνεύουσι καὶ μοιχεύουσι καὶ ἐπὶ φόνοις ἐγκαλουμένοις. Καὶ γὰρ βελτιον μετὰ δύο καὶ τριῶν τοὺς τοῦ θεοῦ φυλαττόντων νόμους τὰς συνήθεις ἀναφέρειν εὖ ἃς, πλῆθος ἐπισύμεσθαι παρανομούντων καὶ τοὺς ἄλλους Μή μοί τις πλούσιος, μή μοί τις δυνάστης ἐνταῦθα φυσάτω, καὶ τὰς οφρὺς ἀνασπάτω. Πάντα μοι ταῦτα μῦθος καὶ σκιὰ καὶ ὄναρ. Οὐδεὶς γὰρ τῶν »ὺν πλουτούντων ἐκεῖ μου προστήσεται, ὅταν εἐὐγκαλώμαι καὶ κατηγορῶμαι ὡς μὴ μετὰ τῆς προσηκούσης σφοδρότητος τοὺς τοῦ θεοῦ διεκδικήσας νόμους. Τοῦτο γὰρ, τοῦτο καὶ τὸν θαυμαστὸν ἐκεῖνον πρεσβύτην ἀπώλεσε, καίτοι βίον παρεχόμενον ἄληπτον᾽ ἀλλ᾽ ὅμως, ἐπειδὴ τοὺς τοῦ θεοῦ νόμους πατουμένους ὑπερεῖδεν, ἐκολάζετο μετὰ τῶν παίδων, καὶ τὴν χαλεπὴν ἐδίδουν τιμωρίαν. Εἰ δὲ ἔνθα τοσαύτη τῆς φύσεως ἦν τυραυνὶς, ὁ μὴ μετὰ τῆς προσηκούσης ἀνδρείας τοῖς εαυτοῦ παισὶ χρησάμενος οὕτω χαλεπὴν ἔδωκε δίκην, τίνα ἕξομεν συγγνώμην ἡμεῖς, καὶ τῆς τυραννίδος ἐκείνης ἀπηλλαγμένοι, καὶ κολακείᾳ τὸ πῶν διαφθείροντες: Ἵν᾽ οὖν μὴ καὶ ἡμᾶς καὶ ὑμᾶς αὐτοὺς προσαπολέσητε, πείσθητε, παρακαλῶ, καὶ μυρίους ἐξεταστὰς καὶ λογιστὰς ἑαυτοῖς καταστήσαντες, ἀπαλλάγητε τῆς τῶν ὅρκων συνηθείας, ἵνα ὁδῷ προβαίνοντες ἐντεῦθεν, καὶ τὴν ἄλλην ἀρετὴν μετ᾽ εὐκολίας κατορθώσητε πάσην, καὶ τῶν μελλόντων ἀπολαύσητε αγαθών ὧν γένοιτο πάντας ἡμᾶς ἐπιτυχεῖν, χάριτι καὶ φιλανθρωπίᾳ τοῦ κυρίου ἡμῶν Ἴησου Χριστοῦ, ᾧ ἢ δόξα καὶ τὸ κράτος, νῦν καὶ αεὶ καὶ εἰς τοὺς αἰῶνας τῶν αἰώνων. ᾿Δμῆν.

Mē toinyn anapesę̄s, anthrōpe, mēde tēn kalēn katalysę̄s prothymian᾽ oude gar phortika ta epitattomena. Poios ponos, eipe moi, horkon pheugein: mē gar dapanē chrēmatōn esti: mē gar hidrōs kai talaipōria: Arkei thelēsai monon, kai to pan gegonen. Ei de tēn synētheian moi proballę̄, di᾿ auto men oun touto malista eukolon einai phēmi to katorthōma. An gar eis heteran sauton katastēsę̄s synētheian, to pan katōrthōsas. ᾿Ennoēson «goun hoti par᾽ Hellēsi polloi, hoi men traulizontes, meletę̄ pollē chōleuousan autois tēn glōssan diōrthōsan' hoi de tous hōmous ataktōs ᾿anapheromenous kai kinoumenous, synechōs? xiphos epitithentes aapestēsan. ᾿Epeidē gar apo graphōn ou peithesthe, apo tōn exōthen anankazomai entrepein. Touto kai ho theos pros ᾿Ioudaious epoiei legōn hē' poreuthēte eis nēsous Chetieim, kai eis Kēdar aposteilate, kai gnōte ei allaxontai ethnē theous autōn' kai autoi ouk eisi theoi. Kai pros ta aloga de pempei pollakis, houtō legōn' ho eithi pros ton myrmēka, ō oknēre, kai zēlōson tas hodous autou, kai poreuthēti, pros tēn melissan. Touto toinyn kai egō nyn hymin erō' ennoēsate tous Hellēnōn philosophous, kai tote eisesthe posēs ᾿esmen axioi kolaseōs hoi tōn nomōn tōn theiōn parakouontes hotan ekeinoi men hyper euschēmosynēs anthrōpinēs myria ōsi Ō peponēkotes. hymeis de mēde hyper tōn ouraniōn tēn autēn parechēsthe spoudēn. Ei de kai meta tauta legois, hoti deinon hē synētheia klepsai kai tous sphodra spoudazontas, homologō men touto kagō plēn kakeino meta touton phēmi, hoti hōsper deinon apatēsai, houtō kai eukolon diorthōthēnai. An gar epistēsēs epi tēs oikias pollous sautǭ phylakas, hoion ton oiketēn, tēn gynaika, ton philon, rhądiōs hypo pantōn synōthoumenos te kai synelaunomenos, apostēsę̄ tēs ponēras synētheias. Kan deka hēmeras monon auto katorthōsę̄. ouketi deēsę̄ loipon heteron chronou, alla keisetai soi meta asphaleias to pan, tē tēs kallistēs synētheias sterrhotēti palin rhizōthen. Hotan oun arxę̄ touto diorthoun, kan hapax, kan deuteron parabēs ton nomon, kan triton, kan eikoston, mē apognǭs alla palin anastēthi, kai epilabou tēs autēs spoudēs, kai periesę̄ pantōs. Oude gar to tychon esti kakon epiorkia. Ei de to omnynai tou ponērou, to epiorkein posēn oisei tēn timōrian? ᾿Epēnesate ta eirēmena? ᾿Dlla moi krotōn ou dei. oude thorybōn, oude ēchēs. En boulomai monon, meth᾽ hēsychias kai epistēmēs akouontas, poiein ta legomena. Touto moi krotos, touto enkōmion. An de epainēs men ta eirēmena, mē poiēs de haper epaineis, meizōn men hē kolasis, pleiōn de hē katēgoria, kai hēmin aischynē kai gelōs. Oude gar theatron esti ta paronta, ou tragǭdous kathēsthe theōmenoi nyn, hina krotēte monon. Didaskaleion esti ta entautha pneumatikon. Dio kai to spoudazomenon hen estin, hōste katorthōsai ta eirēmena, kai dia tōn ergōn epideixai tēn hypakoēn. Tote gar to pan esometha apeilē on hōs nyn ge kai apēgoreusamen loipon. Kai gar kai tois idią syntynchanousin ou dielipon tauta parainōn, kai hymin koinę̄ dialegomenos, kai ouden holōs horō gegenēmenon pleon, all᾽ eti tōn proterōn hymas echomenous stoicheiōn hoper hikanon tǭ didaskonti polyn entheinai ton oknon. Hora goun kai Paulon dia touto dysanaschetounta, hoti polyn chronon tois proterois endietribon mathēmasin hoi akroatai. es Kai gar opheilontes einai, phēsi, didaskaloi dia ton chronon, palin chreian echete tou didaskesthai hymas, tina ta stoicheia tēs archēs tōn logiōn tou theou. Dio kai hēmeis thrēnoumen kai odyrometha. Kan epimenontas idō, apagoreusō loipon hymin tōn hierōn toutōn epibēnai prothyrōn, kai tōn athanatōn metaschein mystēriōn, hōsper tois porneuousi kai moicheuousi kai epi phonois enkaloumenois. Kai gar beltion meta dyo kai triōn tous tou theou phylattontōn nomous tas synētheis anapherein eu has, plēthos episymesthai paranomountōn kai tous allous Mē moi tis plousios, mē moi tis dynastēs entautha physatō, kai tas ophrys anaspatō. Panta moi tauta mythos kai skia kai onar. Oudeis gar tōn »yn ploutountōn ekei mou prostēsetai, hotan eeunkalōmai kai katēgorōmai hōs mē meta tēs prosēkousēs sphodrotētos tous tou theou diekdikēsas nomous. Touto gar, touto kai ton thaumaston ekeinon presbytēn apōlese, kaitoi bion parechomenon alēpton᾽ all᾽ homōs, epeidē tous tou theou nomous patoumenous hypereiden, ekolazeto meta tōn paidōn, kai tēn chalepēn edidoun timōrian. Ei de entha tosautē tēs physeōs ēn tyraunis, ho mē meta tēs prosēkousēs andreias tois eautou paisi chrēsamenos houtō chalepēn edōke dikēn, tina hexomen syngnōmēn hēmeis, kai tēs tyrannidos ekeinēs apēllagmenoi, kai kolakeią to pōn diaphtheirontes: Hin᾽ oun mē kai hēmas kai hymas autous prosapolesēte, peisthēte, parakalō, kai myrious exetastas kai logistas heautois katastēsantes, apallagēte tēs tōn horkōn synētheias, hina hodǭ probainontes enteuthen, kai tēn allēn aretēn met᾽ eukolias katorthōsēte pasēn, kai tōn mellontōn apolausēte agathōn hōn genoito pantas hēmas epitychein, chariti kai philanthrōpią tou kyriou hēmōn Iēsou Christou, hǭ ē doxa kai to kratos, nyn kai aei kai eis tous aiōnas tōn aiōnōn. ᾿Dmēn.

Do not lose heart, then, O man, nor dissolve your good zeal; for the commands are not burdensome. What toil is it, tell me, to avoid an oath? Is it an expense of money? Is it sweat and hardship? It is enough only to will it, and the whole is done. And if you put forward habit to me, for this very reason above all I say that the achievement is easy. For if you set yourself in another habit, you have achieved the whole. Consider, at any rate, that among the Greeks many who stammered corrected their halting tongues by much practice, and others whose shoulders rose and moved in a disorderly way cured it by continually placing a sword over them. For since you are not persuaded by the Scriptures, I am compelled to shame you from those outside. This God too did with the Jews, saying, “Go to the isles of Kittim, and send to Kedar, and know whether nations will change their gods, and they are no gods.” And he often sends them to irrational creatures too, saying, “Go to the ant, O sluggard, and emulate its ways, and go to the bee.” This, then, I too now say to you: consider the philosophers of the Greeks, and then you will know how great a punishment we deserve who disobey the divine laws, when they have toiled countless times for human decorum, while you do not show the same zeal even for heavenly things. And if after this you should say that habit is terribly able to steal upon even the very zealous, I too agree with this; but I add this as well, that as it is terrible at deceiving, so it is easy to correct.

For if you set many guards over yourself at home, such as your servant, your wife, your friend, being easily pushed and driven by them all, you will give up the wicked habit. And if you achieve it for only ten days, you will need no further time, but the whole will lie secure for you, rooted again by the firmness of the best habit. When, then, you begin to correct this, even if you transgress the law once, even twice, even three times, even twenty times, do not despair; but rise up again, take hold of the same zeal, and you will certainly win. For perjury is no ordinary evil. And if swearing is from the evil one, how great a punishment will perjury bring?

Did you praise what was said? But I have no need of applause, nor of noise, nor of din. I want one thing only, that, listening with quiet and understanding, you do what is said. This is applause to me, this praise. But if you praise what is said and do not do what you praise, the punishment is greater, the accusation heavier, and for us shame and ridicule. For the present gathering is not a theater, nor are you sitting now watching tragic actors, only to applaud. This place is a spiritual school. That is why the one thing aimed at is to achieve what is said and to show obedience by deeds. For then we shall have gained everything; as it is, we have even given up hope at last. For I have not ceased exhorting these things both to those who meet me in private and to you when I speak in common, and I see nothing at all come of it, but you still holding to the first elements; which is enough to put great weariness into the teacher. See, at any rate, Paul too vexed for this reason, that his hearers were spending a long time on the first lessons. “For though by this time you ought to be teachers,” he says, “you need someone to teach you again the elements of the beginning of the oracles of God.” That is why we too lament and mourn. And if I see you persisting, I shall forbid you from now on to set foot on these sacred thresholds and to share in the deathless mysteries, as I forbid those who commit sexual immorality and adultery and those charged with murders. For it is better to offer the customary prayers with two or three who keep the laws of God than to drag along a multitude of lawbreakers who corrupt the others too.

Let no rich man puff himself up at me here, let no powerful man raise his eyebrows. All these things are to me a fable and a shadow and a dream. For none of those who are now rich will stand by me there, when I am accused and charged with not having vindicated the laws of God with the vehemence that befits me. For this, this destroyed that wonderful old man too, although he offered a blameless life; but nevertheless, because he overlooked the laws of God being trampled, he was punished together with his sons and paid the grievous penalty. And if, where the tyranny of nature was so great, he who did not treat his own sons with fitting courage paid so grievous a penalty, what pardon shall we have, who are free of that tyranny and corrupt everything by flattery? So that you may not destroy us as well as yourselves, then, be persuaded, I beg you; and setting over yourselves countless examiners and auditors, rid yourselves of the habit of oaths, so that, advancing from here by a road, you may achieve all the rest of virtue with ease, and enjoy the good things to come; which may we all obtain, by the grace and love for mankind of our Lord Jesus Christ, to whom be the glory and the might, now and always and to the ages of ages. Amen.

Chapter 18

18.1Field 1

᾿Ηκουσατε ὅτι ρον οφθαλμὸν αντὶ οφθαλμοῦ, καὶ, ὁσόντα αντὶ οὐόντος. Ἔγω δὲ λέγω ὑμῖν, μὴ ἀντιστῆναι τῷ πονηρῷ ἀλλ᾽ ὕστις σε ραπίσει εἰς τὴν δεξιὰν σιαγόνα, στρέψον αὐτῷ καὶ τὴν ἄλλην. Καὶ τῷ θελοντί σοι κριθῆναι, καὶ τὸν χιτῶνα σου λαβεῖν, ἄφες αὐτῷ καὶ τὸ ἱμάτιον. ὍΡΑΣ ὅτι οὐ περὶ ὀφθαλμοῦ τὰ πρότερα ἔλεγεν, ἡνίκα ἑνομοθέτει ὀφθαλμὸν ἐκκόπτειν τὸν σκανδαλίζοντα, ἀλλὰ περὶ τοῦ διὰ φιλίας βλάπτοντος ἡμᾶς, καὶ εἰς τὸ τῆς ἀπωλείας ἐμβάλλοντος βάραθρον: Ὁ γὰρ τοσαύτην ἐνταῦθα ποιούμενος τὴν ὑπερβολὴν, καὶ μηδὲ ἑτέρου ἐξορύττοντος τὸν ὀφθαλμὸν ἐπιτρέπων ἐκκόψαι τὸν ἐκείνου, πῶς ἂν τὸν ἑαυτοῦ ἐκκόπτειν ἐνομοθέτησεν Εἰ δέ τις τοῦ παλαιοῦ κατηγορεῖ νόμου, διὰ τὸ κελεύειν οὕτως ἀμύνεσθαι, σφόδρα μοι δοκεῖ σοφίας νομοθέτη πρεπούσης ἄπειρος εἶναι, καὶ καιρῶν δύναμιν ἀγνοεῖν, καὶ συγκαταβάσεως κέρδος. Ἂν γὰρ ἐννοήσῃ, τίνες σαν οἱ ταῦτα ἀκούοντες; καὶ πῶς διακείμενοι, καὶ πότε τὴν νομοθεσίαν ἐδέξαντο ταύτην, σφόδρα ἀποδέξεται τοῦ νομοθέτου τὴν σοφίαν, καὶ ὄψεται ὅτι εἷς καὶ ὁ αὐτὸς ὁ ἐκεῖνα καὶ ταῦτα νομοθετήσας ἐστὶ, καὶ σφόδρα χρησίμως ἑκάτερα καὶ μετὰ τοὺ προσήκοντος γράψας καιροῦ. Καὶ γὰρ εἰ παρὰ τὴν ἀρχὴν τὰ ὑψηλὰ ταῦτα καὶ ὑπέρογκα εἰσήγαγε παραγγέλματα, οὔτ᾽ ἄν ταῦτα ἐδέξαντο, οὔτε ἐκεῖνα νυνὶ δὲ ἐν καιρῷ τῷ προσήκοντι ἑκάτερα διαθεὶς, τὴν Ὁ οἰκουμένην δι ἀμφοτέρων κατώρθωσεν ἅπασαν. Ἄλλως δὲ καὶ τοῦτο ἐκέλευσεν, οὐχ ἵνα τοὺς ἀλλήλων ἐκκόπτωμεν ὁφθαλμοὺς, ἀλλ᾽ ἵνα παρ᾽ ἑαυτοῖς τὰς χεῖρας κατέχωμεν. Ἡ γὰρ ἀπειλὴ τοῦ παθεῖν τὴν ἐπὶ τὸ δρᾶσαι ὁρμὴν διεκώλυσε. Ναὶ οὕτω δὴ πολλὴν ἠρέμα ὑποσπείρει τὴν φιλοσοφίαν, ὅπου γε παθόντα τοῖς ἴσοις ἀμύνεσθαι κελεύει καίτοιγε μείζονος κολάσεως ἄξιος ἣν ὁ τῆς παρανομίας ταύτης καταρξας, καὶ τοῦτο ὁ τοῦ δικαίου λόγος ἀπαιτεῖ. Αλλ᾽ ἐπειδὴ καὶ φιλανθρωπίαν ἐβούλετο κεράσαι τῷ δικαίῳ, τὸν μείζονα πλημμελήσαντα ἐλάττονι τῆς ἀξίας καταδικάζει τιμωρίᾳ, παιδεύων ἑκαὶ ἐν τῷ πάσχειν πολλὴν ἐπιδείκνυσθαι τὴν ἐπιείκειαν. Εἰπὼν τοίνυν τὸν παλαιὸν νόμον, καὶ αναγνοὺς αὐτὸν ἅπαντα, δείκνυσι πάλιν οὐ τὸν ἀδελφὸν ῦντα τὸν ταῦτα ἐργασάμενον, ἀλλὰ τὸν πονηρὸν. Διὰ τοῦτο καὶ ἐπήγαγεν᾽ ἐγὼ δὲ λέγω ὑμῖν, μὴ ἀντιστῆναι τῷ πονηρῷ. Οὐκ εἶπε, μὴ ἀντιστῆναι τῷ ἀδελφῷ, ἀλλὰ, τῷ πονηρῷ δεικνὺς ὅτι ἐκείνου κινοῦντος ταυτα τολμᾶται, καὶ ταύτῃ τὸ πολὺ τῆς ὁργῆς τῆς πρὸς τὸν πεποιηκότα χαλῶν καὶ ὑποτεμνόμενος, τῷ τὴν αἰτίαν ἐφ᾽ ἕτερον μεταθεῖναι. Τί οὖν: οὐ χρὴ ἡμᾶς ἀνθίστασθαι τῷ πονηρῷ: φησί. Δεῖ μὲν, ου τούτῳ δὲ τῷ τρόπῳ ἀλλ᾽ ὡς αὐτὸς ἐπέταξε, τῷ παρέχειν ἑαυτὸν πάσχειν κακωκ᾽ οὕτω γὰρ αὐτοῦ περιέσῃ. Οὐδὲ γὰρ πυρὶ σβέννυται πὺρ; ἀλλ᾽ ὕδατι πῦρ. Ἵνα δὲ μάθης ὅτι καὶ ἐν τῷ παλαιῳ νόμῳ ὁ παθὼν κρατεὶ μᾶλλον, καὶ οὗτός ἐστιν ὁ στεφανούμένος, ἐξέτασον αὐτὸ τὸ γινόμενον, καὶ ὄψει πολλὴν αὐτοῦ τὴν προεδρίαν οὖσαν. Ὁ μὲν γὰρ ἄρξας χειρών ἀδίκων, ἀμφοτέρους αὐτὸς ἔσται ἀνῃρηκὼς τοὺς ὀφθαλμοὺς, καὶ τὸν τοῦ πλησίον, καὶ τὸν αὐτοῦ. Διὸ καὶ μισεῖται παρὰ πάντων δικαίως, καὶ μυρίαις βάλλεται κατηγορίαις. Ὁ δὲ ηδικημένος, καὶ μετὰ τὸ τοῖς ἴσοις ἀμύνεσθαι, οὐδὲν ἔσται δεινὸν πεποιηκῶς. Διὸ καὶ πολλοὺς ἔχει τοὺς συναλγοῦντας, ἅτε καθαρὸς ὦν, καὶ μετὰ τὸ ποιῆσαι, ταύτης τῆς πλημμελείας. Καὶ τὰ μὲν τῆς συμφορᾶς ἰσα ἀμφοτέροις τὰ δὲ τῆς δόξης οὐκ ἴσα, οὔτε παρὰ θεῷ, οὔτε παρὰ ἀνθρώποις. Διόπερ λοιπὸν οὐδὲ τὰ τῆς συμφορὰς ἴσα. Ἄρχόμενος, μὲν οὖν ἐλεγεν ὁ ὀργιζόμενος τῷ ἀδελφῷ αὐτοὺ εἰκῆ, καὶ ὁ μωρὸν καλῶν, ἡ ἐσται τῇ γεέννῃ. τοῦ πυρὸς ἐνταῦθα δὲ καὶ πλείονα ἀπαιτεῖ φιλοσοφίαν, οὐ μόνον κελεύων ἡσυχάζειν τὸν πάσχοντα κακῶς, ἀλλὰ καὶ αντιφιλοτιμεῖσθαι μειζόνως, τὴν ἑτέραν παρέχοντα σιαγόνα. Τοῦτο δὲ λέγει, οὐ περὶ τῆς τοιαύτης πληγῆς νομοθετῶν μόνον, ἀλλὰ καὶ τὴν ἐν ἅπασι τοῖς ἄλλοις ἀνεξικακίαν παιδεύων ἡμᾶς.

᾿Ēkousate hoti ron ophthalmon anti ophthalmou, kai, hosonta anti ouontos. Egō de legō hymin, mē antistēnai tǭ ponērǭ all᾽ hystis se rapisei eis tēn dexian siagona, strepson autǭ kai tēn allēn. Kai tǭ thelonti soi krithēnai, kai ton chitōna sou labein, aphes autǭ kai to himation. HoRAS hoti ou peri ophthalmou ta protera elegen, hēnika henomothetei ophthalmon ekkoptein ton skandalizonta, alla peri tou dia philias blaptontos hēmas, kai eis to tēs apōleias emballontos barathron: Ho gar tosautēn entautha poioumenos tēn hyperbolēn, kai mēde heterou exoryttontos ton ophthalmon epitrepōn ekkopsai ton ekeinou, pōs an ton heautou ekkoptein enomothetēsen Ei de tis tou palaiou katēgorei nomou, dia to keleuein houtōs amynesthai, sphodra moi dokei sophias nomothetē prepousēs apeiros einai, kai kairōn dynamin agnoein, kai synkatabaseōs kerdos. An gar ennoēsę̄, tines san hoi tauta akouontes? kai pōs diakeimenoi, kai pote tēn nomothesian edexanto tautēn, sphodra apodexetai tou nomothetou tēn sophian, kai opsetai hoti heis kai ho autos ho ekeina kai tauta nomothetēsas esti, kai sphodra chrēsimōs hekatera kai meta tou prosēkontos grapsas kairou. Kai gar ei para tēn archēn ta hypsēla tauta kai hyperonka eisēgage parangelmata, out᾽ an tauta edexanto, oute ekeina nyni de en kairǭ tǭ prosēkonti hekatera diatheis, tēn Ho oikoumenēn di amphoterōn katōrthōsen hapasan. Allōs de kai touto ekeleusen, ouch hina tous allēlōn ekkoptōmen hophthalmous, all᾽ hina par᾽ heautois tas cheiras katechōmen. Hē gar apeilē tou pathein tēn epi to drasai hormēn diekōlyse. Nai houtō dē pollēn ērema hypospeirei tēn philosophian, hopou ge pathonta tois isois amynesthai keleuei kaitoige meizonos kolaseōs axios hēn ho tēs paranomias tautēs katarxas, kai touto ho tou dikaiou logos apaitei. All᾽ epeidē kai philanthrōpian ebouleto kerasai tǭ dikaiǭ, ton meizona plēmmelēsanta elattoni tēs axias katadikazei timōrią, paideuōn hekai en tǭ paschein pollēn epideiknysthai tēn epieikeian. Eipōn toinyn ton palaion nomon, kai anagnous auton hapanta, deiknysi palin ou ton adelphon ynta ton tauta ergasamenon, alla ton ponēron. Dia touto kai epēgagen᾽ egō de legō hymin, mē antistēnai tǭ ponērǭ. Ouk eipe, mē antistēnai tǭ adelphǭ, alla, tǭ ponērǭ deiknys hoti ekeinou kinountos tauta tolmatai, kai tautę̄ to poly tēs horgēs tēs pros ton pepoiēkota chalōn kai hypotemnomenos, tǭ tēn aitian eph᾽ heteron metatheinai. Ti oun: ou chrē hēmas anthistasthai tǭ ponērǭ: phēsi. Dei men, ou toutǭ de tǭ tropǭ all᾽ hōs autos epetaxe, tǭ parechein heauton paschein kakōk᾽ houtō gar autou periesę̄. Oude gar pyri sbennytai pyr? all᾽ hydati pyr. Hina de mathēs hoti kai en tǭ palaiǭ nomǭ ho pathōn kratei mallon, kai houtos estin ho stephanoumenos, exetason auto to ginomenon, kai opsei pollēn autou tēn proedrian ousan. Ho men gar arxas cheirōn adikōn, amphoterous autos estai anę̄rēkōs tous ophthalmous, kai ton tou plēsion, kai ton autou. Dio kai miseitai para pantōn dikaiōs, kai myriais balletai katēgoriais. Ho de ēdikēmenos, kai meta to tois isois amynesthai, ouden estai deinon pepoiēkōs. Dio kai pollous echei tous synalgountas, hate katharos ōn, kai meta to poiēsai, tautēs tēs plēmmeleias. Kai ta men tēs symphoras isa amphoterois ta de tēs doxēs ouk isa, oute para theǭ, oute para anthrōpois. Dioper loipon oude ta tēs symphoras isa. Archomenos, men oun elegen ho orgizomenos tǭ adelphǭ autou eikē, kai ho mōron kalōn, hē estai tę̄ geennę̄. tou pyros entautha de kai pleiona apaitei philosophian, ou monon keleuōn hēsychazein ton paschonta kakōs, alla kai antiphilotimeisthai meizonōs, tēn heteran parechonta siagona. Touto de legei, ou peri tēs toiautēs plēgēs nomothetōn monon, alla kai tēn en hapasi tois allois anexikakian paideuōn hēmas.

“You have heard that it was said, ‘An eye for an eye, and a tooth for a tooth.’ But I say to you, do not resist the evil one; but whoever strikes you on the right cheek, turn to him the other also. And to the one who wants to go to law with you and take your tunic, let him have your cloak as well.” Do you see that what he said earlier was not about an eye, when he legislated plucking out the eye that causes stumbling, but about the one who harms us through friendship and throws us into the pit of destruction? For he who here uses such intensity, and does not allow us to pluck out another’s eye even when he is gouging out ours, how could he have legislated plucking out one’s own? And if anyone accuses the old law because it commands retaliation in this way, he seems to me to be quite ignorant of the wisdom that befits a lawgiver, and not to know the force of times and the gain of condescension. For if he considers who those were who heard these things, and in what state, and when they received this legislation, he will greatly approve the lawgiver’s wisdom, and will see that it is one and the same who legislated both those things and these, and wrote each very usefully and at the fitting time. For if at the beginning he had brought in these lofty and exceedingly great commands, they would have received neither these nor those; but as it is, by arranging each at the fitting time, he set the whole world right by both. Besides, he commanded this too not so that we should gouge out one another’s eyes, but so that we should keep our hands to ourselves. For the threat of suffering prevented the impulse to act.

And so he gently sows much philosophy, since he bids the one who has suffered to retaliate with what is equal; and yet the one who began this lawlessness deserved a greater punishment, and the principle of justice demands this. But since he wished to mingle love for mankind with justice, he condemns the one who has offended more gravely to a punishment less than he deserves, teaching us to show great gentleness even in suffering. Having stated, then, the old law, and recited it all, he shows again that it is not our brother who has done these things but the evil one. That is why he added, “But I say to you, do not resist the evil one.” He did not say, “Do not resist your brother,” but “the evil one,” showing that these things are dared at his prompting, and in this way slackening and cutting away the greater part of our anger toward the one who has done them, by transferring the blame to another. “What then?” someone says, “must we not resist the evil one?” We must, but not in this way, but as he himself commanded, by offering ourselves to suffer ill; for so you will overcome him. For fire is not quenched by fire, but fire by water. And so that you may learn that even in the old law the one who suffers rather prevails, and he is the one who is crowned, examine the event itself, and you will see that his precedence is great. For the one who began with unjust hands will himself have destroyed both eyes, his neighbor’s and his own. That is why he is justly hated by all and assailed with countless accusations. But the one wronged, even after retaliating with what is equal, will have done nothing terrible. That is why he has many who share his grief, since he is pure of this offense even after acting. And the misfortune is equal for both, but the glory is not equal, either with God or with men. So in the end not even the misfortune is equal. At the beginning, then, he said, “He who is angry with his brother without cause, and he who calls him a fool, shall be liable to the hell of fire”; but here he demands even greater philosophy, bidding the one who suffers ill not only to keep quiet but to respond with greater generosity, offering the other cheek. And he says this not only legislating about such a blow, but teaching us forbearance in all other things too.

18.2Field 1

Ὥσπερ, γὰρ ὅταν λέγῃ, ὅτι ὁ καλῶν τὸν ἀδελφὸν αὐτοῦ μωρὸν, ἔνοχος ἔσται τῇ ᾿γϑεέννη, οὐ περὶ τοὺ βήματος τούτου λέγει μόνον, ἀλλὰ καὶ περὶ λοιδορίας ἁπάσης οὕτω δὴ καὶ ἐνταῦθα, οὐχ ἵνα βαπιζόμενοι φέρωμεν γενναίως, νομοθετεῖ, ἀλλ᾽ ἵνα καὶ πᾶν ὁτιοὺν πάσχοντες μὴ θορυβωμεθα. Διὰ τοῦτο κακεῖ τὴν ἐσχάτην ὕβριν ἐπελέξατο, καὶ ἐνταῦθα τὴν μάλιστα δοκοῦσαν εἶναι πληγὴν ἐπονείδιστον, τὴν ἐπὶ σιαγόνος, καὶ Ὦ πολλὴν ἔχουσαν τὴν ὕβριν τέθεικε. Κελεύει δὲ τοῦτο, ὑπέρ τε τοῦ πλήττοντος, ὑπέρ τε τοῦ πληττομένου τὸν λόγον ποιούμενος. Ὅ τε γὰρ ὑβρισμένος, οὐδὲν ἡγήσεται πάσχειν δεινὸν, οὕτω παρεσκενασμένος φιλοσο (οὐδὲ γὰρ τῆς ὕβρεως αἴσθησιν λήψεται, ἅτε μᾶλλο νῇ τυπτόμενος) ὃ τε ἐπηρεάζων καταισχυνθεὶς οὐκέτι δευτέραν ἐπάξει πληγὴν, κἄν θηρίου παντὸς χαλεπώτερος ἡ, ἀλλὰ καὶ ἐπὶ τῇ προτέρᾳ σφύδ ἑαντοῦ καταγνώσεται. Οὐδὲν γὰρ δῶ: κατέχει τοὺς ὡς τὸ φέρειν τοὺς ἀδικουμάνους ἐπιεικῶς τὰ γινόμενα οὐ κατέχει δὲ μόνον τῆς προσωτέρω βύμης; ἀλλὰ καὶ ἐπὶ τοῖς φθάσασι μετανοῆσαι παρασκευαζει, καὶ θαυμάζοντας τὴν ἐπιείκειαν ἀναχωρεῖν, καὶ οἰκειοτέρους. καθίστησι, καὶ δούλους, οὐχὶ φίλους μόνον, «ντὶ ,ἐχθρὼν καὶ πολεμίων ποιεῖ ὥσπερ οὖν τὸ ἀμύνεσθαι, τὰ ἐναντία ἅπαντα ἀμφοτέρους τε γὰρ καταισχύνει καὶ χείρους κατασκευάζει, καὶ τὴν ὀργὴν εἰς μείζονα ανάγει φλόγα καὶ πολλάκις καὶ εἰς θάνατον καταστρέφει περαιτέρω τὸ δεινὸν προβαῖνον. Διὰ τοῦτο οὐ μόνον ῥαπιζόμενον ἐκέλευσε μὴ ὀργίζεσθαι, ἀλλὰ καὶ ἐμπιπλᾶν αὐτοῦ τὴν ἐπιθυμίαν ἐπέταξεν, ἵνα μηδὲ τὸ πρότερον δόξης ἄκων ὑπομεμενηκέναι. Οὕτω γὰρ καὶ ἀναίσχυντον ὄντα ᾿καιρίᾳ δυνήσῃ πλῆξαι πληγῇ μᾶλλον, ἢ εἰ τῇ χειρὶ ἔπληξας, καὶ ἀναισχυντότερον ἔνα ἐπιεικέστερον ποιήσεις. Τῷ θέλυντί σοι κριθῆναι, καὶ τὸν χιτῶνά σου λαβεῖν, ἄφες αὐτῷ καὶ τὸ ἱμάτιον. Οὐδὲ γὰρ ἐπὶ πληγών μόνον, ἀλλὰ καὶ ἐπὶ χρημάτων βούλεται τὴν τοιαύτην ἀνεξικακίαν παρέχεσθαι. Διὸ παλιν τὴν αὐτὴν τίθησιν ὑπερβολήν. Ὥσπερ γὰρ ἐκεῖ κελεύει νικᾶν ἐν τῷ πάσχειν; οὕτω καὶ ἐνταῦθα τῷ ἀφαιρεῖσθαι πλείονα ὧν ὁ πλεονεκτῶν προσεδόκησε. Πλὴν οὐχ ἁπλῶς αὐτὸ τέθεικεν, ἀλλὰ μετὰ προσθήκης. Οὐ γὰρ εἶπε; δὸς τῷ αἰτοῦντι τὸ ἱμάτιον, ἀλλᾶ᾿ τῷ θέλοντί σοι κριθῆναι τουτέστιν, ἐὰν εἰς δικαστήριον ὅλκῃ καὶ πραγματά σοι παρέχῃ. Καὶ ὥσπερ εἰπὼν μὴ καλεῖν μωρὸν, μηδὲ ὀργίζεσθαι εἰκῆ, προϊὼν πλέον ἀπήτησεν, ἡνίκα ἐκέλευσε καὶ τὴν δεξιὰν σιαγόνα παρέχειν οὕτω καὶ ἐνταῦθα, εἰπὼν εὐνοεῖν τῷ ἀντιδίκῳ, πάλιν ἐπιτείνει τὸ ἐπίταγμα. Οὐ γαρ δὴ μόνον ἃ βούλεται λαβεῖν κελεύει δοῦναι, ἀλλὰ καὶ πλείονα ἐπιδείξασθαι φιλοτιμίαν. Τί οὖν: γυμνὸς μέλλω περιϊέναι: φησίν. Οὐκ ἂν ἦμεν γυμνοὶ, εἰ τούτοις ἐπειθόμεθα μετὰ ἀκριβείας ἀλλὰ καὶ πολλῷ πλείονα ἁπάντων ἄν ἧμεν περιβεβλημένοι. Πρώτον μὲν γὰρ οὐδεὶς ἂν οὕτω διακειμένοις ἐπέθετο δεύτερον. δὲ, εἰ καὶ ἔτυχέ τις οὕτως ἄγριος καὶ ἀνήμερος, ὡς καὶ μέχρι τοσούτου προελθεῖν, ἀλλὰ πολλῷ πλείους ἂν ἐφάνησαν οἱ τὸν οὕτω φιλοσοφοῦντα οὐχ ἱματίοις μόνον, ἀλλὰ καὶ τῇ σαρκὶ τῇ ἑαυτῶν, εἴγε οἷόν τε ἦν, περιβάλλοντες.

Hōsper, gar hotan legę̄, hoti ho kalōn ton adelphon autou mōron, enochos estai tę̄ ᾿gϑeennē, ou peri tou bēmatos toutou legei monon, alla kai peri loidorias hapasēs houtō dē kai entautha, ouch hina bapizomenoi pherōmen gennaiōs, nomothetei, all᾽ hina kai pan hotioun paschontes mē thorybōmetha. Dia touto kakei tēn eschatēn hybrin epelexato, kai entautha tēn malista dokousan einai plēgēn eponeidiston, tēn epi siagonos, kai Ō pollēn echousan tēn hybrin tetheike. Keleuei de touto, hyper te tou plēttontos, hyper te tou plēttomenou ton logon poioumenos. Ho te gar hybrismenos, ouden hēgēsetai paschein deinon, houtō pareskenasmenos philoso (oude gar tēs hybreōs aisthēsin lēpsetai, hate mallo nę̄ typtomenos) ho te epēreazōn kataischyntheis ouketi deuteran epaxei plēgēn, kan thēriou pantos chalepōteros hē, alla kai epi tę̄ proterą sphyd heantou katagnōsetai. Ouden gar dō: katechei tous hōs to pherein tous adikoumanous epieikōs ta ginomena ou katechei de monon tēs prosōterō bymēs? alla kai epi tois phthasasi metanoēsai paraskeuazei, kai thaumazontas tēn epieikeian anachōrein, kai oikeioterous. kathistēsi, kai doulous, ouchi philous monon, «nti ,echthrōn kai polemiōn poiei hōsper oun to amynesthai, ta enantia hapanta amphoterous te gar kataischynei kai cheirous kataskeuazei, kai tēn orgēn eis meizona anagei phloga kai pollakis kai eis thanaton katastrephei peraiterō to deinon probainon. Dia touto ou monon rhapizomenon ekeleuse mē orgizesthai, alla kai empiplan autou tēn epithymian epetaxen, hina mēde to proteron doxēs akōn hypomemenēkenai. Houtō gar kai anaischynton onta ᾿kairią dynēsę̄ plēxai plēgę̄ mallon, ē ei tę̄ cheiri eplēxas, kai anaischyntoteron ena epieikesteron poiēseis. Tǭ thelynti soi krithēnai, kai ton chitōna sou labein, aphes autǭ kai to himation. Oude gar epi plēgōn monon, alla kai epi chrēmatōn bouletai tēn toiautēn anexikakian parechesthai. Dio palin tēn autēn tithēsin hyperbolēn. Hōsper gar ekei keleuei nikan en tǭ paschein? houtō kai entautha tǭ aphaireisthai pleiona hōn ho pleonektōn prosedokēse. Plēn ouch haplōs auto tetheiken, alla meta prosthēkēs. Ou gar eipe? dos tǭ aitounti to himation, alla᾿ tǭ thelonti soi krithēnai toutestin, ean eis dikastērion holkę̄ kai pragmata soi parechę̄. Kai hōsper eipōn mē kalein mōron, mēde orgizesthai eikē, proïōn pleon apētēsen, hēnika ekeleuse kai tēn dexian siagona parechein houtō kai entautha, eipōn eunoein tǭ antidikǭ, palin epiteinei to epitagma. Ou gar dē monon ha bouletai labein keleuei dounai, alla kai pleiona epideixasthai philotimian. Ti oun: gymnos mellō periïenai: phēsin. Ouk an ēmen gymnoi, ei toutois epeithometha meta akribeias alla kai pollǭ pleiona hapantōn an hēmen peribeblēmenoi. Prōton men gar oudeis an houtō diakeimenois epetheto deuteron. de, ei kai etyche tis houtōs agrios kai anēmeros, hōs kai mechri tosoutou proelthein, alla pollǭ pleious an ephanēsan hoi ton houtō philosophounta ouch himatiois monon, alla kai tę̄ sarki tę̄ heautōn, eige hoion te ēn, periballontes.

For just as, when he says that he who calls his brother a fool shall be liable to hell, he speaks not only about this word but about all abuse, so here too he legislates not only that we should bear it nobly when struck, but that we should not be troubled whatever we suffer. That is why there he chose the extreme of insult, and here he has put the blow that seems most shameful, the one on the cheek, which carries much insult. And he commands this taking account both of the striker and of the one struck. For the one insulted will think he suffers nothing terrible, being so prepared in philosophy (for he will not even perceive the insult, as one rather contending than being beaten); and the abuser, put to shame, will not bring on a second blow, even if he is fiercer than any wild beast, but will condemn himself strongly even for the first. For nothing so restrains wrongdoers as the wronged bearing what happens with gentleness. And it not only restrains them from going further, but even makes them repent of what they have already done, and withdraw admiring the gentleness, and makes them more closely attached, and makes them not only friends but even servants in place of enemies and foes; just as retaliation does all the opposite. For it both shames both parties and makes them worse, and raises the anger into a greater flame, and often ends in death as the evil goes further. That is why he not only commanded the one struck not to be angry, but also bade him satisfy the other’s desire, so that you may not even seem to have endured the first unwillingly. For in this way you will be able to strike even a shameless man with a deadlier blow than if you had struck him with your hand, and you will make him gentler instead of more shameless.

“To the one who wants to go to law with you and take your tunic, let him have your cloak as well.” For he wants such forbearance shown not only in the case of blows but also in that of money. That is why he again sets down the same intensity. For as there he bids us conquer by suffering, so here too by being robbed of more than the covetous man expected. However, he did not put it simply, but with an addition. For he did not say, “Give your cloak to the one who asks,” but, “to the one who wants to go to law with you,” that is, if he drags you into court and gives you trouble. And as, having said not to call anyone a fool nor to be angry without cause, as he went on he demanded more when he bade us offer the right cheek too, so here, having said to be well disposed toward the adversary, he again intensifies the command. For he bids us not only give what he wants to take, but show greater generosity besides. “What then,” someone says, “am I to go about naked?” We would not be naked if we obeyed these things with precision; rather, we would be clothed with much more than all. For first, no one would attack people so disposed; and second, even if someone were so savage and wild as to go so far, far more people would appear who would clothe the man who practices such philosophy, not only with garments but even with their own flesh, if it were possible.

18.3Field 1

δὲ καὶ ἐχρῆν γυμνὸν περιϊέναι. διὰ τοιαύτην φιλοσοφίαν, οὐδὲ οὕτως αἰσχρὸν ἦν. ᾿Επεὶ καὶ ᾿Αδὰμ γυμνὸς ἤν ἐν τῷ παραδείσῳ, καὶ οὐκ ἠσχύνετο' καὶ ὁ ᾿Ησαΐας γυμνὸς καὶ ἀνυπόδετος,, καὶ πάντων ᾿Ιουδαίων λαμπρότέρος ἥν᾽ καὶ ὁ ᾿Ιωσὴφ δὲ, ὅτε ἀπεδύσατο, τότε μάλιστα ἔλαμψεν. Ου γὰρ τὸ οὕτω γυμνοῦσθαι κακὸν, ἀλλὰ τὸ οὕτως ἐνδύεσθαι, καθάπερ νῦν ἡμεῖς ἱματίοις πολυτελέσι, τοῦτο καὶ αἰσχρὸν καὶ καταγέλαστον. Διά τοι τοῦτο ἐκείνους μὲν ὁ θεὸς ἐπήνεσε, τούτοις δὲ ἐγκαλεῖ, καὶ διὰ προφητὼν καὶ ἀποστόλων. Μὴ τοίνυν ἀδύνατα εἶναι νομίζωμεν τὰ ἐπιτάγματα. Καὶ γὰρ μετὰ τοῦ συμφέροντος σφόδρα ἐστὶν εὔκολα, ἐὰν νήφωμεν᾽ καὶ τοσοῦτον ἔχει τὸ κέρδος, ὡς καῇ μόνον ἡμᾶς, αλλὰ καὶ ἐκείνους τοὺς ἐπηρεάζοντας τὰ μέγιστα ὠφελεῖν, Καὶ τοῦτο μάλιστα αὐτῶν ἐστι τὸ ἐξαίρετον, ὅτι πείθοντες ἡμᾶς πασχειν κακῶς, διὰ τῶν αὐτῶν καὶ τοὺς ποιοῦντας διδάσκουσι φιλοσοφεῖν. Ὅταν γὰρ ἐκεῖνος μὲν ἡγῆται μέγα τὸ τὰ ἑτέρων λαμβάνειν, σὺ δὲ αὐτῷ δείξης, ὅτι σοι κοῦφον καὶ ἃ μὴ αἰτεῖ δοῦναι, καὶ ἀντίῤῥοπον φιλοτιμίαν. εἰσαγάγης τῆς ἐκείνου πτωχείας, καὶ φιλοσοφίαν τῆς ἐκείνου πλεονεξίας, ἐννόησον ὅσης ἀπολαύσεται διδασκαλίας, οὐ διὰ βημάτων, αλλὰ διὰ τῶν ἔργων αὐτῶν παιδευόμενος καταφρονεῖν μὲν κακίας, ἐφίεσθαι δὲ ἀρετῆς. Οὐδὲ γὰρ ἑαυτοῖς χρησίμους ἡμᾶς εἶναι βούλεται ὁ ο θεὸς, αλλὰ καὶ τοῖς πλησίον ἅπασιν. Ἂν μὲν οὖν δῷς, καὶ μὴ δικάση, τὸ σαντοῦ συμφέρον ἐζήτησας μόνον ἂν δὲ προσδῷς καὶ ἕτερον, κἀκεῖνον βελτίω ποιήσας ἐξέπεμψας. Τοιοῦτόν ἐστι τὸ ἅλας, ὅπερ αὐτοὺς εἶναι βούλεται: καὶ γὰρ ἑαυτὸ συγκροτεῖ, καὶ τὰ ἄλλα διακρατεῖ σώματα, οἷς ἂν ὁμιλήση᾽ τοιοῦτόν ἐστι τὸ φώς καὶ γὰρ ἑαυτῷ καὶ τοῖς ἄλλοις φαίνει. ᾿Επεὶ οὖν ἐν τάξει σε τούτων κατέστησε, ὠφέλησον καὶ τὸν ἐν σκότῳ καθἥμενον, καὶ δίδαξον αὐτὸν, ὅτι οὐδὲ τὸ πρότερον βίᾳ ἔλαβε πεῖσον ὅτι οὐκ ἐπηρέασεν. Οὕτω γὰρ καὶ αὐτὸς αἰδεσιμώτερος ἔσῃ καὶ σεμνότερος, ἐὰν δείξῃς ὅτι ἐχαρίσω, καὶ οὐχ ἡρπάγης. Ποίησον τοίνυν αὐτοῦ τὴν ἁμαρτίαν διὰ τῆς σῆς ἐπιεικείας φιλοτιμίαν σήν. Εἰ δὲ μέγα τοῦτο εἶναι νομίζεις, ἀνάμεινον, καὶ ὄψει σαφώς, ὅτι οὐδέπω πρὸς τὸ τέλειον αὶ ἀπήντηκας. Οὐδὲ γὰρ ἐνταῦθα ἵσταταί σοι ὁ τοὺς περὶ ἀνεξικακίας τιθεὶς νόμους, ἀλλὰ καὶ περαιτέρω πρόεισιν, οὕτω λέγων᾽ ἐᾷν τίς σε ἀγγαρεύσῃ μίλιον ἕν, ὕπαγε μετ᾽ αὐτοῦ δύο. Εἶδες ὑπερβολὴν φιλοσοφίας: Μετὰ γοὺν τὸ δοῦναι τὸν χιτώνα καὶ τὸ ἱμάτιον, οὐδὲ εἰ γυμνῷ τῷ σώωματι χρῆσθαι βούλοιτο ὁ ἐχθρὸς πρὸς ταλαιπωρίας καὶ πόνους, οὐδὲ οὕτως αὐτὸν δεῖ κωλύειν, φησί. Πάντα γὰρ βούλεται κεκτῆσθαι ἡμᾶς κοινὰ, καὶ τὰ σώματα καὶ τὰ χρήματα, καὶ τοῖς δεομένοις καὶ τοῖς ὑβρίζουσι τὸ μὲν γὰρ ἀνδρείας, τὸ δὲ φιλανθρωπίας ἐστί. Διὰ τοῦτο ἔλεγεν Ὦ ἐᾶν τίς σε ἀγγαρεύσῃ μίλιον ἕν, ὕπαγε μετ᾽ αὐτοῦ δύο ἀνωτέρω σε ἀνάγων πάλιν, καὶ τὴν αὐτὴν φιλοτιμίαν ἐπιδείκνυσθαι κελεύων. Εἰ γὰρ ἅπερ ἀρχόμενος ἔλεγεν, ἐλαττονα ὄντα τούτων πολλῷ, τοσούτους ἔχει μακαρισμοὺς, ἐννόησον οἵα λῆξις τοὺς ταῦτα κατορθοῦντας ἀναμένει, καὶ τίνες καὶ πρὸ τῶν ἐπάθλων γίνονται, ἐν ἀνθρωπίνῳ σωματι καὶ παθητῷ αἀπαθειαν ἅπασαν κατορθοῦντες. Ὅταν γὰρ μήτε ὕβρεσι καὶ πληγαῖς, μήτε χρημάτων ἀφαιρέσει δάκνωνται, μήτε ἄλλῳ μηδενὶ εἴκωσι τοιούτῳ, ἀλλὰ καὶ ἐπιδαψιλεύωνται τῷ πάθει μᾶλλον, σκόπησον οἵα αὐτοῖς κατασκευάζεται ψυχη. Διὰ δὴ τοῦτο ὅπερ ἐπὶ τῶν πληγῶν, ὅπερ ἐπὶ τῶν χρημάτων, τοῦτο καὶ ἐνταῦθα ἐκέλευσε ποιεῖν. Τί γὰρ λέγω, φησὶν, ὕβριν καὶ χρήματα: Κάν αὐτῷ τῷ σώματί σον βούληται εἰς πόνον χρήσασθαι καὶ κάματον, καὶ τοῦτο ἀδίκως, πάλιν νίκησον καὶ ὑπέρβηθι τὴν ἄδικον ἐπιθυμίαν ἐκείνου. Τὸ γὰρ ἀγγαρεῦσαι τοῦτο ἐστι, τὸ ἀδίκως ἑλκύσαι, καὶ ἄνευ λόγου τινὸς, καὶ ἐπηρεάζοντα. Ἀλλ᾽ ὅμως καὶ πρὸς τοῦτο ἔσο παρατεταγμένος, ὥστε πλέον παθεῖν, ἢ ἐκεῖνος βούλεται ποιῆσαι. Τῷ αἰτοῦντί σε δίδου, καὶ τὸν θέλοντα ἀπὸ σοῦ δανείσασθαι μὴ ἀποστραφῆς. Ταῦτα ἐκείνων ἐλάττονα ἀλλὰ μὴ θαυμάσητ᾽ τοῦτο γὰρ εἴωθεν ἀεὶ ποιεῖν, ἀναμεγνὺς τοῖς μεγάλοις τὰ μικρά. Εἰ δὲ ταῦτα μικρὰ πρὸς ἐκεῖνα, ἀκονέτωσαν οἱ τὰ ἑτέρων λαμβάνοντες, οἱ πόρναις τὰ ἑαυτῶν διανέμοντες, καὶ διπλῆν ἑαυτοῖς ἀνάπτοντες πυρᾶν, καὶ διὰ τῆς προσόδου τῆς ἀδίκου, καὶ διὰ τῆς δαπάνης τῆς ὀλεθρίας. Δάνεισμα δὲ ἐνταῦθα οὐ τὸ μετὰ τῶν τόκων λέγει συμβόλαιον. αλλὰ τὴν χρῆσιν ἁπλῶς. Ἀλλαχοῦ δὲ αὐτὸ καὶ ἐπιτείνει, λέγων ἐκείνοι διδόναι, παρ᾽ ὧν οὐ προσδοκῶμεν ἀπολαμβάνειν. Ἡκούσατε ὅτι ἐῤῥέθη ἀγαπήσεις τὸν πλησίον σου, καὶ μισήσεις τὸν ἐχθρόν σου. Ἐγὼ δὲ λέγω ὑμῖν, ἀγαπᾶτε τοὺς ἐχθροὺς ὑμών, καὶ εὔχεσθε ὑπὲρ τῶν ἐπηρεαζόντων ὑμᾶς εὐλογεῖτε τοὺς καταρωμένους ὑμᾶς, καλῶς ποιεῖτε τοῖς μισοῦσιν ὑμᾶς ὅπως γένησθε ὅμοιοι τοῦ πατρὸς ὑμῶν τοῦ ἐν τοῖς οὐρανοῖς ὅτι ἀνατέλλει τὸν ἥλιον αὐτοῦ ἐπὶ πονηροὺς καὶ ἀγαθοὺς, καὶ βρέχει ἐπὶ δικαίους καὶ ἀδίκους. Ὁ Ὅρα τὴν κορωνίδα τῶν ἀγαθῶν πῶς ἐπέθηκεν ἐσχάτην. Διὰ γὰρ τοῦτο παιδεύει; μὴ μόνον ῥαπιζόμενον φέρειν, ἀλλὰ καὶ παρέχειν τὴν δεξιὰν σιαγόνα, μηδὲ μόνον τῷ χιτῶνι τὸ ἱμάτιον προστιθέναι, ἀλλὰ καὶ δύο συνοδεύειν μίλια τῷ ὃν αὐγγαρεύοντι, ἵνα τὸ πολλῳ πλέον τούτων μετ᾽ εὐκολίας δέξη πάσης. Καὶ τί τούτων πλέον ἐστί; φησί. Τὸ τὸν ποιοῦντα ταῦτα μηδὲ ἐχθρὸν ὄχειν' μᾶλλον δὲ καὶ τούτου ἕτερόν τι πλέον. Οὐ γὰρ εἶπε, μὴ μισήσῃς, ἀλλὰ, ἀγάπησον οὐκ εἶπε, μὴ ἀδικήσῃς, ἣ ἀλλά, καλῶς ποίησον.

de kai echrēn gymnon periïenai. dia toiautēn philosophian, oude houtōs aischron ēn. ᾿Epei kai ᾿Adam gymnos ēn en tǭ paradeisǭ, kai ouk ēschyneto' kai ho ᾿Ēsaïas gymnos kai anypodetos,, kai pantōn ᾿Ioudaiōn lamproteros hēn᾽ kai ho ᾿Iōsēph de, hote apedysato, tote malista elampsen. Ou gar to houtō gymnousthai kakon, alla to houtōs endyesthai, kathaper nyn hēmeis himatiois polytelesi, touto kai aischron kai katagelaston. Dia toi touto ekeinous men ho theos epēnese, toutois de enkalei, kai dia prophētōn kai apostolōn. Mē toinyn adynata einai nomizōmen ta epitagmata. Kai gar meta tou sympherontos sphodra estin eukola, ean nēphōmen᾽ kai tosouton echei to kerdos, hōs kaę̄ monon hēmas, alla kai ekeinous tous epēreazontas ta megista ōphelein, Kai touto malista autōn esti to exaireton, hoti peithontes hēmas paschein kakōs, dia tōn autōn kai tous poiountas didaskousi philosophein. Hotan gar ekeinos men hēgētai mega to ta heterōn lambanein, sy de autǭ deixēs, hoti soi kouphon kai ha mē aitei dounai, kai antirrhopon philotimian. eisagagēs tēs ekeinou ptōcheias, kai philosophian tēs ekeinou pleonexias, ennoēson hosēs apolausetai didaskalias, ou dia bēmatōn, alla dia tōn ergōn autōn paideuomenos kataphronein men kakias, ephiesthai de aretēs. Oude gar heautois chrēsimous hēmas einai bouletai ho o theos, alla kai tois plēsion hapasin. An men oun dǭs, kai mē dikasē, to santou sympheron ezētēsas monon an de prosdǭs kai heteron, kakeinon beltiō poiēsas exepempsas. Toiouton esti to halas, hoper autous einai bouletai: kai gar heauto synkrotei, kai ta alla diakratei sōmata, hois an homilēsē᾽ toiouton esti to phōs kai gar heautǭ kai tois allois phainei. ᾿Epei oun en taxei se toutōn katestēse, ōphelēson kai ton en skotǭ kathēmenon, kai didaxon auton, hoti oude to proteron bią elabe peison hoti ouk epēreasen. Houtō gar kai autos aidesimōteros esę̄ kai semnoteros, ean deixę̄s hoti echarisō, kai ouch hērpagēs. Poiēson toinyn autou tēn hamartian dia tēs sēs epieikeias philotimian sēn. Ei de mega touto einai nomizeis, anameinon, kai opsei saphōs, hoti oudepō pros to teleion ai apēntēkas. Oude gar entautha histatai soi ho tous peri anexikakias titheis nomous, alla kai peraiterō proeisin, houtō legōn᾽ eąn tis se angareusę̄ milion hen, hypage met᾽ autou dyo. Eides hyperbolēn philosophias: Meta goun to dounai ton chitōna kai to himation, oude ei gymnǭ tǭ sōōmati chrēsthai bouloito ho echthros pros talaipōrias kai ponous, oude houtōs auton dei kōlyein, phēsi. Panta gar bouletai kektēsthai hēmas koina, kai ta sōmata kai ta chrēmata, kai tois deomenois kai tois hybrizousi to men gar andreias, to de philanthrōpias esti. Dia touto elegen Ō ean tis se angareusę̄ milion hen, hypage met᾽ autou dyo anōterō se anagōn palin, kai tēn autēn philotimian epideiknysthai keleuōn. Ei gar haper archomenos elegen, elattona onta toutōn pollǭ, tosoutous echei makarismous, ennoēson hoia lēxis tous tauta katorthountas anamenei, kai tines kai pro tōn epathlōn ginontai, en anthrōpinǭ sōmati kai pathētǭ aapatheian hapasan katorthountes. Hotan gar mēte hybresi kai plēgais, mēte chrēmatōn aphairesei daknōntai, mēte allǭ mēdeni eikōsi toioutǭ, alla kai epidapsileuōntai tǭ pathei mallon, skopēson hoia autois kataskeuazetai psychē. Dia dē touto hoper epi tōn plēgōn, hoper epi tōn chrēmatōn, touto kai entautha ekeleuse poiein. Ti gar legō, phēsin, hybrin kai chrēmata: Kan autǭ tǭ sōmati son boulētai eis ponon chrēsasthai kai kamaton, kai touto adikōs, palin nikēson kai hyperbēthi tēn adikon epithymian ekeinou. To gar angareusai touto esti, to adikōs helkysai, kai aneu logou tinos, kai epēreazonta. All᾽ homōs kai pros touto eso paratetagmenos, hōste pleon pathein, ē ekeinos bouletai poiēsai. Tǭ aitounti se didou, kai ton thelonta apo sou daneisasthai mē apostraphēs. Tauta ekeinōn elattona alla mē thaumasēt᾽ touto gar eiōthen aei poiein, anamegnys tois megalois ta mikra. Ei de tauta mikra pros ekeina, akonetōsan hoi ta heterōn lambanontes, hoi pornais ta heautōn dianemontes, kai diplēn heautois anaptontes pyran, kai dia tēs prosodou tēs adikou, kai dia tēs dapanēs tēs olethrias. Daneisma de entautha ou to meta tōn tokōn legei symbolaion. alla tēn chrēsin haplōs. Allachou de auto kai epiteinei, legōn ekeinoi didonai, par᾽ hōn ou prosdokōmen apolambanein. Hēkousate hoti errhethē agapēseis ton plēsion sou, kai misēseis ton echthron sou. Egō de legō hymin, agapate tous echthrous hymōn, kai euchesthe hyper tōn epēreazontōn hymas eulogeite tous katarōmenous hymas, kalōs poieite tois misousin hymas hopōs genēsthe homoioi tou patros hymōn tou en tois ouranois hoti anatellei ton hēlion autou epi ponērous kai agathous, kai brechei epi dikaious kai adikous. Ho Hora tēn korōnida tōn agathōn pōs epethēken eschatēn. Dia gar touto paideuei? mē monon rhapizomenon pherein, alla kai parechein tēn dexian siagona, mēde monon tǭ chitōni to himation prostithenai, alla kai dyo synodeuein milia tǭ hon aungareuonti, hina to pollǭ pleon toutōn met᾽ eukolias dexē pasēs. Kai ti toutōn pleon esti? phēsi. To ton poiounta tauta mēde echthron ochein' mallon de kai toutou heteron ti pleon. Ou gar eipe, mē misēsę̄s, alla, agapēson ouk eipe, mē adikēsę̄s, hē alla, kalōs poiēson.

[And if] one had to go about naked for such philosophy, not even so would it be shameful. For Adam too was naked in paradise and was not ashamed; and Isaiah was naked and barefoot, and more illustrious than all the Jews; and Joseph too shone most when he was stripped. For it is not being naked in this way that is evil, but being clothed as we now are with costly garments; this is both shameful and ridiculous. That is why God praised them, but accuses these, through prophets and apostles. Let us not, then, think the commands impossible. For together with their usefulness they are very easy, if we are sober; and they bring so great a gain as to benefit greatly not only us but also those who abuse us. And this is above all their special excellence, that in persuading us to suffer ill, by the same means they teach those who do it to practice philosophy too. For when he thinks it a great thing to take what belongs to others, and you show him that it is easy for you to give even what he does not ask, and bring in a generosity to counterbalance his poverty and a philosophy to counterbalance his covetousness, consider how great a lesson he will enjoy, taught not by words but by deeds themselves to despise vice and to long for virtue. For God wants us to be useful not to ourselves only, but to all our neighbors. If, then, you give and do not go to law, you have sought your own advantage only; but if you give another thing besides, you have sent him away better too. Such is the salt which he wants them to be; for it both holds itself together and preserves the other bodies with which it mingles. Such is the light; for it shines both for itself and for others. Since, then, he has set you in the rank of these, help the one who sits in darkness, and teach him that he did not take even the first thing by force; persuade him that he did not abuse you. For so you yourself too will be more respected and revered, if you show that you gave freely and were not robbed. Make his sin, then, your generosity by your gentleness.

And if you think this a great thing, wait, and you will see clearly that you have not yet reached perfection. For he who lays down the laws of forbearance does not stop for you here, but goes further, saying, “If anyone compels you to go one mile, go with him two.” Do you see the height of philosophy? After giving the tunic and the cloak, he says, not even if the enemy wants to use your naked body for hardships and toils should you hinder him even so. For he wants us to hold all things in common, both bodies and money, both with those in need and with those who insult us; for the one belongs to courage, the other to love for mankind. That is why he said, “If anyone compels you to go one mile, go with him two,” leading you again higher, and bidding you show the same generosity. For if what he said at the beginning, which is much less than these, has so many beatitudes, consider what kind of lot awaits those who achieve these things, and what they become even before the prizes, achieving complete freedom from passion in a human and passible body. For when they are bitten neither by insults and blows nor by being robbed of money, nor yield to anything else of the kind, but even give more lavishly to the suffering, consider what kind of soul is being formed in them. That is why what he commanded in the case of blows and of money, he commanded to be done here too. “For why do I speak,” he says, “of insult and money? Even if he wants to use your very body for toil and labor, and that unjustly, again conquer and surpass his unjust desire.” For “compelling” means this: dragging unjustly, without any reason, and by way of abuse. But nevertheless be prepared for this too, so as to suffer more than he wants to inflict.

“Give to the one who asks you, and do not turn away from the one who wants to borrow from you.” These things are less than those; but do not wonder, for he is accustomed always to do this, mingling small things with great. And if these are small compared with those, let those hear who take what belongs to others, who distribute their own to harlots and kindle a double fire for themselves, both by their unjust income and by their ruinous spending. By a loan he does not mean here the contract with interest, but simply the use. And elsewhere he even intensifies it, telling us to give to those from whom we do not expect to receive back.

“You have heard that it was said, ‘You shall love your neighbor and hate your enemy.’ But I say to you, love your enemies, and pray for those who abuse you; bless those who curse you, do good to those who hate you, so that you may become like your Father who is in heaven; for he makes his sun rise on the evil and the good, and sends rain on the just and the unjust.” See how he set the capstone of good things last. For this is why he teaches us not only to bear being struck but to offer the right cheek too, and not only to add the cloak to the tunic but also to go two miles with the one who compels us, so that we may accept with all ease what is much more than these. “And what is more than these?” someone says. That the one who does these things should not even be an enemy; or rather, something more than this. For he did not say, “Do not hate,” but “Love”; he did not say, “Do not wrong,” but “Do good.”

18.4Field 1

Εἰ δέ τις ἀκριβῶς ἐξετάσειε, καὶ τούτων αὐτῶν ἑτέραν ὄψεται προσθήκην πολλῷ Ὁ μείζονα τούτων. Οὐδὲ γὰρ ἁπλῶς ἐκέλευσεν ἀγαπᾶν, ἀλλὰ καὶ εὔχεσθαι. Εἶδες ὅσους ἀνέβη βαθμοὺς, καὶ πῶς εἰς αὐτὴν ἡμᾶς τὴν κορυφὴν ἔστησε τῆς ἀρετῆς; Σκόπει δὲ ἄνωθεν ἀριθμῶν. Πρώῶτός ἐστι βαθμὸς, μὴ ἄρχειν ἀδικίας δεύτερος, μετὰ τὸ ᾿ἄρξασθαι, τοῖς ἴσοις ἀμύνασθαι τρίτος, μὴ δρᾶσαι τὸν ἐπηρεάζοντα ταῦτα ἔπαθεν, ἀλλ᾽ ἡσυχάσαι, Τέταρτος, τὸ καὶ παρασχεῖν ἑαυτὸν εἰς τὸ παθεῖν κακῶς πέμπτος, τὸ καὶ πλέον παρασχεῖν ἦ ἐκεῖνος βούλεται ὁ ποιήσας ἕκτος, τὸ μὴ μισῆσαι τὸν ταῦτα ἐργασάμενον ἕβδομος, τὸ καὶ αγαπῆσαι' ὄγδοος, τὸ καὶ εὐεργετῆσαι ἔνατος, τὸ καὶ τὸν θεὸν ὑπὲρ αὐτοῦ παρακαλεῖν. Εἶδες ὕψος φιλοσοφίας; Διά τοι τοῦτο καὶ λαμπρὸν τὸ ἔπαθλον ἔχει. ᾿Επειδὴ γὰρ μέγα ἦν τὸ ἐπίταγμα, καὶ νεανικῆς δεόμενον ψυχῆς καὶ πολλῆς τῆς σπουδῆς, καὶ μισθὸν αὐτῷ τίθησι τοιοῦτον, οἷον οὐδενὶ τῶν προτέρων. Οὐ γὰρ γῆς ἐνταῦθα μέμνηται, καθάπερ ἐπὶ τῶν πράων᾽ οὔτε παρακλήσεως καὶ ἐλέου, καθάπερ ἐπὶ τῶν πενθούντων καὶ ἐλεημόνων' οὔτε βασιλείας οὐρανῶν ἀλλ᾽ πάντων τούτων ἦν φρικωδέστερον, τὸ γενέσθαι ὁμοίους τῷ θεῷ, ὡς ἀνθρώπους γενέσθαι εἰκός. Ὅπως γὰρ γένησθε, φησὶν, ὅμοιοι τοῦ πατρὸς ὑμῶν τοῦ ἐν οὐρανοῖς. Σὺ δέ μοι παρατήρει, πῶς οὐδὲ ἐνταῦθα, οὐδὲ ἐν τοῖς ἔμπροσθεν πατέρα ὁ εαντοῦ Κάλει αλλ ἐκεῖ μὲν θεὸν καὶ βασιλέα μέγαν, ὅτε περὶ τῶν ὅρκων διελέγετο ἐνταῦθα δὲ πατέρα αὐτῶν. Ποιεῖ δὲ τοῦτο, τῷ προσήκοντι καιρῷ τοὺς περὶ τούτων τηρῶν λόγους. Εἶτα καὶ προσαγων τὴν ὁμοιότητα» φησὶν, ὅτι τὸν ἥλιον αὐτοῦ ἀνατέλλει ἐπὶ πονηροὺς καὶ ἀγαθοὺς, καὶ βρέχει ἐπὶ δικαίους καὶ ἀδίκους.᾽ Καὶ γὰρ αὐτὸς οὐ μόνον οὐ μισεῖ, φησὶν, ἀλλὰ καὶ εὐεργετεῖ τοὺς ὑβρίζοντας. Ναίτοιγε οὐδαμοῦ τὸ γινόμενον ἴσον, οὐ μόνον διὰ τὴν τῆς εὐεργεσίας ὑπερβολὴν, ἀλλὰ καὶ διὰ τὴν τῆς ἀξίας ὑπεροχήν. Σὺ μὲν γὰρ παρὰ τοῦ ὁμοδούλου καταφρονή, ἐκεῖνος δὲ παρὰ τοῦ δούλου καὶ μυρία εὐεργετηθέντον καὶ σὺ μὲν βήματα χαρίζῃ εὐχόμενος ὑπὲρ αὐτοῦ, αὐτὸς δὲ πράγματα πολὺ μεγάλα καὶ θανμαστὰ, τὸν ἥλιον ἀνάπτων, καὶ τοὺς ἐτησίους ὄμβρους διδούς. ᾿Αλλ ὅμως καὶ οὕτω δίδωμι ἴσον εἶναι, ὡς ἄνθρωπον ἐγχωρεῖ εἶναι. Μὴ τοίνυν μίσει τὸν ποιοῦντα κακῶς, τοιούτων ὄντα σοι πρόξενον ἀγαθῶν, καὶ εἰς τοσαύτην ἄγοντά σε τιμήν μὴ καταρῶ τῷ ἐπηρεαζοντι ἐπεὶ τὸν μὲν πόνον ὑπέστης, τοῦ δὲ καρποῦ ἀπεστερήθης καὶ τὴν μὲν ζημίαν οἴσεις, τὸν δὲ μισθὸν ἀπολεῖς ὅπερ ἐσχάτης ἐστὶν ἀνοίας, τὸ χαλεπώτερον ὑπομείναντας, τὸ ἔλαττον τούτου μὴ φέρειν. Καὶ πῶς ἔνι τοῦτο γενέσθαι: φησί. Θεὸν ἰδὼν ἄνθρωπον γενόμενον, καὶ τοσοῦτον καταβάντα, καὶ τοσαῦτα Ὁ παθόντα διὰ σέ, ἐρωτᾷς ἔτι καὶ ἀμφιβάλλεις, πῶς δυνατὸν τοῖς ὁμοδούλοις ἀφεῖναι τὰς ἀδικίας: Οὐκ ἀκούεις αὐτοῦ ἐν τῷ σταυρῷ λέγοντος ἄφες αὐτοῖς οὐ γὰρ οἴδασι τί ποιοῦσιν: Οὐκ ἀκούεις Παύλου λέγοντος, ὅτι ὁ ἀναβὰς ἄνω καὶ καθήμενος ἐν δεξιᾷ ἐντυγχάνει ὑπὲρ ἡμῶν; Οὐχ ὁρᾷς ὅτι καὶ μετὰ τὸν σταυρὸν καὶ μετὰ τὴν ἀνάληψιν, τοῖς ἀνῃρηκόσιν ᾿Ιουδαίοις ἔπεμπε τοὺς ἀποστόλους τὰ μυρία οἴσοντας ἄγαθὰ, καὶ ταῦτα μυρία μέλλοντας παρ᾽ αὐτῶν πάσχειν δεινά: ᾿Αλλὰ σὺ μεγάλα ἠδίκησαι: Καὶ τί τοιοῦτον πέπονθας, οἷον ὁ σὸς δεσπότης, δεσμούμενος, μαστιζόμενος, ῥαπιζόμενος, παρὰ οἰκετῶν ἐμπτυόμενος, θανατον ὑπομένων, καὶ θάνατον τὸν θανάτων ἁπαντων αἴσχιστον, μετὰ μυρίας εὐεργεσίας; Εἰ δὲ καὶ μεγάλα ἠδίκησαι; καὶ διὰ τοῦτο μάλιστα εὐεργέτῆσον, ἵνα καὶ σαυτῷ λαμπρότερον ποιήσῃς τὸν στέφανον, καὶ τὸν ἀδελφὸν. τῆς ἐσχάτης ἀπαλλάξης ἀῤῥωστίας. ᾿Ἐπεὶ καὶ οἱ ἰατροὶ, ὅταν λακτίζωνται καὶ ὑβρίζωνται παρὰ τῶν μαινομένων, τότε μάλιστα αὐτοὺς ἐλεοῦσι, καὶ παρασκευάζονται πρὸς τὴν ἐκείνων διόρθωσιν, εἰδότες ὅτι τῆς ὑπερβολῆς τοῦ νοσήματος ἡ ὕβρις ἐστί. Καὶ σὺ τοίνυν ταύτην περὶ τῶν ἐπιβουλευόντων ἔχε τὴν γνώμην, καὶ οὕτω κέχρησο τοῖς ἀδικοῦσιν ἐκεῖνοι γαρ εἰσι μάλιστα οἱ νοσοῦντες καὶ τὴν βίαν ὑπομένοντες ἅπασαν. Απάλλαξον τοίνυν αὐτὸν τῆς χαλεπῆς ταύτης ἐπηρείας, καὶ δὸς αφεῖναι τὴν ὀργὴν, καὶ δαίμονος ἐλευθέρωσον χαλεποῦ, του θυμοῦ. Καὶ γὰρ δαιμονῶντας ἐὰν ἴδωμεν, δακρύομεν, οὐχὶ καὶ αὐτοὶ σπουδάζομεν δαιμονᾶν. Τοῦτο καὶ νῦν ποιῶμεν ἐπὶ τῶν ὁρ γιζομένων καὶ γὰρ ἐκείνοις ἐοίκασιν οἱ θυμούμενοι μᾶλλον δὲ κἀκείνων εἰσὶν ἀθλιώτεροι, μετὰ αἰσθήσεως μαινόμενοι. Διὸ καὶ ἀσύγγνωστος αὐτῶν ἡ παραπληξία. Μὴ τοίνυν ἐπέμβαινε κειμένῳ, αλλὰ καὶ ἐλέει. Καὶ γὰρ ἐὰν ὑπὸ χολῆς ἐνοχλούμενον καὶ σκοτοδινιῶντα καὶ ἐμέσαι ἐπειγόμενον τὸν πονηρὸν τοῦτον χυμὸν ἴδωμεν, χεῖρα ὁρέγομεν, καὶ διαβαστάζομεν σπαραττόμενον, κἀν τὸ ἱμάτιον μολύνωμεν, οὐκ ἐπιστρεφόμεθα, ἀλλ᾽ ἕν μόνον ζητοῦμεν, ὅπως ἐκεῖνον ἀπαλλαξωμεν τῆς χαλεπῆς ταύτης στενοχωρίας. Τοῦτο τοίνυν καὶ ἐπὶ τούτων ποιῶμεν; καὶ διαβαστάζωμεν ἐμοῦντας καὶ σπαραττομένους ᾿μηδὲ πρότερον ἀφῶμεν, ἕως ἂν ἅπασαν ἀπόθηται τὴν πικρίαν. Καὶ τότε σοι χάριν. εἴσεται μεγίστην᾽ ἐπειδὰν παύσηται, τότε γνώσεται σαφώς, ὅσης αὐτὸν ἀπήλλαξας ταραχῆς. Καὶ τί λέγω τὴν παρ᾽ ἐκείνου χάριν: Ὁ γάρ θεός σε εὐθέως στεφανώσει, καὶ μυρίοις ἀμείψεται καλοῖς, ὅτι σοῦ τὸν ἀδελφὸν νοσήματος ἡλευθέρωσας χαλεποῦ κακεῖνος δὲ ὡς δεσπότην τιμήσει, διαπαντὸς αἰδούμενός σου τὴν ἐπιείκειαν. Οὐχ ὁρᾷς τὰς τικτούσας γυναίκας, πώς δάκνουσι τὰς παρεστώσας, καὶ οὐκ ἀλγοῦσιν ἐκεῖναι; μαλλον δὲ αλγοῦσι μὲν, φέρουσι δὲ γενναίως, καὶ συναλγοῦσι ταῖς ὀδυνωμέναις καὶ διακοπτομέναις ὑπὸ τῆς ὠδῖνος. Ταύτας καὶ σὺ ζήλωσον, καὶ μὴ γίνου μαλακώτερος γυναικῶν. ᾿Επειδὰν γὰρ τέκωσιν αἱ γυναῖκες αὗται (γυναικῶν γάρ εἰσι μικροψυχότεροι), τότε σε τὸν ΠΡΟΣ εἴσονται. δὲ βαρέα ἣ τα ἐπιτάγματα; ἐννόησον. ὅτι μὰ τοῦτο παρεγένετο ὁ Χριστὸς, ἵνα ταῦτα ἐν τῆ ἡμετέρᾳ καταφυτεύσῃ διανοίᾳ. ἵνα καὶ ἐχθροῖς καὶ φίλοις χρησίμους κατασκενάση. Διὰ τοῦτο καὶ ἑκατέρων τούτων ἐπιμελεῖσθαι κελεύει τῶν ᾿μὲν ἀδελφῶν, ἡνίκα ἂν λέγη, ἐὰν προσφέρης τὸ δῶρόν σου τῶν δὲ ἐχθρῶν, ἐπειδὰν δυμῖν, φιλεῖν τε καὶ εὔχεσθαι ὑπὲρ αὐτῶν. Καὶ οὐκ ἀπὸ τοῦ ὑποδείγματος τοῦ κατὰ τὸν θεὸν ἐνάγει μόνον εἰς τοῦτο, ἀλλὰ καὶ ἐκ τοῦ ἐναντίον. ᾽Εὰν γὰρ ἀγαπήσητε, φησὶ, τοὺς ἀγαπῶντας ὑμᾶς, τίνα μισθὸν ἔχετε; οὐχὶ καὶ οἱ τελῶναι τὸ Ἃ αὐτὸ ποιοῦσι Τοῦτο καὶ ὁ Παῦλος φησιν ἐς οὔπω μέχρις αἵματος ἄντικατέστητε προς τὴν ἁμαρτίαν ἀνταγωνιζόμενοι.᾽ Ἂν μὲν οὗν ταῦτα ποιῇς, μετὰ τοῦ θεοῦ ἕστηκας ἂν δὲ ἐγκαταλιμπάνῃς αὐτὰ, μετὰ τῶν τελωνῶν. Εἶδες πῶς οὐ τοσοῦτον τῶν ἐντολῶν τὸ μέσον, ὅσον τῶν προσώπων τὸ διάφορον: Μὴ τοίνυν τοῦτο λογιζώμεθα, ὅτι δυσχερὲς τὸ ἐπίταγμα, ἀλλὰ καὶ τὸ ἔπαθλον ἐννοήσωμεν, καὶ λογισώμεθα τίνος ὅμοιοι γινόμεθα κατορθώσαντες, καὶ τίνος ἴσοι διαμαρτάνοντες. Τῷ μὲν οὖν ἀδελφῷ κελεύει καταλλάττεσθαι, καὶ μὴ πρότερον αφίστασθαι, ἕως ἂν τὴν ἔχθραν ἀνέλωμεν ὅταν δὲ περὶ πάντων διαλέγηται, οὐκέτι ταύτῃ ἡμᾶς ὑποβάλλει τῇ ἀνάγκη, ἀλλὰ τὰ παρ᾽ ἡμῶν ἀπαιτεῖ μόνον, εὔκολον καὶ ταύτῃ ποιῶν τὸν νόμον. ᾿Επειδὴ γὰρ εἶπεν; ὅτι ἐδίωξαν τοὺς προφήτας τοὺς πρὸ ὑμῶν ἵνα μὴ διὰ ταῦτα αὐτὰ ἀηδῶς πρὸς αὐτοὺς ἔχωσι, κελεύει μὴ μόνον φέρειν ταῦτα ποιοῦντας, αλλὰ καὶ ἀγαπᾶν. Ὁρᾷς πῶς πρόῤῥιζον τὸν θυμὸν καὶ τὴν ἐπιθυμίαν τὴν περὶ τὰ σώματα, τὴν περὶ τὰ χρήματα, τὴν περὶ τήν δόξαν, τὴν περὶ τὸν ἱπάροντα βίον ἀναιρεῖ: Τοῦτο γὰρ ἐποίησε μὲν ἐξ ἀρχῆς, πολλῷ δὲ πλέον νῦν. Ὅ τε γὰρ πτωχὸς καὶ ὁ πρᾶος καὶ ὁ πενθῶν κενοῖ τὴν ὀργήν' τε δίκαιος καὶ ἐλεήμων κενοῖ τὴν τῶν χρημάτων ἐπιθυμίαν' ὃ καθαρὸς τὴν καρδίαν ἀπήλλακται ἐπιθυμίας πονηρᾶς ὃ δεδιωγμένος καὶ φέρων τὰς ὕβρεις καὶ κακῶς ἀκούων, πᾶσαν ἀσκεῖ λοιπὸν τῶν παρόντων πραγμάτων ὑπεροψίαν, καὶ τύφου καὶ ΚΡΡΕΙΟΥ ἐστὶ καθαρός. Λύσας τοίνυν τῶν δεσμῶν τούτων τὸν ἀκ τὴν, καὶ εἰς τοὺς ἀγῶνας ἀλείψας, πάλιν ἑτέρως ἀνασπᾷ ταῦτα τὰ πάθη, καὶ μετὰ πλείονος τῆς ἀκριβείας. Ἄρξάμενος γὰρ ἀπὸ τῆς ὀργῆς, καὶ πάντοθεν ἐκκόψας τοῦ πάθους τούτου τὰ νεῦρα, καὶ εἰπὼν, ὁ ὀργιζόμενος, τῷ ἀδελφῷ, καὶ ὁ μωρὸν καλῶν, καὶ ὁ ῥακὰ, κολαζέσθω καὶ ὁ προσφέρων τὸ δῶρον μὴ πρότερον προσίτω τῇ τραπέζῃ, εῶς ἂν κατα- Ὦ λυση τὴν ἔχθραν καὶ ὁ ἀντίδικον ὃ ἔχων, πρὶν ἡ τὸ δικαστήριον ἰδεῖν, φίλον ποιείτω τὸν ἐχθρόν' ἐπὶ τὴν ἐπιθυμίαν μεταβαίνει πάλιν, καί φησιν ὁ ἐμβλέπων ἀκολάστοις οφθαλμοῖς, ὡς μοιχὸς τιμωρείσθω ὁ σκανδαλιζόμενος ὑπὸ γυναικὸς ἀκολάστον, ἢ ὑπὸ ἀνδρὸς, ἃ ἢ ἄλλου τινὸς τῶν αὐτῷ προσηκόντων, ἅπαντας ἐκκοπτέτω τούτους ὁ νόμῳ γάμου κατέχων γυναῖκα, μηδέποτε αὐτὴν ἐκβαλλέτω καὶ πρὸς ἑτέραν βλεπέτω. Διὰ γὰρ τούτων τῆς πονηρᾶς ἐπιθυμίας τὰς ῥίζας ἀνεῖλεν. Εἶτα ἐντεῦθεν τῶν χρημάτων τὸν ἔρωτα ἀναστέλλει, κελεύων μήτε ὀμνύναι, μήτε ψεύδεσθαι, μήτε αὐτοῦ ἀντέχεσθαι τοῦ χιτωνίσκου, ὃν ἄν τις ἐνδεδυμένος τύχῃ ἀλλὰ καὶ τὸ ἱμάτιον προΐεσθαι τῷ βουλομένῳ, καὶ τὴν τοῦ σώματος χρῆσιν, ἐκ πολλῆς τῆς περιουσίας τὸν περὶ τὰ χρήματα ἀναιρῶν πόθον.

Ei de tis akribōs exetaseie, kai toutōn autōn heteran opsetai prosthēkēn pollǭ Ho meizona toutōn. Oude gar haplōs ekeleusen agapan, alla kai euchesthai. Eides hosous anebē bathmous, kai pōs eis autēn hēmas tēn koryphēn estēse tēs aretēs? Skopei de anōthen arithmōn. Prōōtos esti bathmos, mē archein adikias deuteros, meta to ᾿arxasthai, tois isois amynasthai tritos, mē drasai ton epēreazonta tauta epathen, all᾽ hēsychasai, Tetartos, to kai paraschein heauton eis to pathein kakōs pemptos, to kai pleon paraschein ē ekeinos bouletai ho poiēsas hektos, to mē misēsai ton tauta ergasamenon hebdomos, to kai agapēsai' ogdoos, to kai euergetēsai enatos, to kai ton theon hyper autou parakalein. Eides hypsos philosophias? Dia toi touto kai lampron to epathlon echei. ᾿Epeidē gar mega ēn to epitagma, kai neanikēs deomenon psychēs kai pollēs tēs spoudēs, kai misthon autǭ tithēsi toiouton, hoion oudeni tōn proterōn. Ou gar gēs entautha memnētai, kathaper epi tōn praōn᾽ oute paraklēseōs kai eleou, kathaper epi tōn penthountōn kai eleēmonōn' oute basileias ouranōn all᾽ pantōn toutōn ēn phrikōdesteron, to genesthai homoious tǭ theǭ, hōs anthrōpous genesthai eikos. Hopōs gar genēsthe, phēsin, homoioi tou patros hymōn tou en ouranois. Sy de moi paratērei, pōs oude entautha, oude en tois emprosthen patera ho eantou Kalei all ekei men theon kai basilea megan, hote peri tōn horkōn dielegeto entautha de patera autōn. Poiei de touto, tǭ prosēkonti kairǭ tous peri toutōn tērōn logous. Eita kai prosagōn tēn homoiotēta» phēsin, hoti ton hēlion autou anatellei epi ponērous kai agathous, kai brechei epi dikaious kai adikous.᾽ Kai gar autos ou monon ou misei, phēsin, alla kai euergetei tous hybrizontas. Naitoige oudamou to ginomenon ison, ou monon dia tēn tēs euergesias hyperbolēn, alla kai dia tēn tēs axias hyperochēn. Sy men gar para tou homodoulou kataphronē, ekeinos de para tou doulou kai myria euergetēthenton kai sy men bēmata charizę̄ euchomenos hyper autou, autos de pragmata poly megala kai thanmasta, ton hēlion anaptōn, kai tous etēsious ombrous didous. ᾿All homōs kai houtō didōmi ison einai, hōs anthrōpon enchōrei einai. Mē toinyn misei ton poiounta kakōs, toioutōn onta soi proxenon agathōn, kai eis tosautēn agonta se timēn mē katarō tǭ epēreazonti epei ton men ponon hypestēs, tou de karpou apesterēthēs kai tēn men zēmian oiseis, ton de misthon apoleis hoper eschatēs estin anoias, to chalepōteron hypomeinantas, to elatton toutou mē pherein. Kai pōs eni touto genesthai: phēsi. Theon idōn anthrōpon genomenon, kai tosouton katabanta, kai tosauta Ho pathonta dia se, erōtąs eti kai amphiballeis, pōs dynaton tois homodoulois apheinai tas adikias: Ouk akoueis autou en tǭ staurǭ legontos aphes autois ou gar oidasi ti poiousin: Ouk akoueis Paulou legontos, hoti ho anabas anō kai kathēmenos en dexią entynchanei hyper hēmōn? Ouch horąs hoti kai meta ton stauron kai meta tēn analēpsin, tois anę̄rēkosin ᾿Ioudaiois epempe tous apostolous ta myria oisontas agatha, kai tauta myria mellontas par᾽ autōn paschein deina: ᾿Alla sy megala ēdikēsai: Kai ti toiouton peponthas, hoion ho sos despotēs, desmoumenos, mastizomenos, rhapizomenos, para oiketōn emptyomenos, thanaton hypomenōn, kai thanaton ton thanatōn hapantōn aischiston, meta myrias euergesias? Ei de kai megala ēdikēsai? kai dia touto malista euergetēson, hina kai sautǭ lamproteron poiēsę̄s ton stephanon, kai ton adelphon. tēs eschatēs apallaxēs arrhōstias. ᾿Epei kai hoi iatroi, hotan laktizōntai kai hybrizōntai para tōn mainomenōn, tote malista autous eleousi, kai paraskeuazontai pros tēn ekeinōn diorthōsin, eidotes hoti tēs hyperbolēs tou nosēmatos hē hybris esti. Kai sy toinyn tautēn peri tōn epibouleuontōn eche tēn gnōmēn, kai houtō kechrēso tois adikousin ekeinoi gar eisi malista hoi nosountes kai tēn bian hypomenontes hapasan. Apallaxon toinyn auton tēs chalepēs tautēs epēreias, kai dos apheinai tēn orgēn, kai daimonos eleutherōson chalepou, tou thymou. Kai gar daimonōntas ean idōmen, dakryomen, ouchi kai autoi spoudazomen daimonan. Touto kai nyn poiōmen epi tōn hor gizomenōn kai gar ekeinois eoikasin hoi thymoumenoi mallon de kakeinōn eisin athliōteroi, meta aisthēseōs mainomenoi. Dio kai asyngnōstos autōn hē paraplēxia. Mē toinyn epembaine keimenǭ, alla kai eleei. Kai gar ean hypo cholēs enochloumenon kai skotodiniōnta kai emesai epeigomenon ton ponēron touton chymon idōmen, cheira horegomen, kai diabastazomen sparattomenon, kan to himation molynōmen, ouk epistrephometha, all᾽ hen monon zētoumen, hopōs ekeinon apallaxōmen tēs chalepēs tautēs stenochōrias. Touto toinyn kai epi toutōn poiōmen? kai diabastazōmen emountas kai sparattomenous ᾿mēde proteron aphōmen, heōs an hapasan apothētai tēn pikrian. Kai tote soi charin. eisetai megistēn᾽ epeidan pausētai, tote gnōsetai saphōs, hosēs auton apēllaxas tarachēs. Kai ti legō tēn par᾽ ekeinou charin: Ho gar theos se eutheōs stephanōsei, kai myriois ameipsetai kalois, hoti sou ton adelphon nosēmatos hēleutherōsas chalepou kakeinos de hōs despotēn timēsei, diapantos aidoumenos sou tēn epieikeian. Ouch horąs tas tiktousas gynaikas, pōs daknousi tas parestōsas, kai ouk algousin ekeinai? mallon de algousi men, pherousi de gennaiōs, kai synalgousi tais odynōmenais kai diakoptomenais hypo tēs ōdinos. Tautas kai sy zēlōson, kai mē ginou malakōteros gynaikōn. ᾿Epeidan gar tekōsin hai gynaikes hautai (gynaikōn gar eisi mikropsychoteroi), tote se ton PROS eisontai. de barea hē ta epitagmata? ennoēson. hoti ma touto paregeneto ho Christos, hina tauta en tē hēmeterą kataphyteusę̄ dianoią. hina kai echthrois kai philois chrēsimous kataskenasē. Dia touto kai hekaterōn toutōn epimeleisthai keleuei tōn ᾿men adelphōn, hēnika an legē, ean prospherēs to dōron sou tōn de echthrōn, epeidan dymin, philein te kai euchesthai hyper autōn. Kai ouk apo tou hypodeigmatos tou kata ton theon enagei monon eis touto, alla kai ek tou enantion. ᾽Ean gar agapēsēte, phēsi, tous agapōntas hymas, tina misthon echete? ouchi kai hoi telōnai to Ha auto poiousi Touto kai ho Paulos phēsin es oupō mechris haimatos antikatestēte pros tēn hamartian antagōnizomenoi.᾽ An men houn tauta poię̄s, meta tou theou hestēkas an de enkatalimpanę̄s auta, meta tōn telōnōn. Eides pōs ou tosouton tōn entolōn to meson, hoson tōn prosōpōn to diaphoron: Mē toinyn touto logizōmetha, hoti dyscheres to epitagma, alla kai to epathlon ennoēsōmen, kai logisōmetha tinos homoioi ginometha katorthōsantes, kai tinos isoi diamartanontes. Tǭ men oun adelphǭ keleuei katallattesthai, kai mē proteron aphistasthai, heōs an tēn echthran anelōmen hotan de peri pantōn dialegētai, ouketi tautę̄ hēmas hypoballei tę̄ anankē, alla ta par᾽ hēmōn apaitei monon, eukolon kai tautę̄ poiōn ton nomon. ᾿Epeidē gar eipen? hoti ediōxan tous prophētas tous pro hymōn hina mē dia tauta auta aēdōs pros autous echōsi, keleuei mē monon pherein tauta poiountas, alla kai agapan. Horąs pōs prorrhizon ton thymon kai tēn epithymian tēn peri ta sōmata, tēn peri ta chrēmata, tēn peri tēn doxan, tēn peri ton hiparonta bion anairei: Touto gar epoiēse men ex archēs, pollǭ de pleon nyn. Ho te gar ptōchos kai ho praos kai ho penthōn kenoi tēn orgēn' te dikaios kai eleēmōn kenoi tēn tōn chrēmatōn epithymian' ho katharos tēn kardian apēllaktai epithymias ponēras ho dediōgmenos kai pherōn tas hybreis kai kakōs akouōn, pasan askei loipon tōn parontōn pragmatōn hyperopsian, kai typhou kai KRREIOU esti katharos. Lysas toinyn tōn desmōn toutōn ton ak tēn, kai eis tous agōnas aleipsas, palin heterōs anaspą tauta ta pathē, kai meta pleionos tēs akribeias. Arxamenos gar apo tēs orgēs, kai pantothen ekkopsas tou pathous toutou ta neura, kai eipōn, ho orgizomenos, tǭ adelphǭ, kai ho mōron kalōn, kai ho rhaka, kolazesthō kai ho prospherōn to dōron mē proteron prositō tę̄ trapezę̄, eōs an kata- Ō lysē tēn echthran kai ho antidikon ho echōn, prin hē to dikastērion idein, philon poieitō ton echthron' epi tēn epithymian metabainei palin, kai phēsin ho emblepōn akolastois ophthalmois, hōs moichos timōreisthō ho skandalizomenos hypo gynaikos akolaston, ē hypo andros, ha ē allou tinos tōn autǭ prosēkontōn, hapantas ekkoptetō toutous ho nomǭ gamou katechōn gynaika, mēdepote autēn ekballetō kai pros heteran blepetō. Dia gar toutōn tēs ponēras epithymias tas rhizas aneilen. Eita enteuthen tōn chrēmatōn ton erōta anastellei, keleuōn mēte omnynai, mēte pseudesthai, mēte autou antechesthai tou chitōniskou, hon an tis endedymenos tychę̄ alla kai to himation proïesthai tǭ boulomenǭ, kai tēn tou sōmatos chrēsin, ek pollēs tēs periousias ton peri ta chrēmata anairōn pothon.

And if one examines it precisely, he will see another addition to these very things, much greater than they. For he did not simply command us to love, but also to pray. Do you see how many steps he has climbed, and how he has set us on the very summit of virtue? Consider, counting from below. The first step is not to begin wrongdoing; the second, after another has begun, to retaliate with what is equal; the third, not to do to the abuser what one has suffered, but to keep quiet; the fourth, even to offer oneself to suffer ill; the fifth, even to offer more than the one who did it wants; the sixth, not to hate the one who has done these things; the seventh, even to love him; the eighth, even to do him good; the ninth, even to entreat God for him. Do you see the height of philosophy? That is why it also has a splendid prize. For since the command was great and needed a youthful soul and much zeal, he sets for it such a reward as for none of the former. For here he does not mention the earth, as with the meek; nor comfort and mercy, as with those who mourn and the merciful; nor the kingdom of heaven; but what was more awesome than all these, to become like God, as far as it is possible for men to become so. “So that you may become,” he says, “like your Father in heaven.” But observe, I beg you, how neither here nor in what came before does he call him his own Father, but there “God” and “great King,” when he was speaking about oaths, and here “their Father.” And he does this keeping the words about these things for the fitting time. Then, bringing in the likeness, he says, “For he makes his sun rise on the evil and the good, and sends rain on the just and the unjust.” “For he himself,” he says, “not only does not hate but even does good to those who insult him.” And yet the case is nowhere equal, not only because of the excess of the benefit but also because of the superiority of dignity. For you are despised by a fellow servant, but he by a servant who has received countless benefits; and you bestow words when you pray for him, but he bestows things very great and wonderful, kindling the sun and giving the yearly rains. But nevertheless, even so I grant you to be equal, as far as it is possible for a man to be.

Do not, then, hate the one who does you ill, since he is the procurer of such good things for you and leads you to so great an honor. Do not curse the one who abuses you; for then you have undergone the toil but been deprived of the fruit; and you will bear the loss but lose the reward; which is the height of folly, having endured the harder thing, not to bear what is less than it. “And how is it possible,” someone says, “for this to happen?” When you have seen God become man, and descend so far, and suffer so much for your sake, do you still ask and doubt how it is possible to forgive your fellow servants their wrongs? Do you not hear him saying on the cross, “Forgive them, for they do not know what they are doing”? Do you not hear Paul saying that he who went up on high and sits at the right hand intercedes for us? Do you not see that even after the cross and after the ascension he sent the apostles to the Jews who had killed him, to bring them countless good things, and that when they were going to suffer countless terrible things from them? “But you have been greatly wronged.” And what have you suffered like your Master: bound, scourged, struck, spat upon by servants, enduring death, and the most shameful of all deaths, after countless benefits? And if you have been greatly wronged, for this very reason above all do good, so that you may make your crown more splendid and free your brother from the extreme of sickness. For physicians too, when they are kicked and insulted by madmen, then pity them most and prepare for their cure, knowing that the insult comes from the excess of the disease. You too, then, have this mind about those who plot against you, and treat those who wrong you so; for they are the ones who are sick and suffer all the violence. Free him, then, from this grievous abuse, and grant him to let go his anger, and set him free from a grievous demon, rage. For when we see demoniacs, we weep; we are not eager to be possessed ourselves. Let us do this now too in the case of those who are angry; for the enraged are like them, or rather more wretched than they, since they rave while in their senses. That is why their madness is beyond pardon. Do not, then, trample on one who is down, but even pity him. For if we see someone troubled by bile, dizzy and straining to vomit this evil humor, we stretch out a hand and hold him up as he retches, and even if we soil our garment, we do not turn away, but seek one thing only, how to free him from this grievous distress. Let us do this, then, in the case of these too; let us hold them up as they vomit and retch, and not let go of them until they have put away all their bitterness. And then he will be most grateful to you; when he has stopped, then he will know clearly from how great a disturbance you have freed him. And why do I speak of his gratitude? For God will crown you at once and repay you with countless good things, because you freed your brother from a grievous sickness; and he will honor you as a master, revering your gentleness forever. Do you not see women in labor, how they bite the women standing by, and these do not feel the pain, or rather they feel it but bear it nobly and share the suffering of those in pain and torn by the travail? Emulate these too, and do not be softer than women. For when these women have given birth (for they are more faint-hearted than women), then they will know you to be [a man] in comparison.

[And if] the commands are heavy, consider that it was for this that Christ came, to plant these things in our mind, so as to make us useful to both enemies and friends. That is why he bids us take care of both: of brothers, when he says, “If you are offering your gift”; and of enemies, when he says to love them and pray for them. And he leads us to this not only from the example of God, but also from the opposite. “For if you love those who love you,” he says, “what reward have you? Do not even the tax collectors do the same?” Paul too says this: “You have not yet resisted to the point of blood in your struggle against sin.” If, then, you do these things, you stand with God; but if you abandon them, with the tax collectors. Do you see that the difference between the commandments is not so great as the difference between the persons? Let us not, then, reckon that the command is hard, but let us consider the prize too, and reckon whom we become like when we succeed, and whom we equal when we fail. To the brother, then, he bids us be reconciled, and not to leave off until we have removed the enmity; but when he speaks about all men, he no longer subjects us to this necessity, but demands only what is on our part, making the law easy in this way too. For since he had said that they persecuted the prophets who were before you, so that they might not on this account be ill disposed toward them, he bids them not only to bear those who do these things but even to love them.

Do you see how he pulls up by the roots anger and desire, desire for bodies, for money, for glory, for the present life? For this he did from the beginning, but much more now. For the poor in spirit, the meek, and the one who mourns empty out anger; the righteous and the merciful empty out the desire for money; the pure in heart has been freed from wicked desire; the one persecuted, bearing insults and ill spoken of, practices from then on complete disdain for present things, and is pure of conceit and [vainglory]. Having, then, freed the athlete from these bonds and anointed him for the contests, he again in another way pulls up these passions, and with greater precision. For beginning from anger, and cutting out the sinews of this passion on every side, and saying, “Let the one who is angry with his brother, and the one who calls him a fool, and the one who says ‘raca,’ be punished; and let the one offering his gift not approach the table until he has dissolved the enmity; and let the one who has an adversary make his enemy a friend before seeing the court,” he passes on again to desire, and says, “Let the one who looks with licentious eyes be punished as an adulterer; let the one caused to stumble by a licentious woman or man, or by any other of those close to him, cut them all off; let the one who holds a wife by the law of marriage never cast her out and look to another.” For by these he removed the roots of wicked desire. Then from here he restrains the love of money, bidding us neither swear nor lie, nor cling even to the tunic one happens to be wearing, but give up the cloak too to the one who wants it, and the use of the body, with great abundance removing the longing for money.

18.6Field 1

Τότε μετὰ ταῦτα πάντα καὶ τὸν πρίκιλον τῶν ἐπιταγμάτων τούτων στέφανον, ἐπάγει ,λάγων' εὔχεσθε ὃ ὑπὲρ των ἐπηρεαζόντων ὑμᾶς, ἐπ᾽ αὐτὴν ἄνω τὴν ἀκροτάτην τῆς φιλοσοφίας ἀνάγων κορυφην. Ὥσπερ γὰρ τοῦ πρᾶον εἶναι μεῖζον τὸ ῥαπίζεσθαι, καὶ τοῦ ἐλεήμονα εἶναι τὸ καὶ τὸ ἱμάτιον προΐεσθαι μετὰ τοῦ χιτωνίσκου, καὶ τοῦ δίκαιον εἶναι τὸ καὶ ἀδικούμενον φέρειν, καὶ τοῦ εἰρηνοποιὸν εἶναι τὸ καὶ ῥαπιζόμενον καὶ ἀγγαρενόμενον ἕπεσθαι οὕτω καὶ τοῦ διώκεσθαι. τὸ διωκόμενον εὐλογεῖν. Ὁρᾷς πὼς κατὰ μικρὸν εἰς αὐτὰς ἀνάγει τοῦ οὐρανοῦ τὰς ἁψῖδας; Τίνος οὖν ἂν εἴημεν ἄξιοι, οἱ πρὸς τὸν θεὸν κελευόμενοι τὸν ζῆλον ἔχειν, καὶ τάχα μηδὲ τῶν τελωνῶν γινόμενοι ἴσοι; Εἰ γὰρ τὸ φιλεῖν τοὺς φιλοῦντας, τελωνὼν καὶ ἁμαρτωλῶν καὶ ἐθνικών᾽ ὅταν μηδὲ τοῦτο ποιῶμεν (οὐ γὰρ ποιοῦμεν αὐτὸ βασκαίνοντες εὐδοκιμοῦσι τοῖς ἀδελφοῖν), ποίαν οὐχ ὑποστησόμεθα. δίκην, ὑπερβαίνειν τοὺς Ὑραμματεῖς κελενόμενοι, καὶ τῶν ἐθνικῶν ἑστῶτες κατώτεροι: Πὼς οὖν ὀψόμεθα βασιλείαν, εἰπέ μοι; πώς ἐπιβησόμεθα τῶν ἱερῶν προθύρων ἐκείνων, οὐδὲ τῶν τελωνῶν ἀμείνους γινόμενοι; Τοῦτο γὰρ ἤνίξατο εἰπών οὐχὶ καὶ οἱ τελῶναι τὸ αὐτὸ ποιοῦσιν; Ὃ καὶ μάλιστα θαυμάσαι αὐτοῦ τῆς διδασκαλίας ἐστὶν, ὅτι πανταχοῦ τὰ ἔπαθλα τῶν ἀγώνων. τιθεὶς μετὰ πολλῆς τῆς περιουσίας οἷον καὶ τὸ τὸν θεὸν ὁρᾶν, καὶ βασιλείαν οὐρανῶν κληρονομεῖν, καὶ τὸ υἱοὺς θεοῦ γενέσθαι, καὶ τὸ ὁμοίους θεοῦ, καὶ τὸ ἐλεεῖσθαι, καὶ τὸ παρακαλεῖσθαι, καὶ τὸν μισθὸν τὸν πολύν᾽ εἴ που καὶ λυπηρὼν μνησθῆναι ἔδει, ὑφειμένως τοῦτο ποιεῖ τὸ μὲν γὰρ τῆς γεέννης ὄνομα ἅπαξ ἐν τοσούτοις τέθεικε λόγοις καὶ ἑτέροις δέ τισιν ὑπεσταλμένως, καὶ λόγῳ, διορθοῦται τὸν ἀκροατὴν λέγων οὐχὶ καὶ οἱ τελυ δὶ τὸ αὐτὸ ποιοῦσι ἣν καὶ, ἐὰν τὸ ἅλας μωρανθῃ καὶ, ἐλάχιστος κληθήσεται ἐν τῇ βασιλείᾳ τῶν οὐρανῶν. ἔστι δὲ ὅπου καὶ τὰ ἁμαρτήματα ἀντὶ κολάσεως τίθησι, τὸ φορτικὸν τῆς κολάσεως τῷ ἀκροατῇ διδοὺς συνιδεῖν, ὦ ἐσὲ ὅταν λέγπη᾽ ἐμοίχευσεν αὐτὴν ἐν τῇ καρδίᾳ αὐτοῦ καὶ, ςὁ ἀπολύων ποιεῖ αὐτὴν μοιχευθῆναι καὶ, τὸ περισσὸν εκ τοῦ πονηροῦ ἐστι. Τοῖς γὰρ νοῦν ἔχουσιν ἀντὶ τοῦ τῆς κολασεως ὀνόματος ἀρκεῖ καὶ τὸ τῆς ἁμαρτίας μέγεθος εἰς σωφρονισμόν. Διὸ δὴ καὶ ἐνταῦθα τοὺς εθνικοὺς καὶ τοὺς τελώνας εἰς μέσον ἄγει, τῇ ποιότητι τοῦ προσώπου τὸν μαθητὴν ἐντρέπων. Ὃ καὶ ὁ Παῦλος ἐποίει λέγων ἐς κμἡ λυπεῖσθε ὡς καὶ οἱ λοιποὶ οἱ μὴ ἔχοντες ἐλπίδα καὶ, καθάπερ τὰ ἔθνη τὰ μὴ εἰδότα τὸν θεόν. Καὶ δεικνὺς ὅτι οὐδὲν ὑπέρογκον ἀπαιτεῖ, ἀλλὰ μικρῷ πλέον τοῦ εἰωθότος, φησίν' οὐχὶ καὶ οἱ ἐθνικοὶ τὸ αὐτὸ ποιοῦσιν. Αλλ᾽ ὅμως οὐχ ἵστησιν ἐνταῦθα τὸν λόγον, ἀλλ᾽ εἰς τὰ ἔπαθλα αὐτὸν καταλύει καὶ τὰς χρηστὰς ἐλπίδας, λέγων ἐς γίνεσθε οὖν τέλειοι, ὡς ὁ πατὴρ ὑμῶν ὁ οὐράνιος. Καὶ πολὺ τὸ τῶν οὐρανῶν ὄνομα διασπείρει πανταχοῦ, καὶ ἀπὸ τοῦ τόπου τὰ Φρονήματα αὐτῶν διεγείρων. Τέως γὰρ ἀσθενέστερον καὶ παχύτερόν πως ἦσαν διακείμενοι. ᾿'Ἄπαντα οὖν ἐννοοῦντες τὰ εἰρημένα, πολλὴν καὶ πρὸς τοὺς ἐχθροὺς ἐπιδειξώμεθα τὴν ἀὐγάπην᾽ καὶ τὸ καταγέλαστον ἐκεῖνο ἔθος ἐκβάλωμεν, ὅπερ πολλοὶ τῶν ἀλογωτέρων ὑπομένουσιν, ἀναμένοντες τοὺς ἀπαντῶντας πρώτους προσειπεῖν, ὃ μὲν ἔχει πολὺν μακαρισμὸν μὴ ζηλοῦντες, ὃ δέ ἐστι καταγέλαστον, τοῦτο διώκοντες. Τίνος οὖν ἕνεκεν οὐ προσερεῖς αὐτὸν πρότερος: ᾿Επειδὴ τοῦτο ἀναμένει, φησίν. Οὐκοῦν αὐτὸ τοῦτο μάλιστα ἐπιπηδᾶν ἔδει, ἵνα σὺ λάβης τὸν στέφανον. Οὗ, φησίν' ἐπειδὴ τοῦτο ἐσπούδακε. Καὶ τί ταύτης τῆς ἀλογίας χεῖρον γένοιτ᾽ ἄν; ᾿Επειδὴ γὰρ τοῦτο ἐσπούδακε, φησὶ, μισθοῦ μοι γενέσθαι πρόξενος, οὐ βούλομαι ἀναμένειν προσαγορεύεσθαι, ἀλλὰ πρώτους ἡμᾶς τοῦτο ποιεῖν καὶ περὶ ἐπιλαβέσθαι τῆς ὑποθέσεως ταύτης. ἣν μὲν οὖν ἐκεῖνός σε προσείπῃ πρότερος, οὐδέν σοι γίνεται πλόον καὶ προσειπόντι ἐὰν δὲ σὺ πρότερος ἐπιπηδήσης τῇ προσρήσει, ἐπραγματεύσω τὸν τὐφον ἐκείνου, καὶ δαψιλῆ τινα ἐκ τῆς ἀπονοίας αὐτοῦ τὸν καρπὸν ἐτρύγησας. Πῶς οὖν οὐκ ἐσχάτης ἀνοίας, τοσαῦτα μέλλοντας καρποῦσθαι ἀπὸ ψιλών βημάτων, προδιδόναι τὸ κέρδος, καὶ καταγινώσκοντας αὐτοῦ, τοῖς αὐτοῖς περιπίπτειν: Εἰ γὰρ διὰ τοῦτο αὐτὸν αἰτιᾷ, ὅτι πρότερος ἀναμένει τὴν παρ᾽ ἑτέρον πρόσρησιν, τίνος ἕνεκεν ζηλοῖς ὅπερ ἐγκαλεῖς, καὶ ὅπερ ἔφης εἶναι πονηρὸν, τοῦτο ὡς ἀγαθὸν μιμεῖσθαι ἐσπούδακας: Ὁρᾷς πῶς οὐδὲν ἀνθρώπου κακίᾳ συζῶντος ἀνοητότερον: Διὸ παρακαλώ, φύγωμεν τὸ πονηρὸν τοῦτο ἔθος καὶ καταγέλαστον. Καὶ γὰρ μυρίας ἀνέτρεψε ἐχῦῳ τὸ νόσημα τοῦτο, καὶ πολλὰς ἔχθρας εἰργάσατο. Διὰ ἢ τοῦτο φθάνωμεν αὐτοὺς ἡμεῖς. Οἱ γὰρ ῥαπίζεσθαι καὶ ἀγγαρεύεσθαι καὶ Ὑνανοῦσθαι παρ᾽ ἐχθρῶν κελευόμενοι; καὶ φέρειν, ποίας ἂν εἴημεν συγγνώμης ἄξιοι, ἐν προσρήσει ψιλῇ τοσαύτην ἐπιδεικνύμενοι φιλονεικίαν: Καταφρονούμεθα γάρ, φησὶ, καὶ διαπτνόμεθα, ὅταν αὐτῷ χαρισώμεθα τοῦτο. Καὶ Ὦ ἕνα μὴ ᾿καταφρονήσῃ ἄνθρωπος, προσκρούεις θεῷ; καὶ ἵνα μὴ καταφρονήσῃ σου ὁ μαινόμενος ὁμόδουλος, καταφρονεῖς τοῦ δεσπότου, τοῦ τοσαυτά σε εὐεργετηκότος: Εἰ γὰρ ἄτοπον τὸ καταφρονεῖν σον τὸν ὁμότιμον, πολλῷ μάλλον τὸ σε καταφρονεῖν τοῦ σέ πεποιηκότος θεοῦ. Μετὰ δὲ τούτου κακεῖνο σκόπει; ὅτι ὅταν σου καταφρονήσῃ, τότε σοι μείζονος μισθοῦ γίνεται. πρόξενος. Διὰ γὰρ τὸν θεὸν ταῦτα ὑπομένει» ἐπειδὴ τῶν αὐτοῦ νόμων ἤκουσας. Τοντο δὲ ποίας οὐκ ἂν εἴη τιμῆς ἀντάξιον; πόσων διαδημάτων: ᾿Εμοὶ γένοιτο καὶ ὑβρίζεσθαι, καὶ ,καταφρονεῖσθαι διὰ τὸν θεὸν, ἢ τιμᾶσθαι παρὰ βασιλέων ἁπάντων οὐδὲν γάρ, οὐδὲν τῆς δόξης ταύτης ἴσον. Ταύτην τοίνυν διώκωμεν οὕτως, ὡς αὐτὸς ἐκέλευσε, καὶ τῶν ανθρωπίνων μηδένα ποιούμενοι λόγον, ἀλλὰ τὴν ἀκριβή φιλοσοφίαν ἐπιδεικνύμενοι διὰ πάντων, οὕτω τὸν ἑαυτῶν βίον οἰκονομῶμεν. Καὶ γὰρ τῶν οὐρανῶν καὶ τῶν ἐκεῖσε στεφάνων ἐντεῦθεν ἤδη καρπωσόμεθα τὰ ἀγαθὰ, ὡς ἄγγελοι μετὰ ἀνθρώπων βαδίζοντες, ὡς αἱ τών ἀγγέλων δυνάμεις Ὧν ἐν τῇ γῇ περιπολοῦντες, καὶ πάσης μὲν ἐπιθυμίας, πάσης δὲ ἐκτὸς μένοντες ταραχῆν᾽ καὶ μετὰ τούτων δὲ πάντων καὶ τὰ ἀπόῤῥητα ἀποληψόμεθα ἀγαθά ὧν γένοιτο πάντας ἡμᾶς ἐπιτυχεῖν, χάριτι καὶ φιλανθρωπίᾳ τοὺ κυρίου ἡμῶν ᾿Ιησοῦ Χριστοῦ, ᾧ ἡ δόξα καὶ τὸ κράτος καὶ ἡ προσκύνησις, σὺν τῷ ἀνάρχῳ πατρὶ καὶ τῷ ἁγίῳ καὶ ἀγαθῷ πνεύματι, νῦν καὶ ἀεὶ καὶ εἰς τοὺς αἰῶνας τῶν αἰώνων. ᾿Δμήν.

Tote meta tauta panta kai ton prikilon tōn epitagmatōn toutōn stephanon, epagei ,lagōn' euchesthe ho hyper tōn epēreazontōn hymas, ep᾽ autēn anō tēn akrotatēn tēs philosophias anagōn koryphēn. Hōsper gar tou praon einai meizon to rhapizesthai, kai tou eleēmona einai to kai to himation proïesthai meta tou chitōniskou, kai tou dikaion einai to kai adikoumenon pherein, kai tou eirēnopoion einai to kai rhapizomenon kai angarenomenon hepesthai houtō kai tou diōkesthai. to diōkomenon eulogein. Horąs pōs kata mikron eis autas anagei tou ouranou tas hapsidas? Tinos oun an eiēmen axioi, hoi pros ton theon keleuomenoi ton zēlon echein, kai tacha mēde tōn telōnōn ginomenoi isoi? Ei gar to philein tous philountas, telōnōn kai hamartōlōn kai ethnikōn᾽ hotan mēde touto poiōmen (ou gar poioumen auto baskainontes eudokimousi tois adelphoin), poian ouch hypostēsometha. dikēn, hyperbainein tous Hyrammateis kelenomenoi, kai tōn ethnikōn hestōtes katōteroi: Pōs oun opsometha basileian, eipe moi? pōs epibēsometha tōn hierōn prothyrōn ekeinōn, oude tōn telōnōn ameinous ginomenoi? Touto gar ēnixato eipōn ouchi kai hoi telōnai to auto poiousin? Ho kai malista thaumasai autou tēs didaskalias estin, hoti pantachou ta epathla tōn agōnōn. titheis meta pollēs tēs periousias hoion kai to ton theon horan, kai basileian ouranōn klēronomein, kai to huious theou genesthai, kai to homoious theou, kai to eleeisthai, kai to parakaleisthai, kai ton misthon ton polyn᾽ ei pou kai lypērōn mnēsthēnai edei, hypheimenōs touto poiei to men gar tēs geennēs onoma hapax en tosoutois tetheike logois kai heterois de tisin hypestalmenōs, kai logǭ, diorthoutai ton akroatēn legōn ouchi kai hoi tely di to auto poiousi hēn kai, ean to halas mōranthę̄ kai, elachistos klēthēsetai en tę̄ basileią tōn ouranōn. esti de hopou kai ta hamartēmata anti kolaseōs tithēsi, to phortikon tēs kolaseōs tǭ akroatę̄ didous synidein, ō ese hotan legpē᾽ emoicheusen autēn en tę̄ kardią autou kai, so apolyōn poiei autēn moicheuthēnai kai, to perisson ek tou ponērou esti. Tois gar noun echousin anti tou tēs kolaseōs onomatos arkei kai to tēs hamartias megethos eis sōphronismon. Dio dē kai entautha tous ethnikous kai tous telōnas eis meson agei, tę̄ poiotēti tou prosōpou ton mathētēn entrepōn. Ho kai ho Paulos epoiei legōn es kmē lypeisthe hōs kai hoi loipoi hoi mē echontes elpida kai, kathaper ta ethnē ta mē eidota ton theon. Kai deiknys hoti ouden hyperonkon apaitei, alla mikrǭ pleon tou eiōthotos, phēsin' ouchi kai hoi ethnikoi to auto poiousin. All᾽ homōs ouch histēsin entautha ton logon, all᾽ eis ta epathla auton katalyei kai tas chrēstas elpidas, legōn es ginesthe oun teleioi, hōs ho patēr hymōn ho ouranios. Kai poly to tōn ouranōn onoma diaspeirei pantachou, kai apo tou topou ta Phronēmata autōn diegeirōn. Teōs gar asthenesteron kai pachyteron pōs ēsan diakeimenoi. ᾿'Apanta oun ennoountes ta eirēmena, pollēn kai pros tous echthrous epideixōmetha tēn augapēn᾽ kai to katagelaston ekeino ethos ekbalōmen, hoper polloi tōn alogōterōn hypomenousin, anamenontes tous apantōntas prōtous proseipein, ho men echei polyn makarismon mē zēlountes, ho de esti katagelaston, touto diōkontes. Tinos oun heneken ou prosereis auton proteros: ᾿Epeidē touto anamenei, phēsin. Oukoun auto touto malista epipēdan edei, hina sy labēs ton stephanon. Hou, phēsin' epeidē touto espoudake. Kai ti tautēs tēs alogias cheiron genoit᾽ an? ᾿Epeidē gar touto espoudake, phēsi, misthou moi genesthai proxenos, ou boulomai anamenein prosagoreuesthai, alla prōtous hēmas touto poiein kai peri epilabesthai tēs hypotheseōs tautēs. hēn men oun ekeinos se proseipę̄ proteros, ouden soi ginetai ploon kai proseiponti ean de sy proteros epipēdēsēs tę̄ prosrēsei, epragmateusō ton typhon ekeinou, kai dapsilē tina ek tēs aponoias autou ton karpon etrygēsas. Pōs oun ouk eschatēs anoias, tosauta mellontas karpousthai apo psilōn bēmatōn, prodidonai to kerdos, kai kataginōskontas autou, tois autois peripiptein: Ei gar dia touto auton aitią, hoti proteros anamenei tēn par᾽ heteron prosrēsin, tinos heneken zēlois hoper enkaleis, kai hoper ephēs einai ponēron, touto hōs agathon mimeisthai espoudakas: Horąs pōs ouden anthrōpou kakią syzōntos anoētoteron: Dio parakalō, phygōmen to ponēron touto ethos kai katagelaston. Kai gar myrias anetrepse echyǭ to nosēma touto, kai pollas echthras eirgasato. Dia ē touto phthanōmen autous hēmeis. Hoi gar rhapizesthai kai angareuesthai kai Hynanousthai par᾽ echthrōn keleuomenoi? kai pherein, poias an eiēmen syngnōmēs axioi, en prosrēsei psilę̄ tosautēn epideiknymenoi philoneikian: Kataphronoumetha gar, phēsi, kai diaptnometha, hotan autǭ charisōmetha touto. Kai Ō hena mē ᾿kataphronēsę̄ anthrōpos, proskroueis theǭ? kai hina mē kataphronēsę̄ sou ho mainomenos homodoulos, kataphroneis tou despotou, tou tosauta se euergetēkotos: Ei gar atopon to kataphronein son ton homotimon, pollǭ mallon to se kataphronein tou se pepoiēkotos theou. Meta de toutou kakeino skopei? hoti hotan sou kataphronēsę̄, tote soi meizonos misthou ginetai. proxenos. Dia gar ton theon tauta hypomenei» epeidē tōn autou nomōn ēkousas. Tonto de poias ouk an eiē timēs antaxion? posōn diadēmatōn: ᾿Emoi genoito kai hybrizesthai, kai ,kataphroneisthai dia ton theon, ē timasthai para basileōn hapantōn ouden gar, ouden tēs doxēs tautēs ison. Tautēn toinyn diōkōmen houtōs, hōs autos ekeleuse, kai tōn anthrōpinōn mēdena poioumenoi logon, alla tēn akribē philosophian epideiknymenoi dia pantōn, houtō ton heautōn bion oikonomōmen. Kai gar tōn ouranōn kai tōn ekeise stephanōn enteuthen ēdē karpōsometha ta agatha, hōs angeloi meta anthrōpōn badizontes, hōs hai tōn angelōn dynameis Hōn en tę̄ gę̄ peripolountes, kai pasēs men epithymias, pasēs de ektos menontes tarachēn᾽ kai meta toutōn de pantōn kai ta aporrhēta apolēpsometha agatha hōn genoito pantas hēmas epitychein, chariti kai philanthrōpią tou kyriou hēmōn ᾿Iēsou Christou, hǭ hē doxa kai to kratos kai hē proskynēsis, syn tǭ anarchǭ patri kai tǭ hagiǭ kai agathǭ pneumati, nyn kai aei kai eis tous aiōnas tōn aiōnōn. ᾿Dmēn.

Then after all these he brings in the varied crown of these commands, saying, “Pray for those who abuse you,” leading us up to the very highest summit of philosophy. For as being struck is greater than being meek, and giving up the cloak with the tunic greater than being merciful, and bearing wrong greater than being just, and following when struck and compelled greater than being a peacemaker, so too blessing when persecuted is greater than being persecuted. Do you see how little by little he leads up to the very vaults of heaven? What then should we deserve, who are commanded to emulate God, and perhaps do not even equal the tax collectors? For if loving those who love belongs to tax collectors and sinners and Gentiles, when we do not even do this (for we do not, envying our brothers when they are well regarded), what penalty shall we not undergo, being commanded to surpass the scribes and standing lower than the Gentiles? How then shall we see the kingdom, tell me? How shall we set foot on those sacred thresholds, not becoming better even than the tax collectors? For this is what he hinted at when he said, “Do not even the tax collectors do the same?”

And this is above all to be admired in his teaching, that everywhere he sets the prizes of the contests with great abundance, such as seeing God, inheriting the kingdom of heaven, becoming sons of God and like God, obtaining mercy, being comforted, and the great reward; and if anywhere he must mention painful things, he does it with restraint. For he has put the name of hell once in so many words; and with others too he corrects the hearer in a restrained manner … , saying, “Do not even the tax collectors do the same?” and, “If the salt loses its savor,” and, “He shall be called least in the kingdom of heaven.” And there are places where he puts the sins themselves in place of punishment, giving the hearer to perceive the burden of the punishment, as when he says, “He has committed adultery with her in his heart,” and, “He who puts her away makes her commit adultery,” and, “What is more is from the evil one.” For to those who have understanding the greatness of the sin is enough for correction in place of the name of punishment. That is why here too he brings the Gentiles and the tax collectors into the middle, shaming the disciple by the quality of the persons. Paul too did this when he said, “Do not grieve as the rest who have no hope,” and, “as the Gentiles who do not know God.” And showing that he demands nothing excessive, but a little more than what is usual, he says, “Do not even the Gentiles do the same?” But nevertheless he does not stop his discourse here, but ends it in the prizes and the kind hopes, saying, “Be perfect, therefore, as your heavenly Father is.” And he scatters the name of the heavens abundantly everywhere, rousing their minds by the place too; for until then they were in a rather weak and dull state.

Considering, then, all that has been said, let us show great love toward our enemies too; and let us cast out that ridiculous custom which many of the more unreasoning observe, waiting for those they meet to greet them first, not emulating what has a great beatitude but pursuing what is ridiculous. Why will you not greet him first? “Because he is waiting for this,” he says. Then for this very reason above all you should have leapt to it, so that you may receive the crown. “No,” he says, “since he is eager for this.” And what could be worse than this unreason? “Since he is eager for this,” he says, “to become for me the procurer of a reward, I do not want to wait to be greeted, but to do this first ourselves and seize this occasion.” For if he greets you first, you gain nothing more even by greeting him in return; but if you leap first to the greeting, you have made a profit of his conceit and reaped an abundant fruit from his pride. How then is it not the height of folly, when we are going to reap so much from bare words, to betray the gain, and, while condemning him, to fall into the same things? For if you blame him for this, that he waits to be greeted first by another, why do you emulate what you accuse, and are eager to imitate as good what you said was wicked? Do you see that nothing is more senseless than a man who lives with vice? Therefore, I beg you, let us flee this wicked and ridiculous custom. For this sickness has overturned countless friendships and produced many enmities. That is why let us forestall them. For we who are commanded to be struck and compelled and stripped by enemies, and to bear it, what pardon should we deserve if we show such contentiousness over a bare greeting? “For we are despised,” he says, “and spat upon, when we grant him this.” And so that a man may not despise you, do you offend God? And so that your raving fellow servant may not despise you, do you despise the Master who has done you so much good? For if it is absurd that one of equal rank should despise you, much more that you should despise God who made you. And besides this consider this too, that when he despises you, then he becomes for you the procurer of a greater reward. For you endure these things for God’s sake, because you have listened to his laws. And what honor would this not be worth? How many diadems? May it be mine to be insulted and despised for God’s sake rather than to be honored by all kings; for nothing, nothing is equal to this glory. Let us pursue this, then, as he himself commanded, and, making no account of human things, but showing precise philosophy in everything, let us order our own life so. For we shall reap even from here and now the good things of the heavens and of the crowns there, walking among men as angels, going about on earth like the powers of the angels, and remaining outside all desire and all disturbance; and besides all these we shall receive the ineffable good things; which may we all obtain, by the grace and love for mankind of our Lord Jesus Christ, to whom be the glory and the might and the worship, with the Father who is without beginning and the holy and good Spirit, now and always and to the ages of ages. Amen.

Chapter 19

19.1Field 1

Προσέχετε τὴν ἐλεημοσύνην ὑμῶν μὴ ποιεῖν ἔμπροσθεν τῶν ἀνθρώπων, πρὸς τὸ θεαθῆναι αὐτοῖς. Το τυραννικώτερον πάντων λοιπὸν ἐξορίζει πάθος, τὴν λύσσαν καὶ τὴν μανίαν τὴν περὶ τὴν κενὴν δόξαν ἐγγινομένην τοῖς κατορθοῦσιν. Εξ ἀρχῆς μὲν γὰρ οὐδὲν περὶ αὐτοῦ διελέχθη᾽ καὶ γὰρ ἦν περιττὸν, πριν πεῖσαι ποιεῖν τι τῶν δεόντων, περὶ τοῦ πῶς δεῖ ποιεῖν αὐτὰ καὶ μετιέναι διδάσκειν. ᾿Επειδὴ δὲ ἐνήγεν εἰς φιλοσοφίαν, τότε λοιπὸν καὶ τὴν παρυφισταμένην αὐτῇ καθαίρει λύμην. Οὐδὲ γὰρ ἁπλώς τίκτεται τοῦτο τὸ νόσημα, αλλ᾽ ὅταν πολλὰ κατορ-Ο θώσωμεν τῶν ἐπιταττομένων. Εδει τοίνυν πρότερον φυτεὺσαι τὴν ἀρετὴν, καὶ τότε τὸ ἐπηρεάζον αὑτῆς τὸν καρπὸν ἀνελεῖν πάθος. Καὶ ὅρα πόθεν ἄρχεται ἀπὸ νηστείας, καὶ εὐχῆς» καὶ ἐλεημοσύνης. Τούτοις γὰρ μάλιστα ἐμφιλοχωρεῖν εἴωθε τοῖς κατορθώμασιν. Ὁ γοῦν Φαρισαῖος ἐντεῦθεν ἐφυσᾶτο λέγων ἥ νηστεύω δὶς τῆς ἑβδομάδος, ἀποδεκατῶ μου ἐπίδειξιν αὐτὴν ποιούμενος. Ἐπειδὴ γὰρ οὐδεὶς ἄλλος παρῆν, τῷ τελωνὴη ἐνεδείκνυτο λέγων (οὐκ εἰμὶ ὡς οἱ λοιποὶ ἄνθρωποι; οὐδὲ ὡς οὗτος ὃ τελώνης. Καὶ σκόπει πώς ἤρξατο, ὡς περὶ θηρίου τινὸς δυσφωράτον διαλεγόμενος, καὶ δεινοῦ κλέψαι τὸν μὴ σφόδρα ἐγρηγορότα. Προσέχετε γάρ, φησὶ, τὴν ἐλεημοσύνην ὑμῶν. Οὕτω καὶ ὁ Παῦλος λέγει Φιλιππησίοις· βλέπετε τοὺς κύνας. Καὶ γὰρ λάθρα ἐπεισέρχεται τὸ θηρίον, καὶ πάντα ἐκφυσᾷ ἀψοφητὶ, καὶ ἀνεπαισθήτως ἐκφέρει τὰ ἔνδον ἅπαντα. ᾿Επεὶ οὺν πολὺν περὶ τῆς ἐλεημοσύνης ἐποιήσατο λόγον, καὶ τὸν θεὸν εἰς μέσον ἤγαγε τὸν ἀνατέλλοντα τὸν ἥλιον ἐπὶ πονηροὺς καὶ ἀγαθοὺς, καὶ πανταχόθεν προέτρεψεν εἰς τοῦτο, καὶ κομᾶν ἔπεισε τῆ δαψιλείᾳ τῆς χορηγίας, ἀναιρεῖ λοιπὸν καὶ τὰ ἐνοχλοῦντα τῇ καλῇ ταύτῃ ἐλαίᾳ πάντα. Διό φησι προσἔχετε τὴν ἐλεημοσύνην ὑμῶν μὴ ποιεῖν ἔμπροσθεν τῶν ἀνθρ πων. ᾿ΒΕκείνη γὰρ ἡ ἔμπροσθεν εἰρημένη, τοῦ θεοῦ ἐστιν ἐλεημοσύνη. Καὶ εἰπὼν, μὴ ποιεῖν ἔμπροσθεν τῶν ἀνθρώπων, ἐπήγαγε, πρὸς τὸ θεαθῆναι αὐτοῖς. Καὶ δοκεῖ μὲν δεύτερον εἰρῆσθαι τὸ αὐτό ἂν δέ τις ἀκριβῶς προσέχῃ: οὐκ ἔστι τὸ αὐτὸ, ἀλλ᾽ ἕτερον τοῦτο, καὶ ὅτερον ἐκεῖνο, καὶ πολλὴν ἔχει τὴν ἀσφάλειαν, καὶ ἄφατον τὴν κηδεμονίαν καὶ τὴν φειδώ. Ἔστι γὰρ καὶ ἔμπροσθεν τῶν ἀνθρώπων ποιοῦντα, μὴ πρὸς τὸ θεαθῆναι ποιεῖν᾽ καὶ μὴ ποιοῦντα ἔμπροσθεν πάλιν, πρὸς τὸ θεαθῆναι ποιεῖν. Διόπερ οὐχ ἁπλῶς τὸ γινόμενον; ἀλλὰ τὴν γνώμην καὶ κολαζει καὶ στεφανοι. Εἰ γὰρ μὴ αὕτη ἡ ἀκρίβεια προσκειμένη ἥν, πολλοὺς ἂν τοῦτο ὀκνηροτέρους ἐποίησε περὶ τὴν τῆς ἐλεημοσύνης δόσιν, διὰ τὸ μὴ πανταχοῦ πάντως δυνατὸν εἶναι ἢ λανθανόντως ποιεῖν. Διὰ τοῦτο ἀπολύων σε τῆς ἀνα γκης ,Ταύτης, οὐ τῷ τέλει τοῦ πράγματος, ἀλλὰ τῇ προαἱρέσει. τοὺ ποιοῦντος, καὶ τὴν ζημίαν καὶ πὸν μισθὸν ορίζει. Ἵνα γὰρ μὴ λέγης τί γὰρ ἐγὼ πάθω, ἀν ἕτερος ἴδη: οὐ τοῦτο ζητῶ, φησὶν, ἀλλὰ τὴν διάνοιαν τὴν σὴν, καὶ τὸν τρόπον τοῦ γινομένου. Τὴν γὰρ ψυχὴν ἐανχάσαι βούλεται; καὶ παντὸς ἀπαλλάξαι νοσήματος. ᾿Ἀπαγορεύσας τοίνυν τὸ πρὸς ἐπίδειξιν ποιεῖν, καὶ τὴν ἐκ τούτου ζημίαν διδάξας, ὁ τὸ μάτην καὶ εἰκῇ τοῦτο ποιεῖν, πάλιν αὐτῶν ἐγείρει τὰ φρονήματα, τοῦ πατρὸς ἀναμνήσας καὶ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ, ἵνα μὴ τῆ ζημίᾳ μονῃ καθάψηται, ἀλλὰ καὶ τῇ μνήμη τοῦ γεγεννηκότος ἐντρέψηῃ. Οὐκ ἔχετε γὰρ μισθὸν, φησὶ, παρὰ τῷ πατρὶ ὑμῶν τῷ ἐν οὐρανοῖς. Καὶ οὐδὲ ἐνταῦθα ἔστη, ἀλλὰ καὶ περαιτέρω πρόεισι, καὶ δι ἑτέρων πολλὴν τὴν ἀποτροπὴν ἐργαζόμενος. Ὥσπερ γὰρ ἀνωτέρω τελώνας καὶ εθνικοὺς τέθεικε, τῇ ποιότητι τοῦ προσώπου καταισχύνων τοὺς μιμουμένους οὕτω καὶ ἐνταῦθα τοὺς ὑποκριτάς. Ὅταν οὖν ποιῇς; φησὶν, ἐλεημοσύνην, μὴ σαλπίσῃς ἔμπροσθέν σου, Ὃ ὥσπερ οἱ ὑποκριταί. Οὐχ ὅτι σάλπιγγας εἶχον ἐκεῖνοι; ἀλλὰ τὴν πολλὴν αὐτῶν ἐπιδεῖξαι βούλεται μανίαν τῇ λέξει τῆς μεταφορᾶς ταύτης, κωμῳδῶν ταύτη καὶ ἐκπομπεύων αὐτούς. Καὶ καλῶς ὑποκριτὰς εἶπε. Τὸ μὲν γὰρ προσὠπεῖον, ἐλεημοσύνης ἦν' δὲ διάνοια, ὠμότητος καὶ ἀπανθρωπίας. Ου γὰρ διὰ τὸ τοὺς πλησίον ἐλεεῖν ποιοῦσιν, ἀλλὰ διὰ τὸ δόξης ἀπολαύειν αὐτούς ὅπερ ἐσχάτης ἦν ὠμότητος; ἑτέρου λιμῷ διαφθειρομένου φιλοτιμίαν ζητεῖν, καὶ μὴ λύειν τὴν συμ ρον Οὐκ ἄρα τὸ δοῦναι ἐλεημοσύνην, ἀλλὰ τὸ ὡς χρὴ δοῦναί ἐστι τὸ ζητούμενον, καὶ διὰ τοῦτο δοῦναι.

Prosechete tēn eleēmosynēn hymōn mē poiein emprosthen tōn anthrōpōn, pros to theathēnai autois. To tyrannikōteron pantōn loipon exorizei pathos, tēn lyssan kai tēn manian tēn peri tēn kenēn doxan enginomenēn tois katorthousin. Ex archēs men gar ouden peri autou dielechthē᾽ kai gar ēn peritton, prin peisai poiein ti tōn deontōn, peri tou pōs dei poiein auta kai metienai didaskein. ᾿Epeidē de enēgen eis philosophian, tote loipon kai tēn paryphistamenēn autę̄ kathairei lymēn. Oude gar haplōs tiktetai touto to nosēma, all᾽ hotan polla kator-O thōsōmen tōn epitattomenōn. Edei toinyn proteron phyteusai tēn aretēn, kai tote to epēreazon hautēs ton karpon anelein pathos. Kai hora pothen archetai apo nēsteias, kai euchēs» kai eleēmosynēs. Toutois gar malista emphilochōrein eiōthe tois katorthōmasin. Ho goun Pharisaios enteuthen ephysato legōn hē nēsteuō dis tēs hebdomados, apodekatō mou epideixin autēn poioumenos. Epeidē gar oudeis allos parēn, tǭ telōnēē enedeiknyto legōn (ouk eimi hōs hoi loipoi anthrōpoi? oude hōs houtos ho telōnēs. Kai skopei pōs ērxato, hōs peri thēriou tinos dysphōraton dialegomenos, kai deinou klepsai ton mē sphodra egrēgorota. Prosechete gar, phēsi, tēn eleēmosynēn hymōn. Houtō kai ho Paulos legei Philippēsiois; blepete tous kynas. Kai gar lathra epeiserchetai to thērion, kai panta ekphysą apsophēti, kai anepaisthētōs ekpherei ta endon hapanta. ᾿Epei oun polyn peri tēs eleēmosynēs epoiēsato logon, kai ton theon eis meson ēgage ton anatellonta ton hēlion epi ponērous kai agathous, kai pantachothen proetrepsen eis touto, kai koman epeise tē dapsileią tēs chorēgias, anairei loipon kai ta enochlounta tę̄ kalę̄ tautę̄ elaią panta. Dio phēsi prosechete tēn eleēmosynēn hymōn mē poiein emprosthen tōn anthr pōn. ᾿BEkeinē gar hē emprosthen eirēmenē, tou theou estin eleēmosynē. Kai eipōn, mē poiein emprosthen tōn anthrōpōn, epēgage, pros to theathēnai autois. Kai dokei men deuteron eirēsthai to auto an de tis akribōs prosechę̄: ouk esti to auto, all᾽ heteron touto, kai hoteron ekeino, kai pollēn echei tēn asphaleian, kai aphaton tēn kēdemonian kai tēn pheidō. Esti gar kai emprosthen tōn anthrōpōn poiounta, mē pros to theathēnai poiein᾽ kai mē poiounta emprosthen palin, pros to theathēnai poiein. Dioper ouch haplōs to ginomenon? alla tēn gnōmēn kai kolazei kai stephanoi. Ei gar mē hautē hē akribeia proskeimenē hēn, pollous an touto oknēroterous epoiēse peri tēn tēs eleēmosynēs dosin, dia to mē pantachou pantōs dynaton einai ē lanthanontōs poiein. Dia touto apolyōn se tēs ana nkēs ,Tautēs, ou tǭ telei tou pragmatos, alla tę̄ proairesei. tou poiountos, kai tēn zēmian kai pon misthon orizei. Hina gar mē legēs ti gar egō pathō, an heteros idē: ou touto zētō, phēsin, alla tēn dianoian tēn sēn, kai ton tropon tou ginomenou. Tēn gar psychēn eanchasai bouletai? kai pantos apallaxai nosēmatos. ᾿Apagoreusas toinyn to pros epideixin poiein, kai tēn ek toutou zēmian didaxas, ho to matēn kai eikę̄ touto poiein, palin autōn egeirei ta phronēmata, tou patros anamnēsas kai tou ouranou, hina mē tē zēmią monę̄ kathapsētai, alla kai tę̄ mnēmē tou gegennēkotos entrepsēę̄. Ouk echete gar misthon, phēsi, para tǭ patri hymōn tǭ en ouranois. Kai oude entautha estē, alla kai peraiterō proeisi, kai di heterōn pollēn tēn apotropēn ergazomenos. Hōsper gar anōterō telōnas kai ethnikous tetheike, tę̄ poiotēti tou prosōpou kataischynōn tous mimoumenous houtō kai entautha tous hypokritas. Hotan oun poię̄s? phēsin, eleēmosynēn, mē salpisę̄s emprosthen sou, Ho hōsper hoi hypokritai. Ouch hoti salpingas eichon ekeinoi? alla tēn pollēn autōn epideixai bouletai manian tę̄ lexei tēs metaphoras tautēs, kōmǭdōn tautē kai ekpompeuōn autous. Kai kalōs hypokritas eipe. To men gar prosōpeion, eleēmosynēs ēn' de dianoia, ōmotētos kai apanthrōpias. Ou gar dia to tous plēsion eleein poiousin, alla dia to doxēs apolauein autous hoper eschatēs ēn ōmotētos? heterou limǭ diaphtheiromenou philotimian zētein, kai mē lyein tēn sym ron Ouk ara to dounai eleēmosynēn, alla to hōs chrē dounai esti to zētoumenon, kai dia touto dounai.

“Take heed not to do your almsgiving before men, to be seen by them.” He now banishes the most tyrannical passion of all, the frenzy and madness for vainglory that arises in those who do right. For at the beginning he said nothing about it; for it was superfluous, before persuading men to do any of their duties, to teach how they must do and pursue them. But when he had led them into philosophy, then he also cleans out the ruin that springs up beside it. For this disease is not born at random, but when we have achieved many of the things commanded. So he had first to plant virtue, and then to remove the passion that injures its fruit. And see where he begins: from fasting and prayer and almsgiving. For in these good deeds above all it is accustomed to make its home. The Pharisee, at any rate, was puffed up from here, saying, “I fast twice a week, I give tithes of …” … making it a display. For since no one else was present, he displayed himself to the tax collector, saying, “I am not like the rest of men, nor like this tax collector.” And see how he began, as though speaking of some wild beast hard to detect and clever at stealing upon one who is not very wakeful: “For take heed,” he says, “of your almsgiving.” So Paul too says to the Philippians, “Beware of the dogs.” For the beast creeps in secretly and blows everything away without a sound, and carries off unperceived all that is within. Since, then, he had spoken much about almsgiving, and had brought God into the middle, who makes his sun rise on the evil and the good, and had urged them to it on every side and persuaded them to flourish in the abundance of their giving, he now removes all that troubles this fair olive tree. That is why he says, “Take heed not to do your almsgiving before men.” For the almsgiving spoken of before is God’s. And having said, “not to do it before men,” he added, “to be seen by them.” And it seems that the same thing is said a second time; but if one attends precisely, it is not the same, but this is one thing and that another, and it has great safety and unspeakable care and forbearance. For it is possible for one who does it before men not to do it to be seen; and again for one who does not do it before them to do it to be seen. That is why he punishes and crowns not simply what is done, but the intention. For if this precision had not been added, it would have made many more hesitant about giving alms, because it is not always possible everywhere to do it unobserved. That is why, freeing you from this necessity, he defines both the loss and the reward not by the outcome of the thing but by the purpose of the doer. For so that you may not say, “What do I suffer if another sees?” he says, “It is not this I seek, but your mind and the manner of what is done.” For he wants to set the soul right and free it from every disease.

Having, then, forbidden doing it for display, and taught the loss that follows, doing it vainly and for nothing, he again raises their spirits by reminding them of the Father and of heaven, so as to strike them not only by the loss but also to shame them by the memory of the one who begot them. “For you have no reward,” he says, “with your Father who is in heaven.” And he did not stop here, but goes on further, producing great aversion by other means too. For as above he put the tax collectors and Gentiles, shaming the imitators by the quality of the persons, so here he puts the hypocrites. “When, then, you give alms,” he says, “do not sound a trumpet before you, as the hypocrites do.” Not that they had trumpets; but he wants to show their great madness by the wording of this metaphor, mocking them and exposing them in this way. And he rightly called them hypocrites. For the mask was of almsgiving, but the mind of cruelty and inhumanity. For they do it not for the sake of showing mercy to their neighbors, but to enjoy glory themselves; which was the height of cruelty, when another is perishing of hunger, to seek honor and not relieve his misfortune. So it is not giving alms but giving it as one ought, and for this reason, that is sought.

19.2Field 1

Κωμῳδήσας τοίνυν ἐκείνους ἱκανῶς, καὶ καθαψάμενος αὖ- τῶν, ὡς καὶ αἰσχυνθῆναι τὸν ἀκροατὴν, διορθοῦται πάλιν τὴν τὰ τοιαῦτα νοσοῦσαν γνώμην' καὶ εἰπὼν πῶς δεῖ μὴ ποιεῖν, δείκνυσι πάλιν πῶς δεῖ ποιεῖν. Πῶς οὖν δεῖ ποιεῖν: Μὴ γνώτω, φησὶν, ἡ ἀριστερά σον, τί ποιεῖ ἡ δεξιά σου. Πάλιν ἐνταῦθα οὐ χεῖρας αἰνίττεται; ᾿ἀλλ᾽ ὑπερβολικῶς αὐτὸ τέθεικεν. Εἰ γὰρ οἷον τό ἐστι, φησὶ, σεαντὸν ἀγνοῆσαι, περισπούδαστον ἔστω σοι τοῦτο, κἂν αὐτὰς δυνατὸν ἢ τὰς διακονουμένας χεῖρας λαθεῖν. Οὐχ ὧς τινές Φασιν, ὅτι τοὺς σκαιοὺς δεῖ κρύπτειν ἀνθρώπους πάντας ,Ὑὰρ ἐνταῦθα λανθάνειν ἐκέλευσεν. Εἶτα καὶ ὁ μισθὸς ἐννόησον ὅσος. Ἐπειδὴ γὰρ εἶπε τὴν ἐκεῖθεν κόλασιν, δείκνυσι καὶ τὴν ἐντεῦθεν τιμὴν, ἑκατέρωθεν αὐτοὺς ὠθῶν, καὶ εἰς ὑψηλὰ ἄγων διδάγματα. Καὶ γὰρ πείθει εἰδέναι, ὅτι πανταχοῦ πάρεστιν ὁ θεός καὶ ὅτι οὐ μέχρι τοῦ παρόντος βίον ἕστηκε τὰ ἡμέτέρα, ἀλλὰ καὶ φοβερώτερον ἡμᾶς ἐντεῦθεν ἐκδέξεται δικαστήριον, καὶ αἱ τών πεπραγμένων εὐθῦναι ἁπάντων, καὶ τιμαὶ καὶ κολάσεις καὶ ὅτι οὐδὲν, οὐ μικρὸν, οὐ μέγα τις ποιῶν λήσεται, κἂν δόξῃ τοὺς ἀνθρώπους λανθάνειν. Ταῦτα γὰρ ἅπαντα ἡνίξατο εἰπών ὁ Ὁ πατήρ σου, ὁ βλέπων ἐν τῷ κρυπτῷ, ἀποδώσει σοι ἐν τῷ φανερῷ μέγα καὶ σεμνὸν αὐτῷ καθίζων θέατρον, καὶ ὅπερ ἐπιθυμεῖ, τοῦτο μετὰ πολλῆς αὐτῷ διδοὺς τῆς περιουσίας. Τί γὰρ βούλει: φησών οὐχὶ θεατάς εξ ἔχειν τῶν γινομένων τινάς; ᾿Ιδοὺ τοίνυν ἔχεις, οὐχὶ ἀγγέλους οὐδὲ ἀρχαγγέλους, ἀλλὰ τὸν τῶν ὅλων θεόν. Εἰ δὲ καὶ ἀνθρώπους ἐπιθυμεῖς ἔχειν θεωροὺς, οὐδὲ ταύτης σε ἀποστερεῖ τῆς ἐπιθυμίας καιρῷ τῷ προσήκοντι» αλλὰ καὶ μετὰ πλείονός σοι αὐτὸ παρέχει τῆς ὑπερβολῆς. Νὺν μὲν γὰρ ἂν ἐπιδείξῃ, δέκα καὶ εἴκοσιν, ἢ καὶ ἑκατὸν ἀνθρώποις ἐπιδείξασθαι δυνήσῃ μόνοις ἂν δὲ σπουδάζῃς νῦν ᾿λαθεῖν, τότε σε αὐτὸς ὁ θεὸς ἀνακηρύξει, τῆς οἰκουμένης παρούσης ἁπάσης. Ὥστε μάλιστα εἰ βούλει ἀνθρώπους ἰδεῖν σου τὰ κατορθώματα, κρύψον αὐτὰ νῦν, ἵνα μετὰ πλείονος τιμῆς τότε αὐτὰ πάντες θεάσωνται, τοῦ θεοῦ φανερὰ ποιοῦντος καὶ ἐπαίροντος καὶ παρὰ πᾶσιν ἀνακηρύττοντος. Νῦν μὲν γάρ σου καὶ καταγνώσονται οἱ ὁρῶντες, ὡς κενοδόξου στε) φανούμενον δὲ ἰδόντες, οὐ μόνον οὐ καταγνώσονται, ἀλλὰ καὶ θαυμάσονται ἅπαντες. Ὅταν οὖν καὶ μισθὸν λαβεῖν, καὶ θαῦμα καρπώσασθαι μεῖζον, ὀλέγον ἀναμείναντα χρόνον, ἐννόησον. ἡλίκης ἀνοίας ἐστὶν ἀμφοτέρων ἐκπεσεῖν τούτων, καὶ παρὰ τοῦ θεοῦ τὸν μισθὸν αἰτοῦντα, καὶ τοῦ θεοῦ ὁ ορῶντος, τοὺς ἀνθρώπους καλεῖν πρὸς τὴν ἐπίδειξιν τῶν γινομέδν νων. Εἰ γὰρ ἐπιδείκνυσθαι δεῖ, τῷ πατρὶ πρὸ πάντων ἐπιδείκνυσθαι χρή᾽ καὶ μάλιστα ὅταν καὶ τοῦ στεφανῶσαι καὶ τοῦ ζημιῶσαι κύριος ὃ πατὴρ ἡ. Καίτοι εἰ καὶ ζημία μὴ ἥν, οὐκ ἔδει τὸ θέατρον τοῦτο ἥ ἀφιέντα, ἀνταλλαξασθαι τὸ τῶν ἀνθρώπων, τὸν δόξης ἐπιθυμοῦντα. Τίς γὰρ οὕτως ἄθλιος, ὡς τοῦ βασιλέως σπεύδοντος ἐπὶ τὴν θεωρίαν τῶν αὐτοῦ κατορθωμάτων ἐλθεῖν, ἐκεῖνον μὲν ἀφιέναι, ἀπὸ δὲ τῶν πτωχῶν καὶ προσαιτῶν καθίζειν αὐτοῦ τὸ θέατρον: Διὰ δὴ τοῦτο οὐχὶ μόνον οὐκ ἐπιδείκνυσθαι κελεύει, αλλὰ καὶ σπουδάζειν λανθάνειν. Οὐδὲ γάρ ἐστιν ἴσον, μὴ σπουδάσαι φανῆναι, καὶ σπουδάσαι λαθεῖν. Καὶ ὅταν προσεύχησθε, φησὶν, οὐκ ἔσεσθε ὥσπερ οἱ ὑποκριταί ὅτι φιλοῦσιν ἐν ταῖς συναγωγαῖς καὶ ἐν ταῖς γωνίαις τῶν πλατειῶν ἑστῶτες προσεύχεσθαι. ᾿Αμὴν λέγω ὑμῖν, ἀπέχουσι τὸν μισθὸν αὐτῶν. Σὺ δὲ ὅταν προσεύχηῃ, εἴσελθε εἰς τὸ ταμιεῖόν σου; καὶ κλείσας τὴν θύραν σου, πρόσευξαι τῷ πατρί σου τῷ ἐν τῷ κρυπτῷ. Πάλιν καὶ τούτους ὑποκριτὰς καλεῖ, καὶ μάλα εἰκότως ὅτι θεῷ προσποιούμενοι προσεύχεσθαι, ἀνθρώπους περισκοποῦσιν, οὐχ ἱκε- τῶν περικείμενοι σχῆμα, αλλ᾽ ἀνθρώπων καταγελάστων. Ὁ γὰρ μέλλων ἱκετεύειν, ἅπαντας ἀφεὶς». πρὸς ἐκεῖνον μόνον ὁρᾷ τὸν κύριον ὄντα δοῦναι τὴν αἴτησιν. Ἂν δὲ τοῦτον αφεὶς, περιέρχῃ πλανώμενος καὶ πανταχοῦ περιφέρων τοὺς οφθαλμοὺς, κεναῖς ἀπελεύσῃ χερσί. Τοῦτο γὰρ αὐτὸς ἐβουλήθης. Διὰ τοῦτο οὐκ εἶπεν, ὅτι οὐ λήψονται μισθὸν οἱ τοιοῦτοι, αλλ ὅτι ἀπέχουσι τουτέστιν, ὅτι λήψονται μὲν, παρ᾽ ὧν δὲ ἐπιθυμοῦσιν αὐτοί. Οὐ γὰρ ὁ θεὸς τοῦτο βούλεται, ἀλλ᾽ αὐτὸς μὲν τὴν παρ᾽ ἑαυτοῦ παρέχειν ἤθελεν ἀμοιβήν ἐκεῖνοι δὲ τὴν παρὰ τῶν ἀνθρώπων ζητοῦντες, οὐκέτ᾽ ἂν εἶεν δίκαιοι λαβεῖν παρ᾽ ἐκείνου, ὃν οὐδὲν πεποιήκασι. Σὺ δέ μοι σκόπει τοὺ θεοῦ τὴν φιλανθρωπίαν, ὅτι καὶ ὑπὲρ ὧν αἰτεῖται παρ᾽ ἡμῶν ἀγαθῶν, ἐπαγγέλλεται, μισθὸν παρέξειν. Διαβαλὼν τοίνυν τοὺς οὐ προσηκόντως τῷ πράγματι χρωμένους, καὶ απὸ τοῦ τόπου, καὶ απὸ τῆς διαθέσεως, καὶ δείξας σφόδρα καταγελάστους ὄντας, εἰσάγει τὸν ἄριστον τῆς προσευχῆς τρόπον, καὶ πάλιν τὸν μισθὸν δίδωσιν, εἰπών᾽ εἴσελθε εἰς τὸ ταμιεῖόν σου.

Kōmǭdēsas toinyn ekeinous hikanōs, kai kathapsamenos au- tōn, hōs kai aischynthēnai ton akroatēn, diorthoutai palin tēn ta toiauta nosousan gnōmēn' kai eipōn pōs dei mē poiein, deiknysi palin pōs dei poiein. Pōs oun dei poiein: Mē gnōtō, phēsin, hē aristera son, ti poiei hē dexia sou. Palin entautha ou cheiras ainittetai? ᾿all᾽ hyperbolikōs auto tetheiken. Ei gar hoion to esti, phēsi, seanton agnoēsai, perispoudaston estō soi touto, kan autas dynaton ē tas diakonoumenas cheiras lathein. Ouch hōs tines Phasin, hoti tous skaious dei kryptein anthrōpous pantas ,Hyar entautha lanthanein ekeleusen. Eita kai ho misthos ennoēson hosos. Epeidē gar eipe tēn ekeithen kolasin, deiknysi kai tēn enteuthen timēn, hekaterōthen autous ōthōn, kai eis hypsēla agōn didagmata. Kai gar peithei eidenai, hoti pantachou parestin ho theos kai hoti ou mechri tou parontos bion hestēke ta hēmetera, alla kai phoberōteron hēmas enteuthen ekdexetai dikastērion, kai hai tōn pepragmenōn euthynai hapantōn, kai timai kai kolaseis kai hoti ouden, ou mikron, ou mega tis poiōn lēsetai, kan doxę̄ tous anthrōpous lanthanein. Tauta gar hapanta hēnixato eipōn ho Ho patēr sou, ho blepōn en tǭ kryptǭ, apodōsei soi en tǭ phanerǭ mega kai semnon autǭ kathizōn theatron, kai hoper epithymei, touto meta pollēs autǭ didous tēs periousias. Ti gar boulei: phēsōn ouchi theatas ex echein tōn ginomenōn tinas? ᾿Idou toinyn echeis, ouchi angelous oude archangelous, alla ton tōn holōn theon. Ei de kai anthrōpous epithymeis echein theōrous, oude tautēs se aposterei tēs epithymias kairǭ tǭ prosēkonti» alla kai meta pleionos soi auto parechei tēs hyperbolēs. Nyn men gar an epideixę̄, deka kai eikosin, ē kai hekaton anthrōpois epideixasthai dynēsę̄ monois an de spoudazę̄s nyn ᾿lathein, tote se autos ho theos anakēryxei, tēs oikoumenēs parousēs hapasēs. Hōste malista ei boulei anthrōpous idein sou ta katorthōmata, krypson auta nyn, hina meta pleionos timēs tote auta pantes theasōntai, tou theou phanera poiountos kai epairontos kai para pasin anakēryttontos. Nyn men gar sou kai katagnōsontai hoi horōntes, hōs kenodoxou ste) phanoumenon de idontes, ou monon ou katagnōsontai, alla kai thaumasontai hapantes. Hotan oun kai misthon labein, kai thauma karpōsasthai meizon, olegon anameinanta chronon, ennoēson. hēlikēs anoias estin amphoterōn ekpesein toutōn, kai para tou theou ton misthon aitounta, kai tou theou ho orōntos, tous anthrōpous kalein pros tēn epideixin tōn ginomedn nōn. Ei gar epideiknysthai dei, tǭ patri pro pantōn epideiknysthai chrē᾽ kai malista hotan kai tou stephanōsai kai tou zēmiōsai kyrios ho patēr hē. Kaitoi ei kai zēmia mē hēn, ouk edei to theatron touto hē aphienta, antallaxasthai to tōn anthrōpōn, ton doxēs epithymounta. Tis gar houtōs athlios, hōs tou basileōs speudontos epi tēn theōrian tōn autou katorthōmatōn elthein, ekeinon men aphienai, apo de tōn ptōchōn kai prosaitōn kathizein autou to theatron: Dia dē touto ouchi monon ouk epideiknysthai keleuei, alla kai spoudazein lanthanein. Oude gar estin ison, mē spoudasai phanēnai, kai spoudasai lathein. Kai hotan proseuchēsthe, phēsin, ouk esesthe hōsper hoi hypokritai hoti philousin en tais synagōgais kai en tais gōniais tōn plateiōn hestōtes proseuchesthai. ᾿Amēn legō hymin, apechousi ton misthon autōn. Sy de hotan proseuchēę̄, eiselthe eis to tamieion sou? kai kleisas tēn thyran sou, proseuxai tǭ patri sou tǭ en tǭ kryptǭ. Palin kai toutous hypokritas kalei, kai mala eikotōs hoti theǭ prospoioumenoi proseuchesthai, anthrōpous periskopousin, ouch hike- tōn perikeimenoi schēma, all᾽ anthrōpōn katagelastōn. Ho gar mellōn hiketeuein, hapantas apheis». pros ekeinon monon horą ton kyrion onta dounai tēn aitēsin. An de touton apheis, perierchę̄ planōmenos kai pantachou peripherōn tous ophthalmous, kenais apeleusę̄ chersi. Touto gar autos eboulēthēs. Dia touto ouk eipen, hoti ou lēpsontai misthon hoi toioutoi, all hoti apechousi toutestin, hoti lēpsontai men, par᾽ hōn de epithymousin autoi. Ou gar ho theos touto bouletai, all᾽ autos men tēn par᾽ heautou parechein ēthelen amoibēn ekeinoi de tēn para tōn anthrōpōn zētountes, ouket᾽ an eien dikaioi labein par᾽ ekeinou, hon ouden pepoiēkasi. Sy de moi skopei tou theou tēn philanthrōpian, hoti kai hyper hōn aiteitai par᾽ hēmōn agathōn, epangelletai, misthon parexein. Diabalōn toinyn tous ou prosēkontōs tǭ pragmati chrōmenous, kai apo tou topou, kai apo tēs diatheseōs, kai deixas sphodra katagelastous ontas, eisagei ton ariston tēs proseuchēs tropon, kai palin ton misthon didōsin, eipōn᾽ eiselthe eis to tamieion sou.

Having, then, mocked them sufficiently and attacked them so as to put the hearer to shame too, he again corrects the mind sick with such things; and having said how one must not do it, he shows in turn how one must do it. How then must one do it? “Do not let your left hand know,” he says, “what your right hand is doing.” Here again he does not hint at hands, but has put it hyperbolically. “For if it is possible,” he says, “not to know even yourself, let this be your earnest aim, if it is possible to escape the notice even of the very hands that serve.” Not, as some say, that we must hide it from perverse men; for here he commanded that it escape the notice of all. Then consider too how great the reward is. For having spoken of the punishment from that source, he shows also the honor from this, pushing them from both sides and leading them to lofty teachings. For he persuades them to know that God is present everywhere, and that our affairs do not stop at the present life, but a more fearful court will receive us from here, and the accounts of all our deeds, and honors and punishments; and that no one doing anything, small or great, will escape notice, even if he seems to escape the notice of men. For all these things he hinted at when he said, “Your Father who sees in secret will reward you openly,” setting up for him a great and august theater, and granting him with great abundance the very thing he desires. “For what do you want?” he says. “Is it not to have some spectators of what is done? See, then, you have them: not angels nor archangels, but the God of all.” And if you desire to have men as spectators too, he does not deprive you of this desire either, at the fitting time, but grants it to you with even greater excess. For now, if you display yourself, you will be able to display yourself to ten or twenty or a hundred men only; but if you are eager now to escape notice, then God himself will proclaim you, with the whole world present. So above all, if you want men to see your good deeds, hide them now, so that then all may behold them with greater honor, God making them manifest and exalting them and proclaiming them before all. For now those who see you will even condemn you as vainglorious; but seeing you crowned, not only will they not condemn you, but all will even admire you. When, then, it is possible both to receive a reward and to reap greater admiration by waiting a little time, consider what folly it is to lose both of these, asking the reward from God, and, while God is watching, calling men to the display of what is done. For if one must make a display, one ought to make it to the Father before all; and especially when the Father is master both of crowning and of penalizing. And yet even if there were no penalty, the one who desires glory ought not to give up this theater and exchange it for that of men. For who is so wretched as, when the king is hastening to come to the spectacle of his good deeds, to let him go and fill his theater with the poor and the beggars? That is why he commands not only not to make a display, but even to be eager to escape notice. For it is not the same not to be eager to appear and to be eager to escape notice.

“And when you pray,” he says, “you shall not be like the hypocrites; for they love to pray standing in the synagogues and at the corners of the streets. Truly I say to you, they have their reward. But you, when you pray, go into your inner room, and having shut your door, pray to your Father who is in secret.” Again he calls these too hypocrites, and very rightly; because, pretending to pray to God, they look around at men, wearing the bearing not of suppliants but of ridiculous men. For the one who is going to make supplication, leaving all, looks to him alone who has the power to grant the request. But if you leave him and go about wandering and casting your eyes everywhere, you will go away with empty hands. For this is what you yourself wanted. That is why he did not say that such men will receive no reward, but that they “have” it; that is, that they will receive it, but from those from whom they themselves desire it. For God does not want this; he himself wished to give the recompense from himself; but they, seeking it from men, would no longer have a right to receive from him for whom they have done nothing. But consider, I beg you, God’s love for mankind, that he promises to give a reward even for the good things he asks of us. Having, then, discredited those who do not use the thing fittingly, both by the place and by the disposition, and having shown them to be very ridiculous, he brings in the best manner of prayer, and again gives the reward, saying, “Go into your inner room.”

19.3Field 1

Τί οὖν: ἐν ἐκκλησίᾳ, φησὶν, οὐ δεῖ προσεὔχεσθαι; Καὶ σφόδρα μὲν, ἀλλὰ μετὰ γνώμης τοιαύτης. Πανταχοὺ γὰρ ὁ θεὸς τὸν σκοπὸν ζητεῖ τῶν γινομένων. ᾿Επεὶ κἄν εἰς τὸ ταμιεῖον εἰσέλθης, καὶ ἀποκλείσας, πρὸς ἐπίδειξιν αὐτὸ ἐργάσῃ, οὐδέν σοι τῶν θυρῶν ὄφελος. Ὅρα γοῦν καὶ ἐνταῦθα πώς ἀκριβῆ τὸν διορισμὸν τέθεικεν, εἰπὼν, ὅπως φανῶσι τοῖς ἀνθρώποις. Ὥστε κὰν τὰς θύρας ἀποκλείσης» τοῦτο πρὸ τῆς τῶν θυρῶν ἀποκλείσεως κατορθῶσαί σε βούλεται, καὶ τὰς τῆς διανοίας ἀποκλείειν θύρας. Κενοδοξίας γὰρ πανταχοῦ μὲν ἀπηλλάχθαι καλὸν, μάλιστα δὲ ἐν εὐχῇ. Εἰ γὰρ καὶ τούτου χωρὶς πλανώμεθα καὶ περιφερόμεθα, ἂν καὶ ταύτην εἰσερχώμεθα τὴν νόσον ἔχοντες, πότε ἀκουσόμεθα τῶν παρ᾽ ἡμῶν λεγομένων εἰ δὲ ἡμεῖς οἱ δεόμενοι, καὶ παραΕ, καλοῦντες οὐκ ἀκούομεν, πώς τὸν θεὸν ἀξιοῦμεν ἀκούειν; Αλλ᾽ ὅμως εἰσί τινες, οἱ μετὰ τοιαῦτα καὶ τοσαῦτα παραγγέλματα οὕτως ἀσχημονοῦντες ἐν εὐχῇ, ὡς καὶ τοῦ σώματος κρυπτομένον, διὰ τῆς φωνῆς πᾶσιν ἑαυτοὺς καταδήλους ποιεῖν, συρφετωδῶς βοῶντες, καὶ τῷ σχήματι, καὶ τῇ Φωνῇ καταγελάστους ποιοῦντες ἑαυτούς. Οὐχ ὁρᾷς ὅτι καὶ ἐν ἀγορᾷ, ἂν μὲν τοιαῦτα προσέλθῃ τις ποιῶν καὶ μετὰ βοῆς ἱκετεύων, σοβήσει τὸν ἱκετενόμενον ἂν δὲ ἡσυχῆ καὶ μετὰ τοῦ προσήκοντος σχήματος, τότε ἐπισπᾶται μᾶλλον τὸν δυνάμενον δοῦναι τὴν χάριν: Μὴ τοίνυν τῷ σχήματι τοῦ σώματος, μηδὲ τῇ κραυγῇ τῆς φωνῆς, ἀλλὰ τῇ προθυμίᾳ τῆς γνώμης τὰς εὐχὰς ποιώμεθα μηδὲ μετὰ ψόφου καὶ ἡχῆς; καὶ πρὸς ἐπίδειξιν, ὡς καὶ τοὺς πλησίον ἐκκρούειν, αλλὰ μετὰ ἐπιεικείας πάσης, καὶ τῆς κατὰ διάνοιαν συντριβῆς, καὶ δακρύων τῶν ἔνδοθεν. ᾿Αλλ ἀλγεῖς τὴν Ψυχὴν, καὶ οὐκ ἂν δύναιο μὴ βοᾶν; Καὶ μὴν τοῦ σφόδρα αλγοῦντός ἐστι τὸ οὕτως εὔχεσθαι καὶ παρακαλεῖν, ὥσπερ εἶπον. ᾿Επεὶ καὶ Μωυσῆς ἤλγει, καὶ οὕτως ηὔχετο, καὶ ἠκούετο διὰ τοῦτο καὶ ἔλεγε πρὸς αὐτὸν ὁ θεός τί βοᾷς πρὸς με: Καὶ ἡ Ἄννα δὲ πάλιν, τῆς φωνῆς αὐτῆς οὐκ αἀκονομένης, πάντα ἤνυαεν ὅσα ἠθέλησεν, ἐπειδὴ ἡ καρδία αὐτῆς ἐβόα. Ὁ δὲ Ἄβελ οὐχὶ σιγῶν, ἀλλὰ καὶ τελευτῶν ηὔχετο, καὶ τὸ αἷμα αὐτοῦ σαλπίγγος λαμπροτέραν ἠφίει φωνήν. Στέναξον τοίνυν καὶ σὺ οὕτως ὡς ὁ ἅγιος ἐκεῖνος οὐ κωλύω. Διάῤῥηξον, ὡς ὁ προφήτης ἐκέλευσε, τὴν καρδίαν σου, καὶ μὴ τὰ ἱμάτια. ᾿Εκ βαθέων κάλεσον τὸν θεόν ἐκ βαθέων γάρ, φησὶν, ἐκέ-. κραξά σοι, κύριε. Κάτωθεν ἀπὸ τῆς καρδίας ἕλκυσον φωνὴν, μυστήριον ποίησόν σου τὴν εὐχήν. Οὐχ ὁρᾷς ὅτι καὶ ἐν τοῖς βασιλείοις θόρυβος ἐκποδὼν ἅπας, καὶ πολλὴ πανταχόθεν σιγή: Καὶ σὺ τοίνυν ὡς εἰς βασίλεια εἰσιὼν, οὐ τὰ ἐν τῆ γῇ» αλλὰ τὰ πολλῷ φρικωδέστερα τούτων, τὰ ἐν τοῖς οὐρανοῖς, πολλὴν ἐπιδείκνυσο τὴν εὐσχημοσύνην. Καὶ γὰρ ἀγγέλων εἶ συγχορευτὴς. καὶ ἀρχαγγέλων κοινωνὸς, καὶ μετὰ τῶν Σεραφὶμ ᾷδεις. Πάντες δὲ οὗτοι οἱ δῆμοι πολλὴν ἐπιδείκνυνται τὴν εὐταξίαν, μετὰ πολλῆς τῆς φρίκης τὸ μυστικὸν ἐκεῖνο μέλος καὶ τοὺς ἱεροὺς ὕμνους ἄδοντες τῷ βασιλεῖ τῶν ὅλων θεῳ. Τούτοις τοίνυν ἐγκατάμιξον σαυτὸν εὐχόμενος, καὶ τὸν μυστικὸν αὐτῶν ζήλωσον κόσμον. Οὐδὲ γὰρ ἀνθρώποις εὔχῃ, ἀλλὰ θεῷ τῷ πανταχοῦ παρόντι, τῷ Ὁ. καὶ πρὸ τῆς φωνῆς ἀκούοντι, τῷ τὰ ἀπόῤῥητα τῆς διανοίας ἐπισταμένῳ. Ἂν οὕτως εὔχῃ» πολὺν ἀπολήψῃ τὸν μισθόν. Ὁ πατὴρ γάρ σου, φησὶν, ὁ βλέπων εν τῷ κρυπτῷ, αποδώσει σοι ἐν τῷ φανερῷ. Οὐκ εἶπε, χαριεῖταί σοι, ἀλλ᾽, ἀποδώσει σοι. Καὶ γὰρ χρεώστην ἑαντὸν σοι κατέστησε, καὶ μεγάλῃ σε καὶ ἐντεῦθεν ἐτίμησε τιμῇ. ᾿Επειδὴ γὰρ αὐτός ἐστιν ἀόρατος, καὶ τὴν εὐχήν σου τοιαύτην εἶναι βούλεται. Εἶτα λέγει καὶ τὰ ῥήματα αὐτὰ τῆς εὐχῆς. Προσεὐχόμενοι γάρ, φησὶ, μὴ βαττολογήσητε, ὥσπερ οἱ ἐθνικοὶ ποιοῦσιν. Ὅτε μὲν γὰρ περὶ τῆς ἐλεημοσύνης διελέγετο, τὴν ἀπὸ τῆς κενοδοξίας λύμην ἀπέστησε μόνον, καὶ οὐδὲν πλέον προσέθηκεν, οὐδὲ εἶπε πόθεν ἐλεημοσύνην δεῖ ποιεῖν οἷον ἀπὸ δικαίων πόνων, αλλὰ μὴ ἐξ ἃ αρπαγῇῆς, μηδὲ πλεονεξίας καὶ γὰρ σφόδρα ἡ ἦν ὡμολογημένον παρὰ πάσι. Καὶ ἀνωτέρω δὲ τοῦτο προδιεκάθαρεν, ὅτε τοὺς πεινῶντας τὴν δικαιοσύνην ἐμακάρισεν. ᾿Επὶ δὲ τῆς εὐχῆς καὶ ἕτερόν τι προστίθησι πλέον, τὸ μὴ βαττολογεῖν. Καὶ ὥσπερ ἐκεῖ τοὺς ὑποκριτὰς, οὕτως ἐνταῦθα τοὺς ἐθνικοὺς κωμφδεῖ, πανταχοῦ τῇ τῶν προσώπων εὐτελείᾳ μάλιστα ἐντρέπων τὸν ἀκ μενον. ᾿Επειδὴ γὰρ ὡς τὰ πολχὰ τοῦτο μάλιστα δάκνει καὶ καθάπτεται, τὸ δοκεῖν ἢ ἀπεῤῥιμμένοις ἀνθρώποις εἶομοιοῦσθαι, ἐντεῦθεν αὐτοὺς ἀποτρέπει, βαττολογίαν ἐνταῦθα τὴν φλυαρίαν λέγων οἷον ὅταν τὰ μὴ προσήκοντα αἰτῶμεν παρὰ τοῦ θεοῦ, δυναστείας καὶ δόξας, καὶ τὸ ἐχθρῶν γενέσθαι, καὶ χρημάτων περιουσίας, καὶ ἁπλῶς τὰ μηὸεν ἡμῖν διαφέροντα. Οἷδε γάρ, φησὶν, ὧν χρείαν ἔχετε. Μετὰ τούτων δοκεῖ μοι κελεύειν ἐνταῦθα μηδὲ μακρὰς ποιεἶσθαι τὰς εὐχάς μακρὰς δὲ οὐχὶ τῷ χρόνῳ; ἀλλὰ τῳ πλήθει καὶ μήκει τῶν λεγομένων. Παραμένειν μὲν γὰρ χρὴ τὰ αὐτὰ αἰτοῦνταϑ᾽ τῇ γὰρ εὐχῆ, φησὶ, προσκαρτεροῦντες. Καὶ αὐτὸς δὲ διὰ τοῦ παραδείγματος εκείνου τοῦ κατὰ τὴν χήραν, ἢ τὸν ἀνελεῆ καὶ ὠμὸν ἐπέκαμψεν ἄρχοντα τῇ συνεχείᾳ τῆς ἐντεύξεως, καὶ τοῦ κατὰ τὸν φίλον, τὸν αωρὶ τῶν νυκτῶν παραγενόμενον, καὶ τὸν καθεύδοντα ἀπὸ τῆς κλίνης ἀναστήσαντα, οὐ διὰ τὴν φιλίαν, ἀλλὰ διὰ τὴν προσεδρείαν, οὐδὲν ἕτερον ἤ τὸ συνεχώς ἐντυγχάνειν αὐτῷ ἅπαντας ἐνομοθέσα τησεν, οὐ μὴν μυρίων στίχων εὐχὴν συντιθέντας αὐτῷ προσιέναι καὶ ἀπαγγέλλειν ἁπλῶς κελεύει. Τοῦτο γὰρ ἡνίξατο εἰπών δοκοῦσιν ὅτι ἐν τῇ πολυλογίᾳ αὐτῶν εἰσακουσθήσονται. Οἷδε γάρ, φησὶν, ὧν χρείαν ἔχετε. Καὶ εἰ οἷδε, φησὶν, ὧν χρείαν ἔχομεν, τίνος ἕνεκεν εὔχεσθαι δεῖ; Οὐχ ἕνα διδάξης, ἀλλ᾽ ἵνα ἐπικάμψηο' ἵνα οἰκειωθῆς τῇ συνεχείᾳ τῆς ἐντεύξεως, ἵνα ταπεινωθῆς, ἵνα ἀναμνησθῆς τῶν οἷδε γὰρ ὃ πατὴρ ὑμῶν ὧν χρείαν ἔχετε, πρὸ τοῦ ὑμᾶς αἰτῆσαι αὐτόν. Οὕτως οὖν προσεύχεσθε ὑμεῖς, φησί ΠΑΤῈΡ ἭΜΩΝ Ὁ ΤΟΙΣ ΟΥ̓ΡΑΝΟΙ͂Σ. Ὅρα πῶς εὐθέως ἀνέστησε τὸν ἀκροατὴν, καὶ πάσης ἀνέμνησε τῆς εὐεργεσίας ἐν προοιμίοις. Ὁ γὰρ πατέρα εἰπὼν τὸν θεὸν, καὶ ἁμαρτημάτων ἄφεσιν, καὶ κολάσεως ἀναίρεσιν, καὶ δικαιοσύνην, καὶ ἁγιασμὸν, καὶ ἀπολύτρωσιν, καὶ υἱοθεσίαν, καὶ κληρονομίαν, καὶ ἀδελφότητα τὴν πρὸς τὸν μονογενῆ; καὶ πνεύματος χορηγἱαν, διὰ τῆς μιᾶς ταύτης ὡμολόγησε προσηγορίας. Οὐδὲ γὰρ δυνατὸν καλέσαι πατέρα τὸν θεὸν, μὴ πάντων ἐκείνων ἐπιτυχόντα τῶν ἀγαθῶν. Διπλῇ τοίνυν αὐτῶν διεγείρει τὸ φρόνημα, καὶ τῷ ἀξιώματι τοῦ ᾿καλουμένον, καὶ τῳ μεγέθει τῶν εὐεργετημάτων ὧν ἀπέλαυσαν. δὲ, ἐν τοῖς οὐρανοῖς, ὅταν εἴπῃ» οὐκ κεῖ τὸν θεὸν συγκλείων τοῦτό φησιν, ἀλλὰ τῆς γῇ» ἀπάγων τὸν εὐχόμενον, καὶ τοῖς ὑψηλοῖς προσηλῶν χωρίοις, καὶ ταῖς ἄνω διατριβαῖς. Παιδεύει δὲ καὶ κοινὴν ὑπὲρ τῶν ἀδελφῶν ποιεῖσθαι τὴν εὐχήν. Οὐ γὰρ λέγει, ὁ πατήρ μου ὁ ἐν τοῖς οὐρανοῖς ἀλλ΄, ὁ πατὴρ ἡμών ὑπὲρ τοῦ κοινοῦ σώματος τὰς δεήσεις ἀναφέρων, καὶ οὐδαμοῦ σκοπῶν τὸ ἑαντοῦ;, ἀλλὰ πανταχοῦ τὸ τον πλησίον. ᾿Απὸ δὲ τούτου καὶ ἔχθραν ἀναιρεῖ, καὶ ἀπόνοιαν καταστέλλει, καὶ βασκανίαν ἐκβάλλει, καὶ τὴν μητέρα τῶν αὐγαθῶν ἁπάντων ἀγάπην εἰσάγει, καὶ τὴν ἀνωμαλίαν τῶν ἀνθρωπίνων ἐξορίζει πραγμάτων, καὶ πολλὴν δείκνυσι τῷ βασιλεῖ πρὸς τὸν πτωχὸν τὴν ὁμοτιμίαν, εἴγε ἂν τοῖς μεγίστοις καὶ ἀναγκαιοτάτοις κοινωνοῦμεν ἅπαντες. Τί γὰρ βλάβος ἐκ τῆς κάτω συγγενείας, ὅταν κατὰ τὴν ἄνω ἅπαντες μεν συνημμόνοι, καὶ μηδεὶς ἑτέρου πλέον ἔχῃ μηδὲν, μήτε ὁ πλούσιος τοὺ πένητος, μήτε ὃ δεσπότης τοῦ δούλου, μήτε ὁ ἄρχων τοῦ ἀρχομένου, μήτε ὁ βασιλεὺς τοῦ στρατιώτου, μήτε ὁ φιλόσοφος τοὺ βαρβάρου, μήτε ὁ σοφὸς τοὺ ἰδιώτου; Πᾶσι γὰρ μίαν ἐχαρίσατο εὐγένειαν, πάντων ὁμοίως κληθῆναι καταξιώσας πατήρ. ᾿Αναμνήσας τοίνυν τῆς εὐγενείας ταύτης, καὶ τῆς ἄνωθεν δωρεᾶς, καὶ τῆς πρὸς τοὺς ἀδελφοὺς ὁμοτιμίας, καὶ τῆς αγάπης, καὶ τῆς γῆς ἀποστήσας, καὶ τοῖς οὐρανοῖς προσηλωσας, ἴδωμεν τί κελεύει λοιπὸν αἰτεῖν. Μαλιστα μὲν γὰρ καὶ αὐτὴ ἡ λέξις ἱκανὴ πάσης ἀρετῆς διδασκαλίαν ἐνθεῖναι. Ὃ γὰρ πατέρα καλέσας τὸν θεὸν, καὶ πατέρα κοινὸν, δίκαιος ἂν εἴη τοιαύτην ἐπιδείκνυσθαι πολιτείαν, ὡς μὴ τῆς εὐγενείας ταύτης ἀνάξιος φανῆναι. καὶ ἴσην τῇ δωρεᾷ παρέχεσθαι τὴν σπουδήν. Πλὴν αλλ᾽ οὐκ ἀρκεῖται τούτῳ, ἀλλὰ καὶ ἑτέραν προστίθησιν, οὕτω λέγων ᾿ΑΓΙΑΣΘΗΤῺ ὌΝΟΜΑ Ἀξία τοῦ τὸν θεὸν πατέρα καλοῦντος ἡ εὐχὴ, τὸ μηδὲν αἰτεῖν πρὸ τῆς τοῦ πατρὸς δόξης, ἀλλὰ πάντα δεύτερα ἡγεῖσθαι τῆς εἰς ἐκεῖνον εὐφημίας. Τὸ γὰρ, ἁγιασθήτω, τοῦτο ἔστι, δοξασθήτω. Τὴν μὲν γὰρ οἰκείαν ἔχει δόξαν πεπληρωμένην, καὶ ὡσαύτως ἀεὶ μένουσαν᾽ ἀξιοῦν δὲ κελεύει τὸν εὐχόμενον, καὶ Ὁ διὰ τῆς ἡμετέρας αὐτὸν δοξαζεσθαι ζωῆς. Ὅπερ καὶ ἔμπροσθεν ἔλεγε ᾿λαμψάτω τὸ φώς ὑμῶν ἔμπροσθεν τών ἀνθρώπων, ὅπως ἴδωσι τὰ καλὰ ὑμῶν ἔργα, καὶ δοξάσωσι τὸν πατέρα ὑμῶν τὸν εν τοῖς οὐρανοῖς. Καὶ γὰρ τὰ Σεραφὶμ δοξαζοντα οὕτως ἔλεγον ἅγιος, ἅγιος, ἅγιος. Ὥστε τὸ, αγιασθήτω, τοῦτο ἔστι, δοξασθήτω. Καταξίωσον γὰρ, φησὶν, οὕτως ἡμᾶς βιοῦν καθαρῶς, ὡς δι ἡμῶν ἅπαντας σε δοξάζειν. Ὅπερ πάλιν ἀπηρτισμένης ἐστὶ φιλοσοφίας, τὸ οὕτω βίον ἄληπτον παρέχεσθαι πᾶσιν, ὡς ἕκαστον τῶν ὁρώντων τῷ δεσπότη τὴν ὑπὲρ τούτων ἀναφέρειν εὐφημίαν. ἜΛΘΕΤΩ Ἡ ΒΑΣΙΛΕΙΑᾺ Καὶ τοῦἙ το πάλιν παιδὸς εὐγνώμονος τὸ ῥῆμα, τὸ μὴ προσηλώσθαι τοῖς ὁρωμένοις, μηδὲ μέγα τι τὰ παρόντα ἡγεῖσθαι, ἀλλ᾽ ἐπείγεσθαι πρὸς τὸν πατέρα, καὶ τῶν μελλόντων ἐφίεσθαι ὅπερ ἀπὸ συνειδότος ἀγαθοῦ γίνεται, καὶ ψυχῆς απηλλαγμένης τῶν ἐν τῇ γῆ πραγμάτων. Τοῦτο γοῦν καὶ ὁ Παῦλὸος καθ᾽ ἑκάστην ἐπεθύμει τὴν ἡμέραν᾽ διὰ τοῦτο καὶ ἔλεγεν, ὅτι καὶ αὐτοὶ τὴν ἀπαρχὴν τοῦ πνεύματος ἔχοντες στενάζομεν, υἱοθεσίαν ἀπεκδεχόμενοι, τὴν ἀπολύτρωσιν τοῦ σώματος ἡμῶν. γὰρ τοῦτον ἔχων τὸν ἔρωτα, οὔτε ὑπὸ τῶν χρηστῶν τοῦ βίου τούτου φυσηθῆναι δύναται, οὔτε ὑπὸ τῶν λυπηρῶν ταπεινωθῆναι ἀλλ᾽ ὡς ἐν αὐτοῖς διατρίβων τοῖς οὐρανοῖς, ἑκατέρας ἀπήλλακται τῆς ἀνωμαλίας. ΓΕΝΗ- ΘΗΤΩ ΘΕΛΗΜΑ ὈΟΥΡΑΝΩΙ Εἶδες ἀκολουθίαν ἀρίστην; ᾿Επιθυμεῖν μὲν γὰρ ἐκέλευσε τῶν μελλόντων, καὶ πρὸς ἐκείνην ἐπείγεσθαι τὴν ἀποδημίαν ἕως ἂν τοῦτο μὴ Ὑίνηται, καὶ ἐνταῦθα διατρίβοντας τέως σπουδάζειν τὴν αὐτὴν τοῖς ἄνω πολιτείαν ἐπι- δείκνυσθαι. ᾿Επιθυμεῖν μὲν γὰρ δεῖ τῶν οὐρανῶν, φησὶ, καὶ τῶν ἐν τοῖς οὐρανοῖς πλὴν καὶ πρὸ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ τὴν γῆν οὐρανὸν ἐκέλευσε ποιῆσαι, καὶ ἐν αὐτῇ διατρίβοντας ὡς ἐκεῖ πολιτενομένους; οὕτω πάντα ποιεῖν καὶ λέγειν, ὡς καὶ ὑπὲρ τούτων παρακαλεῖν τὸν δεσπότην. Οὐδὲν γὰρ τὸ κωλύον σαι τὴν τῶν ἄνω δυνάμεων ἀκρίβειαν διὰ τὸ τὴν γῆν οἰκεῖν᾽ αλλ ἔνι καὶ ἐνταῦθα διατρίβοντα, ὡς ἄνω γενόμενον ἤδη πάντα ποιεῖν. Ὃ λέγει τοίνυν, τοῦτο ἐστιν' ὥσπερ ἐκεῖ πάντα ἀκωλύτως γίνεται, καὶ οὐ τὰ μὲν ὑπακούουσιν οἱ ἄγγελοι, τὰ δὲ παρακούουσιν, ἀλλὰ πάντα εἴκουσι καὶ πείθονται (ἐς δυνατοὶ γάρ, φησὶν, ἰσχύι, ποιοῦντες τὸν λό- Ὁ ον αὐτοῦ οὕτω καὶ ἡμᾶς καταξίωσον τοὺς ἀνθρώπους μὴ εξ ἡμισείας τὸ θέλημα σου ποιεῖν, ἀλλὰ πάντα καθάπερ θέλεις πληροῦν. Εἶδες πῶς καὶ μετριάζειν ἐδίδαξε, δηλώσας ὅτι οὐ τῆς ἡμετέρας σπουδῆς ἢ ἀρατὴ μόνον, ἀλλὰ καὶ τῆς ἄνωθεν χάριτος: Καὶ πάλιν τὴν ὑπὲρ τῆς οἰκουμένης πρόνοιαν ἕκαστον ἡμῶν τῶν προσευχομένων ἀναδέχεσθαι ἐπέταἕεν. Οὐδὲ γὰρ εἶπε, γενηθήτω τὸ θέλημα σου ἐν ἐμοὶ, ἢ ἐν ἡμῖν ἀλλὰ πανταχοῦ τῆς γῆς, ὦστε λυθῆναι τὴν πλάνην, καὶ φυτευθῆναι τὴν ἀλήθειαν, καὶ ἐκβληθῆναι κακίαν ἅπασαν, καὶ ἐπανελθεῖν ἀρετὴν, καὶ μηδὲν ταύτῃ διαφέρειν λοιπὸν τὸν οὐ- Ὁ ρανὸν τῆς Εἰ γὰρ τοῦτο γένοιτο, φησὶν, οὐδὲν διοίσει τὰ κάτω τῶν ἄνω, εἰ καὶ τῇ φύσει διόστηκεν, ἀγγέλους ἑτέρους τῆς γῆς ἡμῖν ἐπιδεικνυμένης. ᾽ΑΡΤΟΝ ἭΜΩΝ ἜΠΙΟΥΣΙΟΝ ἩΜΙ͂Ν ΣΉΜΕΡΟΝ. Τί ἐστι, τὸν ἄρτὸν τὸν ἐπιούσιον: Τὸν ἐφήμερον. ᾿Επειδὴ γὰρ εἷπεν οὕτω γενηθήτω τὸ θέλημα σου, ὡς ἐν οὐρανῷ, καὶ ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς ἀνθρώποις δὲ διελέγετο σάρκα περικειμένοις, καὶ ἀναΎκῃ φύσεως ὑποκειμένοις, καὶ οὐ δυναμένοις τὴν αὐτὴν ἔχειν πᾶ: θειαν τοῖς ἀγγέλοις: τὰ μὲν ἐπιτάγματα ὁμοίως κελεύει γίνεσθαι καὶ παρ᾽ ἡμῶν, καθάπερ αὐτὰ κακεῖνοι πληροῦσι συγκαταβαίνει δὲ καὶ τῇ τῆς φύσεως ἀσθενείᾳ λοιπόν. Ἀκρίβειαν μὲν (γάρ, φησὶ, πολιτείας ἀπαιτῶ τοσαύτην, οὐ μὴν ἀπάθειαν' οὐδὲ γὰρ ἐπιτρέπει τῆς φύσεως ἥ τυραννίς δεῖται γὰρ τροφῆς τῆς ἀναγκαίας. Σὺ δέ μοι σκόπει πῶς καὶ ἐν τοῖς σωματικοῖς πολὺ τὸ πνευματικόν. Οὐδὲ γὰρ ὑπὲρ χρημάτων, οὐδὲ ὑπὲρ τρυφῆς, οὐδὲ ὑπὲρ πολυτελείας ἱματίων, οὐδὲ ὑπὲρ ἄλλου οὐδενὸς τῶν τοιούτων, ἀλλ᾽ ὑπὲρ ἄρτου μόνον ἐκέλευσε τὴν εὐχὴν ποιεῖσθαι, καὶ ὑπὲρ ἄρτου τοῦ ἐφημέρου, ὥστε μὴ ὑπὲρ τῆς αὔριον μεριμνᾶν. Διὰ τοῦτο προσέθηκε, τὸν ἄρτον τὸν ἐπιούσιον, τουτέστι, τὸν ἐφήμερον. Καὶ οὐδὲ τούτῳ ἠρκέσθη τῷ ῥήματι, ἀλλὰ καὶ ἕτερον μετὰ τοῦτο προσεθηκεν; εἰπὼν, δὸς ἡμῖν σήμερον ὥστε μὴ περαιτέρω συντρίβειν ἑαυτοὺς τῇ φροντίδι τῆς ἐπιούσης ἡμέρας. Ἧς γὰρ οὐκ οἵἷδας εἰ τὸ διάστημα ὄψει, τίνος ἕνεκεν ὑπομένεις τὴν μέριμναν Τοῦτο καὶ προϊὼν διὰ πλειόνων ἐπέταξε, λέγων μὴ μεριμνήσητε εἰς τὴν αὔριον. Καὶ βούλεται πάντοθεν ἡμᾶς εὐζώνους εἶναι καὶ ἐπτερωμένους, τοσοῦτον εἴκοντας τῆ φύσει, ὅσον τῆς χρείας ἀνάγκη παρ᾽ ἡμῶν ἀπαιτεῖ. Εἶτα ἐπειδὴ συμβαίνει καὶ ἢ μετὰ τὸ λουτρὸν τὴς παλυγγενεσίας ἁμαρτάνειν, πολλὴν καὶ ἐνταῦθα τὴν φιλανθρωπίαν αὐτοῦ ἐπιδεικνύμενος, κελεύει περὶ τῆς τῶν ᾿ἁμαρτημάτων ἀφέσεως προσιέναι τῳ φιλανθρώπῳ θεῷ, καὶ λέγειν οὕτως ᾽ΑΦΕῈΣ ἯἫΜΙΝ ΟΦΕΙΛΗΜΑΤΑᾺΑ ἩΜΩΝ, ἭΜΕΙΣ ᾿ΑΦΙΕΜῈΝ ΤΟΙ͂Σ ᾿ΟΦΕΙΛΕΤΑΙΣ ἭΜΩΝ. Εἶδες φιλανθρωπίας ὑπερβολήν: Μετὰ τοσούτων κακῶν αναίρέεσιν, καὶ δωρεᾶς μέγεθος ἄφατον, πάλιν ἁμαρτάνοντας αξιοῖ συγγνώμης. Ὅτι γὰρ πιστοῖς αὕτη ἡ προσευχὴ προσήκει; καὶ οἱ νόμοι τῆς ἐκκλησίας διδάσκουσι, καὶ τὸ προοίμιον τῆς εὐχῆς. Ὁ γὰρ ἀμύητος οὐκ ἄν δύναιτο πατέρα καλεῖν τὸν θεόν. Εἰ τοίνυν πιστοῖς προσήκει ἡ εὐχὴ, εὔχονται δὲ οὗτοι ἁμαρτήματα ἑαυτοῖς αφεθῆναι δεόμενοι, δῆλον ὅτι οὐδὲ μετὰ τὸ λουτρὸν αἀνήρηται τῆς μετανοίας τὸ κέρδος. Εἰ γὰρ μὴ τοῦτο ἐβούλετο δεῖξαι, οὐδ᾽ ἃ ἀν τοῦτο ἐνομοθέτησεν εὔχεσθαι. Ὁ δὲ καὶ ἁμαρτημάτων ἀναμιμνήσκων, καὶ κελεύων αἰτεῖν ἄφεσιν, καὶ διδάσκων ὅπως ἂν ἐπιτύχωμεν τῆς ἀφέσεως, καὶ εὐκολον ταύτῃ ποιῶν τὴν ὁδὸν, εὔδηλον ὅτι εἰδὼς καὶ δεικνὺς ἢ ὅτι καὶ μετὰ τὸ λουτρόν ἐστιν ἀπονίψασθαι τὰ πεπλημμελημένα;, τοῦτον τῆς ἱκετηρίας τὸν νόμον εἰσήνεγκε᾽ τῷ μὲν ὑπομνῆσαι τῶν ἁμαρτημάτων; μετριάζειν πείθων τῷ δὲ ἑτέροις ἀφεῖναι κελεῦσαι, μνησικακίας ἁπάσης ἀπαλλάττων ἡμᾶς τῷ δὲ ἀντὶ τούτων καὶ ἡμῖν ἐπαγγέλλεσθαι σνγχωρεῖν, χρηστὰς ὑποτείνων ἐλπίδας, καὶ περὶ τῆς ἀφάτου τοῦ θεοῦ φιλανθρωπίας φιλοσοφεῖν ἡμᾶς παιδεύων.

Ti oun: en ekklēsią, phēsin, ou dei proseuchesthai? Kai sphodra men, alla meta gnōmēs toiautēs. Pantachou gar ho theos ton skopon zētei tōn ginomenōn. ᾿Epei kan eis to tamieion eiselthēs, kai apokleisas, pros epideixin auto ergasę̄, ouden soi tōn thyrōn ophelos. Hora goun kai entautha pōs akribē ton diorismon tetheiken, eipōn, hopōs phanōsi tois anthrōpois. Hōste kan tas thyras apokleisēs» touto pro tēs tōn thyrōn apokleiseōs katorthōsai se bouletai, kai tas tēs dianoias apokleiein thyras. Kenodoxias gar pantachou men apēllachthai kalon, malista de en euchę̄. Ei gar kai toutou chōris planōmetha kai peripherometha, an kai tautēn eiserchōmetha tēn noson echontes, pote akousometha tōn par᾽ hēmōn legomenōn ei de hēmeis hoi deomenoi, kai paraE, kalountes ouk akouomen, pōs ton theon axioumen akouein? All᾽ homōs eisi tines, hoi meta toiauta kai tosauta parangelmata houtōs aschēmonountes en euchę̄, hōs kai tou sōmatos kryptomenon, dia tēs phōnēs pasin heautous katadēlous poiein, syrphetōdōs boōntes, kai tǭ schēmati, kai tę̄ Phōnę̄ katagelastous poiountes heautous. Ouch horąs hoti kai en agorą, an men toiauta proselthę̄ tis poiōn kai meta boēs hiketeuōn, sobēsei ton hiketenomenon an de hēsychē kai meta tou prosēkontos schēmatos, tote epispatai mallon ton dynamenon dounai tēn charin: Mē toinyn tǭ schēmati tou sōmatos, mēde tę̄ kraugę̄ tēs phōnēs, alla tę̄ prothymią tēs gnōmēs tas euchas poiōmetha mēde meta psophou kai hēchēs? kai pros epideixin, hōs kai tous plēsion ekkrouein, alla meta epieikeias pasēs, kai tēs kata dianoian syntribēs, kai dakryōn tōn endothen. ᾿All algeis tēn Psychēn, kai ouk an dynaio mē boan? Kai mēn tou sphodra algountos esti to houtōs euchesthai kai parakalein, hōsper eipon. ᾿Epei kai Mōysēs ēlgei, kai houtōs ēucheto, kai ēkoueto dia touto kai elege pros auton ho theos ti boąs pros me: Kai hē Anna de palin, tēs phōnēs autēs ouk aakonomenēs, panta ēnyaen hosa ēthelēsen, epeidē hē kardia autēs eboa. Ho de Abel ouchi sigōn, alla kai teleutōn ēucheto, kai to haima autou salpingos lamproteran ēphiei phōnēn. Stenaxon toinyn kai sy houtōs hōs ho hagios ekeinos ou kōlyō. Diarrhēxon, hōs ho prophētēs ekeleuse, tēn kardian sou, kai mē ta himatia. ᾿Ek batheōn kaleson ton theon ek batheōn gar, phēsin, eke-. kraxa soi, kyrie. Katōthen apo tēs kardias helkyson phōnēn, mystērion poiēson sou tēn euchēn. Ouch horąs hoti kai en tois basileiois thorybos ekpodōn hapas, kai pollē pantachothen sigē: Kai sy toinyn hōs eis basileia eisiōn, ou ta en tē gę̄» alla ta pollǭ phrikōdestera toutōn, ta en tois ouranois, pollēn epideiknyso tēn euschēmosynēn. Kai gar angelōn ei synchoreutēs. kai archangelōn koinōnos, kai meta tōn Seraphim ądeis. Pantes de houtoi hoi dēmoi pollēn epideiknyntai tēn eutaxian, meta pollēs tēs phrikēs to mystikon ekeino melos kai tous hierous hymnous adontes tǭ basilei tōn holōn theǭ. Toutois toinyn enkatamixon sauton euchomenos, kai ton mystikon autōn zēlōson kosmon. Oude gar anthrōpois euchę̄, alla theǭ tǭ pantachou paronti, tǭ Ho. kai pro tēs phōnēs akouonti, tǭ ta aporrhēta tēs dianoias epistamenǭ. An houtōs euchę̄» polyn apolēpsę̄ ton misthon. Ho patēr gar sou, phēsin, ho blepōn en tǭ kryptǭ, apodōsei soi en tǭ phanerǭ. Ouk eipe, charieitai soi, all᾽, apodōsei soi. Kai gar chreōstēn heanton soi katestēse, kai megalę̄ se kai enteuthen etimēse timę̄. ᾿Epeidē gar autos estin aoratos, kai tēn euchēn sou toiautēn einai bouletai. Eita legei kai ta rhēmata auta tēs euchēs. Proseuchomenoi gar, phēsi, mē battologēsēte, hōsper hoi ethnikoi poiousin. Hote men gar peri tēs eleēmosynēs dielegeto, tēn apo tēs kenodoxias lymēn apestēse monon, kai ouden pleon prosethēken, oude eipe pothen eleēmosynēn dei poiein hoion apo dikaiōn ponōn, alla mē ex ha arpagę̄ēs, mēde pleonexias kai gar sphodra hē ēn hōmologēmenon para pasi. Kai anōterō de touto prodiekatharen, hote tous peinōntas tēn dikaiosynēn emakarisen. ᾿Epi de tēs euchēs kai heteron ti prostithēsi pleon, to mē battologein. Kai hōsper ekei tous hypokritas, houtōs entautha tous ethnikous kōmphdei, pantachou tę̄ tōn prosōpōn euteleią malista entrepōn ton ak menon. ᾿Epeidē gar hōs ta polcha touto malista daknei kai kathaptetai, to dokein ē aperrhimmenois anthrōpois eiomoiousthai, enteuthen autous apotrepei, battologian entautha tēn phlyarian legōn hoion hotan ta mē prosēkonta aitōmen para tou theou, dynasteias kai doxas, kai to echthrōn genesthai, kai chrēmatōn periousias, kai haplōs ta mēoen hēmin diapheronta. Hoide gar, phēsin, hōn chreian echete. Meta toutōn dokei moi keleuein entautha mēde makras poieisthai tas euchas makras de ouchi tǭ chronǭ? alla tǭ plēthei kai mēkei tōn legomenōn. Paramenein men gar chrē ta auta aitountaϑ᾽ tę̄ gar euchē, phēsi, proskarterountes. Kai autos de dia tou paradeigmatos ekeinou tou kata tēn chēran, ē ton aneleē kai ōmon epekampsen archonta tę̄ synecheią tēs enteuxeōs, kai tou kata ton philon, ton aōri tōn nyktōn paragenomenon, kai ton katheudonta apo tēs klinēs anastēsanta, ou dia tēn philian, alla dia tēn prosedreian, ouden heteron ē to synechōs entynchanein autǭ hapantas enomothesa tēsen, ou mēn myriōn stichōn euchēn syntithentas autǭ prosienai kai apangellein haplōs keleuei. Touto gar hēnixato eipōn dokousin hoti en tę̄ polylogią autōn eisakousthēsontai. Hoide gar, phēsin, hōn chreian echete. Kai ei hoide, phēsin, hōn chreian echomen, tinos heneken euchesthai dei? Ouch hena didaxēs, all᾽ hina epikampsēo' hina oikeiōthēs tę̄ synecheią tēs enteuxeōs, hina tapeinōthēs, hina anamnēsthēs tōn hoide gar ho patēr hymōn hōn chreian echete, pro tou hymas aitēsai auton. Houtōs oun proseuchesthe hymeis, phēsi PATER HēMŌN Ho TOIS OURANOIS. Hora pōs eutheōs anestēse ton akroatēn, kai pasēs anemnēse tēs euergesias en prooimiois. Ho gar patera eipōn ton theon, kai hamartēmatōn aphesin, kai kolaseōs anairesin, kai dikaiosynēn, kai hagiasmon, kai apolytrōsin, kai huiothesian, kai klēronomian, kai adelphotēta tēn pros ton monogenē? kai pneumatos chorēgian, dia tēs mias tautēs hōmologēse prosēgorias. Oude gar dynaton kalesai patera ton theon, mē pantōn ekeinōn epitychonta tōn agathōn. Diplę̄ toinyn autōn diegeirei to phronēma, kai tǭ axiōmati tou ᾿kaloumenon, kai tǭ megethei tōn euergetēmatōn hōn apelausan. de, en tois ouranois, hotan eipę̄» ouk kei ton theon synkleiōn touto phēsin, alla tēs gę̄» apagōn ton euchomenon, kai tois hypsēlois prosēlōn chōriois, kai tais anō diatribais. Paideuei de kai koinēn hyper tōn adelphōn poieisthai tēn euchēn. Ou gar legei, ho patēr mou ho en tois ouranois all΄, ho patēr hēmōn hyper tou koinou sōmatos tas deēseis anapherōn, kai oudamou skopōn to heantou?, alla pantachou to ton plēsion. ᾿Apo de toutou kai echthran anairei, kai aponoian katastellei, kai baskanian ekballei, kai tēn mētera tōn augathōn hapantōn agapēn eisagei, kai tēn anōmalian tōn anthrōpinōn exorizei pragmatōn, kai pollēn deiknysi tǭ basilei pros ton ptōchon tēn homotimian, eige an tois megistois kai anankaiotatois koinōnoumen hapantes. Ti gar blabos ek tēs katō syngeneias, hotan kata tēn anō hapantes men synēmmonoi, kai mēdeis heterou pleon echę̄ mēden, mēte ho plousios tou penētos, mēte ho despotēs tou doulou, mēte ho archōn tou archomenou, mēte ho basileus tou stratiōtou, mēte ho philosophos tou barbarou, mēte ho sophos tou idiōtou? Pasi gar mian echarisato eugeneian, pantōn homoiōs klēthēnai kataxiōsas patēr. ᾿Anamnēsas toinyn tēs eugeneias tautēs, kai tēs anōthen dōreas, kai tēs pros tous adelphous homotimias, kai tēs agapēs, kai tēs gēs apostēsas, kai tois ouranois prosēlōsas, idōmen ti keleuei loipon aitein. Malista men gar kai autē hē lexis hikanē pasēs aretēs didaskalian entheinai. Ho gar patera kalesas ton theon, kai patera koinon, dikaios an eiē toiautēn epideiknysthai politeian, hōs mē tēs eugeneias tautēs anaxios phanēnai. kai isēn tę̄ dōreą parechesthai tēn spoudēn. Plēn all᾽ ouk arkeitai toutǭ, alla kai heteran prostithēsin, houtō legōn ᾿AGIASThĒTŌ ONOMA Axia tou ton theon patera kalountos hē euchē, to mēden aitein pro tēs tou patros doxēs, alla panta deutera hēgeisthai tēs eis ekeinon euphēmias. To gar, hagiasthētō, touto esti, doxasthētō. Tēn men gar oikeian echei doxan peplērōmenēn, kai hōsautōs aei menousan᾽ axioun de keleuei ton euchomenon, kai Ho dia tēs hēmeteras auton doxazesthai zōēs. Hoper kai emprosthen elege ᾿lampsatō to phōs hymōn emprosthen tōn anthrōpōn, hopōs idōsi ta kala hymōn erga, kai doxasōsi ton patera hymōn ton en tois ouranois. Kai gar ta Seraphim doxazonta houtōs elegon hagios, hagios, hagios. Hōste to, agiasthētō, touto esti, doxasthētō. Kataxiōson gar, phēsin, houtōs hēmas bioun katharōs, hōs di hēmōn hapantas se doxazein. Hoper palin apērtismenēs esti philosophias, to houtō bion alēpton parechesthai pasin, hōs hekaston tōn horōntōn tǭ despotē tēn hyper toutōn anapherein euphēmian. ELThETŌ Hē BASILEIAA Kai touE to palin paidos eugnōmonos to rhēma, to mē prosēlōsthai tois horōmenois, mēde mega ti ta paronta hēgeisthai, all᾽ epeigesthai pros ton patera, kai tōn mellontōn ephiesthai hoper apo syneidotos agathou ginetai, kai psychēs apēllagmenēs tōn en tę̄ gē pragmatōn. Touto goun kai ho Pauloos kath᾽ hekastēn epethymei tēn hēmeran᾽ dia touto kai elegen, hoti kai autoi tēn aparchēn tou pneumatos echontes stenazomen, huiothesian apekdechomenoi, tēn apolytrōsin tou sōmatos hēmōn. gar touton echōn ton erōta, oute hypo tōn chrēstōn tou biou toutou physēthēnai dynatai, oute hypo tōn lypērōn tapeinōthēnai all᾽ hōs en autois diatribōn tois ouranois, hekateras apēllaktai tēs anōmalias. GENĒ- ThĒTŌ ThELĒMA OOURANŌI Eides akolouthian aristēn? ᾿Epithymein men gar ekeleuse tōn mellontōn, kai pros ekeinēn epeigesthai tēn apodēmian heōs an touto mē Huinētai, kai entautha diatribontas teōs spoudazein tēn autēn tois anō politeian epi- deiknysthai. ᾿Epithymein men gar dei tōn ouranōn, phēsi, kai tōn en tois ouranois plēn kai pro tou ouranou tēn gēn ouranon ekeleuse poiēsai, kai en autę̄ diatribontas hōs ekei politenomenous? houtō panta poiein kai legein, hōs kai hyper toutōn parakalein ton despotēn. Ouden gar to kōlyon sai tēn tōn anō dynameōn akribeian dia to tēn gēn oikein᾽ all eni kai entautha diatribonta, hōs anō genomenon ēdē panta poiein. Ho legei toinyn, touto estin' hōsper ekei panta akōlytōs ginetai, kai ou ta men hypakouousin hoi angeloi, ta de parakouousin, alla panta eikousi kai peithontai (es dynatoi gar, phēsin, ischui, poiountes ton lo- Ho on autou houtō kai hēmas kataxiōson tous anthrōpous mē ex hēmiseias to thelēma sou poiein, alla panta kathaper theleis plēroun. Eides pōs kai metriazein edidaxe, dēlōsas hoti ou tēs hēmeteras spoudēs ē aratē monon, alla kai tēs anōthen charitos: Kai palin tēn hyper tēs oikoumenēs pronoian hekaston hēmōn tōn proseuchomenōn anadechesthai epetaeen. Oude gar eipe, genēthētō to thelēma sou en emoi, ē en hēmin alla pantachou tēs gēs, ōste lythēnai tēn planēn, kai phyteuthēnai tēn alētheian, kai ekblēthēnai kakian hapasan, kai epanelthein aretēn, kai mēden tautę̄ diapherein loipon ton ou- Ho ranon tēs Ei gar touto genoito, phēsin, ouden dioisei ta katō tōn anō, ei kai tę̄ physei diostēken, angelous heterous tēs gēs hēmin epideiknymenēs. ᾽ARTON HēMŌN EPIOUSION HēMIN SĒMERON. Ti esti, ton arton ton epiousion: Ton ephēmeron. ᾿Epeidē gar heipen houtō genēthētō to thelēma sou, hōs en ouranǭ, kai epi tēs gēs anthrōpois de dielegeto sarka perikeimenois, kai anaUkę̄ physeōs hypokeimenois, kai ou dynamenois tēn autēn echein pa: theian tois angelois: ta men epitagmata homoiōs keleuei ginesthai kai par᾽ hēmōn, kathaper auta kakeinoi plērousi synkatabainei de kai tę̄ tēs physeōs astheneią loipon. Akribeian men (gar, phēsi, politeias apaitō tosautēn, ou mēn apatheian' oude gar epitrepei tēs physeōs hē tyrannis deitai gar trophēs tēs anankaias. Sy de moi skopei pōs kai en tois sōmatikois poly to pneumatikon. Oude gar hyper chrēmatōn, oude hyper tryphēs, oude hyper polyteleias himatiōn, oude hyper allou oudenos tōn toioutōn, all᾽ hyper artou monon ekeleuse tēn euchēn poieisthai, kai hyper artou tou ephēmerou, hōste mē hyper tēs aurion merimnan. Dia touto prosethēke, ton arton ton epiousion, toutesti, ton ephēmeron. Kai oude toutǭ ērkesthē tǭ rhēmati, alla kai heteron meta touto prosethēken? eipōn, dos hēmin sēmeron hōste mē peraiterō syntribein heautous tę̄ phrontidi tēs epiousēs hēmeras. Hēs gar ouk hoiidas ei to diastēma opsei, tinos heneken hypomeneis tēn merimnan Touto kai proïōn dia pleionōn epetaxe, legōn mē merimnēsēte eis tēn aurion. Kai bouletai pantothen hēmas euzōnous einai kai epterōmenous, tosouton eikontas tē physei, hoson tēs chreias anankē par᾽ hēmōn apaitei. Eita epeidē symbainei kai ē meta to loutron tēs palyngenesias hamartanein, pollēn kai entautha tēn philanthrōpian autou epideiknymenos, keleuei peri tēs tōn ᾿hamartēmatōn apheseōs prosienai tǭ philanthrōpǭ theǭ, kai legein houtōs ᾽APhEES HēĒMIN OPhEILĒMATAAA HēMŌN, HēMEIS ᾿APhIEMEN TOIS ᾿OPhEILETAIS HēMŌN. Eides philanthrōpias hyperbolēn: Meta tosoutōn kakōn anaireesin, kai dōreas megethos aphaton, palin hamartanontas axioi syngnōmēs. Hoti gar pistois hautē hē proseuchē prosēkei? kai hoi nomoi tēs ekklēsias didaskousi, kai to prooimion tēs euchēs. Ho gar amyētos ouk an dynaito patera kalein ton theon. Ei toinyn pistois prosēkei hē euchē, euchontai de houtoi hamartēmata heautois aphethēnai deomenoi, dēlon hoti oude meta to loutron aanērētai tēs metanoias to kerdos. Ei gar mē touto ebouleto deixai, oud᾽ ha an touto enomothetēsen euchesthai. Ho de kai hamartēmatōn anamimnēskōn, kai keleuōn aitein aphesin, kai didaskōn hopōs an epitychōmen tēs apheseōs, kai eukolon tautę̄ poiōn tēn hodon, eudēlon hoti eidōs kai deiknys ē hoti kai meta to loutron estin aponipsasthai ta peplēmmelēmena?, touton tēs hiketērias ton nomon eisēnenke᾽ tǭ men hypomnēsai tōn hamartēmatōn? metriazein peithōn tǭ de heterois apheinai keleusai, mnēsikakias hapasēs apallattōn hēmas tǭ de anti toutōn kai hēmin epangellesthai snnchōrein, chrēstas hypoteinōn elpidas, kai peri tēs aphatou tou theou philanthrōpias philosophein hēmas paideuōn.

“What then,” someone says, “must we not pray in church?” Very much so, but with such a mind. For everywhere God seeks the aim of what is done. For even if you go into your inner room and shut the door and do it for display, the doors are of no use to you. See, at any rate, how precise a qualification he has set here too, saying, “that they may be seen by men.” So even if you shut the doors, he wants you, before shutting the doors, to achieve this: to shut the doors of the mind too. For it is good to be free of vainglory everywhere, but above all in prayer. For if even without this we wander and are carried about, if we enter with this disease too, when shall we hear what we ourselves are saying? And if we who make the request and the entreaty do not hear, how do we expect God to hear? But nevertheless there are some who, after such and so many commands, behave so unseemly in prayer that, even when their body is hidden, they make themselves known to all by their voice, bawling like a rabble, and making themselves ridiculous by their bearing and their voice. Do you not see that in the marketplace too, if someone comes up doing such things and begging with shouting, he will scare off the one he is entreating; but if he comes quietly and with fitting bearing, then he draws the one who is able to grant the favor the more? Let us not, then, make our prayers by the posture of the body or the shouting of the voice, but by the eagerness of the mind; nor with noise and din and for display, so as even to drive away those near us, but with all gentleness and contrition of mind and inward tears. “But you are pained in soul, and cannot help crying out?” And yet it belongs to one greatly pained to pray and entreat in this way, as I said. For Moses too was pained, and prayed in this way, and was heard; that is why God said to him, “Why do you cry to me?” And Hannah again, though her voice was not heard, accomplished all she wished, because her heart was crying out. And Abel prayed not only when silent but even when dead, and his blood sent forth a voice clearer than a trumpet. Groan, then, you too, like that holy man; I do not forbid it. “Rend,” as the prophet commanded, “your heart, and not your garments.” Call on God from the depths; “for out of the depths,” it says, “I have cried to you, O Lord.” Draw up your voice from below, from the heart; make your prayer a mystery. Do you not see that in palaces too all tumult is out of the way, and great silence on every side? You too, then, entering as into a palace, not those on earth but those much more awesome than these, those in the heavens, show great decorum. For you are a fellow dancer with angels, a partner of archangels, and you sing with the seraphim. And all these companies show great good order, singing with great awe that mystical song and the sacred hymns to the King of all, God. Mingle yourself with them, then, when you pray, and emulate their mystical order. For you are not praying to men, but to God, who is present everywhere, who hears even before the voice, who knows the secrets of the mind. If you pray so, you will receive a great reward. “For your Father,” he says, “who sees in secret will reward you openly.” He did not say, “will give you as a favor,” but “will reward you.” For he has made himself your debtor, and has honored you with great honor from this too. For since he is invisible, he wants your prayer too to be such.

Then he tells the very words of the prayer as well. “And when you pray,” he says, “do not babble, as the Gentiles do.” For when he was speaking about almsgiving, he removed only the ruin from vainglory and added nothing more, nor did he say from what one must give alms, for example from just labors and not from robbery or covetousness; for this was fully agreed among all. And he had cleared this away beforehand above, when he called blessed those who hunger for righteousness. But in the case of prayer he adds something more, not babbling. And as there he mocks the hypocrites, so here the Gentiles, everywhere shaming the hearer above all by the meanness of the persons. For since this above all bites and touches most people, to seem to resemble outcast men, he turns them away from it from this side, calling babbling here idle talk; for example, when we ask God for unfitting things, power and glory and getting the better of enemies and abundance of money, and in a word things that do not concern us at all. “For he knows,” he says, “what you need.” Besides this he seems to me to be commanding here not to make our prayers long either; long not in time, but in the number and length of the words. For we must persevere asking for the same things; “continuing steadfastly in prayer,” it says. And he himself, through that example of the widow who bent the pitiless and cruel ruler by the continuance of her pleading, and that of the friend who came at an untimely hour of the night and raised the sleeper from his bed, not because of friendship but because of persistence, legislated nothing other than that all should plead with him continually; he does not, however, bid us come to him composing a prayer of countless lines and simply recite it. For this he hinted at when he said, “They think that they will be heard for their much speaking. For he knows,” he says, “what you need.”

“And if he knows,” someone says, “what we need, why must we pray?” Not to instruct him, but to bend him; to become familiar with him by the continuance of your pleading; to be humbled; to be reminded of [your sins]. “For your Father knows what you need before you ask him.” “Pray, then, like this,” he says: “Our Father who art in heaven.” See how at once he raised up the hearer and reminded him of all the benefit at the very beginning. For he who calls God Father has confessed by this one title forgiveness of sins, removal of punishment, righteousness, sanctification, redemption, adoption, inheritance, brotherhood with the Only-begotten, and the bestowal of the Spirit. For it is not possible to call God Father without having attained all those good things. Doubly, then, he rouses their spirit, both by the dignity of the one called upon and by the greatness of the benefits they have enjoyed. And when he says, “in heaven,” he says this not to shut God up there, but to lead the one who prays away from the earth and to fix him on the high places and the dwellings above. And he teaches us to make our prayer common on behalf of our brothers. For he does not say, “My Father who art in heaven,” but “Our Father,” offering the petitions on behalf of the common body, and nowhere looking to one’s own interest but everywhere to one’s neighbor’s. And by this he both removes enmity, and quells pride, and casts out envy, and brings in love, the mother of all good things, and banishes the inequality of human affairs, and shows great equality of honor between the king and the poor man, if indeed we all share in the greatest and most necessary things. For what harm comes from kinship below, when by that above we are all joined together, and no one has anything more than another, neither the rich than the poor, nor the master than the slave, nor the ruler than the ruled, nor the king than the soldier, nor the philosopher than the barbarian, nor the wise than the unlearned? For he has bestowed one nobility on all, deigning to be called Father of all alike.

Having, then, reminded us of this nobility and of the gift from above and of the equality of honor with our brothers and of love, and having drawn us away from the earth and fixed us on the heavens, let us see what he bids us ask next. Indeed the very word is enough to instill the teaching of all virtue. For he who has called God Father, and a common Father, would rightly show such a way of life as not to appear unworthy of this nobility, and would show zeal equal to the gift. However, he is not content with this, but adds another petition, saying, “Hallowed be thy name.” Worthy of one who calls God Father is the prayer to ask nothing before the Father’s glory, but to count all things second to his praise. For “hallowed be” means “glorified be.” For he has his own glory complete, and remaining always the same; but he bids the one who prays to ask that he be glorified through our life too. This is what he said earlier as well: “Let your light shine before men, that they may see your good works and glorify your Father who is in heaven.” For the seraphim too, glorifying him, said thus: “Holy, holy, holy.” So “hallowed be” means “glorified be.” “Grant us,” he says, “to live so purely that through us all may glorify you.” This again belongs to perfect philosophy, to offer to all so blameless a life that each of those who see it gives the praise for it to the Master.

“Thy kingdom come.” And this again is the word of a grateful son: not to be nailed to visible things, nor to think the present things anything great, but to hasten to the Father and to long for the things to come; which comes from a good conscience and a soul freed from earthly affairs. This at any rate Paul too longed for every day; that is why he said, “We ourselves too, who have the firstfruits of the Spirit, groan, awaiting adoption, the redemption of our body.” For he who has this love can neither be puffed up by the good things of this life nor humbled by the painful ones, but, as one dwelling in heaven itself, he has been freed from both kinds of unevenness.

“Thy will be done, as in heaven, so on earth.” Do you see the excellent sequence? For he bade us long for the things to come and hasten to that departure; and until this happens, while we are living here, to be eager meanwhile to show the same way of life as those above. “For we must long for the heavens,” he says, “and the things in the heavens; however, even before heaven he bade us make the earth heaven, and while living on it, as though conducting ourselves there, to do and say everything so as to entreat the Master about these things too.” For nothing prevents you from [emulating] the precision of the powers above because you dwell on earth; but it is possible even while living here to do everything as one already above. What he means, then, is this: as there everything is done without hindrance, and the angels do not obey in some things and disobey in others, but in everything yield and are persuaded (“for they are mighty in strength,” it says, “doing his word”), so grant to us men too not to do your will by halves, but to fulfill everything as you will. Do you see how he taught us to be modest too, showing that virtue is not of our zeal only but also of the grace from above? And again he commanded each of us who pray to take upon himself the care of the whole world. For he did not say, “Thy will be done in me,” or “in us,” but everywhere on earth, so that error may be destroyed and truth planted, all vice cast out and virtue return, and heaven no longer differ from [earth] in this respect. “For if this should come about,” he says, “the things below will not differ from those above, even if they differ in nature, since the earth will show us other angels.”

“Give us this day our daily bread.” What is “daily bread”? That which is for the day. For since he said, “Thy will be done as in heaven, so on earth,” and he was speaking to men clothed with flesh and subject to the necessity of nature, and unable to have the same freedom from passion as the angels, he bids the commands to be performed by us as they too fulfill them, but he also condescends at last to the weakness of nature. “For I demand,” he says, “so great a precision of life, but not freedom from passion; for the tyranny of nature does not permit it, since it needs necessary food.” But see, I beg you, how even in bodily things there is much that is spiritual. For he bade us make our prayer not for money, nor for luxury, nor for costly garments, nor for anything else of the kind, but only for bread, and for bread for the day, so as not to be anxious about tomorrow. That is why he added, “daily bread,” that is, for the day. And he was not content even with this word, but added another after it, saying, “Give us this day,” so that we may not wear ourselves out further with the care of the following day. For why do you endure anxiety about a day whose span you do not know if you will see? This he commanded at more length as he went on, saying, “Do not be anxious about tomorrow.” And he wants us on every side to be unencumbered and winged, yielding to nature only as much as the necessity of need demands of us.

Then, since it happens that we sin even after the washing of regeneration, showing here too his great love for mankind, he bids us approach the God who loves mankind about the forgiveness of sins, and say thus: “Forgive us our debts, as we forgive our debtors.” Do you see the excess of love for mankind? After the removal of so many evils and the unspeakable greatness of the gift, he again deems those who sin worthy of pardon. For that this prayer belongs to the faithful, both the laws of the church teach and the opening of the prayer. For the uninitiated could not call God Father. If, then, the prayer belongs to the faithful, and they pray asking that their sins be forgiven them, it is clear that the gain of repentance has not been taken away even after the washing. For if he had not wanted to show this, he would not have legislated praying for it. And he who both reminds us of sins, and bids us ask forgiveness, and teaches how we may obtain forgiveness, and makes the road easy in this way, clearly knowing and showing that even after the washing it is possible to wash away our offenses, brought in this law of supplication: by reminding us of our sins persuading us to be modest; by bidding us forgive others freeing us from all grudge-bearing; and by promising in return for this to pardon us too, holding out kind hopes and teaching us to reflect on the unspeakable love of God for mankind.

19.6Field 1

Ὃ δὲ μάλιστα χρὴ παρατηρῆσαι; τοῦτό ἐστιν. ὅτι καθ᾽ ἕκαστον τῶν μια μένων ὁλοκλήρου. μνημονεύσας τῆς ἀρετῆς, καὶ ταύτῃ καὶ τὸ μὴ μνησικακεῖν περιλαβών' (καὶ γὰρ τὸ ἁγιασθῆναι τὸ ὄνομα αὐτοῦ ᾿ἀπηρτισμένης ἐστὶ πολιτείας ἀκρίβεια καὶ τὸ γενηθῆναι τὸ θέλημα αὐτοῦ τὸ αὐτὸ τοῦτο πάλιν δηλοῖ καὶ τὸ πατέρα δύνασθαι καλεῖν τὸν θεὸν ἀμώμου πολιτείας ἐπίδειξίς ἐστιν᾽ ἐν οἷς ἅπασι συνείληπτο καὶ τὸ δεῖν ἀφεῖναι τοῖς πεπλημμεληκόσι τὴν ὀργήν) ἀλλ᾽ ὅμως οὐκ ἠρκέσθη τούτοις, ἀλλὰ δεῖξαι βουλόμενος ὅσην ὑπὲρ τοῦ πράγματος ποιεῖται τὴν σπουδὴν, καὶ ἰδικῶς αὐτὸ τίθησι, καὶ μετὰ τὴν εὐχὴν οὐδεμίας ἄλλης ἐντολῆς μάμνηται ἢ ταύτης, οὕτω λέγων' ἐὰν γὰρ ἀφῆτε τοῖς ἀνθρώποις τὰ παραπτώματα αὐτῶν, αφήσει ὑμῖν καὶ ὁ πατὴρ ὑμῶν ὁ οὐράνιος. Ὥστε παρ᾽ ἡμῶν ἀρχὴ, καὶ κύριοι τῆς κρίσεως τῆς περὶ ἡμῶν ἡμεῖς. Ἵνα γὰρ μηδὲ τῶν ἀναισθήτων μηδεὶς ἐγκαλεῖν ἔχη δικαζόμενος μὴ μικρὸν, μὴ μέγα, σὲ τὸν ὑπεύθυνον κύριον ποιεῖ τῆς ψήφου καὶ ὡς ἀν αὐτὸς ἐδίκασας ἢ σαυτῷ, φησὶν, οὕτως σοι δικάζω κἀγώ. Κἀν ἀφῆς τῷ συνδούλῳ, καὶ παρ᾽ ἐμοῦ τῆς πάλιν αὐτῆς τεύξῃ χάριτος καίτοιγε οὐκ ἴσον τοῦτο ἐκείνῳ. Σὺ μὲν γὰρ δεόμενος ᾽ἀφίης, ὁ δὲ θεὸς μηδενὸς χρείαν ἔχων᾽ σὺ τῷ ὁμοδούλῳ, ὁ δὲ θεὸς τῷ δούλφ᾽' σὺ ὑπεύθυνος ὧν μυρίοις κακοῖς; ὁ ὁ ὃ: θεὸς ἀναμάρτητος ὧν. Αλλ᾽ ὅμως καὶ οὕτω τὴν αὐτοῦ φιλανθρωπίαν ᾿Ὧ ἐπιδείκνυνται. ᾿Ηδύνατο μὲν γὰρ καὶ χωρὶς τούτον πάντα σοι ἀφιέναι τὰ πεπλημμελημένα, ἀλλὰ βούλεταί σε καὶ ἐντεῦθεν εὐεργετεῖσθαι, μυρίας σοι πανταχόθεν παρέχων ἡμερότητος καὶ φιλανθρωπίας ἀφορμᾶς, καὶ τὸ ἐν σοὶ θηριῶδες ἐκβάλλων, καὶ τὸν θυμὸν σβενυὺς, καὶ πανταχόθεν σε συγκολλῶν τῷ μέλει τῷ σῷ. τί γὰρ ἂν ἔχοις εἰπεῖν; ὅτι ἀδίκως ἔπαθές τι κακὸν παρὰ τοῦ πλησίον: Ταῦτα γάρ ἐστι τὰ ἁμαρτήματα ὡς εἰ δικαίως, οὐδὲ ἁμάρτημα τὸ πρᾶγμά ἐστιν. ᾿Αλλὰ καὶ σὺ τοιούτων τροοἐρχῇ ληψόμενος ἄφεσιν, καὶ πολλῷ μειζόνων. Καὶ πρὸ τῆς ἀφέσεως δὲ οὐ μικρᾶς ἀπέλαυσας δωρεᾶς, διδασκόμενος ἂνθρωπένην ἔχειν ψυχὴν, καὶ πᾶσαν παιδευόμενος ἡμερότητα. Ναὶ μετὰ τούτων καὶ μισθός σοι μέγας κείσεται ἐκεῖ, τὸ μηδενὸς ἀπαιτηθῆναι λόγον τῶν πεπλημμελημένων. [Ποίας οὖν οὐκ ἂν εἴημεν κολάσεως ἄξιοι, ὅταν τὴν ἐξουσίαν ἔχοντες, προδῶμεν ἡμῶν τὴν σωτηρίαν: πῶς δὲ ἐν τοῖς ἀλλοις πράγμασιν ἀξιώσομεν. ἀκούεσθαι, αὐτοὶ μὴ θέλοντες, ἐν οἷς ἐσμεν κύριοι; φείδεσθαι ἑαυτῶν: ᾿ΕΙΣΕΝΕΓΚΗΙΣ ἭΜΑΣ ᾿ἜἘΠΣ ΠΕΙΡΑ͂ΣΜΟΝ, ᾿ΑΛΛᾺ ῬΥ͂ΣΑΙ ἭΜΑΣ ΠΟΝΗΡΟΥ. ὋὉΤΙ ἜΣΤΙΝ Ἢ ΒΑΣΙΛΕΙ͂Α, Ἢ ΔΥΝΑΜΙΣ, Ἡ ΔΟΞΑᾺ ΤΟΥΣ ΙΩΝΑΣ. ἌΜΗΝ. ᾿Ενταῦθα ἡμᾶς τὴν ἡμετέραν παιδεύει σαφῶς εὐτέλείαν, καὶ καταστέλλει τὸ φύσημα, διδάσκων παραιτεῖσθαι τοὺς ἀγῶνας, ἀλλὰ μὴ ἐπιπηδάν. Οὕτω γὰρ καὶ ἡμῖν ἡ νίκη λαμπροτέρα ἔσται, καὶ ἡ ἧττα τῷ διαβόλῳ καταγεἙ λαστοτέρα. ᾿Ελκυσθέντας μὲν γὰρ δεῖ γενναίως ἑστάναι μὴ καλουμένους δὲ, ἡσυχάζειν, καὶ τὸν καιρὸν ἀναμένειν τῶν αὐγώνων, ἵνα καὶ τὸ ἀκενόδοξον καὶ τὸ γενναῖον ἐπιδειξώμεθα. Πονηρὸν δὲ ἐνταῦθα τὸν διάβολον καλεῖ, κελεύων ἡμᾶς ἄσπονδον πρὸς αὐτὸν ἔχειν πόλεμον, καὶ δεικνὺς ὅτι οὐ φύσει τοιοῦτός ἐστιν. Οὐ γὰρ τῶν ἐκ, Φύσεως, αλλὰ τῶν ἐκ προαἱρέσεως ἐπιγινομένων ἐστὶν ἡ πονηρίαι Κατ᾽ ἐξοχὴν δὲ οὕτως ἐκεῖνος καλεῖται, διὰ τὴν ὑπερβολὴν τῆς κακίας, καὶ ἐπειδὴ μηδὲν παρ᾽ ἡμῶν ἀδικηθεὶς ἄσπονδον πρὸς ἡμᾶς ἔχει τὸν πόλεμον. Διὰ τοῦτο οὐδὲ εἶπε; ῥῦσαι ἡμᾶς ἀπὸ τών πονηρῶν, ἀλλ᾽, ἀπὸ τοῦ πονηροῦ παιδεύων ἡμᾶς μηδαμοῦ πρὸς τοὺς πλησίον ἀηδῶς ἔχειν, ἐν οἷς ἂν πάθωμεν παρ᾽ αὐτῶν κακῶς, ἀλλ᾽ ἀπὸ τούτων πρὸς ἐκεῖνον μεταθεῖναι τὴν ἔχθραν, ὡς πάντων αὐτὸν αἴτιον τῶν κακῶν ὄντα. ᾿Εναγωνίους τοίνυν ποιήσας τῇ μνήμη τοῦ ἐχθροῦ, καὶ τὴν ῥᾳθυμίαν ἡμῶν ἅπασαν ἐκκόψας, πάλιν ᾿θαῤῥύνει καὶ ἀνίστησι τὰ φρονήματα, τοῦ βασιλέως ἀναμνήσας, ὑφ᾽ ᾧ ταττόμεθα, καὶ δείξας πάντων αὐτὸν ὄντα δυνατώτερον. Σοῦ γαρ ἐστι, φησὶν, ἡ βασιλεία, καὶ ἡ δύναμις, καὶ ἡ δόξα. Οὐκοῦν εἰ αὐτοῦ ἐστιν ἡ βασιλεία, οὐδένα δεδοικέναι χρὴ, ἅτε οὐδενὸς ὄντος τοῦ ἀνθισταμένου, καὶ πρὸς αὐτὸν τὴν ἀρχὴν διανεμομένου. Ὅταν γὰρ εἴπῃ, σοῦ ἐστιν ἡ βασιλεία, δείκνυσι καὶ ἐκεῖνον τὸν πολεμοῦντα ἡμῖν ὑποτεταγμένον, κἀν ἐναντιοῦσθαι δοκῆ, τοῦ θεοῦ συγχωροῦντος τέως. Καὶ γὰρ καὶ αὐτὸς τῶν ὕλων ἐστὶν, εἰ καὶ τῶν ἡτιμωμένων καὶ προσκεκρουκότων᾽ καὶ οὐκ ἄν τολμήσειεν οὐδενὶ τῶν ὁμοδούλων ἐπιθέσθαι, μὴ τερον Ο ἄνωθεν τὴν ἐξονσίαν λαβών. Καὶ τί λέγω τῶν οὐδ! γα Οὐδὲ χοίρων κατατολμῆσαι ὑπέμεινεν, ἕως ᾿ὅτε αὐτὸς ἐπέτρεψεν᾽ οὔτε ποιμνίων, οὔτε βουκολίων, ἕως ὅτε τὴν ἐξουσίαν ἄνωθεν ἔλαβε. ἐς Καὶ η δύναμις, φησί. Οὐκοῦν. κἄν μυριάκις ἀσθενὴς ἦ ἥς» δίκαιος ἃ ἂν εἴης θαῤρεῖν τοιοῦτον ἔχων τὸν βασιλεύοντα, πάντα εὐκόλως καὶ διὰ σοῦ κατορθοῦν δυνάμενον. Καὶ ἡ δόξα εἰς τοὺς αἰῶνας. ᾿Αμήν. Οὐδὲ γὰρ ἀπαλλάττει σε τῶν ἐπιόντων δεινῶν μόνον, ἀλλὰ καὶ ἐνόξω δύναται ποιεῖν καὶ λαμπρόν. Ὥσπερ γὰρ η δύναμις αὐτοῦ πολλὴ, οὕτω καὶ ἡ δόξα ἄφατος, καὶ ἢ τὰ πάντα απέ- Ὁ ραντα, καὶ τέλος αὐτῶν οὐδέν. Εἶδες πῶς πανταχόθεν ἤλειψε τὸν ἀθλητὴν, καὶ θαῤῥεῖν παρεσκεύασεν; Εἶτα, ὅπερ ἔφθην εἰπὼν, δεῖξαι βουλόμενος ὅτι πάντων μάλιστα μνησικακίαν ἀποστρέφεται καὶ μισεῖ, καὶ μάλιστα πάντων τὴν ἐναντίαν ὁ τῇ κακίᾳ ταύτῃ ἀποδέχεται ἀρετὴν, καὶ μετὰ τὴν εὐχὴν πάλιν αὐτοῦ τοῦ κατορθώματος ὑπέμνησε, καὶ ἀπὸ τῆς κειμένης κολάσεως, καὶ ἀπὸ τῆς ὡρισμένης τιμῆς τὸν ἀκροατὴν ἐνάγων εἰς τὴν τῆς ἐντολῆς ταύτης ὑπακοήν. Ἐὰν γὰρ ἀφῆτε, φησὶ, τοῖς ἀνθρώποις, καὶ ὁ πατὴρ ὑμῶν ὃ οὐράνιος ἀφήσει ὑμῖν ἐὰν δὲ μὴ ἀφῆτε, οὐδὲ αὐτὸς ὑμῖν ἀφήσει. Διὰ τοῦτο τῶν οὐρανῶν πάλιν καὶ τοῦ πατρὸς ἐμνημόνευσεν, ὥστε καὶ τούτῳ τὸν ἀκροατὴν ἐντρέψαι, εἴγε τοιούτου πτατρὸς ὦν, ἐκθηριοῦσθαι μέλλοι, καὶ πρὸς τὸν οὐρανὸν κληθεὶς, γηϊνόν τι καὶ βιωτικὸν ἔχοι φρόνημα. Ουὅ γὰρ δὴ χάριτι δεῖ γενέσθαι παῖδας μόνον, ἀλλὰ καὶ τοῖς ἔργοις. Οὐδὲν δὲ οὕτως ὁμοιοῖ τῷ θεῷ, ὡς τὸ τοῖς πονηροῖς καὶ τοῖς ἀδικοῦσιν εἷναι συγγνωμονικόν' ὥσπερ οὖν καὶ ἔφθη διδάξας, ἡνίκα ἔλεγε τὸ τὸν ἥλιον ἀνατέλλειν ἐπὶ πονηροὺς καὶ ἀγαθούς. Διὰ δὴ τοῦτο καὶ καθ᾽ ὅκαστον τῶν βημάτων κοινὰς κελεύει ποιεῖν τὰς εὐχὰς, πάτερ ἡμῶν λέγων, καὶ γενηθήτω τὸ θέλημά σου, ὡς ἐν οὐρανῷ, καὶ ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς, καὶ δὸς ἡμῖν τὸν ἄρτον, καὶ ἄφες ἡμῖν τὰ ὀφειλήματα ἡμῶν, καὶ μὴ εἰσηνέγκης ἡμᾶς εἰς πειρασμὸν, καὶ ῥῦσαι ἡμᾶς πανταχοῦ τῷ πληθυντικῷ βήματι τούτῳ κελεύων κεχρῆσθαι, ἵνα μηδὲ ἐχνος ὀργῆς πρὸς τὸν πλησίον ἔχωμεν. Πόσης οὖν ἂν εἶεν κολάσεως ἄξιοι οἱ μετὰ ταῦτα πάντα μὴ μόνον αὐτοὶ μὴ ἀφιέντες, ἀλλὰ καὶ τὸν θεὸν ἐπὶ τὴν ἄμυναν τῶν ἐχθρών παρακαλοῦντες, καὶ ὥσπερ ἐκ διαμέτρου τινὸς τὸν νόμον τοῦτον παραβαίνοντες, καὶ ταῦτα αὐτοῦ πα ντα ποιοῦντος καὶ πραγματενομένου, ὥστε μὴ διαστασιάζειν ἡμᾶς πρὸς ἀλλήλους: ᾿Επειδὴ γὰρ ῥίζα πάντων τῶν ἀγαθῶν ἐστιν ἡ ἀγάπη, τὰ λυμαινόμενα αὐτὴν ᾿ἀναιρῶν πάντοθεν ἡμᾶς ,τρὸς ἀλλήλους συνάγει συγκολλῶν. Οὐ γάρ ἐστιν, οὐκ ἔστιν οὐδεὶς, κἂν πατὴρ: κἂν μήτηρ, κὰν φίλος, κὰν ὁστισοῦν, ὃς οὕτως ἡμᾶς ἠγάπησεν, ὡς ὁ ποιήσας ἡμᾶς θεός. Καὶ τοῦτο μάλιστα καὶ ἐξ ὧν εὐεργετεῖ καθ᾽ ἑκάστην ἡμέραν, καὶ ἐξ ὧν ἐπιτάττει δῆλον. Εἰ δὲ πὰς λύπας ἴτω λέγεις, καὶ τὰς ὀδύνας, καὶ τὰ τοῦ βίου κακὰ, ἐννόησον ὅσας αὐτῷ προσκρούεις καθ᾽ ἑκάστην ἡμέραν, καὶ οὐκέτι θαυμάσῃ, κἂν πλείονα τούτων ἐπέλθη κακά ἀλλ᾽ ἄν ἀγαθοῦ τινος ἀπολαύσῃς, τότε καὶ θαυμάσῃ καὶ ἐκπλαγήσῃ. Νῦν δὲ εἰς μὲν τὰς συμφορὰς ὁρῶμεν τας ἐπιούσας, τὰ δὲ προσκρούσματα, ἃ καθ᾽ ἑκάστην προσκρούομεν τὴν ἡμέραν, οὐκ ἐννοοῦμεν' διὰ τοῦτο ἀλύομεν. Ὡς εἴγε μιᾶς ἡμέρας μόνον μετὰ ἀκριβείας τὰ ἁμαρτήματα ἡμῶν ἐλογισάμεθα, τότε ἂν ἔγνωμεν καλώς, πόσων ἂν εἴημεν ὑπεύθυνοι κακῶν. Καὶ ἵνα τὰ ἄλλα ἀφεὶς τὰ ἰδίᾳ πεπλημμελημένα ἑκάστῳ, τὰ Ὁ σήμερον εἴπω γινόμενα καίτοιγε οὐκ οἶδα τί ποτε ἕκαστος ἡμῶν ἥμαρτεν ἀλλ᾽ ὅμως τοσαύτη περιουσία τῶν πλημμελημάτων, ὡς μηδὲ τὸν ἀκριβῶς ἅπαντα εἰδότα δύνασθαι καὶ ἐκ τούτων ἐλεῖν. Τίς οὖν ἡμῶν οὐκ ἐῤῥᾳθύμησεν εὐχόμενος ὃ τίς οὐκ ἀπενοήθη; τίς οὐκ ἐκενοδόξησε: τίς οὐ κακῶς εἶπε τὸν ἀδελφὸν, οὐδὲ ἐδέξατο πονηρὰν ἐπιθυμίαν: οὐκ εἶδεν ἀκολάστοις ὀφθαλμοῖς: οὐκ ἐμνήσθη μετὰ πάθους ἐχθροῦ, καὶ οἰδαίνειν τὴν καρδίαν ἐποίησεν: Εἰ δὲ ἐν ἐκκλησίᾳ ὄντες, καὶ ἐν καιρῷ βραχεῖ, τοσούτοις ὑπεύθυνοι γεγόναμεν κακοῖς, τίνες ἐσόμεθα ἐξελθόντες ἐντεῦθεν: εἰ ἐν τῷ λιμένι τοσαῦτα ᾿τὰ κύματα, ὅταν ἐξέλθωμεν εἰς τὸν εὔριπον τῶν κακῶν, τὴν α΄γορὰν λέγω, καὶ τὰ πολιτικὰ πράγματα, καὶ τὰς ἐν οἰκίᾳ φροντίδας,

Ho de malista chrē paratērēsai? touto estin. hoti kath᾽ hekaston tōn mia menōn holoklērou. mnēmoneusas tēs aretēs, kai tautę̄ kai to mē mnēsikakein perilabōn' (kai gar to hagiasthēnai to onoma autou ᾿apērtismenēs esti politeias akribeia kai to genēthēnai to thelēma autou to auto touto palin dēloi kai to patera dynasthai kalein ton theon amōmou politeias epideixis estin᾽ en hois hapasi syneilēpto kai to dein apheinai tois peplēmmelēkosi tēn orgēn) all᾽ homōs ouk ērkesthē toutois, alla deixai boulomenos hosēn hyper tou pragmatos poieitai tēn spoudēn, kai idikōs auto tithēsi, kai meta tēn euchēn oudemias allēs entolēs mamnētai ē tautēs, houtō legōn' ean gar aphēte tois anthrōpois ta paraptōmata autōn, aphēsei hymin kai ho patēr hymōn ho ouranios. Hōste par᾽ hēmōn archē, kai kyrioi tēs kriseōs tēs peri hēmōn hēmeis. Hina gar mēde tōn anaisthētōn mēdeis enkalein echē dikazomenos mē mikron, mē mega, se ton hypeuthynon kyrion poiei tēs psēphou kai hōs an autos edikasas ē sautǭ, phēsin, houtōs soi dikazō kagō. Kan aphēs tǭ syndoulǭ, kai par᾽ emou tēs palin autēs teuxę̄ charitos kaitoige ouk ison touto ekeinǭ. Sy men gar deomenos ᾽aphiēs, ho de theos mēdenos chreian echōn᾽ sy tǭ homodoulǭ, ho de theos tǭ doulph᾽' sy hypeuthynos hōn myriois kakois? ho ho ho: theos anamartētos hōn. All᾽ homōs kai houtō tēn autou philanthrōpian ᾿Hō epideiknyntai. ᾿Ēdynato men gar kai chōris touton panta soi aphienai ta peplēmmelēmena, alla bouletai se kai enteuthen euergeteisthai, myrias soi pantachothen parechōn hēmerotētos kai philanthrōpias aphormas, kai to en soi thēriōdes ekballōn, kai ton thymon sbenyys, kai pantachothen se synkollōn tǭ melei tǭ sǭ. ti gar an echois eipein? hoti adikōs epathes ti kakon para tou plēsion: Tauta gar esti ta hamartēmata hōs ei dikaiōs, oude hamartēma to pragma estin. ᾿Alla kai sy toioutōn trooerchę̄ lēpsomenos aphesin, kai pollǭ meizonōn. Kai pro tēs apheseōs de ou mikras apelausas dōreas, didaskomenos anthrōpenēn echein psychēn, kai pasan paideuomenos hēmerotēta. Nai meta toutōn kai misthos soi megas keisetai ekei, to mēdenos apaitēthēnai logon tōn peplēmmelēmenōn. [Poias oun ouk an eiēmen kolaseōs axioi, hotan tēn exousian echontes, prodōmen hēmōn tēn sōtērian: pōs de en tois allois pragmasin axiōsomen. akouesthai, autoi mē thelontes, en hois esmen kyrioi? pheidesthai heautōn: ᾿EISENENKĒIS HēMAS ᾿EEPS PEIRASMON, ᾿ALLA RhYSAI HēMAS PONĒROU. HoOTI ESTIN Ē BASILEIA, Ē DYNAMIS, Hē DOXAA TOUS IŌNAS. AMĒN. ᾿Entautha hēmas tēn hēmeteran paideuei saphōs euteleian, kai katastellei to physēma, didaskōn paraiteisthai tous agōnas, alla mē epipēdan. Houtō gar kai hēmin hē nikē lamprotera estai, kai hē hētta tǭ diabolǭ katageE lastotera. ᾿Elkysthentas men gar dei gennaiōs hestanai mē kaloumenous de, hēsychazein, kai ton kairon anamenein tōn augōnōn, hina kai to akenodoxon kai to gennaion epideixōmetha. Ponēron de entautha ton diabolon kalei, keleuōn hēmas aspondon pros auton echein polemon, kai deiknys hoti ou physei toioutos estin. Ou gar tōn ek, Physeōs, alla tōn ek proaireseōs epiginomenōn estin hē ponēriai Kat᾽ exochēn de houtōs ekeinos kaleitai, dia tēn hyperbolēn tēs kakias, kai epeidē mēden par᾽ hēmōn adikētheis aspondon pros hēmas echei ton polemon. Dia touto oude eipe? rhysai hēmas apo tōn ponērōn, all᾽, apo tou ponērou paideuōn hēmas mēdamou pros tous plēsion aēdōs echein, en hois an pathōmen par᾽ autōn kakōs, all᾽ apo toutōn pros ekeinon metatheinai tēn echthran, hōs pantōn auton aition tōn kakōn onta. ᾿Enagōnious toinyn poiēsas tę̄ mnēmē tou echthrou, kai tēn rhąthymian hēmōn hapasan ekkopsas, palin ᾿tharrhynei kai anistēsi ta phronēmata, tou basileōs anamnēsas, hyph᾽ hǭ tattometha, kai deixas pantōn auton onta dynatōteron. Sou gar esti, phēsin, hē basileia, kai hē dynamis, kai hē doxa. Oukoun ei autou estin hē basileia, oudena dedoikenai chrē, hate oudenos ontos tou anthistamenou, kai pros auton tēn archēn dianemomenou. Hotan gar eipę̄, sou estin hē basileia, deiknysi kai ekeinon ton polemounta hēmin hypotetagmenon, kan enantiousthai dokē, tou theou synchōrountos teōs. Kai gar kai autos tōn hylōn estin, ei kai tōn hētimōmenōn kai proskekroukotōn᾽ kai ouk an tolmēseien oudeni tōn homodoulōn epithesthai, mē teron O anōthen tēn exonsian labōn. Kai ti legō tōn oud! ga Oude choirōn katatolmēsai hypemeinen, heōs ᾿hote autos epetrepsen᾽ oute poimniōn, oute boukoliōn, heōs hote tēn exousian anōthen elabe. es Kai ē dynamis, phēsi. Oukoun. kan myriakis asthenēs ē hēs» dikaios ha an eiēs tharrein toiouton echōn ton basileuonta, panta eukolōs kai dia sou katorthoun dynamenon. Kai hē doxa eis tous aiōnas. ᾿Amēn. Oude gar apallattei se tōn epiontōn deinōn monon, alla kai enoxō dynatai poiein kai lampron. Hōsper gar ē dynamis autou pollē, houtō kai hē doxa aphatos, kai ē ta panta ape- Ho ranta, kai telos autōn ouden. Eides pōs pantachothen ēleipse ton athlētēn, kai tharrhein pareskeuasen? Eita, hoper ephthēn eipōn, deixai boulomenos hoti pantōn malista mnēsikakian apostrephetai kai misei, kai malista pantōn tēn enantian ho tę̄ kakią tautę̄ apodechetai aretēn, kai meta tēn euchēn palin autou tou katorthōmatos hypemnēse, kai apo tēs keimenēs kolaseōs, kai apo tēs hōrismenēs timēs ton akroatēn enagōn eis tēn tēs entolēs tautēs hypakoēn. Ean gar aphēte, phēsi, tois anthrōpois, kai ho patēr hymōn ho ouranios aphēsei hymin ean de mē aphēte, oude autos hymin aphēsei. Dia touto tōn ouranōn palin kai tou patros emnēmoneusen, hōste kai toutǭ ton akroatēn entrepsai, eige toioutou ptatros ōn, ekthēriousthai melloi, kai pros ton ouranon klētheis, gēïnon ti kai biōtikon echoi phronēma. Ouo gar dē chariti dei genesthai paidas monon, alla kai tois ergois. Ouden de houtōs homoioi tǭ theǭ, hōs to tois ponērois kai tois adikousin heinai syngnōmonikon' hōsper oun kai ephthē didaxas, hēnika elege to ton hēlion anatellein epi ponērous kai agathous. Dia dē touto kai kath᾽ hokaston tōn bēmatōn koinas keleuei poiein tas euchas, pater hēmōn legōn, kai genēthētō to thelēma sou, hōs en ouranǭ, kai epi tēs gēs, kai dos hēmin ton arton, kai aphes hēmin ta opheilēmata hēmōn, kai mē eisēnenkēs hēmas eis peirasmon, kai rhysai hēmas pantachou tǭ plēthyntikǭ bēmati toutǭ keleuōn kechrēsthai, hina mēde echnos orgēs pros ton plēsion echōmen. Posēs oun an eien kolaseōs axioi hoi meta tauta panta mē monon autoi mē aphientes, alla kai ton theon epi tēn amynan tōn echthrōn parakalountes, kai hōsper ek diametrou tinos ton nomon touton parabainontes, kai tauta autou pa nta poiountos kai pragmatenomenou, hōste mē diastasiazein hēmas pros allēlous: ᾿Epeidē gar rhiza pantōn tōn agathōn estin hē agapē, ta lymainomena autēn ᾿anairōn pantothen hēmas ,tros allēlous synagei synkollōn. Ou gar estin, ouk estin oudeis, kan patēr: kan mētēr, kan philos, kan hostisoun, hos houtōs hēmas ēgapēsen, hōs ho poiēsas hēmas theos. Kai touto malista kai ex hōn euergetei kath᾽ hekastēn hēmeran, kai ex hōn epitattei dēlon. Ei de pas lypas itō legeis, kai tas odynas, kai ta tou biou kaka, ennoēson hosas autǭ proskroueis kath᾽ hekastēn hēmeran, kai ouketi thaumasę̄, kan pleiona toutōn epelthē kaka all᾽ an agathou tinos apolausę̄s, tote kai thaumasę̄ kai ekplagēsę̄. Nyn de eis men tas symphoras horōmen tas epiousas, ta de proskrousmata, ha kath᾽ hekastēn proskrouomen tēn hēmeran, ouk ennooumen' dia touto alyomen. Hōs eige mias hēmeras monon meta akribeias ta hamartēmata hēmōn elogisametha, tote an egnōmen kalōs, posōn an eiēmen hypeuthynoi kakōn. Kai hina ta alla apheis ta idią peplēmmelēmena hekastǭ, ta Ho sēmeron eipō ginomena kaitoige ouk oida ti pote hekastos hēmōn hēmarten all᾽ homōs tosautē periousia tōn plēmmelēmatōn, hōs mēde ton akribōs hapanta eidota dynasthai kai ek toutōn elein. Tis oun hēmōn ouk errhąthymēsen euchomenos ho tis ouk apenoēthē? tis ouk ekenodoxēse: tis ou kakōs eipe ton adelphon, oude edexato ponēran epithymian: ouk eiden akolastois ophthalmois: ouk emnēsthē meta pathous echthrou, kai oidainein tēn kardian epoiēsen: Ei de en ekklēsią ontes, kai en kairǭ brachei, tosoutois hypeuthynoi gegonamen kakois, tines esometha exelthontes enteuthen: ei en tǭ limeni tosauta ᾿ta kymata, hotan exelthōmen eis ton euripon tōn kakōn, tēn a΄goran legō, kai ta politika pragmata, kai tas en oikią phrontidas,

But what we must above all observe is this: that in each of the words he mentioned virtue as a whole, and included in it not bearing grudges as well (for the hallowing of his name is the precision of a perfect way of life; and the doing of his will again shows this same thing; and being able to call God Father is a demonstration of a blameless way of life; and in all these is included the duty of letting go our anger against those who have offended); but nevertheless he was not content with these, but wishing to show how much zeal he has for the matter, he puts it separately too, and after the prayer mentions no other commandment than this, saying thus: “For if you forgive men their trespasses, your heavenly Father will also forgive you.” So the beginning is from us, and we ourselves are masters of the judgment upon us. For so that not even any of the senseless might be able to complain when he is judged, small or great, he makes you, the one accountable, master of the verdict; “and as you yourself have judged for yourself,” he says, “so I too judge for you. And if you forgive your fellow servant, you will obtain the same favor from me”; and yet this is not equal to that. For you forgive because you need it, but God needing nothing; you forgive a fellow servant, but God a servant; you, being accountable for countless evils, but God, being sinless. But nevertheless even so he shows his love for mankind. For he could have forgiven you all your offenses even without this; but he wants you to be benefited from this too, giving you on every side countless occasions of gentleness and love for mankind, casting out what is beastly in you, quenching your rage, and on every side gluing you to your own member. For what would you be able to say? That you have suffered some evil unjustly from your neighbor? For these are what sins are; since if it were justly, the thing is not even a sin. But you too are coming to receive forgiveness for such things, and for much greater ones. And even before the forgiveness you have enjoyed no small gift, being taught to have a humane soul and trained in all gentleness. And besides these a great reward will be laid up for you there: to be asked for an account of none of your offenses. What punishment, then, should we not deserve, when, having the power, we betray our own salvation? And how shall we deem ourselves worthy to be heard in other matters, when we are unwilling to spare ourselves in those of which we are masters?

“And lead us not into temptation, but deliver us from the evil one. For thine is the kingdom and the power and the glory, to the ages. Amen.” Here he plainly teaches us our own meanness and quells our pride, teaching us to decline the contests and not leap into them. For so our victory will be more splendid and the devil’s defeat more ridiculous. For when dragged in we must stand nobly; but when not called, we must keep quiet and wait for the time of the contests, so that we may show both our freedom from vainglory and our nobility. And here he calls the devil “the evil one,” bidding us have a war against him that admits no truce, and showing that he is not such by nature. For wickedness is not among the things that come from nature, but among those that arise from choice. And he is called so by preeminence, because of the excess of his wickedness, and because, though wronged by us in nothing, he wages a war against us that admits no truce. That is why he did not say, “Deliver us from the wicked,” but, “from the evil one,” teaching us nowhere to be ill disposed toward our neighbors for what we suffer from them, but to transfer our enmity from them to him, as the cause of all evils. Having, then, made us watchful by the mention of the enemy, and cut out all our indolence, he again encourages us and raises our spirits, reminding us of the King under whom we are ranked, and showing that he is more powerful than all. “For thine,” he says, “is the kingdom and the power and the glory.” So if the kingdom is his, we need fear no one, since there is no one who opposes him and divides the rule with him. For when he says, “Thine is the kingdom,” he shows that even the one who wars against us is subject, even if he seems to oppose, God permitting it for the time. For he too is among all things, even if among those dishonored and those who have offended; and he would not dare to attack any of his fellow servants without first receiving the authority from above. And why do I speak of [fellow servants]? He did not even venture to attack swine until he himself permitted it, nor flocks nor herds until he received the authority from above. “And the power,” he says. So even if you are ten thousand times weak, you ought to be confident, having such a one as King, who is able to accomplish everything easily even through you. “And the glory to the ages. Amen.” For he not only frees you from the terrible things that come upon you, but is able to make you glorious and illustrious too. For as his power is great, so his glory is unspeakable, and all of them are boundless and have no end. Do you see how he has anointed the athlete on every side and made him confident?

Then, as I said before, wishing to show that he turns away from and hates grudge-bearing more than anything, and accepts above all the virtue opposite to this vice, he reminded us of this good deed again after the prayer too, leading the hearer to obedience to this commandment both from the punishment laid down and from the honor appointed. “For if you forgive men,” he says, “your heavenly Father will also forgive you; but if you do not forgive, neither will he forgive you.” For this reason he again mentioned the heavens and the Father, so as to shame the hearer by this too, if, being of such a Father, he should turn into a wild beast, and, called to heaven, should have an earthly and worldly mind. For we must become sons not by grace only but also by works. And nothing makes us so like God as being forgiving to the wicked and to those who wrong us; as indeed he had already taught when he spoke of the sun rising on the evil and the good. For this reason too in each of the words he bids us make our prayers in common, saying, “Our Father,” and “Thy will be done, as in heaven, so on earth,” and “Give us bread,” and “Forgive us our debts,” and “Lead us not into temptation,” and “Deliver us,” everywhere bidding us use this plural word, so that we may not have even a trace of anger against our neighbor. What punishment, then, would they deserve who after all these things not only do not forgive themselves but even call on God to take vengeance on their enemies, transgressing this law as it were diametrically, and that while he does and arranges everything so that we may not quarrel with one another? For since love is the root of all good things, removing on every side what ruins it, he brings us together and glues us to one another. For there is not, there is not anyone, whether father or mother or friend or anyone else whatever, who has loved us as much as the God who made us. And this is clear above all both from the benefits he gives every day and from what he commands.

But if you tell me of the griefs and pains and evils of life, consider how many times you offend him every day, and you will no longer wonder even if more evils than these come upon you; but if you enjoy some good thing, then you will wonder and be amazed. But as it is, we look at the misfortunes that come upon us, but do not consider the offenses we commit every day; that is why we are distressed. For if we had reckoned up precisely the sins of only one day, then we would have known well of how many evils we are guilty. And to leave aside the other offenses each has committed privately, let me speak of those committed today. And yet I do not know what each of us has sinned; but nevertheless such is the abundance of offenses that even one who knows everything precisely could not take them all from these alone. Who of us was not indolent in praying? Who was not proud? Who did not seek vainglory? Who did not speak ill of his brother, or entertain wicked desire, or look with licentious eyes, or remember an enemy with passion and make his heart swell? But if, while in church and in a short time, we have become guilty of so many evils, what shall we be when we go out from here? If in the harbor the waves are so great, when we go out into the strait of evils, I mean the marketplace and public affairs and the cares of the household,

19.11Field 1

ἄρα ἑαυτοὺς γοῦν ἐπιγνῶναι δυνησόμεθα: ᾿Αλλ ὅμως τῆς τών τοσούτων καὶ τηλικούτων ἀμαρτημάτων ἀπαλλαγῆς ἔδωκεν ἡμῖν σύντομον καὶ ῥᾳδίαν ὁδὸν καὶ παντὸς ἀπηλλαγμένην πόνου ὁ θεός. Ποίος γὰρ πόνος ἀφεῖναι τῷ λελυπηκότι: Πόνος μὲν οὖν τὸ μὴ ἀφεῖναι, ἀλλὰ κατέχειν τὴν ἔχθραν ὡς τὸ γε ἀπαλλαγῆναι τοῦ θυμοῦ, καὶ ἄνεσιν πολλὴν ἐμποιεῖ, καὶ σφόδρα εὔκολον τῷ βουλομένῳ. Οὐδὲ «γὰρ πέλαγος διαβῆναι δεῖ, οὐδὲ ὁδὸν ἀποδημῆσαι μακρᾶν, οὐδὲ ὁ ορῶὼν ὑπερβῆναι κορυφὰς, οὐδὲ χρήματα δαπανῆσαι; οὐδὲ κατατεῖναι τὸ σώμα, ἀλλ᾽ ἀρκεῖ Υθελῆσαι μόνον, καὶ πάντα λέλυται τὰ ἁμαρτήματα. Ἂν δὲ μὴ μόνον αὐτὸς μὴ ἀφῆς, ἀλλὰ καὶ τῷ θεῷ κατ᾽ αὐτοῦ ἐντυγχανῆς, τίνα λοιπὸν ἐξεις σωτηρίας ἐλπίδα, ὅ ταν ἡνίκα ἐξιλεοῦσαι αὐτὸν καὶ δέη, ἡ καὶ τότε αὐτὸν παροξύνης, ἃ ἱκέτου μὲν σχῆμα περικείμενος, θηρίου δὲ φωνὰς αφιεὶς, καὶ καθ᾽ ἑαυτοῦ τὰ βέλη τοῦ πονηροῦ ἐξακοντίζων ἐκεῖνα; Διὰ τοῦτο καὶ ὁ Παῦλος εὐχῆς μεμνημένος, οὐδὲν οὕτως ἐξεζήτησεν ως τῆς ἐντολῆς ταύτης τὴν φυλακήν᾽ ἐὐον ἐπαίροντας γὰρ ὁσίους χείρας, ἢ φησὶ, χωρὶς ὀργῆς καὶ διαλογισμοῦ. εἰ γὰρ ὅτε ἐλέους χρείαν ἔχεις, οὐὸε τοτε ᾿ἀφίης τὴν ὀργὴν, ἀλλὰ καὶ σφόδρα αὐτῆς μέμνησαι, καὶ ταῦτα εἰδὼς ὅτι κατὰ σεαυτοῦ τὸ ξίφος ὠθεῖς, πότε δυνήσῃ γενέσθαι φιλάνθρωπος, καὶ τὸν πονηρὸν ἀποβλῦσαι τῆς ἡ πονηρίας ταύτης ἰόν: Εἰ δὲ οὐδέπω τῆς ἀτοπίας ταύτης εἶδες τὸ μέγεθος, ἐπ᾽ ανθρώπων αὐτὸ λογίζου γινόμενον, καὶ τότε ὄψει τῆς ὕβρεως τὴν ὑπερβολήν. Εἰ γὰρ ἀνθρώπῳ σοι ὄντι προσῆλθέ τις αξιῶν ἐλεηθῆναι, εἶτα μεταξὺ κείμενος: ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς εἶδεν ἐχθρὸν, καὶ ἀφείς σε ἱκετεῦσαι ἐκεῖνον ἔτυπτεν, ἄρα οὐκ ἂν μείζονα ἐποιήσω τὴν ὀργήν: Τοῦτο λογίζου καὶ ἐπὶ τοῦ θεοῦ συμβαίνειν. Καὶ γὰρ καὶ σὺ τὸν θεὸν ἱκετεύων, μεταξὺ τὴν ἱκετηρίαν ἀφεὶς, τὸν ἐχθρὸν τοῖς ῥήμασι τύπτεις, καὶ τοὺς τοῦ θεοῦ νόμους ὑβρίζεις, τὸν νομοθετήσαντα πᾶσαν ὀργὴν ἀφιέναι κατὰ τῶν λελυπηκότων καλῶν, καὶ ἀξιῶν ἐναντία τοῖς ἑαυτοῦ προστάγμασι ποιεῖν. Οὐκ ἀρκεῖ εἰς τιμωρίας σοι λόγον, ὅτι σὺ παραβαίνεις τὸν νόμον τὸν τοῦ θεοῦ, αλλὰ καὶ αὐτὸν τοῦτο παρακαλεῖς ποιεῖν; Μὴ γὰρ ἐπελάθετο ὧν ἐπέταξε: μὴ γὰρ ἄνθρωπός ἐστιν ὁ ταῦτα εἰπών: Θεός ἐστιν, ὁ τὰ πάντα εἰδὼς, καὶ μετὰ ἀκριβείας ἁπάσης τοὺς ἑαυτοῦ φυλάττεσθαι βουλόμενος νόμους, καὶ τοσοῦτον ἀπέχων τοῦ ποιῆσαι ταῦτα ἅπερ ἀξιοῖς, ὅτι καὶ σὲ τὸν ταῦτα λέγοντα καὶ ὑπὲρ τοῦ λέγειν μόνον ἀποστρέφεται καὶ μισεῖ: καὶ δίκην ἃ ἀπαιτεῖ τὴν ἐσχάτην. Πώς οὖν ἀξιοῖς παρ᾽ αὐτοῦ τυχεῖν» ὧν αὐτὸς μετὰ πολλῆς ἀπέχεσθαί σε κελεύει σπουδῆς: ὃ ᾿Αλλὰ γάρ εἰσί τινες, οἷ καὶ εἰς τοσοῦτον ἀλογίας ἥκασιν, ὡς μὴ μόνον τῶν ἐχθρῶν κατεὔχεσθαι, ἀλλὰ καὶ τέκνοις ἐπαρᾶσθαι τοῖς ἐκείνων, καὶ αὐτῶν, εἴγε ἐνῆν, ἀπογεύσασθαι τῶν σαρκῶν' μαλλον δὲ καὶ ἀπογευύμενοι- Μὴ γάρ μοι τοῦτο εἴπης, ὅτι τοὺς ὀδόντας οὐκ ἐνέπηξας τῷ σώματι τοῦ λοελυπηκότος πολὺ γὰρ χαλεπώτερον ἐποίησας, τὸ Ὑε εἰς σὲ ἧκον, ἀξιῶν ἄνωθεν ὀργὴν ἐπενεχθῆναι κατ᾽ αὐτοῦ, καὶ αθανάτῳ παραδοθῆναι κολάσει, καὶ μετὰ τῆς οἰκίας ἀνατραπῆναι ἁπάσης. Ποίων γὰρ ταῦτα οὐ χαλεπώτερα δηγμάτων: ποίων βελῶν ουὅ πικρότερα: Οὐ ταῦτά σε ἐπαίδευσεν ὁ Χριστόν' οὐχ οὕτω τὸ στόμα αἱμάττειν ἐκέλευσε. Καὶ γὰρ ἡμαγμένων στομάτων απὸ σαρκὼν ἀνθρωπίνων χαλεπώτεραι αἱ τοιαῦται γλῶτται. Πώς οὖν ἀσπάσῃ τὸν ἀδελφόν: πῶς ἅψη τῆς θυσίας; πῶς ἀπογεύσῃ τοῦ αἵματος τοῦ δεσποτικοῦ, τοσοῦτον ἔχων ἐπὶ τῆς διανοίας ἰόν; Ὅταν γὰρ͵ εἴπην, κατάῤβαξον αὐτὸν, καὶ τὴν οἰκίαν ἀνάτρεψον, καὶ πάντα ἀπόλεσον, καὶ μυρίους αὐτῷ ὀλέθρους κατεύχῃ» οὐδὲν ἀνθρωποκτόνον διενήνοχας, μᾶλλον δὲ ἀνθρωποφάγου θηρίου. Παυσώμεθα τοίνυν τῆς νόσου ταύτης καὶ τῆς μανίας, καὶ τὴν φιλοφροσύνην, ἣν ἐκέλευσεν, ἐπιδειξώμεθα περὶ τοὺς λελυπηκότας, ἵνα γενώμεθα ὅμοιοι τοῦ πατρὸς ἡμῶν τοῦ ἐν τοῖς οὐρανοῖς. Παυσόμεθα δὲ, ἂν τῶν οἰκείων ἀναμνησθῶμεν ἁμαρτημάτων ἂν μετὰ ἀκριβείας ἅπαντα ἐξετάσωμεν. τὰ ᾿πεπλημμελημένα, τὰ ἔνδον, τὰ ἔξω, τὰ ἐν ἀγορᾷ, τὰ ἐν ἐκκλησίᾳ. Εἰ γὰρ μηδενὸς ἑτέρου, τῆς γοῦν ἐνταῦθα ὀλιγωρίας τὴν ἐσχάτην ἄξιοί ἐσμεν δίκην ὑποσχεῖν. Καὶ γὰρ προφητῶν ψαλλόντων, καὶ ἀποστόλων ὑμνούντων, καὶ θεοῦ διαλεγομένου, ἔξω πλανώμεθα, καὶ βιωτικῶν πραγμάτων ἐπεισάγομεν θόρυβον καὶ οὐδὲ τοσαύτην ἀπονέμομεν τοῖς τοῦ θεοῦ νόμοις τὴν ἡσυχίαν, ὅσην τοῖς τοῦ βασιλέως γράμμασιν ἐν τοις θεάτροις οἱ θεαταὶ παρέχουσι τὴν σιγήν. κεῖ μὲν γὰρ τῶν γραμμάτων τούτων ἀναγινωσκομένων, καὶ ὕπατοι καὶ ὕπαρχοι καὶ βουλὴ. καὶ δῆμος ὀρθοὶ πάντες ἑστήκασι, μεθ᾽ ἡσυχίας ἀκούοντες τῶν λεγομένων' κἂν μεταξὺ τῆς ἡσυχίας τῆς βαθυτάτης ἐκείνης ἀθρόον ἄν τις πηδήσας καταβοήσῃ, ἅτε εἰς τὸν βασιλέα ὑβρικὼς, τὴν ἐσχάτην δίδωσι δίκην᾽ ἐνταῦθα δὲ τῶν ἐκ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ γραμμάτων αναγινωσκομένων, πολὺς πανταχόθεν θόρυβος γίνεται. Καίτοι καὶ ὁ πέμψας τὰ γράμματα πολὺ τοῦ βασιλέως τούτου μείζων ἐστὶ, καὶ τὸ θέατρον σεμνότερον᾽ οὐ γὰρ ἀνθρώπων μόνον, ἀλλὰ καὶ ἀγγέλων ἐστί ἱκαὶ τὰ ἐπινίκια ταῦτα, ἃ τὰ Ὑράμματα εὐαγγελίζεται, πολλῷ τῶν ἐν τῇ γῇ φρικωδέστερα. Διόπερ οὐκ ἄνθρωποι μόνον, ἀλλὰ καὶ ἄγγελοι. καὶ ,ἀρχάγγελοι, καὶ οἱ τῶν οὐρανῶν δῆμοι, καὶ οἱ ἐν τῇ Ὑῇ πάντες εὐφημεῖν κελευόμεθα. Εὐλογεῖτε, γάρ, φησὶ, τὸν κύριον, πάντα τὰ ἔργα αὐτοῦ. Καὶ γὰρ οὐ μικρὰ τὰ κατορθούμενα, αλλὰ πάντα ὑπερβαίνει λόγον καὶ νοῦν καὶ διάνοιαν ἀνθρωπίνην. Καὶ ταῦτα καθ᾽ ἑκάστην ἡμέραν ἀνακηρύττουσιν οἱ προφῆται, διαφόρως ἕκαστος τὸ λαμπρὸν τοῦτο τρόπαιον ἀνωγορεύων. Ὁ μὲν γάρ, ὅ' ἀνέβης εἰς ὕψος, φησὶ, ἤχμαλώτευσας αἰχμαλωσίαν, καὶ ἔλαβες δόματα εν ἀνθρώποις καὶ, κύριος κραταιὸς καὶ δυνατὸς ἐν πολέμῳ. δέ Φη ησι, ὅ τῶν ἰσχυρὼν μεριεῖται τὰ σκῦλα. Καὶ γὰρ, διὰ τοῦτο ἦλθεν, ὥστε κηρῦξαι αἰχμαλώτοις ἄφεσιν, καὶ τυφλοῖς ἀνάβλεψιν. Καὶ κατὰ τοῦ θανάτου τὴν ἐπινίκιον ᾿ἀλαλάζων φωνὴν ἔλεγε. εἰ ποῦ σου; θάνατε, τὸ νίκος: ποῦ σου, ἄδη, τὸ κέντρον: ἽἝτερος δὲ παὺ πάλιν τὴν βαθυτάτην εἰρήνην εὐαγγελιζόμενος ἔλεγε συντρίψουσι τὰς μαχαίρας αὐτῶν εἰς ἄροτρα, καὶ τὰς ζβύνας αὐτῶν εἰς δρέπανα. Καὶ ὁ μὲν τὴν Ἱερουσαλὴμ καλεῖ λέγων ἦ χαῖρε σφόδρα, θύγατερ Σιὼν, ὅτι ἰδοὺ ὁ βασιλεύς σον ἔρχεταί σοι πρᾶος, ἐπιβεβηκὼς ἐπὶ ὑποζύγιον καὶ πῶλον νέον. δὲ καὶ τὴν δευτέραν αὐτοῦ ᾿ἀνακηρύττει παρουσίαν, οὕτω λέγων Ἢ ει κύριος, ὃν ὑμεῖς ζητεῖτε, καὶ τίς ὑπομενεῖ ἡμέραν εἰσόδου αὐτοῦ: Σκιρτήσατε ὡς μοσχάρια ἐκ δεσμῶν ἀνειμένα. Καὶ ἕτερος πάλιν τοιαῦτα ἐκπληττόμενος ἔλεγεν᾽ ἐς οὗτος ο θεὸς ἡμῶν οὐ λογισθήσεται ἕτερος πρὸς αὐτόν. ᾿Αλλ ὅμως καὶ τούτων καὶ πολλῴ πλειόνων λεγομένων, δέον φρίττειν καὶ μηδὲ ἐπὶ γῆς νομίζειν εἶναι; ἀλλ᾽ ὡς ἐν ἀγορᾷ μέση θορυβοῦμεν, ταράττομεν, τὰ μηδὲν πρὸς ἡμᾶς ὄντα διαλεγόμενοι ἅπαντα ἀναλίσκομεν τῆς συνάξεως τὸν καιρόν. Ὅταν οὖν καὶ ἐν μικροῖς, καὶ ἐν μεγάλοις, καὶ ἐν ἀκροάσει καὶ ἐν πράξει, καὶ ἔξω καὶ ἔνδον ἢ ἐν ἐκκλησίᾳ οὕτως ὦμεν ῥᾷθυμοι, καὶ μετὰ τούτων ἁπάντων καὶ κατ᾽ ἐχθρῶν εὐχώμεθα, πόθεν ἕξομεν σωτηρίας ἐλπίδα, τοῖς τοσούτοις ἁμαρτήμασι προσθήκην ἐτέραν χαλεπὴν καὶ τούτων ἀντίῤῥοπον, τὴν παράνομον ταύτὴν προστιθέντες εὐχήν; τι οὖν θαυμάζειν δίκαιον, ἀν συμβῆ τι τῶν ἀδοκήτων ἡμῖν καὶ λυπηρῶν, δέον ὅταν μὴ συμβῇ θαυμάζειν: ᾿Εκεῖνο μὲν γὰρ τῆς τῶν πραγμάτων ἀκολουθίαν τοῦτο δὲ ὑπὲρ λόγον πάντα καὶ προσδοκίαν. Καὶ γὰρ ὑπὲρ λόγον, ἐχθροὺς τοῦ θεοῦ γενομένους καὶ παροργίζοντας αὐτὸν, ἀπολαύειν ἡλίου καὶ ὑετῶν καὶ τῶν ἄλλων ἁπάντων, ἀνθρώπους θηρίων ὠμότητα νικῶντας, καὶ Ὦ κατ᾽ ἀλλήλων ἱσταμένους, καὶ τοις τῶν πλησίον δήγμασι τὴν γλῶτταν αἱμάττοντας, μετὰ τὴν τράπεζαν τὴν πνευματικὴν, καὶ τὰς τοσαύτας εὐεργεσίας, καὶ τὰ μυρία παραγγέλματα. Ταῦτ᾽ οὖν ἐννοοῦντες, ἐμέσωμεν τὸν ἰὸν, καταλύσωμεν͵ τὰς ἔχθρας». καὶ τὰς ἡμῖν πρεπούσας εὐχὰς ποιώμεθα᾽ ἀντὶ δαιμόνων θηριωδίας ἀγγέλων λάβωμεν ἡμερότητα' καὶ ὅσα ἂν ὦμεν ἠδικημένοι, τὰ ἡμέτερα αὐτῶν ἐννοήσαντες, καὶ τὸν ὑπὲρ ταύτης τῆς ἐντολῆς κείμενον ἡμῖν μισθὸν, μαλάξωμεν τὴν ὀργὴν, καταστείλωμεν τὰ κύματα, ἵνα καὶ τὸν παρόντα βίον ἀταράχως διέλθωμεν, καὶ ἀπεὰλθόντες ἐκεῖ τοιούτου τύχωμεν τοῦ δεσπύτου, οἷοι περὶ τοὺς συνδούλους Ὑεγόναμεν. Εἰ δὲ βαρὺ τοῦτο καὶ φοβερὸν, ποιήσωμεν αὐτὸ κοῦφον καὶ ποθεινὸν, καὶ τὰς τῆς παῤβησίας τῆς πρὸς αὐτὸν λαμπρὰς ἀνοίξωμεν θύρας καὶ ὅπερ οὐκ ἰσχύσαμεν ἀνύσαι διὰ τοῦ τῶν ἁμαρτημάτων ἀπέχεσθαι, τοῦτο ἀνύσωμεν διὰ τοὺ γεγενῆσθαι τοῖς ἡμαρτηκόσιν εἰς ἡμᾶς ἥμεροι (οὐδὲ γὰρ βαρὺ τοῦτο, οὐδὲ ἐπαχθές) καὶ τοὺς ἐχθροὺς εὐεργετοῦντες τοὺς ἡμετέρους, πολὺν ἑαυτοῖς προαποθώμεθα ἔλεον. Οὕτω γὰρ καὶ κατὰ τὸν παρόντα βίον ἅπαντες ἡμᾶς ἀγαπήσουσι, καὶ πρὸ τῶν ἄλλων ἀπαντῶν ὁ θεὸς καὶ φιλήσει, καὶ ,στεφανώσει, καὶ τῶν μελλόντων ἡμᾶς ἀγαθῶν ἀξιώσει πάντων' ὧν γένοιτο πάντας ἡμᾶς ἐπιτυχεῖν, χάριτι καὶ φιλανθρωπίᾳ τοῦ κυρίου ἡμῶν Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ, ᾧ ἡ δόξα καὶ τὸ κράτος εἰς τοὺς αἰῶνας τῶν αἰώνων. Αλῆν.

ara heautous goun epignōnai dynēsometha: ᾿All homōs tēs tōn tosoutōn kai tēlikoutōn amartēmatōn apallagēs edōken hēmin syntomon kai rhądian hodon kai pantos apēllagmenēn ponou ho theos. Poios gar ponos apheinai tǭ lelypēkoti: Ponos men oun to mē apheinai, alla katechein tēn echthran hōs to ge apallagēnai tou thymou, kai anesin pollēn empoiei, kai sphodra eukolon tǭ boulomenǭ. Oude «gar pelagos diabēnai dei, oude hodon apodēmēsai makran, oude ho orōōn hyperbēnai koryphas, oude chrēmata dapanēsai? oude katateinai to sōma, all᾽ arkei Ythelēsai monon, kai panta lelytai ta hamartēmata. An de mē monon autos mē aphēs, alla kai tǭ theǭ kat᾽ autou entynchanēs, tina loipon exeis sōtērias elpida, ho tan hēnika exileousai auton kai deē, hē kai tote auton paroxynēs, ha hiketou men schēma perikeimenos, thēriou de phōnas aphieis, kai kath᾽ heautou ta belē tou ponērou exakontizōn ekeina? Dia touto kai ho Paulos euchēs memnēmenos, ouden houtōs exezētēsen ōs tēs entolēs tautēs tēn phylakēn᾽ euon epairontas gar hosious cheiras, ē phēsi, chōris orgēs kai dialogismou. ei gar hote eleous chreian echeis, ouoe tote ᾿aphiēs tēn orgēn, alla kai sphodra autēs memnēsai, kai tauta eidōs hoti kata seautou to xiphos ōtheis, pote dynēsę̄ genesthai philanthrōpos, kai ton ponēron apoblysai tēs hē ponērias tautēs ion: Ei de oudepō tēs atopias tautēs eides to megethos, ep᾽ anthrōpōn auto logizou ginomenon, kai tote opsei tēs hybreōs tēn hyperbolēn. Ei gar anthrōpǭ soi onti prosēlthe tis axiōn eleēthēnai, eita metaxy keimenos: epi tēs gēs eiden echthron, kai apheis se hiketeusai ekeinon etypten, ara ouk an meizona epoiēsō tēn orgēn: Touto logizou kai epi tou theou symbainein. Kai gar kai sy ton theon hiketeuōn, metaxy tēn hiketērian apheis, ton echthron tois rhēmasi typteis, kai tous tou theou nomous hybrizeis, ton nomothetēsanta pasan orgēn aphienai kata tōn lelypēkotōn kalōn, kai axiōn enantia tois heautou prostagmasi poiein. Ouk arkei eis timōrias soi logon, hoti sy parabaineis ton nomon ton tou theou, alla kai auton touto parakaleis poiein? Mē gar epelatheto hōn epetaxe: mē gar anthrōpos estin ho tauta eipōn: Theos estin, ho ta panta eidōs, kai meta akribeias hapasēs tous heautou phylattesthai boulomenos nomous, kai tosouton apechōn tou poiēsai tauta haper axiois, hoti kai se ton tauta legonta kai hyper tou legein monon apostrephetai kai misei: kai dikēn ha apaitei tēn eschatēn. Pōs oun axiois par᾽ autou tychein» hōn autos meta pollēs apechesthai se keleuei spoudēs: ho ᾿Alla gar eisi tines, hoi kai eis tosouton alogias hēkasin, hōs mē monon tōn echthrōn kateuchesthai, alla kai teknois eparasthai tois ekeinōn, kai autōn, eige enēn, apogeusasthai tōn sarkōn' mallon de kai apogeuymenoi- Mē gar moi touto eipēs, hoti tous odontas ouk enepēxas tǭ sōmati tou loelypēkotos poly gar chalepōteron epoiēsas, to Hye eis se hēkon, axiōn anōthen orgēn epenechthēnai kat᾽ autou, kai athanatǭ paradothēnai kolasei, kai meta tēs oikias anatrapēnai hapasēs. Poiōn gar tauta ou chalepōtera dēgmatōn: poiōn belōn ouo pikrotera: Ou tauta se epaideusen ho Christon' ouch houtō to stoma haimattein ekeleuse. Kai gar hēmagmenōn stomatōn apo sarkōn anthrōpinōn chalepōterai hai toiautai glōttai. Pōs oun aspasę̄ ton adelphon: pōs hapsē tēs thysias? pōs apogeusę̄ tou haimatos tou despotikou, tosouton echōn epi tēs dianoias ion? Hotan gar͵ eipēn, katarbaxon auton, kai tēn oikian anatrepson, kai panta apoleson, kai myrious autǭ olethrous kateuchę̄» ouden anthrōpoktonon dienēnochas, mallon de anthrōpophagou thēriou. Pausōmetha toinyn tēs nosou tautēs kai tēs manias, kai tēn philophrosynēn, hēn ekeleusen, epideixōmetha peri tous lelypēkotas, hina genōmetha homoioi tou patros hēmōn tou en tois ouranois. Pausometha de, an tōn oikeiōn anamnēsthōmen hamartēmatōn an meta akribeias hapanta exetasōmen. ta ᾿peplēmmelēmena, ta endon, ta exō, ta en agorą, ta en ekklēsią. Ei gar mēdenos heterou, tēs goun entautha oligōrias tēn eschatēn axioi esmen dikēn hyposchein. Kai gar prophētōn psallontōn, kai apostolōn hymnountōn, kai theou dialegomenou, exō planōmetha, kai biōtikōn pragmatōn epeisagomen thorybon kai oude tosautēn aponemomen tois tou theou nomois tēn hēsychian, hosēn tois tou basileōs grammasin en tois theatrois hoi theatai parechousi tēn sigēn. kei men gar tōn grammatōn toutōn anaginōskomenōn, kai hypatoi kai hyparchoi kai boulē. kai dēmos orthoi pantes hestēkasi, meth᾽ hēsychias akouontes tōn legomenōn' kan metaxy tēs hēsychias tēs bathytatēs ekeinēs athroon an tis pēdēsas kataboēsę̄, hate eis ton basilea hybrikōs, tēn eschatēn didōsi dikēn᾽ entautha de tōn ek tou ouranou grammatōn anaginōskomenōn, polys pantachothen thorybos ginetai. Kaitoi kai ho pempsas ta grammata poly tou basileōs toutou meizōn esti, kai to theatron semnoteron᾽ ou gar anthrōpōn monon, alla kai angelōn esti hikai ta epinikia tauta, ha ta Hyrammata euangelizetai, pollǭ tōn en tę̄ gę̄ phrikōdestera. Dioper ouk anthrōpoi monon, alla kai angeloi. kai ,archangeloi, kai hoi tōn ouranōn dēmoi, kai hoi en tę̄ Hyę̄ pantes euphēmein keleuometha. Eulogeite, gar, phēsi, ton kyrion, panta ta erga autou. Kai gar ou mikra ta katorthoumena, alla panta hyperbainei logon kai noun kai dianoian anthrōpinēn. Kai tauta kath᾽ hekastēn hēmeran anakēryttousin hoi prophētai, diaphorōs hekastos to lampron touto tropaion anōgoreuōn. Ho men gar, ho' anebēs eis hypsos, phēsi, ēchmalōteusas aichmalōsian, kai elabes domata en anthrōpois kai, kyrios krataios kai dynatos en polemǭ. de Phē ēsi, ho tōn ischyrōn merieitai ta skyla. Kai gar, dia touto ēlthen, hōste kēryxai aichmalōtois aphesin, kai typhlois anablepsin. Kai kata tou thanatou tēn epinikion ᾿alalazōn phōnēn elege. ei pou sou? thanate, to nikos: pou sou, adē, to kentron: HiEteros de pau palin tēn bathytatēn eirēnēn euangelizomenos elege syntripsousi tas machairas autōn eis arotra, kai tas zbynas autōn eis drepana. Kai ho men tēn Hierousalēm kalei legōn ē chaire sphodra, thygater Siōn, hoti idou ho basileus son erchetai soi praos, epibebēkōs epi hypozygion kai pōlon neon. de kai tēn deuteran autou ᾿anakēryttei parousian, houtō legōn Ē ei kyrios, hon hymeis zēteite, kai tis hypomenei hēmeran eisodou autou: Skirtēsate hōs moscharia ek desmōn aneimena. Kai heteros palin toiauta ekplēttomenos elegen᾽ es houtos o theos hēmōn ou logisthēsetai heteros pros auton. ᾿All homōs kai toutōn kai pollǭ pleionōn legomenōn, deon phrittein kai mēde epi gēs nomizein einai? all᾽ hōs en agorą mesē thoryboumen, tarattomen, ta mēden pros hēmas onta dialegomenoi hapanta analiskomen tēs synaxeōs ton kairon. Hotan oun kai en mikrois, kai en megalois, kai en akroasei kai en praxei, kai exō kai endon ē en ekklēsią houtōs ōmen rhąthymoi, kai meta toutōn hapantōn kai kat᾽ echthrōn euchōmetha, pothen hexomen sōtērias elpida, tois tosoutois hamartēmasi prosthēkēn eteran chalepēn kai toutōn antirrhopon, tēn paranomon tautēn prostithentes euchēn? ti oun thaumazein dikaion, an symbē ti tōn adokētōn hēmin kai lypērōn, deon hotan mē symbę̄ thaumazein: ᾿Ekeino men gar tēs tōn pragmatōn akolouthian touto de hyper logon panta kai prosdokian. Kai gar hyper logon, echthrous tou theou genomenous kai parorgizontas auton, apolauein hēliou kai hyetōn kai tōn allōn hapantōn, anthrōpous thēriōn ōmotēta nikōntas, kai Ō kat᾽ allēlōn histamenous, kai tois tōn plēsion dēgmasi tēn glōttan haimattontas, meta tēn trapezan tēn pneumatikēn, kai tas tosautas euergesias, kai ta myria parangelmata. Taut᾽ oun ennoountes, emesōmen ton ion, katalysōmen͵ tas echthras». kai tas hēmin prepousas euchas poiōmetha᾽ anti daimonōn thēriōdias angelōn labōmen hēmerotēta' kai hosa an ōmen ēdikēmenoi, ta hēmetera autōn ennoēsantes, kai ton hyper tautēs tēs entolēs keimenon hēmin misthon, malaxōmen tēn orgēn, katasteilōmen ta kymata, hina kai ton paronta bion atarachōs dielthōmen, kai apealthontes ekei toioutou tychōmen tou despytou, hoioi peri tous syndoulous Hyegonamen. Ei de bary touto kai phoberon, poiēsōmen auto kouphon kai potheinon, kai tas tēs parbēsias tēs pros auton lampras anoixōmen thyras kai hoper ouk ischysamen anysai dia tou tōn hamartēmatōn apechesthai, touto anysōmen dia tou gegenēsthai tois hēmartēkosin eis hēmas hēmeroi (oude gar bary touto, oude epachthes) kai tous echthrous euergetountes tous hēmeterous, polyn heautois proapothōmetha eleon. Houtō gar kai kata ton paronta bion hapantes hēmas agapēsousi, kai pro tōn allōn apantōn ho theos kai philēsei, kai ,stephanōsei, kai tōn mellontōn hēmas agathōn axiōsei pantōn' hōn genoito pantas hēmas epitychein, chariti kai philanthrōpią tou kyriou hēmōn Iēsou Christou, hǭ hē doxa kai to kratos eis tous aiōnas tōn aiōnōn. Alēn.

shall we be able to recognize ourselves at all? But nevertheless God has given us a short and easy road, free of all toil, for release from so many and such great sins. For what toil is it to forgive the one who has pained us? Rather, the toil is not to forgive, but to hold on to the enmity; since being freed from rage both produces great relief and is very easy for the one who is willing. For we need not cross a sea, nor travel a long road, nor climb over mountain peaks, nor spend money, nor strain the body; it is enough only to will, and all sins are loosed. But if you not only do not forgive yourself but even plead with God against him, what hope of salvation will you have left, when, at the very moment when you ought to propitiate him, you provoke him even then, wearing the bearing of a suppliant but uttering the cries of a wild beast, and hurling those darts of the evil one against yourself? That is why Paul too, when mentioning prayer, sought nothing so much as the keeping of this commandment: “lifting up holy hands,” he says, “without anger and disputing.” For if when you need mercy you do not let go your anger even then, but remember it vividly, and that knowing that you are driving the sword against yourself, when will you be able to become humane, and to spit out the poison of this wickedness of the evil one?

And if you have not yet seen the greatness of this absurdity, reckon it as happening among men, and then you will see the excess of the insult. For if someone came to you, a man, asking to be shown mercy, and then, in the middle of it, lying on the ground, saw an enemy and, leaving off entreating you, began to beat him, would you not make your anger greater? Reckon that this happens in the case of God too. For you too, while entreating God, leave off the supplication in the middle and beat your enemy with words, and insult the laws of God, calling on the one who legislated letting go all anger against those who have pained us, and asking him to do the opposite of his own commands. Is it not enough for your punishment that you transgress God’s law, but you even beg him to do this? Has he forgotten what he commanded? Is it a man who said these things? It is God, who knows all things and wants his own laws kept with all precision, and who is so far from doing what you ask that he turns away from you and hates you, who say these things, for the mere saying of them, and exacts the utmost penalty. How then do you ask to obtain from him the very things he bids you with great zeal to abstain from?

But there are some who have come to such a pitch of unreason that they not only pray against their enemies, but even curse their children, and would taste their very flesh if it were possible; or rather, they do taste it. For do not tell me that you did not fix your teeth in the body of the one who pained you; you have done something much worse, as far as it lay with you, asking that wrath be brought down from above upon him, that he be handed over to deathless punishment and overturned with his whole house. Than what bites are these not more grievous? Than what arrows not more bitter? This is not what Christ taught you; he did not bid you bloody your mouth so. For such tongues are more grievous than mouths bloodied with human flesh. How then will you kiss your brother? How will you touch the sacrifice? How will you taste the Master’s blood, with so much poison in your mind? For when you say, “Dash him down, overturn his house, destroy everything,” and pray countless ruins upon him, you are no different from a murderer, or rather from a man-eating wild beast. Let us cease, then, from this disease and madness, and let us show the kindness he commanded toward those who have pained us, so that we may become like our Father who is in heaven. And we shall cease if we remember our own sins, if we examine all our offenses precisely, those at home, those outside, those in the marketplace, those in church.

For if for nothing else, at least for our negligence here we deserve to undergo the utmost penalty. For while prophets are singing, and apostles hymning, and God speaking, we wander outside and bring in the tumult of worldly affairs; and we do not give the laws of God as much quiet as the spectators in the theaters give silence to the letters of the emperor. For there, when these letters are read, consuls and prefects and senate and people all stand upright, listening quietly to what is said; and if in the middle of that deepest silence someone suddenly leaps up and shouts, he pays the utmost penalty as one who has insulted the emperor; but here, when the letters from heaven are read, there is great tumult on every side. And yet the one who sent the letters is much greater than this emperor, and the theater more august; for it is not of men only but of angels too, and the victories which the letters announce are much more awesome than those on earth. That is why not men only, but angels and archangels and the companies of the heavens and all on earth are bidden to give praise: “Bless the Lord,” it says, “all his works.” For the achievements are not small, but surpass all human speech and mind and thought. And these the prophets proclaim every day, each in a different way announcing this splendid trophy. For one says, “You ascended on high, you led captivity captive, and received gifts among men,” and, “The Lord strong and mighty in battle.” Another says, “He shall divide the spoils of the strong.” For he came for this, to proclaim release to captives and recovery of sight to the blind. And raising the shout of victory over death, he said, “Where, O death, is your victory? Where, O Hades, is your sting?” Another again, announcing the deepest peace, said, “They shall beat their swords into plowshares and their spears into pruning hooks.” And one calls Jerusalem, saying, “Rejoice greatly, daughter of Zion, for behold, your King comes to you, meek, mounted on a beast of burden and a young colt.” Another proclaims his second coming too, saying, “The Lord whom you seek will come, and who will endure the day of his coming? Leap like calves let loose from bonds.” And another again, amazed at such things, said, “This is our God; no other shall be reckoned beside him.” But nevertheless, while these and many more things are being said, when we ought to shudder and not even think ourselves to be on earth, we make a din as in the middle of the marketplace, we cause disturbance, and talking of things that do not concern us at all, we spend the whole time of the assembly.

When, then, in small things and great, in hearing and in doing, outside and inside and in church, we are so indolent, and besides all these pray against our enemies too, from where shall we have hope of salvation, adding to so many sins another grievous one, equal to them all, this lawless prayer? Why, then, is it right to wonder if something unexpected and painful happens to us, when we ought to wonder when it does not happen? For that belongs to the natural sequence of things, but this is beyond all reason and expectation. For it is beyond reason that men who have become God’s enemies and provoke him enjoy sun and rain and all other things, men who surpass the cruelty of wild beasts, who rise up against one another and bloody their tongues by biting their neighbors, after the spiritual table and so many benefits and countless commands. Considering these things, then, let us vomit out the poison, dissolve our enmities, and make the prayers that befit us; instead of the beastliness of demons, let us take the gentleness of angels; and however much we have been wronged, considering our own sins and the reward laid up for us for this commandment, let us soften our anger, let us calm the waves, so that we may both pass through the present life untroubled, and, departing there, find the Master such as we have been toward our fellow servants. And if this is heavy and fearful, let us make it light and desirable, and let us open the splendid doors of boldness toward him; and what we could not accomplish by abstaining from sins, let us accomplish by having been gentle toward those who have sinned against us (for this is neither heavy nor burdensome); and by doing good to our enemies, let us store up for ourselves beforehand much mercy. For so in the present life too all will love us, and before all others God will love us and crown us and deem us worthy of all the good things to come; which may we all obtain, by the grace and love for mankind of our Lord Jesus Christ, to whom be the glory and the might to the ages of ages. Amen.

Chapter 20

20.1Field 1

Ὅταν δὲ νηστεύυήτε, μὴ γίνεσθε ὥσπερ οἱ νυποκριταὶ, ἣ σκυθρωποί. ᾿Αφανίζουσι γὰρ τὰ πρόσωπα αὐτῶν, ὅπως φανώσι τοῖς ἀνθρώποις νηστεύοντες. ΚΑΛῸΝ ἐνταῦθα στενάξαι μέγα καὶ ἀνοιμῶξαι πικρόν. Οὐ γὰρ μόνον τοὺς ὑποκριτὰς μιμούμεθα, ἀλλὰ καὶ ἐκείνους παρεληλύθαμεν. Οἷδα γὰρ, οἷδα πολλοὺς, οὐχὶ νηστεύοντας καὶ ἐπιδεικνυμένους μόνον, αλλὰ καὶ μὴ νηστεύοντας καὶ τὰς τῶν νηστευόντων προσωπεῖα περικειμένους, καὶ ἀπολογίαν χείρονα τῆς ἁμαρτίας προβαλλομένους. Ἵνα γὰρ μὴ σκανδαλίσω, φησὶ, τοὺς πολλοὺς, τοῦτο ποιώ. Τί λέγεις; Νόμος ἐστὶ θεῖος ὁ ταῦτα κελεύων, καὶ σκανδάλον μέμνησαι; καὶ φυλάττων μὲν αὐτὸν, σκανδαλίζειν νομίζεις, παραβαίνων δὲ, ἀπαλλάττειν σκανδάλου; καὶ τί ταύτης τῆς ἀλογίας χεῖρον γένοιτ᾽ ᾶν: Οὐ παύσῃ καὶ τῶν ὑποκριτῶν χείρων γινόμενος, καὶ διπλῆν τὴν ὑπόκρισιν ἐργαζόμενος: καὶ πολλὴν τῆς κακίας ταύτης τὴν ὑπερβολὴν ἐννοῶν, οὐκ αἰσχυνθήση τῆς λέξεως ταύτης τὴν ἔμφασιν: Οὐδὲ γὰρ εἶπεν, ὅτι ὑποκρίνονται ἄθλων; ἀλλὰ καὶ καθάψασθαι μειζόνως βουλόμενος ἢ ἀφανίζουσι γὰρ τὰ πρόσωπα αὐτῶν, τουτέστι, αφθείρουσιν, ἀπολλύουσιν. Εἰ δὲ τοῦτο ἀφανισμὸς προσώπου, τὸ πρὸς κενοδοξίαν ὦ ὠχρὸν φαίνεσθαι, τί ἂν εἴποιμεν περὶ τών ἐπιτρίμμασι καὶ ὑπογραφαῖς διαφθειρουσῶν τὰ πρόσωπα γυναικών, ἐπὶ λύμη τῶν ἀκολάστων νέων; ᾿Εκεῖνοι μὲν γὰρ ἑαντοὺς βλάπτουσι μόνον αὗται δὲ καὶ ἑαντὰς καὶ τοὺς ὁρῶντας. Διὸ χρὴ καὶ ταύτην κἀκείνην φεύγειν τὴν λύμην ἐκ πολλοῦ τοῦ περιόντος. Οὐδὲ γὰρ μόνον μὴ ἐπιδείκνυσθαι, ἀλλὰ καὶ σπουδάζειν λανθάνειν ἐκέλευσεν ὅπερ καὶ ἔμπροσθεν ἐποίησε. Καὶ ἐπὶ μὲν τῆς ἐλεημοσύνης οὐχ ἁπλῶς αὐτὸ τέθεικεν, αλλ᾽ εἰπὼν, προσέχετε μὴ ποιεῖν ἔμπροσθεν τῶν ἀνθρώπων, προσέθηκε, πρὸς τὸ θεαθῆναι αὐτοῖς επὶ δὲ τῆς νηστείας καὶ τῆς ᾿εὐχῆς οὐδὲν τοιοῦτον διώρισε. ἐν δήποτε: Ὅτι ἐλεημοσύνην μὲν ἀδύνατον πάντη εὐχὴν δὲ καὶ νηστείαν, δυνατόν. Ὥσπερ οὖν εἰπὼν, μὴ γνώτω ἡ ἀριστερά σου τί ποιεῖ ἡ δεξιά σου, οὐ περὶ χειρῶν ἔλεγεν, αλλὰ περὶ τοὺ δεῖν μετὰ ἀκριβείας ἅπαντας λανθάνειν καὶ κελεύσας εἰς τὸ ταμιεῖον εἰσιέναι, οὐ πάντως, οὐδὲ ͵προηγουμένως ἐκεῖ μόνον ἐπέταξεν εὔχεσθαι; αλλὰ τὸ αὐτὸ πάλιν ῃνίξατο᾽ οὕτω καὶ ἐνταῦθα ἀλείφεσθαι κελεύσας, οὐχ ἵνα ἢ, ἀλειφώμεθα πάντως ἐνομοθετησεν᾽ ἐπεὶ πᾶαντες ευρεθησόμεθα τὸν νόμον παραβαίνοντες τοῦτον, καὶ πρό γε πάντων οἱ μαλιστα αὐτὸν φυλάττειν ἐσπουδακότες, οἱ τῶν μοναχῶν δήμοι, οἱ τὰ ὄρη κατειληφότες. Οὐ τοίνυν τοῦτο ἐπέταξεν' ἀλλ᾽ ἐπειδὴ τοῖς παλαιοῖς ἔθος ἀλείφεσθαι συνεχῶς ἣν εὐφραινομένοις καὶ χαίρουσι, καὶ τοῦτο ἀπὸ τοὺ Δαυΐδ καὶ ἀπὸ τοῦ Δανιὴλ ἂν τις κατίδοι σαφώς, εἶπεν ἀλείφεσθαι, οὐχ ἵνα πάντως τοῦτο ποιώμεν, ἀλλ᾽ ἵνα διὰ πάντων σπουδάζωμεν μετὰ ἀκριβείας πολλῆς κρύπτειν τὸ κτήμα τοῦτο. Καὶ ἵνα μάθης ὅτι τοῦτό ἐστιν, αὐτὸς τοῦτο, ὅπερ διὰ τῶν λόγων ἐπέταξε, διὰ τῶν ἔργων ἐπιδειξάμενος, καὶ νηστεύσας τεσσαράκοντα ἡμέρας, καὶ μετὰ τοῦ λαθεῖν νηστεύσας, οὔτε ἠλείψατο, οὔτε ἐνέψατο᾽ ἀλλ᾽ ὅμως καὶ ταῦτα μὴ ποιήσας, μάλιστα πάντων χωρὶς κενοδοξίας τὸ πᾶν ἤνυσεν. Ὃ δὴ καὶ ἡμῖν ἐπιτάττει, καὶ τοὺς ὑποκριτὰς εἰς μέσον ἀαγαγων, καὶ διπλῇ παραγγελίᾳ τοὺς ἀκούοντας ἀποτρέψας. Καὶ ἕτερόν τι διὰ τῆς προσηγορίας ταύτης ἤνίξατο, τῆς τῶν ὑποκριτῶν λέγω. Οὐ γὰρ μόνον τῷ τὸ πρᾶγμα εἶναι καταγέλαστον, οὐδὲ τῷ ζημίαν ἔχειν ἐσχάτην, ἀλλὰ καὶ τῷ πρόσκαιρον δεῖξαι τὴν τοιαύτην ἀπάτην, ἀπάγει τῆς πονηρᾶς ἐπιθυμίας. Ὁ γὰρ ὑποκριτὴς μέχρι τότε φαίνεται᾽ λαμπρὸς, ἕως ἂν τὸ θέατρον κάθηται μᾶλλον δὲ οὐδὲ τότε παρὰ πᾶσιν. Ἴσασι γὰρ οἱ πλείους τῶν θεωμένων, τίς ὧν τίνα ὑποκρίνεται. Πλὴν αλλὰ τοῦ θεάτρον λυθέντος, σαφέστερυν ἅπασιν ἐκκαλύπτεται. Τοῦτο τοίνυν καὶ τοὺς κενοδόξους ὑπομένειν ἀνάγκη πᾶσα. Καὶ ἐνταῦθα μὲν γὰρ τοῖς πλείοσίν εἰσι κατάδηλοι, ὅτι οὐκ εἰσὶ τοῦτο ὅπερ φαίνονται, Ὁ ἀλλα προσωπεῖον περίκεινται ἀνα: πολλῷ δὲ πλέον μετὰ ταῦτα ἁλώσονται, ὅτε πάντα ἧ γυμνὰ καὶ ,Τετραχηλισμένα φαίνεται. Καὶ ἑτέρωθεν δὲ πάλιν αὐτοὺς ἀπάγει τῶν ὑποκριτῶν, τῷ δεῖξαι κοῦφον τὸ ἐπίταγμα Οὐ γὰρ τὴν νηστείαν ἐπιτείνει, οὐδὲ μείζονα ἐπιδείξασθαι κελεύει, αλλὰ μὴ τὸν εξ αὐτῆς ἀπολέσαι στέφανον. Ὥστε ὃ μὲν δοκεῖ φορτικὸν εἶναι, κοινὸν ἡμῖν καὶ τοῖς ὑποκριταῖς νηστεύουσι γὰρ κακεῖνοι᾽ ὃ δέ ἐστι κουφότατον, τὸ καμόντας μὴ ἀπολέσαι τὸν μισθὸν, τοῦτό ἐστιν ὃ κελεύω, φησί τοῖς μὲν πόνοις οὐδὲν προστιθεὶς, τοὺς δὲ μισθοὺς ἡμῖν συνάγων μετὰ ἀσφαλείας ἁπάσης, καὶ οὐκ ἀφιεὶς ἀστεφανώτους ἀπελθεῖν, καθάπερ ἐκείνους. Καὶ οὐδὲ τοὺς ἐν τοῖς Ολυμπιακοῖς ἀγῶσι παλαίοντας μιμεῖσθαι ἐθέλουσιν, οἷ, τοσούτου καθημένου δήμον καὶ ἀρχόντων τοσούτων, ἐνὶ βούλονται ἀρέσαι τῷ βραβεύοντι τὴν νίκην αὐτοῖς, καίτοι πολλῷ ὄντι καταδε( εστέρῳ᾽ σὺ δὲ διπλῆν ἔχων τὴν ἀφορμὴν τοῦ τὴν νίκην ἐπιδείκνυσθαι ἐκείνῳ, τῷ καὶ αὐτὸν εἶναι τὸν βραβεύοντα, καὶ τῷ πάντων ἀσυγκρίτως ὑπερέχειν τῶν ἐν τῷ θεάτρῳ καθημένων, ἑτέροις ἐπιδείκνυσαι τοῖς οὐ μόνον οὐδὲν ὠφελοῦσιν, ἀλλὰ καὶ τὰ μέγιστά σε παραβλάπτουσι.

Hotan de nēsteuyēte, mē ginesthe hōsper hoi nypokritai, hē skythrōpoi. ᾿Aphanizousi gar ta prosōpa autōn, hopōs phanōsi tois anthrōpois nēsteuontes. KALON entautha stenaxai mega kai anoimōxai pikron. Ou gar monon tous hypokritas mimoumetha, alla kai ekeinous parelēlythamen. Hoida gar, hoida pollous, ouchi nēsteuontas kai epideiknymenous monon, alla kai mē nēsteuontas kai tas tōn nēsteuontōn prosōpeia perikeimenous, kai apologian cheirona tēs hamartias proballomenous. Hina gar mē skandalisō, phēsi, tous pollous, touto poiō. Ti legeis? Nomos esti theios ho tauta keleuōn, kai skandalon memnēsai? kai phylattōn men auton, skandalizein nomizeis, parabainōn de, apallattein skandalou? kai ti tautēs tēs alogias cheiron genoit᾽ an: Ou pausę̄ kai tōn hypokritōn cheirōn ginomenos, kai diplēn tēn hypokrisin ergazomenos: kai pollēn tēs kakias tautēs tēn hyperbolēn ennoōn, ouk aischynthēsē tēs lexeōs tautēs tēn emphasin: Oude gar eipen, hoti hypokrinontai athlōn? alla kai kathapsasthai meizonōs boulomenos ē aphanizousi gar ta prosōpa autōn, toutesti, aphtheirousin, apollyousin. Ei de touto aphanismos prosōpou, to pros kenodoxian ō ōchron phainesthai, ti an eipoimen peri tōn epitrimmasi kai hypographais diaphtheirousōn ta prosōpa gynaikōn, epi lymē tōn akolastōn neōn? ᾿Ekeinoi men gar heantous blaptousi monon hautai de kai heantas kai tous horōntas. Dio chrē kai tautēn kakeinēn pheugein tēn lymēn ek pollou tou periontos. Oude gar monon mē epideiknysthai, alla kai spoudazein lanthanein ekeleusen hoper kai emprosthen epoiēse. Kai epi men tēs eleēmosynēs ouch haplōs auto tetheiken, all᾽ eipōn, prosechete mē poiein emprosthen tōn anthrōpōn, prosethēke, pros to theathēnai autois epi de tēs nēsteias kai tēs ᾿euchēs ouden toiouton diōrise. en dēpote: Hoti eleēmosynēn men adynaton pantē euchēn de kai nēsteian, dynaton. Hōsper oun eipōn, mē gnōtō hē aristera sou ti poiei hē dexia sou, ou peri cheirōn elegen, alla peri tou dein meta akribeias hapantas lanthanein kai keleusas eis to tamieion eisienai, ou pantōs, oude ͵proēgoumenōs ekei monon epetaxen euchesthai? alla to auto palin ę̄nixato᾽ houtō kai entautha aleiphesthai keleusas, ouch hina ē, aleiphōmetha pantōs enomothetēsen᾽ epei paantes eurethēsometha ton nomon parabainontes touton, kai pro ge pantōn hoi malista auton phylattein espoudakotes, hoi tōn monachōn dēmoi, hoi ta orē kateilēphotes. Ou toinyn touto epetaxen' all᾽ epeidē tois palaiois ethos aleiphesthai synechōs hēn euphrainomenois kai chairousi, kai touto apo tou Dauïd kai apo tou Daniēl an tis katidoi saphōs, eipen aleiphesthai, ouch hina pantōs touto poiōmen, all᾽ hina dia pantōn spoudazōmen meta akribeias pollēs kryptein to ktēma touto. Kai hina mathēs hoti touto estin, autos touto, hoper dia tōn logōn epetaxe, dia tōn ergōn epideixamenos, kai nēsteusas tessarakonta hēmeras, kai meta tou lathein nēsteusas, oute ēleipsato, oute enepsato᾽ all᾽ homōs kai tauta mē poiēsas, malista pantōn chōris kenodoxias to pan ēnysen. Ho dē kai hēmin epitattei, kai tous hypokritas eis meson aagagōn, kai diplę̄ parangelią tous akouontas apotrepsas. Kai heteron ti dia tēs prosēgorias tautēs ēnixato, tēs tōn hypokritōn legō. Ou gar monon tǭ to pragma einai katagelaston, oude tǭ zēmian echein eschatēn, alla kai tǭ proskairon deixai tēn toiautēn apatēn, apagei tēs ponēras epithymias. Ho gar hypokritēs mechri tote phainetai᾽ lampros, heōs an to theatron kathētai mallon de oude tote para pasin. Isasi gar hoi pleious tōn theōmenōn, tis hōn tina hypokrinetai. Plēn alla tou theatron lythentos, saphesteryn hapasin ekkalyptetai. Touto toinyn kai tous kenodoxous hypomenein anankē pasa. Kai entautha men gar tois pleiosin eisi katadēloi, hoti ouk eisi touto hoper phainontai, Ho alla prosōpeion perikeintai ana: pollǭ de pleon meta tauta halōsontai, hote panta hē gymna kai ,Tetrachēlismena phainetai. Kai heterōthen de palin autous apagei tōn hypokritōn, tǭ deixai kouphon to epitagma Ou gar tēn nēsteian epiteinei, oude meizona epideixasthai keleuei, alla mē ton ex autēs apolesai stephanon. Hōste ho men dokei phortikon einai, koinon hēmin kai tois hypokritais nēsteuousi gar kakeinoi᾽ ho de esti kouphotaton, to kamontas mē apolesai ton misthon, touto estin ho keleuō, phēsi tois men ponois ouden prostitheis, tous de misthous hēmin synagōn meta asphaleias hapasēs, kai ouk aphieis astephanōtous apelthein, kathaper ekeinous. Kai oude tous en tois Olympiakois agōsi palaiontas mimeisthai ethelousin, hoi, tosoutou kathēmenou dēmon kai archontōn tosoutōn, eni boulontai aresai tǭ brabeuonti tēn nikēn autois, kaitoi pollǭ onti katade( esterǭ᾽ sy de diplēn echōn tēn aphormēn tou tēn nikēn epideiknysthai ekeinǭ, tǭ kai auton einai ton brabeuonta, kai tǭ pantōn asynkritōs hyperechein tōn en tǭ theatrǭ kathēmenōn, heterois epideiknysai tois ou monon ouden ōphelousin, alla kai ta megista se parablaptousi.

“And when you fast, do not be like the hypocrites, of a sad countenance; for they disfigure their faces, so that they may appear to men to be fasting.” It is well here to groan aloud and wail bitterly. For we not only imitate the hypocrites, but have even surpassed them. For I know, I know many who not only fast and make a display of it, but who do not fast and put on the masks of those who fast, and put forward an excuse worse than the sin. “I do this,” he says, “so as not to scandalize the many.” What are you saying? It is a divine law that commands these things, and you talk of scandal? And do you think that by keeping it you scandalize, and by transgressing it you free others from scandal? What could be worse than this unreason? Will you not stop becoming worse even than the hypocrites and working a double hypocrisy? And considering the great excess of this vice, will you not be ashamed at the force of this expression? For he did not say that they play the hypocrite only, but, wishing to strike at them more strongly, “for they disfigure their faces,” that is, they corrupt them, they destroy them. And if appearing pale for vainglory is disfigurement of the face, what should we say of the women who corrupt their faces with paints and pencilings to the ruin of licentious young men? For those harm only themselves, but these both themselves and those who see them. That is why we must flee both this ruin and that one with great abundance. For he bade us not only not to make a display, but even to be eager to escape notice; which he did earlier too.

And in the case of almsgiving he did not put it simply, but having said, “Take heed not to do it before men,” he added, “to be seen by them”; but in the case of fasting and prayer he made no such qualification. Why ever? Because it is altogether impossible for almsgiving, but possible for prayer and fasting [to be hidden]. As, then, when he said, “Do not let your left hand know what your right hand is doing,” he was not speaking about hands but about the need to escape the notice of all with precision; and when he bade us go into the inner room, he did not command us to pray there only, or primarily, but hinted at the same thing again; so here too, in bidding us anoint ourselves, he did not legislate that we should by all means anoint ourselves; since then we shall all be found transgressing this law, and above all those who have been most eager to keep it, the companies of the monks who have taken possession of the mountains. This, then, is not what he commanded; but since among the ancients it was the custom to anoint themselves continually when they were glad and rejoicing (and one could see this clearly from David and from Daniel), he said to anoint ourselves, not that we should by all means do this, but that we should be eager in every way to hide this possession with great precision. And so that you may learn that this is so, he himself, showing in deeds what he commanded in words, when he fasted forty days, and fasted while escaping notice, neither anointed himself nor washed; but nevertheless, though he did not do these things, he accomplished the whole entirely without vainglory. This, then, he commands us too, both bringing the hypocrites into the middle and turning his hearers away by a double precept.

And he hinted at something else too by this name, I mean that of the hypocrites. For he draws them away from the wicked desire not only because the thing is ridiculous, nor because it carries the utmost loss, but also by showing that such deceit is temporary. For the actor appears splendid only so long as the theater is seated; or rather, not even then to all. For most of the spectators know who he is and whom he is playing. But when the theater is dismissed, he is revealed more clearly to all. This, then, the vainglorious too must by all necessity undergo. For even here they are evident to most, that they are not what they appear but wear a mask; but much more will they be caught afterward, when all things appear naked and laid bare. And from another side too he draws them away from the hypocrites, by showing the command to be light. For he does not intensify the fasting, nor bid them show a greater one, but bids them not lose the crown that comes from it. So what seems burdensome is common to us and the hypocrites, for they too fast; but what is lightest, not losing the reward after toiling, this is what I command, he says; adding nothing to the toils, but gathering the rewards for us in all safety, and not letting us go away uncrowned as they do. And they will not even imitate those who wrestle in the Olympic games, who, though so great a people and so many rulers are seated there, wish to please one man, the one who awards them the victory, although he is much inferior. But you, who have a double reason for displaying your victory to him, both because he is himself the judge of the contest and because he incomparably surpasses all who sit in the theater, display yourself to others who not only do not benefit you at all, but even harm you greatly.

20.2Field 1

Πλὴν οὐδὲ τοῦτο κωλύω, φησίν. Εἰ δὲ καὶ ἀνθρώποις ἐπιδείξασθαι βούλει, ἀνάμεινον, καὶ ἐγώ σοι καὶ τοῦτο μετὰ πλείονος παρέξομαι τῆς περιουσίας, καὶ πολλοῦ τοῦ κέρδους. Νῦν μὲν Ὑαρ σε ἀποῤῥήγνυσι τῆς πρός με δόξης τοῦτο, ὥσπερ οὖν σνγκολλᾷ τὸ τούτων ὑπερορᾶν τότε δὲ πάντων ἀπολαύσῃ μετὰ ἀδείας ἁπάσης, οὐ μικρὸν καὶ πρὸ ἐκείνων καὶ ἐνταῦθα Ρκαρπωσόμενος, τὸ πᾶσαν καταπατῆσαι τὴν ἀνθρωπίνην δόξαν, καὶ τῆς χαλεπῆς τῶν ἀνθρώπων ἐλευθερωθῆναι δουλείας, καὶ γνήσιον γενέσθαι τῆς ἀρετῆς ἐργάτην. Ὥς νῦν γε οὕτω διακείμενος, ὃ ὧν ἐν ἐρημίᾳ γένη, πάσης ἔρημος ἐση τῆς ἀρετῆς» οὐκ ἔχων τοὺς θεωροῦντας. Ὃ καὶ αὐτὴν ὑβρίζοντός ἐστι τὴν ἀρετὴν, εἴγε μὴ δι αὐτὴν, αλλὰ διὰ τὸν σχοινοστρόφον, καὶ τὸν χαλκοτύπον, καὶ τὸν πολὺν τῶν ἀγοραίων δῆμον μέλλοις αὐτὴν μετιέναι, ἵνα καὶ οἱ κακοὶ, καὶ οἱ πόῤῥω ταύτης ὄντες σε θαυμαάσωσι᾽ καὶ τοὺς ἐχθροὺς αὐτῆς καλεῖς ἐπὶ τὴν ἐπίδειξιν αὐτῆς καὶ τὴν θεωρίαν᾽ ὥσπερ ἂν εἴ τις σωφρονεῖν ἕλοιτο, μὴ διὰ τὸ τῆς σωφροσύνης καλὸν, ἀλλ᾽ ἵνα ἐπιδείξηται Ο τοῖς ἡταιρηκόσι. Καὶ σὺ τοίνυν οὐκ ἂν εἵλου τὴν ἀρετὴν, εἰ μὴ διὰ τοὺς ἐχθροὺς τῆς ἀρετῆς δέον αὐτὴν καὶ ἐντεῦθεν θαυμάσαι, ὅτι καὶ τοὺς ἐχθροὺς ἐπαινέτας ἔχει θαυμάσαι δὲ, ὡς χρὴ» μὴ ἑτέρους, ἀλλὰ αὐτήν. ᾿Επεὶ καὶ ἡμεῖς, ὅταν μὴ δι’ ἑαυτοὺς, ἀλλὰ δι ἑτέρους φιλώμεθα, ὕβριν τὸ πρᾶγμα νομίζομεν. Τοῦτο τοίνυν καὶ ἐπὶ τῆς ἀρετῆς λογίζου καὶ ᾿μήτε δε ἑτέρους αὐτὴν δίωκε, μήτε δι ἀνθρώπους ὑπακουε τῷ θεῷ, ἀλλὰ διὰ τὸν θεὸν ἀνθρώποις ὡς ἂν τὸ ἐναντίον ποιῆς, κὰν μετιέναι δοκῇς ἀρετὴν, ὁμοίως τῷ μὴ μετιόντι παρώξυνας. Ὥσπερ γὰρ ἐκεῖνος τῷ μὴ ποιῆσαι παρήκουσεν, οὕτω καὶ σὺ τῷ παρανόμως ποιῆσαι. Μὴ ἐθησαυρίζετε ὑμῖν θησαυροὺς ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς: ᾿Επειδὴ γὰρ τὸ τῆς κενοδοξίας ἐξέβαλε νόσημα, εὐκαίρως λοιπὸν καὶ τὸν περὶ αἀκτημοσύνης εἰσάγει. λόγον. Οὐδὲν γὰρ οὕτω χρημάτων ἐρᾶν παρασκευάζει, ὡς ὁ τῆς δόξης ἔρως. Διά γοῦν τοῦτο καὶ τὰς τῶν ἀνδραπόδων ἀγέλας, καὶ τὸν ἐσμὸν τῶν εὐνούχων, καὶ τοὺς χρυσοφοροῦντας ἵἴπἙ πους, καὶ τὰς ἀργυρᾶς τραπέζας, καὶ τὰ ἄλλα τὰ καταγελαστότερα ἐπινοοῦσιν ἄνθρωποι: οὐχ ἵνα χρείαν πληρώσωσιν, οὐδ᾽ ἵνα ἡδονῆς ἀπολαύσωσιν, αλλ' ἵνα τοῖς πολλοῖς ἐπιδείξωνται. Ανωτέρω μὲν οὖν, ὅτι ἐλεεῖν δεῖ μόνον ἔλεγεν' ἐνταῦθα δὲ καὶ πόσον ἐλεεῖν χρὴ δείκνυσιν, εἰπὼν, μὴ θησαυρίζετε. ᾿Επειδὴ γὰρ οὐκ ἐνῆν εξ ἀρχῆς αθρόον τὸν περὶ τῆς ὑπεροψίας τῶν χρημάτων εἰσαγαγεῖν λόγον διὰ τὴν τυραννίδα τοῦ πάθους, κατὰ μικρὸν αὐτὸν διατεμὼν καὶ ἐλευθερώσας, ἐνίησιν ἐν τῇ τῶν ἀκροατῶν διανοίᾳ, ὧστε εὐπαράδεκτον γενέσθαι. Διὰ δὴ τοῦτο πρῶτον μὲν ἔλεγε, μακαριοι οἱ ἐλεήμονες μετὰ δὲ τοῦτο, ἴσθι εὐνοῶν τῷ ἀντιδίκῳ σου καὶ μετ᾽ ἐκεῖνο πάλιν, ἐν τίς σοι θέλῃ κριθῆναι, καὶ τὸν χιτῶνά σου λαβεῖν, δὸς αὐτῷ καὶ τὸ ἱμάτιον ἐμταῦθα δὲ τὸ πολλῷ μεῖζον πάντων ἐκείνων. ᾿κεῖ μὲν γὰρ εἶπεν, ὅτι ἄν δίκην ἐπικειμένην ἴδῃς, τοῦτο ποίησον τοῦ γὰρ μάχεσθαι ἡ ἔχοντα βέλτιον τὸ μὴ ἔχοντα ἀπηλλάχθαι μαχῆκ: ᾿Ενταῦθα δὲ οὔτε ἀντίδικον, οὔτε τὸν κρινόμενον θεὶς, οὔτε ἄλλου οὐδενὸς τοιούτον μνημονεύσας, αὐτὴν καθ᾽ ἑαυτὴν διδάσκει τὴν τῶν χρημάτων ὑπεροψίαν, δεικνὺς ὅτι οὐ διὰ τοὺς ἐλεουμένους τοσοῦτον, ὅσον διὰ τὸν διδόντα ταῦτα νομοθετεῖ ἵνα κὰν μηδεὶς ἢ ὁ ἀδικῶν καὶ ἕλκων εἰς δικαστήρίον, καὶ οὕτω καταφρονῶμεν τῶν ὄντων, παρέχοντες αὐτὰ τοῖς δεομένοις, Καὶ οὐδὲ ἐνταῦθα τὸ ὅλον τέθεικεν, ἀλλὰ καὶ ἐνταῦθα ἠρέμα, καίτοιγε τοὺς αὐγῶνας τοὺς περὶ τούτων μετὰ πολλῆς ἐν τῇ ἐρήμῳ τῆς ὑπερβολῆς Εὐει Ἀλλ᾽ ὅμως οὐ τίθησι. τοῦτο, οὐδὲ εἰς μέσον ἄγει οὐδέπω γὰρ ἐκκαλύψαι καιρὸς ἦν ἀλλὰ λογισμοὺς ἐξετάζει τέως, συμβούλου μᾶλλον ἧ νομοθέτου τάξιν ἐν τοῖς περὶ τούτων φυλάττων λόγοις. Εἰπὼν γὰρ, μὴ θησαυρίζετε ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς, ἐπήγαγεν ὅπου σὴς καὶ βρῶσις ἀφανίζει, καὶ ὅπον κλέπται διορύττουσι καὶ κλέπτουσι. Τέως δείκνυσι τοῦ ἐνταῦθα θησαυροῦ τὴν βλάβην, καὶ τοῦ ἐκεῖ τὴν ὠφέλειαν, καὶ ἀπὸ τοῦ τύπου, καὶ ἀπὸ τῶν ᾿λυμαινομένων. Καὶ οὐδὲ μέχρι τούτου ἵσταται, ἀλλὰ καὶ ἕτερον ἐπάγει λογισμόν. Καὶ πρῶτον, ἀφ᾽ ὧν μάλιστα δεδοίκασιν, ἀπὸ τούτων αὐτοὺς προτρέπει. τί γὰρ δέδοικας: φησί' μὴ ἀναλωθῇ τὰ χρήματα, ἐὰν ἐλεημοσύνην δῷς: Οὐκοῦν δὸς ἐλεημοσύνην, καὶ τότε οὐκ ἀναλωθήσεται καὶ τὸ δὴ μεῖζον, ὅτι οὐ μόνον οὐκ ἀναλωθήσεται, ἀλλ᾽ ὅτι καὶ προσθήκην λήψεται πλείονα καὶ γὰρ τὰ ἐν τοῖς οὐρανοῖς προστίθεται. ᾿Αλλὰ τέως αὐτὰ οὐ λέγει, ἀλλ᾽ ὕστερον αὐτὸ τίθησι. Τέως

Plēn oude touto kōlyō, phēsin. Ei de kai anthrōpois epideixasthai boulei, anameinon, kai egō soi kai touto meta pleionos parexomai tēs periousias, kai pollou tou kerdous. Nyn men Hyar se aporrhēgnysi tēs pros me doxēs touto, hōsper oun snnkollą to toutōn hyperoran tote de pantōn apolausę̄ meta adeias hapasēs, ou mikron kai pro ekeinōn kai entautha Rkarpōsomenos, to pasan katapatēsai tēn anthrōpinēn doxan, kai tēs chalepēs tōn anthrōpōn eleutherōthēnai douleias, kai gnēsion genesthai tēs aretēs ergatēn. Hōs nyn ge houtō diakeimenos, ho hōn en erēmią genē, pasēs erēmos esē tēs aretēs» ouk echōn tous theōrountas. Ho kai autēn hybrizontos esti tēn aretēn, eige mē di autēn, alla dia ton schoinostrophon, kai ton chalkotypon, kai ton polyn tōn agoraiōn dēmon mellois autēn metienai, hina kai hoi kakoi, kai hoi porrhō tautēs ontes se thaumaasōsi᾽ kai tous echthrous autēs kaleis epi tēn epideixin autēs kai tēn theōrian᾽ hōsper an ei tis sōphronein heloito, mē dia to tēs sōphrosynēs kalon, all᾽ hina epideixētai O tois hētairēkosi. Kai sy toinyn ouk an heilou tēn aretēn, ei mē dia tous echthrous tēs aretēs deon autēn kai enteuthen thaumasai, hoti kai tous echthrous epainetas echei thaumasai de, hōs chrē» mē heterous, alla autēn. ᾿Epei kai hēmeis, hotan mē di’ heautous, alla di heterous philōmetha, hybrin to pragma nomizomen. Touto toinyn kai epi tēs aretēs logizou kai ᾿mēte de heterous autēn diōke, mēte di anthrōpous hypakoue tǭ theǭ, alla dia ton theon anthrōpois hōs an to enantion poiēs, kan metienai dokę̄s aretēn, homoiōs tǭ mē metionti parōxynas. Hōsper gar ekeinos tǭ mē poiēsai parēkousen, houtō kai sy tǭ paranomōs poiēsai. Mē ethēsaurizete hymin thēsaurous epi tēs gēs: ᾿Epeidē gar to tēs kenodoxias exebale nosēma, eukairōs loipon kai ton peri aaktēmosynēs eisagei. logon. Ouden gar houtō chrēmatōn eran paraskeuazei, hōs ho tēs doxēs erōs. Dia goun touto kai tas tōn andrapodōn agelas, kai ton esmon tōn eunouchōn, kai tous chrysophorountas hiipE pous, kai tas argyras trapezas, kai ta alla ta katagelastotera epinoousin anthrōpoi: ouch hina chreian plērōsōsin, oud᾽ hina hēdonēs apolausōsin, all' hina tois pollois epideixōntai. Anōterō men oun, hoti eleein dei monon elegen' entautha de kai poson eleein chrē deiknysin, eipōn, mē thēsaurizete. ᾿Epeidē gar ouk enēn ex archēs athroon ton peri tēs hyperopsias tōn chrēmatōn eisagagein logon dia tēn tyrannida tou pathous, kata mikron auton diatemōn kai eleutherōsas, eniēsin en tę̄ tōn akroatōn dianoią, hōste euparadekton genesthai. Dia dē touto prōton men elege, makarioi hoi eleēmones meta de touto, isthi eunoōn tǭ antidikǭ sou kai met᾽ ekeino palin, en tis soi thelę̄ krithēnai, kai ton chitōna sou labein, dos autǭ kai to himation emtautha de to pollǭ meizon pantōn ekeinōn. ᾿kei men gar eipen, hoti an dikēn epikeimenēn idę̄s, touto poiēson tou gar machesthai hē echonta beltion to mē echonta apēllachthai machēk: ᾿Entautha de oute antidikon, oute ton krinomenon theis, oute allou oudenos toiouton mnēmoneusas, autēn kath᾽ heautēn didaskei tēn tōn chrēmatōn hyperopsian, deiknys hoti ou dia tous eleoumenous tosouton, hoson dia ton didonta tauta nomothetei hina kan mēdeis ē ho adikōn kai helkōn eis dikastērion, kai houtō kataphronōmen tōn ontōn, parechontes auta tois deomenois, Kai oude entautha to holon tetheiken, alla kai entautha ērema, kaitoige tous augōnas tous peri toutōn meta pollēs en tę̄ erēmǭ tēs hyperbolēs Euei All᾽ homōs ou tithēsi. touto, oude eis meson agei oudepō gar ekkalypsai kairos ēn alla logismous exetazei teōs, symboulou mallon hē nomothetou taxin en tois peri toutōn phylattōn logois. Eipōn gar, mē thēsaurizete epi tēs gēs, epēgagen hopou sēs kai brōsis aphanizei, kai hopon kleptai dioryttousi kai kleptousi. Teōs deiknysi tou entautha thēsaurou tēn blabēn, kai tou ekei tēn ōpheleian, kai apo tou typou, kai apo tōn ᾿lymainomenōn. Kai oude mechri toutou histatai, alla kai heteron epagei logismon. Kai prōton, aph᾽ hōn malista dedoikasin, apo toutōn autous protrepei. ti gar dedoikas: phēsi' mē analōthę̄ ta chrēmata, ean eleēmosynēn dǭs: Oukoun dos eleēmosynēn, kai tote ouk analōthēsetai kai to dē meizon, hoti ou monon ouk analōthēsetai, all᾽ hoti kai prosthēkēn lēpsetai pleiona kai gar ta en tois ouranois prostithetai. ᾿Alla teōs auta ou legei, all᾽ hysteron auto tithēsi. Teōs

“However, I do not forbid even this,” he says. “If you want to display yourself to men too, wait, and I will grant you this too with greater abundance and much gain. For now this tears you away from the glory with me, just as despising these things glues you to it; but then you will enjoy everything in complete security, reaping no small fruit even here before those things: trampling on all human glory, being freed from the grievous slavery of men, and becoming a genuine worker of virtue.” For as it is, being so disposed, if you come into a desert you will be destitute of all virtue, not having anyone to watch. This belongs to one who insults virtue itself, if you are going to pursue it not for its own sake but for the rope maker and the coppersmith and the great crowd of the marketplace, so that the wicked and those far from it may admire you; and you call the enemies of virtue to the display and spectacle of it; as if someone should choose chastity not because of the beauty of chastity but to show himself to harlots. So you too would not have chosen virtue except for the sake of virtue’s enemies, when you ought to admire it for this very reason, that it has even its enemies as praisers; and to admire it, as one should, not for others’ sake but for itself. For we too, when we are loved not for ourselves but for others, think the thing an insult. Reckon this, then, in the case of virtue too; and neither pursue it for others’ sake, nor obey God for men’s sake, but obey men for God’s sake; since if you do the opposite, even if you seem to pursue virtue, you have provoked him equally with the one who does not pursue it. For as he disobeyed by not doing it, so you by doing it unlawfully.

“Do not lay up for yourselves treasures on earth.” For since he had cast out the disease of vainglory, he now opportunely brings in the discourse about poverty. For nothing so prepares men to love money as the love of glory. It is for this, at any rate, that men devise herds of slaves and swarms of eunuchs and horses with trappings of gold and silver tables and other things still more ridiculous: not to fill a need, nor to enjoy pleasure, but to display themselves to the many. Above, then, he said only that we must show mercy; but here he shows how much mercy we must show, saying, “Do not lay up treasures.” For since it was not possible at the beginning to bring in all at once the discourse about despising money, because of the tyranny of the passion, cutting it into parts little by little and setting them free, he instills it in the minds of his hearers so that it may be easily received. That is why first he said, “Blessed are the merciful”; and after this, “Be well disposed toward your adversary”; and after that again, “If anyone wants to go to law with you and take your tunic, give him your cloak too”; but here, what is much greater than all those. For there he said, “If you see a lawsuit pressing on you, do this; for it is better to be rid of the fight by not having than to fight while having.” But here, putting neither an adversary nor a litigant, nor mentioning anything else of the kind, he teaches contempt of money in itself, showing that he legislates these things not so much for the sake of those who receive mercy as for the sake of the giver; so that even if there is no one to wrong us and drag us into court, even so we should despise what we have, giving it to those in need. And not even here has he put the whole, but here too gently, although he had shown the contests about these things with great intensity in the desert. But nevertheless he does not put this forward, nor bring it into the open, for it was not yet the time to reveal it; but meanwhile he examines reasonings, keeping in his words about these things the rank of a counselor rather than of a lawgiver. For having said, “Do not lay up treasures on earth,” he added, “where moth and rust consume, and where thieves break in and steal.” Meanwhile he shows the harm of the treasure here and the benefit of the one there, both from the place and from the things that spoil it. And he does not stop here either, but brings another reasoning. And first he urges them from the very things they most fear. “For what do you fear?” he says. “That your money will be spent if you give alms? Then give alms, and then it will not be spent; and, what is greater, not only will it not be spent, but it will even receive a greater increase; for the things in heaven are added.” But for the time being he does not say these things, but puts it later. For the time being

20.3Field 1

δὲ ὃ ὃ μάλιστα αὐτοὺς προτρέψαι οι τοῦτο εἰς μέσον ἄγει, τὸ μένειν ἀνάλωτον αὑτοῖς τὸν θησαυρὸν, καὶ ἑκατέρωθεν αὑτοὺς ἐφέλκεται. Οὐδὲ γὰρ εἶπεν, ὅτι ἐὰν δῷς ἐλεημοσύνην, τηρεῖται μόνον, ἀλλὰ καὶ τὸ ἐναντίον ἠπείλησεν ὅτι καὶ ἐὰν μὴ δῷς, ἀπόλλυται. Καὶ ὅρα τὴν ἄφατον σύνεσιν. Οὐδὲ γὰρ εἶπεν, ὅτι καὶ ἑτέροις αὐτὰ καταλιμπάνεις ἐπεὶ καὶ τοῦτο ἡδὺ τοῖς ἀνθρώποις ἀλλ᾽ ὅμως ἑτέρωθεν αὐτοὺς φοβεῖ, δεικνὺς ὅτι οὐδὲ τούτου τυγχάνουσι' κἂν γὰρ ἄνθρωποι μὴ ἀδικήσωσιν, εἰσὶν οἱ ἀδικοῦντες πάντως, ὁ σῆς καὶ ἢ βρῶσις. Εἰ γὰρ καὶ σφόδρα εὐάλωτος εἶναι δοκεῖ αὕτη η λύμη, αλλ᾽ ὅμως ἄμαχός ἐστι καὶ ἀκάθεκτος κἂν ὁτιοῦν ἐπινοήσῃς; οὐ δυνήσῃ ταύτην ἐπισχεῖν τὴν βλάβην. Τί οὗν, τὸ χρυσίον σὴς ᾿ἀφανίζει: Εἰ καὶ μὴ σῆς; ἀλλὰ κλέπται. Τί οὖν: ἅπαντες ἐσυλήθησαν; Εῤ καὶ μὴ πάντες, ἀλλ᾽ οἱ πλείους. Διὰ δὴ τοῦτο καὶ ἕτερον, ὅπερ ἔφθην εἰπὼν, ἐπάγει λογισμὸν, λέγων ὅπου ὁ θησαυρὸς τοὺ ἀνθρώπου, ἐκεῖ καὶ ἡ καρδία αὐτοῦ. Κάν γὰρ μηδὲν τούτων γένηται, φησὶν, οὐ μικρὰν ὑποστήσῃ βλάβην, τοῖς κάτω προσηλωμένος, καὶ δοῦλος ἀντ᾽ ἐλευθέρου γινόμενος; καὶ τῶν οὐρανίων ἐκπίπτων, καὶ μηδὲν τῶν ὑψηλῶν ἐννοῆσαι δυνάμενος, ἀλλὰ πάντα χρήματα καὶ τόκους καὶ δανείσματα καὶ κέρδη καὶ καπηλείας ἀνελευθέρους οὗ τί γένοιτ᾽ ἂν αθλιώτερον: Καὶ γὰρ ἀνδραπόδου παντὸς ὁ τοιοῦτος διακείσεται χεῖρον, τυραννίδα χαλεπωτάτην ἐπισπώμενος, καὶ τὸ πά»ντῶν καιριώτατον προδοὺς, τὴν εὐγένειαν τοῦ ἀνθρώπου καὶ τὴν ἐλευθερίαν. Ὅσα γὰρ ἄν τις σοι διαλέγηται, τῆς διανοίας προσηλωμένης τοῖς χρήμασιν, οὐδὲν ἀκοῦσαι δυνήσῃ τῶν σοι προσηκόντων᾽ ἀλλ᾽ ὥσπερ κύων τάφῳ προσδεδεμένος ἁπάσης ἁλύσεως χαλεπώτερον τῆ τῶν χρημάτων τυραννίδι, κατὰ τῶν προσιόντων ἁπάντων ὑλακτῶν, ἕν ἔργον τοῦτο ἔχεις διηνεκὲς, τὸ τηρεῖν ἑτέροις τὰ κείμενα οὗ τί γένοιτ᾽ ἂν ἀθλιώτερον: Ἀλλ᾽ ὅμως ἐπειδὴ τοῦτο ὑψηλότερον ἣν τῆς τῶν ἄκροωμένων διανοίας καὶ οὔτε ἡ βλάβη αὐτοῦ τοῖς πολλοῖς εὐσύνοπτος, οὔτε τὸ κέρδος φανερὸν, ἀλλὰ φιλοσοφωτέρας ἐδεῖτο γνώμης, ὥστε ἑκάτερα του τὰ συνιδεῖν τέθεικε μὲν αὐτὸ μετ᾽ ἐκεῖνα τα δῆλα, εἰπών ὅπον ὁ θησανρὸς τοῦ ἀνθρώπου, ἐκεῖ καὶ ἡ καρδία αὐτοῦ ποιεὶι δὲ αὐτὸ σαφέστερον παλιν, ἀπὸ νοητῶν επὶ τὰ αἰσθητὰ ἐξάγων τὸν λόγον, καὶ λέγων ὃ λύχνος τοῦ σώματός ἐστιν ὁ ὀφθαλμός. Ὃ δὲ λέγει, τοιοῦτόν ἐστι μὴ κατορύξης χρυσίον ἐν τῇ γῇ» μηδὲ ἄλλο τι τῶν τοιούτων μη ἐν τῷ γὰρ σητὶ καὶ. τῇ βρώσει καὶ τοῖς κλέπταις αὐτὰ συνάγεις. ᾽Εὰν δὲ καὶ ταύτας διαφυύνγης τὰς βλάβας, τὸ δουλωθῆναί σον τὴν καρδίαν, καὶ προσηλωθῆναι τοῖς κάτω πᾶσιν, οὐ διαφεύξη ὅπου γὰρ ἂν ἦ ὁ θησαυρὸς, ἐκεῖ καὶ καρδία σου. Ὥσπερ οὖν εἰς τὸν οὐρανὸν ἀποτιθέμενος, οὐ τοῦτο καρποῦσαι μόνον, τὸ τυχεῖν τῶν ἐπὶ τούτοις ἐπάθλων, αλλ᾽ ἐντεῦθεν ἤδη τὸν δὶς οἵ δος οὐρανῶν. Καὶ γὰρ καὶ μισθὸν λαμβάνεις, ἐκεῖ μεθορμιζόμενος, καὶ τὰ ἐκεῖ φρονῶν, καὶ ὑπὲρ τῶν ἐκεῖ μεριμνῶν (ὅπου γὰρ ἀπέθον τὸν θησαυρὸν, εὔδηλον ὅ ὁτι καὶ τὴν διάνοιαν μετατίθης) οὕτως ἂν ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς τοῦτο ποιήσῃν» ταναντία πείση. Εἰ δὲ ἀσαφές σοι τὸ εἰρημένον, ἄκουσον τῶν ἑξῆς. Ὃ λύχνος τοῦ σώματός ἐστιν ὁ ὀφθαλμός. ᾿Εὰν οὖν ὁ ὀφθαλαός σου ἀπλοῦς ἥ, ὅλον τὸ σῶμά σον φωτεινὸν εσται ἐὰν δὲ ὁ ο ὀφθαλμός σου πονηρὸς ἡ, ὅλον τὸ σῶμά σου σκοτεινὸν ἔσται. Εὶ δὲ τὸ φώς τὸ ἐν σοὶ σκότος ἐστὶ, τὸ σκότος πόσον. Ἐπὶ τὰ αἰσθητότερα ἐξαγει τὸν λόγον. ᾿Επειδὴ γὰρ ἐμνημόνευσε τοῦ νοὺ, ὡς καταδουλουμένου καὶ αἰχμαλωτιζομένου, τοῦτο δὲ οὐ πολλοῖς εὐσύνοπτον ἣν, ἐπὶ τὰ ἔξω καὶ πρὸ τῶν ὀφθαλμῶν κείμενα τὴν διδασκαλίαν μετατίθησιν, ἵνα ἀπὸ τούτων καὶ περὶ ἐκείνων νοήσωσιν. γὰρ μὴ οἷσθα, φησὶ, τί ποτέ ἐστι βλαβη νοῦ, ἀπὸ τῶν σωματικῶν τοῦτο καταμάνθανε ὅπερ γάρ ἐστιν ὁ ὀφθαλμὸς τῷ σώματι, τοῦτο νοὺς τῇ ψυχῇ. Ὥσπερ οὖν οὐκ ἂν ἔχ ιὸ χρυσοφορειν, καὶ σηρικὰ περιβεβλῆσθαι ἱμάτια, καὶ πεπηρῶσθαί σον τοὺς ὀφθαλμοὺς, ἀλλὰ τὴν ὑγείαν τὴν τούτων ἁπάσης τῆς τοιαύ- τῆς περιουσίας ποθεινοτέραν εἶναι νομίζεις (ἀν γὰρ αὐτὴν ἀπολέσῃς καὶ διαφθείρης, οὐδέν σοι τῆς λοιπῆς ὄφελος ζωης' ὥσπερ γὰρ τῶν ὀφθαλμῶν τυφλωθέντων, τὸ πολὺ᾽ τῆς τῶν λοιπῶν μελῶν ἐνεργείας οἴχεται, τοῦ φωτὸς αὐτοῖς σβεσθέντος, οὕτω καὶ τῆς διανοίας ἃ μυρίων ἢ ζωή σον κακῶν. ἐμπλησθήσεται) καθάπερ οὺν ἐν σώματι τοῦτο σκοποῦμεν, ὥστε τὸν ὀφθαλμὸν ἔχειν ὑγιῆ, οὕτω καὶ ἐν τῇ ψυχῆ τὸν νοῦν. Ἂν δὲ τοῦτον πηρώσωμεν, τὸν καὶ τοῖς ἄλλοις ὀφείλοντα παρέχειν τὸ φώς, πόθεν διαβλέψωμεν λοιπόν: Ὥσπερ γὰρ ὁ τὴν πηγὴν ἀνελὼν, καὶ τὸν ποτα- Ὁ μὸν ἐξήρανεν, οὕτως ὁ τὸν νοῦν ἀφανίσας, πάσαν αὐτοῦ τὴν ἐν τῇ ζωῇ ταύτῃ πρᾶξιν ἐθόλωσε. Διό φησιν, εἰ τὸ φώς τὸ ἐν σοὶ σκότος, τὸ σκότος πόσον. Ὅταν γὰρ ὁ κυβερνήτης ὑποβρύχιος γένηται, καὶ ὁ λύχνος σβεσθῆ, καὶ ὁ ἡγεμὼν αἰχμάλωτος γένηται, ποία λοιπὸν ἔσται τοῖς ὑπηκόοις ἐλπίς:

de ho ho malista autous protrepsai oi touto eis meson agei, to menein analōton hautois ton thēsauron, kai hekaterōthen hautous ephelketai. Oude gar eipen, hoti ean dǭs eleēmosynēn, tēreitai monon, alla kai to enantion ēpeilēsen hoti kai ean mē dǭs, apollytai. Kai hora tēn aphaton synesin. Oude gar eipen, hoti kai heterois auta katalimpaneis epei kai touto hēdy tois anthrōpois all᾽ homōs heterōthen autous phobei, deiknys hoti oude toutou tynchanousi' kan gar anthrōpoi mē adikēsōsin, eisin hoi adikountes pantōs, ho sēs kai ē brōsis. Ei gar kai sphodra eualōtos einai dokei hautē ē lymē, all᾽ homōs amachos esti kai akathektos kan hotioun epinoēsę̄s? ou dynēsę̄ tautēn epischein tēn blabēn. Ti houn, to chrysion sēs ᾿aphanizei: Ei kai mē sēs? alla kleptai. Ti oun: hapantes esylēthēsan? Er kai mē pantes, all᾽ hoi pleious. Dia dē touto kai heteron, hoper ephthēn eipōn, epagei logismon, legōn hopou ho thēsauros tou anthrōpou, ekei kai hē kardia autou. Kan gar mēden toutōn genētai, phēsin, ou mikran hypostēsę̄ blabēn, tois katō prosēlōmenos, kai doulos ant᾽ eleutherou ginomenos? kai tōn ouraniōn ekpiptōn, kai mēden tōn hypsēlōn ennoēsai dynamenos, alla panta chrēmata kai tokous kai daneismata kai kerdē kai kapēleias aneleutherous hou ti genoit᾽ an athliōteron: Kai gar andrapodou pantos ho toioutos diakeisetai cheiron, tyrannida chalepōtatēn epispōmenos, kai to pa»ntōn kairiōtaton prodous, tēn eugeneian tou anthrōpou kai tēn eleutherian. Hosa gar an tis soi dialegētai, tēs dianoias prosēlōmenēs tois chrēmasin, ouden akousai dynēsę̄ tōn soi prosēkontōn᾽ all᾽ hōsper kyōn taphǭ prosdedemenos hapasēs halyseōs chalepōteron tē tōn chrēmatōn tyrannidi, kata tōn prosiontōn hapantōn hylaktōn, hen ergon touto echeis diēnekes, to tērein heterois ta keimena hou ti genoit᾽ an athliōteron: All᾽ homōs epeidē touto hypsēloteron hēn tēs tōn akroōmenōn dianoias kai oute hē blabē autou tois pollois eusynoptos, oute to kerdos phaneron, alla philosophōteras edeito gnōmēs, hōste hekatera tou ta synidein tetheike men auto met᾽ ekeina ta dēla, eipōn hopon ho thēsanros tou anthrōpou, ekei kai hē kardia autou poieii de auto saphesteron palin, apo noētōn epi ta aisthēta exagōn ton logon, kai legōn ho lychnos tou sōmatos estin ho ophthalmos. Ho de legei, toiouton esti mē katoryxēs chrysion en tę̄ gę̄» mēde allo ti tōn toioutōn mē en tǭ gar sēti kai. tę̄ brōsei kai tois kleptais auta synageis. ᾽Ean de kai tautas diaphyyngēs tas blabas, to doulōthēnai son tēn kardian, kai prosēlōthēnai tois katō pasin, ou diapheuxē hopou gar an ē ho thēsauros, ekei kai kardia sou. Hōsper oun eis ton ouranon apotithemenos, ou touto karpousai monon, to tychein tōn epi toutois epathlōn, all᾽ enteuthen ēdē ton dis hoi dos ouranōn. Kai gar kai misthon lambaneis, ekei methormizomenos, kai ta ekei phronōn, kai hyper tōn ekei merimnōn (hopou gar apethon ton thēsauron, eudēlon ho hoti kai tēn dianoian metatithēs) houtōs an epi tēs gēs touto poiēsę̄n» tanantia peisē. Ei de asaphes soi to eirēmenon, akouson tōn hexēs. Ho lychnos tou sōmatos estin ho ophthalmos. ᾿Ean oun ho ophthalaos sou aplous hē, holon to sōma son phōteinon estai ean de ho o ophthalmos sou ponēros hē, holon to sōma sou skoteinon estai. Ei de to phōs to en soi skotos esti, to skotos poson. Epi ta aisthētotera exagei ton logon. ᾿Epeidē gar emnēmoneuse tou nou, hōs katadouloumenou kai aichmalōtizomenou, touto de ou pollois eusynopton hēn, epi ta exō kai pro tōn ophthalmōn keimena tēn didaskalian metatithēsin, hina apo toutōn kai peri ekeinōn noēsōsin. gar mē hoistha, phēsi, ti pote esti blabē nou, apo tōn sōmatikōn touto katamanthane hoper gar estin ho ophthalmos tǭ sōmati, touto nous tę̄ psychę̄. Hōsper oun ouk an ech io chrysophorein, kai sērika peribeblēsthai himatia, kai pepērōsthai son tous ophthalmous, alla tēn hygeian tēn toutōn hapasēs tēs toiau- tēs periousias potheinoteran einai nomizeis (an gar autēn apolesę̄s kai diaphtheirēs, ouden soi tēs loipēs ophelos zōēs' hōsper gar tōn ophthalmōn typhlōthentōn, to poly᾽ tēs tōn loipōn melōn energeias oichetai, tou phōtos autois sbesthentos, houtō kai tēs dianoias ha myriōn ē zōē son kakōn. emplēsthēsetai) kathaper oun en sōmati touto skopoumen, hōste ton ophthalmon echein hygiē, houtō kai en tę̄ psychē ton noun. An de touton pērōsōmen, ton kai tois allois opheilonta parechein to phōs, pothen diablepsōmen loipon: Hōsper gar ho tēn pēgēn anelōn, kai ton pota- Ho mon exēranen, houtōs ho ton noun aphanisas, pasan autou tēn en tę̄ zōę̄ tautę̄ praxin etholōse. Dio phēsin, ei to phōs to en soi skotos, to skotos poson. Hotan gar ho kybernētēs hypobrychios genētai, kai ho lychnos sbesthē, kai ho hēgemōn aichmalōtos genētai, poia loipon estai tois hypēkoois elpis:

he brings into the open what would most urge them on, that their treasure remains unspent, and he draws them from both sides. For he did not say only that if you give alms it is kept, but threatened the opposite too, that if you do not give, it perishes. And see the unspeakable wisdom. For he did not say, “You leave it to others” (since this too is pleasant to men); but nevertheless he frightens them from another side, showing that they do not attain even this; for even if men do not wrong them, there are those who will certainly wrong them, the moth and the rust. For even if this ruin seems very easily overcome, it is nevertheless invincible and not to be restrained; whatever you devise, you will not be able to check this harm. “What then, does the moth consume gold?” If not the moth, thieves. “What then, have all been robbed?” If not all, most. That is why, as I said before, he brings in another reasoning too, saying, “Where a man’s treasure is, there will his heart be also.” “For even if none of these things happens,” he says, “you will suffer no small harm, nailed to the things below, becoming a slave instead of a free man, falling away from heavenly things, and able to think of nothing lofty, but everything money and interest and loans and gains and slavish trading.” What could be more wretched than this? For such a man will be in a worse state than any slave, drawing upon himself a most grievous tyranny, and betraying the most vital thing of all, the nobility and freedom of man. For however much one talks to you, while your mind is nailed to money you will be able to hear nothing that concerns you; but like a dog tied to a tomb, by the tyranny of money, more grievous than any chain, barking at all who approach, you have this one continual work, to keep for others what lies there. What could be more wretched than this?

But nevertheless, since this was too lofty for the minds of his hearers, and neither its harm was easy for most to perceive nor its gain plain, but it needed a more philosophic mind to see both, he set it after those plain things, saying, “Where a man’s treasure is, there will his heart be also”; and he makes it clearer again, bringing the discourse from intelligible things to things of sense, and saying, “The lamp of the body is the eye.” What he means is this: do not bury gold in the earth, nor anything else of the kind; for you are gathering it for the moth and the rust and the thieves. And even if you escape these harms, you will not escape having your heart enslaved and nailed to all the things below; “for where your treasure is, there will your heart be also.” As, then, by storing it in heaven you reap not only this, obtaining the prizes for these things, but from here already you receive the reward of the heavens (for you receive a reward by moving your anchorage there, minding the things there, and caring for the things there; for where you have deposited your treasure, it is clear that you transfer your mind too), so if you do this on earth, you will suffer the opposite. And if what has been said is obscure to you, hear what follows: “The lamp of the body is the eye. If, then, your eye is single, your whole body will be full of light; but if your eye is evil, your whole body will be full of darkness. If, then, the light that is in you is darkness, how great is the darkness!” He brings the discourse out to more sensible things. For since he had mentioned the mind as enslaved and taken captive, and this was not easy for many to perceive, he transfers the teaching to things outside and before the eyes, so that from these they may understand those too. “For if you do not know,” he says, “what harm of the mind is, learn it from bodily things; for what the eye is to the body, this the mind is to the soul. As, then, you would not choose to wear gold and be clothed with silk garments while your eyes are maimed, but think their health more desirable than all such abundance (for if you lose and destroy it, the rest of life is of no use to you; for as when the eyes are blinded, most of the activity of the other members is gone, their light quenched, so too when the mind is destroyed your life will be filled with countless evils); as, then, in the body we aim at this, to have the eye healthy, so in the soul, the mind. But if we maim this, which ought to provide light for the others too, from where shall we see clearly any longer? For as he who removes the spring has dried up the river, so he who has destroyed the mind has troubled all his activity in this life.” That is why he says, “If the light that is in you is darkness, how great is the darkness!” For when the pilot is sunk, and the lamp quenched, and the general taken captive, what hope will there be for the subjects any longer?

20.4Field 1

Διὰ δὴ τοῦτο αφεὶς εἰπεῖν νῦν τὰς ἐπιβουλὰς τὰς διὰ τὸν πλοῦτον, τὰς μάχας, τὰς δίκαν (ηνίξατο μὲν γὰρ αὐτὰς ἀνωτέρω εἰπών᾽ παραδώσει σε ὁ ἀντίδικος τῷ κριτῇ, καὶ ὁ κριτὴς τῷ ὑπηρέτη τὰ πα ντῶν χαλεπώτερα τούτων ἢ συμβαίνοντα πάντως θεὶς, οὕτως ἀπάγει τῆς πονηρᾶς ἐπιθυμίας. Τοῦ γὰρ τὸ δεσμωτήριον οἰκῆσαι πολλῷ χαλεπώτερον τὸ δεδουλῶσθαι τὸν νοὺν τῷ νοσήματι τούτῳ καὶ τὸ μὲν οὐ πάντως συμβαίνει, τὸ δὲ ἐφεξῆς συγκεκλήρωται τῇ τῶν χρημάτων ἐπιθυμίᾳ. Διόπερ αὐτὸ μετ᾽ ἐκεῖνο τίθησιν, ἅτε χαλεπώτερον ὃν, καὶ πάντως συμβαῖνον. Ὁ αρ θεὸς, φησὶν, ἔδωκεν ἡμῖν νοῦν, ἵνα τὴν ἄγνοιαν διασκεδάσωμεν, καὶ τὴν τῶν πραγμάτων κρίσιν ὀρθὴν ἔχωμεν, καὶ πρὸς τὰ λυποῦντα πάντα καὶ ἐπιβλαβῆ τούτῳ ὥσπερ ὅπλῳ τινὶ καὶ φωτὶ χρώμενοι, μένωμεν ἐν ἀσφαλείᾳ. Ἡμεῖς δὲ προδίδομεν τὴν δωρεὰν. διὰ τὰ περιττὰ καὶ ἀνόνητα. Τί γὰρ ὄφελος στρατιωτῶν χρυσοφορούντων, ὅταν ὁ στρατηγὸς αἰχμάλωτος ᾿ἕλκηται: τί κέρδος νηὺς καλλωπιζομένης, ὅταν ὁ κυβερνήτης ὑποβρύχιος γένηται: τί δὲ σώματος εὖ συγκειμένου πλέον, ὅταν οἱ ὀφθαλμοὶ τῆς ὄψεως ὦσιν ἐκκεκομμένοι; Ὥσπερ οὖν τὸν ἰατρὸν τὸν ὀφείλοντα ὑγιαίνειν, ἵνα λύη τὰς νόσους, ἂν τις ἐμβαλὼν εἰς νόσον. εἰς ἀργυρᾶν κελεύσῃ κεῖσθαι κλίνην καὶ χρυσοῦν θάλαμον, οὐδὲν ὄφελος ἔσται τοῖς κάμνουσιν᾽ οὕτως ἂν τὸν νοῦν διαφθείρας τὸν δυνάμενον λύειν τὰ πάθη θησαυρῷ παρακαθίσης, οὐ μόνον οὐδὲν ὦ ὠνῆσας», αλλὰ καὶ τὰ μέγιστα ἐζημίωσας, καὶ πάσαν ἔβλαψας τὴν ψυχήν. Εἶδες πῶς δι ὧν μάλιστα ἐπιθυμοῦσιν ἄνθρωποι τῆς πονηρίας πανταχοῦ, διὰ τούτων αὐτοὺς μάλιστα ἐκείνης ἀπάγει; καὶ πρὸς ἀρετὴν ἐπανάγει: Τίνος γὰρ ἕνεκεν ἐπιθυμεῖς χρημάτων: φησίν οὐχ ἵνα ἡδονῆς ἀπολαύης καὶ τρυφης: Τοῦτο μὲν οὖν μάλιστα οὐκ ἔσται σοι ἐντεῦθεν, ἀλλὰ τοὐναντίον ἅπαν. Εἰ γὰρ ὀφθαλμῶν ἐκκοπέντων οὐδενὸς αἰσθανόμεθα τῶν ἡδέων διὰ τὴν συμφορὰν τὴν ἐκεῖθεν, πολλῳ μάλλον ἐν τή τοῦ νοῦ διαστροφῇ καὶ πηρώσει τοῦτο πεισό- μεθα. Τίνος δὲ ἕνεκεν κατορύττεις ἐν τῇ ἵνα ᾿Φυλάττηται μετὰ ἀσφαλείας: Ἀλλὰ κἀνταῦθα πάλιν τοὐναντίον, φησίν. Ὥσπερ οὺν τὸν νηστεύοντα καὶ ἐλεοῦντα καὶ προσεὐχόμενον πρὸς κενοδοξίαν, ἀφ᾽ ὧν ἐπιθυμεῖ μάλιστα, ἀπὸ τούτων αὐτὸν ἐπεσπάσατο εἰς τὸ μὴ κενοδοξεῖν' (τίνος γὰρ ἕνεκεν οὕτως εὔχῃ καὶ ἐλεεῖς: φησίν τῆς παρὰ τών ἂνθρώπων δόξης ἐρῶν: οὐκοῦν μὴ οὕτως εὔχου, φησὶ, καὶ τότε αὐτῆς τεύξη κατὰ τὴν ἡμέραν τὴν μέλλουσαν) οὕτω καὶ τὸν φιλάργυρον, αφ ὧν μάλιστα ἐσπούδακεν, ἀπὸ τούτων εἷλε. Τί γὰρ βούλει; φησί τὰ χρήματά ἤσου φυλάττεσθαι, καὶ ἡδονῆς ἀπολαύειν; Ταῦτά σοι ἀμφότερα παρέξομαι μετὰ πολλῆς τῆς περιουσίας, ἐὰν ἐκεῖ καταθῇῆ τὸ χρυσίον, ὅπου κελεύω. Σαφέστερον μὲν οὗν ἐν τοῖς μετὰ ταῦτα τὴν τοῦ νοῦ βλάβην τὴν ἐντεῦθεν γινομένην ἐπέδειξεν, ὅτε τών ἀκανθῶν ἐμνημόνευσε τέως δὲ καὶ ἐνταῦθα οὐχ᾽ ὡς ἔτυχε τοῦτο ἢνίξατο, δείξας ἐσκοτωμένον τὸν περὶ ταῦτα μαινόμενον. ὃ Καὶ καθάπερ οἱ ἐν σκότῳ ὄντες οὐδὲν ὁρῶσι σαφὲς, ἀλλὰ ἄν τε σχοῖνον ἴδωσιν, ὄφιν. εἶναι νομίζουσιν, ἂν τε ὄρη καὶ φάραγγας, ἀποτεθνήκασι τῷ δέει οὕτω καὶ αὐτοὶ τὰ μιῇ φοβερὰ τοῖς ὁρῶσι, ταῦτα ὑποψίας ἔχουσι᾽ καὶ γὰρ πενίαν τρέμουσι μᾶλλον δὲ οὐχὶ πενίαν μόνον, ἀλλὼ καὶ τὴν Ὁ τυχοῦσαν ζημίαν. Καὶ γὰρ ἂν μικρὸν τι παραπολέσωσι, τῶν τῆς αναγκαίας ἀπορούντων τροφῆς μᾶλλον ἀλγοῦσι καὶ διακόπτονται. Πολλοὶ γοὺν τῶν πλουτούντων καὶ ἐπὶ βρόχον ἦλθον, τὴν τοιαύτην οὐκ ἐνεγκόντες δυσημερίαν. Καὶ τὸ ὑβρίζεσθαι δὲ καὶ τὸ ἐπηρεάζεσθαι οὕτως ἀφόρητον αὐτοῖς εἶναι δοκεῖ, ὡς καὶ διὰ τοῦτο πάλιν τῆς παρούσης πολλοὺς ἀπορῤῥαγῆναι ζωης. Πρὸς γὰρ πάντα μαλακοὺς αὐτοὺς ὁ πλοῦτος ἐποίησε, πλὴν τῆς αὐτοῦ διακονίας. Ὅταν γὰρ αὐτῷ δουλεύειν κελεύη, καὶ φόνων κατατυλμῶσι, καὶ μαστίγων καὶ ὀνειδῶν, καὶ αἰσχύνης ἁπάσης. Ὅπερ τῆς ἐσχάτης ἐστὶν ἀθλιότητος; ἐν μὲν οἷς δεῖ φιλοσοφεῖν, πάντων εἶναι μαλακωτέρου᾽ ἐν δὲ οἷς εὐλαβεστέρους εἶναι ἐχρῆν, ἀναισχυντοτέρους πάλιν καὶ ἰταμωτέρους γίνεσθαι. Καὶ γὰρ τὸ αὐτὸ συμβαίνει τούτοις, οἷον ἂν εἴ τις πάθοι τὰ ὄντα πάντα ἀναλώσας εἰς τὰ μὴ δέοντα. γὰρ τοιοῦτος, τοῦ καιροῦ τῆς ἀναγκαίας δαπάνης ἐπιστάντος, οὐδὲν ἔχων ἐπιδοῦναι, τὰ ἀνήκεστα πάσχει δεινὰ, πάντων τῶν αὐτοῦ προαναλωθέντων κακώς.

Dia dē touto apheis eipein nyn tas epiboulas tas dia ton plouton, tas machas, tas dikan (ēnixato men gar autas anōterō eipōn᾽ paradōsei se ho antidikos tǭ kritę̄, kai ho kritēs tǭ hypēretē ta pa ntōn chalepōtera toutōn ē symbainonta pantōs theis, houtōs apagei tēs ponēras epithymias. Tou gar to desmōtērion oikēsai pollǭ chalepōteron to dedoulōsthai ton noun tǭ nosēmati toutǭ kai to men ou pantōs symbainei, to de ephexēs synkeklērōtai tę̄ tōn chrēmatōn epithymią. Dioper auto met᾽ ekeino tithēsin, hate chalepōteron hon, kai pantōs symbainon. Ho ar theos, phēsin, edōken hēmin noun, hina tēn agnoian diaskedasōmen, kai tēn tōn pragmatōn krisin orthēn echōmen, kai pros ta lypounta panta kai epiblabē toutǭ hōsper hoplǭ tini kai phōti chrōmenoi, menōmen en asphaleią. Hēmeis de prodidomen tēn dōrean. dia ta peritta kai anonēta. Ti gar ophelos stratiōtōn chrysophorountōn, hotan ho stratēgos aichmalōtos ᾿helkētai: ti kerdos nēus kallōpizomenēs, hotan ho kybernētēs hypobrychios genētai: ti de sōmatos eu synkeimenou pleon, hotan hoi ophthalmoi tēs opseōs ōsin ekkekommenoi? Hōsper oun ton iatron ton opheilonta hygiainein, hina lyē tas nosous, an tis embalōn eis noson. eis argyran keleusę̄ keisthai klinēn kai chrysoun thalamon, ouden ophelos estai tois kamnousin᾽ houtōs an ton noun diaphtheiras ton dynamenon lyein ta pathē thēsaurǭ parakathisēs, ou monon ouden ō ōnēsas», alla kai ta megista ezēmiōsas, kai pasan eblapsas tēn psychēn. Eides pōs di hōn malista epithymousin anthrōpoi tēs ponērias pantachou, dia toutōn autous malista ekeinēs apagei? kai pros aretēn epanagei: Tinos gar heneken epithymeis chrēmatōn: phēsin ouch hina hēdonēs apolauēs kai tryphēs: Touto men oun malista ouk estai soi enteuthen, alla tounantion hapan. Ei gar ophthalmōn ekkopentōn oudenos aisthanometha tōn hēdeōn dia tēn symphoran tēn ekeithen, pollǭ mallon en tē tou nou diastrophę̄ kai pērōsei touto peiso- metha. Tinos de heneken katorytteis en tę̄ hina ᾿Phylattētai meta asphaleias: Alla kantautha palin tounantion, phēsin. Hōsper oun ton nēsteuonta kai eleounta kai proseuchomenon pros kenodoxian, aph᾽ hōn epithymei malista, apo toutōn auton epespasato eis to mē kenodoxein' (tinos gar heneken houtōs euchę̄ kai eleeis: phēsin tēs para tōn anthrōpōn doxēs erōn: oukoun mē houtōs euchou, phēsi, kai tote autēs teuxē kata tēn hēmeran tēn mellousan) houtō kai ton philargyron, aph hōn malista espoudaken, apo toutōn heile. Ti gar boulei? phēsi ta chrēmata ēsou phylattesthai, kai hēdonēs apolauein? Tauta soi amphotera parexomai meta pollēs tēs periousias, ean ekei katathę̄ē to chrysion, hopou keleuō. Saphesteron men houn en tois meta tauta tēn tou nou blabēn tēn enteuthen ginomenēn epedeixen, hote tōn akanthōn emnēmoneuse teōs de kai entautha ouch᾽ hōs etyche touto ēnixato, deixas eskotōmenon ton peri tauta mainomenon. ho Kai kathaper hoi en skotǭ ontes ouden horōsi saphes, alla an te schoinon idōsin, ophin. einai nomizousin, an te orē kai pharangas, apotethnēkasi tǭ deei houtō kai autoi ta mię̄ phobera tois horōsi, tauta hypopsias echousi᾽ kai gar penian tremousi mallon de ouchi penian monon, allō kai tēn Ho tychousan zēmian. Kai gar an mikron ti parapolesōsi, tōn tēs anankaias aporountōn trophēs mallon algousi kai diakoptontai. Polloi goun tōn ploutountōn kai epi brochon ēlthon, tēn toiautēn ouk enenkontes dysēmerian. Kai to hybrizesthai de kai to epēreazesthai houtōs aphorēton autois einai dokei, hōs kai dia touto palin tēs parousēs pollous aporrrhagēnai zōēs. Pros gar panta malakous autous ho ploutos epoiēse, plēn tēs autou diakonias. Hotan gar autǭ douleuein keleuē, kai phonōn katatylmōsi, kai mastigōn kai oneidōn, kai aischynēs hapasēs. Hoper tēs eschatēs estin athliotētos? en men hois dei philosophein, pantōn einai malakōterou᾽ en de hois eulabesterous einai echrēn, anaischyntoterous palin kai itamōterous ginesthai. Kai gar to auto symbainei toutois, hoion an ei tis pathoi ta onta panta analōsas eis ta mē deonta. gar toioutos, tou kairou tēs anankaias dapanēs epistantos, ouden echōn epidounai, ta anēkesta paschei deina, pantōn tōn autou proanalōthentōn kakōs.

That is why, leaving aside for now the plots that come through wealth, the fights, the lawsuits (for he hinted at these above, saying, “Your adversary will hand you over to the judge, and the judge to the officer”), he sets down what is more grievous than all these and certainly happens, and so draws them away from the wicked desire. For to have the mind enslaved to this disease is much more grievous than living in prison; and the latter does not always happen, but the former is allotted inseparably to the desire for money. That is why he sets it after that, as being more grievous and as certainly happening. “For God,” he says, “gave us a mind so that we may scatter ignorance and have a right judgment of things, and, using it like a weapon and a light against all that pains and harms, may remain in safety. But we betray the gift for superfluous and useless things.” For what use are soldiers with trappings of gold when the general is dragged away captive? What gain is there in a ship adorned when the pilot is sunk? And what more is a well-formed body when the eyes have had their sight cut out? As, then, if someone threw into sickness the physician who ought to be healthy in order to cure diseases, and bade him lie on a silver bed in a golden chamber, it would be of no use to the sick; so if, having destroyed the mind that can cure the passions, you set it down beside a treasure, you have not only profited nothing but have suffered the greatest loss and harmed the whole soul. Do you see how everywhere, by the very things through which men most desire wickedness, he draws them most away from it and leads them back to virtue? “For why do you desire money?” he says. “Is it not to enjoy pleasure and luxury? This, then, above all you will not have from it, but quite the opposite. For if, when our eyes are put out, we perceive nothing pleasant because of the misfortune from that, much more shall we suffer this in the perversion and maiming of the mind.” “And why do you bury it in the [earth]? So that it may be kept in safety? But here too again the opposite,” he says.

As, then, the one who fasts and shows mercy and prays for vainglory he drew away from vainglory by the very things he most desires (“For why do you pray and show mercy so?” he says. “From love of the glory that comes from men? Then do not pray so, and then you will obtain it on the day to come”), so the lover of money too he caught by the very things he is most eager for. “For what do you want?” he says. “That your money be kept and that you enjoy pleasure? Both of these I will grant you with great abundance, if you deposit the gold there where I bid you.” He showed more clearly later the harm to the mind that comes from this, when he mentioned the thorns; but meanwhile here too he hinted at this in no ordinary way, showing that the one mad about these things is darkened. And as those who are in darkness see nothing clearly, but if they see a rope they think it is a serpent, and if mountains and ravines, they are dead with fear, so these too have suspicions of things that are not fearful to those who see. For they tremble at poverty, or rather not at poverty only, but at any ordinary loss. For if they lose a little, they grieve and are cut to pieces more than those who lack necessary food. Many of the rich, at any rate, have even gone to the noose, unable to bear such ill fortune. And being insulted and abused seems to them so unbearable that for this reason again many have broken away from the present life. For wealth has made them soft toward everything except its own service. For when it bids them serve it, they dare even murders, and whips and reproaches and every shame. Which is the height of wretchedness: to be softer than all where they ought to practice philosophy, but more shameless and reckless where they ought to be more cautious. For the same thing happens to them as would happen to someone who had spent all he had on things that were not needed. For such a man, when the time of necessary expense comes, having nothing to give, suffers incurable evils, since all his goods have been badly spent beforehand.

20.5Field 1

Καὶ καθάπερ οἱ ἐπὶ τῆς σκηνῆς τὰς πονηρὰς τέχνας εἰδότες ἐκείνας, ἐν μὲν ταύταις πολλὰ τῶν παραδόξων καὶ ἐπικινδύνων ὑπομένουσιν, ἐν δὲ ὃ ἑτέροις χρησίμοις καὶ ἀναγκαίοις πράγμασι πάντων εἰσὶ καταγελαστότεροι οὕτω καὶ οὗτοι. Καὶ γὰρ οἱ ἐπὶ σχοίνου τεταμένης βαδίζοντες, τοσαυτὴν ἀνδρείαν ἐπιδεικνύμενοι, ἡνίκα ἂν τι τῶν ἀναγκαίων τόλμαν ἀπαιτῇ καὶ ἀνδρείαν, οὐδὲ ἐννοῆσαί τι δύνανται ἢ ἀνέχονται τοιουτον. Οὕτω δὴ καὶ οἱ πλουτοῦντες, πάντα ὑπὲρ χρημάτων τολμῶντες, ὑπὲρ τοῦ φιλοσοφεῖν οὐ μικρὸν, οὐ μέγα τι τοιοῦτον ὑπομεῖναι ἀνέχονται. Καὶ καθάπερ ἐκεῖνοι καὶ σφαλερὸν καὶ ἀκερὸες πρᾶγμα μεταχείρίζουσιν' οὕτω καὶ οὗτοι κινδύνους μὲν ὑπομένουσι πολλοὺς καὶ κρημνοὺς, εἰς οὐδὲν δὲ χρήσιμον ἀπαντῶσι τέλος, καὶ διπλοῦν ὑπομένουσι σκότος, ἀπό τε τῆς τοῦ νοῦ διαστροφῆς πεπηρωμένοι, από τε τῆς τῶν φροντίδων ἀπάτης πολλὴν τὴν ἀχλὺν ὑπομένοντες. Διόπερ οὐδὲ διαβλέψαι ῥᾳδίως δύνανται. Ὁ μὲν γὰρ ἐν σκότῳ ὧν, μόνον ἡλίου φανέντος ἀπαλλαττεται τοῦ σκότους ὁ δὲ τὰς ὄψεις πεπηρωμένος, οὐδὲ ἡλίου φανέντος ὃ δὴ καὶ οὗτοι πεπόνθασι. Οὐδὲ γὰρ τοῦ ἡλίου τῆς δικαιοσύνης λάμψαντος καὶ παραινοῦντος ἀκούουσιν, ἀποκλείσαντος αὐτοῖς τοὺς ὀφθαλμοὺς τοῦ πλούτου. Διὸ καὶ διπλοῦν σκότος ὑπομένουσι τὸ μὲν ἐξ ἐέξαντῶν, τὸ δὲ ἐκ τοῦ μὴ προσέχειν τῷ διδασκάλῳ. Προσέχωμεν τοίνυν αὐτῷ μετὰ ἀκριβείας, ἵνα ὀψὲ γοῦν ποτε ἀναβλέψωμεν. Καὶ 'πῶς ἀναβλέψαι δυνατόν; ᾿Εὰν μαθης πῶς ἐτνφλωθης. Πώς οὖν ἐτυφλώθης: ΔΑπὸ τῆς Ὁ πονηρᾶς ἐπιθυμίας. Ναθάπερ γὰρ κόρη καθαρᾷ χυμὸς ἐπιῤῥεύσας πονηρὸς ὁ τῶν χρημάτων ἔρως, πυκνὴν τὴν νεφέλην ἐποίησεν. Δλλὰ καὶ ιασκεδασθῆναι καὶ ῥαγῆναι τὴν νεφέλην ταύτην ῥᾷδιον, ἐὰν τὴν ἀκτῖνα τῆς τοῦ Χριστοῦ δεξωμεθα διδασκαλίαν ἂν ἀκούσωμεν αὐτοῦ παραινοῦντος καὶ λέγοντος. μὴ θησαυρίζετε, ὑμῖν θησαυροὺς ἐπὶ τῆς Καὶ τί μοι, φησὶ, πλέον ἀπὸ τῆς ἀκροάσεως; ὅταν ὑπὸ τῆς ἐπιθυμίας κατέχωμαι:ς Μαλιστα μὲν οὖν καὶ τὴν ἐπιθυμίαν ἡ συνεχὴς ἀκρόασις καταλῦσαι πὶ δυνήσεται. Ἂν ἃ ἄρα ἐπιμένης κατεχόμενος, ἐννόησον ὅτι οὐδὲ ἐπιθυμία τὸ πρᾶγμα ἐστι. [Ποία γὰρ ἐπιθυμία, δουλεύειν χαλεπώς, καὶ σθαι τυραννίδι, καὶ δεδέσθαι πανταχόθεν, καὶ ἐν σκότῳ διατρίβειν, καὶ θορύβου γέμειν, καὶ πόνους ὑπομένειν ἀκερδεῖς, καὶ ἑτέροις φυλάττειν τὰ χρήματα, πολλάκις δὲ καὶ ἐχθροῖς; Ποίας ταῦτα ἐπιθυμίας ἄξια; ποίας δὲ οὐ φυγῆς καὶ δρόμων: Ποία ἐπιθυμία, θησαυρὸν ἀποτίθεσθαι μεταξὺ κλεπτῶν; Εἰ γὰρ ὅλως ἐπιθυμεῖς χρημάτων, μετάθες ἔνθα δύναται μένειν ἀσφαλῆ καὶ ἀνεπηρέαστα. Ὡς ἅ γε νῦν ποιεις, ουὅ χρημάτων ἐπιθυμοῦντὸς ἐστιν, αλλὰ δουλείας, καὶ ἐπηρείας, καὶ ζημίας, καὶ ὀδύνης διηνεκοῦς. Σὺ δὲ, ἂν μὲν τις ἀνθρώπων ἐπὶ τῆς Ὑὴς τόπον ἀνεπηρέαστον δείξη, κἂν εἰς αὐτὴν ἐξαγάγη τὴν ἔρημον, ὑποσχόμενος ἀσφάλειαν τῇ φυλακῇ τῶν χρημάτων, οὐ κατοκνεῖς» οὐδὲ ἀναδύῃ, αλλὰ καὶ ἐμπιστεύεις, καὶ ἐκβάλλεις ἐκεῖ τὰ χρήματα: τοῦ θεοῦ δὲ αντὶ ἀνθρώπων ὑπισχνουμένου σοι τοῦτο, καὶ οὐχὶ τὴν ἔρημον, ἀλλὰ τὸν οὐρανὸν προτιθέντος, τὰ ἐναντία καταδέχη. Καίτοιγε κἂν μυριάκις ἐν ἀσφαλείᾳ γένηται κάτω, τῆς Φροντίδος οὐδέ- ποτε ἐλεύθερος ἐγ οὕαι δυνήση. Κἀν γὰρ μὴ ἀπολέσῃς, τοῦ φροντίζειν μὴ ἀπολέσῃς οὐδέποτε ἀπαλλαγήσῃ. ᾽Εκεῖ δὲ οὐδὲν ὑποστήσῃ τούτων καὶ τὸ δὴ πλέον, ὅτι οὐ κατορύττεις τὸ χρυσίον μόνον, ἀλλὰ καὶ φυτεύεις. Τὸ γὰρ αὐτὸ καὶ θησαυρός ἐστι καὶ σπόρος μᾶλλον δὲ ἑκατέρων τούτων πλέον. Ὃ μὲν γὰρ σπόρος οὐ μένει διαπαντὸς, τοῦτο δὲ μένει διηνεκῶς. Πάλιν ὁ θησαυρὸς οὐ βλαστάνει, οὗτος αθανατους σοι φερει καρπους. ὁε τον χρόνον μοι λε᾽ εις, καὶ τὴν αναβολὴν τῆς ἀποδόσεως, ἔχω μὲν καὶ εἐγω Ὧ. φν ἤ ὁεῖξαι; καὶ εἰπειν ὁσα καὶ ἐνταυθα ἀπολαμββανεις χωρὶς δὲ τούτων; καὶ ἀπ᾿ αὐτῶν τῶν βιωτικῶν σε ἐλέγξαι πειράσομαι μάτην ταῦτα προφασιζόμενον.

Kai kathaper hoi epi tēs skēnēs tas ponēras technas eidotes ekeinas, en men tautais polla tōn paradoxōn kai epikindynōn hypomenousin, en de ho heterois chrēsimois kai anankaiois pragmasi pantōn eisi katagelastoteroi houtō kai houtoi. Kai gar hoi epi schoinou tetamenēs badizontes, tosautēn andreian epideiknymenoi, hēnika an ti tōn anankaiōn tolman apaitę̄ kai andreian, oude ennoēsai ti dynantai ē anechontai toiouton. Houtō dē kai hoi ploutountes, panta hyper chrēmatōn tolmōntes, hyper tou philosophein ou mikron, ou mega ti toiouton hypomeinai anechontai. Kai kathaper ekeinoi kai sphaleron kai akeroes pragma metacheirizousin' houtō kai houtoi kindynous men hypomenousi pollous kai krēmnous, eis ouden de chrēsimon apantōsi telos, kai diploun hypomenousi skotos, apo te tēs tou nou diastrophēs pepērōmenoi, apo te tēs tōn phrontidōn apatēs pollēn tēn achlyn hypomenontes. Dioper oude diablepsai rhądiōs dynantai. Ho men gar en skotǭ hōn, monon hēliou phanentos apallattetai tou skotous ho de tas opseis pepērōmenos, oude hēliou phanentos ho dē kai houtoi peponthasi. Oude gar tou hēliou tēs dikaiosynēs lampsantos kai parainountos akouousin, apokleisantos autois tous ophthalmous tou ploutou. Dio kai diploun skotos hypomenousi to men ex eexantōn, to de ek tou mē prosechein tǭ didaskalǭ. Prosechōmen toinyn autǭ meta akribeias, hina opse goun pote anablepsōmen. Kai 'pōs anablepsai dynaton? ᾿Ean mathēs pōs etnphlōthēs. Pōs oun etyphlōthēs: DApo tēs Ho ponēras epithymias. Nathaper gar korē katharą chymos epirrheusas ponēros ho tōn chrēmatōn erōs, pyknēn tēn nephelēn epoiēsen. Dlla kai iaskedasthēnai kai rhagēnai tēn nephelēn tautēn rhądion, ean tēn aktina tēs tou Christou dexōmetha didaskalian an akousōmen autou parainountos kai legontos. mē thēsaurizete, hymin thēsaurous epi tēs Kai ti moi, phēsi, pleon apo tēs akroaseōs? hotan hypo tēs epithymias katechōmai:s Malista men oun kai tēn epithymian hē synechēs akroasis katalysai pi dynēsetai. An ha ara epimenēs katechomenos, ennoēson hoti oude epithymia to pragma esti. [Poia gar epithymia, douleuein chalepōs, kai sthai tyrannidi, kai dedesthai pantachothen, kai en skotǭ diatribein, kai thorybou gemein, kai ponous hypomenein akerdeis, kai heterois phylattein ta chrēmata, pollakis de kai echthrois? Poias tauta epithymias axia? poias de ou phygēs kai dromōn: Poia epithymia, thēsauron apotithesthai metaxy kleptōn? Ei gar holōs epithymeis chrēmatōn, metathes entha dynatai menein asphalē kai anepēreasta. Hōs ha ge nyn poieis, ouo chrēmatōn epithymountos estin, alla douleias, kai epēreias, kai zēmias, kai odynēs diēnekous. Sy de, an men tis anthrōpōn epi tēs Hyēs topon anepēreaston deixē, kan eis autēn exagagē tēn erēmon, hyposchomenos asphaleian tę̄ phylakę̄ tōn chrēmatōn, ou katokneis» oude anadyę̄, alla kai empisteueis, kai ekballeis ekei ta chrēmata: tou theou de anti anthrōpōn hypischnoumenou soi touto, kai ouchi tēn erēmon, alla ton ouranon protithentos, ta enantia katadechē. Kaitoige kan myriakis en asphaleią genētai katō, tēs Phrontidos oude- pote eleutheros eg houai dynēsē. Kan gar mē apolesę̄s, tou phrontizein mē apolesę̄s oudepote apallagēsę̄. ᾽Ekei de ouden hypostēsę̄ toutōn kai to dē pleon, hoti ou katorytteis to chrysion monon, alla kai phyteueis. To gar auto kai thēsauros esti kai sporos mallon de hekaterōn toutōn pleon. Ho men gar sporos ou menei diapantos, touto de menei diēnekōs. Palin ho thēsauros ou blastanei, houtos athanatous soi pherei karpous. hoe ton chronon moi le᾽ eis, kai tēn anabolēn tēs apodoseōs, echō men kai eegō Hō. phn ē hoeixai? kai eipein hosa kai entautha apolambbaneis chōris de toutōn? kai ap᾿ autōn tōn biōtikōn se elenxai peirasomai matēn tauta prophasizomenon.

And as those who know those wicked arts of the stage endure many astonishing and dangerous things in them, but in other useful and necessary matters are more ridiculous than all, so too are these. For those who walk on a stretched rope, displaying such courage, when some necessary matter demands daring and courage, cannot even conceive of anything of the kind nor bear it. So too the rich, daring everything for money, do not bear to endure anything of the kind, small or great, for the sake of philosophy. And as those handle a thing both dangerous and profitless, so these too endure many dangers and precipices, but reach no useful end, and endure a double darkness, maimed by the perversion of the mind and enduring a great mist from the deceit of their cares. That is why they cannot easily see clearly either. For the one who is in darkness is freed from the darkness as soon as the sun appears; but the one whose sight is maimed, not even when the sun appears; which is what these too have suffered. For not even when the Sun of righteousness has shone and exhorts them do they hear, since wealth has shut their eyes. That is why they endure a double darkness, one from themselves, the other from not attending to the teacher.

Let us attend to him, then, with precision, so that at last we may recover our sight. “And how is it possible to recover sight?” If you learn how you were blinded. How then were you blinded? From wicked desire. For like an evil humor flowing over a clear pupil, the love of money has made the cloud thick. But it is easy for this cloud to be scattered and broken, if we receive the ray of Christ’s teaching, if we hear him exhorting and saying, “Do not lay up for yourselves treasures on earth.” “And what more do I gain from hearing,” someone says, “when I am held by the desire?” First, continual hearing will be able to dissolve even the desire. And if you should persist in being held, consider that the thing is not even desire. For what desire is it to be a slave grievously, to be subject to a tyranny, to be bound on every side, to live in darkness, to be full of tumult, to endure profitless toils, and to keep money for others, often even for enemies? What desire are these things worthy of? What flight and running away are they not worthy of? What desire is it to deposit a treasure among thieves? For if you desire money at all, transfer it where it can remain safe and unmolested. For what you are doing now belongs not to one who desires money, but slavery and abuse and loss and continual pain. But you, if some man shows you a place on earth safe from molestation, even if he leads you out into the very desert, promising security in keeping your money, do not hesitate or hang back, but trust him and throw your money there; but when God, instead of men, promises you this, and sets before you not the desert but heaven, you accept the opposite. And yet even if it is ten thousand times in safety below, you will never be able to become free from anxiety. For even if you do not lose it, you will never be freed from anxiety lest you lose it. But there you will undergo none of these things; and what is more, you not only bury the gold but plant it. For the same thing is both a treasure and a seed, or rather more than both. For the seed does not remain forever, but this remains continually. Again, the treasure does not sprout, but this bears you deathless fruits. And if you speak to me of the time and the delay of the repayment, I too can show and tell you how much you receive even here; but apart from these things I will try to convict you from the very affairs of this life of making these excuses in vain.

20.6Field 1

Πολλὰ γὰρ καὶ ἐν τῷ παρόντι βίῳ κατασκευάζεις, ὧν οὐ μέλλεις αὐτὸς ἀπολαύειν κὰν ἐγκαλῆ τις, τοὺς παῖὸας καὶ τοὺς ἐκείνων παῖδας προβαλλόμενος, ἱκανὴν δοκεῖς παραμυθίαν τῶν περιττῶν εὑρηκέναι πόνων. Ὅταν γὰρ ἐν ἐσχάτῳ γήρᾳ γενόμενος οἰκοἐν οἰκίας λαμπρᾶς, ὧν πρὸ τοῦ τέλους ἀπελεύσῃ πολλάκις. δένδρα φυτεύης, ἃ μετὰ πολλὰ ἔτη τὸν καρπὸν οἴσει: καὶ οὐσίας ἀγοράζης καὶ κλήρους, ὧν μετά Ὁ πολὺν δέξη χρόνον τὴν δεσποτείαν, καὶ ἕτερα πολλὰ τοιαῦτα φιλοπονῇς, ὧν οὐ καρπώση τὴν ἀπολανσιν ἀρα διὰ σεαυτὸν διὰ τοὺς μετὰ ταῦτα ποιεῖς; Πως οὖν οὐκ ἐσχάτης ἀνοίας, ἐνταῦθα μὲν μηδὲν ἀλύειν πρὸς τὴν τοῦ χρόνου μέλλησιν, καὶ ταῦτα μέλλοντα ἐκ τῆς μελλήσεως ταύτης ἁπάσης τῶν πόνων ἐκπίπτειν τῆς ἀμοιβῆς εκεῖ δὲ διὰ τὴν ἀναβολὴν ναρκᾶν; καὶ ταῦτα πλέον σοι φερούσης τὸ κέρδος, καὶ οὐκ εἰς ἑτέρους παραπεμπούσης τὰ ἀγαθὰ, ἀλλὰ σοὶ κομιζούσης τὡς δωρεάς: Χωρὶς δὲ τούτων οὐδὲ ἡ ἀναβολὴ πολλή. Ικαὶ γὰρ ἐπὶ θύραις τὰ πραγματα, καὶ οὐκ ἴσμεν μή ποτε καὶ ἐν τῇ ἡμετέρᾳ γενεᾷ τέλος ἕξει τὰ καθ᾽ ἡμᾶς ἅπαντα, καὶ φοβερὰ παραγένηται ἡμέρα ἐκείνη, τὸ φρικῶδες ἡμῖν ἐόν καὶ ἀδέκαστον δικαστήριον. Καὶ γὰρ τὰ πλείονα τῶν σημείων ἀπήρτισται, καὶ τὸ εὐαγγέἉ λιον λοιπὸν πανταχοὺ τῆς οἰκουμένης κεκήρυκται, και τα τῶν πολέμων, καὶ τὰ τῶν σεισμῶν, καὶ τὰ τῶν λιμῶν ἐξέβη, καὶ οὐ πολὺ τὸ μέσον. Δλλ᾽ οὐχ ὁρᾷς σημεῖα Καὶ, ἢ τοῦτο αντὸ μεγιστον σημειον. (Λυὸε γαρ οἱ ἐπὶ Νῶε εἶἷἶοον. προοίμια τῆς πανωλεθρίαης ἐκείνης. αλλά μεταξὺ παίζοντες, ἐσθίοντες, γαμοῦντες, τὰ συνηθὴ πράττοντες ἅπαντα, οὕτω τὰ σημεῖα κατελήφθησαν ὑπὸ τὴς φοβερᾶς δίκης ἐκείνης. Καὶ οἱ ἐν Σοδόμοις δὲ ὁμοίως, τρυφῶντες καὶ οὐδὲν ὑφορώμενοι τῶν γεγενημένων, ὑπὸ τῶν κεραυνῶν κατεφλέχθησαν τῶν τότε κατενεχθέντων. Ἅπερ οὖν ἅπαντα ἐννοοῦντες, ἐπιστρέψωμεν ἑαυτοὺς πρὸς τὴν τῆς ἐντεῦθεν ἀποδημίας παρασκενήν. Κάν. γὰρ ἢ κοινὴ τῆς συντελείας ἡμέρα μηδέποτε ἐπιστῇ, τὸ ἑκάστου τέλος ἐπὶ θύραις, κἂν γεγηρακὼς τις ἧ, κἂν νέος καὶ οὐκ ἔστιν ἐντεῦθεν ἀπελθόντας οὔτε ἔλαιον πρίασθαι λοιπὸν, οὔτε δεηθέντας ἐπιτυχεῖν συγγνώμης, κἂν ᾿Αβραὰμ ὁ παρακαλῶν ἡ, κἂν Νῶε, κἂν ᾿Ιὠβ, κἂν Δανιήλ. Ἕως οὺν καιρὸν ἔχομεν; προαποθώμεθα ἑαυτοῖς πολλὴν τὴν παῤῥησίαν, συναγάγωμεν ἔλαιον δαψιλὲς, μεταθώμεν ἅπαντα εἰς τὸν οὐρανὸν, ἵνα ἐν καιρῷ τῷ προσήκοντι καὶ ᾿ᾧ μάλιστα αὐτῶν δεόμεθα, πάντων ἀπολαύσωμεν, χάριτι καὶ φιλανθρωπίᾳ τοῦ κυρίου ἡμῶν ᾿Ιησοῦ Χριστοῦ, αἱ ἡ δόξα καὶ τὸ κράτος; νῦν καὶ ἀεὶ καὶ εἰς τοὺς αἰῶνας τῶν αἰώνων. ᾿Δμῆν.

Polla gar kai en tǭ paronti biǭ kataskeuazeis, hōn ou melleis autos apolauein kan enkalē tis, tous paioas kai tous ekeinōn paidas proballomenos, hikanēn dokeis paramythian tōn perittōn heurēkenai ponōn. Hotan gar en eschatǭ gērą genomenos oikoen oikias lampras, hōn pro tou telous apeleusę̄ pollakis. dendra phyteuēs, ha meta polla etē ton karpon oisei: kai ousias agorazēs kai klērous, hōn meta Ho polyn dexē chronon tēn despoteian, kai hetera polla toiauta philoponę̄s, hōn ou karpōsē tēn apolansin ara dia seauton dia tous meta tauta poieis? Pōs oun ouk eschatēs anoias, entautha men mēden alyein pros tēn tou chronou mellēsin, kai tauta mellonta ek tēs mellēseōs tautēs hapasēs tōn ponōn ekpiptein tēs amoibēs ekei de dia tēn anabolēn narkan? kai tauta pleon soi pherousēs to kerdos, kai ouk eis heterous parapempousēs ta agatha, alla soi komizousēs tōs dōreas: Chōris de toutōn oude hē anabolē pollē. Ikai gar epi thyrais ta pragmata, kai ouk ismen mē pote kai en tę̄ hēmeterą geneą telos hexei ta kath᾽ hēmas hapanta, kai phobera paragenētai hēmera ekeinē, to phrikōdes hēmin eon kai adekaston dikastērion. Kai gar ta pleiona tōn sēmeiōn apērtistai, kai to euangeA lion loipon pantachou tēs oikoumenēs kekēryktai, kai ta tōn polemōn, kai ta tōn seismōn, kai ta tōn limōn exebē, kai ou poly to meson. Dll᾽ ouch horąs sēmeia Kai, ē touto anto megiston sēmeion. (Lyoe gar hoi epi Nōe eiiioon. prooimia tēs panōlethriaēs ekeinēs. alla metaxy paizontes, esthiontes, gamountes, ta synēthē prattontes hapanta, houtō ta sēmeia katelēphthēsan hypo tēs phoberas dikēs ekeinēs. Kai hoi en Sodomois de homoiōs, tryphōntes kai ouden hyphorōmenoi tōn gegenēmenōn, hypo tōn keraunōn katephlechthēsan tōn tote katenechthentōn. Haper oun hapanta ennoountes, epistrepsōmen heautous pros tēn tēs enteuthen apodēmias paraskenēn. Kan. gar ē koinē tēs synteleias hēmera mēdepote epistę̄, to hekastou telos epi thyrais, kan gegērakōs tis hē, kan neos kai ouk estin enteuthen apelthontas oute elaion priasthai loipon, oute deēthentas epitychein syngnōmēs, kan ᾿Abraam ho parakalōn hē, kan Nōe, kan ᾿Iōb, kan Daniēl. Heōs oun kairon echomen? proapothōmetha heautois pollēn tēn parrhēsian, synagagōmen elaion dapsiles, metathōmen hapanta eis ton ouranon, hina en kairǭ tǭ prosēkonti kai ᾿hǭ malista autōn deometha, pantōn apolausōmen, chariti kai philanthrōpią tou kyriou hēmōn ᾿Iēsou Christou, hai hē doxa kai to kratos? nyn kai aei kai eis tous aiōnas tōn aiōnōn. ᾿Dmēn.

For in the present life too you prepare many things which you yourself are not going to enjoy; and if someone accuses you, putting forward your children and their children, you think you have found sufficient consolation for your superfluous toils. For when, having reached extreme old age, you build splendid houses, which you will often leave before they are finished, and plant trees which will bear fruit after many years, and buy estates and inheritances of which you will receive possession after a long time, and labor at many other such things whose enjoyment you will not reap, do you do it for yourself or for those who come after? How then is it not the height of folly, here not to be troubled at all by the delay of time, and that when you are going to lose the reward of your toils because of all this delay, but there to grow numb because of the postponement, when it brings you more gain, and does not pass the good things on to others but brings the gifts to you yourself? Besides this, the postponement is not long either. For things are at the doors, and we do not know whether in our own generation all things concerning us will come to an end, and that fearful day will come, the awful and incorruptible court. For most of the signs have been completed, and the Gospel has now been preached everywhere in the world, and the things of wars and earthquakes and famines have come to pass, and the interval is not great. “But you do not see signs?” This very thing is the greatest sign. For neither did those in Noah’s time see the beginnings of that universal destruction, but while they were playing, eating, marrying, doing all their usual things, so they were overtaken by that fearful judgment. And those in Sodom likewise, living in luxury and suspecting none of what happened, were burned up by the thunderbolts that were then brought down. Considering all these things, then, let us turn ourselves to the preparation for our departure from here. For even if the common day of the consummation should never come, each one’s end is at the doors, whether one is old or young; and it is not possible for those who have departed from here either to buy oil any longer, or by asking to obtain pardon, even if it is Abraham who intercedes, or Noah, or Job, or Daniel. While, then, we have time, let us store up for ourselves beforehand great boldness, let us gather abundant oil, let us transfer everything into heaven, so that at the fitting time, when we most need them, we may enjoy them all, by the grace and love for mankind of our Lord Jesus Christ, to whom be the glory and the might, now and always and to the ages of ages. Amen.

Chapter 21

21.1Field 1

Οὐδεὶς δύναται δυσὶ κυρίοις δουλεύειν᾽ ἢ γὰρ τὸν ἕνα μισήσει, καὶ τὸν ἕτερον αγαπὴήσει᾽ ἤ ενὸς ἀνθέξεται, καὶ τοῦ ἑτέρου καταφρονήσει. ὍΡΑΙΣ πῶς κατὰ μικρὸν τῶν ὄντων αφίστησι, καὶ διὰ πλειόνων τὸν περὶ τῆς ακτημοσύνης εἰσάγει λόγον, καὶ τὴν τῆς φιλαργυρίας καταβάλλει τυραυνίδα: Οὐδὲ γὰρ ἠρκέσθη τοῖς ἔμπροσθεν, καίτοι πολλοῖς καὶ μεγάλοις οὗσιν' ἀλλὰ καὶ ἕτερα προστίθησι πλείονα καὶ φοβερώτερα. Ἧ γὰρ τῶν νῦν εἰρημένων φοβερώτερον, εἴγε μέλλοιμεν τῆς τοῦ Χριστοῦ δουλείας ἐκπίπτειν διὰ τὰ χρήματα: τί δὲ ποθεινότεβον, εἴγε μέλλοιμεν αὐτῶν ὑπεριδόντες ἀκριβῆ τὴν πρὸς αὐτὸν εὔνοιαν ἔχειν. καὶ τὴν ἀγάπην: Ὅπερ γὰρ ἀεὶ λέγω, τοῦτο καὶ νὺν ἐρῶ, ὅτι δι ἑκατέρων ὠθεῖ τὸν ἀκροατὴν εἰς τὴν ὑπακοὴν τῶν λεγομένων, καὶ διὰ τῶν ὠφελίμων, καὶ διὰ τῶν βλαβερῶν' καθάπερ ἰατρὸς ἄριστος, καὶ τὴν ἐκ τῆς ἀπροσεξίας νόσον, καὶ τὴν απὸ τῆς ὑπακοῆς ὑγείαν ἐνδεικνύμενος. Ὅρα γοῦν οἷον πάλιν δείκνυσι τὸ κέρδος τοῦτο, καὶ πῶς κατασκευάζει τὸ συμφέρον ἀπὸ τῆς τῶν ἐναντίων ἀπαλλαγῆς. Οὐ γὰρ τοῦτο μόνον ὑμᾶς βλάπτει, φησὶν, ὁ πλοῦτος, ὅτι λῃστὰς ὁπλίζει καθ᾽ ὑμῶν, οὐδ᾽ ὅτι τὸν νοῦν σκοτοῖ μετ΄ ἐπιτάσεως ἁπάσης αλλ ὅτι καὶ τῆς δουλείας ὑμᾶς ἐκβάλλει τοῦ θεοῦ, αἰχμαλώτους τῶν ἀψύχων χρημάτων ποιῶν, καὶ ἑκατέρωθεν. βλάπτων, καὶ τῷ δούλους ποιεῖν ὧν κρατεῖν ἔδει, καὶ τῷ τῆς δουλείας ἐς βάλλειν τοῦ θεοῦ, ᾧ μάλιστα πάντων δουλεύειν ἀναγκαῖον ὑμῖν. Ὥσπερ γαὰρ ἐκεῖ διπλῆν ἔδειξε τὴν βλάβην, τῷ καὶ ἐνταῦθα τιθέναι, ὅπου σῆς ἀφανίζει, καὶ ἐκεῖ μὴ τἰδενας ἔνθα ἀνάλωτος ἡ φυλακή οὕτω καὶ ἐνταῦθα διπλῆν δείκνυσι τὴν ζημίαν, καὶ δι᾽ ὧν αἀφέλκει τοῦ θεοῦ, καὶ δι ὧν ὑποτάττει τῷ μαμωνᾷ. ᾿Αλλ᾽ οὐκ εὐθέως αὐτὸ τίθησιν, ἀλλ᾽ απὸ κοινῶν αὐτὸ πρῶτον κατασκευάζει λογισμῶν, οὕτω λέγων οὐδεὶς δύναται δυσὶ κυρίοις δουλεύειν δύο τοὺς τὰ ἐναντία ἐπιτάττοντας λέγων ἐνταῦθα. ᾿Επεὶ εἰ μὴ τοῦτο εἴη, οὐδὲ δύο ἃν εἶεν. Καὶ γὰρ τοῦ πλήθους τῶν πιστευσάντων ἣν ἡ καρδία καὶ ἡ ψυχὴ μία καίτοι εἰς πολλὰ σώματα ἦσαν διηρημένοι, ἀλλ᾽ ὅμως ἡ ὁμόνοια τοὺς πολλοὺς ἕν ἐποίησεν. Εἶτα ἐπιτείνων αὐτὰ, φησίν' οὐ μόνον οὐ δουλεύσει, ἀλλὰ καὶ μισήσει καὶ ἀποστραφήσεται. Ἢ γὰρ τὸν ἕνα μισήσει, φησὶ, καὶ τὸν ἕτερον ἀγαπήσει ἑνὸς ἀνθέξεται, καὶ τοῦ ἑτέρου καταφρονήσει. Καὶ δοκεῖ μὲν δεύτερον εἰρῆσθαι τὸ αὐτο οὐ μὴν ἁπλῶς οὕτως αὐτὸ συνέθηκεν, αλλ ἵνα δείξη ῥᾳδίαν οὗσαν τὴν ἐπὶ τὸ βέλτιον μεταβολήν. Ἵνα γὰρ μὴ λέγηκ᾽ ἐδουλώθην ἅπαξ, ἐτυραννήθην. ὑπὸ τῶν χρημάτων᾽ δείκνυσιν ὅτι δυνατὸν μεταθέσθαι, καὶ ὥσπερ ἐκεῖθεν ἐπὶ τοῦτο, οὕτω καὶ ἐντεῦθεν ἐπ᾿ ἐκεῖνο ἐλθεῖν. Εἰπὼν τοίνυν ἀορίστως, ἵνα πείσῃ τὸν ἀκροατὴν ἀδέκαστον κριτὴν γενέσθαι τῶν λεγομένων, καὶ ἀπ᾽ αὐτῆς τῶν πραγμάτων τῆς φύσεως τὴν ψηφον ἐξενεγκεῖν, ὅτε ἔλαβεν αὐτὸν οὐμοθν ουντά, τότε καὶ ἑαυτὸν ἀποκαλύπτει. ᾿Επήγαγε γουν᾽ οὐ δύνασθε θεῷ δουλεύειν καὶ μαμωνᾷ. Φρίξωμεν δε ἐννοήσαντες τί παρεσκευάσαμεν τὸν Χριστὸν εἰπεῖν, καὶ μετὰ θεοῦ θεῖναι τὸν χρυσόν. Εἰ δὲ τοῦτο φρικτὸν, τὸ διὰ τῶν ἔργων γίνεσθαι, καὶ προτιμᾶσθαι τοῦ φόβου τοῦ θεοῦ τὴν τοῦ χρυσοῦ τυραννίδα, πολλῷ φρικωδέστερον. Τί οὖν: ἐπὶ τῶν παλαιῶν οὐκ ἣν τοῦτο δνασόρς Οὐδαμῶς. Πώς οὖν ὁ Ἄβραάμ, φησὶ, πῶς ὁ Ἰὼβ εὐδοκίμησε; Μή μοι τοὺς πλουτουντας εἴπης, ἀλλὰ τοὺς δουλεύοντας. Επεὶ καὶ ὁ Ἰὼβ πλούσιος ἡν ἀλλ᾽ οὐκ ἐδούλευε τῷ μαμωνᾷ, ἀλλ᾽ εἶχεν αὐτὸν καὶ ἐκράτει, καὶ δεσπότης, οὐ δοῦλος ἡ ἢν. Ὥσπερ οὖν ἀλλοτρίων οἰκονόμος ὧν χρημάτων, οὕτω πάντα ἐκεῖνα ἐκέκτητο, οὐ μόνον τὰ ἑτέρων οὐχ ἁρπάζων, ἀλλὰ καὶ τὰ ἴδια προϊέμενος τοῖς δεομένοις. Καὶ τὸ δὴ μεῖζον, ὅτι οὐδὲ παροῦσιν ἔχαιρεν' ὃ καὶ ἐδήλου λέγων' ὁ εἰ καὶ εὐφράνθην πολλοῦ πλούτου μοι γενομένου διὰ τοῦτο οὐδὲ ἤλγησεν ἀπελθόντος. Ἀλλ᾽ οὐχὶ νῦν τοιοῦτοι οἱ πλουτοῦντές εἰσιν, αλλὰ καὶ παντὸς ἀνδραπόδου χεῖρον διακείμενοι, καθάπερ τυράννῳ τινὶ χαλεπῷ φόρους ἄγοντες. Ὥσπερ, γὰρ ἀκρόπολίν τινα αὐτῶν καταλαβὼν τὴν διάνοιαν ὁ τῶν χρημάτων ἔρως, τὰ πάσης παρανομίας γέμοντα ἐπιτάγματα ἐκεῖθεν αὐτοῖς καθ᾽ ἑκάστην πέμπει τὴν ἡμέραν, καὶ ὁ παρακούων οὐδείς. Μὴ τοίνυν περιττὰ φιλοσόφει. Καὶ γὰρ ἀπεφήνατο ἅπαξ ὁ θεὸς, καὶ εἶπεν ἀδύνατον εἶναι ταύτην κακείνην συμβῆναι τὴν δουλείαν. Μὴ τοίνυν σὺ λέγε, ὅτι δυνατόν. Ὄταν γὰρ ὁ μὲν ἁρπατὰ κελεύῃ, ὁ δὲ τὰ ὄντα ἀποδύεσθαι ὁ μὲν σωφρονεῖν, ὁ πορνεύειν ὁ μὲν μεθύειν καὶ τρυφᾶν, ὁ ὁ δὲ γαστρὸς κατέχειν καὶ ὁ μὲν ὑπερορᾶν τῶν ὄντων, ὁ δὲ προσηλῶσθαι τοῖς παροῦσιν ὁ μὲν θαυμάζειν μάρμαρα καὶ τοίχους καὶ ὀρόφους, ὁ δὲ ταῦτα ἀτιμάζειν, τιμᾶν δὲ φιλοσοφίαν, πώς δυνατὸν ταῦτα συμβῆναι; Κύριον δὲ ἐνταῦθα τὸν μαμωνᾶν ἐκάλεσεν, οὐ διὰ τὴν οἰκείαν φύσιν, ἀλλὰ διὰ τὴν των ὑποκλινομένων αὐτῷ ταλαιπωρίαν. Οὕτω καὶ τὴν κοιλίαν θεὸν καλεῖ, οὐκ ἀπὸ τοῦ τῆς δεσποίνης ἀξιώματος, ἀλλ᾽ ἀπὸ τῆς τῶν δουλευόντων ἀθλιότητος ὃ πάσης κολάσεως χεῖρόν ἐστι, καὶ πρὸ τῆς κολάσεως ἱκανὸν τιμωρήσασθαι τὸν ἁλόντα. Ποίων γὰρ καταδίκων οὐκ ἂν εἶεν ἀθλιώτεροι οἱ τὸν θεὸν δεσπότην ἔχοντες, καὶ ἀπὸ τῆς ἡμέρου βασιλείας. ἐκείνης ἐπὶ τὴν χαλεπὴν αὐτομολοῦντες τυραννίδα, καὶ ταῦτα τοσαύτης ἀπὸ τοῦ πράγματος βλάβης καὶ ἐνταῦθα γινομόνης Καὶ γὰρ ζημία ἄφατος ἀπὸ τοῦ πράγματος, καὶ δίκαι, καὶ ἐπήρειαι, καὶ ἀγῶνες, καὶ πόνοι, καὶ ψυχῆς πήρωσις καὶ τὸ πάντων χαλεπώτερον, ἱὅτι τῶν ἀγαθῶν ἐκπίπτει τῶν ἀνωτάτω, ὅπερ ἐστὶν ἡ τοῦ θεοῦ δουλεία. Ὁ Διδάξας τοίνυν διὰ πάντων τὸ συμφέρον τῆς τῶν χρῆμάτων ὑπεροψίας, καὶ πρὸς αὐτὴν τῶν χρημάτων τὴν φυλακὴν, καὶ πρὸς τὴν τῆς ψυχῆς ἡδονὴν, καὶ πρὸς τὴν τῆς Ὁ φιλοσοφίας κτῆσιν, καὶ πρὸς τὴν τῆς εὐσεβείας ἀσφάλειαν, κατασκευάζει λοιπὸν ὅτι καὶ δυνατὴ αὕτη παραίνεσις. Τοῦτο γὰρ μάλιστα νομοθεσίας ἀρίστης, τὸ μὴ τὰ συμφέβροντα μόνον ἐπιτάττειν, ἀλλὰ καὶ δυνατὰ αὐτὰ ποιεῖν. Διὰ τοῦτο καὶ ἐπάγει, λέγων μὴ μεριμνήσητε, τῇ ψυχῇ ὑμῶν, τί φάγητε. Ἵνα γὰρ μὴ λέγωσι τί οὖν; ἂν πάντα ῥίψωμεν, πῶς δυνησόμεθα ζῆσαι: πρὸς ταὐτην λοιπὸν ἵσταται τὴν ἀντίθεσιν σφόδρα εὐκαίρως. Ὥσπερ γὰρ εἰ παρὰ τὴν ἀρχὴν εἶπε, μὴ μεριμνήσητε, ὄκει βαρὺς εἶναι ὃ λόγον οὕτως ἐπειδὴ ἔδειξε τὴν λύμην τὴν ἐγγινομένην ἀπὸ τῆς φιλαργυρίας, εὐπαράδεκτον λοιπὸν ποιεῖ τὴν παραίνεσιν. Διόπερ οὐδὲ νῦν ἁπλῶς εἶπε, μὴ μεριμνήσητα, ἀλλὰ τὴν τιαν προσθεὶς, οὕτω τοῦτο ἐπέταξε. Μετὰ γὰρ τὸ εἰπεῖν, οὐ δύνασθε θεῷ δουλεύειν καὶ μαμωνᾷ, ἐπήγαγε διὰ τοῦτο λέγω ὑμῖν, μὴ μεριμνήσητε. Τοῦτο, ποῖον: Τὸ τῆς ζημίας ἄφατον. Οὐδὲ γὰρ ἐν χρήμασι μόνον. ὑμῖν ἢ βλαβη, αλλὰ καὶ ἐν τοῖς καιριωτάτοις ἡ πληγὴ, καὶ τῆ τῆς σωτηρίας ὑμῶν ἀνατροπῇ. Τοῦ γὰρ ποιήσαντος ὑμᾶς καὶ ὑμῖν, μὴ μεριμνήσητε. ᾿Επειδὴ γὰρ τὴν βλάβην ὄδειξεν ἄφατον, καὶ ἐπιτείνει λοιπὸν τὸ ἐπίταγμα. Οὐδὲ γὰρ τὰ ὄντα κελεύει ῥίπτειν μόνον», ἀλλὰ μηδὲ ὑπὲρ τῆς ἀναγκαίας μεριμνᾶν τροφῆς, λέγων' μὴ μεριμνήσητε τῇ ψυχῇ ὑμῶν, τί φάγητε. Οὐκ ἐπειδὴ ἢ ψυχὴ τροφῆς δεῖται ἀσώματος γάρ ἀλλὰ κατὰ τὴν κοινὴν ἐφθέγξατο συνήθειαν. Εἰ γὰρ καὶ μὴ δεῖται τροφῆς, Ῥαλλὰ ἄλλως οὐκ ἂν ἀνάσχοιτο μένειν ἐν τῷ σώματι, ἀλλ᾽ ἢ τρεφομένου αὐτοῦ. Ναὶ τοῦτο εἰπὼν, οὐχ᾽ ἁπλῶς αὐτὸ τίθησιν, αλλὰ καὶ ἐνταῦθα λογισμοὺς ἀνακινεῖ τοὺς μὲν εκ τῶν ὑπηργμένων ἡμῖν ἤδη, τοὺς δὲ ἐξ ἑτέρων παραδευγμάτων. ᾿Απὸ μὲν τῶν ὑπηργμένων, οὕτω λέγων᾽ «οὐχὶ πλέον ἐστὶν ἡ ψυχὴ τῆς τροφῆς, καὶ τὸ σῶμα τοῦ ἐλλυνώ: Ὃ τοίνυν τὸ μεῖζον δοὺς, πῶς τὸ ἔλαττον οὐ δώσει: ὁ τὴν τρεφομένην σάρκα διαπλάσας, πῶς τὴν τροφὴν οὐ Ταρέξει: Διόπερ οὐδὲ ἁπλῶς εἶπε, μὴ Μεριμνήσητε τί φάγητε καὶ τί ἐνδύσησθε, ἀλλὰ, τῷ σώματι, καὶ, ψυχη ἐπειδὴ ἀπ᾽ αὑτῶν ἔμελλε τὰς ἀποδείξεις ποιεῖσθαι, κατὰ σύγκρισιν τὸν λόγον προάγων. ᾿Αλλὰ τὴν μὲν ψυχὴν ἅπαξ ἔδωκε, καὶ μένει τοιαύτη τὸ δὲ σῶμα καθ᾽ ἑκάστην ἐπιδίδωσι τὴν ἡμέραν. Ἅπερ, οὖν ἀμφότερα ἐνδεικνύμενος, καὶ τῆς μὲν τὸ ἀθάνατον, τοῦ δὲ τὸ ἐπίκηρον, ἐπήγαγε λέγων τίς δύναται εξ ὑμῶν προσθεῖναι ἐπὶ τὴν ἡλικίαν αὐτοῦ πῆχυν ἕνα. Καὶ τὴν ψυχὴν σιγήσας, ἅτε οὐ λαμβάνουσαν ἐπίδοσιν, περὶ τοῦ σώματος διελέχθη μόνον ἀπὸ τούτου κἀκεῖνο δηλῶν, ὅτι οὐχ ἡ τροφὴ αὐτὸ αὔξει, ἀλλ᾽ ἡ τοῦ θεοῦ πρόνοια. Ὃ καὶ δι ἄλλων δηλῶν ὁ Παῦλος ἔλεγεν ὥστε οὔτε ὁ φυτεύων, οὔτε ὁ ποτίζων ἐστί τὸ ἀλλ᾽ ὁ αὐξάνων θεός. Ἀπὸ μὲν οὖν τῶν ὑπηρ μένων οὕτω προέτρεψεν' ἀπὸ δὲ ἑτέρων παραδειγμάτων, ἐμβλέψατε εἰς τὰ πετεινὰ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ, λέγων. Ἵνα γὰρ μὴ λέγη τις, οτι ὠφελοῦμεν μεριμνῶντες, καὶ απὸ τοῦ μείζονος καὶ ἀπὸ Ὁ τοῦ ἐλάττονος αὐτοὺς ἀποτρέπει' τοῦ μείζονος μὲν, τῆς ψυχῆς καὶ τοῦ σώματος τοῦ ἐλάττονος δὲ, τῶν πετεινῶν. Εἰ γὰρ τῶν σφόδρα καταδεεστέρων τοσοῦτος λόγος αὐτῷ, πώς ὑμῖν οὐ δώσει φησίν. Καὶ πρὸς μὲν τούτου οὕτως ὄχλος γὰρ ἣν τέως δημώδης᾽ τῷ διαβόλῳ δὲ οὐχ οὕτως, ἀλλὰ πῶς; Οὐκ ἐπ᾽ ἄρτῳ μόνῳ ζήσεται ἄνθρωπος, ἀλλ᾽ ἐπὶ παντὶ ῥήματι ἐκπορενομένῳ διὰ στόματος θεοῦ. ᾿Ενταῦθα δὲ τῶν ὀρνίθων μέμνηται, καὶ σφόδρα ἐντρεπτικῶς ὅπερ μεγίστην εἰς παραινέσεως λόγον ἔχει τὴν ἰσχύν. ᾿Αλλὰ γὰρ εἰς τοσοῦτον ἀνοίας ἦλθον τινες τῶν ἀσεβῶν, ὡς καὶ ἐπιλαἙ βέσθαι τοῦ παραδείγματος. Οὐ γὰρ ἔδει, φησὶ, προαίρεσιν ἀλείφοντα, ἀπὸ φυσικὼν πλεονεκτημάτων εἰς τοῦτο ἐνάγειν ἐκείνοις γὰρ τοῦτο κατὰ φύσιν πρόσεστι, φησί. Τί ουν πρὸς τοῦτο ἂν εἴποιμεν: Ὅτι εἰ καὶ κατὰ φύσιν ἐκείνοις πρόσεστιν, ἀλλὰ δυνατὸν καὶ ἡμῖν ἐκ προαιρέσεως γενέσθαι τοῦτο. Οὐδὲ γὰρ εἶπεν, ἐμβλέψατε ὅ οτὶ πέταται τὰ πετεινὰ, ὅπερ αδύ.-. νατον ἦν ἀνθρώπῳ᾽ αλλ ὅτι τρέφεται χωρὶς μερίμνης ὅπερ καὶ ἡμῖν, ἐὰν ἐθέλωμεν, εὔκολον κατορθωθῆναι. Καὶ τοῦτο ἔδειξαν οἱ διὰ τῶν ἔργων αὐτὸ ἀνύσαντες. Διὸ δὴ ἄξιον μάλιστα θαυμάσαι τὴν τοῦ νομοθέτου σύνεσιν, ὅτι ἐξ ἀνθρωπων ἔχων τὸ ὑπόδειγμα παρασχεῖν, καὶ δυνάμενος εἰπεῖν τὸν ᾿Ηλίαν, καὶ τὸν Μωῦσέα, καὶ τὸν ᾿[ωάννην, καὶ ἑτέρους τοιούτους μὴ μεριμνήσαντας, ἵνα αὐτῶν καθάψηται, τῶν ἀλόγων ἐμνημόνευσεν. Εἰ μὲν γὰρ εἶπε τοὺς δικαίους ἐκείνους, εἶχον οὗτοι λέγειν, ὅτι οὐδέπω κατ᾽ ἐκείνους γεγόναμεν. Νυνὶ δὲ σιγήσας αὐτοὺς, καὶ τὰ πετεινὰ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ παραγαγὼν, πάσαν αὐτῶν ἐξέκοψε πρόφασιν, καὶ ἐνταῦθα παλαιὸν μιμούμενος νόμον. Καὶ γὰρ καὶ ἡ παλαιὰ διαθήκη καὶ πρὸς τὴν μέλισσαν πέμπει, καὶ πρὸς τὸν μύρμηκα, καὶ πρὸς τὴν τρυγόνα, καὶ πρὸς τὴν χελιδόνα. Οὐ μικρὸν δὲ καὶ τοῦτο τιμῆς εἰγμα, ὅταν ἅπερ ἐκεῖνα απὸ φύσεως ἔχει, ταῦτα δυνώμεθα ἡμεῖς κατορθοῦν τῆ προαιρέσει. τοίνυν τῶν δι ἡμᾶς τοσαύτην ποιεῖται πρόνοιαν, πολλῷ μᾶλλον ἡμῶν εἰ τῶν δούλων, πολλῷῴ μᾶλλον τοῦ δεσπότου. Διὰ τοῦτο ἔλεγεν' ἐμβλέψατε εἰς τὰ πετεινα καὶ οὐκ εἶπεν, ὅτι οὐ καπηλεύουσιν, οὐδὲ ἐμπορεύονται ταῦτα γὰρ τῶν σφόδρα ἀπειρημένων ἢν δαλλὰ τί: οὐ σπείρουσιν, οὐδὲ θερίζουσι. Τί οὖν; οὐ δεῖ σπείρειν: φησίν. Οὐκ εἶπεν, ὅτι σπείρειν ουὅ δεῖ, ἀλλ᾽ ὅτι μεριμναν οὐ δεῖ οὐδ᾽ ὅτι ἐργάζεσθαι ουὅ χρὴ. ἀλλ᾽ ὅτι μικρόψυχον εἶναι καὶ κατατείνειν ἑαυτὸν ταῖς φροντίσιν οὐ χρή. ᾿Επεὶ καὶ ϑὰ ϑς ἐκέλευσεν, ἀλλὰ μὴ μεριμνῶντας. Τοῦτον καὶ ὁ Δαυὶ ἄνωθεν προκαταβάλλεται τὸν λόγον, αἰνυγματωδῶς οὕτω λέγων ὃ ἀνοίγεις σὺ τὴν χεῖρά σου, καὶ ἐμπιπλᾷς πᾶν ζῶον εὐδοκίας καὶ πάλιν, Ὦ τῷ διδόντι τοῖς κτήνεσι τροφὴν αὐτῶν, καὶ τοῖς νεοσσοῖς τῶν κοράκων τοῖς ἐπικαλουμένοις αὐτόν. Τίνες οὖν οὐκ ἐμερίμνησαν: φησίν. Οὐκ ἤκουσας ὅσους παρήγαγον τῶν δικαίων: Οὐχ ὁρᾷς μετ᾽ ἐκείνων τὸν Ιακωβ ἀπὸ τῆς πατρῴας οἰκίας γυμνὸν ἁπάντων ἀναχωροῦντα: οὐκ ἀκούεις αὐτοῦ εὐὑχομένον καὶ λέγοντος ἐὰν δῴη μοι κύριος ἄρτον φαγεῖν, καὶ ἱμάτιον περιβαλέσθαι: ὅπερ οὐχὶ μεριμνῶντος, ἀλλὰ παρὰ τοῦ θεοῦ τὸ πᾶν ζητοῦντος ἡ ἢν. Ῥοῦτο καὶ οἱ ἀπόστολοι κατώρθωσαν, ἅπαντα ῥίψαντες, καὶ μὴ μεριμνήσαντες [καὶ οἱ πεντακισχίλιοι; καὶ οἱ τρισχίλιοι. Εἰ δὲ οὐκ ἀνέχη, τοσούτων ἀκούων βημάτων, ἀπολῦσαι σαντὸν τῶν χαλεπῶν τούτων δεσμών, τὸ ἀνόνητον τοῦ πράγματος ἐννοήσας, κατάλυσον τὴν φροντίδα. Τί γὰρ ὑμῶν, φησὶ, μεριμνῶν δύναται προσθεῖναι ἐπὶ τὴν ἡλικίαν αὐτοῦ πῆχυν ἕνα Εἶδες πῶς ἀπὸ τοὺ φανεροὺ καὶ τὸ αφανὲς κατάδηλον ἐποίησεν; Ὥσπερ γὰρ τῳ σώματι, φησὶν, οὐδὲ μικρὸν προσθεῖναι δυνήσῃ μεριμνῶν οὕτως οὐδὲ τροφὴν συναγαγεῖν, εἰ καὶ οὕτω νομίζεις., ᾿Δπὸ τούτυυ δῆλον, ὅτι οὐχὶ ἡμετέρα σπουδὴ, ἀλλ᾽ ἥ τοὺ θεοῦ πρόνοια, καὶ ἐν οἷς δοκοῦμεν ἐνεργεῖν, τὸ πᾶν ἀνύει ὡς ἣ ἂν ἐκεῖνος ἡμᾶς ἐγκαταλίπῃ, οὐ φροντὶς, οὐ μέριμνα, οὐ πόνος, οὐκ ἄλλο τι τῶν τοιούτων οὐδὲν φανεῖταί ποτε, ἀλλὰ πᾶντα οἰχήσεται.

Oudeis dynatai dysi kyriois douleuein᾽ ē gar ton hena misēsei, kai ton heteron agapēēsei᾽ ē enos anthexetai, kai tou heterou kataphronēsei. HoRAIS pōs kata mikron tōn ontōn aphistēsi, kai dia pleionōn ton peri tēs aktēmosynēs eisagei logon, kai tēn tēs philargyrias kataballei tyraunida: Oude gar ērkesthē tois emprosthen, kaitoi pollois kai megalois housin' alla kai hetera prostithēsi pleiona kai phoberōtera. Hē gar tōn nyn eirēmenōn phoberōteron, eige melloimen tēs tou Christou douleias ekpiptein dia ta chrēmata: ti de potheinotebon, eige melloimen autōn hyperidontes akribē tēn pros auton eunoian echein. kai tēn agapēn: Hoper gar aei legō, touto kai nyn erō, hoti di hekaterōn ōthei ton akroatēn eis tēn hypakoēn tōn legomenōn, kai dia tōn ōphelimōn, kai dia tōn blaberōn' kathaper iatros aristos, kai tēn ek tēs aprosexias noson, kai tēn apo tēs hypakoēs hygeian endeiknymenos. Hora goun hoion palin deiknysi to kerdos touto, kai pōs kataskeuazei to sympheron apo tēs tōn enantiōn apallagēs. Ou gar touto monon hymas blaptei, phēsin, ho ploutos, hoti lę̄stas hoplizei kath᾽ hymōn, oud᾽ hoti ton noun skotoi met΄ epitaseōs hapasēs all hoti kai tēs douleias hymas ekballei tou theou, aichmalōtous tōn apsychōn chrēmatōn poiōn, kai hekaterōthen. blaptōn, kai tǭ doulous poiein hōn kratein edei, kai tǭ tēs douleias es ballein tou theou, hǭ malista pantōn douleuein anankaion hymin. Hōsper gaar ekei diplēn edeixe tēn blabēn, tǭ kai entautha tithenai, hopou sēs aphanizei, kai ekei mē tidenas entha analōtos hē phylakē houtō kai entautha diplēn deiknysi tēn zēmian, kai di᾽ hōn aaphelkei tou theou, kai di hōn hypotattei tǭ mamōną. ᾿All᾽ ouk eutheōs auto tithēsin, all᾽ apo koinōn auto prōton kataskeuazei logismōn, houtō legōn oudeis dynatai dysi kyriois douleuein dyo tous ta enantia epitattontas legōn entautha. ᾿Epei ei mē touto eiē, oude dyo han eien. Kai gar tou plēthous tōn pisteusantōn hēn hē kardia kai hē psychē mia kaitoi eis polla sōmata ēsan diērēmenoi, all᾽ homōs hē homonoia tous pollous hen epoiēsen. Eita epiteinōn auta, phēsin' ou monon ou douleusei, alla kai misēsei kai apostraphēsetai. Ē gar ton hena misēsei, phēsi, kai ton heteron agapēsei henos anthexetai, kai tou heterou kataphronēsei. Kai dokei men deuteron eirēsthai to auto ou mēn haplōs houtōs auto synethēken, all hina deixē rhądian housan tēn epi to beltion metabolēn. Hina gar mē legēk᾽ edoulōthēn hapax, etyrannēthēn. hypo tōn chrēmatōn᾽ deiknysin hoti dynaton metathesthai, kai hōsper ekeithen epi touto, houtō kai enteuthen ep᾿ ekeino elthein. Eipōn toinyn aoristōs, hina peisę̄ ton akroatēn adekaston kritēn genesthai tōn legomenōn, kai ap᾽ autēs tōn pragmatōn tēs physeōs tēn psēphon exenenkein, hote elaben auton oumothn ounta, tote kai heauton apokalyptei. ᾿Epēgage goun᾽ ou dynasthe theǭ douleuein kai mamōną. Phrixōmen de ennoēsantes ti pareskeuasamen ton Christon eipein, kai meta theou theinai ton chryson. Ei de touto phrikton, to dia tōn ergōn ginesthai, kai protimasthai tou phobou tou theou tēn tou chrysou tyrannida, pollǭ phrikōdesteron. Ti oun: epi tōn palaiōn ouk hēn touto dnasors Oudamōs. Pōs oun ho Abraam, phēsi, pōs ho Iōb eudokimēse? Mē moi tous ploutountas eipēs, alla tous douleuontas. Epei kai ho Iōb plousios hēn all᾽ ouk edouleue tǭ mamōną, all᾽ eichen auton kai ekratei, kai despotēs, ou doulos hē ēn. Hōsper oun allotriōn oikonomos hōn chrēmatōn, houtō panta ekeina ekektēto, ou monon ta heterōn ouch harpazōn, alla kai ta idia proïemenos tois deomenois. Kai to dē meizon, hoti oude parousin echairen' ho kai edēlou legōn' ho ei kai euphranthēn pollou ploutou moi genomenou dia touto oude ēlgēsen apelthontos. All᾽ ouchi nyn toioutoi hoi ploutountes eisin, alla kai pantos andrapodou cheiron diakeimenoi, kathaper tyrannǭ tini chalepǭ phorous agontes. Hōsper, gar akropolin tina autōn katalabōn tēn dianoian ho tōn chrēmatōn erōs, ta pasēs paranomias gemonta epitagmata ekeithen autois kath᾽ hekastēn pempei tēn hēmeran, kai ho parakouōn oudeis. Mē toinyn peritta philosophei. Kai gar apephēnato hapax ho theos, kai eipen adynaton einai tautēn kakeinēn symbēnai tēn douleian. Mē toinyn sy lege, hoti dynaton. Otan gar ho men harpata keleuę̄, ho de ta onta apodyesthai ho men sōphronein, ho porneuein ho men methyein kai tryphan, ho ho de gastros katechein kai ho men hyperoran tōn ontōn, ho de prosēlōsthai tois parousin ho men thaumazein marmara kai toichous kai orophous, ho de tauta atimazein, timan de philosophian, pōs dynaton tauta symbēnai? Kyrion de entautha ton mamōnan ekalesen, ou dia tēn oikeian physin, alla dia tēn tōn hypoklinomenōn autǭ talaipōrian. Houtō kai tēn koilian theon kalei, ouk apo tou tēs despoinēs axiōmatos, all᾽ apo tēs tōn douleuontōn athliotētos ho pasēs kolaseōs cheiron esti, kai pro tēs kolaseōs hikanon timōrēsasthai ton halonta. Poiōn gar katadikōn ouk an eien athliōteroi hoi ton theon despotēn echontes, kai apo tēs hēmerou basileias. ekeinēs epi tēn chalepēn automolountes tyrannida, kai tauta tosautēs apo tou pragmatos blabēs kai entautha ginomonēs Kai gar zēmia aphatos apo tou pragmatos, kai dikai, kai epēreiai, kai agōnes, kai ponoi, kai psychēs pērōsis kai to pantōn chalepōteron, hioti tōn agathōn ekpiptei tōn anōtatō, hoper estin hē tou theou douleia. Ho Didaxas toinyn dia pantōn to sympheron tēs tōn chrēmatōn hyperopsias, kai pros autēn tōn chrēmatōn tēn phylakēn, kai pros tēn tēs psychēs hēdonēn, kai pros tēn tēs Ho philosophias ktēsin, kai pros tēn tēs eusebeias asphaleian, kataskeuazei loipon hoti kai dynatē hautē parainesis. Touto gar malista nomothesias aristēs, to mē ta symphebronta monon epitattein, alla kai dynata auta poiein. Dia touto kai epagei, legōn mē merimnēsēte, tę̄ psychę̄ hymōn, ti phagēte. Hina gar mē legōsi ti oun? an panta rhipsōmen, pōs dynēsometha zēsai: pros tautēn loipon histatai tēn antithesin sphodra eukairōs. Hōsper gar ei para tēn archēn eipe, mē merimnēsēte, okei barys einai ho logon houtōs epeidē edeixe tēn lymēn tēn enginomenēn apo tēs philargyrias, euparadekton loipon poiei tēn parainesin. Dioper oude nyn haplōs eipe, mē merimnēsēta, alla tēn tian prostheis, houtō touto epetaxe. Meta gar to eipein, ou dynasthe theǭ douleuein kai mamōną, epēgage dia touto legō hymin, mē merimnēsēte. Touto, poion: To tēs zēmias aphaton. Oude gar en chrēmasi monon. hymin ē blabē, alla kai en tois kairiōtatois hē plēgē, kai tē tēs sōtērias hymōn anatropę̄. Tou gar poiēsantos hymas kai hymin, mē merimnēsēte. ᾿Epeidē gar tēn blabēn odeixen aphaton, kai epiteinei loipon to epitagma. Oude gar ta onta keleuei rhiptein monon», alla mēde hyper tēs anankaias merimnan trophēs, legōn' mē merimnēsēte tę̄ psychę̄ hymōn, ti phagēte. Ouk epeidē ē psychē trophēs deitai asōmatos gar alla kata tēn koinēn ephthenxato synētheian. Ei gar kai mē deitai trophēs, Rhalla allōs ouk an anaschoito menein en tǭ sōmati, all᾽ ē trephomenou autou. Nai touto eipōn, ouch᾽ haplōs auto tithēsin, alla kai entautha logismous anakinei tous men ek tōn hypērgmenōn hēmin ēdē, tous de ex heterōn paradeugmatōn. ᾿Apo men tōn hypērgmenōn, houtō legōn᾽ «ouchi pleon estin hē psychē tēs trophēs, kai to sōma tou ellynō: Ho toinyn to meizon dous, pōs to elatton ou dōsei: ho tēn trephomenēn sarka diaplasas, pōs tēn trophēn ou Tarexei: Dioper oude haplōs eipe, mē Merimnēsēte ti phagēte kai ti endysēsthe, alla, tǭ sōmati, kai, psychē epeidē ap᾽ hautōn emelle tas apodeixeis poieisthai, kata synkrisin ton logon proagōn. ᾿Alla tēn men psychēn hapax edōke, kai menei toiautē to de sōma kath᾽ hekastēn epididōsi tēn hēmeran. Haper, oun amphotera endeiknymenos, kai tēs men to athanaton, tou de to epikēron, epēgage legōn tis dynatai ex hymōn prostheinai epi tēn hēlikian autou pēchyn hena. Kai tēn psychēn sigēsas, hate ou lambanousan epidosin, peri tou sōmatos dielechthē monon apo toutou kakeino dēlōn, hoti ouch hē trophē auto auxei, all᾽ hē tou theou pronoia. Ho kai di allōn dēlōn ho Paulos elegen hōste oute ho phyteuōn, oute ho potizōn esti to all᾽ ho auxanōn theos. Apo men oun tōn hypēr menōn houtō proetrepsen' apo de heterōn paradeigmatōn, emblepsate eis ta peteina tou ouranou, legōn. Hina gar mē legē tis, oti ōpheloumen merimnōntes, kai apo tou meizonos kai apo Ho tou elattonos autous apotrepei' tou meizonos men, tēs psychēs kai tou sōmatos tou elattonos de, tōn peteinōn. Ei gar tōn sphodra katadeesterōn tosoutos logos autǭ, pōs hymin ou dōsei phēsin. Kai pros men toutou houtōs ochlos gar hēn teōs dēmōdēs᾽ tǭ diabolǭ de ouch houtōs, alla pōs? Ouk ep᾽ artǭ monǭ zēsetai anthrōpos, all᾽ epi panti rhēmati ekporenomenǭ dia stomatos theou. ᾿Entautha de tōn ornithōn memnētai, kai sphodra entreptikōs hoper megistēn eis paraineseōs logon echei tēn ischyn. ᾿Alla gar eis tosouton anoias ēlthon tines tōn asebōn, hōs kai epilaE besthai tou paradeigmatos. Ou gar edei, phēsi, proairesin aleiphonta, apo physikōn pleonektēmatōn eis touto enagein ekeinois gar touto kata physin prosesti, phēsi. Ti oun pros touto an eipoimen: Hoti ei kai kata physin ekeinois prosestin, alla dynaton kai hēmin ek proaireseōs genesthai touto. Oude gar eipen, emblepsate ho oti petatai ta peteina, hoper ady.-. naton ēn anthrōpǭ᾽ all hoti trephetai chōris merimnēs hoper kai hēmin, ean ethelōmen, eukolon katorthōthēnai. Kai touto edeixan hoi dia tōn ergōn auto anysantes. Dio dē axion malista thaumasai tēn tou nomothetou synesin, hoti ex anthrōpōn echōn to hypodeigma paraschein, kai dynamenos eipein ton ᾿Ēlian, kai ton Mōysea, kai ton ᾿[ōannēn, kai heterous toioutous mē merimnēsantas, hina autōn kathapsētai, tōn alogōn emnēmoneusen. Ei men gar eipe tous dikaious ekeinous, eichon houtoi legein, hoti oudepō kat᾽ ekeinous gegonamen. Nyni de sigēsas autous, kai ta peteina tou ouranou paragagōn, pasan autōn exekopse prophasin, kai entautha palaion mimoumenos nomon. Kai gar kai hē palaia diathēkē kai pros tēn melissan pempei, kai pros ton myrmēka, kai pros tēn trygona, kai pros tēn chelidona. Ou mikron de kai touto timēs eigma, hotan haper ekeina apo physeōs echei, tauta dynōmetha hēmeis katorthoun tē proairesei. toinyn tōn di hēmas tosautēn poieitai pronoian, pollǭ mallon hēmōn ei tōn doulōn, pollǭǭ mallon tou despotou. Dia touto elegen' emblepsate eis ta peteina kai ouk eipen, hoti ou kapēleuousin, oude emporeuontai tauta gar tōn sphodra apeirēmenōn ēn dalla ti: ou speirousin, oude therizousi. Ti oun? ou dei speirein: phēsin. Ouk eipen, hoti speirein ouo dei, all᾽ hoti merimnan ou dei oud᾽ hoti ergazesthai ouo chrē. all᾽ hoti mikropsychon einai kai katateinein heauton tais phrontisin ou chrē. ᾿Epei kai ϑa ϑs ekeleusen, alla mē merimnōntas. Touton kai ho Daui anōthen prokataballetai ton logon, ainygmatōdōs houtō legōn ho anoigeis sy tēn cheira sou, kai empipląs pan zōon eudokias kai palin, Ō tǭ didonti tois ktēnesi trophēn autōn, kai tois neossois tōn korakōn tois epikaloumenois auton. Tines oun ouk emerimnēsan: phēsin. Ouk ēkousas hosous parēgagon tōn dikaiōn: Ouch horąs met᾽ ekeinōn ton Iakōb apo tēs patrǭas oikias gymnon hapantōn anachōrounta: ouk akoueis autou euychomenon kai legontos ean dǭē moi kyrios arton phagein, kai himation peribalesthai: hoper ouchi merimnōntos, alla para tou theou to pan zētountos hē ēn. Rhouto kai hoi apostoloi katōrthōsan, hapanta rhipsantes, kai mē merimnēsantes [kai hoi pentakischilioi? kai hoi trischilioi. Ei de ouk anechē, tosoutōn akouōn bēmatōn, apolysai santon tōn chalepōn toutōn desmōn, to anonēton tou pragmatos ennoēsas, katalyson tēn phrontida. Ti gar hymōn, phēsi, merimnōn dynatai prostheinai epi tēn hēlikian autou pēchyn hena Eides pōs apo tou phanerou kai to aphanes katadēlon epoiēsen? Hōsper gar tǭ sōmati, phēsin, oude mikron prostheinai dynēsę̄ merimnōn houtōs oude trophēn synagagein, ei kai houtō nomizeis., ᾿Dpo toutyy dēlon, hoti ouchi hēmetera spoudē, all᾽ hē tou theou pronoia, kai en hois dokoumen energein, to pan anyei hōs hē an ekeinos hēmas enkatalipę̄, ou phrontis, ou merimna, ou ponos, ouk allo ti tōn toioutōn ouden phaneitai pote, alla panta oichēsetai.

“No one can serve two masters; for either he will hate the one and love the other, or he will hold to one and despise the other.” Do you see how little by little he draws them away from possessions, and brings in at greater length the discourse about poverty, and casts down the tyranny of the love of money? For he was not content with what came before, many and great as it was, but adds other things too, more and more fearful. For what is more fearful than what is now said, if we are going to fall from the service of Christ because of money? And what more desirable, if by despising it we are going to have a precise goodwill and love toward him? For what I always say I will say now too, that he pushes the hearer to obedience to what is said by both means, both by the profitable and by the harmful, like an excellent physician, showing both the disease that comes from heedlessness and the health that comes from obedience. See, at any rate, what kind of gain he shows again, and how he establishes the advantage from release from the opposite. “For wealth harms you not only,” he says, “because it arms robbers against you, nor because it darkens the mind with all intensity, but because it casts you out of the service of God too, making you captives of lifeless money and harming you on both sides, both by making you slaves of what you ought to rule, and by casting you out of the service of God, whom above all you must serve.” For as there he showed a double harm, in laying up here where moth consumes and in not depositing there where the keeping is safe from loss, so here too he shows the loss as double, both in what draws us away from God and in what subjects us to mammon.

But he does not put it at once, but first establishes it from common reasonings, saying thus: “No one can serve two masters,” meaning here two who command opposite things; since if this were not so, they would not even be two. For “the heart and soul of the multitude of those who believed were one”; and yet they were divided into many bodies, but nevertheless their concord made the many one. Then, intensifying it, he says: not only will he not serve, but he will even hate and turn away. “For either he will hate the one,” he says, “and love the other, or he will hold to one and despise the other.” And it seems that the same thing is said a second time; yet he did not compose it so at random, but to show that the change for the better is easy. For so that one may not say, “I have been enslaved once, I have been tyrannized by money,” he shows that it is possible to change over, and as one went from there to this, so to go from here to that. Having, then, spoken indefinitely, so as to persuade the hearer to become an incorruptible judge of what is said and to give his verdict from the very nature of the things, when he had got him to agree, then he reveals himself too. He added, at any rate, “You cannot serve God and mammon.” Let us shudder when we consider what we have made Christ say, setting gold beside God. And if this is fearful, it is much more fearful that it should happen in deeds, and that the tyranny of gold should be preferred to the fear of God. “What then? In the case of the ancients was this not possible?” Not at all. “How then,” someone says, “did Abraham, how did Job win approval?” Do not tell me of those who were rich, but of those who served wealth. For Job too was rich; but he did not serve mammon, but possessed it and ruled it, and was master, not slave. As a steward of another’s money, so he possessed all those things, not only not seizing what belonged to others, but even giving up his own to those in need. And what is greater, he did not even rejoice in them when present, which he showed when he said, “If I rejoiced because my wealth was great”; that is why he did not grieve when it departed either. But such are not the rich now, but they are in a worse state than any slave, paying tribute as to some harsh tyrant. For as though it had seized their mind as a citadel, the love of money sends them from there every day commands full of every lawlessness, and no one disobeys.

Do not, then, philosophize superfluously. For God has pronounced once for all and said that it is impossible for this service and that to agree. Do not you, then, say that it is possible. For when the one commands robbery and the other giving up one’s possessions; the one chastity, the other sexual immorality; the one drunkenness and luxury, the other restraining the belly; the one despising possessions, the other being nailed to present things; the one admiring marbles and walls and ceilings, the other dishonoring these and honoring philosophy: how can these agree? And here he called mammon “master,” not because of its own nature but because of the wretchedness of those who bow down to it. So too he calls the belly a god, not from the dignity of the mistress but from the misery of those who serve; which is worse than any punishment, and enough even before the punishment to chastise the one caught. For than what condemned men would they not be more wretched, who, having God as Master, desert from that gentle kingdom to the harsh tyranny, and that when so great harm comes from the thing even here? For from it comes unspeakable loss, and lawsuits and abuse and contests and toils and maiming of the soul; and, what is most grievous of all, one falls from the highest goods, which is the service of God.

Having, then, taught by all means the advantage of despising money, both for the keeping of the money itself, and for the pleasure of the soul, and for the acquisition of philosophy, and for the safety of godliness, he now establishes that this exhortation is also possible. For this is above all the mark of excellent legislation, not only to command what is advantageous, but also to make it possible. That is why he goes on, saying, “Do not be anxious for your life, what you will eat.” For so that they might not say, “What then? If we throw away everything, how shall we be able to live?” he now very opportunely faces this objection. For as, if he had said at the beginning, “Do not be anxious,” the word would have seemed heavy, so, since he has shown the ruin that comes from the love of money, he now makes the exhortation easy to receive. That is why even now he did not simply say, “Do not be anxious,” but added the reason before giving this command. For after saying, “You cannot serve God and mammon,” he added, “Therefore I say to you, do not be anxious.” Therefore: why? Because of the unspeakable loss. For the harm to you is not in money only, but the blow is in the most vital things, and in the overthrow of your salvation; for [it casts you out from] him who made you, and … . [Therefore I say] to you, “Do not be anxious.” For since he had shown the harm to be unspeakable, he also intensifies the command. For he bids them not only throw away their possessions, but not even be anxious about necessary food, saying, “Do not be anxious for your life, what you will eat”; not because the soul needs food, for it is bodiless, but he spoke according to common usage. For even if it does not need food, it would not otherwise endure to remain in the body unless the body were fed. And having said this, he does not put it simply, but here too he stirs up reasonings, some from what has already been given us, others from other examples. From what has been given, saying thus: “Is not the life more than food, and the body more than clothing?” He, then, who gave the greater, how will he not give the less? He who formed the flesh that is fed, how will he not provide the food? That is why he did not simply say, “Do not be anxious what you will eat and what you will put on,” but “for the body” and “for the life,” since he was going to make his proofs from these, leading his discourse by comparison. But the soul he gave once, and it remains such; but the body grows every day. Showing both of these, the immortality of the one and the perishability of the other, he added, “Which of you can add one cubit to his stature?” And keeping silent about the soul, since it receives no increase, he spoke only of the body, showing by this that it is not food that makes it grow but the providence of God. Paul too showed this by other words when he said, “So neither he who plants nor he who waters is anything, but God who gives the growth.”

From what has been given, then, he urged them thus; and from other examples, saying, “Look at the birds of the air.” For so that no one may say that we profit by being anxious, he turns them away both from the greater and from the less: from the greater, the soul and the body; from the less, the birds. “For if he takes so much account of things far inferior, how will he not give to you?” he says. And to them he spoke so, for the crowd was still of the common sort; but to the devil not so, but how? “Man shall not live by bread alone, but by every word that proceeds from the mouth of God.” But here he mentions the birds, and very shamingly; which has the greatest force for exhortation. But some of the ungodly have come to such a pitch of folly as even to attack the example. For he ought not, they say, when training the will, to lead men to this from natural advantages; for these things belong to the birds by nature. What then should we say to this? That even if it belongs to them by nature, it is possible for us too to have it by choice. For he did not say, “Look how the birds fly,” which was impossible for man, but that they are fed without anxiety, which is easy for us too to achieve if we will. And those who accomplished it by deeds have shown this. That is why the wisdom of the lawgiver is above all to be admired, that though he could have offered the example from men, and could have spoken of Elijah and Moses and John and others like them who were not anxious, in order to touch them he mentioned the irrational creatures. For if he had spoken of those righteous men, they could have said, “We have not yet become like them.” But as it is, by keeping silent about them and bringing forward the birds of heaven, he cut off every excuse, here too imitating the old law. For the Old Testament too sends us to the bee, and to the ant, and to the turtledove, and to the swallow. And this too is no small proof of honor, when what they have by nature we are able to achieve by choice. If, then, he takes such care of the things made for us, much more of us; if of the servants, much more of the master. That is why he said, “Look at the birds”; and he did not say that they do not trade or do business, for these things were strictly forbidden, but what? “They neither sow nor reap.” “What then? Must we not sow?” he says. He did not say that we must not sow, but that we must not be anxious; nor that we must not work, but that we must not be faint-hearted and wear ourselves out with cares. For he bade us …, but not be anxious. David too laid down this saying long before, saying in a veiled way, “You open your hand and fill every living thing with good pleasure”; and again, “To him who gives the beasts their food, and to the young ravens that call upon him.”

“Who then were not anxious?” someone says. Did you not hear how many of the righteous I brought forward? Do you not see with them Jacob going away from his father’s house stripped of everything? Do you not hear him praying and saying, “If the Lord gives me bread to eat and a garment to put on”? which was not the act of one anxious, but of one seeking everything from God. This the apostles too achieved, throwing away everything and not being anxious, and the five thousand and the three thousand. And if, hearing so many words, you do not bear to loose yourself from these grievous bonds, consider the uselessness of the thing and dissolve your anxiety. “For which of you,” he says, “by being anxious can add one cubit to his stature?” Do you see how from the plain he made the hidden clear too? “For as by being anxious you will not be able to add even a little to your body, so neither to gather food, even if you think so.” From this it is clear that it is not our zeal but the providence of God that accomplishes everything even in what we seem to be doing; so that if he forsakes us, no care, no anxiety, no toil, nor anything else of the kind will ever appear, but all will be gone.

21.4Field 1

Μὴ τοίνυν νομίζωμεν ἀδύνατα εἶναι τὰ ἐπιτάγματα ᾿πολλοὶ γάρ εἰσιν οἱ κατορθοῦντες αὐτὰ καὶ νῦν. Ἐἱὶ δὲ ἀγνοεῖς, θαυμαστὸν οὐδέν ἐπεὶ καὶ ᾿Ηλίας ἐνόμιζεν εἶναι μόνος, ἀλλ᾽ ἤκουσεν, ὅτι κατέλιπον ἐμαυτῷ ἑπτακισχιλίους ἄνδρας. Ὧθεν δῆλον ὅτι καὶ νῦν πολλοὶ τὸν ἀποστολικόν εἰσιν ἐπιδεικνύμενοι βιον, καθάπερ καὶ οἱ τρισχίλιοι τότε, καὶ οἱ πεντακισχίλιοι. Εἰ δὲ οὐ πιστεύομεν, οὐ παρὰ τὸ μὴ εἶναι τοὺς κατορθοῦντας, αλλὰ παρὰ τὸ πολὺ τοῦ πράγματος ἀπέχειν. Ὥσπερ οὖν ὁ μεθύων οὐκ ἂν εὐκόλως πιστεύσειεν, ὅτι ἐστὶν ἄνθρωπός τις οὐδὲ ὕδατος ἀπογενόμενος᾽ καίτοιγε καὶ τοῦτο πολλοὶ κατώρθωσαν ἐφ᾽ ἡμῶν μοναχοί καὶ ὁ μυρίαις γυναιξὶ μυγνύμενος, ὅτι εὔκολον ΄παρθενεύειν οὐδὲ ὁ τὰ ἀλλότρια ἁρπάζων, ὅτι καὶ τὰ αὐτοῦ τις ῥᾳδίως προήσεται οὕτως οὐδὲ οἱ καθ᾽ ἑκάστην ἥμέραν μυρίαις φροντίσιν ἑαυτοὺς κατατήκοντες οὐκ εὐκόλως ἂν τοῦτο παραδέξοιντο. Ὅτι μὲν οὖν πολλοὶ οἱ τοῦτο κατωρθωκότες εἰσὶν, ἀπ᾿ αὐτῶν δυνατὸν ἡμῖν δεῖξαι τῶν ταῦτα ,Φιλοσοφούντων. καὶ ἐπὶ τῆς ἡμετέρας γενεᾶς. ᾿Δλλ᾽ ὑμῖν τέως ἀρκεῖ τὸ μὴ πλεονεκτεῖν μαθεῖν, καὶ ὅτι καλὸν ἡ ἐλεημοσύνη, ἣ καὶ τὸ εἰδέναι ὅτι χρὴ τῶν ὄντων μεταδιδόναι. Ταῦτα γὰρ ἂν κατορθώσῃς; ἀγαπητὲ, ταχέως καὶ ἐπ᾿ ἐκεῖνα βαδιεῖς. Τέως τοίνυν τὴν πολυτέλειαν ἀποθώμεθα τὴν περιττὴν, καὶ ανασχώμεθα τῆς συμμετρίας, καὶ μάθωμεν απὸ δικαίων πόνων κτᾶσθαι ἅπαντα ἅπερ Ὁ μέλλομεν ἔχειν ἐπεὶ καὶ ὁ μακάριος ᾿Ιωάννης, ὅτε διελέγετο τοῖς περὶ τὴν τελωνίαν ἐσχολακόσι καὶ τοῖς στρατενομένοις, ἀρκεῖσθαι. τοῖς ὀψωνίοις ὃ προσέταττεν. ᾿Εβούλετο μὲν γὰρ καὶ ἢ ἑτέραν μείζονα αὐτοὺς ἀγαγεῖν Φιλοσοφίαν' ἐπειδὴ δὲ ονθέπω πρὸς ταυτα ἦσαν ἐπιτήδειοι, τὰ ἐλάττονα λέγει; ὡς εἰ τὰ ὑψηλότερα τούτων εἶπεν, οὔτ᾽ ἂν ἐκείνοις προσἔσχον, καὶ τούτων ἐξέπεσον ἄν. Διὰ δὴ τοῦτο καὶ ἡμεῖς ἐν τοῖς καταδεεστέροις ὑμᾶς γυμνάζομεν. Καὶ γὰρ τέως ἴσμεν; ὅτι μεῖζον ὑμῶν τῆν ἀκτημοσύνης τὸ φορτίον, καὶ ὅσον ἀφέστηκεν ὁ ουρανὸς τῆς γῆς, τοσοῦτον ὑμῶν ἡ φιλοσοφία ἐκείνη. Οὐκοῦν κἀν τῶν ἐσχάτων ἐπιλαβώμεθα ἐπὰταγμάτων᾽ οὐδὲ γὰρ αὕτη μικρὰ παραμυθία. Καίτοιγε παρ᾽ ἙΕλλησί τινες καὶ τοῦτο κατώρθωσαν, εἰ καὶ μὴ μετὰ τῆς προσηκούσης γνώμης, καὶ τὰ ὄντα ἅπαντα ἀπεδύσαντο. ᾿Αλλ ὅμως ἡμεῖς ἀρκούμεθα ἐφ ὑμῶν τῷ τὴν ἐλφημοσύνην δαψιλῇ παρέχεσθαι παρ᾽ ὑμῶν ταχέως γὰρ καὶ ἐπ᾽ ἐκεῖνα ἥξομεν, ἂν οὕτω προβαίνωμεν. Εἰ δὲ μηδὲ τοῦτο ἣ ποιοῦμεν, τίνος ἀν εἴημεν συγγνώμης ἄξιοι, οἱ τοὺς ἐν τῆ παλαιᾷ ὑπερβῆναι κελευόμενοι, καὶ τών παρ᾽ Ἕλλησι φιλοσόφων ἐλάττους Φαινόμενοι: Τί ἀν εἴποιμεν, ὅταν ὀφείλοντες εἶναι ἄγγελοι καὶ υἱοὶ θεοῦ, μηδὲ τὸ ἄνθρωποι εἶναι διατηρῶμεν: Τὸ γὰρ ἀρπάζειν καὶ πλεονεκτεῖν οὐ τῆς ἀνθρώπων ἡμερότητος, ἀλλὰ τῆς τῶν θηρίων ὠμότητος μᾶλλον δὲ καὶ ἐκείνων χείρους οἱ τοῖς ἀλλοτρίοις ἐπιτιθέμενοι. Τοῖς μὲν γὰρ ἀπὸ φύσεως τοῦτο πρόσεστιν' ἡμεῖς δὲ οἱ λόγῳ τιμηθέντες, καὶ πρὸς τὴν παρὰ φύσιν καταπίπτοντες δυσγένειαν, τίνος ἀπολαυσόμεθα συγγνώμης: ᾿Εννοήσαντες τοίνυν τὰ μέτρα τῆς προκειμένης ἡμῖν φιλοσοφίας, κἂν εἰς τὰ μέσα φθάσωμεν, ἵνα καὶ τῆς μελλούσης ἀπαλλαγῶμεν κολάσεως, καὶ ὁδῷ προβαίγοντες ἐπ᾽ αὐτὴν ἔλθωμεν τὴν κορυφὴν τῶν ἀγαθῶν᾽ ὧν γένοιτο πάντας ἡμᾶς ἐπιτυχεῖν; χάριτι καὶ φιλανθρωπίᾳ τοῦ κυρίου ἡμῶν Ἴησου Χριστοῦ, ᾧ ἡ δόξα καὶ τὸ κράτος εἰς τοὺς αἰώνας τῶν αἰώνων. ᾿Αμήν:

Mē toinyn nomizōmen adynata einai ta epitagmata ᾿polloi gar eisin hoi katorthountes auta kai nyn. Heii de agnoeis, thaumaston ouden epei kai ᾿Ēlias enomizen einai monos, all᾽ ēkousen, hoti katelipon emautǭ heptakischilious andras. Hōthen dēlon hoti kai nyn polloi ton apostolikon eisin epideiknymenoi bion, kathaper kai hoi trischilioi tote, kai hoi pentakischilioi. Ei de ou pisteuomen, ou para to mē einai tous katorthountas, alla para to poly tou pragmatos apechein. Hōsper oun ho methyōn ouk an eukolōs pisteuseien, hoti estin anthrōpos tis oude hydatos apogenomenos᾽ kaitoige kai touto polloi katōrthōsan eph᾽ hēmōn monachoi kai ho myriais gynaixi mygnymenos, hoti eukolon ΄partheneuein oude ho ta allotria harpazōn, hoti kai ta autou tis rhądiōs proēsetai houtōs oude hoi kath᾽ hekastēn hēmeran myriais phrontisin heautous katatēkontes ouk eukolōs an touto paradexointo. Hoti men oun polloi hoi touto katōrthōkotes eisin, ap᾿ autōn dynaton hēmin deixai tōn tauta ,Philosophountōn. kai epi tēs hēmeteras geneas. ᾿Dll᾽ hymin teōs arkei to mē pleonektein mathein, kai hoti kalon hē eleēmosynē, hē kai to eidenai hoti chrē tōn ontōn metadidonai. Tauta gar an katorthōsę̄s? agapēte, tacheōs kai ep᾿ ekeina badieis. Teōs toinyn tēn polyteleian apothōmetha tēn perittēn, kai anaschōmetha tēs symmetrias, kai mathōmen apo dikaiōn ponōn ktasthai hapanta haper Ho mellomen echein epei kai ho makarios ᾿Iōannēs, hote dielegeto tois peri tēn telōnian escholakosi kai tois stratenomenois, arkeisthai. tois opsōniois ho prosetatten. ᾿Ebouleto men gar kai ē heteran meizona autous agagein Philosophian' epeidē de onthepō pros tauta ēsan epitēdeioi, ta elattona legei? hōs ei ta hypsēlotera toutōn eipen, out᾽ an ekeinois proseschon, kai toutōn exepeson an. Dia dē touto kai hēmeis en tois katadeesterois hymas gymnazomen. Kai gar teōs ismen? hoti meizon hymōn tēn aktēmosynēs to phortion, kai hoson aphestēken ho ouranos tēs gēs, tosouton hymōn hē philosophia ekeinē. Oukoun kan tōn eschatōn epilabōmetha epatagmatōn᾽ oude gar hautē mikra paramythia. Kaitoige par᾽ HeEllēsi tines kai touto katōrthōsan, ei kai mē meta tēs prosēkousēs gnōmēs, kai ta onta hapanta apedysanto. ᾿All homōs hēmeis arkoumetha eph hymōn tǭ tēn elphēmosynēn dapsilę̄ parechesthai par᾽ hymōn tacheōs gar kai ep᾽ ekeina hēxomen, an houtō probainōmen. Ei de mēde touto hē poioumen, tinos an eiēmen syngnōmēs axioi, hoi tous en tē palaią hyperbēnai keleuomenoi, kai tōn par᾽ Hellēsi philosophōn elattous Phainomenoi: Ti an eipoimen, hotan opheilontes einai angeloi kai huioi theou, mēde to anthrōpoi einai diatērōmen: To gar arpazein kai pleonektein ou tēs anthrōpōn hēmerotētos, alla tēs tōn thēriōn ōmotētos mallon de kai ekeinōn cheirous hoi tois allotriois epitithemenoi. Tois men gar apo physeōs touto prosestin' hēmeis de hoi logǭ timēthentes, kai pros tēn para physin katapiptontes dysgeneian, tinos apolausometha syngnōmēs: ᾿Ennoēsantes toinyn ta metra tēs prokeimenēs hēmin philosophias, kan eis ta mesa phthasōmen, hina kai tēs mellousēs apallagōmen kolaseōs, kai hodǭ probaigontes ep᾽ autēn elthōmen tēn koryphēn tōn agathōn᾽ hōn genoito pantas hēmas epitychein? chariti kai philanthrōpią tou kyriou hēmōn Iēsou Christou, hǭ hē doxa kai to kratos eis tous aiōnas tōn aiōnōn. ᾿Amēn:

Let us not, then, think the commands impossible; for there are many who achieve them even now. And if you do not know them, it is no wonder; for Elijah too thought he was alone, but he heard, “I have left for myself seven thousand men.” From this it is clear that even now there are many showing the apostolic life, like the three thousand and the five thousand then. And if we do not believe it, it is not because there are none who achieve it, but because we are far from the thing. As, then, the drunkard would not easily believe that there is a man who does not even taste water (and yet many monks in our time have achieved even this), nor the man who mingles with countless women that it is easy to live in virginity, nor the man who seizes what belongs to others that anyone would readily give up even his own, so neither would those who wear themselves out every day with countless cares easily accept this. That there are many who have achieved this, then, we could show from those who practice this philosophy even in our own generation. But for the time being it is enough for you to learn not to be covetous, and that almsgiving is good, and to know that we must share what we have. For if you achieve these things, beloved, you will quickly walk on to those too. For the time being, then, let us put away superfluous extravagance, and be content with moderation, and learn to acquire from just labors all that we are going to have; since the blessed John too, when he spoke to those occupied with tax collecting and to the soldiers, commanded them to be content with their wages. For he wanted to lead them to another, greater philosophy too; but since they were not yet fit for it, he tells them the lesser things; since if he had told them things loftier than these, they would neither have attended to those, and would have fallen from these. That is why we too exercise you in the lesser things. For we know for the time being that the burden of poverty is greater than you can bear, and that as far as heaven is from earth, so far is that philosophy from you. Let us, then, lay hold at least of the last of the commands; for this too is no small consolation. And yet among the Greeks some achieved even this, though not with the fitting purpose, and stripped themselves of all their possessions. But nevertheless we are content, in your case, with your giving abundant alms; for we shall quickly come to those things too if we advance in this way. But if we do not do even this, what pardon should we deserve, who are commanded to surpass those in the Old Testament, and appear inferior even to the philosophers among the Greeks? What shall we say, when, though we ought to be angels and sons of God, we do not even keep our being men? For robbing and covetousness belong not to the gentleness of men but to the cruelty of wild beasts; or rather, those who attack what belongs to others are worse even than they. For in them this is present by nature; but we, honored with reason and falling into this ignobility contrary to nature, what pardon shall we enjoy? Considering, then, the measures of the philosophy set before us, let us at least reach the middle, so that we may both be freed from the punishment to come, and, advancing step by step, come to the very summit of good things; which may we all obtain, by the grace and love for mankind of our Lord Jesus Christ, to whom be the glory and the might to the ages of ages. Amen.

Chapter 22

22.1Field 1

Καταμάθετε τὰ κρίνα τοῦ ἀγροῦ, πῶς αὐξάνει ου κοπιᾷ, οὐδὲ νήθει᾽ λέγω δὲ ὑμῖν, ὅτι οὐδὲ Σολομῶν ἐν πασὴ τῇ δόξη αὐτοῦ περιεβάλετο ὡς ἕν τούτων. ΕἸΠΩΝ περὶ τῆς ἀναγκαίας τροφῆν, καὶ δείξας ὅ οτι Ὁ οὐδὲ ὑπὲρ ταύτης χρὴ μεριανᾶν, ἐπὶ τὸ κουφότερον μεταβαίνει λοιπόν. Οὐδὲ γαρ οὕτως αναγκαῖον ἔνδυμα, ὡς τροφή. Τίνος οὖν ἕνεκεν οὐ κέχρηται καὶ ἐνταῦθα τῷ αὐτῷ ὑποδείγματι Ὦ τῷ τῶν ὀρνίθων, οὐδὲ λέγει τὸν ταῶνα ἡμῖν, καὶ τὸν κύκνον, καὶ τὸ πρόβατον: καὶ γὰρ πολλὰ τοιαῦτα παραδείγματα ἣν ἐκεῖθεν λαβεῖν. Ὅτι βούλεται ἑκατέρωθεν δεῖξαι τὴν ὑπερβολὴν, ἀπό τε τῆς εὐτελείας τῶν τῆς τοιαύτης μετασχόντων εὐπρεπείας, ἀπὸ τε τῆς φιλοτιμίας τοὺ καλλωπισμοὺ τῆς δοθείσης τοῖς κρίνοις. Διὰ τοῦτο ὅτε αὐτὰ κατεσκεύασεν, οὐδὲ κρίνα αὐτὰ καλεῖ λοιπὸν, αλλὰ χόρτον ἀγροῦ. Καὶ οὐδὲ τῷ ὀνόματι ἀρκεῖται τούτῳ, ἀλλὰ πάλιν ἑτέραν εὐτέλειαν προστίθησιν, εἰπὼν, σήμερον ὄντα. Καὶ οὐκ εἶπεν, αὔριον οὐκ ὄντα, ἀλλα τὸ πολλῷ πάλιν καταδεέστερον, εἰς κλίβανον βαλλόμενον. Καὶ οὐκ εἶπεν, ἀμφιέννυσιν, ἀλλ᾽, οὕτως ἀμφιέννυσιν. Ὁρᾷς πανταχοὺ πολλὰς τὰς ὑπερβολὰς καὶ τὰς ἐπιτάσεις; Ποιεῖ δὲ τοῦ τὸ; ἵνα αὐτῶν καθάψηται διὰ δὴ τοῦτο καὶ ἐπήγαγεν οὐ πολλῴ μάλλον ὑμᾶς Καὶ γὰρ πολλὴν ἔχει καὶ τοῦτο τὴν ἔμφασιν. Τὸ γὰρ, ὑμᾶς, οὐδὲν ἕτερον ἐστὶν αἰνιττομένου, τὸ πολυτίμητον καὶ περισπούδαστον τοῦ γένους ὡσανεὶ ἔλεγεν, ὑμάς, οἷς ψυχὴν ἔδωκεν, οἷς σώμα διέπλασε, δι οὺς τὰ ὁρώμενα πάντα ἐποίησε, δι οὗς προφήτας ἔπεμψε, καὶ νόμον ἔδωκε, καὶ τὰ μυρία εἰργάσατο ἀγαθα: δι᾿ οὗς τὸν μονογενῆ παῖδα ἐξέδωκεν. ᾿Επειδὴ δὲ ἀπέδειξε σαφως, τότε καὶ ἐπιπλήττει λέγων ὀλιγόπιστοι. Τοιοῦτον γὰρ ὁ συμβουλεύων οὐ παραινεῖ μόνον, αλλὰ καὶ καθάπτεται, ἵνα διεγείρῃ, πλέον πρὸς τὴν πειθὼ τῶν λεγομένων. ᾿Απὸ τούτων ἡμᾶς οὐχὶ μὴ μεριμινᾶν διδάσκει μόνον; ἀλλὰ μηδὲ ἐπτοῆσθαι πρὸς τὴν πολυτέλειαν τῶν ἱματίων. Χλόης γὰρ εὐπρέπεια, καὶ πόας τὸ κάλλος μᾶλλον δὲ καὶ τιμιώτερος ὁ χόρτος τῆς τοιαύτης στολῆς. Τί τοίνυν μέγα φρονεῖς, ἐν οἷς τὰ νικητήρια παρὰ τῇ βοτάνη μετὰ πολλῆς τῆς περιουσίας: Καὶ ὅρα πῶς ἀπὸ τῶν προοιμίων κουῴον δείκνυσι τὸ ἐπίταγμα, πάλιν ἀπὸ τῶν ἐναντίων αὐτοὺς, καὶ αφ᾽ ὧν δεδοίκασιν, ἀπὸ τούτων ἀπάγων. Εἰπὼν γάρ, καταμάθετε τὰ κρίνα τοῦ ἀγροῦ. ἐπήγαγεν, οὐ κοπιῶσιν. ὥστε κόπων ἡμᾶς ἀπαλλάξαι βουλόμενος, ταῦτα ἐκελευσεν. Ἢ Ου τοίνυν τὸ μὴ μεριμνᾶν ταῦτα πόνος, αλλὰ τὸ μεριμνάν. Καὶ καθάπερ εἰπὼν, οὐ σπείρουσιν, οὐ τὸν σπόρον ανέτρεψεν, ἀλλὰ τὴν φροντίδα οὕτως εἰπών, οὐ κοπιῶσιν, Ο ουὸε νήθουσιν, οὐ τὸ ἔργον ανεῖλεν, ἀλλὰ τὴν μεριμναν. Εἰ δὲ Σολομῶν ἡττήθη τοῦ κάλλους αὐτῶν, καὶ οὐχ ἅπαξ δι δὴ οὐδὲ δὶς, ἀλλὰ δί ὅλης τῆς βασιλείας αὐτοῦ (οὐδὲ γαρ Ἦν ἔχοι τις εἰπεῖν, ὅτι νῦν μὲν τοιαῦτα περιεβάλετο, μετὰ δὲ ταῦτα οὐκέτι, ἀλλὰ οὐδὲ ἐν μιᾷ ἡμέρᾳ οὕτως εκαλλωπίσατο᾽ τοῦτο γὰρ ἐδήλωσεν εἰπὼν, ἐν πάσῃ τῆ βασιλείᾳ αὐτοῦ) καὶ οὐχ ὑπὸ τούτον μὲν ἡττήθη τοῦ ἄνθους, τὸ δὲ ἕτερον ἐμιμήσατο, ἀλλὰ πᾶσιν ὁμοῦ παρεχώρησε᾽ (διὸ καὶ ἐλεγεν, ὡς ἕν τουτων ὅσον γαρ τῆς αληθείας πρὸς ζει τὸ ψεῦδος, τοσοῦτον τῶν ἱματίων ἐκείνων καὶ τῶν ἀνθῶν τούτων τὸ μέσον) εἰ τοίνυν ἐκεῖνος ὡμολόγησε τὴν ἧτταν» Ὁ ὁ πάντων βασιλέων τῶν πώποτε γενομένων λαμπρότερος, πότε σὺ περιγενέσθαι δυνήσῃ, μᾶλλον δὲ ἐγγὺς γενέσθαι κἄν μικρὸν τῆς τοιαύτης εὐμορφίας; ᾿Εντεῦθεν ἡμᾶς παιδεύει μηδ᾽ ὅλως ἐφίεσθαι τοῦ τοιούτον καλλωπισμοῦ. Ὅρα γοῦν κα ἢ αὐτοῦ τὸ τέλος μετὰ τὴν νίκην εἰς κλίβανον βάλλεται. ὃ ὃ; Εἰ δὲ περὶ τὰ εὐτελῆ καὶ οὐδενὸς ἄξια λόγον, καὶ τὴν τυχοῦσαν παρεχόμενα χρείαν, τοσαύτην πρόνοιαν ὁ θεὸς ἐπεὯΝ δείξατο, πὼς σὲ προήσεται τὸ πάντων ἀναγκαιότατον ζῶον: Τίνος οὐν ἕνεκεν οὕτω καλὰ αὐτα εποίησεν; ἵνα τὴν αὐτοῦ σοφίαν ἐπιδείξηται καὶ τὴν περιουσίαν τῆς δυνάμεως, ἵνα παν’ ταχόθεν αὐτοῦ τὴν δόξαν μάθωμεν. Οὐ γὰρ οἱ οὐρανοὶ μόνοι διηγοῦνται τὴν δόξαν τοῦ θεοῦ, ἀλλὰ καὶ ἡ γῆ καὶ ἃ, τοῦτο ὁ Δαυὶδ δηλῶν ἔλεγεν ἢ αἰνεῖτε τὸν κύριον, ξύλα καρποφόρα καὶ πᾶσαι κέδροι. Τὰ μὲν γὰρ διὰ τοῦ καρποῦ, τὰ δὲ διὰ τοῦ μεγέθους, τὰ δὲ διὰ τοῦ κάλλους ἀναπέμπει τῷ ποιήσαντι τῆν εὐφημίαν. Πολλῆς γαρ καὶ τοῦτο περιουσίας σοφίάς σημεῖον; ὅταν καὶ εἰς τὰ σφοὸ ρα εὐτελῆ (τέ γαρ εὐτελέστερον τοῦ σήμερον ὄντος, καὶ αὔριον οὐκ. ὄντος τοσοῦτον ἐκχέη τὸ κάλλος. Εἰ τοίνυν τῷ χόρτῳ τὸ μὴ ἐν χρείᾳ δέδωκε, (τί γὰρ αὐτοῦ τὸ κάλλος πρὸς τὴν τοῦ πυρὸς τροφὴν συντελεῖ: πῶς σοὶ τὸ ἐν χρείᾳ οὐ δωσει: Ἐπ τὸ πάντων εὐτελέστερον ἑκαλλώπισεν ἐκ περιουσίας, καὶ ταῦτα οὐ πρὸς χρείαν, ἀλλὰ πρὸς φιλοτιμίαν τοῦτο ποιῶν πολλῷ μᾶλλον σὲ τὸν ἁπάντων τιμιώτερον ἐν τοῖς κατὰ τὴν χρείαν τιμήσει. ᾿Επειδὴ τοίνυν ἀπέδειξε πολλὴν τοῦ θεοῦ τὴν πρόνοιαν οὖσαν, ἃ καὶ ἔδει καὶ ἐπιπλῆξαι λοιπὸν, καὶ ἐνταῦθα κέχρηται τῇ φειδοῖ, οὐκ ἀπιστίαν, αλλ ὀλιγοπιστίαν αὐτοῖς ἐγκαλῶν. ὅ Εἰ γὰρ τὸν χόρτον τοῦ ἀγροῦ, φησὶν, ὁ θεὸς οὕτως ἀμφιέννυσι, πολλῷ μᾶλλον ὑμᾶς, ὀλιγόπιστοι. Καίτοιγε ταῦτα πάντα αὐτὸς ἐργάζεται' πάντα γὰρ δι αὐτοῦ ἐγένετο, καὶ χωρὶς αὐτοῦ ἐγένετο οὐδὲ ἕν ἀλλ’ ὅμως οὐδαμοῦ εαντοῦ μέμνηται τέως. Ἤ ρκει. γὰρ εἰς τὸ δεῖξαι τὴν αὐθεντίαν τέως, τὸ λέγειν καθ᾽ ἑκάστην τών ἐντολῶν ἠκούσατε ὅτι ἐῤῥέθη τοῖς ἀρχαίοις ἐγὼ δὲ λέγω ὑμῖν. Μὴ τοίνυν θαυμάσῃς, ὅταν καὶ ἐν τοῖς μετὰ ταῦτα; κρύπτῃ ἑαντὸν, ἢ ταπεινόν τι περὶ ἑαντοῦ φθέγγηται. Ἕν γὰρ ἐσπούδαζε τέως, εν (δεκτὸν. αὐτοῖς γενέσθαι τὸν λόγον, καὶ διὰ πάντων ει τξαι οὐκ ἀντίθεόν τινα ὄντα, ἀλλ᾽ ὁμονοοῦντα καὶ συμβαίνοντα τῷ πατρί. Ὃ δὴ καὶ ἐνταῦθα ποιεῖ. ἸΤοσούτους γὰρ ἀναλώσας λόγους συνεχῶς αὐτὸν ἐν τῷ μέσῳ τίθησι, τὴν σοφίαν αὐτοῦ θαυμάζων, τὴν πρόνοιαν, τὴν κηδεμονίαν τὴν διὰ πάντων, καὶ τῶν μεγάλων καὶ τῶν μικρῶν. Καὶ γὰρ ὅτε περὶ τῆς ᾿Ιερουσαλὴμ ἔλεγε, τὴν πόλιν τοῦ μεγάλου βασιλέως αὐτὴν ἐκάλεσε καὶ ὅτε τοὺ οὐρανοῦ ἐμνημόνευσε, θρόνον πάλιν ὠνόμασε τοῦ θεοῦ καὶ ὅτε περὶ τῆς κατὰ τὸν κόσμον οἰκονομιαὶ διελέγετο, αὐτῷ πάλιν τὸ πᾶν ἀνατίθησι λέγων ὅτι τὸν ἥλιον αὐτοῦ ἀνατέλλει ἐπὶ πονηροὺς καὶ ἀγαθοὺς, καὶ βρέχει ἐπὶ δικαίους καὶ ἀδίκους. Καὶ ἐν τῇ εὐχῇ δὲ ἐδίδασκε λέγειν, ὅτι αὐτοῦ ἐστιν ἢ βασιλεία, καὶ ἢ δύναμις, καὶ ἡ δόξα. Καὶ ἀνταῦθα περὶ τῆς προνοίας αὐτοῦ διαλεγόμενος, καὶ δεικνὺς πῶς καὶ ἐν τοῖς μικροῖς ἀριστοτέχνης ἐστὶ, φησὶν ὅτι τὸν χύρτον τοῦ ἀγροῦ ἀμφιέννυσι. Καὶ οὐδαμοῦ ἑαντοὺ πατέρα καλεῖ, ἀλλ᾽ ἐκείνων, ἵνα καὶ τῇ τιμῇ καθάψηται, καὶ ὅταν αὐτοῦ λάγῃ πατέρα; μηκέτι ἀγανακτῶσιν. Εἰ δὲ ὑπὲρ ψιλῶν καὶ ἀναγκαίων οὐ δεῖ μεριμνᾶν, τίνος ἂν εἷεν ἄξιοι συγγνώμης οἱ ὑπὸρ τῶν πολντελῶν μεριμνῶντες; μάλλον δὲ τίνος ἂν εἶεν συγγνώμης ἄξιοι οἱ μηδὲ καθεύδοντες» ἵνα τὰ τῶν ἄλλων λάβωσι: Μὴ οὖν μεριμνήσητε λέγοντες τί φάγωμεν, ἡ τί πίωμεν, ἥ τί περιβαλώμεθα: Πάντα γὰρ ταῦτα τὰ ἔθνη τοῦ κόσμου ἐπιζητεῖ. Εἶδες πῶς πάλιν αὐτοὺς καὶ ἐνέτρεψε μειζόνως, καὶ παρεδήλωσεν ὅτι οὐδὲν φορτικὸν, οὐδὲ ἐπαχθὲς ἐπέταξεν: Ὥσπορ οὖν ὅτε ἔλεγεν ἐὰν ἀγαπᾶτε τοὺς ἀγαπῶντας ὑμᾶς, οὐδὲν μέγα ποιεῖτε καὶ γὰρ οἱ εθνικοὶ τὸ αὐτὸ ποιοῦσιν ἀπὸ τῆς μνήμης τῶν ἐθνικῶν αὐτοὺς διήγειρε πρὸς τὸ μείζον᾽ οὕτω καὶ νῦν ἐκείνους εἰς μέσον ἄγει, καθαπτόμενος καὶ δεικνὺς ὅτι ἀναγκαῖον ἀπαιτεῖ παρ' ἡμῶν ὀφείλημα. Εἰ γὰρ τῶν ραμματέων καὶ Φαρισαίων πλέον ἐπιδείξασθαι χρὴ» τίνος ἂν εἴημεν ἄξιοι οἱ μὴ μόνον ἐκείνους μὴ ὑπερβαίνοντες, ἀλλὰ καὶ ἐν τῇ τῶν ἐθνικῶν εὐτελείᾳ μένοντες, καὶ τὴν αὐτῶν μικροψυχίαν ζηλοῦντες: Οὐ μὴν μέχρι τῆς ἐπιπλήξεως ἔστη. αλλὰ καθαψάμενος ἐντεῦθεν καὶ διεγείρας αὐτοὺς, καὶ ἐντρέψας μεθ᾽ ὑπερβολῆς ἁπάσης, καὶ ἑτέρωθεν παρακαλεῖ λέγων' οἶδε γὰρ ὁ πατὴρ ὑμῶν ὁ οὐράνιος, ὅτι ἥζετε τούτων ἁπάντων. Οὐκ εἶπεν, οἷδεν ὁ θεὸς, ἀλλ᾽, οἷδεν ὁ πατὴρ, ὥστε αὐτοὺς εἰς μείζονα ἐλπίδα ἀγαγεῖν. Εἰ γὰρ πατήρ ἐστι, καὶ πατὴρ τοιοῦτος, ου δυνήσεται περιϊδεῖν τοὺς υἱοὺς ἐν ἐσχάτοις ὄντας κακοῖς ὅπου οὐδὲ ἄνθρωποι. πατὲ ρες ὄντες τοῦτο ὑπομένουσι. Καὶ ἕτερον δὲ μοτὰ τούτον πάλιν ἐπάγει λογισμόν. Ποῖον δὴ τοῦτον: Ὅτι χρήζετε αὐτῶν. Ὃ δὲ λέγει; τοιοῦτόν ἐστ. Μὴ γὰρ περιττά ἐστι ταῦτα, ἵνα καταφρονήσῃ: Καίτοιγε οὐδὲ ἐν τοῖς περισσοῖς κατεφρόνησεν, ἐπὶ τοῦ χόρτου νυνὶ δὲ καὶ ἀναγκαῖα ἐστιν. Ὥστε ὃ νομίζεις αἴτιον εἷἶναί σοι τῆς φροντίδος, τοῦτο ἱκανὸν εἶναί φημι τῆς φροντίδος σε ταύτης ἀπαγαγεῖν. Εἰ γὰρ λέγοις, ὅτι διὰ τοῦτό με χρὴ μεριμνᾶν, ἐπειδὴ ἀναγκαῖά ἐστι, τοὐναντίον ἐγώ φημι, ὅτι δι αὐτὸ μὲν οὗν τοῦτο μὴ μεριμνήσῃς, ἐπειδὴ και ἐστιν. Εἰ γὰρ περιττὰ ἥν, οὐδ᾽ οὕτως ᾿ἀπογινώσκειν, αλλὰ θαῤῥεῖν ὑπὲρ τῆς αὐτῶν χορηγίας ἐχρῆν ἐπειδὴ δὲ ἀναγκαῖά ἐστιν, οὐκέτι ἀμφιβάλλειν δεῖ. Ποῖος γὰρ ἐστι πατήρ, ὃς ὑπομόνει μηδὲ τὰ ἀναγκαῖα παρασχεῖν τοῖς παισίν: Ὥστε καὶ διὰ τοῦτο πάντως παρέξει ὁ ο θεός. Καὶ γὰρ δημιουργὸς τῆς φύσεως αὐτός ἐστι, καὶ τὴν χρείαν αὐτῆς μετὰ ἀκριβείας αὐτὸς ἐπίσταται. Οὐδὲ γὰρ τοῦτο ἀν ἔχοις εἰπεῖν, ὅτι πατὴρ μέν ἐστι, καὶ ἀναγκαῖα ἐστι τὰ ζητούμενα, ἀγνοεῖ δὲ ὅτι ἐν χρείᾳ αὐτῶν καθεστήκαμεν. Ὁ γὰρ τὴν φύσιν αὐτὴν εἰδως, καὶ δημιουργὸς αὐτῆς Ὑεγενημένος, καὶ τοιαύτην αὐτὴν διαπλάσας, εὔδηλον ὅτι καὶ τὴν χρείαν αὐτῆς ἐπίσταται σοὺ μᾶλλον τοῦ ἐν χρείᾳ αὐτῶν καθεστῶτος. Καὶ γὰρ αὐτῷ τοῦτο ἔδοξεν, ὦ ὥστε ἐν τοιαύτῃ χρείᾳ εἶναι αὐτήν. ου τοίνυν ἐναντιώσεται οἷς ἠθέλησε, καταστήσας μὲν ἐν ἀνάγκῃ τοσαύτης χρείας, ἀποστερῶν δὲ αὖ πάλιν τῆς χρείας καὶ τῶν ἀναγκαίων αὐτήν.

Katamathete ta krina tou agrou, pōs auxanei ou kopią, oude nēthei᾽ legō de hymin, hoti oude Solomōn en pasē tę̄ doxē autou periebaleto hōs hen toutōn. EIPŌN peri tēs anankaias trophēn, kai deixas ho oti Ho oude hyper tautēs chrē merianan, epi to kouphoteron metabainei loipon. Oude gar houtōs anankaion endyma, hōs trophē. Tinos oun heneken ou kechrētai kai entautha tǭ autǭ hypodeigmati Ō tǭ tōn ornithōn, oude legei ton taōna hēmin, kai ton kyknon, kai to probaton: kai gar polla toiauta paradeigmata hēn ekeithen labein. Hoti bouletai hekaterōthen deixai tēn hyperbolēn, apo te tēs euteleias tōn tēs toiautēs metaschontōn euprepeias, apo te tēs philotimias tou kallōpismou tēs dotheisēs tois krinois. Dia touto hote auta kateskeuasen, oude krina auta kalei loipon, alla chorton agrou. Kai oude tǭ onomati arkeitai toutǭ, alla palin heteran euteleian prostithēsin, eipōn, sēmeron onta. Kai ouk eipen, aurion ouk onta, alla to pollǭ palin katadeesteron, eis klibanon ballomenon. Kai ouk eipen, amphiennysin, all᾽, houtōs amphiennysin. Horąs pantachou pollas tas hyperbolas kai tas epitaseis? Poiei de tou to? hina autōn kathapsētai dia dē touto kai epēgagen ou pollǭ mallon hymas Kai gar pollēn echei kai touto tēn emphasin. To gar, hymas, ouden heteron estin ainittomenou, to polytimēton kai perispoudaston tou genous hōsanei elegen, hymas, hois psychēn edōken, hois sōma dieplase, di ous ta horōmena panta epoiēse, di hous prophētas epempse, kai nomon edōke, kai ta myria eirgasato agatha: di᾿ hous ton monogenē paida exedōken. ᾿Epeidē de apedeixe saphōs, tote kai epiplēttei legōn oligopistoi. Toiouton gar ho symbouleuōn ou parainei monon, alla kai kathaptetai, hina diegeirę̄, pleon pros tēn peithō tōn legomenōn. ᾿Apo toutōn hēmas ouchi mē meriminan didaskei monon? alla mēde eptoēsthai pros tēn polyteleian tōn himatiōn. Chloēs gar euprepeia, kai poas to kallos mallon de kai timiōteros ho chortos tēs toiautēs stolēs. Ti toinyn mega phroneis, en hois ta nikētēria para tę̄ botanē meta pollēs tēs periousias: Kai hora pōs apo tōn prooimiōn kouǭon deiknysi to epitagma, palin apo tōn enantiōn autous, kai aph᾽ hōn dedoikasin, apo toutōn apagōn. Eipōn gar, katamathete ta krina tou agrou. epēgagen, ou kopiōsin. hōste kopōn hēmas apallaxai boulomenos, tauta ekeleusen. Ē Ou toinyn to mē merimnan tauta ponos, alla to merimnan. Kai kathaper eipōn, ou speirousin, ou ton sporon anetrepsen, alla tēn phrontida houtōs eipōn, ou kopiōsin, O ouoe nēthousin, ou to ergon aneilen, alla tēn merimnan. Ei de Solomōn hēttēthē tou kallous autōn, kai ouch hapax di dē oude dis, alla di holēs tēs basileias autou (oude gar Ēn echoi tis eipein, hoti nyn men toiauta periebaleto, meta de tauta ouketi, alla oude en mią hēmerą houtōs ekallōpisato᾽ touto gar edēlōsen eipōn, en pasę̄ tē basileią autou) kai ouch hypo touton men hēttēthē tou anthous, to de heteron emimēsato, alla pasin homou parechōrēse᾽ (dio kai elegen, hōs hen toutōn hoson gar tēs alētheias pros zei to pseudos, tosouton tōn himatiōn ekeinōn kai tōn anthōn toutōn to meson) ei toinyn ekeinos hōmologēse tēn hēttan» Ho ho pantōn basileōn tōn pōpote genomenōn lamproteros, pote sy perigenesthai dynēsę̄, mallon de engys genesthai kan mikron tēs toiautēs eumorphias? ᾿Enteuthen hēmas paideuei mēd᾽ holōs ephiesthai tou toiouton kallōpismou. Hora goun ka ē autou to telos meta tēn nikēn eis klibanon balletai. ho ho? Ei de peri ta eutelē kai oudenos axia logon, kai tēn tychousan parechomena chreian, tosautēn pronoian ho theos epeŌN deixato, pōs se proēsetai to pantōn anankaiotaton zōon: Tinos oun heneken houtō kala auta epoiēsen? hina tēn autou sophian epideixētai kai tēn periousian tēs dynameōs, hina pan’ tachothen autou tēn doxan mathōmen. Ou gar hoi ouranoi monoi diēgountai tēn doxan tou theou, alla kai hē gē kai ha, touto ho Dauid dēlōn elegen ē aineite ton kyrion, xyla karpophora kai pasai kedroi. Ta men gar dia tou karpou, ta de dia tou megethous, ta de dia tou kallous anapempei tǭ poiēsanti tēn euphēmian. Pollēs gar kai touto periousias sophias sēmeion? hotan kai eis ta sphoo ra eutelē (te gar eutelesteron tou sēmeron ontos, kai aurion ouk. ontos tosouton ekcheē to kallos. Ei toinyn tǭ chortǭ to mē en chreią dedōke, (ti gar autou to kallos pros tēn tou pyros trophēn syntelei: pōs soi to en chreią ou dōsei: Ep to pantōn eutelesteron hekallōpisen ek periousias, kai tauta ou pros chreian, alla pros philotimian touto poiōn pollǭ mallon se ton hapantōn timiōteron en tois kata tēn chreian timēsei. ᾿Epeidē toinyn apedeixe pollēn tou theou tēn pronoian ousan, ha kai edei kai epiplēxai loipon, kai entautha kechrētai tę̄ pheidoi, ouk apistian, all oligopistian autois enkalōn. ho Ei gar ton chorton tou agrou, phēsin, ho theos houtōs amphiennysi, pollǭ mallon hymas, oligopistoi. Kaitoige tauta panta autos ergazetai' panta gar di autou egeneto, kai chōris autou egeneto oude hen all’ homōs oudamou eantou memnētai teōs. Ē rkei. gar eis to deixai tēn authentian teōs, to legein kath᾽ hekastēn tōn entolōn ēkousate hoti errhethē tois archaiois egō de legō hymin. Mē toinyn thaumasę̄s, hotan kai en tois meta tauta? kryptę̄ heanton, ē tapeinon ti peri heantou phthengētai. Hen gar espoudaze teōs, en (dekton. autois genesthai ton logon, kai dia pantōn ei txai ouk antitheon tina onta, all᾽ homonoounta kai symbainonta tǭ patri. Ho dē kai entautha poiei. ITosoutous gar analōsas logous synechōs auton en tǭ mesǭ tithēsi, tēn sophian autou thaumazōn, tēn pronoian, tēn kēdemonian tēn dia pantōn, kai tōn megalōn kai tōn mikrōn. Kai gar hote peri tēs ᾿Ierousalēm elege, tēn polin tou megalou basileōs autēn ekalese kai hote tou ouranou emnēmoneuse, thronon palin ōnomase tou theou kai hote peri tēs kata ton kosmon oikonomiai dielegeto, autǭ palin to pan anatithēsi legōn hoti ton hēlion autou anatellei epi ponērous kai agathous, kai brechei epi dikaious kai adikous. Kai en tę̄ euchę̄ de edidaske legein, hoti autou estin ē basileia, kai ē dynamis, kai hē doxa. Kai antautha peri tēs pronoias autou dialegomenos, kai deiknys pōs kai en tois mikrois aristotechnēs esti, phēsin hoti ton chyrton tou agrou amphiennysi. Kai oudamou heantou patera kalei, all᾽ ekeinōn, hina kai tę̄ timę̄ kathapsētai, kai hotan autou lagę̄ patera? mēketi aganaktōsin. Ei de hyper psilōn kai anankaiōn ou dei merimnan, tinos an heien axioi syngnōmēs hoi hypor tōn polntelōn merimnōntes? mallon de tinos an eien syngnōmēs axioi hoi mēde katheudontes» hina ta tōn allōn labōsi: Mē oun merimnēsēte legontes ti phagōmen, hē ti piōmen, hē ti peribalōmetha: Panta gar tauta ta ethnē tou kosmou epizētei. Eides pōs palin autous kai enetrepse meizonōs, kai paredēlōsen hoti ouden phortikon, oude epachthes epetaxen: Hōspor oun hote elegen ean agapate tous agapōntas hymas, ouden mega poieite kai gar hoi ethnikoi to auto poiousin apo tēs mnēmēs tōn ethnikōn autous diēgeire pros to meizon᾽ houtō kai nyn ekeinous eis meson agei, kathaptomenos kai deiknys hoti anankaion apaitei par' hēmōn opheilēma. Ei gar tōn rammateōn kai Pharisaiōn pleon epideixasthai chrē» tinos an eiēmen axioi hoi mē monon ekeinous mē hyperbainontes, alla kai en tę̄ tōn ethnikōn euteleią menontes, kai tēn autōn mikropsychian zēlountes: Ou mēn mechri tēs epiplēxeōs estē. alla kathapsamenos enteuthen kai diegeiras autous, kai entrepsas meth᾽ hyperbolēs hapasēs, kai heterōthen parakalei legōn' oide gar ho patēr hymōn ho ouranios, hoti hēzete toutōn hapantōn. Ouk eipen, hoiden ho theos, all᾽, hoiden ho patēr, hōste autous eis meizona elpida agagein. Ei gar patēr esti, kai patēr toioutos, ou dynēsetai periïdein tous huious en eschatois ontas kakois hopou oude anthrōpoi. pate res ontes touto hypomenousi. Kai heteron de mota touton palin epagei logismon. Poion dē touton: Hoti chrēzete autōn. Ho de legei? toiouton est. Mē gar peritta esti tauta, hina kataphronēsę̄: Kaitoige oude en tois perissois katephronēsen, epi tou chortou nyni de kai anankaia estin. Hōste ho nomizeis aition heiinai soi tēs phrontidos, touto hikanon einai phēmi tēs phrontidos se tautēs apagagein. Ei gar legois, hoti dia touto me chrē merimnan, epeidē anankaia esti, tounantion egō phēmi, hoti di auto men houn touto mē merimnēsę̄s, epeidē kai estin. Ei gar peritta hēn, oud᾽ houtōs ᾿apoginōskein, alla tharrhein hyper tēs autōn chorēgias echrēn epeidē de anankaia estin, ouketi amphiballein dei. Poios gar esti patēr, hos hypomonei mēde ta anankaia paraschein tois paisin: Hōste kai dia touto pantōs parexei ho o theos. Kai gar dēmiourgos tēs physeōs autos esti, kai tēn chreian autēs meta akribeias autos epistatai. Oude gar touto an echois eipein, hoti patēr men esti, kai anankaia esti ta zētoumena, agnoei de hoti en chreią autōn kathestēkamen. Ho gar tēn physin autēn eidōs, kai dēmiourgos autēs Hyegenēmenos, kai toiautēn autēn diaplasas, eudēlon hoti kai tēn chreian autēs epistatai sou mallon tou en chreią autōn kathestōtos. Kai gar autǭ touto edoxen, ō hōste en toiautę̄ chreią einai autēn. ou toinyn enantiōsetai hois ēthelēse, katastēsas men en anankę̄ tosautēs chreias, aposterōn de au palin tēs chreias kai tōn anankaiōn autēn.

“Consider the lilies of the field, how they grow; they do not toil, nor do they spin; yet I say to you that not even Solomon in all his glory was arrayed like one of these.” Having spoken about necessary food and shown that we must not be anxious even about this, he now passes to what is lighter; for clothing is not as necessary as food. Why then does he not use here too the same example, that of the birds, nor mention to us the peacock and the swan and the sheep? For there were many such examples to take from there. Because he wants to show the excess from both sides, both from the meanness of the things that share in such comeliness and from the lavishness of the adornment given to the lilies. That is why, when he has established them, he no longer even calls them lilies, but “the grass of the field.” And he is not content even with this name, but adds another meanness again, saying, “which is today.” And he did not say, “which is not tomorrow,” but what is much more inferior again, “is thrown into the oven.” And he did not say, “clothes,” but “so clothes.” Do you see everywhere the many excesses and intensifications? And he does this to touch them; that is why he added, “will he not much more clothe you?” For this too carries great emphasis. For “you” is nothing else than one hinting at the great value and the precious worth of the race; as though he said: you, to whom he gave a soul, for whom he fashioned a body, for whose sake he made all visible things, for whose sake he sent prophets and gave the law and wrought countless good things, for whose sake he gave up his only-begotten Son. And when he had proved it clearly, then he also rebukes them, saying, “O you of little faith.” For such is a counselor: he not only exhorts but also strikes, to rouse them more to be persuaded by what is said. By these words he teaches us not only not to be anxious, but not even to be excited by costly garments. For the comeliness of green growth and the beauty of grass, or rather the grass is even more precious than such a robe. Why then do you think highly of things in which the prizes of victory go to the plant with great abundance?

And see how from the beginning he shows the command to be light, again drawing them away from the opposite, and from the very things they fear. For having said, “Consider the lilies of the field,” he added, “they do not toil,” so that he gave these commands wishing to free us from toils. So it is not freedom from anxiety about these things that is toil, but anxiety. And as, when he said, “they do not sow,” he did not overturn sowing but care, so, when he said, “they do not toil nor spin,” he did not remove work but anxiety. And if Solomon was surpassed by their beauty, and not once or twice but through his whole reign (for one could not say that at one time he was clothed so and afterward no longer; rather not even on one day was he adorned so; for he showed this by saying, “in all his glory”), and he was not surpassed by this flower while he imitated another, but yielded to all together (that is why he said, “like one of these”; for as far as truth differs from falsehood, so far is the difference between those garments and these flowers); if, then, he confessed defeat, who was more splendid than all kings that ever were, when will you be able to win, or rather to come even a little near to such beauty? From this he teaches us not to long for such adornment at all. See, at any rate, its end too: after the victory it is thrown into the oven. And if God showed such providence for things mean and worth no account, which provide an ordinary use, how will he give up you, the most precious of all living creatures? Why then did he make them so beautiful? To display his wisdom and the abundance of his power, so that we may learn his glory from every side. For not only do the heavens declare the glory of God, but the earth too; and David showed this when he said, “Praise the Lord, fruitful trees and all cedars.” For some by their fruit, some by their size, some by their beauty send up praise to their maker. For this too is a sign of great abundance of wisdom, when he pours out so much beauty even on very mean things (for what is meaner than that which is today and tomorrow is not?). If, then, he gave the grass what is not for use (for what does its beauty contribute to feeding the fire?), how will he not give you what is for use? If he adorned the meanest of all things with abundance, and this doing not for use but for lavishness, much more will he honor you, the most precious of all, in what concerns your need.

Since, then, he had proved God’s providence to be great, and it was needful to rebuke them as well, here too he uses forbearance, charging them not with unbelief but with little faith. “For if God so clothes the grass of the field,” he says, “much more you, O you of little faith.” And yet he himself makes all these things; for “all things came to be through him, and without him not one thing came to be”; but nevertheless he nowhere mentions himself as yet. For it was enough for the time being, to show his authority, to say at each of the commandments, “You have heard that it was said to the ancients; but I say to you.” Do not wonder, then, when in what follows too he hides himself or says something humble about himself. For he was eager for one thing for the time being, that his word should be acceptable to them, and to show in every way that he was not some rival of God but of one mind and in agreement with the Father. This he does here too. For having spent so many words, he continually sets him in the middle, admiring his wisdom, his providence, his care through all things, both great and small. For when he spoke about Jerusalem, he called it the city of the great King; and when he mentioned heaven, he again named it the throne of God; and when he spoke about the ordering of the world, he again ascribes everything to him, saying that he makes his sun rise on the evil and the good and sends rain on the just and the unjust. And in the prayer too he taught us to say that his is the kingdom and the power and the glory. And here, speaking about his providence and showing how he is an excellent craftsman even in small things, he says that he clothes the grass of the field. And nowhere does he call him his own Father, but theirs, so as to touch them by the honor, and so that when he calls him his Father they may no longer be indignant.

And if we must not be anxious about bare necessities, what pardon would they deserve who are anxious about costly things? Or rather, what pardon would they deserve who do not even sleep, so as to take what belongs to others? “Do not, then, be anxious, saying, ‘What shall we eat?’ or ‘What shall we drink?’ or ‘What shall we put on?’ For the Gentiles of the world seek all these things.” Do you see how again he shamed them more, and indicated that he had commanded nothing burdensome or oppressive? As, then, when he said, “If you love those who love you, you do nothing great; for the Gentiles too do the same,” he roused them to the greater by the mention of the Gentiles, so now too he brings them into the middle, striking at them and showing that he demands from us a debt that is necessary. For if we must show more than the scribes and Pharisees, what should we deserve, who not only do not surpass them, but even remain in the meanness of the Gentiles and emulate their faint-heartedness? However, he did not stop at the rebuke, but having struck at them from here and roused them and shamed them with every intensity, he comforts them from another side too, saying, “For your heavenly Father knows that you need all these things.” He did not say, “God knows,” but “the Father knows,” so as to lead them to greater hope. For if he is a Father, and such a Father, he will not be able to overlook his sons when they are in the last extremity of evils, when not even men who are fathers endure this.

And after this he brings in another reasoning again. What is it? “That you need them.” What he means is this: Are these things superfluous, that he should despise them? And yet he did not despise even superfluous things, in the case of the grass; but as it is, these are even necessary. So what you think to be a cause of anxiety for you, this I say is enough to lead you away from this anxiety. For if you should say, “For this reason I must be anxious, because they are necessary,” I say the opposite: for this very reason do not be anxious, because they are [necessary]. For if they were superfluous, not even so ought you to despair, but to be confident about their supply; but since they are necessary, you must no longer doubt. For what father is there who endures not to provide even necessities for his children? So for this reason too God will certainly provide. For he himself is the creator of nature, and knows its need with precision. Nor could you say this, that he is a Father and what is sought is necessary, but he does not know that we are in need of it. For he who knows nature itself, and has become its creator, and formed it such, clearly knows its need better than you who are in need of these things. For it seemed good to him that it should be in such need. He will not, then, oppose his own will, establishing it under the necessity of so great a need, but again depriving it of the need and of necessities.

22.3Field 1

Μὴ τοίνυν φροντίζωμεν' οὐδὲν γὰρ ἡμῖν περιέσται πλέον, ἢ τὸ κατατείνειν ἑαυτούς. Ὅταν γὰρ καὶ μεριμνώντων ἡμῶν καὶ μὴ μεριμνώντων παρέχῃ; καὶ μᾶλλον μὴ μεριμνώντων, τί σοι πλέον απὸ τῆς φροντίδος, ἣ ἢ τὸ δίκην σαντὸν περιττὴν ἀπαιτεῖν: Οὐδὲ γὰρ ἐπὶ δαψιλὲς ἀπιέναι μέλλων ἄριστὸν τις, ὑπὲρ τροφῆς ἀνέξεται μεριμνᾶν οὐδὲ ὁ ἐπὶ πηγὴν βαδίζων, ὑπὲρ. τοῦ πίνειν φροντίζει. Μὴ τοίνυν μηδὲ ἡμεῖς, καὶ πηγῆς ἁπάσης καὶ μυρίων δείπνων παρεσκευασμένων δαψιλεστέραν ἔχοντες χορηγίαν τοὺ θεοῦ τὴν πρόνοιαν, ᾿πτωχεύωμεν, μηδὲ μικροψυχῶμεν. Μετὰ γὰρ τών εἰρημένων καὶ ἕτερον λογισμὸν πάλιν ὑπὲρ τοῦ θαῤρεῖν περὶ τῶν τοιούτων τίθησι λέγων ζητεῖτε τὴν βασιλείαν τών οὐρανῶν, καὶ ταῦτα πάντα προστεθήσεται ὑμῖν. ᾿Επειδὴ γὰρ ἀνῆκε τῆς φροντίδος τὴν ψυχὴν, τότε καὶ τῶν οὐρανῶν ἐμνημόνευσε. Καὶ γὰρ τὰ παλαιὰ ἀναλύσων παραγέγονε, καὶ πρὸς μείζονα καλέσων πατρίδα. Διὰ τοῦτο πάντα ποιεῖ, ὥστε τῶν περιττῶν ἡμᾶς ἀπαλλάττειν, καὶ τῆς πρὸς τὴν γῆν συμπαθείας. Διὰ τοῦτο καὶ τῶν. ἐθνικῶν ἐμνημόνευσεν, εἰπὼν ὅτι τὰ ἔθνη ἐπιζητεῖ ταῦτα, οἷς ὁ πόνος ἅπας κατὰ τὸν παρόντα βίον, οἷς λόγος οὐδεὶς περὶ τῶν μελλόντων, οὐδὲ ἔννοια τῶν οὐρανῶν. Ὑμῖν δὲ οὐχὶ ταῦτά ἐστι τὰ προηγούμενα, αλλ' ἕτερα. οὐ ,Ὑὰρ διὰ τοῦτο ἐγενόμεθα, ἵνα φαωμεν καὶ πίωμεν καὶ περιβαλώμεθα' αλλ ἵνα ἀρέσωμεν θεῷ, καὶ τῶν μελλόντων ἐπιτύχωμεν ἀγαθῶν. Ὥσπερ οὖν ἐν τῆ σπουδῇ πάρεργα ταῦτα, οὕτω καὶ ἐν τῆ αἰτήσει πάρεργα ἔστω. Διὰ τοῦτο καὶ ἔλεγε ζητεῖτε τὴν βασι-Ο λείαν τῶν οὐρανών, καὶ ταῦτα πάντα προστεθήσεται ὑμῖν. Καὶ οὐκ εἶπε; δοθήσεται, ἀλλὰ, προστεθήσεται, ἵνα μάθης, ὅτι οὐδὲν μέγα τῶν διδομένων τὰ παρόντα ἐστὶ πρὸς τὸ μέεθος τῶν μελλόντων. Διὰ δὴ τοῦτο οὐδὲ αἰτεῖν αὐτὰ κελεύει, ἀλλ᾽ αἰτεῖν μὲν ἕτερα; θαῤῥεῖν δὲ ὡς καὶ τούτων ἐκείνοις προστιθεμένων. Ζήτει τοίνυν τὰ μέλλοντα, καὶ λήψη καὶ τὰ παρόντα μὴ ζήτει τὰ ὁρώμενα, καὶ πάντως αὐτῶν ἐπιτεύξη. Καὶ γὰρ ἀνάξιόν σου τὸ περὶ τοιούτων προσιέγαι τῷ δεσπότῃ. Ὁ γὰρ τὴν ἅπασαν σπουδὴν καὶ τὴν μέριμναν ὑπὲρ τῶν ἀποῤῥήτων ἀγαθὼν ἐκείνων ὀφείλων ποιεῖσθαι, σφόδρα σεαυτὸν καταισχύνεις, εἰς τὴν τῶν ῥβεόν- των πραγμάτων ἐπιθυμίαν καταναλίσκων ἃ αὐτήν. Πώς οὖν: φησίν οὐκ ἐκέλευσε τὸν ἄρτον αἰτεῖν; Ἀλλά, τὸν ἐπιούσιον, προσέθηκε, καὶ τούτῳ πάλιν τὸ, σήμερον' ὅπερ οὖν καὶ ἐνταῦθα ποιεῖ. Ου γὰρ εἶπε, μὴ ᾿Μεριμνήσητε᾽ ἀλλα, μή μεριμνήσητε ὑπὲρ τῆς αὔριον ὁμοῦ καὶ τὴν ἐλευθερίαν ἡμῖν παρέχων, καὶ τὴν ψυχὴν ἡμῶν προσηλῶν τοῖς ἀναγκαιοτέροις. Καὶ γὰρ καὶ ἐκεῖνα αἰτεῖν διὰ τοῦτο ἐκέλευσεν, οὐχ ὡς τοῦ θεοῦ δεομένου τῆς παρ ἡμῶν ὑπομνήσεως, ἀλλ᾽ ἵνα μάθωμεν, ὅτι μετὰ τῆς αὐτοῦ βοηθείας κατορθοῦμεν ἅπερ ἂν κατορθώσωμεν, καὶ ἵνα οἰκειωθῶμεν τῇ συνεχεῖ περὶ τού- των αἰτήσει. Εἶδες πῶς καὶ ἐντεῦθεν ἔπεισεν, ὅτι λήψονται τὰ παρόντα πάντως: Ὁ γὰρ τὰ μείζω παρέχων, πολλῷ μᾶλλον τὰ ἐλάττω δώσει. Οὐ γὰρ διὰ τοῦτο, φησὶν, εἶπον μὴ μεριμνᾶν, μηδὲ αἰτεῖν, ἵνα ταλαιπωρήτε καὶ Ὑνανοὶ περιέρχησθε, ἀλλ᾽ ἵνα καὶ τούτων ἐν ἀφθονίᾳ ἥτε ὃ δὴ μαλιστα πάντων ἱκανὸν ἣν αὐτοὺς ἐφελκύσασθαι. Ὥσπερ οὖν ἐπὶ τῆς ἐλεημοσύνης ἀποτρέπων αὐτοὺς ἐπιδείκνυσθαι τοῖς ἀνθρώποις, τούτῳ μάλιστα ἔπειθε, τῷ μετὰ πλείονος αὐτὸ παρέξειν ὑποσχέσθαι τῆς φιλοτιμίας αὐτοῖς (ὁ γὰρ πατήρ σου φησὶν, ὁ βλέπων ἐν τῷ κρυπτῷ, ἀποδώσει σοι ἐν τῷ φανερῷ οὕτω καὶ ἐνταῦθα ἀφέλκων αὐτοὺς τοῦ μὴ ζητεῖν ἢ αὐτά, τούτῳ μάλιστα πείθει, τῷ μὴ ζητοῦσι μετὰ πλείονος ὑποσχέσθαι παρέχειν τῆς περιουσίας. Διὰ γὰρ τοῦτο κελεύω, φησὶ, μὴ ζητεῖν, οὐχ ἵνα μὴ λάβης, ἀλλ᾽ ἵνα λάβης δαψιλῶς ἵνα λάβης μετα τοῦ σοι προσήκοντος σχήματος, μετὰ τῆς ἁρμοζούσης σοι λυσιτελείατ᾽ ἵνα μὴ μεριμνὼν, μηδὲ σχιζόμενος εἰς τὴν τούτων φροντίδα, ἀνάξιον σαυτὸν καὶ τούτων καὶ τῶν πνευματικῶν καταστήσῃς ἵνα μὴ ταλαιπωρίαν περιττὴν ὑπομείνης, καὶ τοῦ προκειμένου πάλιν ἐκπέσῃς. αι Μὴ οὗν μεριμνήσητε περὶ τῆς αὔριον' ἀρκετὸν γὰρ τῆ ἡμέρᾳ ἡ κακία αὐτῆς τουτέστιν, ἡ ταλαιπωρία, συντριβή. Οὐκ ἀρκεῖ σοι τὸ ἐν ἱδρῶτι τοῦ προσὠπου ἢ σον ἐσθίειν τὸν ἄρτον σου; τί καὶ ἑτέραν προστιθεῖς τὴν ἀπὸ τῆς φροντίδος ταλαιπωρίαν, μέλλων λοιπὸν καὶ τῶν προτέρων ἀπολύεσθαι κόπων; Κακίαν δὲ ἐνταῦθα ὦ φησιν, οὐ τὴν πονηρίαν; μὴ γένοιτο, ἀλλὰ τὴν ταλαιπωρίαν καὶ τὸν πόνον καὶ τὰς συμφοράς ὥσπερ οὖν καὶ ἀλλαχοῦ φησιν' ὁ εἰ ἔστι κακία ἐν πόλει; ἣν κύριος οὐκ ἐποίησεν: οὐχ ἁρπαγὰς λέγων, οὐδὲ πλεονεξίας, οὐκ ἄλλο τι τῶν τοιούτων οὐδὲν, ἀλλὰ τὰς ἄνωθεν φερομένας πληγάς. Καὶ πάλιν, ἐγω, φησὶ, ποιῶν εἰρήνην καὶ κτίζων κακά. Οὐδὲ γὰρ ἐνταῦθα τὴν κακίαν φησὶν, ἀλλὰ τοὺς λιμοὺς καὶ τοὺς λοιμοὺς, τὰ δοκοῦντα εἶναι κακὰ παρὰ τοῖς πολλοῖς. Ἔθος γὰρ τοῖς πολλοῖς τὸ ταῦτα λέγειν κακά. Οὕτω γοῦν καὶ οἱ τῶν πέντε σατραπειῶν ἐκείνων ἱερεῖς καὶ μάντεις, ἡνίκα τὰς βοῦς ὑποζεύξαντες τῆ κιβωτῷ χωρὶς τῶν δαμάλεων ἀφῆκαν βαδίζειν, κακίαν τὰς θεηλάτους ἐκάλουν πληγὰς ἐκείνας, καὶ τὴν ἐξ αὐτῶν ἀθυμίαν καὶ ὀδύνην ἐγγινομένην αὐτοῖς. Τοῦτο τοίνυν καὶ ἐνταῦθα δηλοῖ λόγων᾽ ἀρκετὸν τῇ ἡμέρᾳ ἡ κακία αὐτῆς. Οὐδὲν γὰρ οὕτως αλγύνει ψυχῆν» ὡς μέριμνα και Φροντις. Οὕτω και Παῦλος; εἰς παρθενίαν ἐνάγων συνεβούλενε λέγων θελω ὁε υμας. ἀμερίμνους εἶναι. Ὅταν δὲ λόγῃ, ὅτι ἡ αὔριον μεριμνήσει περὶ ἑαυτῆς, οὐχ ὡς τῆς ἡμέρας μεριμνώσης ταῦτα φησιν, δὴ δὴ, ἀλλ᾽ ἐπειδὴ πρὸς δῆμον ἀτελέστερον ὁ λόγος ἦν αὐτῷ, βουλόμενος ἐμφαντικώτερον ποιῆσαι τὸ λεγόμενον, προσωποποιεῖται τὸν καιρὸν, κατὰ τὴν τῶν πολλῶν συνήθειαν φθεγγόμενος πρὸς αὐτούς. Καὶ ἐνταῦθα μὲν συμβουλεύει, προϊὼν δὲ αὐτὸ καὶ νομοθετεῖ λέγων μὴ κτήσησθε ὃ χρυσίον, μήτο ἀργύριον, μήτε πήραν εἰς ὁδόν. ᾿Επειδὴ γὰρ διὰ τῶν ἔργων αὐτὰ ἐπεδείξατο, τότε λοιπὸν καὶ τὴν ἀπὸ τῶν ῥημάτων εἰσάγει νομοθεσίαν εὐτονωτέραν, ὅτε καὶ εὐπαράκτος ὁ λόγος ἐγένετο, τοῖς ἔργοις τοῖς ἑαυτοῦ πρότερον βεβαιωθείς. Ποῦ οὖν ἔδειξε ὀιὰ τῶν ἔργων: Ἄκουσον αὐτοῦ λέγοντος ὁ δὲ υἱὸς τοῦ ἀνθρώπου οὐκ ἔχει ποῦ τὴν κεφαλὴν κλίνη. Καὶ οὐδὲ τούτῳ ἀρκεῖται μόνῳ, ἀλλὰ καὶ ἐν τοῖς μαθηταῖς παρέχεται τὴν ὑπὲρ τούτων ἀπόδειξιν, καὶ αὐτοὺς οὕτω σχηματίσας; καὶ οὐκ ἀφεὶς οὐδενὸς δεηθῆναι. Σκόπει δὲ αὐτοῦ καὶ τὴν κηδεμονίαν, πῶς πατρὸς παντὸς ὑπερβαίνει φιλοστοργίαν. Τοῦτο γὰρ κελεύω, φησὶ, δι ἕτερον μὲν οὐδὲν, ἵνα δὲ ὑμᾶς ἀπαλλάξω περιττῶν φροντίδων. Κἂν γὰρ σήμερον μεριμνήσης ὑπὲρ τῆς αὔριον, καὶ πάλιν αὔριον μεριμνήσεις.. Τί οὖν τὸ περιττόν; Τί καταΨαγκάζεις τὴν ἡμέραν πλέον τῆς συγκεκληρωμένης αὐτῇ ταλαιπωρίας καταδέχεσθαι, καὶ μετὰ τῶν οἰκείων πόνων καὶ τὸ τῆς ἐπιούσης προστιθεῖς αὐτῇ φορτίον, καὶ ταῦτα οὐδὲν τὴν ἑτέραν μέλλων ἀπὸ τῆς προσθήκης τῆς γινομένης ὅπικουφίζειν, ἀλλὰ πλεονεξίαν μόνον περιττῶν ἐπιδείκνυσθαι πόνων: Ἵνα γὰρ μειζόνως αὐτῶν καθάψηται, μονονουχὶ τὸν καιρὸν αὐτὸν ψυχώσας ὡς ἀδικούμενον εἰσάγει; καὶ καταβοῶντα αὐτῶν ὑπὲρ τῆς περιττῆς ἐπηρείας. Καὶ γὰρ ἔλαβες τὴν ἡμέραν, ἵνα τὰ αὐτῆς φροντίζης. Τίνος οὖν ἕνεκεν καὶ τὰ τῆς ἑτέρας αὐτῇ πρυστιθεῖς: μὴ γὰρ οὐκ ἀρκοῦν ἔχει φορτίον τὴν ἑαυτῆς φροντίδα: τί τοίνυν αὐτὴν βαρύνεις μειζόνως; Ὅταν δὲ ὁ νομοθέτης ταῦτα λέγῃ, ὃ καὶ ὁ μέλλων ἡμῖν δικάζειν, ἐννόησον πώς μῖν χρηστὰς ὑποτείνει τὰς ἐλπίδας, ὅταν αὐτὸς μαρτυρῇ, ὅτι ταλαίπωρος ὁ βίος οὗτος καὶ ἐπίμοχθος, ὡς καὶ τὴν τῆς μιᾶς ἡμέρας φροντίδα ἀρκεῖν εἰς τὸ κακοῦν ἡμᾶς καὶ συντρίβειν. Ἀλλ᾽ ὅμως τοσούτων εἰρημένων καὶ τηλικούτων, ἡμεῖς ὑπὲρ μὲν τούτων μεριμνῶμεν, ὑπὲρ δὲ τῶν ἐν τοῖς οὐρανοῖς οὐκέτι, ἀλλ᾽ ἀντεστρέψαμεν τὴν τάξιν, ἑκατέρωθεν μαχόμενοι τοῖς λεγομένοις. Σκόπει γάρ᾽ μὴ ζητεῖτε τὰ παρόντα, φησὶ, καθόλου ἡμεῖς δὲ ταῦτα ἀρώρν διηνεκῶς. Ζητεῖτε τὰ ἐπουράνια; φησίν' ἡμεῖς δὲ οὐδὲ μικρὰν ὥραν ἐκεῖνα ᾿ζητοῦὮ μεν, ἀλλ᾽ ὅσην ὑπὲρ τῶν βιωτικῶν ἐπιδεικνύμεθα τὴν μέριμναν, τοσαύτην ἐν τοῖς πνευματικοῖς ἔχομεν τὴν ὀλιγωρίαν, μᾶλλον δὲ καὶ πολλῷ πλείονα. ᾿Αλλ᾽ οὐκ ἀεὶ ταῦτα προχωρεῖ, οὐδὲ αεὶ ταῦτα ἐνδέχεται. ἢ δοὺ δέκα ἡμέρας καταφρονοῦμεν, ἰδοὺ εἴκοσιν, ἰδοὺ ἑκατόν οὐκ ἀνάγκη πάντως ἀπελθεῖν, καὶ ἐμπεσεῖν εἰς τὰς τοῦ δικάζοντος χεῖρας: ᾿Αλλ᾽ ἔχει παραμυθίαν ἢ ἀναβολή. Καὶ ποία παραμυθία, τὸ καθ᾽ ἑκαστην ὠύχα προσδοκᾶν κόλασιν καὶ τιμωρίαν; Εἰ γὰρ βούλει πα μυθίαν τινὰ ἀπὸ τῆς ἀναβολῆς ταύτης λαβεῖν, λάβε τὴν ἀπὸ τῆς μετανοίας καρπούμενος διόρθωσι.. Καὶ γὰρ εἰ τὸ μέλλειν τὴν τιμωρίαν παραψυχῆν τινα εἶναι νομίζεις, πολλῷ μάλλον κέρδος τὸ μὴ περιπεσεῖν τῆ τιμωρίᾳ. Καταχρησώμεθα τοίνυν τῇ μελλήσει ταύτη πρὸς τὸ παντελῶς ἀπαλλαγῆναι τῶν ἐπικειμένων δεινῶν. ᾿Οὐδὲ γὰρ φορτικὸν, οὐδὲ ἐπαχθές τι τῶν ἐπιταχθέντων ἐστίν' αλλ᾽ οὕτως γνησίαν πάντα δυνηθῆναι ἀνύσαι, κἂν μυρίων ὧμεν ὑπεύθυνοι πλημμελημάτων. Καὶ γὰρ ὁ Μανασσῆς μιάσματα ἄπειρα ἣν τετολμηκώς᾽ καὶ γὰρ κατὰ τῶν ἀγίων τὰς χεῖρας ἐξέτεινε, καὶ τὰ βδελύγματα εἰς τὸν ναὸν εἰσήγαγε, καὶ φόνων τὴν πόλιν ἐνέπλησε, καὶ πολλὰ ἕτερα εἰργάσατο συγγνώμης μείζονα ἀλλ᾽ ὅμως μετὰ τὴν τοσαύτην καὶ τηλικαύτην παρανομίαν, ἅπαντα ἀπενίψατο ἐκεῖνα. Πῶς. καὶ τίνι τρόπῳ: Μετανοίᾳ καὶ γνώμῃ.

Mē toinyn phrontizōmen' ouden gar hēmin periestai pleon, ē to katateinein heautous. Hotan gar kai merimnōntōn hēmōn kai mē merimnōntōn parechę̄? kai mallon mē merimnōntōn, ti soi pleon apo tēs phrontidos, hē ē to dikēn santon perittēn apaitein: Oude gar epi dapsiles apienai mellōn ariston tis, hyper trophēs anexetai merimnan oude ho epi pēgēn badizōn, hyper. tou pinein phrontizei. Mē toinyn mēde hēmeis, kai pēgēs hapasēs kai myriōn deipnōn pareskeuasmenōn dapsilesteran echontes chorēgian tou theou tēn pronoian, ᾿ptōcheuōmen, mēde mikropsychōmen. Meta gar tōn eirēmenōn kai heteron logismon palin hyper tou tharrein peri tōn toioutōn tithēsi legōn zēteite tēn basileian tōn ouranōn, kai tauta panta prostethēsetai hymin. ᾿Epeidē gar anēke tēs phrontidos tēn psychēn, tote kai tōn ouranōn emnēmoneuse. Kai gar ta palaia analysōn paragegone, kai pros meizona kalesōn patrida. Dia touto panta poiei, hōste tōn perittōn hēmas apallattein, kai tēs pros tēn gēn sympatheias. Dia touto kai tōn. ethnikōn emnēmoneusen, eipōn hoti ta ethnē epizētei tauta, hois ho ponos hapas kata ton paronta bion, hois logos oudeis peri tōn mellontōn, oude ennoia tōn ouranōn. Hymin de ouchi tauta esti ta proēgoumena, all' hetera. ou ,Hyar dia touto egenometha, hina phaōmen kai piōmen kai peribalōmetha' all hina aresōmen theǭ, kai tōn mellontōn epitychōmen agathōn. Hōsper oun en tē spoudę̄ parerga tauta, houtō kai en tē aitēsei parerga estō. Dia touto kai elege zēteite tēn basi-O leian tōn ouranōn, kai tauta panta prostethēsetai hymin. Kai ouk eipe? dothēsetai, alla, prostethēsetai, hina mathēs, hoti ouden mega tōn didomenōn ta paronta esti pros to meethos tōn mellontōn. Dia dē touto oude aitein auta keleuei, all᾽ aitein men hetera? tharrhein de hōs kai toutōn ekeinois prostithemenōn. Zētei toinyn ta mellonta, kai lēpsē kai ta paronta mē zētei ta horōmena, kai pantōs autōn epiteuxē. Kai gar anaxion sou to peri toioutōn prosiegai tǭ despotę̄. Ho gar tēn hapasan spoudēn kai tēn merimnan hyper tōn aporrhētōn agathōn ekeinōn opheilōn poieisthai, sphodra seauton kataischyneis, eis tēn tōn rhbeon- tōn pragmatōn epithymian katanaliskōn ha autēn. Pōs oun: phēsin ouk ekeleuse ton arton aitein? Alla, ton epiousion, prosethēke, kai toutǭ palin to, sēmeron' hoper oun kai entautha poiei. Ou gar eipe, mē ᾿Merimnēsēte᾽ alla, mē merimnēsēte hyper tēs aurion homou kai tēn eleutherian hēmin parechōn, kai tēn psychēn hēmōn prosēlōn tois anankaioterois. Kai gar kai ekeina aitein dia touto ekeleusen, ouch hōs tou theou deomenou tēs par hēmōn hypomnēseōs, all᾽ hina mathōmen, hoti meta tēs autou boētheias katorthoumen haper an katorthōsōmen, kai hina oikeiōthōmen tę̄ synechei peri tou- tōn aitēsei. Eides pōs kai enteuthen epeisen, hoti lēpsontai ta paronta pantōs: Ho gar ta meizō parechōn, pollǭ mallon ta elattō dōsei. Ou gar dia touto, phēsin, eipon mē merimnan, mēde aitein, hina talaipōrēte kai Hynanoi perierchēsthe, all᾽ hina kai toutōn en aphthonią hēte ho dē malista pantōn hikanon hēn autous ephelkysasthai. Hōsper oun epi tēs eleēmosynēs apotrepōn autous epideiknysthai tois anthrōpois, toutǭ malista epeithe, tǭ meta pleionos auto parexein hyposchesthai tēs philotimias autois (ho gar patēr sou phēsin, ho blepōn en tǭ kryptǭ, apodōsei soi en tǭ phanerǭ houtō kai entautha aphelkōn autous tou mē zētein ē auta, toutǭ malista peithei, tǭ mē zētousi meta pleionos hyposchesthai parechein tēs periousias. Dia gar touto keleuō, phēsi, mē zētein, ouch hina mē labēs, all᾽ hina labēs dapsilōs hina labēs meta tou soi prosēkontos schēmatos, meta tēs harmozousēs soi lysiteleiat᾽ hina mē merimnōn, mēde schizomenos eis tēn toutōn phrontida, anaxion sauton kai toutōn kai tōn pneumatikōn katastēsę̄s hina mē talaipōrian perittēn hypomeinēs, kai tou prokeimenou palin ekpesę̄s. ai Mē houn merimnēsēte peri tēs aurion' arketon gar tē hēmerą hē kakia autēs toutestin, hē talaipōria, syntribē. Ouk arkei soi to en hidrōti tou prosōpou ē son esthiein ton arton sou? ti kai heteran prostitheis tēn apo tēs phrontidos talaipōrian, mellōn loipon kai tōn proterōn apolyesthai kopōn? Kakian de entautha ō phēsin, ou tēn ponērian? mē genoito, alla tēn talaipōrian kai ton ponon kai tas symphoras hōsper oun kai allachou phēsin' ho ei esti kakia en polei? hēn kyrios ouk epoiēsen: ouch harpagas legōn, oude pleonexias, ouk allo ti tōn toioutōn ouden, alla tas anōthen pheromenas plēgas. Kai palin, egō, phēsi, poiōn eirēnēn kai ktizōn kaka. Oude gar entautha tēn kakian phēsin, alla tous limous kai tous loimous, ta dokounta einai kaka para tois pollois. Ethos gar tois pollois to tauta legein kaka. Houtō goun kai hoi tōn pente satrapeiōn ekeinōn hiereis kai manteis, hēnika tas bous hypozeuxantes tē kibōtǭ chōris tōn damaleōn aphēkan badizein, kakian tas theēlatous ekaloun plēgas ekeinas, kai tēn ex autōn athymian kai odynēn enginomenēn autois. Touto toinyn kai entautha dēloi logōn᾽ arketon tę̄ hēmerą hē kakia autēs. Ouden gar houtōs algynei psychēn» hōs merimna kai Phrontis. Houtō kai Paulos? eis parthenian enagōn syneboulene legōn thelō hoe ymas. amerimnous einai. Hotan de logę̄, hoti hē aurion merimnēsei peri heautēs, ouch hōs tēs hēmeras merimnōsēs tauta phēsin, dē dē, all᾽ epeidē pros dēmon atelesteron ho logos ēn autǭ, boulomenos emphantikōteron poiēsai to legomenon, prosōpopoieitai ton kairon, kata tēn tōn pollōn synētheian phthengomenos pros autous. Kai entautha men symbouleuei, proïōn de auto kai nomothetei legōn mē ktēsēsthe ho chrysion, mēto argyrion, mēte pēran eis hodon. ᾿Epeidē gar dia tōn ergōn auta epedeixato, tote loipon kai tēn apo tōn rhēmatōn eisagei nomothesian eutonōteran, hote kai euparaktos ho logos egeneto, tois ergois tois heautou proteron bebaiōtheis. Pou oun edeixe oia tōn ergōn: Akouson autou legontos ho de huios tou anthrōpou ouk echei pou tēn kephalēn klinē. Kai oude toutǭ arkeitai monǭ, alla kai en tois mathētais parechetai tēn hyper toutōn apodeixin, kai autous houtō schēmatisas? kai ouk apheis oudenos deēthēnai. Skopei de autou kai tēn kēdemonian, pōs patros pantos hyperbainei philostorgian. Touto gar keleuō, phēsi, di heteron men ouden, hina de hymas apallaxō perittōn phrontidōn. Kan gar sēmeron merimnēsēs hyper tēs aurion, kai palin aurion merimnēseis.. Ti oun to peritton? Ti kataPsankazeis tēn hēmeran pleon tēs synkeklērōmenēs autę̄ talaipōrias katadechesthai, kai meta tōn oikeiōn ponōn kai to tēs epiousēs prostitheis autę̄ phortion, kai tauta ouden tēn heteran mellōn apo tēs prosthēkēs tēs ginomenēs hopikouphizein, alla pleonexian monon perittōn epideiknysthai ponōn: Hina gar meizonōs autōn kathapsētai, mononouchi ton kairon auton psychōsas hōs adikoumenon eisagei? kai kataboōnta autōn hyper tēs perittēs epēreias. Kai gar elabes tēn hēmeran, hina ta autēs phrontizēs. Tinos oun heneken kai ta tēs heteras autę̄ prystitheis: mē gar ouk arkoun echei phortion tēn heautēs phrontida: ti toinyn autēn baryneis meizonōs? Hotan de ho nomothetēs tauta legę̄, ho kai ho mellōn hēmin dikazein, ennoēson pōs min chrēstas hypoteinei tas elpidas, hotan autos martyrę̄, hoti talaipōros ho bios houtos kai epimochthos, hōs kai tēn tēs mias hēmeras phrontida arkein eis to kakoun hēmas kai syntribein. All᾽ homōs tosoutōn eirēmenōn kai tēlikoutōn, hēmeis hyper men toutōn merimnōmen, hyper de tōn en tois ouranois ouketi, all᾽ antestrepsamen tēn taxin, hekaterōthen machomenoi tois legomenois. Skopei gar᾽ mē zēteite ta paronta, phēsi, katholou hēmeis de tauta arōrn diēnekōs. Zēteite ta epourania? phēsin' hēmeis de oude mikran hōran ekeina ᾿zētouŌ men, all᾽ hosēn hyper tōn biōtikōn epideiknymetha tēn merimnan, tosautēn en tois pneumatikois echomen tēn oligōrian, mallon de kai pollǭ pleiona. ᾿All᾽ ouk aei tauta prochōrei, oude aei tauta endechetai. ē dou deka hēmeras kataphronoumen, idou eikosin, idou hekaton ouk anankē pantōs apelthein, kai empesein eis tas tou dikazontos cheiras: ᾿All᾽ echei paramythian ē anabolē. Kai poia paramythia, to kath᾽ hekastēn ōycha prosdokan kolasin kai timōrian? Ei gar boulei pa mythian tina apo tēs anabolēs tautēs labein, labe tēn apo tēs metanoias karpoumenos diorthōsi.. Kai gar ei to mellein tēn timōrian parapsychēn tina einai nomizeis, pollǭ mallon kerdos to mē peripesein tē timōrią. Katachrēsōmetha toinyn tę̄ mellēsei tautē pros to pantelōs apallagēnai tōn epikeimenōn deinōn. ᾿Oude gar phortikon, oude epachthes ti tōn epitachthentōn estin' all᾽ houtōs gnēsian panta dynēthēnai anysai, kan myriōn hōmen hypeuthynoi plēmmelēmatōn. Kai gar ho Manassēs miasmata apeira hēn tetolmēkōs᾽ kai gar kata tōn agiōn tas cheiras exeteine, kai ta bdelygmata eis ton naon eisēgage, kai phonōn tēn polin eneplēse, kai polla hetera eirgasato syngnōmēs meizona all᾽ homōs meta tēn tosautēn kai tēlikautēn paranomian, hapanta apenipsato ekeina. Pōs. kai tini tropǭ: Metanoią kai gnōmę̄.

Let us not, then, be anxious; for we shall gain nothing more than wearing ourselves out. For when he provides whether we are anxious or not, and more when we are not, what more do you get from your anxiety than exacting a superfluous penalty from yourself? For no one who is going to an abundant meal will put up with being anxious about food; nor does one walking to a spring worry about drinking. Let not us, then, either, who have God’s providence as a supply more abundant than every spring and countless banquets prepared, be beggarly and faint-hearted. For besides what has been said he puts another reasoning again for our confidence about such things, saying, “Seek the kingdom of heaven, and all these things shall be added to you.” For when he had released the soul from anxiety, then he also mentioned the heavens. For he had come to dissolve the old things and to call us to a greater country. That is why he does everything to free us from superfluous things and from attachment to the earth. That is why he mentioned the Gentiles too, saying that the Gentiles seek these things, whose whole toil is for the present life, who have no account of things to come, nor any thought of the heavens. But for you these are not the primary things, but others. For we were not made for this, to eat and drink and be clothed, but to please God and attain the good things to come. As, then, in our effort these are secondary, so in our asking too let them be secondary. That is why he said, “Seek the kingdom of heaven, and all these things shall be added to you.” And he did not say, “shall be given,” but “shall be added,” so that you may learn that the present things are nothing great among the things given, compared with the greatness of those to come. That is why he does not even bid us ask for them, but ask for other things and be confident that these too are added to those. Seek, then, the things to come, and you will receive the present things too; do not seek the visible things, and you will certainly obtain them. For it is unworthy of you to approach the Master about such things. For you who ought to spend all your effort and care on those ineffable good things put yourself greatly to shame by spending it on the desire for things that flow away.

“How then?” someone says. “Did he not bid us ask for bread?” But he added “daily,” and to this again “today”; which he does here too. For he did not say, “Do not be anxious,” but, “Do not be anxious about tomorrow,” at once granting us freedom and nailing our soul to the more necessary things. For he bade us ask even for those things for this reason, not as though God needed reminding by us, but so that we may learn that whatever we achieve we achieve with his help, and that we may become familiar with him through continual asking about these things. Do you see how from this too he persuaded them that they will certainly receive the present things? For he who provides the greater will much more give the less. “For I did not say,” he says, “not to be anxious nor to ask for this reason, that you should suffer hardship and go about naked, but that you may have these things too in abundance”; which was above all able to draw them. As, then, in the case of almsgiving, turning them away from displaying themselves to men, he persuaded them above all by this, by promising to grant it to them with greater generosity (“for your Father,” he says, “who sees in secret will reward you openly”), so here too, drawing them away from seeking these things, he persuades them above all by this, by promising to provide them with greater abundance to those who do not seek. “For this is why I bid you not to seek,” he says, “not so that you may not receive, but so that you may receive abundantly; so that you may receive with the bearing that befits you, with the profit that suits you; so that, being anxious and divided by the care of these things, you may not make yourself unworthy both of these and of spiritual things; so that you may not endure superfluous hardship and again fall from what is set before you.”

“Do not, then, be anxious about tomorrow; for sufficient for the day is its own evil,” that is, its hardship and affliction. Is it not enough for you to eat your bread in the sweat of your face? Why do you add another hardship too, that from anxiety, when you are going at last to be released even from the former toils? And by “evil” here he means not wickedness, far from it, but hardship and toil and misfortunes; as elsewhere too he says, “Is there evil in a city which the Lord has not done?”, meaning not robberies nor covetousness nor anything else of the kind, but the blows brought from above. And again: “I am the one who makes peace and creates evils.” For here too he does not mean wickedness, but famines and plagues, the things that seem to the many to be evils. For it is the custom of the many to call these things evils. So, at any rate, the priests and diviners of those five satrapies, when they yoked the cows to the ark and let them walk without their calves, called those God-sent blows, and the dejection and pain that came upon them from them, “evil.” This, then, he shows here too, saying, “Sufficient for the day is its own evil.” For nothing so pains the soul as anxiety and care. So too Paul, leading men to virginity, counseled them, saying, “I want you to be free from care.” And when he says that “tomorrow will be anxious for itself,” he does not say this as though the day were anxious, of course not; but since his discourse was addressed to a less perfect people, wishing to make what was said more vivid, he personifies the time, speaking to them according to the usage of the many. And here he counsels; but as he goes on he even legislates it, saying, “Do not acquire gold nor silver nor a bag for the road.” For when he had shown these things by deeds, then at last he brings in the more vigorous legislation in words too, when his word had become easy to receive, being first confirmed by his own deeds. Where then did he show it by deeds? Hear him saying, “But the Son of Man has nowhere to lay his head.” And he is not content with this alone, but gives proof of these things in his disciples too, forming them in this way and not letting them need anything.

But consider his care too, how it surpasses every father’s affection. “For I command this,” he says, “for no other reason than to free you from superfluous cares. For if today you are anxious about tomorrow, tomorrow you will again be anxious. What then is the superfluity? Why do you compel the day to receive more than the hardship allotted to it, and besides its own toils add to it also the burden of the next day, and that when you are not going to lighten the other at all by the addition, but only to show a greed for superfluous toils?” For in order to strike at them more, he all but gives life to the time itself and brings it in as one wronged and crying out against them for the superfluous abuse. “For you received the day so that you might care for its affairs. Why then do you add to it the affairs of the other? Has it not burden enough in its own care? Why then do you weigh it down more?” And when the lawgiver says these things, and the one who is going to judge us, consider what kind hopes he holds out to us, when he himself testifies that this life is full of hardship and toil, so that even the care of one day is enough to afflict and crush us. But nevertheless, though so many and such great things have been said, we are anxious about these things, and no longer about those in the heavens; but we have reversed the order, fighting against what is said on both sides. For consider: “Do not seek the present things at all,” he says; but we seek them continually. “Seek the heavenly things,” he says; but we do not seek those even for a short hour, but as much anxiety as we show for worldly things, so much negligence we have in spiritual things, or rather much more. “But these things do not always go forward, nor are they always possible.” Behold, we despise for ten days; behold, for twenty, behold, for a hundred; is it not altogether necessary to depart and fall into the hands of the one who judges? “But the delay has some consolation.” And what consolation is it to expect punishment and vengeance every day? For if you want to take some consolation from this delay, take the correction that comes from repentance. For if you think the postponement of the punishment to be some comfort, much more is it a gain not to fall into the punishment. Let us use this delay, then, to be rid altogether of the terrible things that lie upon us. For none of the commands is burdensome or oppressive; but [they are such that, if we bring a] genuine [purpose], we can accomplish all of them, even if we are guilty of countless offenses. For Manasseh had dared countless pollutions; for he stretched out his hands against the saints, brought the abominations into the temple, filled the city with murders, and did many other things beyond pardon; but nevertheless after such and so great lawlessness he washed all those things away. How, and in what way? By repentance and resolve.

22.5Field 1

Οὐ γάρ ἐστιν» οὐκ ἔατιν οὐδὲν ἁμάρτημα, ὅπερ οὐκ εἴκει καὶ παραχωρεῖ τῇ τῆς μετανοίας δυνάμει, μᾶλλον δὲ τῇ τοῦ Χριστοῦ χάριτι. Καὶ γὰρ ἂν ἡμετα- βαλώμεθα μόνον, αὐτὸν ἔχομεν συνεφαπτόμενον ἡμῖν κἂν θελήσῃς γενέσθαι καλὸς, οὐδεὶς ὁ κωλύων' μᾶλλον. δὲ ἐστι μὲν ὁ κωλύων, ὁ διάβολος, οὐ μὴν ἰσχύει, σοῦ τὰ ἄριστα προαιρουμένου, καὶ ταύτῃ τὸν θεὸν ἐπισπωμένου πρὸς συμμαχίαν. Ἂμ δὲ σὺ μὴ βουληθῇς, αλλ᾽ ἀποπηδήσης, πῶς σον προστήσεται; Οὐδὲ γὰρ ἀνάγκῃ καὶ βίᾳ, ἀλλ᾽ ἑκόντα βωυλεται σώζεσθαι. Εἰ γὰρ αὐτὸς οἰκέτην ἔχων μισοῦντά σε καὶ ἀποστρεφόμενον, καὶ συνεχῶς ἀποπηδῶντα καὶ φεύγοντα, οὐκ ἂν ἕλοιο κατέχειν, καὶ ταῦτα δεόμενος αὐτοῦ τῆς διακονίας πολλῳ μᾶλλον ὁ θεὸς, ὁ μὴ διὰ τὴν οἰκείαν χρείαν, ἀλλὰ διὰ τὴν σὴν σωτηρίαν πάντα ποιῶν, οὐκ ἂν ἕλοιτό δε πρὸς Ὁ βίαν κατέχειν ὥσπερ οὖν ἐὰν προαίρεσιν ἐπιδείξη μόνον, οὐκ ἂν ἕλοιτό σέ ποτε προέσθαι, οὐδ᾽ ἂν ὁτιοῦν ὁ διάβολος ποιῇ. Ὥστε ἡμεῖς αἴτιοι τῆς ἀπωλείας τῆς ἡμετέρας ἐσμέν. Οὐδὲ γὰρ προσερχόμεθα αὐτῷ, οὐδὲ ἐντυγχάνομεν, οὐδὲ παρακαλοῦμεν, ὡς χρή ἀλλὰ κἂν προσέλθωμεν, τοῦτο ποιοῦμεν οὐχ ὡς ὀφείλοντες λαβεῖν, οὐδὲ μετὰ τῆς προσηκούσης πίστεως, οὐδὲ ὡς ἀπαιτοῦντες, ἀλλὰ χασμώμενοι καὶ ἀναπεπτωκότες πάντα ποιοῦμεν. Καίτοιγε βούλεται ἀπαιτεῖσθαι παρ᾽ ἡμῶν θεὸς, καὶ χάριν ἔχει σοι τούτου πολλήν. Μόνος γὰρ οὗτος ὁ χρεώστης, ὅταν ἀπαιτῆται, χάριν ἔχει, καὶ ἃ μὴ ἐδανείσαμεν δίδωσι. Κἀν μὲν σφοδρῶς (δὴ) ἐπικείμενον τὸν ἀπαιτοῦντα, καὶ ἃ μὴ ἔλαβε παρ᾽ ἡμῶν καταβάλλει ἃ δὲ νωθρῶς, καὶ αὐτὸς διαναβάλλεται, οὐ διὰ τὸ μὴ βούλεσθαι δοῦναι, ἀλλ᾽ ἐπειδὴ παρ᾽ ἡμῶν Ἰδέως ἔχει ἀπαιτεῖσθαι. Διὰ τοῦτό σοι καὶ ὑπόδειγμα εἶπεν ἐκείνον τοῦ φίλου τοῦ νύκτωρ παραγενομένου καὶ ἄρτον αἰτοῦντος, καὶ τοῦ δικαστοῦ τοῦ τὸν θεὸν μὴ φοβουμένου, μηδὲ ἀνθρώπους ἐντρεπομένον. Καὶ οὐκ ἔστη μέχρι τῶν παραδειγμάτων, ἀλλὰ καὶ ἐπ᾿ αὐτῶν αὐτὸ τῶν ἔργων ἔδειξεν, ἡνίκα τὴν Φοινίκισσαν ἐκείνην γυναικα τῆς μεγάλης δωρεᾶς ἐμπλήσας ἐξέπεμψε. Διὰ μὲν γὰρ ταύτης, ὅτι καὶ τὰ μὴ προσήκοντα τοῖς ἀπαιτοῦσι σφοδρῶς δίδωσιν, ἔδειξεν. πεν γὰρ καλὸν ἐστι, φησὶ, λαβεῖν τὸν ἄρτον τῶν τέκνων, καὶ ὅ δοῦναι τοῖς κυναρίοις. ᾿Αλλ᾽ ὅμως ἔδωκεν, ἐπειδὴ σφόδρα αὐτὸν ἀπήτησε. Διὰ δὲ τῶν ᾿Ιουδαίων ἐδήλωσεν, ὅτι τοῖς ῥᾳθυμοῦσιν ᾿οὐδὲ τὰ αὖὐτῶν δίδωσιν. Οὐκοῦν ἔλαβον εκεῖνοι οὐδὲν, αλλὰ τὰ αὐτῶν ἀπώλεσαν. Καὶ οὗτοι μὲν, ἐπειδὴ μὴ ἤτησαν, οὐδὲ τα ἴδια ἔλαβον ἐκείνη δὲ, ἐπειδὴ σφοδρῶς ἐπετέθη, καὶ τὰ ἀλλότρια ἴσχυσεν ἐκδικῆσαι; καὶ τὰ τῶν τέκνων ἔλαβε τὸ κυνάριον. Τοσοῦτον ἡ προσεδρεία, ἀγαθόν. Κὰν γὰρ κύων ἧς, προσεδρεύων προτιμηθήσῃ τοῦ τέκνου ῥᾳθυμοῦντος ὅσα γὰρ οὐκ ἀνύει ἢ φιλία, τοσαῦτα ἤνυσεν ἡ προσεδρεία. Μὴ τοίνυν λέγε, ὅτι ἐχθρός μού ἐστιν ὁ θεὸς. καὶ οὐκ ᾿εἰσακούσεται. Εὐθέως σοι ἀποκρίνεται συνεχῶς ἐνοχλοῦντι᾽ εἰ καὶ μὴ διὰ τὸ εἶναι φίλον, ἀλλὰ διὰ τὸ προσεδρεύειν' καὶ οὔτε ἡ ἔχθρα; οὔτε ἡ ἀκαιρία, οὔτε ἄλλο οὐδὲν γίνεται κώλυμα. Μὴ εἴπης, οὐκ εἰμὶ ἄξιος, καὶ οὐκ εὔχομαι καὶ γὰρ ἥ Συροφοινίκισσα τοιαύτη ἦν. Μὴ εἴπῃς, ὅτι πολλὰ ἥμαρτον, καὶ οὐ δύναμαι παρακαλέσαι τὸν, ὡργισμένον᾽ οὐ γὰρ τὴν ἀξίαν ὁ θεὸς σκοπεῖ, ἀλλὰ τὴν γνώμην. γὰρ τὸν ἄρχοντα τὸν τὸν θεὸν μὴ φοβουμενον, μηδὲ ἀνθρώπους αἰσχυνόμενον ἔκαμψεν ἢ χήρα: πολλώ μᾶλλον τὸν ἀγαθὸν ἐπισπάσεται ἡ συνεχής ἔντευξις. Ὥστε κἂν μὴ φίλος ἧς, κὰν μὴ τὰ ὀφειλόμενα αἁπαιτῆς, κἂν τὰ πατρῷα κατεδηδοκὼς ἢ ἤς, καὶ πολὺν χρόνον ἐξ ὄψεως γενόμενος, κἂν ἄτιμος, κἂν πάντων ἔσχατος, κἄν ὀργι ομένῳ, κἀν ἀγανακτοῦντι προσέλθης θελησον μόνον εὔξασθαι καὶ ἐπανελθεῖν, καὶ παντα ἀπολήψη; καὶ τὴν ὀργὴν καὶ τὴν καταδίκην σβέσεις εὐθέως. Ἀλλ᾽ ἰδοὺ εὔχομαι, φησὶ, καὶ οὐδὲν γίνεται πλέον. «Οὐ γὰρ εὔχ᾽ κατ᾽ ἐκείνους οἷον τὴν Συροφοινίκισσαν λέγω, καὶ τὸν φίλον τὸν αωρὶ παραγενόμενον, καὶ τήν χήραν τὴν συνεχῶς ενοχλοῦσαν τὸν δικαστὴν, καὶ τὸν υἱὸν τὸν τὰ πατρῴα καταναλώσαντα. Εἰ γὰρ οὕτως ηὔχου, ταχέως ἐπετύγχανες. Καὶ γὰρ εἰ καὶ ὑβρίσθη, πατήρ ἐστι καὶ εἰ ᾿ὥργισται, φιλόπαις ἐστί καὶ ἕν ζητεῖ μόνον, οὐ δίκην λαβεῖν τῶν ὕβρεων, αλλ᾽ ἰδεῖν σε μεταμελόμενον καὶ παρακαλοῦντα.

Ou gar estin» ouk eatin ouden hamartēma, hoper ouk eikei kai parachōrei tę̄ tēs metanoias dynamei, mallon de tę̄ tou Christou chariti. Kai gar an hēmeta- balōmetha monon, auton echomen synephaptomenon hēmin kan thelēsę̄s genesthai kalos, oudeis ho kōlyōn' mallon. de esti men ho kōlyōn, ho diabolos, ou mēn ischyei, sou ta arista proairoumenou, kai tautę̄ ton theon epispōmenou pros symmachian. Am de sy mē boulēthę̄s, all᾽ apopēdēsēs, pōs son prostēsetai? Oude gar anankę̄ kai bią, all᾽ hekonta bōyletai sōzesthai. Ei gar autos oiketēn echōn misounta se kai apostrephomenon, kai synechōs apopēdōnta kai pheugonta, ouk an heloio katechein, kai tauta deomenos autou tēs diakonias pollǭ mallon ho theos, ho mē dia tēn oikeian chreian, alla dia tēn sēn sōtērian panta poiōn, ouk an heloito de pros Ho bian katechein hōsper oun ean proairesin epideixē monon, ouk an heloito se pote proesthai, oud᾽ an hotioun ho diabolos poię̄. Hōste hēmeis aitioi tēs apōleias tēs hēmeteras esmen. Oude gar proserchometha autǭ, oude entynchanomen, oude parakaloumen, hōs chrē alla kan proselthōmen, touto poioumen ouch hōs opheilontes labein, oude meta tēs prosēkousēs pisteōs, oude hōs apaitountes, alla chasmōmenoi kai anapeptōkotes panta poioumen. Kaitoige bouletai apaiteisthai par᾽ hēmōn theos, kai charin echei soi toutou pollēn. Monos gar houtos ho chreōstēs, hotan apaitētai, charin echei, kai ha mē edaneisamen didōsi. Kan men sphodrōs (dē) epikeimenon ton apaitounta, kai ha mē elabe par᾽ hēmōn kataballei ha de nōthrōs, kai autos dianaballetai, ou dia to mē boulesthai dounai, all᾽ epeidē par᾽ hēmōn Ideōs echei apaiteisthai. Dia touto soi kai hypodeigma eipen ekeinon tou philou tou nyktōr paragenomenou kai arton aitountos, kai tou dikastou tou ton theon mē phoboumenou, mēde anthrōpous entrepomenon. Kai ouk estē mechri tōn paradeigmatōn, alla kai ep᾿ autōn auto tōn ergōn edeixen, hēnika tēn Phoinikissan ekeinēn gynaika tēs megalēs dōreas emplēsas exepempse. Dia men gar tautēs, hoti kai ta mē prosēkonta tois apaitousi sphodrōs didōsin, edeixen. pen gar kalon esti, phēsi, labein ton arton tōn teknōn, kai ho dounai tois kynariois. ᾿All᾽ homōs edōken, epeidē sphodra auton apētēse. Dia de tōn ᾿Ioudaiōn edēlōsen, hoti tois rhąthymousin ᾿oude ta auytōn didōsin. Oukoun elabon ekeinoi ouden, alla ta autōn apōlesan. Kai houtoi men, epeidē mē ētēsan, oude ta idia elabon ekeinē de, epeidē sphodrōs epetethē, kai ta allotria ischysen ekdikēsai? kai ta tōn teknōn elabe to kynarion. Tosouton hē prosedreia, agathon. Kan gar kyōn hēs, prosedreuōn protimēthēsę̄ tou teknou rhąthymountos hosa gar ouk anyei ē philia, tosauta ēnysen hē prosedreia. Mē toinyn lege, hoti echthros mou estin ho theos. kai ouk ᾿eisakousetai. Eutheōs soi apokrinetai synechōs enochlounti᾽ ei kai mē dia to einai philon, alla dia to prosedreuein' kai oute hē echthra? oute hē akairia, oute allo ouden ginetai kōlyma. Mē eipēs, ouk eimi axios, kai ouk euchomai kai gar hē Syrophoinikissa toiautē ēn. Mē eipę̄s, hoti polla hēmarton, kai ou dynamai parakalesai ton, hōrgismenon᾽ ou gar tēn axian ho theos skopei, alla tēn gnōmēn. gar ton archonta ton ton theon mē phoboumenon, mēde anthrōpous aischynomenon ekampsen ē chēra: pollō mallon ton agathon epispasetai hē synechēs enteuxis. Hōste kan mē philos hēs, kan mē ta opheilomena haapaitēs, kan ta patrǭa katedēdokōs ē ēs, kai polyn chronon ex opseōs genomenos, kan atimos, kan pantōn eschatos, kan orgi omenǭ, kan aganaktounti proselthēs thelēson monon euxasthai kai epanelthein, kai panta apolēpsē? kai tēn orgēn kai tēn katadikēn sbeseis eutheōs. All᾽ idou euchomai, phēsi, kai ouden ginetai pleon. «Ou gar euch᾽ kat᾽ ekeinous hoion tēn Syrophoinikissan legō, kai ton philon ton aōri paragenomenon, kai tēn chēran tēn synechōs enochlousan ton dikastēn, kai ton huion ton ta patrǭa katanalōsanta. Ei gar houtōs ēuchou, tacheōs epetynchanes. Kai gar ei kai hybristhē, patēr esti kai ei ᾿hōrgistai, philopais esti kai hen zētei monon, ou dikēn labein tōn hybreōn, all᾽ idein se metamelomenon kai parakalounta.

For there is not, there is not any sin that does not yield and give way to the power of repentance, or rather to the grace of Christ. For if only we change, we have him helping us; and if you want to become good, no one hinders you; or rather there is one who hinders, the devil, but he has no power when you choose the best things and in this way draw God to your alliance. But if you yourself do not will it, but leap away, how will he protect you? For he wants us to be saved not by necessity and force but willingly. For if you yourself, having a servant who hated you and turned away from you and continually leapt away and fled, would not choose to keep him, and that though you needed his service, much more God, who does everything not for his own need but for your salvation, would not choose to keep you by force; just as, if only you show your choice, he would never choose to give you up, whatever the devil does. So we ourselves are the cause of our own destruction. For we do not come to him, nor plead, nor entreat as we ought; but even if we come, we do it not as those who are to receive, nor with fitting faith, nor as those who demand, but we do everything yawning and lolling back. And yet God wants payment to be demanded of him by us, and is very grateful to you for this. For he alone is the debtor who, when payment is demanded, is grateful, and gives what we did not lend. And if he sees the one who demands pressing vehemently, he pays down even what he did not receive from us; but if sluggishly, he too puts it off, not because he is unwilling to give, but because he is glad to have payment demanded of him by us. That is why he told you the example of that friend who came at night asking for bread, and of the judge who neither feared God nor respected men. And he did not stop at the examples, but showed it in the very deeds too, when he sent away that Phoenician woman filled with the great gift. For through her he showed that he gives even what does not belong to them to those who demand vehemently. For he said, “It is not good to take the children’s bread and give it to the dogs.” But nevertheless he gave it, because she demanded it vehemently. And through the Jews he showed that to the indolent he does not give even what is their own. So they received nothing, but lost what was theirs. And they, because they did not ask, did not receive even their own; but she, because she pressed vehemently, was able to claim even what belonged to others, and the dog received what belonged to the children. So great a good is persistence. For even if you are a dog, by persisting you will be preferred to the indolent child; for what friendship does not accomplish, persistence has accomplished.

Do not, then, say, “God is my enemy and will not hear.” He answers you at once if you trouble him continually; if not because you are a friend, yet because you persist; and neither enmity nor untimeliness nor anything else becomes a hindrance. Do not say, “I am not worthy, and I do not pray”; for the Syrophoenician woman too was such. Do not say, “I have sinned much, and I cannot entreat the one who is angry”; for God looks not at worth but at the will. For [if] the widow bent the ruler who did not fear God nor respect men, much more will continual pleading draw the Good One. So even if you are not a friend, even if you are not asking for what is owed, even if you have devoured your father’s goods and have been out of sight a long time, even if dishonored, even if last of all, even if you come to one who is angry and indignant, only will to pray and to return, and you will receive everything, and you will at once quench both the anger and the condemnation.

“But see, I pray,” someone says, “and nothing more happens.” For you do not pray as they did, I mean the Syrophoenician woman, and the friend who came at an untimely hour, and the widow who continually troubled the judge, and the son who spent his father’s goods. For if you prayed so, you would quickly obtain. For even if he has been insulted, he is a Father; and if he has been angered, he loves his children; and he seeks one thing only, not to exact a penalty for the insults, but to see you repenting and entreating.

22.6Field 1

᾿Οφελον καὶ ἡμεῖς οὕτω διεθερμάνθημεν, ὡς ἐκεῖνα τὰ σπλάγχνα πρὸς τὴν ἀγάπην διανίσταται τὴν ἡμετέραν. Ἀλλ᾽ ἀφορμὴν ἐπιζητεῖ μόνον τοῦτο τὸ πῦρ' κἂν μικρὸν αὐτῷ τον σπινθῆρα, ὁλόκληρον ἀνάπτεις φλόγα εὐεργεσίας. Οὐδὲ ἐπειδὴ ὕβρισται, ἀγανακτεῖ; ἀλλ᾽ ἐπειδὴ σὺ ὁ ὑβρίζων. εἰ, καὶ ταύτη γινόμενος πάροινος. Εἰ γὰρ ἡμεῖς πονηροὶ ὄντες, τών παίδων ον ταν; ὑπὲρ ἐκείνων ἀλγοῦμεν, πολλῷ μάλλον ὁ θεὸς, μηὸε ὑβρισθῆναι δυνάμενος, ὑπὲρ σοῦ τοῦ ὑβρικότος ἀγανακτεῖ. Εἰ ἡμεῖς οἱ φύσει ἀγαπῶντες, πολλῷ μᾶλλον ὁ ὑπὲρ φύσιν φιλόστοργος. Εἰ γὰρ καὶ ἐπιλάθοιτο, φησὶ, γυνὴ τὰ ἔκγονα τῆς κοιλίας αὐτῆς, ἀλλ᾽ ἐγὼ οὐκ ἐπιλήσομαί σου. ἸΠροσέλθωμεν τοίνυν αὐτῷ καὶ εἴπωμεν Ναὶ, κύριε᾽ καὶ γὰρ τὰ κυνάρια ἐσθίει ἀπὸ τῶν ψιχίων τῶν πιπτόντων ἀπὸ τῆς τραπέζης τῶν κυρίων αὐτῶν. Προσέλθωμεν εὐκαίρως. ἀκαίρως μᾶλλον δὲ οὐδέποτέ ἐστιν, ἀκαίρως προσελθεῖν ἄκαιρον γὰρ τὸ μὴ διηνεκῶς προσιέναι. Τὸν γὰρ ἐπιθυμοῦντα διδόναι διαπαντὸς εὔκαιρον αἰτεῖν. Ὥσπερ γὰρ τὸ ἀναπνεῖν οὐδέποτε ἄκαιρον, οὕτως οὐδὲ τὸ αἰτεῖν, ἀλλὰ τὸ μὴ αἰτεῖν ἄκαιρον. Καὶ γὰρ καθάπερ τῆς ἀναπνοῆς δεόμεθα ταύτης, οὕτω καὶ τῆς παρ᾽ αὐτοῦ βοηθείαν κἂν θέλωμεν, ῥᾳδίως αὐτὸν ἐπισπασόμεθα. Καὶ τοῦτο δηλῶν ὁ Ο προφήτης, καὶ δεικνὺς τῆς εὐεργεσίας τὸ ἀεὶ παρεσκενασμένον, ἔλεγεν' ἐς ἐὺς ὄρθρον ἕτοιμον εὑρήσομεν αὐτόν. ὩὉσακις γὰρ ἂν προσέλθωμεν, ἀναμένοντα τὰ παρ᾽ ἡμῶν ὀψόμεθα. Εἰ δὲ οὐδὲν ἀπὸ τῆς πηγαζούυσης αὐτοῦ ἀρετῆς ἀρυόμεθα, ἡμέτερον τὸ ἔγκλημα ἅπαν. Τοῦτο γοῦν καὶ ᾿Ιουδαίοις ἐγκαλῶν ἔλεγε τὸ δὲ ἔλεός μου ὡς νεφέλη πρωϊνὴ), καὶ ὡς δρόσος ὀρθρινὴ παραπορενομένη. Ὃ δὲ λέγει, τοιοῦτόν ἐστιν ἐγὼ μὲν τὰ παρ᾽ ἐμαντοῦ ἅπαντα παρέσχον ὑμεῖς δὲ, ὥσπερ ἥλιος θερμὸς ἐπιὼν καὶ τὴν νεφέλην καὶ τὴν δρόσον διακρούεται καὶ ἀποκρύπτει, οὕτω διὰ τῆς πολλῆς πονηρίας τὴν ἄφατον ἀνεστείλατε φιλοτιμίαν. Ὃ καὶ αὐτὸ πάλιν προνοίας ἐστίν. Ὅταν γὰρ καὶ ἀναξίους ἴδῃ τοῦ παθεῖν εὖ, ἐπέχει τὰς εὐεργεσίας, ἵνα μὴ ῥᾳθύμους ἡμᾶς ἐργάσηται. Ἂν Ὦ μεταβαλώμεθα μικρὸν, καὶ τοσοῦτον ὅσον Ὑνώναι ὅτι ἡμάρτομεν, ὑπὲρ τὰς πηγὰς ἀναβλύζεν, ὑπὲρ τὸ πέλαγος χεῖται᾽ καὶ ὅσῳ ἂν πλείονα λάβης, τοσούτῳ μᾶλλον χαίρει καὶ ταύτη πρὸς τὸ πλείονα δοῦναι διανίσταται πάλιν. Καὶ γα πλοῦτον. οἰκειον τὴν ἡμετέραν ἡγεῖται σωτηρίαν, κἀὶ τὸ Ἔξω δαψιλῶς τοῖς αἰτοῦσιν ὅπερ οὖν καὶ ὁ Παῦλος δηλῶν ἔλεγε᾽. πλουτῶν εἰς πάντας καὶ ἐπὶ πάντας τοὺς ἐπικαλουμένους αὐτόν. Ὅταν γὰρ μὴ αἰτήσωμεν, τότε ὁργίζεται ὅταν μὴ αἰτήσωμεν, τότε ἀποστρέφεται. Διὰ τῦντο ἐπτώχευσεν, ἵνα ἡμᾶς πλουσίους ἐργάσηται διὰ τοῦτο καὶ Ὁ πᾶντα ὑπέστη ἐκεῖνα, ἵνα ἡμᾶς ἐκκαλέσηται πρὸς τὸ αἰτεῖν. Μὴ τοίνυν ἀπογνώμεν' αλλ' ἔχοντες τοσαύτας ἀφορμὰς καὶ χρηστὰς ἐλπίδας, κὰν καθ᾽ ἑκάστην ἁμαρτάνωμεν τὴν ἡμέραν, προσίωμεν παρακαλοῦντες, δεόμενοι, τὴν ἄφεσιν τῶν πλημμελημάτων αἰτοῦντες. Οὕτω γὰρ καὶ πρὸς τὸ ἁμαρτάνειν ὀκνηρότεροι λαιπὸν ἐσόμεθα, καὶ τὸν διάβολον ἀποσοβήσομεν; καὶ τοῦ θεοῦ τὴν φιλανθρωπίαν ἐκκαλεσόμεθα, καὶ τών μελλόντων ἐπιτευξόμεθα ἀγαθών, χάριτι καὶ φιλανθρωπίᾳ τοῦ κυρίου ἡμῶν Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ, ᾧ ἢ δόξα καὶ τὸ κράτος εἰς τοὺς αἰῶνας τῶν αἰώνων. ᾿Αμήν.

᾿Ophelon kai hēmeis houtō diethermanthēmen, hōs ekeina ta splanchna pros tēn agapēn dianistatai tēn hēmeteran. All᾽ aphormēn epizētei monon touto to pyr' kan mikron autǭ ton spinthēra, holoklēron anapteis phloga euergesias. Oude epeidē hybristai, aganaktei? all᾽ epeidē sy ho hybrizōn. ei, kai tautē ginomenos paroinos. Ei gar hēmeis ponēroi ontes, tōn paidōn on tan? hyper ekeinōn algoumen, pollǭ mallon ho theos, mēoe hybristhēnai dynamenos, hyper sou tou hybrikotos aganaktei. Ei hēmeis hoi physei agapōntes, pollǭ mallon ho hyper physin philostorgos. Ei gar kai epilathoito, phēsi, gynē ta ekgona tēs koilias autēs, all᾽ egō ouk epilēsomai sou. IProselthōmen toinyn autǭ kai eipōmen Nai, kyrie᾽ kai gar ta kynaria esthiei apo tōn psichiōn tōn piptontōn apo tēs trapezēs tōn kyriōn autōn. Proselthōmen eukairōs. akairōs mallon de oudepote estin, akairōs proselthein akairon gar to mē diēnekōs prosienai. Ton gar epithymounta didonai diapantos eukairon aitein. Hōsper gar to anapnein oudepote akairon, houtōs oude to aitein, alla to mē aitein akairon. Kai gar kathaper tēs anapnoēs deometha tautēs, houtō kai tēs par᾽ autou boētheian kan thelōmen, rhądiōs auton epispasometha. Kai touto dēlōn ho O prophētēs, kai deiknys tēs euergesias to aei pareskenasmenon, elegen' es eus orthron hetoimon heurēsomen auton. HōOsakis gar an proselthōmen, anamenonta ta par᾽ hēmōn opsometha. Ei de ouden apo tēs pēgazouysēs autou aretēs aryometha, hēmeteron to enklēma hapan. Touto goun kai ᾿Ioudaiois enkalōn elege to de eleos mou hōs nephelē prōïnē), kai hōs drosos orthrinē paraporenomenē. Ho de legei, toiouton estin egō men ta par᾽ emantou hapanta pareschon hymeis de, hōsper hēlios thermos epiōn kai tēn nephelēn kai tēn droson diakrouetai kai apokryptei, houtō dia tēs pollēs ponērias tēn aphaton anesteilate philotimian. Ho kai auto palin pronoias estin. Hotan gar kai anaxious idę̄ tou pathein eu, epechei tas euergesias, hina mē rhąthymous hēmas ergasētai. An Ō metabalōmetha mikron, kai tosouton hoson Hynōnai hoti hēmartomen, hyper tas pēgas anablyzen, hyper to pelagos cheitai᾽ kai hosǭ an pleiona labēs, tosoutǭ mallon chairei kai tautē pros to pleiona dounai dianistatai palin. Kai ga plouton. oikeion tēn hēmeteran hēgeitai sōtērian, kai to Exō dapsilōs tois aitousin hoper oun kai ho Paulos dēlōn elege᾽. ploutōn eis pantas kai epi pantas tous epikaloumenous auton. Hotan gar mē aitēsōmen, tote horgizetai hotan mē aitēsōmen, tote apostrephetai. Dia tynto eptōcheusen, hina hēmas plousious ergasētai dia touto kai Ho panta hypestē ekeina, hina hēmas ekkalesētai pros to aitein. Mē toinyn apognōmen' all' echontes tosautas aphormas kai chrēstas elpidas, kan kath᾽ hekastēn hamartanōmen tēn hēmeran, prosiōmen parakalountes, deomenoi, tēn aphesin tōn plēmmelēmatōn aitountes. Houtō gar kai pros to hamartanein oknēroteroi laipon esometha, kai ton diabolon aposobēsomen? kai tou theou tēn philanthrōpian ekkalesometha, kai tōn mellontōn epiteuxometha agathōn, chariti kai philanthrōpią tou kyriou hēmōn Iēsou Christou, hǭ ē doxa kai to kratos eis tous aiōnas tōn aiōnōn. ᾿Amēn.

Would that we too were so warmed as that heart is roused to love for us! But this fire seeks only an occasion; and if you give it even a little spark, you kindle a whole flame of beneficence. Nor is he indignant because he has been insulted, but because you are the one insulting, and becoming drunken with violence in this way. For if we, being evil, when our children insult us, grieve for them, much more God, who cannot even be insulted, is indignant for your sake who have insulted him. If we who love by nature, much more he who is affectionate beyond nature. “For even if a woman should forget the offspring of her womb,” he says, “yet I will not forget you.” Let us, then, come to him and say, “Yes, Lord; for even the dogs eat of the crumbs that fall from their masters’ table.” Let us come in season and out of season; or rather it is never out of season to come; for it is out of season not to come continually. For to ask of one who desires to give is always in season. For as breathing is never out of season, so neither is asking, but not asking is out of season. For as we need this breath, so we need his help too; and if we will, we shall easily draw him. And the prophet, showing this and pointing out the constant readiness of his beneficence, said, “We shall find him ready as the dawn.” For as often as we come, we shall see him waiting for what is ours. But if we draw nothing from the spring of his goodness, the whole blame is ours. This at any rate he said in accusation of the Jews: “But my mercy is like a morning cloud and like the early dew that passes away.” What he means is this: “I provided everything on my part; but you, as the hot sun coming on drives off and hides both the cloud and the dew, so by your great wickedness you checked my unspeakable generosity.” And this again belongs to providence. For when he sees us unworthy of being well treated, he holds back his benefits, so as not to make us indolent. But if we change a little, even so much as to know that we have sinned, he gushes up beyond the springs, he pours out beyond the sea; and the more you receive, the more he rejoices, and is roused by this to give more again. For he counts our salvation his own wealth, and giving abundantly to those who ask; which Paul too showed when he said, “rich to all and upon all who call on him.” For when we do not ask, then he is angry; when we do not ask, then he turns away. For this he became poor, that he might make us rich; for this he underwent all those things, that he might call us out to ask. Let us not, then, despair; but having so many occasions and kind hopes, even if we sin every day, let us come entreating, begging, asking forgiveness of our offenses. For so we shall at last be slower to sin, and shall scare away the devil, and shall call forth the love of God for mankind, and shall obtain the good things to come, by the grace and love for mankind of our Lord Jesus Christ, to whom be the glory and the might to the ages of ages. Amen.

Chapter 23

23.1Field 1

Μὴ κρίνετε, ἵνα μὴ κριθῆτε. Τι οὖν: οὐ Χρὴ τοῖς ἁμαρτάνουσιν ἐγκαλεῖν: Καὶ γὰρ ὁ Παῦλος τὸ αὐτὸ τοῦτό φησι μᾶλλον δὲ κακεῖ ὁ Χριστὸς διὰ Παύλου, λέγων σὺ τί κρίνεις τὸν ἀδελφόν σου; καὶ σὺ, τί ἐξουθενεῖς τὸν ἀδελφόν σου. Καὶ, σὺ τίς εἶ, ὃ κρίνων ἀλλότριον οἰκέτην ᾿ Καὶ πάλιν' τε ὥστε μὴ πρὸ καιροῦ τι κρίνετε, ἕως ἂν ἔλθη ὁ κύριος. Πῶς οὗν ἑτέρωθί φησιν ἔλεγξον, ἐπιτίμησον, παρακάλεσον καὶ, δ΄ τοὺς ἁμαρτάνοντας ἐνώπιον πάντων ἔλεγχε :Ὁ καὶ ὁ Χριστὸς δέ τῷ Πέτρῳ' Ὲ ὕπαγε, ἔλεγξον αὐτὸν μεταξύ σου καὶ αὐτοῦ μόνον κὰν παρακούσῃ, καὶ ἕτερον σαντῷ πρόσθες ἂν δὲ μηδὲ οὕτως ἐνδῷ, καὶ τῇ ἐκκλησίᾳ κατάγγειλον 3 : καὶ τοσούτους ἐπέστησε τοὺς ἐπιτιμῶντας, καὶ οὐ μόνον τοὺς ἐπιτιμῶντας, αλλὰ καὶ κολάζοντας ; Τὸν γὰρ οὐδενὸς τούτων ᾿ἀκούσαντα, ἐκέλευσεν ὡς ἐθνικὸν εἶναι καὶ τελώνην. Πώς δὲ αὐτοῖς καὶ τὰς κλεὶς ἔδωκεν ς Εἰ γὰρ μὴ μέλλουσι κρίνειν, ἁπάντων ἔσονται ἄκυροι, καὶ μάτην τοῦ δεσμεύειν καὶ τοῦ λύειν ἐξουσίαν εἰλήφασι. Καὶ ἄλλως δὲ, εἰ τοῦτο κρατήσειεν, ἅπαντα οἰχήσεται; καὶ τὰ ἐν ταῖς ἐκκλησίαις, καὶ τὰ ἐν ταῖς πόλεσι; καὶ τὰ ἐν ταῖς οἰκίαις. Καὶ γὰρ ὁ δεσπότης τὸν οἰκέτην, καὶ ἡ δέσποινα τὴν ,᾿θεραπαινίδα, καὶ ὁ πατὴρ τὸν υἱὸν, καὶ ὁ φίλος τὸν φίλον ἐὰν μὴ κρίνωσιν, ἐπιδώσει τὰ τῆς κακίας. Καὶ τέ λέγω, ὁ φίλος τὸν φίλον; Τοὺς ἐχθροὺς ἐὰν μὴ κρίνωμεν, οὐδέποτε καταλῦσαι δυνησόμεθα. τὴν ἔχθραν, ἀλλ᾽ ἄνω καὶ κάτω πάντα γενήσεται. Τί ποτ᾽ οὖν ἐστι τὸ εἰρημένον : Προσέχωμεν μετὰ ἀκριβείας, ἵνα μὴ τὰ φάρμακα τῆς σωτηρίας καὶ τοὺς τῆς εἰρήνης νόμους νομίζῃ τις ἀνατροπῆς εἷναι καὶ συγχύσεως νόμου. Μάλιστα μὲν γὰρ καὶ διὰ τῶν ἑξῆς ἐνεδείξατο τοῖς νοῦν ἔχουσι τοῦ νόμου τούτου τὴν ἀρετὴν, εἰπων τ ἰ βλέπεις τὸ κάρφος τὸ ἐν τῷ ὀφθαλμῷ τοῦ ἀδελφοῦ τὰ τὴν δὲ δοκὸν τὴν ἐν τῷ σῷ ὀφθαλμῷ οὐ κατανοεῖς: [ἡ δὲ πολλοῖς τῶν ᾿ ῥᾳθυμοτέρων ἀσαφέστερον ἔτι εἶναι δοκεῖ, ἄνωθεν αὐτὸ διαλῦσαι πειράσομαι. ᾿Ενταῦθα γὰρ, ὡς ἔμοιγε δοκεῖ, οὐχ ἁπλῶς ἅπαντα τὰ ἁμαρτήματα κελεύει μὴ κρίνειν, οὐδὲ ἁπλῶς ἀπαγορεύει τὸ τοιοῦτον ποιεῖν, ἀλλὰ τοῖς μυρίων γέμουσι κακῶν, καὶ ἄλλοις ὑπὲρ τῶν τυχόντων ἐπεμβαίνουσι. Δοκεῖ δέ μοι καὶ ᾿Ιουδαίους ἐνταῦθα αἰνίτοεσθαι, ὅτι πικροὶ τῶν πλησίον ὄντες κατήγοροι, μικρῶν ἕνεκεν καὶ οὐδαμινῶν, αὐτοὶ τὰ μεγάλα ἀνεπαισθήτως ἡμάρτανον᾽ ὃ καὶ πρὸς τῷ τέλει ὀνειδίζων αὐτοὺς ἔλεγεν, ὅτι ὕ ὦ δεσμεύετε φορτία βαρέα καὶ ,δυσβάστακτα, ὑμεῖς δὲ τῷ δακτύλῳ οὐ θέλετε κινῆσαι αὐτα καὶ, ἀποδεκατοῦτε τὸ Ἰδύοσμον. καὶ τὸ ἄνηθον, καὶ κατελίπετε τὰ βαρύτερα τοῦ νόμου; τὴν κρίσιν, καὶ τὸν ἔλεον, καὶ τὴν πίστιν. Δοκεῖ μὲν οὖν καὶ πρὸς τούτους ἀποτείνεσθαι, προαναστέλλων αὐτοὺς ἐν οἷς ἔμελλον. τῶν μαθητῶν κατηγορεῖν. Εἰ γὰρ καὶ μηδὲν ἥμαρτον ἐκεῖνοι τοιοῦτον, ἀλλ᾽ ὅμως ἐκείνοις πληκμελήματα ἐνομίζετο εἷναι οἷον, τὸ σάββατον μὴ τηρεῖν, τὸ χερσὶν ανίπτοις ἐσθίειν, τὸ μετὰ τελωνῶν κατακεῖσθαι ὃ καὶ ἀλλαχοῦ φησιν᾽ ὅοἱ τὸν κώνωπα διύλίζοντες, καὶ τὴν κάμῆλον καταπίνοντες. Πλὴν καὶ κοινὸν τὸν περὶ τούτων τίθησι νόμον. Καὶ Κορινθίοις δὲ ὁ Παῦλος οὐχ ἁπλῶς ἐκέλευσε μὴ κρίνειν, αλλὰ τοὺς ὑπὲρ ἑαυτοὺς μὴ κρίνειν; καὶ δ ὑπόθεσιν ᾿' μὴ ὠμολογημένην᾽ οὐχ ἁπλῶς τοὺς ἅμαρτάνοντας μὴ διορθοῦν. Καὶ οὐδὲ ἀδιορίστως ἅπασι τότε ἐπετίμα, ἀλλὰ μαθηταῖς περὶ διδασκάλων τοῦτο ποιοῦσιν ἐπέπληττε, καὶ τοῖς μυρίων κακῶν ὑπευθύνοις οὗσι, ὃ τοὺς ἀνευθύνους διαβάλλουσιν. Ὅπερ οὖν καὶ ὁ Χριστὸς ἐνταῦθα ἡνίξατο᾽ καὶ οὐχ ἁπλῶς ἡνίξατο; ἀλλὰ καὶ πολὺν ἐπέστησε τὸν φόβον, καὶ τὴν κόλασιν ἀπαραίτητον. Ἔν ᾧ γὰρ κρίματι κρίνετε, φησὶ, κριθήσεσθε. Οὐ γὰρ ἐκεῖνον καταδικάζεις, φησὶν, αλλὰ σαυτὸν, καὶ φοβερόν σοι ποιεῖς τὸ ἱκαστήριον, καὶ ἀκριβεῖς τὰς εὐθύνας. Ὥσπερ οὖν ἐν τῇ τῶν ἁμαρτημάτων ἀφέσει. παρ᾽ ἡμῶν αἱ ἀρχαὶ, οὕτω καὶ ἐν ταύτῃ τῇ κρίσει παρ ἡμῶν τὰ μέτρα τῆς καταδίκης τίθεται. ΟΣ γὰρ ὀνειδίζειν δεῖν οὐδὲ ἐπεμβαίνειν, ἀλλὰ νουθετεῖν Ο κακηγορεῖν, ἀλλὰ συμβουλεύειν' οὐδὲ μετὰ ἀπονοίας ἐπιτίθεσθαι. ἀλλὰ μετὰ φιλοστοργίας διορθοῦν. Οὐ γὰρ ἐκεῖνον, ἀλλὰ σαυτὸν ἐσχάτῃ παραδίδως τιμωρίᾳ; μὴ φειδόμενος αὐτοῦ, ἡνίκα ἂν δεήση ψηφίζεσθαι περὶ τῶν πεπλημμελημένων αὐτῷ.

Mē krinete, hina mē krithēte. Ti oun: ou Chrē tois hamartanousin enkalein: Kai gar ho Paulos to auto touto phēsi mallon de kakei ho Christos dia Paulou, legōn sy ti krineis ton adelphon sou? kai sy, ti exoutheneis ton adelphon sou. Kai, sy tis ei, ho krinōn allotrion oiketēn ᾿ Kai palin' te hōste mē pro kairou ti krinete, heōs an elthē ho kyrios. Pōs houn heterōthi phēsin elenxon, epitimēson, parakaleson kai, d΄ tous hamartanontas enōpion pantōn elenche :Ho kai ho Christos de tǭ Petrǭ' E hypage, elenxon auton metaxy sou kai autou monon kan parakousę̄, kai heteron santǭ prosthes an de mēde houtōs endǭ, kai tę̄ ekklēsią katangeilon 3 : kai tosoutous epestēse tous epitimōntas, kai ou monon tous epitimōntas, alla kai kolazontas ? Ton gar oudenos toutōn ᾿akousanta, ekeleusen hōs ethnikon einai kai telōnēn. Pōs de autois kai tas kleis edōken s Ei gar mē mellousi krinein, hapantōn esontai akyroi, kai matēn tou desmeuein kai tou lyein exousian eilēphasi. Kai allōs de, ei touto kratēseien, hapanta oichēsetai? kai ta en tais ekklēsiais, kai ta en tais polesi? kai ta en tais oikiais. Kai gar ho despotēs ton oiketēn, kai hē despoina tēn ,᾿therapainida, kai ho patēr ton huion, kai ho philos ton philon ean mē krinōsin, epidōsei ta tēs kakias. Kai te legō, ho philos ton philon? Tous echthrous ean mē krinōmen, oudepote katalysai dynēsometha. tēn echthran, all᾽ anō kai katō panta genēsetai. Ti pot᾽ oun esti to eirēmenon : Prosechōmen meta akribeias, hina mē ta pharmaka tēs sōtērias kai tous tēs eirēnēs nomous nomizę̄ tis anatropēs heinai kai synchyseōs nomou. Malista men gar kai dia tōn hexēs enedeixato tois noun echousi tou nomou toutou tēn aretēn, eipōn t i blepeis to karphos to en tǭ ophthalmǭ tou adelphou ta tēn de dokon tēn en tǭ sǭ ophthalmǭ ou katanoeis: [hē de pollois tōn ᾿ rhąthymoterōn asaphesteron eti einai dokei, anōthen auto dialysai peirasomai. ᾿Entautha gar, hōs emoige dokei, ouch haplōs hapanta ta hamartēmata keleuei mē krinein, oude haplōs apagoreuei to toiouton poiein, alla tois myriōn gemousi kakōn, kai allois hyper tōn tychontōn epembainousi. Dokei de moi kai ᾿Ioudaious entautha ainitoesthai, hoti pikroi tōn plēsion ontes katēgoroi, mikrōn heneken kai oudaminōn, autoi ta megala anepaisthētōs hēmartanon᾽ ho kai pros tǭ telei oneidizōn autous elegen, hoti hy ō desmeuete phortia barea kai ,dysbastakta, hymeis de tǭ daktylǭ ou thelete kinēsai auta kai, apodekatoute to Idyosmon. kai to anēthon, kai katelipete ta barytera tou nomou? tēn krisin, kai ton eleon, kai tēn pistin. Dokei men oun kai pros toutous apoteinesthai, proanastellōn autous en hois emellon. tōn mathētōn katēgorein. Ei gar kai mēden hēmarton ekeinoi toiouton, all᾽ homōs ekeinois plēkmelēmata enomizeto heinai hoion, to sabbaton mē tērein, to chersin aniptois esthiein, to meta telōnōn katakeisthai ho kai allachou phēsin᾽ hooi ton kōnōpa diylizontes, kai tēn kamēlon katapinontes. Plēn kai koinon ton peri toutōn tithēsi nomon. Kai Korinthiois de ho Paulos ouch haplōs ekeleuse mē krinein, alla tous hyper heautous mē krinein? kai d hypothesin ᾿' mē ōmologēmenēn᾽ ouch haplōs tous hamartanontas mē diorthoun. Kai oude adioristōs hapasi tote epetima, alla mathētais peri didaskalōn touto poiousin epeplētte, kai tois myriōn kakōn hypeuthynois housi, ho tous aneuthynous diaballousin. Hoper oun kai ho Christos entautha hēnixato᾽ kai ouch haplōs hēnixato? alla kai polyn epestēse ton phobon, kai tēn kolasin aparaitēton. En hǭ gar krimati krinete, phēsi, krithēsesthe. Ou gar ekeinon katadikazeis, phēsin, alla sauton, kai phoberon soi poieis to hikastērion, kai akribeis tas euthynas. Hōsper oun en tę̄ tōn hamartēmatōn aphesei. par᾽ hēmōn hai archai, houtō kai en tautę̄ tę̄ krisei par hēmōn ta metra tēs katadikēs tithetai. OS gar oneidizein dein oude epembainein, alla nouthetein O kakēgorein, alla symbouleuein' oude meta aponoias epitithesthai. alla meta philostorgias diorthoun. Ou gar ekeinon, alla sauton eschatę̄ paradidōs timōrią? mē pheidomenos autou, hēnika an deēsē psēphizesthai peri tōn peplēmmelēmenōn autǭ.

“Judge not, that you be not judged.” What then? Ought we not to reprove those who sin? For Paul too says this very thing, or rather Christ there, speaking through Paul: “Why do you judge your brother? Or you, why do you despise your brother?” And, “Who are you that judge another’s servant?” And again, “Therefore judge nothing before the time, until the Lord comes.” How then does he say elsewhere, “Reprove, rebuke, exhort,” and, “Those who sin, rebuke before all”? And Christ too said to Peter, “Go, reprove him between you and him alone; and if he does not listen, take another with you; and if not even so he yields, tell it also to the church.” And he set so many over him to rebuke him, and not only to rebuke but also to punish; for the one who listens to none of these he commanded to be as a Gentile and a tax collector. And how did he also give them the keys? For if they are not to judge, they will have authority over nothing, and they have received the power of binding and loosing in vain. And besides, if this were to prevail, everything would be ruined, both in the churches and in the cities and in the households. For if the master does not judge the servant, and the mistress the maidservant, and the father the son, and the friend his friend, wickedness will increase. And why do I say the friend his friend? If we do not judge our enemies, we shall never be able to put an end to enmity, but all things will be turned upside down. What then is it that has been said? Let us attend with care, so that no one may suppose that the remedies of salvation and the laws of peace are laws of overthrow and confusion. Above all, indeed, by what follows he has shown those who have understanding the excellence of this law, when he says, “Why do you see the speck that is in your brother’s eye, but do not notice the beam that is in your own eye?” But since to many of the more careless it still seems rather obscure, I will try to explain it from the beginning. Here, as it seems to me at least, he does not simply command us not to judge any sins at all, nor does he simply forbid doing such a thing, but he forbids it to those who are full of countless evils and trample on others for trifles. And it seems to me that he is also hinting here at the Jews, because, while they were bitter accusers of their neighbors for small and worthless things, they themselves were committing great sins without perceiving it. For this he reproached them toward the end as well, saying, “You bind heavy burdens, hard to bear, but you yourselves will not move them with a finger,” and, “You tithe mint and dill, and have neglected the weightier matters of the law, judgment and mercy and faith.” It seems, then, that he is aiming at them too, checking them in advance in the matters in which they were going to accuse the disciples. For even if the disciples had committed no such sin, nevertheless certain things were counted as offenses by those men, such as not keeping the sabbath, eating with unwashed hands, reclining at table with tax collectors; of which he says elsewhere too, “You who strain out the gnat and swallow the camel.” Yet he also lays down a general law about these things. And Paul too did not simply command the Corinthians not to judge, but not to judge those above themselves, and on a matter not admitted; not simply not to correct those who sin. Nor was he then rebuking all without distinction, but he was striking at disciples who did this to their teachers, and who, though liable for countless evils themselves, slander the blameless. This, then, is what Christ too hinted at here; and he did not simply hint at it, but also set over it great fear and a punishment that cannot be averted. “For with the judgment you judge,” he says, “you will be judged.” For it is not him you condemn, he says, but yourself, and you make the judgment seat fearful for yourself and the accounting strict. As, then, in the forgiveness of sins the beginning is from us, so also in this judgment the measures of condemnation are laid down by us. For we ought not to reproach or trample on another, but to admonish; not to revile, but to counsel; not to attack him with arrogance, but to correct him with tender affection. For it is not him but yourself that you hand over to the utmost punishment, if you do not spare him when you must give your verdict on his offenses.

23.2Field 1

Ὁρᾷς πῶς αὕται αἱ δύο ἐντολαὶ καὶ κοῦφαι καὶ μεγάλων αἴτιαι αγαθῶν τοῖς πειθομένοις, ὥσπερ οὺν καὶ κακῶν τοῖς μὴ προσέχουσιν : Ὅ τε γὰρ αφιεὶς τῷ πλησίον, ἑαντὸν πρὸ ἐκείνον τῶν ἐγκλημάτων ἀπήλλαξεν, οὐδὲν καμών' ὅ τε μετὰ φειδοῦς καὶ συγγνώμης τὰ πεπλημμελημένα ἑτέροις ἐξετάσας, πολὺν ἑαντῷ τῆς συγγνώμης τὸν ἔρανον ἀπὸ τῆς ψήφου προαπέθετο. Τί οὖν: ἂν πορνεύῃ, φησὶ: μὴ εἴπω ὅτι κακὸν ἡ πορνεία, μηδὲ διορθώσωμαι τὸν ἀσελγαίνοντα : Διόρθωσον μὲν, αλλὰ κἡ ὡς πολέμιος, μηδὲ ὡς ἐχθρὸς ἀπαιτῶν δίκην, ἀλλ᾽ ὡς ἰατρὸς φάρμακα κατασκευάζων. Οὐδὲ γὰρ εἶπε, μὴ παύσης ἁμαρτάνοντα, ἀλλὰ, μὴ κρίνης τουτέστι, μὴ πικρὸς γίνου δικαστής. Ἄλλως δὲ οὐδὲ περὶ τῶν μεγάλων καὶ ἀπηγορευμένων, ὅπερ ἔφθην εἰπὼν; ἀλλὰ περὶ τῶν οὐδὲ δοκούντων εἶναι πλημμελημάτων τοῦτο εἴρηται. Διὸ καὶ ἔλεγε τί βλέπεις τὸ κάρφος τὸ ἐν τῷ ὀφθαλμῷ τοῦ ἀδελφοῦ σου: Καὶ γὰρ πολλοὶ νῦν τοῦτο ποιοῦσι κὰν ἴδωσι μοναχὸν περιττὸν ἱμάτιον ἔχοντα, τὸν νόμον αὐτῷ προβάλλονται τὸν δεσποτικὸν, αὐτοὶ μυρία ἁρπάζοντες καὶ καθ᾽ ἑκάστην πλεονεκτοῦντες τὴν ἡμέραν' κἂν ἴδωσι δαψιλεστέρας τροφῆς ἀπολαύοντα, πικροὶ γίνονται κατήγοροι, καθ' ἡμέραν αὐτοὶ μεθύοντες καὶ κραιπαλῶντες, οὐκ εἰδότες ὅτι μετὰ τῶν οἰκείων ἁμαρτημάτων μεῖζον ἑαντοῖς ἐντεῦθεν συνάγουσι τὸ πῦρ, καὶ πάσης ἑαυτοὺς αποστεροῦσιν ἀπολογίας Ὅτι μὲν γὰρ δεῖ μετὰ ἀκριβείας ἐξετάζειν τὰ σὰ, σὺ πρώτὸς νόμον ἔθηκας, οὕτω τοῖς τοῦ πλησίον δικάσας. Μὴ τοίνυν βαρὺ νόμιζε εἶναι, εἰ καὶ αὐτὸς μέλλεις τοιαύτας ὑπέχειν εὐθύνας. Ὑποκριτὰ, ἔκβαλε πρῶτον τὴν δοκὸν ἐκ τοῦ ὀφθαλμοῦ σου. ᾿Ενταῦθα τὴν ὀργὴν ἐνδείξασθαι. βούλεται τὴν πολλὴν, ἣν ἔχει πρὸς τοὺς τὰ τοιαῦτα ποιοῦντας. Καὶ γὰρ ὅπουπερ ἂν βουληθῇ δεῖξαι τὸ ἁμάρτημα μέγα ὧν, καὶ πολλὴν τὴν ἐπ᾽ αὐτῷ κόλασιν καὶ ὀργὴν, ἀπὸ ὕβρεως ἄρχεται. Ὥσπερ οὖν καὶ πρὸς ἐκεῖνον τὸν τὰ ἑκατὸν δηνάρια απαιτοῦντα ἀγανακτῶν ἔλεγε᾽ ἐς προνηρὲ δοῦλε, πᾶσαν τὴν ὀφειλὴν ἐκείνην ἀφῆκα σοι οὕτω καὶ ἐνταῦθα, ὑποκριτά. Οὐ γάρ κηδεμονίας ή τοιαύτη ψῆφος, αλλὰ μισανθρωπίας εστί καὶ προσωπεῖον μὲν φιλανθρωπίας προβάλλεται, ἔργον δὲ ἐσχάτης πονηρίας πληροῖ, ὀνείδη περιττὰ καὶ ἐγκλήματα προστριβόμενος τοῖς πλησίον, καὶ διδασκάλου τάξιν ἁρπάζων, οὐδὲ μαθητὴς ἄξιος ὧν εἶναι ἢ διὰ τούτο ὑποκριτὴν αὐτὸν ἐκάλεσεν. Ὁ γὰρ ἐν τοῖς ἑτέρων οὕτως ὧν πικρὸς» ὡς καὶ τὰ μικρὰ ἰδεῖν, πῶς ἐν τοῖς σοῖς οὕτω γέγονας ῥᾷθυμος, ὡς καὶ τὰ μεγάλα παραδραμεῖν; ον Εκβαλε πρῶτον τὴν δοκὸν ἐκ τοῦ ὀφθαλμοῦ σου. Ὁρᾷς, ὃ ὅτι οὐ κωλύει τὸ κρίνειν, ἀλλὰ κελεύει ᾿ἐκβάλλειν πρῶτον τὴν δοκὸν ε εκ τοῦ ὀφθαλμοῦ, καὶ τότε τὰ τῶν ἄλλων διορθοῦν : : Καὶ γὰρ τὰ ἑαυτοῦ τις μάλλον οἶδεν, ἢ ἤ τὰ ἑτέρων καὶ τὰ μείζονα μάλλον ὁρᾷ, ἡ τὰ ἐλάττω καὶ ἑαυτὸν μᾶλλον φιλεῖ, ἢ τὸν πλησίον. Ὥστε εἰ κηδόμενος ποιεῖς, σαντοῦ κήδον πρότερον, ἔνθα καὶ σαφέστερον καὶ μεῖζον τὸ ἁμάρτημα. Εἰ δὲ σαντοῦ καταφρονεῖς, εὔδηλον. ὅτι καὶ τὸν ἀδελφὸν οὐ κηδόμενος κρίνεις, αλλὰ μισῶν καὶ ἐκπομπεῦσαι βουλόμενος. Εἰ γὰρ καὶ δέοι τοῦτον κρίνεσθαι, παρὰ τοῦ μηδὲν τοιοῦτον ἁμαρτάνοντος, οὐ παρὰ σοῦ. ᾿Επειδὴ γὰρ μεγάλα καὶ ὑψηλὰ φιλοσοφίας ἐνέθηκε δόγματα, ἵνα μή τις λέγη; ὅτι τὰ τοιαῦτα φιλοσοφεῖν λόγοις εὔκολον, δεῖξαι βουλό. μενος τὴν παῤῥησίαν, καὶ τὸ μηδενὶ τῶν εἰρημένων ὑπεύθυνον εἶναι, ἀλλὰ πάντα κατορθωκέναι, ταύτην εἶπε τὴν παραβολήν. Καὶ γὰρ καὶ αὐτὸς ἔμελλε κρίνειν μετὰ ταῦτα, ἐς οὐαὶ ὑμῖν, Ὑραμματεις καὶ Φαρισαῖοι, ὑποκριταὶ, λόγων ἀλλ᾽ οὐκ ἣν ὑπεύθυνος τοῖς εἰρημένοις οὔτε γὰρ κάρφος ἐξέβαλεν, οὔτε δοκὸν εἶχεν ἐπὶ τῶν ὀμμάτων, ἀλλὰ πάντων τούτων ὧν καθαρὸς, οὕτω τὰ πάντων διώρθου πλημμελήματα. Οὐδὲ γὰρ δεῖ, φησὶ, κρίνειν ἑτέρους, ὅταν τις τῶν αὐτῶν ὑπεύθυνος ἢ η. Καὶ τί θαυμάζεις, εἰ τὸν νόμον τοῦτον αὐτὸς ἔθηκεν, ὅπου γε καὶ ὁ ληστὴς αὐτὸν ἐγίνωσκεν ἐπὶ τοῦ σταυροὺ, τῷ ἑτέρῳ λῃστῇ λόγων' :: οὐδὲ φοβῇ σὺ τὸν θεὸν, ὅ ὅτι ἐν τῷ αὐτῷ ὑκρι ατο ἐσμεν ; τὰ αὐτὰ τῷ Χριστῷ νοήματα λέγων. Σὺ δὲ τὴν μὲν σαντοὺ δοκὸν οὐ μόνον οὐκ ἐκβαλλεις, αλλ᾽ τ΄ οὐδὲ ὁρᾷς τὸ δὲ ἑτέρου κάρφος οὐ μόνον ὁρᾷς, ἀλλὰ καὶ κρίνεις, καὶ ἐκβάλλειν ἐ επιχειρεῖς ὥσπερ εἴ τις ὑδέρῳ συνεχόμενος χαλεπῷ, ἢ ἥ καὶ ἑτέρῳ τινὶ νοσήματι ανιάτῳ, τούτου μὲν ἀμελοίη, ἀγκαλοίη δὲ ἑτέρῳ φυσήματος ἀμελοῦντι μικροῦ. Εἰ δὲ κακὸν τὸ μὴ ὁρᾶν τὰ ἑαντοῦ ἁμαρτήματα, διπλοῦν καὶ τριπλοῦν κακὸν τὸ καὶ ἑτέροις δικάζειν, αὐτοὺς ἀναλγήτως ἐπὶ τῶν ὀφθαλμῶν περιφέροντας τὰς δοκούς. Καὶ γὰρ δοκοῦ βαρύτερον ἁμαρτία.

Horąs pōs hautai hai dyo entolai kai kouphai kai megalōn aitiai agathōn tois peithomenois, hōsper oun kai kakōn tois mē prosechousin : Ho te gar aphieis tǭ plēsion, heanton pro ekeinon tōn enklēmatōn apēllaxen, ouden kamōn' ho te meta pheidous kai syngnōmēs ta peplēmmelēmena heterois exetasas, polyn heantǭ tēs syngnōmēs ton eranon apo tēs psēphou proapetheto. Ti oun: an porneuę̄, phēsi: mē eipō hoti kakon hē porneia, mēde diorthōsōmai ton aselgainonta : Diorthōson men, alla kē hōs polemios, mēde hōs echthros apaitōn dikēn, all᾽ hōs iatros pharmaka kataskeuazōn. Oude gar eipe, mē pausēs hamartanonta, alla, mē krinēs toutesti, mē pikros ginou dikastēs. Allōs de oude peri tōn megalōn kai apēgoreumenōn, hoper ephthēn eipōn? alla peri tōn oude dokountōn einai plēmmelēmatōn touto eirētai. Dio kai elege ti blepeis to karphos to en tǭ ophthalmǭ tou adelphou sou: Kai gar polloi nyn touto poiousi kan idōsi monachon peritton himation echonta, ton nomon autǭ proballontai ton despotikon, autoi myria harpazontes kai kath᾽ hekastēn pleonektountes tēn hēmeran' kan idōsi dapsilesteras trophēs apolauonta, pikroi ginontai katēgoroi, kath' hēmeran autoi methyontes kai kraipalōntes, ouk eidotes hoti meta tōn oikeiōn hamartēmatōn meizon heantois enteuthen synagousi to pyr, kai pasēs heautous aposterousin apologias Hoti men gar dei meta akribeias exetazein ta sa, sy prōtos nomon ethēkas, houtō tois tou plēsion dikasas. Mē toinyn bary nomize einai, ei kai autos melleis toiautas hypechein euthynas. Hypokrita, ekbale prōton tēn dokon ek tou ophthalmou sou. ᾿Entautha tēn orgēn endeixasthai. bouletai tēn pollēn, hēn echei pros tous ta toiauta poiountas. Kai gar hopouper an boulēthę̄ deixai to hamartēma mega hōn, kai pollēn tēn ep᾽ autǭ kolasin kai orgēn, apo hybreōs archetai. Hōsper oun kai pros ekeinon ton ta hekaton dēnaria apaitounta aganaktōn elege᾽ es pronēre doule, pasan tēn opheilēn ekeinēn aphēka soi houtō kai entautha, hypokrita. Ou gar kēdemonias ē toiautē psēphos, alla misanthrōpias esti kai prosōpeion men philanthrōpias proballetai, ergon de eschatēs ponērias plēroi, oneidē peritta kai enklēmata prostribomenos tois plēsion, kai didaskalou taxin harpazōn, oude mathētēs axios hōn einai ē dia touto hypokritēn auton ekalesen. Ho gar en tois heterōn houtōs hōn pikros» hōs kai ta mikra idein, pōs en tois sois houtō gegonas rhąthymos, hōs kai ta megala paradramein? on Ekbale prōton tēn dokon ek tou ophthalmou sou. Horąs, ho hoti ou kōlyei to krinein, alla keleuei ᾿ekballein prōton tēn dokon e ek tou ophthalmou, kai tote ta tōn allōn diorthoun : : Kai gar ta heautou tis mallon oiden, ē ē ta heterōn kai ta meizona mallon horą, hē ta elattō kai heauton mallon philei, ē ton plēsion. Hōste ei kēdomenos poieis, santou kēdon proteron, entha kai saphesteron kai meizon to hamartēma. Ei de santou kataphroneis, eudēlon. hoti kai ton adelphon ou kēdomenos krineis, alla misōn kai ekpompeusai boulomenos. Ei gar kai deoi touton krinesthai, para tou mēden toiouton hamartanontos, ou para sou. ᾿Epeidē gar megala kai hypsēla philosophias enethēke dogmata, hina mē tis legē? hoti ta toiauta philosophein logois eukolon, deixai boulo. menos tēn parrhēsian, kai to mēdeni tōn eirēmenōn hypeuthynon einai, alla panta katorthōkenai, tautēn eipe tēn parabolēn. Kai gar kai autos emelle krinein meta tauta, es ouai hymin, Hyrammateis kai Pharisaioi, hypokritai, logōn all᾽ ouk hēn hypeuthynos tois eirēmenois oute gar karphos exebalen, oute dokon eichen epi tōn ommatōn, alla pantōn toutōn hōn katharos, houtō ta pantōn diōrthou plēmmelēmata. Oude gar dei, phēsi, krinein heterous, hotan tis tōn autōn hypeuthynos ē ē. Kai ti thaumazeis, ei ton nomon touton autos ethēken, hopou ge kai ho lēstēs auton eginōsken epi tou staurou, tǭ heterǭ lę̄stę̄ logōn' :: oude phobę̄ sy ton theon, ho hoti en tǭ autǭ hykri ato esmen ? ta auta tǭ Christǭ noēmata legōn. Sy de tēn men santou dokon ou monon ouk ekballeis, all᾽ t΄ oude horąs to de heterou karphos ou monon horąs, alla kai krineis, kai ekballein e epicheireis hōsper ei tis hyderǭ synechomenos chalepǭ, ē hē kai heterǭ tini nosēmati aniatǭ, toutou men ameloiē, ankaloiē de heterǭ physēmatos amelounti mikrou. Ei de kakon to mē horan ta heantou hamartēmata, diploun kai triploun kakon to kai heterois dikazein, autous analgētōs epi tōn ophthalmōn peripherontas tas dokous. Kai gar dokou baryteron hamartia.

Do you see how these two commands are both light and causes of great blessings to those who obey, as they are of evils to those who pay no heed? For the one who forgives his neighbor has freed himself from charges before the other, without any toil; and the one who examines with forbearance and pardon the offenses others have committed has laid up for himself beforehand, by his own verdict, a large contribution of pardon. “What then?” someone says. “If someone commits sexual immorality, am I not to say that sexual immorality is an evil, nor to correct the one who lives licentiously?” Correct him, yes, but not as a foe, nor as an enemy exacting a penalty, but as a physician preparing remedies. For he did not say, “Do not stop one who is sinning,” but, “Do not judge,” that is, do not be a harsh judge. And besides, as I said before, this was not said about great and forbidden things, but about things that do not even seem to be offenses. That is why he also said, “Why do you see the speck that is in your brother’s eye?” For many do this now: if they see a monk who has a spare garment, they cite the Lord’s law against him, while they themselves seize countless things and take more than their share every day; and if they see him enjoying more plentiful food, they become bitter accusers, though they themselves are drunk and carousing every day, not knowing that, besides their own sins, they are gathering for themselves from this a greater fire and depriving themselves of every defense. For that your own affairs must be examined strictly, you yourself first laid down as law by judging your neighbor’s in this way. Do not then think it hard if you too are to undergo such an accounting. “You hypocrite, first cast out the beam from your own eye.” Here he wishes to show the great anger he has against those who do such things. For wherever he wishes to show that a sin is great, and the punishment and anger for it great, he begins with a reproach. As, then, in his indignation with the one who was exacting the hundred denarii he said, “You wicked servant, I forgave you all that debt,” so also here, “You hypocrite.” For such a verdict does not come from concern but from hatred of people; it puts forward a mask of kindness, but performs a work of the utmost wickedness, fastening needless reproaches and charges on one’s neighbors, and seizing the rank of teacher when one is not worthy to be even a disciple. That is why he called him a hypocrite. For you who are so harsh in the affairs of others as to see even small things, how have you become so careless in your own as to pass over even great ones? “First cast out the beam from your own eye.” Do you see that he does not forbid judging, but commands us first to cast out the beam from our own eye, and then to correct the faults of others? For each one knows his own affairs better than those of others, and sees greater things better than smaller, and loves himself more than his neighbor. So if you do it out of concern, be concerned first for yourself, where the sin is both plainer and greater. But if you neglect yourself, it is evident that you judge your brother too not out of concern but out of hatred, wishing to make a public show of him. For even if he ought to be judged, it should be by one who commits no such sin, not by you. For since he had set down great and lofty teachings of philosophy, so that no one might say that it is easy to philosophize about such things in words, he wished to show his own freedom of speech, and that he was liable for none of the things he had spoken of but had fulfilled them all; and so he spoke this parable. For he himself too was going to judge afterward, saying, “Woe to you, scribes and Pharisees, hypocrites!” But he was not liable for what he had said: he had neither a speck to cast out nor a beam in his eyes, but, being clean of all these, he thus corrected the offenses of all. For one must not, he says, judge others when one is liable for the same things. And why do you wonder that he laid down this law, when even the robber on the cross knew it, saying to the other robber, “Do you not even fear God, since we are in the same condemnation?”, speaking the same thoughts as Christ? But you not only do not cast out your own beam, you do not even see it; while you not only see another’s speck, but also judge it and try to cast it out; as if someone gripped by a severe dropsy, or some other incurable disease, should neglect it and accuse another who neglects a small swelling. And if it is an evil not to see one’s own sins, it is a double and triple evil to sit in judgment on others while carrying the beams about in one’s own eyes without feeling. For sin is heavier than a beam.

23.3Field 1

Ὃ τοίνυν ἐκέλευσε διὰ τῶν εἰρημένων, τοῦτο ἐστι, τὸν ὑπεύθυνον ὄντα μυρίοις κακοῖς μὴ πικρὸν εἶναι δικαστὴν τῶν ε ἑτέροις πλημμελουμένων, καὶ μάλιστα ὅταν μικρὰ ταῦτα ἢ οὐ τὸ ἐλέγχειν, οὐδὲ τὸ διορθοῦν ἀ ἀνατρέπων, ἀλλὰ τὸ τὼν οἰκείων ἀμελεῖν κωλύων, καὶ τὸ τοῖς ἀλλοτρίοις ἐνάλλεσθαι. Καὶ γὰρ εἰς μεγάλην ἐπιδιδόναι κακίαν ἐποίει τοῦτο, διπλῆν πονηρίαν εἰσάγον. Ὁ γὰρ μελετήσας ἀμελεῖν μὲν τών ἑαυτοῦ μεγάλων ὄντων, ἐξετάζειν δὲ τὰ ἑτέρων πικρῶς μικρὰ ὄντα καὶ εὐτελῆ, διπλῇ διεφθείρετο τῳ τε τῶν οἰκείων καταφρονεῖν, τῷ τε ἔχθρας καὶ ἀπεχθείας πρὸς ἅπαντας ἀναδέχεσθαι, καὶ εἰς ἐσχάτην ὠμότητα καὶ τὸ ἀσυμπαθὲς καθ᾽ ἑκάστην ἀλείφεσθαι τὴν ἡμέραν. Ταῦτ᾽ οὖν ἅπαντα ἀνελὼν διὰ τῆς καλῆς ταύτης νομοθεσίας, ἐπήγαγε πάλιν ἕτερον παράγγελμα, λέγων ᾿Ὁ μὴ δῶτε τὰ ἅγια τοῖς κυσὶ, μηδὲ ῥίψητε τοὺς μαργαρίτας ἔμπροσθεν τῶν χοίρων. Καίτοίγε προϊὼν, φησὶν, ἐκέλευσεν 7 ὃ ἠκούσατε εἰς τὸ οὖς, κηρύξατε ἐπὶ τῶν δωμάτων. ᾿Αλλ οὐδὲ τοῦτο ἐναντίον ἐστὶ τῷ προτέρῳ. Οὐδὲ γὰρ ἐκεῖ πᾶσιν ἁπλῶς ἐπέταξεν εἰπεῖν, αλλ᾽ οἷς δεῖ εἰπεῖν, μετὰ παῤῥησίας εἰπεῖν. Κύνας δὲ ἐνταῦθα τοὺς ἐν ἀσεβείᾳ ζῶντας ἀνιάτῳ, καὶ μεταβολῆς τῆς ἐπὶ τὸ κρεῖττον οὐκ ἔχοντας ἐλπίδα ἡνίξατο, καὶ χοίρους τοὺς ἐν ἀκολάστῳ βίῳ διατρίβοντας διαπαντὸς, οὕσπερ ἅπαντας ἀναξίους ἔφησεν εἶναι τῆς τοιαύτης ἀκροάσεως. Τοῦτο γοῦν καὶ ὁ Παῦλος δηλῶν ἔλεγε ᾽5 ψυχικὸς δὲ ἄνθρωπος οὐ δέχεται τὰ τοῦ πνεύματος μωρία γὰρ αὐτῷ ἐστι. Καὶ πολλαχοῦ δὲ ἑτέρωθι βίον διαφθορὰν αἰτίαν φησὶν εἶναι τοῦ μὴ δέχεσθαι τὰ τελειότερα δόγματα. Διὸ κελεύει μὴ ἀναπετάσαι τὰς θύρας αὐτοῖς καὶ γὰρ θρασύτεροι γίνονται μετὰ τὸ μαθεῖν. Τοῖς μὲν γὰρ εὐγνώμοσι καὶ νοῦν ἔχουσιν ἐκκαλυπτόμενα σεμνὰ φαίνεται Τοῖς δὲ ἀναισθήτοις, ὅταν ἀγνοῆται μᾶλλον. ᾿Επεὶ οὖν ἀπὸ τῆς φύσεως οὐ δύνανται αὐτὰ καταμαθεῖν, ᾿ [καλυπτέσθωσαν, φηχοῖρος οἶδε, τί ποτέ ἐστι μαργαρίτης. Οὐκοὺν ἐπειδὴ οὐκ οἷδε, μηδὲ ὁ ὁράτω, ἵνα μὴ καταπατήσῃ ἃ οὐκ οἶδεν. Οὐδὲν γὰρ γίνεται πλέον, ἦ βλάβη μείζων. τοῖς οὕτω διακειμένοις καὶ ἀκούουσι. Καὶ γὰρ τὰ ἅγια ἐμπαροινεῖται παρ᾽ ἐκείνων, οὐκ εἰδότων τίνα ἐστὶ ταῦτα᾽ καὶ ἐκεῖνοι Καλλδν επαίρονται καὶ ὁπλίζονται καθ᾽ ἡμῶν. Τοῦτο γάρ ἐστι μἢ καταπατήσωσι, καὶ στραφέντες ιβήξωσιν ὑμᾶς. Καὶ μὴν οὕτως ἰσχυρὰ ἔδει εἶναι, φησὶν, ὡς καὶ μετὰ τὸ μαθεῖν ἀνάλωτα μένειν, καὶ μὴ παρέχειν ἑτέροις λαβὰς καθ᾽ ἡμῶν. ᾿Αλλ᾽ οὐκ ἐκεῖνα παρέχει, ἀλλὰ τὸ χοίρους εἶναι τούτους ὥσπερ οὺν καὶ ὁ μαργαρίτης καταπατούμενος, οὐκ ἐπειδὴ οὐκαταφρόνητός ἐστι, κατ ἀπ ΤΕΣ ται; ἀλλ᾽ ἐπειδὴ εἰς χοίρους ἐνέπεσε. Καὶ καλῶς εἶπε στραφέντες ἐ ῥηξωσιν. Ὑποκρίνονται γὰρ ἐπιείκειαν, στε μαθεῖν εἶτα ἐπειδὰν μάθωσιν, ἕτεροι ἀνθ᾽ ἑτέρων γενόμενοι κωμῳδοῦσι, χλευάζουσι, υ γελωσιν ὡς αἀπατηθέντας ἡμᾶς. Διὰ τοῦτο καὶ ὁ Παῦλος ἔλεγε τῷ Τιμοθέῳ᾽ ὃν καὶ σὺ φυλάσσου λίαν γὰρ ἀνθέστηκε τοῖς ἡμετέροις λόγοις καὶ πάλιν ἀλλαχοῦ, ὁ τοὺς τοιούτοὺς ' ἀποτρέπου καὶ, αἱρετικὸν ἄνθρωπον μετὰ μίαν καὶ δευτέραν νουθεσίαν παραιτοῦ. Οὐ τοίνυν παρ᾽ ἐκείνων ὁπλίζονται, ἀλλ᾽ αὐτοὶ ἀνόητοι ταύτῃ γίνονται, πλείονος ἀπονοίας πληρούμενοι. Διὰ τοῦτο οὐ μικρὸν κέρδος τὸ ἐνα ἀγνοίᾳ μένειν αὐτούς ἢ οὐδὲ γὰρ οὕτω καταφρονοῦσιν. Ἂν δὲ μάθωσι, διπλῆ ἡ ζημία. Αὐτοί τε γὰρ οὐδὲν ἐντεῦθεν καρπώσονται, ἀλλὰ καὶ βλαβήσονται μειζόνως: καὶ σοὶ μυρία παρέξουσι πράγματα. ᾿Ακονέτωσαν οἱ πᾶσιν ἀναιδῶς συμπλεκόμενοι, καὶ τὰ σεμνὰ ,εὐκαταφρόνητα ποιοῦντες. Καὶ γὰρ τὰ μυστήρια διὰ τοῦτο τὰς θύρας ἱ κλοίοντες ἐπιτελοῦμεν, καὶ τοὺς ἀμνήτους εἴργομεν, οὐκ ἐπειδὴ ἀσθένειαν κατέγνωμεν τῶν τελουμένων, ἀλλ᾽ ἐπειδὴ ἀτελέστερον οἱ πολλοὶ πρὸς αὐτὰ ἔτι διάκεινται. Διὰ δὴ τοῦτο καὶ ᾿ αὐτὸς ἐν παραβολαῖς πολλὰ τοῖς ᾿Ιουδαίοις διελέγετο, ἐπειδὴ βλέ- Ὶ) ποντες οὐκ ἔβλεπον. Διὰ τοῦτο καὶ ὁ Παῦλος ἐκέλευσεν εἰδέναι, πῶς δεῖ ἑνὶ ἑκάστῳ ἀποκρίνεσθαι. ς Αἰτεῖτε καὶ δοθήσεται ὑμῖν᾽ ζητεῖτε, καὶ εὑρήσετε κρούετε, καὶ ἀνοιγήσεται ὑμῖν. ᾿Ιἱπειδὴ γὰρ μεγάλα ἐπέταξε καὶ θαυμαστὰ, καὶ πάντων ἐκέλευσε τῶν παθῶν εἷναι ἀνωτέρους, καὶ πρὸς αὐτὸν ἤγαγε τὸν οὐρανὸν, καὶ σπουδάζειν ἐπέταξεν, οὐκ ἀγγέλοις, οὐδὲ ᾿ἀρχαγγέλοις; ἀλλ᾽ αὐτῷ τῷ τῶν ὅλων δεσπότῃ κατὰ τὸ ἐγχωροῦν ὁμοίους γίνεσθαι, τοὺς δὲ μαθητὰς οὐκ αὐτοὺς μόνους ταῦτα κατορθοῦν, ἀλλὰ καὶ ἑτέρους διορθοῦν ἐκέλευσε, καὶ διακρίνειν τοὺς πονηροὺς καὶ τοὺς οὐ τοιούτους, τοὺς κύνας καὶ τοὺς οὐ κύνας, (πολὺ Ἑ δὲ τὸ ἐπικεκρυμμένον ἐν ἀνθρώποις), ἵνα μὴ λέγωσιν, ὅτι χαλεπὰ ταῦτα καὶ ἀφόρητα, (καὶ γὰρ ἐν τοῖς μετὰ ταῦτα ὁ Πέτρος ἐφθέγξατό τι τοιοῦτον εἰπών ἐς τίς δύναται σωθη᾿ ᾿ ναι; καὶ πάλιν εἰ οὕτως ἐστὶν ἡ αἰτία τοῦ ἀνθρώπου, ὅλων ουὅ συμῴερει γαμήσαι

Ho toinyn ekeleuse dia tōn eirēmenōn, touto esti, ton hypeuthynon onta myriois kakois mē pikron einai dikastēn tōn e heterois plēmmeloumenōn, kai malista hotan mikra tauta ē ou to elenchein, oude to diorthoun a anatrepōn, alla to tōn oikeiōn amelein kōlyōn, kai to tois allotriois enallesthai. Kai gar eis megalēn epididonai kakian epoiei touto, diplēn ponērian eisagon. Ho gar meletēsas amelein men tōn heautou megalōn ontōn, exetazein de ta heterōn pikrōs mikra onta kai eutelē, diplę̄ diephtheireto tǭ te tōn oikeiōn kataphronein, tǭ te echthras kai apechtheias pros hapantas anadechesthai, kai eis eschatēn ōmotēta kai to asympathes kath᾽ hekastēn aleiphesthai tēn hēmeran. Taut᾽ oun hapanta anelōn dia tēs kalēs tautēs nomothesias, epēgage palin heteron parangelma, legōn ᾿Ho mē dōte ta hagia tois kysi, mēde rhipsēte tous margaritas emprosthen tōn choirōn. Kaitoige proïōn, phēsin, ekeleusen 7 ho ēkousate eis to ous, kēryxate epi tōn dōmatōn. ᾿All oude touto enantion esti tǭ proterǭ. Oude gar ekei pasin haplōs epetaxen eipein, all᾽ hois dei eipein, meta parrhēsias eipein. Kynas de entautha tous en asebeią zōntas aniatǭ, kai metabolēs tēs epi to kreitton ouk echontas elpida hēnixato, kai choirous tous en akolastǭ biǭ diatribontas diapantos, housper hapantas anaxious ephēsen einai tēs toiautēs akroaseōs. Touto goun kai ho Paulos dēlōn elege ᾽5 psychikos de anthrōpos ou dechetai ta tou pneumatos mōria gar autǭ esti. Kai pollachou de heterōthi bion diaphthoran aitian phēsin einai tou mē dechesthai ta teleiotera dogmata. Dio keleuei mē anapetasai tas thyras autois kai gar thrasyteroi ginontai meta to mathein. Tois men gar eugnōmosi kai noun echousin ekkalyptomena semna phainetai Tois de anaisthētois, hotan agnoētai mallon. ᾿Epei oun apo tēs physeōs ou dynantai auta katamathein, ᾿ [kalyptesthōsan, phēchoiros oide, ti pote esti margaritēs. Oukoun epeidē ouk hoide, mēde ho horatō, hina mē katapatēsę̄ ha ouk oiden. Ouden gar ginetai pleon, ē blabē meizōn. tois houtō diakeimenois kai akouousi. Kai gar ta hagia emparoineitai par᾽ ekeinōn, ouk eidotōn tina esti tauta᾽ kai ekeinoi Kalldn epairontai kai hoplizontai kath᾽ hēmōn. Touto gar esti mē katapatēsōsi, kai straphentes ibēxōsin hymas. Kai mēn houtōs ischyra edei einai, phēsin, hōs kai meta to mathein analōta menein, kai mē parechein heterois labas kath᾽ hēmōn. ᾿All᾽ ouk ekeina parechei, alla to choirous einai toutous hōsper oun kai ho margaritēs katapatoumenos, ouk epeidē oukataphronētos esti, kat ap TES tai? all᾽ epeidē eis choirous enepese. Kai kalōs eipe straphentes e rhēxōsin. Hypokrinontai gar epieikeian, ste mathein eita epeidan mathōsin, heteroi anth᾽ heterōn genomenoi kōmǭdousi, chleuazousi, y gelōsin hōs aapatēthentas hēmas. Dia touto kai ho Paulos elege tǭ Timotheǭ᾽ hon kai sy phylassou lian gar anthestēke tois hēmeterois logois kai palin allachou, ho tous toioutous ' apotrepou kai, hairetikon anthrōpon meta mian kai deuteran nouthesian paraitou. Ou toinyn par᾽ ekeinōn hoplizontai, all᾽ autoi anoētoi tautę̄ ginontai, pleionos aponoias plēroumenoi. Dia touto ou mikron kerdos to ena agnoią menein autous ē oude gar houtō kataphronousin. An de mathōsi, diplē hē zēmia. Autoi te gar ouden enteuthen karpōsontai, alla kai blabēsontai meizonōs: kai soi myria parexousi pragmata. ᾿Akonetōsan hoi pasin anaidōs symplekomenoi, kai ta semna ,eukataphronēta poiountes. Kai gar ta mystēria dia touto tas thyras hi kloiontes epiteloumen, kai tous amnētous eirgomen, ouk epeidē astheneian kategnōmen tōn teloumenōn, all᾽ epeidē atelesteron hoi polloi pros auta eti diakeintai. Dia dē touto kai ᾿ autos en parabolais polla tois ᾿Ioudaiois dielegeto, epeidē ble- I) pontes ouk eblepon. Dia touto kai ho Paulos ekeleusen eidenai, pōs dei heni hekastǭ apokrinesthai. s Aiteite kai dothēsetai hymin᾽ zēteite, kai heurēsete krouete, kai anoigēsetai hymin. ᾿Hiipeidē gar megala epetaxe kai thaumasta, kai pantōn ekeleuse tōn pathōn heinai anōterous, kai pros auton ēgage ton ouranon, kai spoudazein epetaxen, ouk angelois, oude ᾿archangelois? all᾽ autǭ tǭ tōn holōn despotę̄ kata to enchōroun homoious ginesthai, tous de mathētas ouk autous monous tauta katorthoun, alla kai heterous diorthoun ekeleuse, kai diakrinein tous ponērous kai tous ou toioutous, tous kynas kai tous ou kynas, (poly He de to epikekrymmenon en anthrōpois), hina mē legōsin, hoti chalepa tauta kai aphorēta, (kai gar en tois meta tauta ho Petros ephthenxato ti toiouton eipōn es tis dynatai sōthē᾿ ᾿ nai? kai palin ei houtōs estin hē aitia tou anthrōpou, holōn ouo symǭerei gamēsai

What, then, he commanded by these words is this: that one who is liable for countless evils should not be a harsh judge of the offenses of others, especially when these are small; he is not overthrowing reproof or correction, but forbidding men to neglect their own faults and to leap upon those of others. For this made men advance to great wickedness, bringing in a double evil. For the one who had practiced neglecting his own faults, though they were great, and examining harshly those of others, though small and trivial, was ruined in two ways: by despising his own, and by taking on enmity and hatred toward all, and being trained every day in the utmost cruelty and want of compassion. Having done away with all this, then, by this excellent legislation, he added another precept, saying, “Do not give what is holy to the dogs, nor throw your pearls before swine.” “And yet,” someone says, “as he went on he commanded, ‘What you have heard in the ear, proclaim on the housetops.’” But not even this is contrary to the former. For there too he did not command them simply to tell everyone, but to tell with boldness those to whom it should be told. By “dogs” here he hinted at those who live in incurable impiety and have no hope of a change for the better, and by “swine” those who spend their whole lives in licentiousness; all these he declared unworthy of such hearing. Paul too showed this when he said, “The natural man does not receive the things of the Spirit, for they are foolishness to him.” And in many other places he says that a corrupt life is the cause of not receiving the more perfect teachings. That is why he commands us not to throw open the doors to them; for they become more insolent once they have learned. For to the right-minded and those who have understanding, these things appear venerable when they are revealed, but to the senseless they appear so rather when they are unknown. Since, then, they cannot learn them from their own nature, “let them be kept hidden,” he says. For … the pig does not know what a pearl is. Since, then, it does not know, let it not even see it, lest it trample what it does not know. For nothing comes of it but greater harm to those who are so disposed and who hear. For the holy things are drunkenly insulted by them, since they do not know what they are; and they are puffed up the more and arm themselves against us. For this is the meaning of “lest they trample them, and turn and tear you.” “And yet,” someone says, “these things ought to be so strong as to remain unassailable even after being learned, and not to give others a handle against us.” But it is not they that give it; it is that these men are swine. Just so the pearl, when it is trampled, is trampled not because it is contemptible but because it has fallen among swine. And well did he say, “turn and tear.” For they pretend to be gentle in order to learn; then, when they have learned, they become different men from what they were, and they mock, they jeer, they laugh at us as people who have been deceived. That is why Paul too said to Timothy, “Beware of him yourself, for he strongly opposed our words”; and again elsewhere, “Turn away from such people”; and, “After a first and second admonition, have nothing more to do with a man who is a heretic.” So they are not armed by those things; rather, they themselves become foolish in this way, being filled with greater madness. That is why it is no small gain for them to remain in ignorance; for then they do not despise these things as much. But if they learn, the loss is double: they themselves will reap no fruit from it but will be harmed the more, and they will cause you countless troubles. Let those hear this who associate shamelessly with everyone and make venerable things contemptible. For it is for this reason that we celebrate the mysteries with the doors shut and keep out the uninitiated: not because we have judged the rites to be weak, but because the many are still rather imperfectly disposed toward them. For this reason he himself also spoke to the Jews in many parables, because seeing they did not see. For this reason Paul too commanded them to know how they ought to answer each one. “Ask, and it will be given you; seek, and you will find; knock, and it will be opened to you.” For he had enjoined great and wonderful things, and had commanded them to be above all the passions, and had led them up to heaven itself, and had enjoined them to strive to become like, not angels or archangels, but the Lord of all himself, as far as is possible; and he had commanded the disciples not only to accomplish these things themselves but also to correct others, and to distinguish the wicked from those who are not, the dogs from those who are not dogs (and much in human beings is hidden). So that they might not say that these things are hard and unbearable (for in what follows Peter uttered something of the kind, saying, “Who then can be saved?”; and again, “If such is the case of the man with his wife, it is not expedient to marry”),

23.4Field 1

ἵνα οὖν μὴ ταῦτα λέγωσι καὶ νῦν.) ὡϑο μάλιστα μὲν καὶ διὰ τῶν ἔμπροσθεν. ἀπέδειξεν εὔκολα ὄντα, λογισμοὺς τιθεὶς πολλοὺς καὶ συνεχεῖς, τοὺς δυναμένους πεισαι λοιπὸν δὲ καὶ τὴν κορωνίδα ἐπάγει τῆς εὐκολίας, οὐ τὴν τυχουσὰν ἐπινοῶν παραμυθίαν τοῖς πόνοις, τὴν ἀπὸ τῶν εὐχῶν τῶν καρτερικῶν συμμαχίαν. Οὐ γὰρ αὐτοὺς σπουδαζειν δεῖ μόνους, φησὶν. ἀλλὰ καὶ τὴν ἄνωθεν καλεῖν βοήθειαν' καὶ πάντως ἥξει καὶ παρέσται, καὶ συνεφάψεται τῶν ἀγώνων ἡμῖν, καὶ πάντα ποιήσει ῥᾷδια. Διὰ τοῦτο καὶ αἰτεῖν ἐκέλευσε, καὶ τὴν δόσιν ἐνηγγνήσατο. Πλὴν οὐχ ἁπλῶς αἰτεῖν ἐκέλευσεν, ἀλλὰ μετὰ προσεδρείας πολλῆς καὶ εὐτονίας. Τοῦτο γάρ ἐστι το, ζητεῖτε. Καὶ γὰρ ὁ ζητῶν, πάντα ἐκβαλὼν τῆς διανοίας, πρὸς ἐκεῖνο ἢ γίνεται μόνον τὸ ζητούμενον, καὶ οὐδένα τῶν παρόντων ἐννοεῖ. Ναὶ ἴσασι τοῦτο ὑ λέγω, ὅσοι ἢ Χρυσίον ἢ οἰκέτας ἀπολέσαντες ἐπιζητοῦσιν. Ἀπὸ μὲν οὖν τοῦ ζητεῖν, τοῦτο ἀπὸ δὲ τοῦ κρούειν, τὸ μετὰ σφοδρότητος προσιέναι καὶ θερμῆς διανοίας ἐδήλωσε. Μη τοίνυν καταπέσης, ἄνθρωπε, μηδὲ ἐλάττονα ἐπιδείξῃ περὶ τὴν ἀρετὴν σπουδὴν τῆς περὶ τὰ χρήματα ἐπιθυμίας. ᾿Εκεῖνα μὲν γὰρ πολλάκις ζητήσας οὐχ εὗρες ἀλλ᾽ ὅμως καὶ ταῦτα εἰδὼς, ὅτι οὐ πάντως εὑρήσεις, πάντα κινεῖς ἐρεύνης τρόπον᾽ ἐνταῦθα δὲ καὶ ἐπαγγελίαν ἔχων. ὅτι λήψη πάντως, οὐδὲ τὸ πολλοστὸν τῆς σπουδῆς ἐκείνης ἐπιδείκνυσαι μέρος. Εἰ δὲ μὴ εὐθέως λαμβάνεις, μηδὲ οὕτως ἀπογνῷς. Διὰ γάρ τοῦτο εἶπε, κρούετε, ἵνα δείξη ὅ ὅτι κὰν εὐθέως μὴ ανοίξῃ τὴν θύραν, παραμένειν δεῖ. Εἰ δὲ ἀπιστεῖς μου τῇ ἀποφάσει, κἂν τῷ ὑποὀείγματι πίστευσον. Τίς γάρ ἐστιν εξ ὑμῶν, φησὶν, ὃν ὁ υἱὸς αὐτοῦ αἰτήσει ἄρτον, μὴ λίθον ἐπιδώσει. αὐτῷ : ᾽Επ᾽ ἀνθρώπων μὲν γὰρ, ἂν συνε ὡς τοῦτο ποιῇς, καὶ ὀχληρὸς καὶ βαρὺς εἶν δοκεῖς ἐπὶ δὲ τοὺ θεοῦ, ὅταν μὴ τοῦτο ποιῆς, τότε πωροξύνεις μειζόνως. Ἂν δὲ ᾿ἐπιμένης αἰτῶν, κἂν μὴ εὐθέως λάβῃ», λήψῃ πάντως. Διὰ γὰρ τοῦτο κέκλεισται ἡ θύρα, ἵ ἵνα σε Ὦ εἰς τὸ κρούειν ἐναΎα ὙΠ διὰ τοῦτο ουκ εὐθέως ἐπινεύει, ἵνα ται αἰτήσῃς. Μένε τοίνυν ταῦτα ποιῶν, καὶ λήψῃ πάντως. Ἵνα γὰρ μὴ λέγη τί οὖν, ἂν αἰτήσω καὶ μὴ λάβω: ἐπετείχισέ σοι τὴν παραβολὴν, λογισμοὺς πάλιν τιθεὶς, καὶ απὸ τῶν ἀνθρωπίνων πραγμάτων εἰς τὸ περὶ τούτων θαῤῥεῖν ἐνάγων δεικνὺς διὰ τούτων, ὅτι οὐκ αἰτεῖν χρὴ μόνον, ἀλλὰ καὶ ἅ χρὴ αἰτεῖν. Τίς γάρ ᾿έστιν εξ ὑμῶν πατὴρ, ὃν ὁ νυἱὸς αὐτοῦ αἰτήσει ἄρτον, μὴ λίθον ἐπιδώσει αὐτῷ κ᾿ Ὥστε ἂν μὴ λάβις, ἐπειδὴ λίθον αἰτεῖς, οὐ λαμβάνεις. Εἰ γὰρ καὶ υἱὸς εἶ, οὐκ ἀρκεῖ τοῦτο εἰς τὸ λαβεῖν ἀλλὰ καὶ αὐτὸ μὲν οὖν τοῦτο κωλύει τὸ λαβεῖν. τὸ υἱὸν ὄντα, ἃ μὴ συμφέρει, αἰτεῖν. Καὶ σὺ τοίνυν μηδὲν αἰτήσης κοσμικὸν, ἀλλὰ πνευματικὰ πάντα, καὶ λήψη πάντως. Καὶ γὰρ ὁ Σολομῶν, ἐπειδήπερ ἤτησεν ἅπερ αἰτῆσαι ἐχρῆν, ὅρα πῶς ταχέως ἔλαβε. Δύο τοίνυν εἶναι χρὴ τῷ εὐχομένῳ, καὶ τὸ αἰτεῖν σφοδρῶς, καὶ τὸ ἁ χρὴ αἰτεῖν ἐπεὶ καὶ ὑμεῖς, φησὶ, κἂν πατέρες ἥτε, μένετε αἰτῆσαι τοὺς υἱούς κἂν ασύμφορόν τι παρ᾽ ὑμῶν αἰτήσωσι, κωλύετε τὴν δόσιν' ὥσπερ οὖν ἐὰν συμφέρον, ἐπινεύετε καὶ παρέχετε. ᾿ Καὶ σὺ ταῦτα ἐννοῶν, μὴ ἀποστῇς, ἕως ἀν λάβῃς ἕως ἂν εὕρῃς, μὴ ἀναχωρήσηῃς μὴ καταλύσῃς τὴν σπουδὴν, ἕως ἂν ἀνοιχθὴ Γ᾽ θύρα. ᾿Εὰν γὰρ μετὰ ταύτης προσέλθης τῆς διανοίαρ, καὶ εἴπης» ἐὰν μή λάβω, οὐκ ἀπέρχομαι, λήψη πάντως, ἐὰν τοιαῦτα αἰτῇς, οἷα καὶ τῷ αἰτουμένῳ δοῦναι πρέπει, καὶ σοὶ τῷ αἰτοὺντι συμφέρει. Τίνα δέ ἐστι ταῦτα, τὸ τὰ πνευματικὰ ζητεῖν ἅ ἅπαντα᾽ τὸ ἀφέντα τοῖς πεπλημμεληκόσιν, οὕτω προσιέναι τὴν ἄφεσιν αἰτοῦντα τὸ ᾿ χωρὶς ὀργῆς καὶ διαλογισμῶν χεῖρας ἐπαίρειν ὁσίους. Ἂν οὕτως αἰτώμεν, ληψόμεθα. Ὥς νῦν γε γέλως ἐστὶν ἡ αἴτησις ἡμῶν, καὶ μεθυόντων ἀνθρώπων, ἢ νηφόντων. Τί οὗν, φησὶν, ὅταν καὶ πνευματικὰ αἰτήσω; καὶ μὴ λάβω; Οὐ μετὰ σπουδῆς ᾿ ἔκρουσας πάντως; ἥ σαυτὸν ἀνάξιον παρεσκεύασας τοῦ λαβεῖν, ἢ Ταχέως ἀπέστης. Καὶ τίνος ἕνεκεν, φησὶ, μὴ εἶπεν ἃ χρὴ αἰτεῖν: Καὶ μὴν εἶπεν ἅπαντα ἐν τοῖς ἔμπροσθεν, καὶ ἔδειξεν ὑπὲρ τίνων χρὴ προσιέναι. Μὴ τοινθν λέγε, ὅτι προσῆλθον, καὶ οὐκ ἔλαβον. Οὐδαμοῦ γὰρ ᾿ παρὰ τὸν θεὸν τὸ μὴ λαβεῖν, τὸν οὕτω φιλοῦντα, ὡς καὶ πατέρας νικῆσαι, καὶ τοσοῦτον νικῆσαι; ὅσον τὴν πονηρίαν ταύτην ἢ ἀγαθότης. Εἰ γὰρ ὑμεῖς, πονηροὶ ὄντες, οἴδατε δόματα ἀγαθὰ διδόναι τοῖς τέκνοις ὑμῶν, ᾿ πόσῳ μᾶλλον ὁ πατὴ ὑμῶν ὁ οὐράνιος. Ταῦτα δὲ ἔλεγεν, οὐ ᾿πἰαβολλῶὼν τὴν ἀνθρωπίνην φύσιν, οὐδὲ κακίζων τὸ γένος ἀλλὰ πρὸς ἀντιδιαστολὴν τῆς ἀγαθότητος τῆς αὐτοῦ, τὴν φιλοστοργίαν τὴν πατρικὴν πονηρίαν καλῶν τοσαύτη αὐτοῦ τῆς φιλανθρωπίας ἡ ῆ ὑπερβολή. Εἶδες λογισμὸν ἀπόῤῥητον, ἱκανὸν καὶ τὸν σφόδρα ἀπεγνωκότα πρὸς χρηστὰς διαναστῆσαι ἐλπίδας ; ᾿Ενταῦθα μὲν οὖν ἀπὸ τῶν πατέρων τὴν ἀγαθότητα δείκνυσιν ἐν δὲ τοῖς ἔμπροσθεν ἀπὸ τῶν μειζόνων ὧν ἔδωκεν, ἀπὸ τῆς ψυχῆς, απὸ τοῦ σωματος καὶ οὐδαμοῦ τὸ κεφάλαιον τών ἀγαθῶν τίθησιν, οὐδὲ εἰς μέσον παράγει τὴν ἑαυτοῦ παρουσίαν ὁ γὰρ οὕτω τὸν νἱὸν πρὸς σφαγὴν ἐκδοῦναι σπεύσας, πώς οὐ πάντα ἡμῖν χαριειται: Οὐδέπω γὰρ ἦν ἐκβεβηκός. Δλλ᾽ ὁ μὲν Παῦλος τοῦτο τίθησιν, οὕτω λέγων᾽ ὃς γε τοὺ ἰδίου υἱοῦ οὐκ ἐφείσατο, πῶς οὐχὶ καὶ σὺν αὐτῷ τὰ πάντα ἡμῖν χαρίσεται : Αὐτὸς δὲ α απὸ τῶν ἀνθρωπίνων αὐτοῖς ἔτι διαλέγεται. Εἶτα δεικνὺς ὅ ὕτι οὔτε εὐχῇ δεῖ θαῤῥεῖν, ἀμελοῦντας τῶν καθ᾽ ἑαυτοὺς, οὔτε σπουδάζοντας τῇ οἰκείᾳ μόνον πιστεύειν σπουδῇ, ἀλλὰ καὶ τὴν ἄνωθεν ἐπιζητεῖν βοήθειαν, καὶ τὰ παρ᾽ ἑαυτῶν συνεισφέρειν, συνεχῶς τοῦτο κακεῖνο τίθησι. Καὶ γὰρ παραινέσας πολλά, καὶ εὖχεσθαι ἐδίδαξε, καὶ διδάξας εὔχεσθαι, πάλιν ἐπὶ τὴν παραίγνεσιν τῶν πρακτέων ἤλθεν εἶτα ἀπ᾿ ἐκείνου πάλιν ἐπὶ τὸ δεῖν εὔχεσθαι συνεχῶς, εἰπών αἰτεῖτε, καὶ ζητεῖτε, καὶ κρουετε καὶ ἐντεῦθεν πάλιν ἐπὶ τὸ δεῖν καὶ αὐτοὺς σπουδαίους εἶναι πάντα γὰρ, φησὶν, ὅσα ἐὰν θέλητε ἵνα ποιῶσιν ὑμῖν οἱ ἄνθρωποι, καὶ ὑμεῖς ποιεῖτε αὐτοῖς ἐν βραχεῖ πάντα ἀνακεφαλαιούμενος, καὶ δεικνὺς ὅτι 'σύντυμος ἡ ἀρετὴ, καὶ ῥᾳδία, καὶ πάσι γνώριμος. Καὶ οὐδὲ ἁπλώς εἶπε, πάντα ὅσα ἄν θέλητε: ἀλλὰ, πάντα οὖν ὅσα ἂν θέλητε. Τὸ γὰρ, οὖν, τοῦτο οὐχ ἁπλῶς προσέθηκεν, ἀλλ᾽ αἰνιττόμενος ἰ βούλεσθε, φησὶν, ἀκούεσθαι, μετ᾽ ἐκείνων ὧν εἶπον καὶ ταῦτα ποιεῖτε. Ποῖα δὴ ταῦτα; Ὅσα ἂν βούλησθε ἵνα ποιῶσιν ὑμῖν οἱ ἄνθρωποι. Εἶδες πῶς ἔδειξε καὶ ἐντεῦθεν, ὅτι μετὰ τῆς εὐχῆς καὶ πολιτείας ἡμῖν ἀκριβοῦς δεῖ ; Καὶ οὐκ εἶπεν, ὅσα θέλεις Ὑενέσθαι σοι παρὰ τοῦ θεοῦ, ταῦτα ποίει εἰς τὸν πλησίον ἵνα μὴ λέγης, καὶ πῶς δυνατόν ; ἐκεῖνος θεὸς, ἐγὼ δὲ ἄνθρωπος ἀλλ᾽, ὅσα ἂν θέλης γενέσθαι σοι παρὰ τοῦ ὁμοδούλον, ταῦτα καὶ αὐτὸς περὶ τὸν πλησίον ἐπιδείκνυσο. Τ'ι τούτου κουφότερον: τί δικαιότερον : ὲ Εἶτα καὶ τὸ ἐγκώμιον πρὸ τῶν ἐπάθλων μέγιστον. ' Οὗτος γάρ ἐστιν ὁ νόμος, καὶ οἱ προφῆται. Ὅθεν δῆλον, ὅτι κατὰ φύσιν ἡμῖν ἡ ἀρετὴν καὶ οἴκοθεν τὰ δέοντα ἅπαντες ἴσμεν, καὶ οὐχ οἷόν τε εἰς ἄγνοιαν οὐδέποτε καταφυγεῖν. Εἰσέλθετε διὰ τῆς στενῆς πύλης, ὅτι πλατεῖα ἡ πυλὴη καὶ εὐρύχωρος ἡ ὁδὸς ἡ ῆ ἀπάγουσα εἰς τὴν ἀπώλειαν, καὶ πολλοέ εἰσιν οἱ εἰσερχόμενοι δι᾽ αὐτῆς καὶ στενὴ ἢ πύλη καὶ τεθλιμμένη ἡ ὁδὸς ἡ η ἀπάγουσα εἰς τὴν ζωὴν, καὶ ὀλίγοι εἰσὶν οἱ εὑρίσκοντες αὐτηΐν. Καὶ μὴν μετὰ ταῦτα ἔλεγεν ἐών ζυγός μου χρηστὸς, καὶ τὸ ,Φορτίον μου ἔλαφρόν ἐστι᾿ καὶ ἐν τοῖς ἔναγχος δὲ εἰρημένοις τὸ αὐτὸ ἡνίξατο᾽ πῶς οὖν ἐνταῦθα στενὴν αὐτὴν εἶναί φησι, καὶ τεθλιμμένην ; Μάλιστα μὲν ἐὰν προσέχῃς, καὶ ἐνταῦθα δείκνυσι πολὺ κούφην οὖσαν, καὶ ῥᾳδίαν, καὶ εὔκολον. Καὶ πῶς, φησὶν, ᾿ ἣ στενὴ καὶ τεθλιμμένη, ῥᾳδία: : Ὅτι ὁδός ἐ ἐστι καὶ πύλη; ὥσπερ οὗν καὶ ἡ ἑτέρα, κἂν πλατεῖα, δ᾿ κἄν εὐρύχωρος, καὶ αὐτὴ ὁδὸς καὶ πύλη. Τούτων δὲ οὐδὲν μόνιμον, ἀλλὰ πάντα παροδεύεται, καὶ τὰ λυπηρὰ καὶ τὰ χρηστὰ τοῦ βίον. Καὶ οὐ ταύτη μόνον ῥᾷδια τὰ τῆς ἀρετῆς, αλλά καὶ τῷ τέλει πάλιν εὑκολώτερα γίνεται. Οὐ γὰρ τὸ παροδεύεσθαι τοὺς πόνους καὶ τοὺς ἱδρῶτας, ἀλλὰ καὶ τὸ εἰς χρηστὸν τέλος ἀπαντᾶν (εἰς ζωὴν γὰρ τελευτᾷ) ἱκανὸν παραμυθήσασθαι τοὺς ἀγωνιζομένους. Ὥστε καὶ τὸ πρόσκαιρον τῶν πόνων, καὶ τὸ διηνεκὲς τῶν στεφάνων, καὶ τὸ ταῦτα μὲν εἶναι πρῶτα, ἐκεῖνα δὲ μετὰ ταῦτα, μεγίστη τῶν πόνων γένοιτ᾽ ἂν παραμυθία. Διὸ καὶ ὁ Παῦλος ἐλαφρὰν τὴν θλιψιν ἐκάλεσεν; οὐ διὰ τὴν φύσιν τῶν γινομένων, ἀλλὰ διὰ τὴν προαίρεσιν τῶν ἀγωνιζομένων, καὶ τὴν τῶν μελλόντων ἐλπίδα. Τὸ γὰρ ἐλαφρὸν τῆς θλίψεως, φησὶν, αἰώνιον βάρος δόξης κατεργάζεται, μὴ σκοπούντων ἡμῶν τὰ βλεπόμενα, ἀλλὰ τὰ μὴ βλεπόμενα. Εἰ γὰρ τὰ κύματα καὶ τὰ πελάγη τοῖς ναύταις, καὶ αἱ σφαγαὶ καὶ τὰ τραύματα τοῖς στρατιώταις, καὶ οἱ χειμῶνες καὶ οἱ κρυμοὶ τοῖς γεωργοῖς, καὶ τοῖς πυκτευουσιν αἱ δριμεῖαι πληγαὶ, κοῦφα καὶ φορητὰ πάντα διὰ τὴν ἐλπίδα τῶν ἐπάθλων τῶν ἐπικήρων καὶ ἀπολλ υμένων' πολλῷ μᾶλλον ὅταν ὁ οὐρανος προκείμενος ἡ», καὶ τὰ ἀπόῤῥητα ἀγαθὰ, καὶ τὰ ἀθάνατα ἔπαθλα, οὐδενός τις αἰσθήσεται τῶν παρόντων δεινῶν.

hina oun mē tauta legōsi kai nyn.) hōϑo malista men kai dia tōn emprosthen. apedeixen eukola onta, logismous titheis pollous kai synecheis, tous dynamenous peisai loipon de kai tēn korōnida epagei tēs eukolias, ou tēn tychousan epinoōn paramythian tois ponois, tēn apo tōn euchōn tōn karterikōn symmachian. Ou gar autous spoudazein dei monous, phēsin. alla kai tēn anōthen kalein boētheian' kai pantōs hēxei kai parestai, kai synephapsetai tōn agōnōn hēmin, kai panta poiēsei rhądia. Dia touto kai aitein ekeleuse, kai tēn dosin enēngnēsato. Plēn ouch haplōs aitein ekeleusen, alla meta prosedreias pollēs kai eutonias. Touto gar esti to, zēteite. Kai gar ho zētōn, panta ekbalōn tēs dianoias, pros ekeino ē ginetai monon to zētoumenon, kai oudena tōn parontōn ennoei. Nai isasi touto hy legō, hosoi ē Chrysion ē oiketas apolesantes epizētousin. Apo men oun tou zētein, touto apo de tou krouein, to meta sphodrotētos prosienai kai thermēs dianoias edēlōse. Mē toinyn katapesēs, anthrōpe, mēde elattona epideixę̄ peri tēn aretēn spoudēn tēs peri ta chrēmata epithymias. ᾿Ekeina men gar pollakis zētēsas ouch heures all᾽ homōs kai tauta eidōs, hoti ou pantōs heurēseis, panta kineis ereunēs tropon᾽ entautha de kai epangelian echōn. hoti lēpsē pantōs, oude to polloston tēs spoudēs ekeinēs epideiknysai meros. Ei de mē eutheōs lambaneis, mēde houtōs apognǭs. Dia gar touto eipe, krouete, hina deixē ho hoti kan eutheōs mē anoixę̄ tēn thyran, paramenein dei. Ei de apisteis mou tę̄ apophasei, kan tǭ hypooeigmati pisteuson. Tis gar estin ex hymōn, phēsin, hon ho huios autou aitēsei arton, mē lithon epidōsei. autǭ : ᾽Ep᾽ anthrōpōn men gar, an syne hōs touto poię̄s, kai ochlēros kai barys ein dokeis epi de tou theou, hotan mē touto poiēs, tote pōroxyneis meizonōs. An de ᾿epimenēs aitōn, kan mē eutheōs labę̄», lēpsę̄ pantōs. Dia gar touto kekleistai hē thyra, hi hina se Ō eis to krouein enaUa HyP dia touto ouk eutheōs epineuei, hina tai aitēsę̄s. Mene toinyn tauta poiōn, kai lēpsę̄ pantōs. Hina gar mē legē ti oun, an aitēsō kai mē labō: epeteichise soi tēn parabolēn, logismous palin titheis, kai apo tōn anthrōpinōn pragmatōn eis to peri toutōn tharrhein enagōn deiknys dia toutōn, hoti ouk aitein chrē monon, alla kai ha chrē aitein. Tis gar ᾿estin ex hymōn patēr, hon ho nuios autou aitēsei arton, mē lithon epidōsei autǭ k᾿ Hōste an mē labis, epeidē lithon aiteis, ou lambaneis. Ei gar kai huios ei, ouk arkei touto eis to labein alla kai auto men oun touto kōlyei to labein. to huion onta, ha mē sympherei, aitein. Kai sy toinyn mēden aitēsēs kosmikon, alla pneumatika panta, kai lēpsē pantōs. Kai gar ho Solomōn, epeidēper ētēsen haper aitēsai echrēn, hora pōs tacheōs elabe. Dyo toinyn einai chrē tǭ euchomenǭ, kai to aitein sphodrōs, kai to ha chrē aitein epei kai hymeis, phēsi, kan pateres hēte, menete aitēsai tous huious kan asymphoron ti par᾽ hymōn aitēsōsi, kōlyete tēn dosin' hōsper oun ean sympheron, epineuete kai parechete. ᾿ Kai sy tauta ennoōn, mē apostę̄s, heōs an labę̄s heōs an heurę̄s, mē anachōrēsēę̄s mē katalysę̄s tēn spoudēn, heōs an anoichthē G᾽ thyra. ᾿Ean gar meta tautēs proselthēs tēs dianoiar, kai eipēs» ean mē labō, ouk aperchomai, lēpsē pantōs, ean toiauta aitę̄s, hoia kai tǭ aitoumenǭ dounai prepei, kai soi tǭ aitounti sympherei. Tina de esti tauta, to ta pneumatika zētein ha hapanta᾽ to aphenta tois peplēmmelēkosin, houtō prosienai tēn aphesin aitounta to ᾿ chōris orgēs kai dialogismōn cheiras epairein hosious. An houtōs aitōmen, lēpsometha. Hōs nyn ge gelōs estin hē aitēsis hēmōn, kai methyontōn anthrōpōn, ē nēphontōn. Ti houn, phēsin, hotan kai pneumatika aitēsō? kai mē labō? Ou meta spoudēs ᾿ ekrousas pantōs? hē sauton anaxion pareskeuasas tou labein, ē Tacheōs apestēs. Kai tinos heneken, phēsi, mē eipen ha chrē aitein: Kai mēn eipen hapanta en tois emprosthen, kai edeixen hyper tinōn chrē prosienai. Mē tointhn lege, hoti prosēlthon, kai ouk elabon. Oudamou gar ᾿ para ton theon to mē labein, ton houtō philounta, hōs kai pateras nikēsai, kai tosouton nikēsai? hoson tēn ponērian tautēn ē agathotēs. Ei gar hymeis, ponēroi ontes, oidate domata agatha didonai tois teknois hymōn, ᾿ posǭ mallon ho patē hymōn ho ouranios. Tauta de elegen, ou ᾿piabollōōn tēn anthrōpinēn physin, oude kakizōn to genos alla pros antidiastolēn tēs agathotētos tēs autou, tēn philostorgian tēn patrikēn ponērian kalōn tosautē autou tēs philanthrōpias hē ē hyperbolē. Eides logismon aporrhēton, hikanon kai ton sphodra apegnōkota pros chrēstas dianastēsai elpidas ? ᾿Entautha men oun apo tōn paterōn tēn agathotēta deiknysin en de tois emprosthen apo tōn meizonōn hōn edōken, apo tēs psychēs, apo tou sōmatos kai oudamou to kephalaion tōn agathōn tithēsin, oude eis meson paragei tēn heautou parousian ho gar houtō ton nion pros sphagēn ekdounai speusas, pōs ou panta hēmin charieitai: Oudepō gar ēn ekbebēkos. Dll᾽ ho men Paulos touto tithēsin, houtō legōn᾽ hos ge tou idiou huiou ouk epheisato, pōs ouchi kai syn autǭ ta panta hēmin charisetai : Autos de a apo tōn anthrōpinōn autois eti dialegetai. Eita deiknys ho hyti oute euchę̄ dei tharrhein, amelountas tōn kath᾽ heautous, oute spoudazontas tę̄ oikeią monon pisteuein spoudę̄, alla kai tēn anōthen epizētein boētheian, kai ta par᾽ heautōn syneispherein, synechōs touto kakeino tithēsi. Kai gar parainesas polla, kai euchesthai edidaxe, kai didaxas euchesthai, palin epi tēn paraignesin tōn prakteōn ēlthen eita ap᾿ ekeinou palin epi to dein euchesthai synechōs, eipōn aiteite, kai zēteite, kai krouete kai enteuthen palin epi to dein kai autous spoudaious einai panta gar, phēsin, hosa ean thelēte hina poiōsin hymin hoi anthrōpoi, kai hymeis poieite autois en brachei panta anakephalaioumenos, kai deiknys hoti 'syntymos hē aretē, kai rhądia, kai pasi gnōrimos. Kai oude haplōs eipe, panta hosa an thelēte: alla, panta oun hosa an thelēte. To gar, oun, touto ouch haplōs prosethēken, all᾽ ainittomenos i boulesthe, phēsin, akouesthai, met᾽ ekeinōn hōn eipon kai tauta poieite. Poia dē tauta? Hosa an boulēsthe hina poiōsin hymin hoi anthrōpoi. Eides pōs edeixe kai enteuthen, hoti meta tēs euchēs kai politeias hēmin akribous dei ? Kai ouk eipen, hosa theleis Hyenesthai soi para tou theou, tauta poiei eis ton plēsion hina mē legēs, kai pōs dynaton ? ekeinos theos, egō de anthrōpos all᾽, hosa an thelēs genesthai soi para tou homodoulon, tauta kai autos peri ton plēsion epideiknyso. T'i toutou kouphoteron: ti dikaioteron : e Eita kai to enkōmion pro tōn epathlōn megiston. ' Houtos gar estin ho nomos, kai hoi prophētai. Hothen dēlon, hoti kata physin hēmin hē aretēn kai oikothen ta deonta hapantes ismen, kai ouch hoion te eis agnoian oudepote kataphygein. Eiselthete dia tēs stenēs pylēs, hoti plateia hē pylēē kai eurychōros hē hodos hē ē apagousa eis tēn apōleian, kai polloe eisin hoi eiserchomenoi di᾽ autēs kai stenē ē pylē kai tethlimmenē hē hodos hē ē apagousa eis tēn zōēn, kai oligoi eisin hoi heuriskontes autēïn. Kai mēn meta tauta elegen eōn zygos mou chrēstos, kai to ,Phortion mou elaphron esti᾿ kai en tois enanchos de eirēmenois to auto hēnixato᾽ pōs oun entautha stenēn autēn einai phēsi, kai tethlimmenēn ? Malista men ean prosechę̄s, kai entautha deiknysi poly kouphēn ousan, kai rhądian, kai eukolon. Kai pōs, phēsin, ᾿ hē stenē kai tethlimmenē, rhądia: : Hoti hodos e esti kai pylē? hōsper houn kai hē hetera, kan plateia, d᾿ kan eurychōros, kai autē hodos kai pylē. Toutōn de ouden monimon, alla panta parodeuetai, kai ta lypēra kai ta chrēsta tou bion. Kai ou tautē monon rhądia ta tēs aretēs, alla kai tǭ telei palin heukolōtera ginetai. Ou gar to parodeuesthai tous ponous kai tous hidrōtas, alla kai to eis chrēston telos apantan (eis zōēn gar teleutą) hikanon paramythēsasthai tous agōnizomenous. Hōste kai to proskairon tōn ponōn, kai to diēnekes tōn stephanōn, kai to tauta men einai prōta, ekeina de meta tauta, megistē tōn ponōn genoit᾽ an paramythia. Dio kai ho Paulos elaphran tēn thlipsin ekalesen? ou dia tēn physin tōn ginomenōn, alla dia tēn proairesin tōn agōnizomenōn, kai tēn tōn mellontōn elpida. To gar elaphron tēs thlipseōs, phēsin, aiōnion baros doxēs katergazetai, mē skopountōn hēmōn ta blepomena, alla ta mē blepomena. Ei gar ta kymata kai ta pelagē tois nautais, kai hai sphagai kai ta traumata tois stratiōtais, kai hoi cheimōnes kai hoi krymoi tois geōrgois, kai tois pykteuousin hai drimeiai plēgai, koupha kai phorēta panta dia tēn elpida tōn epathlōn tōn epikērōn kai apoll ymenōn' pollǭ mallon hotan ho ouranos prokeimenos hē», kai ta aporrhēta agatha, kai ta athanata epathla, oudenos tis aisthēsetai tōn parontōn deinōn.

so that they might not say this now too (chiefly, indeed, he had already shown by what went before that these things are easy, setting down many arguments one after another, able to persuade), he now adds the crown of their ease as well, devising no ordinary consolation for the toils: the help that comes from persevering prayers. For we must not strive by ourselves alone, he says, but also call on the help from above; and it will surely come and be present, and will take part in our contests with us, and will make all things easy. That is why he both commanded us to ask and pledged himself to give. Yet he did not command us simply to ask, but with much persistence and intensity. For this is what “seek” means. For the one who seeks casts everything out of his mind, gives himself to the thing sought alone, and thinks of nothing that is around him. Those who have lost gold or servants and are searching for them know what I am saying. By “seek,” then, he showed this; and by “knock,” coming with vehemence and a fervent mind. Do not, then, lose heart, O man, nor show less zeal for virtue than desire for money. For those things you have often sought and not found; and yet, though you know this, that you will not certainly find them, you leave no means of search untried; but here, though you have the promise that you will certainly receive, you do not show even the smallest part of that zeal. And if you do not receive at once, do not despair even so. For this reason he said “knock,” to show that even if he does not open the door at once, we must remain there. And if you do not believe my declaration, at least believe the example. “For which of you,” he says, “whose son asks him for bread, will give him a stone?” For among men, if you do this continually, you seem troublesome and burdensome; but with God, it is when you do not do it that you provoke him more. And if you persist in asking, even if you do not receive at once, you will surely receive. For this reason the door is shut, that it may draw you to knock; for this reason he does not grant at once, that you may … ask. Continue, then, doing these things, and you will surely receive. For lest you say, “What then, if I ask and do not receive?”, he has fortified you with the parable, again setting down arguments and leading you from human affairs to confidence about these things, and showing by them that we must not only ask, but ask for what we ought. “For which of you is there, a father, whose son asks him for bread, will give him a stone?” So, if you do not receive, it is because you ask for a stone that you do not receive. For even if you are a son, this is not enough for receiving; rather this very thing hinders receiving: that, being a son, you ask for what is not good for you. You too, then, ask for nothing worldly, but for all things spiritual, and you will surely receive. For Solomon too, because he asked for what he ought to have asked, see how quickly he received. Two things, then, must belong to one who prays: to ask earnestly, and to ask for what one ought. For you too, he says, even though you are fathers, wait for your sons to ask; and if they ask you for something harmful, you withhold the gift; just as, if it is good for them, you consent and provide it. You too, then, considering these things, do not give up until you receive; do not withdraw until you find; do not relax your zeal until the door is opened. For if you come with this mind and say, “Unless I receive, I will not go away,” you will surely receive, if you ask for such things as are fitting for the one who is asked to give and good for you who ask. And what are these? To seek spiritual things in all; to come asking forgiveness having first forgiven those who have wronged us; to lift up holy hands without anger and disputing. If we ask in this way, we shall receive. As it is, our asking is a laughingstock, the asking of drunken men rather than of sober. “What then,” someone says, “when I ask for spiritual things too and do not receive?” Surely you did not knock with zeal; or you made yourself unworthy to receive; or you quickly gave up. “And why,” someone says, “did he not say what we ought to ask?” Yet he did say it all in what went before, and showed for what things we ought to come. Do not say, then, “I came and did not receive.” For it is never God’s doing that one does not receive, who loves us so much as to surpass fathers, and to surpass them as much as goodness surpasses this wickedness. “For if you, being evil, know how to give good gifts to your children, how much more will your heavenly Father.” He said this not to slander human nature, nor to condemn the race, but calling paternal affection wickedness by contrast with his own goodness: so great is the abundance of his love for humankind. Did you see an argument beyond words, able to raise even one who has utterly despaired to good hopes? Here, then, he shows his goodness from fathers; but in what went before, from the greater things he has given: from the soul, from the body. And nowhere does he set down the chief of blessings, nor bring forward his own coming; for he who so eagerly gave up his Son to slaughter, how will he not freely give us all things? For this had not yet come to pass. But Paul sets it down, saying, “He who did not spare his own Son, how will he not also with him freely give us all things?” But he himself still converses with them from human things. Then, showing that one must neither trust in prayer while neglecting one’s own part, nor, while striving, trust in one’s own zeal alone, but must both seek the help from above and contribute one’s own share, he sets down now this and now that, continually. For having given much counsel, he taught them to pray as well; and having taught them to pray, he came back to counsel about what must be done; then from that again to the need to pray continually, saying, “Ask, and seek, and knock”; and from there again to the need for them also to be earnest themselves: “For all things,” he says, “whatever you wish that people should do to you, do also to them,” summing up everything briefly and showing that virtue is concise and easy and known to all. And he did not simply say, “all things whatever you wish,” but, “all things therefore, whatever you wish.” For he did not add this “therefore” idly; he was hinting: If you wish to be heard, he says, do these things also, along with those I have spoken of. And what are these? “Whatever you wish that people should do to you.” Do you see how from here too he showed that, along with prayer, we need a strict way of life? And he did not say, “Whatever you wish to be done to you by God, do this to your neighbor,” lest you say, “And how is that possible? He is God, and I am a man”; but, “Whatever you wish to be done to you by your fellow servant, show this yourself toward your neighbor.” What is lighter than this? What more just? Then the praise too, before the rewards, is very great: “For this is the law and the prophets.” From this it is plain that virtue is natural to us, that from within ourselves we all know what we ought to do, and that it is never possible to take refuge in ignorance. “Enter through the narrow gate; for wide is the gate and broad the way that leads to destruction, and many are those who enter through it; and narrow is the gate and hard the way that leads to life, and few are those who find it.” And yet afterward he said, “My yoke is easy and my burden is light”; and in what was said just now he hinted at the same thing. How then does he say here that it is narrow and hard? Chiefly, if you attend, here too he shows that it is very light and easy and simple. “And how,” someone says, “is the narrow and hard way easy?” Because it is a way and a gate; just as the other too, though it is wide and broad, is itself also a way and a gate. And none of these things lasts, but all things pass by, both the painful and the pleasant things of life. And not only in this way are the things of virtue easy, but by their end they become easier still. For not only the fact that the toils and sweat pass, but also that they arrive at a good end (for it ends in life), is enough to console those who contend. So both the brevity of the toils, and the perpetuity of the crowns, and the fact that the one comes first and the other after, would be the greatest consolation for the toils. That is why Paul too called affliction light, not because of the nature of what happens, but because of the purpose of those who contend and their hope of what is to come. “For the lightness of affliction,” he says, “works an eternal weight of glory, while we look not at the things that are seen but at the things that are not seen.” For if waves and seas are light and bearable to sailors, and slaughter and wounds to soldiers, and storms and frosts to farmers, and sharp blows to boxers, because of the hope of rewards that are perishable and pass away, much more, when heaven is set before us, and the ineffable blessings and the immortal rewards, will one feel none of the present hardships.

23.6Field 1

Εἰ δέ τινες αὐτὴν καὶ οὕτως ἐπίπονον εἶναι νομέζουσι, τῆς αὐτῶν βᾳθυμίας ἢ ὑπόνοια μόνον. Ὅρα γοῦν πώς καὶ ἑτέρωθεν αὐτὴν εὔκολον ποιεῖ; κελεύων μὴ συμπλέκεσθαι τοῖς κυσὶ, μηδὲ ἐκδιδόναι ἑαντοὺς τοῖς χοίροις, καὶ φυλάττεσθαι ἀπὸ τῶν ψευδοπροφητῶν, καὶ πανταχόθεν αὐτοὺς ἐναγωνίους ἐργαζόμενος. Καὶ αὐτὸ δὲ τὸ στενὴν καλέσαι μέγιστον εἰς τὸ ποιῆσαι αὐτὴν εὔκολον ᾿ συνεβάλετο νήφειν γὰρ αὐτοὺς παρεσκεύαζεν. Ὥσπερ οὖν ὁ Παῦλος, ὅταν λέγη; ἢ ἐς οὐκ ἔστιν ἡμῖν ἡ παλὴη πρὸς αἷμα καὶ σάρκα, οὐχ ἵνα καταβάλῃ, ἀλλ᾽ ἵνα διεγείρῃ τὰ φρονήματα τῶν στρατιωτών, τοῦτο ποιεῖ οὕτω δὴ καὶ αὐτὸς ἀφυπνίζων τ τοὺς ὁδοιπόρους, τραχεῖαν ἐκάλεσε τὴν ὁδόν. Καὶ οὐ ταύτῃ μόνον νήφειν παρεσκεύασεν, ἀλλὰ καὶ τῷ προσθεῖναι, ὅ ὅτι τ καὶ πολλοὺς ἔχει τοὺς ὑποσκελίζοντας καὶ τὸ δὴ χαλεπώτερον, ὅτι οὐδὲ φανερῶς προσβάλλουσιν, ἀλλὰ κρύπτοντες ἑαυτούς τοιοῦτον γὰρ τῶν ψευδοπροφητῶν τὸ γένος. ᾿Αλλὰ μὴ τοῦτο ἴδης, φησὶν, ὅτι τραχεῖα καὶ στενὴ, ἀλλὰ ποῦ τελευτᾷ μηδ᾽ ὅτι πλατεῖα καὶ εὐρύχωρος ἡ ἐναντία, ἀλλὰ ποῦ καταστρέφει. Ταῦτα δὲ πάντα λέγει, διεγείρων ἡμῶν τὴν προθυμίαν᾽ ὠσπερ ον καὶ αλλαχοὺ ἔλεγεν, ὅτι βιασταὶ ἀρπαάζουσιν αυτῆν. Ο γαρ αὙγωνιζόμενος, ἐπειδὰν ἴ ἢ σαῴφως τὸν ἀγωνοθέτην θαυμάζοντα τὸ ἐπίπονον τῶν ἀγωνισμάτων, προθυμότερος γίνεται. Μη τοίνυν ἀλυωμεν, ὅταν πολλα ἡμῖν ἐντεῦθεν συμβαίνη λυπηρά. Τεθλιμμένη γὰρ ἡ ὁδὸς, καὶ στενή ἢ πυλη, αλλ οὐχ ἢ πόλις. ΖΔια δὴ τοῦτο οὐδὲ ἐνταῦθα ἄνεσιν χρὴ προσδοκᾶν, οὐδὲ ἐκεῖ λυπηρόν τι λοιπὸν ἐκδόχεσθαι. Εἰπὼν δὲ, ὅτι ὀλίγοι εἰσὶν οἱ εὑρίσκοντες αὐτὴν, πάλιν ἐνταῦθα καὶ τὴν τῶν πολλῶν ῥᾳθυμίαν ἐδήλωσε, καὶ τοὺς ἀκούοντας ἐπαίδευσε μὴ ταῖς τῶν πολλῶν εὐημερίαις προσἔχειν, ἀλλα τοῖς τῶν ολίγων πόνοις. Οἱ γαρ πλείους, φησιν, οὐ μόνον αὐτὴν οὐ βαδίζουσιν, ἀλλ᾽ οὐδὲ αἱροῦνται ὅπερ ἐσχατης ᾿ κατηγορίας εστίν. ᾿Αλλ᾽ οὐ τοῖς πολλοῖς δεῖ προσἔχειν, οὐδὲ ἐντεῦθεν θορυβεῖσθαι, ἀλλὰ ζηλοῦν τοὺς ὀλέγους, καὶ πανταχόθεν ἑαυτοὺς συγκροτοῦντας οὕτως αὐτὴν βαδίζειν. Καὶ γὰρ πρὸς τῷ στενὴν εἶναι, πολλοὶ καὶ οἱ ὑποσκελίζοντες τὴν ἐκεῖσε φέρουσάν εἰσιν ὁδόν. Διὸ καὶ ἐπήγαγε προσέχετε ἀπὸ τὼν Ψευδοπροφητῶν'᾽ ἐλεύσονται γὰρ πρὸς ὑμᾶς ἐν ἐνδύμασει προβάτων, ἐσωθεν δέ εἰσι λύκοι ἅρπαγες. Ιδοὺ μετὰ τῶν κυνῶν καὶ χοίρων ἕτερον εἶδος ἐνέδρας καὶ ἐπιβουλῆς, πολὺ ΧῸ τποτενν εκείνου. Οἱ μὲν γαρ ὠμολογημένοι καὶ φανεροὶ, οὗτοι δὲ συνεσκιασμένοι. Διο καὶ ἐκείνων μὲν ἀπέχεσθαι ἐκέλευσε, τούτους δὲ καὶ διασκέπτεσθαι μετὰ ἀκριβείας, ὡς οὐκ ἐνὸν ἐκ πρώτης αὐτοὺς ἰδεῖν προσβολῆς. Διὸ καὶ ἔλεγε, προσέχετε, πρὸς τὴν διάγνωσιν αὐτῶν ἀκριβεστέρους ποιῶν. Εἶτα, ἵνα μὴ στενὴν ἀκούσαντες καὶ τεθλιμμένην, καὶ ὅτι ἐναντίαν τοῖς πολλοῖς δεῖ βαδίζειν, καὶ χοίρους φυλάττεσθαι καὶ κύνας, καὶ μετὰ τούτων ἕτερον πονηρότερον γένος τοῦτο τὸ τῶν λύκων ἵνα μὴ τῷ πλήθει τῶν λυπηρῶν καταπέσωσι, μέλλοντες καὶ ἐναντίαν τοῖς πολλοῖς ἰέναι, καὶ μετὰ τούτων πάλιν καὶ τὴν ὑπὲρ τούτων ἔχειν φροντίδα, ἀνέμνησε τῶν ἐπὶ τὼν πατέρων αὐτῶν γενομένων, Ψψεὺυ οπροφήτας καλέσας᾽ καὶ γὰρ καὶ τότε τοιαῦτα συνέβαινε. Μὴ τοίνυν θορυβεῖσθε, φησίν οὐδὲν γὰρ καινὸν οὐδὲ ξένον συμβήσεται. Τῇ γὰρ αληθείᾳ παρυφίστησιν ἀεὶ τὴν ἀπάτην ὁ διάβολος. ψευδοπροφήτας δὲ ἐνταῦθα οὐ τοὺς αἱρετικοὺς αἰνίττεσθαί μοι δοκεῖ, αλλα τοὺς βίου μὲν ὄντας διεφθαρμένου, προσωπεῖον δὲ ἀρετῆς περικειμένους, οὗς τῇ τῶν ἐπιθετῶν προσηγορίᾳ καλεῖν εἰώθασιν οἱ πολλοί. Διὸ καὶ ἐπήγαγε λέγων ὅ. απὸ τῶν καρπῶν αὐτῶν ἐπιγνώσεσθε αὐτούς. Παρὰ γὰρ αἱρετικοῖς ἐστι πολλάκις ἡ καὶ βίον εὑρεῖν' παρὰ Σ τούτοις, οἷς εἶπον, οὐδαμῶς. Τί οὗν, τ αι ἂν καὶ ἐν τούτοις ὑποκρίνωνται: ᾿Αλλὰ ἁλώσονται ῥᾳδίως. Τοιαύτη γὰρ ἡ τῆς ὁδοῦ ταύτης φύσις, ’ ἣν ἐκέλευσα ι βαδίζειν, ἐπίπονος καὶ μοχθηρά ὁ δὲ ὑποκριτὴς πονεῖν οὐκ ἂν ἕλοιτο, ἀλλ᾽ ἐπιδείκνυσθαι μόνον διὸ καὶ ἐλέγχεται ῥᾳδίως. ᾿Επειδὴ γὰρ εἶπεν, ὅτι ὀλίγοι εἰσὶν οἱ εὑρίσκοντες αὐτὴν, ἐκκαθαίρει πάλιν αὐτοὺς ἀπὸ τῶν οὐχ εὑρισκόντων μὲν, ὑποκρινομένων, δὲ, κελεύων μὴ τοὺς τὰ προσωπεῖα περικειμένους μόνον ὁρᾶν, ἀλλὰ τοὺς μετὰ ἀληθείας μετιόντας αὐτήν. Καὶ τίνος ἕνεκεν οὐ καταϑήλους αὐτοὺς ἐποίησε, φησὶν, ἀλλ᾽ ἡμᾶς εἰς τὴν ἔρευναν ἐνέβαλεν: Ἵνα γρηγορώμεν, καὶ ἐναγώνιοι διαπαντὸς ὦμεν, μὴ τοὺς φανεροὺς μόνον, ἀλλὰ καὶ τοὺς κρυπτομένους ἐχθροὺς φυλαττόμενοι ἐ οὕσπερ οὗν καὶ ὁ Παῦλος αἰνιττόμενος ἔλεγεν, ὅτι ὁ τῇ χρηστολογίᾳ εξαπατῶσι τὰς καρδίας τών ἀκάκων. Μὴ τοίνυν θορυβωμεθα, ἐπειδὰν πολλοὺς ἴδωμεν τοιούτους καὶ νῦν ὄντας. Καὶ γὰρ καὶ τοῦτο προεῖπεν ἄνωθεν ὁ Χριστός.

Ei de tines autēn kai houtōs epiponon einai nomezousi, tēs autōn bąthymias ē hyponoia monon. Hora goun pōs kai heterōthen autēn eukolon poiei? keleuōn mē symplekesthai tois kysi, mēde ekdidonai heantous tois choirois, kai phylattesthai apo tōn pseudoprophētōn, kai pantachothen autous enagōnious ergazomenos. Kai auto de to stenēn kalesai megiston eis to poiēsai autēn eukolon ᾿ synebaleto nēphein gar autous pareskeuazen. Hōsper oun ho Paulos, hotan legē? ē es ouk estin hēmin hē palēē pros haima kai sarka, ouch hina katabalę̄, all᾽ hina diegeirę̄ ta phronēmata tōn stratiōtōn, touto poiei houtō dē kai autos aphypnizōn t tous hodoiporous, tracheian ekalese tēn hodon. Kai ou tautę̄ monon nēphein pareskeuasen, alla kai tǭ prostheinai, ho hoti t kai pollous echei tous hyposkelizontas kai to dē chalepōteron, hoti oude phanerōs prosballousin, alla kryptontes heautous toiouton gar tōn pseudoprophētōn to genos. ᾿Alla mē touto idēs, phēsin, hoti tracheia kai stenē, alla pou teleutą mēd᾽ hoti plateia kai eurychōros hē enantia, alla pou katastrephei. Tauta de panta legei, diegeirōn hēmōn tēn prothymian᾽ ōsper on kai allachou elegen, hoti biastai arpaazousin autēn. O gar haUgōnizomenos, epeidan i ē saǭphōs ton agōnothetēn thaumazonta to epiponon tōn agōnismatōn, prothymoteros ginetai. Mē toinyn alyōmen, hotan polla hēmin enteuthen symbainē lypēra. Tethlimmenē gar hē hodos, kai stenē ē pylē, all ouch ē polis. ZDia dē touto oude entautha anesin chrē prosdokan, oude ekei lypēron ti loipon ekdochesthai. Eipōn de, hoti oligoi eisin hoi heuriskontes autēn, palin entautha kai tēn tōn pollōn rhąthymian edēlōse, kai tous akouontas epaideuse mē tais tōn pollōn euēmeriais prosechein, alla tois tōn oligōn ponois. Hoi gar pleious, phēsin, ou monon autēn ou badizousin, all᾽ oude hairountai hoper eschatēs ᾿ katēgorias estin. ᾿All᾽ ou tois pollois dei prosechein, oude enteuthen thorybeisthai, alla zēloun tous olegous, kai pantachothen heautous synkrotountas houtōs autēn badizein. Kai gar pros tǭ stenēn einai, polloi kai hoi hyposkelizontes tēn ekeise pherousan eisin hodon. Dio kai epēgage prosechete apo tōn Pseudoprophētōn'᾽ eleusontai gar pros hymas en endymasei probatōn, esōthen de eisi lykoi harpages. Idou meta tōn kynōn kai choirōn heteron eidos enedras kai epiboulēs, poly ChO tpotenn ekeinou. Hoi men gar ōmologēmenoi kai phaneroi, houtoi de syneskiasmenoi. Dio kai ekeinōn men apechesthai ekeleuse, toutous de kai diaskeptesthai meta akribeias, hōs ouk enon ek prōtēs autous idein prosbolēs. Dio kai elege, prosechete, pros tēn diagnōsin autōn akribesterous poiōn. Eita, hina mē stenēn akousantes kai tethlimmenēn, kai hoti enantian tois pollois dei badizein, kai choirous phylattesthai kai kynas, kai meta toutōn heteron ponēroteron genos touto to tōn lykōn hina mē tǭ plēthei tōn lypērōn katapesōsi, mellontes kai enantian tois pollois ienai, kai meta toutōn palin kai tēn hyper toutōn echein phrontida, anemnēse tōn epi tōn paterōn autōn genomenōn, Pspseuy oprophētas kalesas᾽ kai gar kai tote toiauta synebaine. Mē toinyn thorybeisthe, phēsin ouden gar kainon oude xenon symbēsetai. Tę̄ gar alētheią paryphistēsin aei tēn apatēn ho diabolos. pseudoprophētas de entautha ou tous hairetikous ainittesthai moi dokei, alla tous biou men ontas diephtharmenou, prosōpeion de aretēs perikeimenous, hous tę̄ tōn epithetōn prosēgorią kalein eiōthasin hoi polloi. Dio kai epēgage legōn ho. apo tōn karpōn autōn epignōsesthe autous. Para gar hairetikois esti pollakis hē kai bion heurein' para S toutois, hois eipon, oudamōs. Ti houn, t ai an kai en toutois hypokrinōntai: ᾿Alla halōsontai rhądiōs. Toiautē gar hē tēs hodou tautēs physis, ’ hēn ekeleusa i badizein, epiponos kai mochthēra ho de hypokritēs ponein ouk an heloito, all᾽ epideiknysthai monon dio kai elenchetai rhądiōs. ᾿Epeidē gar eipen, hoti oligoi eisin hoi heuriskontes autēn, ekkathairei palin autous apo tōn ouch heuriskontōn men, hypokrinomenōn, de, keleuōn mē tous ta prosōpeia perikeimenous monon horan, alla tous meta alētheias metiontas autēn. Kai tinos heneken ou kataϑēlous autous epoiēse, phēsin, all᾽ hēmas eis tēn ereunan enebalen: Hina grēgorōmen, kai enagōnioi diapantos ōmen, mē tous phanerous monon, alla kai tous kryptomenous echthrous phylattomenoi e housper houn kai ho Paulos ainittomenos elegen, hoti ho tę̄ chrēstologią exapatōsi tas kardias tōn akakōn. Mē toinyn thorybōmetha, epeidan pollous idōmen toioutous kai nyn ontas. Kai gar kai touto proeipen anōthen ho Christos.

But if some think it laborious even so, the impression comes only from their own sloth. See, at any rate, how from another side too he makes it easy, commanding them not to have dealings with the dogs, nor to give themselves over to the swine, and to beware of the false prophets, and in every way making them ready for the contest. And the very calling it narrow contributed greatly to making it easy, for it prepared them to be watchful. Just as Paul, when he says, “Our wrestling is not against flesh and blood,” does this not to cast down but to rouse the spirits of the soldiers, so he too, waking the travelers from sleep, called the way rough. And not only in this way did he prepare them to be watchful, but also by adding that it has many who trip us up; and, what is harder still, that they do not even attack openly, but hide themselves; for such is the race of the false prophets. But do not look at this, he says, that it is rough and narrow, but at where it ends; nor at this, that the opposite way is wide and broad, but at where it comes out. And he says all this to rouse our eagerness, as he said elsewhere too, that “the violent take it by force.” For the one who contends, when he sees clearly that the president of the games admires the laboriousness of the contests, becomes more eager. Let us not, then, be distressed when many painful things befall us from this. For the way is hard and the gate narrow, but not the city. That is why one must neither expect rest here nor look for anything painful there afterward. And by saying that few are those who find it, he again showed here the sloth of the many, and taught his hearers to attend not to the prosperity of the many but to the toils of the few. For most, he says, not only do not walk it but do not even choose it, which is a charge of the utmost gravity. But we must not attend to the many, nor be troubled by this, but emulate the few, and, bracing ourselves on every side, walk it in this way. For besides being narrow, the way that leads there also has many who trip us up. That is why he added, “Beware of the false prophets; for they will come to you in sheep’s clothing, but inwardly they are ravenous wolves.” Look: besides the dogs and swine, another kind of ambush and plotting, much worse than that one. For those are acknowledged and open, but these are concealed. That is why he commanded them to keep away from those, but to examine these with care, since it is not possible to see through them at the first encounter. That is why he said, “Beware,” making them more exact in discerning them. Then, having told them of a narrow and hard way, and that they must walk contrary to the many, and guard against swine and dogs, and with these against another and more wicked race, that of the wolves, so that they might not lose heart at the multitude of painful things, being about to go contrary to the many and to take thought for these dangers besides, he reminded them of what happened in the time of their fathers by calling them false prophets; for then too such things happened. Do not then be troubled, he says; nothing new or strange will happen. For the devil always sets deceit beside the truth. And by false prophets here he seems to me to hint not at the heretics but at those who are of corrupt life but wear a mask of virtue, whom the many are accustomed to call impostors. That is why he added, “By their fruits you will know them.” For among heretics it is often possible to find a good life too; but among those I spoke of, never. “What then, if they play the hypocrite in these things too?” But they will be easily caught. For such is the nature of this way which I commanded you to walk, laborious and toilsome; and the hypocrite would not choose to toil, but only to make a show; that is why he is easily exposed. For since he had said that few are those who find it, he sifts them out again from those who do not find it but pretend to, commanding us not to look at those who merely wear masks but at those who pursue it in truth. “And why,” someone says, “did he not make them manifest, but threw us into the search?” So that we may be watchful and always ready for the contest, guarding against not only open enemies but also hidden ones; whom Paul too hinted at when he said that “by fair speech they deceive the hearts of the innocent.” Let us not, then, be troubled when we see many such people even now. For Christ foretold this too from the beginning.

23.7Field 1

Καὶ ὅρα τὴν ἡμερότητα. Οὐδὲ γὰρ εἶπε, κολάσατε αὐτοὺς, αλλὰ, μὴ βλαβῆτε παρ' αὐτῶν, μὴ ἀφύλακτοι αὐτοῖς περιπέσητε. Εἶτα, ἵνα μὴ λέγῃς, ὅτι ἀδύνατον ἐπιγνῶναι τοὺς τοιούτους, πάλιν λογισμὸν απὸ παραδείγματος ἀνθρωπίνου τίθησιν; οὕτω λέγων' Μήτι συλλέγουσιν ἀπὸ ἀκανθῶν σταφυλὰς, ἢ απὸ τριβόλων σύκα ; Οὕτω πᾶν δένδρον ἀγαθὸν καρποὺς καλοὺς ποιεῖ τὸ δὲ σαπρὸν δένδρον καρποὺς πονηροὺς ποιεῖ. Οὐ δύναται δένδρον ἀγαθὸν καρποὺς πονηροὺς ποιεῖν, οὐδὲ δένδρον σαπρὸν καρποὺς καλοὺς ποιεῖν. Ὃ δὲ λέγει, τοιοῦτον ἐστιν οὐδὲν ἔχουσιν ἥμεβον, οὐδὲ ᾿Ὑλυκύ᾽ μέχρι τῆς δορᾶς τὸ πρόβατον διὸ καὶ εὔκολος ἢ διάγνωσις. Καὶ ἵνα μηδὲ τὸ τυχὸν ἐνδοιάζῃς, φυσικαῖς ἀνάγκαις παραβάλλει τὰ οὐκ ἐγχωροῦντα ἄλλως γενέσθαι. Ὅπερ καὶ ὁ Παῦλος ἔλεγε᾽ τὸ γὰρ φρόνημα τῆς σαρκὸς, θάνατος τῷ γὰρ νόμῳ τοῦ θεοῦ οὐχ ὑποτάσσεται οὐδὲ γὰρ δύναται. Εἰ δὲ δεύτερον τὸ αὐτὸ τίθησιν, οὐκ ἔστι ταυτολογία. Ἵνα γὰρ μή τις εἴπῃ, ὅτε τὸ πονηρὸν δένδρον φέρει μὲν καρποὺς πονηροὺς, φέρει δὲ καὶ ἀγαθοὺς, καὶ δύσκολον ποιεῖ τὴν διάγνωσιν, διπλῆς τῆς φορᾶς οὔσης οὐκ ἔστι, φησὶ, τοῦτο πονηροὺς γὰρ Φέρει μόνον, καὶ ἀγαθοὺς οὐκ ἄν ποτε ἐνέγκοι ὥσπερ οὖν καὶ τὸ ἐναντίον. Τί οὖν ; οὐκ ἔστιν ἀνὴρ ἀγαθὸς, γινόμενος πονηρός ; Καὶ τοὐναντίον πάλιν ἐστὶ, καὶ πολλῶν ὁ βίος τοιούτων γέμει παραδειγμάτων. Ὁ δὲ Χριστὸς οὐ τοῦτο λέγει, ὅτι τὸν πονηρὸν ἀμήχανον ᾿μεταβαλέσθαι, ῆ τὸν ἀγαθὸν οὐκ ἔνι μεταπεσειῖν' ἀλλ᾽, ἕως ἂν ἡ , πονηρίᾳ συζῶν, οὐ δυνήσεται καρπὸν ἀγαθὸν ἐνεγκεῖν. ᾿Μεταβαλεῖν μὲν γὰρ εἰς ἀρετὴν δύναται πονηρὸς ὦν μένων δὲ ἐν πονηρίᾳ» καρπὸν οὐκ οἴσει καλόν. Τί ον: ὁ Δαυὶδ ' οὐκ ἀγαθὸς ὧν πονηρὸν καρπὸν ἤνεγκεν ; .- Οὐχὶ μένων ἀγαθὸς, αλλὰ μεταβληθείς ὡς εἴγε ἔμενεν ὅπερ ἡν διηνεκῶς, οὐκ ἂν καρπὸν τοιοῦτον ἤνεγκεν. Οὐ γὰρ δὴ μένων ἐν τῇ ἕξει τῆς ἀρετῆς ἐτόλμησεν ἅπερ ἐτόλμησε. ἢ Ταῦτα δὲ καὶ τοὺς ἁπλῶς διαβάλλοντας ἐπιστομίζων ἔλεγε; καὶ τῶν κακηγόρων χαλινῶν τὰ στόματα. ᾿Επειδὴ γὰρ πολλοὶ τοὺς αγαθοὺς ἀπὸ τῶν πονηρῶν ὑποπτεύουσι, πάσης ᾿«ποστερῶν αὐτοὺς ἀπολογίας τοῦτο εἴρηκεν. Οὐδὲ γὰρ ἂν ἔχοις εἰπεῖν, ὅτι ἡπάτημαι καὶ παρελογίσθην᾽ καὶ γὰρ ἀκριβῆ σοι παρέσχον τὴν ἀπὸ τῶν ἔργων ιάγνωσιν, καὶ προστάξας βαδίζειν ε ἐπὶ τὰς πράξεις, καὶ μὴ πάντα ἁπλῶς συνταράττειν. Εἶτα ἐπειδὴ κολάζειν μὲν αὐτοὺς οὐκ ἐκέλευσε, φυλάττεσθαι δὲ μόνον, ὁμοῦ καὶ τοὺς ἐπηρεαζομένους παρ αὐτῶν παραμυθούμενος, κακείνους φοβῶν καὶ μεταβάλλων, ἐπετείχισεν αὐτοῖς τὴν παρ αὐτοῦ κόλασιν, εἰπὼν ὅτι πᾶν δένδρον μὴ ποιοῦν καρπὸν καλὸν, ἐκκόπτεται, καὶ εἰς πῦρ βάλλεται. Εἶτα ἀνεπαχθέστερον ποιῶν τὸν λόγον, ἐπήγαγεν ἄρα οὖν ἀπὸ τῶν καρπῶν αὐτῶν ἐπιγνώσεσθε αὐτούς τἵνα μὴ προηγουμένην τὴν ἀπειλὴν δόξῃ εἰσάγειν, ᾿ἀλλ' ἐν τάξει παραινέσεως καὶ συμβουλῆς κατασείειν αὐτῶν τὴν διάνοιαν. Ἐνταῦθά μοι καὶ ᾿Ιουδαίους αἰνίττεσθαι δοκεῖ, τοιούτους καρποὺς ἐπιδεικνυμένου. Διὸ καὶ τῶν ᾿Ιωᾶννον βημάτων ὑπέμνησε, διὰ τῶν αὐτῶν ὀνομάτων τὴν τιμωρίαν αὐτοῖς ὑπογράψας. Καὶ γὰρ καὶ ἐκεῖνος ταῦτα ἔλεγεν, ἀξίνης καὶ δένδρου κοπτομένον καὶ πυρὸς ἀσβέστου πρὸς αὐτοὺς πο τρηᾷ Καὶ δοκεῖ μὲν μία τις εἶναι τιμωρία, τὸ κατακαίεσθαι εἰ δέ τις ἀκριβῶς ἐξετάσει, δύο αὗται κολάσεις εἰσίν. Ὁ γὰρ καιόμενος καὶ τῆς βασιλείας ἐκπίπτει πάντωρ αὕτη δὲ ε εκείνης χαλεπωτέρα τιμωρία. Καὶ οἶδα μὲν ὅτι πολλοὶ τὴν έενναν μόνον ᾿πεφρίκασιν' ἐγὼ δὲ τὴν ἔκπτωσιν τῆς δόξης ἐκείνης πολὺ τῆς γεέννης κόλασιν πικροτέραν εἶναί φημι. ἘῚ δὲ μὴ δυνατὸν παραστῆσαι τῷ λόγῳ, θαυμαστὸν οὐδέν. Οὐδὲ γὰρ ἴσμεν ἐκείνων τῶν ᾿ἀγαθῶν τὴν μακαριότητα, ἵνα καὶ τὴν αθλιότητα ἥ͵ τὴν ἀπὸ τῆς στερήσεως αὐτῶν σαφῶς ἴδωμεν ἐπεὶ Παῦλος ὁ ταῦτα σαφῶς εἰδώς, οἷδεν ὅτι τὸ ἐκπεσεῖν τῆς τοῦ Χριστοῦ δόξης πάντων ἐστὶ χαλεπώτερον. Καὶ τοῦτο εἰσόμεθα τότε, ὅταν εἰς αὖτὴν τὴν πεῖραν ἐμπέσωμεν.

Kai hora tēn hēmerotēta. Oude gar eipe, kolasate autous, alla, mē blabēte par' autōn, mē aphylaktoi autois peripesēte. Eita, hina mē legę̄s, hoti adynaton epignōnai tous toioutous, palin logismon apo paradeigmatos anthrōpinou tithēsin? houtō legōn' Mēti syllegousin apo akanthōn staphylas, ē apo tribolōn syka ? Houtō pan dendron agathon karpous kalous poiei to de sapron dendron karpous ponērous poiei. Ou dynatai dendron agathon karpous ponērous poiein, oude dendron sapron karpous kalous poiein. Ho de legei, toiouton estin ouden echousin hēmebon, oude ᾿Hylyky᾽ mechri tēs doras to probaton dio kai eukolos ē diagnōsis. Kai hina mēde to tychon endoiazę̄s, physikais anankais paraballei ta ouk enchōrounta allōs genesthai. Hoper kai ho Paulos elege᾽ to gar phronēma tēs sarkos, thanatos tǭ gar nomǭ tou theou ouch hypotassetai oude gar dynatai. Ei de deuteron to auto tithēsin, ouk esti tautologia. Hina gar mē tis eipę̄, hote to ponēron dendron pherei men karpous ponērous, pherei de kai agathous, kai dyskolon poiei tēn diagnōsin, diplēs tēs phoras ousēs ouk esti, phēsi, touto ponērous gar Pherei monon, kai agathous ouk an pote enenkoi hōsper oun kai to enantion. Ti oun ? ouk estin anēr agathos, ginomenos ponēros ? Kai tounantion palin esti, kai pollōn ho bios toioutōn gemei paradeigmatōn. Ho de Christos ou touto legei, hoti ton ponēron amēchanon ᾿metabalesthai, ē ton agathon ouk eni metapeseiin' all᾽, heōs an hē , ponērią syzōn, ou dynēsetai karpon agathon enenkein. ᾿Metabalein men gar eis aretēn dynatai ponēros ōn menōn de en ponērią» karpon ouk oisei kalon. Ti on: ho Dauid ' ouk agathos hōn ponēron karpon ēnenken ? .- Ouchi menōn agathos, alla metablētheis hōs eige emenen hoper hēn diēnekōs, ouk an karpon toiouton ēnenken. Ou gar dē menōn en tę̄ hexei tēs aretēs etolmēsen haper etolmēse. ē Tauta de kai tous haplōs diaballontas epistomizōn elege? kai tōn kakēgorōn chalinōn ta stomata. ᾿Epeidē gar polloi tous agathous apo tōn ponērōn hypopteuousi, pasēs ᾿«posterōn autous apologias touto eirēken. Oude gar an echois eipein, hoti hēpatēmai kai parelogisthēn᾽ kai gar akribē soi pareschon tēn apo tōn ergōn iagnōsin, kai prostaxas badizein e epi tas praxeis, kai mē panta haplōs syntarattein. Eita epeidē kolazein men autous ouk ekeleuse, phylattesthai de monon, homou kai tous epēreazomenous par autōn paramythoumenos, kakeinous phobōn kai metaballōn, epeteichisen autois tēn par autou kolasin, eipōn hoti pan dendron mē poioun karpon kalon, ekkoptetai, kai eis pyr balletai. Eita anepachthesteron poiōn ton logon, epēgagen ara oun apo tōn karpōn autōn epignōsesthe autous tina mē proēgoumenēn tēn apeilēn doxę̄ eisagein, ᾿all' en taxei paraineseōs kai symboulēs kataseiein autōn tēn dianoian. Entautha moi kai ᾿Ioudaious ainittesthai dokei, toioutous karpous epideiknymenou. Dio kai tōn ᾿Iōannon bēmatōn hypemnēse, dia tōn autōn onomatōn tēn timōrian autois hypograpsas. Kai gar kai ekeinos tauta elegen, axinēs kai dendrou koptomenon kai pyros asbestou pros autous po trēą Kai dokei men mia tis einai timōria, to katakaiesthai ei de tis akribōs exetasei, dyo hautai kolaseis eisin. Ho gar kaiomenos kai tēs basileias ekpiptei pantōr hautē de e ekeinēs chalepōtera timōria. Kai oida men hoti polloi tēn eennan monon ᾿pephrikasin' egō de tēn ekptōsin tēs doxēs ekeinēs poly tēs geennēs kolasin pikroteran einai phēmi. EI de mē dynaton parastēsai tǭ logǭ, thaumaston ouden. Oude gar ismen ekeinōn tōn ᾿agathōn tēn makariotēta, hina kai tēn athliotēta hē͵ tēn apo tēs sterēseōs autōn saphōs idōmen epei Paulos ho tauta saphōs eidōs, hoiden hoti to ekpesein tēs tou Christou doxēs pantōn esti chalepōteron. Kai touto eisometha tote, hotan eis autēn tēn peiran empesōmen.

And see his gentleness. For he did not say, “Punish them,” but, “Do not be harmed by them; do not fall in with them unguarded.” Then, so that you might not say that it is impossible to recognize such people, he again sets down an argument from a human example, saying, “Do people gather grapes from thorns, or figs from thistles? So every good tree bears good fruit, but the rotten tree bears bad fruit. A good tree cannot bear bad fruit, nor can a rotten tree bear good fruit.” What he means is this: they have nothing gentle or sweet; the sheep goes only as far as the skin; that is why discerning them is easy. And so that you may not have even the least doubt, he compares this with the necessities of nature, things that cannot happen otherwise. This is what Paul too said: “For the mind of the flesh is death; for it is not subject to the law of God, nor indeed can it be.” And if he sets down the same thing a second time, it is not tautology. For lest anyone say that the evil tree bears bad fruit but also good, and makes discernment difficult since its crop is double, he says, It is not so; it bears only bad fruit, and would never bear good; and likewise the reverse. What then? Is there no good man who becomes wicked, and again the reverse? Life is full of many such examples. But Christ does not say this, that the wicked man cannot possibly change, or that the good man cannot fall away, but that as long as he lives in wickedness he will not be able to bear good fruit. For one who is wicked can change to virtue; but while he remains in wickedness he will not bear good fruit. What then? Did not David, being good, bear bad fruit? Not while remaining good, but after he had changed; since if he had remained continually what he was, he would not have borne such fruit. For surely it was not while he remained in the habit of virtue that he dared what he dared. He said these things also to stop the mouths of those who slander without cause, and to bridle the mouths of evil speakers. For since many suspect the good because of the wicked, he said this to deprive them of every excuse. For you could not say, “I was deceived and misled”; for I gave you an exact means of discernment from works, and commanded you to go by the deeds and not to confound everything without distinction. Then, since he had not commanded them to punish such people but only to guard against them, at once consoling those who are injured by them and frightening and changing those men, he fortified them with the punishment that comes from himself, saying, “Every tree that does not bear good fruit is cut down and thrown into the fire.” Then, making his speech less offensive, he added, “So then, by their fruits you will know them,” so that he might not seem to bring in the threat as his main point, but to shake their minds by way of exhortation and counsel. Here he seems to me also to be hinting at the Jews, who were displaying such fruits. That is why he reminded them of the words of John, sketching their punishment in the same terms. For he too said these things, speaking to them of an axe, of a tree cut down, and of unquenchable fire. And it seems to be a single punishment, being burned; but if one examines it closely, these are two penalties. For the one who is burned is also wholly cast out of the kingdom, and this punishment is harsher than the other. And I know that many dread hell alone; but I say that falling from that glory is a punishment far more bitter than hell. And if it cannot be shown in words, there is nothing to wonder at. For we do not know the blessedness of those good things, so as to see clearly the misery that comes from being deprived of them; since Paul, who knew these things clearly, knows that to fall from the glory of Christ is harder than all things. And this we shall know then, when we come to the actual experience of it.

23.8Field 1

Ἀλλὰ μήποτε τοῦτο πάθοιμεν, ὡὧ μονογενὲς τοῦ θεοῦ παῖ, μηδὲ λάβοιμέν ποτέ τινα πεῖραν τῆς ἀνηκέστου ταύτης κολάσεως. Ὅσον γάρ ἐστι κακὸν ἐκπεσεῖν τῶν ἀγαθῶν ἐκείνων, σαφῶς μὲν εἰπεῖν οὐκ ἔνι πλὴν, ὡς ἂν οἷος τε ὦ, βιάσομαι καὶ φιλονεικήσω δ᾽ ὑποδείγματος ὑμῖν αὐτὸ κἂν κατὰ μικρὸν ποιῆσαι φανερόν. Ὑποθώμεθα γὰ ρ παιδίον εἶναι θαυμαστὸν, καὶ μετὰ τῆς ἀρετῆς καὶ τὴν βασιλείαν τῆς οἰκουμένης ἔχειν, καὶ οὕτως εἶναι ἐνάρετον πανταχοῦ, ὡς δύνασθαι ἅπαντας ἐν , Φιλοστοργίᾳ πατρικῆς καταστῆσαι διαθέσεως. Τί τοίνυν οὐκ ἀν οἴεσθε τὸν πατέρα τὸν τούτου παθεῖν ἁ ἂν Ἰδέως, ὥστε μή ἐκπεσεῖν αὐτοῦ τῆς ὁμιλίας ; τί δὲ ἡ μικρὸν ῆ μέγα κακὸν οὐκ ἂν δέξασθαι, ὥστε ὁρᾶν καὶς ἀπολαύειν αὐτοῦ ; Τοῦτο ποίνυν καὶ ἐπὶ τῆς δόξης ἐκείνης λογιζώμεθα. Ου γὰρ οὕτω πατρὶ παιδίον, κἂν μυριάκις ἐνάρετον ἢ, ποθεινὸν καὶ ἐπέραστον, ὡς τῶν ἀγαθῶν ἡ λῆξις ε εκείνων, καὶ ' τὸ ἀναλῦσαι καὶ σὺν Χριστῷ εἶναι. ᾿Αφόρητον καὶ ω γέεννα, καὶ ἡ κόλασις ἐκείνη. Πλὴν κἂν μυρίας τις θὴ γεέννας, οὐδὲν τοιοῦτον ἐρεῖ, οἷον τὸ τῆς μακαρίας δόξης ἐκπεσεῖν ἐκείνης; τὸ μισηθῆναι παρὰ τοῦ Χριστοῦ, τὸ ακοῦσαι ὅτι οὐκ οἷδα ὑμᾶς, τὸ ἐγκληθῆναι ὅ ὅτι πεινῶντα αὐτὸν ἰδόντες οὐκ ἐθρέψαμεν. Καὶ γὰρ μυρίους βέλτιον ὑπομεῖναι κεραυνοὺς, ῆ τὸ πρόσωπον ἐκεῖνο τὸ ἥμερον ἰδεῖν ᾿ἀποστρεφόμενον ἡμᾶς, καὶ τὸν γαληνὸν ὀφθαλμὸν οὐκ ἀνεχόμενον εἰς ἡμᾶς βλέπειν. Ει γὰρ αὐτὸς εχθ ὃν ὄντα με καὶ μισοῦντα αὐτὸν καὶ ἀποστρεφόμενον οὕτως ἐδίωξεν, ὡς μηδὲ ἑαντοῦ φείσασθαι, ἀλλ᾽ ἐκδοῦναι ἑαυτὸν εἰς θάνατον' ὅταν μετὰ πάντα ἐκεῖνα μηδὲ ἄρτον αὐτὸν αξιώσω λιμώττοντα, ποίοις λοιπὸν αὐτὸν ὀφθαλμοῖς ὄψομαι ; Σκόπει δὲ αὐτοῦ καὶ ἐνταῦθα τὴν ἡμερότητα. Οὐδὲ γὰρ λέγει τὰς εὐεργεσίας, οὐδ ὅτι τὸν τοσαῦτα ὠφελήσαντα περιεῖδες. Οὐδὲ γὰρ λέγει ἐμὲ τὸν ἐκ τοῦ μὴ ὄντος εἰς τὸ εἶναί σε παραγαγόντα, τὸν ψυχὴν ἐμπνεύσαντα, καὶ ἐπιστήσαντά σε πάσι τοῖς ἐν τῆ γῇ.» τὸν διὰ σὲ , Ὑῆν καὶ οὐρανὸν καὶ θάλατταν καὶ ἀέρα καὶ πάντα τὰ ὄντα ποιήσαντα, τὸν ἀτιμασθέντα παρὰ σοὺ; καὶ τοὺ διαβόλου ἀτιμότερον εἶναι δόξαντα, καὶ μηδὲ οὕτως ἀποστάντα, ἀλλὰ μυρία μετὰ ταῦτα ἐπινοήσαντα, τὸν ἑλόμενον γενέσθαι δοῦλον, τὸν ῥαπισθέντα καὶ ἐμπτυσθέντα, τὸν σφαγέντα, ἃ τὸν ἀποθανόντα θάνατον τὸν αἴσχιστον, τὸν καὶ ἄνω ὑπὲρ σοῦ ἐντυγχάνοντα, τὸν πνεῦμά σοι χαριζόμενον, τὸν βασιλείας σε καταξιοῦντα, τὸν ὃ τὰ τοιαῦτα ἐπαγγελλόμενον, τὸν κεφαλήν σου βουληθέντα εἶναι, καὶ νυμφίον, καὶ ἱμάτιον, καὶ οἶκον. καὶ βίζαν, καὶ τροφὴν, καὶ πόμα, καὶ ποιμένα, καὶ βασιλέα, καὶ ἀδελφὸν, καὶ κληρονόμον καὶ συγκληρονόμον σε ἐλόμενον, τὸν ἀπὸ σκότους εἰς ἐξουσίαν φωτὸς ἀγαγόντα. Ταῦτα γὰρ καὶ πλείονα τούτων ἔχων εἰπεῖν, οὐδὲν τούτων λέγει ἀλλὰ τί: Μόνον [αὐτὸ τὸ ἁμάρτημα. Καὶ ἐνταῦθα δείκνυσι τὴν ἀγάπην, καὶ τὸν πόθον ὃν ἔχει περὶ σὲ ἐνδείκνυται. Οὐδὲ γὰρ εἶπε, πορεύεσθε εἰς τὸ πῦρ τὸ ἡτοιμασμένον ὑμῖν, αλλὰ, τὸ ἡτοιμασμένον τῷ διαβόλῳ. Καὶ πρότερον λέγει ἃ ἡδίκησαν, καὶ οὐδὲ οὕτως ὑπομένει πάντα εἰπεῖν, αλλ ὀλίγα. Καὶ πρὸ τούτων ἐκείνους καλεῖ τοὺς κατωρθωκότας, ἵνα δείξῃ καὶ ἐντεῦθεν δίκαια ἐγκαλῶν. Πόσης οὖν κολάσεως τὰ βήματα ταῦτα οὐ χαλεπώτερα: ᾽ Εἰ γὰρ ᾿ἄνθρωπόν τις εὐεργέτην λιμώττοντα ἰδὼν, οὐκ ἂν περιΐδοι: εἰ δὲ καὶ περιΐδοι, ᾿ ὀνειδιζόμενος ἕλοιτο μᾶλλον καταδῦναι εἰς τὴν γῆν, ἢ ἐπὶ δύο ᾿ ἤ τριῶν φίλων ταῦτα ἀκοῦσαι τί πεισόμεθα ἡμεῖς ἐπὶ τῆς οἰκουμένης ἁπάσης ταῦτα ἀκούοντες, ἅπερ οὐδ᾽ ἂν τότε εἶπεν, εἰ μὴ ὑπὲρ τῶν καθ᾽ ἑαυτὸν ἀπολογήσασθαι ἔσπευδεν; Ὅτι γὰρ οὐκ ὀνειδίζων αὐτὰ προέφερεν, ἀλλ᾽ ἀπολογούμενος; καὶ ὑπὲρ τοῦ δεῖξαι, ὅ ὅτι οὐ μάτην οὐδὲ εἰκῇ πρὸς αὐτοὺς ἔλεγε, ' πορεύεσθε ἀπ᾿ ἐμοῦ, δῆλον ἐκ τῶν ἀφάτων εὐεργεσιῶν. Εἰ γὰρ ἐβούλετο ὀνειδίσαι, πάντα ἂν ἐκεῖνα εἰς μέσον ἤγαγε νυνὶ δὲ ἃ ἅπερ ἔπαθε λέγει μόνον.

Alla mēpote touto pathoimen, hōō monogenes tou theou pai, mēde laboimen pote tina peiran tēs anēkestou tautēs kolaseōs. Hoson gar esti kakon ekpesein tōn agathōn ekeinōn, saphōs men eipein ouk eni plēn, hōs an hoios te ō, biasomai kai philoneikēsō d᾽ hypodeigmatos hymin auto kan kata mikron poiēsai phaneron. Hypothōmetha ga r paidion einai thaumaston, kai meta tēs aretēs kai tēn basileian tēs oikoumenēs echein, kai houtōs einai enareton pantachou, hōs dynasthai hapantas en , Philostorgią patrikēs katastēsai diatheseōs. Ti toinyn ouk an oiesthe ton patera ton toutou pathein ha an Ideōs, hōste mē ekpesein autou tēs homilias ? ti de hē mikron ē mega kakon ouk an dexasthai, hōste horan kais apolauein autou ? Touto poinyn kai epi tēs doxēs ekeinēs logizōmetha. Ou gar houtō patri paidion, kan myriakis enareton ē, potheinon kai eperaston, hōs tōn agathōn hē lēxis e ekeinōn, kai ' to analysai kai syn Christǭ einai. ᾿Aphorēton kai ō geenna, kai hē kolasis ekeinē. Plēn kan myrias tis thē geennas, ouden toiouton erei, hoion to tēs makarias doxēs ekpesein ekeinēs? to misēthēnai para tou Christou, to akousai hoti ouk hoida hymas, to enklēthēnai ho hoti peinōnta auton idontes ouk ethrepsamen. Kai gar myrious beltion hypomeinai keraunous, ē to prosōpon ekeino to hēmeron idein ᾿apostrephomenon hēmas, kai ton galēnon ophthalmon ouk anechomenon eis hēmas blepein. Ei gar autos echth hon onta me kai misounta auton kai apostrephomenon houtōs ediōxen, hōs mēde heantou pheisasthai, all᾽ ekdounai heauton eis thanaton' hotan meta panta ekeina mēde arton auton axiōsō limōttonta, poiois loipon auton ophthalmois opsomai ? Skopei de autou kai entautha tēn hēmerotēta. Oude gar legei tas euergesias, oud hoti ton tosauta ōphelēsanta perieides. Oude gar legei eme ton ek tou mē ontos eis to einai se paragagonta, ton psychēn empneusanta, kai epistēsanta se pasi tois en tē gę̄.» ton dia se , Hyēn kai ouranon kai thalattan kai aera kai panta ta onta poiēsanta, ton atimasthenta para sou? kai tou diabolou atimoteron einai doxanta, kai mēde houtōs apostanta, alla myria meta tauta epinoēsanta, ton helomenon genesthai doulon, ton rhapisthenta kai emptysthenta, ton sphagenta, ha ton apothanonta thanaton ton aischiston, ton kai anō hyper sou entynchanonta, ton pneuma soi charizomenon, ton basileias se kataxiounta, ton ho ta toiauta epangellomenon, ton kephalēn sou boulēthenta einai, kai nymphion, kai himation, kai oikon. kai bizan, kai trophēn, kai poma, kai poimena, kai basilea, kai adelphon, kai klēronomon kai synklēronomon se elomenon, ton apo skotous eis exousian phōtos agagonta. Tauta gar kai pleiona toutōn echōn eipein, ouden toutōn legei alla ti: Monon [auto to hamartēma. Kai entautha deiknysi tēn agapēn, kai ton pothon hon echei peri se endeiknytai. Oude gar eipe, poreuesthe eis to pyr to hētoimasmenon hymin, alla, to hētoimasmenon tǭ diabolǭ. Kai proteron legei ha hēdikēsan, kai oude houtōs hypomenei panta eipein, all oliga. Kai pro toutōn ekeinous kalei tous katōrthōkotas, hina deixę̄ kai enteuthen dikaia enkalōn. Posēs oun kolaseōs ta bēmata tauta ou chalepōtera: ᾽ Ei gar ᾿anthrōpon tis euergetēn limōttonta idōn, ouk an periïdoi: ei de kai periïdoi, ᾿ oneidizomenos heloito mallon katadynai eis tēn gēn, ē epi dyo ᾿ ē triōn philōn tauta akousai ti peisometha hēmeis epi tēs oikoumenēs hapasēs tauta akouontes, haper oud᾽ an tote eipen, ei mē hyper tōn kath᾽ heauton apologēsasthai espeuden? Hoti gar ouk oneidizōn auta proepheren, all᾽ apologoumenos? kai hyper tou deixai, ho hoti ou matēn oude eikę̄ pros autous elege, ' poreuesthe ap᾿ emou, dēlon ek tōn aphatōn euergesiōn. Ei gar ebouleto oneidisai, panta an ekeina eis meson ēgage nyni de ha haper epathe legei monon.

But may we never suffer this, O only-begotten Son of God, nor ever have any experience of this incurable punishment. How great an evil it is to fall from those good things it is not possible to say clearly; yet, as far as I am able, I will strive and endeavor by an example to make it plain to you, at least a little. Let us suppose a wonderful child who, together with virtue, holds the kingship of the world, and is in every way so virtuous as to be able to bring everyone to the affection of a father’s love. What then do you think his father would not gladly suffer so as not to lose his company? What evil, small or great, would he not accept in order to see and enjoy him? Let us reason in the same way about that glory. For no child, though ten thousand times virtuous, is so longed for and so lovely to a father as is the inheritance of those good things, and “to depart and be with Christ.” Hell is unbearable, and that punishment too. Yet even if someone sets down ten thousand hells, he will say nothing comparable to falling from that blessed glory: to be hated by Christ, to hear “I do not know you,” to be charged that we saw him hungry and did not feed him. For it is better to endure ten thousand thunderbolts than to see that gentle face turned away from us, and that serene eye not enduring to look at us. For if, when I was his enemy and hated him and turned away from him, he so pursued me as not even to spare himself but to give himself up to death; when after all that I do not even think him worthy of a loaf of bread when he is hungry, with what eyes shall I look at him then? But consider his gentleness here too. For he does not speak of his benefits, nor say that you neglected one who had helped you so much. He does not say: “Me, who brought you from not being into being, who breathed a soul into you and set you over all things on earth; who for your sake made earth and heaven and sea and air and all that is; who was dishonored by you and seemed to you of less honor than the devil, and did not withdraw even so, but devised countless things for you afterward; who chose to become a slave, who was struck and spat upon, who was slain, who died the most shameful death, who also intercedes for you above, who gives you the Spirit, who counts you worthy of a kingdom, who makes you such promises, who willed to be your head and bridegroom and garment and house and root and food and drink and shepherd and king and brother, who chose you as heir and joint heir, who brought you out of darkness into the authority of light.” For though he could say these things and more than these, he says none of them. But what? Only the sin itself. And here he shows his love and displays the longing he has for you. For he did not say, “Go into the fire prepared for you,” but, “prepared for the devil.” And first he says what wrongs they did, and even so he does not bring himself to say everything, but only a few things. And before these he calls those who have done well, to show from this too that his charges are just. What punishment, then, is not lighter than these words? For if someone who saw a man who had been his benefactor hungry would not neglect him; and if he did neglect him and were reproached for it, he would rather choose to sink into the earth than hear these things before two or three friends: what shall we suffer, hearing these things before the whole world, things which he would not have said even then had he not been hastening to make his own defense? For that he brought these things forward not to reproach but in his own defense, and to show that it was not in vain or rashly that he said to them, “Depart from me,” is clear from his unspeakable benefits. For had he wished to reproach, he would have brought all those things forward; but as it is, he speaks only of what he suffered.

23.9Field 1

Φοβηθῶμεν τοίνυν, ἀγαπητοὶ, τὸ ταῦτα ἀκοῦσαι τὰ ῥήματα. Οὐκ ἔστι παίγνιον ὁ βίος μᾶλλον δὲ ὁ μὲν παρὼν βίος παίγνιον, τὰ δὲ μέλλοντα οὐ παίγνια. Τάχα δὲ οὐδὲ παίγνιον μόνον ὁ βίος, ἀλλὰ καὶ τούτου ᾿ χεῖρον. Οὐ γὰρ εἰς γέλωτα τελευτᾷ, αλλὰ καὶ πολλὴν φέρει τὴν βλάβην τοῖς μὴ μετὰ ἀκριβείας τὰ καθ᾽ ἑαυτοὺς οἰκονομεῖν βουλο-: μένοις. Τί γὰρ παίδων, εἰπέ μοι; διεστήκαμεν τῶν παιζόντων καὶ οἰκίας οἰκοδομούντων ἡμεῖς οἱ τὰς λαμπρὰς οἰκίας οἶἰκοδομοῦντες : τί δὲ ἁ ἀριστοποιουμένων αὐτῶν ἡμεῖς οἱ τρυφῶντες ; Οὐδὲν, πλὴν ὅσον μετὰ κολάσεως ταῦτα πράττομεν. Εἰ δὲ οὐδέπω συνορὼμεν τὴν εὐτέλειαν τῶν γινομένων, θανμαστὸν οὐδέν οὔπω γὰρ ἄνδρες γεγόναμεν ὅταν δὲ γενώμεθα, εἰσόμεθα ὅτι ταῦτα πάντα παιδικά. ᾿Επεὶ καὶ ἐκείνων γγινόμενοι ἄνδρες καταγελώμεν παῖδες δὲ ὄντες περισπούδαστα νομίζομεν εἶναι, καὶ ὄστρακα καὶ πηλὸν συνάγοντες, τῶν τοὺς μογάλους ἀνιστώντων περιβόλους οὐκ ἔλαττον ,Ῥρονοῦμεν. Αλλ' ὅ ὅμως. εὐθέως ἀπόλλυται καὶ καταπίπτει, καὶ οὔτε ἑστῶτα ὅπου χρήσιμα γένοιτ᾽ ἂν ἡμῖν, ὥσπερ οὖν οὐδὲ αὗται αἱ λαμπραὶ οἰκίαι. Τὸν ὙὝ γὰρ τοῦ θνβανὸν πολίτην οὐκ ἄν δύνάιντο δέξασθαι, οὐδ᾽ ἀν ἀνάσχοιτο μεῖναι ἐν αὐταῖς ὁ τὴν ἄνω πατρίδα ἔ ἔχων᾽ ἀλλ᾽ ὥσπερ ἡμεῖς τοῖς ποσὶ ταῦτα καθαιροῦμεν, οὕτω κακεῖνος τῷ φρονήματι καταστρέφει. Καὶ καθάπερ ἡμεῖς τῶν παίδων ε επὶ τῇ καταστροφῆ κλαιόντων καταγελώμεν οὕτω καὶ οὗτοι, ταῦτα ὀδυρομένων ἡμῶν, οὐ γελώσι μόνον, ἀλλὰ καὶ κλαίουσιν ἐπειδὴ καὶ συμπαθῆ αὐτῶν τὰ σπλάγχνα, καὶ πολλὴ ἐντεῦθεν ἡ βλάβη. Γενώμεθα τοίνυν ἄνδρες. Μέχρι τίνος χαμαὶ συρόμεθα, ἐπὶ λίθοις καὶ ξύλοις μέγα φρονοῦντες ; μέχρι τίνος παίζομεν; Καὶ εἴθε μόνον ἐπαίζομεν' νυνὶ δὲ καὶ τὴν ἑ εαντῶν προδίδομεν συ ρ αν: καὶ καθά πὶ α τὰ παιδία, ὅταν τὴν ἐν τούτοις σχολὴν ἀγάγῃ τῶν γραμμάτων ἀμελήσαντα, ἐσχάτας ὑπομένουσι πληγας οὕτω καὶ ἡμεῖς ἐν τούτοις ἅπασαν τὴν σπουδὴν καταναλίσκοντες, καὶ τὰ πνευματικὰ ἀπαιτούμενοι μαθήματα τότε διὰ τῶν ἔργων, καὶ οὐκ ἔχοντες παρασχεῖν, τὴν ἐσχάτην δώσομεν τιμωρίαν. Καὶ οὐδεὶς ὁ ἐξαιρούμενος κἂν πατὴρ ἥ, κἂν ἀδελφὸς, κἀν ὁστισοῦν. Δλλὰ ταῦτα μὲν οἰχήσεται πάντα, ἡ δὲ εξ αὐτῶν γινομένη βάσανος ἀθάνατος μένει καὶ ἡὐθδς ἢ ὅπερ οὖν καὶ ἐπὶ τῶν παίδων γίνεται; τὰ μὲν παιδικὰ αθύρματα τοὺ πατρὸς διὰ τὴν ῥᾳθυμίαν αὐτῶν τέλεον ἀφανίζοντος, αὐτοὺς δὲ εἰς τὸ κλαίειν διηνεκῶς καθιστῶντος. Καὶ ἵνα μάθης, ὅτι ταῦτα τοιαῦτά ἐστιν, ὃ μάλιστα πάντων εἶναι δοκεῖ περισπούδαστον, τὸν πλοῦτον εἰς μέσον ἀγάγωμεν, καὶ αντιθῶμεν αὐτῷ ψυχῆς ἀρετὴν ἣν ἄν θέλῃς» καὶ τότε αὐτοῦ μάλιστα ὄψει τὴν εὐτέλειαν. Θώμεν τοίνυν ἀνθρώπους εἶναι δύο᾽ καὶ οὔπω λέγω περὶ πλεονεξίας, ἀλλὰ περὶ δικαίου πλούτου τέων καὶ τῶν δύο τούτων, ὃ μὲν ᾿συναγέτω χρήματα, καὶ πλείτω θάλατταν, καὶ γεωργείτω γῆν, καὶ πολλοὺς ἑτέρους ἐμπορίας εὑρισκέτω τρόπους καίτοιγε οὐκ οἶδα εἰ ταῦτα ποιῶν δύναται δικαίως κερδαίνειν πλὴν ἀλλ᾽ ἔστω καὶ ὑποκείσθω δίκαια κέρδη κερδαίνειν αὐτὸν, καὶ ἀγροὺς ᾿ ὠνεῖσθαι καὶ ἀνδράποδα καὶ ὅσα τοιαῦτα, καὶ μηδεμία προσἔστω τούτοις ἀδικία᾽ ὁ δὲ ἕ ἑτερός τις τοσαῦτα κεκτημένος, πωλείτω ἀγροὺς, πωλείτω οἰκίας, καὶ σκεύη χρυσᾶ καὶ ἀργυρᾶ, καὶ παρεχέτω τοῖς δεομένοις, ἐ ἐπαρκείτω τοῖς πενομένοις, θεραπενέτω νοσοῦντας, τοὺς ἐν ἀνάγκῃ λνέτω, τοὺς ᾿ ἀπὸ δεσμῶν ἐκβαλλέτω, τοὺς ἐν μετάλλοις ἐλευθερούτω, τοὺς ᾽ ἀπὸ βρόχων καταγέτω, τοὺς αἰχμαλώτους λνέτω τῆς τιμωρίας. Τίνος οὖν βούλεσθε μερίδος εἶναι : : Καὶ οὐδέπω τὰ μέλλοντα, ἀλλὰ τέως τὰ ἐνταῦθα εἰρήκαμεν. Τίνος οὖν εἶναι βούλεσθε; τοῦ συνάγοντος χρυσίον, ἢ τοῦ λύοντος συμφοράς; τοῦ τοὺς ᾿ ἀγροὺς ὠνουμένου, ἢ τοῦ λιμένα κατασκευάζοντος ἑαυτὸν τῇ τῶν ἀνθρώπων φύσει; τοῦ τὸ πολὺ περιβεβλημένου χρυσίον, ἢ τοῦ μυρίαις εὐφημίαις ἐστεφανωμένου : Οὐχ ὁ μὲν ἀγγέλῳ τινὲ προσέοικεν ἐξ οὐρανοῦ καταβάντι πρὸς τὴν τῶν λοιπῶν ἀνθρώπων διόρθωσιν, ὁ ὁ δὲ οὐδὲ ἀνθρώπῳ, αλλὰ παιδίῳ τινὶ μάτην καὶ ἁπλῶς πάντα συνάγοντι : Εἰ δὲ τὸ δικαίως χρηματίζεσθαι οὕτω καταγέλαστον, καὶ ἀνοίας ἐσχατης ὅταν μηδὲ τὸ δικαίως προσῇ, πῶς οὐ πάντων αθλεώτερος ὁ τοιοῦτος : Εἰ γὰρ ὁ γέλως τοσοῦτος, ὅταν καὶ γέεννα προσῇ καὶ βασιλείας ἔκπτωσις, πόσων ἂν εἴη θρήνων ἄξιος, καὶ ζών καὶ τετελευτηκώς : ᾿Αλλὰ καὶ ἕτερον ᾿ βούλει τῆς ἀρετῆς μεταχειρισώμεθα μέρος: Οὐκοῦν ἀγάγωμεν πάλιν ἕτερον ἄνθρωπον ἐν δυναστείᾳ ὄντα, πᾶσιν ἐπιτάττοντα, ἀξίωμα περιβεβλημένον μέγα, κήρυκα ἔχοντα λαμπρὸν καὶ ζώνην καὶ ῥαβδούχους, καὶ πολὺν τὸν τῆς θεραπείας χορὸν. Οὐχὶ δοκεῖ τοῦτο μέγα εἶναι καὶ μακαριστόν: Φέρε οὖν, καὶ τούτῳ πάλιν ἀντιθῶμεν ἕτερον, τὸν ἀνεξίκακον καὶ πρᾶον καὶ ταπεινὸν καὶ μακρόθυμον καὶ οὗτος ὑβριζέσθω, τυπτέσθω, καὶ φερέτω εὐκόλως, καὶ τοὺς τὰ τοιαῦτα ποιοῦντας εὐλογείτω. Τίς οὖν ὁ θαυμαστὸς, εἰπέ μοι; ὃ πεφυσιωμένος καὶ φλεγμαίνων, ἢ ὁ κατεσταλμένος : Οὐχὶ ὁ μὲν ἔοικε πάλιν Ταῖς. ἄνω δυνάμεσι ταῖς πολλὴν ἐχούσαις τὴν ἀπάθειαν, ὁ δὲ φύση σπωμένῃ, ἢ ὕδερον ἀνθρώπῳ ἔ ἔχοντι; καὶ πολλὴν τὴν φλεγμονήν: καὶ ὁ μὲν ἰατρῷ πνευματικῷ, ὁ δὲ τὰς γνάθους φυσώντι παιδίῳ καταγελάστῳ: Τί γὰρ μέγα φρονεῖς, ἄνθρωπε ; ὅτι ὑψηλὸς ἐπὶ ὀχήματος φέρη: ὅτι σε ζεῦγος ἡμιόνων ἕλκει: Καὶ τί τοῦτος Τοῦτο γὰρ καὶ ἐπὶ ξύλων καὶ ἐπὶ λίθων γινόμενον ἴδοι τις ἄν. Αλλ᾽ ὅτι καλὰ περιβεβλησαιὶ ἱμάτια: Αλλ᾽ ὅρα τὸν ἀρετὴν ἀντὶ ἱματίων ἐνδεδυμένον, καὶ ὄψει σαντὸν μὲν χόρτῳ ἐοικότα σηπομένῳ, ἐκεῖνον δὲ δένδρῳ θαυμαστὸν φέροντι καρπὸν, καὶ πολλὴν τοῖς ὁρῶσι παρέχοντι τὴν εὐφροσύνην. Σὺ μὲν γὰρ τροφὴν σκωλήκων περιφέρεις καὶ σητῶν, οἵ, ἄν πε σοι, ταχέως σε γυμνὸν ποιήσουσι τοῦ κόσμου. τούτον (καὶ γὰρ καὶ ἱμάτια καὶ χρυσὸς καὶ ἄργυρος, τὰ μὲν ἢ ΣΝ εν νήματα; τὰ δὲ Ὑ καὶ κόνις, καὶ πάλιν Ὑ» καὶ πλέον οὐδέν) ὁ δὲ ἀρετὴν περιβεβλημένος τοιαύτην ἔχει στολὴν, ἣν οὐ μόνον σῆτες, ἀλλ᾽ οὐδὲ αὐτὸς ὁ θάνατος λυμήνασθαι δύναται καὶ μάλα εἰκότως. Οὐ γὰρ απὸ γῆς ἔχουσι τὴν ἀρχὴν αὗται τῆς ψυχῆς αἱ ἀρεταὶ, αλλὰ πνεύματος εἰσι καρπός διὸ οὐδὲ σκωλήκων ὑπόκεινται στόμασι. Καὶ γὰρ ἐν οὐρανῷ τὰ ἱμάτια ταῦτα ὑφαίνεται, ὅπου οὐ σὴς, οὐ σκώληξ, οὐκ ἄλλο τῶν τοιούτων οὐδέν. Τί τοίνυν βέλτιον, εἰπέ μοι: πλουτεῖν, ἢ πένεσθαι: ἐν δυναστείᾳ εἶναι, ᾽ ἐν ατιμίᾳ: ἐν τρυφῇ, ἢ ἐν λιμῷ; Εὔδηλον, ὅτι ἐν τιμῇ, καὶ τρυφη, καὶ πλούτῳ. Οὐκοῦν εἰ τὰ πράγματα βούλει, καὶ μὴ τὰ ὀνόματα, τὴν γῆν αφεὶς καὶ τὰ ἐν αὐτῇ, μεθοραίζου πρὸς τὸν οὐρανόν τὰ μὲν γὰρ ἐνταῦθα σκιὰ, τὰ δὲ ἐκεῖ πράγματα ἀκίνητα καὶ πεπηγότα καὶ πᾶσιν ἀχείρωτα. ᾿Ελωμεθα τοίνυν αὐτὰ μετὰ ἀκριβείας ἁπάσης, ἵνα καὶ τοῦ θορύβου τῶν ἐνταῦθα ἀπαλλαγώμεν, καὶ πρὸς τὸν γαληνὸν ἐκεῖνον καταπλεύσαντες λιμένα, μετὰ πολλῶν τῶν φορτίων φανῶμεν, καὶ ἀφάτου τοῦ τῆς ἐλεημοσύνης πλούτου οὗ γένοιτο πάντας (ἡμᾶς ἐπιτυχεῖν, χάριτι καὶ φιλανθρωπίᾳ τοῦ κυρίου ἡμῶν Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ, ᾧ ἡ δόξα καὶ τὸ κράτος εἰς τοὺς αἰῶνας τῶν αἰώνων. Δμῆν.

Phobēthōmen toinyn, agapētoi, to tauta akousai ta rhēmata. Ouk esti paignion ho bios mallon de ho men parōn bios paignion, ta de mellonta ou paignia. Tacha de oude paignion monon ho bios, alla kai toutou ᾿ cheiron. Ou gar eis gelōta teleutą, alla kai pollēn pherei tēn blabēn tois mē meta akribeias ta kath᾽ heautous oikonomein boulo-: menois. Ti gar paidōn, eipe moi? diestēkamen tōn paizontōn kai oikias oikodomountōn hēmeis hoi tas lampras oikias oiikodomountes : ti de ha aristopoioumenōn autōn hēmeis hoi tryphōntes ? Ouden, plēn hoson meta kolaseōs tauta prattomen. Ei de oudepō synorōmen tēn euteleian tōn ginomenōn, thanmaston ouden oupō gar andres gegonamen hotan de genōmetha, eisometha hoti tauta panta paidika. ᾿Epei kai ekeinōn nginomenoi andres katagelōmen paides de ontes perispoudasta nomizomen einai, kai ostraka kai pēlon synagontes, tōn tous mogalous anistōntōn peribolous ouk elatton ,Rhronoumen. All' ho homōs. eutheōs apollytai kai katapiptei, kai oute hestōta hopou chrēsima genoit᾽ an hēmin, hōsper oun oude hautai hai lamprai oikiai. Ton HyY gar tou thnbanon politēn ouk an dynainto dexasthai, oud᾽ an anaschoito meinai en autais ho tēn anō patrida e echōn᾽ all᾽ hōsper hēmeis tois posi tauta kathairoumen, houtō kakeinos tǭ phronēmati katastrephei. Kai kathaper hēmeis tōn paidōn e epi tę̄ katastrophē klaiontōn katagelōmen houtō kai houtoi, tauta odyromenōn hēmōn, ou gelōsi monon, alla kai klaiousin epeidē kai sympathē autōn ta splanchna, kai pollē enteuthen hē blabē. Genōmetha toinyn andres. Mechri tinos chamai syrometha, epi lithois kai xylois mega phronountes ? mechri tinos paizomen? Kai eithe monon epaizomen' nyni de kai tēn he eantōn prodidomen sy r an: kai katha pi a ta paidia, hotan tēn en toutois scholēn agagę̄ tōn grammatōn amelēsanta, eschatas hypomenousi plēgas houtō kai hēmeis en toutois hapasan tēn spoudēn katanaliskontes, kai ta pneumatika apaitoumenoi mathēmata tote dia tōn ergōn, kai ouk echontes paraschein, tēn eschatēn dōsomen timōrian. Kai oudeis ho exairoumenos kan patēr hē, kan adelphos, kan hostisoun. Dlla tauta men oichēsetai panta, hē de ex autōn ginomenē basanos athanatos menei kai hēuthds ē hoper oun kai epi tōn paidōn ginetai? ta men paidika athyrmata tou patros dia tēn rhąthymian autōn teleon aphanizontos, autous de eis to klaiein diēnekōs kathistōntos. Kai hina mathēs, hoti tauta toiauta estin, ho malista pantōn einai dokei perispoudaston, ton plouton eis meson agagōmen, kai antithōmen autǭ psychēs aretēn hēn an thelę̄s» kai tote autou malista opsei tēn euteleian. Thōmen toinyn anthrōpous einai dyo᾽ kai oupō legō peri pleonexias, alla peri dikaiou ploutou teōn kai tōn dyo toutōn, ho men ᾿synagetō chrēmata, kai pleitō thalattan, kai geōrgeitō gēn, kai pollous heterous emporias heurisketō tropous kaitoige ouk oida ei tauta poiōn dynatai dikaiōs kerdainein plēn all᾽ estō kai hypokeisthō dikaia kerdē kerdainein auton, kai agrous ᾿ ōneisthai kai andrapoda kai hosa toiauta, kai mēdemia prosestō toutois adikia᾽ ho de he heteros tis tosauta kektēmenos, pōleitō agrous, pōleitō oikias, kai skeuē chrysa kai argyra, kai parechetō tois deomenois, e eparkeitō tois penomenois, therapenetō nosountas, tous en anankę̄ lnetō, tous ᾿ apo desmōn ekballetō, tous en metallois eleutheroutō, tous ᾽ apo brochōn katagetō, tous aichmalōtous lnetō tēs timōrias. Tinos oun boulesthe meridos einai : : Kai oudepō ta mellonta, alla teōs ta entautha eirēkamen. Tinos oun einai boulesthe? tou synagontos chrysion, ē tou lyontos symphoras? tou tous ᾿ agrous ōnoumenou, ē tou limena kataskeuazontos heauton tę̄ tōn anthrōpōn physei? tou to poly peribeblēmenou chrysion, ē tou myriais euphēmiais estephanōmenou : Ouch ho men angelǭ tine proseoiken ex ouranou katabanti pros tēn tōn loipōn anthrōpōn diorthōsin, ho ho de oude anthrōpǭ, alla paidiǭ tini matēn kai haplōs panta synagonti : Ei de to dikaiōs chrēmatizesthai houtō katagelaston, kai anoias eschatēs hotan mēde to dikaiōs prosę̄, pōs ou pantōn athleōteros ho toioutos : Ei gar ho gelōs tosoutos, hotan kai geenna prosę̄ kai basileias ekptōsis, posōn an eiē thrēnōn axios, kai zōn kai teteleutēkōs : ᾿Alla kai heteron ᾿ boulei tēs aretēs metacheirisōmetha meros: Oukoun agagōmen palin heteron anthrōpon en dynasteią onta, pasin epitattonta, axiōma peribeblēmenon mega, kēryka echonta lampron kai zōnēn kai rhabdouchous, kai polyn ton tēs therapeias choron. Ouchi dokei touto mega einai kai makariston: Phere oun, kai toutǭ palin antithōmen heteron, ton anexikakon kai praon kai tapeinon kai makrothymon kai houtos hybrizesthō, typtesthō, kai pheretō eukolōs, kai tous ta toiauta poiountas eulogeitō. Tis oun ho thaumastos, eipe moi? ho pephysiōmenos kai phlegmainōn, ē ho katestalmenos : Ouchi ho men eoike palin Tais. anō dynamesi tais pollēn echousais tēn apatheian, ho de physē spōmenę̄, ē hyderon anthrōpǭ e echonti? kai pollēn tēn phlegmonēn: kai ho men iatrǭ pneumatikǭ, ho de tas gnathous physōnti paidiǭ katagelastǭ: Ti gar mega phroneis, anthrōpe ? hoti hypsēlos epi ochēmatos pherē: hoti se zeugos hēmionōn helkei: Kai ti toutos Touto gar kai epi xylōn kai epi lithōn ginomenon idoi tis an. All᾽ hoti kala peribeblēsaii himatia: All᾽ hora ton aretēn anti himatiōn endedymenon, kai opsei santon men chortǭ eoikota sēpomenǭ, ekeinon de dendrǭ thaumaston pheronti karpon, kai pollēn tois horōsi parechonti tēn euphrosynēn. Sy men gar trophēn skōlēkōn periphereis kai sētōn, hoi, an pe soi, tacheōs se gymnon poiēsousi tou kosmou. touton (kai gar kai himatia kai chrysos kai argyros, ta men ē SN en nēmata? ta de Hy kai konis, kai palin Hy» kai pleon ouden) ho de aretēn peribeblēmenos toiautēn echei stolēn, hēn ou monon sētes, all᾽ oude autos ho thanatos lymēnasthai dynatai kai mala eikotōs. Ou gar apo gēs echousi tēn archēn hautai tēs psychēs hai aretai, alla pneumatos eisi karpos dio oude skōlēkōn hypokeintai stomasi. Kai gar en ouranǭ ta himatia tauta hyphainetai, hopou ou sēs, ou skōlēx, ouk allo tōn toioutōn ouden. Ti toinyn beltion, eipe moi: ploutein, ē penesthai: en dynasteią einai, ᾽ en atimią: en tryphę̄, ē en limǭ? Eudēlon, hoti en timę̄, kai tryphē, kai ploutǭ. Oukoun ei ta pragmata boulei, kai mē ta onomata, tēn gēn apheis kai ta en autę̄, methoraizou pros ton ouranon ta men gar entautha skia, ta de ekei pragmata akinēta kai pepēgota kai pasin acheirōta. ᾿Elōmetha toinyn auta meta akribeias hapasēs, hina kai tou thorybou tōn entautha apallagōmen, kai pros ton galēnon ekeinon katapleusantes limena, meta pollōn tōn phortiōn phanōmen, kai aphatou tou tēs eleēmosynēs ploutou hou genoito pantas (hēmas epitychein, chariti kai philanthrōpią tou kyriou hēmōn Iēsou Christou, hǭ hē doxa kai to kratos eis tous aiōnas tōn aiōnōn. Dmēn.

Let us fear, then, beloved, to hear these words. Life is not a game; or rather, the present life is a game, but the things to come are not games. And perhaps life is not only a game but even worse than that. For it does not end in laughter, but brings great harm to those who will not manage their own affairs with care. For in what, tell me, do we who build splendid houses differ from children who play at building houses? In what do we who live in luxury differ from them when they make their dinners? In nothing, except that we do these things to our punishment. And if we do not yet perceive the worthlessness of what we do, it is no wonder; for we have not yet become men; but when we become men, we shall know that all these things are childish. For when we become men we laugh at those things too; but while we are children we think them worth much zeal, and, gathering potsherds and clay, we think no less of ourselves than those who raise great circuits of walls. But nevertheless they are at once destroyed and fall down, and even while standing they could be of no use to us, just as neither are these splendid houses. For they could not receive the citizen of heaven, nor would the one who has the fatherland above endure to remain in them; but as we throw down those with our feet, so he overthrows these with his mind. And as we laugh at children weeping over the overthrow, so these men too, when we lament these things, not only laugh but also weep, since their hearts are full of compassion and great is the harm that comes from this. Let us become men, then. How long shall we be dragged along the ground, priding ourselves on stones and wood? How long shall we play? And would that we were only playing! But as it is we are also betraying our own salvation. And just as children, when they spend their leisure on these things and neglect their letters, undergo the severest beatings, so we too, spending all our zeal on these things, and being asked then for our spiritual lessons in deeds and having none to give, shall pay the utmost penalty. And there is no one to rescue us, whether father or brother or anyone else. But these things will all pass away, while the torment that comes from them remains immortal and unending; just as happens with children too, when the father utterly destroys their childish toys because of their idleness and sets them weeping continually. And so that you may learn that these things are of this kind, let us bring forward what seems most of all to be worth zeal, wealth, and set against it whatever virtue of the soul you like, and then you will see its worthlessness most clearly. Let us suppose, then, two men; and I do not yet speak of greed, but of just wealth. Of these two, let the one gather money, sail the sea, till the land, and find many other ways of trade (though I do not know whether one who does these things can gain justly; but still, let it be so, and let it be supposed that he makes just gains and buys fields and slaves and all such things, and that no injustice attaches to these); and let the other, who possesses as much, sell fields, sell houses and vessels of gold and silver, and give to those in need, help the poor, care for the sick, release those in distress, bring out some from chains, set free those in the mines, take down others from the noose, release the captives from punishment. On which side, then, do you wish to be? And we have not yet spoken of the things to come, but so far only of the things here. On which side, then, do you wish to be? Of the one who gathers gold, or of the one who relieves misfortunes? Of the one who buys fields, or of the one who makes himself a harbor for human nature? Of the one clothed in much gold, or of the one crowned with countless praises? Is not the one like an angel come down from heaven for the amendment of the rest of mankind, while the other is not even like a man, but like a child gathering everything together idly and at random? And if just money-making is so ridiculous and a mark of the utmost folly, how is such a man not the most wretched of all when not even justice attends it? For if the laughter is so great, when hell too is added and the loss of the kingdom, of how many lamentations would he be worthy, both living and dead? But do you wish us to take up another part of virtue too? Let us bring forward, then, another man who is in power, commanding all, invested with great dignity, having a splendid herald and girdle and lictors and a great company of attendants. Does this not seem great and enviable? Come, then, let us set another against him too: the man who bears wrongs patiently, meek and humble and long-suffering; and let this man be insulted, let him be beaten, and let him bear it easily and bless those who do such things. Which, then, tell me, is admirable: the one who is puffed up and inflamed, or the one who is calm? Is not the one, again, like the powers above, which have great freedom from passion, and the other like a blown-up bladder, or a man who has dropsy and great inflammation? And the one like a spiritual physician, the other like a ridiculous child puffing out its cheeks? For why do you pride yourself, O man? Because you are carried high on a chariot? Because a pair of mules draws you? And what is that? One could see this happening to wood and stones too. Because you are clothed in fine garments? But look at the one who has put on virtue instead of garments, and you will see yourself like rotting grass, and him like a tree bearing wonderful fruit and giving great delight to those who see it. For you carry about food for worms and moths, which, if they attack you, will quickly strip you bare of this finery (for garments and gold and silver are, the one the spinning of worms, the other earth and dust, and earth again, and nothing more); but the one clothed in virtue has such a robe as not only moths but not even death itself can spoil; and very reasonably. For these virtues of the soul do not have their origin from the earth, but are the fruit of the Spirit; that is why they are not subject to the mouths of worms. For these garments are woven in heaven, where there is no moth, no worm, nor any other such thing. Which, then, tell me, is better: to be rich or to be poor? To be in power or in dishonor? In luxury or in hunger? Clearly, in honor and luxury and wealth. Therefore, if you want the realities and not the names, leave the earth and what is on it and move to heaven; for the things here are a shadow, but the things there are realities, unshaken, firmly fixed, and beyond the reach of all. Let us choose them, then, with all exactness, so that we may be freed from the turmoil of things here, and, sailing into that calm harbor, may appear with much cargo and with the unspeakable wealth of almsgiving; which may we all obtain, by the grace and love for humankind of our Lord Jesus Christ, to whom be the glory and the might for ever and ever. Amen.

Chapter 24

24.1Field 1

λεγων μοι, κύριε, κύριε, εἰσελεύσεται εἰς τὴν βασιλείαν τῶν οὐρανῶν, ἀλλ᾽ ὁ ποιῶν τὸ θέλημα τοῦ πατρός μουν τοῦ ἐν οὐρανοῖς. ΔΙΑ τί μὴ εἶπεν, αλλ᾽ ὁ ποιῶν τὸ θέλημα τὸ εμόν. Ὅτι τέως ἀγαπητὸν ἣν καὶ τοῦτο πρότερον δέξασθαι καὶ γὰρ πολὺ μέγα ἣν πρὸς τὴν ἀσθένειαν τὴν ἐκείνων. Ἂλλως δὲ καὶ τοῦτο δι ἐκείνου ἤνίξατο. Μετὰ δὲ τούτων κακεῖνό ἐστιν εἰπεῖν, ὅτι οὐδέ ἐστιν ἕτερον θέλημα νϊοῦ παρὰ τὸ τοῦ πατρός. ᾿Ενταῦθα δέ μοι τῶν Ἰουδαίων μάλιστα καθάπτεσθαι δοκεῖ, ἐν τοῖς δόγμασι τιθεμένων τὸ πᾶν, καὶ τοῦ βίου πρόνοιαν οὐδεμίαν ποιουμένων. Διὸ καὶ ὁ Παῦλος αὐτοῖς ἐγκαλεῖ λέγων ςἴδε σὺ ᾿Ιουδαῖος ἔπονομάζῃ, καὶ ἐπαναπαύῃ τῷ νόμῳ, καὶ καυχᾶσαι ἐν θεῷ. καὶ γινώσκεις τὸ θέλημα ἀλλ᾽ οὐδέν σοι πλέον ἐντεῦθεν, ὅταν η τοὺ βίου καὶ τῶν ἔργων ἐπίδειξις μὴ παρῆ. Αὐτὸς δὲ οὐ μέχρι τούτων ἔστη, ἀλλὰ καὶ τὸ πολλῷ πλέον εἶπε. Πολλοὶ γὰρ ἐροῦσί μοι ἐν ἐκείνη τῇ ἡμέρᾳ κύριε, κύριε, οὐ τῷ σῷ ὀνόματι προεφητεύσαμεν Οὐ γὰρ δὴ μόνον, . φησὶν, ὁ πίστιν ἔχων, τοῦ βίου ἠμελημένου, τών οὐρανῶν ἐκβάλλεται, αλλὰ κὰν μετὰ τῆς πίστεως σημεια πολλὰ πεποιηκὼς ἢ, καὶ οὐδὲν ἀγαθὸν ἐργασάμενος, καὶ οὗτος ὁμοίως τῶν ἱερῶν εἴργεται προθύρων ἑ ἐκείνων. Πολλοὶ γὰρ ἐροῦσί μοι ἐν ἐκείνη τῇ ἡμέρᾳ, κύριε, κυριε; οὐ τῷ σῷ ὀνόματι προεφητεύσαμεν : Ὁρᾷς πῶς λανθανόντως ἑαυτὸν συνεισάγει λοιπὸν, ἐπειδὴ τὴν πᾶσαν ἀπήρτισε δημηγορίαν, καὶ δείκνυσιν ἑαυτὸν ὄντα κριτήν : Ὅτι μὲν γὰρ κόλασις ἐκδέξεται τοὺς ἁμαρτάνοντας, ἐν τοῖς ἐμπροσθεν ἔδειξε τίς δὲ {καὶ ὁ κολάζων, ἐνταῦθα λοιπὸν ἐκκαλύπτει. Καὶ οὐκ εἶπε φανερώς, ὅτι ἐγώ εἰμι’ ἀλλὰ πολλοὶ ἐροῦσί μοι, τὸ αὐτὸ τοῦτο πάλιν κατασκευάζων. - γὰρ αἡ αὐτὸς ἣν ὁ κριτὴς, πῶς ἂν πρὸς αὐτοὺς εἶπε' καὶ τότε ὁμολογήσω αὐτοῖς ἀποχωρεῖτε απ ἐμοῦ, οὐδέποτε ἔγνων ὑμᾶς. Οὐχὶ μόνον ἐν τῷ καιρῷ τῆς κρίσεως, αλλ᾽ οὐδὲ τότε, ἡνίκα ἐθαυματουργεῖτε, φησί. Διὰ τοῦτο καὶ τοῖς μαθηταῖς ἐλεγε χὰ μὴ χαίρετε, ὅτι τὰ δαιμόνια ὑ υμῖν ὑποτάσσεται; ἀλλ᾽ ὅτι τὰ ὀνόματα ὑμῶν γέγραπται ἐν τοῖς οὐρανοῖς. ΚΚαὶ πανταχοῦ πολλὴν κελεύει τοῖ βίου σπουδὴν ποιεῖσθαι. Οὐ γάρ ἐστιν ἄνθρωπον ὀρθῶς βιοῖ σὔυτα. καὶ πάντων ἀπηλλαγμένον τῶν παθῶν, ,περιοφθῆναί νὴ τ ΕΣ ἀλλὰ κἂν πλανώμενος τύχῃ, ταχέως αὐτὸν ὁ θεὸς πρὸς τὴν ἀλήθειαν ἐπισπάσεται. Ἀλλ᾽ εἰσί τινες οἵ φασιν, ὅτι ψευδόμενοι οὗτοι ταῦτα ἔλεγον διόπερ οὐδὲ ἐσώθησαν, φησίν. Οὐκοῦν τὸ ἐναντίον οὗ βούλεται κατασκενάζει. Καὶ γὰρ βούλεται ἐνταῦθα δεῖξαι, ὅτι ἡ πίστις οὐδὲν ἰσχύει χωρὶς ἔργων. Εἶτα ἐπιτείνων αὐτὰ,

legōn moi, kyrie, kyrie, eiseleusetai eis tēn basileian tōn ouranōn, all᾽ ho poiōn to thelēma tou patros moun tou en ouranois. DIA ti mē eipen, all᾽ ho poiōn to thelēma to emon. Hoti teōs agapēton hēn kai touto proteron dexasthai kai gar poly mega hēn pros tēn astheneian tēn ekeinōn. Allōs de kai touto di ekeinou ēnixato. Meta de toutōn kakeino estin eipein, hoti oude estin heteron thelēma nïou para to tou patros. ᾿Entautha de moi tōn Ioudaiōn malista kathaptesthai dokei, en tois dogmasi tithemenōn to pan, kai tou biou pronoian oudemian poioumenōn. Dio kai ho Paulos autois enkalei legōn side sy ᾿Ioudaios eponomazę̄, kai epanapauę̄ tǭ nomǭ, kai kauchasai en theǭ. kai ginōskeis to thelēma all᾽ ouden soi pleon enteuthen, hotan ē tou biou kai tōn ergōn epideixis mē parē. Autos de ou mechri toutōn estē, alla kai to pollǭ pleon eipe. Polloi gar erousi moi en ekeinē tę̄ hēmerą kyrie, kyrie, ou tǭ sǭ onomati proephēteusamen Ou gar dē monon, . phēsin, ho pistin echōn, tou biou ēmelēmenou, tōn ouranōn ekballetai, alla kan meta tēs pisteōs sēmeia polla pepoiēkōs ē, kai ouden agathon ergasamenos, kai houtos homoiōs tōn hierōn eirgetai prothyrōn he ekeinōn. Polloi gar erousi moi en ekeinē tę̄ hēmerą, kyrie, kyrie? ou tǭ sǭ onomati proephēteusamen : Horąs pōs lanthanontōs heauton syneisagei loipon, epeidē tēn pasan apērtise dēmēgorian, kai deiknysin heauton onta kritēn : Hoti men gar kolasis ekdexetai tous hamartanontas, en tois emprosthen edeixe tis de {kai ho kolazōn, entautha loipon ekkalyptei. Kai ouk eipe phanerōs, hoti egō eimi’ alla polloi erousi moi, to auto touto palin kataskeuazōn. - gar haē autos hēn ho kritēs, pōs an pros autous eipe' kai tote homologēsō autois apochōreite ap emou, oudepote egnōn hymas. Ouchi monon en tǭ kairǭ tēs kriseōs, all᾽ oude tote, hēnika ethaumatourgeite, phēsi. Dia touto kai tois mathētais elege cha mē chairete, hoti ta daimonia hy ymin hypotassetai? all᾽ hoti ta onomata hymōn gegraptai en tois ouranois. KKai pantachou pollēn keleuei toi biou spoudēn poieisthai. Ou gar estin anthrōpon orthōs bioi syyta. kai pantōn apēllagmenon tōn pathōn, ,periophthēnai nē t ES alla kan planōmenos tychę̄, tacheōs auton ho theos pros tēn alētheian epispasetai. All᾽ eisi tines hoi phasin, hoti pseudomenoi houtoi tauta elegon dioper oude esōthēsan, phēsin. Oukoun to enantion hou bouletai kataskenazei. Kai gar bouletai entautha deixai, hoti hē pistis ouden ischyei chōris ergōn. Eita epiteinōn auta,

“[Not everyone who] says to me, ‘Lord, Lord,’ will enter into the kingdom of heaven, but the one who does the will of my Father who is in heaven.” Why did he not say, “but the one who does my will”? Because for the time being it was welcome for them to receive even this first; for it was already very great, given their weakness. And besides, by the one he hinted at the other too. And along with this one may also say that there is no other will of the Son besides that of the Father. And here he seems to me to be attacking the Jews most of all, who placed everything in doctrines and took no thought for their life. That is why Paul too charges them, saying, “But if you call yourself a Jew, and rest on the law, and boast in God, and know his will”; but you have no advantage from this when the display of a life and of works is not present. But he himself did not stop at this; he said something much more. “For many will say to me in that day, ‘Lord, Lord, did we not prophesy in your name?’” For not only, he says, is the one who has faith but has neglected his life cast out of heaven; but even if, together with faith, he has done many signs and worked no good, he too is likewise shut out from those sacred doors. “For many will say to me in that day, ‘Lord, Lord, did we not prophesy in your name?’” Do you see how quietly he brings himself in at last, now that he has completed his whole discourse, and shows that he is the judge? For that punishment awaits those who sin he showed in what went before; but who it is that punishes, he now reveals here. And he did not say openly, “It is I,” but, “Many will say to me,” establishing this same thing again. For if he were not himself the judge, how would he have said to them, “And then I will declare to them, ‘Depart from me; I never knew you’”? Not only at the time of judgment, he says, but not even then, when you were working miracles. That is why he said to the disciples too, “Do not rejoice that the demons are subject to you, but that your names are written in heaven.” And everywhere he commands us to take great care for our life. For it is not possible that a person who lives rightly and is free from all the passions should be overlooked; but even if he happens to go astray, God will quickly draw him to the truth. But there are some who say that these men were lying when they said this, and that this is why, they say, they were not saved. Then such a person establishes the opposite of what Christ intends. For he intends to show here that faith has no strength without works. Then, intensifying this, …

24.4Field 1

προσέθηκε καὶ τὰ σημεῖα δηλῶν ὅτι οὐ μόνον ἡ πίστις, αλλ οὐδὲ ἡ τῶν σημείων ἐπίδειξις ονίνησέ τι τὸν θαυματουργοῦντα ἀρετῆς χωρίς. Εἰ δὲ μὴ ἐποίησαν, πὼς ἂν ἐδυνήθη τοῦτο συστῆναι ἐνταῦθα: Ἄλλως δὲ οὐδ᾽ ἀν ἐτόλμησαν, τῆς κρίσεως παρούσης, πρὸς αὐτὸν ταῦτα εἰπεῖν. Καὶ αὐτὴ δὲ ἢ ἀπόκρισις, καὶ τὸ κατ᾽ ἐρώτησιν λέγειν, δείκνυσιν αὐὖτοὺς πεποιηκότας. ᾿Επειδὴ γὰρ ἐναντίον τῆ προσδοκίᾳ τὸ τέλος εἶδον, καὶ ἐνταῦθα μὲν θαυμαστοὶ ἦσαν παρὰ πάσι θαυματουργοῦντες, ἐκεῖ δὲ ὁρῶσιν ἑαυτοὺς λοιπὸν κολαζομένους; ὡς ἐκπληττόμενοι καὶ θαυμάζοντες λέγουσι ᾿ κύριε, οὐχὶ ἐν τῷ σῷ ὀνόματι προεφητεύσαμεν; πῶς οὖν ἡμᾶς ἀποστρέφῃ νὺν: τί βούλεται τὸ ξένον καὶ παράδοξον τοῦτο τέλος; Δλλ ἐκεῖνοι μὲν θαυμάζουσιν, ὅτι τοιαῦτα θαυματουργήσαντες ἐκολάσθησαν σὺ δὲ μὴ θαύμαζε. Ἣ γὰρ χάρις, πᾶσα τῆς τοῦ δεδωκότος δωρεᾶς ἐκεῖνοι δὲ οὐδὲν παρ ἑαυτῶν εἰσήνεγκαν διὸ καὶ κολάζεσθαι δίκαιοι, ὅ ὅτι περὶ τὸν οὕτω τιμήσαντα, ὡς καὶ αναξίοις δοῦναι τὴν χάριν, ἀγνώμονος γεγόνασι καὶ ἀναίσθητοι. ΤΊ οὗν, φησὶν, ἐργαζόμενοι τὴν ἀνομίαν, τοιαῦτα ἐποίουν : Τινὲς μέν φασιν, ὅτι οὐκ ἐν τῷ καιρῷ, ἐν ᾧ ταυτα ἐθαυματούργουν, καὶ ἡνόμουν, αλλ᾽ ὕστερον μετεβάλοντο, καὶ τὴν ἀνομίαν ἐποίουν. ᾿Αλλ᾽ ἐὰν τοῦτο ἧ, πάλιν τὸ σπουδαζόμενον οὐχ ἵσταται. Ὃ γὰρ δεῖξαι ἑσπούδακε, τοῦτό ἐστιν' ὅτι οὔτε πίστις, οὔτε θαύματα ἰσχύει, βίου μὴ παρόντος ὅπερ οὖν καὶ ὁ Παῦλος ἕλεγεν' ἐὰν ἔχω πίστιν, ὧστε ὄρη μεθιστάνειν, καὶ εἰδῶ τὰ μυστήρια πάντα καὶ πᾶσαν τὴν γνώσιν, ἀγάπην δὲ μὴ ἔχω, οὐδέν εἰμι. Τίνες οὖν εἰσιν οὗτοι ; Φησί. Πολλοὶ τῶν πιστευσάντων ἔλαβον χαρίσματα, οἷος ἦν ὁ τὰ δαιμόνια ἐκβάλλων, καὶ οὐκ ὧν μετ᾽ αὐτοῦ, οἷος ἣν ὁ ᾿Ιούδαε καὶ γὰρ καὶ οὗτος, πονηρὸς ὧν, χάρισμα εἶχε. Καὶ ἐν τῆ παλαιᾷ δὲ τοῦτο εὕροι τις ἄν, εἰς ἀναξίους τὴν χάριν ἐνεργήσασαν πολλάκις, ἵνα ἑτέρους εὐεργετήση. ᾿Επειδὴ γὰρ παντες πρὸς παντα ἐπιτηδείως εἶχον, αλλ οἱ μὲν ἧσαν βίου καθαροῦ, πίστιν δὲ οὐ τοσαύτην εἶχον, οἱ ὃὲ τούναντίον᾽ κἀκείνους διὰ τούτων προτρεπει;, ὥὧστε πολλὴν επιδείξασθαι πίστιν, καὶ τούτους διὰ τῆς ἀφάτου ταύτηςωὡρεᾶς ὥστε γενέσθαι βελτίους ἐξεκαλεῖτο. Διὸ καὶ μετὰ πολλῆς τῆς δαψιλείας τὴν χάριν ἐδίδον. Δυνάμεις γάρ, ὅτι οὐκ οἷόα υμᾶς. Νὺυν μὲν γαρ νομίζουσιν εἶναί μοι ᾧιλοι τότε ὃὲε εἴσονται, ὅτι οὐχ ὡς φίλοις εὐωκα. αἱ τι θαυμαζεις εἰ ἀνδρασι πεπιστευκόσι μὲν εἰς αὐτὸν, βίον δὲ οὐκ ἔχουσι τῇ πίστει συμβαίνοντα, ὃ χαρίσματα δέδωκεν, ὅπου. γε καὶ εἰς τους ἀμφοτέρων τούτων ἐκπεπτωκότας εὑρίσκεται ενεργῶν: Καὶ γὰρ ὁ Βαλαὰμ καὶ πίστεως καὶ πολιτείας αρίστῆς αλλοότριος ἡν᾿ αλλ ὅμως ενηργῆσεν εἰς αὑτὸν ἡ χαρις διὰ τὴν ἑτέρων οἰκονομίαν. Καὶ ὁ Φαραὼ τοιοῦτος αλλ᾽ ὅμως κακείνῳ τὰ μέλλοντα ἔδειξεις Καὶ ὁ Ναβουχοδονόσορ παρανομώτατος. καὶ τούτῳ πάλιν τὰ μετὰ πολλὰς ὕστερον ἐσόμενα γγενεὼς ἀπεκάλυψε. Καὶ τῷ παιδὶ πάλιν τῷ ἐκείνου νικῶντι τὸν πατερα τῇ παρανομίᾳ, τὰ μέλλοντα ὄδειξε, θαυμαστὰ καὶ μεγάλα οἰκονομῶν πράγματα. Ἐπεὶ οὖν καὶ τότε ἀρχὰς τὸ κήρυγμα εἶχε, καὶ πολλὴν ἔδει γενέσθαι τῆς δυνάμεως αὐτοῦ τὴν ἐπίδειξιν, πολλοὶ καὶ τῶν ἀναξίων δῶρα ἐλάμβανον. ᾿Αλλ ὅμως ἀπὸ τῶν σημείων τούτων οὐδὲν ᾿ἐκέρδαναν ἐκεῖνοι, ἀλλὰ καὶ μᾶλλον κολάζονται. Διὸ καὶ τὸ φοβερὸν ἐκεῖνο ρῆμα εἶπεν αὑτοῖς οὐδέποτε ἔγνων ὑμᾶς. Πολλοὺς γὰρ καὶ ἐντεῦθεν ἤδη μισεῖ, καὶ πρὸ τῆς κρίσεως ἀποστρέφεται. Φοβηθῶμεν τοίνυν, ἀγαπητοὶ, καὶ πολλὴν ἐπιμέλειαν ποιησώμεθα βίον, μηὸε νομίζωμεν ἐλαττὸν ἔχειν, ἐπειδὴ σημεῖα οὐ ποιοῦμεν νῦν. Οὐδὲν Ὑαρ ἐκ τούτου πλέον ἔσται ἡμῖν ποτε, ὥσπερ οὖν οὐδὲ ἔλαττον εκ τοῦ μὴ ποιεῖν, εὧὰν ἀρετῆς ἐπιμελώμεθα πάσης. Τών μὲν γὰρ σημείων αὐτοὶ ὀφειλεται ἐσμεν, τοῦ δὲ βίον καὶ τῶν πράξεων τὸν θεὸν ἔχομεν οφειλέτην. Ἐπειδ τοίνυν πά νταὰ ἀπήρτισε, καὶ περὶ ἀρετῆς διελέχθη μετὰ ἀκριβείας ἁπάσης; καὶ τοὺς ὑποκρινομένους αὐτὴν ἔδειξε διαφόρους ὄντας, ταύς τε νηστεύοντας πρὸς ἐπίδειξιν καὶ εὐχομένους, τούς τε ἐν δορᾷ προβάτων παραγενομένους, τοὺς τε λυμαινομένους αὐτὴν, οὺς καὶ χοίρους καὶ κύνας ἐκάλεσε, δεικνὺς λοιπὸν πόσον μὲν τῆς ἀρετῆς καὶ ἐνταῦθα τὸ κέρδος, πόσον δὲ τῆς κακίας τὸ βλάβος, φησί δε πᾶς οὖν ὅστις ακούει μου τοὺς λόγους ἣ τούτους, καὶ ποιεῖ αὑτοὺς, ὁμοιωθήσεται ἀνδρὶ φρονίμῳ. ἊᾺ μὲν γὰρ οἱ μὴ ποιοῦντες, κἀν σημεῖα ἐργάζωνται, πείσονται, ἀκηκόατε δεῖ δὲ ὑμᾶς εἰδέναι, καὶ τίνων οἱ πειθόμενοι, τοις εἰρημένοις ἅπασιν ἀπολαύσονται, οὐκ ἐν τῷ μέλλοντι αἰῶνι μόνον. ἀλλὰ καὶ ἐνταῦθα. Πᾶς γάρ, φησὶν, ὅστις ἀκούει μου τοὺς λόγους τούτους, καὶ ποιεῖ αὐτοὺς, ὁμοιωθήσεται ἀνδρὶ Φρονειῳ Εἶδες πῶς ποικίλλει τὸν λόγον, ποτὲ μὲν λέγων, οὐ πᾶς ὁ λέγων Μθι: κύριε, κύριε. καὶ ἑαυτὸν ἐκκαλύπτων' ποτὲ δὲ λέγων, ὁ ποιῶν τὸ θέλημα τοῦ πατρός μου καὶ πάλιν κριτὴν ἑαυτὸν εἰσἄγων πολλοὶ γὰρ ἐροῦσί μοι ἐν ἐκείνη τῇ ἡμέρᾳ, κύριε. κύριε, οὐ τῷ σῷ ὀνόματι -προεφητεύσαμεν: καὶ ἐρώ, οὐκ οἶδα ὑμᾶς. Καὶ ἐνταῦθα πάλιν δείκνυσιν ἑαυτὸν τὴν ἐξουσίαν ἔχοντα τοῦ παντός διὸ καὶ ἔλεγεν ὅστις ἀκούει μου τοὺς λόγους τούτους. ᾿Κἂπειδὴ γὰρ πάντα περὶ τῶν μελλόντων διελέχθη, καὶ βασιλείαν λέγων, καὶ μισθὸν ἄφατον, καὶ παράκλησιν, καὶ ὅσα τοιαῦτα, βούλεται καὶ ἐντεῦθεν αὐτοῖς δοῦναι τοὺς καρποὺς, καὶ ἦ δεῖξαι πόση καὶ κατὰ τὸν παρόντα βίον ἡ ἰσχὺς τῆς ἀρετης. Τίς οὖν ἐστὶν ἡ ἰσχύς; Τὸ μετὰ ἀσφαλείας ζῆν, τὸ αηδενὶ τῶν δεινῶν εὐχείρωτον εἶναι, τὸ πάντων ἀνώτερον. ἑστάναι τῶν ἐπηρεαζόντων οὗ τί γένοιτ᾽ ἄν ἴσον: Τοῦτο γὰρ οὐδὲ αὐτὸς ὁ τὸ διάδημα περικείμενος ἑαυτῷ κατασκευάσαι δύναιτ᾽ ἄν, ἀλλ᾽ ὁ ἀρετὴν μετιών. Αὐτὸς γὰρ μόνος μετὰ πολλῆς κέκτηται τῆς περιουσίας, ἐν τῷ τῶν παρόντων ευρίπῳ πραγματων πολλῆς απολανὼων γαληνης. γὰρ δὴ θαυμαστὸν τοῦτό ἐστιν, ὅτι οὐκ εὐδίας οὔσης, ἀλλὰ σφοδροῦ τοὺ χειμῶνος: καὶ πολλῆς τῆς ταραχῆς, καὶ συνεχῶν τῶν πειράσμων, αὐτὸς οὐδὲ μικρὸν σαλευθῆναι δύναται. Κατέβη γὰρ ὴ βροχὴ, φησὶν, ἦλθον οἱ ποταμοὶ, ἔπνευσαν οἱ ἄνεμοι, καὶ προσέπεσον τῇ οἰκίᾳ ἐκείνη, καὶ οὐκ ἔπεσε τεθεμελίωτο γὰρ ἐπὶ τὴν πέτραν ᾿ βροχὴν ἐνταῦθα καὶ ποταμοὺς καὶ ἀνέμους μεταφορικῶς τὰς ἀνθρωπίνας λέγων συμφορὰς καὶ δυσπραγίας, οἷον συκοφαντίας, ἐπιβουλάς, πένθη, θανάτους, οἰκείων ἀποβολας, ἀλλοτρίων ἐπηρείας, πάντα ὅσα ἂν εἴποι τις τὰ ἐν τῷ βίῳ κακά. Αλλ᾽ οὐδενὶ εἴκει; φησὶν, ἡ τοιαύτη ψυχή τὸ δὲ αἴτιον, ὅτι ἐπὶ τῆς πέτρας τεθεμελίωται. Πέτραν δὲ τὴν ἀσφάλειαν τῆς ἑαυτοῦ διδασκαλίας καλεῖ. [καὶ γὰρ πέτρας ἰσχυρότερα τὰ προστάγματα, ὑψηλότερον πάντων ποιοῦντα τῶν ἄνθρωπίνων κυμάτων. Ὃ γὰρ ταῦτα μετὰ ἀκριβείας φυλάττων, οὐκ ἀνθρώπων περιέσται μόνον ἐπηρεαζόντων, ἀλλὰ καὶ αὐτών τῶν δαιμόνων ἐπιβουλευόντων αὐτῷ. Καὶ ὅτι οὐ κόμπος τὰ εἰρημένα, μάρτυς ἡμῖν ὁ Ιωβ, πάσας δεξάμενος τοῦ διαβόλου τὰς προσβολὰς, καὶ μείνας ἀκίνητος μαρτυρήσειαν δ᾽ ἂν καὶ οἱ ἀπόστολοι, τῶν κυμάτων τῆς οἰκουμένης προσρηγνυμένων ὥς καὶ δήμων καὶ τυράννων, καὶ οἰκείων καὶ ἀλλοτρίων, ὶ δαιμόνων καὶ διαβόλου, καὶ πάσης μηχανῆς κινηθείσης, πέτρας στεῤῥότερον στάντες, καὶ ταῦτα πάντα διαλύσαντες. ΓΙ τοίνυν τοῦ βίου τούτου μακαριώτερον γένοιτ᾽ ἄν: Τοῦτο γὰρ οὐ πλοῦτος, οὐ σώματος ἰσχὺς, οὐ δόξα, οὐ δυναστεία; οὐκ ἄλλο οὐδὲν ὑποσχέσθαι δυνήσεται, ἀλλ᾽ ἡ τῆς ἀρετῆς κτῆσις μόνη. Οὐ γάρ ἐστιν: οὐκ ἔστι βίον εὑρεῖν ἕτερον κακῶν ἐλεύθερον ἁ ἁπάντων, ἀλλ᾽ ἢ τοῦτον μόνον. Καὶ μάρτυρες ὑμεῖς, οἱ τὰς ἐν τοῖς βασιλείοις εἰδότες ἐπιβουλαᾶς, οἱ τοὺς θορύβους καὶ τὰς ταραχὰς τὰς ἐν ταῖς τῶν πλουτούντων οἰκίαις. ᾿Αλλ’ οὐκ ἐν τοῖς ἀποστόλοις τοιοῦτον οὐδέν. Τί οὖν; οὐδὲν γέγονε τοιοῦτον. οὐδὲ ἔπαθόν τι δεινὸν παρ᾽ οὐδενὸς ἐκεῖνοι: Τὸ γὰρ θαυμαστὸν τοῦτο μάλιστα πάντων ἐστιν, ὅτι πολλὰς μὲν ὑπέμειναν ἐπιβουλὰς, καὶ πολλοὶ κατεῤῥάγησαν ἐπ᾽ ᾿ αὐτῶν οἱ χειμῶνες, τὴν δὲ ψυχὴν αὐτῶν οὐ περιέτρεψαν, οὐδὲ εἰς ἀθυμίαν ἐνέβαλον ὅδ αλλὰ γυωνοῖς σώμασι παλαίοντες ἐκράτησαν καὶ περιεγένοντο. ἱναὶ σὺ τοίνυν, ἐὰν θέλῃς ταῦτα ποιεῖν μετὰ ἀκριβείας, πάντων καταγελάσῃ. Ιὰν γὰρ ἧς ὠχυρωμένος τῇ τῶν παραινέσεων τούτων ῥιλοσυφίᾳ, οὐδὲν σε λυπῆσαι δυνήσεται. γάρ σε βλάψει ὁ βουλόμενος ἐπιβουλεύειν: Χρήματά σου ᾿αφαιρήσεται: Ἀλλὰ καὶ πρὸ τῆς ἀπειλῆς τῆς ᾿ ἐκείνων ἐκελεύσθης αὐτῶν καταφρονειν, καὶ μετὰ τοσαύτης ἀπέχεσθαι τῆς ὑπερβολῆς, ὡς μηδὲ παρὰ τοῦ δεσπότου τί ποτε τοιοῦτον αἰτεῖν. Αλλ᾽ εἰς δεσμωτήριον ἐμβάλλει: ᾿Αλλὰ πρὸ τοῦ δεσμωτηρίου οὕτω ζῆν ἐκελεύσθης, ὡς καὶ παντὶ ἐσταυρῶσθαι τῷ κόσμῳ. Αλλὰ λέγει κακώς; Αλλὰ καὶ ταύτης ἀπήλλαξε σε τῆς ὀδύνης ὁ Χριστὸς, πολύν σοι ἀπονητὶ τῆς ἀνεξικακίας ᾿ἐπαγγελλόμενος μισθὸν, καὶ οὕτω σε καθαρὸν τῆς εντεῦθεν οργῆς καὶ λύπης ποιήσας, ὡς καὶ κελεῦσαι ὑπὲρ ᾿ αυτῶν εὔχεσθαι. Δλλ ἐλαύνει καὶ μυρίοις σε περιβαλλει κακοις: Αλλα λαμπρότερόν ὅν: ποιεῖ τὸν στέφανον. Δλλ αναιρει καὶ κατασφαττει: ἱ διὰ τοῦτο τὰ μέγιστα σε ὠφελεῖ πάλιν, τα τῶν πρὸ σοι ἔπαθλα κατασκευάζων, καὶ ταχύτερον εἰς τὸν ἀκύμαντον λιμένα παραπέμπων, καὶ μείζονος ἀμοιβῆς ὑποθεσίν σοι παρέχων, καὶ τὴν κοινὴν δίκην πραγματεύεσθαί σε παρασκενάζων. Ὃ δη καὶ μάλιστα πάντων ἐστὶ θαυμαστότερον᾽ ὅτι οὐ μόνον οὐδὲν παραβλάπτουσιν βουλεύοντες, αλλὰ καὶ εὐδοκιμωτέρους ποιουσι τοὺς ἐπηρεαζομένους. Οὐ τί γένοιτ ἂν ἴσον, τοιοῦτον ελέσθαι βίον, οἷος μονος οὗτος ἐστιν; Ἐπειθή γαρ εἷπε στενὴν καὶ τεθλιμμένην τὴν ὁδὸν, καντεῦθεν παραμυθούμενος τοὺς πόνους, δείκνυσι πολλὴν αὐτῆς οὐσαν τὴν ασφαλειαν, πολλὴν τὴν ἡδονὴν, ὥσπερ οὗν καὶ τῆς ἐναντίας πολλὴν τὴν σαθρότητα καὶ τὴν ζηαίαν. Καθάπερ γὰρ τῆς ἀρετῆς κἀντεῦθεν ἔδειξε τὰ ἔπαθλα, οὕτω καὶ τῆς κακίας τὰ ἐπίχειρα. Καὶ ἱ γὰρὈ ὅπερ αεὶ λέγω, τοῦτο καὶ νῦν ἐρῶ, δι ἀμφοτέρων πανταχοῦ κατασκευαζει τῶν ἀκροατῶν τὴν σωτηρίαν, διά τε τοῦ ζήλου τῆς ἀρετῆς, διά τε τοῦ τῆς κακίας μίσους. ᾿Ἐπειδὴ γὰρ ὄμελλόν τινες εἶναι, τὰ μὲν λεγόμενα θαυμάζοντες, τὴν δὲ διὰ τῶν ἐργων οὐ παρέχοντες ἐπίδειξιν, προκαταλαμβάνων αὐτοὺς φοβεῖ λέγων, ὅτι εἰ καὶ καλὰ τὰ εἰρημένα, οὐκ ἀρκεῖ εἰς ἀσφάλειαν ἢ ἀκρόασις, ἀλλὰ δεῖ καὶ τῆς διὰ τῶν ἔργων ὑπακοῆς, καὶ τὸ πᾶν ὃν τούτῳ μάλιστα ἐστι. Καὶ ἐνταῦθα καταλύει τὸν λόγον, τὸν φόβον αὐτοῖς ᾿ἐνακμάζοντα αφείς. Ὥσπερ γὰρ ἐπὶ τῆς ἀρετῆς οὐκ ἀπὸ τῶν μελλόντων προἐτρεψε μόνον, βασιλείαν εἰπὼν, καὶ οὐρανοὺς. καὶ μισθὸν ἄφατον, καὶ παράκλησιν, καὶ τὰ μυρία ἀγαθὰ, ἀλλὰ καὶ ἀπὸ τῶν παρόντων, τὸ στεῤῥὸν καὶ ἀκίνητον ἐνδειξάμενος τῆς πέτρας οὕτω καὶ ἐπὶ τῆς κακίας οὐκ απὸ τῶν προσδοκωμένων φοβεῖ μόνον, οἷον τοῦ κοπτομένου δένδρον, καὶ τοῦ πυρὸς τ᾿ ἀσβέστου, καὶ τοῦ μὴ εἰσελθεῖν εἰς τὴν βασιλείαν, καὶ τοῦ λέγειν, οὐκ οἶδα ὑμᾶς ᾿ ἀλλὰ καὶ ἀπὸ τῶν παρόντων, τῆς πτώσεως λέγω τῆς κατὰ τὴν οἰκίαν. Διὸὼ καὶ ἐμφαντικώτερον τὸν λόγον ἐποίησεν, ἐπὶ παραβολῆς αὐτὸ γυμνάζων. Οὐδὲ γὰρ ἣν εἰπεῖν ἴσον, ὅτι ἀχείρωτος ἔσται ὁ ἐνάρετος, καὶ εὐάλωτος ὁ πονηρὸς, καὶ πέτραν θεῖναι, καὶ οἰκίαν, καὶ ποταμοὺς, καὶ βροχὴν, καὶ ἄνεμον, καὶ ὅσα τοιαῦτα. Καὶ πᾶς ὁ ἀκούων μου τοὺς λόγους τούτους, φησὶ, καὶ μὴ ποιῶν αὐτοὺς, ὁμοιωθήσεται ἀνδρὶ μωρῷ, ὅστις ὠκοδόμησε τὴν οἰκίαν αὐτοῦ ἐπὶ ἡ τὴν ψάμμον. Καλώς δὲ μωρὸν ἐκάλεσε τοῦτον. Τί γὰρ ἂν γένοιτο ᾿ἀνοητότερον τοῦ οἰκίαν οἶκοδομοῦντος ἐ επὶ τῆς ψάμμον, καὶ τὸν μὲν πόνον ὑπομένοντος, τοῦ δὲ καρποῦ καὶ τῆς ἀναπαύσεως ἀποστερουμένου, καὶ ἀντὶ τούτου κόλασιν ὑπομένοντος ; Ὅτι γὰρ καὶ οἱ κακίαν μετιόντες κάμνουσι, παντί πον δῆλόν ἐστι καὶ γὰρ καὶ ὁ ἅρπαξ, καὶ ὁ μοιχὸς, καὶ ὁ συκοφάντης πολλὰ πονοῦσι καὶ ταλαιπωβουνται, ὥστε τὴν αὑτῶν κακίαν εἰς τέελὸν αὙγαγειν᾽ αλλ ου μονον οὐδὲν απὸ Τῶν πονὼν Τουτῶωῶν καρπουνται ὡ ΤΟ κέρδος, ἡ τοῦτο αἰνιττόμενος ἔλεγεν᾽ ὁ σπείρων εἰς τὴν σάρκα αὐ( τοῦ, ἐκ τῆς σαρκὸς αὐτοῦ θερίσει φθοράν. Τούτῳ ἐοίκασι καὶ οἱ ἐπὶ τῆς ψάμμου οἰκοδομοῦντες οἷον οἱ ἐπὶ πορνείᾳ, οἱ ἐπὶ ἀσελγείᾳ, οἱ ἐπὶ μέθη, οἱ ἐπὶ θυμῷ, οἱ ἐπὶ τοῖς ἄλλοις ἅπασι. Τοιοῦτος ἣν ὁ Αχααβ, ἀλλ᾽ οὅ τοιοῦτος ὁ Ἤλίας. Καὶ γὰρ παράλληλα θέντες τὴν ἀρετὴν καὶ τὴν κακίαν, ἀκριβέστερον εἰσόμεθα τὸ διάφορον. Ὁ μὲν γὰρ ἐπὶ τῆς πέτρας ῳκοδόμησεν, ὁ δὲ ἐ ἐπὶ τῆς Ψάμμον διὸ καὶ βασιλεὺς ὦ ὧν ἐδεδοίκει καὶ ἔτρεμε τὸν προφήτην, τὸν τὴν μηλωτὴν ἔχοντα μόνον. Τοιοῦτοι οἱ ᾿Ιονδαῖοι, ἀλλ οὐχ οἱ ἀπόστολοι διὸ καὶ Ὠ ὀλίγοι ὄντες καὶ δεδεμένοι, τῆς πέτρας ἐνεδείκνυντο τὸ στεῤῥόν᾽ ἐκεῖνοι δὲ καὶ πολλοὶ καὶ ὡπλισμένοι, τῆς ψάμμου τὸ ἀσθενές. Καὶ γὰρ ἐλεγον τί ποιήσομεν τοῖς ἀνθρώποις τούτοις ; Ὁρᾷς ἐν ἀπορίᾳ ὄντας, οὐ τοὺς ὑποχειρίους καὶ δεδεμένους, ἀλλὰ τοὺς κατέχοντας καὶ δεσμεύοντας ; οὗ τί γένοιτ᾽ ἂν καινότερον; Σὺ κατέχεις καὶ διαπορεῖς ; : Καὶ μάλα εἰκότως. ᾿Επειδὴ γὰρ ἐπὶ τῆς ψάμμου πάντα φκοδόμησαν, διὰ τοῦτο καὶ ἀσθενέστεροι πάντων ἦσαν. Δια τοῦτο καὶ πάλιν ἔλεγον᾽ ᾿ τί ποιεῖτε βουλόμενοι ἐπαγαγεῖν ἐφ᾽ ἡμᾶς τὸ αἷμα τοῦ ἀνθρώπου τούτου τ φησι: Σὺ μαστίζεις, καὶ σὺ Φοβῃ: σὺ ἐπηρεαζεις, καὶ σὺ δέδοικας : σὺ κρίνεις, καὶ σὺ τρέμεις : : Οὕτως. ἀσθενῆς ἡ κακία. Ἀλλ᾽ οὐχ οἱ ἀπόστολοι οὕτως, αλλὰ πῶς : οὐ δυνάμεθα ἡμεῖς ἃ ΄ εἴδομεν καὶ ἠκούσαμεν μὴ λαλεῖν. Εἶδες φρόνημα ὑψηλόν: εἶδες πέτραν κυμάτων καταγελώσαν; : εἶδες οἰκίαν ἄσειστον ; Καὶ τὸ δὴ θαυμαστότερον, ὅτι οὐ μόνον οὐδὲ ἐγίνοντο αὐτοὶ δειλοὶ δὲ ὧν ἐπεβουλεύοντο, ἀλλ᾽ ὅτι καὶ πλεῖον ἐλάμβανον θάρσος, κακείνους εἰς μείζονα ξἐνέβαλον ἀγωνίαν. Καὶ γὰρ ὁ ἀλλὰ ἀδάμαντα πλήττων, αὐτός ἐστιν ὃ πληττόμενος καὶ ὁ τὰ κέντρα λακτίζων, αὐτὸς ἐστιν ὁ κεντούμενος, καὶ τὰ χαλεπὰ δεχόμενος τραύματα καὶ ὁ τοῖς ἐναρέτοις ἐπιβουλεύων, αὐτος ἐστιν ὁ κινδυνεύων. ἫἩ γὰρ κακία τοσούτῳ μᾶλλον ἀσθενεστέρα γίνεται, ὅσῳπερ ἂν πρὸς τὴν ἀρετὴν παρατάττηται. Καὶ καθάπερ δι πὺρ ἐν ἱματίῳ δεσμῶν, τὴν μὲν φλόγα οὐκ ἔσβεσε, τὸ δὲ ἃ ἱμάτιον ἐδαπάνησεν' οὕτως ὁ τοῖς ἐναρέτοις ἐπηρεάζων, καὶ κατέχων, καὶ δεσμεύων, ἐκείνους μὲν λαμπρὸ: τέρους εἰργάσατο, ἑαυτὸν δὲ ἠφάνισε. Καὶ γὰρ ὅσα ἀν δεινὰ πάθῃς ἐπιεικῶς ζῶν, τοσούτῳ γέγονας ἰσχυρότερος ὅσῳ γὰρ ᾿τιμῶμεν φιλοσοφίαν, τοσούτῳ μᾶλλον οὐδενὸς δεησόμεθα᾽ καὶ ὃ οσῳ ἄν μηδενὸς δεηθῶμεν, τοσούτῳ μᾶλλον ἱ ἰσχυροὶ γινόμεθα καὶ πάντων ἀνώτεροι. Τοιοῦτος ἦν ὁ ᾿Ιωάννηκ διὸ ἐκεῖνον μὲν οὐδεὶς ἐλύπει, αὐτὸς δὲ ἐλύπει τὸν Ηρωδην' καὶ ὁ μὲν μηδὲν ὃ εχων, κατεξανέστη τοῦ κρατοῦντος ὁ δὲ διάδημα καὶ ἁλουργίδα καὶ μυρίαν φαντασίαν περιβεβλημένος, τρέμει καὶ δέδοικε τὸν πάντων γεγυμνωμένον, καὶ οὐδὲ ἀποτετμημένον τὴν κεφαλὴν ἀδεῶς ἰδεῖν ὦ ἐδύνατο. Ὅτι γὰρ καὶ μετὰ τελευτὴν ἀκμάζοντα εἶχε τὸν φόβον, ἄ ἄκουσον τί φησιν' οὗτός ἐστιν ὁ ᾿Ιωάννης, ὃν ἀνεῖλον ἐγώ. Τὸ δὲ, ἀνεῖλον, οὐκ ἐπαιρομένου ἣν, ἀλλὰ τὸν φόβον παραμυθουμένου, καὶ πείθοντος τὴν ψυχὴν. τὴν ταραττομένην ἀναμνησθῆναι, ὅτι αὐτὸς αὐτὸν ἔσφαξε. Τοσαύτη τῆς ἀρετῆς ἡ ἰσχὺς, ὅτι καὶ μετὰ τελευτὴν τῶν ζώντων ἐ εστὶ δυνατωτέρα. Διά δὴ τοῦτο καὶ ἡνίκα ἔζη, οἱ τὰ πολλὰ κεκτημένοι χρήματα πρὸς αὐτὸν ἐρχόμενοι. ἔλεγον τί ποιήσομεν: Ἴοσαῦτα ἔχετε, καὶ παρὰ τοῦ μηδὲν ἔ ἔχοντος βούλεσθε μαθεὶν τῆς ὑμετέρας εὐημερίας, τὴν ὁδόν : παρὰ τοῦ πένητος οἱ πλου. Τοιοῦτος καὶ ὁ Ἡλίας ἦν᾽ διὸ καὶ μετὰ τῆς αὐτῆς παῤῥησίας τῷ δήμῳ διελέγετο. Ὁ μὲν γὰρ ἔλεγε, γεννήματα ἐχιὸνών οὗτος δὲ; ἕ ἕως πότε χωλανεῖτε ἐπ᾽ ἀμφοτέραις ταῖς ἰγνύαις ὑμῶν : Καὶ ὁ μὲν ἔλεγεν, ἐφόνευσας καὶ ἐκληρονόμησας· ὁ δὲ ἔλεγεν, οὐκ ἔξεστί σοι ἔχειν τὴν γυναῖκα Φιλίππου τοῦ ἀδελφοῦ σου. Εἶδες τὴν πέτραν: εἶδες τὴν ψάμμον: πώς εὐκόλως καταπίπτει: πῶς εἴκει ταῖς συμφοραῖς : πώς περιτρέπεται, κἀν μετὰ βασιλέως, κἀν μετὰ πλήθους κἂν μετὰ δυναστείας: Ἁπάντων γὰρ τοὺς μετιὄντας αὐτὴν ἀναισθητοτέρους ποιε. Καὶ οὐδὲ ἁπλῶς καταπίπτει; αλλὰ μετὰ πολλῆς τῆς συμφορᾶς. Καὶ γὰρ ἣν, φησὶν, ἡ πτῶσις αὐτῆς μεγάλη. Οὐδὲ γάρ ὑπὲρ τῶν τυχόντων ὁ κίνδυνος, ἀλλ’ ὑπὲρ ψυχῆς; ὑπὲρ ἐκπτώσεως οὐρανῶν καὶ τῶν ἀθανάτων ἐκείνων ᾿ἀγαθῶν. Μᾶλλον δὲ καὶ πρὸ ἐκείνων, πάντων ἀθλιώτερον ὁ ταύτην διώκων βιώσεται βίον, αθυμίαις διηνεκέσι, δειλίαις, φροντίσιν, γωνίαις συζῶν ὅπερ οὺν καί τις σοφὸς αἰνιττόμενος ἔλεγε᾽ φεύγει ἀσεβὴς, οὐδενὸς διώκοντος. Οἱ γαρ τοιοῦτοι τὰς σκίας ,τρέμουσι, τοὺς Φίλους ὑποπτεύουσι; τοὺς ἐχθροὺς, τοὺς οἰκέτας, τοὺς εἰδότας, τοὺς οὐκ εἰδότας αὐτοὺς, καὶ πρὸ τῆς κολάσεως ἐνταῦθα τὴν ἐσχάτην τιοῦσι κόλασιν. Καὶ ταῦτα πάντα δηλῶν ὁ ο Χριστὸς ἔλεγε καὶ ἣν ἡ πτῶσις αὐτῆς ᾽μεγαάλη εἰς τὸ προσῆκον τέλος κατακλείων τὰ καλὰ ταῦτα παραγγέλματα, καὶ τοὺς σφόδρα ἀπίστους ᾿ πείθων καὶ ἀπὸ τῶν παρόντων φεύγειν κακίαν. Εἰ γὰρ καὶ μείζων ὁ περὶ τῶν μελλόντων λόγος, ἀλλὰ τοὺς παχυτεροὺυς οὗτος μᾶλλον ἥἧ ἵκανὸς κατασχεῖν, καὶ ἀπαγαγεῖν τῆς πονηρίας. Διὸ καὶ εἰς αὐτὸ κατέληξεν, ὧστε ἔναυλον εἶναι τὴν ὠφέλειαν αὐτοῖς. Παντα τοίνυν ταῦτα ᾿ συνειδότες, καὶ τὰ παρόντα καὶ τὰ μέλλοντα, φύγωμεν κακίαν, ζηλώσωμεν ἃ ἀρετὴν, ἵνα μὴ μάτην μηδὲ εἰκῆ κάμνωμεν, αλλὰ καὶ τῆς ἐνταῦθα ἀπολαύσωμεν ἀσφαλείας, καὶ τῆς ἐκεῖ μετάσχωμεν δόξης ἧς γένοιτο πάντας ἡμᾶς ἐπιτυχεῖν, αριτι καὶ φιλανθρωπίᾳ τοῦ κυρίου ἡμῶν Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ, ᾧ ἊἝ καὶ τὸ κράτος εἰς τοὺς αἰῶνας τών αἰώνων. ᾿Αμῆν.

prosethēke kai ta sēmeia dēlōn hoti ou monon hē pistis, all oude hē tōn sēmeiōn epideixis oninēse ti ton thaumatourgounta aretēs chōris. Ei de mē epoiēsan, pōs an edynēthē touto systēnai entautha: Allōs de oud᾽ an etolmēsan, tēs kriseōs parousēs, pros auton tauta eipein. Kai autē de ē apokrisis, kai to kat᾽ erōtēsin legein, deiknysin auytous pepoiēkotas. ᾿Epeidē gar enantion tē prosdokią to telos eidon, kai entautha men thaumastoi ēsan para pasi thaumatourgountes, ekei de horōsin heautous loipon kolazomenous? hōs ekplēttomenoi kai thaumazontes legousi ᾿ kyrie, ouchi en tǭ sǭ onomati proephēteusamen? pōs oun hēmas apostrephę̄ nyn: ti bouletai to xenon kai paradoxon touto telos? Dll ekeinoi men thaumazousin, hoti toiauta thaumatourgēsantes ekolasthēsan sy de mē thaumaze. Hē gar charis, pasa tēs tou dedōkotos dōreas ekeinoi de ouden par heautōn eisēnenkan dio kai kolazesthai dikaioi, ho hoti peri ton houtō timēsanta, hōs kai anaxiois dounai tēn charin, agnōmonos gegonasi kai anaisthētoi. TI houn, phēsin, ergazomenoi tēn anomian, toiauta epoioun : Tines men phasin, hoti ouk en tǭ kairǭ, en hǭ tauta ethaumatourgoun, kai hēnomoun, all᾽ hysteron metebalonto, kai tēn anomian epoioun. ᾿All᾽ ean touto hē, palin to spoudazomenon ouch histatai. Ho gar deixai hespoudake, touto estin' hoti oute pistis, oute thaumata ischyei, biou mē parontos hoper oun kai ho Paulos helegen' ean echō pistin, hōste orē methistanein, kai eidō ta mystēria panta kai pasan tēn gnōsin, agapēn de mē echō, ouden eimi. Tines oun eisin houtoi ? Phēsi. Polloi tōn pisteusantōn elabon charismata, hoios ēn ho ta daimonia ekballōn, kai ouk hōn met᾽ autou, hoios hēn ho ᾿Ioudae kai gar kai houtos, ponēros hōn, charisma eiche. Kai en tē palaią de touto heuroi tis an, eis anaxious tēn charin energēsasan pollakis, hina heterous euergetēsē. ᾿Epeidē gar pantes pros panta epitēdeiōs eichon, all hoi men hēsan biou katharou, pistin de ou tosautēn eichon, hoi hoe tounantion᾽ kakeinous dia toutōn protrepei?, hōōste pollēn epideixasthai pistin, kai toutous dia tēs aphatou tautēsōōreas hōste genesthai beltious exekaleito. Dio kai meta pollēs tēs dapsileias tēn charin edidon. Dynameis gar, hoti ouk hoioa ymas. Nyyn men gar nomizousin einai moi hǭiloi tote hoee eisontai, hoti ouch hōs philois euōka. hai ti thaumazeis ei andrasi pepisteukosi men eis auton, bion de ouk echousi tę̄ pistei symbainonta, ho charismata dedōken, hopou. ge kai eis tous amphoterōn toutōn ekpeptōkotas heurisketai energōn: Kai gar ho Balaam kai pisteōs kai politeias aristēs allootrios hēn᾿ all homōs enērgēsen eis hauton hē charis dia tēn heterōn oikonomian. Kai ho Pharaō toioutos all᾽ homōs kakeinǭ ta mellonta edeixeis Kai ho Nabouchodonosor paranomōtatos. kai toutǭ palin ta meta pollas hysteron esomena ngeneōs apekalypse. Kai tǭ paidi palin tǭ ekeinou nikōnti ton patera tę̄ paranomią, ta mellonta odeixe, thaumasta kai megala oikonomōn pragmata. Epei oun kai tote archas to kērygma eiche, kai pollēn edei genesthai tēs dynameōs autou tēn epideixin, polloi kai tōn anaxiōn dōra elambanon. ᾿All homōs apo tōn sēmeiōn toutōn ouden ᾿ekerdanan ekeinoi, alla kai mallon kolazontai. Dio kai to phoberon ekeino rēma eipen hautois oudepote egnōn hymas. Pollous gar kai enteuthen ēdē misei, kai pro tēs kriseōs apostrephetai. Phobēthōmen toinyn, agapētoi, kai pollēn epimeleian poiēsōmetha bion, mēoe nomizōmen elatton echein, epeidē sēmeia ou poioumen nyn. Ouden Hyar ek toutou pleon estai hēmin pote, hōsper oun oude elatton ek tou mē poiein, heōan aretēs epimelōmetha pasēs. Tōn men gar sēmeiōn autoi opheiletai esmen, tou de bion kai tōn praxeōn ton theon echomen opheiletēn. Epeid toinyn pa ntaa apērtise, kai peri aretēs dielechthē meta akribeias hapasēs? kai tous hypokrinomenous autēn edeixe diaphorous ontas, taus te nēsteuontas pros epideixin kai euchomenous, tous te en dorą probatōn paragenomenous, tous te lymainomenous autēn, ous kai choirous kai kynas ekalese, deiknys loipon poson men tēs aretēs kai entautha to kerdos, poson de tēs kakias to blabos, phēsi de pas oun hostis akouei mou tous logous hē toutous, kai poiei hautous, homoiōthēsetai andri phronimǭ. AA men gar hoi mē poiountes, kan sēmeia ergazōntai, peisontai, akēkoate dei de hymas eidenai, kai tinōn hoi peithomenoi, tois eirēmenois hapasin apolausontai, ouk en tǭ mellonti aiōni monon. alla kai entautha. Pas gar, phēsin, hostis akouei mou tous logous toutous, kai poiei autous, homoiōthēsetai andri Phroneiǭ Eides pōs poikillei ton logon, pote men legōn, ou pas ho legōn Mthi: kyrie, kyrie. kai heauton ekkalyptōn' pote de legōn, ho poiōn to thelēma tou patros mou kai palin kritēn heauton eisagōn polloi gar erousi moi en ekeinē tę̄ hēmerą, kyrie. kyrie, ou tǭ sǭ onomati -proephēteusamen: kai erō, ouk oida hymas. Kai entautha palin deiknysin heauton tēn exousian echonta tou pantos dio kai elegen hostis akouei mou tous logous toutous. ᾿Kapeidē gar panta peri tōn mellontōn dielechthē, kai basileian legōn, kai misthon aphaton, kai paraklēsin, kai hosa toiauta, bouletai kai enteuthen autois dounai tous karpous, kai ē deixai posē kai kata ton paronta bion hē ischys tēs aretēs. Tis oun estin hē ischys? To meta asphaleias zēn, to aēdeni tōn deinōn eucheirōton einai, to pantōn anōteron. hestanai tōn epēreazontōn hou ti genoit᾽ an ison: Touto gar oude autos ho to diadēma perikeimenos heautǭ kataskeuasai dynait᾽ an, all᾽ ho aretēn metiōn. Autos gar monos meta pollēs kektētai tēs periousias, en tǭ tōn parontōn euripǭ pragmatōn pollēs apolanōōn galēnēs. gar dē thaumaston touto estin, hoti ouk eudias ousēs, alla sphodrou tou cheimōnos: kai pollēs tēs tarachēs, kai synechōn tōn peirasmōn, autos oude mikron saleuthēnai dynatai. Katebē gar ē brochē, phēsin, ēlthon hoi potamoi, epneusan hoi anemoi, kai prosepeson tę̄ oikią ekeinē, kai ouk epese tethemeliōto gar epi tēn petran ᾿ brochēn entautha kai potamous kai anemous metaphorikōs tas anthrōpinas legōn symphoras kai dyspragias, hoion sykophantias, epiboulas, penthē, thanatous, oikeiōn apobolas, allotriōn epēreias, panta hosa an eipoi tis ta en tǭ biǭ kaka. All᾽ oudeni eikei? phēsin, hē toiautē psychē to de aition, hoti epi tēs petras tethemeliōtai. Petran de tēn asphaleian tēs heautou didaskalias kalei. [kai gar petras ischyrotera ta prostagmata, hypsēloteron pantōn poiounta tōn anthrōpinōn kymatōn. Ho gar tauta meta akribeias phylattōn, ouk anthrōpōn periestai monon epēreazontōn, alla kai autōn tōn daimonōn epibouleuontōn autǭ. Kai hoti ou kompos ta eirēmena, martys hēmin ho Iōb, pasas dexamenos tou diabolou tas prosbolas, kai meinas akinētos martyrēseian d᾽ an kai hoi apostoloi, tōn kymatōn tēs oikoumenēs prosrēgnymenōn hōs kai dēmōn kai tyrannōn, kai oikeiōn kai allotriōn, i daimonōn kai diabolou, kai pasēs mēchanēs kinētheisēs, petras sterrhoteron stantes, kai tauta panta dialysantes. GI toinyn tou biou toutou makariōteron genoit᾽ an: Touto gar ou ploutos, ou sōmatos ischys, ou doxa, ou dynasteia? ouk allo ouden hyposchesthai dynēsetai, all᾽ hē tēs aretēs ktēsis monē. Ou gar estin: ouk esti bion heurein heteron kakōn eleutheron ha hapantōn, all᾽ ē touton monon. Kai martyres hymeis, hoi tas en tois basileiois eidotes epiboulaas, hoi tous thorybous kai tas tarachas tas en tais tōn ploutountōn oikiais. ᾿All’ ouk en tois apostolois toiouton ouden. Ti oun? ouden gegone toiouton. oude epathon ti deinon par᾽ oudenos ekeinoi: To gar thaumaston touto malista pantōn estin, hoti pollas men hypemeinan epiboulas, kai polloi katerrhagēsan ep᾽ ᾿ autōn hoi cheimōnes, tēn de psychēn autōn ou perietrepsan, oude eis athymian enebalon hod alla gyōnois sōmasi palaiontes ekratēsan kai periegenonto. hinai sy toinyn, ean thelę̄s tauta poiein meta akribeias, pantōn katagelasę̄. Ian gar hēs ōchyrōmenos tę̄ tōn paraineseōn toutōn rhilosyphią, ouden se lypēsai dynēsetai. gar se blapsei ho boulomenos epibouleuein: Chrēmata sou ᾿aphairēsetai: Alla kai pro tēs apeilēs tēs ᾿ ekeinōn ekeleusthēs autōn kataphronein, kai meta tosautēs apechesthai tēs hyperbolēs, hōs mēde para tou despotou ti pote toiouton aitein. All᾽ eis desmōtērion emballei: ᾿Alla pro tou desmōtēriou houtō zēn ekeleusthēs, hōs kai panti estaurōsthai tǭ kosmǭ. Alla legei kakōs? Alla kai tautēs apēllaxe se tēs odynēs ho Christos, polyn soi aponēti tēs anexikakias ᾿epangellomenos misthon, kai houtō se katharon tēs enteuthen orgēs kai lypēs poiēsas, hōs kai keleusai hyper ᾿ autōn euchesthai. Dll elaunei kai myriois se periballei kakois: Alla lamproteron hon: poiei ton stephanon. Dll anairei kai katasphattei: hi dia touto ta megista se ōphelei palin, ta tōn pro soi epathla kataskeuazōn, kai tachyteron eis ton akymanton limena parapempōn, kai meizonos amoibēs hypothesin soi parechōn, kai tēn koinēn dikēn pragmateuesthai se paraskenazōn. Ho dē kai malista pantōn esti thaumastoteron᾽ hoti ou monon ouden parablaptousin bouleuontes, alla kai eudokimōterous poiousi tous epēreazomenous. Ou ti genoit an ison, toiouton elesthai bion, hoios monos houtos estin? Epeithē gar heipe stenēn kai tethlimmenēn tēn hodon, kanteuthen paramythoumenos tous ponous, deiknysi pollēn autēs ousan tēn asphaleian, pollēn tēn hēdonēn, hōsper houn kai tēs enantias pollēn tēn sathrotēta kai tēn zēaian. Kathaper gar tēs aretēs kanteuthen edeixe ta epathla, houtō kai tēs kakias ta epicheira. Kai hi garO hoper aei legō, touto kai nyn erō, di amphoterōn pantachou kataskeuazei tōn akroatōn tēn sōtērian, dia te tou zēlou tēs aretēs, dia te tou tēs kakias misous. ᾿Epeidē gar omellon tines einai, ta men legomena thaumazontes, tēn de dia tōn ergōn ou parechontes epideixin, prokatalambanōn autous phobei legōn, hoti ei kai kala ta eirēmena, ouk arkei eis asphaleian ē akroasis, alla dei kai tēs dia tōn ergōn hypakoēs, kai to pan hon toutǭ malista esti. Kai entautha katalyei ton logon, ton phobon autois ᾿enakmazonta apheis. Hōsper gar epi tēs aretēs ouk apo tōn mellontōn proetrepse monon, basileian eipōn, kai ouranous. kai misthon aphaton, kai paraklēsin, kai ta myria agatha, alla kai apo tōn parontōn, to sterrhon kai akinēton endeixamenos tēs petras houtō kai epi tēs kakias ouk apo tōn prosdokōmenōn phobei monon, hoion tou koptomenou dendron, kai tou pyros t᾿ asbestou, kai tou mē eiselthein eis tēn basileian, kai tou legein, ouk oida hymas ᾿ alla kai apo tōn parontōn, tēs ptōseōs legō tēs kata tēn oikian. Dioō kai emphantikōteron ton logon epoiēsen, epi parabolēs auto gymnazōn. Oude gar hēn eipein ison, hoti acheirōtos estai ho enaretos, kai eualōtos ho ponēros, kai petran theinai, kai oikian, kai potamous, kai brochēn, kai anemon, kai hosa toiauta. Kai pas ho akouōn mou tous logous toutous, phēsi, kai mē poiōn autous, homoiōthēsetai andri mōrǭ, hostis ōkodomēse tēn oikian autou epi hē tēn psammon. Kalōs de mōron ekalese touton. Ti gar an genoito ᾿anoētoteron tou oikian oikodomountos e epi tēs psammon, kai ton men ponon hypomenontos, tou de karpou kai tēs anapauseōs aposteroumenou, kai anti toutou kolasin hypomenontos ? Hoti gar kai hoi kakian metiontes kamnousi, panti pon dēlon esti kai gar kai ho harpax, kai ho moichos, kai ho sykophantēs polla ponousi kai talaipōbountai, hōste tēn hautōn kakian eis teelon haUgagein᾽ all ou monon ouden apo Tōn ponōn Toutōōōn karpountai hō TO kerdos, hē touto ainittomenos elegen᾽ ho speirōn eis tēn sarka au( tou, ek tēs sarkos autou therisei phthoran. Toutǭ eoikasi kai hoi epi tēs psammou oikodomountes hoion hoi epi porneią, hoi epi aselgeią, hoi epi methē, hoi epi thymǭ, hoi epi tois allois hapasi. Toioutos hēn ho Achaab, all᾽ hoo toioutos ho Ēlias. Kai gar parallēla thentes tēn aretēn kai tēn kakian, akribesteron eisometha to diaphoron. Ho men gar epi tēs petras ǭkodomēsen, ho de e epi tēs Psammon dio kai basileus ō hōn ededoikei kai etreme ton prophētēn, ton tēn mēlōtēn echonta monon. Toioutoi hoi ᾿Iondaioi, all ouch hoi apostoloi dio kai Ō oligoi ontes kai dedemenoi, tēs petras enedeiknynto to sterrhon᾽ ekeinoi de kai polloi kai hōplismenoi, tēs psammou to asthenes. Kai gar elegon ti poiēsomen tois anthrōpois toutois ? Horąs en aporią ontas, ou tous hypocheirious kai dedemenous, alla tous katechontas kai desmeuontas ? hou ti genoit᾽ an kainoteron? Sy katecheis kai diaporeis ? : Kai mala eikotōs. ᾿Epeidē gar epi tēs psammou panta phkodomēsan, dia touto kai asthenesteroi pantōn ēsan. Dia touto kai palin elegon᾽ ᾿ ti poieite boulomenoi epagagein eph᾽ hēmas to haima tou anthrōpou toutou t phēsi: Sy mastizeis, kai sy Phobę̄: sy epēreazeis, kai sy dedoikas : sy krineis, kai sy tremeis : : Houtōs. asthenēs hē kakia. All᾽ ouch hoi apostoloi houtōs, alla pōs : ou dynametha hēmeis ha ΄ eidomen kai ēkousamen mē lalein. Eides phronēma hypsēlon: eides petran kymatōn katagelōsan? : eides oikian aseiston ? Kai to dē thaumastoteron, hoti ou monon oude eginonto autoi deiloi de hōn epebouleuonto, all᾽ hoti kai pleion elambanon tharsos, kakeinous eis meizona xenebalon agōnian. Kai gar ho alla adamanta plēttōn, autos estin ho plēttomenos kai ho ta kentra laktizōn, autos estin ho kentoumenos, kai ta chalepa dechomenos traumata kai ho tois enaretois epibouleuōn, autos estin ho kindyneuōn. HēĒ gar kakia tosoutǭ mallon asthenestera ginetai, hosǭper an pros tēn aretēn paratattētai. Kai kathaper di pyr en himatiǭ desmōn, tēn men phloga ouk esbese, to de ha himation edapanēsen' houtōs ho tois enaretois epēreazōn, kai katechōn, kai desmeuōn, ekeinous men lampro: terous eirgasato, heauton de ēphanise. Kai gar hosa an deina pathę̄s epieikōs zōn, tosoutǭ gegonas ischyroteros hosǭ gar ᾿timōmen philosophian, tosoutǭ mallon oudenos deēsometha᾽ kai ho osǭ an mēdenos deēthōmen, tosoutǭ mallon hi ischyroi ginometha kai pantōn anōteroi. Toioutos ēn ho ᾿Iōannēk dio ekeinon men oudeis elypei, autos de elypei ton Ērōdēn' kai ho men mēden ho echōn, katexanestē tou kratountos ho de diadēma kai halourgida kai myrian phantasian peribeblēmenos, tremei kai dedoike ton pantōn gegymnōmenon, kai oude apotetmēmenon tēn kephalēn adeōs idein ō edynato. Hoti gar kai meta teleutēn akmazonta eiche ton phobon, a akouson ti phēsin' houtos estin ho ᾿Iōannēs, hon aneilon egō. To de, aneilon, ouk epairomenou hēn, alla ton phobon paramythoumenou, kai peithontos tēn psychēn. tēn tarattomenēn anamnēsthēnai, hoti autos auton esphaxe. Tosautē tēs aretēs hē ischys, hoti kai meta teleutēn tōn zōntōn e esti dynatōtera. Dia dē touto kai hēnika ezē, hoi ta polla kektēmenoi chrēmata pros auton erchomenoi. elegon ti poiēsomen: Iosauta echete, kai para tou mēden e echontos boulesthe mathein tēs hymeteras euēmerias, tēn hodon : para tou penētos hoi plou. Toioutos kai ho Hēlias ēn᾽ dio kai meta tēs autēs parrhēsias tǭ dēmǭ dielegeto. Ho men gar elege, gennēmata echionōn houtos de? he heōs pote chōlaneite ep᾽ amphoterais tais ignyais hymōn : Kai ho men elegen, ephoneusas kai eklēronomēsas; ho de elegen, ouk exesti soi echein tēn gynaika Philippou tou adelphou sou. Eides tēn petran: eides tēn psammon: pōs eukolōs katapiptei: pōs eikei tais symphorais : pōs peritrepetai, kan meta basileōs, kan meta plēthous kan meta dynasteias: Hapantōn gar tous metiontas autēn anaisthētoterous poie. Kai oude haplōs katapiptei? alla meta pollēs tēs symphoras. Kai gar hēn, phēsin, hē ptōsis autēs megalē. Oude gar hyper tōn tychontōn ho kindynos, all’ hyper psychēs? hyper ekptōseōs ouranōn kai tōn athanatōn ekeinōn ᾿agathōn. Mallon de kai pro ekeinōn, pantōn athliōteron ho tautēn diōkōn biōsetai bion, athymiais diēnekesi, deiliais, phrontisin, gōniais syzōn hoper oun kai tis sophos ainittomenos elege᾽ pheugei asebēs, oudenos diōkontos. Hoi gar toioutoi tas skias ,tremousi, tous Philous hypopteuousi? tous echthrous, tous oiketas, tous eidotas, tous ouk eidotas autous, kai pro tēs kolaseōs entautha tēn eschatēn tiousi kolasin. Kai tauta panta dēlōn ho o Christos elege kai hēn hē ptōsis autēs ᾽megaalē eis to prosēkon telos katakleiōn ta kala tauta parangelmata, kai tous sphodra apistous ᾿ peithōn kai apo tōn parontōn pheugein kakian. Ei gar kai meizōn ho peri tōn mellontōn logos, alla tous pachyterouys houtos mallon hēē hikanos kataschein, kai apagagein tēs ponērias. Dio kai eis auto katelēxen, hōste enaulon einai tēn ōpheleian autois. Panta toinyn tauta ᾿ syneidotes, kai ta paronta kai ta mellonta, phygōmen kakian, zēlōsōmen ha aretēn, hina mē matēn mēde eikē kamnōmen, alla kai tēs entautha apolausōmen asphaleias, kai tēs ekei metaschōmen doxēs hēs genoito pantas hēmas epitychein, ariti kai philanthrōpią tou kyriou hēmōn Iēsou Christou, hǭ HaE kai to kratos eis tous aiōnas tōn aiōnōn. ᾿Amēn.

he added the signs too, showing that not only faith but not even the display of signs profited the wonder-worker anything without virtue. And if they had not done them, how could this point have been established here? Besides, they would not have dared to say this to him with the judgment at hand. And the answer itself, and their speaking in the form of a question, shows that they had done them. For since they saw an end contrary to their expectation, and while here they had been admired by all for working miracles, but there they now see themselves punished, they say, as men astonished and amazed, “Lord, did we not prophesy in your name?” How then do you turn us away now? What does this strange and unexpected end mean? But they wonder that, having worked such miracles, they were punished; you, however, must not wonder. For the grace was wholly of the gift of the giver; but they contributed nothing of their own; that is why they are justly punished, because toward the one who honored them so much as to give the grace even to the unworthy they proved ungrateful and without feeling. “What then,” someone says, “did they do such things while working lawlessness?” Some say that it was not at the time when they were working these miracles that they were also acting lawlessly, but that later they changed and did lawlessness. But if this is so, again the point he is laboring to make does not stand. For what he is eager to show is this: that neither faith nor miracles have strength when life is lacking; as Paul too said, “If I have faith so as to remove mountains, and know all mysteries and all knowledge, but have not love, I am nothing.” Who, then, are these? he says. Many of those who believed received gifts, such as the one who cast out demons and was not with him, such as Judas; for he too, though wicked, had a gift. And in the Old Testament too one could find this: grace often working in the unworthy so as to benefit others. For since not all were fitted for all things, but some were of pure life but did not have such great faith, and others the reverse, he urged the former through the latter to show great faith, and by this unspeakable gift called forth the latter to become better. That is why he gave the grace with great abundance. “For [we did] mighty works,” they say … “that I do not know you.” For now they think they are my friends, but then they will know that it was not as to friends that I gave. And why do you wonder that he gave gifts to men who believed in him but had no life consistent with their faith, when he is found working even in those who have fallen from both? For Balaam too was a stranger both to faith and to an excellent way of life; but nevertheless grace worked in him for the sake of his dealings with others. And Pharaoh was such; but nevertheless to him too he showed the things to come. And Nebuchadnezzar was most lawless; and to him again he revealed what would happen many generations later. And again to his son, who surpassed his father in lawlessness, he showed the things to come, ordering wonderful and great affairs. Since, then, at that time too the preaching was at its beginning, and there needed to be a great display of his power, many even of the unworthy received gifts. But nevertheless those men gained nothing from these signs, but are punished the more. That is why he spoke to them that fearful word, “I never knew you.” For many he hates even here already, and turns away from them before the judgment. Let us fear, then, beloved, and take great care of our life, and let us not think we have less because we do not now work signs. For we shall never have any advantage from these, just as we shall have no loss from not working them, if we take care of all virtue. For of the signs we are ourselves the debtors; but of our life and our actions we have God as our debtor. Since, then, he had completed everything, and had discoursed about virtue with all exactness, and had shown that its counterfeiters are of various kinds, those who fast and pray for display, those who come in sheep’s skin, and those who corrupt it, whom he called swine and dogs, he shows at last how great is the gain of virtue even here, and how great the harm of wickedness, saying, “Everyone, then, who hears these words of mine and does them will be like a wise man.” What those who do not do them will suffer, even if they work signs, you have heard; but you must also know what those who obey all that has been said will enjoy, not only in the age to come but also here. “For everyone,” he says, “who hears these words of mine and does them will be like a wise man.” Do you see how he varies his speech, at one time saying, “Not everyone who says to me, ‘Lord, Lord,’” and revealing himself; at another, “the one who does the will of my Father”; and again bringing himself in as judge, “For many will say to me in that day, ‘Lord, Lord, did we not prophesy in your name?’ and I will say, ‘I do not know you’”? And here again he shows that he has authority over all; that is why he also said, “Whoever hears these words of mine.” For since he had spoken entirely about the things to come, speaking of a kingdom and an unspeakable reward and comfort and all such things, he wishes to give them the fruits from here too, and to show how great is the strength of virtue even in the present life. What, then, is this strength? To live in safety, to be easily overcome by none of the terrors, to stand above all who mistreat us. What could equal this? For not even the man who wears the diadem could provide this for himself, but the one who pursues virtue. For he alone possesses it in great abundance, enjoying great calm in the ebb and flow of present affairs. For this is what is truly wonderful: that not when the weather is fair, but when the storm is violent and the turmoil great and the temptations continuous, he cannot be shaken even a little. “For the rain came down,” he says, “the rivers came, the winds blew and fell upon that house, and it did not fall; for it had been founded on the rock.” Here he speaks metaphorically of rain and rivers and winds, meaning human misfortunes and calamities, such as slanders, plots, griefs, deaths, losses of kinsfolk, injuries from strangers, all the evils of life one could mention. But such a soul, he says, yields to none of these; and the reason is that it is founded on the rock. And he calls the security of his own teaching a rock. For the commandments are stronger than a rock, making one higher than all the waves of human affairs. For the one who keeps them with exactness will prevail not only over men who mistreat him, but even over the very demons who plot against him. And that what has been said is no boast, Job is our witness, who received all the attacks of the devil and remained unmoved; and the apostles too would bear witness, who, when the waves of the world dashed against them, of peoples and tyrants, kinsfolk and strangers, demons and the devil, and every device was set in motion, stood firmer than a rock and broke up all these. What, then, could be more blessed than this life? For neither wealth, nor bodily strength, nor glory, nor power, nor anything else will be able to promise this, but only the possession of virtue. For it is not, it is not possible to find another life free from all evils except this one alone. And you are witnesses, who know the plots in palaces, the tumults and troubles in the houses of the rich. But among the apostles there was nothing of the kind. What then? Did nothing of the kind happen, and did they suffer nothing terrible from anyone? No; this is what is most wonderful of all: that they underwent many plots, and many storms burst upon them, yet these did not overturn their soul nor throw them into despondency, but, wrestling with bare bodies, they prevailed and overcame. You too, then, if you are willing to do these things with exactness, will laugh at everything. For if you are fortified with the philosophy of these counsels, nothing will be able to grieve you. For how will the one who wishes to plot against you harm you? Will he take away your money? But even before his threat you were commanded to despise it, and to keep from it so far as not even to ask the Master for any such thing. Will he throw you into prison? But before the prison you were commanded to live so as to be crucified to the whole world. Does he speak ill of you? But Christ has freed you from this pain too, promising you without toil a great reward for patience, and making you so clean of the anger and grief that come from it as even to command you to pray for them. Does he drive you out and surround you with countless evils? He makes your crown more splendid. Does he kill and slaughter you? For this very reason he again benefits you most of all, procuring for you the prizes of the martyrs, sending you more quickly into the harbor free from waves, giving you occasion for a greater reward, and causing you to turn to profit the penalty common to all. And this is most wonderful of all: that those who plot not only do no harm, but even make those they mistreat more highly esteemed. What could equal choosing such a life, such as this alone is? For since he had said that the way is narrow and hard, here too consoling the toils, he shows that its security is great and its pleasure great, just as great is the rottenness and the loss of the opposite. For as he showed the prizes of virtue even from here, so too the wages of wickedness. For, as I always say, so I will say now too: everywhere he secures the salvation of his hearers by both, by zeal for virtue and by hatred of wickedness. For since there were going to be some who admired what was said but did not give proof of it in deeds, he anticipates them and frightens them, saying that, even if what has been said is good, hearing is not enough for safety, but there is need also of obedience in works, and the whole lies chiefly in this. And here he ends his discourse, leaving the fear at its height in them. For just as with virtue he exhorted them not only from the things to come, speaking of a kingdom and heavens and an unspeakable reward and comfort and countless good things, but also from present things, displaying the firmness and immovability of the rock; so also with wickedness he frightens them not only from what is expected, such as the tree cut down, and the unquenchable fire, and not entering into the kingdom, and the saying, “I do not know you,” but also from present things, I mean the fall of the house. That is why he made his speech more vivid, working it out in a parable. For it was not the same to say that the virtuous man will be invincible and the wicked easily taken, as to set down a rock and a house and rivers and rain and wind and all such things. “And everyone who hears these words of mine,” he says, “and does not do them, will be like a foolish man who built his house upon the sand.” And well did he call him foolish. For what could be more senseless than one who builds a house on the sand, and undergoes the toil but is deprived of the fruit and the rest, and instead of this undergoes punishment? For that those who pursue wickedness also labor is plain to everyone: the robber, the adulterer, and the false accuser toil much and suffer hardship so as to bring their wickedness to completion; but not only do they reap no fruit from these toils, but … the loss. Hinting at this, Paul said, “He who sows to his own flesh will from the flesh reap corruption.” Like this too are those who build on the sand, such as those given to sexual immorality, to licentiousness, to drunkenness, to anger, to all the other vices. Such was Ahab, but not such was Elijah. For by setting virtue and wickedness side by side we shall know the difference more exactly. For the one built on the rock, the other on the sand; that is why, though he was king, he feared and trembled at the prophet who had only a sheepskin. Such were the Jews, but not the apostles; that is why these, though few and bound, displayed the firmness of the rock, and those, though many and armed, the weakness of the sand. For they said, “What shall we do with these men?” Do you see who are at a loss? Not those who were in their power and bound, but those who held and bound them. What could be stranger than this? You hold them, and you are at a loss? And very reasonably. For since they had built everything on the sand, for this reason they were the weakest of all. That is why they also said again, “Do you intend to bring this man’s blood upon us?” What are you saying? You scourge, and you are afraid? You mistreat, and you dread? You judge, and you tremble? So weak is wickedness. But not so the apostles. How, then? “We cannot but speak the things we have seen and heard.” Did you see a lofty spirit? Did you see a rock laughing at the waves? Did you see a house unshaken? And what is more wonderful, they not only did not become cowardly when plotted against, but took more courage and threw those men into greater anguish. For the one who strikes … adamant is himself the one who is struck; and the one who kicks against the goads is himself the one who is pricked and receives the grievous wounds; and the one who plots against the virtuous is himself the one in danger. For wickedness becomes weaker the more it is arrayed against virtue. And just as one who binds fire in a garment did not quench the flame but consumed the garment, so the one who mistreats and holds and binds the virtuous makes them more glorious and destroys himself. For the more terrible things you suffer while living uprightly, the stronger you have become; for the more we honor philosophy, the less we shall need anything; and the less we need anything, the stronger we become and above all things. Such was John; that is why no one grieved him, but he grieved Herod; and the one who had nothing rose up against the ruler, while the one clothed with diadem and purple and endless pomp trembles and fears the one stripped of everything, and could not look without fear even upon him when he had been beheaded. For that even after his death he kept the fear of him at its height, hear what he says: “This is John, whom I killed.” And the words “I killed” were not those of one boasting, but of one soothing his fear and persuading his troubled soul to remember that he himself had slain him. So great is the strength of virtue that even after death it is more powerful than the living. For this reason too, while he was alive, those who possessed much money came to him and said, “What shall we do?” You have so much, and you wish to learn the way of your prosperity from one who has nothing? The rich from the poor? … Such was Elijah too; that is why he spoke to the people with the same boldness. For the one said, “Brood of vipers,” and this one, “How long will you limp upon both your hams?” And the one said, “You have murdered and taken possession,” and the other said, “It is not lawful for you to have the wife of your brother Philip.” Did you see the rock? Did you see the sand, how easily it falls down, how it yields to misfortunes, how it is overturned, whether it has a king on its side, or a multitude, or power? For it makes those who pursue it more senseless than all. And it does not simply fall, but with great calamity. “For great,” he says, “was its fall.” For the danger is not about trifles, but about the soul, about falling from heaven and from those immortal good things. Or rather, even before those, the one who pursues this life will live more wretchedly than all, living with continual despondency, fears, cares, and anguish; which a certain wise man too hinted at when he said, “The ungodly flees when no one pursues.” For such people tremble at shadows, suspect their friends, their enemies, their servants, those who know them and those who do not, and before the punishment pay the utmost penalty here. And making all this plain, Christ said, “And great was its fall,” closing these excellent precepts with a fitting end, and persuading even the very unbelieving to flee wickedness on the ground of present things. For even if the word about the things to come is greater, this one is better able to restrain the duller sort and lead them away from wickedness. That is why he ended with it, so that the benefit might ring in their ears. Knowing all these things, then, both the present and the future, let us flee wickedness, let us emulate virtue, so that we may not labor in vain and at random, but may both enjoy safety here and share in the glory there; which may we all obtain, by the grace and love for humankind of our Lord Jesus Christ, to whom be the glory and the might for ever and ever. Amen.

Chapter 25

25.1Field 1

Καὶ ἐγένετο, ὅτε ετθλεσεν ὁ Ἰησοῦς τοὺς λογους τούτους, ἐξεπλήσσοντο οἱ ὄχλοι ἐπὶ τῇ διδαχῆ αὐτοῦ. ΚΑΙ μὴν ἀκόλουθον ἦν ἀλγεῖν αὐτοὺς πρὸς τὸ φορτικὸν τῶν εἰρημένων, καὶ ναρκᾶν πρὸς τὸ ὕψος τῶν ἐπιτεταγμένων᾿ νῦν δὲ τοσαύτη ἥ ἰσχὺς τοῦ διδάσκοντος ἢ ἥν, ὡς πολλοὺς αὐτῶν καὶ ἐλεῖν, καὶ εἰς θαῦμα μέγιστον ἐμβαλεῖν, καὶ πεῖσαι διὰ τὴν ἡδονὴν τῶν εἰρημένων, μηδὲ πανομένου τοῦ λέγειν ἀποστῆναι λοιπόν. Οὐδὲ γὰρ ἐπειδὴ ἐκ τοῦ ὄρους κατέβη, ἀπέστησαν οἱ ἀκροαταὶ, ἀλλὰ καὶ οὕτω τὸ θέατρον ἅπαν ἠκολούθησε τοσοῦτον ἐνέθηκεν αὐτοῖς τῶν εἰρημένων ἔρωτα. ᾿Ἐξεπλήσσοντο δὲ αὐτοῦ μάλιστα τὴν ἐξουσίαν. Ου γὰρ εἰς ἕτερον ἀναφέρων, ὡς ὁ προφήτης καὶ Μωυσῆς, ἔλεγεν ἅπερ ἔλεγεν, ἀλλὰ πανταχοῦ ἑαντὸν ἐνδεικνύμενος εἶναι τὸν τὸ κῦρος ἔχονται Καὶ γὰρ νομοθετῶν συνεχῶς προσετίθει ἐγὼ δὲ λέγω ὑμῖν καὶ τῆς ἡμέρας ἀναμιμνήσκων ἐκείνης» ἑαυτὸν ἐδείκνν τὸν δικαάζοντα εἶναι, καὶ διὰ τῶν κολάσεων, καὶ διὰ τῶν τιμῶν. Καίτοι καὶ ἐντεῦθεν θορυβηθῆναι εἰκὸς ἦν. Εἰ γὰρ διὰ τῶν ἔργων ὁρῶντες ἐπιδεικνύμενον αὐτὸν τὴν ἐξουσίαν ἐλίθαζον οἱ γραμματεῖς καὶ ἤλαυνον᾽ ὅπου ῥήματα ἦν μόνον τοῦτο ἐμφαίνοντα, πῶς οὐκ εἰκὸς ἦν αὐτοὺς σκανδαλίζεσθαι, καὶ μάλιστα ὁπότε ἐν προοιμίοις ταῦτα ἐλέγετο, καὶ πρὶν ἥ πεῖραν αὐτὸν δεδωκόναι τῆς ἑαυτοῦ δυνάμεως : Ἀλλ᾽ ὅμως οὐδὲν τούτων ἔπασχον' ὅταν γὰρ ψυχὴ καὶ διάνοια εὐγνώμων ἢ» ῥᾳδίως πείθεται τοῖς τῆς ἀληθείας λόγοις. Διὰ δὴ τοῦτο ἐκεῖνοι μὲν, καὶ τών σημείων ἀνακηρυττόντων αὐτοῦ τὴν δύναμιν, ἐσκανδαλίζοντο οὗτοι δὲ λόγων ψιλῶν Ῥάκουοντες, ἐπείθοντο καὶ ἠκολούθουν. Τοῦτο γοῦν καὶ ὁ εὐαγγελιστὴς αἰνιττόμενος ἔλεγεν, ὅτι ἠκολούθησαν αὐτῷ ὄχλοι πολλοί οὐχὶ τῶν ἀρχόντων τινὲς, οὐδὲ τῶν Ὑραάμματεων, ἀλλ᾽ ὅσοι κακίας ἦσαν ἀπηλλαγμένοι; καὶ γνώμην εἶχον ἀδέκαστον. Διὰ παντὸς δὲ τοὺ εὐαγγελίου τούτους ὁρᾷς αὐτῷ προσηλωμένους. Καὶ γὰρ ἡνίκα ἔλεγε, μετὰ συγῆς ἤκονον, ᾿ὀύδοὺ παρεμβάλλοντες, οὐδὲ διακόπτοντες τὴν ἀκολουθίαν, οὐδὲ ἀποπειρώμενοι καὶ λαβὴν ἐπιθυμοῦντες εὑρεῖν, καθάπερ οἱ Φαρισαῖοι καὶ μετὰ τὴν δημηγορίαν ἠκολούθουν πάλιν θαυμάζοντες. Σὺ δέ μοι σκόπει τοῦ δεσπότον τὴν σύνεσιν, πῶς ποικίλλει τὴν ὠφέλειαν τῶν παρόντων, ἀπὸ θαυμάτων εἰς λόγους ἐμβαίνων, καὶ πάλιν ἀπὸ τῆς τῶν λόγων διδασκαλίας εἰς θαύματα μεταβαίνων. Καὶ γὰρ πρὶν ἢ ἀναβῆναι εἰς τὸ ὄρος, πολλοὺς ἐθεράπευσε, προοδοποιῶν τοῖς λεγομένοις καὶ μετὰ τὸ τὴν μακρὰν ταύτην ἀπαρτίσαι δημηγορίαν, πάλιν ἐπὶ θαύματα ἔρχεται, βεβαιῶν ἐκ τῶν γινομένων τὰ εἰρημένα. ᾿Επειδὴ γάρ ὡς ἐξουσίαν ἔ ἔχων. ἐδίδασκεν, ἵνα μὴ νομισθὴ κόμπος εἶναι καὶ αὐθαδιασμὸς οὗτος τῆς διδασκαλίας ὁ τρόπος, καὶ ἐν τοῖς ἔργοις τὸ αὐτὸ τοῦτο ποιεῖ, ὡς ἐξουσίαν ἔχων θεραπεύειν, ἵ ἵνα μηκέτι θορυβῶνται ὁ ορῶντες αὐτὸν οὕτω ἄσκοντα, ὁπότε καὶ τὰ θαύματα οὕτως ἐποίει. Καταβάντι γὰρ αὐτῷ ᾿ἀπὸ τοῦ ὄρους, προσῆλθε λεπρὸς λέγων κύριε, εὰν θέλῃς, δύνασαί με καθαρίσαι. Πολλὴ ἡ σύνεσις καὶ ἡ πίστις τοῦ προσελθόντος. Οὐ γὰρ διέκοψε τὴν διδασκαλίαν, οὐδὲ ἔτεμε τὸ θέατρον, ἀλλ᾽ ἀνέμεινε τὸν προσήκοντα καιρὸν, καὶ καταβάντι αὐτῷ προσέρχεται. Καὶ οὐχ ἁπλῶς, ἀλλὰ μετὰ πολλῆς τῆς θερμότητος, καὶ πρὸ τῶν γονάτων αὐτὸν παρακαλεῖ, ὡς ἕτερός φησιν εὐαγγελιστῆς, καὶ μετὰ γνησίας τῆς πίστεως, καὶ τῆς προσηκούσης περὶ αὐτοῦ δόξης. Οὐδὲ γὰρ εἶπεν, ἐὰν ἀξιώσης τὸν θεόν οὐδὲ, ἐὰν εὔξη: ἀλλ᾽, εν θέλης; δύνασαί μΘ καθαρίσαι. Οὐδὲ εἶπε' κύριε, καθάρισον ἀλλ᾽ αὐτῷ τὸ πάν ἐπιτρέπει; καὶ κύριον ' ποιεῖ τῆς διορθώσεως, καὶ τὴν ἐξουσίαν αὐτῷ μαρτυρεῖ ἅπασαν. Τί οὗν, Φησὶν, εἰ ἐσφαλμένη ἡ δόξα τοῦ λεπροῦ ἦν; Καταλῦσαι αὐτὴν ἐχρῆν, καὶ ἐπιτιμῆσαι, καὶ διορθῶσαι. Ἂρ᾽ οὖν τοῦτο ἐποίησεν ; Οὐδαμῶς αλλὰ καὶ τοὐναντίον ἅπαν, καὶ συνίστησι καὶ βεβαιοῖ τὸ εἰρημένον. Διά τοι τοῦτο οὐδὲ εἶπε, καθάρθητι: ἀλλὰ, θέλω, καθαρίσθητι ἵνα μηκέτι τῆς ὑπονοίας τῆς ἐκείνου, ἀλλὰ τῆς γνώμης τῆς αὐτοῦ τὸ δόγμα γένηται. Ἀλλ᾽ οὐχ οἱ ἀπόστολοι οὕτως, ἀλλὰ πῶς; Επειδῇὴ ὁ δῆμος ἐξεπλήττετο ἅπας, ἔλεγον᾽ «ὁ γί προσέχετε ἡμῖν, ὡς ᾿ ἰδίᾳ δυνάμει ἡ ἐξουσίᾳ πεποιηκόσι τοῦ περιπατεῖν αὐτόν. Ὁ δὲ δεσπότης» καίτοι πολλὰ μέτρια φθεγξάμενος, πολλάκις, καὶ καταδεέστερα τῆς αὐτοῦ δόξης, ὦ ὥστε πῆξαι τὸ δόγμα ἐνταῦθα τῶν ἐκπληττομένων αὐτὸν ἐπὶ τῆ ἐξουσίᾳ, ' τί φησι; θέλω, καθαρίσθητι. Καίτοι τοσαῦτα καὶ τηλικαῦτα ποιήσας σημεῖα; οὐδαμοῦ φαίνεται τοῦτο εἰρηκὼς, τὸ ῥῆμα. ᾿Ενταῦθα μέντοι ὥστε κυρῶσαι τὴν ὑπόνοιαν καὶ τοῦ δήμου παντὸς καὶ τοῦ λεπροῦ τὴν περὶ τῆς ἐξουσίας, διὰ τοῦτο προσέθηκε, θέλω. Καὶ οὐκ εἶπε μὲν τοῦτο, οὐκ ἐποίησε δέ ἀλλὰ καὶ τὸ ἔργον εὐθέως ἠκολούθησεν. Εἰ δὲ μὴ καλῶς ἔλεγεν, ἀλλὰ βλασφημία ἣν τὸ εἰρημένον, ἔδει διακοπῆναι τὸ ἐργον. Νυνὶ δὲ καὶ εἶξεν ἡ Φύσις ἐπιταττομένη, καὶ μετὰ τοῦ προσήκοντος τάχους, καὶ μείζονος ἢ ὁ εὐαγγελιστὴς εἶπε. Καὶ γὰρ τὸ, εὐθέως, πολὺ βραδύτερόν ἐστι τοῦ τάχους τοῦ κατὰ τὸ ἔργον γεγενημένου. Οὐχ ἁπλῶς δὲ εἶ πε, « θέλω, καθαρίσθητι αλλὰ καὶ τὴν χεῖρα ἐκτείνας ἥψατο ὃ δὴ μάλιστα ἄξιον ζητήσεως. Τίνος γὰρ ἕνεκεν θελήματι καθαίν αὐτὸν καὶ λόγῳ, τὴν τῆς χειρὸς προσέθηκεν ἀφην; ᾿Εμοὶ δοκεῖ δι οὐδὲν ἕτερον, ἀλλ᾽ ἵνα δείξη καὶ ἐντεῦθεν, ὅτι οὐχ ὑπόκειται τῷ νόμῳ, ἀλλ᾽ ἐπίκειται καὶ ὅτι τῷ καθα λοιπὸν οὐδὲν ἀκάθαρτον. Διὰ δὴ τοῦτο ᾿ Ελισσαῖος μὲν Ἀν εν. ἑώρα τὸν Νεομάν, αλλὰ καὶ σκανδαλισθέντα ἰδὼν, σ ἐπειδὴ μὴ ἐξῆλθε καὶ ἥψατο, τηρῶν τοῦ νόμου τὴν ακρίιαν, οἴκοι μένει, καὶ πέμπει πρὸς τὸν ᾿Ιορδάνην αὐτὸν λουσόμενον. Ὃ δὲ δεσπότης ὃ δεικνὺς ὅτι οὐχ ὡς δοῦλος, αλλ᾽ ὡς κύριος θεραπεύει, καὶ ἅπτεται. Ου γὰρ ἡ χεὶρ ἀπὸ τῆς λέπρας ἐγένετο ἀκάθαρτος, ἀλλὰ τὸ σῶμα τὸ λεπρὸν ἀπὸ τῆς χειρὸς τῆς ἁγίας καθίστατο καθαρόν. Οὐ γὰρ δὴ μόνον σώματα παρεγένετο θεραπεύσων, αλλὰ καὶ ψυχὴν εἰς φιλοσοφίαν ἐνάξων. Ὥσπερ οὖν χερσὶν ἀνίπτοις ἐσθίειν οὐκέτι λοιπὸν ἐκώλυσε, τὸν ἄριστον ἐκεῖνον εἰσάγων νόμον, τὸν περὶ τῆς τῶν βρωμάτων ἀδιαφορίας οὕτω δὴ καὶ ἐνταῦθα λοιπὸν παιδεύων, ὅτι τῆς ψυχῆς ἐπιμελεῖσθαι χρὴ, καὶ τῶν ἔξωθεν ἀπαλλαγέντας καθαρμῶν ἐκείνην ἀποσμήχειν, καὶ τὴν αὑτῆς λέπραν δεδοικέναι ᾿ μόνην, ὅπερ ἐστὶν ἀμαρτία (τὸ γὰρ λεπρὸν εἶναι οὐδὲν κώλυμα εἰς ἀρετήν) ἡ πρῶτος αὐτὸς ἅπτεται τοῦ λεπροῦ, καὶ οὐδεὶς ἐγκαλεῖ. Οὐδὲ γὰρ ἣν ἜΠΙΕΝ τὸ δικαστήριον, οὐδὲ ὑπὸ φθόνου κατεχόμενοι θεαταί. Διὰ τοῦτο οὐ μόνον οὐκ ἐπέσκηψαν, ἀλλὰ καὶ ἐξεπλάγησαν τὸ θαῦμα, καὶ παρεχώρησαν, ἀπό τε τῶν εἰρημένων, ἀπό τε τῶν γινομένων τὴν ἥ ἀμήχανον αὐτοῦ δύναμιν προσκυνήσαντες. Θεραπεύσας τοίνυν αὐτοῦ τὸ σῶμα, κελεύει μηδενὶ εἰπεῖν, ἀλλά δεῖξαι ἑαυτὸν τῷ ἱερεῖ, καὶ προσενεγκεῖν τὸ δώρον, ὃ ὃ προσέταξε Μωυσῆς, εἰς μαρτύριον αὐτοῖς. Τινὲς μὲν οὖν φασιν, ὅτι διὰ τοῦτο ἐκέλευσε μηδενὶ εἰπεῖν, ἵνα μὴ κακουργήσωσι περὶ τὴν διάκρισιν τοῦ καθαρμοῦ, σφόδρα ἀνοήτως τοῦτο ὑποπτενοντες. Ου γὰρ οὕτως ἐκάθηρεν, ὡς καὶ ἀμφισβητήσιμον εἶναι τὸν καθαρμόν' ἀλλὰ μηδενὶ εἰπεῖν κελεύει, διδάσκων τὸ ἀκόμπαστον καὶ ἀφιλότιμον. Καίτοιγε ἤδει; ὅτι οὐ πεισθήσεται ἐκεῖνος, αλλ᾽ ἀνακηρύξει τὸν εὐεργέτην' ἀλλ᾽ ὅμως τὸ αὐτοῦ ποιεῖ. Πῶς οὖν ἀλλαχοῦ κελεύει εἰπεῖν ; φησίν. Οὐχὶ ἑαυτῷ περιπίπτων, οὐδὲ ἐ ἐναντιούμενος, ἀλλὰ παιδεύων εὐγνώμονας εἶναι. Οὐδὲ γὰρ ἐκεῖ ἀνακηρύττειν ἐαντὸν ἐκέλευσεν, αλλὰ δοῦναι δόξαν τῷ θεῷ διὰ μὲν τοῦ λεπ ὺ τούτου ἀτύφους ἡμᾶς παρασκενάζων καὶ ἀκενοδόξους, διὰ δὲ ε ἐκείνον, εὐχαρίστους καὶ εὐγνώμονας εἶναι, καὶ παιδεύων πανταχοῦ τῶν γινομένων τὴν οὐφημίαν ἀναφέρειν τῷ δεσπότῃ. ᾿Επειδὴ γὰρ ὡς τὰ πολλὰ οἱ , ἄνθρωποι γοσοῦντες μὲν μέμνηνται τοῦ θεοῦ, τῆς δὲ ἀῤῥωστίας ἀπαλλαγέντες ῥᾳθυμότεροι γίνονται, κελεύων διηνεκώς καὶ νοσοῦντας καὶ ὑγιαίνοντας προσέχειν τῷ δεσπότῃ, φησί « δὸς δόξαν τῷ θεῷ. Τίνος δὲ ἕνεκεν καὶ δεῖξαι ἑαυτὸν ἐκέλευσε τῷ ἱερεῖ, καὶ δῶρον προσενεγκεῖν : Πάλιν τὸν νόμον ἐνταῦθα ἀναπληρῶν. Οὐδὲ γὰρ πανταχοῦ αὐτὸν παρέλυεν. οὐδὲ στανταχοῦ ἐφύλαττεν αλλὰ ποτὲ μὲν τοῦτο ἐποίει, ποτὲ δὲ ἐκεῖνο ἦ τούτῳ μὲν τῇ μελλούσῃ φιλοσοφίᾳ προοδοποιῶν, ἐκείνῳ δὲ τὴν αναίσχυντον τῶν ᾿Ιουδαίων τέως κατέχων λώτταν, καὶ συγκαταβαίνων αὐτὼν τῇ ἀσθενείᾳ. Καὶ τίς θαυμάζεις, εἴγε ἐν προοιμίοις αὐτὸς τοῦτο ἐποίησεν, ὅπου γε καὶ οἱ ἀπόστολοι μετὰ τὸ κελευσθῆναι εἰς τὰ ἔθνη ἀπελθεῖν, καὶ τὰς θύρας ἀνοιγῆναι τῆς κατὰ τὴν οἰκουμένην διδασκαλίας, καὶ τὸν νόμον εἐγκλεισθῆναι, καὶ ἀνανεωθῆναι τὰ προστάγματα, καὶ τὰ παλαιὰ ἀναπαύσασθαι ἅπαντα, φαίνονται ποτὲ μὲν τηροῦντες. τὸν νόμον, ποτὲ δὲ αὐτὸν παρατρέχοντες; Καὶ τί τοῦτο, φησὶ, πρὸς τὴν τοὺ νόμον συντελεῖ φυλακὴν, τὸ εἰπεῖν, δεῖξον σεαυτὸν τῷ ἱερεῖ : : Οὐ τὸ τυχόν. Καὶ γὰρ νόμος ἣν παλαιὸς, τὸν λεπρὸν καθαρθέντα μὴ ὁῥαυτῷ τὴν δοκιμασίαν ἐπιτρέπειν τοῦ καθαρισμοῦ, ἀλλὰ φα αἰνεσθαι τῷ ἱερεῖ, καὶ τοῖς ὀφθαλμοῖς τοῖς ἐκείνου παρέχειν τὴν ἀπόδειξιν, καὶ ἀπὸ τῆς ψήφου ταύτης ἐγκρίνεσθαι τοῖς καθαροῖς. Εἰ γὰρ μὴ εἶπεν ὁ ἱερεὺς, ὅτι : κεκάθαρται ὁ λεπρὸς, ἔτι μετὰ τῶν ἀκαθάρτων ἔ ἔμενεν ἔξω τῆς παρεμβολῆς. Διό φησι, δεῖξον σεαυτὸν τῷ ἱερεῖ, καὶ προσένεγκε τὸ δῶρον, ὃ ὃ προσέταξε Μωὺύσῆς. Οὐκ εἷπεν, ὃ προστάσσω ἐγώ; ἀλλὰ τέως παραπέμπει τῷ νόμῳ, πανταχόθεν ἀποῤῥάπτων αὐτῶν τὰ στόματα. Ἵνα γὰρ μὴ λέγωσιν, ὅτι τῶν ἱερέων τὴν δόξαν ἥρπασε, τὸ μὲν ἐργον αὐτὸς ἐπλήρωσε, τὴν δὲ δοκιμασίαν ἐκείνοις ἐπέτρεψε, καὶ κριτὰς αὐτοὺς ἐκάθισε τῶν οἰκείων θαυμάτων. Τοσοῦτον γὰρ ἀπέχω μάχεσθαι, φησὶν, ἢ Μωῦύσῇ, ἢ τοῖς ἱερεῦσιν, ὅτι καὶ τοὺς παρ᾽ ἐμοῦ εὐεργετηθέντας εἰς τὸ πείθεσθαι ἐκείνοις ἐνάγω. Τί δέ ἐστιν, εἰς μαρτύριον αὐτοῖς Εἰς ἔλεγχον, εἰς ἀπόδειξιν, εἰς κατηγορίαν, ἐὰν αὐγνωμονῶσιν. ᾿Επειδὴ γὰρ ἔλεγον, ὡς πλάνον καὶ ἀπατεῶνα διώκομεν, ὡς αντίθεον καὶ παράνομον σύ μοι μαρτυρήσεις, φησὶ, κατ᾽ ἐκεῖνον τὸν καιρὸν, ὅτι οὐ παράνομος ἐγώ. Καὶ γὰρ θεραπεύσας σε παραπέμπω τῷ νόμῳ καὶ τῇ τῶν ἱερέων δοκιμασίᾳ ὅπερ τιμῶντος ἣν τὸν νόμον, καὶ θαυμάζοντος τὸν εν το καὶ οὐκ ἐναντιουμένου τοῖς παλαιοῖς δόγμασιν. ι δὲ μηδὲν ἔμελλον κερδαίνειν, καντεῦθεν μάλιστα τὴν τς τὸν νόμον αὐτοῦ καταμαθεῖν ἐστι τιμὴν, ὅτι καὶ προειδὼς οὐδὲν καρπωσομένους, τὰ αὐτοῦ παντα ἐπλήρου. Καὶ γὰρ προήδει τοῦτο αὐτὸ, καὶ προεῖπεν. Οὐδὲ γὰρ εἶπεν, εἰς διόρθωσιν αὐτῶν, οὐδὲ εἰς διδασκαλίαν' ἀλλ᾽, « εἰς μαρτύριον αὐτοῖς, τουτέστιν, εἰς κατηγορίαν, καὶ εἰς ἔλεγχον, καὶ εἰς μαρτυρίαν, ὅτι τὰ παρ᾽ ἐμοῦ πάντα γέγονε καὶ προειδὼς ἀδιορθώτους μένοντας, οὐδὲ οὕτως ( ἐνέλιπον ἅπερ ποιῆσαι ἐχρῆν ἐκεῖνοι δὲ τὴν οἰκείαν ἔμενον διατηροῦντες κακίαν. Τοῦτο γοῦν καὶ ἀλλαχοῦ φησι: κηρυχθήσεται τὸ εὐαγγέλιον τοῦτο ἐν ὅλῳ τῷ κόσμῳ εἰς μαρτύριον πάσι τοῖς ἔθνεσι, καὶ τότε ἥξει τὸ τέλος τοῖς ἔθνεσι; τοῖς οὐχ ὑπακούουσι; τοῖς οὐ πειθομένοις. Ἵνα γὰρ μή τις λέγη, καὶ τίνος ἕνεκεν πᾶσι κηρύττεις, εἰ μὴ πάντες μέλλουσι πείθεσθαι ; ἵνα τὰ ἐμαυτοῦ πάντα φανῶ πεποιηκὼς, καὶ μηδεὶς ἔ ἐχῆ μετὰ ταῦτα ἐγκαλεῖν, ὡς οὐκ ἀκηκοώς. Καταμαρτυρήσει γὰρ αὐτῶν αὐτὴ ἡ κήρυξις, καὶ οὐκ ἂν ἔχοιεν μετὰ ταῦτα εἰπεῖν, ὅτι οὐκ ἠκούσαμεν' πρὸς γὰρ τὰ πέρατα τῆς οἰκουμένης ὁ λόγος ἐξέβη τῆς εὐσεβείας. Ταῦτα οὖν ἐννοοῦντες καὶ ἡμεῖς, τὰ παρ᾽ ἐἑαντῶν ἅπαντα πληρώμεν εἰς τοὺς πλησίον, καὶ τῷ θεῷ διαπαντὸς εὐχαριστῶμεν. Καὶ γὰρ ἄτοπον, ἔργῳ τῆς εὐεργεσίας αὐτοῦ καθ' ἑκάστην ἀπολαύοντας τὴν ἡμέραν, μηδὲ λόγῳ ἢ χάριν ὁμολογεῖν, καὶ ταῦτα τῆς ὁμολογίας πάλιν ἡμῖν τὴν ὠφέλειαν φερούσης. Οὐδὲ γὰρ αὐτὸς δεῖται τών ἡμετέρων τινὸς, ἀλλ ἢ ἡμεῖς δεόμεθα τῶν ἐκείνου ἁπάντων. Καὶ γὰρ ἡ εὐχαριστία ἐκείνῳ μὲν οὐδὲν προστίθησιν, ἡμᾶς δὲ οἰκειοτέρους αὐτῷ κατασκευάζει. Εἰ γὰρ ἀνθρώπων εἰς μνήμην λαβόντες εὑεργεσίας, θερμαινόμεθα μειζόνως τῷ φίλτρῳ πολλῴ μᾶλλον τοῦ δεσπότου μεμνημένοι διηνεκῶς τών κατορθωμάτων τῶν εἰς ἡμᾶς, σπουδαιότεροι πρὸς τὰς ἐντολὰς τὰς ἐκείνου ἐσόμεθα. Διὰ τοῦτο καὶ ὃ Παῦλος ἔλεγεν ἑν ᾿εὐχάριστοι γίνεσθε. Φυλακὴ γὰρ εὐεργεσίας ἀρίστη ῆ τῆς εὐεργεσίας μνήμη, ἣ καὶ διηνεκὴῆς εὐχαριστία. Διά δὴ τοῦτο καὶ τὰ φρικώδη μυστήρια, καὶ πολλῆς γέμοντα τῆς σωτηρίας, τὰ καθ᾽ ἑκάστην τελούμενα σύναξιν, εὐχαριστία καλεῖται, ὅτι πολλῶν ἐστιν εὐεργετημάτων ἀνάμνησις, καὶ τὸ κεφάλαιον τῆς τοῦ θεου προνοίας ἐνδείκνυται, καὶ διὰ πάντων παρασκευάζει εὐχαριστεῖν. Εἰ γὰρ τὸ γεννηθῆναι ἐκ παρθένου θαῦμα μέγα, καὶ ἐκπληττόμενος ὁ εὐαγγελιστὴς ἔλεγε, τοῦτο δὲ ὅλον γέγονε τὸ καὶ σφαγῆναι ποῦ θήσομεν: εἰπέ μοι. Εἰ γὰρ τὸ γεννηθῆναι τοῦτο ὅλον καλείται; τὸ σταυρωθῆναι, καὶ τὸ αἷμα ἐκχεῖν, καὶ τὸ ἑαυτὸν δοῦναι ἡμῖν εἰς ἑστίασιν καὶ εὐωχίαν πνευματικήν, τί ἀν κληθείη : Εὐχαριστῶμεν τοίνυν αὐτῷ διηνεκῶς, καὶ βημάτων καὶ ἔργων τῶν ἡμετέρων προηγείσθω τοῦτο. Εὐχαριστώμεν δὲ μὴ ὑπὲρ τῶν οἰκείων μόνων, ἀλλὰ καὶ ὑπὲρ τῶν ἀλλοτρίων ἀγαθῶν οὕτω γὰρ καὶ τὴν βασκανίαν ἀνελεῖν δυνησόμεθα, καὶ τὴν ἀγάπην ἐπισφίγξαι καὶ Ὑνησιωτέραν ποιῆσαι. Οὐδὲ γὰρ δυνήση βασκῆναι λοιπὸν ἐκείνοις, ὑπὲρ ὧν εὐχαριστεῖς τῷ δεσπότη. Διὸ δὴ καὶ ὁ ἱερεὺς ὑπὲρ τῆ: οἰκουμένης, ὑπὲρ τῶν προτέρων, ὑπὲρ τῶν νῦν, ὑπὲρ τῶν γενηθέντων ἔμπροσθεν, ὑπὲρ τῶν μετὰ ταῦτα ἐσομένων εἰς ἡμᾶς εὐχαριστεῖν κελεύει, τῆς θυσίας προκειμένης ἐκείνης. Τοῦτο γὰρ ἡμᾶς καὶ τῆς Ὑῆς ἀπαλλάττει, καὶ πρὸς τὸν οὐρανὸν μετατίθησι, καὶ ἀγγέλους ἐξ ἀνθρώπων θυσίας ποιεῖ. Καὶ γὰρ καὶ ἐκεῖνοι χορὸν στησάμενοι, ὑπὲρ τῶκμ εἰς ἡμᾶς ἀγαθῶν εὐχαριστοῦσι τῷ θεῷ, λέγοντες ᾿ δόξα ἐν ὑψίστοις θεῷ, καὶ ἐπὶ γῆς εἰρήνη, ἐν ἀνθρώποις εὐδοκία. Καὶ τί πρὸς ᾿ημᾶς τοὺς οὐκ ἐπὶ γῆς, οὐδὲ ἀνθρώπους : Μαλιστα μὲν οὖν πρὸς ἡμᾶς οὕτω γὰρ ἐπαιδεύθημεν τοὺς συνδούλους φιλεῖν, ὡς καὶ τὰ ἐκείνων ἀγαθὰ ἡμέτερα εἶναι γομίζειν. Διὸ καὶ [Παῦλος πανταχοῦ τῶν ἐπιστολῶν ὑπὲρ τῶν τῆς οἰκουμένης εὐχαριστεῖ κατορθωμάτων. Καὶ ἡμεῖς τοίνυν ὑπὲρ τῶν οἰκείων καὶ ὑπὲρ τῶν ἀλλοτρίων, καὶ ὑπὲρ Μικρὼν καὶ ὑπὲρ μεγάλων διηνεκῶς εὐχαριστῶμεν. Κἀν γὰ ρ μικρὸν ἡ τὸ δοθὲν, μέγα γίνεται τῷ παρὰ τοὺ θεοῦ δεδόσθαι μᾶλλον δὲ οὐδὲν μικρὸν τῶν παρ᾽ ἐκείνου, οὐ τῷ παρ᾽ ἐκείνου μόνον παρέχεσθαι, ἀλλὰ καὶ αὐτῇ τῇ φύσει. Καὶ ἵνα τὰ ἄλλα πάντα παρώ, ἃ τὴν ἄμμον νικᾷ τῷ πλήθει τί ἴσον τῆς ὑπὲρ ἡμῶν γενομένης οἰκονομίας Ὃ γὰρ ἣν αὐτῷ τὸ μιώτερον ἁπάντων, ὁ μονογενὴς παῖς» τοῦτον ἔδωκεν ὑπὲρ ἢ ἡμῶν τῶν ἐχθρῶν' καὶ οὐκ ἔδωκε μόνον, ἀλλὰ καὶ μετὰ τὸ δοῦναι τράπεζαν ἡ ἡμῖν αὐτὸν παρέθηκε, πάντα αὐτὸς τὰ ὑπὲρ ἡμῶν ποιῶν, καὶ τὸ δοῦναι, καὶ τὸ εὐχαρίστους ὑπὲρ τούτων ποιῆσαι. ᾿ἘΕπειδὴ γὰρ ὡς τὰ πολλὰ ἀχάριστός ἑ ἐστιν ὁ ἄνθρωπος, ᾿πανταχοὺ αὐτὸς ἀναδέχεται καὶ κατασκευάζει τὰ ὑπὲρ ἡμῶν. Καὶ ὅ ὅπερ ἐπὶ τῶν ᾿Ιουδαίων ἐ ἐποίησεν, ἀπὸ τόπων καὶ χρόνων καὶ ἑορτῶν ἀναμιμνήσκων αὐτοὺς τῶν εὐεργεσιῶν, τοῦτο καὶ ἐνταῦθα εἰργάσατο, ἀπὸ τοῦ τρόπου τῆς θυσίας εἰς διηνεκῆ τῆς ὑπὲρ τούτων εὐεργεσίας μνήμην ἡμᾶς ἐμβαλλων. Οὕτως οὐδεὶς ἐσπούδακα δοκίμους γενέσθαι καὶ μεγάλους καὶ διὰ πάντων εὐγνώμονας, ὡς ὁ ποιήσας ἡμᾶς θεός. Διὰ τοῦτο καὶ ἄκοντας ἡμᾶς εὐεργετεῖ πολλάκις, καὶ ἀγνοοῦντας τὰ πλείονα. Εἰ δὲ θαυμάζεις τὸ εἰρημένον, οὐκ ἐπὶ τῶν τυχόντων τινὸς, αλλ ἐπὶ τοὺ μακαρίου Παύλου δείκνυμί σοι τοῦτο συμβάν. Καὶ γὰρ ὁ μακάριος ἐκεῖνος πολλὰ κινδὺυνεύων καὶ θλιβόμενος, πολλάκις παρεκάλει τὸν θεὸν, ἀποστῆναι αὐτοῦ τοὺς πειρασμούς ἀλλ᾽ ὅμως οὐ τῇ αἰτήσει αὐτοῦ, ἀλλὰ τῇ ἐρ ῴ ιν: προσεῖχεν ὁ θεός καὶ τοῦτο δεικνὺς ἔλεγεν « ἀρκεῖ σοι ἡ χάρις μον᾽ ἢ γὰρ δύναμίς μου ἐν ασθενείᾳ τελειοῦται. Ὥστε πρὶν εἰπεῖν αὐτῷ τὴν αἰτίαν, ἄκοντα εὐεργετεῖ καὶ οὐκ εἰδότα. Τί οὖν μέγα αἰτεῖ, ἀντὶ τῆς τοσαύτης κηδεμονίας εὐχαρίστους κελεύων εἶναι ; Πειθώμεθα τοίνυν, καὶ πανταχοῦ τοῦτο διατηρῶμεν. Καὶ γάρ τοὺς ᾿Ιουδαίους οὐδὲν οὕτως ἀπώλεσαν, ὡς τὸ ἀχαρίστους εἶναι, καὶ τὰς πολλὰς καὶ ἐπαλλήλους ἐκείνας πληγὰς οὐδὲν ἕ ἑτέρον ἢ τοῦτο ἐπήγαγε μᾶλλον δὲ καὶ πρὸ τῶν πληγῶν τὴν ψυχὴν αὐτῶν τοῦτο ἀπώλεσε καὶ διέφθειρεν. Ἀχαρίστου γὰρ ἐλπὶς ὡς πάχνη χειμέριος, Φησίν' οὕτω ναρκᾶν καὶ νεκροῦσθαι τὴν ψυχὴν ποιεῖ, ὥσπερ ἐκείνη τὰ σώματα. Τοῦτο δὲ γίνεται ἐξ ἀπονοίας, καὶ τοῦ νομίζειν ἐ εαυτὸν ἄξιον εἶναί τινος. Ὁ δὲ συντετριμμένος, οὐχ ὑπὲρ ἀγαθῶν μόνον, αλλὰ καὶ ὑπὲρ τῶν ἐναντίων δοκούντων εἶναι, εὐχαριστίας εἴσεται τῷ θεῳ, καὶ ὅσα ἂν πάθῃ, οὐδὲν ἡγήσεται ἀνάξιον πεπονθέναι. Καὶ ἡμεῖς τοίνυν, ὅσῳ ἄν πρὸς ἀρετὴν ἐπιδῶμεν, τοσούτῳ μᾶλλον ἑαυτοὺς συντρίψωμεν' ἐπεὶ καὶ τοῦτο μάλιστα ἀρετή. Ὥσπερ γὰρ ὅσῳπερ ἂν ὀξύτερον ἴδωμεν, τοσούτῳ μᾶλλον μανθάνομεν ὅσον διεστήκαμεν τοῦ οὐρανοῦ οὕτως ὅσῳ ἂν ἐπιδῶμεν πρὸς ἀρετὴν, τοσούτῳ μάλλον παιδευόμεθα εἰδέναι τοῦ θεοῦ τὸ μέσον τὸ πρὸς ἡμᾶς. Οὐ μικρὸν δὲ τοῦτο μέρος λοσοφίας, δυνηθῆναι συνιδεῖν τὴν ἀξίαν τὴν ἡμετέραν. Οὗτος γὰρ μάλιστα ἐστιν ὁ ἑἐαντὸν εἰδὼς, ὁ μηδὲν εἶναι ἑαυτὸν νομίζων. Διὰ δὴ τοῦτο καὶ ὁ Δαυὶδ καὶ ὁ Ἄβρααμ, ὅτε πρὸς τὴν ἄκραν ἀνέβησαν τῆς ἀρετῆς κορυφὴν, τότε μάλιστα τοῦτο κατώρθωσαν' καὶ ὁ μὲν γῆν καὶ σποδὸν, ὁ δὲ σκώληκα ἑαυτὸν ἐκάλοι καὶ πάντες δὲ οἱ ἅγιοι ὁμοίως τούτοις ἑαυτοὺς ταλανίζουσιν ὡς ὅ Ὑε πρὸς ἀλαζονείαν αἰρόμενος, ἐκεῖνός ἐστιν ὁ μάλιστα πάντων ἑαντὸν ἀγνοῶν. Διὸ καὶ κατὰ τὴν κοινὴν συνήθειαν ἔθος ἡμῖν λέγειν περὶ τῶν ὑπερηφάνων οὐκ οἶδεν ἑαυτὸν, ἀγνοεῖ ἑαντόν. Ὁ δὲ ἑαυτὸν ἀγνοῶν, τίνα γνώσεται: Ὥσπερ γὰρ ὁ ἑαυτὸν εἰδὼς, ἅ ἅπαντα εἴσεται οὕτως ὁ τοῦτο μὴ εἰδὼς, οὐδὲ τὰ ἄλλα εἴσεται. Τοιοῦτος ἣν ἐκεῖνος ὁ λέγων ἐπάνω τῶν οὐρανῶν θήσω τὸν θρόνον μου. ᾿Επειδὴ γὰρ ἠγνόησεν ἑαυτὸν, καὶ τὰ ἄλλα πᾶντα ἠγνόησεν. Αλλ᾽ οὐχ ὁ Παῦλος ἔκτρωμα ἑαυτὸν καὶ τῶν ἁγίων ἔσχατον ἐκάλει, καὶ οὐδὲ τῆς προσηγορίας ἄξιον ἑαντὸν εἶναι ἐνόμιζε τῶν ἀποστόλων, μετὰ τοσαῦτα καὶ τηλικαῦτα κατορθώματα. Τοῦτον τοίνυν ζηλώσωμεν καὶ μιμησώμεθα. Μιμησόμεθα δὲ, ἂν τῆς γῆς καὶ τῶν ἐν τῇ ἢ ἀπαλλαγωμεν πραγμάτων. Οὐδὲν γὰρ οὕτως ἀγνοεῖν ἑαντὸν ποιεῖ, ὡς τὸ τοῖς βιωτικοῖς προσηλωσθαι οὐδὲν οὕτω πάλιν τοῖς βιωτικοῖς προσηλώσθαι πραγμασι παρασκευάζει, ὡς τὸ ἀγνοεῖν. ἑαυτόν ἀλλήλων ὰρ ταῦτα ἐξήρτηται. Ὥσπερ γὰρ ὁ τῆς δόξης ἐ ἐρῶν τῆς ἔξωθεν, καὶ μεγάλα τὰ παρόντα ἡγούμενος, κἀν μυρία φιλονεικῆ, οὐ συγχωρεῖται ἑαυτὸν κατιδεῖν' οὕτως ὁ τούτων ὑπερορῶν ῥᾳδίως ἐ ἑαυτὸν εἴσεται ἑαυτὸν δὲ μαθὼν, ὁδῷ καὶ ἐπὶ τὰ ἄλλα πάντα βαδιεῖται μέρη τῆς ἀρετῆς. Ἵν᾽ οὖν τὴν καλὴν ταύτὴν μάθωμεν ἐπιστήμην; ἀπαλλαγέντες τῶν ἐπικήρων ἁπαντων τῶν πολλὴν ἐν ἡμῖν ποιούντων τὴν φλόγα, καὶ μαθόντες ἑαυτῶν τὴν εὐτέλειαν, πᾶσαν ἐπιδειξώμεθα ταπεινοφροσύνην καὶ φιλοσοφίαν, ἵνα καὶ τῶν παρόντων καὶ τῶν μελλόντων ἐπιτύχωμεν ἀγαθῶν, χάριτι. καὶ φιλανθρωπίᾳ τοῦ κυρίου ἡμῶν ᾿Ιησοῦ Χριστοῦ, μεθ᾽ οὗ τῳ πατρὶ δόξα, κράτος, τιμὴ, σὺν τῷ ἁγίῳ καὶ ἀγαθῷ πνεύματι, νῦν καὶ αεὶ καὶ εἰς τοὺς αἰῶνας τῶν αἰώνων. ᾿Δμῆν.

Kai egeneto, hote etthlesen ho Iēsous tous logous toutous, exeplēssonto hoi ochloi epi tę̄ didachē autou. KAI mēn akolouthon ēn algein autous pros to phortikon tōn eirēmenōn, kai narkan pros to hypsos tōn epitetagmenōn᾿ nyn de tosautē hē ischys tou didaskontos ē hēn, hōs pollous autōn kai elein, kai eis thauma megiston embalein, kai peisai dia tēn hēdonēn tōn eirēmenōn, mēde panomenou tou legein apostēnai loipon. Oude gar epeidē ek tou orous katebē, apestēsan hoi akroatai, alla kai houtō to theatron hapan ēkolouthēse tosouton enethēken autois tōn eirēmenōn erōta. ᾿Exeplēssonto de autou malista tēn exousian. Ou gar eis heteron anapherōn, hōs ho prophētēs kai Mōysēs, elegen haper elegen, alla pantachou heanton endeiknymenos einai ton to kyros echontai Kai gar nomothetōn synechōs prosetithei egō de legō hymin kai tēs hēmeras anamimnēskōn ekeinēs» heauton edeiknn ton dikaazonta einai, kai dia tōn kolaseōn, kai dia tōn timōn. Kaitoi kai enteuthen thorybēthēnai eikos ēn. Ei gar dia tōn ergōn horōntes epideiknymenon auton tēn exousian elithazon hoi grammateis kai ēlaunon᾽ hopou rhēmata ēn monon touto emphainonta, pōs ouk eikos ēn autous skandalizesthai, kai malista hopote en prooimiois tauta elegeto, kai prin hē peiran auton dedōkonai tēs heautou dynameōs : All᾽ homōs ouden toutōn epaschon' hotan gar psychē kai dianoia eugnōmōn ē» rhądiōs peithetai tois tēs alētheias logois. Dia dē touto ekeinoi men, kai tōn sēmeiōn anakēryttontōn autou tēn dynamin, eskandalizonto houtoi de logōn psilōn Rhakouontes, epeithonto kai ēkolouthoun. Touto goun kai ho euangelistēs ainittomenos elegen, hoti ēkolouthēsan autǭ ochloi polloi ouchi tōn archontōn tines, oude tōn Hyraammateōn, all᾽ hosoi kakias ēsan apēllagmenoi? kai gnōmēn eichon adekaston. Dia pantos de tou euangeliou toutous horąs autǭ prosēlōmenous. Kai gar hēnika elege, meta sygēs ēkonon, ᾿oudou paremballontes, oude diakoptontes tēn akolouthian, oude apopeirōmenoi kai labēn epithymountes heurein, kathaper hoi Pharisaioi kai meta tēn dēmēgorian ēkolouthoun palin thaumazontes. Sy de moi skopei tou despoton tēn synesin, pōs poikillei tēn ōpheleian tōn parontōn, apo thaumatōn eis logous embainōn, kai palin apo tēs tōn logōn didaskalias eis thaumata metabainōn. Kai gar prin ē anabēnai eis to oros, pollous etherapeuse, proodopoiōn tois legomenois kai meta to tēn makran tautēn apartisai dēmēgorian, palin epi thaumata erchetai, bebaiōn ek tōn ginomenōn ta eirēmena. ᾿Epeidē gar hōs exousian e echōn. edidasken, hina mē nomisthē kompos einai kai authadiasmos houtos tēs didaskalias ho tropos, kai en tois ergois to auto touto poiei, hōs exousian echōn therapeuein, hi hina mēketi thorybōntai ho orōntes auton houtō askonta, hopote kai ta thaumata houtōs epoiei. Katabanti gar autǭ ᾿apo tou orous, prosēlthe lepros legōn kyrie, ean thelę̄s, dynasai me katharisai. Pollē hē synesis kai hē pistis tou proselthontos. Ou gar diekopse tēn didaskalian, oude eteme to theatron, all᾽ anemeine ton prosēkonta kairon, kai katabanti autǭ proserchetai. Kai ouch haplōs, alla meta pollēs tēs thermotētos, kai pro tōn gonatōn auton parakalei, hōs heteros phēsin euangelistēs, kai meta gnēsias tēs pisteōs, kai tēs prosēkousēs peri autou doxēs. Oude gar eipen, ean axiōsēs ton theon oude, ean euxē: all᾽, en thelēs? dynasai mTh katharisai. Oude eipe' kyrie, katharison all᾽ autǭ to pan epitrepei? kai kyrion ' poiei tēs diorthōseōs, kai tēn exousian autǭ martyrei hapasan. Ti houn, Phēsin, ei esphalmenē hē doxa tou leprou ēn? Katalysai autēn echrēn, kai epitimēsai, kai diorthōsai. Ar᾽ oun touto epoiēsen ? Oudamōs alla kai tounantion hapan, kai synistēsi kai bebaioi to eirēmenon. Dia toi touto oude eipe, katharthēti: alla, thelō, katharisthēti hina mēketi tēs hyponoias tēs ekeinou, alla tēs gnōmēs tēs autou to dogma genētai. All᾽ ouch hoi apostoloi houtōs, alla pōs? Epeidę̄ē ho dēmos exeplētteto hapas, elegon᾽ «ho gi prosechete hēmin, hōs ᾿ idią dynamei hē exousią pepoiēkosi tou peripatein auton. Ho de despotēs» kaitoi polla metria phthenxamenos, pollakis, kai katadeestera tēs autou doxēs, ō hōste pēxai to dogma entautha tōn ekplēttomenōn auton epi tē exousią, ' ti phēsi? thelō, katharisthēti. Kaitoi tosauta kai tēlikauta poiēsas sēmeia? oudamou phainetai touto eirēkōs, to rhēma. ᾿Entautha mentoi hōste kyrōsai tēn hyponoian kai tou dēmou pantos kai tou leprou tēn peri tēs exousias, dia touto prosethēke, thelō. Kai ouk eipe men touto, ouk epoiēse de alla kai to ergon eutheōs ēkolouthēsen. Ei de mē kalōs elegen, alla blasphēmia hēn to eirēmenon, edei diakopēnai to ergon. Nyni de kai eixen hē Physis epitattomenē, kai meta tou prosēkontos tachous, kai meizonos ē ho euangelistēs eipe. Kai gar to, eutheōs, poly bradyteron esti tou tachous tou kata to ergon gegenēmenou. Ouch haplōs de ei pe, « thelō, katharisthēti alla kai tēn cheira ekteinas hēpsato ho dē malista axion zētēseōs. Tinos gar heneken thelēmati kathain auton kai logǭ, tēn tēs cheiros prosethēken aphēn? ᾿Emoi dokei di ouden heteron, all᾽ hina deixē kai enteuthen, hoti ouch hypokeitai tǭ nomǭ, all᾽ epikeitai kai hoti tǭ katha loipon ouden akatharton. Dia dē touto ᾿ Elissaios men An en. heōra ton Neoman, alla kai skandalisthenta idōn, s epeidē mē exēlthe kai hēpsato, tērōn tou nomou tēn akriian, oikoi menei, kai pempei pros ton ᾿Iordanēn auton lousomenon. Ho de despotēs ho deiknys hoti ouch hōs doulos, all᾽ hōs kyrios therapeuei, kai haptetai. Ou gar hē cheir apo tēs lepras egeneto akathartos, alla to sōma to lepron apo tēs cheiros tēs hagias kathistato katharon. Ou gar dē monon sōmata paregeneto therapeusōn, alla kai psychēn eis philosophian enaxōn. Hōsper oun chersin aniptois esthiein ouketi loipon ekōlyse, ton ariston ekeinon eisagōn nomon, ton peri tēs tōn brōmatōn adiaphorias houtō dē kai entautha loipon paideuōn, hoti tēs psychēs epimeleisthai chrē, kai tōn exōthen apallagentas katharmōn ekeinēn aposmēchein, kai tēn hautēs lepran dedoikenai ᾿ monēn, hoper estin amartia (to gar lepron einai ouden kōlyma eis aretēn) hē prōtos autos haptetai tou leprou, kai oudeis enkalei. Oude gar hēn EPIEN to dikastērion, oude hypo phthonou katechomenoi theatai. Dia touto ou monon ouk epeskēpsan, alla kai exeplagēsan to thauma, kai parechōrēsan, apo te tōn eirēmenōn, apo te tōn ginomenōn tēn hē amēchanon autou dynamin proskynēsantes. Therapeusas toinyn autou to sōma, keleuei mēdeni eipein, alla deixai heauton tǭ hierei, kai prosenenkein to dōron, ho ho prosetaxe Mōysēs, eis martyrion autois. Tines men oun phasin, hoti dia touto ekeleuse mēdeni eipein, hina mē kakourgēsōsi peri tēn diakrisin tou katharmou, sphodra anoētōs touto hypoptenontes. Ou gar houtōs ekathēren, hōs kai amphisbētēsimon einai ton katharmon' alla mēdeni eipein keleuei, didaskōn to akompaston kai aphilotimon. Kaitoige ēdei? hoti ou peisthēsetai ekeinos, all᾽ anakēryxei ton euergetēn' all᾽ homōs to autou poiei. Pōs oun allachou keleuei eipein ? phēsin. Ouchi heautǭ peripiptōn, oude e enantioumenos, alla paideuōn eugnōmonas einai. Oude gar ekei anakēryttein eanton ekeleusen, alla dounai doxan tǭ theǭ dia men tou lep y toutou atyphous hēmas paraskenazōn kai akenodoxous, dia de e ekeinon, eucharistous kai eugnōmonas einai, kai paideuōn pantachou tōn ginomenōn tēn ouphēmian anapherein tǭ despotę̄. ᾿Epeidē gar hōs ta polla hoi , anthrōpoi gosountes men memnēntai tou theou, tēs de arrhōstias apallagentes rhąthymoteroi ginontai, keleuōn diēnekōs kai nosountas kai hygiainontas prosechein tǭ despotę̄, phēsi « dos doxan tǭ theǭ. Tinos de heneken kai deixai heauton ekeleuse tǭ hierei, kai dōron prosenenkein : Palin ton nomon entautha anaplērōn. Oude gar pantachou auton parelyen. oude stantachou ephylatten alla pote men touto epoiei, pote de ekeino ē toutǭ men tę̄ mellousę̄ philosophią proodopoiōn, ekeinǭ de tēn anaischynton tōn ᾿Ioudaiōn teōs katechōn lōttan, kai synkatabainōn autōn tę̄ astheneią. Kai tis thaumazeis, eige en prooimiois autos touto epoiēsen, hopou ge kai hoi apostoloi meta to keleusthēnai eis ta ethnē apelthein, kai tas thyras anoigēnai tēs kata tēn oikoumenēn didaskalias, kai ton nomon eenkleisthēnai, kai ananeōthēnai ta prostagmata, kai ta palaia anapausasthai hapanta, phainontai pote men tērountes. ton nomon, pote de auton paratrechontes? Kai ti touto, phēsi, pros tēn tou nomon syntelei phylakēn, to eipein, deixon seauton tǭ hierei : : Ou to tychon. Kai gar nomos hēn palaios, ton lepron katharthenta mē horhautǭ tēn dokimasian epitrepein tou katharismou, alla pha ainesthai tǭ hierei, kai tois ophthalmois tois ekeinou parechein tēn apodeixin, kai apo tēs psēphou tautēs enkrinesthai tois katharois. Ei gar mē eipen ho hiereus, hoti : kekathartai ho lepros, eti meta tōn akathartōn e emenen exō tēs parembolēs. Dio phēsi, deixon seauton tǭ hierei, kai prosenenke to dōron, ho ho prosetaxe Mōyysēs. Ouk heipen, ho prostassō egō? alla teōs parapempei tǭ nomǭ, pantachothen aporrhaptōn autōn ta stomata. Hina gar mē legōsin, hoti tōn hiereōn tēn doxan hērpase, to men ergon autos eplērōse, tēn de dokimasian ekeinois epetrepse, kai kritas autous ekathise tōn oikeiōn thaumatōn. Tosouton gar apechō machesthai, phēsin, ē Mōyysę̄, ē tois hiereusin, hoti kai tous par᾽ emou euergetēthentas eis to peithesthai ekeinois enagō. Ti de estin, eis martyrion autois Eis elenchon, eis apodeixin, eis katēgorian, ean augnōmonōsin. ᾿Epeidē gar elegon, hōs planon kai apateōna diōkomen, hōs antitheon kai paranomon sy moi martyrēseis, phēsi, kat᾽ ekeinon ton kairon, hoti ou paranomos egō. Kai gar therapeusas se parapempō tǭ nomǭ kai tę̄ tōn hiereōn dokimasią hoper timōntos hēn ton nomon, kai thaumazontos ton en to kai ouk enantioumenou tois palaiois dogmasin. i de mēden emellon kerdainein, kanteuthen malista tēn ts ton nomon autou katamathein esti timēn, hoti kai proeidōs ouden karpōsomenous, ta autou panta eplērou. Kai gar proēdei touto auto, kai proeipen. Oude gar eipen, eis diorthōsin autōn, oude eis didaskalian' all᾽, « eis martyrion autois, toutestin, eis katēgorian, kai eis elenchon, kai eis martyrian, hoti ta par᾽ emou panta gegone kai proeidōs adiorthōtous menontas, oude houtōs ( enelipon haper poiēsai echrēn ekeinoi de tēn oikeian emenon diatērountes kakian. Touto goun kai allachou phēsi: kērychthēsetai to euangelion touto en holǭ tǭ kosmǭ eis martyrion pasi tois ethnesi, kai tote hēxei to telos tois ethnesi? tois ouch hypakouousi? tois ou peithomenois. Hina gar mē tis legē, kai tinos heneken pasi kērytteis, ei mē pantes mellousi peithesthai ? hina ta emautou panta phanō pepoiēkōs, kai mēdeis e echē meta tauta enkalein, hōs ouk akēkoōs. Katamartyrēsei gar autōn autē hē kēryxis, kai ouk an echoien meta tauta eipein, hoti ouk ēkousamen' pros gar ta perata tēs oikoumenēs ho logos exebē tēs eusebeias. Tauta oun ennoountes kai hēmeis, ta par᾽ heeantōn hapanta plērōmen eis tous plēsion, kai tǭ theǭ diapantos eucharistōmen. Kai gar atopon, ergǭ tēs euergesias autou kath' hekastēn apolauontas tēn hēmeran, mēde logǭ ē charin homologein, kai tauta tēs homologias palin hēmin tēn ōpheleian pherousēs. Oude gar autos deitai tōn hēmeterōn tinos, all ē hēmeis deometha tōn ekeinou hapantōn. Kai gar hē eucharistia ekeinǭ men ouden prostithēsin, hēmas de oikeioterous autǭ kataskeuazei. Ei gar anthrōpōn eis mnēmēn labontes heuergesias, thermainometha meizonōs tǭ philtrǭ pollǭ mallon tou despotou memnēmenoi diēnekōs tōn katorthōmatōn tōn eis hēmas, spoudaioteroi pros tas entolas tas ekeinou esometha. Dia touto kai ho Paulos elegen hen ᾿eucharistoi ginesthe. Phylakē gar euergesias aristē ē tēs euergesias mnēmē, hē kai diēnekēēs eucharistia. Dia dē touto kai ta phrikōdē mystēria, kai pollēs gemonta tēs sōtērias, ta kath᾽ hekastēn teloumena synaxin, eucharistia kaleitai, hoti pollōn estin euergetēmatōn anamnēsis, kai to kephalaion tēs tou theou pronoias endeiknytai, kai dia pantōn paraskeuazei eucharistein. Ei gar to gennēthēnai ek parthenou thauma mega, kai ekplēttomenos ho euangelistēs elege, touto de holon gegone to kai sphagēnai pou thēsomen: eipe moi. Ei gar to gennēthēnai touto holon kaleitai? to staurōthēnai, kai to haima ekchein, kai to heauton dounai hēmin eis hestiasin kai euōchian pneumatikēn, ti an klētheiē : Eucharistōmen toinyn autǭ diēnekōs, kai bēmatōn kai ergōn tōn hēmeterōn proēgeisthō touto. Eucharistōmen de mē hyper tōn oikeiōn monōn, alla kai hyper tōn allotriōn agathōn houtō gar kai tēn baskanian anelein dynēsometha, kai tēn agapēn episphinxai kai Hynēsiōteran poiēsai. Oude gar dynēsē baskēnai loipon ekeinois, hyper hōn eucharisteis tǭ despotē. Dio dē kai ho hiereus hyper tē: oikoumenēs, hyper tōn proterōn, hyper tōn nyn, hyper tōn genēthentōn emprosthen, hyper tōn meta tauta esomenōn eis hēmas eucharistein keleuei, tēs thysias prokeimenēs ekeinēs. Touto gar hēmas kai tēs Hyēs apallattei, kai pros ton ouranon metatithēsi, kai angelous ex anthrōpōn thysias poiei. Kai gar kai ekeinoi choron stēsamenoi, hyper tōkm eis hēmas agathōn eucharistousi tǭ theǭ, legontes ᾿ doxa en hypsistois theǭ, kai epi gēs eirēnē, en anthrōpois eudokia. Kai ti pros ᾿ēmas tous ouk epi gēs, oude anthrōpous : Malista men oun pros hēmas houtō gar epaideuthēmen tous syndoulous philein, hōs kai ta ekeinōn agatha hēmetera einai gomizein. Dio kai [Paulos pantachou tōn epistolōn hyper tōn tēs oikoumenēs eucharistei katorthōmatōn. Kai hēmeis toinyn hyper tōn oikeiōn kai hyper tōn allotriōn, kai hyper Mikrōn kai hyper megalōn diēnekōs eucharistōmen. Kan ga r mikron hē to dothen, mega ginetai tǭ para tou theou dedosthai mallon de ouden mikron tōn par᾽ ekeinou, ou tǭ par᾽ ekeinou monon parechesthai, alla kai autę̄ tę̄ physei. Kai hina ta alla panta parō, ha tēn ammon niką tǭ plēthei ti ison tēs hyper hēmōn genomenēs oikonomias Ho gar hēn autǭ to miōteron hapantōn, ho monogenēs pais» touton edōken hyper ē hēmōn tōn echthrōn' kai ouk edōke monon, alla kai meta to dounai trapezan hē hēmin auton parethēke, panta autos ta hyper hēmōn poiōn, kai to dounai, kai to eucharistous hyper toutōn poiēsai. ᾿EEpeidē gar hōs ta polla acharistos he estin ho anthrōpos, ᾿pantachou autos anadechetai kai kataskeuazei ta hyper hēmōn. Kai ho hoper epi tōn ᾿Ioudaiōn e epoiēsen, apo topōn kai chronōn kai heortōn anamimnēskōn autous tōn euergesiōn, touto kai entautha eirgasato, apo tou tropou tēs thysias eis diēnekē tēs hyper toutōn euergesias mnēmēn hēmas emballōn. Houtōs oudeis espoudaka dokimous genesthai kai megalous kai dia pantōn eugnōmonas, hōs ho poiēsas hēmas theos. Dia touto kai akontas hēmas euergetei pollakis, kai agnoountas ta pleiona. Ei de thaumazeis to eirēmenon, ouk epi tōn tychontōn tinos, all epi tou makariou Paulou deiknymi soi touto symban. Kai gar ho makarios ekeinos polla kindyyneuōn kai thlibomenos, pollakis parekalei ton theon, apostēnai autou tous peirasmous all᾽ homōs ou tę̄ aitēsei autou, alla tę̄ er ǭ in: proseichen ho theos kai touto deiknys elegen « arkei soi hē charis mon᾽ ē gar dynamis mou en astheneią teleioutai. Hōste prin eipein autǭ tēn aitian, akonta euergetei kai ouk eidota. Ti oun mega aitei, anti tēs tosautēs kēdemonias eucharistous keleuōn einai ? Peithōmetha toinyn, kai pantachou touto diatērōmen. Kai gar tous ᾿Ioudaious ouden houtōs apōlesan, hōs to acharistous einai, kai tas pollas kai epallēlous ekeinas plēgas ouden he heteron ē touto epēgage mallon de kai pro tōn plēgōn tēn psychēn autōn touto apōlese kai diephtheiren. Acharistou gar elpis hōs pachnē cheimerios, Phēsin' houtō narkan kai nekrousthai tēn psychēn poiei, hōsper ekeinē ta sōmata. Touto de ginetai ex aponoias, kai tou nomizein e eauton axion einai tinos. Ho de syntetrimmenos, ouch hyper agathōn monon, alla kai hyper tōn enantiōn dokountōn einai, eucharistias eisetai tǭ theǭ, kai hosa an pathę̄, ouden hēgēsetai anaxion peponthenai. Kai hēmeis toinyn, hosǭ an pros aretēn epidōmen, tosoutǭ mallon heautous syntripsōmen' epei kai touto malista aretē. Hōsper gar hosǭper an oxyteron idōmen, tosoutǭ mallon manthanomen hoson diestēkamen tou ouranou houtōs hosǭ an epidōmen pros aretēn, tosoutǭ mallon paideuometha eidenai tou theou to meson to pros hēmas. Ou mikron de touto meros losophias, dynēthēnai synidein tēn axian tēn hēmeteran. Houtos gar malista estin ho heeanton eidōs, ho mēden einai heauton nomizōn. Dia dē touto kai ho Dauid kai ho Abraam, hote pros tēn akran anebēsan tēs aretēs koryphēn, tote malista touto katōrthōsan' kai ho men gēn kai spodon, ho de skōlēka heauton ekaloi kai pantes de hoi hagioi homoiōs toutois heautous talanizousin hōs ho Hye pros alazoneian airomenos, ekeinos estin ho malista pantōn heanton agnoōn. Dio kai kata tēn koinēn synētheian ethos hēmin legein peri tōn hyperēphanōn ouk oiden heauton, agnoei heanton. Ho de heauton agnoōn, tina gnōsetai: Hōsper gar ho heauton eidōs, ha hapanta eisetai houtōs ho touto mē eidōs, oude ta alla eisetai. Toioutos hēn ekeinos ho legōn epanō tōn ouranōn thēsō ton thronon mou. ᾿Epeidē gar ēgnoēsen heauton, kai ta alla panta ēgnoēsen. All᾽ ouch ho Paulos ektrōma heauton kai tōn hagiōn eschaton ekalei, kai oude tēs prosēgorias axion heanton einai enomize tōn apostolōn, meta tosauta kai tēlikauta katorthōmata. Touton toinyn zēlōsōmen kai mimēsōmetha. Mimēsometha de, an tēs gēs kai tōn en tę̄ ē apallagōmen pragmatōn. Ouden gar houtōs agnoein heanton poiei, hōs to tois biōtikois prosēlōsthai ouden houtō palin tois biōtikois prosēlōsthai pragmasi paraskeuazei, hōs to agnoein. heauton allēlōn ar tauta exērtētai. Hōsper gar ho tēs doxēs e erōn tēs exōthen, kai megala ta paronta hēgoumenos, kan myria philoneikē, ou synchōreitai heauton katidein' houtōs ho toutōn hyperorōn rhądiōs e heauton eisetai heauton de mathōn, hodǭ kai epi ta alla panta badieitai merē tēs aretēs. Hin᾽ oun tēn kalēn tautēn mathōmen epistēmēn? apallagentes tōn epikērōn hapantōn tōn pollēn en hēmin poiountōn tēn phloga, kai mathontes heautōn tēn euteleian, pasan epideixōmetha tapeinophrosynēn kai philosophian, hina kai tōn parontōn kai tōn mellontōn epitychōmen agathōn, chariti. kai philanthrōpią tou kyriou hēmōn ᾿Iēsou Christou, meth᾽ hou tǭ patri doxa, kratos, timē, syn tǭ hagiǭ kai agathǭ pneumati, nyn kai aei kai eis tous aiōnas tōn aiōnōn. ᾿Dmēn.

“And it came to pass, when Jesus had finished these words, the crowds were astonished at his teaching.” And yet it would have been natural for them to be pained at the burdensomeness of what was said, and numbed at the loftiness of what was commanded; but as it was, so great was the power of the teacher that he took hold of many of them, threw them into the greatest amazement, and persuaded them, through the delight of what was said, not to go away even when he had stopped speaking. For not even when he came down from the mountain did the hearers depart; even so the whole audience followed; such love for what had been said had he put into them. And they were astonished above all at his authority. For he did not say what he said referring it to another, as the prophet and Moses did, but everywhere showed himself to be the one who has the authority. For in giving laws he continually added, “But I say to you”; and in reminding them of that day he showed himself to be the one who judges, both by the punishments and by the honors. And yet it would have been natural for them to be disturbed by this too. For if the scribes, seeing him display his authority by his works, stoned him and drove him out, when there were only words showing this, how was it not natural for them to be offended, especially when these things were said at the beginning, before he had given proof of his own power? But nevertheless they suffered none of this; for when the soul and mind are right-minded, they are easily persuaded by the words of truth. For this reason those men were offended even when the signs proclaimed his power, while these, hearing bare words, were persuaded and followed. This, at any rate, the evangelist too hinted at when he said that great crowds followed him: not any of the rulers, nor of the scribes, but all who were free of wickedness and had an unbribed judgment. And throughout the whole Gospel you see these attached to him. For when he spoke they listened in silence, not interjecting anything, nor breaking the sequence, nor testing him and wishing to find a handle, as the Pharisees did; and after the discourse they followed again, marveling. But consider, I pray you, the Master’s wisdom, how he varies the benefit to those present, passing from miracles to words, and again from the teaching of words to miracles. For before he went up the mountain he healed many, preparing the way for what he would say; and after completing this long discourse he comes again to miracles, confirming by what was done what had been said. For since he taught as one having authority, so that this manner of teaching might not be thought boasting and arrogance, he does the same in his works too, healing as one having authority, so that those who saw him teaching thus might no longer be disturbed, since he worked his miracles in the same way. “For when he came down from the mountain, a leper came to him, saying, ‘Lord, if you will, you can make me clean.’” Great was the understanding and the faith of the one who came. For he did not interrupt the teaching nor break up the audience, but waited for the fitting time, and comes to him when he has come down. And not simply, but with great fervor; and he entreats him on his knees, as another evangelist says, with genuine faith and the right opinion about him. For he did not say, “If you ask God,” nor, “If you pray,” but, “If you will, you can make me clean.” Nor did he say, “Lord, cleanse me,” but entrusts everything to him, makes him lord of the healing, and bears witness to all his authority. “What then,” someone says, “if the leper’s opinion was mistaken?” Then he ought to have overthrown it, rebuked it, and corrected it. Did he then do this? Not at all; quite the opposite: he establishes and confirms what was said. For this reason he did not say, “Be cleansed,” but, “I will; be made clean,” so that the doctrine might no longer be the other’s supposition but his own judgment. But the apostles did not speak so; how, then? When the whole people were astonished, they said, “Why do you look at us, as though by our own power or authority we had made him walk?” But the Master, though he often uttered many modest things, lower than his own glory, here, to establish the doctrine of those who were amazed at him for his authority, what does he say? “I will; be made clean.” And yet, though he did so many and such great signs, nowhere does he appear to have said this word. But here, to ratify the supposition about his authority held by the whole people and the leper, for this reason he added, “I will.” And he did not say it and not do it; the deed followed at once. And if he had not spoken rightly, and what was said was blasphemy, the work ought to have been cut short. But as it was, nature yielded at his command, and with fitting speed, greater even than the evangelist said. For the word “immediately” is much slower than the speed with which the deed was done. And he did not simply say, “I will; be made clean,” but also “stretched out his hand and touched him,” which most of all deserves inquiry. For why, when he was cleansing him by will and word, did he add the touch of his hand? It seems to me it was for no other reason than to show by this too that he is not under the law but over it, and that from now on nothing is unclean to the clean. That is why Elisha did not even see Naaman, but, even when he saw him offended because he did not come out and touch him, he stays at home, keeping the strictness of the law, and sends him to the Jordan to wash. But the Master, showing that he heals not as a servant but as Lord, also touches him. For the hand did not become unclean from the leprosy, but the leprous body was made clean by the holy hand. For he had not come to heal bodies only, but also to lead the soul to philosophy. As, then, he no longer forbade eating with unwashed hands, bringing in that excellent law about the indifference of foods, so here too, teaching from now on that we must take care of the soul and, freed from outward purifications, scour it clean, and fear only its leprosy, which is sin (for being a leper is no hindrance to virtue), he himself first touches the leper, and no one accuses him. For the court was not corrupt, nor were the spectators possessed by envy. For this reason they not only did not find fault, but were amazed at the miracle and yielded, worshiping his irresistible power both from what was said and from what was done. Having healed his body, then, he commands him to tell no one, but to show himself to the priest and offer the gift that Moses commanded, as a testimony to them. Now some say that he commanded him to tell no one so that they might not act maliciously in judging his cleansing, a very foolish supposition. For he did not cleanse him in such a way that the cleansing could be disputed; but he commands him to tell no one, teaching us to avoid boasting and love of honor. And yet he knew that the man would not obey, but would proclaim his benefactor; but nevertheless he does his own part. “How then,” someone says, “does he elsewhere command one to tell?” Not contradicting himself or being inconsistent, but teaching us to be grateful. For there too he did not command him to proclaim himself, but to give glory to God; through this leper making us free from pride and vainglory, and through that one making us thankful and grateful, and teaching us everywhere to refer the praise for what is done to the Master. For since people for the most part remember God when they are sick, but when freed from their illness become more careless, he commands us constantly, both sick and healthy, to attend to the Master, and says, “Give glory to God.” But why did he also command him to show himself to the priest and to offer a gift? Again here fulfilling the law. For he did not everywhere set it aside, nor everywhere keep it, but sometimes did this, sometimes that: by the one preparing the way for the philosophy to come, by the other restraining for the time the shameless tongue of the Jews and condescending to their weakness. And why do you wonder if he himself did this at the beginning, when even the apostles, after being commanded to go to the Gentiles, after the doors of teaching throughout the world had been opened, and the law shut up, and the commandments renewed, and all the old things put to rest, appear sometimes keeping the law and sometimes passing it by? “And what does this contribute,” someone says, “to the keeping of the law, the saying, ‘Show yourself to the priest’?” No small thing. For there was an ancient law that the leper, when cleansed, should not entrust the examination of his cleansing to himself, but appear before the priest and present the proof to his eyes, and by his verdict be counted among the clean. For if the priest did not say, “The leper has been cleansed,” he still remained with the unclean outside the camp. That is why he says, “Show yourself to the priest, and offer the gift that Moses commanded.” He did not say, “that I command,” but for the time being sends him to the law, stitching shut their mouths on every side. For lest they say that he had seized the priests’ glory, he himself completed the work, but entrusted the examination to them and seated them as judges of his own miracles. For I am so far from fighting with Moses or the priests, he says, that I even lead those I have benefited to obey them. And what is “as a testimony to them”? For reproof, for proof, for accusation, if they are ungrateful. For since they said, “We persecute him as a deceiver and impostor, as an enemy of God and a transgressor of the law,” you will bear witness for me, he says, at that time, that I am no transgressor of the law. For having healed you I send you to the law and to the examination of the priests; which was the act of one who honored the law and admired Moses, and did not oppose the ancient decrees. And if they were going to gain nothing, from this especially one may learn his honor for the law: that, though he foreknew that they would reap no fruit, he fulfilled all his own part. For he foreknew this very thing and foretold it. For he did not say, “for their correction,” nor “for their instruction,” but, “as a testimony to them,” that is, for accusation and for reproof and for testimony that everything on my part has been done; and though I foreknew that they would remain uncorrected, not even so did I leave undone what had to be done; but they went on keeping their own wickedness. This, at any rate, he says elsewhere too: “This gospel will be preached in the whole world as a testimony to all the nations, and then the end will come”; to the nations who do not obey, who are not persuaded. For lest anyone say, “And why do you preach to all, if not all are going to be persuaded?”, it is so that I may appear to have done all my own part, and that no one may be able afterward to complain that he did not hear. For the preaching itself will bear witness against them, and they will not be able afterward to say, “We did not hear”; for the word of godliness has gone out to the ends of the world. Considering these things, then, let us too fulfill all our own part toward our neighbors, and give thanks to God continually. For it is absurd, while enjoying his kindness in deed every day, not even to acknowledge the favor in word, and this when the acknowledgment again brings the benefit to us. For he needs nothing of ours, but we need everything of his. Thanksgiving adds nothing to him, but makes us more his own. For if, when we call to mind the kindnesses of men, we are warmed the more with affection, much more, when we continually remember the Master’s good deeds toward us, shall we be more zealous for his commandments. That is why Paul too said, “Be thankful.” For the best safeguard of a kindness is the memory of the kindness and continual thanksgiving. That is why the awesome mysteries too, full of great salvation, which are celebrated at every gathering, are called a Thanksgiving, the Eucharist, because they are a remembrance of many benefits, display the sum of God’s providence, and in every way prepare us to give thanks. For if being born of a virgin was a great wonder, and the evangelist said in amazement, “Now all this took place,” where shall we put his being slain, tell me? For if being born is called “all this,” being crucified and pouring out his blood and giving himself to us for a feast and a spiritual banquet, what would that be called? Let us give thanks to him continually, then, and let this go before our words and our works. And let us give thanks not only for our own goods but also for those of others; for in this way we shall be able both to destroy envy and to bind love tighter and make it more genuine. For you will no longer be able to envy those for whom you give thanks to the Master. That is why the priest too bids us give thanks for the world, for those who were before, for those now, for what has been done for us before and what will be hereafter, when that sacrifice is set forth. For this both frees us from the earth and transfers us to heaven, and makes angels out of men. For they too, having formed a choir, give thanks to God for the good things done to us, saying, “Glory to God in the highest, and on earth peace, good pleasure among men.” “And what is this to us, who are not on earth, nor men?” Very much indeed to us; for so we have been taught to love our fellow servants as to think their goods our own. That is why Paul too everywhere in his letters gives thanks for the good deeds of the world. Let us too, then, give thanks continually, for our own goods and for others’, for small and for great. For even if what is given is small, it becomes great by being given by God; or rather, nothing from him is small, not only because it is given by him but also by its very nature. And, to pass over all the other things, which surpass the sand in number, what is equal to the dispensation made for us? For what was most precious of all to him, his only-begotten Son, him he gave for us his enemies; and not only gave, but after giving set him before us as a table, himself doing everything for us, both giving and making us thankful for it. For since man is for the most part ungrateful, everywhere he himself takes in hand and arranges what is for us. And what he did with the Jews, reminding them of his benefits by places and times and feasts, he has done here too, putting us by the manner of the sacrifice into a continual remembrance of his kindness in these things. So no one has been as eager for us to become approved and great and in every way grateful as God who made us. That is why he often benefits us even against our will, and mostly without our knowing. And if you wonder at what has been said, I show you this happening not with some ordinary person but with the blessed Paul. For that blessed man, being in many dangers and afflictions, often begged God that the temptations might depart from him; but nevertheless God attended not to his request but to his benefit; and showing this he said, “My grace is sufficient for you; for my power is made perfect in weakness.” So before he told him the reason, he benefits him against his will and without his knowing. What great thing, then, does he ask in commanding us to be thankful in return for such great care? Let us obey, then, and keep this everywhere. For nothing so destroyed the Jews as being ungrateful, and those many successive blows nothing else brought on but this; or rather, even before the blows, this destroyed and corrupted their soul. “For the hope of the ungrateful is like winter frost,” it says; it so numbs and deadens the soul as that does bodies. And this comes from arrogance and from thinking oneself worthy of something. But the contrite man will give thanks to God not only for good things but also for things that seem the opposite, and whatever he suffers he will think he has suffered nothing undeserved. Let us too, then, the more we advance in virtue, make ourselves the more contrite; for this too is virtue most of all. For just as the more sharply we see, the more we learn how far we are from heaven, so the more we advance in virtue, the more we are taught to know the distance between God and us. And this is no small part of philosophy, to be able to perceive our own worth. For he most of all knows himself who thinks himself nothing. That is why David and Abraham too, when they had climbed to the very summit of virtue, then most of all achieved this: the one called himself earth and ashes, the other a worm; and all the saints, like them, call themselves wretched. So the one who is lifted up to arrogance is the one who above all is ignorant of himself. That is why in common usage too we are accustomed to say of the proud, “He does not know himself; he is ignorant of himself.” And the one who is ignorant of himself, whom will he know? For as the one who knows himself will know all things, so the one who does not know this will not know the other things either. Such was he who said, “I will set my throne above the heavens.” For since he did not know himself, he did not know all the other things either. But Paul was not such; he called himself an untimely birth and the least of the saints, and thought himself not even worthy of the name of apostle, after so many and such great achievements. Him, then, let us emulate and imitate. And we shall imitate him if we are freed from the earth and the things on it. For nothing so makes one ignorant of oneself as being nailed to worldly things; and again nothing so prepares one to be nailed to worldly affairs as being ignorant of oneself; for these things hang on each other. For just as the one who loves outward glory and thinks present things great, even if he strives ten thousand times, is not allowed to see himself, so the one who looks down on these will easily know himself; and having learned himself, he will go on in due course to all the other parts of virtue. So then, that we may learn this excellent knowledge, let us be freed from all the perishable things that kindle a great flame in us, and, having learned our own worthlessness, let us show all humility and philosophy, so that we may obtain both the present and the future good things, by the grace and love for humankind of our Lord Jesus Christ, with whom be glory, might, and honor to the Father, together with the holy and good Spirit, now and always and for ever and ever. Amen.

Chapter 26

26.1Field 1

Εἰσελθόντι δὲ αὐτῷ εἰς Καπερναοὺμ, προσῆλθεν αὑτῷ ἑκατόνταρχος, παρακαλὼν αὐτὸν, καὶ λέγων κύριε, ὁ παῖς μου βέβληται ἐν τῇ οἰκίᾳ παραλυτικὸς, δαινῶς ανιζόμενος. Ὁ ΜῈΝ λεπρὸς καταβάντι απὸ τοῦ ὄρους προσῆλθεν ὁ δὲ ἑκατόνταρχος οὗτος εἰσελθόντι εἰς τὴν Καπερναούμ. Τίνος οὖν ἕνεκεν οὔτε οὗτος, οὔτε ἐκεῖνος εἰς τὸ ὄρος ἀνέβησαν, Οὐ διὰ ῥᾳθυμίαν᾽ καὶ γὰρ ἀμφοτέρων ἡ πίστις θερμή αλλ᾽ ὡστὲ μὴ ϑγκόψαι τὴν δι ασκαλίαν. Προσελθὼν δέ φησιν ὁ παῖς μοῦ βέβληται ἐν τῆ οἰκίᾳ παραλυτικὸς, δεινῶς βασανιζόμενος. Τινὲς μὲν οὖν φασιν, ὅτι ἀπολογούμενος καὶ τὴν αἰτίαν εἴρηκε, δ ἥ ἣν αὐτὸν οὐκ ἤγαγεν. Οὐδὲ γὰρ δυνατὸν ἦν, φησὶ, παραλελυμένον καὶ βασανιζόμενον καὶ πρὸς ἐσχάτας ὄντα ἀναπνοὰς φοράδην κομίζειν. Ὅτι γὰρ καὶ ἀποπνεῖν ἔμελλεν, ὁ Λουκᾶς φησιν, ὅτι καὶ ἔμελλε τελευταν. ᾿γὼ δὲ τοῦ μεγάλην αὐτὸν ἔχειν πίστιν τοῦτο σημεῖον εἶναί φημι, καὶ πολλῳ μείζονα τῶν διὰ τοῦ στέγους χαλασάντων. ᾿Επειδὴ γὰρ ἤδει σαφῶς, ὅτι καὶ ἐπίταγμα ἀρκεῖ μόνον εἰς τὴν ἀνάστασιν τοὺ κειμένου, περιττὸν εἶναι ἐνόμισεν αὐτὸν ἀγαγεῖν. Τί οὖν ὁ ᾿Ιησοῦς; Ὃ μηδαμοῦ πρότερον ἐποίησεν, ἐνταῦθα ποιεῖ. Πανταχοῦ γὰρ ἑπόμενος τῇ προαιρέσει τῶν ἱκοτενόντων, ἐνταῦθα καὶ ἐπιπηδᾷ, καὶ οὐχὶ θεραπεῦσαι ἐπαγγέλλεται μόνον, αλλὰ καὶ παραγενέσθαι εἰς τὴν οἰκίαν. Ποιεῖ δὲ τοῦτο, ἵνα μάθωμεν τὴν ἀρετὴν τοῦ ἑκατοντάρχους. Εἰ γὰρ μὴ τοῦτο ἐπηγγείλατο, ἀλλ᾽ εἶπεν, ὕπαγε, ἰαθήτω ὁ παῖς σον᾿ οὐδὲν ἂν τούτων ἔγνωμεν. Τοῦτο γοῦν καὶ ἐπὶ τῆς ' Φοινικίσσης ἀπεναντίας ἐποίησε γυναικός. ᾿Ενταῦθα μὲν γὰρ μὴ καλούμενος εἰς τὴν οἰκίαν, αὐτεπάγγελτός φησιν ἥξειν, ἵνα μάθης τοῦ ἑκατοντάρχου τὴν πίστιν καὶ τὴν πολλὴν ταπεινοῴροσύνην ἐπὶ δὲ τῆς Φοινικίσσης καὶ ἀρνεῖται τὴν δόσιν, καὶ ἐπιμένουσαν ἐξαπορεῖ. Σοφος γὰρ ὧν καὶ εὐμήχανος ἰατρὸς, διὰ τῶν ἐναντίων τὰ ἐναντία κατασκευάζειν οἵἷ Καὶ ἐνταῦθα μὲν διὰ τῆς αὐτεπαγγέλτου παρουσίας, ἐκεῖ δὲ διὰ τῆς ἐπιτεταμένης ὑπερθέσεως καὶ παραιτήσεως τὴν πίστιν ἐκκαλύπτει τῆς γυναικός. Οὕτω καὶ ἐπὶ τοῦ Αβραὰμ ποιεῖ λέγων οὐ μὴ κρύψω ἀπὸ τοῦ παιδός μου Δ βρααμι ἵνα μάθης ἐκείνου τὴν φιλοστοργίαν, καὶ τὴν ὑπὲρ Σούόμων, πρόνοιαν. Καὶ ἐπὶ τοῦ Λὼτ αρνοῦνται εἰσελθεῖν πρὸς αὐτὸν οἱ πεμφθέντες, ἵνα τοῦ δικαίου μάθης τῆς φιλοξενίας τὸ μέγεθος. Τί οὖν ὁ ἑκατόνταρχός φησιν: : Οὐκ εἰμὲ ἱκανὸς, ἵνα μου ὑπὸ τὴν στέγην εἰσέλθης. Ἀκούσωμεν ὅσοι τὸν Χριστὸν μέλλομεν ὑποδέχεσθαι δυνατὸν γὰρ αὐτὸν ὑποδέχεσθαι καὶ νῦν. Ἀκούσωμεν καὶ ᾿ζηλώσωμεν, καὶ μετὰ τοσαύτης δεξώμεθα τῆς σπουδῆς καὶ γὰρ ὅταν πένητα ὑποδέξη πεινώντα καὶ γυμνὸν, ἐκεῖνον ᾿ ὑπεδέξω καὶ ἔθρεψας. ᾿Αλλ᾽ εἰπὲ λόγῳ μόνον, καὶ ἰαθήσεται ὁ παις μου. Ὅρα καὶ τοῦτον, ὥσπερ τὸν λεπρὸν, τὴν προσήκουσαν περὶ αὐτοῦ δόξαν ἔ ἔχοντα. Οὐδὲ γὰρ οὗτος εἶπε, παρακάλεσον᾽ οὐδὲ εἶπεν, εὖξαι καὶ ἱκέτευσον' αλλ᾽ ἐλ ον Ως, μόνον. Εἶτα δεδοικὼς μὴ μετριάζων ἀνανεύσῃ, φησί καὶ γὰρ ἐγὼ ἄνθρωπός εἰμι ὑπὸ ἐξουσίαν, ἔ ἔχων ὑπ᾽ ἐμαυτὸν στρατιώτας καὶ λέγω τούτῳ, πορεύθητι, καὶ πορεύεται καὶ ' τῷ ἄλλῳ, ἔρχου, καὶ ἔρχεται καὶ τῷ δούλῳ μου, ποίησον τοῦτο; καὶ ποιεῖ Καὶ τί τοῦτο, φησὶν, εἰ ὁ ἑκατοντάρχης ὑπώπτευσεν οὕτω: Τὸ γὰρ ζητούμενον, εἰ ὁ Χριστὸς τοῦτο ἀπεφήνατο καὶ ἐκύρωσε. Καλὼς καὶ σφόδρα λέγεις συνετῶς. Οὐκοῦν ἴδωμεν τοῦτο αὐτό καὶ εὑρήσομεν, ὅπερ ἐπὶ τοῦ λεπροῦ γέγονε, τοῦτο καὶ ἐνταῦθα γεγενημένον. Ὥσπερ γὰρ ὁ λεπρὸς εἶπεν, ἐὰν θέλῃς (καὶ οὐκ ἀπὸ τοῦ λεπροῦ διισχυριζόμεθα μόνον περὶ τῆς ἐξουσίας, ἀλλὰ καὶ ἀπὸ τῆς τοῦ Χριστοῦ φωνῆς ου γὰρ μόνον οὐ κατέλυσε τὴν ὑπόνοιαν, αλλὰ καὶ ἐβεβαίωσε μειζόνως, ὃ περιττὸν ἦν εἰπεὶν προσθεὶς, καὶ εἰπὼν, θέλω, καθαρίσθητι, ἵνα κυρώση τὸ δόγμα τὸ ἐκείνου) οὕτω δὴ καὶ ἐνταῦθα σκοπεῖν δίκαιον, εἴ τι τοιοῦτον γέγονε᾽ καὶ γὰρ εὑρήσομεν τὸ αὐτὸ τοῦτο πάλιν συμβεβηκός. Τοιαῦτα γὰρ τοῦ, ἑκατοντάρχου εἰρηκότος, καὶ μαρτυρήσαντος ἐξουσίαν τοσαύτην, οὐ μόνον οὐκ ἐνεκάλεσεν, ἀλλὰ καὶ ἀπεδέξατο, καὶ πλέον τι ἐποίησεν ἀπεδέξατο. Οὐδὲ γὰρ εἶπεν ὁ εὐαγγελιστὴς, ὅτι ἐπήνεσε τὸ εἰρημένον μόνον, ἀλλὰ καὶ ἐπίτασιν δηλῶν τοῦ ἐπαίνου φησὶν, ὅ ὅτι καὶ ἐθαύμασε καὶ οὐδὲ ἁπλῶς ἐθαύμασεν, ἀλλὰ καὶ τοῦ δήμου παντὸς παρόντος, καὶ τοῖς ἄλλοις ὑπόδειγμα ῥέξω. κεν, ὥστε αὐτὸν ζηλοῦν. Ὁρᾷς πώς ἕκαστος τῶν μαρτυρησαντων αὐτῷ εξουσίαν θαυμάζεται; Καὶ ἐξεπλήττοντο οἱ ὄχλοι ἐπὶ ΤῊ διδαχῇ αὐτοῦ. ὅτι ὡς ἐξουσίαν ἕ ἔχων ἐδίδασκε καὶ οὐ μόνον οὐκ ἐνεκάλεσεν, αλλὰ καὶ λαβὼν αὐτοὺς κατἤλθε, καὶ δι ὧν τὸν λεπρὸν ἐκάθηρεν, ἐκύρωσεν αὐτῶν τὴν γνώμην. Παλιν ἔλεγεν ἐκεῖνος ἐὰν θέλης, δύνασαί με καθαρίσαι καὶ οὐ μόνον οὐκ ἐπετίμησεν, ἀλλὰ καὶ θεραπεύων αὐτὸν οὕτως, ὡς ἐκεῖνος εἶπεν, ἐκάθηρε. Πάλιν ὁ ἑκατοντάρχης ὍΣ Εἰ ναρώ εἰπὲ λόγῳ μόνον, καὶ ἰαθήσεται ὁ παῖς μου ὶ θαυμάζων αὐτὸν ἔλεγεν οὐδὲ ἐν τῷ Ἰσραὴλ τοσαύτην πίστιν «ὗρον.

Eiselthonti de autǭ eis Kapernaoum, prosēlthen hautǭ hekatontarchos, parakalōn auton, kai legōn kyrie, ho pais mou beblētai en tę̄ oikią paralytikos, dainōs anizomenos. Ho MEN lepros katabanti apo tou orous prosēlthen ho de hekatontarchos houtos eiselthonti eis tēn Kapernaoum. Tinos oun heneken oute houtos, oute ekeinos eis to oros anebēsan, Ou dia rhąthymian᾽ kai gar amphoterōn hē pistis thermē all᾽ hōste mē ϑnkopsai tēn di askalian. Proselthōn de phēsin ho pais mou beblētai en tē oikią paralytikos, deinōs basanizomenos. Tines men oun phasin, hoti apologoumenos kai tēn aitian eirēke, d hē hēn auton ouk ēgagen. Oude gar dynaton ēn, phēsi, paralelymenon kai basanizomenon kai pros eschatas onta anapnoas phoradēn komizein. Hoti gar kai apopnein emellen, ho Loukas phēsin, hoti kai emelle teleutan. ᾿gō de tou megalēn auton echein pistin touto sēmeion einai phēmi, kai pollǭ meizona tōn dia tou stegous chalasantōn. ᾿Epeidē gar ēdei saphōs, hoti kai epitagma arkei monon eis tēn anastasin tou keimenou, peritton einai enomisen auton agagein. Ti oun ho ᾿Iēsous? Ho mēdamou proteron epoiēsen, entautha poiei. Pantachou gar hepomenos tę̄ proairesei tōn hikotenontōn, entautha kai epipēdą, kai ouchi therapeusai epangelletai monon, alla kai paragenesthai eis tēn oikian. Poiei de touto, hina mathōmen tēn aretēn tou hekatontarchous. Ei gar mē touto epēngeilato, all᾽ eipen, hypage, iathētō ho pais son᾿ ouden an toutōn egnōmen. Touto goun kai epi tēs ' Phoinikissēs apenantias epoiēse gynaikos. ᾿Entautha men gar mē kaloumenos eis tēn oikian, autepangeltos phēsin hēxein, hina mathēs tou hekatontarchou tēn pistin kai tēn pollēn tapeinoǭrosynēn epi de tēs Phoinikissēs kai arneitai tēn dosin, kai epimenousan exaporei. Sophos gar hōn kai eumēchanos iatros, dia tōn enantiōn ta enantia kataskeuazein hoii Kai entautha men dia tēs autepangeltou parousias, ekei de dia tēs epitetamenēs hypertheseōs kai paraitēseōs tēn pistin ekkalyptei tēs gynaikos. Houtō kai epi tou Abraam poiei legōn ou mē krypsō apo tou paidos mou D braami hina mathēs ekeinou tēn philostorgian, kai tēn hyper Souomōn, pronoian. Kai epi tou Lōt arnountai eiselthein pros auton hoi pemphthentes, hina tou dikaiou mathēs tēs philoxenias to megethos. Ti oun ho hekatontarchos phēsin: : Ouk eime hikanos, hina mou hypo tēn stegēn eiselthēs. Akousōmen hosoi ton Christon mellomen hypodechesthai dynaton gar auton hypodechesthai kai nyn. Akousōmen kai ᾿zēlōsōmen, kai meta tosautēs dexōmetha tēs spoudēs kai gar hotan penēta hypodexē peinōnta kai gymnon, ekeinon ᾿ hypedexō kai ethrepsas. ᾿All᾽ eipe logǭ monon, kai iathēsetai ho pais mou. Hora kai touton, hōsper ton lepron, tēn prosēkousan peri autou doxan e echonta. Oude gar houtos eipe, parakaleson᾽ oude eipen, euxai kai hiketeuson' all᾽ el on Ōs, monon. Eita dedoikōs mē metriazōn ananeusę̄, phēsi kai gar egō anthrōpos eimi hypo exousian, e echōn hyp᾽ emauton stratiōtas kai legō toutǭ, poreuthēti, kai poreuetai kai ' tǭ allǭ, erchou, kai erchetai kai tǭ doulǭ mou, poiēson touto? kai poiei Kai ti touto, phēsin, ei ho hekatontarchēs hypōpteusen houtō: To gar zētoumenon, ei ho Christos touto apephēnato kai ekyrōse. Kalōs kai sphodra legeis synetōs. Oukoun idōmen touto auto kai heurēsomen, hoper epi tou leprou gegone, touto kai entautha gegenēmenon. Hōsper gar ho lepros eipen, ean thelę̄s (kai ouk apo tou leprou diischyrizometha monon peri tēs exousias, alla kai apo tēs tou Christou phōnēs ou gar monon ou katelyse tēn hyponoian, alla kai ebebaiōse meizonōs, ho peritton ēn eipein prostheis, kai eipōn, thelō, katharisthēti, hina kyrōsē to dogma to ekeinou) houtō dē kai entautha skopein dikaion, ei ti toiouton gegone᾽ kai gar heurēsomen to auto touto palin symbebēkos. Toiauta gar tou, hekatontarchou eirēkotos, kai martyrēsantos exousian tosautēn, ou monon ouk enekalesen, alla kai apedexato, kai pleon ti epoiēsen apedexato. Oude gar eipen ho euangelistēs, hoti epēnese to eirēmenon monon, alla kai epitasin dēlōn tou epainou phēsin, ho hoti kai ethaumase kai oude haplōs ethaumasen, alla kai tou dēmou pantos parontos, kai tois allois hypodeigma rhexō. ken, hōste auton zēloun. Horąs pōs hekastos tōn martyrēsantōn autǭ exousian thaumazetai? Kai exeplēttonto hoi ochloi epi TĒ didachę̄ autou. hoti hōs exousian he echōn edidaske kai ou monon ouk enekalesen, alla kai labōn autous katēlthe, kai di hōn ton lepron ekathēren, ekyrōsen autōn tēn gnōmēn. Palin elegen ekeinos ean thelēs, dynasai me katharisai kai ou monon ouk epetimēsen, alla kai therapeuōn auton houtōs, hōs ekeinos eipen, ekathēre. Palin ho hekatontarchēs HoS Ei narō eipe logǭ monon, kai iathēsetai ho pais mou i thaumazōn auton elegen oude en tǭ Israēl tosautēn pistin «hyron.

“When he had entered Capernaum, a centurion came to him, entreating him and saying, ‘Lord, my servant is lying at home paralyzed, terribly tormented.’” The leper came to him when he came down from the mountain, but this centurion when he had entered Capernaum. Why then did neither this one nor that one go up the mountain? Not through sloth, for the faith of both was fervent, but so as not to interrupt the teaching. And when he came, he says, “My servant is lying at home paralyzed, terribly tormented.” Some say that he was excusing himself and stated the reason why he had not brought him. For it was not possible, he says, to carry on a litter one who was paralyzed and tormented and at his last breath. For that he was about to expire, Luke says: that he was about to die. But I say that this is a sign of his having great faith, much greater than that of those who let the paralytic down through the roof. For since he knew clearly that even a command alone was enough to raise up the one lying there, he thought it superfluous to bring him. What then does Jesus do? What he had nowhere done before, he does here. For everywhere he follows the will of those who entreat him, but here he even springs forward, and promises not only to heal but also to come to the house. And he does this so that we may learn the virtue of the centurion. For if he had not promised this, but had said, “Go, let your servant be healed,” we would have known none of these things. This at any rate he did in the opposite way with the Phoenician woman. For here, though not invited to the house, he says of his own accord that he will come, so that you may learn the centurion’s faith and great humility; but with the Phoenician woman he both refuses the gift and leaves her at a loss while she persists. For being a wise and resourceful physician, he knows how to bring about opposite results by opposite means. And here by his self-offered coming, there by his intense delay and refusal, he reveals the woman’s faith. So too he does with Abraham, saying, “I will not hide from my servant Abraham,” so that you may learn his affection and his concern for Sodom. And with Lot, those who were sent refuse to go in to him, so that you may learn the greatness of the righteous man’s hospitality. What then does the centurion say? “I am not worthy that you should come under my roof.” Let us hear, as many of us as are going to receive Christ; for it is possible to receive him even now. Let us hear and emulate, and receive him with as much zeal; for when you receive a poor man who is hungry and naked, you have received and fed him. “But only say the word, and my servant will be healed.” See this man too, like the leper, having the fitting opinion about him. For he too did not say, “Entreat God,” nor, “Pray and supplicate,” but, “Only say the word.” Then, fearing lest out of modesty he decline, he says, “For I too am a man under authority, having soldiers under me; and I say to this one, ‘Go,’ and he goes; and to another, ‘Come,’ and he comes; and to my servant, ‘Do this,’ and he does it.” “And what of it,” someone says, “if the centurion supposed so? The question is whether Christ declared this and ratified it.” You speak well and very wisely. Let us then look at this very thing; and we shall find that what happened with the leper happened here too. For just as the leper said, “If you will” (and it is not only from the leper that we maintain the point about his authority, but also from the voice of Christ; for he not only did not overthrow the supposition but confirmed it the more, adding what was superfluous to say, “I will; be made clean,” to ratify that man’s doctrine), so here too it is right to examine whether anything of the kind happened; and indeed we shall find this same thing happened again. For when the centurion had said such things and borne witness to so great an authority, he not only did not reproach him, but accepted it, and did something more than accept it. For the evangelist did not say that he only praised what was said, but, indicating the intensity of the praise, he says that he even marveled; and not simply marveled, but with the whole people present, and set him as an example to the others, so that they might emulate him. Do you see how each of those who bore witness to his authority is admired? “And the crowds were astonished at his teaching, because he taught as one having authority”; and he not only did not reproach them, but took them with him when he came down, and by cleansing the leper ratified their judgment. Again, that man said, “If you will, you can make me clean”; and he not only did not rebuke him, but healed him and cleansed him in the very way that man had said. Again the centurion: “Only say the word, and my servant will be healed”; and marveling at him he said, “Not even in Israel have I found such faith.”

26.2Field 1

Ἵνα δὲ καὶ ἐκ τοῦ ἐναντίον τοῦτο μαθης ἐπειδὴ ἡ ῆ Μάρθα τούτων οὐδὲν εἶπεν, ἀλλὰ τοὐναντίον, ὅτι ὅσα ἂν αἰτήσῃ τὸν θεὸν, δώσει σοι οὐ μόνον οὐκ ἐπηνέθη, καίτοι ᾿καὶ γνώριμος οὖσα καὶ ἀγαπητὴ καὶ τῶν σφόδρα περὶ αὐτὸν ἐσπουδακότων, αλλὰ καὶ ἐπετιμήθη καὶ διωρθώθη παρ᾽ αὐτοῦ, ὡς οὐ καλὼς εἰρηκυῖα. Καὶ γὰρ ἔλεγεν αὐτῇ οὐκ εἶπόν σοι, ὅτι εὰν πιστεύσῃς, ὄψει τὴν δόξαν τοῦ θεοῦ: ὡς μηδέπω πιστευσάση ἐγκαλῶν. Καὶ πάλιν, ἐπειδὴ ἔλεγεν, ὅσα ἂν αἰτήσῃ τὸν θεὸν, δώσει σοι ἀπάγων τῆς τοιαύτης ὑπονοίας αὐτὴν, καὶ διδάσκων ὅτι παρ ἑτέρου οὐ ἧ δέεται λαβεῖν, ἀλλ᾽ αὐτός ἐστιν η πηγὴ τῶν ἀγαθῶν, ᾿Φησίν' ξγώ εἰμι η ἀνάστασις καὶ ἡ ζωη τουτέστιν, οὐκ ἀναμένω δέξασθαι ε ἐνέργειαν, αλλ᾽ οἴκοθεν πάντα ἐργά ζομαι. Ὅθεν τὸν ἐκατοντάρχην καὶ θαυμαζει, καὶ τοῦ δήμον παντὸς προτίθησι, καὶ τῇ τῆς βασιλείας δόσει τιμᾷ, καὶ τοὺς ἄλλους εἰς τὸν αὐτὸν ζῆλον καλεῖ. Καὶ ἵνα μάθης ὅτι διὰ τοῦτο ταῦτα εἶπεν, ἵνα καὶ τοὺς ἄλλους παιδεύση πιστεύειν οὕτως, ἄκουσὸν τοῦ εὐαγγελιστοῦ τὴν ἀκρίβειαν, πῶς αὐτὸ ἡνίξατο στραφεὶς γάρ, φησὶν, ὁ ᾿Ιησοῦς εἶπε τοῖς ἀκολουθοῦσιν αὐτῷ οὐδὲ ἐν τῷ ᾿Ισραὴλ τοσαύτην πίστιν εὗρον. Ἂρας τὸ μεγάλα περὶ αὐτοῦ φαντάζεσθαι, τοῦτο μάλιστα πίστεων, καὶ βασιλείας καὶ τῶν ἄλλων πρόξενον ἀγαθῶν. Οὐδὲ γὰρ μέχρι λόγων αὐτῷ γέγονεν ὃ ἔπαινος, ἀλλὰ καὶ τὸν νοσοῦντα ὑγιῆ ἀπέδωκεν ἀντὶ τῆς πίστεως, καὶ λαμπρὸν αὐτῷ πλέκει τὸν στέφανον: καὶ μεγάλας ἐπαγγέλλεται ὡρεᾶς, οὕτω λέὙων᾽ ᾿5 πολλοὶ ἀπὸ ἀνατολῶν καὶ δυσμῶν ἥξουσι, καὶ ἀνακλιθήσονται εἰς τοὺς κόλπους ᾿Αβραάμ καὶ ᾿Ισαὰκ καὶ ᾿Ιακώβ' οἱ δὲ υἱοὶ τῆς βασιλείας ἐκβληθήσονται ἔξω. ᾿Επειδὴ γὰρ πολλὰ ἐπεδείξατο θαύματα, μετὰ πλείονος αὐτοῖς λοιπὸν διαλέγεται παῤῥησίας. Εἶτα, ἵνα μή τις νομίσῃ κολακείας εἶναι τὰ ῥήματα; ἀλλὰ ᾿ μάθωσιν ἅπαντες, ὅτι οὕτω διέκειτο ὁ ἑκατοντάρχης, φησίν' ὕπαγε, ὡς ἐπίστευσας γενηθήτω σοι. Καὶ εὐθέως τὸ ἔργον ἠκολούθησε μαρτυροὺν τῇ προαἱρέσει. ᾿ Καὶ ὦ θη ὁ παῖς αὐτοῦ ἀπὸ τῆς ὥρας ἐκείνης. Ὅπερ καὶ επὶ τῆς Συροφοινικίσσης συνέβη καὶ γὰρ ἐκείνῃ φησίν ὑϑ μὸν γύναι, μεγάλη σου ἡ πίστις γενηθήτω σοι ὡς θέλεις. Καὶ ἰάθη ἡ θυγάτηρ αὐτῆς. ᾿Επειδὴ δὲ καὶ ὁ Λουκᾶς τοῦτο τὸ θαῦμα ἀπαγγέλλων παρεντίθησιν ἕτερα πλείονα, ἃ δοκεῖ διαφωνίαν ἐμφαίνειν, ἐπιλῦσαι καὶ ταῦτα ἀναγκαῖον ὑμῖν. Τί οὖν φησιν ὁ Λουκᾶς: Ἔπεμψε πρεσβυτέρους τῶν ᾿Ιουδαίων πρὸς αὐτὸν, παρακαλῶν αὐτὸν ἐλθεῖν. Ὁ δὲ Ματθαῖός φησιν, ὅτι αὐτὸς προσελθὼν ἔλεγεν, ὅτι οὐκ εἰμὶ ἄξιος. Καί τινες μέν Φασιν, ὅτι οὐκ ἐστιν οὗτος ἐκεῖνος, εἰ καὶ τόλχα ἐοικότα ἔχει. Περὶ μὲν γὰρ ἐκείνου φησὶν, ὅτι καὶ τὴν συναγωγὴν ἡμῶν ἔκτισε, καὶ τὸ ἔθνος ἀγαπᾷ περὶ δὲ τούτου αὐτός φησιν ὃ ᾿Ιησοῦς οὐδὲ ἐν τῷ ᾿Ισραὴλ τοσαύτην πίστιν εὗρον. Καὶ ἐπ᾽ ἐκείνον μὲν οὐκ εἶπεν, ὅτι πολλοὶ ἥξουσιν ἀπὸ ἀνατολῶν, ὅθεν εἰκὸς ᾿Ιουδαῖον αὐτὸν εἶναι. Τί οὖν ἐροῦμεν: Ὅτι αὕτη μὲν εὔκολος ἡ λύσις τὸ δὲ ζητούμενον, εἰ ᾿ἀληθής. ᾿Εμοὶ δοκεῖ οὗτος ἐκεῖνος εἶναι. Πῶς οὗν, φησὶν, ὁ μὲν Ματθαῖος λέγει, ὅτι αὐτὸς εἶπεν, οὐκ εἰμὶ ἄξιος, ἵ ἵνα μου ὑπὸ τὴν στέγὴν εἰσέλθῃς ὁ δὲ Λουκᾶς, ὅτι ἔπεμψεν ἵνα ἔλθῃ: ᾿Εμοὶ δοκεῖ τήν κολακείαν τὴν ᾿Ιουδαϊκὴν αἰνίττεσθαι ἡ ἡμῖν ὁ Λουκᾶς, καὶ ὅτι .οἱ ἐν συμφορᾷ ἀκατάστατοι ὄντες πολλὰ μεταβουλεύονται. Εἰκὸς γαρ τὸν ἑκατόνταρχον βονλόμενον ἀπελθεῖν κωλυθῆναι ὑπὸ τῶν ᾿Ιουδαίων, κολακενόντων αὑτὸν. καὶ λεγόντων, ὅτι ἡμεῖς ἀπελθόντες ἄξομεν αὐτόν. Ὅρα γοῦν αὐτῶν καὶ τὴν παράκλησιν κολακείας οὖσαν. μεστήν. Ανγαπᾷ γὰρ τὸ ἔθνος ἡμῶν, φησὶ, καὶ τὴν συναγωγὴν αὐτὸς ᾿φκοδόμησεν οὐδὲ ἴσασιν ὅθεν ἐ ἐπαινοῦσι τὸν ἄνδρα. Δέον γὰρ εἰπεῖν, ὅτι ἐβονληθὴη μὲν αὐτὸς ελθεῖν καὶ παρακαλέσαι, ἡμεῖς δὲ ἐκωλύσαμεν, τὴν συμφορὰν ἰδόντες, καὶ τὸ πτώμα τὸ ἐπὶ. τῆς οἰκίας κείμενον, καὶ οὕτω παραστῆσαι τῆς πίστεως αὐτοῦ τὸ μέγεθος τοῦτο μὲν οὐ λέγουσιν οὐδὲ γὰρ ἤθελον διὰ τὸ βασκαίνειν ἐκκαλύψαι τοῦ ἀνδρὸς τὴν πίστιν ἀλλ᾽ ἡροῦντο μᾶλλον συσκιάσαι τὴν ἀρετὴν, ὑπὲρ οὗ τὴν ἱκεσίαν ἦλθον ποιησόμενοι, ἵνα μὴ δόξη μέγας τις εἷναι ὁ παρακαλούμενος, ἢ τὴν πίστιν ἀνακηρύξαντες τὴν ἐκείνου, ἀνύσαι τοῦτο, δι᾽ ὅπερ ἦσαν ἀφυγμένοι. ἱκανὸν γὰρ ἡ βασκανία πηρῶσαι διάνοιαν. Δλλ᾽ ὁ τὰ ἀπόῤῥητα εἰδώς, καὶ ἀκόντων. αὐτῶν ἐκεῖνον ἀνεκήρυξε. Καὶ ὅτι τοῦτό ἐστιν αληθὲς, ἄκουσον αὐτοῦ τοὺ Λουκᾶ πάλιν αὐτὸ ἑρμηνεύοντος. Αὐτὸς γὰρ οὕτω φησὶν, ὅτι ᾿ οὐ μακρὰν ἀπέχοντος αὐτοῦ ἔπεμψε λέγων κύριε, μὴ σκύλλον᾽ οὐ γάρ εἰμι ἄξιος, ἵνα μον ὑπὸ τὴν στέγην εἰσέλθῃς. Ὅτε γὰρ ἀπηλλάγη τῆς ἐπαχθείας αὐτῶν, τότε πέμπει λέγων μὴ νομίσῃς ὅτι δι᾽ ὄκνον οὐ παρεγενόμην, ἀλλ᾽ ἐμαυτὸν ἀνάξιον εἶναι ἐνόμισα τοῦ δόξασθαί σε ἐν τῇ οἰκίᾳ.

Hina de kai ek tou enantion touto mathēs epeidē hē ē Martha toutōn ouden eipen, alla tounantion, hoti hosa an aitēsę̄ ton theon, dōsei soi ou monon ouk epēnethē, kaitoi ᾿kai gnōrimos ousa kai agapētē kai tōn sphodra peri auton espoudakotōn, alla kai epetimēthē kai diōrthōthē par᾽ autou, hōs ou kalōs eirēkuia. Kai gar elegen autę̄ ouk eipon soi, hoti ean pisteusę̄s, opsei tēn doxan tou theou: hōs mēdepō pisteusasē enkalōn. Kai palin, epeidē elegen, hosa an aitēsę̄ ton theon, dōsei soi apagōn tēs toiautēs hyponoias autēn, kai didaskōn hoti par heterou ou hē deetai labein, all᾽ autos estin ē pēgē tōn agathōn, ᾿Phēsin' xgō eimi ē anastasis kai hē zōē toutestin, ouk anamenō dexasthai e energeian, all᾽ oikothen panta erga zomai. Hothen ton ekatontarchēn kai thaumazei, kai tou dēmon pantos protithēsi, kai tę̄ tēs basileias dosei timą, kai tous allous eis ton auton zēlon kalei. Kai hina mathēs hoti dia touto tauta eipen, hina kai tous allous paideusē pisteuein houtōs, akouson tou euangelistou tēn akribeian, pōs auto hēnixato strapheis gar, phēsin, ho ᾿Iēsous eipe tois akolouthousin autǭ oude en tǭ ᾿Israēl tosautēn pistin heuron. Aras to megala peri autou phantazesthai, touto malista pisteōn, kai basileias kai tōn allōn proxenon agathōn. Oude gar mechri logōn autǭ gegonen ho epainos, alla kai ton nosounta hygiē apedōken anti tēs pisteōs, kai lampron autǭ plekei ton stephanon: kai megalas epangelletai hōreas, houtō leUōn᾽ ᾿5 polloi apo anatolōn kai dysmōn hēxousi, kai anaklithēsontai eis tous kolpous ᾿Abraam kai ᾿Isaak kai ᾿Iakōb' hoi de huioi tēs basileias ekblēthēsontai exō. ᾿Epeidē gar polla epedeixato thaumata, meta pleionos autois loipon dialegetai parrhēsias. Eita, hina mē tis nomisę̄ kolakeias einai ta rhēmata? alla ᾿ mathōsin hapantes, hoti houtō diekeito ho hekatontarchēs, phēsin' hypage, hōs episteusas genēthētō soi. Kai eutheōs to ergon ēkolouthēse martyroun tę̄ proairesei. ᾿ Kai ō thē ho pais autou apo tēs hōras ekeinēs. Hoper kai epi tēs Syrophoinikissēs synebē kai gar ekeinę̄ phēsin hyϑ mon gynai, megalē sou hē pistis genēthētō soi hōs theleis. Kai iathē hē thygatēr autēs. ᾿Epeidē de kai ho Loukas touto to thauma apangellōn parentithēsin hetera pleiona, ha dokei diaphōnian emphainein, epilysai kai tauta anankaion hymin. Ti oun phēsin ho Loukas: Epempse presbyterous tōn ᾿Ioudaiōn pros auton, parakalōn auton elthein. Ho de Matthaios phēsin, hoti autos proselthōn elegen, hoti ouk eimi axios. Kai tines men Phasin, hoti ouk estin houtos ekeinos, ei kai tolcha eoikota echei. Peri men gar ekeinou phēsin, hoti kai tēn synagōgēn hēmōn ektise, kai to ethnos agapą peri de toutou autos phēsin ho ᾿Iēsous oude en tǭ ᾿Israēl tosautēn pistin heuron. Kai ep᾽ ekeinon men ouk eipen, hoti polloi hēxousin apo anatolōn, hothen eikos ᾿Ioudaion auton einai. Ti oun eroumen: Hoti hautē men eukolos hē lysis to de zētoumenon, ei ᾿alēthēs. ᾿Emoi dokei houtos ekeinos einai. Pōs houn, phēsin, ho men Matthaios legei, hoti autos eipen, ouk eimi axios, hi hina mou hypo tēn stegēn eiselthę̄s ho de Loukas, hoti epempsen hina elthę̄: ᾿Emoi dokei tēn kolakeian tēn ᾿Ioudaïkēn ainittesthai hē hēmin ho Loukas, kai hoti .hoi en symphorą akatastatoi ontes polla metabouleuontai. Eikos gar ton hekatontarchon bonlomenon apelthein kōlythēnai hypo tōn ᾿Ioudaiōn, kolakenontōn hauton. kai legontōn, hoti hēmeis apelthontes axomen auton. Hora goun autōn kai tēn paraklēsin kolakeias ousan. mestēn. Angapą gar to ethnos hēmōn, phēsi, kai tēn synagōgēn autos ᾿phkodomēsen oude isasin hothen e epainousi ton andra. Deon gar eipein, hoti ebonlēthēē men autos elthein kai parakalesai, hēmeis de ekōlysamen, tēn symphoran idontes, kai to ptōma to epi. tēs oikias keimenon, kai houtō parastēsai tēs pisteōs autou to megethos touto men ou legousin oude gar ēthelon dia to baskainein ekkalypsai tou andros tēn pistin all᾽ hērounto mallon syskiasai tēn aretēn, hyper hou tēn hikesian ēlthon poiēsomenoi, hina mē doxē megas tis heinai ho parakaloumenos, ē tēn pistin anakēryxantes tēn ekeinou, anysai touto, di᾽ hoper ēsan aphygmenoi. hikanon gar hē baskania pērōsai dianoian. Dll᾽ ho ta aporrhēta eidōs, kai akontōn. autōn ekeinon anekēryxe. Kai hoti touto estin alēthes, akouson autou tou Louka palin auto hermēneuontos. Autos gar houtō phēsin, hoti ᾿ ou makran apechontos autou epempse legōn kyrie, mē skyllon᾽ ou gar eimi axios, hina mon hypo tēn stegēn eiselthę̄s. Hote gar apēllagē tēs epachtheias autōn, tote pempei legōn mē nomisę̄s hoti di᾽ oknon ou paregenomēn, all᾽ emauton anaxion einai enomisa tou doxasthai se en tę̄ oikią.

And so that you may learn this from the opposite too: since Martha said none of these things, but the opposite, “Whatever you ask of God, he will give you,” she not only was not praised, though she was well known and beloved and among those very zealous for him, but was even rebuked and corrected by him as not having spoken well. For he said to her, “Did I not tell you that if you believe you will see the glory of God?”, charging her as one who had not yet believed. And again, since she said, “Whatever you ask of God, he will give you,” leading her away from such a supposition, and teaching that he does not need to receive from another but is himself the fountain of good things, he says, “I am the resurrection and the life”; that is, I do not wait to receive power, but I work all things of myself. That is why he both marvels at the centurion and prefers him to the whole people, honors him with the gift of the kingdom, and calls the others to the same zeal. And that you may learn that he said these things in order to train the others too to believe in this way, hear the exactness of the evangelist, how he hinted at it: “Turning,” he says, “Jesus said to those who followed him, ‘Not even in Israel have I found such faith.’” Do you see? To have a great conception of him, this most of all is faith, and procures the kingdom and the other good things. For the praise did not stop at words; he restored the sick man to health in return for his faith, weaves a splendid crown for him, and promises great gifts, saying, “Many will come from east and west and will recline in the bosom of Abraham and Isaac and Jacob, but the sons of the kingdom will be cast out.” For since he had displayed many miracles, he now speaks to them with greater boldness. Then, so that no one might think the words were flattery, but all might learn that the centurion was so disposed, he says, “Go; as you have believed, let it be done for you.” And at once the deed followed, bearing witness to his disposition. “And his servant was healed in that hour.” This happened also with the Syrophoenician woman; for to her too he says, “O woman, great is your faith; let it be done for you as you wish. And her daughter was healed.” But since Luke too, in reporting this miracle, inserts several other things that seem to show disagreement, it is necessary to resolve these too for you. What then does Luke say? “He sent elders of the Jews to him, entreating him to come.” But Matthew says that he himself came and said, “I am not worthy.” And some say that this is not the same man, even though he has very similar features. For of that one they say, “He built our synagogue, and he loves our nation”; but of this one Jesus himself says, “Not even in Israel have I found such faith.” And of that one he did not say that many will come from the east, from which it is likely that he was a Jew. What then shall we say? That this solution is easy; but the question is whether it is true. To me this one seems to be that one. “How then,” someone says, “does Matthew say that he himself said, ‘I am not worthy that you should come under my roof,’ but Luke that he sent for him to come?” To me Luke seems to be hinting at the flattery of the Jews, and that those in misfortune, being unsettled, often change their plans. For it is likely that the centurion, wishing to go, was prevented by the Jews, who flattered him and said, “We will go and bring him.” See, at any rate, that their entreaty too is full of flattery. “For he loves our nation,” they say, “and he himself built the synagogue”; and they do not even know on what ground to praise the man. For they ought to have said, “He himself wished to come and entreat you, but we prevented him, seeing the misfortune and the body lying in the house,” and so to have shown the greatness of his faith. This they do not say; for out of envy they did not wish to reveal the man’s faith, but chose rather to overshadow the virtue of the one for whom they had come to make supplication, lest the one entreated should seem to be someone great, rather than achieve, by proclaiming his faith, the very thing for which they had come. For envy is able to blind the mind. But he who knows secret things proclaimed him even against their will. And that this is true, hear Luke himself again explaining it. For he says this: that when he was not far away, he sent, saying, “Lord, do not trouble yourself, for I am not worthy that you should come under my roof.” For when he was freed from their importunity, then he sends, saying, “Do not think that I did not come out of hesitation; I thought myself unworthy to receive you in my house.”

26.3Field 1

Εἰ δὲ ὁ μὲν Ματθαϊός φησι μὴ διὰ τῶν φίλων, ἀλλὰ ᾿ ἐἑαντοῦ τοῦτο αὐτὸν εἰρηκέναι», οὐδὲν τοῦτο ποιεῖ τὸ γὰρ ζητούμενον, εἰ τὴν προθυμίαν ἑκάτερος, παρέστησε τοὺ ἀνδρος, καὶ ὅτι τὴν προσήκουσαν περὶ τοῦ. Χριστοῦ δόξαν εἶχεν. Εἰκὸς δὲ καὶ αὐτὸν μετὰ τὸ πέμψαι τοὺς φίλους παραγενόμενον ταῦτα εἰπεῖν. Εῤ δὲ μὴ εἶπε. τοῦτο ο. Λουκᾶς, ἀλλ᾽ αὐδὲ ἐκεῖνο ὁ Ματθαῖος ὅπερ οὐ μαχομένων ἑαυτοῖς ἦν, ἀλλὰ τὰ ὑπ᾽ ἀλλήλων. παραλιμπανόμενα ἀναπληρούντων μάλλον. Ὅρα δὲ αὐτοῦ πῶς καὶ ἑτέρωθεν τὴν πίστιν ὁ Λουκᾶς ἀνεκήρυξεν εἰπῶν, ὅτι ἔμελλε τελευτᾶν ὁ παῖς. Αλλ᾽ ὅμως οὐδὲ τοῦτο εἰς ἀπόγνωσιν αὐτὸν ἐνέβαλεν, οὐδὲ ἀπελπίσαι παρεσκεύασεν᾽ ἀλλὰ καὶ οὕτως ἤλπισε περιέσεσθαι. Εἰ δὲ ὁ μὲν Ματθαῖός φησι τὸν Χριστὸν εἰρηκέναι, οὐδὲ ἐν τῷ Ἰσραὴλ τοσαύτην πίστιν εὗρον, καὶ ταύτῃ δηλοῦν οὐκ ὄντα αὐτὸν ᾿Ισραηλίτην ὁ δὲ Λουκᾶς, ὅτι ᾧκοδόμησε τὴν συναγωγῆν᾽ οὐδὲ τοῦτο ἐναντίον. Δυνατὸν γὰρ ᾿Ιουδαῖον οὐκ ὄντα, καὶ τὴν συναγωγὴν οἰκοδομῆσαι, καὶ τὸ ἔθνος ἀγαπᾶν. Συ δέ μοι μὴ ἁπλῶς ἐξέταζε τὰ εἰρημένα παρ᾽ αὑτοῦ, ἀλλὰ καὶ τὴν ἀρχὴν αὐταῦ προστίθει, καὶ τότε ὄψει τὴν ἀρετὴν τοὺ ἀνδρός. Καὶ γὰρ πολὺς ὁ τῦφος τῶν ἐν ἀρχαῖς ὄντων, καὶ οὐδὲ ἐν συμφοραῖς καταβαίνουσιν. Ὁ γοῦν παρὰ τῷ ᾿Ιωάννὴ κείμενος ἕλκει αὑτὸν πρὸς τὴν αἰκίαν, καί φησι κατάβηθι μέλλει γάρ μου τὸ παιδίον τελεντάν. Ἀλλ᾽ οὐχ οὕτως οὑτος ἀλλὰ καὶ ἐκείνου καὶ τῶν διὰ τοῦ στέγους Γκαθέντων τὴν κλίνην πολὺ βελτίων. Οὐ γὰρ σωματικὴν παρουσίαν ἐπιζητεῖ, οὐδὲ ἐγγὺς τοῦ ἰατροῦ τὸν κάμνοντα ἤνεγκεν᾽ ὅπερ οὐ μικρὰ φαυταζομενὸν ἥν περὶ αὐτοῦ, ἀλλὰ θεοπρεπῆ τὴν ὑπόνοιαν ἐἐχοντον καί φησιν᾽ εἰπὲ λόγῳ μόνον. Καὶ οὐδὲ ἐν ἀρχῇ λέγει, εἰπὲ λόγῳ, ἀλλὰ μόνον τὸ πάθος διηγεῖται γὰρ προσεδόκησεν ἀπὸ πολλῆς ταπεινοφροσύνης εὐθέως ἐπινεύσειν τὸν Χριστὸν, καὶ τὴν οἰκίαν ἐπιζητήσειν. Διὰ τοῦτο, ὅτε ἤκουσεν αὐτοῦ λέγοντος, ἐγὼ ἐλθὼν θεραπεύσω αὐτὸν, τότε φησὶν, εἰπὲ λόγῳ. Καὶ οὐδὲ τὸ πάθος αὐτὸν συνέχεεν, ἀλλὰ καὶ ἐν συμφορᾷ φιλοσοφεῖ, οὐ πρὸς τὴν ὑγίειαν τοσοῦτον ὁρῶν τοῦ παιδὸς, ὅσον πρὸς τὸ μὴ δόξαι μηδὲν ἀνευλαβὲς ποιεῖν. Καίτοιγε οὐκ αὐτὸς ἠνάγκασεν, ἀλλ᾽ ὁ Χριστὸς ἐπηγγείλατο ἀλλὰ καὶ οὕτω δέδοικε μή ποτε δόξη τὴν ἀξίαν ὑπερβαίνειν τὴν ἑαυτοῦ, καὶ βαρὺ πρᾶγμα ἐφέλκεσθαι. Εἶδες αὐτοῦ τὴν σύνεσιν: Σκόπει τῶν Ιουδαίων τὴν ἄνοιαν λεγόντων ἀξιός ἐστιν ᾧ παρέξει τὴν χάριν. Δέον γὰρ ἐπὶ τὴν φιλανθρωπίαν καταφυγεῖν τοῦ Ἰησοῦ, οἱ δὲ τὴν ἀξίαν τούτον π βάλλονται, καὶ οὐδὲ ὅθεν ὃπ ροβάλλεσθαι δεῖ ἴσασιν. ᾿Αλλ᾽ οὐκ ἐκεῖνος οὕτω ἀλλὰ καὶ σφόδρα ἑαυτὸν ἀνάξιον εἶναι ἔφη, οὐ μόνον τῆς εὐεργεσίας, ἀλλὰ καὶ τοὺ τῇ οἰκίᾳ δέξασθαι τὸν κύριον. Διὰ τοῦτο καὶ εἰπὼν, ὁ παῖς μου βέβληται,οὐκ ἐπήγαγεν, εἰπὲ, δεδοικὼς μὴ ἀνάξιος εἴη τοῦ τυχεῖν τῆς δωρεάς αλλὰ τὴν συμφορὰν ἀπήγγειλε μόνον. ᾿Επειδὴ δὲ εἶδε τὸν Χριστὸν φιλοτιμούμενον, οὐδὲ οὕτως ἐπεπήδησεν, αλλ᾽ ἔτι μένει τὸ ἑαυτῷ προσῆκον διατηρῶν μέτρον. Εἰ δὲ λέγοι τις τίνος ἕνεκεν οὐκ ἀντετίμιησεν αὐτὸν ὁ Χριστός: ἐκεῖνο ἂν εἴποιμεν, ὅτι καὶ σφόδρα αὐτὸν ἀντετίμησε᾽ πρῶτον μὲν, τῷ δεῖξαι τὴν γνώμην, ὅπερ ἐκ τοῦ μάλιστα μὴ ελθεῖν αὐτὸν εἰς τὴν οἰκίαν ἐφανη δεύτερον δὲ, τῷ εἰς τὴν βασιλείαν αὐτὸν εἰσαγαγεῖν, καὶ προτιμῆσαι παντὸς τοῦ ἔθνους τοῦ ᾿Ιουδαϊκοῦ. ᾿Επειδὴ γὰρ καὶ τοῦ δέξασθαι τὸν Χριστὸν εἰς τὴν οἰκίαν ἀνάξιον ἑ ἑαυτὸν ᾿ἐποίησε, καὶ βασιλείας γέγονεν ἄξιος, καὶ τοῦ τῶν καλῶν ἐπιτυχεῖν, ὧν ἀπήλαυσεν ὁ Αβρααμ. Καὶ τίνος ἕνεκεν ὁ λεπ φησὶ, μείζονα τούτων ἐπιδειξάμενος, οὐκ ἐπηνέθη: σρ γάρ. εἶπεν ε ἐκεῖνος, εἰπὲ λόγῳ, ἀλλ᾽ ὃ πολλῷ μειῖ ον ἦν, θέλησον μόνον᾽ ὃ περὶ τοῦ πατρός φησιν ὁ προφήτης, ὅτι πάντα ὅσα Ἰθέλησεν, ἐποίησεν. ᾿Αλλὰ κακεῖνος ἐπηνέθη. Ὅταν γὰρ εἴπῃ, προσένεγκε τὸ δῶρον, ὃ προσέταξε Μαωὺύσῆς, εἰς μαρτύριον αὐτοῖς, οὐδὲν ἕ ἕτερόν φησιν ἤ ὅτι σὺ κατηγορήσεις αὐτῶν, ἐξ ὧν ὀπίστευσας. Ἂλλως δὲ οὐκ ἦν ἴσον ᾿Ιουδαῖον ὄ ὄντα πιστεῦσαι, καὶ ἔξωθεν τοῦ ἔθνους. Ὅτι γὰρ οὐκ ἦν ᾿Ιουδαῖος ὁ ο ἑκατοντάρχης, καὶ ἀπὸ τοῦ ἑκατοντάρχης εἶναι ᾿δῆλον, καὶ ἀπὸ τοῦ εἰρῆσθαι, οὐδὲ ἐν τῷ Ισραὴλ τοσαύτην πίστιν εὗρον.

Ei de ho men Matthaïos phēsi mē dia tōn philōn, alla ᾿ heeantou touto auton eirēkenai», ouden touto poiei to gar zētoumenon, ei tēn prothymian hekateros, parestēse tou andros, kai hoti tēn prosēkousan peri tou. Christou doxan eichen. Eikos de kai auton meta to pempsai tous philous paragenomenon tauta eipein. Er de mē eipe. touto o. Loukas, all᾽ aude ekeino ho Matthaios hoper ou machomenōn heautois ēn, alla ta hyp᾽ allēlōn. paralimpanomena anaplērountōn mallon. Hora de autou pōs kai heterōthen tēn pistin ho Loukas anekēryxen eipōn, hoti emelle teleutan ho pais. All᾽ homōs oude touto eis apognōsin auton enebalen, oude apelpisai pareskeuasen᾽ alla kai houtōs ēlpise periesesthai. Ei de ho men Matthaios phēsi ton Christon eirēkenai, oude en tǭ Israēl tosautēn pistin heuron, kai tautę̄ dēloun ouk onta auton ᾿Israēlitēn ho de Loukas, hoti hǭkodomēse tēn synagōgēn᾽ oude touto enantion. Dynaton gar ᾿Ioudaion ouk onta, kai tēn synagōgēn oikodomēsai, kai to ethnos agapan. Sy de moi mē haplōs exetaze ta eirēmena par᾽ hautou, alla kai tēn archēn autau prostithei, kai tote opsei tēn aretēn tou andros. Kai gar polys ho typhos tōn en archais ontōn, kai oude en symphorais katabainousin. Ho goun para tǭ ᾿Iōannē keimenos helkei hauton pros tēn aikian, kai phēsi katabēthi mellei gar mou to paidion telentan. All᾽ ouch houtōs houtos alla kai ekeinou kai tōn dia tou stegous Nkathentōn tēn klinēn poly beltiōn. Ou gar sōmatikēn parousian epizētei, oude engys tou iatrou ton kamnonta ēnenken᾽ hoper ou mikra phautazomenon hēn peri autou, alla theoprepē tēn hyponoian eechonton kai phēsin᾽ eipe logǭ monon. Kai oude en archę̄ legei, eipe logǭ, alla monon to pathos diēgeitai gar prosedokēsen apo pollēs tapeinophrosynēs eutheōs epineusein ton Christon, kai tēn oikian epizētēsein. Dia touto, hote ēkousen autou legontos, egō elthōn therapeusō auton, tote phēsin, eipe logǭ. Kai oude to pathos auton synecheen, alla kai en symphorą philosophei, ou pros tēn hygieian tosouton horōn tou paidos, hoson pros to mē doxai mēden aneulabes poiein. Kaitoige ouk autos ēnankasen, all᾽ ho Christos epēngeilato alla kai houtō dedoike mē pote doxē tēn axian hyperbainein tēn heautou, kai bary pragma ephelkesthai. Eides autou tēn synesin: Skopei tōn Ioudaiōn tēn anoian legontōn axios estin hǭ parexei tēn charin. Deon gar epi tēn philanthrōpian kataphygein tou Iēsou, hoi de tēn axian touton p ballontai, kai oude hothen hop roballesthai dei isasin. ᾿All᾽ ouk ekeinos houtō alla kai sphodra heauton anaxion einai ephē, ou monon tēs euergesias, alla kai tou tę̄ oikią dexasthai ton kyrion. Dia touto kai eipōn, ho pais mou beblētai,ouk epēgagen, eipe, dedoikōs mē anaxios eiē tou tychein tēs dōreas alla tēn symphoran apēngeile monon. ᾿Epeidē de eide ton Christon philotimoumenon, oude houtōs epepēdēsen, all᾽ eti menei to heautǭ prosēkon diatērōn metron. Ei de legoi tis tinos heneken ouk antetimiēsen auton ho Christos: ekeino an eipoimen, hoti kai sphodra auton antetimēse᾽ prōton men, tǭ deixai tēn gnōmēn, hoper ek tou malista mē elthein auton eis tēn oikian ephanē deuteron de, tǭ eis tēn basileian auton eisagagein, kai protimēsai pantos tou ethnous tou ᾿Ioudaïkou. ᾿Epeidē gar kai tou dexasthai ton Christon eis tēn oikian anaxion he heauton ᾿epoiēse, kai basileias gegonen axios, kai tou tōn kalōn epitychein, hōn apēlausen ho Abraam. Kai tinos heneken ho lep phēsi, meizona toutōn epideixamenos, ouk epēnethē: sr gar. eipen e ekeinos, eipe logǭ, all᾽ ho pollǭ meii on ēn, thelēson monon᾽ ho peri tou patros phēsin ho prophētēs, hoti panta hosa Ithelēsen, epoiēsen. ᾿Alla kakeinos epēnethē. Hotan gar eipę̄, prosenenke to dōron, ho prosetaxe Maōyysēs, eis martyrion autois, ouden he heteron phēsin ē hoti sy katēgorēseis autōn, ex hōn opisteusas. Allōs de ouk ēn ison ᾿Ioudaion o onta pisteusai, kai exōthen tou ethnous. Hoti gar ouk ēn ᾿Ioudaios ho o hekatontarchēs, kai apo tou hekatontarchēs einai ᾿dēlon, kai apo tou eirēsthai, oude en tǭ Israēl tosautēn pistin heuron.

And if Matthew says that he said this not through his friends but himself, this makes no difference; for the question is whether each of them presented the man’s eagerness, and showed that he had the fitting opinion about Christ. And it is likely that he too, after sending his friends, came himself and said these things. And if Luke did not say this, neither did Matthew say that; which was the act not of men in conflict with each other, but rather of men filling up what the other had left out. And see how Luke proclaimed his faith from another side too, by saying that the servant was about to die. Nevertheless not even this cast him into despair or made him give up hope; even so he hoped that he would survive. And if Matthew says that Christ said, “Not even in Israel have I found such faith,” showing by this that he was not an Israelite, while Luke says that he built the synagogue, not even this is contrary. For it is possible for one who is not a Jew both to build the synagogue and to love the nation. But do not, I pray you, simply examine what he said, but add also his office, and then you will see the man’s virtue. For great is the pride of those in office, and not even in misfortunes do they come down. The one, at any rate, recorded by John drags him to his house and says, “Come down, for my child is about to die.” But not so this man; he was much better both than that one and than those who let the bed down through the roof. For he does not seek his bodily presence, nor did he bring the sick man near the physician; which was the act of one who imagined nothing small about him but had a supposition befitting God; and he says, “Only say the word.” And not even at the beginning does he say, “Say the word,” but only relates the suffering; for out of great humility he did not expect that Christ would at once consent and seek out his house. That is why, when he heard him say, “I will come and heal him,” then he says, “Say the word.” And not even suffering confounded him; even in misfortune he philosophizes, looking not so much to the health of the servant as to not seeming to do anything irreverent. And yet it was not he who pressed him, but Christ who promised; but even so he fears lest he should seem to go beyond his own worth and draw a heavy burden on himself. Did you see his understanding? Consider the folly of the Jews, who say, “He is worthy to have you grant him this.” For they ought to have taken refuge in the love of Jesus for humankind, but they put forward the man’s worth, and do not even know on what ground they should put it forward. But he does not do so; he says emphatically that he is unworthy, not only of the benefit but even of receiving the Lord into his house. That is why, having said, “My servant is lying …,” he did not add, “Say the word,” fearing lest he be unworthy to obtain the gift, but only reported the misfortune. And when he saw Christ eager to be generous, not even so did he leap at it, but he still remains keeping the measure that befitted him. And if someone should say, “Why did Christ not honor him in return?”, we would say this: that he honored him in return very greatly; first, by revealing his mind, which became evident above all from his not coming into his house; and second, by bringing him into the kingdom and preferring him to the whole Jewish nation. For since he made himself unworthy even of receiving Christ into his house, he became worthy both of the kingdom and of attaining the good things that Abraham enjoyed. “And why,” someone says, “was the leper not praised, though he displayed greater things than these?” For he did not say, “Say the word,” but, what was much greater, “Only will”; which the prophet says of the Father, that “whatever he willed, he did.” But he too was praised. For when he says, “Offer the gift that Moses commanded, as a testimony to them,” he says nothing else than this: You will accuse them, by the fact that you believed. And besides, it was not the same for a Jew to believe as for one outside the nation. For that the centurion was not a Jew is clear both from his being a centurion and from its being said, “Not even in Israel have I found such faith.”

26.4Field 1

Καὶ πολὺ μέγα ἣν, ἄνθρωπον ἐκτὸς ὄντα τοῦ ᾿Ιουδαϊκοῦ καταλόγου τοσαύτην λαβεῖν ἔ ἔννοιαν. Καὶ γὰρ ἐφαντάσθη, ὡς ἔμοιγε δοκεῖ, τὰς ἐν οὐρανῷ στρατιάς' ἢ ὅτι αὐτῷ τὰ πάθη οὕτως ἐστὶν ὑποτεταγμένα; καὶ θάνατος, καὶ τὰ ἄλλα πάντα, ὡς αὐτῷ οἱ στρατιῶται. Διὸ καὶ ἔλεγε καὶ γὰρ ἐγὼ ἄνθρωπὸς εἰμι ὑπὸ ἐξουσίαν ' τασσόμενος ᾿ τουτέστι, σὺ θεὸς, ἐγὼ ἄνθρωπον ἐγὼ ὑπ᾽ ἐξουσίαν, σὺ δὲ οὐχ ὑπ᾽ ἐξουσίαν. Εἰ τοίνυν ἐγὼ, ἄνθρωπος καὶ ὑπ᾽ ἐξουσίαν ὧν, τοσαῦτα δύναμαι πολλῷ μάλλον αὐτὸς, καὶ θεὸς ὧν καὶ οὐχ ὑπ᾽ ἐξουσίαν. Μετὰ γὰρ ὑπερβολῆς αὐτὸν θέλει πεῖσαι; ὅτι οὐχ ὡς ὅμοιον διδοὺς ὑπόδειγμα ταῦτα λέγει, ἀλλ᾽ ὡς σφύδρα ὑπερέχον. Εἰ γὰρ ἐγὼ ὁμότιμος ὧν τοῖς ἐπιταττομένοις, φησὶ, καὶ ὑπ᾽ ἐξουσίαν ὧν, ὅμως διὰ τὴν μικρὰν τῆς ἀρχῆς ὑπεροχήν τοσαῦτα δύναμαι, καὶ οὐδεὶς ἀ ἀντερεῖ ᾽ αλλ᾽ ἅπερ ἐπιτάσσω, ταῦτα γίνεται, κἂν διάφορα ἢ ἥ τὰ ἐπιτάγματα { λέγω γὰρ τούτῳ, πορεύου, καὶ πορεύεται καὶ ἄλλῳ, ἔρχου καὶ ἔρχεται Ἵ) πολλῷ μᾶλλον αὐτὸς δυνήσῃ. Τ ινὲς δὲ καὶ οὕτως ἀναγινώσκουσι τοῦτο τὸ χωρίον εἰ γὰρ͵ ἐγὼ ἄνθρωπος. ὧν, καὶ ἤ ε»» μεταξὺ στίξαντες ἐπάγουσιν, ὑπὸ ἐξουσίαν ἔχων ὑπ᾽ ἐμαυτὸν στρατιώτας. Σὺ δέ μοι σκόπει, πῶς ἔδειξεν ὅτι καὶ θανάτου κρατεῖν δύναται ὡς δούλου, καὶ ἐπιτάττειν ὡς δεσπότης. Ὅταν γὰρ εἴπη, ὅτι ἔρχου, καὶ ἔρχεται, καὶ ᾿ πορεύου, καὶ πορεύεται, τοῦτο λέγει, ὅτι ἂν κελεύσης μὴ ἐλθεῖν τὴν τελευτὴν ἐπ᾽ αὐτὸν, οὐχ ἥξει. Εἶδες πὼς ἣν πιστός; Ὃ γὰρ ἔμελλεν ἅπασιν φανερὸν ὕστερον ἔσεσθαι, τοῦτο οὗτος ἤδη κατάδηλον κατέστησεν, ὅτι καὶ θανάτου καὶ ζωῆς ἐξουσίαν ἔ ἔχει, καὶ ᾿κατάγει εἰς πύλας ἄδου καὶ ἀνάγει. Καὶ οὐ περὶ στρατιωτὼν εἶπε μόνον; αλλὰ καὶ περὶ δούλων ὅπερ ἤν μείζονος ὑπακοῆς. Ἀλλ᾽ ὅμως καὶ τοσαύτην πίστιν ἔχων, ἔτι ἀνάξιον ἑαυτὸν εἶναι ἐνόμιζεν. Ὁ δὲ Χριστὸς δεικνὺς, ὅτι ἄξιός ἐστι τοῦ εἰσελθεῖν εἰς τὴν οἰκίαν αὐτοῦ, πολλῳ μείζονα ἐποίησε, θαυμάζων αὐτὸν, καὶ ἀνακηρύττων, καὶ πλείονα διδοὺς ὧν ἤτησε. Καὶ γὰρ ἤλθεν ὑγίειαν ζητῶν τῷ παιδὶ σωματικὴν, καὶ βασιλείαν λαβὼν ἀπῆλθεν. Εἶδες πῶς ἤδη ἐπεπλήρωτο τὸ, ζητεῖτε τὴν βασιλείαν τῶν οὐρανῶν, καὶ ταῦτα πάντα προστεθήσεται ὑμῖν. ᾿Επειδὴ γὰρ πολλὴν πίστιν ἐπεδείξατο καὶ ταπεινοφροσύνῆν, καὶ τὸν οὐρανὸν ἔδωκε, καὶ τὴν ὑγίειαν αὐτῷ προσέθηκε καὶ οὐ τούτῳ μόναν ἐτίμησεν, ἀλλὰ καὶ τῷ δεῖξαι, τίνων ἐκβαλλομένων αὐτὸς εἰσάγεται. Καὶ γὰρ ἐντεῦθεν ἤδη λοιπὸν πᾶσι ποιεῖ γνώριμον, ὅτι ἀπὸ πίστεως ἡ σωτηρία, οὐκ ἀπὸ ἔργων τών κατὰ νόμον. Διόπερ οὐκ ᾿Ιουδαίοις μόνον, ἀλλὰ καὶ ἔθνεσι τὸ τῆς δωρεᾶς ταύτης προκείσεται καὶ ἐκείνοις μᾶλλον ἢ τούτοι. Μὴ γὰρ δὴ νομίσητε, φησὶν, ὅτι ἐπὶ τούτου γέγονε τοῦτο μόνον᾽ καὶ γὰρ ἐπὶ τῆς οἰκουμένης ἁπάσης τοῦτο ἔσται. Τοῦτο δὲ ἔλεγε, περὶ τῶν ἐθνῶν προ ητεύων, καὶ χρηστὰς αὐτοῖς ὑποτείνων ἐλπίδας. Καὶ γὰρ ἤσαν καὶ ἀπὸ Γαλιλαίας ἀκολουθοῦντες τῆς τῶν ἐθνῶν. Ταῦτα δὲ ἔλεγε, τούς τε ἐθνικοὺς οὐκ ἀφιεὶς ἀπογνῶναι, τῶν τε ᾿Ιουδαίων καθαιρὼν τὰ φρονήματα. ὭστεΒ δὲ μὴ προσστῆναι τὸ λεγόμενον. τοῖς ἀκούουσι, μηδὲ παρασχεῖν αὐτοῖς λαβὴν μηδεμίαν, οὔτε προηγουμένως τὸν περὶ τῶν ἐθνῶν εἰσάγει λόγον, ἀλλ᾽ ἀφορμὴν λαβὼν απὸ τοῦ ἑκατοντάρχου, οὔτε γυμνὸν τὸ ὄνομα τῶν ἐθνῶν τίθησιν. Οὐ γὰρ εἶπε, πολλοὶ τῶν ἐθνῶν᾽ ἀλλὰ, πολλοὶ ἀπὸ ἄνατολῶν καὶ δυσμῶν ὅπερ ἣν δηλοῦντος τὰ ἔθνη, οὐ προσἰστατο δὲ οὕτω τοῖς ἀκούουσι συνεσκιασμένον γὰρ ἦν τὸ λεχθέν. Οὐ ταύτη δὲ μόνον παραμυθεῖται τὴν δοκοῦσαν εἶναι τῆς διδασκαλίας καινοτομίαν, ἀλλὰ καὶ τῷ τοὺς κόλπους Ἀβραὰμ ἀντὶ τῆς βασιλείας εἰπεῖν. Οὐδὲ γὰρ ἐκεῖνο γνώριμον αὐτοῖς τὸ ὄνομα ἦν, καὶ μειζόνως αὐτοὺς ἔδακνον ὁ ᾿Αβραὰμ εἰς τὸ μέσον τεθείς. Διὸ καὶ ὁ ᾿Ιωάννης οὐδὲν εὐθέως περὶ γεέννης εἶπεν, ἀλλ᾽ ὃ μάλιστα αὐτοὺς ἐλύπει φησίν' « μὴ δόξητε λέγειν, ὅτι παῖδές ἐσμεν του Ἄβρ αάμ. Μετὰ δὲ τούτων καὶ ὅτερον κατασκευάζει; τὸ μὴ δόξαι ἐναντίος τις εἶναι τῇ παλαιᾷ πολιτείᾳ. Ὁ ,Ὑὰρ ταὺς πατριάρχας θαυμάζων, καὶ λῆξιν ἀγαθῶν τοὺς ἐκείνων κόλπους καλῶν, ἐκ πολλῆς τῆς περιουσίας καὶ ταύτην ἀναιρεῖ τὴν ὑπόνοιαν. Μηδεὶς οὖν μίαν εἶναι νομιζέτω τὴν ἀπειλήν' διπλῆ γάρ ἐστι καὶ τούτοις ἡ κόλασις, κακείναις ἥ ᾿εὐῴροσύνη᾽ τούτοις μὲν, οὐχ ὅτι ἐξέπεσον, ἀλλ᾽ ὅτι τῶν ἰδίων ἐξέπεσον ἐκείνοις δὲ, οὐχ ὅτι ἐπέτυχον, αλλ ὅτι ὧν οὐ προσεδόκων ἐπέτυχον καὶ τρίτη μετὰ τούτων, ὅτι τὰ ἐκείνων ἔλαβον οὗτοι. Ὑἱοὺς δὲ βασιλείας φησὶν, οἷς ἡ βασιλεία ἣν ἡτοιμασμένη ὃ καὶ μάλιστα αὐτοὺς ἔδακνε. Δείξας γὰρ εἰς κόλπους ὕντας τῇ ὁπαγγελίᾳ καὶ τῇ ὑποσχέσει, τότε ἐξάγει. Εἶτα, ἐπειδὴ ἀπόφασις ἦν τὸ εἰρημένον, πιστοῦται αὐτὸ τῷ σημείῳ' ὥσπερ οὖν καὶ τὰ σημεῖα απὸ τῆς προῤῥήσεως τῆς μετὰ ταῦτα γεγενημένης δείκνυσιν.Ὁ τοίνυν ἀπιστῶν τῇ ὑγιείᾳ τῆ γενομένῃ τῷ παιδὶ τότε, ἀπὸ τῆς προφητείας τῆς ἐξελθούσης σήμεραν πιστευέτω κἀκεῖνο. Ικαὶ γὰρ καὶ ἡ προφητεία καὶ πρὸ τῆς ἐεκβάσεως ἀπὸ τοῦ σημείου τοῦ τότε δήλη πᾶσιν ἐγένετο. Διά τοι τοῦτο πρότερον ταῦτα προαναφωνήσας, τότε τὸν παραλελυμένον ἀνέστησεν, ἵνα τὰ μέλλοντα απὸ τῶν παρόντων πιστώσηται, καὶ τὸ ἔλαττον ἀπὸ τοῦ μείζονος. Τὸ μὲν γὰρ ἔναρέτους ἀπολαύειν τῶν ἀγαθῶν, καὶ τοὺς ἐναντίους τὰ λυπηρὰ ὑπομένειν, οὐδὲν ἀπεικὸς, ἀλλὰ κατὰ λόγον καὶ κατὰ ἀκολουθίαν νόμων ἐγίνετο τὸ δὲ παρειμένον σφίγξαι, καὶ νεκρὸν ἀναστῆσαι, μεῖζον ἢ ῇ κατὰ φύσιν ἦν. Ἄλλ' ὅμως εἰς τὸ μέγα τοῦτο καὶ θαυμαστὸν οὐ μικρὸν καὶ ὁ ἑκατοντάρχης συνεισήνΕεΎΚεν ὅπερ οὖν καὶ ὁ Χριστὸς δηλῶν ἐλεγεν᾽ ὕπαγε, καὶ ως ὀπίστευσας γενηθήτω σοι. Εἶδες πῶς ἀνεκήρυξεν ή τοῦ παιδὸς ὑ υγίεια καὶ τὴν τοὺ Χριστοῦ δύναμιν, καὶ τὴν τοῦ ἑκατοντάρχου πίστιν, καὶ τὸ μέλλον ἐπιστώσατο: Μαλλον δὲ πάντα τὴν τοῦ Χριστοῦ δύναμιν ἀνεκήρυττεν. Οὐδὲ γὰρ το σώμα διωρθώσατο μόνον τοῦ ἡ ὯΝ ἀλλὰ καὶ τὴν τοῦ ἑκατοντάρχου γυχὴν εἰς τὴν πίστιν διὰ τῶν θαυμάτων ᾿αὐτὸς ἐφειλκύσατο. Σιυ δὲ μὴ τοῦτο σκόπει μόνον, ὅτι οὗτος ἐπίστευσε, καὶ ὅτι ἐκεῖνος ἰάθη, ἀλλὰ καὶ τὸ τάχος θαύμασον. Καὶ γὰρ τοῦτο δηλῶν ὃ εὐαγγελιστὴς ἔλεγε καὶ ἰάθη ὁ παῖς αὐτοῦ ἐν τῇ ὥρᾳ ἐκείνη ὥσπερ οὖν καὶ ἐπὶ τοῦ λεπροῦ εἶπεν, ὅ ὅτι εὐθέως ἐκαθαρίσθη. Οὐδὲ γὰρ τῷ θεραπεύειν, ἀλλὰ καὶ τῷ παραδόξως τοῦτο ποιεῖν, καὶ ἐν ἀκαρεῖ ῥοπῇ, τὴν δύναμιν ἐπεδείκνυτο. Καὶ οὐ ταύτῃ μόνον ὠφέλει, ἀλλὰ καὶ τῷ συνεχῶς ἐν τῇ τῶν θαυμάτων ἐπιδείξει τοὺς περὶ τῆς Πρ σίχε ας παρανοΐγειν λόγους, καὶ πάντας ἐφέλκεσθαι πρὸς δαύτήν. Καὶ γὰρ οὗς ἐκβάλλειν πείλει, οὐχ ἵνα ἐκβάλῃ Ἰπείλει, ἀλλ᾽ ἵνα τῷ φόβῳ πρὸς αὐτὴν διὰ τῶν ῥημάτων ἐπισπάσηται. Εἰ δὲ μηδὲ ἐντεῦθεν ἐκέρδαναν, αὐτῶν τὸ ἔγκλημα ἅπαν, καὶ πάντων τῶν τὰ τοιαῦτα νοσούντων. Οὐδὲ γὰρ ἐπὶ ᾿Ιουδαίων μόνον τοῦτο συμβὰν ἴδοι τις ἄν, ἀλλὰ καὶ ἐπὶ τῶν πιστευσάντων. Καὶ γὰρ ὁ ᾿Ιούδας υἱὸς βασιλείας ἥν, καἱ ἤκουσε μετὰ τῶν μαθητῶν, ἐπὶ δώδεκα θρόνους καθιεῖσθε, ἀλλὰ γέγονεν υἱὸς γεέννης ὁ ο δὲ Αἰθίοψ, βάρβαρος ᾿ ἄνθρωπος ὧν, καὶ τῶν ἀπὸ ανατολῶν καὶ σμῶν, μετὰ Δβραὰμ καὶ ᾿Ισαὰς καὶ ᾿Ιακὼβ αἀπολαύσεται τῶν στεφάνων. Τοῦτο καὶ ἐφ᾽ ἡμῶν γίνεται νῦν. Πολλοὶ γὰρ ἔσονται, φησὶ; πρῶτοι ἔσχατοι, καὶ ἔσχατοι πρῶτοι. Τουτο ὁὲ λέγει; ἵνα μήτε ἐκεῖνοι ῥᾳθυμῶσιν, ὡς οὐ δυνάμενοι ἐπανελθεῖν, μήτε οὗτοι θαῤῥῶσιν, ὡς ἑστῶτες. Τοῦτο καὶ ὁ ᾿Ιωάννης ἄνωθεν προαναφωνῶν ἔλεγε δύναται ὁ θεὸς ἐκ τῶν λίθων τούτων ἐγεῖραι τέκνα τῷ Αβρααμ. ᾿Επειδὴ γὰρ τοῦτο ἔμελλε γίσεσθαι, ᾿προανακηρύττεται πόῤῥωθεν, ὥστε μηδένα τῷ ξένῳ τοῦ πράγματος θορυβηθῆναι. Αλλ᾽ ἐκεῖνος μὲν ὡς ἐνδεχόμενον. αὐτὸ λέγει ᾿πρῶτος γὰρ ἡν᾽ ὁ δὲ Χριστὸς ὡς πάντως ἐσόμενον, τὴν ἀπὸ τῶν ἔργων ἀπόδειξιν παρέχων.

Kai poly mega hēn, anthrōpon ektos onta tou ᾿Ioudaïkou katalogou tosautēn labein e ennoian. Kai gar ephantasthē, hōs emoige dokei, tas en ouranǭ stratias' ē hoti autǭ ta pathē houtōs estin hypotetagmena? kai thanatos, kai ta alla panta, hōs autǭ hoi stratiōtai. Dio kai elege kai gar egō anthrōpos eimi hypo exousian ' tassomenos ᾿ toutesti, sy theos, egō anthrōpon egō hyp᾽ exousian, sy de ouch hyp᾽ exousian. Ei toinyn egō, anthrōpos kai hyp᾽ exousian hōn, tosauta dynamai pollǭ mallon autos, kai theos hōn kai ouch hyp᾽ exousian. Meta gar hyperbolēs auton thelei peisai? hoti ouch hōs homoion didous hypodeigma tauta legei, all᾽ hōs sphydra hyperechon. Ei gar egō homotimos hōn tois epitattomenois, phēsi, kai hyp᾽ exousian hōn, homōs dia tēn mikran tēs archēs hyperochēn tosauta dynamai, kai oudeis a anterei ᾽ all᾽ haper epitassō, tauta ginetai, kan diaphora ē hē ta epitagmata { legō gar toutǭ, poreuou, kai poreuetai kai allǭ, erchou kai erchetai Hi) pollǭ mallon autos dynēsę̄. T ines de kai houtōs anaginōskousi touto to chōrion ei gar͵ egō anthrōpos. hōn, kai ē e»» metaxy stixantes epagousin, hypo exousian echōn hyp᾽ emauton stratiōtas. Sy de moi skopei, pōs edeixen hoti kai thanatou kratein dynatai hōs doulou, kai epitattein hōs despotēs. Hotan gar eipē, hoti erchou, kai erchetai, kai ᾿ poreuou, kai poreuetai, touto legei, hoti an keleusēs mē elthein tēn teleutēn ep᾽ auton, ouch hēxei. Eides pōs hēn pistos? Ho gar emellen hapasin phaneron hysteron esesthai, touto houtos ēdē katadēlon katestēsen, hoti kai thanatou kai zōēs exousian e echei, kai ᾿katagei eis pylas adou kai anagei. Kai ou peri stratiōtōn eipe monon? alla kai peri doulōn hoper ēn meizonos hypakoēs. All᾽ homōs kai tosautēn pistin echōn, eti anaxion heauton einai enomizen. Ho de Christos deiknys, hoti axios esti tou eiselthein eis tēn oikian autou, pollǭ meizona epoiēse, thaumazōn auton, kai anakēryttōn, kai pleiona didous hōn ētēse. Kai gar ēlthen hygieian zētōn tǭ paidi sōmatikēn, kai basileian labōn apēlthen. Eides pōs ēdē epeplērōto to, zēteite tēn basileian tōn ouranōn, kai tauta panta prostethēsetai hymin. ᾿Epeidē gar pollēn pistin epedeixato kai tapeinophrosynēn, kai ton ouranon edōke, kai tēn hygieian autǭ prosethēke kai ou toutǭ monan etimēsen, alla kai tǭ deixai, tinōn ekballomenōn autos eisagetai. Kai gar enteuthen ēdē loipon pasi poiei gnōrimon, hoti apo pisteōs hē sōtēria, ouk apo ergōn tōn kata nomon. Dioper ouk ᾿Ioudaiois monon, alla kai ethnesi to tēs dōreas tautēs prokeisetai kai ekeinois mallon ē toutoi. Mē gar dē nomisēte, phēsin, hoti epi toutou gegone touto monon᾽ kai gar epi tēs oikoumenēs hapasēs touto estai. Touto de elege, peri tōn ethnōn pro ēteuōn, kai chrēstas autois hypoteinōn elpidas. Kai gar ēsan kai apo Galilaias akolouthountes tēs tōn ethnōn. Tauta de elege, tous te ethnikous ouk aphieis apognōnai, tōn te ᾿Ioudaiōn kathairōn ta phronēmata. HōsteB de mē prosstēnai to legomenon. tois akouousi, mēde paraschein autois labēn mēdemian, oute proēgoumenōs ton peri tōn ethnōn eisagei logon, all᾽ aphormēn labōn apo tou hekatontarchou, oute gymnon to onoma tōn ethnōn tithēsin. Ou gar eipe, polloi tōn ethnōn᾽ alla, polloi apo anatolōn kai dysmōn hoper hēn dēlountos ta ethnē, ou prosistato de houtō tois akouousi syneskiasmenon gar ēn to lechthen. Ou tautē de monon paramytheitai tēn dokousan einai tēs didaskalias kainotomian, alla kai tǭ tous kolpous Abraam anti tēs basileias eipein. Oude gar ekeino gnōrimon autois to onoma ēn, kai meizonōs autous edaknon ho ᾿Abraam eis to meson tetheis. Dio kai ho ᾿Iōannēs ouden eutheōs peri geennēs eipen, all᾽ ho malista autous elypei phēsin' « mē doxēte legein, hoti paides esmen tou Abr aam. Meta de toutōn kai hoteron kataskeuazei? to mē doxai enantios tis einai tę̄ palaią politeią. Ho ,Hyar taus patriarchas thaumazōn, kai lēxin agathōn tous ekeinōn kolpous kalōn, ek pollēs tēs periousias kai tautēn anairei tēn hyponoian. Mēdeis oun mian einai nomizetō tēn apeilēn' diplē gar esti kai toutois hē kolasis, kakeinais hē ᾿euǭrosynē᾽ toutois men, ouch hoti exepeson, all᾽ hoti tōn idiōn exepeson ekeinois de, ouch hoti epetychon, all hoti hōn ou prosedokōn epetychon kai tritē meta toutōn, hoti ta ekeinōn elabon houtoi. Huious de basileias phēsin, hois hē basileia hēn hētoimasmenē ho kai malista autous edakne. Deixas gar eis kolpous hyntas tę̄ hopangelią kai tę̄ hyposchesei, tote exagei. Eita, epeidē apophasis ēn to eirēmenon, pistoutai auto tǭ sēmeiǭ' hōsper oun kai ta sēmeia apo tēs prorrhēseōs tēs meta tauta gegenēmenēs deiknysin.Ho toinyn apistōn tę̄ hygieią tē genomenę̄ tǭ paidi tote, apo tēs prophēteias tēs exelthousēs sēmeran pisteuetō kakeino. Ikai gar kai hē prophēteia kai pro tēs eekbaseōs apo tou sēmeiou tou tote dēlē pasin egeneto. Dia toi touto proteron tauta proanaphōnēsas, tote ton paralelymenon anestēsen, hina ta mellonta apo tōn parontōn pistōsētai, kai to elatton apo tou meizonos. To men gar enaretous apolauein tōn agathōn, kai tous enantious ta lypēra hypomenein, ouden apeikos, alla kata logon kai kata akolouthian nomōn egineto to de pareimenon sphinxai, kai nekron anastēsai, meizon ē ę̄ kata physin ēn. All' homōs eis to mega touto kai thaumaston ou mikron kai ho hekatontarchēs syneisēnEeUKen hoper oun kai ho Christos dēlōn elegen᾽ hypage, kai ōs opisteusas genēthētō soi. Eides pōs anekēryxen ē tou paidos hy ygieia kai tēn tou Christou dynamin, kai tēn tou hekatontarchou pistin, kai to mellon epistōsato: Mallon de panta tēn tou Christou dynamin anekērytten. Oude gar to sōma diōrthōsato monon tou hē HōN alla kai tēn tou hekatontarchou gychēn eis tēn pistin dia tōn thaumatōn ᾿autos epheilkysato. Siy de mē touto skopei monon, hoti houtos episteuse, kai hoti ekeinos iathē, alla kai to tachos thaumason. Kai gar touto dēlōn ho euangelistēs elege kai iathē ho pais autou en tę̄ hōrą ekeinē hōsper oun kai epi tou leprou eipen, ho hoti eutheōs ekatharisthē. Oude gar tǭ therapeuein, alla kai tǭ paradoxōs touto poiein, kai en akarei rhopę̄, tēn dynamin epedeiknyto. Kai ou tautę̄ monon ōphelei, alla kai tǭ synechōs en tę̄ tōn thaumatōn epideixei tous peri tēs Pr siche as paranoïgein logous, kai pantas ephelkesthai pros dautēn. Kai gar hous ekballein peilei, ouch hina ekbalę̄ Ipeilei, all᾽ hina tǭ phobǭ pros autēn dia tōn rhēmatōn epispasētai. Ei de mēde enteuthen ekerdanan, autōn to enklēma hapan, kai pantōn tōn ta toiauta nosountōn. Oude gar epi ᾿Ioudaiōn monon touto symban idoi tis an, alla kai epi tōn pisteusantōn. Kai gar ho ᾿Ioudas huios basileias hēn, kai ēkouse meta tōn mathētōn, epi dōdeka thronous kathieisthe, alla gegonen huios geennēs ho o de Aithiops, barbaros ᾿ anthrōpos hōn, kai tōn apo anatolōn kai smōn, meta Dbraam kai ᾿Isaas kai ᾿Iakōb aapolausetai tōn stephanōn. Touto kai eph᾽ hēmōn ginetai nyn. Polloi gar esontai, phēsi? prōtoi eschatoi, kai eschatoi prōtoi. Touto hoe legei? hina mēte ekeinoi rhąthymōsin, hōs ou dynamenoi epanelthein, mēte houtoi tharrhōsin, hōs hestōtes. Touto kai ho ᾿Iōannēs anōthen proanaphōnōn elege dynatai ho theos ek tōn lithōn toutōn egeirai tekna tǭ Abraam. ᾿Epeidē gar touto emelle gisesthai, ᾿proanakēryttetai porrhōthen, hōste mēdena tǭ xenǭ tou pragmatos thorybēthēnai. All᾽ ekeinos men hōs endechomenon. auto legei ᾿prōtos gar hēn᾽ ho de Christos hōs pantōs esomenon, tēn apo tōn ergōn apodeixin parechōn.

And it was a very great thing for a man outside the roll of the Jews to conceive so great a thought. For he imagined, as it seems to me, the armies in heaven; or that diseases and death and all other things are subject to him in the way his soldiers are to himself. That is why he said, “For I too am a man placed under authority”; that is, you are God, I am a man; I am under authority, but you are not under authority. If then I, being a man and under authority, can do so much, much more can you, being both God and not under authority. For he wishes to persuade him emphatically that he says this not as one giving an example of an equal, but of one far surpassing. For if I, he says, though of equal rank with those I command and under authority, nevertheless, because of the small superiority of my office, can do so much, and no one contradicts, but whatever I command is done, even if the commands differ (for I say to this one, “Go,” and he goes, and to another, “Come,” and he comes), much more will you be able. And some read this passage thus: “For if I, being a man,” and, putting a stop in between, they add, “having soldiers under authority under me.” But consider, I pray you, how he showed that he can both master death as a slave and command it as a master. For when he says, “‘Come,’ and he comes, and ‘Go,’ and he goes,” he is saying this: If you command death not to come upon him, it will not come. Do you see how faithful he was? For what was going to be manifest to all later, this man had already made plain: that he has authority both over death and over life, and brings down to the gates of Hades and brings up again. And he did not speak only of soldiers, but also of slaves, which implied greater obedience. But nevertheless, though he had so great a faith, he still thought himself unworthy. But Christ, showing that he was worthy to have him enter his house, did much greater things, marveling at him and proclaiming him and giving more than he asked. For he came seeking bodily health for his servant, and went away having received the kingdom. Do you see how already the saying was fulfilled, “Seek the kingdom of heaven, and all these things will be added to you”? For since he displayed great faith and humility, he both gave him heaven and added health; and not only by this did he honor him, but also by showing who are cast out while he is brought in. For from here on he makes known to all that salvation is from faith, not from the works of the law. That is why this gift will be set before not only the Jews but also the Gentiles, and before the latter rather than the former. For do not think, he says, that this has happened in this man’s case only; it will be so in the whole world. And he said this prophesying about the Gentiles and holding out good hopes to them. For there were some following him from Galilee of the Gentiles. And he said these things both not allowing the Gentiles to despair and pulling down the pride of the Jews. And so that what was said might not offend the hearers, nor give them any handle, he neither introduces the word about the Gentiles as his main point, but takes occasion from the centurion, nor does he set down the bare name of the Gentiles. For he did not say, “Many of the Gentiles,” but, “Many from east and west,” which was a way of indicating the Gentiles, but did not offend the hearers so much, for the saying was veiled. And not only in this way does he soften what seemed to be the novelty of the teaching, but also by speaking of the bosom of Abraham instead of the kingdom. For that name, the kingdom, was not familiar to them, and Abraham, set in their midst, stung them more. That is why John too said nothing at first about hell, but what grieved them most: “Do not presume to say, ‘We are children of Abraham.’” And along with this he accomplishes something else too: not to seem to be an opponent of the old way of life. For one who admires the patriarchs and calls their bosom the inheritance of good things removes this suspicion too with great abundance. Let no one think, then, that the threat is single; for the punishment of these is double, and the joy of those is double: of these, not only that they fell, but that they fell from what was their own; of those, not only that they obtained, but that they obtained what they did not expect; and a third besides, that these received what belonged to those. And he calls them sons of the kingdom, for whom the kingdom had been prepared; which stung them most of all. For having shown them to be in the bosom by announcement and promise, he then drives them out. Then, since what was said was a bare declaration, he confirms it by the sign; just as he shows the signs too from the prophecy that came to pass afterward. Whoever, then, disbelieves the healing that came to the servant then, let him believe that too from the prophecy that has come to pass today. For the prophecy too, even before its fulfillment, became plain to all from the sign of that time. That is why, having first foretold these things, he then raised up the paralytic, so as to confirm the future by the present and the lesser by the greater. For that the virtuous should enjoy good things and their opposites endure painful things is nothing unlikely, but happens according to reason and the sequence of laws; but to brace the paralyzed and raise the dead was beyond nature. But nevertheless the centurion too contributed no small part to this great and wonderful thing; which Christ too showed when he said, “Go; as you have believed, let it be done for you.” Do you see how the servant’s health proclaimed both the power of Christ and the faith of the centurion, and confirmed the future? Or rather, everything proclaimed the power of Christ. For he not only set right the servant’s body, but himself drew the centurion’s soul to faith by the miracles. And do not consider only this, that this man believed and that one was healed, but marvel also at the speed. For the evangelist, showing this, said, “And his servant was healed in that hour”; just as with the leper he said that he was cleansed immediately. For not only by healing, but by doing it wonderfully and in an instant, he displayed his power. And not only in this way did he benefit them, but also by continually, in the display of his miracles, opening up discourses about the kingdom and drawing all to it. For those he threatens to cast out, he threatens not in order to cast them out, but in order to draw them to it by fear through his words. And if they gained nothing even from this, the whole charge is theirs, and of all who are sick with such things. For one could see this happening not only with the Jews but also with those who believed. For Judas too was a son of the kingdom, and heard with the disciples, “You will sit on twelve thrones,” but became a son of hell; while the Ethiopian, a barbarian, and one of those from east and west, will enjoy the crowns with Abraham and Isaac and Jacob. This happens with us too now. “For many,” he says, “who are first will be last, and the last first.” And he says this so that neither may those be careless, as unable to return, nor these be confident, as standing firm. This John too foretold from the beginning, saying, “God is able from these stones to raise up children to Abraham.” For since this was going to happen, it is proclaimed in advance from afar, so that no one might be disturbed by the strangeness of the thing. But he says it as something possible, for he came first; while Christ speaks of it as certainly going to be, providing the proof from his works.

26.5Field 1

Μὴ τοίνυν θαρρῶμεν οἱ ἑστῶτες, ἀλλὰ λέγωμεν ἑαυτοῖς δοκῶν ἐστάναε, βλεπέτω μὴ πέσῃ μηδὲ ἀπογινώσκωμεν οἱ κείμενοι. ἀλλὰ λέγωμεν ἑαυτοῖς μὴ ὁ πίπτων οὐκ ἀνίσταται. Καὶ γὰρ πολλοὶ εἰς αὐτὴν τοῦ οὐρανοῦ τὴν κορυφὴν ἀνελθόντες, καὶ πᾶσαν τὴν καρτερίαν ἐπιδειξάμενοι, καὶ τὰς ἐρήμους κατειληφότες, καὶ οὐδὲ γυναῖκα ὄναρ ἰδόντες, ῥᾳθυμήσαντες μικρὸν ὑπεσκελίσθησαν, καὶ πρὸς αὐτὸ ἦλθον τῆς κακίας τὸ βάραθρον. Ἕτεροι δὲ πάλιν ἐκεῖθεν πρὸς τὸν οὐρανὸν ἀνέβησαν, καὶ ἀπὸ τῆς σκηνῆς καὶ τῆς ὀρχήστρας πρὸς τὴν ἀγγελικὴν μετετάξαντο πολιτείαν καὶ τοσαύτην ἐπεδείξαντο τὴν ἀρετὴν, ὡς δαίμονας ἀπελάσαι, καὶ πολλὰ ἄλλα σημεῖα τοιαῦτα ἐρὴ σοθας Καὶ τούτων μὲν πλήρεις εἰσὶν αἱ γραφαὶ, πλήρης δὲ ὁ ὁ βίος τῶν παραδευγμάτων ἡ ἡμῖν. Ικαὶ πόρνοι καὶ μαλακοὶ τὰ Μανιχαίων ἐμφράττουσι στόματα, οἱ τὴν κακίαν ακίνητον εἶναι φασι, τῷ διαβύλῳ τελούμενοι, καὶ τὰς τῶν σπουδάζειν ἀβρυλνὸν χεῖρας ἐκλύοντες, καὶ τὴν ζωὴν ἅπασαν ἀνατρέποντες. Οἱ γὰρ ταῦτα πείθοντες, οὐ πρὸς τὰ μέλλοντα παραβλάπτουσι μόνον, αλλὰ καὶ ἐνταῦθα πάντα ἄνω καὶ κάτω ποιοῦσι, τό Ὑε αὐτῶν μέρος. Πότε γὰρ ἐπιμελήσεταί τις ἀρετῆς τῶν ἐν κακίᾳ ζώντων, ὅταν ἀδύνατον τὴν πρὸς ἐκείνην ἐπάνοδον εἶναι νομίζῃ, καὶ τὴν ἐπὶ τὸ βέλτιον μεταβολήν: Εἰ γὰρ νῦν, καὶ νόμων ὕντων, καὶ κολάσεων ἠπειλημένων, καὶ δόξης τοὺς πολλοὺς ἐκκαλουμένης, καὶ γεέννης προσδοκωμένης, καὶ βασιλείας ἐπηγγελμένης. καὶ τῶν κακῶν ᾿ὀνειδιζομένων, καὶ τῶν καλών εγκωμιαζομένων»; μόλις αἱροῦυνταί τινες τοὺς ὑπὲρ τῆς ἀρετῆς ἱδρῶτα ὧν ταῦτα πάντα ἀνέλῃς, τί τὸ κωλύον πάντα ἀπολέσθαι καὶ διαφθαρῆναι; ᾿ Συνειδότες τοίνυν τὴν κακουργίαν τὴν διαβολικὴν, καὶ ὅτι καὶ τοῖς ἔξω νομοθέταις, καὶ τοῖς τοῦ θεοῦ χρησμοῖς, καὶ τοῖς τῆς φύσεως λογισμοῖς, καὶ τῇ κοινῇ πάντων ἀνθρώπων δόξη, καὶ βαρβάροις, καὶ Σκύθαις, καὶ Θρᾳξὶ, καὶ πᾶσιν ἁπλῶς ἀπεναντίας οὗτοι καὶ οἱ τὰ τῆς εἱμαρμένης δόγματα νομοθετεῖν ἐπιχειροῦντες, νήφωμεν, ἀγαπητοὶ, καὶ πᾶσιν ἐκείνοις ἐῤῥῶσθαι εἰπόντες, ὁδεύωμεν διὰ τῆς στενῆς ὁδοῦ, καὶ θαῤῥοῦντες, καὶ δεδοικότες δεδοικότες μὲν, διὰ τοὺς ἑκατέρωθεν κρημνούς θαῤῥοῦντες δὲ, διὰ τὸν προηγούμενον ἡμῶν Ἴ ἡσοὺν. ᾿Οδεύωμεν νήφοντες καὶ ἐγρηγορότες. κὰν γὰρ μικρόν τὶς ἀπονυστάξη, κατηνέχθη ταχέως. Οὐ γάρ ἐσμεν ἀκριβέστεροι τοῦ Δαυὶδ, ὃς μικρὸν ὀλιγωρήσας πρὸς αὐτὸ κατεκρημνίσθη τῆς ἁμαρτίας τὸ βάραθρον. Δλλ᾽ ἀνέστη ταχέως. Μὴ τοίνυν ὅτι ἥμαρτεν ἴδης μόνον, ἀλλ᾽ ὅτι καὶ τὴν ἁμαρτίαν ἀπενίψατο. Διὰ γὰρ τοῦτο τὴν ἱστορίαν ἐκείνην ἀνέγραψεν, οὐχ ἵνα πεσόντα θεάσῃ, αλλ᾽ ἵνα ἀναστάντα θαυμασης ἵνα μάθῃς, ἐπειδὰν πέσῃς, πώς ἀνίστασθαι χρῆ. Καθάπερ γὰρ οἱ ἰατροὶ τῶν νοσημάτων τὰ χαλεπώτατα ἐκλεγόμενοι ταῖς βιβλοις εγγράφουσι, καὶ τῆς τοιαύτης διορθώσεως τὴν μέθοδον διδασκουσιν, ἵνα ἐν τοῖς μείζοσι γυμνασάμενοι, ῥᾳδίως τῶν ἐλαττόνων περιγένωνται οὕτω δὴ καὶ ὁ θεὸς τὰ μέγιστα τών ἁμαρτημάτων εἰς μέσον ἤγαγεν, ἵνα καὶ οἱ τὰ μικρὰ πταίοντες δι ἐκείνων ῥᾳδίαν τὴν τούτων διόρθωσιν εὕρωσιν. μι γὰρ ἐκεῖνα ἔσχεν ἴασιν, πολλῷ μᾶλλον τὰ ἐλάττονα. Ἴδωμεν τοίνυν πῶς καὶ ἠῤῥώστησε, πῶς καὶ ἀνέστη ταχέως ὁ μακάριος ἐκεῖνος. Τίς οὖν τῆς ἀῤῥωστίας ὁ τρόπος ἢν: ᾿Εμοίχευσε καὶ ἐφόνευσεν. Οὐδὲ γὰρ ἐγκαλύπτομαι λαμπρᾳ ταῦτα ἀνακηρύττων τῇ φωνή. ἰδ γὰρ τὸ πνεῦμα τὸ ἅγιον οὐκ ἐνόμισεν αἰσχύνην, ταύτην αναθεῖναι πᾶσαν τὴν ἱστορίαν, πολλῷ μᾶλλον οὐδὲ ἡμᾶς συσκιάζειν χρῆ. Διόπερ οὐ μόνον αὐτὰ ἀνακηρύττω, ἀλλὰ καὶ ἕτερον προστίθημι. Καὶ γὰρ ὅσοι ταῦτα κρύπτουσιν, οὗτοι μάλιστα τὴν ἀρετὴν συσκιάζουσι τὴν ἐκείνου καὶ ὥσπερ οἱ τὸν πόλεμον σιγῶντες τοῦ Γολιὰθ οὐ μικρὼν αὑτὸν ἀποστεροῦσι στεφάνων, οὕτω καὶ οἱ ταύτην παρατρέχοντες τὴν ἱστορίαν. Ἄρα οὐ δοκεῖ παρά. δοξον εἶναι τὸ λεγόμενον : Οὐκοῦν ἀναμείνατε μικρὸν, καὶ τότε εἴσεσθε ὅτι δικαίως ταῦτα ἡμῖν εἴρηται. Διὰ γὰρ τοῦτο αὔξω τὸ ἁμάρτημα, καὶ παραδοξότερον ποιῶ τὸν λόγον, ἵνα ἐκ πλείονος τῆς περιουσίας τὰ φάρμακα κατασκευάσω. Τί οὖν ἐστιν ὃ προστίθημι: Τὴν ἀρετὴν τοῦ ἀνδρός ὃ μεῖζον ποιεῖ καὶ τὸ ἔγκλημα. Οὐ γάρ ὁμοίως πάντα ἐπὶ πάντων Ἔριγεται. Δυνατοὶ γὰρ, φησὶ, δυνατῶς ἐτασθήσονται καὶ, ὁ εἰδὼς τὸ θέλημα τοῦ κυρίου αὐτοῦ, καὶ μὴ ποιῶν; δαρήσεται πολλάς. Ὥστε ἡ πλείων γνώσις πλείονός ἐστι κολάσεως ὑπόθεσις. Διὰ δὴ τοῦτο ᾿ ἱερεὺς τὰ αὐτὰ τοῖς ἀρχομένοις ἁμαρτάνων, οὐ τὰ αὐτὰ πείσεται, ἀλλὰ πολλῷ χαλεπώτερα. Τάχα ὁρῶντες τὴν κατηγορίαν αὐξανομένην, τρέμετε καὶ δεδοίκατε, καὶ θανμαετέ με ὡς κατὰ κρημνῶν ἐρχόμενον. Ἀλλ᾽ ἐγὼ οὕτω θαρῥῶ ὑπὲρ τοὺ δικαίου, ὅτι καὶ περαιτέρω πρόειμι' ὅσῳ γὰρ ἂν αὔξω τὸ ἔγκλημα, τοσούτῳ μᾶλλον δεῖξαι δυνήσομαι τὸ ἐγκώμιον τοῦ Δαυίδ. Καὶ τί τούτων. πλέον ἐστὶ, φησὶν, εἰπεῖν; Πάνυ γε πλέον. Ὥσπερ γὰρ ἐπὶ τοῦ Καὶν οὐ φύνος μόνον τὰ γενόμενον ἣν, ἀλλὰ καὶ πολλῶν φόνων χεῖρον οὐ γὰρ ἀλλότριον, ἀλλ᾽ ἀδελφὸν, καὶ ἀδελφὸν οὐκ ἠδικηκότα, ἀλλ᾽ Ἰδικημένον. ἐφόνευσεν, οὐ μετὰ πολλοὺς Φονέας, ἀλλὰ πρῶτος τὸ αὐσος εὑρῶν' οὕτω δὴ καὶ ἐνταῦθα οὐ φόνος ἦν μόνον τὸ τόλμημα οὐ γὰρ ὁ τυχὼν ἣν ἀνὴρ ὁ πεποιηκὼς, ἀλλὰ προφήτης καὶ οὐ τὸν ἠδικηκότα; ἀλλὰ τὸν Ἰδικημένον ἀναιρεῖ καὶ γὰρ Ἰδίκητο ἐν τοῖς καιρίοις, τῆς γυναικὸς ἁρπαγείσης ἀλλ᾽ ὅμως μετ᾽ ἐκεῖνο καὶ τοῦτο προσέθηκεν. Εἴδετε πῶς οὐκ ἐφεισάμην τοῦ δικαίου; πώς οὐδὲ μεθ᾽ ὑποστολῆς τινος εἶπον τὰ πεπλημμελημένα αὐτῷ : Δλλ᾽ ὅμως οὕτως ὑπὲρ τῆς απολογίας θαῤῥώ, ὅτι μετὰ τοσοῦτον ὄγκον τοῦ ἁμαρτήματος ἐβουλόμην παρεῖναι καὶ Μανιχαίους τοὺς μάλιστα ταῦτα κωμῳδοῦντας, καὶ τοὺς τὰ Μαρκίωνος νοσοῦντας: ἵνα ἐκ περιονσίας αὐτῶν ἐμφράξω τὰ στόματα. ᾿Εκεῖνοι μὲν γὰρ λέγουσιν, ὅτι ἐφόνευσε καὶ ἐμοίχευσεν' ἐγὼ δὲ οὐ τοῦτο λέγω μόνον, ἀλλὰ καὶ διπλοὺν τὸν φόνον ἀπέφηνα; ἀπό τε τοῦ ἠδικημένου, ἀπὸ τε τῆς ποιότητος τοῦ προσώπου τοῦ πεπλημμεληκότος.

Mē toinyn tharrōmen hoi hestōtes, alla legōmen heautois dokōn estanae, blepetō mē pesę̄ mēde apoginōskōmen hoi keimenoi. alla legōmen heautois mē ho piptōn ouk anistatai. Kai gar polloi eis autēn tou ouranou tēn koryphēn anelthontes, kai pasan tēn karterian epideixamenoi, kai tas erēmous kateilēphotes, kai oude gynaika onar idontes, rhąthymēsantes mikron hypeskelisthēsan, kai pros auto ēlthon tēs kakias to barathron. Heteroi de palin ekeithen pros ton ouranon anebēsan, kai apo tēs skēnēs kai tēs orchēstras pros tēn angelikēn metetaxanto politeian kai tosautēn epedeixanto tēn aretēn, hōs daimonas apelasai, kai polla alla sēmeia toiauta erē sothas Kai toutōn men plēreis eisin hai graphai, plērēs de ho ho bios tōn paradeugmatōn hē hēmin. Ikai pornoi kai malakoi ta Manichaiōn emphrattousi stomata, hoi tēn kakian akinēton einai phasi, tǭ diabylǭ teloumenoi, kai tas tōn spoudazein abrylnon cheiras eklyontes, kai tēn zōēn hapasan anatrepontes. Hoi gar tauta peithontes, ou pros ta mellonta parablaptousi monon, alla kai entautha panta anō kai katō poiousi, to Hye autōn meros. Pote gar epimelēsetai tis aretēs tōn en kakią zōntōn, hotan adynaton tēn pros ekeinēn epanodon einai nomizę̄, kai tēn epi to beltion metabolēn: Ei gar nyn, kai nomōn hyntōn, kai kolaseōn ēpeilēmenōn, kai doxēs tous pollous ekkaloumenēs, kai geennēs prosdokōmenēs, kai basileias epēngelmenēs. kai tōn kakōn ᾿oneidizomenōn, kai tōn kalōn enkōmiazomenōn»? molis hairouyntai tines tous hyper tēs aretēs hidrōta hōn tauta panta anelę̄s, ti to kōlyon panta apolesthai kai diaphtharēnai? ᾿ Syneidotes toinyn tēn kakourgian tēn diabolikēn, kai hoti kai tois exō nomothetais, kai tois tou theou chrēsmois, kai tois tēs physeōs logismois, kai tę̄ koinę̄ pantōn anthrōpōn doxē, kai barbarois, kai Skythais, kai Thrąxi, kai pasin haplōs apenantias houtoi kai hoi ta tēs heimarmenēs dogmata nomothetein epicheirountes, nēphōmen, agapētoi, kai pasin ekeinois errhōsthai eipontes, hodeuōmen dia tēs stenēs hodou, kai tharrhountes, kai dedoikotes dedoikotes men, dia tous hekaterōthen krēmnous tharrhountes de, dia ton proēgoumenon hēmōn I hēsoun. ᾿Odeuōmen nēphontes kai egrēgorotes. kan gar mikron tis aponystaxē, katēnechthē tacheōs. Ou gar esmen akribesteroi tou Dauid, hos mikron oligōrēsas pros auto katekrēmnisthē tēs hamartias to barathron. Dll᾽ anestē tacheōs. Mē toinyn hoti hēmarten idēs monon, all᾽ hoti kai tēn hamartian apenipsato. Dia gar touto tēn historian ekeinēn anegrapsen, ouch hina pesonta theasę̄, all᾽ hina anastanta thaumasēs hina mathę̄s, epeidan pesę̄s, pōs anistasthai chrē. Kathaper gar hoi iatroi tōn nosēmatōn ta chalepōtata eklegomenoi tais biblois engraphousi, kai tēs toiautēs diorthōseōs tēn methodon didaskousin, hina en tois meizosi gymnasamenoi, rhądiōs tōn elattonōn perigenōntai houtō dē kai ho theos ta megista tōn hamartēmatōn eis meson ēgagen, hina kai hoi ta mikra ptaiontes di ekeinōn rhądian tēn toutōn diorthōsin heurōsin. mi gar ekeina eschen iasin, pollǭ mallon ta elattona. Idōmen toinyn pōs kai ērrhōstēse, pōs kai anestē tacheōs ho makarios ekeinos. Tis oun tēs arrhōstias ho tropos ēn: ᾿Emoicheuse kai ephoneusen. Oude gar enkalyptomai lamprą tauta anakēryttōn tę̄ phōnē. id gar to pneuma to hagion ouk enomisen aischynēn, tautēn anatheinai pasan tēn historian, pollǭ mallon oude hēmas syskiazein chrē. Dioper ou monon auta anakēryttō, alla kai heteron prostithēmi. Kai gar hosoi tauta kryptousin, houtoi malista tēn aretēn syskiazousi tēn ekeinou kai hōsper hoi ton polemon sigōntes tou Goliath ou mikrōn hauton aposterousi stephanōn, houtō kai hoi tautēn paratrechontes tēn historian. Ara ou dokei para. doxon einai to legomenon : Oukoun anameinate mikron, kai tote eisesthe hoti dikaiōs tauta hēmin eirētai. Dia gar touto auxō to hamartēma, kai paradoxoteron poiō ton logon, hina ek pleionos tēs periousias ta pharmaka kataskeuasō. Ti oun estin ho prostithēmi: Tēn aretēn tou andros ho meizon poiei kai to enklēma. Ou gar homoiōs panta epi pantōn Erigetai. Dynatoi gar, phēsi, dynatōs etasthēsontai kai, ho eidōs to thelēma tou kyriou autou, kai mē poiōn? darēsetai pollas. Hōste hē pleiōn gnōsis pleionos esti kolaseōs hypothesis. Dia dē touto ᾿ hiereus ta auta tois archomenois hamartanōn, ou ta auta peisetai, alla pollǭ chalepōtera. Tacha horōntes tēn katēgorian auxanomenēn, tremete kai dedoikate, kai thanmaete me hōs kata krēmnōn erchomenon. All᾽ egō houtō tharrhō hyper tou dikaiou, hoti kai peraiterō proeimi' hosǭ gar an auxō to enklēma, tosoutǭ mallon deixai dynēsomai to enkōmion tou Dauid. Kai ti toutōn. pleon esti, phēsin, eipein? Pany ge pleon. Hōsper gar epi tou Kain ou phynos monon ta genomenon hēn, alla kai pollōn phonōn cheiron ou gar allotrion, all᾽ adelphon, kai adelphon ouk ēdikēkota, all᾽ Idikēmenon. ephoneusen, ou meta pollous Phoneas, alla prōtos to ausos heurōn' houtō dē kai entautha ou phonos ēn monon to tolmēma ou gar ho tychōn hēn anēr ho pepoiēkōs, alla prophētēs kai ou ton ēdikēkota? alla ton Idikēmenon anairei kai gar Idikēto en tois kairiois, tēs gynaikos harpageisēs all᾽ homōs met᾽ ekeino kai touto prosethēken. Eidete pōs ouk epheisamēn tou dikaiou? pōs oude meth᾽ hypostolēs tinos eipon ta peplēmmelēmena autǭ : Dll᾽ homōs houtōs hyper tēs apologias tharrhō, hoti meta tosouton onkon tou hamartēmatos eboulomēn pareinai kai Manichaious tous malista tauta kōmǭdountas, kai tous ta Markiōnos nosountas: hina ek perionsias autōn emphraxō ta stomata. ᾿Ekeinoi men gar legousin, hoti ephoneuse kai emoicheusen' egō de ou touto legō monon, alla kai diploun ton phonon apephēna? apo te tou ēdikēmenou, apo te tēs poiotētos tou prosōpou tou peplēmmelēkotos.

Let us not, then, be confident, we who stand, but let us say to ourselves, “Let him who thinks he stands take heed lest he fall”; nor let us despair who lie fallen, but let us say to ourselves, “Does not he who falls rise again?” For many who had gone up to the very summit of heaven, had displayed all endurance, had taken possession of the deserts, and had not seen a woman even in a dream, became a little careless, were tripped up, and came to the very pit of wickedness. And others again went up from there to heaven, and passed from the stage and the orchestra to the angelic way of life, and displayed such virtue as to drive out demons and work many other such signs. The Scriptures are full of these, and our life too is full of such examples. Even fornicators and the effeminate stop the mouths of the Manichaeans, who say that wickedness cannot be moved, being initiates of the devil, weakening the hands of those who wish to strive, and overturning all of life. For those who persuade people of this not only harm them with regard to the future, but even here turn everything upside down, as far as in them lies. For when will any of those living in wickedness take care for virtue, when he thinks that the return to it and the change for the better are impossible? For if now, when there are laws, and punishments threatened, and public opinion calling the many forth, and hell expected, and the kingdom promised, and evil things reproached, and good things praised, scarcely do some choose the sweat that virtue demands, if you take all these away, what is to prevent everything from being lost and corrupted? Knowing, then, the devil’s malice, and that these men, and those who attempt to lay down the doctrines of fate, are directly opposed to the lawgivers outside the church, to the oracles of God, to the reasonings of nature, to the common opinion of all men, barbarians and Scythians and Thracians and simply all, let us be sober, beloved, and, bidding farewell to all those, let us walk the narrow way, both confident and afraid: afraid because of the precipices on either side, confident because of Jesus who goes before us. Let us walk sober and watchful; for if one dozes even a little, he is quickly carried down. For we are not more careful than David, who, being a little negligent, was hurled down into the very pit of sin. But he rose quickly. Do not look, then, only at the fact that he sinned, but also that he washed away the sin. For this is why that history was written: not that you may see him fallen, but that you may marvel at him risen; that you may learn, when you fall, how one ought to rise. For as physicians choose the most grievous diseases, write them in their books, and teach the method of their treatment, so that, trained in the greater, they may easily overcome the lesser, so too God brought forward the greatest of sins, so that those who stumble in small things may find through those an easy correction of these. For if those obtained healing, much more will the lesser. Let us see, then, how that blessed man both fell sick and rose quickly. What, then, was the manner of his sickness? He committed adultery and murder. For I am not ashamed to proclaim these things with a loud voice. For if the Holy Spirit did not think it a shame to set down this whole history, much less ought we to overshadow it. That is why I not only proclaim these things, but add something else besides. For those who hide these things are the ones who most of all overshadow his virtue; and just as those who keep silent about the fight with Goliath deprive him of no small crowns, so too do those who pass over this history. Does what is said not seem paradoxical? Wait a little, then, and you will know that this has been said justly. For this is why I magnify the sin and make the discourse more paradoxical: so that I may prepare the remedies with greater abundance. What, then, is it that I add? The man’s virtue, which makes the charge greater too. For all things are not judged alike in all cases. “For the mighty,” it says, “will be mightily examined”; and, “The one who knows the will of his master and does not do it will be beaten with many stripes.” So greater knowledge is ground for greater punishment. That is why a priest who commits the same sins as those under his rule will not suffer the same things, but much harsher. Perhaps, seeing the accusation increase, you tremble and fear, and wonder at me as one walking along precipices. But I am so confident on behalf of the righteous man that I go further still; for the more I magnify the charge, the more I shall be able to show the praise of David. “And what more than this can be said?” someone says. Very much more. For just as with Cain what was done was not only murder but worse than many murders (for he killed not a stranger but a brother, and a brother who had not wronged him but had been wronged; and not after many murderers, but being the first to discover the crime), so here too the deed was not only murder; for the one who did it was no ordinary man but a prophet; and he kills not the one who had wronged him but the one who had been wronged; for he had been wronged in what mattered most, his wife having been seized; but nevertheless after that he added this too. Did you see how I did not spare the righteous man? How I spoke of his offenses without any reserve? But nevertheless I am so confident about the defense that, after so great a mass of sin, I would have wished the Manichaeans to be present, who most of all ridicule these things, and those sick with the doctrines of Marcion, so that I might stop their mouths abundantly. For they say that he murdered and committed adultery; but I not only say this, but have also shown the murder to be double, from the one who was wronged and from the quality of the person who offended.

26.7Field 1

Οὐ γάρ ἐστιν ἴσον πνεύματος ἀξιωθέντα, καὶ τοσαῦτα εὐεργετηθέντα, καὶ τηλικαύτην ἐσχηκότα παῤῥησίαν, καὶ ἐν ἡλικίᾳ τοιαύτῃ τοιαῦτα τολμᾶν, καὶ τούτων πάντων χωρὶς τὸ αὐτὸ τοῦτο ποιεῖν. Ἀλλ᾽ ὅμως καὶ παύτῃ μάλιστα θαυμαστὸς ἐστιν ὁ γενναῖος ἐκεῖνος ἀνὴρ. ὅτι εἰς αὐτὸν τὸν πυθμένα τῆς κακίας καταπεσῶων, οὐκ ἀνέπεσεν, οὐδὲ ἀπέγνω, οὐδὲ ἔ εῤῥιψεν ἑαυτὸν ὕπτιον, οὕτω παρὰ τοῦ διαβόλου καιρίαν λαβὼν πληγὴν, αλλὰ ταχέιυυς, μᾶλλον δὲ εὐθέως, καὶ μετὰ πολλῆς τῆς σφοδρότητος καιριωτέραν ἔδωκεν ἢ ἔλαβε τὴν πληγήν. Καὶ ταὐτὸν γέγονεν, οἷον ὧν εἰ ἐν πολέμῳ καὶ παρατάξει βαρβάρου τινὸς εἰν ἀριστέως καρδίαν ἐμπήξαντος δόρυ, ἢ κατὰ τοῦ ἥπατος ἀφέντος βελος, καὶ δεύτερον τῷ προτέρῳ τραῦμα προσθέντος ἐκείνου καιριώτερον, πεσὼν καὶ αἵματι πολλῷ περιῤῥεόμενος πάντυθεν ὁ τὰς χαλεπὰς ταύτας λαβὼν πληγὰς, καὶ ἀνασταίη ταχέως; καὶ δόρυ κατὰ τοῦ τοξεύσαντος ἀφεὶς νεκρὸν ἐπὶ τοῦ πεδίου δείξειεν εὑα θέως.ς Οὕτω δὴ καὶ ἐνταῦθα, ὅσῳ ἂν μείζονα εἴπης τὴν πληγὴν, τοσούτῳ θαυμαστοτέραν δελκ εις τοῦ πληγέντος τὴν ψυχὴν, ὅτι ἴσχυσε μετὰ τὸ χαλεπὸν τοῦτο τραῦμα καὶ ἀναστῆναι, καὶ στῆναι ἐν αὐτῷ τῷ τῆς φάλαγγος μετώπῳ, καὶ τὸν τρώσαντα κατενεγκεῖν. Τοῦτο δὲ ἡλίκον ἐστὶν, ἴσασι μάλιστα ὅσοι χαλεπαῖς περιπίπτουσιν ἁμαρτίαις. Οὐ γὰρ οὕτω γενναίας καὶ νεανικῆς ἐστι ψυχῆς ὀρθὰ βαδίζειν καὶ διόλον τρέχειν, (ἔχει γὰρ τοιαύτη συνοδοιπόρον τὴν ἀγαθὴν ἐλπίδα, ἀλείφουσαν, διεγείρουσαν, νευροῦσαν, προθυμοτέραν ἐργαζομένην) ὡς τὸ μετὰ τοὺς μυρίους στεφάνους καὶ τὰ πολλὰ τρόπαια καὶ τὰς νίκας, τὴν ἐσχάτην ὑπομείνασαν ζημίαν, δυνηθῆναι πάλιν ἐπιλαβέσθαι τῶν αὐτῶν δρόμων. Καὶ ἵνα σαφέστερον ὃ λέγω γένηται, καὶ ἕτερον τοῦ προτέρου οὐδὲν ἔλαττον παραδείγματος εἰς μέσον ὑμῖν ἀγαγεῖν πειράσομαι. ᾿Εννόησον. γάρ μοί τινα κυβερνήτην μυρία διαλαβόντα πελάγη, μετὰ τὸ τὴν θάλασσαν διαπλεῦσαι ἅπασαν, μετὰ τοὺς πολλοὺς χειμωνας καὶ τοὺς σκοπέλους καὶ τὰ κύματα, πολὺν ὄχοντα τὸν φόρτον, ἐν αὐτῷ καταποντιζόμενον τῷ στόματι τοῦ λιμένος» καὶ γυμνῷ μόλις τῷ σώματι τὸ χαλεπὸν τοῦτο διαφυγόντα νανάγιον πῶς πρὸς τὴν θάλασσαν διακεῖσθαι εἰκὸς, καὶ τὴν ναντιλίαν, καὶ τοὺς τοιούτους πόνους ξ ρα αἱρήσεταί ποτε ὁ τοιοῦτος; εἰ μὴ σφόδρα γενναίας εἴη ψυχῆς, αἰγιαλὸν ἰδεῖν, ἢ πλοῖον, ἤ λιμένα , Οὐκ ἔγωγε οἶμαι. ἀλλ᾽ ἐγκαλυψάμενος κείσεται, νύκτα τὴν ἡμέραν ὁρῶν, καὶ πρὸς πάντα ἀπαγορεύων καὶ μᾶλλον αἱρήσεται προσαιτῶν ζῆν, ἢ τῶν αὐτῶν ἅψασθαι πόνων. Δλλ᾽ οὐχ ὁ μακάριος οὗτος τοιοῦτος ἀλλὰ τοιοῦτον ναναγιον ὑπομείνας, μετὰ τοὺς μυρίους πόνους ᾿ καὶ ἱδρῶτας ἐκείνους, οὐκ ἔμεινεν ἐγκεκαλυμμένος, ἀλλὰ καὶ τὸ πλοῖον καθείλκυσε, καὶ τὰ ἱστία πετάσας, καὶ τὸ πηδάλιον μεταχειρίσας, τῶν αὐτῶν ἅπτεται πόνων, καὶ πλείονα τὸν πλοῦτον εἰργάσατο πάλιν. Εἰ δὲ τὸ στηνα θαυμαστὸν οὕτω, καὶ τὸ μὴ κεῖσθαι διόλου πεσόντα, τ τὸ καὶ ἀναστῆναι καὶ τοιαῦτα ἐργάσασθαι, πόσων οὐκ ἂν εἴη στεφάνων ἄξιον; Καίτυνγε πολλὰ ἥν τὰ εἰς ἀπόγνωσιν αὐτὸν ἐμβαλλοντα καὶ πρῶτον, τὸ μέγεθος τοῦ ἁμαρτήματον δεύτερον, τὸ μὴ ἐν προοιμίοις τῆς ζωῆς, ὅτε καὶ πλείους αἱ ἐλπίδες, ἀλλὰ πρὸς τῷ τέλει ταῦτα παθεῖν. Οὐδὲ γὰρ ὁ ἔμπορος ἀπὸ λιμένος ἐξελθὼν εὐθέως καὶ ναυάγιον ὑπομείνας, ὁμοίως ἀλγεῖ τῷ μετὰ μυρίας ἐμπορίας προσαράσσοντι σκοπέλῳ. Τρίτον, τὸ πολὺν ἤδη συνειληχότα πλοῦτον τοῦτο παθεῖν. Καὶ γὰρ οὐ μικρὰ ἀπέκειτο αὐτῷ φορτία τότε᾽ οἷον τὰ κατὰ τὴν πρώτην ἡλικίαν, ἡνίκα ἐποίμαινε’ τὰ κατὰ τὸν Γολιὰθ, ὅτε τὸ λαμπρὸν τρόπαιον ἐστησε᾽ τὰ κατὰ τὴν φιλοσοφίαν τὴν ἐπὶ τοῦ Σαούλ. καὶ γὰρ τὴν εὐαγΎ' γελικὴν ἐπεδείκνυτο μακροθυμίαν, μυριάκις τὸν ἐχθρὸν εἰς χεῖρας ἑλὼν, καὶ μον μὴ διηνεκῶς καὶ μᾶλλον ἑλόμενος ἐκπεσεῖν πατρίιὸος και ἐλευθερίας καὶ αὐτῆς τὴς ζωῆς, ἢ ἢ τὸν ἀδίκως ἐπιβουλεύοντα ἀνελεῖν. Καὶ μετὰ τὴν βασιλείαν δὲ ου μικρὰ ἣν αὐτῷ τὰ κατωρθωμένα. Μετὰ δὲ τῶν εἰρημένων, καὶ ἡ παρὰ τῶν πολλῶν ὑπόληψις, καὶ τὸ λαμπρᾶς οὕτω δόξης ἐκπεσεῖν, οὐ τὸν τυχύντα ἐποίει θόρυβον. Οὐδὲ γὰρ οὕτως αὐτὸν ἐκαλλώπιζεν ἡ ἢ πορφύρα, ὡς κατήσχυνεν ἡ τῆς ἁμαρτίας κηλίς. στε δὲ πάντως ἡλίκον ἐστὶν ἁμαρτήματα ἐκπομπεύεσθαι, καὶ πῶς μεγάλης δεῖται ψυχῆς ὁ τοιοῦτος, ὦστε μετὰ τὴν τῶν πολλών κατηγορίαν, καὶ τὸ μάρτυρας ἔχειν τοσούτους τῶν οἰκείων πλημμελημάτων, μὴ ἀναπεσεῖν. ΔΑλᾺλὰ ὅμως ἅπαντα ταῦτα ὁ γενναῖος ἐκεῖνος τῆς Ψυνχὴς ἐξελκύσας τὰ βέλη, οὕτως ἔλαμψε μετὰ ταῦτα, οὕτως ἔσμηξε τὴν κηλῖδα, οὕτως ἐγένΕΤτο καθαρὸς, ὡς τῶν ἐκγόνων τῶν αὐτοῦ καὶ τελευτήσας τὰ ἁμαρτήματα παραμυθήσασθαι καὶ ὅπερ ἐλέγετο περὶ τοῦ Ἄβραάμ, καὶ περὶ τούτου Φαίνεται ὁ θεὸς λέγων μάλλον δὲ πολλῷ πλέον περὶ τούτου. ᾿Επὶ μὲν γὰρ τοῦ πατριάρχου φησὶν, ἐμνήσθην τῆς διαθήκης τῆς πρὸς Δβρααμ ἐνταῦθα δὲ οὐ, τῆς διαθήκης, φησὶν, ἀλλὰ πῶς: διὰ Δαυὶδ τὸν παϊδαά μου ὑπερασπιῶ τῆς πόλεως ταύτης. Καὶ τὸν Σολομῶνα δὲ διὰ τήν πρὸς ἐκεῖνον εὔνοιαν οὐκ ἀφῆκε τηλικαύτην ἁμαρτήσαντα ἁμαρτίαν τῆς βασιλείας ἐκπεσεῖν. Καὶ τοσαύτη ἣν ἡ δύξα τοῦ ἀνδρὸς, ὥστε τὸν Πέτρον μετὰ τοσαῦτα ἕτη πρὸς ᾿Ιουδαίους δημηγοροῦντα οὕτω λέγειν ἐξὸν εἰπεῖν μετὰ παῤῥησίας πρὸς ὑμᾶς περὶ τοῦ πατριἄάρχου Δαυϊδ, ὅτι καὶ ἐτελεύτησε καὶ ἐτάφη. καὶ ὁ Χριστὸς δὲ ᾿ τοῖς ᾿Ιουδαίοις διαλεγόμενος, δείκνυτιν αὐτὸν μετὰ τὴν ἁμαρτίαν πνεύματος ἠξιωμένον τοσοῦτον. ὡς καὶ περὶ τῆς αὐτοῦ θεότητος ἀξιωθῆναι προφητεῦσαι πάλιν καὶ ἐντεῦθεν αὐτοὺς ἐπιστομίζων ἐλεγε᾽ πώς οὖν Δαυὶδ ἐν πνεύματι κύριον αὐτὸν καλεῖ, λέν ον εἶπεν ὁ κύριος τῷ κυρίῳ μον, κάθου ἐκ δεξιῶν μου; Καὶ ὅπερ ἐπὶ τοῦ Μωύσέως γέγονε, τοῦτο καὶ ἐπὶ τοῦ Δαυΐδ. Μαθάπερ γὰρ τὴν Μαρίαν, καὶ ἄκοντος τοῦ Νὶωύσέως, ἐκόλασεν ὁ θεὸς διὰ τὴν εἰς τὸν ἀδελφὸν ὕβριν, ἐπειδὴ σφόδρα ἐφίλει τὸν ἅγιον' οὕτω καὶ τούτῳ παρὰ τοῦ παιδὸς ὑβρισθέντι ταχέως ἥμυνε, καὶ ταῦτα μή βουλομένῳ. ἹἹκανὰ μὲν οὗν καὶ ταῦτα, μᾶλλον δὲ πρὸ τών ἄλλων ταῦτα ἱκανὰ δεῖξαι τὴν ἀρετὴν τοῦ ἀνδρό ὃς. Ὅταν γὰρ ὁ θεὺς ψηφι ἔζηται, οὐδὲν δεῖ πλέον Εἰ δὲ βούλεσθε κατ᾽ εἶδος αὐτοῦ τὴν φιλοσοφίαν. μαθεῖν; ἔξεστιν ὑμῖν. ἐπελθοῦσι τὴν ἱστορίαν τὴν μετὰ τὴν ἁμαρτίαν, ἰδεῖν αὐτοῦ τὴν παῤῥησίαν τὴν πρὸς τὸν θεὸν, τὴν εὔνοιαν, τὴν τῆς ἀρετῆς ἐπίδοσιν, τὴν εἰς ἐσχάτας ἀναπνοὰς ἀκρίβειαν. Ταῦτ᾽ οὗν ἔχοντες τὰ παραδείγματα, νήφωμεν, καὶ ὁπουδαζωμεν μὴ καταπίπτειν εἰ δέ ποτε καὶ πέσοιμεν, μὴ κεῖσθαι. Οὐδὲ γὰρ ἵνα ὑμᾶς εἰς ῥᾳθυμίαν ἐμβάλω, τὰ τοῦ Δαυὶδ ἁμαρτήματα εἷπον᾽ ἀλλ᾽ ἵνα πλείονα φόβον ἐργάσωμαι. Εἰ γὰρ ὁ δίκαιος ἐκεῖνος ῥᾳθυμήσας μικρὸν, τοιαῦτα ἐδέξατο τραύματα, τί πεισόμεθα σ ἡ μεῖς ᾿καθ' ἑκάστην ὀλυγωροῦντες ; Μὴ τοίνυν ὅτι ἔπεσεν ἴδης, καὶ ῥᾳθυμήσης ἀλλ᾽ ἐννόησον πόσα καὶ μετὰ ταῦτα εἰργάσατο, πόσους θρήνους ἐπεδείξατο, πύσην μετάνοιαν, τὰς νύκτας ταῖς ἡμέραις προστιθεὶς, πηγὰς δακρύων αφιεὶς, τὴν κλίνην λούων τοῖς δάκρυσι: πρὸς τούτοις σάκκον περιβαλλόμενος. ἢ: δὲ ἐκεῖνος τοσαύτης ἐδεήθη τῆς ἐπιστροφῆς, πότε δυνησόμεθα σωθῆναι ἡμεῖς, μετὰ τοσαῦτα ἁμαρτήματα ἀναλγήτως διακείμενοι : Ὁ μὲν γὰρ πολλὰ ἔχων κατορθώματα ῥᾳδίως ἃ ἂν καὶ ἐντεῦθεν τὰ ἁμαρτήματα συσκιάσειεν ὁ δὲ γνανὸς, ὕπου ἂν δέξηται βέλος, καιρίαν δέχεται πληγήν. ν᾽ » οὖν μὴ τοῦτο γένηται, ὀπλίσωμεν ἑαυτοὺς ἀγαθοῖς ἔ ἐργοις, κἂν προσγεένηταί τι πλημμέλημα, ἀπονιψώμεθα: ἵνα καταξιωθώμιεν, εἰς δόξαν θεοῦ ζήσαντες τὸν παρόντα βίον, τῆς μελλούσης ἀπολαῦσαι ζωῆς ἧς γένοιτο πάντας ἡμᾶς ἐπιτυχεῖν» χάριτι καὶ φιλανθρωπίᾳ τοῦ κυρίου ἡμῶν. ᾿Ιησοῦ Χριστοῦ, ᾧ ἡ δόξα καὶ τὸ κράτος εἰς τοὺς αἰῶνας τῶν αἰώνων. ᾿Δμῆν.

Ou gar estin ison pneumatos axiōthenta, kai tosauta euergetēthenta, kai tēlikautēn eschēkota parrhēsian, kai en hēlikią toiautę̄ toiauta tolman, kai toutōn pantōn chōris to auto touto poiein. All᾽ homōs kai pautę̄ malista thaumastos estin ho gennaios ekeinos anēr. hoti eis auton ton pythmena tēs kakias katapesōōn, ouk anepesen, oude apegnō, oude e errhipsen heauton hyption, houtō para tou diabolou kairian labōn plēgēn, alla tacheiyys, mallon de eutheōs, kai meta pollēs tēs sphodrotētos kairiōteran edōken ē elabe tēn plēgēn. Kai tauton gegonen, hoion hōn ei en polemǭ kai parataxei barbarou tinos ein aristeōs kardian empēxantos dory, ē kata tou hēpatos aphentos belos, kai deuteron tǭ proterǭ trauma prosthentos ekeinou kairiōteron, pesōn kai haimati pollǭ perirrheomenos pantythen ho tas chalepas tautas labōn plēgas, kai anastaiē tacheōs? kai dory kata tou toxeusantos apheis nekron epi tou pediou deixeien heua theōs.s Houtō dē kai entautha, hosǭ an meizona eipēs tēn plēgēn, tosoutǭ thaumastoteran delk eis tou plēgentos tēn psychēn, hoti ischyse meta to chalepon touto trauma kai anastēnai, kai stēnai en autǭ tǭ tēs phalangos metōpǭ, kai ton trōsanta katenenkein. Touto de hēlikon estin, isasi malista hosoi chalepais peripiptousin hamartiais. Ou gar houtō gennaias kai neanikēs esti psychēs ortha badizein kai diolon trechein, (echei gar toiautē synodoiporon tēn agathēn elpida, aleiphousan, diegeirousan, neurousan, prothymoteran ergazomenēn) hōs to meta tous myrious stephanous kai ta polla tropaia kai tas nikas, tēn eschatēn hypomeinasan zēmian, dynēthēnai palin epilabesthai tōn autōn dromōn. Kai hina saphesteron ho legō genētai, kai heteron tou proterou ouden elatton paradeigmatos eis meson hymin agagein peirasomai. ᾿Ennoēson. gar moi tina kybernētēn myria dialabonta pelagē, meta to tēn thalassan diapleusai hapasan, meta tous pollous cheimōnas kai tous skopelous kai ta kymata, polyn ochonta ton phorton, en autǭ katapontizomenon tǭ stomati tou limenos» kai gymnǭ molis tǭ sōmati to chalepon touto diaphygonta nanagion pōs pros tēn thalassan diakeisthai eikos, kai tēn nantilian, kai tous toioutous ponous x ra hairēsetai pote ho toioutos? ei mē sphodra gennaias eiē psychēs, aigialon idein, ē ploion, ē limena , Ouk egōge oimai. all᾽ enkalypsamenos keisetai, nykta tēn hēmeran horōn, kai pros panta apagoreuōn kai mallon hairēsetai prosaitōn zēn, ē tōn autōn hapsasthai ponōn. Dll᾽ ouch ho makarios houtos toioutos alla toiouton nanagion hypomeinas, meta tous myrious ponous ᾿ kai hidrōtas ekeinous, ouk emeinen enkekalymmenos, alla kai to ploion katheilkyse, kai ta histia petasas, kai to pēdalion metacheirisas, tōn autōn haptetai ponōn, kai pleiona ton plouton eirgasato palin. Ei de to stēna thaumaston houtō, kai to mē keisthai diolou pesonta, t to kai anastēnai kai toiauta ergasasthai, posōn ouk an eiē stephanōn axion? Kaitynge polla hēn ta eis apognōsin auton emballonta kai prōton, to megethos tou hamartēmaton deuteron, to mē en prooimiois tēs zōēs, hote kai pleious hai elpides, alla pros tǭ telei tauta pathein. Oude gar ho emporos apo limenos exelthōn eutheōs kai nauagion hypomeinas, homoiōs algei tǭ meta myrias emporias prosarassonti skopelǭ. Triton, to polyn ēdē syneilēchota plouton touto pathein. Kai gar ou mikra apekeito autǭ phortia tote᾽ hoion ta kata tēn prōtēn hēlikian, hēnika epoimaine’ ta kata ton Goliath, hote to lampron tropaion estēse᾽ ta kata tēn philosophian tēn epi tou Saoul. kai gar tēn euagY' gelikēn epedeiknyto makrothymian, myriakis ton echthron eis cheiras helōn, kai mon mē diēnekōs kai mallon helomenos ekpesein patriioos kai eleutherias kai autēs tēs zōēs, ē ē ton adikōs epibouleuonta anelein. Kai meta tēn basileian de ou mikra hēn autǭ ta katōrthōmena. Meta de tōn eirēmenōn, kai hē para tōn pollōn hypolēpsis, kai to lampras houtō doxēs ekpesein, ou ton tychynta epoiei thorybon. Oude gar houtōs auton ekallōpizen hē ē porphyra, hōs katēschynen hē tēs hamartias kēlis. ste de pantōs hēlikon estin hamartēmata ekpompeuesthai, kai pōs megalēs deitai psychēs ho toioutos, ōste meta tēn tōn pollōn katēgorian, kai to martyras echein tosoutous tōn oikeiōn plēmmelēmatōn, mē anapesein. DAlAla homōs hapanta tauta ho gennaios ekeinos tēs Psynchēs exelkysas ta belē, houtōs elampse meta tauta, houtōs esmēxe tēn kēlida, houtōs egenETto katharos, hōs tōn ekgonōn tōn autou kai teleutēsas ta hamartēmata paramythēsasthai kai hoper elegeto peri tou Abraam, kai peri toutou Phainetai ho theos legōn mallon de pollǭ pleon peri toutou. ᾿Epi men gar tou patriarchou phēsin, emnēsthēn tēs diathēkēs tēs pros Dbraam entautha de ou, tēs diathēkēs, phēsin, alla pōs: dia Dauid ton païdaa mou hyperaspiō tēs poleōs tautēs. Kai ton Solomōna de dia tēn pros ekeinon eunoian ouk aphēke tēlikautēn hamartēsanta hamartian tēs basileias ekpesein. Kai tosautē hēn hē dyxa tou andros, hōste ton Petron meta tosauta hetē pros ᾿Ioudaious dēmēgorounta houtō legein exon eipein meta parrhēsias pros hymas peri tou patriaarchou Dauïd, hoti kai eteleutēse kai etaphē. kai ho Christos de ᾿ tois ᾿Ioudaiois dialegomenos, deiknytin auton meta tēn hamartian pneumatos ēxiōmenon tosouton. hōs kai peri tēs autou theotētos axiōthēnai prophēteusai palin kai enteuthen autous epistomizōn elege᾽ pōs oun Dauid en pneumati kyrion auton kalei, len on eipen ho kyrios tǭ kyriǭ mon, kathou ek dexiōn mou? Kai hoper epi tou Mōyseōs gegone, touto kai epi tou Dauïd. Mathaper gar tēn Marian, kai akontos tou Niōyseōs, ekolasen ho theos dia tēn eis ton adelphon hybrin, epeidē sphodra ephilei ton hagion' houtō kai toutǭ para tou paidos hybristhenti tacheōs hēmyne, kai tauta mē boulomenǭ. HiIkana men houn kai tauta, mallon de pro tōn allōn tauta hikana deixai tēn aretēn tou andro hos. Hotan gar ho theus psēphi ezētai, ouden dei pleon Ei de boulesthe kat᾽ eidos autou tēn philosophian. mathein? exestin hymin. epelthousi tēn historian tēn meta tēn hamartian, idein autou tēn parrhēsian tēn pros ton theon, tēn eunoian, tēn tēs aretēs epidosin, tēn eis eschatas anapnoas akribeian. Taut᾽ houn echontes ta paradeigmata, nēphōmen, kai hopoudazōmen mē katapiptein ei de pote kai pesoimen, mē keisthai. Oude gar hina hymas eis rhąthymian embalō, ta tou Dauid hamartēmata heipon᾽ all᾽ hina pleiona phobon ergasōmai. Ei gar ho dikaios ekeinos rhąthymēsas mikron, toiauta edexato traumata, ti peisometha s hē meis ᾿kath' hekastēn olygōrountes ? Mē toinyn hoti epesen idēs, kai rhąthymēsēs all᾽ ennoēson posa kai meta tauta eirgasato, posous thrēnous epedeixato, pysēn metanoian, tas nyktas tais hēmerais prostitheis, pēgas dakryōn aphieis, tēn klinēn louōn tois dakrysi: pros toutois sakkon periballomenos. ē: de ekeinos tosautēs edeēthē tēs epistrophēs, pote dynēsometha sōthēnai hēmeis, meta tosauta hamartēmata analgētōs diakeimenoi : Ho men gar polla echōn katorthōmata rhądiōs ha an kai enteuthen ta hamartēmata syskiaseien ho de gnanos, hypou an dexētai belos, kairian dechetai plēgēn. n᾽ » oun mē touto genētai, oplisōmen heautous agathois e ergois, kan prosgeenētai ti plēmmelēma, aponipsōmetha: hina kataxiōthōmien, eis doxan theou zēsantes ton paronta bion, tēs mellousēs apolausai zōēs hēs genoito pantas hēmas epitychein» chariti kai philanthrōpią tou kyriou hēmōn. ᾿Iēsou Christou, hǭ hē doxa kai to kratos eis tous aiōnas tōn aiōnōn. ᾿Dmēn.

For it is not the same for one who has been counted worthy of the Spirit, has received so many benefits, has had such great boldness, and is of such an age, to dare such things, as to do this same thing without all these. But nevertheless in this respect most of all that noble man is admirable: that, having fallen to the very bottom of wickedness, he did not lose heart, nor despair, nor throw himself down on his back after receiving so deadly a blow from the devil, but quickly, or rather immediately, and with great vehemence, he gave a more deadly blow than he received. It was as if in war and battle, when some barbarian had planted a spear in the heart of a champion, or let fly an arrow at his liver, and had added a second wound more deadly than the first, the one who had received these grievous blows, having fallen and streaming with blood on every side, should rise quickly and, hurling a spear at the one who shot him, should at once lay him dead on the plain. So here too, the greater you say the blow was, the more admirable you show the soul of the one struck to be, in that after this grievous wound he was able both to rise and to stand in the very front of the battle line and bring down the one who wounded him. And how great this is those know best who fall into grievous sins. For it is not so much the part of a noble and vigorous soul to walk upright and to run the whole way (for such a soul has good hope as its companion on the road, anointing it, rousing it, strengthening it, making it more eager) as, after countless crowns and many trophies and victories, having suffered the utmost loss, to be able to take up the same course again. And to make what I say clearer, I will try to bring before you another example, no less than the former. Imagine, I pray you, a pilot who has crossed countless seas, who, after sailing over the whole sea, after many storms and reefs and waves, with a large cargo, is sunk at the very mouth of the harbor, and has barely escaped this grievous shipwreck with his bare body: how is he likely to feel about the sea, and sailing, and such toils? Will such a man ever choose, unless he is of a very noble soul, to see a shore, or a ship, or a harbor? I do not think so; but he will lie with his head covered, seeing night in the day and giving up on everything, and will rather choose to live by begging than to take up the same toils. But not so this blessed man. Having suffered such a shipwreck, after those countless toils and sweat, he did not remain covered up, but launched his ship, spread the sails, took the rudder in hand, takes up the same toils, and made his wealth greater again. And if standing is so admirable, and not lying down altogether after falling, how many crowns would rising and doing such things deserve? And yet there were many things that threw him into despair: first, the greatness of the sin; second, that he suffered this not at the beginning of life, when hopes too are greater, but toward its end. For the merchant who suffers shipwreck right after leaving harbor does not grieve as much as one who strikes a reef after countless voyages of trade. Third, that he suffered this when he had already gathered much wealth. For no small cargoes were stored up for him by then: those of his first youth, when he was a shepherd; those concerning Goliath, when he set up that splendid trophy; those of his philosophy in the matter of Saul. For he displayed the long-suffering of the Gospel, having his enemy in his hands countless times and continually sparing him, and choosing rather to be cast out of his country and his freedom and life itself than to kill the one who was unjustly plotting against him. And after he became king too his achievements were not small. And besides what has been said, the opinion of the many, and falling from so splendid a glory, caused no ordinary turmoil. For the purple did not so much adorn him as the stain of sin shamed him. And you surely know how great a thing it is to have one’s sins paraded publicly, and how such a man needs a great soul so as not to lose heart after the accusation of the many and with so many witnesses of his offenses. But nevertheless that noble man, drawing all these arrows out of his soul, so shone afterward, so scoured away the stain, and so became clean, that even after his death he alleviated the sins of his descendants; and what was said of Abraham God is seen saying of him too, or rather much more of him. For of the patriarch he says, “I remembered my covenant with Abraham”; but here he does not say, “the covenant,” but how? “For the sake of David my servant I will defend this city.” And on account of his goodwill toward him he did not allow Solomon, though he committed so great a sin, to fall from the kingdom. And so great was the man’s glory that Peter, so many years later, addressing the Jews, speaks thus: “It is permitted to speak freely to you about the patriarch David, that he both died and was buried.” And Christ too, conversing with the Jews, shows that after the sin he was counted worthy of so much of the Spirit as to be counted worthy to prophesy even about Christ’s own Godhead; and stopping their mouths from this, he said, “How then does David in the Spirit call him Lord, saying, ‘The Lord said to my Lord, Sit at my right hand’?” And what happened with Moses happened with David too. For just as God punished Miriam, even against Moses’ will, for her insult to her brother, because he greatly loved the holy man, so too, when this man was insulted by his son, he quickly avenged him, and that though he did not wish it. These things, then, are sufficient, or rather these above all others are sufficient, to show the man’s virtue. For when God gives his verdict, nothing more is needed. But if you wish to learn his philosophy in detail, you may, by going through the history after the sin, and seeing his boldness toward God, his goodwill, his advance in virtue, his exactness up to his last breath. Having these examples, then, let us be sober and strive not to fall; and if ever we do fall, not to lie there. For it was not to throw you into carelessness that I spoke of David’s sins, but to produce greater fear. For if that righteous man, being a little careless, received such wounds, what shall we suffer, who are negligent every day? Do not, then, look at his fall and become careless; but consider how much he did afterward, how many laments he displayed, how great a repentance, adding the nights to the days, pouring forth fountains of tears, washing his bed with tears, and besides this putting on sackcloth. And if he needed so great a conversion, when shall we be able to be saved, who remain without feeling after so many sins? For the one who has many good deeds might easily overshadow his sins by these; but the one who is unarmed, wherever he receives an arrow, receives a deadly blow. So then, that this may not happen, let us arm ourselves with good works, and if any offense befalls us, let us wash it away; so that, having lived the present life to the glory of God, we may be counted worthy to enjoy the life to come; which may we all obtain, by the grace and love for humankind of our Lord Jesus Christ, to whom be the glory and the might for ever and ever. Amen.

Chapter 27

27.1Field 1

᾿Ιησοῦς εἰς τὴν οἰκίαν Πέτρου, εἶδε τὴν πενθερὰν αὐτοῦ βεβλημένην καὶ πυρέσσουσαν᾽ καὶ ἥψατο τῆς χειρὸς αὐτῆς, καὶ ἀφῆκεν αὐτὴν ὁ πυρετός καὶ ἡγέρθη, καὶ διηκόνει αὐτῷ. Ὁ , ΔῈ Μάρκος καὶ, εὐθέως, προσέθηκε, βουλόμενος καὶ τὸν χρόνον δηλῶσαι οὗτος δὲ μόνον τὸ σημεῖον τέθεικε, τὸν χρόνον οὐκ ἐπισημηνάμενος. Καὶ οἱ μὲν ἄλλοι φασὶν, ὅτι καὶ παρεκάλεσεν αὐτὸν Ἵ κατακειμένη᾽ οὗτος δὲ καὶ τοῦτο ἐσίγησε. ᾿οῦτο δὲ οὐκ ἔστι διαφωνίας, ἀλλὰ τὸ μὲν συντομίας, τὸ δὲ ἀκριβοῦς ἐξηγήσεως. ᾿Δλλὰ τίνος ἕνεκεν εἰσἤλθεν εἰς τὴν οἰκίαν τοῦ Πέτρου : ᾿Εμοὶ δοκεῖ, τροφῆς μεταληψοόμενος τοῦτο ὃ γοὺν Ἢ μῆς εἰπών ἀνέστη, καὶ διηκόνει αὐτῷ. Παρὰ γὰρ τοῖς μαθηταῖς κατήγετο, ὥσπερ καὶ παρὰ Ματθαίῳ, ὅτε αὐτὸν ἐκάλεσε, τιμῶν αὐτοὺς καὶ προθυμοτέρους ταύτῃ ποιῶν. Σὺ δέ μοι σκόπει καὶ ἐνταῦθα τοῦ Πέτρου τὴν αἰδῶ τὴν πρὸς αὐτὸν. ἔχων γὰρ τὴν πενθερὰν οἴκοι κειμένην καὶ πυρέσσουσαν σφοδρώς, οὐχ εἵλκνι σεν αὐτὸν εἰς τὴν οἰκίαν, ἀλλ ἔμεινε καὶ τὴν διδασκαλίαν ἀπαρτισθῆναι, καὶ τοὺς ἄλλους θεραπευθῆναι πάντας, καὶ τότε αὐτὸν εἰσελθόντα παρεκάλεσεν. Οὕτως εξ ἀρχῆς ἐπαιδεύετο τὰ τῶν ἄλλων ἑαυτοῦ προτιθέναι. Οὐκοῦν οὐδ᾽ αὐτὸς αὐτὸν εἰσάγει; ἀλλ᾽ αὐτὸς αὐτομάτως ἐπέβη, μετὰ τὸ εἰπεῖν τὸν ἑκατόνταρχον, οὐκ εἰμὶ ἄξιος, ἵ ἵνα μον ὑπὸ τὴν στέγην εἰσέλθης δεικνὺς ὅ ὅσον ἐχαρίζετο τῷ μαθητῇ. Καίτοι ἐννόησον οἷα ἦν τὰ δώματα τῶν ἁλιέων τού των αλλ ὅμως οὐκ ἀπηξίου ὑπὸ τὰς καλύβας αὐτῶν εἰσιέναι τὰς εὐτελεῖς, παιδεύων σε διὰ πάντων τὸν ἀνθρώπινον καταπατεῖν τῦφον. Καὶ ποτὲ μὲν λόγοις θεραπεύει μόνον, ποτὲ δὲ καὶ τὴν χεῖρα ἐκτείνει, ποτὲ δὲ ἀμφότερα ταῦτα ποιεῖ, εἰς ὄψιν ἄγων τὴν ἰατρείαν. Οὐ γὰρ ἐβούλετο αεὶ μεθ' ὑπερβολῆς θαυματουργεῖν. Ἔδει γὰρ τέως λανθάνειν, καὶ μάλιστα ἐπὶ τῶν μαθητῶν καὶ γὰρ ἐκ πολλῆς ἡδονῆς πάντα ἂν ἐκήρυξαν. Καὶ τοῦτο δῆλον ἐξ ὧν καὶ μετὰ τὸ ἐλθεῖν εἰς τὸ ὄρος ἐδέησε τοῦ παραγγεῖλαι αὐτοῖς; ἵνα μηδενὶ εἴπωσιν. ψαμενος τοίνυν τοῦ σώματος, οὐχὶ τὸν πυρετὸν ἔσβεσε μόνον, ἀλλὰ καὶ καθαρὰν τὴν ὑγίθιαν ἀπέδωκεν. ᾿Επειδὴ γὰρ τὸ νόσημα εὐτελὲς ἦν, τῷ τρόπῳ τῆς ἰατρείας τὴν δύναμιν ἐ ἐπεδείκνυτο᾽ ὅπερ οὐκ ἂν εἰργάσατο τέχνη ἰατρική. Ἴστε γὰ ὅτι καὶ μετὰ τὴν ἀπαλλαγὴν τῶν πυρετῶν πολλοῦ δεῖ χρὸνου πάλιν τοῖς κάμνουσιν, ὥστε εἰς τὴν προτέραν ὑγίειαν ἐπανελθεῖν. Ἀλλὰ τότε ὁμοῦ πάντα ἐγένετο. Καὶ οὐκ ἐνταῦθα μόνον, ἀλλὰ καὶ ἐπὶ τῆς θαλάττης. Οὐδὲ γὰρ ἐκεῖ τοὺς ἀνέμους ἔπαυσε μόνον καὶ τὸν χειμῶνα, αλλὰ καὶ τὸν σάλον εὐθέως ἔ ἐστησεν, ὅπερ καὶ τοῦτο ξένον ἢ ἡν εἰ γὰρ καὶ Γ᾽ ζάλη λήξειε, μέχρι πολλοὺ μένει τὰ ὕδατα σαλευόμενα. Ἀλλ᾽ οὐκ ἐπὶ τοῦ Χριστοῦ οὕτως, ἀλλ᾽ ὁμοῦ πάντα ἐλύετο ὅπερ οὗν καὶ ἐπὶ τῆς γυναικὸς γέγονε. Διὰ τοῦτο καὶ ἐμφαίνων αὐτὸ ὁ εὐαγγελιστὴς ἔλεγεν ἀνέστη, καὶ διηκόνει αὐτῷ ὃ καὶ τῆς τοῦ δ ριστοὺ δυνάμεως σημεῖον. ἣν, καὶ τῆς διαθέσεως τῆς γυναικὸς, ἣν περὶ τὸν Χριστὸν ἐπεδείκνυτο. Καὶ ἕτερον δέ τι μετὰ τούτων ἐντευθεν ἂν κατίδοιμεν, ὅτι καὶ τῇ ἑτέρων πίστει χαρίζεται ὁ Χριστὸς τὴν ἑτέρων διόρθωσιν (καὶ γὰρ καὶ ἐνταῦθα ἕτεροι αὐτὸν παρεκάλεσαν, ὡς καὶ ἐπὶ τοῦ παιδὸς τοῦ ἑκατοντάρχου) χαρί εται δὲ, ὅταν μὴ ᾿απιστῇ ὁ , θεραπεύεσθαι μέλλων, ἀλλ ἢ διὰ νόσον μὴ δύνηται πρὸς αὐτὸν ἰέναι, ἢ δι ἄγνοιαν μηδὲν μέγα περὶ αὐτοῦ φαντάζηται, ἢ ἡ διὰ ἡλικίαν ἄωρον. «᾿Οψίας δὲ γενομένης, προσήνεγκαν αὐτῷ δαιμονιζομένους πολλοὺς, καὶ ἐξέβαλε τὰ πνεύματα ἀπ᾿ αὐτῶν λόγῳ, καὶ πάντας τοὺς κακῶς ἔχοντας ἐθεράπευσεν, ὅπως πληρωθὴ τὸ ὑπὸ τοῦ προφήτου Ἡσαΐου λεχθὲν, ὅτι τὰς ἀσθενείας ἡμῶν ᾿ἔλαβε, καὶ τὰς νόσους ἐβάστασεν. Εἶδες τὸ πλῆθος εἰς πίστιν αὐξανόμενον λοιπόν: Οὐδὲ γὰρ τοῦ καιροῦ κατεπείγοντος ἀναχωρεῖν ἠνείχοντο οὐδὲ γὰρ ἄκαιρον εἶναι ἐνόμιζον ἐν ἑσπέρᾳ προσαΎειν τοὺς ἀῤῥώστους αὐτῶν. Σὺ δέ μοι σκόπει, πόσον πλῆθος θεραπενομένων παρατρέχουσιν οἱ εὐαγγελισταὶ, οὐχὶ καθ᾽ ἕνα λέγοντες ἡμῖν καὶ διηγούμενοι, ἀλλ᾽ ἑνὶ ῥήματι πέλαγος ἄφατον θαυμάτων ὑπερβαίνοντες. Εἶτα ἵνα μὴ πάλιν τὸ μέγοθος τοῦ θαύμαᾶτος εἰς ἀπιστίαν ἐμβάλῃ, εἴγε δῆμον τοσοῦτον καὶ ποικίλα νοσήματα ἐν μιᾷ καιροῦ ῥοπῇ ἔλυσε καὶ διώρθωσεν, ἐπάγει τὸν προφήτην μαρτυροῦντα τοῖς γινομένοις, μεγάλην πανταχοῦ τὴν απὸ των γραφὼν ἀπόδειξιν ἡμῖν οὖσαν δεικνὺς, καὶ τῶν σημείων αὐτὼν οὐκ ἐλάττονα καί φησιν, ὅτι καὶ Ἡσαΐας ταῦτα εἶπεν, ὅτι τὰς ἀσθενείας ἡμῶν ἔλαβε, καὶ τὰς νόσους ἐβάστασεν. οὐὰ εἶπεν, ἔλυσεν ἀλλ᾽, ἔλαβε καὶ ἐβάστασεν ὃ περὶ ἁμαρτιῶν μᾶλλον εἰρῆσθαί μοι δοκεῖ τῷ προφήτῃ συμφώνως ᾿Ιωάννῃ τῷ λέγοντι ἴδε ὁ ἀμνὸς τοῦ θεοῦ, ὁ αἴρων τὴν ἁμαρτίαν τοῦ κόσμου. Πώς

᾿Iēsous eis tēn oikian Petrou, eide tēn pentheran autou beblēmenēn kai pyressousan᾽ kai hēpsato tēs cheiros autēs, kai aphēken autēn ho pyretos kai hēgerthē, kai diēkonei autǭ. Ho , DE Markos kai, eutheōs, prosethēke, boulomenos kai ton chronon dēlōsai houtos de monon to sēmeion tetheike, ton chronon ouk episēmēnamenos. Kai hoi men alloi phasin, hoti kai parekalesen auton Hi katakeimenē᾽ houtos de kai touto esigēse. ᾿outo de ouk esti diaphōnias, alla to men syntomias, to de akribous exēgēseōs. ᾿Dlla tinos heneken eisēlthen eis tēn oikian tou Petrou : ᾿Emoi dokei, trophēs metalēpsoomenos touto ho goun Ē mēs eipōn anestē, kai diēkonei autǭ. Para gar tois mathētais katēgeto, hōsper kai para Matthaiǭ, hote auton ekalese, timōn autous kai prothymoterous tautę̄ poiōn. Sy de moi skopei kai entautha tou Petrou tēn aidō tēn pros auton. echōn gar tēn pentheran oikoi keimenēn kai pyressousan sphodrōs, ouch heilkni sen auton eis tēn oikian, all emeine kai tēn didaskalian apartisthēnai, kai tous allous therapeuthēnai pantas, kai tote auton eiselthonta parekalesen. Houtōs ex archēs epaideueto ta tōn allōn heautou protithenai. Oukoun oud᾽ autos auton eisagei? all᾽ autos automatōs epebē, meta to eipein ton hekatontarchon, ouk eimi axios, hi hina mon hypo tēn stegēn eiselthēs deiknys ho hoson echarizeto tǭ mathētę̄. Kaitoi ennoēson hoia ēn ta dōmata tōn halieōn tou tōn all homōs ouk apēxiou hypo tas kalybas autōn eisienai tas euteleis, paideuōn se dia pantōn ton anthrōpinon katapatein typhon. Kai pote men logois therapeuei monon, pote de kai tēn cheira ekteinei, pote de amphotera tauta poiei, eis opsin agōn tēn iatreian. Ou gar ebouleto aei meth' hyperbolēs thaumatourgein. Edei gar teōs lanthanein, kai malista epi tōn mathētōn kai gar ek pollēs hēdonēs panta an ekēryxan. Kai touto dēlon ex hōn kai meta to elthein eis to oros edeēse tou parangeilai autois? hina mēdeni eipōsin. psamenos toinyn tou sōmatos, ouchi ton pyreton esbese monon, alla kai katharan tēn hygithian apedōken. ᾿Epeidē gar to nosēma euteles ēn, tǭ tropǭ tēs iatreias tēn dynamin e epedeiknyto᾽ hoper ouk an eirgasato technē iatrikē. Iste ga hoti kai meta tēn apallagēn tōn pyretōn pollou dei chronou palin tois kamnousin, hōste eis tēn proteran hygieian epanelthein. Alla tote homou panta egeneto. Kai ouk entautha monon, alla kai epi tēs thalattēs. Oude gar ekei tous anemous epause monon kai ton cheimōna, alla kai ton salon eutheōs e estēsen, hoper kai touto xenon ē hēn ei gar kai G᾽ zalē lēxeie, mechri pollou menei ta hydata saleuomena. All᾽ ouk epi tou Christou houtōs, all᾽ homou panta elyeto hoper houn kai epi tēs gynaikos gegone. Dia touto kai emphainōn auto ho euangelistēs elegen anestē, kai diēkonei autǭ ho kai tēs tou d ristou dynameōs sēmeion. hēn, kai tēs diatheseōs tēs gynaikos, hēn peri ton Christon epedeiknyto. Kai heteron de ti meta toutōn enteuthen an katidoimen, hoti kai tę̄ heterōn pistei charizetai ho Christos tēn heterōn diorthōsin (kai gar kai entautha heteroi auton parekalesan, hōs kai epi tou paidos tou hekatontarchou) chari etai de, hotan mē ᾿apistę̄ ho , therapeuesthai mellōn, all ē dia noson mē dynētai pros auton ienai, ē di agnoian mēden mega peri autou phantazētai, ē hē dia hēlikian aōron. «᾿Opsias de genomenēs, prosēnenkan autǭ daimonizomenous pollous, kai exebale ta pneumata ap᾿ autōn logǭ, kai pantas tous kakōs echontas etherapeusen, hopōs plērōthē to hypo tou prophētou Hēsaïou lechthen, hoti tas astheneias hēmōn ᾿elabe, kai tas nosous ebastasen. Eides to plēthos eis pistin auxanomenon loipon: Oude gar tou kairou katepeigontos anachōrein ēneichonto oude gar akairon einai enomizon en hesperą prosaUein tous arrhōstous autōn. Sy de moi skopei, poson plēthos therapenomenōn paratrechousin hoi euangelistai, ouchi kath᾽ hena legontes hēmin kai diēgoumenoi, all᾽ heni rhēmati pelagos aphaton thaumatōn hyperbainontes. Eita hina mē palin to megothos tou thaumaatos eis apistian embalę̄, eige dēmon tosouton kai poikila nosēmata en mią kairou rhopę̄ elyse kai diōrthōsen, epagei ton prophētēn martyrounta tois ginomenois, megalēn pantachou tēn apo tōn graphōn apodeixin hēmin ousan deiknys, kai tōn sēmeiōn autōn ouk elattona kai phēsin, hoti kai Hēsaïas tauta eipen, hoti tas astheneias hēmōn elabe, kai tas nosous ebastasen. oua eipen, elysen all᾽, elabe kai ebastasen ho peri hamartiōn mallon eirēsthai moi dokei tǭ prophētę̄ symphōnōs ᾿Iōannę̄ tǭ legonti ide ho amnos tou theou, ho airōn tēn hamartian tou kosmou. Pōs

“And when Jesus had come into Peter’s house, he saw his mother-in-law lying sick with a fever; and he touched her hand, and the fever left her; and she rose and served him.” Mark added “immediately” as well, wishing to indicate the time too; but this evangelist set down only the sign, without marking the time. And the others say that the woman lying there also entreated him; but this one passed over this too in silence. But this is not a matter of disagreement; the one is a matter of brevity, the other of exact narration. But why did he go into Peter’s house? It seems to me, to take food. This, at any rate, is shown by the words, “She rose and served him.” For he lodged with the disciples, as with Matthew too when he called him, honoring them and making them more eager in this way. But consider here too Peter’s reverence toward him. For though he had his mother-in-law lying at home with a severe fever, he did not drag him to his house, but waited for the teaching to be completed and for all the others to be healed, and then, when he had come in, he entreated him. So from the beginning he was trained to put the affairs of others before his own. So he does not even bring him in himself; Jesus went in of his own accord, after the centurion had said, “I am not worthy that you should come under my roof,” showing how much he favored his disciple. And yet consider what the dwellings of these fishermen were like; but nevertheless he did not disdain to enter their poor huts, teaching you in every way to trample on human pride. And sometimes he heals by words only, sometimes he also stretches out his hand, sometimes he does both, bringing the healing into view. For he did not wish always to work miracles in the most extraordinary way. For he had to remain hidden for the time, especially with the disciples; for in their great delight they would have proclaimed everything. And this is clear from the fact that even after coming to the mountain he needed to charge them to tell no one. Having touched her body, then, he not only quenched the fever, but also gave back pure health. For since the disease was slight, he displayed his power by the manner of the healing, which the art of medicine could not have done. For you know that even after release from fevers the sick need much time to return to their former health. But then everything happened at once. And not only here, but also on the sea. For there too he not only stopped the winds and the storm, but also immediately calmed the swell, which too was strange; for even if the storm ceases, the waters remain agitated for a long time. But not so with Christ; everything was ended at once; which is what happened with the woman too. That is why the evangelist, showing this, said, “She rose and served him,” which was a sign both of Christ’s power and of the disposition that the woman showed toward Christ. And another thing besides we may see from this: that Christ grants the correction of some at the faith of others (for here too others entreated him, as in the case of the centurion’s servant); and he grants it when the one who is to be healed does not disbelieve, but either cannot come to him because of disease, or through ignorance imagines nothing great about him, or is of immature age. “And when evening had come, they brought to him many who were possessed by demons; and he cast out the spirits with a word, and healed all who were sick, that what was spoken by the prophet Isaiah might be fulfilled: ‘He took our infirmities and bore our diseases.’” Do you see the multitude now growing in faith? For not even when the hour pressed would they endure to depart, nor did they think it untimely to bring their sick in the evening. But consider, I pray you, how great a multitude of people healed the evangelists pass over, not telling and narrating them to us one by one, but passing over in a single word an unspeakable sea of miracles. Then, so that the greatness of the miracle might not again throw them into unbelief, since he freed and set right so great a people and so many diseases in a single instant of time, he brings in the prophet bearing witness to what was done, showing that the proof from the Scriptures is great for us everywhere, and no less than the signs themselves; and he says that Isaiah too said this: “He took our infirmities and bore our diseases.” He did not say, “He loosed,” but, “He took and bore”; which seems to me to have been said by the prophet rather about sins, in agreement with John, who says, “Behold the Lamb of God, who takes away the sin of the world.” How

27.2Field 1

οὖν ἐνταῦθα αὐτὸ περὶ νοσημάτων τίθησιν ὁ εὐαγγελιστής; Ἢ κατὰ ἱστορίαν τὴν μαρτυρίαν ἀναγινώσκων, ἢ δηλῶν ὅτι τὰ πλείονα τῶν νοσημάτων ἐξ ἁμαρτημάτων ἐστὶ ψυχικῶν. Εἰ γὰρ τὸ κεφάλαιον, αὐτὸς ὁ θάνατος, εξ ἁμαρτίας ἔσχε τὴν ῥίζαν καὶ τὴν ὑπόθεσιν, πολλῷ μᾶλλον καὶ τών νοσημάτων τὰ πολλα᾽ ἐπεὶ καὶ αὐτὸ τὸ παθητοὺς εἶναι ἡμᾶς ἐκεῖθεν γέγονεν. «(᾿Ιδὼν δὲ ὁ ᾿Ιησοῦς πολλοὺς ὄχλους περὶ αὐτὸν, ἐκόλευσεν ἀπελθεῖν εἰς τὸ πέραν. Εἶδες πάλιν τὸ ἀκόμπαστον : Οἱ μὲν γὰρ ἄλλοι φασὶν, ὅτι τοῖς δαίμοσιν ἐπετίμα, ἵνα μὴ εἴπωσιν ὅτι αὐτός ἐστιν οὗτος δέ φησιν, ὅτι τοὺς ὄχλους διωθεῖται. ᾿Εποίει δὲ τοῦτο, ὁμοῦ τε μετριάζειν ἡμᾶς παιδεύων, ὁμοῦ Τε τὸν φθόνον ταραμυθούμενος τὸν ᾿Ιουδαϊκὸν, καὶ διδάσκων ἡμᾶς μηδὲν πρὸς ἐπίδειξιν ποιεῖν. Οὐ γὰρ δὴ σώματα ᾿ ἐθεράπευε μόνον, αλλὰ καὶ τὴν ψυχὴν διώρθου, καὶ φιλοσοφεῖν ἐπαίδενε, δι᾽ ἀμφοτέρων ἑαυτὸν δεικνὺς, καὶ τῷ λύειν τὰ νοσήματα, καὶ τῷ μηδὲν πρὸς ἐπίδειξιν ποιεῖν. Καὶ γὰρ ἧσαν αὐτῷ προσἡλωμένοι, φιλοῦντες αὐτὸν καὶ θαυμάζοντες, καὶ ὁρᾶν εἰς αὐτὸν βουλόμενοι. Τίς γὰρ ἄν ἀπέστη τοιαῦτα θαυματουργοῦντος: ; 'τίς οὐκ ἂν καὶ τὸ πρόσωπον ἠθέλησεν ἁπλῶς ἰδεῖν, καὶ τὸ στόμα τὸ τοιαῦτα ,φθεγγόμενον Οὐδὲ γὰρ θαυματουργῶν ἦν θαυμαστὸς μόνον, ἀλλὰ καὶ φαινόμενος ἁπλῶς πολλῆς ἔγεμε χάριτος καὶ τοῦτο ὁ προφήτης δηλῶν ἔλεγεν ὡραῖος κάλλει παρὰ ταὺς υἱοὺς τῶν ἀνθρώπων. Εἰ δὲ ὁ Ἡσαΐας λέγει, οὐκ εἶχεν εἶδος οὐδὲ Κάλλος, ἥ πρὸς τὴν τῆς θεότητος δόξαν τὴν ἀπόῤῥητον καὶ ἄφραστον τοῦτό φησιν ῆ τὰ ἐν τῷ πάθει συμβάντα διηγούμενος, καὶ τὴν ἀτιμίαν ἣν ὑπέμεινεν ἐν τῷ καιρῷ τοῦ σταυροῦ, καὶ τὴν εὐτέλειαν ἥν παρὰ πᾶντα τὸν βίον ἐπεδείξατο διὰ πάντων. Ου πρότερον δὲ ἐκέλευσεν ἀπελθεῖν εἰς τὸ πέραν, ἕως οὗ ἐθεράπευσεν. ἫἪἫ γὰρ ἂν οὐδὲ ἠνέσχοντο. Ὥσπερ οὖν ἐν τῷ ὄρει οὐχὶ δημηγοροῦντι παρέμενον μόνον, ἀλλὰ καὶ σιγῆς οὔσης ἠκολούθουν᾽ οὕτω καὶ ἐνταῦθα οὐχὶ θαυματουργοῦντι προσήδρευον, ἀλλὰ καὶ παυσαμένῳ πάλιν, καὶ ἀπὸ τοῦ προσώπου πολλὴν τὴν ὠφέλειαν δεχόμενοι. Εἰ γὰρ Μωύσης δεδοξασμένον τὸ πρόσωπον εἶχε, καὶ Στέφανος ὡς ἀγγέλου, ἐννόησον τὸν κοινὸν δεσπότην οἷον εἰκὸς φαίνεσθαι τότε. Τάχα πολλοὶ νῦν εἰς ἐπιθυμίαν ἐνέπεσον τοῦ τὴν εἰκόνα ἐκείνην ἰδεῖν ἀλλ᾽ ἀν ἐθέλωμεν, πολλῷ βελτίονα ὀψόμεθα ἐκείνης. Ἂν γὰρ μετὰ παῤῥησίας τὸν παρόντα διανύσωμεν. βίον, ἐπὶ τῶν νεφελῶν αὐτὸν δεξόμεθα, ἀπαντήσαντες ἐν ἀθανάτῳ καὶ ἀφθάρτῳ σώματι. Θέα δὲ πῶς αὐτοὺς οὐχ ἁπλῶς ἐλαύνει, ἵνα μὴ πλήξῃ. Οὐ γὰρ εἶπεν, ἀναχωρήσατε᾽ αλλ εἰς τὸ πέραν ἐκέλευσεν ἀπελθεῖν, προσδοκίαν διδοὺς τοὺ πάντως ἥξειν ἐ εκεῖ. Καὶ οἱ μὲν ὄχλοι τοσαύτην ᾿ ἐπεδείξαντο τὴν ἀγάπην, καὶ μετὰ πολλῆς ἠκολούθουν τῆς διαθέσεως εἷς δέ τις χρημάτων δοῦλος, καὶ πολλὴν ἔ ἔχων τὴν ἀπόνοιαν, προσελθών φησι᾿ διδάσκαλε, ἀκολουθήσω σοι; ὅπου δ᾽ ἂν ἀπέρχῃ. Εἶδες πόσος ὁ τυφος : : Ἅτε γὰρ οὐκ ἀξιῶν μετὰ τοῦ ὄχλον ἀριθμεῖσθαι, ἀλλ᾽ ἐνδεικνύμενος ὅτι ὑπὲρ τοὺς πολλούς ἐστιν αὐτὸς, οὕτω πρόσεισι. Τοιαῦτα γὰρ τὰ ἤθη τὰ ᾿Ιουδαϊκά ἀκαίρου παῤῥησίας ἐστὶν ἀνάπλεα. Οὕτω καὶ ἄλλος μετὰ ταῦτα πάντων σεγώντων αὐτὸς ἀναπηδήσας, φησί ποία ἐντολὴ πρώτη: ᾽ Ἀλλ ὅμως οὐκ ἐπετίμησεν ὁ δεσπότης τῇ ἀκαίρῳ παῤῥησίᾳ, παιδεύων ἡμᾶς καὶ τοὺς τοιούτους φέρειν. Διὰ τοῦτο οὐκ ἐλέγχει φανερὼς τοὺς πονηρὰ βουλενομένους πρὸς δὲ τὴν ᾿ὑπόνοιαν αὐτῶν ἀποκρίνεται, αὐτοῖς μόνοις καταλιμπάνων εἰδέναι τὸν ἔλεγχον, καὶ διπλῆ αὐτοὺς ὠφελῶν, τῷ τε δηλῶσαι ὅ τι οἷδε τὰ ἐν τῷ συνειδότι, καὶ τῷ μετὰ τὴν ἐπίδειξιν ταύτην χαρίσασθαι τὸ λαθεῖν, καὶ δοῦναι πάλιν, εἰ βούλοιντο, ἑαντοὺς ἀνακτήσασθαι ὃ δὴ καὶ ἐπὶ τούτου ποιεῖ. Οὗτος γὰρ ἰδὼν τὰ πολλὰ σημεῖα, καὶ πολλοὺς ἐπισυρομένους, προσεδόκησε χρηματίζεσθαι ε εκ τῶν τοιούτων θανμάτων διόπερ καὶ ἀκολουθῆσαι ἔσπευδε. Καὶ πόθεν τοῦτο δῆλον: Ἀπὸ τῆς ἀποκρίσεως, ἧς ὁ Χριστὸς ποιεῖται, οὐ πρὸς τὴν ἐρώτησιν τῶν βημάτων, αλλὰ πρὸς τὴν γνώμην τῆς διανοίας ἃ ἀπαντῶν. Τί γαρ: φησί χρήματα προσδοκᾷς ἀκολουθών ἑ ἐμοὶ συλλέγειν: : εἶτα οὐχ ὁρᾷς ὅτι οὔτε καταγώγιόν μοί ἐστιν, οὐδὲ τοσοῦτον ὅσον τοῖς ὄρνισιν; Αἱ γὰρ ἀλώπεκες, φησι, φωλεους ἔχουσι, καὶ τὰ πετεινὰ τοὺ ουρανοῦὺ κατασκηνώσεις ὁ δὲ νἱὸς τοῦ ἀνθρώπου οὐκ ἔχει ποῦ τὴν κεφαλὴν κλίνη. Ταῦτα δὲ οὐκ ἦν αποτρεπομένον, αλλ ἐλέγχοντος μὲν τὴν πονηρὰν γνώμην, παρέχοντος δὲ, εἰ βούλοιτο;, μετα τῆς τοιαντῆς προσδοκίας ἀκολουθεῖν. Καὶ ἵνα μάθης αὐτοῦ τὴν πονηρίαν, ἀκούσας ταῦτα καὶ ελογχθεὶς οὐκ εἶπεν, ἕτοιμός εἰμι ἀκολουθῆσαι. Καὶ

oun entautha auto peri nosēmatōn tithēsin ho euangelistēs? Ē kata historian tēn martyrian anaginōskōn, ē dēlōn hoti ta pleiona tōn nosēmatōn ex hamartēmatōn esti psychikōn. Ei gar to kephalaion, autos ho thanatos, ex hamartias esche tēn rhizan kai tēn hypothesin, pollǭ mallon kai tōn nosēmatōn ta polla᾽ epei kai auto to pathētous einai hēmas ekeithen gegonen. «(᾿Idōn de ho ᾿Iēsous pollous ochlous peri auton, ekoleusen apelthein eis to peran. Eides palin to akompaston : Hoi men gar alloi phasin, hoti tois daimosin epetima, hina mē eipōsin hoti autos estin houtos de phēsin, hoti tous ochlous diōtheitai. ᾿Epoiei de touto, homou te metriazein hēmas paideuōn, homou Te ton phthonon taramythoumenos ton ᾿Ioudaïkon, kai didaskōn hēmas mēden pros epideixin poiein. Ou gar dē sōmata ᾿ etherapeue monon, alla kai tēn psychēn diōrthou, kai philosophein epaidene, di᾽ amphoterōn heauton deiknys, kai tǭ lyein ta nosēmata, kai tǭ mēden pros epideixin poiein. Kai gar hēsan autǭ prosēlōmenoi, philountes auton kai thaumazontes, kai horan eis auton boulomenoi. Tis gar an apestē toiauta thaumatourgountos: ? 'tis ouk an kai to prosōpon ēthelēsen haplōs idein, kai to stoma to toiauta ,phthengomenon Oude gar thaumatourgōn ēn thaumastos monon, alla kai phainomenos haplōs pollēs egeme charitos kai touto ho prophētēs dēlōn elegen hōraios kallei para taus huious tōn anthrōpōn. Ei de ho Hēsaïas legei, ouk eichen eidos oude Kallos, hē pros tēn tēs theotētos doxan tēn aporrhēton kai aphraston touto phēsin ē ta en tǭ pathei symbanta diēgoumenos, kai tēn atimian hēn hypemeinen en tǭ kairǭ tou staurou, kai tēn euteleian hēn para panta ton bion epedeixato dia pantōn. Ou proteron de ekeleusen apelthein eis to peran, heōs hou etherapeusen. HēĒĒ gar an oude ēneschonto. Hōsper oun en tǭ orei ouchi dēmēgorounti paremenon monon, alla kai sigēs ousēs ēkolouthoun᾽ houtō kai entautha ouchi thaumatourgounti prosēdreuon, alla kai pausamenǭ palin, kai apo tou prosōpou pollēn tēn ōpheleian dechomenoi. Ei gar Mōysēs dedoxasmenon to prosōpon eiche, kai Stephanos hōs angelou, ennoēson ton koinon despotēn hoion eikos phainesthai tote. Tacha polloi nyn eis epithymian enepeson tou tēn eikona ekeinēn idein all᾽ an ethelōmen, pollǭ beltiona opsometha ekeinēs. An gar meta parrhēsias ton paronta dianysōmen. bion, epi tōn nephelōn auton dexometha, apantēsantes en athanatǭ kai aphthartǭ sōmati. Thea de pōs autous ouch haplōs elaunei, hina mē plēxę̄. Ou gar eipen, anachōrēsate᾽ all eis to peran ekeleusen apelthein, prosdokian didous tou pantōs hēxein e ekei. Kai hoi men ochloi tosautēn ᾿ epedeixanto tēn agapēn, kai meta pollēs ēkolouthoun tēs diatheseōs heis de tis chrēmatōn doulos, kai pollēn e echōn tēn aponoian, proselthōn phēsi᾿ didaskale, akolouthēsō soi? hopou d᾽ an aperchę̄. Eides posos ho typhos : : Hate gar ouk axiōn meta tou ochlon arithmeisthai, all᾽ endeiknymenos hoti hyper tous pollous estin autos, houtō proseisi. Toiauta gar ta ēthē ta ᾿Ioudaïka akairou parrhēsias estin anaplea. Houtō kai allos meta tauta pantōn segōntōn autos anapēdēsas, phēsi poia entolē prōtē: ᾽ All homōs ouk epetimēsen ho despotēs tę̄ akairǭ parrhēsią, paideuōn hēmas kai tous toioutous pherein. Dia touto ouk elenchei phanerōs tous ponēra boulenomenous pros de tēn ᾿hyponoian autōn apokrinetai, autois monois katalimpanōn eidenai ton elenchon, kai diplē autous ōphelōn, tǭ te dēlōsai ho ti hoide ta en tǭ syneidoti, kai tǭ meta tēn epideixin tautēn charisasthai to lathein, kai dounai palin, ei boulointo, heantous anaktēsasthai ho dē kai epi toutou poiei. Houtos gar idōn ta polla sēmeia, kai pollous episyromenous, prosedokēse chrēmatizesthai e ek tōn toioutōn thanmatōn dioper kai akolouthēsai espeude. Kai pothen touto dēlon: Apo tēs apokriseōs, hēs ho Christos poieitai, ou pros tēn erōtēsin tōn bēmatōn, alla pros tēn gnōmēn tēs dianoias ha apantōn. Ti gar: phēsi chrēmata prosdokąs akolouthōn he emoi syllegein: : eita ouch horąs hoti oute katagōgion moi estin, oude tosouton hoson tois ornisin? Hai gar alōpekes, phēsi, phōleous echousi, kai ta peteina tou ouranouy kataskēnōseis ho de nios tou anthrōpou ouk echei pou tēn kephalēn klinē. Tauta de ouk ēn apotrepomenon, all elenchontos men tēn ponēran gnōmēn, parechontos de, ei bouloito?, meta tēs toiantēs prosdokias akolouthein. Kai hina mathēs autou tēn ponērian, akousas tauta kai elonchtheis ouk eipen, hetoimos eimi akolouthēsai. Kai

then does the evangelist here apply it to diseases? Either he reads the testimony according to the history, or he shows that most diseases come from sins of the soul. For if the chief of them, death itself, had its root and occasion from sin, much more do most diseases; since even our being subject to suffering came from there. “Now when Jesus saw great crowds around him, he gave orders to go over to the other side.” Do you see again his freedom from boasting? For the others say that he rebuked the demons so that they might not say that he was the one; but this evangelist says that he pushes away the crowds. And he did this at once teaching us to be modest, soothing the envy of the Jews, and teaching us to do nothing for display. For he not only healed bodies, but also set right the soul and taught it to philosophize, showing himself by both, by freeing them from diseases and by doing nothing for display. For they were attached to him, loving him and marveling at him and wishing to look at him. For who would have gone away from one working such miracles? Who would not have wished simply to see his face, and the mouth that uttered such things? For he was wonderful not only when working miracles, but even when simply appearing he was full of much grace; and the prophet, showing this, said, “Beautiful in loveliness beyond the sons of men.” And if Isaiah says, “He had no form or beauty,” he says this either in comparison with the unspeakable and inexpressible glory of the Godhead, or describing what happened in the passion, the dishonor he underwent at the time of the cross, and the lowliness he displayed in every way throughout his whole life. And he did not command them to go over to the other side until he had healed; for they would not have endured it. As, then, on the mountain they not only stayed while he preached, but followed him even when there was silence, so here too they waited on him not only while he worked miracles, but also when he had stopped, receiving great benefit even from his face. For if Moses had a glorified face, and Stephen a face like an angel’s, consider how the common Master was likely to appear then. Perhaps many now have fallen into a longing to see that form; but if we are willing, we shall see one much better than that. For if we finish the present life with boldness, we shall receive him on the clouds, meeting him in an immortal and incorruptible body. But see how he does not drive them away abruptly, so as not to wound them. For he did not say, “Withdraw,” but commanded them to go over to the other side, giving them the expectation that he would certainly come there. And the crowds displayed such great love and followed with great affection; but one man, a slave of money and full of great arrogance, came and said, “Teacher, I will follow you wherever you go.” Do you see how great his pride is? For not thinking it fit to be counted with the crowd, but showing that he himself is above the many, he comes in this way. For such are the manners of the Jews, full of untimely boldness. So too another, later, when all were silent, leaped up and said, “Which commandment is first?” But nevertheless the Master did not rebuke the untimely boldness, teaching us to bear with such people too. That is why he does not openly convict those who plan evil, but answers their thought, leaving it to them alone to know the reproof, and benefiting them doubly: by showing that he knows what is in their conscience, and by granting them, after this display, to remain hidden, and giving them again the opportunity, if they wish, to recover themselves; which he does in this man’s case too. For this man, seeing the many signs and the many who were being drawn after him, expected to make money from such miracles; that is why he hastened to follow. And how is this clear? From the answer which Christ gives, meeting not the question of the words but the purpose of the mind. “What?” he says; “do you expect to collect money by following me? Do you not see that I do not even have a lodging, not even so much as the birds have? For the foxes have holes, and the birds of the air nests; but the Son of Man has nowhere to lay his head.” And this was not the word of one turning him away, but of one convicting his evil purpose, and yet allowing him, if he wished, to follow with such an expectation. And that you may learn his wickedness: having heard this and been convicted, he did not say, “I am ready to follow.” And

27.3Field 1

πολλαχοῦ δὲ αλλαχοὺυ τοῦτο φαίνεται ποίων ο Χριστός φανερὼς μεν οὐκ ἐλέγχει, απὸ δὲ τῆς ἀποκρίσεως δηλοῖ τὴν γνώμην τῶν προσιόντων. Καὶ γὰρ ἐκείνῳ τῷ λέγοντι, διδάσκαλε ἀγαθὲ, καὶ προσδοκήσαντι διὰ τῆς κολακείας αὐτὸν ἐπισπάσασθαι, πρὸς τὴν γνώμην ἀπεκρίνατο λέγων τί με λέγεις ἄἀγαθον;: οὐδεὶς αγαθος, εἰ μὴ εἷς ὁ θεος. Καὶ ὃτε ἔλεγον αὐτῷ, ἰδοὺ ἡ μήτηρ σου καὶ οἱ ἀδελφοί σου ζητοῦσί σε, ἐπειδὴ ἀνθρώπινόν τι ἔπασχον, οὐκ ἀκοῦσαί τι τῶν χρησίμων βουλόμενοι, ἀλλ᾽ ἐπιδείξασθαι ὅτι προσήκουσιν αὐτῷ, καὶ ταύτη κενοδοξῆσαι, ἄκουσον τί φησιν τίς ἐστιν ἡ μήτηρ μου, καὶ τίνες σφισίν οἱ ἀδελφοί μου : Καὶ αὑτοῖς πάλιν τοῖς τὸ αδελῴοις λεγουσιν αντῷ, φανερωσον σεαντὸν τῷ κόσμῳ, καὶ βουλομένοις ἐντεῦθεν κενοδοξεῖν, ἔλεγεν ὁ ὑμέτερος καιρὸς, φησὶν, ἀεὶ ἕτοιμος, ὁ δὲ ἐμὸς οὔπω πάρεστι. Καὶ ἀπὸ τῶν ἐναντίων δὲ τοῦτο ποιεῖ, ὡς ἐπὶ τοῦ Ναθαναὴλ, λέγων ἴδε ἀληθῶς ᾿Ισραηλίτης, ἐν ᾧ δόλος οὐκ ἔστι. καὶ παλιν. πορευθεντες απαγγείλατε Ἰἰωαννὴ ἃ ακούετε καὶ βλέπετε. Οὐδὲ γὰρ ἐνταῦθα πρὸς τὰ ῥήματα, ἀλλὰ πρὸς τὴν γνώμην τοῦ πέμψαντος απεκρένατο. Καὶ τῷ δήμῳ δὲ πάλιν ὁμοίως πρὸς τὸ συνειδὸς διαλέγεται, λέγων τί εξηλθετε εἰς τήν ἔρημον ἰδεῖν : ᾿Επειδὴ γὰρ εἰκὸς ἤν αὐτοὺς ὡς περὶ εὐκόλου καὶ εὐριπίστον τινὸς διάκεισθαι τοῦ ᾿Ιωάννου, ταύτην διορθούμενος τὴν ὑποψίαν, φησί τί εξήλθετε εἰς τὴν ερημον ἰδεῖν; κάλαμον ὑπὸ ἀνέμου σαλευόμενον ; ἢ ἄνθρωπον εν μαλακοῖς ἱματίοις ἠμφιεσμένον . δι ἀμφοτέρων δηλῶν, ὅτι οὔτε οἴκοθέν ἐστιν εὐρίπιστος, οὔτε ἀπὸ τρυφῆς τινος μαλακισθήσεται. Οὕτω τοίνυν καὶ ἐνταῦθα πρὸς τὴν νωμην τὴν ἀπόκρισιν ποιεῖται. Καὶ ὅρα πως και εν τούυὅτῳ πολὺ τὸ μέτριον ἐνδείκνυται. Οὐδὲ γὰρ εἶπεν, ὅτι ἔχω μεν, καταφρονῶώ ὁὲ᾽ αλλ ὅτι οὐκ ἔχω. Εἶδες ὅση μετὰ τῆς συγκαταβάσεως ῆ ἀκρίβεια: Ὡς ὅταν ἐσθίη καὶ πίνῃ, ὅταν φαίνηται ἀπεναντίας τῷ ᾿Ιωάννῃ ποιῶν, καὶ τοῦτο τῆς τῶν ᾿Ιουδαίων ἕνεκα σωτηρίας ποιεῖ, μᾶλλον δὲ τῆς οἰκουμένης ἁπάσης; ὁμοῦ μὲν τῶν αἱρετικῶν ἐμφράττων τὰ στόματα, ὁμοῦ δὲ καὶ τοὺς τότε ἐκ περιουσίας βουλόμενος ἐπισπάσασθαι. Ἕτερος δέ τις, φησὶν, εἶπεν αὐτῷ' κύριε, ἐπίτρεψόν μοι πρῶτον ἀπελθεῖν, καὶ θάψαι τὸν πατέρα μου. ΕἸ τὸ διάφορον: πώς ὃ μὲν ἀναισχύντως φησὶν, ἀκολουθήσω σοι, ὅπου ἂν ἀπέρχη οὗτος δὲ, καίτοι ὅσιον πράγμα αἰτῶν, φησὶν, ἐπίτρεψόν μοι: ᾿Αλλ᾽ οὐκ ἐπέτρεψεν ἀλλά φησιν ἄφες τοὺς νεκροὺς θάψαι τοὺς ἑαυτῶν νεκροὺς, σὺ δέ μοι ἀκολούθει. Πανταχοῦ γὰρ τῆ γνώμῃ προσεῖχε. Καὶ τίνος ἕνεκεν οὐκ ἐπέτρεψε: φησίν. Ὅτι καὶ οἱ ἐκεῖνο πληρώσοντες ἦσαν, καὶ οὐκ ἔμελλεν ἄταφος μένειν καὶ ΤΟΥΤΟΝ τῶν ἀναγκαιοτέρων ἀπάγεσθαι οὐκ ἐχρῆν. Εἰπὼν δὲ, τοὺς ἑαυτῶν νεκροὺς, ᾿ δείκνυσιν ὅτι οὗτος οὐκ ἔστιν αὐτοῦ νεκρός. Καὶ γὰρ τῶν, ἀπίστων, ὡς ἔγωγε οἶμιαι, ἣν ὁ τετελευτηκώς. Εἰ δὲ θαυμάζεις τὸν νεανίσκον, ὅτι ὑπὲρ πράγματος οὕτως ἀναγκαίου τὸν ᾿Ιησοῦν ἠρώτησε, καὶ οὐκ αὐτομάτως ἀπῆλθε πολλῷ μᾶλλον θαύμασον, ὅτι καὶ κωλυθεὶς ἔμεινεν. ρ᾽ οὖν οὐκ ἦν αχαριστίας ἐσχάτης, φησὶ, τὸ μὴ παραγενέσθαι θαπτομένου τοῦ πατρίς: Εἰ μὲν ἀπὸ ῥᾳθυμίας ἑ εποίησεν, ἀχαριστίας ἦν εἰ δὲ, ὥστε μὴ ἐγκόψαι ἔργον ἀναγκαιότερον, τὸ ἀπιλθεν: δ ὅς αὙγνωμοσύνης ἦν τῆς ἐσχάτης. Καὶ γὰρ ὁ ᾿Ιησοὺς ἐκώλυσεν αὐτὸν, οὐχὶ καταφρονεῖν τῆς εἰς τοὺς γεγεννηκότας τιμῆς κελεύων, ἀλλὰ δεικνὺς ὅτι οὐδὲν τῶν οὐρανίων πραγμάτων ἡμῖν ἀναγκαιότερον εἶναι χρὴ; καὶ ὅτι μετὰ σπουδῆς ἁπάσης τούτων ἔχεσθαι δεῖ, καὶ οὐδὲ μικρὸν ἀναβάλλεσθαι, κἂν σφόδρα ἀπαραίτητα καὶ κατοπεΐγοντα ἡ τὰ ,ἐφέλκοντα. Τί γὰρ ἀναγκαιότερον ἂν εἴη τοῦ θάψαι πατέρα: τί δὲ εὐκολώτερον : Οὐδὲ γὰρ χρόνον πολὺν ἀναλῶσαι ἦν. ᾿ Εἰ δὲ μηδὲ ὅ ὅσον εἰς ταφὴν πατρὸς καιρὸν ἀναλῶσαι δεῖ, οὐδὲ τοσοῦτον ἀπολιμπάνεσθαι τῶν πνευματικῶν ἀσφαλές ἐννόησον τίνος ἂν εἴημεν ἄξιοι οἱ πᾶαντα τὸν χρόνον ἀφιστάμενοι τῶν τῷ Χριστῷ προσηκοντων πραγμάτων, καὶ τὰ σφόδρα εὐτελῆ τῶν αναγκαίων προτιθέντες, καὶ μηδενὸς κατεπείγοντος ῥᾳθυμοῦντες. Καὶ ἐντεῦθεν δὲ τῆς διδασκαλίας τὴν φιλοσοφίαν θαυμάζειν Χρή: ὅτι σφόδρα αὐτὸν προσήλωσε τῷ λόγφῳ᾽ καὶ μετὰ τούτον τῶν μυρίων ἀπήλλαξε κακῶν, οἷον θρήνων, καὶ πένθους, καὶ τῶν ἐντεῦθεν ἐκδεχομένων. Μετὰ γὰρ τὸ θάψαι ἀνακη λοιπὸν ἣν καὶ διαθήκας περιεργάζεσθαι; καὶ κλήρου διανομὴν, καὶ τὰ ἄλλα ὅσα τούτοις ἕπεται ἅπαντα᾽ καὶ οὕτω κύματα ἐκ κυμάτων αὐτὸν διαδεχόμενα ποῤῥωτάτω τοῦ τῆς ἀληθείας ἀπῆγε λιμένος. Διὰ τοῦτο αὐτὸν ἕλκει; καὶ ἑαυτῷ προσηλοῖ. Εἰ δὲ ἔτι θαυμαζεις καὶ θορυβῆ, ὅτι οὐ συνεχωρήθη παραγενέσθαι τῇ ταφῆ τοῦ πατρὸς, ἐννόησον ὅτι πολλοὶ τοὺς κακῶς ἔχοντας, κἂν πατήρ, κἀν μήτηρ ἥ; κἂν παιδίον, κἂν ἄλλος ὁστισοῦν τῶν προσηκόντων ὁ τετελευτηκὼς, οὐκ ἀφιᾶσι μαθεῖν, οὐδὲ ἐπὶ τὸ μνῆμα ἀκολουθῆσαι καὶ οὐκ ἐγκαλοῦμεν ταύτη αὐτοῖς ὠμότητα; οὐδὲ ἀπανθρωπίαν' καὶ μάλα εἰκότως. Τοὐναντίον γὰρ ἂν ὠμότητος ἦν, τὸ οὕτω διακειμένους ἐπὶ τὸ πένθος ἐξαγαγεῖν.

pollachou de allachouy touto phainetai poiōn o Christos phanerōs men ouk elenchei, apo de tēs apokriseōs dēloi tēn gnōmēn tōn prosiontōn. Kai gar ekeinǭ tǭ legonti, didaskale agathe, kai prosdokēsanti dia tēs kolakeias auton epispasasthai, pros tēn gnōmēn apekrinato legōn ti me legeis aagathon?: oudeis agathos, ei mē heis ho theos. Kai hote elegon autǭ, idou hē mētēr sou kai hoi adelphoi sou zētousi se, epeidē anthrōpinon ti epaschon, ouk akousai ti tōn chrēsimōn boulomenoi, all᾽ epideixasthai hoti prosēkousin autǭ, kai tautē kenodoxēsai, akouson ti phēsin tis estin hē mētēr mou, kai tines sphisin hoi adelphoi mou : Kai hautois palin tois to adelǭois legousin antǭ, phanerōson seanton tǭ kosmǭ, kai boulomenois enteuthen kenodoxein, elegen ho hymeteros kairos, phēsin, aei hetoimos, ho de emos oupō paresti. Kai apo tōn enantiōn de touto poiei, hōs epi tou Nathanaēl, legōn ide alēthōs ᾿Israēlitēs, en hǭ dolos ouk esti. kai palin. poreuthentes apangeilate Iiōannē ha akouete kai blepete. Oude gar entautha pros ta rhēmata, alla pros tēn gnōmēn tou pempsantos apekrenato. Kai tǭ dēmǭ de palin homoiōs pros to syneidos dialegetai, legōn ti exēlthete eis tēn erēmon idein : ᾿Epeidē gar eikos ēn autous hōs peri eukolou kai euripiston tinos diakeisthai tou ᾿Iōannou, tautēn diorthoumenos tēn hypopsian, phēsi ti exēlthete eis tēn erēmon idein? kalamon hypo anemou saleuomenon ? ē anthrōpon en malakois himatiois ēmphiesmenon . di amphoterōn dēlōn, hoti oute oikothen estin euripistos, oute apo tryphēs tinos malakisthēsetai. Houtō toinyn kai entautha pros tēn nōmēn tēn apokrisin poieitai. Kai hora pōs kai en touyotǭ poly to metrion endeiknytai. Oude gar eipen, hoti echō men, kataphronōō hoe᾽ all hoti ouk echō. Eides hosē meta tēs synkatabaseōs ē akribeia: Hōs hotan esthiē kai pinę̄, hotan phainētai apenantias tǭ ᾿Iōannę̄ poiōn, kai touto tēs tōn ᾿Ioudaiōn heneka sōtērias poiei, mallon de tēs oikoumenēs hapasēs? homou men tōn hairetikōn emphrattōn ta stomata, homou de kai tous tote ek periousias boulomenos epispasasthai. Heteros de tis, phēsin, eipen autǭ' kyrie, epitrepson moi prōton apelthein, kai thapsai ton patera mou. EI to diaphoron: pōs ho men anaischyntōs phēsin, akolouthēsō soi, hopou an aperchē houtos de, kaitoi hosion pragma aitōn, phēsin, epitrepson moi: ᾿All᾽ ouk epetrepsen alla phēsin aphes tous nekrous thapsai tous heautōn nekrous, sy de moi akolouthei. Pantachou gar tē gnōmę̄ proseiche. Kai tinos heneken ouk epetrepse: phēsin. Hoti kai hoi ekeino plērōsontes ēsan, kai ouk emellen ataphos menein kai TOUTON tōn anankaioterōn apagesthai ouk echrēn. Eipōn de, tous heautōn nekrous, ᾿ deiknysin hoti houtos ouk estin autou nekros. Kai gar tōn, apistōn, hōs egōge oimiai, hēn ho teteleutēkōs. Ei de thaumazeis ton neaniskon, hoti hyper pragmatos houtōs anankaiou ton ᾿Iēsoun ērōtēse, kai ouk automatōs apēlthe pollǭ mallon thaumason, hoti kai kōlytheis emeinen. r᾽ oun ouk ēn acharistias eschatēs, phēsi, to mē paragenesthai thaptomenou tou patris: Ei men apo rhąthymias he epoiēsen, acharistias ēn ei de, hōste mē enkopsai ergon anankaioteron, to apilthen: d hos haUgnōmosynēs ēn tēs eschatēs. Kai gar ho ᾿Iēsous ekōlysen auton, ouchi kataphronein tēs eis tous gegennēkotas timēs keleuōn, alla deiknys hoti ouden tōn ouraniōn pragmatōn hēmin anankaioteron einai chrē? kai hoti meta spoudēs hapasēs toutōn echesthai dei, kai oude mikron anaballesthai, kan sphodra aparaitēta kai katopeïgonta hē ta ,ephelkonta. Ti gar anankaioteron an eiē tou thapsai patera: ti de eukolōteron : Oude gar chronon polyn analōsai ēn. ᾿ Ei de mēde ho hoson eis taphēn patros kairon analōsai dei, oude tosouton apolimpanesthai tōn pneumatikōn asphales ennoēson tinos an eiēmen axioi hoi paanta ton chronon aphistamenoi tōn tǭ Christǭ prosēkontōn pragmatōn, kai ta sphodra eutelē tōn anankaiōn protithentes, kai mēdenos katepeigontos rhąthymountes. Kai enteuthen de tēs didaskalias tēn philosophian thaumazein Chrē: hoti sphodra auton prosēlōse tǭ logphǭ᾽ kai meta touton tōn myriōn apēllaxe kakōn, hoion thrēnōn, kai penthous, kai tōn enteuthen ekdechomenōn. Meta gar to thapsai anakē loipon hēn kai diathēkas periergazesthai? kai klērou dianomēn, kai ta alla hosa toutois hepetai hapanta᾽ kai houtō kymata ek kymatōn auton diadechomena porrhōtatō tou tēs alētheias apēge limenos. Dia touto auton helkei? kai heautǭ prosēloi. Ei de eti thaumazeis kai thorybē, hoti ou synechōrēthē paragenesthai tę̄ taphē tou patros, ennoēson hoti polloi tous kakōs echontas, kan patēr, kan mētēr hē? kan paidion, kan allos hostisoun tōn prosēkontōn ho teteleutēkōs, ouk aphiasi mathein, oude epi to mnēma akolouthēsai kai ouk enkaloumen tautē autois ōmotēta? oude apanthrōpian' kai mala eikotōs. Tounantion gar an ōmotētos ēn, to houtō diakeimenous epi to penthos exagagein.

in many other places too Christ is seen doing this: he does not openly convict, but by his answer shows the purpose of those who come to him. For to the one who said, “Good Teacher,” and expected to draw him by flattery, he answered according to his purpose, saying, “Why do you call me good? No one is good but one, God.” And when they said to him, “Look, your mother and your brothers are seeking you,” since they were feeling something human, not wishing to hear anything useful but to show that they were related to him and to be vainglorious by this, hear what he says: “Who is my mother, and who are my brothers?” And again to the brothers themselves, when they said to him, “Show yourself to the world,” and wished to be vainglorious from this, he said, “Your time is always ready, but mine has not yet come.” And he does this from the opposite side too, as with Nathanael, saying, “Behold, truly an Israelite in whom there is no guile”; and again, “Go and tell John what you hear and see.” For here too he answered not the words but the purpose of the one who sent them. And to the people again he speaks likewise to their conscience, saying, “What did you go out into the wilderness to see?” For since it was likely that they were disposed toward John as toward someone fickle and easily blown about, correcting this suspicion, he says, “What did you go out into the wilderness to see? A reed shaken by the wind? Or a man clothed in soft garments?”, showing by both that he is neither fickle of himself nor would become soft from any luxury. So here too he makes his answer to the purpose. And see how in this too he displays great modesty. For he did not say, “I have, but I despise it,” but, “I do not have.” Do you see how great an exactness there is together with condescension? As when he eats and drinks, when he appears to act contrary to John, he does this too for the salvation of the Jews, or rather of the whole world, at once stopping the mouths of the heretics and wishing to draw those of that time more abundantly. “And another,” it says, “said to him, ‘Lord, let me first go and bury my father.’” Do you see the difference? How the one shamelessly says, “I will follow you wherever you go,” while this one, though asking a holy thing, says, “Permit me”? But he did not permit him, but says, “Let the dead bury their own dead; but you follow me.” For everywhere he attended to the purpose. “And why did he not permit him?” someone says. Because there were those who would fulfill that duty, and the dead man was not going to remain unburied; and this man ought not to be drawn away from more necessary things. And by saying “their own dead,” he shows that this one is not his dead. For the deceased was, as I at least think, one of the unbelievers. And if you wonder at the young man, that he asked Jesus about so necessary a matter and did not go away of his own accord, wonder much more that even when prevented he remained. “Was it not the utmost ingratitude,” someone says, “not to be present when his father was buried?” If he did it from sloth, it was ingratitude; but if it was so as not to interrupt a more necessary work, then to go away would have been the utmost want of feeling. For Jesus prevented him, not commanding him to despise the honor due to parents, but showing that nothing must be more necessary to us than heavenly things, and that we must hold to these with all zeal and not delay even a little, even if what draws us away is very unavoidable and urgent. For what could be more necessary than to bury a father? And what easier? For it would not even have meant spending much time. And if one must not spend even as much time as a father’s burial takes, nor is it safe to be absent from spiritual things even so long, consider what we deserve, who all our time stand aloof from the things that belong to Christ, put very trivial things before necessary ones, and are careless though nothing presses us. And from this too we must marvel at the philosophy of the teaching: that he attached him very closely to the word, and besides this freed him from countless evils, such as laments and mourning and what follows from them. For after the burial there would then have been the need to busy himself with wills, and the distribution of the inheritance, and all the other things that follow these; and so waves succeeding waves would have carried him very far from the harbor of truth. That is why he draws him and attaches him to himself. And if you still wonder and are troubled that he was not allowed to be present at his father’s burial, consider that many do not let those who are ill learn of it, if the deceased is a father or mother or child or any other relative, nor let them follow to the tomb; and we do not charge them with cruelty or inhumanity for this; and very reasonably. For on the contrary it would be cruelty to lead out to mourning people so disposed.

27.4Field 1

Εἰ δὲ τὸ τοὺς προσήκοντας πενθῆσαι καὶ συντριβῆναι τὴν διάνοιαν κακὸν, πολλῷ μᾶλλον τὸ τῶν πνευματικῶν ἀπάγεσθαι λόγων. Διὰ δὴ τοῦτο καὶ ἀλλαχοῦ ἔλεγεν᾽ οὐδεὶς βαλὼν τὴν χεῖρα αὐτοῦ ἐπ᾽ ἄροτρον, καὶ στραφεὶς εἰς τὰ ὀπίσω, εὔθετος ἐστιν ἐν τῇ βασιλείᾳ τῶν οὐρανῶν. Καὶ γὰρ πολλῷ βέλτιον βασιλείαν ἀνακηρύττειν, καὶ ἑτέρους ἀνασπᾶν ἀπὸ θανάτου, ἥ τὸν οὐδὲν ὠφελούμενον νεκρὸν θάπτειν καὶ μάλιστα ὅταν ὦσιν οἱ ταῦτα πληρώσοντες ἅπαντα. Οὐδὲν οὖν ἕτερον ἐντεῦθεν μανθάνομεν, αλλ᾽ ἤ ὅτι οὐδὲ τὸν τυχόντα καιρὸν παραπολλύναι χρὴ, κἂν μυρία τὰ κατεπείγοντα ἥ, αλλὰ πάντων καὶ τῶν ἀναγκαιοτάτων τὰ πνευματικὰ προτιθέναι, καὶ εἰδέναι. τί μὲν ζωὴ, τί δὲ θάνατος. Πολλοὶ γὰρ καὶ τῶν ζῆν δοκούντων νεκρῶν οὐδὲν διαφέρουσιν, ὅταν ἐν κακίᾳ ζώσι μᾶλλον δὲ καὶ ἐκείνων οὗτοι χείρους. Ὁ μὲν γὰρ ἀποθανωῶν, φησὶ; δεδικαίωται ἀπὸ τῆς ἁμαρτίας οὗτος δὲ δουλεύει τῇ ἁμαρτίᾳ. Μὴ γαρ μοι τοῦτο εἴπης; ὅτι ὑπὸ σκωλήκων οὐ κατεσθίεται, οὐδὲ ἐν λάρνακι κεῖται, οὐδὲ ἀπέκλεισε τοὺς ὀφθαλμοὺς, οὐδὲ κειρίαις δέδεται. Καὶ γὰρ ταῦτα χαλεπώτερα ὑπομένει τοῦ τετελευτηκότος, οὐ σκωλήκων αὐτὸν κατεσθιόντων, αλλὰ θηρίων σφοδρότερον τῶν παθὼν τῆς ὑνχῆς αὐτὸν ᾿σπαραττόντων. Ἐἰ δὲ ἀνεῴγασιν οἱ ὀφθαλμοὶ, καὶ τοῦτο πολὺ χεῖρον πάλιν τοῦ μεμυκέναι. Οι μὲν γὰρ τοῦ νεκροῦ οὐδὲν ὁρῶσι πονηρόν οὗτος δὲ μυρίας ἑαυτῷ συνάγει νόσους, ἀνεῳγμιένων αὐτοῦ τῶν ὀφθαλμῶν. Καὶ ὁ μὲν ἐν λάρνακι κεῖται, πρὸς πάντα ακίνητος ὦν' οὗτος δὲ ἐν τῷ τάφῳ τῶν μυρίων κατορώρυκται νοσημάτων. ᾿Αλλὰ τὸ σῶμα ᾿αὐτοῦ σηπόμενον οὐχ ὁρᾷς; Καὶ τί τοῦτος : Πρὸ γὰρ τοῦ σώματος αὐτοῦ ἡ ψυχὴ διέφθαρται καὶ ἀπόλωλε, καὶ πλείονα ὑπομένει τὴν σηπεδόνα. Ὁ μὲν γὰρ δέκα ὄδωδεν ἡμέρας οὗτος δὲ ἅπαντα τὸν βίον δυσωδίας ἀποπνεῖ, στόμα ἔχων ὀχετῶν ἀκαθαρτότερον. Ὥστε τοσοῦτον αὐτοῦ διενήνοχεν ἐκεῖνος, ὅσον ὁ μὲν τὴν ἀπὸ τῆς φύσεως ὑπομένει ᾿ μόνον φθοράν, οὗτος δὲ μετ᾽ ἐκείνης καὶ τὴν ἀπὸ τῆς ἀσωτίας ἐπεισάγει σηπεδόνα, μυρίας καθ᾽ ἑκάστην ἡμέραν ἐπινοῶν ὑποθέσεις διαφθορᾶς. Ἀλλ᾽ ἐφ ἵππου φέρεται; Καὶ τί τοῦτο: Καὶ γὰρ ἐκεῖνος ἐπὶ κλίνης καὶ τὸ δὴ ᾿χαλεπὸν, λυόμενον μὲν ἐκεῖνον καὶ σηπόμενον οὐδεὶς ὁρᾷ, αλλ᾽ ἔχει τὴν λάρνακα παραπέτασμα οὗτος δὲ ὀδωδὼς πανταχοῦ περίεισι, καθάπερ ἐν τάφῳ τῷ σώματι νενεκρωμένην ψυχὴν περιφέρων. Καὶ εἴγε ἣν ψυχὴν ἀνδρὸς ἰδεῖν ἢ τρυφῇ καὶ κακίᾳ συζώντος, εἶδες ἂν ὅτι πολὺ βέλτιον ἐν τάφῳ κεῖσθαι δεδομένον» ἣ ταῖς τῶν ἁμαρτιῶν σφίγγεσθαι σειραῖς καὶ λίθον ἐ ἔχειν ἐπικοίμενον, ἣ τὸ βαρὺ τῆς ἀναισθησίας ' πώμα. Διὸ δὴ μάλιστα τοὺς τούτοις προσήκοντας τοῖς νμεκροις, ἐπειδὴ οὗτοι ἀναλγήτως διάκεινται, προσιέναι δεῖ περὶ αὐτῶν τῷ ᾿[ησοῦ, καθάπερ ὴ Μαρία τότε ἐποίησεν ἐπὶ τοῦ Λαζάρου. Κάν ὁδωδὼς ἡ κἀν τεταρταῖος ἥ, μὴ ἀπογνῷν, ἀλλὰ πρόσελθε, καὶ τὸν λίθον ἄνελε πρῶτον. Καὶ γὰρ τότε ὄψει κείμενον, ὥσπερ ἐν τάφῳ, καὶ ταῖς κειρίαις δεδεμένον. Καὶ εἰ βούλεσθε, τῶν μεγάλων τινὰ καὶ ᾿περιφανῶν εἰς μέσον ἀγάγωμεν. ᾿Αλλὰ μὴ δείσητε' ἀνωνύμως γὰρ ἐρῶ τὸ ὑπόδειγμα: μάλλον δὲ, εἰ καὶ τὴν προσηγορίαν ἔλεγον, οὐδὲ οὕτω δεδοικέναι ἐχρῆν. Τίς γάρ ποτε νεκρὸν δέδοικε ; Καὶ γὰρ ὅσα ἂν πράξη, μένει νεκρὸς ὦν νεκρὸς δὲ ζῶντα οὐ μικρὸν, οὐ μέγα αὐιβῆσαὶ δύναται. Ἴδωμεν τοίνυν τὴν κεφαλὴν αὐτῶν δοδεμένην. Καὶ γὰρ ὅταν μεθύωσι διηνεκῶς, καθάπερ οἱ νεκροὶ τοῖς πολλοῖς ἐπιβλήμασιν ἐκείνοις καὶ ταῖς κειρίαις, οὕτω πάντα τὰ αἰσθητήρια ἀποκλείεται καὶ δεσμεῖται. Ει δὲ βούλει καὶ τὰς χεῖρας ἰδοῖν, ὄψει καὶ ταύτας τῇ , γαστρὶ προσδεδεμένας, καθάπερ τῶν οἰχομένων, καὶ -περιεσφιγμένας, οὐ κειρίαις, ἀλλ᾽ ὃ πολλῷ χαλοπώτερόν ἐστι, τοῖς τῆς πλεονεξίας δεσμοῖς. Οὐὅ γὰρ ἀφίησιν αὐτὰς ἐκταθῆναι πρὸς ἐλεημοσύνην ἐκείνη, οὐδὲ πρὸς ἄλλο τι τῶν τοιούτων κατορθωμάτων, ἀλλὰ τῶν νενψεκ μένων ἀχρηστοτέρας ἐργάζεται. Βούλει καὶ τοὺς πόδας αν συνδεδεμένους : Ὅρα αὐτοὺς πάλιν περιεσφυγμένους Φροντίσι, καὶ διὰ τοῦτο οὐδέποτε δυναμένους εἰς οἶκον θεοὺ δραμεῖν. Εἶδες τὸν νεκρόν: : βλέπε καὶ τὸν ἐντα ἰαστήν. Τίς οὖν ἐστιν ὁ ἐνταφιαστὴς τούτων; Ὁ διάβολος, ὁ ἀκριβῶς αὐτοὺς περισφίγγων, καὶ οὐκ αφιεὶς λοιπὸν τὸν ἄνθρωπον ἄνθρωπον φαίνεσθαι, ἀλλὰ ξύλον ξηρόν. Ὅπον γὰρ οὐκ ὀφθαλμὸς, ου χεῖρες» οὐ πόδες, οὐκ ἄλλο τῶν τοιούτων οὐδὲν, πὼς ἄν ὁ ο τοιοῦτος ἄνθρωπος φανείη ; Οὕτω καὶ τὴν ψυχὴν αὐτῶν ἐσπαργανωμένην ἐστὶν ἰδεῖν, καὶ εἴδωλον μᾶλλον ἣ ψυχὴν οὗσαν. ᾿Επεὶ οὖν ἀναισθήτως αὐτοὶ διάκεινταί πως νεκροὶ γεγενημένοι, προσέλθωμεν ὑπὲρ αὐτῶν τῷ ᾿Ιησοῦ, παρακαλέσωμεν ἀναστῆσαι, ἀνέλωμεν τὸν λίθον, λύσωμεν, τὰς κειρίας. Ἃν γὰρ τὸν λίθον ἀνέλῃς» τουτέστι, τὴν ἀναισθησίαν τὴν ἐπὶ τοῖς κακοῖς, ταχέως καὶ ἐξαγαγεῖν αὑτοὺς δυνήσῃ τοῦ μνήματος ἐξαγαγὼν δὲ, εὐκολώτερον τῶν εσμῶν ἀπαλλάξεις. Τότε σε εἴσεται ὁ Χριστὸς, ὅταν αναστῆς, ὅταν λυθῆς τότε σε καὶ ἐπὶ τὰ δεῖπνα καλέσει τὰ ἑἐαντοῦ. Ὅσοι τοίνυν τοῦ Χριστοῦ φίλοι; ὅσοι μαθηταὶ, ὅσοι τὸν ἀπελθόντα φιλείτε, προσέλθετε τῷ Ἰησοῦ καὶ δεήθητε. Εἰ γὰρ καὶ μυρίας γέμει τῆς δυσωδίας, ἀλλ᾽ ὅμως τοὺς προσήκοντας οὐδὲ οὕτως αὐτὸν καταλιμπάνειν ὴ, αλλὰ τοσούτῳ μᾶλλον προσιέναι ὅπερ οὖν καὶ αἱ ὧι φαὶ τοῦ Λαζάρον τότε ἐποίησαν καὶ μὴ πρότερον αφίστασθαι παρακαλοῦντας, δεομένους, ἱκετεύοντας, ἕως ἂν αὐτὸν ζῶντα λάβωμεν. Ἂν γὰρ οὕτω τὰ καθ᾽ ἑαυτοὺς καὶ τὰ τῶν πλησίον διοικῶμεν, καὶ τῆς μελλούσης ταχέως ἐπιτευξόμεθα ζωῆς ἧς γένοιτο πάντας ἡμᾶς ἐπιτυχεῖν, ἄριτι καὶ φιλανθρωπίᾳ τοῦ κυρίου ἡμῶν ᾿Ιησοῦ Χριστοῦ, ᾧ ἢ δόξα εἰς τοὺς αἰῶνας τῶν αἰώνων. Ἀμήν.

Ei de to tous prosēkontas penthēsai kai syntribēnai tēn dianoian kakon, pollǭ mallon to tōn pneumatikōn apagesthai logōn. Dia dē touto kai allachou elegen᾽ oudeis balōn tēn cheira autou ep᾽ arotron, kai strapheis eis ta opisō, euthetos estin en tę̄ basileią tōn ouranōn. Kai gar pollǭ beltion basileian anakēryttein, kai heterous anaspan apo thanatou, hē ton ouden ōpheloumenon nekron thaptein kai malista hotan ōsin hoi tauta plērōsontes hapanta. Ouden oun heteron enteuthen manthanomen, all᾽ ē hoti oude ton tychonta kairon parapollynai chrē, kan myria ta katepeigonta hē, alla pantōn kai tōn anankaiotatōn ta pneumatika protithenai, kai eidenai. ti men zōē, ti de thanatos. Polloi gar kai tōn zēn dokountōn nekrōn ouden diapherousin, hotan en kakią zōsi mallon de kai ekeinōn houtoi cheirous. Ho men gar apothanōōn, phēsi? dedikaiōtai apo tēs hamartias houtos de douleuei tę̄ hamartią. Mē gar moi touto eipēs? hoti hypo skōlēkōn ou katesthietai, oude en larnaki keitai, oude apekleise tous ophthalmous, oude keiriais dedetai. Kai gar tauta chalepōtera hypomenei tou teteleutēkotos, ou skōlēkōn auton katesthiontōn, alla thēriōn sphodroteron tōn pathōn tēs hynchēs auton ᾿sparattontōn. Ei de aneǭgasin hoi ophthalmoi, kai touto poly cheiron palin tou memykenai. Oi men gar tou nekrou ouden horōsi ponēron houtos de myrias heautǭ synagei nosous, aneǭgmienōn autou tōn ophthalmōn. Kai ho men en larnaki keitai, pros panta akinētos ōn' houtos de en tǭ taphǭ tōn myriōn katorōryktai nosēmatōn. ᾿Alla to sōma ᾿autou sēpomenon ouch horąs? Kai ti toutos : Pro gar tou sōmatos autou hē psychē diephthartai kai apolōle, kai pleiona hypomenei tēn sēpedona. Ho men gar deka odōden hēmeras houtos de hapanta ton bion dysōdias apopnei, stoma echōn ochetōn akathartoteron. Hōste tosouton autou dienēnochen ekeinos, hoson ho men tēn apo tēs physeōs hypomenei ᾿ monon phthoran, houtos de met᾽ ekeinēs kai tēn apo tēs asōtias epeisagei sēpedona, myrias kath᾽ hekastēn hēmeran epinoōn hypotheseis diaphthoras. All᾽ eph hippou pheretai? Kai ti touto: Kai gar ekeinos epi klinēs kai to dē ᾿chalepon, lyomenon men ekeinon kai sēpomenon oudeis horą, all᾽ echei tēn larnaka parapetasma houtos de odōdōs pantachou perieisi, kathaper en taphǭ tǭ sōmati nenekrōmenēn psychēn peripherōn. Kai eige hēn psychēn andros idein ē tryphę̄ kai kakią syzōntos, eides an hoti poly beltion en taphǭ keisthai dedomenon» hē tais tōn hamartiōn sphingesthai seirais kai lithon e echein epikoimenon, hē to bary tēs anaisthēsias ' pōma. Dio dē malista tous toutois prosēkontas tois nmekrois, epeidē houtoi analgētōs diakeintai, prosienai dei peri autōn tǭ ᾿[ēsou, kathaper ē Maria tote epoiēsen epi tou Lazarou. Kan hodōdōs hē kan tetartaios hē, mē apognǭn, alla proselthe, kai ton lithon anele prōton. Kai gar tote opsei keimenon, hōsper en taphǭ, kai tais keiriais dedemenon. Kai ei boulesthe, tōn megalōn tina kai ᾿periphanōn eis meson agagōmen. ᾿Alla mē deisēte' anōnymōs gar erō to hypodeigma: mallon de, ei kai tēn prosēgorian elegon, oude houtō dedoikenai echrēn. Tis gar pote nekron dedoike ? Kai gar hosa an praxē, menei nekros ōn nekros de zōnta ou mikron, ou mega auibēsai dynatai. Idōmen toinyn tēn kephalēn autōn dodemenēn. Kai gar hotan methyōsi diēnekōs, kathaper hoi nekroi tois pollois epiblēmasin ekeinois kai tais keiriais, houtō panta ta aisthētēria apokleietai kai desmeitai. Ei de boulei kai tas cheiras idoin, opsei kai tautas tę̄ , gastri prosdedemenas, kathaper tōn oichomenōn, kai -periesphigmenas, ou keiriais, all᾽ ho pollǭ chalopōteron esti, tois tēs pleonexias desmois. Ouo gar aphiēsin autas ektathēnai pros eleēmosynēn ekeinē, oude pros allo ti tōn toioutōn katorthōmatōn, alla tōn nenpsek menōn achrēstoteras ergazetai. Boulei kai tous podas an syndedemenous : Hora autous palin periesphygmenous Phrontisi, kai dia touto oudepote dynamenous eis oikon theou dramein. Eides ton nekron: : blepe kai ton enta iastēn. Tis oun estin ho entaphiastēs toutōn? Ho diabolos, ho akribōs autous perisphingōn, kai ouk aphieis loipon ton anthrōpon anthrōpon phainesthai, alla xylon xēron. Hopon gar ouk ophthalmos, ou cheires» ou podes, ouk allo tōn toioutōn ouden, pōs an ho o toioutos anthrōpos phaneiē ? Houtō kai tēn psychēn autōn esparganōmenēn estin idein, kai eidōlon mallon hē psychēn housan. ᾿Epei oun anaisthētōs autoi diakeintai pōs nekroi gegenēmenoi, proselthōmen hyper autōn tǭ ᾿Iēsou, parakalesōmen anastēsai, anelōmen ton lithon, lysōmen, tas keirias. Han gar ton lithon anelę̄s» toutesti, tēn anaisthēsian tēn epi tois kakois, tacheōs kai exagagein hautous dynēsę̄ tou mnēmatos exagagōn de, eukolōteron tōn esmōn apallaxeis. Tote se eisetai ho Christos, hotan anastēs, hotan lythēs tote se kai epi ta deipna kalesei ta heeantou. Hosoi toinyn tou Christou philoi? hosoi mathētai, hosoi ton apelthonta phileite, proselthete tǭ Iēsou kai deēthēte. Ei gar kai myrias gemei tēs dysōdias, all᾽ homōs tous prosēkontas oude houtōs auton katalimpanein ē, alla tosoutǭ mallon prosienai hoper oun kai hai hōi phai tou Lazaron tote epoiēsan kai mē proteron aphistasthai parakalountas, deomenous, hiketeuontas, heōs an auton zōnta labōmen. An gar houtō ta kath᾽ heautous kai ta tōn plēsion dioikōmen, kai tēs mellousēs tacheōs epiteuxometha zōēs hēs genoito pantas hēmas epitychein, ariti kai philanthrōpią tou kyriou hēmōn ᾿Iēsou Christou, hǭ ē doxa eis tous aiōnas tōn aiōnōn. Amēn.

And if it is an evil for relatives to mourn and be crushed in mind, much more is it an evil to be drawn away from spiritual words. That is why he said elsewhere too, “No one who puts his hand to the plow and turns back is fit for the kingdom of heaven.” For it is much better to proclaim the kingdom and draw others back from death than to bury a dead man who gains nothing by it, especially when there are those who will fulfill all these things. We learn from this, then, nothing else than that we must not waste even an ordinary moment, even if the pressing things are countless, but must put spiritual things before all, even the most necessary, and know what life is and what death is. For many even of those who seem to live differ in nothing from the dead, when they live in wickedness; or rather these are worse even than those. “For the one who has died,” it says, “is justified from sin”; but this one is a slave to sin. For do not tell me that he is not eaten by worms, nor lies in a coffin, nor has closed his eyes, nor is bound with grave clothes. For he endures things harder than the one who has died: not worms devouring him, but the passions of the soul tearing him more fiercely than wild beasts. And if his eyes are open, this again is much worse than their being shut. For the eyes of the dead man see nothing evil, but this man gathers countless diseases for himself with his eyes open. And the one lies in a coffin, unmoved toward everything; but this one is buried in the tomb of countless diseases. “But you do not see his body rotting.” And what of it? Before his body, his soul is corrupted and destroyed and endures greater rottenness. For the one smells for ten days, but this one breathes out a stench his whole life, having a mouth more unclean than sewers. So the one differs from the other by this much: the one endures only the corruption that comes from nature, but this one brings in, besides that, the rottenness that comes from profligacy, devising every day countless occasions of corruption. “But he rides on a horse.” And what is that? The other too is carried on a bier; and, what is grievous, no one sees that one dissolving and rotting, but he has the coffin as a curtain; but this one goes about everywhere stinking, carrying a dead soul about in his body as in a tomb. And if one could see the soul of a man living in luxury and wickedness, you would see that it is much better to lie bound in a tomb than to be bound fast with the cords of sins, and to have the stone lying on one rather than the heavy lid of insensibility. That is why, most of all, the relatives of these dead men, since they are without feeling, must come to Jesus about them, as Mary then did for Lazarus. Even if he stinks, even if he is four days dead, do not despair, but come, and first take away the stone. For then you will see him lying as in a tomb and bound with grave clothes. And if you wish, let us bring forward one of the great and illustrious. But do not be afraid; for I will give the example without naming names; or rather, even if I said the name, not even so ought you to be afraid. For who ever feared a dead man? For whatever he does, he remains dead; and a dead man can harm the living neither little nor much. Let us see, then, their head bound. For when they are continually drunk, just as with the dead and their many wrappings and grave clothes, so all their senses are shut up and bound. And if you wish to see the hands too, you will see these too bound to the belly, as with the departed, and bound tight, not with grave clothes, but, what is much harder, with the bonds of covetousness. For it does not let them be stretched out to almsgiving, nor to any other such good deed, but makes them more useless than those of the dead. Do you wish to see the feet too bound together? See them again bound tight with cares, and for this reason never able to run to the house of God. Did you see the dead man? Look also at the one who wrapped him for burial. Who, then, is the one who wraps these for burial? The devil, who binds them tightly and no longer lets the man appear a man, but dry wood. For where there is no eye, no hands, no feet, nor anything else of the kind, how could such a one appear a man? So too one can see their soul swaddled, an idol rather than a soul. Since, then, they themselves are without feeling, having become in a way dead, let us come to Jesus for them, let us entreat him to raise them, let us take away the stone, let us loose the grave clothes. For if you take away the stone, that is, the insensibility toward their evils, you will quickly be able to bring them out of the tomb too; and having brought them out, you will more easily free them from their bonds. Then Christ will know you, when you rise, when you are loosed; then he will also call you to his own banquets. As many, then, as are friends of Christ, as many as are disciples, as many as love the one who has departed, come to Jesus and pray. For even if he is full of countless stench, nevertheless not even so ought his relatives to abandon him, but rather to come all the more, as Lazarus’s sisters then did, and not to stand away entreating, praying, supplicating, until we receive him alive. For if we manage our own affairs and those of our neighbors in this way, we shall also quickly obtain the life to come; which may we all obtain, by the grace and love for humankind of our Lord Jesus Christ, to whom be the glory for ever and ever. Amen.

Chapter 28

28.1Field 1

Ἐμβάντι δὲ αὐτῷ εἰς τὸ πλοιον, ἠκολουθησαν οἱ μαθηταὶ αὐτοῦ. Καὶ ἰδοὺ χειμὼν μθόγας ἐγένετο, ἐν τῇ θαλάσση, ὥστε τὸ πλοῦν καλύπτεσθαι ὑπὸ τῶν κυμάτων αὑτὸς δὲ ἐκάθευδεν. Ὃ ΜΕΝ οὖν Λουκᾶς, ἀπαλλάττων ἑαντὸν τοῦ ἀπαιτηθῆναι τῶν χρόνων τὴν τάξιν, οὕτως εἶπεν ἐγένετο δὲ ἐν μιᾷ τῶν ἡμερῶν, καὶ αὐτὸς ἀνέβη εἰς τὸ πλοῖον, καὶ οἱ μαθηταὶ αὐτοῦ καὶ ὁ Μάρκος ὁμοίως. Οὗτος δὲ οὐχ οὕτως, ἀλλὰ καὶ ἀκολουθίαν ἐνταῦθα διατηρεῖ. Οὐδὲ γὰρ οὕτω παάντες πάντα ἔγραφον. Ταῦτα δέ μοι καὶ ἔμπροσθεν εἴρηται, ἵνα μὴ Τῆ παραλείψει διαφωνίαν τις εἶναι νομίζοι. Τοὺς μὲν οὗν ὄχλους προέπεμψε, τοὺς δὲ μαθητὰς μεθ᾽ ἑαντοῦ ἔλαβε: καὶ γὰρ καὶ τοῦτο ἐκεῖνοι λέγουσι. Παρέλαβε δὲ οὐ μάτην, οὐδὲ εἰκῆ, αλλ ὥστε ποιῆσαι θεατὰς τοῦ μέλλοντος ὄσεσθαι θαύματος. Καθάπερ γάρ τις παιδοτρίβης ἄ ἂριστος. εἰς ἀμφότερα αὐτοὺς ἤλειφεν, εἴς τε τὸ ἀκαταπλήκτοὺυς εἶναι ἐ εν τοῖς δεινοῖς, εἴς τε τὸ μετριάζειν ἐ εν ταῖς τιμαῖς. Ἵνα γὰρ μὴ μάγα φρονῶσιν, ὅτι τοὺς ἄλλους ἐκπέμψας αὐτοὺς κατέσχεν, ἀφίησι κλυδωνισθῆ ναι, τοῦτό τα κατορθῶν, καὶ γυμνάζων πειρασμοὺς φέρειν γενναίως. Μεγάλα μὲν γὰρ καὶ τὰ πρότερα θαύματα ἢ ἥν, αλλὰ τοῦτο καὶ γνμνασίαν τινὰ εἶχεν οὐ μικρὰν, καὶ τοῦ παλαιοῦ συγγενὲς σημεῖον ἦν. Διὰ τοῦτο μόνους τοὺς μαθητὰς ἄγει μεθ᾽ ἑαυτοῦ. Ενθα μὲν γὰρ θαυμάτων ἐπίδειξις ἢ ἥν, καὶ τὸν δῆμον ἀφίησι παρεῖναι᾽ ἔνθα δὲ πειρασμῶν καὶ φόβων ἐπανάστασις, τοὺς αθλητὰς τῆς οἰκουμένης; οὗς γυμνάζειν ἔμελλε, τούτους παραλαμβάνει μόνους. Καὶ ὸ μὲν ἐ Ματθαῖος ὅτι ἐκάθευδεν εἶπεν ἁπλῶς, ὁ δὲ Λουκᾶς ὅτι ἐν προσκεφαλαίῳ φησὶ, δεικνύς τε τὸ ἄτυφὸν καὶ πολλὴν ἐντεῦθεν ἡμᾶς παιδεύων φιλοσοφίαν. Τοῦ κλυδωνίου τοίνυν διεγερθέντος, καὶ τῆς θαλάσσης μαινομένης, διεγείρουσιν αὐτὸν λέγοντες κύριε, σῶσον ἡμᾶς, ἀπολλύμεθα. Ὁ δὲ αὑτοῖς ἐπετίμα πρὸ τῆς θαλάσσης. Καὶ γὰρ, ὅπερ ἔφην, γυμνασίας ἕνεκεν ταῦτα συνεχωρεῖτο, καὶ τύπος ἦν τῶν μαλλόντων καταλήψεσθαι αὐτοὺς πειρασμῶν. Καὶ γὰρ καὶ μετὰ ταῦτα πολλάκις ἀφῆκεν αὐτοὺς εἰς χαλεπωτέρους χειμῶνας πραγμάτων ἐμπεσεῖν, καὶ ἐμιακ ροθύμησε. Διὸ καὶ Παῦλος ἐλεγεν' οὐ θέλω δὲ υ ὑμᾶς ἀγνοεῖν, (ἀδελφοὶ, ὅτι καθ᾽ ὑπερβολὴν ᾿ἐβαρήθημεν. ὑπὲρ δύναμιν, ὥστε ἐξαπορηθῆναι ἡμᾶς καὶ τοῦ ζῆν καὶ μετὰ ταῦτα πάλιν, ὃς ἐκ τηλικούτων θανάτων ἐῤῥύσατο ἡμᾶς. δΔεικνὺς τοίνυν ἐντεῦθεν, ὅτι θαῤῥεῖν χρὴ, κἄν μεγάλα διεγείρηται τὰ κύματα; καὶ ὅτι πάντα συμφερόντως οἰκονομεῖ, πρῶτον αὐτοῖς ἐπιτιμᾷ. Καὶ γὰρ καὐτὸ τὸ θορυβηθῆναι συμφερόντως ἐγίνετο, ὥστε μεῖζον φανῆναι τὸ θαῦμα, καὶ διηνεκῆ γενέσθαι τοῦ συμβάντος τὴν μνήμην. Ὅνταν γὰρ παράδοξόν τι γενέσθαι μέλλῃ, πολλὰ ᾿προκατασκευάζεται πρότερον μνήμης ποιητικὰ ἵνα μὴ μετὰ τὸ παρελθεῖν τὸ θαῦμα εἰς λήθην ἐμπέσωσιν. Οὕτω καὶ Μωυσῆς πρότερον φοβεῖται τὸν ὄφιν, καὶ φοβεῖται οὐχ ἁπλῶς, αλλὰ καὶ μετὰ πολλῆς τῆς ἀγωνίας, καὶ τότε ὁρᾷ τὸ παράδοξον ἐκεῖνο γινόμενον. Οὕτω καὶ οὗτοι, προσδοκήσαντες ἀπόλλυσθαι πρότερον, τότε ἐσώθησαν᾽ ἵνα ὁμολογήσαντες τὸν κίνδυνον, μάθωσι τοῦ θαύματος τὸ ,μέγεθος. Διά τοῦτο καὶ καθεύδει; εἰ ,Ὑὰρ ἐγρηγορότος ἐγένετο, ἥ οὐκ ἂν ἐφοβήθησαν, ἢ οὐκ ἂν παρεκάλεσαν, ἢ οὐδ᾽ ἂν ᾿ ἐνόμισαν αὐτὸν δύνασθαι τοιοῦτόν τι ποιεῖν. Διὰ τοῦτο καθεύδει, διδοὺς καιρὸν τῇ δειλίᾳ, καὶ τρανοτέραν αὖτοῖς ποιὼν τὴν αἴσθησιν τών γινομένων. Ου γὰρ ὁμοίως τις ὁρᾷ τὰ ἐν τοῖς ἀλλοτρίοις σώμασι γινόμενα, καὶ τὰ ἐν ἑαυτῷ. ᾿Επεὶ οὖν πάντας εἶδον εὐεργετηθέντας, ἑαυτοὺς δὲ ἀπολελαυκότας, ἢ καὶ ὕπτιοι ἦσαν (οὔτε γὰρ ωλοὶ, οὔτε ἄλλο τι τοιοῦτον νόσημα εἶχον ὅδει δὲ αὐτοὺς διὰ τῆς οἰκείας αἰσθήσεως ἀπολαῦσαι τῶν οὐεργεσιῶν᾽ σνγχωρεῖ τὸν χειμῶνα, ἵνα διὰ τῆς ἀπαλλαγῆς σαφεστέραν λάβωσιν αἴσθησιν τῆς εὐεργεσίας. Διὰ τοῦτο ουδὲ παροντῶν τῶν ὄχλων τοῦτο ποιεῖ, ὥστε μὴ καταγνωσθῆναι ᾿ ὀλεγοπιστίας ἀλλ᾽ αὐτοὺς μόνους λαβὼν διορθοῦται, καὶ πρὸ τοῦ χειμῶνος τῶν ὑδάτων τὸν χειμῶνα τῆς ψυχῆς αὐτῶν λύει, ἐπιτιμῶν καὶ λέγων᾽ τί δειλοί ἔστε, ὀλιγόπιστοι; καὶ παιδεύων ὁμοῦ, ὅτι τὸν βον οὐχ ἡ τῶν πειρασμῶν ἐργάζεται ἐ ἐπαγωγὴ» ἀλλὰ τὸ τῆς διανοίας ἀσθενές. Εἰ δὲ λέγοι τις». ὅτι δειλίας οὐκ ἦν, οὐδὲ ὀλιγοπιστίας, τὸ προσελθόντας ἐγεῖραι, ἐκεῖνο ἂν εἴποιμι, ὅτι τοῦτο αὐτὸ μάλιστα σημεῖον ἣν τοῦ μὴ τὴν προσήκουσαν περὶ αὐτοῦ δόξαν ἔχειν. Ὅτι μὲν γὰρ δύναται ἐπιτιμᾶν ἐγερθεὶς, ἤδεσαν ὅτι δὲ καὶ καθεύδων, οὐδέπω. Καὶ τί θαυμάζεις, εἰ νῦν, ὅπου γε καὶ μετὰ πολλὰ ἕτερα θαύματα ἀτεέλέστερον ἔτι διέκειντο: : Διὸ καὶ ἐπιτιμῶνται πολλάκις, ὡς ὅταν λέγη», δε ἀκμὴν καὶ ὑμεῖς ἀσύνετοί ἐστε: Μὴ τοίνυν θαυμάσῃς, εἰ τῶν μαθητῶν ἀτελέστερον διακειμένων οἱ ὄχλοι οὐδὲν μέγα περὶ αὐτοῦ ἐφαντάζοντο· ἐθαύμαζον γὰρ λέγοντες ποταπός ἐστιν οὗτος ὃ ἄνθρωπος, ὅτι καὶ ἡ θάλασσα καὶ οἱ ἄνεμοι ὑπακούουσιν αὐτῷ: Ὁ δὲ Χριστὸς οὐκ ἐπετίμησεν, ὅτι ἄνθρωπ' ον αὐτὸν ἐκάλουν, ἀλλ᾽ ἀνέμενε, διὰ τῶν σημείων αὐτοὺς «διδάσκων, ὅτι πεπλανημένη ἦν αὐτῶν ἢ ὑπόληψις. Πόθεν δὲ ἄνθρωπον αὐτὸν ἐνόμιζον : ᾿Από τε τῆς ὄν τώ ἀπὸ τε τοὺ ὕπνου, καὶ τοῦ πλοίῳ κεχρῆσθαι. Διὰ τοῦτο εἰς ἀμηχανίαν εξέπιπτον λέγοντε: ποταπός ἐστιν οὗτος ; : Ὁ μὲν γὰρ ὕπνος καὶ τὸ φαινόμενον ἄνθρωπον ἐδείκνν ἢ δὲ θάλαττα καὶ ἡ γαλήνη, θεὸν ᾿ἐνέφαινεν.

Embanti de autǭ eis to ploion, ēkolouthēsan hoi mathētai autou. Kai idou cheimōn mthogas egeneto, en tę̄ thalassē, hōste to ploun kalyptesthai hypo tōn kymatōn hautos de ekatheuden. Ho MEN oun Loukas, apallattōn heanton tou apaitēthēnai tōn chronōn tēn taxin, houtōs eipen egeneto de en mią tōn hēmerōn, kai autos anebē eis to ploion, kai hoi mathētai autou kai ho Markos homoiōs. Houtos de ouch houtōs, alla kai akolouthian entautha diatērei. Oude gar houtō paantes panta egraphon. Tauta de moi kai emprosthen eirētai, hina mē Tē paraleipsei diaphōnian tis einai nomizoi. Tous men houn ochlous proepempse, tous de mathētas meth᾽ heantou elabe: kai gar kai touto ekeinoi legousi. Parelabe de ou matēn, oude eikē, all hōste poiēsai theatas tou mellontos osesthai thaumatos. Kathaper gar tis paidotribēs a aristos. eis amphotera autous ēleiphen, eis te to akataplēktouys einai e en tois deinois, eis te to metriazein e en tais timais. Hina gar mē maga phronōsin, hoti tous allous ekpempsas autous kateschen, aphiēsi klydōnisthē nai, touto ta katorthōn, kai gymnazōn peirasmous pherein gennaiōs. Megala men gar kai ta protera thaumata ē hēn, alla touto kai gnmnasian tina eichen ou mikran, kai tou palaiou syngenes sēmeion ēn. Dia touto monous tous mathētas agei meth᾽ heautou. Entha men gar thaumatōn epideixis ē hēn, kai ton dēmon aphiēsi pareinai᾽ entha de peirasmōn kai phobōn epanastasis, tous athlētas tēs oikoumenēs? hous gymnazein emelle, toutous paralambanei monous. Kai o men e Matthaios hoti ekatheuden eipen haplōs, ho de Loukas hoti en proskephalaiǭ phēsi, deiknys te to atyphon kai pollēn enteuthen hēmas paideuōn philosophian. Tou klydōniou toinyn diegerthentos, kai tēs thalassēs mainomenēs, diegeirousin auton legontes kyrie, sōson hēmas, apollymetha. Ho de hautois epetima pro tēs thalassēs. Kai gar, hoper ephēn, gymnasias heneken tauta synechōreito, kai typos ēn tōn mallontōn katalēpsesthai autous peirasmōn. Kai gar kai meta tauta pollakis aphēken autous eis chalepōterous cheimōnas pragmatōn empesein, kai emiak rothymēse. Dio kai Paulos elegen' ou thelō de y hymas agnoein, (adelphoi, hoti kath᾽ hyperbolēn ᾿ebarēthēmen. hyper dynamin, hōste exaporēthēnai hēmas kai tou zēn kai meta tauta palin, hos ek tēlikoutōn thanatōn errhysato hēmas. dDeiknys toinyn enteuthen, hoti tharrhein chrē, kan megala diegeirētai ta kymata? kai hoti panta sympherontōs oikonomei, prōton autois epitimą. Kai gar kauto to thorybēthēnai sympherontōs egineto, hōste meizon phanēnai to thauma, kai diēnekē genesthai tou symbantos tēn mnēmēn. Hontan gar paradoxon ti genesthai mellę̄, polla ᾿prokataskeuazetai proteron mnēmēs poiētika hina mē meta to parelthein to thauma eis lēthēn empesōsin. Houtō kai Mōysēs proteron phobeitai ton ophin, kai phobeitai ouch haplōs, alla kai meta pollēs tēs agōnias, kai tote horą to paradoxon ekeino ginomenon. Houtō kai houtoi, prosdokēsantes apollysthai proteron, tote esōthēsan᾽ hina homologēsantes ton kindynon, mathōsi tou thaumatos to ,megethos. Dia touto kai katheudei? ei ,Hyar egrēgorotos egeneto, hē ouk an ephobēthēsan, ē ouk an parekalesan, ē oud᾽ an ᾿ enomisan auton dynasthai toiouton ti poiein. Dia touto katheudei, didous kairon tę̄ deilią, kai tranoteran autois poiōn tēn aisthēsin tōn ginomenōn. Ou gar homoiōs tis horą ta en tois allotriois sōmasi ginomena, kai ta en heautǭ. ᾿Epei oun pantas eidon euergetēthentas, heautous de apolelaukotas, ē kai hyptioi ēsan (oute gar ōloi, oute allo ti toiouton nosēma eichon hodei de autous dia tēs oikeias aisthēseōs apolausai tōn ouergesiōn᾽ snnchōrei ton cheimōna, hina dia tēs apallagēs saphesteran labōsin aisthēsin tēs euergesias. Dia touto oude parontōn tōn ochlōn touto poiei, hōste mē katagnōsthēnai ᾿ olegopistias all᾽ autous monous labōn diorthoutai, kai pro tou cheimōnos tōn hydatōn ton cheimōna tēs psychēs autōn lyei, epitimōn kai legōn᾽ ti deiloi este, oligopistoi? kai paideuōn homou, hoti ton bon ouch hē tōn peirasmōn ergazetai e epagōgē» alla to tēs dianoias asthenes. Ei de legoi tis». hoti deilias ouk ēn, oude oligopistias, to proselthontas egeirai, ekeino an eipoimi, hoti touto auto malista sēmeion hēn tou mē tēn prosēkousan peri autou doxan echein. Hoti men gar dynatai epitiman egertheis, ēdesan hoti de kai katheudōn, oudepō. Kai ti thaumazeis, ei nyn, hopou ge kai meta polla hetera thaumata ateelesteron eti diekeinto: : Dio kai epitimōntai pollakis, hōs hotan legē», de akmēn kai hymeis asynetoi este: Mē toinyn thaumasę̄s, ei tōn mathētōn atelesteron diakeimenōn hoi ochloi ouden mega peri autou ephantazonto; ethaumazon gar legontes potapos estin houtos ho anthrōpos, hoti kai hē thalassa kai hoi anemoi hypakouousin autǭ: Ho de Christos ouk epetimēsen, hoti anthrōp' on auton ekaloun, all᾽ anemene, dia tōn sēmeiōn autous «didaskōn, hoti peplanēmenē ēn autōn ē hypolēpsis. Pothen de anthrōpon auton enomizon : ᾿Apo te tēs on tō apo te tou hypnou, kai tou ploiǭ kechrēsthai. Dia touto eis amēchanian exepipton legonte: potapos estin houtos ? : Ho men gar hypnos kai to phainomenon anthrōpon edeiknn ē de thalatta kai hē galēnē, theon ᾿enephainen.

“And when he had got into the boat, his disciples followed him. And behold, a great storm arose on the sea, so that the boat was covered by the waves; but he was asleep.” Luke, freeing himself from being required to keep the order of times, spoke thus: “Now it came to pass on one of the days that he got into a boat, and his disciples”; and Mark likewise. But this evangelist does not do so, but keeps the sequence here too. For they did not all write everything in the same way. And this I have said before too, so that no one may think that an omission is a disagreement. He sent the crowds on ahead, then, but took the disciples with him; for the others say this too. And he took them not idly or at random, but so as to make them spectators of the miracle that was about to happen. For like an excellent trainer he was preparing them for both: to be undismayed in dangers, and to be modest in honors. For so that they might not be proud because he had sent the others away and kept them, he lets them be tossed by the waves, accomplishing this and at the same time training them to bear temptations nobly. For the former miracles too were great, but this one also contained no small training, and was a sign akin to the ancient one. That is why he takes only the disciples with him. For where there was a display of miracles, he let the people be present too; but where there was an uprising of temptations and fears, he takes with him only the athletes of the world, whom he was going to train. And Matthew simply said that he was asleep, but Luke says that it was on a pillow, showing his freedom from pride and teaching us great philosophy from this. When the storm, then, was roused and the sea was raging, they wake him, saying, “Lord, save us; we are perishing.” But he rebuked them before the sea. For, as I said, these things were permitted for the sake of training, and were a type of the temptations that would overtake them. For afterward too he often let them fall into harsher storms of affairs, and was long-suffering. That is why Paul too said, “For we do not want you to be unaware, brothers, that we were burdened beyond measure, beyond our strength, so that we despaired even of life”; and again afterward, “who delivered us from so great deaths.” Showing them, then, from this that they must be of good courage even if great waves are raised, and that he arranges everything for their benefit, he first rebukes them. For their very being troubled happened for their benefit, so that the miracle might appear greater and the memory of what happened might be lasting. For when something wonderful is about to happen, many things that make for remembrance are prepared beforehand, so that after the miracle has passed they may not fall into forgetfulness. So too Moses first fears the serpent, and fears not simply but with great anguish, and then sees that wonderful thing happen. So too these men, having first expected to perish, were then saved, so that, having acknowledged the danger, they might learn the greatness of the miracle. That is why he sleeps too; for if it had happened while he was awake, either they would not have feared, or they would not have entreated him, or they would not even have thought him able to do such a thing. That is why he sleeps, giving time to their cowardice and making their perception of what happened clearer. For one does not see what happens in other people’s bodies in the same way as what happens in oneself. Since, then, they had seen all others benefited, while they themselves had enjoyed nothing, they were even careless (for they were neither lame nor had any other such disease); and they had to enjoy his benefits through their own perception; so he permits the storm, so that through their deliverance they might receive a clearer perception of the benefit. That is why he does not do this with the crowds present either, so that they might not be condemned for little faith; but taking them alone, he corrects them, and before the storm of the waters he stills the storm of their soul, rebuking them and saying, “Why are you afraid, you of little faith?”, and teaching them at the same time that fear is produced not by the onset of temptations but by the weakness of the mind. And if someone should say that it was not cowardice or little faith to come and wake him, I would say this: that this very thing was above all a sign that they did not have the fitting opinion about him. For they knew that he could rebuke the sea when awake, but not yet that he could do it while asleep. And why do you wonder at this now, when even after many other miracles they were still rather imperfectly disposed? That is why they are often rebuked, as when he says, “Are you also still without understanding?” Do not wonder, then, if, when the disciples were so imperfectly disposed, the crowds imagined nothing great about him. For they marveled, saying, “What sort of man is this, that even the sea and the winds obey him?” And Christ did not rebuke them because they called him a man, but waited, teaching them through the signs that their supposition was mistaken. And why did they think him a man? From his appearance, from his sleep, and from his using a boat. That is why they fell into perplexity, saying, “What sort of man is this?” For the sleep and the appearance showed a man, but the sea and the calm revealed God.

28.2Field 1

᾿Επειδὴ καὶ Μωυσῆς ἐποίησέ τι τοιοῦτόν ποτε, καὶ ἐντεῦθεν δείκνυσι τὴν ὑπεροχήν καὶ ὅτι ὁ μὲν ὡς δοῦλος, ὁ δὲ ὡς δεσπότης θαυματουργεῖ. Οὐ γαρ ῥάβδον ἔτεινεν ὥσπερ ἐκεῖνος, οὐδὲ χεῖρας ἐξέτεινεν εἰς τὸν οὐρανὸν, οὐδὲ εὐχῆς ἐδεήθη αλλ ὥσπερ εἰκὸς δεσπότην ἐπιτάττοντα θεραπαινίδι, καὶ δημιουργὸν κτίσματι, οὕτως αὐτὴν κατέστειλέ τε καὶ ἐχαλίνωσε λόγῳ καὶ ἐπιταγματι μονον᾽ καὶ πᾶσα εὐθέως ἐλύετο ἡ ζάλη, καὶ οὐδὲ ἴχνος ᾿απέμενε τῆς ταραχῆς. Τοῦτο γὰρ ἐδήλωσεν ὁ εὐαγγελιστὴς εἰπών καὶ ἐγένετο γαλήνη μεγαλη. Καὶ ὅπερ περι τοῦ πατρὸς ὡς μέγα εἴρητο, τοῦτο αὐτὸς διὰ τῶν ἔργων ἐπεδείξατο πάλιν. Τί δὲ εἴρητο περὶ αὐτου; Εἶπε, φησὶ, καὶ ἔστη πνεῦμα καταιγίδος. Οὕτω καὶ ἐνταῦθα' εἶπε, καὶ ἐγένετο γαλήνη μεγαλη. Διὸ μάλιστα καὶ ἐθαύμαζον οἱ ὄχλοι αὐτὸν, οὐκ ἂν θαυμάσαντες, εἴπερ οὕτως ἐποίησεν ὡς ἐκεῖνος. Επειδὴ δὲ ἀπέβη τῆς θαλάττης, διαδέχεται θαῦμα ἕτερον Δαιμονῶντες γὰρ καθάπερ δραπέται πονηροὶ τὸν δεσπότην ἰδόντες, ἔλεγον᾽ τί ἡμῖν καὶ σοὶ, ᾿Ιησοῦ υἱὲ τοῦ θεοῦ; ἦλθες ὧδε πρὸ καιροῦ βασανίσαι ἡμᾶς 3 Επειδὴ αρ ἄνθρωπον αὐτὸν ἔλεγον οἱ ὄχλοι, ἦλθον οἱ δαίμονες τὴν θεότητα αὐτοῦ αἀνακηρύττοντες καὶ οἱ τῆς θαλάττης κυμαινούσης καὶ πάλιν ἡσυχαζούσης οὐκ ἡ ἀκούοντες, ἤκουον τών δαιμόνων ταῦτα βοώντων, ἅπερ ἐκείνη διὰ τῆς γαλήνης ἔκραζεν. Εἶτα ἵνα μὴ δόξη κολακείας τὸ πρᾶγμα εἶναι, ἀπὸ τῆς πείρας των πραγματων βοώσι λεγοντες ἤλθες ὧδε προ καιροῦ βασανίσαι ἡμᾶς: Διὰ δὴ τοῦτο πρότερον ὠμολόγῆται ἡ ἔχθρα, ἵνα μὴ ὕποπτος αὐτῶν ἡ ἱκετηρία γένηται. Καὶ γὰρ ἐμαστίζοντο ἀοράτως, καὶ τῆς θαλάττης ἐχειμάζοντο μᾶλλον, κεντούμενοι καὶ ἐμπιπράμενοι, καὶ τὰ ἀνήκεστα πάσχοντες ἀπὸ τῆς παρουσίας μόνης. ᾿Επειδὴ γὰρ οὐδεὶς αὐτοὺς προσενεγκεῖν ἐτόλμα, αὐτὸς πρὸς αὐτοὺς ἀπέρχεται ὁ Χριστός. Καὶ ὁ μὲν Ματθαῖός φησιν αὑτοὺς εἰρηκέναι ἤλθος ὧδε πρὸ καιροῦ βασανίσαι ἡμᾶς οἱ δὲ ἄλλοι προσεθηκαν, ὅτι καὶ παρεκάλουν αὐτὸν καὶ ὡρκιζον, ἵνα μὴ εἰς τὴν ἄβυσσον αὐτοὺς ἐμβάλη.. ᾿Ενόμισαν γὰρ ἤδη τὴν κόλασιν αὐτοῖς ἐφεστάναι; καὶ ἔδεισαν ὡς ἤδη εἰς τιμωρίαν ἐμπεσούμενοι. Εἰ δὲ οἱ περὶ τὸν Λουκᾶν ἕνα φασὶν αὐτὸν εἶναι, οὗτος δὲ δύο, οὐδὲ τοῦτο διαφωνίαν ἐμφαίνει. Εἰ μὲν γὰρ εἶπον, ὅτι εἷς μόνος ἦν, ἕτερος δὲ οὐκ ἦν, ἐδόκουν ἀμφιβάλλειν τῷ Ματθαίῳ᾽ εἰ δὲ, ὁ μὲν περὶ τοῦ ἑνὸς, ὁ δὲ περὶ τῶν δύο διελέχθη, οὐ μάχης τὸ εἰρημένον, ἀλλὰ διαφόρου διηγήσεως. Καὶ γὰρ ἔμοιγε δοκεῖ τὸν χαλεπώτερον τούτων ἐπιλεξάμενος ὁ Λουκᾶς εἰρηκέναι διὸ καὶ τραγικώτερον ἀπαγγέλλει τὴν συμφοραν οἷον, ὅτι τὰ δεσμὰ καὶ τὰς ἁλύσεις διαῤῥήσσων κατα τὴν ἔρημον ἐπλανᾶτο᾽ ὁ δὲ Μάρκος ὅτι καὶ τοῖς λίθοις ἑαυτὸν ἔκοπτέ φησι καὶ τὰ ῥήματα δὲ αὐτῶν ἱκανὰ τὸ ἀπηνὲς καὶ τὸ ἀναίσχυντον ἐνδείξασθαι. Ἥλθες γὰρ ὧδε πρὸ καιροῦ βασανίσαι ἡμᾶς : φησίν. Ὅτι μὲν γὰρ οὐ ἥμαρτον, οὐκ εἶχον εἰπεῖν ἀξιοῦσι δὲ μὴ πρὸ καιροῦ οὔναι τὴν δίκην. ᾿Ἐπειδη γὰρ κατέλαβεν αὐτοὺς τὰ ἀνήκεστα δεινὰ καὶ παράνομα ἐκεῖνα ἐργαζομένους, καὶ τὸ πλάσμα τὸ ἑαυτοῦ παντὶ διαστρέφοντας τρόπῳ καὶ τιμωρουμένους, καὶ ἐνόμιζον αὐτὸν δι᾽ ὑπερβολὴν τῶν γενομένων οὐκ ἀναμένειν τὸν καιρὸν τῆς κολάσεως, διὰ τοῦτο παρεκάλουν καὶ ἐδέοντο' καὶ οἱ μηδὲ δεσμῶν ἀνεχόμενοι σιδηρῶν, ἔ ἔρχονται δεδεμένοι καὶ οἱ τὰ ὄρη κατατρέχοντες, εἰς τὰ πεδία ἐξήεσαν᾽ ᾿ καὶ οἱ τοὺς ἄλλους κωλύοντες διαβαίνειν, τὸν ἀποτειχίζοντα τὴν ὁδὸν αὐτοῖς ἰδόντες, ἔστησαν. Τί δήποτε δὲ καὶ τοῖς τάφοις ἐμφιλοχωροῦσιν ; : ᾿Ολέθριον δόγμα τοῖς πολλοῖς ἐνθεῖναι βουλόμενοι, οἷον ὅτι αἱ ψυχαὶ τῶν ἀπελθόντων δαίμονες γίνονται ὃ μηδέποτε γένοιτο μηδὲ μέχρις ἐννοίας Τί οὗν, φησὶν, ἂν εἴποις, ὅταν πολλοὶ τῶν γοήτων παῖδας λαβόντες ἀποσφάττωσιν, ὥστε αὐτοῖς μετὰ ταῦτα συμπράττουσαν τὴν ψυχὴν ἔ ἔχειν; Καὶ πόθεν τοῦτο δῆλον; Ὅτι μὲν γὰρ ἀποσφάττουσι, πολλοὶ λέγουσιν ὅτι δὲ αἱ ψυχαὶ τῶν σφαγέντων μοτ᾽ αὐτῶν εἰσι, πόθεν ἔγνως ; εἰπέ μοι. Αὐτοὶ, φησὶν, οἱ δαιμονῶντες βοῶσιν, ὃ ὅτι ψυχὴ τοῦ δεῖνος ἐγώ. ᾿Αλλὰ καὶ τοῦτο σκηνή τις καὶ ἀπάτη. Οὐ γὰρ ἤ ψυχὴ τοὺ τετελευτηκότος ἐστὶν ἡ βοῶσα, ἀλλ᾽ ᾽ ίμων ὁ ὑποκρινόμενος ταῦτα, ὥστε ἀπατῆσαι τοὺς ακούοντας. Ἐῤ γὰρ εἰς δαίμονος οὐσίαν δυνατὸν ψυχὴν εἰσελθεῖν, πολλῷ μᾶλλον εἰς τὸ σῶμα τὸ ἑαυτῆς. Ἄλλως δὲ ' οὐκ ἂν ἔχοι λόγον τὴν ἡδικημένην ψυχὴν συμπράττειν τῷ ἠδικηκότι᾽ ἢ ἄνθρωπον δύνασθαι δύναμιν ἀσώματον εἰς ἑτέραν μεταβαλεῖν οὐσίαν. Εἰ γὰρ ἐπὶ τῶν σωμάτων τοῦτο ἀμήχανον, καὶ οὐκ ἄν τις ἀνθρώπου σώμα ὄνου ἐργάσαιτο πολλῷ μᾶλλον ἐπὶ τῆς ἀοράτου ψυχῆς τοῦτο ἀδύνατον, καὶ οὐκ ἄν τις ἰσχύσειεν εἰς δαίμονος οὐσίαν αὐτὴν μετενεγκεῖν.

᾿Epeidē kai Mōysēs epoiēse ti toiouton pote, kai enteuthen deiknysi tēn hyperochēn kai hoti ho men hōs doulos, ho de hōs despotēs thaumatourgei. Ou gar rhabdon eteinen hōsper ekeinos, oude cheiras exeteinen eis ton ouranon, oude euchēs edeēthē all hōsper eikos despotēn epitattonta therapainidi, kai dēmiourgon ktismati, houtōs autēn katesteile te kai echalinōse logǭ kai epitagmati monon᾽ kai pasa eutheōs elyeto hē zalē, kai oude ichnos ᾿apemene tēs tarachēs. Touto gar edēlōsen ho euangelistēs eipōn kai egeneto galēnē megalē. Kai hoper peri tou patros hōs mega eirēto, touto autos dia tōn ergōn epedeixato palin. Ti de eirēto peri autou? Eipe, phēsi, kai estē pneuma kataigidos. Houtō kai entautha' eipe, kai egeneto galēnē megalē. Dio malista kai ethaumazon hoi ochloi auton, ouk an thaumasantes, eiper houtōs epoiēsen hōs ekeinos. Epeidē de apebē tēs thalattēs, diadechetai thauma heteron Daimonōntes gar kathaper drapetai ponēroi ton despotēn idontes, elegon᾽ ti hēmin kai soi, ᾿Iēsou huie tou theou? ēlthes hōde pro kairou basanisai hēmas 3 Epeidē ar anthrōpon auton elegon hoi ochloi, ēlthon hoi daimones tēn theotēta autou aanakēryttontes kai hoi tēs thalattēs kymainousēs kai palin hēsychazousēs ouk hē akouontes, ēkouon tōn daimonōn tauta boōntōn, haper ekeinē dia tēs galēnēs ekrazen. Eita hina mē doxē kolakeias to pragma einai, apo tēs peiras tōn pragmatōn boōsi legontes ēlthes hōde pro kairou basanisai hēmas: Dia dē touto proteron ōmologētai hē echthra, hina mē hypoptos autōn hē hiketēria genētai. Kai gar emastizonto aoratōs, kai tēs thalattēs echeimazonto mallon, kentoumenoi kai empipramenoi, kai ta anēkesta paschontes apo tēs parousias monēs. ᾿Epeidē gar oudeis autous prosenenkein etolma, autos pros autous aperchetai ho Christos. Kai ho men Matthaios phēsin hautous eirēkenai ēlthos hōde pro kairou basanisai hēmas hoi de alloi prosethēkan, hoti kai parekaloun auton kai hōrkizon, hina mē eis tēn abysson autous embalē.. ᾿Enomisan gar ēdē tēn kolasin autois ephestanai? kai edeisan hōs ēdē eis timōrian empesoumenoi. Ei de hoi peri ton Loukan hena phasin auton einai, houtos de dyo, oude touto diaphōnian emphainei. Ei men gar eipon, hoti heis monos ēn, heteros de ouk ēn, edokoun amphiballein tǭ Matthaiǭ᾽ ei de, ho men peri tou henos, ho de peri tōn dyo dielechthē, ou machēs to eirēmenon, alla diaphorou diēgēseōs. Kai gar emoige dokei ton chalepōteron toutōn epilexamenos ho Loukas eirēkenai dio kai tragikōteron apangellei tēn symphoran hoion, hoti ta desma kai tas halyseis diarrhēssōn kata tēn erēmon eplanato᾽ ho de Markos hoti kai tois lithois heauton ekopte phēsi kai ta rhēmata de autōn hikana to apēnes kai to anaischynton endeixasthai. Hēlthes gar hōde pro kairou basanisai hēmas : phēsin. Hoti men gar ou hēmarton, ouk eichon eipein axiousi de mē pro kairou ounai tēn dikēn. ᾿Epeidē gar katelaben autous ta anēkesta deina kai paranoma ekeina ergazomenous, kai to plasma to heautou panti diastrephontas tropǭ kai timōroumenous, kai enomizon auton di᾽ hyperbolēn tōn genomenōn ouk anamenein ton kairon tēs kolaseōs, dia touto parekaloun kai edeonto' kai hoi mēde desmōn anechomenoi sidērōn, e erchontai dedemenoi kai hoi ta orē katatrechontes, eis ta pedia exēesan᾽ ᾿ kai hoi tous allous kōlyontes diabainein, ton apoteichizonta tēn hodon autois idontes, estēsan. Ti dēpote de kai tois taphois emphilochōrousin ? : ᾿Olethrion dogma tois pollois entheinai boulomenoi, hoion hoti hai psychai tōn apelthontōn daimones ginontai ho mēdepote genoito mēde mechris ennoias Ti houn, phēsin, an eipois, hotan polloi tōn goētōn paidas labontes aposphattōsin, hōste autois meta tauta symprattousan tēn psychēn e echein? Kai pothen touto dēlon? Hoti men gar aposphattousi, polloi legousin hoti de hai psychai tōn sphagentōn mot᾽ autōn eisi, pothen egnōs ? eipe moi. Autoi, phēsin, hoi daimonōntes boōsin, ho hoti psychē tou deinos egō. ᾿Alla kai touto skēnē tis kai apatē. Ou gar ē psychē tou teteleutēkotos estin hē boōsa, all᾽ ᾽ imōn ho hypokrinomenos tauta, hōste apatēsai tous akouontas. Er gar eis daimonos ousian dynaton psychēn eiselthein, pollǭ mallon eis to sōma to heautēs. Allōs de ' ouk an echoi logon tēn hēdikēmenēn psychēn symprattein tǭ ēdikēkoti᾽ ē anthrōpon dynasthai dynamin asōmaton eis heteran metabalein ousian. Ei gar epi tōn sōmatōn touto amēchanon, kai ouk an tis anthrōpou sōma onou ergasaito pollǭ mallon epi tēs aoratou psychēs touto adynaton, kai ouk an tis ischyseien eis daimonos ousian autēn metenenkein.

Since Moses too once did something of this kind, he shows his superiority from this too, and that the one works miracles as a servant, the other as Master. For he did not stretch out a rod as that man did, nor stretch out his hands to heaven, nor need prayer; but, as is fitting for a master commanding a maidservant and a creator his creature, so he calmed it and bridled it by a word and a command alone; and at once the whole tempest was ended, and not even a trace of the turmoil remained. For this the evangelist showed by saying, “And there was a great calm.” And what had been said of the Father as a great thing, this he showed again by his deeds. And what had been said of him? “He spoke,” it says, “and the stormy wind stood still.” So here too: he spoke, and there was a great calm. That is why the crowds especially marveled at him, who would not have marveled if he had done it as that man did. And when he had come from the sea, another miracle follows. For men possessed by demons, like wicked runaway slaves who see their master, said, “What have we to do with you, Jesus, Son of God? Have you come here before the time to torment us?” For since the crowds called him a man, the demons came proclaiming his Godhead; and those who did not hear the sea when it raged and was again still heard the demons crying out what the sea had cried out by its calm. Then, so that the thing might not seem to be flattery, they cry out from the experience of the facts, saying, “Have you come here before the time to torment us?” That is why the enmity is confessed first, so that their supplication might not be suspected. For they were being scourged invisibly, and were more storm-tossed than the sea, being pricked and burned and suffering intolerable things from his presence alone. For since no one dared to bring them, Christ himself goes to them. And Matthew says that they said, “Have you come here before the time to torment us?”; but the others added that they also entreated and adjured him not to cast them into the abyss. For they thought that the punishment was already upon them, and they feared, as if they were already about to fall into vengeance. And if Luke’s account says that there was one, while this evangelist says two, not even this shows disagreement. For if they had said that there was only one and there was not another, they would have seemed to contradict Matthew; but if the one spoke of one and the other of two, what is said is not a matter of conflict but of a different narration. For it seems to me that Luke chose the harsher of the two and spoke of him; that is why he reports the calamity more tragically, as that, breaking the bonds and the chains, he wandered in the desert; and Mark says that he also cut himself with stones. And their words too are enough to show their cruelty and shamelessness. “For have you come here before the time to torment us?” they say. That they had not sinned they could not say, but they ask not to pay the penalty before the time. For since he had caught them working those intolerable and lawless evils, distorting his creation in every way and punishing it, and they thought that because of the excess of what had been done he would not wait for the time of punishment, for this reason they entreated and begged; and those who could not endure even iron chains come bound; and those who ran over the mountains came out into the plains; and those who prevented others from passing by, seeing the one who walled off the road against them, stood still. And why do they also love to haunt the tombs? Wishing to put a destructive doctrine into the many: that the souls of the departed become demons; which may it never come to pass even in thought. “What then,” someone says, “would you say when many sorcerers take children and slaughter them, so as to have the soul working with them afterward?” And how is this clear? That they slaughter them, many say; but that the souls of the slain are with them, how did you know? tell me. “The possessed themselves,” he says, “cry out, ‘I am the soul of so-and-so.’” But this too is a piece of stagecraft and deceit of the devil. For it is not the soul of the dead man that cries out, but the demon who plays this part so as to deceive the hearers. For if it were possible for a soul to enter into the substance of a demon, much more could it enter into its own body. And besides, it would not be reasonable for the wronged soul to work together with the one who wronged it; or for a man to be able to change an incorporeal power into another substance. For if this is impossible with bodies, and no one could make a man’s body into a donkey’s, much more is this impossible with the invisible soul, and no one would be able to transform it into the substance of a demon.

28.3Field 1

Ὥστε γραϊδίων μεθυόντων ταυτὶ τὰ ῥήματα, καὶ παίδων μορμολύκεια. Οὐδὲ γὰρ ἕνι γυχὴν ἀποῤῥαγεῖσαν τοῦ σώματος ἐνταῦθα πλανᾶσθαι λοιπόν. Δικαίων γὰρ ψυχαὶ ἐν χειρὶ θεοῦ εἰ δὲ αἱ τῶν δικαίων, καὶ αἱ τῶν παίδων οὐ ἐκεῖναι πονηραί. Καὶ αἱ τῶν ἁμαρτωλῶν δὲ εὐθέως ἐντεῦθεν ἀπάγονται. Καὶ δῆλον ἁ ἀπὸ τοῦ Λαζάρου καὶ τοῦ πλουσίου καὶ ἀλλαχοῦ 'δέ φησιν ὁ Χριστός: μὰς σήμερον τὴν ψυχήν σον ἀπαιτοῦσιν ἀπὸ σοῦ. Καὶ οὐχ οἷόν τε ψυχὴν ἐξελθοῦσαν τοῦ σώματος ἐνταῦθα πλανᾶσθαι καὶ μάλα εἰκότως. Εἰ γὰρ ἐν γῇ βαδίζοντες τῇ συνήθει καὶ γνωρίμῳ, καὶ σῶμα περικείμενοι, ὅταν ξένην ὁδεύωμον ὁδὸν, ποίαν ἐλθεῖν οὐκ ἴσμεν, ἂν μὴ τὸν χειραγωγοῦντα ἔχωμεν' πῶς ἡ τοῦ σώματος ἀποῤῥαγεῖσα ψνχὴ, καὶ τῆς συνηθείας ἐξελθοῦσα πάσης, εἴσεται ' ποῦ δεῖ βαδίζειν ἄ ἄνεν ποῦ καθοδηγοῦντος αὐτήν ; Καὶ πολλαχόθεν δὲ ἑτέρωθεν ἄν τις κατίδοι, ὅτι οὐκ ἔνι ψυχὴν ἐξελθοῦσαν ἐνταῦθα μεῖναι. Καὶ γὰρ ὁ Στέφανός φησι δέξαι τὸ πνεῦμά μουν Καὶ ὁ Παῦλος, τὸ ἀναλῦσαι καὶ σὺν Χριστῷ εἶναι πολλῷ μᾶλλον κρεῖττον. Καὶ περὶ τοῦ πατριάρχου δέ φησιν ἡ Ὑραφη᾽ καὶ προσετέθη πρὸς τοὺς πατέρας αὐτοῦ. τραφεὶς ἐν γήρει καλῳ. Ὅτι δὲ οὐδὲ αἱ τῶν ἁμαρτωλῶν ψυχαὶ διατρίβειν ἐνταῦθα δύνανται, ἄκουσον τοῦ πλουσίου πολλὰ ὑπὲρ τούτου παρακαλοῦντος, καὶ οὐκ ἐπιτνγχάνοντος᾽ ὡς εἴγε ἦν δυνατὸν, αὐτὸς ἂν ἦλθε, καὶ ἀνήγγειλε τὰ ἐκεῖ γεγενημένα. Ὅθεν δῆλον, ὅτι μετὰ τὴν ἐντεῦθεν ἀποδημίαν εἰς χώραν τινὰ ἀπάγονται αἱ ψυχαὶ, οὐκέτι κυρίαι οὖσαι ἐπανελθεῖν, αλλὰ τὴν φοβερὰν ἐκείνην ἡμέραν ἀναμένουσαι, Εἰ δὲ λέγοι τις, καὶ τίνος ἕνεκεν ὅπερ ἠξίωσαν οἱ δαίμονες ἐποίησεν ὁ Χριστος, εἰς τὴν ἀγέλην τῶν χοίρων ἐπιτρέψας αὐτοῖς ἀπελθεῖν: ἐκεῖνο ἂν εἴποιμεν, ὅτι οὐκ ἐκείνοις πειθόμενος τοῦτο ἐποίησεν, αλλὰ πολλὰ ἐντεῦθεν οἰκονομῶν ἕν μὲν, τὸ διδάξαι τοὺς ἀπαλλαγέντας τῶν πονηρῶν τυράννων ἐκείνων τὸ μέγεθος τῆς λύμης τῶν ἐπιβουλευόντων αὐτοῖς ἕτερον δὲ, ἵνα μάθωσι πάντες, ὅτι οὐδὲ χοίρων κατατολμῶσιν, εἰ μὴ αὐτὸς συγχωρήσειε᾽ τρίτον, ὅτι χαλεπώτερα τῶν χοίρων ἐκείνους ἂν εἰργάσαντο, εἰ μὴ καὶ ἐν τῇ συμφορᾷ πολλῆς ἀπέλανον τῆς τοῦ θεοῦ προνοίας. Ὅτι γὰρ ἡμᾶς τῶν ἀλόγων μᾶλλον μισοῦσι, παντί που δῆλόν ἐ εστιν. Ὥστε οἱ τῶν χοίρων μὴ φειδόμενοι, αλλ᾽ ἐν μιᾷ καιροῦ ῥοπῇ πάντας αὑτοὺς κατακρημνίσαντες, πολλῴ μᾶλλον ἀ ἂν τοὺς ἀνθρώπους ταῦτα εἰργάσαντο, οὺς εἶχον, ἐπ᾽ ἐρημίας ἄγοντες καὶ ἀπάγοντες, εἰ μὴ καὶ ἐν αὐτῇ τῇ τυραννίδι πολλὴ ἣν τοῦ θεοῦ κηδεμονία, χαλινοῦσα καὶ ἐπέχουσα τὴν περαιτέρω βύμην αὐτῶν. Ὅθεν δῆλον, ὅτι οὐκ ἔστιν οὐδεὶς, ὃς οὐκ ἀπολαύει τῆς τοῦ θεοῦ προνοίας, Εἰ δὲ μὴ πάντες ὁμοίως, μηδὲ καθ᾽ ἕνα τρόπον, καὶ τοῦτο προνοίας μέγιστον εἶδός ἐστι. Πρὸς γὰρ τὸ ἑκάστῳ λυσιτελοῦν καὶ τὸ τῆς προνοίας ἐπιδείκνυται. Προς δὲ τοῖς εἰρημένοις καὶ ἕτερον ἐκ τούτου μανθάνομεν, ὅτιπερ ουὅ κοινῇ πάντων προνοεῖ μόνον, ἀλλὰ καὶ ἰδίᾳ ἑκάστου ὃ καὶ ἐπὶ τῶν μαθητῶν ἐδήλωσεν εἰπών ὑμῶν δὲ καὶ αἱ τρίχες τῆς κεφαλῆς ἠριθμημέναι εἰσί. Καὶ απὸ τών δαιμονώντων δὲ τούτων ἄν τις τοῦτο κατίδοι σαφῶς, οἱ πάλαι ἂν ἀπεπνίγῆσαν, εἰ μὴ πολλῆς τῆς ἄνωθεν κηδεμονίας ἀπέλαυον. Διὰ δὴ ταῦτα ἐπέτρεψεν ᾿απελθεῖν εἰς τὴν ἀγέλην τῶν χοίρων, καὶ ἵνα καὶ οἱ τὰ χωρία οἰκοῦντες ἐκεῖνα μαθωσιν αὐτοῦ τὴν δύναμιν. ἤΕνθα μὲν γὰρ πολὺ τὸ ὄνομα αὐτοῦ ἐστιν, οὐ σφόδρα ἐπεδείκνυτο᾽ ἔνθα δὲ μηδεὶς αὐτὸν οἷδεν, ἀλλ᾽ ἔτι ἀναισθήτως διάκεινται, ἐκλάμπειν ἐποίει τὰ θαύματα, ὦστε αὐτοὺς εἰς τὴν αὐτοῦ θεογνωσίαν ἐπισπάσασθαι. Ὅτι «γὰρ αἀναίσθητοί τινες ἦσαν οἱ τὴν πόλιν ἐκείνην οἰκοῦντες, δῆλον ἀπὸ τοὺ τέλους. Δέον γὰρ αὐτοὺς προσκυνῆσαι καὶ θαυμάσαι τὴν δύναμιν, οἱ δὲ ἀπέπεμπον, καἱ παρεκάλουν 'ἀπελθεῖν ἀπὸ τῶν ὁρίων αὐτῶν. ᾿Αλλὰ τίνος ἕνεκεν ἀνεῖλον τοὺς χοίρους οἱ δαίμονες Πανταχοῦ τοὺς ἀνθρώπους εἰς αθυμίαν ἐμβάλλειν ἐσπουδάκασι, καὶ πανταχοῦ χαίρουσι τῇ ἀπωλείᾳ. Τοῦτο γοῦν καὶ ὁ διαβολος ἐπὶ τοὺ ᾿Ιὠωβ ἐποίησε καίτοι καὶ ἐκεῖ ὁ θεὸς ἐπέτρεΨεν᾽ ἀλλ᾽ οὐδὲ ἐκεῖ πειθόμενος τῷ διαβόλῳ, ἀλλὰ τὸν αὐτοῦ θεράποντα θέλων ἀποφῆναι λαμπρότερον, καὶ τῷ δαίμονι πᾶσαν ἀναισχυντίας ἐκκόπτων πρόφασιν, καὶ εἰς τὴν αὐτοῦ περιτρέπων κεφαλὴν τὰ κατὰ τοῦ δικαίον γινόμενα. ᾿Επεὶ καὶ νῦν τοὐναντίον, ἥπερ ἤθελον οὗτοι, γέγονε. Καὶ γὰρ ἡ τοῦ Χριστοῦ δύναμις λαμπρῶς ἀνεκηρύττετο, καὶ ἡ πονηρία τῶν δαιμόνων, ἧς ἀπήλλαξε τοὺς ὑπ᾽ αὐτῶν κατεχομένους, σαφέστερον διεδείκνυτο, καὶ ὅτι οὐδὲ χοίρων εἰσὶν ἅπτεσθαι κύριοι, μὴ τοῦ τῶν ὅλων ἐπιτρέποντος θεοῦ.

Hōste graïdiōn methyontōn tauti ta rhēmata, kai paidōn mormolykeia. Oude gar heni gychēn aporrhageisan tou sōmatos entautha planasthai loipon. Dikaiōn gar psychai en cheiri theou ei de hai tōn dikaiōn, kai hai tōn paidōn ou ekeinai ponērai. Kai hai tōn hamartōlōn de eutheōs enteuthen apagontai. Kai dēlon ha apo tou Lazarou kai tou plousiou kai allachou 'de phēsin ho Christos: mas sēmeron tēn psychēn son apaitousin apo sou. Kai ouch hoion te psychēn exelthousan tou sōmatos entautha planasthai kai mala eikotōs. Ei gar en gę̄ badizontes tę̄ synēthei kai gnōrimǭ, kai sōma perikeimenoi, hotan xenēn hodeuōmon hodon, poian elthein ouk ismen, an mē ton cheiragōgounta echōmen' pōs hē tou sōmatos aporrhageisa psnchē, kai tēs synētheias exelthousa pasēs, eisetai ' pou dei badizein a anen pou kathodēgountos autēn ? Kai pollachothen de heterōthen an tis katidoi, hoti ouk eni psychēn exelthousan entautha meinai. Kai gar ho Stephanos phēsi dexai to pneuma moun Kai ho Paulos, to analysai kai syn Christǭ einai pollǭ mallon kreitton. Kai peri tou patriarchou de phēsin hē Hyraphē᾽ kai prosetethē pros tous pateras autou. trapheis en gērei kalǭ. Hoti de oude hai tōn hamartōlōn psychai diatribein entautha dynantai, akouson tou plousiou polla hyper toutou parakalountos, kai ouk epitnnchanontos᾽ hōs eige ēn dynaton, autos an ēlthe, kai anēngeile ta ekei gegenēmena. Hothen dēlon, hoti meta tēn enteuthen apodēmian eis chōran tina apagontai hai psychai, ouketi kyriai ousai epanelthein, alla tēn phoberan ekeinēn hēmeran anamenousai, Ei de legoi tis, kai tinos heneken hoper ēxiōsan hoi daimones epoiēsen ho Christos, eis tēn agelēn tōn choirōn epitrepsas autois apelthein: ekeino an eipoimen, hoti ouk ekeinois peithomenos touto epoiēsen, alla polla enteuthen oikonomōn hen men, to didaxai tous apallagentas tōn ponērōn tyrannōn ekeinōn to megethos tēs lymēs tōn epibouleuontōn autois heteron de, hina mathōsi pantes, hoti oude choirōn katatolmōsin, ei mē autos synchōrēseie᾽ triton, hoti chalepōtera tōn choirōn ekeinous an eirgasanto, ei mē kai en tę̄ symphorą pollēs apelanon tēs tou theou pronoias. Hoti gar hēmas tōn alogōn mallon misousi, panti pou dēlon e estin. Hōste hoi tōn choirōn mē pheidomenoi, all᾽ en mią kairou rhopę̄ pantas hautous katakrēmnisantes, pollǭ mallon a an tous anthrōpous tauta eirgasanto, ous eichon, ep᾽ erēmias agontes kai apagontes, ei mē kai en autę̄ tę̄ tyrannidi pollē hēn tou theou kēdemonia, chalinousa kai epechousa tēn peraiterō bymēn autōn. Hothen dēlon, hoti ouk estin oudeis, hos ouk apolauei tēs tou theou pronoias, Ei de mē pantes homoiōs, mēde kath᾽ hena tropon, kai touto pronoias megiston eidos esti. Pros gar to hekastǭ lysiteloun kai to tēs pronoias epideiknytai. Pros de tois eirēmenois kai heteron ek toutou manthanomen, hotiper ouo koinę̄ pantōn pronoei monon, alla kai idią hekastou ho kai epi tōn mathētōn edēlōsen eipōn hymōn de kai hai triches tēs kephalēs ērithmēmenai eisi. Kai apo tōn daimonōntōn de toutōn an tis touto katidoi saphōs, hoi palai an apepnigēsan, ei mē pollēs tēs anōthen kēdemonias apelauon. Dia dē tauta epetrepsen ᾿apelthein eis tēn agelēn tōn choirōn, kai hina kai hoi ta chōria oikountes ekeina mathōsin autou tēn dynamin. ēEntha men gar poly to onoma autou estin, ou sphodra epedeiknyto᾽ entha de mēdeis auton hoiden, all᾽ eti anaisthētōs diakeintai, eklampein epoiei ta thaumata, ōste autous eis tēn autou theognōsian epispasasthai. Hoti «gar aanaisthētoi tines ēsan hoi tēn polin ekeinēn oikountes, dēlon apo tou telous. Deon gar autous proskynēsai kai thaumasai tēn dynamin, hoi de apepempon, kai parekaloun 'apelthein apo tōn horiōn autōn. ᾿Alla tinos heneken aneilon tous choirous hoi daimones Pantachou tous anthrōpous eis athymian emballein espoudakasi, kai pantachou chairousi tę̄ apōleią. Touto goun kai ho diabolos epi tou ᾿Iōōb epoiēse kaitoi kai ekei ho theos epetrePsen᾽ all᾽ oude ekei peithomenos tǭ diabolǭ, alla ton autou theraponta thelōn apophēnai lamproteron, kai tǭ daimoni pasan anaischyntias ekkoptōn prophasin, kai eis tēn autou peritrepōn kephalēn ta kata tou dikaion ginomena. ᾿Epei kai nyn tounantion, hēper ēthelon houtoi, gegone. Kai gar hē tou Christou dynamis lamprōs anekērytteto, kai hē ponēria tōn daimonōn, hēs apēllaxe tous hyp᾽ autōn katechomenous, saphesteron diedeiknyto, kai hoti oude choirōn eisin haptesthai kyrioi, mē tou tōn holōn epitrepontos theou.

So these words are the talk of drunken old women and bogeys for children. For it is not possible for a soul, once torn from the body, to wander here any longer. For “the souls of the righteous are in the hand of God”; and if those of the righteous, then also those of children; for those are not wicked. And those of sinners too are led away from here at once. This is clear from Lazarus and the rich man; and elsewhere Christ says, “This day they demand your soul from you.” And it is not possible for a soul that has gone out of the body to wander here; and very reasonably. For if, walking on familiar and well-known ground and clothed with a body, when we travel a strange road we do not know which way to go unless we have someone to lead us by the hand, how will the soul torn from the body, and gone out of everything familiar, know where it must walk without someone to guide it? And from many other places one could see that it is not possible for a soul that has gone out to remain here. For Stephen says, “Receive my spirit”; and Paul, “To depart and be with Christ is far better”; and of the patriarch Scripture says, “And he was gathered to his fathers, having been nourished in a good old age.” And that not even the souls of sinners can stay here, hear the rich man entreating much for this and not obtaining it; since, if it had been possible, he himself would have come and reported what had happened there. From which it is clear that after their departure from here the souls are led away into some place, no longer having power to return, but awaiting that fearful day. And if someone should say, “And why did Christ do what the demons asked, permitting them to go into the herd of swine?”, we would say this: that he did this not obeying them, but arranging many things by it: first, to teach those freed from those wicked tyrants the greatness of the destructiveness of those who plotted against them; second, that all might learn that they dare not attack even swine unless he himself permits; third, that they would have done worse things to those men than to the swine, had the men not enjoyed, even in their calamity, much of God’s providence. For that they hate us more than the irrational animals is plain to everyone. So those who did not spare the swine, but hurled them all down in a single moment of time, would much more have done this to the men they held, leading them about into deserts and away, had there not been, even in that very tyranny, great care from God, bridling and restraining their further violence. From which it is clear that there is no one who does not enjoy God’s providence. And if not all enjoy it alike, nor in one way, this too is a very great form of providence. For providence is displayed according to what profits each. And besides what has been said, we learn something else from this: that he provides not only for all in common, but also for each individually; which he showed with the disciples too when he said, “But even the hairs of your head are all numbered.” And from these possessed men one could see this clearly, who would long ago have been choked had they not enjoyed great care from above. For these reasons, then, he permitted them to go into the herd of swine; and so that those who lived in those places too might learn his power. For where his name was great he did not display it much; but where no one knew him, and they were still without feeling, he made his miracles shine forth, so as to draw them to the knowledge of his Godhead. For that those who inhabited that city were somewhat unfeeling is clear from the outcome. For when they ought to have worshiped him and marveled at his power, they sent him away and begged him to depart from their borders. But why did the demons destroy the swine? Everywhere they are eager to throw people into despondency, and everywhere they rejoice in destruction. This, at any rate, the devil did in the case of Job too; and yet there too God permitted it; but not there either because he obeyed the devil, but wishing to make his own servant more glorious, to cut off from the demon every pretext for shamelessness, and to turn upon his head what was done against the righteous man. For now too the opposite of what they wished has happened. For Christ’s power was splendidly proclaimed, and the wickedness of the demons, from which he freed those held by them, was shown more clearly, and that they have no power even to touch swine without the permission of the God of all.

28.4Field 1

Εἰ δέ τις καὶ κατὰ ἀναγωγὴν ταῦτα ἐκλάβοι, τὸ κωλύον οὐδέν. Ἡ μὲν γὰρ ἱστορία αὕτη δεῖ δὲ εἰδέναι σαφώς, ὡς οἱ χοιρώδεις τῶν ἀνθρώπων εὐεπιχείρητοι ταῖς τῶν δαιμόνων ἐνεργείαις εἰσί. Καὶ ἄνθρωποι μὲν ὄντες οἱ ταῦτα παάσχοντες: δύνανται καὶ περιγενέσθαι πολλάκις ἂν δὲ χοῖροι τὸ ὅλον γένωνται, οὐ δαιμονίζονται μόνον, αλλὰ καὶ κατακρημνίζονται. Καὶ ἄλλως δὲ, ἵνα μή τις σκηνὴν εἶναι νομίση τὰ γενόμενα; αλλὰ πιστεύσῃ σαφώς ὅτι ἐξῆλθον οἱ δαίμονες, ἀπὸ τοῦ θανάτου τῶν χοίρων τοῦτο γίνεται κατάδηλον. Σκόπει δὲ αὐτοῦ καὶ τὸ πρᾶον μετὰ τῆς δυνάμεως. ᾿Επειδηὴ γὰρ τοιαῦτα εὐεργετηθέντες ἀπήλαυνον αὐτὸν οἱ τὴν χώραν οἰκοῦντες ἐκείνην, οὐκ ἀντέτεινεν, ἀλλ᾽ ἀνεχώρῆσε, καὶ τοὺς ἀναξίους ἀποφήναντας ἑαυτοὺς. τῆς αὐτοῦ διδασκαλίας κατέλιπε, τοὺς ἐλευθερωθέντας τῶν δαιμόνων δοὺς διδασκάλους, καἱ τοὺς συβώτας, ὥστε παρ᾽ ἐκείνων μαθεῖν πάντα τὰ ᾿Ὑεγενημένα καὶ αὐτὸς ἀναχωρήσας τὸν φόβον ἀφίησιν αὐτοῖς ἐνακμάζοντα. Καὶ γὰρ τῆς ζημίας τὸ μέγέθος διεδίδου τοῦ γεγενημένου τὴν φήμην, καὶ καθικνεῖτο τῆς διανοίας αὐτῶν τὸ συμβάν. Καὶ πολλαχόθεν ἐφέροντο φωναὶ, ἀνακηρύττουσαι τοὺ θαύματος τὸ παράδοξον, ἀπὸ τῶν θεραπευθέντων, ἀπὸ τῶν καταποντισθέντων, ἀπὸ τῶν δεσποτῶν τῶν χοίρων, ἀπὸ τῶν ποιμαινόντων αὐτοὺς ἀνθρωπων. ᾿ Ταῦτα καὶ νῦν γινόμενα ἴδοι τις ἄν, καὶ πολλοὺς ἐν τοῖς μνημείοις δαιμονιζομένους, οὺς οὐδὲν κατέχει τῆς μανίας, οὐ σίδηρος, οὐχ ἅλυσις, οὐκ ἀνθρώπων πλήθος, οὐ παραίνεσις, οὐ νουθεσία, οὐ φόβος, οὐκ ἀπειλὴ, οὐκ ἄλλο τῶν τοιούτων οὐδέν. Καὶ γὰρ ὅταν τις ἀκόλαστος ἡ πρὸς πάντα σώματα ἑπτοημένος, οὐδὲν διενήνοχε του δαιμονῶντον αλλὰ ᾿ γυμνὸς ὡς ἐκεῖνος περιέρχεται, ἱμάτια μὲν ἐνδεδυμένος, τῆς δὲ ἀληθοῦς περιβολῆς ᾿ ἐστερημένος, καὶ τῆς αὐτῷ προσηκούσης δύξης γεγνκμνωμένος, οὐ λίθοις ἑαυτὸν κόπτων, ἀλλὰ ἀμαρτήμασι πολλῶν λίθων χαλεπωτέροις. Τίς οὖν τὸν τοιοῦτον δῆσαι δυνήσεται : ; ἔτίς παῦσαι ἀσχημονοῦντα καὶ οἰστρούμενον, καὶ οὐδόποτε ἐν ἑαυτῷ γινόμενον, ἀλλ᾽ ἀεὶ παρὰ τὰ μνήματα φοιτῶντα; Τοιαῦτα γὰρ τῶν ' πορνῶν τὰ καταγώγια, πολλῆς τῆς δυσωδίας γέμοντα, πολλῆς τῆς σηπεδόνος. Τί δὲ ὁ φιλάργυρος: ᾽ οὐχὶ τοιοῦτος : τίς γὰρ αὐτὸν ἰσχύσει δησαί ποτε: οὐχὶ φόβοι καὶ ἀπειλαὶ καθημεριναὶ, καὶ παραινέσεις, καὶ συμβουλαί: : Αλλά πάντα ταῦτα διακόπτει τὰ δεσμά κἂν ἔλθη τις αὐτὸν ἀπαλλάξαι, ὁρκίζει ὥστε μὴ ἀπαλλαγῆναι, βάσανον ἡγούμενος εἶναι μεγίστην τὸ μὴ εἶναι ἐν τῇ βασάνῳ οὗ τί γένοιτ᾽ ἄν ἀθλιώτερον: ᾿᾽Εκεῖνος μὲν γὰρ ὁ δαίμων, εἰ καὶ ἀνθρώπων κατεφρόνησεν, ἀλλὰ τῷ προστάγματι εἶξε τοῦ Χριστοῦ, καὶ ταχέως ἀπεπήδησε τοῦ σώματος οὗτος δὲ οὐδὲ τῷ προστάγματι εἴκει. ᾿ἰδοὺ γοῦν καθ᾽ ἑκαστην ἡμέραν ἀκούει αὐτοῦ λέγοντος, οὐ δύνασθε θεῷ δουλεύειν καὶ μαμωνᾷ, καὶ γέενναν ἀπειλοῦντος, καὶ τὰς ἀνηκέστους κολάσεις, καὶ οὐ πείθεται᾽ οὐχ ὅτι ἰσχυρότερός ἐστι τοῦ Χριστοῦ, ἀλλ᾽ ὅτι ἄκοντας ἡμᾶς ὁ Χριστὸς οὐ σωφρονίζει. Διὰ τοῦτο ὡς ἐν ἐρήμοις οἱ τοιοῦτοι διατρίβουσι, κἀν ἐν μέσαις πόλεσιν ὦσι. Τίς γὰρ ἂν ἕλοιτο νοὺν ἔχων τοιούτοις συγγίνεσθαι ἀνθρώποις : Μᾶλλον ἀν ἔγωγε κατεδεξάμην. μετὰ μυρίων δαιμονώντων οἰκεῖν, ἢ μετὰ ἑνὸς ταύτην νοσοῦντος τὴν νόσον. Καὶ ὃ ὅτι οὐ σφάλλομαι ταῦτα λόγων, δῆλον εξ ὧν ἑκάτεροι πάσχουσιν. Οὗτοι μὲν γὰρ τὸν οὐδὲν ηδικηκότα ἐχθρὸν ἡγοῦνται, καὶ βούλονται καὶ δοῦλον λαβεῖν «ἐλεύθερον ὄντα, καὶ ᾿Αυρίοις περιβάλλουσι κακοις οἱ δὲ δαιμονῶντες οὐδὲν τοιοῦτον ἐργάζονται; ἀλλ᾽ ἐν ἑαυτοῖς τὴν νόσον στρέφουσι. Καὶ οὗτοι μὲν πολλὰς οἰκίας ἀνατρέπουσι; καὶ τὸ ὄνομα τοῦ θεοῦ βλασφημεῖσθαι παρασκευάζουσι, καὶ λύμη πόλεως καὶ τῆς οἰκουμένης ἁπάσης εἰσίν οἱ δὲ ὑπὸ δαιμόνων ἐνοχλούμενοι, ἐλεεῖσθαι μᾶλλόν εἰσιν ἄξιοι καὶ δακρύεσθαι. Καὶ οἱ μὲν ἐν ἀναισθησίᾳ τὰ πλείονα πράττουσιν οἱ δὲ μετὰ λογισμοῦ παραπαίουσιν, ἐν μέσαις πόλεσι βακχενόμενοι, καὶ καινήν τινα μαινόμενοι μανίαν. Τί γὰρ τοιοῦτον ἐργάζονται οἱ δαιμονῶντες ἅπαντες, οἷον ᾿Ιούδας ἐτόλμησε, τὴν ἐσχάτην παρανομίαν ἐπιδειξάμενος : Καὶ πάντες δὲ οἱ ἐκεῖνον ζηλοῦντες, καθάπερ θηρία χαλεπὰ ἀπὸ γαλεάγρας φνγόντα, τὰς πόλεις θορυβοῦσιν, οὐδενὸς κατέχοντος. Περίκειται μὲν γὰρ καὶ τούτοις δεσμὰ πανταχόθεν' οἷον, ὁ τῶν δικαστῶν φόβος, ἡ τῶν νόμων ἀπειλή, ἡ παρὰ τῶν πολλών κατάγνωσις, καὶ ἕτερα πλείονα τούτων᾽ ἀλλ᾽ ὅμως καὶ ταῦτα διαῤῥηγνύντες πάντα ἄνω καὶ κάτω ποιοῦσι. Καὶ εἴ τις αὐτὰ τέλεον αὐτῶν ἀφεῖλε, τότε ἂν ἔγνω σαφῶς τὸν ἐν αὐτοῖς δαίμονα πολὺ τοῦ νῦν ἐξελθόντος ἀγριώτερον ὄντα καὶ μανικώτερον. ᾿Αλλ ἐπειδὴ τοῦτο οὐκ ἔνι, τῷ λόγῳ τέως αὐτὸ ὑποθώμεθα, καὶ πάσας αὐτοῦ περιέλωμεν τὰς αλύσεις καὶ τότε αὐτοῦ σαφώς εἰσόμεθα τὴν λαμπρὰν μανίαν. ᾿Αλλὰ μὴ δείσητε τὸ θηρίον, ὕταν αὐτὸ ἐκκαλύψωμεν' ἐν γὰρ τῷ λόγῳ ἡ σκηνὴ, οὐκ ἐν ἀληθείᾳ τὸ πρᾶγμα. ἔστω τοίνυν τις ἄνθρωπος πὺρ ἀπὸ τῶν ὀφθαλμῶν ἀφιεὶς, μέλας, εξ ἑκατέρων τῶν ὥμων δράκοντας ἀ ἀντὶ χειρῶν ἔχων ἐξηρτημένους ἔστω δὲ αὖτῷ καὶ στόμα, ἀντὶ μὲν ὀδόντων ξίφη ὀξέα ἔ ἔχον. ᾿ ἐμπεπηγότα, αντὶ δὲ γλώσσηϑ ἰοῦ καὶ δηλητηρίου φαρμάκου πηγὴν ἀναβλύζουσαν᾽ γαστὴρ δὲ, καμίνου πάσης δαπανητικωτέρα, τὰ ἐμβαλλόμενα ἀναλίσκουσα ἅπαντα καὶ πόδες ὑπόπτεροί τινες καὶ φλογὸς ἁπάσης σφοδρότεροι' καὶ τὸ πρόσωπον δὲ αὐτῷ ἀπὸ κυνὸς καὶ λύκον κατεσκευασμένον ἔστω καὶ φθεγγέσθω μηδὲν ἀνθρώπινον, ἀλλ᾽ ἀπηχές τι καὶ ἀηδὲς καὶ φοβερόν ἐχέτω δὲ καὶ ἐν χερσὶ φλόγα. Τάχα φοβερὰ δοκεῖ εἶναι ὑμῖν τὰ εἰρημένα αλλ’ οὐδέπω κατ᾽ ἀξίαν αὐτὸν ἐσχηματίσαμεν᾽ μετὰ γὰρ τούτων καὶ ἕτερα δεῖ προσθεῖναι. Καὶ ᾿γὰρ τοὺς ἀπαντῶντας σφαττέτω, κατεσθιέτω, τῶν σαρκῶν αὐτῶν ἁπτέσθω. Ἀλλὰ καὶ τούτου πολλῷ χαλεπώτερος ὁ φιλάργυρος, πᾶσιν ἐπιὼν ὥσπερ ἄδης, πάντας καταπίνων, κοινὸς πολέμιος περιερχόμενος τοῦ τών ἀνθρώπων γένους. Καὶ γὰρ βούλεται μηδένα ἄνθρωπον εἶναι, ἵνα τὰ πάντα κατέχῃ. Καὶ οὐδὲ ἐνταῦθα ἵσταται; αλλ' ὅταν πάντας αἀποἀν τς τῇ ἐπιθυμίᾳ, καὶ τῆς γῆς τὴν οὐσίαν ἀφανίσαι ἐπιθυμεῖ, Χρυσὸν αὐτὴν οὖσαν ἰδεῖν οὐ τὴν γῆν δὲ μόνον, ἀλλὰ καὶ ὄρη καὶ νάπας καὶ πηγὰς, καὶ πάντα ἁπλῶς τὰ φαινόμενα. Καὶ ἵ ἵνα μάθητε ὅ ὃτι οὐδέπω τὴν μανίαν παρεστήσαμεν τὴν ἐκείνου, μηδεὶς ἔ ἐστω ᾿ ἐγκαλῶν καὶ δεδιττόμενος, ἀλλ᾽ ἄνελε τὸν ἐκ τῶν νόμων φόβον τῷ λόγῳ τέως, καὶ ἐπ αὐτὸν ἡ ξίφος ἁρπάσαντα, καὶ πάντας διαχρώμενον, καὶ οὐ ἐνὸς φειδόμενον, οὅ φίλου, οὐ συγγενοῦς, οὐκ ἀδελφοῦ, οὐκ αὐτοῦ τοῦ γεγεννηκότος. Μᾶλλον δὲ οὐδὲ ὑποθέσεως ἐνταῦθα χρεία ἀλλ᾽ ἐρώμεθα αὐτὸν, εἰ μὴ τοιαύτας πλάττει καθ᾽ ἑαυτὸν αεὶ φαντασίας, καὶ πάντας ἔπεισιν ἀναιρῶν τῷ λογισμῷ, καὶ φίλους, καὶ συγγενεῖς, καὶ αὐτοὺς τοὺς γεγεννηκότας. Μᾶλλον δὲ οὐδὲ ἐρωτήσεως χρεία᾽ καὶ γὰρ παντες ἴσασιν ὡς οἱ τούτῳ κατεχόμενοι τῷ νοσήματι, καὶ γῆρας βαρύνονται πατρὸς, τὸ τε γλυκὺ καὶ πᾶσιν ἐπέραστον, τὸ παῖδας ε ἔχειν, βαρὺ καὶ ἐπαχθὲς εἶναι νομίζουσι. Πολλοὶ γοῦν καὶ ἀτοκίαν διὰ τοῦτο ὠνήσαντο, καὶ τὴν φύσιν ἐπήρώσαν, οὐκ ᾿ἀνελόντες τεχθέντας τοὺς παῖδας, αλλὰ μηδὲ φῦναι τὴν ἀρχὴν συγχωρήσαντες. Μὴ τοίνυν θαυμάσητε, εἰ τὸν φιλάργυρον οὕτως ἐσχηματίσαμεν' (καὶ γὰρ πολὺ ὅ χείρων ἐστι τῶν εἰρημένων) ἀλλὰ σκοπήσωμεν πώς τοὺ δαίμονος αὐτὸν ἀπαλλάξομεν. Πώς οὖν ἀπαλλάξομεν ; Εἰ μάθοι σαφώς, ὅτι ἡ φιλαργυρία πρὸς αὐτὸ τοῦτο μάλιστα ᾿ αὐτῷ ἐναντιοῦται, πρὸς το πορίζειν χρήματα ' οἱ γὰρ τὰ μικρὰ κερδαίνειν βουλόμενοι, μεγάλας ὑπομένουσι ζημίας ὅθεν ἡ καὶ παροιμία εἰς αὐτὸ τοῦτο ἐξενήνεκται. Πολλοὶ γοῦν πολλάκις ἐπὶ μεγάλοις δανεῖσαι βουλόμενοι τόκοις, τῇ προσδοκίᾳ τοὺ κέρδους οὐκ ἐξετάσαντες τοὺς λαμβάνοντας, μετὰ τοὺ τόκου καὶ τοὺ κεφαλαίου παντὸς ἐξέπεσον. Παλιν εἰς κινδύνους περιπεσόντες ἕτεροι, καὶ μὴ βουληθέντες ὀλίγα προέσθαι, καὶ τὴν ψυχὴν μετὰ τῆς οὐσίας ἀπώλεσαν. Παρὸν πάλιν, ἢ ἀξιώματα κερδαλέα, ἢ ῇ ἄλλο τι τοιοῦτον ὠνήσασθαι, μικρολογήσαμενοι τὸ πᾶν ἀπώλεσαν. ᾿Ἐπειδὴ γάρ οὐκ ἴσασι σπείρειν; ἀλλ᾽ αεὶ θερίζειν μεμελετήκασι; καὶ τοῦ ἀμητοῦ συνεχῶς ἐκπίπτουσιν. Οὐδεὶς γὰρ αεὶ θερίζειν δύναται, ὥσπερ οὐδὲ αεὶ κερδαίνειν. ᾿Επεὶ οὖν οὐ βούλονται δαπανᾶν, οὐδὲ κερδαίνειν ἴ ἰσασιν. ᾿Αλλὰ κἀν γυναῖκα δέη λαβεῖν, πάλιν τὸ αὐτὸ τοῦτο ὑπομένουσιν' ἢ γὰρ ἐξηπατήθησαν ἄ απορΟν ἀντ᾽ εὐπόρον λαβόντες ἢ ἢ καὶ πλουσίαν εἰσαγαγόντες, ἢ καὶ μυρίων γέμουσαν ἐλαττωμάτων, πλείονα πάλιν τὴν ζημίανὑπέμειναν. Οὐ γὰρ ἡ περιουσία, ἀλλ᾽ ἡ ἀρετὴ τὸν πλοῦτον ἐργαζεται. Τί γὰρ ὄφελος τοῦ πλούτου, ὅταν δαπανηρὰ ἢ καὶ ἄσωτος, καὶ πάντα ἀνέμου σφοδρότερον ἐκφορῆ : τί δὲ, ἂν ἀσελγὴς, καὶ μυρίους ἐραστὰς ἐφέλκηται : τί δὲ, ἂν μέθυσος; οὐ πάντων πενέστερον ταχέως τὸν ἄνδρα ἐργάσεται; Οὐ γαμοῦσι δὲ μόνον, ἀλλὰ καὶ ὠνοῦνται ἐπισφαλῶς, ὑπὸ τῆς ἐπιθυμίας τῆς πολλῆς οὐ τὰ σπουδαῖα τῶν ανδραπόδων, ἀλλὰ τὰ εὔωνα περιεργαζόμενοι. Ταῦτ᾽ οὖν ἅπαντα ἀναλογισάμενοι (τῶν γὰρ περὶ τῆς γεέννης καὶ τῆς βασιλείας οὐδέπω λόγων ἀκούειν δύνασθε), καὶ τὰς ζημίας ἐννοήσαντες, ἃς ὑπεμείνατε πολλάκις ἀπὸ τῆς φιλοχρηματίας, καὶ ἐν δανμείσμασι, καὶ ἐν ὠνίοις, καὶ ἐν γάμοις, καὶ ἐν προστασίαις, καὶ ἐν τοῖς ἄλλοις ἅπασιν, ἀπόστητε τοῦ χρημάτων ἐρᾶν. Οὕτω γὰρ δυνήσεσθε καὶ τὸν παρόντα βίον μετὰ ἀσφαλείας ζῆν, καὶ μικρὸν ἐπιδόντες καὶ τῶν περὶ φιλοσοφίας ἀκοῦσαι λόγων, καὶ διαβλέψαντες εἰς αὐτὸν τῆς δικαιοσύνης ἰδεῖν τὸν ἥλιον, καὶ τῶν ἐπηγγελμένων παρ᾽ αὐτοῦ ἀγαθῶν ἐπιτυχεῖν ὧν γένοιτο πάντας ἡμᾶς ἐπιτυχεῖν, χάριτι καὶ φιλανθρωπίᾳ τοῦ κυρίον ἡμῶν ᾿Ιησοῦ Χριστοῦ, ᾧ ἡ δόξα καὶ τὸ κράτος εἰς τοὺς αἰῶνας τῶν αἰώνων. ᾿Αμιήν.

Ei de tis kai kata anagōgēn tauta eklaboi, to kōlyon ouden. Hē men gar historia hautē dei de eidenai saphōs, hōs hoi choirōdeis tōn anthrōpōn euepicheirētoi tais tōn daimonōn energeiais eisi. Kai anthrōpoi men ontes hoi tauta paaschontes: dynantai kai perigenesthai pollakis an de choiroi to holon genōntai, ou daimonizontai monon, alla kai katakrēmnizontai. Kai allōs de, hina mē tis skēnēn einai nomisē ta genomena? alla pisteusę̄ saphōs hoti exēlthon hoi daimones, apo tou thanatou tōn choirōn touto ginetai katadēlon. Skopei de autou kai to praon meta tēs dynameōs. ᾿Epeidēē gar toiauta euergetēthentes apēlaunon auton hoi tēn chōran oikountes ekeinēn, ouk anteteinen, all᾽ anechōrēse, kai tous anaxious apophēnantas heautous. tēs autou didaskalias katelipe, tous eleutherōthentas tōn daimonōn dous didaskalous, kai tous sybōtas, hōste par᾽ ekeinōn mathein panta ta ᾿Hyegenēmena kai autos anachōrēsas ton phobon aphiēsin autois enakmazonta. Kai gar tēs zēmias to megethos diedidou tou gegenēmenou tēn phēmēn, kai kathikneito tēs dianoias autōn to symban. Kai pollachothen epheronto phōnai, anakēryttousai tou thaumatos to paradoxon, apo tōn therapeuthentōn, apo tōn katapontisthentōn, apo tōn despotōn tōn choirōn, apo tōn poimainontōn autous anthrōpōn. ᾿ Tauta kai nyn ginomena idoi tis an, kai pollous en tois mnēmeiois daimonizomenous, ous ouden katechei tēs manias, ou sidēros, ouch halysis, ouk anthrōpōn plēthos, ou parainesis, ou nouthesia, ou phobos, ouk apeilē, ouk allo tōn toioutōn ouden. Kai gar hotan tis akolastos hē pros panta sōmata heptoēmenos, ouden dienēnoche tou daimonōnton alla ᾿ gymnos hōs ekeinos perierchetai, himatia men endedymenos, tēs de alēthous peribolēs ᾿ esterēmenos, kai tēs autǭ prosēkousēs dyxēs gegnkmnōmenos, ou lithois heauton koptōn, alla amartēmasi pollōn lithōn chalepōterois. Tis oun ton toiouton dēsai dynēsetai : ? etis pausai aschēmonounta kai oistroumenon, kai oudopote en heautǭ ginomenon, all᾽ aei para ta mnēmata phoitōnta? Toiauta gar tōn ' pornōn ta katagōgia, pollēs tēs dysōdias gemonta, pollēs tēs sēpedonos. Ti de ho philargyros: ᾽ ouchi toioutos : tis gar auton ischysei dēsai pote: ouchi phoboi kai apeilai kathēmerinai, kai paraineseis, kai symboulai: : Alla panta tauta diakoptei ta desma kan elthē tis auton apallaxai, horkizei hōste mē apallagēnai, basanon hēgoumenos einai megistēn to mē einai en tę̄ basanǭ hou ti genoit᾽ an athliōteron: ᾿᾽Ekeinos men gar ho daimōn, ei kai anthrōpōn katephronēsen, alla tǭ prostagmati eixe tou Christou, kai tacheōs apepēdēse tou sōmatos houtos de oude tǭ prostagmati eikei. ᾿idou goun kath᾽ hekastēn hēmeran akouei autou legontos, ou dynasthe theǭ douleuein kai mamōną, kai geennan apeilountos, kai tas anēkestous kolaseis, kai ou peithetai᾽ ouch hoti ischyroteros esti tou Christou, all᾽ hoti akontas hēmas ho Christos ou sōphronizei. Dia touto hōs en erēmois hoi toioutoi diatribousi, kan en mesais polesin ōsi. Tis gar an heloito noun echōn toioutois synginesthai anthrōpois : Mallon an egōge katedexamēn. meta myriōn daimonōntōn oikein, ē meta henos tautēn nosountos tēn noson. Kai ho hoti ou sphallomai tauta logōn, dēlon ex hōn hekateroi paschousin. Houtoi men gar ton ouden ēdikēkota echthron hēgountai, kai boulontai kai doulon labein «eleutheron onta, kai ᾿Auriois periballousi kakois hoi de daimonōntes ouden toiouton ergazontai? all᾽ en heautois tēn noson strephousi. Kai houtoi men pollas oikias anatrepousi? kai to onoma tou theou blasphēmeisthai paraskeuazousi, kai lymē poleōs kai tēs oikoumenēs hapasēs eisin hoi de hypo daimonōn enochloumenoi, eleeisthai mallon eisin axioi kai dakryesthai. Kai hoi men en anaisthēsią ta pleiona prattousin hoi de meta logismou parapaiousin, en mesais polesi bakchenomenoi, kai kainēn tina mainomenoi manian. Ti gar toiouton ergazontai hoi daimonōntes hapantes, hoion ᾿Ioudas etolmēse, tēn eschatēn paranomian epideixamenos : Kai pantes de hoi ekeinon zēlountes, kathaper thēria chalepa apo galeagras phngonta, tas poleis thorybousin, oudenos katechontos. Perikeitai men gar kai toutois desma pantachothen' hoion, ho tōn dikastōn phobos, hē tōn nomōn apeilē, hē para tōn pollōn katagnōsis, kai hetera pleiona toutōn᾽ all᾽ homōs kai tauta diarrhēgnyntes panta anō kai katō poiousi. Kai ei tis auta teleon autōn apheile, tote an egnō saphōs ton en autois daimona poly tou nyn exelthontos agriōteron onta kai manikōteron. ᾿All epeidē touto ouk eni, tǭ logǭ teōs auto hypothōmetha, kai pasas autou perielōmen tas alyseis kai tote autou saphōs eisometha tēn lampran manian. ᾿Alla mē deisēte to thērion, hytan auto ekkalypsōmen' en gar tǭ logǭ hē skēnē, ouk en alētheią to pragma. estō toinyn tis anthrōpos pyr apo tōn ophthalmōn aphieis, melas, ex hekaterōn tōn hōmōn drakontas a anti cheirōn echōn exērtēmenous estō de autǭ kai stoma, anti men odontōn xiphē oxea e echon. ᾿ empepēgota, anti de glōssēϑ iou kai dēlētēriou pharmakou pēgēn anablyzousan᾽ gastēr de, kaminou pasēs dapanētikōtera, ta emballomena analiskousa hapanta kai podes hypopteroi tines kai phlogos hapasēs sphodroteroi' kai to prosōpon de autǭ apo kynos kai lykon kateskeuasmenon estō kai phthengesthō mēden anthrōpinon, all᾽ apēches ti kai aēdes kai phoberon echetō de kai en chersi phloga. Tacha phobera dokei einai hymin ta eirēmena all’ oudepō kat᾽ axian auton eschēmatisamen᾽ meta gar toutōn kai hetera dei prostheinai. Kai ᾿gar tous apantōntas sphattetō, katesthietō, tōn sarkōn autōn haptesthō. Alla kai toutou pollǭ chalepōteros ho philargyros, pasin epiōn hōsper adēs, pantas katapinōn, koinos polemios perierchomenos tou tōn anthrōpōn genous. Kai gar bouletai mēdena anthrōpon einai, hina ta panta katechę̄. Kai oude entautha histatai? all' hotan pantas aapoan ts tę̄ epithymią, kai tēs gēs tēn ousian aphanisai epithymei, Chryson autēn ousan idein ou tēn gēn de monon, alla kai orē kai napas kai pēgas, kai panta haplōs ta phainomena. Kai hi hina mathēte ho hoti oudepō tēn manian parestēsamen tēn ekeinou, mēdeis e estō ᾿ enkalōn kai dedittomenos, all᾽ anele ton ek tōn nomōn phobon tǭ logǭ teōs, kai ep auton hē xiphos harpasanta, kai pantas diachrōmenon, kai ou enos pheidomenon, hoo philou, ou syngenous, ouk adelphou, ouk autou tou gegennēkotos. Mallon de oude hypotheseōs entautha chreia all᾽ erōmetha auton, ei mē toiautas plattei kath᾽ heauton aei phantasias, kai pantas epeisin anairōn tǭ logismǭ, kai philous, kai syngeneis, kai autous tous gegennēkotas. Mallon de oude erōtēseōs chreia᾽ kai gar pantes isasin hōs hoi toutǭ katechomenoi tǭ nosēmati, kai gēras barynontai patros, to te glyky kai pasin eperaston, to paidas e echein, bary kai epachthes einai nomizousi. Polloi goun kai atokian dia touto ōnēsanto, kai tēn physin epērōsan, ouk ᾿anelontes techthentas tous paidas, alla mēde phynai tēn archēn synchōrēsantes. Mē toinyn thaumasēte, ei ton philargyron houtōs eschēmatisamen' (kai gar poly ho cheirōn esti tōn eirēmenōn) alla skopēsōmen pōs tou daimonos auton apallaxomen. Pōs oun apallaxomen ? Ei mathoi saphōs, hoti hē philargyria pros auto touto malista ᾿ autǭ enantioutai, pros to porizein chrēmata ' hoi gar ta mikra kerdainein boulomenoi, megalas hypomenousi zēmias hothen hē kai paroimia eis auto touto exenēnektai. Polloi goun pollakis epi megalois daneisai boulomenoi tokois, tę̄ prosdokią tou kerdous ouk exetasantes tous lambanontas, meta tou tokou kai tou kephalaiou pantos exepeson. Palin eis kindynous peripesontes heteroi, kai mē boulēthentes oliga proesthai, kai tēn psychēn meta tēs ousias apōlesan. Paron palin, ē axiōmata kerdalea, ē ę̄ allo ti toiouton ōnēsasthai, mikrologēsamenoi to pan apōlesan. ᾿Epeidē gar ouk isasi speirein? all᾽ aei therizein memeletēkasi? kai tou amētou synechōs ekpiptousin. Oudeis gar aei therizein dynatai, hōsper oude aei kerdainein. ᾿Epei oun ou boulontai dapanan, oude kerdainein i isasin. ᾿Alla kan gynaika deē labein, palin to auto touto hypomenousin' ē gar exēpatēthēsan a aporOn ant᾽ euporon labontes ē ē kai plousian eisagagontes, ē kai myriōn gemousan elattōmatōn, pleiona palin tēn zēmianypemeinan. Ou gar hē periousia, all᾽ hē aretē ton plouton ergazetai. Ti gar ophelos tou ploutou, hotan dapanēra ē kai asōtos, kai panta anemou sphodroteron ekphorē : ti de, an aselgēs, kai myrious erastas ephelkētai : ti de, an methysos? ou pantōn penesteron tacheōs ton andra ergasetai? Ou gamousi de monon, alla kai ōnountai episphalōs, hypo tēs epithymias tēs pollēs ou ta spoudaia tōn andrapodōn, alla ta euōna periergazomenoi. Taut᾽ oun hapanta analogisamenoi (tōn gar peri tēs geennēs kai tēs basileias oudepō logōn akouein dynasthe), kai tas zēmias ennoēsantes, has hypemeinate pollakis apo tēs philochrēmatias, kai en danmeismasi, kai en ōniois, kai en gamois, kai en prostasiais, kai en tois allois hapasin, apostēte tou chrēmatōn eran. Houtō gar dynēsesthe kai ton paronta bion meta asphaleias zēn, kai mikron epidontes kai tōn peri philosophias akousai logōn, kai diablepsantes eis auton tēs dikaiosynēs idein ton hēlion, kai tōn epēngelmenōn par᾽ autou agathōn epitychein hōn genoito pantas hēmas epitychein, chariti kai philanthrōpią tou kyrion hēmōn ᾿Iēsou Christou, hǭ hē doxa kai to kratos eis tous aiōnas tōn aiōnōn. ᾿Amiēn.

And if someone also takes these things in a higher sense, nothing prevents it. This is the history; but one must know clearly that swinish men are easily assailed by the workings of demons. And while those who suffer this are still men, they can often prevail; but if they become swine entirely, they are not only possessed by demons but also hurled down headlong. And besides, so that no one might think that what happened was stagecraft, but might believe clearly that the demons had gone out, this is made plain by the death of the swine. But consider his gentleness too, together with his power. For when those who lived in that country, after receiving such benefits, drove him away, he did not resist, but withdrew, and left those who had shown themselves unworthy of his teaching, giving them as teachers those who had been freed from the demons, and the swineherds, so that they might learn from them everything that had happened; and by withdrawing himself he leaves the fear at its height in them. For the greatness of the loss spread the report of what had happened, and the event reached their minds. And from many sides voices were carried proclaiming the wonder of the miracle: from those who had been healed, from those that were drowned, from the owners of the swine, from the men who herded them. One could see these things happening now too, and many possessed in the tombs, whom nothing restrains from their madness, not iron, not chain, not a multitude of men, not exhortation, not admonition, not fear, not threat, nor anything else of the kind. For when someone is licentious, excited by every body, he differs in nothing from the possessed man, but goes about naked as that man did, clothed in garments indeed, but deprived of the true covering and stripped of the glory proper to him, cutting himself not with stones but with sins harder than many stones. Who then will be able to bind such a man? Who will stop him behaving disgracefully and goaded by frenzy, never coming to himself, but always haunting the tombs? For such are the lodgings of harlots, full of much stench and much rottenness. And what of the covetous man? Is he not such? For who will ever be able to bind him? Are there not fears and daily threats and exhortations and counsels? But he breaks all these bonds; and if anyone comes to free him, he adjures him not to free him, thinking it the greatest torment not to be in torment. What could be more wretched than this? For that demon, even if he despised men, yet yielded to the command of Christ and quickly leaped out of the body; but this man does not yield even to the command. See, at any rate, every day he hears him saying, “You cannot serve God and mammon,” and threatening hell and the incurable punishments, and he does not obey; not because he is stronger than Christ, but because Christ does not bring us to our senses against our will. That is why such people live as in deserts, even if they are in the midst of cities. For who in his senses would choose to associate with such men? I for my part would rather consent to live with ten thousand possessed than with one sick with this disease. And that I am not mistaken in saying this is clear from what each of them does. For these men think the one who has done them no wrong an enemy, and wish to take the free man as a slave, and surround him with countless evils; but the possessed do nothing of the kind, but turn the disease within themselves. And these men overturn many houses, and cause the name of God to be blasphemed, and are a pestilence to the city and to the whole world; while those troubled by demons are rather worthy to be pitied and wept for. And the latter do most things without perceiving; but the former rave with deliberation, frenzied in the midst of cities and mad with a new kind of madness. For what such thing do all the possessed do as Judas dared, displaying the utmost lawlessness? And all who emulate him, like savage beasts escaped from a cage, throw the cities into turmoil, with no one restraining them. For bonds surround these too on every side, such as the fear of judges, the threat of the laws, the condemnation of the many, and other things more than these; but nevertheless, breaking these too, they turn everything upside down. And if anyone were to take these entirely from them, then he would know clearly that the demon in them is much fiercer and madder than the one that went out just now. But since this is not possible, let us for the time suppose it in word, and take away all its chains, and then we shall know clearly its splendid madness. But do not fear the beast when we uncover it; for the scene is in words, not the thing in truth. Let there be, then, a man sending out fire from his eyes, black, having serpents hanging from both shoulders instead of hands; and let him have a mouth too, with sharp swords fixed in it instead of teeth, and instead of a tongue a fountain gushing forth venom and deadly poison; and a belly more consuming than any furnace, devouring everything thrown into it; and feet winged, and more vehement than any flame; and let his face be made from a dog and a wolf; and let him utter nothing human, but something discordant and unpleasant and fearful; and let him have flame in his hands as well. Perhaps what has been said seems fearful to you; but we have not yet portrayed him as he deserves; for other things must be added to these. Let him slaughter those he meets, devour them, fasten on their flesh. But the covetous man is much harsher than this, attacking all like Hades, swallowing all, going about as the common enemy of the human race. For he wishes there to be no other man, so that he may possess everything. And he does not stop even there; but when he has destroyed all in his desire, he desires to do away with the substance of the earth too, to see it turned to gold; and not only the earth, but also mountains and glens and springs and simply all things that appear. And so that you may learn that we have not yet set forth his madness, let there be no one to accuse him and frighten him; take away in word for the time the fear that comes from the laws, and see him seizing a sword and making away with all, sparing no one, not friend, not kinsman, not brother, not his very father. Or rather there is no need of supposition here; let us ask him whether he does not always form such fancies within himself, and attack all, slaying them in his thoughts, friends and kinsmen and his very parents. Or rather there is no need even of a question; for all know that those held by this disease are burdened even by a father’s old age, and think that sweet thing, desired by all, having children, heavy and burdensome. Many, at any rate, have for this reason even bought childlessness and maimed nature, not killing their children after birth, but not allowing them to come into being at all. Do not wonder, then, that we have portrayed the covetous man in this way (for he is much worse than what has been said); but let us consider how we may free him from the demon. How then shall we free him? If he were to learn clearly that covetousness is opposed to him in this very thing above all, in getting money; for those who wish to make small gains suffer great losses; from which the proverb too has been brought out for this very thing. Many, at any rate, wishing to lend at high interest, have often, in the expectation of gain, not examined the borrowers, and have lost the interest together with the whole principal. Again, others, having fallen into dangers and not willing to give up a little, have lost their life together with their substance. Again, when it was possible to buy profitable offices or some other such thing, being stingy they lost everything. For since they do not know how to sow, but have practiced always reaping, they continually lose the harvest too. For no one can always reap, just as no one can always gain. Since, then, they will not spend, they do not know how to gain either. And if they must take a wife, they suffer this same thing again; for either they have been deceived, taking a poor woman instead of a rich one, or, bringing in a rich one full of countless faults, they have suffered a greater loss again. For it is not abundance but virtue that makes wealth. For what is the use of wealth when she is extravagant and wasteful and carries everything away more violently than the wind? What if she is licentious and draws countless lovers? What if she is a drunkard? Will she not quickly make her husband poorer than all? And they not only marry but also buy recklessly, from their great desire, seeking out not good slaves but cheap ones. Considering all these things, then (for you cannot yet hear discourses about hell and the kingdom), and thinking of the losses you have often suffered from love of money, in loans and in purchases and in marriages and in patronage and in all other things, give up loving money. For in this way you will be able both to live the present life in safety, and, advancing a little, to hear discourses about philosophy too, and, looking up, to see the very sun of righteousness, and to obtain the good things promised by him; which may we all obtain, by the grace and love for humankind of our Lord Jesus Christ, to whom be the glory and the might for ever and ever. Amen.

Chapter 29

29.1Field 1

Καὶ ἐμβὰς εἰς τὸ πλοῖον διεπέρασε, καὶ ἦλθεν εἰς τὴν ἰδίαν πόλιν. Καὶ ἰδοὺ προσήνεγκαν αὐτῷ παραλυτικὸν ἐπὶ κλίνης βεβλημένον. Καὶ ἰδὼν ὁ ᾿Ιησοῦς τὴν πίστιν αὐτῶν, εἶπε τῷ παραλυτικῷ θάρσει, τέκνον, ἀφέωνταί σου αἱ αμαρτῖίαι. Ἴδιαν αὐτοῦ πόλιν ἐνταῦθα τὴν Καπερναοὺμ λέγει. ἫΗ μὲν γὰρ ἤνεγκεν αὐτὸν, ἡ Βηθλεέμ' ἡ δὲ ἔθρεψεν, ἢ Ν αζαρεέτ' ἡ δὲ εἶχεν οἰκοῦντα διηνεκῶς, ἥ Καπερναούμ. Ὃ μέντοι παραλυτικὸς ἕτερος οὗτός ἐστι παρὰ τὸν ἐν τῷ ᾿Ιωάννῃ κείμενον. Ὁ μὲν γὰρ ἐν τῇ κολυμβήθρᾳ κατέκειτο, οὗτος δὲ ἐν τῇ Καπερναούμ᾽ καὶ ὁ μὲν τριακονταοκτὼ εἶχεν ἔτη, περὶ τούτου δὲ οὐδὲν τοιοῦτον εἴρηται καὶ ὁ μὲν ἐν ἐρημίᾳ τῶν προστησομένων ἦν, οὗτος δὲ εἶχε τοὺς ἐπιμελουμένους, οἱ καὶ βαστάζοντες αὐτὸν ἔφερον. Καὶ τούτῳ μέν φησι, τέκνον, ἀφέωνταί σον αἱ ἁμαρτίαι ἐκείνῳ δέ φησι, θέλεις ὑγιὴς γενέσθαι : Καὶ τὸν μὲν ἐν ᾿ σαββάτῳ ἐθεράπευσε, τοῦτον δὲ οὐκ ἐν σαββάτῳ' Ἶ γὰρ ἂν ἐνεκάλεσαν καὶ τοῦτο ᾿Ιουδαῖοι᾽ καὶ ἐπὶ τούτου μὲν ἐσἔγησαν, ἐπ᾽ ἐκείνου δὲ ἐπέκειντο διώκοντες. Ταῦτα δέ μοι οὐχ ἁπλῶς εἴρηται, ἀλλ᾽ ἵνα μῇ τις διαφωνίαν εἶναι νομίση, ἕνα καὶ τὸν αὐτὸν ὑποπτεύσας παραλυτικόν. Σὺ δέ μοι σκόπει τὸ ἄτυφον καὶ τὸ ἐπιεικὲς τοῦ δεσπότου. Καὶ γὰρ καὶ πρὸ τούτου τοὺς ὄχλους διεκρούσατο καὶ ὑπὸ τῶν ἐν Γ αδάροις δὲ ἐκβληθεὶς, οὐκ ἀντέτεινεν, ἀλλ᾽ ἀνεχώρησε μὲν, οὐ ᾿ μὴν μακράν. Καὶ πάλιν εἰς τὸ πλοῖον ἐμβὰς διέβαινε, δυνάμενος καὶ πεζῇ διαβαίνειν. Ου γὰρ ἀεὶ παραδοξοποιεῖν ἐβούλετο, ὥστε μή τῷ τῆς οἰκονομίας λυμήνασθαι λόγῳ. Ὁ μὲν οὖν Ματθαῖός φησιν, ὅ ὅτι προσέφερον αὐτόν᾽ οἱ δὲ ἄλλοι, ὅτι καὶ τὴν στέγην διατεμόντες, καθῆκαν αὐτόν. Καὶ προὔθηκαν τῷ Χριστῷ τὸν κάμνοντα, λέγοντες μὲν οὐδὲν, αὐτῷ δὲ τὸ παν ἐπιτρέποντες. Εν ἀρχῇ μὲν γὰρ καὶ αὐτὸς περιῆγε, καὶ οὐ τοσαύτην παρὰ τῶν προσιόντων ἤτει τὴν ἀὐ ἀρ ἐνταῦθα δὲ καὶ προσήεσαν, καὶ πίστιν ἀπητοῦντο. ᾿Ιδὼν γάρ, φησὶ, τὴν πίστιν αὐτῶν, τουτέστι, τῶν χαλασάντων. Οὐ γὰρ πανταχοῦ παρὰ τῶν καμνόντων μόνον ζητεῖ τὴν τίστιν' οἷον, ὅταν παραπαίωσιν, ἧ ἑτέρως ὑπὸ τοῦ νοσήματος ὦσιν ἐξεστηκότες. Μάλλον δὲ ἐνταῦθα καὶ τοῦ κάμνοντος ἣν ἡ πίστις οὐ γὰρ ἂν ἠνέσχετο χαλασθῆναι μὴ πιστεύων. ᾿Επεὶ οὖν τοσαύτην ἐπεδείξαντο πίστιν, ἐπιδείκνυται καὶ αὐτὸς τὴν αὐτοῦ δύναμιν, μετ᾽ ἐξουσίας ἁπάσης λύων τὰ ἁμαρτήματα, καὶ δεικνὺς διὰ πάντων, ὅτι ὁμότιμός ἐστι τῷ γεγεννηκότι. Σκόπει δέ ἄνωθεν ἔδειξε διὰ τῆς διδασκαλίας, ὅτε ἐδίδαξεν αὐτοὺς ὡς ἐξουσίαν ἔχων διὰ τοῦ λεπροῦ, ὅτε εἶπε, θέλω, καθαρίσθητι διὰ τοῦ ἑκατοντάρχου, ὅτε εἰπόντα, εἰπὲ λόγῳ μόνον, καὶ ἰαθήσεται ὁ παῖς μου, ἐθαύμασε καὶ ὑπὲρ πάντας ἀνεκήρυξε' διὰ τῆς θαλάττης, ὅτε αὐτὴν ἐχαλίνωσε λόγῳ μόνῳ διὰ τῶν δαιμόνων, ὅτε αὐτὸν κριτὴν ἀνωμολόγουν, καὶ μετὰ πολλῆς τῆς ἐξουσίας αὐτοὺς ἐξέβαλεν. ᾿Ενταῦθα πάλιν ἑτέρῳ μείζονε τρόπῳ τοὺς ἐχθροὺς αὐτοὺς καταναγκάζει ὁμολογῆσαι τὴν ὁμοτιμίαν, καὶ διὰ τοῦ στόματος αὐτῶν αὐτὸ καθίστησι φανερόν. Αὐτὸς μὲν γὰρ τὸ ἀφιλότιμον δεικνὺς ([ καὶ γὰρ πολὺ ποριειστήκει θέατρον τὴν εἴσοδον ἀποτειχίζον, διὸ καὶ ἄνωθεν αὐτὸν καθῆκαν), οὐκ ἐπέδραμεν εὐθέως τῇ τοῦ σώματος θεραπείᾳ τοῦ φαινομένου, ἀλλὰ παρ᾽ ἐκείνων ᾿λαμβάναι τὴν ἀφορμήν' καὶ τὸ ἄδηλον πρῶτον ἐθεράπευσε, τὴν ψυχὴν, τὰ ἁμαρτήματα ἀφείς ὅπερ ἐκεῖνον μὲν ἔσαζεν, αὐτῷ δὲ οὐ πολλὴν δόξαν ἔφερεν. ᾿Ἐκεῖνοι μὲν γὰρ ὑπὸ πονηρίας ἐνοχλούμενοι» καὶ ἐπισκῆψαι βουλόμενοι, ἐκλάμψαι τὸ γεγενημένον καὶ ἄκοντες παρεσκεύασαν. Καὶ γὰρ εὐμήχανος ὧν αὐτὸς, τῇ βασκανίᾳ αὐτῶν εἰς τὴν τοὺ σημείου φανέρωσιν ἀπεχρήσατο. ᾿Επεὶ οὖν ἐθορυβοῦντο καὶ ἔλεγον᾽ οὗτος βλασφημεῖ τίς δύναται ἀφιέναι ἁμαρτίας, εἰ μὴ μόνος ὁ θεός : ἴδωμεν. τί φησιν αὐτός. Ἄρα ἀνεῖλε τὴν ὑπόνοιαν : Καίτοιγε εἰ μὴ ἴσος ἦν, ἐχρῆν εἰπεῖν' τί μοι προστρίβεσθε μὴ προσήκουσαν ὑπόληψιν: : πόῤῥω ταύτης ἐγὼ τῆς δυνάμεως. Νῦν δὲ τούτων μὲν οὐδὲν εἶ πε᾿ τούναντίον δὲ ἅ ἅπαν καὶ ἐβεβαίωσε καὶ ἐκύρωσε, τῇ τε παρ᾽ ἐαντοῦ φωνῇ, καὶ τῇ τοῦ θαύματος επιδείξει. ᾿Επειδὴ γὰρ τὸ αὐτόν τινα περὶ ἑαυτοῦ λέγειν ἐδόκει ᾿προσίστασθαι τοῖς ἀκροωμέμοις, διὰ τῶν ἄλλων βεβαιοῖ τὰ περὶ ἑαντοῦ καὶ τὸ δὴ θαυμαστῶν, ὅτι ου διὰ τῶν φίλων μόνον, ἀλλὰ καὶ διὰ τῶν ἐ χθρῶν τοῦτο γὰρ ή περιουσία τῆς αὐτοῦ σοφίαν. Διὰ μὲν τών φίλων, ὅ ὅτε εἶπε, θέλω, καθαρίσθητι, καὶ ὅτε εἶπεν, οὐδὲ ἐν τῷ ἰσραὴλ τοσαύτην πίστιν εὗρον διὰ δὲ τῶν ἐχθρῶν νῦν. ᾿Επειδὴ γὰρ εἶπον, ὅτι οὐδεὶς δύναται αφιέναι τίας, εἰ μὴ μόνου ὁ θεὸς, ἐπήγαγεν' ἵνα δὲ εἰδητε, ὅ ὅτι ἐξουσίαν ἔ ἔχει ὦ υἱὸς τοῦ ἀνθρώπαν ἀφιέναι ἁμαρτίας ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς (τότε λέγει τῷ παραλυτικῷ) ἐγερθεὶς ἄρον τὸν κράβἤατόν σου, καὶ ὕπαγε εἰς τὸν οἶκόν σον. Οὐκ ἐνταῦθα δὲ μόνον, ἀλλὰ καὶ αλλαχοῦ πάλιν λεγόντων αὐτῶν περὶ καλοῦ ἔργου ου λιθάζομέν σε» ἀλλὰ περὶ βλασφημίας, καὶ ὅτι σὺ ἄνθρωπος ὦν, ποιεῖς σεαντὸν θεόν οὐδὲ ἐκεῖ τὴν δόξαν ταύτην κατέλυσεν, ἀλλὰ πάλιν αὐτὴν ἐκύρωσε, λέὙων᾽ εἰ μὴ ποιῶ τὰ ἔργα τοῦ πατρός μον, μὴ πιστενετέ μοι' εἰ δὲ ποιῶ, κἂν ἐμοὶ μὴ πιστεύητε, τοῖς ἔργοις πιστεύσατε. ᾿Εμταῦθα μέντοι καὶ ὅτερον σημεῖον τῆς ἑαντοῦ θεότης τος δείκνυσιν οὐ Μικρὸν, καὶ τῆς ρὸν τὸν πατέρα ὁμοτιμίας. ᾿Εκεῖμοι. μὲν γὰρ ἔλεγον, ὅτι ᾿τὸ λύειν ἁμαρτήματα θεοὺ μόνον ἐστίν᾽ ᾿ αὐτὸς δὲ οὐ λύει ἁμαρτήματα μόνον, ἀλλὰ καὶ πρὸ τούτον ἕτερόν τι ἐπιδείκνυται, ὃ θεοῦ μόνον ἥν, τὸ τὰ ἐν τῆ καρδίᾳ ἀπόῤῥητα ἐκφέρειν. Οὐδὲ γὰρ ἐξήνεγκαν εἰρ μέσον ὕ ὅπερ ἐνεμόουν. ᾿Ιδοὺ γάρ τινες τών γὙραμματέων, φησὶν, ἐν ἐαντοῖς εἶπον οὗτος βλασφῃμεῖ. Καὶ εἰδως ὁ Ἰησοῦς τὰς ἐνθυμήσεις αὐτῶν, εἶπεν ἱνατί ἐνθυμεῖσθε πονηρὰ εν ταῖς καρδίαις ὑμῶν; Ὅτι δὲ θεοῦ μόνου ἐστὶ τὸ τὰ ἀπόῤῥητα εἰδέναι, ἄκουσὸν τί φησιν ὁ προφήτης σὺ ἐπίστασαι καρδίας μονώτατος καὶ πάλιν, ὁ ἐτάζων καρδίας καὶ νεφροὺς ὁ θεός. Καὶ ὁ Ἱερεμίας δέ φησὲ βαθεῖα ἡ καρδία παρὰ πάντα, καὶ ἄνθρωπός ἐστι, καὶ τίς γνώσεται αὐτόν; καὶ, ἄνθρωπος ὄψεται εἰς πρόσωπον, ὁ δὲ θεὸς εἰς καρδίαν. Καὶ διὰ πολλῶν ἐστιν ἰδεῖν, ὅτι θεοῦ μόνον ἐστὶ τὰ κατὰ ϑιάνοιαν εἰδέναι. Δεικνὺς τοίνυν, ὅτι θεός ἐστιν, ἴσος τῷ γεγεννηκότι, ἅπερ ἐν ἑαυτοῖς ἐλογίζοντο (δεδοικότες γὰρ τὸ πλῆθος» οὐκ ἐτόλμων αὖὐτῶν τὴν γνώμην εἰς τὸ μέσον ἐξενεγκεῖν), ταύτην ἐκκαλύπτει καὶ δήλην ποιεῖ, πολὺ καὶ ἐνταῦθα τὸ ἀνεπαχθὲς ἐνδεικνύμενος. ἹἹνατί γὰρ, φησὶν, ἐνθυμεῖσθε πονηρὰ ἐν ταῖς καρδίαις ὑμῶν :) Καίτοιγε εἰ ἀγανακτῆσαι ἐχρῆν, τὸν κάἱνοντα ἀγανακτῆσαι ἔδει διαπατηθέντα, καὶ εἰπεῖν ἕτέρον ἦλθον θεραπεῦσαι, καὶ ἕτερον διορθοῦσαι ; πόθεν γὰρ δῆλον, ὅτι ἀφέωνταί μον αἱ ἁμαρτίαι; Νυνὶ δὲ ἐκεῖνος μὲν οὐδὲν τοιοῦτον φθέγγεται, ἀλλὰ δίδωσιν ἑαυτὸν τῇ τοῦ θεραπεύοντος ἐξουσίᾳ οὗτοι δὲ περιττοὶ ὄντες καὶ βασκανοι, ταῖς ἑτέρων ἐπιβουλεύουσιν εὐεργεσίαις. Διὸ ἐπισκήπτει μὲν αὐτοῖς, μετ᾽ ἐπιεικείας δὲ ἁπάσης. Εἰ γὰρ ἀπιστεῖτε, φησὶ, τῷ προτέρῳ, καὶ κόμπον εἶναι νομίζετε τὸ λεχθὲν, ἰδοὺ καὶ ἕτερον ἐκείνῳ προστίθημι, τὸ τὰ ἀπόῤῥητα ὑμῶν ἐκκαλύψαι᾽ καὶ μετ᾽ ἐκεῖνο πάλιν ἕτερον. Ποῖον δὴ τοῦτο; Τὸ σφίγξαι τὸ σῶμα τοῦ παραλελυμένου. Καὶ ὅτε μὲν εἶπε τῷ παραλυτικῷῴ, οὐ σαφῶς τὴν ἐξουσίαν τὴν ἑαυτοῦ δηλῶν εἵπεν᾽ οὐ γὰρ εἶπεν, ἀαφίημί σοι τὰς ἁμαρτίας αλλ᾽, αφέὠνταί ὅσου αἱ ἁμαρτίαι. ᾿Ἐσειδὴ δὲ ἐκεῖνοι ἠνάγκασαν, τρανοτέραν αὐτοῦ δείκνυσι τὴν ἐξουσίαν, Χέγων' ἵνα δὲ εἰδῆτε, ὅτι ἐξουσίαν ἔχει ὁ υἱὸς τοῦ ἀνθρώπου ἐπὶ τῆν γῆς ἀφιέναι ἁμαρτίας. Ὁρᾷς ὅσον ἀπεῖχε τοῦ μὴ θέλειν νομίζεσθαι ἴσος τῷ πατρί: : Οὐδὲ γὰρ εἶπεν, ὅτι δεῖται ἐτέβου ὁ υἱὸς τοῦ ἀνθρώπου, ἥ ὅτι ἔδωκεν αὐτῷ ἐξουσίαν, ἀλλ᾽ ὅτι ἐξουσίαν ἕ ἔχει. Καὶ οὐδὲ αὐτὸ πρὸς φιλοτιμίαν λέγει ἀλλ᾽ ἵνα ὑμᾶς πείσω, φησὶν, ὅτι οὐ βλασφημώ ἴσον ἑαυτὸν ποιῶν τῷ θεῷ. Πανταχοῦ γὰρ ἀποδείξεις βούλεται παρέεἰν σαφεὶς καὶ ἀναντιῤῥήτουν, ὡς ὅταν λέγη ὕπαγε, σαυτὸν δεῖξον τῷ ἱερεῖ καὶ τὴν πενθερὰν Πέτρου δεικνύη διακονοῦσαν, καὶ τοὺς χοίρους συγχωρῇ κατακρημνίζεσθαι. Οὕτω δὴ καὶ ἐνταῦθα, τῆς μὲν τῶν ἁμαρτημάτων αφέσεως τεκμήριον, τὴν τοῦ σώματος σφίγξιν ποιεῖται τῆς δὲ σφίγξεως, τὸ βαστάσαι τὸν κραββατον' ὥστε μὴ νομισθῆναι φαντασίαν εἶναι τὸ γεγενημένον. Βαὶ οὐ πρότερον τοῦτο ποιεῖ, ἕως αὐτοὺς ἠρώτησε. Τί γὰρ, φησὶν, εὐκοπώτερόν ἐστιν εἰπεῖν. ἀφέωνταί σοὺ αἱ ἁμαρτίαι᾽ ἡ εἰπεῖν, ἄρον τὸν κράββατόν σου, καὶ ὕπαγε εἰς τὸν οἶκόν σου :ἢ Ὃ δὲ λέγει; τοιοῦτόν ἐστι. Τί δοκεῖ ῥ βᾷον ὑμῖν εἶναι, σῶμα σφίγξαι ᾿διφκισμένον, ἥ ἥ Ψυχῆς ἁμαρτήματα λῦσαι: Εὔδηλον ὅ ὅτι σῶμα σφίγξαι. Ὅσῳ γὰρ ψυχὴ σώματος βελτίων, τοσούτῳ τὸ ἁμαρτήματα λῦσαι τούτου μεῖζον ἀλλ᾽ ἐπειδὴ τὸ μὲν ἀφανὲς, τὸ δὲ φανερὸν, προστίθημι τὸ καταδεέστερον μὲν, φανερώτερον δέ ἵνα καὶ τὸ μεῖζον καὶ τὸ αφανὲς διὰ τούτου λάβῃ τὴν ἀπόδειξιν, διὰ τῶν ἔργων προαποκαλύπτων ἤδη τὸ ὑπὸ τοῦ ᾿Ιωάννον εἰρημένον, ὅτι αὐτὸς αἴρει τὰς ἁμαρτίας τοῦ κόσμου.

Kai embas eis to ploion dieperase, kai ēlthen eis tēn idian polin. Kai idou prosēnenkan autǭ paralytikon epi klinēs beblēmenon. Kai idōn ho ᾿Iēsous tēn pistin autōn, eipe tǭ paralytikǭ tharsei, teknon, apheōntai sou hai amartiiai. Idian autou polin entautha tēn Kapernaoum legei. HēĒ men gar ēnenken auton, hē Bēthleem' hē de ethrepsen, ē N azareet' hē de eichen oikounta diēnekōs, hē Kapernaoum. Ho mentoi paralytikos heteros houtos esti para ton en tǭ ᾿Iōannę̄ keimenon. Ho men gar en tę̄ kolymbēthrą katekeito, houtos de en tę̄ Kapernaoum᾽ kai ho men triakontaoktō eichen etē, peri toutou de ouden toiouton eirētai kai ho men en erēmią tōn prostēsomenōn ēn, houtos de eiche tous epimeloumenous, hoi kai bastazontes auton epheron. Kai toutǭ men phēsi, teknon, apheōntai son hai hamartiai ekeinǭ de phēsi, theleis hygiēs genesthai : Kai ton men en ᾿ sabbatǭ etherapeuse, touton de ouk en sabbatǭ' I gar an enekalesan kai touto ᾿Ioudaioi᾽ kai epi toutou men esegēsan, ep᾽ ekeinou de epekeinto diōkontes. Tauta de moi ouch haplōs eirētai, all᾽ hina mę̄ tis diaphōnian einai nomisē, hena kai ton auton hypopteusas paralytikon. Sy de moi skopei to atyphon kai to epieikes tou despotou. Kai gar kai pro toutou tous ochlous diekrousato kai hypo tōn en G adarois de ekblētheis, ouk anteteinen, all᾽ anechōrēse men, ou ᾿ mēn makran. Kai palin eis to ploion embas diebaine, dynamenos kai pezę̄ diabainein. Ou gar aei paradoxopoiein ebouleto, hōste mē tǭ tēs oikonomias lymēnasthai logǭ. Ho men oun Matthaios phēsin, ho hoti prosepheron auton᾽ hoi de alloi, hoti kai tēn stegēn diatemontes, kathēkan auton. Kai prouthēkan tǭ Christǭ ton kamnonta, legontes men ouden, autǭ de to pan epitrepontes. En archę̄ men gar kai autos periēge, kai ou tosautēn para tōn prosiontōn ētei tēn au ar entautha de kai prosēesan, kai pistin apētounto. ᾿Idōn gar, phēsi, tēn pistin autōn, toutesti, tōn chalasantōn. Ou gar pantachou para tōn kamnontōn monon zētei tēn tistin' hoion, hotan parapaiōsin, hē heterōs hypo tou nosēmatos ōsin exestēkotes. Mallon de entautha kai tou kamnontos hēn hē pistis ou gar an ēnescheto chalasthēnai mē pisteuōn. ᾿Epei oun tosautēn epedeixanto pistin, epideiknytai kai autos tēn autou dynamin, met᾽ exousias hapasēs lyōn ta hamartēmata, kai deiknys dia pantōn, hoti homotimos esti tǭ gegennēkoti. Skopei de anōthen edeixe dia tēs didaskalias, hote edidaxen autous hōs exousian echōn dia tou leprou, hote eipe, thelō, katharisthēti dia tou hekatontarchou, hote eiponta, eipe logǭ monon, kai iathēsetai ho pais mou, ethaumase kai hyper pantas anekēryxe' dia tēs thalattēs, hote autēn echalinōse logǭ monǭ dia tōn daimonōn, hote auton kritēn anōmologoun, kai meta pollēs tēs exousias autous exebalen. ᾿Entautha palin heterǭ meizone tropǭ tous echthrous autous katanankazei homologēsai tēn homotimian, kai dia tou stomatos autōn auto kathistēsi phaneron. Autos men gar to aphilotimon deiknys ([ kai gar poly porieistēkei theatron tēn eisodon apoteichizon, dio kai anōthen auton kathēkan), ouk epedramen eutheōs tę̄ tou sōmatos therapeią tou phainomenou, alla par᾽ ekeinōn ᾿lambanai tēn aphormēn' kai to adēlon prōton etherapeuse, tēn psychēn, ta hamartēmata apheis hoper ekeinon men esazen, autǭ de ou pollēn doxan epheren. ᾿Ekeinoi men gar hypo ponērias enochloumenoi» kai episkēpsai boulomenoi, eklampsai to gegenēmenon kai akontes pareskeuasan. Kai gar eumēchanos hōn autos, tę̄ baskanią autōn eis tēn tou sēmeiou phanerōsin apechrēsato. ᾿Epei oun ethorybounto kai elegon᾽ houtos blasphēmei tis dynatai aphienai hamartias, ei mē monos ho theos : idōmen. ti phēsin autos. Ara aneile tēn hyponoian : Kaitoige ei mē isos ēn, echrēn eipein' ti moi prostribesthe mē prosēkousan hypolēpsin: : porrhō tautēs egō tēs dynameōs. Nyn de toutōn men ouden ei pe᾿ tounantion de ha hapan kai ebebaiōse kai ekyrōse, tę̄ te par᾽ eantou phōnę̄, kai tę̄ tou thaumatos epideixei. ᾿Epeidē gar to auton tina peri heautou legein edokei ᾿prosistasthai tois akroōmemois, dia tōn allōn bebaioi ta peri heantou kai to dē thaumastōn, hoti ou dia tōn philōn monon, alla kai dia tōn e chthrōn touto gar ē periousia tēs autou sophian. Dia men tōn philōn, ho hote eipe, thelō, katharisthēti, kai hote eipen, oude en tǭ israēl tosautēn pistin heuron dia de tōn echthrōn nyn. ᾿Epeidē gar eipon, hoti oudeis dynatai aphienai tias, ei mē monou ho theos, epēgagen' hina de eidēte, ho hoti exousian e echei ō huios tou anthrōpan aphienai hamartias epi tēs gēs (tote legei tǭ paralytikǭ) egertheis aron ton krabēaton sou, kai hypage eis ton oikon son. Ouk entautha de monon, alla kai allachou palin legontōn autōn peri kalou ergou ou lithazomen se» alla peri blasphēmias, kai hoti sy anthrōpos ōn, poieis seanton theon oude ekei tēn doxan tautēn katelysen, alla palin autēn ekyrōse, leUōn᾽ ei mē poiō ta erga tou patros mon, mē pistenete moi' ei de poiō, kan emoi mē pisteuēte, tois ergois pisteusate. ᾿Emtautha mentoi kai hoteron sēmeion tēs heantou theotēs tos deiknysin ou Mikron, kai tēs ron ton patera homotimias. ᾿Ekeimoi. men gar elegon, hoti ᾿to lyein hamartēmata theou monon estin᾽ ᾿ autos de ou lyei hamartēmata monon, alla kai pro touton heteron ti epideiknytai, ho theou monon hēn, to ta en tē kardią aporrhēta ekpherein. Oude gar exēnenkan eir meson hy hoper enemooun. ᾿Idou gar tines tōn gYrammateōn, phēsin, en eantois eipon houtos blasphę̄mei. Kai eidōs ho Iēsous tas enthymēseis autōn, eipen hinati enthymeisthe ponēra en tais kardiais hymōn? Hoti de theou monou esti to ta aporrhēta eidenai, akouson ti phēsin ho prophētēs sy epistasai kardias monōtatos kai palin, ho etazōn kardias kai nephrous ho theos. Kai ho Hieremias de phēse batheia hē kardia para panta, kai anthrōpos esti, kai tis gnōsetai auton? kai, anthrōpos opsetai eis prosōpon, ho de theos eis kardian. Kai dia pollōn estin idein, hoti theou monon esti ta kata ϑianoian eidenai. Deiknys toinyn, hoti theos estin, isos tǭ gegennēkoti, haper en heautois elogizonto (dedoikotes gar to plēthos» ouk etolmōn auytōn tēn gnōmēn eis to meson exenenkein), tautēn ekkalyptei kai dēlēn poiei, poly kai entautha to anepachthes endeiknymenos. HiInati gar, phēsin, enthymeisthe ponēra en tais kardiais hymōn :) Kaitoige ei aganaktēsai echrēn, ton kainonta aganaktēsai edei diapatēthenta, kai eipein heteron ēlthon therapeusai, kai heteron diorthousai ? pothen gar dēlon, hoti apheōntai mon hai hamartiai? Nyni de ekeinos men ouden toiouton phthengetai, alla didōsin heauton tę̄ tou therapeuontos exousią houtoi de perittoi ontes kai baskanoi, tais heterōn epibouleuousin euergesiais. Dio episkēptei men autois, met᾽ epieikeias de hapasēs. Ei gar apisteite, phēsi, tǭ proterǭ, kai kompon einai nomizete to lechthen, idou kai heteron ekeinǭ prostithēmi, to ta aporrhēta hymōn ekkalypsai᾽ kai met᾽ ekeino palin heteron. Poion dē touto? To sphinxai to sōma tou paralelymenou. Kai hote men eipe tǭ paralytikǭǭ, ou saphōs tēn exousian tēn heautou dēlōn heipen᾽ ou gar eipen, aaphiēmi soi tas hamartias all᾽, apheōntai hosou hai hamartiai. ᾿Eseidē de ekeinoi ēnankasan, tranoteran autou deiknysi tēn exousian, Chegōn' hina de eidēte, hoti exousian echei ho huios tou anthrōpou epi tēn gēs aphienai hamartias. Horąs hoson apeiche tou mē thelein nomizesthai isos tǭ patri: : Oude gar eipen, hoti deitai etebou ho huios tou anthrōpou, hē hoti edōken autǭ exousian, all᾽ hoti exousian he echei. Kai oude auto pros philotimian legei all᾽ hina hymas peisō, phēsin, hoti ou blasphēmō ison heauton poiōn tǭ theǭ. Pantachou gar apodeixeis bouletai pareein sapheis kai anantirrhētoun, hōs hotan legē hypage, sauton deixon tǭ hierei kai tēn pentheran Petrou deiknyē diakonousan, kai tous choirous synchōrę̄ katakrēmnizesthai. Houtō dē kai entautha, tēs men tōn hamartēmatōn apheseōs tekmērion, tēn tou sōmatos sphinxin poieitai tēs de sphinxeōs, to bastasai ton krabbaton' hōste mē nomisthēnai phantasian einai to gegenēmenon. Bai ou proteron touto poiei, heōs autous ērōtēse. Ti gar, phēsin, eukopōteron estin eipein. apheōntai sou hai hamartiai᾽ hē eipein, aron ton krabbaton sou, kai hypage eis ton oikon sou :ē Ho de legei? toiouton esti. Ti dokei rh bąon hymin einai, sōma sphinxai ᾿diphkismenon, hē hē Psychēs hamartēmata lysai: Eudēlon ho hoti sōma sphinxai. Hosǭ gar psychē sōmatos beltiōn, tosoutǭ to hamartēmata lysai toutou meizon all᾽ epeidē to men aphanes, to de phaneron, prostithēmi to katadeesteron men, phanerōteron de hina kai to meizon kai to aphanes dia toutou labę̄ tēn apodeixin, dia tōn ergōn proapokalyptōn ēdē to hypo tou ᾿Iōannon eirēmenon, hoti autos airei tas hamartias tou kosmou.

“And getting into the boat he crossed over and came to his own city. And behold, they brought to him a paralytic lying on a bed. And when Jesus saw their faith, he said to the paralytic, ‘Take heart, child; your sins are forgiven.’” By his own city he here means Capernaum. For Bethlehem bore him, Nazareth brought him up, and Capernaum had him living there continually. This paralytic, however, is a different one from the one recorded in John. For that one lay at the pool, but this one in Capernaum; that one had had his illness thirty-eight years, but nothing of the kind is said about this one; and that one was destitute of anyone to stand by him, but this one had people caring for him, who also took him up and carried him. And to this one he says, “Child, your sins are forgiven,” but to that one he says, “Do you wish to be made well?” And that one he healed on the sabbath, but this one not on the sabbath; for otherwise the Jews would have accused him for this too; and in this case they were silent, but in that one they pressed on, persecuting him. And I have not said these things idly, but so that no one may think there is a disagreement, supposing them to be one and the same paralytic. But consider the Master’s freedom from pride and his gentleness. For before this too he pushed away the crowds; and when driven out by the people of Gadara, he did not resist, but withdrew, though not far. And again he got into the boat and crossed, though he could have crossed on foot. For he did not wish always to work wonders, so as not to harm the plan of the dispensation. Now Matthew says that they brought him; but the others, that they also broke open the roof and let him down. And they set the sick man before Christ, saying nothing, but entrusting everything to him. For at the beginning he himself went about, and did not require so much faith of those who came to him; but here they both came to him and were required to have faith. “For seeing their faith,” it says, that is, the faith of those who let him down. For he does not everywhere seek faith from the sick alone: for instance, when they are out of their minds, or are otherwise beside themselves from the disease. Or rather, here the faith was the sick man’s too; for he would not have endured being let down if he did not believe. Since, then, they displayed so great a faith, he too displays his power, loosing sins with all authority, and showing in every way that he is of equal honor with the one who begot him. And consider: he showed it earlier through his teaching, when he taught them as one having authority; through the leper, when he said, “I will; be made clean”; through the centurion, when, on the centurion’s saying, “Only say the word, and my servant will be healed,” he marveled and proclaimed him above all; through the sea, when he bridled it with a word alone; through the demons, when they acknowledged him as judge and he cast them out with great authority. Here again, in another and greater way, he compels his very enemies to confess his equality of honor, and makes it plain through their own mouths. For he, showing his freedom from love of honor (for a great audience stood around, walling off the entrance, which is why they let him down from above), did not run at once to the healing of the visible body, but takes the occasion from them; and he first healed what was unseen, the soul, forgiving the sins, which saved that man but did not bring himself much glory. But they, troubled by wickedness and wishing to find fault, caused what happened to shine forth even against their will. For he, being resourceful, used their envy for the manifestation of the sign. Since, then, they were disturbed and said, “This man blasphemes; who can forgive sins but God alone?”, let us see what he himself says. Did he remove the supposition? And yet, if he were not equal, he ought to have said, “Why do you fasten on me an opinion that does not belong to me? I am far from this power.” But as it is he said nothing of this; on the contrary, he entirely confirmed and ratified it, both by his own voice and by the display of the miracle. For since for a person to speak about himself seemed to offend the hearers, he confirms what concerns himself through others; and, what is wonderful, not only through friends but also through enemies; for this is the abundance of his wisdom. Through friends, when he said, “I will; be made clean,” and when he said, “Not even in Israel have I found such faith”; and through enemies now. For since they said that no one can forgive sins but God alone, he added, “But that you may know that the Son of Man has authority on earth to forgive sins” (then he says to the paralytic), “Rise, take up your bed, and go to your house.” And not only here, but elsewhere too, when they said, “We stone you not for a good work but for blasphemy, and because you, being a man, make yourself God,” not even there did he overthrow this opinion, but again ratified it, saying, “If I do not do the works of my Father, do not believe me; but if I do them, even though you do not believe me, believe the works.” [2] Here, however, he shows another sign of his Godhead too, and not a small one, and of his equality of honor with the Father. For they said that loosing sins belongs to God alone; but he not only looses sins, but before this displays something else that belonged to God alone: bringing out the secrets of the heart. For they had not brought out into the open what they were thinking. “For behold, some of the scribes,” it says, “said within themselves, ‘This man blasphemes.’ And Jesus, knowing their thoughts, said, ‘Why do you think evil in your hearts?’” And that it belongs to God alone to know secret things, hear what the prophet says: “You alone know hearts”; and again, “God tries the hearts and reins.” And Jeremiah says, “The heart is deep beyond all things, and it is man, and who shall know him?”; and, “Man looks on the face, but God on the heart.” And from many places one can see that it belongs to God alone to know what is in the mind. Showing, then, that he is God, equal to the one who begot him, what they were reasoning within themselves (for, fearing the multitude, they did not dare bring their opinion into the open), this opinion he uncovers and makes plain, displaying here too great freedom from offensiveness. “For why,” he says, “do you think evil in your hearts?” And yet if anyone had to be indignant, it was the sick man who should have been indignant, as one deceived, and should have said, “I came to have one thing healed, and you set right another? How is it clear that my sins are forgiven?” But as it is, he utters nothing of the kind, but gives himself up to the authority of the one healing; while these, being officious and envious, plot against the kindnesses done to others. That is why he reproves them, but with all gentleness. If you disbelieve the former thing, he says, and think what was said a boast, look, I add another to it, the uncovering of your secrets; and after that again another. What is this? Bracing the body of the paralyzed man. And when he spoke to the paralytic, he did not speak showing his own authority plainly; for he did not say, “I forgive you your sins,” but, “Your sins are forgiven.” But when they compelled him, he shows his authority more clearly, saying, “But that you may know that the Son of Man has authority on earth to forgive sins.” Do you see how far he was from being unwilling to be thought equal to the Father? For he did not say that the Son of Man needs another, or that someone gave him authority, but that he has authority. And he does not say even this for love of honor, but, to persuade you, he says, that I do not blaspheme in making myself equal to God. For everywhere he wishes to provide clear and undeniable proofs: as when he says, “Go, show yourself to the priest”; and shows Peter’s mother-in-law serving; and allows the swine to be hurled down. So here too, he makes the bracing of the body a token of the forgiveness of sins, and the carrying of the bed a token of the bracing, so that what happened might not be thought an illusion. And he does not do this before he has questioned them. “For which,” he says, “is easier, to say, ‘Your sins are forgiven,’ or to say, ‘Take up your bed and go to your house’?” What he means is this: Which seems easier to you, to brace a body that has been undone, or to loose the sins of a soul? Clearly, to brace a body. For as much as the soul is better than the body, so much is loosing sins greater than this; but since the one is unseen and the other visible, I add the lesser but more visible, so that the greater and unseen may receive its proof through this; already revealing by his works what was said by John, that he takes away the sins of the world.

29.3Field 1

Δναστήσας τοίνυν αὐτὸν, εἰς τὴν οἰκίαν πέμπει πάλιν ἐνταῦθα τὸ ἄτυφον δειωνὺς, καὶ ὅτι οὐ φαντασία ἦν τὸ γεγενημένον᾽ τοὺς γὰρ τῆς ἀῤῥωστίας μάρτυρας, τούτους ποιεῖται καὶ τῆς ὑγιείας. Ἐγὼ μὲν γὰρ ἐβουλόμην, φησὶ, διὰ τοῦ σοῦ πάθους καὶ τοὺς κοῦντας ὑγιαίνειν, νοσοῦντας δὲ τὴν διάνοιαν, θεραπεῦσαι ἐπειδὴ δὲ οὐ βούλονται, ἄπιθι οἴκαδε, τοὺς ἐκεῖ διορθωσόμενος. ὋὉρᾷς πώς δείκνυσι καὶ ψυχῆς καὶ σωμάτων αὐτὸν ὄντα δημιουργόν : Ἑκατέρας οὖν οὐσίας τὴν παράλυσιν ἰᾶται, καὶ τὸ ἀφανὲς ἐκ τοῦ φανεροῦ δῆλον ποιεῖ ἀλλ᾽ ὅμως ἔτι χαμαὶ σύρονται. Ἰδόντες γὰρ οἱ ὄχλοι εθαύμασαν, καὶ ἐδόξασαν τὸν θεὸν, φησὶ, τὸν δόντα ἐξουσίαν τοιαύτην τοῖς ἀνθρώποις προσίστατο γὰρ αὐτοῖς ἡ σάρξ. Αὐτὸς δὲ αὐτοῖς οὐκ ἐπετίμα, ἀλλὰ πρόεισι διὰ τών ἔργων ἐγείρων αὐτοὺς, καὶ ὑψηλὸν τὸ φρόνημα ποιῶν. Τέως γὰρ οὐκ ἦν μικρὸν τὸ νομίζεσθαι πάντων ἀνθρώπων εἶναι μείζω, καὶ παρὰ θεοῦ ἥκει. Εἰ γὰρ ταῦτα καλώς ἐβεβαίωσαν ᾿ παρ᾽ ἑαντοῖς, ὁδῷ προβαίνοντες ἔ ἔγνωσαν ἄν, ὅτι καὶ θεοῦ υἱὸς ἦν. Αλλ᾽ οὐ κατέσχον ταῦτα σαφὼς διὰ τοῦτο οὐδὲ προσελθεῖν ἠδυνήθησαν. Ελεγον γὰρ παλιν οὗτος ὁ ἄνθρωπος οὐκ ἔστι παρὰ τοῦ θεοῦ πῶς ἐστιν οὗτος παρὰ τοῦ θεοῦ : Καὶ συνεχῶς αὐτὰ ἔστρεφον, τῶν οἰκείων παθῶν ταῦτα προβαλλόμενοι προκαλύμματα. Ὃ πολλοὶ καὶ νῦν ποιοῦσι, καὶ τὸν θεὸν δοκοῦντες ἐκὸδικεῖν, οἰκεῖα πληροῦσι πάθη, δέον μετ᾽ ἐπιεικείας, ἅπαντα μετιέναι. Καὶ γὰρ ὁ τῶν ὅλων θεὸς, σκηπτὸν δυνάμενος ἀφιέναι. ἐπὶ τοὺς βλασφημοῦντας αὐτὸν; τὸν ἥλιον ἀνατέλλει, καὶ τοὺς ὄμβρους ἀφίησι, καὶ τὰ ἄλλα πάντα μετὰ δαψιλείας παρέχει ὃν χρὴ καὶ ἡμᾶς μιμουμένους παρακαλεῖν» παραινεῖν, νουθετεῖν μετὰ πραότητος, οὐκ ὀργιζομάνους, οὐδὲ ἐκθηριουμένους. Οὐδὲ γὰρ βλάβη τις εἰς τὸν θεὸν ἀπὸ τῆς βλασφημίας ἐκβαίνει, ἵν θυμωθῆς ἀλλ᾽ ὁ βλασφημήσας αὐτὸς καὶ τὸ τραῦμα ἔλαβεν. Οὐκοῦν στέναξον, θρήνησον' καὶ γὰρ δακρύων ἄξιον τὸ πάθος. Καὶ τὸν τραυματισθέντα δὲ οὐδὲν οὕτως ὡς ἐπιείκεια θεραπεῦσαι δύναται. ᾿Επειείκεια γὰρ πάσης βίας δυνατωτέρα. Ὅρα γοῦν πώς αὐτὸς ἡμῖν ὁ ὑβρισμένος, διαλέγεται, καὶ ἐπὶ τῆς παλαιᾶς καὶ ἐπὶ τῆς καινῆς ἐκεῖ μὲν λέγων, λαός μου, τί ἐποίησά σοι : ἐνταῦθα δὲ, Σαῦλε, Σαῦλε, τί με διώκεις ;7 Καὶ ὁ ᾿ Παῦλος ἐν ΤραοτῆΤι κελευει Ταιορυθιν ΤΟὺς αντι ιατιθεμένους. Καὶ ᾿ τῷ Χριστῷ δὲ ἡνίκα προσήεσαν οἱ μαθηταὶ ἀξιοῦντες πῦρ καταβῆναι ἐκ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ, σφόδρα ἐπετίμησεν αὐτοῖς λέγων οὐκ οἴδατε ποίου πνεύματός ἐστε ὑμεῖς, Καὶ ἐνταῦθα δὲ οὐκ εἶπεν, ὦ μιαροὶ καὶ γόητες ὑμεῖς ὦ βάσκανοι καὶ τῆν τῶν ἀνθρώπων σωτηρίας ἐχθροῖ ἀλλὰ, τί ἐνθυμεῖσθε πονηρὰ ἐν ταῖς καρδίαις ὑμῶν Δεῖ τοίνυν μετ᾽ ἐπιεικείας ἐξαίρειν τὸ νόσημα. Ὃ γὰρ φόβῳ γενόμενος ἀνθρωπίνῳ βελτίων, ταχέως ἐπανήξει πρὸς τὴν πονηρίαν πάλιν. Διὰ τοῦτο καὶ τὰ ζιζάνια ἀφεθῆναι ἐκέλευσε, διδοὺς προθεσμίαν μετανοίας. Πολλοὶ γοῦν αὐτῶν μετενόησαν, καὶ γεγόνασι σπουδαῖοι, πρότερον ὄντες φαῦλοι, οἷον ὃ Παῦλος, ὃ τελώνης, ὁ λῃστής καὶ γὰρ ζιζάνια ὄντες οὗτοι σῖτος γεγόνασιν ᾿Επὶ μὲν γὰρ τῶν σπερμάτων τοῦτο ἀμήχανον ὶ δὲ τῆς προαιρέσεως, ῥᾷδιόν τε καὶ εὔκολον οὐ γάρ φύσεων ὅροις αὕτη δέδεται, αλλ ἐλευθερίᾳ προαιρέσεως τετίμηται. Ὅνταν τοίνυν ἴδῃς ἐχθρὸν τῆς ἀληθείας, θεράπευσον, ἐπιμέλησαι, πρὸς ἀρετὴν ἐπανάγαγε; βίον ἐπιδεικνύμενος ἄριστον, Ἰλόγον ἢ παρεχόμενος ,ἀκατάγνωστον, προστασίαν καὶ κηδεμονίαν παρέ: χων, πάντα τρόπον κινῶν διορθώσεως, τοὺς ἀρίστους τῶν ἰατρῶν μιμούμενος. Οὐδὲ γὰρ ἐκεῖνοι καθ᾽ ἕ ἕνα τρόπον θεραπεύουσι μόνον, ἀλλ᾽ ὅταν ἴδωσιν οὐκ εἶκον τὸ ἕλκος τῷ προτέρῳ φαρμάκῳ, προστιθέασιν ἕτερον, καὶ μετ᾽ ἐκεῖνο πάλιν ἄλλο' καὶ νῦν μὲν τέμνουσι, νῦν δὲ ἐπιδεσμοῦσι. Καὶ σὺ τοίνυν ψυχῶν ἰατρὸς γενόμενον, πάντα κίνει θεραπείας τρόπον κατὰ τοὺς τοῦ Χριστοῦ νόμους, ἵνα καὶ τῆς σαντοῦ σωτηρίας καὶ τῆς ἑτέρων ὠφελείας λάβης μισθὸν, εἰς δόξαν θεοῦ πάντα ποιῶν, καὶ ταύτῃ καὶ αὐτὸς δοξαζόμενος. Τοὺς δοξάζοντας γάρ με δοξάσω, φησί᾽ καὶ οἱ ἐξουθενοῦντἀς με ᾿ ἐξουθενωθήσονται. Πάντα τοίνυν εἰς δόξαν αὐτοῦ πράττωμεν, ἵνά τῆς μακαρίας ἐκείνης ᾿επιτύχωμεν λήξεως ἧς γένοιτο πάντας ἡμᾶς ἐπιτυχοῖν, χάριτι καὶ φιλανθρωπίᾳ τοῦ κυρίου ἡμῶν ᾿Ιησοῦ Χριστοῦ, ᾧ ἡ δόξα καὶ τὸ κράτος εἰς τοὺς αἰῶνας τῶν αἰώνων. ᾿Αμῆν.

Dnastēsas toinyn auton, eis tēn oikian pempei palin entautha to atyphon deiōnys, kai hoti ou phantasia ēn to gegenēmenon᾽ tous gar tēs arrhōstias martyras, toutous poieitai kai tēs hygieias. Egō men gar eboulomēn, phēsi, dia tou sou pathous kai tous kountas hygiainein, nosountas de tēn dianoian, therapeusai epeidē de ou boulontai, apithi oikade, tous ekei diorthōsomenos. HoOrąs pōs deiknysi kai psychēs kai sōmatōn auton onta dēmiourgon : Hekateras oun ousias tēn paralysin iatai, kai to aphanes ek tou phanerou dēlon poiei all᾽ homōs eti chamai syrontai. Idontes gar hoi ochloi ethaumasan, kai edoxasan ton theon, phēsi, ton donta exousian toiautēn tois anthrōpois prosistato gar autois hē sarx. Autos de autois ouk epetima, alla proeisi dia tōn ergōn egeirōn autous, kai hypsēlon to phronēma poiōn. Teōs gar ouk ēn mikron to nomizesthai pantōn anthrōpōn einai meizō, kai para theou hēkei. Ei gar tauta kalōs ebebaiōsan ᾿ par᾽ heantois, hodǭ probainontes e egnōsan an, hoti kai theou huios ēn. All᾽ ou kateschon tauta saphōs dia touto oude proselthein ēdynēthēsan. Elegon gar palin houtos ho anthrōpos ouk esti para tou theou pōs estin houtos para tou theou : Kai synechōs auta estrephon, tōn oikeiōn pathōn tauta proballomenoi prokalymmata. Ho polloi kai nyn poiousi, kai ton theon dokountes ekodikein, oikeia plērousi pathē, deon met᾽ epieikeias, hapanta metienai. Kai gar ho tōn holōn theos, skēpton dynamenos aphienai. epi tous blasphēmountas auton? ton hēlion anatellei, kai tous ombrous aphiēsi, kai ta alla panta meta dapsileias parechei hon chrē kai hēmas mimoumenous parakalein» parainein, nouthetein meta praotētos, ouk orgizomanous, oude ekthērioumenous. Oude gar blabē tis eis ton theon apo tēs blasphēmias ekbainei, hin thymōthēs all᾽ ho blasphēmēsas autos kai to trauma elaben. Oukoun stenaxon, thrēnēson' kai gar dakryōn axion to pathos. Kai ton traumatisthenta de ouden houtōs hōs epieikeia therapeusai dynatai. ᾿Epeieikeia gar pasēs bias dynatōtera. Hora goun pōs autos hēmin ho hybrismenos, dialegetai, kai epi tēs palaias kai epi tēs kainēs ekei men legōn, laos mou, ti epoiēsa soi : entautha de, Saule, Saule, ti me diōkeis ?7 Kai ho ᾿ Paulos en TraotēTi keleuei Taiorythin TOus anti iatithemenous. Kai ᾿ tǭ Christǭ de hēnika prosēesan hoi mathētai axiountes pyr katabēnai ek tou ouranou, sphodra epetimēsen autois legōn ouk oidate poiou pneumatos este hymeis, Kai entautha de ouk eipen, ō miaroi kai goētes hymeis ō baskanoi kai tēn tōn anthrōpōn sōtērias echthroi alla, ti enthymeisthe ponēra en tais kardiais hymōn Dei toinyn met᾽ epieikeias exairein to nosēma. Ho gar phobǭ genomenos anthrōpinǭ beltiōn, tacheōs epanēxei pros tēn ponērian palin. Dia touto kai ta zizania aphethēnai ekeleuse, didous prothesmian metanoias. Polloi goun autōn metenoēsan, kai gegonasi spoudaioi, proteron ontes phauloi, hoion ho Paulos, ho telōnēs, ho lę̄stēs kai gar zizania ontes houtoi sitos gegonasin ᾿Epi men gar tōn spermatōn touto amēchanon i de tēs proaireseōs, rhądion te kai eukolon ou gar physeōn horois hautē dedetai, all eleutherią proaireseōs tetimētai. Hontan toinyn idę̄s echthron tēs alētheias, therapeuson, epimelēsai, pros aretēn epanagage? bion epideiknymenos ariston, Ilogon ē parechomenos ,akatagnōston, prostasian kai kēdemonian pare: chōn, panta tropon kinōn diorthōseōs, tous aristous tōn iatrōn mimoumenos. Oude gar ekeinoi kath᾽ he hena tropon therapeuousi monon, all᾽ hotan idōsin ouk eikon to helkos tǭ proterǭ pharmakǭ, prostitheasin heteron, kai met᾽ ekeino palin allo' kai nyn men temnousi, nyn de epidesmousi. Kai sy toinyn psychōn iatros genomenon, panta kinei therapeias tropon kata tous tou Christou nomous, hina kai tēs santou sōtērias kai tēs heterōn ōpheleias labēs misthon, eis doxan theou panta poiōn, kai tautę̄ kai autos doxazomenos. Tous doxazontas gar me doxasō, phēsi᾽ kai hoi exouthenountas me ᾿ exouthenōthēsontai. Panta toinyn eis doxan autou prattōmen, hina tēs makarias ekeinēs ᾿epitychōmen lēxeōs hēs genoito pantas hēmas epitychoin, chariti kai philanthrōpią tou kyriou hēmōn ᾿Iēsou Christou, hǭ hē doxa kai to kratos eis tous aiōnas tōn aiōnōn. ᾿Amēn.

Having raised him up, then, he sends him home, here again showing his freedom from pride, and that what happened was not an illusion; for those who were witnesses of the sickness he makes witnesses of the health too. For I wished, he says, through your suffering to heal those too who seem to be healthy but are sick in mind; but since they will not, go away home, to set right those there. Do you see how he shows that he is the creator both of souls and of bodies? He heals, then, the paralysis of each nature, and makes the unseen plain through the visible; but nevertheless they still crawl on the ground. “For when the crowds saw it they marveled,” it says, “and glorified God, who had given such authority to men”; for the flesh offended them. And he did not rebuke them, but goes on, raising them up by his works and making their thoughts lofty. For for the time it was no small thing for him to be thought greater than all men and to have come from God. For if they had confirmed this well in their own minds, going on in due course they would have known that he was also the Son of God. But they did not hold these things clearly; that is why they could not come to him either. For they said again, “This man is not from God”; “How is this man from God?” And they continually turned these things over, putting them forward as screens for their own passions. Which many do now too: seeming to avenge God, they fulfill their own passions, when they ought to pursue all things with gentleness. For the God of all, though he could send a thunderbolt upon those who blaspheme him, makes the sun rise, sends the rains, and provides all other things abundantly; whom we too must imitate, and entreat, exhort, and admonish with meekness, not being angry nor turning into wild beasts. For no harm comes to God from blasphemy, that you should be enraged; it is the blasphemer himself who has received the wound. Therefore groan, lament; for the suffering is worthy of tears. And nothing can heal the wounded man as gentleness can; for gentleness is more powerful than any force. See, at any rate, how he himself who has been insulted speaks to us, both in the Old Testament and in the New: there saying, “My people, what have I done to you?”, and here, “Saul, Saul, why do you persecute me?” And Paul commands us to instruct opponents in meekness. And when the disciples came to Christ asking that fire might come down from heaven, he rebuked them sharply, saying, “You do not know of what spirit you are.” And here too he did not say, “O you abominable men and sorcerers, O envious men and enemies of the salvation of mankind,” but, “Why do you think evil in your hearts?” We must, then, take away the disease with gentleness. For one who has become better through human fear will quickly return to wickedness again. That is why he commanded the tares to be left, giving a fixed time for repentance. Many of them, at any rate, repented and became earnest, who were formerly worthless, such as Paul, the tax collector, the robber; for these, being tares, became wheat. For with seeds this is impossible, but with the will it is easy and simple; for it is not bound by the limits of nature, but honored with freedom of choice. When, then, you see an enemy of the truth, heal him, take care of him, lead him back to virtue, displaying an excellent life, offering a blameless word, providing protection and care, moving every means of correction, imitating the best of physicians. For they too do not heal in one way only, but when they see the wound not yielding to the first remedy, they add another, and after that again another; and now they cut, now they bind up. You too, then, having become a physician of souls, move every means of healing according to the laws of Christ, so that you may receive the reward both of your own salvation and of the benefit to others, doing all things to the glory of God, and in this way being glorified yourself. “For those who glorify me,” he says, “I will glorify, and those who despise me shall be despised.” Let us do all things, then, to his glory, so that we may obtain that blessed lot; which may we all obtain, by the grace and love for humankind of our Lord Jesus Christ, to whom be the glory and the might for ever and ever. Amen.

Chapter 30

30.1Field 1

᾿]ησοῦς ἐκεῖθεν, εἶδεν ἄνθρωπον ἐπὶ τὸ τελώνιον καθήμενον, Ματθαῖον λαγομενον᾽ καὶ λέγει ΠΟΙΗΣΑΣ γὰρ τὸ θαῦμα οὐκ ἐπέμεινεν, ἵνα μὴ τὸν ζῆλον ἐξάψη πλέον ὁρώμενος ἀλλὰ χαρίζεται αὐτοῖς ἀναχωρῶν, καὶ τὸ πάθος παραμυθούμενος. Τοῦτο δὴ καὶ ἡμεῖς ποιῶμεν, μὴ ὁμόσε χωροῦντες τοῖς ἐπιβουλεύουσιν, ἀλλὰ παραμυθώμεθα αὐτῶν τὸ ἕλκος, ἐνδιδόντες καὶ χαλῶντες αὐτῶν τὸν τόνον. Αλλὰ τίνος ἕνεκεν οὐ μετὰ Πέτρου καὶ ᾿Ιωάννον καὶ τῶν ἄλλων αὐτὸν ἐκάλεσεν; Ὥσπερ ἐκεῖ πότε παρεγένετο, ὅτε ἤδει τοὺς ἀνθρώπους πεισθησομάνουν' οὕτω καὶ τὸν Ματθαῖον τότε ἐκάλεσεν, ὅτε ἠπίστατο εἴξοντα. Διὰ δὴ τοῦτο καὶ Παῦλον μετὰ τὴν ἀνάστασιν ἡλίουσεν. Ὃ γὰρ τὰς ΠΡ ἐπιστάμενος, καὶ τὰ ἀπόῤῥητα τῆς ἑκάστου διαναίας ως, ἥδει καὶ πότε ἔμελλεν ἕ ἕκαστος τούτων ὑπακούσεσθαι. Διὰ τοῦτο οὐκ ἐν προοιμίοις αὐτὸν ἐκάλει, ὅτε σκληρότερον ἔτι διέκειτο, ἀλλὰ μετὰ τὰ μυρία θαύματα, καὶ τὴν πολλὴν περὶ αὐτοῦ φήμην, ὅτε καὶ ἐπιτηδειότερον ἤδει πρὸς τὴν ὑπακοὴν γεγενημένον. Ἄξιον δὲ καὶ τοῦ εὐαγγελιστοῦ θαυμάσαι τὴν φιλοσοφίαν, πώς οὐκ ἀποκρύπτεται αὐτοῦ τὸν ἔμπροσθεν βίον, ἀλλὰ καὶ τὸ ὄνομα τίθησι, τῶν ἄλλων κρυψάντων αὐτὸν προσηγορίᾳ ἑτέρᾳ. Τίνος δὲ ἕνεκεν εἶπεν, ὅτι ἐπὶ τὸ τελώνιον καθήμενον : Δεικνὺς τοῦ καλέσαντος τὴν δύναμιν, ὅτι οὐ λήξαντα, οὐδὲ ἀποστάντα τῆς πονηρᾶς ταύτης καπηλείας, ἀλλ᾽ ἐκ μέσων αὐτὸν ἀνέσπασε τῶν κακῶν καθάπερ οὖν καὶ τὸν μακάριον Παῦλον μαινόμενον καὶ λυττῶντα καὶ πῦρ ἀφιέντα μετέστησεν ὅπερ οὖν καὶ αὐτὸς δεῖγμα ποιούμενος τῆς τοῦ καλέσαντος δυνάμεως, φησὶ. Γαλαταις ἠκούσατε τὴν ἐμὴν ἀναστροφήν ποτε ἐν τῷ Ἴουδαϊσμῷ, ὅ ὅτι καθ᾽ ὑπερβολὴν ἐδίωκον τὴν ἐκκλησίαν τοῦ θεοῦ καὶ τοὺς ἁλιέας δὲ ἐν μέσοις τοις ἔργοις ὄντας ἐκάλεσεν. ᾿Αλλ ᾿ ἐκεῖνο μὲν τέχνη τις ἣν οὐ διαβεβλημένη μὲν, ἀνθρώπων δὲ ἀγροικότερον διακειμένων, καὶ ἀμίκτων, καὶ πολὺ τὸ ἀ ἐλὲς κεκτημένων' τοῦτο δὲ ἐπιτήδευμα ἀ αναισχυντίας γέμον ᾿ήν καὶ ἰταμότητος; καὶ κέρδος οὐκ ἔχον πρόφασιν εὔλογον, καὶ ἐμπορία ἀναιδὴς, καὶ ἁρπαγὴ σχῆμα ἔχουσα ἔννομον ἀλλ᾽ ὅμως οὐδὲν τούτων ἐπησχύνετο ὁ καλέσας. Καὶ τί λέγω, εἰ τελώνην οὐκ ἐπῃσχύνετο, ὅπου γϑ οὐδὲ πόρνην γυναῖκα οὐ μόνον καλέσαι οὐκ ἐπησχύνθη, αλλὰ καὶ φιλῆσαι τοὺς πόδας αὐτοῦ καὶ βρέξαι τοῖς δάκρυσι παρεῖχεν αὐτῆ: Καὶ γὰρ διὰ τοῦτο παραγέγονεν, οὐχ ἵνα σώματα θεραπεύσῃ μόνον, αλλ᾽ ἵνα καὶ γνχῆς κακίαν ἰάσηται. Ὃ καὶ ἐπὶ τοῦ παραλντικοὺ πεποίηκε καὶ δείξας σαφώς, ὅτι δύναται αφιέναι ἁμαρτίας, τότε ἐπὶ τοῦτον ἔρχεται, ἵνα μηκέτι θορυβῶνται τολώνην ὁρῶντες εἰς τὸν τῶν μαθητῶν ἐγκρινόμενον χορόν. Ὁ γὰρ κύριος ὧν λῦσαι τὰ πεπλημμολημένα πάντα, τί θαυμάζεις εἰ καὶ τοῦτον ἀπόστολον ποιεῖ: Αλλ᾽ ὥσπερ εἶδες τοῦ καλέσαντος τὴν δύναμιν, οὕτω καταμάνθανε καὶ τοῦ κληθέντος τὴν ὑπακοήν. Οὔτε γὰρ ἀντέτεινεν, οὐδὲ ἀμφισβητὼῶν εἶπε' τί τοῦτο: ᾽ ἄρα μὴ ᾿ἀπατηλῇ κλήσει ἐμὲ τὸν τοιοῦτον καλεῖ: καὶ γὰρ ἄκαιρος αὕτη πάλιν ἡ ταπεινοῴ σύνη: ἀλλ᾽ εὐθέως ὑπήκουσε, καὶ οὐδὲ οἴκαδε ἀπελθεῖν ἠξίωσε, καὶ τοῖς αὐτοῦ περὶ τούτου κοινώσασθαι, ὥσπερ οὖν οὐδὲ οἱ αλεεῖς᾽ ἀλλ᾽ ὃν τρόπον ἐκεῖνοι τὸ δίκτυον καὶ τὸ πλοῖον καὶ τὸν πατέρα, οὕτω καὶ οὗτος τὴν τελωνείαν καὶ τὸ κέρδος ἀφεὶς εἵπετο, παρεσκενασμένην πρὸς ἅπαντα τὴν γνώμην ἐπιδεικνύμενος καὶ πάντων ᾿ ἀθρόως ἑαυτὸν ἀποῤῥηγνὺς τῶν βιωτικῶν, ἐμαρτύρει, τῇ εὐκαιρίᾳ τοῦ καλέσαντος διὰ τῆς ἀπηρτισμένης ὑπακοῆς. Καὶ τί δήποτε, φησὶν, οὐχὶ καὶ περὶ τῶν ἄλλων εἶπεν ἡμῖν, πῶς καὶ τίνα τρόπον ἐκλήθησαν, αλλὰ περὶ Πάτρου καὶ ᾿Ιακώβου καὶ ᾿Ιωάννου καὶ Φιλίππου, περὶ δὲ τῶν ἄλλων οὐδαμοῦ ; Ὅτι οὗτοι μάλιστα ἧσαν ἐν τοῖς ἀτόποις καὶ ταπεινοῖς ἐπιτηδεύμασι. Οὔτε γὰρ τόλωνείας τι χεῖρον, οὔτε λείας εὐτελέστερον. Ὅτι δὲ καὶ Φίλιππος τῶν σφόδρα ἀσήμων ἦν, ἀπὸ τῆς πατρίδος δῆλον. Διὰ τοῦτο τούτους ᾿μάλιστα ἡμῖν ἀνακηρύττουσι μετὰ τῶν ἐπιτηδευμάτων, δηλοῦντες ὅτι καὶ ἐν τοῖς λαμπ οἷς τῶν διηγημάτων τούτοις πιστεύειν χρή. Οἱ γὰρ τῶν κούντων ἐπονειδίστων εἶναι μηδὲν αἱρούμενοι παραλιπεῖν, αλλὰ πρὸ τῶν ἄλλων ταῦτα μετὰ ἀκριβείας ἀνακηρύττοντες, καὶ ἐπὶ τοῦ διδασκάλου καὶ ἐπὶ τών μαθητῶν, πῶς ἂν εἶεν ἐπὶ τῶν σεμνῶν ὕποπτοι; καὶ μάλιστα ὅταν σημεῖα μὲν πολλὰ καὶ ᾿ θαύματα παρατρέχωσι, τὰ δὲ ἐπὶ τοῦ σταυροῦ δοκοῦντα εἶναι ὀνείδη μετὰ ἀκριβείας βοώσι καὶ τῶν μαθητῶν τὰ ἐπιτηδεύματα καὶ τὰ ἐλαττώματα, καὶ τοῦ διδασκάλου τοὺς προγόνους τοὺς ἐπὶ ᾿ ἁμαρτήμασι βεβοημένους λαμπρᾷ ἐκκαλύπτωσι τῆ φωνῇ; Ὅθεν δῆλον ὅ ὅτι πολὺν τῆς ἀληθείας ἐποιοῦντο λόγον, καὶ οὐδὲν πρὸς χάριν, οὐδὲ πρὸς ἐπίδειξιν ἔγραφον.

᾿]ēsous ekeithen, eiden anthrōpon epi to telōnion kathēmenon, Matthaion lagomenon᾽ kai legei POIĒSAS gar to thauma ouk epemeinen, hina mē ton zēlon exapsē pleon horōmenos alla charizetai autois anachōrōn, kai to pathos paramythoumenos. Touto dē kai hēmeis poiōmen, mē homose chōrountes tois epibouleuousin, alla paramythōmetha autōn to helkos, endidontes kai chalōntes autōn ton tonon. Alla tinos heneken ou meta Petrou kai ᾿Iōannon kai tōn allōn auton ekalesen? Hōsper ekei pote paregeneto, hote ēdei tous anthrōpous peisthēsomanoun' houtō kai ton Matthaion tote ekalesen, hote ēpistato eixonta. Dia dē touto kai Paulon meta tēn anastasin hēliousen. Ho gar tas PR epistamenos, kai ta aporrhēta tēs hekastou dianaias ōs, hēdei kai pote emellen he hekastos toutōn hypakousesthai. Dia touto ouk en prooimiois auton ekalei, hote sklēroteron eti diekeito, alla meta ta myria thaumata, kai tēn pollēn peri autou phēmēn, hote kai epitēdeioteron ēdei pros tēn hypakoēn gegenēmenon. Axion de kai tou euangelistou thaumasai tēn philosophian, pōs ouk apokryptetai autou ton emprosthen bion, alla kai to onoma tithēsi, tōn allōn krypsantōn auton prosēgorią heterą. Tinos de heneken eipen, hoti epi to telōnion kathēmenon : Deiknys tou kalesantos tēn dynamin, hoti ou lēxanta, oude apostanta tēs ponēras tautēs kapēleias, all᾽ ek mesōn auton anespase tōn kakōn kathaper oun kai ton makarion Paulon mainomenon kai lyttōnta kai pyr aphienta metestēsen hoper oun kai autos deigma poioumenos tēs tou kalesantos dynameōs, phēsi. Galatais ēkousate tēn emēn anastrophēn pote en tǭ Ioudaïsmǭ, ho hoti kath᾽ hyperbolēn ediōkon tēn ekklēsian tou theou kai tous halieas de en mesois tois ergois ontas ekalesen. ᾿All ᾿ ekeino men technē tis hēn ou diabeblēmenē men, anthrōpōn de agroikoteron diakeimenōn, kai amiktōn, kai poly to a eles kektēmenōn' touto de epitēdeuma a anaischyntias gemon ᾿ēn kai itamotētos? kai kerdos ouk echon prophasin eulogon, kai emporia anaidēs, kai harpagē schēma echousa ennomon all᾽ homōs ouden toutōn epēschyneto ho kalesas. Kai ti legō, ei telōnēn ouk epę̄schyneto, hopou gϑ oude pornēn gynaika ou monon kalesai ouk epēschynthē, alla kai philēsai tous podas autou kai brexai tois dakrysi pareichen autē: Kai gar dia touto paragegonen, ouch hina sōmata therapeusę̄ monon, all᾽ hina kai gnchēs kakian iasētai. Ho kai epi tou paralntikou pepoiēke kai deixas saphōs, hoti dynatai aphienai hamartias, tote epi touton erchetai, hina mēketi thorybōntai tolōnēn horōntes eis ton tōn mathētōn enkrinomenon choron. Ho gar kyrios hōn lysai ta peplēmmolēmena panta, ti thaumazeis ei kai touton apostolon poiei: All᾽ hōsper eides tou kalesantos tēn dynamin, houtō katamanthane kai tou klēthentos tēn hypakoēn. Oute gar anteteinen, oude amphisbētōōn eipe' ti touto: ᾽ ara mē ᾿apatēlę̄ klēsei eme ton toiouton kalei: kai gar akairos hautē palin hē tapeinoǭ synē: all᾽ eutheōs hypēkouse, kai oude oikade apelthein ēxiōse, kai tois autou peri toutou koinōsasthai, hōsper oun oude hoi aleeis᾽ all᾽ hon tropon ekeinoi to diktyon kai to ploion kai ton patera, houtō kai houtos tēn telōneian kai to kerdos apheis heipeto, pareskenasmenēn pros hapanta tēn gnōmēn epideiknymenos kai pantōn ᾿ athroōs heauton aporrhēgnys tōn biōtikōn, emartyrei, tę̄ eukairią tou kalesantos dia tēs apērtismenēs hypakoēs. Kai ti dēpote, phēsin, ouchi kai peri tōn allōn eipen hēmin, pōs kai tina tropon eklēthēsan, alla peri Patrou kai ᾿Iakōbou kai ᾿Iōannou kai Philippou, peri de tōn allōn oudamou ? Hoti houtoi malista hēsan en tois atopois kai tapeinois epitēdeumasi. Oute gar tolōneias ti cheiron, oute leias eutelesteron. Hoti de kai Philippos tōn sphodra asēmōn ēn, apo tēs patridos dēlon. Dia touto toutous ᾿malista hēmin anakēryttousi meta tōn epitēdeumatōn, dēlountes hoti kai en tois lamp hois tōn diēgēmatōn toutois pisteuein chrē. Hoi gar tōn kountōn eponeidistōn einai mēden hairoumenoi paralipein, alla pro tōn allōn tauta meta akribeias anakēryttontes, kai epi tou didaskalou kai epi tōn mathētōn, pōs an eien epi tōn semnōn hypoptoi? kai malista hotan sēmeia men polla kai ᾿ thaumata paratrechōsi, ta de epi tou staurou dokounta einai oneidē meta akribeias boōsi kai tōn mathētōn ta epitēdeumata kai ta elattōmata, kai tou didaskalou tous progonous tous epi ᾿ hamartēmasi beboēmenous lamprą ekkalyptōsi tē phōnę̄? Hothen dēlon ho hoti polyn tēs alētheias epoiounto logon, kai ouden pros charin, oude pros epideixin egraphon.

“[And as] Jesus [passed on] from there, he saw a man sitting at the tax office, called Matthew; and he says [to him, ‘Follow me.’]” For, having worked the miracle, he did not stay, so as not to kindle their jealousy further by being seen, but grants them this favor by withdrawing and soothing their passion. Let us too do this: not closing with those who plot against us, but soothing their wound, giving way and slackening their tension. But why did he not call him with Peter and John and the others? Just as there he came at the time when he knew the men would obey, so he called Matthew too at the time when he knew he would yield. For this reason he also caught Paul, like a fisherman, after the resurrection. For he who knows the hearts and the secrets of each one’s mind knew also when each of them would obey. That is why he did not call him at the beginning, when he was still rather hard, but after his countless miracles and the great fame about him, when he knew he had become more fit for obedience. And it is worth marveling at the evangelist’s philosophy too: how he does not hide his own former life, but even sets down his name, though the others concealed him under another name. And why did he say that he was sitting at the tax office? Showing the power of the one who called him: that it was not when he had stopped, nor when he had left this wicked trade, but out of the midst of his evils that he drew him up; just as he also changed the blessed Paul while he was raging and mad and breathing fire; which Paul himself sets forth as proof of the power of the one who called him, saying to the Galatians, “You have heard of my former way of life in Judaism, that I persecuted the church of God beyond measure.” And he called the fishermen too while they were in the midst of their work. But that was a trade not of ill repute, though belonging to men of rather rustic disposition, unsociable and very simple; while this was a pursuit full of shamelessness and effrontery, a gain with no reasonable excuse, a shameless traffic, robbery with a lawful appearance; but nevertheless the one who called him was ashamed of none of these things. And why do I say that he was not ashamed of a tax collector, when he was not ashamed not only to call a harlot, but even to let her kiss his feet and wet them with her tears? For this is why he came: not only to heal bodies, but also to cure the wickedness of the soul. This he did with the paralytic too; and having shown clearly that he can forgive sins, then he comes to this man, so that they might no longer be disturbed at seeing a tax collector enrolled in the company of the disciples. For since he has authority to loose all offenses, why do you wonder if he makes this man an apostle too? But as you have seen the power of the one who called, so learn also the obedience of the one called. For he did not resist, nor say in doubt, “What is this? Is he not calling me, such as I am, with a deceitful call?” For that humility too would have been untimely. But he obeyed at once, and did not even think fit to go home and share this with his own people, just as the fishermen did not either; but as they left the net and the boat and their father, so this man too left the tax office and the gain and followed, displaying a mind prepared for everything; and tearing himself away all at once from all worldly things, he bore witness by his complete obedience to the fitness of the time chosen by the one who called him. “And why,” someone says, “did he not tell us also about the others, how and in what manner they were called, but only about Peter and James and John and Philip, and nowhere about the others?” Because these especially were in strange and lowly occupations. For there is nothing worse than tax collecting, nor more paltry than fishing. And that Philip too was one of the very obscure is clear from his homeland. That is why they proclaim these especially to us together with their occupations, showing that we must believe them in the glorious parts of their narratives too. For those who choose to leave out nothing of what seems disgraceful, but proclaim these things with exactness before the others, both about the Teacher and about the disciples, how could they be suspected in what is venerable? Especially when they pass over many signs and miracles, but cry aloud with exactness what seem to be the reproaches of the cross, and uncover with a loud voice the occupations and failings of the disciples, and the Teacher’s ancestors who were notorious for sins? From which it is clear that they took great account of truth and wrote nothing to please or for display.

30.2Field 1

Καλέσας τοίνυν αὐτὸν, καὶ τιμῇ μεγίστῃ τετίμηκε, τραπέζης αὐτῷ κοινωνήσας εὐθέως ταύτῃ γὰρ αὐτὸν καὶ ὑπὲρ τῶν μελλόντων εὔελπιν ἐποίει, καὶ εἰς πλείονα παῤῥησίαν ἦγεν. Οὐ γὰρ χρόνῳ μακρῷ, ἀλλ ἀθρόον ἰάσατο τὴν κακίαν. Καὶ οὐκ αὐτῷ συνανάκειται μόνῳ, ἀλλὰ καὶ ἑτέροις πολλοῖς καίτοι καὶ τοῦτο ἐδόκει αὐτοῦ ὄγκλημα εἶναι, ὅτι οὐκ ἀπεσόβησε τοὺς αμαρτωλούς. Ἀλλ᾽ οὐδὲ τοῦτο κρύπτουσιν, οἷα ἐπισκήπτειν ἐπιχειροῦσι τοῖς παρ αὐτοῦ γινομένοις. Συνέρχονται δὲ οἱ τολώναι ὡς πρὸς ὁμότεχνον' ἐγκαλλωπιζόμενος γὰρ τῆ εἰσόδῳ τῇ τοῦ Χριστοῦ, πάντας αὐτοὺς συνεκάλεσε. Καὶ γὰρ πᾶν εἶδος θεραπείας ὁ Χριστὸς ἐκίνει, καὶ οὐχὶ διαλεγόμενος μόνον, οὐδὲ θεραπεύων, ούδὲ ἐλέγχων. τοὺς ἐχθροὺς, αλλὰ καὶ ἀριστῶν διώρθου πολλοὺς τῶν κακὼς διακειμένων' διὰ τούτων διδάσκων ἡμᾶς, ὅτι πᾶς καιρὸς καὶ πᾶν ἔργον δύναται παρέχειν ἡμῖν τὴν ὠφέλειαν. Καίτοιγε τὰ παρακείμενα τότε ἐξ ἀδικίας ἡ ἡν καὶ πλεονεξίας ἀλλ᾽ ουὅ παρῃτήσατο ὁ Χριστὸς αὐτῶν μετασχεῖν, ἐπειδὴ μέγα τὸ κέρδος ἐντεῦθεν ἔμελλε γίνεσθαι, ἀλλὰ καὶ ὁμορόφιος καὶ ὁμοτράπεζος γίνεται τοῖς τοιαῦτα πεπλημμεληκόσι. Τοιοῦτος γὰρ ὁ ἰατρός ἂν μὴ ἀνάσχηται τῆς σηπεδόνος τών καμνόντων; οὐκ ἀπαλλαττει τῆς ἀῤῥωστίας αὑτούς. Καίτοιγε πονηρὰν ἐντεῦθεν ἔλαβε δόξαν, καὶ τῷ μετ᾽ αὐτοῦ φαγεῖν, καὶ τῷ ἐν τῇ οἰκίᾳ τῇ ἐκείνου, καὶ τῷ μετὰ πολλῶν τελωνών. Ὅρα γοῦν αὐτοὺς τοῦτο ὀνειδίζοντα ἰδοὺ ἄνθρωπος φάγος καὶ οἰνοπότης» τελωνῶν φίλος καὶ ἁμαρτωλῶν. ᾿Αἰκουνέτωσαν ὅσοι μεγάλην ἐπὶ νηστείᾳ δόξαν ἑαυτοῖς περιτιθέναι σπουδάζουσιν, καὶ ἐννοείτωσαν ὅτι ὁ δεσπότης ἡμῶν φάγος καὶ οἰνοπότης ἐκλήθη, καὶ οὐκ ἤσχύνετο, ἀλλὰ «πάντων ὑπερεώρα τούτων, ἵνα τὸ προκείμενον ανύση᾽ ὅπερ οὗν καὶ ἐγένετο. Καὶ γὰρ καὶ μεταβάλετο ὁ ο τελώνης, καὶ βελτίων οὕτως ἐγένετο. Καὶ ἵνα μάθῃς, ὅτι μέγα τοῦτο ἤνυσε τὸ κοινωνῆσαι αὐτῷ τῆς τραπέζης, ἄκουσον τί φησιν ὁ Ζακχαῖος ἕτερος πάλιν τελώνης. ᾿Επειδὴ γὰρ ἤκουσε τοῦ Χριστοὺ λέγοντος, σήμερον ἐν τῷ οἴκῳ σου δεῖ με μετ Ρία, ὑπὸ τῆς ἡδονῆς πτερωθεὶς, τὰ ἡμίση τῶν ὑπαρχόντων ἐ μοι δίδωμι πτωχοῖς, φησὶ, καὶ εἴ τινός τι ἐσυκοφάντησα, ἀποδίδωμι τετραπλοῦν. Καὶ πρὸς αὐτὸν ὁ ᾿Ιησοῦς φησι σήμερον σωτηρία τῷ οἴκῳ τούτῳ ἐγένετο. Οὕτω διὰ πάντων ἔνεστι παιδεύειν. Καὶ πῶς ὁ Παῦλος, ησὶ, κελεύει, ἐάν τις, ἀδελφὸς ὀνομαζόμενος, πόρνος, ῇ πλεονέκτης, τῷ τοιούτῳ μηδὲ συνεσθίειν: Μαλιστα μὲν οὕπω δῆλον, εἰ καὶ διδασκάλοις ταῦτα παραινεῖ, ἀλλ᾽ οὐχὶ ἀδελφοῖς μόνοις. Ἔπειτα, οὗτοι οὔπω τῶν αἀπηρτισμένων ἦσαν, οὐδὲ ἀδελφῶν γεγενημένων. Πρὸς δὲ τούτοις ὁ Παῦλος καὶ τοὺς ἀδελφοὺς γεγενημένους τότε ἀποστρέφεσθαι κελεύει, ὅταν ἐπιμένωσιν᾽ οὗτοι δὲ ἣ ἤσαν παυσάμενοι λοιπὸν καὶ μεταβαλόμενοι. Ἀλλ᾽ οὐδὲν τούτων τοὺς Φαρισαίους ἐνέτρεψεν, αλλ᾽ ἐγκαλοῦσι τοῖς μαθηταῖς λέγοντες διατί ἱμετὰ τελωνῶν καὶ ἁμαρτωλών ἐσθίει ὁ διδάσκαλος ὑμῶν Καὶ ὅταν μὲν ὁ αὐτοὶ δοκώσιν ἁμαρτάνειν, αὐτῷ ἐντυγχάνουσι λέγοντεν᾽ ἰδοὺ οἱ μαθηταί σον ποιοῦσιν ὃ οὐκ ἔξεστι ποιεῖν ἐν σαββάτῳ ἐνταῦθα δὲ πρὸς αὐτοὺς αὐτὸν διαβάλλουσιν. Ἅπερ πάντα κακουργούντων ἦν καὶ βουλομένων ἀποῤῥῆξαι τοῦ διδασκάλου τὸν χορὸν τῶν μαθητῶν. Τί οὖν ἡ ἄπειρος σοφία: Οὐ χρείαν ἔχουσι, φησὶν, οἱ ἰσχύοντες ἰατροῦ, ἀλλ᾽ οἱ κακῶς ἔχοντες. Ὅρα πῶς αὐτῶν εἰς τοὐναντίον περιέτρεψε τὸν λόγον. ᾿Εκεῖνοι μὲν γὰρ ἔγκλημα ἐποιοῦντο τὸ συγγίνεσθαι αὐτὸν τοὐὔτοις αὐτὸς δὲ τοὐναντίον φησὶν, ὅτι τὸ μὴ συγγίνεσθαι ἀνάξιον αὐτοῦ, καὶ τῆς αὐτοῦ Φιλανθρωπίας καὶ οὐ μόνον ἐγκλήματος ἐκτὸς τὸ τοὺς τοιούτους διορθοῦν, αλλὰ προηγούμενον καὶ ἀναγκαῖον καὶ μυρίων ἄξιον ε ἐπαίνων. Εἶτα, ἵνα μὴ δόξῃ καταισχύνειν τοὺς κληθέντας τῷ λέγειν, οἱ κακῶς ἔχοντες, ὅρα πῶς αὐτὸ παραμυθεῖται πάλιν, ἐπιτιμῶν αὐτοῖς καὶ λέγων᾽ πορευθέντες δὲ μάθετε τί ἐστιν᾽ ἔλεον θέλω, καὶ οὐ θυσίαν. Τοῦτο δὲ ἔλεγε, τὴν τῶν γραφῶν ἄγνοιαν αὑτοῖς ὀνειδίζων. Δεὸ καὶ πληκτικώτερον κέχρηται τῷ λόγῳ, οὐχὶ αὐτὸς ὀργιζόμενος μὴ γένοιτο ἀλλ᾽ ὥστε ἐκείνους μὴ ἐξαπορηθῆναι. Καίτουγε ἠδύνατο εἰπεῖν οὐκ ἐνενοήσατε, πῶς ἔλυσα τὰς ἁμαρτίας τοῦ παραλντικοῦ : πὼς τὸ σώμα ἔσφιγξα: : Ἀλλ᾽ οὐ λέγει τούτων οὐδέν᾽ ἀλλ᾽ ἀπὸ τῶν κοινῶν λογισμών πρῶτον αὐτοῖς διαλέγεται; καὶ τότε ἀπὸ τών γραφῶν. Εἰπὼν γὰρ, οὐ χρείαν ἔχουσιν οἱ ἰσχύοντες ἰατρου, ἀλλ᾽ οἱ κακῶς ε οντες, καὶ ὐρλμε Δεν ὑῶν ἑαυτὸν ὄντα τὸν ἰατρὸν, τότε εἶπε᾽ πορευθέντες μάθετε τί ἐστιν ἔλεον θέλω, καὶ οὐ θυσίαν. Οὕτω καὶ ὁ Παῦλος ποιεῖ. Πρότερον ἀπὸ τῶν κοινῶν παραδειγμάτων τὸν λόγον κατασκευάσας; καὶ εἰπών τίς ποιμαίνει ποίμνην, καὶ ἐκ τοῦ γάλακτος αὐτῆς οὐκ ἐσθίει; τότε καὶ τὰς γραφὰς ἐπήγαγε λέγων ἐν γὰρ τῷ νόμῳ Μωσέως γέγραπται, οὐ φιμώσεις βοῦν ἁλοώντα καὶ πάλιν, οὕτως ὁ κύριος διέταξε τοῖς τὸ εὐαγγέλιον καταγγέλλουσιν, ἐκ τοῦ εὐαγγελίου ζῆν. Πρὸς δὲ τοὺς μαθητὰς οὐχ οὕτως ἀλλὰ τῶν σημείων ἀναμιμνήσκει οὕτω λέγων οὕπω μνημονεύετε τοὺς πέντε ἄρτους τών πεντακισχιλίων, καὶ πόσους κοφίνους ἐλάβετε

Kalesas toinyn auton, kai timę̄ megistę̄ tetimēke, trapezēs autǭ koinōnēsas eutheōs tautę̄ gar auton kai hyper tōn mellontōn euelpin epoiei, kai eis pleiona parrhēsian ēgen. Ou gar chronǭ makrǭ, all athroon iasato tēn kakian. Kai ouk autǭ synanakeitai monǭ, alla kai heterois pollois kaitoi kai touto edokei autou onklēma einai, hoti ouk apesobēse tous amartōlous. All᾽ oude touto kryptousin, hoia episkēptein epicheirousi tois par autou ginomenois. Synerchontai de hoi tolōnai hōs pros homotechnon' enkallōpizomenos gar tē eisodǭ tę̄ tou Christou, pantas autous synekalese. Kai gar pan eidos therapeias ho Christos ekinei, kai ouchi dialegomenos monon, oude therapeuōn, oude elenchōn. tous echthrous, alla kai aristōn diōrthou pollous tōn kakōs diakeimenōn' dia toutōn didaskōn hēmas, hoti pas kairos kai pan ergon dynatai parechein hēmin tēn ōpheleian. Kaitoige ta parakeimena tote ex adikias hē hēn kai pleonexias all᾽ ouo parę̄tēsato ho Christos autōn metaschein, epeidē mega to kerdos enteuthen emelle ginesthai, alla kai homorophios kai homotrapezos ginetai tois toiauta peplēmmelēkosi. Toioutos gar ho iatros an mē anaschētai tēs sēpedonos tōn kamnontōn? ouk apallattei tēs arrhōstias hautous. Kaitoige ponēran enteuthen elabe doxan, kai tǭ met᾽ autou phagein, kai tǭ en tę̄ oikią tę̄ ekeinou, kai tǭ meta pollōn telōnōn. Hora goun autous touto oneidizonta idou anthrōpos phagos kai oinopotēs» telōnōn philos kai hamartōlōn. ᾿Aikounetōsan hosoi megalēn epi nēsteią doxan heautois peritithenai spoudazousin, kai ennoeitōsan hoti ho despotēs hēmōn phagos kai oinopotēs eklēthē, kai ouk ēschyneto, alla «pantōn hypereōra toutōn, hina to prokeimenon anysē᾽ hoper houn kai egeneto. Kai gar kai metabaleto ho o telōnēs, kai beltiōn houtōs egeneto. Kai hina mathę̄s, hoti mega touto ēnyse to koinōnēsai autǭ tēs trapezēs, akouson ti phēsin ho Zakchaios heteros palin telōnēs. ᾿Epeidē gar ēkouse tou Christou legontos, sēmeron en tǭ oikǭ sou dei me met Ria, hypo tēs hēdonēs pterōtheis, ta hēmisē tōn hyparchontōn e moi didōmi ptōchois, phēsi, kai ei tinos ti esykophantēsa, apodidōmi tetraploun. Kai pros auton ho ᾿Iēsous phēsi sēmeron sōtēria tǭ oikǭ toutǭ egeneto. Houtō dia pantōn enesti paideuein. Kai pōs ho Paulos, ēsi, keleuei, ean tis, adelphos onomazomenos, pornos, ę̄ pleonektēs, tǭ toioutǭ mēde synesthiein: Malista men houpō dēlon, ei kai didaskalois tauta parainei, all᾽ ouchi adelphois monois. Epeita, houtoi oupō tōn aapērtismenōn ēsan, oude adelphōn gegenēmenōn. Pros de toutois ho Paulos kai tous adelphous gegenēmenous tote apostrephesthai keleuei, hotan epimenōsin᾽ houtoi de hē ēsan pausamenoi loipon kai metabalomenoi. All᾽ ouden toutōn tous Pharisaious enetrepsen, all᾽ enkalousi tois mathētais legontes diati himeta telōnōn kai hamartōlōn esthiei ho didaskalos hymōn Kai hotan men ho autoi dokōsin hamartanein, autǭ entynchanousi legonten᾽ idou hoi mathētai son poiousin ho ouk exesti poiein en sabbatǭ entautha de pros autous auton diaballousin. Haper panta kakourgountōn ēn kai boulomenōn aporrhēxai tou didaskalou ton choron tōn mathētōn. Ti oun hē apeiros sophia: Ou chreian echousi, phēsin, hoi ischyontes iatrou, all᾽ hoi kakōs echontes. Hora pōs autōn eis tounantion perietrepse ton logon. ᾿Ekeinoi men gar enklēma epoiounto to synginesthai auton touytois autos de tounantion phēsin, hoti to mē synginesthai anaxion autou, kai tēs autou Philanthrōpias kai ou monon enklēmatos ektos to tous toioutous diorthoun, alla proēgoumenon kai anankaion kai myriōn axion e epainōn. Eita, hina mē doxę̄ kataischynein tous klēthentas tǭ legein, hoi kakōs echontes, hora pōs auto paramytheitai palin, epitimōn autois kai legōn᾽ poreuthentes de mathete ti estin᾽ eleon thelō, kai ou thysian. Touto de elege, tēn tōn graphōn agnoian hautois oneidizōn. Deo kai plēktikōteron kechrētai tǭ logǭ, ouchi autos orgizomenos mē genoito all᾽ hōste ekeinous mē exaporēthēnai. Kaitouge ēdynato eipein ouk enenoēsate, pōs elysa tas hamartias tou paralntikou : pōs to sōma esphinxa: : All᾽ ou legei toutōn ouden᾽ all᾽ apo tōn koinōn logismōn prōton autois dialegetai? kai tote apo tōn graphōn. Eipōn gar, ou chreian echousin hoi ischyontes iatrou, all᾽ hoi kakōs e ontes, kai yrlme Den hyōn heauton onta ton iatron, tote eipe᾽ poreuthentes mathete ti estin eleon thelō, kai ou thysian. Houtō kai ho Paulos poiei. Proteron apo tōn koinōn paradeigmatōn ton logon kataskeuasas? kai eipōn tis poimainei poimnēn, kai ek tou galaktos autēs ouk esthiei? tote kai tas graphas epēgage legōn en gar tǭ nomǭ Mōseōs gegraptai, ou phimōseis boun haloōnta kai palin, houtōs ho kyrios dietaxe tois to euangelion katangellousin, ek tou euangeliou zēn. Pros de tous mathētas ouch houtōs alla tōn sēmeiōn anamimnēskei houtō legōn houpō mnēmoneuete tous pente artous tōn pentakischiliōn, kai posous kophinous elabete

Having called him, then, he honored him with the greatest honor too, sharing his table at once; for by this he made him of good hope about the future and led him to greater boldness. For he healed his wickedness not in a long time but all at once. And he reclines not with him alone but with many others too; and yet this too seemed to be a charge against him, that he did not drive the sinners away. But they do not hide even this, what sort of things his enemies tried to find fault with in what he did. And the tax collectors come together as to a fellow tradesman; for Matthew, priding himself on Christ’s coming in, called them all together. For Christ set in motion every kind of healing, and not only by conversing, nor by healing, nor by convicting his enemies, but also by dining he set right many who were in a bad state; teaching us by this that every occasion and every action can bring us benefit. And yet what was set out then came from injustice and greed; but Christ did not refuse to share in it, since great gain was going to come from it; but he becomes one who shares the roof and table of those who had committed such offenses. For such is the physician: if he does not bear the rottenness of the sick, he does not free them from their illness. And yet he got a bad reputation from this, both from eating with him, and in his house, and with many tax collectors. See, at any rate, how they reproach him with this: “Look, a glutton and a drunkard, a friend of tax collectors and sinners.” Let those hear this who are eager to surround themselves with great glory for fasting, and let them consider that our Master was called a glutton and a drunkard and was not ashamed, but looked down on all these things, so as to accomplish what he had in view; which indeed happened. For the tax collector was changed and so became better. And that you may learn that sharing his table accomplished this great thing, hear what Zacchaeus says, another tax collector again. For when he heard Christ saying, “Today I must stay in your house,” given wings by his delight, “Half of my possessions,” he says, “I give to the poor, and if I have defrauded anyone of anything, I restore fourfold.” And Jesus says to him, “Today salvation has come to this house.” So it is possible to teach by all means. “And how,” someone says, “does Paul command, ‘If anyone who is called a brother is sexually immoral or greedy, with such a one do not even eat’?” First of all, it is not yet clear whether he gives this advice to teachers too, and not to brothers only. Then, these men were not yet among the perfected, nor had they become brothers. And besides this, Paul commands us to turn away even from those who have become brothers when they persist; but these had stopped and changed. But none of this shamed the Pharisees, but they charge the disciples, saying, “Why does your teacher eat with tax collectors and sinners?” And when the disciples themselves seem to sin, they appeal to him, saying, “Look, your disciples are doing what is not lawful to do on the sabbath”; but here they slander him to them. All of which was the act of men acting maliciously and wishing to tear the company of disciples away from the Teacher. What then does the infinite Wisdom say? “Those who are well have no need of a physician, but those who are sick.” See how he turned their argument to the opposite. For they made it a charge that he associated with these; but he, on the contrary, says that not associating with them would be unworthy of him and of his love for humankind; and that correcting such people is not only free from blame but his chief work, necessary and worthy of countless praises. Then, so as not to seem to shame those who had been called by saying “those who are sick,” see how he softens it again, rebuking them and saying, “But go and learn what this means: ‘I desire mercy and not sacrifice.’” And he said this reproaching them for their ignorance of the Scriptures. That is why he uses rather sharp language, not because he himself was angry, God forbid, but so that those men, the guests, might not be utterly at a loss. And yet he could have said, “Did you not notice how I loosed the sins of the paralytic? How I braced his body?” But he says none of these things, but first reasons with them from common reasonings, and then from the Scriptures. For having said, “Those who are well have no need of a physician, but those who are sick,” and having shown in a veiled way that he himself is the physician, he then said, “Go and learn what this means: ‘I desire mercy and not sacrifice.’” So Paul too does. Having first established his argument from common examples, and said, “Who tends a flock and does not eat of its milk?”, he then brought in the Scriptures too, saying, “For it is written in the law of Moses, ‘You shall not muzzle an ox that treads out the grain’”; and again, “So the Lord commanded that those who proclaim the gospel should live by the gospel.” But to the disciples he does not speak so, but reminds them of the signs, saying, “Do you not yet remember the five loaves of the five thousand, and how many baskets you took up?”

30.3Field 1

᾿Αλλ' οὐ πρὸς τούτους οὕτως ἀλλὰ τῆς ἀσθενείας ἀναμιμνήσκει τῆς κοινῆς, καὶ δείκνυσι καὶ αὐτοὺς ὄντας τῶν ἀσθενούντων, οἵγε οὐδὲ τὰς γραφὰς ἤδεσαν, καὶ πάσης τῆς λοιπῆς ἀμελοῦντες ἀρετῆς, ἐν ταῖς θυσίαις τὸ πᾶν ἐτίθεντο ὃ καὶ σφόδρα αὐτοὺς αἰνιττόμενος, τὸ διὰ τῶν ᾿προφητῶν πάντων εἰρημένον ἐν βραχεῖ τίθησι, λέγων μάθετε. τί ἐστιν ἔλεον θέλω, καὶ οὐ θυσίαν. Διὰ γὰρ τούτων δείκνυσιν οὐκ αὐτὸν ὄντα τὸν παρανομοῦντα, ἀλλ᾽ ἐκείνους ὡσανεὶ ἔλεγε τίνος ἕνεκεν ἐγκαλεῖτέ μοι ὅτι ἁμαρτωλοὺς διορθοῦμαι : Οὐκοῦν καὶ τῷ ᾿πατρὶ τοῦτο ἐγκαλέσετε. Ὅπερ οὗν καὶ ἀλλαχοῦ τοῦτο κατασκευάζων ἔλεγεν ὁ πατήρ μου ἕως ἄρτι ἐργάζεται, καγὼ ε ργάζομαι καὶ ἐνταῦθα πάλιν πορευθέντες μάθετε τί ἐστιν ἔλεον θέλω, καὶ οὐ θυσίαν. ὥσπερ γὰρ ἐκεῖνος τοῦτο βούλεται, φησὶν, οὕτω καὶ ἐγώ. Ὁρᾷς πῶς ἐκεῖνα μὲν περιττὰ, ταῦτα δὲ ἀναγκαῖα ; : Οὐδὲ γὰρ εἶπεν, ἔλεον θέλω καὶ θυσίαν᾽ ἀλλ᾽, ἔλεον θέλω, καὶ οὐ θυσίαν. Τὸ μὲν γὰρ ἐνέκρινε, τὸ δὲ ἐξέβαλε: καὶ ἀπέδειξεν οὐ μόνον οὐ κεκωλυμόνον ὅπερ ἐνεκάλουν; ἀλλὰ καὶ νενομοθετημένον, καὶ μᾶλλον τῆς θυσίας καὶ τὴν παλαιὰν αὐτὴν εἰσάγει συνῳδὰ αὐτῷ φθεγγομένην καὶ νομοθετοῦσαν. Καθαψάμενος τοίνυν αὐτῶν καὶ απὸ τῶν κοινῶν ὑποδειγμάτων, καὶ ἀπὸ τῶν γραφών, ἐπάγει πάλιν’ οὐκ ἥλθον καλέσαι δικαίους, ἀλλ᾽ ἁμαρτωλοὺς εἰς μετάνοιαν. Ταῦτα δὲ εἰρωνευόμενος πρὸς αὐτοὺς λέγει, ὡς ὅταν λέγη; ἰδοὺ ᾿Αδὰμ γέγονεν ὡς εἷς εξ ἡμῶν καὶ πάλιν, ἐὰν πεινάσω, οὐ μή σοι εἴπω. Ὅτι γὰρ οὐδεὶς δίκαιος ἡ ἥν ἐπὶ τῆς γῆ»; Παῦλος ἐδήλωσεν εἰπών πάντες γὰρ ἥμαρτον, καὶ ὑστεροῦνται τῆς δόξης τοῦ θεοῦ. Τοῦτο δὲ καὶ ἐκείνους παρεμυθήσατο τοὺς κεκλημένους. Τοσοῦτον γὰρ ἀπέχω, φησὶ, τοὺ βδελύξασθαι ἁμαρτωλοὺς, ὅτι καὶ δι αὐτοὺς παραγέγονα μόνους. Εἴτα, ἵ ἵνα μὴ ὑπτιωτέρους ἐργάσηται, εἰπὼν ἁμαρτωλοὺς, οὐκ ἐσίγησεν, ἀλλὰ προσέθηκεν, εἰς μετάνοιαν.᾽ Ου γὰρ ὥστε ἁμαρτωλοὺς μεῖναι παρεγενόμην, ἀλλ᾽ ὥστε μεταβαλέσθαι καὶ γενέσθαι βελτίους. ᾿Επεὶ οὖν πάντοθεν ἐ ἐπεστόμισε, καὶ ἀπὸ τῶν γραφῶν, καὶ ἀπὸ τῆς τῶν πραγμάτων ἀκολουθίας, καὶ οὐδὲν ἔ , ἔσχον εἰπεῖν, ὑπεύθυνοι τοῖς ἐγκλήμασι ᾿ φανέντες, οἷς ἐπήγαγον αὐτῷ, καὶ ἐναντίοι τῷ νόμῳ καὶ τῆ παλαιᾷ, ἀφέντες αὐτὸν, πάλιν ἐπὶ τοὺς μαθητὰς τὸ ἔγκλημα μεταφέρουσι. Καὶ ὁ μὲν Λουκᾶς φησιν, ὅτι οἱ Φαρισαῖοι εἶπον οὗτος δὲ, ὅ ὅτι οἱ μαθηταὶ ᾿Ιωάννον᾽ εἰκὸς δὲ καὶ ἀμφοτέρους ταῦτα εἰρηκέναι. ᾿Εξαπορηθέντες γὰρ ἐκείνους, ὡς οἰκὸς, μεθ᾽ ἑαυτῶν λαμβάνουσιν, ὅπερ καὶ ἐπὶ τῶν Ἡρωδιανῶν ὕστερον ἐποίησαν. Καὶ γὰρ ζηλοτύπως ἀεὶ πρὸς αὐτὸν εἶχον οἱ ᾿Ιωάννου μαθηταὶ, καὶ ἀπεναντίας αὐτῷ διελέγοντο τότε μόνον ταπεινωθέντες, ὅτε ἐν ἀρχῇ τὸ δεσμωτήριον ᾧ ᾧκησεν ᾿Ιωάννης. ᾿Ελθόντες γοῦν τότε ἀνήγγειλαν τῷ [Ιησοῦ μετὰ δὲ ταῦτα ἐπὶ τὴν προτέραν ἐπανῆλθον βασκανίαν. Τί οὖν φασι: Διατί ἡμεῖς καὶ οἱ Φαρισαῖοι νηστεύομεν πολλὰ, οἱ δὲ μαθηταί σου οὐ νηστεύουσι: Τοῦτό ἐστι τὸ νόσημα, ὃ πάλαι ἐξέκοπτεν ὁ Χριστὸς, λέγων ὅταν νηστεύης, ἄλειψαί σου τὴν κεφαλὴν καὶ τὸ πρόσωπόν σου νίψαι, τὰ εξ αὐτοῦ τικτόμενα κακὰ προειδώς, ᾿Αλλ οὐδὲ τούτοις ἐπιτιμᾷ, οὐδὲ λέγει ὦ κενόδοξοι καὶ περιττοί ἀλλὰ μετὰ ἐπιεικείας αὐτοῖς ἁπάσης διαλέγεται, λόγων οὐ δύνανται οἱ νἱοὶ τοῦ νυμῴωνος νηστεύειν, ἕως ἂν μετ᾽ αὐτῶν ὁ νυμφίος ἐστίν. Ὅτε μὲν γὰρ ὑπὲρ ἑτέρων ὁ λόγος ἦν, τῶν τελωνῶν λέγω, ἵνα αὐτῶν παραμυθήσηται πληγεῖσαν τὴν ψυχ ὴν, σφοδρότερον ἐπετίμησε τοῖς ὀνειδίσασιν ἔνθα δὲ αὐτὸν καὶ τοὺς μαθητὰς ἔσκωπτον, μετὰ ἐπιεικείας ἀπασης ποιεῖται τὴν ἀπάντησιν. Ὃ δὲ λέγουσι, τοιοῦτόν ἐστιν᾽ ἔστω, σὺ, φησὶν, ὡς ἰατρὸς ταῦτα ποιεῖς᾽ τί καὶ οἱ μαθηταὶ τὸ νηστεύειν ἀφέντες ταῖς τοιαύταις τραπέζαις προσέχουσιν: : Εἶτα ἵνα μείζω ποιήσωσι τὴν κατηγορίαν, πρώτους ἑαντοὺς τιθέασι, καὶ τότε τοὺς Φαρισαίους, τῇ συγκρίσει τὸ ἔγκλημα αὐξῆσαι βονλόμενοι. Καὶ γὰρ, καὶ ἡμεῖς, φησὶ, καὶ οἱ Φαρισαῖοι νηστεύομεν πολλα. Καὶ γὰρ ἐνήστευον, οἱ μὲν παρὰ ᾿Ιωάννου μαθόντες, οἱ δὲ ἀπὸ τοῦ νόμον ὥσπερ οὖν καὶ ὁ Φαρισαῖος ἔλεγε᾽ νηστεύω δὶς τῆς ἑβδομάδος. Τί οὖν φησιν ὁ ᾿Ιησοῦς : Μὴ δύνανται οἱ υἱοὶ τοῦ νυμφῶνος νηστεύειν, ἐφ᾽ ὅσον μετ᾽ αὐτῶν θστιν ὁ νυμφίος Πρότερον μὲν ἰατρὸν ἑαυτὸν ἐκάλεσεν, ἐνταῦθα δὲ νυμφίον, τὰ ἀπόῤῥητα μυστήρια διὰ τῶν ὀνομάτων τούτων ἁποκαλύπτων. Καίτοιγε ἐνῆν πληκτικώτερον πρὸς αὐτοὺς εἰπεῖν, ὅτι οὐκ ἐστὲ τούτων κύριοι. ὑμεῖς , ὥστε τοιαῦτα νομοθετεῖν. Τί γὰρ ὄφελος τῆς νηστείας» ὅταν πονηρίας ἢ γέμουσα ἡ διάνοια ; ὅταν ἑτέροις ἐγκαλῆτε; ὅταν κατακρίνητε, δοκοὺν περιφέροντες ἐπὶ τῶν ὀφθαλμῶν, καὶ πρὸς ἐπίδειξιν πάντα ποιῆτε; Πρὸ γὰρ τούτων ἁπάντων κενοδοξίαν ἐκβάλλειν ἐχρῆν, καὶ τὰ ἄλλα κατορθοῦν ἅ ἅπαντα, ἀγάπην, πραότητα, φιλαδελφίαν. Ἄλλ᾽ οὐδὲν τούτων φησὶν, αλλὰ μετ᾽ ἐπιεικείας ἁπασης᾽ οὐ δύνανται οἱ νἱοὶ τοῦ νυμφῶνος νηστεύειν, ἐφ᾽ ὅσον μετ᾽ αὐτῶν ἐστιν ὁ νυμφίος ἀναμιμνήσκων αὐτοὺς τῶν ᾿Ιωάννου ῥημάτων, δι ὧν ἐλεγεν ὁ ἔχων τὴν νύμφην νυμφίος ἐστίν ὁ δὲ φίλος τοῦ νυμφίου, ὁ ἑστηκὼς καὶ ἀκούων αὐτοῦ, χαρᾷ χαίρει διὰ τὴν , Φωνὴν τοῦ νυμφίου. Ὃ δὲ λέγει, τοιοῦτόν ἐστι χαρᾶς ὁ παρὼν καιρὸς καὶ εὖα φροσύνης μὴ τοίνυν ἐπείσαγε τὰ σκυθρωπα. Καὶ γὰρ σκυθρωπὸν ἡ νηστεία, οὐ τῇ φύσει, ἀλλ᾽ ἐκείνοις τοῖς ασθενέστερον ἔτι διακειμένοις ὡς τοῖς Φιλοσοφεὶν ἐθέλουσι καὶ σφοὸρα ἡδὺ τὸ πρᾶγμα καὶ ποθεινόν. Ὥσπερ γὰρ τοῦ σώματος ὑγιαίνοντος, πολλὴ ἡ εὐφροσύνη: οὕτω τῆς ψγνχῆς εὖ διακειμένης, μείζων ἡ ἡδονή. ᾿Αλλὰ πρὸς τὴν ὑπόνοιαν ἐκείνων ταῦτά φησιν. Οὕτω καὶ ᾿ Ἡσαΐας περὶ αὐτῆς διαλεγόμενος, ταπείνωσιν ψυχῆς αὐτὴν καλεῖ, καὶ Μωυσῆς δὲ ὁμοίως. Οὐ μὴν ἐντεῦθεν αὐτοὺς ἐπιστομίζει μόνον, αλλὰ ᾿ καὶ ἔτερωθεν, λέγων ελεύσονται ἡμέραι, ὅταν ἀπαρθῆ απ αὐτῶν ὁ νυμφίος, καὶ τότε νηστεύσουσι. Διὰ γὰρ τούτων δείκνυσιν, ὅτι οὐ γαστριμαργίας τὸ γινόμενον ἣν, ἀλλ᾽ οἰκονομίας τινὸς θαυμαστῆς ἅμα δὲ καὶ τὸν περὶ τοῦ πάθους προκαταβάλλεται λόγον; ἐν ταῖς πρὸς ἑτέρους ἀντιλογίαις παιδεύων τοὺς μαθητὰς, καὶ γυμνάζων μελετᾶν ἤδη ἐν τοῖς δοκοῦσιν εἶναι σκυθρωποῖς. Πρὸς μὲν γὰρ αὐτοὺς ἤδη τοῦτο εἰπεῖν, φορτικὸν ἣν καὶ ἐπαχθὲς, ὅπου γε καὶ μετὰ ταῦτα λεχθὲν αὐτοὺς εἐθορύβησε' πρὸς δὲ ἑτέρους λεγόμενον, ἀνεπαχθέστερον τούτοις μᾶλλον ἐγίνετο. ᾿Επειδὴ δὲ εἰκὸς ἦν αὐτοὺς καὶ ἐπὶ τῷ πάθει ᾿Ιωάννον μέγα φρονεῖν, καὶ τοῦτο ἐντεῦθεν καταστέλλει τὸ φύυσημα' τὸν μέντοι περὶ τῆς ἀναστάσεως λόγον οὕπω ' προστίθησι οὐδέπω γὰρ ἣν καιρός. Τοῦτο μὲν γὰρ κατὰ ὅν: ἦν, τὸ ἄνθρωπον νομιζόμενον εἶναι ἀποθανεῖν, ἐκεῖνο δὲ ὑπὲρ φύσιν. Εἶτα ὅπερ ἔμπροσθεν ἐποίησε, τοῦτο καὶ ἐνταῦθα ποιεῖ. Ὥσπερ γὰρ ἐπιχειροῦντας αὐτὸν δεῖξαι ἐγκλήμασιν ὄντα ὑπεύθυνον τῷ μετὰ ἁμαρτωλῶν ἐσθίειν, ἔπεισε τοὐναντίον, ὅτι οὐ μόνον οὐκ ἔγκλημα, ἀλλὰ καὶ ἔπαινος τὸ γινόμενον ἦν᾽ οὕτω καὶ ἐνταῦθα βουλομένους αὐτοὺς ἀποφῆναι αὐτὸν, ὅτι οὐκ οἷδε κεχρῆσθαι τοῖς μαθηταῖς, δείκνυσιν ὅτι τὸ ταῦτα λέγειν οὐκ εἰδότων ἐστὶ κεχρῆσθαι τοῖς ᾿' ἑπομένοις, ἀλλ᾽ ἁπλῶς ἐγκαλούντων. Οὐδεὶς γὰρ ἐπιβάλλει, φησὶν, ἐπίβλημα ῥάκους ἀγνάφου ἐπὶ ἱματίῳ παλαιῷ. Πάλιν ἀπὸ τῶν κοινῶν ὑποδειγμάτων κατασκευάζει τὸν λόγον. Ὃ δὲ λέγει, τοιοῦτόν ἐστιν᾽ οὕπω γεγόνασιν ἰσχυροὶ οἱ μαθηταὶ, ἀλλ᾽ ἔτι πολλῆς δέονται ᾿ συγκαταβάσεως οὕπω διὰ τοῦ πνεύματος ἀνεκαινγίσθησαν. Οὕτω δὲ διακειμένοις οὐ χρὴ βάρος ἐπιτιθέναι ἐπιταγμάτων. Ταῦτα δὲ ἔλεγε, νόμους τιθεὶς καὶ κανόνας τοῖς ἑαυτοῦ μαθηταῖς, ἵν ὅταν μέλλωσι μαθητὰς λαμβάνειν τοὺς ἐκ τῆς οἰκουμένης ἅπαντας, μετὰ πολλῆς αὐτοῖς πρυσφέρωνται τῆς ἡμερότητος. Οὐδὲ βάλλουσιν οἶνον νέον εἰς ἀσκοὺς παλαιούς. Εἶδες τὰ ὑποδείγματα τῆ παλαιᾷ ἐοικότα: τὸ ἱμάτιον; τοὺς ἀσκούς, Καὶ γὰρ ὁ Ἱερεμίας περίζωμα τὸν λαόν φησι, καὶ πάλιν ἀσκῶν μέμνηται καὶ οἴνου. ᾿Ἐπειδὴ γὰρ περὶ γαστριμαργίας ἦν ὁ λόγος καὶ τραπέζης, ἀπὸ τῶν αὐτῶν λαμβάνει τὰ ὑποδείγςματα. Ὁ δὲ Λουκᾶς καὶ πλέον τί φησιν, ὅτι καὶ τὸ καινὸν ίζεται, εἂν ἐπιβάλῃς αὐτὸ τῷ παλαιῷ. Ὁρᾷς ὅτι οὐ μόνον δὲ γίνεται ὄφελος, αλλὰ καὶ πλείων ζημία: Καὶ λόγει μὲν τὸ παρὸν, προαναφωνει δὲ τὸ μέλλον οἷον ὅτι καινοὶ μοτὰ ταῦτα ἔσονται ἕως δ᾽ ἂν τοῦτο γένηται, οὐδὲν αὖστηρὸν αὑτοῖς ἐπιτάττειν χρὴ καὶ βαρύ. Ὁ γὰρ πρὸ καιροῦ ζητῶν, φησὶ, τοῦ προσήκοντος τὰ ὑψηλὰ ἐντιθέναι δόγματα, οὐδὲ τοῦ καιροῦ καλοῦντος λοιπὸν ἐπιτηδείους εὑρήσει; ἀχρήστους ἐργασάμενος ἅπαξ. Τοῦτο δὲ οὐ παρὰ τὸν οἶνον συμβαίνει, οὐδὲ παρὰ τοὺς ᾿ ὑποδεχομένους, ἀλλὰ παρὰ τὴν ἀκαιρίαν τῶν ἐμβαλλόντων. Ἐντεῦθεν ἡμᾶς καὶ τὴν αἰτίαν εδίδαξε τῶν ταπεινῶν βημάτων, ὧν συνεχῶς πρὸς αὐτοὺς διελέγετο. Διὰ γὰρ τὴν ἀσθένειαν αὐτῶν πολλὰ ἔλεγε καταδεέστερα τῆς ἀξίας τῆς ἑαυτοῦ ὅπερ οὖν καὶ ὁ ᾿Ιωάννης ἐνδεικνύμενος αὐτὸν εἰρηκέναι, φησί; πολλὰ ἔχω λέγειν ὑμῖν, αλλ᾽ οὐ δύνασθε βαστάζειν ἄρτι. Ἵνα γὰρ μὴ νομίσωσι ταῦτα εἶναι μόνον ἅπερ εἷπεν, ἀλλὰ καὶ ἕτερα ᾿ πολλῷ μείζονα φαντάζωνται, τὴν ἀσθένειαν αὐτῶν εἰς τὸ μέσον τέθεικεν, ἐπαγγειλάμενος, ὅταν γένωνται ἰσχυροὶ, κἀκεῖνα ᾿ἐρεῖν' ὅπερ οὖν καὶ ἐνταῦθά φησιν ἐλεύσονται ἡμέραι, ὅταν ἀπαρθῇ ἀπ᾿ αὐτῶν ὁ νυμφίος, καὶ τότε νηστεύσουσι. Μὴ τοίνυν μηδὲ ἡμεῖς πάντα. παρὰ πάντων ἀπαιτῶμεν ἐν προοιμίοις, ἀλλ᾽ ὅσα δυνατόν᾽ καὶ ταχέως καὶ ἐπ᾽ ἐκεῖνα ἥξομεν. Εἰ δὲ ἐ ἀπείγη καὶ σπεύδεις, δὲ αὐτὸ τοῦτο ἡ ὁπείἘΞ Ὑου» ἐπειδὴ σπεύδεις. Εἰ δὲ αἴνιγμά σοι τὸ εἰρημένον δοκεῖ εἶναι, ἀπ᾽ αὐτῆς αὐτὸ τῶν ΐπ αγμάτων μάνθανε τῆς φύσεως, καὶ τότε ὄψει αὐτοῦ τὴν δύναμιν ἅπασαν. Καὶ μηδείς σε κινείτω ἐπεὶ καὶ ἐνταῦθα Φαρισαιοι οἱ ἐγκαλοῦντες ἦσαν, καὶ μαθηταὶ οἱ ὀνειδιζόμενοι. Ἀλλ᾽ ὅμως οὐδὲν τούτων ἔπεισε τὸν Χριστὸν μεταθεῖναι τὴν δόξαν, οὐδὲ ᾿ εἶπεν αἰσχύνη ἐστὶ τούτους νηστεύειν καὶ τούτους μὴ νηστεύειν. Αλλ᾽ ὥσπερ ᾿ ἄριστος κυβερνήτης οὐ τοῖς ταραττομένοις κύμασιν, ἀλλὰ τῇ οἰκείᾳ τέχνῃ προσέχει οὕτω καὶ ὁ Χριστὸς τότε ᾿ ἐποίησε. Καὶ γὰρ αἰσχύνη ἣν, οὐ τὸ μὴ νηστεύειν αὐτοὺς, ἀλλὰ τὸ διὰ τὴν νηστείαν ἐν τοῖς καιρίοις πληγῆναι, καὶ ᾿ἀποσχισθῆναι, καὶ διαῤῥαγῆναι. Ἅπερ οὖν καὶ ἡμεῖς ἐννοοῦντες, οὕτω τοῖς οἰκείοις χρώμεθα πάσι. Κἀν Ὑνναικα φιλόκοσμον ἔχης, πρὸς ἐπιτρίμματα κεχηνυΐαν καὶ ἀνεπτερωμένην, καὶ πολλῇ τρυφῇ διαχεομένην, καὶ λάλον, καὶ ἀνόητον καίτουγε οὐκ ἔνι ταῦτα πάντα εἰς γυναῖκα μίαν συνεμπεσειῖν πλὴν ἀλλὰ διαπλάσωμεν τῷ λόγῳ ᾿ γυναῖκα τοιαύτην. Τί οὖν ὅτι γυναῖκα, φησὶ, καὶ οὐχὶ ἄνδρα διαπλάττεις; Εἰσὶ καὶ ἄνδρες ταύτης χείρους τῆς γυναικός. Ἀλλ᾽ ἐπειδὴ ἀνδράσιν ἡ ἐπιστασία ἐγκεχείρισται, διὰ τοῦτο γυναῖκα διαπλάττομεν τέως, οὐχ ὡς ἐκεῖ τῆς κακίας πλεοναζούσης. Πολλὰ γὰρ καὶ παρὰ ἀνδράσιν ἐ ἐστὶν εὑρεῖν, ἃ παρὰ γυναιξὶν οὐκ ἔστιν, οἷον ᾿ ἀνδροφονίαν, τυμβωρυχίαν, θηριομαχίαν, καὶ πολλὰ τοιαῦτα. Μὴ τοίνυν νομίσητε τὸ γένος ἡμᾶς ἐξευτελίζοντας ταῦτα ποιεῖν᾽ οὐκ ἔστι τοῦτο, οὐκ ἔστιν᾽ ἀλλ᾽ οὕτω χρήσιμον τέως ὑπογράψαι τὴν εἰκόνα. Ὑποκείσθω τοίνυν ἡμῖν γυνὴ τοιαύτη, καὶ σπουδαζέτω παντὶ τρόπῳ αὐτὴν διορθοῦσθαι ἀνήρ. Πὼώς οὖν αὐτὴν διορθώσεται : : Μὴ πάντα ἀθρόον ἐ ἐπιτάττων, ἀλλὰ τὰ κουφότερα πρότερον, καὶ οἷς οὐ σφόδρα κατέχεται. Ἂν γὰρ τὸ πάν ἐπείξης αὐτὴν κατορθῶσαι εξ ἀρχῆς , τὸ πᾶν ἀπώλεσας. Μὴ τοίνυν περιέλῃς τὰ χρυσία εὐθέως, ἀλλ᾽ ἄφες ἔχειν. καὶ περικεῖσθαι τέων δοκεῖ γὰρ τοῦτο ἔλαττον εἶναι κακὸν τῶν ᾿ἐπιτριμμάτων καὶ τῶν ὑπογραφῶν. Πρότερον τοίνυν ἐκεῖνα ἄναιρείσθω καὶ μηδὲ ἐ ἐκεῖνα φόβῳ καὶ ἀπειλῇ, ἀλλὰ πειθοῖ καὶ προσηνείᾳ, καὶ διὰ τῆς ἑτέρων κατηγορίας, καὶ διὰ τῆς σῆς ψήφου καὶ γνώμης. Καὶ λέγε πρὸς αὐτὴν συνεχῶς, ὅτι σοι οὐκ ἔστιν ἐπέραστος ὄψις οὕτω καλλωπιζομένη, αλλὰ καὶ σφόδρα ἀηδής καὶ πεῖθε μάλιστα ὅτι σε τοῦτο λυπεῖ. Καὶ μετὰ τὴν σὴν ψῆφον, καὶ τὴν παρ᾽ ἑτέρων δόξαν εἴσαγε; καὶ λέγε, ὅτι καὶ τὰς εὐμόρφους τοῦτο ἀφανίζειν εἴωθεν, ἵ ἵνα τὸ πάθος ἐξέλης. Καὶ μηδὲν μηδέπω περὶ γεέννης εἴπῃς, μηδὲ περὶ βασιλείαν εἰκῆ γὰρ ταῦτα ἐρεῖς ἀλλὰ πεῖσον αὐτὴν, ὅτι σε τέρπει μᾶλλον γυμνὸν ἐπιδεικνῦσα τοῦ θεοῦ τὸ ἐργον᾽ ἡ δὲ βασανίζουσα τὴν ὄψιν, καὶ κατατείνουσα, καὶ οὐδὲ παρὰ τοῖς πολλοῖς φαίνεται καλὴ καὶ εὐειδής. Πρότερον δὲ τοῖς κοινοῖς λογισμοις καὶ ταῖς πάντων ψήφοις τὸ νόσημα ἔκβαλλε: καὶ ὅταν τούτοις καταμαλάξης τοῖς λόγοις, καὶ ἐκεῖνα προστίθει. Κἀν ἅπαξ εἴπης, καὶ μὴ πείσῃς, καὶ δεύτερον. καὶ τρίτον καὶ πολλάκις τὰ αὐτὰ ἐπαντλῶν ῥήματα μὴ ἀποκάμηῃς μὴ μέντοι μετὰ ᾿ἐπάχθείας τινὸς, ἀλλὰ μετὰ χαριεντισμοῦ καὶ νῦν μὲν ἀποστρέφου, νῦν δὲ κολάκευε καὶ θεράπευε. Οὐχ ὁρᾷς τοὺς ζωγράφους πόσα εξαλείφουσι, πόσα παρεγγράφουσιν, ὅταν ὄψιν ποιῶσι καλήν : Μὴ γίνου τοίνυν ἐ ἐκείνων χείρων. Εἰ γὰρ ἐκεῖνοι σώματος εἰκόνα , Ὑράφοντες τοσαύτῃ κέχρηνται τῇ σπουδῇ ' πόσῳ μᾶλλον ἡμᾶς ψυχὴν διαπλάττοντας πασαν ἂν εἴη δίκαιον κινεῖν μηχανήν. Ἃν γὰρ καλὼς τῆς ψυχῆς ταύτης διαπλάσῃς τὴν ὄψυω, οὐκ ὄψει τὸ τοῦ σώματος ἄσχημονοῦν πρόσωπον, οὐδὲ ἡμαγμένα εἰλην οὐδὲ στόμα ἄρκτου αἵματι πεφοινυγμένῳ προσεοικὸς; οἷδὲ Ἰσβολωμένας ὀφρῦς ὡς ἀπὸ χύτρας τινὸς, οὐδὲ κεκονιαμένας παρειὰς κατὰ τοὺς τοίχους τῶν τάφων. Πάντα γὰρ ταῦτα ἀσβόλη καὶ τέφρα καὶ κόνις, καὶ ἐσχάτης ᾿δυσειδείας γνωρίσματα. Ἀλλὰ γὰρ οὐκ οἷδ᾽ ὅ ὅπως ἔλαθον εἰς τούτους ἐξενοχθεὶς τοὺς λόγους, καὶ ἑτέρῳ παραινῶν ὥστε διδάσκειν μετ᾽ ἐπιεικείας» αὐτὸς εἰς ὀργὴν ἐξεκυλίσθην. Οὐκοῦν ἐπανίωμον πάλιν πρὸς τὴν ἡμερωτέραν παραίνεσιν, καὶ πάντα φέρω μεν τὰ ἐλαττώματα τῶν γυναικῶν», ἵνα κατορθώσωμεν ὃ βουλόμεθα. Οὐχ ὁρᾷς πῶς τὰ παιδία φέρομεν κλαίοντα, ὅταν αὐτὰ τῆς θηλῆς ἀπάγειν βουλώμεθα, καὶ πάντα ὑπομένομεν δ ἐκεῖνο αὶ μόνον, ἵνα αὐτὰ πείσωμεν καταφρονεῖν τῆς προτέρας τραπέζης: : Οὕτω καὶ ἐνταῦθα ποιῶμεν πάντων ἀνεχώμεθα τῶν ἄλλων, ἵνα τοῦτο κατορθώσωμεν. Ὅταν γὰρ τοῦτο διορθωθῃ, ὄψει καὶ τὸ ἕτερον ὁδῷ προβαίνων, καὶ ἐπὶ τὰ χρυσία πάλιν ἥξεις, καὶ τῷ αὐτῷ τρόπῳ καὶ περὶ τούτων ὁμοίως διαλέξη' καὶ οὕτω κατὰ μικρὸν ῥυθμίζων τὴν γυναῖκα, ἔσῃ ζωγράφος κάλλιστος; δοῦλος πιστὸς, γεωργὸς ἄριστος. Μετὰ τούτων ἀναμίμνησκε αὐτὴν καὶ τῶν παλαιῶν γυναικὼν, τῆς Σάῤῥας, τῆς Ῥεβέκκας, καὶ τῶν εὐμόρφων καὶ τῶν οὐ τοιούτων, καὶ δείκνν πάσας ὁμοίως σωφρονούσας. Καὶ γὰρ Λεία ἡ τοῦ πατριάρχου γυνὴ οὐκ οὖσα εὔμορῴο:» οὐκ ἠναγκάσθη φοιοῦτον οὐδὲν ε ἐπινοῆσαι, αλλὰ καὶ δυσειδὴς οὖσα, καὶ οὐ σφόδρα φιλουμένη παρὰ τοῦ συνοικοῦντος; οὔτε ἐπενόησέ τι τοιοῦτον, οὔτε τὴν ὄψιν διέφθειρεν, ἀλλ᾽ ἔμενεν ἀκέραιον διατηροῦσα τὸν χαρακτῆρα, καὶ ταῦτα ὑπὸ Ἕλληνων τραφεῖσα. Σὺ δὲ πιστὴ, τὸν Χριστὸν ἔχουσα κεφαλὴν, σατανικὴν ἐπεισάγεις ἡμῖν μηχανήν: : καὶ οὐκ ἄναμιμνήσκῃ τοῦ ὕδατος τοῦ περικλύσαντός σου τὴν ὄψιν, τῆς θυσίας τῆς κοσμούσης σον τὰ χείλη, τοῦ αἵματος τοὺ φοινίξαντός σου τὴν γλῶτταν : : Ἂν γὰρ ταῦτα πᾶντα ἐννοήσῃς, κἀν μυριάκις φιλόκοσμος ἧς, οὐ τολμήσεις, οὐδὲ ἀνέξη τὸν κονιορτὸν καὶ τὴν τέφραν ἐκείνην ᾿ ἐπιβαλεῖν. Μάθε ὅτι τῷ Χριστῷ ἡρμόσθης, καὶ ἀπόστηθι τῆς ἀσχημοσύνης ταύτης. Οὐδὲ γὰρ τέρπεται τοῖς χρώμασι τούτοις, ἀλλ᾽ ἔτεβον ἐπιζητεῖ κάλλος, οὗ καὶ σφοδρός ἐστιν ἐραστὴς, τὸ ἐν τῇ ψυχῇ λέγω. Τοῦτο σοι καὶ ὁ προφήτης ἀσκεῖν ἐκέλευσε, καὶ ᾿ἔλεγε' καἱ ἐπιθυμήσει ὁ βασιλεὺς τοῦ κάλλους σονυ.ἢ Μὴ τοίνυν περιττὰ αἀσχημονῶμεν. Οὐδὲ γὰρ ἀτελές τι τῶν ἔργων ἐστὶ τοῦ θεοῦ, οὐδὲ διορθώσεως δεῖται τῆς παρὰ σοῦ. Οὐδὲ γὰρ εἰ βασιλικῇ τις εἰκόνι μετὰ τὸ ᾿άναστῆναι προσθεῖναι ἐπιχειρήσειε τὰ παρ ἐαντοῦ, ἄσφαλὴηῆς ἡ ἐπιχείρησις, ἀλλὰ τὸν ἔσχατον ὑποστήσεται κίνδυνον. Εἶτα ἄνθρωπος μὲν ἐργάζεται, καὶ οὐ προστιθεῖς θεὸς δὲ ἐργάζεται, καὶ διορθοῦσαι : Καὶ οὐκ ἐννοεῖς τῆς γεέννης τὸ πυρ: οὐκ ἐννοεῖς τῆς ψυχῆς τὴν ἐρημίαν: Διὰ γὰρ τοῦτο ἐκείνη ἡμέληται, ἐπειδὴ πάσα εἰς τὴν σάρκα ἡ σπουδὴ κενοῦται. Καὶ τί λέγω τὴν ψυχήν: Καὶ γὰρ αὐτῇ τῆ σαρκὶ ταναντία συμβαίνει ἅπαντα, ὧν ἐσπουδάκατε. Σκόπει δέ. Βούλει καλὴ φαίνεσθαι : .- Τοῦτό σε ἄμορφον δείκνυσι. Βούλει ἀρέσαι τῷ ἀνδρί: : Τοῦτο αὐτὸν μᾶλλον λυπεῖ καὶ οὐκ αὐτὸν μόνον, ἀλλὰ καὶ τοὺς ἔξω κατηγόρους παρασκευάζει γενέσθαι. Βούλει νέα φαίνεσθαι; Τοῦτό σε ταχέως εἰς γῆρας ἄξει. Βούλει καλλωπίζεσθαι: : Τοῦτό σε αἰσχύνεσθαι ποιεῖ. Ἢ γάρ τοιαύτη οὐχὶ τὰς ὁμοτίμους μόνον, ἀλλὰ καὶ τῶν θεραπαινίδων τὰς συνειδυίας καὶ τῶν οἰκετῶν τοὺς ἐπισταμένους αἰσχύνεται καὶ πρό γε πάντων ἑαυτήν. ᾿Αλλὰ τί δεῖ λέγειν ταῦτα; Τὸ γὰρ πάντων χαλεπώτερον παρῆκα νῦν, ὅτι τῷ θεῷ προσκρούεις, ὅτι σωφροσύνην ὑπορύττεις, ὅτι ζηλοτυπίας ἡ ἀνάπτεις φλόγα, ὅτι τὰς ἐπὶ τοῦ στέγους ζηλοῖς πορνευομένας γυναῖκας. Ταῦτ᾽ οὖν ἅπαντα λογισάμεναι; καταγελάσατε τῆς σατανικῆς πομπῆς καὶ τῆς διαβολικῆς τέχνης, καὶ τὸν κόσμον τοῦτον ἀφεῖσαι, μᾶλλον δὲ τὴν ἀκοσμίαν, τὸ κάλλος ἐκεῖνο κατασκευάσατε ἐν ταῖς ἑαυτῶν ψυχαῖς, ὃ ὁ καὶ ἀγγέλοις ἐπέραστον, καὶ θεῷ ποθεινὸν, καὶ τοῖς συνοικοῦσιν Ἰδὺ, ἴ ἵνα καὶ τῆς παρούσης καὶ τῆς μελλούσης ἐπιτύχητε δόξης ἧς γένοιτο, πάντας ἡμᾶς ἐπιτυχεῖν, χάριτι καὶ φιλανθρωπίᾳ τοῦ κυρίου ἡμῶν Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ, ᾧ ἡ δόξα καὶ τὸ κράτος εἰς τοὺς αἰῶνας τῶν αἰώνων. ᾿Αμῆν.

᾿All' ou pros toutous houtōs alla tēs astheneias anamimnēskei tēs koinēs, kai deiknysi kai autous ontas tōn asthenountōn, hoige oude tas graphas ēdesan, kai pasēs tēs loipēs amelountes aretēs, en tais thysiais to pan etithento ho kai sphodra autous ainittomenos, to dia tōn ᾿prophētōn pantōn eirēmenon en brachei tithēsi, legōn mathete. ti estin eleon thelō, kai ou thysian. Dia gar toutōn deiknysin ouk auton onta ton paranomounta, all᾽ ekeinous hōsanei elege tinos heneken enkaleite moi hoti hamartōlous diorthoumai : Oukoun kai tǭ ᾿patri touto enkalesete. Hoper houn kai allachou touto kataskeuazōn elegen ho patēr mou heōs arti ergazetai, kagō e rgazomai kai entautha palin poreuthentes mathete ti estin eleon thelō, kai ou thysian. hōsper gar ekeinos touto bouletai, phēsin, houtō kai egō. Horąs pōs ekeina men peritta, tauta de anankaia ? : Oude gar eipen, eleon thelō kai thysian᾽ all᾽, eleon thelō, kai ou thysian. To men gar enekrine, to de exebale: kai apedeixen ou monon ou kekōlymonon hoper enekaloun? alla kai nenomothetēmenon, kai mallon tēs thysias kai tēn palaian autēn eisagei synǭda autǭ phthengomenēn kai nomothetousan. Kathapsamenos toinyn autōn kai apo tōn koinōn hypodeigmatōn, kai apo tōn graphōn, epagei palin’ ouk hēlthon kalesai dikaious, all᾽ hamartōlous eis metanoian. Tauta de eirōneuomenos pros autous legei, hōs hotan legē? idou ᾿Adam gegonen hōs heis ex hēmōn kai palin, ean peinasō, ou mē soi eipō. Hoti gar oudeis dikaios hē hēn epi tēs gē»? Paulos edēlōsen eipōn pantes gar hēmarton, kai hysterountai tēs doxēs tou theou. Touto de kai ekeinous paremythēsato tous keklēmenous. Tosouton gar apechō, phēsi, tou bdelyxasthai hamartōlous, hoti kai di autous paragegona monous. Eita, hi hina mē hyptiōterous ergasētai, eipōn hamartōlous, ouk esigēsen, alla prosethēken, eis metanoian.᾽ Ou gar hōste hamartōlous meinai paregenomēn, all᾽ hōste metabalesthai kai genesthai beltious. ᾿Epei oun pantothen e epestomise, kai apo tōn graphōn, kai apo tēs tōn pragmatōn akolouthias, kai ouden e , eschon eipein, hypeuthynoi tois enklēmasi ᾿ phanentes, hois epēgagon autǭ, kai enantioi tǭ nomǭ kai tē palaią, aphentes auton, palin epi tous mathētas to enklēma metapherousi. Kai ho men Loukas phēsin, hoti hoi Pharisaioi eipon houtos de, ho hoti hoi mathētai ᾿Iōannon᾽ eikos de kai amphoterous tauta eirēkenai. ᾿Exaporēthentes gar ekeinous, hōs oikos, meth᾽ heautōn lambanousin, hoper kai epi tōn Hērōdianōn hysteron epoiēsan. Kai gar zēlotypōs aei pros auton eichon hoi ᾿Iōannou mathētai, kai apenantias autǭ dielegonto tote monon tapeinōthentes, hote en archę̄ to desmōtērion hǭ hǭkēsen ᾿Iōannēs. ᾿Elthontes goun tote anēngeilan tǭ [Iēsou meta de tauta epi tēn proteran epanēlthon baskanian. Ti oun phasi: Diati hēmeis kai hoi Pharisaioi nēsteuomen polla, hoi de mathētai sou ou nēsteuousi: Touto esti to nosēma, ho palai exekopten ho Christos, legōn hotan nēsteuēs, aleipsai sou tēn kephalēn kai to prosōpon sou nipsai, ta ex autou tiktomena kaka proeidōs, ᾿All oude toutois epitimą, oude legei ō kenodoxoi kai perittoi alla meta epieikeias autois hapasēs dialegetai, logōn ou dynantai hoi nioi tou nymǭōnos nēsteuein, heōs an met᾽ autōn ho nymphios estin. Hote men gar hyper heterōn ho logos ēn, tōn telōnōn legō, hina autōn paramythēsētai plēgeisan tēn psych ēn, sphodroteron epetimēse tois oneidisasin entha de auton kai tous mathētas eskōpton, meta epieikeias apasēs poieitai tēn apantēsin. Ho de legousi, toiouton estin᾽ estō, sy, phēsin, hōs iatros tauta poieis᾽ ti kai hoi mathētai to nēsteuein aphentes tais toiautais trapezais prosechousin: : Eita hina meizō poiēsōsi tēn katēgorian, prōtous heantous titheasi, kai tote tous Pharisaious, tę̄ synkrisei to enklēma auxēsai bonlomenoi. Kai gar, kai hēmeis, phēsi, kai hoi Pharisaioi nēsteuomen polla. Kai gar enēsteuon, hoi men para ᾿Iōannou mathontes, hoi de apo tou nomon hōsper oun kai ho Pharisaios elege᾽ nēsteuō dis tēs hebdomados. Ti oun phēsin ho ᾿Iēsous : Mē dynantai hoi huioi tou nymphōnos nēsteuein, eph᾽ hoson met᾽ autōn thstin ho nymphios Proteron men iatron heauton ekalesen, entautha de nymphion, ta aporrhēta mystēria dia tōn onomatōn toutōn hapokalyptōn. Kaitoige enēn plēktikōteron pros autous eipein, hoti ouk este toutōn kyrioi. hymeis , hōste toiauta nomothetein. Ti gar ophelos tēs nēsteias» hotan ponērias ē gemousa hē dianoia ? hotan heterois enkalēte? hotan katakrinēte, dokoun peripherontes epi tōn ophthalmōn, kai pros epideixin panta poiēte? Pro gar toutōn hapantōn kenodoxian ekballein echrēn, kai ta alla katorthoun ha hapanta, agapēn, praotēta, philadelphian. All᾽ ouden toutōn phēsin, alla met᾽ epieikeias hapasēs᾽ ou dynantai hoi nioi tou nymphōnos nēsteuein, eph᾽ hoson met᾽ autōn estin ho nymphios anamimnēskōn autous tōn ᾿Iōannou rhēmatōn, di hōn elegen ho echōn tēn nymphēn nymphios estin ho de philos tou nymphiou, ho hestēkōs kai akouōn autou, charą chairei dia tēn , Phōnēn tou nymphiou. Ho de legei, toiouton esti charas ho parōn kairos kai eua phrosynēs mē toinyn epeisage ta skythrōpa. Kai gar skythrōpon hē nēsteia, ou tę̄ physei, all᾽ ekeinois tois asthenesteron eti diakeimenois hōs tois Philosophein ethelousi kai sphoora hēdy to pragma kai potheinon. Hōsper gar tou sōmatos hygiainontos, pollē hē euphrosynē: houtō tēs psgnchēs eu diakeimenēs, meizōn hē hēdonē. ᾿Alla pros tēn hyponoian ekeinōn tauta phēsin. Houtō kai ᾿ Hēsaïas peri autēs dialegomenos, tapeinōsin psychēs autēn kalei, kai Mōysēs de homoiōs. Ou mēn enteuthen autous epistomizei monon, alla ᾿ kai eterōthen, legōn eleusontai hēmerai, hotan aparthē ap autōn ho nymphios, kai tote nēsteusousi. Dia gar toutōn deiknysin, hoti ou gastrimargias to ginomenon hēn, all᾽ oikonomias tinos thaumastēs hama de kai ton peri tou pathous prokataballetai logon? en tais pros heterous antilogiais paideuōn tous mathētas, kai gymnazōn meletan ēdē en tois dokousin einai skythrōpois. Pros men gar autous ēdē touto eipein, phortikon hēn kai epachthes, hopou ge kai meta tauta lechthen autous eethorybēse' pros de heterous legomenon, anepachthesteron toutois mallon egineto. ᾿Epeidē de eikos ēn autous kai epi tǭ pathei ᾿Iōannon mega phronein, kai touto enteuthen katastellei to phyysēma' ton mentoi peri tēs anastaseōs logon houpō ' prostithēsi oudepō gar hēn kairos. Touto men gar kata hon: ēn, to anthrōpon nomizomenon einai apothanein, ekeino de hyper physin. Eita hoper emprosthen epoiēse, touto kai entautha poiei. Hōsper gar epicheirountas auton deixai enklēmasin onta hypeuthynon tǭ meta hamartōlōn esthiein, epeise tounantion, hoti ou monon ouk enklēma, alla kai epainos to ginomenon ēn᾽ houtō kai entautha boulomenous autous apophēnai auton, hoti ouk hoide kechrēsthai tois mathētais, deiknysin hoti to tauta legein ouk eidotōn esti kechrēsthai tois ᾿' hepomenois, all᾽ haplōs enkalountōn. Oudeis gar epiballei, phēsin, epiblēma rhakous agnaphou epi himatiǭ palaiǭ. Palin apo tōn koinōn hypodeigmatōn kataskeuazei ton logon. Ho de legei, toiouton estin᾽ houpō gegonasin ischyroi hoi mathētai, all᾽ eti pollēs deontai ᾿ synkatabaseōs houpō dia tou pneumatos anekaingisthēsan. Houtō de diakeimenois ou chrē baros epitithenai epitagmatōn. Tauta de elege, nomous titheis kai kanonas tois heautou mathētais, hin hotan mellōsi mathētas lambanein tous ek tēs oikoumenēs hapantas, meta pollēs autois pryspherōntai tēs hēmerotētos. Oude ballousin oinon neon eis askous palaious. Eides ta hypodeigmata tē palaią eoikota: to himation? tous askous, Kai gar ho Hieremias perizōma ton laon phēsi, kai palin askōn memnētai kai oinou. ᾿Epeidē gar peri gastrimargias ēn ho logos kai trapezēs, apo tōn autōn lambanei ta hypodeigsmata. Ho de Loukas kai pleon ti phēsin, hoti kai to kainon izetai, ean epibalę̄s auto tǭ palaiǭ. Horąs hoti ou monon de ginetai ophelos, alla kai pleiōn zēmia: Kai logei men to paron, proanaphōnei de to mellon hoion hoti kainoi mota tauta esontai heōs d᾽ an touto genētai, ouden austēron hautois epitattein chrē kai bary. Ho gar pro kairou zētōn, phēsi, tou prosēkontos ta hypsēla entithenai dogmata, oude tou kairou kalountos loipon epitēdeious heurēsei? achrēstous ergasamenos hapax. Touto de ou para ton oinon symbainei, oude para tous ᾿ hypodechomenous, alla para tēn akairian tōn emballontōn. Enteuthen hēmas kai tēn aitian edidaxe tōn tapeinōn bēmatōn, hōn synechōs pros autous dielegeto. Dia gar tēn astheneian autōn polla elege katadeestera tēs axias tēs heautou hoper oun kai ho ᾿Iōannēs endeiknymenos auton eirēkenai, phēsi? polla echō legein hymin, all᾽ ou dynasthe bastazein arti. Hina gar mē nomisōsi tauta einai monon haper heipen, alla kai hetera ᾿ pollǭ meizona phantazōntai, tēn astheneian autōn eis to meson tetheiken, epangeilamenos, hotan genōntai ischyroi, kakeina ᾿erein' hoper oun kai entautha phēsin eleusontai hēmerai, hotan aparthę̄ ap᾿ autōn ho nymphios, kai tote nēsteusousi. Mē toinyn mēde hēmeis panta. para pantōn apaitōmen en prooimiois, all᾽ hosa dynaton᾽ kai tacheōs kai ep᾽ ekeina hēxomen. Ei de e apeigē kai speudeis, de auto touto hē hopeiEX Hyou» epeidē speudeis. Ei de ainigma soi to eirēmenon dokei einai, ap᾽ autēs auto tōn ïp agmatōn manthane tēs physeōs, kai tote opsei autou tēn dynamin hapasan. Kai mēdeis se kineitō epei kai entautha Pharisaioi hoi enkalountes ēsan, kai mathētai hoi oneidizomenoi. All᾽ homōs ouden toutōn epeise ton Christon metatheinai tēn doxan, oude ᾿ eipen aischynē esti toutous nēsteuein kai toutous mē nēsteuein. All᾽ hōsper ᾿ aristos kybernētēs ou tois tarattomenois kymasin, alla tę̄ oikeią technę̄ prosechei houtō kai ho Christos tote ᾿ epoiēse. Kai gar aischynē hēn, ou to mē nēsteuein autous, alla to dia tēn nēsteian en tois kairiois plēgēnai, kai ᾿aposchisthēnai, kai diarrhagēnai. Haper oun kai hēmeis ennoountes, houtō tois oikeiois chrōmetha pasi. Kan Hynnaika philokosmon echēs, pros epitrimmata kechēnyïan kai anepterōmenēn, kai pollę̄ tryphę̄ diacheomenēn, kai lalon, kai anoēton kaitouge ouk eni tauta panta eis gynaika mian synempeseiin plēn alla diaplasōmen tǭ logǭ ᾿ gynaika toiautēn. Ti oun hoti gynaika, phēsi, kai ouchi andra diaplatteis? Eisi kai andres tautēs cheirous tēs gynaikos. All᾽ epeidē andrasin hē epistasia enkecheiristai, dia touto gynaika diaplattomen teōs, ouch hōs ekei tēs kakias pleonazousēs. Polla gar kai para andrasin e estin heurein, ha para gynaixin ouk estin, hoion ᾿ androphonian, tymbōrychian, thēriomachian, kai polla toiauta. Mē toinyn nomisēte to genos hēmas exeutelizontas tauta poiein᾽ ouk esti touto, ouk estin᾽ all᾽ houtō chrēsimon teōs hypograpsai tēn eikona. Hypokeisthō toinyn hēmin gynē toiautē, kai spoudazetō panti tropǭ autēn diorthousthai anēr. Pōōs oun autēn diorthōsetai : : Mē panta athroon e epitattōn, alla ta kouphotera proteron, kai hois ou sphodra katechetai. An gar to pan epeixēs autēn katorthōsai ex archēs , to pan apōlesas. Mē toinyn perielę̄s ta chrysia eutheōs, all᾽ aphes echein. kai perikeisthai teōn dokei gar touto elatton einai kakon tōn ᾿epitrimmatōn kai tōn hypographōn. Proteron toinyn ekeina anaireisthō kai mēde e ekeina phobǭ kai apeilę̄, alla peithoi kai prosēneią, kai dia tēs heterōn katēgorias, kai dia tēs sēs psēphou kai gnōmēs. Kai lege pros autēn synechōs, hoti soi ouk estin eperastos opsis houtō kallōpizomenē, alla kai sphodra aēdēs kai peithe malista hoti se touto lypei. Kai meta tēn sēn psēphon, kai tēn par᾽ heterōn doxan eisage? kai lege, hoti kai tas eumorphous touto aphanizein eiōthen, hi hina to pathos exelēs. Kai mēden mēdepō peri geennēs eipę̄s, mēde peri basileian eikē gar tauta ereis alla peison autēn, hoti se terpei mallon gymnon epideiknysa tou theou to ergon᾽ hē de basanizousa tēn opsin, kai katateinousa, kai oude para tois pollois phainetai kalē kai eueidēs. Proteron de tois koinois logismois kai tais pantōn psēphois to nosēma ekballe: kai hotan toutois katamalaxēs tois logois, kai ekeina prostithei. Kan hapax eipēs, kai mē peisę̄s, kai deuteron. kai triton kai pollakis ta auta epantlōn rhēmata mē apokamēę̄s mē mentoi meta ᾿epachtheias tinos, alla meta charientismou kai nyn men apostrephou, nyn de kolakeue kai therapeue. Ouch horąs tous zōgraphous posa exaleiphousi, posa parengraphousin, hotan opsin poiōsi kalēn : Mē ginou toinyn e ekeinōn cheirōn. Ei gar ekeinoi sōmatos eikona , Hyraphontes tosautę̄ kechrēntai tę̄ spoudę̄ ' posǭ mallon hēmas psychēn diaplattontas pasan an eiē dikaion kinein mēchanēn. Han gar kalōs tēs psychēs tautēs diaplasę̄s tēn opsyō, ouk opsei to tou sōmatos aschēmonoun prosōpon, oude hēmagmena eilēn oude stoma arktou haimati pephoinygmenǭ proseoikos? hoide Isbolōmenas ophrys hōs apo chytras tinos, oude kekoniamenas pareias kata tous toichous tōn taphōn. Panta gar tauta asbolē kai tephra kai konis, kai eschatēs ᾿dyseideias gnōrismata. Alla gar ouk hoid᾽ ho hopōs elathon eis toutous exenochtheis tous logous, kai heterǭ parainōn hōste didaskein met᾽ epieikeias» autos eis orgēn exekylisthēn. Oukoun epaniōmon palin pros tēn hēmerōteran parainesin, kai panta pherō men ta elattōmata tōn gynaikōn», hina katorthōsōmen ho boulometha. Ouch horąs pōs ta paidia pheromen klaionta, hotan auta tēs thēlēs apagein boulōmetha, kai panta hypomenomen d ekeino ai monon, hina auta peisōmen kataphronein tēs proteras trapezēs: : Houtō kai entautha poiōmen pantōn anechōmetha tōn allōn, hina touto katorthōsōmen. Hotan gar touto diorthōthę̄, opsei kai to heteron hodǭ probainōn, kai epi ta chrysia palin hēxeis, kai tǭ autǭ tropǭ kai peri toutōn homoiōs dialexē' kai houtō kata mikron rhythmizōn tēn gynaika, esę̄ zōgraphos kallistos? doulos pistos, geōrgos aristos. Meta toutōn anamimnēske autēn kai tōn palaiōn gynaikōn, tēs Sarrhas, tēs Rhebekkas, kai tōn eumorphōn kai tōn ou toioutōn, kai deiknn pasas homoiōs sōphronousas. Kai gar Leia hē tou patriarchou gynē ouk ousa eumorǭo:» ouk ēnankasthē phoiouton ouden e epinoēsai, alla kai dyseidēs ousa, kai ou sphodra philoumenē para tou synoikountos? oute epenoēse ti toiouton, oute tēn opsin diephtheiren, all᾽ emenen akeraion diatērousa ton charaktēra, kai tauta hypo Hellēnōn trapheisa. Sy de pistē, ton Christon echousa kephalēn, satanikēn epeisageis hēmin mēchanēn: : kai ouk anamimnēskę̄ tou hydatos tou periklysantos sou tēn opsin, tēs thysias tēs kosmousēs son ta cheilē, tou haimatos tou phoinixantos sou tēn glōttan : : An gar tauta panta ennoēsę̄s, kan myriakis philokosmos hēs, ou tolmēseis, oude anexē ton koniorton kai tēn tephran ekeinēn ᾿ epibalein. Mathe hoti tǭ Christǭ hērmosthēs, kai apostēthi tēs aschēmosynēs tautēs. Oude gar terpetai tois chrōmasi toutois, all᾽ etebon epizētei kallos, hou kai sphodros estin erastēs, to en tę̄ psychę̄ legō. Touto soi kai ho prophētēs askein ekeleuse, kai ᾿elege' kai epithymēsei ho basileus tou kallous sony.ē Mē toinyn peritta aaschēmonōmen. Oude gar ateles ti tōn ergōn esti tou theou, oude diorthōseōs deitai tēs para sou. Oude gar ei basilikę̄ tis eikoni meta to ᾿anastēnai prostheinai epicheirēseie ta par eantou, asphalēēēs hē epicheirēsis, alla ton eschaton hypostēsetai kindynon. Eita anthrōpos men ergazetai, kai ou prostitheis theos de ergazetai, kai diorthousai : Kai ouk ennoeis tēs geennēs to pyr: ouk ennoeis tēs psychēs tēn erēmian: Dia gar touto ekeinē hēmelētai, epeidē pasa eis tēn sarka hē spoudē kenoutai. Kai ti legō tēn psychēn: Kai gar autę̄ tē sarki tanantia symbainei hapanta, hōn espoudakate. Skopei de. Boulei kalē phainesthai : .- Touto se amorphon deiknysi. Boulei aresai tǭ andri: : Touto auton mallon lypei kai ouk auton monon, alla kai tous exō katēgorous paraskeuazei genesthai. Boulei nea phainesthai? Touto se tacheōs eis gēras axei. Boulei kallōpizesthai: : Touto se aischynesthai poiei. Ē gar toiautē ouchi tas homotimous monon, alla kai tōn therapainidōn tas syneiduias kai tōn oiketōn tous epistamenous aischynetai kai pro ge pantōn heautēn. ᾿Alla ti dei legein tauta? To gar pantōn chalepōteron parēka nyn, hoti tǭ theǭ proskroueis, hoti sōphrosynēn hyporytteis, hoti zēlotypias hē anapteis phloga, hoti tas epi tou stegous zēlois porneuomenas gynaikas. Taut᾽ oun hapanta logisamenai? katagelasate tēs satanikēs pompēs kai tēs diabolikēs technēs, kai ton kosmon touton apheisai, mallon de tēn akosmian, to kallos ekeino kataskeuasate en tais heautōn psychais, ho ho kai angelois eperaston, kai theǭ potheinon, kai tois synoikousin Idy, i hina kai tēs parousēs kai tēs mellousēs epitychēte doxēs hēs genoito, pantas hēmas epitychein, chariti kai philanthrōpią tou kyriou hēmōn Iēsou Christou, hǭ hē doxa kai to kratos eis tous aiōnas tōn aiōnōn. ᾿Amēn.

But to these men he does not speak so, but reminds them of the common weakness, and shows that they too are among the sick, since they did not even know the Scriptures, and, neglecting all the rest of virtue, placed everything in the sacrifices. Hinting at this strongly, he sets down briefly what was said through all the prophets, saying, “Learn what this means: ‘I desire mercy and not sacrifice.’” For by these words he shows that it is not he who breaks the law but they; as if he said, Why do you accuse me because I correct sinners? Then you will accuse the Father too of this. Which he also said elsewhere, establishing this: “My Father is working until now, and I am working”; and here again, “Go and learn what this means: ‘I desire mercy and not sacrifice.’” For as he wishes this, he says, so do I. Do you see how those things are superfluous, but these necessary? For he did not say, “I desire mercy and sacrifice,” but, “I desire mercy and not sacrifice.” For the one he approved and the other he cast out; and he showed that what they accused him of was not only not forbidden but even enjoined by law, and more than sacrifice; and he brings in the Old Testament itself speaking and legislating in harmony with him. Having reproved them, then, both from common examples and from the Scriptures, he adds again, “I came not to call the righteous but sinners to repentance.” And he says this to them in irony, as when it says, “Behold, Adam has become like one of us”; and again, “If I am hungry, I will not tell you.” For that there was no one righteous on earth Paul showed when he said, “For all have sinned and fall short of the glory of God.” And by this he also consoled those who had been called. For I am so far, he says, from loathing sinners, that I have come for their sake alone. Then, so as not to make them more careless, having said “sinners,” he was not silent, but added, “to repentance.” For I did not come that they might remain sinners, but that they might change and become better. Since, then, he had stopped their mouths on every side, both from the Scriptures and from the sequence of facts, and they had nothing to say, having been shown liable to the charges they brought against him, and opposed to the law and to the Old Testament, they leave him and again transfer the charge to the disciples. And Luke says that the Pharisees said it, but this evangelist that John’s disciples did; but it is likely that both said these things. For, being at a loss, they took those men with them, as is likely, which they did later with the Herodians too. For John’s disciples were always jealous of him and spoke against him, being humbled only then, when at the beginning John lived in prison. At any rate, they came then and reported to Jesus; but after this they returned to their former envy. What then do they say? “Why do we and the Pharisees fast often, but your disciples do not fast?” This is the disease which Christ cut out long before, saying, “When you fast, anoint your head and wash your face,” foreseeing the evils born of it. But he does not rebuke these men either, nor say, “O vainglorious and officious men,” but speaks to them with all gentleness, saying, “The sons of the bridechamber cannot fast as long as the bridegroom is with them.” For when the word was about others, I mean the tax collectors, to soothe their wounded soul he rebuked those who reproached them more sharply; but where they were mocking him and the disciples, he makes his answer with all gentleness. What they mean is this: Granted, he says, that you do these things as a physician; why do your disciples too give up fasting and attend to such tables? Then, to make the accusation greater, they put themselves first and then the Pharisees, wishing to increase the charge by the comparison. “For both we,” they say, “and the Pharisees fast often.” For they did fast, the one having learned it from John, the others from the law; as the Pharisee too said, “I fast twice a week.” What then does Jesus say? “Can the sons of the bridechamber fast as long as the bridegroom is with them?” Before, he called himself a physician, but here a bridegroom, uncovering by these names the unspeakable mysteries. And yet he could have spoken to them more sharply: “You are not masters of these things, to make such laws. For what is the use of fasting when the mind is full of wickedness? When you accuse others? When you condemn, carrying a beam about in your eyes, and do everything for display? For before all these things you ought to have cast out vainglory and achieved all the other things: love, meekness, brotherly love.” But he says none of these things, but with all gentleness: “The sons of the bridechamber cannot fast as long as the bridegroom is with them”; reminding them of John’s words, in which he said, “He who has the bride is the bridegroom; but the friend of the bridegroom, who stands and hears him, rejoices greatly because of the bridegroom’s voice.” What he means is this: the present time is one of joy and gladness; do not then bring in gloomy things. For fasting is a gloomy thing, not by nature, but for those who are still rather weakly disposed; since to those who wish to philosophize the thing is very sweet and desirable. For as when the body is healthy there is great gladness, so when the soul is in good condition the pleasure is greater. But he says these things with regard to their supposition. So Isaiah too, speaking about it, calls it humbling of the soul, and Moses likewise. And not only by this does he stop their mouths, but also from another side, saying, “The days will come when the bridegroom is taken away from them, and then they will fast.” For by this he shows that what happened was not a matter of gluttony but of a wonderful dispensation; and at the same time he lays down beforehand the word about his passion, teaching the disciples in his disputes with others and training them to practice already in what seem to be gloomy things. For to say this to them directly would have been burdensome and grievous, since even later, when it was said, it troubled them; but said to others, it became less offensive to them. And since it was likely that they were proud too about John’s suffering, he puts down this swelling also from here; the word about the resurrection, however, he does not yet add; for it was not yet the time. For that one who was thought to be a man should die was according to nature, but that was above nature. Then what he did before, he does here too. For just as, when they tried to show him liable to charges for eating with sinners, he persuaded them of the contrary, that what was done was not only no charge but even praiseworthy, so here too, when they wish to show that he does not know how to deal with his disciples, he shows that saying such things belongs not to those who know how to deal with followers, but to those who simply accuse. “For no one puts a patch of unshrunk cloth on an old garment,” he says. Again he establishes his argument from common examples. What he means is this: the disciples have not yet become strong, but still need much condescension; they have not yet been renewed through the Spirit. And upon those so disposed one must not lay a weight of commands. And he said these things laying down laws and rules for his own disciples, so that when they were about to take as disciples all from the whole world, they might deal with them with great gentleness. “Nor do they put new wine into old wineskins.” Do you see the examples resembling the Old Testament: the garment, the wineskins? For Jeremiah too calls the people a girdle, and again mentions wineskins and wine. For since the discourse was about gluttony and a table, he takes his examples from the same things. And Luke says something more, that the new too is torn if you put it on the old. Do you see that not only is there no benefit, but even greater harm? And he speaks of the present, but foretells the future: that afterward they will be new; but until this happens, nothing severe and heavy must be enjoined on them. For the one who seeks to implant the lofty teachings before the fitting time, he says, will not find them fit even when the time calls, having once made them useless. And this happens not because of the wine, nor because of the vessels that receive it, but because of the unseasonableness of those who pour it in. From here he taught us also the reason for the lowly words with which he continually spoke to them. For because of their weakness he said many things beneath his own worth; which John too showed that he said, when he says, “I have many things to say to you, but you cannot bear them now.” For so that they might not think that what he said was all there was, but might imagine other things much greater too, he set their weakness in the open, promising that when they became strong he would tell them those things too; which he says here too: “The days will come when the bridegroom is taken away from them, and then they will fast.” Let us, then, not demand everything from everyone at the beginning, but what is possible; and quickly we shall come to those things too. But if you press and hurry, for this very reason do not press, since you are in a hurry. And if what has been said seems a riddle to you, learn it from the very nature of things, and then you will see its whole force. And let none of those who accuse untimely move you; since here too the accusers were Pharisees and those reproached were disciples. But nevertheless none of these things persuaded Christ to change his judgment, nor did he say, “It is a shame that these fast and those do not fast.” But as an excellent pilot attends not to the troubled waves but to his own art, so Christ too did then. For the shame was not that they did not fast, but that because of fasting they should be struck in a vital part, and split off, and torn away. Considering these things, then, let us deal in this way with all our own people. Even if you have a wife fond of finery, gaping after cosmetics, flighty, dissolved in much luxury, talkative and foolish (and yet all these things cannot meet in one woman; but let us fashion such a woman in words). “Why then,” someone says, “do you fashion a woman and not a man?” There are men too worse than this woman. But since the oversight has been entrusted to men, for this reason we fashion a woman for the time, not because wickedness abounds more there. For one can find many things among men that are not among women, such as murder, tomb-robbing, fighting with wild beasts, and many such things. Do not think, then, that we do this to belittle the sex; it is not so, it is not so; but it is useful for the time to sketch the picture in this way. Let such a woman, then, be supposed by us, and let the husband strive in every way to correct her. How then will he correct her? Not by enjoining everything at once, but the lighter things first, and those by which she is not very strongly held. For if you press her to set everything right from the beginning, you have lost everything. Do not, then, take away the gold ornaments at once, but let her have them and wear them for the time; for this seems a lesser evil than the cosmetics and paints. Let those, then, be taken away first; and not even those by fear and threat, but by persuasion and kindness, and by censuring others, and by your own verdict and opinion. And say to her continually that a face so beautified is not lovely to you, but even very unpleasant; and persuade her above all that this grieves you. And after your own verdict bring in the opinion of others too, and say that this usually ruins even the good-looking, so that you may remove the passion. And do not yet say anything about hell or about the kingdom; for you will say these things in vain; but persuade her that she delights you more by showing God’s work bare; while she who tortures her face and stretches it and … does not appear beautiful and comely even to the many. First cast out the disease by common reasonings and the verdicts of all; and when you have softened her with these words, add those others too. And if you say it once and do not persuade, say it a second time and a third, and do not grow weary of pouring on the same words many times; not, however, with any offensiveness, but with charm; and now turn away, now flatter and humor her. Do you not see painters, how many things they wipe out, how many they paint in, when they make a beautiful face? Do not, then, be worse than they. For if they, painting the image of a body, use so much zeal, how much more would it be just for us, fashioning a soul, to set every device in motion? For if you fashion well the face of this soul, you will not see the unseemly face of the body, nor blood-red lips, nor a mouth like a bear’s stained with blood, nor eyebrows blackened as if from a cooking pot, nor cheeks whitewashed like the walls of tombs. For all these are soot and ashes and dust, and marks of the utmost ugliness. But I do not know how I was carried away unawares into these words, and, while advising another to teach with gentleness, I myself rolled into anger. Let us return again, then, to the gentler exhortation, and let us bear all the failings of women, so that we may achieve what we wish. Do you not see how we bear with children crying when we wish to wean them from the breast, and endure everything for this alone, to persuade them to despise their former table? So let us do here too: let us bear with all the rest, so that we may achieve this. For when this has been corrected, you will see the other too, proceeding in due course, and you will come again to the gold ornaments, and in the same way you will speak about these likewise; and so, shaping your wife little by little, you will be an excellent painter, a faithful servant, a very good husbandman. Along with these things remind her also of the women of old, Sarah, Rebekah, both the beautiful and those who were not so, and show that all were alike chaste. For Leah too, the patriarch’s wife, not being beautiful, was not compelled to devise any such thing; but though she was plain and not much loved by her husband, she neither devised anything of the kind nor spoiled her face, but kept her features intact, and that though she was brought up among pagans. But you, a believer, who have Christ as your head, bring in upon us a satanic device? And do you not remember the water that washed over your face, the sacrifice that adorns your lips, the blood that reddened your tongue? For if you consider all these things, even if you are ten thousand times fond of finery, you will not dare nor endure to put on that dust and ashes. Learn that you have been betrothed to Christ, and keep away from this unseemliness. For he does not delight in these colors, but seeks another beauty, of which he is an ardent lover: I mean that in the soul. This the prophet too commanded you to cultivate, saying, “And the king will desire your beauty.” Let us not, then, disfigure ourselves needlessly. For none of God’s works is imperfect, nor does it need correction from you. For if someone should attempt to add his own touches to a royal image after it has been set up, the attempt is not safe, but he will incur the utmost danger. Then a man makes something and you do not add to it, but God makes something and you correct it? And do you not consider the fire of hell? Do you not consider the desolation of the soul? For this is why it is neglected, because all zeal is emptied out on the flesh. And why do I speak of the soul? For to the flesh itself everything turns out contrary to what you have striven for. Consider. Do you wish to appear beautiful? This shows you ugly. Do you wish to please your husband? This grieves him more; and not him alone, but it also makes those outside into accusers. Do you wish to appear young? This will quickly bring you to old age. Do you wish to be beautified? This makes you ashamed. For such a woman is ashamed not only before her equals, but before those of her maidservants who are in the secret and those of her servants who know, and before all, before herself. But why must I say these things? For I have now passed over what is harshest of all: that you offend God, that you undermine chastity, that you kindle the flame of jealousy, that you emulate the harlots on the housetop. Considering all these things, then, laugh at the pomp of Satan and the art of the devil; and, leaving this adornment, or rather this disorder, prepare that beauty in your own souls which is lovely to angels and desirable to God and pleasant to your husbands, so that you may obtain both the present and the future glory; which may we all obtain, by the grace and love for humankind of our Lord Jesus Christ, to whom be the glory and the might for ever and ever. Amen.

Chapter 31

31.1Field 1

Ταῦτα αὐτοῦ λαλοῦντος αὐτοῖς, ἰδοὺ ἄρχων εἰσελθὼν προσεκύνει αὐτὸν, λέγων ἡ θυγάτηρ μου ἄρτι ἐτελεύτησεν' ἀλλὰ ἐλθὼν ἐπίθες τὴν χεῖρά σου ἐπ᾽ αὐτὴν, καὶ ζήσεται. ΚΑΤΕΛΑΒΒ τοὺς λόγους τὸ ἔργον, ὥστε πλέον τοὺς Φαρισαίους ἐπιστομισθῆναι. Καὶ γὰρ ὁ ἐλθὼν ἀρχισυνάγωγος ἥν, καὶ τὸ πένθος δεινόν. Καὶ γὰρ μονογενὲς ἣν τὸ παιδίον, καὶ ἐτῶν δώδεκα γεγονὸς, αὐτὸ τῆς ἡλικίας τὸ ἄνθος ὃ δὴ μάλιστα καὶ εὐθέως αὐτὸ ἀνέστησεν. Εἰ δὲ ὁ Λουκᾶς λέγει, ὅτι ἦλθον λέγοντες μὴ σκυλλὲ τὸν διδασκάλον, τέθνηκε γα ρ ἐκεῖνο ἐροῦμεν, ὅτι τὸ ἄρτι ἐτελεύτησε, στοχαζομένου ἢ ἡν απὸ τοῦ καιροὺ τῆς ὁδοιπορίας, ἢ ἢ αὔξοντος τὴν συμφοράν. Καὶ γὰρ ἔθος τοῖς δεομένοις ἐπαίρειν τῷ λόγῳ τὰ οἰκεῖα κακὰ, καὶ πλέον τι τῶν ὄντων λέγειν, ὥστε μᾶλλον ἐπισπάσασθαι τοὺς ἱκετενομένους. Ὅρα δὲ αὐτοῦ τὴν παχύτητα. Δύο γὰρ ἀπαιτεῖ παρὰ τοῦ Χριστοῦ, καὶ παραγενέσθαι αὐτὸν, καὶ τὴν χεῖρα ἐπιθεῖναι ὅπερ σημεῖον ἦν τοῦ καταλιπεῖν αὐτὴν ἐμπνέουσαν Τοῦτο καὶ ὁ Σύρος ἐκεῖνος ὁ Νεεμὰν τὸν προφήτην ἀπῇτει. ἔλεγον γάρ, φησὶν, ὅτι καὶ ἐξελεύσεται, καὶ τὴν χεῖρα αὐτοῦ ἐπιθήσει. Καὶ γὰρ καὶ ὄψεως δέονται καὶ αἰσθητῶν πραγμάτῶν οἱ παχύτερον διακείμενοι. Καὶ ὁ μὲν Μάρκος. φησὶν» ὅτι τοὺς τρεῖς ἔλαβε μαθητὰς, καὶ ὃ Λουκᾶς οὗτος δὲ ἁπλῶς φησι τοὺς μαθητάς. Τίνος οὖν ἕνεκεν τὸν Ματθαῖον οὐ παρέλαβε, καίτοιγε ἄρτι προσελθόντα: Εἰς πλείονα αὐτὸν ἐπιθυμίαν ἐμβάλλων, καὶ διὰ τὸ ἀτελέστερον ἔτι διακεῖσθαι. Διὰ γὰρ τοῦτο ἐκείνους τιμᾷ, ἵνα οὗτοι κατ᾽ ἐκείνους γένωνται. Τούτῳ δὲ ἤρκει τέως τὰ κατὰ τὴν αἱμορῤῥοοῦσαν ἰδεῖν, καὶ τὸ τραπέζῃ τιμηθῆναι, καὶ κοινωνίᾳ ἁλῶν. ᾿Δναστάντι δὲ ἠκολούθουν πολλοὶ, ὡς ἐπὶ θαύματι μεγάλῳ, καὶ διὰ τὸ πρόσωπον τὸ παραγεγονὸς, καὶ ὅτι οἱ πλείους παχύτερον διακείμενοι οὐχ οὕτω ψυχῆς ἐπιμέλειαν, οὡὺς σώματος ἰατρείαν ἐζήτουν᾽ καὶ συνέῤῥεον, οἱ μὲν ὑπὸ τῶν οἰκείων συνωθούμενοι παθῶν, οἱ δὲ τῆς τῶν ἀλλοτρίων διορθώσεως σπεύδοντες θεαταὶ γενέσθαι λόγων δὲ ἕ ἕνεκεν καὶ διδασκαλίας προηγουμένι νως ὀλίγοι οἱ παρ᾽ αὐτὸν φοιτῶντες ἦσαν τέως. Οὐ μὴν εἴασεν αὐτοὺς εἰς τὴν οἰκίαν εἰσελθεῖν, ἀλλὰ τοὺς μαθητὰς μόνον; καὶ οὐδὲ τούτους πάντας, πανταχοὺ παιδεύων ἡμᾶς τὴν παρὰ τῶν πολλῶν διακρούεσθαι δόξαν. Καὶ ἰδοὺ φησὶ, γυνὴ ἐν βύσει αἵματος δώδεκα ἔτη ὄχουσα, προσῆλθεν ὄπισθεν, καὶ ἥψατο τοῦ κρασπέδου τοῦ ἱματίου αὐτοῦ. Ἔλεγε γὰρ ἐν ἑαυτῆ᾽ ἐὰν μόνον ἅψωμαι τοῦ ᾿ἱματίου αὐτοῦ, σωθήσομαι. Τίνος ἕνεκεν οὐ μετὰ παῤῥησίας αὐτῷ προσῆλθεν : ισχύνετο διὰ τὸ πάθος, ἀκάθαρτος εἶναι νομίζουσα. Εἰ γὰρ ἡ ἐν καταμηνίοις οὖσα οὐκ ἐδόκει εἶναι καθαρὰ, πολλῷ μᾶλλον ἡ τοιαύτην νοσοῦσα νόσον τοῦτο ἂν ἐνόμισε καὶ γὰρ πολλὴ παρὰ τῷ νόμῳ ᾿ἀκαθαρσία ἐνομίζετο εἶναι τὸ πάθος. Διὰ τοῦτο λανθάνει καὶ κρύπτεται. Οὐδέπω γὰρ οὐδὲ αὐτὴ τὴν προσήκουσαν καὶ ἀπηρτισμένην περὶ αὐτοῦ δόξαν εἴχεν᾽ ἐπεὶ οὐκ ἂν ἐνόμισε λανθάνειν. Καὶ πρώτη προσέρχεται δημοσίᾳ αὕτη γυνη᾽ καὶ γὰρ ἤκουσεν ὅτι καὶ γυναῖκας θεραπεύει, καὶ ὅτι ἐπὶ τὸ θυγάτριον ἀπέρχεται τὸ τετελευτηκός. Καὶ εἰς τὴν οἰκίαν μὲν αὑτὸν καλέσαι οὐκ ἐτόλμησε, καίτοιγε εὔπορος οὖσα᾽ ἀλλ᾽ οὔτε δημοσίᾳ προσῆλθε, λάθρα δὲ μετὰ πίστεως τῶν ἱματίων ἥψατο. Οὐδὲ γὰρ ἀμφέβαλεν, οὐδὲ εἶπεν ἐν ἑαυτῇ ἄρα ἀπαλλαγήσομαι τοῦ νοσήματος ἄρα οὐκ ἀπαλλαγήσομαι: : ἀλλὰ θαῤῥήσασα περὶ τῆς ὑγιείας οὕτω προσῆλθεν. Ελεγε γάρ, φησὶν, ἐν ἑαυτῆ᾽ ἐὰν μόνον ἅψωμαι τοῦ ἱματίου αὐτοῦ, σωθήσομαι. Καὶ γὰρ εἶδεν ἐ εκ ποίας ἐξῆλθεν οἰκίας, τῆς τῶν τελωνῶν, καὶ τίνες ἦσαν οἱ ἑπόμενοι; ἁμαρτωλοὶ καὶ τελῶναι᾽ καὶ ταῦτα πάντα ᾿ εὐελπίδα αὐτὴν ἐποίησε. Τί οὖν ὁ Χριστός; Οὐκ ἀφῆκεν αὐτὴν λαθεῖν, ἀλλ᾽ εἰς μέσον ἄγει καὶ δήλην καθίστησι, πολλὼν ἕ ἕνεκεν. Καίτουγέ τινες τῶν ἀναισθήτων φασὶ, δόξης αὐτὸν ἐρῶντα τοῦτο ποιεῖν. Διατί οὐκ ἀφῆκεν αὐτὴν λαθεῖν: τί λέγεις, ὧ μιαρὲ καὶ ὁ κελεύων σιγᾶν, ὁ μυρία παρᾳτρέχων θαύματα, οὗτος οὗτος δόξης ἐρᾷ: : Τίνος οὖν ἕνεκεν. εἰς μέσον ἄγει: Πρώτον λύει τὸ δέος τῆς γυναικὸς, ἵνα μὴ ὑπὸ τοῦ συνειδότος κεντουμένη, καθάπερ κεκλοφυΐα τὴν δωρεὰν, ἐ ἐν ἀγωνίᾳ διατρίβη. Δεύτερον; αὐτὴν διορθοῦται, ἐπειδὴ ἐνόμισε λανθάνειν. Τρίτον, πᾶσι τὴν πίστιν αὐτῆς ἐπιδείκνυται, ὥστε καὶ τοὺς ἄλλους ζηλῶσαι καὶ τοῦ στῆσαι τὰς πηγὰς τοῦ αἵματος οὐκ ἔλαττον σημεῖον παρέχεται, τὸ δεῖξαι ὅτι πάντα ἐπίσταται. Ἔπειτα, τὸν ἀρχισυνάγωγον μέλλοντα. διαπιστεῖν, καὶ ταύτῃ τὸ πᾶν διαφθείρειν, κατορθοῖ διὰ τῆς γυναικός. Καὶ γὰρ οἱ ἐλθόντες ἔλεγον μὴ σκύλλε τὸν διδάσκαλον, ὅτι τέθνηκε τὸ κοράσιον καὶ οἱ ἐν τῇ οἰκίᾳ κατεγέλων αὐτοῦ εἰπόντος, ὅτι καθούδει᾽ καὶ εἰκὸς ἣν καὶ τὸν πατέρα τοιοῦτόν τι πεπονθέναι.

Tauta autou lalountos autois, idou archōn eiselthōn prosekynei auton, legōn hē thygatēr mou arti eteleutēsen' alla elthōn epithes tēn cheira sou ep᾽ autēn, kai zēsetai. KATELABB tous logous to ergon, hōste pleon tous Pharisaious epistomisthēnai. Kai gar ho elthōn archisynagōgos hēn, kai to penthos deinon. Kai gar monogenes hēn to paidion, kai etōn dōdeka gegonos, auto tēs hēlikias to anthos ho dē malista kai eutheōs auto anestēsen. Ei de ho Loukas legei, hoti ēlthon legontes mē skylle ton didaskalon, tethnēke ga r ekeino eroumen, hoti to arti eteleutēse, stochazomenou ē hēn apo tou kairou tēs hodoiporias, ē ē auxontos tēn symphoran. Kai gar ethos tois deomenois epairein tǭ logǭ ta oikeia kaka, kai pleon ti tōn ontōn legein, hōste mallon epispasasthai tous hiketenomenous. Hora de autou tēn pachytēta. Dyo gar apaitei para tou Christou, kai paragenesthai auton, kai tēn cheira epitheinai hoper sēmeion ēn tou katalipein autēn empneousan Touto kai ho Syros ekeinos ho Neeman ton prophētēn apę̄tei. elegon gar, phēsin, hoti kai exeleusetai, kai tēn cheira autou epithēsei. Kai gar kai opseōs deontai kai aisthētōn pragmatōn hoi pachyteron diakeimenoi. Kai ho men Markos. phēsin» hoti tous treis elabe mathētas, kai ho Loukas houtos de haplōs phēsi tous mathētas. Tinos oun heneken ton Matthaion ou parelabe, kaitoige arti proselthonta: Eis pleiona auton epithymian emballōn, kai dia to atelesteron eti diakeisthai. Dia gar touto ekeinous timą, hina houtoi kat᾽ ekeinous genōntai. Toutǭ de ērkei teōs ta kata tēn haimorrrhoousan idein, kai to trapezę̄ timēthēnai, kai koinōnią halōn. ᾿Dnastanti de ēkolouthoun polloi, hōs epi thaumati megalǭ, kai dia to prosōpon to paragegonos, kai hoti hoi pleious pachyteron diakeimenoi ouch houtō psychēs epimeleian, hoōys sōmatos iatreian ezētoun᾽ kai synerrheon, hoi men hypo tōn oikeiōn synōthoumenoi pathōn, hoi de tēs tōn allotriōn diorthōseōs speudontes theatai genesthai logōn de he heneken kai didaskalias proēgoumeni nōs oligoi hoi par᾽ auton phoitōntes ēsan teōs. Ou mēn eiasen autous eis tēn oikian eiselthein, alla tous mathētas monon? kai oude toutous pantas, pantachou paideuōn hēmas tēn para tōn pollōn diakrouesthai doxan. Kai idou phēsi, gynē en bysei haimatos dōdeka etē ochousa, prosēlthen opisthen, kai hēpsato tou kraspedou tou himatiou autou. Elege gar en heautē᾽ ean monon hapsōmai tou ᾿himatiou autou, sōthēsomai. Tinos heneken ou meta parrhēsias autǭ prosēlthen : ischyneto dia to pathos, akathartos einai nomizousa. Ei gar hē en katamēniois ousa ouk edokei einai kathara, pollǭ mallon hē toiautēn nosousa noson touto an enomise kai gar pollē para tǭ nomǭ ᾿akatharsia enomizeto einai to pathos. Dia touto lanthanei kai kryptetai. Oudepō gar oude autē tēn prosēkousan kai apērtismenēn peri autou doxan eichen᾽ epei ouk an enomise lanthanein. Kai prōtē proserchetai dēmosią hautē gynē᾽ kai gar ēkousen hoti kai gynaikas therapeuei, kai hoti epi to thygatrion aperchetai to teteleutēkos. Kai eis tēn oikian men hauton kalesai ouk etolmēse, kaitoige euporos ousa᾽ all᾽ oute dēmosią prosēlthe, lathra de meta pisteōs tōn himatiōn hēpsato. Oude gar amphebalen, oude eipen en heautę̄ ara apallagēsomai tou nosēmatos ara ouk apallagēsomai: : alla tharrhēsasa peri tēs hygieias houtō prosēlthen. Elege gar, phēsin, en heautē᾽ ean monon hapsōmai tou himatiou autou, sōthēsomai. Kai gar eiden e ek poias exēlthen oikias, tēs tōn telōnōn, kai tines ēsan hoi hepomenoi? hamartōloi kai telōnai᾽ kai tauta panta ᾿ euelpida autēn epoiēse. Ti oun ho Christos? Ouk aphēken autēn lathein, all᾽ eis meson agei kai dēlēn kathistēsi, pollōn he heneken. Kaitouge tines tōn anaisthētōn phasi, doxēs auton erōnta touto poiein. Diati ouk aphēken autēn lathein: ti legeis, hō miare kai ho keleuōn sigan, ho myria parątrechōn thaumata, houtos houtos doxēs erą: : Tinos oun heneken. eis meson agei: Prōton lyei to deos tēs gynaikos, hina mē hypo tou syneidotos kentoumenē, kathaper keklophyïa tēn dōrean, e en agōnią diatribē. Deuteron? autēn diorthoutai, epeidē enomise lanthanein. Triton, pasi tēn pistin autēs epideiknytai, hōste kai tous allous zēlōsai kai tou stēsai tas pēgas tou haimatos ouk elatton sēmeion parechetai, to deixai hoti panta epistatai. Epeita, ton archisynagōgon mellonta. diapistein, kai tautę̄ to pan diaphtheirein, katorthoi dia tēs gynaikos. Kai gar hoi elthontes elegon mē skylle ton didaskalon, hoti tethnēke to korasion kai hoi en tę̄ oikią kategelōn autou eipontos, hoti kathoudei᾽ kai eikos hēn kai ton patera toiouton ti peponthenai.

“While he was saying these things to them, behold, a ruler came in and knelt before him, saying, ‘My daughter has just died; but come and lay your hand on her, and she will live.’” The deed followed close upon the words, so that the Pharisees were silenced still more. For the one who came was a ruler of the synagogue, and the grief was terrible. For the child was an only child, and twelve years old, in the very flower of her age; which is especially why he raised her at once. And if Luke says that people came saying, “Do not trouble the Teacher, for she is dead,” we will say this: that the words “has just died” were those of a man guessing from the time of the journey, or magnifying the calamity. For it is the custom of those who make requests to exaggerate their own troubles in speech and to say something more than the facts, so as to draw those they entreat the more. But see his dullness. For he asks two things of Christ: both that he come in person and that he lay his hand on her; which was a sign that he had left her still breathing. This the Syrian Naaman too demanded of the prophet. For “I thought,” he says, “that he would come out and lay his hand on me.” For those who are rather dully disposed need sight and things perceptible to the senses. And Mark says that he took the three disciples, and Luke too; but this evangelist simply says “the disciples.” Why then did he not take Matthew, though he had just come to him? To put him into greater longing, and because he was still rather imperfectly disposed. For this is why he honors those, that this man may become like them. For him it was enough for the time to see the things concerning the woman with the flow of blood, and to be honored with the table and with the sharing of salt. And when he rose, many followed him, as to a great miracle, both because of the person who had come and because most, being rather dully disposed, sought not so much care for the soul as healing for the body; and they flocked together, some driven by their own sufferings, others eager to become spectators of the correction of others; but those who resorted to him chiefly for the sake of words and teaching were as yet few. He did not, however, let them enter the house, but only the disciples, and not even all of these, everywhere teaching us to push away the glory that comes from the many. “And behold,” it says, “a woman who had had a flow of blood for twelve years came up behind him and touched the fringe of his garment. For she said within herself, ‘If I only touch his garment, I shall be made well.’” Why did she not come to him with boldness? She was ashamed because of her suffering, thinking herself unclean. For if a woman in her monthly period was not thought clean, much more would one with such a disease have thought this; for under the law the suffering was thought to be a great uncleanness. That is why she hides and conceals herself. For not even she yet had the fitting and perfect opinion about him; otherwise she would not have thought to escape notice. And this woman is the first to come publicly; for she had heard that he heals women too, and that he was going to the little girl who had died. And she did not dare call him to her house, although she was well off; nor did she come publicly, but secretly with faith she touched his garments. For she did not doubt, nor say within herself, “Shall I be freed from the disease or shall I not?”, but came thus, confident of her health. For she said within herself, it says, “If I only touch his garment, I shall be made well.” For she saw from what sort of house he had come out, the house of the tax collectors, and who were those following him, sinners and tax collectors; and all this made her hopeful. What then does Christ do? He did not let her escape notice, but brings her into the open and makes her known, for many reasons. And yet some of the unfeeling say that he does this out of love of glory. “Why,” they say, “did he not let her escape notice?” What are you saying, abominable man? He who commands silence, he who passes over countless miracles, does he love glory? Why then does he bring her into the open? First, he frees the woman from her fear, so that she might not, pricked by her conscience as though she had stolen the gift, live in anguish. Second, he corrects her, since she thought she was escaping notice. Third, he displays her faith to all, so that the others too might emulate it; and he gives a sign no less than stopping the fountains of blood, by showing that he knows everything. Then, the ruler of the synagogue, who was about to disbelieve and by this to ruin everything, he sets right through the woman. For those who came said, “Do not trouble the Teacher, for the girl is dead”; and those in the house laughed at him when he said that she was asleep; and it was likely that the father too had felt something of the kind.

31.2Field 1

Διὰ τοῦτο προδιορθούμενος ταύτην τὴν ἀσθένειαν, ἄγει τὸ γύναιον εἰς μέσον. Ὅτι γὰρ τῶν σφόδρα παχυτέρων ἣν ἐκεῖνος» ἄκουσον τί φησι πρὸς αὐτόν μὴ φοβοῦ, σὺ μόνον πίστενε, καὶ σωθήσεται. Καὶ γὰρ τὸν θάνατον ἐπίτηδες ε ἔμενεν. ἐπελθεῖν, καὶ τότε παραγενέσθαι, ὥστε σαφῆ γενέσθαι τῆς ἀναστάσεως τὴν ἀκόλαξιν Διὰ τοῦτο καὶ σχολαιότερον βαδίζει, καὶ διαλέγεται τῇ γυναικὶ πλείονα, ἵνα συγχωρήσῃ τελεντῆσαι ἐκείνην, καὶ παραγενέσθαι τοὺς ταῦτα ἀπαγγέλλοντας καὶ λαγόνταϊ' μὴ σκύλλε τὸν διδάσκαλον. Τοῦτο γοῦν καὶ ὁ ευαγγελιστὴς αἰνιττόμενος ἐπισημαίνεται λόγων, ὅτι ἔτι λαλοῦντος αὐτοῦ, ἦλθον οἱ απὸ τῆς οἰκίας λέγοντες τέθνηκεν ἡ θυγάτηρ σου, μὴ σκύλλε τὸν διδάσκαλον. ᾿Εβούλετο γὰρ πιστευθῆναι τὸν θάνατον, ἵνα μὴ ὑποπτευθῇ ἡ ἀνάστασις. Καὶ τοῦτο πανταχοῦ ποιεῖ. Οὕτω καὶ ἐπὶ τοῦ Λαζάρου, καὶ μίαν καὶ δευτέραν καὶ τρίτην ἡμέραν ἔμεινε. Διὰ δ ταῦτα πάντα ἄγει αὐτὴν εἰς μέσον, καί φησι θάρσει, ,θύγατερ ὥσπερ καὶ τῷ παραλύτῳ ἔλεγε' θάρσει, τέκνον. Καὶ γὰρ μ βυω ἣν ἡ γυνή διὰ τοῦτό φησι; θάρσει, καὶ θυγατέρα καλεῖ ἡ γὰρ πίστις αὐτὴν θυγατέρα ἐποίησεν. Εἶτα καὶ τὸ ἐγκώμιον ἢ πίστις σου σέσωκέ σε. Ὁ δὲ Λουκᾶς καὶ πλείονα τούτων ἡμῖν ἕτερα ἀπαγγέλλει περὶ τῆς γυναικός. ᾿Επειδὴ γὰρ προσῆλθε, φησὶ, καὶ τὴν ὑγίειαν ἔλαβεν, οὐκ εὐθέως ἐκάλεσεν αὐτὴν ὁ Χριστὸς, αλλὰ πρότερόν φησι τίς ε ἐστιν ὁ ἀγάμενος μους Εἶτα τοῦ Πέτρου καὶ τῶν μετ᾽ αὐτοῦ λεγόντων ἐπιστάτα, οἱ ὄχλοι συνέχουσί σε καὶ ἀποθλίβουσι, καὶ λέγεις, τίς ὁ ἀψάμενός μου : (ὃ μέγιστον ἣν σημεῖον τοῦ καὶ σάρκα αὐτὸν αληθή περικεῖσθαι, καὶ πάντα τῦφον. καταπατεῖν οὐδὲ γὰρ πόῤῥωθεν εἵποντο, αλλὰ υ ΧΟ αὐτὸν πάντοθεν) αὐτὸς δὲ ἐπέμενε, φησὶ, λέγων, ἥψατό μού τιρ' ἐγὼ γὰρ ἔγνων δύναμιν ἐξ ἐ ἐμοῦ ἐξελϑοῖσαν πρὸς τὴν ὑπόνοιαν τῶν ἀκουόντων παχύτερον ἀποκρινόμενος. Ταῦτα δὲ ἔλεγεν, ἵνα καὶ ἐκείνην ἀφ᾿ ἑαντῆς ὁμολογῆσαι πείσῃ. Διὰ γὰρ τοῦτο οὐδὲ εὐθέως αὐτὴν ἤλεγξεν, ἵνα δείξας ὅτι πάντα οἷδε σαφῶς, αὐτόματον πείση πάντα ᾿ἐξειπεῖν, καὶ αὐτὴν ἀνακηρῦξαι τὸ γεγενημένον. παρασκευάσῃ, καὶ μὴ λέγων ὕποπτος εἶναι δόξῃ. Εἶδες τοῦ ἀρχισυναγώγον βελτίονα τὴν γυναίκα: Οὐ κατέσχεν, οὐκ ἐκρατησεν' αλλ᾽ ἄκροις τοῖς δακτύλοις ἥψατο μόνον, καὶ ὑστέρα ἐλθοῦσα, προτέρα θεραπευθεῖσα ἀπῆλθε. Καὶ ἐκεῖνος μὲν ὅλον τὸν ἰατρὸν γεν εἰς τὴν οἰκίαν ταύτη δὲ ἤ ἤρκεσε καὶ ᾿«φὴ μόνον. Εἰ γὰρ καὶ τῷ παθει ἦν συνδεδεμένη, ἀλλὰ τῇ πίστει ἣν ᾿ἀνεπτερωμένη. Σκόπει δὲ πὼς αὐτὴν παραμυθεῖται λέγων' ἡ πίστις σου σέσωκέ σε. Καίτοιγε εἰ ἐπιδείξεως ὅνεκεν αὐτὴν εἵλκυσεν εἰς τὸ μέσον, οὐκ ἂν τοῦτο προσέθηκεν ἀλλ᾽ ὁμοῦ τὸν ἀρχισυνάγωγον παιδεύων πιστεῦσαι, ταῦτα φησι, καὶ τὴν γυναῖκα ἀνακηρύττων, καὶ οὐκ ἐλάττω τῆς τοῦ σώματος ὑγιείας διὰ τῶν βημάτων τούτων παρέχων αὐτῆ τὴν ἡδονὴν καὶ τὴν ὠφέλειαν. Ὅτι γὰρ ἐκείνην δοξάσαι βουλόμενος ταῦτα ἐποίει, καὶ ἑτέρους διορθῶσαι, ἀλλ᾽ οὐχ ἑαυτὸν ἀποφῆναι λαμπρὸν, δῆλον ἐντεῦθεν. Δυτὸς μὲν γὰρ ὁμοίως ἔμελλεν εἶναι θαυμαστὸς καὶ τούτου χωρίς᾽ (ὑπὲρ γὰρ τὰς νιφάδας αὐτὸν περιέῤῥει τὰ θαύματα, καὶ πολλῷ τούτου μείζονα καὶ εἰργάσατο καὶ ποιήσειν ἔμελλεν) ἡ δὲ γυνὴ, εἰ μὴ τοῦτο γέγονε, λαθοῦσα ἂν ἀπῆλθε, τῶν μεγάλων τούτων ἀπεστερημένη ἐπαίνων. Διὰ τοῦτο αὐτὴν εἰς μέσον ἀγαγων ἀνεκήρυξε, καὶ τὸ δέος ἐξέβαλε, (καὶ γὰρ τρέμουσα, φησὶ, προσῆλθε) καὶ θαρρεῖν αὐτὴν παρεσκεύασο, καὶ μετὰ τῆς ὑγιείας τοῦ σώματος καὶ ἕτερα αὐτῇ δέδωκεν ἐφόδια, εἰπὼν, πορεύου ἐν εἰρήνῃ. ᾿Ελθὼν δὲ εἰς τὴν οἰκίαν τοῦ ἄρχοντος, καὶ ἰδὼν τοὺς αὐλητὰς, καὶ τὸν ὄχλον θορυβούμενον, ἔλεγεν ἀποχωρεῖτε οὐ γὰρ ἀπέθανε τὸ κοράσιον, ἀλλὰ καθεύδει. Καὶ κατεγέλων αὐτοῦ. Καλά γε τῶν ἀρχισυναγώγων τὰ τεκμήρια, ἐν τῷ ἀποθανεῖν αὐλοὶ καὶ κύμβαλα θρῆνον ἐγείροντες. Τί οὖν ὁ Χριστός: : Τοὺς μὲν ἄλλους ἅπαντας ἐξέβαλε, τοὺς δὲ γεγεννηκότας εἰσήγαγεν, ὥστε μὴ ἐγγενέσθαι εἰπεῖν, ὅτι ᾿ ἄλλως ἐθεράπευσε᾽ καὶ πρὸ τῆς ἀναστάσεως δὲ ἐγείρει τῷ λόγῳ, λέγων οὐ τέθνηκε τὸ κοράσιον, ἀλλὰ καθεύδει. Καὶ πολλαχοῦ δὲ τοῦτο ποιεῖ. Ὥσπερ οὖν καὶ ἐπὶ τῆς θαλάττης ἐπιτιμᾷ τοῖς μαθηταῖς πρῶτον᾽ οὕτω δὴ καὶ ἐνταῦθα τὸν θόρυβον ἐκβάλλει τῆς διανοίας τῶν παρόντων, ὁμοῦ καὶ εἰκνὺς ὅτι εὔκολον αὐτῷ τοὺς τεθνηκότας ἐγεῖραι (ὃ δὴ καὶ ἐπὶ τοῦ Λαζάρου πεποίηκε, λέγων Λάζαρος ὁ ο φίλος ἡμῶν κεκοίμηται: Ὄ καὶ ἅμα παιδεύων μὴ δεδιέναι τὸν θάνατον' οὐ γὰρ εἶναι θάνατον αὐτὸν, ἀλλ᾽ ὕπνον λοιπὸν γεγενῆσθαι. ᾿Επειδὴ γὰρ καὶ αὐτὸς ἔμελλεν ἀποθνήσκειν, ἐν τοῖς ἑτέρων σώμασι προπαρασκευάζει τοὺς μαθητὰς θαῤῥεῖν, καὶ πράως φέρειν τὴν τελευτήν. Καὶ γὰρ αὐτοῦ ᾿ παραγενομένου λοιπον ὕπνος ο θάνατος ἦν. Αλλ᾽ ὅμως κατεγέλων αὐτοῦ αὐτὸς δὲ οὐκ ἡγανάκτησεν ἀπιστούμενος ἐφ᾽ οἷς μικρὸν ὕστερον σμελλε θαυματουργεῖν᾽ οὐδὲ ἐπετίμησε τῷ ελωτι, ἵνα και αὐτὸς, καὶ οἱ αὑλοῖ, καὶ τὰ κύμβαλα, καὶ τὰ ἄλλα πάντα ἀποϑειξις γένηται τοῦ θανάτου.

Dia touto prodiorthoumenos tautēn tēn astheneian, agei to gynaion eis meson. Hoti gar tōn sphodra pachyterōn hēn ekeinos» akouson ti phēsi pros auton mē phobou, sy monon pistene, kai sōthēsetai. Kai gar ton thanaton epitēdes e emenen. epelthein, kai tote paragenesthai, hōste saphē genesthai tēs anastaseōs tēn akolaxin Dia touto kai scholaioteron badizei, kai dialegetai tę̄ gynaiki pleiona, hina synchōrēsę̄ telentēsai ekeinēn, kai paragenesthai tous tauta apangellontas kai lagontaï' mē skylle ton didaskalon. Touto goun kai ho euangelistēs ainittomenos episēmainetai logōn, hoti eti lalountos autou, ēlthon hoi apo tēs oikias legontes tethnēken hē thygatēr sou, mē skylle ton didaskalon. ᾿Ebouleto gar pisteuthēnai ton thanaton, hina mē hypopteuthę̄ hē anastasis. Kai touto pantachou poiei. Houtō kai epi tou Lazarou, kai mian kai deuteran kai tritēn hēmeran emeine. Dia d tauta panta agei autēn eis meson, kai phēsi tharsei, ,thygater hōsper kai tǭ paralytǭ elege' tharsei, teknon. Kai gar m byō hēn hē gynē dia touto phēsi? tharsei, kai thygatera kalei hē gar pistis autēn thygatera epoiēsen. Eita kai to enkōmion ē pistis sou sesōke se. Ho de Loukas kai pleiona toutōn hēmin hetera apangellei peri tēs gynaikos. ᾿Epeidē gar prosēlthe, phēsi, kai tēn hygieian elaben, ouk eutheōs ekalesen autēn ho Christos, alla proteron phēsi tis e estin ho agamenos mous Eita tou Petrou kai tōn met᾽ autou legontōn epistata, hoi ochloi synechousi se kai apothlibousi, kai legeis, tis ho apsamenos mou : (ho megiston hēn sēmeion tou kai sarka auton alēthē perikeisthai, kai panta typhon. katapatein oude gar porrhōthen heiponto, alla y ChO auton pantothen) autos de epemene, phēsi, legōn, hēpsato mou tir' egō gar egnōn dynamin ex e emou exelϑoisan pros tēn hyponoian tōn akouontōn pachyteron apokrinomenos. Tauta de elegen, hina kai ekeinēn aph᾿ heantēs homologēsai peisę̄. Dia gar touto oude eutheōs autēn ēlenxen, hina deixas hoti panta hoide saphōs, automaton peisē panta ᾿exeipein, kai autēn anakēryxai to gegenēmenon. paraskeuasę̄, kai mē legōn hypoptos einai doxę̄. Eides tou archisynagōgon beltiona tēn gynaika: Ou kateschen, ouk ekratēsen' all᾽ akrois tois daktylois hēpsato monon, kai hystera elthousa, protera therapeutheisa apēlthe. Kai ekeinos men holon ton iatron gen eis tēn oikian tautē de ē ērkese kai ᾿«phē monon. Ei gar kai tǭ pathei ēn syndedemenē, alla tę̄ pistei hēn ᾿anepterōmenē. Skopei de pōs autēn paramytheitai legōn' hē pistis sou sesōke se. Kaitoige ei epideixeōs honeken autēn heilkysen eis to meson, ouk an touto prosethēken all᾽ homou ton archisynagōgon paideuōn pisteusai, tauta phēsi, kai tēn gynaika anakēryttōn, kai ouk elattō tēs tou sōmatos hygieias dia tōn bēmatōn toutōn parechōn autē tēn hēdonēn kai tēn ōpheleian. Hoti gar ekeinēn doxasai boulomenos tauta epoiei, kai heterous diorthōsai, all᾽ ouch heauton apophēnai lampron, dēlon enteuthen. Dytos men gar homoiōs emellen einai thaumastos kai toutou chōris᾽ (hyper gar tas niphadas auton perierrhei ta thaumata, kai pollǭ toutou meizona kai eirgasato kai poiēsein emellen) hē de gynē, ei mē touto gegone, lathousa an apēlthe, tōn megalōn toutōn apesterēmenē epainōn. Dia touto autēn eis meson agagōn anekēryxe, kai to deos exebale, (kai gar tremousa, phēsi, prosēlthe) kai tharrein autēn pareskeuaso, kai meta tēs hygieias tou sōmatos kai hetera autę̄ dedōken ephodia, eipōn, poreuou en eirēnę̄. ᾿Elthōn de eis tēn oikian tou archontos, kai idōn tous aulētas, kai ton ochlon thoryboumenon, elegen apochōreite ou gar apethane to korasion, alla katheudei. Kai kategelōn autou. Kala ge tōn archisynagōgōn ta tekmēria, en tǭ apothanein auloi kai kymbala thrēnon egeirontes. Ti oun ho Christos: : Tous men allous hapantas exebale, tous de gegennēkotas eisēgagen, hōste mē engenesthai eipein, hoti ᾿ allōs etherapeuse᾽ kai pro tēs anastaseōs de egeirei tǭ logǭ, legōn ou tethnēke to korasion, alla katheudei. Kai pollachou de touto poiei. Hōsper oun kai epi tēs thalattēs epitimą tois mathētais prōton᾽ houtō dē kai entautha ton thorybon ekballei tēs dianoias tōn parontōn, homou kai eiknys hoti eukolon autǭ tous tethnēkotas egeirai (ho dē kai epi tou Lazarou pepoiēke, legōn Lazaros ho o philos hēmōn kekoimētai: O kai hama paideuōn mē dedienai ton thanaton' ou gar einai thanaton auton, all᾽ hypnon loipon gegenēsthai. ᾿Epeidē gar kai autos emellen apothnēskein, en tois heterōn sōmasi proparaskeuazei tous mathētas tharrhein, kai praōs pherein tēn teleutēn. Kai gar autou ᾿ paragenomenou loipon hypnos o thanatos ēn. All᾽ homōs kategelōn autou autos de ouk hēganaktēsen apistoumenos eph᾽ hois mikron hysteron smelle thaumatourgein᾽ oude epetimēse tǭ elōti, hina kai autos, kai hoi hauloi, kai ta kymbala, kai ta alla panta apoϑeixis genētai tou thanatou.

That is why, correcting this weakness beforehand, he brings the woman into the open. For that he was one of the very dull, hear what he says to him: “Do not fear; only believe, and she will be saved.” For he deliberately waited for death to come, and then arrived, so that the proof of the resurrection might be clear. That is why he walks more slowly too, and talks longer with the woman, so as to let the girl die, and so that those who reported these things might come and say, “Do not trouble the Teacher.” This the evangelist too hints at and points out, saying, “While he was still speaking, people came from the house, saying, ‘Your daughter is dead; do not trouble the Teacher.’” For he wished the death to be believed, so that the resurrection might not be suspected. And he does this everywhere. So too with Lazarus, he stayed one day and a second and a third. For all these reasons, then, he brings her into the open and says, “Take heart, daughter”; as he also said to the paralytic, “Take heart, child.” For the woman was afraid; that is why he says, “Take heart,” and calls her daughter; for her faith made her a daughter. Then the praise too: “Your faith has made you well.” And Luke tells us still more about the woman. For when she had come, he says, and received her health, Christ did not call her at once, but first says, “Who is it that touched me?” Then, when Peter and those with him said, “Master, the crowds are pressing and crushing you, and you say, ‘Who touched me?’” (which was a very great sign both that he wore true flesh and that he trampled on all pride; for they were not following at a distance, but pressed upon him on every side), he persisted, it says, saying, “Someone touched me; for I perceived power going out from me,” answering rather plainly according to the thought of the hearers. And he said these things so as to persuade her to confess of her own accord. For this is why he did not convict her at once, so that, having shown that he knew everything clearly, he might persuade her of her own accord to tell everything, and prepare her to proclaim herself what had happened, and so that he might not, by speaking himself, seem to be suspect. Did you see the woman better than the ruler of the synagogue? She did not hold him, she did not seize him, but only touched him with the tips of her fingers, and though she came later, she went away healed first. And he drew the whole physician into his house, but for her a touch alone was enough. For though she was bound by her suffering, she was given wings by her faith. But see how he consoles her, saying, “Your faith has made you well.” And yet if he had drawn her into the open for display, he would not have added this; but he says these things at once teaching the ruler of the synagogue to believe, proclaiming the woman, and giving her by these words no less pleasure and benefit than the health of her body. For that he did these things wishing to glorify her and to correct others, and not to make himself illustrious, is clear from this. For he himself was going to be equally wonderful even without this (for miracles poured round him thicker than snowflakes, and he had done and was going to do far greater things than this); but the woman, had this not happened, would have gone away unnoticed, deprived of these great praises. That is why, bringing her into the open, he proclaimed her, and cast out her fear (for she came trembling, it says), and made her take heart, and along with the health of her body gave her other provisions for the road too, saying, “Go in peace.” “And when he came to the ruler’s house and saw the flute players and the crowd making a tumult, he said, ‘Go away; for the girl is not dead but asleep.’ And they laughed at him.” Fine tokens of the rulers of the synagogue: at a death, flutes and cymbals stirring up lamentation! What then does Christ do? He put all the others out but brought in the parents, so that it could not be said that he healed in some other way; and before the raising he raises her by his word, saying, “The girl is not dead but asleep.” And he does this in many places. Just as on the sea he first rebukes the disciples, so here too he casts the tumult out of the minds of those present, at the same time showing that it is easy for him to raise the dead (which he did also with Lazarus, saying, “Our friend Lazarus has fallen asleep”), and at the same time teaching them not to fear death; for it is not death, but has become sleep from now on. For since he himself too was going to die, in the bodies of others he prepares the disciples beforehand to be of good courage and to bear death gently. For when he had come, death was thenceforth sleep. But nevertheless they laughed at him; and he was not indignant at being disbelieved in what he was about to do a little later, nor did he rebuke their laughter, so that both it, and the flutes and the cymbals and all the rest, might become a proof of the death.

31.3Field 1

᾿Επειδὴ γὰρ ὡς τὰ πολλὰ μετὰ τὸ γενέσθαι τὰ θαύματα ἀπιστοῦσιν ἄνθρωποι, προκαταλαμβάνει ταῖς οἰκείαις ἀποκρίσεσιν αὐτούς ὃ δὴ καὶ ἐπὶ τοῦ Λαζάρου γέγονε, καὶ ἐπὶ τοῦ Μωῦυσέως. Καὶ γὰρ Μωῦσῃ φησι τί τοῦτο τὸ ἐν τῇ χειρί σου: ἵν ὃταν ἴδη οφιν γεγενήμενον, μὴ ἐπιλάθηται ὅτι ῥάβδος ἣν προτουτου; αλλα τῆς οἰκείας ἀναμνησθεὶς φωνῆς, ἐεκπλαγῇ τὸ γινόμενον. Καὶ ἐπὶ τοῦ Λαζάρου φησί' ποὺ τεθείκατε αὐτὸν; ἵνα οἱ εἰπόντες, ἔρχου καὶ ἴδε, καὶ ὅτι ὄζει, τεταρταῖος γάρ ἐστι, μηκέτι ἀπιστεῖν ἔχωσιν, ὅτι νεκρὸν ἀνέστησεν. ᾿Ιδὼν τοίνυν τὰ κύμβαλα καὶ τοὺς ὄχλους, ἐξήὝαγεν ἅπαντας, καὶ παρόντων τῶν γονέων θαυματουργεῖ, οὐχ ἑτέραν ἐπεισάγων ψυχὴν, αλλ᾽ αὐτὴν τὴν ἐξελθοῦσαν ἐπανάγων, καὶ ὥσπερ ἐξ ὕπνου διεγείρων. Κατέχει δὲ τῆς χειρὸς, πληροφορῶν τοὺς ὁρῶντας, ὦστε προοδοποιῆσαι διὰ τῆς ὄψεως τῇ πίστει τῆς ἀναστάσεως. Ὁ μὲν γὰρ πατὴρ ἔλεγεν, ἐπίθες τὴν χεῖρα αὐτὸς δέ τι πλέον ποιεῖ οὐ γὰρ ἐπιτίθησιν, ἀλλὰ καὶ κατασχὼν ἀνίστησι, δεικνὺς ὅτι πάντα αὐτῷ ἕτοιμα. Καὶ οὐκ ἀνίστησι μόνον, αλλὰ καὶ τροφὴν κελεύει δοῦναι, ἵνα μὴ δόξῃ φάντασμα εἶναι τὸ γεγενημένον. Καὶ οὐκ αὐτὸς δίδωσιν, ἀλλ᾽ ἐκείνοις κελεύει ὥσπερ καὶ ἐπὶ τοῦ Λαΐζαρου εἶπε λύσατε αὐτὸν, καὶ ἄφετε ὑπάγειν, καὶ μετὰ ταῦτα κοινωνὸν ποιεῖ τῆς τραπέζης. Καὶ γὰρ ἀμφότερα αεὶ κατασκευάζειν εἴωθε, καὶ τοῦ θανάτον καὶ τῆς ἀναστάσεως μετὰ ἀκριβείας ἁπάσης τὴν ἀπόδειξιν ποιούμενος. Σὺ δέ μοι μὴ τὴν ἀνάστασιν σκόπει μόνον, ἀλλ᾽ ὅτι καὶ παρήγγειλε μηδενὶ εἰπεῖν᾽ καὶ τοῦτο μάλιστα διὰ πάντων παιδεύου, τὸ ἄτυφον καὶ ἀκενόδοξον᾽ καὶ μετὰ τούτου κἀκεῖνο μάνθανε, ὅτι τοὺς κοπτομένους ἔξω τῆς οἰκίας ἐξέβαλε, καὶ ἀναξίους τῆς τοιαύτης θεωρίας ἀπέφηνε εξέλθης μετὰ τῶν αὐλούντων, ἀλλα μένε μετὰ Πετρον και ᾿Ιωάννον καὶ ᾿Ιακώβον. ἘΕῤ γὰρ τότε ἐξέβαλεν ἐκείνους ἔξω, πολλῷ μαλλον νυν. ὁτε μὲν γαρ οὕπω ὀῆλος ο θανατος ἣν ὕπνος γεγενημένος᾽ νῦν δὲ καὶ αὐτοῦ τοῦ ἡλίου τοῦτο φανερώτερον. Αλλὰ οὐκ ἤγειρε σον τὸ θνγατριον νῦν; Αλλα πάντως ἐγερεῖ, καὶ μετὰ πλείονος τῆς δόξης. ᾿Εκεῖνο μὲν γὰρ ἀναστὰν πάλιν ἀπέθανε' τὸ δὲ σὸν ἐὰν αναστῆῇ» μένει λοιπὸν ἀθάνατον ὃν. Μηδεὶς τοίνυν κοπτέσθω λοιπὸν, μηδὲ θρηνείτω, μηδὲτὸ κατόρθωμα του Χριστοῦ ιαβαλλέτω. Και Ὑαρ ενιίκῆσε τὸν θάνατον. Τί τοίνυν περιττὰ θρηνεῖς ; Ὕπνος τὸ πράγμα γέγονε. Τί οδύρῃ καὶ κλαίεις: Τοῦτο γὰρ εἰ καὶ Ἕλληνες ἐποίουν, καταγελᾶν ἔδει᾽ ὅταν δὲ ὁ πιστὸς ἐν τούτοις ασχημονῇ, ποία ἀπολογία; τίς ἔσται σνυγγνωμὴ τοιαῦτα ανοηταίνουσι, καὶ ταῦτα μετὰ χρόνον τοσοῦτον καὶ σαφῆ τῆς ἀναστάσεως αποδειξιν: Σὺ ὃὲ ὥσπερ αὐξῆσαι τὸ ἔγκλημα σπεύδων, καὶ θρηνῳδοὺς ἡμῖν ἄγεις ᾿Ελληνίδας γυναῖκας, ἐξἅπτων τὸ πάθος, καὶ τὴν κάμινον διεγείρων, καὶ οὐκ ἀκούεις τοῦ ΙΙαυλον λεγοντος τίς συμῴφωνησις Χριστῷ προς Βελίαρ: ἡ τίς μερὶς πιστῷ μετὰ ἀπίστου : Καὶ παῖδες μὲν Ἑλλήνων οἱ μηδὲν περὶ ἀναστάσεως εἰδότες, ὅμως εὑρίσκουσι λόγους παραμυθίας, λέγοντες φερε γενναίως καὶ γὰρ αἀναλῦσαι τὸ γεγενημένον οὐκ ἔνι, οὐδὲ ἢ διορθῶσαι τοῖς θρήνοις σὺ δὲ ὁ φιλοσοφωτερα καὶ χρηστότερα τούτων ἀκούων, οὐκ αἰσχυνῇ μείζονα εκείνων ασχημονών:; Οὐδὲ γὰρ λέγομεν φέρε γενναίως, ἐπειδὴ τὸ γεγενημένον ἀναλῦσαι οὐκ ἔνι αλλὰ, φέρε γενναίως καὶ γὰρ ἀναστήσεται πάντως καθεύδει τὸ παιδίον, καὶ οὐ τέθνηκεν ἡσυχάζει, καὶ οὐκ ἀπόλωλεν. Ἀνάστασις γὰρ αὐτὸ ὀιαδέξεται, καὶ ζωὴ αἰώνιος, καὶ αθανασία, καὶ λῆξις αγγελικηῆ. Οὐκ ἀκούεις τοῦ ψαλμοῦ λέγοντος, ἐπίστρεψον, ᾿ ψυχῆ μου, εἰς τὴν ἀνάπαυσίν σου,ὅτι κύριος εὐεργέτησε σε: Ἐυεργεσίαν ὁ θεὸς τὸ πρᾶγμα καλεῖν καὶ σὺ θρηνεῖς: Καὶ τί πλέον ἂν ἐποίησας, εἰ πολέμιος καὶ ἐχθρὸς τοῦ τετελευτηκότος ἧς: Εἰ γὰρ δεῖ θρηνεῖν, τὸν διάβολον δεῖ θρηνεῖν. ᾿Εκεῖνος κοπτέσθω, εκεῖνος ὀδυρέσθω, ὅτι πρὸς τὰ μείζονα ὁδεύομεν ἀγαθά. Τῆς ἐκείνου πονηρίας ἀξία αὕτη ἡ οἰμωγὴ. οὐχὶ σοῦ τοῦ στεφανοῦσθαι μέλλοντος καὶ ἀναπαύεσθαι. Καὶ γὰρ λιμὴν εὔδιος ὁ ο θάνατος. Σκόπει γοῦν πόσων ,Ὑέμει κακῶν ὁ παρὼν βίος ἐννόησον ποσάκις αὐτὸς κατηράσω τὴν παροῦσαν ζωήν. Καὶ γὰρ ἐπὶ τὸ χεῖρον τὰ πράγματα πρόεισι, καὶ εξ ἀρχῆς δὲ οὐ μικρᾷ συνεκληἐν ἱδρῶτι τοῦ προσώπου σου φάγῃ τὸν ἄρτον σου καὶ, ἐν τῷ κόσμῳ θλίψιν ἕξετε. ᾿Αλλ᾽ οὐ περὶ τῶν ἐκεῖ τοιοὗτον οὐδὲν εἴρηται, ἀλλὰ τοὐναντίον ἅπαν, ὅτι ἀπέδρα ὀδύνη, λύπη, καὶ στεναγμός καὶ ὅτι απὸ ανατολῶν καὶ ὑεγι ἥξουσι, καὶ ἀνακλιθήσονται εἰς τοὺς κόλπους Αβραᾶμκ, αἱ Ἰσαάκ, καὶ ᾿Ιακωβ᾽ καὶ ὅτι νυμφὼν τὰ ἐκεῖ πνευματικὸς, καὶ φαιδραὶ λαμπάδες, καὶ μετάστασις πρὸς τὸν οὐρανόν.

᾿Epeidē gar hōs ta polla meta to genesthai ta thaumata apistousin anthrōpoi, prokatalambanei tais oikeiais apokrisesin autous ho dē kai epi tou Lazarou gegone, kai epi tou Mōyyseōs. Kai gar Mōysę̄ phēsi ti touto to en tę̄ cheiri sou: hin hotan idē ophin gegenēmenon, mē epilathētai hoti rhabdos hēn protoutou? alla tēs oikeias anamnēstheis phōnēs, eekplagę̄ to ginomenon. Kai epi tou Lazarou phēsi' pou tetheikate auton? hina hoi eipontes, erchou kai ide, kai hoti ozei, tetartaios gar esti, mēketi apistein echōsin, hoti nekron anestēsen. ᾿Idōn toinyn ta kymbala kai tous ochlous, exēUagen hapantas, kai parontōn tōn goneōn thaumatourgei, ouch heteran epeisagōn psychēn, all᾽ autēn tēn exelthousan epanagōn, kai hōsper ex hypnou diegeirōn. Katechei de tēs cheiros, plērophorōn tous horōntas, ōste proodopoiēsai dia tēs opseōs tę̄ pistei tēs anastaseōs. Ho men gar patēr elegen, epithes tēn cheira autos de ti pleon poiei ou gar epitithēsin, alla kai kataschōn anistēsi, deiknys hoti panta autǭ hetoima. Kai ouk anistēsi monon, alla kai trophēn keleuei dounai, hina mē doxę̄ phantasma einai to gegenēmenon. Kai ouk autos didōsin, all᾽ ekeinois keleuei hōsper kai epi tou Laïzarou eipe lysate auton, kai aphete hypagein, kai meta tauta koinōnon poiei tēs trapezēs. Kai gar amphotera aei kataskeuazein eiōthe, kai tou thanaton kai tēs anastaseōs meta akribeias hapasēs tēn apodeixin poioumenos. Sy de moi mē tēn anastasin skopei monon, all᾽ hoti kai parēngeile mēdeni eipein᾽ kai touto malista dia pantōn paideuou, to atyphon kai akenodoxon᾽ kai meta toutou kakeino manthane, hoti tous koptomenous exō tēs oikias exebale, kai anaxious tēs toiautēs theōrias apephēne exelthēs meta tōn aulountōn, alla mene meta Petron kai ᾿Iōannon kai ᾿Iakōbon. EEr gar tote exebalen ekeinous exō, pollǭ mallon nyn. hote men gar houpō oēlos o thanatos hēn hypnos gegenēmenos᾽ nyn de kai autou tou hēliou touto phanerōteron. Alla ouk ēgeire son to thngatrion nyn? Alla pantōs egerei, kai meta pleionos tēs doxēs. ᾿Ekeino men gar anastan palin apethane' to de son ean anastēę̄» menei loipon athanaton hon. Mēdeis toinyn koptesthō loipon, mēde thrēneitō, mēdeto katorthōma tou Christou iaballetō. Kai Hyar eniikēse ton thanaton. Ti toinyn peritta thrēneis ? Hypnos to pragma gegone. Ti odyrę̄ kai klaieis: Touto gar ei kai Hellēnes epoioun, katagelan edei᾽ hotan de ho pistos en toutois aschēmonę̄, poia apologia? tis estai snyngnōmē toiauta anoētainousi, kai tauta meta chronon tosouton kai saphē tēs anastaseōs apodeixin: Sy hoe hōsper auxēsai to enklēma speudōn, kai thrēnǭdous hēmin ageis ᾿Ellēnidas gynaikas, exaptōn to pathos, kai tēn kaminon diegeirōn, kai ouk akoueis tou IIaulon legontos tis symǭphōnēsis Christǭ pros Beliar: hē tis meris pistǭ meta apistou : Kai paides men Hellēnōn hoi mēden peri anastaseōs eidotes, homōs heuriskousi logous paramythias, legontes phere gennaiōs kai gar aanalysai to gegenēmenon ouk eni, oude ē diorthōsai tois thrēnois sy de ho philosophōtera kai chrēstotera toutōn akouōn, ouk aischynę̄ meizona ekeinōn aschēmonōn:? Oude gar legomen phere gennaiōs, epeidē to gegenēmenon analysai ouk eni alla, phere gennaiōs kai gar anastēsetai pantōs katheudei to paidion, kai ou tethnēken hēsychazei, kai ouk apolōlen. Anastasis gar auto oiadexetai, kai zōē aiōnios, kai athanasia, kai lēxis angelikēē. Ouk akoueis tou psalmou legontos, epistrepson, ᾿ psychē mou, eis tēn anapausin sou,hoti kyrios euergetēse se: Euergesian ho theos to pragma kalein kai sy thrēneis: Kai ti pleon an epoiēsas, ei polemios kai echthros tou teteleutēkotos hēs: Ei gar dei thrēnein, ton diabolon dei thrēnein. ᾿Ekeinos koptesthō, ekeinos odyresthō, hoti pros ta meizona hodeuomen agatha. Tēs ekeinou ponērias axia hautē hē oimōgē. ouchi sou tou stephanousthai mellontos kai anapauesthai. Kai gar limēn eudios ho o thanatos. Skopei goun posōn ,Hyemei kakōn ho parōn bios ennoēson posakis autos katērasō tēn parousan zōēn. Kai gar epi to cheiron ta pragmata proeisi, kai ex archēs de ou mikrą syneklēen hidrōti tou prosōpou sou phagę̄ ton arton sou kai, en tǭ kosmǭ thlipsin hexete. ᾿All᾽ ou peri tōn ekei toiouton ouden eirētai, alla tounantion hapan, hoti apedra odynē, lypē, kai stenagmos kai hoti apo anatolōn kai hyegi hēxousi, kai anaklithēsontai eis tous kolpous Abraamk, hai Isaak, kai ᾿Iakōb᾽ kai hoti nymphōn ta ekei pneumatikos, kai phaidrai lampades, kai metastasis pros ton ouranon.

For since people for the most part disbelieve miracles after they have happened, he anticipates them with their own answers; which happened with Lazarus too, and with Moses. For to Moses he says, “What is this in your hand?”, so that when he saw it become a serpent he might not forget that it was a rod before this, but, remembering his own words, might be amazed at what happened. And with Lazarus he says, “Where have you laid him?”, so that those who said, “Come and see,” and, “He stinks, for he has been dead four days,” might no longer be able to disbelieve that he raised a dead man. Seeing, then, the cymbals and the crowds, he put them all out, and works the miracle with the parents present, not bringing in another soul, but bringing back the very one that had gone out, and waking her as from sleep. And he takes her by the hand, assuring those who saw, so as to prepare the way, through sight, for faith in the resurrection. For the father said, “Lay your hand on her”; but he does something more: for he does not lay it on, but takes hold of her and raises her, showing that everything is ready to his hand. And he not only raises her, but also commands that food be given her, so that what happened might not seem an apparition. And he does not give it himself, but commands them; as with Lazarus too he said, “Unbind him and let him go,” and afterward makes him a sharer of his table. For he is always accustomed to establish both, making the proof both of the death and of the resurrection with all exactness. But do not consider only the raising, but that he also charged them to tell no one; and learn this above all from everything, freedom from pride and from vainglory; and along with this learn that too, that he put those who were beating their breasts out of the house and declared them unworthy of such a sight. [Do not, then,] go out with the flute players, but remain with Peter and John and James. For if he put those men out then, much more now. For then it was not yet clear that death had become sleep; but now this is plainer than the sun itself. “But he has not raised your little daughter now.” But he will surely raise her, and with greater glory. For that girl, having risen, died again; but yours, if she rises, remains immortal from then on. Let no one, then, beat their breast any more, nor lament, nor slander the achievement of Christ. For he has conquered death. Why then do you lament needlessly? The thing has become sleep. Why do you wail and weep? For if pagans did this, one would have to laugh at them; but when the believer behaves unseemly in these matters, what defense is there? What pardon will there be for those who act so foolishly, and that after so long a time and so clear a proof of the resurrection? But you, as though eager to increase the charge, even bring us pagan women as mourners, kindling the passion and stirring up the furnace; and you do not hear Paul saying, “What agreement has Christ with Belial? Or what portion has a believer with an unbeliever?” And the children of the pagans, who know nothing about resurrection, nevertheless find words of consolation, saying, “Bear it nobly; for what has happened cannot be undone, nor set right by laments”; and you, who hear things more philosophical and better than these, are you not ashamed to behave more unseemly than they? For we do not say, “Bear it nobly, since what has happened cannot be undone,” but, “Bear it nobly, for she will surely rise; the child is asleep and not dead; she is at rest and has not perished.” For resurrection will succeed it, and eternal life, and immortality, and the lot of angels. Do you not hear the psalm saying, “Return, my soul, to your rest, for the Lord has dealt kindly with you”? God calls the thing a kindness, and you lament? And what more would you have done if you were an enemy and foe of the dead? For if we must lament, we must lament for the devil. Let him beat his breast, let him wail, because we are journeying to greater good things. This wailing befits his wickedness, not you who are about to be crowned and to rest. For death is a calm harbor. Consider, at any rate, how full of evils the present life is; think how often you yourself have cursed the present life. For things go on to the worse; and from the beginning you were bound up in no small … “In the sweat of your face you shall eat your bread”; and, “In the world you will have tribulation.” But of the things there nothing of the kind has been said, but quite the opposite: that “pain, sorrow, and sighing have fled away”; and that “they will come from east and west and recline in the bosom of Abraham and Isaac and Jacob”; and that the things there are a spiritual bridechamber, and bright lamps, and a removal to heaven.

31.4Field 1

Τί τοίνυν καταισχύνεις τὸν ἀπελθόντα : : τί παρασκευάζεις τοὺς ἄλλους δεδοικέναι καὶ τρέμειν τὸν θάνατον: τέ ποιεῖς πολλοὺς κατηγορεῖν τοῦ θεοῦ, ὡς μεγάλα ἐργασαμένου δεινά; μᾶλλον δὲ τί μετὰ ταῦτα πένητας καλεῖς, καὶ παρακαλεῖς ἱερέας εὔξασθαι: : Ἵνα εἰς ἀνάπαυσιν ἀπέλθῃ, φησὶν, ὁ τετελευτηκὼς, ἵ ἵνα ἵλεων σχῇ τὸν δικαστήν. Ὑπὲρ τούτων οὖν θρηνεῖς καὶ ὀλολύζεις ; Οὐκοῦν σαυτῷ μάχῃ καὶ πολεμεῖς, ὑπὲρ ὧν εἰς λιμένας ἀπῆλθεν ἐκεῖνος, χειμῶνα ᾿ σαυτῷ κατασκευάζων. Καὶ τί πάθω: τοιοῦτον ἡ φύσις. Οὐκ ἔστι φύσεως τὸ ἔγκλημα, οὐδὲ τῆς τοῦ πράγματος ἀκολουθίας αλλ ἡμεῖς οἱ πάντα ἄνω καὶ κάτω ποιοῦντές ἐσμεν, οἱ καταμαλακιζόμενοι, καὶ τὴν οἰκείαν προδιδόντες εὐγένειαν, καὶ τοὺς ἀπίστους χείρους ποιοῦντες. Πὼς γὰρ ἑτέρῳ περὶ ἀθανασίας διαλεξόμεθα : : πῶς πείσομεν τὸν ἐθνικὸν, ὅταν μᾶλλον ἐκείνου τὸν θάνατον φοβώμεθα καὶ φρίττωμεν; Πολλοὶ γοὺν παρ᾽ Ἕλλησι, καίτοιγε οὐδὲν περὶ αθανασίας εἰδότες, ἐστεφανωθησαν, τῶν παίδων αὐτοῖς ἀπελθόντων, καὶ λευχειμονοῦντες ἀἰρρόυενιΣ ἵνα τὴν παροῦσαν καρπώσωνται δόξαν' σὺ δὲ οὐδὲ διὰ τὴν μέλλουσαν παύῃ υναικιζόμενος καὶ κοπτόμενος. ᾿Αλλὰ κληρονόμους οὐκ ἔχεις, οὐδὲ διάδοχον τῶν ὄντων; Καὶ τί μᾶλλον ἐβούλου, τῶν σῶν αὐτὸν εἶναι κληρονόμον, ἢ τῶν οὐρανῶν : τι δὲ ἐπεθύμεις, τὰ ἀπολλύμενα αὐτὸν διαδέχεσθαι, ἃ ἃ μικρὸν ὕστερον ἀφιέναι ἔμελλεν, ἡ τὰ μένοντα καὶ ἀκίνητα: Οὐκ ἔσχες κληρονόμον αὐτὸν, ἀλλ᾽ ἀντὶ σοῦ ἔσχεν αὐτὸν ὁ θεός οὐκ ἐγένετο τῶν ἀδελφῶν τῶν ἰδίων συγκληρονόμος, ἀλλ᾽ ἐγένετῸ τοῦ Χριστοῦ. Καὶ τίνι, φησὶ, τὰ ἱμάτια, τίνι τὰ οἰκήματα, τίνι τὰ ἀνδράποδα καὶ τοὺς ἀγροὺς ᾿ καταλιμπάνομεν:; Αὐτῷ πάλιν, καὶ ἀσφαλέστερον, ἢ εἰ ἔζη τὸ γὰρ κωλύον οὐδέν. Εἰ γὰρ βάρβαροι συγκατακαίουσι τοῖς ἀπελθοῦσι τὰ ὄντα, πολλῷ μᾶλλον σὲ συναποστεῖλαι τῷ τετελευτηκότι δίκαιον τὰ αὐτοῦ, οὐχ ἵνα τέφρα γένηται, καθάπορ ἐκεῖνα, ἀλλ᾽ ἵνα πλείονα τούτῳ περιβάλῃ δόξαν καὶ εἰ μὲν ἁμαρτωλὸς ἀπῆλθεν, ἵνα τὰ ἁμαρτήματα λύσῃ εἰ δὲ δίκαιος, ἵνα προσθήκη γένηται μισθοῦ καὶ ἀντιδόσεως. Ἀλλ᾽ ἰδεῖν αὐτὸν ἐπιθυμεῖς ; Οὐκοῦν τὸν αὐτὸν αὐτῷ βίου βίον, καὶ ταχέως ἀπολήψη τὴν ἱερὰν ἐκείνην ὄψιν. Μετὰ δὲ τούτων κάκεῖνο λογίζου, ὅτι κἄν ἡμῶν μὴ ακουσῆς, τῷ χρόνῳ πάντως πεισθήσῃ. ᾿Αλλ οὐδεὶς τότε σοι ὁ μισθός: τοῦ γάρ πλήθους τών ἡμερῶν γίνεται ἡ παραμυθία. Ἂν δὲ νῦν βουληθῆς φιλοσυφει ν, δύο κερδανεῖς τὰ μέγιστα καὶ σαυτὸν τῶν ἐν μέσῳ κακῶν ἀπαλλάξεις, καὶ παρὰ τοῦ θεοῦ λαμπρότερον ἀναδήσηῃ τὸν στέφανον. Καὶ γὰρ ἐλεημοσύνης καὶ τῶν ἄλλων πολλῷ, μει ἴζον τὸ πράως συμφορὰν ἐνεγκεῖ! ν. ᾿Εννόησον ὅ ὅτι καὶ ὁ υἱὸς του θεοῦ ἀπέθανε᾽ καὶ ἐκεῖνος μὲν διὰ σὲ, σὺ δὲ διὰ σαυτόν. Καὶ εἰπὼν, εἰ δυνατὸν, παρελθέτω ἀπ᾿ ἐμοῦ τὸ ποτήριον, καὶ λυπηθεὶς, καὶ ἄγωνιάσας, ὅμως οὐ παρέδραμε τὴν τελευτὴν, αλλὰ καὶ μετὰ πολλῆς αὐτὴν ὑπέστη τῆς τραγῳδίας. Οὐδὲ γὰρ ἁπλῶς θα νατον ὑπέμεινεν, ἀλλὰ τὸν αἴσχιστον καὶ πρὸ τοῦ θανάτου μάστιγας, καὶ πρὸ τῶν μαστίγων ὀνείδη καὶ σκώμιματα καὶ λοιδορίας, σὲ παιδεύων πάντα φέρειν γενναίως. ᾿Αλλ ὅμως ἀποθανὼν, καὶ τὸ σῶμα ἀποθέμενος, πάλιν αὐτὸ ἀνέλαβε μετὰ μείζονος δόξης, σοὶ καὶ ἐνταῦθα χρηστὰς ὑποτείνων ἐλπίδας. Ταῦτα εἰ μὴ μῦθος, μὴ θρήνει ταῦτα εἰ πιστὰ νομίζεις εἶναι, μ μὴ δακρυε᾽ εἰ δὲ δακρύεις, πῶς ᾿ δυνήση πεῖσαι τὸν ἔλληνα, ὅτι πιστεύεις : :

Ti toinyn kataischyneis ton apelthonta : : ti paraskeuazeis tous allous dedoikenai kai tremein ton thanaton: te poieis pollous katēgorein tou theou, hōs megala ergasamenou deina? mallon de ti meta tauta penētas kaleis, kai parakaleis hiereas euxasthai: : Hina eis anapausin apelthę̄, phēsin, ho teteleutēkōs, hi hina hileōn schę̄ ton dikastēn. Hyper toutōn oun thrēneis kai ololyzeis ? Oukoun sautǭ machę̄ kai polemeis, hyper hōn eis limenas apēlthen ekeinos, cheimōna ᾿ sautǭ kataskeuazōn. Kai ti pathō: toiouton hē physis. Ouk esti physeōs to enklēma, oude tēs tou pragmatos akolouthias all hēmeis hoi panta anō kai katō poiountes esmen, hoi katamalakizomenoi, kai tēn oikeian prodidontes eugeneian, kai tous apistous cheirous poiountes. Pōs gar heterǭ peri athanasias dialexometha : : pōs peisomen ton ethnikon, hotan mallon ekeinou ton thanaton phobōmetha kai phrittōmen? Polloi goun par᾽ Hellēsi, kaitoige ouden peri athanasias eidotes, estephanōthēsan, tōn paidōn autois apelthontōn, kai leucheimonountes airroueniS hina tēn parousan karpōsōntai doxan' sy de oude dia tēn mellousan pauę̄ ynaikizomenos kai koptomenos. ᾿Alla klēronomous ouk echeis, oude diadochon tōn ontōn? Kai ti mallon eboulou, tōn sōn auton einai klēronomon, ē tōn ouranōn : ti de epethymeis, ta apollymena auton diadechesthai, ha ha mikron hysteron aphienai emellen, hē ta menonta kai akinēta: Ouk esches klēronomon auton, all᾽ anti sou eschen auton ho theos ouk egeneto tōn adelphōn tōn idiōn synklēronomos, all᾽ egenetO tou Christou. Kai tini, phēsi, ta himatia, tini ta oikēmata, tini ta andrapoda kai tous agrous ᾿ katalimpanomen:? Autǭ palin, kai asphalesteron, ē ei ezē to gar kōlyon ouden. Ei gar barbaroi synkatakaiousi tois apelthousi ta onta, pollǭ mallon se synaposteilai tǭ teteleutēkoti dikaion ta autou, ouch hina tephra genētai, kathapor ekeina, all᾽ hina pleiona toutǭ peribalę̄ doxan kai ei men hamartōlos apēlthen, hina ta hamartēmata lysę̄ ei de dikaios, hina prosthēkē genētai misthou kai antidoseōs. All᾽ idein auton epithymeis ? Oukoun ton auton autǭ biou bion, kai tacheōs apolēpsē tēn hieran ekeinēn opsin. Meta de toutōn kakeino logizou, hoti kan hēmōn mē akousēs, tǭ chronǭ pantōs peisthēsę̄. ᾿All oudeis tote soi ho misthos: tou gar plēthous tōn hēmerōn ginetai hē paramythia. An de nyn boulēthēs philosyphei n, dyo kerdaneis ta megista kai sauton tōn en mesǭ kakōn apallaxeis, kai para tou theou lamproteron anadēsēę̄ ton stephanon. Kai gar eleēmosynēs kai tōn allōn pollǭ, mei izon to praōs symphoran enenkei! n. ᾿Ennoēson ho hoti kai ho huios tou theou apethane᾽ kai ekeinos men dia se, sy de dia sauton. Kai eipōn, ei dynaton, parelthetō ap᾿ emou to potērion, kai lypētheis, kai agōniasas, homōs ou paredrame tēn teleutēn, alla kai meta pollēs autēn hypestē tēs tragǭdias. Oude gar haplōs tha naton hypemeinen, alla ton aischiston kai pro tou thanatou mastigas, kai pro tōn mastigōn oneidē kai skōmimata kai loidorias, se paideuōn panta pherein gennaiōs. ᾿All homōs apothanōn, kai to sōma apothemenos, palin auto anelabe meta meizonos doxēs, soi kai entautha chrēstas hypoteinōn elpidas. Tauta ei mē mythos, mē thrēnei tauta ei pista nomizeis einai, m mē dakrye᾽ ei de dakryeis, pōs ᾿ dynēsē peisai ton ellēna, hoti pisteueis : :

Why, then, do you shame the one who has departed? Why do you make the others fear and tremble at death? Why do you cause many to accuse God, as though he had done great evils? Or rather, why do you afterward invite the poor and ask priests to pray? “So that the deceased may depart into rest,” you say, “so that he may find the judge merciful.” Is it for this, then, that you lament and wail? Then you are fighting and warring against yourself, preparing a storm for yourself over the very things for which he has departed into harbors. “And what shall I do? Such is nature.” The charge does not belong to nature, nor to the sequence of things; it is we who turn everything upside down, who grow soft and betray our own nobility and make the unbelievers worse. For how shall we discourse to another about immortality? How shall we persuade the pagan, when we fear and shudder at death more than he? Many among the pagans, at any rate, though they knew nothing about immortality, put on crowns when their children had died, and went forth in white robes, so as to reap the glory of the present; but you do not stop playing the woman and beating your breast even for the sake of the glory to come. “But I have no heirs, nor successor to my property.” And which did you rather wish, that he should be heir of your goods or of heaven? Which did you desire, that he should succeed to perishable things, which he would have to leave a little later, or to things that abide and cannot be moved? You did not have him as your heir, but instead of you God has him; he did not become joint heir of his own brothers, but he became joint heir of Christ. “And to whom,” someone says, “do we leave the clothes, the houses, the slaves and the fields?” To him again, and more safely than if he were alive; for nothing prevents it. For if barbarians burn the property of the departed together with them, much more is it just for you to send his property along with the one who has died: not so that it may become ashes, as those things do, but so that it may surround him with greater glory; and if he departed a sinner, so that it may loose his sins; and if righteous, so that it may be an addition to his reward and recompense. “But you long to see him?” Then live the same life as he, and you will quickly receive that holy sight. And besides this consider that, even if you do not listen to us, you will surely be persuaded by time. But then you will have no reward; for the consolation comes from the multitude of days. But if you are willing to philosophize now, you will gain two very great things: you will free yourself from the evils in between, and you will bind on a more splendid crown from God. For bearing a calamity gently is much greater than almsgiving and the other things. Consider that the Son of God too died; and he for your sake, you for your own. And though he said, “If it is possible, let this cup pass from me,” and was grieved and in anguish, nevertheless he did not pass death by, but underwent it with great suffering. For he did not simply undergo death, but the most shameful death; and before the death, scourges; and before the scourges, reproaches and mockery and abuse; teaching you to bear all things nobly. But nevertheless, having died and laid aside the body, he took it up again with greater glory, holding out good hopes to you here too. If these things are not a fable, do not lament; if you think them trustworthy, do not weep; but if you weep, how will you be able to persuade the pagan that you believe?

31.5Field 1

᾿Αλλὰ καὶ οὕτως ἀφόρητον ἔτι σοι φαίνεται τὸ συμβαν., Οὐκοῦν δι᾽ αὐτὸ τοῦτο οὐκ ἄξιον ἐκεῖνον θρηνεῖν πολλών γὰρ τοιούτων ἀπηλλάγη συμφορών ἐκεῖνος. Μὴ τοίνυν αὐτῷ θόνει, μηδὲ βάσκαινε. Τὸ γὰρ ἑαυτῷ μὲν θάνατον αἰτεῖν ιὰ τὴν ἄωρον ἐκείνου τελευτὴν; πενθεῖν δὲ ἐκεῖνον, ὅτι μὴ ἔζη» ἵνα πολλὰ ὑπομείνη τοιαῦτα, φθονοῦντος μᾶλλόν ἐστι καὶ βασκαίνοντος. Μὴ δὴ τοῦτο ἐννόει, ὅτι οὐκέτι ἀναστρέψει εἰς τὴν οἰκίαν, ἀλλ᾽ ὅτι καὶ αὐτὸς ἀπελεύσῃ μικρὸν ὕστερον πρὸς αὑτόν. Μὴ τοῦτο λογίζου, ὅτι οὐκέτι ἐπανἔρχεται ἐνταῦθα, ἀλλ᾽ ὅτι οὐδὲ αὐτὰ ταῦτα τὰ ὁρώμενα μένει τοιαῦτα, ἀλλὰ καὶ ταῦτα μετασχηματίζεται. Καὶ γὰρ καὶ οὐρανὸς καὶ γῇ καὶ θάλαττα καὶ πάντα μεθαρμὸ εται» καὶ τότε ἀπολήψη σου τὸ παιδίον μετὰ πλείονος ὁὀόξης. Καὶ εἰ μὲν ἁμαρτωλὸς ἀπῆλθεν, ἔ εστη τὰ τῆς κακίαν᾽ οὐδὲ γὰρ ἂν, εἰ μεταβαλλόμενον ᾿ θεὸς ἤδει, προανήρπασεν ἂν τῆς μετανοίας εἰ δὲ δίκαιος ὧν κατέλυσεν, ἐν ἀσφαλείᾳ τὰ ἀγαθὰ κέκτηται. Ὅθεν δῆλον, ὅτι οὐκ ἔστι Φιλοστοργίας σου τὰ δάκρυα, ἀλλὰ πάθους ἁλογίστου. ᾿Επεὶ εἰ τὸν ἀπελθόντα εφίλεις, χαίρειν ἔδει καὶ ϑουφραίνεσθαι, ὅτι τῶν παρόντων ἀπηλλαγὴη κυμάτων. Τί γὰρ τὸ πλέον: εἰπέ μοι τί δὲ τὸ ξένον καὶ καινόν ; οὐχὶ τὰ αὐτὰ καθ᾽ ἑκάστην ἡμέραν ὁρῶμεν ἀνακυκλούμενα : Ἡμέρα καὶ νὺξ, νὺξ καὶ ἡμέρα χειμὼν καὶ θέρος, θέρος καὶ χειμὼν, καὶ πλέον οὐδέν. Καὶ ταῦτα μὲν ἀεὶ τὰ αὐτά: τὰ δὲ κακὰ ξένα καὶ καινότερα. Ταῦτα οὖν αὐτὸν ' ἀντλεῖν καθ᾽ ἑκαστην ἡμέραν ἐβούλου, καὶ μένειν ἐνταῦθα, καὶ νοσεῖν, καὶ πενθεῖν, καὶ δεδοικέναι; καὶ τρέμειν, καὶ τὰ μὲν ὑπομένειν τῶν δεινῶν, τὰ δὲ μήποτε ὑπομείνη φοβεῖσθαι: Οὐδὲ γὰρ ἐκεῖνο ἂν ἔχοις εἰπεῖν, ὅτι τὸ μακρὸν τοῦτο πλέοντα πέλαγος, δυνατὸν ἦν αθυμίας καὶ φροντίδων καὶ τῶν ἄλλων ἀπηλλάχθαι τῶν τοιούτων. Μετὰ δὲ τούτων κακεῖνο λογίζου, ὅ ὅτι οὐκ ἀθάνατον ἕἔ ἔτεκες καὶ ὅτι εἰ μὴ νῦν ἐτελεύτησε, μικρὸν ὕστερον ἂν τοῦτο ὑπέμεινεν. ᾿Αλλ οὐκ ἐνεπλήσθης αὐτοῦ; Αλλὰ ἀπολαύσῃ πάντως ἐκεῖ. Αλλὰ καὶ ἐνταῦθα ἐπιθυμεῖς ὁρᾶν: Καὶ τί τὸ κωλύον ; Βξεστι γὰρ καὶ ἐνταῦθα, ἐὰν νήφῃε᾽ ἥ γὰρ ἐλπὶς τών μελλόντων ὄψεως φανερωτέρα. Σὺ δὲ, εἰ μὲν ἐν βασιλείοις ἣν, οὐκ ἄν ποτε αὐτὸν ἐπεζήτησας ἰδεῖν, ἀκούουσα εὐδοκιμοῦντα πρὸς δὲ τὰ πολλῷ βελτίω ὁρῶσα ἀποδεδημηκότα, ὑπὲρ ὀλέγου χρόνου μικροψυχεῖς, καὶ ταῦτα ἔχουσα ἀντ᾽ ἐκείνου τὸν συνοικοῦντα : Ἀλλ᾽ οὐκ ἔχεις ἄνδρα: Ἀλλ᾽ ἔχεις παραμυθίαν, τὸν πατέρα τῶν ὀρφανῶν καὶ κριτὴν τών χηρῶν. Ἄκουσον καὶ Παύλου ταύτην μακαρίζοντος τὴν χηρείαν, καὶ λέγοντος ἡ δὲ ὅ ὄντως χῆρα καὶ μεμονωμένη ἤλπισεν ἐπὶ κύριον. Καὶ γὰρ εὐδοκιμωτέρα ἡ τοιαύτη φανεῖται, πλείονα ἐπιδεικνυμένη τὴν ὑπομονήν. Μὴ τοίνυν θρήνει ὑπὲρ οὗ στεφανοῦσαι, ὑπὲρ οὗ μισθὸν ἀπαιτεῖς. Καὶ γὰρ ἀπέδωκας τὴν παρακαταθήκην, εἰ ὅπερ ἐνεπιστεύθης παρέστησας. Μηκέτι φρόντιζε λοιπὸν, ἐν ἀσύλῳ τὸ κτῆμα ἀποθεμένη θησαυρῷ. Εἰ δὲ καὶ μάθοις, τίς μὲν ὁ παρὼν βίος, τίς δὲ ἡ μέλλουσα ζωὴ, καὶ ὅτι οὗτος μὲν ἀράχνη καὶ σκιὰ, τὰ δὲ ἐκεῖ πάντα ἀκίνητα καὶ ἀθάνατα, οὐ δεήση λοιπὸν ἑτέρων λόγων. Νῦν μὲν γὰρ ἁπάσης τὸ παιδίον ἀπήλλακται μεταβολῆς ἐνταῦθα δὲ ὧν, ἴσως μὲν χρηστὸς, ἴσως δὲ οὐ τοιοῦτος ἔμενεν ἄν. Ἢ οὐχ ὁρᾷς, ὅσοι τοὺς ἑαυτῶν ἀποκηρύττουσι παῖδας: ὅσοι τῶν ἀποκηρυττομένων χείρους ὄντας ἀναγκάζονται οἴκοι κατέχειν: Ταῦτα πάντα λογιζόμενοι φιλοσοφώμεν οὕτω γὰρ καὶ τῷ τετελευτηκότι χαριούμεθα, καὶ παρὰ ανθρώπων πολλὼν ἀπολαυσόμεθα τῶν ἐπαίνων, καὶ παρὰ τοῦ θεοῦ τοὺς μεγάλους τῆς ὑπομονῆς ἀποληψόμεθα μισθοὺς, καὶ τῶν αἰωνίων ἐπιτευξόμεθα ἀγαθῶν ὧν γένοιτο πάντας ἡμᾶς επιτυχειῖιν; χάριτι καὶ φιλανθρωπίᾳ τοῦ κυρίου ἡμῶν ᾿Ιησοῦ Χριστοῦ, ᾧ ἡ δόξα καὶ τὸ κρατος εἰς τοὺς αἰῶνας τῶν αἰώνων. Αμην.

᾿Alla kai houtōs aphorēton eti soi phainetai to symban., Oukoun di᾽ auto touto ouk axion ekeinon thrēnein pollōn gar toioutōn apēllagē symphorōn ekeinos. Mē toinyn autǭ thonei, mēde baskaine. To gar heautǭ men thanaton aitein ia tēn aōron ekeinou teleutēn? penthein de ekeinon, hoti mē ezē» hina polla hypomeinē toiauta, phthonountos mallon esti kai baskainontos. Mē dē touto ennoei, hoti ouketi anastrepsei eis tēn oikian, all᾽ hoti kai autos apeleusę̄ mikron hysteron pros hauton. Mē touto logizou, hoti ouketi epanerchetai entautha, all᾽ hoti oude auta tauta ta horōmena menei toiauta, alla kai tauta metaschēmatizetai. Kai gar kai ouranos kai gę̄ kai thalatta kai panta metharmo etai» kai tote apolēpsē sou to paidion meta pleionos hoooxēs. Kai ei men hamartōlos apēlthen, e estē ta tēs kakian᾽ oude gar an, ei metaballomenon ᾿ theos ēdei, proanērpasen an tēs metanoias ei de dikaios hōn katelysen, en asphaleią ta agatha kektētai. Hothen dēlon, hoti ouk esti Philostorgias sou ta dakrya, alla pathous halogistou. ᾿Epei ei ton apelthonta ephileis, chairein edei kai ϑouphrainesthai, hoti tōn parontōn apēllagēē kymatōn. Ti gar to pleon: eipe moi ti de to xenon kai kainon ? ouchi ta auta kath᾽ hekastēn hēmeran horōmen anakykloumena : Hēmera kai nyx, nyx kai hēmera cheimōn kai theros, theros kai cheimōn, kai pleon ouden. Kai tauta men aei ta auta: ta de kaka xena kai kainotera. Tauta oun auton ' antlein kath᾽ hekastēn hēmeran eboulou, kai menein entautha, kai nosein, kai penthein, kai dedoikenai? kai tremein, kai ta men hypomenein tōn deinōn, ta de mēpote hypomeinē phobeisthai: Oude gar ekeino an echois eipein, hoti to makron touto pleonta pelagos, dynaton ēn athymias kai phrontidōn kai tōn allōn apēllachthai tōn toioutōn. Meta de toutōn kakeino logizou, ho hoti ouk athanaton hee etekes kai hoti ei mē nyn eteleutēse, mikron hysteron an touto hypemeinen. ᾿All ouk eneplēsthēs autou? Alla apolausę̄ pantōs ekei. Alla kai entautha epithymeis horan: Kai ti to kōlyon ? Bxesti gar kai entautha, ean nēphę̄e᾽ hē gar elpis tōn mellontōn opseōs phanerōtera. Sy de, ei men en basileiois hēn, ouk an pote auton epezētēsas idein, akouousa eudokimounta pros de ta pollǭ beltiō horōsa apodedēmēkota, hyper olegou chronou mikropsycheis, kai tauta echousa ant᾽ ekeinou ton synoikounta : All᾽ ouk echeis andra: All᾽ echeis paramythian, ton patera tōn orphanōn kai kritēn tōn chērōn. Akouson kai Paulou tautēn makarizontos tēn chēreian, kai legontos hē de ho ontōs chēra kai memonōmenē ēlpisen epi kyrion. Kai gar eudokimōtera hē toiautē phaneitai, pleiona epideiknymenē tēn hypomonēn. Mē toinyn thrēnei hyper hou stephanousai, hyper hou misthon apaiteis. Kai gar apedōkas tēn parakatathēkēn, ei hoper enepisteuthēs parestēsas. Mēketi phrontize loipon, en asylǭ to ktēma apothemenē thēsaurǭ. Ei de kai mathois, tis men ho parōn bios, tis de hē mellousa zōē, kai hoti houtos men arachnē kai skia, ta de ekei panta akinēta kai athanata, ou deēsē loipon heterōn logōn. Nyn men gar hapasēs to paidion apēllaktai metabolēs entautha de hōn, isōs men chrēstos, isōs de ou toioutos emenen an. Ē ouch horąs, hosoi tous heautōn apokēryttousi paidas: hosoi tōn apokēryttomenōn cheirous ontas anankazontai oikoi katechein: Tauta panta logizomenoi philosophōmen houtō gar kai tǭ teteleutēkoti charioumetha, kai para anthrōpōn pollōn apolausometha tōn epainōn, kai para tou theou tous megalous tēs hypomonēs apolēpsometha misthous, kai tōn aiōniōn epiteuxometha agathōn hōn genoito pantas hēmas epitycheiiin? chariti kai philanthrōpią tou kyriou hēmōn ᾿Iēsou Christou, hǭ hē doxa kai to kratos eis tous aiōnas tōn aiōnōn. Amēn.

“But even so what has happened still seems unbearable to you.” Then for this very reason it is not fitting to lament for him; for he has been freed from many such calamities. Do not, then, grudge him or envy him. For to ask death for oneself because of his untimely end, and to mourn him because he did not live to undergo many such things, is rather the act of one who grudges and envies. Do not think, then, that he will no longer return to the house, but that you too will go away to him a little later. Do not reckon that he no longer comes back here, but that not even these things that are seen remain as they are, but these too are transformed. For heaven and earth and sea and all things are remade, and then you will receive back your child with greater glory. And if he departed a sinner, his wickedness has come to a stop; for if God had known that he would change, he would not have snatched him away before repentance; and if he finished his life righteous, he possesses the good things in safety. From which it is clear that your tears are not of affection but of irrational passion. For if you loved the one who departed, you ought to rejoice and be glad that he has been freed from the present waves. For what more is there, tell me? What is strange and new? Do we not see the same things going round every day? Day and night, night and day; winter and summer, summer and winter, and nothing more. And these things are always the same, but the evils are strange and newer. Did you wish him, then, to draw these up every day and remain here, and be sick and mourn and fear and tremble, and endure some of the terrors and fear lest he should endure others? For you could not say this either, that one sailing this long sea could be free of despondency and cares and the other things of the kind. And besides this, consider that you did not bear an immortal child, and that if he had not died now, he would have undergone this a little later. “But I had not had my fill of him.” But you will surely enjoy him there. “But I long to see him here too.” And what prevents it? For it is possible here too, if you are sober; for the hope of the things to come is plainer than sight. And you, if he were in a palace, would never have sought to see him, hearing that he was in high esteem; but seeing that he has gone away to things much better, are you faint-hearted over a little time, and that though you have your husband in his place? “But I have no husband.” But you have a consolation, the Father of orphans and judge of widows. Hear Paul too calling this widowhood blessed, and saying, “She who is truly a widow and left alone has set her hope on the Lord.” For such a woman will appear more highly esteemed, displaying greater endurance. Do not, then, lament for that for which you are crowned, for which you demand a reward. For you have given back the deposit, if you have returned what was entrusted to you. Have no further anxiety, having laid up your possession in an inviolable treasury. And if you were to learn what the present life is and what the life to come is, and that this one is a spider’s web and a shadow, while the things there are all immovable and immortal, you would not need other words. For now the child has been freed from all change; but had he remained here, he might perhaps have remained good, and perhaps not. Or do you not see how many disown their own children? How many are compelled to keep at home children worse than those who are disowned? Considering all these things, then, let us philosophize; for so we shall please the deceased, and enjoy much praise from men, and receive from God the great rewards of endurance, and obtain the eternal good things; which may we all obtain, by the grace and love for humankind of our Lord Jesus Christ, to whom be the glory and the might for ever and ever. Amen.

Chapter 32

32.1Field 1

Καὶ παράγοντι ἐκεῖθεν τῷ ᾿Ιησοῦ ἠκολούθησαν δύο τυφλοὶ κραζοντες, καὶ λεγοντες᾽ ἐλέησον ἡμᾶς, νὶεὲ Δαυΐό. Καὶ ἐλθόντος αὐτοῦ εἰς τὴν οἰκίαν, προσῆλθον αὐτῷ οἱ τυφλοὶ, καὶ λέγει αὐτοῖς ὁ ᾿Ιησοῦς᾽ πιστεύετε ὅτι δύναμαι τοῦτο ποιῆσαι: Λεγουσιν αὐτῷ ναὶ, κυριε. Τότε ἥψατο τῶν ὀφθαλμών αὐτῶν, λέγων᾽ κατὰ τὴν πίστιν ὑμῶν γενηθήτω ὑμῖν. Καὶ ἀνεῴχθησαν αὐτῶν οἱ ὀφθαλμοί. ΤΙ δήποτε παρέλκει αὐτοὺς κράζοντας: Πάλιν ἐνταῦθα παιδεύων ἡμᾶς τὴν παρὰ τῶν πολλῶν διωθεῖσθαι δόξαν. ᾿Επειδὴ γὰρ πλησίον ἣν ἡ οἰκία, ἄγει αὐτοὺς ἐκεῖ κατ᾽ ἰδίαν θεραπεύσων. Καὶ τοῦτο δῆλον εξ ὧν καὶ παρήγγειλε μηδενὶ εἰπεῖν. Οὐ μικρὰ δὲ αὕτη τῶν ᾿Ιουδαίων κατηγορία, ὅταν οὗτοι μὲν, τῶν ὀφθαλμῶν αὐτοῖς ἐκκεκομμένων, ἐξ ἀκοῆς μόνης τὴν πίστιν δέχωνται ἐκεῖνοι δὲ θεωροῦντες τὰ θαύματα, καὶ τὴν ὄψιν μαρτυροῦσαν τοῖς γινομένοις ἔχοντες, ταναντία πάντα ποιῶσιν. Ὅρα δὲ αὐτῶν καὶ τὴν προθυμίαν, καὶ ἀπὸ τῆς κραυγῆς, καὶ ἀπ᾽ αὐτῆς τῆς ἐντεύξεως. Οὐδὲ γὰρ ἁπλῶς προσῆλθον, ἀλλὰ μεγάλα βοῶντες, καὶ οὐδὲν ἕτερον αλλ᾽ ἢ ἔλεον προβαλλόμενοι. Ὑἱὸν δὲ Δαυὲ ἐκάλουν, ἐπειδὴ τὸ ὄνομα τιμῆς ἐδόκει εἶναι. Πολλαχοῦ γοῦν καὶ οἱ προφῆται τοὺς βασιλέας, οὗς ἐβούλοντο τιμᾶν καὶ μεγάλους ἀποφαίνειν, οὕτως ἐκάλουν. Καὶ ἀγαγὼν αὐτοὺς ᾿εἰς τὴν οἰκίαν, δευτέραν ἐρώτησιν προσάγει. Πολλαχοῦ γὰρ ἐσπούδακεν ἱκετευόμενος ἰᾶσθαι, ἵνα μή τις νομίσῃ διὰ φιλοτιμίαν αὐτὸν τοῖς θαύμασι τούτοις ἐπιπηδᾶν' καὶ οὐ διὰ τοῦτο μόνον, ἀλλ᾽ ἵνα δείξη, ὅ ὅτι καὶ ἄξιοι ἡ ἤσαν θεραπεία καὶ ἵνα μή τις λέγῃ, ὅτι εἰ ᾿ἐλέῳ μόνον ἔσωζε, πάντας σώζεσθαι ἔδει. ἔχει γάρ τινα καὶ ἡ φιλανθρω πία λόγον, τὸν ἀπὸ τῆς πίστεως τῶν σωζομένων. Οὐ διὰ ταῦτα δὲ μόνον τὴν πίστιν αὐτοὺς ἀπαιτεῖ, ἀλλ᾽ ἐπειδ εἶπον υἱὸν Δαυΐδ, ἀνάγων αὐτοὺς ἐπὶ τὸ ὑψηλότερον, καὶ παιδεύων, ἁ ἃ χρὴ: περὶ αὐτοῦ φαντάζεσθαι, φησί πιστεύετε ὅτι δύναμαι τοῦτο ποιῆσαι Οὐκ εἶπεν, ὅτι πιστεύετε ὅτι δύναμαι παρακαλέσαι τὸν πατέρα μου, ἢ ὅτι δύναμαι εὔξασθαι ἀλλ΄, ὅτι ἐγὼ δύναμαι τοῦτο ποιῆσαι. Τί οὖν ἐκεῖνοι : Ναὶ, κύριε. Οὐκέτι Δαυϊδοενἱὸν αὐτὸν καλοῦσιν, ἀλλ᾽ ὑψηλότερον ἀνίπτανται, καὶ τὴν δεσποτείαν ὁμολογοῦσι. Καὶ τότε λοιπὸν καὶ αὐτὸς ἐπιτίθησι τὴν χεῖρα, λέγων κατὰ τὴν πίστιν ὑμῶν γενηθήτω ὑμῖν. Ποιεῖ δὲ τοῦτο, τὴν πίστιν αὐτῶν βωννὺς, καὶ δεικνὺς μεριστὰς ὄντας τοῦ κατορθώματος, καὶ μαρτυρῶν ὅτι οὐ κολακείας τὰ βήματα ἡν. Οὐδὲ γὰρ εἶπεν, ἀνοιχθήτωσαν ὑμῶν. οἱ ὀφθαλμοί; ἀλλὰ, κατὰ τὴν πίστιν ὑμῶν γενηθήτω ὑμῖν ὃ πολλοῖς τῶν προσελθόντων λέγει, πρὸ τῆς τῶν σωμάτων ἰατρείας τὴν ἐν τῇ ψυχῆ πίστιν προανακηρῦξαι σπεύδων, ὥστε καὶ ἐκείνους εὐδοκιμωτέρους ποιῆσαι, καὶ ἑτέρους σπουδαιοτέρους κατασκενάσαι. Οὕτω καὶ ἐπὸὶ τοῦ παραλυτικοῦ καὶ γὰρ πρὸ τοῦ σφίγξαι τὸ σῶμα, τὴν ψυχὴν κειμένην ἀνίστησι, λέγων' θάρσει, τέκνον, ἀφέωνταί σου αἱ ἁμαρτίαι καὶ τὸ κοράσιον δὲ ἀναστήσας κατέσχε, καὶ διὰ τῆς τραπέζης ἐδίδαξεν αὐτὴν τὸν εὐεργέτην καὶ ἐπὶ τοῦ ἑκατοντάρχον δὲ ὁμοίως ἐποίησε, τῇ πίστει τὸ πᾶν ἐπιτρέψας καὶ τοὺς μαθητὰς δὲ ἀπαλλάττων τοῦ χειμῶνος τῆς θαλάσσης, τῆς ὀλιγοπιστίας πρῶτον ἀπήλλαττεν. Οὕτω δὴ καὶ ἐνταῦθα ἤδει μὲν καὶ πρὸ τῆς ἐκείνων φωνῆς αὐτὸς τὰ ἀπόῤῥητα τῆς διανοίας ἵνα δὲ καὶ ἑτέρους εἰς τὸν αὐτὸν ζῆλον ἀγαγῃ, καὶ τοῖς ἄλλοις καταδήλους αὐτοὺς ποιεῖ, διὰ τοῦ τέλους τῆς ἰατρείας τὴν κρυπτομένην αὐτῶν πίστιν ἀνακηρύττων. Εἶτα μετὰ τὴν ἰατρείαν κελεύει μηδενὶ εἰπεῖν καὶ οὐχ ἁπλῶς κελεύει, ἀλλὰ μετὰ πολλῆς τῆς σφοδρότητος. Ἐνεβριμήσατο γὰρ αὐτοῖς ὁ ᾿Ιησοῦς, φησὶ, λέγων᾽ ὁρᾶτε, μηδεὶς γινωσκέτω. Οἱ δὲ ἐξελθόντες, διεφήμισαν αὐτὸν ἐν ὅλῃ τῇ Ὑὴ ἐκείνῃ. Οὐ μὴν ἠνέσχοντο ἐκεῖνοι, ἀλλ᾽ ἐγένοντο κήρυκες καὶ εὐαγγελισταί, καὶ κελευόμενοι κρύπτειν τὸ γεγενημένον, οὐκ ἠνέσχοντο. Εἰ δὲ ἀλλαχοῦ φαίνεται λέγων ἄπελθε, καὶ διηγοῦ τὴν δόξαν τοῦ θεοῦ οὐκ ἔστιν ἐναντίον ἐκεῖνο τούτῳ, ἀλλὰ καὶ σφόδρα συμβαῖνον. Παιδεύει γὰρ ἡμᾶς αὐτοὺς μὲν περὶ ἑαυτῶν μηδὲν λέγειν, ἀλλὰ καὶ τοὺς βουλομένουν ἡμᾶς ἐγκωμιάζειν κωλύειν' εἰ δὲ εἰς τὸν θεὸν η δόξα ἀναφέροιτο, μὴ μόνον ᾿ μὴ κωλύειν, ἀλλὰ καὶ ἐπιτάττειν τοῦτο ποιεῖν. Αὐτῶν δὲ ἐξερχομένων, φησὶν, ἰδοὺ προσήνεγκαν αὐτῷ ἄνθρωπον κωφὸν, δαιμονιζόμενον.᾽ Οὐ γὰρ τῆς φύσεως ἡν τὸ πάθος, αλλὰ τοῦ δαίμονος ἡ ἐπιβουλή διὸ καὶ ἑτέρων δεῖται τῶν προσαγόντων. Οὐδὲ γὰρ δι ἑαυτοῦ παρακαλέσαι ἠδυνατο, ἄφωνος ὧν, οὐδὲ ἑτέρους ἱκετεῦσαι, τοῦ δαίμονος δήσαντος τὴν Ὑλώτταν, καὶ τὴν ψυχὴν μετὰ τῆς γλώττης πεδήσαντος. Διὰ τοῦτο οὐδὲ ἀπαιτεῖ πίστιν αὐτὸν, ἀλλ᾽ εὐθέως διορθοῦται τὸ γόσημα. ᾿Εκβληθέντος γὰρ τοῦ δαίμονος, φησὶν, ἐλάλησεν ὁ κωφός. οι δὲ ὄχλοι ἐθαυμασαν; λέγοντες οὐδέποτε ἐφάνη οὕτως ἐν τῷ ᾿Ισραήλ. Ὃ δὴ μάλιστα ἡνία τοὺς Φαρισαίους, ὅτι πάντων αὐτὸν προὺτίθεσαν, οὐ τῶν τότε ὄντων, ἀλλὰ καὶ τῶν πώποτε γενομένων προὐτίθεσαν δὲ, οὐχ ὅτι ἐθεράπευεν, ἀλλ᾽ ὅτι ῥᾳδίως, καὶ τάχεως, καὶ ἄπειρα νοσήματα, καὶ ἀνιάτως ἔχοντα. Καὶ ὃ μὲν ἵκει οὗ οὕτως

Kai paragonti ekeithen tǭ ᾿Iēsou ēkolouthēsan dyo typhloi krazontes, kai legontes᾽ eleēson hēmas, niee Dauïo. Kai elthontos autou eis tēn oikian, prosēlthon autǭ hoi typhloi, kai legei autois ho ᾿Iēsous᾽ pisteuete hoti dynamai touto poiēsai: Legousin autǭ nai, kyrie. Tote hēpsato tōn ophthalmōn autōn, legōn᾽ kata tēn pistin hymōn genēthētō hymin. Kai aneǭchthēsan autōn hoi ophthalmoi. TI dēpote parelkei autous krazontas: Palin entautha paideuōn hēmas tēn para tōn pollōn diōtheisthai doxan. ᾿Epeidē gar plēsion hēn hē oikia, agei autous ekei kat᾽ idian therapeusōn. Kai touto dēlon ex hōn kai parēngeile mēdeni eipein. Ou mikra de hautē tōn ᾿Ioudaiōn katēgoria, hotan houtoi men, tōn ophthalmōn autois ekkekommenōn, ex akoēs monēs tēn pistin dechōntai ekeinoi de theōrountes ta thaumata, kai tēn opsin martyrousan tois ginomenois echontes, tanantia panta poiōsin. Hora de autōn kai tēn prothymian, kai apo tēs kraugēs, kai ap᾽ autēs tēs enteuxeōs. Oude gar haplōs prosēlthon, alla megala boōntes, kai ouden heteron all᾽ ē eleon proballomenoi. Huion de Daue ekaloun, epeidē to onoma timēs edokei einai. Pollachou goun kai hoi prophētai tous basileas, hous eboulonto timan kai megalous apophainein, houtōs ekaloun. Kai agagōn autous ᾿eis tēn oikian, deuteran erōtēsin prosagei. Pollachou gar espoudaken hiketeuomenos iasthai, hina mē tis nomisę̄ dia philotimian auton tois thaumasi toutois epipēdan' kai ou dia touto monon, all᾽ hina deixē, ho hoti kai axioi hē ēsan therapeia kai hina mē tis legę̄, hoti ei ᾿eleǭ monon esōze, pantas sōzesthai edei. echei gar tina kai hē philanthrō pia logon, ton apo tēs pisteōs tōn sōzomenōn. Ou dia tauta de monon tēn pistin autous apaitei, all᾽ epeid eipon huion Dauïd, anagōn autous epi to hypsēloteron, kai paideuōn, ha ha chrē: peri autou phantazesthai, phēsi pisteuete hoti dynamai touto poiēsai Ouk eipen, hoti pisteuete hoti dynamai parakalesai ton patera mou, ē hoti dynamai euxasthai all΄, hoti egō dynamai touto poiēsai. Ti oun ekeinoi : Nai, kyrie. Ouketi Dauïdoenion auton kalousin, all᾽ hypsēloteron aniptantai, kai tēn despoteian homologousi. Kai tote loipon kai autos epitithēsi tēn cheira, legōn kata tēn pistin hymōn genēthētō hymin. Poiei de touto, tēn pistin autōn bōnnys, kai deiknys meristas ontas tou katorthōmatos, kai martyrōn hoti ou kolakeias ta bēmata hēn. Oude gar eipen, anoichthētōsan hymōn. hoi ophthalmoi? alla, kata tēn pistin hymōn genēthētō hymin ho pollois tōn proselthontōn legei, pro tēs tōn sōmatōn iatreias tēn en tę̄ psychē pistin proanakēryxai speudōn, hōste kai ekeinous eudokimōterous poiēsai, kai heterous spoudaioterous kataskenasai. Houtō kai epoi tou paralytikou kai gar pro tou sphinxai to sōma, tēn psychēn keimenēn anistēsi, legōn' tharsei, teknon, apheōntai sou hai hamartiai kai to korasion de anastēsas katesche, kai dia tēs trapezēs edidaxen autēn ton euergetēn kai epi tou hekatontarchon de homoiōs epoiēse, tę̄ pistei to pan epitrepsas kai tous mathētas de apallattōn tou cheimōnos tēs thalassēs, tēs oligopistias prōton apēllatten. Houtō dē kai entautha ēdei men kai pro tēs ekeinōn phōnēs autos ta aporrhēta tēs dianoias hina de kai heterous eis ton auton zēlon agagę̄, kai tois allois katadēlous autous poiei, dia tou telous tēs iatreias tēn kryptomenēn autōn pistin anakēryttōn. Eita meta tēn iatreian keleuei mēdeni eipein kai ouch haplōs keleuei, alla meta pollēs tēs sphodrotētos. Enebrimēsato gar autois ho ᾿Iēsous, phēsi, legōn᾽ horate, mēdeis ginōsketō. Hoi de exelthontes, diephēmisan auton en holę̄ tę̄ Hyē ekeinę̄. Ou mēn ēneschonto ekeinoi, all᾽ egenonto kērykes kai euangelistai, kai keleuomenoi kryptein to gegenēmenon, ouk ēneschonto. Ei de allachou phainetai legōn apelthe, kai diēgou tēn doxan tou theou ouk estin enantion ekeino toutǭ, alla kai sphodra symbainon. Paideuei gar hēmas autous men peri heautōn mēden legein, alla kai tous boulomenoun hēmas enkōmiazein kōlyein' ei de eis ton theon ē doxa anapheroito, mē monon ᾿ mē kōlyein, alla kai epitattein touto poiein. Autōn de exerchomenōn, phēsin, idou prosēnenkan autǭ anthrōpon kōphon, daimonizomenon.᾽ Ou gar tēs physeōs hēn to pathos, alla tou daimonos hē epiboulē dio kai heterōn deitai tōn prosagontōn. Oude gar di heautou parakalesai ēdynato, aphōnos hōn, oude heterous hiketeusai, tou daimonos dēsantos tēn Hylōttan, kai tēn psychēn meta tēs glōttēs pedēsantos. Dia touto oude apaitei pistin auton, all᾽ eutheōs diorthoutai to gosēma. ᾿Ekblēthentos gar tou daimonos, phēsin, elalēsen ho kōphos. oi de ochloi ethaumasan? legontes oudepote ephanē houtōs en tǭ ᾿Israēl. Ho dē malista hēnia tous Pharisaious, hoti pantōn auton proutithesan, ou tōn tote ontōn, alla kai tōn pōpote genomenōn proutithesan de, ouch hoti etherapeuen, all᾽ hoti rhądiōs, kai tacheōs, kai apeira nosēmata, kai aniatōs echonta. Kai ho men hikei hou houtōs

“And as Jesus passed on from there, two blind men followed him, crying out and saying, ‘Have mercy on us, Son of David.’ And when he had come into the house, the blind men came to him; and Jesus says to them, ‘Do you believe that I am able to do this?’ They say to him, ‘Yes, Lord.’ Then he touched their eyes, saying, ‘According to your faith let it be done to you.’ And their eyes were opened.” Why does he put them off while they cry out? Here again teaching us to push away the glory that comes from the many. For since the house was near, he leads them there to heal them privately. And this is clear from his also charging them to tell no one. And this is no small accusation of the Jews: when these men, whose eyes had been put out, receive the faith from hearing alone, while those, seeing the miracles and having their sight to bear witness to what happened, do everything contrary. And see the eagerness of these men, both from their cry and from their very petition. For they did not simply come to him, but crying aloud, and putting forward nothing but mercy. And they called him Son of David, because the name seemed to be one of honor. In many places, at any rate, the prophets too called the kings whom they wished to honor and declare great by this name. And having brought them into the house, he puts a second question to them. For in many places he is eager to heal when entreated, lest anyone should think that he leaps at these miracles for love of honor; and not for this reason only, but to show that they were worthy of healing, and lest anyone should say that, if he saved by mercy alone, all ought to be saved. For his love for humankind too has a certain rule: the faith of those who are saved. And not only for these reasons does he require faith of them, but, since they had called him Son of David, leading them up to something higher and teaching them what they ought to think about him, he says, “Do you believe that I am able to do this?” He did not say, “Do you believe that I am able to entreat my Father,” or, “that I am able to pray,” but, “that I am able to do this.” What then do they say? “Yes, Lord.” They no longer call him Son of David, but fly higher and confess his lordship. And then at last he too lays his hand on them, saying, “According to your faith let it be done to you.” And he does this strengthening their faith, showing them to be sharers in the good deed, and bearing witness that their words were not flattery. For he did not say, “Let your eyes be opened,” but, “According to your faith let it be done to you”; which he says to many of those who came to him, hastening to proclaim the faith in the soul before the healing of bodies, so as both to make those men more highly esteemed and to make others more earnest. So too with the paralytic: before bracing the body, he raises the soul that lay prostrate, saying, “Take heart, child; your sins are forgiven.” And the girl, when he had raised her, he took by the hand, and by the table taught her who her benefactor was. And with the centurion he did likewise, entrusting everything to his faith. And in freeing the disciples from the storm of the sea, he first freed them from their little faith. So here too he knew the secrets of their mind even before their words; but in order to lead others too to the same zeal, he makes them manifest to the rest as well, proclaiming by the result of the healing their hidden faith. Then after the healing he commands them to tell no one; and he does not simply command it, but with great vehemence. “For Jesus sternly charged them,” it says, “saying, ‘See that no one knows.’ But they went out and spread his fame through all that district.” But they could not contain themselves, but became heralds and evangelists, and, though commanded to hide what had happened, they could not bear it. And if elsewhere he is seen saying, “Go and tell the glory of God,” that is not contrary to this, but entirely in harmony with it. For he teaches us to say nothing about ourselves, and even to prevent those who wish to praise us; but if the glory is referred to God, not only not to prevent it, but even to command it to be done. “And as they were going out,” it says, “behold, they brought to him a mute man possessed by a demon.” For the suffering was not of nature but the plotting of the demon; that is why he also needs others to bring him. For he could not entreat by himself, being speechless, nor supplicate others, since the demon had bound his tongue and fettered his soul together with his tongue. That is why he does not require faith of him either, but at once sets right the disease. “For when the demon had been cast out,” it says, “the mute man spoke; and the crowds marveled, saying, ‘Never was anything like this seen in Israel.’” This especially vexed the Pharisees, that they preferred him to all, not only to those then living but to all who had ever been; and they preferred him not because he healed, but because he healed easily and quickly, and countless diseases, and incurable ones. And the people [reacted] thus;

32.2Field 1

οἱ Φαρισαῖοι δὲ τοὐναντίον ἅπαν. Οὐ γὰρ μόνον διαβάλλουσι τὰ γεγενημένα, ἀλλὰ καὶ ἐναντία λέγοντ᾽ ες ἑαυτοῖς οὐκ αἱσ χύνονται. Τοιοῦτον γὰρ ἢ πονηρία. Τί γάρ φασιν; Ἔν τῳ ἄρχοντι τῶν δαιμονίων ἐκβάλλει τὰ δαιμόνια οὗ τί γένοιτ᾽ ἄν ἀνοητότερον :; Μάλιστα μὲν γὰρ, ὃ καὶ προϊών φησιν, ἀμήχανον δαίμονα ἐκβάλλειν δαίμονα τὰ γὰρ ἑαυτοῦ συγκροτεῖν εἴωθεν, ἢ οὐ καταλύειν εἐκεῖνος. Αὐτὸς δὲ οὐχὶ δαίμονας ἐξέβαλε μόνον, ἀλλὰ καὶ λεπροὺς ἐκάθηρε, καὶ νεκροὺς ἤγειρε, καὶ θάλατταν ἐχαλίνου, καὶ ἁμαρτήματα ἔλυε, καὶ βασιλείαν ἐκήρυττε, καὶ τῷ πατρὶ προσηγεν᾽ ἅπερ οὔτ᾽ ἂν ἕλοιτό ποτε δαίμων, οὔτ᾽ ἂν δυνηθείη ποτὲ ἐργάσασθαι. Ο: γὰρ δαίμονες εἰδώλοις προσἄγουσι; καὶ θεοῦ ἀπάγουσι, καὶ τῇ μελλούσῃ ζωῇ ἀπιστεῖν πείθουσιν. Ὁ δαίμων ὑβριζόμενος οὐκ εὐεργετεῖ; ὅπου γε καὶ μὴ ὑβριζόμενος βλάπτει. τοὺς θεραπεύοντας αὐτὸν καὶ τιμῶντας. Αὐτὸς δὲ τοὐναντίον ποιεῖ μετὰ γὰρ τὰς ὕβρεις ταύτας καὶ τὰς λοιδορίας, περιῆγε; φησὶ, τὰς πόλεις πάσας καὶ τὰς κώμας, διδάσκων ἐν ταῖς συναγωγαῖς αὐτῶν, καὶ κηρύσσων τὸ εὐαγγέλιον τῆς βασιλείας, καὶ θεραπεύων πάσαν νόσον καὶ πᾶσαν μαλακίαν. Καὶ οὐ μόνον αὐτοὺς οὐκ ἐκόλασεν ἀναισθητοῦντας, ἀλλ᾽ οὐδὲ ἁπλῶς ἐπετίμησεν' ὁμοῦ τε τὴν πραότητα ἐπιδεικνύμενος; καὶ ταύτῃ τὴν κακηγορίαν ἐλέγχων ὁμοῦ τε βουλόμενος διὰ τῶν ἑξῆς σημείων πλείονα παρασχεῖν τὴν ἀπόδειξιν, καὶ τότε καὶ τὸν ἀπὸ τῶν λόγων ἔλεγχον ᾿ ἐπαγαγεῖν. Περιῆγε τοίνυν καὶ ἐν πόλεσι, καὶ ἐν χώραις, καὶ ἐν ταῖς συναγωγαῖς αὐτῶν παιδεύων ἡμᾶς οὕτως ἀμείβεσθαι τοὺς κακηγόρους, οὐ κακηγορίαις ἑτέραις, αλλ᾽ εὐεργεσίαις μείζοσιν. Εἰ γὰρ μὴ δι ἀνθρώπους, ἀλλὰ διὰ τὸν θεὸν εὐεργετεῖς τοὺς ὁμοδούλους, ὅσα ἂν ποιῶσι, μὴ ἀποστῇς εὐεργετῶν, ἵνα μείζων ὁ ο μισθὸς ἢ ὡς ὅ γε μετὰ τὴν κακηγορίαν ἀφιστάμενος τῆς εὐεργεσίας, δείκνυσιν ὅτι διὰ τὸν ἐκείνων ἔπαινον, ἀλλ᾽ οὐ διὰ τὸν θεὸν, τῆς τοιαύτης ἐπιλαμβάνεται ἁ ἀρετῆς. Διὰ τοῦτο ὃ Χριστὸς παιδεύων ἡ ημᾶς; ὅτι ἐξ ἀγαθότητος μόνης ἐπὶ τοῦτο ἤει, ου μόνον οὐκ ἀνέμενε πρὸς αὐτὸν ἐλθεῖν τοὺς κάμνοντας, ἀλλὰ καὶ αὐτὸς πρὸς ἐκείνους ἠπείγετο, δύο τὰ μέγιστα αὐτοῖς κομίζων ἀγαθα· ἓν μὲν, τῆς βασιλείας τὸ εὐαγγέλιον ἕτερον δὲ, τὴν πάντων τῶν νοσημάτων διόρθωσιν. Καὶ οὐδὲ πόλιν παρεώρα, οὐ κώμην παρέτρεχεν, ἀλλὰ πάντα ἐπήει τόπον. Καὶ οὐδὲ μέχρι τούτου ἵσταται, αλλὰ καὶ ἑτέραν πρόνοιαν ἐπιδείκνυται. ᾿Ιδὼν γάρ, φησὶ, τοὺς ὄχλους, ἐσπλαγχνίσθη περὶ αὐτῶν, ὅτι ἦσαν ἐσκυλμένοι καὶ ἐῤῥιμμένοι, ὡς πρόβατα μὴ ἔχοντα ποιμένα. Τότε λέγει τοῖς μαθηταῖς αὐτοῦ ὁ μὲν θερισμὸς πολὺς, οἱ δὲ ἐ ἐργάται ὀλίγοι. Δεήθητε οὖν τοῦ κυρίου τοῦ θερισμοῦ, ὅπως ἐκβάλῃ ἐργάτας εἰς τὸν θερισμὸν αὐτοῦ. Ὅρα πάλιν τὸ ἀκενόδοξον. Ἵνα μὴ ἅπαντας πρὸς ἑαυτὸν ἐπισύρηται, ἐκπέμπει τοὺς μαθητάς. Οὐ διὰ τοῦτο δὲ μόνον, ἀλλ᾽ ἵνα αὐτοὺς καὶ παιδεύση, καθάπερ ἔ ἐν τινι παλαίστρᾳ τῇ Παλαιστίνῃ μελετήσαντας, οὕτω πρὸς τοὺς ἀγῶνας τῆς οἰκουμένης ἀποδύσασθαι. Διὰ δὴ τοῦτο καὶ μεί ονα τὰ γυμνάσια τῶν ἀγώνων. τίθησι, ἡ ὅσον εἰς τὴν αὐτῶν ἧκεν ἀρετὴν, ἵνα εὐκοπώτερον τῶν μετὰ ταῦτα ἀγώνων ἅψωνται, καθάπερ τινὰς νεοσσοὺς ἁπαλοὺς πρὸς τὸ πτῆναι προάγων ἤδη. Καὶ τέως αὐτοὺς ἰατροὺς σωμάτων ποιεῖ, ὕστερον ταμιενόμενος τὴν τῆς ψυχῆς διόρθωσιν τὴν προηγουμένην. Καὶ σκόπει πῶς εὔκολον τὸ πράγμα δείκνυσι καὶ ἀναγκαῖον. Τί γάρ φησιν: Ὁ μὲν θερισμὸς πολὺς, οἱ δὲ ἐ ἐργάται ὀλέγοι. Οὐυ γὰρ ἐπὲ τὸν σπόρον ὑμᾶς, φησὶν, αλλ᾽ ἐπὶ τὸν ἀμητὸν πέμπω. Ὅπερ ἐν τῷ ᾿Ιωάννῃ ἔλεγεν ἄλλοι κεκοπιάκασι, καὶ ὑμεῖς εἰς τὸν κόπον αὐτῶν εἰσεληλύθατε. Ταῦτα δὲ ἔλεγε, καὶ τὸ φρόνημα αὐτῶν καταστέλλων, καὶ θαῤῥεῖν παρασκευάζων, καὶ δεικνὺς ὅτι ὁ μείζων προέλαβε πόνος. Θέα δὲ καὶ ἐνταῦθα απὸ φιλανθρωπίας ἀρχόμενον, οὐκ εξ ἀμοιβῆς τινος. ᾿Εσπλαγχνίσθη γάρ, ὅτι σαν ἐσκυλμένοι καὶ ἐῤῥιμμένοι; ὡς πρό τα μὴ ἔχοντα ποιμένα. Αὕτη τῶν ἀρχόντων τῶν ᾿Ιουδαίων ἡ κατηγορία, ὅτι ποιμένες ὄντες τὰ τῶν λύκων ἐπεδείκνυντο. Οὐ γὰρ μόνον οὐ διώρθουν τὸ πλῆθος, ἀλλὰ καὶ ἐλυμαίνοντο αὐτῶν τὴν ;Ζροκοπήν. ᾿Ἑκείνων γοὺν θαυμαζόντων, καὶ λεγόντων, ᾿οὐδέποτε ἐφάνη οὕτως ἐν τῷ ᾿Ισραήλ οὗτοι τὰ ἐναντία ἔλεγον, ὅτι ἐν τῷ ἄρχοντι τὼν δαιμονίων ἐκβάλλει τὰ δαιμόνια. Ἀλλὰ τίνας ἐργάτας ἐνταῦθά φησι, Τοὺς δώδεκα μαθητάς. Τί οὖν; εἰπωῶν, οἱ δὲ ἐργάται ὀλἔγοι, προσέθηκεν αὐτοῖς : Οὐδαμῶς ἀλλ᾽ αὐτοὺς ἔπεμψε. Τίνος οὖν ἕνεκεν ἔλεγε, δεήθητε τοῦ κυρίου τοῦ θερισμοῦ, ἵνα ἐκβάλῃ ἐργάτας εἰς τὸν θερισμὸν αὐτοῦ. καὶ οὐδένα αὐτοῖς προσέθηκεν; Ὅτι καὶ δώδεκα ὄντας πολλοὺς ἐποίησε λοιπὸν, οὐχὶ τῷ ἀριθμῷ προσθεὶς, ἀλλὰ δύναμιν χαρισάμενος. Εἶτα λιν ἡλίκον τὸ δῶρόν ἐστι, φησὶ, δεήθητε τοῦ κυρίου τοῦ θερισμοῦ καὶ λανθανόντως ἑαντὸν ἐμφαίνει τὸν τὸ κῦρος ἔχοντας. Εἰπὼν γὰρ, δεήθητε τοῦ κυρίου τοῦ θερισμοῦ, οὐδὲν δεηθέντων αὐτῶν, οὐδὲ εὐξαμένων, αὐτὸς αὐτοὺς εὐθέως χειροτονεῖ, ἀναμιμνήσκων αὐτοὺς καὶ τῶν ᾿Ιωάᾶννον ῥημάτων, καὶ τῆς ἅλω, καὶ τοῦ ' λικμῶντος, καὶ τοῦ ἀχύρου, καὶ τοῦ σίτου. Ὅθεν δῆλον, ὅτε αὐτός ἐστιν ὁ Ὕεωργος, αὐτὸς ὁ τοῦ θερισμοῦ κύριος, αὐτὸς ὁ τῶν προφητῶν δεσπότης. Εἰ γὰρ θερίζειν ἜΜΑ, ἡ δῆλον ὅτι οὐ τὰ ἀλλότρια, αλλ᾽ ἃ διὰ τῶν προφητῶν ἔσπειρεν. Οὐ ταύτη δὲ αὐτοὺς μόνον παρεθάῤῥυνε, τῷ θερισμὸν καλέσαι τὴν αὐτῶν διακονίαν, ἀλλὰ καὶ τῷ ποιῆσαι δυνατοὺς πρὸς τὴν διακονίαν. Καὶ προσκαλεσάμενος, φησὶ; τοὺς δώδεκα μαθητὰς αὐτοῦ, ἔδωκεν αὐτοῖς ἐξουσίαν πνευμάτων ἀκαθάρτων, ὦστε ἐκβάλλειν αὐτὰ, καὶ θεραπεύειν πᾶσαν νόσον καὶ πᾶσαν μαλακίαν. Καίτοι οὕπω ἣν πνεῦμα δεδομένον οὕπω γὰρ ἣν, φησὶ, ' πνεῦμα, ἐπειδὴ ᾿Ιησοῦς οὐδέπω ἐδοξασθη. Πῶς οὖν ᾿ἐξέβαλλον τὰ πνεύματα; Ἀπὸ τῆς ἐπιταγῆς τῆς αὐτοῦ, ἀπὸ τῆς ἐξουσίας. Σκόπει δέ μοι καὶ τὸ εὔκαιρον τῆς ἀποστολῆς. Οὐ γὰρ ἐκ προοιμίων αὐτοὺς ἔπεμψεν, αλλ᾽ ὅτε ἱκανῶς τῆς εἶδον καὶ νεκρὸν ἐγερθέντα, καὶ θάλατταν ἐπιτιμηθεῖσαν, καὶ δαίμονας ἐλαθέντας, καὶ παραλυτικὸν σφιγέντα, καὶ ἁμαρτήματα λυθέντα, καὶ λεπρὸν καθαρθέντα, καὶ ἀρκοῦσαν αὐτοῦ τῆς δυνάμεως ἔλαβον ἀπόδειξιν, καὶ δ ἔργων καὶ διὰ λόγων, πότε αὐτοὺς ἐκπέμπει᾽ καὶ οὐκ εἰς ἐπικίνδυνα πράγματα οὐδεὶς γὰρ ἐν Παλαιστίνη τέως κίνδυνος ἣν, αλλὰ πρὸς κακηγορίας ἵστασθαι μόνον. Πλὴν καὶ τοῦτο αὐτοῖς λέγει, τὸ περὶ τῶν κινδύνων, προπαρασκευάζων αὐτοὺς καὲ πρὸ τοῦ καιροῦ, καὶ ἐναγωνίους ποιῶν τῆ συνεχεῖ περὶ τούτων προῤῥήσει. Εἶτα, ἐπειδὴ δύο συζυγίας εἶπεν ἡμῖν ἀποστόλων, τὴν Πέτρου καὶ ᾿Ιωάννου, καὶ μετ᾽ ἐκείνας τὸν Ματθαῖον ἔδειξε κληθέντα, περὶ δὲ τῆς τῶν ἄλλων ἀποστόλων κλήσεώς τε καὶ προσηγορίας οὐδὲν ἡμῖν διελέχθη, ἐνταῦθα ἀναγκαίως τὸν κατάλογον αὐτῶν καὶ τὸν ἀριθμὸν τίθησι, καὶ τὰ ὀνόματα δῆλα ποιεῖ, λέγων οὕτως τῶν δώδεκα ἀποστόλων τὰ ὀνόματά ἐστι ταῦτα πρῶτος, Σίμων ὁ λεγόμενος Πέτρος. Καὶ γὰρ ἕτερος Σίμων ἣν, ὁ Κανανίτης καὶ ᾿Ιούδας ὁ ᾿Ισκαριώτης, καὶ ᾿Ιούδας ὁ ᾿Ιακώβον' καὶ ᾿Ιάκωβος ὁ τοῦ ᾿Αλφαίου, καὶ ᾿Ιάκωβος ὁ τοὺ Ζεβεδαίου. Ὁ μὲν οὖν Μάρκος καὶ κατὰ τὴν ἀξίαν αὐτοὺς τίθησι μετὰ γὰρ Τοὺς δύο κορυφαίους τότε τὸν ᾿Ανδρέαν ἀριθμεῖ οὗτος δὲ οὐχ οὕτως, ἀλλ᾽ ἀδιαφόρω:, μᾶλλον δὲ καὶ Θωμᾶν τὸν πολὺ καταδεέστερον ἑαυτοῦ προτίθησιν. ᾿Αλλ’ ἴδωμεν αὐτῶν ἄνωθεν τὸν κατάλογον. Πρῶτος, Σίμων ὁ λεγόμενος Πέτρος, καὶ ᾿Ανδρέας ὁ ο ἀδελφὸς αὐτοῦ. Οὐ μικρὸν καὶ τοῦτο ἐγκώμιον τὸν μὲν γὰρ ἀπὸ τῆς ἀρετῆς, τὸν δὲ ἀπὸ τῆς εὐγενείας τῆς κατὰ τὸν τρόπον ὠνόμασεν. Εἶτα ᾿Ιάκωβος ὁ τοῦ Ζεβεδαίου, καὶ ᾿Ιωαννῆς ὁ ἀδελφὸς αὐτοῦ. Ὅρᾷς πώς οὐ κατὰ τὴν ἀξίαν τίθησιν ; ᾿Εμοὶ γὰρ δοκεῖ ὁ ᾿Ιωάννης οὐχὶ τῶν ἄλλων μόνον, ἀλλὰ καὶ τοῦ ἀδελφοῦ μείζων εἶναι. Εἶτα εἰπὼν, Φίλιππος καὶ Βαρθολομαῖος, ἐπήγαγε Θωμᾶς, καὶ Ματθαῖος ὁ τελώνην. Ἀλλ᾽ οὐχ ὁ Λουκᾶς οὕτως ἀλλ᾽ ἀντιστρόφως, καὶ προτίθησιν αὐτὸν τοῦ Θωμᾶ. Εἶτα ᾿Ιάκωβος ὁ τοῦ ᾿Αλφαίου. Ἣν γὰρ, ὡς ἔφθην εἰπὼν, καὶ ὁ τοῦ Ζεβεδαίου’ Εἶτα εἰπὼν Λεββαῖον ᾽ τὸν ἐπικληθέντα Θαδδαῖον, καὶ Σίμωνα τὸν ζηλωτὴν, ὃ ὃν καὶ Κανανίτην καλεῖ, ἐπὶ τὸν προδότην ἔ ἔρχεται καὶ οὐχ ὡς ἐχθρός τις καὶ πολέμιος, ἀλλ᾽ ὡς ἱστορίαν γράφων οὕτω διηγήσατο. Οὐκ εἶπεν, ὁ μιαρὸς καὶ παμμίαρος, ἀλλ᾽ ἀπὸ τῆς πόλεως αὐτὸν ἐκάλεσεν, ᾿ ᾿Ιούδας ὁ ᾿Ισκαριώτης. Ἦν γὰρ καὶ ἕτερος φησὶν ὁ Λουκᾶς εἶναι λέγων, ᾿Ιούδας ᾿Ιακώβου. Ἀπὸ τούτου τοίνυν διαιρῶν αὐτὸν, φησίν ᾿Ιούδας ὁ ᾿Ισκαριώτης, ὁ καὶ παραδοὺς αὐτόν. Καὶ οὐκ αἰσχύνεται λόγων, καὶ παραδοὺς αὐτόν. Οὕτως οὐδὲν οὐδέποτε οὐδὲ τῶν δοκούντων ἐπονειδίστων εἶναι ἀπέκρυπτον. Πρῶτος δὲ πάντων καὶ κορυφαῖος, ὁ ἀγράμματος, ὁ ἰδιώτης. ᾿Αλλ’ ἴδωμεν ποῦ καὶ πρὸς τίνας αὐτοὺς πέμπει. Τούτους τοὺς δώδεκα, φησὶν, ἀπέστειλεν ὁ ᾿Ιησοῦς.᾽ Ποίους τούτους: : Τοὺς ἁλιέας, τοὺς τελώνας καὶ γὰρ τέσσαρες ἦσαν ἁλιεῖς, καὶ δύο τελῶναι, Ματθαῖος καὶ ᾿Ιάκωβος ὁ δὲ εἷς καὶ προδότης. Καὶ τί πρὸς αὐτούς φησιν: Εὐθέως παραγγέλλει αὐτοῖς λόγων εἰς ὁδὸν ἐθνῶν μὴ ἀπέλθητε, καὶ εἰς πόλιν Σαμαρειτῶν μὴ εἰσέλθητε πορεύεσθε δὲ μᾶλλον πρὸς τὰ πρόβατα τὰ ἀπολωλότα οἴκου Ισραήλ. Μὴ γὰρ νομίσητε, φησὶν, ἐπειδή με ὑβρίζουσι, καὶ δαιμονῶντα καλοῦσιν, ὅτι μισῶ αὐτοὺς καὶ ἀποστρέφομαι. Καὶ γὰρ πρώτους αὐτοὺς διορθῶσαι ἐσπούδακα, καὶ πάντων ὑμᾶς ἀπάγων τῶν ἄλλων, τούτοις πέμπω διδασκάλους καὶ ἰατρούς. Καὶ οὐ μόνον πρὸ τούτων ἄλλοις καταγγεῖλαι κωλύω, ἀλλ᾽ οὐδὲ ὁδοῦ ἅψασθαι τῆς ἐκεῖ φερούσης ἐπιτρέπω, οὐδὲ εἰς πόλιν τοιαύτην εἰσελθεῖν. (Καὶ γὰρ καὶ οἱ Σαμαρεῖται ἐναντίως πρὸς ᾿Ἰουθαίους διάκεινται.) Καέτοιγε εὐκολώτερα τὰ ἐκείνων ἦν πολλῷ γὰρ ἐπιτηδειότερον πρὸς τὴν πίστιν εἶχον τὰ δὲ τούτων αλεπώτερα. Ἀλλ᾽ ὅμως ἐπὶ τὰ δυσκολώτερα πέμπει, τὴν εἰ χὴν τὴν περὶ αὑτοὺς ἐνδεικνύμενος, καὶ τὰ στόματα τῶν Ιουδαίων ἐμφράττων, καὶ προοδοποιῶν τῇ διδασκαλίᾳ τῶν ἀποστόλων, ἵνα μὴ πάλιν ' ἐγκαλῶσιν, ὅτι πρὸς ἀκροβύστους εἰσῆλον, καὶ δικαίαν δόξωσιν αἰτίαν ἔχειν τοῦ φυγεῖν αὑτοὺς καὶ ἀαποστρεφεσθαι. αἱ πρόβατα αὐτοὺς καλεῖ ἀπολωλότα, οὐκ ᾿ ἀποπηδήσαντα, πανταχόθεν συγγνώμην αὐτοῖς ἐπινοῶν, καὶ ἐφελκόμενος αὐτῶν τὴν γνώμην. Προρευόμενοι δὲ, φησὶ, κηρύξατε λέγοντες, ὅτι ἤγγικεν ἡ βασιλεία τῶν οὐρανῶν. Εἶδες διακονίας μέγεθος ; εἶδες ἀποστόλων αξίωμα : νυὸεν αἰσθητον κελεύονται λεγειν, οὐδὲ οἷον οἱ περὶ Μωῦυσέα καὶ τοὺς προφήτας τοὺς ἔμπροσθεν, ἀλλὰ καινά τινα καὶ παράδοξα. Οὐ γὰρ τοιαῦτα ἐκήρυττον ἐκεῖνοι, ἀλλὰ γῆν, καὶ τὰ ἐν τῇ γῆ ἀγαθά μόνον οὗτοι μείζους, αλλὰ καὶ ἐκ τῆς ὑπακοῆς. Οὐ γὰρ ἀναδύονται, οὐδὲ οκνοῦσι, καθάπερ οἱ παλαιοί αλλὰ (καίτοι κινόυνους καὶ πολέμους καὶ τὰ αφορητα ακουοντες κακα,) μετὰ πολλῆς δέχονται τῆς πειθοῦς τὰ ἐπιταττόμενα, ἅτε βασιλείας κήρυκες ὄντες. Καὶ τί θαυμαστὸν, φησὶν, εἰ μηδὲν σκυθρωπὸν κηρύττοντες καὶ χαλεπὸν, εὐκόλως ὑπήκουσαν; Τί λέγεις ; οὐδὲν χαλεπὸν ἐπετάγησαν; Οὐκ ἀκούεις τῶν δεσμωτηρίων, τῶν ἀπαγωγώῶν, τῶν πολέμων τῶν ἐμφυλίων, τοῦ παρὰ πάντων μίσους, ἅπερ ἅπαντα μικρὸν ὕστερον αὐτοὺς ὑποστήσεσθαι ἔλεγεν: ᾿Ετεροις μὲν γὰρ μυρίων ἐσομένους ἀγαθῶν προξένους καὶ κήρυκας ἔπεμπεν αὐτοὺς δὲ ἀνήκεστα δεινὰ πείσεσθαι ἔλεγε καὶ προανεφώνει. Εἶτα ποιῶν αὐτοὺς ἀξιοπίστους, φησίν ἀσθενοῦντας θεραπεύετε, λεπροὺς καθαίρετε, δαιμόνια ἐκβάλλετε᾽' δωρεὰν ἐλάβετε, ὁὀωρεαν ’ὁδτε. ρα πῶς τῶν ηθῶν επιμελεῖται, καὶ οὐκ ἔλαττον ἢ τῶν σημείων, δεικνὺς ὅτι τὰ σημεῖα τούτων χωρὶς οὐδέν ἐστι. Καὶ γὰρ τὸ φρόνημα αὐτῶν καταστέλλει, λέγων δωρεὰν ἐλάβετε, δωρεὰν δότε καὶ φιλοχρηματίας καθαρεύειν παρασκευάζει. Εἶτα ἵνα μὴ νομισθῆῇ αὐτῶν εἶναι κατόρθωμα, καὶ επαρθώσιν ἀπὸ τῶν γινομένων σημείων, φησί· δωρεὰν ἐλάβετε. Οὐδὲν χαρίζεσθε τοῖς δεχομένοις ὑμᾶς οὐ γὰρ μισθοῦ ταῦτα ἐλαεν οὐδὲ πονέσαντες ἐμὴ γὰρ ἡ χάρις. Οὕτως οὖν καὶ ἐκείνοις δότε' οὐδὲ γάρ ἐστι τιμὴν αὐτῶν αξίαν εὑρεῖν. Εἶτα τὴν ῥίζαν τῶν κακῶν εὐθέως ἀνασπῶν, φησί, μὴ κτήσησθε χρυσὸν, μηδὲ ἄργυρον, μηδὲ χαλκὸν εἰς τὰς ζώνας ὑμῶν, μὴ πήραν εἰς ὁδὸν, μηδὲ δύο χιτῶνας, μηδὲ ὑποδήματα, μηδὲ ῥάβδον. Οὐκ εἶπε, μὴ λάβητε μεθ' ἑαυτῶν ἀλλὰ κἀν ἑτέρωθεν ἐξῇ λαβεῖν, ᾿ φύγε τὸ πονηρὸν νόσημα. Καὶ γὰρ πολλὰ διὰ τούτου κατώρθον᾽ ἕν μὲν, αἀνυπόπτους ποιῶν τοὺς μαθητάτ' δεύτερον δὲ, πάσης αὑτοὺς ἀπαλλάττων φροντίδος, ὥστε τὴν σχολὴν πᾶσαν τῷ λόγφ παρέχειν᾽ τρίτον, διδάσκων αὐτοὺς τὴν ἑαυτοῦ δύναμιν. Τοῦτο γοῦν αὐτοῖς καὶ ᾿ λέγει μοτὰ ταῦτα᾽ μή τινος ὑστερήσατο, ὅτε ἔπεμψα ὑμᾶς γνανοὺς καὶ ἀνυποδέτους : Οὐκ εὐθέως εἶπε, μὴ κτήσησθε ἀλλ᾽ ὅτε εἶπε, λεπροὺς καθαίρετε; δαιμόνια ἐκβαάλλετε, τότε εἶπε, μηδὲν κτήσησθε' δωρεὰν ἐλάβετε, δωρεὰν δότε καὶ τὸ ρας διὰ τῶν πραγμάτων, καὶ τὸ πρέπον αὐτοῖς, καὶ τὸ ὄυνατὸν παρεχόμενος. Ἀλλ᾽ ἴσως εἴποι τις ἂν, ὅτι τὰ μὲν ἄλλα λόγον ἂν ἔχοι τὸ δὲ μὴ πήραν ἔχειν εἰς ὁδὸν, μηδὲ δύο χιτώνας, μηδὲ ῥάβδον, μηδὲ ὑποδήματα, τίνος ἕνεκεν ἐπέταξεν: : Εἰς πᾶσαν αὐτοὺς ἀκρίβειαν ἀσκῆσαι βουλόμενον ἐπεὶ καὶ ἀνωτέρω, οὐδὲ ὑπὲρ τῆς ἐπιούσης ἡμέρας μεριμνᾶν ἐπέτρεψε. Καὶ γὰρ καὶ τῇ οἰκουμένῃ διδασκάλους ἔμελλεν ἀποστέλλειν. Διὰ τοῦτο καὶ ἀγγέλους αὐτοὺς ἐξ ἀνθρώπων, ὡς εἰπεῖν, κατασκευάζει, πάσης ἀπολύων φροντίδος βιωτικῆς, ὥστε μιᾷ κατέχεσθαι φροντίδι μόνη; ᾽ τῇ τῆς διδασκαλίας μᾶλλον δὲ καὶ ἐκείνης αὐτοὺς ἀπολύει, λόγων μὴ μεριμνήσητε πῶς ἤ τί λαλήσητε. Ὥστε ὃ δοκεῖ σφόὸ ρα φορτικὸν εἶναι καὶ ἐπαχθὲς, τοῦτο μάλιστα εὔκολον αὐτοῖς ἀποφαίνει καὶ ῥᾷδιον. Οὐδὲν γὰρ οὕτως εὐθυμεῖσθαι ποιεῖ; ὡς τὸ φροντίδος ἀπηλλάχθαι καὶ μερίμνης καὶ μάλιστα ὅταν ἐξῇ ταύτης ἀπηλλαγμένους μηδενὸς ἐλαττοῦσθαι, τοῦ θεοῦ παρόντος, καὶ ἀντὶ πάντων αὐτοῖς γινομένου. Εἶτα ἵνα μὴ λέγωσι, πόθεν οὖν τῆς ἀναγκαίας τροφῆς ἀπολαύσομεν: οὐ λέγει αὐτοῖς, ὅτι ἠκούσατε ὅτι εἶπον ὑμῖν ἐμπροσθεν ἐμβλέψατε εἰς τὰ πετεινὰ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ (οὕπω γὰρ ἦσαν δυνατοὶ τὸ ἐπίταγμα τοῦτο διὰ τῶν ἔργων ἐπιδείξασθαι) ἀλλὰ τὸ πολὺ τούτου καταδεέστερον ἐπήγαγε, λέγων ἄξιος, γὰρ ὁ ἐργάτης τῆς τροφῆς αὐτοῦ ἐστι δηλῶν ὅ ὅτι παρὰ τῶν μαθητῶν αὐτοὺς τρέφεσθαι ἔδει ἵνα μήτε αὐτοὶ μέγα φρονῶσι κατὰ τῶν μαθητενομένων, ὡς πά ντα παρέχοντες, καὶ μηδὲν λαμβάνοντες παρ᾽ αὐτῶν μήτε ἐκεῖνοι πάλιν ἀποῤῥαγῶσιν. ὑπερορώμενοι., παρὰ τούτων. Εἶτα, ἕνα μὴ λέγωσι: προσαιτοῦντας οὖν ἡμᾶς κελεύεις ζῆν: καὶ αἰσχύνωνται τοῦτο δείκνυσι τὸ πρᾶγμα ὀφειλὴν ὅν, ἐργάτας τε αὐτοὺς καλῶν, καὶ τὸ διδόμενον μισθὸν ὀνομάζων. Μὴ γὰρ ἐπειδὴ ἐν λόγοις ἐργασία, φησὶ, νομίσητε μικρὰν εἶναι τὴν εὐεργεσίαν τὴν παρ᾽ ὑμῶν καὶ γὰρ πόνους ἔχει τὸ πρᾶγμα πολλούς καὶ ὅπερ ἂν δῶσιν οἱ διδασκόμενοι, οὐ χαριζόμενοι παρέχουσιν, ἀλλ᾽ ἀμοιβὴν ἀποδιδόντες ἄξιος γὰρ ὁ ἐργάτης τῆς τροφῆς αὐτοῦ ἐστι. Τοῦτο δὲ εἴρηκεν, οὅ τοσούτου τοὺς ἀποστολικοὺς ἀποφαίνων πόνους ἀξίους ἄπαγε, μὴ γένοιτο ἀλλὰ καὶ ἐκείνοις νομοθετῶν μηδὲν πλέον ζητεῖν, καὶ τοὺς παρέχοντας πείθων, ὅτι οὐ φιλοτιμία τὸ γινόμενον παρ᾽ αὐτῶν ἐστιν, ἀλλ᾽ ὀφειλή.

hoi Pharisaioi de tounantion hapan. Ou gar monon diaballousi ta gegenēmena, alla kai enantia legont᾽ es heautois ouk hais chynontai. Toiouton gar ē ponēria. Ti gar phasin? En tǭ archonti tōn daimoniōn ekballei ta daimonia hou ti genoit᾽ an anoētoteron :? Malista men gar, ho kai proïōn phēsin, amēchanon daimona ekballein daimona ta gar heautou synkrotein eiōthen, ē ou katalyein eekeinos. Autos de ouchi daimonas exebale monon, alla kai leprous ekathēre, kai nekrous ēgeire, kai thalattan echalinou, kai hamartēmata elye, kai basileian ekērytte, kai tǭ patri prosēgen᾽ haper out᾽ an heloito pote daimōn, out᾽ an dynētheiē pote ergasasthai. O: gar daimones eidōlois prosagousi? kai theou apagousi, kai tę̄ mellousę̄ zōę̄ apistein peithousin. Ho daimōn hybrizomenos ouk euergetei? hopou ge kai mē hybrizomenos blaptei. tous therapeuontas auton kai timōntas. Autos de tounantion poiei meta gar tas hybreis tautas kai tas loidorias, periēge? phēsi, tas poleis pasas kai tas kōmas, didaskōn en tais synagōgais autōn, kai kēryssōn to euangelion tēs basileias, kai therapeuōn pasan noson kai pasan malakian. Kai ou monon autous ouk ekolasen anaisthētountas, all᾽ oude haplōs epetimēsen' homou te tēn praotēta epideiknymenos? kai tautę̄ tēn kakēgorian elenchōn homou te boulomenos dia tōn hexēs sēmeiōn pleiona paraschein tēn apodeixin, kai tote kai ton apo tōn logōn elenchon ᾿ epagagein. Periēge toinyn kai en polesi, kai en chōrais, kai en tais synagōgais autōn paideuōn hēmas houtōs ameibesthai tous kakēgorous, ou kakēgoriais heterais, all᾽ euergesiais meizosin. Ei gar mē di anthrōpous, alla dia ton theon euergeteis tous homodoulous, hosa an poiōsi, mē apostę̄s euergetōn, hina meizōn ho o misthos ē hōs ho ge meta tēn kakēgorian aphistamenos tēs euergesias, deiknysin hoti dia ton ekeinōn epainon, all᾽ ou dia ton theon, tēs toiautēs epilambanetai ha aretēs. Dia touto ho Christos paideuōn hē ēmas? hoti ex agathotētos monēs epi touto ēei, ou monon ouk anemene pros auton elthein tous kamnontas, alla kai autos pros ekeinous ēpeigeto, dyo ta megista autois komizōn agatha; hen men, tēs basileias to euangelion heteron de, tēn pantōn tōn nosēmatōn diorthōsin. Kai oude polin pareōra, ou kōmēn paretrechen, alla panta epēei topon. Kai oude mechri toutou histatai, alla kai heteran pronoian epideiknytai. ᾿Idōn gar, phēsi, tous ochlous, esplanchnisthē peri autōn, hoti ēsan eskylmenoi kai errhimmenoi, hōs probata mē echonta poimena. Tote legei tois mathētais autou ho men therismos polys, hoi de e ergatai oligoi. Deēthēte oun tou kyriou tou therismou, hopōs ekbalę̄ ergatas eis ton therismon autou. Hora palin to akenodoxon. Hina mē hapantas pros heauton episyrētai, ekpempei tous mathētas. Ou dia touto de monon, all᾽ hina autous kai paideusē, kathaper e en tini palaistrą tę̄ Palaistinę̄ meletēsantas, houtō pros tous agōnas tēs oikoumenēs apodysasthai. Dia dē touto kai mei ona ta gymnasia tōn agōnōn. tithēsi, hē hoson eis tēn autōn hēken aretēn, hina eukopōteron tōn meta tauta agōnōn hapsōntai, kathaper tinas neossous hapalous pros to ptēnai proagōn ēdē. Kai teōs autous iatrous sōmatōn poiei, hysteron tamienomenos tēn tēs psychēs diorthōsin tēn proēgoumenēn. Kai skopei pōs eukolon to pragma deiknysi kai anankaion. Ti gar phēsin: Ho men therismos polys, hoi de e ergatai olegoi. Ouy gar epe ton sporon hymas, phēsin, all᾽ epi ton amēton pempō. Hoper en tǭ ᾿Iōannę̄ elegen alloi kekopiakasi, kai hymeis eis ton kopon autōn eiselēlythate. Tauta de elege, kai to phronēma autōn katastellōn, kai tharrhein paraskeuazōn, kai deiknys hoti ho meizōn proelabe ponos. Thea de kai entautha apo philanthrōpias archomenon, ouk ex amoibēs tinos. ᾿Esplanchnisthē gar, hoti san eskylmenoi kai errhimmenoi? hōs pro ta mē echonta poimena. Hautē tōn archontōn tōn ᾿Ioudaiōn hē katēgoria, hoti poimenes ontes ta tōn lykōn epedeiknynto. Ou gar monon ou diōrthoun to plēthos, alla kai elymainonto autōn tēn ?Zrokopēn. ᾿Hekeinōn goun thaumazontōn, kai legontōn, ᾿oudepote ephanē houtōs en tǭ ᾿Israēl houtoi ta enantia elegon, hoti en tǭ archonti tōn daimoniōn ekballei ta daimonia. Alla tinas ergatas entautha phēsi, Tous dōdeka mathētas. Ti oun? eipōōn, hoi de ergatai olegoi, prosethēken autois : Oudamōs all᾽ autous epempse. Tinos oun heneken elege, deēthēte tou kyriou tou therismou, hina ekbalę̄ ergatas eis ton therismon autou. kai oudena autois prosethēken? Hoti kai dōdeka ontas pollous epoiēse loipon, ouchi tǭ arithmǭ prostheis, alla dynamin charisamenos. Eita lin hēlikon to dōron esti, phēsi, deēthēte tou kyriou tou therismou kai lanthanontōs heanton emphainei ton to kyros echontas. Eipōn gar, deēthēte tou kyriou tou therismou, ouden deēthentōn autōn, oude euxamenōn, autos autous eutheōs cheirotonei, anamimnēskōn autous kai tōn ᾿Iōaannon rhēmatōn, kai tēs halō, kai tou ' likmōntos, kai tou achyrou, kai tou sitou. Hothen dēlon, hote autos estin ho Hyeōrgos, autos ho tou therismou kyrios, autos ho tōn prophētōn despotēs. Ei gar therizein EMA, hē dēlon hoti ou ta allotria, all᾽ ha dia tōn prophētōn espeiren. Ou tautē de autous monon paretharrhyne, tǭ therismon kalesai tēn autōn diakonian, alla kai tǭ poiēsai dynatous pros tēn diakonian. Kai proskalesamenos, phēsi? tous dōdeka mathētas autou, edōken autois exousian pneumatōn akathartōn, ōste ekballein auta, kai therapeuein pasan noson kai pasan malakian. Kaitoi houpō hēn pneuma dedomenon houpō gar hēn, phēsi, ' pneuma, epeidē ᾿Iēsous oudepō edoxasthē. Pōs oun ᾿exeballon ta pneumata? Apo tēs epitagēs tēs autou, apo tēs exousias. Skopei de moi kai to eukairon tēs apostolēs. Ou gar ek prooimiōn autous epempsen, all᾽ hote hikanōs tēs eidon kai nekron egerthenta, kai thalattan epitimētheisan, kai daimonas elathentas, kai paralytikon sphigenta, kai hamartēmata lythenta, kai lepron katharthenta, kai arkousan autou tēs dynameōs elabon apodeixin, kai d ergōn kai dia logōn, pote autous ekpempei᾽ kai ouk eis epikindyna pragmata oudeis gar en Palaistinē teōs kindynos hēn, alla pros kakēgorias histasthai monon. Plēn kai touto autois legei, to peri tōn kindynōn, proparaskeuazōn autous kae pro tou kairou, kai enagōnious poiōn tē synechei peri toutōn prorrhēsei. Eita, epeidē dyo syzygias eipen hēmin apostolōn, tēn Petrou kai ᾿Iōannou, kai met᾽ ekeinas ton Matthaion edeixe klēthenta, peri de tēs tōn allōn apostolōn klēseōs te kai prosēgorias ouden hēmin dielechthē, entautha anankaiōs ton katalogon autōn kai ton arithmon tithēsi, kai ta onomata dēla poiei, legōn houtōs tōn dōdeka apostolōn ta onomata esti tauta prōtos, Simōn ho legomenos Petros. Kai gar heteros Simōn hēn, ho Kananitēs kai ᾿Ioudas ho ᾿Iskariōtēs, kai ᾿Ioudas ho ᾿Iakōbon' kai ᾿Iakōbos ho tou ᾿Alphaiou, kai ᾿Iakōbos ho tou Zebedaiou. Ho men oun Markos kai kata tēn axian autous tithēsi meta gar Tous dyo koryphaious tote ton ᾿Andrean arithmei houtos de ouch houtōs, all᾽ adiaphorō:, mallon de kai Thōman ton poly katadeesteron heautou protithēsin. ᾿All’ idōmen autōn anōthen ton katalogon. Prōtos, Simōn ho legomenos Petros, kai ᾿Andreas ho o adelphos autou. Ou mikron kai touto enkōmion ton men gar apo tēs aretēs, ton de apo tēs eugeneias tēs kata ton tropon ōnomasen. Eita ᾿Iakōbos ho tou Zebedaiou, kai ᾿Iōannēs ho adelphos autou. Horąs pōs ou kata tēn axian tithēsin ? ᾿Emoi gar dokei ho ᾿Iōannēs ouchi tōn allōn monon, alla kai tou adelphou meizōn einai. Eita eipōn, Philippos kai Bartholomaios, epēgage Thōmas, kai Matthaios ho telōnēn. All᾽ ouch ho Loukas houtōs all᾽ antistrophōs, kai protithēsin auton tou Thōma. Eita ᾿Iakōbos ho tou ᾿Alphaiou. Hēn gar, hōs ephthēn eipōn, kai ho tou Zebedaiou’ Eita eipōn Lebbaion ᾽ ton epiklēthenta Thaddaion, kai Simōna ton zēlōtēn, ho hon kai Kananitēn kalei, epi ton prodotēn e erchetai kai ouch hōs echthros tis kai polemios, all᾽ hōs historian graphōn houtō diēgēsato. Ouk eipen, ho miaros kai pammiaros, all᾽ apo tēs poleōs auton ekalesen, ᾿ ᾿Ioudas ho ᾿Iskariōtēs. Ēn gar kai heteros phēsin ho Loukas einai legōn, ᾿Ioudas ᾿Iakōbou. Apo toutou toinyn diairōn auton, phēsin ᾿Ioudas ho ᾿Iskariōtēs, ho kai paradous auton. Kai ouk aischynetai logōn, kai paradous auton. Houtōs ouden oudepote oude tōn dokountōn eponeidistōn einai apekrypton. Prōtos de pantōn kai koryphaios, ho agrammatos, ho idiōtēs. ᾿All’ idōmen pou kai pros tinas autous pempei. Toutous tous dōdeka, phēsin, apesteilen ho ᾿Iēsous.᾽ Poious toutous: : Tous halieas, tous telōnas kai gar tessares ēsan halieis, kai dyo telōnai, Matthaios kai ᾿Iakōbos ho de heis kai prodotēs. Kai ti pros autous phēsin: Eutheōs parangellei autois logōn eis hodon ethnōn mē apelthēte, kai eis polin Samareitōn mē eiselthēte poreuesthe de mallon pros ta probata ta apolōlota oikou Israēl. Mē gar nomisēte, phēsin, epeidē me hybrizousi, kai daimonōnta kalousin, hoti misō autous kai apostrephomai. Kai gar prōtous autous diorthōsai espoudaka, kai pantōn hymas apagōn tōn allōn, toutois pempō didaskalous kai iatrous. Kai ou monon pro toutōn allois katangeilai kōlyō, all᾽ oude hodou hapsasthai tēs ekei pherousēs epitrepō, oude eis polin toiautēn eiselthein. (Kai gar kai hoi Samareitai enantiōs pros ᾿Iouthaious diakeintai.) Kaetoige eukolōtera ta ekeinōn ēn pollǭ gar epitēdeioteron pros tēn pistin eichon ta de toutōn alepōtera. All᾽ homōs epi ta dyskolōtera pempei, tēn ei chēn tēn peri hautous endeiknymenos, kai ta stomata tōn Ioudaiōn emphrattōn, kai proodopoiōn tę̄ didaskalią tōn apostolōn, hina mē palin ' enkalōsin, hoti pros akrobystous eisēlon, kai dikaian doxōsin aitian echein tou phygein hautous kai aapostrephesthai. hai probata autous kalei apolōlota, ouk ᾿ apopēdēsanta, pantachothen syngnōmēn autois epinoōn, kai ephelkomenos autōn tēn gnōmēn. Proreuomenoi de, phēsi, kēryxate legontes, hoti ēngiken hē basileia tōn ouranōn. Eides diakonias megethos ? eides apostolōn axiōma : nyoen aisthēton keleuontai legein, oude hoion hoi peri Mōyysea kai tous prophētas tous emprosthen, alla kaina tina kai paradoxa. Ou gar toiauta ekērytton ekeinoi, alla gēn, kai ta en tę̄ gē agatha monon houtoi meizous, alla kai ek tēs hypakoēs. Ou gar anadyontai, oude oknousi, kathaper hoi palaioi alla (kaitoi kinounous kai polemous kai ta aphorēta akouontes kaka,) meta pollēs dechontai tēs peithous ta epitattomena, hate basileias kērykes ontes. Kai ti thaumaston, phēsin, ei mēden skythrōpon kēryttontes kai chalepon, eukolōs hypēkousan? Ti legeis ? ouden chalepon epetagēsan? Ouk akoueis tōn desmōtēriōn, tōn apagōgōōn, tōn polemōn tōn emphyliōn, tou para pantōn misous, haper hapanta mikron hysteron autous hypostēsesthai elegen: ᾿Eterois men gar myriōn esomenous agathōn proxenous kai kērykas epempen autous de anēkesta deina peisesthai elege kai proanephōnei. Eita poiōn autous axiopistous, phēsin asthenountas therapeuete, leprous kathairete, daimonia ekballete᾽' dōrean elabete, hooōrean ’hodte. ra pōs tōn ēthōn epimeleitai, kai ouk elatton ē tōn sēmeiōn, deiknys hoti ta sēmeia toutōn chōris ouden esti. Kai gar to phronēma autōn katastellei, legōn dōrean elabete, dōrean dote kai philochrēmatias kathareuein paraskeuazei. Eita hina mē nomisthēę̄ autōn einai katorthōma, kai eparthōsin apo tōn ginomenōn sēmeiōn, phēsi; dōrean elabete. Ouden charizesthe tois dechomenois hymas ou gar misthou tauta elaen oude ponesantes emē gar hē charis. Houtōs oun kai ekeinois dote' oude gar esti timēn autōn axian heurein. Eita tēn rhizan tōn kakōn eutheōs anaspōn, phēsi, mē ktēsēsthe chryson, mēde argyron, mēde chalkon eis tas zōnas hymōn, mē pēran eis hodon, mēde dyo chitōnas, mēde hypodēmata, mēde rhabdon. Ouk eipe, mē labēte meth' heautōn alla kan heterōthen exę̄ labein, ᾿ phyge to ponēron nosēma. Kai gar polla dia toutou katōrthon᾽ hen men, aanypoptous poiōn tous mathētat' deuteron de, pasēs hautous apallattōn phrontidos, hōste tēn scholēn pasan tǭ logph parechein᾽ triton, didaskōn autous tēn heautou dynamin. Touto goun autois kai ᾿ legei mota tauta᾽ mē tinos hysterēsato, hote epempsa hymas gnanous kai anypodetous : Ouk eutheōs eipe, mē ktēsēsthe all᾽ hote eipe, leprous kathairete? daimonia ekbaallete, tote eipe, mēden ktēsēsthe' dōrean elabete, dōrean dote kai to ras dia tōn pragmatōn, kai to prepon autois, kai to ounaton parechomenos. All᾽ isōs eipoi tis an, hoti ta men alla logon an echoi to de mē pēran echein eis hodon, mēde dyo chitōnas, mēde rhabdon, mēde hypodēmata, tinos heneken epetaxen: : Eis pasan autous akribeian askēsai boulomenon epei kai anōterō, oude hyper tēs epiousēs hēmeras merimnan epetrepse. Kai gar kai tę̄ oikoumenę̄ didaskalous emellen apostellein. Dia touto kai angelous autous ex anthrōpōn, hōs eipein, kataskeuazei, pasēs apolyōn phrontidos biōtikēs, hōste mią katechesthai phrontidi monē? ᾽ tę̄ tēs didaskalias mallon de kai ekeinēs autous apolyei, logōn mē merimnēsēte pōs ē ti lalēsēte. Hōste ho dokei sphoo ra phortikon einai kai epachthes, touto malista eukolon autois apophainei kai rhądion. Ouden gar houtōs euthymeisthai poiei? hōs to phrontidos apēllachthai kai merimnēs kai malista hotan exę̄ tautēs apēllagmenous mēdenos elattousthai, tou theou parontos, kai anti pantōn autois ginomenou. Eita hina mē legōsi, pothen oun tēs anankaias trophēs apolausomen: ou legei autois, hoti ēkousate hoti eipon hymin emprosthen emblepsate eis ta peteina tou ouranou (houpō gar ēsan dynatoi to epitagma touto dia tōn ergōn epideixasthai) alla to poly toutou katadeesteron epēgage, legōn axios, gar ho ergatēs tēs trophēs autou esti dēlōn ho hoti para tōn mathētōn autous trephesthai edei hina mēte autoi mega phronōsi kata tōn mathētenomenōn, hōs pa nta parechontes, kai mēden lambanontes par᾽ autōn mēte ekeinoi palin aporrhagōsin. hyperorōmenoi., para toutōn. Eita, hena mē legōsi: prosaitountas oun hēmas keleueis zēn: kai aischynōntai touto deiknysi to pragma opheilēn hon, ergatas te autous kalōn, kai to didomenon misthon onomazōn. Mē gar epeidē en logois ergasia, phēsi, nomisēte mikran einai tēn euergesian tēn par᾽ hymōn kai gar ponous echei to pragma pollous kai hoper an dōsin hoi didaskomenoi, ou charizomenoi parechousin, all᾽ amoibēn apodidontes axios gar ho ergatēs tēs trophēs autou esti. Touto de eirēken, hoo tosoutou tous apostolikous apophainōn ponous axious apage, mē genoito alla kai ekeinois nomothetōn mēden pleon zētein, kai tous parechontas peithōn, hoti ou philotimia to ginomenon par᾽ autōn estin, all᾽ opheilē.

but the Pharisees quite the opposite. For they not only slander what was done, but are not ashamed even to contradict themselves. For such is wickedness. For what do they say? “He casts out the demons by the ruler of the demons.” What could be more senseless than this? For in the first place, as he says further on, it is impossible for a demon to cast out a demon; for he is accustomed to strengthen his own, not to destroy them. But he not only cast out demons, but also cleansed lepers, raised the dead, bridled the sea, loosed sins, proclaimed the kingdom, and brought men to the Father; things which a demon would never choose, nor ever be able, to do. For demons bring men to idols, lead them away from God, and persuade them to disbelieve in the life to come. A demon, when insulted, does no kindness; since even when not insulted he harms those who serve and honor him. But he does the opposite. For after these insults and abuse, “he went about,” it says, “all the cities and villages, teaching in their synagogues, preaching the gospel of the kingdom, and healing every disease and every infirmity.” And he not only did not punish them for their insensibility, but did not even simply rebuke them; at once displaying his meekness and by this refuting the slander, and at once wishing to provide a greater proof through the signs that followed, and then also to add the refutation by words. He went about, then, in cities and in country places and in their synagogues, teaching us in this way to repay slanderers, not with other slanders but with greater benefits. For if it is not for men but for God that you benefit your fellow servants, whatever they do, do not stop benefiting them, so that your reward may be greater; since the one who stops doing good after slander shows that it is for their praise and not for God that he takes up such virtue. That is why Christ, teaching us that he came to this from goodness alone, not only did not wait for the sick to come to him, but himself hastened to them, bringing them the two greatest blessings: one, the gospel of the kingdom; the other, the correction of all diseases. And he did not overlook a city nor pass by a village, but visited every place. And he does not stop even at this, but displays another kind of providence too. “For seeing the crowds,” it says, “he had compassion on them, because they were harassed and helpless, like sheep without a shepherd. Then he says to his disciples, ‘The harvest is plentiful, but the laborers are few; pray therefore the Lord of the harvest to send out laborers into his harvest.’” See again his freedom from vainglory. So as not to draw all to himself, he sends out the disciples. And not for this reason only, but also to train them, so that, having practiced in Palestine as in a wrestling school, they might thus strip for the contests of the world. That is why he sets them exercises of contests greater than their virtue had yet reached, so that they might take up the later contests more easily, leading them forward to fly like tender nestlings. And for the time he makes them physicians of bodies, reserving for later the chief thing, the correction of the soul. And see how he shows the matter to be easy and necessary. For what does he say? “The harvest is plentiful, but the laborers are few.” For I am sending you, he says, not to the sowing but to the reaping. Which he said in John: “Others have labored, and you have entered into their labor.” And he said these things both humbling their pride and making them take courage, and showing that the greater toil had gone before. And see here too that he begins from love for humankind, not from any return. “For he had compassion, because they were harassed and helpless, like sheep without a shepherd.” This is the accusation of the rulers of the Jews: that being shepherds they displayed the conduct of wolves. For they not only did not correct the multitude, but even spoiled its progress. At any rate, when the people marveled and said, “Never was anything like this seen in Israel,” these said the opposite, that he casts out the demons by the ruler of the demons. But whom does he mean here by laborers? The twelve disciples. What then? Having said, “The laborers are few,” did he add to their number? Not at all; but he sent them. Why then did he say, “Pray the Lord of the harvest to send out laborers into his harvest,” and add none to them? Because, though they were twelve, he made them many from then on, not by adding to the number but by granting power. Then, showing how great the gift is, he says, “Pray the Lord of the harvest”; and quietly he shows himself to be the one who has authority. For having said, “Pray the Lord of the harvest,” without their having asked or prayed at all, he himself at once appoints them, reminding them also of the words of John, of the threshing floor and the winnower and the chaff and the wheat. From which it is clear that he himself is the farmer, he himself the Lord of the harvest, he himself the Master of the prophets. For if he sent them to reap, it is clear that they reap not what belongs to another, but what he sowed through the prophets. And he encouraged them not only by calling their ministry a harvest, but also by making them able for the ministry. “And having called to him,” it says, “his twelve disciples, he gave them authority over unclean spirits, to cast them out, and to heal every disease and every infirmity.” And yet the Spirit had not yet been given; “for the Spirit was not yet,” it says, “because Jesus was not yet glorified.” How then did they cast out the spirits? By his command, by his authority. And consider, I pray you, the timeliness of the mission. For he did not send them at the beginning, but when they had sufficiently … (words lost; the sense is “enjoyed following him”), when they had seen a dead girl raised, the sea rebuked, demons driven out, a paralytic braced, sins loosed, a leper cleansed, and had received sufficient proof of his power through both deeds and words: then he sends them out; and not into dangerous affairs; for there was as yet no danger in Palestine, but only standing up to slanders. Yet he tells them this too, about the dangers, preparing them even before the time and making them ready for the contest by continual prediction of these things. Then, since he had told us of two pairs of apostles, Peter and Andrew, James and John, and after those had shown Matthew called, but had told us nothing about the calling and names of the other apostles, here of necessity he sets down their list and number and makes their names plain, saying thus: “Now the names of the twelve apostles are these: first, Simon who is called Peter.” For there was another Simon, the Cananaean; and Judas Iscariot, and Judas of James; and James the son of Alphaeus, and James the son of Zebedee. Mark sets them down according to their rank too; for after the two leaders he then counts Andrew; but this evangelist does not do so, but without distinction; or rather he even sets Thomas, who was far inferior, before himself. But let us look at their list from the beginning. “First, Simon who is called Peter, and Andrew his brother.” This too is no small praise; for he named the one from his virtue and the other from the nobility of his character. “Then James the son of Zebedee, and John his brother.” Do you see how he does not set them down according to rank? For it seems to me that John was greater not only than the others but even than his brother. Then, having said, “Philip and Bartholomew,” he added, “Thomas, and Matthew the tax collector.” But Luke does not do so, but the reverse, and sets him before Thomas. “Then James the son of Alphaeus”; for there was, as I said before, the son of Zebedee too. Then, having said, “Lebbaeus, who was surnamed Thaddaeus, and Simon the Zealot,” whom he also calls the Cananaean, he comes to the traitor; and he narrated it not as an enemy and foe, but as one writing history. He did not say, “the abominable, the utterly abominable,” but called him from his city: “Judas Iscariot.” For there was another, Luke says, saying, “Judas of James.” Distinguishing him from this one, then, he says, “Judas Iscariot, who also betrayed him.” And he is not ashamed to say, “who also betrayed him.” So they never hid anything, not even of what seemed disgraceful. And first of all, and leader, is the unlettered, the untrained man. But let us see where and to whom he sends them. “These twelve,” it says, “Jesus sent out.” What sort of men were these? The fishermen, the tax collectors; for four were fishermen and two tax collectors, Matthew and James; and one was also a traitor. And what does he say to them? At once he charges them, saying, “Do not go on the road of the Gentiles, and do not enter a city of the Samaritans; but go rather to the lost sheep of the house of Israel.” For do not think, he says, that because they insult me and call me demon-possessed I hate them and turn away from them. For I have been eager to correct them first, and, drawing you away from all the others, I send you to them as teachers and physicians. And I not only forbid you to preach to others before them, but do not even permit you to set foot on the road leading there, nor to enter such a city. (For the Samaritans too were hostile to the Jews.) And yet their case was easier; for they were much more fit for faith; while that of these was harder. But nevertheless he sends them to the more difficult, showing his care for them, stopping the mouths of the Jews, and preparing the way for the teaching of the apostles, so that they might not again accuse them of having gone in to the uncircumcised, and seem to have a just cause for fleeing from them and turning away. And he calls them lost sheep, not sheep that had leaped away, everywhere devising pardon for them and drawing their mind to himself. “And as you go,” it says, “preach, saying, ‘The kingdom of heaven has come near.’” Do you see the greatness of the ministry? Do you see the dignity of the apostles? They are commanded to speak of nothing perceptible to the senses, nor such things as Moses and the prophets before them spoke of, but of things new and strange. For those men did not preach such things, but the land and the good things in the land; … and these are greater not only from this but also from their obedience. For they do not shrink back nor hesitate, as the ancients did; but (though hearing of dangers and wars and intolerable evils) they receive the commands with great readiness, as heralds of a kingdom. “And what is wonderful,” someone says, “if, preaching nothing gloomy or hard, they obeyed easily?” What are you saying? Were they commanded nothing hard? Do you not hear of the prisons, the arrests, the civil wars, the hatred from all, which he said a little later they would all undergo? For he sent them as the procurers and heralds of countless good things to others, but told and foretold that they themselves would suffer intolerable terrors. Then, making them trustworthy, he says, “Heal the sick, cleanse lepers, cast out demons; freely you have received, freely give.” See how he takes care of their character, and not less than of the signs, showing that the signs without this are nothing. For he humbles their pride, saying, “Freely you have received, freely give,” and prepares them to be pure of love of money. Then, so that it might not be thought their own achievement, and that they might not be lifted up by the signs that happened, he says, “Freely you have received.” You are bestowing nothing on those who receive you; for you did not receive these things for a wage, nor by toiling; for the grace is mine. So give to them likewise; for there is no price that can be found worthy of these things. Then, at once pulling up the root of evils, he says, “Acquire no gold, nor silver, nor copper in your belts, no bag for the road, nor two tunics, nor sandals, nor staff.” He did not say, “Do not take them with you,” but, even if it is possible to get them from elsewhere, flee the wicked disease. For by this he accomplished many things: first, making the disciples free of suspicion; second, freeing them from every care, so as to give all their leisure to the word; third, teaching them his own power. This, at any rate, he says to them afterward too: “Did you lack anything when I sent you out naked and unshod?” He did not say at once, “Acquire nothing”; but when he had said, “Cleanse lepers, cast out demons,” then he said, “Acquire nothing; freely you have received, freely give,” providing by the facts both what was fitting for them and what was possible. But perhaps someone might say that the other things would be reasonable; but not to have a bag for the road, nor two tunics, nor a staff, nor sandals, why did he command this? Wishing to train them to all exactness; since earlier too he did not permit them to be anxious even about the next day. For he was going to send them out as teachers to the world. That is why he makes them, so to speak, angels out of men, releasing them from all worldly care, so that they might be held by one care alone, that of teaching; or rather he releases them even from that, saying, “Do not be anxious how or what you are to speak.” So what seems very burdensome and grievous, this he shows to be especially easy and simple for them. For nothing makes one so cheerful as being freed from care and anxiety, especially when it is possible, being freed from it, to lack nothing, since God is present and becomes everything to them. Then, so that they might not say, “From where, then, shall we get the necessary food?”, he does not say to them, “You heard what I said to you before, ‘Look at the birds of the air’” (for they were not yet able to show this command in deeds), but he added something much lower than this, saying, “For the laborer deserves his food”; showing that they had to be fed by those they taught, so that neither they might be proud toward those they taught, as giving everything and receiving nothing from them, nor these again be torn away, as being disdained by them. Then, so that they might not say, “Do you command us, then, to live by begging?” and be ashamed, he shows the matter to be a debt, both by calling them laborers and by naming what is given a wage. For do not think, he says, because the work is in words, that the benefit from you is small; for the matter involves many toils; and whatever those taught give, they do not provide it as a favor, but as paying a recompense; “for the laborer deserves his food.” And he said this not as declaring the apostolic toils worth so little (far from it, God forbid!), but both legislating for them to seek nothing more, and persuading those who provide that what is done by them is not generosity but a debt.

32.4Field 1

ἄν πόλιν ῆ κώμην εἰσέλθητε, ἐξετάσατε τίς ἄξιος ἐν αὐτῇ ἐστι, κακεῖ βεινᾶτε ἕως ἄν ἐξέλθητε. Οὐδὲ γὰρ ἐπειδὴ εἶπον, φησὶν, ἄξιος ὁ ἐργάτης τῆς τροφῆς αὐτοῦ ἐστι, τὰς πάντων ὑμῖν θύρας ἀανέῳξα᾽ αλλὰ καὶ ἐνταῦθα πολλὴν κελεύω ποιεῖσθαι τὴν ἀκρίβειαν. Τοῦτο γὰρ καὶ εἰς δόξαν ὑ ὑμᾶς ὠφελήσει, καὶ εἰς αὐτὸ τὸ τρέφεσθαι. Εἰ γὰρ ἄξιος ἑ ἐστι, πάντως δώσει τροφήν᾽ καὶ μάλιστα ὅταν μηδὲν πλέον τῶν ἀναγκαίων ᾿αἰτῆτε. Οὐ μόνον δὲ αξίους κελεύει ζητεῖν, ἀλλὰ μηδὲ οἰκίαν ἐξ οἰκίας ἀμείβειν, ὥστε [μήτε τὸν δεχόμενον λυπεῖν, μήτε αὐτοὺς δόξαν λαβεῖν γαστριμαργίας καὶ εὐκολίας. Τοῦτο γγαρ εοήλωσεν εἰπων, ἐκεῖ μένετε ἕως ἂν ἐξέλθητε. Καὶ τοῦτο καὶ ἐκ τῶν ἄλλων εὐαγγελιστῶν ἐστι καταμαθεῖν. Εἶδες πῶς αὐτοὺς καὶ ταύτη σεμνοὺς εποίησε, καὶ τοὺς δεχομένους ἐναγωνίους, δείξας ὅτι αὐτοὶ μᾶλλόν εἰσιν οἱ κερδαίνοντες, καὶ εἰς δόξαν καὶ εἰς ὠφελείας λόγον; Εἶτα αὐτὸ τοῦτο πάλιν ἐπεξιών φησιν εἰσερχόμενοι δὲ εἰς τὴν οἰκίαν, ἀσπάσασθε αὐτήν. Καὶ εἂν μὲν ἡ ἢ οἰκία αξία, ἐλθέτω ἡ εἰρηνῆ ὑμὼν επ᾿ αὐτην᾽ ἐὰν δὲ μὴ ῇ ἀξία, ἡ εἰρήνη ὑμῶν ἐφ᾽ ὑμᾶς ἐπιστραφήτω. Ορᾷς μέχρι τίνος οὐ παραιτεῖται διατάττεσθαι; Καὶ μάλα εἰκότως. Αθλητὰς γὰρ εὐσεβείας καὶ κήρυκας κατεσκεύαζε τῆς οἰκουμένης καὶ ταύτῃ μετριάζειν αὐτοὺς παρασκευάζων, καὶ ἐπεράστους ποιῶν, φησί . Καὶ ὃς ἂν μὴ δέξηται ὑμᾶς, μηδὲ ἀκούση τῶν λόγων ὑμῶν, ἐξερχόμενοι τῆς οἰκίας ἡ τῆς πόλεως ἐκείνης, ἐκτινάξατε τὸν κονιορτὸν τῶν ποδῶν ὑμῶν. ᾿Αμὴν λόγω ὑμῖν, ἀνεκτότερον ἔσται γῆ Σοδόμων καὶ Γομόρῥας εν ἡμέρᾳ κρίσεως, ἢ τῇ πόλει εκείνη. Μη γαρ ἐπειδὴ διδάσκετε, φησὶ, διὰ τοῦτο περιμένετε παρ ετέρων ἀσπάζεσθαι, ἀλλὰ προηγεῖσθε ᾿ τῇ τιμῆ. Εἶτα δεικνὺς ὅτι οὐκ ἀσπασμος τοῦτο εστι Ψιλος, αλλ ευλογία, εαν ῃ, φησὶν, ἀξία ἡ οἰκία, ἥξει ἐπ᾽ αὐτήν εὰν δὲ ὑβρίζῃ, πρώτη μὲν κόλασις, τὸ μὴ ἀπόνασθαι τῆς εἰρήνης δευτέρα δὲ, ὅτι τὰ Σοδόμων πείσεται. Καὶ τί πρὸς ἡμᾶς, φησὶν, ἡ ἐκείνων κόλασις; Ἕξετε τὰς τῶν ἀξίων οἰκίας. Τί δὲ βούλεται τὸ ἐκτινάξατε τὸν κονιορτὸν τῶν ποθῶν ὑμῶν ; ὥστε δεῖξαι ὅτι οὐδὲν ἔλαβον παρ αὐτῶν, ἤ ὥστε εἰς μαρτύριον αὐτοῖς γενέσθαι τῆς μακρᾶς ὁδοιπορίας, ἣν ἐστείλαντο δι αὐτούς. Σὺ δέ μοι σκόπει πῶς οὐδέπω τὸ πᾶν αὐτοῖς δίδωσιν. Οὐδὲ γὰρ πρόγνωσιν τέως αὐτοῖς χαρίζεται, ὥστε μαθεῖν τίς ἄξιος, καὶ τίς οὐ τοιοῦτος: ἀλλὰ περιεργάζεσθαι καὶ τὴν πεῖραν ἀναμένειν κελεύει. Πώς οὖν αὐτὸς παρὰ τελωνῃ ἔμεινεν; Ὅτι ἄξιος γέγονεν ἐκ τῆς μεταβολῆς. Συ δέ μοι σκόπει πῶς πάντων αὐτοὺς γυμνώσας, πάντα αὐτοῖς ἔδωκεν, ἐπιτρέψας ἐν ταῖς τῶν μαθητευομένων μένειν οἰκίαις, καὶ οὐδὲν ἐ ἔχοντας εἰσιέναι. Οὕτω γὰρ καὶ τῆς φροντίδος ἀπηλλάττοντο, κἀκείνους ἔπειθον, ὅτι διὰ τὴν αὐτῶν παραγεγόνασι σωτηρίαν μόνην, καὶ τῷ μηδὲν ἐπιφέρεσθαι, καὶ τῷ μηδὲν πλέον αὐτοὺς ἀπαιτεῖν τῶν ἀναγκαίων, καὶ τῷ μὴ πρὸς πάντας ἁπλώς εἰσιέναι. Οὐδὲ γὰρ ἀπὸ τῶν σημείων αὐτοὺς ἐβούλετο φαίνεσθαι λαμπροὺς μόνον, ἀλλά καὶ πρὸ τῶν σημείων ἀπὸ τῆς οἰκείας ἀρετῆς. Οὐδὲν γὰρ οὕτω χαρακτηρίζει ἰλοσοφίαν, ὡς τὸ ἀπέριττον, καὶ κατὰ τὸ εγχωροὺν ἀνενδεές. Τοῦτο καὶ οἱ ψευδαπύστολοι ἤδεσαν. Διὰ τοῦτο καὶ Παῦλος ἵνα ἐν ᾧ καυχῶνται, εὑρεθῶσιν ὡς καὶ ἡμεῖς. ἰ δὲ ἐπὶ ξένης ὄντας καὶ πρὸς ἀγνῶτας ἀπιόντας οὐδὲν ζητεῖν τῆς ἐφημέρον τροφῆς, πολλῷ μᾶλλον οἴκοι μένοντας.

an polin ē kōmēn eiselthēte, exetasate tis axios en autę̄ esti, kakei beinate heōs an exelthēte. Oude gar epeidē eipon, phēsin, axios ho ergatēs tēs trophēs autou esti, tas pantōn hymin thyras aaneǭxa᾽ alla kai entautha pollēn keleuō poieisthai tēn akribeian. Touto gar kai eis doxan hy hymas ōphelēsei, kai eis auto to trephesthai. Ei gar axios he esti, pantōs dōsei trophēn᾽ kai malista hotan mēden pleon tōn anankaiōn ᾿aitēte. Ou monon de axious keleuei zētein, alla mēde oikian ex oikias ameibein, hōste [mēte ton dechomenon lypein, mēte autous doxan labein gastrimargias kai eukolias. Touto ngar eoēlōsen eipōn, ekei menete heōs an exelthēte. Kai touto kai ek tōn allōn euangelistōn esti katamathein. Eides pōs autous kai tautē semnous epoiēse, kai tous dechomenous enagōnious, deixas hoti autoi mallon eisin hoi kerdainontes, kai eis doxan kai eis ōpheleias logon? Eita auto touto palin epexiōn phēsin eiserchomenoi de eis tēn oikian, aspasasthe autēn. Kai ean men hē ē oikia axia, elthetō hē eirēnē hymōn ep᾿ autēn᾽ ean de mē ę̄ axia, hē eirēnē hymōn eph᾽ hymas epistraphētō. Orąs mechri tinos ou paraiteitai diatattesthai? Kai mala eikotōs. Athlētas gar eusebeias kai kērykas kateskeuaze tēs oikoumenēs kai tautę̄ metriazein autous paraskeuazōn, kai eperastous poiōn, phēsi . Kai hos an mē dexētai hymas, mēde akousē tōn logōn hymōn, exerchomenoi tēs oikias hē tēs poleōs ekeinēs, ektinaxate ton koniorton tōn podōn hymōn. ᾿Amēn logō hymin, anektoteron estai gē Sodomōn kai Gomorrhas en hēmerą kriseōs, ē tę̄ polei ekeinē. Mē gar epeidē didaskete, phēsi, dia touto perimenete par eterōn aspazesthai, alla proēgeisthe ᾿ tę̄ timē. Eita deiknys hoti ouk aspasmos touto esti Psilos, all eulogia, ean ę̄, phēsin, axia hē oikia, hēxei ep᾽ autēn ean de hybrizę̄, prōtē men kolasis, to mē aponasthai tēs eirēnēs deutera de, hoti ta Sodomōn peisetai. Kai ti pros hēmas, phēsin, hē ekeinōn kolasis? Hexete tas tōn axiōn oikias. Ti de bouletai to ektinaxate ton koniorton tōn pothōn hymōn ? hōste deixai hoti ouden elabon par autōn, ē hōste eis martyrion autois genesthai tēs makras hodoiporias, hēn esteilanto di autous. Sy de moi skopei pōs oudepō to pan autois didōsin. Oude gar prognōsin teōs autois charizetai, hōste mathein tis axios, kai tis ou toioutos: alla periergazesthai kai tēn peiran anamenein keleuei. Pōs oun autos para telōnę̄ emeinen? Hoti axios gegonen ek tēs metabolēs. Sy de moi skopei pōs pantōn autous gymnōsas, panta autois edōken, epitrepsas en tais tōn mathēteuomenōn menein oikiais, kai ouden e echontas eisienai. Houtō gar kai tēs phrontidos apēllattonto, kakeinous epeithon, hoti dia tēn autōn paragegonasi sōtērian monēn, kai tǭ mēden epipheresthai, kai tǭ mēden pleon autous apaitein tōn anankaiōn, kai tǭ mē pros pantas haplōs eisienai. Oude gar apo tōn sēmeiōn autous ebouleto phainesthai lamprous monon, alla kai pro tōn sēmeiōn apo tēs oikeias aretēs. Ouden gar houtō charaktērizei ilosophian, hōs to aperitton, kai kata to enchōroun anendees. Touto kai hoi pseudapystoloi ēdesan. Dia touto kai Paulos hina en hǭ kauchōntai, heurethōsin hōs kai hēmeis. i de epi xenēs ontas kai pros agnōtas apiontas ouden zētein tēs ephēmeron trophēs, pollǭ mallon oikoi menontas.

“[And into whatever] city or village you enter, find out who in it is worthy, and stay there until you leave.” For do not think, he says, that because I said, “The laborer deserves his food,” I have opened everyone’s doors to you; here too I command you to use great exactness. For this will benefit you both for your reputation and for your very maintenance. For if he is worthy, he will surely give you food, especially when you ask nothing beyond necessities. And he not only commands them to seek out the worthy, but also not to change from house to house, so as neither to grieve the one who receives them nor to get a reputation for gluttony and self-indulgence. This he showed by saying, “Stay there until you leave.” And this one can learn from the other evangelists too. Do you see how by this too he made them venerable, and made those who receive them careful, showing that they themselves are rather the ones who gain, both in honor and in benefit? Then, pursuing this same point again, he says, “And as you enter the house, greet it. And if the house is worthy, let your peace come upon it; but if it is not worthy, let your peace return to you.” Do you see how far he does not decline to give instructions? And very reasonably. For he was preparing athletes of godliness and heralds of the world. And preparing them in this way to be modest and making them lovable, he says, “And whoever does not receive you nor hear your words, as you leave that house or city, shake off the dust of your feet. Truly I say to you, it will be more tolerable for the land of Sodom and Gomorrah on the day of judgment than for that city.” For do not, because you teach, he says, therefore wait to be greeted by others, but lead the way in honor. Then, showing that this is not a bare greeting but a blessing, he says, “If the house is worthy, it will come upon it; but if it behaves insolently, its first punishment is not to enjoy the peace, and the second, that it will suffer the things of Sodom.” “And what is their punishment to us?” someone says. You will have the houses of the worthy. And what does “Shake off the dust of your feet” mean? It is either to show that they received nothing from them, or to be a testimony to them of the long journey they undertook for their sake. But consider, I pray you, how he does not yet give them everything. For he does not yet grant them foreknowledge, so as to learn who is worthy and who is not, but commands them to inquire and to await the test. How then did he himself stay with a tax collector? Because he had become worthy by his change. And consider, I pray you, how, having stripped them of everything, he gave them everything, permitting them to stay in the houses of those being made disciples, and to enter having nothing. For in this way they were freed from care, and they persuaded those others that they had come solely for their salvation, by bringing nothing with them, by asking nothing more of them than necessities, and by not entering everyone’s house without distinction. For he wished them to appear illustrious not only from the signs, but even before the signs, from their own virtue. For nothing so marks philosophy as freedom from superfluities and, as far as possible, from wants. This even the false apostles knew. That is why Paul too said, “So that in what they boast of they may be found to be as we are.” And if, when we are in a strange land and going to people we do not know, we must seek nothing more than our daily food, much more when we stay at home.

32.6Field 1

Ταῦτα μὴ ἀκούωμεν μόνον, ἀλλὰ καὶ μιμώμεθα. Οὐ γὰρ περὶ τῶν ἀποστόλων εἴρηται μόνον, ἀλλὰ καὶ περὶ τῶν μετὰ ταῦτα ἁγίων. Γ ενώμεθα τοίνυν αὐτῶν ἄξιοι τῆς ὑποδοχῆς. ᾿Απὸ γὰρ τῆς γνωμης τῶν ὑποδεχομένων καὶ ἡ εἰρήνη ἔρχεται αὕτη, καὶ ἀφίπταται πάλιν. Οὐδὲ γὰρ μόνον ἀπὸ τῆς τῶν διδασκόντων παῤῥησίας, ἀλλὰ καὶ ἀπὸ τῆς τῶν λαμβανόντων ἀξίας τοῦτο γίνεται. Μηδὲ μικρὰν νομίζωμεν εἶναι ζημίαν τὸ μὴ ἀπολαῦσαι τοιαύτης εἰρήνης. Ταύτην γὰρ καὶ ὁ προφήτης ἄνωθεν προαναφωνεὶ λέγων' ως ὡραῖοι οἱ πόδες τῶν εὐαγγελιζομένων, εἰρήνην. Εἶτα αὐτῆς τὸ ἀξίωμα ἑρμηνεύων ἐπήγαγε: τῶν εὐαγγελιζομένων τὰ ἀγαθα. Ταύτην καὶ ὁ Χριστὸς μεγάλην οὖσαν ἀπέφηνεν εἰπών εἰρήνην ἀφίημι ὑμῖν, εἰρήνην τὴν ἐμὴν δίδωμι ὑμῖν. Καὶ δεῖ πάντα ποιεῖν, ὥστε αὐτῆς ἀπολαύειν, καὶ ἐν οἰκίᾳ καὶ ἐν ἐκκλησίᾳ. Καὶ γὰρ καὶ ἐν τῇ ἐκκλησίᾳ ὁ προεστὼς δίδωσιν εἰρήνην. Καὶ τοῦτο ἐκείνου τύπος ἐστὶ, καὶ δεῖ μετὰ πασῆς αὐτὸν δέχεσθαι προθυμίας, τῇ γνώμῃ πρὸ τῆς τραπέζης. Εἰ γὰρ τὸ ἀπὸ τῆς τραπέζης μὴ μεταδοῦναι φορτικὸν, τὸ τὸν λέγοντα διακρούεσθαι πόσῳ μᾶλλον ἂν φορἐν θύμε, Διὰ σὲ κάθηται ὃ πρεσβύτερος, διὰ σὲ ἕστηκεν διδάσκαλος, πονῶν καὶ ΄ταλαιπωρούμενος. Τίνα οὖν ἕξεις ΓΞ συλ αὶ μηδὲ τὴν ἐκ τῆς ἀκροάσεως αὐτῷ παρόχων ὑποδοχήν ; Καὶ γὰρ οἰκία κοινὴ πάντων ἐστὶν ἡ ἐκκλησία, καὶ προλαβόντων ὑμῶν εἴσιμεν ἡμεῖς, τὸν ἐκείνων τύπον διατηροῦντες. Διὰ τοῦτο καὶ κοινῇ πᾶσι τὴν εἰρήνην ἐπιλέγομεν εἰσιόντες εὐθέως, κατὰ τὸν νόμον ἐκεῖνον. Μηδεὶς τοίνυν ἔστω ῥᾷθυμος, μηδεὶς μετέωρος, εἰσελθόντων τῶν ἱερέων καὶ διδασκόντων᾽ οὐδὲ γὰρ μικρὰ ἐπὶ τούτῳ κεῖται κόλασις. Καὶ γὰρ βουλοίμην ἂν ἔγωγε μυριάκις εἰς οἰκίαν τινὸς ὑμῶν εἰσελθὼν ἐξαπορηθῆναι, ἥ ἐνταῦθα λόγων. μὴ ἀκουσθῆναι. Τοῦτο ἐμοὶ φορτικώτερον ἐκείνου ἐπειδὴ καὶ κυριωτέρα αὕτη ἢ οἰκία. Καὶ γάρ. τὰ μεγάλα ἡμῶν ἐνταῦθα κεῖται κτήματα᾽ ἐνταῦθα ἡμῶν αἱ ἐλπίδες πᾶσαι. Τί γὰρ οὐχὶ ἐνταῦθα μέγα καὶ φρικῶδες : ᾽ Καὶ γὰρ ἡ τράπεζα αὕτη πολλῷ τιμιωτέρα καὶ ἡδίων, καὶ ἡ λυχνία τῆς λυχνίας. Καὶ ἴ ἰσασιν ὅσοι μετὰ πίστεως καὶ εὐκαίρως ἐλαίῳ χρισάμενοι, νοσήματα ἔλυσαν. Καὶ τὸ κιβώτιον δὲ τοῦτο ἐκείνου τοῦ κιβωτίου πολλῷ βέλτιον καὶ ἀναγκαιότερον οὐ γὰρ ἱμάτια, ἀλλ᾽ ἐλεημοσύνην ἔχει συγκεκλεισμένην, εἰ καὶ ὀλίγοι εἰσὶν οἱ κεκτημένοι. ταῦθα καὶ κλίνη ἐκείνης βελτίων ἡ γὰρ τῶν θείων γραφῶν ἀνάπαυσις πάσης κλίνης ἡδίων ἐστί. Καὶ εἰ καλὼς ἦν ἡμῖν ᾿[τὰ τῆς ὁμονοίας κατωρθωμένα,} οὔτ᾽ ἂν ἑτέραν ἔσχομεν παρὰ ταύτην οἰκίαν. Καὶ ὅτι οὐ φορτικὸν τὸ εἰρημένον, μαρτυροῦσιν οἱ τρισχίλιοι καὶ οἱ πεντακισχίλιοι, καὶ οἰκίαν καὶ τράπε αν καὶ ψυχὴν ἐσχηκότες μίαν τοῦ γὰρ πλήθους τῶν πιστευσάντων, φησὶν, ἣν ἡ καρδία. καὶ ἡ ψυχὴ μία. ᾿Επειδὴ δὲ πολὺ τῆς ἐκείνων ἀποδέομεν ἀρετῆς, καὶ ὀιῳκίσμεθα κατὰ τὰς οἰκίας, κἄν, ἡνίκα ἐνθάδε συλλεγόμεθα, μετὰ προθυμίας τοῦτο ποιώμεν. Εἰ γὰρ ἐν τοῖς ἄλλοες κἂν ἐνταῦθα δέξασθε μετὰ ἀγάπης εἰσιόντας μᾶς πρὸς ὑμᾶς. Καὶ ὅταν εἴπω, εἰρήνη ὑμῖν, εἶτα εἴπητε, καὶ τῷ πνεύματί σου μὴ τῆ φωνῇ μόνον, αλλὰ καὶ τῇ γνώμη λέγετε μἢ τῷ στόματι, ἀλλὰ καὶ τῇ διανοίᾳ. Ἂν δὲ ἐνταῦθα μὲν λέγην» εἰρήνη καὶ τῷ πνεύματί σου, ἔξω δέ μοι πολεμῆς ιαπτύων καὶ κακηγορών, μυρίοις λάθρα πλύνων ὀνείδεσι;, ποία εἰρήνη αὕτη: Ἐγὼ μὲν γάρ, κἂν μυριάκις κακηγορήσης, μετὰ καθαρᾶς καρδίας τὴν εἰρήνην σοι δίδωμι, μετὰ εἰλικρινοὺς γνώμης, καὶ πονηρὸν οὐδὲν δύναμαί ποτε περὶ σοῦ εἰπεῖν σπλάγχνα γὰρ ἔχω πατρικά. Κἂν ἐπιπλήξω ποτὲ, κηδόμενος τοῦτο ποιῶ. Σὺ δὲ λάθρα δάκνων, καὶ μὴ δεχόμενός μα ἐν τῇ δεσποτικῇ οἰκίᾳ, δέδοικα μὴ πάλιν μοι τὴν χθυμίαν αὐξήσητ᾽ οὐκ ἐπειδὴ ὕβρισας, οὐδὲ ἐπειδὴ ἐξέβαλες, αλλ' ἐπειδὴ τὴν εἰρήνην ἀπεκρούσω, καὶ τὴν χαλεπὴν ἐκείνην ἐπεσπάσω κόλασιν. Κἂν γὰρ μὴ ἐκτινάξω τὸν κονιορτὸν ἐγώ, κἂν μή αἀποστραφῶ, τὰ τῆς ἀπειλῆς ἀκίνητα μμένει. Ἐγὼ μὲν γὰρ ἐπιλέγω πολλάκις ὑμῖν εἰρήνην, καὶ ἀεὶ τοῦτο λέγων οὐ παύσομαι ἂν δὲ μετὰ τῶν ὕβρεων καὶ μὴ δέξησθε, οὐδὲ οὕτω τὸν κονιορτὸν ἐκτινάσσω οὐκ ἐπειδὴ παρακούω τοῦ δεσπότου, ἀλλ᾽ ἐπειδὴ σφόδρα ὑμῶν ἑκκαίομαι. ἴἌλλλως δὲ οὐδὲ ὅπαθόν τι δι ὑμᾶς οὔτε μακρὰν ἦλθον ἀποδημίαν, οὐδὲ μετὰ τοῦ ΄σχημάτος ἐκείνου καὶ τῆς ἀκτημοσύνης ἦλθον (διὰ τοῦτο πρότε ον ἑαυτοῖς ἐγκαλοῦμεν), οὐδὲ χωρὶς ὑποδημάτων καὶ δευτέρου χιτώνον διὰ τοῦτο τάχα καὶ τὰ παρ᾽ ὑμῶν εἐλλιμπάνετε. Πλὴν ἀλλ᾽ οὐκ ἀρκεῖ τοῖτο ὑμῖν εἰς ἀπολογίαν ἀλλ᾽ ἡμῖν μὲν τὸ κρίμα μεῖζον, υμῖν δὲ σνγΎ γνώμης οὐ μεταδίδωσι.

Tauta mē akouōmen monon, alla kai mimōmetha. Ou gar peri tōn apostolōn eirētai monon, alla kai peri tōn meta tauta hagiōn. G enōmetha toinyn autōn axioi tēs hypodochēs. ᾿Apo gar tēs gnōmēs tōn hypodechomenōn kai hē eirēnē erchetai hautē, kai aphiptatai palin. Oude gar monon apo tēs tōn didaskontōn parrhēsias, alla kai apo tēs tōn lambanontōn axias touto ginetai. Mēde mikran nomizōmen einai zēmian to mē apolausai toiautēs eirēnēs. Tautēn gar kai ho prophētēs anōthen proanaphōnei legōn' ōs hōraioi hoi podes tōn euangelizomenōn, eirēnēn. Eita autēs to axiōma hermēneuōn epēgage: tōn euangelizomenōn ta agatha. Tautēn kai ho Christos megalēn ousan apephēnen eipōn eirēnēn aphiēmi hymin, eirēnēn tēn emēn didōmi hymin. Kai dei panta poiein, hōste autēs apolauein, kai en oikią kai en ekklēsią. Kai gar kai en tę̄ ekklēsią ho proestōs didōsin eirēnēn. Kai touto ekeinou typos esti, kai dei meta pasēs auton dechesthai prothymias, tę̄ gnōmę̄ pro tēs trapezēs. Ei gar to apo tēs trapezēs mē metadounai phortikon, to ton legonta diakrouesthai posǭ mallon an phoren thyme, Dia se kathētai ho presbyteros, dia se hestēken didaskalos, ponōn kai ΄talaipōroumenos. Tina oun hexeis NX syl ai mēde tēn ek tēs akroaseōs autǭ parochōn hypodochēn ? Kai gar oikia koinē pantōn estin hē ekklēsia, kai prolabontōn hymōn eisimen hēmeis, ton ekeinōn typon diatērountes. Dia touto kai koinę̄ pasi tēn eirēnēn epilegomen eisiontes eutheōs, kata ton nomon ekeinon. Mēdeis toinyn estō rhąthymos, mēdeis meteōros, eiselthontōn tōn hiereōn kai didaskontōn᾽ oude gar mikra epi toutǭ keitai kolasis. Kai gar bouloimēn an egōge myriakis eis oikian tinos hymōn eiselthōn exaporēthēnai, hē entautha logōn. mē akousthēnai. Touto emoi phortikōteron ekeinou epeidē kai kyriōtera hautē ē oikia. Kai gar. ta megala hēmōn entautha keitai ktēmata᾽ entautha hēmōn hai elpides pasai. Ti gar ouchi entautha mega kai phrikōdes : ᾽ Kai gar hē trapeza hautē pollǭ timiōtera kai hēdiōn, kai hē lychnia tēs lychnias. Kai i isasin hosoi meta pisteōs kai eukairōs elaiǭ chrisamenoi, nosēmata elysan. Kai to kibōtion de touto ekeinou tou kibōtiou pollǭ beltion kai anankaioteron ou gar himatia, all᾽ eleēmosynēn echei synkekleismenēn, ei kai oligoi eisin hoi kektēmenoi. tautha kai klinē ekeinēs beltiōn hē gar tōn theiōn graphōn anapausis pasēs klinēs hēdiōn esti. Kai ei kalōs ēn hēmin ᾿[ta tēs homonoias katōrthōmena,} out᾽ an heteran eschomen para tautēn oikian. Kai hoti ou phortikon to eirēmenon, martyrousin hoi trischilioi kai hoi pentakischilioi, kai oikian kai trape an kai psychēn eschēkotes mian tou gar plēthous tōn pisteusantōn, phēsin, hēn hē kardia. kai hē psychē mia. ᾿Epeidē de poly tēs ekeinōn apodeomen aretēs, kai oiǭkismetha kata tas oikias, kan, hēnika enthade syllegometha, meta prothymias touto poiōmen. Ei gar en tois alloes kan entautha dexasthe meta agapēs eisiontas mas pros hymas. Kai hotan eipō, eirēnē hymin, eita eipēte, kai tǭ pneumati sou mē tē phōnę̄ monon, alla kai tę̄ gnōmē legete mē tǭ stomati, alla kai tę̄ dianoią. An de entautha men legēn» eirēnē kai tǭ pneumati sou, exō de moi polemēs iaptyōn kai kakēgorōn, myriois lathra plynōn oneidesi?, poia eirēnē hautē: Egō men gar, kan myriakis kakēgorēsēs, meta katharas kardias tēn eirēnēn soi didōmi, meta eilikrinous gnōmēs, kai ponēron ouden dynamai pote peri sou eipein splanchna gar echō patrika. Kan epiplēxō pote, kēdomenos touto poiō. Sy de lathra daknōn, kai mē dechomenos ma en tę̄ despotikę̄ oikią, dedoika mē palin moi tēn chthymian auxēsēt᾽ ouk epeidē hybrisas, oude epeidē exebales, all' epeidē tēn eirēnēn apekrousō, kai tēn chalepēn ekeinēn epespasō kolasin. Kan gar mē ektinaxō ton koniorton egō, kan mē aapostraphō, ta tēs apeilēs akinēta mmenei. Egō men gar epilegō pollakis hymin eirēnēn, kai aei touto legōn ou pausomai an de meta tōn hybreōn kai mē dexēsthe, oude houtō ton koniorton ektinassō ouk epeidē parakouō tou despotou, all᾽ epeidē sphodra hymōn hekkaiomai. iAlllōs de oude hopathon ti di hymas oute makran ēlthon apodēmian, oude meta tou ΄schēmatos ekeinou kai tēs aktēmosynēs ēlthon (dia touto prote on heautois enkaloumen), oude chōris hypodēmatōn kai deuterou chitōnon dia touto tacha kai ta par᾽ hymōn eellimpanete. Plēn all᾽ ouk arkei toito hymin eis apologian all᾽ hēmin men to krima meizon, ymin de sngY gnōmēs ou metadidōsi.

Let us not only hear these things, but also imitate them. For they were said not only about the apostles but also about the saints who came after. Let us become worthy, then, of receiving them. For according to the disposition of those who receive them this peace comes, and flies away again. For this happens not only from the boldness of those who teach, but also from the worthiness of those who receive. And let us not think it a small loss not to enjoy such peace. For this the prophet too proclaimed long before, saying, “How beautiful are the feet of those who bring good news of peace.” Then, explaining its worth, he added, “of those who bring good news of good things.” This Christ too declared to be great, saying, “Peace I leave with you, my peace I give to you.” And we must do everything so as to enjoy it, both at home and in church. For in the church too the one who presides gives peace. And this is a type of that; and one must receive him with all eagerness, in mind, before the table. For if not to share it after the table is offensive, how much more offensive would it be to push away the one who speaks it! For your sake the presbyter sits, for your sake the teacher stands, toiling and laboring. What excuse, then, will you have if you do not give him even the welcome of listening? For the church is the common house of all; and when you have come in first, we enter, keeping the type of those apostles. That is why we too pronounce the peace in common to all as soon as we enter, according to that law. Let no one, then, be careless, no one distracted, when the priests have entered and are teaching; for no small punishment is laid down for this. For I for my part would rather ten thousand times enter the house of one of you and be left at a loss, than not be heard when I speak here. This is harder to me than that, since this house is the more important. For our great possessions are laid up here; here are all our hopes. For what is there here that is not great and awesome? For this table is much more precious and sweeter than that one, and this lamp than that lamp. And those know it who, anointing themselves with oil in faith and in due season, have put away diseases. And this chest is much better and more necessary than that chest; for it holds shut up not clothes but alms, even if those who possess them are few. Here too is a couch better than that one; for the rest of the divine Scriptures is sweeter than any couch. And if the work of concord had been well achieved among us, we would have no other house besides this. And that what has been said is not burdensome, the three thousand and the five thousand bear witness, who had one house, one table, and one soul; “for the multitude of those who believed,” it says, “were of one heart and one soul.” But since we fall far short of their virtue and are scattered in our houses, at least when we gather here let us do this with eagerness. For if in other things we are … at least here receive us with love when we come in to you. And when I say, “Peace be with you,” and you then say, “And with your spirit,” say it not with the voice only but with the mind, not with the mouth only but with the understanding. But if here you say, “Peace, and with your spirit,” and outside you war against me, spitting at me and speaking ill of me, secretly besmirching me with countless reproaches, what sort of peace is this? For I, even if you speak ill of me ten thousand times, give you the peace with a pure heart, with a sincere mind, and can never say anything evil about you; for I have a father’s heart. And if I ever rebuke you, I do it out of care. But you, biting me secretly and not receiving me in the Lord’s house, I fear lest you again increase my despondency; not because you insulted me, nor because you cast me out, but because you thrust away the peace and drew on yourself that grievous punishment. For even if I do not shake off the dust, even if I do not turn away, the terms of the threat remain unmoved. For I often pronounce peace to you, and I will not stop saying it continually; and if, besides your insults, you do not receive me, not even so do I shake off the dust; not because I disobey the Master, but because I burn with love for you exceedingly. And besides, I have suffered nothing for your sake: I have neither come on a long journey, nor come with that dress and that poverty (that is why we first accuse ourselves), nor without sandals and a second tunic; perhaps that is why you too fall short in your part. Yet this is not enough for your defense; for while our judgment is greater, it gives you no share of pardon.

32.7Field 1

Τότε αἱ οἰκίαι ἐκκλησίαι ἧσαν, νῦν δὲ ἡ ἐκκλησία οἰκία γέγονεν. Οὐδὲν ἦν τότε ἐν οἰκίᾳ λαλῆσαι βιωτικόν οὐδέν ἐστι νῦν ἐκ ἐκκλησίᾳ πνευματικὸν εἰπεῖν, αλλὰ καὶ ἐνταῦθα τὰ ἐκ τῆς ἀγορᾶς ἐπεισάγετε᾽ καὶ τοῦ θεοῦ διαλεγομένου, ἀφέντες τὸ σιγῆ τῶν λεγομένων ἀκούειν, τάναντία φέροντες συμβάλλετε. πράγματα καὶ εἴθε τὰ ὑμέτερα νυνὶ δὲ τὰ μηδὲν ὑμῖν προσήκοντα καὶ λέγετε καὶ ἀκούετε. Διὰ ταῦτα θρηνώ, καὶ θρηνῶν οὐ παύσομαι. Οὐδὲ γάρ εἰμι κύριος τὴν οἰκίαν ἀμεῖψαι. ταύτην, ἀλλ᾽ ἐνταῦθα ἀνάγκη μένειν, ἕως ἂν ἐκ τοῦ παρόντος εξἔλθωμεν βίου. Χωρήσατε τοίνυν ἡμᾶς, καθὼς ὁ Παῦλος ἐκέλευσεν. Οὐδὲ γὰρ περὶ τραπέζης ἐκεῖ τὸ εἰρημένον ἦν αὐτῷ, ἀλλὰ περὶ Ὑνωμης καὶ διανοίας. Τοῦτο καὶ ἡμεῖς παρ᾿ ὑμῶν ζητοῦμεν, τὴν ἀγάπην, τὴν φιλίαν τὴν θερμὴν ἐκείνην καὶ γνησίαν. Εἰ δὲ οὐδὲ τοῦτο ἀνόχεσθε, κἂν ὑμᾶς αὐτοὺς φιλήσατοε, τὴν παρούσαν ἀποτιθέμενοι ῥᾳθυμίαν. Ἀρκεῖ τοῦτο εἰς παραμυθίαν ἡμῖν, ἂν ἴδωμεν εὐδοκιμοῦντας καὶ γενομένους βελτίους ὑμᾶς. Οὕτω καὶ αὐτὸς μείζονα ἐπιδείξομαι τὴν ἀγάπην, εἰ καὶ περισσότερον ἀγαπῶν, ἥττον ἀγαπῶμαι. Καὶ γὰρ. πολλὰ ἡμᾶς ἐστι τὰ συνάγοντα μία τράπεζα πρόκειται πᾶσιν, εἷς ἐ ἐγέννησεν ἡμᾶς πατήρ, τὰς αὑτὰς πάντες ἐλύσαμεν ὠδῖ ἵνας, τὸ αὐτὸ ποτὸν ἅπασι δέδοται μᾶλλον δὲ ου μόνον τὸ αὐτὸ ποτὸν, ἀλλὰ καὶ ἐξ ἐ ἑνὸς ποτηρίου ἔ σίνειν. Ὁ γὰρ πατὴρ, βουλόμενος ἡμᾶς εἰς φιλοστοργίαν ἀγαγεῖ Μ᾽ καὶ τοῦτο ἐμηχανήσατο, ἐξ ἐνὸς ποτηρίου ἕ πίνειν ἡμᾶς ὅπερ ἐπιτεταμένης ἐστιν ἀγάπης. Ἀλλ᾽ οὐκ ἐσμὲν ἄξιοι τῶν ἀποστόλων ἡμεῖς. Ὁμολογῶ καγώ, καὶ οὐκ ἄν ποτε ἀρνηθείην. Οὐ γὰρ μόνον ἐκείνων, ἀλλ᾽ οὐδὲ τῆς σκιᾶς ἄξιοι τῆς ἐκείνων ἡμεῖς. ᾿Αλλ᾽ ὅμως τὰ παρ᾽ ὑμῶν γινέσθω. Οὐδὲν ὑμᾶς τοῦτο καταισχῦναι δυνήσεται, ἀλλὰ καὶ ὠφελῆσαι μειζόνως. Ὅταν γὰρ καὶ περὶ ἀναξίους τοσαύτην ἐπι οίξησθε τὴν ἀγάπὴν καὶ τὴν ὑπακοὴν, τότε μείζονα λήψεσθε τὴν ἀνταπόδοσιν. Οὐδὲ γὰρ τὰ ἡμέτερα λέγομεν' ἐπεὶ μηδέ ἐστιν ἐὑμῖν διδάσκαλος ἐπὶ τῆς γῆν ἀλλ᾽ ἃ παρελάβομεν, καὶ διδόαμεν, καὶ διδόντες οὐδὲν πλέον ἐπιζητοῦμεν παρ᾽ ὑμών, ἀλλ᾽ ἢ τὸ φιλεῖσθαι μόνον. Εἰ δὲ ἀνάξιοι καὶ τούτου, ἀλλ᾽ ἀπὸ τοῦ φιλεῖν ὑμᾶς ἄξιοι ταχέως ἐσόμεθα. Καίτοιγε προσετάγημεν, μὴ τοὺς φιλουντας φιλεῖν μόνον, ἀλλὰ καὶ τοὺς ἐχθρούς. Τίς οὖν οὕτως ἀπήνης, τίς οὕτως ἄγριος, ὃς τοιοῦτον δεξάμενος νόμον, καὶ τοὺς φιλοῦντας ἀποστραφήσεται καὶ μισήσει, κἂν μυρίων κακῶν ἀνάμεστος ἢ : ᾿Εκοινωνήσαμεν τραπέζης πνευματικῆς κοινωνήσωμεν καὶ ἀγάπης πνευματικῆς. Εἰ γὰρ λῃσταὶ, κοινωνοῦντες ἁλών, ἐπιλανθάνονται τοῦ τρόπου, τίνα ἕξομεν. ἀπολογίαν ἡμεῖς; σώματος ἀεὶ δεσποτικοῦ μετέχοντες, καὶ οὐδὲ τὴν ἐκείνων μεμούμενοι ἡμερότητα: Καίτουγε πολλοῖς οὐχὶ τράπεζα μόνον, ἀλλὰ καὶ τὸ πόλεως εἶναι μιᾶς ἤρκεσεν εἰς φιλίαν ἡμεῖς δὲ, ὁ ὅταν καὶ πόλιν τὴν αὐτὴν ἔχωμεν, καὶ οἰκίαν τὴν αὐτὴν, καὶ τράπεζαν, καὶ ὁδὸν, καὶ θύραν, καὶ βίζαν, καὶ ζωὴν, καὶ κεφα-. λὴν, καὶ ποιμένα τὸν αὐτὸν, καὶ βασιλέα, καὶ διδάσκαλον, καὶ κριτὴν, καὶ δημιουργὸν, καὶ πατέρα, καὶ πάντα ἡμῖν κοινὰ, τίνος ἂν εἴημεν συγγνώμης ἄξιοι, ἀπ᾿ ἀλλήλων διαιρού.-. μενοι ᾿Αλλὰ τὰ σημεῖα ἐπιζητεῖτε, ἃ ἅπερ εἰσιόντες ἐποίουν ἐκεῖνοι, τοὺς λεπροὺς τοὺς καθαιρομένους, καὶ τοὺς δαίμονας τοὺς ἐλαυνομένους; καὶ τοὺς ἐγειρομένους νεκρούς : Αλλά καὶ τοῦτο ' τῆς εὐγενείας ὑμών μέγιστον. δεῖγμα, καὶ τῆς ἀγάπης, τὸ μὴ μετ᾽ ἐνεχύρων πιστεύειν τῷ θεῳ. Καὶ γὰρ καὶ διὰ τοῦτο καὶ δι ἕτερον τὰ σημεῖα ἔπαυσεν ο θεός. Εἰ γάρ, οὐ γινομόνων σημείων, οἱ πλεονεκτήμασιν ἑτέροις κομῶντες, οἷον ἣ λόγῳ σοφίας, ἢ εὐλαβείας ἐπιδείξει, κενοδοξοῦσιν, ἐπαίρονται; ἀπ᾽ ἀλλήλων σχίζονται εἰ καὶ σημεία ἐγένοντο, ποῦ οὐκ ἄν ἐγένετο ῥήγματα, Καὶ ὅτι οὐ στοχασμὸς τὸ εἰρημένον, αὐ ε θτὸ Κορίνθιοι εἰς πολλὰ ἐντεῦθεν διαιρεθέντες μέρη. ἢ δὴ σημεῖα ζήτει, ἀλλὰ ψυχῆς ὑγείαν. Μὴ ζήτει ἕνα ἰδεῖν ἐγειρόμενον' καὶ γὰρ ἔμαθες ὅτι ὁλόκληρος ἡ οἰκουμένη ἀνίσταται. Μὴ ζητει τυφλὸν ἰδεῖν θεραπευόμενον, ἀλλ᾽ ὅρα πάντας ἀναβλέποντας νῦν τὴν βελτίω καὶ χρησιμωτέραν ἀνάβλεψιν' καὶ μαθε καὶ σὺ σωφρόνως ὁρᾶν, καὶ διόρθωσαί σου τὸν ὀφθαλμόν. Καὶ γὰρ εἰ πάντες ὡς ἐχρῆν ἐζώμεν, μᾶλλον ἂν τῶν θαυματουργούντων ἐθαύμασαν ἡμᾶς Ἑλλήνων παῖδες. Τὰ μὲν γὰρ σημεῖα καὶ φαντασίας ὑπόνοιαν ἔ ἔχει πολλάκις, καὶ ἐτέραν πονηρὰν ὑποψίαν, εἰ καὶ τὰ ἡμέτερα οὐ τοιαῦτα᾽ βίος δὲ καθαρὸς οὐδεμίαν τοιαύτην ἐπήρειαν δέξασθαι δυνατακε ἀλλὰ πάντων ἐμφράττει τὰ στόματα τῆς ἀρετῆς ἢ κτῆσις.

Tote hai oikiai ekklēsiai hēsan, nyn de hē ekklēsia oikia gegonen. Ouden ēn tote en oikią lalēsai biōtikon ouden esti nyn ek ekklēsią pneumatikon eipein, alla kai entautha ta ek tēs agoras epeisagete᾽ kai tou theou dialegomenou, aphentes to sigē tōn legomenōn akouein, tanantia pherontes symballete. pragmata kai eithe ta hymetera nyni de ta mēden hymin prosēkonta kai legete kai akouete. Dia tauta thrēnō, kai thrēnōn ou pausomai. Oude gar eimi kyrios tēn oikian ameipsai. tautēn, all᾽ entautha anankē menein, heōs an ek tou parontos exelthōmen biou. Chōrēsate toinyn hēmas, kathōs ho Paulos ekeleusen. Oude gar peri trapezēs ekei to eirēmenon ēn autǭ, alla peri Hynōmēs kai dianoias. Touto kai hēmeis par᾿ hymōn zētoumen, tēn agapēn, tēn philian tēn thermēn ekeinēn kai gnēsian. Ei de oude touto anochesthe, kan hymas autous philēsatoe, tēn parousan apotithemenoi rhąthymian. Arkei touto eis paramythian hēmin, an idōmen eudokimountas kai genomenous beltious hymas. Houtō kai autos meizona epideixomai tēn agapēn, ei kai perissoteron agapōn, hētton agapōmai. Kai gar. polla hēmas esti ta synagonta mia trapeza prokeitai pasin, heis e egennēsen hēmas patēr, tas hautas pantes elysamen ōdi hinas, to auto poton hapasi dedotai mallon de ou monon to auto poton, alla kai ex e henos potēriou e sinein. Ho gar patēr, boulomenos hēmas eis philostorgian agagei M᾽ kai touto emēchanēsato, ex enos potēriou he pinein hēmas hoper epitetamenēs estin agapēs. All᾽ ouk esmen axioi tōn apostolōn hēmeis. Homologō kagō, kai ouk an pote arnētheiēn. Ou gar monon ekeinōn, all᾽ oude tēs skias axioi tēs ekeinōn hēmeis. ᾿All᾽ homōs ta par᾽ hymōn ginesthō. Ouden hymas touto kataischynai dynēsetai, alla kai ōphelēsai meizonōs. Hotan gar kai peri anaxious tosautēn epi oixēsthe tēn agapēn kai tēn hypakoēn, tote meizona lēpsesthe tēn antapodosin. Oude gar ta hēmetera legomen' epei mēde estin heumin didaskalos epi tēs gēn all᾽ ha parelabomen, kai didoamen, kai didontes ouden pleon epizētoumen par᾽ hymōn, all᾽ ē to phileisthai monon. Ei de anaxioi kai toutou, all᾽ apo tou philein hymas axioi tacheōs esometha. Kaitoige prosetagēmen, mē tous philountas philein monon, alla kai tous echthrous. Tis oun houtōs apēnēs, tis houtōs agrios, hos toiouton dexamenos nomon, kai tous philountas apostraphēsetai kai misēsei, kan myriōn kakōn anamestos ē : ᾿Ekoinōnēsamen trapezēs pneumatikēs koinōnēsōmen kai agapēs pneumatikēs. Ei gar lę̄stai, koinōnountes halōn, epilanthanontai tou tropou, tina hexomen. apologian hēmeis? sōmatos aei despotikou metechontes, kai oude tēn ekeinōn memoumenoi hēmerotēta: Kaitouge pollois ouchi trapeza monon, alla kai to poleōs einai mias ērkesen eis philian hēmeis de, ho hotan kai polin tēn autēn echōmen, kai oikian tēn autēn, kai trapezan, kai hodon, kai thyran, kai bizan, kai zōēn, kai kepha-. lēn, kai poimena ton auton, kai basilea, kai didaskalon, kai kritēn, kai dēmiourgon, kai patera, kai panta hēmin koina, tinos an eiēmen syngnōmēs axioi, ap᾿ allēlōn diairou.-. menoi ᾿Alla ta sēmeia epizēteite, ha haper eisiontes epoioun ekeinoi, tous leprous tous kathairomenous, kai tous daimonas tous elaunomenous? kai tous egeiromenous nekrous : Alla kai touto ' tēs eugeneias hymōn megiston. deigma, kai tēs agapēs, to mē met᾽ enechyrōn pisteuein tǭ theǭ. Kai gar kai dia touto kai di heteron ta sēmeia epausen o theos. Ei gar, ou ginomonōn sēmeiōn, hoi pleonektēmasin heterois komōntes, hoion hē logǭ sophias, ē eulabeias epideixei, kenodoxousin, epairontai? ap᾽ allēlōn schizontai ei kai sēmeia egenonto, pou ouk an egeneto rhēgmata, Kai hoti ou stochasmos to eirēmenon, au e thto Korinthioi eis polla enteuthen diairethentes merē. ē dē sēmeia zētei, alla psychēs hygeian. Mē zētei hena idein egeiromenon' kai gar emathes hoti holoklēros hē oikoumenē anistatai. Mē zētei typhlon idein therapeuomenon, all᾽ hora pantas anablepontas nyn tēn beltiō kai chrēsimōteran anablepsin' kai mathe kai sy sōphronōs horan, kai diorthōsai sou ton ophthalmon. Kai gar ei pantes hōs echrēn ezōmen, mallon an tōn thaumatourgountōn ethaumasan hēmas Hellēnōn paides. Ta men gar sēmeia kai phantasias hyponoian e echei pollakis, kai eteran ponēran hypopsian, ei kai ta hēmetera ou toiauta᾽ bios de katharos oudemian toiautēn epēreian dexasthai dynatake alla pantōn emphrattei ta stomata tēs aretēs ē ktēsis.

Then the houses were churches, but now the church has become a house. Then there was nothing worldly to be said in a house; now there is nothing spiritual to be said in church, but even here you bring in the affairs of the marketplace; and while God is speaking, leaving off listening in silence to what is said, you bring in the opposite and confer together. And would that it were your own affairs! But as it is, you both speak and hear things that do not concern you at all. For this I lament, and I will not stop lamenting. For I have no power to change this house; but here I must remain until we depart from the present life. “Make room, then, for us,” as Paul commanded. For what he said there was not about a table but about mind and disposition. This we too seek from you: love, that warm and genuine friendship. But if you will not endure even this, at least love yourselves, laying aside your present sloth. This is enough consolation for us, if we see you well approved and become better. So I too will show greater love, “even if the more I love, the less I am loved.” For many things bind us together: one table is set before all; one Father begot us; we were all born of the same birth pangs; the same drink has been given to all; or rather not only the same drink, but to drink from one cup. For the Father, wishing to lead us to affection, devised this too, that we should drink from one cup; which belongs to intense love. “But we are not equal to the apostles.” I too confess it, and would never deny it. For we are not worthy, not only of them, but not even of their shadow. But nevertheless, let your part be done. This cannot shame you, but will benefit you the more. For when you show so much love and obedience even toward the unworthy, then you will receive the greater recompense. For it is not our own things that we speak; since you have no teacher on earth; but what we received, we also give, and in giving we seek nothing more from you than to be loved only. And if we are unworthy even of this, yet by loving you we shall quickly become worthy. And yet we have been commanded to love not only those who love us, but even our enemies. Who, then, is so harsh, who so savage, as, having received such a law, to turn away from and hate even those who love him, even if he is full of countless evils? We have shared a spiritual table; let us share spiritual love too. For if robbers, sharing salt, forget their ways, what defense shall we have, who always partake of the Lord’s body and do not imitate even their gentleness? And yet for many not a table only, but even belonging to one city has been enough for friendship; but we, when we have the same city, the same house, table, road, door, root, life, head, the same shepherd, king, teacher, judge, maker, and Father, and all things in common, what pardon would we deserve if we are divided from one another? “But you seek the signs that those men worked when they came in: the lepers cleansed, the demons driven out, the dead raised?” But this too is the greatest proof of your nobility and of your love: to believe God without pledges. For it was for this and for another reason that God stopped the signs. For if, when signs do not happen, those who pride themselves on other advantages, such as the word of wisdom or a display of piety, are vainglorious, are puffed up, and split from one another, what rifts would there not have been if signs had happened too? And that what has been said is not conjecture, the Corinthians bear witness, who were divided from this into many parts. Do not, then, seek signs, but the health of the soul. Do not seek to see one dead man raised; for you have learned that the whole world is rising. Do not seek to see a blind man healed, but see all now receiving the better and more useful sight; and learn yourself too to look chastely, and correct your eye. For if we all lived as we ought, the children of the pagans would marvel at us more than at wonder-workers. For the signs often bring with them a suspicion of illusion and another evil suspicion, even though ours are not such; but a pure life cannot admit any such slander, but the possession of virtue stops the mouths of all.

32.8Field 1

Ταύτης τοίνυν ἐπιμελώμεθα πολὺς γὰρ αὐτῆς ὁ πλοῦτος, καὶ τὸ θαῦμα μέγα. Δὕτη τὴν ὄντως ἐλευθερίαν παρέχει, καὶ ἐν τῆ δουλείᾳ ταύτην θεωρεῖσθαι παρασκευάζει, οὐκ ἀπαλλάττουσα τῆς δουλείας, αλλὰ δούλους μένοντας ἐλευθέρων ἀποφαίνουσα σεμνοτέρους, ὃ τοῦ δοῦναι ἐλευθερίαν πολλῷ πλέον ἐστίν οὐ ποιοῦσα πλούσιον τὸν πένητα, ἀλλὰ μένοντα πένητα τοῦ πλουσίου εὐπορώτερον ἀποφαίνουσα. ι δὲ καὶ σημεῖα βούλει ποιεῖν, ἀπαλλάγηθι πλημμελημάτων, καὶ τὸ τὰν ἤνυσας. Καὶ γὰρ μέγας δαίμων ἡ ἁμαρτία, ἀγαπητέ κἂν ταύτην ἐξέλῃς, τῶν μυρίους δαίμονας ἐλαυνόντων μεῖζον εἰργάσω. Ἄκουσον Παύλου λέγοντος, καὶ τὴν ἀρετὴν τών ἡμλόυις προτιθέντος ζηλοῦτε δὲ, φησὶ, τὰ χαρίσματα τὰ κρείττονα καὶ ἔτι καθ᾽ ὑπερβολὴν ὁδὸν ὑμῖν δείκνυμι καὶ μέλλων λέγειν τὴν ὁδὸν ταύτην, ᾿ οὐ νεκρῶν εἶπεν ἔγερσιν, οὐ κάθαρσιν λεπρῶν, οὐκ ἄλλο τῶν τοιούτων οὐδέν᾽ ἀλλ᾽ ἀντὶ παντων τούτων τὴν ἀγάπην τέθεικεν. Ἄκουσον καὶ τοὺ Χριστοῦ λέγοντον μὴ χαίρετε, ὅτι τὰ δαιμόνια ὑμῖν ᾿ὑπακούει, ἀλλ᾽ ὅτι τὰ ὀνόματα ὑμῶν γέγραπται ἐν τοῖς οὐρανοῖς. Καὶ πρὸ τούτου πάλιν' ἐροῦσί μοι πολλοὶ ἐν ἐκείνῃ τῇ ἡμέρᾳ οὐ τῷ σῳ ὀνόματι προεφητεύσαμεν, καὶ δαιμόνια ἐξεβάλομεν, καὶ δυνάμεις πολλὰς ἐποιήσαμεν; καὶ τότε ὁμολογήσω αὐτοῖς, ὅτι οὐκ οἷδα ὑμᾶς. Καὶ ὅτε ἔμελλε σταυροῦσθαι, καλέσας τοὺς μαθητὰς ὄλεγεν αὐτοῖς ἐν τούτῳ γνώσονται πάντες, ὅτι μαθηταί μού ἐστε, οὐκ εἂν δα υἱὰ ἐκβάλλητε, ἀλλ᾽ ὰ ἐὰν ἀγάπην ἔχητε ἐν ἀλλήλοις. Ναὶ πάλιν ἐν τούτῳ γνώσονται πάντες, ὅτι σύ με ἀπέστειλας, οὐχὶ ἐὰν νεκροὺς ἐγείρωσιν οὗτοι, ἀλλ᾽ ἐὰν ὦσιν ἕν Τὰ μὲν γὰρ σημεῖα πολλάκις ἕτερον μὲν ὠφέλησε, τὸν δὲ ἔχοντα παρέβλαψεν, εἰς ἀπόνοιαν ἐπάραντα καὶ κενοδοξίαν, ἢ καὶ ἑτέρῳ τινὶ τρόπῳ᾽ ἐπὶ δὲ τῶν ἔργων οὐδὲν τοιοῦτον ὑποπτεῦσαι ἔνι, ἀλλὰ καὶ τοὺς μετιόντας αὐτὰ, καὶ ἑτέρους πολλοὺς ὠφελεῖ. Γαυτα τοίνυν μετὰ πολλῆς τῆς ἐπιμελείας ἐργασώμεθα. Ἂν γὰρ ἐξ ἀπανθρωπίας εἰς ἐλεημοσύνην μεταβάλῃς, ξηρὰν τὴν χεῖρα οὖσαν ἐξέτεινας. δν θεάτρων ἀποστὰς ἐπὶ τὴν ἐκκλησίαν ἴης, χωλεύοντα τὸν πόδα διώρθωσας. Ὧν ἀποστήσης τοὺς ὀφθαλμούς σου ἀπὸ πόρνης καὶ κάλλους ἀλλοτρίου, τυφλοὺς ὄντας ἀνέῳξας. ᾿Εαν ἀντὶ σατανικῶν δῶν μάθης ψαλμοὺς πνευματικοὺς, κωφὸς ὧν ἐλάλησας. Παῦτὰ τὰ θαύματα μέγιστα ταῦτα τὰ σημεῖα παράδοξα. Ἂν ταῦτα τὰ σημεῖα ποιοῦντες διατελώμεν, καὶ αὐτοὶ μεγάλοι. τινὲς καὶ θαυμαστοὶ διὰ τούτων ἐσόμεθα,

Tautēs toinyn epimelōmetha polys gar autēs ho ploutos, kai to thauma mega. Dytē tēn ontōs eleutherian parechei, kai en tē douleią tautēn theōreisthai paraskeuazei, ouk apallattousa tēs douleias, alla doulous menontas eleutherōn apophainousa semnoterous, ho tou dounai eleutherian pollǭ pleon estin ou poiousa plousion ton penēta, alla menonta penēta tou plousiou euporōteron apophainousa. i de kai sēmeia boulei poiein, apallagēthi plēmmelēmatōn, kai to tan ēnysas. Kai gar megas daimōn hē hamartia, agapēte kan tautēn exelę̄s, tōn myrious daimonas elaunontōn meizon eirgasō. Akouson Paulou legontos, kai tēn aretēn tōn hēmlouis protithentos zēloute de, phēsi, ta charismata ta kreittona kai eti kath᾽ hyperbolēn hodon hymin deiknymi kai mellōn legein tēn hodon tautēn, ᾿ ou nekrōn eipen egersin, ou katharsin leprōn, ouk allo tōn toioutōn ouden᾽ all᾽ anti pantōn toutōn tēn agapēn tetheiken. Akouson kai tou Christou legonton mē chairete, hoti ta daimonia hymin ᾿hypakouei, all᾽ hoti ta onomata hymōn gegraptai en tois ouranois. Kai pro toutou palin' erousi moi polloi en ekeinę̄ tę̄ hēmerą ou tǭ sǭ onomati proephēteusamen, kai daimonia exebalomen, kai dynameis pollas epoiēsamen? kai tote homologēsō autois, hoti ouk hoida hymas. Kai hote emelle staurousthai, kalesas tous mathētas olegen autois en toutǭ gnōsontai pantes, hoti mathētai mou este, ouk ean da huia ekballēte, all᾽ a ean agapēn echēte en allēlois. Nai palin en toutǭ gnōsontai pantes, hoti sy me apesteilas, ouchi ean nekrous egeirōsin houtoi, all᾽ ean ōsin hen Ta men gar sēmeia pollakis heteron men ōphelēse, ton de echonta pareblapsen, eis aponoian eparanta kai kenodoxian, ē kai heterǭ tini tropǭ᾽ epi de tōn ergōn ouden toiouton hypopteusai eni, alla kai tous metiontas auta, kai heterous pollous ōphelei. Gauta toinyn meta pollēs tēs epimeleias ergasōmetha. An gar ex apanthrōpias eis eleēmosynēn metabalę̄s, xēran tēn cheira ousan exeteinas. dn theatrōn apostas epi tēn ekklēsian iēs, chōleuonta ton poda diōrthōsas. Hōn apostēsēs tous ophthalmous sou apo pornēs kai kallous allotriou, typhlous ontas aneǭxas. ᾿Ean anti satanikōn dōn mathēs psalmous pneumatikous, kōphos hōn elalēsas. Pauta ta thaumata megista tauta ta sēmeia paradoxa. An tauta ta sēmeia poiountes diatelōmen, kai autoi megaloi. tines kai thaumastoi dia toutōn esometha,

Let us take care of this, then; for great is its wealth and great the wonder. It provides true freedom and makes it seen even in slavery, not freeing men from slavery, but showing slaves, while they remain slaves, more venerable than free men, which is much more than giving freedom; not making the poor man rich, but showing him, while he remains poor, better off than the rich. And if you wish to work signs too, be freed from offenses, and you have accomplished everything. For sin is a great demon, beloved; and if you take this out, you have done something greater than those who drive out ten thousand demons. Hear Paul speaking and putting virtue before signs: “But be zealous,” he says, “for the greater gifts; and I show you a still more excellent way.” And when he was about to speak of this way, he did not speak of raising the dead, nor of cleansing lepers, nor of anything else of the kind; but in place of all these he set love. Hear Christ too saying, “Do not rejoice that the demons obey you, but that your names are written in heaven.” And before this again: “Many will say to me in that day, ‘Did we not prophesy in your name, and cast out demons, and do many mighty works?’ And then I will declare to them, ‘I do not know you.’” And when he was about to be crucified, he called the disciples and said to them, “By this all will know that you are my disciples,” not if you cast out demons, but “if you have love for one another.” And again, “By this all will know that you sent me,” not if these men raise the dead, but if they are one. For the signs often benefited another but harmed the one who had them, lifting him up to arrogance and vainglory, or in some other way; but with works it is not possible to suspect anything of the kind, but they benefit both those who pursue them and many others. Let us work these, then, with great care. For if you change from inhumanity to almsgiving, you have stretched out the hand that was withered. If you leave the theaters and go to church, you have set right the lame foot. If you turn your eyes away from a harlot and from another’s beauty, you have opened them when they were blind. If instead of satanic songs you learn spiritual psalms, you have spoken though you were mute. These are the greatest miracles, these the wonderful signs. If we continue working these signs, we ourselves shall become great and admirable through them,

32.10Field 1

καὶ τοὺς πονηροὺς ἐπισπασόμεθα ἅπαντας εἰς ἀρετὴν, καὶ τῆς μελλούσης ἀπολαυσόμεθα ζωῆς ἧς γένοιΤὸ πάντας ἡμᾶς ἐπιτυχεῖν, χάριτι καὶ φιλανθρωπίᾳ τοῦ κυρίου ἡμῶν ᾿Ιησοῦ Χριστον, ᾧ ἡ δόξα καὶ τὸ κράτος εἰς τοὺς αἰῶνας τῶν αἰώνων. μην:

kai tous ponērous epispasometha hapantas eis aretēn, kai tēs mellousēs apolausometha zōēs hēs genoiTo pantas hēmas epitychein, chariti kai philanthrōpią tou kyriou hēmōn ᾿Iēsou Christon, hǭ hē doxa kai to kratos eis tous aiōnas tōn aiōnōn. mēn:

and we shall draw all the wicked to virtue, and shall enjoy the life to come; which may we all obtain, by the grace and love for humankind of our Lord Jesus Christ, to whom be the glory and the might for ever and ever. Amen.

Chapter 33

33.1Field 1

ἐγὼ ἀποστέλλω ὑμᾶς ὡς πρόβατα ἐν μέσῳ λύκων. Γΐνεσθε οὖν φρόνιμοι ὡς οἱ ὄφεις, καὶ ἀκέραιοι ὡς αἱ περιστεραί. ᾿ἜΠΕΙΔΗ περὶ τῆς ἀναγκαίας τροφης ἐποίησεν αὐτοὺς θαῤῥεῖν, καὶ τὰς πάντων ἀνέῳξεν αὐτοῖς οἰκίας, καὶ σεμνὸν τῆ εἰσόδῳ αὐτῶν σχῆμα περιέθηκεν, οὐχ ὡς ἀλήτας καὶ προσαἰτας εἰσιέναι κελεύων, ἀλλ᾽ ὡς τῶν ὑποδεχομένων πολλῷ σεμνοτέρους (τοῦτο γὰρ ἔδειξε δι᾽ ὧν ἔλεγεν ἄξιος ὁ ο ἐργάτης τοῦ μισθοῦ αὐτοῦ, καὶ δι ὧν ἐκέλευσεν ἐρωτᾶν, τίς ἄξιος, κακεῖ μένειν, καὶ ᾿ἀσπαζεσθαι τοὺς δεχομένους προσἕταττε, καὶ δ᾽ ὧν τοῖς μὴ δεχομένοις τὰ ἀνήκεστα ἐκεῖνα ἠπείλησε κακά) ἐπειδὴ οὖν ταύτῃ ἐξέβαλεν αὐτῶν τὴν φροντίδα, καὶ τῇ τῶν σημείων καθώπλισεν ἐπιδείξει, καὶ σιδηροῦς τινας καὶ ἀδαμαντίνους εἰργάσατο, πάντων ἀπαλλάξας τῶν βιωτικῶν, καὶ πάσης ἐλευθερώσας ἐπικαίρον μερίμνης αὐτούς. λέγει λοιπὸν καὶ τὰ μέλλοντα συμπίπτειν αὐτοῖς κακὰ, οὐ τὰ μικρὸν ὕστερον συμβησόμενα μόνον, ἀλλὰ καὶ τὰ μετὰ μακρὸν ἐσόμενα χρόνον, ἄνωθεν καὶ πρὸ πολλοῦ τῷ πρὸς τὸν διάβολον προπαρασκευάζων αὐτοὺς πολέμῳ. Καὶ γὰρ πολλὰ ἐντεῦθεν κατωρθοῦτο᾽ καὶ πρῶτον, τὸ μαθεῖν τῆς προγνώσεως αὐτοῦ τὴν δύναμιν δεύτερον δὲ, τὸ μηδένα ὑποπτεύειν, ὅτι δι ἀσθένειαν τοῦ διδασκάλου ταῦτα ἐπῆει τὰ δεινά' τρίτον, τὸ τοὺς ὑπομένοντας ταῦτα μὴ ἐκπλήττεσθαι τῷ ἀπροσδοκήτως καὶ παρ᾽ ἐλπίδα ἐκβαίνειν τέταρτον, τὸ μὴ παρ᾽ αὐτὸν τὸν καιρὸν τοῦ σταυροῦ ταῦτα ἀκούοντας θορυβηθῆναι. Καὶ γὰρ καὶ ἔπαθον τοῦτο αὐτὸ τότε, ὅτε καὶ ὀνειδίζων αὐτοῖς ἔλεγεν ὅτι ταῦτα λελάληκα ὑμῖν, ἡ λύπη πεπλήρωκεν ὑμῶν τὴν καρδίαν καὶ οὐδεὶς εξ ὑμῶν ἐρωτᾷ με, ποῦ ὑπάγεις Καίτοι οὐδὲν οὐδέπω περὶ ἑαυτοῦ ἣν εἰρηκὼς, οἷον, ὅτι δεθήσεται καὶ μαστιγωθήσεται καὶ ἀναιρεθήσεται, ὥστε μὴ καὶ ταύτῃ συνταράξαι αὐτῶν τὴν διάνοιαν' ἀλλὰ τέως τὰ αὐτοῖς ἐσυμβησόμενα προαναφωνεῖ. Εἶτα ἵνα μάθωσιν, ὅτι καινὸς οὗτος ὁ τοῦ πολέμου νόμος, καὶ παράδοξος τῆς παρατάξεως ὁ τρόπος, γυμνοὺς πέμπων, καὶ μονοχίτωνας» καὶ ἀνυποδέτους, καὶ χωρὶς ῥάβδου, καὶ χωρὶς ζώνης καὶ πήρας, καὶ παρὰ τῶν δεχομένων κελεύων τρέφεσθαι, οὐδὲ ἐνταῦθα τὸν λόγον ἔστησεν, ἀλλὰ δεικνὺς αὐτοῦ τὴν ἄφατον δύναμιν, φησί καὶ οὕτως ἀπιόντες ᾿τὴν προβάτων ἡμερότητα ἐπιδείκνυσθε, καὶ ταῦτα πρὸς λύκους ἰέναι μέλλοντες καὶ οὐχ ἁπλῶς πρὸς λύκους, αλλὰ καὶ εἰς μέσους λύκων. καὶ οὐ προβάτων ἡμερότητα μόνον ἔχειν κελεύει, ἀλλὰ καὶ τῆς περιστερᾶς τὸ ἀκέραιον. Οὕτω γὰρ μάλιστα τὴν ἐμὴν ἐνδείξομαι. ἰσχὺν, ὅταν πρόβατα λύκων περιγένηται, καὶ ἐν μέσῳ τὸν λύκων ὄντα, καὶ μυρία λαμβάνοντα δήγματα, μὴ μόνον ' μὴ καταναλίσκηται, ἀλλὰ καὶ ἐκείνους μεταβάλλῃ ὃ πολλῴ θαυμαστότερον. ἐστι καὶ μεῖζον τον ἀνελεῖν, τὸ μεταθεῖναι τὴν γνώμην, καὶ μεταῤῥυθμίσαι τὴν διάνοιαν. καὶ ταῦτα δώδεκα ᾿' ὄντες μόνον, τῆς οἰκουμένης τῶν λύκων ἐμπεπλησμένης. Αἰσχυνώμεθα τοίνυν οἱ ταναντία ποιοῦντες, οἱ ὡς λύκοι τοῖς ἐχθροῖς ἐπιτιθέμενοι. ως γὰρ ἂν ὦμεν πρόβατα, νικῶμεν κἂν μυρίοι γενώμεθα λύκοι, ἡττώμεθα ἀφίσταται γὰρ ἡμῶν ἡ τοῦ ποιμένος βοήθειαι Οὐ γὰρ λύκους, ἀλλὰ πρόβατα ποιμαίνει; καὶ καταλιμπάνει σε καὶ ἀναχωρεῖ οὐδὲ γὰρ συγχωρεῖς αὐτοῦ δειχθῆναι τὴν δύναμιν. Ὧν μὲν γὰρ πάσχων κακῶς ἡμερότητα ἐπιδείξη, αὐτῷ λογίζεται ἅπαν τὸ τρόπαιον ἂν δὲ ἐπεξίῃς καὶ πυκτεύῃς, ἐπισκιάζεις, τῆ νίκῃ. Σὺ δέ μοι σκόπει τίνες εἰσὶν οἱ τῶν προσταγμάτων τούτων ἀκούοντες τών σκληρῶν καὶ ἐπιπόνων᾽ οἱ δειλοὶ καὶ ἰδιῶται οἱ ἀγράιματοι καὶ ἀμαθεῖς οἱ πάντοθεν ἄσημοι οἱ μηδέποτε τοῖς ἔξωθεν ἐντραφέντες νόμοις οἱ μὴ ταχέως εἰς ἀγορὰς ἐμβάλλοντες ε ἑαυτούς οἱ αλιεῖς, οἱ τελώναι, οἱ ᾿Αὐρίων γέμοντες ἐλαττωμάτων. μι δὲ καὶ τοὺς ὑψηλοὺς καὶ μεγάλους ἱκανὰ ταῦτα θορυβῆσαι ἥν) τοὺς πάντοθεν ἀπείρους καὶ οὐδὲν οὐδέποτε φαντασθέντας Ὑενναῖον πῶς οὐκ ἦν ἱκανὰ καταβαλεῖν καὶ ἐκπλῆξαι ; ᾿Αλλ᾽ οὐ κατέβαλε. Καὶ μάλα εἰκότως, ὃ ἴσως εἴποι τις ἄν ἔδωκε γὰρ αὐτοῖς ἐξουσίαν λεπροὺς καθαίρειν, δαίμονας ἐλαύνειν. Ἔγω δὲ ἐ ἐκέίμο ἄν εἴποιμι, ὅτι αὐτὸ μὲν οὗν τοῦτο μάλιστα αὐτοὺς ἱκανὸν ἣν θορνβῆσαι, ὅτι καὶ νεκροὺς ἐγείροντες τὰ ἀνήκεστα ταῦτα ἔμελλον. ὑπομένειν, καὶ δικαστήρια, καὶ ἀπαγωγὰς, καὶ τοὺς παρὰ πάντων πολέμους, καὶ τὸ κοινὸν τῆς οἰκουμένης μισος, καὶ τοιαῦτα αὐτοὺς θαυματουργοῦντας ἀναμένειν δεινά, Τίς οὖν ἡ τούτων πάντων παράκλησις ; Ἡ τοῦ πέμποντος δύναμις. Διὸ καὶ τοῦτο πρὸ πάντων τέθεικε; λέγων ἰδοὺ ε ἐγὼ ἀποστέλλω ὑμᾶς. Ἀρκεῖ τοῦτο εἰς παραμυθίαν υ ὑμῖν ἀρκεῖ τοῦτο εἰς τὸ θαρρεῖν, καὶ μηδένα δεδοικέναι τῶν ἐπιόντων.

egō apostellō hymas hōs probata en mesǭ lykōn. Gïnesthe oun phronimoi hōs hoi opheis, kai akeraioi hōs hai peristerai. ᾿EPEIDĒ peri tēs anankaias trophēs epoiēsen autous tharrhein, kai tas pantōn aneǭxen autois oikias, kai semnon tē eisodǭ autōn schēma periethēken, ouch hōs alētas kai prosaitas eisienai keleuōn, all᾽ hōs tōn hypodechomenōn pollǭ semnoterous (touto gar edeixe di᾽ hōn elegen axios ho o ergatēs tou misthou autou, kai di hōn ekeleusen erōtan, tis axios, kakei menein, kai ᾿aspazesthai tous dechomenous prosetatte, kai d᾽ hōn tois mē dechomenois ta anēkesta ekeina ēpeilēse kaka) epeidē oun tautę̄ exebalen autōn tēn phrontida, kai tę̄ tōn sēmeiōn kathōplisen epideixei, kai sidērous tinas kai adamantinous eirgasato, pantōn apallaxas tōn biōtikōn, kai pasēs eleutherōsas epikairon merimnēs autous. legei loipon kai ta mellonta sympiptein autois kaka, ou ta mikron hysteron symbēsomena monon, alla kai ta meta makron esomena chronon, anōthen kai pro pollou tǭ pros ton diabolon proparaskeuazōn autous polemǭ. Kai gar polla enteuthen katōrthouto᾽ kai prōton, to mathein tēs prognōseōs autou tēn dynamin deuteron de, to mēdena hypopteuein, hoti di astheneian tou didaskalou tauta epēei ta deina' triton, to tous hypomenontas tauta mē ekplēttesthai tǭ aprosdokētōs kai par᾽ elpida ekbainein tetarton, to mē par᾽ auton ton kairon tou staurou tauta akouontas thorybēthēnai. Kai gar kai epathon touto auto tote, hote kai oneidizōn autois elegen hoti tauta lelalēka hymin, hē lypē peplērōken hymōn tēn kardian kai oudeis ex hymōn erōtą me, pou hypageis Kaitoi ouden oudepō peri heautou hēn eirēkōs, hoion, hoti dethēsetai kai mastigōthēsetai kai anairethēsetai, hōste mē kai tautę̄ syntaraxai autōn tēn dianoian' alla teōs ta autois esymbēsomena proanaphōnei. Eita hina mathōsin, hoti kainos houtos ho tou polemou nomos, kai paradoxos tēs parataxeōs ho tropos, gymnous pempōn, kai monochitōnas» kai anypodetous, kai chōris rhabdou, kai chōris zōnēs kai pēras, kai para tōn dechomenōn keleuōn trephesthai, oude entautha ton logon estēsen, alla deiknys autou tēn aphaton dynamin, phēsi kai houtōs apiontes ᾿tēn probatōn hēmerotēta epideiknysthe, kai tauta pros lykous ienai mellontes kai ouch haplōs pros lykous, alla kai eis mesous lykōn. kai ou probatōn hēmerotēta monon echein keleuei, alla kai tēs peristeras to akeraion. Houtō gar malista tēn emēn endeixomai. ischyn, hotan probata lykōn perigenētai, kai en mesǭ ton lykōn onta, kai myria lambanonta dēgmata, mē monon ' mē katanaliskētai, alla kai ekeinous metaballę̄ ho pollǭ thaumastoteron. esti kai meizon ton anelein, to metatheinai tēn gnōmēn, kai metarrhythmisai tēn dianoian. kai tauta dōdeka ᾿' ontes monon, tēs oikoumenēs tōn lykōn empeplēsmenēs. Aischynōmetha toinyn hoi tanantia poiountes, hoi hōs lykoi tois echthrois epitithemenoi. ōs gar an ōmen probata, nikōmen kan myrioi genōmetha lykoi, hēttōmetha aphistatai gar hēmōn hē tou poimenos boētheiai Ou gar lykous, alla probata poimainei? kai katalimpanei se kai anachōrei oude gar synchōreis autou deichthēnai tēn dynamin. Hōn men gar paschōn kakōs hēmerotēta epideixē, autǭ logizetai hapan to tropaion an de epexię̄s kai pykteuę̄s, episkiazeis, tē nikę̄. Sy de moi skopei tines eisin hoi tōn prostagmatōn toutōn akouontes tōn sklērōn kai epiponōn᾽ hoi deiloi kai idiōtai hoi agraimatoi kai amatheis hoi pantothen asēmoi hoi mēdepote tois exōthen entraphentes nomois hoi mē tacheōs eis agoras emballontes e heautous hoi alieis, hoi telōnai, hoi ᾿Auriōn gemontes elattōmatōn. mi de kai tous hypsēlous kai megalous hikana tauta thorybēsai hēn) tous pantothen apeirous kai ouden oudepote phantasthentas Hyennaion pōs ouk ēn hikana katabalein kai ekplēxai ? ᾿All᾽ ou katebale. Kai mala eikotōs, ho isōs eipoi tis an edōke gar autois exousian leprous kathairein, daimonas elaunein. Egō de e ekeimo an eipoimi, hoti auto men houn touto malista autous hikanon hēn thornbēsai, hoti kai nekrous egeirontes ta anēkesta tauta emellon. hypomenein, kai dikastēria, kai apagōgas, kai tous para pantōn polemous, kai to koinon tēs oikoumenēs misos, kai toiauta autous thaumatourgountas anamenein deina, Tis oun hē toutōn pantōn paraklēsis ? Hē tou pempontos dynamis. Dio kai touto pro pantōn tetheike? legōn idou e egō apostellō hymas. Arkei touto eis paramythian y hymin arkei touto eis to tharrein, kai mēdena dedoikenai tōn epiontōn.

“[Behold,] I send you out as sheep in the midst of wolves. Be therefore wise as serpents and innocent as doves.” Since he had made them confident about necessary food, and opened everyone’s houses to them, and given their entrance a venerable bearing, commanding them to enter not as vagrants and beggars but as far more venerable than those who received them (for he showed this by saying, “The laborer deserves his wage,” and by commanding them to inquire who is worthy and to stay there, and by enjoining them to greet those who received them, and by threatening those who did not receive them with those incurable evils), since, then, he had in this way cast out their anxiety, and armed them with the display of signs, and made them as it were of iron and adamant, freeing them from all worldly things and liberating them from every passing care, he now tells them also of the evils that would befall them; not only those that would happen a little later, but also those that would be long afterward, preparing them from far in advance for the war against the devil. For much was achieved by this: first, that they should learn the power of his foreknowledge; second, that no one should suspect that these terrors came upon them through the weakness of their teacher; third, that those who endured them should not be dismayed by their happening unexpectedly and contrary to hope; fourth, that they should not be troubled at hearing these things at the very time of the cross. For they did suffer this very thing then, when he reproached them and said, “Because I have said these things to you, sorrow has filled your heart; and none of you asks me, ‘Where are you going?’” And yet he had not yet said anything about himself, such as that he would be bound and scourged and put to death, so as not to confound their mind by this too; but for the time he foretells what would befall them. Then, so that they might learn that this law of war is new and the manner of the battle strange, sending them naked, with one tunic, unshod, without staff, without belt and bag, and commanding them to be fed by those who received them, he did not stop his discourse even here, but, showing his unspeakable power, he says: Even going out in this way, display the gentleness of sheep, and that though you are about to go to wolves; and not simply to wolves, but into the midst of wolves. And he commands them to have not only the gentleness of sheep, but also the innocence of the dove. For in this way above all I will display my strength, when sheep overcome wolves, and, being in the midst of wolves and receiving countless bites, are not only not consumed but even change them; which is much more wonderful and greater than killing them: to change their purpose and reshape their mind; and that when they were only twelve, and the world was full of wolves. Let us be ashamed, then, who do the opposite, who attack our enemies like wolves. For as long as we are sheep, we conquer; but if we become wolves, though we are ten thousand, we are defeated; for the shepherd’s help departs from us. For he shepherds not wolves but sheep; and he leaves you and withdraws, for you do not let his power be shown. For if, when you are ill treated, you display gentleness, the whole trophy is reckoned to him; but if you go after them and box with them, you overshadow the victory. But consider, I pray you, who they are who hear these hard and toilsome commands: the timid and untrained, the unlettered and ignorant, the obscure in every way, those never brought up in the laws outside, who did not readily throw themselves into the marketplaces; the fishermen, the tax collectors, those full of countless shortcomings. And if these things were enough to disturb even the lofty and great, how were they not enough to cast down and dismay those wholly inexperienced, who had never imagined anything noble? But it did not cast them down. “And very reasonably,” someone might perhaps say; “for he gave them authority to cleanse lepers and drive out demons.” But I would say this: that this very thing was especially able to disturb them, that even while raising the dead they were going to undergo these incurable things, courts and arrests and wars from all and the common hatred of the world, and to await such terrors while working such miracles. What, then, is the consolation for all these things? The power of the one who sends them. That is why he set this before everything, saying, “Behold, I send you.” This is enough for your consolation; this is enough for your confidence, and for fearing none of the things that come upon you.

33.2Field 1

Εἶδες αὐθεντίαν : εἶδες ἐξουσίαν: εἶδες δύναμιν ἄμαχον : Ὃ δὲ λέγει, τοιοῦτόν ἐστι' μὴ θορυβηθῆτε, φησὶν, ὅτι μεταξὺ λύκων πέμπων, ὡς πρόβατα καὶ ὡς περιστερὰς εἶναι κελεύω. ᾿Εδυνάμην μὲν γὰρ ποιῆσαι τοὐναντίον, καὶ μηδὲν ὑμᾶς αφεῖναι δεινὸν ὑπομένειν, μηδὲ ὡς πρόβατα ὑποτεθῆναι λύκοις, ἀλλὰ λεόντων ἐργάσασθαι φοβερωτέρους ἀλλ᾽ οὕτω συμφέρει γενέσθαι. Τοῦτο καὶ ὑμᾶς λαμπροτέρους ποιεῖ τοῦτο καὶ τὴν ἐμὴν ἀνακηρύττει δύναμιν. Τοῦτο καὶ πρὸς Παῦλον ἔλεγεν ἀρκεῖ σοι ἡ χάρις μου ἡ γὰρ δύναμίς μουν ἐν ἀσθενείᾳ τελειοῦται. ᾿ Ἔγω τοίνυν οὕτως ὑμᾶς ἐποίησα εἶναι. Ὅταν γὰρ εἴπη, ἐγὼ ἀποστέλλω ὑμᾶς ὡς πρόβατα, τοῦτο αἰνίττεται. Μὴ τοίνυν καταπέσητε' οἷδα γὰρ, οἷδα σαφώς, ὅτι ταύτῃ μάλιστα πᾶσιν ἀχείρωτοι ἔσεσθε. Εἶτα, ἵ ἵνα τι καὶ παρ᾽ ἑαυτῶν εἰσφέρωσι, καὶ μὴ πάντα τῆς χάριτος εἶναι δοκῇ, μηδὲ εἰκῇ καὶ μάτην στεφανοῦσθαι νομίζωνται, Φησί; γίνεσθε οὖν φρόνιμοι ὡς οἱ ὄφεις, καὶ ἀκέραιοι ὡὡς αἱ περιστεραί. Καὶ τί δύναιτ᾽ ἂν ἡ ἡμετέ φρόνησις, φησὶν, ἐν τοσούτοις κινδύνοις : ;: πῶς δὲ ὅλως ἥ νησόμεθα φρόνησιν ἔχειν, ὑπὸ τοσούτων περιαντλούμενοι κυμάτων: Ὅσον γὰρ ἂν γένηται φρόνιμον πρόβατον μεταξὺ λύκων ὃν, καὶ λύκων τοσούτων, τί δυνήσεται πλέον ανύσαι; ἱὅσον ἂν γένηται ἀκέραιος ἡ περιστερὰ, τί ὠφελήσει, τοσούτων ἐπικειμένων ἱεράκων: Επὶ μὲν τῶν ἀλόων, οὐδέν᾽ ἐπὶ δὲ ὑμῶν, τὰ μέγιστα. ᾿Αλλ᾽ ἴδωμεν ποίαν φρόνησιν ἐνταῦθα ἀπαιτεῖ. Τὴν τοῦ ὄφεως; φησί. Καθάπερ γὰρ ἐκεῖνος τὰ πάντα προΐεται, κἄν αὐτὸ δέη τὸ σῶμα ἀποτμηθῆναι, οὐ σφόδρα ἀντέχεται αὐτοῦ, ὥστε τὴν κεφαλὴν διατηρῆσαι οὕτω καὶ σὺ, φησὶ, πλὴν τῆς πίστεως πάντα ἐκδίδον, κὰἂν χρήματα, κἂν τὸ σώμα, κἂν αὐτὴν τὴν ψυχὴν ἐκδοῦναι δέῃ. Εκεῖνο γὰρ ἡ κεφαλὴ καὶ ἡ ῥίζα’ κἀκείνης διατηρουμένης, κἀν πάντα ἀπολέσῃς, ἅπαντα ανακτήσῃ πάλιν μετὰ πλείονος τῆς περιφανείας. Διά δὴ τοῦτο οὔτε ἁπλοῦν τινα εἶναι καὶ ἀφελῆ προσέταξεν, οὔτε φρόνιμὸν μόνον, ἀλλ᾽ ᾿ἐκέρασε ταῦτα ἀμφότερα, ὥστε γενέσθαι αὐτὰ ἀρετήν τὴν μὲν φρόνησιν τοῦ ὄφεως εἰς τὸ μὴ πληττεσθαι ἐν τοῖς καιρίοις παραλαβών τὸ δὲ ἀκέραιον τῆς περιστερᾶς, εἰς τὸ μὴ ἀμύνεσθαι τοὺς ἀδικοῦντας, μηδὲ τιμωρεῖσθαι τοὺς ἐπιβουλεύοντας ἐπεὶ πάλιν οὐδὲν ὄφελος τῆς φρονήσεως, ἂν μή τοῦτο προσῇ. Τί τοίνυν τούτων εὐτονώτερον γένοιτ᾽ ἄν τῶν ἐπιταγμάτων: Οὐ γὰρ ἤρκει τὸ παθεῖν κακῶς: Οὐχὶ, φησίν' αλλ᾽ οὐδὲ ἀγανακτεῖν σοι συγχωρῶ. Τοῦτο γάρ ἐστιν ἡ περιστερά. ὥσπερ ἂν εἴ τις κάλαμον εἰς πὺρ ἐμβαλὼν, κελεύοι μὴ καίεσθαι ὑπὸ τοῦ πυρὸς, αλλὰ σβεννύναι τὸ πῦρ. ᾿Αλλὰ μὴ θο ρυβώμεθα καὶ ᾿γὰρ᾽ εξεβη ταῦτα, καὶ τέλος ἔλαβε, καὶ ἐπ᾿ αὐτῶν ἐδείχθη τῶν ἔργων, καὶ φρόνιμοι γεγόνασιν ὡς οἱ ὄφεις, καὶ ακέραιοι ὡς αἱ περιστεραί οὐκ ἄλλης ὄντες φύσεως; ἀλλὰ τῆς αὐτῆς ἡμῖν. Μὴ τοίνυν ἀδύνατα νομιζέτω τις εἶναι τὰ ἐπιτάγματα. Πρὸ γὰρ τῶν ἄλλων ἁπάντων αὐτὸς οἷδε τὴν τῶν πραγμάτων φύσιν οἷδεν ὅτι θρασύτης οὐ θρασύτητι, αλλ᾽ ἐπιεικείᾳ σβέννυται. Εἰ δὲ καὶ ἐπὶ τῶν πραγμάτων τοῦτο γινόμενον ἰδεῖν ἐθέλοις, ἀνάγνωθι τῶν Πράξεων τῶν ἀποστόλων τὸ βιβλίον, καὶ ὄψει. ποσάκις τοῦ δήμου τῶν ᾿Ιουδαίων ᾿κατεξαναστάντος καὶ τοὺς ὀδόντας θήγοντος, τὴν περιστερὰν οὗτοι μιμούμενοι, καὶ μετὰ τῆς πρεπούσης ἐπιεικείας ἀποκρινόμενοι κατέλυσαν τὸν ἐκείνων θυμὸν, ἔσβεσαν τὴν μανίαν, ἐξέλυσαν τὴν ὁρμήν. ᾿Επειδὴ γὰρ ἔλεγον οὐ παραγγελίᾳ παρηγγείλαμεν ὑμῖν μὴ λαλεῖν ἐν τῷ ὀνόματι τούτῳ : καίτοι μυρία δυνάμενοι θαυματουργεῖν, τραχὺ μὲν οὐδὲν οὔτε εἶπον, οὔτε ἐποίησαν, μετὰ πραότητος δὲ πάσης ἀπελογοῦντο λέγοντες εἰ δίκαιόν ἐστιν ὑμῶν ἀκούειν μάλλον ἢ τοῦ θεοῦ, κρίνατε. Εἶδες τὸ ἀκέραιον τῆς περιστερᾶς; βλέπε τὸ φρόνιμον τοῦ ὄφεως. Ἣμεϊς γὰρ οὐ δυνάμεθα ἃ οἴδαμεν καὶ ἠκούσαμεν μὴ λαλεῖν. πανταχόθεν ἠκριβωμένους εἶναι χρὴ, ὥστε μἣ ὑπὸ κινδύνων ταπεινοῦσθαι, μηδὲ ὑπὸ θυμοῦ παροξύνεσθαι: : Διὰ τοῦτο καὶ ἔλεγε᾽ προσέχετε ἀπὸ τῶν ἀνθρώπων παραδώσουσι γὰρ ὑμᾶς εἰς συνέδρια, καὶ ἐν ταῖς συναγωγαῖς αὐτῶν μαστιγώσουσιν ὑμᾶς καὶ ἐπὶ ἡγεμόνας καὶ βασιλεῖς ἀχθήσεσθε ἕνεκεν ἐμοῦ, εἰς μαρτύριον αὑτοῖς καὶ τοῖς ἔθνεσι. Πάλιν γὰρ νήφειν αὐτοὺς παρασκευάζει; πανταχοὺ τὸ μὲν παθεῖν κακῶς αὐτοῖς διδοὺς, τὸ δὲ ποιῆσαι ἑτέροις αφιεὶς, ἵνα μάθης ὅτι ἐν τῷ παθεῖν κακῶς ἡ νίκη, καὶ τὰ λαμπρὰ ἐντεῦθεν ἔστηκε τρόπαια. Οὐδὲ γὰρ εἶπε, πυκτεύετε καὶ ὑμεῖς, καὶ ἀνθίστασθε τοῖς ἐπηρεάζειν βουλομένοις ὑμῖν' ἀλλ᾽ ὅτι τὰ ἔσχατα πείσεσθε μόνον. Βαβαὶ, λοσοφία. Καὶ γὰρ σφόδρα ἄξιον θαυμάζειν, πώς οὐκ εὐθέως ἀπεπήδησαν ταῦτα ἀκούοντες, ἄνθρωποι ψοφοδεεῖς, καὶ τὴν λίωνην οὐδέποτε ὑπερβάντες ἑ εκείνην, περὶ ἣν ἤλίευον' πῶς δὲ οὐκ ἐνενόησαν, καὶ πρὸς ἑαντοὺς εἶπον καὶ ποῦ φευξόμεθα λοιπόν; Τὰ δικαστήρια καθ᾽ ἡμῶν, οἱ βασιλεῖς καθ᾽ ἡμῶν, οἱ ἡγεμόνες, αἱ συναγωγαὶ τών ᾿Ιουδαίων, οἱ δῆμοι τῶν Ἑλλήνων, ἄρχοντες καὶ ἀρχόμενοι. ᾿Εντεῦθεν γὰρ οὐχὶ μόνον τὴν Παλαιστίνην αὐτοῖς, καὶ τὰ ἐν αὐτῇ κακὰ προανεφιόνησεν, ἀλλά καὶ τοὺς τῆς οἰκουμένης παρήνοιξε πολέμους, εἰπῶν' ἐπὶ βασιλεῖς ἀχθήσεσθε καὶ ἡγεμόνας δεικνὺς ὅτι καὶ τοῖς ἔθνεσι μετὰ ταῦτα κήρυκας αὐτοὺς ἔμελλε πέμπειν. Τὴν οἰκουμένην ἡμῖν ἐξεπολέμωσας; τοὺς τὴν γῆν οἰκοῦντας ἅπαντας ὥπλισας καθ᾽ ἡμῶν, δήμους, τυράννους, βασιλεῖς. Καὶ τὸ εἐξῆς δὲ πολὺ φρικωδέστερον, ὅταν καὶ ἀδελφοκτόνοι καὶ παιδοκτόνοι καὶ πατροκτόνοι δι᾽ ἡμᾶς μέλλωσιν οἱ ἄνθρωποι γίνεσθαι. Παραδώσει γὰρ, φησὶν, ἀδελφὸς ἀδελφὸν εἰς θάνατον, καὶ πατὴρ τέκνον, καὶ ἐπαναστήσονται τέκνα ἐπὶ γονεῖς, καὶ θανατώσουσιν αὐτούς. Πώς οὖν οἱ λοιποὶ, φησὶ; πιστεύσουσιν, ὕταν ἴδωσι δι᾽ ἡμᾶς παῖδας ὑπὸ πατέρων ἀναιρουμένους; καὶ ἀδελφοὺς ὑπὸ ἀδελφών; καὶ μιασμάτων τὰ πάντα πληρούμενα: Οὐ γὰρ ὡς λυμεῶνας ἀπελάσουσιν ἡμᾶς πάντοθεν, αἱμάτων συγ γενικῶν τὴν γῆν πληρουμένην ὁρῶντες καὶ φόνων τοιούτων ; ΒΕ Καλήν γε (οὐ γαρ: ) τὴν εἰρήνην εἰς τὰς οἰκίας εἰσάγοντες δώσομεν, τοσούτων αὐτὰς ἐμπιπλώντες σ )αγῶν. Εἰ γὰρ πολλοί τινες ἥμεν, καὶ μὴ δωδεκα᾽ εἰ γὰρ μὴ ἰδιῶται ἢ μηδὲ ἀγράμματοι, αλλὰ σοφοὶ καὶ ῥήτορες καὶ δεινοὶ λέγειν μᾶλλον δὲ εἰ βασιλεῖς αὐτοὶ, καὶ στρατόπεδα ἔ ἔχοντες, καὶ χρημάτων περιουσίαν πῶς ἄν ἰσχύσαμεν πεῖσαί τινας, ἐμφυλίους πολέμους ἀνάπτοντες; καὶ ἐμφυλίων ' δὲ πολλῷ χαλεπωτέρους ; Κάν γὰρ τῆς ἡμετέρας σωτηρίας καταφρονήσωμεν, τίς ἡμῖν τῶν ἄλλων προσέξει: : Ἀλλ᾽ οὐδὲν τούτων οὔτε ἐνενόησαν οὔτε εἶπον, οὔτε εὐθύνας ἀπήτουν τῶν ἐπιταγμάτων, ἀλλ᾽ εἶκον καὶ ἐπείθοντο μόνον. Τοῦτο δὲ οὐ τῆς αὐτῶν ἀρετῆς ἦν μόνον, αλλὰ καὶ τῆς τοῦ διδασκάλου σοφίας. Ὅρα γὰρ πώς ἑκάστῳ τών δεινῶν. παραμυθίαν παρέζευξε᾽ καὶ ἐπὶ τῶν μὴ δεχομένων αὐτοὺς ἔλεγεν' ἀνεκτότερον ἔσται γῇ Σοδόμων καὶ Γομόῤρας ἐν ἡμέρᾳ κρίσεως, ἢ τῇ πόλει ἐκείνη καὶ ἐνταῦθα πάλιν εἰπὼν, ἐπὶ ἡγεμόνας καὶ ᾿βασλεῖς ἀχθήσεσθε, ἐπήγωγεν, ἕνεκεν ἐμοῦ, εἰς μαρτύριον αὐτοῖς καὶ τοῖς ἔθνεσιν. Οὐ ΕΝ δὲ αὕτη παράκλησις; τὸ καὶ διὰ τὸν Χριστὸν ταῦτα πάσχειν, καὶ εἰς ἔλεγχον ἐκείνων. Ὁ γὰρ θεὸς, κἂν μηδεὶς προσέχῃ, τὰ αὐτοῦ πανταχοῦ φαίνεται ποιῶν. Ταῦτα δὲ αὐτοὺς παρεκάλει, οὐκ ἐπειδὴ τῆς ἑτέρων ἐπεθύμουν τιμωρίας; ἀλλ᾽ ζνα θαῤῥεῖν ἔ ἔχωσιν, ὅτι πανταχοὺ αὐτὸν ἕξουσι συμπαρόντα. τὸν καὶ προειπόντα καὶ προειδότα ταῦτα, καὶ ὅτι οὐχ ὡς πονηροὶ καὶ λυμεώνες ταῦτα πείσονται. Μετὰ δὲ τούτων οὐ μικρὰν καὶ ἑτέραν προστίθησιν αὐτοῖς παράκλησιν, λέγων ὅταν δὲ παραδώσουσιν ὑμᾶς, μὴ μεριμνήσητε πώς ἦ τί λαλήσετε δοθησεται γὰρ ὑμῖν ἐν ἐκείνη τῇ ὥρᾳ τί λαλήσετε. Οὐ γὰρ ὑμεῖς ἐστε οἱ λαλοῦντες, ἀλλὰ τὸ πνεῦμα τοῦ πατρὸς ὑμῶν τὸ λαλοῦν ἐν ὑμῖν. ἵνα γὰρ μὴ λέγωσι; πῶς πεῖσαι δυνησόμεθα, τοιούτων γινομένων πραγμάτων : καὶ περὶ τῆς ἀπολογίας κελεύει θαῤῥεῖν. Καὶ ἀλλαχοῦ μέν φησιν ἐγὼ δώσω ὑ ὑμῖν στόμα καὶ σοφίαν ἐνταῦθα δὲ, τὸ πνεῦμα τοῦ πατρὸς ὑμῶν ἐστι τὸ λαλοῦν ἐν ὑμῖν, εἰς τὸ τών π τῶν αὐτοὺς ἀνάγων ἀξίωμα. Διὰ τοῦτο, ὕτε εἶπε τὴν δύναμιν τὴν δεδομένην, τότε καὶ τὰ δεινὰ ἐπήγαγε; τοὺς φόνους καὶ τὰς σφαγάς. Παραδώσει γὰρ ἀδελφὸς ἀδελφὸν, φησὶν, εἰς θάνατον, καὶ πατὴρ τέκνον; καὶ ἐπαναστήσονται τέκνα ἐπὶ γονεῖς, καὶ θανατώσουσιν αὐτούς. Καὶ οὐδὲ ἐνταῦθα ἔστη, ἀλλὰ καὶ τὸ πολὺ φρικωδέστερον προσέθηκε, καὶ πέτραν ἱκανὸν διασαλεῦσαι, ὅτι ᾿ καὶ ἔσεσθε μισούμενοι ὑπὸ πάντων. Καὶ ἐνταῦθα πάλιν ἐπὶ θύραις ἡ παράκλησις᾽ διὰ τὸ ὄνομά μου γάρ, Φησὶ, ταῦτα πείσεσθε. Καὶ μετὰ τούτου πάλιν ἕτερον ὁ δὲ ὑ ὑπομείνας εἰς τέλος, οὗτος σωθήσεται. Ταῦτα δὲ καὶ ἄλλως ἱκανὰ ἦν ἀνορθωσαι αὐτῶν τὰ φρονήματα; εἴγε τοσαύτη τοῦ κηρύγματος ἔμελλεν ἀνάπτεσθαι ἢ δύναμις; ὡς φύσιν ἀτιμάζεσθαι, καὶ συγγένειαν ἐκβάλλεσθαι, καὶ προτιμᾶσθαι πάντων τὸν λόγον, κατὰ κράτος πάντα ἐλαύνοντα. Εἰ γὰρ φύσεως τυραννὶς οὐκ ἰσχύει πρὸς τὰ λεγόμενα ἀντιστῆναι, ἀλλὰ διαλύεται καὶ καταπατεῖται, τί ἕτερον ὑμῶν περιγενέσθαι δυνήσεται Οὐ μὴν, ἐπειδὴ ταῦτα ἔσται, ἐν ἀδείᾳ ὑμῶν ἔσται ὃ βίος, ἀλλὰ καὶ κοινοὺς ἕξετε πολεμίους καὶ ἐχθροὺς τοὺς τὴν οἰκουμένην οἰκοῦντας.

Eides authentian : eides exousian: eides dynamin amachon : Ho de legei, toiouton esti' mē thorybēthēte, phēsin, hoti metaxy lykōn pempōn, hōs probata kai hōs peristeras einai keleuō. ᾿Edynamēn men gar poiēsai tounantion, kai mēden hymas apheinai deinon hypomenein, mēde hōs probata hypotethēnai lykois, alla leontōn ergasasthai phoberōterous all᾽ houtō sympherei genesthai. Touto kai hymas lamproterous poiei touto kai tēn emēn anakēryttei dynamin. Touto kai pros Paulon elegen arkei soi hē charis mou hē gar dynamis moun en astheneią teleioutai. ᾿ Egō toinyn houtōs hymas epoiēsa einai. Hotan gar eipē, egō apostellō hymas hōs probata, touto ainittetai. Mē toinyn katapesēte' hoida gar, hoida saphōs, hoti tautę̄ malista pasin acheirōtoi esesthe. Eita, hi hina ti kai par᾽ heautōn eispherōsi, kai mē panta tēs charitos einai dokę̄, mēde eikę̄ kai matēn stephanousthai nomizōntai, Phēsi? ginesthe oun phronimoi hōs hoi opheis, kai akeraioi hōōs hai peristerai. Kai ti dynait᾽ an hē hēmete phronēsis, phēsin, en tosoutois kindynois : ?: pōs de holōs hē nēsometha phronēsin echein, hypo tosoutōn periantloumenoi kymatōn: Hoson gar an genētai phronimon probaton metaxy lykōn hon, kai lykōn tosoutōn, ti dynēsetai pleon anysai? hioson an genētai akeraios hē peristera, ti ōphelēsei, tosoutōn epikeimenōn hierakōn: Epi men tōn aloōn, ouden᾽ epi de hymōn, ta megista. ᾿All᾽ idōmen poian phronēsin entautha apaitei. Tēn tou opheōs? phēsi. Kathaper gar ekeinos ta panta proïetai, kan auto deē to sōma apotmēthēnai, ou sphodra antechetai autou, hōste tēn kephalēn diatērēsai houtō kai sy, phēsi, plēn tēs pisteōs panta ekdidon, kaan chrēmata, kan to sōma, kan autēn tēn psychēn ekdounai deę̄. Ekeino gar hē kephalē kai hē rhiza’ kakeinēs diatēroumenēs, kan panta apolesę̄s, hapanta anaktēsę̄ palin meta pleionos tēs periphaneias. Dia dē touto oute haploun tina einai kai aphelē prosetaxen, oute phronimon monon, all᾽ ᾿ekerase tauta amphotera, hōste genesthai auta aretēn tēn men phronēsin tou opheōs eis to mē plēttesthai en tois kairiois paralabōn to de akeraion tēs peristeras, eis to mē amynesthai tous adikountas, mēde timōreisthai tous epibouleuontas epei palin ouden ophelos tēs phronēseōs, an mē touto prosę̄. Ti toinyn toutōn eutonōteron genoit᾽ an tōn epitagmatōn: Ou gar ērkei to pathein kakōs: Ouchi, phēsin' all᾽ oude aganaktein soi synchōrō. Touto gar estin hē peristera. hōsper an ei tis kalamon eis pyr embalōn, keleuoi mē kaiesthai hypo tou pyros, alla sbennynai to pyr. ᾿Alla mē tho rybōmetha kai ᾿gar᾽ exebē tauta, kai telos elabe, kai ep᾿ autōn edeichthē tōn ergōn, kai phronimoi gegonasin hōs hoi opheis, kai akeraioi hōs hai peristerai ouk allēs ontes physeōs? alla tēs autēs hēmin. Mē toinyn adynata nomizetō tis einai ta epitagmata. Pro gar tōn allōn hapantōn autos hoide tēn tōn pragmatōn physin hoiden hoti thrasytēs ou thrasytēti, all᾽ epieikeią sbennytai. Ei de kai epi tōn pragmatōn touto ginomenon idein ethelois, anagnōthi tōn Praxeōn tōn apostolōn to biblion, kai opsei. posakis tou dēmou tōn ᾿Ioudaiōn ᾿katexanastantos kai tous odontas thēgontos, tēn peristeran houtoi mimoumenoi, kai meta tēs prepousēs epieikeias apokrinomenoi katelysan ton ekeinōn thymon, esbesan tēn manian, exelysan tēn hormēn. ᾿Epeidē gar elegon ou parangelią parēngeilamen hymin mē lalein en tǭ onomati toutǭ : kaitoi myria dynamenoi thaumatourgein, trachy men ouden oute eipon, oute epoiēsan, meta praotētos de pasēs apelogounto legontes ei dikaion estin hymōn akouein mallon ē tou theou, krinate. Eides to akeraion tēs peristeras? blepe to phronimon tou opheōs. Hēmeïs gar ou dynametha ha oidamen kai ēkousamen mē lalein. pantachothen ēkribōmenous einai chrē, hōste mē hypo kindynōn tapeinousthai, mēde hypo thymou paroxynesthai: : Dia touto kai elege᾽ prosechete apo tōn anthrōpōn paradōsousi gar hymas eis synedria, kai en tais synagōgais autōn mastigōsousin hymas kai epi hēgemonas kai basileis achthēsesthe heneken emou, eis martyrion hautois kai tois ethnesi. Palin gar nēphein autous paraskeuazei? pantachou to men pathein kakōs autois didous, to de poiēsai heterois aphieis, hina mathēs hoti en tǭ pathein kakōs hē nikē, kai ta lampra enteuthen estēke tropaia. Oude gar eipe, pykteuete kai hymeis, kai anthistasthe tois epēreazein boulomenois hymin' all᾽ hoti ta eschata peisesthe monon. Babai, losophia. Kai gar sphodra axion thaumazein, pōs ouk eutheōs apepēdēsan tauta akouontes, anthrōpoi psophodeeis, kai tēn liōnēn oudepote hyperbantes he ekeinēn, peri hēn ēlieuon' pōs de ouk enenoēsan, kai pros heantous eipon kai pou pheuxometha loipon? Ta dikastēria kath᾽ hēmōn, hoi basileis kath᾽ hēmōn, hoi hēgemones, hai synagōgai tōn ᾿Ioudaiōn, hoi dēmoi tōn Hellēnōn, archontes kai archomenoi. ᾿Enteuthen gar ouchi monon tēn Palaistinēn autois, kai ta en autę̄ kaka proanephionēsen, alla kai tous tēs oikoumenēs parēnoixe polemous, eipōn' epi basileis achthēsesthe kai hēgemonas deiknys hoti kai tois ethnesi meta tauta kērykas autous emelle pempein. Tēn oikoumenēn hēmin exepolemōsas? tous tēn gēn oikountas hapantas hōplisas kath᾽ hēmōn, dēmous, tyrannous, basileis. Kai to eexēs de poly phrikōdesteron, hotan kai adelphoktonoi kai paidoktonoi kai patroktonoi di᾽ hēmas mellōsin hoi anthrōpoi ginesthai. Paradōsei gar, phēsin, adelphos adelphon eis thanaton, kai patēr teknon, kai epanastēsontai tekna epi goneis, kai thanatōsousin autous. Pōs oun hoi loipoi, phēsi? pisteusousin, hytan idōsi di᾽ hēmas paidas hypo paterōn anairoumenous? kai adelphous hypo adelphōn? kai miasmatōn ta panta plēroumena: Ou gar hōs lymeōnas apelasousin hēmas pantothen, haimatōn syg genikōn tēn gēn plēroumenēn horōntes kai phonōn toioutōn ? BE Kalēn ge (ou gar: ) tēn eirēnēn eis tas oikias eisagontes dōsomen, tosoutōn autas empiplōntes s )agōn. Ei gar polloi tines hēmen, kai mē dōdeka᾽ ei gar mē idiōtai ē mēde agrammatoi, alla sophoi kai rhētores kai deinoi legein mallon de ei basileis autoi, kai stratopeda e echontes, kai chrēmatōn periousian pōs an ischysamen peisai tinas, emphylious polemous anaptontes? kai emphyliōn ' de pollǭ chalepōterous ? Kan gar tēs hēmeteras sōtērias kataphronēsōmen, tis hēmin tōn allōn prosexei: : All᾽ ouden toutōn oute enenoēsan oute eipon, oute euthynas apētoun tōn epitagmatōn, all᾽ eikon kai epeithonto monon. Touto de ou tēs autōn aretēs ēn monon, alla kai tēs tou didaskalou sophias. Hora gar pōs hekastǭ tōn deinōn. paramythian parezeuxe᾽ kai epi tōn mē dechomenōn autous elegen' anektoteron estai gę̄ Sodomōn kai Gomorras en hēmerą kriseōs, ē tę̄ polei ekeinē kai entautha palin eipōn, epi hēgemonas kai ᾿basleis achthēsesthe, epēgōgen, heneken emou, eis martyrion autois kai tois ethnesin. Ou EN de hautē paraklēsis? to kai dia ton Christon tauta paschein, kai eis elenchon ekeinōn. Ho gar theos, kan mēdeis prosechę̄, ta autou pantachou phainetai poiōn. Tauta de autous parekalei, ouk epeidē tēs heterōn epethymoun timōrias? all᾽ zna tharrhein e echōsin, hoti pantachou auton hexousi symparonta. ton kai proeiponta kai proeidota tauta, kai hoti ouch hōs ponēroi kai lymeōnes tauta peisontai. Meta de toutōn ou mikran kai heteran prostithēsin autois paraklēsin, legōn hotan de paradōsousin hymas, mē merimnēsēte pōs ē ti lalēsete dothēsetai gar hymin en ekeinē tę̄ hōrą ti lalēsete. Ou gar hymeis este hoi lalountes, alla to pneuma tou patros hymōn to laloun en hymin. hina gar mē legōsi? pōs peisai dynēsometha, toioutōn ginomenōn pragmatōn : kai peri tēs apologias keleuei tharrhein. Kai allachou men phēsin egō dōsō hy hymin stoma kai sophian entautha de, to pneuma tou patros hymōn esti to laloun en hymin, eis to tōn p tōn autous anagōn axiōma. Dia touto, hyte eipe tēn dynamin tēn dedomenēn, tote kai ta deina epēgage? tous phonous kai tas sphagas. Paradōsei gar adelphos adelphon, phēsin, eis thanaton, kai patēr teknon? kai epanastēsontai tekna epi goneis, kai thanatōsousin autous. Kai oude entautha estē, alla kai to poly phrikōdesteron prosethēke, kai petran hikanon diasaleusai, hoti ᾿ kai esesthe misoumenoi hypo pantōn. Kai entautha palin epi thyrais hē paraklēsis᾽ dia to onoma mou gar, Phēsi, tauta peisesthe. Kai meta toutou palin heteron ho de hy hypomeinas eis telos, houtos sōthēsetai. Tauta de kai allōs hikana ēn anorthōsai autōn ta phronēmata? eige tosautē tou kērygmatos emellen anaptesthai ē dynamis? hōs physin atimazesthai, kai syngeneian ekballesthai, kai protimasthai pantōn ton logon, kata kratos panta elaunonta. Ei gar physeōs tyrannis ouk ischyei pros ta legomena antistēnai, alla dialyetai kai katapateitai, ti heteron hymōn perigenesthai dynēsetai Ou mēn, epeidē tauta estai, en adeią hymōn estai ho bios, alla kai koinous hexete polemious kai echthrous tous tēn oikoumenēn oikountas.

Do you see authority? Do you see power? Do you see might that cannot be fought? What he means is this: Do not be troubled, he says, that, sending you among wolves, I command you to be as sheep and as doves. For I could have done the opposite, and let you suffer nothing terrible, nor be placed as sheep under wolves, but made you more fearsome than lions; but it is better that it be so. This makes you more glorious too; this proclaims my power too. This he said to Paul too: “My grace is sufficient for you; for my power is made perfect in weakness.” It is I, then, who have made you to be so. For when he says, “I send you out as sheep,” he hints at this. Do not lose heart, then; for I know, I know clearly, that in this way above all you will be invincible to all. Then, so that they might contribute something of their own too, and everything might not seem to be of grace, nor they be thought to be crowned idly and in vain, he says, “Be therefore wise as serpents and innocent as doves.” “And what could our wisdom do,” someone says, “in so many dangers? How shall we be able to have wisdom at all, deluged by so many waves? For however wise a sheep may become in the midst of wolves, and so many wolves, what more will it be able to accomplish? However innocent a dove may become, what will it profit with so many hawks attacking?” With the irrational creatures, nothing; but with you, the greatest things. But let us see what wisdom he requires here. That of the serpent, he says. For as it gives up everything, and even if its body must be cut off does not cling to it much, so as to preserve its head, so you too, he says, give up everything except the faith, whether money or body, even if you must give up life itself. For that is the head and the root; and if that is preserved, even if you lose everything, you will recover everything again with greater splendor. For this reason he commanded one to be neither simple and guileless only nor wise only, but blended both, so that they might become virtue: taking the wisdom of the serpent, so as not to be struck in a vital part, and the innocence of the dove, so as not to retaliate against those who wrong us nor take vengeance on those who plot against us; since again wisdom is of no use unless this is present. What, then, could be more strenuous than these commands? Was it not enough to suffer ill treatment? No, he says; I do not even permit you to be indignant. For this is the dove. It is as if someone threw a reed into the fire and commanded it not to be burned by the fire, but to quench the fire. But let us not be troubled; for these things came to pass and were fulfilled and were shown in the very deeds, and they became wise as serpents and innocent as doves, being not of another nature but of the same as we. Let no one, then, think the commands impossible. For he above all others knows the nature of things; he knows that boldness is quenched not by boldness but by gentleness. And if you wish to see this happening in fact, read the book of the Acts of the Apostles, and you will see how often, when the people of the Jews rose up against them and were gnashing their teeth, these men, imitating the dove and answering with fitting gentleness, put an end to their rage, quenched their madness, and broke their onset. For when they said, “Did we not strictly charge you not to speak in this name?”, though they could have worked countless miracles, they neither said nor did anything harsh, but defended themselves with all meekness, saying, “Whether it is right in the sight of God to listen to you rather than to God, you must judge.” Did you see the innocence of the dove? Look at the wisdom of the serpent: “For we cannot but speak what we have seen and heard.” Do you see how we must be exact on every side, so as neither to be humbled by dangers nor provoked by anger. That is why he also said, “Beware of men; for they will deliver you up to councils and flog you in their synagogues; and you will be brought before governors and kings for my sake, to bear witness before them and the Gentiles.” For again he prepares them to be watchful, everywhere assigning to them the suffering of ill treatment and leaving the doing of it to others, so that you may learn that victory lies in suffering ill, and that the splendid trophies are set up from this. For he did not say, “Box back, you too, and resist those who wish to mistreat you,” but only, “You will suffer the utmost things.” Ah, what … philosophy! For it is very worthy of wonder how, hearing these things, they did not leap away at once, men who were afraid of every noise and had never gone beyond that lake on which they fished; and how they did not reflect and say to themselves, “And where shall we flee then? The courts are against us, the kings against us, the governors, the synagogues of the Jews, the peoples of the pagans, rulers and ruled.” For from here he foretold to them not only Palestine and the evils in it, but also opened up the wars of the world, saying, “You will be brought before kings and governors,” showing that he was going to send them later as heralds to the Gentiles too. “You have made the world our enemy; you have armed all who dwell on earth against us, peoples, tyrants, kings. And what follows is much more terrible, when men are going to become murderers of brothers and children and fathers because of us. For brother will deliver brother to death,” he says, “and the father his child; and children will rise against parents and have them put to death.” How then, they might say, will the rest believe, when they see children killed by fathers because of us, and brothers by brothers, and everything filled with pollution? Will they not drive us out everywhere as destroyers, seeing the earth filled with the blood of kinsfolk and with such murders? A fine peace indeed we shall give, bringing it into the houses, filling them with so many slaughters! For if we were many, and not twelve; if we were not untrained and unlettered, but wise and orators and skilled speakers; or rather if we were kings ourselves, having armies and an abundance of money, how could we persuade anyone while kindling civil wars, and wars much harsher than civil wars? For even if we despise our own safety, which of the others will heed us? But they neither thought nor said any of these things, nor demanded an account of the commands, but only yielded and obeyed. And this was not of their virtue only, but also of their Teacher’s wisdom. For see how he joined a consolation to each of the terrors: in the case of those who did not receive them he said, “It will be more tolerable for the land of Sodom and Gomorrah on the day of judgment than for that city”; and here again, having said, “You will be brought before governors and kings,” he added, “for my sake, to bear witness before them and the Gentiles.” And this is no small consolation, to suffer these things for Christ’s sake, and for the conviction of those men? For God, even if no one pays heed, is seen everywhere doing his own part. And he consoled them with these things, not because they desired vengeance on others, but so that they might have confidence that they would have him everywhere present with them, the one who had foretold and foreknown these things, and that they would suffer them not as wicked men and destroyers. And besides these he adds another consolation, and no small one, saying, “But when they deliver you up, do not be anxious how or what you are to speak; for what you are to speak will be given you in that hour. For it is not you who speak, but the Spirit of your Father who speaks in you.” For so that they might not say, “How shall we be able to persuade when such things are happening?”, he commands them to be confident about their defense too. And elsewhere he says, “I will give you a mouth and wisdom”; but here, “It is the Spirit of your Father who speaks in you,” raising them to the dignity of the prophets. That is why, when he had spoken of the power given, he then added the terrors, the murders and slaughters. “For brother will deliver brother to death,” he says, “and the father his child; and children will rise against parents and have them put to death.” And he did not stop even there, but added what is much more terrible, enough to shake a rock: “And you will be hated by all.” And here again the consolation is at the door: “for my name’s sake,” he says, you will suffer these things. And besides this again another: “But the one who endures to the end will be saved.” And besides, these things were enough to raise up their spirits, if the power of the preaching was going to be kindled so greatly that nature would be dishonored and kinship cast out and the word preferred to all, driving all things before it by force. For if the tyranny of nature cannot stand against what is said, but is dissolved and trampled underfoot, what else will be able to overcome you? Yet it does not follow, because these things will be, that your life will be free from fear; you will have as common foes and enemies those who inhabit the world.

33.4Field 1

Ποὺ νῦν Πλάτων: : ποῦ Πυθαγόρα: : : ποῦ τῶν Στωϊκῶν ὁ ὁρμαθός : Καὶ γὰρ πολλῆς ἀπολαύσας ἐκεῖνος τιμῆς, οὕτως ἡλόγχετο, ὡς καὶ ἀπεμποληθῆναι, καὶ μηδὲν ὦ ὧν ἐβούλετο κατορθῶσαι, οὐδὲ ἐφ᾽ ἑνὸς τυράννον᾽ αλλὰ καὶ τοὺς μαθητὰς προδοὺς, ἐλεεινῶς τὸν βίον κατέλυσε. Καὶ τὰ Κυνικὰ καθάρματα ὥσπερ ὄναρ καὶ σκιὰ πάντες παρῆλθον. Κααίτοιγε οὐδέποτε τοιοῦτον οὐδὲν ἐκείνοις συνέπεσεν, ἀλλὰ καὶ λαμπροὶ διὰ τὴν φιλοσοφίαν τὴν ἔξωθεν εἶναι ἐδόκουν, καὶ τὰς ἐπιστολὰς ἀνέθεσαν δημοσίᾳ ᾿Αθηναῖοι τὰς Πλάτωνος παρὰ Δίωνος πεμφθείσας, καὶ ἐν ἀνέσει τὸν πάντα διῆγον Χρόνον, καὶ χρήμασιν ἐπλούτουν οὐκ ὀλίγοις. Οὕτω γοῦν ὁ μὲν Ἀρίστιππος πόρνας ,Ἶγόραζε πολυτελεῖς ὁ δὲ διαθήκας, ἔγραφεν, οὐ τὸν τυχόντα κλῆρον καταλιμπάνων ὁ δὲ, τῶν μαθητῶν γεφυρωσάντων ἑαυτοὺς, ἄνωθεν ἐβάδιζε τὸν δὲ Σινωπέα Φασὶ καὶ δημοσίᾳ ἀσχημονεῖν ἐπὶ τῆς ἀγορᾶς. Ταῦτα γὰρ αὐτῶν τὰ σεμνά. ᾿Αλλ οὐδὲν τοιοῦτον ἐνταῦθα, αλλ᾽ ἐπιτεταμένη σωφροσύνη καὶ κοσμιότης ἠκριβωμένη, καὶ πόλεμος πρὸς τὴν οἰκουμένην ἅπασαν ὑπὲρ τῆς αληθείας καὶ τῆς εὐσεβείας, καὶ τὸ καθ᾽ ἑκάστην σφαττεσθαι τὴν ἡμέραν, καὶ μετὰ ταῦτα τὰ λαμπρὰ τρόπαια. Αλλ᾽ εἰσί τινες, φησὶ, καὶ ᾿ στρατηγικοὶ παρ᾽ αὐτοῖς, οἷον, ὁ Θεμιστοκλῆς, ὁ Περικλῆς. ᾿Αλλὰ καὶ ταῦτα παίδων ἀθύρματα πρὸς τὰ τῶν ἁλιέων. Τί γὰρ ἂν ἔχοις εἰπεῖν : Ὅτι τοὺς ᾿Αθηναίους ἔπεισεν ἐπιβῆναι τῶν πλοίων, τοὺ Ξέρξου κατὰ τῆς Ἑλλάδος ἐλαύνοντος; Ενταῦθα δὲ οὐ Ξέρξου ἐλαύνοντος, ἀλλὰ τοῦ διαβόλου μετὰ τῆς οἰκουμένης ἁπάσης καὶ τῶν ἀπείρων δαιμόνων κατὰ τῶν δώδεκα τούτων ἐπιόντων, οὐκ ἐν ἑνὶ καιρῷ, αλλὰ διὰ παντὸς τοῦ βίου, περιεγένοντο καὶ ἐκράτησαν καὶ τὸ δὴ θαυμαστὸν, οὐκ ἀνελόντες τοὺς ἐναντίους, ἀλλὰ μεταβαλόντες καὶ μεταῤῥυθμίσαντες. Τοῦτο γὰρ μάλιστα δεῖ ᾿πανταχοὺ παρατηρεῖν, ὅτι οὐκ ἀνεῖλον, οὐδὲ ἠφάνισαν τοὺς ἐπιβουλεύοντας αὐτοῖς, ἀλλὰ δαιμόνων λαβόντες ἴσους, ἀγγέλων ἐποίησαν ἐφαμίλλους, τὴν μὲν ἀνθρωπίνην φύσιν τῆς πονηρᾶς ταύτης ἐλευθερώσαντες τυραννίδος, τοὺς δὲ ἀλιτηρίους ἐκείνους καὶ ᾿ πάντα συνταράττονταὰς δαίμονας ἐκ μέσων ἀγορῶν καὶ οἰκιῶν, μᾶλλον δὲ καὶ αὐτῆς ἀπελάσαντες τῆς ἐρημίας. Καὶ μαρτυροῦσιν οἱ τῶν μοναχῶν χοροὶ, οὗς κατεφύτευσαν πανταχοῦ, οὐ τὴν οἰκουμένην μόνον, ἀλλὰ καὶ τὴν ἀοίκητον ἐκκαθάραντες. Καὶ τὸ δὴ θαυμαστότερον, ὅτι οὐκ ἐκ παρατάξεως ἴ ἴσης ταῦτα ἐποίουν, αλλ᾽ ἐν τῷ πάσχειν κακῶς πάντα ἤνυον. Καὶ «γὰρ εἶχον αὐτοὺς ἐν τῷ μέσῳ, δώδεκα ἀνθρώπους ἰδιώτας, δεσμεύοντες, μαστίζοντες, περιάγοντες, καὶ οὐκ ἴσχυον ἐπιστομίσαι' ἀλλ᾽ ὥσπερ τὴν ἀκτῖνα δῆσαι ἀδύνατον, οὕτω καὶ τὴν γλῶτταν ἐκείνων. Τὸ δὲ αἴτιον, οὐκ αὐτοὶ ἦσαν οἱ λαλοῦντες, ἀλλ᾽ ἡ τοῦ πνεύματος δύναμις. Οὕτω γοῦν καὶ ὁ Παῦλος ἐνίκησε τοὺς περὶ Αγρίππαν, καὶ τὸν κακίᾳ νικήσαντα παντας ἀνθρωπους Νερωνα. Ὁ γὰρ κύριός μοι παρέστη, φησὶ, καὶ ἐνεδυνάμωσέ με, καὶ ἐρῥύσατό με ἐκ στόματος λέοντος. Σὺ δὲ καὶ αὑτοὺς θαύμαζε, πῶς ακούτόμου μὴ μεριμνήσητε, καὶ ἐπίστευσαν καὶ κατεδέξαντο, αἱ οὐδὲν αὐτοὺς τῶν φοβερῶν ἐξέπληξεν. Εἰ δὲ λέγοις, ὅτι ἱκανὴν. αὐτοῖς δέδωκε παράκλησιν τῷ εἰπεῖν, ὅτι τὸ πνεῦμα τοὺ πατρὸς ὑμῶν ἔσται τὸ λαλοῦν καὶ διὰ τοῦτο μάλιστα ἐκπλήττομαι αὐτοὺς, ὅτι οὐκ ᾿ἀμφέβαλον, οὐδὲ ἐζήτησαν ἀπαλλαγὴν τῶν δεινῶν᾽ καὶ ταῦτα, οὐ δύο, ᾿ οὐ τρία ἔτη μέλλοντες ταῦτα πάσχειν, αλλὰ παρὰ πάντα τὸν βίον. Τὸ γὰρ εἰπεῖν, ὁ δὲ ὑπομείνας εἰς τέλος, οὗτος σωθήσεται, τοῦτο ἐπ αἰνιττομένου. Ἐούλεται γὰρ μὴ τὰ παρ᾽ αὐτοῦ μόνον εἰσφέρεσθαι, αλλὰ καὶ παρ᾽ αὐτών γίνεσθαι τὰ κατορθώματα. Σκόπει γοῦν ἄνωθεν πῶς τὰ μὲν αὐτοῦ; τὰ δὲ τῶν μαθητῶν γίνεται. Τὸ μὲν γὰρ σημεῖα ποιεῖν, αὐτοῦ τὸ δὲ μὴ κτήσασθαι μηδὲν, ἐκείνων. Πάλιν, τὸ τὰς οἰκίας ἀνοῖξαι πάσας, τῆς ἄνωθεν χάριτον᾽ τὸ δὲ μηδὲν πλέον τῆς χρείας ἀπαιτῆσαι, τῆς αὐτῶν ἰἱλοσοφίας ἄξιος γὰρ ὁ ἐργάτης τοῦ μισθοῦ αὐτοῦ. Το τὴν εἰρήνὴῆν χαρίσασθαι, τῆς τοῦ θεοῦ δωρεᾶς ' τὸ τοὺς ἀξίους ἐ επιζητεῖν, καὶ μὴ πρὸς πάντας ἁπλῶς εἰσιέναι, τῆς αὐτῶν ἐγκρατείας. Παλιν, τὸ κολάζειν τοὺς μὴ δεχομένους αὐτοὺς, αὐτοῦ τὸ δὲ μετ᾽ ἐπιεικείας ἀναχωρεῖν ἐκ τούτων, μὴ λοιδορουμένους, μηδὲ ὑβρίζοντας, τῆς τῶν ἀποστόλων πραότητος. Τὸ δοῦναι πνεῦμα, καὶ μὴ ποιῆσαι μεριμνᾶν, τοῦ πέμποντος ἦν τὸ δὲ ὡς πρόβατα γίνεσθαι καὶ περιστερὰς, καὶ φέρειν πάντα γενναίως, τῆς τούτων εὐτονίας καὶ συνέσεως. Τὸ μισεῖσθαι, καὶ τὸ μὴ καταπίπτειν, καὶ τὸ ὑπομένειν, αὐτῶν τὸ ὑπομείναντας σώσαι, τοὺ πέμποντος. Διὸ καὶ ἔλεγεν ὁ δὲ ὑπομείνας εἰς τέλος, οὗτος σωθήσεται.

Pou nyn Platōn: : pou Pythagora: : : pou tōn Stōïkōn ho hormathos : Kai gar pollēs apolausas ekeinos timēs, houtōs hēloncheto, hōs kai apempolēthēnai, kai mēden ō hōn ebouleto katorthōsai, oude eph᾽ henos tyrannon᾽ alla kai tous mathētas prodous, eleeinōs ton bion katelyse. Kai ta Kynika katharmata hōsper onar kai skia pantes parēlthon. Kaaitoige oudepote toiouton ouden ekeinois synepesen, alla kai lamproi dia tēn philosophian tēn exōthen einai edokoun, kai tas epistolas anethesan dēmosią ᾿Athēnaioi tas Platōnos para Diōnos pemphtheisas, kai en anesei ton panta diēgon Chronon, kai chrēmasin eploutoun ouk oligois. Houtō goun ho men Aristippos pornas ,Igoraze polyteleis ho de diathēkas, egraphen, ou ton tychonta klēron katalimpanōn ho de, tōn mathētōn gephyrōsantōn heautous, anōthen ebadize ton de Sinōpea Phasi kai dēmosią aschēmonein epi tēs agoras. Tauta gar autōn ta semna. ᾿All ouden toiouton entautha, all᾽ epitetamenē sōphrosynē kai kosmiotēs ēkribōmenē, kai polemos pros tēn oikoumenēn hapasan hyper tēs alētheias kai tēs eusebeias, kai to kath᾽ hekastēn sphattesthai tēn hēmeran, kai meta tauta ta lampra tropaia. All᾽ eisi tines, phēsi, kai ᾿ stratēgikoi par᾽ autois, hoion, ho Themistoklēs, ho Periklēs. ᾿Alla kai tauta paidōn athyrmata pros ta tōn halieōn. Ti gar an echois eipein : Hoti tous ᾿Athēnaious epeisen epibēnai tōn ploiōn, tou Xerxou kata tēs Hellados elaunontos? Entautha de ou Xerxou elaunontos, alla tou diabolou meta tēs oikoumenēs hapasēs kai tōn apeirōn daimonōn kata tōn dōdeka toutōn epiontōn, ouk en heni kairǭ, alla dia pantos tou biou, periegenonto kai ekratēsan kai to dē thaumaston, ouk anelontes tous enantious, alla metabalontes kai metarrhythmisantes. Touto gar malista dei ᾿pantachou paratērein, hoti ouk aneilon, oude ēphanisan tous epibouleuontas autois, alla daimonōn labontes isous, angelōn epoiēsan ephamillous, tēn men anthrōpinēn physin tēs ponēras tautēs eleutherōsantes tyrannidos, tous de alitērious ekeinous kai ᾿ panta syntarattontaas daimonas ek mesōn agorōn kai oikiōn, mallon de kai autēs apelasantes tēs erēmias. Kai martyrousin hoi tōn monachōn choroi, hous katephyteusan pantachou, ou tēn oikoumenēn monon, alla kai tēn aoikēton ekkatharantes. Kai to dē thaumastoteron, hoti ouk ek parataxeōs i isēs tauta epoioun, all᾽ en tǭ paschein kakōs panta ēnyon. Kai «gar eichon autous en tǭ mesǭ, dōdeka anthrōpous idiōtas, desmeuontes, mastizontes, periagontes, kai ouk ischyon epistomisai' all᾽ hōsper tēn aktina dēsai adynaton, houtō kai tēn glōttan ekeinōn. To de aition, ouk autoi ēsan hoi lalountes, all᾽ hē tou pneumatos dynamis. Houtō goun kai ho Paulos enikēse tous peri Agrippan, kai ton kakią nikēsanta pantas anthrōpous Nerōna. Ho gar kyrios moi parestē, phēsi, kai enedynamōse me, kai errhysato me ek stomatos leontos. Sy de kai hautous thaumaze, pōs akoutomou mē merimnēsēte, kai episteusan kai katedexanto, hai ouden autous tōn phoberōn exeplēxen. Ei de legois, hoti hikanēn. autois dedōke paraklēsin tǭ eipein, hoti to pneuma tou patros hymōn estai to laloun kai dia touto malista ekplēttomai autous, hoti ouk ᾿amphebalon, oude ezētēsan apallagēn tōn deinōn᾽ kai tauta, ou dyo, ᾿ ou tria etē mellontes tauta paschein, alla para panta ton bion. To gar eipein, ho de hypomeinas eis telos, houtos sōthēsetai, touto ep ainittomenou. Eouletai gar mē ta par᾽ autou monon eispheresthai, alla kai par᾽ autōn ginesthai ta katorthōmata. Skopei goun anōthen pōs ta men autou? ta de tōn mathētōn ginetai. To men gar sēmeia poiein, autou to de mē ktēsasthai mēden, ekeinōn. Palin, to tas oikias anoixai pasas, tēs anōthen chariton᾽ to de mēden pleon tēs chreias apaitēsai, tēs autōn hiilosophias axios gar ho ergatēs tou misthou autou. To tēn eirēnēēn charisasthai, tēs tou theou dōreas ' to tous axious e epizētein, kai mē pros pantas haplōs eisienai, tēs autōn enkrateias. Palin, to kolazein tous mē dechomenous autous, autou to de met᾽ epieikeias anachōrein ek toutōn, mē loidoroumenous, mēde hybrizontas, tēs tōn apostolōn praotētos. To dounai pneuma, kai mē poiēsai merimnan, tou pempontos ēn to de hōs probata ginesthai kai peristeras, kai pherein panta gennaiōs, tēs toutōn eutonias kai syneseōs. To miseisthai, kai to mē katapiptein, kai to hypomenein, autōn to hypomeinantas sōsai, tou pempontos. Dio kai elegen ho de hypomeinas eis telos, houtos sōthēsetai.

Where now is Plato? Where is Pythagoras? Where is the string of the Stoics? For he [Plato], though he had enjoyed great honor, was so put to the test that he was even sold, and achieved nothing of what he wished, not even with one tyrant; but he also betrayed his disciples and ended his life pitiably. And the refuse of the Cynics all passed away like a dream and a shadow. And yet nothing of the kind ever befell them; but they even seemed illustrious because of the philosophy outside, and the Athenians publicly dedicated the letters of Plato sent by Dion, and they spent all their time in ease, and were rich in no small money. So, at any rate, Aristippus bought expensive harlots; another wrote wills, leaving no ordinary estate; another walked on high when his disciples made a bridge of themselves; and the man of Sinope, they say, even behaved indecently in public in the marketplace. For these are their venerable deeds. But nothing of the kind is here, but intense chastity and exact decorum, and war against the whole world for the truth and for godliness, and being slaughtered every day, and after this the splendid trophies. “But there are some,” someone says, “who were generals among them too, such as Themistocles and Pericles.” But these too are children’s toys compared with the deeds of the fishermen. For what could you say? That he persuaded the Athenians to board their ships when Xerxes was marching against Greece? But here, not when Xerxes was marching, but when the devil with the whole world and countless demons was attacking these twelve, not at one moment but throughout their whole life, they prevailed and conquered; and, what is wonderful, not by killing their opponents, but by changing and reshaping them. For this above all one must observe everywhere: that they did not kill or destroy those who plotted against them, but, taking them equal to demons, made them rivals of angels, freeing human nature from this wicked tyranny, and driving those accursed demons that confound everything out of the midst of marketplaces and houses, or rather even out of the desert itself. And the choirs of monks bear witness, whom they planted everywhere, cleansing not only the inhabited world but even the uninhabited. And, what is more wonderful still, they did not do these things in an equal battle, but accomplished everything by suffering ill. For they had them in their midst, twelve untrained men, binding, scourging, dragging them about, and were not able to stop their mouths; but as it is impossible to bind a sunbeam, so also their tongue. And the reason was that it was not they who were speaking, but the power of the Spirit. So, at any rate, Paul too conquered Agrippa and his court, and Nero, who surpassed all men in wickedness. “For the Lord stood by me,” he says, “and strengthened me, and I was rescued from the mouth of the lion.” But marvel at them too, how, having heard, “Do not be anxious,” they believed and accepted it, and none of the fearful things dismayed them. And if you say that he gave them sufficient consolation by saying, “It is the Spirit of your Father who speaks,” for this very reason I am most amazed at them, that they did not doubt nor seek release from the terrors; and that though they were going to suffer these things not for two or three years but throughout their whole life. For saying, “But the one who endures to the end will be saved,” was the act of one hinting at this. For he wishes not only his own gifts to be brought in, but the good deeds to come from them too. Consider, at any rate, from the beginning how some things are his and others the disciples’. For to work signs is his; but to acquire nothing is theirs. Again, to open all the houses belongs to the grace from above; but to require nothing beyond need, to their philosophy: “for the laborer deserves his wage.” To grant the peace is of God’s gift; to seek out the worthy and not to enter everyone’s house without distinction, of their self-control. Again, to punish those who do not receive them is his; but to withdraw from them with gentleness, not reviling nor insulting, belongs to the meekness of the apostles. To give the Spirit and to make them free of anxiety belonged to the one who sends; but to become as sheep and doves and to bear everything nobly, to their vigor and understanding. To be hated, and not to fall, and to endure, is theirs; to save those who endure, the one who sends. That is why he said, “But the one who endures to the end will be saved.”

33.5Field 1

᾿Επειδὴ γὰρ εἰώθασιν οἱ πολλοὶ, ἐν μὲν τοῖς προοιμίοις εἶναι σφοδροὶ, μετὰ δὲ ταῦτα ἐκλύεσθαι, διὰ τοῦτό φησιν, ὅτι ᾿τὸ τέλος ἐπιζητῶ. Τί γὰρ ὄφελος σπερμάτων, παρὰ μὲν τὴν ἀρχὴν ἀνθούντων, μικρὸν δὲ ὕστερον μαραινομένων Διὰ τοῦτο διαρκῆ τὴν ὑπομονὴν παρ᾽ αὐτῶν ἀπαιτεῖ. Ἵνα γὰρ μή τις λέγῃ, ὅ ὅτι τὸ πᾶν αὐτὸς ἐποίησε, καὶ θαυμαστὸν οὐδὲν, τοιούτους ἐκείνους γενέσθαι οὐδὲν πάσχοντας φορτικὸν, διὰ τοῦτό φησιν αὐτοῖς, ὅτι καὶ τῆς ὑπομονῆς ὑμῶν χρεία Κἂν γὰρ τών πρώτων ἐξαρπάσω κινδύνων, ἐ ἑτόροις χαλεπωτέροις τηρῶ, καὶ μετ᾽ ἐκείνους πάλιν ἕτεροι διαδέξονται καὶ οὐ στήσεσθε ἐπιβουλευόμενοι, ἕ ἕως ἂν ἐμπνέητε. Τοῦτο γὰρ ἡνίξατο εἰπών ὁ δὲ υ ὑπομείνας ϑίς τέλος, οὗτος σωθήσεται. Διὰ δ᾽ τοῦτο καὶ εἰπὼν, μὴ μεριμνήσητε, τί λαλήσετα, ἀλλαχοῦ φησιν ἕτοιμοι γίνεσθε πρὸς ἀπολογίαν παντὶ τῷ αἰτοῦντι ὑμᾶς λόγον περὶ τῆς ἐν ὑμῖν ἐλπίδος. Ὅταν μὲν γὰρ μεταξὺ φίλων ὁ ἀγὼν ἥ, κελεύει καὶ ἡμᾶς μεριμνᾶν᾽ ὅταν δὲ δικαστήριον φοβερὸν, καὶ δῆμοι μαινόμενοι, καὶ φύβο- πάντοθεν, τὴν παρ᾽ αὐτοῦ παρέχει ῥοπὴν, ὥστε θαρρῆσαι καὶ ἔγξασθαι, καὶ μὴ καταπλαγῆναι, μηδὲ προδοῦναι τὰ δίκαια. Καὶ ᾿ γὰρ πολὺ μέγα ἦν, ἄνθρωπον περὶ λίμνας ἡσχολημένον καὶ δέρματα καὶ τελωνείαν, τυράννων καθημένων, καὶ σατραπῶν παρεστηκότων καὶ δορυφόρων, καὶ τῶν ξιφῶν γγεὙυμνωμεένων, καὶ πάντων μετ᾽ ἐκείνων ἑστώτων, εἰσελθόντα μόνον, δεδεμένον, κάτω κύπτοντα, δυνηθῆναι διᾶραι στόμα. Καὶ γὰρ οὐδὲ λόγου, οὐδὲ ἀπολογίας αὐτοῖς μετεδίδοσαν τῶν δογμάτων ἕ ἕνεκεν, ἀλλ ὡς κοινοὺς τῆς οἰκουμένην, λυμεῶνας, οὕτως ἀποτυμπανίζειν ἐ ἐποχείρουν. οἱ γὰρ τὴν οἰκουμένὴν, φησὶν, ἀναστατώσαντες, οὗτοι καὶ ἐνθαδε πάρεισι καὶ πάλιν, ἐναντία τοῖς Καίσαρος δόγμασι πρεσβεύουσι, λέγοντες εἶναι βασιλέα Χριστὸν ᾿Ιησοῦν. Καὶ πανταχοῦ τὰ δικαστήρια προκατείληπτο ταῖς τοιαύταις ὑπονοίαις, καὶ πολλῆς ἔδει τῆς ἄνωθεν ῥοπῆς εἰς τὸ ἀμφότερα δεῖξαι, καὶ τὸ δόγμα ἀληθὲς ὃ ὃν, ὅπερ ἐπρέσβευον, καὶ ὅτι οὐ λυμαίνονται τοῖς κοινοῖς νόμοις, καὶ μήτε σπουδάζοντας εἰπεῖν περὶ τοῦ δόγματος, ἐμπεσεῖν εἰς ὑπόνοιαν τῆς τῶν νόμων ἀνατροπῆς, μηδ αὖ πάλιν σπουδάζοντας δεῖξαι, ὅ ὅτι οὐκ ἀνατρέπουσι τὴν κοινὴν πολιτείαν, διαφθεῖραι τὴν τῶν δογμάτων ἀκρίβειαν' ἅπερ ἅπαντα ὄψει καὶ παρὰ Πέτρῳ, καὶ παρὰ Παύλῳ, καὶ παρὰ τοῖς λοιποῖς ἅπασι μετὰ τῆς πρεπούσης συνέσεως κατωρθωμένα. Καὶ γὰρ ὡς στασιασταὶ καὶ νεωτεροποιοί καὶ καινοτόμοι πανταχοῦ τῆς οἰκουμένης ἐνεκαλουντο ἀλλ᾽ ὅμως καὶ ταύτην ἀπεκρούσαντο τὴν ὑπόνοιαν, καὶ τὴν ἐναντίαν ἑαυτοῖς περιέθηκαν, ὡς σωτήρες καὶ κηδεμόνες καὶ εὐεργέται παρὰ πᾶσιν ἀνακηρυττόμενοι. Ῥαῦτα δὲ πάντα διὰ τῆς πολλῆς κατώρθουν ὑπομονῆς. Διὸ καὶ Παῦλος ἔλεγε καθ᾽ ἡμέραν ἀποθνήσκω καὶ μέχρι τέλους κινδυνεύων διέμεινε. Τίνος οὖν ἂν εἴημεν ἄξιοι, τοσαῦτα ἔχοντες ὑποδείγματα, καὶ ἐν εἰρήνη μαλακιζόμενοι καὶ καταπίπτοντες ; Οὐδενὸς γοῦν εἰρήνῃ σωθῆναι κελευόμεθα; καὶ οὐδὲ τοῦτο δυνάμεθα. Κακεῖνοι μὲν, τῆς οἰκουμένην καιομένης, καὶ κατὰ τὴν γῆν ἅπασαν τῆς πυρᾶς ἀναπτομένης, εἰσιόντες ἔνδοθεν, ἐ ἐκ μέσης ἥρπαζον τῆς φλογὸς τοὺς ἐμπιπραμένου σὺ δὲ οὐδὲ σαντὸν διατηρῆσαι δύνασαι. Τίς οὖν ἡμῖν ἔσται παῤῥησία: : ποία σνγγνώμη: Οὐ μάστιγες, οὐ δεσμωτήρια, οὐκ ἄρχοντες, οὐ συναγωγαὶ, οὐκ ἄλλο τι τῶν τοιούτων ἐπίκειται, αλλὰ καὶ τοὐναντίον ἅπαν, ἡμεῖς ἄρχομεν καὶ κρατοῦμεν. Καὶ γὰρ βασιλεῖς εὐσεβεῖς, καὶ τιμαὶ πολλαὶ Χριστιανοῖς, καὶ προεδρίαι καὶ δόξαι καὶ ἀνέσεις καὶ οὐδὲ οὕτω περιυγινόμεθα. ᾿Δλλ᾽ ἐκεῖνοι μὲν ἀπαγόμενοι καθ᾽ ἡμέραν, καὶ διδάσκαλοι καὶ μαθηταὶ, καὶ μυρίους μώλωπας ὄχοντες καὶ συνεχῆ στίγματα, τῶν ἐν παραδείσῳ διαγόντων μᾶλλον ᾿ἐτρύφων' ἡμεῖς δὲ οὐδὲ ὄναρ τοιοῦτόν τι ὑπομείναντες, κηροῦ παντός ἐσμεν μαλακώτεροι. ᾿Αλλ᾽ ἐκεῖνοι, φησὶν, εἐθαυματούργουν. Διὰ ἡμὰς παντα πειρασμὸν, ἀποσκοποῦντας εἷς τὴν ὑπομονὴν τοῦ μακαρίον τοῦτο γοῦν οὐκ ἐμαστιγοῦντο; διὰ τοῦτο οὐκ ἡλαύνοντος Καὶ γὰρ τοῦτό ἐστι τὸ παράδοξον, ὅτι καὶ παρὰ τῶν εὐεργετουμένων πολλάκις τοιαῦτα ἔπασχον, καὶ οὐδὲ οὕτως εθορυβοῦντο, κακὰ αντὶ ἀγαθῶν ἀπολαμβάνοντετ᾽ σὺ δὲ, ἄν τινα εὐεργετήσῃς μικράν τινα εὐεργεσίαν, εἶτα λυπηροῦ τινος ἀπολαύσης, θορυβῇ, ταράττῃ, καὶ ἐπὶ τῷ γεγενημένῳ μετανοεῖς.

᾿Epeidē gar eiōthasin hoi polloi, en men tois prooimiois einai sphodroi, meta de tauta eklyesthai, dia touto phēsin, hoti ᾿to telos epizētō. Ti gar ophelos spermatōn, para men tēn archēn anthountōn, mikron de hysteron marainomenōn Dia touto diarkē tēn hypomonēn par᾽ autōn apaitei. Hina gar mē tis legę̄, ho hoti to pan autos epoiēse, kai thaumaston ouden, toioutous ekeinous genesthai ouden paschontas phortikon, dia touto phēsin autois, hoti kai tēs hypomonēs hymōn chreia Kan gar tōn prōtōn exarpasō kindynōn, e hetorois chalepōterois tērō, kai met᾽ ekeinous palin heteroi diadexontai kai ou stēsesthe epibouleuomenoi, he heōs an empneēte. Touto gar hēnixato eipōn ho de y hypomeinas ϑis telos, houtos sōthēsetai. Dia d᾽ touto kai eipōn, mē merimnēsēte, ti lalēseta, allachou phēsin hetoimoi ginesthe pros apologian panti tǭ aitounti hymas logon peri tēs en hymin elpidos. Hotan men gar metaxy philōn ho agōn hē, keleuei kai hēmas merimnan᾽ hotan de dikastērion phoberon, kai dēmoi mainomenoi, kai phybo- pantothen, tēn par᾽ autou parechei rhopēn, hōste tharrēsai kai enxasthai, kai mē kataplagēnai, mēde prodounai ta dikaia. Kai ᾿ gar poly mega ēn, anthrōpon peri limnas hēscholēmenon kai dermata kai telōneian, tyrannōn kathēmenōn, kai satrapōn parestēkotōn kai doryphorōn, kai tōn xiphōn ngeUymnōmeenōn, kai pantōn met᾽ ekeinōn hestōtōn, eiselthonta monon, dedemenon, katō kyptonta, dynēthēnai diarai stoma. Kai gar oude logou, oude apologias autois metedidosan tōn dogmatōn he heneken, all hōs koinous tēs oikoumenēn, lymeōnas, houtōs apotympanizein e epocheiroun. hoi gar tēn oikoumenēn, phēsin, anastatōsantes, houtoi kai enthade pareisi kai palin, enantia tois Kaisaros dogmasi presbeuousi, legontes einai basilea Christon ᾿Iēsoun. Kai pantachou ta dikastēria prokateilēpto tais toiautais hyponoiais, kai pollēs edei tēs anōthen rhopēs eis to amphotera deixai, kai to dogma alēthes ho hon, hoper epresbeuon, kai hoti ou lymainontai tois koinois nomois, kai mēte spoudazontas eipein peri tou dogmatos, empesein eis hyponoian tēs tōn nomōn anatropēs, mēd au palin spoudazontas deixai, ho hoti ouk anatrepousi tēn koinēn politeian, diaphtheirai tēn tōn dogmatōn akribeian' haper hapanta opsei kai para Petrǭ, kai para Paulǭ, kai para tois loipois hapasi meta tēs prepousēs syneseōs katōrthōmena. Kai gar hōs stasiastai kai neōteropoioi kai kainotomoi pantachou tēs oikoumenēs enekalounto all᾽ homōs kai tautēn apekrousanto tēn hyponoian, kai tēn enantian heautois periethēkan, hōs sōtēres kai kēdemones kai euergetai para pasin anakēryttomenoi. Rhauta de panta dia tēs pollēs katōrthoun hypomonēs. Dio kai Paulos elege kath᾽ hēmeran apothnēskō kai mechri telous kindyneuōn diemeine. Tinos oun an eiēmen axioi, tosauta echontes hypodeigmata, kai en eirēnē malakizomenoi kai katapiptontes ? Oudenos goun eirēnę̄ sōthēnai keleuometha? kai oude touto dynametha. Kakeinoi men, tēs oikoumenēn kaiomenēs, kai kata tēn gēn hapasan tēs pyras anaptomenēs, eisiontes endothen, e ek mesēs hērpazon tēs phlogos tous empipramenou sy de oude santon diatērēsai dynasai. Tis oun hēmin estai parrhēsia: : poia snngnōmē: Ou mastiges, ou desmōtēria, ouk archontes, ou synagōgai, ouk allo ti tōn toioutōn epikeitai, alla kai tounantion hapan, hēmeis archomen kai kratoumen. Kai gar basileis eusebeis, kai timai pollai Christianois, kai proedriai kai doxai kai aneseis kai oude houtō periyginometha. ᾿Dll᾽ ekeinoi men apagomenoi kath᾽ hēmeran, kai didaskaloi kai mathētai, kai myrious mōlōpas ochontes kai synechē stigmata, tōn en paradeisǭ diagontōn mallon ᾿etryphōn' hēmeis de oude onar toiouton ti hypomeinantes, kērou pantos esmen malakōteroi. ᾿All᾽ ekeinoi, phēsin, eethaumatourgoun. Dia hēmas panta peirasmon, aposkopountas heis tēn hypomonēn tou makarion touto goun ouk emastigounto? dia touto ouk hēlaunontos Kai gar touto esti to paradoxon, hoti kai para tōn euergetoumenōn pollakis toiauta epaschon, kai oude houtōs ethorybounto, kaka anti agathōn apolambanontet᾽ sy de, an tina euergetēsę̄s mikran tina euergesian, eita lypērou tinos apolausēs, thorybę̄, tarattę̄, kai epi tǭ gegenēmenǭ metanoeis.

For since the many are accustomed to be vehement at the beginning but to slacken afterward, for this reason he says, I seek the end. For what is the use of seeds that bloom at the beginning but wither a little later? That is why he requires lasting endurance of them. For so that no one might say that he did everything himself, and that it was no wonder that they became such men, since they suffered nothing burdensome, for this reason he tells them that there is need of your endurance too. For even if I snatch you out of the first dangers, I am keeping you for other, harsher ones; and after those again others will follow; and you will not cease being plotted against as long as you breathe. For this he hinted at when he said, “But the one who endures to the end will be saved.” For this reason too, having said, “Do not be anxious what you are to speak,” elsewhere he says, “Be ready to make a defense to anyone who asks you for a reason for the hope that is in you.” For when the contest is among friends, he commands us too to take thought; but when there is a fearful court, and raging mobs, and fears on every side, he provides his own support, so that they may take courage and speak out, and not be terrified nor betray what is just. For it was a very great thing that a man occupied with lakes and hides and the tax office, when tyrants were seated and satraps and spearmen standing by, and swords bared, and all standing with them, should enter alone, bound, looking down, and be able to open his mouth. For they did not even grant them speech or defense about the doctrines, but tried to cudgel them to death as common destroyers of the world. “For these men who have turned the world upside down,” it says, “have come here too”; and again, “They act contrary to the decrees of Caesar, saying that there is another king, Christ Jesus.” And everywhere the courts were taken over beforehand by such suspicions, and there was need of much support from above to show both that the doctrine they preached was true and that they did not damage the common laws; and neither, in their zeal to speak about the doctrine, to fall under suspicion of overturning the laws, nor again, in their zeal to show that they were not overturning the common order, to corrupt the exactness of the doctrines; all of which you will see accomplished with fitting understanding in Peter and in Paul and in all the rest. For they were accused throughout the world as seditious, revolutionaries, and innovators; but nevertheless they repelled this suspicion too and put on the opposite, being proclaimed by all as saviors and guardians and benefactors. And all these things they achieved by great endurance. That is why Paul too said, “I die every day”; and he remained in danger to the end. What, then, would we deserve, who have so many examples and grow soft and fall down in peace? No one persecutes us; we are commanded to be saved in peace, and not even this can we do. And they, when the world was on fire and the pyre was kindled over the whole earth, went in and snatched those who were burning out of the midst of the flame; but you cannot even keep yourself. What boldness, then, shall we have? What pardon? There are no scourges, no prisons, no rulers, no synagogues, nor anything else of the kind pressing on us; quite the opposite, we rule and hold power. For there are pious emperors, and many honors for Christians, and precedence and glory and ease; and not even so do we prevail. But they, being led away every day, both teachers and disciples, and bearing countless weals and continual marks, lived in more delight than those who dwell in paradise; while we, who have not suffered anything like this even in a dream, are softer than any wax. “But they,” someone says, “worked miracles.” Did this, then, keep them from being scourged? Did it keep them from being driven out? For this is the wonderful thing, that they often suffered such things even from those they had benefited, and not even so were they troubled, receiving evil for good; but you, if you do someone some small kindness and then meet with something painful, are troubled and disturbed, and repent of what you did.

33.6Field 1

Εἰ τοίνυν γένοιτο, ὃ μὴ γένοιτο; μηδὲ συμβαίη ποτὲ, γενέσθαι πόλεμον ἐκκλησιῶν καὶ διωγμκιὸν, ἐννόησον πόσος ἔσται ὁ γέλως, πόσα τὰ ὀνείδη. Καὶ μάλα εἰκότως ὅταν γὰρ ἐν τῇ παλαίστρᾳ μηδεὶς γυμνάζηται, πῶς ἐν τοῖς αἀγώσιν ἔσται λαμπρός; Ποῖος γὰρ αθλητὴς, ᾿παιδοτρίβην οὐκ εἰδώς, δυνήσεται, καλούντων τῶν Ολυμπιακῶν ἀγώνων, μέγα τι καὶ γενναῖον ἐπιδείξασθαι πρὸς τὸν ἀνταγωνιστήν: Οὐ γὰρ ἐχρῆν καθ᾽ ἑκάστην ἡμέραν παλαίειν ἡμᾶς, καὶ πυκτεύειν, καὶ τρέχειν; Οὐχ ὁρᾶτε τοὺς λεγομένους πεντάθλους, ἐπειδὰν μηδένα ἔχωσι τὸν ἀνταγωνιστὴν, πῶς θύλακον ἄ ἄμμον γεμίσαντες πολλῆς, καὶ κρεμάσαντες, ἐκεῖ τὴν ἰσχὺν γυμνάζουσιν ἅ ἅπασαν : οἱ δὲ τούτων νεώτεροι ἐν τοῖς των ἑταίρων σώμασι μελετῶσι τὴν πρὸς τοὺς ἐχθροὺς μάχην; Τούτους καὶ σὺ ζήλωσον, καὶ μελέτα τῆς φιλοσοφίας τὰ παλαίσματα. Καὶ γαρ εἰς θυμὸν πολλοὶ παροξύνουσι, καὶ εἰς ἐπιθυμίαν ἐμβάλλουσι, καὶ πολλὴν ἀνάπτουσι φλόγα. Στῆθι τοίνυν κατὰ τῶν παθῶν, φέρε γενναίως τὰς κατὰ διάνοιαν ὀδύνας, ἵνα καὶ τὰς τοῦ σώματος ἐ ἐνέγκης. Καὶ γὰρ ὁ μακάριος Ιωβ, εἰ μὴ καλῶς ἣν ᾿Ὑυμνασάμενος πρὸ τῶν ἀγώνων, οὐκ ἂν οὕτω λαμπρὼς ἐπὶ τῶν ἀγώνων ἔλαμψεν᾽ εἰ μὴ μεμελετήκει πάσης ἐκτὸς αθυμίας εἶναι, εἶπεν ἄν τι τολμηρὸν, τῶν παίδων ἀποθανόντων. Νυνὶ δὲ πρὸς πάντα ἔστη τὰ παλαίσματα, πρὸς χρημάτων ἀπώλειαν καὶ περιουσίας τοσαύτης ἀφανισμὸν, πρὸς παίδων ἀποβολὴν, πρὸς γυναικὸς συμπάθειαν, πρὸς σώματος μαστίγας, πρὸς ὀνείδη φίλων, πρὸς λοιδορίας οἰκετῶν. Εἰ δὲ θέλεις καὶ τὰ γνωνάσια αὐτοῦ ἰδεῖν, ἄκουσον αὐτοῦ λέγοντος, πῶς κατεφρόνει χρημάτων. Βι δὲ καὶ εὐφράνθην, φησὶ, πολλοῦ πλούτου μοι γενομένου εἰ ἔταξα χρυσίον εἰς χοῦν, εἰ λίθῳ πολυτελεῖ ἐπεποίθειν. Διὰ τοῦτο οὐδὲ ἁρπαγέντων αὐτῶν ἐθορυβεῖτο, ἐπειδὴ καὶ παρόντων αὐτῶν οὐκ ἐπεθύμει. Ἄκουσον πῶς καὶ τὰ κατὰ τοὺς παῖδας διῴκει; οὐ καταμαλακιζόμενος παρὰ τὸ δέον, ὥσπερ ἡμεῖς, ἀλλὰ πᾶσαν ἀκρίβειαν παρ' αὐτῶν ἀπαιτῶν. Ὁ γὰρ καὶ ὑπὲρ τῶν αδήλων θυσίαν ἀνα ἐρων, ἐννόησον πώς ἣν ἀκριβὴς τών φανερῶν δικαστής. Εἰ δὲ καὶ τοὺς περὶ σωφρ οσύνης ἀγῶνας ἀκοῦσαι βούλει, ἄκουσον αὐτοῦ λέγοντος διαθήκην διεθέμην τοῖς ὀφθαλμοῖς μου; τοῦ μὴ κατανοήῆσαι εἰς παρθένον. Διὰ τοῦτο αὐτὸν οὐ κατέκλασεν ῆ γυνή ἐφίλει μὲν γὰρ αὐτὴν καὶ πρὸ τούτον, αλλ᾽ οὐχ ὑπὲρ τὸ μέτρον, ἀλλ᾽ ὡς εἰκὸς γυναῖκα. Ὅθεν μοι καὶ θαυμάσαι ἔπεισι, πόθεν ἐπῆλθε τῷ διαβόλῳ, εἰδότι αὐτοῦ τὰ υμνάσια, κινῆσαι τοὺς αγῶνας. Πόθεν οὖν ἐπῆλθε: Πονηρόν ἐστι τὸ θηρίον, καὶ οὐδέποτε ἀπογινώσκει ὃ μέγιστον ἡμῖν κατάκριμα γίνεται, ὅτι ἐκεῖνος μὲν οὐδέποτε ἡμῶν ἀπελπίζει τὴν ἀπώλειαν, ἡμεῖς δὲ τὴν ἑαυτῶν ἀπογινώσκομεν σωτηρίαν. ᾿Αλλὰ σώματος πήρωσιν καὶ λώβην σκόπει πῶς ἐμελέτα. ᾿Επειδὴ γὰρ αὐτὸς οὐδέποτέ τι τοιοῦτον ὑπέμεινεν.υ αλλ ἐν πλούτῳ καὶ τρυφῇ καὶ τῇ ἄλλῃ περιφανείᾳ διετέλεσε ζῶν, τὰς ἀλλοτρίας καθ᾽ ἑκάστην ὠνειροπόλει συμφορας. Καὶ τοῦτο δηλῶν ἔλεγε ὁ φόβος: γάρ, ὃν ἐφοβούμην; ἦλθέ μοι, καὶ ὃν ἐδεδοίκειν, συνήντησέ μοι. Καὶ παλιν’ ἐγὼ δὲ ἐπὶ παντὶ ἀδυνάτῳ ἔκλαυσα, καὶ ἐστέναξα ἰδὼν ἄνδρα ἐν ἀνάγκαις. Διὰ δὴ τοῦτο οὐδὲν αὐτὸν ἐθορύβει τῶν προσπιπτόντων, τῶν μεγάλων ἐκείνων καὶ ἀφορήτων. Μὴ γάρ μοι τὴν ἀπώλειαν ᾿ἴδῃς τῶν χρημάτων, μηδὲ τὴν τῶν παίδων ἀφαίρεσιν, μηδὲ τὴν πληγὴν ἐκείνην τὴν ἀνίατον, μηδὲ τὴν τῆς γυναικὸς ἐπιβουλήν αλλὰ τὰ πολλῷ τούτων χαλεπώτερα. Καὶ τί τούτων χαλεπώτερον, φησὶν, ἔπαθεν ὁ Ἴωβ: παρὰ γὰρ τῆς ἱστορίας οὐδὲν τούτων πλέον μανθάνομεν. ᾿Επειδὴ καθεύδομεν, οὐ μανθάνομεν ὡς ὅ γε μεριὉ αινῶν, καὶ τὸν μαργαρίτην καλῶς διερευνώμενος, πολλῷ πλείονα τούτων εἴσεται. Τὰ γὰρ χαλεπώτερα καὶ ἱκανὰ μείζονα ἐνιέναι θόρυβον, ἕτερα ῆν. Καὶ πρώτον, τὸ μηδὲν εἰδέναι περὶ βασιλείας οὐρανῶν καὶ ἀναστάσεως σαφές ὅπερ οὖν θρηνών ἔλεγεν οὐ γὰρ εἰς τὸν αἰῶνα ζήσομαι, ἕνα μακροθυμήσω. Δεύτερον, τὸ πολλὰ ἑαντῷ συνειδέναι καλά. Τρίτον, τὸ μηδὲν συνειδέναι πονηρόν. Τέταρτον, τὸ πα θεοῦ νομίζειν ταῦτα ὑπομένειν' εἰ δὲ καὶ παρὰ διαβόλου, καὶ τοῦτο ἱκανὸν ἣν αὐτὸν σκανδαλίσαι. Πέμπτον, τὸ ἀκούειν τῶν φίλων ἐπὶ κακίᾳ διαβαλλόντων αὐτόν οὐκ ἄξια γάρ, φησὶν, ὧν ἥμαρτες, μεμαστίγωσαι. ἽἝκτον, τὸ τοὺς ἐν πονηρίᾳ ζῶντας εὖ πάσχοντας ὁρᾶν, καὶ ἐπογγελῶντας αὐτῷ. Ἕβδομον, τὸ μὴ ἔχειν εἰς ἕτερον ἰδεῖν τοιαῦτα πεπονθότα ποτε.

Ei toinyn genoito, ho mē genoito? mēde symbaiē pote, genesthai polemon ekklēsiōn kai diōgmkion, ennoēson posos estai ho gelōs, posa ta oneidē. Kai mala eikotōs hotan gar en tę̄ palaistrą mēdeis gymnazētai, pōs en tois aagōsin estai lampros? Poios gar athlētēs, ᾿paidotribēn ouk eidōs, dynēsetai, kalountōn tōn Olympiakōn agōnōn, mega ti kai gennaion epideixasthai pros ton antagōnistēn: Ou gar echrēn kath᾽ hekastēn hēmeran palaiein hēmas, kai pykteuein, kai trechein? Ouch horate tous legomenous pentathlous, epeidan mēdena echōsi ton antagōnistēn, pōs thylakon a ammon gemisantes pollēs, kai kremasantes, ekei tēn ischyn gymnazousin ha hapasan : hoi de toutōn neōteroi en tois tōn hetairōn sōmasi meletōsi tēn pros tous echthrous machēn? Toutous kai sy zēlōson, kai meleta tēs philosophias ta palaismata. Kai gar eis thymon polloi paroxynousi, kai eis epithymian emballousi, kai pollēn anaptousi phloga. Stēthi toinyn kata tōn pathōn, phere gennaiōs tas kata dianoian odynas, hina kai tas tou sōmatos e enenkēs. Kai gar ho makarios Iōb, ei mē kalōs hēn ᾿Hyymnasamenos pro tōn agōnōn, ouk an houtō lamprōs epi tōn agōnōn elampsen᾽ ei mē memeletēkei pasēs ektos athymias einai, eipen an ti tolmēron, tōn paidōn apothanontōn. Nyni de pros panta estē ta palaismata, pros chrēmatōn apōleian kai periousias tosautēs aphanismon, pros paidōn apobolēn, pros gynaikos sympatheian, pros sōmatos mastigas, pros oneidē philōn, pros loidorias oiketōn. Ei de theleis kai ta gnōnasia autou idein, akouson autou legontos, pōs katephronei chrēmatōn. Bi de kai euphranthēn, phēsi, pollou ploutou moi genomenou ei etaxa chrysion eis choun, ei lithǭ polytelei epepoithein. Dia touto oude harpagentōn autōn ethorybeito, epeidē kai parontōn autōn ouk epethymei. Akouson pōs kai ta kata tous paidas diǭkei? ou katamalakizomenos para to deon, hōsper hēmeis, alla pasan akribeian par' autōn apaitōn. Ho gar kai hyper tōn adēlōn thysian ana erōn, ennoēson pōs hēn akribēs tōn phanerōn dikastēs. Ei de kai tous peri sōphr osynēs agōnas akousai boulei, akouson autou legontos diathēkēn diethemēn tois ophthalmois mou? tou mē katanoēēsai eis parthenon. Dia touto auton ou kateklasen ē gynē ephilei men gar autēn kai pro touton, all᾽ ouch hyper to metron, all᾽ hōs eikos gynaika. Hothen moi kai thaumasai epeisi, pothen epēlthe tǭ diabolǭ, eidoti autou ta ymnasia, kinēsai tous agōnas. Pothen oun epēlthe: Ponēron esti to thērion, kai oudepote apoginōskei ho megiston hēmin katakrima ginetai, hoti ekeinos men oudepote hēmōn apelpizei tēn apōleian, hēmeis de tēn heautōn apoginōskomen sōtērian. ᾿Alla sōmatos pērōsin kai lōbēn skopei pōs emeleta. ᾿Epeidē gar autos oudepote ti toiouton hypemeinen.y all en ploutǭ kai tryphę̄ kai tę̄ allę̄ periphaneią dietelese zōn, tas allotrias kath᾽ hekastēn ōneiropolei symphoras. Kai touto dēlōn elege ho phobos: gar, hon ephoboumēn? ēlthe moi, kai hon ededoikein, synēntēse moi. Kai palin’ egō de epi panti adynatǭ eklausa, kai estenaxa idōn andra en anankais. Dia dē touto ouden auton ethorybei tōn prospiptontōn, tōn megalōn ekeinōn kai aphorētōn. Mē gar moi tēn apōleian ᾿idę̄s tōn chrēmatōn, mēde tēn tōn paidōn aphairesin, mēde tēn plēgēn ekeinēn tēn aniaton, mēde tēn tēs gynaikos epiboulēn alla ta pollǭ toutōn chalepōtera. Kai ti toutōn chalepōteron, phēsin, epathen ho Iōb: para gar tēs historias ouden toutōn pleon manthanomen. ᾿Epeidē katheudomen, ou manthanomen hōs ho ge meriO ainōn, kai ton margaritēn kalōs diereunōmenos, pollǭ pleiona toutōn eisetai. Ta gar chalepōtera kai hikana meizona enienai thorybon, hetera ēn. Kai prōton, to mēden eidenai peri basileias ouranōn kai anastaseōs saphes hoper oun thrēnōn elegen ou gar eis ton aiōna zēsomai, hena makrothymēsō. Deuteron, to polla heantǭ syneidenai kala. Triton, to mēden syneidenai ponēron. Tetarton, to pa theou nomizein tauta hypomenein' ei de kai para diabolou, kai touto hikanon hēn auton skandalisai. Pempton, to akouein tōn philōn epi kakią diaballontōn auton ouk axia gar, phēsin, hōn hēmartes, memastigōsai. HiEkton, to tous en ponērią zōntas eu paschontas horan, kai epongelōntas autǭ. Hebdomon, to mē echein eis heteron idein toiauta peponthota pote.

If, then, it should happen (which may it not happen, nor ever befall) that war against the churches and persecution should arise, consider how great the laughter will be, how many the reproaches. And very reasonably; for when no one trains in the wrestling school, how will he be illustrious in the contests? For what athlete, not knowing a trainer, will be able, when the Olympic games call, to show anything great and noble against his opponent? Ought we not to wrestle and box and run every day? Do you not see those called pentathletes, how, when they have no opponent, they fill a sack with much sand and hang it up and exercise all their strength on it? And the younger of them practice on the bodies of their companions the fight against their enemies. Emulate these too, and practice the wrestling bouts of philosophy. For many provoke you to anger, and throw you into desire, and kindle a great flame. Stand, then, against the passions; bear nobly the pains of the mind, so that you may bear those of the body too. For the blessed Job, had he not trained well before the contests, would not have shone so brilliantly in the contests; had he not practiced being free of all despondency, he would have said something rash when his children died. But as it was, he stood against all the bouts: against the loss of money and the destruction of so great an estate, against the loss of children, against the pity of his wife, against the scourges of his body, against the reproaches of friends, against the abuse of servants. And if you wish to see his training too, hear him saying how he despised money: “If I rejoiced when great wealth came to me; if I counted gold as dust; if I trusted in a precious stone.” That is why he was not troubled when these things were snatched away either, since he did not desire them while they were present. Hear how he also managed the affairs of his children: not growing soft beyond what was fitting, as we do, but requiring all exactness of them. For he who offered sacrifice even for their unknown sins, consider how exact a judge he was of their manifest ones. And if you wish to hear of his contests for chastity too, hear him saying, “I made a covenant with my eyes not to look upon a virgin.” That is why his wife did not break him down; for he loved her before this too, but not beyond measure, but as one fittingly loves a wife. Whence I am led to wonder how it occurred to the devil, knowing his training, to stir up the contests. How, then, did it occur to him? The beast is wicked and never despairs; which becomes the greatest condemnation for us, that he never despairs of our destruction, while we despair of our own salvation. But consider how he practiced for the maiming and disfigurement of the body. For since he himself had never undergone anything of the kind, but continued living in wealth and luxury and the rest of splendor, he dreamed every day of the misfortunes of others. And showing this he said, “For the fear that I feared has come upon me, and what I dreaded has met me.” And again, “I wept over every helpless man, and groaned when I saw a man in distress.” That is why nothing of what befell him, great and unbearable as it was, troubled him. For do not look only at the loss of money, nor at the taking of the children, nor at that incurable wound, nor at the plotting of his wife, but at things much harder than these. “And what did Job suffer harder than these?” someone says; “for from the history we learn nothing more than these.” Because we sleep, we do not learn; since the one who is careful and searches out the pearl well will know much more than these. For the harder things, able to bring in greater turmoil, were others. First, knowing nothing clear about the kingdom of heaven and the resurrection; which he lamented when he said, “For I shall not live forever, that I should be patient.” Second, being conscious of many good deeds in himself. Third, being conscious of nothing evil. Fourth, thinking that he was suffering these things from God; and even if from the devil, this too was enough to offend him. Fifth, hearing his friends slander him for wickedness: “For you have been scourged less than your sins deserve,” they say. Sixth, seeing those who live in wickedness prospering and mocking him. Seventh, having no one else to look to who had ever suffered such things.

33.7Field 1

Καὶ εἰ βούλει μαθεῖν, ἡλίκα ταῦτα ἐστιν, ἐννόησον τὰ παρόντα. Εἰ γὰρ νῦν βασιλείας προσδοκωμένης; καὶ ἀναστάσεως ἐλπιζομένης, καὶ τῶν ἀποῤῥήτων ἀγαθῶν, καὶ μυρία συνειδότες ἑ εαυτοῖς κακὰ, καὶ τοσαῦτα ἔχοντες παραδείγματα, καὶ τοσαύτης μετέχοντες φιλοσοφίας, ἂν ὁλέγον χρυσίον ἀπολέσωσί τινες, καὶ τοῦτο πολλάκις ἁρπάσαντες, ἀβίωτον τὸν βίον εἶναι νομίζουσιν, οὐ γυναικὸς ἐπικειμένης» οὐ παίδων ἀφαιρεθέντων, οὐ φίλων ὀνειδιζόντων, οὐκ οἰκετῶν ἐπεμβαινόντων, αλλὰ καὶ πολλῶν ὄντων τῶν παρακαλούντων, τῶν μὲν διὰ βημάτων, τῶν δὲ διὰ πραγμάτων' πόσων οὐκ ἄξιος ἐκεῖνος ἂν εἴη στεφανων, τὰ ἐκ δικαίων πόνων συλλογέντα ὁρῶν ἁπλῶς καὶ ὡς ἔτυχεν ἁρπαζόμενα, καὶ μετὰ πάντα ἐκεῖνα μυρίας ὑπομένων πειρασμῶν νιφάδας,

Kai ei boulei mathein, hēlika tauta estin, ennoēson ta paronta. Ei gar nyn basileias prosdokōmenēs? kai anastaseōs elpizomenēs, kai tōn aporrhētōn agathōn, kai myria syneidotes he eautois kaka, kai tosauta echontes paradeigmata, kai tosautēs metechontes philosophias, an holegon chrysion apolesōsi tines, kai touto pollakis harpasantes, abiōton ton bion einai nomizousin, ou gynaikos epikeimenēs» ou paidōn aphairethentōn, ou philōn oneidizontōn, ouk oiketōn epembainontōn, alla kai pollōn ontōn tōn parakalountōn, tōn men dia bēmatōn, tōn de dia pragmatōn' posōn ouk axios ekeinos an eiē stephanōn, ta ek dikaiōn ponōn syllogenta horōn haplōs kai hōs etychen harpazomena, kai meta panta ekeina myrias hypomenōn peirasmōn niphadas,

And if you wish to learn how great these things are, consider the present. For if now, when the kingdom is expected and the resurrection hoped for, and the unspeakable good things, and when people are conscious of countless evils in themselves, and have so many examples, and share in so great a philosophy, some, if they lose a little gold, and that often gold they had seized, think life not worth living, though no wife is pressing them, no children have been taken away, no friends are reproaching them, no servants trampling on them, but there are many to comfort them, some by words and some by deeds: of how many crowns would that man not be worthy, who saw what he had gathered from just toil snatched away at random, and after all that endured countless snowstorms of temptations,

33.11Field 1

καὶ διὰ πάντων ἀκίνητος μένων, καὶ τὴν προσήκουσαν ἀναφέρων τῷ δεσπότη περὶ τούτων εὐχαριστίαν; Ἂν γὰρ μηδὲν τὼν ἄλλων μηδεὶς εἴπη, τὰ τῆς γυναικὸς μόνον βήματα καὶ πέτραν ἣν ἱκανὰ διασαλεῦσαι. Ὅρα γοῦν αὐτῆς τὴν κακουργίαν. Οὐ μέμνηται χρημάτων, οὐ μέμνηται καμήλων καὶ ποιμνίων καὶ βουκολίων, (συνήδει γὰρ τῷ ἀνδρὶ τὴν ἐπὶ τούτοις φιλοσοφίαν), ἀλλὰ τοῦ. πάντων ἰ τούτων Φφορτικωτέρον, τῶν παίδων λέγω, καὶ πλατύνει τὴν τραγῳδίαν, καὶ τὰ παρ᾽ ἑαυτῆς προστίθησιν. Εἰ δὲ ἐν εὐθηνίᾳ ὄντας καὶ μηδὲν πάσχοντας ἀηδὲς, πολλὰ πολλάκις ἔπεισαν γυναίκες ἐννόησον πῶς ἣν ἐκείνη μεανικῇ ἢ ψυχὴ, μετὰ τοσούτων ὅπλων αὐτὴν ἐπελθοῦσαν ἀποκρουσαμένη, καὶ δύο τὰ τυραννικώτατα πάθη καταπατήσασα, ἐπιθυμίαν καὶ ἔλεον. Καίτοι πολλοὶ τῶν κρατησάντων. ἐπιθυμίας, ὑπ᾽ ἐλέου ἐκάμφθησαν. Ὁ γοῦν γενναῖος ἐκεῖνος Ιωσὴφ τῆς μὲν τυραννικωτάτης ἠδονῆς κατέσχε, καὶ τὴν βάρβαρον ἐ ἐκείνην γυναῖκα διεκρούσατο μυρία προσάγουσαν μηχανήματα ρύων δὲ οὐ κατέσχεν, ἀλλ᾽ ἰδὼν τοὺς ἀδελφοὺς τοὺς ἠδικηκότας, ἐνεπρήσθη τῷ πάθει, καὶ τὸ προσωπεῖον ταχέως βίψας, τὸ δρᾶμα ἀπεκάλυψεν. Ὅταν δὲ καὶ γυνὴ ἥ; καὶ ἐλεεινὰ λέγῃ, καὶ τὸν καιρὸν ἔχῃ συμπράττοντα, καὶ τὰ τραύματα, καὶ τοὺς μώλωπας, καὶ τὰ μυρία κύματα τῶν συμφορῶν, πῶς οὐκ ἂν τις δικαίως ἀδάμαντος παντὸς στεῤῥοτέραν τὴν οὐδὲν ὑπὸ τοσοῦτον χειμώνος παθοῦσαν ψυχὴν εἶναι : ἀποφήναιτο : : Δότε μοι μετὰ παῤρησίας εἰπεῖ ν, ὅτι καὶ τῶν ἀποστόλων, εἰ μὴ μείζων, ἀλλ᾽ οὐδὲ ἐλάττων ὃ μακάριος οὗτος ἦν. Ἐκείμοὺφ μὲν γὰρ παρεμυθεῖτο τὸ διὰ τὸν Χριστὸν πάσχειν᾽ καὶ οὕτω τοῦτο ἱκανὸν ἦν τὸ φάρμακον καθ᾽ ἐκάστην ἡμέραν αὐτοὺς ἀναστῆσαι, ὡς πανταχοῦ αὐτὸ τιθέναι τὸν δεσπότην, ἐμὲ καὶ ἕνεκεν ἐμοῦ λέγοντα, καὶ, εἰ ἐμὲ τὸν οἰκοδεσπότην Βεελζεβοὺλ ἐκάλεσαν. ᾿Εκεῖνος δὲ ταύτης ἔρημος ἦν τῆς παραμυθίας, καὶ τῆς απὸ τῶν σημείων, καὶ τῆς ἀπὸ τῆς χάριτος. Οὐδὲ γὰρ εἶχε τοσαύτην πνεύματος δύναμιν. Καὶ τὸ δὴ μεῖζον, ὅτιπερ ἐν πολλῇ τρυφῆ τραφεὶς, οὐκ ἐξ ἁλιέων καὶ τελωνῶν καὶ τῶν εὐτελῶς βεβιωκότων, ἀλλὰ τοσαύτης ἀπολελαυκὼς τιμῆν, ἔπασχεν ἅπερ ἔπασχεν ἅπαντα. Καὶ ὅπερ φορτικώτατον ἐπὶ τῶν ἀποστόλων εἶναι ἐδόκει, ' τὸ αὐτὸ καὶ αὐτὸς ὑπέμενε, παρὰ φίλων, παρὰ οἰκετῶν, παρ᾽ ἐχθρῶν μισούμενος, παρὰ τῶν εὖ πεπονθότων καὶ τὴν Ἱερὰν ἄγκυραν, καὶ τὸν ἀκύμαντον λιμένα (τοῦτο δὲ ἦν τὸ τοῖς ἀποστόλοις εἰρημένον, τὸ, ἕνεκεν ἐμοῦ), τοῦτο ἰδεῖν οὐκ εἶχε. Θαυμάζω ᾿ καὶ τοὺς παῖδας τοὺς τρεῖς, ὅτι κατετόλμησαν καμίνου, ὅτι κατεξανέστησαν τυράννον. ᾿Δλλ᾽ ἄκουσον τί λέγουσι ἐς χοροῖς θεοῖς σου οὐ λατρεύομεν, καὶ τῇ εἰκόνι ἡ ἔστησας ου προσκυνοῦμεν. Ὅπερ μεγίστη παραμυθία αὐτοῖς ἦν, τὸ σαφῶς εἰδέναι, ι διὰ τὸν θεὸν πάντα πάσχουσιν, ἅπερ ἂν πάθωσιν. Οὗτοι δὲ οὐκ ἤδει, ὃ ὅτι ἀγωνίσματα ταῦτα ἦν καὶ πάλη; εἰ γὰρ ἤδει; οὐκ ἄν ἤσθετο τῶν γινομένων. Ὅτε γοὺν ἤκουσεν, ὅτι ἄλλως με οἴει σοι κεχρηματικέναι; ἢ ἵνα ἀναφανῇς δίκαιος ἐννόησον πώς εὐθέως απὸ Ψιλοῦ ρήματος ανέπνευσε' πώς ἐξηντέλισεν ἑ ἑαυτόν πῶς οὐδὲ πεπονθέναι ἐνόμισεν ἅπερ ἔπαθεν, οὕτω λέγων' τί ἔτι κρίνομαι νουθετούμενος καὶ ἐλεγχόμενος ὑπὸ κυρίου, ἀκούων τοιαῦτα, οὐδὲν ὦ ὧν ἐγώ; Καὶ παλιν ἕως μὲν ὠτὸς ἀκοῆς ἥ ἤκουὸόν σου τὸ πρότερον νυνὶ δὲ ὁ ὀφθαλμός μου ἐώρακέ σε διὸ ἐφαύλισα ἐμαυτὸν καὶ ἑτάκην' ἥγημαι δὲ ἐμαυτὸν γῆν καὶ σποδόν. Ταύτην τοίνυν τὴν ἀνδρείαν, ταύτην τὴν ἐπιείκειαν καὶ ἡμεῖς ζηλώσωμεν, οἱ μετὰ νόμον καὶ χάριν, τοῦ πρὸ νόμου καὶ χά ρίτος γενομένον, ἵνα καὶ τῶν αἰωνίων αὐτῷ δυνηθῶμεν κοινωνῆσαι σκηνών' ὧν γένοιτο πάντας ἡμᾶς ἐπιτυχεῖν, χάριτι καὶ φιλανθρωπίᾳ τοῦ κυρίου ἡμῶν Ἴησον Χριστοὺ, ᾧ ἡ δόξα καὶ τὸ κράτος εἰς τοὺς αἰῶνας τῶν αἰώνων. ἈΑμῆν.

kai dia pantōn akinētos menōn, kai tēn prosēkousan anapherōn tǭ despotē peri toutōn eucharistian? An gar mēden tōn allōn mēdeis eipē, ta tēs gynaikos monon bēmata kai petran hēn hikana diasaleusai. Hora goun autēs tēn kakourgian. Ou memnētai chrēmatōn, ou memnētai kamēlōn kai poimniōn kai boukoliōn, (synēdei gar tǭ andri tēn epi toutois philosophian), alla tou. pantōn i toutōn Phphortikōteron, tōn paidōn legō, kai platynei tēn tragǭdian, kai ta par᾽ heautēs prostithēsin. Ei de en euthēnią ontas kai mēden paschontas aēdes, polla pollakis epeisan gynaikes ennoēson pōs hēn ekeinē meanikę̄ ē psychē, meta tosoutōn hoplōn autēn epelthousan apokrousamenē, kai dyo ta tyrannikōtata pathē katapatēsasa, epithymian kai eleon. Kaitoi polloi tōn kratēsantōn. epithymias, hyp᾽ eleou ekamphthēsan. Ho goun gennaios ekeinos Iōsēph tēs men tyrannikōtatēs ēdonēs katesche, kai tēn barbaron e ekeinēn gynaika diekrousato myria prosagousan mēchanēmata ryōn de ou kateschen, all᾽ idōn tous adelphous tous ēdikēkotas, eneprēsthē tǭ pathei, kai to prosōpeion tacheōs bipsas, to drama apekalypsen. Hotan de kai gynē hē? kai eleeina legę̄, kai ton kairon echę̄ symprattonta, kai ta traumata, kai tous mōlōpas, kai ta myria kymata tōn symphorōn, pōs ouk an tis dikaiōs adamantos pantos sterrhoteran tēn ouden hypo tosouton cheimōnos pathousan psychēn einai : apophēnaito : : Dote moi meta parrēsias eipei n, hoti kai tōn apostolōn, ei mē meizōn, all᾽ oude elattōn ho makarios houtos ēn. Ekeimouph men gar paremytheito to dia ton Christon paschein᾽ kai houtō touto hikanon ēn to pharmakon kath᾽ ekastēn hēmeran autous anastēsai, hōs pantachou auto tithenai ton despotēn, eme kai heneken emou legonta, kai, ei eme ton oikodespotēn Beelzeboul ekalesan. ᾿Ekeinos de tautēs erēmos ēn tēs paramythias, kai tēs apo tōn sēmeiōn, kai tēs apo tēs charitos. Oude gar eiche tosautēn pneumatos dynamin. Kai to dē meizon, hotiper en pollę̄ tryphē trapheis, ouk ex halieōn kai telōnōn kai tōn eutelōs bebiōkotōn, alla tosautēs apolelaukōs timēn, epaschen haper epaschen hapanta. Kai hoper phortikōtaton epi tōn apostolōn einai edokei, ' to auto kai autos hypemene, para philōn, para oiketōn, par᾽ echthrōn misoumenos, para tōn eu peponthotōn kai tēn Hieran ankyran, kai ton akymanton limena (touto de ēn to tois apostolois eirēmenon, to, heneken emou), touto idein ouk eiche. Thaumazō ᾿ kai tous paidas tous treis, hoti katetolmēsan kaminou, hoti katexanestēsan tyrannon. ᾿Dll᾽ akouson ti legousi es chorois theois sou ou latreuomen, kai tę̄ eikoni hē estēsas ou proskynoumen. Hoper megistē paramythia autois ēn, to saphōs eidenai, i dia ton theon panta paschousin, haper an pathōsin. Houtoi de ouk ēdei, ho hoti agōnismata tauta ēn kai palē? ei gar ēdei? ouk an ēstheto tōn ginomenōn. Hote goun ēkousen, hoti allōs me oiei soi kechrēmatikenai? ē hina anaphanę̄s dikaios ennoēson pōs eutheōs apo Psilou rēmatos anepneuse' pōs exēntelisen he heauton pōs oude peponthenai enomisen haper epathen, houtō legōn' ti eti krinomai nouthetoumenos kai elenchomenos hypo kyriou, akouōn toiauta, ouden ō hōn egō? Kai palin heōs men ōtos akoēs hē ēkouoon sou to proteron nyni de ho ophthalmos mou eōrake se dio ephaulisa emauton kai hetakēn' hēgēmai de emauton gēn kai spodon. Tautēn toinyn tēn andreian, tautēn tēn epieikeian kai hēmeis zēlōsōmen, hoi meta nomon kai charin, tou pro nomou kai cha ritos genomenon, hina kai tōn aiōniōn autǭ dynēthōmen koinōnēsai skēnōn' hōn genoito pantas hēmas epitychein, chariti kai philanthrōpią tou kyriou hēmōn Iēson Christou, hǭ hē doxa kai to kratos eis tous aiōnas tōn aiōnōn. AAmēn.

and remained unmoved through all, and offered to the Master the fitting thanksgiving for these things? For even if no one had said anything else, the words of his wife alone were enough to shake a rock. See, at any rate, her malice. She does not mention money, she does not mention camels and flocks and herds (for she knew her husband’s philosophy in these things), but what is more burdensome than all these, I mean the children; and she broadens the tragedy and adds her own touches. And if women have often persuaded men of many things when they were in prosperity and suffering nothing unpleasant, consider how vigorous that soul was, repelling her when she came with so many weapons, and trampling on two most tyrannical passions, desire and pity. And yet many who have mastered desire have been bent by pity. That noble Joseph, at any rate, mastered the most tyrannical pleasure and repelled that barbarian woman who brought countless devices against him; but he did not master his tears, but, seeing the brothers who had wronged him, he was set on fire by the passion, and quickly throwing off the mask, he revealed the drama. But when it is a wife, and she says pitiful things, and has the occasion working with her, and the wounds and the weals and the countless waves of misfortunes, how could one not justly declare that soul, which suffered nothing under so great a storm, firmer than any adamant? Allow me to say with boldness that this blessed man was, if not greater, at least not less than the apostles. For they were consoled by suffering for Christ; and this remedy was so sufficient to raise them up every day that the Master set it down everywhere, saying, “for me” and “for my sake,” and, “If they called the master of the house Beelzebul.” But he was destitute of this consolation, and of that from the signs, and of that from grace; for he did not have so great a power of the Spirit. And what is greater, having been brought up in great luxury, not among fishermen and tax collectors and those who had lived meanly, but having enjoyed so much honor, he suffered all that he suffered. And what seemed most burdensome in the case of the apostles, he too endured: being hated by friends, by servants, by enemies, by those he had benefited; and the sacred anchor and the harbor free from waves (this was what was said to the apostles, the words “for my sake”), this he could not see. I marvel at the three youths too, that they braved the furnace, that they rose up against the tyrant. But hear what they say: “We do not serve your gods, and we do not worship the image you set up.” This was the greatest consolation to them, to know clearly that they were suffering all for God’s sake, whatever they suffered. But he did not know that these were contests and wrestling; for if he had known, he would not have felt what happened. When, at any rate, he heard, “Do you think I dealt with you otherwise than that you might appear righteous?”, consider how he revived at once from a bare word, how he made himself of no account, how he did not even think he had suffered what he suffered, saying thus: “Why am I still judged, admonished and reproved by the Lord, hearing such things, I who am nothing?” And again, “I had heard of you before by the hearing of the ear, but now my eye has seen you; therefore I have despised myself and melted away, and I count myself earth and ashes.” Let us, then, emulate this courage and this gentleness, we who live after the law and grace, emulating him who lived before the law and grace, so that we may be able to share the eternal tabernacles with him; which may we all obtain, by the grace and love for humankind of our Lord Jesus Christ, to whom be the glory and the might for ever and ever. Amen.

Chapter 34

34.1Field 1

Ὅταν δὲ διώκωσιν ὑμᾶς ἐν τῆ πόλει ταύτῃ, φεύγετε εἰς τὴν ἑτέραν. Ἀμὴν γὰρ λέγω ὑμῖν, ου μὴ τελέσητε τὰς πόλεις τοῦ ἸΙσραὴλ, ἕως ἂν ἔλθη ὁ υἱὸς τοῦ ἀνθρώπου. ΕἸΠΩΝ ἐκεῖνα τὰ φοβερὰ καὶ φρικώδη, καὶ ἀδάμαντα ἱκανὰ διαλῦσαι, τὰ μετὰ τὸν σταυρὸν καὶ τὴν ἀνάστασιν καὶ τὴν ἀνάληψιν αὑτοῖς συμβησόμενα, ἄγει πάλιν τὸν λόγον ἐπὶ τὰ ᾿ἡμερώτερα, διδοὺς ἀναπνεῦσαι τοῖς ἀθληταῖς, καὶ πολλὴν αὐτοῖς παρέχων τὴν ἄδειαν. Οὐδὲ γὰρ ἐκέλευσε διωκομένους ὁμόσε χωρεῖν, ἀλλὰ φεύγειν. ᾿Επειδηὴ γὰρ ἀρχὴ τέως ἣν καὶ προοίμια, συγκαταβατικώτερον κέχρηται τῷ λόγφ. Ου γὰρ δὴ περὶ τῶν μετὰ ταῦτα φησι διωγμῶν, ἀλλὰ τῶν πρὸ τ σταυροῦ καὶ τοῦ πάθους. Καὶ τοῦτο ἐδήλωσε λέγων᾽ οὐ γὰρ μὴ τελέσητε τὰς πόλεις τοῦ ᾿Ισραὴλ, ἕως ἂν ἔλθῃ ὁ υἱὸς τοῦ ἀνθρώπον. Ἵνα γὰρ μὴ λέγωσι τί οὖν, ἐὰν διωκόμενοι φεύγωμεν, καὶ πάλιν ἐκεῖ ἐλαύνωσι; τοῦτον ἀναιρῶν τὸν φόβον φησίν φθήσεσθε περιελθόντες τὴν Παλαιστίνην, καὶ εὐθέως ὑμᾶς καταλήψομαι. Καὶ θέα πῶς καὶ ἐνταῦθα οὐ λύει τὰ δεινὰ, ἀλλὰ παρίσταται τοῖς κινδύνοι. Οὐ γὰρ εἶπεν; ὅτι ἐξαρπάσομαι, καὶ λύσω τοὺς διωγμούτ' ἀλλὰ τί: οὐ μὴ τελέσητε τὰς πόλεις τοὺ ᾿Ισραήλ, ἕως ἂν ἔλθῃ ὃ υἱὸς τοῦ ἀνθρώπου. Καὶ γὰρ ἤρκει εἰς παραμυθίαν αὑτοῖς τὸ ἰδεῖν αὐτὸν μόνον. Σὺ δέ μοι σκόπει, πὼς οὐ πανταχοὺ πάντα ἐπιτρέπει τῆ χάριτι, ἄλλα τι καὶ παρ᾽ αὐτῶν εἰσφέρεσθαι κελεύει. Εἰ γὰρ φοβεῖσθε, φησὶ, φεύγετε τοῦτο γὰρ ἐδήλωσεν εἰπών᾽ φεύγετε, καὶ μὴ φοβεῖσθε. Καὶ οὐκ αὖτοὺς πρωτους ἐκέλευσε φευγειν, ἀλλ᾽ ἐλαυνομένους νυποχωρεῖν᾽ καὶ οὐδὲ πολὺ τὸ διάστημα δίδωσιν, ἀλλ᾽ ὅσον περιελθεῖν τὰς πόλεις τοῦ Ισραήλ. Εἶτα πάλιν πρὸς ἕτερον αὐτοὺς τροφης ἐκβάλλων

Hotan de diōkōsin hymas en tē polei tautę̄, pheugete eis tēn heteran. Amēn gar legō hymin, ou mē telesēte tas poleis tou IIsraēl, heōs an elthē ho huios tou anthrōpou. EIPŌN ekeina ta phobera kai phrikōdē, kai adamanta hikana dialysai, ta meta ton stauron kai tēn anastasin kai tēn analēpsin hautois symbēsomena, agei palin ton logon epi ta ᾿hēmerōtera, didous anapneusai tois athlētais, kai pollēn autois parechōn tēn adeian. Oude gar ekeleuse diōkomenous homose chōrein, alla pheugein. ᾿Epeidēē gar archē teōs hēn kai prooimia, synkatabatikōteron kechrētai tǭ logph. Ou gar dē peri tōn meta tauta phēsi diōgmōn, alla tōn pro t staurou kai tou pathous. Kai touto edēlōse legōn᾽ ou gar mē telesēte tas poleis tou ᾿Israēl, heōs an elthę̄ ho huios tou anthrōpon. Hina gar mē legōsi ti oun, ean diōkomenoi pheugōmen, kai palin ekei elaunōsi? touton anairōn ton phobon phēsin phthēsesthe perielthontes tēn Palaistinēn, kai eutheōs hymas katalēpsomai. Kai thea pōs kai entautha ou lyei ta deina, alla paristatai tois kindynoi. Ou gar eipen? hoti exarpasomai, kai lysō tous diōgmout' alla ti: ou mē telesēte tas poleis tou ᾿Israēl, heōs an elthę̄ ho huios tou anthrōpou. Kai gar ērkei eis paramythian hautois to idein auton monon. Sy de moi skopei, pōs ou pantachou panta epitrepei tē chariti, alla ti kai par᾽ autōn eispheresthai keleuei. Ei gar phobeisthe, phēsi, pheugete touto gar edēlōsen eipōn᾽ pheugete, kai mē phobeisthe. Kai ouk autous prōtous ekeleuse pheugein, all᾽ elaunomenous nypochōrein᾽ kai oude poly to diastēma didōsin, all᾽ hoson perielthein tas poleis tou Israēl. Eita palin pros heteron autous trophēs ekballōn

“When they persecute you in this city, flee to the next. For truly I say to you, you will not have gone through the cities of Israel before the Son of Man comes.” Having spoken of those fearful and terrible things, able to dissolve adamant, which would befall them after the cross and the resurrection and the ascension, he brings his discourse back again to gentler things, giving the athletes a breathing space and providing them with great security. For he did not command them, when persecuted, to close with their persecutors, but to flee. For since it was as yet the beginning and the first steps, he uses more condescending language. For he is not speaking of the persecutions that came afterward, but of those before the cross and the passion. And this he showed by saying, “For you will not have gone through the cities of Israel before the Son of Man comes.” For so that they might not say, “What then, if, when we are persecuted, we flee, and there again they drive us out?”, removing this fear he says, You will hardly have gone round Palestine before I overtake you at once. And see how here too he does not end the terrors, but stands by them in their dangers. For he did not say, “I will snatch you out and put an end to the persecutions,” but what? “You will not have gone through the cities of Israel before the Son of Man comes.” For it was enough for their consolation just to see him. But consider, I pray you, how he does not everywhere entrust everything to grace, but commands them to contribute something of their own too. For if you are afraid, he says, flee; for this he showed by saying, “Flee,” and “Do not be afraid.” And he did not command them to flee first, but to withdraw when they were driven out; and he does not give them a great distance either, but only as much as going round the cities of Israel. Then again he trains them for another [part of philosophy], casting out first [the anxiety about] food,

34.4Field 1

δεύτερον δὲ, τὸν τῶν κινδύνων φόβον νυνὶ δὲ τὸν τῆς κακηγορίας. κείνης μὲν γὰρ ἀπήλλαξε τῆς φροντίδος, εἰπὼν, ἄξιος ὁ ἐργάτης τοῦ μισθοῦ αὐτοῦ, καὶ δείξας ὅτι πολλοὶ αὐτοὺς ὑποδέξονται τῶν κινδύνων δὲ ὅνεκεν τῆς ἀγωνίας, εἰπὼν, μὴ μεριμνήσητε πῶς ἢ τί λαλησητε, καὶ ὅτι ὁ ὑπομείνας εἰς τέλος», οὕτος σωθήσεται. Ἐπειδὴ δὲ μετὰ τούτων εἰκὸς ἥν αὐτοὺς καὶ πονηρὰν δόξαν λαβεῖν, ὅπερ πολλοῖς πάντων φορτικώτερον εἶναι δοκεῖ, ὅρα πόθεν αὐτοὺς καὶ ἐνταῦθα παρακαλεῖ, ἀφ᾽ ἑαυτοῦ καὶ τῶν περὶ ' αὐτοῦ εἰρημένων ἁπάντων τὴν παραμυθίαν τιθεὶς, οὕπερ Ἰσον οὐὸὲέν ἤν. Ὥσπερ γαρ εἶπεν εκεῖ, ὅτι ἐσεσθε μισούμενοι ὑπὸ πάντων καὶ προσέθηκε, διὰ τὸ ὄνομά μου οὕτω καὶ ἐνταῦθα. Καὶ ἑτέρως αὐτὸ παραμυθεῖται, ἕτερον μετ᾽ ἐκείνον τιθείς. Ποῖον δὴ τοῦτο; Οὐκ ἔστι μαθητῆς, φησὶν, ὑπερ τὸν διδάσκαλον, οὐὸε ὁὀοῦλος ὑπερ τὸν κύριον αὐτοῦ. ᾿Αρκετὸν τῷ μαθητῆ, ἵνα γένηται ὡς ὁ διδασκαλος αὐτοῦ καὶ ὁ δοῦλος, ὡς ὁ κύριος αὐτοῦ. Εἰ τὸν οἰκοδεσπότην Βεελζεβοὺλ ἐκάλεσαν, πόσῳ μᾶλλον τοὺς οἰκειακοὺς αὐτοῦ; Μὴ οὐν φοβεῖσθε αντοὺς. Ὅρα πῶς ἑαυτὸν ἐκκαλύπτει τῶν πάντων ὄντα δεσπότην καὶ θεὸν καὶ ὀημιουργον. Τί οὐν: Οὐκ ἔστι μαθητῆς ὑπὲρ τὸν διδάσκαλον, οὐδὲ δοῦλος ὑπὲρ τὸν κύριον αὐτοῦ; Ἕως ἂν μὲν ᾖ μαθητὴς καὶ δοῦλος, οὐκ ἔστι κατὰ τὴν τῆς τιμῆς φύσιν. Μὴ γάρ μοι τὰ σπανίζοντα ἐνταῦθα λέγε, ἀλλ᾽ απὸ τῶν πλειόνων ὀέχου τὸν λόγον. Καὶ ουὅ λεγει, ποσῳ μᾶλλον τοὺς δούλους, ἀλλὰ τοὺς οἰκειακοὺς αὐτοῦ, πολλὴν πρὸς αὐτοὺς γνησιότητα ἐπιδεικνύμενος. Καὶ ἀλλαχοῦ δὲ ἐλεγεν οὐκέτι καλῶ ὑμᾶς δούλους, ὑμεῖς φίλοι μού ἐστε. Καὶ οὐκ εἶπεν, εἰ τὸν οἰκοδεσπότην ὕβρισαν καὶ ἑκακηγόρησαν᾽ ἀλλὰ καὶ αὐτὸ τὸ εἶδος τῆς ὕβρεως τίθησιν, ὅτι Βεελἥαρε ἐκάλεσαν. Εἶτα καὶ ἑτέραν οὐκ ἐλάττονα ταύτης ἰδωσι παραμυθίαν ἡ ἡ μὲν γὰρ μεγίστη αὕτη' ἐπειδὴ δὲ τοῖς οὐδέπω ϑεωα ὠμῶν καὶ ἑτέρας ἔδει τῆς μάλιστα αὐτοὺς ἀνακτήσασθαι υναμένης, καὶ ταύτην τίθησι καὶ τὸ μὲν σχῆμα τῶν λεγομένων καθολικὴν δοκεῖ τὴν ἀπόφασιν ἔ ἔχειν πλὴν οὐ περὶ πάντων τῶν πραγμάτων, ἀλλὰ περὶ τῶν προκειμόνων εἴρηται μόνον. Τί γάρ ᾿ φησι; Οὐδέν ἐ ἔστι κεκαλυμμένον, ὃ οὐκ ἀποκαλυφθήσεται οὐδὲ κρυπτὸν, ὃ οὐ γνωσθήσεται. Ὃ δὲ λέγει; τοιοῦτον ἐστιν. Ἀρκεῖ μὲν ὑμῖν εἰς παραμυθίαν τὸ καὶ ἐμὲ κοινωνῆσαι τῆς αὐτῆς λοιδορίας ὑμῖν, τὸν διδάσκαλον καὶ τὸν δεσπότην. Εἰ δὲ ἔ ετι ἀλγεῖτε ταῦτα ἀκούοντες, ἐννοήσατε κακεῖνο, ὅτι καὶ ταύτης μικρὸν ὕστερον ἀπαλλαγήσεσθε τῆς ὑποψίας. Τίνος γὰρ ἕνεκεν ἀλγεῖτε: ὅτι γόητας ὑμᾶς καλοῦσι καὶ πλάνους : : Ἀλλ᾽ ἀναμείνατε μικρὸν, καὶ σωτῆρας ὑμᾶς καὶ εὐεργέτας τῆς οἰκουμένης προσεροῦσιν ἅπαντες. Καὶ γὰρ ἀποκαλύπτει ἅπαντα ὁ χρόνος τὰ συνεσκιασμένα; καὶ τὴν ἐκείνων συκοφαντίαν ἐλέγξει, καὶ δήλην. ποιήσει τὴν ὑμετέραν ἀρετήν. Ὅταν γὰρ διὰ τῶν πραγμάτων φαίνησθε σωτῆρες καὶ εὐεργέται, καὶ πᾶσαν ἀρετὴν ἐπιδεικνύμενοι; οὐ τοῖς ἐκείνων προσέξουσι λόγοις οἱ ἄνθρωποι, αλλὰ τῇ τὼν πραγμάτων ἀληθείᾳ καὶ οἱ μὲν συκοφανται καὶ ψεῦσται καὶ κακηγόροι, ὑμεῖς δὲ τοῦ ἡλίον φανεῖσθε λαμπρότεροι, τοῦ μακροῦ χρόνον ἐκκαλύπτοντος ὑμᾶς καὶ ἀνακηρύττοντος, καὶ σάλπιγγος λαμπροτέραν φωνὴν ἀφιέντος, καὶ μάρτυρας ἅπαντας τῆς ὑμετέρας ποιοῦντος ἀρετῆς. Μὴ τοίνυν τὰ λεγόμενα νῦν ὑμᾶς ταπεινούτω, αλλ ω ἐλπὶς τῶν μελλόντων ἀγαθών ἀνορθούτω. ᾿Αμήχανον γὰρ κρυβῆναι τὰ καθ᾽ ὑμᾶς. Εἴτα, ἐπειδὴ πάσης αὐτοὺς ἀπήλλαξεν ἀγωνίας καὶ φόβων καὶ μερίμνης, καὶ ᾿ὑψηλοτέρους ἐποίησε τών ὀνειδῶν, τότε λοιπὸν εἰς καιρὸν αὐτοῖς καὶ περὶ τῆς ἐν τῷ κηρύγματι παῤῥησίας διαλέγεται. λέγω γὰρ ὑμῖν, Φησὶν, ἐν τῇ σκοτίᾳ, εἴπατε ἐν τῷ φωτί καὶ ὃ εἰς τὸ οὗς ἠκούσατε, κηρύξατε ἐ ἐπὶ τῶν δωμάτων. Καίτοιγε οὐκ ἦν σκότος, ἡνίκα ταῦτα ἔλεγεν, οὐδὲ εἰς τὸ οὖς αὐτοῖς διελέγετο, ἀλλὰ μεθ ὑπερβολῆς κέχρηται τῷ λόγῳ. ᾿Επειδὴ γὰρ μόνοις αὐτοῖς διελέγετο, καὶ ἐν μικρᾷ ἀγϑνᾳ: ᾿ τῆς Παλαιστίνης, διὰ τοῦτο εἶπεν, ἐν τῇ σκοτίᾳ, καὶ εἰς τὸ οὗς, πρὸς τὴν μετὰ ᾿᾽ ταῦτα παῤῥησίαν ἐσομένην, ἣν ἔμελλεν αὐτοῖς διδόναι, τὸν τρόπον τῆς διαλέξεως ἀντιδιαστέλλων ἐκείνης. Ου γὰρ μιᾷ καὶ δύο καὶ τρισὶ πόλεσιν; ἀλλὰ τῇ οἰκουμένῃ κηρύξετε παάση, φησὶ, γῆν καὶ θάλατταν ἐπιόντες, καὶ οἰκουμένην καὶ ἀοίκητον καὶ τυράννοις καὶ δήμοις, καὶ φιλοσόφοις καὶ ῥητορσι, γυμνῇ τῆ κεφαλῇ καὶ μετὰ παῤῥησίας πάσης πάντα λέγοντες. Διὰ τοῦτο εἶπεν, ἐπὶ τῶν δωμάτων, καὶ ἐν τῷ φωτὶ, χωρὶς ὑποστολῆς τινος, καὶ μετὰ ἐλευθερίας ἀπάσης. Καὶ διατί μὴ εἶπε, κηρύξατε ἐπὶ τών δωμάτων, καὶ ᾿ εἴπατε ἐν τῷ φωτὶ, μόνον, αλλὰ καὶ προσέθηκεν, ὃ λέγω ὑμῖν ἐν τῇ σκοτίᾳ, καὶ ὃ εἰς τὸ οὖς ἀκούετε ᾿Επαίρων αὐτῶν τὰ φρονήματα. Ὥσπερ οὖν ὅτε ἔλεγεν, ὁ πιστεύων εἰς ἐμὲ, τὰ ἔργα ἃ ἐγὼ ποιῶ κακεῖνος ποιήσει, καὶ Μείζονα τούτων ποιήσει οὕτω δὴ καὶ ἐνταῦθα, δεικνὺς ὅτι ᾿ τὸ πᾶν δι᾿ αὐτῶν ἐργάσεται, καὶ πλέον ἢ δι᾿ ἑαυτοῦ, τοῦτο τέθεικε. Τὴν μὲν γὰρ ἀρχὴν ἐγὼ δέδωκα, φησὶ, καὶ τὰ προοίμια τὸ δὲ πλέον δὲ ὑμῶν ανύσαι βούλομαι. Τοῦτο δὲ οὐκ ἐπιτάττοντὸς ἐστι μόνον, ἀλλὰ καὶ τὸ μέλλον προαναφωνοῦντος, κα ᾿ θαῤῥύνοντος τοῖς λεγομένοις, καὶ δεικνύντος ὅτι πάντων πρατήσουσι, καὶ ἠρέμα καὶ τὴν περὶ τῆς κακηγορίας ἀγωνίαν πάλιν ὑπορύττοντος. Ὥσπερ γὰρ τοῦτο Το κήρυγμα, λανθάνον τέως, πάντα ἐπελεύσεται, οὕτω καὶ ἡ πονηρὰ τῶν Ιουδαίων ὑπόληψις ἀπολεῖται ταχέως. Εἶτα, ἐπειδὴ ἐπῆρεν αὐτοὺς καὶ ὕψωσε, προαναφωνεῖ πάλιν καὶ τοὺς κινδύνους, ἀναπτερῶν αὐτῶν τὴν διάνοιαν, καὶ ὑψηλοτέρους πάντων ποιῶν. Τί γὰρ φησι: Μὴ φοβηθῆτε απὸ τῶν ἄποκτενόντων τὸ σώμα; τὴν δὲ ψυχὴν μὴ δυναμένων ἀποκτεῖναι. Εἶδες πῶς πάντων αὐτοὺς ἔστησεν ἀνωτέρους, οὐχὶ φροντίδὸς μόνον. καὶ κακηγορίας, οὐδὲ κινδύνων καὶ ἐπιβουλῶν, ἀλλὰ καὶ αὐτοῦ τοῦ πάντων δοκοῦντος εἶναι φοβερου θανάτου πείθων καταφρονεῖν: καὶ οὐδὲ ἁπλῶς θανάτου, ἀλλὰ καὶ βιαίου: Καὶ οὐκ εἶπεν, ὅτι ἀναιρεθήσεσθε, ἀλλὰ καὶ μετὰ τῆς αὐτῷ βηθῆτε, λέγων, ἀπὸ τῶν ἀποκτενόντων τὸ σῶμα, τὴν δὲ γνυχὴν μὴ δυναμένων ἀποκτεῖναι φοβήθητε δὲ μᾶλλον τὸν καὶ ψυχὴν καὶ σώμα δυνάμενον ἀπολέσαι ἐν γεέννη ὅ ὅπερ αεὶ ποιεῖ, εἰς τουναντίον περιτρέπων τὸν λόγον. μν γάρ: δεδοίκατε, σὶ, θάνατον, καὶ διὰ τοῦτο ὀκνεῖτε κηρύσσειν; Δί αὐτὸ μὲν οὖν τοῦτο κηρύξατε, ἐπειδὴ δεδοίκατε θάνατον. Τοῦτο γὰρ ὑμᾶς ἐξαιρήσεται τοῦ ὄντως θανάτου. Εἰ γὰρ καὶ μέλλουσιν ὑμᾶς ἀναιρεῖν, ἀλλὰ τοῦ κρείττονος οὐ περιέσονται; κἄν. μὺυρ ἰα φιλονεικήσωσι. Διὰ Τοντο οὐκ εἶπε, τὴν δὲ ψυχὴν μὴ ἀποκτενόντων᾽ ἀλλὰ, μὴ δυναμένων ἀποκτεῖναι. Κἀν γὰρ θελήσωσιν, οὐ περιέόσονται. Ὥστε εἰ δέδοικας κόλασιν, ἐκείνην φοβοῦ τὴν πολλῷ χαλεπωτέραν. Ὁρᾷς πώς πάλιν οὐκ ἐπαγγόλλεται αὐτοῖς ἀπαλλαγὴν θανάτου, ἀλλ᾽ ἀφίησιν ἀποθανεῖν. μείζονα χαριζόμενος ἢ ἢ εἰ μὴ συνεχώρησε τοῦτο παθεῖν; Τοῦ γὰρ ἀπαλλάξαι θανάτου τὸ πεῖσαι καταφρονεῖν θανάτου πολλῷ μεῖζόν ἐ ἐστιν. Οὐ τοίνυν εἰς κινδύνους ἐμβάλλει αὐτοὺς, ἀλλ᾽ ἀνωτέρους ποιεῖ κινδύνων, καὶ ἐν βραχεὶ λόγῳ τὰ περὶ αθανασίας ψυχῆς ἐν αὐτοῖς πήγνυσι ἡγματα καὶ ἐν δύο καὶ τρισὶ λέξεσι δόγμα σωτήριον καταφυτεύσας, καὶ ἀπὸ λογισμὼν αὐτοὺς ἑτέρων παραμυθεῖται. Ἵνα γὰρ μὴ νομίσωσιν ἀναιρούμενοι καὶ σφαττόμενοι, ὡς ἐγκαταλιμπανόμενοι πάσχειν, πάλιν τὸν περὶ τῆς προνοίας τοῦ θεοῦ εἰσάγει λόγον, οὕτω λέγων᾽ Οὐχὶ δύο στρουθία ἀσσαρίου πωλειται; καὶ ἕν αὐτῶν οὐ πεσεῖται εἰς παγίδα ἄ ἄνεν τοῦ πατρὸς ὑμῶν τοῦ ἐν οὐρανοῖς. Ὑμῶν δὲ καὶ αἱ τρίχες τῆς κεφαλῆς ᾿ πάσαι ἠριθμημέναι εἰσί. Τί γὰρ εὐτελέστερον ἐκείνων ; φησίν᾽ αλλ᾽ ὅμως οὐδὲ ἐκεῖνα ἁλώσεται, ἀγνοοὔντος τοῦ θεοῦ. Οὐ γὰρ τοῦτό φησιν, ὅτι ἐνεργοῦντος αὐτοῦ πίπτει τοῦτο γὰρ ἀνάξιον θεοῦ αλλ᾽ ὅτι οὐδὲν αὐτὸν λανθάνει τῶν γινομένων. Εἰ τοίνυν ἀγνοεῖ οὐδὲν τῶν συμβαινόντων, ὑμᾶς δὲ φιλεῖ πατρὸς γνησιώτερον, καὶ οὕτω φιλεῖ, ὡς καὶ τὰς τρίχας ἠριθμηκέναι, οὐ χρὴ δεδοικέναι. Τοῦτο δὲ ἔλεγεν, οὐχ ὅτι τας τρίχας ὁ θεὸς ἀριθμεῖ, ἀλλ΄ ἵνα τὴν ἀκριβῆ νῶσιν καὶ τὴν πολλὴν πρόνοιαν τὴν περὶ αὐτοὺς ἐνδείξηται. Εἰ τοίνυν καὶ οἷδε πάντα τὰ γινόμενα, καὶ δύναται σώζειν ὑμᾶς, καὶ βούλεται, ὅσα ἂν πάθητε, μὴ νομίσητε ᾿ἐγκαταλιμπανόμενοι πάσχειν. Οὐδὲ γὰρ ἀπαλλάξαι ὑμᾶς βούλεται τῶν δεινῶν, ἀλλὰ πεῖσαι καταφρονεῖν τῶν δεινῶν ἐπειδὴ τοῦτο μάλιστα ἀπαλλαγὴ τῶν δεινῶν. Μὴ οὖν φοβεῖσθε· πολλῶν στρουθίων διαφέρετε ὑμεῖς. Ὁρᾷς ἤδη τὸν φόβον αὐτῶν κρατήσαντα : Καὶ γὰρ ἤδει τὰ ἀπόῤῥητα τῆς διανοίας διὰ τοῦτο ἐπήγαγε, μὴ οὖν φοβεῖσθε αὐτούς. Κἀν γὰρ κρατήσωσι, τοῦ καταδεεστέρον κρατήσουσι, τοῦ σώματος λέγω ὃ κἀν μὴ οὗτοι ἀποκτείνωσιν, ῆ φύσις λαβοῦσα ἄ ἄπεισι πάντως. Ὥστε οὐδὲ τούτου οὗτοι γεγόνασι κύριοι, ἀλλ᾿ ἀπὸ τῆς φύσεως αὐτὸ ἔχουσιν. Εἰ δὲ τοῦτο δέδοικας, πολλῷ μᾶλλον τὸ μεῖζον δεδοικέναι χρῆ» καὶ φοβεῖσθαι τὸν δυνάμενον καὶ ψυχὴν καὶ σῶμα ἐν γεάννῃ ἀπολέσαι. Καὶ οὐ λέγει. φανερῶς βαυτὸν νῦν εἶναι τὸν δυνάμενον καὶ ψυχὴν καὶ σῶμα ἀπολέσαι' δ ὧν δὲ ἔμπροσθεν ἀπέφηνε κριτὴν ἑαυτὸν ὄντα, ἐδήλωσεν. ᾿Αλλὰ νῦν τοὐναντίον γίνεται. Τὸν μὲν γὰρ δυνάμενον ψυχὴν ἀπολέσαι, τουτέστι; κολάσαι, οὐ φοβούμεθα τοὺς δὲ τὸ σῶμα ἀναιροῦντας πεφρίκαμεν. Καίτοιγε ὁ μὲν μετὰ τῆς ψυχῆς καὶ τὸ σῶμα τιμωρεῖται οἱ δὲ οὐ μόνον τὴν ψυχὴν, ἀλλ᾽ οὐδὲ τὸ σῶμα κολάσαι δύνανται κἀν μυριάκις, κολάσωσιν, αλλὰ λαμπρότερον μᾶλλον οὕτω ποιοῦσιν αὐτό. Εἶδες πῶς δείκνυσι τοὺς ἀγῶνας εὐχερεῖς : Καὶ γὰρ σφόδρα ὁ θάνατος κατέσειεν αὐτῶν τὴν ψυχὴν, φοερὸν τέως ἐμπνέων, τῷ μηδέπω γεγενῆσθαι εὐκαταγώ νιστος; μηδὲ τοὺς μέλλοντας αὐτοῦ καταφρονεῖν τῆς τοῦ πνεύματος ἀπολελαυκέναι χάριτος. ᾿Εκβαλὼν τοίνυν τὸν φόβον καὶ τὴν ἀγωνίαν τὴν κατασείουσαν αὐτῶν τὴν Ψψυχὴν, καὶ διὰ τῶν ἑξῆς παραθαῤῥύνει πάλιν, φόβῳ φόβον ἐκβάλλων, καὶ οὐ φόβῳ μόνον, ἀλλὰ καὶ ἐπάθλων ἐλπίδι μογάλων' καὶ μετὰ πολλῆς ἀπειλεῖ τῆς ἐξουσίας, ᾿ ἑκατέβωθεν αὐτοὺς προτρέπων εἰς τὴν ὑπὲρ τῆς ἀληθείας παῤῥησίαν, καὶ ἐπάγει λέγων πᾶς οὖν ὅστις ὁμολογήσει ἐν ἐμοὶ ἔμπροσθεν τῶν ἀνθρώπων, ὁμολογήσω κἀγὼ ἐν αὐτῷ ἔμπροσθεν τοῦ πατρός μου τοῦ ἐν οὐρανοῖς ὃς δ᾽ ἁ ἂν ἀρνήσηταί με ἔμπροσθεν τῶν ἀνθρώπων, ἀρνήσομαι κἀγὼ αὐτὸν ἔμπροσθεν τοῦ πατρός μου τοῦ ἐν οὐρανοῖς.᾽ Οὐ γὰρ ἀπὸ τῶν ἀγαθῶν μόνον, ἀλλὰ καὶ ἀπὸ τῶν ἐναντίων ὠθεῖ, καὶ εἰς τὰ σκνθρωπὰ καταλήγει. Καὶ σκόπει τὴν ἀκρίβειαν. Οὐκ εἶπεν, ἐμὲ, ἀλλ᾽, ἐν ἐμοὶ, δεικνὺς ὅ ὅτι οὐκ οἰκείᾳ δυνάμει, ἀλλὰ τῇ ἄνωθεν βοηθούμενος χάριτι ὁμολογεῖ ὁ ὁμολογῶν. Περὶ δὲ τοῦ ἀρνουμένου οὐκ εἶπεν, ἐν ἐμοὶ, ἀλλ᾽, ἐμέ ἔρημος γὰρ γενόμενος τῆς δωρεᾶς, οὕτως ἀρνεῖται. Τίνος οὖν ἕνεκεν ἐγκαλεῖται: φησὶν, εἰ ἐγκαταλειφθεὶς ἀρνεῖται ; ; Ὅτι τὸ ἐγκαταλειφθῆναι παρ᾽ αὐτὸν γίνεται τὸν ἐγκαταλιμπανόμενον. Τίνος δὲ ἕ ἕνεκεν οὐκ ἀρκεῖται τῇ κατὰ διάνοιαν πίστει, ἀλλὰ καὶ τὴν διὰ τοῦ στόματος ὁμολογίαν ἀπαιτεῖ: : Εἰς παῤῥησίαν ἡμᾶς ἀλείφων καὶ πλείονα ἀγάπην καὶ διάθεσιν, καὶ ὑψηλοὺς ἐργαζόμενος. Διὸ καὶ πρὸς ἅπαντας διαλέγεται. καὶ οὐδὲ τώ προσώπῳ τῶν μαθητῶν κέχρηται μόνον᾽ οὐ γὰρ αὐτοὺς, ἀλλὰ καὶ τοὺς μαθητὰς αὐτῶν ἤδη κατασκευάζει γενναίου. Ὁ γὰρ τοῦτο μαθὼν, οὐ διδάξει μόνον μετὰ παῤῥησίας, ἀλλὰ καὶ πείσεται πάντα εὐκόλως καὶ μετὰ προθυμίας. Τοῦτο γοῦν πολλοὺς τοῖς ἀποστόλοις προσήγαγε, τὸ πιστεῦσαι τῷ ῥήματι τούτῳ. Καὶ γὰρ καὶ ἐν τῇ κολάσει πλείων ἡ τιμωρία, καὶ ἐν τοῖς ἀγαθοῖς μείζων ἡ ἀντίδοσις. ᾿Επειδὴ γὰρ τῷ χρόνῳ πλεονεκτεῖ ὁ κατορθῶν, καὶ τῇ ἀναβολῇ τῆς τιμωρίας νομίζει κερδαίνειν ὁ ἁμαρτάνων, ἀντίῤῥοπον, μᾶλλον δὲ πολλῷ πλεῖον μείζονα πλεονεξίαν εἰσήγαγε, τὴν προσθήκην πον ϑύσεῶνς. Εἰ χες ονέκτησας, φησὶ, τῷ πρότερος με ὁμολογῆσαι ἐνταῦθα : : Πλεονεκτήσω σε κἀγὼ, φησὶ, τῷ μείζονά σοι δοῦναι, καὶ ἀφάτως μείζονα ἐκεῖ γάρ σε ὁμολογήσω. Ὁρᾷς ἐκεῖ καὶ τὰ ἀγαθὰ καὶ τὰ κακὰ ταμιευύόμενα; Τί τοίνυν σπεύδεις καὶ ἐπείγῃ;; τί δὲ ζητεῖς ἐνταῦθα τὰς ἀμοιβάς, ἐλπίδι σωθείς; Διὰ δὴ τοῦτο κἄν ποιήσῃς τι χρηστὸν, καὶ μὴ λάβῃς αὐτοῦ τὴν ἀντίδοσιν ἐνταῦθα, κα Ὰ ταράττου μετὰ γὰρ προσθήκης ἑ εν τῷ μέλλοντίέ σε καιρῷ ἀναμένει τούτων ν ἀμοιβή. Κἀν ποιήσῃς τι πονηρὸν, καὶ μὴ δῷς δίκην, μὴ ῥᾳθύμει ἐκεῖ γάρ σε ἐκδέξεται ἥ τιμωρία, ἂν μὴ μεταβάλῃ καὶ γένη βελτίων. Εἰ δὲ ἀπιστεῖς, ἀπὸ τῶν ἐνταῦθα στοχάζον καὶ περὶ τῶν μελλόντων. Εἰ γὰρ ἐν τῷ καιρῷ τῶν αγώνων οὕτως εἰσὶ λαμπροὶ οἱ ὁμολογοῦντες, ἐν τῷ καιρῷ τῶν στεφάνων ἐννόησον τίνες ἔσονται: : Εἰ οἱ εχθροὶ ἐνταῦθα κροτοῦσιν, ὁ πάντων πατέρων φιλοστοργότερος πως οὐ θαυμάσεταί σε καὶ ἀνακηρύξει ;: Τότε γὰρ ἡμῶν εἰσι καὶ τῶν ἀγαθῶν αἱ δωρεαὶ, καὶ τῶν κακῶν αἱ τιμωρίαι. Ὥστε οἱ μὲν ἀρνούμενοι; καὶ ἐνταῦθα καὶ ἐκεῖ βλαβήσονται ἐνταῦθα μὲν, μετὰ πονηροῦ συνειδότος ζῶντες, κἂν μήποτε ἀποθάνωσιν, ἀποθανοῦνται πάντως καὶ ἐκεῖ τὴν ἐσχάτην ὑπομένοντες δίκην οἱ δὲ ἕτεροι καὶ ἐνταῦθα καὶ ἐκεῖ κερδανοῦσι; καὶ τὸν θάνατον ἐνταῦθα πραγματευόμενοι, καὶ τῶν ζώντων ταύτη λαμπρότεροι γινόμενοι, καὶ ἐκεῖ τῶν ἀποῤβήτων ἀπολαύοντες ἀγαθῶν. Οὐ γὰρ δὴ πρὸς τὸ κολάζειν μόνον, ἀλλὰ καὶ πρὸς τὸ εὐεργετεῖν ἕτοιμος ὁ θεός καὶ πρὸς τοῦτο μᾶλλον ἧ ἐκεῖνος Αλλὰ τίνος ἕνεκεν τοῦτο μὲν ἅπαξ τίθησιν, ἐκεῖνο δὲ δίς, Οἶδε μᾶλλον τούτῳ σωφρονιζομένους. Διὰ τοῦτο εἰπὼν, φοβηθητε τὸν δυνάμενον και ψυχὴν καὶ σῶμα ἔ εἰς γέενναν ἀπολέσαι, πάλιν λέγει, ἀρνήσομαι αὐτὸν κἀγώ. Οὕτω καὶ Παῦλος ποιεῖ, συνεχως τῆς γεέννης μεμνημένος. Αλείψιας τοίνυν τὸν ἀκροατὴν διὰ πάντων, (καὶ γὰρ τοὺς οὐρανοὺς ἀνέφξεν αὐτῳ, καὶ τὸ δικαστήριον ἐκεῖνο ἐπέστησε τὸ φοβερὸν, καὶ τὸ θέατρον ἔδειξε τῶν ἀγγέλων, καὶ τὴν ἐν τούτοις ἀνακήρυξιν των στεφάνων, «ολλὴν ἐντεῦθεν ᾿ προοδοποιοῦσαν τῷ λόγῳ τῆς εὐσεβείας τὴν εὐκολίαν) λοιπὸν ἵνα μὴ δειλῶν γενομένων ἐμποδισθῆ τὸ κήρυγμα, καὶ πρὸς αὐτὰς τὰς ' σφαγὰς αὑτοὺς παρασκευάζεσθαι. κελεύει ἵνα μάθωσιν ὅτι οἱ ἐν τῇ πλάνη μένοντες, καὶ τῆς τούτων ἐπιβουλῆς δώσουσι δίκην. Καταφρονώμεν τοίνυν θανάτου, κἂν μὴ παρῇ καιρὸς ὁ τοῦτον ἀπαιτῶν᾽ καὶ γὰρ εἰς πολλῷ βελτίονα μεταστησόμεθα ζωήν. ᾿Δλλὰ φθείρεται τὸ σῶμα. Καὶ διὰ τοῦτο μάλιστα χαίρειν δεῖ, ὅτι ὁ θάνατος φθείρεται; καὶ ἡ θνητότης ἀπόλλνται., οὐχ ἢ οὐσία τοῦ σώματος. Οὐδὲ γὰρ εἰ ἀνὸριάντα ἴδοις χωνευόμενον, ἀπώλειαν προσερεῖς τὸ γινόμενον, αλλὰ βελτίω κατασκευήν. Τοῦτο δὴ καὶ ἐπὶ τοῦ σώματος λογίζου, καὶ μὴ θρήνει. Τότε γὰρ ἔδει θρηνεῖν, εἰ ἔμενεν ἐν τῃ κολάσει. ᾿Αλλ᾽ ἔδει, φησὶ, χωρὶς τοὺ φθείρεσθαι τὰ σώματα τοῦτο γίνεσθαι, καὶ ὁλόκληρα μένειν αὐτά. Καὶ τί τοῦτο ἢ τοὺς ζώντας ἢ ἢ τοὺς ἀπελθόντας ὥνησεν ἂν; Μέχρι. πότε Φιλοσώματοι: μέχρι πότε τῇ γῇ προσηλωμένοι πρὸς τὰς σκιᾶς κεχήνατε:ς Τί γὰρ τοῦτο ὠφέλησεν ἂν: μᾶλλον δὲ τί οὐκ ἄν ἔβλαψεν: Εἰ γὰρ μὴ ἐφθείρετο τὰ σώματα, πρῶτον τὸ πάντων μεῖζον τῶν κακῶν ὁ τῦφος παρὰ πολλοῖς ἔμενεν ἄν. Εἰ γὰρ καὶ τούτου γινομένου, καὶ σκωλήκων πηγαζόντων, πολλοὶ θεοὶ εἶναι ἐφιλονείκησαν, τί οὐκ ἂν ἐγένετο, τούτου μένοντος: Δεύτερον, οὐκ ἂν ἐπιστεύθη ἀπὸ γῆς εἶναι εἰ γὰρ τοῦ τέλους μαρτυροῦντος ἀμφισβητοῦσιν ἕἔ ἔτι τινὲς, τί οὐκ ἂν ὑπώπτευσαν, εἰ μὴ τοῦτο ἑώρων ; Τρίτον, σφόδρα ἄν ἐφιλήθη τὰ σώματα, καὶ οἱ πλείους σαρκικώτεροι καὶ παχύτεροι ἐγένοντο ἄν εἰ δὲ καὶ νῦν τινες τοῖς τάφοις συμπλέκονται καὶ ταῖς σοροῖς, ἀφανισθέντων ἐκείνων, τί οὐκ ἂν ἐποίησαν, εἰ καὶ τὴν εἰκόνα εἶχον διατηρουμένην : ; Τέταρτον, οὐκ ἂν σφόδρα ἐπόθησαν τὰ μέλλοντα. Πέμπτον, οἱ τὸν κόσμον ἀθάνατον εἶναι λέὝοντες, μάλλον ἂν ἐβεβαιώθησαν, καὶ οὐκ ἄν ἔφησαν θεὸν εἶναι δημιουργόν. ἽἝκτον, οὐκ ἂν ἔγνωσαν τῆς ὑυχῆς τὴν ἀρετὴν, καὶ πόσον εστὶ παροῦσα σώματι ψυχή. Ἕβδομον, πολλοὶ τῶν ᾿ ἀποβαλλόντων τοὺς οἰκείους, τὰς πόλεις αφέντες, τὰ μνήματα ἔμελλον οἰκεῖν, καὶ παραπλῆγες γίνεσθαι, τοῖς νεκροῖς τοῖς αὐτῶν διηνεκῶς διαλεγόμενοι. Εἰ γὰρ καὶ νὺν εἰκόνας διαπλάττοντες ἄνθρωποι, ἐπειδὴ τὸ σῶμα κατασχεῖν οὐκ ἔχουσιν, (οὐδὲ γὰρ δυνατὸν, ἀλλὰ καὶ ἀκόντων αὐτῶν ῥεῖ καὶ ἀποπηδᾷ) προσηλωμένοι ταῖς σαμίσιν εἰσὶ, τί οὐκ ἂν τότε ἐπενόησαν ἄτοπον; ᾿Εμοὶ δοκεῖν καὶ ναοὺς ἂν τοῖς τοιούτοις σώμασιν οἰκοδομῆσαι οἱ πολλοὶ, καὶ πεῖσαι δαίμονας φθέγγεσθαι δ᾽ αὐτῶν οἱ τὰ τοιαῦτα μαγγανεύειν εἰνοΐ» ὅπου γε καὶ νῦν οἱ τὰς νεκνομαντείας τολμῶντες πολλὰ τούτων ἀτοπώτερα ᾿ ἐπιχειροῦσι. Πόσαι δὲ οὐκ ἂν εἰδωλολατρεῖαι ἐντεῦθεν ἐγένοντος : οἵγε μετὰ τὴν κόνιν καὶ τὴν τέφραν ταῦτα ποιεῖν ἔτι φιλονεικοῦσι. Πάντα τοίνυν ἀναιρῶν ὁ θεὸς τὰ ἄτοπα, καὶ παιδεύων ἡμᾶς ἀφίστασθαι τῶν γηΐνων ἁπάντων, ἀφανίζει τὰ σώματα πρὸ τῶν ὀφθαλμῶν τῶν ἡμετέρων. Καὶ γὰρ ὁ φιλοσώματος, καὶ πρὸς κόρην ἐπτοημένος εὔμορφον, εἰ μὴ βουλοιτο μαθεῖν τῷ λόγῳ τὸ εἰδεχθὲς τῆς οὐσίας, δι αὐτῆς αὐτὸ τῆς ὄψεως εἴσεται. Καὶ γὰρ πολλαὶ τῆς ἐρωμένης ομήλικες, πολλάκις δὲ καὶ λαμπρότεραι, ἀποθανοῦσαι μετὰ μίαν καὶ δευτέραν ἡμέραν δυσωδίαν παρέσχον, καὶ ἰχῶρα, καὶ σηπεδόνα σκωλήκων. Ἐννόησον τοίνυν οἷον καλλος φιλεῖς, καὶ πρὸς ποίαν εἐπτοησαι εὐμορφίαν. Εἰ δὲ μὴ εφθείρετο τὰ σώματα, οὐκ ἄν τοῦτο ἐγνώσθη καλώς ἀλλ᾽ ὥσπερ οἱ δαίμονες παρὰ τοὺς τάφους τρέχουσιν, οὕτω καὶ πολλοὶ τῶν ἐρώντων τοῖς μνήμασι παρακαθήμενοι διηνεκῶς, δαίμονας ἂν ἐδέξαντο τῇ ψυχῆ, καὶ τῇ χαλεπῆ ταύτῃ ταχέως ἄν ἐναπέθανον μανίᾳ. Νῦν δὲσ μετὰ τῶν ἄλλων ἁπάντων καὶ τοῦτο παραμυθεῖται τὴν ψυχὴν, τὸ μὴ φαίνεσθαι τὴν εἰκόνα, καὶ εἰς λήθην ἐμβάλλει τοῦ πάθους.

deuteron de, ton tōn kindynōn phobon nyni de ton tēs kakēgorias. keinēs men gar apēllaxe tēs phrontidos, eipōn, axios ho ergatēs tou misthou autou, kai deixas hoti polloi autous hypodexontai tōn kindynōn de honeken tēs agōnias, eipōn, mē merimnēsēte pōs ē ti lalēsēte, kai hoti ho hypomeinas eis telos», houtos sōthēsetai. Epeidē de meta toutōn eikos hēn autous kai ponēran doxan labein, hoper pollois pantōn phortikōteron einai dokei, hora pothen autous kai entautha parakalei, aph᾽ heautou kai tōn peri ' autou eirēmenōn hapantōn tēn paramythian titheis, houper Ison ouoeen ēn. Hōsper gar eipen ekei, hoti esesthe misoumenoi hypo pantōn kai prosethēke, dia to onoma mou houtō kai entautha. Kai heterōs auto paramytheitai, heteron met᾽ ekeinon titheis. Poion dē touto? Ouk esti mathētēs, phēsin, hyper ton didaskalon, ouoe hoooulos hyper ton kyrion autou. ᾿Arketon tǭ mathētē, hina genētai hōs ho didaskalos autou kai ho doulos, hōs ho kyrios autou. Ei ton oikodespotēn Beelzeboul ekalesan, posǭ mallon tous oikeiakous autou? Mē oun phobeisthe antous. Hora pōs heauton ekkalyptei tōn pantōn onta despotēn kai theon kai oēmiourgon. Ti oun: Ouk esti mathētēs hyper ton didaskalon, oude doulos hyper ton kyrion autou? Heōs an men ę̄ mathētēs kai doulos, ouk esti kata tēn tēs timēs physin. Mē gar moi ta spanizonta entautha lege, all᾽ apo tōn pleionōn oechou ton logon. Kai ouo legei, posǭ mallon tous doulous, alla tous oikeiakous autou, pollēn pros autous gnēsiotēta epideiknymenos. Kai allachou de elegen ouketi kalō hymas doulous, hymeis philoi mou este. Kai ouk eipen, ei ton oikodespotēn hybrisan kai hekakēgorēsan᾽ alla kai auto to eidos tēs hybreōs tithēsin, hoti Beelēare ekalesan. Eita kai heteran ouk elattona tautēs idōsi paramythian hē hē men gar megistē hautē' epeidē de tois oudepō ϑeōa ōmōn kai heteras edei tēs malista autous anaktēsasthai ynamenēs, kai tautēn tithēsi kai to men schēma tōn legomenōn katholikēn dokei tēn apophasin e echein plēn ou peri pantōn tōn pragmatōn, alla peri tōn prokeimonōn eirētai monon. Ti gar ᾿ phēsi? Ouden e esti kekalymmenon, ho ouk apokalyphthēsetai oude krypton, ho ou gnōsthēsetai. Ho de legei? toiouton estin. Arkei men hymin eis paramythian to kai eme koinōnēsai tēs autēs loidorias hymin, ton didaskalon kai ton despotēn. Ei de e eti algeite tauta akouontes, ennoēsate kakeino, hoti kai tautēs mikron hysteron apallagēsesthe tēs hypopsias. Tinos gar heneken algeite: hoti goētas hymas kalousi kai planous : : All᾽ anameinate mikron, kai sōtēras hymas kai euergetas tēs oikoumenēs proserousin hapantes. Kai gar apokalyptei hapanta ho chronos ta syneskiasmena? kai tēn ekeinōn sykophantian elenxei, kai dēlēn. poiēsei tēn hymeteran aretēn. Hotan gar dia tōn pragmatōn phainēsthe sōtēres kai euergetai, kai pasan aretēn epideiknymenoi? ou tois ekeinōn prosexousi logois hoi anthrōpoi, alla tę̄ tōn pragmatōn alētheią kai hoi men sykophantai kai pseustai kai kakēgoroi, hymeis de tou hēlion phaneisthe lamproteroi, tou makrou chronon ekkalyptontos hymas kai anakēryttontos, kai salpingos lamproteran phōnēn aphientos, kai martyras hapantas tēs hymeteras poiountos aretēs. Mē toinyn ta legomena nyn hymas tapeinoutō, all ō elpis tōn mellontōn agathōn anorthoutō. ᾿Amēchanon gar krybēnai ta kath᾽ hymas. Eita, epeidē pasēs autous apēllaxen agōnias kai phobōn kai merimnēs, kai ᾿hypsēloterous epoiēse tōn oneidōn, tote loipon eis kairon autois kai peri tēs en tǭ kērygmati parrhēsias dialegetai. legō gar hymin, Phēsin, en tę̄ skotią, eipate en tǭ phōti kai ho eis to hous ēkousate, kēryxate e epi tōn dōmatōn. Kaitoige ouk ēn skotos, hēnika tauta elegen, oude eis to ous autois dielegeto, alla meth hyperbolēs kechrētai tǭ logǭ. ᾿Epeidē gar monois autois dielegeto, kai en mikrą agϑną: ᾿ tēs Palaistinēs, dia touto eipen, en tę̄ skotią, kai eis to hous, pros tēn meta ᾿᾽ tauta parrhēsian esomenēn, hēn emellen autois didonai, ton tropon tēs dialexeōs antidiastellōn ekeinēs. Ou gar mią kai dyo kai trisi polesin? alla tę̄ oikoumenę̄ kēryxete paasē, phēsi, gēn kai thalattan epiontes, kai oikoumenēn kai aoikēton kai tyrannois kai dēmois, kai philosophois kai rhētorsi, gymnę̄ tē kephalę̄ kai meta parrhēsias pasēs panta legontes. Dia touto eipen, epi tōn dōmatōn, kai en tǭ phōti, chōris hypostolēs tinos, kai meta eleutherias apasēs. Kai diati mē eipe, kēryxate epi tōn dōmatōn, kai ᾿ eipate en tǭ phōti, monon, alla kai prosethēken, ho legō hymin en tę̄ skotią, kai ho eis to ous akouete ᾿Epairōn autōn ta phronēmata. Hōsper oun hote elegen, ho pisteuōn eis eme, ta erga ha egō poiō kakeinos poiēsei, kai Meizona toutōn poiēsei houtō dē kai entautha, deiknys hoti ᾿ to pan di᾿ autōn ergasetai, kai pleon ē di᾿ heautou, touto tetheike. Tēn men gar archēn egō dedōka, phēsi, kai ta prooimia to de pleon de hymōn anysai boulomai. Touto de ouk epitattontos esti monon, alla kai to mellon proanaphōnountos, ka ᾿ tharrhynontos tois legomenois, kai deiknyntos hoti pantōn pratēsousi, kai ērema kai tēn peri tēs kakēgorias agōnian palin hyporyttontos. Hōsper gar touto To kērygma, lanthanon teōs, panta epeleusetai, houtō kai hē ponēra tōn Ioudaiōn hypolēpsis apoleitai tacheōs. Eita, epeidē epēren autous kai hypsōse, proanaphōnei palin kai tous kindynous, anapterōn autōn tēn dianoian, kai hypsēloterous pantōn poiōn. Ti gar phēsi: Mē phobēthēte apo tōn apoktenontōn to sōma? tēn de psychēn mē dynamenōn apokteinai. Eides pōs pantōn autous estēsen anōterous, ouchi phrontidos monon. kai kakēgorias, oude kindynōn kai epiboulōn, alla kai autou tou pantōn dokountos einai phoberou thanatou peithōn kataphronein: kai oude haplōs thanatou, alla kai biaiou: Kai ouk eipen, hoti anairethēsesthe, alla kai meta tēs autǭ bēthēte, legōn, apo tōn apoktenontōn to sōma, tēn de gnychēn mē dynamenōn apokteinai phobēthēte de mallon ton kai psychēn kai sōma dynamenon apolesai en geennē ho hoper aei poiei, eis tounantion peritrepōn ton logon. mn gar: dedoikate, si, thanaton, kai dia touto okneite kēryssein? Di auto men oun touto kēryxate, epeidē dedoikate thanaton. Touto gar hymas exairēsetai tou ontōs thanatou. Ei gar kai mellousin hymas anairein, alla tou kreittonos ou periesontai? kan. myyr ia philoneikēsōsi. Dia Tonto ouk eipe, tēn de psychēn mē apoktenontōn᾽ alla, mē dynamenōn apokteinai. Kan gar thelēsōsin, ou perieosontai. Hōste ei dedoikas kolasin, ekeinēn phobou tēn pollǭ chalepōteran. Horąs pōs palin ouk epangolletai autois apallagēn thanatou, all᾽ aphiēsin apothanein. meizona charizomenos ē ē ei mē synechōrēse touto pathein? Tou gar apallaxai thanatou to peisai kataphronein thanatou pollǭ meizon e estin. Ou toinyn eis kindynous emballei autous, all᾽ anōterous poiei kindynōn, kai en brachei logǭ ta peri athanasias psychēs en autois pēgnysi hēgmata kai en dyo kai trisi lexesi dogma sōtērion kataphyteusas, kai apo logismōn autous heterōn paramytheitai. Hina gar mē nomisōsin anairoumenoi kai sphattomenoi, hōs enkatalimpanomenoi paschein, palin ton peri tēs pronoias tou theou eisagei logon, houtō legōn᾽ Ouchi dyo strouthia assariou pōleitai? kai hen autōn ou peseitai eis pagida a anen tou patros hymōn tou en ouranois. Hymōn de kai hai triches tēs kephalēs ᾿ pasai ērithmēmenai eisi. Ti gar eutelesteron ekeinōn ? phēsin᾽ all᾽ homōs oude ekeina halōsetai, agnoountos tou theou. Ou gar touto phēsin, hoti energountos autou piptei touto gar anaxion theou all᾽ hoti ouden auton lanthanei tōn ginomenōn. Ei toinyn agnoei ouden tōn symbainontōn, hymas de philei patros gnēsiōteron, kai houtō philei, hōs kai tas trichas ērithmēkenai, ou chrē dedoikenai. Touto de elegen, ouch hoti tas trichas ho theos arithmei, all΄ hina tēn akribē nōsin kai tēn pollēn pronoian tēn peri autous endeixētai. Ei toinyn kai hoide panta ta ginomena, kai dynatai sōzein hymas, kai bouletai, hosa an pathēte, mē nomisēte ᾿enkatalimpanomenoi paschein. Oude gar apallaxai hymas bouletai tōn deinōn, alla peisai kataphronein tōn deinōn epeidē touto malista apallagē tōn deinōn. Mē oun phobeisthe; pollōn strouthiōn diapherete hymeis. Horąs ēdē ton phobon autōn kratēsanta : Kai gar ēdei ta aporrhēta tēs dianoias dia touto epēgage, mē oun phobeisthe autous. Kan gar kratēsōsi, tou katadeesteron kratēsousi, tou sōmatos legō ho kan mē houtoi apokteinōsin, ē physis labousa a apeisi pantōs. Hōste oude toutou houtoi gegonasi kyrioi, all᾿ apo tēs physeōs auto echousin. Ei de touto dedoikas, pollǭ mallon to meizon dedoikenai chrē» kai phobeisthai ton dynamenon kai psychēn kai sōma en geannę̄ apolesai. Kai ou legei. phanerōs bauton nyn einai ton dynamenon kai psychēn kai sōma apolesai' d hōn de emprosthen apephēne kritēn heauton onta, edēlōsen. ᾿Alla nyn tounantion ginetai. Ton men gar dynamenon psychēn apolesai, toutesti? kolasai, ou phoboumetha tous de to sōma anairountas pephrikamen. Kaitoige ho men meta tēs psychēs kai to sōma timōreitai hoi de ou monon tēn psychēn, all᾽ oude to sōma kolasai dynantai kan myriakis, kolasōsin, alla lamproteron mallon houtō poiousin auto. Eides pōs deiknysi tous agōnas euchereis : Kai gar sphodra ho thanatos kateseien autōn tēn psychēn, phoeron teōs empneōn, tǭ mēdepō gegenēsthai eukatagō nistos? mēde tous mellontas autou kataphronein tēs tou pneumatos apolelaukenai charitos. ᾿Ekbalōn toinyn ton phobon kai tēn agōnian tēn kataseiousan autōn tēn Pspsychēn, kai dia tōn hexēs paratharrhynei palin, phobǭ phobon ekballōn, kai ou phobǭ monon, alla kai epathlōn elpidi mogalōn' kai meta pollēs apeilei tēs exousias, ᾿ hekatebōthen autous protrepōn eis tēn hyper tēs alētheias parrhēsian, kai epagei legōn pas oun hostis homologēsei en emoi emprosthen tōn anthrōpōn, homologēsō kagō en autǭ emprosthen tou patros mou tou en ouranois hos d᾽ ha an arnēsētai me emprosthen tōn anthrōpōn, arnēsomai kagō auton emprosthen tou patros mou tou en ouranois.᾽ Ou gar apo tōn agathōn monon, alla kai apo tōn enantiōn ōthei, kai eis ta sknthrōpa katalēgei. Kai skopei tēn akribeian. Ouk eipen, eme, all᾽, en emoi, deiknys ho hoti ouk oikeią dynamei, alla tę̄ anōthen boēthoumenos chariti homologei ho homologōn. Peri de tou arnoumenou ouk eipen, en emoi, all᾽, eme erēmos gar genomenos tēs dōreas, houtōs arneitai. Tinos oun heneken enkaleitai: phēsin, ei enkataleiphtheis arneitai ? ? Hoti to enkataleiphthēnai par᾽ auton ginetai ton enkatalimpanomenon. Tinos de he heneken ouk arkeitai tę̄ kata dianoian pistei, alla kai tēn dia tou stomatos homologian apaitei: : Eis parrhēsian hēmas aleiphōn kai pleiona agapēn kai diathesin, kai hypsēlous ergazomenos. Dio kai pros hapantas dialegetai. kai oude tō prosōpǭ tōn mathētōn kechrētai monon᾽ ou gar autous, alla kai tous mathētas autōn ēdē kataskeuazei gennaiou. Ho gar touto mathōn, ou didaxei monon meta parrhēsias, alla kai peisetai panta eukolōs kai meta prothymias. Touto goun pollous tois apostolois prosēgage, to pisteusai tǭ rhēmati toutǭ. Kai gar kai en tę̄ kolasei pleiōn hē timōria, kai en tois agathois meizōn hē antidosis. ᾿Epeidē gar tǭ chronǭ pleonektei ho katorthōn, kai tę̄ anabolę̄ tēs timōrias nomizei kerdainein ho hamartanōn, antirrhopon, mallon de pollǭ pleion meizona pleonexian eisēgage, tēn prosthēkēn pon ϑyseōns. Ei ches onektēsas, phēsi, tǭ proteros me homologēsai entautha : : Pleonektēsō se kagō, phēsi, tǭ meizona soi dounai, kai aphatōs meizona ekei gar se homologēsō. Horąs ekei kai ta agatha kai ta kaka tamieuyomena? Ti toinyn speudeis kai epeigę̄?? ti de zēteis entautha tas amoibas, elpidi sōtheis? Dia dē touto kan poiēsę̄s ti chrēston, kai mē labę̄s autou tēn antidosin entautha, ka A tarattou meta gar prosthēkēs he en tǭ mellontie se kairǭ anamenei toutōn n amoibē. Kan poiēsę̄s ti ponēron, kai mē dǭs dikēn, mē rhąthymei ekei gar se ekdexetai hē timōria, an mē metabalę̄ kai genē beltiōn. Ei de apisteis, apo tōn entautha stochazon kai peri tōn mellontōn. Ei gar en tǭ kairǭ tōn agōnōn houtōs eisi lamproi hoi homologountes, en tǭ kairǭ tōn stephanōn ennoēson tines esontai: : Ei hoi echthroi entautha krotousin, ho pantōn paterōn philostorgoteros pōs ou thaumasetai se kai anakēryxei ?: Tote gar hēmōn eisi kai tōn agathōn hai dōreai, kai tōn kakōn hai timōriai. Hōste hoi men arnoumenoi? kai entautha kai ekei blabēsontai entautha men, meta ponērou syneidotos zōntes, kan mēpote apothanōsin, apothanountai pantōs kai ekei tēn eschatēn hypomenontes dikēn hoi de heteroi kai entautha kai ekei kerdanousi? kai ton thanaton entautha pragmateuomenoi, kai tōn zōntōn tautē lamproteroi ginomenoi, kai ekei tōn aporbētōn apolauontes agathōn. Ou gar dē pros to kolazein monon, alla kai pros to euergetein hetoimos ho theos kai pros touto mallon hē ekeinos Alla tinos heneken touto men hapax tithēsin, ekeino de dis, Oide mallon toutǭ sōphronizomenous. Dia touto eipōn, phobēthēte ton dynamenon kai psychēn kai sōma e eis geennan apolesai, palin legei, arnēsomai auton kagō. Houtō kai Paulos poiei, synechōs tēs geennēs memnēmenos. Aleipsias toinyn ton akroatēn dia pantōn, (kai gar tous ouranous anephxen autǭ, kai to dikastērion ekeino epestēse to phoberon, kai to theatron edeixe tōn angelōn, kai tēn en toutois anakēryxin tōn stephanōn, «ollēn enteuthen ᾿ proodopoiousan tǭ logǭ tēs eusebeias tēn eukolian) loipon hina mē deilōn genomenōn empodisthē to kērygma, kai pros autas tas ' sphagas hautous paraskeuazesthai. keleuei hina mathōsin hoti hoi en tę̄ planē menontes, kai tēs toutōn epiboulēs dōsousi dikēn. Kataphronōmen toinyn thanatou, kan mē parę̄ kairos ho touton apaitōn᾽ kai gar eis pollǭ beltiona metastēsometha zōēn. ᾿Dlla phtheiretai to sōma. Kai dia touto malista chairein dei, hoti ho thanatos phtheiretai? kai hē thnētotēs apollntai., ouch ē ousia tou sōmatos. Oude gar ei anorianta idois chōneuomenon, apōleian prosereis to ginomenon, alla beltiō kataskeuēn. Touto dē kai epi tou sōmatos logizou, kai mē thrēnei. Tote gar edei thrēnein, ei emenen en tę̄ kolasei. ᾿All᾽ edei, phēsi, chōris tou phtheiresthai ta sōmata touto ginesthai, kai holoklēra menein auta. Kai ti touto ē tous zōntas ē ē tous apelthontas hōnēsen an? Mechri. pote Philosōmatoi: mechri pote tę̄ gę̄ prosēlōmenoi pros tas skias kechēnate:s Ti gar touto ōphelēsen an: mallon de ti ouk an eblapsen: Ei gar mē ephtheireto ta sōmata, prōton to pantōn meizon tōn kakōn ho typhos para pollois emenen an. Ei gar kai toutou ginomenou, kai skōlēkōn pēgazontōn, polloi theoi einai ephiloneikēsan, ti ouk an egeneto, toutou menontos: Deuteron, ouk an episteuthē apo gēs einai ei gar tou telous martyrountos amphisbētousin hee eti tines, ti ouk an hypōpteusan, ei mē touto heōrōn ? Triton, sphodra an ephilēthē ta sōmata, kai hoi pleious sarkikōteroi kai pachyteroi egenonto an ei de kai nyn tines tois taphois symplekontai kai tais sorois, aphanisthentōn ekeinōn, ti ouk an epoiēsan, ei kai tēn eikona eichon diatēroumenēn : ? Tetarton, ouk an sphodra epothēsan ta mellonta. Pempton, hoi ton kosmon athanaton einai leUontes, mallon an ebebaiōthēsan, kai ouk an ephēsan theon einai dēmiourgon. HiEkton, ouk an egnōsan tēs hyychēs tēn aretēn, kai poson esti parousa sōmati psychē. Hebdomon, polloi tōn ᾿ apoballontōn tous oikeious, tas poleis aphentes, ta mnēmata emellon oikein, kai paraplēges ginesthai, tois nekrois tois autōn diēnekōs dialegomenoi. Ei gar kai nyn eikonas diaplattontes anthrōpoi, epeidē to sōma kataschein ouk echousin, (oude gar dynaton, alla kai akontōn autōn rhei kai apopēdą) prosēlōmenoi tais samisin eisi, ti ouk an tote epenoēsan atopon? ᾿Emoi dokein kai naous an tois toioutois sōmasin oikodomēsai hoi polloi, kai peisai daimonas phthengesthai d᾽ autōn hoi ta toiauta manganeuein einoï» hopou ge kai nyn hoi tas neknomanteias tolmōntes polla toutōn atopōtera ᾿ epicheirousi. Posai de ouk an eidōlolatreiai enteuthen egenontos : hoige meta tēn konin kai tēn tephran tauta poiein eti philoneikousi. Panta toinyn anairōn ho theos ta atopa, kai paideuōn hēmas aphistasthai tōn gēïnōn hapantōn, aphanizei ta sōmata pro tōn ophthalmōn tōn hēmeterōn. Kai gar ho philosōmatos, kai pros korēn eptoēmenos eumorphon, ei mē bouloito mathein tǭ logǭ to eidechthes tēs ousias, di autēs auto tēs opseōs eisetai. Kai gar pollai tēs erōmenēs omēlikes, pollakis de kai lamproterai, apothanousai meta mian kai deuteran hēmeran dysōdian pareschon, kai ichōra, kai sēpedona skōlēkōn. Ennoēson toinyn hoion kallos phileis, kai pros poian eeptoēsai eumorphian. Ei de mē ephtheireto ta sōmata, ouk an touto egnōsthē kalōs all᾽ hōsper hoi daimones para tous taphous trechousin, houtō kai polloi tōn erōntōn tois mnēmasi parakathēmenoi diēnekōs, daimonas an edexanto tę̄ psychē, kai tę̄ chalepē tautę̄ tacheōs an enapethanon manią. Nyn des meta tōn allōn hapantōn kai touto paramytheitai tēn psychēn, to mē phainesthai tēn eikona, kai eis lēthēn emballei tou pathous.

and second, the fear of dangers; and now the fear of slander. For from that anxiety he freed them by saying, “The laborer deserves his wage,” and by showing that many would receive them; and from the anguish over dangers by saying, “Do not be anxious how or what you are to speak,” and that “the one who endures to the end will be saved.” But since, along with these things, it was likely that they would also get a bad reputation, which seems to many more burdensome than all, see from what source he consoles them here too, setting down the consolation drawn from himself and from all that had been said about him, to which nothing was equal. For just as he said there, “You will be hated by all,” and added, “for my name’s sake,” so here too. And he consoles them in another way also, setting down another consolation after that one. What is this? “A disciple is not above his teacher,” he says, “nor a servant above his master. It is enough for the disciple to be like his teacher, and the servant like his master. If they called the master of the house Beelzebul, how much more those of his household! So do not fear them.” See how he reveals himself to be Master and God and Creator of all. What then? Is a disciple not above his teacher, nor a servant above his master? As long as he is a disciple and a servant, he is not, according to the nature of the honor. For do not tell me of the rare cases here, but take the saying from the majority. And he does not say, “how much more the servants,” but “those of his household,” displaying great intimacy with them. And elsewhere he said, “I no longer call you servants; you are my friends.” And he did not say, “If they insulted and slandered the master of the house,” but sets down the very form of the insult, that they called him Beelzebul. Then he also gives another consolation not less than this; for this is the greatest; but since those who were not yet perfect needed another too, one especially able to restore them, he sets this down as well. And the form of the words seems to have a universal statement; yet it was said not about all matters, but only about the matter in hand. For what does he say? “For nothing is covered that will not be revealed, or hidden that will not be known.” What he means is this: It is enough for your consolation that I, your Teacher and Master, shared the same abuse with you. But if you are still pained at hearing these things, consider this too, that a little later you will be freed from this suspicion too. For why are you pained? Because they call you sorcerers and deceivers? But wait a little, and all will call you saviors and benefactors of the world. For time uncovers all that is overshadowed, and will expose their slander and make your virtue plain. For when you appear in deeds as saviors and benefactors, displaying every virtue, people will not attend to their words but to the truth of the facts; and they will appear as false accusers and liars and slanderers, but you brighter than the sun, as long time uncovers and proclaims you, sending out a voice clearer than a trumpet, and making all witnesses of your virtue. Let not, then, what is said now humble you, but let the hope of the good things to come raise you up. For it is impossible that your affairs should be hidden. Then, when he had freed them from all anguish and fears and anxiety, and made them higher than reproaches, then at last, at the fitting time, he speaks to them also about boldness in preaching. “For what I tell you in the dark,” he says, “speak in the light; and what you hear in the ear, proclaim on the housetops.” And yet it was not dark when he said this, nor was he speaking to them in their ear; but he uses hyperbole. For since he was speaking to them alone, and in a small corner of Palestine, for this reason he said, “in the dark” and “in the ear,” contrasting with the manner of that conversation the boldness that was to come afterward, which he was going to give them. For you will preach not to one or two or three cities, he says, but to the whole world, going over land and sea, the inhabited and the uninhabited, to tyrants and peoples, to philosophers and orators, saying everything with bare head and with all boldness. That is why he said, “on the housetops” and “in the light,” without any reserve and with all freedom. And why did he not say only, “Proclaim on the housetops” and “Speak in the light,” but added, “What I tell you in the dark” and “what you hear in the ear”? To lift up their spirits. Just as when he said, “He who believes in me will also do the works that I do, and greater works than these will he do,” so here too, showing that he will accomplish everything through them, and more than through himself, he set this down. For I have given the beginning, he says, and the first steps; but the greater part I wish to accomplish through you. And this was the word not only of one commanding, but also of one foretelling the future and encouraging them by his words, and showing that they would prevail over all, and quietly undermining again their anguish about slander. For just as this preaching, hidden for the time, will go over everything, so the evil opinion of the Jews too will quickly perish. Then, since he had lifted them up and exalted them, he again foretells the dangers too, giving wings to their mind and making them higher than all. For what does he say? “Do not fear those who kill the body but cannot kill the soul.” Do you see how he set them above all things, persuading them to despise not only anxiety and slander, nor dangers and plots, but even death itself, which seems the most fearful of all; and not simply death, but violent death? And he did not say, “You will be killed,” but set it before them with the dignity that befitted him, saying, “Do not fear those who kill the body but cannot kill the soul; but fear rather him who can destroy both soul and body in hell”; doing what he always does, turning the argument to the opposite. For what? he says; do you fear death, and for this reason shrink from preaching? For this very reason preach, since you fear death. For this will rescue you from real death. For even if they are going to kill you, they will not overcome the better part, even if they strive ten thousand times. That is why he did not say, “who do not kill the soul,” but, “who cannot kill it.” For even if they wish, they will not prevail. So, if you fear punishment, fear that which is much harsher. Do you see how again he does not promise them freedom from death, but lets them die, granting them more than if he had not allowed them to suffer this? For persuading them to despise death is much greater than freeing them from death. He does not, then, throw them into dangers, but makes them higher than dangers, and in a short word fixes in them the doctrines about the immortality of the soul; and having planted a saving doctrine in two or three words, he consoles them with other reasonings too. For so that they might not think, when they were killed and slaughtered, that they suffered this as men abandoned, he again brings in the word about God’s providence, saying, “Are not two sparrows sold for a penny? And not one of them will fall into a snare without your Father who is in heaven. But even the hairs of your head are all numbered.” For what is more worthless than those? he says; but nevertheless not even they will be caught without God’s knowledge. For he does not say this, that it falls by his working, for that is unworthy of God, but that nothing of what happens escapes him. If, then, he is ignorant of nothing that happens, and loves you more truly than a father, and loves you so as even to have numbered your hairs, you must not fear. And he said this not because God counts hairs, but to show his exact knowledge and the great providence he has for them. If, then, he both knows all that happens, and can save you, and wishes to, whatever you suffer, do not think that you suffer it as men abandoned. For he does not wish to free you from terrors, but to persuade you to despise terrors; since this above all is freedom from terrors. “So do not fear; you are of more value than many sparrows.” Do you see that fear had already taken hold of them? For he knew the secrets of their mind; that is why he added, “So do not fear them.” For even if they prevail, they will prevail over the lesser part, I mean the body; which, even if they do not kill it, nature will surely take and depart with. So they have not become masters even of this, but they have it from nature. And if you fear this, much more must you fear the greater, and fear him who is able to destroy both soul and body in hell. And he does not say openly now that he himself is the one who can destroy both soul and body; but he made it plain by what he had shown earlier, that he is the judge. But now the opposite happens. For him who can destroy the soul, that is, punish it, we do not fear; but those who kill the body we shudder at. And yet he punishes the body together with the soul; while they can punish not only not the soul, but not even the body, even if they punish it ten thousand times; rather they make it more glorious by doing so. Do you see how he shows the contests to be easy? For death shook their soul very much, being still fearsome to them because it had not yet been made easy to overcome, and because those who were going to despise it had not yet enjoyed the grace of the Spirit. Having cast out, then, the fear and the anguish that shook their soul, he encourages them again by what follows, casting out fear by fear, and not by fear only, but also by the hope of great rewards; and he threatens with great authority, urging them on from both sides to boldness for the truth; and he adds, saying, “Everyone, then, who confesses me before men, I too will confess before my Father who is in heaven; but whoever denies me before men, I too will deny before my Father who is in heaven.” For he urges them not only by good things but also by their opposites, and ends with gloomy things. And consider the exactness: he did not say “me,” but “in me,” showing that the one who confesses confesses not by his own power, but helped by grace from above. But of the one who denies he did not say “in me,” but “me”; for it is having become destitute of the gift that he thus denies. “Why, then, is he blamed,” someone says, “if he denies having been abandoned?” Because being abandoned comes about through the one who is abandoned. And why is he not content with faith in the mind, but requires also confession with the mouth? To anoint us for boldness and greater love and affection, and to make us lofty. That is why he speaks to all, and does not use the person of the disciples only; for he is making not them only but also their disciples noble already. For the one who has learned this will not only teach with boldness, but will also suffer everything easily and with eagerness. This, at any rate, brought many to the apostles: believing this word. For in punishment too the penalty is greater, and in good things the recompense is greater. For since the one who does well is outrun in time, and the sinner thinks he gains by the delay of punishment, he brought in an equal, or rather a much greater, advantage, the addition of … “Did you outdo me,” he says, “by confessing me first here? I too will outdo you,” he says, “by giving you more, and unspeakably more; for I will confess you there.” Do you see that both the good things and the evil things are stored up there? Why then do you hurry and press? Why do you seek the rewards here, you who have been saved in hope? For this reason, then, even if you do something good and do not receive its recompense here, do not be troubled; for the reward of these things awaits you with increase in the time to come. And if you do something evil and do not pay the penalty, do not be careless; for the punishment will receive you there, unless you change and become better. And if you disbelieve, judge from the things here about the things to come too. For if in the time of the contests those who confess are so illustrious, consider what they will be in the time of the crowns. If here the enemies applaud, how will he who is more affectionate than all fathers not admire you and proclaim you? For then come both the gifts for good things and the punishments for evil. So those who deny will be harmed both here and there: here, living with an evil conscience, they will surely die even if they do not die now; and there they will undergo the utmost penalty. But the others will gain both here and there, turning death here to profit, becoming by this more glorious than the living, and there enjoying the unspeakable good things. For God is ready not only to punish, but also to do good, and more ready for this than for that. But why does he set this down once and that twice? He knows that they are brought to their senses more by this. That is why, having said, “Fear him who can destroy both soul and body in hell,” he says again, “I too will deny him.” So Paul too does, continually mentioning hell. Having, then, anointed the hearer by all means (for he opened heaven to him, and set over him that fearful judgment seat, and showed the theater of the angels, and the proclaiming of the crowns among them, preparing from this great ease for the word of godliness), at last, so that the preaching might not be hindered by their becoming cowardly, he commands them to prepare themselves even for the very slaughters; so that they may learn that those who remain in error will also pay the penalty for their plotting against these. Let us despise death, then, even if there is no occasion that requires it of us; for we shall be transferred to a much better life. “But the body is corrupted.” And for this very reason we must rejoice most, because death is corrupted and mortality destroyed, not the substance of the body. For if you saw a statue being melted down, you would not call what happens destruction, but a better refashioning. Reason so about the body too, and do not lament. For then you ought to lament, if it remained in the punishment. “But,” someone says, “this ought to happen without the corruption of bodies, and they should remain whole.” And how would this have benefited either the living or the departed? How long will you love the body? How long, nailed to the earth, will you gape at shadows? For what would this have profited? Or rather, what harm would it not have done? For if bodies were not corrupted, first the greatest of all evils, pride, would have remained with many. For if, even when this happens and worms pour out, many have contended to be gods, what would not have happened if this did not? Second, it would not have been believed that the body is from earth; for if, though the end bears witness, some still dispute it, what would they not have suspected if they did not see this? Third, bodies would have been loved exceedingly, and most would have become more carnal and grosser; and if even now some cling to tombs and coffins when the bodies have disappeared, what would they not have done if they had the image preserved? Fourth, they would not have longed much for the things to come. Fifth, those who say that the world is immortal would have been more confirmed, and would not have said that God is the Creator. Sixth, they would not have known the excellence of the soul, and how much a soul is when present in a body. Seventh, many who lost their relatives would have left the cities and lived in the tombs and become crazed, conversing continually with their dead. For if even now people fashion images, since they cannot keep the body (for it is not possible, but it flows away and leaps off even against their will), and are nailed to the boards, what absurdity would they not have devised then? It seems to me that most would even have built temples to such bodies, and those skilled in such sorceries would have persuaded demons to speak through them; since even now those who dare necromancy attempt many things more absurd than these. And how many idolatries would not have arisen from this, when people still strive to do these things after the dust and the ashes? Taking away, then, all these absurdities, and teaching us to keep away from all earthly things, God makes bodies disappear before our eyes. For the lover of the body, excited by a beautiful girl, if he will not learn by reason the ugliness of the substance, will know it from sight itself. For many of the same age as the beloved, and often more brilliant, have, after dying, given off a stench after one or two days, and ichor and the rottenness of worms. Consider, then, what sort of beauty you love, and at what comeliness you are excited. And if bodies were not corrupted, this would not have been well known; but just as the demons run about the tombs, so too many lovers, sitting continually by the tombs, would have received demons into their soul and quickly died of this grievous madness. But as it is, besides all the other things, this too consoles the soul: that the image is not seen; and it casts the passion into forgetfulness.

34.5Field 1

Εἰ ὃὲ μὴ τοῦτο ἡν, οὐὸὲ μνήματα ἤν» ἀλλὰ τὰς πόλεις εἶδες ἂν ἀντὶ ἀνδριάντων νεκροὺς ἐχούσας, ἑκάστου τὸν εαυτοῦ βλέπειν ἐπιθυμοῦντος. Καὶ πολλὴ ἂν ἐντεῦθεν ἐγένετο σύγχυσις, καὶ οὐδεὶς ἂν τῶν πολλῶν ψυχῆς ἐπεμέλησατο, οὐκ ἂν παρεχώρησε τῷ περὶ αθανασίας ἐπεισελθεῖν λόγῳ᾽ καὶ ἕτερα δὲ πολλὰ ὧν ἀτοπώτερα τούτων ἐγένετο, ἃ μηδὲ εἰπεῖν καλόν. Διὰ τοῦτο σήπεται εὐθέως, ἵνα ἴδης γυμνὸν τῆς ψυχῆς τὸ καλλος. Εἰ γαρ εἀκείνη τοσοντουν καλλοὺυς καὶ τοσαυτῆς ζωῆς πρόξενος, πολλῳ μᾶλλον αὐτὴ βελτίων ἂν εἴη εἰ τὸ οὕτως εἰδεχθὲς καὶ δυσειδὲς διακρατεῖ, πολλῷ μᾶλλον εαυὐτήν. Οἔν γὰρ τὸ σῶμα εστι Τὸ καλὸν; ἀλλὰ ἡ ὀιαπλασις», καὶ τὸ ἀνῦος ὅπερ παρα τῆς ψυχῆς επιχρώννυται τῇ οὐσίᾳς Φίλει τοίνυν ἐκείνην τὴν ιν ΄ι - κακεῖνο. τοιοῦτον ποιοῦσαν φαίνεσθαι. Καὶ τί λέγω τὸν θάνατον; Καὶ γαρ εν αὐτῇ τῇ ζωῇ δείκνυμί σοι, πῶς πάντα αντῆς ἐστι τὰ καλα. Ἂν τε Ὑγαρ ἡσθῇ, ῥόδ α κατέπασε τῶν παρειῶν ἄν τε αλγήση, τὸ καλλος λαβοῦσα ἐκεῖνο, μελαίνη στολῆ τὸ πᾶν περιέβαλε. Κὰν εὐφραίνηται διηνεκῶς, γέγονεν εὐπαθὲς τὸ σῶμα ἂν δ᾽ ἀλιγήσῃ, αράχνῆς ἰσχνότερόν τε καὶ ἀσθενέστερον ἐποίησεν᾽ ἂν θυμωθῇ, πάλιν ὃ πεποίηκεν ἀποτρύπαιον καὶ αἰσχρόν' ἄν γαληνὸν ὀφθαλμὸν δείξῃ, πολὺ τὸ κάλλος ἐχαρίσατο ἂν ᾿βασκήνη, πολλὴν τὴν ὠχρίαν καὶ τὴν τηκεδόνα ἐξέχεεν ἂν ἀγαπήσῃ, πολλὴν τὴν εὐμορφίαν ἐδωρήσατο. Οὕτω γοὺν πολλαὶ οὐκ οὗσαι ᾿εὐμοῤᾷθοι τὴν ὄψιν, χάριν πολλὴν ἀπὸ ψυχῆς ἔλαβον' ἕτεραι παλιν λάμπουσαι τῆ ὥρᾳ, ἐπειδὴ ψυχὴν ἄχαριν ἔσχον, ἐλυμήναντο τὴν εὐμορφίαν. ᾿Εννόησον πώς ἐρυθραίνεε πρόσωπον λευκὸν ὃν, καὶ τῇ τοὺ χρώματος ποικιλίᾳ ποὰλὴν ἐργάζεται τὴν ἡδονὴν, ὅταν αἰσχύνεσθαι δέη καὶ εἐρυθριᾶν ὥσπερ οὖν ἐὰν ἀναίσχυντος ἥ, θηρίον παντὸς ἀηδεστέραν τὴν ὄψιν ἐργάζεται. Οὐδὲν γὰρ ψυχῆς καλῆς ὡραιότερον, ' οὐδὲν ἥδιον. ᾿Επὶ μὲν γὰρ τῶν σωμάτων, μετὰ ἀλγηδόνος ὁ πόθος ἐπὶ δὲ τῶν ψυχών, καθαρὰ καὶ αἀκύμαντος ἡ ἡδονή. Τί πρε τὸν βασιλέα αφεὶς, πρὸς τὸν κήρυκα ἐπτόησαι: : τί τὸν φιλόσοφον καταλιπὼν, κέχηνας πρὸς τὸν ἑρμηνέα : Εἶδες καλὸν ὀφθαλμόν: κατάμαθε τὸν ἔνδον κἂν μὴ η καλὸς ἐκεῖνος, καταφρόνησον καὶ τούτον. Οὐδὲ γὰρ εἰ γυναῖκα εἶδες ἄμορφον προσωπεῖον περικειμένην καλὸν, ἔπαθες ἄ ἂν τι πρὸς αὐτήν' ὥσπερ οὖν οὐδὲ εὐειδῆ καὶ καλὴν ἠνέσχου ἄν κρύπτεσθαι τῷ προσωπείφ, ἀλλὰ περιἐλὼν αὐτὸ, γυμνὴν ἂν ἠθέλησας τὴν ὥραν ἰδεῖν. Τοῦτο δὴ καὶ ἐπὶ τῆς ψυχῆς ποίει, καὶ αὐτὴν καταμάνθανε πρωτην ἐν προσωπείου γὰρ χώρᾳ ᾿ αὕτη τὸ σῶμα περίκειται διὸ καὶ μένει τοιοῦτον οἷόν ἐστιν ἐκείνη δὲ κἀν ἄμορφος ἢ, ταχέως δύναται γενέσθαι καλή. Κἂν ὀφθαλμὸν ἔ ἔχῃ δυσειδῆ ἤ καὶ τραχὺν καὶ σκληρὸν, δύναται γενέσθαι καλὸς, ἥμερος, γαληνὸς, μειλίχιος, προσηνῆς. Ταύτην τοίνυν τὴν εὐμορφίαν ζητώμεν, ᾿ ταύτην καλλωπίζωμεν τὴν ὄψιν, ἵνα καὶ ὁ θεὸς ἐπιθυμήσας τοῦ κάλλους ἡμῶν, μεταδῷ ἡμῖν τῶν αἰωνίων ἀγαθῶν, χάριτι καὶ φιλανθρωπίᾳ τοῦ κυρίου ἡ μῶν ᾿Ιησοῦ Χριστοῦ, ᾧ ἡ δόξα καὶ τὸ κράτος εἰς τοὺς αἰῶνας τῶν αἰώνων. Αμῆν.

Ei hoe mē touto hēn, ouoe mnēmata ēn» alla tas poleis eides an anti andriantōn nekrous echousas, hekastou ton eautou blepein epithymountos. Kai pollē an enteuthen egeneto synchysis, kai oudeis an tōn pollōn psychēs epemelēsato, ouk an parechōrēse tǭ peri athanasias epeiselthein logǭ᾽ kai hetera de polla hōn atopōtera toutōn egeneto, ha mēde eipein kalon. Dia touto sēpetai eutheōs, hina idēs gymnon tēs psychēs to kallos. Ei gar eakeinē tosontoun kallouys kai tosautēs zōēs proxenos, pollǭ mallon autē beltiōn an eiē ei to houtōs eidechthes kai dyseides diakratei, pollǭ mallon eauytēn. Oen gar to sōma esti To kalon? alla hē oiaplasis», kai to anyos hoper para tēs psychēs epichrōnnytai tę̄ ousiąs Philei toinyn ekeinēn tēn in ΄i - kakeino. toiouton poiousan phainesthai. Kai ti legō ton thanaton? Kai gar en autę̄ tę̄ zōę̄ deiknymi soi, pōs panta antēs esti ta kala. An te Hygar hēsthę̄, rhod a katepase tōn pareiōn an te algēsē, to kallos labousa ekeino, melainē stolē to pan periebale. Kan euphrainētai diēnekōs, gegonen eupathes to sōma an d᾽ aligēsę̄, arachnēs ischnoteron te kai asthenesteron epoiēsen᾽ an thymōthę̄, palin ho pepoiēken apotrypaion kai aischron' an galēnon ophthalmon deixę̄, poly to kallos echarisato an ᾿baskēnē, pollēn tēn ōchrian kai tēn tēkedona execheen an agapēsę̄, pollēn tēn eumorphian edōrēsato. Houtō goun pollai ouk housai ᾿eumorąthoi tēn opsin, charin pollēn apo psychēs elabon' heterai palin lampousai tē hōrą, epeidē psychēn acharin eschon, elymēnanto tēn eumorphian. ᾿Ennoēson pōs erythrainee prosōpon leukon hon, kai tę̄ tou chrōmatos poikilią poalēn ergazetai tēn hēdonēn, hotan aischynesthai deē kai eerythrian hōsper oun ean anaischyntos hē, thērion pantos aēdesteran tēn opsin ergazetai. Ouden gar psychēs kalēs hōraioteron, ' ouden hēdion. ᾿Epi men gar tōn sōmatōn, meta algēdonos ho pothos epi de tōn psychōn, kathara kai aakymantos hē hēdonē. Ti pre ton basilea apheis, pros ton kēryka eptoēsai: : ti ton philosophon katalipōn, kechēnas pros ton hermēnea : Eides kalon ophthalmon: katamathe ton endon kan mē ē kalos ekeinos, kataphronēson kai touton. Oude gar ei gynaika eides amorphon prosōpeion perikeimenēn kalon, epathes a an ti pros autēn' hōsper oun oude eueidē kai kalēn ēneschou an kryptesthai tǭ prosōpeiph, alla perielōn auto, gymnēn an ēthelēsas tēn hōran idein. Touto dē kai epi tēs psychēs poiei, kai autēn katamanthane prōtēn en prosōpeiou gar chōrą ᾿ hautē to sōma perikeitai dio kai menei toiouton hoion estin ekeinē de kan amorphos ē, tacheōs dynatai genesthai kalē. Kan ophthalmon e echę̄ dyseidē ē kai trachyn kai sklēron, dynatai genesthai kalos, hēmeros, galēnos, meilichios, prosēnēs. Tautēn toinyn tēn eumorphian zētōmen, ᾿ tautēn kallōpizōmen tēn opsin, hina kai ho theos epithymēsas tou kallous hēmōn, metadǭ hēmin tōn aiōniōn agathōn, chariti kai philanthrōpią tou kyriou hē mōn ᾿Iēsou Christou, hǭ hē doxa kai to kratos eis tous aiōnas tōn aiōnōn. Amēn.

And if this were not so, there would be no tombs either, but you would see the cities holding dead bodies instead of statues, each person wishing to see his own. And great confusion would have arisen from this, and none of the many would have taken care of the soul, nor would it have given room for the word about immortality to come in; and many other things more absurd than these would have happened, which it is not good even to say. That is why it rots at once: so that you may see the beauty of the soul bare. For if the soul is the provider of so much beauty and so much life, much more would it itself be better; if it holds together what is so ugly and unsightly, much more itself. For the beauty is not in the body, but the form and the bloom which is painted on its substance from the soul. Love, then, that which makes this too appear so. And why do I speak of death? For even in life itself I show you how all beautiful things are the soul’s. For if it is glad, it scatters roses over the cheeks; if it is pained, it takes that beauty and wraps everything in a black robe. If it rejoices continually, the body becomes healthy; if it grieves, it makes the body thinner and weaker than a spider’s web; if it is angry, it makes it again repulsive and ugly; if it shows a calm eye, it bestows great beauty; if it envies, it pours out much pallor and wasting; if it loves, it gives great comeliness. So, at any rate, many women who were not comely of face received great grace from the soul; and others again, shining in bloom, because they had a graceless soul, spoiled their comeliness. Consider how a white face blushes and by the variety of color produces great pleasure when it must be ashamed and blush; just as, if it is shameless, it makes the face more unpleasant than any beast. For nothing is lovelier than a beautiful soul, nothing sweeter. For with bodies, longing is accompanied by pain; but with souls, the pleasure is pure and free from waves. Why do you leave the king and become excited about the herald? Why do you abandon the philosopher and gape at the interpreter? Did you see a beautiful eye? Learn the one within; and if that is not beautiful, despise this one too. For if you saw an ugly woman wearing a beautiful mask, you would not be moved toward her; just as you would not endure a comely and beautiful woman to be hidden by the mask, but, removing it, would wish to see her beauty bare. Do this, then, with the soul too, and learn it first; for the body is wrapped around it in place of a mask; that is why it remains as it is; but the soul, even if it is ugly, can quickly become beautiful. Even if it has an eye unsightly and harsh and hard, it can become beautiful, gentle, calm, mild, kindly. Let us seek this comeliness, then, let us adorn this face, so that God too, desiring our beauty, may give us a share in the eternal good things, by the grace and love for humankind of our Lord Jesus Christ, to whom be the glory and the might for ever and ever. Amen.

Chapter 35

35.1Field 1

Μὴ νομίσητε, ὅτι ἦλθον βαλεῖν εἰρήνην ἐπὶ τὴν γῆν οὐκ ἥλθον βαλεῖν εἰρήνην, ἀλλὰ μάχαιραν. ΠΑΛΙΝ τὰ φορτικώτερα τίθησι καὶ μετὰ πολλῆς τῆς Β περιουσίας καὶ ὅ ὅπερ ἔμελλον ᾿ἀνθυποφέρειν, τοῦτο προλέγει. Ἵνα γὰρ μὴ ταῦτα ἀκούοντες λέγωσι διὰ τοῦτο οὖν παραγέγονας, ὥστε καὶ ἡμᾶς ἀνελεῖν καὶ τοὺς ἡμῖν πειθομένους, καὶ , πολέμου τὴν γῆν ἐμπλῆσαι: πρότερον αὐτός φησιν' οὐκ ἦλθον βαλεῖν εἰρήνην ἐπὶ τὴν γῆν. Πῶς οὖν αὐτοῖς ἐπάταξιν εἰς ἑκάστην οἰκίαν εἰσιοῦσιν εἰρήνην ἐπιλέγειν ; πῶς δὲ καὶ οἱ ἄγγελοι ἔλεγον, δόξα ἐν ὑψίστοις θεῷ, καὶ ἐπὶ γῆς εἰρήνη :7 πώς δὲ καὶ οἱ προφῆται πάντες τοῦτο εὐηγγελίζοντο: Ὅτι τοῦτο μάλιστα εἰρήνη, ὅταν τὸ νενοσηκὸς ἀποτέμνηται, ὅταν τὸ ᾿ στασιάζον χωρίζηται. Οὕτω γὰρ δυνατὸν τὸν οὐρανὸν τῆ γῇ συναφθῆναι. ᾿Επεὶ καὶ ἰατρὸς σ οὕτω τὸ λοιπὸν διασώζει σῶμα, ὅταν τὸ ἀνιάτως ἔχον ἐ ἐκτέμη καὶ στρατηγὸς, ὅταν κακῶς ὁμονοοῦντας εἰς διάστασιν ἀγάγῃ. Οὕτω καὶ ἐπὶ τοῦ πύργου γέγονεν ἐκείνου τὴν γάρ κακὴ εἰρήνην ἡ καλὴ διαφωνία. ἔλυσε, καὶ ἐποίησεν εἰρήνην. Οὕτω καὶ ᾿ Παῦλος τοὺς κατ᾽ αὐτοῦ συμφωνουντας ἃ διέσχισεν. ᾿Επὶ δὲ τοῦ ᾿ Ναβουθὲ πολόμον παντὸς τότε ἡ συμφωνία ἐκείνη χαλεπωτέρα γέγονεν. Οὐ γὰρ πανταχοὺ ὁμόνοια καλόν ἐπεὶ καὶ λῃσταὶ συμφωνοῦσιν. Οὐκ ἃ ἄρα οὖν τῆς αὐτοῦ προθέσεως τὸ ἔργον, ἀλλὰ τῆς ἐκείνων γνώμης ὁ πόλεμος. Αὐτὸς μὲν γὰρ ἐβούλετο πάντας ὁμονοεῖν εἰς τὸν τῆς εὐσεβείας λόγον᾽ ἐπειδὴ δὲ ἐκεῖνοι διεστασίαζον, πόλεμος γίνεται. Ἀλλ᾽ Ὠ οὐκ εἶπεν οὕτως ἀλλὰ τί φησιν: : οὐκ ἦλθον βαλεῖν εἰρήνην, ἐκείνους παραμυθούμενος. Μὴ γὰρ νομίσητε, φησὶν, ὅτι ὑμεῖς αἴτιοι τούτων ἐγώ εἰμι ὁ ταῦτα κατασκευάζων, ἐπειδὴ οὕτω διάκεινται. Μὴ τοίνυν θορυβεῖσθε, ὡς παρὰ προσδοκίαν τῶν πραγμάτων γινομένων. Διὰ τοῦτο ἦλθον, ὥστε πόλεμον ἐμβαλεῖν' τοῦτο γὰρ ἐμὸν ἐστι τὸ θέλημα Μὴ τοίνυν θορυβεῖσθε : πολεμουμένης, ὡς ἐπιβουλευομένης τῆς Ὑ7:- Ὅταν γὰρ ἀποσχισθῇ τὸ ,Χεῖρον, τότε λοιπὸν τῷ κρείττονι συνάπτεται ὁ οὐρανός. Ταῦτα δὲ λέγει, πρὸς τὴν πονηρὰν ὑπόνοιαν τῶν πολλών αὐτοὺς ἀλείφων. Καὶ οὐκ εἶπες πόλεμον, αλλ᾽ ὃ τούτου χαλεπώτερον ἦν, μάχαιραν. Εἰ δὲ φορτικώτερον εἴρηται ταῦτα καὶ κακεμφάτως, μὴ θαυμάσῃς. βουλόμενος γὰρ αὐτῶν γυμνάσαι τῇ τραχύτητι τῶν ῥημάτων τὴν ἀκοὴν, ἵνα μὴ ἐν τῇ δυσκολίᾳ τῶν πραγμάτων ἀποπηδήσωσιν, οὕτω καὶ τὸν λόγον ἐσχημάτισε' δ ΐνα μή τις λέγῃ, ὅτι κολακεύσας ἔπεισα καὶ τὰ δυσχερῆ κρύψας, διὰ τοῦτο καὶ τὰ ἑτέρως ὀφείλοντα λεχθῆναι, ἐπαχθέστερον ἡρμήνευσε καὶ φορτικώτερον. Βέλτιον γὰρ ἐπὶ τῶν πραγμάτων τὴν ἡμερότητα ἰδεῖν, ἡ ἐπὶ τών ῥημάτων. Διὰ τοῦτο οὐδὲ τούτοις ἠρκέσθη, ἀλλὰ καὶ ἀναπλώσας αὐτὸ τοῦ πολέμου τὸ εἶδος, δείκνυσι καὶ ὃ τοῦτο ἐμφυλίου πολλῷ χαλεπώτερον ὄν, καί φησιν «ὁ ἦλθον διχάσαι ἄνθρωπον κατὰ τοῦ πατρὸς αὐτοῦ, καὶ θυγατέρα κατὰ τῆς μητρὸς αὐτῆς, καὶ νύμφην κατὰ τῆς πενθερᾶς αὐτῆς. Οὐ γὰρ φίλοι; φησὶν, ' οὐδὲ πολῖται μόνον, ἀλλὰ καὶ σνγγενεῖς κατ᾽ ἀλλήλων στήσονται, καὶ ἡ φύσις καθ᾽ ὃ ἑαυτὴν σχισθήσεται. ἐὲ Ἦλθον γὰρ, φησὶ, διχάσαι ἄνθρωπον κατὰ τοὺ πατρὸς αὐτου, καὶ θνγατέρα κατὰ τῆς μητρὸς αὐτῆς» καὶ νύμφην κατὰ τῆς πενθερᾶς αὐτῆς. Οὐδὲ γὰρ ἁπλῶς ἐν τοῖς οἰκείοις ὁ πόλεμος, ἀλλ᾽ ἐν τοῖς φιλτάτοις καὶ τοῖς σφόδρα ἀναγκαίοις. Ὃ μάλιστα αὐτοῦ τὴν δύναμιν δείκνυσιν, ὅ ὅτι ταῦτα ἀκούοντες καὶ αὐτοὶ κατεδέχοντο, καὶ τοὺς ἄλλους ἔπειθον. Καίτοιγε οὐκ αὐτὸς ταῦτα ποίει» ἀλλ᾽ ἡ ἐκείνων πονηρία ἀλλ᾽ ὅμως αὐτὸς ταῦτα λάγει᾽ ποιεῖν. Τοιοῦτον γὰρ τῆς γραφῆς τὸ ἔθος. ᾿' Καὶ γὰρ καὶ ἀλλαχοῦ φησι ὁ δόδωκεν αὐτοῖς ὁ θεὸς ᾿ὀφθαλμοὺς τοῦ μὴ βλέπειν καὶ ἐνταῦθα οὕτω φησίν᾽ ἵν, ὅπερ φ ἔφθην εἰπὼν, μελετήσαντες ἐν τοῖς ῥήμασι τούτοις, μὴ θορυβῶνται ὀνειδιζόμενοι καὶ ὑβριζόμενοι. Εἰ δέ τινες Φορτικὰ ταῦτα νομίζουσιν εἶναι, ἀναμνησθήτωσαν παλαιᾶς ἵστορίας. Καὶ γὰρ ἐν τοῖς ἄνω χρόνοις τοῦτο συνέβη, ὃ ὃ μάλιστα δείκνυσι τὴν παλαιὰν τῇ καινῇ συγγενῆ, καὶ τὸν ταῦτα λέγοντα τοῦτον ὄντα τὸν καὶ ἐκεῖνα ἐπιτάξαντα. Καὶ γὰρ καὶ ἐπὶ τῶν ᾿Ιουδαίων ὅτε ἕκαστος τὸν πλησίον ἀνεῖλε, τότε αὐτοῖς τὴν ὀργὴν εἴασε᾽ καὶ ὅτε τὸν μόσχον ἐποίησαν, καὶ ὅτε τῳ Βεελφεγὼρ ἐτελέσθησαν. Ποῦ τοίνυν εἰσὶν οἱ λέγοντες, ὅτι πονηρὸς ἐκεῖνος ὸ θεὸς, οὗτος δὲ ἀγαθός ; ᾿Ιδοὺ γὰρ συγγενικῶν αἱμάτων τὴν οἰκουμένην ἐπλήρωσεν. Ὠ ᾿Αλλ ὅμως πολλῆς καὶ τοῦτο φιλανθρωπίας ἔργον εἶναί φαμεν. Διὰ δὴ τοῦτο δεικνὺς αὐτὸν ὄντα τὸν καὶ ἐκεῖνα ἀποδεξάμενον, καὶ : προφητείας μέμνηται, εἰ καὶ μὴ εἰς τοῦτο εἰρημένης, ἀλλ᾽ ὅμως τὸ αὐτὸ ἐμφαινούσης. Τίς δὲ αὕτη ἐστίν: νὰ Ἐχθροὶ τοῦ ἀνθρώπου οἱ οἰκειακοὶ αὐτοῦ.Ἶ Καὶ γὰρ καὶ ἐπὶ τῶν ᾿Ιουδαίων τοιοῦτόν τι συνέβη. Ἦσαν γὰρ προφῆται καὶ ψευδοπροφῆται, καὶ ὁ δῆμος ἐσχίζετο, καὶ αἱ οἰκίαι διηροῦντο καὶ οἱ μὲν τούτοις ἐπίστευον, οἱ δὲ ἐκείνοις. Διὰ τοῦτο παραινεῖ ὁ προφήτης λέγων Ἰ (ἐς μὴ πιστεύετε ἐν φίλοις, μηδὲ ἐλπίζετε ἐπὶ ἡγουμένοις ἀλλὰ καὶ Ε απὸ τῆς συγκοίτου σου φύλαξαι, τοῦ ἀναθέσθαι τι αὐτῇ καὶ, ἐχθροὶ τοῦ ἀνδρὸς οἱ ἄνδρες οἱ ἐν τῷ οἴκῳ αὐτοῦ. Ταῦτα δὲ ἄλεγε, τὸν μέλλοντα δέχεσθαι τὸν λόγον παντων ἀνώτερον εἶναι παρασκευάζων. Οὐ γὰρ τὸ ἀποθανεῖν κακὸν, ἀλλὰ τὸ κακῶς ἀποθανεῖν. Διὰ τοῦτο καὶ ἐλεγε ΤῊΣ μι ἦλθον βαλεῖν εἰς τὴν γῆν. Τοῦτο δὲ ἔλεγε, τὴν σφοὺ ρότητα Ρ καὶ θερμότητα δηλῶν τῆς ἀγάπης, ἣν ἀπήτει. ᾿Επειδὴ γὰρ αὐτὸς ἡμᾶς σφόδρα ἤγαπησεν, οὕτω καὶ ἀγαπᾶσθαι βούλεται παρ᾽ ἡμῶν. Ταῦτα δὲ καὶ τούτους ἤλειφε τὰ ῥήματα, καὶ ὑψηλοτέρους ἐποίει. Εἰ γὰρ ἐκεῖνοι μέλλουσι, φησὶ; ᾿συγγενὼν καὶ παίδων καὶ γονέων καταφρονεῖν, ἐννόησον ᾿ὑμᾶς τοὺς διδασκάλους ὁ ὁποίους εἶναι χρή: Οὐδὲ γὰρ μέχρις ὑμῶν τὰ δυσχερῆ στήσεται, αλλὰ καὶ επὶ τοὺς ἄλλους διαβήσεται. ᾿Επειδὴ γὰρ μεγάλα κομίζων ἦλθον ἀγαθὰ, μεγαλὴν ἀπαιτῶ καὶ τὴν ὑπακοὴν καὶ τὴν διάθεσιν. Ὁ φιλῶν πατέρα ἢ μητέρα ὑπὲρ ἐμὲ, οὐκ ἔστι μου ἄξιος καὶ ὁ φιλῶν υἱὸν ἢ θυγατέρα ὑπὲρ ἐμὲ, οὐκ ἔστι Βμον ἄξιος. Ναὶ ὃς οὐ λαμβώνει τὸν σταυρὸν αὑτοῦ, καὶ ἀκολουθεῖ ὀπίσω μου, οὐκ ἔστι μον ἄξιος. Εἶδες ἀξίωμα διδασκάλου ; εἶδες πῶς δείκνυσιν ἑαυτὸν γνήσιον τοῦ γεγεννηκότος υἱὸν, πάντα κελεύων ἀφεῖναι κάτω, καὶ τὴν ἀγάπην τὴν αὐτοῦ προτιμᾶν ; Καὶ τί λέγω, φησὶ, φίλους καὶ σνγγένεῖς ᾿ Κἂν τὴν ψυχὴν τὴν σαυτοῦ προτιμήσης τῆς ἐμῆς ἀγάπης, πόῤῥω τῶν ἐμῶν ἕστηκας μαθητῶν. ΤΙ οὖν: οὐκ ἐναντία ταῦτα τῇ παλαιᾷ: Μὴ γένοιτο᾽ ἀλλὰ καὶ σφόδρα συνάδοντα. Καὶ γὰρ ἐκεῖ τοὺς εἰδωλολατροῦντας οὐχὶ μισεῖν μόνον, ἀλλὰ καὶ λιθάσαι κελεύει, καὶ ἐν τῷ Δευτερονομίῳ δὲ τούτους θαυμάζων φησίν Ἢ ὁ λέγων τῷ πατρὶ καὶ τῆ μητρὶ, οὐχ ἐώρακά σε; καὶ τοὺς ἀδελφοὺς αὐτοῦ οὐκ ἔγνω, καὶ τοὺς υἱοὺς αὐτοῦ ἀπέγνω, ἐφύλαξε τὰ λόγιά σου. Εἰ δὲ ὁ Παῦλος πολλὰ περὶ γονέων ἧ διατάττεται, πάντα αὐτοῖς ὑπακούειν κελεύων, μὴ θαυμάσῃς εἰς ἐκεῖνα γὰρ μόνον φησὶν ὑπακούειν, ὅσα μὴ παραβλάπτει τὴν εὐσέβειαν. Καὶ γὰρ ὅσιον τὴν ἄλλην αὐτοῖς ἅπασαν ἀποδιδόναι τιμήν ὅταν δὲ πλέον τῆς ὀφειλομένης ἀπαιτῶσιν, οὐ δεῖ πείθεσθαι. Διὰ τοῦτο ὁ Λουκᾶς φησιν' θεν τις ἐρχεται πρός με, καὶ οὐ μισεῖ τὸν πατέρα αὐτοῦ, καὶ τὴν μητέρα; καὶ τὴν γυναῖκα, καὶ τὰ τέκνα, καὶ τοὺς ἀδελφοὺς, Ὠέτι δὲ καὶ τὴν ψυχὴν τὴν ἑαντοῦ, οὐ δύναταί μου μαθητὴς αὐτὸς} οὕτως οὐχ ἁπλῶς μισῆσαι κελεύων, ἐπεὶ τοῦτο καὶ σφοὃρα παράνομον, ἀλλ' ὅταν ΠΣ ΣΟΙ πλέον ἐμοῦ φιλεῖσθαι, μίσησον αὐτὸν κατὰ τοῦτος. Τοῦτο γὰρ καὶ αὐτὸν τὸν φιλούμενον καὶ τὸν φιλοῦντα ἀπόλλυσι.

Mē nomisēte, hoti ēlthon balein eirēnēn epi tēn gēn ouk hēlthon balein eirēnēn, alla machairan. PALIN ta phortikōtera tithēsi kai meta pollēs tēs B periousias kai ho hoper emellon ᾿anthypopherein, touto prolegei. Hina gar mē tauta akouontes legōsi dia touto oun paragegonas, hōste kai hēmas anelein kai tous hēmin peithomenous, kai , polemou tēn gēn emplēsai: proteron autos phēsin' ouk ēlthon balein eirēnēn epi tēn gēn. Pōs oun autois epataxin eis hekastēn oikian eisiousin eirēnēn epilegein ? pōs de kai hoi angeloi elegon, doxa en hypsistois theǭ, kai epi gēs eirēnē :7 pōs de kai hoi prophētai pantes touto euēngelizonto: Hoti touto malista eirēnē, hotan to nenosēkos apotemnētai, hotan to ᾿ stasiazon chōrizētai. Houtō gar dynaton ton ouranon tē gę̄ synaphthēnai. ᾿Epei kai iatros s houtō to loipon diasōzei sōma, hotan to aniatōs echon e ektemē kai stratēgos, hotan kakōs homonoountas eis diastasin agagę̄. Houtō kai epi tou pyrgou gegonen ekeinou tēn gar kakē eirēnēn hē kalē diaphōnia. elyse, kai epoiēsen eirēnēn. Houtō kai ᾿ Paulos tous kat᾽ autou symphōnountas ha dieschisen. ᾿Epi de tou ᾿ Nabouthe polomon pantos tote hē symphōnia ekeinē chalepōtera gegonen. Ou gar pantachou homonoia kalon epei kai lę̄stai symphōnousin. Ouk ha ara oun tēs autou protheseōs to ergon, alla tēs ekeinōn gnōmēs ho polemos. Autos men gar ebouleto pantas homonoein eis ton tēs eusebeias logon᾽ epeidē de ekeinoi diestasiazon, polemos ginetai. All᾽ Ō ouk eipen houtōs alla ti phēsin: : ouk ēlthon balein eirēnēn, ekeinous paramythoumenos. Mē gar nomisēte, phēsin, hoti hymeis aitioi toutōn egō eimi ho tauta kataskeuazōn, epeidē houtō diakeintai. Mē toinyn thorybeisthe, hōs para prosdokian tōn pragmatōn ginomenōn. Dia touto ēlthon, hōste polemon embalein' touto gar emon esti to thelēma Mē toinyn thorybeisthe : polemoumenēs, hōs epibouleuomenēs tēs Hy7:- Hotan gar aposchisthę̄ to ,Cheiron, tote loipon tǭ kreittoni synaptetai ho ouranos. Tauta de legei, pros tēn ponēran hyponoian tōn pollōn autous aleiphōn. Kai ouk eipes polemon, all᾽ ho toutou chalepōteron ēn, machairan. Ei de phortikōteron eirētai tauta kai kakemphatōs, mē thaumasę̄s. boulomenos gar autōn gymnasai tę̄ trachytēti tōn rhēmatōn tēn akoēn, hina mē en tę̄ dyskolią tōn pragmatōn apopēdēsōsin, houtō kai ton logon eschēmatise' d ïna mē tis legę̄, hoti kolakeusas epeisa kai ta dyscherē krypsas, dia touto kai ta heterōs opheilonta lechthēnai, epachthesteron hērmēneuse kai phortikōteron. Beltion gar epi tōn pragmatōn tēn hēmerotēta idein, hē epi tōn rhēmatōn. Dia touto oude toutois ērkesthē, alla kai anaplōsas auto tou polemou to eidos, deiknysi kai ho touto emphyliou pollǭ chalepōteron on, kai phēsin «ho ēlthon dichasai anthrōpon kata tou patros autou, kai thygatera kata tēs mētros autēs, kai nymphēn kata tēs pentheras autēs. Ou gar philoi? phēsin, ' oude politai monon, alla kai snngeneis kat᾽ allēlōn stēsontai, kai hē physis kath᾽ ho heautēn schisthēsetai. ee Ēlthon gar, phēsi, dichasai anthrōpon kata tou patros autou, kai thngatera kata tēs mētros autēs» kai nymphēn kata tēs pentheras autēs. Oude gar haplōs en tois oikeiois ho polemos, all᾽ en tois philtatois kai tois sphodra anankaiois. Ho malista autou tēn dynamin deiknysin, ho hoti tauta akouontes kai autoi katedechonto, kai tous allous epeithon. Kaitoige ouk autos tauta poiei» all᾽ hē ekeinōn ponēria all᾽ homōs autos tauta lagei᾽ poiein. Toiouton gar tēs graphēs to ethos. ᾿' Kai gar kai allachou phēsi ho dodōken autois ho theos ᾿ophthalmous tou mē blepein kai entautha houtō phēsin᾽ hin, hoper ph ephthēn eipōn, meletēsantes en tois rhēmasi toutois, mē thorybōntai oneidizomenoi kai hybrizomenoi. Ei de tines Phortika tauta nomizousin einai, anamnēsthētōsan palaias historias. Kai gar en tois anō chronois touto synebē, ho ho malista deiknysi tēn palaian tę̄ kainę̄ syngenē, kai ton tauta legonta touton onta ton kai ekeina epitaxanta. Kai gar kai epi tōn ᾿Ioudaiōn hote hekastos ton plēsion aneile, tote autois tēn orgēn eiase᾽ kai hote ton moschon epoiēsan, kai hote tǭ Beelphegōr etelesthēsan. Pou toinyn eisin hoi legontes, hoti ponēros ekeinos o theos, houtos de agathos ? ᾿Idou gar syngenikōn haimatōn tēn oikoumenēn eplērōsen. Ō ᾿All homōs pollēs kai touto philanthrōpias ergon einai phamen. Dia dē touto deiknys auton onta ton kai ekeina apodexamenon, kai : prophēteias memnētai, ei kai mē eis touto eirēmenēs, all᾽ homōs to auto emphainousēs. Tis de hautē estin: na Echthroi tou anthrōpou hoi oikeiakoi autou.I Kai gar kai epi tōn ᾿Ioudaiōn toiouton ti synebē. Ēsan gar prophētai kai pseudoprophētai, kai ho dēmos eschizeto, kai hai oikiai diērounto kai hoi men toutois episteuon, hoi de ekeinois. Dia touto parainei ho prophētēs legōn I (es mē pisteuete en philois, mēde elpizete epi hēgoumenois alla kai E apo tēs synkoitou sou phylaxai, tou anathesthai ti autę̄ kai, echthroi tou andros hoi andres hoi en tǭ oikǭ autou. Tauta de alege, ton mellonta dechesthai ton logon pantōn anōteron einai paraskeuazōn. Ou gar to apothanein kakon, alla to kakōs apothanein. Dia touto kai elege TĒS mi ēlthon balein eis tēn gēn. Touto de elege, tēn sphou rotēta R kai thermotēta dēlōn tēs agapēs, hēn apētei. ᾿Epeidē gar autos hēmas sphodra ēgapēsen, houtō kai agapasthai bouletai par᾽ hēmōn. Tauta de kai toutous ēleiphe ta rhēmata, kai hypsēloterous epoiei. Ei gar ekeinoi mellousi, phēsi? ᾿syngenōn kai paidōn kai goneōn kataphronein, ennoēson ᾿hymas tous didaskalous ho hopoious einai chrē: Oude gar mechris hymōn ta dyscherē stēsetai, alla kai epi tous allous diabēsetai. ᾿Epeidē gar megala komizōn ēlthon agatha, megalēn apaitō kai tēn hypakoēn kai tēn diathesin. Ho philōn patera ē mētera hyper eme, ouk esti mou axios kai ho philōn huion ē thygatera hyper eme, ouk esti Bmon axios. Nai hos ou lambōnei ton stauron hautou, kai akolouthei opisō mou, ouk esti mon axios. Eides axiōma didaskalou ? eides pōs deiknysin heauton gnēsion tou gegennēkotos huion, panta keleuōn apheinai katō, kai tēn agapēn tēn autou protiman ? Kai ti legō, phēsi, philous kai snngeneis ᾿ Kan tēn psychēn tēn sautou protimēsēs tēs emēs agapēs, porrhō tōn emōn hestēkas mathētōn. TI oun: ouk enantia tauta tę̄ palaią: Mē genoito᾽ alla kai sphodra synadonta. Kai gar ekei tous eidōlolatrountas ouchi misein monon, alla kai lithasai keleuei, kai en tǭ Deuteronomiǭ de toutous thaumazōn phēsin Ē ho legōn tǭ patri kai tē mētri, ouch eōraka se? kai tous adelphous autou ouk egnō, kai tous huious autou apegnō, ephylaxe ta logia sou. Ei de ho Paulos polla peri goneōn hē diatattetai, panta autois hypakouein keleuōn, mē thaumasę̄s eis ekeina gar monon phēsin hypakouein, hosa mē parablaptei tēn eusebeian. Kai gar hosion tēn allēn autois hapasan apodidonai timēn hotan de pleon tēs opheilomenēs apaitōsin, ou dei peithesthai. Dia touto ho Loukas phēsin' then tis erchetai pros me, kai ou misei ton patera autou, kai tēn mētera? kai tēn gynaika, kai ta tekna, kai tous adelphous, Ōeti de kai tēn psychēn tēn heantou, ou dynatai mou mathētēs autos} houtōs ouch haplōs misēsai keleuōn, epei touto kai sphoora paranomon, all' hotan PS SOI pleon emou phileisthai, misēson auton kata toutos. Touto gar kai auton ton philoumenon kai ton philounta apollysi.

“Do not think that I came to cast peace upon the earth; I came not to cast peace, but a sword.” Again he sets down the harder things, and with great abundance; and what they were going to object, this he says beforehand. For lest, on hearing these things, they should say, “Is it for this, then, that you have come, to destroy both us and those who obey us, and to fill the earth with war?” he himself says first, “I came not to cast peace upon the earth.” How then did he command them, on entering each house, to pronounce peace? And how did the angels too say, “Glory to God in the highest, and on earth peace”? And how did all the prophets too proclaim this as good news? Because this above all is peace, when what is diseased is cut away, when what is in revolt is separated. For so it is possible for heaven to be joined to earth. For so the physician too preserves the rest of the body, when he cuts out what is incurable; and so the general, when he brings into disagreement those who are in evil agreement. So it happened also in the case of that tower: for the good discord dissolved the evil peace and made peace. So also Paul split apart those who were in agreement against him. And in the case of Naboth, that agreement proved at that time more grievous than any war. For concord is not good everywhere, since robbers too agree together. The war, then, is not the work of his purpose, but of their mind. For he himself wished all to be of one mind in the word of godliness; but since they were in revolt, war arises. Yet he did not speak so; but what does he say? “I came not to cast peace,” comforting them. “For do not think,” he says, “that you are the cause of these things; it is I who bring them about, since they are so disposed. Do not be troubled, then, as though things were happening contrary to expectation. For this I came, to cast in war; for this is my will. Do not be troubled, then, as though the earth were warred upon and plotted against. For when the worse part is split off, then at last heaven is joined to the better.” And he says these things to strengthen them against the evil suspicion of the many. And he did not say “war,” but what was more grievous than this, “a sword.” And if these things are said rather harshly and with an ill sound, do not wonder. For wishing to train their hearing by the roughness of the words, so that they might not leap away in the difficulty of the events, he shaped his speech so; so that no one might say, “He persuaded us by flattery and by hiding the hard things,” for this reason he expressed even the things that ought to have been said otherwise more severely and more harshly. For it is better to see gentleness in deeds than in words. For this reason he was not content even with these words, but unfolding the very form of the war, he shows that it is far more grievous than a civil war, and says, “I came to set a man at variance against his father, and a daughter against her mother, and a daughter-in-law against her mother-in-law.” “For not friends,” he says, “nor fellow citizens only, but kinsmen too will stand against one another, and nature will be split against itself.” “For I came,” he says, “to set a man at variance against his father, and a daughter against her mother, and a daughter-in-law against her mother-in-law.” For the war is not simply among those of the household, but among the dearest and those most closely bound. And this above all shows his power, that hearing these things they themselves accepted them and persuaded others. And yet it was not he who did these things, but their wickedness; but nevertheless he says that he does them. For such is the custom of Scripture. For elsewhere too it says, “God gave them eyes that they should not see”; and here he speaks so, in order that, as I said before, having been exercised in these words, they might not be troubled when reproached and insulted. And if some think these things harsh, let them call to mind the ancient history. For in the former times too this happened, which above all shows the old covenant akin to the new, and that he who says these things is the same who also commanded those. For in the case of the Jews too, when each one slew his neighbor, then he let go his anger against them: both when they made the calf, and when they were initiated to Baal-peor. Where then are those who say that that God is evil and this one good? For see, he has filled the world with the blood of kinsmen. Yet nevertheless we say that this too is a work of great love for humanity. For this reason, showing that he is the same who also approved those things, he also mentions a prophecy, even if it was not spoken for this, yet still showing the same thing. And what is it? “A man’s enemies are those of his own household.” For among the Jews too something of this kind happened. For there were prophets and false prophets, and the people was split, and the houses were divided; and some believed these, and others those. For this reason the prophet exhorts, saying, “Do not trust in friends, nor hope in leaders; but even from her who lies in your bosom guard yourself, so as not to entrust anything to her”; and, “A man’s enemies are the men in his own house.” And he said these things preparing the one who was to receive the word to be above all things. For it is not dying that is evil, but dying evilly. For this reason he also said, “I came to cast fire upon the earth.” And he said this showing the vehemence and the warmth of the love that he required. For since he loved us exceedingly, so he wishes also to be loved by us. And these words also anointed these men and made them loftier. “For if those others,” he says, “are to despise kinsmen and children and parents, consider what sort you the teachers ought to be. For the hardships will not stop with you, but will pass on to the others as well. For since I came bringing great goods, I require great obedience and devotion too.” “He who loves father or mother more than me is not worthy of me; and he who loves son or daughter more than me is not worthy of me. And he who does not take his cross and follow after me is not worthy of me.” Do you see the dignity of a teacher? Do you see how he shows himself the true Son of him who begot him, commanding them to leave all things below and to prefer his love? “And why do I speak,” he says, “of friends and kinsmen? Even if you prefer your own life to my love, you stand far from my disciples.” What then? Are these things not contrary to the old law? God forbid! Rather they are in full harmony. For there he commands not only to hate idolaters but even to stone them; and in Deuteronomy, admiring these, he says, “He who says to his father and to his mother, ‘I have not seen you,’ and did not know his brothers, and disowned his sons, has kept your sayings.” And if Paul gives many injunctions about parents, commanding obedience to them in all things, do not wonder; for he says to obey them only in those things that do not harm godliness. For it is holy to render them all other honor; but when they demand more than is owed, one must not obey. For this reason Luke says, “If anyone comes to me and does not hate his father and mother, and wife and children and brothers, and even his own life, he cannot be my disciple,” not commanding simply to hate, since this would be utterly lawless, but “when he wishes to be loved by you more than I am, hate him in this respect.” For this destroys both the one who is loved and the one who loves.

35.2Field 1

Ταῦτα δὲ ἔλεγε; καὶ τοὺς παῖδας ἀνδρειοτέρους ἐργαζόμενος, καὶ τοὺς πατέρας τοὺς μέλλοντας κωλύειν πραοτέρους ποιῶν. Ὁρώντες γὰρ, ὅτι τοσαύτην ἰσχὺν ἔχει καὶ δύναμιν, ὡς ἀποσχίζειν αὐτῶν τὰ τέκνα, ἅτε ἀδυνάτοις ἐπιχειροῦντες, καὶ αφίστασθαι ἔμελλον. Διὸ καὶ τούτους ἀφεὶς, πρὸς ἐκείνους Ε, ποιεῖται τὸν λόγον, τούτους παιδεύων μὴ ἐπιχειρεῖν, ἅτε ἀμηχάνοις ἐπιχειροῦντας. Εἶτα ἵνα μὴ ἀγανακτῶσιν ἐκεῖνοι, μηδὲ δυσχεραίνωσιν, ὅρα ποῦ προάγει τὸν λόγον. Εἰπὼν γὰρ, ὁ ὃς οὐ μισεῖ πατέρα καὶ μητέρα, ἐπήγαγε, καὶ τὴν ἑαυτοῦ ψυχήν. Τί γάρ μοι λέγεις τοὺς Ὑεγεννηκότας, ησὶ, καὶ ἰδελφοὺς, καὶ ἀδελφὰς, καὶ γυναίκα : - Ὑυχὴς οὐδὲν οἰκειότερον οὐδενί: ἀλλ᾽ ὅμως ἐὰν μὴ καὶ ταύτην μισήσης, τἀναντία τοῦ φιλοῦντος ὑποστήση πάντα. Καὶ οὐδὲ ἁπλῶς αὐτὴν μισῆσαι ἐκέλευσεν, ἀλλ᾽ ὥστε καὶ εἰς πόλεμον καὶ εἰς μάχας αὐτὴν ἐκδιδόναι, καὶ εἰς σφαγὰς καὶ αἵματα. Ὃς γὰρ οὐ βαστάζει τὸν σταυρὸν αὐτοῦ, καὶ ἔρχεται ὀπίσω μουν οὐ δύναταί μου μαθητὴς εἶναι. Οὐδὲ γὰρ ἁπλῶς εἶπεν, ὅτι πρὸς θάνατον δεῖ παρατετάχθαι, αλλ᾽ ὅτι καὶ πρὸς θάνατον βίαιον καὶ οὐ ὃ πρὸς βίαιον μόνον, ἀλλὰ καὶ ἐπονείδιστον. Καὶ οὐδὲν οὐδέπω περὶ τοῦ οἰκείον διαλέγεται πάθους, ἵνα τέως ἐν τούτοις παιδευθέντες εὐκολώτερον τὸν περὶ ἐκείνου δέξωνται λόγον. Ἄρα οὐκ ἄξιον ἐκπλαγῆναι, πῶς ταῦτα ἀκονόντων αὐτῶν οὐκ ἀπέπτη τοῦ σώματος ῆ ψυχὴ, πανταχοῦ τῶν μὲν λυπηρὼν ἐν χερσὶν ὕντων, τῶν δὲ χρηστῶν ἐν ἐλπίσι: Πώς οὺν οὐκ ἀπέπτη: Πολλὴ καὶ ἡ τοῦ λέγοντος δύναμις ἤν, καὶ ἡ τῶν ἀκουόντων ἀγάπη. Διὸ πολλῷ , Φορτικώτερα καὶ ἐπαχθέστερα τῶν μεγάλων ἐκείνων ἀκούοντες ἀνδρῶν τῶν περὶ Μωὺύσέα καὶ Ἱερεμίαν, ἔμενον πειθόμενοι καὶ οὐδὲν ἀντιλέγοντες.εὑρὼν τὴν ψυχὴν αὐτοῦ, φησὶν, ἀπολέσει αὐτὴν, καὶ ὁ ἀπολέσας τὴν ψυχὴν αὐτοῦ ἕνεκεν ἐμοῦ, εὑρήσει αὐτήν. Εἴὸες πόσον τῶν παρὰ τὸ δέον φιλούντων τὸ βλάβος: πόσον τῶν μισούντων τὸ κέρδος : ; ᾿Επειδὴ γὰρ τὰ ἐπιτάγματα φορτικὰ ἦν, πρὸς γονέας, καὶ παῖδας, καὶ φύσιν, καὶ συγγένειαν, καὶ τὴν οἰκουμένην, καὶ πρὸς αὐτὴν τὴν ψυχὴν κελεύοντος ὅ αὖτοὺς παρατάττεσθαι, τίθησι καὶ τὸ ὄφελος, μέγιστον ὄν. Ου γὰρ δὴ μόνον οὐ βλάψει, φησὶ, ταῦτα, ἀλλὰ καὶ ὠφελήσει τὰ μέγιστα, ταναντία δὲ παραβλάψει ὅπερ πανταχοὺ ποιεῖ, ἀφ᾽ ὦ ὧν ἐπιθυμοῦσιν, ἀπὸ τούτων ἐνάγων. Διατί γὰρ οὐ βούλει κατα ονῆσαί σον τῆς ψυχῆς: Ἐπειδὴ φιλεῖς αὐτήν; Οὐκοῦν δ ιὰ τοῦτο καταφρόνησον, καὶ τότε αὐτὴν τὰ , Μέγιστα ὀνήσεις, καὶ τὰ τοῦ φιλοῦντος ἐπιδείξῃ. Καὶ σκόπει σύνεσιν ἄφατον. Ου γὰρ ἐπὶ τῶν γονέων μόνον 9) γυμνάζει τὸν λόγον τοῦτον, οὐδὲ ἐπὶ τῶν παίδων, ἀλλ᾽ ἐπὶ τῆς πάντων οἰκειοτέρας, ψυχῆς» ἵνα ἐκεῖνο ἐντεῦθεν ἄναμφισβήτητον γένηται, καὶ μάθωσιν ὅτι καὶ ἐκείνους οὕτω τὰ μέγιστα ὠφελήσουσι, ὅπου γε καὶ ἐπὶ τῆς πάντων ἀναγκαιοτέρας ψυχῆς τοῦτο συμβαίνει. Ἱκανὰ μὲν οὖν ἣν καὶ ταῦτα πεῖσαι δέχεσθαι τοὺς μέλλοντας αὐτοὺς θεραπεύειν. Τίς γὰρ τοὺς οὕτω γενναίους καὶ ἦ ἀριστέας, καὶ καθάπερ λέοντας τὴν οἰκουμένην περιτρέχοντας, καὶ πάντων καταφρονοῦντας τῶν καθ᾽ ἑαυτοὺς, ἵνα ἕτεροι σωθῶσιν, οὐκ ἂν ἐδέξατο προθυμίᾳ πάσῃ: ᾿Αλλ᾽ ὅμως Ἑ καὶ ἕτερον μισθὸν τίθησι, δεικνὺς ὅτι τῶν ξενοδοχ οὔντων φροντίζει μᾶλλον ἐν τούτῳ, ῆ τῶν ξενιζομένων. Καὶ δίδωσε μὲν πρώτην τιμὴν, λέγων ᾿ ὁ δεχόμενος ὑμᾶς, ἐμὲ δέχεται καὶ ὁ ἐμὲ δεχόμενος, δέχεται τὸν ἀποστείλαντά με οὗ τί γένοιτ᾽ ἂν ἴσον, τοῦ τὸν πατέρα καὶ τὸν νἱὸν ὑποδέχεσθαι: : ᾿Επαγγέλλεται δὲ μετὰ τούτου καὶ ἑτέραν ἀμοιβήν ἐς δεχόμενος γάρ, φησὶ, προφήτην εἰς ὄνομα προφήτου, μισθὸν μισθὸν δικαίου λήψεται. Καὶ ἀνωτέρω μὲν κόλασιν ἀπειλεῖ τοῖς μὴ δεχομένοις ἐνταῦθα δὲ καὶ δἄνεσιν ἀγαθῶν ὁρίζει. Καὶ ἵνα μάθης ὅτι αὐτῶν φροντίζει μᾶλλον, οὐχ ἁπλώς « ’ ᾽ὔ ΓΙ « , εἶπεν, ὁ δεχόμενος προφήτην, ᾿ἢ ὁ δεχόμενος δίκαιον, αλλ επηγαγεν, εἰς ὄνομα προφήτου, καὶ εἰς ὄνομα ὁι: »λ ἢ ἣ , καίου τουτέστιν, ἐὰν μὴ διὰ βιωτικὴν προστασίαν, μηδὲ ἐν ,ν ν -- ᾽ ’ δέ ᾽ ν᾿» δὴ ’ ει ἄλλο τι τῶν επικήρων ἐξηται, αλλ᾽ επειὸη ἢ προφήτης μι δ᾽ ’ ἣ νι ὃ ᾽ , Ἄ ἐστιν, ἢ δίκαιος, μισθὸν προφήτου καὶ μισθὸν δικαίου λήψεται Β Χ οἷον εἰκὸς τὸν προφήτην ἤ δίκαιον δεξάμενον λαβεῖν ἢ οἷον εκεῖνος μέλλει λαιβάνειν. Ὅπερ καὶ ὁ Παῦλος ἔλεγε ᾿ τὸ ὑμῶν περίσσευμα εἰς τὸ ἐκείνων ὑστέρημα, ἵνα καὶ τὸ ἐκείνων περίσσευμα γένηται εἰς τὸ ὑμῶν ὑστέρημα. Εἶτα ἵνα μήτις πενίαν ᾿προβάληται, φησίν ἤ ὃς εᾶν ποτίση ἕνα τῶν μικρῶν τούτων ποτήριον ᾿ Ψυχροῦ μόνον εἰς ὄνομα μαθητοῦ, ᾽ ἣ ’ Φ ε « » Λ΄ » ’ ᾿ ᾿ » σι Ὶ ἀμὴν λέγω δυμῖν, οὄὅ μὴ απολέση τὸν μισθὸν αντοῦ. Κὰν Ἵ ν ὕδ δῷς, ἔ ὑδέν ἐστι ὃ ἢ ποτήριον ψυχροῦ ὕδατος ὁῷς, ἔνθα ουὸὲν ἐστι ὁὀαπανῆσαι, καὶ τούτου κείσεταί σοι μισθός. Διὰ γὰρ ὑμᾶς ἅπαντα ποιῶ τοὺς δεχομένους. Εἶδες δ ὅσων ἔπεισε, καὶ τὰς οἰκίας Ο φ «- ΣΧ) σι ᾽ ’ Γ ’ ᾽ ΝΜ ᾿Ὶ αὐτοῖς ἀνέῳξε τῆς οἰκουμένης ἁπάσης; Καὶ γὰρ ἔδειξε διὰ ’ » ’ ϑ ΄- ΝΜ σι ᾿Ὶ Ν ε πάντων οφειλέτας αὐτῶν ὄντας πρῶτον, εἰπων, ἄξιος ὁ ᾿ ’ σι ᾽ κο ’ὔ’ κ- Ψ ἐεργατῆς τοῦ μισθοῦ αὑτοῦ δεύτερον, τῶ μηδὲν ἔχοντας ἐκπέμψαι τρίτον, τῷ εἰς πολέμους καὶ μάχας ὑπὲρ τῶν δεχομένων ἐκδοῦναι τέταρτον, τῷ καὶ σημεῖα αὐτοῖς ἐγχειρίσαι ’ ΄σ΄- ’ ΄ι » ᾽ ᾿Ὶ -- πέμπτον, τῷ τὴν πάντων τῶν ἀγαθῶν αἰτίαν εἰρήνην διὰ τοῦ στοματος αὐτῶν εἰς τας τῶν δεχομένων εἰσαγαγεῖν οἰκίας Ψ σι ᾽ὔ ’ ᾿ ΄- - , ᾽ ἕκτον, τῷ χαλεπώτερα Σοδόμων ἀπειλῆσαι τοῖς μὴ δεχομένοις αὐτούς ἕβδομον, τῷ δεῖξαι καὶ αὐτὸν καὶ τὸν πατέρα φ ᾿Ὶ ε ’ ᾿ ’ ὃ Ν ΄- δεχομένους τοὺς ὑποδεχομένους αυτους ὄγδοον, τῷ καὶ προ- Ὦ φήτου καὶ δικαίου μισθὸν Ῥ ἐπαγγείλασθαι' ἔνατον, τῷ καὶ ἣ ΄- ’ ε ’ ᾿Ὶ ᾽ ποτηρίου ψυχροῦ μεγαλας ὑποσχέσθαι τὰς ἀμοιβθας. ΤούΛε Φ » ᾽ των δὲ ἕκαστον καὶ καθ᾽ ἑαντὸ ἱκανὸν ἦν αὐτοὺς ἐπισπάσασθαι. Τίς γὰρ, εἰπε μοι; στρατηγὸν μυρία τραύματα ἔχοντα καὶ ἡμαγμένον ορῶν, καὶ μετὰ πολλὰ τρόπαια απὸ πολέμου καὶ παρατάξεως ἐπανιόντα, οὐκ ἂν ἐδέξατο, τὰς θύρας ἀναπετάσας τῆς οἰκίας ἁπασης; ᾿Καὶ τίς νῦν τοιοῦτος ; φησί. Διὰ τοῦτο προσέθηκεν, εἰς ὄνομα μαθητοῦ, καὶ προφήτου, καὶ δικαίου, ἵνα μάθης ὅτι οὐ τῆ ἀξίᾳ τοὺ παραγενομένου, αλλαὰ καὶ τῆ Ὑνώμῃη τοῦ ξενίζοντος. τὸν μισθὸν τίθησιν. ᾿Ενταῦθα μὲν γὰρ περὶ προφητῶν καὶ δικαίων καὶ μαθητῶν φησιν ἀλλαχοῦ δὲ καὶ τοὺς σφόδρα α ἀπεῤῥιμμένους ὑποδέχεσθαι κελεύει, καὶ τοὺς μὴ ὑποδεχομένους κολάζει. Εφ' ὅσον γὰρ οὐκ ἐποιήσατε ἑνὶ τούτων τῶν ἐλαχίστων, οὐδὲ ἐμοὶ ἐποιήσατε καὶ τοὐναντίον πάλιν ἐπὶ τῶν αὐτῶν λέγει. Κάν γὰρ μηδὲν ἡ η κατορθῶν τοιοῦτον, ἄνθρωπος ἐστι, τὸν αὐτὸν σοι κόσμον οἰκῶν, τὸν αὐτὸν ἥλιον ὁρῶν, τὴν αὐτὴν ἔχων ψυχὴν, τὸν αὐτὸν δεσπότην, τῶν αὐτῶν σοι κεκοινωνηκὼς μυστηρίων, ἐπὶ τὸν αὐτὸν σοι καλούμενος , οὐρανὸν, ἔχων μέγα δικαίωμα, τὴν πενίαν, καὶ τὸ δεῖσθαι τῆς ἀναγκαίας τροφῆς. Νὺν δὲ οἱ μὲν ἐξυπνίζοντες μετὰ αὐλῶν καὶ συρίγγων ἐν χειμώνος ὥρᾳ; καὶ εἰκῆ καὶ μάτην ἐνοχλοῦντες, ξένια πολλὰ λαμβάνοντες παρὰ σοῦ ἀναχωροῦσι καὶ οἱ χελιδόνας περιφέροντες, καὶ ἡσβολωμένοι, καὶ πάντας κακηγοροῦντες, μισθὸν τῆς τερατωδίας ταύτης λαμβάνουσιν. Ἂν δὲ προσέλθη πένης ἄρτου δεόμενος, μυρίαι κακηγορίαι καὶ διαβολαὶ, καὶ ἀργίας ἐγκλήματα, καὶ λοιδορίαι καὶ ὕβρεις καὶ σκώμματα καὶ οὐ λογίζη πρὸς ἑαυτὸν, ὅτι καὶ σὺ ἀργεῖς, καὶ ὅμως ὁ θεὸς τὰ παρ᾽ ἑαυτοῦ σοι δίδωσι. Μὴ γάρ μοι τοῦτο εἴπης, ὅτι πράττεις τι καὶ αὐτός αλλ ἐκεῖνό μοι δεῖξον, εἰ τῶν ἀναγκαίων τι ποιεῖς καὶ μεταχειρίζη. Εἰ δὲ λέγεις μοι χρηματισμοὺς καὶ καπηλείας, καὶ τὴν τῶν ὄντων ἐπιμέλειαν καὶ προσθήκην, εἴποιμι ἄν σοι καὶ αὐτὸς, ὅτι ταῦτα οὐκ ἂν εἴη Ἔ 6ργα, ἀλλ΄ ἐλεημοσύνη, καὶ εὐχαὶ, καὶ τῶν ἀδικουμένων προστασίαι, καὶ ὅσα τοιαῦτα, ὧν ἐν ἀργίᾳ ζῶμεν διαπαντός. Ἀλλ᾽ ὅμως ἡμῖν οὐδέποτε εἶπεν ὁ θεὸς, ἐπειδὴ ἀ ἀργεὶῖς, οὐκ ἀνάπτω σοι τὸν ἥλιον ἐπειδὴ οὐδὲν πράττεις τῶν ἀναγκαίων, τὴν σελήνην σβεννύω, πηρώ τὴν γαστέρα τῆς γῆς, κωλύω τὰς λίμνας, τὰς πηγὰς, τοὺς ποταμοὺς, ἀφανίζω τὸν ἀέρα, ἐπέχω τοὺς ἐτησίους ὑετούς ἀλλὰ πάντα ᾿μετὰ δαψιλείας, ἡμῖν παρέχει. ᾿Βνίοις δὲ οὐ μόνον αργοῦσιν, ἀλλὰ καὶ πονηρὰ πράττουσι τούτων χαρίζεται τὴν ἀπόλαυσιν. Ὅταν τοινὺν ἴδῃς πένητα, καὶ εἴπῃς; ἀποπνίγομαι ὅτι νέος ὧν οὗτος, ὑγιὴς, οὐδὲν ἔχων, βούλεται τρέφεσθαι αργῶν, οἰκέτης που καὶ δραπέτης ὧν, καὶ τὸν ἑαυτοῦ δεσπότην καταλιπών' ταῦτα, ἅπερ εἶπον, εἰπὲ πρὸς ἑαυτὸν, μᾶλλον δὲ ἐ εκείνῳ δὸς αὐτὰ μετὰ παῤῥησίας εἰπεῖν πρὸς σὲ; καὶ δικαιότερον ἐρεῖ, ὅτι ἀποπνίγομαι, ὅτι ὑγιὴς ὧν ἀργεῖς, καὶ Ὠ οὐδὲν πράττεις ὧν ἐπέταξεν ὁ θεὸς, ἀλλὰ δραπετεύσας ἀπὸ τῶν ἐπιταγμάτων τοῦ δεσπότου, περιέρχη καθάπερ ἐν ἀλλοδαπῇ τῇ κακίᾳ διατρίβων, μεθύων, κραιπαλώῶν, κλέπτων, ἁρπάζων, τὰς ἑτέρων ἀνατρέπων οἰκίας. καὶ σὺ μὲν ὑπὲρ ἀργίας ἐγκαλεῖς ἐγὼ δὲ ὑπὲρ ἔργων πονηρῶν, ὅταν ἐπιβουλεύῃς» ὅταν ὀμνυης, ὅταν ψεύδη, ὅταν ἁρπαΐζης, ὅ ὅταν μυρία τοιαῦτα ποιῆς.

Tauta de elege? kai tous paidas andreioterous ergazomenos, kai tous pateras tous mellontas kōlyein praoterous poiōn. Horōntes gar, hoti tosautēn ischyn echei kai dynamin, hōs aposchizein autōn ta tekna, hate adynatois epicheirountes, kai aphistasthai emellon. Dio kai toutous apheis, pros ekeinous E, poieitai ton logon, toutous paideuōn mē epicheirein, hate amēchanois epicheirountas. Eita hina mē aganaktōsin ekeinoi, mēde dyscherainōsin, hora pou proagei ton logon. Eipōn gar, ho hos ou misei patera kai mētera, epēgage, kai tēn heautou psychēn. Ti gar moi legeis tous Hyegennēkotas, ēsi, kai idelphous, kai adelphas, kai gynaika : - Hyychēs ouden oikeioteron oudeni: all᾽ homōs ean mē kai tautēn misēsēs, tanantia tou philountos hypostēsē panta. Kai oude haplōs autēn misēsai ekeleusen, all᾽ hōste kai eis polemon kai eis machas autēn ekdidonai, kai eis sphagas kai haimata. Hos gar ou bastazei ton stauron autou, kai erchetai opisō moun ou dynatai mou mathētēs einai. Oude gar haplōs eipen, hoti pros thanaton dei paratetachthai, all᾽ hoti kai pros thanaton biaion kai ou ho pros biaion monon, alla kai eponeidiston. Kai ouden oudepō peri tou oikeion dialegetai pathous, hina teōs en toutois paideuthentes eukolōteron ton peri ekeinou dexōntai logon. Ara ouk axion ekplagēnai, pōs tauta akonontōn autōn ouk apeptē tou sōmatos ē psychē, pantachou tōn men lypērōn en chersin hyntōn, tōn de chrēstōn en elpisi: Pōs oun ouk apeptē: Pollē kai hē tou legontos dynamis ēn, kai hē tōn akouontōn agapē. Dio pollǭ , Phortikōtera kai epachthestera tōn megalōn ekeinōn akouontes andrōn tōn peri Mōyysea kai Hieremian, emenon peithomenoi kai ouden antilegontes.heurōn tēn psychēn autou, phēsin, apolesei autēn, kai ho apolesas tēn psychēn autou heneken emou, heurēsei autēn. Eioes poson tōn para to deon philountōn to blabos: poson tōn misountōn to kerdos : ? ᾿Epeidē gar ta epitagmata phortika ēn, pros goneas, kai paidas, kai physin, kai syngeneian, kai tēn oikoumenēn, kai pros autēn tēn psychēn keleuontos ho autous paratattesthai, tithēsi kai to ophelos, megiston on. Ou gar dē monon ou blapsei, phēsi, tauta, alla kai ōphelēsei ta megista, tanantia de parablapsei hoper pantachou poiei, aph᾽ ō hōn epithymousin, apo toutōn enagōn. Diati gar ou boulei kata onēsai son tēs psychēs: Epeidē phileis autēn? Oukoun d ia touto kataphronēson, kai tote autēn ta , Megista onēseis, kai ta tou philountos epideixę̄. Kai skopei synesin aphaton. Ou gar epi tōn goneōn monon 9) gymnazei ton logon touton, oude epi tōn paidōn, all᾽ epi tēs pantōn oikeioteras, psychēs» hina ekeino enteuthen anamphisbētēton genētai, kai mathōsin hoti kai ekeinous houtō ta megista ōphelēsousi, hopou ge kai epi tēs pantōn anankaioteras psychēs touto symbainei. Hikana men oun hēn kai tauta peisai dechesthai tous mellontas autous therapeuein. Tis gar tous houtō gennaious kai ē aristeas, kai kathaper leontas tēn oikoumenēn peritrechontas, kai pantōn kataphronountas tōn kath᾽ heautous, hina heteroi sōthōsin, ouk an edexato prothymią pasę̄: ᾿All᾽ homōs He kai heteron misthon tithēsi, deiknys hoti tōn xenodoch ountōn phrontizei mallon en toutǭ, ē tōn xenizomenōn. Kai didōse men prōtēn timēn, legōn ᾿ ho dechomenos hymas, eme dechetai kai ho eme dechomenos, dechetai ton aposteilanta me hou ti genoit᾽ an ison, tou ton patera kai ton nion hypodechesthai: : ᾿Epangelletai de meta toutou kai heteran amoibēn es dechomenos gar, phēsi, prophētēn eis onoma prophētou, misthon misthon dikaiou lēpsetai. Kai anōterō men kolasin apeilei tois mē dechomenois entautha de kai danesin agathōn horizei. Kai hina mathēs hoti autōn phrontizei mallon, ouch haplōs « ’ ᾽y GI « , eipen, ho dechomenos prophētēn, ᾿ē ho dechomenos dikaion, all epēgagen, eis onoma prophētou, kai eis onoma hoi: »l ē hē , kaiou toutestin, ean mē dia biōtikēn prostasian, mēde en ,n n -- ᾽ ’ de ᾽ n᾿» dē ’ ei allo ti tōn epikērōn exētai, all᾽ epeioē ē prophētēs mi d᾽ ’ hē ni ho ᾽ , A estin, ē dikaios, misthon prophētou kai misthon dikaiou lēpsetai B Ch hoion eikos ton prophētēn ē dikaion dexamenon labein ē hoion ekeinos mellei laibanein. Hoper kai ho Paulos elege ᾿ to hymōn perisseuma eis to ekeinōn hysterēma, hina kai to ekeinōn perisseuma genētai eis to hymōn hysterēma. Eita hina mētis penian ᾿probalētai, phēsin ē hos ean potisē hena tōn mikrōn toutōn potērion ᾿ Psychrou monon eis onoma mathētou, ᾽ hē ’ Ph e « » L΄ » ’ ᾿ ᾿ » si I amēn legō dymin, ooo mē apolesē ton misthon antou. Kan Hi n hyd dǭs, e hyden esti ho ē potērion psychrou hydatos hoǭs, entha ouoen esti hooapanēsai, kai toutou keisetai soi misthos. Dia gar hymas hapanta poiō tous dechomenous. Eides d hosōn epeise, kai tas oikias O ph «- SCh) si ᾽ ’ G ’ ᾽ NM ᾿I autois aneǭxe tēs oikoumenēs hapasēs? Kai gar edeixe dia ’ » ’ ϑ ΄- NM si ᾿I N e pantōn opheiletas autōn ontas prōton, eipōn, axios ho ᾿ ’ si ᾽ ko ’y’ k- Ps eergatēs tou misthou hautou deuteron, tō mēden echontas ekpempsai triton, tǭ eis polemous kai machas hyper tōn dechomenōn ekdounai tetarton, tǭ kai sēmeia autois encheirisai ’ ΄s΄- ’ ΄i » ᾽ ᾿I -- pempton, tǭ tēn pantōn tōn agathōn aitian eirēnēn dia tou stomatos autōn eis tas tōn dechomenōn eisagagein oikias Ps si ᾽y ’ ᾿ ΄- - , ᾽ hekton, tǭ chalepōtera Sodomōn apeilēsai tois mē dechomenois autous hebdomon, tǭ deixai kai auton kai ton patera ph ᾿I e ’ ᾿ ’ ho N ΄- dechomenous tous hypodechomenous autous ogdoon, tǭ kai pro- Ō phētou kai dikaiou misthon Rh epangeilasthai' enaton, tǭ kai hē ΄- ’ e ’ ᾿I ᾽ potēriou psychrou megalas hyposchesthai tas amoibthas. TouLe Ph » ᾽ tōn de hekaston kai kath᾽ heanto hikanon ēn autous epispasasthai. Tis gar, eipe moi? stratēgon myria traumata echonta kai hēmagmenon orōn, kai meta polla tropaia apo polemou kai parataxeōs epanionta, ouk an edexato, tas thyras anapetasas tēs oikias hapasēs? ᾿Kai tis nyn toioutos ? phēsi. Dia touto prosethēken, eis onoma mathētou, kai prophētou, kai dikaiou, hina mathēs hoti ou tē axią tou paragenomenou, allaa kai tē Hynōmę̄ē tou xenizontos. ton misthon tithēsin. ᾿Entautha men gar peri prophētōn kai dikaiōn kai mathētōn phēsin allachou de kai tous sphodra a aperrhimmenous hypodechesthai keleuei, kai tous mē hypodechomenous kolazei. Eph' hoson gar ouk epoiēsate heni toutōn tōn elachistōn, oude emoi epoiēsate kai tounantion palin epi tōn autōn legei. Kan gar mēden hē ē katorthōn toiouton, anthrōpos esti, ton auton soi kosmon oikōn, ton auton hēlion horōn, tēn autēn echōn psychēn, ton auton despotēn, tōn autōn soi kekoinōnēkōs mystēriōn, epi ton auton soi kaloumenos , ouranon, echōn mega dikaiōma, tēn penian, kai to deisthai tēs anankaias trophēs. Nyn de hoi men exypnizontes meta aulōn kai syringōn en cheimōnos hōrą? kai eikē kai matēn enochlountes, xenia polla lambanontes para sou anachōrousi kai hoi chelidonas peripherontes, kai hēsbolōmenoi, kai pantas kakēgorountes, misthon tēs teratōdias tautēs lambanousin. An de proselthē penēs artou deomenos, myriai kakēgoriai kai diabolai, kai argias enklēmata, kai loidoriai kai hybreis kai skōmmata kai ou logizē pros heauton, hoti kai sy argeis, kai homōs ho theos ta par᾽ heautou soi didōsi. Mē gar moi touto eipēs, hoti pratteis ti kai autos all ekeino moi deixon, ei tōn anankaiōn ti poieis kai metacheirizē. Ei de legeis moi chrēmatismous kai kapēleias, kai tēn tōn ontōn epimeleian kai prosthēkēn, eipoimi an soi kai autos, hoti tauta ouk an eiē E 6rga, all΄ eleēmosynē, kai euchai, kai tōn adikoumenōn prostasiai, kai hosa toiauta, hōn en argią zōmen diapantos. All᾽ homōs hēmin oudepote eipen ho theos, epeidē a argeiis, ouk anaptō soi ton hēlion epeidē ouden pratteis tōn anankaiōn, tēn selēnēn sbennyō, pērō tēn gastera tēs gēs, kōlyō tas limnas, tas pēgas, tous potamous, aphanizō ton aera, epechō tous etēsious hyetous alla panta ᾿meta dapsileias, hēmin parechei. ᾿Bniois de ou monon argousin, alla kai ponēra prattousi toutōn charizetai tēn apolausin. Hotan toinyn idę̄s penēta, kai eipę̄s? apopnigomai hoti neos hōn houtos, hygiēs, ouden echōn, bouletai trephesthai argōn, oiketēs pou kai drapetēs hōn, kai ton heautou despotēn katalipōn' tauta, haper eipon, eipe pros heauton, mallon de e ekeinǭ dos auta meta parrhēsias eipein pros se? kai dikaioteron erei, hoti apopnigomai, hoti hygiēs hōn argeis, kai Ō ouden pratteis hōn epetaxen ho theos, alla drapeteusas apo tōn epitagmatōn tou despotou, perierchē kathaper en allodapę̄ tę̄ kakią diatribōn, methyōn, kraipalōōn, kleptōn, harpazōn, tas heterōn anatrepōn oikias. kai sy men hyper argias enkaleis egō de hyper ergōn ponērōn, hotan epibouleuę̄s» hotan omnyēs, hotan pseudē, hotan harpaïzēs, ho hotan myria toiauta poiēs.

And he said these things both making the children more courageous and making the fathers, who were going to hinder them, milder. For seeing that he has such strength and power as to split their children away from them, they too were likely to withdraw, as attempting the impossible. Therefore, leaving these, he directs his speech to those others, teaching these not to make the attempt, as attempting what cannot be done. Then, so that those others might not be indignant or vexed, see where he carries his speech. For having said, “He who does not hate father and mother,” he added, “and his own life.” “For why do you speak to me,” he says, “of parents, and brothers, and sisters, and wife? Nothing is closer to anyone than his own soul; yet even so, unless you hate this too, you will suffer everything contrary to what one who loves it would wish.” And he did not command simply to hate it, but even to give it up to war and to battles, and to slaughter and blood. “For he who does not bear his cross and come after me cannot be my disciple.” For he did not simply say that one must be prepared for death, but for a violent death; and not only violent, but shameful. And he says nothing as yet about his own passion, so that, trained meanwhile in these things, they might more easily receive the word about it. Is it not worth our amazement how, as they heard these things, their soul did not fly out of the body, since everywhere the painful things were in hand and the good things in hopes? How then did it not fly away? Great was the power of the speaker, and great the love of the hearers. Therefore, although they heard things far harder and more burdensome than those great men around Moses and Jeremiah heard, they continued obeying and saying nothing against them. “He who finds his life,” he says, “will lose it, and he who loses his life for my sake will find it.” Do you see how great is the harm of those who love beyond what is right, how great the gain of those who hate? For since the commands were burdensome, bidding them to be arrayed against parents, and children, and nature, and kinship, and the world, and against their very soul, he sets down the benefit too, which is very great. “For not only will these things not harm,” he says, “but they will benefit you most greatly; and the contrary things will harm you,” which he does everywhere, leading them on by the very things they desire. For why are you unwilling to despise your soul? Because you love it? Then for this very reason despise it, and then you will benefit it most greatly and show yourself one who loves it. And consider his unspeakable wisdom. For he does not exercise this argument on parents only, nor on children, but on the soul, which is closest of all, so that the other point might thereby become beyond dispute, and they might learn that in this way they will benefit those others too most greatly, seeing that this happens even in the case of the soul, the most necessary of all. These things, then, were enough to persuade those who were to tend them to receive them. For who would not have received with all eagerness men so noble and valiant, running through the world like lions and despising all their own things so that others might be saved? But nevertheless he sets down another reward too, showing that in this he cares more for those who show hospitality than for those who are entertained. And he gives the first honor, saying, “He who receives you receives me, and he who receives me receives him who sent me.” What could equal this, to receive the Father and the Son? And with this he promises another recompense too: “For he who receives a prophet in the name of a prophet will receive a prophet’s reward, and he who receives a righteous man in the name of a righteous man will receive a righteous man’s reward.” And above he threatened punishment to those who do not receive them; here he also appoints a release of good things. And so that you may learn that he cares more for them, he did not simply say, “He who receives a prophet,” or “He who receives a righteous man,” but added, “in the name of a prophet,” and “in the name of a righteous man”; that is, if it is not for worldly patronage, nor for some other perishable thing that he is sought, but because he is a prophet or a righteous man, he will receive a prophet’s reward and a righteous man’s reward, such as it is fitting for one who has received a prophet or a righteous man to receive, or such as that man is going to receive. Which Paul too said: “Your abundance for their want, that their abundance also may become for your want.” Then, so that no one might plead poverty, he says, “And whoever gives one of these little ones a cup of cold water only in the name of a disciple, truly I say to you, he will not lose his reward.” Even if you give a cup of cold water, where there is nothing to spend, for this too a reward will be laid up for you. “For it is for your sake that I do all things for those who receive you.” Do you see how many things he used to persuade, and opened to them the houses of the whole world? For he showed through all things that they were debtors to them: first, by saying, “The laborer is worthy of his wages”; second, by sending them out having nothing; third, by giving them up to wars and battles on behalf of those who receive them; fourth, by entrusting signs to them as well; fifth, by bringing into the houses of those who receive them, through their mouth, peace, the cause of all good things; sixth, by threatening things more grievous than Sodom’s to those who do not receive them; seventh, by showing that both he and the Father are received by those who receive them; eighth, by promising a prophet’s and a righteous man’s reward; ninth, by promising great recompense even for a cup of cold water. And each of these by itself was enough to draw them. For who, tell me, seeing a general with countless wounds and covered with blood, returning from war and battle with many trophies, would not have received him, throwing open the doors of his whole house? “And who is such a one now?” someone says. For this reason he added, “in the name of a disciple,” and “of a prophet,” and “of a righteous man,” so that you may learn that he sets the reward not by the worth of the one who arrives, but also by the mind of the host. For here he speaks of prophets and righteous men and disciples, but elsewhere he commands us to receive even those who are utterly cast off, and punishes those who do not receive them: “For inasmuch as you did not do it to one of the least of these, you did not do it to me either”; and the opposite again he says of the same people. For even if he achieves nothing of this kind, he is a man, dwelling in the same world as you, seeing the same sun, having the same soul, the same Master, having shared with you the same mysteries, called to the same heaven as you, having a great claim, his poverty and his need of necessary food. But now those who wake you with flutes and pipes in the winter season, and trouble you idly and in vain, go away having received many gifts from you; and those who carry swallows about, and are smeared with soot, and abuse everyone, receive a reward for this monstrous show. But if a poor man comes asking for bread, there are countless revilings and slanders, and accusations of idleness, and abuse and insults and jeers; and you do not reckon with yourself that you too are idle, and yet God gives you his own things. For do not tell me that you yourself also do something; but show me this, whether you do and handle any of the necessary things. And if you tell me of money-making and trading and the care and increase of your possessions, I too would say to you that these would not be works, but almsgiving and prayers and the protection of the wronged and all such things, in respect of which we live in idleness continually. But nevertheless God has never said to us, “Since you are idle, I do not kindle the sun for you; since you do nothing of the necessary things, I quench the moon, I make barren the womb of the earth, I stop the lakes, the springs, the rivers, I blot out the air, I withhold the yearly rains”; but he provides all things to us with abundance. And to some who are not only idle but even do evil things he grants the enjoyment of these. When therefore you see a poor man and say, “It chokes me that this fellow, being young and healthy and having nothing, wishes to be fed in idleness, being perhaps a slave and a runaway who has left his own master,” say these things that I have said to yourself; or rather, give him leave to say them to you with boldness, and he will say with more justice, “It chokes me that you, being healthy, are idle, and do none of the things God commanded, but, having run away from the commands of the Master, go about as though in a foreign land, spending your time in wickedness, getting drunk, carousing, stealing, robbing, overturning the houses of others.” And you accuse him of idleness, but I accuse you of evil works, when you plot, when you swear, when you lie, when you rob, when you do countless things of this kind.

35.4Field 1

Ταῦτα δὲ λέγω, οὐχὶ νομοθετῶν ἀργεῖν μὴ γένοιτο Ε ἀλλὰ καὶ σφόδρα βουλόμενος πάντας ἐν ἔργοις εἶναι πᾶσαν γὰρ κακίαν ἐδίδαξεν ῇ ἀργία παρακαλῶ δὲ μὴ ανηλεεῖς εἶναι, μηδὲ ωμούς. ᾿Επεὶ καὶ Παῦλος μυρία μεμψάμενος καὶ εἰπὼν, δε εἴ τις οὐ θέλει ἐργάζεσθαι, μηδὲ ἐσθιέτω οὐκ ἔστη μέχρι τούτου, αλλὰ προσέθηκεν ὑμεῖς δὲ μὴ ἐκκακήσητε. τὸ καλὸν ποιοῦντες. Καὶ μὴν ταῦτα ἐναντία ἐστίν. Εἰ γὰρ ἐκέλευσας αὐτοὺς μὴ ἐσθίειν, πῶς αῖν παραινεῖς διδόναι ; Ναὶ, φησί καὶ γὰρ ἐκέλευσα αὐτοὺς ἀποστρέφεσθαι, καὶ μὴ αναμίγνυσθαι, καὶ πάλιν εἶπον, ἢ μὴ ἐχθροὺς ἡγεῖσθε, ἀλλὰ νουθετεῖτε οὐκ ἐναντία νομοθετῶν, ἀλλὰ καὶ πάνυ συνᾷδοντα. Ἂν γὰρ σὺ πρὸς ἔλεον ἕτοιμος ἤν κακεῖνος Ταχέως ὁ πένης τῆς ἀργίας ἀπαλλαγήσεται, καὶ σὺ τῆς ὠμότητος. ᾿Αλλὰ ψεύδεται πολλὰ καὶ πλάττεται, φησίν. Ἀλλὰ καὶ ἐντεῦθεν ἄξιος ἐλεεῖσθαι, ὅτι εἰς τοιαύτην κατέπεσεν ἀνάγκην, ὡς καὶ τοιαῦτα ἀναισχυντεῖν. Ἡμεῖς δὲ οὐ μόνον οὐκ ἐλεοῦμεν, ἀλλὰ καὶ τὰ ὠμὰ ἐκεῖνα προστί- Β θεμεν ῥήματα, οὐκ ἔλαβες ἅπαξ καὶ δίς ; λέγοντες. Τί οὗν: ν᾿ ε οὐ δεῖται τραφῆναι πάλιν, ἐπειδὴ ἅπαξ ἐτράφη: Διατί μὴ καὶ τῇ σαυτοῦ γαστρὶ τούτους τιθεῖς τοὺς νόμους, καὶ λέγεις καὶ πρὸς αὐτήν ἐνεπλήσθης χθὲς καὶ πρὸ τῆς χθὲς, ἡ μὴ ζήτει νῦν: Δλλ᾽ ἐκείνην μὲν καὶ ὑπὲρ τὸ μέτρον διαῤῥηγνύεις, τοῦτον δὲ καὶ τὰ σύμμετρα αἰτοῦντα ἀποστρέφη, ὀφείλων διὰ τοῦτο αὐτὸν ἐλεεῖν, ὅτι καθ᾽ ἑκάστην ἀναγκάζεταί, σοι προσιέναι τὴν ἡμέραν. Εἰ γὰρ καὶ μηδαμόθεν ἑτέρωθεν ἑ ἐπικάμπτῃ, διὰ τοῦτο αὐτὸν ἔδει σε ἐλεεῖν' τῇ γὰρ τῆς πενίας ἀνάγκῃ ταῦτα βιάζεται καὶ ποιεῖ. Καὶ οὐκ ἐλεεῖς αὐτὸν, ὅτι τοιαῦτα ἀκούων οὐκ αἰσχύνεται ἡ γὰρ ἀνάγκη δυνατωτέρα. Σὺ δὲ οὐ μόνον οὐκ ἐλεεῖς, ἀλλὰ καὶ ἐκπομπεύεις καὶ τοῦ θεοῦ κελεύσαντος λάθρα διδόναι, ἕ ἕστηκας δημοσιεύων τὸν προσελθόντα, καὶ ὀνειδίζων, ὑπὲρ ὧν ἐλεεῖν ἐχρῆν. Εἰ γὰρ μὴ βούλει δοῦναι; τί καὶ ἐγκαλεῖς, καὶ συντρίβεις τὴν ταλαίπωρον καὶ αθλίαν ψυχήν: Ἦλθεν ὡς εἰς λιμένα τὰς σὰς χεῖρας ἐπιζητῶν τί κύματα ἐγείρεις, καὶ χαλεπώτερον τὸν χειμῶνα ἐργάζῃ: Τί καταγινώσκεις ἀνελευθερίαν; Μὴ γάρ, εἰ προσε ὅκησε τοιαῦτα ακούσεσθαι, προσῆλθεν ἄν: Ὦ Εἰ δὲ καὶ ταῦτα προειδὼς προσῆλθε, διὰ τοῦτο ἄξιον κάκεῖνον ἐλεεῖν, καὶ τὴν σὴν φρίττειν ὠμότητα, ὅτι οὐδὲ οὕτως, ἀπαραίτητον ἐπικειμένην ὁρὼν ἀνάγκην, ἡμερώτερος γίνη, ὅ οὐδὲ ἀρκεῖν αὐτῷ νομίζεις εἰς ἀπολογίαν τῆς ἀναισχυντίας τὸ τοῦ λιμοῦ δέος, ἀλλ᾽ ἀναισχυντίαν ἐγκαλεῖς καίτοι μείζονα αὐτὸς ἡναισχύντησας πολλάκις, καὶ ὑπὲρ χαλεπὼν πραγμάτων. ᾿Ενταῦθα μὲν γὰρ καὶ συγγνώμην ᾽) ἀναισχυντία φέρει, οὐ δὲ .πολλάκις κολάσεως ἄξια ' πραττοντες ἀναιδευόμεθα ἡ δέον ἐννοοῦντας ἐκεῖνα ταπεινοὺς γίνεσθαι, καὶ ἐποι οινονεν τοῖς ταλαιπώροις τούτοις, καὶ φάρμακα αἰτοῦσι τραύματα ᾿ προστίθεμεν. Εἰ γὰρ μὴ βούἙ, λει δοῦναι, τί καὶ πλήττεις ; εἰ μὴ βούλει ᾿ χαρίσασθαι, τίνος ἕνεκεν καὶ ὑβρίζεις ; Ἀλλ᾽ οὐκ ἀνέχεται ἀποστῆναι ἑτέρως. Οὐκοῦν ὡς ἐκέλευσεν ὁ ἣν σοφὸς ἐκεῖνος, οὕτω ποίησον Ὁ ἀποκρίθητι αὐτῷ εἰρηνικὰ ἐν πραὕτητι. Οὐδὲ γὰρ καὶ ἐκὼν τοσαῦτα αναισχυντεῖιῖ. Οὐδὲ γαρ ἐστιν, οὐκ ἔστιν Μ ᾽ σι Ὠ ’ Ξ Δ ’ὔ ἄνθρωπος βουλόμενος ἁπλῶς καταισχύνεσθαι' κὰν μυρία ᾿ ᾽ Φ ᾿ ᾽ σι τινὲς φιλονεικήσωσιν, οὐκ ἄν ἀνασχοίμην ἔἐγω πεισθῆναί ε ψΨ ΄σ κε Ἁ » Ν ποτε, ὅτι ἄνθρωπος ἐν αφθονίᾳ ζῶν ἕλοιτο ἂν επαιτεῖν. Μηδεὶς τοίνυν ἡμᾶς παραλογιζέσθω. ᾿Αλλὰ κὰν λέγη Παῦλος᾽ εἴ τις οὐ θέλει ἐργαζεσθαι, μηδὲ ἐσθιέτω, πρὸς μ ’ ) ᾿ ,τ᾽κ« ΄ι , ᾽ ᾿ ᾿ ἐκείνους λέγει᾽ πρὸς δὲ ἡμᾶς οὐ ἢ τοῦτο λέγει, ἀλλὰ τούναντίον᾽ τὸ καλὸν ποιοῦντες μὴ εκκακεῖτε. Οὕτω καὶ ἐν οἰκίᾳ ποιοῦμεν ἡμεῖς ὅταν δύο τινὲς μάχωνται πρὸς αλλήλους, κατ᾽ ἰδίαν ἕκαστον λαβόντες ταναντία παραινοῦμεν. Τοῦτο καὶ ὁ θεὸς ἐποίησε, καὶ Μωὺῦσῆς. Πρὸς μεν γὰρ τὸν θεὸν ἔλεγεν εἰ μὲν ᾿αφεῖς αντοῖς τὴν ἀμαρτίαν, ἄφες ἐπεὶ καμὲ ἐξαλειψον αὐτοῖς δὲ ἐκέλευε κατασφατ- Β τειν ἀλλήλους καὶ τοὺς προσήκοντας ἅπαντας. Καίτοι ταῦτα εναντία εστὶν, αλλ ὅμως εἰς εν αμφοτερα ἐβλεπε τέλος. Πάλιν ὁ θεὸς τῷ μὲν Μωυσεῖ, ᾿Ιουδαίων ἀκονόντων, ἔλεγεν ἐς ΜΝ ι΄ » ; ᾿ ,.35 ᾽ ; ᾿ ἢ ἄφες με, καὶ εκτρίψω τὸν λαον (ει γαρ καὶ μὴ παρῆσαν; ταῦτα λέγοντος τοῦ θεοῦ, αλλ ἔμελλον αὐτὰ ακου[2 ῳ ᾿ ᾽ ΄- σεσθαι ὕστερον.) κατ᾽ ἰδίαν δὲ ταναντία τούτων αὐτῷ παραινεῖ. Καὶ ταῦτα Μωὺῦσῆς ἀναγκασθεὶς ὕστερον εξελαφ ι Ά Ε , [ λησεν, οὕτω λέγων 5 μὴ γὰρ ΕἼγω αὑτοὺς ἐν γαστρὶ Ν Φ ’ . μ ᾿ « δὴ μά ᾿ ἔλαβον, ὅτι λέγεις μοι, ᾿αρον αὐτοὺς ὡς ἂν ἄρη τιθηνὸς τὸν θηλάζοντα εἰς τὸν κόλπον αὐτῆς. Ταῦτα καὶ ἐν οἰκίαις γίνεται καὶ πολλάκις πατὴρ τῷ μὲν παιδαγωγῷ τὸν α παῖδα ὑβρίσαντι κατὶ ἰδίαν ἐπιτιμᾷ λέγων μὴ ἔσο τραχὺς, μηδὲ σκληρός τῷ δὲ νέῳ τὰ ἐναντία λέγει κἀν ἀδίκως ὑβρίζῃ, φερε απὸ τῶν ἐναντίων ἕν ὅτι χρήσιμον συνάγων. Οὕτω καὶ Ὁ Ὁ Α ἊΝ μ . Παῦλος, τοῖς μὲν ὑγιαίνουσι καὶ προσαιτοῦσιν ἐλεγεν᾽ εἴ τις οὅυ θελει ἐργάζεσθαι, μηδὲ ἐσθιέτω, ἵνα αὐτοὺς εἰς ξρ᾽ ’ : « δὲ , ΡῊ ὃ ’ . ὁ δὲ ὴ ᾿ γον ἐμβαλῃ τοῖς δὲ ἐλεεῖν ὀυναμένοις ὑμεῖς ὁε τὸ καλὸν - Ά ᾽ ᾽ ἣ ᾽ ᾿ ’ ποιοῦντες μὴ ἐκκακήσητε,, ἵνα αὐτοὺς εἰς θλεημοσύνην ϑ γὔ -- ψ ᾽ σι ᾽ ι σι Ὶ αγαγη. Οὕτω καὶ ἡνίκα τοῖς εξ εθνῶν παρήνει εν τῇ προς « ’ Ε ΄- ε ΄- Α ΄-Ο Ῥωμαίους ἐπιστολὴ μὴ υψηλοῴρονειν κατα τῶν [ουδαίων, καὶ τὴν ἀγριελαίαν παρήγαγεν εἰς μέσον, καὶ ἄλλα μὲν τούτοις, ἄλλα δὲ ἐκείνοις φαίνεται λέγων. Μὴ τοίνυν εἰς ὠμότητα ἐκπέσωμεν, αλλ ἀκούσωμεν Παύλον λέγοντος τὸ καλὸν ποιοῦντες μὴ ἥ ἐκκακεῖτε. ἀκούσωμεν τοῦ δεσπότου λέγοντος τὐν παντὶ τῷ αἰτοῦντί σε δίδου καὶ, γίνεσθε οἰκτίρμονες ὡς ὁ πατὴρ ὑμῶν. Καίτοι πολλὰ εἰπὼν, οὐδαμοῦ τοῦτο τέθεικεν, ἀλλ᾽ ἐπὶ τῶν οἰκτιρμῶν μόνον. Οὐδὲν γὰρ ἡμᾶς ἴσους θεῷ ποιεῖ, ὡς τὸ εὐεργετεῖν.

Tauta de legō, ouchi nomothetōn argein mē genoito E alla kai sphodra boulomenos pantas en ergois einai pasan gar kakian edidaxen ę̄ argia parakalō de mē anēleeis einai, mēde ōmous. ᾿Epei kai Paulos myria mempsamenos kai eipōn, de ei tis ou thelei ergazesthai, mēde esthietō ouk estē mechri toutou, alla prosethēken hymeis de mē ekkakēsēte. to kalon poiountes. Kai mēn tauta enantia estin. Ei gar ekeleusas autous mē esthiein, pōs ain paraineis didonai ? Nai, phēsi kai gar ekeleusa autous apostrephesthai, kai mē anamignysthai, kai palin eipon, ē mē echthrous hēgeisthe, alla noutheteite ouk enantia nomothetōn, alla kai pany synądonta. An gar sy pros eleon hetoimos ēn kakeinos Tacheōs ho penēs tēs argias apallagēsetai, kai sy tēs ōmotētos. ᾿Alla pseudetai polla kai plattetai, phēsin. Alla kai enteuthen axios eleeisthai, hoti eis toiautēn katepesen anankēn, hōs kai toiauta anaischyntein. Hēmeis de ou monon ouk eleoumen, alla kai ta ōma ekeina prosti- B themen rhēmata, ouk elabes hapax kai dis ? legontes. Ti houn: n᾿ e ou deitai traphēnai palin, epeidē hapax etraphē: Diati mē kai tę̄ sautou gastri toutous titheis tous nomous, kai legeis kai pros autēn eneplēsthēs chthes kai pro tēs chthes, hē mē zētei nyn: Dll᾽ ekeinēn men kai hyper to metron diarrhēgnyeis, touton de kai ta symmetra aitounta apostrephē, opheilōn dia touto auton eleein, hoti kath᾽ hekastēn anankazetai, soi prosienai tēn hēmeran. Ei gar kai mēdamothen heterōthen he epikamptę̄, dia touto auton edei se eleein' tę̄ gar tēs penias anankę̄ tauta biazetai kai poiei. Kai ouk eleeis auton, hoti toiauta akouōn ouk aischynetai hē gar anankē dynatōtera. Sy de ou monon ouk eleeis, alla kai ekpompeueis kai tou theou keleusantos lathra didonai, he hestēkas dēmosieuōn ton proselthonta, kai oneidizōn, hyper hōn eleein echrēn. Ei gar mē boulei dounai? ti kai enkaleis, kai syntribeis tēn talaipōron kai athlian psychēn: Ēlthen hōs eis limena tas sas cheiras epizētōn ti kymata egeireis, kai chalepōteron ton cheimōna ergazę̄: Ti kataginōskeis aneleutherian? Mē gar, ei prose hokēse toiauta akousesthai, prosēlthen an: Ō Ei de kai tauta proeidōs prosēlthe, dia touto axion kakeinon eleein, kai tēn sēn phrittein ōmotēta, hoti oude houtōs, aparaitēton epikeimenēn horōn anankēn, hēmerōteros ginē, ho oude arkein autǭ nomizeis eis apologian tēs anaischyntias to tou limou deos, all᾽ anaischyntian enkaleis kaitoi meizona autos hēnaischyntēsas pollakis, kai hyper chalepōn pragmatōn. ᾿Entautha men gar kai syngnōmēn ᾽) anaischyntia pherei, ou de .pollakis kolaseōs axia ' prattontes anaideuometha hē deon ennoountas ekeina tapeinous ginesthai, kai epoi oinonen tois talaipōrois toutois, kai pharmaka aitousi traumata ᾿ prostithemen. Ei gar mē bouE, lei dounai, ti kai plētteis ? ei mē boulei ᾿ charisasthai, tinos heneken kai hybrizeis ? All᾽ ouk anechetai apostēnai heterōs. Oukoun hōs ekeleusen ho hēn sophos ekeinos, houtō poiēson Ho apokrithēti autǭ eirēnika en prautēti. Oude gar kai ekōn tosauta anaischynteiii. Oude gar estin, ouk estin M ᾽ si Ō ’ X D ’y anthrōpos boulomenos haplōs kataischynesthai' kan myria ᾿ ᾽ Ph ᾿ ᾽ si tines philoneikēsōsin, ouk an anaschoimēn eegō peisthēnai e psPs ΄s ke Ha » N pote, hoti anthrōpos en aphthonią zōn heloito an epaitein. Mēdeis toinyn hēmas paralogizesthō. ᾿Alla kan legē Paulos᾽ ei tis ou thelei ergazesthai, mēde esthietō, pros m ’ ) ᾿ ,t᾽k« ΄i , ᾽ ᾿ ᾿ ekeinous legei᾽ pros de hēmas ou ē touto legei, alla tounantion᾽ to kalon poiountes mē ekkakeite. Houtō kai en oikią poioumen hēmeis hotan dyo tines machōntai pros allēlous, kat᾽ idian hekaston labontes tanantia parainoumen. Touto kai ho theos epoiēse, kai Mōyysēs. Pros men gar ton theon elegen ei men ᾿apheis antois tēn amartian, aphes epei kame exaleipson autois de ekeleue katasphat- B tein allēlous kai tous prosēkontas hapantas. Kaitoi tauta enantia estin, all homōs eis en amphotera eblepe telos. Palin ho theos tǭ men Mōysei, ᾿Ioudaiōn akonontōn, elegen es MN i΄ » ? ᾿ ,.35 ᾽ ? ᾿ ē aphes me, kai ektripsō ton laon (ei gar kai mē parēsan? tauta legontos tou theou, all emellon auta akou[2 ǭ ᾿ ᾽ ΄- sesthai hysteron.) kat᾽ idian de tanantia toutōn autǭ parainei. Kai tauta Mōyysēs anankastheis hysteron exelaph i A E , [ lēsen, houtō legōn 5 mē gar EIgō hautous en gastri N Ph ’ . m ᾿ « dē ma ᾿ elabon, hoti legeis moi, ᾿aron autous hōs an arē tithēnos ton thēlazonta eis ton kolpon autēs. Tauta kai en oikiais ginetai kai pollakis patēr tǭ men paidagōgǭ ton a paida hybrisanti kati idian epitimą legōn mē eso trachys, mēde sklēros tǭ de neǭ ta enantia legei kan adikōs hybrizę̄, phere apo tōn enantiōn hen hoti chrēsimon synagōn. Houtō kai Ho Ho A AN m . Paulos, tois men hygiainousi kai prosaitousin elegen᾽ ei tis hoou thelei ergazesthai, mēde esthietō, hina autous eis xr᾽ ’ : « de , RĒ ho ’ . ho de ē ᾿ gon embalę̄ tois de eleein ounamenois hymeis hoe to kalon - A ᾽ ᾽ hē ᾽ ᾿ ’ poiountes mē ekkakēsēte,, hina autous eis thleēmosynēn ϑ gy -- ps ᾽ si ᾽ i si I agagē. Houtō kai hēnika tois ex ethnōn parēnei en tę̄ pros « ’ E ΄- e ΄- A ΄-O Rhōmaious epistolē mē ypsēloǭronein kata tōn [oudaiōn, kai tēn agrielaian parēgagen eis meson, kai alla men toutois, alla de ekeinois phainetai legōn. Mē toinyn eis ōmotēta ekpesōmen, all akousōmen Paulon legontos to kalon poiountes mē hē ekkakeite. akousōmen tou despotou legontos tyn panti tǭ aitounti se didou kai, ginesthe oiktirmones hōs ho patēr hymōn. Kaitoi polla eipōn, oudamou touto tetheiken, all᾽ epi tōn oiktirmōn monon. Ouden gar hēmas isous theǭ poiei, hōs to euergetein.

And I say these things not legislating idleness (God forbid!), but rather earnestly wishing all to be at work, for idleness has taught every vice; but I beseech you not to be unmerciful nor cruel. For Paul too, after finding countless faults and saying, “If anyone will not work, let him not eat,” did not stop there, but added, “But you, do not grow weary in doing good.” “And yet these things are contrary. For if you commanded them not to eat, how do you exhort us to give?” “Yes,” he says, “for I commanded them to be shunned and not to be mixed with; and again I said, ‘Do not count them as enemies, but admonish them’; legislating not contrary things, but things fully in harmony.” For if you are ready for mercy, he too, the poor man, will quickly be rid of his idleness, and you of your cruelty. “But he tells many lies and pretends,” someone says. But for this too he deserves pity, that he has fallen into such necessity as to be shameless even in such things. But we not only do not pity, but add those cruel words, saying, “Did you not receive once and twice?” What then? Does he not need to be fed again, because he was fed once? Why do you not set these laws for your own belly too, and say to it as well, “You were filled yesterday and the day before; do not seek now”? But that you stretch even beyond measure, while this man, who asks for moderate things, you turn away, when you ought for this very reason to pity him, that he is forced to come to you every day. For even if nothing else bends you, for this reason you ought to pity him; for it is by the necessity of poverty that he is forced and does these things. And you do not pity him, that hearing such things he is not ashamed; for necessity is stronger. But you not only do not pity, but even expose him; and though God commanded to give in secret, you stand publishing the one who came to you, and reproaching him for the very things for which you ought to have pitied him. For if you do not wish to give, why do you also accuse, and crush the wretched and miserable soul? He came as into a harbor, seeking your hands; why do you raise waves and make the storm more grievous? Why do you condemn him for meanness? For if he had expected to hear such things, would he have come? And if he came even knowing these things beforehand, for this reason it is right both to pity him and to shudder at your cruelty, that not even so, seeing an inexorable necessity pressing upon him, do you become gentler, nor think the fear of famine enough for his defense against the charge of shamelessness, but accuse him of shamelessness; and yet you yourself have often been more shameless, and on behalf of grievous things. For here shamelessness even brings pardon; but we, often doing things worthy of punishment, are brazen, when we ought, thinking of those things, to become humble; and we add insult to these wretched men, and to those who ask for medicines we add wounds. For if you do not wish to give, why do you also strike? If you do not wish to bestow, for what reason do you also insult? “But he will not go away otherwise.” Then do as that wise man commanded: “Answer him peaceable things with meekness.” For it is not willingly that he is so shameless. For there is not, there is not a man who simply wishes to be put to shame; even if countless people contend, I could never be persuaded that a man living in abundance would choose to beg. Let no one then deceive us. But even if Paul says, “If anyone will not work, let him not eat,” he says it to those men; but to us he does not say this, but the contrary: “Do not grow weary in doing good.” So we too do in a household: when two people are fighting with each other, we take each aside privately and exhort them to contrary things. This God too did, and Moses. For to God he said, “If you will forgive them their sin, forgive; otherwise blot me out too”; but them he commanded to slay one another and all their relatives. And yet these things are contrary; but nevertheless both looked to one end. Again God said to Moses, while the Jews were listening, “Let me alone, and I will destroy the people” (for even if they were not present when God said these things, yet they were going to hear them afterward); but privately he exhorts him to the opposite. And this Moses, being compelled, disclosed afterward, speaking so: “For did I conceive them in the womb, that you say to me, ‘Carry them, as a nurse carries the suckling child in her bosom’?” These things happen in households too; and often a father privately rebukes the tutor who has insulted the boy, saying, “Do not be rough nor harsh,” but to the young man he says the opposite, “Even if he insults you unjustly, bear it,” gathering from the opposites one useful result. So Paul too said to those who were healthy and begged, “If anyone will not work, let him not eat,” that he might throw them into work; but to those able to show mercy, “But you, do not grow weary in doing good,” that he might lead them to almsgiving. So too, when in the Epistle to the Romans he exhorted those from the Gentiles not to be high-minded against the Jews, he brought forward the wild olive as well, and he appears to say some things to these and other things to those. Let us not then fall into cruelty, but let us hear Paul saying, “Do not grow weary in doing good”; let us hear the Master saying, “Give to everyone who asks you,” and, “Be merciful as your Father.” And though he said many things, nowhere did he set this down except in the case of mercies. For nothing makes us equal to God as doing good does.

35.5Field 1

᾿Δλλ᾽ οὐδὲν ἀναιδέστερον, φησὶ, πένητος. Διατέ; παρακαλῶ ὅτι ἐπιτρέχων καταβοᾷ: Βούλει οὖν δείξω, ὅτι ἐκείνων ἡμεῖς ἐσμεν ἀναισχυντότεροι, καὶ σφόδρα ἀναιδεῖς ς ᾿Αναμνήσθητί μοι νῦν ἐν καιρῷ τῆς νηστείας, ποσάκις τραπέζης παρακειμένης ἐν ἐσπέρᾳ, τὸν ὑπηρετοῦντα οἰκέτην καλέσας, ἵνα σχολαιότερον βαδίσῃ, πάντα ἀνέτρεψας, λακτίζων, ὑβρίζων, λοιδορούμενον; ὑπὲρ ἀναβολῆς μόνον μικρᾶς καίτοι σφόδρα εἰδώς, ὅ ὅτι κἂν μὴ εὐθέως, ἀλλὰ μικρὸν ὕστερον ἀπολαυσῃ τῆς ἐδωδῆς. Εἶτα σαντὸν μὲν ὑπὲ τοῦ μηδενὸς ᾿ἐκθηριούμενον οὐ καλεῖς ἀναίσχυντον, τὸν δὲ πένητα τὸν ὑπὲρ τῶν μειζόνων δεδοικότα καὶ τρέμοντα (οὐδὲ γὰρ περὶ μελλήσεως, ἀλλὰ περὶ λιμοὺ πᾶς ὁ φόβος αὐτῷ), τοὺτον καὶ ἰταμὸν, καὶ ἀναιδῆ, καὶ ἀναίσχυντον, καὶ πάντα προσερεῖς τὰ αἴσχιστα : : Καὶ πώς οὐκ ἐσχάτης τοῦτο ἀναισχυντίας ; : Δλλ᾽ οὐκ ἐννοοῦμεν ταῦτα διὰ τοῦτο ἐκείνους ἐπαχθεῖς εἶναι νομίζομεν ὡς εἴγε. τὰ ἡμέτερα ἐξητάζομεν καὶ παρεβάλλομεν τοῖς ἐκείνων, οὐκ ἂν αὑτοὺς ἐνομίσαμεν εἶναι φορτικούς. Μὴ δὴ ᾿γίνου πικρὸς δικαστής. Καὶ γὰρ εἰ πάντων ἁμαρτημάτων ἧς ἀπηλλαγμένος, οὐδὲ οὕτω σοι ἐπέτρεπεν ὁ τοῦ θεοῦ νόμος ακριβῆ γενέσθαι ἐξεταστὴν τών ἀλλοτρίων. Εἰ γὰρ ὁ Φαρισαῖος διὰ τοῦτο ἀπώλετο, ποίας τευξόμεθα ἀπολογίας ἡμεῖς: Εἰ τοῖς κατωρθωκόσιν οὐκ ἐπιτρέπει πικρώς ἐξετάζειν τὰ ἑτέρων, πολλῷ μᾶλλον τοῖς ἑπταικόσι. Μὴ τοίνυν ὠμοὶ, μηδὲ ἀπηνεῖς, ᾿ μὴ ἃ ἄστοροι, μὴ ἄσπονδοι, μὴ θηρίων χείρους ὦμεν. Καὶ γὰρ πολλοὺς εἰς τοῦτο οἶδα θηριωδίας ἐλθόντας, ὡς ἧς δι ὄκνον μικρὸν λιμώττοντας ,Τοριορᾶν, καὶ ταῦτα λέγοντας τὰ ῥήματα οὐ πάρεστιν οἰκέτης ἐμοὶ νῦν, πόῤῥω τῆς οἰκίας ἐσμὲν, τραπεζίτης οὐδείς ἐστί μοι γνώριμος. Ὦ τῆς ὠμότητος. Τὸ μεῖζον ὑπέσχου, καὶ τὸ ἔλαττον οὐκ ἀνύεις; ἵνα σὺ μὴ βα ἰσῆς μικρὸν, ἐκεῖνος λιμῷ διαφθείρεται : Ὧ τὴς ὕβρεως ὦ τοῦ τύφου. Εἰ γὰρ δέκα στάδια βαδίσαι ε εχρῆν, ὀκνῆσαι ἔδει ; Οὐδὲ ἑ ἐννοεῖς ὅτι μείζων. ὁ μισθός σοι οὕτω γίνεται; Ὅταν μὲν γὰρ δῷο, ὑπὲρ τοὺ διδομένου λαμβάνεις μισθὸν μόνον ὅταν δὲ καὶ αὐτὸς βαδί ἰσῆης» καὶ τούτου σοι κεῖται πάλιν ἀμοιβή. ᾿Επεὶ καὶ τὸν ἢ πατριάρχην. διὰ τοῦτο θαυμάζομεν, ὅ ὅτι αὐτὸς ἐπὶ τὰς βοῦς ἔδραμε, καὶ τὸ μοσχάριον ἥρπασε, καὶ ταῦτα τριακοσίους δέκα ᾿ ὀκτὼ οἰκογενεῖς ἔχων. Νῦν δὲ τοσούτον τινές εἰσι τύφου πεπληρωμένοι, ὡς διὰ παίδων ταῦτα ποιεῖν, καὶ μὴ αἰσχύνεσθαι. ᾿Αλλὰ δ ἐεμαυτοῦ ταῦτα κελεύεις ἀνύειν; φησί καὶ πῶς οὐ δόξω κενοδοξεῖν: ᾿ Καὶ μὴν καὶ νῦν δι᾽ ἑτέραν κενοδοξίαν τοῦτο ποιεῖς, αἰσχυνόμενος ὀφθῆναι πένητι διαλεγόμενος. Ἀλλ᾽ οὐδὲν ὑ ὑπὲρ τούτων ἀκριβολογοῦμαι᾽ μόνον δίδου, εἴτε διὰ σαντοῦ, εἴτε δι ὁτέρου τοῦτο βούλει ποιεῖν καὶ μὴ ἐγκάλει, μὴ πλῆττε, μὴ λοιδόρει. Φαρμάκων γάρ, οὐ τραυμάτων, δεῖς ται ὁ προσιών᾽ ἐλέου, οὐ ξίφους. Εἰπὲ γάρ μοι, εἴ τις Ε λίθῳ βληθεὶς καὶ τραῦμα λαβὼν κατὰ τῆς κεφαλῆς, τοὺς ἄλλους ἅπαντας ἀφεὶς, προσέδραμέ σον τοῖς γόνασι καταῤῥεόμενος τῷ αἵματι, ἄρα ἑτέρῳ λίθῳ παταξας προσέθηκας ἄν αὐτῷ ἕτερον τραῦμα; Οὐκ ἔγωγε οἶμαι, ἀλλὰ καὶ αὐτὸ ἐπεχείρησας ἂν διορθῶσαι. Τί οὖν ἐπὶ τῶν πενήτων ποιεῖς τὰ ἐναντία; Οὐκ οἷδας ὅσον δύναται καὶ ἀναστῆσαι καὶ καθελεῖν λόγος: Κρεῖττον γάρ, φησὶ, λόγος ἢ δόσις. Οὐ λογίζῃ, ὅ ὅτι κατὰ σαντοῦ τὸ ξίφος ὠθεῖς, καὶ χαλεπώτερον τραῦμα λαμβάνεις, ὅ ὅταν λοιδορηθεὶς ἐκεῖνος ἀναχωρήσῃ σιγῇ, στένων καὶ πολλὰ δακρύων: Καὶ γὰρ παρὰ τοὺ θεοῦ πέμπεται πρὸς σέ. ᾿Εννόησον οὗν, ὑβρίζων αὐτὸν, ποῦ διαβιβάζεις τὴν ὕβριν, ὅταν ἐκεῖνος μὲν πρὸς σὲ πέμπη, καὶ σοὶ δοῦναι κελεύη, σὺ δὲ μὴ μόνον μὴ δῷς, ἀλλὰ καὶ ὑβρίσης ἐλθόντα. Εἰ δὲ ἀγνοεῖς τὴν ὑπερβολὴν τῆς ἀτοπίας, ἐπ᾿ ἀνθρώπων αὐτὸ σκόπησον, καὶ τότε εἴσῃ καλῶς τὸ μέγεθος τῆς ἁμαρτίας. Εἰ γὰρ σὸς οἰκέτης παρὰ σοῦ κελευσθεὶς πρὸς ἕτερον ἀπελθεῖν οἰκέτην, ἀργύριον ἔχοντα σὸν λαβεῖν, ου μόνον κεναῖς ἐπανῆλθε χερσὶν, ἀλλὰ καὶ ὑβρ ισθεὶς, τί οὐκ ἀν εἰργάσω τὸν ὑβρικότα: ; πόσην οὐκ ἂν δίκην ἀ ἀπήτησας, ἅτε λοιπὸν αὐτὸς ὧν ὁ ὑβρισμένος ; Τοῦτο καὶ ἐπὶ τοῦ θεοῦ λογίζου καὶ γὰρ αὐτὸς πέμπει πρὸς ἡμᾶς τοὺς πένητας» καὶ τὰ ' ἐκείνον δίδομεν, ἂν ἄρα δῶμεν. ἾΑν δὲ πρὸς τῷ μὴ δοῦναι καὶ ὑβρισθέντας ἐκπέμψωμεν, ἐννόησον πόσων σκηπτών, πόσων κεραυνῶν ἄξιον πρᾶγμα ποιοῦμεν ; Ταῦτ᾽ οὖν ἅπαντα λογιζόμενοι, καὶ τὴν γλῶτταν χαλινώσωμεν, καὶ τὴν ἀπανθρωπίαν ἐκβάλωμεν, καὶ τὴν χεῖ ρα πρὸς ἐλεημοσύνην ἐκτείνωμεν, καὶ μὴ χρήμασι μόνον, ἀλλὰ καὶ ῥήμασι ἱπαραα μυθώμεθα τοὺς δεομένους ἵνα καὶ τὴν απὸ τῆς λοιδορίας κόλασιν ἢ ἐκφύγωμεν, καὶ τὴν ἀπὸ τῆς εὐλογίας καὶ ἐλεημοσύνης βασιλείαν κληρονομήσωμεν, χάριτι καὶ φιλανθρωπίᾳ τοῦ κυρίου ἡμῶν Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ, ᾧ ἡ δόξα καὶ τὸ κράτος εἰς τοὺς αἰῶνας τῶν αἰώνων. Αμῆν.

᾿Dll᾽ ouden anaidesteron, phēsi, penētos. Diate? parakalō hoti epitrechōn kataboą: Boulei oun deixō, hoti ekeinōn hēmeis esmen anaischyntoteroi, kai sphodra anaideis s ᾿Anamnēsthēti moi nyn en kairǭ tēs nēsteias, posakis trapezēs parakeimenēs en esperą, ton hypēretounta oiketēn kalesas, hina scholaioteron badisę̄, panta anetrepsas, laktizōn, hybrizōn, loidoroumenon? hyper anabolēs monon mikras kaitoi sphodra eidōs, ho hoti kan mē eutheōs, alla mikron hysteron apolausę̄ tēs edōdēs. Eita santon men hype tou mēdenos ᾿ekthērioumenon ou kaleis anaischynton, ton de penēta ton hyper tōn meizonōn dedoikota kai tremonta (oude gar peri mellēseōs, alla peri limou pas ho phobos autǭ), touton kai itamon, kai anaidē, kai anaischynton, kai panta prosereis ta aischista : : Kai pōs ouk eschatēs touto anaischyntias ? : Dll᾽ ouk ennooumen tauta dia touto ekeinous epachtheis einai nomizomen hōs eige. ta hēmetera exētazomen kai pareballomen tois ekeinōn, ouk an hautous enomisamen einai phortikous. Mē dē ᾿ginou pikros dikastēs. Kai gar ei pantōn hamartēmatōn hēs apēllagmenos, oude houtō soi epetrepen ho tou theou nomos akribē genesthai exetastēn tōn allotriōn. Ei gar ho Pharisaios dia touto apōleto, poias teuxometha apologias hēmeis: Ei tois katōrthōkosin ouk epitrepei pikrōs exetazein ta heterōn, pollǭ mallon tois heptaikosi. Mē toinyn ōmoi, mēde apēneis, ᾿ mē ha astoroi, mē aspondoi, mē thēriōn cheirous ōmen. Kai gar pollous eis touto oida thēriōdias elthontas, hōs hēs di oknon mikron limōttontas ,Torioran, kai tauta legontas ta rhēmata ou parestin oiketēs emoi nyn, porrhō tēs oikias esmen, trapezitēs oudeis esti moi gnōrimos. Ō tēs ōmotētos. To meizon hypeschou, kai to elatton ouk anyeis? hina sy mē ba isēs mikron, ekeinos limǭ diaphtheiretai : Hō tēs hybreōs ō tou typhou. Ei gar deka stadia badisai e echrēn, oknēsai edei ? Oude he ennoeis hoti meizōn. ho misthos soi houtō ginetai? Hotan men gar dǭo, hyper tou didomenou lambaneis misthon monon hotan de kai autos badi isēēs» kai toutou soi keitai palin amoibē. ᾿Epei kai ton ē patriarchēn. dia touto thaumazomen, ho hoti autos epi tas bous edrame, kai to moscharion hērpase, kai tauta triakosious deka ᾿ oktō oikogeneis echōn. Nyn de tosouton tines eisi typhou peplērōmenoi, hōs dia paidōn tauta poiein, kai mē aischynesthai. ᾿Alla d eemautou tauta keleueis anyein? phēsi kai pōs ou doxō kenodoxein: ᾿ Kai mēn kai nyn di᾽ heteran kenodoxian touto poieis, aischynomenos ophthēnai penēti dialegomenos. All᾽ ouden hy hyper toutōn akribologoumai᾽ monon didou, eite dia santou, eite di hoterou touto boulei poiein kai mē enkalei, mē plētte, mē loidorei. Pharmakōn gar, ou traumatōn, deis tai ho prosiōn᾽ eleou, ou xiphous. Eipe gar moi, ei tis E lithǭ blētheis kai trauma labōn kata tēs kephalēs, tous allous hapantas apheis, prosedrame son tois gonasi katarrheomenos tǭ haimati, ara heterǭ lithǭ pataxas prosethēkas an autǭ heteron trauma? Ouk egōge oimai, alla kai auto epecheirēsas an diorthōsai. Ti oun epi tōn penētōn poieis ta enantia? Ouk hoidas hoson dynatai kai anastēsai kai kathelein logos: Kreitton gar, phēsi, logos ē dosis. Ou logizę̄, ho hoti kata santou to xiphos ōtheis, kai chalepōteron trauma lambaneis, ho hotan loidorētheis ekeinos anachōrēsę̄ sigę̄, stenōn kai polla dakryōn: Kai gar para tou theou pempetai pros se. ᾿Ennoēson houn, hybrizōn auton, pou diabibazeis tēn hybrin, hotan ekeinos men pros se pempē, kai soi dounai keleuē, sy de mē monon mē dǭs, alla kai hybrisēs elthonta. Ei de agnoeis tēn hyperbolēn tēs atopias, ep᾿ anthrōpōn auto skopēson, kai tote eisę̄ kalōs to megethos tēs hamartias. Ei gar sos oiketēs para sou keleustheis pros heteron apelthein oiketēn, argyrion echonta son labein, ou monon kenais epanēlthe chersin, alla kai hybr istheis, ti ouk an eirgasō ton hybrikota: ? posēn ouk an dikēn a apētēsas, hate loipon autos hōn ho hybrismenos ? Touto kai epi tou theou logizou kai gar autos pempei pros hēmas tous penētas» kai ta ' ekeinon didomen, an ara dōmen. IAn de pros tǭ mē dounai kai hybristhentas ekpempsōmen, ennoēson posōn skēptōn, posōn keraunōn axion pragma poioumen ? Taut᾽ oun hapanta logizomenoi, kai tēn glōttan chalinōsōmen, kai tēn apanthrōpian ekbalōmen, kai tēn chei ra pros eleēmosynēn ekteinōmen, kai mē chrēmasi monon, alla kai rhēmasi hiparaa mythōmetha tous deomenous hina kai tēn apo tēs loidorias kolasin ē ekphygōmen, kai tēn apo tēs eulogias kai eleēmosynēs basileian klēronomēsōmen, chariti kai philanthrōpią tou kyriou hēmōn Iēsou Christou, hǭ hē doxa kai to kratos eis tous aiōnas tōn aiōnōn. Amēn.

“But nothing,” someone says, “is more impudent than a poor man.” Why, I beseech you? Because he runs after you and cries out? Do you wish then that I show that we are more shameless than they, and exceedingly impudent? Remember now, I pray you, in the season of the fast, how often, when the table was set in the evening, and you called the servant who waited on you, because he walked rather slowly you overturned everything, kicking, insulting, reviling, for a small delay only; and that though you knew well that even if not at once, yet a little later you would enjoy your food. Then yourself, who become a wild beast over nothing, you do not call shameless; but the poor man, who fears and trembles for greater things (for his whole fear is not of delay but of famine), him you will call bold and impudent and shameless and every most shameful name? And how is this not the extreme of shamelessness? But we do not consider these things; for this reason we think them burdensome. Since if we examined our own things and compared them with theirs, we would not have thought them troublesome. Do not then be a bitter judge. For even if you were free of all sins, not even so did the law of God permit you to become a strict examiner of the faults of others. For if the Pharisee perished for this, what defense shall we obtain? If he does not permit those who have done well to examine bitterly the things of others, much less those who have stumbled. Let us not then be cruel, nor harsh, nor without natural affection, nor implacable, nor worse than wild beasts. For I know many who have come to such brutality that through a little sloth they overlook people starving, and say these words: “No servant is with me now; we are far from home; no banker is known to me.” O the cruelty! You promised the greater thing, and you do not accomplish the less? So that you may not walk a little, he is wasting away with hunger? O the insolence! O the pride! For if you had to walk ten stades, ought you to have shrunk from it? Do you not consider that so the reward becomes greater for you? For when you give, you receive a reward for what is given only; but when you also walk yourself, a recompense for this too is laid up for you again. For this is why we admire the patriarch too, that he himself ran to the herd and snatched the calf, and that though he had three hundred and eighteen servants born in his house. But now some are so filled with pride as to do these things through servants and not to be ashamed. “But do you command me to accomplish these things by myself?” he says. “And how shall I not seem vainglorious?” And yet now too you do this through another kind of vainglory, being ashamed to be seen talking with a poor man. But I am not at all exacting about these things; only give, whether you wish to do it by yourself or through another; and do not accuse, do not strike, do not revile. For the one who comes to you needs medicines, not wounds; mercy, not a sword. For tell me, if someone struck by a stone and wounded on the head, leaving all others, ran to your knees streaming with blood, would you have struck him with another stone and added another wound? I for one do not think so; rather you would have tried to set right even that one. Why then do you do the opposite with the poor? Do you not know how much a word can both raise up and cast down? “For a word,” it says, “is better than a gift.” Do you not consider that you are thrusting the sword against yourself, and receiving a more grievous wound, when that man, after being reviled, goes away in silence, groaning and shedding many tears? For he is sent to you by God. Consider then, when you insult him, where you pass the insult on to, when God sends him to you and commands you to give, and you not only do not give, but even insult him when he comes. And if you do not know the excess of the absurdity, consider it in the case of men, and then you will know well the greatness of the sin. For if your servant, ordered by you to go to another servant who held your money and to receive it, not only came back with empty hands, but also insulted, what would you not have done to the one who insulted him? How great a penalty would you not have exacted, since you yourself would then be the one insulted? Reckon this in the case of God too; for he himself sends the poor to us, and it is his things that we give, if indeed we give. But if, besides not giving, we also send them away insulted, consider how many thunderbolts, how many lightnings the thing we do deserves. Reckoning all these things, then, let us both bridle the tongue and cast out inhumanity, and stretch out the hand to almsgiving, and comfort those in need not with money only but also with words, so that we may both escape the punishment for reviling and inherit the kingdom that comes from blessing and almsgiving, by the grace and love for humanity of our Lord Jesus Christ, to whom be the glory and the might to the ages of ages. Amen.

Chapter 36

36.1Field 1

Καὶ ἐγένετο ὅτε ἐτέλεσεν ὁ ἰησοῦς διατάσσων τοῖς δώδεκα μαθηταῖς, μετέβη ἐκεῖθεν τοῦ διδάσκειν καὶ κηρύσσειν ῃ ἐν ταις πολεσιν αὑυτων. ᾿ἜΠΕΙΔΗ γὰρ αὐτοὺς ἔπεμψεν, ὑπεξήγαγε λοιπὸν ἑαυτὸν, διδοὺς χώραν αὐτοῖς καὶ καιρὸν ποιεῖν ἅπερ ἐπέταξεν. ΟΣ γὰρ ἂν αὐτοῦ παρόντος καὶ θεραπεύοντος ἠθέλησεν ἂν τις ἐκείνοις προσελθεῖν. ««᾿ΑἈκούσας δὲ ᾿Ιωάννης ἐν τῷ δεσμωτηρίῳ τὰ ἔργα τοῦ ᾿Ιησοῦ, πέμψας δύο τῶν μαθητῶν, ἠρώτα αὐτὸν λέγων σὺ εἰ ὃ ἐρχόμενος, ἢ ἕτερον προσδοκῶμεν τ Ὁ δὲ Λουκᾶς φησιν, ὅτι καὶ αὐτοὶ ἀπήγγειλαν τὰ σημεῖα τῷ Ἰωάννῃ, καὶ τότε ἔπεμψεν αὐτούς. Πλὴν αλλὰ τοῦτο Ε' μὲν ἀπορίαν οὐδεμίαν ἔ ἔχει, ἀλλὰ θεωρίαν μόνον' τὴν γὰρ ἀἸλότυτίαν αὐτῶν , ἐμφαίνει καὶ τοῦτο τὴν πρὸς αὐτόν τὸ ε ἑξῆς. σφόδρα ἐστὶ τῶν ζητουμένων. Ποῖον δὴ τοῦτο; Τὸ εἰπεῖν, ἐ σὶ εἶ ὁ ἐρχόμενος, ἦ ἕτερον προσδοκῶμεν : Ὁ γὰρ πρὸ τῶν σημείων εἰδὼς αὐτὸν, ὁ παρὰ τοῦ πνεύματος μαθὼν, ὁ ο παρὰ τοῦ πατρὸς ἀκούσας, ὁ ἐπὶ πάντων ἀνακηρύξας, νῦν πέμπει παρ᾽ αὐτοῦ μαθησόμενος εἴτε αὐτὸς εἴη, εἴτε μή; Καίτοι εἰ μὴ οἷδας ὅτι αὐτός ἐστι σαφῶς, πῶς σαυτὸν ἀξιόπιστον εἶναι νομίζεις, ἀποφαινόμενος ὑπὲρ τών ἀγνοουμένων: Τὸν Ὕ γὰρ ἑτέροις μαρτυρήσοντα πρότερον αὐτὸν ἀξιόπιστον εἶναι δεῖ. Οὐ σὺ ἔλεγες, ὅτι οὐκ εἰμὶ ἱκανὸς λῦσαι αὐτοῦ τὸν ἱμάντα τοῦ ὑποδήματος Ὁ Οὐ σὺ ἔλεγες ᾿ ὅτι 5. οὐκ ἤδειν αὐτὸν, ἀλλ΄ ὸ πέμψας με, βαπτίζειν ἐν ὕδατι, ἐ ἐκεῖνός μοι εἶπεν ἐφ᾿ ὃ ον ἄν ἴδης τὸ πνεῦμα καταβαῖνον καὶ μένον ἐπ᾿ αὐτὸν, οὗτός ἐστιν ὁ βαπτίζων ἐν πνεύματι ἁγίῳ τ᾿ Οὐκ εἶδες τὸ πνεῦμα ἐν εἴδει περιστεραν: οὐχὶ τῆς ὠνῆς ἤκουσας: Οὐχὶ διεκώλυες αὐτὸν λέγων, ἐγὼ Χρείαν Β ἔχω ὑπὸ σοῦ ᾿ βαπτισθῆναι 3 ᾿ Οὐχὶ καὶ τοῖς μαθηταῖς ἔλεγες, ὁ ἐκεῖνον δεῖ αὐξάνειν, ἐμὲ δὲ ἐλαττοῦσθαι : Οὐχὶ τὸν δῆμον ἐδίδασκες ἅπαντα, ὅτι αὐτὸς αὐτοὺς βαπτίσει ἐν πνεύματι ἁγίῳ καὶ πυρί; καὶ ὅτι αὐτὸς ἐστιν ὁ ἀμνὸς τοῦ θεοῦ, ὁ αἴρων τὴν ἁμαρτίαν τοῦ κόσμου: Οὐχὶ πρὸ τῶν σημείων ταῦτα πάντα καὶ τῶν θαυμάτων ἀνεκήρυξας : : Πώς οὖν νῦν, ὅτε δῆλος πᾶσιν ἐγένετο; καὶ πανταχοὺ διῆλθεν αὐτοῦ η φήμη, καὶ νεκροὶ ἠγέρθησαν, καὶ δαίμονες ἀπηλάθησαν, καὶ σημείων τοσούτων ἐπίδειξις γέγονε, τότε πέμπεις μανθάνων παρ᾽ αὐτοῦ: Τί δὴ γέγονεν: ἀπάτη τις ἣν πάντα ἐκεῖνα Ο τὰ βήματα, σκηνὴ καὶ μῦθοι: Καὶ τίς ἄν ταῦτα νοῦν ἔχων εἴποι; Οὐ λέγω, ᾿Ιωάννης, ὁ ἐν τῇ μήτρᾳ σκιρτήσας, ὁ πρὸ τῶν ὠδίνων αὐτὸν ανακηρυξας, ὁ τῆς ἐρήμου πολίτης, ὁ τὴν ἀγγελικὴν ἐπιδειξάμενος πολιτείαν᾽ ἀλλ᾽ εἰ καὶ τῶν πολλῶν εἷς ἡν, καὶ τῶν σφόδρα ἀπεῤῥιμμένων, οὐκ ἀν μετὰ τοσαύτας σι, γ μαρτυρίας, καὶ τὰς παρ᾽ ἑαυτοῦ καὶ τὰς παρ᾽ ἑτέρων, ἀμ’ εἴ θ δ ἢ δὲ ΐἱ ᾽ λῚ ᾿ σι Ψ φέβαλλεν. Ὅθεν δῆλον, ὅτι οὐδὲ ᾿ αὐτὸς ἀμφισβητῶν ἕπεμπεν, οὐδὲ ἀγνοῶν ἠρώτα. Οὐδὲ γὰρ ἐκεῖνο ἂν ἔχοι τις εἰπεῖν, {΄ ν λῚ ΄- ’ Ὁ ὅτι ἤδει μὲν σαφώς, διὰ δὲ τὸ δεσμωτήριον δειλότερος γέὁ Ι Ἷ Α ΄-- γ γονεν᾽ οὐδὲ γὰρ ἀπαλλαγήσεσθαι ἐντεῦθεν προσεδόκα, οὐδὲ εἰ προσεδόκα, προὔδωκεν ἂν τὴν εὐσέβειαν ὁ πρὸς θανάτους ὔ Ἁ ᾽ ΄- φΦ παρατεταγμένος. Οὐδὲ γὰρ ἄν, εἰ μὴ πρὸς τοῦτο ἦν παρεσκενασμένος, πρὸς δῆμον ὁλόκληρον, αἵματα μελετήσαντα ᾿ ’ Ἁ ἐκχέειν προφητικὰ, τοσαύτην ἱὰν ἐπεδείξατο τὴν ἀνδρείαν ᾿ 4, ’ Δ ΝΜ οὐκ ἂν τὸν ὠμὸν τύραννον ἐκεῖνον μετὰ τοσαύτης ἡ ἂν ἤλεγξε τῆς παρρησίας ἐν μέσῃ πόλει καὶ ἀγορᾷ, καθάπερ παιδίῳ μικρῳ σφόδρα ἐπιτιμῶν, ἀκουόντων ἁπάντων. Εἰ δὲ καὶ Ε, δειλότερος γέγονε, πῶς τοὺς μαθητὰς οὐκ ἠσχύνετο τοὺς 4. σοι ᾿ ᾽ Φ ᾽ - ᾽ ’ ᾿ [Π ᾿ -ὠ ἑαυτοῦ, ἐφ᾽ ὧν αὐτῷ τοσαῦτα ἐμαρτύρησεν, αλλὰ δι αὐτῶν ἥρωτα, οφείλων δι᾽ ετερων; Καίτοιγε ἤδει σαφῶς, ὅτι καὶ ἐζηλοτύπουν αὐτὸν, καὶ λαβὴν τινα ευρειν εἐπεθυμουν. Πώς -» . ᾿ φΦ ΄» δὲ τὸν δῆμον τὸν ᾿Ιουδαϊκὸν οὐκ ἠρυθρίασεν, εφ᾽ οὗ τοσαῦτα ᾿ Ὶ ΄- ΠῚ »ς- ΓΝ ἐκήρυξε: Τί δὲ αὐτῷ καὶ εἰς τὴν ἀπαλλαγὴν τῶν δεσμῶν ἐντεῦθεν πλέον ἐγίνετο; Οὐδὲ γὰρ διὰ τὸν Χριστὸν ἦν ἐμβεβλημένος, οὐδὲ διὰ τὸ αἀνακηρῦξαι αὐτοῦ τὴν δύναμιν, ἀλλὰ διὰ τὸν ἔλεγχον τὸν ἐπὶ τῷ παρανόμῳ γάμῳ. Ποίον δὲ παιδίον ἀνοήτου, τίνος δὲ ἀνθρώπον μαινομένον οὐκ ἂν σι Φ ᾿Ὶ ’ ἑαυτῷ δόξαν περιέθηκε; Τί οὖν ἐστι τὸ κατασκευαζόμενον ; ΓΙ Ἁ ᾽ Ν ᾽ ’ - ι Οτι μὲν γὰρ οὐκ ἔστιν ωάννον τὸ ἀμφισβητῆσαι ταῦτα, σι ’ ν9 Δ γ ΄ ᾽ ἀλλ᾽ οὐδὲ τοῦ τυχόντος, οὐδὲ τοῦ σφόδρα ἀνοήτου καὶ παραπαίοντος, ἐκ τῶν εἰρημένων δήλον᾽ δεῖ δὲ λοιπὸν τὴν λύσιν ἐπαγαγεῖν. 'Τίνος οὐν ἕνεκεν ἔπεμψεν ερωτῶν; Απεπήόων τοῦ Ιησοῦ οἱ ᾿Ιωᾶάννον μαθηταί, καὶ τοῦτο παντί που δηλόν ᾽ ’ ΠῚ Α ᾿ ἢ Α ἰς ἐστι καὶ ζηλοτύπως ααοὶ πρὸς αὐτὸν εἶχον. Καὶ δῆλον εξ . Ὶ Ἵ διδά Μ . δέεε ἃ κὺ Ἢ ὧν πρὸς τὸν ὀιθασκαλον ελεγον ὃς Ὑαρ ἢν, φησι, μετα ᾿ ζ΄ ’ ΄ι: ’ φ ᾿Ὶ ’ Σ Φ᾽ σοῦ πέραν τοῦ Ιορδάνου, ᾧ σὺ μεμαρτυρηκας, ἰὸε οὗτος Β , ν ᾿ , Υ ’ βαπτίζει, καὶ πᾶντες ἔρχονται πρὸς αὐτον καὶ παλιν᾽ ζήι ’ ζω ἴω ᾽ τήσις ἐγένετο ἢ τῶν μαθητῶν ᾿Ιωάννου μετὰ ᾿Ιουδαίων περὶ θ -ς Ὅ ν 4, , ’ θό Μ . ς ὃ ’ καθαρισμον καὶ αυτῷ πάλιν προσελθόντες εἐλεγον ιατί 4« - ᾿ ΄- ὔ λῚ ἡμεῖς καὶ οἱ Φαρισαῖοι νηστεύομεν πολλα, οἱ δὲ μαθηταί σον ᾽ ’ Ψ ᾿ ᾽ ε . οὅ νηστεύουσιν

Kai egeneto hote etelesen ho iēsous diatassōn tois dōdeka mathētais, metebē ekeithen tou didaskein kai kēryssein ę̄ en tais polesin hauytōn. ᾿EPEIDĒ gar autous epempsen, hypexēgage loipon heauton, didous chōran autois kai kairon poiein haper epetaxen. OS gar an autou parontos kai therapeuontos ēthelēsen an tis ekeinois proselthein. ««᾿AAkousas de ᾿Iōannēs en tǭ desmōtēriǭ ta erga tou ᾿Iēsou, pempsas dyo tōn mathētōn, ērōta auton legōn sy ei ho erchomenos, ē heteron prosdokōmen t Ho de Loukas phēsin, hoti kai autoi apēngeilan ta sēmeia tǭ Iōannę̄, kai tote epempsen autous. Plēn alla touto E' men aporian oudemian e echei, alla theōrian monon' tēn gar aIlotytian autōn , emphainei kai touto tēn pros auton to e hexēs. sphodra esti tōn zētoumenōn. Poion dē touto? To eipein, e si ei ho erchomenos, ē heteron prosdokōmen : Ho gar pro tōn sēmeiōn eidōs auton, ho para tou pneumatos mathōn, ho o para tou patros akousas, ho epi pantōn anakēryxas, nyn pempei par᾽ autou mathēsomenos eite autos eiē, eite mē? Kaitoi ei mē hoidas hoti autos esti saphōs, pōs sauton axiopiston einai nomizeis, apophainomenos hyper tōn agnooumenōn: Ton Hy gar heterois martyrēsonta proteron auton axiopiston einai dei. Ou sy eleges, hoti ouk eimi hikanos lysai autou ton himanta tou hypodēmatos Ho Ou sy eleges ᾿ hoti 5. ouk ēdein auton, all΄ o pempsas me, baptizein en hydati, e ekeinos moi eipen eph᾿ ho on an idēs to pneuma katabainon kai menon ep᾿ auton, houtos estin ho baptizōn en pneumati hagiǭ t᾿ Ouk eides to pneuma en eidei peristeran: ouchi tēs ōnēs ēkousas: Ouchi diekōlyes auton legōn, egō Chreian B echō hypo sou ᾿ baptisthēnai 3 ᾿ Ouchi kai tois mathētais eleges, ho ekeinon dei auxanein, eme de elattousthai : Ouchi ton dēmon edidaskes hapanta, hoti autos autous baptisei en pneumati hagiǭ kai pyri? kai hoti autos estin ho amnos tou theou, ho airōn tēn hamartian tou kosmou: Ouchi pro tōn sēmeiōn tauta panta kai tōn thaumatōn anekēryxas : : Pōs oun nyn, hote dēlos pasin egeneto? kai pantachou diēlthen autou ē phēmē, kai nekroi ēgerthēsan, kai daimones apēlathēsan, kai sēmeiōn tosoutōn epideixis gegone, tote pempeis manthanōn par᾽ autou: Ti dē gegonen: apatē tis hēn panta ekeina O ta bēmata, skēnē kai mythoi: Kai tis an tauta noun echōn eipoi? Ou legō, ᾿Iōannēs, ho en tę̄ mētrą skirtēsas, ho pro tōn ōdinōn auton anakēryxas, ho tēs erēmou politēs, ho tēn angelikēn epideixamenos politeian᾽ all᾽ ei kai tōn pollōn heis hēn, kai tōn sphodra aperrhimmenōn, ouk an meta tosautas si, g martyrias, kai tas par᾽ heautou kai tas par᾽ heterōn, am’ ei th d ē de hïi ᾽ lI ᾿ si Ps pheballen. Hothen dēlon, hoti oude ᾿ autos amphisbētōn hepempen, oude agnoōn ērōta. Oude gar ekeino an echoi tis eipein, {΄ n lI ΄- ’ Ho hoti ēdei men saphōs, dia de to desmōtērion deiloteros geo I Hi A ΄-- g gonen᾽ oude gar apallagēsesthai enteuthen prosedoka, oude ei prosedoka, proudōken an tēn eusebeian ho pros thanatous y Ha ᾽ ΄- phPh paratetagmenos. Oude gar an, ei mē pros touto ēn pareskenasmenos, pros dēmon holoklēron, haimata meletēsanta ᾿ ’ Ha ekcheein prophētika, tosautēn hian epedeixato tēn andreian ᾿ 4, ’ D NM ouk an ton ōmon tyrannon ekeinon meta tosautēs hē an ēlenxe tēs parrēsias en mesę̄ polei kai agorą, kathaper paidiǭ mikrǭ sphodra epitimōn, akouontōn hapantōn. Ei de kai E, deiloteros gegone, pōs tous mathētas ouk ēschyneto tous 4. soi ᾿ ᾽ Ph ᾽ - ᾽ ’ ᾿ [P ᾿ -ō heautou, eph᾽ hōn autǭ tosauta emartyrēsen, alla di autōn hērōta, opheilōn di᾽ eterōn? Kaitoige ēdei saphōs, hoti kai ezēlotypoun auton, kai labēn tina eurein eepethymoun. Pōs -» . ᾿ phPh ΄» de ton dēmon ton ᾿Ioudaïkon ouk ērythriasen, eph᾽ hou tosauta ᾿ I ΄- PI »s- GN ekēryxe: Ti de autǭ kai eis tēn apallagēn tōn desmōn enteuthen pleon egineto? Oude gar dia ton Christon ēn embeblēmenos, oude dia to aanakēryxai autou tēn dynamin, alla dia ton elenchon ton epi tǭ paranomǭ gamǭ. Poion de paidion anoētou, tinos de anthrōpon mainomenon ouk an si Ph ᾿I ’ heautǭ doxan periethēke? Ti oun esti to kataskeuazomenon ? GI Ha ᾽ N ᾽ ’ - i Oti men gar ouk estin ōannon to amphisbētēsai tauta, si ’ n9 D g ΄ ᾽ all᾽ oude tou tychontos, oude tou sphodra anoētou kai parapaiontos, ek tōn eirēmenōn dēlon᾽ dei de loipon tēn lysin epagagein. 'Tinos oun heneken epempsen erōtōn? Apepēoōn tou Iēsou hoi ᾿Iōaannon mathētai, kai touto panti pou dēlon ᾽ ’ PI A ᾿ ē A is esti kai zēlotypōs aaoi pros auton eichon. Kai dēlon ex . I Hi dida M . deee ha ky Ē hōn pros ton oithaskalon elegon hos Hyar ēn, phēsi, meta ᾿ z΄ ’ ΄i: ’ ph ᾿I ’ S Ph᾽ sou peran tou Iordanou, hǭ sy memartyrēkas, ioe houtos B , n ᾿ , Y ’ baptizei, kai pantes erchontai pros auton kai palin᾽ zēi ’ zō iō ᾽ tēsis egeneto ē tōn mathētōn ᾿Iōannou meta ᾿Ioudaiōn peri th -s Ho n 4, , ’ tho M . s ho ’ katharismon kai autǭ palin proselthontes eelegon iati 4« - ᾿ ΄- y lI hēmeis kai hoi Pharisaioi nēsteuomen polla, hoi de mathētai son ᾽ ’ Ps ᾿ ᾽ e . hoo nēsteuousin

“And it came to pass, when Jesus had finished commanding his twelve disciples, he departed from there to teach and to preach in their cities.” For since he had sent them, he withdrew himself at last, giving them room and occasion to do what he had commanded. For while he was present and healing, no one would have wished to approach them. “Now when John heard in the prison the works of Jesus, he sent two of his disciples and asked him, saying, ‘Are you he who comes, or do we look for another?’” And Luke says that they themselves reported the signs to John, and then he sent them. However, this contains no difficulty, but only matter for reflection; for it shows their jealousy toward him. But what follows is very much among the things that are inquired into. What is this? The saying, “Are you he who comes, or do we look for another?” For he who knew him before the signs, who learned it from the Spirit, who heard it from the Father, who proclaimed him before all, does he now send to learn from him whether he is the one or not? And yet if you do not know clearly that it is he, how do you think yourself trustworthy when you pronounce about things not known? For the one who is to bear witness to others must first be trustworthy himself. Was it not you who said, “I am not worthy to loose the strap of his sandal”? Was it not you who said, “I did not know him; but he who sent me to baptize with water, he said to me, ‘On whom you see the Spirit descending and remaining on him, this is he who baptizes with the Holy Spirit’”? Did you not see the Spirit in the form of a dove? Did you not hear the voice? Did you not try to prevent him, saying, “I have need to be baptized by you”? Did you not say to your disciples too, “He must increase, but I must decrease”? Did you not teach all the people that he would baptize them with the Holy Spirit and with fire, and that he is the Lamb of God who takes away the sin of the world? Did you not proclaim all these things before the signs and the wonders? How then now, when he has become manifest to all, and his fame has gone out everywhere, and the dead have been raised, and demons driven out, and so great a display of signs has taken place, do you then send to learn from him? What then has happened? Were all those words a deceit, a stage play and fables? And who having sense would say this? I do not say John, who leaped in the womb, who proclaimed him before his birth, the citizen of the desert, who displayed the angelic way of life; but even if he had been one of the many, and of those utterly cast off, he would not have doubted after so many testimonies, both his own and those of others. From which it is clear that he did not send because he himself was in doubt, nor did he ask in ignorance. For neither could anyone say this, that he knew clearly, but because of the prison he had become more timid; for he did not expect to be released from there, nor, if he had expected it, would he who was arrayed for death have betrayed godliness. For unless he had been prepared for this, he would not have shown such great courage before a whole people practised in shedding the blood of prophets; he would not have convicted that cruel tyrant with such great boldness in the middle of the city and the marketplace, rebuking him like a very small child, in the hearing of all. And if he had become more timid, how was he not ashamed before his own disciples, before whom he had borne him so great a witness, but asked through them, when he ought to have asked through others? And yet he knew clearly that they were jealous of him and desired to find some handle against him. And how did he not blush before the Jewish people, before whom he had proclaimed so much? And what more would he gain from this toward release from his bonds? For he had not been thrown in because of Christ, nor because he proclaimed his power, but because of his reproof concerning the unlawful marriage. And what senseless child, what madman, would not have brought this reputation upon himself? What then is it that is being brought about? That it is not John’s part to doubt these things, nor even of an ordinary man, nor of one very senseless and deranged, is clear from what has been said; but now we must bring on the solution. For what reason, then, did he send to ask? John’s disciples were turning away from Jesus, and this is clear to everyone, and they were always jealous toward him. And it is clear from what they said to their teacher: “He who was with you,” they say, “beyond the Jordan, to whom you have borne witness, behold, he is baptizing, and all are coming to him.” And again: “There arose a dispute between John’s disciples and the Jews about purification.” And again they came to him and said, “Why do we and the Pharisees fast often, but your disciples do not fast?”

36.2Field 1

Οὑπω γὰρ ἤσαν εἰδότες, τίς ἣν ὁ Χριστος, αλλα τὸν μὲν ͵ησοῦν ἄνθρωπον ψιλὸν ὑποπτευοντες, τὸν δὲ ᾿Ιωάννην μείζονα ἥ κατὰ ἄνθρωπον, ἐδάκνοντο εὐδοκιμοῦντα τοῦτον ὁρῶντες, ἐκεῖνον δὲ, καθὼς εἶπε, λοιπὸν λήγοντα. Καὶ τοῦτο αὐτοὺς ἐκώλυε προσελθεῖν, τῆς ζηλοτυπίας διαΩΣ. ῃῆ τειχιζούσης τὴν πρόσοδον. ἕως μὲν οὐὖν ἣν Ιωαννης μετ αὶ [ ΄-- -- ἘΑῚ φΦὃγ φ ΝΜ αὐτῶν, παρεκάλει συνεχῶς καὶ ἐδίδασκε, καὶ οὐδὲ οὕτως ἔπει᾽ , Α Ν᾽ ΄σ΄ι -- θεν᾽ ἐπειδὴ δὲ λοιπὸν ἔμελλε τελευτᾶν, πλείονα ποιεῖται τὴν σπουδήν. Καὶ Ὑαρ ἐδεδοίκει μὴ καταλίπῃ πονηροῦ δόγματος ὑπόθεσιν, καὶ μείνωσιν ἀπεῤῥηγμένοι τοῦ Χριστοῦ. Αὐτὸς μὲν γαρ ἐσπουδαζε καὶ παρὰ τὴν ἀαρχῆν αὐτῷ προσὥς Υ ᾽ κα ᾿ ᾿ ᾿ Ν αγαγεῖν ἅπαντας τοὺς αὐτοῦ ἐπειδὴ δὲ οὐκ ἔπειθε, τεἣ Α » ᾿ λευτῶν λοιπὸν πλείονα ποιεῖται τῆν προθυμίαν. Ει μὲν -ι Φ ΠῚ ᾽ ’ Α ι ᾽ ’ ’ οὖν εἶπεν, ὅτι ἀπέλθετε πρὸς αὐτὸν, αὐτός μου βελτίων ΜΕΝ 4 ν , Μ . ’ ᾿ ἐστὶν, οὐκ ἂν ἔπεισε δυσαποσπάστως ἔχοντας αλλα καὶ Ὁ ΕΣ ’ ᾷ σι ᾽ - 4Φ - ἐνομίσθη μετριαζων ἐάν ταῦτα λθγειν, καὶ μᾶλλον ἂν αντῷ προσηλωθησαν᾽ εἰ δὲ ἐσίγησε, πάλιν οὐδὲν πλέον ἐγίνετο. ΄- ᾽ , ᾽ ΄΄-Ξ ’ Τί οὖν ποιεῖ; Αναμένει παρ᾽ αὐτῶν ἀκοῦσαι; ὅτι θαύματα ἐργάζεται καὶ οὐδὲ οὕτως αὐτοῖς παραινει, οὐδὲ πάντας ’ ΕΣ ᾽ ᾿ Α Ν δε Ν γ πέμπει. αλλὰ δύο τινὰς οὗς ἥδει ἴσως τῶν ἄλλων εὐπειθε’ Ν ,» ε ᾽ ᾽ ’ στερους ὄντας, ἵνα ανύποπτος ἡ ἐρώτησις γένηται. ἵνα παρὰ τῶν πραγμάτων μάθωσι τὸ μέσον τοῦ ἰησοῦ κακείνου καί φησιν᾽ ἀπέλθετε καὶ εἴπατε' σὺ εἶ ὁ ἐρχόμενος, ἢ ἕτερον προσδοκῶμεν .) Ὁ δὲ Χριστος τὴν γνωμὴν εἰδὼς Ε . ’ ᾽ ῳ ᾽ ’ » ’ ᾿ ἂ τὴν ᾿Ιωάννον, οὐκ εἶπεν, ὅτι ἐγώ εἰμι᾿ πάλιν γὰρ ἂν προσἑστη τοῦτο τοῖς ἀκούουσι, καίτοι τοῦτο ακολουθον ἣν εἰπεῖν ἄλλα απὸ τῶν πραγματων αὐτοὺς αφίησι μανθάνειν. Λέγει γάρ, ὅτι προσελθόντων αὐτῷ τούτων, ᾿τότε ἐθεράπευσε πολλούς. Καίτοι ποία ἀκολουθία ἣν, ἐρωτηθέντα, σὺ εἷς: πρὸς μὲν τοῦτο μηδὲν εἰπεῖν, θεραπεῦσαι δὲ εὐθέως τοὺς κακῶς ἔχοντας, εἰ μὴ τοῦτο ἐβούλετο κατασκευάσαι, ὅπερ εἶπον ἐγώ; Καὶ γὰρ τὴν ἀπὸ τῶν πραγμάτων μαρτυρίαν πιστοτέραν καὶ μᾶλλον ἀνύποπτον εἶναι ἐνόμιζον τῆς απὸ τῶν βημάτων. Εἰδὼς τοίνυν, ἅτε θεὸς ὧν, τὴν διάνοιαν μεθ᾽ ἧς αὐτοὺς ἔπεμψεν ὁ ᾿Ιωάννης, εὐθέως ἐθεράπευσε τυφλοὺς, χωλοὺς, καὶ ἑτέρους πολλοὺς, οὐκ ἐκεῖνον διδάσκων, (πῶς γὰρ τὸν πεπεισμένον 1) ἀλλά τούτους τοὺς ἀμφιβαάλλοντας καὶ θεραπεύσας φησί ἐ πορευθέντες ἀπαγγείλατε ᾿Ιωάννη ἃ ἀκούετε καὶ βλέπετε τυφλοὶ ἀναβλέπουσι, καὶ χωλοὶ περιπατοῦσι, καὶ λεπροὶ καθαρίζονται, καὶ κωφοὶ ἀκούουσι, καὶ νεκροὶ ἐγείρονται, καὶ , πτωχοὶ εὐαγγελίζονται καὶ προσέθηκε καὶ μακάριος ὃ ὡς ἐὰν μὴ σκανδαλισθῆ ἐ ἐν ἐμοί δεικνὺς ὅτι καὶ τὰ ἀπόῤῥητα αὐτῶν οἵδεν. μὲν γὰρ εἶπεν, ὅτι ἐγώ εἰμι; καὶ προσέστη ἃ ἂν, ὅπερ ἐφθην εἰπὼν, τοῦτο αὐτοῖς, καὶ ἐνενόησαν ἂν, εἰ καὶ μὴ εἶπον, ὅπερ ᾿Ιουδαῖοι πρὸς αὐτὸν ἔλεγον' σὺ περὶ σεαυτοῦ μαρτυρεῖς. Διὰ τοῦτο αὐτὸς μὲν οὐ λέγει τοῦτο, ἀπὸ δὲ τῶν θαυμάτων ἀφίησιν αὐτοὺς πάντα μαθεῖν, ανύποπτον τὴν διδασκαλίαν ποιούμενος καὶ σαφεστέραν. Διὰ τοῦτο καὶ τὸν ἔλεγχον αὐτῶν λανθανόντως ἐπήγαγεν. ᾿Επειδὴ γὰρ ἐσκανδαλίζοντο ἐν αὐτῷ, τὸ πάθος αὐτῶν ἀνακηρύξας, καὶ τῷ συνειδότι αὐτῶν μόνῳ τοῦτο καταλιπὼν, καὶ οὐδένα μάρτυρα τῆς κακηγορίας ταύτης ποιησάμενος, αλλ᾽ ἢ μόνους ἐκείνους τοὺς ταῦτα ἐπισταμένους, μειζόνως αὐτοὺς καὶ ταύτῃ ἐπεσπάσατο, εἰπών μακάριος ὃς ἐὰν μὴ σκανδαλισθῇ ἐν ἐμοί. Καὶ γὰρ αὐτοὺς αἰνιττόμενος ταῦτα ἔλεγεν. Ἵνα δὲ μὴ τὰ παρ ἡμών εἰρημένα μόνον, αλλὰ καὶ τὰ 3) παρ ἑτέρων λεγόμενα θέντες εἰς μέσον, σαφεστέραν ὑμῖν ἐκ τῆς παραθέσεως τῶν λεγομένων ποιήσωμεν τὴν ἀλήθειαν, ἀναγκαῖον. κακεῖνα εἰπεῖν. Τί οὖν φασί τινες ; Ὅτι οὐχ αὕτη ἐστὶν ἡ αἰτία Ἴ παρ᾽ ἡμῶν εἰρημένη, ἀλλ᾽ ,Ἶ γνόει ω ᾿Ιωάννης, ἠγνόει δὲ οὐ τὸ πᾶν᾽ αλλ ὅτι μὲν αὐτὸς ἦν ὁ Χριστος, ἤδει», εἰ δὲ καὶ ὑπὲρ ἀνθρώπων ἔμελλε τελευτᾶν, οὐκ ἤδει' διὰ αἰδύτο εἶπε, σὺ εἶ ὁ ἐρχόμενος ἮΝ τουτέστιν, ὁ εἰς τὸν ἄδην μέλλων καταβαίνειν. Αλλ' οὐκ ἂν ἔχοι τοῦτο λόγον ὁ γὰρ ᾿Ιωάννης οὐδὲ τοῦτο ἠγνόει. Τοῦτο γοῦν καὶ πρὸ τῶν ἄλλων ἐκήρυσσε, καὶ πρῶτον τοῦτο ἐμαρτύρῆσεν. [δε γάρ, φησὶν, ὁ ἀμνὸς τοῦ θεοῦ, ὁ αἴρων τὴν ἁμαρτίαν τοῦ κόσμου. ᾿Διανὸν δὲ ἐκάλεσε, τὸν σταυρὸν Ε ἀνακηρύττων καὶ τῷ εἰπεῖν δὲ, ὁ αἴρων τὴν ἁμαρτίαν τοῦ κόσμου, τὸ αὐτὸ τοῦτο ἐδήλωσεν. Οὐ γὰρ ἑτέρως, ἀλλ᾽ ἡ διὰ τοῦ σταυροῦ τοῦτο εἰργάφατο᾽ ὃ καὶ Παῦλος ἔλεγε, ἵ καὶ τὸ χειρόγραφον, ὃ ὃ ἦν ὑπεναντίον ἡμῖν, καὶ αὐτὸ δ ἥρκον ἐκ μέσου, προσηλώσας αὐτὸ τῷ σταυρῷ. ΚΑααὶ τὸ λέγειν δὲ, ὅτι ἐν πνεύματι βαπτίσει ὑμᾶς, τὰ μετὰ τὴν αναστασιν ᾿ προφητεύσαντος ἣν. Ἀλλ᾽ ὅτι μὲν ἀναστήσεται, φησὶν, ἤδει» καὶ δώσει πνεῦμα ἅγιον ὅτι δὲ ' καὶ σταυρωθήσεται, οὐκ ἤδει. Πώς οὖν ἔμελλεν ανίστασθαι ὁ μὴ παθὼν, μηδὲ ᾿σταυρωθείς : - πώς δὲ μείζων τροφητον οὗτος, ὁ μηδὲ τὰ τῶν προφητῶν ἐπιστάμενος : Ὅτι γὰρ μείζων προφήτου ἦν, καὶ αὐτὸς ὁ Χριστὸς ἐμαρτύρησεν ὅτι δὲ οἱ προφῆται τὸ πάθος ἤδεσαν, παντί που δηλόν ἐστι. Καὶ γὰρ Ἡσαΐας φησίν ἐς ὡς πρόβατον ἐπὶ σφαγὴν ἤχθη, καὶ ὡς αμνὸς ἐναντίον τοῦ κείροντος τον ἄφωνος. Καὶ πρὸ τῆς μαρτυρίας δὲ ταύτης φησίν ' ἔσται ἢ βίζα τοῦ Ϊεσσαὶ, καὶ ὁ ἀνιστάμενος ἄρχειν εθνῶν, ἐπ᾽ αὐτῷ ἔθνη ἐλπιοῦσιν. Εἴτα τὸ πάθος λόγων καὶ τὴν ἀπ᾽ αὐτοῦ δόξαν, ἐπήγαγε καὶ Β ἔσται ἡ ἀνάπαυσις αὐτοῦ τιμη. Οὐ μόνον δὲ ὅ ἐμ ἐστ αυρος θήσεται προὔλεγεν οὗτος, ἀλλὰ καὶ μετὰ τίνων καὶ γὰρ ἐν τοις ἀνόμοις ἐλογίσθη, φησί. Καὶ οὐδὲ τοῦτο μόνον, ἀλλ᾽ ὅτι οὐδὲ , ἀπολογήσεται ὁ οὗτος γὰρ, φησὶν, οὐκ ἀνοίγει τὸ στόμα αὐτοῦ καὶ ὅτι ἀδίκως κατακριθήσεται ἐν τῇ ταπεινώσει γὰρ αὑτοῦ, φησὶν, ἡ κρισις αὐτοῦ ἤρθη. Καὶ πρὸ τούτου δὲ ὁ Δαυϊδ καὶ τοῦτο λέγει, καὶ τὸ δικαστήριον ὑπογράφει. γα τί γὰρ, φησὶν, ἐφρύαξαν ἔθνη, καὶ λαοὶ ἐμελέτησαν κενά; Παρέστησαν οἱ βασιλεῖς τῆς γῆ» καὶ οἱ ἄρχοντες συνήχθησαν ἐπὶ τὸ αὐτὸ, κατὰ τοῦ κυρίου καὶ κατὰ τοῦ χριστοῦ αὐτοῦ. ᾿Αλλαχοῦ δὲ καὶ τὸν ᾿ τύπον λέγει τοῦ σταυροῦ, οὕτω λέγων' υόω ὥρυξαν χεῖρας μου καὶ πόδας μον καὶ τὰ παρὰ τῶν στρατιωτῶν τολμηθέντα τροστίθησι μετὰ πάσης ἀκριβείας διεμερίσαντο γάρ, φησὶ; τὰ ἱματιά μου ἑαυτοῖς, καὶ ἐπὶ τὸν ἱματισμὸν μου ἔβαλον κλῆρον. Καὶ ἀλλαχοῦ δὲ ὅτι καὶ ὄξος προσήνεγκαν αὐτῷ λέγει 1δ ἐς ἔδωκαν γάρ, Φησὶν, εἰς τὸ βρῶμα μου χολὴν, καὶ εἰς τὴν δίψαν μουν ἐπότισαν με ὄξος. Εἶτα οἱ μὲν προφῆται πρὸ τοσούτων ἐτῶν καὶ τὸ δικαστήριον, καὶ τὴν καταδίκην, καὶ τοὺς συσταυρωθέντας μετ᾽ αὐτοῦ λέγουσι, καὶ τῶν ἱἵἱματίων τὴν διανομὴν, καὶ τὸν ἐπ᾽ αὐτῶν κλῆρον, καὶ πολλῷ πλείονα ἕτερα οὐδὲ γὰρ πάντα ἀναγκαῖον παρατιθέναι Ὁ νῦν, ὥστε μὴ μακρὸν ποιῆσαι τὸν λόγον οὗτος δὲ ὁ μείζων ἐ ἐκείνων ἁπάντων, ἅπαντα ταῦτα ἡγνόει: : Καὶ πὼς ἄν ἐχοι λόγον: Τίνος δὲ ἕνεκεν οὐκ ἔλεγε, σὺ εἶ ὁ ἐρχόμενος εἰς τὸν ἄδην; αλλ᾽ ἁπλώς, ὁ ἐρχόμενος ; Ῥ Καίτοι πολλῳ καταγελαστότερον τούτου ἐκεῖνο ἂν εἴη φασὶ γὰρ, διὰ τοῦτο ταῦτα ἔλεγεν, ἵνα κακεῖ ἀπελθὼν κηρύξῃ. Πρὸς οὺς εὔκαιρον εἰπεῖν ᾿6 « ἀδελφοὶ, μὴ παιδία γίνεσθε ταῖς φρεσὶν, αλλὰ τῇ κακίᾳ νηπιάζετε. Ὁ μὲν γὰρ παρὼν βίος πολιτείας ἐστὶ καιρός μετὰ δὲ τελευτὴν κρίσις καὶ κόλασις. ΤΉ Ἐν γὰρ τῷ ἄδη, φησὶ, τίς ἐξομολογήσεταί σοι :ἧ Ἑ, Πῶς οὖν συνετρίβησαν πύλαι χαλκαῖ, καὶ μοχλοὶ σιδηροῖ συνεθλάσθησαν; Διὰ τοῦ σώματος τοῦ αὐτοῦ. Ἴοτε γαρ πρωτον ἐδείχθη σῶμα ἀθάνατον, καὶ διαλύον. τοῦ θανάτον τὴν τυραννίδα. Ἄλλως δὲ τοῦτο τοῦ θανάτου δείκνυσι τὴν ᾽ ΄- ζει ΄΄-οὠ ἰσχὺν ἀνηρημένην, οὐ τῶν πρὸ τῆς παρουσίας αὑτοῦ τετε’ ᾽ , νι ε ΄- λευτηκότων τὰ ἁμαρτήματα λελυμένα. Εἰ δὲ μὴ ᾿Ὧ τοῦτο, ᾽ λ, Α Ψ Ψ ᾽ ’ ’ σι αλλὰ καὶ τους ἔμπροσθεν ἅπαντας ἀπήλλαξε γεέννης, πως φησιν, ἀνεκτότερον ἔσται γῇ Σοδόμων καὶ Γ ομοῤῥων 3 - ὔ ε Ρ Τοῦτο γὰρ ὡς καὶ ἐκείνων κολασθησομένων εἴρηται, ἡμερώἤ τερον μὲν, κολασθησομένων δ᾽ οὖν ὅμως. Καίτοιγε καὶ δί᾽ - Ν Ἢ ὔ ᾽ σι κην ἐνταῦθα ἔδοσαν τὴν ἐσχάτην' ἀλλ᾽ ὅμως οὐδὲ τοῦτο αὐτοὺς ἐξαιρήσεται. Εἰ δὲ τούτους, πολλῷ μᾶλλον τοὺς .Ὶ ὔ » ’᾽ , « ᾿Ὶ ΄ι μηδὲν πεπονθότας. Τί οὖν; ηδικήθησαν, φησιν, οἱ πρὸ τῆς ς ».ἢὄ ας, ε παρουσίας αὐτοῦ; Οὐδαμῶς ἐνῆν γὰρ καὶ μὴ ὁμολογήσαντας τὸν Χριστὸν τότε σωθῆναι. Οὐ γὰρ τοῦτο ἀπητεῖτο ᾿ , αὶ ᾿ ἢ ἢ νον» ὃ Ν ἣ ἢ ν᾿.» παρ αὑτῶν, αλλα τὸ μὴ εἰϑωλολατρειν, καὶ τὸ τὸν αλη-Β θ Α ᾿ ἰδέ ἐἐ ’ὔ ᾿ ᾿ ε ’ ’ 'νὸν θεὸν εἰδέναι. Κύριος γὰρ, φησὶν, ο θεὸς σου, κυριος εἷς ἐστι. Διὰ τοῦτο καὶ οἱ Μακκαβαῖοι ἐθαυμάζοντο, ὅτι ὑπὲρ τῆς τοῦ νόμου φυλακῆς ἔπαθον ἅπερ ἔπαθον, καὶ ΄- δ Ψἕ ᾿Ὶ ι οἱ παῖδες οἱ τρεῖς, καὶ ἕτεροι δὲ πολλοὶ παρὰ [ουδαίοις, βίον ἄριστον ἐπιδειξάμενοι, καὶ τὸ μέτρον τῆς γνώσεως ταύτης διατηρήσαντες, οὐδὲν ἀπητήθησαν πλέον. Τότε μὲν ᾿ ΝΜ ᾽ ΝΜ ᾽ γὰρ ἤρκει εἰς σωτηρίαν, καθάπερ εφθὴην εἰπων, τὸ τὸν θεὸν εἰδέναι μόνον νυνὶ δὲ οὐκέτι, ἀλλὰ δεῖ καὶ τῆς τοῦ Χριστοῦ ’ Ἢ κὺ Γ γνώσεως. Διὰ τοῦτο ἔλεγεν ᾿ εἰ μὴ ἡλθον καὶ ελάλησα αὑτοῖς, αμαρτίαν ουκ εἴχον᾽ νῦν δὲ προφασιν οὐκ Ψ ΄- ϑ -- ᾿ ΄εὸ ἔχουσι περὶ τῆς ἁμαρτίας αὐτῶν. Οὕτω καὶ ἐπὶ τῆς πολι- Ο ὔ « ὔ σι τείας. Τότε μὲν ὁ φόνος ἀπώλλυε τὸν εργασάμενον, νῦν δὲ καὶ τὸ- ὀργίζεσθαι. Καὶ τότε μὲν τὸ αὐ ῬΩθΩ καὶ , ᾿ ’ ᾿ ’ ΝΜ ΡΞ νι ᾿ , μίγνυσθαι αλλοτρίᾳ γυναικὶ κόλασιν εφερε᾽ νῦν ὃεὲ καὶ τὸ ϑ ᾽ - Ρ --« ε σι φῳ ἀκολάστοις ἰδεῖν ὀφθαλμοῖς. Ὥσπερ γὰρ ἡ γνῶσις, οὕτω καὶ ἡ πολιτεία ἐπιτέταται νῦν. Ὥστε οὐδὲν ἔδει προδρόμου ιν Ψ Α ᾽ ἢ λ) ᾿Ὶ ΄ « ΜΝ ἐκεῖ. Ἄλλως δὲ, εἰ μέλλοιεν μετὰ τὸ ἀποθανεῖν οἱ ἄπιστοι πιστεύοντες σώζεσθαι, οὐδεὶς ἀπολεῖταί ποτε. Πάντες γὰρ μεταγνωσονται τότε καὶ προσκυνήσουσι. Και ὅτι τουτὸ ᾿ ᾿ ᾿ ΠῚ ’ , Ν᾽ γλῶσσα ἐξομολογήσεται, καὶ πᾶν γόνυ κάμψει ἐπουρανίων Ὁ καὶ ἐπιγείων καὶ καταχθονίων καὶ ὅτι ἔσχατος ἐχθρὸς καταργεῖται ὁ θάνατος. Ἀλλ᾽ οὐδὲν ὄφελος τῆς ὑποταγῆς ἐκείνης οὐ γὰρ προαιρέσεώς ἐστιν εὐγνώμονος, ἀλλὰ τῆς τῶν πραγμά των, ὡς ἂν εἴποι τις» λοιπὸν ἀνάγκης. Μὴ δὴ τοιαῦτα λοιπὸν εἰσάγωμεν δόγματα Ὑραώδη, καὶ μύθους ᾿Ιουδαϊκούς. Ἄκουσον γοῦν τί περὶ τούτων ὁ Παῦλός σιν δ ὅσοι γὰρ ἀνόμως ἥμαρτον, ἀνόμως καὶ ἀπολοῦνται περὶ τῶν ἐν τῷ πρὸ τοῦ νόμου χρόνῳ διαλεγόμενος τ καὶ ὅσοι ἐν νόμῳ ἥμαρτον, διὰ νόμου κριθήσονται περὶ τῶν μετὰ Ἑ Μωύσέα πάντων λέγων᾽ καὶ, 5 ὅτι ἀποκαλύπτεται ὀργὴ θεοῦ ἀπ᾽ οὐρανοῦ ἐπὶ πᾶσαν ἀσέβειαν καὶ ἀδικίαν ἀνθρώπων καὶ, θυμὸς καὶ ὀργὴ καὶ θλῖψις καὶ στενοχωρία ἐπὶ πασαν ψυχήν ἀνθρώπου τοῦ κατεργαζομένου τὸ κακὸν, ᾿Ιουδαίον τε πρῶτον καὶ Ἑλληνος. Καέτοι μυρία ἔπαθον ἐνταῦθα ᾿Ἑλληνες κακά καὶ τοῦτο καὶ αἱ τῶν ἐξωθεν ἱστορίαι δηλοῦσι, καὶ αἱ γραφαὶ αἱ παρ᾽ ἡμῖν. Τίς γὰρ ἂν διηγήσαιτο τὰς τών Βαβυλωνίων τραγῳδίας, ἢ ἤ τὰς τῶν Αἰγυπτίων : : Ὅτι δὲ καὶ οἱ τὸν Χριστὸν οὐκ ἐγνωκότες πρὸ τῆς ἐνσάρκον παρουσίας, εἰδωλολατρείας δὲ α ἀποστάντες, καὶ τὸν θεὸν προσκυνήσαντες μόνον, καὶ πολιτείαν ἀρίστην ἐπιδειξάμενοι, ἃ ἀπάν--: των ἀπολαύσονται τῶν ἀγαθῶν, ἄκουσον τί φησιν’ δόξα δὲ καὶ τιμὴ καὶ εἰρήνη παντὶ τῷ ἐργαζομένῳ τὸ ἀγαθὸν, ᾿Ιουδαίῳ τε πρῶτον καὶ Ἕλληνι. Ὁρᾷς ὅτι ἀγαθῶν ἅμοι-- βαὶ πολλαὶ τούτοις εἰσὶ, καὶ κολάσεις καὶ τιμωρίαι πάλιν τοῖς τὰ ἐναντία πεποιηκόσι; Ποῦ τοίνυν εἰσὶν οἱ τῇ γεέννη διαπιστοῦντες Εἰ γὰρ οἱ πρὸ τῆς παρουσίας τοῦ Χριστοῦ, οἱ μηδὲ ὄνομα γεέννης ἀκούσαντες, κηδὲ ἀναστάσεως, καὶ ἐνταῦθα κολασθέντες, κακεῖ δώσουσι δίκην᾽ πόσῳ μᾶλλον ἡμεῖς οἱ τοσούτοις τραφέντες λόγοις φιλοσοφίας : : Καὶ πώς ᾿εὔλογον, φησὶ, τοὺς μηδὲν περὶ γεέννης ἀκούσαντας, εἰς γέενναν ἐμπεσεῖν: : ᾿Εροῦσι γάρ, ὅτι εἰ ἡπείλησας γέενναν, μᾶλλον ἂν ἐφοβήθημεν καὶ ἐσωφρονήσαμεν. Πάνυ Ὑε᾽ ε οὐ γάρ: ὡς ἡμεῖς βιοῦμεν νῦν, καθ᾽ ἑκάστην ἡμέραν ἀκούοντες τοὺς περὶ γεέννης λόγους, καὶ οὐδὲ ὅλως προσέχοντες. Χωρὶς δὲ τούτων κακεῖνό ἐστιν εἰπεῖν, ὅτι ὁ ταῖς παρὰ πόδας μὴ κατεχόμενος τιμωρίαις, πολλῳ μάλλον ἐκείναις οὐ κατασχεθήσεται. Τοὺς γὰρ ἀλογωτέρους καὶ παχύτερον διακειμένους τὰ ἐν χερσὶ μᾶλλον καὶ εὐθέως συμβησόμενα εἴωθε σωφρονίζειν, ἥ ἥ τὰ μακροῖς ὕστερον ἐκβησόμενα χρόνοις. ᾿Αλλ᾽ ἡμῖν, φησὶ, μείζων ἐπεκρεμάσθη ὁ φόβος, καὶ ᾿τοῦτο ἐ ἐκεῖνοι ἠδίκηνται. Οὐδαμῶς. Πρῶτον μὲν γὰρ οὐ τὰ αὐτὰ πρόκειται σκάμματα ἡμῖν κακείνοις, ἀλλὰ πολλῳ μείζονα ἡ ἡμῖν. Τοὺς δὲ μείζονας ἀναδεξαμένους πόνους, μείζονος ᾿ ἔδει βοηθείας ἀπολαῦσαι. Βοήθεια δὲ οὐ μικρὰ, τὸ αὐξηθῆναι τὸν φόβον. Εἰ δὲ πλεονεκτοῦμεν αὐτῶν τῷ τὰ μέλλοντα εἰδέναι, πλεονεκτοῦσιν ἡμῶν π κακεῖνοι τῷ παραυτίκα σφοδρὰς ἐπιφέρεσθαι τὰς τιμωρίας αὐτοῖς. Αλλ' ἕτερόν τι καὶ πρὸς ταῦτα λέγουσιν οἱ πολλοί. [Ποῦ γὰρ τὸ δίκαιον, φησὶ, τοὺ θεοῦ, ὅταν τις ἐνταῦθα ἁμαρτῶν, καὶ ἐνταῦθα κακεῖ κολάζηται : ᾿ Βούλεσθε οὗν ὑμᾶς ἀναμνήσω τῶν ὑμετέρὼν λόγων, ἵνα μηκέτι κόπους ἡμῖν παρέχητε, ἀλλ᾽ οἴκοθεν φέρητε τὴν λύσιν; ᾿Εγὼ πολλῶν ἤκουσα ἀνθρώπων ἡμετέρων, εἴποτε μάθοιεν ἀνδροφόνον ἀποτμηθέντα ἐ εν δικαστηρίῳ, δυσχεραινόντων καὶ ταῦτα λεγόντων τὰ ῥήματα: τριάκοντα φόνους ὁ μιαρὸς οὗτος καὶ ἐναγὴς τολμήσας, ἢ καὶ πολλῷ πλείους, ἕνα μόνον αὐτὸς ὑπέμεινε θάνατον καὶ ποῦ τὸ δίκαιον : Ὥστε ὑμεῖς αὐτοὶ ὁμολογεῖτε, ὅτι οὐκ ἀρκεῖ θάνατος εἷς εἰς τιμωρίαν. Πὼς οὗν τὰ ἐναντία ψηφίζεσθε νῦν ἢ Ὅτι οὐχ ἑτέροις, αλλ᾽ ὑμῖν αὐτοῖς δικάζετε. Τοσοῦτον ἡ φιλαυτία γίνεται κώλυμα εἰς τὸ μὴ συνορᾶν τὸ δίκαιον. Διὰ τοῦτο ὅταν μὲν ἑτέροις κρίνωμεν, μετὰ ἀκριβείας ἅπαντα ἐξετάζομεν᾽ ὅταν δὲ ἡμῖν αὐτοῖς δικάζωμεν, ἐσκοτώμεθα᾽ ὡς ἐὰν εὔλογον ἔχοι λόγον καὶ ἐφ᾽ ἡμῶν αὐτῶν ταῦτα ἐξεταζωμεν, ὥσπερ καὶ ἐπὶ τῶν ἄλλων, ἀδέκαστον τὴν ψῆφον οἴσομεν. ἔστι γὰρ καὶ ἡμῖν ἁμαρτήματα, οὐ δύο καὶ τριῶν, ἀλλὰ μυρίων θανάτων ἄξια. Καὶ ἵνα τὰ ἄλλα παρώ; ἠκϑθ τὰ ἑαυτοὺς ὅσοι τῶν μυστηρίων μετέχομεν ἀναξίως ἱ δὲ τοιοῦτοι ὄνοχοίἩ εἰσι τοῦ σώματος καὶ τοῦ αἵματος τοῦ Χριστοῦ. Ὥστε ὅταν σὸν ἀνδροφόνον λέγης, καὶ σεαυτὸν λογίζον. ᾿Κκεῖνος μὲν γὰρ ἄνθρωπον ἐφόνευσε, σὺ δὲ τῆς σφαγῆς ὑπεύθυνος εἶ τοῦ δεσπότου κακεῖνος μὲν, οὐ μετασχὼν μυστηρίων' ἡμεῖς δὲ, τραπέζης ἀπολαύοντες ἱερᾶς. τι, οἱ τοὺς ἀδελφοὺς δάκνοντες καὶ κατεσθίοντες, καὶ πολὺν Ρ αφιέντες τὸν ἰόν; ἰ δὲ ὁ τὴν τροφὴν τῶν πενήτων ἀφαιρούμενος; Εἰ γὰρ ὁ μὴ μεταδιδοὺς τοιοῦτός ἐστι, [πολλῷ μᾶλλον ὁ τὰ ἀλλότρια λαμβανων.ἢ Πόσων ληστῶν οἱ πλεονέκται χείρους εἰσί; πόσων ἀνδροφόνων οἱ ἅρπαγες : ; πόσων τυμβωρύχων: πόσοι δὲ μετὰ τὸ ἀποῦδῦσαι καὶ αἱμάτων εἰσὶν ᾿ἐπιθυμηταί: ; Δπαγε᾽ μὴ γένοιτο, φησί. Νὺν λέγεις» μὴ γένοιτο ὅταν ἐχθρὸν ἔχης, τότε εἰπὲ, μὴ γένοιτο, καὶ μέμνησο τῶν εἰρημένων, καὶ βίον ἐπ επουδῦ πολλῆς γέμοντα ἀκριβείας, ἵ ἵνα μὴ καὶ ἡμᾶς τὰ Σοδόμων μείνῃ, ἵνα μὴ τὰ Γομόῤῥων πάθωμεν, ἵ ἵνα μὴ τὰ Τυρίων ὑπομείνωμεν καὶ τὰ Σιδωνίων κακά μᾶλλον δὲ ἵνα μὴ τῷ Χριστῷ προσκρούσωμεν, ὅπερ ἁπάντων ἐστὶ γέεννα φοβερὸν εἶναι δοκεῖ, ἀλλ᾽ ᾿ἔγωγε οὐ παύσομαι συνεχώς βοῶν, ὅτι τοῦτο γεέννης ἁπάσης χαλεπώτερον καὶ Ω φοβερώτερον καὶ ὑμᾶς οὕτω διακεῖσθαι παρακαλῶ. Οὕτω γὰρ καὶ γεέννης ἀπαλλαγησόμεθα, καὶ τῆς παρὰ τοῦ Χριστοῦ ἀπολαύσομεν δόξης ἧς γένοιτο πάντας ἡμᾶς ἐπιτυεἰν» χάριτι, καὶ φιλανθρωπίᾳ τοῦ κυρίου ἡμῶν ᾿Ιησοῦ Χριστον, ᾧ ἢ δόξα καὶ τὸ κράτος εἰς τοὺς αἰῶνας τῶν αἰώνων. ᾿Αμῆν.

Houpō gar ēsan eidotes, tis hēn ho Christos, alla ton men ͵ēsoun anthrōpon psilon hypopteuontes, ton de ᾿Iōannēn meizona hē kata anthrōpon, edaknonto eudokimounta touton horōntes, ekeinon de, kathōs eipe, loipon lēgonta. Kai touto autous ekōlye proselthein, tēs zēlotypias diaŌS. ę̄ē teichizousēs tēn prosodon. heōs men ouyn hēn Iōannēs met ai [ ΄-- -- EAI phPhog ph NM autōn, parekalei synechōs kai edidaske, kai oude houtōs epei᾽ , A N᾽ ΄s΄i -- then᾽ epeidē de loipon emelle teleutan, pleiona poieitai tēn spoudēn. Kai Hyar ededoikei mē katalipę̄ ponērou dogmatos hypothesin, kai meinōsin aperrhēgmenoi tou Christou. Autos men gar espoudaze kai para tēn aarchēn autǭ prosōs Y ᾽ ka ᾿ ᾿ ᾿ N agagein hapantas tous autou epeidē de ouk epeithe, teē A » ᾿ leutōn loipon pleiona poieitai tēn prothymian. Ei men -i Ph PI ᾽ ’ A i ᾽ ’ ’ oun eipen, hoti apelthete pros auton, autos mou beltiōn MEN 4 n , M . ’ ᾿ estin, ouk an epeise dysapospastōs echontas alla kai Ho ES ’ ą si ᾽ - 4Ph - enomisthē metriazōn ean tauta lthgein, kai mallon an antǭ prosēlōthēsan᾽ ei de esigēse, palin ouden pleon egineto. ΄- ᾽ , ᾽ ΄΄-X ’ Ti oun poiei? Anamenei par᾽ autōn akousai? hoti thaumata ergazetai kai oude houtōs autois parainei, oude pantas ’ ES ᾽ ᾿ A N de N g pempei. alla dyo tinas hous hēdei isōs tōn allōn eupeithe’ N ,» e ᾽ ᾽ ’ sterous ontas, hina anypoptos hē erōtēsis genētai. hina para tōn pragmatōn mathōsi to meson tou iēsou kakeinou kai phēsin᾽ apelthete kai eipate' sy ei ho erchomenos, ē heteron prosdokōmen .) Ho de Christos tēn gnōmēn eidōs E . ’ ᾽ ǭ ᾽ ’ » ’ ᾿ a tēn ᾿Iōannon, ouk eipen, hoti egō eimi᾿ palin gar an prosestē touto tois akouousi, kaitoi touto akolouthon hēn eipein alla apo tōn pragmatōn autous aphiēsi manthanein. Legei gar, hoti proselthontōn autǭ toutōn, ᾿tote etherapeuse pollous. Kaitoi poia akolouthia hēn, erōtēthenta, sy heis: pros men touto mēden eipein, therapeusai de eutheōs tous kakōs echontas, ei mē touto ebouleto kataskeuasai, hoper eipon egō? Kai gar tēn apo tōn pragmatōn martyrian pistoteran kai mallon anypopton einai enomizon tēs apo tōn bēmatōn. Eidōs toinyn, hate theos hōn, tēn dianoian meth᾽ hēs autous epempsen ho ᾿Iōannēs, eutheōs etherapeuse typhlous, chōlous, kai heterous pollous, ouk ekeinon didaskōn, (pōs gar ton pepeismenon 1) alla toutous tous amphibaallontas kai therapeusas phēsi e poreuthentes apangeilate ᾿Iōannē ha akouete kai blepete typhloi anablepousi, kai chōloi peripatousi, kai leproi katharizontai, kai kōphoi akouousi, kai nekroi egeirontai, kai , ptōchoi euangelizontai kai prosethēke kai makarios ho hōs ean mē skandalisthē e en emoi deiknys hoti kai ta aporrhēta autōn hoiden. men gar eipen, hoti egō eimi? kai prosestē ha an, hoper ephthēn eipōn, touto autois, kai enenoēsan an, ei kai mē eipon, hoper ᾿Ioudaioi pros auton elegon' sy peri seautou martyreis. Dia touto autos men ou legei touto, apo de tōn thaumatōn aphiēsin autous panta mathein, anypopton tēn didaskalian poioumenos kai saphesteran. Dia touto kai ton elenchon autōn lanthanontōs epēgagen. ᾿Epeidē gar eskandalizonto en autǭ, to pathos autōn anakēryxas, kai tǭ syneidoti autōn monǭ touto katalipōn, kai oudena martyra tēs kakēgorias tautēs poiēsamenos, all᾽ ē monous ekeinous tous tauta epistamenous, meizonōs autous kai tautę̄ epespasato, eipōn makarios hos ean mē skandalisthę̄ en emoi. Kai gar autous ainittomenos tauta elegen. Hina de mē ta par hēmōn eirēmena monon, alla kai ta 3) par heterōn legomena thentes eis meson, saphesteran hymin ek tēs paratheseōs tōn legomenōn poiēsōmen tēn alētheian, anankaion. kakeina eipein. Ti oun phasi tines ? Hoti ouch hautē estin hē aitia I par᾽ hēmōn eirēmenē, all᾽ ,I gnoei ō ᾿Iōannēs, ēgnoei de ou to pan᾽ all hoti men autos ēn ho Christos, ēdei», ei de kai hyper anthrōpōn emelle teleutan, ouk ēdei' dia aidyto eipe, sy ei ho erchomenos ĒN toutestin, ho eis ton adēn mellōn katabainein. All' ouk an echoi touto logon ho gar ᾿Iōannēs oude touto ēgnoei. Touto goun kai pro tōn allōn ekērysse, kai prōton touto emartyrēsen. [de gar, phēsin, ho amnos tou theou, ho airōn tēn hamartian tou kosmou. ᾿Dianon de ekalese, ton stauron E anakēryttōn kai tǭ eipein de, ho airōn tēn hamartian tou kosmou, to auto touto edēlōsen. Ou gar heterōs, all᾽ hē dia tou staurou touto eirgaphato᾽ ho kai Paulos elege, hi kai to cheirographon, ho ho ēn hypenantion hēmin, kai auto d hērkon ek mesou, prosēlōsas auto tǭ staurǭ. KAaai to legein de, hoti en pneumati baptisei hymas, ta meta tēn anastasin ᾿ prophēteusantos hēn. All᾽ hoti men anastēsetai, phēsin, ēdei» kai dōsei pneuma hagion hoti de ' kai staurōthēsetai, ouk ēdei. Pōs oun emellen anistasthai ho mē pathōn, mēde ᾿staurōtheis : - pōs de meizōn trophēton houtos, ho mēde ta tōn prophētōn epistamenos : Hoti gar meizōn prophētou ēn, kai autos ho Christos emartyrēsen hoti de hoi prophētai to pathos ēdesan, panti pou dēlon esti. Kai gar Hēsaïas phēsin es hōs probaton epi sphagēn ēchthē, kai hōs amnos enantion tou keirontos ton aphōnos. Kai pro tēs martyrias de tautēs phēsin ' estai ē biza tou Ïessai, kai ho anistamenos archein ethnōn, ep᾽ autǭ ethnē elpiousin. Eita to pathos logōn kai tēn ap᾽ autou doxan, epēgage kai B estai hē anapausis autou timē. Ou monon de ho em est auros thēsetai proulegen houtos, alla kai meta tinōn kai gar en tois anomois elogisthē, phēsi. Kai oude touto monon, all᾽ hoti oude , apologēsetai ho houtos gar, phēsin, ouk anoigei to stoma autou kai hoti adikōs katakrithēsetai en tę̄ tapeinōsei gar hautou, phēsin, hē krisis autou ērthē. Kai pro toutou de ho Dauïd kai touto legei, kai to dikastērion hypographei. ga ti gar, phēsin, ephryaxan ethnē, kai laoi emeletēsan kena? Parestēsan hoi basileis tēs gē» kai hoi archontes synēchthēsan epi to auto, kata tou kyriou kai kata tou christou autou. ᾿Allachou de kai ton ᾿ typon legei tou staurou, houtō legōn' yoō hōryxan cheiras mou kai podas mon kai ta para tōn stratiōtōn tolmēthenta trostithēsi meta pasēs akribeias diemerisanto gar, phēsi? ta himatia mou heautois, kai epi ton himatismon mou ebalon klēron. Kai allachou de hoti kai oxos prosēnenkan autǭ legei 1d es edōkan gar, Phēsin, eis to brōma mou cholēn, kai eis tēn dipsan moun epotisan me oxos. Eita hoi men prophētai pro tosoutōn etōn kai to dikastērion, kai tēn katadikēn, kai tous systaurōthentas met᾽ autou legousi, kai tōn hiiimatiōn tēn dianomēn, kai ton ep᾽ autōn klēron, kai pollǭ pleiona hetera oude gar panta anankaion paratithenai Ho nyn, hōste mē makron poiēsai ton logon houtos de ho meizōn e ekeinōn hapantōn, hapanta tauta hēgnoei: : Kai pōs an echoi logon: Tinos de heneken ouk elege, sy ei ho erchomenos eis ton adēn? all᾽ haplōs, ho erchomenos ? Rh Kaitoi pollǭ katagelastoteron toutou ekeino an eiē phasi gar, dia touto tauta elegen, hina kakei apelthōn kēryxę̄. Pros ous eukairon eipein ᾿6 « adelphoi, mē paidia ginesthe tais phresin, alla tę̄ kakią nēpiazete. Ho men gar parōn bios politeias esti kairos meta de teleutēn krisis kai kolasis. TĒ En gar tǭ adē, phēsi, tis exomologēsetai soi :hē He, Pōs oun synetribēsan pylai chalkai, kai mochloi sidēroi synethlasthēsan? Dia tou sōmatos tou autou. Iote gar prōton edeichthē sōma athanaton, kai dialyon. tou thanaton tēn tyrannida. Allōs de touto tou thanatou deiknysi tēn ᾽ ΄- zei ΄΄-oō ischyn anērēmenēn, ou tōn pro tēs parousias hautou tete’ ᾽ , ni e ΄- leutēkotōn ta hamartēmata lelymena. Ei de mē ᾿Hō touto, ᾽ l, A Ps Ps ᾽ ’ ’ si alla kai tous emprosthen hapantas apēllaxe geennēs, pōs phēsin, anektoteron estai gę̄ Sodomōn kai G omorrhōn 3 - y e R Touto gar hōs kai ekeinōn kolasthēsomenōn eirētai, hēmerōē teron men, kolasthēsomenōn d᾽ oun homōs. Kaitoige kai di᾽ - N Ē y ᾽ si kēn entautha edosan tēn eschatēn' all᾽ homōs oude touto autous exairēsetai. Ei de toutous, pollǭ mallon tous .I y » ’᾽ , « ᾿I ΄i mēden peponthotas. Ti oun? ēdikēthēsan, phēsin, hoi pro tēs s ».ēo as, e parousias autou? Oudamōs enēn gar kai mē homologēsantas ton Christon tote sōthēnai. Ou gar touto apēteito ᾿ , ai ᾿ ē ē non» ho N hē ē n᾿.» par hautōn, alla to mē eiϑōlolatrein, kai to ton alē-B th A ᾿ ide ee ’y ᾿ ᾿ e ’ ’ 'non theon eidenai. Kyrios gar, phēsin, o theos sou, kyrios heis esti. Dia touto kai hoi Makkabaioi ethaumazonto, hoti hyper tēs tou nomou phylakēs epathon haper epathon, kai ΄- d Pse ᾿I i hoi paides hoi treis, kai heteroi de polloi para [oudaiois, bion ariston epideixamenoi, kai to metron tēs gnōseōs tautēs diatērēsantes, ouden apētēthēsan pleon. Tote men ᾿ NM ᾽ NM ᾽ gar ērkei eis sōtērian, kathaper ephthēēn eipōn, to ton theon eidenai monon nyni de ouketi, alla dei kai tēs tou Christou ’ Ē ky G gnōseōs. Dia touto elegen ᾿ ei mē hēlthon kai elalēsa hautois, amartian ouk eichon᾽ nyn de prophasin ouk Ps ΄- ϑ -- ᾿ ΄eo echousi peri tēs hamartias autōn. Houtō kai epi tēs poli- O y « y si teias. Tote men ho phonos apōllye ton ergasamenon, nyn de kai to- orgizesthai. Kai tote men to au RhŌthŌ kai , ᾿ ’ ᾿ ’ NM RX ni ᾿ , mignysthai allotrią gynaiki kolasin ephere᾽ nyn hoee kai to ϑ ᾽ - R --« e si phǭ akolastois idein ophthalmois. Hōsper gar hē gnōsis, houtō kai hē politeia epitetatai nyn. Hōste ouden edei prodromou in Ps A ᾽ ē l) ᾿I ΄ « MN ekei. Allōs de, ei melloien meta to apothanein hoi apistoi pisteuontes sōzesthai, oudeis apoleitai pote. Pantes gar metagnōsontai tote kai proskynēsousi. Kai hoti touto ᾿ ᾿ ᾿ PI ’ , N᾽ glōssa exomologēsetai, kai pan gony kampsei epouraniōn Ho kai epigeiōn kai katachthoniōn kai hoti eschatos echthros katargeitai ho thanatos. All᾽ ouden ophelos tēs hypotagēs ekeinēs ou gar proaireseōs estin eugnōmonos, alla tēs tōn pragma tōn, hōs an eipoi tis» loipon anankēs. Mē dē toiauta loipon eisagōmen dogmata Hyraōdē, kai mythous ᾿Ioudaïkous. Akouson goun ti peri toutōn ho Paulos sin d hosoi gar anomōs hēmarton, anomōs kai apolountai peri tōn en tǭ pro tou nomou chronǭ dialegomenos t kai hosoi en nomǭ hēmarton, dia nomou krithēsontai peri tōn meta He Mōysea pantōn legōn᾽ kai, 5 hoti apokalyptetai orgē theou ap᾽ ouranou epi pasan asebeian kai adikian anthrōpōn kai, thymos kai orgē kai thlipsis kai stenochōria epi pasan psychēn anthrōpou tou katergazomenou to kakon, ᾿Ioudaion te prōton kai Hellēnos. Kaetoi myria epathon entautha ᾿Hellēnes kaka kai touto kai hai tōn exōthen historiai dēlousi, kai hai graphai hai par᾽ hēmin. Tis gar an diēgēsaito tas tōn Babylōniōn tragǭdias, ē ē tas tōn Aigyptiōn : : Hoti de kai hoi ton Christon ouk egnōkotes pro tēs ensarkon parousias, eidōlolatreias de a apostantes, kai ton theon proskynēsantes monon, kai politeian aristēn epideixamenoi, ha apan--: tōn apolausontai tōn agathōn, akouson ti phēsin’ doxa de kai timē kai eirēnē panti tǭ ergazomenǭ to agathon, ᾿Ioudaiǭ te prōton kai Hellēni. Horąs hoti agathōn hamoi-- bai pollai toutois eisi, kai kolaseis kai timōriai palin tois ta enantia pepoiēkosi? Pou toinyn eisin hoi tę̄ geennē diapistountes Ei gar hoi pro tēs parousias tou Christou, hoi mēde onoma geennēs akousantes, kēde anastaseōs, kai entautha kolasthentes, kakei dōsousi dikēn᾽ posǭ mallon hēmeis hoi tosoutois traphentes logois philosophias : : Kai pōs ᾿eulogon, phēsi, tous mēden peri geennēs akousantas, eis geennan empesein: : ᾿Erousi gar, hoti ei hēpeilēsas geennan, mallon an ephobēthēmen kai esōphronēsamen. Pany Hye᾽ e ou gar: hōs hēmeis bioumen nyn, kath᾽ hekastēn hēmeran akouontes tous peri geennēs logous, kai oude holōs prosechontes. Chōris de toutōn kakeino estin eipein, hoti ho tais para podas mē katechomenos timōriais, pollǭ mallon ekeinais ou kataschethēsetai. Tous gar alogōterous kai pachyteron diakeimenous ta en chersi mallon kai eutheōs symbēsomena eiōthe sōphronizein, hē hē ta makrois hysteron ekbēsomena chronois. ᾿All᾽ hēmin, phēsi, meizōn epekremasthē ho phobos, kai ᾿touto e ekeinoi ēdikēntai. Oudamōs. Prōton men gar ou ta auta prokeitai skammata hēmin kakeinois, alla pollǭ meizona hē hēmin. Tous de meizonas anadexamenous ponous, meizonos ᾿ edei boētheias apolausai. Boētheia de ou mikra, to auxēthēnai ton phobon. Ei de pleonektoumen autōn tǭ ta mellonta eidenai, pleonektousin hēmōn p kakeinoi tǭ parautika sphodras epipheresthai tas timōrias autois. All' heteron ti kai pros tauta legousin hoi polloi. [Pou gar to dikaion, phēsi, tou theou, hotan tis entautha hamartōn, kai entautha kakei kolazētai : ᾿ Boulesthe houn hymas anamnēsō tōn hymeterōn logōn, hina mēketi kopous hēmin parechēte, all᾽ oikothen pherēte tēn lysin? ᾿Egō pollōn ēkousa anthrōpōn hēmeterōn, eipote mathoien androphonon apotmēthenta e en dikastēriǭ, dyscherainontōn kai tauta legontōn ta rhēmata: triakonta phonous ho miaros houtos kai enagēs tolmēsas, ē kai pollǭ pleious, hena monon autos hypemeine thanaton kai pou to dikaion : Hōste hymeis autoi homologeite, hoti ouk arkei thanatos heis eis timōrian. Pōs houn ta enantia psēphizesthe nyn ē Hoti ouch heterois, all᾽ hymin autois dikazete. Tosouton hē philautia ginetai kōlyma eis to mē synoran to dikaion. Dia touto hotan men heterois krinōmen, meta akribeias hapanta exetazomen᾽ hotan de hēmin autois dikazōmen, eskotōmetha᾽ hōs ean eulogon echoi logon kai eph᾽ hēmōn autōn tauta exetazōmen, hōsper kai epi tōn allōn, adekaston tēn psēphon oisomen. esti gar kai hēmin hamartēmata, ou dyo kai triōn, alla myriōn thanatōn axia. Kai hina ta alla parō? ēkϑth ta heautous hosoi tōn mystēriōn metechomen anaxiōs hi de toioutoi onochoiĒ eisi tou sōmatos kai tou haimatos tou Christou. Hōste hotan son androphonon legēs, kai seauton logizon. ᾿Kkeinos men gar anthrōpon ephoneuse, sy de tēs sphagēs hypeuthynos ei tou despotou kakeinos men, ou metaschōn mystēriōn' hēmeis de, trapezēs apolauontes hieras. ti, hoi tous adelphous daknontes kai katesthiontes, kai polyn R aphientes ton ion? i de ho tēn trophēn tōn penētōn aphairoumenos? Ei gar ho mē metadidous toioutos esti, [pollǭ mallon ho ta allotria lambanōn.ē Posōn lēstōn hoi pleonektai cheirous eisi? posōn androphonōn hoi harpages : ? posōn tymbōrychōn: posoi de meta to apoudysai kai haimatōn eisin ᾿epithymētai: ? Dpage᾽ mē genoito, phēsi. Nyn legeis» mē genoito hotan echthron echēs, tote eipe, mē genoito, kai memnēso tōn eirēmenōn, kai bion ep epoudy pollēs gemonta akribeias, hi hina mē kai hēmas ta Sodomōn meinę̄, hina mē ta Gomorrhōn pathōmen, hi hina mē ta Tyriōn hypomeinōmen kai ta Sidōniōn kaka mallon de hina mē tǭ Christǭ proskrousōmen, hoper hapantōn esti geenna phoberon einai dokei, all᾽ ᾿egōge ou pausomai synechōs boōn, hoti touto geennēs hapasēs chalepōteron kai Ō phoberōteron kai hymas houtō diakeisthai parakalō. Houtō gar kai geennēs apallagēsometha, kai tēs para tou Christou apolausomen doxēs hēs genoito pantas hēmas epityein» chariti, kai philanthrōpią tou kyriou hēmōn ᾿Iēsou Christon, hǭ ē doxa kai to kratos eis tous aiōnas tōn aiōnōn. ᾿Amēn.

For they did not yet know who Christ was, but suspecting Jesus to be a mere man and John to be greater than a man, they were stung seeing the one held in honor and the other, as he said, already waning. And this hindered them from approaching, their jealousy walling off the approach. So while John was with them, he exhorted them continually and taught them, and not even so did he persuade them; but when he was now about to die, he makes greater effort. For he feared lest he leave behind an occasion for evil doctrine, and they should remain broken off from Christ. For he himself had been eager from the beginning to bring all his own to him; but since he did not persuade them, now as he is dying he shows greater zeal. If then he had said, “Go away to him, he is better than I,” he would not have persuaded them, since they were hard to tear away; rather he would have been thought to be speaking so out of modesty, and they would have been the more nailed to him; and if he had kept silence, again nothing more would have come of it. What then does he do? He waits to hear from them that Jesus is working wonders; and not even so does he exhort them, nor does he send them all, but two whom he knew perhaps to be more easily persuaded than the others, so that the question might be free of suspicion, so that they might learn from the facts the difference between Jesus and himself; and he says, “Go and say, ‘Are you he who comes, or do we look for another?’” And Christ, knowing John’s intention, did not say, “I am he”; for again this would have offended the hearers, although this would have been the natural thing to say; but he lets them learn from the facts. For it says that when these came to him, then he healed many. And yet what sequence was there, on being asked, “Are you he?”, to say nothing to this, but at once to heal the sick, unless he wished to bring about what I have said? For they thought the testimony from deeds more trustworthy and freer from suspicion than that from words. Knowing therefore, since he was God, the intention with which John had sent them, he at once healed blind men, lame men, and many others, not teaching John (for how could he teach one already persuaded?), but these who were in doubt; and having healed them he says, “Go and report to John what you hear and see: the blind recover their sight, and the lame walk, and lepers are cleansed, and the deaf hear, and the dead are raised, and the poor have good news preached to them.” And he added, “And blessed is he who is not offended in me,” showing that he knows even their secret thoughts. For if he had said, “I am he,” this would have offended them, as I said before, and they would have thought, even if they did not say it, what the Jews said to him: “You bear witness about yourself.” For this reason he himself does not say this, but lets them learn everything from the wonders, making the teaching free of suspicion and clearer. For this reason too he brought in his rebuke of them covertly. For since they were offended in him, he made their sickness public, but left it to their conscience alone, and made no witness of this charge except those very men who knew these things, and by this too he drew them the more, saying, “Blessed is he who is not offended in me.” For it was hinting at them that he said these things. But so that we may not set forth only what we have said, but also, placing in the midst what is said by others, may make the truth clearer to you by the comparison of what is said, it is necessary to state those things too. What then do some say? That the cause is not the one we have stated, but John was ignorant; yet he was not ignorant of everything, but he knew that he was the Christ, while whether he was also going to die for men he did not know; therefore he said, “Are you he who comes?”, that is, he who is going to go down into Hades. But this would have no reason; for John was not ignorant even of this. Indeed he proclaimed this even before the other things, and bore witness to this first: “For behold,” he says, “the Lamb of God, who takes away the sin of the world.” And he called him a lamb, proclaiming the cross; and by saying, “who takes away the sin of the world,” he showed this same thing. For not otherwise but through the cross did he accomplish this; which Paul too said: “And the bond, which was against us, he took out of the way, nailing it to the cross.” And the saying, “He will baptize you with the Spirit,” was that of one who prophesied the things after the resurrection. “But that he would rise again,” they say, “he knew, and would give the Holy Spirit; but that he would also be crucified he did not know.” How then was he going to rise who had not suffered nor been crucified? And how was this man greater than a prophet, who did not even know the things of the prophets? For that he was greater than a prophet Christ himself bore witness; and that the prophets knew of the passion is clear to everyone. For Isaiah says, “He was led as a sheep to the slaughter, and as a lamb before its shearer is dumb.” And before this testimony he says, “There shall be the root of Jesse, and he who rises up to rule the nations; in him shall the nations hope.” Then speaking of the passion and the glory that comes from it, he added, “And his rest shall be honor.” And he foretold not only that he would be crucified, but with whom: “For he was numbered with the transgressors,” he says. And not this only, but that he would not even defend himself: “For he,” he says, “does not open his mouth”; and that he would be unjustly condemned: “For in his humiliation,” he says, “his judgment was taken away.” And before him David too says this, and sketches the court of judgment: “Why,” he says, “did the nations rage, and the peoples devise vain things? The kings of the earth stood by, and the rulers were gathered together against the Lord and against his Christ.” And elsewhere he speaks also of the figure of the cross, saying thus: “They pierced my hands and my feet”; and he adds with all exactness what the soldiers dared to do: “For they divided my garments among themselves,” he says, “and for my clothing they cast lots.” And elsewhere he says that they also offered him vinegar: “For they gave,” he says, “gall for my food, and for my thirst they gave me vinegar to drink.” Then do the prophets, so many years before, speak of the court, and the condemnation, and those crucified with him, and the division of the garments, and the lot cast upon them, and many more things besides (for it is not necessary to set out everything now, so as not to make the discourse long), while this man, greater than all of them, was ignorant of all these things? And how would this have reason? And for what reason did he not say, “Are you he who comes into Hades?” but simply, “he who comes”? And yet that other thing would be far more ridiculous than this; for they say that he said these things so that, having gone there too, he might preach. To whom it is timely to say, “Brothers, do not be children in your minds, but in malice be infants.” For the present life is the time for conduct, but after death come judgment and punishment. “For in Hades,” it says, “who will confess to you?” How then were the gates of bronze broken and the bars of iron shattered? Through his body. For then for the first time was a body shown immortal and dissolving the tyranny of death. And besides, this shows the might of death destroyed, not the sins of those who died before his coming loosed. Otherwise, if he set free from Gehenna all those before as well, how does he say, “It shall be more tolerable for the land of Sodom and Gomorrah”? For this is said as though those too will be punished, more gently indeed, but punished nonetheless. And yet they paid the utmost penalty here as well; but nevertheless not even this will deliver them. And if not these, much less those who have suffered nothing. What then? “Were those before his coming wronged?” someone says. By no means; for it was possible then to be saved even without confessing Christ. For this was not required of them, but not to worship idols and to know the true God. “For the Lord your God,” it says, “is one Lord.” For this reason the Maccabees too were admired, because they suffered what they suffered for keeping the law, and the three children, and many others among the Jews, who displayed an excellent life and kept the measure of this knowledge, were required to do nothing more. For then it was enough for salvation, as I said before, only to know God; but now no longer, but there is need also of the knowledge of Christ. For this reason he said, “If I had not come and spoken to them, they would not have sin; but now they have no excuse for their sin.” So also in conduct. Then murder destroyed the one who committed it, but now even being angry does. And then to commit adultery and to have intercourse with another’s wife brought punishment; but now even to look with unchaste eyes. For as knowledge, so also conduct has now been made stricter. So there was no need of a forerunner there. And besides, if unbelievers were going to be saved by believing after death, no one would ever perish. For all will then repent and worship. And that this is so (…): “Every tongue will confess, and every knee will bow, of things in heaven and things on earth and things under the earth”; and that “the last enemy, death, is destroyed.” But there is no profit in that submission; for it is not of a grateful choice, but, as one might say, of the necessity of the facts at last. Let us not then bring in any longer such old wives’ doctrines and Jewish fables. Hear then what Paul says about these things: “For as many as have sinned without law will also perish without law,” speaking of those in the time before the law; “and as many as have sinned under the law will be judged by the law,” speaking of all those after Moses; and, “For the wrath of God is revealed from heaven against all ungodliness and unrighteousness of men”; and, “Indignation and wrath, tribulation and anguish, upon every soul of man that does evil, of the Jew first and also of the Greek.” And yet the Greeks suffered countless evils here; and this both the histories of those outside and the Scriptures among us make clear. For who could recount the tragedies of the Babylonians, or those of the Egyptians? And that those too who did not know Christ before his coming in the flesh, but withdrew from idolatry and worshiped God alone and displayed an excellent way of life, will enjoy all the good things, hear what he says: “But glory and honor and peace to everyone who works good, to the Jew first and also to the Greek.” Do you see that there are many rewards of good things for these, and punishments and penalties again for those who have done the opposite? Where then are those who disbelieve in Gehenna? For if those before Christ’s coming, who did not even hear the name of Gehenna, nor of resurrection, and were punished here, will pay the penalty there too, how much more we, who have been nurtured on so many words of wisdom? “And how is it reasonable,” someone says, “that those who heard nothing about Gehenna should fall into Gehenna?” For they will say, “If you had threatened Gehenna, we would have feared more and been sober.” Quite so! As we live now, hearing every day the words about Gehenna and paying no attention at all! And apart from these things, this too may be said, that he who is not restrained by the punishments at his feet will much less be restrained by those. For the more senseless and the grosser are usually brought to their senses by things at hand and about to happen at once more than by things that will come about long afterward. “But over us,” someone says, “a greater fear has been hung, and in this those men have been wronged.” By no means. For first, the same contests are not set before us and them, but far greater ones before us. And those who have taken on greater labors needed to enjoy greater help; and no small help is the increase of fear. And if we have the advantage over them in knowing the things to come, they too have the advantage over us in that severe punishments were brought upon them immediately. But the many say something else against these things too: “For where is the justice of God,” they say, “when someone who sins here is punished both here and there?” Do you wish then that I remind you of your own words, so that you may no longer give us trouble, but bring the solution from home? I have heard many of our people, whenever they learned that a murderer had been beheaded in court, being vexed and saying these words: “This foul and accursed man, who dared thirty murders, or even many more, himself endured only one death; and where is the justice?” So you yourselves confess that one death is not enough for punishment. How then do you now vote the contrary? Because you are judging not others but yourselves. So great a hindrance does self-love become to seeing what is just. For this reason, when we judge others, we examine everything with exactness; but when we judge ourselves, we are blinded. Since if we examined these things in our own case too, as in that of the others, we would give an impartial vote. For we too have sins worthy not of two and three deaths, but of countless ones. And to pass over the other things, let us consider ourselves, as many as partake of the mysteries unworthily; and such are guilty of the body and the blood of Christ. So when you speak of the murderer, reckon yourself too. For he killed a man, but you are answerable for the slaughter of the Master; and he did so without partaking of the mysteries, but we while enjoying the sacred table. And what (…) of us who bite and devour our brothers and shed much venom? And what of him who takes away the food of the poor? For if he who does not share is such, much more he who takes the things of others. How many robbers are the covetous worse than? How many murderers the rapacious? How many grave-robbers? And how many, after stripping, are even eager for blood? “Away with it! God forbid!” someone says. Now you say “God forbid”; when you have an enemy, say “God forbid” then, and remember what has been said, and show a life full of great exactness, so that the things of Sodom may not await us too, so that we may not suffer the things of Gomorrah, so that we may not endure the evils of Tyre and of Sidon; or rather, so that we may not offend against Christ, which is (…) of all. Even if Gehenna seems to many to be fearful, yet I will not cease crying out continually that this is more grievous and more fearful than any Gehenna, and I beseech you to be so disposed. For so we shall both be delivered from Gehenna and enjoy the glory that comes from Christ; which may we all attain, by the grace and love for humanity of our Lord Jesus Christ, to whom be the glory and the might to the ages of ages. Amen.

Chapter 37

37.1Field 1

Τούτων δὲ πορενομένων, ἤρξατο ὁ Ἰησοῦς λέγειν τοῖς ὄχλοις περὶ ᾿Ιωάννου τί ἐξήλθετε εἰς τὴν ἔρημον θεάσασθαι; κάλαμον ὑπὸ ἀνέμου σαλευόμενον: . Ἀλλὰ τί ἐξήλθετε ἰδεῖν ; ἄνθρωπον ἐν μαλακοῖς ἱματίοις ἤμφιεσμένον ; ᾿Ιδοὺ οἱ τὰ μαλακὰ φοροῦντες, ἐν τοῖς οἴκοις τῶν βασιλέων εἰσίν. ᾿Αλλὰ τί ἐξήλθετε ἰδεῖν ; προφητῆν; ναὶ, λέγω ὑμῖν, καὶ περισσότερον προφήτου. Β Το μὲν γὰρ κατὰ τοὺς μαθητὰς ᾿Ιωάννου φκονομήθη καλώς, καὶ βεβαιωθέντες ἀπῆλθον ἀπὸ τῶν παραυτίκα γενομένων σημείων ἔδει δὲ λοιπὸν καὶ τὰ πρὸς τὸν δῆμον ἰάσασθαι. ᾿Εκεῖνοι μὲν γὰρ οὐδὲν ἁ ἂν τοιοῦτον ὑπώπτευσαν περὶ τοῦ ἑαυτῶν διδασκάλου ὁ δὲ πολὺς ὄχλος ἐκ τῆς ἐρωτήσεως τῶν ᾿Ιωάννου μαθητῶν πολλὰ ἂν ἄτοπα ὑπενόησεν, οὐκ. εἰδὼς τὴν γνώμην μεθ᾽ ἧς ἔπεμψε τοὺς μαθητάς. Καὶ εἰκὸς ἦν διαλογίζεσθαι πρὸς ἑῥαντοὺς καὶ λέγειν' Ἃ τοσαῦτα μαρτυρήσας μετεπείσθη νῦν, καὶ ἀμφιβάλλει εἴτε οὗτος, εἴτα α ἕτερος εἴη ὁ ἐρ ὀμενος ἀρα μὴ στασιάζων πρὸς τὸν ᾿Ιησοῦν ταῦτα λέγει: ἄρα μὴ δειλότερος ὑπὸ τοῦ δεσμωτηρίου γενόμανος ; ἄρα μὴ μάτην καὶ εἰκῆ τὰ πρότερα εἴρηκεν: ᾿Επεὶ οὖν πολλὰ τοιαῦτα εἰκὸς ἦν αὐτοὺς ὑποπτεύειν, ὅρα πῶς αὐτῶν διορθοῦται τὴν ἀσθένειαν, καὶ ταύτας ἀναιρεῖ τὰς ὑποψίας. Ὡ Πορενομένων γὰρ αὐτῶν, ἤρξατο λέγειν τοῖς ὄχλοις. Διατί, πορευομένων αὐτῶν: Ἵνα μὴ δόξη κολακεύειν τὸν ἄνθρωπον. Διορθούμενος δὲ τὸν δῆμον, οὐκ ἄγει εἰς μέσον αὐτῶν τὴν ὑπόνοιαν, ἀλλὰ τὴν λύσιν μόνον ἐπάγει τῶν κατὰ διάνοιαν θορυβούντων αὐτοὺς λογισμῶν, δεικνὺς ὅτι Ὁ ἤδει τὰ ἀπόῤῥητα ἁπάντων. Οὐδὲ ,Ὑὰρ λέγει καθάπερ πρὸς ᾿Ιουδαίουτ' ἐς τί ἐνθυμεῖσθε πονηρά: ᾽ Εἰ γὰρ καὶ ἐνενόησαν; οὐκ ἀπὸ πονηρίας ἐλογίζοντο ταῦτα, αλλ᾽ ἀπὸ τῆς τῶν εἰρημένων ἀγνοίας. Διὰ τοῦτο οὐδὲ ἐπιπληκτικῶς αὐτοῖς διαλόγεται, ἀλλὰ διορθοῦται αὐτῶν μόνον τὴν διάνοιαν, καὶ ἀπολογεῖται ὑπὲρ ᾿Ιωάννον᾽ καὶ δείκνυσιν ὅτι οὐ μετέπεσε τῆς προτέρας δόξης, οὐδὲ μεταβέβληται. Οὐδὲ γάρ ἐστιν εὔκολος ἄνθρωπος καὶ εὐρίπιστος, ἀλλὰ πεπηγὼς καὶ βέβαιος, καὶ οὐ τοιοῦτος, ὡς καὶ προδοῦναι τὰ ἐμπεπιστευμένα. Ἑ Ταῦτα δὲ κατασκευάζων, οὐκ ἐκ τῆς οἰκείας ἀποφάσεως εὐθέως, ἀλλ᾽ ἐκ τῆς ἐκείνων πρότερον ταῦτα κατασκεναζει μαρτυρίας οὐ δι ὧν εἶπον μόνον, ἀλλὰ καὶ δὲ ὧν ἔπραξαν, ᾿ δεικνὺς αὐτοὺς μαρτυροῦντας. αὐτοῦ τῇ στεῤῥότητι. Διό τ: τί ἐξήλθετε εἰς τὴν ἔρημον ἰδεῖν; Ὡσανεὶ ἔλεγε ατί τὰς πόλεις ἀφέντες καὶ τὰς οἰκίας, συνήλθετε εἰς τὴν ἔρημον ἅπαντες: ἵνα οἰκτρόν τινα ἴδητε καὶ εὔκολον ἄνθρωπον: Ἀλλ᾽ οὐκ ἄν ἔχοι λόγον. Οὐ γὰρ τοῦτο δείκνυσιν ἡ ῇ σπουδὴ ἐκείνη, καὶ τὸ πάντας 5 συντρέχειν οἰς τὴν ἔρημον. οὐ γὰρ ἂν δῆμος τοσοῦτος καὶ πόλεις τοσαῦται μετὰ τοσαύτης προθυμίας εἰς τὴν ἔρημον καὶ τὸν ᾿Ιορδάνην ποταμὸν ἐξεχύθησαν ᾿ τότε, εἰ μὴ μέγαν τινὰ καὶ θαυμαστὸν καὶ πέτρας στεῤῥότερον ὄψεσθαι προσεδοκήσατε. Οὐ γὰρ δὴ κάλαμον ἐξήλθετε ἰδεῖν, ὑπὸ ἀνέμου σαλενόμενον οἱ γὰρ εὔκολοι, καὶ ῥᾳδίως περιφερόμενοι, καὶ νῦν μὲν ταῦτα, νῦν δὲ ἐκεῖνα λέγοντες, καὶ ἐπὶ μηδενὸς ἑστῶτες, τούτῳ μάΒλιστα ἐοίκασι. Καὶ ὅρα πῶς πᾶσαν πονηρίαν ἀφεὶς, ταύτην τίθησι τὴν μάλιστα ᾿υφορμοῦσαν αὐτοῖς τότε, καὶ ἀναιρεῖ τὴν τῆς εὐκολίας ὑπόθεσι. ᾿Αλλὰ τί ἐξήλθετε ἰδεῖν: ἄνθρωπον ἐν μαλακοῖς ἱματίοις ἠμφιεσμένον - ᾿Ιδοὺ οἱ τὰ μαλακὰ φοροῦντες, ἐν τοῖς οἴκοις τών βασιλέων εἰσίν. Ὃ δὲ λέγει τοιοῦτόν ἐστιν, ὅτι οἴκοθεν οὐκ ἦν εὐρίπιστον ᾿ καὶ τοῦτο ,ἐδηλώσατε διὰ τῆς σπουδῆς ὑμεῖς. Ουὅ μὴν οὐδὲ ἐκεῖνο ἔχοι τις ἂν εἰπεῖν, ὡς στεῤρὸς μὰν ἦν, τρυφῇ δὲ δουλεύσας ὕ ὕστερον χαῦνος γέγονε. Τῶν γὰρ ἀνθρώπων οἱ μὲν οἴκοθέν εἰσι τοιοῦτοι, οἱ δὲ γἱνονται' οἷον, ὁ μέν ἐστιν ὀργίλος φύσει, ὁ δὲ εἰς ἀῤῥωστίαν ἐμπεσὼν μακρὰν, τοῦτο κτᾶται τὸ νόσημα. Πάλιν ἐὐκῦχὸε καὶ κοῦφοι οἷα μέν εἰσι φύσει; οἱ δὲ ἀπὸ τοῦ τ ρυφῇ δουλεύειν καὶ μαλακίζεσθαι τοῦτο γίνονται. ᾿Αλλ᾽ ὁ ᾿Ιωάννης, ησὶν, οὔτε φύσει τοιοῦτον ἦν οὐδὲ γὰρ κάλαμον ἐξήλθετε ἰδεῖν ' οὔτε τρυφῇ δοὺς ἑαυτὸν, ἀπώλεσεν ὅπερ εἶχε πλεονέκτημα. Ὅτι γὰρ οὐκ ἐδούλευσε τρυφῆ, δείκνυσιν ἢ στολὴ καὶ ἢ ἐρημία καὶ τὸ δεσμωτήριον. Εἰ γὰρ ἐβούλετο μαλακὰ φορεῖν, οὐκ ἂν τὴν ἔρημον ᾧκησεν, οὐκ ἂν τὸ δεσμωτῴριον, ἀλλὰ τὰ βασίλεια. ᾿Εξῆν γὰρ αὐτῷ συγήσαντι μόνον μυρίας. ἀπολαῦσαι τιμῆς. Ὅπου γὰρ καὶ ἐλέγξαντα καὶ δεδεμένον οὕτως ἤδεῖτο ὁ Ἧ ρώδης, πολλῷ μᾶλλον συγήσαντα Σ ἐκολάκευσεν ἄν. Ὁ Ἔργῳ. τοίνυν τς αὐτοῦ στεῤῥότητος παρασχὼν βάσανον καὶ τῆς καρτερίας, πῶς ἂν εἴη δίκαιος ἐπὶ τοιούτοις ὑπὸ πτεύεσθαι: ὁ

Toutōn de porenomenōn, ērxato ho Iēsous legein tois ochlois peri ᾿Iōannou ti exēlthete eis tēn erēmon theasasthai? kalamon hypo anemou saleuomenon: . Alla ti exēlthete idein ? anthrōpon en malakois himatiois ēmphiesmenon ? ᾿Idou hoi ta malaka phorountes, en tois oikois tōn basileōn eisin. ᾿Alla ti exēlthete idein ? prophētēn? nai, legō hymin, kai perissoteron prophētou. B To men gar kata tous mathētas ᾿Iōannou phkonomēthē kalōs, kai bebaiōthentes apēlthon apo tōn parautika genomenōn sēmeiōn edei de loipon kai ta pros ton dēmon iasasthai. ᾿Ekeinoi men gar ouden ha an toiouton hypōpteusan peri tou heautōn didaskalou ho de polys ochlos ek tēs erōtēseōs tōn ᾿Iōannou mathētōn polla an atopa hypenoēsen, ouk. eidōs tēn gnōmēn meth᾽ hēs epempse tous mathētas. Kai eikos ēn dialogizesthai pros herhantous kai legein' Ha tosauta martyrēsas metepeisthē nyn, kai amphiballei eite houtos, eita a heteros eiē ho er omenos ara mē stasiazōn pros ton ᾿Iēsoun tauta legei: ara mē deiloteros hypo tou desmōtēriou genomanos ? ara mē matēn kai eikē ta protera eirēken: ᾿Epei oun polla toiauta eikos ēn autous hypopteuein, hora pōs autōn diorthoutai tēn astheneian, kai tautas anairei tas hypopsias. Hō Porenomenōn gar autōn, ērxato legein tois ochlois. Diati, poreuomenōn autōn: Hina mē doxē kolakeuein ton anthrōpon. Diorthoumenos de ton dēmon, ouk agei eis meson autōn tēn hyponoian, alla tēn lysin monon epagei tōn kata dianoian thorybountōn autous logismōn, deiknys hoti Ho ēdei ta aporrhēta hapantōn. Oude ,Hyar legei kathaper pros ᾿Ioudaiout' es ti enthymeisthe ponēra: ᾽ Ei gar kai enenoēsan? ouk apo ponērias elogizonto tauta, all᾽ apo tēs tōn eirēmenōn agnoias. Dia touto oude epiplēktikōs autois dialogetai, alla diorthoutai autōn monon tēn dianoian, kai apologeitai hyper ᾿Iōannon᾽ kai deiknysin hoti ou metepese tēs proteras doxēs, oude metabeblētai. Oude gar estin eukolos anthrōpos kai euripistos, alla pepēgōs kai bebaios, kai ou toioutos, hōs kai prodounai ta empepisteumena. He Tauta de kataskeuazōn, ouk ek tēs oikeias apophaseōs eutheōs, all᾽ ek tēs ekeinōn proteron tauta kataskenazei martyrias ou di hōn eipon monon, alla kai de hōn epraxan, ᾿ deiknys autous martyrountas. autou tę̄ sterrhotēti. Dio t: ti exēlthete eis tēn erēmon idein? Hōsanei elege ati tas poleis aphentes kai tas oikias, synēlthete eis tēn erēmon hapantes: hina oiktron tina idēte kai eukolon anthrōpon: All᾽ ouk an echoi logon. Ou gar touto deiknysin hē ę̄ spoudē ekeinē, kai to pantas 5 syntrechein ois tēn erēmon. ou gar an dēmos tosoutos kai poleis tosautai meta tosautēs prothymias eis tēn erēmon kai ton ᾿Iordanēn potamon exechythēsan ᾿ tote, ei mē megan tina kai thaumaston kai petras sterrhoteron opsesthai prosedokēsate. Ou gar dē kalamon exēlthete idein, hypo anemou salenomenon hoi gar eukoloi, kai rhądiōs peripheromenoi, kai nyn men tauta, nyn de ekeina legontes, kai epi mēdenos hestōtes, toutǭ maBlista eoikasi. Kai hora pōs pasan ponērian apheis, tautēn tithēsi tēn malista ᾿yphormousan autois tote, kai anairei tēn tēs eukolias hypothesi. ᾿Alla ti exēlthete idein: anthrōpon en malakois himatiois ēmphiesmenon - ᾿Idou hoi ta malaka phorountes, en tois oikois tōn basileōn eisin. Ho de legei toiouton estin, hoti oikothen ouk ēn euripiston ᾿ kai touto ,edēlōsate dia tēs spoudēs hymeis. Ouo mēn oude ekeino echoi tis an eipein, hōs sterros man ēn, tryphę̄ de douleusas hy hysteron chaunos gegone. Tōn gar anthrōpōn hoi men oikothen eisi toioutoi, hoi de ginontai' hoion, ho men estin orgilos physei, ho de eis arrhōstian empesōn makran, touto ktatai to nosēma. Palin eukychoe kai kouphoi hoia men eisi physei? hoi de apo tou t ryphę̄ douleuein kai malakizesthai touto ginontai. ᾿All᾽ ho ᾿Iōannēs, ēsin, oute physei toiouton ēn oude gar kalamon exēlthete idein ' oute tryphę̄ dous heauton, apōlesen hoper eiche pleonektēma. Hoti gar ouk edouleuse tryphē, deiknysin ē stolē kai ē erēmia kai to desmōtērion. Ei gar ebouleto malaka phorein, ouk an tēn erēmon hǭkēsen, ouk an to desmōtǭrion, alla ta basileia. ᾿Exēn gar autǭ sygēsanti monon myrias. apolausai timēs. Hopou gar kai elenxanta kai dedemenon houtōs ēdeito ho Hē rōdēs, pollǭ mallon sygēsanta S ekolakeusen an. Ho Ergǭ. toinyn ts autou sterrhotētos paraschōn basanon kai tēs karterias, pōs an eiē dikaios epi toioutois hypo pteuesthai: ho

“And as they went their way, Jesus began to say to the crowds concerning John, ‘What did you go out into the wilderness to behold? A reed shaken by the wind? But what did you go out to see? A man clothed in soft garments? Behold, those who wear soft things are in the houses of kings. But what did you go out to see? A prophet? Yes, I tell you, and more than a prophet.’” For what concerned John’s disciples had been well managed, and they went away confirmed by the signs that had just been done; but it remained to heal what concerned the people too. For those disciples would have suspected nothing of the kind about their own teacher; but the great crowd, from the question of John’s disciples, might have suspected many absurd things, not knowing the intention with which he had sent his disciples. And it was likely that they would reason among themselves and say, “He who bore such great witness has now changed his mind, and is in doubt whether it is this man or another who is to come. Is he perhaps saying these things because he is at odds with Jesus? Has he perhaps become more timid because of the prison? Did he perhaps say the former things idly and in vain?” Since then it was likely that they would suspect many such things, see how he corrects their weakness and removes these suspicions. “For as they went their way, he began to say to the crowds.” Why “as they went their way”? So that he might not seem to flatter the man. And in correcting the people he does not bring their suspicion out into the open, but only brings in the solution of the reasonings troubling them in their minds, showing that he knew the secret thoughts of all. For he does not say, as he did to the Jews, “Why do you think evil?” For even if they had thought these things, it was not from wickedness that they reasoned so, but from ignorance of what had been said. For this reason he does not speak to them reprovingly either, but only corrects their thinking, and makes a defense on John’s behalf; and he shows that he had not fallen from his former opinion nor changed, for he is not a man easily moved and blown about, but firm and steadfast, and not such as to betray what had been entrusted to him. And in establishing these things he does not establish them at once by his own pronouncement, but first from their testimony, showing them to be witnesses of his firmness not only by what they said but also by what they did. Therefore he says, “What did you go out into the wilderness to see?” As if he said, “Why did you all leave the cities and the houses and gather into the wilderness? To see some pitiable and fickle man?” But this would have no reason. For that eagerness, and all running together into the wilderness, does not show this. For so great a people and so many cities would not have poured out at that time with such great zeal into the wilderness and to the river Jordan, unless you had expected to see someone great and wonderful and firmer than a rock. “For indeed you did not go out to see a reed shaken by the wind”; for the fickle and those easily carried about, saying now these things and now those, and standing on nothing, are most like this. And see how, leaving every other vice, he sets down this one, which was most lurking in them at that time, and takes away the ground of the charge of fickleness. “But what did you go out to see? A man clothed in soft garments? Behold, those who wear soft things are in the houses of kings.” What he says is this: that he was not fickle by nature, and you showed this by your eagerness. Nor could anyone say this either, that he was firm, but afterward, having become a slave of luxury, he grew slack. For of men some are such by nature, while others become so; as, for example, one man is irascible by nature, while another, having fallen into a long illness, acquires this disease. Again, some are fickle and light by nature, while others become so from being slaves to luxury and living softly. “But John,” he says, “neither was such by nature (for you did not go out to see a reed), nor, by giving himself to luxury, did he lose the excellence he had.” For that he was not a slave to luxury his clothing shows, and the wilderness, and the prison. For if he had wished to wear soft things, he would not have dwelt in the wilderness, nor in the prison, but in the palace. For it was open to him, merely by keeping silence, to enjoy countless honors. For seeing that Herod so revered him even after he had reproved him and while he was in bonds, much more would he have flattered him if he had kept silence. How then would one who had given proof by deed of his firmness and endurance justly be suspected of such things?

37.2Field 1

Καὶ ἀπὸ τοῦ τόπου τοίνυν» καὶ ἀπὸ τῶν ἱματίων, καὶ απὸ τῆς συνδρομῆς τὸ ἦθος αὐτοῦ χαρακτηρίσας, ἐπάγει λοιπὸν καὶ τὸν προφήτην. Εἰπὼν γὰρ, τί ἐξήλθετε: -τροφήτην ἰδεῖν ; ναὸ λέγω ὑμῖν, καὶ περισσότερον προφήτου φησίν δ οὗτος γάρ ἐστι, περὶ οὗ γέγραπται ἰ : ἀποστέλλω τὸν ἄγγελόν μου πρὸ προσώπου σον, ὃς κατασκενάσει τὴν ὁδόν σου ἔμπροσθέν σου. Πρότερον τὴν Ιουδαίων μαρτυρίαν θεὶς, τότε τὴν τῶν προφητῶν ἐφαρμόζει Ε μᾶλλον δὲ πρῶτον μὲν τὴν ψῆφον τίθησι τὴν ᾿Ιουδαϊκὴν, ἥπερ μϑγίστη γένοιτ᾽ ἂν ἀπόδειξις, ὅ ὅταν παρὰ τῶν ἐχθρῶν ἢ μαρτυρία φέρηται δεύτερον, τὸν βίον τὸν τοῦ ανδρόν᾽ τρίτον, τὴν ἑαυτοῦ κρίσιν' τέταρτον, τὸν προφήτην, πάντοθεν αὐτοὺς ἐπιστομί ων. Εἶτα ἵνα μὴ λέγωσι, τί οὗν, εἰ τότε μὲν τοιοῦτος ἥν, νῦν δὲ μεταβέβληται: ἐπήγαγε καὶ τὰ μετὰ ταῦτα, τὰ ἱμάτια, τὸ δεσμωτήριον, καὶ μετὰ σούτων τὴν προφητείαν. Εἶτα εἰπὼν ὅτι μείζων προφήτου, δείκνυσι καὶ κατὰ τί μείζων. Κατὰ τί τοίνυν μείζων : Κατὰ τὸ ἐγγὺς εἶναι τοῦ παραγενομένου. ᾿Ἀποστέλλω γὰρ, φησὶ, τὸν ἄγγελόν μου πρὸ προσώπου σου τουτέστιν, ἐγγύς σου. Καθάπερ γὰρ ἐπὶ τῶν βασιλέων οἱ ἐγγὺς τοῦ ὀχήματος ἐλαύνοντες, οὗτοι τῶν ἄλλων εἰσὶ λαμπρότεροι' οὕτω δὴ καὶ ὁ ᾿Ιωάννης ἐγγὺς αὑτῆς φαίνεται τῆς παρουσίας ἐλαύνων. Ὅρα πῶς καὶ ἐντεῦθεν τὴν ὑπεροχὴν ἔδειξε' καὶ οὐδὲ ἐνταῦθα ἵσταται, ἀλλὰ καὶ τὴν παρ᾽ ἑαυτοῦ λοιπὸν ἐπά εἰ ψῆφον, λέγων’ ἀμὴν λέγω ὑμῖν, οὐκ ἐγήγερται ἐν γεννητοῖς γυναικῶν μείζων ᾿Ιωάννου τοῦ βαπτιστοῦ. Ὃ δὲ λέγει. τοιοῦτόν ἐστιν οὐκ ἔτεκε γυνὴ τούτου μείζονα. Καὶ ἀρκεῖ μὲν καὶ ἡ ἀπόφασις εἰ δὲ βούλει καὶ ἀπὸ τῶν πραγμάτων μαθεῖν, ἐννόησον αὐτοῦ τὴν τράπεζαν, τὴν διαγωγὴν: τῆς γνώμης τὸ ὕψος. Ὥσπερ γὰρ ἐν οὐρανῷ, οὕτω διῆγε, καὶ τῶν τῆς φύσεως ἀναγκῶν ἀνωτέρω γενόμενος, ξένην τινὰ ὥδευσεν ὁδὸν, ἐν ὕμνοις, καὶ εὐχαῖς τὸν πάντα διάγων χρόνον, καὶ ἀνθρώπων μὲν οὐδενὶ, θεῴ δὲ ὁμιλῶν μόνῳ διηνεκῶς. Ῥ Οὐδὲ γὰρ εἶδέ τινα τῶν ὁμοδούλων, οὔτε ὥφθη τινὶ τούτων, οὐκ ἐγαλακτοτροφήθη, ον κλίνης, οὐ στέγης, οὐκ ; ἀγορᾶς, οὐκ ἄλλου τινὸς ἀπέλαυσε τῶν αἀνθρωπίνων᾽ καὶ ὅμως ἥμερος ἦν ὁμοῦ καὶ σφοδρός. Ἄκουσον γοῦν πῶς μετ᾽ ἐπιεικείας τοῖς ἑαυτοῦ μαθηταῖς διαλέγεται, πῶς μετὰ ἀνδρείας τῷ δήμῳ τῶν ᾿Ιουδαίων, πο! μετὰ παρῥησίας τῷ βασιλεῖ. Διὰ τοῦτο καὶ ἔλεγεν οὐκ ἐγήγερται ἐν γεννητοῖς γυναικῶν μείζων ᾿Ιωάννου τοῦ βαπτιστοῦ. Ἀλλ᾽ ἵνα μὴ πάλιν ἡ ὑπερβολὴ τῶν ἐγκωμίων τέκη τινὰ ἀτοπίαν, προτιμώντων αὐτὸν τοῦ Χριστοῦ τῶν ᾿Ιουδαίων, σκόπει πῶς καὶ τοῦτο διορθοῦται. Καθάπερ γὰρ εξ ὧν φκοδομοῦντο οἱ μαθηταὶ, ἐβλάπτοντο οἱ ὄχλοι, εὔκολον αὐὉ τὸν εἶναι νομί οντες᾽ οὕτω καὶ ἐξ ὦ ων ἐθεραπεύοντο οἱ ὄχλθιι μείζων ἃ ἂν ἐγένετο ἡ βλάβη, σεμνοτέραν τοῦ Χριστοῦ περὶ αὐτοῦ λαμβανόντων αὐτῶν ὑπόνοιαν ἐκ τῶν εἰ μένων. Διὸ καὶ τοῦτο ἀνυπόπτως διορθοῦται λέγων ὃ δὲ μικρότερος, ἐν τῇ βασιλείᾳ τῶν οὐρανῶν μείζων αὐτοῦ ἐστι. Μικρό τερος κατὰ τὴν ἡλικίαν, καὶ κατὰ τὴν τῶν πολλῶν δόξαν καὶ γὰρ ἔλεγον αὐτὸν φάγον καὶ οἰνοπότην᾽ καὶ, οὐχ οὗτός ἐστιν ὁ τοῦ τέκτονος υἱός καὶ πανταχοῦ αὐτὸν ἐξηυτέλιζον. Τί οὗν; φησί ᾿κατὰ σύγκρισιν τοῦ ᾿Ιωάννου μείζων ἢ ἡν: Ἄπαγε. Οὐδὲ γὰρ ᾿Ιωάννης ὅταν λέγῃ, ᾿ἰσχυ- Ἑ ρότερός μού ἐστι, συγκρίνων λέγει; οὐδὲ Παῦλος, ὅταν Μωσέως μεμνημένος Ὑράφη, πλείονος γὰρ δόξης οὗτος παρὰ Μωὺῦσην ἠξίωται, συγκρίνων γράφει. Καὶ αὐτὸς δὲ, 1 ἰδοὺ πλέον Σολομῶνος ὧδε, λέγων, οὐχὶ συγκρίνων φησίν. Εἰ δ᾽ ἃ ἄρα δοίημεν καὶ κατὰ σύγκρισιν εἰρῆσθαι παρ᾽ αὐτοῦ τοῦτο, οἰκονομικῶς ἐγίνετο διὰ τὴν τῶν ἀκονόντων ἀσθένειαν. Καὶ γὰρ σφόδρα ἡ σαν πρὸς αὐτὸν κε ἡνότες οἱ ἄνθρωποι τότε δὲ λαμπρότερον αὐτὸν καὶ τὸ ἀισμωτήριον ἐποίησε, καὶ ἡ πρὸς τὸν βασιλέα παῤῥησία, καὶ ἀγαπητὸν ἦν τέως τοῦτο δεχθῆναι παρὰ τοῖς πολλοῖς. Καὶ γὰρ καὶ ἡ παλαιὰ οἶδεν οὕτω διορθοῦν τὰς τῶν πεπλανημένων ψυχάς, τὰ ἀσύγκριτα κατὰ σύγκρισιν παραβάλλουσα ὡς ὅταν λέγῃ «ὁ οὐκ ἔστιν ὅμοιός σοι ἐν θεοῖς, κύριε καὶ πάλιν, ες οὐκ ἔστι θεὸς ὡς ὃ θεὸς ἡμων. Τινὲς δέ φασιν, ὅτι περὶ τῶν ἀποστόλων τοῦτο εἴρηκεν ὁ Χριστός ἕτεροι δὲ περὶ ᾿αγγέλων. Ὅταν γὰρ τῆς ἀληθείας τινὲς ἐκτραπώσι, πολλὰ πλανᾶσθαι εἰώθασι. Ποία γὰρ ἀκολουθία, ἢ ῆ περὶ ἀγγέλων ἢ περὶ ἀποστόλων εἰπεῖν; Ἄλλως δὲ, εἰ περὶ τών ἀποστύ- Β λων ἔλεγε, τί ἐκώλυεν ὀνομαστὶ παραγαγεῖν: : Περὶ μὲν γὰρ ἑαντοῦ λέγων, εἰκότως κρύπτει τὸ πρόσωπον διὰ τὴν ἔτι κρατοῦσαν ὑπόνοιαν, καὶ τὸ μὴ δόξαι περὶ ἑαυτοῦ μέγα τι λέγειν᾽ καὶ γὰρ πολλαχοῦ φαίνεται τοῦτο ποιών. Τί δέ ε ἐστιν, εν τῆ βασιλείᾳ τῶν οὐρανῶν ᾽ν τοῖς πνευἐατίκοι: καὶ Τοῖς κατὰ τὸν οὐρανὸν ἅπασι. Καὶ τὸ εἰπεῖν δὲ, οὐκ ἐγήγερται ἐν γεννητοῖς γυναικῶν μείζων ᾿Ιωάννον, ἀντιδιαστέλλοντος ἦν ἑαντῷ τὸν ᾿Ιωάννην, καὶ οὕτως ἑαυτὸν ὑπεξαιροῦντος.

Kai apo tou topou toinyn» kai apo tōn himatiōn, kai apo tēs syndromēs to ēthos autou charaktērisas, epagei loipon kai ton prophētēn. Eipōn gar, ti exēlthete: -trophētēn idein ? nao legō hymin, kai perissoteron prophētou phēsin d houtos gar esti, peri hou gegraptai i : apostellō ton angelon mou pro prosōpou son, hos kataskenasei tēn hodon sou emprosthen sou. Proteron tēn Ioudaiōn martyrian theis, tote tēn tōn prophētōn epharmozei E mallon de prōton men tēn psēphon tithēsi tēn ᾿Ioudaïkēn, hēper mϑgistē genoit᾽ an apodeixis, ho hotan para tōn echthrōn ē martyria pherētai deuteron, ton bion ton tou andron᾽ triton, tēn heautou krisin' tetarton, ton prophētēn, pantothen autous epistomi ōn. Eita hina mē legōsi, ti houn, ei tote men toioutos hēn, nyn de metabeblētai: epēgage kai ta meta tauta, ta himatia, to desmōtērion, kai meta soutōn tēn prophēteian. Eita eipōn hoti meizōn prophētou, deiknysi kai kata ti meizōn. Kata ti toinyn meizōn : Kata to engys einai tou paragenomenou. ᾿Apostellō gar, phēsi, ton angelon mou pro prosōpou sou toutestin, engys sou. Kathaper gar epi tōn basileōn hoi engys tou ochēmatos elaunontes, houtoi tōn allōn eisi lamproteroi' houtō dē kai ho ᾿Iōannēs engys hautēs phainetai tēs parousias elaunōn. Hora pōs kai enteuthen tēn hyperochēn edeixe' kai oude entautha histatai, alla kai tēn par᾽ heautou loipon epa ei psēphon, legōn’ amēn legō hymin, ouk egēgertai en gennētois gynaikōn meizōn ᾿Iōannou tou baptistou. Ho de legei. toiouton estin ouk eteke gynē toutou meizona. Kai arkei men kai hē apophasis ei de boulei kai apo tōn pragmatōn mathein, ennoēson autou tēn trapezan, tēn diagōgēn: tēs gnōmēs to hypsos. Hōsper gar en ouranǭ, houtō diēge, kai tōn tēs physeōs anankōn anōterō genomenos, xenēn tina hōdeusen hodon, en hymnois, kai euchais ton panta diagōn chronon, kai anthrōpōn men oudeni, theǭ de homilōn monǭ diēnekōs. Rh Oude gar eide tina tōn homodoulōn, oute hōphthē tini toutōn, ouk egalaktotrophēthē, on klinēs, ou stegēs, ouk ? agoras, ouk allou tinos apelause tōn aanthrōpinōn᾽ kai homōs hēmeros ēn homou kai sphodros. Akouson goun pōs met᾽ epieikeias tois heautou mathētais dialegetai, pōs meta andreias tǭ dēmǭ tōn ᾿Ioudaiōn, po! meta parrhēsias tǭ basilei. Dia touto kai elegen ouk egēgertai en gennētois gynaikōn meizōn ᾿Iōannou tou baptistou. All᾽ hina mē palin hē hyperbolē tōn enkōmiōn tekē tina atopian, protimōntōn auton tou Christou tōn ᾿Ioudaiōn, skopei pōs kai touto diorthoutai. Kathaper gar ex hōn phkodomounto hoi mathētai, eblaptonto hoi ochloi, eukolon auO ton einai nomi ontes᾽ houtō kai ex ō ōn etherapeuonto hoi ochlthii meizōn ha an egeneto hē blabē, semnoteran tou Christou peri autou lambanontōn autōn hyponoian ek tōn ei menōn. Dio kai touto anypoptōs diorthoutai legōn ho de mikroteros, en tę̄ basileią tōn ouranōn meizōn autou esti. Mikro teros kata tēn hēlikian, kai kata tēn tōn pollōn doxan kai gar elegon auton phagon kai oinopotēn᾽ kai, ouch houtos estin ho tou tektonos huios kai pantachou auton exēutelizon. Ti houn? phēsi ᾿kata synkrisin tou ᾿Iōannou meizōn ē hēn: Apage. Oude gar ᾿Iōannēs hotan legę̄, ᾿ischy- He roteros mou esti, synkrinōn legei? oude Paulos, hotan Mōseōs memnēmenos Hyraphē, pleionos gar doxēs houtos para Mōyysēn ēxiōtai, synkrinōn graphei. Kai autos de, 1 idou pleon Solomōnos hōde, legōn, ouchi synkrinōn phēsin. Ei d᾽ ha ara doiēmen kai kata synkrisin eirēsthai par᾽ autou touto, oikonomikōs egineto dia tēn tōn akonontōn astheneian. Kai gar sphodra hē san pros auton ke hēnotes hoi anthrōpoi tote de lamproteron auton kai to aismōtērion epoiēse, kai hē pros ton basilea parrhēsia, kai agapēton ēn teōs touto dechthēnai para tois pollois. Kai gar kai hē palaia oiden houtō diorthoun tas tōn peplanēmenōn psychas, ta asynkrita kata synkrisin paraballousa hōs hotan legę̄ «ho ouk estin homoios soi en theois, kyrie kai palin, es ouk esti theos hōs ho theos hēmōn. Tines de phasin, hoti peri tōn apostolōn touto eirēken ho Christos heteroi de peri ᾿angelōn. Hotan gar tēs alētheias tines ektrapōsi, polla planasthai eiōthasi. Poia gar akolouthia, ē ē peri angelōn ē peri apostolōn eipein? Allōs de, ei peri tōn aposty- B lōn elege, ti ekōlyen onomasti paragagein: : Peri men gar heantou legōn, eikotōs kryptei to prosōpon dia tēn eti kratousan hyponoian, kai to mē doxai peri heautou mega ti legein᾽ kai gar pollachou phainetai touto poiōn. Ti de e estin, en tē basileią tōn ouranōn ᾽n tois pneueatikoi: kai Tois kata ton ouranon hapasi. Kai to eipein de, ouk egēgertai en gennētois gynaikōn meizōn ᾿Iōannon, antidiastellontos ēn heantǭ ton ᾿Iōannēn, kai houtōs heauton hypexairountos.

Having then characterized his disposition from the place, and from the garments, and from the concourse, he next brings in the prophet too. For having said, “What did you go out to see? A prophet? Yes, I tell you, and more than a prophet,” he says, “For this is he of whom it is written, ‘Behold, I send my messenger before your face, who will prepare your way before you.’” Having first set down the testimony of the Jews, he then applies that of the prophets; or rather, first he sets down the verdict of the Jews, which would be the greatest proof, when the testimony is borne by enemies; second, the life of the man; third, his own judgment; fourth, the prophet, stopping their mouths on every side. Then, so that they might not say, “What then, if he was such then, but now has changed?”, he added what came after these things too, the garments, the prison, and with these the prophecy. Then, having said that he is greater than a prophet, he shows also in what respect he is greater. In what respect then is he greater? In being near to him who had come. “For I send,” he says, “my messenger before your face,” that is, near you. For as with kings those who ride near the chariot are more illustrious than the others, so John too appears riding near the coming itself. See how he showed his preeminence from this too; and he does not stop even here, but next brings in his own verdict as well, saying, “Truly I say to you, there has not arisen among those born of women one greater than John the Baptist.” What he says is this: “No woman has borne one greater than this man.” And the pronouncement is enough; but if you wish to learn from the facts too, consider his table, his manner of life, the loftiness of his mind. For he lived as in heaven, and having risen above the necessities of nature, he traveled a strange road, spending all his time in hymns and prayers, conversing with no man, but with God alone continually. For he did not see any of his fellow servants, nor was he seen by any of them; he was not nourished with milk, he enjoyed no bed, no roof, no marketplace, nor any other human thing; and yet he was at once gentle and vehement. Hear at least how he converses with his own disciples with gentleness, how with courage with the people of the Jews, how with boldness with the king. For this reason he also said, “There has not arisen among those born of women one greater than John the Baptist.” But so that the excess of praise might not in turn give birth to some absurdity, the Jews preferring him to Christ, see how he corrects this too. For as the crowds were harmed by the very things by which the disciples were built up, thinking him fickle, so from the things by which the crowds were healed a greater harm might have come, if they took from what had been said a higher opinion of him than of Christ. Therefore he corrects this too without arousing suspicion, saying, “But he who is less is greater than he in the kingdom of heaven.” “Less” in age, and in the opinion of the many; for they called him “a glutton and a winebibber,” and, “Is not this the carpenter’s son?”, and everywhere they made light of him. “What then?” someone says. “Was he greater by comparison with John?” Away with it! For neither does John speak by way of comparison when he says, “He is mightier than I”; nor does Paul write by way of comparison when, mentioning Moses, he writes, “For this man has been counted worthy of more glory than Moses.” And he himself, when he says, “Behold, something greater than Solomon is here,” does not speak by way of comparison. And even if we were to grant that this was said by him by way of comparison, it was done by way of accommodation, because of the weakness of the hearers. For people were then exceedingly gaping after him; and the prison and his boldness toward the king had made him more illustrious; and it was much if this much were accepted by the many for the time. For the old covenant too knows how to correct thus the souls of those led astray, setting incomparable things side by side by way of comparison, as when it says, “There is none like you among the gods, O Lord,” and again, “There is no god like our God.” But some say that Christ said this about the apostles, and others about angels. For when some turn aside from the truth, they are accustomed to wander far. For what sequence would there be in speaking either about angels or about apostles? And besides, if he were speaking about the apostles, what prevented him from bringing them forward by name? But speaking about himself, he naturally conceals the person, because of the suspicion still prevailing, and so as not to seem to say something great about himself; for he is seen doing this in many places. And what is “in the kingdom of heaven”? Among the spiritual beings and all those in heaven. And the saying, “There has not arisen among those born of women one greater than John,” was that of one who was distinguishing John from himself, and so excepting himself.

37.3Field 1

Εἰ γὰρ καὶ γεννητὸς γυναικὸς ἦν αὐτὸς, ἀλλ᾽ οὐχ οὕτως ὡς ᾿Ιωάννης᾽ οὐ γὰρ ψιλὸς ἄνθρωπος ἦν, οὐδὲ ὁμοίως ἀνθρώπῳ ἐτέχθη, ἀλλὰ ξένον τινὰ τόκον καὶ παράδοξον. ᾿Απὸ δὲ τῶν ἡμερῶν ᾿Ιωᾶάννον τοῦ βαπτιστοῦ, φησὶν, ἕως ἄρτι, ἡ βασιλεία τῶν οὐρανῶν βιάζεται, καὶ βιασταὶ σι κ᾽ ἁρπάζουσιν αὐτήν. Καὶ ποίαν τοῦτο ἀκολουθίαν ἤέἔχοι ἣ ΜΝ ᾿ ἣ ’ πρὸς τὰ ἔμπροσθεν εἰρημένα; Πολλὴν μὲν οὖν καὶ σφόδρα συνάδουσαν. Καὶ γὰρ ὠθεῖ καὶ ἐπείγει λοιπὸν αὐτοὺς καὶ σι ε σ΄ ΄- Ψ ἐντεῦθεν εἰς τὴν πίστιν τὴν ἑαυτοῦ ἅμα δὲ καὶ τοῖς εμ᾽ ΄ ᾽ ᾿Ὶ ’ προσθεν εἰρημένοις παρὰ ᾿Ιωάννου συνηγορεῖ. Εἰ γὰρ μέχρε ᾿Ιωάννον πάντα πεπλήρωται, ἐγώ εἰμι ὁ ἐρχόμενος. Παντες γαρ, φησὶν, οἱ προφῆται καὶ ὁ νόμος ὅως ᾿Ιωάννου προεὰ Ν - Γ φ φήτευσαν. Οὐ γὰρ ἂν ἔστησαν οἱ προφῆται, εἰ μὴ ἡλθον ΡΞ ὔ Ὁ ἐγώ. Μηδὲν τοίνυν προσδοκᾶτε περαιτέρω, μηδὲ ἕτερόν τινα ὃ ᾽ ᾽ σι: [ ΄- Ὶ γ μένετε. Ὅτι γὰρ ἐγώ εἰμι, δῆλον καὶ ἐκ τοῦ τοὺς προφητας στῆναι, καὶ εκ τῶν καθ᾽ ἑκάστην ἁρπαζόντων ἡμέραν τὴν πίστιν τὴν εἰς ἐμέ. Οὕτω γὰρ δήλη ἐστὶ καὶ σαφῆς, ὡς καὶ πολλοὺς ἁρπάζειν αὐτήν. Καὶ τίς ἥρπασεν; εἰπέ ’ὔ ε ΄- « μοι. Ἶπαντες οἱ μετὰ σπουδῆς προσιόντες. Εἶτα καὶ ἕ τεκμήριον τίθησι λέγων ν) εἰ θέλετε δέξασθαι, αὐτός ἐστιν ᾿Ἢλίας, ὁ μέλλων ερχεσθαι. Αποστελῶ γὰρ, φησὶν, « « ᾿ ὴ ’ ἃ ᾽ ’ ’ νὴ νμιν Ἡλίαν τὸν Θεσβίτην, ὃς ἐπιστρέψει καρδίαν πατρὸς φ ᾿ ἢ ἐπὶ τέκνα. Οὗτος οὖν ἐστιν λίας, ἐὰν προσέχητε μετὰ Ἑ ἀκριβείας, φησί. Καὶ γὰρ ἀποστελῶ, φησὶ, τὸν ἄγγελόν ’᾽ - Γ ὔ μον πρὸ προσωπον σου. Καὶ καλῶς εἶπεν, εἰ θέλετε ὃ , ασθ 4) ν »,23» ὃ ’ ᾽ ᾽ ’ Ω ἕξασθαι, τὸ ἀβίαστον δεικνύς. Οὐ γὰρ αναγκαζω, ὅτι Τοῦτο δὲ ἔλεγεν, εὐγνώμονα ἀπαιτῶν διάνοιαν, καὶ δηλῶν ῳ φΦ - Ω σι Γ} ᾿ ὅτε οὗτος ἐκεῖνός ἐστι, κακεῖνος οὗτος. Ἀμφότεροι γὰρ Ι μίαν διακονίαν ἀνεδέξαντο, καὶ πρόδρομοι γεγόνασιν ἀμφόσι Φφ ᾿ ᾿ » Τεροι. Διόπερ οὐδὲ ἁπλῶς εἶπεν, οὗτός ἐστιν ᾿Ηλίας, ἀλλ᾽, ἐς » θ ’ δέ Φ » ᾿ Ὁ Ὁ ’ ᾽ ι οι θέλετε ὀέξασθαι, οὗτός ἐστι ἢ τουτέστιν, εἰ μετὰ εὐγνώμονος διανοίας προσέχετε τοῖς γινομένοις. Καὶ οὐδὲ ἀνταῦθα ἔστη, ἀλλὰ προσέθηκε, δεικνὺς ὅτι συνέσεως χρεία, πρὸς τὸ οὗτος ἐστιν Ἡλίας, ὁ μέλλων ἔρχεσθαι, ο Ν φ ᾽ ΄- ᾿ ἔχων ὦτα ἀκούειν, ἀκουέτω. Τοσαῦτα δὲ αἰνίγματα ἐτίθει, διεγείρων αὐτοὺς εἰς ἐρώτησιν. Εἰ δὲ οὐδὲ οὕτως ἐξυπνίζοντο, πολλῷ μᾶλλον εἰ δῆλα ἡ ἢν καὶ σαφῆ. Οὐδὲ γὰρ ἐκεῖνο ἂν ἔχοι τις εἰπεῖν» ὅτι οὐκ ἐτόλμων ἐρωτᾶν, καὶ τι δυσπρύσιτος ἢ ἥν. Οἱ γάρ ὑπὲρ τῶν τυχόντων αὐτὸν ἐρωτῶντος καὶ πειράζοντες, καὶ μυριάκις ἐπιστομισθέντες, Β καὶ οὐκ ἀποστάντες, πὼς ἂν ὑπὲρ τῶν ἀναγκαίων οὐκ ἐπύθοντο καὶ ἠρώτησαν, εἴγε ἃ καὶ μαθεῖν ἐπεθύμουν : : Εἰ γὰρ ὑπὲρ τῶν νομίμων ἠρώτων, ποία ἐντολὴ πρώτη, καὶ ὅσα τοιαῦτα, καίτοιγε οὐδεμία ἣν ἀνάγκη ταῦτα εἰπεῖν, πῶς τῶν παρ᾽ αὐτοῦ λεγομένων, ὧν καὶ ταῖς ἀποκρίσεσι μᾶλλον ὑπεύθυνος ἦν, οὐκ ἂν ἐξήταζον τὴν διάνοιαν ; ; καὶ μάλιστα ὁπότε αὐτὸς ἦν ὁ προτρέπων εἰς τοῦτο, καὶ ἐφελκόμενος : Τῷ γὰρ εἰπεῖν, βιασταὶ ἁρπάζουσιν αὐτὴν, εἰς προθυμίαν αὐτοὺς διεγεέρει᾽ καὶ τῷ εἰπεῖν, ὁ ἔχων ὦτα ἀ ἀκούειν, ἀκουέτω, τὸ αὐτὸ τοῦτο ποιεῖ. Τίνι δὲ ὁμοιώσω τὴν γενεὰν ταύτην: φησίν. Ὁμοία ἐστὶ παιδίοις καθημένοις ἐπὶ τῆς ἀγορᾶς; καὶ λέγουσιν ηὐλήσαμεν ὑμῖν, καὶ οὐκ ὠρχήσασθε: ἐθρηνήσαμεν ὑμῖν, καὶ οὐκ ἐκόψασθε. Πάλιν ταῦτα δοκεῖ μὲν ἀπηρτῆσθαι τῶν προτέρων, σφόδρα δὲ αὐτοῖς ἐστιν ἀκόλουθα. Καὶ γὰρ ἔτι τοῦ κεφαλαίου ἔχεται τοῦ αὐτοῦ, καὶ ' τοῦ δεῖξαι συνῳδὰ αὐτῷ πράττοντα τὸν ᾿Ιωάννην, εἰ καὶ τὰ γινόμενα ἐναντία ἦν' ὥσπερ οὖν καὶ ἐπὶ τῆς ἐρωτήσεως καὶ δείκνυσιν ὅ ὅτι οὐδὲν ἡ ἣν ὀφεῖλον γενέσθαι εἰς σωτηρίαν αὐτῶν, καὶ παρελείφθη: ὃ πρὸς τὸν ἀμπελῶνα φησιν ὁ προφήτης τί ἔδει με ποιῆσαι τῷ ἀμπελῶνι τούτῳ, καὶ οὐκ ἐποίησα : .5 Τίνι γὰρ, φησὶν, ὁμοιώσω τὴν γενεὰν 3) ταύτην: : Ὁμοία ἐστὶ παιδίοις καθημένοις ἐπὶ τῆς ἀγορᾶς, καὶ λέγουσιν ηὐλήσαμεν ὑμῖν, καὶ οὐκ ὠρχήσασθε᾽ ἐθρηνήσαμεν ὑμῖν, καὶ οὐκ ἐκόψασθε. Ἦλθε γὰρ ᾿Ιωάννης μήτε ἐσθίων, μήτε πίνων, καὶ λέγουσι δαιμόνιον ἔ ἔχει. Ἦλθεν ὁ ο υἱὸς τοῦ ἀνθρώπου ἐσθίων καὶ πίνων, καὶ λέγουσιν ἰδοὺ ἄνθρωπος φάγος καὶ οἰνοπότης, τελωνῶν φίλος καὶ ἁμαρτωλῶν. Ὃ δὲ λέγει, τοιοῦτόν ἐστιν' ἐναντίαν ἑκάτερος ἤλθομεν ὁδὸν, δγὼ καὶ ᾿Ιωάννης. καὶ ταὐτὸν ἐποιήσαμεν, οἷον ἂν εἴ τινες θηραταὶ ζῶον δυσθήρατον διὰ δύο μέλλον ἐμπίπτειν ὁδῶν Ἑ, εἰς τὰ θήρατρα, ἑκατέραν ἕκαστος ἀπολαβὼν ὁδὸν ἐλαύνοε ἐξεναντίας ἑστὼς τῷ ἑτέρῳ, ὥστε πάντως εἰς θάτερον ἐ ἐμπεσεῖν. Σκόπει γοὺν ἅπαν τὸ τῶν ἀνθρώπων γένος, ὅπων πρὸς τὸ τῆς νηστείας ἐπτόηται θαῦμα, καὶ τὸν σκληρὸν τοῦτον καὶ φιλόσοφον βίον. Διὰ τοῦτο φκονόμητο τοῦτο, ἐκ πρώτης ἡλικίας οὕτω τραφῆναι τὸν ᾿Ιωάννην, ὥστε καὶ ἐντεῦθεν ἀξιόπιστα γενέσθαι τὰ λεγομενα παρ αὐτοῦ. Καὶ τίνος ἕνεκεν οὐκ αὐτὸς, φησὶ, ταύτην εἵλετο τὴν ὁδόν: Μάλιστα μὲν οὖν καὶ αὐτὸς ταύτην ἦλθεν, ὅτε τὰς τεσσαράκοντα ἡμέρας ἐνήστευσε, καὶ περιήει διδάσκων, καὶ οὐκ ἔχων ποῦ τὴν κεφαλὴν κλίνῃ: πλὴν ἀλλὰ καὶ ἑτέρως τὸ αὐτὸ τοῦτο κατεσκεύαζε, καὶ τὸ ἐντεῦθεν φκονόμει κέρδος. Τοῦ γὰρ ἐλθεῖν αὐτὸν τὴν ὁδὸν ταύτην, ταὐτὸν ἣν, ἢ καὶ πολλῷ «εἴζον, τὸ ὑπὸ τοῦ ἐλθόντος μαρτυρεῖσθαι. Ἄλλως δὲ, ὁ μὲν ᾿Ιωάννης οὐδὲν πλέον ἐπεδείξατο, πλὴν τοῦ βίου καὶ τῆς πολιτείας ΣΝ [ωάννης γάρ, φησὶν, οὐδὲν ἐ ἐποίησε σημεῖον αὐτὸς δὲ καὶ τὴν απὸ τῶν σημείων καὶ τὴν απὸ τῶν θαυμάτων μαρτυρίαν εἶχεν. ᾿Ἀφεὶς τοίνυν Ἰωάννην ἀπὸ τῆς νηστείας λάμπειν, αὐτὸς τὴν ἐναντίαν ἦλθε, καὶ εἰς τραπέζας εἰσιὼν τελωνῶν, καὶ ἐσθίων καὶ πίνων.

Ei gar kai gennētos gynaikos ēn autos, all᾽ ouch houtōs hōs ᾿Iōannēs᾽ ou gar psilos anthrōpos ēn, oude homoiōs anthrōpǭ etechthē, alla xenon tina tokon kai paradoxon. ᾿Apo de tōn hēmerōn ᾿Iōaannon tou baptistou, phēsin, heōs arti, hē basileia tōn ouranōn biazetai, kai biastai si k᾽ harpazousin autēn. Kai poian touto akolouthian ēeechoi hē MN ᾿ hē ’ pros ta emprosthen eirēmena? Pollēn men oun kai sphodra synadousan. Kai gar ōthei kai epeigei loipon autous kai si e s΄ ΄- Ps enteuthen eis tēn pistin tēn heautou hama de kai tois em᾽ ΄ ᾽ ᾿I ’ prosthen eirēmenois para ᾿Iōannou synēgorei. Ei gar mechre ᾿Iōannon panta peplērōtai, egō eimi ho erchomenos. Pantes gar, phēsin, hoi prophētai kai ho nomos hoōs ᾿Iōannou proea N - G ph phēteusan. Ou gar an estēsan hoi prophētai, ei mē hēlthon RX y Ho egō. Mēden toinyn prosdokate peraiterō, mēde heteron tina ho ᾽ ᾽ si: [ ΄- I g menete. Hoti gar egō eimi, dēlon kai ek tou tous prophētas stēnai, kai ek tōn kath᾽ hekastēn harpazontōn hēmeran tēn pistin tēn eis eme. Houtō gar dēlē esti kai saphēs, hōs kai pollous harpazein autēn. Kai tis hērpasen? eipe ’y e ΄- « moi. Ipantes hoi meta spoudēs prosiontes. Eita kai he tekmērion tithēsi legōn n) ei thelete dexasthai, autos estin ᾿Ēlias, ho mellōn erchesthai. Apostelō gar, phēsin, « « ᾿ ē ’ ha ᾽ ’ ’ nē nmin Hēlian ton Thesbitēn, hos epistrepsei kardian patros ph ᾿ ē epi tekna. Houtos oun estin lias, ean prosechēte meta He akribeias, phēsi. Kai gar apostelō, phēsi, ton angelon ’᾽ - G y mon pro prosōpon sou. Kai kalōs eipen, ei thelete ho , asth 4) n »,23» ho ’ ᾽ ᾽ ’ Ō hexasthai, to abiaston deiknys. Ou gar anankazō, hoti Touto de elegen, eugnōmona apaitōn dianoian, kai dēlōn ǭ phPh - Ō si G} ᾿ hote houtos ekeinos esti, kakeinos houtos. Amphoteroi gar I mian diakonian anedexanto, kai prodromoi gegonasin amphosi Phph ᾿ ᾿ » Teroi. Dioper oude haplōs eipen, houtos estin ᾿Ēlias, all᾽, es » th ’ de Ph » ᾿ Ho Ho ’ ᾽ i oi thelete oexasthai, houtos esti ē toutestin, ei meta eugnōmonos dianoias prosechete tois ginomenois. Kai oude antautha estē, alla prosethēke, deiknys hoti syneseōs chreia, pros to houtos estin Hēlias, ho mellōn erchesthai, o N ph ᾽ ΄- ᾿ echōn ōta akouein, akouetō. Tosauta de ainigmata etithei, diegeirōn autous eis erōtēsin. Ei de oude houtōs exypnizonto, pollǭ mallon ei dēla hē ēn kai saphē. Oude gar ekeino an echoi tis eipein» hoti ouk etolmōn erōtan, kai ti dysprysitos ē hēn. Hoi gar hyper tōn tychontōn auton erōtōntos kai peirazontes, kai myriakis epistomisthentes, B kai ouk apostantes, pōs an hyper tōn anankaiōn ouk epythonto kai ērōtēsan, eige ha kai mathein epethymoun : : Ei gar hyper tōn nomimōn ērōtōn, poia entolē prōtē, kai hosa toiauta, kaitoige oudemia hēn anankē tauta eipein, pōs tōn par᾽ autou legomenōn, hōn kai tais apokrisesi mallon hypeuthynos ēn, ouk an exētazon tēn dianoian ? ? kai malista hopote autos ēn ho protrepōn eis touto, kai ephelkomenos : Tǭ gar eipein, biastai harpazousin autēn, eis prothymian autous diegeerei᾽ kai tǭ eipein, ho echōn ōta a akouein, akouetō, to auto touto poiei. Tini de homoiōsō tēn genean tautēn: phēsin. Homoia esti paidiois kathēmenois epi tēs agoras? kai legousin ēulēsamen hymin, kai ouk ōrchēsasthe: ethrēnēsamen hymin, kai ouk ekopsasthe. Palin tauta dokei men apērtēsthai tōn proterōn, sphodra de autois estin akoloutha. Kai gar eti tou kephalaiou echetai tou autou, kai ' tou deixai synǭda autǭ prattonta ton ᾿Iōannēn, ei kai ta ginomena enantia ēn' hōsper oun kai epi tēs erōtēseōs kai deiknysin ho hoti ouden hē hēn opheilon genesthai eis sōtērian autōn, kai pareleiphthē: ho pros ton ampelōna phēsin ho prophētēs ti edei me poiēsai tǭ ampelōni toutǭ, kai ouk epoiēsa : .5 Tini gar, phēsin, homoiōsō tēn genean 3) tautēn: : Homoia esti paidiois kathēmenois epi tēs agoras, kai legousin ēulēsamen hymin, kai ouk ōrchēsasthe᾽ ethrēnēsamen hymin, kai ouk ekopsasthe. Ēlthe gar ᾿Iōannēs mēte esthiōn, mēte pinōn, kai legousi daimonion e echei. Ēlthen ho o huios tou anthrōpou esthiōn kai pinōn, kai legousin idou anthrōpos phagos kai oinopotēs, telōnōn philos kai hamartōlōn. Ho de legei, toiouton estin' enantian hekateros ēlthomen hodon, dgō kai ᾿Iōannēs. kai tauton epoiēsamen, hoion an ei tines thēratai zōon dysthēraton dia dyo mellon empiptein hodōn He, eis ta thēratra, hekateran hekastos apolabōn hodon elaunoe exenantias hestōs tǭ heterǭ, hōste pantōs eis thateron e empesein. Skopei goun hapan to tōn anthrōpōn genos, hopōn pros to tēs nēsteias eptoētai thauma, kai ton sklēron touton kai philosophon bion. Dia touto phkonomēto touto, ek prōtēs hēlikias houtō traphēnai ton ᾿Iōannēn, hōste kai enteuthen axiopista genesthai ta legomena par autou. Kai tinos heneken ouk autos, phēsi, tautēn heileto tēn hodon: Malista men oun kai autos tautēn ēlthen, hote tas tessarakonta hēmeras enēsteuse, kai periēei didaskōn, kai ouk echōn pou tēn kephalēn klinę̄: plēn alla kai heterōs to auto touto kateskeuaze, kai to enteuthen phkonomei kerdos. Tou gar elthein auton tēn hodon tautēn, tauton hēn, ē kai pollǭ «eizon, to hypo tou elthontos martyreisthai. Allōs de, ho men ᾿Iōannēs ouden pleon epedeixato, plēn tou biou kai tēs politeias SN [ōannēs gar, phēsin, ouden e epoiēse sēmeion autos de kai tēn apo tōn sēmeiōn kai tēn apo tōn thaumatōn martyrian eichen. ᾿Apheis toinyn Iōannēn apo tēs nēsteias lampein, autos tēn enantian ēlthe, kai eis trapezas eisiōn telōnōn, kai esthiōn kai pinōn.

For even if he himself was born of a woman, yet not as John was; for he was not a mere man, nor was he born like a man, but by a strange and wonderful birth. “And from the days of John the Baptist,” he says, “until now, the kingdom of heaven suffers violence, and the violent seize it.” And what connection does this have with what was said before? A great one, and very much in harmony. For by this too he presses and urges them on toward faith in himself, and at the same time supports what had been said before by John. For if all things have been fulfilled up to John, “I am he who comes.” “For all the prophets and the law,” he says, “prophesied until John.” “For the prophets would not have ceased unless I had come. Do not then look for anything further, nor wait for another. For that I am he is clear both from the prophets’ having ceased, and from those who every day seize the faith in me. For it is so manifest and clear that many seize it.” And who seized it? Tell me. All who come to it with zeal. Then he sets down another proof too, saying, “If you are willing to receive it, this is Elijah who is to come.” “For I will send you,” it says, “Elijah the Tishbite, who will turn the heart of the father to the children.” “This man then is Elijah,” he says, “if you attend with exactness.” For “I will send,” it says, “my messenger before your face.” And he said well, “If you are willing to receive it,” showing that there is no compulsion: “For I do not force you.” And he said this, requiring a fair-minded disposition, and showing that this man is that one, and that one is this man. For both undertook one ministry, and both have been forerunners. Therefore he did not simply say, “This is Elijah,” but, “If you are willing to receive it, this is he,” that is, if you attend to what is happening with a fair-minded disposition. And he did not stop even here, but added, showing that there is need of understanding, to “This is Elijah who is to come,” the words, “He who has ears to hear, let him hear.” And he set down so many riddles, rousing them to ask questions. And if not even so were they awakened, much less if the things had been plain and clear. For neither could anyone say this, that they did not dare to ask and that he was hard of access. For those who asked him and tested him about chance matters, and who were silenced countless times and did not desist, how would they not have inquired and asked about necessary things, if indeed they had desired to learn them? For if they asked about matters of the law, “Which commandment is first?”, and such things, though there was no necessity for him to speak of these, how would they not have examined the meaning of what he himself said, for which he was more answerable to give answers, and especially when he himself was urging and drawing them to this? For by saying, “The violent seize it,” he rouses them to eagerness; and by saying, “He who has ears to hear, let him hear,” he does this same thing. “But to what shall I liken this generation?” he says. “It is like children sitting in the marketplace and saying, ‘We piped to you, and you did not dance; we mourned to you, and you did not lament.’” Again these things seem to be detached from what went before, but they follow very closely on them. For he still holds to the same main point, of showing that John acts in harmony with him, even if the things done were opposite, as also in the case of the question; and he shows that nothing that ought to have been done for their salvation was left undone; as the prophet says of the vineyard, “What ought I to have done to this vineyard, and have not done?” “For to what,” he says, “shall I liken this generation? It is like children sitting in the marketplace and saying, ‘We piped to you, and you did not dance; we mourned to you, and you did not lament.’ For John came neither eating nor drinking, and they say, ‘He has a demon.’ The Son of Man came eating and drinking, and they say, ‘Behold, a man who is a glutton and a winebibber, a friend of tax collectors and sinners.’” What he says is this: “We came each by an opposite way, I and John, and we did the same thing; as if some hunters, when a beast hard to catch was going to fall into the nets by two ways, each took one of the two ways and drove it, standing opposite the other, so that it must fall into one or the other.” Consider at least the whole human race, how it is struck with wonder at fasting and at this hard and philosophic life. For this reason it was so arranged that John was reared thus from his earliest age, so that by this too the things said by him might become trustworthy. “And for what reason,” someone says, “did he himself not choose this way?” Indeed he himself came by this way too, when he fasted the forty days, and went about teaching and not having where to lay his head; but nevertheless he also brought about this same thing in another way, and secured the gain from that. For to be witnessed to by one who came by this way was the same as his coming by it himself, or even far greater. And besides, John showed nothing more than his life and conduct, “for John,” it says, “did no sign”; but he himself had the testimony from signs and from wonders as well. Leaving John, then, to shine from his fasting, he himself came by the opposite way, both going into the tables of tax collectors and eating and drinking.

37.4Field 1

᾿Ερώμεθα τοίνυν ᾿Ιουδαίους καλὸν ἡ νηστεία καὶ θαυμαστόν Οὐκοῦν ἔδει πείθεσθαι ᾿Ιωάννῃ, καὶ ἀποδέχεσθαι αὐτὸν, καὶ πιστεύειν τοῖς ὑπ᾽ αὐτοῦ λεγομένοις. Οὕτω γὰρ ὑμᾶς ἔμελλεν ἐκεῖνα τὰ βήματα προσάγειν τῷ [ησοῦ. ᾿Αλλὰ φορτικὸν η νηστεία καὶ ἐπαχθές: : Οὐκοῦν ἔδει πείθεσθαι τῷ ᾿Ιησοῦ, καὶ πιστεύειν αὐτῷ τὴν ἐναντίαν ἐλθόντι. Δι ᾿ἀμφοτέρας γὰρ ὁδοῦ εἰς τὴν βασιλείαν ἐμέλλετε ἐμπίπτειν. Αλλ᾽ ὥσπερ θηρίον δύστροπον ἑκατέρους ἑκάκιζον. Οὐκ ἄρα τὸ ἔγκλημα τῶν μὴ πιστευθέντων, ἀλλ᾽ ἢ κατηγορία τῶν μὴ πιστευσάντων ἣν. Οὐδεὶς γάρ ποτε τὰ ἐναντία κακίζειν ἕλοιτο, ὥσπερ οὖν οὐδὲ ἐπαινεῖν. Οἵόν τι λέγω ὁ τὸν φαιδρὸν ἀποδεχόμενος ἅ ανθρωπον καὶ ἀνειμένον, τὸν σκυθρωπὸν καὶ βαρὺν οὐκ ἀποδέξεται ὁ τὸν σκυθρωπὸν ε ἑπαινῶν, τὸν φαιδρὸν οὐκ ἐπαινέσει. ᾿Αμήχανον γὰρ καὶ ταύτην κακείνην τιθέναι τὴν ψῆφον. Διὰ τοῦτο καὶ αὐτός φησιν ηὐλήσαμεν ὑμῖν, καὶ οὐκ ὠρχ»- σασθε τουτέστι, τὸν ἀνειμένον βίον ' ὑπέδειξα; καὶ οὐκ ἐπείσθητε καὶ, ἐθρηνήσαμεν, καὶ οὐκ ἐκόψασθε τουτέστιν, Ιωάννης τὸν σκληρὸν καὶ βαρὺν μετῆλθε βίον, καὶ οὐ προσέσχετε. Καὶ οὐ λέγει, ἐκεῖνος τοῦτον, κἀγὼ τοῦτον᾽ ἀλλ᾽ ἐπειδὴ μία γνώμη ἑκατέρων ἦν, εἰ καὶ τὰ ἐπιτηδεύματα ἐναντία, διὰ τοῦτο κοινὰ τὰ γεγενημένα φησὶν εἶναι. Καὶ γὰρ καὶ τὸ τὴν ἐναντίαν ἐλθεῖν ὁδὸν, απὸ συμφωνίας ἐπιτεταμένης ἐγίνετο, καὶ πρὸς ἕν βλεπούσης τέλος. Ποίαν οὖν σχοίητε λοιπὸν ἀπολογίαν: Διὰ τοῦτο καὶ ἐπηγαγε᾽ καὶ ἐδικαιώθη ἢ σοφία ἀπὸ τῶν τέκνων αὐτῆς τουτέστιν, εἰ καὶ ὑμεῖς οὐκ ἐπείσθητε, ἀλλ᾽ ἐμοὶ λοιπὸν ἐγκαλεῖν οὐκ ἔχετε. Ὃ περὶ τοῦ πατρός φησιν ὁ προφήτης ἐς ὅπως ἂν δικαιωθῇς ἑ εν τοῖς λόγοις σου. Ὃὧ γὰρ θεὸς, κἀν μηδὲν ἀνύῃ πλέον ἀπὸ τῆς περὶ ἡμᾶς κηδεμονίας, Ἑ, τὰ παρ᾽ ἑαυτοῦ πάντα πληροῖ, στε τοῖς ἀναισχυντεῖν βουλομένοις μηδὲ σκιὰν καταλιπεῖν ἀγνώμονος ἀμφιβολίας. Εἰ δὲ τὰ παραδείγματα εὐτελῆ καὶ κακέμφατα, μὴ θαυμάσην πρὸς γὰρ τὴν ἀσθένειαν τῶν ἀκουόντων διελέγετο. ᾿Επεὶ καὶ ὁ ᾿Ιεζεκιὴλ πολλὰ λέγει παραδείγματα αὐτοῖς ἢ πρόσᾧφορα, καὶ τῆς τοῦ θεοῦ μεγαλωσύνης ἀνάξια. Ἁλλὰ καὶ τοῦτο μάλιστα ἄξιον αὐτοῦ τῆς κηδεμονίας. Σκόπει δὲ αὐτοὺς καὶ ἑτέρωθεν εἰς ἐναντίας περιενεχθέντας δόξας. Ε-- πόντες γὰρ περὶ ᾿Ιωάννου, ὅτι δαιμόνιον ἔχει, ὁ οὐκ ἔστησαν μέχρε τούτου, ἀλλὰ καὶ περὶ αὐτοῦ τὰ ἐναντία αἱρουμένου τὸ αὐτὸ τοῦτο εἶπον πάλιν᾽ οὕτως εἰς μαχομένας ἀεὶ περιεφέροντο δόξας. Ὁ δὲ Λουκᾶς μετὰ τούτων καὶ ἑτέραν μείζονα τίθησιν αὐτῶν κατηγορίαν, εἰπών 1 οἱ γὰρ τελώναι ἐδικαίωσαν τὸν θεὸν, δεξάμενοι τὸ βαπτισμα ᾿Ιωάννου.ἢ Τότε λοιπὸν ὀνειδίζει τὰς πόλεις, ὅτε ἐδικαιώθη ἡ σοφία, Β ὅτε ἀπέδειξε πάντα ; πεπληρωμένα. ᾿Επειδὴ γὰρ οὐκ ἔπεισε, ταλανίζει λοιπὸν, ὃ τοῦ φοβῆσαι πλέον ἐστί. Καὶ γὰρ τὴν ἀπὸ τῶν λόγων διδασκαλίαν ἐπεδείξατο, καὶ τὴν απὸ τῶν σημείων θαυματουργίαν. ᾿Επειδὴ δὲ ἔμειναν ἐπὶ τῆς αὐτῶν ἀπειθείας, ὀνειδίζει λοιπόν. Τότε γὰρ, φησὶν, ὁ Ιησοῦς ἤρξατο ὀνειδίζειν τὰς πόλεις, ἐν αἷς ἐγένοντο αἱ πλεῖσται δυνάμεις αὐτοῦ, ὅτι οὐ μετενόησαν, λέγων οὐαέ μ . ’ Π ᾿ σοι Χοραζίν' οὐαί σοι Βηθσαϊδά. Εἶτα ἵνα μάθης οὐκ απὸ ’ [ Ψ Α Μ ΄σ-: φύσεως αὑτοὺς τοιούτους ὄντας». τίθησι καὶ τὸ ὄνομα τῆς πόλεως, αὐ ἧς πέντε προῆλθον αποστολοι Ὃ τε γὰρ Φίλιππος καὶ αἱ δύο ξυνωρίδες ἐκεῖναι αἱ τῶν κορυφαίων ι2 ΓΟ ᾽ ΄- ’ ἐντεῦθεν ἦσαν. Ὅτι εἰ ἐν Τύρῳ καὶ Σιδῶνι ἐγάνοντο, φησὶν, αἱ δυνάμεις αἱ γενόμεναι ἐν ὑμῖν, ἐν σάκκῳ καὶ σποδῷ μετενοήσαν. ἴλην λέγω υμῖν, Τυρῳ καὶ Σιδῶνι αἀνεκτόοτεΨ Π ἃ Κα , Α ρον ἔσται ἐν ἡμέρᾳ κρίσεως, ἢ υμῖν. Καὶ σν Καπερναούμ, « Ψ ΄ [ σ΄ «ε ΄- ε ὃ [2 ῷ ἢ εὡς τοῦ ουρανοῦ υψωθεῖσα, ἕως ᾿ἄδου καταβιβασθήση ὅτι εἰ ἐν Σοδόμοις ἐγένοντο αἱ δυνάμεις αἱ γενόμεναι ἐν σοὶ, ἐμειναν ἂν μέχρι τῆς σήμερον. ἴλην λεγω υμῖν, ὅτι γῆ ’ ΜΝ φ « ΓῚ Σοδόμων ἀνεκτότερον ἔσται ἐν ἡμέρᾳ κρίσεως» ἢ σοί. Καὶ . ’ ᾿ σι ᾽ ᾿ Μ) Ὁ τὰ Σόδομα δὲ αὐτοῖς οὐχ ἁπλῶς προστίθησιν, αλλ᾽ αὔξων ιε ’ τὴν κατηγορίαν. Καὶ γὰρ μεγίστη κακίας ἀπόδειξις, ὅταν μὴ τῶν τότε ὄντων, ἀλλὰ καὶ τῶν πώποτε γενομένων πο΄΄΄ ΓῚ σ΄ Ψῃ ΄- - νηρων φαίνωνται χείρους εκεῖνοι. Οὕτω καὶ βλΕχο, ποιεῖται .Ὶ . ᾿ λῚ . ᾿Ὶ ως σύγκρισιν, διὰ Νινευϊτῶν αὐτοὺς κατακρίνων καὶ ὀιὰ τῆς βα΄ ἤ Ά ; ΄- Α ΄- ’ ὸ σιλίσσης τοῦ νότου ἀλλ᾽ ἐκεῖ μὲν, διὰ τῶν κατωρθωκότων ᾽ ΄σι - ’ [ ’ ἐνταῦθα δὲ, καὶ διὰ τῶν ἡμαρτηκότων, ὃ πολὺ βαρύτερον φΦ ΄ι Α Ι ΄- Ὶ ὦ ἤν. Τοῦτον καὶ ὁ ᾿Ιεζεκιὴλ οἷδε τῆς κατακρίσεως τὸν νόμον διὸ καὶ ἔλεγε τῇ ᾿ἱερουσαλήμ᾽ ἐδικαίωσας τὰς ἀδελφάς σον ἐν πασαις ταῖς ἁμαρτίαις σου. Οὕτω πανταχοῦ τῇ ΄ι . Ψε φ Ὶ - ᾿Ὶ ὔ Ἑ παλαιᾷ ἐμφιλοχωρεῖν εἴωθε. Καὶ οὐδὲ ἐνταῦθα τὸν λόγον Ψ ιε ᾿. . ’ μι ᾽ ψΨ ἦ ἰστησιν, αλλα και τὸν φόβον ἐπιτείνει λέγων, ὅτι χαλεπωτερα πείσονται Σοδομηνῶν καὶ Τυρίων, ὥστε πανταχόθεν αὐτοὺς ἐναγαγεῖν, καὶ ἀπὸ τοῦ ταλανίζειν, καὶ ἀπὸ τοῦ φοβεῖν.

᾿Erōmetha toinyn ᾿Ioudaious kalon hē nēsteia kai thaumaston Oukoun edei peithesthai ᾿Iōannę̄, kai apodechesthai auton, kai pisteuein tois hyp᾽ autou legomenois. Houtō gar hymas emellen ekeina ta bēmata prosagein tǭ [ēsou. ᾿Alla phortikon ē nēsteia kai epachthes: : Oukoun edei peithesthai tǭ ᾿Iēsou, kai pisteuein autǭ tēn enantian elthonti. Di ᾿amphoteras gar hodou eis tēn basileian emellete empiptein. All᾽ hōsper thērion dystropon hekaterous hekakizon. Ouk ara to enklēma tōn mē pisteuthentōn, all᾽ ē katēgoria tōn mē pisteusantōn hēn. Oudeis gar pote ta enantia kakizein heloito, hōsper oun oude epainein. Hoion ti legō ho ton phaidron apodechomenos ha anthrōpon kai aneimenon, ton skythrōpon kai baryn ouk apodexetai ho ton skythrōpon e hepainōn, ton phaidron ouk epainesei. ᾿Amēchanon gar kai tautēn kakeinēn tithenai tēn psēphon. Dia touto kai autos phēsin ēulēsamen hymin, kai ouk ōrch»- sasthe toutesti, ton aneimenon bion ' hypedeixa? kai ouk epeisthēte kai, ethrēnēsamen, kai ouk ekopsasthe toutestin, Iōannēs ton sklēron kai baryn metēlthe bion, kai ou proseschete. Kai ou legei, ekeinos touton, kagō touton᾽ all᾽ epeidē mia gnōmē hekaterōn ēn, ei kai ta epitēdeumata enantia, dia touto koina ta gegenēmena phēsin einai. Kai gar kai to tēn enantian elthein hodon, apo symphōnias epitetamenēs egineto, kai pros hen blepousēs telos. Poian oun schoiēte loipon apologian: Dia touto kai epēgage᾽ kai edikaiōthē ē sophia apo tōn teknōn autēs toutestin, ei kai hymeis ouk epeisthēte, all᾽ emoi loipon enkalein ouk echete. Ho peri tou patros phēsin ho prophētēs es hopōs an dikaiōthę̄s he en tois logois sou. Hoō gar theos, kan mēden anyę̄ pleon apo tēs peri hēmas kēdemonias, He, ta par᾽ heautou panta plēroi, ste tois anaischyntein boulomenois mēde skian katalipein agnōmonos amphibolias. Ei de ta paradeigmata eutelē kai kakemphata, mē thaumasēn pros gar tēn astheneian tōn akouontōn dielegeto. ᾿Epei kai ho ᾿Iezekiēl polla legei paradeigmata autois ē prosǭphora, kai tēs tou theou megalōsynēs anaxia. Halla kai touto malista axion autou tēs kēdemonias. Skopei de autous kai heterōthen eis enantias perienechthentas doxas. E-- pontes gar peri ᾿Iōannou, hoti daimonion echei, ho ouk estēsan mechre toutou, alla kai peri autou ta enantia hairoumenou to auto touto eipon palin᾽ houtōs eis machomenas aei periepheronto doxas. Ho de Loukas meta toutōn kai heteran meizona tithēsin autōn katēgorian, eipōn 1 hoi gar telōnai edikaiōsan ton theon, dexamenoi to baptisma ᾿Iōannou.ē Tote loipon oneidizei tas poleis, hote edikaiōthē hē sophia, B hote apedeixe panta ? peplērōmena. ᾿Epeidē gar ouk epeise, talanizei loipon, ho tou phobēsai pleon esti. Kai gar tēn apo tōn logōn didaskalian epedeixato, kai tēn apo tōn sēmeiōn thaumatourgian. ᾿Epeidē de emeinan epi tēs autōn apeitheias, oneidizei loipon. Tote gar, phēsin, ho Iēsous ērxato oneidizein tas poleis, en hais egenonto hai pleistai dynameis autou, hoti ou metenoēsan, legōn ouae m . ’ P ᾿ soi Chorazin' ouai soi Bēthsaïda. Eita hina mathēs ouk apo ’ [ Ps A M ΄s-: physeōs hautous toioutous ontas». tithēsi kai to onoma tēs poleōs, au hēs pente proēlthon apostoloi Ho te gar Philippos kai hai dyo xynōrides ekeinai hai tōn koryphaiōn i2 GO ᾽ ΄- ’ enteuthen ēsan. Hoti ei en Tyrǭ kai Sidōni eganonto, phēsin, hai dynameis hai genomenai en hymin, en sakkǭ kai spodǭ metenoēsan. ilēn legō ymin, Tyrǭ kai Sidōni aanektootePs P ha Ka , A ron estai en hēmerą kriseōs, ē ymin. Kai sn Kapernaoum, « Ps ΄ [ s΄ «e ΄- e ho [2 ǭ ē heōs tou ouranou ypsōtheisa, heōs ᾿adou katabibasthēsē hoti ei en Sodomois egenonto hai dynameis hai genomenai en soi, emeinan an mechri tēs sēmeron. ilēn legō ymin, hoti gē ’ MN ph « GI Sodomōn anektoteron estai en hēmerą kriseōs» ē soi. Kai . ’ ᾿ si ᾽ ᾿ M) Ho ta Sodoma de autois ouch haplōs prostithēsin, all᾽ auxōn ie ’ tēn katēgorian. Kai gar megistē kakias apodeixis, hotan mē tōn tote ontōn, alla kai tōn pōpote genomenōn po΄΄΄ GI s΄ Psę̄ ΄- - nērōn phainōntai cheirous ekeinoi. Houtō kai blEcho, poieitai .I . ᾿ lI . ᾿I ōs synkrisin, dia Nineuïtōn autous katakrinōn kai oia tēs ba΄ ē A ? ΄- A ΄- ’ o silissēs tou notou all᾽ ekei men, dia tōn katōrthōkotōn ᾽ ΄si - ’ [ ’ entautha de, kai dia tōn hēmartēkotōn, ho poly baryteron phPh ΄i A I ΄- I ō ēn. Touton kai ho ᾿Iezekiēl hoide tēs katakriseōs ton nomon dio kai elege tę̄ ᾿hierousalēm᾽ edikaiōsas tas adelphas son en pasais tais hamartiais sou. Houtō pantachou tę̄ ΄i . Pse ph I - ᾿I y He palaią emphilochōrein eiōthe. Kai oude entautha ton logon Ps ie ᾿. . ’ mi ᾽ psPs ē istēsin, alla kai ton phobon epiteinei legōn, hoti chalepōtera peisontai Sodomēnōn kai Tyriōn, hōste pantachothen autous enagagein, kai apo tou talanizein, kai apo tou phobein.

Let us ask the Jews, then: Is fasting good and wonderful? Then you ought to have obeyed John, and received him, and believed what was said by him. For so those words would have brought you to Jesus. But is fasting burdensome and grievous? Then you ought to have obeyed Jesus, and believed him, who came by the opposite way. For by either way you would have fallen into the kingdom. But like an intractable beast they found fault with both. The charge, then, belongs not to those who were not believed, but the accusation is against those who did not believe. For no one would ever choose to find fault with opposite things, just as no one would praise them either. What I mean is this: he who approves the cheerful and relaxed man will not approve the gloomy and severe one; he who praises the gloomy man will not praise the cheerful one. For it is impossible to cast both this vote and that. For this reason he himself says, “We piped to you, and you did not dance,” that is, “I showed the relaxed life, and you were not persuaded”; and, “We mourned, and you did not lament,” that is, “John followed the hard and severe life, and you paid no attention.” And he does not say, “He followed this, and I that,” but since the purpose of both was one, even if their practices were opposite, for this reason he says that what was done is common to both. For indeed the coming by the opposite way came from an intense agreement looking to one end. What defense then could you have any longer? For this reason he also added, “And wisdom is justified by her children”; that is, “Even if you were not persuaded, you can no longer accuse me.” Which the prophet says about the Father: “That you may be justified in your words.” For God, even if he accomplishes nothing more by his care for us, fulfills everything on his part, so as to leave to those who wish to be shameless not even a shadow of ungrateful doubt. And if the illustrations are common and of low sound, do not wonder; for he was speaking to the weakness of the hearers. For Ezekiel too tells them many illustrations suited to them, and unworthy of the majesty of God. But this too above all is worthy of his care. And see them carried about from another side into contrary opinions. For having said of John that he has a demon, they did not stop there, but of him, who chose the opposite way, they said this same thing again; so were they always carried about into conflicting opinions. And Luke sets down besides these another, greater accusation against them, saying, “For the tax collectors justified God, having received the baptism of John.” Then at last he reproaches the cities, when wisdom had been justified, when he had shown that all had been fulfilled. For since he did not persuade them, he now bewails them, which is more than to make them afraid. For he had displayed both the teaching of words and the wonder-working of signs. But since they remained in their disobedience, he now reproaches them. “Then,” it says, “Jesus began to reproach the cities in which most of his mighty works were done, because they did not repent, saying, ‘Woe to you, Chorazin! Woe to you, Bethsaida!’” Then, so that you may learn that they were not such by nature, he also sets down the name of the city from which five apostles came; for both Philip and those two pairs of the leaders were from there. “For if,” he says, “the mighty works done in you had been done in Tyre and Sidon, they would have repented in sackcloth and ashes. But I tell you, it will be more tolerable for Tyre and Sidon in the day of judgment than for you. And you, Capernaum, who are exalted to heaven, will be brought down to Hades; for if the mighty works done in you had been done in Sodom, it would have remained until this day. But I tell you that it will be more tolerable for the land of Sodom in the day of judgment than for you.” And he does not add Sodom to them simply, but to increase the accusation. For it is the greatest proof of wickedness when they appear worse not only than the wicked of their own time but than any that have ever been. So he makes a comparison elsewhere too, condemning them by the Ninevites and by the queen of the south; but there by those who had done well, while here by those who had sinned too, which was far heavier. Ezekiel too knows this law of condemnation; and therefore he said to Jerusalem, “You have justified your sisters in all your sins.” So everywhere he is accustomed to linger fondly in the old covenant. And he does not stop the discourse even here, but intensifies the fear too, saying that they will suffer things more grievous than the people of Sodom and of Tyre, so as to lead them on from every side, both by bewailing them and by making them afraid.

37.5Field 1

Ταῦτα δὴ καὶ ἡμεῖς ἀκούωμεν. Οὐδὲ Ὑαρ τοῖς απι- Γ ϑ Α « σι ’ ο ἰἐ στουσι μονον, αλλα καὶ ἡμιν χαλεπωτέραν ὥρισε κολασιν ΄- ΓῚ Α ᾿ ’ «ε« - ’ Σοδομηνῶν, ει μὴ δεξόμεθα τοὺυς εἰισιοντας πρὸς μας ξένους, ὅτε καὶ τὸν κονιορτὸν ἐκτινάξαι ἐκέλευσε καὶ μάλα εἰκότως. ᾽ Ἐκεῖνοι μὲν γάρ, εἰ καὶ παράνομα ἥμαρτον, ἀλλὰ πρὸ τοῦ νόμου καὶ τῆς χάριτος ἡμεῖς δὲ μετὰ τοσαύτην ἐπιμέλειαν, τίνος ἂν εἴημεν συγγνώμης ἄξιοι, μισοξενίαν τοσαύτην ἐπιδεικνύμενοι, καὶ τοῖς δεομένοις τὰς θύρας ἀποκλείοντες, καὶ τρὸ τῶν θυρῶν τὰς ἀκοάς ; μᾶλλον δὲ οὐ τοῖς πένησι μόνον, ἀλλὰ καὶ αὐτοῖς τοῖς ἀποστόλοις; Διὰ γὰρ τοῦτο καὶ τοῖς πένησιν, ἐπειδὴ καὶ τοῖς ἀποστόλοις. Ὅταν γὰρ ἀναγινώσκηται Παῦλος, καὶ σὺ μὴ προσέχῃς, ὅταν κηρύττη ᾿Ιωάννης, καὶ σὺ μὴ ἀκούῃς, πότε δέξῃ πένητα, ἀπόστολον μὴ δεχό- Β μενος; Ἵνα οὖν καὶ τούτοις αἱ οἰκίαι; κακείνοις αἱ ἀκοαὶ ᾽ διηνεκώς ἀνεῳγμέναι ὦσιν» ἐκκαθάρωμεν τὸν βύπον ἀπὸ τῶν τῆς ψυχῆς ὥτων. Καθάπερ γὰρ ῥύπος καὶ πηλὸς τὰ ὦτα τῆς σαρκὸς, οὕτω τὰ πορνικὰ ἄσματα, καὶ τὰ βιωτικὰ διηγήματα, καὶ τὰ χρέα, καὶ τὰ περὶ τόκων καὶ δανεισμάτων, ῥύπου παντὸς χαλεπώτερον ἐμφράττει τῆς διανοίας τὴν ἀκοήν' μᾶλλον. δὲ οὐκ ἐμφράττει μόνον: ἀλλὰ καὶ ἀκάθαρτον ποιεῖ. Καὶ γὰρ κόπρον ἐνιᾶσιν ὑμῶν ταῖς ἀκοαῖς οἱ ταῦτα διγγούμενοι. Καὶ ὅ ὅπερ ἶ βάρβαρος ἠπείλει λέγων ἢ φάγέσθε τὴν κόπρον ὑμῶν, καὶ τὰ ἑξῆς τοῦτο καὶ οὗτοι οὐ λόγῳ, ἀλλὰ διὰ τῶν ἔργων ὑμᾶς ὑπομένειν ποιοῦσι μᾶλλον δὲ καὶ πολλῷ χαλεπώτερον. Καὶ γὰρ καὶ τούτων ἀη: δέστερα ἐκεῖ να τὰ ἄσματα: καὶ τὸ δὴ χαλεπώτερον, ὅτι οὐ μόνον οὐκ ἐνοχλεῖσθαι νομίζετε τούτων ἀκούοντες, ἀλλὰ καὶ γελᾶτε, δέον βδελύττεσθαι καὶ φεύγειν. Εἰ δὲ οὐ βδε-. λυκτὰ, κατάβηθι εἰς τὴν ὀρχήστραν, ζήλωσον ὅ ὅπερ ἐπαινεῖς μάλλον δὲ βάδισον μόνον μετὰ τούτου τοῦ κινοῦντος τὸν γέλωτα ἐκεῖνον. Ἀλλ᾽ οὐκ ἂν ἀνάσχοιο. Τί τοίνυν τοσαύτην ἀπονέμεις αὐτῷ τιμήν; Καὶ οἱ μὲν νόμοι οἱ παρὰ τῶν Ἑλλήνων γραφέντες ἀτίμους αὐτοὺς εἶναι βούλονται σὺ δὲ αὐτοὺς ὅλῃ τῇ πόλει δέχη, ὥσπερ πρεσβευτὰς καὶ στρατηγοὺς, καὶ ἅπαντας σνγκαλεὶς, ἵνα δέξωνται κόπρον ταῖς Ὦ ἀκοαῖς. Καὶ ὁ μὲν οἰκέτης αἰσχρόν τι φθεγγόμενος ἀκούοντός σου, μυρίας λήψεται μάστιγας κἄν υἱὸς, κἂν γυνὴ, κἂν ὁστισοῦν αὐτὸ τοῦτο ποιήσῃ, ὕβριν τὸ πρᾶγμα καλεῖς ἂν δὲ ἄνθρωποι μαστιγίαι, καὶ τριωβολιμαῖοι καλέσωσί σε τῶν αἰσχρῶν ἀκουσόμενον ῥημάτων, οὐ μόνον οὐκ ἀγανακτεῖς, ἀλλὰ καὶ χαίρεις καὶ ἐπαινεῖς. Καὶ τί ταύτης τῆς ἀλογίας ἴσον γένοιτ᾽ ἄν; ᾿Αλλ᾽ αὐτὸς οὐ φθέγγῃ τὰ αἰσχρὰ ταῦτας: Καὶ τί τὸ κέρδος : : μᾶλλον δὲ, καὶ αὐτὸ τοῦτο πόθεν δῆλον : Ε, Εἰ γὰρ μη ἐφθέγγου. οὐκ ἂν οὐδὲ ἀκούων ἐγέλας, οὐδ᾽ ἁ ἂν μετὰ τοσαύτης σπουδῆς ἔδραμες ἐπὶ τὴν καταισχύνουσάν σε φωνήν. Εἰπὲ γάρ μοι, χαίρεις ἀκούων βλασφημούντων : Ξ ἀλλ᾽ οὐχὶ φρίττεις, καὶ τὰ ὦτα ἐμφράττεις : : ἼἜγωγε οἶμαι. Τί δήποτε: : Ὅτι οὐδὲ αὐτὸς βλασφημεῖς. Οὕτω δὴ καὶ ἐπὶ τῆς αἰσχρολογίας ποίει καὶ εἰ βούλει δεῖξαι σαφώς ἡμῖν, ὅτι οὐ χαίρεις αἰσχρὰ φθέγγεσθαι, μηδὲ ἀκούειν ἀνέχου. Πότε γὰρ δυνήσῃ γενέσθαι σπουδαῖος, τοιούτοις ἐντρεφόμενος ἀκούσμασι : πότε τοὺς ὑπὲρ σωφροσύνης ἱδρῶτας ἐ ἐνεγκεῖν ἀνέξη, κατὰ μικρὸν ὑποῤῥέων απὸ τοῦ γέλωτος καὶ τῶν φσμάτων καὶ τῶν αἰσχρῶν ῥημάτων τούτων; Καὶ γὰρ ἀγαπητὸν ἁπάντων τούτων καθαρεύουσαν ψυχὴν δυνηθῆναι γενέσθαι σεμνὴν καὶ σώφρονα, μ μήτιγε τοιούτοις ἀκούσμασιν ἐντρεφομένην. Ἢ οὐκ ἴστε, ὅτι πρὸς κακίαν ἐπιῤῥεπέστερον ἕἔ ἔχομεν: Ὅνταν οὖν καὶ τέχνην αὐτὸ ποιησωμεθα καὶ ἔργον, πότε διαφευξόμεθα τὴν κάμινον ἐκείνην; Οὐκ ἤκουσας τί φησιν ὁ Παῦλος, χαίρετε ἐν κυρίῳ : Οὐκ εἵπεν᾽ ἐν διαβόλῳ.

Tauta dē kai hēmeis akouōmen. Oude Hyar tois api- G ϑ A « si ’ o ie stousi monon, alla kai hēmin chalepōteran hōrise kolasin ΄- GI A ᾿ ’ «e« - ’ Sodomēnōn, ei mē dexometha touys eiisiontas pros mas xenous, hote kai ton koniorton ektinaxai ekeleuse kai mala eikotōs. ᾽ Ekeinoi men gar, ei kai paranoma hēmarton, alla pro tou nomou kai tēs charitos hēmeis de meta tosautēn epimeleian, tinos an eiēmen syngnōmēs axioi, misoxenian tosautēn epideiknymenoi, kai tois deomenois tas thyras apokleiontes, kai tro tōn thyrōn tas akoas ? mallon de ou tois penēsi monon, alla kai autois tois apostolois? Dia gar touto kai tois penēsin, epeidē kai tois apostolois. Hotan gar anaginōskētai Paulos, kai sy mē prosechę̄s, hotan kēryttē ᾿Iōannēs, kai sy mē akouę̄s, pote dexę̄ penēta, apostolon mē decho- B menos? Hina oun kai toutois hai oikiai? kakeinois hai akoai ᾽ diēnekōs aneǭgmenai ōsin» ekkatharōmen ton bypon apo tōn tēs psychēs hōtōn. Kathaper gar rhypos kai pēlos ta ōta tēs sarkos, houtō ta pornika asmata, kai ta biōtika diēgēmata, kai ta chrea, kai ta peri tokōn kai daneismatōn, rhypou pantos chalepōteron emphrattei tēs dianoias tēn akoēn' mallon. de ouk emphrattei monon: alla kai akatharton poiei. Kai gar kopron eniasin hymōn tais akoais hoi tauta dingoumenoi. Kai ho hoper i barbaros ēpeilei legōn ē phagesthe tēn kopron hymōn, kai ta hexēs touto kai houtoi ou logǭ, alla dia tōn ergōn hymas hypomenein poiousi mallon de kai pollǭ chalepōteron. Kai gar kai toutōn aē: destera ekei na ta asmata: kai to dē chalepōteron, hoti ou monon ouk enochleisthai nomizete toutōn akouontes, alla kai gelate, deon bdelyttesthai kai pheugein. Ei de ou bde-. lykta, katabēthi eis tēn orchēstran, zēlōson ho hoper epaineis mallon de badison monon meta toutou tou kinountos ton gelōta ekeinon. All᾽ ouk an anaschoio. Ti toinyn tosautēn aponemeis autǭ timēn? Kai hoi men nomoi hoi para tōn Hellēnōn graphentes atimous autous einai boulontai sy de autous holę̄ tę̄ polei dechē, hōsper presbeutas kai stratēgous, kai hapantas snnkaleis, hina dexōntai kopron tais Ō akoais. Kai ho men oiketēs aischron ti phthengomenos akouontos sou, myrias lēpsetai mastigas kan huios, kan gynē, kan hostisoun auto touto poiēsę̄, hybrin to pragma kaleis an de anthrōpoi mastigiai, kai triōbolimaioi kalesōsi se tōn aischrōn akousomenon rhēmatōn, ou monon ouk aganakteis, alla kai chaireis kai epaineis. Kai ti tautēs tēs alogias ison genoit᾽ an? ᾿All᾽ autos ou phthengę̄ ta aischra tautas: Kai ti to kerdos : : mallon de, kai auto touto pothen dēlon : E, Ei gar mē ephthengou. ouk an oude akouōn egelas, oud᾽ ha an meta tosautēs spoudēs edrames epi tēn kataischynousan se phōnēn. Eipe gar moi, chaireis akouōn blasphēmountōn : X all᾽ ouchi phritteis, kai ta ōta emphratteis : : IEgōge oimai. Ti dēpote: : Hoti oude autos blasphēmeis. Houtō dē kai epi tēs aischrologias poiei kai ei boulei deixai saphōs hēmin, hoti ou chaireis aischra phthengesthai, mēde akouein anechou. Pote gar dynēsę̄ genesthai spoudaios, toioutois entrephomenos akousmasi : pote tous hyper sōphrosynēs hidrōtas e enenkein anexē, kata mikron hyporrheōn apo tou gelōtos kai tōn phsmatōn kai tōn aischrōn rhēmatōn toutōn? Kai gar agapēton hapantōn toutōn kathareuousan psychēn dynēthēnai genesthai semnēn kai sōphrona, m mētige toioutois akousmasin entrephomenēn. Ē ouk iste, hoti pros kakian epirrhepesteron hee echomen: Hontan oun kai technēn auto poiēsōmetha kai ergon, pote diapheuxometha tēn kaminon ekeinēn? Ouk ēkousas ti phēsin ho Paulos, chairete en kyriǭ : Ouk heipen᾽ en diabolǭ.

Let us too hear these things. For not to the unbelievers only, but to us also he has appointed a punishment more grievous than that of the people of Sodom, if we do not receive the strangers who come in to us, when he also commanded them to shake off the dust; and with good reason. For they, even if they sinned lawlessly, yet did so before the law and grace; but we, after so much care, of what pardon would we be worthy, displaying such hatred of strangers, and shutting the doors against those in need, and before the doors our ears? Or rather, not against the poor only, but against the apostles themselves? For it is for this reason that we shut them against the poor, because we shut them against the apostles too. For when Paul is being read and you do not attend, when John is preaching and you do not hear, when will you receive a poor man, not receiving an apostle? So that, then, our houses may be continually open to these and our ears to those, let us cleanse the filth from the ears of the soul. For as filth and mud stop up the ears of the flesh, so harlots’ songs and worldly tales and debts and talk of interest and loans stop up the hearing of the mind more grievously than any filth; or rather, they not only stop it up, but also make it unclean. For those who tell these things put dung into your ears. And what the barbarian threatened, saying, “You will eat your own dung,” and what follows, this these men make you endure, not in word but in deeds; or rather, something far more grievous. For those songs are more loathsome even than these things; and what is worse, you not only do not think yourselves annoyed when hearing them, but even laugh, when you ought to loathe and flee them. And if they are not loathsome, go down onto the stage, imitate what you praise; or rather, just walk in company with the man who moves that laughter. But you would not endure it. Why then do you assign him so much honor? And the laws written by the Greeks wish them to be without civic rights; but you receive them with the whole city, as if they were ambassadors and generals, and call everyone together to receive dung into their ears. And the servant who utters something shameful in your hearing will receive countless lashes; and if a son, or a wife, or anyone at all does this very thing, you call the thing an outrage; but if men who deserve the whip, worth three obols, invite you to hear shameful words, you not only are not indignant, but even rejoice and praise them. And what could equal this folly? “But I myself do not utter these shameful things.” And what is the gain? Or rather, how is even this clear? For if you did not utter them, you would not laugh on hearing them, nor would you have run with such eagerness to the voice that puts you to shame. For tell me, do you rejoice in hearing people blaspheme? Do you not rather shudder and stop up your ears? I think so. Why? Because you yourself do not blaspheme. Do so also with shameful talk; and if you wish to show us clearly that you do not delight in uttering shameful things, do not even endure hearing them. For when will you be able to become earnest, nurtured on such things heard? When will you endure to bear the sweat of labor for chastity, gradually slipping away through the laughter and the songs and these shameful words? For it is a great thing if a soul pure of all these things can become modest and chaste, let alone one nurtured on such things heard. Or do you not know that we incline more readily to vice? When then we make it even an art and a business, when shall we escape that furnace? Did you not hear what Paul says, “Rejoice in the Lord”? He did not say, “in the devil.”

37.6Field 1

Πότε οὖν ἀκοῦσαι δυνήση Παύλου: πότε αἴσθησιν λαβεῖν τῶν πεπλημμελημένων, μεθύων ἀεὶ καὶ διηνεκῶς ἀπὸ τῆς θεωρίας ἐκείνη ; Ὅτι γὰρ παραγέγονας ἐνταῦθα, οὐ θανμαστὸν ἃ καὶ μέγα μᾶλλον δὲ θαυμαστόν. ᾿Ενταῦθα μὲν γὰρ καὶ ἁπλῶς καὶ ἀφοσιούμενος παραγίνη ἐκεῖ δὲ, μετὰ σπουδῆς καὶ δρόμου καὶ πολλῆς τῆς προθυμίας. Καὶ δῆλον εξ ὧν οἴκαδε φέρεις, ἐκεῖθεν ἀναχωρῶν. Καὶ γὰρ τὸν βόρβορον ἅπαντα τὸν ἐκχυθέντα ὑμῖν ἐκεῖ διὰ τῶν ῥημάτων, διὰ τῶν φδών, διὰ τοῦ γέλωτος, εἰς τὴν οἰκίαν ἕκαστος συνάγοντες φέρετε᾽ μᾶλλον δὲ οὐκ εἰς τὴν οἰκίαν μόνον, ἀλλὰ καὶ εἰς τὴν διάνοιαν ἕκαστος τὴν ἑαυτοῦ. Καὶ τὰ μὲν οὐκ ἄξια τοῦ βδελύττεσθαι ἀποστρέφη, τὰ δὲ βδελυκτὰ οὐ μισεῖς, ἀλλὰ καὶ ἀγαπᾷς. Πολλοὶ γοῦν ἀπὸ μὲν τάφων ἐπανελθόντες ἐλούσαντο᾽ ἀπὸ δὲ θεάτρων ἀναχωροῦντες οὐκ ἐστέναξαν, οὐδὲ ἐξέχον, δακρύων πηγας καίτοιγε ὁ μὲν νεκρὸς οὐκ ἀκάθαρτον ἡ ὃε ἁμαρτία τοσαύτην ἐντίθησι κηλῖδα, ὡς μηδὲ μυρίαις πηγαῖς ἐκκαθᾶραι ταύτην δύνασθαι, ἀλλὰ μόνοις δάκρυσι καὶ ἐξομολογήσεσιν. Αλλ' οὐδεὶς ὃ αἰσθανόμενος τῆς κηλῖδος ταύτης. ᾿Επειδὴ γὰρ ἃ χρὴ οὐ φοβούμεθα, διὰ τοῦτο ἁ μὴ χρὴ δεδοίκαμεν. Τός Ὠ δὲ καὶ ὁ πάταγος: τίς δὲ καὶ ὁ θόρυβος, καὶ αἱ σατανικαὶ κρανγαὶ, καὶ τὰ διαβολικὰ σχήματα: Ὁ μὲν γὰρ ὄπισθεν ἔχει κόμην νέος ὧν, καὶ τὴν φύσιν ἐκθηλύνων, καὶ τῷ βλέμματι, καὶ τῷ σχήματι, καὶ τοῖς ἱματίοις, καὶ πᾶσιν ἁπλῶς εἰς εἰκόνα κόρης ἁπαλῆς ἐκβῆναι φιλονεικεῖ. Ἄλλος δέ τις γεγηρακως ὁ ὑπεναντίως τούτῳ τὰς τρίχας ξυρῷ περιελὼν, καὶ ἐζωσμένος τὰς πλευράς, πρὸ τῶν τριχῶν ἐκτέμνων τὴν αἰδῶ, πρὸς τὸ ῥαπίζεσθαι ἕ ἕτοιμος ἕστηκε, πάντα καὶ λέγειν καὶ ποιεῖν παρεσκενασμένος. Αἱ δὲ γυναῖκες γυμνῇ τῇ κεφαλῇ μελέτην ἀναισχυντίας ποιούμεναι; καὶ πᾶσαν ἰταμότητα καὶ ἀσέλγειαν εἰς τὰς τῶν ἀκονόντων ἐκχέουσαι ψυχάς. Καὶ μία σπουδὴ, πᾶσαν ἐκ βάθρων ἀνασπάσαι τὴν σωφροσύνην, καταισχῦναι τὴν φύσιν, ἐμπλῆσαι τοῦ πονηροῦ δαίμονος τὴν ἐπιθυμίαν. Καὶ γὰρ καὶ βήματα αἰσχρὰ αὐτόθι, καὶ σχήματα ᾿αἰσχρότερα, καὶ κουρὰ τοιαύτης καὶ βάδισις, καὶ στολὴ, ὶ φωνὴ, καὶ μελῶν διάκλασις, καὶ ὀφθαλμῶν ἐκστροφαὶ, καὶ σύριγγες, καὶ αὐλοὶ, καὶ δράματα, καὶ ὑποθέσεις, καὶ πάντα ἁπλῶς τῆς ἐσχάτης, ἀσελγείας ἀνάμεστα. Πότε οὗν ἀνανήψεις, εἰπέ μοι, τοσοῦτόν σοι πορνείας ἄκρατον ἐγχέοντος τοὺ διαβόλου, τοσαύτας ἀκολασίας κύλικας κεραννύντος ; Καὶ γὰρ καὶ μοιχείαι, καὶ γάμων ἐκεῖ κλοπαὶ, καὶ γυναῖκες ἐκεῖ πορνευόμεναι, ᾿ ἄνδρες ἡταιρηκότες, νέοι μαλακιζόμενοι,᾿ πάντα παρανομίας μεστὰ, πάντα τερατωδίας, πάντα αἰσχύνης. Οὐκ ἄρα γελᾶν ἐπὶ τούτοις τοὺς καθημένους ἐχρῆν, ἀλλὰ δακρύειν καὶ στένειν πικρόν. Τί οὖν: ἀποκλείσομεν τὴν ὀρχήστραν, φησὶ, καὶ τῷ λόγῳ τῷ σῷ πάντα ἀνατραπήσεται:; Νὺν μὲν οὖν πάντα ἀνατέτραπται. Πόθεν γὰρ οἱ τοῖς γάμοις ἐπιβουλεύοντες : : εἰπέ μοι οὐκ απὸ τῆς σκηνῆς ταύτης: : Πόθεν οἱ τοὺς θαλάμους διορύττοντες : οὐκ ἀπὸ τῆς ὀρχήστρας ἐκείνης ; Οὐκ ἐντεῦθεν οἱ ἄνδρες ταῖς γυναιξὶ φορτικοί: οὐκ ἐντεῦθεν τοῖς ἀνδράσιν αἱ γυναῖκες εὐκαταφρόνητοι: οὐκ ἐντεῦθεν οἱ πλείους μοιχοί ; Ὥστε ο τὰ πάντα ἀνατρέπων ὁ πρὸς τὸ θέατρον βαδίζων ἐστὶν, ὁ τυραννίδα χαλεπὴν ἐπεισάγων. Οὐχὶ, φησὶν, αλλὰ τῇ τῶν νόμων εὐταξίᾳ τοῦτο δοκεῖ. Τὸ γὰρ γυναῖκας διασπᾶν, καὶ παῖδας ὑβρίζειν νέους, καὶ οἰκίας ἀνατρέπειν; τών τὰς ἀκροπόλεις κατειληφότων ἐστί. Καὶ τίς μοιχὸς; φησὶν, απὸ τῶν θεαμάτων τούτων γέγονε: Τίς γὰρ οὐ μοιχός; Καὶ εἴγε ἣν ὀνομαστὶ νῦν εἰπεῖν, ἔδειξα ἂν ὅσους ἄνδρας ἀπέσχισαν γυναικών, ὅσους ἔλαβον αἰχμαλώτους αἱ πόρναι ἐκεῖναι, τοὺς μὲν ἀπ᾿ αὐτῆς ἀναστήσασαι τῆς εὐνῆς, τοὺς δὲ οὐδὲ τὴν ἀρχὴν ἀφεῖσαι ὁμιλῆσαι γάμῳ. Τί οὖν: εἰπέ μοι τοὺς νόμους ἀνατρέψομεν ἅπαντας: ᾽ Καὶ μὴν παρανομίαν ἐστὶν ἀνατρέψαι, ταῦτα λύοντας τὰ θέατρα. Οι γὰρ ταῖς πόλεσι λυμαινόμενοι ἐκ τούτων εἰσίν ἐντεῦθεν γοῦν στάσεις καὶ ταραχαί. Οι γὰρ ὑπὸ τῶν ὀρχουμένων τρεφόμενοι, καὶ γαστρὶ τὴν ἑαυτῶν πωλοῦντες φωνήν, οἷς 9 ἔργον βοῆσαι καὶ πρᾶξαι πᾶν ἄτοπον, οὗτοι μάλιστά εἰσιν οἱ τοὺς δήμους ἀναῤῥιπίζοντες, οἱ τὰς ταραχὰς ἐμποιοῦντες ταῖς πόλεσι. Νεότης γὰρ ἀργίας ἐπιλαβομένη, καὶ τοσούτοῖς ἐντρεφομένη κακοῖς» θηρίου παντὸς αὙριωτέρα γένεται.

Pote oun akousai dynēsē Paulou: pote aisthēsin labein tōn peplēmmelēmenōn, methyōn aei kai diēnekōs apo tēs theōrias ekeinē ? Hoti gar paragegonas entautha, ou thanmaston ha kai mega mallon de thaumaston. ᾿Entautha men gar kai haplōs kai aphosioumenos paraginē ekei de, meta spoudēs kai dromou kai pollēs tēs prothymias. Kai dēlon ex hōn oikade phereis, ekeithen anachōrōn. Kai gar ton borboron hapanta ton ekchythenta hymin ekei dia tōn rhēmatōn, dia tōn phdōn, dia tou gelōtos, eis tēn oikian hekastos synagontes pherete᾽ mallon de ouk eis tēn oikian monon, alla kai eis tēn dianoian hekastos tēn heautou. Kai ta men ouk axia tou bdelyttesthai apostrephē, ta de bdelykta ou miseis, alla kai agapąs. Polloi goun apo men taphōn epanelthontes elousanto᾽ apo de theatrōn anachōrountes ouk estenaxan, oude exechon, dakryōn pēgas kaitoige ho men nekros ouk akatharton hē hoe hamartia tosautēn entithēsi kēlida, hōs mēde myriais pēgais ekkatharai tautēn dynasthai, alla monois dakrysi kai exomologēsesin. All' oudeis ho aisthanomenos tēs kēlidos tautēs. ᾿Epeidē gar ha chrē ou phoboumetha, dia touto ha mē chrē dedoikamen. Tos Ō de kai ho patagos: tis de kai ho thorybos, kai hai satanikai krangai, kai ta diabolika schēmata: Ho men gar opisthen echei komēn neos hōn, kai tēn physin ekthēlynōn, kai tǭ blemmati, kai tǭ schēmati, kai tois himatiois, kai pasin haplōs eis eikona korēs hapalēs ekbēnai philoneikei. Allos de tis gegērakōs ho hypenantiōs toutǭ tas trichas xyrǭ perielōn, kai ezōsmenos tas pleuras, pro tōn trichōn ektemnōn tēn aidō, pros to rhapizesthai he hetoimos hestēke, panta kai legein kai poiein pareskenasmenos. Hai de gynaikes gymnę̄ tę̄ kephalę̄ meletēn anaischyntias poioumenai? kai pasan itamotēta kai aselgeian eis tas tōn akonontōn ekcheousai psychas. Kai mia spoudē, pasan ek bathrōn anaspasai tēn sōphrosynēn, kataischynai tēn physin, emplēsai tou ponērou daimonos tēn epithymian. Kai gar kai bēmata aischra autothi, kai schēmata ᾿aischrotera, kai koura toiautēs kai badisis, kai stolē, i phōnē, kai melōn diaklasis, kai ophthalmōn ekstrophai, kai syringes, kai auloi, kai dramata, kai hypotheseis, kai panta haplōs tēs eschatēs, aselgeias anamesta. Pote houn ananēpseis, eipe moi, tosouton soi porneias akraton encheontos tou diabolou, tosautas akolasias kylikas kerannyntos ? Kai gar kai moicheiai, kai gamōn ekei klopai, kai gynaikes ekei porneuomenai, ᾿ andres hētairēkotes, neoi malakizomenoi,᾿ panta paranomias mesta, panta teratōdias, panta aischynēs. Ouk ara gelan epi toutois tous kathēmenous echrēn, alla dakryein kai stenein pikron. Ti oun: apokleisomen tēn orchēstran, phēsi, kai tǭ logǭ tǭ sǭ panta anatrapēsetai:? Nyn men oun panta anatetraptai. Pothen gar hoi tois gamois epibouleuontes : : eipe moi ouk apo tēs skēnēs tautēs: : Pothen hoi tous thalamous dioryttontes : ouk apo tēs orchēstras ekeinēs ? Ouk enteuthen hoi andres tais gynaixi phortikoi: ouk enteuthen tois andrasin hai gynaikes eukataphronētoi: ouk enteuthen hoi pleious moichoi ? Hōste o ta panta anatrepōn ho pros to theatron badizōn estin, ho tyrannida chalepēn epeisagōn. Ouchi, phēsin, alla tę̄ tōn nomōn eutaxią touto dokei. To gar gynaikas diaspan, kai paidas hybrizein neous, kai oikias anatrepein? tōn tas akropoleis kateilēphotōn esti. Kai tis moichos? phēsin, apo tōn theamatōn toutōn gegone: Tis gar ou moichos? Kai eige hēn onomasti nyn eipein, edeixa an hosous andras apeschisan gynaikōn, hosous elabon aichmalōtous hai pornai ekeinai, tous men ap᾿ autēs anastēsasai tēs eunēs, tous de oude tēn archēn apheisai homilēsai gamǭ. Ti oun: eipe moi tous nomous anatrepsomen hapantas: ᾽ Kai mēn paranomian estin anatrepsai, tauta lyontas ta theatra. Oi gar tais polesi lymainomenoi ek toutōn eisin enteuthen goun staseis kai tarachai. Oi gar hypo tōn orchoumenōn trephomenoi, kai gastri tēn heautōn pōlountes phōnēn, hois 9 ergon boēsai kai praxai pan atopon, houtoi malista eisin hoi tous dēmous anarrhipizontes, hoi tas tarachas empoiountes tais polesi. Neotēs gar argias epilabomenē, kai tosoutois entrephomenē kakois» thēriou pantos haUriōtera genetai.

When then will you be able to hear Paul? When will you gain a sense of your offenses, being always and continually drunk from that spectacle? For that you have come here is nothing wonderful or great; or rather, it is wonderful. For here you come simply and as a matter of form; but there with eagerness and running and much zeal. And it is clear from what you carry home when you come back from there. For all the mire poured out on you there through the words, through the songs, through the laughter, you each gather up and carry into your house; or rather, not into the house only, but each into his own mind. And things not worthy of loathing you turn away from, but loathsome things you not only do not hate, but even love. Many at least, coming back from tombs, have washed themselves; but coming away from theaters they have not groaned, nor shed fountains of tears; and yet the dead body is not unclean, but sin puts so great a stain on us that not even countless fountains can cleanse it, but only tears and confessions. But no one is aware of this stain. For since we do not fear what we ought, for this reason we dread what we ought not. And what is the clapping? What the din, and the satanic shouts, and the devilish postures? For one, being young, wears his hair long behind, and making his nature womanish, strives in look and gesture and dress and simply in everything to pass into the likeness of a tender girl. And another, grown old, contrariwise, having shaved off his hair with a razor, and girded about the loins, cutting off shame before his hair, stands ready to be slapped, prepared to say and do anything. And the women, with bare head, practise shamelessness, and pour out every boldness and licentiousness into the souls of the hearers. And there is one aim: to tear up all chastity from its foundations, to put nature to shame, to fill up the desire of the evil demon. For there are shameful words there, and more shameful postures, and haircut and gait and dress and voice of the same kind, and bending of limbs, and rolling of eyes, and pipes and flutes and plays and plots, and simply everything full of the utmost licentiousness. When then will you become sober, tell me, when the devil pours you so much unmixed wine of sexual immorality and mixes so many cups of licentiousness? For there are adulteries there, and thefts of marriages, and women playing the harlot, men prostituted, young men made effeminate; all things full of lawlessness, all of monstrousness, all of shame. Those who sit there, then, ought not to laugh at these things, but to weep and groan bitterly. “What then?” someone says. “Shall we shut up the stage, and shall everything be overturned by your word?” Indeed, now everything has been overturned. For from where, tell me, come those who plot against marriages? Is it not from this stage? From where come those who break into bedchambers? Is it not from that stage? Is it not from there that husbands are burdensome to their wives? Is it not from there that wives are contemptible to their husbands? Is it not from there that most are adulterers? So it is the one who goes to the theater who overturns everything, the one who brings in a grievous tyranny. “No,” someone says, “this is the decree of the good order of the laws.” But to tear wives apart, and to outrage young boys, and to overturn houses, is the work of those who have seized citadels. “And who,” he says, “has become an adulterer from these spectacles?” Who indeed is not an adulterer? And if it were possible now to name them by name, I would have shown how many husbands they have split off from their wives, how many those harlots have taken captive, raising some from the very marriage bed and not allowing others even to enter upon marriage at all. “What then? Tell me, shall we overturn all the laws?” Rather, it is lawlessness that one overturns by doing away with these theaters. For those who are the ruin of cities come from these; from here at least come seditions and riots. For those who are maintained by the dancers, and who sell their own voice for their belly, whose business it is to shout and do every absurd thing, these above all are the ones who fan the peoples into flame, who cause the riots in the cities. For youth, having taken hold of idleness and being nurtured on such great evils, becomes fiercer than any wild beast.

37.7Field 1

Οἱ γὰρ Ὑόητες, εἰπέ μοι, πόθεν : οὐκ ἐντεῦθεν, ἵνα δῆμον ἀναπτερώσωσιν εἰκῇ σχολάζοντα, καὶ τοὺς ὀρχουμένους πολλῶν ἀπολαῦσαι ποιήσωσι θορύβων, καὶ τὰς , πορνενομένας γυναῖκας ταῖς σωφρονούσαις ἐπιτειχίσωσιν, εἰς ᾿τοῦτο ἔρχονἙ, Ται μαγγανείας, ὡς μηδὲ τὰ ὀστᾶ τῶν κατοιχομένων κινεῖν ὀκνεῖν. Οὐκ ἐντεῦθεν, ὅταν μυρία ἀναγκάζωνται εἰς τὸν πονηρὸν ἐκεῖνον τοῦ διαβόλου χορὸν ἀναλίσκειν: Ἡ δὲ ἀσέλγεια πόθεν, καὶ τὰ μυρία κακά; Ὁρᾷς ὅτι σὺ μὲν τὸν βίον ἀνατρέπει, ἐπὶ ταῦτα ἕλκων, ἐγὼ δὲ συγκροτῶ καταλύων. Καθέλωμεν οὖν τὴν ὀρχήστραν, φησίν. Εἴθε καθελεῖν δυνατὸν ἦν᾽ μᾶλλον δὲ ἂν ἐθέλητε, τὸ ἡμέτερον μέρος καθηρηται καὶ κατέσκαπται. Πλὴν ἀλλ᾽ τ οὐδὲν τούτων κελεύω. Τὰ ἑστῶτα ποιήσατε ἄκυρα; ὅπερ μεῖζόν ἐστιν ἐγκώμιον τοῦ καθελεῖν. Εἰ καὶ μηδένα ἕ ἕτερον, τοὺς γοῦν βαρβάρους ζηλώσατε: καὶ γὰρ πάσης τοιαύτης ἐκεῖνοι καθαρεύουσι θεωρίας. Τίς οὖν ἡμῖν ἔ ἔσται ἀπολογία λοιπὸν, ὅταν ἡμεῖς οἱ τῶν οὐρανῶν πολῖται, καὶ τῶν Χερουβὶμ συγχορευταὶ, καὶ τῶν ἀγγέλων κοινωνοὶ, καὶ τῶν βαρβάρων χείρους ταύτῃ γινώμεθα, καὶ ταῦτα ἐξὸν μυρίας ἑτέρας τούτων βελτίους τέρψεις εὑρεῖν: Εἰ γὰρ βούλει ψυχαγωγεῖσθαι, βάδιζε εἰς παραδείσους, ἐπὶ παραῤῥέοντα ποταμὸν καὶ λίμνας ὃ κατα- Β μαρτύρων, ὅπου σώματος ὑγεία καὶ ψυχῆς ὠφέλεια, καὶ βλάβος οὐδὲν, οὐδὲ μετάνοια μετὰ τὴν ἡδονὴν, καθάπερ ἐνταῦθα. Ἔχεις γυναῖκα, ἔχεις παιδία τί ταύτης τῆς ἡδονῆς ἴσον : ξ Ἔχεις οἰκίαν, ἔχεις, φίλους, ταῦτα τὰ τερπνὰ, πολὺ μετὰ τῆς σωφροσύνης καὶ τὸ κέρδος παρέχοντα. Τί γὰρ παίδων γλυκύτερον, εἰπέ μοι; τί δὲ γυναικὸς, τῷ σωφρονεῖν βουλομένῳ: Λέγονται γοῦν οἱ βάρβαροί ποτε εἰπεῖν ῥῆμα φιλοσοφίας γέμον. Περὶ γὰρ τῶν θεάτρων τούτων ἀκούσαντες τῶν παρανόμων, καὶ τῆς ἀκαίρου τέρψεως, Ῥωμαῖοι γάρ, φησὶν, ὡς οὐκ ἔχοντες παῖδας καὶ γυναῖκας, οὕτω τοι- αὶ αὕτας ἐπενόησαν τὰς ἡδονάς δεικνύντες ὅτι οὐδὲν παίδων γλυκύτερον καὶ γυναικὸς, ἐὰν σεμνῶς ἐθέλης βιοῦν. Τί οὗν, ἐὰν δείξω, φησὶ, μηδὲν βλαβέντας ἐκ τῆς ἐκεῖ διατριβῆς; Μάλιστα μὲν καὶ τοῦτο βλαβος, τὸ εἰκῇ καὶ μάτην τὸν και ἱρὸν δαπανᾶν, καὶ ἑτέροις γίνεσθαι σκάνδαλον. Κἀν γὰρ σὺ μὴ βλαβῇς, ἕ ἕτερον ποιεῖς εἰς τοῦτο σπουδαιότερον. Πῶς δὲ καὶ αὐτὸς οὐ βλαβήσῃ, παρέχων ἀφορμὰς τοῖς γινομένοις: Καὶ γὰρ ὁ γόης, καὶ ὁ ᾿πορνευόμενος παῖς, καὶ ἢ πορνενομένη γυνὴ, καὶ πάντες ἐκεῖνοι οἱ διαβολικοὶ χοροὶ, ἐπὶ τὴν Ὁ σὴν κεφαλὴν τὴν αἰτίαν τῶν γινομένων φέρουσιν. Ὥσπερ γὰρ εἰ μὴ ἤσαν οἱ θεωροῦντες, οὐκ ἂν ἦσαν οἱ ταῦτα μετιόντες᾽ οὕτως ἐπειδή εἰσι, καὶ αὐτοὶ μερίζονται τῶν γινομένων τὸ πυρ. Ὥστε εἰ καὶ εἰς σωφροσύνην μηδὲν παρεβλάβης, ὅπερ ἐστὶν ἀμήχανον, ἀλλὰ τῆς ἀπωλείας τῆς ἑτέρων χαλεπὰς δώσεις εὐθύνας, καὶ τῶν θεωρούντων, καὶ τῶν αὐτοὺς συναγόντων. Καὶ εἰς σωφροσύνην δὲ μείζονα ἂν ἐκέρδανας, εἰ μὴ ἐκεῖσε ἐβάδιζες. Εἰ γὰρ καὶ νὺν εἶ σώφρων, σωφρονέστερος ἂν ἐγένου τὰς τοιαύτας φεύγων Ἑ θέας. Μὴ τοίνυν περιττὰ φιλονεικῶμεν, μηδὲ ἀνονήτους ἀπολογίας ἐπινοῶμεν. Μία γὰρ ἀπολογία, τὸ φεύγειν τὴν κάμινον τὴν Βαβυλωνίαν, τὸ πόῤῥω γενέσθαι τῆς Αἰγυπτίας πόρνης, κἂν γυμνὸν δέη τὰς ἐκείνης χείρας διαφυγεῖν. Οὕτω γὰρ καὶ ἡδονῆς πολλῆς ἀπολαυσόμεθα, Του συνειδότος ἐμῶν οὐ κατηγοροῦντος ἡμῶν, καὶ τὸν παρόντα μετὰ σωφροσύνης βιωσόμεθα βίον, καὶ τῶν μελλόντων ἐπιτευξόμεθα ἀγαθῶν, χάριτι καὶ φιλανθρωπίᾳ τοῦ κυρίου ἡμῶν Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ, ᾧ ἡ δόξα καὶ τὸ κράτος, νῦν καὶ ἀεὶ καὶ εἰς τοὺς αἰῶνας τών αἰώνων. Ἀμήν.

Hoi gar Hyoētes, eipe moi, pothen : ouk enteuthen, hina dēmon anapterōsōsin eikę̄ scholazonta, kai tous orchoumenous pollōn apolausai poiēsōsi thorybōn, kai tas , pornenomenas gynaikas tais sōphronousais epiteichisōsin, eis ᾿touto erchonE, Tai manganeias, hōs mēde ta osta tōn katoichomenōn kinein oknein. Ouk enteuthen, hotan myria anankazōntai eis ton ponēron ekeinon tou diabolou choron analiskein: Hē de aselgeia pothen, kai ta myria kaka? Horąs hoti sy men ton bion anatrepei, epi tauta helkōn, egō de synkrotō katalyōn. Kathelōmen oun tēn orchēstran, phēsin. Eithe kathelein dynaton ēn᾽ mallon de an ethelēte, to hēmeteron meros kathērētai kai kateskaptai. Plēn all᾽ t ouden toutōn keleuō. Ta hestōta poiēsate akyra? hoper meizon estin enkōmion tou kathelein. Ei kai mēdena he heteron, tous goun barbarous zēlōsate: kai gar pasēs toiautēs ekeinoi kathareuousi theōrias. Tis oun hēmin e estai apologia loipon, hotan hēmeis hoi tōn ouranōn politai, kai tōn Cheroubim synchoreutai, kai tōn angelōn koinōnoi, kai tōn barbarōn cheirous tautę̄ ginōmetha, kai tauta exon myrias heteras toutōn beltious terpseis heurein: Ei gar boulei psychagōgeisthai, badize eis paradeisous, epi pararrheonta potamon kai limnas ho kata- B martyrōn, hopou sōmatos hygeia kai psychēs ōpheleia, kai blabos ouden, oude metanoia meta tēn hēdonēn, kathaper entautha. Echeis gynaika, echeis paidia ti tautēs tēs hēdonēs ison : x Echeis oikian, echeis, philous, tauta ta terpna, poly meta tēs sōphrosynēs kai to kerdos parechonta. Ti gar paidōn glykyteron, eipe moi? ti de gynaikos, tǭ sōphronein boulomenǭ: Legontai goun hoi barbaroi pote eipein rhēma philosophias gemon. Peri gar tōn theatrōn toutōn akousantes tōn paranomōn, kai tēs akairou terpseōs, Rhōmaioi gar, phēsin, hōs ouk echontes paidas kai gynaikas, houtō toi- ai hautas epenoēsan tas hēdonas deiknyntes hoti ouden paidōn glykyteron kai gynaikos, ean semnōs ethelēs bioun. Ti houn, ean deixō, phēsi, mēden blabentas ek tēs ekei diatribēs? Malista men kai touto blabos, to eikę̄ kai matēn ton kai hiron dapanan, kai heterois ginesthai skandalon. Kan gar sy mē blabę̄s, he heteron poieis eis touto spoudaioteron. Pōs de kai autos ou blabēsę̄, parechōn aphormas tois ginomenois: Kai gar ho goēs, kai ho ᾿porneuomenos pais, kai ē pornenomenē gynē, kai pantes ekeinoi hoi diabolikoi choroi, epi tēn Ho sēn kephalēn tēn aitian tōn ginomenōn pherousin. Hōsper gar ei mē ēsan hoi theōrountes, ouk an ēsan hoi tauta metiontes᾽ houtōs epeidē eisi, kai autoi merizontai tōn ginomenōn to pyr. Hōste ei kai eis sōphrosynēn mēden pareblabēs, hoper estin amēchanon, alla tēs apōleias tēs heterōn chalepas dōseis euthynas, kai tōn theōrountōn, kai tōn autous synagontōn. Kai eis sōphrosynēn de meizona an ekerdanas, ei mē ekeise ebadizes. Ei gar kai nyn ei sōphrōn, sōphronesteros an egenou tas toiautas pheugōn He theas. Mē toinyn peritta philoneikōmen, mēde anonētous apologias epinoōmen. Mia gar apologia, to pheugein tēn kaminon tēn Babylōnian, to porrhō genesthai tēs Aigyptias pornēs, kan gymnon deē tas ekeinēs cheiras diaphygein. Houtō gar kai hēdonēs pollēs apolausometha, Tou syneidotos emōn ou katēgorountos hēmōn, kai ton paronta meta sōphrosynēs biōsometha bion, kai tōn mellontōn epiteuxometha agathōn, chariti kai philanthrōpią tou kyriou hēmōn Iēsou Christou, hǭ hē doxa kai to kratos, nyn kai aei kai eis tous aiōnas tōn aiōnōn. Amēn.

For the sorcerers, tell me, where do they come from? Is it not from there, so that they may excite a people idly at leisure, and make the dancers enjoy much applause, and set up the prostituted women as a fortress against the chaste, coming to such a pitch of magic arts as not even to shrink from disturbing the bones of the departed? Is it not from there, when they are compelled to spend countless sums on that evil chorus of the devil? And licentiousness, where does it come from, and the countless evils? Do you see that it is you who overturn life by dragging men to these things, while I hold it together by doing away with them? “Let us pull down the stage, then,” someone says. Would that it were possible to pull it down! Or rather, if you are willing, as far as our part goes it is pulled down and razed. But I command none of these things. Make what stands of no effect, which is a greater praise than pulling it down. If no others, at least imitate the barbarians; for they are pure of every such spectacle. What defense then shall we have any longer, when we, the citizens of heaven, who join the dance of the Cherubim and share with the angels, become worse even than the barbarians in this, and that when it is possible to find countless other delights better than these? For if you wish to be entertained, go to the gardens, to a river flowing by and lakes (…) of the martyrs, where there is health of body and profit of soul, and no harm, nor regret after the pleasure, as there is here. You have a wife, you have children: what equals this pleasure? You have a house, you have friends: these are the delightful things, which together with chastity bring great gain as well. For what is sweeter than children, tell me? And what than a wife, to one who wishes to be chaste? The barbarians, at any rate, are said once to have spoken a saying full of wisdom. For hearing about these lawless theaters and their unseasonable delight, they said, “The Romans devised such pleasures as though they had no children and wives,” showing that nothing is sweeter than children and a wife, if you wish to live honorably. “What then,” someone says, “if I show people who have suffered no harm from spending time there?” Indeed, this itself is a harm, to spend the time idly and in vain, and to become a stumbling block to others. For even if you are not harmed, you make another more eager for this. And how will you yourself not be harmed, furnishing occasions for what goes on? For the sorcerer, and the prostituted boy, and the prostituted woman, and all those devilish choruses bring the blame for what is done upon your head. For as, if there were no spectators, there would be none who pursue these things, so, since there are, they too share in the fire of what is done. So even if you were harmed in nothing as regards chastity, which is impossible, yet you will give a grievous account for the destruction of others, both of the spectators and of those who bring them together. And as regards chastity too you would have gained more if you had not gone there. For even if you are chaste now, you would have become more chaste by fleeing such spectacles. Let us not then contend about superfluous things, nor devise useless defenses. For there is one defense: to flee the Babylonian furnace, to get far from the Egyptian harlot, even if one must escape her hands naked. For so we shall both enjoy much pleasure, our conscience not accusing us, and live the present life with chastity, and attain the good things to come, by the grace and love for humanity of our Lord Jesus Christ, to whom be the glory and the might, now and always and to the ages of ages. Amen.

Chapter 38

38.1Field 1

Ἔν εκεένῳ τῷ καιρῷ ἀποκριθεὶς ὁ ᾿Ιησοῦς εἶπεν ἐξομολογοῦμαί σοι; πάτερ, κύριε τοῦ οὐρανοῦ καὶ τῆς γῆς» ὅτι ἀπέκρυψας ταῦτα ἀπὸ σοφὼών καὶ συνετῶν, καὶ ἀπεκάλυψας αὐτὰ νηπίοι. Ναὶ, ὁ πατὴρ, ὅτι οὕτως ἐγένετο εὐδοκία ἔμπροσθέν σου. ὍΡΑΙΣ διὰ πόσων αὐτοὺς ἐνάγει εἰς τὴν πίστιν: Πρώτον, διὰ τῶν ἐγκωμίων ὃ τῶν ᾿Ιωάννου. Δείξας γὰρ αὐτὸν μέγαν καὶ θαυμαστὸν, ἀξιόπιστα καὶ τὰ παρ᾽ αὐτοῦ ἅπαντα ἀπέφηνε, δ ὧν εἰς τὴν αὐτοῦ γνῶσιν αὐτοὺς ἐφείλκετο. Δεύτερον, τῷ εἰπεῖν, ἡ βασιλεία τῶν οὐρανῶν βιάζεται, καὶ βιασταὶ ἁρπαζουσιν αὐτήν τοῦτο γάρ ἐστιν ἐπεῖγοντος καὶ ὠθοῦντος. Τρίτον, διὰ τοῦ δεῖξαι ὅτι οἱ προφῆται πάντες ἀπηρτίσθησαν' καὶ γὰρ καὶ τοῦτο ἐδήλουν αὐτόν Ο εἶναι τὸν δι ἐκείνων προαναφωνούμενον. Τέταρτον, διὰ τοῦ δεῖξαι ὅτι πάντα ὅσα γενέσθαι ἐχρῆν παρ αὐτοῦ, πάντα γέγονεν, ὅτε καὶ τῆς παραβολῆς τῶν παίδων ἐμνημόνευσε. Πέμπτον, διὰ τοῦ ὀνειδίσαι τοὺς μὴ πιστεύσαντας, καὶ φοβῆσαι καὶ ἀπειλῆσαι μεγάλα. ἽἝκτον, διὰ τοῦ εὐχαριστῆσαι ὑπὲρ τῶν πιστευσάντων. Τὸ γὰρ ἐξομολογοῦμαί σοι, ἐνταῦθα εὐχαριστῶ ἐστιν᾽ εὐχαριστῶ, φησὶν, ὅτι ἀπέκρυΨψας ταῦτα απὸ σοφῶν καὶ συνετῶν. Τί οὖν; ἐπ᾽ ἀπωλείᾳ χαίρει, καὶ τῷ μὴ μαθεῖν ἐκείνους ταῦτα; Οὐδαμῶς αλλ᾽ αὕτη τῆς σωτηρίας ὁδὸς ἀρίστη, τὸ τοὺς διαπτύοντας καὶ Ὁ μὴ βουλομένους δέχεσθαι τὰ λεγόμενα μὴ καταναγκάζειν᾽ ἵν᾽ ἐπειδὴ τῷ κληθῆναι βελτίους οὐκ ἐγένοντο, ἀλλ᾽ ἀνόπεσον καὶ κατεφρόνησαν, τῷ ἐκβληθῆναι εἰς ἐπιθυμίαν τούτων ἐμπέσωσιν. «Οὕτω γὰρ καὶ οἱ προσέχοντες σπουδαιότεροι γγίνεσθαι ἔμελλον. Τὸ μὲν γὰρ ἀποκαλυφθῆναι τούτοις, ἄξιον χαρᾶς τὸ δὲ κρυβῆναι ἐξ ἐκείνων, οὐκέτι χαρᾶς, ἀλλὰ δακρύων ἄξιον. Τοῦτο «γοῦν καὶ ποιεῖ, δακρύων τὴν πόλιν. Οὐ τοίνυν διὰ τοῦτο χαίρει, ἀλλ᾽ ὅτι ἃ σοφοὶ οὐκ ἔγνωσαν, ἔγνωσαν οὗτοι. Ὥς ὅταν λέγη Παῦλος εὐχαριστῶ τῷ θεῷ, ὅτι ἦτε δοῦλοι τῆς ἁμαρτίας, ὑπηκούσατε ζ ἐκ καρδίας Ε εἰς ὃν παρεδόθητε τύπον διδαχῆς. Οὐ τοίνυν οὔτε Παῦλος διὰ τοῦτο χαίρει, ὅτι ἦσαν δοῦλοι τῆς ἁμαρτίας, αλλ᾽ ὅτι ὄντες τοιοῦτοι, τοιούτων ἀπέλαυσαν. Σοφοὺς δὲ ἐνταῦθα τοὺς γραμματέας φησὶ καὶ τοὺς Φαρισαίους. Ταῦτα δὲ λέγει, τοὺς μαθητὰς προθυμοτέρους ποιῶν, καὶ δηλῶν τίνων κατηξιώθησαν οἱ ἁλιεῖς, ὧν ἐκεῖνοι πάντες ἐξέπεσον. Εἰπὼν δὲ σοφοὺς, οὐ τὴν ἀληθινὴν σοφίαν λέγει καὶ ἐπαινετὴν, ἀλλὰ ταύτην ἣν ἐδόκουν ἀπὸ δεινότητος ἔχειν (διὰ τοῦτο οὐδὲ εἶπεν, ἀπεκάλυψας μωροῖς, ἀλλὰ, νηπίοις ἀπλάστοις, φησὶν, αφελέσι) καὶ δείκνυσιν οὐ μόνον παρ᾽ αξίαν οὐκ ἀπολαύσαντας τούτων, αλλὰ καὶ κατὰ τὸ εἰκός καὶ παιδεύει διὰ πάντων ἡμᾶς, ἀπονοίας μὲν ἀπηλλάχθαι, ἀφέλειαν δὲ ζηλοῦν. Διὰ τοῦτο καὶ Παῦλος αὐτὸ ἔλεγε μετὰ πλείονος τῆς ὑπερβολῆς, οὕτω ράφων' 8.6 εἴ τις δοκεῖ ἐν ὑμῖν σοφὸς εἶναι ἐν τῷ αἰῶνι τούτῳ, μωρὸς γενέσθω, ἵ ἵνα γένηται σοφός. Οὕτω γὰρ δείκνυται ἡ τοῦ θεοῦ χάρις. Διατί δὲ εὐχαριστεῖ τῷ πατρὶ, καίτοιγε αὐτὸς αὐτὸ ἐποίησεν; ἔν ὥσπερ εὔχεται καὶ ἐντυγχάνει τῷ θεῷ, τὴν πολλὴν ἀγάπὴν τὴν περὶ ἡμᾶς ἐνδεικνύμενος» οὕτω καὶ τοῦτο ποιεῖ πολλῆς γὰρ καὶ τοῦτο ἀγάπης καὶ δείκνυσιν, ὅτι οὐ παρ᾽ αὐτοῦ ἐξέπεσον μόνον, ἀλλὰ καὶ παρὰ τοῦ πατρός. Ὅπερ γὰρ εἶπε τοῖς μαθηταῖς λέγων, μὴ βάλητε τὰ ἅγια τοῖς κυσὶ, τοῦτο προλαβὼν αὐτὸς ἐποίησεν. Εἶτα δείκνυσιν ἐκ τούτων καὶ τὸ αὐτοῦ προηγούμενον θέλημα, καὶ τὸ τοῦ πατρός᾽ αὐτοῦ μὲν γάρ, ᾿ τῷ εὐχαριστεῖν καὶ χαίρειν ἐπὶ τῷ γενομένῳ᾽ τοῦ , πατρὸς δὲ τῷ δεικνύναι, ὅτι οὐδὲ εκεῖνος παρακληθεὶς τοῦτο ἐποίησεν, ἀλλ᾽ ὅτι αὐτὸς οἴκοθεν ὁρμηθείς οὕτω γὰρ, φησὶν, ἐγένετο εὐδοκία ἔμπροσθέν σου τουπέστιν, οὕτω σοι ἤρεσε. ᾿ Καὶ διατί ἀπεκρύβη απ᾽ ἐκείνων ; Ἄκουσον Παύλου λέγοντος, ὅτι ζητοῦντες τὴν ἰδίαν δικαιοσύνην στῆσαι, τῇ δικαιοσύνῃ τοῦ θεοῦ οὐχ ὑπετάγησαν. ᾿Εννόησον τοίνυν τί εἰκὸς εἶναι τοὺς μαθητὰς ταῦτα αἀκούοντας, ὅτι ἃ σοφοὶ οὐκ : ἔγνωσαν, οὗτοι ἔγνωσαν καὶ ἔγνωσαν μείναντες νήπιοι; καὶ ἔγνωσαν τοῦ θεοῦ ἀποκαλύψαντος. Ὁ δὲ ὅ Λουκᾶς φησιν, ὅτι ἐν αὐτῇ τῆ ὥρᾳ, κ ὅτε ἦλθον οἱ Ὠ ἑβδομήκοντα ἀπαγγέλλοντες περὶ τῶν δαιμόνων, τότε ἡγαλλιάσατο καὶ εἶπε ταῦτα, ἅπερ μετὰ τοῦ σπουδαιοτέ αὐτοὺς ποιεῖν, καὶ μετριαζειν παρεσκεύαζεν. ᾿Επειδὴ γὰρ εἰκὸς ἣν αὐτοὺς μέγα φρονεῖν ἐπὶ τῷ τοὺς δαίμονας ἐλαύνειν, καὶ ἐντεῦθεν αὑτοὺς καταστέλλει. Ἀποκάλυψις γὰρ ἥν τὸ γινόμενον, οὐκ ἐκείνων σπουδή.

En ekeenǭ tǭ kairǭ apokritheis ho ᾿Iēsous eipen exomologoumai soi? pater, kyrie tou ouranou kai tēs gēs» hoti apekrypsas tauta apo sophōōn kai synetōn, kai apekalypsas auta nēpioi. Nai, ho patēr, hoti houtōs egeneto eudokia emprosthen sou. HoRAIS dia posōn autous enagei eis tēn pistin: Prōton, dia tōn enkōmiōn ho tōn ᾿Iōannou. Deixas gar auton megan kai thaumaston, axiopista kai ta par᾽ autou hapanta apephēne, d hōn eis tēn autou gnōsin autous epheilketo. Deuteron, tǭ eipein, hē basileia tōn ouranōn biazetai, kai biastai harpazousin autēn touto gar estin epeigontos kai ōthountos. Triton, dia tou deixai hoti hoi prophētai pantes apērtisthēsan' kai gar kai touto edēloun auton O einai ton di ekeinōn proanaphōnoumenon. Tetarton, dia tou deixai hoti panta hosa genesthai echrēn par autou, panta gegonen, hote kai tēs parabolēs tōn paidōn emnēmoneuse. Pempton, dia tou oneidisai tous mē pisteusantas, kai phobēsai kai apeilēsai megala. HiEkton, dia tou eucharistēsai hyper tōn pisteusantōn. To gar exomologoumai soi, entautha eucharistō estin᾽ eucharistō, phēsin, hoti apekryPspsas tauta apo sophōn kai synetōn. Ti oun? ep᾽ apōleią chairei, kai tǭ mē mathein ekeinous tauta? Oudamōs all᾽ hautē tēs sōtērias hodos aristē, to tous diaptyontas kai Ho mē boulomenous dechesthai ta legomena mē katanankazein᾽ hin᾽ epeidē tǭ klēthēnai beltious ouk egenonto, all᾽ anopeson kai katephronēsan, tǭ ekblēthēnai eis epithymian toutōn empesōsin. «Houtō gar kai hoi prosechontes spoudaioteroi nginesthai emellon. To men gar apokalyphthēnai toutois, axion charas to de krybēnai ex ekeinōn, ouketi charas, alla dakryōn axion. Touto «goun kai poiei, dakryōn tēn polin. Ou toinyn dia touto chairei, all᾽ hoti ha sophoi ouk egnōsan, egnōsan houtoi. Hōs hotan legē Paulos eucharistō tǭ theǭ, hoti ēte douloi tēs hamartias, hypēkousate z ek kardias E eis hon paredothēte typon didachēs. Ou toinyn oute Paulos dia touto chairei, hoti ēsan douloi tēs hamartias, all᾽ hoti ontes toioutoi, toioutōn apelausan. Sophous de entautha tous grammateas phēsi kai tous Pharisaious. Tauta de legei, tous mathētas prothymoterous poiōn, kai dēlōn tinōn katēxiōthēsan hoi halieis, hōn ekeinoi pantes exepeson. Eipōn de sophous, ou tēn alēthinēn sophian legei kai epainetēn, alla tautēn hēn edokoun apo deinotētos echein (dia touto oude eipen, apekalypsas mōrois, alla, nēpiois aplastois, phēsin, aphelesi) kai deiknysin ou monon par᾽ axian ouk apolausantas toutōn, alla kai kata to eikos kai paideuei dia pantōn hēmas, aponoias men apēllachthai, apheleian de zēloun. Dia touto kai Paulos auto elege meta pleionos tēs hyperbolēs, houtō raphōn' 8.6 ei tis dokei en hymin sophos einai en tǭ aiōni toutǭ, mōros genesthō, hi hina genētai sophos. Houtō gar deiknytai hē tou theou charis. Diati de eucharistei tǭ patri, kaitoige autos auto epoiēsen? en hōsper euchetai kai entynchanei tǭ theǭ, tēn pollēn agapēn tēn peri hēmas endeiknymenos» houtō kai touto poiei pollēs gar kai touto agapēs kai deiknysin, hoti ou par᾽ autou exepeson monon, alla kai para tou patros. Hoper gar eipe tois mathētais legōn, mē balēte ta hagia tois kysi, touto prolabōn autos epoiēsen. Eita deiknysin ek toutōn kai to autou proēgoumenon thelēma, kai to tou patros᾽ autou men gar, ᾿ tǭ eucharistein kai chairein epi tǭ genomenǭ᾽ tou , patros de tǭ deiknynai, hoti oude ekeinos paraklētheis touto epoiēsen, all᾽ hoti autos oikothen hormētheis houtō gar, phēsin, egeneto eudokia emprosthen sou toupestin, houtō soi ērese. ᾿ Kai diati apekrybē ap᾽ ekeinōn ? Akouson Paulou legontos, hoti zētountes tēn idian dikaiosynēn stēsai, tę̄ dikaiosynę̄ tou theou ouch hypetagēsan. ᾿Ennoēson toinyn ti eikos einai tous mathētas tauta aakouontas, hoti ha sophoi ouk : egnōsan, houtoi egnōsan kai egnōsan meinantes nēpioi? kai egnōsan tou theou apokalypsantos. Ho de ho Loukas phēsin, hoti en autę̄ tē hōrą, k hote ēlthon hoi Ō hebdomēkonta apangellontes peri tōn daimonōn, tote hēgalliasato kai eipe tauta, haper meta tou spoudaiote autous poiein, kai metriazein pareskeuazen. ᾿Epeidē gar eikos hēn autous mega phronein epi tǭ tous daimonas elaunein, kai enteuthen hautous katastellei. Apokalypsis gar hēn to ginomenon, ouk ekeinōn spoudē.

“At that time Jesus answered and said, ‘I confess to you, Father, Lord of heaven and earth, that you have hidden these things from the wise and prudent, and have revealed them to babes. Yes, Father, for so it was well-pleasing before you.’” See by how many means he leads them to faith. First, by the praises of John. For having shown him great and wonderful, he made all his words trustworthy too, by which he was drawing them to the knowledge of himself. Second, by saying, “The kingdom of heaven suffers violence, and the violent seize it”; for this is the language of one urging and pressing. Third, by showing that all the prophets had been completed; for this too showed that he was the one foretold through them. Fourth, by showing that all that needed to be done by him had been done, when he also recalled the parable of the children. Fifth, by reproaching those who did not believe, and making them afraid and threatening great things. Sixth, by giving thanks for those who believed. For “I confess to you” here is “I give thanks”: “I give thanks,” he says, “that you have hidden these things from the wise and prudent.” What then? Does he rejoice at destruction, and at their not learning these things? By no means; but this is the best way of salvation, not to force those who spurn and are unwilling to receive what is said; so that, since by being called they did not become better, but fell back and despised it, by being cast out they might fall into a desire for these things. For so those who paid attention were also going to become more earnest. For that these things were revealed to these is worthy of joy; but that they were hidden from those is no longer worthy of joy, but of tears. This at any rate he does, weeping over the city. He does not then rejoice for this, but because what the wise did not know, these knew; as when Paul says, “I give thanks to God that you were slaves of sin, but you obeyed from the heart the form of teaching to which you were delivered.” So neither does Paul rejoice for this, that they were slaves of sin, but that, being such, they enjoyed such things. And by “the wise” he here means the scribes and the Pharisees. And he says these things to make the disciples more eager, and to show of what the fishermen were counted worthy, from which all those had fallen. And in saying “wise,” he does not mean the true and praiseworthy wisdom, but that which they thought they had from cleverness (for this reason he did not say, “You have revealed them to fools,” but “to babes,” that is, unaffected and simple); and he shows that not only did those men not enjoy these things undeservedly, but also reasonably; and he teaches us through all things to be rid of senseless pride and to emulate simplicity. For this reason Paul too said it with greater intensity, writing thus: “If anyone among you thinks he is wise in this age, let him become a fool, that he may become wise.” For so the grace of God is shown. And why does he give thanks to the Father, though he himself did it? As he prays and makes intercession with God, showing the great love he has for us, so he does this too; for this too is a mark of great love. And he shows that they fell away not only from him but also from the Father. For what he said to the disciples, saying, “Do not cast holy things to the dogs,” this he himself did first. Then he shows from these things both his own primary will and that of the Father: his own by giving thanks and rejoicing at what had happened; and the Father’s by showing that he too did not do this on being entreated, but moved of himself: “For so,” he says, “it was well-pleasing before you,” that is, so it pleased you. And why was it hidden from them? Hear Paul saying, “Seeking to establish their own righteousness, they did not submit to the righteousness of God.” Consider then what the disciples were likely to feel on hearing these things: that what the wise did not know, these knew, and knew while remaining babes, and knew because God revealed it. And Luke says that in that very hour, when the seventy came reporting about the demons, he then rejoiced and said these things, which, besides making them more earnest, also prepared them to be modest. For since it was likely that they would think highly of themselves for driving out the demons, by this too he restrains them. For what took place was a revelation, not their own achievement.

38.2Field 1

Διὸ καὶ οἱ γραμματεῖς καὶ οἱ σοφοὶ, συνετοὶ νομίζοντες εἷναι παρ᾽ ἑαντοῖς, ἐξέπεσον διὰ τὸν οἰκεῖον τῦφον. Οὐκοῦν εἰ διὰ τοῦτο ἐξ αὐτῶν ἀπεκρύβη, τὸ εὐχαριστεῖν φοβήθητε, φησὶ, κ καὶ ὑμεῖς, καὶ μείνατε νήπιοι. Τοῦτο γὰρ ὑμᾶς ἐποίησε τῆς ἀποκαλύψεως ἀπολαῦσαι; ὥσπερ οὖν καὶ ἐκείνους τὸ ἐναντίον ἀποστερηθῆναι. Οὐδὲ γὰρ ὅταν λέγῃ, ἀπέκρυψας, τοῦ θεοῦ τὸ πᾶν εἶναί φησιν' αλλ᾽ ὥσπερ ὅταν Ἐ λέγῃ ᾿ Παῦλος, ὅτι παρέδωκεν αὐτοὺς εἰς ἀδόκιμον νοῦν, καὶ ἐτύφλωσεν αὐτῶν τὰ νοήματα, οὐκ αὐτὸν εἰσάγων ταῦτα ε ἐνερη γοῦντα τοῦτό φησιν, ἀλλ᾽ ἐκείνους τοὺς τὴν αἰτίαν παρέχοντας οὕτω καὶ ἐνταῦθα ἴρηδὶ τὸ, ' ἀπέκρυψας. ᾿Επειδὴ π γὰρ εἶπεν, ἐξομολογουμαί σοι, ὅτι ἀπέκρυψας, καὶ ἀπεκάλυψας αὐτὰ νηπίοις, ἵνα μὴ νομίσης, ὅ ὅτι ὡς αὐτὸς ἀπεστερημένος τῆς δυνάμεως ταύτης, καὶ μὴ δυνάμενος αὐτὸ κατορθῶσαι, οὕτως εὐχαριστεῖ, φησί ἢ πάντα μοι παρεδόθη ὑπὸ τοῦ πατρός μου. Πρὸς δὲ τοὺς χαίροντας, ὅτι τὰ δαιμόνια αὐτοῖς ὑπακούει, τί γὰρ θαυμάζετε, φησὶν, ὅτι δαίμονες ὑμῖν ὑπείκουσιν : ᾿Εμὰ παντα ἐστὶ, πάντα μοι παρεδόθη. Ὅνταν δὲ ἀκούσῃς, παρεδόθη, μηδὲν ἀνθρώπινον ὑποπτεύσῃς ἵνα γὰρ μὴ δα θεοὺς ἀγεννήτους νομίσης, ταύτην τὴν λέξιν τίθησιν. ᾿Επεὶ ὅτι ὁμοῦ τε ἐγεννήθη καὶ πάντων δεσπότης ἢ ἦν; πολλαχόθεν καὶ ἀλλαχόθεν δηλοῖ. Εἴτα λόγει τι καὶ τούτου μεῖζον, ἀνορθῶν σου τὴν διάνοιαν’ ᾿ καὶ οὐδεὶς γινώσκει τὸν νὶὸν, εἰ μὴ ὁ πατήρ' οὐδὲ τὸν Β πατέρα τις ἐπιγινώσκει, εἰ μὴ ὁ υἱός. Καὶ δοκεῖ μὲν ἀπηρτῆσθαι τῶν ἔμπροσθεν τοῖς αὙνοοῦσι, πολὺ δὲ ἔχει τὸ σύμφωνον. ᾿Επειδὴ γὰρ εἶπε, πάντα μοι παρεδόθη Ῥ ὑπὸ τοὺ πατρός μου, ἐπάγει καὶ τί θαυμαστὸν, φησὶν, εἰ πάντων εἰμὶ δεσπότης, ὅ ὅπου Ὑε καὶ ἕτερόν τι μεῖζον ἔ ἔχω, τὸ εἰδέναι τὸν πατέρα, καὶ τῆς αὐτῆς οὐσίας εἶναι : Καὶ γὰρ καὶ τοῦτο λανθανόντως δείκνυσιν ἐκ τοῦ μόνος αὐτὸν οὕτως εἰδέναι. Ὅταν γὰρ εἴπη, ς οὐδεὶς γινώσκει τὸν πατέρα, εἰ μὴ ὁ υἱὸς, τοῦτο : λέγει. Καὶ ὅρα πότε λέγει ταῦτα. Ὅτε διὰ τῶν ἔργων ἔλαβον αὐτοῦ τῆς δυνάμεως τὴν ἀπόδειξιν, οὐχὶ θαυματουργοῦντα ἰδόντες μόνον, ἀλλὰ Ο καὶ ἐν τῷ ὀνόματι αὐτοῦ τοσαῦτα δυνηθέντες. Εἶτα, ἐπειδὴ εἶπεν ὅτι ἀπεκάλυψας αὐτὰ νηπίοις, δείκνυσε καὶ τοῦτο αὐτοῦ ὄν οὐδὲ γὰρ τὸν πατέρα τις ἐπιγινώσκει, φησὶν, εἰ μὴ ὁ νυἱὸς, καὶ ᾧ ἐὰν βούληται ὁ υἱὸς ἀποκαλύψαι οὐχ ᾧ ἂν ἐπιτάττηται, οὐδὲ ᾧ ἂν κελεύηται. Εἰ δὲ ἐκεῖνον ἀποκαλύπτει, καὶ ἑαυτόν. ᾿Αλλὰ τοῦτο μὲν ὡς ὦμολογημένον ἀφῆκεν' ἐκεῖνο δὲ τέθεικε. Καὶ πανταχοὺ τοῦτό φησιν, ὡς ὅταν λέγῃ' οὐδεὶς δύναται πρὸς τὸν πατέρα ἐλθεῖν, εἰ μὴ δι ἐμοῦ. Διὰ δὲ τούτων καὶ ἄλλο κατασκευάζει, τὸ σύμφωνος αὐτῷ εἶναι καὶ ὁμογνώμων. ΤοὮ σοῦτον γάρ, φησὶν, ἀπέχω τοῦ μάχεσθαι αὐτῷ καὶ πολεμεῖν, ὅτι ᾿ οὐδὲ δυνατὸν ἐλθεῖν τινα πρὸς ἐκεῖνον, εἰ μὴ δι᾽ ἐμοῦ. ᾿Επειδὴ γὰρ μάλιστα τοῦτο αὐτοὺς ἐσκανδάλιζε, τὸ δοκεῖν ἀντίθεον αὐτὸν εἶναι, διὰ πάντων τοῦτο ἀναιρεῖ, καὶ τῶν σημείων οὐκ ἔλαττον, ἀλλὰ καὶ πολλῷ πλέον περὶ τούτον ἐσπούδακεν. Ὅταν δὲ λέγῃ» . οὐδὲ τὸν πατέρα τις ἐπιγινώσκει; εἰ μὴ ὁ υἱὸς, οὐ τοῦτό φησιν, ὅτι πάντες αὐτὸν ἠγνόησαν, ἀλλ᾽ ὅτι τὴν Ὑνώσιν, ἣν αὐτὸς αὐτὸν οἶδεν, οὐδεὶς ᾿ αὐτὸν ἐπίσταται ὃ καὶ περὶ τοῦ νἱοῦ ἐστιν εἰπεῖν. Οὐδὲ γὰρ περὶ ἀγνώστου τινὸς θεοῦ καὶ μηδενὶ γενομένου Ὑνωρίμου ἙΕ, ταῦτα ἔφασκεν, ὥς φησιν ὁ ο ͵ Μαρκίων, ἀλλὰ τὴν ἀκριβῆ γνώσιν ἐνταῦθα αἰνιττόμενος ἐπεὶ οὐδὲ τὸν υἱὸν ἴσμεν ὡς χρὴ εἰδέναι καὶ τοῦτο γοῦν αὐτὸ Παῦλος δηλῶν ἔλεγεν ἐκ μέρους γινώσκομεν, καὶ ἐκ μέρους προφητεύομεν. Εἶτα καταστήσας διὰ τῶν εἰρημένων εἰς ἐπιθυμίαν αὐτοὺς, π δείξας αὐτοῦ τὴν δύναμιν ἄφατον, τότε καλεῖ λέγων Ὁ δεῦτε πρός με πάντες οἱ κοπιῶντες καὶ πεἰβρα δανὸ κἀγὼ ἀναπαύσω ὑμᾶς. Οὐχ ὁ δεῖνα καὶ ὁ εἶνα, ἀλλὰ πάντες οἱ ἐν Φροντίσιν, οἱ ἐν λύπαις, οἱ ἐν ἁμαρτίαις. Δεῦτε, οὐχ ἵνα ἀπαιτήσω εὐθύνας, ἀλλ᾽ ἵνα λύσω τὰ ἁμαρτήματα δεῦτε, οὐκ ἐπειδὴ δέομαι ὑμῶν τῆς δόξης, ἀλλ᾽ ἐπειδὴ δέομαι ὑ υμών τῆς σωτηρίας. «᾿Εγὼ γάρ. φησὶν, ἀναπαύσω ὑμᾶς. Οὐκ εἶπε, σώσω μόνον αλλὰ καὶ ὃ πολλῷ πλέον ἦν, ἐν ἀδείᾳ καταστήσω πάσῃ. εὐ; Ἄρατε τὸν ζυγόν μον ἐφ᾽ ὑμᾶς, καὶ μάθετε ἀπ᾽ ἐμοῦ, ὅτι πρᾶος εἰμι καὶ ταπεινὸς τῆ καρδίᾳ καὶ εὑρήσετε ἀνάπαυσιν ταῖς ψυχαῖς ὑμῶν. Ὁ γάρ ζυγός μου χρηστὸς, καὶ τὸ φορτίον Β μου ἐλαφρόν. Μὴ γὰρ φοβηθῆτε, φησὶ, ζυγὸν ἀκούον--: τες χρηστὸς γάρ ἐστι μὴ δείσητε, ἐπειδὴ ΦΌΡΤΊΟν εἶπον ἐλαῴρ ὃν γάρ ἐστι. Καὶ πῶς ἔμπροσθεν ἔλεγε στενὴ ἡ πύλη, καὶ τεθλιμμένη ἡ ὁδός -Ἶ Ὅταν ῥᾷθυμος ἡ ἧς; ὅταν ἄναπεπτωκῶς ὡς ἐὰν κατορθωώσης τὰ εἰρημένα, ἐλαφρὸν ἔσται τὸ φορτίον διὸ καὶ νῦν αὐτὸ τοιοῦτον ἐκάλεσε. Πώς δὲ κατορθοῦται: Ἂν ταπεινὸς γένῃ καὶ πρᾶος καὶ ἐπιεικής. Αὕτη γὰρ μήτηρ ἐστὶν ἡ ἀρετὴ φιλοσοφίας ἁπάσης. Διὸ καὶ ἀρχόμενος τῶν θείων νόμων ἐκείνων, ἐντεῦθεν ἤρξατο. Καὶ ἐνταῦθα πάλιν τὸ αὐτὸ τοῦτο ποιει, καὶ μέγιστον τίθησι τὸ ἔπαθλον. οὐ γὰρ ἑτέρῳ γίνῃ χρήσιμος μόνον, ἀλλὰ καὶ σαυτὸν πρὸ πάντων ἀναπαύεις, φησίν. εἰ Ἐὐρή- Ὁ σετε γὰρ ἀνάπαυσιν ταῖς ψυχαῖς ὑμῶν. Καὶ πρὸ τῶν μελλόντων ἐντεῦθεν δίδωσέ σοι τὴν ἀμοιβὴν, καὶ τὸ βραβεῖον ἤδη παρέχει, καὶ ταύτῃ καὶ τῷ ἑαυτὸν ὑπόδειγμα θεῖναι εἰς μέσον, εὐπαράδεκτον ποιῶν τὸν λόγον. Τί γὰρ δέδοικας : : φησί μὴ ἐλαττωθῆς ταπεινὸς ὧν: : Ἐμὲ σκόπει, καὶ τὰ ἐμὰ πάντα᾽ απ᾿ ἐμοῦ μάνθανε, καὶ τότε εἴσῃ σαφώς, Ἰλίκον τὸ ἀγαθόν. Ὁρᾷς πῶς διὰ πάντων αὐτοὺς ἐνάγει εἰς τὴν ταπεινοφροσυνην : ὃ ΑΦ᾽ ὧν αὐτὸς ἐποίησε μάθετε γὰρ ἀπ᾿ «μοῦ, ὅτι πρᾶός εἰμι αφ᾽ ὧν αὐτοὶ κερδαίνειν μέλλουσιν εὑρήσετε γάρ, φησὶν, ἀνάπαυσιν ταῖς ψυχαῖς Ὠ ὑμῶν αφ᾽ ὧν αὐτοῖς χαρίζεται ἀναπαύσω γὰρ͵ ὑμᾶς καγὼω, φησίν ἀφ᾽ ὧν κοῦφον αὐτὸ κατεσκεύασεν ὁ γὰρ ζυγὸς μου χρηστὸς, καὶ τὸ φορτίον μου ἐλαφρόν ἐστιν. Οὕτω καὶ Παῦλος ᾿ ποιεῖ λέγων τὸ γὰρ παραυτίκα ἐλαφρὸν τῆς θλίψεως καθ᾽ ὑπερβολὴν εἰς ὑπερβολὴν αἰώνιον βάρος δόξης ᾿κατεργα ζεται. ᾿ Καὶ πώς ἐλαφρὸν, φησὶ, τὸ φορτίον, ὅταν λέγῃ᾽ ’ ἢ ἊἉ ἐς ἐὰν μή τις μισήσῃ πατέρα καὶ μητέρα καὶ, ὃς οὐκ αἴρει τὸν σταυρὸν αὐτοῦ, καὶ ἀκολουθεῖ μοι, οὐκ ἔστι μον ἄξιος. καὶ, ὃς οὐκ ἀποτάσσεται πᾶσιν αὐτοῦ τοῖς ὑπάρἙ, χουσιν, ου δύναταί μου εἶναι μαθητής ὅταν κελεύη καὶ αὐτὴν ἐκδιδόναι τὴν ψυχήν: Διδασκέτω. σε Παῦλος λέγων ς( τίς ἡμᾶς χωρίσει ἀπὸ τῆς ἀγάπης τοῦ Χριστοῦ: θλίψις : Ἶ στενοχωρία; ἢ ἢ διωγμός: ἢ ) λιμός: ἥ γυμνότης:; ἢ κίνδυνος ς ἢ μάχαιρα 3 καὶ ὅτι οὐκ ἄξια τὰ παθήματα τοῦ νῦν καειροῦ πρὸς τὴν μέλλουσαν δόξαν ἀποκαλυφθῆναι εἰς ἡμᾶς. Διδασκέτωσάν σε οἱ ἐκ τοῦ συνεδρίου τῶν ᾿Ιουδαίων μετὰ μυρίας μάστιγας ὑποστρέφοντες, καὶ 15 χαίροντες ὅτι κατη-- ξιώθησαν ὑπὲρ τοῦ ονόματος τοῦ Χριστοὺ ἀτιμασθῆναι. Εἰ δὲ ἔτι δέδοικας καὶ φρίττεις, τὸν ζυγὸν καὶ τὸ φορτίον ἀκούων, οὐ τῆς φύσεως τοῦ πραγματος ὃ φόβος, ἀλλὰ τῆς σῆς ῥᾳθυμίας ὡς ἐὰν ἧς παρεσκευασμένος καὶ προθυμίαν ἔχων, πάντα σοι ῥᾷδια ἔ ἔσται καὶ κοῦφα. Διὰ γὰρ, τοῦτο καὶ ὁ Χριστὸς δεικνὺς ὅτι δεῖ καὶ ἡμᾶς αὐτοὺς πονεῖν, οὐ τὰ χρηστὰ μόνον εἶπε. καὶ ἐσίγησεν, οὐδὲ τὰ φορτικὰ μοόγον, ἀλλ΄ ἑκάτερα τέθεικε. Καὶ γὰρ ζυγὸν εἶπε. καὶ χρηστὸν ἐκάλεσε᾽ καὶ φορτίον ὠνόμασε, καὶ ἐλαφρὸν προσέθηκεν᾽ ἵνα μήτε ὡς ἐπίπονα φύγῃς, μήτε ὡς σφόδρα εὐκόλων ᾿καταφρονήσης. Εἰ δὲ καὶ μετὰ ταῦτα πάντα δύσκολον ἡ ἀρετὴ εἶναί σοι δοκεῖ, ἐννόησον ὅτι ,δυσκολώτερον ἢ κακία ὅπερ οὖν καὶ ξαὐτὸ αἰνιττόμενος, ουὅ πρότερον εἶπε, λαβετε τὸν ζυγόν μου, αλλὰ πρῶτον, δεῦτε οἱ κοπιῶντες καὶ πεφορτισμένοι, δεικνὺς ὅτι ἣ καὶ ἡ ἁμαρτία κόπον ἔχει, καὶ φορτίον βαρὺ καὶ δυσβάστακτον. Οὐδὲ γάρ, κοπιῶντες, εἶπε μόνον, ἀλλὰ καὶ, πεφορτισμένοι. Κ Τοῦτο καὶ ὁ προφήτης ἔλεγε, τὴν φύσιν αὐτῆς ὑπογράφων ἐς ὡσεὶ φορτίον βαρὺ ἐβαρύνθησαν ἐπ᾿ ἐμέ. Καὶ ὁ Ζαχαρίας δὲ ὑπογράφων αὐτὴν, μολίβδου τάλαντον αὐτὴν εἶναί φησι. Καὶ τοῦτο καὶ ἡ πεῖρα αὐτὴ δείκνυσιν. Οὐδὲν γὰρ οὕτω βαρεῖ ψυχὴν, [οὐδὲν οὕτω πηροῖ διάνοιαν}. καὶ ᾿πιέζει κάτω, ὡς ἁμαρτίας συνειδός οὐδὲν οὕτω πτεροῖ καὶ μετέωρον ποιεῖ: ὡς δικαιοσύνης κτῆσις καὶ ἀρετῆς. Σκόπει δέ. Τί φορτικώτερον, εἰπέ μοι, τοῦ μηδὲν κεκτῆσθαι ; τοῦ στρέψαι τὴν σιαγόνα, καὶ τυπτόμενον μὴ αντιτύυπτειν; τοῦ αποθανεῖν βιαίῳ θανάτῳ: Αλλ᾽ ὅμως ἐὰν φιλοσοφώμεν, ταῦτα πάντα κουφα καὶ ῥᾷδια καὶ ἡδονῆς ποιητικά. ᾿Αλλὰ μὴ θορυβηθῆτε, αλλ᾽ ἕκαστον αὐτῶν μετὰ ἀκριβείας ἐξετάσωμεν μεταχειρίσαντες καὶ, εἰ βούλεσθε, τὸ πρῶτον ' τὸ καὶ πολλοὶς ἐπίπονον εἶναι δοκοῦν. Πότερον ον, εἰπέ μοι, βαρὺ καὶ ἐπαχθὲς, τὸ ᾿ μίαν γαστέρα μεριμνᾶν, ἣ τὸ μυρίων φροντίζειν : τὸ ἕν περιβεβλῆσθαι! ἱμάτιον καὶ μηδὲν πλέον ἐπι- Ὦ ζητεῖν, ἢ τὸ πολλὰ ἔνδον ε ἐχοντα καθ᾽ ἑκάστην ἡμέραν καὶ νύκτα κόπτεσθαι, δεδοικότα, τρέμοντα ὑπὲρ τῆς φυλακῆς, αλγοῦντα καὶ ἀγχόμενον ὑπὲρ τῆς ζημίας, μὴ σητόβρωτον γένηται, μὴ οἰκέτης ἀφελόμενος ἀπέλθῃ: Πλὴν αλλ’ ὅσα ἂν εἴπω, οὐδὲν παραστήσει τοιοῦτον ὁ λόγος, Ροῖον ἡ τῶν πραγμάτων πεῖρα. Διὸ ἐβουλόμην τινὰ τῶν εἰς ἐκείνην φθασάντων τὴν κορυφὴν τῆς φιλοσοφίας ἡμῖν παρεῖναι, καὶ τότε ,σαφὼς ἂν εἶδες τοῦ πράγματος τὴν ἡδονήν καὶ ὡς οὐκ ἄν τις ἀν ἐδέξατο ἐκείνων τῶν ἐρώντων ἀκτημοσύνης, μυρίων παρεχόντων πλουτεῖν. Οὗτοι δὲ ᾿κατεδέξαντο ἄν ποτε γενέσθαι πένητες, φησὶ, καὶ βῖψαι τὰς φροντίδας ἃς Εὶ ἔχουσι: Καὶ τί τοῦτο: Τῆς γὰρ ἀνοίας αὐτῶν καὶ τοῦ χαλεπου νοσήματος τοῦτο δεῖγμα, οὐ τοῦ τὸ πρᾶγμα ἥδιστον εἶναι.

Dio kai hoi grammateis kai hoi sophoi, synetoi nomizontes heinai par᾽ heantois, exepeson dia ton oikeion typhon. Oukoun ei dia touto ex autōn apekrybē, to eucharistein phobēthēte, phēsi, k kai hymeis, kai meinate nēpioi. Touto gar hymas epoiēse tēs apokalypseōs apolausai? hōsper oun kai ekeinous to enantion aposterēthēnai. Oude gar hotan legę̄, apekrypsas, tou theou to pan einai phēsin' all᾽ hōsper hotan E legę̄ ᾿ Paulos, hoti paredōken autous eis adokimon noun, kai etyphlōsen autōn ta noēmata, ouk auton eisagōn tauta e enerē gounta touto phēsin, all᾽ ekeinous tous tēn aitian parechontas houtō kai entautha irēdi to, ' apekrypsas. ᾿Epeidē p gar eipen, exomologoumai soi, hoti apekrypsas, kai apekalypsas auta nēpiois, hina mē nomisēs, ho hoti hōs autos apesterēmenos tēs dynameōs tautēs, kai mē dynamenos auto katorthōsai, houtōs eucharistei, phēsi ē panta moi paredothē hypo tou patros mou. Pros de tous chairontas, hoti ta daimonia autois hypakouei, ti gar thaumazete, phēsin, hoti daimones hymin hypeikousin : ᾿Ema panta esti, panta moi paredothē. Hontan de akousę̄s, paredothē, mēden anthrōpinon hypopteusę̄s hina gar mē da theous agennētous nomisēs, tautēn tēn lexin tithēsin. ᾿Epei hoti homou te egennēthē kai pantōn despotēs ē ēn? pollachothen kai allachothen dēloi. Eita logei ti kai toutou meizon, anorthōn sou tēn dianoian’ ᾿ kai oudeis ginōskei ton nion, ei mē ho patēr' oude ton B patera tis epiginōskei, ei mē ho huios. Kai dokei men apērtēsthai tōn emprosthen tois haUnoousi, poly de echei to symphōnon. ᾿Epeidē gar eipe, panta moi paredothē Rh hypo tou patros mou, epagei kai ti thaumaston, phēsin, ei pantōn eimi despotēs, ho hopou Hye kai heteron ti meizon e echō, to eidenai ton patera, kai tēs autēs ousias einai : Kai gar kai touto lanthanontōs deiknysin ek tou monos auton houtōs eidenai. Hotan gar eipē, s oudeis ginōskei ton patera, ei mē ho huios, touto : legei. Kai hora pote legei tauta. Hote dia tōn ergōn elabon autou tēs dynameōs tēn apodeixin, ouchi thaumatourgounta idontes monon, alla O kai en tǭ onomati autou tosauta dynēthentes. Eita, epeidē eipen hoti apekalypsas auta nēpiois, deiknyse kai touto autou on oude gar ton patera tis epiginōskei, phēsin, ei mē ho nuios, kai hǭ ean boulētai ho huios apokalypsai ouch hǭ an epitattētai, oude hǭ an keleuētai. Ei de ekeinon apokalyptei, kai heauton. ᾿Alla touto men hōs ōmologēmenon aphēken' ekeino de tetheike. Kai pantachou touto phēsin, hōs hotan legę̄' oudeis dynatai pros ton patera elthein, ei mē di emou. Dia de toutōn kai allo kataskeuazei, to symphōnos autǭ einai kai homognōmōn. ToŌ souton gar, phēsin, apechō tou machesthai autǭ kai polemein, hoti ᾿ oude dynaton elthein tina pros ekeinon, ei mē di᾽ emou. ᾿Epeidē gar malista touto autous eskandalize, to dokein antitheon auton einai, dia pantōn touto anairei, kai tōn sēmeiōn ouk elatton, alla kai pollǭ pleon peri touton espoudaken. Hotan de legę̄» . oude ton patera tis epiginōskei? ei mē ho huios, ou touto phēsin, hoti pantes auton ēgnoēsan, all᾽ hoti tēn Hynōsin, hēn autos auton oiden, oudeis ᾿ auton epistatai ho kai peri tou niou estin eipein. Oude gar peri agnōstou tinos theou kai mēdeni genomenou Hynōrimou HeE, tauta ephasken, hōs phēsin ho o ͵ Markiōn, alla tēn akribē gnōsin entautha ainittomenos epei oude ton huion ismen hōs chrē eidenai kai touto goun auto Paulos dēlōn elegen ek merous ginōskomen, kai ek merous prophēteuomen. Eita katastēsas dia tōn eirēmenōn eis epithymian autous, p deixas autou tēn dynamin aphaton, tote kalei legōn Ho deute pros me pantes hoi kopiōntes kai peibra dano kagō anapausō hymas. Ouch ho deina kai ho eina, alla pantes hoi en Phrontisin, hoi en lypais, hoi en hamartiais. Deute, ouch hina apaitēsō euthynas, all᾽ hina lysō ta hamartēmata deute, ouk epeidē deomai hymōn tēs doxēs, all᾽ epeidē deomai hy ymōn tēs sōtērias. «᾿Egō gar. phēsin, anapausō hymas. Ouk eipe, sōsō monon alla kai ho pollǭ pleon ēn, en adeią katastēsō pasę̄. eu? Arate ton zygon mon eph᾽ hymas, kai mathete ap᾽ emou, hoti praos eimi kai tapeinos tē kardią kai heurēsete anapausin tais psychais hymōn. Ho gar zygos mou chrēstos, kai to phortion B mou elaphron. Mē gar phobēthēte, phēsi, zygon akouon--: tes chrēstos gar esti mē deisēte, epeidē PhORTIOn eipon elaǭr hon gar esti. Kai pōs emprosthen elege stenē hē pylē, kai tethlimmenē hē hodos -I Hotan rhąthymos hē hēs? hotan anapeptōkōs hōs ean katorthōōsēs ta eirēmena, elaphron estai to phortion dio kai nyn auto toiouton ekalese. Pōs de katorthoutai: An tapeinos genę̄ kai praos kai epieikēs. Hautē gar mētēr estin hē aretē philosophias hapasēs. Dio kai archomenos tōn theiōn nomōn ekeinōn, enteuthen ērxato. Kai entautha palin to auto touto poiei, kai megiston tithēsi to epathlon. ou gar heterǭ ginę̄ chrēsimos monon, alla kai sauton pro pantōn anapaueis, phēsin. ei Eurē- Ho sete gar anapausin tais psychais hymōn. Kai pro tōn mellontōn enteuthen didōse soi tēn amoibēn, kai to brabeion ēdē parechei, kai tautę̄ kai tǭ heauton hypodeigma theinai eis meson, euparadekton poiōn ton logon. Ti gar dedoikas : : phēsi mē elattōthēs tapeinos hōn: : Eme skopei, kai ta ema panta᾽ ap᾿ emou manthane, kai tote eisę̄ saphōs, Ilikon to agathon. Horąs pōs dia pantōn autous enagei eis tēn tapeinophrosynēn : ho APh᾽ hōn autos epoiēse mathete gar ap᾿ «mou, hoti praos eimi aph᾽ hōn autoi kerdainein mellousin heurēsete gar, phēsin, anapausin tais psychais Ō hymōn aph᾽ hōn autois charizetai anapausō gar͵ hymas kagōō, phēsin aph᾽ hōn kouphon auto kateskeuasen ho gar zygos mou chrēstos, kai to phortion mou elaphron estin. Houtō kai Paulos ᾿ poiei legōn to gar parautika elaphron tēs thlipseōs kath᾽ hyperbolēn eis hyperbolēn aiōnion baros doxēs ᾿katerga zetai. ᾿ Kai pōs elaphron, phēsi, to phortion, hotan legę̄᾽ ’ ē HaA es ean mē tis misēsę̄ patera kai mētera kai, hos ouk airei ton stauron autou, kai akolouthei moi, ouk esti mon axios. kai, hos ouk apotassetai pasin autou tois hyparE, chousin, ou dynatai mou einai mathētēs hotan keleuē kai autēn ekdidonai tēn psychēn: Didasketō. se Paulos legōn s( tis hēmas chōrisei apo tēs agapēs tou Christou: thlipsis : I stenochōria? ē ē diōgmos: ē ) limos: hē gymnotēs:? ē kindynos s ē machaira 3 kai hoti ouk axia ta pathēmata tou nyn kaeirou pros tēn mellousan doxan apokalyphthēnai eis hēmas. Didasketōsan se hoi ek tou synedriou tōn ᾿Ioudaiōn meta myrias mastigas hypostrephontes, kai 15 chairontes hoti katē-- xiōthēsan hyper tou onomatos tou Christou atimasthēnai. Ei de eti dedoikas kai phritteis, ton zygon kai to phortion akouōn, ou tēs physeōs tou pragmatos ho phobos, alla tēs sēs rhąthymias hōs ean hēs pareskeuasmenos kai prothymian echōn, panta soi rhądia e estai kai koupha. Dia gar, touto kai ho Christos deiknys hoti dei kai hēmas autous ponein, ou ta chrēsta monon eipe. kai esigēsen, oude ta phortika moogon, all΄ hekatera tetheike. Kai gar zygon eipe. kai chrēston ekalese᾽ kai phortion ōnomase, kai elaphron prosethēken᾽ hina mēte hōs epipona phygę̄s, mēte hōs sphodra eukolōn ᾿kataphronēsēs. Ei de kai meta tauta panta dyskolon hē aretē einai soi dokei, ennoēson hoti ,dyskolōteron ē kakia hoper oun kai xauto ainittomenos, ouo proteron eipe, labete ton zygon mou, alla prōton, deute hoi kopiōntes kai pephortismenoi, deiknys hoti hē kai hē hamartia kopon echei, kai phortion bary kai dysbastakton. Oude gar, kopiōntes, eipe monon, alla kai, pephortismenoi. K Touto kai ho prophētēs elege, tēn physin autēs hypographōn es hōsei phortion bary ebarynthēsan ep᾿ eme. Kai ho Zacharias de hypographōn autēn, molibdou talanton autēn einai phēsi. Kai touto kai hē peira autē deiknysin. Ouden gar houtō barei psychēn, [ouden houtō pēroi dianoian}. kai ᾿piezei katō, hōs hamartias syneidos ouden houtō pteroi kai meteōron poiei: hōs dikaiosynēs ktēsis kai aretēs. Skopei de. Ti phortikōteron, eipe moi, tou mēden kektēsthai ? tou strepsai tēn siagona, kai typtomenon mē antityyptein? tou apothanein biaiǭ thanatǭ: All᾽ homōs ean philosophōmen, tauta panta koupha kai rhądia kai hēdonēs poiētika. ᾿Alla mē thorybēthēte, all᾽ hekaston autōn meta akribeias exetasōmen metacheirisantes kai, ei boulesthe, to prōton ' to kai pollois epiponon einai dokoun. Poteron on, eipe moi, bary kai epachthes, to ᾿ mian gastera merimnan, hē to myriōn phrontizein : to hen peribeblēsthai! himation kai mēden pleon epi- Ō zētein, ē to polla endon e echonta kath᾽ hekastēn hēmeran kai nykta koptesthai, dedoikota, tremonta hyper tēs phylakēs, algounta kai anchomenon hyper tēs zēmias, mē sētobrōton genētai, mē oiketēs aphelomenos apelthę̄: Plēn all’ hosa an eipō, ouden parastēsei toiouton ho logos, Roion hē tōn pragmatōn peira. Dio eboulomēn tina tōn eis ekeinēn phthasantōn tēn koryphēn tēs philosophias hēmin pareinai, kai tote ,saphōs an eides tou pragmatos tēn hēdonēn kai hōs ouk an tis an edexato ekeinōn tōn erōntōn aktēmosynēs, myriōn parechontōn ploutein. Houtoi de ᾿katedexanto an pote genesthai penētes, phēsi, kai bipsai tas phrontidas has Ei echousi: Kai ti touto: Tēs gar anoias autōn kai tou chalepou nosēmatos touto deigma, ou tou to pragma hēdiston einai.

Therefore the scribes and the wise, thinking themselves prudent in their own eyes, fell away through their own pride. If then it was hidden from them for this reason, “Fear,” he says, “you too, and remain babes. For this made you enjoy the revelation, just as the contrary made them be deprived of it.” For when he says, “You have hidden,” he does not say that the whole is God’s doing; but as when Paul says that he “gave them up to a reprobate mind,” and “blinded their thoughts,” he says this not bringing God in as the agent of these things, but those who furnish the cause; so here too he says, “You have hidden.” For since he said, “I confess to you that you have hidden, and have revealed them to babes,” so that you might not think that he gives thanks in this way as though he himself were deprived of this power and unable to accomplish it, he says, “All things have been delivered to me by my Father.” And to those who rejoiced that the demons obey them, “Why do you wonder,” he says, “that demons yield to you? All things are mine; all things have been delivered to me.” And when you hear “have been delivered,” suspect nothing human; for it is so that you may not think there are two unbegotten Gods that he sets down this word. For that he was at once begotten and Master of all, he shows from many places elsewhere. Then he says something greater still, setting your mind right: “And no one knows the Son except the Father; nor does anyone know the Father except the Son.” And to those who do not understand it seems to be detached from what went before, but it has much agreement with it. For since he had said, “All things have been delivered to me by my Father,” he adds, “And what wonder is it,” he says, “if I am Master of all, when I have something else greater too, to know the Father, and to be of the same essence?” For this too he shows covertly, from his alone knowing him so. For when he says, “No one knows the Father except the Son,” this is what he means. And see when he says these things: when they had received the proof of his power through his works, not only seeing him working wonders, but also being able to do so much in his name. Then, since he had said, “You have revealed them to babes,” he shows that this too is his own: “For no one knows the Father,” he says, “except the Son, and anyone to whom the Son wills to reveal him”; not to whom he is ordered, nor to whom he is commanded. And if he reveals him, he reveals himself too. But this he left as agreed, while that he set down. And everywhere he says this, as when he says, “No one can come to the Father except through me.” And by these things he establishes another point too, that he is in harmony and of one mind with him. “For I am so far,” he says, “from fighting and warring against him, that it is not even possible for anyone to come to him except through me.” For since this above all offended them, that he seemed to be opposed to God, he removes this by every means, and was no less earnest about this than about the signs, but even much more. And when he says, “Nor does anyone know the Father except the Son,” he does not say this, that all were ignorant of him, but that with the knowledge with which he knows him no one knows him; which may be said about the Son too. For he was not saying these things about some unknown God who had become known to no one, as Marcion says, but hinting here at exact knowledge; since we do not know even the Son as one ought to know him; and Paul too, making this very thing clear, said, “We know in part, and we prophesy in part.” Then, having brought them through what had been said into a desire for him, and having shown his unspeakable power, he then calls them, saying, “Come to me, all you who labor and are heavy laden, and I will give you rest.” Not this one and that one, but all who are in cares, who are in griefs, who are in sins. “Come, not that I may demand an account, but that I may loose your sins; come, not because I need your glory, but because I desire your salvation. For I,” he says, “will give you rest.” He did not say, “I will save you” only, but, what was far more, “I will set you in complete security.” “Take my yoke upon you, and learn from me, for I am meek and lowly in heart, and you will find rest for your souls. For my yoke is kind, and my burden is light.” “For do not be afraid,” he says, “on hearing ‘yoke,’ for it is kind; do not fear because I said ‘burden,’ for it is light.” And how did he say before, “Narrow is the gate and constricted the way”? When you are careless, when you are lax; whereas if you accomplish what has been said, the burden will be light; therefore now too he called it such. And how is it accomplished? If you become lowly and meek and gentle. For this virtue is the mother of all philosophy. Therefore too, when beginning those divine laws, he began from here. And here again he does this same thing, and sets down the greatest prize. “For you do not become useful to another only, but you give rest to yourself before all,” he says. “For you will find rest for your souls.” And before the things to come he gives you the recompense from here, and already bestows the prize; and by this, and by setting himself forward as an example, he makes his word easy to receive. “For what do you fear?” he says. “That you will be diminished by being lowly? Look at me and all that is mine; learn from me, and then you will know clearly how great the good is.” Do you see how by every means he leads them to humility? By what he himself did: “For learn from me, for I am meek”; by what they themselves were going to gain: “For you will find,” he says, “rest for your souls”; by what he bestows on them: “For I too,” he says, “will give you rest”; by having made it light: “For my yoke is kind, and my burden is light.” So Paul too does, saying, “For the momentary lightness of our affliction works for us beyond all measure an eternal weight of glory.” “And how is the burden light,” someone says, “when he says, ‘Unless one hates father and mother,’ and, ‘He who does not take up his cross and follow me is not worthy of me,’ and, ‘He who does not renounce all that he has cannot be my disciple,’ when he commands us to give up even life itself?” Let Paul teach you, saying, “Who shall separate us from the love of Christ? Tribulation, or distress, or persecution, or famine, or nakedness, or peril, or sword?” and that “the sufferings of the present time are not worthy to be compared with the glory that is to be revealed to us.” Let those teach you who returned from the council of the Jews after countless stripes, and rejoiced that they had been counted worthy to be dishonored for the name of Christ. And if you still fear and shudder on hearing of the yoke and the burden, the fear comes not from the nature of the thing but from your own carelessness; since if you are prepared and have eagerness, all things will be easy and light for you. For this reason Christ too, showing that we ourselves must also toil, did not mention the kind things only and keep silence about the others, nor the burdensome things only, but set down both. For he said “yoke,” and called it kind; and he named a “burden,” and added “light”; so that you might neither flee them as laborious nor despise them as too easy. And if after all these things virtue still seems difficult to you, consider that vice is more difficult. And hinting at this very thing, he did not say first, “Take my yoke,” but first, “Come, you who labor and are heavy laden,” showing that sin too has labor, and a heavy and hard-to-bear burden. For he did not say only “you who labor,” but also “heavy laden.” This the prophet too said, describing its nature: “Like a heavy burden they have weighed heavy upon me.” And Zechariah, describing it, says that it is a talent of lead. And experience itself shows this. For nothing so weighs down the soul [nothing so maims the mind] and presses it down as a conscience of sin; nothing so gives it wings and lifts it on high as the possession of righteousness and virtue. And consider. What is more burdensome, tell me, than to possess nothing? Than to turn the cheek, and when struck not to strike back? Than to die a violent death? But nevertheless, if we live wisely, all these things are light and easy and productive of pleasure. But do not be disturbed; rather let us take each of them in hand and examine it with exactness, and, if you wish, first the one that seems to many to be laborious. Which is heavy and burdensome, tell me: to care for one belly, or to take thought for countless things? To be clothed in one garment and seek nothing more, or, having many things within, to be distressed every day and night, fearing, trembling over their safekeeping, grieving and choked over their loss, lest it become moth-eaten, lest a servant steal it and go away? But whatever I say, the word will not set the matter forth as experience of the facts does. Therefore I could wish that one of those who have reached that summit of philosophy were present with us; and then you would see clearly the pleasure of the thing, and how none of those lovers of having nothing would accept it, though countless people offered to make them rich. “But would these rich,” someone says, “ever have consented to become poor and to throw off the cares they have?” And what of this? This is a sign of their folly and of their grievous disease, not of the thing’s being most pleasant.

38.4Field 1

Καὶ τοῦτο καὶ αὐτοὶ μαρτυρήσαιεν ἂν ἡμῖν, οἱ καθ᾽ ἑκάστην ἡμέραν ἐπὶ ταύταις ἀποδυρόμενοι ταῖς φροντίσι, καὶ τὸν βίον ἀβίωτον εἶναι νομίζοντες. Ἀλλ᾽ οὐκ ἐκεῖνοι οὕτως, ἀλλὰ γελῶσι, σκιρτώσι, καὶ τῶν τὸ διάδημα περικειμένων μᾶλλον ἐπὶ τῇ πενίᾳ καλλωπίζονται. Πάλιν τὸ στρέψαι τὴν σιαγόνα τοῦ πλῆξαι ἕτερον κουφότερον τῷ προσέχοντι ἐκεῖ μὲν γὰρ ἀρχὴν ἢ πόλεμος. λαμβάνει, ἐνταῦθα δὲ λύσιν καὶ ἐκείνῳ μὲν καὶ τὴν ἑτέρου πυρὰν ἀνῆψας, τούτῳ δὲ καὶ τὴν σαντοῦ φλόγα ἔσβεσας. Ὅτι δὲ τὸ μὴ καίεσθαι τοῦ καίεσθαι ἥδιον, παντί που δῆλόν ἐστιν. Εἰ δὲ ἐπὶ σωμάτων τοῦτο, πολλῷ μᾶλλον ἐπὶ ψυχῆς. Τί δὲ κουφότερον; ἀγωνίζεσθαι, Ν στεφανοῦσθαι; πυκτεύειν, ἡ τὸ βραβεῖον ἔχειν: καὶ κυμάτων ἀνέχεσθαι, ἢ εἰς λιμένα καταίρειν : Οὐκοῦν καὶ τὸ ἀποθανεῖν τοῦ ζῆν βέλτιον. Τοῦτο μὲν γὰρ ἐξάγει τῶν κλυδωνίων καὶ τῶν κινδύνων ἐκεῖνο δὲ προστίθησι, καὶ ὑπεύθυνον ποιεῖ μυρίαις ἐπιβουλαῖς καὶ ἀνάγκαις, δι ἃς ἀβίωτον εἶναι τὸν βίον ε ἑἐνόμισας. Εἰ δὲ ἀπιστεῖς τοῖς λεγομένοις, ἄκουσον τῶν ϑωρακότων τὰ πρόσωπα τῶν μαρτύρων ἐν τῷ καιρῷ τῶν ἄτγγώνων, πῶς μαστιζόμενοι καὶ ξεόμενοι, περιχαρεῖς ἦσαν καὶ φαιδροὶ, καὶ τῶν ἐπὶ ῥοδωνιᾶς κατακεκλιμένων ἐπὶ τηγάνων ᾿ προκείμενοι μᾶλλον ἔχαιρον καὶ εὐφραίνοντο. Διὸ καὶ Παῦλος ἔλεγε, μέλλων ἐντεῦθεν ἀπιέναι καὶ καταλύειν βιαίῳ θανάτῳ τὴν ζωήν Ὲ χαίρω καὶ σνυγχαίρω πᾶσιν ὑμῖν τὸ δὲ αὐτὸ καὶ ὑμεῖς χαίρετε καὶ συγχαίρετέ μοι. Εἶδες μεθ᾽ ὅσης ὑπερβολῆς τὴν οἰκουμένην ἅπασαν ἐπὶ τὴν κοινωνίαν τῆς εὐφροσύνης καλεῖς Οὕτω μέγα ἀγαθὸν ἤδει τὴν ἐντεῦθεν ἀποδημίαν οὖσαν᾽ οὕτω ποθεινὸν τὸν οὕτω φοβερὸν θανατον, καὶ ἐπέραστον καὶ εὐχῆς ἄξιον. ᾿Δλλ᾽ ὅτι μὲν ἡδὺς καὶ κοῦφος ὁ τῆς ἀρετῆς ζυγὸς, καὶ ὁτέρωθεν πολλαχόθεν δήλον᾽ λοιπὸν δέ, εἰ δοκεῖ, καὶ τῆς ἁμαρτίας ἴδωμεν τὰ Φφορ τία. Οὐκοῦν τοὺς πλεονέκτας εἰς μέσον ἀγάγωμεν, τοὺς καπήλους καὶ παλυγκαπήλους τῶν ἀναισχύντων συμβολαίων. Τί οὖν φορτικώτερον τῆς τοιαύτῆς πραγματείας γένοιτ᾽ ἄν πόσαι λύπαι, πόσαι φροντίδες, Ὁ πόσα ᾿προσκρούσματα, πόσοι κίνδυνοι; πόσαι ἐπιβουλαὶ καὶ πόλεμοι καθ᾽ ἑκάστην ἡμέραν τούτοις φύονται τοῖς κέρδεσι : πόσοι θόρυβοι καὶ ταραχαΐί: ;: Ὥσπερ γὰρ τὴν θάλατταν οὐκ ἔστιν ἰδεῖν ποτε κυμάτων χωρὶς, οὕτως οὐδὲ τὴν τοιαύτην ψυχὴν φροντίδος καὶ αθυμίας καὶ φόβου καὶ ταραχῆς ἐκτὸς, ἀλλὰ τὰ πρότερα καταλαμβάνει τὰ δεύτερα, καὶ πάλιν ἕτερα ἔπεισι, καὶ τούτων οὐδέπω πανομένων ἕτερα κορυφοῦται. ᾿Αλλὰ τῶν λοιδόρων βούλει καὶ τῶν ἀκροχόλων τὰς ψυχὰς ἰδεῖν Καὶ τί τῆς βασάνου ταύτης χεῖρον: τί Ὲ, τῶν τραυμάτων ὧν ἔχουσιν ἔνδον ; τί τῆς καμίνον τῆς διηνεκῶς καιομένης, καὶ τῆς φλογὸς τὴς μηδέποτε σβεννυμένης : ᾿Αλλὰ τῶν φιλοσωμάτων καὶ τῇ παρούσῃ προστετηκότων ζωῆ: Καὶ τί ταύτης τῆς δουλείας χαλεπώτερον: Τὸν τοῦ Καὶν βίον ζώσι, τρόμῳ διηνεκεῖ ἣ συνόντες καὶ φόβῳ, καθ᾽ των, τὴν οἰκείαν θρηνοῦντες τελευτήν. Τί δὲ τῶν πεῴφυσιωμένων ταραχωδέστερόν τε καὶ μανικώτερον: τ Μάθετε γὰρ, φησὶν, ἀπ᾿ ἐμοῦ, ὅτι πρᾶός εἶμι καὶ ταπεινὸς τὴ καρ ίᾳ, καὶ εὑρήσετε ἀνάπαυσιν ταῖς ψυχαῖς ὑμῶν. Ἁπάντων γὰρ ἡ ἀνεξικακία μήτηρ τῶν ἀγαθῶν. Μὴ τοίνυν φοβηθῆς, μηδὲ ἀποπηδήσῃς τὸν πάντων σε τούτων κου φίζοντα ζυγὸν, ἀλλ᾽ ὕπελθε μετὰ προθυμίας ἁπάσης αὐτὸν, καὶ τότε αὐτοῦ εἴση σαφὼς τὴν ἡδονήν. Οὐδὲ γὰρ τρίβει σον τὸν αὐχένα, ἀλλ᾽ εὐταξίας ἕ ἕνεκεν ἐπίκειται μόνης, καὶ τοῦ πεῖσαι , βαδίζειν εὔρυθμα, καὶ πρὸς τὴν βασιλικὴν σε ὁδὸν ἀγαγεῖν, Β καὶ τῶν ἑκατέρωθεν ἀπαλλάξαι κρημνῶν, καὶ ποιῆσαι μετ᾽ εὐκολίας τὴν στενὴν βαδίσαι ὁδόν. ᾿Επεὶ οὖν τοσαῦτα αὐτοῦ τὰ αγσθαι τοσαύτη ἡ ἡ ἀσφάλεια, τοσαύτη η εὐφροσύνη, πάσῃ ψυχῆ» πάσῃ σπουδῇ τοῦτον ἕλκωμεν τὸν ζυγόν ἵνα καὶ ἐνταῦθα ἀνάπαυσιν εὕρωμεν ταῖς γνχαῖς ἡμῶν, καὶ τῶν μελλόντων ἐπιτύχωμεν ἀγαθῶν, χάριτι καὶ φιλανθρωπίᾳ τοῦ κυρίου ἡμῶν Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ, ᾧ ἡ δόξα καὶ τὸ κράτος» νῦν καὶ αεὶ καὶ εἰς τοὺς αἰῶνας τῶν αἰώνων. ἈΑμῆν.

Kai touto kai autoi martyrēsaien an hēmin, hoi kath᾽ hekastēn hēmeran epi tautais apodyromenoi tais phrontisi, kai ton bion abiōton einai nomizontes. All᾽ ouk ekeinoi houtōs, alla gelōsi, skirtōsi, kai tōn to diadēma perikeimenōn mallon epi tę̄ penią kallōpizontai. Palin to strepsai tēn siagona tou plēxai heteron kouphoteron tǭ prosechonti ekei men gar archēn ē polemos. lambanei, entautha de lysin kai ekeinǭ men kai tēn heterou pyran anēpsas, toutǭ de kai tēn santou phloga esbesas. Hoti de to mē kaiesthai tou kaiesthai hēdion, panti pou dēlon estin. Ei de epi sōmatōn touto, pollǭ mallon epi psychēs. Ti de kouphoteron? agōnizesthai, N stephanousthai? pykteuein, hē to brabeion echein: kai kymatōn anechesthai, ē eis limena katairein : Oukoun kai to apothanein tou zēn beltion. Touto men gar exagei tōn klydōniōn kai tōn kindynōn ekeino de prostithēsi, kai hypeuthynon poiei myriais epiboulais kai anankais, di has abiōton einai ton bion e heenomisas. Ei de apisteis tois legomenois, akouson tōn ϑōrakotōn ta prosōpa tōn martyrōn en tǭ kairǭ tōn atngōnōn, pōs mastizomenoi kai xeomenoi, perichareis ēsan kai phaidroi, kai tōn epi rhodōnias katakeklimenōn epi tēganōn ᾿ prokeimenoi mallon echairon kai euphrainonto. Dio kai Paulos elege, mellōn enteuthen apienai kai katalyein biaiǭ thanatǭ tēn zōēn E chairō kai snynchairō pasin hymin to de auto kai hymeis chairete kai synchairete moi. Eides meth᾽ hosēs hyperbolēs tēn oikoumenēn hapasan epi tēn koinōnian tēs euphrosynēs kaleis Houtō mega agathon ēdei tēn enteuthen apodēmian ousan᾽ houtō potheinon ton houtō phoberon thanaton, kai eperaston kai euchēs axion. ᾿Dll᾽ hoti men hēdys kai kouphos ho tēs aretēs zygos, kai hoterōthen pollachothen dēlon᾽ loipon de, ei dokei, kai tēs hamartias idōmen ta Phphor tia. Oukoun tous pleonektas eis meson agagōmen, tous kapēlous kai palynkapēlous tōn anaischyntōn symbolaiōn. Ti oun phortikōteron tēs toiautēs pragmateias genoit᾽ an posai lypai, posai phrontides, Ho posa ᾿proskrousmata, posoi kindynoi? posai epiboulai kai polemoi kath᾽ hekastēn hēmeran toutois phyontai tois kerdesi : posoi thoryboi kai tarachaïi: ?: Hōsper gar tēn thalattan ouk estin idein pote kymatōn chōris, houtōs oude tēn toiautēn psychēn phrontidos kai athymias kai phobou kai tarachēs ektos, alla ta protera katalambanei ta deutera, kai palin hetera epeisi, kai toutōn oudepō panomenōn hetera koryphoutai. ᾿Alla tōn loidorōn boulei kai tōn akrocholōn tas psychas idein Kai ti tēs basanou tautēs cheiron: ti E, tōn traumatōn hōn echousin endon ? ti tēs kaminon tēs diēnekōs kaiomenēs, kai tēs phlogos tēs mēdepote sbennymenēs : ᾿Alla tōn philosōmatōn kai tę̄ parousę̄ prostetēkotōn zōē: Kai ti tautēs tēs douleias chalepōteron: Ton tou Kain bion zōsi, tromǭ diēnekei hē synontes kai phobǭ, kath᾽ tōn, tēn oikeian thrēnountes teleutēn. Ti de tōn peǭphysiōmenōn tarachōdesteron te kai manikōteron: t Mathete gar, phēsin, ap᾿ emou, hoti praos eimi kai tapeinos tē kar ią, kai heurēsete anapausin tais psychais hymōn. Hapantōn gar hē anexikakia mētēr tōn agathōn. Mē toinyn phobēthēs, mēde apopēdēsę̄s ton pantōn se toutōn kou phizonta zygon, all᾽ hypelthe meta prothymias hapasēs auton, kai tote autou eisē saphōs tēn hēdonēn. Oude gar tribei son ton auchena, all᾽ eutaxias he heneken epikeitai monēs, kai tou peisai , badizein eurythma, kai pros tēn basilikēn se hodon agagein, B kai tōn hekaterōthen apallaxai krēmnōn, kai poiēsai met᾽ eukolias tēn stenēn badisai hodon. ᾿Epei oun tosauta autou ta agsthai tosautē hē hē asphaleia, tosautē ē euphrosynē, pasę̄ psychē» pasę̄ spoudę̄ touton helkōmen ton zygon hina kai entautha anapausin heurōmen tais gnchais hēmōn, kai tōn mellontōn epitychōmen agathōn, chariti kai philanthrōpią tou kyriou hēmōn Iēsou Christou, hǭ hē doxa kai to kratos» nyn kai aei kai eis tous aiōnas tōn aiōnōn. AAmēn.

And they themselves would bear witness to this for us, those who every day lament over these cares and think life unlivable. But those others are not so; rather they laugh, they leap, and pride themselves on their poverty more than those who wear the diadem. Again, to turn the cheek is lighter than to strike another, for one who pays attention; for in the one case the war takes its beginning, in the other its end; and by the one you kindled the other’s pyre too, by the other you also quenched your own flame. And that not to be burned is pleasanter than to be burned is clear to everyone. And if this is so with bodies, much more with the soul. And which is lighter, to contend or to be crowned? To box, or to have the prize? To endure the waves, or to put into harbor? Therefore to die is better than to live. For the one brings us out of the storms and dangers, while the other adds to them, and makes us liable to countless plots and necessities, because of which you thought life unlivable. And if you disbelieve what is said, hear those who have seen the faces of the martyrs at the time of their contests, how when scourged and torn they were full of joy and radiant, and laid on frying pans they rejoiced and were glad more than those reclining on a bed of roses. Therefore Paul too said, when he was about to depart from here and to end his life by a violent death, “I rejoice and rejoice with you all; and do you likewise rejoice and rejoice with me.” Do you see with what intensity he calls the whole world to share in the gladness? So great a good did he know the departure from here to be; so desirable that death so fearful, and lovely, and worthy of prayer. But that the yoke of virtue is sweet and light is clear from many other places too; and now, if it seems good, let us look also at the burdens of sin. Let us bring forward, then, the covetous, the hucksters and the retailers of shameless contracts. What then could be more burdensome than such business? How many griefs, how many cares, how many collisions, how many dangers, how many plots and wars spring up every day from these gains? How many tumults and troubles? For as it is not possible ever to see the sea without waves, so neither such a soul without care and despondency and fear and trouble; but the second overtake the first, and again others come upon them, and before these have ceased others rise to a crest. But do you wish to see the souls of the revilers and the hot-tempered? And what is worse than this torment? What worse than the wounds they have within? What worse than the furnace that burns continually and the flame that is never quenched? But the souls of the lovers of the body and of those wasting away for the present life? And what is more grievous than this slavery? They live the life of Cain, living with continual trembling and fear, (…) lamenting their own death. And what is more turbulent and more frantic than the puffed up? “For learn from me,” he says, “for I am meek and lowly in heart, and you will find rest for your souls.” For forbearance is the mother of all good things. Do not then fear, nor leap away from the yoke that lightens you of all these things, but come under it with all eagerness, and then you will know clearly its pleasure. For it does not chafe your neck, but is laid on you only for good order’s sake, and to persuade you to walk with good rhythm, and to lead you to the royal road, and to deliver you from the precipices on either side, and to make you walk the narrow road with ease. Since then its good things are so great, so great its safety, so great its gladness, with all our soul, with all our zeal let us draw this yoke, so that here too we may find rest for our souls, and attain the good things to come, by the grace and love for humanity of our Lord Jesus Christ, to whom be the glory and the might, now and always and to the ages of ages. Amen.

Chapter 39

39.1Field 1

Ἐν ἐκείνῳ τῷ καιρῷ παλν μ ὁ ᾿Ιησοῦς τοῖς σάββασι διὰ τῶν σπορίμων ἱ δὲ μαθηταὶ αὐτοῦ ἐπείνασαν, Μ καὶ ἡρξαντο τίλλειν ας καὶ ἐσθίειν. ἐν Ὁ ΔΕ Λουκᾶς φησιν, Ἶ εν σαββάτῳ δευτεροπρώτῳ. ἰ δέ ἐστιν ἐν ΑΔ αι Ὅταν διπλῆ ἡ αργία ἡ, καὶ τοῦ σαββάτου τοὺ κυρίου, καὶ ἑτέρας ἑορτῆς διαδεχομένης. Σάββατον γὰρ ἑκάστην ἀργίαν καλοῦσι. Καὶ τί δήποτε ἐκεῖθεν αὐτοὺς ἤγαγεν ὁ πάντα προειδὼς, εἰ μὴ ἐβούλετο λυθῆναι τὸ σάββατον: ᾿Εβούλετο μὲν, αλλ᾽ οὐχ Ἑ ἁπλώς διόπερ οὐδέποτε χωρὶς αἰτίας αὐτὸ λύει, ἀλλὰ διδοὺς προφάσεις εὐλόγους, ἵνα καὶ τὸν νόμον ἀναπαύσηῃ, καὶ ἐκείνους μὴ πλήξῃ. Ἔστι δὲ ὅπου καὶ προηγουμένως αὐτὸ λύει, οὐ μετὰ περιστάσεων ὡς ὅταν τὸν πηλὸν χρίῃ τοὺς ὀφθαλμοὺς τοῦ τυφλοῦ ὡς ὅταν λέγη ὅτε πατήρ μου ἕως ἄρτι ἐργάζεται, καγὼ ἐργάζομαι. Ποιεῖ δὲ ταῦτα, τούτῳ μὲν δοξάζων τὸν ἑαυτοῦ πατέρα, ἐκείνῳ δὲ τὴν ἐσθ νεῖϊαν τῶν ᾿Ιουδαίων παραμυθούμενος. Ὃ δὴ καὶ ἐνταῦθα κατασκευαζει, τὴν τῆς φύσεως ἀνάγκην προβαλλόμενος καίτοιγε ἐπὶ τῶν ἁμαρτημάτων τών ὡμολογημένων οὐκ ἂν γένοιτό ποτε ἀπολογία. Οὔτε γὰρ ὃ φονεύων τὸν θυμὸν ἂν σχοίη προβαλέσθαι, οὔτε ὁ μοιχεύων τὴν ἐπιθυμίαν, μᾶλλον δὲ οὐδὲ ἄλλην οὐδεμίαν αἰτίαν εἰπεῖν ἐνταῦθα δὲ τὴν πεῖναν εἰπὼν, παντὸς ἀπήλλαξεν αὐτοὺς ἐγκλήματος. Σὺ δέ μοι θαύμασον τοὺς μαθητάς, τοὺς οὕτω συνεσταλμένους καὶ μηδένα τῶν σωματικῶν ποιουμένους λόγον, ἀλλὰ πάρεργον τιθεμένους τὴν τῆς σαρκὸς τράπεζαν, καὶ λιμῷ ᾿ μαχομένους διηνεκεῖ, καὶ οὐδὲ οὕτως αφισταμένους. Εἰ γάρ μὴ ἠνάγκαζεν αὐτοὺς σφόδρα τὸ πεῖναν οὐκ ἂν οὐδὲ τοῦτο ἐποίησαν. Τί οὖν οἱ Φαρισαῖοι: δόντες, φησὶν, εἶπον αὐτῷ ἰδοὺ οἱ μαθηταί σου ποιοῦσιν ὃ οὐκ ἔξεστι ποιεῖν ἐν σαββάτῳ. ᾿Ενταῦθα μὲν οὐ πάνυ ΟΣ δρῶς, (καίτοιγε ἀκόλουθον ἣν τοῦτο) ἀλλ᾽ ὅμως οὐ σφόδρα παροξύνονται, ἀλλ᾽ ἐγκαλοῦσιν ἁπλῶς. Ὅτε δὲ τὴν χείρα τὴν ξηρὰν ἐξέτεινε καὶ διώρθωσε, τότε οὕτως ἐξεθηριώθησαν, ὡς καὶ περὶ σφαγῆς αὐτοῦ βουλεύεσθαι καὶ αναιρέσεως. Ενθα μὲν γὰρ οὐδὲν γίνεται μέγα καὶ γενναῖον, ἠσυχάζουσιν' ἔνθα δὲ ὁρῶσί τινας σωζομένους, αγριαίνουσι ᾿ ; και ταράττονται καί πάντων εἰσ ὶ Φορτ ικώτεροι οὕτως ς ἐχθροὶ τῆς τῶν ἀνθρώπων σωτηρίας εἰσί. Πῶς οὖν ἀπολογεῖται περὶ αὐτῶν ὁ Ἰησοῦς: ἘΞ Οὐκ ἀνέγνωτε, φησὶ, τί ἐποίησε Δαυϊδ ἐν τῷ ἱερῷ, ὅτε ἐπείνασεν, αὐτὸς καὶ οἱ μετ᾽ αὐτοῦ πάντες: πῶς εἰσῆλθεν εἰς τὸν οἶκον τοῦ θεοῦ, καὶ τοὺς ἄρτους τῆς προθέσεως ἔφαγεν, οὖς οὐκ ἐξὸν αὐτῷ φαγεῖν, οὐδὲ τοῖς μετ᾽ αὐτοῦ, εἰ μὴ μόνοις τοῖς ἱερεῦσιν 1 Ὅταν μὲν γὰρ ὑπὲρ τῶν μαθητῶν ἀπολογῆται, τὸν Δανυϊδ εἰς μέσον ᾿παράγει' ὅταν δὲ ὙΠΕΡ ἑαυτοῦ, τὸν πατέρα. Καὶ ὅρα πῶς ἐπιπληκτικῶς « οὐκ ἀνέγνωτε τί ἐποίησε Δαυΐδ: Καὶ γὰρ πολλὴ τοῦ Ὥ ι ἣν ἡ δόξα, ὡς καὶ Πέτρον μετὰ ταῦτα ἀπολογούμενον πρὸς ᾿Ιουδαίους 9 οὕτως εἰπεῖν ὁ (ς ἐξὸν εἰπεῖν μετὰ παῤῥησίας πρὸς ὑμᾶς περὶ τοῦ πατριάρχου Δαυϊὸ, ὅτι καὶ ἐτελεύτησε καὶ ἐτάφη. Διατί δὲ αὐτὸν οὐχὶ μετὰ τοῦ αξιώματος καλεῖ, οὔτε ἐνταῦθα, οὔτε μετὰ ταῦτας Ἴσως ἐπειδὴ ἐκεῖθεν τὸ γένος κατῆγεν. Εἰ μὲν οὖν ᾿συγγνωμονικοί τινες ἧσαν, ἐπὶ τὸ πάθος ἂν τῆς πείνης τὸν λόγον ἤγαγεν ἐπειδὴ δὲ μιαροὶ καὶ ἀπάνθ ρωποι; καὶ ἱστορίαν αὐτοῖς ἀναγινώσκει. Ὁ δὲ Μάρκος, ἸΦς ἐπὶ ᾿Αβιάθαρ του ἀρχιερέως, φησὶν, οὐκ Κ ἐναντία λέγων τῇ ἱστορίᾳ, αλλὰ δεικνὺς ὅ ὃτι διώνυμος ἡ ν᾽ καὶ προστίθησιν ὅτι ἐκεῖνος ἔδωκεν αὐτῷ δεικνὺς καὶ ἐντεῦθεν μεγάλην οὖσαν ἀπολογίαν, ὅπον γε καὶ ὁ ἱερεὺς ἐπέτρεψε: καὶ οὐ μόναν ἐπέτρεψεν, ἀλλὰ καὶ διηκονήσατο. Μὴ γάρ μοι λέγε, ὅτι προφήτης ἣν ὁ Δαυΐδ' οὐδὲ γὰρ οὕτως ἐξῆν, ἀλλὰ τῶν ἱερέων ἦν τὸ προτέρημα διὸ καὶ πρασέθηκεν, εἰ μὴ τοῖς ἱερεῦσι μόνοις. Εἰ γὰρ καὶ μυριάκις ἣν προφήτης, ἀλλ΄ οὐχ ἱερεύς εἰ δὲ καὶ ἐκεῖνος προφήτης, αλλ᾽ οὐχὶ καὶ οἱ μετ᾽ αὐτοῦ καὶ γὰρ καὶ ἐκείνοις ἔόωκε. Ἵ οὖν: φησίν’ ἱΐἴσον Δαυὶϊδ καὶ οὗτοι; Τί μοι λέγεις ἀξίαν, ὅπου νόμου παράβασις εἶναι δοκεῖ, ᾿ κἀν φύσεως ἐστιν ανάγκη;: Καὶ γὰρ καὶ ταύτη μᾶλλον αὐτοὺς ἀπήλλαξε τῶν ἐγκλημάτων, ὅταν ὁ μείζων φαίνηται τὸ αὐτὸ πεποιηκώς.

En ekeinǭ tǭ kairǭ paln m ho ᾿Iēsous tois sabbasi dia tōn sporimōn hi de mathētai autou epeinasan, M kai hērxanto tillein as kai esthiein. en Ho DE Loukas phēsin, I en sabbatǭ deuteroprōtǭ. i de estin en AD ai Hotan diplē hē argia hē, kai tou sabbatou tou kyriou, kai heteras heortēs diadechomenēs. Sabbaton gar hekastēn argian kalousi. Kai ti dēpote ekeithen autous ēgagen ho panta proeidōs, ei mē ebouleto lythēnai to sabbaton: ᾿Ebouleto men, all᾽ ouch He haplōs dioper oudepote chōris aitias auto lyei, alla didous prophaseis eulogous, hina kai ton nomon anapausēę̄, kai ekeinous mē plēxę̄. Esti de hopou kai proēgoumenōs auto lyei, ou meta peristaseōn hōs hotan ton pēlon chrię̄ tous ophthalmous tou typhlou hōs hotan legē hote patēr mou heōs arti ergazetai, kagō ergazomai. Poiei de tauta, toutǭ men doxazōn ton heautou patera, ekeinǭ de tēn esth neiïan tōn ᾿Ioudaiōn paramythoumenos. Ho dē kai entautha kataskeuazei, tēn tēs physeōs anankēn proballomenos kaitoige epi tōn hamartēmatōn tōn hōmologēmenōn ouk an genoito pote apologia. Oute gar ho phoneuōn ton thymon an schoiē probalesthai, oute ho moicheuōn tēn epithymian, mallon de oude allēn oudemian aitian eipein entautha de tēn peinan eipōn, pantos apēllaxen autous enklēmatos. Sy de moi thaumason tous mathētas, tous houtō synestalmenous kai mēdena tōn sōmatikōn poioumenous logon, alla parergon tithemenous tēn tēs sarkos trapezan, kai limǭ ᾿ machomenous diēnekei, kai oude houtōs aphistamenous. Ei gar mē ēnankazen autous sphodra to peinan ouk an oude touto epoiēsan. Ti oun hoi Pharisaioi: dontes, phēsin, eipon autǭ idou hoi mathētai sou poiousin ho ouk exesti poiein en sabbatǭ. ᾿Entautha men ou pany OS drōs, (kaitoige akolouthon hēn touto) all᾽ homōs ou sphodra paroxynontai, all᾽ enkalousin haplōs. Hote de tēn cheira tēn xēran exeteine kai diōrthōse, tote houtōs exethēriōthēsan, hōs kai peri sphagēs autou bouleuesthai kai anaireseōs. Entha men gar ouden ginetai mega kai gennaion, ēsychazousin' entha de horōsi tinas sōzomenous, agriainousi ᾿ ? kai tarattontai kai pantōn eis i Phort ikōteroi houtōs s echthroi tēs tōn anthrōpōn sōtērias eisi. Pōs oun apologeitai peri autōn ho Iēsous: EX Ouk anegnōte, phēsi, ti epoiēse Dauïd en tǭ hierǭ, hote epeinasen, autos kai hoi met᾽ autou pantes: pōs eisēlthen eis ton oikon tou theou, kai tous artous tēs protheseōs ephagen, ous ouk exon autǭ phagein, oude tois met᾽ autou, ei mē monois tois hiereusin 1 Hotan men gar hyper tōn mathētōn apologētai, ton Danyïd eis meson ᾿paragei' hotan de HyPER heautou, ton patera. Kai hora pōs epiplēktikōs « ouk anegnōte ti epoiēse Dauïd: Kai gar pollē tou Hō i hēn hē doxa, hōs kai Petron meta tauta apologoumenon pros ᾿Ioudaious 9 houtōs eipein ho (s exon eipein meta parrhēsias pros hymas peri tou patriarchou Dauïo, hoti kai eteleutēse kai etaphē. Diati de auton ouchi meta tou axiōmatos kalei, oute entautha, oute meta tautas Isōs epeidē ekeithen to genos katēgen. Ei men oun ᾿syngnōmonikoi tines hēsan, epi to pathos an tēs peinēs ton logon ēgagen epeidē de miaroi kai apanth rōpoi? kai historian autois anaginōskei. Ho de Markos, IPhs epi ᾿Abiathar tou archiereōs, phēsin, ouk K enantia legōn tę̄ historią, alla deiknys ho hoti diōnymos hē n᾽ kai prostithēsin hoti ekeinos edōken autǭ deiknys kai enteuthen megalēn ousan apologian, hopon ge kai ho hiereus epetrepse: kai ou monan epetrepsen, alla kai diēkonēsato. Mē gar moi lege, hoti prophētēs hēn ho Dauïd' oude gar houtōs exēn, alla tōn hiereōn ēn to proterēma dio kai prasethēken, ei mē tois hiereusi monois. Ei gar kai myriakis hēn prophētēs, all΄ ouch hiereus ei de kai ekeinos prophētēs, all᾽ ouchi kai hoi met᾽ autou kai gar kai ekeinois eoōke. Hi oun: phēsin’ hiïison Dauiïd kai houtoi? Ti moi legeis axian, hopou nomou parabasis einai dokei, ᾿ kan physeōs estin anankē?: Kai gar kai tautē mallon autous apēllaxe tōn enklēmatōn, hotan ho meizōn phainētai to auto pepoiēkōs.

“At that time Jesus went on the sabbath through the grainfields; and his disciples were hungry, and began to pluck heads of grain and to eat.” And Luke says, “On the second-first sabbath.” And what is “second-first”? When the rest is double, both of the Lord’s sabbath and of another feast following on it; for they call every rest a sabbath. And why ever did he who foreknew all things lead them there, unless he wished the sabbath to be broken? He wished it, but not simply; therefore he never breaks it without a cause, but gives reasonable occasions, so that he might both put the law to rest and not offend them. But there are times when he breaks it as a primary purpose, not on account of circumstances, as when he anoints the eyes of the blind man with the clay, as when he says, “My Father is working until now, and I am working.” And he does these things, by the one glorifying his own Father, by the other comforting the weakness of the Jews. Which he brings about here too, putting forward the necessity of nature; and yet in the case of acknowledged sins there could never be a defense. For neither could the murderer put forward his anger, nor the adulterer his desire, nor indeed state any other cause at all; but here, by mentioning their hunger, he freed them from every charge. But do you admire the disciples, so restrained and taking no account of bodily things, but treating the table of the flesh as a by-work, and fighting continual hunger, and not even so withdrawing. For unless hunger had compelled them exceedingly, they would not have done even this. What then do the Pharisees do? “When they saw it,” it says, “they said to him, ‘Behold, your disciples are doing what is not lawful to do on the sabbath.’” Here they are not very vehement (though this would have been consistent), but nevertheless they are not much provoked, but simply accuse. But when he stretched out and restored the withered hand, then they became so savage as even to take counsel about his slaughter and destruction. For where nothing great and noble is done, they are quiet; but where they see some people being saved, they grow wild and are troubled and are more troublesome than all; so much are they enemies of men’s salvation. How then does Jesus defend them? “Have you not read,” he says, “what David did in the temple, when he was hungry, he and all those with him? How he entered into the house of God and ate the loaves of the presentation, which it was not lawful for him to eat, nor for those with him, but only for the priests?” For when he defends the disciples he brings David forward; but when he defends himself, the Father. And see how reprovingly he speaks: “Have you not read what David did?” For great was the prophet’s glory, so that Peter too afterward, making his defense before the Jews, spoke thus: “It is permitted to speak freely to you about the patriarch David, that he both died and was buried.” And why does he not call him by his title, either here or afterward? Perhaps because he himself traced his descent from him. If then they had been at all forgiving, he would have brought the discourse to the suffering of hunger; but since they were vile and inhuman, he also reads them a history. And Mark says, “in the time of Abiathar the high priest,” not saying what is contrary to the history, but showing that he had two names; and he adds that he gave it to him, showing by this too that the defense is great, seeing that even the priest permitted it; and not only permitted, but also served him. For do not tell me that David was a prophet; for not even so was it lawful, but it was the privilege of the priests; therefore he also added, “but only for the priests.” For even if he were ten thousand times a prophet, yet he was not a priest; and even if he was a prophet, yet those with him were not; for he gave to those too. “What then?” someone says. “Are these equal to David?” Why do you speak to me of rank, when there seems to be a transgression of the law, even though it is a necessity of nature? For in this way he rather freed them from the charges, when the greater is seen to have done the same thing.

39.2Field 1

Καὶ τί τοῦτο πρὸς τὸ ζητούμενον ; φησίν' οὐ γὰρ δὴ σαββατον ε ἐκεῖνος παρέβη. Τὸ μεῖζόν μοι λέγεις, καὶ ὃ μάλιστα δείκνυσι τοῦ Χριστοῦ τὴν σοφίαν, ὅτι τὸ σάββατον ἀφεὶς, ἕτερον ὑπόδειγμα φέρει τοῦ σαββάτου μεῖζον. Οὐδὲ γὰρ ἴσον, παραβῆναι ἡμέραν; καὶ τῆς ἱερᾶς ἐκείνης ἅψασθαι τραπέζης, ἧς μηδενὶ θέμις ἦν. Τὸ μὲν γὰρ σάββατον καὶ ἐλύθη πολλάκις, μᾶλλον δὲ αεὶ λύεται, καὶ ἐν τῆ περιτομῇ, καὶ ἐν ἑτέροις πλείοσιν ἔργοις καὶ ἐν τῇ Ἱεριχῶ δὲ τὸ αὐτὸ γενόμενον ἴδοι τις ἄν' τοῦτο δὲ τότε μόνον ἐγένετο. Ὥστε απὸ τοῦ πλείονος ἊΝ νίκη. Πῶς οὖν οὐδεὶς ἐνεκάλεσε τῷ Δαυιϊὸ, καίτοι καὶ τούτου μεῖζον ἔγκλημα ἕτερον ἦν, τὸ τοῦ φόνου τῶν ἱερέων ἐντεῦθεν λαβὸν τὴν ἀρχήν: Ἀλλ᾽ οὐ τίθησιν αὐτό πρὸς γὰρ τὸ προκείμενον ἵσταται μονον. Εἶτα πάλιν καὶ ἑτέρως αὐτὸ λύει. ᾿Εν ἀρχῆ μὲν γὰρ τὸν Δαυὶδ ͵ παρήγαγε, τῷ ἀξιώματι τοῦ προσώπου καταστέλλων αὐτῶν τὴν ἀπόνοιαν ἐπειδὴ δὲ αὐτοὺς ἐπεστόμισε, καὶ τὴν ἀλαζονείαν καθεῖλε, τότε καὶ τὴν κυριωτέραν ἐπάγει λύσιν. Ποία δὲ ἣν αὕτη; ὃ Οὐκ οἴδατε, ὅτι ἐν τῳ ἱερῷ οἱ ἱερεῖς τὸ σάββατον βεβηλοῦσι, καὶ αναίτιοί εἰσιν: ᾽Εκεῖ μὲν γάρ, φησὶν, περίστασις τὴν λύσιν ἐποίησεν' ἐνταῦθα δὲ καὶ χωρὶς περιστάσεως ἢ λύσις. ᾿Αλλ᾽ οὐκ εὐθέως οὕτως ἔλυσεν ἀλλὰ πρῶτον κατὰ συγγνώμην, εἶτα κατὰ ἔνστασιν. Τὸ γὰρ ἰσχυρότερον ὕστερον ἐπάγειν ἐχρῆν, καίτοιγε καὶ τὸ πρότερον τὴν οἰκείαν εἶχε δύναμιν. Μὴ γάρ μοι λέγε, ὅτι οὐκ ἔστιν ἀπηλλάχθαι ἐγκλήματος, τὸ καὶ ἕτερον τὸ αὐτὸ ἁμαρτάνοντα εἰς μέσον ἐνεγκεῖν. Ὅταν Ὁ γὰρ μὴ ἐγκαλήται ὁ πεποιηκὼς» νόμος ἀπολογίας γίνεται τὸ τολμηθέν. Πλὴν οὐκ ἠρκέσθη τούτῳ, αλλὰ καὶ τὸ κυριώωτερον ἐπάγει λέγων, ὅτι οὐδὲ ἁμάρτημά ἐστι τὸ γεγένημένον᾽ ὅπερ μάλιστα λαμπρᾶς νίκης ἦν, τὸ δεῖξαι τὸν νόμον ἑαυτὸν παραλύοντα, καὶ διπλῆ τοῦτο ποιοῦντα, καὶ ἀπὸ τοῦ τόπου καὶ ἀπὸ τὸν σαββάτον' μᾶλλον δὲ καὶ τριπλῇ, 'τῷ καὶ διπλοῦν τὸ ἔργον γενέσθαι, καὶ μετὰ τούτου καὶ ἕτερον, τὸ τς τῶν ἱερέων καὶ τὸ δὴ μεῖζον, Τὸ Ε ᾿μηδὲ ἔγκλημα εἶναι ἀναίτιοι γάρ, φησὶν, εἰσίν.ἢ Εἶδες πόσα τέθεικε; τὸν τόπον᾽ ἐν τῷ ἱερῷ γάρ φησι τὸ πρόσὩπον' οἱ ἱερεῖς γαρ' τὸν καιρόν' τὸ σάββατον γάρ φησι σὸ πρᾶγμα αὐτό βεβηλοῦσι -γάρ' οὐδὲ γὰρ εἶπε, λύουσιν, ἀλλὰ τὸ φορτικώτερον, βεβηλοῦσι τὸ μὴ μόνον μὴ δίκην διδόναι, αλλὰ καὶ αἰτίας ἀπηλλάχθαι ἀναίτιοι γάρ ᾿εἰσι. Μὴ δὴ

Kai ti touto pros to zētoumenon ? phēsin' ou gar dē sabbaton e ekeinos parebē. To meizon moi legeis, kai ho malista deiknysi tou Christou tēn sophian, hoti to sabbaton apheis, heteron hypodeigma pherei tou sabbatou meizon. Oude gar ison, parabēnai hēmeran? kai tēs hieras ekeinēs hapsasthai trapezēs, hēs mēdeni themis ēn. To men gar sabbaton kai elythē pollakis, mallon de aei lyetai, kai en tē peritomę̄, kai en heterois pleiosin ergois kai en tę̄ Hierichō de to auto genomenon idoi tis an' touto de tote monon egeneto. Hōste apo tou pleionos AN nikē. Pōs oun oudeis enekalese tǭ Dauiïo, kaitoi kai toutou meizon enklēma heteron ēn, to tou phonou tōn hiereōn enteuthen labon tēn archēn: All᾽ ou tithēsin auto pros gar to prokeimenon histatai monon. Eita palin kai heterōs auto lyei. ᾿En archē men gar ton Dauid ͵ parēgage, tǭ axiōmati tou prosōpou katastellōn autōn tēn aponoian epeidē de autous epestomise, kai tēn alazoneian katheile, tote kai tēn kyriōteran epagei lysin. Poia de hēn hautē? ho Ouk oidate, hoti en tǭ hierǭ hoi hiereis to sabbaton bebēlousi, kai anaitioi eisin: ᾽Ekei men gar, phēsin, peristasis tēn lysin epoiēsen' entautha de kai chōris peristaseōs ē lysis. ᾿All᾽ ouk eutheōs houtōs elysen alla prōton kata syngnōmēn, eita kata enstasin. To gar ischyroteron hysteron epagein echrēn, kaitoige kai to proteron tēn oikeian eiche dynamin. Mē gar moi lege, hoti ouk estin apēllachthai enklēmatos, to kai heteron to auto hamartanonta eis meson enenkein. Hotan Ho gar mē enkalētai ho pepoiēkōs» nomos apologias ginetai to tolmēthen. Plēn ouk ērkesthē toutǭ, alla kai to kyriōōteron epagei legōn, hoti oude hamartēma esti to gegenēmenon᾽ hoper malista lampras nikēs ēn, to deixai ton nomon heauton paralyonta, kai diplē touto poiounta, kai apo tou topou kai apo ton sabbaton' mallon de kai triplę̄, 'tǭ kai diploun to ergon genesthai, kai meta toutou kai heteron, to ts tōn hiereōn kai to dē meizon, To E ᾿mēde enklēma einai anaitioi gar, phēsin, eisin.ē Eides posa tetheike? ton topon᾽ en tǭ hierǭ gar phēsi to prosŌpon' hoi hiereis gar' ton kairon' to sabbaton gar phēsi so pragma auto bebēlousi -gar' oude gar eipe, lyousin, alla to phortikōteron, bebēlousi to mē monon mē dikēn didonai, alla kai aitias apēllachthai anaitioi gar ᾿eisi. Mē dē

“And what is this to the question?” someone says. “For he did not transgress the sabbath.” You tell me the greater point, and what above all shows the wisdom of Christ, that leaving the sabbath aside he brings an example greater than the sabbath. For it is not equal to transgress a day, and to touch that sacred table which it was lawful for no one to touch. For the sabbath has been broken many times, or rather it is always broken, both in circumcision and in many other works; and one may see the same thing done at Jericho too; but this was done then only. So the victory is from the greater. How then did no one accuse David, although there was another charge greater than this too, that of the murder of the priests, which took its beginning from this? But he does not set this down; for he keeps to the matter in hand only. Then again he resolves it in another way too. For at the beginning he brought forward David, restraining their folly by the dignity of the person; but when he had stopped their mouths and brought down their arrogance, he then brings in the more decisive solution. And what was this? “Do you not know that in the temple the priests profane the sabbath, and are guiltless?” “For there,” he says, “circumstances caused the breaking; but here the breaking is even without circumstances.” But he did not resolve it in this way at once, but first by way of pardon, then by way of objection. For the stronger argument had to be brought in afterward, though the former too had its own force. For do not tell me that it is not freedom from a charge to bring forward another who commits the same sin. For when the one who did it is not accused, what was ventured becomes a law of defense. However, he was not content with this, but brings in the more decisive point too, saying that what was done is not even a sin; which was above all a mark of brilliant victory, to show the law dissolving itself, and doing this twice over, both from the place and from the sabbath; or rather three times over, in that the work was done twice over, and besides this another thing, that of the priests; and, what is greater, that it is not even a charge: “For they are guiltless,” he says. Do you see how many things he has set down? The place: for he says, “in the temple”; the person: for “the priests”; the time: for he says, “the sabbath”; the act itself: for “they profane”; for he did not say, “they break,” but the harsher word, “they profane”; that they not only do not pay a penalty, but are even free from blame: “For they are guiltless.” Do not then

39.4Field 1

νομίσητε τοῦτο ὅμοιον εἶναι, φησὶ, τῷ προτέρῳ. Ἐκεῖνο μὲν γὰρ καὶ ἅπαξ γέγονε, καὶ οὐχ ὑπὸ ἱερέως, καὶ ἀνάγκης ν᾽ διὰ τοῦτο καὶ συγγνώμης ἐγένοντο ἀξιοι' τοῦτο δὲ καὶ καθ᾽ ἕκαστον σάββατον, καὶ ὑπὸ ἱερέων, καὶ ἐν ἱερῷ, καὶ κατὰ νόμον. Διόπερ οὐδὲ κατὰ συγγνώμην, ἀλλὰ κατὰ νόμον εἰσὶν ἀπηλλαγμένοι τῶν ἐγκλημάτων. Οὐδὲ Ὑὰρ ἐγκαλῶν ταῦτα εἷπον, φησὶν, οὐδὲ κατὰ συγγνωμην αὐτοὺς αἰτίας ἀπαλλάττων, ἀλλὰ κατὰ τὸν τοῦ δικαίου λόγον. Καὶ δοκεῖ μὲν ὑπὲρ ἐκείνων ἀπολογεῖσθαι, τούτους δὲ ἐλευθεροῖ τῶν ἐγκλημάτων. Ὅταν γὰρ εἴπη ἀναίτιοί εἰσιν ἐκεῖνοι πολλῷῴ μᾶλλον οὗτοι, φησίν. Ἀλλ᾽ οὐκ εἰσὶν ἱερεῖς. ᾿Αλλ᾽ ἱερέων μείζους. Αὐτὸς γὰρ πάρε- Β στιν ἐνταῦθα ὁ τὸν ἱεροῦ δεσπότην ἢ ἀλήθεια, οὐχ ὁ τύπον. Υ Διὸ καὶ ἐλεγε ὁ λέγω δὲ ὑμῖν, ὅτι τοῦ ἱεροῦ μεῖζόν ἐστιν σ᾿ ᾽ ’ »ν ἊΝ - Ε ὧδε. ᾿Αλλ᾽ ὕμως τηλικαῦτα αἀκουσαντες, ουὸὲν εἱἰπον᾽ ον ἣ ᾿ , ᾿ ’ ᾿ ᾿ ᾿ ᾿ αρ ἡν σωτηρία ἀνθρωπον τὸ προκείμενον. Εἶτα ἐπειδὴ βαρὺ τοῖς ἀκούουσιν ἐδόκει εἶναι, ταχέως αὐτὸ συνεκάλυψε, πάλιν ἐπὶ συγγνώμην τὸν λόγον ἄγων, καὶ μετὰ ἐπιπλήξεως καὶ οὕτω λέγων. ᾿5 Εἰ δὲ ἐγνώκειτε τί ἐστιν᾽ ἔλεον θέλω, καὶ οὐ θυσίαν᾽ οὐκ ἂν κατεδικάσατε τοὺς ἀναιτίους. Εἶδες πῶς πάλιν ἐπὶ συγγνώμην ἄγει τὸν λόγον, καὶ πάλιν σνγγνώμης ἀνωτέρους ἀποφαίνει: Οὐ γὰρ ἂν κατεδικάσατε, φησὶ, τοὺς αναιτίους. Τὸ μὲν πρότερον συνήγαγε τὸ τῶν ἱερέων εἰς τὸ αὐτὸ λέγων, ἀναίτιοί εἰσι τοῦτο δὲ ἀφ᾽ ἑαυτοῦ τίθησι μᾶλλον δὲ καὶ τοῦτο ἀπὸ τοῦ νόμου προφητικὴν γὰρ ἀνέγνω ῥῆσιν. Εἶτα καὶ ἄλλην αἰτίαν λέγει ἐς κύριος γάρ, φησὶν, ἐστὶ τοῦ σαββάτου ὁ υἱὸς τοῦ ἀνθρώπου, περὶ ἑαυτοῦ λέὙων. Ὁ δὲ Μάρκος καὶ περὶ τῆς κοινῆς φύσεως αὐτὸν τοῦτο εἰρηκέναι φησίν᾽ ἔλεγε γάρ' ἐς χὸ σάββατον διὰ τὸν ἄνθρωπον ἐγένετο, οὐχ ᾿ ἄνθρωπος διὰ τὸ σάββατον. Ὁ Τίνος οὗν ἕνεκεν ἑκολάζετο ὁ τὰ ξύλα συνάγων : : Ὅτι εἰ ἔμελλον καὶ ἐν ἀρχὴ καταφρονεῖσθαι οἱ νόμοι, σχολῇ Ύ ἄν ὕστερον εφυλάχθησαν. Καὶ γὰρ πολλὰ ὠφέλει, παρὰ τὴν ἀρχὴν τὸ σάββατον καὶ μεγάλα οἷον, ἡμέρους ἐποίει πρὸς τοὺς οἰκείους εἶναι καὶ φιλανθρώπου ἐδίδασκεν αὐτοὺς τοῦ θεοῦ τὴν πρόνοιαν καὶ τὴν δημιουργίαν ὅπερ φησὶν δ Ἴεζεχιήλ᾽ ἐπαίδευσεν αὐτοὺς κατὰ μικρὸν ἀπέχεσθαι πονηρίας, καὶ τοῖς πνευματικοῖς προσέχειν παρεσκεύαζεν. ᾿Επειδὴ γὰρ, τὸν νόμον διδοὺς τὸν τοῦ σαββάτου, εἰ εἶπε, τὰ μὲν ἀγαθὰ πράττετε ἐν τῷ σαββάτῳ, τὰ δὲ κακὰ μὴ ποιεῖτε, οὐκ ἂν ἠνέσχοντο᾽ ἁπάντων ὁμοίως ἀπεῖργε᾽ μηδὲν γὰρ ποιήσητε, ἙΕ { καὶ οὐδὲ οὕτω κατείχοντο. Αὐτὸς δὲ καὶ τὸν νόμον δοὺς τὸν τοῦ σαββάτου, καὶ οὕτως ἥνίξατο, ὅ ὅτι τῶν πονηρῶν αὐτοὺς ἀπέχεσθαι βούλεται μόνον. 5 Μηδὲν γὰρ ποιήσητε, φησὶ, πλὴν ὧν ποιηθήσεται ψυχῆ. καὶ ἐν τῷ ἱερῷ δὲ πάντα ἐγίνετο, καὶ μετὰ πλείονος τῆς σπουδῆς, καὶ διπλασίονος τῆς ἐργασίας. Οὕτω καὶ δ αὐτῆς τῆς σκιᾶς τὴν ἀλήθειαν αὐτοῖς παρήνοιγε:. Τοσοῦτον οὖν κέρδος, φησὶν, ἔλυσεν ὁ Χριστὸς; Μὴ γένοιτο ἀλλὰ καὶ σφόδρα ἐπέτεινε. Καιρὸς γὰ ἣν διὰ τῶν ὑψηλοτέρων αὐτοὺς πάντα παιδεύεσθαι, καὶ οὐκ ἔδει δεδέσθαι τὰς χεῖρας τοὺ πονηρίας μὲν ἀπηλλαγμένου, πρὸς δὲ τὰ ἀγαθὰ πάντα ἐπτερωμένον᾽ οὐδὲ ἐντεῦθεν μανθάνειν, ὅτι ο θεὸς ἅπαντα ἐποίησεν᾽ οὐδὲ ἐντεῦθεν ἡμέρους εἶναι τοὺς πρὸς αὐτὴν τοῦ θεοῦ τῆς φιλανθρωπίας τὴν μίμησιν καλουμένους (ἰ γίνεσθε γὰρ, φησὶν, οἰκτίρμονες ὡς ὁ πατὴρ ὑμῶν ὁ οὐράνιος οὐδὲ μίαν ἡμέραν ἑορταζειν τοὺς πάντα τὸν βίον ἑ ἑορτὴν ἄγειν κελενομένους {τ ἑορτάζωμεν γάρ, φησὶ, μὴ ἐν ζύμη παλαιᾷ, μηδὲ ἐν Β ζύμῃ κακίας καὶ πονηρίας, αλλ' ἐν ἀζύμοις εἰλικρινείας καὶ ἀληθείας Ὗ οὐδὲ ὦ γὰρ παρὰ κιβωτὸν ἑστάναι καὶ θυσιαστήβιον χρυσοὺν τοὺς αὐτὸν τὸν πάντων δεσπότην ἔ ἔνοικὸν ἔχοντας, καὶ διὰ πάντων ὁμιλοῦντας αὐτῷ, καὶ δι εὐχῆς; καὶ διὰ προσφορᾶς, καὶ διὰ γραφῶν, καὶ δι ἐλεημοσύνης, καὶ διὰ τοῦ ἔχειν αὐτὸν ἔνδον. Τί τοίνυν σαββάτου. χρεία τῷ διαπαντὸς ἑορτάζοντι, τῷ πολιτευομένῳ ἐν οὐρανῷ: : ΕΣ Ἑορτάζωμεν τοίνυν διηνεκῶς, καὶ πονηρὸν πρᾶάττωμεν᾽ τοῦτο γὰρ ξορτή ἀλλ᾽ ἐπιτεινέσθω μὲν τὰ πνευματικὰ, καὶ παραχωρείτω τὰ ἐπίγεια, καὶ ἀαργῶμεν ἀργίαν πνευματικὴν, τὰς χεῖρας ᾿ πλεονεξίας ἀφιστῶντες, τὸ σῶμα σ τῶν περιττῶν καὶ ἀνονήτων ἀπαλλάττοντες καμάτων, καὶ ὧν ἐν Αἰγύπτῳ ὑπέμεινε τότε ὁ τῶν Ἑβραίων. δῆμος. Οὐδὲν γὰρ διαφέρομεν οἱ χρυσίον συνάγοντες τῶν τῷ πηλῷ προσδεδεμένων, καὶ τὴν πλίνθον ἐκείνην ἐργαζομένων, καὶ ἄχνρα συλλεγόντων, καὶ μαστιζομένων. Καὶ γὰρ καὶ νῦν ὁ διάβολος ἐπιτάττει πλινθουργεῖν, καθάπερ τότε ὁ Φαραώ. Τί γάρ ἐστιν ἄλλο τὸ χρυσίον ἢ πηλὸς : : τί δὲ ἄλλο τὸ ἀρύριον ὴ ἄχυρον; Ὡς ἄχυρα γοῦν ἀνάπτει τῆς ἐπιθυμίας τὴν φλόγα, ὡς πηλὸς οὕτω ῥνποῖ τὸν ἔχοντα ὁ χρῦσος. Ὁ Διὰ τοῦτο ἔπεμψεν ἡμῖν οὐ Μωύῦσέα ἐξ ε ἐρήμου; ἀλλὰ τὸν υἱὸν εξ οὐρανοῦ. ᾿Ἂν τοίνυν μετὰ τὸ ἐλθεῖν αὐτὸν μείνης ἐν Αἰγύπτῳ, πείσῃ τὰ τῶν Αἰγυπτίων ἂν δὲ ἀφεὶς ἐκείνην αναβῆς μετὰ τοῦ πνευματικοὺ ᾿Ισραὴλ, ὄψει τὰ θαύματα ἅπαντα. Πλὴν οὐδὲ τοῦτο ἀρκεῖ εἰς σωτηρίαν. Οὐδὲ γὰρ εξ Αὐγύπτον δεῖ μόνον ἀπαλλαγῆναι, ἀλλὰ καὶ εἰς τὴν ἐπαγγελίαν εἰσελθεῖν. ᾿Επεὶ καὶ ᾿Ιουδαῖοι, καθὼς ὁ ᾿8 Παυλός φησι, καὶ διὰ τῆς ἐρυθρᾶς διῆλθον, καὶ μάννα ἔφαγον, καὶ πόμα πνευματικὸν ἔπιον, αλλ ὅμως πάντες ἀπώλοντο. Ἵν᾽ οὖν Ἑ μὴ καὶ ἡμεῖς τὰ αὐτὰ πάθωμεν, μὴ ὀκνῶμεν; μηδὲ ἀναδυώμεθα αλλ᾽ ὅταν ἀκούσης πονηρῶν καὶ νῦν κατασκόπων διαβαλλόντων τὴν στενὴν καὶ τεθλιμμένην ὁδὸν, καὶ λεγόντων ἅπερ εἶπον τότε ἐκεῖνοι οἱ κατάσκοποι, μὴ τὸν δῆμον τὸν πολὺν, αλλὰ τὸν ᾿Ιησοῦν ζηλώσωμεν, τὸν Χάλεβ τὸν τοῦ ᾿Ιεφονὴ παῖδα καὶ μὴ πρότερον ἀποστῆς, ἕως ἂν ἐπιλαβὴ τῆς ἐπαγγελίας, καὶ τῶν οὐρανῶν ἐπιβῆς. Μηδὲ δύσκολον τὴν ὁδοιπορίαν νομίσῃς εἶναι. 15 Εἰ γὰρ ἐχθροὶ ὃ ὄντες κατηλλάγημεν τῷ θεῷ, πολλῷ μᾶλλον καταλλαγέντες σωθησόμεθα. ᾿Αλλὰ στενὴ καὶ τεθλιμμένη, φησὶν, ἢ ὁδὸς αὕτη. Αλλ' ἥ προτέρα, δι ἧς διῆλθες, οὐ στενὴ καὶ τεθλιμμένη μόνον, ἀλλὰ καὶ ἄβατος, καὶ θηρίων ἀγρίων γέμουσα. Καὶ ὥσπερ οὐκ ἣν διὰ τῆς ἐρυθρᾶς διαβῆναι θαλάσσης, εἰ μὴ τὸ θαῦμα ἐκεῖνο ἐγένετο, οὕτως οὐκ ἦν ἐν τῷ προτέρῳ βίῳ μείναντας εἰς Ὧι οὐρανὸν ἀνελθεῖν, εἰ ἡ τὸ βάπτισμα μέσον ἐφάνη. ἰ δὲ τὸ αδύνατον γέγονε δυνατὸν, πολλῳ ἈΘΆΧΘΥ, τὸ δίοκολον ὃ ἐσται ῥᾷδιον. ᾿Δλλ᾽ ἐκεῖνο, φησὶ, χάριτος μόνον ἦν. Διά γὰρ τουτοὸ μάλιστα δίκαιος ἂν εἴης σαρρεῖνς Εν γὰρ ἔνθα χάρις ἦν μόνη, συνήργησεν, ἔνθα καὶ πόνους ᾿ ἐπιδείκνυσθε, οὐ πολλῷ μᾶλλον συμπραξει: εἰ ἀργοῦντα ἔσωσεν, οὐ πολλῷ μᾶλλον ἐργαζομένῳ βοηθήσει: : ᾿Ανωτέρω μὲν οὖν ἔλεγον, ὅτι ἀπὸ τῶν ἀδυνάτων καὶ τοις δυσκύόλοις ὀφείλεις θαῤῥεῖν νυνὶ δὲ ἐκεῖνο ἐρῶ, ὅτι ἐὰν νήφωμεν, οὐδὲ δύσκολα ταῦτα ἔσται. Ὅρα γάρ' θα νατος πεπάτηται, διάβολος κατέπεσεν, ὁ νόμος τῆς ἁμαρτίας ἐσβέσθη, τοῦ πνεύματος ἢ χάρις ἐδόθη, ἡ ζωὴ εἰς ὀλέγον συνεστάλη, τὰ φορτικὰ ἐπιτέτμηται. Καὶ Ἱ ἵνα μάθης ταῦτα καὶ διὰ τῶν ἔργων αὐτών, σκόπει πόσοι ὑπερηκόντισαν τὰ προστάγματα τοῦ Χριστοῦ σὺ δὲ καὶ τὸ μέτρον αὐτὸ δέδοικας : Ποίαν οὖν ἕξεις ἀπολογίαν, ὅταν ἑτέρων ὑπὲρ τὰ σκάμματα πηδώντων, ὀκνῆς πρὸς τὰ νενομισμένα αὐτός; Γ Σοὶ μὲν γὰρ παραινοῦμεν ἐλεημοσύνην διδόναι ἀπὸ τῶν ὄντων, ἕτερος δὲ καὶ τὰ ὄντα ἅπαντα ἀπεδύσατο᾽ σὲ σωφρόνως ζῆν ἀξιοῦμεν μετὰ τῆς γυναικὸς, ἕτερος δὲ οὐδὲ ὡμίλησε γάμφ' καὶ σὲ μὲν παρακαλοῦμεν μὴ βάσκανον εἶναι, ἕτερον δὲ ἔχομεν καὶ τὴν ψυχὴν ὑπὲρ ἀγάπης ἐπιδιδόντα τὴν ἑαυτοῦ καὶ σὲ μὲν παρακαλουμεν συγτγνωμονικὸν εἶναι καὶ μὴ ᾿βαρὺν τοῖς ἁμαρτάνουσιν, ἄλλος δὲ ῥαπιζόμενος καὶ τὴν ἑτέραν ἔστρεψε σιαγόνα. Τί οὖν ἐροῦμεν, εἰπέ μοι: τί δὲ αἀπολογησόμεθα, μηδὲ ταῦτα ποιοῦντες, ἑτέρων τοσοῦτον ὑπερβαινόντων ἡ ἡμας : : Τοὐκ ἂν δὲ ὑπερέβησαν, εἰ μὴ πολλὴ τοῦ πράγματος ἣν ἡ εὐκολία. Τίς γὰρ τήκεται, ὁ φθονῶν τοῖς ἑτέρων ἀγαθοῖς, ἢ ὁ συνηδόμενος καὶ χαίρων: τίς ὑποπτεύει πάντα καὶ τρέμει διηνεκῶς, ὁ ᾿ σώφρων, ἢ ὁ μοιχεύων: τίς ἐν ἐλπίσιν εὐφραίνεται χρησταῖς, ὁ ἁρπάζων, ἡ ῇ ὁ ἐλεῶν καὶ τῶν ᾿ὯὩἰ ἑαντοῦ μεταδιδοὺς τῷ δεομένῳ ; : Ταῦτ᾽ οὺν ἐννοοὔντες, μὴ ναρκῶμεν πρὸς τοὺς ὑπὲρ τῆς ἀρετῆς δρόμους, αλλὰ μετὰ προθυμίας ἁπάσης ἀποδυσάμενοι πρὸς τὰ καλὰ ταῦτα παλαίσματα, ὀλίγον κάμωμεν χρόνον, ἵνα τοὺς διηνεκεῖς καὶ ἀμαράντους λάβωμεν. στεφάνους ὧν γένοιτο πάντας ἡμᾶς ἐπιτυχεῖν, χάριτι καὶ φιλανθρωπίᾳ τοῦ κυρίου ἡμῶν ᾿Ιησοῦ Χριστοῦ, ᾧ ἡ δόξα καὶ τὸ κράτος εἰς τοὺς αἰῶνας τῶν αἰωνων.

nomisēte touto homoion einai, phēsi, tǭ proterǭ. Ekeino men gar kai hapax gegone, kai ouch hypo hiereōs, kai anankēs n᾽ dia touto kai syngnōmēs egenonto axioi' touto de kai kath᾽ hekaston sabbaton, kai hypo hiereōn, kai en hierǭ, kai kata nomon. Dioper oude kata syngnōmēn, alla kata nomon eisin apēllagmenoi tōn enklēmatōn. Oude Hyar enkalōn tauta heipon, phēsin, oude kata syngnōmēn autous aitias apallattōn, alla kata ton tou dikaiou logon. Kai dokei men hyper ekeinōn apologeisthai, toutous de eleutheroi tōn enklēmatōn. Hotan gar eipē anaitioi eisin ekeinoi pollǭǭ mallon houtoi, phēsin. All᾽ ouk eisin hiereis. ᾿All᾽ hiereōn meizous. Autos gar pare- B stin entautha ho ton hierou despotēn ē alētheia, ouch ho typon. Y Dio kai elege ho legō de hymin, hoti tou hierou meizon estin s᾿ ᾽ ’ »n AN - E hōde. ᾿All᾽ hymōs tēlikauta aakousantes, ouoen heiipon᾽ on hē ᾿ , ᾿ ’ ᾿ ᾿ ᾿ ᾿ ar hēn sōtēria anthrōpon to prokeimenon. Eita epeidē bary tois akouousin edokei einai, tacheōs auto synekalypse, palin epi syngnōmēn ton logon agōn, kai meta epiplēxeōs kai houtō legōn. ᾿5 Ei de egnōkeite ti estin᾽ eleon thelō, kai ou thysian᾽ ouk an katedikasate tous anaitious. Eides pōs palin epi syngnōmēn agei ton logon, kai palin snngnōmēs anōterous apophainei: Ou gar an katedikasate, phēsi, tous anaitious. To men proteron synēgage to tōn hiereōn eis to auto legōn, anaitioi eisi touto de aph᾽ heautou tithēsi mallon de kai touto apo tou nomou prophētikēn gar anegnō rhēsin. Eita kai allēn aitian legei es kyrios gar, phēsin, esti tou sabbatou ho huios tou anthrōpou, peri heautou leUōn. Ho de Markos kai peri tēs koinēs physeōs auton touto eirēkenai phēsin᾽ elege gar' es cho sabbaton dia ton anthrōpon egeneto, ouch ᾿ anthrōpos dia to sabbaton. Ho Tinos houn heneken hekolazeto ho ta xyla synagōn : : Hoti ei emellon kai en archē kataphroneisthai hoi nomoi, scholę̄ Y an hysteron ephylachthēsan. Kai gar polla ōphelei, para tēn archēn to sabbaton kai megala hoion, hēmerous epoiei pros tous oikeious einai kai philanthrōpou edidasken autous tou theou tēn pronoian kai tēn dēmiourgian hoper phēsin d Iezechiēl᾽ epaideusen autous kata mikron apechesthai ponērias, kai tois pneumatikois prosechein pareskeuazen. ᾿Epeidē gar, ton nomon didous ton tou sabbatou, ei eipe, ta men agatha prattete en tǭ sabbatǭ, ta de kaka mē poieite, ouk an ēneschonto᾽ hapantōn homoiōs apeirge᾽ mēden gar poiēsēte, HeE { kai oude houtō kateichonto. Autos de kai ton nomon dous ton tou sabbatou, kai houtōs hēnixato, ho hoti tōn ponērōn autous apechesthai bouletai monon. 5 Mēden gar poiēsēte, phēsi, plēn hōn poiēthēsetai psychē. kai en tǭ hierǭ de panta egineto, kai meta pleionos tēs spoudēs, kai diplasionos tēs ergasias. Houtō kai d autēs tēs skias tēn alētheian autois parēnoige:. Tosouton oun kerdos, phēsin, elysen ho Christos? Mē genoito alla kai sphodra epeteine. Kairos ga hēn dia tōn hypsēloterōn autous panta paideuesthai, kai ouk edei dedesthai tas cheiras tou ponērias men apēllagmenou, pros de ta agatha panta epterōmenon᾽ oude enteuthen manthanein, hoti o theos hapanta epoiēsen᾽ oude enteuthen hēmerous einai tous pros autēn tou theou tēs philanthrōpias tēn mimēsin kaloumenous (i ginesthe gar, phēsin, oiktirmones hōs ho patēr hymōn ho ouranios oude mian hēmeran heortazein tous panta ton bion he heortēn agein kelenomenous {t heortazōmen gar, phēsi, mē en zymē palaią, mēde en B zymę̄ kakias kai ponērias, all' en azymois eilikrineias kai alētheias Hy oude ō gar para kibōton hestanai kai thysiastēbion chrysoun tous auton ton pantōn despotēn e enoikon echontas, kai dia pantōn homilountas autǭ, kai di euchēs? kai dia prosphoras, kai dia graphōn, kai di eleēmosynēs, kai dia tou echein auton endon. Ti toinyn sabbatou. chreia tǭ diapantos heortazonti, tǭ politeuomenǭ en ouranǭ: : ES Heortazōmen toinyn diēnekōs, kai ponēron praattōmen᾽ touto gar xortē all᾽ epiteinesthō men ta pneumatika, kai parachōreitō ta epigeia, kai aargōmen argian pneumatikēn, tas cheiras ᾿ pleonexias aphistōntes, to sōma s tōn perittōn kai anonētōn apallattontes kamatōn, kai hōn en Aigyptǭ hypemeine tote ho tōn Hebraiōn. dēmos. Ouden gar diapheromen hoi chrysion synagontes tōn tǭ pēlǭ prosdedemenōn, kai tēn plinthon ekeinēn ergazomenōn, kai achnra syllegontōn, kai mastizomenōn. Kai gar kai nyn ho diabolos epitattei plinthourgein, kathaper tote ho Pharaō. Ti gar estin allo to chrysion ē pēlos : : ti de allo to aryrion ē achyron? Hōs achyra goun anaptei tēs epithymias tēn phloga, hōs pēlos houtō rhnpoi ton echonta ho chrysos. Ho Dia touto epempsen hēmin ou Mōyysea ex e erēmou? alla ton huion ex ouranou. ᾿An toinyn meta to elthein auton meinēs en Aigyptǭ, peisę̄ ta tōn Aigyptiōn an de apheis ekeinēn anabēs meta tou pneumatikou ᾿Israēl, opsei ta thaumata hapanta. Plēn oude touto arkei eis sōtērian. Oude gar ex Augypton dei monon apallagēnai, alla kai eis tēn epangelian eiselthein. ᾿Epei kai ᾿Ioudaioi, kathōs ho ᾿8 Paulos phēsi, kai dia tēs erythras diēlthon, kai manna ephagon, kai poma pneumatikon epion, all homōs pantes apōlonto. Hin᾽ oun He mē kai hēmeis ta auta pathōmen, mē oknōmen? mēde anadyōmetha all᾽ hotan akousēs ponērōn kai nyn kataskopōn diaballontōn tēn stenēn kai tethlimmenēn hodon, kai legontōn haper eipon tote ekeinoi hoi kataskopoi, mē ton dēmon ton polyn, alla ton ᾿Iēsoun zēlōsōmen, ton Chaleb ton tou ᾿Iephonē paida kai mē proteron apostēs, heōs an epilabē tēs epangelias, kai tōn ouranōn epibēs. Mēde dyskolon tēn hodoiporian nomisę̄s einai. 15 Ei gar echthroi ho ontes katēllagēmen tǭ theǭ, pollǭ mallon katallagentes sōthēsometha. ᾿Alla stenē kai tethlimmenē, phēsin, ē hodos hautē. All' hē protera, di hēs diēlthes, ou stenē kai tethlimmenē monon, alla kai abatos, kai thēriōn agriōn gemousa. Kai hōsper ouk hēn dia tēs erythras diabēnai thalassēs, ei mē to thauma ekeino egeneto, houtōs ouk ēn en tǭ proterǭ biǭ meinantas eis Hōi ouranon anelthein, ei hē to baptisma meson ephanē. i de to adynaton gegone dynaton, pollǭ AThAChThY, to diokolon ho estai rhądion. ᾿Dll᾽ ekeino, phēsi, charitos monon ēn. Dia gar toutoo malista dikaios an eiēs sarreins En gar entha charis ēn monē, synērgēsen, entha kai ponous ᾿ epideiknysthe, ou pollǭ mallon sympraxei: ei argounta esōsen, ou pollǭ mallon ergazomenǭ boēthēsei: : ᾿Anōterō men oun elegon, hoti apo tōn adynatōn kai tois dyskyolois opheileis tharrhein nyni de ekeino erō, hoti ean nēphōmen, oude dyskola tauta estai. Hora gar' tha natos pepatētai, diabolos katepesen, ho nomos tēs hamartias esbesthē, tou pneumatos ē charis edothē, hē zōē eis olegon synestalē, ta phortika epitetmētai. Kai Hi hina mathēs tauta kai dia tōn ergōn autōn, skopei posoi hyperēkontisan ta prostagmata tou Christou sy de kai to metron auto dedoikas : Poian oun hexeis apologian, hotan heterōn hyper ta skammata pēdōntōn, oknēs pros ta nenomismena autos? G Soi men gar parainoumen eleēmosynēn didonai apo tōn ontōn, heteros de kai ta onta hapanta apedysato᾽ se sōphronōs zēn axioumen meta tēs gynaikos, heteros de oude hōmilēse gamph' kai se men parakaloumen mē baskanon einai, heteron de echomen kai tēn psychēn hyper agapēs epididonta tēn heautou kai se men parakaloumen sygtgnōmonikon einai kai mē ᾿baryn tois hamartanousin, allos de rhapizomenos kai tēn heteran estrepse siagona. Ti oun eroumen, eipe moi: ti de aapologēsometha, mēde tauta poiountes, heterōn tosouton hyperbainontōn hē hēmas : : Touk an de hyperebēsan, ei mē pollē tou pragmatos hēn hē eukolia. Tis gar tēketai, ho phthonōn tois heterōn agathois, ē ho synēdomenos kai chairōn: tis hypopteuei panta kai tremei diēnekōs, ho ᾿ sōphrōn, ē ho moicheuōn: tis en elpisin euphrainetai chrēstais, ho harpazōn, hē ę̄ ho eleōn kai tōn ᾿HōŌi heantou metadidous tǭ deomenǭ ? : Taut᾽ oun ennoountes, mē narkōmen pros tous hyper tēs aretēs dromous, alla meta prothymias hapasēs apodysamenoi pros ta kala tauta palaismata, oligon kamōmen chronon, hina tous diēnekeis kai amarantous labōmen. stephanous hōn genoito pantas hēmas epitychein, chariti kai philanthrōpią tou kyriou hēmōn ᾿Iēsou Christou, hǭ hē doxa kai to kratos eis tous aiōnas tōn aiōnōn.

think,” he says, “that this is like the former case. For that happened once, and not by a priest, and from necessity; therefore they were worthy of pardon; but this happens every sabbath, and by priests, and in the temple, and according to the law. Therefore they are freed from the charges not by way of pardon, but according to the law. For I did not say these things accusing,” he says, “nor freeing them from blame by way of pardon, but according to the principle of justice.” And he seems to be defending those, but he frees these from the charges. For when he says, “Those are guiltless,” “much more these,” he says. “But they are not priests.” But they are greater than priests. For the very Lord of the temple is present here, the truth, not the type. Therefore he also said, “But I say to you that something greater than the temple is here.” But nevertheless, though they heard such great things, they said nothing; for the salvation of men was not their aim. Then, since it seemed heavy to the hearers, he quickly veiled it, again bringing the discourse round to pardon, and that with a rebuke too, speaking thus: “But if you had known what this means, ‘I desire mercy and not sacrifice,’ you would not have condemned the guiltless.” Do you see how he again brings the discourse round to pardon, and again shows them to be above pardon? “For you would not have condemned,” he says, “the guiltless.” The former point he drew from the case of the priests, saying, “They are guiltless”; this he sets down of himself, or rather this too from the law; for he read out a prophetic saying. Then he states another cause too: “For the Son of Man,” he says, “is Lord of the sabbath,” speaking of himself. But Mark says that he said this about our common nature too; for he said, “The sabbath was made for man, not man for the sabbath.” For what reason then was the man gathering wood punished? Because if the laws were going to be despised even at the beginning, they would hardly have been kept afterward. For the sabbath was of much benefit, and of great benefit, at the beginning; for example, it made them gentle toward those of their household, and taught them God’s providence and his work of creation, as Ezekiel says; it trained them little by little to abstain from wickedness, and prepared them to attend to spiritual things. For since, in giving the law of the sabbath, if he had said, “Do good things on the sabbath, and do not do evil things,” they would not have endured it, he restrained them from all things alike: “For you shall do nothing”; and not even so were they held back. But he himself, in giving the law of the sabbath, hinted even so that he wishes them to abstain from evil things only: “For you shall do nothing,” he says, “except what shall be done for the soul.” And in the temple everything was done, and with greater zeal and twice the labor. So by the very shadow he was opening the truth to them. “Did Christ then abolish so great a gain?” someone says. God forbid! Rather he greatly heightened it. For it was time for them to be trained in all things through loftier things, and there was no need for the hands of one freed from wickedness and winged for all good things to be bound; nor to learn from this that God made all things; nor from this to be gentle, for those called to the very imitation of God’s love for humanity (“For be merciful,” he says, “as your heavenly Father”); nor to keep feast one day, for those commanded to keep feast all their life (“For let us keep the feast,” he says, “not with old leaven, nor with the leaven of malice and wickedness, but with the unleavened bread of sincerity and truth”); nor to stand beside an ark and a golden altar, for those who have the Master of all himself dwelling within them, and converse with him through all things, through prayer, and through the offering, and through the Scriptures, and through almsgiving, and through having him within. What need then of a sabbath for one who keeps feast continually, whose citizenship is in heaven? Let us then keep feast continually, and do nothing evil; for this is a feast. But let spiritual things be heightened and earthly things give way, and let us rest with a spiritual rest, withdrawing our hands from covetousness, releasing the body from superfluous and unprofitable toils, and from those which the people of the Hebrews then endured in Egypt. For we who gather gold differ in nothing from those bound to the clay and making those bricks, and gathering straw, and being scourged. For now too the devil commands us to make bricks, as Pharaoh did then. For what else is gold but clay? And what else is silver but straw? At any rate it kindles the flame of desire like straw; like clay, so gold defiles the one who has it. For this reason he sent us not Moses from the wilderness, but his Son from heaven. If then after his coming you remain in Egypt, you will suffer the things of the Egyptians; but if, leaving it, you go up with the spiritual Israel, you will see all the wonders. However, not even this is enough for salvation. For one must not only be delivered from Egypt, but also enter into the promise. For the Jews too, as Paul says, both passed through the Red Sea, and ate manna, and drank spiritual drink, but nevertheless all perished. So that we too may not suffer the same things, let us not shrink nor draw back; but when you hear evil spies now too slandering the narrow and constricted way, and saying what those spies said then, let us not imitate the great crowd, but Joshua and Caleb the son of Jephunneh; and do not give up until you lay hold of the promise and set foot in heaven. Nor think the journey difficult. “For if while we were enemies we were reconciled to God, much more, having been reconciled, shall we be saved.” “But this way,” someone says, “is narrow and constricted.” But the former one, by which you passed, was not only narrow and constricted, but also impassable and full of wild beasts. And as it was not possible to cross the Red Sea unless that wonder had happened, so it was not possible for those remaining in the former life to go up to heaven unless baptism had appeared in between. And if the impossible has become possible, much more will the difficult become easy. “But that,” someone says, “was of grace only.” Why, for this very reason you would most justly take courage. For if where there was grace alone he worked with you, will he not much more work together with you where you also display labors? If he saved you when you were idle, will he not much more help you when you work? Above, then, I said that from the impossible things you ought to take courage about the difficult ones too; but now I will say this, that if we are sober, these things will not even be difficult. For see: death has been trampled down, the devil has fallen, the law of sin has been quenched, the grace of the Spirit has been given, life has been drawn together into a short span, the burdensome things have been cut short. And so that you may learn these things from the deeds themselves too, consider how many have overshot the commands of Christ; but you fear even the measure itself. What defense then will you have, when, while others leap beyond the bounds of the contest, you yourself shrink from what is prescribed? For we exhort you to give alms from what you have, but another has stripped himself even of all that he has; we ask you to live chastely with your wife, but another has not even entered upon marriage; and we beseech you not to be envious, but we have another who even gives up his own life for love; and we beseech you to be forgiving and not severe toward those who sin, but another, when struck, turned the other cheek too. What then shall we say, tell me? What defense shall we make, not doing even these things, while others surpass us so far? And they would not have surpassed us unless the thing were very easy. For who is wasted away, he who envies the good things of others, or he who shares their pleasure and rejoices? Who suspects everything and trembles continually, the chaste man or the adulterer? Who is gladdened by good hopes, the robber, or he who shows mercy and shares his own things with the needy? Considering these things, then, let us not grow numb toward the races for virtue, but stripping with all eagerness for these noble wrestling bouts, let us toil a short time, so that we may receive the everlasting and unfading crowns; which may we all attain, by the grace and love for humanity of our Lord Jesus Christ, to whom be the glory and the might to the ages of ages.

Chapter 40

40.1Field 1

Καὶ μεταβὰς ἐκεῖθεν, ἦλθεν εἰς τὴν συναγωγὴν αὐτῶν καὶ ἰδοὺ ἄνθρωπος τὴν χεῖρα ἔχων ξηράν. ΠΑΛΙΝ ἐν σαββάτῳ θεραπεύει, ὑπὲρ τῶν παρὰ τῶν μαθητῶν γεγενημένων ἀπολογούμενος. Καὶ ουἱ μὲν ἄλλοι εὐαγγελισταί φασιν: ὅτι ἔστησε τὸν ἄνθρωπον μέσον, καὶ ἡρώτήησεν αὐτοὺς, εἰ ἔξεστι τοῖς σάββασιν ἀγαθοποιῆσαι. Θέα τὴν εὐσπλαγχνίαν Ὁ τοῦ δεσπότου. Ἔστησεν αὐτὸν μέσον, ἵνα τῇ ὄψει αὐτοὺς ἐπικάμψηῃ ἵνα κατακλασθέντες τῆ θέᾳ τὴν πονηρίαν ἐκβάλωσι, καὶ τὸν ἄνθρωπον αἰδεσθέντες, παύσωνται τῆς θηριωδίας. ᾿Αλλ οἱ ἀτίθασσοι καὶ μισάνθρωποι μᾶλλον αἱροῦνται τοῦ Χριστοῦ βλάψαι τὴν δόξαν, ἡ ἥ τοῦτον ἰδεῖν σωζόμενον, ἑκατέρωθεν. ἐνδεικνύμενοι τὴν πονηρίαν, καὶ τῷ πολεμεῖν τῷ Χριστῷ, καὶ τῷ μετὰ φιλονεικίας τοσαύτης, ὡς καὶ ταῖς ἑτέρων εὐεργεσίαις ἐπηρεάζειν. Οἱὲἱ μὲν οὗν ἄλλοι εὐαγγελισταί φασιν, ὅτι αὐτὸς ἠρώτησεν οὗτος δὲ, ὅτι ἡρωτήθη. Καὶ ἐπηρώτησαν αὐτὸν, φησὶ, λέγοντες, εἰ ἔξεστι τοῖς σάββασι θεραπεύειν, ἵνα κατηγορήσωσιν αὐτοῦ. Εἰκὸς δὲ ἀμφότερα γεγενῆσθαι. Μιαροὶ γὰρ ὄντες, καὶ εἰδότες ὅτι ἥξει πάντως ἐπὶ τὴν ἰατρείαν, τῇ πεύσει προκαταλαβεῖν αὐτὸν ἔσπευδον, προσδοκῶντες ταύτη κωλύειν. Διὸ καὶ ηρώτων, Ὡεἰ ἐξεστι τοῖς σάββασι θεραπεῦσαι οὐχ ἵνα μάθωσιν, αλλ ἵνα κατηγορήσωσι. Καίέτοιγε ἤρκει τὸ ἔργον, εἴγε ἐβούλοντο κατηγορεῖν' ἀλλὰ καὶ διὰ ῥημάτων ἤθελον λαβὴν εὑρεῖν, ἀφθονίαν ἐὶ εαυτοῖς λημμάτων προπαρασκευάζοντες. Ὁ δὲ φιλάνθρωπος καὶ τοῦτο Ὦ ποιεῖ, καὶ ἀποκρίνεται, παιδεύων τὴν οἰκείαν ἡμερότητα, καὶ δεικνύμενος εἰς αὐτοὺς περιτρέπων τὸ πᾶν, καὶ δείκνυσιν αὐτῶν τὴν ἀπανθρωπίαν. Καὶ ἵστησι τὸν ἄνθρωπον μέσον᾽ οὐχὶ δεδοικὼς αὐτοὺς, ἀλλ᾽ ὠφελῆσαι. σπεύδων, καὶ εἰς ἔλεον ἐμβαλεῖν. Ὡς δὲ οὐδὲ οὕτως ἐπέκαμψε, τότε ἐλυπήθη, φησὶ, καὶ ὠργίσθη αὐτοῖς διὰ τὴν ᾿πώρωσιν τῆς καρδίας αὐτῶν, καί φησι ὅ Τί ἐ εστιν εξὺ ὑμῶν ἄνθρωπος, ὃς ὅξει πρόβατον ἕν, καὶ ἐὰν ἐμπέσῃ τοῦτο τοῖς σάββασιν εἰς βόθυνον, οὐχὶ κρατήσει αὐτὸ καὶ ἐγερεῖ: Πόσῳ οὗν διαφέρει ἄνθρωπος προβάτου: ὃ Ὥστε ἔξεστι τοῖς σάββασι καλῶς ποιεῖν. Ἵνα Ἐ γὰρ μὴ ἔχωσιν ἀναισχυντεῖν, μηδὲ παράβασιν πάλιν ἐγκαλεῖν, συλλογίζεται αὐτοὺς διὰ τοῦ παραδείγματος τούτου. Σὺ δέ μοι σκόπει, πῶς ποικίλως καὶ καταλλήλως πανταχοὺ τὰς ἀπολογίας ἐπάγει τὰς περὶ τῆς λύσεως τοὺ σαββάτου. ᾿Επὶ μὲν γὰρ τοῦ τυφλοὺ οὐδὲ ἀπολογεῖται αὐτοῖς, ὅτε τὸν πηλὸν ἐποίησε καίτοι καὶ τότε ἐνεκάλουν, αλλ᾽ ἤρκει τῆς δημιουρίας ὁ τρόπος δεῖξαι τοῦ νόμον τὸν δεσπότην. ᾿Επὶ δὲ τοῦ παραλύτου, ἡνίκα τὴν κλίνην ἐβάστασε, καὶ ἐνεκάλουν, νῦν μὲν ὡς θεὸς, νῦν δὲ ὡς ἄνθρωπος ἀπολογεῖται ὡς ἄνθρωπος μὲν, ὅταν λέγῃ, 5. ἐς οἱ περιτομὴν λαμβάνει ἄνθρωπος ἐν σαββάτῳ, ἵνα μὴ λυθῇ ὁ νόμος (καὶ οὐκ εἶπεν, ἵνα ᾿ὠφεληθὴ ἄνθρωπος), ἐμοὶ χολᾶτε, ὅτι ὅλον ἄνθρωπον ὑγιῆ ἐποίησα ὡς δὲ θεὸς, ὅταν λέγη᾽ τε ο πατήρ μου ἕως ἄρτι ἐργάζεται, κἀγὼ ἐργάζομαι. Ὑπὲρ δὲ τῶν μαθητῶν ἐγκαλούμενος ἔλεγεν οὐκ ἀνέγνωτε τί ἐποίησε Δαυὶδ, ὅτε ἐπείνασεν, αὐτὸς καὶ οἱ μετ᾽ αὐτοῦ: πῶς εἰσῆλθεν εἰς τὸν οἶκον τοῦ θεοῦ, καὶ τοὺς ἄρτους τῆς προθέσεως ἔφαγε: Καὶ τοὺς ἱερεῖς εἰς μέσον παράγει. Καὶ ἐνταῦθα πάλιν, ὅτι δ ἔξεστιν Β ἐν σαββάτῳ ἀγαθοποιῆσαι, ἢ Ἶ κακοποιῆσαι 5 Τίς εξ ὑμῶν ἕξει πρόβατον ὃ ἕν: Ἤιδει γὰρ αὐτῶν τὸ φιλοχρήματον, ὅτι τοῦτο μᾶλλον ἦσαν ἢ φιλάνθρωποι. Καίτοι ὁ ἄλλος εὐαγγελιστής φησιν; ὅτι καὶ περιεβλέψατο ταῦτα ἐρωτῶν, ὥστε καὶ τῷ ὄμματι αὐτοὺς ἐπισπάσασθαι: αλλ᾽ οὐδὲ οὕτως ἐγένοντο βελτίους. Καίτοι ἐνταῦθα φθέγγεται μόνον, ἀλλαχοῦ δὲ πολλαχοῦ καὶ χεῖρας ἐπιτιθεὶς θεραπεύει. ᾿Αλλ᾽ ὅμως οὐδὲν αὐτοὺς τούτων ἐποίει πράους ἀλλ᾽ ὁ μὲν ἄνθρωπος ἐθεραπεύετο, ἐκεῖνοι δὲ διὰ τῆς ὑγείας τῆς τούτου χείρους ( ἐγένοντο. Αὐτὸς μὲν γὰρ ἐβούλετο πρὸ ἐκείνον ἀν τι γὲν ἐκείνους, καὶ μυρίους ἐκίνησε τρόπους ἰατρείας, καὶ δι ἔμπροσθεν ἐ ἐποίησε, καὶ δι ὧν εἴπεν᾽ ἐπειδὴ δὲ ανίατα ὌΝ οι ἐνόσουν, ἐπὶ τὸ ἔργον ἐχώρησε. ὃ Τότε λέγει τῷ ἀνθρώπῳ ἔκτεινον τὴν χεῖρά σου. Ναὶ ἐξέτεινε, καὶ ἐποκώδεοο τ θὴ ὑγιῆς, ὡς ἡ ἄλλη. Τί οὖν ἐκεῖνοι: ᾿Εξέρχονται, φησὶ; καὶ συμβουλενύονται, ἵνα ἀνέλωσιν αὐτόν. ἢ Οἱ Ὑ γὰρ Φαρισαῖοι, φησὶν, ἐξελθόντες συμβούλιον ἔλαβον κατ᾽ αὐτοῦ, ὅπως αὐτὸν ἀπολέσωσιν. Οὐδὲν ἀδικηθέντες ἀνελεῖν ἐπεχείρουν. ΤοσοῦὉ

Kai metabas ekeithen, ēlthen eis tēn synagōgēn autōn kai idou anthrōpos tēn cheira echōn xēran. PALIN en sabbatǭ therapeuei, hyper tōn para tōn mathētōn gegenēmenōn apologoumenos. Kai oui men alloi euangelistai phasin: hoti estēse ton anthrōpon meson, kai hērōtēēsen autous, ei exesti tois sabbasin agathopoiēsai. Thea tēn eusplanchnian Ho tou despotou. Estēsen auton meson, hina tę̄ opsei autous epikampsēę̄ hina kataklasthentes tē theą tēn ponērian ekbalōsi, kai ton anthrōpon aidesthentes, pausōntai tēs thēriōdias. ᾿All hoi atithassoi kai misanthrōpoi mallon hairountai tou Christou blapsai tēn doxan, hē hē touton idein sōzomenon, hekaterōthen. endeiknymenoi tēn ponērian, kai tǭ polemein tǭ Christǭ, kai tǭ meta philoneikias tosautēs, hōs kai tais heterōn euergesiais epēreazein. Hoiei men houn alloi euangelistai phasin, hoti autos ērōtēsen houtos de, hoti hērōtēthē. Kai epērōtēsan auton, phēsi, legontes, ei exesti tois sabbasi therapeuein, hina katēgorēsōsin autou. Eikos de amphotera gegenēsthai. Miaroi gar ontes, kai eidotes hoti hēxei pantōs epi tēn iatreian, tę̄ peusei prokatalabein auton espeudon, prosdokōntes tautē kōlyein. Dio kai ērōtōn, Hōei exesti tois sabbasi therapeusai ouch hina mathōsin, all hina katēgorēsōsi. Kaietoige ērkei to ergon, eige eboulonto katēgorein' alla kai dia rhēmatōn ēthelon labēn heurein, aphthonian ei eautois lēmmatōn proparaskeuazontes. Ho de philanthrōpos kai touto Ō poiei, kai apokrinetai, paideuōn tēn oikeian hēmerotēta, kai deiknymenos eis autous peritrepōn to pan, kai deiknysin autōn tēn apanthrōpian. Kai histēsi ton anthrōpon meson᾽ ouchi dedoikōs autous, all᾽ ōphelēsai. speudōn, kai eis eleon embalein. Hōs de oude houtōs epekampse, tote elypēthē, phēsi, kai ōrgisthē autois dia tēn ᾿pōrōsin tēs kardias autōn, kai phēsi ho Ti e estin exy hymōn anthrōpos, hos hoxei probaton hen, kai ean empesę̄ touto tois sabbasin eis bothynon, ouchi kratēsei auto kai egerei: Posǭ houn diapherei anthrōpos probatou: ho Hōste exesti tois sabbasi kalōs poiein. Hina E gar mē echōsin anaischyntein, mēde parabasin palin enkalein, syllogizetai autous dia tou paradeigmatos toutou. Sy de moi skopei, pōs poikilōs kai katallēlōs pantachou tas apologias epagei tas peri tēs lyseōs tou sabbatou. ᾿Epi men gar tou typhlou oude apologeitai autois, hote ton pēlon epoiēse kaitoi kai tote enekaloun, all᾽ ērkei tēs dēmiourias ho tropos deixai tou nomon ton despotēn. ᾿Epi de tou paralytou, hēnika tēn klinēn ebastase, kai enekaloun, nyn men hōs theos, nyn de hōs anthrōpos apologeitai hōs anthrōpos men, hotan legę̄, 5. es hoi peritomēn lambanei anthrōpos en sabbatǭ, hina mē lythę̄ ho nomos (kai ouk eipen, hina ᾿ōphelēthē anthrōpos), emoi cholate, hoti holon anthrōpon hygiē epoiēsa hōs de theos, hotan legē᾽ te o patēr mou heōs arti ergazetai, kagō ergazomai. Hyper de tōn mathētōn enkaloumenos elegen ouk anegnōte ti epoiēse Dauid, hote epeinasen, autos kai hoi met᾽ autou: pōs eisēlthen eis ton oikon tou theou, kai tous artous tēs protheseōs ephage: Kai tous hiereis eis meson paragei. Kai entautha palin, hoti d exestin B en sabbatǭ agathopoiēsai, ē I kakopoiēsai 5 Tis ex hymōn hexei probaton ho hen: Ēidei gar autōn to philochrēmaton, hoti touto mallon ēsan ē philanthrōpoi. Kaitoi ho allos euangelistēs phēsin? hoti kai perieblepsato tauta erōtōn, hōste kai tǭ ommati autous epispasasthai: all᾽ oude houtōs egenonto beltious. Kaitoi entautha phthengetai monon, allachou de pollachou kai cheiras epititheis therapeuei. ᾿All᾽ homōs ouden autous toutōn epoiei praous all᾽ ho men anthrōpos etherapeueto, ekeinoi de dia tēs hygeias tēs toutou cheirous ( egenonto. Autos men gar ebouleto pro ekeinon an ti gen ekeinous, kai myrious ekinēse tropous iatreias, kai di emprosthen e epoiēse, kai di hōn eipen᾽ epeidē de aniata ON oi enosoun, epi to ergon echōrēse. ho Tote legei tǭ anthrōpǭ ekteinon tēn cheira sou. Nai exeteine, kai epokōdeoo t thē hygiēs, hōs hē allē. Ti oun ekeinoi: ᾿Exerchontai, phēsi? kai symboulenyontai, hina anelōsin auton. ē Hoi Hy gar Pharisaioi, phēsin, exelthontes symboulion elabon kat᾽ autou, hopōs auton apolesōsin. Ouden adikēthentes anelein epecheiroun. TosouO

“And departing from there, he went into their synagogue; and behold, a man having a withered hand.” Again he heals on the sabbath, defending what had been done by the disciples. And the other evangelists say that he set the man in the midst and asked them whether it is lawful to do good on the sabbath. Behold the tender compassion of the Master. He set him in the midst so that he might bend them by the sight; so that, broken down by the spectacle, they might cast out their wickedness, and, put to shame by the man, might cease from their brutality. But the untamed and man-hating rather choose to harm the glory of Christ than to see this man saved, showing their wickedness on both sides, both by warring against Christ, and by doing so with such contentiousness as even to spite the benefits done to others. The other evangelists, then, say that he himself asked; but this one that he was asked: “And they asked him,” it says, “saying, ‘Is it lawful to heal on the sabbath?’ that they might accuse him.” And it is likely that both happened. For being vile, and knowing that he would certainly come to the healing, they hastened to forestall him by the question, expecting in this way to hinder him. Therefore they also asked, “Is it lawful to heal on the sabbath?”, not that they might learn, but that they might accuse him. And yet the deed was enough, if they wished to accuse him; but they wished to find a handle through words too, preparing for themselves beforehand an abundance of charges. But the lover of mankind does this too, and answers, teaching his own gentleness, and showing it, turning everything back upon them, and he shows their inhumanity. And he sets the man in the midst, not fearing them, but hastening to benefit them and to bring them to mercy. But when not even so did he bend them, then he was grieved, it says, and angry with them because of the hardness of their heart, and he says, “What man is there among you who will have one sheep, and if this falls into a pit on the sabbath, will he not lay hold of it and lift it out? How much then is a man better than a sheep! So it is lawful to do well on the sabbath.” For so that they might not be able to be shameless, nor again to accuse him of transgression, he reasons with them by this example. But consider, I pray you, how variously and suitably everywhere he brings in his defenses about breaking the sabbath. For in the case of the blind man he does not even defend himself to them when he made the clay, though even then they accused him, but the manner of the creative act was enough to show the Master of the law. But in the case of the paralytic, when he carried his bed and they accused him, he defends himself now as God, now as man: as man, when he says, “If a man receives circumcision on the sabbath, that the law may not be broken” (and he did not say, “that a man may be benefited”), “are you angry with me because I made a man wholly sound?”; and as God, when he says, “My Father is working until now, and I am working.” And when accused on behalf of the disciples he said, “Have you not read what David did when he was hungry, he and those with him? How he entered into the house of God and ate the loaves of the presentation?” And he brings the priests forward. And here again: “Is it lawful on the sabbath to do good, or to do evil? Which of you will have one sheep?” For he knew their love of money, that they were this rather than lovers of mankind. And yet the other evangelist says that he also looked around while asking these things, so as to draw them by his look as well; but not even so did they become better. And yet here he only speaks, while elsewhere in many places he heals by laying on his hands as well. But nevertheless none of these things made them mild; but the man was healed, while they through his health became worse. For he himself wished, before healing that man, to heal them, and set in motion countless ways of healing, both by what he did before and by what he said; but since they were sick incurably, he proceeded to the deed. “Then he says to the man, ‘Stretch out your hand.’ And he stretched it out, and it was restored sound like the other.” What then did they do? “They go out,” it says, “and take counsel to destroy him.” “For the Pharisees,” it says, “went out and took counsel against him, how they might destroy him.” Though they had suffered no wrong, they were attempting to kill him. So great

40.2Field 1

τον ἢ βασκανία κακόν. Οὐδὲ γὰρ τοῖς ἀλλοτρίοις μόνον, ἀλλὰ καὶ τοῖς οἰκείοις ἀεὶ πολεμεῖ. Ὁ δὲ Μάρκος φησὶν, ὅ ὃτι μετὰ τῶν Ἡρωδιανῶν τοῦτο ἐβουλεύσαντο. Τί οὖν ὁ ἥμερος καὶ πρᾶος; ᾿Ανεχώρησε ταῦτα μαθών. ἐς Ὁ δὲ ᾿Ιησοῦς γνοὺς τὰς ἐνθυμήσεις αὐτῶν, ἀνεχώρησε, φησὶν, ἐκεῖθεν. Ποῦ τοίνυν εἰσὶν οἱ λέγοντες, ὅτι σημεῖα γίνεσθαι ἔδει; Διὰ γὰρ τούτων ἔδειξεν, ὅ ὃτι ᾿ἡ ἀγνώμων ψυχὴ οὐδὲ ἐντεῦθεν πείθεται, καὶ ἐδήλωσεν ὅτι καὶ τοῖς μαθηταῖς εἰκῇ ἐνεκάλουν. ᾿Εκεῖνο Ἐ, μέντοι παρατηρεῖν χρὴ: ὅτι μάλιστα πρὸς τὰς τῶν πλησίον ἀγριαίνουσιν εὐεργεσίαν' καὶ ὅταν ἴδωσί τινα ἢ νοστματος Ἶ κακίας ἀπαλλαττόμενον, τότε καὶ ἐγκαλοῦσι καὶ ἐκθηριοὔνται. Καὶ γὰρ ὅτε τὴν πόρνην σώζειν ἔμελλε, διέβαλλον αὐτόν καὶ ὅτε μετὰ τελωνῶν οϑαοΝς καὶ νῦν πάλιν, ἐπειδὴ τὴν χείρα ἀποκατασταθεῖσαν εἶδον. Σὺ δὲ μοι σκόπει, πῶς οὐδὲ Τῆς πρὸς τοὺς ἀῤῥώστους κηδεμονίας ἀφίσταται, καὶ τὸν ἐκείνων παραμυθεῖται φθόνον. ἐς Καὶ ἠκολούθησαν αὐτῷ ὄχλοι πολλοὶ, καὶ ἐθεράπευσεν αὑτοὺς πάντας καὶ ἐπετίμησε τοῖς θεραπευθεῖσιν, ἵ ἵνα μηδενὶ φανερὸν αὐτὸν ποιήσωσιν. Οἱ μὲν Κὰρ ὄχλοι πανταχοῦ καὶ θαυμάζουσι καὶ ἀκολουθοῦσιν᾽ ἐκεῖνοι δὲ τῆς πονηρίας οὐκ ἀφίστανται. Εἶτα ἵ ἵνα μὴ θορυβηθῇς ἐ ἐπὶ τοῖς γινομένοις, καὶ τῷ παραδόξῳ τῆς ἐκείνων μανίας, εἰσάγει. καὶ τὸν προφήτην ταῦτα προαναφωνοῦντα. Τοσαύτη γὰρ ἥν τῶν προφητῶν ἡ ακρίβεια, ὡς μηδὲ ταῦτα παραλιπεῖν, ἀλλὰ καὶ τὰς ὁδοὺς αὐτοῦ καὶ τὰς μεταβάσεις προφητεύειν, καὶ τὴν γνώμην μεθ᾽ Β ἧς ταῦτα ἐποίει᾽ ἵνα μάθης, ὅ ὅτι πάντα πνεύματι ἐφθέγγοντο. Ει γὰρ τὰ ἀνθρώπων ἀπόῤῥητα ἀμήχανον εἰδέναι, πολλῷ μᾶλλον τοῦ Χριστοῦ τὸν σκοπὸν ἀδύνατον ἢ ἣν μαθεῖν, κα μὴ τοῦ πνεύματος ἀποκαλύψαντος. Τί οὖν ὁ προφήτης φησίν: Ἐπηγαΐγε γοῦν 'ο ἐΌ πως πληρωθῇ τὸ ῥηθὲν ὑπὸ Ἡσαΐου τοῦ προφήτου λέγοντος ἰδοὺ ὁ παῖς μου, ὃν ἠρέτισα;, ὁ ἀγαπητός μου, εἰς ὃν εὐδόκησεν ἡ ἡ ψυχή μου. Θήσω τὸ πνεῦμά μου ἐπ᾽ αὐτὸν, καὶ κρίσιν τοῖς ἔθνεσιν ἀναγγελεῖ. Οὐκ ἐ ερίσει, οὐδὲ κρανγάσει, οὐδὲ ἀκούσει τις ἐν ταῖς πλατείαις τὴν φωνὴν αὐτοῦ κάλαμον συντετριμμένον οὐ κατεάξει, καὶ λίνον τυφό- σ μένον οὐ σβέσει, ἕ ἕως ἂν ἐκβάλῃ εἰς νῖκος τὴν κρίσιν αὐτοῦ καὶ τῷ ὀνόματι αὐτοῦ ἔθνη ἑλπιοῦσι. Τὴν πραότητα αὐ-- τοῦ καὶ τὴν δύναμιν τὴν ἄφατον ἀνυμνεῖ, καὶ θύραν τοῖς ἔἐθνεσιν ἀνοίγνυσι μεγάλην καὶ 3 ἐνεργῆ, καὶ τὰ καταληψομενα τοὺς ᾿Ιουδαίους προλέγει κακὰ, καὶ δείκνυσιν αὐτοῦ τὴν ὁμόνοιαν τὴν πρὸς τὸν πατέρα. ᾿Ιδοὺ ᾿Ὦ γάρ, φησὶν, ὁ παῖς μου, ὃν ἠρέτισα, ὁ ἀγαπητός μου, εἰς ὃν εὐδόκησεν ἢ ψυχή μου. Εἰ δὲ ἡ ἠρέτισεν, οὐχ ὡς ἐναντιούμενος λύει τὸν νόμον, οὐδὲ ὡς ἐχθρὸς ὧν τοῦ νομοθέτου, ἀλλ᾽ ὡς ὁμογνώμων καὶ τὰ αὐτὰ πράττων. Εἶτα τὴν πραότητα αὐτοῦ Ὁ ἀνακηρύττων, φησίν οὐκ ἐρίσει, οὐδὲ κραυγάσει. Αὐτὸς μὲν γὰρ εβούλετο θεραπεύειν ἐπ᾿ αὐτῶν᾽ ἐπειδὴ δὲ ἀπεκρούοντο, οὐδὲ πρὸς τοῦτο ἀντέτεινε. Καὶ δεικνὺς καὶ τὴν αὐτοῦ ἰσχὺν καὶ τὴν ἐκείνων ἀσθένειαν, Φησί - κάλαμον συντετριμμένον οὐ κατεάξει. Καὶ γὰρ ἦν ῥᾷδιον ἅπαντας αὐτοὺς ὥσπερ κάλαμον διακλάσαι καὶ οὐδὲ ἁπλῶς κάλαμον, ἀλλ᾽ ἤδη συντριβέντα. Καὶ λίνον τυφόμενον οὐ σβέσει. ᾿Ενταῦθα καὶ τὸν ἐκείνων θυμὸν τὸν ᾿ἀναπτόμενον παρίστησι, καὶ τὴν τούτου ἰσχὺν ἱκανὴν οὗσαν καταλῦσαι τὸν θυμὸν αὐτῶν, καὶ κατασβέσαι μετ᾽ εὐκολίας ἁπάσης ὅθεν πολλὴ ἐπιείκεια δείκνυται. Τί οὖν ; ἀεὶ ταῦτα ἔσται: καὶ οἵσει Π ’ -- ΠῚ ’ ἢ ’ Ν ὃ διὰ τέλους τοιαῦτα ἐπιβουλεύοντας καὶ μαινομένους ; ᾿ΑπαγΎε αλλ ὅταν τα αντοῦν ἐπιδείξηται, τότε καὶ ἐκεῖνα εργασεται. Τοῦτο γαρ εὐήλωσεν εἰπων᾽ ἕως ἂν ἐκβαλῃ εἰς νικος τὴν κριἊ Γ Ε ’ ΄-΄ φ ΓΩῚ ς ’ ᾿ 4« --- σιν᾽ καὶ τῷ ὀνόματι αὐτοῦ ἐθνη ελπιοῦσι καθάπερ καὶ ο [Παῦὐἤῇ) εἴ ΝΜ Π -- - οῳ λός φησιν ν ἕτοιμοι ὄντες ἐκδικῆσαι πᾶσαν παρακοὴν, ὅταν πληρωθῆ ὑμῶν ἡ ὑπακοή. Τί δέ ἐστιν, ὅταν ἐκβάλη εἰς νίκος τὴν κρίσιν: Ὅταν τὰ παρ εαὐυτοῦ πᾶντα πληρώσῃ, φησὶ, τότε καὶ τὴν ἐκδίκησιν ἐπάξει, καὶ ἐκδίκησιν τελεέαν. Γότε τὰ δεινὰ πείσονται, ὅταν λαμπρὸν στῆ τὸ τρόπαιον, καὶ νικησῃὴ τὰ παρ αντοῦ δικαιώματα, καὶ μηδὲ αναίσχυντον αὐτοῖς καταλίπη ἀντιλογίας πρόφασιν. Οἷδε γὰρ κρίσιν τὴν δικαιοσύνην λέγειν. Ἀλλ᾽ οὐκ ἐν τουτῳ στήσεται τα ᾽ ᾿ ΄- σι ᾿Ὶ ᾿ ἤ ’ τῆς οἰκονομίας. εν τῷ κολασθῆναι τοὺς ἀαπιστήσαντας μονον με Α ᾿ » , ᾽ ἣ ᾽ Ξ αλλα καὶ τὴν γ οἰκουμένην ἐπισπάσεται. Διὸ καὶ επηγαγε 5 ες ᾿ -- ᾽ ὔ ᾿ -. εθ ἐλ -- ΕΣ « .θ καὶ τῷ ονόματι αὐτοῦ εἐθνη ελπιοῦσιν. τα ἵνα μαθης, ὅτι καὶ τοῦτο κατὰ γνώμην ἐστὶ τοῦ πατρὸς, ἐν τῷ προοι« ’ ἣ ΄- Α -- ν φ ΤΙ μίῳ ὁ προφήτης καὶ τοῦτο μετὰ τῶν ἔμπροσθεν ενεγγνη᾿ Ἷ Ἔ . ὔ ’ ᾽ ἃὰ [4 « σατο, εἰπων᾽ ὁ ἀγαπητός μον, εἰς ὃν εὐδόκησεν ἡ ψυχῆ 242. ἢ ᾿ ᾿ ν ἢ ᾿ σμου. Ο γὰρ ἀγαπητὸς εὔδηλον ὅτι κατὰ γνώμην τοῦ φιλουμενου καὶ ταῦτα ἐποίει. ᾿5 Τότε προσηνεγκαν αντῳ δαιμονιζόμενον, τυφλὸν καὶ κωφὸν, καὶ εθεράπευσεν αὑτον, « ᾿ ἢ ΄- ἤ φ ὦστε τὸν τυφλὸν καὶ κωφὸν καὶ λαλεῖν καὶ βλέπειν. Ὡ Ἷ ἿΝ ’ ἔχ. ᾽ὔ Ψ οὐ ᾽ ὔ δι Φ νΨ λλ πονηρία ὀαίμονος. Βκατέραν εἸσοῦον ἐνέφραξε, ει ἤς ἐμελλε πιστεύειν ἐκεῖνος, καὶ ψιν καὶ ἀκοήν αλλ ὅμως ᾿ εκατέρας Οο Χριστὸς ἀνέῳξε. 3 Καὶ ἐξίσταντο οἱ ὄχλοι λέγοντες , Ῥ ᾽ κι « .« ε δὲ ᾽ ᾿μήτι οὗτός ἐστιν ὁ υἱὸς Δαυΐὸ: Οἱ δὲ Φαρισαιοι εἶπον ᾿ ἢ ᾽ ’ ᾿ ’ ᾿ » ἣ οὗτος οὐκ ἐκβάλλει τὰ δαιμόνια, εἰ μὴ ἐν τῷ Βεελζεβοὺλ ΓΙ - ἮΝ ’ ΓῸῚ ᾿ ’ ’ ον ’ ᾿ ἀρχοντι τῶν ὁαιμονίων. Καίτοι τί μέγα εφθεγξαντο; Δλλ ὅμως οὐυὐὸὲ τοῦτο ἠνεΎκαν᾽ οὕτως, ὅπερ εφθην εἰπών, ἀεὶ ταῖς τῶν πλησίον δάκνονται εὐεργεσίαις, καὶ οὐδὲν αὐτοὺς οὕτω λυπεῖ ὡς ἡ τῶν ἀνθρώπων σωτηρία. Καίτοι καὶ ἀνεχώρησε, καὶ λωφῆσαι ἔδωκε τῷ πάθει᾽ ἀλλὰ πάλιν ανήπτετο τὸ κακὸν, ἐπειδὴ πάλιν εὐεργεσία ἐγένετο καὶ μᾶλλον τοῦ δαίμονος ἠγανάκτουν. ᾿Εκεῖνος μὲν γὰρ καὶ εξίστατο τοῦ σώματος, καὶ α ἀνεχώρει, καὶ ἐδραπέτευε, μηδὲν φθεγγόμενος οὗτοι δὲ νῦν μὲν ἀνελεῖν ἐπεχείρουν, νῦν δὲ δια- Ὁ βάλλειν. ᾿Επειδὴ γὰρ ἐκεῖνο οὐ προεχώρει, τὴν δόξαν ἤθελον βλάψαι. Τοιοῦτον ἡ βασκανία, ἧς οὐκ ἂν γένοιτο κακία χείρων. Ὁ μὲν γὰρ μοιχὸς κἀν ἡδονὴν καρποῦταί τινα, καὶ ἐν ραχεὶ χρόνῳ τὴν ἁμαρτίαν ἀπαρτίζει τὴν εαντοῦ ὁ δὲ βάσκανος πρὸ τοῦ φθονουμένον ἑαυτὸν κολάζει καὶ τιμωρεῖται. καὶ οὐδέποτε παύεται τῆς ἁμαρτίας, ἀλλ᾽ ἐν τῷ πραττειν αὐτὴν ἐστι διηνεκῶς. Καθάπερ γὰρ χοῖρος βορβόρῳ, καὶ δαίμονες βλάβῃ τῇ Ἵμετέρᾳ οὕτω καὶ οὗτος τοῖς τοῦ πλησίον χαίρει κακοῖς κἂν γένηταί τι αηδὲς, τότε ἀναπαύεται καὶ ἀναπνεῖ, τὰς ἀλλοτρίας συμφορὰς οἰκείας Ἐ' εὐθυμίας ἡτγούμενος, καὶ οἰκεῖα κακὰ τὰ τῶν ἄλλων ἀγαθά καὶ οὐ σκοπεῖ τί ἂν αὐτῷ γένοιτο ἡδὺ, ἀλλὰ τί τῷ πλησίον λνπηρόν. Τούτους οὖν οὐ καταλεύειν καὶ ἀποτυμπανίζειν ἄξιον, ὡς κύνας ᾿λνττώῶντας, ὡς δαίμονας ἀλάστορας; ὡς αὐτὰς τὰς ἐριννῦς : - Καθάπερ γὰρ οἱ κάνθαὀυσημερίαις, κοινοί τινες ἐχθροὶ καὶ πολέμιοι τῆς φύσεως ὄντες. Καὶ οἱ μὲν ἄλλοι ἄλογον σφαττόμενον ἐλεοῦσι σὺ δὲ ἄνθρωπον ὁρῶν εὐεργετούμενον, ἐκθηριοῦσαι καὶ τρέμεις καὶ ὠχριᾷς : Καὶ τί ταύτης τῆς μανίας χεῖρον γένοιτ᾽ ἄν; Διὰ τοι τοῦτο πόρνοι μὲν καὶ τελώναι εἰς βασιλείαν ἠδυνήθησαν εἰσελθεῖν᾽ οἱ δὲ βάσκανοι ἔνδον ὄντες, ᾿ἐξῆλθον. ἐς Οἱ γὰρ υἱοὶ τῆς βασιλείας; φησὶν, ἔξω βληθήσονται. Κακεῖνοι μὲν τῆς ἐν χερσὶν ἀπαλλαγέντες πονηρίας, ὧν οὐδέποτε προσεδόκησαν ἐπέτυχον οὗτοι δὲ καὶ ἃ εἶχον ἀγαθὰ Β ἀπώλεσαν καὶ μάλα εἰκότως. Τοῦτο γὰρ διάβολον ἐξ ἀνθρώπου ποιεῖ τοῦτο δαίμονα ἄ ἄγριον ἀπεργάζεται. Οὕτως ο πρῶτος φόνος ἐγένετο οὕτως ἡ φύσις. Τυνοήθη οὕτως ἡ ἢ ἐμολυνθη᾽ οὕτω μετὰ ταῦτα τὸ στόμα ὅ ἀνοίξασα ζώντας ὑπεδέξατο καὶ ἀπώλεσε τοὺς περὶ Δαθὰν καὶ Κορὲ Ἀβειρὼν, καὶ τὸν δῆμον ἐκεῖνον ἅπαντα. ᾿Αλλὰ τὸ μὲν κατηγορεῖν βασκανίας εἴποι τις ἂν ῥᾷδιον εἶναι δεῖ δὲ σκοπεῖν καὶ ὅπως ἀπαλλαγήσονται τοῦ νοσήματος. Πῶς οὖν ἀπαλλαγησόμεθα τῆς πονηρίας ταύτης; Ἂν ἐννοήσωμεν, ὅτι ὥσπερ τῷ πεπορνευκότι οὐ θέμις εἰσελθεῖν εἰς τὴν ἐκκλησίαν, οὕτως οὐδὲ τῷ βασκαίνοντι καὶ πολλῷ μάλλον τούτῳ ἢ ἐκείνῳ. Νὺν μὲν γὰρ καὶ ἀδιάφορον εἶναι δοκεῖ διὸ καὶ ἡμέληται: ἂν δὲ φανερὸν γένηται πονηρὸν ὃν, ἀποστησόμεθα ῥᾳδίως. Κλαῦσον τοίνυν καὶ στέναξον' θρήνησον καὶ παρακάλεσον τὸν θεόν. Μαθε ὡς περὶ ἁμαρτήματος χαλεποῦ ' διακεῖσθαι καὶ μετανοεῖν. Κὰν οὕτω διατεθῇς, ταχέως ἀπαλλαγήσῃ τοῦ νοσήματος. Καὶ τίς ἀγνοεῖ; φησὶν, ὅτι πονηρὸν ἡ βασκανία: Αγνοεῖ μὲν οὐδείς οὐ μὴν τὴν αὐτὴν περὶ πορνείας καὶ μοιχείας ἔχουσι δόξαν, καὶ περὶ τοῦ πάθους τούτου. Πότε γοῦν ἑαυτοὺ τις κατέγνω Ὦ πικρῶς βασκήνας; πότε θεὸν ἠξίωσεν ὑπὲρ τούτου τοῦ νοσήματος, ὥστε γενέσθαι αὐτῷ ἵλφων; Οὐ εὶς οὐδέποτε' ἀλλ᾽ εἰ ἢ νηστεύσει καὶ πένητι δῷ μικρὸν ἀργύριον, κἂν μυριάκις βάσκανος , οὐδὲν ἡγεῖται πεποιηκέναι δεινὸν, τῷ πάντων μιαρωτέρῳ κατεχόμενος πάθει. Πόθεν γοῦν δι ἂν τοιοῦτος ἐγένετο; πόθεν ὁ Ἡσαῦ; πόθεν οἱ τοῦ Λάβαν παῖδες; πόθεν οἱ τοῦ ᾿Ιακὼβ υἱοί; πόθεν οἱ περὶ Κορὲ καὶ Δαθὰν καὶ Αβειρών; πόθεν Μαρία: πόθεν Δαρωῶν: πόθεν αὐτὸς ὁ διαβολος; Μετὰ

ton ē baskania kakon. Oude gar tois allotriois monon, alla kai tois oikeiois aei polemei. Ho de Markos phēsin, ho hoti meta tōn Hērōdianōn touto ebouleusanto. Ti oun ho hēmeros kai praos? ᾿Anechōrēse tauta mathōn. es Ho de ᾿Iēsous gnous tas enthymēseis autōn, anechōrēse, phēsin, ekeithen. Pou toinyn eisin hoi legontes, hoti sēmeia ginesthai edei? Dia gar toutōn edeixen, ho hoti ᾿hē agnōmōn psychē oude enteuthen peithetai, kai edēlōsen hoti kai tois mathētais eikę̄ enekaloun. ᾿Ekeino E, mentoi paratērein chrē: hoti malista pros tas tōn plēsion agriainousin euergesian' kai hotan idōsi tina ē nostmatos I kakias apallattomenon, tote kai enkalousi kai ekthēriountai. Kai gar hote tēn pornēn sōzein emelle, dieballon auton kai hote meta telōnōn oϑaoNs kai nyn palin, epeidē tēn cheira apokatastatheisan eidon. Sy de moi skopei, pōs oude Tēs pros tous arrhōstous kēdemonias aphistatai, kai ton ekeinōn paramytheitai phthonon. es Kai ēkolouthēsan autǭ ochloi polloi, kai etherapeusen hautous pantas kai epetimēse tois therapeutheisin, hi hina mēdeni phaneron auton poiēsōsin. Hoi men Kar ochloi pantachou kai thaumazousi kai akolouthousin᾽ ekeinoi de tēs ponērias ouk aphistantai. Eita hi hina mē thorybēthę̄s e epi tois ginomenois, kai tǭ paradoxǭ tēs ekeinōn manias, eisagei. kai ton prophētēn tauta proanaphōnounta. Tosautē gar hēn tōn prophētōn hē akribeia, hōs mēde tauta paralipein, alla kai tas hodous autou kai tas metabaseis prophēteuein, kai tēn gnōmēn meth᾽ B hēs tauta epoiei᾽ hina mathēs, ho hoti panta pneumati ephthengonto. Ei gar ta anthrōpōn aporrhēta amēchanon eidenai, pollǭ mallon tou Christou ton skopon adynaton ē hēn mathein, ka mē tou pneumatos apokalypsantos. Ti oun ho prophētēs phēsin: Epēgaïge goun 'o eO pōs plērōthę̄ to rhēthen hypo Hēsaïou tou prophētou legontos idou ho pais mou, hon ēretisa?, ho agapētos mou, eis hon eudokēsen hē hē psychē mou. Thēsō to pneuma mou ep᾽ auton, kai krisin tois ethnesin anangelei. Ouk e erisei, oude krangasei, oude akousei tis en tais plateiais tēn phōnēn autou kalamon syntetrimmenon ou kateaxei, kai linon typho- s menon ou sbesei, he heōs an ekbalę̄ eis nikos tēn krisin autou kai tǭ onomati autou ethnē helpiousi. Tēn praotēta au-- tou kai tēn dynamin tēn aphaton anymnei, kai thyran tois eethnesin anoignysi megalēn kai 3 energē, kai ta katalēpsomena tous ᾿Ioudaious prolegei kaka, kai deiknysin autou tēn homonoian tēn pros ton patera. ᾿Idou ᾿Ō gar, phēsin, ho pais mou, hon ēretisa, ho agapētos mou, eis hon eudokēsen ē psychē mou. Ei de hē ēretisen, ouch hōs enantioumenos lyei ton nomon, oude hōs echthros hōn tou nomothetou, all᾽ hōs homognōmōn kai ta auta prattōn. Eita tēn praotēta autou Ho anakēryttōn, phēsin ouk erisei, oude kraugasei. Autos men gar ebouleto therapeuein ep᾿ autōn᾽ epeidē de apekrouonto, oude pros touto anteteine. Kai deiknys kai tēn autou ischyn kai tēn ekeinōn astheneian, Phēsi - kalamon syntetrimmenon ou kateaxei. Kai gar ēn rhądion hapantas autous hōsper kalamon diaklasai kai oude haplōs kalamon, all᾽ ēdē syntribenta. Kai linon typhomenon ou sbesei. ᾿Entautha kai ton ekeinōn thymon ton ᾿anaptomenon paristēsi, kai tēn toutou ischyn hikanēn housan katalysai ton thymon autōn, kai katasbesai met᾽ eukolias hapasēs hothen pollē epieikeia deiknytai. Ti oun ? aei tauta estai: kai hoisei P ’ -- PI ’ ē ’ N ho dia telous toiauta epibouleuontas kai mainomenous ? ᾿ApagYe all hotan ta antoun epideixētai, tote kai ekeina ergasetai. Touto gar euēlōsen eipōn᾽ heōs an ekbalę̄ eis nikos tēn kriA G E ’ ΄-΄ ph GŌI s ’ ᾿ 4« --- sin᾽ kai tǭ onomati autou ethnē elpiousi kathaper kai o [Pauyēę̄) ei NM P -- - oǭ los phēsin n hetoimoi ontes ekdikēsai pasan parakoēn, hotan plērōthē hymōn hē hypakoē. Ti de estin, hotan ekbalē eis nikos tēn krisin: Hotan ta par eauytou panta plērōsę̄, phēsi, tote kai tēn ekdikēsin epaxei, kai ekdikēsin teleean. Gote ta deina peisontai, hotan lampron stē to tropaion, kai nikēsę̄ē ta par antou dikaiōmata, kai mēde anaischynton autois katalipē antilogias prophasin. Hoide gar krisin tēn dikaiosynēn legein. All᾽ ouk en toutǭ stēsetai ta ᾽ ᾿ ΄- si ᾿I ᾿ ē ’ tēs oikonomias. en tǭ kolasthēnai tous aapistēsantas monon me A ᾿ » , ᾽ hē ᾽ X alla kai tēn g oikoumenēn epispasetai. Dio kai epēgage 5 es ᾿ -- ᾽ y ᾿ -. eth el -- ES « .th kai tǭ onomati autou eethnē elpiousin. ta hina mathēs, hoti kai touto kata gnōmēn esti tou patros, en tǭ prooi« ’ hē ΄- A -- n ph TI miǭ ho prophētēs kai touto meta tōn emprosthen enengnē᾿ Hi E . y ’ ᾽ haa [4 « sato, eipōn᾽ ho agapētos mon, eis hon eudokēsen hē psychē 242. ē ᾿ ᾿ n ē ᾿ smou. O gar agapētos eudēlon hoti kata gnōmēn tou philoumenou kai tauta epoiei. ᾿5 Tote prosēnenkan antǭ daimonizomenon, typhlon kai kōphon, kai etherapeusen hauton, « ᾿ ē ΄- ē ph ōste ton typhlon kai kōphon kai lalein kai blepein. Hō Hi HiN ’ ech. ᾽y Ps ou ᾽ y di Ph nPs ll ponēria oaimonos. Bkateran eIsouon enephraxe, ei ēs emelle pisteuein ekeinos, kai psin kai akoēn all homōs ᾿ ekateras Oo Christos aneǭxe. 3 Kai existanto hoi ochloi legontes , Rh ᾽ ki « .« e de ᾽ ᾿mēti houtos estin ho huios Dauïo: Hoi de Pharisaioi eipon ᾿ ē ᾽ ’ ᾿ ’ ᾿ » hē houtos ouk ekballei ta daimonia, ei mē en tǭ Beelzeboul GI - ĒN ’ GOI ᾿ ’ ’ on ’ ᾿ archonti tōn hoaimoniōn. Kaitoi ti mega ephthenxanto? Dll homōs ouyyoe touto ēneUkan᾽ houtōs, hoper ephthēn eipōn, aei tais tōn plēsion daknontai euergesiais, kai ouden autous houtō lypei hōs hē tōn anthrōpōn sōtēria. Kaitoi kai anechōrēse, kai lōphēsai edōke tǭ pathei᾽ alla palin anēpteto to kakon, epeidē palin euergesia egeneto kai mallon tou daimonos ēganaktoun. ᾿Ekeinos men gar kai existato tou sōmatos, kai a anechōrei, kai edrapeteue, mēden phthengomenos houtoi de nyn men anelein epecheiroun, nyn de dia- Ho ballein. ᾿Epeidē gar ekeino ou proechōrei, tēn doxan ēthelon blapsai. Toiouton hē baskania, hēs ouk an genoito kakia cheirōn. Ho men gar moichos kan hēdonēn karpoutai tina, kai en rachei chronǭ tēn hamartian apartizei tēn eantou ho de baskanos pro tou phthonoumenon heauton kolazei kai timōreitai. kai oudepote pauetai tēs hamartias, all᾽ en tǭ prattein autēn esti diēnekōs. Kathaper gar choiros borborǭ, kai daimones blabę̄ tę̄ Himeterą houtō kai houtos tois tou plēsion chairei kakois kan genētai ti aēdes, tote anapauetai kai anapnei, tas allotrias symphoras oikeias E' euthymias hētgoumenos, kai oikeia kaka ta tōn allōn agatha kai ou skopei ti an autǭ genoito hēdy, alla ti tǭ plēsion lnpēron. Toutous oun ou kataleuein kai apotympanizein axion, hōs kynas ᾿lnttōōntas, hōs daimonas alastoras? hōs autas tas erinnys : - Kathaper gar hoi kanthaousēmeriais, koinoi tines echthroi kai polemioi tēs physeōs ontes. Kai hoi men alloi alogon sphattomenon eleousi sy de anthrōpon horōn euergetoumenon, ekthēriousai kai tremeis kai ōchriąs : Kai ti tautēs tēs manias cheiron genoit᾽ an? Dia toi touto pornoi men kai telōnai eis basileian ēdynēthēsan eiselthein᾽ hoi de baskanoi endon ontes, ᾿exēlthon. es Hoi gar huioi tēs basileias? phēsin, exō blēthēsontai. Kakeinoi men tēs en chersin apallagentes ponērias, hōn oudepote prosedokēsan epetychon houtoi de kai ha eichon agatha B apōlesan kai mala eikotōs. Touto gar diabolon ex anthrōpou poiei touto daimona a agrion apergazetai. Houtōs o prōtos phonos egeneto houtōs hē physis. Tynoēthē houtōs hē ē emolynthē᾽ houtō meta tauta to stoma ho anoixasa zōntas hypedexato kai apōlese tous peri Dathan kai Kore Abeirōn, kai ton dēmon ekeinon hapanta. ᾿Alla to men katēgorein baskanias eipoi tis an rhądion einai dei de skopein kai hopōs apallagēsontai tou nosēmatos. Pōs oun apallagēsometha tēs ponērias tautēs? An ennoēsōmen, hoti hōsper tǭ peporneukoti ou themis eiselthein eis tēn ekklēsian, houtōs oude tǭ baskainonti kai pollǭ mallon toutǭ ē ekeinǭ. Nyn men gar kai adiaphoron einai dokei dio kai hēmelētai: an de phaneron genētai ponēron hon, apostēsometha rhądiōs. Klauson toinyn kai stenaxon' thrēnēson kai parakaleson ton theon. Mathe hōs peri hamartēmatos chalepou ' diakeisthai kai metanoein. Kan houtō diatethę̄s, tacheōs apallagēsę̄ tou nosēmatos. Kai tis agnoei? phēsin, hoti ponēron hē baskania: Agnoei men oudeis ou mēn tēn autēn peri porneias kai moicheias echousi doxan, kai peri tou pathous toutou. Pote goun heautou tis kategnō Ō pikrōs baskēnas? pote theon ēxiōsen hyper toutou tou nosēmatos, hōste genesthai autǭ hilphōn? Ou eis oudepote' all᾽ ei ē nēsteusei kai penēti dǭ mikron argyrion, kan myriakis baskanos , ouden hēgeitai pepoiēkenai deinon, tǭ pantōn miarōterǭ katechomenos pathei. Pothen goun di an toioutos egeneto? pothen ho Hēsau? pothen hoi tou Laban paides? pothen hoi tou ᾿Iakōb huioi? pothen hoi peri Kore kai Dathan kai Abeirōn? pothen Maria: pothen Darōōn: pothen autos ho diabolos? Meta

an evil is envy. For it wars always not against strangers only, but against one’s own too. And Mark says that they took this counsel with the Herodians. What then does the gentle and meek one do? He withdrew when he learned these things. “But Jesus, knowing their thoughts, withdrew from there,” it says. Where then are those who say that signs ought to have been done? For by these things he showed that the ungrateful soul is not persuaded even by them, and he made clear that they accused the disciples too without cause. But this one must observe, that they grow especially savage at the benefits done to their neighbors; and when they see someone being freed from disease or from vice, then they both accuse and become wild beasts. For when he was going to save the harlot, they slandered him; and when he ate with tax collectors; and now again, when they saw the hand restored. But consider, I pray you, how he neither leaves off his care for the sick and appeases their envy. “And great crowds followed him, and he healed them all; and he charged those who were healed not to make him known.” For the crowds everywhere both marvel and follow; but those men do not leave off their wickedness. Then, so that you may not be troubled at what happens, and at the strangeness of their madness, he brings in the prophet too, foretelling these things. For so great was the exactness of the prophets that they did not leave out even these things, but prophesied both his journeys and his removals, and the intention with which he did these things; so that you may learn that they spoke all things by the Spirit. For if it is impossible to know the secret things of men, much more was it impossible to learn the aim of Christ, unless the Spirit had revealed it. What then does the prophet say? The evangelist added at any rate: “That what was spoken by Isaiah the prophet might be fulfilled, saying, ‘Behold my servant, whom I have chosen, my beloved, in whom my soul is well pleased. I will put my Spirit upon him, and he will proclaim judgment to the Gentiles. He will not strive nor cry aloud, nor will anyone hear his voice in the streets; a bruised reed he will not break, and smoking flax he will not quench, until he sends forth judgment to victory; and in his name the Gentiles will hope.’” He celebrates his meekness and his unspeakable power, and opens to the Gentiles a great and effectual door, and foretells the evils that would overtake the Jews, and shows his oneness of mind with the Father. “For behold,” he says, “my servant, whom I have chosen, my beloved, in whom my soul is well pleased.” And if he chose him, he does not break the law as an opponent, nor as an enemy of the lawgiver, but as one of one mind and doing the same things. Then, proclaiming his meekness, he says, “He will not strive nor cry aloud.” For he himself wished to heal in their presence; but since they repulsed him, he did not resist even this. And showing both his own strength and their weakness, he says, “A bruised reed he will not break.” For it was easy to snap them all like a reed; and not simply a reed, but one already bruised. “And smoking flax he will not quench.” Here he sets forth both their kindled anger and his strength, which was able to put down their anger and quench it with all ease; from which great gentleness is shown. What then? Will it always be so? And will he bear to the end those who plot such things and rage? Away with the thought! But when he has displayed his own part, then he will do those things too. For he made this clear by saying, “Until he sends forth judgment to victory; and in his name the Gentiles will hope”; as Paul too says, “Being ready to avenge all disobedience, when your obedience is fulfilled.” And what is “when he sends forth judgment to victory”? “When he has fulfilled all that is his part,” he says, “then he will bring on the vengeance too, and a complete vengeance.” Then they will suffer the terrible things, when the trophy stands brilliant, and his righteous acts have prevailed, and he leaves them not even a shameless pretext for gainsaying. For Scripture knows how to call righteousness “judgment.” But the dispensation will not stop at this, at the punishment of the unbelievers only, but he will also draw the world to himself. Therefore he also added, “And in his name the Gentiles will hope.” And so that you may learn that this too is according to the Father’s will, the prophet in the opening placed this too in pledge together with what went before, saying, “My beloved, in whom my soul is well pleased.” For it is clear that the beloved did these things too according to the will of the one who loves him. “Then they brought to him one possessed by a demon, blind and dumb; and he healed him, so that the blind and dumb man both spoke and saw.” O the wickedness of the demon! He had stopped up both entrances, through which that man was going to believe, both sight and hearing; but nevertheless Christ opened both. “And all the crowds were amazed, saying, ‘Can this be the Son of David?’ But the Pharisees said, ‘This man does not cast out demons except by Beelzebul, the ruler of the demons.’” And yet what great thing had they said? But nevertheless they did not bear even this; so, as I said before, they are always stung by the benefits done to their neighbors, and nothing grieves them so much as the salvation of men. And yet he had both withdrawn and given their passion time to abate; but the evil was kindled again, since again a benefit had been done; and they were more indignant than the demon. For he went out of the body, and withdrew, and fled, uttering nothing; but these men at one time tried to kill him, at another to slander him. For since that did not succeed, they wished to harm his reputation. Such is envy, than which there could be no worse vice. For the adulterer at least reaps some pleasure, and completes his sin in a short time; but the envious man punishes and torments himself before the one he envies, and never ceases from his sin, but is continually in the doing of it. For as a pig delights in mire, and demons in our harm, so he too delights in his neighbor’s evils; and if something unpleasant happens, then he rests and breathes again, counting the misfortunes of others his own cheerfulness, and the good things of others his own evils; and he considers not what might be pleasant to himself, but what painful to his neighbor. Is it not right, then, to stone such men and beat them to death, like mad dogs, like avenging demons, like the very Furies? For as beetles (…), being common enemies and foes of nature. And others pity a brute beast being slaughtered; but you, seeing a man receiving benefits, become a wild beast and tremble and turn pale? And what could be worse than this madness? For this reason fornicators and tax collectors were able to enter the kingdom, while the envious, who were inside, went out. “For the sons of the kingdom,” he says, “will be cast out.” And those, freed from the wickedness in which they were, attained what they never expected; while these lost even the good things they had, and with good reason. For this makes a devil out of a man; this makes him a savage demon. So the first murder was committed; so nature was disregarded; so the earth was defiled; so afterward, opening its mouth, it received alive and destroyed those with Dathan and Korah and Abiram, and all that people. But someone might say that to accuse envy is easy; we must consider also how they may be freed from the disease. How then shall we be freed from this wickedness? If we consider that, as it is not lawful for the fornicator to enter the church, so neither for the envious man, and much more for him than for the other. For now it seems even a matter of indifference; therefore it is neglected; but if it becomes clear that it is evil, we shall easily withdraw from it. Weep then and groan; lament and entreat God. Learn to feel and to repent as about a grievous sin. And if you are so disposed, you will quickly be freed from the disease. “And who does not know,” someone says, “that envy is evil?” No one is ignorant of it; but they do not hold the same opinion about this passion as about sexual immorality and adultery. When at least did anyone bitterly condemn himself for having envied? When did he entreat God about this disease, that he might become merciful to him? Never at all; but if he fasts and gives a poor man a little silver, even if he is ten thousand times envious, he thinks he has done nothing terrible, though held by the vilest passion of all. Where then did Cain become such? Where Esau? Where the sons of Laban? Where the sons of Jacob? Where those with Korah and Dathan and Abiram? Where Miriam? Where Aaron? Where the devil himself? With

40.4Field 1

τούτων κακεῖνο ε ἐννόει, ὅτι οὐ τὸν φθονούμενον ἀδικεῖς, αλλὰ κατὰ σαυτοῦ τὸ ξίφος ὠθεῖς. Τί γὰρ τὸν Αβελ ἠδίκησεν ὁ Καὶν; ᾿' Οὐκ ἐκεῖνον μὲν ταχύτερον καὶ ἄκων εἰς βασιλείαν παρέπεμψεν, ἑαυτὸν δὲ μυρίοις περιέπειρε κακοῖς. Τί τὸν ᾿Ιακὼβ ἔβλαψεν ὁ Ἡσαῦ; οὐχὶ ὁ μὲν ἐπλούτει καὶ μυρίων νὴ ἀπέλανεν ἀγαθῶν, αὐτὸς δὲ καὶ τῆς πατρῴας οἰκίας ἐξέπιπτε, καὶ ἐν ἀλλοτρίᾳ ἐπλανᾶτο μετὰ τὴν ἐπιβουλὴν ἐκείνην: Τί δὲ οἱ παῖδες τούτου τὸν ᾿Ιωσὴφ ἐποίησαν χείρω, καὶ ταῦτα μέχρις αἵματος ἐλθόντες : οὐχὶ οὗτοι μὲν καὶ λιμὸν ὑπέμειναν καὶ περὶ τῶν ἐσχάτων ἐκινδύνευσαν, ἐκεῖνος δὲ βασιλεὺς γέγονε τῆς Αὐγύπτου ἁπάσης: Ὅσῳ γὰρ ἂν φθονῆς, τοσούτῳ γίνῃ μειζόνων πρόξενος αὐγαθὼν τῷ φθονουμένῳ. Θεὸς γάρ ἐστιν ὁ ταῦτα ἐφορῶν καὶ ὅταν ἴδη τὸν οὐδὲν ἀδικοῦντα ἀδικούμενον, αὐτὸν μὲν ἐπαίρει μᾶλλον καὶ ποιεῖ λαμπρὸν ταύτῃ, σὲ δὲ κολάζει. Εἰ γὰρ τοὺς ἐφηδομένους τοῖς ἐχθροῖς οὐκ ἀφίησιν ἀτιμωρητὶ παρελθεῖν, (μὴ ἐπίχαιρε γὰρ, φησὶν, ἐπὶ πτώματι ἐχθρῶν σου, μή ποτε ἴδη ὁ θεὸς, καὶ οὐ μὴ ἀρέση αὐτῷ ω) πολλῷ μάλλον τοὺς βασκαίνοντας τοῖς οὐδὲν ἠδικηκόσιν. ᾿Εκκόψωμεν τοίνυν τὸ πολυκέφαλον θηρίον. Καὶ γὰρ πολλὰ τὰ εἴδη τῆς βασκανίας. Εἰ γὰρ ὁ τὸν φιλοῦντα ἀγαπῶν οὐδὲν πλέον ἔ ἔχει. τοῦ τελώνου, ὁ τὸν οὐδὲν ἀδικοῦντα μισών ποῦ στήσεται: πῶς δὲ ἐκφεύξεται τὴν γέενναν, τῶν ἐθνικῶν χείρων γινόμενος; Διὸ καὶ σφόδρα ὀδυνῶμαι, ὅ ὅτι οἱ τοὺς ἀγγέλους; μᾶλλον ᾿δὲ τῶν ἀγγέλων τὸν δεσπότην μιμεῖσθαι κελευόμενοι, τὸν διάβολον ζηλοῦμεν. Καὶ γὰρ πολλὴ καὶ ἐν τῇ ἐκκλησίᾳ ἡ βασκανία μᾶλλον δὲ ἐν ἡμῖν ἢ ἐν τοῖς ἀρχομένοις. Διὸ καὶ ἡμῖν αὐτοῖς διαλεκτέον. Τίνος γὰρ ἕνεκεν, εἰπέ μοι, βασκαίνεις τῷ πλησίον: Ὅτι τιμῆς ἀπολαύοντα βλέπεις καὶ χρηστῶν ῥημάτων: : Εἶτα οὐκ ἐννοεῖς πόσον φέρουσι κακὸν αἱ τιμαὶ τοῖς μὴ προσέχουσιν ; εἰς κενοδοξίαν αἴρουσαι, εἰς τῦφον, εἰς ἀπόνοιαν, εἰς ὑπεροψίαν, ῥᾳθυμοτέρους ποιοῦσαι καὶ μετὰ τούτων τῶν κακὼν καὶ μαραίνονται ῥᾳδίως. Τὸ γὰρ δὴ χαλεπώτατον τοῦτο, ὅτι τὰ μὲν εξ ' αὐτοῦ κακὰ αθάνατα μένει' ἡ δὲ ἡδονὴ ὁμοῦ τε ἐφάνη καὶ ἀπέπτη. Διὰ ταῦτα οὺν βασκαίνεις: εἰπὲ μο. Δλλ εξουσίαν ἔχει παρὰ τῷ κρατοῦντι πολλήν, καὶ ἄγει καὶ φέρει παντα ὅποι θελει, καὶ τοὺς προσκρούοντας λυπεῖ, καὶ τοὺς κολακεύοντας εὐεργετεῖ, καὶ Ὁ πολλὴν ἔχει δύναμιν. διωτικῶν ταῦτα τὰ ῥήματα. καὶ τῶν τῇ γῇ ᾿προσηλωμένων ἀνθρώπων ἐστί. Τὸν γὰρ πνευματικὸν οὐδὲν λυπῆσαι δυνήσεται. Τί γὰρ αὐτῷ ἐργασεται δεινόν: ἀποχειροτονήσει τῆς αξίας ; Καὶ τί τοῦτο; Ἂν μὲν γὰρ δικαίως, καὶ ὠφελεῖται οὐδὲν γαρ οὕτω παροξύνει θεὸν, ὡς τὸ παρ' ἀξίαν ἱερᾶσθαι ἂν δὲ ἥξω τὸ ἔγκλημα παλιν ἐπ᾽ ἐκεῖνον, οὐκ ἐπὶ τοῦτον χωρεῖ ὁ γὰρ αδίκως τι παθὼν, καὶ γενναίως ἐνεγκὼν, πλείονα ταύτῃ κτᾶται πρὸς τὸν θεὸν τὴν παρρησίαν. ΔΙ τοίνυν τοῦτο σκοπῶμεν, ὅπως ὦμεν ἐν δυναστείαις, καὶ ἐν τιμαῖς, καὶ ἐν ἐξουσίαις. ἀλλ᾽ Ἑ ὅπως ὧμεν ἐν ἀρετὴ καὶ φιλοσοφίᾳ. Ὡς αἵ γε ἐξουσίαι πολλὰ τῶν τῷ θεῷ μὴ δοκούντων ποιεῖν πείθουσι, καὶ σφόδρα νεανικῆς, δὶ ψυχῆς, ὥστε τῆ ἐξουσίᾳ εἰς δέον χρήσασθαι. Ὃ μὲν γὰρ ἀπεστερημένος αὐτῆς, καὶ ἑκὼν καὶ ἄκων φιλοσοφεῖ ὁ ὁ δὲ ἀπολαύων αὐτῆς, τοιοῦτόν τι πάσχει, οἷον ἂν εἴ τις κόρῃ συνοικῶν εὐειδεῖ καὶ καλῇ» νόμους δέξαιτο μηδέποτε εἰς αὐτὴν ἰδεῖν ἀκολάστως. Ποιόν ἐὸν γὰρ ἡ εξουσία. Διὸ πολλοὺς καὶ ἄκοντας εἰς τὸ ὑβρίζειν ἐνέβαλε, ἱ θυμὸν ἤγειρε, καὶ χαλινὸν, γλώττης ἀφεῖλε; καὶ θύραν ἀνέσπασε στόματος, ὥσπερ ὑπὸ πνεύματος τὴν Ψυχὴν ἀναῤῥιπίζουσα, καὶ εἰς τὸν ἔσχατον τῶν κακῶν βυθὸν καταποντίζουσα τὸ σκάφος. χ'Ρὸν οὖν ἐν τοσούτῳ κινδύνῳ θαυμάζει, καὶ ζηλωτὸν εἶναι φής: καὶ πόσης ταῦτα ανοίαςς ᾿Εννόησον γοῦν μετὰ τῶν εἰρημένων, πόσους ἐχθροὺς καὶ κατηγόρους; πόσους δὲ κόλακας οὗτος ἔχει πολιορκοῦντας αὐτόν. Ταῦτ᾽ οὖν, εἰπέ μοι; μακαρισμῶν ἄξια, καὶ τίς ἂν τοῦτο εἴποι: Λλλὰ παρὰ τῷ λαῷ, φησὶν, εὐδοκιμεῖ, Καὶ Βτί τοῦτος Οὐ γάρ δὴ ὁ λαὸς ἐστιν ὁ θεὸς, ᾧ μέλλει τὰς εὐθύνας ὑπέχειν. Ὥστε ὅταν λαὸν εἴπῃς; ὀὐ δὲν ἄλλο λέγεις, Ν προβόλους ἑτέρους, καὶ σκοπέλουν, καὶ ὑφαλους. καὶ σπιλάδας. Τὸ γὰρ εὐδοκιμεῖν ἐν δήμῳ, ὅσῳ λαμπρότερον ποιεῖ, τοσούτῳ μείζους ἔχει τοὺς κινδύνους, τὰς φροντίδας, τὰς αθυμίας. Ἀναπνεῦσαι γὰ ρ ὁ τοιοῦτος ἢ στῆναι. οὐ δύναται ὅλως, οὕτω πικρὸν ἔχων δεσπότην. Καὶ τί λέγω στῆναι Ὑ καὶ ἀναπνεῦσαι, Κἀν μυρία κατορθώματα ἔχῆ ὁ Τοιοῦτος, δυσκόλως εἰς βασιλείαν εἰσέρχεται. Οὐδὲν γὰρ οὕτως ᾿ἐκτραχηλιαζειν εἴωθεν, ὡς ἡ παρὰ τῶν πολλῶν δόξα : δειλοὺς, ἀγεννεῖς, κόλακας, ὑποκριτὰς ποιοῦσα. Τίνος γοὺν ἕνεκεν οἱ Φαρισαῖοι τὸν Χριστὸν ἔλεγον δαιμο-α νᾶν; οὐκ ἐπειδὴ τῆς παρὰ τῶν πολλῶν ἐπεθύμουν δοξης: Πόθεν δὲ οἱ πολλοὶ τὴν ὀρθὴν περὶ αὐτοῦ ἔφερον ψῆφον; Οὐκ ἐπειδὴ τούτῳ οὐ κατείχοντο τῷ νοσήματι ; : Οὐδὲν γάρ, οὐδὲν οὕτω ποιεῖ παρανόμους καὶ ἀνοήτους, ὡς τὸ τὴν τῶν πολλῶν κεχηνέναι δόξαν' οὐδὲν εὐδοκίμους καὶ πἀμπρ με ὡς τὸ ταύτης ὑπερορᾶν. Διὸ καὶ σφόδρα νεανικῆς δεῖ ψυχῆς τῷ μέλλοντι πρὸς τοσαύτην ἀντέχειν ῥύμην καὶ βίαν πνεύματος. Καὶ γὰρ ὅταν εὐημερῇ, πάντων ἑαυτὸν προτίθησι: καὶ ὅταν ταναντία ὑπομείνῃ, κατορύξαι ἑαυτὸν βούλεται καὶ τοῦτο αὐτῷ καὶ γέεννα καὶ βασιλεία, Ὁ ὅταν ὑποβρύχιος ὑπὸ τοῦ πάθους γένηται τούτου.

toutōn kakeino e ennoei, hoti ou ton phthonoumenon adikeis, alla kata sautou to xiphos ōtheis. Ti gar ton Abel ēdikēsen ho Kain? ᾿' Ouk ekeinon men tachyteron kai akōn eis basileian parepempsen, heauton de myriois periepeire kakois. Ti ton ᾿Iakōb eblapsen ho Hēsau? ouchi ho men eploutei kai myriōn nē apelanen agathōn, autos de kai tēs patrǭas oikias exepipte, kai en allotrią eplanato meta tēn epiboulēn ekeinēn: Ti de hoi paides toutou ton ᾿Iōsēph epoiēsan cheirō, kai tauta mechris haimatos elthontes : ouchi houtoi men kai limon hypemeinan kai peri tōn eschatōn ekindyneusan, ekeinos de basileus gegone tēs Augyptou hapasēs: Hosǭ gar an phthonēs, tosoutǭ ginę̄ meizonōn proxenos augathōn tǭ phthonoumenǭ. Theos gar estin ho tauta ephorōn kai hotan idē ton ouden adikounta adikoumenon, auton men epairei mallon kai poiei lampron tautę̄, se de kolazei. Ei gar tous ephēdomenous tois echthrois ouk aphiēsin atimōrēti parelthein, (mē epichaire gar, phēsin, epi ptōmati echthrōn sou, mē pote idē ho theos, kai ou mē aresē autǭ ō) pollǭ mallon tous baskainontas tois ouden ēdikēkosin. ᾿Ekkopsōmen toinyn to polykephalon thērion. Kai gar polla ta eidē tēs baskanias. Ei gar ho ton philounta agapōn ouden pleon e echei. tou telōnou, ho ton ouden adikounta misōn pou stēsetai: pōs de ekpheuxetai tēn geennan, tōn ethnikōn cheirōn ginomenos? Dio kai sphodra odynōmai, ho hoti hoi tous angelous? mallon ᾿de tōn angelōn ton despotēn mimeisthai keleuomenoi, ton diabolon zēloumen. Kai gar pollē kai en tę̄ ekklēsią hē baskania mallon de en hēmin ē en tois archomenois. Dio kai hēmin autois dialekteon. Tinos gar heneken, eipe moi, baskaineis tǭ plēsion: Hoti timēs apolauonta blepeis kai chrēstōn rhēmatōn: : Eita ouk ennoeis poson pherousi kakon hai timai tois mē prosechousin ? eis kenodoxian airousai, eis typhon, eis aponoian, eis hyperopsian, rhąthymoterous poiousai kai meta toutōn tōn kakōn kai marainontai rhądiōs. To gar dē chalepōtaton touto, hoti ta men ex ' autou kaka athanata menei' hē de hēdonē homou te ephanē kai apeptē. Dia tauta oun baskaineis: eipe mo. Dll exousian echei para tǭ kratounti pollēn, kai agei kai pherei panta hopoi thelei, kai tous proskrouontas lypei, kai tous kolakeuontas euergetei, kai Ho pollēn echei dynamin. diōtikōn tauta ta rhēmata. kai tōn tę̄ gę̄ ᾿prosēlōmenōn anthrōpōn esti. Ton gar pneumatikon ouden lypēsai dynēsetai. Ti gar autǭ ergasetai deinon: apocheirotonēsei tēs axias ? Kai ti touto? An men gar dikaiōs, kai ōpheleitai ouden gar houtō paroxynei theon, hōs to par' axian hierasthai an de hēxō to enklēma palin ep᾽ ekeinon, ouk epi touton chōrei ho gar adikōs ti pathōn, kai gennaiōs enenkōn, pleiona tautę̄ ktatai pros ton theon tēn parrēsian. DI toinyn touto skopōmen, hopōs ōmen en dynasteiais, kai en timais, kai en exousiais. all᾽ He hopōs hōmen en aretē kai philosophią. Hōs hai ge exousiai polla tōn tǭ theǭ mē dokountōn poiein peithousi, kai sphodra neanikēs, di psychēs, hōste tē exousią eis deon chrēsasthai. Ho men gar apesterēmenos autēs, kai hekōn kai akōn philosophei ho ho de apolauōn autēs, toiouton ti paschei, hoion an ei tis korę̄ synoikōn eueidei kai kalę̄» nomous dexaito mēdepote eis autēn idein akolastōs. Poion eon gar hē exousia. Dio pollous kai akontas eis to hybrizein enebale, hi thymon ēgeire, kai chalinon, glōttēs apheile? kai thyran anespase stomatos, hōsper hypo pneumatos tēn Psychēn anarrhipizousa, kai eis ton eschaton tōn kakōn bython katapontizousa to skaphos. ch'Ron oun en tosoutǭ kindynǭ thaumazei, kai zēlōton einai phēs: kai posēs tauta anoiass ᾿Ennoēson goun meta tōn eirēmenōn, posous echthrous kai katēgorous? posous de kolakas houtos echei poliorkountas auton. Taut᾽ oun, eipe moi? makarismōn axia, kai tis an touto eipoi: Llla para tǭ laǭ, phēsin, eudokimei, Kai Bti toutos Ou gar dē ho laos estin ho theos, hǭ mellei tas euthynas hypechein. Hōste hotan laon eipę̄s? ou den allo legeis, N probolous heterous, kai skopeloun, kai hyphalous. kai spiladas. To gar eudokimein en dēmǭ, hosǭ lamproteron poiei, tosoutǭ meizous echei tous kindynous, tas phrontidas, tas athymias. Anapneusai ga r ho toioutos ē stēnai. ou dynatai holōs, houtō pikron echōn despotēn. Kai ti legō stēnai Hy kai anapneusai, Kan myria katorthōmata echē ho Toioutos, dyskolōs eis basileian eiserchetai. Ouden gar houtōs ᾿ektrachēliazein eiōthen, hōs hē para tōn pollōn doxa : deilous, agenneis, kolakas, hypokritas poiousa. Tinos goun heneken hoi Pharisaioi ton Christon elegon daimo-a nan? ouk epeidē tēs para tōn pollōn epethymoun doxēs: Pothen de hoi polloi tēn orthēn peri autou epheron psēphon? Ouk epeidē toutǭ ou kateichonto tǭ nosēmati ? : Ouden gar, ouden houtō poiei paranomous kai anoētous, hōs to tēn tōn pollōn kechēnenai doxan' ouden eudokimous kai pampr me hōs to tautēs hyperoran. Dio kai sphodra neanikēs dei psychēs tǭ mellonti pros tosautēn antechein rhymēn kai bian pneumatos. Kai gar hotan euēmerę̄, pantōn heauton protithēsi: kai hotan tanantia hypomeinę̄, katoryxai heauton bouletai kai touto autǭ kai geenna kai basileia, Ho hotan hypobrychios hypo tou pathous genētai toutou.

these things consider this too, that you do not wrong the one you envy, but thrust the sword against yourself. For how did Cain wrong Abel? Did he not send him, even against his will, more quickly to the kingdom, while he pierced himself through with countless evils? How did Esau harm Jacob? Did not the one grow rich and enjoy countless good things, while he himself was driven out of his father’s house and wandered in a strange land after that plot? And how did his sons make Joseph worse off, though they went as far as blood? Did not they endure famine and run the risk of the utmost dangers, while he became king of all Egypt? For the more you envy, the greater the good things you procure for the one you envy. For it is God who oversees these things; and when he sees the one who does no wrong being wronged, he raises him the more and makes him illustrious by this, but punishes you. For if he does not let those who exult over their enemies go unpunished (“For do not rejoice,” it says, “at the fall of your enemies, lest God see it and it displease him”), much more those who envy those who have done no wrong. Let us then cut off the many-headed beast; for many are the forms of envy. For if he who loves the one who loves him has nothing more than the tax collector, where will he stand who hates the one who does no wrong? And how will he escape Gehenna, becoming worse than the Gentiles? Therefore I grieve exceedingly that we, who are commanded to imitate the angels, or rather the Master of the angels, emulate the devil. For there is much envy in the church too, or rather among us more than among those who are ruled. Therefore we must speak to ourselves too. For what reason, tell me, do you envy your neighbor? Because you see him enjoying honor and kind words? Then do you not consider how much evil honors bring to those who do not pay attention, lifting them to vainglory, to pride, to arrogance, to contempt, making them more careless? And besides these evils, they also wither easily. For this is the most grievous thing, that the evils from it remain undying, while the pleasure no sooner appeared than it flew away. Is it for these things, then, that you envy, tell me? “But he has great authority with the ruler, and leads and carries everything wherever he wishes, and grieves those who offend him and benefits those who flatter him, and has great power.” These words belong to worldly men and to men nailed to the earth. For nothing will be able to grieve the spiritual man. For what terrible thing will he do to him? Will he depose him from his rank? And what of this? For if it is justly, he is even benefited; for nothing so provokes God as being a priest unworthily; but if unjustly, the charge passes again to the other, not to this man; for he who suffers something unjustly and bears it nobly gains by this greater boldness before God. Let us not then consider this, how we may be in positions of power and in honors and in authority, but how we may be in virtue and philosophy. For authority persuades us to do many things that do not seem good to God, and it needs a very vigorous soul to use authority as one ought. For he who is deprived of it practises philosophy willingly or unwillingly; but he who enjoys it suffers something like this, as if someone living with a beautiful and lovely girl were to receive a law never to look at her licentiously. Such a thing is authority. Therefore it has thrown many even against their will into insolence, has roused anger, has taken away the bridle of the tongue, and torn the door off the mouth, fanning the soul as by a wind, and sinking the ship into the lowest depth of evils. Do you then admire the man in so great danger and say he is to be envied? And how great is the folly of this! Consider at least, besides what has been said, how many enemies and accusers, how many flatterers he has besieging him. Are these things worthy of being called blessed, tell me? And who would say so? “But he is in good repute with the people,” someone says. And what of this? For the people is not God, to whom he is going to give account. So when you say “the people,” you are saying nothing else than other projecting rocks, and crags, and sunken reefs, and hidden rocks. For good repute among the people, the more illustrious it makes a man, the greater the dangers, the cares, the despondencies it has. For such a man cannot breathe again or stand still at all, having so harsh a master. And why do I say stand still and breathe again? Even if such a man has countless good deeds, he enters the kingdom with difficulty. For nothing is accustomed to throw men headlong as the glory that comes from the many does, making them cowardly, ignoble, flatterers, hypocrites. For what reason at any rate did the Pharisees say that Christ had a demon? Was it not because they desired the glory that comes from the many? And how did the many cast the right vote about him? Was it not because they were not held by this disease? For nothing, nothing so makes men lawless and senseless as gaping after the glory of the many; nothing makes them of good repute and illustrious as despising it. Therefore there is need of a very vigorous soul in one who is going to hold out against so great a rush and violence of wind. For when he prospers, he sets himself before all; and when he suffers the opposite, he wishes to bury himself; and this is to him both Gehenna and kingdom, when he is submerged by this passion.

40.5Field 1

Ταῦτα οὖν φθόνων ἄξια, εἰπέ μοι; αλλ οὐχὶ θρήνων καὶ δακρύων;: Παντί που δήλον. Σὺ δὲ ταὐτὸν ποιεῖς φθονῶν τῷ οὕτως εὐδοκιμοῦντι, ὥσπερ ἂν εἴ τις δεδεμένον ἰδὼν καὶ μεμαστυγωμένον καὶ ὑπὸ μυρίων ἑλκόμενον θηρίων, ἐβάσκαιμεν αὐτῷ τῶν τραυμάτων καὶ μαστίγων. Καὶ γὰρ ὅσους ἄν ἀνθρώπους ὁ δῆμος ἔχῃ, τοσούτους καὶ οὗτος δεσμοὺς, τοσούτους δεσπότα' καὶ τὸ δὴ χαλεπώτερον, ὅτι καὶ διά- Ε Φφορον τούτων ἕκαστος γνώμην ἔχει, καὶ τὰ ἐπιόντα περὶ τοῦ δουλεύοντος αὐτοῖς ἽΝ. ἰζονται πάντες, οὐδὲν βασανίζοντες, ἀλλ᾽ ἅπερ ἂν τῷ δεῖνι δόξη καὶ τῷ δεῖνι; ταῦτα καὶ αὐτοὶ κυροῦντες. Ποίων οὖν ταῦτα κυμάτων, ποίου κλύδωνος οὐ χαλεπώτερα: Καὶ γὰρ καὶ φυσᾶται ἀθρόον ὑπὸ τῆς ἡδονῆς ὁ ο Τοιοῦτος, καὶ βαπτίζεται πάλιν εὐκόλως, ἐν ᾿ἀνωμαλίᾳ μὲν ἀεὶ, ἐν ἡσυχίᾳ. δὲ οὐδέποτε ὦ ὧν. Πρὸ μὲν γὰρ τοῦ θεάτρου καὶ τῶν ἐν τῷ λέγειν ἀγώνων, ἐν ἀγωνίᾳ καὶ τρόμῳ κατέχεται μετὰ δὲ τὸ θέατρον, ἢ ἀποτέθνηκεν ἀπὸ τῆς αθυμίας, ἡ χαίρει πάλιν ἀμέτρως ὅπερ λύπης ἐστὶ χαλεπώτερον. Ὅτι γὰρ ἡδονὴ λύπης οὐκ ἔλαττόν ἐστι κακὸν, δῆλον ἀφ᾽ ὧν τὴν ψυχὴν διατίθησι καὶ γὰρ καὶ κούφην ποιεῖ καὶ μετέωρον καὶ ἀνεπτερωμένην. Καὶ τοῦτο καὶ ἀπὸ τῶν προτέρων ἀνδρῶν ἐστιν ἰδεῖν. Πότε γοῦν καλὸς ἣν ὁ Δαυΐδ; ὅτε ἔχαιρεν, ἢ ὅτε ἐν στενοχωρίᾳ ἦν; Πότε τῶν ᾿Ιουδαίων ὁ δῆμος: Ε ὅτε ἔ ὅστενον καὶ τὸν θεὸν ἐκάλουν, ἡ ὅτε ἔχαιρον ἐπὶ τῆς ἐρήμου, καὶ τὸν μόσχον προσεκύνουν: Διὸ καὶ ὁ Σολομῶν, ὁ μάλιστα πά»- των εἰδὼς τί ποτέ ἐστιν ἡδονὴ, φησίν' ς ᾿γαθὸν πορευθῆναι εἰς οἶκον πένθους, ἢ εἰς οἶκον γέλωτος. Διὸ καὶ ὃ «Χριστὸς τοὺς μὲν μακαρίζει λέγων, Ξ μακάριοι οἱ πενθουντες τοὺς δὲ ταλανίζει' ἀνὰ οὐαὶ γὰρὺυ ὑμῖν, οἱ γελῶντες, ὅτι κλαύσετε. Καὶ μάλα εἰκότως. Ἐν μὲν γὰρ τρυφῇ χαυνοτέρα ἐστὶν ἡ Ψψνυχὴ καὶ μαλακωτέρα ἐν δὲ πένθει συνέσταλται καὶ σωφρονεῖ, καὶ τοῦ τῶν παθῶν ἦ ἐσμοῦ παντὸς ἀπήλλακται, καὶ ὑψηλοτέρα γίνεται καὶ ἰσχυροτέρα. Ταῦτ᾽ οὖν ἅπαντα εἰδότες, φεύγωμεν τὴν παρὰ τῶν πολλῶν δόξαν καὶ τὴν ἐξ αὐτῆς ἡδονὴν, ἵνα τῆς ὄντως δόξης καὶ μενούσης ἀεὶ τύχωμεν ἧς γένοιτο πάντας ἡμᾶς ἐπιτυχεῖν, χάριτι καὶ φιλανθρωπίᾳ τοῦ κυρίου ἡμῶν Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ, ᾧ ἡ δόξα καὶ τὸ κράτος εἰς τοὺς αἰῶνας τῶν αἰώνων. Ἀμήν.

Tauta oun phthonōn axia, eipe moi? all ouchi thrēnōn kai dakryōn?: Panti pou dēlon. Sy de tauton poieis phthonōn tǭ houtōs eudokimounti, hōsper an ei tis dedemenon idōn kai memastygōmenon kai hypo myriōn helkomenon thēriōn, ebaskaimen autǭ tōn traumatōn kai mastigōn. Kai gar hosous an anthrōpous ho dēmos echę̄, tosoutous kai houtos desmous, tosoutous despota' kai to dē chalepōteron, hoti kai dia- E Phphoron toutōn hekastos gnōmēn echei, kai ta epionta peri tou douleuontos autois HiN. izontai pantes, ouden basanizontes, all᾽ haper an tǭ deini doxē kai tǭ deini? tauta kai autoi kyrountes. Poiōn oun tauta kymatōn, poiou klydōnos ou chalepōtera: Kai gar kai physatai athroon hypo tēs hēdonēs ho o Toioutos, kai baptizetai palin eukolōs, en ᾿anōmalią men aei, en hēsychią. de oudepote ō hōn. Pro men gar tou theatrou kai tōn en tǭ legein agōnōn, en agōnią kai tromǭ katechetai meta de to theatron, ē apotethnēken apo tēs athymias, hē chairei palin ametrōs hoper lypēs esti chalepōteron. Hoti gar hēdonē lypēs ouk elatton esti kakon, dēlon aph᾽ hōn tēn psychēn diatithēsi kai gar kai kouphēn poiei kai meteōron kai anepterōmenēn. Kai touto kai apo tōn proterōn andrōn estin idein. Pote goun kalos hēn ho Dauïd? hote echairen, ē hote en stenochōrią ēn? Pote tōn ᾿Ioudaiōn ho dēmos: E hote e hostenon kai ton theon ekaloun, hē hote echairon epi tēs erēmou, kai ton moschon prosekynoun: Dio kai ho Solomōn, ho malista pa»- tōn eidōs ti pote estin hēdonē, phēsin' s ᾿gathon poreuthēnai eis oikon penthous, ē eis oikon gelōtos. Dio kai ho «Christos tous men makarizei legōn, X makarioi hoi penthountes tous de talanizei' ana ouai garyy hymin, hoi gelōntes, hoti klausete. Kai mala eikotōs. En men gar tryphę̄ chaunotera estin hē Pspsnychē kai malakōtera en de penthei synestaltai kai sōphronei, kai tou tōn pathōn ē esmou pantos apēllaktai, kai hypsēlotera ginetai kai ischyrotera. Taut᾽ oun hapanta eidotes, pheugōmen tēn para tōn pollōn doxan kai tēn ex autēs hēdonēn, hina tēs ontōs doxēs kai menousēs aei tychōmen hēs genoito pantas hēmas epitychein, chariti kai philanthrōpią tou kyriou hēmōn Iēsou Christou, hǭ hē doxa kai to kratos eis tous aiōnas tōn aiōnōn. Amēn.

Are these things then worthy of envy, tell me, and not rather of laments and tears? It is clear to everyone. But you do the same thing in envying the man in such good repute as if someone, seeing a man bound and scourged and dragged about by countless wild beasts, were to envy him his wounds and stripes. For as many men as the people has, so many bonds this man too has, so many masters; and what is more grievous, each of these has a different opinion, and all of them decree whatever comes into their heads about the one who serves them, examining nothing, but confirming whatever seems good to this one and that one. What waves then, what storm, is not less grievous than these things? For such a man is suddenly puffed up by pleasure, and is easily sunk again, being always in unevenness and never in calm. For before the theater and the contests of speaking he is held in anguish and trembling; and after the theater he is either dead with despondency or again rejoices beyond measure, which is more grievous than grief. For that pleasure is no less an evil than grief is clear from how it disposes the soul; for it makes it light, and lifted up, and given wings. And this one may see from the men of former times too. When at any rate was David good: when he rejoiced, or when he was in distress? When the people of the Jews: when they groaned and called on God, or when they rejoiced in the wilderness and worshiped the calf? Therefore Solomon too, who knew best of all what pleasure is, says, “It is good to go to the house of mourning rather than to the house of laughter.” Therefore Christ too calls the one blessed, saying, “Blessed are those who mourn,” and bewails the others: “For woe to you who laugh, for you will weep.” And with good reason. For in luxury the soul is slacker and softer, but in mourning it is drawn together and sober, and freed from the whole swarm of passions, and becomes loftier and stronger. Knowing all these things, then, let us flee the glory that comes from the many and the pleasure that comes from it, so that we may attain the glory that truly is and abides forever; which may we all attain, by the grace and love for humanity of our Lord Jesus Christ, to whom be the glory and the might to the ages of ages. Amen.

Chapter 41

41.1Field 1

Εἰδὼς δὲ ὁ ᾿Ιησοῦς τὰς ἐνθυμήσεις αὐτῶν, εἶπεν αὑτοῖς πᾶσα βασιλεία μερισθεῖσα καθ᾽ ἐαντῆς, ἐρημωθήσεται καὶ πᾶσα πόλις ἢ οἰκία μερισθεῖσα καθ᾽ ἑαντῆς, οὐ σταθήσεται. Καὶ εἰ ὁ Σατανᾶς τὸν Σατανᾶν ἐκβάλλει εφ᾽ εαυτὸν ἐμερίσθη πῶς οὖν σταθήσεται ἡ βασιλεία αὐτοῦ: Καὶ ἤδη τοῦτο κατηγόρησαν, ὅτι ἐν τῷ Βεελζεβοὺλ ἐκβάλλει τὰ δαιμόνια. ᾿Αλλὰ τότε μὲν οὐκ ἐπετίμησε, διδοὺς αὐτοῖς ἀπό τε τῶν πλειόνων σημείων γνῶναι αὐτοῦ τὴν δύναμιν, ἀπό τε τῆς διδασκαλίας μαθεῖν αὐτοῦ τὴν μεαλωσύνην. ᾿Επειδὴ δὲ ἐπέμενον τὰ αὐτὰ λέγοντες, καὶ ἐπιτιμᾷ λοιπόν πρώτῳ μὲν τούτῳ τὴν θεότητα ἐνδεικνύμενος τὴν αὐτοῦ, τῷ τὰ ἀπόῤῥητα αὐτῶν εἰς μέσον ἐξάγειν' δευτέρῳ δὲ, αὐτῷ τῷ μετ᾽ εὐκολίας τοὺς δαίμονας ἐ εκ ειν. Καίτοι καὶ ἡ κατηγορία σφόδρα ἀναίσχυντος ἦν. Ὅπερ γὰρ ἔφην, ὁ δ απ οὐ ζητεῖ τί εἴπη, ἀλλ᾽ ἵνα εἴπη μόνον. ᾿Αλλ ὅμως οὐδὲ οὕτω κατεφρόνησεν αὐτῶν ὁ Χριστὸς, ἀλλ᾽ ἀπολογεῖται μετὰ τῆς αὐτῷ προσηκούσης ἐπιεικείας, παιδεύων ἡμᾶς πράους εἶναι τοῖς ἐχθροῖς κἂν τοιαῦτα ,λέγωσιν, ἃ μήτε ἑαυτοῖς σύνισμεν ἡμεῖς,» μήτε τὸν τυχόντα ἔχει λόγον, μὴ θορυβεῖσθαι, μηδὲ ταράττεσθαι, ἀλλὰ μετὰ μακροθυμίας ἁπάσης παρέχειν αὐτοῖς εὐθύνας. Ὃ δὴ μαλιστα καὶ τότε ἐποίει, δεῖγμα μέγιστον παρεχόμενος τοῦ ψευδῆ εἶναι τὰ παρ᾽ αὐτῶν εἰρημένα. Οὐδε γὰρ δαιμονῶντος ἦν τοσαύτην ἐπιδείκνυσθαι ἐπιείκειαν᾽ οὐ δαιμονῶντος τὸ τὰ ἀπόῤῥητα εἰδένα. Καὶ γὰρ καὶ διὰ τὸ σφόδρα ἀναίσχυντον εἶναι τὴν τοιαύτην ἶἾ ὑπόνοιαν, καὶ διὰ τὸν παρὰ τῶν πολλών φόβον, οὐδὲ ἐτόλμων δημοσιεύειν τὰ ἐγκλήματα ταῦτα, ἀλλ᾽ ἐν διανοίᾳ ἔστρεφον. Αὐτὸς δὲ δεικνὺς αὐτοῖς, ὅτι κακεῖνα οἷδε, τὴν μὲν κατηγορίαν οὐ τίθησιν, οὐδὲ ε ἐκπομπεύει αὐτῶν τὴν πονηρίαν τὴν δὲ λύσιν ἐπάγει, τῳ συνειδότι τῶν εἰρηκότων καταλιμπάνων τὸν ἔλεγχον. ν γὰρ αὐτῷ περισπούδαστον ἢ ἣν μόνον, ὠφελῆσαι τοὺς ἁμαρτάνοντας, οὐκ ἐκπομπεῦσαι. Καίτουγε, ἐ εἴγε ἐβούλετο μακρὸν ἀποτεῖναι λόγον, καὶ καταγελάστους ποιῆσαι, καὶ μετὰ τούτων καὶ δίκην αὐτοὺς ἀπαιτῆσαι τὴν ἐσχάτην, οὐδὲν τὸ κωλύον ἦν' αλλ ὅμως ταῦτα πάντα παρεὶς, εἰς ἕν ἔβλεπε μόνον, τὸ μὴ φιλονεικοτέρους ἐργάσασθαι, ἀλλ᾽ ἐπιεικεστέρους, καὶ ταύτῃ πρὸς διόρθωσιν ἐπιτηδειοτέρους ποιῆσαι. Πῶς οὖν αὐτοῖς ἀπολογεῖται: Οὐδὲν ἀπὸ τῶν γραφῶν φησιν, (οὐδὲ γὰρ προσεῖχον, ἀλλὰ καὶ παρερμηνεύειν ἔμελλον) ἀλλ᾽ απὸ τῶν κοινῇ συμβαινόντων. Πᾶσα γὰρ βασιλεία, φησὶν, εφ ἑαντὴν μερισθεῖσα, οὐ σταθήσεται καὶ πόλις καὶ οἰκία ἂν σχισθῇ, ταχέως διαλύεται. Οὐ γὰρ οὕτως οἱ ἔξωθεν πόλεμοι ὡς οἱ ἐμφύλιοι διαφθείρουσι. Ῥουτο γὰρ καὶ ἐν »σώμασι γίνεται τοῦτο καὶ εν ἅπασι πραγμασιν ἀλλὰ τέως ἀπὸ τῶν ,Ὑνωριμωτέρων τὰ ὑποδεέγματα ἄγει. Καίτοι τί βασιλείας ἐ ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς δυνατώτερον : Οὐδέν αλλ᾽ ὅμως ἀπόλλνται στασιάζουσα. Εἰ δὲ ἐκεῖ τὸν Ὠ ὄγκον ᾿αἰτιᾶται τῶν πραγμάτων, ὡς ἑαυτῷ συῤῥηγνύμένον; τί ἂν εἴποις περὶ πόλεως: τί δὲ περὶ οἰκίας; Κὰἀν γὰρ μικρὸν τῷ κἂν μέγα ἥ, πρὸς ἑαυτὸ στασιάζον απὸολλνται. Εἰ τοίνυν ἐγὼ δαίμονα ἔ ἔχων, δὲ ἐκείνου ἐκβάλλω τοὺς δαίμονας, στάσις καὶ μάχη μεταξὺ δαιμόνων ἐστὶ, καὶ κατ᾽ ἀλλήλων ἵστανται. Εἰ δὲ κατ΄ ἀλλήλων ἵστανται, ἀπόλωλεν αὐτῶν ἡ ἰσχὺς καὶ διέφθαρται. Εἰ γὰρ ὁ Σατανᾶάς τὸν Σατανᾶν ἐκβάλλει, (καὶ οὐκ εἶπε, τοὺς δαῖτα. ΚΑ, δεικνὺς πολλὴν αὑτοῖς πρὸς ἀλλήλους συμφωνίαν οὗσαν) ἐφ᾽ ἑαυτὸν οὖν ἐμερίσθη, φησίν. Εἰ δὲ ἐμερίσθη, ἀσθενέστερος γέγονε, καὶ ἀπόλωλεν εἰ δὲ ἀπόλωλε, πῶς δύναται ἕτερον ἐκβάλλειν: Εἶδες πόσος τῆς κατηγορίας ὁ γέλως: Σ πόση ἢ ἄνοια: Γ πόση ἡ μάχη: Οὐδὲ γάρ ἐστι ᾿τῶν αὐτῶν λέγειν μὲν, ὅτι ἕστηκε, καὶ ὅτι ἐκβάλλει. τοὺς δαίμονας λέγειν δὲ, ὅτι διὰ τοῦτο ἕστηκε, δ ὃ εἰκὸς ἣν αὐτὸν καταλελύσθαι. Καὶ πρώτη μὲν αὕτη ἡ λύσις δευτέρα δὲ μετ᾽ ἐκείνην, ἡ περὶ τῶν μαθητῶν. Οὐδὲ γὰρ ἑνὶ μόνον ἀεὶ τρόπῳ, ἀλλὰ καὶ δευτέρῳ καὶ τρίτῳ καταλύει τὰς ἀντιθέσεις αὐτῶν, ἐκ περιουσίας ἐπιστομίσαι βουλόμενος αὐτῶν τὴν αναισχυντίαν. Ὅπερ καὶ ἐπὶ τοῦ σαββάτου νὴ πεποίηκε; τὸν Δαυϊδ φέρων εἰς μέσον, τοὺς ἱερέας, τὴν μαρτυρίαν τὴν λέγουσαν, ἔλεον θέλω, καὶ οὐ θυσίαν, τὴν αἰτίαν τοῦ σαββάτον δ᾽ ἣν γέγονε: διὰ γὰρ τὸν ἄνθρωπον, φησὶ; τὸ σάββατον. Τοῦτο δὴ καὶ ἐνταῦθα ποιεῖ. Μετὰ γὰρ τὴν προτέραν ἐπὶ δευτέραν ἔ ερχέται λύσιν τῆς προτέρας σαφεστέραν. ὅΕἰ γὰρ ἐγώ, φησὶν, ἐν Βεελζεβοὺλ ἐκβάλλω τὰ δαιμόνια, οἱ νἱοὶ ὑμῶν ἐν τίνι ἐκβάλλουσιν Ὁ Ὅρα κανταῦθα τὴν ἐπιείκειαν. Οὐ γὰρ εἶπεν, οἱ μαθηταί μου, οὐδὲ, οἱ ἀπόστολοι ἀλλ᾽, οἱ υἱοὶ ὑμῶν, ἵν᾿ εἰ μὲν βουληθεῖεν ἐπανελθεῖν πρὸς τὴν αὐτὴν ἐκείνοις εὐγένειαν, πολλὴν ἐντεῦθεν λάβωσι τὴν ἀφορμήν' εἰ δὲ ἀγνωμονοῖεν καὶ τοῖς αὐτοῖς ἐπιμένοιεν, μηδὲ ἀναίσχυντον λοιπὸν πρόφασιν ἔ ἔχωσιν εἰπεῖν. Ὃ δὲ λέγει τοιοῦτόν ἐστιν οἱ ἀπόστολοι ἐν τίνι ἐκβαλλουσι;ξ Καὶ γὰρ ἦσαν ἐκβάλλοντες ἤδη, διὰ τὸ λαβεῖν ἐξουσίαν παρ᾽ αὐτοῦ- καὶ οὐδὲν αὐτοῖς ἐνεκάλουν οὗτοι οὐ γὰρ πράγμασιν, ἀλλὰ προσώπῳ μόνον ἐμάχοντο. Θέλων τοίνυν δεῖξαι, ὅ ὅτι φθόνου ἣν τοῦ πρὸς αὐτὸν τὰ εἰρημένα Ο μόνον: ἄγει τοὺς ἀποστόλους εἰς μέσον. Εἰ γὰρ εγὼ οὕτως ἐκβάλλω, πολλῷ μάλλον ἐκεῖνοι οἱ παρ ἐμοῦ τὴν ἐξουσίαν λαβόντες. ᾿Αλλ ὅμως οὐδὲν τοιοῦτον εἰρήκατε αὐτοῖς. Πῶς οὗν ἐμοὶ τῷ κἀκείνοις αἰτίῳ τῶν γινομένων ταῦτα ἐγκαλεῖτε, ἐκείνους ἀπολύοντες τῶν ἐγκλημάτων: Οὐ μὴν τοῦτο ὑμᾶς ἐλευθερώσει τῆς τιμωρίας, ἀλλὰ καὶ καταδικάσει μειζόνως. Διὰ τοῦτο καὶ ἐπήγαγεν αὐτοὶ κριταὶ ὑμῶν ἔσονται. Ὅταν γὰρ εξ ὑμῶν ὄντες, καὶ ταῦτα μεμελετηκότες, καὶ πείθωνταί μοι καὶ ὑπακούωσιν, εὔδηλον ὅτι καὶ κατακρινοῦσι τοὺς τὰ ἐναντία καὶ ποιοῦντας καὶ λέγοντας. ὃ Εἰ Ὁ δὲ ἐν πνεύματι θεοῦ ἐκβάλλω τα δαιμόνια, ἄρα ἔφθασεν ἐφ᾽ ὑμᾶς ἡ βασιλεία τοῦ θεοῦ. Τί ἐστιν, ἡ βασιλεία ; Ἡ παρουσία ἡ ἐμή. Ὅρα πῶς πάλιν αὐτοὺς ἐφέλκεται καὶ θεραπεύει, καὶ πρὸς τὴν ἑαυτοῦ γνῶσιν ἐπισπᾶται, καὶ δείκνυσιν ὅτι τοῖς οἰκείοις πολεμοῦσιν ἀγαθοῖς, καὶ φιλονεικοῦσι κατὰ τῆς ἑαυτῶν σωτηρίας. Δέον γὰρ χαιρει, φησὶ, καὶ σκιρτᾶν, ὅτι τὰ μεγάλα καὶ ἀπόῤῥητα ἐκεῖνα Ῥ παραγέγονε δωρούμενος τὰ πάλαι ᾿ παρὰ τῶν προφητῶν ἀδόμενα, καὶ τῆς εὐπραγίας ὑμῶν ἐφέστηκεν ὁ καιρός ὑμεῖς δὲ τούναντίον ποιεῖτε, οὐ μόνον οὐ δεχόμενοι τὰ ἀγαθὰ, ἀλλὰ Ε, καὶ διαβάλλοντες, καὶ συντιθέντες οὐκ οὔσας αἰτίας. Ὁ μὲν οὖν Ματθαῖός φησιν εἰ δὲ ἐγὼ ἐν πνεύματι θεοῦ ἐκβαλλω ὁ δὲ Λουκᾶς, εἰ δὲ ἐγὼ ἐν δακτύλῳ θεοῦ ἐκ τὰ δαιμόνια, δεικνὺς ὅτι μεγίστης δυνάμεως ἔργον ἐστὶ τὸ δαίμονας ἐκβάλλειν, καὶ οὐ τῆς τυχούσης χάριτος. ΚΑααὶ βούλεται μὲν ἀπὸ τούτων συλλογίσασθαι καὶ εἰπεῖν, ὅτι εἰ δὲ τοῦτό ἐστιν, ἄρα ὁ νυἱὸς τοῦ θεοῦ παραγέγονεν. ᾿Αλλὰ τοῦτο μὲν οὐ λέγει συνεσκιασμένως δὲ, καὶ ὡς ἐκείνοῖς ἀνεπαχθὲς ἢ ἥν, αἰνίττεται αὐτὸ λέγων ἄρα ἔφθασεν ἐφ᾽ ὑμᾶς ῇ βασιλεία τοὺ θεοῦ. ἘΕἶδες περιουσίαν σοφίας: Διί’ ὧν ἐνεκάλουν, διὰ τούτων ἔδειξεν αὐτοῦ τὴν παρουσίαν ἐκλάμπουσαν. Εἶτα ἵνα ἐφελκύσηται, οὐκ εἶπεν ἀἁπλώς, ἔφθασεν ἡ βασιλεία, ἀλλ᾽, εφ ὑμᾶς ᾿ ὡσανεὶ ἔλεγεν ὑμῖν ἥκει τὰ ἀγαθά: διατί οὖν πρὸς τὰ οἰκεῖα καλὰ αηδώς διάκεισθε: ΐ διατί τῇ ὑμῶν αὐτῶν πολεμεῖτε σωτηρίᾳ ; Οὗτος ἐκεῖνος ὁ καιρος, ὃν πάλαι προὔλεγον οἱ προφῆται: τοῦτο τὸ σημεῖον τῆς παρουσίας τῆς παρ᾽ αὐτῶν ᾿Ὡᾳδομένης, τὸ ταῦτα γίνεσθαι θείᾳ ὀυνάμει. Ὅτι μὲν γὰρ γίνεται, καὶ ὑμεῖς ἴστε᾽ ὅτι δὲ θείᾳ δυνάμει γίνεται. τὰ πράγματα βοςᾷ. ΜΝ ἢ ᾿ - ᾽ ’ σι ᾽ Οὑτε γγαρ δυνατὸν Σατανᾶν ἰσχυρότερον εἶναι νῦν, αλλ ΠῚ ΄--Θ -- ΠῚ ΄- ϑ ΝΜ ε ἀναυγκὴ πᾶσα ἀσθενῆ τὸν δὲ ἀσθενοῦντα οὐκ ἔστιν ὡς ἰσχυ- Β ᾿ ᾽ ’ ᾿ ᾿ ᾿ ὃ ’ Τ' σι δὲ Ψ σι ρον ἐκβάλλειν τὸν ἰσχυρὸν αἰμονα. αὑτα ὁὲ ἔλεγε, τῆς ᾽ὔ ᾿ -- ’᾽ ΄- ἀγάπης δεικνὺς τὴν δύναμιν, καὶ τῆς διαστάσεως καὶ τῆς ᾿ ᾽ ’ Α ΄- ΄-Ἄ φιλονεικίας τὴν ἀσθενειαν. Διὸ καὶ αὑτὸς συνέχως τοις μαθηταῖς ἄνω καὶ κάτω περὶ ἀγάπης παρῆνει, καὶ ὅτι ὁ διάε ἢ σι ’ - ’ - ᾽ , βολος ὑπὲρ τοῦ ταύτην ἀνελεῖν πάντα ποιεῖ. Εἰπὼν τοίνυν « , Ν ἄς τὴν δευτέραν λύσιν, ἐπάγει καὶ ᾿ τρίτην οὕτω λθγων᾽ ἢ πῶς δύναταί τις εἰσελθεῖν εἰς τὴν οἰκίαν τοῦ ἰσχυροῦ, καὶ τὰ σκευὴ αὐτοῦ διαρπάσαι, εᾶν μή πρώτον δήση τὸν ἰσχυρον» ’ , ᾽ Ὄ ’ Ψ ᾿ καὶ τότε τὰ σκεύη αὐτου διαρπάση : Ὅτι μὲν γὰρ οὐκ ἐγχωρεῖ Σατανᾶς Σατανᾶν ἐκβάλλειν, δῆλον ἐκ τῶν εἰρημέ. ν δὲ μ δὲ ἽἭ Κὶ ὃ ᾿ ᾽ ’ 5. ᾿ ’ νων᾽ ὅτι ὁὲ οὐδὲ ἄλλως ὀυνατὸν ἐκβάλλειν, ἐὰν μὴ πρότερον ἐκείνου περιγένηται, καὶ τοῦτο πᾶσίν ἐστιν ὠμολογη-Ο ’ ’ Φ ’ ’ ν ᾽ ᾽ μένον. Τί οὖν εκ τούτων συνίσταται ; Τὸ ἔμπροσθεν εἰρημένον μετὰ πλείονος τῆς περιουσίας. Τοσοῦτον γὰρ ἀπέχω, φησὶ, ’ ’ σῷ φ τ φ ᾿ ξσ- σι συμμάχῳ χρήσασθαι τῷ διαβόλῳ, ὅτι καὶ πολεμῶ καὶ δεσμῶ καὶ τούτου τεκμήριον; τὸ τὰ σκευὴ αὐτοῦ διαρπάσαι. Ὅρα . ᾽ ζ » α« ὔ ᾽ πῶς τουναντίον, οὗπερ ἐπεχείρουν εκεῖνοι κατασκεναάσαι; ἀποδείκννται. ᾿Εκεῖνοι μὲν γὰρ ἐβούλοντο δεῖξαι, ὅτε οὐκ ἰδίᾳ ὃ ’ μὴ ’ ὃ ,ὔ Ἐ ᾿ Ὶ δὲ ὃ ’ Ψ » ’ υνάμει ἐκβάλλει δαίμονας αὐτὸς δὲ δείκνυσιν, ὅτι οὐ μόνον ὃ ’ ᾽ ᾿, ; ἘΠῚ , με ’ ᾿ ζω τοὺς ὀαιμονας, ἀλλα καὶ αὐτὸν τὸν ἀρχηγέτην μετὰ πολλῆς - ᾽ τ κι τῆς ἐξουσίας δεδεμένον ἔχει, καὶ ἐκείνον πρὸ τούτων ἐκρά- Ὁ τησεν ἰδίᾳ δυνάμει καὶ δῆλον ἀπὸ τῶν γινομόνων. Εἰ γὰρ « Ν ε « ’ ὁ ΄ Ἁ ὁ μὲν ἄρχων ἐστὶν, οἱ δὲ ὑπόκεινται πῶς ἂν, ἐκείνου μὴ ε ’ δὲ « ἤ Φ ’ ᾽ ἡττηθέντος, μηδὲ ὑποκύψαντος, οὗτοι διηρπάγησαν ; ᾿Ενταῦθα δέ μοι καὶ προφητεία δοκεῖ τὸ λεγόμενον εἶναι. Οὐ γαρ ἣ ’ ΄σι ι ᾿ ε γ δὴ μόνον οἱ δαίμονες σκεύη τοῦ διαβόλον, ἀλλὰ καὶ οἱ τὰ ᾿ ΨΜ ΄σ- φ ᾿ ἐκείνου πράττοντες ἄνθρωποι. Δηλῶν τοίνυν ὅτι οὐ δαίμο᾿ ’ ’ Α Α ᾿Ὶ ’ » Ι νας ἐκβάλλει μόνον, αλλὰ καὶ τὴν πλάνην τῆς οἰκουμένης ’ λῚ ᾽ - ἤ ἅπασαν ἀπελαάσει, καὶ τὰς μαγγανείας αὐτοῦ καταλύσει, Ἑ καὶ πάντα ἄχρηστα ποιήσει τὰ ἐκείνου, ταῦτα εἴρηκε. Καὶ ὄν͵ 29. ᾽ ΚΞ. « ’ ᾽ ᾿Ὶ ὃ ’ Ξ ᾿ Ὁ ’ οὐκ εἶπεν, αρπασει: αλλα;, ὀιαρπασει τὸ μετ ἐξουσίας γι΄- Ὶ ᾽ ᾿Ὶ -- ΄- νόμενον δηλῶν. ᾿Ισχυρὸν δὲ αὐτὸν καλεῖ, οὐκ ἐπειδὴ τῆ φύσει τοιοῦτός ἐστι μὴ γγένοιτο᾽ ἀλλὰ τὴν ἔμπροσθεν δηλῶν τυραννίδα, τὴν ἐκ τῆς ῥᾳθυμίας τῆς ἡμετέρας γεγενημένην. δ ἐς ΓῚ 8. ΄σι ᾽ ι -«Οᾳ Ψ' ᾿Ξ ε ἢ μή ὧν μετ᾽ ἐμοῦ, κατ ἐμοῦ ἐστι᾿ καὶ Ο μὴ συνάγων ν᾽ «(« ᾿ ὃ» ὃ , ᾿ ω ’ ’ ; μετ᾽ ἐμοῦ, σκορπίζει. ᾿Ιδοὺ καὶ τετάρτη λύσις. Τί γαρ Ν ΝΥ - ’ ᾿ η- »ὕ, εγὼ βούλομαι; φησί. Τῷ θεῷ προσάγειν, ἀρετὴν διδάσκειν, βασιλείαν καταγγέλλειν. Τί δὲ ὁ διάβολος καὶ οἱ δαίμονες : --Ἠ κὺ ε ΄σ΄ι ’ Ταναντία τούτοις. Πώς οὖν ὁ μὴ μετ᾽ ἐμοῦ συνάγων, μηδὲ ᾽ - ᾽ ’ Μ᾽ ’ μετ᾽ ἐμοῦ ὧν, ἐμοὶ συμπράττειν ἔμελλε; Καὶ τί λέγω σνμλῚ -ΦΟ Ὁ πράττειν: Τουναντίον δὲ, καὶ σκορπίζειν αὐτῷ ἐπιθυμία τὰ ἐμὰ. ὋὉ τοίνυν μὴ μόνον ἡ μὴ συμπράττων, αλλὰ καὶ σκορ΄- Ἁ ’ λῚ ᾿ γε ’ ᾿ πίζων, πῶς ἂν τοσαύτην πρὸς ἐμὲ ὁμόνοιαν ἐπεδείξατο, ὥστε μετ᾽ ἐμοῦ τοὺς δαίμονας ἐκβάλλειν; Τοῦτο δὲ οὐ περὶ τοῦ ιαβόλον μόνον, αλλὰ καὶ αὐτὸν περὶ ἑαυτοῦ εἰκὸς ὑποπτεύειν εἰρηκέναι, ὡς καὶ κατὰ τοῦ διαβόλον ὄντος, καὶ σκορτί» ᾿Ὶ « λϑ » » ΄σὸὩ ζοντος τὰ εκείνου. Και πώς, φησὶν, Ὁ μὴ ὧν μοτ ἐμοῦ, κατ᾽ σι ΄- ’ - Ρ᾽ ᾿ σι ἐμοῦ ἐστιν; Αὐτῷ τούτῳ τῷ μὴ συνάγειν. ἘΠ. δὲ τοῦτο ᾽ ᾿ σι ε ΠΣ ᾽ ΄-.ζ. Μ' ᾽ « , αληθες, πολλῳ μᾶλλον ὁ κατ᾽ αὐτοῦ ὧν. Εἰ γὰρ ὁ μὴ συμπρα ττων, ἐχθρὸς, πολλῷ μᾶλλον ὁ πολεμῶν. Ταῦτα δὲ πάντα λέγει, ἵνα δείξη πολλὴν αὐτοῦ πρὸς τὸν διάβολον ΝΜ Ἷ ἣ ’ ᾿ τὴν ἔχθραν καὶ ἄφατον οὐσαν. Εἰπὲ γάρ μοι, εἰ δέοι τινὶ πολεμῆσαι, ὁ μὴ βουλομενὸς σοι συμμαχῆσαι, αὐτῷ τούτῳ ϑ Ν)» γ - ς » δὲ [ - Ἴςς λκᾳᾳ οὐκ ἔστι κατὰ σοῦ; Εἰ ὁὲ ἀλλαχοῦ φησιν, Ἶ ὁ μὴ ὧν καθ᾽ υμῶν, ὑπὲρ ὑμῶν εστιν, οὐκ ἐστιν ἐναντίον τούτῳ. ᾿Ενταῦθα Π Ψ ᾽ ᾿ «- Ν ᾽ σ- Π ἐ ’ γὰρ ἔδειξε κατ᾽ αὐτῶν ὄντα, ἐκεῖ δὲ δείκνυσιν ἐν μέρει μετ᾽ ς᾽ Ψ , ἐς ιν»ἤ ἢ ᾽ ’ αὐτῶν ὄντα' εν γὙαρ τῷ ονοματί σου» φησὶν, ἐκβάλλουσι τὰ δαιμόνια. ᾿Εμοὶ δὲ δοκεῖ ἐνταῦθα. καὶ ᾿Ιουδαίους αἰνίτ᾿ δι ’ ’ ᾽ ’ ; } ὴ τεσθαι; μετὰ τοῦ διαβόλου στήσας αὐτούς. Καὶ τγὰρ καὶ αὐτοὶ κατ᾽ αὐτοῦ ἧσαν, καὶ ἐσκόρπιζον ἃ ὃ συνήγαγεν. Ὅτι [ ϑ ᾽ ψἕ γὰρ καὶ αὑτοὺς ἡνίττετο, ἐδήλωσεν οὕτως εἰπών διὰ -ὸ ΄ο ν᾿ φι ε τοῦτο λέγω ὑμῖν, ὅτι πᾶσα ἁμαρτία καὶ βλασφημία ἀφε’ γῶ ᾽ ’ ᾽ Ἢ ᾽ θήσεται τοῖς ἀνθρώποις. ᾿Επειδὴ γὰρ ἀπελογήσατο, καὶ τὴν ἀντίθεσιν ἔλυσε, καὶ ἀπέδειξεν ἀναισχυντοῦντας μάτην, φοβεὶ λοιπόν. Καὶ γὰρ καὶ τοῦτο συμβουλῆς οὐ μικρὸν μέρος καὶ διορθώσεως, τὸ μὴ μόνον ἀπολογεῖσθαι καὶ πείθειν, ἀλλὰ καὶ ἀπειλεῖν, ὃ πολλαχοῦ ποιεῖ νομοθετῶν καὶ συμβουλεύων. Καὶ δοκεῖ μὲν ἀσάφειαν ἔχειν πολλὴν τὸ εἰρημένον ἐὰν δὲ προσέχωμεν, εὔκολον ἕξει τὴν λύσιν. Πρότερον οὖν αὐτῶν ἐπακοῦσαι καλὸν τῶν βημάτων. ὃ 9 Πᾶσα, φησὶν, ἁμαρτία καὶ βλασφημία ἀφεθήσεται τοις ἀνθρώποις Ἶ δὲ τοῦ πνεύματος βλασφημία οὐκ ἀφεθήσεται αὐτοῖς. Καὶ ὃς ἂν εἴπῃ λόγον κατὰ τοῦ υἱοῦ του ἀνθρώπου, ἀφεθήσεται αὐτῷ ὃς δ᾽ ἂν εἴπη κατὰ τοῦ πνεύματος τοῦ ἁγίου, οὐκ ἀφεθήσεται αὐτῷ, οὔτε ἐν τῷ αἰῶνι τούτῳ, οὔτε ἐν τῷ μέλλοντι. Τί τοίνυν ἐστὶν ὃ φησι: Πολλὰ κατ᾽ ἐμοῦ εἰρήκατε, ὅτι πλάνος, ὅτι ἀντίθεος. Ταῦτα ὑμῖν ἀφίημι μετανοοῦσι, καὶ οὐκ ἀπαιτῶ δίκας ὑμᾶς ἡ δὲ τοῦ πνεύματος βλασφημία οὐκ ἀφεθήσεται, ἅ οὐδὲ μετανοοῦσι. Καὶ πῶς ἂν ἔχοι τοῦτο λόγον: Καὶ γὰρ καὶ αὕτη ἀφείθη μετανοοῦσι. Πολλοὶ γοῦν τῶν ταῦτα εἰρηκότων ἐπίστευσαν ὕστερον, καὶ πάντα αὐτοῖς ἀφείθη. Τί οὖν ἐστιν ὅ φησιν ; Ὅτι ὑπὲρ πάντα αὕτη ῇ ἁμαρτία ἀσύγγνωστος. Τί δήποτε; Ὅτι αὐτὸν μὲν Ἴγνόουν ὅστις ποτε ἢν' τοῦ δὲ πνεύματος ἱκανὴν εἰλήφασι πεῖραν. Καὶ γὰρ οἱ προφῆται δι᾿ αὐτοῦ ἐφθέγξαντο ἅ ἅπερ ἐφθέγξαντο, καὶ πάντες δὲ οἱ ἐν τῇ παλαιᾷ μεγίστην περὶ αὐτοῦ εἶχον ἔννοιαν. Ὃ τοίνυν λέγει, τοῦτό ἐστιν ἔστω, ἐμοὶ προσπταίετε διὰ τὴν σάρκα τὴν ὁ περικειμένην᾽ μὴ καὶ περὶ τοῦ πνεύματος ἔχετε εἰπεῖν, ὅτι αὐγνοοῦμεν αὐτό: : Διὰ δὴ τοῦτο ἀσύγγνωστος ὑμῖν ἔσται ἢ βλασφημία, καὶ ἐνταῦθα καὶ ἐκεῖ δώσετε δίκην. Πολλοὶ μὲν γὰρ ἐνταῦθα ἐκολάσθησαν μόνον, ὡς ὁ πεπορνευκὼς, ὡς οἱ ἀναξίως μοτασχόντες μυστηρίων παρὰ Κορινθίοις ὑμεῖς δὲ καὶ ἐνταῦθα καὶ ἐκεῖ. Ὅσα μὲν οὖν ἐβλασφημήσατε κατ᾽ ἐμοῦ πρὸ τοὺ σταυροῦ, ἀφίημι καὶ αὐτὸ δὲ τοῦ σταυροῦ τὸ τόλμημα καὶ ὑπὲρ τῆς ἀπιστίας ' οὐ κατακριθήσεσθε μόνης. (Οὐδὲ γὰρ οἱ πρὸ τοῦ σταυροῦ πιστεύσαντες πεπληρωμένην πίστιν εἶχον. Καὶ πολλαχοὺ δὲ παραγγέλλει μηδενὶ κατάδηλον αὐτὸν ποιεῖν πρὸ τοῦ πάθουν καὶ ἐν τῷ σταυρῷ ταύτην ἔλογεν ἀφεθῆναι αὐτοῖς τὴν ἁμαρτίαν.) Ἃ δὲ περὶ τοὺ πνεύματος εἰρήκατε, ταῦτα οὐχ ἕξει συγγνώμην. Ὅτι γὰρ περὶ το εἰς αὐτὸν εἰρημένων πρὸ τοὺ σταυροῦ φησιν, ἐπήγαγεν ὃς ἄν εἴπῃ λόγον κατὰ τοῦ υἱοῦ τοῦ ἀνθρώπου, Τα. αὐτῷ ὃς δ᾽ ἂν εἴπῃ κατὰ τοῦ ἁγίου πνεύματος, οὐκέτι. Διατί; Ὅτι τοῦτο γνώριμον ὑμῖν ἐστι, καὶ πρὸς τὰ δῆλα ἃ αναισχὺυντεῖτε. Εἰ γὰρ καὶ ἐμὲ λέγετε α νοεῖν, οὐ δήπου κακεῖνο ἀγνοεῖτε, ἱὅτι τὸ δαίμονας ἐκβάλλειν καὶ ἰάσεις ἐπιτελεῖν τοῦ ἁγίου πνεύματος ἔργον ἐστίν. Οὐκ ἄρα ἐμὲ ὑβρίζετε μόνον, ἀλλὰ καὶ τὸ πνεῦμα τὸ ἅγιον. Διὸ καὶ ἀπαραίτητος ὑμῖν ἡ δίκη καὶ ἐνταῦθα καὶ ἐκεῖ. ἡ Καὶ γὰρ τῶν ἀνθρώπων Ὦ οἱ μὲν καὶ ἐνταῦθα κολαζονται καὶ ἐκεῖ οἱ δὲ ἐνταῦθα μόνον' ἱ δὲ ἐκεῖ μόνον οἱ δὲ οὐδὲ ἐνταῦθα, οὐδὲ ἐκεῖ. ᾿Ενταῦθα μὲν καὶ ἐκεῖ; ὡς οὗτοι αὐτοί; (καὶ γὰρ καὶ ἐνταῦθα ἔδοσαν δίκην, ἡνίκα ἔπαθον τὰ ἀνήκεστα ἐκεῖνα τῆς πόλεως ἁλούσης καὶ ἐκεῖ χαλεπωτάτην ὑπομενοῦσιν) ὡς οἱ Σοδόμων πολῖται, ὡς ἕτεροι πολλοί. ᾽Εκεῖ δὲ μόνον, ὡς ὁ πλούσιος ὁ ἀποτηγανιζόμενος, καὶ οὐδὲ σταγόνος κύριος ὦν. ᾿Ενταῦθα δὲ, ὡς ὁ ᾿πεπορνευκὼς παρὰ Κορινθίοις. Οὔτε δὲ ἐνταῦθα, οὔτε ἐκεῖ, ὡς οἱ ἀπόστολοι, ὡς οἱ προφῆται, ὡς ὁ μακάριος Ἰωβ' οὐ γὰρ δὴ κολάσεως ἦν ἅπερ ἔπασχον, ἀλλ᾽ αὐὙώνων καὶ παλαισμάτων. χ Σπουδάσωμεν τοίνυν τῆς τούτων γενέσθαι μερίδος ε δὲ μὴ τούτων, κἂν τῶν ἐνταῦθα ἀπολονομένων τὰ Ὁ ΉΕῚ ματα. Καὶ γάρ φοβερὸν ἐκεῖνο τὸ κριτήριον, καὶ ἀπαραίτῆτος ἡ τιμωρία, καὶ ἀνήκεστος ἥ κόλασις. Εἰ δὲ βούλει μηδὲ ἐνταῦθα δοῦναι δίκην, σαυτῷ δίκασον, ἀπαίτησον σαντὸν εὐθύνας. ᾿Ακουσον Παύλου λέγοντος, ὅτι εἰ ἑαντοὺς εκρίνομεν, οὐκ ἂν ἐκρινόμεθα. Ἂν τοῦτο ποιῇς, ὁδῷ προβαίνων καὶ ἐπὶ στέφανον ἥξεις. Καὶ πώς ἀπαιτήσομεν ἑαυτοὺς δίκην: Φησί. Θρήνησον, στέναξον πικρὸν, ταπείνωσον σαυτὸν, κάκωσον, ἀνάμνησον τῶν ἁμαρτημάτων κατ᾽ εἶδος. Ου μικρὰ τοῦτο βάσανος ψνχῆς. Εἰ τις ἐν κατανύξει γέγονεν, οἶδεν ὅ ὅτι μάλιστα πάντων ἡ ψυχὴ τούτῳ κολάζεται. Εἰ τις γέγονεν ᾿ ἐν ἁμαρτιῶν μνήμῃ, οἷδε τὴν ἐντεῦθεν ὀδύνην. Διὰ τοῦτο δικαιοσύνην ἔπαθλον τίθησιν ὸ θεὸς τῇ τοιαύτῃ μετανοίᾳ, λέγων᾽ ἡὰ λέγε σὺ πρῶτος τὰς ἁμαρτίας σου, ἵνα δικαιωθῇς. ον γάρ ἐστιν, οὐκ ἔστι μικρὸν εἰς διόρθωσιν, τὸ Β πάντα συναγαγόντας τὰ ἁμαρτήματα, κατ᾽ εἶδος αὐτὰ στρέφειν συνεχὼς καὶ ᾿ἀναλογίζεσθαι. Ὁ γὰρ τοῦτο ποιῶν οὕτω κατανυγήσεται; ὡς μήτο τοῦ ζῆν ἄξιον ἑ ἑαντὸν εἶναι νομίζειν ὁ δὲ τοῦτο νομίζων, κηροῦ παντὸς ἀπαλώτερος ἔσται. Μὴ γάρ μοι πορνείας εἴπῃς μόνον, μηδὲ μοιχείας, μηδὲ ταῦτα τὰ δῆλα καὶ ὡμολογημένα παρὰ πᾶσιν᾽ ἀλλὰ καὶ τὰς λαθραίους ἐπιβουλὰς, καὶ τὰς συκοφαντίας, καὶ τὰς κακηγορίας, καὶ τὰς κενοδοξίας, καὶ τὸν φθόνον, καὶ πάντα τὰ τοιαῦτα σύναγε. Οὐδὲ γὰρ ταῦτα μικρὰν οἴσει κόλασιν. Καὶ ' γα ρ ὁ λοίδορος εἰς γέενναν ἐμπεσεῖται καὶ ὃ μεθύων οὐδὲν ἔχει κοινὸν πρὸς τὴν βασιλείαν' καὶ ὁ μὴ ἀγαπῶν τὸν πλησίον ( οὕτω προσκρούει θεῷ, ὡς μηδὲ μαρτυροῦντος αὐτοῦ ὠφελεῖσθαι: καὶ ὁ τῶν οἰκείων ἀμελῶν τὴν πίστιν ἤρνηται' καὶ ὃ πένητας περιορῶν εἰς τὸ πὺρ πέμπεται. Μὴ τοίνυν μικρὰ ταῦτα νόμιζε εἶναι, αλλὰ σύναγε πάντα, καὶ ὡς ἐν βιβλίῳ γράφε. Ἂν γὰρ σὺ γράψηῃς, ὁ θεὸς ἐξαλείφει: ὥσπερ οὖν ἐὰν σὺ μὴ γράψης, ὁ θεὸς καὶ ἐγγράφει, καὶ δίκην ἀπαιτεῖ. Πολὺ τοίνυν βέλτιον παρ᾽ ἡμῶν αὐτὰ γραφῆναι καὶ ἄνωθεν ἐξαλειφθῆναι, ἢ τοὐναντίον, ἡμῶν ᾿ ἐπιλαθομένων, τὸν θεὸν αὐτὰ πρὸ τῶν ὀφθαλμῶν ἐνεγκεῖν τῶν ἥμετέρων κατὰ τὴν Ὀ ἡμέραν ἐκείνην. Ἵν᾽ οὖν μὴ τοῦτο γένηται, πάντα μετὰ ἀκριβείας ἀναλογιζώμεθα, καὶ εὑρήσομεν πολλῶν ἑαυτοὺς πεν θυνοῦ: ὄντας. Τίς γὰρ πλεονεξίας καθαρός ; Μὴ γάρ μοι τὸ Υ μέτρον εἴπῃς, ἀλλ᾽ ὅτι καὶ ἐν τῷ μικρῷ τὴν αὐτὴν δώσομεν δίκην, τοῦτο ἐννόει, καὶ μετανόει. Τίς ὕβρεως ἀπήλλακται:; τοῦτο δὲ εἰς γέενναν ἐμβάλλει. Τίς λάθρα τὸν πλησίον οὐκ ἐκακηγόρησε;ς ᾿Ιτοῦτο δὲ βασιλείας ἀποστερεῖ.) Τίς οὐκ ἀπενοήθη ; οὗτος δὲ πάντων ἄκαθα ότερος. Τίς δὲ ᾺῈ οὐκ εἶδεν ἀκολάστοις ὀφθαλμοῖς : - οὗτος Ἢ μοιχὸς ἀπηρτισμένος. Τίς οὐκ ὠργίσθη τῷ ἀδελφῷ εἰκῇ ; οὗτος δὲ ἐ ἔνοχος τῷ συνεδρίῳ. Τίς οὐκ ὦμοσε: Ὁ τοῦτο δὲ ἐκ τοῦ πονηρου. Τίς οὐκ ἐπιώρκησεν: οὗτος δὲ πλέον ἢ τοῦ πονηροὺ. Τίς οὐκ ἐδούλευσε τῷ μαμωνᾷ: οὗτος δὲ τῆς γνησίας ἐξέπεσε τοὺ Χριστοῦ δουλείας. Ἔχω καὶ ἕτερα μείζονα τούτων εἰπεῖν ἀλλ᾽ ἀρκεῖ καὶ ταῦτα, καὶ ἱκανὰ τὸν μὴ λίθινον ὃ ὄντα μηδὲ σφόδρα ἀναίσθητον εἰς κατάνυξιν ἀγαγεῖν. Εἰ γὰρ ἕκαστον αὐτών εἰς γέενναν ἐμβάλλει, πάντα ὁμοῦ συνελθόντα τί οὐκ ἐργάσεται: : Πώς οὖν ἐστι σωθῆναι; φησί. Τὰ ἀντίῤῥοπα τούτων φάρμακα ἐπιτιθέντας, ἐλεημοσύνην, εὐχὰς, κατάνυξιν, μετάνοιαν, ταπεινοφροσύνην, συντετριμμένην καρδίαν, ὑπεροψίαν τῶν ὄντων. Μυρίας γὰρ ὁδοὺς σωτηρίας ἔτεμεν ὁ θεὸς, ἐὰν ἐθέλωμεν προσέχειν. Προσέχωμεν τοίνυν, καὶ διὰ πάντων τὰ τραύματα ἐκκαθαίρωμεν,. ἐλεοῦντες, ὀργὴν τοῖς λελυπηκόσιν ἀφιέντες; εὐχαριστοῦντες ὑπὲρ πάντων τῷ θεῷ, νηστεύοντες κατὰ δύναμιν, εὐχόμενοι γνησίως, φίλους ἑαυτοῖς ποιοῦντες ἐκ τοῦ μαμωνᾶ τῆς αδικίας. Οὕτω Ὑὰρ δυνησόμεθα καὶ συγγνώμης ἐπὶ τοῖς πεπλημμελημένοις τυχεῖν, καὶ τῶν ἐπηγγελμένων ἐπιτυχεῖν ἀγαθῶν ὧν γένοιτο πάντας ἡμᾶς ἀξιωθῆναι, χάριτι καὶ φιλανθρωπίᾳ τοῦ κυρίον ἡμῶν Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ, ᾧ ἡ δόξα καὶ τὸ κράτος εἰς τοὺς αἰῶνας τῶν αἰώνων. Αμην.

Eidōs de ho ᾿Iēsous tas enthymēseis autōn, eipen hautois pasa basileia meristheisa kath᾽ eantēs, erēmōthēsetai kai pasa polis ē oikia meristheisa kath᾽ heantēs, ou stathēsetai. Kai ei ho Satanas ton Satanan ekballei eph᾽ eauton emeristhē pōs oun stathēsetai hē basileia autou: Kai ēdē touto katēgorēsan, hoti en tǭ Beelzeboul ekballei ta daimonia. ᾿Alla tote men ouk epetimēse, didous autois apo te tōn pleionōn sēmeiōn gnōnai autou tēn dynamin, apo te tēs didaskalias mathein autou tēn mealōsynēn. ᾿Epeidē de epemenon ta auta legontes, kai epitimą loipon prōtǭ men toutǭ tēn theotēta endeiknymenos tēn autou, tǭ ta aporrhēta autōn eis meson exagein' deuterǭ de, autǭ tǭ met᾽ eukolias tous daimonas e ek ein. Kaitoi kai hē katēgoria sphodra anaischyntos ēn. Hoper gar ephēn, ho d ap ou zētei ti eipē, all᾽ hina eipē monon. ᾿All homōs oude houtō katephronēsen autōn ho Christos, all᾽ apologeitai meta tēs autǭ prosēkousēs epieikeias, paideuōn hēmas praous einai tois echthrois kan toiauta ,legōsin, ha mēte heautois synismen hēmeis,» mēte ton tychonta echei logon, mē thorybeisthai, mēde tarattesthai, alla meta makrothymias hapasēs parechein autois euthynas. Ho dē malista kai tote epoiei, deigma megiston parechomenos tou pseudē einai ta par᾽ autōn eirēmena. Oude gar daimonōntos ēn tosautēn epideiknysthai epieikeian᾽ ou daimonōntos to ta aporrhēta eidena. Kai gar kai dia to sphodra anaischynton einai tēn toiautēn iI hyponoian, kai dia ton para tōn pollōn phobon, oude etolmōn dēmosieuein ta enklēmata tauta, all᾽ en dianoią estrephon. Autos de deiknys autois, hoti kakeina hoide, tēn men katēgorian ou tithēsin, oude e ekpompeuei autōn tēn ponērian tēn de lysin epagei, tǭ syneidoti tōn eirēkotōn katalimpanōn ton elenchon. n gar autǭ perispoudaston ē hēn monon, ōphelēsai tous hamartanontas, ouk ekpompeusai. Kaitouge, e eige ebouleto makron apoteinai logon, kai katagelastous poiēsai, kai meta toutōn kai dikēn autous apaitēsai tēn eschatēn, ouden to kōlyon ēn' all homōs tauta panta pareis, eis hen eblepe monon, to mē philoneikoterous ergasasthai, all᾽ epieikesterous, kai tautę̄ pros diorthōsin epitēdeioterous poiēsai. Pōs oun autois apologeitai: Ouden apo tōn graphōn phēsin, (oude gar proseichon, alla kai parermēneuein emellon) all᾽ apo tōn koinę̄ symbainontōn. Pasa gar basileia, phēsin, eph heantēn meristheisa, ou stathēsetai kai polis kai oikia an schisthę̄, tacheōs dialyetai. Ou gar houtōs hoi exōthen polemoi hōs hoi emphylioi diaphtheirousi. Rhouto gar kai en »sōmasi ginetai touto kai en hapasi pragmasin alla teōs apo tōn ,Hynōrimōterōn ta hypodeegmata agei. Kaitoi ti basileias e epi tēs gēs dynatōteron : Ouden all᾽ homōs apollntai stasiazousa. Ei de ekei ton Ō onkon ᾿aitiatai tōn pragmatōn, hōs heautǭ syrrhēgnymenon? ti an eipois peri poleōs: ti de peri oikias? Kaan gar mikron tǭ kan mega hē, pros heauto stasiazon apoollntai. Ei toinyn egō daimona e echōn, de ekeinou ekballō tous daimonas, stasis kai machē metaxy daimonōn esti, kai kat᾽ allēlōn histantai. Ei de kat΄ allēlōn histantai, apolōlen autōn hē ischys kai diephthartai. Ei gar ho Satanaas ton Satanan ekballei, (kai ouk eipe, tous daita. KA, deiknys pollēn hautois pros allēlous symphōnian housan) eph᾽ heauton oun emeristhē, phēsin. Ei de emeristhē, asthenesteros gegone, kai apolōlen ei de apolōle, pōs dynatai heteron ekballein: Eides posos tēs katēgorias ho gelōs: S posē ē anoia: G posē hē machē: Oude gar esti ᾿tōn autōn legein men, hoti hestēke, kai hoti ekballei. tous daimonas legein de, hoti dia touto hestēke, d ho eikos hēn auton katalelysthai. Kai prōtē men hautē hē lysis deutera de met᾽ ekeinēn, hē peri tōn mathētōn. Oude gar heni monon aei tropǭ, alla kai deuterǭ kai tritǭ katalyei tas antitheseis autōn, ek periousias epistomisai boulomenos autōn tēn anaischyntian. Hoper kai epi tou sabbatou nē pepoiēke? ton Dauïd pherōn eis meson, tous hiereas, tēn martyrian tēn legousan, eleon thelō, kai ou thysian, tēn aitian tou sabbaton d᾽ hēn gegone: dia gar ton anthrōpon, phēsi? to sabbaton. Touto dē kai entautha poiei. Meta gar tēn proteran epi deuteran e erchetai lysin tēs proteras saphesteran. hoEi gar egō, phēsin, en Beelzeboul ekballō ta daimonia, hoi nioi hymōn en tini ekballousin Ho Hora kantautha tēn epieikeian. Ou gar eipen, hoi mathētai mou, oude, hoi apostoloi all᾽, hoi huioi hymōn, hin᾿ ei men boulētheien epanelthein pros tēn autēn ekeinois eugeneian, pollēn enteuthen labōsi tēn aphormēn' ei de agnōmonoien kai tois autois epimenoien, mēde anaischynton loipon prophasin e echōsin eipein. Ho de legei toiouton estin hoi apostoloi en tini ekballousi?x Kai gar ēsan ekballontes ēdē, dia to labein exousian par᾽ autou- kai ouden autois enekaloun houtoi ou gar pragmasin, alla prosōpǭ monon emachonto. Thelōn toinyn deixai, ho hoti phthonou hēn tou pros auton ta eirēmena O monon: agei tous apostolous eis meson. Ei gar egō houtōs ekballō, pollǭ mallon ekeinoi hoi par emou tēn exousian labontes. ᾿All homōs ouden toiouton eirēkate autois. Pōs houn emoi tǭ kakeinois aitiǭ tōn ginomenōn tauta enkaleite, ekeinous apolyontes tōn enklēmatōn: Ou mēn touto hymas eleutherōsei tēs timōrias, alla kai katadikasei meizonōs. Dia touto kai epēgagen autoi kritai hymōn esontai. Hotan gar ex hymōn ontes, kai tauta memeletēkotes, kai peithōntai moi kai hypakouōsin, eudēlon hoti kai katakrinousi tous ta enantia kai poiountas kai legontas. ho Ei Ho de en pneumati theou ekballō ta daimonia, ara ephthasen eph᾽ hymas hē basileia tou theou. Ti estin, hē basileia ? Hē parousia hē emē. Hora pōs palin autous ephelketai kai therapeuei, kai pros tēn heautou gnōsin epispatai, kai deiknysin hoti tois oikeiois polemousin agathois, kai philoneikousi kata tēs heautōn sōtērias. Deon gar chairei, phēsi, kai skirtan, hoti ta megala kai aporrhēta ekeina Rh paragegone dōroumenos ta palai ᾿ para tōn prophētōn adomena, kai tēs eupragias hymōn ephestēken ho kairos hymeis de tounantion poieite, ou monon ou dechomenoi ta agatha, alla E, kai diaballontes, kai syntithentes ouk ousas aitias. Ho men oun Matthaios phēsin ei de egō en pneumati theou ekballō ho de Loukas, ei de egō en daktylǭ theou ek ta daimonia, deiknys hoti megistēs dynameōs ergon esti to daimonas ekballein, kai ou tēs tychousēs charitos. KAaai bouletai men apo toutōn syllogisasthai kai eipein, hoti ei de touto estin, ara ho nuios tou theou paragegonen. ᾿Alla touto men ou legei syneskiasmenōs de, kai hōs ekeinois anepachthes ē hēn, ainittetai auto legōn ara ephthasen eph᾽ hymas ę̄ basileia tou theou. EEides periousian sophias: Dii’ hōn enekaloun, dia toutōn edeixen autou tēn parousian eklampousan. Eita hina ephelkysētai, ouk eipen haaplōs, ephthasen hē basileia, all᾽, eph hymas ᾿ hōsanei elegen hymin hēkei ta agatha: diati oun pros ta oikeia kala aēdōs diakeisthe: ï diati tę̄ hymōn autōn polemeite sōtērią ? Houtos ekeinos ho kairos, hon palai proulegon hoi prophētai: touto to sēmeion tēs parousias tēs par᾽ autōn ᾿Hōądomenēs, to tauta ginesthai theią ounamei. Hoti men gar ginetai, kai hymeis iste᾽ hoti de theią dynamei ginetai. ta pragmata bosą. MN ē ᾿ - ᾽ ’ si ᾽ Houte ngar dynaton Satanan ischyroteron einai nyn, all PI ΄--Th -- PI ΄- ϑ NM e anaunkē pasa asthenē ton de asthenounta ouk estin hōs ischy- B ᾿ ᾽ ’ ᾿ ᾿ ᾿ ho ’ T' si de Ps si ron ekballein ton ischyron aimona. hauta hoe elege, tēs ᾽y ᾿ -- ’᾽ ΄- agapēs deiknys tēn dynamin, kai tēs diastaseōs kai tēs ᾿ ᾽ ’ A ΄- ΄-A philoneikias tēn astheneian. Dio kai hautos synechōs tois mathētais anō kai katō peri agapēs parēnei, kai hoti ho diae ē si ’ - ’ - ᾽ , bolos hyper tou tautēn anelein panta poiei. Eipōn toinyn « , N as tēn deuteran lysin, epagei kai ᾿ tritēn houtō lthgōn᾽ ē pōs dynatai tis eiselthein eis tēn oikian tou ischyrou, kai ta skeuē autou diarpasai, ean mē prōton dēsē ton ischyron» ’ , ᾽ O ’ Ps ᾿ kai tote ta skeuē autou diarpasē : Hoti men gar ouk enchōrei Satanas Satanan ekballein, dēlon ek tōn eirēme. n de m de HiĒ Ki ho ᾿ ᾽ ’ 5. ᾿ ’ nōn᾽ hoti hoe oude allōs ounaton ekballein, ean mē proteron ekeinou perigenētai, kai touto pasin estin ōmologē-O ’ ’ Ph ’ ’ n ᾽ ᾽ menon. Ti oun ek toutōn synistatai ? To emprosthen eirēmenon meta pleionos tēs periousias. Tosouton gar apechō, phēsi, ’ ’ sǭ ph t ph ᾿ xs- si symmachǭ chrēsasthai tǭ diabolǭ, hoti kai polemō kai desmō kai toutou tekmērion? to ta skeuē autou diarpasai. Hora . ᾽ z » a« y ᾽ pōs tounantion, houper epecheiroun ekeinoi kataskenaasai? apodeiknntai. ᾿Ekeinoi men gar eboulonto deixai, hote ouk idią ho ’ mē ’ ho ,y E ᾿ I de ho ’ Ps » ’ ynamei ekballei daimonas autos de deiknysin, hoti ou monon ho ’ ᾽ ᾿, ? EPI , me ’ ᾿ zō tous oaimonas, alla kai auton ton archēgetēn meta pollēs - ᾽ t ki tēs exousias dedemenon echei, kai ekeinon pro toutōn ekra- Ho tēsen idią dynamei kai dēlon apo tōn ginomonōn. Ei gar « N e « ’ ho ΄ Ha ho men archōn estin, hoi de hypokeintai pōs an, ekeinou mē e ’ de « ē Ph ’ ᾽ hēttēthentos, mēde hypokypsantos, houtoi diērpagēsan ? ᾿Entautha de moi kai prophēteia dokei to legomenon einai. Ou gar hē ’ ΄si i ᾿ e g dē monon hoi daimones skeuē tou diabolon, alla kai hoi ta ᾿ PsM ΄s- ph ᾿ ekeinou prattontes anthrōpoi. Dēlōn toinyn hoti ou daimo᾿ ’ ’ A A ᾿I ’ » I nas ekballei monon, alla kai tēn planēn tēs oikoumenēs ’ lI ᾽ - ē hapasan apelaasei, kai tas manganeias autou katalysei, He kai panta achrēsta poiēsei ta ekeinou, tauta eirēke. Kai on͵ 29. ᾽ KX. « ’ ᾽ ᾿I ho ’ X ᾿ Ho ’ ouk eipen, arpasei: alla?, oiarpasei to met exousias gi΄- I ᾽ ᾿I -- ΄- nomenon dēlōn. ᾿Ischyron de auton kalei, ouk epeidē tē physei toioutos esti mē ngenoito᾽ alla tēn emprosthen dēlōn tyrannida, tēn ek tēs rhąthymias tēs hēmeteras gegenēmenēn. d es GI 8. ΄si ᾽ i -«Oą Ps' ᾿X e ē mē hōn met᾽ emou, kat emou esti᾿ kai O mē synagōn n᾽ «(« ᾿ ho» ho , ᾿ ō ’ ’ ? met᾽ emou, skorpizei. ᾿Idou kai tetartē lysis. Ti gar N NY - ’ ᾿ ē- »hy, egō boulomai? phēsi. Tǭ theǭ prosagein, aretēn didaskein, basileian katangellein. Ti de ho diabolos kai hoi daimones : --Ē ky e ΄s΄i ’ Tanantia toutois. Pōs oun ho mē met᾽ emou synagōn, mēde ᾽ - ᾽ ’ M᾽ ’ met᾽ emou hōn, emoi symprattein emelle? Kai ti legō snmlI -PhO Ho prattein: Tounantion de, kai skorpizein autǭ epithymia ta ema. HoO toinyn mē monon hē mē symprattōn, alla kai skor΄- Ha ’ lI ᾿ ge ’ ᾿ pizōn, pōs an tosautēn pros eme homonoian epedeixato, hōste met᾽ emou tous daimonas ekballein? Touto de ou peri tou iabolon monon, alla kai auton peri heautou eikos hypopteuein eirēkenai, hōs kai kata tou diabolon ontos, kai skorti» ᾿I « lϑ » » ΄soŌ zontos ta ekeinou. Kai pōs, phēsin, Ho mē hōn mot emou, kat᾽ si ΄- ’ - R᾽ ᾿ si emou estin? Autǭ toutǭ tǭ mē synagein. EP. de touto ᾽ ᾿ si e PS ᾽ ΄-.z. M' ᾽ « , alēthes, pollǭ mallon ho kat᾽ autou hōn. Ei gar ho mē sympra ttōn, echthros, pollǭ mallon ho polemōn. Tauta de panta legei, hina deixē pollēn autou pros ton diabolon NM Hi hē ’ ᾿ tēn echthran kai aphaton ousan. Eipe gar moi, ei deoi tini polemēsai, ho mē boulomenos soi symmachēsai, autǭ toutǭ ϑ N)» g - s » de [ - Iss lkąą ouk esti kata sou? Ei hoe allachou phēsin, I ho mē hōn kath᾽ ymōn, hyper hymōn estin, ouk estin enantion toutǭ. ᾿Entautha P Ps ᾽ ᾿ «- N ᾽ s- P e ’ gar edeixe kat᾽ autōn onta, ekei de deiknysin en merei met᾽ s᾽ Ps , es in»ē ē ᾽ ’ autōn onta' en gYar tǭ onomati sou» phēsin, ekballousi ta daimonia. ᾿Emoi de dokei entautha. kai ᾿Ioudaious ainit᾿ di ’ ’ ᾽ ’ ? } ē testhai? meta tou diabolou stēsas autous. Kai tgar kai autoi kat᾽ autou hēsan, kai eskorpizon ha ho synēgagen. Hoti [ ϑ ᾽ pse gar kai hautous hēnitteto, edēlōsen houtōs eipōn dia -o ΄o n᾿ phi e touto legō hymin, hoti pasa hamartia kai blasphēmia aphe’ gō ᾽ ’ ᾽ Ē ᾽ thēsetai tois anthrōpois. ᾿Epeidē gar apelogēsato, kai tēn antithesin elyse, kai apedeixen anaischyntountas matēn, phobei loipon. Kai gar kai touto symboulēs ou mikron meros kai diorthōseōs, to mē monon apologeisthai kai peithein, alla kai apeilein, ho pollachou poiei nomothetōn kai symbouleuōn. Kai dokei men asapheian echein pollēn to eirēmenon ean de prosechōmen, eukolon hexei tēn lysin. Proteron oun autōn epakousai kalon tōn bēmatōn. ho 9 Pasa, phēsin, hamartia kai blasphēmia aphethēsetai tois anthrōpois I de tou pneumatos blasphēmia ouk aphethēsetai autois. Kai hos an eipę̄ logon kata tou huiou tou anthrōpou, aphethēsetai autǭ hos d᾽ an eipē kata tou pneumatos tou hagiou, ouk aphethēsetai autǭ, oute en tǭ aiōni toutǭ, oute en tǭ mellonti. Ti toinyn estin ho phēsi: Polla kat᾽ emou eirēkate, hoti planos, hoti antitheos. Tauta hymin aphiēmi metanoousi, kai ouk apaitō dikas hymas hē de tou pneumatos blasphēmia ouk aphethēsetai, ha oude metanoousi. Kai pōs an echoi touto logon: Kai gar kai hautē apheithē metanoousi. Polloi goun tōn tauta eirēkotōn episteusan hysteron, kai panta autois apheithē. Ti oun estin ho phēsin ? Hoti hyper panta hautē ę̄ hamartia asyngnōstos. Ti dēpote? Hoti auton men Ignooun hostis pote ēn' tou de pneumatos hikanēn eilēphasi peiran. Kai gar hoi prophētai di᾿ autou ephthenxanto ha haper ephthenxanto, kai pantes de hoi en tę̄ palaią megistēn peri autou eichon ennoian. Ho toinyn legei, touto estin estō, emoi prosptaiete dia tēn sarka tēn ho perikeimenēn᾽ mē kai peri tou pneumatos echete eipein, hoti augnooumen auto: : Dia dē touto asyngnōstos hymin estai ē blasphēmia, kai entautha kai ekei dōsete dikēn. Polloi men gar entautha ekolasthēsan monon, hōs ho peporneukōs, hōs hoi anaxiōs motaschontes mystēriōn para Korinthiois hymeis de kai entautha kai ekei. Hosa men oun eblasphēmēsate kat᾽ emou pro tou staurou, aphiēmi kai auto de tou staurou to tolmēma kai hyper tēs apistias ' ou katakrithēsesthe monēs. (Oude gar hoi pro tou staurou pisteusantes peplērōmenēn pistin eichon. Kai pollachou de parangellei mēdeni katadēlon auton poiein pro tou pathoun kai en tǭ staurǭ tautēn elogen aphethēnai autois tēn hamartian.) Ha de peri tou pneumatos eirēkate, tauta ouch hexei syngnōmēn. Hoti gar peri to eis auton eirēmenōn pro tou staurou phēsin, epēgagen hos an eipę̄ logon kata tou huiou tou anthrōpou, Ta. autǭ hos d᾽ an eipę̄ kata tou hagiou pneumatos, ouketi. Diati? Hoti touto gnōrimon hymin esti, kai pros ta dēla ha anaischyynteite. Ei gar kai eme legete a noein, ou dēpou kakeino agnoeite, hioti to daimonas ekballein kai iaseis epitelein tou hagiou pneumatos ergon estin. Ouk ara eme hybrizete monon, alla kai to pneuma to hagion. Dio kai aparaitētos hymin hē dikē kai entautha kai ekei. hē Kai gar tōn anthrōpōn Ō hoi men kai entautha kolazontai kai ekei hoi de entautha monon' hi de ekei monon hoi de oude entautha, oude ekei. ᾿Entautha men kai ekei? hōs houtoi autoi? (kai gar kai entautha edosan dikēn, hēnika epathon ta anēkesta ekeina tēs poleōs halousēs kai ekei chalepōtatēn hypomenousin) hōs hoi Sodomōn politai, hōs heteroi polloi. ᾽Ekei de monon, hōs ho plousios ho apotēganizomenos, kai oude stagonos kyrios ōn. ᾿Entautha de, hōs ho ᾿peporneukōs para Korinthiois. Oute de entautha, oute ekei, hōs hoi apostoloi, hōs hoi prophētai, hōs ho makarios Iōb' ou gar dē kolaseōs ēn haper epaschon, all᾽ auYōnōn kai palaismatōn. ch Spoudasōmen toinyn tēs toutōn genesthai meridos e de mē toutōn, kan tōn entautha apolonomenōn ta Ho ĒEI mata. Kai gar phoberon ekeino to kritērion, kai aparaitētos hē timōria, kai anēkestos hē kolasis. Ei de boulei mēde entautha dounai dikēn, sautǭ dikason, apaitēson santon euthynas. ᾿Akouson Paulou legontos, hoti ei heantous ekrinomen, ouk an ekrinometha. An touto poię̄s, hodǭ probainōn kai epi stephanon hēxeis. Kai pōs apaitēsomen heautous dikēn: Phēsi. Thrēnēson, stenaxon pikron, tapeinōson sauton, kakōson, anamnēson tōn hamartēmatōn kat᾽ eidos. Ou mikra touto basanos psnchēs. Ei tis en katanyxei gegonen, oiden ho hoti malista pantōn hē psychē toutǭ kolazetai. Ei tis gegonen ᾿ en hamartiōn mnēmę̄, hoide tēn enteuthen odynēn. Dia touto dikaiosynēn epathlon tithēsin o theos tę̄ toiautę̄ metanoią, legōn᾽ hēa lege sy prōtos tas hamartias sou, hina dikaiōthę̄s. on gar estin, ouk esti mikron eis diorthōsin, to B panta synagagontas ta hamartēmata, kat᾽ eidos auta strephein synechōs kai ᾿analogizesthai. Ho gar touto poiōn houtō katanygēsetai? hōs mēto tou zēn axion he heanton einai nomizein ho de touto nomizōn, kērou pantos apalōteros estai. Mē gar moi porneias eipę̄s monon, mēde moicheias, mēde tauta ta dēla kai hōmologēmena para pasin᾽ alla kai tas lathraious epiboulas, kai tas sykophantias, kai tas kakēgorias, kai tas kenodoxias, kai ton phthonon, kai panta ta toiauta synage. Oude gar tauta mikran oisei kolasin. Kai ' ga r ho loidoros eis geennan empeseitai kai ho methyōn ouden echei koinon pros tēn basileian' kai ho mē agapōn ton plēsion ( houtō proskrouei theǭ, hōs mēde martyrountos autou ōpheleisthai: kai ho tōn oikeiōn amelōn tēn pistin ērnētai' kai ho penētas periorōn eis to pyr pempetai. Mē toinyn mikra tauta nomize einai, alla synage panta, kai hōs en bibliǭ graphe. An gar sy grapsēę̄s, ho theos exaleiphei: hōsper oun ean sy mē grapsēs, ho theos kai engraphei, kai dikēn apaitei. Poly toinyn beltion par᾽ hēmōn auta graphēnai kai anōthen exaleiphthēnai, ē tounantion, hēmōn ᾿ epilathomenōn, ton theon auta pro tōn ophthalmōn enenkein tōn hēmeterōn kata tēn O hēmeran ekeinēn. Hin᾽ oun mē touto genētai, panta meta akribeias analogizōmetha, kai heurēsomen pollōn heautous pen thynou: ontas. Tis gar pleonexias katharos ? Mē gar moi to Y metron eipę̄s, all᾽ hoti kai en tǭ mikrǭ tēn autēn dōsomen dikēn, touto ennoei, kai metanoei. Tis hybreōs apēllaktai:? touto de eis geennan emballei. Tis lathra ton plēsion ouk ekakēgorēse?s ᾿Itouto de basileias aposterei.) Tis ouk apenoēthē ? houtos de pantōn akatha oteros. Tis de AE ouk eiden akolastois ophthalmois : - houtos Ē moichos apērtismenos. Tis ouk ōrgisthē tǭ adelphǭ eikę̄ ? houtos de e enochos tǭ synedriǭ. Tis ouk ōmose: Ho touto de ek tou ponērou. Tis ouk epiōrkēsen: houtos de pleon ē tou ponērou. Tis ouk edouleuse tǭ mamōną: houtos de tēs gnēsias exepese tou Christou douleias. Echō kai hetera meizona toutōn eipein all᾽ arkei kai tauta, kai hikana ton mē lithinon ho onta mēde sphodra anaisthēton eis katanyxin agagein. Ei gar hekaston autōn eis geennan emballei, panta homou synelthonta ti ouk ergasetai: : Pōs oun esti sōthēnai? phēsi. Ta antirrhopa toutōn pharmaka epitithentas, eleēmosynēn, euchas, katanyxin, metanoian, tapeinophrosynēn, syntetrimmenēn kardian, hyperopsian tōn ontōn. Myrias gar hodous sōtērias etemen ho theos, ean ethelōmen prosechein. Prosechōmen toinyn, kai dia pantōn ta traumata ekkathairōmen,. eleountes, orgēn tois lelypēkosin aphientes? eucharistountes hyper pantōn tǭ theǭ, nēsteuontes kata dynamin, euchomenoi gnēsiōs, philous heautois poiountes ek tou mamōna tēs adikias. Houtō Hyar dynēsometha kai syngnōmēs epi tois peplēmmelēmenois tychein, kai tōn epēngelmenōn epitychein agathōn hōn genoito pantas hēmas axiōthēnai, chariti kai philanthrōpią tou kyrion hēmōn Iēsou Christou, hǭ hē doxa kai to kratos eis tous aiōnas tōn aiōnōn. Amēn.

“But Jesus, knowing their thoughts, said to them, ‘Every kingdom divided against itself is laid waste, and every city or house divided against itself will not stand. And if Satan casts out Satan, he is divided against himself; how then will his kingdom stand?’” They had already made this accusation before, that he casts out the demons by Beelzebul. But then he did not rebuke them, giving them the opportunity to know his power from his more numerous signs and to learn his majesty from his teaching. But since they persisted in saying the same things, he now rebukes them too: first by showing his divinity in this, by bringing their secret thoughts out into the open; and second, by this very act of casting out the demons with ease. And yet the accusation was exceedingly shameless. For, as I said, (…) does not seek what to say, but only to say something. But nevertheless not even so did Christ despise them, but he makes his defense with his fitting gentleness, teaching us to be meek toward our enemies, and, even if they say such things as we are not conscious of in ourselves, and which have no reason at all, not to be disturbed nor troubled, but with all long-suffering to give them an account. Which he especially did then too, furnishing the greatest proof that what they had said was false. For it was not the part of one possessed by a demon to show such gentleness; it was not the part of one possessed to know secret thoughts. For indeed, both because such a suspicion was exceedingly shameless, and because of their fear of the many, they did not even dare to make these charges public, but turned them over in their mind. But he, showing them that he knows those thoughts too, does not set down the accusation, nor expose their wickedness, but brings in the solution, leaving the conviction to the conscience of those who had spoken. For one thing only was his earnest concern, to benefit those who sin, not to expose them. And yet, if he had wished to stretch out a long speech, and to make them ridiculous, and besides this to exact the utmost penalty from them, there was nothing to hinder him; but nevertheless, passing over all these things, he looked to one thing only, not to make them more contentious but more reasonable, and in this way to make them fitter for correction. How then does he defend himself to them? He says nothing from the Scriptures (for they were not attending, but were even going to misinterpret them), but from what commonly happens. “For every kingdom,” he says, “divided against itself will not stand”; and a city and a house, if it is split, is quickly dissolved. For wars from outside do not destroy as civil wars do. For this happens in bodies too, and in all things; but meanwhile he brings his examples from the better known. And yet what is mightier on earth than a kingdom? Nothing; but nevertheless it perishes when it is in revolt. And if there one blames the bulk of its affairs, as breaking up against itself, what would you say of a city? What of a house? For whether a thing is small or great, if it is in revolt against itself it perishes. “If then I, having a demon, cast out the demons by him, there is revolt and battle among the demons, and they stand against one another. And if they stand against one another, their strength has perished and been destroyed. For if Satan casts out Satan” (and he did not say “the demons,” showing that there is great agreement among them toward one another), “he is divided,” he says, “against himself. And if he is divided, he has become weaker and has perished; and if he has perished, how can he cast out another?” Do you see how laughable the accusation is? How great the folly? How great the contradiction? For it is not consistent to say both that he stands and that he casts out the demons, and to say that he stands by the very thing by which he would likely have been destroyed. And this is the first solution; and the second, after it, is the one about the disciples. For he does not always resolve their objections in one way only, but in a second and a third, wishing to stop their shamelessness with abundance. Which he did in the case of the sabbath too, bringing forward David, the priests, the testimony that says, “I desire mercy and not sacrifice,” and the reason for which the sabbath was made: “For the sabbath,” he says, “is for man.” This he does here too. For after the first he goes on to a second solution, clearer than the first. “For if I,” he says, “cast out the demons by Beelzebul, by whom do your sons cast them out?” See his gentleness here too. For he did not say, “my disciples,” nor, “the apostles,” but “your sons,” so that, if they wished to return to the same nobility as those men, they might take a great starting point from this; but if they were ungrateful and persisted in the same things, they might not have even a shameless pretext left to say. What he says is this: “By whom do the apostles cast them out?” For they were already casting them out, having received authority from him; and these men accused them of nothing; for they were fighting not against the things but only against the person. Wishing then to show that what had been said was only from envy toward him, he brings the apostles forward. “For if I cast them out in this way, much more those who received the authority from me. But nevertheless you have said nothing of the kind to them. How then do you bring these charges against me, who am the cause of what is done by them as well, while you acquit them of the charges? But this will not free you from punishment; rather it will condemn you the more.” For this reason he also added, “They themselves will be your judges.” “For when men who are from among you, and who have been trained in these things, both believe me and obey me, it is clear that they will also condemn those who both do and say the contrary.” “But if I cast out the demons by the Spirit of God, then the kingdom of God has come upon you.” What is “the kingdom”? “My coming.” See how again he draws them and heals them, and attracts them to the knowledge of himself, and shows that they are warring against their own good things and contending against their own salvation. “For you ought to rejoice,” he says, “and to leap for joy, that one has come bestowing those great and unspeakable gifts sung of old by the prophets, and the time of your prosperity is at hand; but you do the opposite, not only not receiving the good things, but even slandering them and composing charges that do not exist.” Matthew then says, “But if I cast out by the Spirit of God”; but Luke, “But if I cast out the demons by the finger of God,” showing that to cast out demons is a work of the greatest power, and not of ordinary grace. And he wishes from these things to draw the conclusion and to say, “But if this is so, then the Son of God has come.” But this he does not say; but veiledly, and as was not offensive to them, he hints at it, saying, “Then the kingdom of God has come upon you.” Do you see the abundance of wisdom? By the very things for which they accused him, by these he showed his coming shining forth. Then, to draw them on, he did not say simply, “The kingdom has come,” but “upon you”; as if he said, “The good things have come to you; why then are you displeased at your own blessings? Why do you war against your own salvation? This is that time which the prophets foretold of old; this is the sign of the coming sung by them, that these things are done by divine power.” “For that they are done, you yourselves know too; and that they are done by divine power, the facts cry out. For it is not possible that Satan is stronger now, but of all necessity he is weak; and he who is weak cannot, as if he were strong, cast out the strong demon.” And he said these things showing the power of love, and the weakness of division and contention. Therefore he himself also continually exhorted the disciples, up and down, about love, and said that the devil does everything to destroy it. Having then stated the second solution, he adds a third too, speaking thus: “Or how can anyone enter the house of the strong man and plunder his goods, unless he first binds the strong man, and then he will plunder his goods?” For that it is not possible for Satan to cast out Satan is clear from what has been said; and that it is not possible to cast him out otherwise unless one first overcomes him, this too is agreed by all. What then is established from these things? What was said before, with greater abundance. “For I am so far,” he says, “from using the devil as an ally, that I even war against him and bind him; and the proof of this is the plundering of his goods.” See how the opposite of what they were trying to establish is demonstrated. For they wished to show that it was not by his own power that he casts out demons; but he shows that not only the demons, but also their chief himself, he holds bound with great authority, and that he has overcome him before these by his own power; and this is clear from what happens. For if the one is ruler and the others are subject, how, unless he had been defeated and had submitted, would these have been plundered? And here what is said seems to me to be a prophecy too. For not only the demons are the devil’s goods, but also the men who do his works. Showing then that he not only casts out demons, but will also drive out the whole error of the world, and will destroy his sorceries, and will make all his things useless, he said these things. And he did not say, “will seize,” but “will plunder,” showing that it is done with authority. And he calls him strong, not because he is such by nature (God forbid!), but showing his former tyranny, which came about through our own carelessness. “He who is not with me is against me; and he who does not gather with me scatters.” Behold a fourth solution too. “For what do I wish?” he says. “To bring men to God, to teach virtue, to proclaim the kingdom. And what do the devil and the demons wish? The opposite of these things. How then would he who does not gather with me, nor is with me, have worked together with me? And why do I say work together? On the contrary, he desires even to scatter my things. He then who not only does not work with me, but even scatters, how would he have shown such concord with me as to cast out the demons with me?” And it is likely that he said this not about the devil only, but also about himself, as being against the devil and scattering his things. “And how,” someone says, “is he who is not with me against me?” By this very fact of not gathering. And if this is true, much more he who is against him. For if he who does not work together is an enemy, much more he who wars. And he says all these things so as to show that his enmity toward the devil is great and unspeakable. For tell me, if you had to fight someone, is not he who is unwilling to fight as your ally against you by this very fact? And if elsewhere he says, “He who is not against you is for you,” this is not contrary to this. For here he showed one who is against them, but there he shows one who is in part with them: “For in your name,” he says, “they cast out the demons.” And it seems to me that here he also hints at the Jews, setting them with the devil. For they too were against him and scattered what he gathered. For that he was hinting at them too he made clear by speaking thus: “Therefore I say to you, every sin and blasphemy will be forgiven men.” For since he had made his defense, and resolved the objection, and shown them to be shameless in vain, he now makes them afraid. For this too is no small part of counsel and correction, not only to make a defense and persuade, but also to threaten, which he does in many places when giving laws and counsel. And what has been said seems to have much obscurity; but if we attend, it will have an easy solution. First, then, it is well to hear the words themselves. “Every sin,” he says, “and blasphemy will be forgiven men; but the blasphemy against the Spirit will not be forgiven them. And whoever speaks a word against the Son of Man, it will be forgiven him; but whoever speaks against the Holy Spirit, it will not be forgiven him, neither in this age nor in the age to come.” What then is it that he says? “You have said many things against me, that I am a deceiver, that I am opposed to God. These things I forgive you if you repent, and I do not exact penalties from you; but the blasphemy against the Spirit will not be forgiven, not even to those who repent.” And how would this have reason? For this too was forgiven to those who repented. Many at least of those who had said these things believed afterward, and all was forgiven them. What then is it that he says? That this sin above all is unpardonable. Why ever? Because they did not know him, who he was; but of the Spirit they had received sufficient experience. For the prophets spoke through him what they spoke, and all those in the old covenant had a very high notion of him. What he says, then, is this: “Granted, you stumble at me because of the flesh that clothes me; can you say of the Spirit too, ‘We do not know him’? For this reason the blasphemy will be unpardonable for you, and you will pay the penalty both here and there.” For many were punished here only, as the fornicator, as those who partook of the mysteries unworthily among the Corinthians; but you both here and there. “Whatever blasphemies, then, you spoke against me before the cross, I forgive, and the very daring of the cross itself; and you will not be condemned for unbelief alone” (for neither did those who believed before the cross have complete faith; and in many places he charges them to make him known to no one before the passion; and on the cross he said that this sin was forgiven them). “But what you have said about the Spirit will have no pardon.” For that he is speaking about what was said against him before the cross, he added, “Whoever speaks a word against the Son of Man, it will be forgiven him; but whoever speaks against the Holy Spirit, no longer.” Why? “Because this is known to you, and you are shameless toward what is manifest. For even if you say that you do not know me, surely you are not ignorant of this too, that to cast out demons and to perform healings is a work of the Holy Spirit. So you insult not me only, but also the Holy Spirit. Therefore the penalty for you is inexorable, both here and there.” For of men some are punished both here and there; some here only; some there only; and some neither here nor there. Both here and there, like these very men (for they paid the penalty here too, when they suffered those incurable things at the capture of the city, and there they will endure a most grievous one), like the citizens of Sodom, like many others. There only, like the rich man being roasted, and not master even of a drop. Here only, like the fornicator among the Corinthians. Neither here nor there, like the apostles, like the prophets, like the blessed Job; for what they suffered was not of punishment, but of contests and wrestlings. Let us be eager, then, to belong to the portion of these; and if not of these, at least of those who wash away their sins here. For that judgment seat is fearful, and the punishment inexorable, and the penalty incurable. And if you wish not to pay the penalty even here, judge yourself, exact an account from yourself. Hear Paul saying, “If we judged ourselves, we would not be judged.” If you do this, advancing on the way you will come even to a crown. “And how shall we exact a penalty from ourselves?” someone says. Lament, groan bitterly, humble yourself, afflict yourself, remember your sins one by one. This is no small torment of the soul. If anyone has been in compunction, he knows that above all things the soul is punished by this. If anyone has been in remembrance of sins, he knows the pain that comes from it. For this reason God sets righteousness as the prize for such repentance, saying, “Declare your sins first, that you may be justified.” For it is not, it is not a small thing for correction, to gather all one’s sins together and turn them over one by one continually and reckon them up. For he who does this will be so pierced with compunction as not to think himself even worthy to live; and he who thinks this will be softer than any wax. For do not tell me only of acts of sexual immorality, nor of adulteries, nor of these things that are manifest and acknowledged by all; but gather also the secret plots, and the false accusations, and the evil speakings, and the vainglories, and envy, and all such things. For these too will bring no small punishment. For the reviler will fall into Gehenna; and the drunkard has nothing in common with the kingdom; and he who does not love his neighbor so offends God as not to be benefited even if he bears witness as a martyr; and he who neglects his own has denied the faith; and he who overlooks the poor is sent into the fire. Do not then think these things small, but gather them all, and write them as in a book. For if you write them, God blots them out; just as, if you do not write them, God both writes them in and exacts the penalty. It is far better, then, that they be written by us and blotted out above, than the opposite, that, when we have forgotten them, God should bring them before our eyes on that day. So that this may not happen, let us reckon up everything with exactness, and we shall find ourselves answerable for many things. For who is clean of covetousness? Do not tell me of the measure, but consider this, that even in a small thing we shall pay the same penalty, and repent. Who is free of insult? And this casts into Gehenna. Who has not secretly spoken evil of his neighbor? And this deprives of the kingdom. Who has not been arrogant? And this man is more unclean than all. Who has not looked with licentious eyes? And this man is a complete adulterer. Who has not been angry with his brother without cause? And this man is liable to the council. Who has not sworn? And this is from the evil one. Who has not sworn falsely? And this man is more than from the evil one. Who has not served mammon? And this man has fallen from the true service of Christ. I have other things too, greater than these, to say; but these are enough, and sufficient to bring to compunction one who is not of stone nor utterly insensible. For if each of them casts into Gehenna, what will they not do when all come together? “How then is it possible to be saved?” someone says. By applying the remedies that counterbalance these: almsgiving, prayers, compunction, repentance, humility, a contrite heart, contempt of possessions. For God has cut countless roads of salvation, if we are willing to attend. Let us attend, then, and by all means cleanse our wounds, showing mercy, letting go our anger against those who have grieved us, giving thanks to God for all things, fasting according to our power, praying sincerely, making friends for ourselves of the mammon of unrighteousness. For so we shall be able both to obtain pardon for our offenses and to attain the promised good things; of which may we all be counted worthy, by the grace and love for humanity of our Lord Jesus Christ, to whom be the glory and the might to the ages of ages. Amen.

Chapter 42

42.1Field 1

ποιήσατε τὸ δένδρον καλὸν, καὶ τὸν καρπὸν αὐτοῦ καλόν᾽ ἢ ποιήσατε τὸ δένδρον σαπρὸν, καὶ τὸν καρπὸν αὐτοῦ ς σαπρόν᾽ ἐκ γὰρ τοῦ καρποὺυ τὸ δένδρον γινώσκεται. ΠΑΛΙῚΝ ἑτέρως αὐτοὺς καταισχύνει, καὶ οὐκ ἀρκεῖται τοῖς προτέροις ἐλέγχοις. 'Γοῦ οὗτο δὲ ποιεῖ; οὐχ ἑαυτὸν ἀπαλλάττων ἐγκλημάτων (ἤρκει. γὰρ καὶ τὸ πρότερον), ἀλλ᾽ αὐτοὺς διορ θῶσαι βουλόμενος. ᾿ Ο δὲ λέγει, τοιοῦτόν ἐστιν οὐδεὶς ὑμῶν οὔτε ἐμέμψατο τοῖς θεραπευθεῖσιν, ὡς οὐ θεραπευθεῖσιν, οὔτε εἶπεν, ὅ ὃτι πονηρὸν τὸ δαίμονος ἐλευθεροῦν. Εἰ Ὀ γὰρ καὶ σφόδρα ἠναισχύντουν, οὐκ ἐδύναντο τοῦτο εἰπεῖν. ᾿Επεὶ οὖν τοῖς μὲν ἔργοις οὐκ ἐπέσκηπτον, τὸν δὲ ταῦτα ἐργαζόμενον διέβαλλον, δείκνυσιν ὅ ὅτι καὶ παρὰ τοὺς κοινοὺς λογισμοὺς καὶ παρὰ τὴν τῶν πραγμάτων ἀκολουθίαν ἢ κατηγορία αὕτη. Ὅπερ ἐπιτεταμιένης ἐστὶν ἀναισχυντίας, τὸ μὴ μόνον πονηρεύεσθαι, ἀλλὰ καὶ τοιαῦτα συντιθέναι, ἃ καὶ παρὰ τὰς κοινάς ἐστιν ἐννοίας. Καὶ ὅ ὅρα τὸ ἀφιλόνεικον. Οὐ γὰρ εἶπε᾽ ποιήσατε τὸ δένδρον καλὸν, ἐπειδὴ καὶ ὁ καρπὸς καλόν᾽ Ἐ' ἀλλὰ μεθ᾽ ὑπερβολῆς αὐτοὺς ἐπιστομίζων, καὶ τὴν ἐπιείκειαν τὴν αὐτοῦ καὶ τὴν ἀναισχυντίαν τὴν ἐκείνων ἐνδεικνύμενός φησιν' εἰ καὶ τῶν ἔργων βούλεσθε ἐπιλαβέσθαι, οὐδὲν κωλύω μόνον μὴ ἀσύμφωνα, μηδὲ ἀνακόλουθα ἐγκαλεῖτε. Οὕτω γὰρ σαφέστερον ἁλίσκεσθαι ὄμελλον, πρὸς τὰ λίαν φανερὰ ἀναισχυντοῦντες. Ὥστε εἰκῇ πονηρεύεσθε, φησὶ, καὶ ἀνακόλουθα ἑαντοῖς λέγετε. Καὶ γὰρ ἡ τοῦ δένδρου διάκρισις ἀπὸ τοῦ καρποῦ φαίνεται, οὐχ ὁ καρπὸς απὸ τοῦ δένδρον ὑμεῖς δὲ τοὐναντίον ποιεῖτε. Εἰ γὰρ καὶ τὸ δένδρον τοῦ καρποῦ αἴτιον, ἀλλ' ὁ καρπὸς τοῦ δένδρον γνωριστικός. Καὶ ἀκόλουθον ἣν, ἢ καὶ τὰ ἔργα διαβάλλειν ἡμᾶς αἰτιωμένους, ἢ ταῦτα ἐπαινοῦντας, καὶ ἡμᾶς τοὺς ἐργαζομένους τών ἐγκλημάτων ἀπαλλάττειν τούτων. Νῦν δὲ τοὐναντίον ποιεῖτε τοῖς γὰρ ἔργοις οὐδὲν ἐγκαλεῖν ἔ ἔχοντες, ὅπερ ἐστὶν ὁ καρπὸς, τὴν ἐναντίαν περὶ τοῦ δένδρου φέρετε ψῆφον, ἐμὲ δαιμονῶντα καλοῦντες, ὅπερ ἐσχάτης ἐστὶ παροινίας. Καὶ γὰρ ὅπερ ἔμπροσθεν εἶπε, τοῦτο καὶ νῦν κατασκευάζει, ὅτι οὐ δύναται δένδρον ἀγαθὸν καρποὺς πονῆὴροὺς ποιεῖν, οὐδ᾽ αὖ τοὐναντίον πάλιν. Ὥστε παρὰ πᾶσαν ἀκολουθίαν καὶ φύσιν αὐτῶν τὰ ἐγκλήματα. Εἶτα ἐπειδὴ οὐχ ὑπὲρ ἐαντοῦ, ἀλλ᾽ ὑπὲρ τοῦ πνεύματος ποιεῖται τὸν λόγον, καὶ καταφορικῶς κέχρηται τῆ κατηγορίᾳ λέγων ὅδε γεννήματα ἐχιδνῶν, πῶς δύνασθε ἀγαθὰ λαλεῖν, πονηροὶ ὄντες ; ᾿ Τοῦτο δὲ ὁμοῦ καὶ ἐγκαλοῦντός ἐστι, καὶ τῶν εἰρημένων τὴν ἀπόδειξιν εξ ἐ εκείνων παρέχοντος. ᾿Ιδοὺ γὰρ ὑμεῖς, φησὶ, δένδρα ὄ ὄντες πονηρά, οὐ δύνασθε φέρειν καρπὸν ἀγαθόν. Οὐ τοίνυν θαυμάζω, ὅτι ταῦτα φθέγγεσθε: καὶ γὰρ ἐτράφητε κακῶς; προγόνων ὄντες πονηρῶν, καὶ διάνοιαν κέκτησθε πονηράν. Καὶ ὅρα πώς ἀκριβῶς καὶ χωρὶς λαβῆς ἁπάσης τέθεικε τὰ ἐγκλήματα. Οὐ γὰρ εἶπε πῶς δύνασθε ἀγαθὰ λαλεῖν, γεννήματα ὄντες ἐχιδνῶν : οὐδὲν γὰρ τοῦτο πρὸς ἐκεῖνο ἀλλά, πῶς δύνασθε ἀγαθὰ λαλεῖν, πονηροὶ ὄντες Γ εὐνηματα Ἢ δὲ ἐχιδνῶν αὐτοὺς εἴρηκεν, ἐπειδὴ ἐπὶ τοῖς προγόνοις ὃ ηὔχουν. Δεικνὺς τοίνυν, ὅτι οὐδὲν αὐτοῖς ἐντεῦθεν τὸ κέρδος, τῆς μὲν πρὸς τὸν Αβραὰμ ἐξέβαλεν αὐτοὺς σνγγενείας δίδωσι δὲ αὐτοῖς προγόνους ὁμοτρόπους, τῆς ἐκεῖθεν περιφανείας γυμνώσας αὐτούς. ᾿Εκ γὰρ τοῦ περισσεύματος τῆς καρδίας τὸ στόμα λαλεῖ.Ἶ ᾿Ενταῦθα πάλιν τὴν θεότητα αὐτοῦ δείκνυσιν εἰδυῖαν τὰ ἀπόῤῥητα καὶ ὅτι οὐχὶ βημάτων μόνον, ἀλλὰ καὶ πονηρῶν ἐννοιῶν δώσουσι δίκην᾽ καὶ ὅτι οἷδεν αὐτὰ ἣ᾿᾿ ὡς θεός. Λέγει δὲ ὅτι καὶ ἀνθρώποις δυνατὸν ταῦτα εἰδόναι φύσεως γὰρ ἀκολουθία τοῦτο, τὸ ὑπερβλυζούσης ἕἔ ἔνδον τῆς πονηρίας ἐκχεῖσθαι ἔξω διὰ τοῦ στόματος τὰ ῥήματα. Ὥστε ὅταν ἀκούσης ἀνθρώπου πονηρὰ φθεγγομένου, μὴ τοσαύτην νόμιζε πονηρίαν ἐγκεῖσθαι αὐτῷ, ὅσην τὰ βήματα ἐπιδείκνυται ἀλλὰ πολλῷ Ε πλείονα στοχάζου εἶναι τὴν πηγήν᾽ τὸ γὰρ ἔξωθεν λεγόμενον, τὸ περιττόν ἐστι τοῦ ἔνδον. Εἶδες πῶς αὐτῶν καθήψατο σφοδρῶς : : Εἰ γὰρ τὸ λεχθὲν οὕτω πονηρὸν, καὶ ἀπ᾽ αὐτῆς τοῦ διαβόλου τῆς γνώμης ἐστὶν, ἐννόησον ἡ ῥίζα καὶ ἡ πηγὴ τῶν ῥημάτων ἡλίκη. Συμβαίνει δὲ τοῦτο εἰκοτως ἡ μὲν γὰρ ,Ὑλῶττα αἰσχυνομένη πολλάκις οὐκ ἀθρόον ἐκχεῖ τὴν πονηρίαν ἢ δὲ καρδία οὐδένα ἀνθρώπων ἔχουσα μάρτυρα, ἀδεῶς ὅ ὅσα ἂν θέλη τίκτει κακά τοῦ γὰρ θεοῦ οὐ πολὺς λόγος αὐτῇ. ᾿Επεὶ οὖν τὰ μὲν λεγόμενα εἰς ἐξέτασιν ἔρχεται καὶ πᾶσι προτίθεται, ἐκείνη δὲ συνεσκίασται, διὰ τοῦτο ' τὰ μὲν ταύτης ἐλάττω, τὰ δὲ ἐκείνης, πλείονα γίνεται. Ὅνταν δὲ πολὺ τὸ πλῆθος γένηται τῶν ἔνδον, πολλῷ τῷ ᾿ροίζῳ τὰ τέως κρυπτόμενα πρόεισι. Καὶ καθάπερ οἱ ἐμοῦντες, παρὰ μὲν τὴν α ἣν βιάζονται ἔνδον κατέχειν ἐκπηδῶντας τοὺς χυμοὺς, ἐπει ἀν δὲ ἐκνικηθῶσι, πολλὴν τὴν βδελνγμίαν προΐενται οὕτω καὶ οἱ τὰ πονηρὰ βουλεύ- Β ματα ἔχοντες, καὶ τοὺς πλησίον ᾿κακηγοροῦντες. Ὁ ἀγαθὸς ἄνθρωπος ἐκ τοῦ ἀγαθοῦ θησαυροῦ, φησὶν, ἐκβάλλει τὰ ἀγαθά καὶ ὁ πονηρὸς ἄνθρωπος ἐκ τοῦ πονηροῦ ᾿θησαυροῦ ἐκβάλλει τὰ πονηρα. ι.)

poiēsate to dendron kalon, kai ton karpon autou kalon᾽ ē poiēsate to dendron sapron, kai ton karpon autou s sapron᾽ ek gar tou karpouy to dendron ginōsketai. PALIIN heterōs autous kataischynei, kai ouk arkeitai tois proterois elenchois. 'Gou houto de poiei? ouch heauton apallattōn enklēmatōn (ērkei. gar kai to proteron), all᾽ autous dior thōsai boulomenos. ᾿ O de legei, toiouton estin oudeis hymōn oute emempsato tois therapeutheisin, hōs ou therapeutheisin, oute eipen, ho hoti ponēron to daimonos eleutheroun. Ei O gar kai sphodra ēnaischyntoun, ouk edynanto touto eipein. ᾿Epei oun tois men ergois ouk epeskēpton, ton de tauta ergazomenon dieballon, deiknysin ho hoti kai para tous koinous logismous kai para tēn tōn pragmatōn akolouthian ē katēgoria hautē. Hoper epitetamienēs estin anaischyntias, to mē monon ponēreuesthai, alla kai toiauta syntithenai, ha kai para tas koinas estin ennoias. Kai ho hora to aphiloneikon. Ou gar eipe᾽ poiēsate to dendron kalon, epeidē kai ho karpos kalon᾽ E' alla meth᾽ hyperbolēs autous epistomizōn, kai tēn epieikeian tēn autou kai tēn anaischyntian tēn ekeinōn endeiknymenos phēsin' ei kai tōn ergōn boulesthe epilabesthai, ouden kōlyō monon mē asymphōna, mēde anakoloutha enkaleite. Houtō gar saphesteron haliskesthai omellon, pros ta lian phanera anaischyntountes. Hōste eikę̄ ponēreuesthe, phēsi, kai anakoloutha heantois legete. Kai gar hē tou dendrou diakrisis apo tou karpou phainetai, ouch ho karpos apo tou dendron hymeis de tounantion poieite. Ei gar kai to dendron tou karpou aition, all' ho karpos tou dendron gnōristikos. Kai akolouthon hēn, ē kai ta erga diaballein hēmas aitiōmenous, ē tauta epainountas, kai hēmas tous ergazomenous tōn enklēmatōn apallattein toutōn. Nyn de tounantion poieite tois gar ergois ouden enkalein e echontes, hoper estin ho karpos, tēn enantian peri tou dendrou pherete psēphon, eme daimonōnta kalountes, hoper eschatēs esti paroinias. Kai gar hoper emprosthen eipe, touto kai nyn kataskeuazei, hoti ou dynatai dendron agathon karpous ponēērous poiein, oud᾽ au tounantion palin. Hōste para pasan akolouthian kai physin autōn ta enklēmata. Eita epeidē ouch hyper eantou, all᾽ hyper tou pneumatos poieitai ton logon, kai kataphorikōs kechrētai tē katēgorią legōn hode gennēmata echidnōn, pōs dynasthe agatha lalein, ponēroi ontes ? ᾿ Touto de homou kai enkalountos esti, kai tōn eirēmenōn tēn apodeixin ex e ekeinōn parechontos. ᾿Idou gar hymeis, phēsi, dendra o ontes ponēra, ou dynasthe pherein karpon agathon. Ou toinyn thaumazō, hoti tauta phthengesthe: kai gar etraphēte kakōs? progonōn ontes ponērōn, kai dianoian kektēsthe ponēran. Kai hora pōs akribōs kai chōris labēs hapasēs tetheike ta enklēmata. Ou gar eipe pōs dynasthe agatha lalein, gennēmata ontes echidnōn : ouden gar touto pros ekeino alla, pōs dynasthe agatha lalein, ponēroi ontes G eunēmata Ē de echidnōn autous eirēken, epeidē epi tois progonois ho ēuchoun. Deiknys toinyn, hoti ouden autois enteuthen to kerdos, tēs men pros ton Abraam exebalen autous snngeneias didōsi de autois progonous homotropous, tēs ekeithen periphaneias gymnōsas autous. ᾿Ek gar tou perisseumatos tēs kardias to stoma lalei.I ᾿Entautha palin tēn theotēta autou deiknysin eiduian ta aporrhēta kai hoti ouchi bēmatōn monon, alla kai ponērōn ennoiōn dōsousi dikēn᾽ kai hoti hoiden auta hē᾿᾿ hōs theos. Legei de hoti kai anthrōpois dynaton tauta eidonai physeōs gar akolouthia touto, to hyperblyzousēs hee endon tēs ponērias ekcheisthai exō dia tou stomatos ta rhēmata. Hōste hotan akousēs anthrōpou ponēra phthengomenou, mē tosautēn nomize ponērian enkeisthai autǭ, hosēn ta bēmata epideiknytai alla pollǭ E pleiona stochazou einai tēn pēgēn᾽ to gar exōthen legomenon, to peritton esti tou endon. Eides pōs autōn kathēpsato sphodrōs : : Ei gar to lechthen houtō ponēron, kai ap᾽ autēs tou diabolou tēs gnōmēs estin, ennoēson hē rhiza kai hē pēgē tōn rhēmatōn hēlikē. Symbainei de touto eikotōs hē men gar ,Hylōtta aischynomenē pollakis ouk athroon ekchei tēn ponērian ē de kardia oudena anthrōpōn echousa martyra, adeōs ho hosa an thelē tiktei kaka tou gar theou ou polys logos autę̄. ᾿Epei oun ta men legomena eis exetasin erchetai kai pasi protithetai, ekeinē de syneskiastai, dia touto ' ta men tautēs elattō, ta de ekeinēs, pleiona ginetai. Hontan de poly to plēthos genētai tōn endon, pollǭ tǭ ᾿roizǭ ta teōs kryptomena proeisi. Kai kathaper hoi emountes, para men tēn a hēn biazontai endon katechein ekpēdōntas tous chymous, epei an de eknikēthōsi, pollēn tēn bdelngmian proïentai houtō kai hoi ta ponēra bouleu- B mata echontes, kai tous plēsion ᾿kakēgorountes. Ho agathos anthrōpos ek tou agathou thēsaurou, phēsin, ekballei ta agatha kai ho ponēros anthrōpos ek tou ponērou ᾿thēsaurou ekballei ta ponēra. i.)

“Either make the tree good, and its fruit good; or make the tree rotten, and its fruit rotten; for the tree is known by its fruit.” Again he puts them to shame in another way, and is not content with the former refutations. And he does this not to free himself from charges (for the former was enough), but wishing to correct them. What he says is this: “None of you either found fault with those who were healed, as though they had not been healed, or said that it is evil to set someone free from a demon.” For even though they were exceedingly shameless, they could not say this. Since then they did not attack the works, but slandered the one who did them, he shows that this accusation is contrary both to common reasoning and to the sequence of the facts; which is the mark of intense shamelessness, not only to do wickedly, but also to compose such things as are contrary even to common notions. And see how free he is of contentiousness. For he did not say, “Make the tree good, since the fruit too is good,” but, stopping their mouths with abundance, and showing his own gentleness and their shamelessness, he says, “Even if you wish to lay hold of the works, I do not hinder you; only do not make charges that are inconsistent and do not follow.” For so they were going to be caught more clearly, being shameless toward things exceedingly manifest. “So you act wickedly in vain,” he says, “and say things inconsistent with yourselves. For the discerning of the tree appears from the fruit, not the fruit from the tree; but you do the opposite. For even if the tree is the cause of the fruit, yet the fruit is what makes the tree known. And it would have been consistent either to slander the works too, if you were accusing us, or, if you praised them, to free us who do them from these charges too. But now you do the opposite; for having nothing to charge against the works, which are the fruit, you cast the contrary vote about the tree, calling me possessed by a demon, which is the height of drunken madness.” For what he said before he establishes now too, that a good tree cannot bear evil fruit, nor again the opposite. So their charges are contrary to all consistency and nature. Then, since he was speaking not on his own behalf but on behalf of the Spirit, he uses the accusation vehemently too, saying, “Brood of vipers, how can you speak good things, being evil?” And this was the part of one at once accusing them and furnishing the proof of what had been said from them. “For behold,” he says, “you, being evil trees, cannot bear good fruit. I do not wonder, then, that you utter these things; for you were reared badly, being of wicked ancestors, and you have acquired a wicked mind.” And see how exactly and without any handle he has set down the charges. For he did not say, “How can you speak good things, being a brood of vipers?” for this has nothing to do with that; but, “How can you speak good things, being evil?” And he called them a brood of vipers because they boasted of their ancestors. Showing then that there is no gain for them from this, he cast them out of their kinship with Abraham, and gives them ancestors of like character, having stripped them of the distinction that came from there. “For out of the abundance of the heart the mouth speaks.” Here again he shows his divinity, knowing secret things; and that they will pay the penalty not only for words but also for evil thoughts; and that he knows them as God. But he says that it is possible for men too to know these things; for this is the sequence of nature, that when wickedness overflows within, words pour out through the mouth. So when you hear a man uttering evil things, do not think so much wickedness lies in him as his words display, but conjecture that the spring is far more; for what is said outwardly is the overflow of what is within. Do you see how vehemently he laid hold of them? For if what was said was so evil, and came from the very mind of the devil, consider how great is the root and the spring of the words. And this happens with reason. For the tongue, being often ashamed, does not pour out its wickedness all at once; but the heart, having no man as witness, without fear gives birth to whatever evils it wishes; for it takes little account of God. Since then the things spoken come under examination and are set before all, while the heart is overshadowed, for this reason the things of the tongue become fewer and those of the heart more. But when the multitude of what is within becomes great, the things hidden till then come forth with a great rush. And as those who vomit at first force themselves to keep down the humors leaping out, but when they are overcome bring forth much loathsomeness, so too those who have evil designs and speak evil of their neighbors. “The good man,” he says, “out of the good treasure brings forth good things; and the evil man out of the evil treasure brings forth evil things.”

42.2Field 1

Μὴ γὰρ δὴ νομίσης, φησὶν, ἐπὶ τῆς πονηρίας τοῦτο γίνεσθαι μόνον' καὶ γὰρ καὶ ἐπὶ τῆς ἀγαθότητος τουτο συμβαίνει καὶ γὰρ καὶ ἐκεῖ πλείων τῶν ἔξωθεν ῥ βημάτων ἔνδον ἡ ἡ ἀρετή. Ἔξ ὦ ὡν ἐδείκνυ, ὅτι κακείνους πονηροτέρους ἐχρῆν νομίζειν, ἢ τὰ ῥήματα ἐνεδείκνυτο, καὶ αὐτὸν ἀγαθώτερον, ἢ ἢ τὰ λεγόμενα ἐνέφαινε. σ Θησαυρὸν δέ φησι, τὸ πλῆθος ἐνδεικνύμενος. Εἶτα πάλιν πολὺν ἐπιτειχίζει τὸν φόβον. Μὴ γὰρ δὴ νομίσητε, φησὶ, μέχρι τούτου καὶ τῆς τῶν πολλών καταγνώσεως τὸ πρᾶγμα ἑστηκέναι καὶ γὰρ τὴν ἐσχάτην δωσουσι δίκην ἅ ἅπαντες οἱ τὰ τοιαῦτα πονηρευόμενοι. Καὶ οὐκ εἶπεν, ὑμεῖς ὁμοῦ μὲν τὸ κοινὸν παιδεύων γένος, ὁμοῦ δὲ ἀνεπαχθέστερον τὸν λόγον ποιῶν. Λέγω δὲ ὑμῖν, ὅτι πᾶν ῥῆμα ἀργὸν, φησὶν, ὃ ἐὰν λαλήσωσιν οἱ ἄνθρωποι, ἀποδώσουσι περὶ αὐτοῦ λόγον Ὦ ἐν ἡμέρᾳ κρίσεως. Ἀργὸν δὲ, τὸ μὴ κατὰ πράγματος κείμενον, τὸ ψευδὲς, τὸ συκοφαντίαν ἔχον᾽ τινὲς δέ φασιν, ὅτι καὶ τὸ μάταιον οἷον, τὸ γέλωτα κινοῦν ἄτακτον, ἢ τὸ αἰσχρὸν καὶ ἀναίσχυντον καὶ ἀνελεύθερον. δ Ἔκ γὰρ τῶν λόγων σου δικαιωθήση, καὶ ἐκ τῶν λόγων σον ᾿κατακριθήση. Εἶδες πῶς ἀνεπαχθὲς, τὸ δικαστήριον: πώς ἥμεροι αἱ εὐθυναι Οὐ γὰρ ἐξ ὧν ἕτερος εἶπε περὶ σοῦ, ἀλλ᾽ ἐξ ὦ ων αὖὐτὸς εφθέγξω, τὰς ψήφους ὃ δικαστὴς οἴσει ὅπερ ἁπαντων ἐστὶ δικαιότατον. Καὶ γὰρ σὺ κύριος εἶ καὶ τοῦ εἰπεῖν καὶ τοῦ μὴ εἰπεῖν. Οὐ τοίνυν τοὺς κακηγορουμένους ἀγωνιαν δεῖ καὶ τρέμειν, ἀλλὰ τοὺς κακηγοροῦντας. Οὐ γὰρ ἐκεῖνοι «ἀναγκάζονται ἀπολογεῖσθαι ὑπὲρ ὧν κακὼς ἤκουσαν, ἀλλ᾽ οὗτοι ὑπὲρ ὧν κακῶς εἶπον καὶ τούτοις ἐπικρέμαται ὁ κίνδυνος ἅπας. Ὥστε τοὺς μὲν κακῶς ἀκούοντας ἀμερίμνοὺυς δεῖ εἶναι᾽ οὐ γὰρ παρέξουσιν εὐθύνας ὧν ἕτεροι εἶπον κακῶτ᾽ τοὺς δὲ κακῶς εἰρηκότας ἀγωνιᾶν καὶ τρέμειν, ἅτε αὐτοὺς μέλλοντας εἰς τὸ δικαστήριον ὑπὲρ τούτων ὅλκεσθαι. Καὶ γὰρ διαβολικὴ αὕτη παγὶς; καὶ ἁμαρτία οὐδεμίαν ἕ ἔχουσα ἡδονὴν, ἀλλὰ βλάβην μόνον. Καὶ γὰρ πονηρὸν ἐν τῇ ψυχῇ θησαυρὸν ἀποτίθεται ὁ τοιοῦτος. Εἰ δὲ ὁ χυμὸν τονηρὸν ἔχων, αὐτὸς καρποῦται πρῶτον τὴν νόσον πολλῷ μᾶλλον ὁ τὸ χολῆς πάσης πικρότερον, τὴν πονηρίαν, ἐν ἑαυτῷ ἐμ ν τἰ τα τὰ ἔσχατα πείσεται, χαλεπὴν συνάγων νόσον. ὶ δῆλον ἐξ ὧν ἐρεύγεται. Εἰ γὰρ τοὺς ἄλλους οὕτω ἐταν πολλῷ μαλλον τὴν τίκτουσαν αὐτὰ ψυχήν. Ὁ γάρ ἐπιβουλεύων, ἑαυτὸν ἀναιρεῖ πρῶτον᾽ καὶ γὰρ ὁ πὺρ ὺ πατών, βαντὸν κατακαίει καὶ ὁ ἀδάμαντα παίων, ἑαυτῷ ἐπηρεάζει καὶ ὃ πρὸς κέντρα λακτίζων, ἑαυτὸν αἱμάττει. Τοιοὗτον γάρ τί ἐστιν ὁ εἰδὼς ἀδικεῖσθαι καὶ φέρειν γενναίως, καὶ ἀδάμας, καὶ κέντρα, καὶ πῦρ᾽ ὁ δὲ ἀδικεῖν μεμελετηκώς, πηλοῦ παντὸς ἀσθενέστερος. Οὐ τοίνυν τὸ ἀδικεῖσθαι κακὸν, ἀλλὰ τὸ ἀδικεῖν, καὶ τὸ μὴ εἰδέναι φέρειν ἀδικούμενον. Πόσα γοῦν ἠδικεῖτο ὁ Δαυΐδ: πόσα δὲ ηδίκει ὁ Σαούλ ; Τίς οὖν ἰσχυρότερος γέγονε καὶ μακαριώτερος ; τίς δὲ ἀθλιώτερος καὶ ἐλεεινότερος ; οὐχ ὁ ἠδικηκώς; Σκόπει δέ. Ὑπέσχετο ὁ Σαοὺλ, εἰ καθέλοι τὸν ἀλλόφυλον Δαυΐδ, κηδεστὴν ᾿ Ζ΄ε ᾿ ΄-- αὐτὸν λήψεσθαι, καὶ δοῦναι τὴν θυγατέρα αὐτῷ μετὰ πολλῆς τῆς χάριτος. Καθεῖλε τὸν αλλόφυλον᾽ παρέβη τὰς συνθήκας ἐκεῖνος, καὶ οὐ μόνον οὐκ ἐδίδον, ἀλλὰ καὶ ἀνελεῖν Ο ᾽ Φ ἐπεχείρει. Τίς οὖν γέγονε λαμπρότερος: Οὐχ ὁ μὲν ἀπεσι φ ΄- μας Ά πνίγετο ὑπὸ τῆς ἀθυμίας καὶ τοῦ πονηροῦ δαίμονος, ὁ δὲ ΜΝ σι ὑπὲρ τὸν ἥλιον ἔλαμπε τοῖς τροπαίοις καὶ τῇ πρὸς τὸν θεὸν εὐνοίᾳ: Πάλιν ἐπὶ τοῦ χοροῦ τῶν γυναικῶν, οὐχ ὁ ΄- ΄- ΄σ΄ι ’᾽ μὲν ἀπηγχονίζετο τῷ φθόνῳ, ὁ δὲ τῇ σιγῇ παντα φέρων, ἅπαντας εἷλε καὶ ἑαυτῷ προσέδησεν:; ᾿Ἐπειδὴ δὲ καὶ αὐτὸς ἔλαβεν αὐτὸν εἰς χεῖρας; καὶ ἐφείσατο, τίς πάλιν μακάριος ἣν; τίς δὲ ἄθλιος: δὲ ὁ ἀἁ ς : τίς δὲ ὁ ὃ ἥν; τίς ὁὲ ἀθλιος; τίς ὁξὲ ο ασθενέστερος ; τίς ὁὲ ὁ ὀυ’ Φ « δὲ ὃ ’ ᾽ ’ σιν νατώτερος; Οὐχ οὗτος ὁ μηδὲ δικαίως ἐπεξελθών; Καὶ ᾽ ’ ε μάλα εἰκότως. Ὁ μὲν γὰρ στρατιώτας ὡπλισμένους, ὁ δὲ Ὁ τὴν δικαιοσύνην τὴν μυρίων στρατοπέδων ἰσχυροτέραν εἶχε ’ , ’ ’ ὕ᾽ νθ ἐδ σύμμαχον καὶ βοηθόν. Διά τοι τοῦτο ἐπιβουλευθεὶς ἀδίκως, ᾽ ΄-- ς ΝΜ ᾿ ΝΜ οὐδὲ δικαίως ἀνελεῖν ὑπέμεινεν. Ηϊτδεε γὰρ ἐκ τῶν ἔμπροσθεν, ὅτι οὐ τὸ ποιεῖν κακῶς, ἀλλὰ τὸ πάσχειν κακῶς, τοῦτο ποιεῖ δυνατωτέρους. Τοῦτο καὶ ἐπὶ τῶν σωμάτων γίνεται, τοῦτο καὶ ἐπὶ δένδρων. Τί δὲ ὁ Ιακωβ: οὐκ ἠδικήθη παρὰ . ’ ᾽ ΓΜ - ’ δ δ᾽ ᾽ ’ ᾿ τοῦ Λαβαν, καὶ ἔπαθε κακῶς: Τίς οὐν ἴην ἰσχυρότερος : ὁ λαβὼν αὐτὸν εἰς χεῖρας, καὶ μὴ τολμῶν ἅψασθαι, ἀλλὰ Φ δεδοικὼς καὶ τρέμων, ἢ οὗτος ὁ χωρὶς ὅπλων καὶ στρα΄σι ’ ’ ’ ἰὴ - ’ ΓΙ τιωτῶν μυρίων βασιλέων γενόμενος αὐτῷ φοβερώτερος ; Ἵνα

Mē gar dē nomisēs, phēsin, epi tēs ponērias touto ginesthai monon' kai gar kai epi tēs agathotētos touto symbainei kai gar kai ekei pleiōn tōn exōthen rh bēmatōn endon hē hē aretē. Ex ō hōn edeikny, hoti kakeinous ponēroterous echrēn nomizein, ē ta rhēmata enedeiknyto, kai auton agathōteron, ē ē ta legomena enephaine. s Thēsauron de phēsi, to plēthos endeiknymenos. Eita palin polyn epiteichizei ton phobon. Mē gar dē nomisēte, phēsi, mechri toutou kai tēs tōn pollōn katagnōseōs to pragma hestēkenai kai gar tēn eschatēn dōsousi dikēn ha hapantes hoi ta toiauta ponēreuomenoi. Kai ouk eipen, hymeis homou men to koinon paideuōn genos, homou de anepachthesteron ton logon poiōn. Legō de hymin, hoti pan rhēma argon, phēsin, ho ean lalēsōsin hoi anthrōpoi, apodōsousi peri autou logon Ō en hēmerą kriseōs. Argon de, to mē kata pragmatos keimenon, to pseudes, to sykophantian echon᾽ tines de phasin, hoti kai to mataion hoion, to gelōta kinoun atakton, ē to aischron kai anaischynton kai aneleutheron. d Ek gar tōn logōn sou dikaiōthēsē, kai ek tōn logōn son ᾿katakrithēsē. Eides pōs anepachthes, to dikastērion: pōs hēmeroi hai euthynai Ou gar ex hōn heteros eipe peri sou, all᾽ ex ō ōn auytos ephthenxō, tas psēphous ho dikastēs oisei hoper hapantōn esti dikaiotaton. Kai gar sy kyrios ei kai tou eipein kai tou mē eipein. Ou toinyn tous kakēgoroumenous agōnian dei kai tremein, alla tous kakēgorountas. Ou gar ekeinoi «anankazontai apologeisthai hyper hōn kakōs ēkousan, all᾽ houtoi hyper hōn kakōs eipon kai toutois epikrematai ho kindynos hapas. Hōste tous men kakōs akouontas amerimnouys dei einai᾽ ou gar parexousin euthynas hōn heteroi eipon kakōt᾽ tous de kakōs eirēkotas agōnian kai tremein, hate autous mellontas eis to dikastērion hyper toutōn holkesthai. Kai gar diabolikē hautē pagis? kai hamartia oudemian he echousa hēdonēn, alla blabēn monon. Kai gar ponēron en tę̄ psychę̄ thēsauron apotithetai ho toioutos. Ei de ho chymon tonēron echōn, autos karpoutai prōton tēn noson pollǭ mallon ho to cholēs pasēs pikroteron, tēn ponērian, en heautǭ em n ti ta ta eschata peisetai, chalepēn synagōn noson. i dēlon ex hōn ereugetai. Ei gar tous allous houtō etan pollǭ mallon tēn tiktousan auta psychēn. Ho gar epibouleuōn, heauton anairei prōton᾽ kai gar ho pyr y patōn, banton katakaiei kai ho adamanta paiōn, heautǭ epēreazei kai ho pros kentra laktizōn, heauton haimattei. Toiouton gar ti estin ho eidōs adikeisthai kai pherein gennaiōs, kai adamas, kai kentra, kai pyr᾽ ho de adikein memeletēkōs, pēlou pantos asthenesteros. Ou toinyn to adikeisthai kakon, alla to adikein, kai to mē eidenai pherein adikoumenon. Posa goun ēdikeito ho Dauïd: posa de ēdikei ho Saoul ? Tis oun ischyroteros gegone kai makariōteros ? tis de athliōteros kai eleeinoteros ? ouch ho ēdikēkōs? Skopei de. Hypescheto ho Saoul, ei katheloi ton allophylon Dauïd, kēdestēn ᾿ Z΄e ᾿ ΄-- auton lēpsesthai, kai dounai tēn thygatera autǭ meta pollēs tēs charitos. Katheile ton allophylon᾽ parebē tas synthēkas ekeinos, kai ou monon ouk edidon, alla kai anelein O ᾽ Ph epecheirei. Tis oun gegone lamproteros: Ouch ho men apesi ph ΄- mas A pnigeto hypo tēs athymias kai tou ponērou daimonos, ho de MN si hyper ton hēlion elampe tois tropaiois kai tę̄ pros ton theon eunoią: Palin epi tou chorou tōn gynaikōn, ouch ho ΄- ΄- ΄s΄i ’᾽ men apēnchonizeto tǭ phthonǭ, ho de tę̄ sigę̄ panta pherōn, hapantas heile kai heautǭ prosedēsen:? ᾿Epeidē de kai autos elaben auton eis cheiras? kai epheisato, tis palin makarios hēn? tis de athlios: de ho haa s : tis de ho ho hēn? tis hoe athlios? tis hoxe o asthenesteros ? tis hoe ho ou’ Ph « de ho ’ ᾽ ’ sin natōteros? Ouch houtos ho mēde dikaiōs epexelthōn? Kai ᾽ ’ e mala eikotōs. Ho men gar stratiōtas hōplismenous, ho de Ho tēn dikaiosynēn tēn myriōn stratopedōn ischyroteran eiche ’ , ’ ’ hy᾽ nth ed symmachon kai boēthon. Dia toi touto epibouleutheis adikōs, ᾽ ΄-- s NM ᾿ NM oude dikaiōs anelein hypemeinen. Ēïtdee gar ek tōn emprosthen, hoti ou to poiein kakōs, alla to paschein kakōs, touto poiei dynatōterous. Touto kai epi tōn sōmatōn ginetai, touto kai epi dendrōn. Ti de ho Iakōb: ouk ēdikēthē para . ’ ᾽ GM - ’ d d᾽ ᾽ ’ ᾿ tou Laban, kai epathe kakōs: Tis oun iēn ischyroteros : ho labōn auton eis cheiras, kai mē tolmōn hapsasthai, alla Ph dedoikōs kai tremōn, ē houtos ho chōris hoplōn kai stra΄si ’ ’ ’ iē - ’ GI tiōtōn myriōn basileōn genomenos autǭ phoberōteros ? Hina

“For do not think,” he says, “that this happens in the case of wickedness only; for this happens in the case of goodness too; for there too the virtue within is greater than the words outside.” From which he showed that those men should be thought more wicked than their words displayed, and himself better than what was said showed. And he says “treasure,” showing the abundance. Then again he builds up a great fear against them. “For do not think,” he says, “that the matter stops at this and at the condemnation of the many; for all who do such wickedness will pay the utmost penalty.” And he did not say “you,” at once instructing the whole human race and making his word less offensive. “But I say to you,” he says, “that every idle word that men speak, they will give account of it in the day of judgment.” And “idle” is what does not correspond to fact, what is false, what contains false accusation; but some say that it is also the vain word, for example what moves disorderly laughter, or what is shameful and shameless and illiberal. “For by your words you will be justified, and by your words you will be condemned.” Do you see how inoffensive the judgment seat is? How mild the accounts? For not from what another said about you, but from what you yourself uttered, the judge will cast his votes, which is the most just of all. For you are master both of speaking and of not speaking. It is not, then, those who are spoken ill of who ought to be in anguish and tremble, but those who speak ill. For those are not compelled to defend themselves for what they heard spoken ill of them, but these for what they spoke ill; and over these the whole danger hangs. So those who are spoken ill of should be free of care, for they will not give account for what others said ill; while those who have spoken ill should be in anguish and tremble, since they themselves are going to be dragged to the judgment seat for these things. For this is a devilish snare, and a sin that has no pleasure, but only harm. For such a man lays up an evil treasure in his soul. And if he who has an evil humor reaps the disease first himself, much more will he who (…) the wickedness that is more bitter than all bile suffer the utmost, gathering a grievous disease. And this is clear from what he belches forth. For if it (…) others so, much more the soul that gives birth to these things. For he who plots destroys himself first; for he who treads on fire burns himself, and he who strikes adamant harms himself, and he who kicks against the goads makes himself bleed. For such a thing is he who knows how to be wronged and to bear it nobly: he is adamant and goads and fire; but he who has practised doing wrong is weaker than any clay. It is not, then, being wronged that is evil, but doing wrong, and not knowing how to bear being wronged. How many wrongs at any rate did David suffer? And how many did Saul do? Who then became stronger and more blessed? And who more wretched and pitiable? Was it not the one who did wrong? Consider. Saul promised, if David killed the foreigner, to take him as his son-in-law and to give him his daughter with great favor. He killed the foreigner; Saul transgressed the agreement, and not only did not give her, but even tried to kill him. Who then became more illustrious? Was not the one choked by despondency and by the evil demon, while the other shone above the sun with his trophies and with his favor with God? Again, at the dance of the women, was not the one strangled by envy, while the other, bearing everything in silence, won over all and bound them to himself? And when he too took him into his hands and spared him, who again was blessed? Who wretched? Who the weaker? Who the stronger? Was it not this man who did not avenge himself even justly? And with good reason. For the one had armed soldiers, but the other had as ally and helper righteousness, stronger than countless armies. For this reason, though plotted against unjustly, he did not consent to kill him even justly. For he knew from what went before that it is not doing evil, but suffering evil, that makes men more powerful. This happens with bodies too, this with trees too. And what of Jacob? Was he not wronged by Laban, and did he not suffer evil? Who then was stronger: the one who took him into his hands and did not dare to touch him, but feared and trembled, or this man, who without arms and soldiers became more fearful to him than countless kings? But so that

42.3Field 1

Ἑ δὲ καὶ ἑτέραν μείζονα ταύτης ἀπόδειξιν ὑμῖν παράσχωμαι ΄-ὐ ᾽ ΄ι - 8. τῶν εἰρημένων, ἐπ᾿ αὐτοῦ πάλιν τοῦ Δαυὶδ εἰς τοὐναντίον Φ τὸν λόγον γυμνάσωμεν. Ὃ γὰρ ἀδικηθεὶς οὗτος καὶ ἰσχύσας; ἀδικήσας ὕστερον πάλιν ἀσθενέστερος γέγονεν. Ὅτε γοῦν ἠδίκησε τὸν Οὐρίαν, μετέστη πάλιν ἡ τάξις, καὶ ἡ μὲν ἀσθένεια πρὸς τὸν ἀδικήσαντα, ἡ ) δὲ δύναμις πρὸς τὸν ἀδικηθέντα διέβη νεκρὸς γὰρ ὧν ἐπόρθει τὴν οἰκίαν τὴν ἐκείνου. Καὶ αὐτὸς μὲν βασιλεὺς ὦ ὧν καὶ ζῶν οὐδὲν ἴ ἰσχυσεν ἐκεῖνος δὲ καὶ στρατιώτης ὧν καὶ σφαγεὶς, πάντα ἄνω καὶ κάτω πεποίηκε τὰ ἐκείνου. Βούλεσθε καὶ ἑτέρωθεν, ὃ ὃ λέγω, ποιήσω σαφέστερον: : ᾿Εξετάσωμεν καὶ τοὺς δικαίως ἀμυνομένους. οι μὲν γὰρ ἀδικοῦντες, ὅτι πάντων εἰσὶν εὐτελέστεροι τῇ ἑαυτῶν πολεμοῦντες ψυχῇ, παντί που δηλόν ἑ ἐστιν. Β᾿ Αλλὰ ἢ τίς ἠμύνατο δικαίως, καὶ μυρία ἀνῆψε κακὰ, καὶ πολλαῖς ἑαντὸν περιέπειρε «συμφοραῖς τε καὶ ὀδύναις ; Ὁ τοῦ Δαυὶδ στρατηγύς. Οὗτος γὰρ καὶ πόλεμον συνεκρότησε χαλεπόν, καὶ μυρία ἔπαθε κακὰ, ὧν οὐδὲ ἕν ἂν ἐγεγόνει, εἴγε ἠπίστατο φιλοσοφεῖν. Φεύγωμεν τοίνυν τὴν ἁμαρτίαν ταύτην, καὶ μήτε βήμασι, μῆτε πράγμασιν ἀδικώμεν τοὺς πλησίον. Οὐδὲ γὰρ εἶπεν, ἐᾶν ᾿κακηγορήσῃς καὶ δικαστήριον καθίση ἀλλ᾽ ἁπλῶς, εν κακῶς εἴπης, καὶ κατὰ σαντὸν, καὶ οὕτω τὴν ἐσχάτην δώσεις δίκην. Κὰν ἀληθὲς ἢ ἢ τὸ εἰρημένον, σὺ δὲ κἂν πεπεισμένος εἴπης, καὶ οὕτω ᾿τιμωρηθήσῃ. Οὐ γὰρ ἐξ ὧν ἔπραξεν ἐκεῖνος, ἀλλ᾽ εξ ὧν εἶπες σὺ, τὴν ψῆφον ὁ θεὸς οἵσει ω ἐκ γὰρ τῶν λόγων σου κατακριθήση, φησίν. Οὐκ ἀκούεις, ὅτι καὶ ὁ Φαρισαῖος ταληθη ἐφθέγξατο, καὶ τὰ πᾶσι κατάδηλα εἶπεν, οὐ τὰ λανθάνοντα ἐκκαλύψας : ᾿Δλλ᾽ ὅμως τὴν ἐσχάτην ἔδωκε δίκην. Εἰ δὲ τῶν ὡμολογημένων οὐ δεῖ κατηγορεῖν, πολλῷ μᾶλλον τῶν Ἰμφισβητημένων' καὶ γὰρ ἔχει δικαστὴν ὃ πεπλημμεληκῶς. Μὴ τοίνυν ἁρπάσῃς τὴν αξίαν τοῦ μονογενοῦς. ᾿Εκείνῳ τῆς κρίσεως . θρόνος τετήρηται. ᾿Αλλὰ βούλει δικάζειν : : Ἔστι σοι κριτήριον, πολὺ τὸ κέρδος ἔ ἔχον, καὶ οὐδὲν ἔγκλημα φέρον. Κάθισον ἐπὶ τοῦ συνειδότος τὸν }}) δικάζοντα λογισμὸν, καὶ πάραγε εἰς μέσον τὰ πεπλημμελημένα σοι πάντα. ᾿Εξέτασόν σοὺ τὰ ἁμαρτήματα τῆς ψυχῆς, καὶ ἀπαίτει μετὰ ἀκριβείας τὰς εὐθύνας, καὶ λέγε διατί τὸ καὶ τό σοι τετόλμηται: Κάν ταῦτα μὲν φεύγῃ, τὰ δὲ ἑτέρων ἐξετάζῃ, λέγε πρὸς αὐτήν οὐχ ὑπὲρ τούτων σε κρίνω, οὐχ ὑπὲρ τούτων εἰσῆλθες ἀπολογησομένη. Τί γὰρ, ἂν ὁ δεῖνα πονηρός; Σὺ τίνος ἕνεκεν τὸ καὶ τὸ ἐπλημμέλησας : Ἀπολογοῦ, μὴ κατηγόρει τὰ ἑαυτῆς σκόπει, μὴ τὰ ἑτέρων. Καὶ συνεχῶς αὐτὴν εἰς ταύτην ἐμβίβαζε τὴν ἀγωνίαν. Εἶτα, ἄν μηδὲν ἔ ἐχῇ λέγειν, αλλὰ καταδύηται, κατάξαινε μαστίζων αὐτὴν, καθάπερ τινὰ θεραπαινίδα μετέωρον καὶ πορνευοβιένην. Καὶ τοῦτο καθ᾽ ἐ ἑκάστην ἡμέραν κάθιζε τὸ δικαστήριον, καὶ ὑπόγραφε τὸν ποταμὸν τοῦ πυρὸς, τὸν σκώληκα τὸν ἰοβόλον, τὰ ἄλλα βασανιστήρια. Καὶ μὴ ἀφῇς αὐτὴν συγγενέσθαι τῷ διαβόλῳ λοιπὸν, μηδὲ ἀνάσχῃ ἀναίσχυντα λεγούσης, ὅτι ἐκεῖνος πρός με ἔρχεται; αὐτός μοι ἐπιβουλεύει, αὐτός με πειράζει ἀλλ᾽ εἰπὲ πρὸς αὐτήν᾽ ἂν σὺ μὴ θέλῃς, πᾶντα ἐκεῖνα περιττά. Κἀν λέγῃ πάλιν, ὅτι σώματι συμπέπλεγμαι; σάρκα ἐνδέδυμαι, κόσμον οἰκῶ, ἐν γῇ διατρίβω εἰπὲ πρὸς αὐτὴν, ὅτι παντα ταῦτα σκήψεις καὶ προφάσεις. Καὶ γὰρ ὁ δεῖνα σάρκα περιέκειτο, καὶ δ δεῖνα κόσμον οἰκῶν καὶ ἐν ἢ διατρίβων εὐδοκίμει καὶ σὺ δὲ αὐτὴ, ὅταν εὐπραγῇς, σάρκα περικειμένη τοῦτο ποιεῖς. Κἀν αλ γῇ ταῦτα ἀκούουσα, μὴ ἄρῃς τὴν χεῖρα, οὐ γὰρ ἀποθανεῖται, ἐὰν πατάξης, ἐκ θανάτου δὲ αὐτὴν ῥύσῃ. Κὰν λέγη πάλιν, ὅτι ὁ δεῖνα παρώξυνεν, εἰπὲ πρὸς αὐτήν' ἀλλ΄ ἔξεστί σοι μὴ παροξύνεσθαι πολλάκις γοῦν κατέσχες ὀργῆς. ᾿Εὰν εἴπῃ, ὅ ὅτι ἡ εὐμορφία τῆς δεῖνος ἀνεπτέρωσέ με, εἰπὲ πρὸς αὐτήν ἀλλ΄ ἠδύνασο κρατεῖν. Πάραγε τοὺς περυγενομένους, πάραγε τὴν γυναῖκα τὴν πρώτην, τὴν εἰποῦσαν, Ὁ ὁ ὄφις ἡπάτησέ με, καὶ οὐκ ἀπαλλαγεῖσαν τοῦ ἐγκλήματος.

He de kai heteran meizona tautēs apodeixin hymin paraschōmai ΄-y ᾽ ΄i - 8. tōn eirēmenōn, ep᾿ autou palin tou Dauid eis tounantion Ph ton logon gymnasōmen. Ho gar adikētheis houtos kai ischysas? adikēsas hysteron palin asthenesteros gegonen. Hote goun ēdikēse ton Ourian, metestē palin hē taxis, kai hē men astheneia pros ton adikēsanta, hē ) de dynamis pros ton adikēthenta diebē nekros gar hōn eporthei tēn oikian tēn ekeinou. Kai autos men basileus ō hōn kai zōn ouden i ischysen ekeinos de kai stratiōtēs hōn kai sphageis, panta anō kai katō pepoiēke ta ekeinou. Boulesthe kai heterōthen, ho ho legō, poiēsō saphesteron: : ᾿Exetasōmen kai tous dikaiōs amynomenous. oi men gar adikountes, hoti pantōn eisin eutelesteroi tę̄ heautōn polemountes psychę̄, panti pou dēlon he estin. B᾿ Alla ē tis ēmynato dikaiōs, kai myria anēpse kaka, kai pollais heanton periepeire «symphorais te kai odynais ? Ho tou Dauid stratēgys. Houtos gar kai polemon synekrotēse chalepon, kai myria epathe kaka, hōn oude hen an egegonei, eige ēpistato philosophein. Pheugōmen toinyn tēn hamartian tautēn, kai mēte bēmasi, mēte pragmasin adikōmen tous plēsion. Oude gar eipen, ean ᾿kakēgorēsę̄s kai dikastērion kathisē all᾽ haplōs, en kakōs eipēs, kai kata santon, kai houtō tēn eschatēn dōseis dikēn. Kan alēthes ē ē to eirēmenon, sy de kan pepeismenos eipēs, kai houtō ᾿timōrēthēsę̄. Ou gar ex hōn epraxen ekeinos, all᾽ ex hōn eipes sy, tēn psēphon ho theos hoisei ō ek gar tōn logōn sou katakrithēsē, phēsin. Ouk akoueis, hoti kai ho Pharisaios talēthē ephthenxato, kai ta pasi katadēla eipen, ou ta lanthanonta ekkalypsas : ᾿Dll᾽ homōs tēn eschatēn edōke dikēn. Ei de tōn hōmologēmenōn ou dei katēgorein, pollǭ mallon tōn Imphisbētēmenōn' kai gar echei dikastēn ho peplēmmelēkōs. Mē toinyn harpasę̄s tēn axian tou monogenous. ᾿Ekeinǭ tēs kriseōs . thronos tetērētai. ᾿Alla boulei dikazein : : Esti soi kritērion, poly to kerdos e echon, kai ouden enklēma pheron. Kathison epi tou syneidotos ton }}) dikazonta logismon, kai parage eis meson ta peplēmmelēmena soi panta. ᾿Exetason sou ta hamartēmata tēs psychēs, kai apaitei meta akribeias tas euthynas, kai lege diati to kai to soi tetolmētai: Kan tauta men pheugę̄, ta de heterōn exetazę̄, lege pros autēn ouch hyper toutōn se krinō, ouch hyper toutōn eisēlthes apologēsomenē. Ti gar, an ho deina ponēros? Sy tinos heneken to kai to eplēmmelēsas : Apologou, mē katēgorei ta heautēs skopei, mē ta heterōn. Kai synechōs autēn eis tautēn embibaze tēn agōnian. Eita, an mēden e echę̄ legein, alla katadyētai, kataxaine mastizōn autēn, kathaper tina therapainida meteōron kai porneuobienēn. Kai touto kath᾽ e hekastēn hēmeran kathize to dikastērion, kai hypographe ton potamon tou pyros, ton skōlēka ton iobolon, ta alla basanistēria. Kai mē aphę̄s autēn syngenesthai tǭ diabolǭ loipon, mēde anaschę̄ anaischynta legousēs, hoti ekeinos pros me erchetai? autos moi epibouleuei, autos me peirazei all᾽ eipe pros autēn᾽ an sy mē thelę̄s, panta ekeina peritta. Kan legę̄ palin, hoti sōmati sympeplegmai? sarka endedymai, kosmon oikō, en gę̄ diatribō eipe pros autēn, hoti panta tauta skēpseis kai prophaseis. Kai gar ho deina sarka periekeito, kai d deina kosmon oikōn kai en ē diatribōn eudokimei kai sy de autē, hotan eupragę̄s, sarka perikeimenē touto poieis. Kan al gę̄ tauta akouousa, mē arę̄s tēn cheira, ou gar apothaneitai, ean pataxēs, ek thanatou de autēn rhysę̄. Kan legē palin, hoti ho deina parōxynen, eipe pros autēn' all΄ exesti soi mē paroxynesthai pollakis goun katesches orgēs. ᾿Ean eipę̄, ho hoti hē eumorphia tēs deinos anepterōse me, eipe pros autēn all΄ ēdynaso kratein. Parage tous perygenomenous, parage tēn gynaika tēn prōtēn, tēn eipousan, Ho ho ophis hēpatēse me, kai ouk apallageisan tou enklēmatos.

I may furnish you with another proof of what has been said, greater than this, let us exercise the argument again on David himself, in the opposite direction. For this man, who when wronged was strong, became weaker again afterward when he did wrong. When at any rate he wronged Uriah, the order was changed again, and the weakness passed over to the one who did the wrong, and the power to the one who was wronged; for, though dead, he laid waste the other’s house. And the one, being king and alive, had no strength; while the other, being a soldier and slain, turned all his affairs upside down. Do you wish me to make what I say clearer from another side too? Let us examine those also who avenge themselves justly. For that those who do wrong are the most worthless of all, warring against their own soul, is clear to everyone. But who avenged himself justly, and kindled countless evils, and pierced himself through with many misfortunes and griefs? David’s general. For he both stirred up a grievous war and suffered countless evils, not one of which would have happened if he had known how to live wisely. Let us flee this sin, then, and wrong our neighbors neither by words nor by deeds. For he did not say, “If you speak evil and set up a court,” but simply, “If you speak ill,” even by yourself, even so you will pay the utmost penalty. Even if what was said is true, and even if you speak it convinced, even so you will be punished. For God will cast his vote not from what that man did, but from what you said: “For by your words you will be condemned,” he says. Do you not hear that the Pharisee too spoke true things, and said what was manifest to all, not uncovering hidden things? But nevertheless he paid the utmost penalty. And if one must not accuse what is acknowledged, much more what is disputed; for the one who has offended has a judge. Do not, then, seize the dignity of the Only-begotten. The throne of judgment is kept for him. But do you wish to judge? You have a court that holds great gain and brings no charge. Seat the judging reason upon the tribunal of conscience, and bring into the midst all your offenses. Examine the sins of your soul, and exact the accounts with exactness, and say, “Why did you dare this and that?” And if it flees these things and examines those of others, say to it, “It is not for these that I am judging you; it is not for these that you came in to make your defense. For what if so-and-so is wicked? Why did you commit this and that offense? Defend yourself, do not accuse; look to your own things, not those of others.” And continually set it in this contest. Then, if it has nothing to say but sinks down, tear it with the scourge like some flighty maidservant playing the harlot. And set up this court every day, and describe to it the river of fire, the venomous worm, the other instruments of torment. And do not let it consort with the devil any longer, nor endure it when it says shamelessly, “He comes to me, he plots against me, he tempts me”; but say to it, “If you are not willing, all those things are in vain.” And if it says again, “I am entwined with a body, I am clothed with flesh, I dwell in the world, I spend my time on earth,” say to it that all these things are excuses and pretexts. “For so-and-so wore flesh, and so-and-so, dwelling in the world and spending his time on earth, was approved; and you yourself, when you do well, do this while clothed with flesh.” And if it is pained at hearing these things, do not withhold your hand; for it will not die if you strike it, but you will deliver it from death. And if it says again, “So-and-so provoked me,” say to it, “But it is possible for you not to be provoked; often at any rate you have held back your anger.” If it says, “The beauty of such a woman gave me wings,” say to it, “But you could have mastered yourself.” Bring forward those who prevailed; bring forward the first woman, who said, “The serpent deceived me,” and was not freed from the charge.

42.4Field 1

Ὅταν δὲ ταῦτα ἐξεταΐζῃς, μηδεὶς παρέστω, μηδεὶς θορυβείτω' ἀλλ᾽ ὥσπερ οἱ ἱκασταὶ ὑπὸ παραπετάσματα καθεζόμενοι κρίνουσιν, οὕτω καὶ σὺ ἀντὶ παραπετασμάτων καιρὸν ζήτησον ἡσυχίας καὶ τόπον. Καὶ ὅταν δειπνήσας ἀναστῆς καὶ μέλλης κατακλίνεσθαι, τότε ταῦτα δίκαζε' οὗτος ὁ καιρὸς ἐπιτήδειός σοι τόπος δὲ ἡ κλίνη καὶ ὁ θάλαμος. Τοῦτο καὶ ὁ προφήτης ἐκέλευσεν, εἰπών 7 ἃ λέγετε ἐν ταῖς καρδίαις, ὑμῶν, ἐπὶ ταῖς κοίταις ὑμῶν κατανύγητε. Καὶ τῶν μικρῶν μεγάλας εὐθύνας ἀπαίτει, ἵνα τῶν μεγάλων μηδὲ ἐ ἐγγὺς γένῃ ποτέ. Ἂν τοῦτο ποιῆς καθ᾽ ἑκάστην ἡμέραν, μετὰ παῤῥησίας στήση ἱπαρὰ τὸ βῆμα ἐκεῖνο τὸ φοβερόν. Οὕτως ὁ Παῦλος ἐγέγετὸ καθαρός διὰ τοῦτο καὶ ἔλεγεν ὃ εἰ γὰρ ἑαυτοὺς ἐκρίνομεν, οὐκ ἂν ἐκρινόμεθα.᾽ Οὕτω τοὺς παῖδας ἐξεκάθαρεν ὁ Ιωβ. Ὁ γὰρ ὑπὲρ ἀδήλων θυσίας ἀναφέρων, πολλῷ μαλἊΝ τῶν δήλων εὐθύνας ἀπήτει. ᾿Δλλ᾽ ἡμεῖς οὐχ οὕτω ποιοῦὮ μεν, ἀλλὰ τοὐναντίον ἅπαν. Ὁμοῦ τε γὰρ κατεκλίθημεν, καὶ τὰ βιωτικὰ στρέφομεν ἅπαντα᾽ καὶ οἱ μὲν ἀκαθάρτους εἰσάγουσι λογισμοὺς, οἱ δὲ δανείσματα καὶ συμβόλαια καὶ φροντίδας ἐ ἐπικήρους. Καὶ θυγατέρα μὲν ἔχοντες παρθενενομένην, ἀκριβῶς φυλάττομεν᾽ ὃ δὲ θυγατρὸς ἡμῖν τιμιώτερον, ἡ ψυχὴ, ταύτην ἐῶμεν πορνεύεσθαι καὶ μολύνεσθαι, μυρίας ἐπαισάγοντε: ἐννοίας ὅ δ πονηράς κἂν ὁ τῆς πλεονεξίας ἔ ἔρως, κἂν ὁ τῆς τρυφῆς. κἀν ὁ τῶν λαμπρῶν σωμάτων, κἂν ὁ τοῦ θυμοῦ, κἂν ὁστισοῦν ἕτερος ἐπεισελθεῖν βούληται, τὰς θύρας .: ἀναπετάσαντες ἕλκομεν καὶ καλοῦμεν, καὶ μετὰ ἀδείας αὐτῇ παρόέχομεν μίγνυσθαι. Οὗ τί γένοιτ᾽ ἄν βαρβαρικώτερον, τὴν πάντων ἡμῖν τιμιωτέραν ψυχὴν ὑπὸ τοσούτων μοιχῶν ὑβριζομένην περιοραν, καὶ μέχρι τοσούτον συγγινομένην, ἕως ἀν κορεσθῶσιν ε ἐκεῖνοι: Ὅπερ οὐδέποτε ἔ ἔσται. Διὰ δὴ τοῦτο ὅταν ὕπνος καταλάβῃ, τότε μόνον ἀφίστανται μᾶλλον δὲ οὐδὲ τότε᾽ καὶ γὰρ τὰ ὀνείρατα καὶ αἱ φαντασιαι τὰ αὐτὰ αὐτῇ φέρουσιν εἴδωλα. Ὅθεν καὶ ἡμέρας γενομένης, ἡ τοιαὔτα φανταζομένη ψυχὴ καὶ εἰς τὸ ἔργον τῶν φαντασιῶν ἐκείνων πολλάκις ἐξέπεσε. Σὺ δὲ τῇ μὲν κόρη τῶν ὀφθαλμῶν οὐδὲ μικρὰν κόνιν ἐπεισελθεῖν ἐᾷς, ᾿τὴν δὲ ψυχὴν φορυτὸν τοσούτων κακῶν ἐπισυρομένην περιορᾷς : : Πότε οὖν τὴν κόπρον ταύτην ἐξαντλῆσαι δυνησόμεθα, ἣν καθ᾽ ἑκάστην ἡμέραν ἀποτιθέμεθα; πότε τὰς ἀκάνθας ἐκτεμεῖν; πότε τὰ ὅπερ. ματα καταβαλεῖν ; Οὐκ οἷσθα, ὅτι τοὺ ἀμήτου λοιπὸν ἐ Βστηκεν ὁ καιρός : Ἡμεῖς δὲ οὐδὲ ε ἐνεώσαμεν οὐδέπω τὰς ἀρούρας. Ἂν οὖν παραγένηται ὁ γεωργὸς καὶ ἐγκαλῇ, τί ἐροῦμεν: τί δὲ ἀποκρινούμεθα : ; Ὅτι τὰ σπέρματα οὐδεὶς ἔδωκε : : Καὶ μὴν καθ᾽ ἑκάστην καταβάλλεται ταῦτα τὴν ἡμέραν. ᾿Αλλ παρὰ τῷ βήματι ἐκείνῳ τῷ φοβερῷ ὅτι τὰς ἀκάνθας οὐδεὶς ἐξέτεμε; Καὶ μὴν καθ᾽ ἑκάστην ἡμέραν τὴν δρεπάνην θήγομεν. Ἀλλ᾽ αἱ βιωτικαὶ περιέλκουσιν ανἄγκαι: ὃ Καὶ διατί μὴ ἐσταύρωσας σαυτὸν τῷ κόσμῳ: : Εἰ γὰρ ὁ τὸ δοθὲν κ ἀποδιδοὺς μόνον πονηρὸς, ἐπειδὴ μὴ ἐδιπλασίασεν᾽ ὁ καὶ Τοῦτο διαφθείρας, τί ἀκούσεται: ;: Εἰ ἐκεῖνος δεθεὶς ἐξηνέχθη ὅ ὅπου ὁ βρυγμὸς τῶν ὀδόντων, ἡμεῖς τί πεισόμεθα, μυρίων ἡμᾶς ἑλκόντων ἐπ᾽ ἀρετὴν, ἀναδυόμενοι καὶ ὀκνοῦντες Τί γὰρ οὐχ ἱκανόν σε προτρέψαι: Οὐχ ὁρᾷς σ τὸ εὐτελὲς τοῦ βίου: ; τὸ ἄδηλον τῆς ζωῆς: ; τὸν πόνον τὸν ἐν τοῖς παροῦσι: τὸν Ἱδρῶτα : Μὴ γὰρ τὴν μὲν ἀρετὴν μετὰ πόνου, τὴν δὲ κακίαν ἄνευ ἱ πόνου ἐ ἐστὶ μετελθεῖν ; - Εἰ οὖν καὶ ἐνταῦθα καὶ ἐκεῖ πόνος, διατί μὴ ταύτην εἵλου τὴν πολὺ τὸ κέρδος ἔ ἐχουσαν ; Μᾶλλον δὲ ἔ ἐστι τινὰ τῆς ἀρετῆς, ἃ μηδὲ πόνον ἔχει. Ποῖος γὰρ πόνος τὸ μὴ κακηγορεῖν, μηδὲ ψεύδεσθαι, τὸ μὴ ὀμνύναι; τὸ τὴν ὀργὴν ἀφιέναι τῷ πλησίον: Τοὐναντίον μὲν οὖν τὸ ταῦτα ποιεῖν ἐπίπονον, καὶ πολλὴν φέρει τὴν ΤΡΤ ΟΝ Τίς οὖν ἡμῖν ἔσται ἀπολογία, Ὀ ποία συγγνώμη.» μὴ ὲ ταῦτα κατορθοῦσιν: Ἀπὸ γὰρ τούτων δῆλον, ὅ ὅτι καὶ τὰ ἐπιπονώτερα ἀπὸ ῥᾳθυμίας ἡμάς διαφεύγει καὶ ὄκνου. Ἅπερ ἅ ἅπαντα ἐννοήσαντες, φύγωμεν κακίαν, ἐλώμεθα , ἀρετήν' ἵνα καὶ τῶν παρόντων καὶ τῶν μελλόντων ἐπιτύχωμεν ἀγαθῶν, χάριτι καὶ φιλανθρωπίᾳ τοῦ κυρίον ἡμῶν Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ, ᾧ ἡ δόξα καὶ τὸ κράτος εἰς τοὺς αἰῶνας τῶν αἰώνων. Ἀμήν.

Hotan de tauta exetaïzę̄s, mēdeis parestō, mēdeis thorybeitō' all᾽ hōsper hoi hikastai hypo parapetasmata kathezomenoi krinousin, houtō kai sy anti parapetasmatōn kairon zētēson hēsychias kai topon. Kai hotan deipnēsas anastēs kai mellēs kataklinesthai, tote tauta dikaze' houtos ho kairos epitēdeios soi topos de hē klinē kai ho thalamos. Touto kai ho prophētēs ekeleusen, eipōn 7 ha legete en tais kardiais, hymōn, epi tais koitais hymōn katanygēte. Kai tōn mikrōn megalas euthynas apaitei, hina tōn megalōn mēde e engys genę̄ pote. An touto poiēs kath᾽ hekastēn hēmeran, meta parrhēsias stēsē hipara to bēma ekeino to phoberon. Houtōs ho Paulos egegeto katharos dia touto kai elegen ho ei gar heautous ekrinomen, ouk an ekrinometha.᾽ Houtō tous paidas exekatharen ho Iōb. Ho gar hyper adēlōn thysias anapherōn, pollǭ malAN tōn dēlōn euthynas apētei. ᾿Dll᾽ hēmeis ouch houtō poiouŌ men, alla tounantion hapan. Homou te gar kateklithēmen, kai ta biōtika strephomen hapanta᾽ kai hoi men akathartous eisagousi logismous, hoi de daneismata kai symbolaia kai phrontidas e epikērous. Kai thygatera men echontes parthenenomenēn, akribōs phylattomen᾽ ho de thygatros hēmin timiōteron, hē psychē, tautēn eōmen porneuesthai kai molynesthai, myrias epaisagonte: ennoias ho d ponēras kan ho tēs pleonexias e erōs, kan ho tēs tryphēs. kan ho tōn lamprōn sōmatōn, kan ho tou thymou, kan hostisoun heteros epeiselthein boulētai, tas thyras .: anapetasantes helkomen kai kaloumen, kai meta adeias autę̄ paroechomen mignysthai. Hou ti genoit᾽ an barbarikōteron, tēn pantōn hēmin timiōteran psychēn hypo tosoutōn moichōn hybrizomenēn perioran, kai mechri tosouton synginomenēn, heōs an koresthōsin e ekeinoi: Hoper oudepote e estai. Dia dē touto hotan hypnos katalabę̄, tote monon aphistantai mallon de oude tote᾽ kai gar ta oneirata kai hai phantasiai ta auta autę̄ pherousin eidōla. Hothen kai hēmeras genomenēs, hē toiauta phantazomenē psychē kai eis to ergon tōn phantasiōn ekeinōn pollakis exepese. Sy de tę̄ men korē tōn ophthalmōn oude mikran konin epeiselthein eąs, ᾿tēn de psychēn phoryton tosoutōn kakōn episyromenēn periorąs : : Pote oun tēn kopron tautēn exantlēsai dynēsometha, hēn kath᾽ hekastēn hēmeran apotithemetha? pote tas akanthas ektemein? pote ta hoper. mata katabalein ? Ouk hoistha, hoti tou amētou loipon e Bstēken ho kairos : Hēmeis de oude e eneōsamen oudepō tas arouras. An oun paragenētai ho geōrgos kai enkalę̄, ti eroumen: ti de apokrinoumetha : ? Hoti ta spermata oudeis edōke : : Kai mēn kath᾽ hekastēn kataballetai tauta tēn hēmeran. ᾿All para tǭ bēmati ekeinǭ tǭ phoberǭ hoti tas akanthas oudeis exeteme? Kai mēn kath᾽ hekastēn hēmeran tēn drepanēn thēgomen. All᾽ hai biōtikai perielkousin anankai: ho Kai diati mē estaurōsas sauton tǭ kosmǭ: : Ei gar ho to dothen k apodidous monon ponēros, epeidē mē ediplasiasen᾽ ho kai Touto diaphtheiras, ti akousetai: ?: Ei ekeinos detheis exēnechthē ho hopou ho brygmos tōn odontōn, hēmeis ti peisometha, myriōn hēmas helkontōn ep᾽ aretēn, anadyomenoi kai oknountes Ti gar ouch hikanon se protrepsai: Ouch horąs s to euteles tou biou: ? to adēlon tēs zōēs: ? ton ponon ton en tois parousi: ton Hidrōta : Mē gar tēn men aretēn meta ponou, tēn de kakian aneu hi ponou e esti metelthein ? - Ei oun kai entautha kai ekei ponos, diati mē tautēn heilou tēn poly to kerdos e echousan ? Mallon de e esti tina tēs aretēs, ha mēde ponon echei. Poios gar ponos to mē kakēgorein, mēde pseudesthai, to mē omnynai? to tēn orgēn aphienai tǭ plēsion: Tounantion men oun to tauta poiein epiponon, kai pollēn pherei tēn TRT ON Tis oun hēmin estai apologia, O poia syngnōmē.» mē e tauta katorthousin: Apo gar toutōn dēlon, ho hoti kai ta epiponōtera apo rhąthymias hēmas diapheugei kai oknou. Haper ha hapanta ennoēsantes, phygōmen kakian, elōmetha , aretēn' hina kai tōn parontōn kai tōn mellontōn epitychōmen agathōn, chariti kai philanthrōpią tou kyrion hēmōn Iēsou Christou, hǭ hē doxa kai to kratos eis tous aiōnas tōn aiōnōn. Amēn.

And when you examine these things, let no one be present, let no one make a disturbance; but as judges sit behind curtains and judge, so do you too, instead of curtains, seek a time and place of quiet. And when you rise from supper and are about to lie down, then judge these things; this time is suitable for you, and the place is the bed and the bedchamber. This the prophet too commanded, saying, “What you say in your hearts, be pierced with compunction for it upon your beds.” And exact great accounts for small things, so that you may never come even near the great ones. If you do this every day, you will stand with boldness before that fearful judgment seat. So Paul became pure; therefore he also said, “For if we judged ourselves, we would not be judged.” So Job purified his children. For he who offered sacrifices for unknown sins much more exacted accounts for known ones. But we do not do so, but entirely the opposite. For as soon as we lie down, we turn over all worldly matters; and some bring in unclean thoughts, others loans and contracts and perishable cares. And having a virgin daughter we guard her strictly; but what is more precious to us than a daughter, the soul, this we allow to play the harlot and be defiled, bringing in countless evil thoughts upon it. Whether it is the love of covetousness, or of luxury, or of beautiful bodies, or of anger, or whatever other wishes to come in, we throw the doors open and drag it in and call it, and freely allow it to have intercourse with her. What could be more barbarous than this, to overlook the soul, more precious to us than all, outraged by so many adulterers, and consorting with them until they are sated? Which will never happen. For this reason, when sleep takes us, then only do they depart; or rather not even then; for dreams and fantasies bring her the same images. Hence also, when day comes, the soul that fancies such things has often fallen into the deed of those fantasies. But you allow not even a little dust to come into the pupil of your eyes, and do you overlook your soul dragging along a heap of so many evils? When then shall we be able to bail out this dung which we lay up every day? When to cut out the thorns? When to sow the seeds? Do you not know that the time of harvest is at hand? But we have not yet even broken up the fields. If then the husbandman comes and accuses us, what shall we say? What shall we answer? That no one gave the seeds? Yet these are cast down every day. But before that fearful judgment seat, that no one cut out the thorns? Yet every day we sharpen the sickle. “But the necessities of life drag us about.” And why did you not crucify yourself to the world? For if he who only gave back what was given him was wicked, because he did not double it, what will he hear who has even destroyed it? If that man was bound and carried out where there is gnashing of teeth, what shall we suffer, who shrink and draw back though countless things draw us to virtue? For what is not enough to urge you on? Do you not see the cheapness of this life, the uncertainty of our existence, the toil in present things, the sweat? Is it virtue only that is pursued with toil, while vice can be pursued without toil? If then there is toil both here and there, why did you not choose the one that holds much gain? Or rather, there are some parts of virtue that have no toil at all. For what toil is it not to speak evil, nor to lie, not to swear, to let go one’s anger against one’s neighbor? On the contrary, it is doing these things that is toilsome and brings much (…). What defense then shall we have, what pardon, if we do not accomplish even these things? For from these it is clear that the more toilsome things too escape us from carelessness and sloth. Considering all these things, then, let us flee vice and choose virtue, so that we may attain both the present and the future good things, by the grace and love for humanity of our Lord Jesus Christ, to whom be the glory and the might to the ages of ages. Amen.

Chapter 43

43.1Field 1

Τότε ἀπεκρίθησαν αὐτῷ τινες τῶν γραμματέων καὶ Φαρισαίων, λέγοντες διδάσκαλε, θέλομεν ἀπὸ σοῦ σημεῖον ἰδεῖν. Ὁ δὲ ἀποκριθεὶς εἶπε᾽ γενεὰ πονηρὰ καὶ μοιχαλὶς σημεῖον ἐπιζητεῖ, καὶ σημεῖον οὐ δοθήσεται αὐτῇ, εἰ μὴ τὸ σημεῖον ᾿Ιωνᾶ ὃ τοῦ προφήτου. ἌΡΑ τι γένοιτ᾽ ἂν τούτων ἀνοητότερον, οὐκ ἀσεβέστερον μόνον; οἱ μετὰ τοσαῦτα σημεῖα, ὡς οὐδενὸς γενομένου, λεγουσι ἔλομεν απὸ σοὺ σήῆμειον ιοειν. νος ουν ἕνεκεν τοῦτο ἔλεγον: Ἵνα ἐπιλάβωνται παλιν. Ἐπειδὴ γὰρ απὸ τῶν ῥημάτων αὐτοὺς ἐπεστόμισε, καὶ ἅπαξ καὶ δὶς καὶ πολ} ᾽ Ψ ξ΄ ΑΨ λάκις, καὶ τὴν ἀναίσχυντον δέφραξε γλῶτταν, ἐπὶ τὰ ἐργα ͵ ν . Φ ἢ ᾿ ε ει » ᾿ πάλιν εἐρχονται᾿ ὅπερ καὶ θαυμάζων παλιν ὁ εὐαγγελιστὴς Ψ ’ » ᾽ - ΄σι ἔλεγε᾽ τότε ἀπεκρίθησαν αὐτῷ τινες τῶν γραμματέων, σημεῖον αἰτοῦντες. Τότε, πότε; Ὅτε νποκύπτειν ἐχρῆν, ὅτε θαυμάζειν, ὅτε ἐκπλήττεσθαι καὶ παραχωρεῖν, τότε τῆς » ῃἕ δ ε, πονηρίας οὐκ αφίστανται. Ὅρα δὲ καὶ τὰ ῥήματα κολακείας γέμοντα καὶ εἰρωνείας. Προσεδόκων γὰρ αὐτὸν ἐπι᾽ σθ ὃ γ ᾽ « ’ δὲ σα σπασασθαι ὁιὰ τουτων. Και νῦν μεν ὑβρίζουσι, νυν ’ δ᾿ ΄-- ζω Α κολακεύουσι' νῦν μὲν δαιμονῶντα καλοῦντες, νῦν δὲ διδάσκαλον αμῴοτερα ἀπὸ πονηρᾶς γνωμῆς, εἰ καὶ ἐναντία τὰ λεόμενα. Διὰ τοῦτο αὑὐτών καὶ σφόδρα καθάπτεται. Καὶ ὅτε μὲν αὐτὸν τραχέως ἠρώτων καὶ ὕβριζον, ἐπιεικῶς αὐτοῖς διελέγετο᾽ ὅτε δὲ ἐκολάκενον, ὑβριστικῶς καὶ μετὰ πολλῆς τῆς σφοδρότητος, δεικνὺς ὅτι ἑκατέρου τοῦ πάθους κι ’ ΓΝ ’ ᾿ ’ Ψ ἐστὶν ἀνώτερος: καὶ οὔτε τότε εἰς οργῆν ἐξαγεται, ὅ οὔτε ε Α Π ῳ δὲ γ Α οἵ νῦν ὑπὸ κολακείας μαλακίζεται. Ὅρα δὲ καὶ τὴν ὕβριν οὐχ ἁπλώς λοιδορίαν οὖσαν, αλλ᾽ ἀπόδειξιν ἔχουσαν τῆς πονηρίας αὐτῶν. Τί γάρ ησι: Γενεὰ πονηρὰ καὶ μοιχαλὶς σημεῖον ἐπιζητεῖ. Ὃ δὲ λέγει, τοιοῦτόν ἐστι τί θαυμαστὸν, : εἰ ἐπ᾿ ἐμοῦ ταῦτα ποιεῖτε τοῦ τέως ἀγνοουμένου παρ᾽ ὑμῶν, ὅπου γε καὶ ἐπὶ τοῦ πατρὸς, οὗ τοσαύτην ἐλάβετε πεῖραν, τὸ αὐτὸ τοῦτο πεποιήκατε: καταλιπόντες αὐτὸν, ἐπὶ τοὺς δαίμονας ἐτρέχετε, ἐραστὰς ἐπισπώμενοι πονηρούς; ὃ συνεχῶς αὐτοῖς ἱ καὶ ὁ ᾿Ιεζεχιὴλ ὠνείδιζε. Ταῦτα δὲ ἔλεγε, εἰκνὺς ἑαυτὸν τῷ πατρὶ ,συμφωνοῦντα, καὶ τούτους οὐδὲν ξένον ποιοῦντας, καὶ τὰ ἀπόῤῥητα αὐτῶν ἐκκαλύπτων καὶ ὅτι μεθ᾽ ὑποκρίσεως καὶ ὡς ἐχθροὶ ἤτουν. Διὰ τοῦτο αὐτοὺς εἶπε γενεὰν πονηρὰν, ὅ ὅτι ἀγνώμονες ἀ αεὶ γεγόνασι περὶ Ἐ Ψ τοὺς εὐεργέτας , ὅτι εὖ πάσχοντες γίνονται χείρους ὅπερ ἐσχάτης ἐστὶ πονηρίας. Μοιχαλίδα δὲ ἐκάλεσε, καὶ τὴν προτέραν καὶ τὴν παροῦσαν ἀπιστίαν δηλῶν ὅθεν δείκνυσιν ἑαυτὸν πάλιν τῷ πατρὶ ἴσον, εἴγε καὶ τὸ μὴ πιστεῦσαι αὖὐτῷ μοιχαλίδα ποιεῖ. Εἶτα ὑβρίσας, τί φησι; Καὶ σημεῖον οὐ δοθήσεται αὐτῇ, εἰ μὴ τὸ σημεῖον ᾿Ιωνᾶ τοῦ προφήτου. Ἤδη τὸν περὶ τῆς ἀναστάσεως προανακρούεται λόγον, καὶ πιστοῦται αὐτὸν ἀπὸ τοῦ τύπου. Τί οὖν: Κ οὐκ ἐδόθη αὐτῇ σημεῖον: φησίν. Οὐκ ἐδόθη ' αὐτῇ αἰτούσῃ. Οὐ γὰρ ὥστε αὐτοὺς ἐνάγειν ἐποίει τὰ σημεῖα ἤδει γάρ πεπωρωμένουν᾽ ἀλλ᾽ ὥστε ἑτέρους διορθοῦν. Ἢ τοῦτο οὖν ἐστιν εἰπεῖν, ἣ ὅτι τοιοῦτον οὐ λήψονται σημεῖον, οἷον ἐκαῖνο. Σημεῖον γὰρ αὐτοῖς γέγονεν, ὅτε διὰ τῆς οἰκείας κολάσεως ἔγνωσαν αὐτοῦ τὴν δύναμιν. ᾿Ενταῦθα τοίνυν ἀπειλῶν λέγει , καὶ τοῦτο αὐτὸ αἰνιττόμενος, ὡσανεὶ ἔλεγε᾽ μυρίας εὐεργεσίας ἐπεδειξάμην' οὐδὲν τούτων ὑμᾶς ἐπεσπάσατο, οὐδὲ ἠθελήσατε Β προσκυνῆσαι μου τὴν δύναμιν. Γνώσεσθε τοίνυν διὰ τῶν ἐναντίων τὴν ἰσχὺν τὴν ἐμὴν, τ ὅταν τὴν πόλιν χαμαὶ εῤῥιμμένην ἴδητε, ὅτε καὶ τὰ τείχη περιῃρημένα, ὅτε τὸν ναὸν ἐρείπιον γεγενημένον, ὅταν καὶ τῆς πολιτείας καὶ τῆς ἐλευθερίας ἐκπέσητε τῆς προτέρας, καὶ πάλιν ἄοικοι καὶ φυγάδες πανταχοῦ περιέρχησθε. Πάντα γὰρ ταῦτα μετὰ τὸν σταυρὸν γέγονε. Ταῦτα οὗν ὑμῖν αντὶ σημείων ἔσται μεγάλων. Καὶ γὰρ σφόδρα μέγα σημεῖόν ἐστι, τὸ ακίνητα αὐτῶν μένειν τὰ κακὰ, τὸ μυρίων ἐπιχειρησάντων μηδένα δυνηθῆναι διορθῶσαι τὴν ἅπαξ κατ᾽ αὐτῶν ἐξεν θεῖσαν δίκην. Ἀλλὰ ταῦτα μὲν ου λέγει, καταλιμπάνει ἃ τῷ μετὰ ταῦτα χρόνῳ γενέσθαι αὐτοῖς σαφη: τέως δὲ τὸν περὶ τῆς ἀναστάσεως γυμνάζει λόγον, ὃν ἔμελλον εἴσεσθαι δ᾽ ὧν ἔμελλον ὕστερον ὑπομένειν. Ὥσπερ γὰρ ἣν ᾿Ιωνᾶς, φησὶν, ἐν τῇ κοιλίᾳ τοῦ κήτους τρεῖς ἡμέρας καὶ τρεὶς νύκτας» οὕτως ἔσται ὁ καὶ ὁ υἱὸς τοῦ ἀνθρώπου ἐν τῇ καρδίᾳ τῆς γῆς τρεῖς ἡμέρας καὶ τρεῖς νύκτας. Φανερὼς μὲν γὰρ οὐκ εἶπεν, ὅτι ἀναστήσεται ἐπεὶ ἢ ἂν καὶ κατεγέλασαν᾽ ἡνίξατο δὲ οὔτως, ὡς ἐκείνους πιστεῦσαι ὅτι προήδει. Ὅτι γὰρ ἤδεσαν, λέγουσι πρὸς τὸν Πιλάτον εἶπε, φησὶν, ὁ πλάνος ἐκεῖνος ἔτι ζῶν, μετὰ Τρεῖς ἡμέρας ἀναστήσομαι καίτοιγε οἱ μαθηταὶ τοῦτο ἡ Ὑνόουν᾽ καὶ γὰρ ἀσυνετώτεροι αὐτῶν ἔμπροὉ σθεν ἧσαν διὸ καὶ αὐτοκατάκριτοι γεγόνασιν οὗτοι.

Tote apekrithēsan autǭ tines tōn grammateōn kai Pharisaiōn, legontes didaskale, thelomen apo sou sēmeion idein. Ho de apokritheis eipe᾽ genea ponēra kai moichalis sēmeion epizētei, kai sēmeion ou dothēsetai autę̄, ei mē to sēmeion ᾿Iōna ho tou prophētou. ARA ti genoit᾽ an toutōn anoētoteron, ouk asebesteron monon? hoi meta tosauta sēmeia, hōs oudenos genomenou, legousi elomen apo sou sēēmeion ioein. nos oun heneken touto elegon: Hina epilabōntai palin. Epeidē gar apo tōn rhēmatōn autous epestomise, kai hapax kai dis kai pol} ᾽ Ps x΄ APs lakis, kai tēn anaischynton dephraxe glōttan, epi ta erga ͵ n . Ph ē ᾿ e ei » ᾿ palin eerchontai᾿ hoper kai thaumazōn palin ho euangelistēs Ps ’ » ᾽ - ΄si elege᾽ tote apekrithēsan autǭ tines tōn grammateōn, sēmeion aitountes. Tote, pote? Hote npokyptein echrēn, hote thaumazein, hote ekplēttesthai kai parachōrein, tote tēs » hę̄e d e, ponērias ouk aphistantai. Hora de kai ta rhēmata kolakeias gemonta kai eirōneias. Prosedokōn gar auton epi᾽ sth ho g ᾽ « ’ de sa spasasthai hoia toutōn. Kai nyn men hybrizousi, nyn ’ d᾿ ΄-- zō A kolakeuousi' nyn men daimonōnta kalountes, nyn de didaskalon amǭotera apo ponēras gnōmēs, ei kai enantia ta leomena. Dia touto hauytōn kai sphodra kathaptetai. Kai hote men auton tracheōs ērōtōn kai hybrizon, epieikōs autois dielegeto᾽ hote de ekolakenon, hybristikōs kai meta pollēs tēs sphodrotētos, deiknys hoti hekaterou tou pathous ki ’ GN ’ ᾿ ’ Ps estin anōteros: kai oute tote eis orgēn exagetai, ho oute e A P ǭ de g A hoi nyn hypo kolakeias malakizetai. Hora de kai tēn hybrin ouch haplōs loidorian ousan, all᾽ apodeixin echousan tēs ponērias autōn. Ti gar ēsi: Genea ponēra kai moichalis sēmeion epizētei. Ho de legei, toiouton esti ti thaumaston, : ei ep᾿ emou tauta poieite tou teōs agnooumenou par᾽ hymōn, hopou ge kai epi tou patros, hou tosautēn elabete peiran, to auto touto pepoiēkate: katalipontes auton, epi tous daimonas etrechete, erastas epispōmenoi ponērous? ho synechōs autois hi kai ho ᾿Iezechiēl ōneidize. Tauta de elege, eiknys heauton tǭ patri ,symphōnounta, kai toutous ouden xenon poiountas, kai ta aporrhēta autōn ekkalyptōn kai hoti meth᾽ hypokriseōs kai hōs echthroi ētoun. Dia touto autous eipe genean ponēran, ho hoti agnōmones a aei gegonasi peri E Ps tous euergetas , hoti eu paschontes ginontai cheirous hoper eschatēs esti ponērias. Moichalida de ekalese, kai tēn proteran kai tēn parousan apistian dēlōn hothen deiknysin heauton palin tǭ patri ison, eige kai to mē pisteusai auytǭ moichalida poiei. Eita hybrisas, ti phēsi? Kai sēmeion ou dothēsetai autę̄, ei mē to sēmeion ᾿Iōna tou prophētou. Ēdē ton peri tēs anastaseōs proanakrouetai logon, kai pistoutai auton apo tou typou. Ti oun: K ouk edothē autę̄ sēmeion: phēsin. Ouk edothē ' autę̄ aitousę̄. Ou gar hōste autous enagein epoiei ta sēmeia ēdei gar pepōrōmenoun᾽ all᾽ hōste heterous diorthoun. Ē touto oun estin eipein, hē hoti toiouton ou lēpsontai sēmeion, hoion ekaino. Sēmeion gar autois gegonen, hote dia tēs oikeias kolaseōs egnōsan autou tēn dynamin. ᾿Entautha toinyn apeilōn legei , kai touto auto ainittomenos, hōsanei elege᾽ myrias euergesias epedeixamēn' ouden toutōn hymas epespasato, oude ēthelēsate B proskynēsai mou tēn dynamin. Gnōsesthe toinyn dia tōn enantiōn tēn ischyn tēn emēn, t hotan tēn polin chamai errhimmenēn idēte, hote kai ta teichē perię̄rēmena, hote ton naon ereipion gegenēmenon, hotan kai tēs politeias kai tēs eleutherias ekpesēte tēs proteras, kai palin aoikoi kai phygades pantachou perierchēsthe. Panta gar tauta meta ton stauron gegone. Tauta houn hymin anti sēmeiōn estai megalōn. Kai gar sphodra mega sēmeion esti, to akinēta autōn menein ta kaka, to myriōn epicheirēsantōn mēdena dynēthēnai diorthōsai tēn hapax kat᾽ autōn exen theisan dikēn. Alla tauta men ou legei, katalimpanei ha tǭ meta tauta chronǭ genesthai autois saphē: teōs de ton peri tēs anastaseōs gymnazei logon, hon emellon eisesthai d᾽ hōn emellon hysteron hypomenein. Hōsper gar hēn ᾿Iōnas, phēsin, en tę̄ koilią tou kētous treis hēmeras kai treis nyktas» houtōs estai ho kai ho huios tou anthrōpou en tę̄ kardią tēs gēs treis hēmeras kai treis nyktas. Phanerōs men gar ouk eipen, hoti anastēsetai epei ē an kai kategelasan᾽ hēnixato de outōs, hōs ekeinous pisteusai hoti proēdei. Hoti gar ēdesan, legousi pros ton Pilaton eipe, phēsin, ho planos ekeinos eti zōn, meta Treis hēmeras anastēsomai kaitoige hoi mathētai touto hē Hynooun᾽ kai gar asynetōteroi autōn emproO sthen hēsan dio kai autokatakritoi gegonasin houtoi.

“Then some of the scribes and Pharisees answered him, saying, ‘Teacher, we wish to see a sign from you.’ But he answered and said, ‘An evil and adulterous generation seeks a sign, and no sign will be given to it except the sign of Jonah the prophet.’” What could be more senseless than these men, not to say more impious? After so many signs, as though none had taken place, they say, “We wish to see a sign from you.” For what reason then did they say this? So that they might lay hold of him again. For since he had stopped their mouths by his words, once, twice and many times, and had shut up their shameless tongue, they come again to the works; which the evangelist too, wondering at it again, said: “Then some of the scribes answered him, asking for a sign.” Then, when? When they ought to have bowed down, when to marvel, when to be astonished and to give way, then they do not leave off their wickedness. And see their words too, full of flattery and irony. For they expected to draw him on by these. And now they insult him, now they flatter him; now calling him possessed by a demon, now teacher; both from an evil mind, even if the things said are opposite. For this reason he lays hold of them very vehemently too. And when they questioned him harshly and insulted him, he spoke to them gently; but when they flattered him, insultingly and with great vehemence, showing that he is above both passions, and neither was he then led into anger, nor is he now softened by flattery. And see that the insult too is not simply abuse, but contains a proof of their wickedness. For what does he say? “An evil and adulterous generation seeks a sign.” What he says is this: “What wonder is it if you do these things in my case, who have been unknown to you till now, seeing that in the case of the Father too, of whom you had so much experience, you did this very thing, when you left him and ran after the demons, drawing to yourselves evil lovers?” Which Ezekiel too continually reproached them with. And he said these things showing himself in harmony with the Father, and that these men were doing nothing strange, and uncovering their secret thoughts, and that they were asking in hypocrisy and as enemies. For this reason he called them an evil generation, because they have always been ungrateful toward their benefactors, because when well treated they become worse, which is the mark of the utmost wickedness. And he called it adulterous, showing both their former and their present unbelief; from which he shows himself again equal to the Father, if indeed not believing him too makes it adulterous. Then, having insulted them, what does he say? “And no sign will be given to it except the sign of Jonah the prophet.” He is already striking up beforehand the discourse about the resurrection, and confirming it from the type. “What then?” someone says. “Was no sign given to it?” It was not given to it when it asked. For he did not do the signs in order to lead them on (for he knew they were hardened), but in order to correct others. Either then this is the thing to say, or that they will not receive such a sign as that one. For a sign came to them when through their own punishment they learned his power. Here then he speaks threatening, and hinting at this very thing, as if he said, “I have displayed countless benefits; none of these drew you, nor were you willing to worship my power. You will learn my strength, then, through the opposite things, when you see the city cast to the ground, when the walls are torn down, when the temple has become a ruin, when you fall from your former polity and freedom, and go about everywhere again homeless and fugitives.” For all these things happened after the cross. These things, then, will be to you in place of great signs. For it is indeed a very great sign, that their evils remain unmoved, that though countless men have tried, no one has been able to set right the penalty once laid upon them. But these things he does not say; he leaves them to become clear to them in the time after these things; but meanwhile he exercises the discourse about the resurrection, which they were going to know through what they were going to suffer afterward. “For as Jonah was,” he says, “in the belly of the sea monster three days and three nights, so will the Son of Man also be in the heart of the earth three days and three nights.” For he did not say openly that he will rise again, since they would even have laughed; but he hinted at it in such a way that they believed that he knew beforehand. For that they knew it, they say to Pilate, “That deceiver said, while he was still alive, ‘After three days I will rise again,’” though the disciples did not know this; for they were before more lacking in understanding than these. Therefore these men too have become self-condemned.

43.2Field 1

Ὅρα δὲ πὼς καὶ αἰνιττόμενος ἀκριβῶς αὐτὸ Τίθησιν. Οὐ γὰρ εἶπεν; ἐν τῇ γῇ» ἀλλ᾽ ἐν τῇ καρδίᾳ τῆς γῆν ἵνα καὶ τὸν τάφον δηλώσῃ, καὶ ἶν δόκησιν ὑποπτεύσῃ. Καὶ τρεῖς δὲ ἡμέρας διὰ τοῦτο συνεχώρησεν, ἵνα πιστενθῇ ὅτι ἀπέθανεν. Οὐ γὰρ τῷ σταυρῷ αὐτὸ μόνον βεβαιοῦται, καὶ τῇ πάντων ὄψει, ἀλλὰ καὶ τῷ χρόνῳ τῶν ἡμερῶν. Ἰῃ μὲν γὰρ ἀναστάσει πᾶς ὁ μετὰ ταῦτα ἔμελλε μαρτυΕ, ρήσειν χρόνος ὁ σταυρὸς δὲ, εἰ μὴ τότε πολλὰ ἔσχε τὰ μαρτυροῦντα αὐτῷ σημεῖα, κἀν ἠπιστήθη τούτου δὲ ἃ ἀπιστηθέντος, καὶ ἡ ἀνάστασις ἂν διηπιστήθη. Διὰ τοῦτο καὶ σημεῖον αὐτὸ καλεῖ. Εἰ δὲ μὴ ἐσταυρώθη, οὐκ ἂν ἐδόθη τὸ σημεῖον. Διὰ τοῦτο καὶ τὸν τύπον φέρει εἰς μέσον, ἵνα πιστευθῇ ἡ ἀλήθεια. Εἰπὲ γαρ μοι; , φαντασία ἦν ᾿Ἰωνᾶς ἐν τῇ κοιλίᾳ τοὺ κήτους: Αλλ᾽ οὐκ ἂν ἔχοις τοῦτο εἰπεῖν. Οὐκοῦν οὐδὲ ὁ Χριστὸς ἐν τῇ καρδίᾳ τῆς Ὑἤ»:- Οὐ γὰρ δήπου ὁ μὲν τύπος ἐν ἀληθείᾳ, ἡ δὲ ἀλήθεια ἐν φαντασίᾳ. Διὰ τοῦτο πανταχοῦ τὸν θάνατον αὐτοῦ καταγγέλλομεν, καὶ ἐν τοῖς μυστηρίοις, καὶ ἐν τῷ βαπτίσματι, καὶ ἐν τοῖς ἄλλοις ἅπασι. Διὰ τοῦτο καὶ ὁ Παῦλος λαμπρᾷ βοᾷ τῇ Φωνῆ᾽ ἐμοὶ δὲ μὴ γένοιτο καυχᾶσθαι, εἰ μὴ ἐν τῷ σταυρῷ τοῦ κυρίου ἡμῶν ᾿Ιησοῦ Χριστοῦ. Ὅθεν δῆλον, ὅ ὅτι τέκνα τοῦ διαβόλου εἰσὶν οἱ τὰ Μαρκίωνος νοσοῦντες, ταῦτα ἐξαλείφοντες, ἅπερ ὥστε μὴ ἀφανισθῆναι μυρία ἐποίησεν ὁ Χριστὸς, καὶ ὥστε ἀφανισθῆναι μυρία ἐσπούδακεν ὁ διαβο- Β λος, τὸν σταυρὸν λέγω καὶ τὸ πάθος. Διὰ τοῦτο ἔλεγε καὶ ἀλλαχοῦ λύσατε τὸν ναὸν τοῦτον, καὶ ἐν τρισὶν ἡμέραις ἐγερῶ αὐτόν καὶ, ἔσονται ἡμέραι, ὅταν ἀπαρθῇ ἀπ᾿ αὐτῶν ὁ νυμ ἰος καὶ ἐνταῦθα, οὐ δοθήσεται αὐτῇ σημεῖον, εἰ μὴ τὸ σημεῖον Ἰωνᾶ: τοῦ προφήτου καὶ ὅτι ὑπὲρ αὐτῶν πείσεται δηλῶν, καὶ ὅτι οὐδὲν κερδανοῦσι τοῦτο γὰρ μετὰ ταῦτα ἐδήλωσεν. Ἀλλ ὅμως καὶ ταῦτα εἰδὼς ἀπέθανε τοσαύτη ἦν αὐτοῦ ἡ κηδεμονία. Ἵνα γὰρ μὴ νομίσης ὅτι καὶ τὰ ἑξῆς τοιαῦτα ἔσται ἐπὶ τῶν ᾿Ιουδαίων, οἷα ἐπὶ τῶν Νινευϊτῶν, καὶ ἐπιστραφήσονται, καὶ καθάπερ ἐκεί- σ νοις σειομένην τὴν πόλιν ἔστησε, καὶ τοὺς βαρβάρους Ὦ ἐπέστρεψεν, οὕτω καὶ οὗτοι μετὰ τὴν ἀνάστασιν ἐπιστρέψουσιν, ἄκουσον πώς τοὐναντίον ἅπαν δηλοῖ. Ὅτι γὰρ οὐδὲν καρπώσονται ἐντεῦθεν εἰς τὴν οἰκείαν εὐεργεσίαν, ἀλλὰ καὶ ἀνήκεστα πείσονται, καὶ τοῦτο εξῆς ἐδήλωσε διὰ τοῦ κατὰ τὸν δαίμονα παραδείγματος. Τέως δὲ ὑπὲρ ὧν μέλλουσι πάσχειν μετὰ ταῦτα ἀπολογεῖται, δεικνὺς ὃ ὃτι δικαίως πείσονται. Τὰς μὲν γὰρ συμφορὰς αὐτῶν καὶ τὴν ἐρημίαν ἀπὸ τοῦ παραδείγματος ἐ ἐκείνου παρίστησι τέως δὲ δείκνυσιν, ὅτι δικαίως ταῦτα πάντα ὑπομενοῦσιν ὅπερ καὶ ἐπὶ τῆς παλαιᾶάς ἐποίει. Καὶ γὰρ τὰ ᾿Σόδομα μέλλων καθαιρεῖν, ἀπε- ὮὉ λογήσατο τῷ Αβραὰμ πρότερον, τὴν ἐρημίαν ἐν ίξας καὶ τὴν σπάνιν τῆς ἀρετῆς, ὅπου γε οὐδὲ δέκα εὑρέθησαν ἄνὃρες ἐ εν πόλεσι τοσαύταις σωφρόνως ζῆν προῃρημένοι. Καὶ τῷ Λὼτ δὲ ὁμοίως δείξας. τὴν μισοξενίαν καὶ τοὺς ἀτόπους αὐτῶν ἔρωτας, τότε ἐπάγει τὸ πῦρ. Καὶ ἐπὶ τοῦ κατακλυσμοῦ δὲ τὸ αὐτὸ τοῦτο ἐποίησε, διὰ τῶν ἔργων ἀπολογησάμενος τῷ Νῶε. Καὶ τῷ ᾿᾿Ιεζεχιὴλ δὲ ὁμοίως; ὅτε ἐν Βαβυλώνι διάγοντα τὰ ἐν Ἱεροσολύμοις ἰδεῖν ἐποίησε κακά. Καὶ τῷ ᾿Ιερεμίᾳ δὲ πάλιν, ὅτε ἔλεγε, ὁ μὴ προσεὔχου. ἀπολογούμενος. ἔλεγεν ἢ οὐχ ὁρᾷς τί οὗτοι ποιοὔσι. Καὶ πανταχοῦ τὸ αὐτὸ τοῦτο ποιεῖ, ὃ δὴ καὶ ἐνταῦθα. Τί γάρ φησιν: ὦ Ἄνδρες Νινευΐῖται ἀναστήσονται, καὶ κατακρινοῦσι τὴν γενεὰν ταύτην᾽ ὅτι μετενόησαν εἰς τὸ κήρυγμα ᾿Ιωνᾶ᾽ καὶ ἰδοὺ πλεῖον ᾿Ιωνᾶ ὧδε.᾽ Ὁ μὲν γὰρ δοῦλος, ἐγὼ δὲ δεσπότης καὶ ὁ μὲν ἐκ κήτους ἐξῆλθεν, ἐγὼ δὲ ἐκ θανάτου ἀνέστην; καὶ ὁ μὲν καταστροφὴν ἐκήρυξεν, ἐγὼ δὲ βασιλείαν ἦλθον εὐαγγελιζόμενος. Καὶ οἱ δειξάμην. Καὶ οἱ μὲν οὐδὲν πλέον ἤκουσαν τῶν ῥημάτων ἐκείνων; ἐγὼ δὲ πᾶσαν ἐκίνησα ,Φιλοσοφίας ἰδέαν. Καὶ ὁ μὲν διακονούμενος παρεγένετο, ἐγὼ δὲ αὐτὸς ὁ δεσπότης καὶ ὁ πάντων κύριος ἦλθον, οὐκ ἀπειλῶν, οὐκ ἀπαιτῶν εὑὐθύνας, ἀλλὰ συγχώρησιν κομίζων. Καὶ οἱ μὲν βάρβαροι, οὗτοι δὲ προφήταις ᾿συνανεστράφησαν μυρίοις. Καὶ περὶ ἐκείνου μὲν οὐδεὶς προεῖπεν, περὶ ἐμοῦ δὲ ἅπαντες, καὶ τὰ ἔργα τοῖς λόγοις συνέβαινε. Κακεῖνος μὲν ἐδραπέτευσεν ἀπιέναι μέλλων ὑπὲρ τοῦ μὴ γελασθῆναι ἐγὼ δὲ εἰδὼς ὅτι καὶ στανροῦσθαι καὶ γελᾶσθαι μέλλω, παρεγενόμην. Καὶ ἐκεῖνος μὲν οὐδὲ ὀνειδισθῆναι ἤ ἤνεγκεν ὑπὲρ τῶν σωζομένων ἐγὼ δὲ καὶ θάνατον ὑπέμεινα, καὶ θάνατον τὸν αἴσχιστον, καὶ μετὰ ταῦτα πάλιν ἑτέρους ἀποστέλλω. Καὶ ὁ μὲν ξένος τις ἣν καὶ ἀλλότριος καὶ ἄγνωστος ἐγὼ δὲ σνγγενὴς κατὰ σάρκα, καὶ προγόνων τῶν αὐτῶν. Καὶ πολλὰ δὲ ἕτερα ἄν τις συναγάγοι τὸ πλέον ἐπιζητῶν.

Hora de pōs kai ainittomenos akribōs auto Tithēsin. Ou gar eipen? en tę̄ gę̄» all᾽ en tę̄ kardią tēs gēn hina kai ton taphon dēlōsę̄, kai in dokēsin hypopteusę̄. Kai treis de hēmeras dia touto synechōrēsen, hina pistenthę̄ hoti apethanen. Ou gar tǭ staurǭ auto monon bebaioutai, kai tę̄ pantōn opsei, alla kai tǭ chronǭ tōn hēmerōn. Ię̄ men gar anastasei pas ho meta tauta emelle martyE, rēsein chronos ho stauros de, ei mē tote polla esche ta martyrounta autǭ sēmeia, kan ēpistēthē toutou de ha apistēthentos, kai hē anastasis an diēpistēthē. Dia touto kai sēmeion auto kalei. Ei de mē estaurōthē, ouk an edothē to sēmeion. Dia touto kai ton typon pherei eis meson, hina pisteuthę̄ hē alētheia. Eipe gar moi? , phantasia ēn ᾿Iōnas en tę̄ koilią tou kētous: All᾽ ouk an echois touto eipein. Oukoun oude ho Christos en tę̄ kardią tēs Hyē»:- Ou gar dēpou ho men typos en alētheią, hē de alētheia en phantasią. Dia touto pantachou ton thanaton autou katangellomen, kai en tois mystēriois, kai en tǭ baptismati, kai en tois allois hapasi. Dia touto kai ho Paulos lamprą boą tę̄ Phōnē᾽ emoi de mē genoito kauchasthai, ei mē en tǭ staurǭ tou kyriou hēmōn ᾿Iēsou Christou. Hothen dēlon, ho hoti tekna tou diabolou eisin hoi ta Markiōnos nosountes, tauta exaleiphontes, haper hōste mē aphanisthēnai myria epoiēsen ho Christos, kai hōste aphanisthēnai myria espoudaken ho diabo- B los, ton stauron legō kai to pathos. Dia touto elege kai allachou lysate ton naon touton, kai en trisin hēmerais egerō auton kai, esontai hēmerai, hotan aparthę̄ ap᾿ autōn ho nym ios kai entautha, ou dothēsetai autę̄ sēmeion, ei mē to sēmeion Iōna: tou prophētou kai hoti hyper autōn peisetai dēlōn, kai hoti ouden kerdanousi touto gar meta tauta edēlōsen. All homōs kai tauta eidōs apethane tosautē ēn autou hē kēdemonia. Hina gar mē nomisēs hoti kai ta hexēs toiauta estai epi tōn ᾿Ioudaiōn, hoia epi tōn Nineuïtōn, kai epistraphēsontai, kai kathaper ekei- s nois seiomenēn tēn polin estēse, kai tous barbarous Ō epestrepsen, houtō kai houtoi meta tēn anastasin epistrepsousin, akouson pōs tounantion hapan dēloi. Hoti gar ouden karpōsontai enteuthen eis tēn oikeian euergesian, alla kai anēkesta peisontai, kai touto exēs edēlōse dia tou kata ton daimona paradeigmatos. Teōs de hyper hōn mellousi paschein meta tauta apologeitai, deiknys ho hoti dikaiōs peisontai. Tas men gar symphoras autōn kai tēn erēmian apo tou paradeigmatos e ekeinou paristēsi teōs de deiknysin, hoti dikaiōs tauta panta hypomenousin hoper kai epi tēs palaiaas epoiei. Kai gar ta ᾿Sodoma mellōn kathairein, ape- HōO logēsato tǭ Abraam proteron, tēn erēmian en ixas kai tēn spanin tēs aretēs, hopou ge oude deka heurethēsan anores e en polesi tosautais sōphronōs zēn proę̄rēmenoi. Kai tǭ Lōt de homoiōs deixas. tēn misoxenian kai tous atopous autōn erōtas, tote epagei to pyr. Kai epi tou kataklysmou de to auto touto epoiēse, dia tōn ergōn apologēsamenos tǭ Nōe. Kai tǭ ᾿᾿Iezechiēl de homoiōs? hote en Babylōni diagonta ta en Hierosolymois idein epoiēse kaka. Kai tǭ ᾿Ieremią de palin, hote elege, ho mē proseuchou. apologoumenos. elegen ē ouch horąs ti houtoi poiousi. Kai pantachou to auto touto poiei, ho dē kai entautha. Ti gar phēsin: ō Andres Nineuïitai anastēsontai, kai katakrinousi tēn genean tautēn᾽ hoti metenoēsan eis to kērygma ᾿Iōna᾽ kai idou pleion ᾿Iōna hōde.᾽ Ho men gar doulos, egō de despotēs kai ho men ek kētous exēlthen, egō de ek thanatou anestēn? kai ho men katastrophēn ekēryxen, egō de basileian ēlthon euangelizomenos. Kai hoi deixamēn. Kai hoi men ouden pleon ēkousan tōn rhēmatōn ekeinōn? egō de pasan ekinēsa ,Philosophias idean. Kai ho men diakonoumenos paregeneto, egō de autos ho despotēs kai ho pantōn kyrios ēlthon, ouk apeilōn, ouk apaitōn heuythynas, alla synchōrēsin komizōn. Kai hoi men barbaroi, houtoi de prophētais ᾿synanestraphēsan myriois. Kai peri ekeinou men oudeis proeipen, peri emou de hapantes, kai ta erga tois logois synebaine. Kakeinos men edrapeteusen apienai mellōn hyper tou mē gelasthēnai egō de eidōs hoti kai stanrousthai kai gelasthai mellō, paregenomēn. Kai ekeinos men oude oneidisthēnai ē ēnenken hyper tōn sōzomenōn egō de kai thanaton hypemeina, kai thanaton ton aischiston, kai meta tauta palin heterous apostellō. Kai ho men xenos tis hēn kai allotrios kai agnōstos egō de snngenēs kata sarka, kai progonōn tōn autōn. Kai polla de hetera an tis synagagoi to pleon epizētōn.

And see how, even while hinting, he sets it down exactly. For he did not say “in the earth,” but “in the heart of the earth,” so that he might show the tomb too, and no one might suspect a mere appearance. And he allowed three days for this reason, so that it might be believed that he died. For it is confirmed not only by the cross and by the sight of all, but also by the length of the days. For all the time afterward was going to bear witness to the resurrection; but the cross, unless it had then had many signs bearing witness to it, would have been disbelieved; and if this had been disbelieved, the resurrection too would have been disbelieved. For this reason he also calls it a sign. And if he had not been crucified, the sign would not have been given. For this reason too he brings the type forward, so that the truth may be believed. For tell me, was Jonah in the belly of the sea monster an appearance? But you could not say this. Then neither was Christ in the heart of the earth. For surely the type is not in truth while the truth is in appearance. For this reason we proclaim his death everywhere, both in the mysteries, and in baptism, and in all other things. For this reason Paul too cries with a loud voice, “But far be it from me to boast except in the cross of our Lord Jesus Christ.” From which it is clear that those sick with the things of Marcion are children of the devil, blotting out these things which Christ did countless things so that they might not be done away, and which the devil was countless times eager to have done away, I mean the cross and the passion. For this reason he said elsewhere too, “Destroy this temple, and in three days I will raise it up”; and, “The days will come when the bridegroom is taken away from them”; and here, “No sign will be given to it except the sign of Jonah the prophet,” showing both that he would suffer for them, and that they would gain nothing; for this he made clear afterward. But nevertheless, knowing even these things, he died; so great was his care. For so that you may not think that what followed would be among the Jews as among the Ninevites, and that they would turn, and that as he established the city of those men when it was shaken, and turned the barbarians, so these too would turn after the resurrection, hear how he shows entirely the opposite. For that they would reap nothing from this for their own benefit, but would even suffer incurable things, this too he made clear next, through the example of the demon. But meanwhile he makes a defense for what they were going to suffer afterward, showing that they will suffer justly. For their misfortunes and desolation he sets forth by that example; but meanwhile he shows that they will endure all these things justly; which he did in the old covenant too. For when he was about to destroy Sodom, he first made his defense to Abraham, showing the desolation and the scarcity of virtue, seeing that not even ten men were found in so many cities who had chosen to live chastely. And to Lot likewise, having shown their hatred of strangers and their unnatural lusts, he then brings on the fire. And in the case of the flood he did this same thing, defending himself to Noah by the deeds. And to Ezekiel likewise, when he made him, while he was living in Babylon, see the evils in Jerusalem. And to Jeremiah again, when he said, “Do not pray,” making his defense he said, “Do you not see what these are doing?” And everywhere he does this same thing, which he does here too. For what does he say? “The men of Nineveh will rise up in the judgment and condemn this generation, because they repented at the preaching of Jonah; and behold, something greater than Jonah is here.” “For he was a servant, but I am the Master; and he came out of a sea monster, but I rose from death; and he preached overthrow, but I came preaching the kingdom. And they (…), but I displayed (…). And they heard nothing more than those words, but I set in motion every form of philosophy. And he came as one serving, but I myself, the Master and the Lord of all, came, not threatening, not demanding accounts, but bringing forgiveness. And they were barbarians, but these have lived with countless prophets. And about him no one foretold anything, but about me all did, and the deeds agreed with the words. And he ran away when he was about to go, so as not to be laughed at; but I came, knowing that I am going to be both crucified and laughed at. And he would not bear even to be reproached on behalf of those being saved; but I have endured even death, and the most shameful death, and after this again I send others. And he was a stranger and foreign and unknown; but I am a kinsman according to the flesh, and of the same ancestors.” And one might gather many other things too, if he sought more.

43.3Field 1

Αὐτὸς δὲ οὐδὲ ἐνταῦθα ἵσταται, ἀλλὰ καὶ ἕτερον προστίθησι παράδειγμα, λέγων ὅτι 9 καὶ βασίλισσα νότου ἐγερθήσεται ἐν τῇ κρίσει μετὰ τῆς γενεᾶς ταύτης, καὶ κατακρινεῖ αὐτούς ὅτι ἤλθεν ἐκ τῶν περάτων τῆς γῆς ἀκοῦσαι τὴν σοφίαν Σολομῶνος καὶ ἰδοὺ πλεῖον Σολομῶνος ὧδε. Τοῦτο τοῦ προτέρου πλέον ἦν. Ὁ μὲν γὰρ ᾿Ιωνᾶς πρὸς ἐκείνους ἀπῆλθεν ἡ δὲ βασίλισσα τοῦ νότου οὐκ ἀνέμεινε τὸν Σολομῶνα πρὸς αὐτὴν ἐλθεῖν, ἀλλ᾽ αὐτὴ πρὸς αὐτὸν παρεγένετο, καὶ γυνὴ καὶ βάρβαρος οὖσα, καὶ τοσοῦτον ἀφεστηκυῖα, οὐκ ἀπειλῆς ἐπικειμένης. οὐ θάνατον δεδοικυῖα, ἀλλ᾽ ἔρωτι ῥημάτων μόνον σοφῶν. Ἀλλ᾽ ἰδοὺ καὶ πλεῖον Σολομῶνος ὧδε. ᾿Εκεῖ μὲν γὰρ ἡ γυνὴ παρθγένετο, ἐνταῦθα δὲ ἐγὼ ἦλθον. Καὶ ἡ μὲν ἀπὸ τῶν περάτων τῆς γῆς ἀνέστη» εγὼ δὲ καὶ πόλεις καὶ κώμας περιέρχομαι. Κακεῖνος μὲν ὑπερ δένδρων καὶ ξύλων διελέγετο, τὰ μηδὲν μέγα ὠφελῆσαι τὴν παραγενομένην δυνάμενα. ἐγὼ δὲ ὑπὲρ ἀποῤῥήτων πραγμάτων Ὁ καὶ μυστηρίων φρικωδεστάτων. ᾿Επεὶ οὖν αὐτοὺς κατέκρινε, δείξας ἐκ πολλοῦ τοῦ περιΑ ὄντος ἀσύγγνωστα ἁμαρτάνοντας, και τῆς αὐτῶν ἀγνωμοσύνης, οὐ τῆς τοὺ διδασκάλου ἀσθενείας, τὴν παρακοὴν οὖσαν, καὶ τοῦτο ἀπό τε ἄλλων πολλῶν, καὶ τῶν Νινευϊτῶν καὶ τῆς βασιλίσσης ἀπέδειξε᾽ τότε λέγει καὶ τὴν καταληψομένην αὐτοὺς κόλασιν᾽ αἰνιγματωδῶς μὲν, λέγει δὲ ὅμως, πολὺν τὸν φόβον ἐνυφαίνων τῷ διηγήματι. : Ὅταν γάρ, φησὶν, ἐξέλθη τὸ ἀκάθαρτον πνεῦμα ἐκ τοῦ ἀνθρώπου, πορεύεται δι᾽ ἀνύδρων τόπων, ζητοῦν ἀνάπαυσιν καὶ μὴ εὑρίσκον, λέγει ἐπιστρέψω εἰς τὸν οἶκον μου, ὅθεν ἐξῆλθον. Καὶ ἐλθὸν, εὑρίσκει σχολάζοντα καὶ σεσαρωμένον καὶ κεκοσμημένον. Τότε πορεύεται, καὶ παραλαμβάνει μεθ᾽ ἑαντοῦ ἕτερα ἑπτὰ πνεύματα πονηρότερα ἑαυτοῦ, καὶ εἰσελθόντα κατοικεῖ ἐκεῖ, καὶ γίνεται τὰ ἔσχατα τοῦ ἀνθρώπου ἐκείνου χείρονα τῶν πρώτων. Οὕτως ἔσται καὶ τῇ γενεᾷ ταύτῃ. ᾿Εντεῦθεν δείκνυσιν, ὅτι οὐκ ἐν τῷ μέλλοντι αἰῶνι μόνον, ἀλλὰ και ἐνταῦθα χαλεπώτατα πείσονται. ᾿Επειδὴ γὰρ εἶπεν, ἄνδρες Νινευῖται ἀναστήσονται ἐν τῇ κρίσει, καὶ κατακρινοῦσι τὴν γενεὰν ταύτην ἵνα μὴ διὰ τὴν τοῦ χρόνου μέλλησιν καταφρονήσωσι, καὶ ῥᾳθυμότεροι γένωνται, ἐντεῦθεν ἐφίστησιν αὐτοῖς τὰ δεινά: Ὃ καὶ ὁ προφήτης Ὡσηὲ αὐτοῖς ἀπειλῶν ἔλεγεν, ὅτι ἔσονται ὥσπερ ὁ προφήτης ὁ παρεξεστηκὼς, ἄνθρωπος ὁ πνευματοφόρος τουτέστιν, ὥσπερ οἱ μαινόμενοι καὶ βακχευόμενοι ὑπὸ τῶν πονηρῶν πνευμάτων, οἱ ψευδοπ οφῆται. Προφήτην γὰρ ἐνταῦθα παρεξεστηκότα τὸν ψευβοπροφήτην φησὶν, οἷοί ᾿ εἰσιν οἱ μᾶντεις. Τοῦτο δὴ καὶ ὁ Χριστὸς δηλῶν φησιν, ὅτι τὰ ἔσχατα Β πείσονται. Εἶδες πῶς πανταχόθεν αὐτοὺς ὠθεῖ ἐπὶ τὸ προσ΄- ’ ᾽ ΄- ’ ᾿ ᾿Ὶ ΄ ἔχειν τοῖς λεγομένοις, ἀπὸ τῶν παρόντων, ἀπὸ τῶν μελλόντων, ἀπὸ τῶν εὐδοκιμησάντων, (απὸ τῶν Νινευϊτῶν λέγω, καὶ τῆς βασιλίσσης,) ἀπὸ τῶν προσκεκρουκότων Τυρίων και δι ἃ ΄- ε ᾿Ὶ Σοδομηνῶν : Ὃ καὶ οἱ προφῆται ἐποίουν, τοὺς υἱοὺς 'Ῥηχα᾽ Δ δ Ὶ ᾽ ἢ Υ̓ βὶν παραγοντες, καὶ τὴν νυμῴφην τὴν ουκ Υ ςπιλανθανομένην τοῦ κόσμου τοῦ οἰκείου καὶ τῆς στηθοδεσμίδος, καὶ τὸν βοῦν τὸν εἰδότα τὸν κτησάμενον, καὶ τὸν ὄνον τὸν τὴν φατνην ᾿ ψ «- ᾽ Ά ἐπιγινώσκοντα. Οὕτω δὴ καὶ ἐνταῦθα ἀπὸ συγκρίσεως παραστήσας αὐτῶν τὴν ἀγνωμοσύνην, λέγει καὶ τὴν τιμωρίαν λοιπόν. Τί ποτ᾽ οὖν ἐστι τὸ εἰρημένον: Καθαπερ οἱ δαιμονῶντες, φησὶν, ὅταν ἀπαλλαγῶσι τῆς ἀῤῥωστίας εκείνης, ἂν ῥᾳθυμότεροι γένωνται, χαλεπωτέραν ἐπισπῶνται καθ᾽ ἐαντῶν ν Ὁ. «4 ν ξ᾽,.λ᾽ τ κα , , τὴν φαντασίαν οὕτω καὶ ᾿εφ ὑμῶν γίνεται. Καὶ γαρ καὶ Ν Ως ἔμπροσθεν κατείχεσθε δαίμονι, ὅτε τὰ εἴδωλα προσεκυνεῖτε, καὶ τοὺς υἱοὺς ὑμῶν εσφαττετε τοις δαιμονίοις, πολλὴν επι᾿ » Ψ ᾿ ᾿ ᾽ ε« κα ᾿ ᾿ δεικνύμενοι μανίαν' ἀλλ ὅμως οὐκ εγκατελιποὸν υμᾶς; αλλ ι ’ - σι ΄--ο φ ἐξέβαλον τὸν δαίμονα ἐκεῖνον διὰ τῶν προφητῶν, καὶ δι ᾽ -- ’ κΥ ἣ «- ᾽ ΄ε ε ΄- ἢ ἐμαυτοῦ πάλιν ἦλθον ἐπὶ πλεῖον ἐκκαθᾶραι ὑμᾶς βουλόμενος. φ ᾽ ’ ᾽ } ᾿ Επεὶ οὖν οὐ βούλεσθε προσέχειν, αλλα καὶ εἰς πλείονα ἱὰ ’ ’ η ᾽ ᾽ - ΄-:- εξωκείλατε πονηρίαν (τοῦ γὰρ προφήτας ἀνελεῖν πολλῷ Ξ ’ ἣ ἣ χ᾽. ᾿ Ὁ μεῖζον καὶ χαλεπώτερον τὸ καὶ αὐτὸν κατασφαξαι) διὰ τοῦτο χαλεπώτερα πείσεσθε τῶν προτέρων, τῶν κατα Μαβυλῶνα λέγω, καὶ κατ᾽ Δἴγυπτον, καὶ κατα Αντίοχον τὸν Ν ἢ . νον ᾿ ᾿Ἂ ἣ ͵ , πρῶτον. Τὰ γὰρ ἐπὶ Οὐεσπασιανοῦ καὶ Τίτον συμβαντα αὐτοῖς πολλῷ μᾶλλον τούτων χαλεπώτερα. Διὸ καὶ ἔλεγεν ἐσται θλίψις μεγαλη, οἷα οὐδέποτε γέγονεν, οὅ ΛΓ φ - Ἢ ’ «- ἣ ε ᾽ ϑ μὴ ἔσται. Οὐ τοῦτο δὲ μόνον δηλοῖ τὸ ὑπόδειγμα, αλλ᾽ ὅτι καὶ ἀρετῆς ἀπάσης ἔσονται ἔρημοι καθόλου, καὶ τῇ τῶν ͵ὔ Π ᾽ : ’ Α δαιμόνων ἐνεργείᾳ εὐεπιχείρητοι μᾶλλον ἥ τότε. Τότε μὲν γαρ εἰ καὶ ἥμαρτανον, αλλ ὅμως ἤσαν καὶ οἱ κατορθοῦντες φ ΄- - ε ΄ ΓῚ ἢ ε ΄- ἘΠν αὑτοῖς, καὶ παρῆν ἡ τοῦ θερῦ πρόνοια, καὶ ἡ τοῦ πνεύ͵ ᾽ ᾿ ’ ᾽ ε - ματος χάρις, ἐπιμελουμένη, διορθουμένη, τὰ παρ ἑαντῆς ςις ν. δι , ἣ ἅπαντα πληρουσα νυνι δὲ καὶ ταύτης καθόλου ἐρημωθήσονἘΝ ’ .Ὶ Ψ ΄- [4 ται τῆς κηδεμονίας, φησὶν, ὥστε καὶ ἀρετῆς πλείων σπάνις νῦν, καὶ συμφορᾶς ἐπίτασις, καὶ δαιμόνων ἐνέργεια τυραννικωτέρα. Ἴστε οὗν καὶ ἐπὶ τῆς γενεᾶς τῆς ἡμετέρας, ὅτε ὃ πάντας ἀσεβείᾳ νικήσας ᾿Ιουλιανὸς ἐξεβακχεύθη, πῶς μετὰ τῶν Ἑλλήνων ὁ ἑαυτοὺς ἔταττον, πῶς τὰ ἐκείνων ἐθεράπευον. Ὥστε κἂν μικρόν τι δοκῶσι σωφρονεῖν νῦν, διὰ τὸν τῶν βασιλέων Φόβον ἡσυχάζουσιν ὡς εἰ μὴ τοῦτο ἦν, πολλῷ τῶν προτέρων χαλεπώτερα ἐτόλμησαν ἄν. ᾿Εν γὰρ τοῖς ἄλλοις πονηροῖς ἔργοις νικῶσι τοὺς ἔμπροσθεν, γοητείας, μαγγανείας, ἀσελγείας μετὰ πολλῆς ἐπιδεικνύμενοι τῆς ὑπερβολῆς. Καὶ ἐν τοῖς ἄλλοις δὲ, καίτοι τοσούτῳ χαλινῷ κατεχόμενοι, πολλάκις ᾿ἑστασίασαν, καὶ βασιλέων κατεξανέστησαν, ὡς καὶ τοῖς ἐσχάτοις περιπαρῆναι κακοῖς. ὰ Ποῦ νῦν εἰσιν οἱ τὰ σημεῖα ζητοῦντες ; ᾿Ακονέτωσαν ὅτι γνώμης χρεία εὐγνώ- Β μονος κἂν μὴ αὕτη παρῇ, σημείων οὐδὲν ὄφελος. ᾿Ιδοὺ γοῦν οἱ μὲν Νινενῖται χωρὶς σημείων ἐπίστευσαν οὗτοι δὲ μετὰ τοσαῦτα θαύματα χείρους ἐγένοντο, καὶ δαιμόνων ἃ απείρων οἰκητήριον ἑαυτοὺς κατέστησαν, καὶ μυρίας ἐπεσπάσαντο συμφοράς καὶ μάλα, εἰκότως. Ὅταν γὰρ ἅπαξ τις ἐλευθερωθεὶς τῶν κακῶν μὴ σωφρονισθῇ, πολλῴ χαλεπώτερα πείσεται τῶν ͵Τροτέρων. Διὰ γὰρ τοῦτο εἶπεν, ὅτι οὐχ εὑρίσκει ἀνάπαυσιν, ἵνα δείξῃ ὅ ὅτι πάντως καὶ εξ ἀνάγκης λήψεται τὸν τοιοῦτον ἡ τῶν δαιμόνων ἐπιβουλή. Καὶ γὰρ ἀπὸ δύο τούτων σωφρονισθῆναι ἔδει, ἀπό τε τοὺ παθεῖν πρότερον, ἀπὸ τε τοῦ ἀπαλλαγῆναι μᾶλλον δὲ καὶ τρίτον σ πρόσεστιν, ἡ τοῦ χείρονα πείσεσθαι ἀπειλή. Ἀλλ᾽ ὅμως οὐδενὶ τούτων ἐγένοντο βελτίους. ὃ Ταῦτα μὴ πρὸς ἐκείνους μόνον, αλλὰ καὶ πρὸς ἡμᾶς εἰρῆσθαι καιρὸν ἂν ἔχοι, ὅταν ᾿φωτισθέντες καὶ τῶν προτέρων ἀπαλλαγέντες κακῶν, πάλιν τῆς αὐτῆς ἐχώμεθα πονηρίας καὶ γὰρ χαλεπωτέρα λοιπὸν ἔσται ἢ κόλασις τῶν μετὰ ταῦτα ἁμαρτημάτων. Διὰ τοῦτο καὶ τῷ παραλύτῳ ἣ Χριστὸς ἔλεγεν ἘΝ ἴδε, ὑγιὴς γέγονας μηκέτι ἁμάρτανε, ἵνα μὴ χεῖρόν τί σοι γένηται καὶ ταῦτα πρὸς ἄνθρωπον τριάκοντα ὀκτὼ ἔτη ἔχοντα ἐν τῇ ἀσθενείᾳ. Καὶ τί χεῖρον ἔμελλε, φησὶ, πείσεσθαι τούτων: Πολλῷ χεῖρον καὶ χαλεπώτερον. Μὴ γὰρ δὴ γένοιτο τοσαῦτα ἡμᾶς ὑπομένειν, ὅσα δυνάμεθα παθεῖν. Οὐδὲ γὰρ ἀπορεῖ τιμωριῶν ὁ θεός. Καταὶ γὰρ τὸ πολὺ ἔλεος αὐτοῦ, οὕτω καὶ ἡ ὀργὴ αὐτοῦ. ᾿ Τοῦτο καὶ τῆ Ἱερουσαλὴμ ἐγκαλεῖ διὰ τοῦ ᾿Ιεζεχιήλ᾽ ἐς εἶδον γάρ, σε, φησὶ, πεφυρμένην. ἐν αἵματι, καὶ ἔλουσα καὶ ἔ ἐχρισα, καὶ ἐγένετό σοι ὄνομα ἐν τῷ κάλλει σου᾽ καὶ ἐξεπόρνευσας, φησὶν, ἐπὶ τοὺς ὁμοροῦντας σοι διὸ καὶ χαλεπώτερα ἀπειλεῖ σοι ἁμαρτανούσῃ. ᾿Εντεῦθεν δὲ μὴ τὴν κόλασιν λογίζου μόνον, ἀλλὰ καὶ τὴν ἄπειρον τοῦ θεοῦ μακροθυμίαν. ΠοσάἙ κις γοῦν τών αὐτῶν ἡψάμεθα κακῶν, καὶ ἔτι μακροθυμεῖ. ᾿Αλλὰ μὴ θαῤῥῶμεν. αλλὰ φοβηθώμεν. Καὶ γὰρ ὁ Φαραὼ, εἰ ἐκ τῆς πρώτης πληγῆς ἐπαιδεύθη, οὐκ ἂν ἔλαβε πεῖραν τῶν ὑστέρων, οὐκ ὧν μετὰ ταῦτα ἅμα αὐτῷ τῷ στρατεύματι κατεποντίσθης. Ταῦτα δὲ λέγω, ἐπειδὴ πολλοὺς οἷδα κατὰ τὸν Φαραὼ καὶ νῦν λέγοντας, οὐκ οἶδα τὸν θεὸν, καὶ τῷ πηλῷ καὶ τῆ πλινθείᾳ προσηλοῦντας τοὺς ὑπευθύνους. Πόσοι, τοῦ θεοῦ κελεύοντος ἀνιέναι τὴν ἀπειλὴν, οὐδὲ τὸν πόνον ἀνέχονται χαλάσαι: 'Δλλ᾽ οὐκ ἔστιν ἐρυθρὰν θάλατταν λοιπὸν διαβῆναι νῦν. ᾿Αλλὰ πέλαγός ἐστι πυρὸς, πέλαγος οὐ τοιοῦτον, οὐδὲ τοσοῦτον, ἀλλὰ πολλῷ μεῖζον καὶ ἀγριώτερον, ἐκ τοῦ πυρὸς ἔχον τὰ κύματα; πυρὸς ξένου τινὸς καὶ φρικώδους. ᾿Αβυσσός ὁ ἐστιν ἐκεῖ μεγάλη φλογὸς ' χαλεπωτάτης. Πανταχου γὰρ πὺρ περιτρέχον ἐστὶν ἰδεῖν, αἀὙρίῳ τινὶ θηρίῳ ἐ ἐοικὸς. Εἰ- γὰρ ἐνταῦθα τὸ αἰσθητὸν τοῦτο καὶ ὑλικὸν πὺρ, ὥσπερ θηρίον ἐκπηδῆσαν τῆς καμίνου, ἐφήλατο τοῖς ἔξω καθημένοις, τί οὐκ ἐργάσεται ἐκεῖνο τοὺς Β' ἐμπεσόντας: Ἄκουσον περὶ τῆς ἡμέρας ἐκείνης λεγόντων τῶν προφητῶν ες ἡμέρα κυρίου ἀνίατος, θυμοῦ καὶ ὀργῆς πλήρης. Οὐδεὶς γὰρ ἔσται ὁ Ἦ παριστάμενος, οὐδεὶς ὁ ἐξαιρούμενος οὐδαμοῦ τοῦ Χριστοῦ τὸ πρόσωπον τὸ ἥμερον καὶ γαληνὸν. Ἀλλ᾽ ὥσπερ οἱ τὰ μέταλλα ἐργαζόμενοι χαλεποῖς τισι παραδίδονται ἀνθρώποις, καὶ οὐδένα τῶν οἰκείων βλέπουσιν, ἀλλὰ τοὺς ἐφεστηκότας μόνους: οὕτω δὴ καὶ τότε' μᾶλλον δὲ οὐχ οὕτως, ἀλλὰ καὶ πολλῷ χαλεπώτερον. Ἐνταῦθα μὲν γὰρ δυνατὸν καὶ προσελθεῖν καὶ δεηθῆναι τοῦ βασιλέως, καὶ λῦσαι τὸν καταδικασθέντα' ἐκεῖ δὲ οὐκέτι οὐ γὰρ ἐφίεται. ἀλλὰ μένουσιν ἀποτηγανιζόμενοι, καὶ τοσαύτην ὀδύνην ἔχοντες, ὅσην οὐδὲ εἰπεῖν δυνατόν. Εἰ γὰρ τῶν ἐνταῦθα καιομένων τὰς δριμείας ἀλγηδόνας οὐδεὶς δύναται παραστῆσαι λόγος, πολλῷ μᾶλλον τῶν ταῦτα ἐκεῖ πασχόντων. ᾿Ενταῦθα μὲν γὰρ ἐν βραχείᾳ καιροῦ βοπῇ τὸ πᾶν γίνεται ἐκεῖ δὲ καίεται μὲν, οὐ ᾿νβυδαίο δὲ τὸ καιόμενον. Τί τοίνυν ἢ ποιήσομεν ἐκεῖ; Καὶ γὰρ πρὸς ἐμαντὸν ταῦτα λέγω. Καὶ εἰ σὺ, φησὶν, ὁ διδάσκαλος, περὶ σεαυτοῦ ταῦτα λέγεις, οὐδὲν ἐμοὶ μέλει λοιπόν. Τί γάρ θαυμαστὸν ἐμὲ κολάζεσθαι ; Μὴ, παρακαλῶ, μηδεὶς ταύτην ζητείτω τὴν παραμυθίαν οὐ γάρ ἐστιν αὕτη παραψυχή. Εἰπὲ γάρ μοι, οὐχὶ ἀσώματος δύναμις ἦν ὁ διάβολος ; οὐ τῶν ἀνθρώπων βελτίων; Αλλ᾽ ὅμως ἐξέπεσεν. Ἅρ᾽ οὖν ἐστιν ὅστις «-αραμυθίαν ἐκ τοῦ μετ᾽ ἐκείνου κολάζεσθαι λήψεται: Οὐδαμῶς. Τί δὲ οἱ ἐν Αἰγύπτῳ πάντες ; οὐχὶ καὶ τοὺς ἐν ἀρχαῖς ἑώρων κολαζομένους, καὶ ἑκάστην οἰκίαν πένθος ἔχουσαν: Δρ οὖν εντεῦθεν ἀνεπνευσαν καὶ παρεκλήθησαν : Οὐ δῆτα καὶ δῆλον ἐξ ὧν μετὰ ταῦτα ἐποίησαν, ὥσπερ ὑπό τινος φλογὸς μαστιζόμενοι, συνεπιστάντες τῷ βασιλεῖ, καὶ ἀναγκάσαντες ἐκβαλεῖν τῶν Ἑβραίων τὸν δῆμον. Καὶ γὰρ σφόδρα ψυχρὸς οὗτος ὁ λόγος, τὸ νομίζειν παραμυθίαν φέρειν τὸ μετὰ πάντων κολάζεσθαι τὸ λέγειν, ὡς ς Ὠ πάντες καὶ Εγω. Τί γαρ χρὴ λέγειν τὴν γέενναν; Εννόησόν μοι τοὺς ὑπὸ ποδαλγίας κατεχομένους, οἱ ὅταν ὑπὸ δριμείας ὀδύνης κατατείνωνται, κἂν μυρίους δείξης χαλεπώτερα πάσχοντας, οὐδ᾽ εἰς νοῦν λαμβάνουσι. Τὸ γὰρ ἐπιτεταμόνον τῆς αλγηδόνος οὐ συγχωρεῖ τῷ λογισμῷ σχολήν τινα ἔχειν, εἰς τὸ λογίσασθαι ἑτέρους καὶ παραμυθίαν εὑῥεῖν. Μὴ τοίνυν ταῖς ψυχραις ταύταις ἐλπίσι τρεφώμεθα. Τὸ γὰρ δέξασθαι παραμυθίαν ἐκ τῶν τοῦ πέλας κακῶν, ἐν τοῖς συμμέτροις γίνεται τῶν παθῶν ὅταν δὲ ὑπερέχῃ ῇ βάσανος, καὶ ζάλης ἡ ἥ πάντα μεστὰ τὰ ἔνδον, καὶ μηδὲ ἑαυτὴν εἰδέναι ἡ ψυχὴ λοιπὸν ἔχῃ: πόθεν καρπώσεται παρααυθίαν :

Autos de oude entautha histatai, alla kai heteron prostithēsi paradeigma, legōn hoti 9 kai basilissa notou egerthēsetai en tę̄ krisei meta tēs geneas tautēs, kai katakrinei autous hoti ēlthen ek tōn peratōn tēs gēs akousai tēn sophian Solomōnos kai idou pleion Solomōnos hōde. Touto tou proterou pleon ēn. Ho men gar ᾿Iōnas pros ekeinous apēlthen hē de basilissa tou notou ouk anemeine ton Solomōna pros autēn elthein, all᾽ autē pros auton paregeneto, kai gynē kai barbaros ousa, kai tosouton aphestēkuia, ouk apeilēs epikeimenēs. ou thanaton dedoikuia, all᾽ erōti rhēmatōn monon sophōn. All᾽ idou kai pleion Solomōnos hōde. ᾿Ekei men gar hē gynē parthgeneto, entautha de egō ēlthon. Kai hē men apo tōn peratōn tēs gēs anestē» egō de kai poleis kai kōmas perierchomai. Kakeinos men hyper dendrōn kai xylōn dielegeto, ta mēden mega ōphelēsai tēn paragenomenēn dynamena. egō de hyper aporrhētōn pragmatōn Ho kai mystēriōn phrikōdestatōn. ᾿Epei oun autous katekrine, deixas ek pollou tou periA ontos asyngnōsta hamartanontas, kai tēs autōn agnōmosynēs, ou tēs tou didaskalou astheneias, tēn parakoēn ousan, kai touto apo te allōn pollōn, kai tōn Nineuïtōn kai tēs basilissēs apedeixe᾽ tote legei kai tēn katalēpsomenēn autous kolasin᾽ ainigmatōdōs men, legei de homōs, polyn ton phobon enyphainōn tǭ diēgēmati. : Hotan gar, phēsin, exelthē to akatharton pneuma ek tou anthrōpou, poreuetai di᾽ anydrōn topōn, zētoun anapausin kai mē heuriskon, legei epistrepsō eis ton oikon mou, hothen exēlthon. Kai elthon, heuriskei scholazonta kai sesarōmenon kai kekosmēmenon. Tote poreuetai, kai paralambanei meth᾽ heantou hetera hepta pneumata ponērotera heautou, kai eiselthonta katoikei ekei, kai ginetai ta eschata tou anthrōpou ekeinou cheirona tōn prōtōn. Houtōs estai kai tę̄ geneą tautę̄. ᾿Enteuthen deiknysin, hoti ouk en tǭ mellonti aiōni monon, alla kai entautha chalepōtata peisontai. ᾿Epeidē gar eipen, andres Nineuitai anastēsontai en tę̄ krisei, kai katakrinousi tēn genean tautēn hina mē dia tēn tou chronou mellēsin kataphronēsōsi, kai rhąthymoteroi genōntai, enteuthen ephistēsin autois ta deina: Ho kai ho prophētēs Hōsēe autois apeilōn elegen, hoti esontai hōsper ho prophētēs ho parexestēkōs, anthrōpos ho pneumatophoros toutestin, hōsper hoi mainomenoi kai bakcheuomenoi hypo tōn ponērōn pneumatōn, hoi pseudop ophētai. Prophētēn gar entautha parexestēkota ton pseuboprophētēn phēsin, hoioi ᾿ eisin hoi manteis. Touto dē kai ho Christos dēlōn phēsin, hoti ta eschata B peisontai. Eides pōs pantachothen autous ōthei epi to pros΄- ’ ᾽ ΄- ’ ᾿ ᾿I ΄ echein tois legomenois, apo tōn parontōn, apo tōn mellontōn, apo tōn eudokimēsantōn, (apo tōn Nineuïtōn legō, kai tēs basilissēs,) apo tōn proskekroukotōn Tyriōn kai di ha ΄- e ᾿I Sodomēnōn : Ho kai hoi prophētai epoioun, tous huious 'Rhēcha᾽ D d I ᾽ ē Y bin paragontes, kai tēn nymǭphēn tēn ouk Y spilanthanomenēn tou kosmou tou oikeiou kai tēs stēthodesmidos, kai ton boun ton eidota ton ktēsamenon, kai ton onon ton tēn phatnēn ᾿ ps «- ᾽ A epiginōskonta. Houtō dē kai entautha apo synkriseōs parastēsas autōn tēn agnōmosynēn, legei kai tēn timōrian loipon. Ti pot᾽ oun esti to eirēmenon: Kathaper hoi daimonōntes, phēsin, hotan apallagōsi tēs arrhōstias ekeinēs, an rhąthymoteroi genōntai, chalepōteran epispōntai kath᾽ eantōn n Ho. «4 n x᾽,.l᾽ t ka , , tēn phantasian houtō kai ᾿eph hymōn ginetai. Kai gar kai N Ōs emprosthen kateichesthe daimoni, hote ta eidōla prosekyneite, kai tous huious hymōn esphattete tois daimoniois, pollēn epi᾿ » Ps ᾿ ᾿ ᾽ e« ka ᾿ ᾿ deiknymenoi manian' all homōs ouk enkatelipoon ymas? all i ’ - si ΄--o ph exebalon ton daimona ekeinon dia tōn prophētōn, kai di ᾽ -- ’ kY hē «- ᾽ ΄e e ΄- ē emautou palin ēlthon epi pleion ekkatharai hymas boulomenos. ph ᾽ ’ ᾽ } ᾿ Epei oun ou boulesthe prosechein, alla kai eis pleiona hia ’ ’ ē ᾽ ᾽ - ΄-:- exōkeilate ponērian (tou gar prophētas anelein pollǭ X ’ hē hē ch᾽. ᾿ Ho meizon kai chalepōteron to kai auton katasphaxai) dia touto chalepōtera peisesthe tōn proterōn, tōn kata Mabylōna legō, kai kat᾽ Digypton, kai kata Antiochon ton N ē . non ᾿ ᾿A hē ͵ , prōton. Ta gar epi Ouespasianou kai Titon symbanta autois pollǭ mallon toutōn chalepōtera. Dio kai elegen estai thlipsis megalē, hoia oudepote gegonen, hoo LG ph - Ē ’ «- hē e ᾽ ϑ mē estai. Ou touto de monon dēloi to hypodeigma, all᾽ hoti kai aretēs apasēs esontai erēmoi katholou, kai tę̄ tōn ͵y P ᾽ : ’ A daimonōn energeią euepicheirētoi mallon hē tote. Tote men gar ei kai hēmartanon, all homōs ēsan kai hoi katorthountes ph ΄- - e ΄ GI ē e ΄- EPn hautois, kai parēn hē tou thery pronoia, kai hē tou pneu͵ ᾽ ᾿ ’ ᾽ e - matos charis, epimeloumenē, diorthoumenē, ta par heantēs sis n. di , hē hapanta plērousa nyni de kai tautēs katholou erēmōthēsonEN ’ .I Ps ΄- [4 tai tēs kēdemonias, phēsin, hōste kai aretēs pleiōn spanis nyn, kai symphoras epitasis, kai daimonōn energeia tyrannikōtera. Iste houn kai epi tēs geneas tēs hēmeteras, hote ho pantas asebeią nikēsas ᾿Ioulianos exebakcheuthē, pōs meta tōn Hellēnōn ho heautous etatton, pōs ta ekeinōn etherapeuon. Hōste kan mikron ti dokōsi sōphronein nyn, dia ton tōn basileōn Phobon hēsychazousin hōs ei mē touto ēn, pollǭ tōn proterōn chalepōtera etolmēsan an. ᾿En gar tois allois ponērois ergois nikōsi tous emprosthen, goēteias, manganeias, aselgeias meta pollēs epideiknymenoi tēs hyperbolēs. Kai en tois allois de, kaitoi tosoutǭ chalinǭ katechomenoi, pollakis ᾿hestasiasan, kai basileōn katexanestēsan, hōs kai tois eschatois periparēnai kakois. a Pou nyn eisin hoi ta sēmeia zētountes ? ᾿Akonetōsan hoti gnōmēs chreia eugnō- B monos kan mē hautē parę̄, sēmeiōn ouden ophelos. ᾿Idou goun hoi men Ninenitai chōris sēmeiōn episteusan houtoi de meta tosauta thaumata cheirous egenonto, kai daimonōn ha apeirōn oikētērion heautous katestēsan, kai myrias epespasanto symphoras kai mala, eikotōs. Hotan gar hapax tis eleutherōtheis tōn kakōn mē sōphronisthę̄, pollǭ chalepōtera peisetai tōn ͵Troterōn. Dia gar touto eipen, hoti ouch heuriskei anapausin, hina deixę̄ ho hoti pantōs kai ex anankēs lēpsetai ton toiouton hē tōn daimonōn epiboulē. Kai gar apo dyo toutōn sōphronisthēnai edei, apo te tou pathein proteron, apo te tou apallagēnai mallon de kai triton s prosestin, hē tou cheirona peisesthai apeilē. All᾽ homōs oudeni toutōn egenonto beltious. ho Tauta mē pros ekeinous monon, alla kai pros hēmas eirēsthai kairon an echoi, hotan ᾿phōtisthentes kai tōn proterōn apallagentes kakōn, palin tēs autēs echōmetha ponērias kai gar chalepōtera loipon estai ē kolasis tōn meta tauta hamartēmatōn. Dia touto kai tǭ paralytǭ hē Christos elegen EN ide, hygiēs gegonas mēketi hamartane, hina mē cheiron ti soi genētai kai tauta pros anthrōpon triakonta oktō etē echonta en tę̄ astheneią. Kai ti cheiron emelle, phēsi, peisesthai toutōn: Pollǭ cheiron kai chalepōteron. Mē gar dē genoito tosauta hēmas hypomenein, hosa dynametha pathein. Oude gar aporei timōriōn ho theos. Katai gar to poly eleos autou, houtō kai hē orgē autou. ᾿ Touto kai tē Hierousalēm enkalei dia tou ᾿Iezechiēl᾽ es eidon gar, se, phēsi, pephyrmenēn. en haimati, kai elousa kai e echrisa, kai egeneto soi onoma en tǭ kallei sou᾽ kai exeporneusas, phēsin, epi tous homorountas soi dio kai chalepōtera apeilei soi hamartanousę̄. ᾿Enteuthen de mē tēn kolasin logizou monon, alla kai tēn apeiron tou theou makrothymian. PosaE kis goun tōn autōn hēpsametha kakōn, kai eti makrothymei. ᾿Alla mē tharrhōmen. alla phobēthōmen. Kai gar ho Pharaō, ei ek tēs prōtēs plēgēs epaideuthē, ouk an elabe peiran tōn hysterōn, ouk hōn meta tauta hama autǭ tǭ strateumati katepontisthēs. Tauta de legō, epeidē pollous hoida kata ton Pharaō kai nyn legontas, ouk oida ton theon, kai tǭ pēlǭ kai tē plintheią prosēlountas tous hypeuthynous. Posoi, tou theou keleuontos anienai tēn apeilēn, oude ton ponon anechontai chalasai: 'Dll᾽ ouk estin erythran thalattan loipon diabēnai nyn. ᾿Alla pelagos esti pyros, pelagos ou toiouton, oude tosouton, alla pollǭ meizon kai agriōteron, ek tou pyros echon ta kymata? pyros xenou tinos kai phrikōdous. ᾿Abyssos ho estin ekei megalē phlogos ' chalepōtatēs. Pantachou gar pyr peritrechon estin idein, aaUriǭ tini thēriǭ e eoikos. Ei- gar entautha to aisthēton touto kai hylikon pyr, hōsper thērion ekpēdēsan tēs kaminou, ephēlato tois exō kathēmenois, ti ouk ergasetai ekeino tous B' empesontas: Akouson peri tēs hēmeras ekeinēs legontōn tōn prophētōn es hēmera kyriou aniatos, thymou kai orgēs plērēs. Oudeis gar estai ho Ē paristamenos, oudeis ho exairoumenos oudamou tou Christou to prosōpon to hēmeron kai galēnon. All᾽ hōsper hoi ta metalla ergazomenoi chalepois tisi paradidontai anthrōpois, kai oudena tōn oikeiōn blepousin, alla tous ephestēkotas monous: houtō dē kai tote' mallon de ouch houtōs, alla kai pollǭ chalepōteron. Entautha men gar dynaton kai proselthein kai deēthēnai tou basileōs, kai lysai ton katadikasthenta' ekei de ouketi ou gar ephietai. alla menousin apotēganizomenoi, kai tosautēn odynēn echontes, hosēn oude eipein dynaton. Ei gar tōn entautha kaiomenōn tas drimeias algēdonas oudeis dynatai parastēsai logos, pollǭ mallon tōn tauta ekei paschontōn. ᾿Entautha men gar en bracheią kairou bopę̄ to pan ginetai ekei de kaietai men, ou ᾿nbydaio de to kaiomenon. Ti toinyn ē poiēsomen ekei? Kai gar pros emanton tauta legō. Kai ei sy, phēsin, ho didaskalos, peri seautou tauta legeis, ouden emoi melei loipon. Ti gar thaumaston eme kolazesthai ? Mē, parakalō, mēdeis tautēn zēteitō tēn paramythian ou gar estin hautē parapsychē. Eipe gar moi, ouchi asōmatos dynamis ēn ho diabolos ? ou tōn anthrōpōn beltiōn? All᾽ homōs exepesen. Har᾽ oun estin hostis «-aramythian ek tou met᾽ ekeinou kolazesthai lēpsetai: Oudamōs. Ti de hoi en Aigyptǭ pantes ? ouchi kai tous en archais heōrōn kolazomenous, kai hekastēn oikian penthos echousan: Dr oun enteuthen anepneusan kai pareklēthēsan : Ou dēta kai dēlon ex hōn meta tauta epoiēsan, hōsper hypo tinos phlogos mastizomenoi, synepistantes tǭ basilei, kai anankasantes ekbalein tōn Hebraiōn ton dēmon. Kai gar sphodra psychros houtos ho logos, to nomizein paramythian pherein to meta pantōn kolazesthai to legein, hōs s Ō pantes kai Egō. Ti gar chrē legein tēn geennan? Ennoēson moi tous hypo podalgias katechomenous, hoi hotan hypo drimeias odynēs katateinōntai, kan myrious deixēs chalepōtera paschontas, oud᾽ eis noun lambanousi. To gar epitetamonon tēs algēdonos ou synchōrei tǭ logismǭ scholēn tina echein, eis to logisasthai heterous kai paramythian heurhein. Mē toinyn tais psychrais tautais elpisi trephōmetha. To gar dexasthai paramythian ek tōn tou pelas kakōn, en tois symmetrois ginetai tōn pathōn hotan de hyperechę̄ ę̄ basanos, kai zalēs hē hē panta mesta ta endon, kai mēde heautēn eidenai hē psychē loipon echę̄: pothen karpōsetai paraauthian :

But he does not stop even here, but adds another example too, saying, “The queen of the south will rise up in the judgment with this generation and condemn it, because she came from the ends of the earth to hear the wisdom of Solomon; and behold, something greater than Solomon is here.” This was more than the former. For Jonah went to them; but the queen of the south did not wait for Solomon to come to her, but came to him herself, and that though she was a woman and a barbarian and so far away, with no threat hanging over her, not fearing death, but only out of love of wise words. “But behold, something greater than Solomon is here. For there the woman came, but here I came. And she rose from the ends of the earth, but I go about cities and villages. And he spoke about trees and wood, things that could not greatly benefit the one who had come; but I about unspeakable things and most awesome mysteries.” Since then he had condemned them, showing from great abundance that they sinned unpardonably, and that their disobedience came from their own ingratitude, not from the teacher’s weakness, and had proved this both from many other things and from the Ninevites and the queen, he then speaks also of the punishment that would overtake them, in a riddling way, but still he speaks of it, weaving much fear into the story. “For when the unclean spirit,” he says, “has gone out of a man, it goes through waterless places seeking rest and does not find it; then it says, ‘I will return to my house from which I came out.’ And when it comes, it finds it unoccupied, swept and put in order. Then it goes and takes with it seven other spirits more evil than itself, and they enter and dwell there; and the last state of that man becomes worse than the first. So shall it be also with this generation.” From this he shows that not only in the age to come, but here too they will suffer most grievously. For since he had said, “The men of Nineveh will rise up in the judgment and condemn this generation,” so that they might not despise it because of the delay of the time and become more careless, from this he sets the terrible things before them. Which the prophet Hosea too said threatening them, that they will be “like the prophet who is beside himself, the man who carries a spirit,” that is, like the false prophets raving and frenzied under evil spirits. For he here calls the false prophet a prophet beside himself, such as the soothsayers are. This too Christ shows, saying that they will suffer the utmost things. Do you see how from every side he pushes them to attend to what is said: from things present, from things to come, from those who were approved (I mean from the Ninevites and the queen), from those who had offended, the Tyrians and the people of Sodom? Which the prophets too did, bringing forward the sons of Rechab, and the bride who does not forget her own ornament and her girdle, and the ox that knows its owner, and the ass that recognizes its manger. So here too, having set forth their ingratitude by comparison, he now states the punishment too. What then is it that is said? “As the possessed,” he says, “when they are freed from that sickness, if they become more careless, draw upon themselves a more grievous delusion, so it happens with you. For before too you were held by a demon, when you worshiped the idols and sacrificed your sons to the demons, displaying great madness; but nevertheless I did not forsake you, but I cast out that demon through the prophets, and I came again myself, wishing to cleanse you more fully. Since then you are unwilling to attend, but have run aground on greater wickedness (for far greater and more grievous than killing the prophets is to slaughter him himself), for this reason you will suffer things more grievous than the former ones,” I mean those in Babylon, and in Egypt, and under the first Antiochus. For what befell them under Vespasian and Titus was far more grievous than these. Therefore he also said, “There will be great tribulation, such as has never been, nor ever will be.” And the example does not show this only, but that they will be utterly bereft of all virtue, and more easily attacked by the working of the demons than then. For then, even if they sinned, there were nevertheless also some among them who did well, and the providence of God was present, and the grace of the Spirit, caring for them, correcting them, fulfilling all its own part; but now, he says, they will be utterly bereft of this care too, so that there is now a greater scarcity of virtue, and an increase of misfortune, and a more tyrannical working of the demons. You know then too in our own generation, when Julian, who surpassed all in impiety, raved, how they ranged themselves with the Greeks, how they courted their things. So even if they seem a little sober now, they are quiet through fear of the emperors; since if this were not so, they would have dared things far more grievous than the former. For in other evil works they surpass those before them, displaying sorceries, magic arts and licentiousness to a great excess. And in other matters, though held by so strong a bridle, they have often rioted and risen up against emperors, so as to fall into the utmost evils. Where now are those who seek signs? Let them hear that there is need of a grateful mind; and if this is not present, there is no profit in signs. Behold at any rate, the Ninevites believed without signs; but these after so many wonders became worse, and made themselves a dwelling place of countless demons, and drew upon themselves countless misfortunes, and with good reason. For when someone, once set free from evils, is not brought to his senses, he will suffer far more grievous things than the former. For this reason he said that it does not find rest, so that he might show that the plot of the demons will certainly and of necessity seize such a man. For they ought to have been brought to their senses by these two things, both by having suffered before and by having been delivered; or rather a third is added too, the threat of suffering worse things. But nevertheless by none of these did they become better. These things it would be timely to say not to them only, but also to us, when, having been illuminated and freed from our former evils, we hold again to the same wickedness; for the punishment of the sins after these things will be more grievous. For this reason Christ also said to the paralytic, “See, you have become well; sin no more, lest something worse happen to you,” and that to a man who had had his illness thirty-eight years. “And what worse,” someone says, “was he going to suffer than these things?” Much worse and more grievous. For God forbid that we should endure as much as we are able to suffer! For God does not lack punishments. “For according to his great mercy, so also is his wrath.” This he charges against Jerusalem too through Ezekiel: “For I saw you,” he says, “weltering in blood, and I washed you and anointed you, and you got a name in your beauty; and you played the harlot,” he says, “with your neighbors”; therefore he threatens more grievous things to her for sinning. But from this do not reckon the punishment only, but also God’s boundless long-suffering. How often at any rate have we laid hold of the same evils, and still he is long-suffering. But let us not be confident, but fear. For Pharaoh too, if he had been taught by the first plague, would not have had experience of the later ones, nor would he afterward have been drowned together with his army. And I say these things because I know many who now too say like Pharaoh, “I do not know God,” and nail those subject to them to clay and brick-making. How many, when God commands them to relax threatening, do not even consent to slacken the toil? But it is no longer possible now to cross a Red Sea. But there is a sea of fire, a sea not such, nor so great, but far greater and fiercer, having waves of fire, of a strange and awesome fire. There is a great abyss there of most grievous flame. For everywhere one may see fire running about, like some wild beast. For if here this sensible and material fire, like a beast leaping out of the furnace, sprang upon those sitting outside, what will that fire not do to those who have fallen in? Hear the prophets saying about that day: “The day of the Lord is incurable, full of wrath and anger.” For there will be no one standing by, no one rescuing, nowhere the gentle and serene face of Christ. But as those who work the mines are handed over to harsh men, and see none of their own, but only the overseers, so then too; or rather not so, but far more grievously. For here it is possible to go and beseech the emperor and release the condemned man; but there no longer, for it is not permitted, but they remain roasting and having such pain as it is not possible even to tell. For if no word can set forth the sharp pains of those burned here, much less of those who suffer these things there. For here everything happens in a brief moment of time; but there the burning goes on, but what is burned is not consumed. What then shall we do there? For I say these things to myself too. “And if you, the teacher,” someone says, “say these things about yourself, I no longer care at all. For what wonder is it if I am punished?” Do not, I beseech you, let anyone seek this consolation; for it is no comfort. For tell me, was not the devil a bodiless power? Was he not better than men? But nevertheless he fell. Is there then anyone who will take consolation from being punished with him? By no means. And what of all those in Egypt? Did they not see those in authority too being punished, and every house in mourning? Did they then breathe again and find comfort from this? Not at all; and it is clear from what they did afterward, as though scourged by some flame, joining together against the king and compelling him to drive out the people of the Hebrews. For this word is very cold, to think that being punished with all brings consolation, to say, “As all, so I.” For why must one speak of Gehenna? Consider, I pray you, those held by gout, who when they are stretched by sharp pain, even if you show them countless people suffering more grievously, do not even take it to mind. For the intensity of the pain does not allow the reason any leisure to consider others and find comfort. Let us not then feed ourselves on these cold hopes. For to receive comfort from the evils of one’s neighbor happens in moderate sufferings; but when the torment is excessive, and all within is full of storm, and the soul can no longer know even itself, whence will it reap comfort?

43.5Field 1

Ὥστε γέλως πάντα ταῦτα τὰ βήματα, καὶ μῦθοι παίδων ἀνοήτων εἰσίν. Τοῦτο γάρ, ὃ λέγεις, ἐν ᾿αθυμίᾳ συμβαίνει, καὶ ἐν ἀθυμίᾳ συμμέτρῳ, ὅταν ἀκούσωμεν, ὅτι Ζ' δεῖνα τὸ αὐτὸ ἔπαθεν' ἔστι δὲ ὅτε οὐδὲ ἐν ἀθυμίᾳ εἰ δὲ ἐκεῖ οὐδεμίαν ἰσχὺν ἔχει, πολλῷ μᾶλλον ἐν ὀδύνη καὶ πόνῳ ἀρρήτῳ; ὴν ὁ βρυγμὸς τῶν ὑδύρπων δείκνυσι. Καὶ οἶδα μὲν φορτικὸς ὧν καὶ λυπών ὑμᾶς διὰ τῶν βημάτων τούτων ἀλλὰ τί’ πάθω: Οὐ γὰρ ἐβουλόμην ταῦτα λέγειν, ἀλλὰ καὶ ἐμαυτῷ καὶ πᾶσιν ὑμῖν ἀρετὴν συνειδέναι ἐπειδὴ δὲ ἐν ἁμαρτήμασίν ἐσμεν οἱ πλείους, τίς ἄν μοι δοίη ἀληθῶς δυνηθῆναι λυπῆσαι ὑμᾶς, καὶ καθικέσθαι τῆς διανοίας τῶν ἀκροωμένων : Τότε ἂν οὕτως ἧ ἀνεπαυσάμην. Νῦν δὲ δέδοικα μή τινες καταφρονήσωσι τῶν λογομένων, καὶ μείζων ἡ κόλασις διὰ τὴν ὀλιγωρίαν τῆς ἀκροάσεως γένηται. Οὐδὲ γὰρ εἰ, δεσπότου τινὸς ἀπειλοῦντος, τῶν συνδούλων τις ἀκούων κατεφρόνει τῆς ἀπειλῆς, ἀτιμωρητὶ παρέδραμεν ἃ ἂν αὐτὸν ὁ ἀγανακτήσας, αλλὰ καὶ τοῦτο ὑπόθεσις αὐτῷ κολάσεως ἂν ἐγένετο μείζονος. Διὸ παρακαλῶ, κατανύξωμεν ἐ ἑαυτοὺς τῶν περὶ γεέννης ἀκούοντες λόγων. Οὐδὲ γὰρ ἥδιόν ἐστί τι τῆς διαλέξεως ταύτης, ἐπειδὴ τῶν πραγμάτων οὐδὲν πικ τερον. Καὶ πώς ἡδὺ τὸ περὶ γεέννης ἀκοῦσαι : φησίν. τα ἀηδὲς τὸ εἰς γέ ἐνναν απεσεῖν, ὅπερ ἀποκρούεται τὰ δοκοῦντα φορτικὰ εἶναι βήματα, καὶ πρὸ τούτου ἐ ἑτέραν τίθησιν ἡδονήν᾽ ᾿συστρέφει γὰρ ἡμῶν τὰς ψυχάς, καὶ εὐλαβεστέρους ποιεῖ, καὶ μετεωρίζει. τὴν διάνοιαν, καὶ πτεροῖ τὸν λογισμὸν, καὶ τὴν πονηρὰν τῶν ἐπιθυμιῶν ἐκβάλλει πολιορκίαν, καὶ Ὁ ἰατρεία τὸ πρᾶγμα γίνεται. Διὸ δὴ μετὰ τῆς κολάσεως δότε μοι καὶ τὴν αἰσχύνην εἰπεῖν. , Καθάπερ γὰρ τοὺς ᾿Ἴουδαίους οἱ Νινευῖται ᾿κατακρινοῦσι τότε, οὕτω καὶ ἡμᾶς πολλοὶ κατακρινοῦσι τῶν δοκούντων καταδεεστέρων νῦν. ᾿Εννοήσωμεν τοίνυν ὅσος ὁ γέλως, ὅση ἢ κατάγνωσις ἐννοήσωμεν καὶ βαλωμέν τινα ἀρχὴν κἄν νῦν, καὶ θύραν μετανοίας. Πρὸς ἐμαυτὸν ταῦτα λέγω, πρώτον ἐμαυτῷ ταῦτα παραινῶ, καὶ μηδεὶς ὀργιζέσθω ὡς κατακρινόμενος. ἁψώμεθα τῆς ὁδοῦ τῆς στενῆς. Μέχρι πότε τρυφή: μέχρι πότε ἄνεσις: Οὐκ ἐνεπλήσθημεν ῥᾳθυμοῦντες, γελῶντες; ἀναβαλλόμενοι : ΟΥΕ τὰ αὐτὰ παλιν ἔσται, τράπεζα, καὶ κόρος, καὶ πολυτέλεια, καὶ χρήματα, καὶ κτήσεις, καὶ οἰκοδομαί Καὶ τί τὸ τέλος ; Θάνατος. Τί τὸ τέλος; Τέφρα καὶ κόνις καὶ σοροὶ καὶ σκώληκες. ᾿Επιδειξώμεθα τοίνυν καινήν τινα ζωήν ποιήσωμεν τὴν γῆν οὐρανόν ἐντεῦθεν δείξωμεν Ἕλλησιν, ὅσων εἰσὶν ἀπεστερημένοι καλῶν. Ὅταν Ὑ γὰρ ἴδωσι καλῶς ἡμᾶς πολιτενομένους, τὴν ὄψιν αὐτὴν θεαάσονται τῆς βασιλείας τῶν οὐρανῶν. Ὅταν γὰρ ἴδωσιν ἐπιεικεῖς, ὀργῆς καθαροὺς, ἐπιθυμίας πονηρᾶς, βασκανίας, πλεονεξίας, τὰ ἄλλα πάντα κατορθοῦντας, ἐροῦσιν᾽ εἰ ἐνταῦθα ἄγγελοι γεγόνασιν ἃ Χριστιανοὶ; τί ἔσονται μετὰ τὴν ἐντεῦθεν ἀποδημίαν : εἰ ἔνθα ξένοι εἰσὶν, οὕτω λάμπουσιν, ὅταν τὴν πατρίδα αὐτῶν ἀπολάβωσιν, ἡλίκοι γενήσονται: : Οὕτω καὶ ἐκεῖνοι βελτίους ἔσονται, καὶ ὁ λόγος τῆς εὐσεβείας δραμεῖται, οὐκ ἔλαττον ἢ ἐπὶ τῶν ἀποστόλων. Εἰ γὰρ δώδεκα ὄντες ἐκεῖνοι πόλεις ὁλοκλήρους καὶ χώρας ᾿ ἐπέστρεψαν εἰ πάντες γένησόμεθα διδάσκαλοι διὰ τῆς κατὰ τὸν βίον ἐπιμελείας, ἐννόησον ποῦ ἀρθήσεται τὰ ἡμέτερα. Οὐδὲ γὰρ οὕτως ἐπισπᾶται τὸν Β Ἕλληνα νεκρὸς ἀνιστάμενος, ὡς ἄνθρωπος φιλοσοφῶν. Πρὸς μὲν γὰρ ἐκεῖνο ἐκπλαγήσεται, ἀπὸ δ δὲ τούτου κερδανεῖ. ᾿Εκεῖνο γέγονεν, καὶ παρῆλθε τοῦτο δὲ μένει, καὶ διαπαντὸς αὐτοῦ γεωργεῖ τὴν ψυχήν. ᾿Επιμελησώμεθα τοίνυν ἡμῶν αὐτῶν, ἵνα καὶ ἐκείνους κερδάνωμεν. ) Οὐδὲν λέγω φορτικόν' οὐ λέγω, μὴ γάμει οὐ λέγω, καταλίμπανε πόλεις, καὶ ἀφίστασο πολιτικῶν πραγμάτων; ἀλλ᾽ ἐν ᾿ αὐτοῖς ὧν δεῖξον τὴν ἀρετήν. Καὶ γὰρ τοὺς ἐν μέσαις πόλεσι στρεφομένους βούλομαι μᾶλλον εὐδοκιμεῖν τῶν τὰ ὄρη κατειληφότων. Διατί: : Ὅτι πολὺ τὸ κέρδος ἐντεῦθεν γίνεται. Οὐδεὶς γὰρ καίει Ο λύχνον, καὶ τίθησιν αὐτὸν ὑπὸ τὸν μόδιον. Διὰ τοῦτο βούλομαι ἐπὶ τῆς λυχνίας κεῖσθαι τοὺς λύχνους ἅπαντας, ἵνα πολὺ τὸ φῶς γένηται. Ανάψωμεν τοίνυν αὐτοῦ τὸ πὺρ, ποιήσωμεν τοὺς ἐν σκότῳ καθημένους ἀπαλλαγῆναι τῆς πλάνης. Καὶ μή μοι λέγε, ὅτι γυναῖκα ἔχω; καὶ παιδία κέκτημαι, καὶ οἰκίας προΐσταμαι, καὶ οὐ δύναμαι ταῦτα κατορθοῦν. Κἀν γὰρ τούτων μηδὲν ἔ ἐχῇς, ῥᾷθυμος δὲ ἡ ῆς, πάντα οἴχεται᾽ κἂν ταῦτα πάντα ἧς περικείμενος, σιτουδαῖοὶ δὲ ἧς, περιέσῃ τῆς ἀρετῆς. Ἕν γά ἐστι τὸ ζητούμενον, γνώὉ μῆς γενναίας παρασκευή καὶ οὔτε ἡλικία, οὔτε πενία, οὗ πλοῦτος, οὐ πραγμάτων περίστασις; οὐκ ἄλλο οὐδὲν ἐμποδίσαι δυνήσεται. Καὶ γὰρ καὶ γέροντες καὶ νέοι, καὶ γυναῖκας ἔχοντες, καὶ παῖδας τρέφοντες, καὶ τέχνας μεταχειριζόμενοι, « καὶ στρατευόμενοι, κατώρθωσαν τὰ ἐπιταχθέντα ἅπαντα. Καὶ γὰρ ὁ Δανιὴλ νέος ἦν, καὶ ὁ ᾿Ιωσὴφ δοῦλος ἦν, καὶ ὁ ᾿Ακύλας τέχνην μετεχειρίζετο, καὶ ἡ πορφυρόπωλις ἐργαστηρίου προειστήκει, καὶ ἄλλος δεσμοφύλαξ ἢ ἤν, καὶ ἄλλος ἑκατοντάρχης, ὡς ὁ Κορνήλιος», καὶ ἕτερος ἀσθενὴς. ὡς ὁ Τιμόθεος, καὶ ἄλλος δραπέτης, ὡς ᾿Ονήσιμος ἀλλ᾽ οὐδὲν οὐδενὶ τούτων γέγονε κώλυμα, ἀλλὰ πάντες εὐδοκίμησαν, καὶ Ἑ ἄνδρες καὶ γυναῖκες, καὶ νέοι καὶ γέροντες, καὶ δοῦλοι καὶ ἐλεύθεροι; καὶ στρατιῶται καὶ ἰδιῶται. Μὴ τοίνυν περιττὰ σκηπτώμεθα, ἀλλὰ γνώμην παρασκευάσωμεν ἀρίστην κἂν ὁτιοῦν ὦμεν, πάντως ἐπιληψόμεθα ἀρετῆς, καὶ τῶν μελλόντων ἐπιτενξόμεθα ἀγαθῶν, χάριτι καὶ φιλανθρωπίᾳ τοῦ κυρίου ἡμῶν ᾿Ιησοῦ Χριστοῦ, μεθ' οὗ τῷ πατρὶ ἅμα τῷ ἁγίῳ πνεύματι, δόξα, κράτος, τιμὴ, νῦν καὶ ἀεὶ καὶ εἰς τοὺς αἰῶνας τῶν αἰώνων. ᾿Αμήν.

Hōste gelōs panta tauta ta bēmata, kai mythoi paidōn anoētōn eisin. Touto gar, ho legeis, en ᾿athymią symbainei, kai en athymią symmetrǭ, hotan akousōmen, hoti Z' deina to auto epathen' esti de hote oude en athymią ei de ekei oudemian ischyn echei, pollǭ mallon en odynē kai ponǭ arrētǭ? ēn ho brygmos tōn hydyrpōn deiknysi. Kai oida men phortikos hōn kai lypōn hymas dia tōn bēmatōn toutōn alla ti’ pathō: Ou gar eboulomēn tauta legein, alla kai emautǭ kai pasin hymin aretēn syneidenai epeidē de en hamartēmasin esmen hoi pleious, tis an moi doiē alēthōs dynēthēnai lypēsai hymas, kai kathikesthai tēs dianoias tōn akroōmenōn : Tote an houtōs hē anepausamēn. Nyn de dedoika mē tines kataphronēsōsi tōn logomenōn, kai meizōn hē kolasis dia tēn oligōrian tēs akroaseōs genētai. Oude gar ei, despotou tinos apeilountos, tōn syndoulōn tis akouōn katephronei tēs apeilēs, atimōrēti paredramen ha an auton ho aganaktēsas, alla kai touto hypothesis autǭ kolaseōs an egeneto meizonos. Dio parakalō, katanyxōmen e heautous tōn peri geennēs akouontes logōn. Oude gar hēdion esti ti tēs dialexeōs tautēs, epeidē tōn pragmatōn ouden pik teron. Kai pōs hēdy to peri geennēs akousai : phēsin. ta aēdes to eis ge ennan apesein, hoper apokrouetai ta dokounta phortika einai bēmata, kai pro toutou e heteran tithēsin hēdonēn᾽ ᾿systrephei gar hēmōn tas psychas, kai eulabesterous poiei, kai meteōrizei. tēn dianoian, kai pteroi ton logismon, kai tēn ponēran tōn epithymiōn ekballei poliorkian, kai Ho iatreia to pragma ginetai. Dio dē meta tēs kolaseōs dote moi kai tēn aischynēn eipein. , Kathaper gar tous ᾿Ioudaious hoi Nineuitai ᾿katakrinousi tote, houtō kai hēmas polloi katakrinousi tōn dokountōn katadeesterōn nyn. ᾿Ennoēsōmen toinyn hosos ho gelōs, hosē ē katagnōsis ennoēsōmen kai balōmen tina archēn kan nyn, kai thyran metanoias. Pros emauton tauta legō, prōton emautǭ tauta parainō, kai mēdeis orgizesthō hōs katakrinomenos. hapsōmetha tēs hodou tēs stenēs. Mechri pote tryphē: mechri pote anesis: Ouk eneplēsthēmen rhąthymountes, gelōntes? anaballomenoi : OUE ta auta palin estai, trapeza, kai koros, kai polyteleia, kai chrēmata, kai ktēseis, kai oikodomai Kai ti to telos ? Thanatos. Ti to telos? Tephra kai konis kai soroi kai skōlēkes. ᾿Epideixōmetha toinyn kainēn tina zōēn poiēsōmen tēn gēn ouranon enteuthen deixōmen Hellēsin, hosōn eisin apesterēmenoi kalōn. Hotan Hy gar idōsi kalōs hēmas politenomenous, tēn opsin autēn theaasontai tēs basileias tōn ouranōn. Hotan gar idōsin epieikeis, orgēs katharous, epithymias ponēras, baskanias, pleonexias, ta alla panta katorthountas, erousin᾽ ei entautha angeloi gegonasin ha Christianoi? ti esontai meta tēn enteuthen apodēmian : ei entha xenoi eisin, houtō lampousin, hotan tēn patrida autōn apolabōsin, hēlikoi genēsontai: : Houtō kai ekeinoi beltious esontai, kai ho logos tēs eusebeias drameitai, ouk elatton ē epi tōn apostolōn. Ei gar dōdeka ontes ekeinoi poleis holoklērous kai chōras ᾿ epestrepsan ei pantes genēsometha didaskaloi dia tēs kata ton bion epimeleias, ennoēson pou arthēsetai ta hēmetera. Oude gar houtōs epispatai ton B Hellēna nekros anistamenos, hōs anthrōpos philosophōn. Pros men gar ekeino ekplagēsetai, apo d de toutou kerdanei. ᾿Ekeino gegonen, kai parēlthe touto de menei, kai diapantos autou geōrgei tēn psychēn. ᾿Epimelēsōmetha toinyn hēmōn autōn, hina kai ekeinous kerdanōmen. ) Ouden legō phortikon' ou legō, mē gamei ou legō, katalimpane poleis, kai aphistaso politikōn pragmatōn? all᾽ en ᾿ autois hōn deixon tēn aretēn. Kai gar tous en mesais polesi strephomenous boulomai mallon eudokimein tōn ta orē kateilēphotōn. Diati: : Hoti poly to kerdos enteuthen ginetai. Oudeis gar kaiei O lychnon, kai tithēsin auton hypo ton modion. Dia touto boulomai epi tēs lychnias keisthai tous lychnous hapantas, hina poly to phōs genētai. Anapsōmen toinyn autou to pyr, poiēsōmen tous en skotǭ kathēmenous apallagēnai tēs planēs. Kai mē moi lege, hoti gynaika echō? kai paidia kektēmai, kai oikias proïstamai, kai ou dynamai tauta katorthoun. Kan gar toutōn mēden e echę̄s, rhąthymos de hē ēs, panta oichetai᾽ kan tauta panta hēs perikeimenos, sitoudaioi de hēs, periesę̄ tēs aretēs. Hen ga esti to zētoumenon, gnōO mēs gennaias paraskeuē kai oute hēlikia, oute penia, hou ploutos, ou pragmatōn peristasis? ouk allo ouden empodisai dynēsetai. Kai gar kai gerontes kai neoi, kai gynaikas echontes, kai paidas trephontes, kai technas metacheirizomenoi, « kai strateuomenoi, katōrthōsan ta epitachthenta hapanta. Kai gar ho Daniēl neos ēn, kai ho ᾿Iōsēph doulos ēn, kai ho ᾿Akylas technēn metecheirizeto, kai hē porphyropōlis ergastēriou proeistēkei, kai allos desmophylax ē ēn, kai allos hekatontarchēs, hōs ho Kornēlios», kai heteros asthenēs. hōs ho Timotheos, kai allos drapetēs, hōs ᾿Onēsimos all᾽ ouden oudeni toutōn gegone kōlyma, alla pantes eudokimēsan, kai He andres kai gynaikes, kai neoi kai gerontes, kai douloi kai eleutheroi? kai stratiōtai kai idiōtai. Mē toinyn peritta skēptōmetha, alla gnōmēn paraskeuasōmen aristēn kan hotioun ōmen, pantōs epilēpsometha aretēs, kai tōn mellontōn epitenxometha agathōn, chariti kai philanthrōpią tou kyriou hēmōn ᾿Iēsou Christou, meth' hou tǭ patri hama tǭ hagiǭ pneumati, doxa, kratos, timē, nyn kai aei kai eis tous aiōnas tōn aiōnōn. ᾿Amēn.

So all these words are laughter and the fables of senseless children. For what you speak of happens in despondency, and in moderate despondency, when we hear that so-and-so suffered the same thing; and there are times when it does not happen even in despondency. And if there it has no strength, much less in pain and unspeakable suffering, which the gnashing of teeth shows. And I know that I am burdensome and grieve you with these words; but what am I to do? For I did not wish to say these things, but to be conscious of virtue both in myself and in all of you; but since most of us are in sins, who would grant me to be able truly to grieve you, and to reach the minds of the hearers? Then I would have rest. But now I fear lest some despise what is said, and the punishment become greater because of their neglect in hearing. For neither, if, when some master threatened, one of the fellow servants hearing it despised the threat, would the angry master let him pass unpunished; but this too would have become for him an occasion of greater punishment. Therefore I beseech you, let us pierce ourselves with compunction when we hear the words about Gehenna. For nothing is sweeter than this discourse, since nothing is more bitter than the things themselves. “And how is it sweet to hear about Gehenna?” someone says. Because it is not sweet to fall into Gehenna, which those words that seem burdensome ward off; and before this they set down another pleasure: for they draw our souls together, and make them more reverent, and lift up the mind, and give wings to the reason, and drive out the evil siege of the desires, and the thing becomes a healing. Therefore grant me to speak, together with the punishment, also of the shame. For as the Ninevites will then condemn the Jews, so many of those who seem inferior now will condemn us. Let us consider then how great the laughter, how great the condemnation; let us consider, and lay some beginning even now, and a door of repentance. I say these things to myself; I exhort myself first to these things; and let no one be angry as though condemned. Let us lay hold of the narrow road. How long luxury? How long ease? Have we not had our fill of carelessness, of laughing, of putting off? Will not the same things be again, table, and satiety, and extravagance, and money, and possessions, and buildings? And what is the end? Death. What is the end? Ashes and dust and coffins and worms. Let us display, then, a new life; let us make the earth heaven; let us show the Greeks from here of how many good things they are deprived. For when they see us living well, they will behold the very sight of the kingdom of heaven. For when they see us gentle, pure of anger, of evil desire, of envy, of covetousness, accomplishing all other things, they will say, “If the Christians have become angels here, what will they be after their departure from here? If where they are strangers they shine so, how great will they become when they receive their homeland?” So those too will become better, and the word of godliness will run, no less than in the time of the apostles. For if they, being twelve, turned whole cities and countries, if we all become teachers through care in our way of life, consider how high our affairs will be raised. For a dead man rising does not so draw the Greek as a man living wisely. For at that he will be astonished, but from this he will gain. That happened and passed away; but this remains, and continually cultivates his soul. Let us take care of ourselves, then, so that we may gain them too. I say nothing burdensome. I do not say, “Do not marry”; I do not say, “Leave the cities and withdraw from civic affairs”; but, being in them, show virtue. For I wish those who move about in the middle of cities to be approved rather than those who have taken to the mountains. Why? Because great is the gain from this. “For no one lights a lamp and puts it under the bushel.” For this reason I wish all the lamps to be set on the lampstand, so that the light may be great. Let us kindle, then, his fire; let us make those sitting in darkness be freed from error. And do not tell me, “I have a wife, and I have children, and I manage a household, and I cannot accomplish these things.” For even if you have none of these but are careless, all is gone; and even if you are surrounded by all these but are earnest, you will attain virtue. For one thing is required, the preparation of a noble mind; and neither age, nor poverty, nor wealth, nor circumstances of affairs, nor anything else will be able to hinder. For both old and young, and those having wives and rearing children, and practising crafts, and serving as soldiers, have accomplished all that was commanded. For Daniel was young, and Joseph was a slave, and Aquila practised a craft, and the seller of purple presided over a workshop, and another was a jailer, and another a centurion, like Cornelius, and another sickly, like Timothy, and another a runaway, like Onesimus; but nothing was a hindrance to any of these, but all were approved, both men and women, both young and old, both slaves and free, both soldiers and private persons. Let us not then make superfluous excuses, but let us prepare an excellent mind; and whatever we are, we shall certainly lay hold of virtue and attain the good things to come, by the grace and love for humanity of our Lord Jesus Christ, with whom to the Father together with the Holy Spirit be glory, might, honor, now and always and to the ages of ages. Amen.

Chapter 44

44.1Field 1

Ἔτι δὲ αὐτοῦ λαλοῦντος τοῖς ὄχλοις, ἰδοὺ ἡ μήτηρ αὐτοῦ καὶ οἱ ἀδελφοὶ εἱστήκεισαν ἔξω, ζητοῦντες αὐτῷ λαλῆσαι. Εἶπε δέ τῇ αὐτῷ' ἰδοὺ ἡ μήτηρ σον καὶ οἱ ἀδελφοί σου ἔξω Ὁ ἑστήκασι, ζητοῦντες σοι λαλῆσαι. Ὁ δὲ ἀποκριθεὶς εἶπε τῷ εἰπόντι τίς ἐστιν ς μήτηρ μου, καὶ οἱ ἀδελφοί μου Καὶ ἐκτείνας τὴν χεῖρα αὐτοῦ ἐπὶ τοὺς μαθητὰς, εἶπεν ἰδοὺ ἡ μήτηρ μου Β καὶ οἱ ἀδελφοί μου. Ὅπερ πρώην ἔλεγον, ὅτι ἀρετῆς ἀπούσης, ἅπαντα περιττὰ, τοῦτο καὶ νῦν μετὰ πολλῆς δείκνυται. τῆς περιουσίας. ᾿Εγὼ μὲν γὰρ ἔλεγον, ὅτι καὶ ἥλικία, καὶ Φύσις, καὶ τὸ ἔρημον οἰκεῖν, καὶ ὅσα τοιαῦτα ἀνόνητα, γνώμης οὐκ οὔσης ἀγαθῆς σήμερον δὲ καὶ πλέον ἕτερόν τι μανθάνομεν, ὅτι οὐδὲ τὸ κνοφορῆσαι τὸν Χριστὸν, καὶ τὸν θαυμαστὸν ἐ ἐκεῖνον τόκον τεκεῖν, ἔχει τι κέρδος, ἀρετῆς οὐκ οὔσης. Καὶ τοῦτο μάλιστα ἐντεῦθεν δῆλον. ἐξ Ἔτι γὰρ αὐτοῦ λαλοῦντος τοῖς ὄχλοις, φησὶν, εἶπέ τις αὐτῷ, ὅτι ἢ μήτηρ σου καὶ οἵ ἀδελφοί σ σον ζητοῦσί σε. Ὁ δὲ λέγει τίς ἐστιν ἡ μήτηρ μου, καὶ τίνες οἱ ἀδελφοί μου πὰ Ταῦτα δὲ ἔλεγεν, οὐκ ἐπαισχυνόμενος. ἐπὶ τῇ μητρὶ, ὁ οὐδὲ ἀρνούμενος τὴν γεγεννηκυίαν εἰ γὰρ ἐπηῃσχύνετο, οὐδ᾽ ἂν διῆλθε διὰ τῆς μήτρας ἐκείνης αλλὰ δηλῶν, ὅ ὅτι οὐδὲν ὄφελος αὐτῇ τούτου, εἰ μὴ τὰ δέοντα ποιεῖ ἅπαντα. Καὶ γὰρ ὅπερ ἐπεχείρησε, φιλοτιμίας ἢ ἥν περιττῆς ἐβούλετο γὰρ ἐνδείξασθαι τῷ δήμῳ, ὅ ὃτι κρατεῖ καὶ αὐθεντεῖ τοῦ παιδὸς, οὐδὲν οὐδέπω περὶ αὐτοῦ μέγα φανταζομένη: διὸ καὶ ἀκαίρως προσῆλθεν. Ὅρα γοῦν καὶ αὐτῆς καὶ ἐκείνων τὴν ἀπόνοιαν. Δέον γὰρ εἰσελθόντας ἀκοῦσαι μετὰ τοῦ Ὠ ὄχλου, ἢ μὴ τοῦτο βουλομένους ἀναμεῖναι καταλῦσαι τὸν λόγον; καὶ τότε προσελθεῖν οἱ δὲ ἔξω καλοῦσιν αὐτὸν, καὶ ἐπὶ πάντων τοῦτο ποιοῦσι. φιλοτιμίαν [ἐπιδεικνύμενοι περιττὴν, καὶ δεῖξαι θέλοντες, ὅτι μετὰ πολλῆς αὐτῷ ἐπιτάττουσι τῆς ἐξουσίας. Ὅπερ καὶ ὁ εὐαγγελιστὴς δείκνυται ἐγκαλῶν αὐτὸ γὰρ τοῦτο αἰνιττόμενος οὕτως εἴρηκεν τ ἔτι αὐτοῦ λαλοῦντος τοις ὄχλοις ὡσανεὶ ἔλεγε μὴ γὰρ οὐκ ἦν καιρὸς ἕτερος; μὴ γὰρ οὐκ ἣν κατ᾽ ἰδίαν διαλεχθῆναι : Τί δὲ καὶ λαλῆσαι ἐβούλοντο: Εἰ μὲν γὰρ ὑπὲρ τῶν τῆς ἀληθείας δογμάτων, κοινῇ ταῦτα προθεῖναι ἔχρην, καὶ ἐπὶ πάντων Ἑ εἰπεῖν, ὥὦστε καὶ τοὺς ἄλλους κερδᾶναι εἰ δὲ περὶ ἑτέρων τῶν αὐτοῖς διαφερόντων, οὐκ ἐχρῆν οὕτω κατεπεΐγειν. Εἰ γὰρ πατέρα θάψαι οὐκ ἀφῆκεν, ἵνα μὴ διακόπτηται ἡ ἀκολούθησις, πολλῷ μᾶλλον τὴν αὑτοῦ δημηγορίαν καταλῦσαι οὐκ ἐχρῆν ὑπὲρ τῶν οὐδὲν προσηκόντων. Ὅθεν δῆλον, ὅτι κενοδοξίᾳ τοῦτο μόνον ἐποίουν᾽ ὃ καὶ ᾿Ιωάννης δηλῶν ἔλεγεν, ὅτι ὅ οὐδὲ οἱ ἀδελφοὶ αὐτοῦ ἐπίστευον εἰς αὐτόν καὶ τὰ ῥήματα δὲ αὐτῶν ἀπαγγέλλει τὰ πολλῆς γέμοντα ἀνοίας, λέγων ὅτι εἷλκον αὐτὸν ἐπὶ τὰ Ιεροσόλυμα, δι ἕτερον μὲν οὐδὲν, ἵνα δὲ αὐτοὶ δόξαν απὸ τῶν εκείνον σημείων καρπώσωνται ὅ εἰ γὰρ ταῦτα ποιεῖς, φησὶ; δεῖξον σεαυτὸν τῷ κόσμῳ᾽ οὐδεὶς γάρ τι ποιεῖ ἐν κρυπτῷ, καὶ ζητεῖ αὐτὸς φανερὸς εἶναι. ὅτε καὶ αὐτὸς αὐτοῖς ἐπετίμησε, τὴν σαρκικὴν αὐτῶν αἰτιώμενος γνώμην. ᾿Επειδὴ γὰρ οἱ ᾿Ιουδαῖοι ὠνείδιζον, καὶ ἔλεγον ὁ οὐχ οὗτός ἐστιν ὁ τοῦ τέκτονος γ υἱὸς, οὗ ἡμεῖς, ἴσμεν τον πατέρα καὶ τὴν μητέρα; καὶ οἱ ἀδελφοὶ αὐτοῦ οὐχὶ παρ᾽ ἡμῖν εἰσι: τὴν εὐτέλειαν βουλόμενοι τὴν ἀπὸ τοῦ γένους ἀποκρούεσθαι, ἐπὶ τὴν τῶν σημείων αὐτὸν ἐκάλουν ἐπίδειξιν. Διὰ τοῦτο αὐτοὺς διακρούεται, τὸ πάθος αὐτῶν βουλόμενος ἰάσασθαι ὡς εἴγε ἀρνήσασθαι ἤθελε τὴν μητέρα, ὅτε ἐκεῖνοι ὠνείδιζον, τότε ἄν ἠρνήσατο. Νῦν δὲ φαίνεται τοσαύτην αὐτῆς ποιούμενος πρόνοιαν, ὡς καὶ πρὸς αὐτῷ τῷ σταυρῷ τῷ πάντων μάλιστα ποθουμένῳ μαθητῇ παρακαταθέσθαι αὐτὴν, καὶ πολλὰ ὑπὲρ αὐτῆς ἐπισκῆψαι. ᾿Αλλ οὐχὶ νῦν τοῦτο ποιεῖ, κηδόμενος αὐτῆς καὶ τῶν ἀδελφῶν ν. Ἐπειδὴ γὰρ ὡς ἀνθρώπῳ προσεἶχον Ψιλῷ, καὶ ἐκενοδόξουν, τὸ νόσημα ἐκβάλλει, οὐχ ὑβρίζων, ἀλλὰ διορθούμενος. Σὺ δέ μοι μὴ τὰ βήματα ἐξέταζε μόνον τὰ ἐπιτίμησιν ἔχοντα σύμμετρον, ἀλλὰ καὶ τὴν αἀτοπίαν καὶ τὴν τόλμαν τῶν ἀδελφών, ἣν ἐτόλμησαν, καὶ τὸν ἐπιτιμῶντα τίς ἣν ὅτι οὐχὶ ψιλὸς ἄνθρωπος, ἀλλ᾽ ὁ μονογενὴς υἱὸς τοῦ θεοῦ καὶ τί βουλόμενος ἐπετίμα οὐδὲ γὰρ ἐξαπορῆσαι θέλων, ἀλλ᾽ ἀπαλλάξαι τοὺ τυραννικωτάτου πάθους, καὶ κατὰ μικρὸν ἐνωγαγεῖν εἰς τὴν προσήκουσαν περὶ αὐτοῦ ἔννοιαν, καὶ πεῖσαι ὅτι οὐχὶ υἱὸς αὐτῆς μόνον ἐστὶν, ἀλλὰ καὶ δεσπότης καὶ ὕψει σφόδρα πρέπουσαν καὶ αὐτῷ τὴν ἐπιτίμησιν, κακείνῃ λυσιτελοῦσαν; καὶ μετὰ τούτων πολὺ καὶ τὸ ἥμερον ἔχουσαν. Οὐδὲ γὰρ εἶπεν, ἄπελθε, εἰπὲ τῇ 1. μητρὶ, ὅτι οὐκ ΕἸ μον μήτηρ, ἀλλὰ πρὸς τὸν εἰπόντα ἀποτείνεται λέγων τίς ἐστιν ἡ μήτηρ μου 1 μετὰ τῶν εἰρημένων καὶ ἕτερόν τι κατασκευάζων. Ποῖον δὴ τοῦτο: : Τὸ μήτε ἐκείνους, μήτε 'ἄλλους, συγγενείᾳ θαῤῥοῦντας, ἀρετῆς ἀμελεῖν. Εἰ Ὑὰρ ταύτην οὐδὲν ὠφελεῖ τὸ μητέρα εἶναι, εἰ μὴ ἐκεῖνο εἴη, σχολῇ ΎΥ ἄν ἕτερός τις ἀπὸ συγγενείας σωθήσεται. Μία γάρ ἐστιν εὐγένεια μιόνή; ᾿τὸ τὸ θέλημα τοὺ θεοῦ ποιεῖν. Οὗτος τῆς εὐγενείας ὁ τρόπος βελτίων ἐκείνου καὶ κυριώτερος.

Eti de autou lalountos tois ochlois, idou hē mētēr autou kai hoi adelphoi heistēkeisan exō, zētountes autǭ lalēsai. Eipe de tę̄ autǭ' idou hē mētēr son kai hoi adelphoi sou exō Ho hestēkasi, zētountes soi lalēsai. Ho de apokritheis eipe tǭ eiponti tis estin s mētēr mou, kai hoi adelphoi mou Kai ekteinas tēn cheira autou epi tous mathētas, eipen idou hē mētēr mou B kai hoi adelphoi mou. Hoper prōēn elegon, hoti aretēs apousēs, hapanta peritta, touto kai nyn meta pollēs deiknytai. tēs periousias. ᾿Egō men gar elegon, hoti kai hēlikia, kai Physis, kai to erēmon oikein, kai hosa toiauta anonēta, gnōmēs ouk ousēs agathēs sēmeron de kai pleon heteron ti manthanomen, hoti oude to knophorēsai ton Christon, kai ton thaumaston e ekeinon tokon tekein, echei ti kerdos, aretēs ouk ousēs. Kai touto malista enteuthen dēlon. ex Eti gar autou lalountos tois ochlois, phēsin, eipe tis autǭ, hoti ē mētēr sou kai hoi adelphoi s son zētousi se. Ho de legei tis estin hē mētēr mou, kai tines hoi adelphoi mou pa Tauta de elegen, ouk epaischynomenos. epi tę̄ mētri, ho oude arnoumenos tēn gegennēkuian ei gar epēę̄schyneto, oud᾽ an diēlthe dia tēs mētras ekeinēs alla dēlōn, ho hoti ouden ophelos autę̄ toutou, ei mē ta deonta poiei hapanta. Kai gar hoper epecheirēse, philotimias ē hēn perittēs ebouleto gar endeixasthai tǭ dēmǭ, ho hoti kratei kai authentei tou paidos, ouden oudepō peri autou mega phantazomenē: dio kai akairōs prosēlthen. Hora goun kai autēs kai ekeinōn tēn aponoian. Deon gar eiselthontas akousai meta tou Ō ochlou, ē mē touto boulomenous anameinai katalysai ton logon? kai tote proselthein hoi de exō kalousin auton, kai epi pantōn touto poiousi. philotimian [epideiknymenoi perittēn, kai deixai thelontes, hoti meta pollēs autǭ epitattousi tēs exousias. Hoper kai ho euangelistēs deiknytai enkalōn auto gar touto ainittomenos houtōs eirēken t eti autou lalountos tois ochlois hōsanei elege mē gar ouk ēn kairos heteros? mē gar ouk hēn kat᾽ idian dialechthēnai : Ti de kai lalēsai eboulonto: Ei men gar hyper tōn tēs alētheias dogmatōn, koinę̄ tauta protheinai echrēn, kai epi pantōn He eipein, hōōste kai tous allous kerdanai ei de peri heterōn tōn autois diapherontōn, ouk echrēn houtō katepeïgein. Ei gar patera thapsai ouk aphēken, hina mē diakoptētai hē akolouthēsis, pollǭ mallon tēn hautou dēmēgorian katalysai ouk echrēn hyper tōn ouden prosēkontōn. Hothen dēlon, hoti kenodoxią touto monon epoioun᾽ ho kai ᾿Iōannēs dēlōn elegen, hoti ho oude hoi adelphoi autou episteuon eis auton kai ta rhēmata de autōn apangellei ta pollēs gemonta anoias, legōn hoti heilkon auton epi ta Ierosolyma, di heteron men ouden, hina de autoi doxan apo tōn ekeinon sēmeiōn karpōsōntai ho ei gar tauta poieis, phēsi? deixon seauton tǭ kosmǭ᾽ oudeis gar ti poiei en kryptǭ, kai zētei autos phaneros einai. hote kai autos autois epetimēse, tēn sarkikēn autōn aitiōmenos gnōmēn. ᾿Epeidē gar hoi ᾿Ioudaioi ōneidizon, kai elegon ho ouch houtos estin ho tou tektonos g huios, hou hēmeis, ismen ton patera kai tēn mētera? kai hoi adelphoi autou ouchi par᾽ hēmin eisi: tēn euteleian boulomenoi tēn apo tou genous apokrouesthai, epi tēn tōn sēmeiōn auton ekaloun epideixin. Dia touto autous diakrouetai, to pathos autōn boulomenos iasasthai hōs eige arnēsasthai ēthele tēn mētera, hote ekeinoi ōneidizon, tote an ērnēsato. Nyn de phainetai tosautēn autēs poioumenos pronoian, hōs kai pros autǭ tǭ staurǭ tǭ pantōn malista pothoumenǭ mathētę̄ parakatathesthai autēn, kai polla hyper autēs episkēpsai. ᾿All ouchi nyn touto poiei, kēdomenos autēs kai tōn adelphōn n. Epeidē gar hōs anthrōpǭ proseichon Psilǭ, kai ekenodoxoun, to nosēma ekballei, ouch hybrizōn, alla diorthoumenos. Sy de moi mē ta bēmata exetaze monon ta epitimēsin echonta symmetron, alla kai tēn aatopian kai tēn tolman tōn adelphōn, hēn etolmēsan, kai ton epitimōnta tis hēn hoti ouchi psilos anthrōpos, all᾽ ho monogenēs huios tou theou kai ti boulomenos epetima oude gar exaporēsai thelōn, all᾽ apallaxai tou tyrannikōtatou pathous, kai kata mikron enōgagein eis tēn prosēkousan peri autou ennoian, kai peisai hoti ouchi huios autēs monon estin, alla kai despotēs kai hypsei sphodra prepousan kai autǭ tēn epitimēsin, kakeinę̄ lysitelousan? kai meta toutōn poly kai to hēmeron echousan. Oude gar eipen, apelthe, eipe tę̄ 1. mētri, hoti ouk EI mon mētēr, alla pros ton eiponta apoteinetai legōn tis estin hē mētēr mou 1 meta tōn eirēmenōn kai heteron ti kataskeuazōn. Poion dē touto: : To mēte ekeinous, mēte 'allous, syngeneią tharrhountas, aretēs amelein. Ei Hyar tautēn ouden ōphelei to mētera einai, ei mē ekeino eiē, scholę̄ YY an heteros tis apo syngeneias sōthēsetai. Mia gar estin eugeneia mionē? ᾿to to thelēma tou theou poiein. Houtos tēs eugeneias ho tropos beltiōn ekeinou kai kyriōteros.

“While he was still speaking to the crowds, behold, his mother and his brothers stood outside, seeking to speak to him. And someone said to him, ‘Behold, your mother and your brothers are standing outside, seeking to speak to you.’ But he answered and said to the one who told him, ‘Who is my mother, and who are my brothers?’ And stretching out his hand toward his disciples, he said, ‘Behold my mother and my brothers.’” What I said the other day, that when virtue is absent all things are superfluous, this is shown now too with great abundance. For I said that age and nature and dwelling in the desert and all such things are useless when the mind is not good; but today we learn something more besides, that not even to have carried Christ in the womb and to have given birth by that wonderful birth brings any gain when virtue is not present. And this is especially clear from here. “For while he was still speaking to the crowds,” it says, “someone said to him, ‘Your mother and your brothers are seeking you.’ But he says, ‘Who is my mother, and who are my brothers?’” And he said these things not being ashamed of his mother, nor denying her who bore him (for if he were ashamed, he would not have passed through that womb), but showing that there is no profit to her in this unless she does all that she ought. For what she attempted was of excessive love of honor; for she wished to show the people that she has power and authority over her son, as yet imagining nothing great about him; therefore she also came at an unseasonable time. See at any rate the folly both of her and of them. For when they ought to have gone in and listened with the crowd, or, if they did not wish this, to have waited for him to end his discourse and then to approach, they call him outside, and do this before all, displaying excessive love of honor, and wishing to show that they give him orders with great authority. Which the evangelist too shows, finding fault; for hinting at this very thing he said, “while he was still speaking to the crowds,” as if he said, “Was there no other time? Was it not possible to speak with him privately?” And what did they wish to say? For if it was about the doctrines of the truth, they ought to have set these forth in common and said them before all, so that the others too might gain; but if about other matters that concerned themselves, they ought not to have pressed him so. For if he did not allow one to bury his father, so that the following might not be interrupted, much less ought he to have broken off his public discourse for things that did not concern it at all. From which it is clear that they did this only from vainglory; which John too showed when he said that “not even his brothers believed in him”; and he reports their words too, full of great folly, saying that they were dragging him to Jerusalem for no other reason than that they might reap glory from his signs: “For if you do these things,” they say, “show yourself to the world; for no one does anything in secret and himself seeks to be known openly”; when he too rebuked them, blaming their fleshly mind. For since the Jews reproached him and said, “Is not this the carpenter’s son, whose father and mother we know? And are not his brothers with us?”, they, wishing to beat off the meanness of his family, were calling him to a display of signs. For this reason he repels them, wishing to heal their passion; since if he had wished to deny his mother, he would have denied her then, when those men reproached him. But now he is seen taking such forethought for her as, at the very cross, to entrust her to the disciple he loved most of all, and to give many charges concerning her. But he does not do this now, caring for her and for his brothers. For since they regarded him as a mere man and were vainglorious, he casts out the disease, not insulting but correcting. But do not examine only the words, which contain a measured rebuke, but also the absurdity and the daring that his brothers dared, and who the one rebuking was, that he was not a mere man but the only-begotten Son of God, and with what purpose he rebuked them; for it was not wishing to put them to confusion, but to free them from a most tyrannical passion, and to lead them little by little to the fitting notion about him, and to persuade her that he is not only her son but also her Master. And you will see that the rebuke was very fitting for him and profitable for her, and besides this full of gentleness. For he did not say, “Go, tell my mother that she is not my mother,” but he directs his answer to the one who spoke, saying, “Who is my mother?”, establishing with what has been said another point too. What is this? That neither they nor others, trusting in kinship, should neglect virtue. For if it profits her nothing to be his mother unless that other thing were present, hardly would anyone else be saved by kinship. For there is one nobility only, to do the will of God. This manner of nobility is better and more sovereign than that.

44.2Field 1

᾿Ταῦτ' οὺν εἰδότες, μήτε ἐπὶ παισὶν εὐδοκίμοις μέγα φρο- Ε, νῶμεν, ἂν μή τὴν ἀρετὴν αὐτῶν ἔχωμεν μήτε ἐπὶ πατράσι γενναίοις, ἐὰν μὴ ὠμεν αὐτοῖς ὁμότροποι. Ἔστι γὰρ καὶ τὸν γεννήσαντα μὴ εἶναι πατέρα, καὶ τὸν μὴ γεννήσαντα εἶναι. Διὰ δὴ τοῦτο καὶ ἀλλαχοῦ γυναικός τινος εἰπούσης μακαρία ἢ γαστὴρ ἡ βαστάσασά σε: καὶ μαστοὶ οὕς ἐθήλασας οὐκ εἶπεν, οὐκ ἐβάστασέ με κοιλία, οὐδὲ μαστοὺς οὐκ ἐθήλασα᾽ ἀλλὰ τοῦτο᾽ μενοῦνγε μακάριοι οἱ ποιοῦντες τὸ θέλημα τοῦ πατρός μου. Ὁρᾷς πῶς ἄνω καὶ κάτω οὐκ ἀρνεῖται τὴν κατὰ φύσιν συγγένειαν, ἀλλὰ προστίθησι τὴν κατ᾽ ἀρετήν : Καὶ ὁ πρόδρομος δὲ λέγων, γεννήματα ἐχιδνῶν, μὴ δόξητε λέγειν, πατέρα ἔχομεν τὸν Αβραὰμ, οὐ τοῦτο δείκνυσιν, ὅτι οὐκ ἦσαν ἐκ τοῦ Δβραὰμ κατὰ φύσιν, ἀλλ᾽ ὅτι οὐδὲν αὐτοὺς ὠφελεῖ τὸ εἶναι ἐκ τοὺ Ἀβραάμ, εἰ μὴ τὴν ἀπὸ ἢ τῶν τρόπων συγγένειαν ἔχοιεν ὃ καὶ ὁ Χριστὸς δηλῶν ἔλεγεν (ὁ εἰ τέκνα τοὺ Αβραὰμ ἥτε, τὰ ἔργα τοῦ Δβραὰμ ἐποιεῖτε οὐ τῆς συγγενείας αὐτοὺς ἀποστερῶν τῆς κατὰ σάρκα, ἀλλὰ παιδεύων τὴν μείζονα ταύτης καὶ κυριωτέραν ἐπιζητεῖν. Τοῦτο δὴ καὶ ἐνταῦθα κατασκευάζει, ἀλλ᾽ ἀνεπαχθέστερον καὶ ἐμμελέστερον καὶ γὰρ πρὸς μητέρα ἦν ὁ λόγος αὐτῷ. Οὐδὲ γὰρ εἶπεν, οὐκ ἔστι μου μήτηρ, οὐδὲ ἀδελφοὶ ἐκεῖνοι; ἐπειδῃ οὐ ποιοῦσι τὸ θέλημά μον οὐ ; ἀπεφήνατο καὶ κατεδίκασεν ἀλλ᾽ ἔτι κυρίους αὐτοὺς ἐποίει τοῦ βούλεσθαι, μετὰ τῆς αὐτῷ πρεπούσης ἐπιεικείας φθεγγόμενος. Ὁ γὰρ ποιῶν, φησὶ, τὸ θέλημα τοῦ πατρὸς μου, οὗτός μον ἀδελφὸς καὶ ἀδελφὴ καὶ μήτηρ ἐστίν. Ὥστε εἰ βούλονται εἶναι; ταύτην εβχεσθωσᾶν τὴν ὁδόν. Καὶ ἡνίκα δὲ ἐβόησεν η γυνὴ λέγουσα, μακαρία ἡ κοιλία ἡ βαστάσασά σε, οὐκ εἶπεν, οὐκ ἔστι μὸν μήτηρ᾽ ἀλλ΄, εἰ βούλεταε μακαρία εἶναι, τὸ θέλημα ποιείτω τοῦ πατρὸς μου. Ὁ γὰρ τοιοῦτος, καὶ ἀδελφὸς καὶ ἀδελφὴ καὶ μήτηρ ἐστί. Βαβαὶ τῆς τιμῆς βαβαὶ τῆς ἀρετῆς εἰς ὅσην ἀνάγει κορυφὴν τὸν μετιόντα αὐτήν. Πόσαι γυναῖκες ἑμακάρισαν τὴν ἁγίαν παρθένον ἐκείνην καὶ τὴν νηδὺν, καὶ ηὔξαντο τοιαῦται γενέσθαι μητέρες, καὶ πάντα προέσθαι. Τί τοίνυν τὸ κωλύον ; ᾿Ιδοὺ γὰρ εὐρεῖαν ἔτεμεν ἡμῖν ὁδὸν, καὶ ἔξεστιν οὐ γυναιξὶ μόνον, ἀλλὰ καὶ ἀνδράσιν ἑ ἐπὶ τῆς τοιαύτης γενέσθαι τάξεως μάλλον δὲ καὶ ἔτι πολλῷ μείζονος. Τοῦτο γὰρ πολλῷ μᾶλλον Ὁ μητέρα ποιεῖ, ἢ αἱ ὠδῖνες ἐκεῖναι. Ὥστε εἰ μακαριστὸν ἐκεῖνο, πολλῷ μᾶλλον τοῦτο; ὅσῳ καὶ κυριώτερον. Μὴ τοίνυν ἁπλῶς ἐπιθύμει ἀλλὰ καὶ τὴν ὁδὸν τὴν φέρουσαν σε ἐπὶ τὴν ἐπιθυμίαν βάδιζε μετὰ πολλῆς τῆς σπουδῆς. Ταῦτα τοίνυν εἰπὼν ἐξῆλθεν ἐκ τῆς οἰκίας. Εἶδες πὼς καὶ ἐπέπληξε, καὶ ἐποίησεν ὅπερ ἐπόθουν; Ὃ δὴ καὶ ἐπὶ τῶν γάμων ποιεῖ. Καὶ γὰρ ἐκεῖ ᾿ καὶ ἐπετίμησεν ἀκαίρως αἰτούση, καὶ ὅμως οὐκ ἀντεῖπε᾽ τῷ μὲν προτέρῳ διορθούμενος τὴν ἀσθένειαν, τῷ δὲ δευτέρῳ τὴν περὶ τὴν μητέρα εὔνοιαν ἐπιδεικνύμενος. Ἑ Οὕτω δὴ καὶ ἐνταῦθα τῆς τε κενοδοξίας τὸ νόσημα ἰάσατο, καὶ τὴν πρέπουσαν τιμὴν τῇ μητρὶ ἀπέδωκε, καίτοι καὶ ἄκαιρα αἰτούσῃ. Ἐν γὰρ τῇ ἡμέρᾳ, φησὶν, ἐκείνη ἐξελθὼν ὁ ᾿Ιησοῦς ἐκ τῆς οἰκίας, ἐκάθητο παρὰ τὴν θάλασσαν. Εἰ γὰρ βούλεσθε, φησὶν, ἰδεῖν καὶ ἀκοῦσαι, ἰδοὺ ἐξέρχομαι καὶ διαλέγομαι. ᾿᾽Επειδὴ γὰρ σημεῖα πολλὰ ἐποίησε, πάλιν τὴν ἐκ τῆς διδασκαλίας ὠφέλειαν παρέχει. Καὶ κάθηται παρὰ τὴν θάλασσαν, ἁλιεύων καὶ σαγηνεύων τοὺς ἑ εν τῆ γῇ. ᾿Εκάθισε δὲ παρὰ τὴν θάλασσαν οὐχ ἁπλῶς καὶ τοῦτο αὐτὸ τέθεικεν αἰνιττόμενος ὁ εὐαγγελιστής.. Ἵνα ἢἧ γὰρ δείξη, ὅ ὃτι βουλόμενος μετὰ ἀκριβείας συγκροτῆσαι τὸ θέατρον, τοῦτο πεποίηκε, καὶ ὥστε μηδένα ἀφεῖναι κατὰ νώτου, ἀλλὰ πάντας ἀντιπροσώπους ἔχειν, 9 καὶ συνήχθησαν, φησὶ, πρὸς αὐτὸν ὄχλοι πολλοὶ, ὥστε αὐτὸν εἰς τὸ πλοῖον ἐμβάντα καθῆσθαι καὶ πᾶς ὁ ὄχλος ἐπὶ τὸν αἰγιαλὸν εἱστήκει. Καθίσας δὲ ἐκεῖ, διὰ παραβολῶν φθέγγεται. Καὶ ἐλάλησεν αὐτοῖς, φησι, πολλὰ ἐν παραβολαῖς. Καίτουγε ἐπὶ τοῦ ὄρους οὐχ οὕτως ἐποίησεν; οὐδὲ διὰ παραβολῶν τοσούτων τὸν λόγον Β ὕφηνεν τότε γὰρ ὄχλοι μόνον ἦσαν καὶ δῆμος ἄπλαστος ἐνταῦθα δὲ καὶ Ὑραμματεῖς καὶ Φαρισαίοι. Σὺ δέ μοι σκόπει ποίαν προτέραν λέγει παραβολὴν, καὶ πῶς κατὰ ακολουθίαν αὐτὰς τίθησιν ὁ Ματθαῖος. Ποίαν οὖν πρώτην λέγει: Ἣν μάλιστα πρώτην ἐχρῆν εἰπεῖν, τὴν ποιοῦσαν τὸν ἀκροατὴν προσεκτικώτερον. ᾿Επειδὴ γὰρ αἰνυγματωδῶς ἔμελλε διαλέγέσθαι, διανίστησι τὴν διάνοιαν τῶν ἀκουόντων πρῶτον διὰ τῆς παραβολῆς. Διὰ τοῦτο καὶ ἕτερος εὐαγγελιστής φησιν, ὅτι ἐπετίμησεν αὐτοῖς, ὅτι οὐ νοοῦσι, λέγων ᾿ πῶς οὐκ ἔγνωτε τὴν παραβολήν ᾿ Οὐ διὰ τοῦτο δὲ μόνον ἐν παραβολαῖς φθέγγεται, ἀλλ᾽ ἵνα καὶ ἐμφαντικώτερον τὸν λόγον σ ποιήσῃ, καὶ πλείονα τὴν μνήμην ἐνθῆ; καὶ ὑπ᾽ ὄψιν ἀγάγη τὰ πράγματα. Οὕτω καὶ οἱ προφῆται ποιοῦσι.

᾿Taut' oun eidotes, mēte epi paisin eudokimois mega phro- E, nōmen, an mē tēn aretēn autōn echōmen mēte epi patrasi gennaiois, ean mē ōmen autois homotropoi. Esti gar kai ton gennēsanta mē einai patera, kai ton mē gennēsanta einai. Dia dē touto kai allachou gynaikos tinos eipousēs makaria ē gastēr hē bastasasa se: kai mastoi hous ethēlasas ouk eipen, ouk ebastase me koilia, oude mastous ouk ethēlasa᾽ alla touto᾽ menounge makarioi hoi poiountes to thelēma tou patros mou. Horąs pōs anō kai katō ouk arneitai tēn kata physin syngeneian, alla prostithēsi tēn kat᾽ aretēn : Kai ho prodromos de legōn, gennēmata echidnōn, mē doxēte legein, patera echomen ton Abraam, ou touto deiknysin, hoti ouk ēsan ek tou Dbraam kata physin, all᾽ hoti ouden autous ōphelei to einai ek tou Abraam, ei mē tēn apo ē tōn tropōn syngeneian echoien ho kai ho Christos dēlōn elegen (ho ei tekna tou Abraam hēte, ta erga tou Dbraam epoieite ou tēs syngeneias autous aposterōn tēs kata sarka, alla paideuōn tēn meizona tautēs kai kyriōteran epizētein. Touto dē kai entautha kataskeuazei, all᾽ anepachthesteron kai emmelesteron kai gar pros mētera ēn ho logos autǭ. Oude gar eipen, ouk esti mou mētēr, oude adelphoi ekeinoi? epeidę̄ ou poiousi to thelēma mon ou ? apephēnato kai katedikasen all᾽ eti kyrious autous epoiei tou boulesthai, meta tēs autǭ prepousēs epieikeias phthengomenos. Ho gar poiōn, phēsi, to thelēma tou patros mou, houtos mon adelphos kai adelphē kai mētēr estin. Hōste ei boulontai einai? tautēn ebchesthōsan tēn hodon. Kai hēnika de eboēsen ē gynē legousa, makaria hē koilia hē bastasasa se, ouk eipen, ouk esti mon mētēr᾽ all΄, ei bouletae makaria einai, to thelēma poieitō tou patros mou. Ho gar toioutos, kai adelphos kai adelphē kai mētēr esti. Babai tēs timēs babai tēs aretēs eis hosēn anagei koryphēn ton metionta autēn. Posai gynaikes hemakarisan tēn hagian parthenon ekeinēn kai tēn nēdyn, kai ēuxanto toiautai genesthai mēteres, kai panta proesthai. Ti toinyn to kōlyon ? ᾿Idou gar eureian etemen hēmin hodon, kai exestin ou gynaixi monon, alla kai andrasin he epi tēs toiautēs genesthai taxeōs mallon de kai eti pollǭ meizonos. Touto gar pollǭ mallon Ho mētera poiei, ē hai ōdines ekeinai. Hōste ei makariston ekeino, pollǭ mallon touto? hosǭ kai kyriōteron. Mē toinyn haplōs epithymei alla kai tēn hodon tēn pherousan se epi tēn epithymian badize meta pollēs tēs spoudēs. Tauta toinyn eipōn exēlthen ek tēs oikias. Eides pōs kai epeplēxe, kai epoiēsen hoper epothoun? Ho dē kai epi tōn gamōn poiei. Kai gar ekei ᾿ kai epetimēsen akairōs aitousē, kai homōs ouk anteipe᾽ tǭ men proterǭ diorthoumenos tēn astheneian, tǭ de deuterǭ tēn peri tēn mētera eunoian epideiknymenos. He Houtō dē kai entautha tēs te kenodoxias to nosēma iasato, kai tēn prepousan timēn tę̄ mētri apedōke, kaitoi kai akaira aitousę̄. En gar tę̄ hēmerą, phēsin, ekeinē exelthōn ho ᾿Iēsous ek tēs oikias, ekathēto para tēn thalassan. Ei gar boulesthe, phēsin, idein kai akousai, idou exerchomai kai dialegomai. ᾿᾽Epeidē gar sēmeia polla epoiēse, palin tēn ek tēs didaskalias ōpheleian parechei. Kai kathētai para tēn thalassan, halieuōn kai sagēneuōn tous he en tē gę̄. ᾿Ekathise de para tēn thalassan ouch haplōs kai touto auto tetheiken ainittomenos ho euangelistēs.. Hina hēē gar deixē, ho hoti boulomenos meta akribeias synkrotēsai to theatron, touto pepoiēke, kai hōste mēdena apheinai kata nōtou, alla pantas antiprosōpous echein, 9 kai synēchthēsan, phēsi, pros auton ochloi polloi, hōste auton eis to ploion embanta kathēsthai kai pas ho ochlos epi ton aigialon heistēkei. Kathisas de ekei, dia parabolōn phthengetai. Kai elalēsen autois, phēsi, polla en parabolais. Kaitouge epi tou orous ouch houtōs epoiēsen? oude dia parabolōn tosoutōn ton logon B hyphēnen tote gar ochloi monon ēsan kai dēmos aplastos entautha de kai Hyrammateis kai Pharisaioi. Sy de moi skopei poian proteran legei parabolēn, kai pōs kata akolouthian autas tithēsin ho Matthaios. Poian oun prōtēn legei: Hēn malista prōtēn echrēn eipein, tēn poiousan ton akroatēn prosektikōteron. ᾿Epeidē gar ainygmatōdōs emelle dialegesthai, dianistēsi tēn dianoian tōn akouontōn prōton dia tēs parabolēs. Dia touto kai heteros euangelistēs phēsin, hoti epetimēsen autois, hoti ou noousi, legōn ᾿ pōs ouk egnōte tēn parabolēn ᾿ Ou dia touto de monon en parabolais phthengetai, all᾽ hina kai emphantikōteron ton logon s poiēsę̄, kai pleiona tēn mnēmēn enthē? kai hyp᾽ opsin agagē ta pragmata. Houtō kai hoi prophētai poiousi.

Knowing these things, then, let us neither pride ourselves on children of good repute, unless we have their virtue, nor on noble fathers, unless we are like them in character. For it is possible for one who begot not to be a father, and for one who did not beget to be one. For this reason elsewhere too, when a woman said, “Blessed is the womb that bore you, and the breasts that you sucked,” he did not say, “No womb bore me, nor did I suck breasts,” but this: “Rather, blessed are those who do the will of my Father.” Do you see how up and down he does not deny the natural kinship, but adds that of virtue? And the Forerunner too, saying, “Brood of vipers, do not presume to say, ‘We have Abraham as our father,’” does not show that they were not from Abraham by nature, but that it profits them nothing to be from Abraham unless they have the kinship that comes from character; which Christ too showed when he said, “If you were children of Abraham, you would do the works of Abraham,” not depriving them of the kinship according to the flesh, but teaching them to seek the one greater and more sovereign than it. This he establishes here too, but less offensively and more tactfully; for his word concerned his mother. For he did not say, “She is not my mother, nor are those my brothers, since they do not do my will”; he did not declare and condemn, but still left them masters of their own choice, speaking with his fitting gentleness. “For whoever does the will of my Father,” he says, “he is my brother and sister and mother.” So if they wish to be so, let them come by this road. And when the woman cried out, saying, “Blessed is the womb that bore you,” he did not say, “She is not my mother,” but, “If she wishes to be blessed, let her do the will of my Father.” For such a one is both brother and sister and mother. O the honor! O the virtue! To what a summit it leads the one who pursues it! How many women have called that holy virgin and her womb blessed, and prayed to become such mothers, and to give up everything! What then is the hindrance? For behold, he has cut a broad road for us, and it is possible not for women only but for men too to come into such a rank, or rather into one still much greater. For this makes a mother far more than those birth pangs. So if that is to be called blessed, much more this, inasmuch as it is more sovereign. Do not then simply desire it, but walk with great zeal the road that leads you to what you desire. Having said these things, then, he went out of the house. Do you see how he both rebuked them and did what they longed for? Which he does at the wedding too. For there too he both rebuked her when she asked unseasonably, and nevertheless did not refuse; by the first correcting her weakness, by the second showing his goodwill toward his mother. So here too he both healed the disease of vainglory and rendered the fitting honor to his mother, though she asked unseasonably. “For on that day,” it says, “Jesus went out of the house and sat beside the sea.” “For if you wish,” he says, “to see and to hear, behold, I go out and converse.” For since he had done many signs, he again bestows the benefit of teaching. And he sits beside the sea, fishing and netting those on the land. And it was not without purpose that he sat beside the sea; and the evangelist set down this very thing as a hint. For to show that he did this wishing to assemble the audience with exactness, and so as to leave no one behind his back but to have all face to face, “And great crowds,” it says, “were gathered to him, so that he got into a boat and sat down, and the whole crowd stood on the shore.” And having sat down there, he speaks in parables. “And he spoke to them,” it says, “many things in parables.” And yet on the mountain he did not do so, nor did he weave his discourse with so many parables; for then there were only crowds and an unaffected people, but here there were scribes and Pharisees too. But consider, I pray you, which parable he speaks first, and how Matthew sets them down in order. Which then does he speak first? The one he most needed to speak first, the one that makes the hearer more attentive. For since he was going to speak in riddles, he first rouses the mind of the hearers by the parable. For this reason another evangelist too says that he rebuked them because they did not understand, saying, “How did you not know the parable?” And he speaks in parables not for this reason only, but also to make his word more vivid, and to implant a fuller memory of it, and to bring the things before their eyes. So the prophets too do.

44.3Field 1

Τίς οὖν ἐστιν ἡ παραβολή; ᾿Ιδοὺ ἐξῆλθεν ὁ σπείρων τοῦ σπείρειν, φησί. Πόθεν ἐξῆλθεν ὁ πανταχοῦ παρὼν, ὁ πάντα πληρῶν; ἢ πῶς θξῆλθεν Ου τόπῳ, ἀλλὰ σχέσει καὶ οἰκονομίᾳ τῇ πρὸς ἡμᾶς, ἐγγύτε ος ἡμῖν ᾿Ὑενόμενος διὰ τῆς κατὰ σάρκα περιβολῆς. ᾿Επειδὴ γὰρ ἡμεῖς εἰσελθεῖν οὐκ ἐδυνάμεθα, τῶν ἁμαρτημάτων διατειχιζόντων ἡμῖν τὴν εἴσοδον, αὐτὸς ἐξέρχεται πρὸς ἡμᾶς. Καὶ τί ἐξῆλθεν; ἀποὮ λέσαι τὴν γῆν ἀκανθῶν γέμουσαν ; τιμωρήσασθαι τοὺς εωργούς: Οὐδαμῶς αλλὰ γεωργῆσαι καὶ ἐπιμελήσασθαι, καὶ σπεῖραι τῆς εὐσεβείας τὸν λόγον. ᾿Σπόρον γὰρ ἐνταῦθα τὴν διδασκαλίαν φησίν' ἄρουραν δὲ, τῶν ἀνθρώπων τὰς ψυχάτ' σπορέα δὲ, ἑαυτόν. Τί τοίνυν γίνεται ἀπὸ τοὺ σπέρματος τούτου: Τρία ἀπόλλυται μέρη, καὶ σώζεται τὸ ἕν. ἐ Καὶ ἐν τῷ σπείρειν αὐτὸν, ἃ μὲν ἔπεσε, φησὶ, παρὰ τὴν ὁδὸν, καὶ ἦλθε τὰ πετεινὰ, καὶ κατέφαγεν αὐτά. Οὐκ εἶπεν, ὅτι αὐτὸς ἔῤῥιψεν, ἀλλ᾽ ὅτε ἔπεσεν. Ἃ δὲ ἐπὶ τὴν πέτραν, ὅπου οὐκ εἶχε γῆν πολλήν καὶ εὐθέως ἐξανέτειλε, Ἐ διὰ τὸ μὴ ἔχειν βαθος γῆν᾽ ἡλίον δὲ ἀνατείλαντος, ἑκαυματίσθη, καὶ διὰ τὸ μὴ ἔχειν ρίζαν, ἐξηράνθη. Ἃ δὲ ἐπὶ τὰς ἀκάνθας καὶ ἀνέβησαν αἱ ἄκανθαι, καὶ ἀπέπνιξαν αὐτά. Ἃ δὲ ἐπὶ τὴν γῆν τὴν καλήν καὶ ἐδίδου καρπὸν, ὃ μὲν ἑκατὸν, ὃ δὲ ἑξήκοντα, ὃ δὲ τριάκοντα. Ὁ ἐ ἔχων ὦτα ἀκούεἰν, ἀκονέτω. Τέταρτον μέρος ἐσώθη καὶ οὐδὲ τοῦτο ἐξίσης, ἀλλὰ καὶ ἐνταῦθα πολλὴ ἡ διαφορα. Ταῦτα δὲ ἔλεγε» δηλών ὅτι μετὰ ἀφθονίας. ἅπασι διελέγετο. Καθάπερ γὰρ ὁ σπείρων οὐ διαιρεῖ τὴν ὑποκειμένην ἄρουραν, ἀλλ᾽ ἁπλῶς καὶ ἀδιακρίτως βάλλει τὰ σπέρματα οὕτω καὶ αὐτὸς οὐ πλούσιον; οὐ πένητα διαιρεῖ, οὐ σοφὸν, οὐκ ἄσοφον, οὐ ῥᾷθυμον, οὐ σπουδαῖον, οὐκ ἀνδρεῖον, οὐ δειλὸν, ἀλλὰ πᾶσι διελέγετο, τὰ παρ᾽ ἑαυτοῦ πληρῶν, καίτοι προειδως τὰ ἐσόμενα ἵνα ἐξῇ αὐτῷ λέγειν' τί με ἔδει ποιῆσαι. καὶ οὐκ ἐποίησα ἢ αὐ δὶ μὲν προφῆται ὡς περὶ ἀμπέλου διαλέγονται , τοῦ δήμου᾽ ἐς ἀμπελὼν γὰρ ἐγενήθη, φησὶ, τῷ ηγαπημένῳ καὶ, ἄμπελον εξ Αἰγύπτου μετῆρεν ᾿ αὐτὸς δὲ ὡς περὶ σπὸρου. Τί δήποτε δηλῶν: Ὅτι ταχεῖα ἔσται νῦν ἡ ὑπακοὴ, καὶ ,εὐκολωτέρα, καὶ εὐθέως τὸν καρπὸν δώσει. Ὅταν δὲ ἀκούσης, ὅτι ἐξῆλθεν ὁ σπείρων τοῦ σπεῖραι, μὴ ταντολογίαν εἶναι νόμιζε. ᾿Εξέρχεται γὰρ ὁ σπείρων πολλάκις καὶ ἐφ᾽ ἕτερον πρᾶγμα, ἣ ὥστε νεῶσαι, ἢ ὥστε τὰς πονῆηρὰς ἐκτεμεῖν βοτά νας, ἢ ὥστε ἀκάνθας ἀνασπάσαι; ἥ ἄλλο τι ἐπιμελήσασθαι τοιοῦτον αὐτὸς δὲ ἐπὶ τὸ σπεῖραι ἐξῆλθε. Πόθεν οὖν, εἰπέ μοι; τὸ πλέον ἀπώλετο τοῦ σπόρου; Οὐ παρὰ τὸν σπείραντα, ἀλλὰ παρὰ τὴν ὑποδεχομένην γῆν᾽ τουτέστι, παρὰ τὴν μὴ ἀκούσασαν ψυχήν. Καὶ τίνος ἕνεκεν οὐ λέγει, ὅ ὅτι τὰ μὲν ἐδέξαντο οἱ ῥᾷθυμοι, καὶ ἀπώλεσαν᾽ τὰ δὲ οἱ πλούσιοι, καὶ ἀπέπνιξαν' τὰ δὲ οἱ χαῦνοι,! καὶ πῤοὔδωκαν; Οὐ βούλεται αὐτῶν σφόδρα καθικέσθαι, ὥστε μὴ εἰς ἀπόγνωσιν ἐμβαλεῖ ν, ἀλλὰ καταλιμπάνει τῷ συνειδότι τῶν ἀκουόντων τὸν ἔλεγχον. Οὐχ ὁ σπόρος δὲ τοῦτο ἔπαθε μό-Ο νον, ἀλλὰ καὶ ἡ σαγήνη. Πολλὰ γὰρ καὶ ἐκείνη ἤνεγκεν ἄχρηστα. Ταύτην δὲ λέγει τὴν παραβολὴν, τοὺς μαθητὰς ἀλείφων, καὶ παιδεύων, κἀν πλείους τών δεχομένων τὸν λόγον ὦσιν οἱ ἀπολλύμενοι, μὴ καταπίπτειν. Καὶ γὰρ ἐπὶ τοῦ δεσπότου τοῦτο Ὑγέγονε᾽ καὶ ὁ ᾿ πάντως προειδὼς ᾽ ὅτι ταῦτα ἔσται, οὐκ ἀπέστη τοὺ σπείρειν. Καὶ πῶς ἀν ἔχοι. λόγον, φησὶν, ἐπὶ τὰς ἀκάνθας σπείρειν, ἐπὶ τὴν πέτραν, ἐπὶ τὴν ὁδόν : ᾿Επὶ μὲν τῶν σπερμάτων καὶ τῆς γῆς, οὐκ ἂν ἔχοι λόγον ἐπὶ δὲ τὼν ψυχῶν καὶ τῶν διδαγμιάτων, καὶ πολὺν Ὠ ἔχει τοῦτο τὸν ἔπαινον. Ὁ μὲν γὰρ γεωργὸς εἰκότως ἂν ᾿ἐγκαλοῖτο τοῦτο ποιῶν οὐ γὰρ ἔνι τὴν πέτραν γενέσθαι γῆν, οὐδὲ τὴν ὁδὸν μὴ εἶναι ὁδὸν, οὐδὲ τὰς ἀκάνθας μὴ εἶναι ἀκάνθαν' ἐπὶ δὲ τῶν λογικῶν οὐχ οὕτω. Δυνατὸν γὰρ τὴν πέτραν μεταβληθῆναι, καὶ γενέσθαι γὴν λιπαράν' καὶ τὴν ὃν μηκέτι καταπατεῖσθαι, μηδὲ προκεῖσθαι τοῖς παριοῦσιν ἅπασιν, ἀλλ᾽ εἶναι ἄρουραν πίονα καὶ τὰς ἀκάνθας ἀφανισθῆναι, καὶ πολλῆς ἀπολαύειν ἀδείας τὰ σπέρματα. Εἰ γὰρ μῇ ἐξῆν, οὐκ ἂν ἔσπειρεν οὗτος. Εἰ δὲ μὴ ἐγένετο ἐπὶ πάντων ἡ μεταβολὴ. οὐ παρὰ τὸν σπείραντα, ἀλλὰ παρὰ Ε τοὺς μὴ βουλομένους μεταβληθῆναι. Αὐτὸς μὲν γὰρ τὸ αὐτοῦ πεποίηκεν εἰ δὲ ἀκεῖνοι τὰ παρ᾽ αὐτοῦ προὔδωκαν, ἀνεύθυνος αὐτὸς ὁ τοσαύτην φιλανθρωπίαν ἐπιδειξάμενος. Σὺ δέ μοι ἐκεῖνο σκόπει, ὅτι οὐ μία τῆς ἀπωλείας ἡ ὁδὸς, αλλὰ διάφοροι καὶ ἀλλήλων διεστηκυῖαι. Οἱ μὲν γὰρ τῇ ὁδῷ ἐ ἐοικότες εἰσὶν, οἱ βάναυσοι καὶ ῥᾷθυμοι καὶ ὀλίγωροι ἱ δὲ ἐν τῇ πέτρᾷ, οἱ ἀσθενέστεροι μόνον. Ὁ γὰρ ἐπὶ τὰ πετ ρώδη σπαρεὶς, φησὶν, οὗτός ἐστιν ὁ τὸν λόγον ἀκούων, καὶ εὐθὺς μετὰ χαρᾶς λαμβάνων αὐτόν οὐκ ἔχει δὲ ῥίζαν ἐν ἐαντῷ, ἀλλὰ πρόσκαιρός ἐστι γενομένης δὲ θλίψεως ἢ διωγμοῦ διὰ τὸν λόγον, Ὁ εὐθέως ἐσκανδαλίσθη. ὑὐὼ Παντὸς, φησὶν, ακούοντος τὸν λόγον τῆς ἀληθείας, καὶ μὴ συνιέντος; ἔρχεται ὁ πονηρὸς, καὶ ἁρπάζει τὸ ἑσπαρμένον ἐκ ας τῆς καρδίας αὐτοῦ. Οὗτός ἐστιν ὁ παρὰ τὴν ὁδὸν σπαρείς. Οὐκ ἔστι δὲ ἴσον, μηδενὸς ἐπηρεάζοντος, μηδὲ ἀναμοχλεύοντος, τὴν διδασκαλίαν μαρανθῆναι, καὶ πειρασμῶν ἐπικειμένων. Οἱ δὲ ταῖς ἀκάνθαις προσεοικότες, πολλῷ τούτων ἀσνγγνωστότεροι.

Tis oun estin hē parabolē? ᾿Idou exēlthen ho speirōn tou speirein, phēsi. Pothen exēlthen ho pantachou parōn, ho panta plērōn? ē pōs thxēlthen Ou topǭ, alla schesei kai oikonomią tę̄ pros hēmas, engyte os hēmin ᾿Hyenomenos dia tēs kata sarka peribolēs. ᾿Epeidē gar hēmeis eiselthein ouk edynametha, tōn hamartēmatōn diateichizontōn hēmin tēn eisodon, autos exerchetai pros hēmas. Kai ti exēlthen? apoŌ lesai tēn gēn akanthōn gemousan ? timōrēsasthai tous eōrgous: Oudamōs alla geōrgēsai kai epimelēsasthai, kai speirai tēs eusebeias ton logon. ᾿Sporon gar entautha tēn didaskalian phēsin' arouran de, tōn anthrōpōn tas psychat' sporea de, heauton. Ti toinyn ginetai apo tou spermatos toutou: Tria apollytai merē, kai sōzetai to hen. e Kai en tǭ speirein auton, ha men epese, phēsi, para tēn hodon, kai ēlthe ta peteina, kai katephagen auta. Ouk eipen, hoti autos errhipsen, all᾽ hote epesen. Ha de epi tēn petran, hopou ouk eiche gēn pollēn kai eutheōs exaneteile, E dia to mē echein bathos gēn᾽ hēlion de anateilantos, hekaumatisthē, kai dia to mē echein rizan, exēranthē. Ha de epi tas akanthas kai anebēsan hai akanthai, kai apepnixan auta. Ha de epi tēn gēn tēn kalēn kai edidou karpon, ho men hekaton, ho de hexēkonta, ho de triakonta. Ho e echōn ōta akouein, akonetō. Tetarton meros esōthē kai oude touto exisēs, alla kai entautha pollē hē diaphora. Tauta de elege» dēlōn hoti meta aphthonias. hapasi dielegeto. Kathaper gar ho speirōn ou diairei tēn hypokeimenēn arouran, all᾽ haplōs kai adiakritōs ballei ta spermata houtō kai autos ou plousion? ou penēta diairei, ou sophon, ouk asophon, ou rhąthymon, ou spoudaion, ouk andreion, ou deilon, alla pasi dielegeto, ta par᾽ heautou plērōn, kaitoi proeidōs ta esomena hina exę̄ autǭ legein' ti me edei poiēsai. kai ouk epoiēsa ē au di men prophētai hōs peri ampelou dialegontai , tou dēmou᾽ es ampelōn gar egenēthē, phēsi, tǭ ēgapēmenǭ kai, ampelon ex Aigyptou metēren ᾿ autos de hōs peri sporou. Ti dēpote dēlōn: Hoti tacheia estai nyn hē hypakoē, kai ,eukolōtera, kai eutheōs ton karpon dōsei. Hotan de akousēs, hoti exēlthen ho speirōn tou speirai, mē tantologian einai nomize. ᾿Exerchetai gar ho speirōn pollakis kai eph᾽ heteron pragma, hē hōste neōsai, ē hōste tas ponēēras ektemein bota nas, ē hōste akanthas anaspasai? hē allo ti epimelēsasthai toiouton autos de epi to speirai exēlthe. Pothen oun, eipe moi? to pleon apōleto tou sporou? Ou para ton speiranta, alla para tēn hypodechomenēn gēn᾽ toutesti, para tēn mē akousasan psychēn. Kai tinos heneken ou legei, ho hoti ta men edexanto hoi rhąthymoi, kai apōlesan᾽ ta de hoi plousioi, kai apepnixan' ta de hoi chaunoi,! kai proudōkan? Ou bouletai autōn sphodra kathikesthai, hōste mē eis apognōsin embalei n, alla katalimpanei tǭ syneidoti tōn akouontōn ton elenchon. Ouch ho sporos de touto epathe mo-O non, alla kai hē sagēnē. Polla gar kai ekeinē ēnenken achrēsta. Tautēn de legei tēn parabolēn, tous mathētas aleiphōn, kai paideuōn, kan pleious tōn dechomenōn ton logon ōsin hoi apollymenoi, mē katapiptein. Kai gar epi tou despotou touto Hygegone᾽ kai ho ᾿ pantōs proeidōs ᾽ hoti tauta estai, ouk apestē tou speirein. Kai pōs an echoi. logon, phēsin, epi tas akanthas speirein, epi tēn petran, epi tēn hodon : ᾿Epi men tōn spermatōn kai tēs gēs, ouk an echoi logon epi de tōn psychōn kai tōn didagmiatōn, kai polyn Ō echei touto ton epainon. Ho men gar geōrgos eikotōs an ᾿enkaloito touto poiōn ou gar eni tēn petran genesthai gēn, oude tēn hodon mē einai hodon, oude tas akanthas mē einai akanthan' epi de tōn logikōn ouch houtō. Dynaton gar tēn petran metablēthēnai, kai genesthai gēn liparan' kai tēn hon mēketi katapateisthai, mēde prokeisthai tois pariousin hapasin, all᾽ einai arouran piona kai tas akanthas aphanisthēnai, kai pollēs apolauein adeias ta spermata. Ei gar mę̄ exēn, ouk an espeiren houtos. Ei de mē egeneto epi pantōn hē metabolē. ou para ton speiranta, alla para E tous mē boulomenous metablēthēnai. Autos men gar to autou pepoiēken ei de akeinoi ta par᾽ autou proudōkan, aneuthynos autos ho tosautēn philanthrōpian epideixamenos. Sy de moi ekeino skopei, hoti ou mia tēs apōleias hē hodos, alla diaphoroi kai allēlōn diestēkuiai. Hoi men gar tę̄ hodǭ e eoikotes eisin, hoi banausoi kai rhąthymoi kai oligōroi hi de en tę̄ petrą, hoi asthenesteroi monon. Ho gar epi ta pet rōdē spareis, phēsin, houtos estin ho ton logon akouōn, kai euthys meta charas lambanōn auton ouk echei de rhizan en eantǭ, alla proskairos esti genomenēs de thlipseōs ē diōgmou dia ton logon, Ho eutheōs eskandalisthē. hyyō Pantos, phēsin, akouontos ton logon tēs alētheias, kai mē synientos? erchetai ho ponēros, kai harpazei to hesparmenon ek as tēs kardias autou. Houtos estin ho para tēn hodon spareis. Ouk esti de ison, mēdenos epēreazontos, mēde anamochleuontos, tēn didaskalian maranthēnai, kai peirasmōn epikeimenōn. Hoi de tais akanthais proseoikotes, pollǭ toutōn asnngnōstoteroi.

What then is the parable? “Behold, the sower went out to sow,” he says. From where did he go out, who is present everywhere, who fills all things? Or how did he go out? Not in place, but in relation and in his dispensation toward us, having come nearer to us through the clothing of the flesh. For since we could not enter, our sins walling off the entrance from us, he himself comes out to us. And why did he come out? To destroy the land full of thorns? To punish the husbandmen? By no means; but to till it and care for it, and to sow the word of godliness. For by the seed he here means the teaching, and by the field the souls of men, and by the sower himself. What then comes of this seed? Three parts perish, and one is saved. “And as he sowed,” it says, “some fell beside the road, and the birds came and devoured them.” He did not say that he cast them there, but that they fell. “And others on the rock, where they had not much earth; and at once they sprang up, because they had no depth of earth; and when the sun rose they were scorched, and because they had no root they withered. And others among the thorns; and the thorns grew up and choked them. And others on the good ground, and it yielded fruit, some a hundredfold, some sixty, some thirty. He who has ears to hear, let him hear.” A fourth part was saved; and not even this equally, but here too the difference is great. And he said these things showing that he spoke to all ungrudgingly. For as the sower does not distinguish the field that lies before him, but simply and without discrimination casts the seeds, so he too does not distinguish rich, poor, wise, unwise, careless, earnest, brave, cowardly, but spoke to all, fulfilling his own part, though he foreknew what would be, so that it might be possible for him to say, “What ought I to have done, and have not done?” And the prophets speak of the people as of a vine: “For the beloved had a vineyard,” it says; and, “You brought a vine out of Egypt”; but he as of seed. Showing what? That the obedience will now be swift and easier, and will at once yield its fruit. And when you hear, “The sower went out to sow,” do not think it a tautology. For the sower often goes out for another task too, either to plough, or to cut out the bad weeds, or to pull up thorns, or to care for some other such thing; but he went out to sow. From where then, tell me, did the greater part of the seed perish? Not from the one who sowed, but from the earth that received it, that is, from the soul that did not listen. And why does he not say that the careless received some and lost it, the rich some and choked it, the slack some and betrayed it? He does not wish to touch them too sharply, so as not to throw them into despair, but leaves the conviction to the conscience of the hearers. And not the seed only suffered this, but the net too; for it also brought up many useless things. And he speaks this parable anointing the disciples and teaching them, even if those who perish are more than those who receive the word, not to fall down. For this happened in the case of the Master too; and he who surely foreknew that these things would be did not desist from sowing. “And how would it have reason,” someone says, “to sow on the thorns, on the rock, on the road?” In the case of seeds and earth it would not have reason; but in the case of souls and teachings this even has great praise. For the husbandman would reasonably be blamed for doing this; for it is not possible for the rock to become earth, nor for the road not to be a road, nor the thorns not to be thorns; but with rational beings it is not so. For it is possible for the rock to be changed and to become rich soil, and for the road no longer to be trampled nor to lie open to all who pass by, but to be a fertile field, and for the thorns to be done away and the seeds to enjoy much security. For if it were not possible, he would not have sown. And if the change did not take place in all, it was not because of the sower, but because of those unwilling to be changed. For he did his own part; and if they betrayed what came from him, he is blameless who displayed such love for humanity. But consider this, I pray you, that the way of destruction is not one, but various and differing from one another. For those like the road are the coarse and careless and negligent; while those on the rock are only the weaker. “For he who was sown on the rocky places,” he says, “this is he who hears the word and at once receives it with joy; but he has no root in himself, but endures for a while; and when tribulation or persecution arises because of the word, at once he is offended.” “When anyone,” he says, “hears the word of the truth and does not understand it, the evil one comes and snatches away what was sown in his heart. This is he who was sown beside the road.” But it is not equal for the teaching to wither when no one attacks it or tries to pry it loose, and when temptations press upon it. And those who are like the thorns are far less pardonable than these.

44.4Field 1

Ἵν οὖν μή τι τούτων πάθωμεν, ἐπικαλύψωμεν τῇ τροθυμίᾳ τὰ λεγόμενα, καὶ τῇ διηνεκεῖ μνήμῃ. Εἰ γὰρ καὶ ἁρπάζει ὁ διάβολος, ἀλλ᾽ ἡμεῖς κύριοι τοῦ μὴ ἁρπαγῆναι εἰ καὶ ξηραίνεται τὰ σπέρματα, οὐ παρὰ τὸν καύσωνα τοῦτο γίνεται᾽ (οὐ γὰρ εἶπεν, ὅτι διὰ τὸν καύσωνα ἐξηράνθη, ἀλλὰ διὰ τὸ μὴ ἔχειν βίζαν) εἰ καὶ ἀποπνίγεται τὰ λεγόμενα, οὐ παρὰ τὰς ἀκάνθας, ἀλλὰ παρὰ ὁ τοὺς συγχωροῦντας ἄναβῆναι ταύτας. Ἔνεστι γάρ, ἐὰν θέλης. κωλῦσαι τὴν πονηρὰν ταύτην βλάστην, καὶ τῷ πλούτῳ εἰς δέον χρήσασθαι. Διὰ τοῦτο οὐκ εἶπεν, ὁ αἰὼν, αλλ ἡ μέριμνα τοῦ αἰῶνος οὐδὲ, ὁ ο πλοῦτος, ἀλλ᾽ ἡ ἀπάτη τοὺ πλούτου. Μὴ τοίνυν τὰ πράγματα αἰτιώμεθα, ἀλλὰ. τὴν Ὑνώμην τὴν διεῴθαρμένην. Ἔστι γὰρ καὶ πλουτεῖν, καὶ μὴ ἀπατάσθαι᾽ καὶ ἐν τῷ αἰῶνι εἶναι τούτῳ, καὶ μὴ ἀποπνίγεσθαι ταῖς φροντίσι. Καὶ γὰρ δύο ἐλαττώματα ὸ πλοῦτος ἔχει ἐναντία τὸ μὲν, κατατεῖνον καὶ ἐπισκοτοῦν, τὴν μέριμναν τὸ δὲ, μαλακωτέρους ποιοῦν, τὴν τρυφήν. Καὶ καλώς εἶπεν, ΄ ἡ ἀπάτη τοῦ Ὁ πλούτου Πάντα γὰρ τὰ τοῦ πλούτου ἀπάτη ὀνόματα γὰρ μόνον ἐστὶν, οὐκ ἐπὶ πραγμάτων κείμενα. Καὶ γὰρ ἡ ἡδονὴ, καὶ ἡ δόξα, καὶ ὁ καλλωπισμὸός, καὶ πάντα ταῦτα, φαντασία τίς ἐστιν, οὐ πραγμάτων ἀλήθεια. Εἰπὼν τοίνυν τοὺς τρόπους τῆς ἀπωλείας, ὕστερον τίθησι τὴν καλὴν γῆν; οὐκ ἀφιεὶς ἀπογνῶναι; ἀλλὰ διδοὺς ἐλπίδα μετανοίας, καὶ δεικνὺς, ὅτι δυνατὸν ἐ εκ τῶν εἰρημένων εἰς ταύτην μεταβαλεῖν. Καίτοι εἰ καὶ ἡ γῆ καλὴ, καὶ ὁ σπορεὺς εἷς, καὶ τὰ σπέρματα τὰ αὐτὰ, διατί δὃ μὲν ἑκατὸν, ὃ δὲ ἑξήκοντα, ὃ δὲ τριάκοντα ἤνθγκεν ; ᾿Ενταῦθα πάλιν παρὰ τὴν φύσιν τῆς γῆς ἤ διαφορά' καὶ γὰρ ἔνθα ἂν καλὴ ἡ γῇ», πολλὴ ἐν αὐτῇ καὶ ἡ διαφορά. Ὁρᾷς οὐχὶ τὸν γεωργὸν αἴτιον ὄντα; οὐδὲ τὰ σπέρματα, ἀλλὰ τὴν δεχομένην γῆν: οὐ παρὰ τὴν Ε φύσιν, αλλὰ παρὰ τὴν γνώμην. Καὶ ἐνταῦθα δὲ πολλὴ ἡ φιλανθρωπία, ὅ ὅτι οὐχ ἕν ἀπαιτεῖ ἢ μέτρον ἀρετῆς, αλλὰ καὶ τοὺς πρώτους ἀποδέχεται, καὶ τοὺς δευτέρους οὐκ ἐκβάλλει, καὶ τοῖς τρίτοις δίδωσι χώραν. Ταῦτα δὲ λέγει, ἵνα μὴ νομίσωσιν οἱ ἀκολουθοῦντες αὐτῷ, ὅτι ἀρκεῖ ἡ ἀκρόασις εἰς σωτηρίαν. Καὶ τίνος ἕνεκεν, φησὶν, οὐχὶ καὶ τὰς ἄλλας ἔθηκε πονηρίας, οἷον» ἐπιθυμίαν σωμάτων, κενοδοξίαν: Εἰπὼν τὴν μέριμναν τοῦ αἰῶνος τούτου, καὶ τὴν ἀπάτην τοῦ πλούτου, ἅπαντα τέθεικ. Καὶ γὰρ καὶ κενοδοξία, καὶ τὰ ἄλλα ἅτ ἀντ, τοῦ αἰῶνος τούτου, καὶ τῆς τοῦ πλούτου ἀπάτης ἐστίν οἷον, ἡδονὴ, καὶ γαστριμαργία, καὶ βασκανία, καὶ κενοδοξία, καὶ ὅσα τοιαῦτα. Προσέθηκε δὲ καὶ τὴν ὁδὸν καὶ τὴν πέτραν, δεικνὺς ὅτι οὐκ ἀρκεῖ χρημάτων ἀπηλλάχθαι μόνον, ἀλλὰ δεῖ καὶ τὴν ἄλλην ἀρετὴν ἀσκεῖν. Τί γάρ, ἂν χρημάτων μὲν ἐλεύθερος ἧς, ἄνανδρος δὲ καὶ μὰᾶλακός : ᾿ τί δὲ, ἀ ἄν ἄνανδρος. μὲν μὴ ἧς, βῥᾷθυμος δὲ καὶ ᾿ὀχίγωρος περὶ τὴν ἀκρόασιν : Οὐδὲ γὰρ ἀρκεῖ μέρος. ἕν πρὸς σωτηρίαν Β ἡμῖν, ἀλλὰ δεῖ πρῶτον μὲν ἀκροάσεως. ἀκριβοῦς καὶ: μνήμης διηνεκοῦς, δαθίσγι εἰνδρείας; εἶτα χρημάτων. ὑπεροψίας, καὶ τῆς τῶν βιωικῶν. ἁπάντων ᾿ἀπαλλαγῆφι. Θλα. γάρττοι τοῦτο πρῶτον τίθησιν ἐκείνου τοῦτο, ἐπειδὴ. γόύφου. πρώτου χρεία ι κ᾿ ἐκείνου τοδιιο7. ἔπειθ: ᾿ῆνο βάν πσόι δνδηιῇ, αι ( πώς γὰρ πιστεύσουσιν, ἐὰν μὴ ἀκούσωσι καθάπερ οὖν καὶ ἡμεῖς ἐὰν μὴ προσέχωμεν τοῖς λεγομένοις, οὐδὲ μαθεῖν δυνησόμεθα ἃ ἃ χρὴ ποιεῖν. ἔπειτα τὴν ἀνδρείαν, καὶ τὴν τῶν παρόντων ὑπεροψίαν. Ταῦτ᾽ οὖν ἀκούοντες, πάντοθεν ἐ ἑαυτοὺς τειχίζωμεν, προσἔχοντες τοῖς λεγομένοις, καὶ κατὰ βάθους ἀφιέντες τὰς ῥίζας, καὶ πάντων ἑαυτοὺς ἐκκαθαίροντες τῶν βιωτικῶν. Ἂν δὲ τὰ μὲν ποιῶμεν, τῶν δὲ ἀμελῶμεν, οὐδὲν ἡμῖν ἔσται πλέον τ κὰν γὰρ μὴ οὕτως, αλλ ἐκείνως ἀπολλύμεθα. Τί γὰρ διαφέρει, ἃ ἂν μὴ διὰ πλούτου, ἀλλὰ διὰ ῥᾳθυμίας ἂν μὴ διὰ ῥᾳθυμίας, ἀλλὰ δι ἀνανδρίας διαφθαρῶμεν: ᾿Επεὶ καὶ ὁ γεωργὸς, ἄν τε οὕτως, ἄν τε ἐκείνως ἀπολέση τὸν σπόρον, ὁμοίως πενθεῖ. Μὴ τοίνυν ἐπειδὴ μὴ πᾶσιν ἀπολλύμεθα τοῖς τρόποις, παραμυθίαν ὄχωμεν, ἀλλὰ ἀλγῶμεν οἵῳ ἂν ἀπολώμεθα τρόπῳ. Καὶ κατακαίωμεν τὰς ἀκάνθας καὶ γὰρ ἀποπνίγει τὸν λόγον. Καὶ ἴσασι τοῦτο οἱ πλουτουντες, οἱ μὴ πρὸς ταῦτα μόνον, ἀλλὰ μηδὲ πρὸς ἕτερα ὄντες χρήσιμοι. Δοῦλοι γὰρ καὶ αἰχμάλωτοι γενόμενοι τῶν ἡδονών, καὶ πρὸς τὰ πολιτικά εἰσιν ἄχρηστοι πράγματα εἰ δὲ πρὸς ἐκεῖνα; πολλῷ μᾶλλον πρὸς τὰ τῶν οὐρανῶν. Καὶ γὰρ διπλῆ τοῖς λογισμοῖς ἐντεῦθεν ἡ λύμη γίνεται, ἀπό τα τῆς τρυφῆς, ἀπό τε τῆς φροντίδος. Τούτων γὰρ καὶ καθ᾽ ἑαυτὸ μὲν ἕκαστον ἱκανὸν καταποντίσαι τὸ σκαφον ὅταν δὲ καὶ ἀμφότερα συνδράμῃ, ἐννόησον ἡλίκον τὸ κλυδώνιον γίνεται.

Hin oun mē ti toutōn pathōmen, epikalypsōmen tę̄ trothymią ta legomena, kai tę̄ diēnekei mnēmę̄. Ei gar kai harpazei ho diabolos, all᾽ hēmeis kyrioi tou mē harpagēnai ei kai xērainetai ta spermata, ou para ton kausōna touto ginetai᾽ (ou gar eipen, hoti dia ton kausōna exēranthē, alla dia to mē echein bizan) ei kai apopnigetai ta legomena, ou para tas akanthas, alla para ho tous synchōrountas anabēnai tautas. Enesti gar, ean thelēs. kōlysai tēn ponēran tautēn blastēn, kai tǭ ploutǭ eis deon chrēsasthai. Dia touto ouk eipen, ho aiōn, all hē merimna tou aiōnos oude, ho o ploutos, all᾽ hē apatē tou ploutou. Mē toinyn ta pragmata aitiōmetha, alla. tēn Hynōmēn tēn dieǭtharmenēn. Esti gar kai ploutein, kai mē apatasthai᾽ kai en tǭ aiōni einai toutǭ, kai mē apopnigesthai tais phrontisi. Kai gar dyo elattōmata o ploutos echei enantia to men, katateinon kai episkotoun, tēn merimnan to de, malakōterous poioun, tēn tryphēn. Kai kalōs eipen, ΄ hē apatē tou Ho ploutou Panta gar ta tou ploutou apatē onomata gar monon estin, ouk epi pragmatōn keimena. Kai gar hē hēdonē, kai hē doxa, kai ho kallōpismoos, kai panta tauta, phantasia tis estin, ou pragmatōn alētheia. Eipōn toinyn tous tropous tēs apōleias, hysteron tithēsi tēn kalēn gēn? ouk aphieis apognōnai? alla didous elpida metanoias, kai deiknys, hoti dynaton e ek tōn eirēmenōn eis tautēn metabalein. Kaitoi ei kai hē gē kalē, kai ho sporeus heis, kai ta spermata ta auta, diati do men hekaton, ho de hexēkonta, ho de triakonta ēnthnken ? ᾿Entautha palin para tēn physin tēs gēs ē diaphora' kai gar entha an kalē hē gę̄», pollē en autę̄ kai hē diaphora. Horąs ouchi ton geōrgon aition onta? oude ta spermata, alla tēn dechomenēn gēn: ou para tēn E physin, alla para tēn gnōmēn. Kai entautha de pollē hē philanthrōpia, ho hoti ouch hen apaitei ē metron aretēs, alla kai tous prōtous apodechetai, kai tous deuterous ouk ekballei, kai tois tritois didōsi chōran. Tauta de legei, hina mē nomisōsin hoi akolouthountes autǭ, hoti arkei hē akroasis eis sōtērian. Kai tinos heneken, phēsin, ouchi kai tas allas ethēke ponērias, hoion» epithymian sōmatōn, kenodoxian: Eipōn tēn merimnan tou aiōnos toutou, kai tēn apatēn tou ploutou, hapanta tetheik. Kai gar kai kenodoxia, kai ta alla hat ant, tou aiōnos toutou, kai tēs tou ploutou apatēs estin hoion, hēdonē, kai gastrimargia, kai baskania, kai kenodoxia, kai hosa toiauta. Prosethēke de kai tēn hodon kai tēn petran, deiknys hoti ouk arkei chrēmatōn apēllachthai monon, alla dei kai tēn allēn aretēn askein. Ti gar, an chrēmatōn men eleutheros hēs, anandros de kai maalakos : ᾿ ti de, a an anandros. men mē hēs, brhąthymos de kai ᾿ochigōros peri tēn akroasin : Oude gar arkei meros. hen pros sōtērian B hēmin, alla dei prōton men akroaseōs. akribous kai: mnēmēs diēnekous, dathisgi eindreias? eita chrēmatōn. hyperopsias, kai tēs tōn biōikōn. hapantōn ᾿apallagēphi. Thla. garttoi touto prōton tithēsin ekeinou touto, epeidē. gouphou. prōtou chreia i k᾿ ekeinou todiio7. epeith: ᾿ēno ban psoi dndēię̄, ai ( pōs gar pisteusousin, ean mē akousōsi kathaper oun kai hēmeis ean mē prosechōmen tois legomenois, oude mathein dynēsometha ha ha chrē poiein. epeita tēn andreian, kai tēn tōn parontōn hyperopsian. Taut᾽ oun akouontes, pantothen e heautous teichizōmen, prosechontes tois legomenois, kai kata bathous aphientes tas rhizas, kai pantōn heautous ekkathairontes tōn biōtikōn. An de ta men poiōmen, tōn de amelōmen, ouden hēmin estai pleon t kan gar mē houtōs, all ekeinōs apollymetha. Ti gar diapherei, ha an mē dia ploutou, alla dia rhąthymias an mē dia rhąthymias, alla di anandrias diaphtharōmen: ᾿Epei kai ho geōrgos, an te houtōs, an te ekeinōs apolesē ton sporon, homoiōs penthei. Mē toinyn epeidē mē pasin apollymetha tois tropois, paramythian ochōmen, alla algōmen hoiǭ an apolōmetha tropǭ. Kai katakaiōmen tas akanthas kai gar apopnigei ton logon. Kai isasi touto hoi ploutountes, hoi mē pros tauta monon, alla mēde pros hetera ontes chrēsimoi. Douloi gar kai aichmalōtoi genomenoi tōn hēdonōn, kai pros ta politika eisin achrēstoi pragmata ei de pros ekeina? pollǭ mallon pros ta tōn ouranōn. Kai gar diplē tois logismois enteuthen hē lymē ginetai, apo ta tēs tryphēs, apo te tēs phrontidos. Toutōn gar kai kath᾽ heauto men hekaston hikanon katapontisai to skaphon hotan de kai amphotera syndramę̄, ennoēson hēlikon to klydōnion ginetai.

So that we may not suffer any of these things, then, let us cover what is said with eagerness and with continual remembrance. For even if the devil snatches, it is in our power not to be robbed; even if the seeds wither, this happens not because of the heat (for he did not say that it withered because of the heat, but because it had no root); even if what is said is choked, it is not because of the thorns, but because of those who allow them to grow up. For it is possible, if you are willing, to check this evil growth, and to use wealth as one ought. For this reason he did not say “the world,” but “the care of the world”; nor “wealth,” but “the deceitfulness of wealth.” Let us not then blame the things, but the corrupted mind. For it is possible both to be rich and not to be deceived, and to be in this world and not to be choked by its cares. For wealth has two opposite defects: the one straining and darkening, care; the other making men softer, luxury. And he said well, “the deceitfulness of wealth.” For all the things of wealth are deceit; for they are names only, not resting on realities. For pleasure, and glory, and adornment, and all these things are a kind of fantasy, not the truth of things. Having then stated the ways of destruction, he afterward sets down the good ground, not allowing them to despair, but giving hope of repentance, and showing that it is possible to change from those mentioned into this. And yet if the ground is good, and the sower one, and the seeds the same, why did one bear a hundredfold, another sixty, another thirty? Here again the difference is from the nature of the ground; for even where the ground is good, the difference in it is great. Do you see that it is not the husbandman who is the cause, nor the seeds, but the ground that receives them, not by nature but by choice? And here too his love for humanity is great, that he does not require one measure of virtue, but receives the first, and does not cast out the second, and gives room to the third. And he says these things so that those following him might not think that hearing is enough for salvation. “And for what reason,” someone says, “did he not set down the other vices too, such as desire for bodies, vainglory?” By saying “the care of this world” and “the deceitfulness of wealth,” he set down all. For vainglory too and the other things belong to this world and to the deceitfulness of wealth, such as pleasure, and gluttony, and envy, and vainglory, and all such things. And he added the road and the rock, showing that it is not enough only to be rid of money, but one must practise the rest of virtue too. For what if you are free of money, but cowardly and soft? And what if you are not cowardly, but careless and negligent about hearing? For one part is not enough for our salvation, but there is need first of exact hearing and continual memory, then of courage, then of contempt of money and freedom from all worldly things. For this reason he sets this first, before that, since there is need of this first (…): “For how will they believe, unless they hear?” So we too, unless we attend to what is said, shall not be able even to learn what we ought to do; then courage, and contempt of present things. Hearing these things, then, let us wall ourselves round on every side, attending to what is said, and sending our roots down deep, and cleansing ourselves of all worldly things. But if we do some things and neglect others, we shall have nothing more; for if not in this way, we perish in that. For what difference does it make if we are destroyed not by wealth but by carelessness, not by carelessness but by cowardice? For the husbandman too, whether he loses his seed in this way or in that, mourns alike. Let us not then take comfort because we are not perishing in all the ways, but let us grieve in whatever way we perish. And let us burn up the thorns; for they choke the word. And the rich know this, who are useful not only not for these things, but not for other things either. For having become slaves and captives of pleasures, they are useless even for civic affairs; and if for those, much more for the things of heaven. For a double ruin comes upon the reasoning from this, both from luxury and from care. For each of these by itself is enough to sink the ship; but when both run together, consider how great the storm becomes.

44.5Field 1

Καὶ μή θαυμάσῃς. εἰ τὴν τ ρυφὴν ἀκάνθας ἐκάλεσε. Σὺ μὲν ᾿Ὑὰρ αὙνοεῖς, μεθύων τῷ παθει᾿ οἱ δὲ ὑ υγιαίνοντες ἴσασιν ὅτι ἀκάνθης μᾶλλον κεντεῖ, καὶ τρυφὴ πλέον ὴ μέριμνα δαπανᾷ τὴν ψυχὴν, καὶ χαλεπωτέρας παρέχει τὰς ὀδύνας καὶ τῷ σώματι καὶ τῇ ψυχῇ. Οὐδὲ γὰρ οὕτως ὑπὸ φροντίδος τις πλήττεται, ὡς ὑπὸ πλησμονῆς. Ὅταν γὰρ ἀγρυπνίαι, καὶ κροτάφων διατάσεις, καὶ καρηβαρίαι, καὶ σπλάγχνων. ὀδύναι περιέχωσι τὸν τοιοῦτον, ἐννόησον πύσων ἀκανθῶν ταῦτα χαλεπώτερα. Καὶ καθάπερ αἱ ἄκανθαι, ὅθεν ἂν κατασχεθῶσιν, αἱμάττουσι τὰς κατεχούσας αὐτὰς χείρας οὕτω δὴ καὶ ἡ τρυφὴ καὶ πόδας, καὶ χεῖρας, καὶ κεφαλὴν, καὶ ὀφθαλμοὺς, καὶ πάντα ἁπλῶς λυμαίνεται τὰ μέλη καὶ ξηρὰ δὲ καὶ ἄκαρπός ἐστιν, ὥσπερ ἡ ἄκανθα, καὶ πόλλ μειζόνως ἐκείνης, λυπεῖ, καὶ ἐν τοῖς καιρίοις. Καὶ γὰρ γῆρας ἄκαιρον ἐπεισάγει, καὶ ἀμβλύνει τὰς αἰσθήσεις, καὶ σκοτοῖ τὸν λογισμὸν, καὶ πηροῖ τὸν νοῦν οξὺ βλέποντα, καὶ πλαδαρὸν τὸ σῶμα ποιεῖ δαψιλεστέραν τῆς κόπρου τὴν ἀποθήκην ἐργαζομένη, καὶ πολλὴν ᾿ τὴν σωρείαν τῶν κακών συνάγουσα » καὶ μεῖζον τὸ φορτίον, καὶ ὑπέρογκον ποιεῖται τὸν γόμον᾽ ὅθεν καὶ πολλὰ καὶ συνεχῆ τὰ πτώματα, καὶ Β πυκνὰ τὰ ναυάγια. Τί γὰρ λιπαίνει, εἰπὲ μοι, τὸ σώμα: Μὴ γὰρ καταθῦσαί σε ἔχομεν: μὴ γὰρ παραθεῖναι τραπέζη: : Τὰς ὄρνεις καλώς πιαίνεις μᾶλλον δὲ οὐδὲ ἐκείνας καλῶς ὅταν γὰρ πιανθώσιν, ἄχρηστοι πρὸς ὑγιεινήν εἰσι δίαιταν. . Τοσοῦτον κακὸν ἢ τρυφὴ, ὡς καὶ ἐν ἀλόγοις τὴν λύμην ἐπιδείκνυσθαι. Καὶ γὰρ ἐκείνας τρυφώσας καὶ βαυταῖς καὶ ἡμῖν ἀχρήστους ποιοῦμεν. Καὶ γὰρ τὰ περιττώματα ακατέργαστα, καὶ ἡ ὑγροτέρα σῆψις ἀπὸ τῆς πιμελῆς ἐκείνης γίνεται. Τὰ δὲ οὐχ οὕτω τρεφόμενα, ἀλλ᾽, ὡς ἂν εἴποι τις, ἐν νηστείᾳ διάγοντα, καὶ συμμέτρῳ διαίτῃ; καὶς πονοῦντα καὶ ταλαιπωρούμενα, ταῦτα καὶ ἑαυτοῖς καὶ ἄλλοις χρησιμώτατα, καὶ πρὸς τροφὴν καὶ πρὸς τα ἄλλα ἅπαντα. Οἱ γοὺν ἐκεῖνα σιτούμενοι μάλλον ὑγιαίνουσιν οἱ δὲ τούτοις τρεφόμενοι, αὐτοῖς ἐοίκασι, νωθροὶ καὶ ἐπίνοσοι γινόμενοι, καὶ τὸν δεσμὸν χαλεπώτερον ἐργαζόμενοι. Οὐδὲν γὰρ οὕτω σώματι πολέμιον καὶ βλαβερὸν, ὡς ᾿η τρυφή οὐδὲν οὕτω διαρῥήγνυσι καὶ καταχώννυσιν ἑαὐτὴν καὶ διαφθείρει, ὡς ἀσωτία. Διὸ μάλιστα ἄν τις καντεῦθεν ᾿ἐκπλαγείη τῆς ἀνοίας αὐτοὺς, ὅτι οὐδὲ ὅσην ἐπὶ τῶν ασκῶν ἔχουσιν ἕτεροι τὴν φειδὼ, τοσαύτην ἐφ᾽ ἑαυτῶν θέλουσιν ἐπιδείκνυσθαι οὗτοι. ᾿Εκείνους μὲν γὰρ οἱ τῶν οἴνων πρᾶται οὐκ ἐῶσι πλέον Ὁ τοῦ δέοντος λαβεῖν, ὥστε μὴ διαῤῥαγῆναι τὴν δὲ αθλίαν οὗτοι γαστέρα οὐδὲ ταύτης ἀξιοῦσι τῆς προνοίας' ἀλλ᾽ ἐπειδὰν αὐτὴν ἐμπλήσωσι καὶ διαῤῥήξωσι, ' μέχρι τῶν ὥτων, μέχρι τῶν ῥινῶν, μέχρι τῆς φάρυγγος αὐτῆς πληροῦσιν ἅπαντα, διπλῆν ἐντεῦθεν τῷ πνεύματι καὶ τῇ τὸ ζῶον οἰκονομούση δυνάμει κατασκενάζοντες τὴν στενοχωρίαν. Μὴ γὰρ διὰ τοῦτό σοι γέγονε φάρυγξ, ἵνα μέχρι τοῦ στόματος ἄνω σεσηπότος οἴνον καὶ τῆς ἄλλης ἀποπληρώσῃς αὐτὸν διαφθορᾶς; Οὐ διὰ τοῦτο; ἄνθρωπε, ἀλλ᾽ ἵνα προηγγουμένως ᾷδης τῷ θεῷ, καὶ τὰς ἱερὰς ἀναπέμπῃς εὐχὰς, καὶ τοὺς θείους ἀναγινώσκης νόμους, καὶ τοῖς πλησίον τὰ συμφέροντα συμβουλεύης. Σὺ δὲ ὥσπερ διὰ τοῦτο αὐτὴν λαβὼν, ἐκείνῃ μὲν οὐδὲ μικρὸν ἐᾷς καιρὸν σχολάζειν τῇ λειτουργίᾳ, πάντα δὲ τὸν βίον τῇ πονηρᾷ ταύτη αὐτὴν ὑποτάττεις δουλείᾳ. Καὶ ὥσπερ εἴ τις κιθάραν λαβὼν, χρυσᾶς νευρὰς ἔχουσαν, καὶ ἡρμοσμένην καλώς, αντὶ τοῦ τὴν παναρμόνιον μελῳδίαν εἰς αὐτὴν ἀνακρούεσθαι, κόπρῳ πολλῇ καταχώσειε καὶ πηλῷ᾿ οὕτω καὶ οὗτοι ποιοῦσι. Κόπρον δὲ οὐ τὴν τροφὴν ἐκάλεσα, ἀλλὰ τὴν τρυφὴν, καὶ τὴν πολλὴν ἐκείνην ἀσέλγειαν. Τὸ γὰρ πλέον τοῦ δέοντος οὐκ ἔστι τροφὴ, ἀλλὰ λύμη μόνον. Καὶ γὰρ ἡ γαστήη μόνη διὰ τὴν τῶν σιτίων μόνον γέγονεν ὑποδοχήν' στόμα ϑ καὶ φαρυγξ, καὶ γλῶττα, καὶ δι᾿ ἕτερα ἀναγκαιότερα τούτων πολλῷ μᾶλλον δὲ οὐδὲ ἡ γαστὴρ διὰ σιτίων ὑποδοχὴν. ἁπλῶς, αλλὰ διὰ σιτίων ὑποδοχὴν συμμέτρων. Καὶ ἀτουτο, δηλοῖ, καταβοῶσα ἡμῶν μυρία, ὅταν ἐπηρεάσωμεν αὐτὴν διὰ τῆς πλεονεξίας ταύτης οὐ καταβοᾷ δὲ μόνον, ἀλλὰ καὶ ἀμυνομένη τῆς ἀδικίας τὴν εἐσχάτην ἡμᾶς ἀπαιτεῖ δίκην. Καὶ πρώτον τοὺς πόδας τιμωρεῖται, τοὺν βαστάζοντας καὶ. ἀπάγοντας ἡμᾶς ἐπὶ τὰ πονηρὰ: ἐκεῖπα: σφῥπόδια, ἔπειτα τὰς χείρας τὰς διακονουμένας αὐτῇ συνδέουσα, ἀνθ᾽ ὧν. τοσαῦϑα καὶ τοιαῦτα προσῆγον ἐδέσματα πολλοὶ δὲκαὶ αὐτὸ τὸ: στόμα ᾿διέστρεψαν, καὶ ὀφθαλμοὺς καὶ κεφαλήν. Καὶ καθάπερ οἰκέτης, ὅταν ἐπιταγῆ τι τὴν δύναμιν ὑπερβαῖνον, ἀπονοηθεὶς ὑβρίζει εἰς τὸν ἐπιτάξαντα, πολλάκις οὕτω καὶ αὕτη μοτὰ τῶν μελῶν τούτων καὶ τὸν ἐγκέφαλον πολλάκις αὐτὸν βιασθεῖσα ἀπόλλυσ καὶ διαφθείρει. Καὶ τοῦτο ὁ θεὸς Φκονόμησε καλῶς, ἐκ τῆς ἀμετρίας τοσαύτην γίνεσθαι βλάβην, ἵ ἵν᾽ ὅταν ἑκὼν μὴ φιλοσοφῆς, κἂν ἄκων διὰ τὸν φόβον τῆς τοσαύτης διαφθορᾶς μετριάζειν μάθης. Ταῦτ᾽ οὖν εἰδότες, φεύγωμεν τρυφὴν, ἐπιμελώμεθα συμμετρίας, ἵνα καὶ τῆς τοῦ σώματος ὑγείας ἀπολαύσωμεν, καὶ τὴν ψυχὴν πάσης ἀπαλλάξαντες ἀῤῥωστίας, τῶν μελλόντων ἐπιτύχωμεν ἀγαθῶν, χάριτι καὶ φιλανθρωπίᾳ τοὺ κυρίου ἡμῶν Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ, ᾧ ἡ ἰὴ καὶ τὸ κράτος εἰς τοὺς αἰῶνας τῶν αἰώνων. ᾿Αμήν.

Kai mē thaumasę̄s. ei tēn t ryphēn akanthas ekalese. Sy men ᾿Hyar haUnoeis, methyōn tǭ pathei᾿ hoi de hy ygiainontes isasin hoti akanthēs mallon kentei, kai tryphē pleon ē merimna dapaną tēn psychēn, kai chalepōteras parechei tas odynas kai tǭ sōmati kai tę̄ psychę̄. Oude gar houtōs hypo phrontidos tis plēttetai, hōs hypo plēsmonēs. Hotan gar agrypniai, kai krotaphōn diataseis, kai karēbariai, kai splanchnōn. odynai periechōsi ton toiouton, ennoēson pysōn akanthōn tauta chalepōtera. Kai kathaper hai akanthai, hothen an kataschethōsin, haimattousi tas katechousas autas cheiras houtō dē kai hē tryphē kai podas, kai cheiras, kai kephalēn, kai ophthalmous, kai panta haplōs lymainetai ta melē kai xēra de kai akarpos estin, hōsper hē akantha, kai poll meizonōs ekeinēs, lypei, kai en tois kairiois. Kai gar gēras akairon epeisagei, kai amblynei tas aisthēseis, kai skotoi ton logismon, kai pēroi ton noun oxy bleponta, kai pladaron to sōma poiei dapsilesteran tēs koprou tēn apothēkēn ergazomenē, kai pollēn ᾿ tēn sōreian tōn kakōn synagousa » kai meizon to phortion, kai hyperonkon poieitai ton gomon᾽ hothen kai polla kai synechē ta ptōmata, kai B pykna ta nauagia. Ti gar lipainei, eipe moi, to sōma: Mē gar katathysai se echomen: mē gar paratheinai trapezē: : Tas orneis kalōs piaineis mallon de oude ekeinas kalōs hotan gar pianthōsin, achrēstoi pros hygieinēn eisi diaitan. . Tosouton kakon ē tryphē, hōs kai en alogois tēn lymēn epideiknysthai. Kai gar ekeinas tryphōsas kai bautais kai hēmin achrēstous poioumen. Kai gar ta perittōmata akatergasta, kai hē hygrotera sēpsis apo tēs pimelēs ekeinēs ginetai. Ta de ouch houtō trephomena, all᾽, hōs an eipoi tis, en nēsteią diagonta, kai symmetrǭ diaitę̄? kais ponounta kai talaipōroumena, tauta kai heautois kai allois chrēsimōtata, kai pros trophēn kai pros ta alla hapanta. Hoi goun ekeina sitoumenoi mallon hygiainousin hoi de toutois trephomenoi, autois eoikasi, nōthroi kai epinosoi ginomenoi, kai ton desmon chalepōteron ergazomenoi. Ouden gar houtō sōmati polemion kai blaberon, hōs ᾿ē tryphē ouden houtō diarrhēgnysi kai katachōnnysin heautēn kai diaphtheirei, hōs asōtia. Dio malista an tis kanteuthen ᾿ekplageiē tēs anoias autous, hoti oude hosēn epi tōn askōn echousin heteroi tēn pheidō, tosautēn eph᾽ heautōn thelousin epideiknysthai houtoi. ᾿Ekeinous men gar hoi tōn oinōn pratai ouk eōsi pleon Ho tou deontos labein, hōste mē diarrhagēnai tēn de athlian houtoi gastera oude tautēs axiousi tēs pronoias' all᾽ epeidan autēn emplēsōsi kai diarrhēxōsi, ' mechri tōn hōtōn, mechri tōn rhinōn, mechri tēs pharyngos autēs plērousin hapanta, diplēn enteuthen tǭ pneumati kai tę̄ to zōon oikonomousē dynamei kataskenazontes tēn stenochōrian. Mē gar dia touto soi gegone pharynx, hina mechri tou stomatos anō sesēpotos oinon kai tēs allēs apoplērōsę̄s auton diaphthoras? Ou dia touto? anthrōpe, all᾽ hina proēngoumenōs ądēs tǭ theǭ, kai tas hieras anapempę̄s euchas, kai tous theious anaginōskēs nomous, kai tois plēsion ta sympheronta symbouleuēs. Sy de hōsper dia touto autēn labōn, ekeinę̄ men oude mikron eąs kairon scholazein tę̄ leitourgią, panta de ton bion tę̄ ponērą tautē autēn hypotatteis douleią. Kai hōsper ei tis kitharan labōn, chrysas neuras echousan, kai hērmosmenēn kalōs, anti tou tēn panarmonion melǭdian eis autēn anakrouesthai, koprǭ pollę̄ katachōseie kai pēlǭ᾿ houtō kai houtoi poiousi. Kopron de ou tēn trophēn ekalesa, alla tēn tryphēn, kai tēn pollēn ekeinēn aselgeian. To gar pleon tou deontos ouk esti trophē, alla lymē monon. Kai gar hē gastēē monē dia tēn tōn sitiōn monon gegonen hypodochēn' stoma ϑ kai pharynx, kai glōtta, kai di᾿ hetera anankaiotera toutōn pollǭ mallon de oude hē gastēr dia sitiōn hypodochēn. haplōs, alla dia sitiōn hypodochēn symmetrōn. Kai atouto, dēloi, kataboōsa hēmōn myria, hotan epēreasōmen autēn dia tēs pleonexias tautēs ou kataboą de monon, alla kai amynomenē tēs adikias tēn eeschatēn hēmas apaitei dikēn. Kai prōton tous podas timōreitai, toun bastazontas kai. apagontas hēmas epi ta ponēra: ekeipa: sphrhpodia, epeita tas cheiras tas diakonoumenas autę̄ syndeousa, anth᾽ hōn. tosauϑa kai toiauta prosēgon edesmata polloi dekai auto to: stoma ᾿diestrepsan, kai ophthalmous kai kephalēn. Kai kathaper oiketēs, hotan epitagē ti tēn dynamin hyperbainon, aponoētheis hybrizei eis ton epitaxanta, pollakis houtō kai hautē mota tōn melōn toutōn kai ton enkephalon pollakis auton biastheisa apollys kai diaphtheirei. Kai touto ho theos Phkonomēse kalōs, ek tēs ametrias tosautēn ginesthai blabēn, hi hin᾽ hotan hekōn mē philosophēs, kan akōn dia ton phobon tēs tosautēs diaphthoras metriazein mathēs. Taut᾽ oun eidotes, pheugōmen tryphēn, epimelōmetha symmetrias, hina kai tēs tou sōmatos hygeias apolausōmen, kai tēn psychēn pasēs apallaxantes arrhōstias, tōn mellontōn epitychōmen agathōn, chariti kai philanthrōpią tou kyriou hēmōn Iēsou Christou, hǭ hē iē kai to kratos eis tous aiōnas tōn aiōnōn. ᾿Amēn.

And do not wonder if he called luxury thorns. For you do not know it, being drunk with the passion; but the healthy know that it pricks more than a thorn, and that luxury consumes the soul more than care, and brings more grievous pains both to the body and to the soul. For no one is so smitten by anxiety as by surfeit. For when sleeplessness, and throbbing of the temples, and heaviness of the head, and pains of the bowels surround such a man, consider how much more grievous these things are than thorns. And as thorns, wherever they are held, make bloody the hands that hold them, so too luxury ruins feet and hands and head and eyes and simply all the members; and it is dry and fruitless, like the thorn, and grieves far more than it, and in the vital parts. For it brings on untimely old age, and blunts the senses, and darkens the reason, and maims the sharp-sighted mind, and makes the body flabby, making the storehouse of dung more abundant and gathering a great heap of evils, and making the burden greater and the load excessive; whence the falls are many and continual, and the shipwrecks frequent. For why do you fatten the body, tell me? Are we going to sacrifice you? Are we going to set you on a table? You do well to fatten birds; or rather, not even those well; for when they are fattened, they are useless for a healthy diet. So great an evil is luxury that it shows its ruin even in irrational creatures. For by pampering them we make them useless both to themselves and to us. For the residues are undigested, and a moister putrefaction comes from that fat. But those not so fed, but living, as one might say, in fasting and on a moderate diet, and toiling and enduring hardship, these are most useful both to themselves and to others, both for food and for all other things. Those at any rate who eat these are healthier; while those who are fed on the others become like them, sluggish and sickly, and make their bond more grievous. For nothing is so hostile and harmful to the body as luxury; nothing so bursts it and buries it and destroys it as prodigality. Therefore one might be most astonished at their folly in this too, that they are not willing to show toward themselves as much sparing as others show toward wineskins. For the wine sellers do not let these take in more than they should, so that they may not burst; but these men do not count their wretched belly worthy even of this forethought, but when they have filled it and burst it, they fill everything up to the ears, up to the nostrils, up to the throat itself, contriving thereby a double constriction for the breath and for the power that governs the living creature. Was your throat made for this, that you might fill it up to the mouth with rotten wine and other corruption? Not for this, O man, but that before all you might sing to God, and send up the sacred prayers, and read the divine laws, and counsel your neighbors what is profitable. But you, as though you had received it for this, do not allow it even a little time to be at leisure for that ministry, but subject it all your life to this evil slavery. And as if someone, taking a lyre with golden strings and well tuned, instead of striking up the all-harmonious melody on it, were to bury it in much dung and mud, so do these men. And by dung I did not mean food, but luxury and that great wantonness. For what is beyond what is needed is not food but only ruin. For the belly alone was made only for the reception of food; but mouth and throat and tongue for other things far more necessary than these; or rather, not even the belly simply for the reception of food, but for the reception of moderate food. And it shows this, crying out against us countless times when we abuse it by this greed; and it not only cries out, but avenging itself for the injustice exacts the utmost penalty from us. And first it punishes the feet, which carry and lead us away to those evil banquets; then binding the hands that serve it, in return for having brought it so many and such dishes; and many have even had the mouth itself distorted, and the eyes and the head. And as a servant, when something beyond his strength is commanded him, in desperation insults the one who gave the order, so often it too, together with these members, when forced, destroys and ruins even the brain itself. And God arranged this well, that so great harm should come from immoderation, so that when you do not live wisely of your own will, you may learn moderation even against your will through fear of so great corruption. Knowing these things, then, let us flee luxury, let us care for moderation, so that we may both enjoy health of body and, having freed the soul from every sickness, attain the good things to come, by the grace and love for humanity of our Lord Jesus Christ, to whom be the glory and the might to the ages of ages. Amen.

Chapter 45

45.1Field 2

᾿᾽᾿ Καὶ προσελθόντες οἱ μαθηταὶ εἶπον αὐτῷ᾽ διατί ἐν παραβολαῖς λαλεῖς αὐτοῖς ; Ὁ δὲ ἀποκριθεὶς εἶπεν αὐτοῖς Ὁ ὅτι ὑμῖν δέδοται γνῶναι τὰ μυστήρια τῆς βασιλείας τών οὐρανῶν, ἐκείνοις δὲ οὐ δέδοται. ΦΔΞΙΟΝ θαυμάσαι τοὺς μαθητὰς, πῶς καὶ ἐπιθυμοῦντες μαθεῖν, ἴσασι πότε ἐρωτῆσαι ἐχρῆν. Οὐ γὰρ ἐπὶ πάντων τοῦτο ποιοῦσι καὶ τοῦτο ἐδήλωσεν ὁ Ματθαῖος εἰπὼν, καὶ προσελθόντες. Καὶ ὅτι οὐ στοχασμὸς τὸ εἰρημένον, ὁ Μαρ-Ἑ κος αὐτὸ σαφέστερον παρέστησεν, εἰπὼν ὅτι κατ᾽ ἰδίαν προσἤλθον αὐτῷ. Τοῦτο δὴ καὶ τοὺς ἀδελφοὺς καὶ τὴν μητέρα στοιῆσαι ἐχρῆν, καὶ οὐχὶ καλέσαι ἔξω καὶ επιδείξασθαι. Σκόπει δὲ αὐτῶν καὶ τὴν φιλοστοργίαν, πῶς πολὺν ὑπὲρ τῶν ἄλλων ποιοῦνται λόγον, καὶ πρότερον τὰ ἐκείνων ζητοῦσι, καὶ τότε τὰ ἑαυτῶν. Διατί γὰρ, φησὶν, ἐν παραβολαῖς λαλεῖς αὐτοῖς : Οὐκ εἶπον, διατί ἐν παραβολαῖς λαλεῖς ἡμῖν: Καὶ γὰρ καὶ ἀλλαχοῦ πολλαχῶς φαίνονται ᾽ φιλοστόργως πρὸς ἅπαντας διακείμενοι, ὡς ὅταν λέγωσιν, 4[-ς. ἢ ᾽ ν ν΄ Ψ ἐε 1ὃ ᾿ ὃ , ἀπόλυσον τοὺς ὄχλους, καὶ ὅτι οἷδας ὅτι εσκανοαλισθησαν; Τί οὖν ὁ Χριστός, Ὅτι ὑμῖν δέδοται, φησὶ, γνῶναι τὰ μυστήρια τῆς βασιλείας τῶν οὐρανῶν ἐκείνοις δὲ ΄΄- ᾽ οὐ δέδοται. Τοῦτο δὲ εἶπεν, οὐκ ἀνάγκην εἰσάγων, οὐδὲ ἀποκλήρωσίν τινα ἁπλῶς καὶ ὡς ἔτυχε γινομένην᾽ ἀλλὰ ὔ » ΝΨ σι - δεικνὺς ᾿ αὐτοὺς ἁπάντων αἰτίους ὄντας τῶν κακῶν, καὶ παραστῆσαι θέλων, ὅτι δωρεὰ τὸ πρᾶγμα ἐστι, καὶ χάρις Μ [2 Α ΄- ᾿ ἄνωθεν δεδομένη. Οὐ μὴν ἐπειδὴ δωρεά, διὰ τοῦτο τὸ αὐτεξούσιον ἀνήρηται καὶ τοῦτο ἐκ τών ἑξῆς δῆλον. Ὅρα γοῦν πῶς, ἵνα μήτέ ἐκεῖνοι ἀπογνῶσι, μήτε οὗτοι ρᾳθυμή« μὰς σωσιν, ἀκούσαντες ὅτι δέδοται; δείκνυσι παρ᾽ ἡμῖν τὴν ἀρχὴν οὖσαν. ὁ ἽὍστις γὰρ ἔχει, δοθήσεται αὐτῷ, καὶ περισσευ’ Α Μ᾽ [ Ψ θήσεται ὅστις δὲ οὐκ ἔχει, καὶ ὃ ὅ δοκεῖ ἔχειν ἀρθήσεται ,,» ϑ σι ᾿ σι Α ᾽ , ’ ᾿ ᾽ ’ . π᾿ αὐτοῦ. Κζαι πολλῆς μὲν ἀσαφείας γέμει τὸ εἰρημένον, ἄφατον δὲ δικαιοσύνην ἐνδείκνυτα. Ὃ γὰρ λέγει, τοιοῦτόν ἐστιν ὅταν τις προθυμίαν ἔχη καὶ σπουδὴν, δοθήσεται αὐτῷ ᾿ ἢ ΝΝ -.Ψ . φΦ καὶ 'τὰ παρὰ τοῦ θεοῦ ἅπαντα᾽ ὅταν δὲ τούτων κενὸς ῇ, ᾿ . ἄς Α ἢ ᾿Ὶ - - καὶ τὰ παρ εαντοῦ μὴ εἰσφέρη, οὐδὲ τὰ παρὰ τοῦ θεοῦ ἁ - κὶ ’ δίδοται. Καὶ γὰρ ὃ δοκεῖ ἔχειν, φησὶν, ἀρθήσεται ἀπ᾽ ᾽ Ὁ ἢ ΄ .- ᾿ ᾿Ὶ - ᾽ Ὶ αὐτοῦ οὐ τοῦ θεου αἴροντος, αλλὰ μὴ καταξιοῦντος αὐτὸν τῶν αὐτοῦ. Τοῦτο καὶ ἡμοῖς ποιοῦμεν᾽ ὅταν ἴδωμέν τινα ϑ « ὔ ζω ἤ ἀκούοντα βᾳθυμως, καὶ πολλὰ παρακαλοῦντες προσέχειν μὴ ζω ΠῚ ’ ν᾿ ’ὔ πείθωμεν, σιγῶμεν λοιπόν. Εἰ γὰρ ᾿ μέλλομεν ἐπιμένειν, - σε «ε ἐπιτείνεται αὐτῷ τὰ τῆς ῥᾳθυμίας. Τὸν δὲ σπουδάζοντα μαθεῖν ἀπισπώμεθα καὶ πολλὰ ᾿ Φγχέομεν. Καὶ καλῶς εἶπε, καὶ ὁ ὁοκει ἔχειν. ὐνὸε γαρ αὐτὸ τοῦτο ἔχει. Εἶτα ’ Ψ καὶ σαφέστερον ὅπερ εἶπεν ἐποίησε, δεικνὺς τί ἐστι τὸ», σι ’᾽ Α ἴω ΝΜ ἁ - ὡς τῷ ἔχοντι δοθήσεται, ἀπὸ δὲ τοῦ μὴ ἔχοντος, καὶ ὃ δυκεῖ. Ν ᾽ ’ ν » ᾽ σι ἐς ε Ἢ ᾽ ἔχειν ἀρθήσεται ἀπ αὑτοῦ. Δια τοῦτο, φησὶν, ἐν παραβολαῖς λαλῶ αὐτοῖς, ὅτι βλέποντες οὐ βλέπουσιν. Οὐκοὖν ἀνοῖξαι ἔδει, φησὶ, τοὺς ὀφθαλμοὺς, εἰ μὴ βλέπουσιν. Ὁ Ἀλλ᾽ εἰ μὲν φύσεως ἥ πήρωσις ἦν, ἀνοῖξαι ἔδει ἐπειδὴ δὲ ἐκουσία καὶ αὐθαίρετος ἡ πήρωσις, ιὰ τοῦτο οὐκ εἶπεν ἁπλῶς, οὅ βλέπουσιν ἀλλά, βλέποντες οὐ βλέπουσιν ὥστε τῆς αὐτῶν πονηρίας ἢ πήρωσις. Εἶδον γὰρ καὶ δαίμονας. ἐξολθόντας, καὶ ἔλφγον' ὅ ἐν τῷ Βεελζεβοὺλ ἢ ἄρχοντι τῶν δαιμονίων ἐκβάλλει τὰ δαιμόνια. ᾿Ἥκουσαν τῷ θεῷ προσάγοντος αὐτοὺς, καὶ πολλὴν πρὸς αὑτὸν ἀπιδοικνυμένου τὴν ὁμόνοιαν, καὶ λέγουσιν, ὅ ὅτι Τ ες οὐκ ἔστιν οὗτος ἀπὸ τοῦ θεοῦ. ᾿Επεὶ οὖν ταναντία καὶ ὧν ἔβλεπον καὶ ὧν ἤκουον ἀποφαίνοντο, Ἐ' διὰ τοῦτο, φησὶ. καὶ τὸ ἀκούειν ἀπ᾿ αὐτῶν ἀφαιρῶ. Οὐδὲν γὰρ αὐτοῖς ἐντεῦθεν πλέον γίνεται, ἀλλὰ καὶ κρίμα ᾿ πλέον. Οὐ γὰρ μόνον ἠπίστουν, ἀλλὰ καὶ ἐπετίμων, καὶ κατηγόρουν, καὶ ἐπεβούλενον. ᾿Αλλ᾽ οὐ λέγει τοῦτο᾽ οὐ γὰρ βούλεται εἶναι φορτικὸς κατηγορῶν. Οὐκοῦν εξ ἀρχῆν οὐχ οὕγχως αὐτοῖς διελέ χθη» ἀλλὰ μετὰ πολλὴν τῆς σαφηνείας ἐπειδη δὲ ον ρε ον ὁ ἑαυτοὺς, ἐν παραβολαῖς λοιπὸν φθόγγεται. Εἶτα ἵνα μὴ νομίσῃ τις κατηγορίαν εἶναι ψιλὴν τὰ εἰρημένα, μηδὲ λέγωσιν, ὅτι ἐχθρὸς ἡμῶν ὧν ταῦτα αἰτιᾶται καὶ διαβάλλει, καὶ τὸν προφήτην εἰσάγει τὰ αὐτὰ αὐτῷ ψηφιζόμενον. ἢ Πληροῦται γὰρ αὐτοῖς, φησὶν, ή προφητεία Ἡσαΐου ἡ λέγουσα ἀκοῇ ἀκούσετε, καὶ οὐ μὴ συνῆτε, καὶ βλέποντες βλόέψετε, καὶ οὐ μὴ ἴδητε. Εἶδε καὶ τὸν προφήτην μετὰ ταύτης τῆς ἀκριβείας κατηγοροῦντας Οὐδὲ γὰρ αὐτὸς εἀμε ὅτι οὐ βλέπετε αλλὰ, βλέψετε, καὶ οὐ μὴ ἴδητε ὅτι οὐκ ἀκούσεσθε' ἀλλ᾽ ὅτι ἀκούσετο, ΒΒ καὶ οὐ μὴ συνῆτε. Ὥστε αὐτοὶ ἑαυτοὺς ἀφείλοντο πρῶτον, τὰ ὦτα βύσαντες, τοὺς ὀφθαλμοὺς μύσαντες, τὴν καρδίαν παχύναντες. Οὐ γὰρ μόνον οὐκ ἤκουον; ἀλλὰ καὶ βαρέως ἤκονον ἐποίησαν δὲ τοῦτο; φησὶ, μήποτε ἐπιστρέψωσι; καὶ ἰάσωμαι αὐτούς τὴν ἐπιτεταμένην αὐτῶν λέγων πονηρίαν, καὶ τὴν μετὰ σπουδῆς ἀποστροφήν.

᾿᾽᾿ Kai proselthontes hoi mathētai eipon autǭ᾽ diati en parabolais laleis autois ? Ho de apokritheis eipen autois Ho hoti hymin dedotai gnōnai ta mystēria tēs basileias tōn ouranōn, ekeinois de ou dedotai. PhDXION thaumasai tous mathētas, pōs kai epithymountes mathein, isasi pote erōtēsai echrēn. Ou gar epi pantōn touto poiousi kai touto edēlōsen ho Matthaios eipōn, kai proselthontes. Kai hoti ou stochasmos to eirēmenon, ho Mar-He kos auto saphesteron parestēsen, eipōn hoti kat᾽ idian prosēlthon autǭ. Touto dē kai tous adelphous kai tēn mētera stoiēsai echrēn, kai ouchi kalesai exō kai epideixasthai. Skopei de autōn kai tēn philostorgian, pōs polyn hyper tōn allōn poiountai logon, kai proteron ta ekeinōn zētousi, kai tote ta heautōn. Diati gar, phēsin, en parabolais laleis autois : Ouk eipon, diati en parabolais laleis hēmin: Kai gar kai allachou pollachōs phainontai ᾽ philostorgōs pros hapantas diakeimenoi, hōs hotan legōsin, 4[-s. ē ᾽ n n΄ Ps ee 1ho ᾿ ho , apolyson tous ochlous, kai hoti hoidas hoti eskanoalisthēsan? Ti oun ho Christos, Hoti hymin dedotai, phēsi, gnōnai ta mystēria tēs basileias tōn ouranōn ekeinois de ΄΄- ᾽ ou dedotai. Touto de eipen, ouk anankēn eisagōn, oude apoklērōsin tina haplōs kai hōs etyche ginomenēn᾽ alla y » NPs si - deiknys ᾿ autous hapantōn aitious ontas tōn kakōn, kai parastēsai thelōn, hoti dōrea to pragma esti, kai charis M [2 A ΄- ᾿ anōthen dedomenē. Ou mēn epeidē dōrea, dia touto to autexousion anērētai kai touto ek tōn hexēs dēlon. Hora goun pōs, hina mēte ekeinoi apognōsi, mēte houtoi rąthymē« mas sōsin, akousantes hoti dedotai? deiknysi par᾽ hēmin tēn archēn ousan. ho HiOstis gar echei, dothēsetai autǭ, kai perisseu’ A M᾽ [ Ps thēsetai hostis de ouk echei, kai ho ho dokei echein arthēsetai ,,» ϑ si ᾿ si A ᾽ , ’ ᾿ ᾽ ’ . p᾿ autou. Kzai pollēs men asapheias gemei to eirēmenon, aphaton de dikaiosynēn endeiknyta. Ho gar legei, toiouton estin hotan tis prothymian echē kai spoudēn, dothēsetai autǭ ᾿ ē NN -.Ps . phPh kai 'ta para tou theou hapanta᾽ hotan de toutōn kenos ę̄, ᾿ . as A ē ᾿I - - kai ta par eantou mē eispherē, oude ta para tou theou ha - ki ’ didotai. Kai gar ho dokei echein, phēsin, arthēsetai ap᾽ ᾽ Ho ē ΄ .- ᾿ ᾿I - ᾽ I autou ou tou theou airontos, alla mē kataxiountos auton tōn autou. Touto kai hēmois poioumen᾽ hotan idōmen tina ϑ « y zō ē akouonta bąthymōs, kai polla parakalountes prosechein mē zō PI ’ n᾿ ’y peithōmen, sigōmen loipon. Ei gar ᾿ mellomen epimenein, - se «e epiteinetai autǭ ta tēs rhąthymias. Ton de spoudazonta mathein apispōmetha kai polla ᾿ Phncheomen. Kai kalōs eipe, kai ho hookei echein. ynoe gar auto touto echei. Eita ’ Ps kai saphesteron hoper eipen epoiēse, deiknys ti esti to», si ’᾽ A iō NM ha - hōs tǭ echonti dothēsetai, apo de tou mē echontos, kai ho dykei. N ᾽ ’ n » ᾽ si es e Ē ᾽ echein arthēsetai ap hautou. Dia touto, phēsin, en parabolais lalō autois, hoti blepontes ou blepousin. Oukoun anoixai edei, phēsi, tous ophthalmous, ei mē blepousin. Ho All᾽ ei men physeōs hē pērōsis ēn, anoixai edei epeidē de ekousia kai authairetos hē pērōsis, ia touto ouk eipen haplōs, hoo blepousin alla, blepontes ou blepousin hōste tēs autōn ponērias ē pērōsis. Eidon gar kai daimonas. exolthontas, kai elphgon' ho en tǭ Beelzeboul ē archonti tōn daimoniōn ekballei ta daimonia. ᾿Hēkousan tǭ theǭ prosagontos autous, kai pollēn pros hauton apidoiknymenou tēn homonoian, kai legousin, ho hoti T es ouk estin houtos apo tou theou. ᾿Epei oun tanantia kai hōn eblepon kai hōn ēkouon apophainonto, E' dia touto, phēsi. kai to akouein ap᾿ autōn aphairō. Ouden gar autois enteuthen pleon ginetai, alla kai krima ᾿ pleon. Ou gar monon ēpistoun, alla kai epetimōn, kai katēgoroun, kai epeboulenon. ᾿All᾽ ou legei touto᾽ ou gar bouletai einai phortikos katēgorōn. Oukoun ex archēn ouch hounchōs autois diele chthē» alla meta pollēn tēs saphēneias epeidē de on re on ho heautous, en parabolais loipon phthongetai. Eita hina mē nomisę̄ tis katēgorian einai psilēn ta eirēmena, mēde legōsin, hoti echthros hēmōn hōn tauta aitiatai kai diaballei, kai ton prophētēn eisagei ta auta autǭ psēphizomenon. ē Plēroutai gar autois, phēsin, ē prophēteia Hēsaïou hē legousa akoę̄ akousete, kai ou mē synēte, kai blepontes bloepsete, kai ou mē idēte. Eide kai ton prophētēn meta tautēs tēs akribeias katēgorountas Oude gar autos eame hoti ou blepete alla, blepsete, kai ou mē idēte hoti ouk akousesthe' all᾽ hoti akouseto, BB kai ou mē synēte. Hōste autoi heautous apheilonto prōton, ta ōta bysantes, tous ophthalmous mysantes, tēn kardian pachynantes. Ou gar monon ouk ēkouon? alla kai bareōs ēkonon epoiēsan de touto? phēsi, mēpote epistrepsōsi? kai iasōmai autous tēn epitetamenēn autōn legōn ponērian, kai tēn meta spoudēs apostrophēn.

“And the disciples came and said to him, ‘Why do you speak to them in parables?’ And he answered and said to them, ‘Because to you it has been given to know the mysteries of the kingdom of heaven, but to them it has not been given.’” It is worth admiring the disciples, how, though they desire to learn, they know when they ought to ask. For they do not do this before all; and Matthew showed this by saying, “And they came.” And that what has been said is not a conjecture, Mark set it forth more clearly, saying that they came to him privately. This his brothers and his mother too ought to have done, and not to call him outside and make a display. And consider their affectionate care too, how they take great account of the others, and seek their good first, and then their own. “For why,” they say, “do you speak to them in parables?” They did not say, “Why do you speak to us in parables?” For elsewhere too they are seen in many ways to be affectionately disposed toward all, as when they say, “Send the crowds away,” and, “Do you know that they were offended?” What then does Christ say? “Because to you it has been given,” he says, “to know the mysteries of the kingdom of heaven, but to them it has not been given.” And he said this not bringing in necessity, nor some allotment made simply and at random, but showing that they are the cause of all their evils, and wishing to set forth that the thing is a gift and a grace given from above. Yet because it is a gift, free will is not therefore taken away; and this is clear from what follows. See at any rate how, so that neither those might despair nor these grow careless on hearing that “it has been given,” he shows that the beginning is with us. “For whoever has, to him more will be given, and he will have abundance; but whoever does not have, even what he seems to have will be taken from him.” And what has been said is full of much obscurity, but it shows unspeakable justice. For what he says is this: when someone has eagerness and zeal, all the things from God will be given to him too; but when he is empty of these and does not contribute his own part, neither are the things from God given. “For even what he seems to have,” he says, “will be taken from him”; not God taking it away, but not counting him worthy of his gifts. This we too do: when we see someone listening carelessly, and after exhorting him much to attend we do not persuade him, we are silent at last. For if we are going to persist, his carelessness is increased. But the one eager to learn we draw on and pour much into him. And he said well, “even what he seems to have”; for he does not even have this. Then he made what he had said clearer too, showing what is meant by “to him who has it will be given, and from him who does not have, even what he seems to have will be taken from him.” “For this reason,” he says, “I speak to them in parables, because seeing they do not see.” “Then he ought to have opened their eyes,” someone says, “if they do not see.” But if the blindness were of nature, he ought to have opened them; but since the blindness is voluntary and self-chosen, for this reason he did not simply say, “They do not see,” but, “Seeing they do not see”; so the blindness is of their own wickedness. For they saw demons too going out, and they said, “He casts out the demons by Beelzebul, the ruler of the demons.” They heard him bringing them to God and showing great concord with him, and they say, “This man is not from God.” Since then they declared the contrary both of what they saw and of what they heard, “for this reason,” he says, “I take away from them even the hearing.” For no more comes to them from it, but even greater judgment. For they not only disbelieved, but also rebuked and accused and plotted. But he does not say this; for he does not wish to be burdensome in accusing. So at the beginning he did not speak to them so, but with great clearness; but since they perverted themselves, he now speaks in parables. Then, so that no one may think that what was said is mere accusation, and that they may not say, “Being our enemy, he accuses and slanders us with these things,” he brings in the prophet too, voting the same things with him. “For in them is fulfilled,” he says, “the prophecy of Isaiah, which says, ‘Hearing you will hear and shall not understand, and seeing you will see and shall not perceive.’” See the prophet too accusing with this exactness. For neither did he say, “You do not see,” but, “You will see and shall not perceive”; not that “you will not hear,” but that “you will hear and shall not understand.” So they deprived themselves first, stopping their ears, shutting their eyes, making their heart fat. For not only did they not hear, but they also heard heavily. And they did this, he says, “lest they should turn, and I should heal them,” speaking of their intense wickedness and their eager turning away.

45.2Field 2

Καὶ τοῦτο λέγει, ἐφελκόμενος αὐτοὺς καὶ ἐρεθίζων, καὶ δεικνὺς ὅτι, ἐὰν ἐπιστρέψωσιν, ἰάσεται αὐτούς ὥσπερ ἄν εἴ τις λέγοι οὐκ ἐβουλήθη με ἰδεῖν, καὶ χάριν ἔχω εἰ γὰρ ἡξιώθην, εὐθέως ἐνδιδόναι ἔμελλον. Τοῦτο δὲ λέγει, δεικνὺς πῶς ἂν καταλλαγείη. Οὕτω δὴ καὶ ἐνταῦθά φησι μήποτε ἐπιστρέψωσι, καὶ ἰάσωμαι αὐτούς δεικνὺς ὅτι καὶ τὸ ἐπιστραφῆναι δυνατὸν, καὶ μετανοήσαντας ἔνι σωθῆναι καὶ ὅτι οὐκ εἰς τὴν αὐτοῦ δόξαν, ἀλλ᾽ εἰς τὴν αὐτῶν σωτηρίαν ἅπαντα ἐποίει. Εἰ γὰρ μὴ ἐβούλετο αὐτοὺς ἀκοῦσαι καὶ σωθῆναι, ,σιγῆσαι ἔδει, οὐχὶ ἐν παραβολαῖς λέγειν νῦν δὲ ἢ αὐτῷ τούτῳ κινεῖ αὐτοὺς, τῷ συνεσκιασμένα λέγειν. Ὁ γὰρ θεὸς οὐ βούλεται τὸν θάνατον τοῦ ἁμαρτωλοῦ, ὡς τὸ ἐπιστρέψαι καὶ ζῆν αὐτόν. Ὅτι γὰρ οὐ φύσεως τὸ ἁμάρτημα, ο οὐδὲ ἀνάγκης Ὦ καὶ βίας, ἃ ἄκουσον τί φησι πρὸς τοὺς ἀποστόλουτ᾽ ΡῈ ᾿ ὑμῶν δὲ μακάριοι οἱ ὀφθαλμοὶ, ὅ ὅτι βλέπουσι, καὶ τὰ ὦτα ὑμῶν, ὅτι ἀκούουσι οὐ ταύτην λέγων τὴν ὄψιν, οὐδὲ τὴν ἀκοὴν», ἀλλὰ τὴν ἀπὸ διανοίας. Καὶ γὰ καὶ οὗτοι ᾿Ιουδαῖοι ἦσαν, καὶ ἐν τοῖς αὐτοῖς τεθραμμένοι᾽ ἀλλ᾽ ὅμως οὐδὲν πα ρεβλαβησαν ἀπὸ τῆς προφητείας, ἐπειδὴ τὴν ρίζαν τῶν ἀγαθῶν εἷχον εὖ διακειμένην, τὴν προαίρεσιν λέγω καὶ τὴν γνώμην. Ὁρᾷς ὅτι τὸ, ὑμῖν δέδοται, οὐκ ἀνάγκης ἦν; Οὐδὲ γὰρ ἂν ἐμακαρίσθησαν, εἰ μὴ αὐτῶν ἦν τὸ κατόρθωμα. Μὴ ή γάρ μοι τοῦτο εἴπῃς, ὅτι ἀσαφῶς ἐλέγετο ἠδύναντο γὰρ κ καὶ προσελθεῖν καὶ ἐρωτῆσαι, καθάπερ οἱ μαθηταί, αλλ᾽ οὐκ Ἑ ηθέλησαν, ῥᾷθυμοι ὅ ὄντες καὶ ἀναπεπτωκότες. ε Τί λέγω, οὐκ ἠθέλησαν: Καὶ τὰ ἐναντία μὲν οὖν ἐποίουν. Οὐ γὰρ μόνον ἡπίστουν, οὐδὲ μόνον οὐκ ἤκουον, ἀλλὰ καὶ ἐπολέμουν, καὶ σφόδρα ἀηδῶς εἶχον πρὸς τὰ λεγόμενα ὅπερ τὸν προφήτην εἰσάγει κατηγοροῦντα, τῷ λέγειν, ἣ βαρέως ἤκουσαν. Ἀλλ᾽ οὐ κἀκεῖνοι τοιοῦτοι διὸ καὶ ἐμακάριζεν αὐτούς. Καὶ ᾿ἑτέρωθεν δὲ αὐτοὺς βεβαιοῖ πάλιν, λέγων .5 ἀμὴν γὰρ λέγω ὑμῖν, πολλοὶ προφῆται καὶ δίκαιοι ἐπεθύμησαν ἰδεῖν ἃ ἃ βλέπετε, καὶ οὐκ εἶδον, καὶ ἀκοῦσαι ἃ ἀκούετε, καὶ οὐκ ἤκουσαν τὴν παρουσίαν τὴν ἐμὴν, φησὶ, τὰ θαύματα αὐτὰ, τὴν νὴν, τὴν διδασκαλίαν. ᾿Ενταῦθα ἡ γὰρ οὐχὶ τῶν διεφθαρμένων τούτων, ἀλλὰ καὶ τῶν κατωρθωκότων αὐτοὺς προτίθησι᾽ καὶ γὰρ καὶ ἐκείνων μακαριωτέρους αὐτοὺς εἶναί φησι. ΤΙ δήποτε: Ὅτι οὐ μόνον ἅπερ οἱ ᾿Ιουδαῖοι οὐκ εἶδον, βλέπουσιν οὗτοι, Ἰ ἀλλὰ καὶ ἅπερ ἐκεῖνοι ἐπαθύμησαν ἰδεῖ ν. ᾿Εκεῖνοι μὲν γὰρ τῇ πίστει μόνον ἐθεάσαντο οὗτοι δὲ καὶ τῇ ὄψει, καὶ πολλῷ σαφέστερον. Εἶδες πῶς πάλιν τὴν παλαιὰν συν- Β ἅπτει τῇ καινῇ, δεικνὺς οὐ μόνον εἰδότας ἐκείνους τὰ μέλλοντα, ἀλλὰ καὶ σφόδρα ἐπιθυμοῦντας: Οὐκ ἃ ἄν δὲ, εἰ ἀλλοτρίου Τινὸς καὶ ἐναντίου θεοῦ ἧσαν, ἐπεθύμησαν ἄν. Ὑμεῖς ουὐν ἀκούσατε τὴν παραβολὴν τοῦ σπείροντος, φησί καὶ λέγει τὰ ἔμπροσθεν ἡμῖν εἰρημένα, τὰ περὶ ῥᾳθυμίας καὶ σπουδῆς, τὰ περὶ δειλίας καὶ ἀνδρείας, τὰ περὶ χρημάτων καὶ ἀκτημοσύνης᾽ δεικνὺς τὴν ἐκεῖθεν βλάβην καὶ τὴν ἐντεῦθεν ὠφέλειαν. Εἶτα καὶ τῆς ἀρετῆς εἰσάγει διαφόρους τρόπους. Φιλάνθρωπος γὰρ ὧν, οὐ μίαν ἔτεμεν ὁδὸν, οὐδὲ εἶπεν, ἐὰν μή. τις ἑκατὸν ποιήσῃ, ἐξέπεσεν' Ῥ ἀλλὰ καὶ ὁ τὰ σα ἑξήκοντα ποιῶν σωζεται καὶ οὐχ οὗτος μόνος, ἀλλὰ καὶ ὁ τὰ τριάκοντα. Τοῦτο δὲ ἐποίησεν, εὔκολον κατασκευάζων τὴν σωτηρίαν. Καὶ σὺ τοίνυν οὐ δύνασαι παρθενίαν ἀσκῆσαι: Γά ἅμησον σωφρόνως. Οὐ δύνασαι γενέσθαι ἀκτήμων: Δὸς ἐκ τῶν ὄντων. Οὐ φέρεις ἐκεῖνο τὸ φορτίον; Μέρισαι μετὰ τοῦ Χριστοῦ τὰ ὑπάρχοντα. Οὐ βούλει αὐτῷ ταρήχορησαι ἁπάντων; Κάν τὴν ἡμίσειαν, κἂν τὴν τρίτην ἑπίοος μοίραν. Ἀδελῴφός σού ἐστι καὶ συγκληρονόμον ποίησον αὑτὸν καὶ ἐνταῦθα συγκληρονόμον. Ὅσα ἂν ἐκείνῳ δῷς, σαυτῷ δώσεις. Οὐκ ἀκούεις τί φησιν ὁ προφήτης: ἐ Τοὺς οἰκείους τοὺ Ὄ σπέρματός σου οὐχ ὑπερόψει.᾽ Εἰ δὲ συγγενεῖς ὑπερορᾶν οὐ χρὴ» πολλῷ μᾶλλον τὸν δεσπότην, μετὰ τῆς δεσποτείας καὶ τὸ τῆς συγγενείας, δικαίωμα πρὸς σὲ ἔχοντα, καὶ πολλῷ πλείονα ἕ ἕτερα. Καὶ γὰρ καὶ μεριστήν σε ὁποίησε τῶν αὐτοῦ, οὐδὲν παρὰ σοῦ λαβὼν, ἀλλὰ καὶ ᾿κατάρξας τῆς ἀφάτου ταύτης εὐεργεσίας. Πῶς οὖν οὐκ ἐσχάτης ἀνοίας τὸ μηδὲ τῇ δωρεᾷ ταύτῃ γενέσθαι φιλάνθρωπον, μηδὲ ἀμοιβὴν ἀντὶ χάριτος δοῦναι, ᾿ καὶ ἐλάττονα ἀντὶ μειζόνων: ι Αὐτὸς μὲν γάρ σε τῶν οὐρανῶν κληρονόμον ἐποίησε' σὺ δὲ ᾿αὐτῷ οὐδὲ τῶν ἐν τῇ Ὑἤ μεταδίδις Αὐτός σε οὐδὲν κατωρθωςκότα, ἀλλὰ καὶ ἐχθρὸν ὄντα κατήλλαξε' σὺ δὲ οὐδὲ Φίλον ὄντα καὶ εὐεργέτην ἀμείβῃ: καίτοιγε καὶ πρὸ τῆς βασιλείας, καὶ πρὸ τῶν ἄλλων ἁπάντων, καὶ ὑπὲρ αὐτοὺ τοῦ δοῦναι χάριν δίκαιον ἔχειν αὐτῷ; Καὶ γὰρ καὶ οἰκέται, δεσπότας ἐπ᾽ ἄριστον καλοῦντες, οὐ παρέχειν; ἀλλὰ λαμβάνειν νομίζουσιν ἐνταῦθα δὲ τοὐναντίον γέγονεν. Ου γὰρ ὁ οἱκέτης τὸν δεσπότην, ἀλλὰ ὁ δεσπότης τὸν οἰκέτην πρῶτος ἐκάλεσεν ἐπὶ τὴν αὐτοῦ τράπεζαν σὺ δὲ οὐδὲ μετὰ τοῦτο καλεῖς ; Πρῶτος σε εἰς τὴν αὐτοῦ στέγην εἰσήγαγε, σὺ δὲ οὐδὲ δεύτερον Τυμνὸν ὄντα σε περιέβαλε σὺ δὲ οὐδὲ μετὰ ταῦτα ξένον ὄντα συνάγεις : ;: Πρῶτός σε ἐπότισε τὸ ἑαντοῦ ποτήριον᾽ σὺ δὲ οὐδὲ ψυχροῦ μεταδίδως ὕδατοι: : ᾿Επότισέ σε πνεῦμα ἅγιον᾽ σὺ δὲ οὐδὲ τὴν σωματικὴν παραμυθῆ δίψαν: ; Επότισέ σε πνεὺμα, ἄξιον ὄντα κολάσεων σὺ δὲ καὶ διψῶντα περιορᾷς, καὶ ταῦτα ἐκ τῶν αὐτοῦ μέλλων ἅπαντα ταῦτα ποιεῖν:

Kai touto legei, ephelkomenos autous kai erethizōn, kai deiknys hoti, ean epistrepsōsin, iasetai autous hōsper an ei tis legoi ouk eboulēthē me idein, kai charin echō ei gar hēxiōthēn, eutheōs endidonai emellon. Touto de legei, deiknys pōs an katallageiē. Houtō dē kai entautha phēsi mēpote epistrepsōsi, kai iasōmai autous deiknys hoti kai to epistraphēnai dynaton, kai metanoēsantas eni sōthēnai kai hoti ouk eis tēn autou doxan, all᾽ eis tēn autōn sōtērian hapanta epoiei. Ei gar mē ebouleto autous akousai kai sōthēnai, ,sigēsai edei, ouchi en parabolais legein nyn de ē autǭ toutǭ kinei autous, tǭ syneskiasmena legein. Ho gar theos ou bouletai ton thanaton tou hamartōlou, hōs to epistrepsai kai zēn auton. Hoti gar ou physeōs to hamartēma, o oude anankēs Ō kai bias, ha akouson ti phēsi pros tous apostolout᾽ RE ᾿ hymōn de makarioi hoi ophthalmoi, ho hoti blepousi, kai ta ōta hymōn, hoti akouousi ou tautēn legōn tēn opsin, oude tēn akoēn», alla tēn apo dianoias. Kai ga kai houtoi ᾿Ioudaioi ēsan, kai en tois autois tethrammenoi᾽ all᾽ homōs ouden pa reblabēsan apo tēs prophēteias, epeidē tēn rizan tōn agathōn heichon eu diakeimenēn, tēn proairesin legō kai tēn gnōmēn. Horąs hoti to, hymin dedotai, ouk anankēs ēn? Oude gar an emakaristhēsan, ei mē autōn ēn to katorthōma. Mē ē gar moi touto eipę̄s, hoti asaphōs elegeto ēdynanto gar k kai proselthein kai erōtēsai, kathaper hoi mathētai, all᾽ ouk He ēthelēsan, rhąthymoi ho ontes kai anapeptōkotes. e Ti legō, ouk ēthelēsan: Kai ta enantia men oun epoioun. Ou gar monon hēpistoun, oude monon ouk ēkouon, alla kai epolemoun, kai sphodra aēdōs eichon pros ta legomena hoper ton prophētēn eisagei katēgorounta, tǭ legein, hē bareōs ēkousan. All᾽ ou kakeinoi toioutoi dio kai emakarizen autous. Kai ᾿heterōthen de autous bebaioi palin, legōn .5 amēn gar legō hymin, polloi prophētai kai dikaioi epethymēsan idein ha ha blepete, kai ouk eidon, kai akousai ha akouete, kai ouk ēkousan tēn parousian tēn emēn, phēsi, ta thaumata auta, tēn nēn, tēn didaskalian. ᾿Entautha hē gar ouchi tōn diephtharmenōn toutōn, alla kai tōn katōrthōkotōn autous protithēsi᾽ kai gar kai ekeinōn makariōterous autous einai phēsi. TI dēpote: Hoti ou monon haper hoi ᾿Ioudaioi ouk eidon, blepousin houtoi, I alla kai haper ekeinoi epathymēsan idei n. ᾿Ekeinoi men gar tę̄ pistei monon etheasanto houtoi de kai tę̄ opsei, kai pollǭ saphesteron. Eides pōs palin tēn palaian syn- B haptei tę̄ kainę̄, deiknys ou monon eidotas ekeinous ta mellonta, alla kai sphodra epithymountas: Ouk ha an de, ei allotriou Tinos kai enantiou theou hēsan, epethymēsan an. Hymeis ouyn akousate tēn parabolēn tou speirontos, phēsi kai legei ta emprosthen hēmin eirēmena, ta peri rhąthymias kai spoudēs, ta peri deilias kai andreias, ta peri chrēmatōn kai aktēmosynēs᾽ deiknys tēn ekeithen blabēn kai tēn enteuthen ōpheleian. Eita kai tēs aretēs eisagei diaphorous tropous. Philanthrōpos gar hōn, ou mian etemen hodon, oude eipen, ean mē. tis hekaton poiēsę̄, exepesen' Rh alla kai ho ta sa hexēkonta poiōn sōzetai kai ouch houtos monos, alla kai ho ta triakonta. Touto de epoiēsen, eukolon kataskeuazōn tēn sōtērian. Kai sy toinyn ou dynasai parthenian askēsai: Ga hamēson sōphronōs. Ou dynasai genesthai aktēmōn: Dos ek tōn ontōn. Ou phereis ekeino to phortion? Merisai meta tou Christou ta hyparchonta. Ou boulei autǭ tarēchorēsai hapantōn? Kan tēn hēmiseian, kan tēn tritēn hepioos moiran. Adelǭphos sou esti kai synklēronomon poiēson hauton kai entautha synklēronomon. Hosa an ekeinǭ dǭs, sautǭ dōseis. Ouk akoueis ti phēsin ho prophētēs: e Tous oikeious tou O spermatos sou ouch hyperopsei.᾽ Ei de syngeneis hyperoran ou chrē» pollǭ mallon ton despotēn, meta tēs despoteias kai to tēs syngeneias, dikaiōma pros se echonta, kai pollǭ pleiona he hetera. Kai gar kai meristēn se hopoiēse tōn autou, ouden para sou labōn, alla kai ᾿katarxas tēs aphatou tautēs euergesias. Pōs oun ouk eschatēs anoias to mēde tę̄ dōreą tautę̄ genesthai philanthrōpon, mēde amoibēn anti charitos dounai, ᾿ kai elattona anti meizonōn: i Autos men gar se tōn ouranōn klēronomon epoiēse' sy de ᾿autǭ oude tōn en tę̄ Hyē metadidis Autos se ouden katōrthōskota, alla kai echthron onta katēllaxe' sy de oude Philon onta kai euergetēn ameibę̄: kaitoige kai pro tēs basileias, kai pro tōn allōn hapantōn, kai hyper autou tou dounai charin dikaion echein autǭ? Kai gar kai oiketai, despotas ep᾽ ariston kalountes, ou parechein? alla lambanein nomizousin entautha de tounantion gegonen. Ou gar ho hoiketēs ton despotēn, alla ho despotēs ton oiketēn prōtos ekalesen epi tēn autou trapezan sy de oude meta touto kaleis ? Prōtos se eis tēn autou stegēn eisēgage, sy de oude deuteron Tymnon onta se periebale sy de oude meta tauta xenon onta synageis : ?: Prōtos se epotise to heantou potērion᾽ sy de oude psychrou metadidōs hydatoi: : ᾿Epotise se pneuma hagion᾽ sy de oude tēn sōmatikēn paramythē dipsan: ? Epotise se pneuma, axion onta kolaseōn sy de kai dipsōnta periorąs, kai tauta ek tōn autou mellōn hapanta tauta poiein:

And he says this drawing them on and provoking them, and showing that if they turn, he will heal them; as if someone were to say, “He did not wish to see me, and I am grateful; for if I had been counted worthy, I would at once have given way.” And he says this showing how he might be reconciled. So here too he says, “lest they should turn and I should heal them,” showing both that turning is possible and that it is possible for those who repent to be saved, and that he did everything not for his own glory but for their salvation. For if he had not wished them to hear and be saved, he ought to have kept silence, not to speak in parables; but now by this very thing he moves them, by speaking in veiled sayings. “For God does not desire the death of the sinner, so much as that he should turn and live.” For that sin is not of nature, nor of necessity and force, hear what he says to the apostles: “But blessed are your eyes, because they see, and your ears, because they hear,” not meaning this sight nor this hearing, but that of the mind. For these too were Jews, and had been brought up in the same things; but nevertheless they were in no way harmed by the prophecy, since they had the root of good things well disposed, I mean their choice and their mind. Do you see that “to you it has been given” was not of necessity? For they would not have been called blessed unless the achievement had been theirs. For do not tell me that it was spoken obscurely; for they could have come and asked, as the disciples did; but they were unwilling, being careless and lax. And why do I say they were unwilling? They even did the opposite. For they not only disbelieved, nor only did not listen, but even made war and were very ill-disposed toward what was said; which is why the prophet is brought in accusing them, by saying, “They heard heavily.” But those others were not such; therefore he also called them blessed. And from another side too he confirms them again, saying, “For truly I say to you, many prophets and righteous men desired to see what you see, and did not see it, and to hear what you hear, and did not hear it”: “my coming,” he says, “the very wonders, my voice, my teaching.” For here he sets them above not only these corrupt men, but also above those who had done well; for he says that they are more blessed even than those. Why? Because these see not only what the Jews did not see, but also what those men desired to see. For those beheld only by faith, but these by sight too, and far more clearly. Do you see how again he joins the old covenant to the new, showing that those men not only knew the things to come, but even desired them exceedingly? But they would not have desired them, if they had belonged to some strange and opposite God. “Hear then the parable of the sower,” he says; and he says what we stated before, about carelessness and zeal, about cowardice and courage, about wealth and having nothing, showing the harm from the one and the benefit from the other. Then he brings in different ways of virtue too. For being a lover of mankind, he did not cut one road only, nor did he say, “Unless one produces a hundred, he has fallen away”; but he who produces sixty is saved too, and not he only, but also he who produces thirty. And he did this making salvation easy. And you, then, cannot practise virginity? Marry chastely. You cannot become one who possesses nothing? Give from what you have. You cannot bear that burden? Share your possessions with Christ. You do not wish to give him all? Give him at least the half, at least the third part. He is your brother and fellow heir; make him your fellow heir here too. Whatever you give him, you will give to yourself. Do you not hear what the prophet says? “You shall not overlook those of your own seed.” And if one must not overlook kinsmen, much less the Master, who besides his lordship has the claim of kinship upon you too, and many other claims. For he made you a sharer in his own things, having received nothing from you, but even having begun this unspeakable benefit. How then is it not the height of folly not even to be loving toward men in return for this gift, nor to give a recompense for grace, and that a smaller one for greater things? For he made you heir of heaven; but you do not share with him even the things on earth. He reconciled you when you had done nothing good, but were even an enemy; but you do not repay him even though he is a friend and benefactor? And yet even before the kingdom and before all other things, ought we not to be grateful to him for this very thing, that we may give? For servants too, when they invite their masters to a meal, think that they are not giving but receiving; but here the opposite has happened. For not the servant the master, but the master first invited the servant to his own table; and do you not invite him even after this? He first brought you under his own roof; and do you not do so even second? He clothed you when you were naked; and do you not even after these things take him in when he is a stranger? He first gave you to drink of his own cup; and do you not share even cold water? He gave you the Holy Spirit to drink; and do you not even relieve his bodily thirst? He gave you the Spirit to drink, though you deserved punishments; and do you overlook him even when he is thirsty, and that when you are going to do all these things from his own possessions?

45.3Field 2

Ου γὰρ μέγα ἡγῇ τὸ ποτήριον κατασχεῖν, ἐξ οὗ πίνειν ᾿ Χριστὸς μέλλει, καὶ προσάγειν τῷ στόματι; Οὐχ ὁρᾷς, ὅτι τῷ ἱερεῖ μόνῳ θέμις τὸ τοῦ αἵματος ἐπιδιδόναι ποτήριον; ᾿Εγὼ δὲ οὐδὲν ὑπὲρ τούτων ἀκριβολογοῦμαι, φησίν’ ἀλλὰ κὰν αὐτὸς ἐπιδῷς, δεχομαι κἂν λαϊκὸς ἥς» ον παραιτοῦμαι. Καὶ οὐκ απαιτῶ οἷον ἔδωκα᾿ οὐ γὰρ αἷμα ζητῶ, ἀλλ᾽ ὕδωρ ψυχρόν. ᾿Ἐννόησον τίνα ποτίζεις» καὶ φρίξον. ᾿Εννόησον ὅτι ἱερεὺς τοῦ ζι φ Η [ Ψ Χριστου γίνη σὺ, ἰδίᾳ χειρὶ διδοὺς, οὐ σάρκα, ἀλλ' ἄρτον, Ε σε οὐχ αἷμα, αλλα ψυχροῦ ὕδατος ποτήριον. Ενέδυσέ σε ἱμάτιον σωτηρίου, καὶ ἀνέδυσό σε δὲ ἑαυτοῦ σὺ κἄν διὰ δ᾿ ΨΜ πιὰ ’ ’ ΜΝ δὸ μὴ ᾿ ᾽ν ᾿ τοῦ παιδὸς ἔνδυσον. ᾿Εποίησέ σε ἔνδοξον ἐν οὐρανοῖς σὺ Ὁ τῆς φρίκης ἀπάλλαξον, καὶ τῆς γυμνότητος, καὶ τῆς ἀσδ μὰ φᾷ χημοσύνης. ᾿Εποίησέ σε ἀγγέλων πολίτην᾽ σὺ κἂν στέγης μετάδος μόνον, κἂν ὡς τῷ οἰκέτη τῷ σῷ δὸς οἰκίαν᾽ οὐκ ἀποστρέφομαι τουτὶ τὸ καταγώγιον, καὶ ταῦτα σοι τὸν οὐρανὸν ἀνοίξας ἅπαντα. ᾿ΑΔπήλλαξα σε φυλακῆς χαλεπωτάτης ἐγὼ τοῦτο οὐκ ἀπαιτῶ, οὐδὲ λόγω, ἀπάλλαξόν με ἀλλ᾽ ἂν ἴδης με μόνον δεδεμένον, ἀρκεῖ τοῦτο εἰς παραμυθίαν ἐμοί. Νεκρὸν ὄντα ἀνόέστησα᾽ δ΄ γὼ τοῦτο παρὰ σοῦ οὐκ ἀπαιτῶ, με »ε σ᾿ Φ αλλὰ λέγω, ἐπίσκεψαί με μόνον αῤῥωστοῦντα. Ὅταν οὖν οὕτως ῇ μεγάλα τὰ δεδομένα, καὶ πολὺ κοῦφα τὰ ἀπαιτού- Ὁ ᾿ σι : ἂ Ψ μενα, καὶ μηδὲ ταῦτα παρέχωμεν, πόσης οὐκ ἂν εἴημεν ἄξιοι ’ ΄- σι γεέννης; Εἰκότως εἰς τὸ πῦρ ἄπιμεν τὸ ἡτοιμασμένον τῷ ὃ , Π [ , ᾿ - ’ ΝΜ ᾷξ » ιαβόλῳ καὶ τοῖς ἀγγέλοις αὐτοῦ, πέτρας ὄντες ᾿ἀναισθητότεροι. Πόσης γὰρ ἀναισθησίας, εἰπό μοι, τοσαῦτα λα- φΦ βόντας, τοσαῦτα ἢ ληψομένους, χρημάτων εἶναι δούλους, ὧν μικρὸν ὕστερον ἀποστησόμεθα καὶ ἄκοντες; Καὶ ἕτεροι μὲν ὶ τὴ ἣν ' ἐπέδωκ ὶ τὸ αἷμα εξέ . σὺ δὲ οὐδὲ καὶ τὴν ψνχὴν Επεόωκαν, καὶ τὸ αἷμα ἐξέχεαν σὺ ὃὲ ο τὰ περιττὰ προΐεσαι ὑπὲρ τῶν οὐρανῶν, ὑπὲρ τῶν τοσούτων στεφάνων: Καὶ ποίας ὧν εἴης ἄξιος συγγνώμης, τίνος ἀπολογίας, ἐν μὲν τῷ σπόρῳ τῆς γῆς πάντα ἡδέως προϊέ- Ἐ μενος, καὶ ἐν τῷ δανείζειν ἀνθρώποις οὐδενὸς φειδόμενος, ἐν δὲ τῷ τρέφειν σον τὸν δεσπότην ᾿' διὰ τῶν δεομένων ὠμὸς καὶ αἀπανθρωποὸς ὧν; Ταῦτ᾽ οὖν ἅπαντα ἐννοήσαντες, καὶ λοὔ Ψ ’ Ψ ’ ’ Ψ γισάμενοι ἅπερ εἰλήφαμεν, ἅπερ λαμβάνειν μέλλομεν, ἅπερ αἰτούμεθα, τὴν σπουδὴν ἅπασαν ἐν τοῖς πνευματικοῖς ἐπιειἰξώμεθα. ενώμεθα ποτε ἥμεροι καὶ φιλάνθρωποι, ἵνα μὴ τὴν αφορητον δίκην ε εαντοὺς ελκυσωμεν. Τί γαρ ἡμᾶς οὐχ ἱκανὸν κατακρῖναι; τὸ τοσούτων καὶ τηλικούτων ἀπολαῦσαι, τὸ μηδὲν μέγα αἰτεῖσθαι, τὸ τοιαῦτα αἰτεῖσθαι ἃ καὶ ἄκοντες ἐνταῦθα ἀπολεέίψομεν, τὸ πολλὴν ἐν τοῖς βιω΄«-ς ’ ᾿Ὶ τικοῖς φιλοτιμίαν ἐπιδείκνυσθαι; Τούτων γὰρ ἕκαστον καὶ ς. κ [2 ὲ ῳ ᾿Ὶ « ΄ ’ὔ καθ᾽ ἑαυτὸ ἱκανὸν ἡμᾶς καταδικάσαι' ὅταν δὲ ὁμοῦ τὰ πάντα ’ Ψ ᾿ ῳ ᾽ φ Ψ ’ συνέλθη, τίς ἔσται σωτηρίας ελπίς ; ἵν οὖν ἅπασαν ταύτην ἣ {ἜΝ ὃ ’ ᾿ ὃ ᾿ ’ δ ; τὴν κατάκρισιν διαφυγωμεν, επιδειξώμεθά τινα δαψίλειαν περὶ τοὺς δεομένους. Οὕτω γαρ καὶ τῶν ἐνταῦθα καὶ τῶν ἐκεῖ ἁπάντων ἀπολαύσομεν ἀγαθῶν᾽ ὧν γένοιτο πάντας ἡμᾶς ᾿ -- ’ σι « σ΄», Γ σι: ἐπιτυχεῖν, χάριτι καὶ φιλανθρωπίᾳ τοῦ κυρίου ἡμῶν ᾿Ιησοῦ Χριστοῦ, ᾧ ἡ δόξα καὶ τὸ κράτος εἰς τοὺς αἰῶνας τῶν αἰωνων. Αμην.

Ou gar mega hēgę̄ to potērion kataschein, ex hou pinein ᾿ Christos mellei, kai prosagein tǭ stomati? Ouch horąs, hoti tǭ hierei monǭ themis to tou haimatos epididonai potērion? ᾿Egō de ouden hyper toutōn akribologoumai, phēsin’ alla kan autos epidǭs, dechomai kan laïkos hēs» on paraitoumai. Kai ouk apaitō hoion edōka᾿ ou gar haima zētō, all᾽ hydōr psychron. ᾿Ennoēson tina potizeis» kai phrixon. ᾿Ennoēson hoti hiereus tou zi ph Ē [ Ps Christou ginē sy, idią cheiri didous, ou sarka, all' arton, E se ouch haima, alla psychrou hydatos potērion. Enedyse se himation sōtēriou, kai anedyso se de heautou sy kan dia d᾿ PsM pia ’ ’ MN do mē ᾿ ᾽n ᾿ tou paidos endyson. ᾿Epoiēse se endoxon en ouranois sy Ho tēs phrikēs apallaxon, kai tēs gymnotētos, kai tēs asd ma phą chēmosynēs. ᾿Epoiēse se angelōn politēn᾽ sy kan stegēs metados monon, kan hōs tǭ oiketē tǭ sǭ dos oikian᾽ ouk apostrephomai touti to katagōgion, kai tauta soi ton ouranon anoixas hapanta. ᾿ADpēllaxa se phylakēs chalepōtatēs egō touto ouk apaitō, oude logō, apallaxon me all᾽ an idēs me monon dedemenon, arkei touto eis paramythian emoi. Nekron onta anoestēsa᾽ d΄ gō touto para sou ouk apaitō, me »e s᾿ Ph alla legō, episkepsai me monon arrhōstounta. Hotan oun houtōs ę̄ megala ta dedomena, kai poly koupha ta apaitou- Ho ᾿ si : a Ps mena, kai mēde tauta parechōmen, posēs ouk an eiēmen axioi ’ ΄- si geennēs? Eikotōs eis to pyr apimen to hētoimasmenon tǭ ho , P [ , ᾿ - ’ NM ąx » iabolǭ kai tois angelois autou, petras ontes ᾿anaisthētoteroi. Posēs gar anaisthēsias, eipo moi, tosauta la- phPh bontas, tosauta ē lēpsomenous, chrēmatōn einai doulous, hōn mikron hysteron apostēsometha kai akontes? Kai heteroi men i tē hēn ' epedōk i to haima exe . sy de oude kai tēn psnchēn Epeoōkan, kai to haima exechean sy hoe o ta peritta proïesai hyper tōn ouranōn, hyper tōn tosoutōn stephanōn: Kai poias hōn eiēs axios syngnōmēs, tinos apologias, en men tǭ sporǭ tēs gēs panta hēdeōs proïe- E menos, kai en tǭ daneizein anthrōpois oudenos pheidomenos, en de tǭ trephein son ton despotēn ᾿' dia tōn deomenōn ōmos kai aapanthrōpoos hōn? Taut᾽ oun hapanta ennoēsantes, kai lou Ps ’ Ps ’ ’ Ps gisamenoi haper eilēphamen, haper lambanein mellomen, haper aitoumetha, tēn spoudēn hapasan en tois pneumatikois epieiixōmetha. enōmetha pote hēmeroi kai philanthrōpoi, hina mē tēn aphorēton dikēn e eantous elkysōmen. Ti gar hēmas ouch hikanon katakrinai? to tosoutōn kai tēlikoutōn apolausai, to mēden mega aiteisthai, to toiauta aiteisthai ha kai akontes entautha apoleeipsomen, to pollēn en tois biō΄«-s ’ ᾿I tikois philotimian epideiknysthai? Toutōn gar hekaston kai s. k [2 e ǭ ᾿I « ΄ ’y kath᾽ heauto hikanon hēmas katadikasai' hotan de homou ta panta ’ Ps ᾿ ǭ ᾽ ph Ps ’ synelthē, tis estai sōtērias elpis ? hin oun hapasan tautēn hē {EN ho ’ ᾿ ho ᾿ ’ d ? tēn katakrisin diaphygōmen, epideixōmetha tina dapsileian peri tous deomenous. Houtō gar kai tōn entautha kai tōn ekei hapantōn apolausomen agathōn᾽ hōn genoito pantas hēmas ᾿ -- ’ si « s΄», G si: epitychein, chariti kai philanthrōpią tou kyriou hēmōn ᾿Iēsou Christou, hǭ hē doxa kai to kratos eis tous aiōnas tōn aiōnōn. Amēn.

For do you not think it a great thing to hold the cup from which Christ is going to drink, and to bring it to his mouth? Do you not see that it is lawful for the priest alone to hand the cup of the blood? “But I am not exacting at all about these things,” he says; “but even if you yourself hand it, I receive it; even if you are a layman, I do not refuse. And I do not require such as I gave; for I do not seek blood, but cold water.” Consider whom you give to drink, and shudder. Consider that you become a priest of Christ, giving with your own hand, not flesh but bread, not blood but a cup of cold water. He clothed you with the garment of salvation, and clothed you by himself; do you at least clothe him through your servant. He made you glorious in heaven; do you free him from shivering and nakedness and shame. He made you a citizen with the angels; do you at least share your roof with him, at least give him a lodging as you would to your servant. “I do not turn away from this lodging, and that though I opened all heaven to you. I set you free from a most grievous prison; this I do not require, nor do I say, ‘Set me free’; but if you only see me bound, this is enough for my comfort. I raised you up when you were dead; this I do not require from you, but I say, ‘Only visit me when I am sick.’” When then the things given are so great and the things required very light, and we do not furnish even these, of how great a Gehenna would we not be worthy? With reason we go away into the fire prepared for the devil and his angels, being more insensible than rocks. For how great is the insensibility, tell me, that we who have received so much and are going to receive so much should be slaves of money, from which a little later we shall depart even unwillingly? And others gave even their life and poured out their blood; but you do not give up even your superfluities for heaven, for so many crowns? And of what pardon would you be worthy, what defense, when in sowing the earth you give up everything gladly, and in lending to men you spare nothing, but in feeding your Master through those in need you are cruel and inhuman? Considering all these things, then, and reckoning what we have received, what we are going to receive, and what we are asked for, let us display all our zeal in spiritual things. Let us at length become gentle and loving toward men, so that we may not draw upon ourselves the unbearable penalty. For what is not enough to condemn us? To have enjoyed so many and such great things; to be asked for nothing great; to be asked for such things as we shall leave here even unwillingly; to display great love of honor in worldly things. For each of these by itself is enough to condemn us; but when all come together, what hope of salvation will there be? So that we may escape all this condemnation, then, let us display some generosity toward those in need. For so we shall enjoy all the good things both here and there; which may we all attain, by the grace and love for humanity of our Lord Jesus Christ, to whom be the glory and the might to the ages of ages. Amen.

Chapter 46

46.1Field 2

᾿Ἄλλην παραβολὴν παρέθηκεν αὐτοῖς, λέγων ὠὡμοιωθὴ ἡ βασιλεία τῶν οὐρανῶν ἀνθρώπῳ σπείροντι καλὸν σπέρμα ἐν τῷ αγρῷ αὐτοῦ. ᾿Εν δὲ τῷ καθεύδειν τοὺς ἀνθρώπους, ἤλθεν αὐτοῦ ὁ ἐχθρὸς, καὶ ἔσπειρε ζιζάνια αναμέσον τοῦ σίτου, καὶ ἀπῆλθεν. Ὅτε δὲ εβλαάστησεν ὁ χόρτος, καὶ καρπὸν ἐποίησε, τότε ἐφάνη τὰ ζιζανια. Προσελθόντες δὲ οἱ δοῦλοι τοῦ οἰκοδεσπότου, εἶπον αὐτῷ κύριε, οὐχὶ καλὸν σπέρμα ἔσπειρας ἐν τῷ ἀγρῷ σου; ’ εν Ψ ’ . Ὶ Π ς ϑ ἢ Ψ πόθεν οὖν ἔχει ζιζάνια: ὋὉ δὲ εἐφη αὑτοῖς εἐχθρος ἂνος τοῦτο ἐποίησεν. Οἱ δὲ δοῦλοι εἶπον αὐτῷ θέλεις οὐν ἀπελθόντες συλλέξομεν αὐτά: Ὁ δὲ ἔφη, οὔ μήποτε συλλέγοντες τὰ ζιζάνια, ἐκριζώσητε ἅμα αὐτοῖς τὸν σῖτον. Ἄφετε οὖν συναυξάνεσθαι ἀμφό- Ὁ τερα ἄχρι τοῦ θερισμοῦ. ΤΙ τὸ μέσον ταύτης καὶ τῆς πρὸ ταύτης παραβολῆς ; Εκεῖ τοὺς μηδὲ ὅλως προσεσχήκοτας αὐτῷ φησιν, αλλ ὡ ’ ᾿ ἣ : ᾿Ν ἢ ἀποπηδήσαντας καὶ τὸν σπόρον ὅ προεμένους ἐνταῦθα δὲ, τῶν αἱρετικῶν λέγει τὰ συστήματα. ἵνα γαρ μηδὲ τοῦτο τοὺς -ς ΄σε ’ μαθητὰς ὃ θορυβῆ, καὶ τοῦτο προλέγει, μετὰ τὸ διδάξαι αὐ, ὃ , ν ἡ δ ΝΥ ᾽ ’ ν ἐφ εἐ τοὺς ὁιατὶ εν παραβολαῖς λαλεῖ. κείνη μὲν ᾽ουν ἡ παρα, οἵ μ ᾿ὸ , Ὰ ὃ , Ψ, κ ; ’ βολή ῴησιν, ὅτι οὐκ ε ἐξαντο᾽ αὕτη ὃὲέ, ὅτι ὅ καὶ φθορεας ἐδέξαντο. Καὶ γὰρ καὶ τοῦτο τῆς τοῦ διαβόλου μεθοδείας, τῇ αληθείᾳ αεὶ παρεισαγειν τὴν πλάνην, πολλα επιχρωννύντα αὐτῇ τα ὁμοιώματα, ὥστε εὐκόλως κλέψαι τοὺς ευεξαπατήτους. Διὰ τοῦτο οὐκ ἄλλο τι σπέρμα, αλλὰ ζιζάνια καλεῖ, ὃ κατὰ τὴν ὅψιν ἔοικέ πως τῷ σίτῳ. Εἶτα λέγει καὶ τὸν τρόπον τῆς ἐπιβουλῆς. ᾿Εν γὰρ τῷ καθεύδειν τοὺς ι ΄- ΝΜ ΤΩΣ ι2 ἀνθρώπους, φησίν. Οὐ μικρὸν τοῖς ἄρχουσιν ἐντεῦθεν επικρεμνᾳ τον κίνδυνον, τοῖς μάλιστα τῆς ἀρούρας τὴν φυλακὴν ᾽ ᾽ δ᾿ ΝΜ - ἐμπεπιστευμένοις᾽ οὐ τοῖς ἄρχουσι δὲ μόνον, ἀλλὰ καὶ τοῖς ’ 7) δὲ ἢ Α ’ ᾿Ὶ Ὶ 1θ ἀρχομένοις. Δείκνυσι ὃὲ καὶ τὴν πλανὴν μετα τὴν αληθειαν φ σε Ψ - οὐσαν᾽ ὅπερ καὶ ἡ τῶν πραγμάτων ἔκβασις μαρτυρεῖ. Καὶ γὰρ μετὰ τοὺς προφήτας, οἱ ψευδοπροφῆται: καὶ μετα τοὺς φ ’ὔ ἣ Γ ἀποστόλους, οἱ ψευδαπόστολοι καὶ μετὰ τὸν Χριστον, ὁ ᾿ , ᾿ Α ΤΣ ὩΣ Ὶ ’ ε ὃ ’ αντίχριστος. ᾿Ἃν γαρ μὴ ἴδη τί μιμήσηται ιάβολος, ἢ τίσιν επιβουλεύση, οὔτε ἐπιχειρεῖ, οὔτε οἷδε. Καὶ νῦν τοίνυν, [ ξ . ᾿ ’ ε ἐπειδὴ εἶδεν, ὅτι ὁ μὲν ἐποίησεν ἑκατὸν, ὁ δὲ ἑξήκοντα, ὁ Β δὲ τριάκοντα, ἄλλην ἔρχεται λοιπὸν ὁδόν. ᾿Επεὶ γὰρ ἀρπάσαι οὐκ ἠδυνήθη τὸ ῥιζωθὲν, οὐδὲ ἀποπνῖξαι, οὐδὲ κατασι ὃ ἡ « ’ ᾽ ’ ἰὴ ’ ’ λ καῦσαι, ὃι τέρας ἀπάτης επιβουλεύει, παρεμβάλλων τὰ ᾳ νε - ὴ ’ ὃ ’ ε ὔ ὃ ᾿ παρ εαντοῦ. Καὶ τί διαφερουσιν οἱ καθεύδοντες, φησι, τῶν παρὰ τὴν ὁδὸν μιμουμένων Ὅτι ἐκεῖ εὐθέως ἥρπασεν οὐδὲ γὰρ ῥιζωθῆναι αφῆκεν ἐνταῦθα δὲ πλείονος ἐδεήθη τῆς μηχανῆς. Ταῦτα δὲ λέγει δ Χριστὸς, παιδεύων ἡμᾶς διαπαντὸς ε εΎρηγορέναι. Κάν γαρ ἐκείνας διαφύγῃς τὰς βλάβας, φησὶν, ἔστι καὶ ἑτέρα βλάβη. Ὥσπερ γὰρ ἐκεῖ διὰ τῆς ὁδοῦ καὶ τῆς πέτρας καὶ τῶν ἀκανθῶν, οὕτω καὶ ἐνταῦθα διὰ τοῦ ὕπνου ἡ ἀπώλεια γίνεται ὥστε διηνεκοῦς φυλακῆς δεῖ. Διὸ καὶ ἔλεγεν ἐς ὃ δὲ ὑπομείνας εἰς τέλος, οὗτος σωθήσεται. Τοιοῦτόν τι γέγονε καὶ παρὰ τὴν ἀρχήν. Πολλοὶ γοῦν τῶν προεστώτων πονηροὺς εἰσάγοντες ἄνδρας ἐν ταῖς ἐκκλησίαις, αἱρεσιάρχας κρυπτομένους, πολλὴν εὐκολίαν τῇ τοιαύτη παρἔσχον ἐπιβουλῇ. Οὐδὲ γὰρ πόνων δεῖ τῷ διαβόλῳ λοιπὸν, ὅταν ἐκείνους εἰς μέσον φυτεύσῃ. Καὶ πῶς δυνατὸν μὴ καθεύδειν : φησί. Τὸν μὲν οὖν φυσικὸν ὕπνον, οὐ δυνατόν τὸν δὲ τῆς προαιρέσεως, δυνατόν. Διὸ καὶ Παῦλος ἐλεγε᾽ Ἂς γρηὨ γορεῖτε, στήκετε ἐν τή πίστει. Εἶτα δείκνυσι καὶ περιττὸν τὸ πρᾶγμα, οὐχὶ βλαβερὸν μόνον. Μετὰ γὰρ τὸ γεωργηθῆναι τὴν ἄρουραν, καὶ μὴ χρείαν εἶναι μηδενὸς, τότε ἐπισπείρει οὗτος , καθάπερ καὶ οἱ αἱρετικοὶ ποιοῦσιν, ᾿ οἵ δι᾽ οὐδὲν ἕτερον ἢ ἡ διὰ κενοδοξίαν ἐμβάλλουσι τὸν ἑαυτῶν ἰόν. Οὐκ ἐντεῦθεν δὲ μόνον, ἀλλὰ καὶ ἐκ τῶν μετὰ ταῦτα μετὰ ἀκριβείας αὐτῶν ὑπογράφει τὴν σκηνὴν ἅπασαν. Ὅτε γὰρ ἐβλάστησε, φησὶν, ὁ χόρτος, καὶ καρπὸν ἐποίησε, τότε ἐφάνη καὶ τὰ ζιζάνια ὅπερ καὶ οὗτοι ποιοῦσι. Παρὰ μὲν γὰρ τὴν ἀρχὴν συσκιάζουσιν ἑαυτούς ἐπειδὰν δὲ πολλὴν λάβωσι τὴν παῤῥησίαν, καὶ λόγου τις αὐτοῖς μεταδῷ, τότε τὸν ἰὸν ἐκχέουσι. Τίνος δὲ ἕνεκεν εἰσάγει τοὺς δούλους λέγοντας τὸ γεγενημένον ; Ἵνα εἴπῃ ὅτι οὐ δεῖ ἀναιρεῖν αὐτούς. ᾽Ε χθρὸν δὲ ἄνθρωπον αὐτὸν καλεῖ, διὰ τὴν εἰς ανθρώπους βλάβην. Ἡ μὲν γὰρ ἑπήρεια καθ᾽ ἡμῶν' ἡ δὲ ἀρχὴ τῆς ἐπηρείας οὐκ ἀπὸ τῆς εἰς ἡμᾶς, ἀλλ᾽ ἀπὸ Ξς εἰς θεὸν ἔχθρας ἐ ἐγένετο. Ὅθεν δῆλον, ὅ ὅτι μᾶλλον ὁ θεὸς ἡμᾶς φιλει, ἢ ἡμεῖς ἑαυτούς. Ὅρα δὲ καὶ ἑτέρωθεν τοῦ διαβόλον τὴν κακουργίαν. Οὐ γὰρ πρὸ τούτου ἔσπειρεν, ἐπειδὴ μηδὲν εἶχεν ᾿ἀπολέσαι᾽ ἀλλ᾽ ὅτε ἥν ἅπαντα πεπληρωμένα» ἵνα τῇ σπουδὴ λυμήνηται τοῦ γεωργοῦ οὕτω προς εκεῖνον ἐχθρωδῶς ἔχων πάντα εποίει. Σκοπει δὲ καὶ τῶν οἰκετῶν τὴν φιλο, ᾽ ΝΜ ’ . στοργίαν. Καὶ γὰρ ἐπείγονται ἤδη τὰ ζιζάνια ἀνασπάσαι, ὔ -- Ἢ 4 ΜΕΣ εἰ καὶ μὴ διεσκεμμόνως ποιοῦσιν' ὅπερ δείκνυσι τὴν ὑπὲρ τοῦ ᾽ ᾿ σ΄, Δ ’ Ι ι σπόρον μέριμναν αὐτῶν, καὶ πρὸς ἐν μόνον βλέποντας, οὐχ Φῳ ᾽ δῶ δὶ φῳ ’ Ὶ ϑ ὅπως ἐκεῖνος δῷ ὀίκην, αλλ ὥστε τὰ καταβληθέντα μὴ απο’ ιὴ Α ΄ι ’ ᾿ - [2 λέσθαι: οὐ γὰρ δὴ τοῦτό ἔστι τὸ κατεπεῖγον. Διόπερ ὅπως τὸ νόσημα τέως ἐξέλωσι, ἱ σκοποῦσι. Καὶ οὐδὲ τοῦτο Β « ΄- λῚ Φ -ς ᾿ » Ὶ ΄- ἀπλως ζητοῦσιν οὐ γὰρ ἑαντοῖς ἐπιτρέπουσιν, αλλὰ τοῦ δεσπότον τὴν γνώμην ἀναμένουσι λέγοντες θέλεις: Τί οὺὐν ὁ δεσπότης; Κωλύυει λέγων μήποτε ἐκριζώσητε ἅμα αὐτοῖς τὸν σῖτον. Τοῦτο δὲ ἔλεγε, κωλύων πολέμους γγί᾿ ᾿ ν μ . ὃ ᾽ν - : νεσθαι καὶ αἵματα καὶ σφαγας. Ου γάρ δεῖ ἀναιρεῖν αἱρε΄. ᾽ ’ Ν ΜΝ Ά » ’ τικόν᾽ ἐπεὶ πόλεμος ἄσπονδος ἔμελλεν εἰς τὴν οἰκουμένην εἰσάγεσθαι.

᾿Allēn parabolēn parethēken autois, legōn hōōmoiōthē hē basileia tōn ouranōn anthrōpǭ speironti kalon sperma en tǭ agrǭ autou. ᾿En de tǭ katheudein tous anthrōpous, ēlthen autou ho echthros, kai espeire zizania anameson tou sitou, kai apēlthen. Hote de eblaastēsen ho chortos, kai karpon epoiēse, tote ephanē ta zizania. Proselthontes de hoi douloi tou oikodespotou, eipon autǭ kyrie, ouchi kalon sperma espeiras en tǭ agrǭ sou? ’ en Ps ’ . I P s ϑ ē Ps pothen oun echei zizania: HoO de eephē hautois eechthros anos touto epoiēsen. Hoi de douloi eipon autǭ theleis oun apelthontes syllexomen auta: Ho de ephē, ou mēpote syllegontes ta zizania, ekrizōsēte hama autois ton siton. Aphete oun synauxanesthai ampho- Ho tera achri tou therismou. TI to meson tautēs kai tēs pro tautēs parabolēs ? Ekei tous mēde holōs proseschēkotas autǭ phēsin, all hō ’ ᾿ hē : ᾿N ē apopēdēsantas kai ton sporon ho proemenous entautha de, tōn hairetikōn legei ta systēmata. hina gar mēde touto tous -s ΄se ’ mathētas ho thorybē, kai touto prolegei, meta to didaxai au, ho , n hē d NY ᾽ ’ n eph ee tous hoiati en parabolais lalei. keinē men ᾽oun hē para, hoi m ᾿o , A ho , Ps, k ? ’ bolē ǭēsin, hoti ouk e exanto᾽ hautē hoee, hoti ho kai phthoreas edexanto. Kai gar kai touto tēs tou diabolou methodeias, tę̄ alētheią aei pareisagein tēn planēn, polla epichrōnnynta autę̄ ta homoiōmata, hōste eukolōs klepsai tous euexapatētous. Dia touto ouk allo ti sperma, alla zizania kalei, ho kata tēn hopsin eoike pōs tǭ sitǭ. Eita legei kai ton tropon tēs epiboulēs. ᾿En gar tǭ katheudein tous i ΄- NM TŌS i2 anthrōpous, phēsin. Ou mikron tois archousin enteuthen epikremną ton kindynon, tois malista tēs arouras tēn phylakēn ᾽ ᾽ d᾿ NM - empepisteumenois᾽ ou tois archousi de monon, alla kai tois ’ 7) de ē A ’ ᾿I I 1th archomenois. Deiknysi hoe kai tēn planēn meta tēn alētheian ph se Ps - ousan᾽ hoper kai hē tōn pragmatōn ekbasis martyrei. Kai gar meta tous prophētas, hoi pseudoprophētai: kai meta tous ph ’y hē G apostolous, hoi pseudapostoloi kai meta ton Christon, ho ᾿ , ᾿ A TS HōS I ’ e ho ’ antichristos. ᾿Han gar mē idē ti mimēsētai iabolos, ē tisin epibouleusē, oute epicheirei, oute hoide. Kai nyn toinyn, [ x . ᾿ ’ e epeidē eiden, hoti ho men epoiēsen hekaton, ho de hexēkonta, ho B de triakonta, allēn erchetai loipon hodon. ᾿Epei gar arpasai ouk ēdynēthē to rhizōthen, oude apopnixai, oude katasi ho hē « ’ ᾽ ’ iē ’ ’ l kausai, hoi teras apatēs epibouleuei, paremballōn ta ą ne - ē ’ ho ’ e y ho ᾿ par eantou. Kai ti diapherousin hoi katheudontes, phēsi, tōn para tēn hodon mimoumenōn Hoti ekei eutheōs hērpasen oude gar rhizōthēnai aphēken entautha de pleionos edeēthē tēs mēchanēs. Tauta de legei d Christos, paideuōn hēmas diapantos e eUrēgorenai. Kan gar ekeinas diaphygę̄s tas blabas, phēsin, esti kai hetera blabē. Hōsper gar ekei dia tēs hodou kai tēs petras kai tōn akanthōn, houtō kai entautha dia tou hypnou hē apōleia ginetai hōste diēnekous phylakēs dei. Dio kai elegen es ho de hypomeinas eis telos, houtos sōthēsetai. Toiouton ti gegone kai para tēn archēn. Polloi goun tōn proestōtōn ponērous eisagontes andras en tais ekklēsiais, hairesiarchas kryptomenous, pollēn eukolian tę̄ toiautē pareschon epiboulę̄. Oude gar ponōn dei tǭ diabolǭ loipon, hotan ekeinous eis meson phyteusę̄. Kai pōs dynaton mē katheudein : phēsi. Ton men oun physikon hypnon, ou dynaton ton de tēs proaireseōs, dynaton. Dio kai Paulos elege᾽ As grēŌ goreite, stēkete en tē pistei. Eita deiknysi kai peritton to pragma, ouchi blaberon monon. Meta gar to geōrgēthēnai tēn arouran, kai mē chreian einai mēdenos, tote epispeirei houtos , kathaper kai hoi hairetikoi poiousin, ᾿ hoi di᾽ ouden heteron ē hē dia kenodoxian emballousi ton heautōn ion. Ouk enteuthen de monon, alla kai ek tōn meta tauta meta akribeias autōn hypographei tēn skēnēn hapasan. Hote gar eblastēse, phēsin, ho chortos, kai karpon epoiēse, tote ephanē kai ta zizania hoper kai houtoi poiousi. Para men gar tēn archēn syskiazousin heautous epeidan de pollēn labōsi tēn parrhēsian, kai logou tis autois metadǭ, tote ton ion ekcheousi. Tinos de heneken eisagei tous doulous legontas to gegenēmenon ? Hina eipę̄ hoti ou dei anairein autous. ᾽E chthron de anthrōpon auton kalei, dia tēn eis anthrōpous blabēn. Hē men gar hepēreia kath᾽ hēmōn' hē de archē tēs epēreias ouk apo tēs eis hēmas, all᾽ apo Xs eis theon echthras e egeneto. Hothen dēlon, ho hoti mallon ho theos hēmas philei, ē hēmeis heautous. Hora de kai heterōthen tou diabolon tēn kakourgian. Ou gar pro toutou espeiren, epeidē mēden eichen ᾿apolesai᾽ all᾽ hote hēn hapanta peplērōmena» hina tę̄ spoudē lymēnētai tou geōrgou houtō pros ekeinon echthrōdōs echōn panta epoiei. Skopei de kai tōn oiketōn tēn philo, ᾽ NM ’ . storgian. Kai gar epeigontai ēdē ta zizania anaspasai, y -- Ē 4 MES ei kai mē dieskemmonōs poiousin' hoper deiknysi tēn hyper tou ᾽ ᾿ s΄, D ’ I i sporon merimnan autōn, kai pros en monon blepontas, ouch Phǭ ᾽ dō di phǭ ’ I ϑ hopōs ekeinos dǭ oikēn, all hōste ta katablēthenta mē apo’ iē A ΄i ’ ᾿ - [2 lesthai: ou gar dē touto esti to katepeigon. Dioper hopōs to nosēma teōs exelōsi, hi skopousi. Kai oude touto B « ΄- lI Ph -s ᾿ » I ΄- aplōs zētousin ou gar heantois epitrepousin, alla tou despoton tēn gnōmēn anamenousi legontes theleis: Ti ouyn ho despotēs? Kōlyyei legōn mēpote ekrizōsēte hama autois ton siton. Touto de elege, kōlyōn polemous ngi᾿ ᾿ n m . ho ᾽n - : nesthai kai haimata kai sphagas. Ou gar dei anairein haire΄. ᾽ ’ N MN A » ’ tikon᾽ epei polemos aspondos emellen eis tēn oikoumenēn eisagesthai.

“Another parable he put before them, saying, ‘The kingdom of heaven is like a man who sowed good seed in his field; but while men slept, his enemy came and sowed tares among the wheat, and went away. And when the blade sprang up and bore fruit, then the tares appeared too. And the servants of the householder came and said to him, “Sir, did you not sow good seed in your field? From where then does it have tares?” And he said to them, “An enemy has done this.” And the servants said to him, “Do you wish then that we go and gather them up?” But he said, “No, lest while gathering up the tares you root up the wheat with them. Let both grow together until the harvest.”’” What is the difference between this parable and the one before it? There he speaks of those who did not attend to him at all, but leaped away and threw away the seed; but here he speaks of the companies of the heretics. For so that this too might not trouble the disciples, he foretells this too, after teaching them why he speaks in parables. That parable, then, says that they did not receive; but this one, that they even received corrupters. For this too is part of the devil’s craft, always to bring in error beside the truth, painting it over with many likenesses, so as easily to steal away those who are easily deceived. For this reason he calls it not some other seed, but tares, which in appearance somehow resemble wheat. Then he states the manner of the plot too: “For while men slept,” he says. From this he hangs no small danger over the rulers, to whom especially the guarding of the field has been entrusted; and not over the rulers only, but over those who are ruled as well. And he shows that error comes after the truth; which the outcome of events too bears witness to. For after the prophets came the false prophets; and after the apostles, the false apostles; and after Christ, the Antichrist. For unless the devil sees something to imitate, or someone to plot against, he neither attempts nor knows how. And now then, since he saw that one produced a hundredfold, another sixty, another thirty, he goes another way at last. For since he could not snatch away what had taken root, nor choke it, nor scorch it, he plots by another deceit, throwing in his own things. “And what difference is there,” someone says, “between those who sleep and those who resemble the seed by the road?” That there he snatched it at once; for he did not allow it even to take root; but here he needed more contrivance. And Christ says these things teaching us to be watchful always. “For even if you escape those harms,” he says, “there is another harm too. For as there destruction comes through the road and the rock and the thorns, so here through sleep; so there is need of continual watchfulness.” Therefore he also said, “But he who endures to the end will be saved.” Something of this kind happened at the beginning too. Many at least of those who preside, bringing wicked men into the churches, heresiarchs in disguise, gave great facility to such a plot. For the devil needs no more labor, when he has planted those in the midst. “And how is it possible not to sleep?” someone says. Natural sleep is not possible to avoid; but the sleep of the will is possible. Therefore Paul too said, “Watch, stand firm in the faith.” Then he shows that the thing is superfluous too, not only harmful. For after the field had been cultivated and there was no need of anything, then this man sows over it, as the heretics too do, who for no other reason than vainglory cast in their venom. And not from this only, but also from what follows he sketches their whole stage play with exactness. “For when the blade sprang up,” he says, “and bore fruit, then the tares appeared too”; which these men too do. For at the beginning they keep themselves in the shade; but when they gain much freedom of speech and someone gives them a share in teaching, then they pour out their venom. And for what reason does he bring in the servants telling what had happened? So that he may say that one must not kill them. And he calls him an enemy “man” because of the harm done to men. For the spite is against us; but the beginning of the spite came not from his enmity toward us, but from his enmity toward God. From which it is clear that God loves us more than we love ourselves. And see the devil’s malice from another side too. For he did not sow before this, since he had nothing to destroy; but when all things had been filled, so that he might ruin the labor of the husbandman; so hostile to him was he in all that he did. And consider the servants’ affection too. For they hasten at once to pull up the tares, even if they do not act with deliberation; which shows their care for the seed, and that they look to one thing only, not that the enemy may pay the penalty, but that what was sown may not perish; for that is not the urgent thing. Therefore they consider how they may take away the disease for the present. And not even this do they seek simply; for they do not trust themselves, but wait for the master’s opinion, saying, “Do you wish?” What then does the master say? He forbids them, saying, “Lest you root up the wheat with them.” And he said this forbidding wars and bloodshed and slaughter to take place. For one must not kill a heretic; since an implacable war would have been brought into the world.

46.2Field 2

Δύο τοίνυν τούτοις αὐτοὺς κατέχει τοῖς λοΦὉΣ, ὦ « .Ὶ ζω ΄-- - Ε ε ᾽ ΄ι γισμοῖς ἑνὶ μέν, τῷ μὴ τὸν σῖτον βλαβῆναι ἑτέρῳ δὲ, τῷ ’ ᾿Ὶ ’ ΄: καταλήψεσθαι τὴν κόλασιν πάντως αὐτοὺς ἀνιάτως νοσοῦντας. ὥστε εἰ βούλει καὶ κολασθῆναι αὐτοὺς, καὶ χωρὶς τῆς τοῦ σίτου βλάβης, ἀνάμεινον τὸν προσήκοντα καιρόν. ἥἧ Τί δέ ἐστι, μὴ ἐκριζώσητε ἅμα αὐτοῖς τὸν σῖτον: ἊἪ τοῦτό φησιν, Ψ - ο ’ ᾿ ὅτι εἰ μέλλοιτε κινεῖν ὅπλα καὶ κατασφαττειν τοὺς αἱρετικοὺς, ἀνάγκη πολλοὺς καὶ τῶν ἁγίων συγκαταβαάλλεσθαι ἢ ΨΦ ν ν Φ - ΄- ᾽ λ ’ ὅτι απ αὐτῶν τῶν ζιζανίων πολλοὺς εἰκὸς μεταβαλέσθαι καὶ γενεσθαι σῖτον. Ἂν τοίνυν προλαβόντες αὐτοὺς ἐκριζώσητε, λυμαίνεσθε τῷ μέλλοντι γίνεσθαι σίτῳ, οὺς ἐγχωρεῖ ’ Α ’ ἣ χ σι ᾽ μεταβαλέσθαι καὶ γενέσθαι βελτίους ἀναιροῦντες. Οὐ ’ ε Α ᾽ ’ τοίνυν ἡ κατέχειν αἱρετικοὺς, καὶ ἐπιστομίζειν, καὶ ἐκκόπτειν ΄ει ᾿Ὶ »Ὁῳ .Ὶ αὐτῶν τὴν παρῥησίαν, καὶ τὰς συνόδους καὶ τὰς σπονδὰς διαλύειν κωλύει, αλλ αναιρεῖν καὶ κατασφαττειν. Σὺ δὲ Ὁ αυτοῦ σκύπει τὴν ἡμερότητα, πῶς οὐκ αποφαίνεται μόνον, ὑδὲ Σ ’ με , ᾿ ’ ’ φΦ Ά ἠ οὐὸε ἦ κωλύει, αλλα λογισμοὺς τίθησι. Τί οὐν, ἂν μέχρι τέλους μένῃ τὰ ζιζάνια: τε Τότε ἐρῶ τοῖς θερισταῖς συλλέξατε πρῶτον τὰ ζιζάνια, καὶ δήσατε αὐτὰ δεσμὰς πρὸς τὸ κατακαῦσαι αὐτα.Ἶ Παλιν ἀ ἀναμιμνήσκει. αὐτοὺς τῶν ᾿Ιωαννου ῥημάτων, τῶν κριτὴν αὐτὸν εἰσαγόντων, καί φησιν, ὅτι ἕως μὲν ἑστήκασιν ἐγγὺς τοῦ σίτου, φείδεσθαι χρῆ᾽ Ἑ, ΕὝ ὡρεῖ γὰρ αὐτοὺς καὶ σῖτον γενέσθαι ὅταν δὲ μηδὲν κερδάναντες ἀπέλθωσι, τότε αὐτοὺς ἀναγκαίως ἡ ἀπαραίτητος διαδέξεται δίκη. ᾿Ερῶ γὰρ τοῖς θερισταῖς, φησὶ, συλλέξατε πρῶτον τὰ ζιζανια. Διατί πρῶτον: Ἵνα μὴ φοβηθῶσιν οὗτοι, ὡς συναπαγομένου ἅμα αὐτοῖς τοῦ σίτου. Καὶ δήσατε αὐτὰ δεσμὰς, ὥστε κατακαῦσαι αὐτά τὸν δὲ σῖτον συναγάγετε εἰς τὴν ἀποθήκην. ὃ Άλλην παραβολὴν παρέθηκεν αὐτοῖς λέγων' ὁμοία ἐστὶν ῇ βασιλεία τῶν οὐρανῶν κόκκῳ σινάπεως. ᾿Επειδὴ γάρ εἶπεν, ὅ ὅτι ἀπὸ τοῦ σπόρου τρία μέρη ἀπόλλυται, καὶ σώζεται ἕν, καὶ ἐ ἐν αὐτῷ πάλιν τῷ σωζομένῳ τοσαύτη γίνεται βλάβη, ἵνα μὴ λέγωσι, καὶ τίνες καὶ πόσοι ἔσονται οἱ πιστοί: : καὶ τοῦτον ἐξαιρεῖ τὸν φόβον, διὰ τῆς παραβολῆς τοῦ σινάπεως ἐνάγων εἰς πίστιν αὐτοὺς, καὶ δεικνὺς ὅτι πάντως ἐκταθήσεται τὸ κήρυγμα. Διὰ τοῦτο τοῦ λαχάνου τὴν εἰκόνα εἰς μέσον ἤγαγε σφύόδ ρα ἐοικυῖαν τῇ ὑποθέσει 4εςς ὃ μικρότερον μὲν» φησὶν, ἐστὶ πάντων τῶν σπερμάτων' ὅταν δὲ αὐξηθῇ, μεῖζον τῶν λαχάνων ἐστὶ, καὶ ίνεται δένδρον, ὥστε ἐλθεῖν τὰ πετεινὰ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ, καὶ κατασκηνοῦν ἐν τοῖς κλάδοις αὐτοῦ. Τοῦ γὰρ μεγέθους τὸ Τεκμήριον ἐνδείξασθαι ἠβουλήθη. Οὕτω δὴ καὶ ἐπὶ τοῦ κηρύγματος ἔσται, φησί. Καὶ γὰρ ἁπάντων ἀσθενέστεροι ἦσαν οἱ μαθηταὶ, καὶ πάντων ἐλάττους ἀλλ᾽ ὅμως, ἐπειδὴ μϑγάλη ἣν ἡ ἐν αὐτοῖς δύναμις, ἐξηπλώθη πανταχοῦ τῆς οἰκουμένης. Εἶτα καὶ τὴν ζύμην ταύτῃ προστίθησι τῇ εἰκόνι, λόγων ὁμοία ἐστὶν ἡ βασιλεία τῶν οὐρανῶν ζύμῃ, ἣν λαβοῦσα γυνὴ ἔκρυψεν εἰς ἀλεύρου σάτα τρία, ἕως οὗ εζυμώθη ὅλον. Καθάπερ γὰρ αὕτη τὸ πολὺ ἄλευρον μεθίστησιν εἰς τὴν ἑαυτῆς ἰσχὺν, οὕτω καὶ ὑμεῖς τὸν πάντα κόσμον μεταστήσετε. Καὶ ὅρα τὴν σύνεσιν. Τὰ γὰρ τῆς φύσεως παράγει, δεικνὺς ὅ ὅτι ὥσπερ ἐκεῖνα ἀνεγχώρητον μὴ γενέσθαι, οὕτω καὶ ταῦτα. Μὴ γάρ μοι τοῦτο λέγε' τί δυνησόμεθα δωδεκα ἄνθρωποι εἰς πλῆθος ἐμπεσόντες τοσοῦτον; Καὶ γὰρ τοῦτο αὐτὸ μάλιστα ὑμῶν ποιεῖ τὴν ἰσχὺν ἐκλάμψαι, τὸ ἀναμεγῆναι τῷ πλήθει καὶ μὴ φυγεῖν. Ὥσπερ οὗν καὶ ἡ ζύμη τότε τὸ φύραμα ζυμοῖ, ὅταν ἐγγὺς γένηται. τοῦ ἀλεύρου, καὶ οὐχ ἁπλῶς εγγὺς, ἀλλ᾽ οὕτως ὦστε καὶ μιγῆναι (οὐ γάρ εἶπεν, ἔθηκεν, ἁπλῶς, αλλ᾽, ἔκρυψεν) οὕτω καὶ ὑμεῖς, ὅταν κολληθῆτε καὶ ἐνωθῆτε τοῖς Ὁ πολεμοῦσιν ὑμῖν, τότε αὐτῶν περιέσεσθε. Καὶ καθάπερ ἐκείνη καταχώννυται μὲν, οὐκ ἀφανίζεται ὃ δὲ, ἀλλὰ κατὰ μικρὸν πρὸς τὴν ἑαυτῆς ἕξιν ἅπαντα μεταποιεῖ τὸν αὐτὸν τρόπον καὶ ἐπὶ τοῦ κηρύγματος τοῦτο συμβήσεται. Μὴ τοίνυν, ἐπειδὴ πολλὰς εἶπον ἢ εἶναι τὰς ἐπηρείας, φοβηθητε καὶ γὰρ καὶ οὕτως ἐκλάμψετε, καὶ ἁπάντων περιέσεσθε. Τρία δὲ σάτα ἐνταῦθα τὰ πολλὰ εἴρηκεν οἷδε γὰρ τὸν ἀριθμὸν τοῦτον ἐπὶ πλήηθους λαμβάνειν. Μὴ θαυμάσης δὲ, εἰ περὶ βασιλείας διαλεγόμενος κόκκου καὶ ζύμης ἐμνήσθη; ἀνθρώποις γὰρ διελέγετο ἀπείροις καὶ ἰδιώταις, καὶ δεομένοις ἀπὸ τούτων ᾿ἐνάγεσθαι. Οὕτω γὰρ ἦσαν ἀφελεῖς, ὡς καὶ μετὰ ταῦτα πάντα δεηθῆναι Ε, ἑρμηνείας πολλῆς. Ποῦ τοίνυν Ἑλλήνων παῖδές εἰσι: Μανθανέτωσαν τοῦ Χριστοῦ τὴν δύναμιν, ὁρῶντες τῶν πραγμάτῶν τὴν αλήθειαν' καὶ ἑκατέρωθεν αὐτὸν προσκυνείτωσαν, ὅτι καὶ προεῖπε πρᾶγμα τοσοῦτον, καὶ ἐπλήρωσε. Καὶ γὰρ αὐτός ἐστιν ὁ τὴν δύναμιν ἐνθεὶς τῇ ζύμῃ. Διὰ τοῦτο καὶ ἀνέμιξε τῷ πλήθει τοὺς αὐτῷ πιστεύοντας, ἵνα μεταδῶμεν τοῖς ἄλλοις τῆς ἡμετέρας συνέσεως. Μηδεὶς τοίνυν ὀλεγότητα αἰτιάσθω. Πολλὴ γὰρ τοῦ κηρύγματος ἡ δύναμις καὶ τὸ ζυμωθὲν ἅπαξ, ζύμη γίνεται τῷ λοιπῷ πάλιν. Καὶ καθάπερ ὁ σπινθὴρ ὅταν ἐπιλάβηται ξύλων, τὰ ἤδη κατακανθέντα ποιήσας τῆς φλογὸς προσθήκην, οὕτω τοῖς ἄλλοις ἔπεισιν οὕτω δὴ καὶ τὸ κήρυγμα. ᾿Αλλ οὐκ εἶπε πῦρ, αλλὰ ζύμην τί δήποτε: Ὅτι οὐ τοῦ πυρός ἐστιν ἐκεῖ τὸ ὅλον, ἀλλὰ καὶ τῶν ἀναπτομένων ξύλων ἐνταῦθα δὲ τὸ ὅλον ἡ ζύμη ἐργάζεται δι ἑαυτῆς. 'Εἰ δὲ ἄνθρωποι δώδεκα τὴν οἰκουμένην ἅπασαν ἐζύμωσαν, ἐννόησον ὅση ἡμῶν ἡ κακία, ὅταν τοσοῦτοι ὄντες τοὺς ὑπολειπομένους μὴ δυνηθῶμεν διορθοῦν, οὗς μυρίοις κόσμοις ἀρκεῖν ἐχρῆν καὶ γενέσθαι ζύμην.

Dyo toinyn toutois autous katechei tois loPhOS, ō « .I zō ΄-- - E e ᾽ ΄i gismois heni men, tǭ mē ton siton blabēnai heterǭ de, tǭ ’ ᾿I ’ ΄: katalēpsesthai tēn kolasin pantōs autous aniatōs nosountas. hōste ei boulei kai kolasthēnai autous, kai chōris tēs tou sitou blabēs, anameinon ton prosēkonta kairon. hēē Ti de esti, mē ekrizōsēte hama autois ton siton: AĒ touto phēsin, Ps - o ’ ᾿ hoti ei melloite kinein hopla kai katasphattein tous hairetikous, anankē pollous kai tōn hagiōn synkatabaallesthai ē PsPh n n Ph - ΄- ᾽ l ’ hoti ap autōn tōn zizaniōn pollous eikos metabalesthai kai genesthai siton. An toinyn prolabontes autous ekrizōsēte, lymainesthe tǭ mellonti ginesthai sitǭ, ous enchōrei ’ A ’ hē ch si ᾽ metabalesthai kai genesthai beltious anairountes. Ou ’ e A ᾽ ’ toinyn hē katechein hairetikous, kai epistomizein, kai ekkoptein ΄ei ᾿I »Hoǭ .I autōn tēn parrhēsian, kai tas synodous kai tas spondas dialyein kōlyei, all anairein kai katasphattein. Sy de Ho autou skypei tēn hēmerotēta, pōs ouk apophainetai monon, hyde S ’ me , ᾿ ’ ’ phPh A ē ouoe ē kōlyei, alla logismous tithēsi. Ti oun, an mechri telous menę̄ ta zizania: te Tote erō tois theristais syllexate prōton ta zizania, kai dēsate auta desmas pros to katakausai auta.I Palin a anamimnēskei. autous tōn ᾿Iōannou rhēmatōn, tōn kritēn auton eisagontōn, kai phēsin, hoti heōs men hestēkasin engys tou sitou, pheidesthai chrē᾽ He, HeU hōrei gar autous kai siton genesthai hotan de mēden kerdanantes apelthōsi, tote autous anankaiōs hē aparaitētos diadexetai dikē. ᾿Erō gar tois theristais, phēsi, syllexate prōton ta zizania. Diati prōton: Hina mē phobēthōsin houtoi, hōs synapagomenou hama autois tou sitou. Kai dēsate auta desmas, hōste katakausai auta ton de siton synagagete eis tēn apothēkēn. ho Allēn parabolēn parethēken autois legōn' homoia estin ę̄ basileia tōn ouranōn kokkǭ sinapeōs. ᾿Epeidē gar eipen, ho hoti apo tou sporou tria merē apollytai, kai sōzetai hen, kai e en autǭ palin tǭ sōzomenǭ tosautē ginetai blabē, hina mē legōsi, kai tines kai posoi esontai hoi pistoi: : kai touton exairei ton phobon, dia tēs parabolēs tou sinapeōs enagōn eis pistin autous, kai deiknys hoti pantōs ektathēsetai to kērygma. Dia touto tou lachanou tēn eikona eis meson ēgage sphyod ra eoikuian tę̄ hypothesei 4ess ho mikroteron men» phēsin, esti pantōn tōn spermatōn' hotan de auxēthę̄, meizon tōn lachanōn esti, kai inetai dendron, hōste elthein ta peteina tou ouranou, kai kataskēnoun en tois kladois autou. Tou gar megethous to Tekmērion endeixasthai ēboulēthē. Houtō dē kai epi tou kērygmatos estai, phēsi. Kai gar hapantōn asthenesteroi ēsan hoi mathētai, kai pantōn elattous all᾽ homōs, epeidē mϑgalē hēn hē en autois dynamis, exēplōthē pantachou tēs oikoumenēs. Eita kai tēn zymēn tautę̄ prostithēsi tę̄ eikoni, logōn homoia estin hē basileia tōn ouranōn zymę̄, hēn labousa gynē ekrypsen eis aleurou sata tria, heōs hou ezymōthē holon. Kathaper gar hautē to poly aleuron methistēsin eis tēn heautēs ischyn, houtō kai hymeis ton panta kosmon metastēsete. Kai hora tēn synesin. Ta gar tēs physeōs paragei, deiknys ho hoti hōsper ekeina anenchōrēton mē genesthai, houtō kai tauta. Mē gar moi touto lege' ti dynēsometha dōdeka anthrōpoi eis plēthos empesontes tosouton? Kai gar touto auto malista hymōn poiei tēn ischyn eklampsai, to anamegēnai tǭ plēthei kai mē phygein. Hōsper houn kai hē zymē tote to phyrama zymoi, hotan engys genētai. tou aleurou, kai ouch haplōs engys, all᾽ houtōs ōste kai migēnai (ou gar eipen, ethēken, haplōs, all᾽, ekrypsen) houtō kai hymeis, hotan kollēthēte kai enōthēte tois Ho polemousin hymin, tote autōn periesesthe. Kai kathaper ekeinē katachōnnytai men, ouk aphanizetai ho de, alla kata mikron pros tēn heautēs hexin hapanta metapoiei ton auton tropon kai epi tou kērygmatos touto symbēsetai. Mē toinyn, epeidē pollas eipon ē einai tas epēreias, phobēthēte kai gar kai houtōs eklampsete, kai hapantōn periesesthe. Tria de sata entautha ta polla eirēken hoide gar ton arithmon touton epi plēēthous lambanein. Mē thaumasēs de, ei peri basileias dialegomenos kokkou kai zymēs emnēsthē? anthrōpois gar dielegeto apeirois kai idiōtais, kai deomenois apo toutōn ᾿enagesthai. Houtō gar ēsan apheleis, hōs kai meta tauta panta deēthēnai E, hermēneias pollēs. Pou toinyn Hellēnōn paides eisi: Manthanetōsan tou Christou tēn dynamin, horōntes tōn pragmatōn tēn alētheian' kai hekaterōthen auton proskyneitōsan, hoti kai proeipe pragma tosouton, kai eplērōse. Kai gar autos estin ho tēn dynamin entheis tę̄ zymę̄. Dia touto kai anemixe tǭ plēthei tous autǭ pisteuontas, hina metadōmen tois allois tēs hēmeteras syneseōs. Mēdeis toinyn olegotēta aitiasthō. Pollē gar tou kērygmatos hē dynamis kai to zymōthen hapax, zymē ginetai tǭ loipǭ palin. Kai kathaper ho spinthēr hotan epilabētai xylōn, ta ēdē katakanthenta poiēsas tēs phlogos prosthēkēn, houtō tois allois epeisin houtō dē kai to kērygma. ᾿All ouk eipe pyr, alla zymēn ti dēpote: Hoti ou tou pyros estin ekei to holon, alla kai tōn anaptomenōn xylōn entautha de to holon hē zymē ergazetai di heautēs. 'Ei de anthrōpoi dōdeka tēn oikoumenēn hapasan ezymōsan, ennoēson hosē hēmōn hē kakia, hotan tosoutoi ontes tous hypoleipomenous mē dynēthōmen diorthoun, hous myriois kosmois arkein echrēn kai genesthai zymēn.

By two considerations, then, he holds them back: one, that the wheat may not be harmed; the other, that punishment will certainly overtake them, since they are incurably sick. So if you wish them to be punished, and that without harm to the wheat, wait for the fitting time. And what is “lest you root up the wheat with them”? Either he means this, that if you were to take up arms and slaughter the heretics, many of the saints too must needs be struck down with them; or that from among the tares themselves it is likely that many will change and become wheat. If then you uproot them beforehand, you ruin the wheat that is going to come to be, destroying those who are able to change and become better. He does not then forbid restraining heretics, and stopping their mouths, and cutting off their freedom of speech, and breaking up their assemblies and covenants, but killing and slaughtering them. And see his gentleness, how he not only declares and forbids, but also sets down reasons. What then if the tares remain to the end? “Then I will say to the reapers, ‘Gather first the tares, and bind them in bundles to burn them.’” Again he reminds them of the words of John, which brought him in as judge; and he says that as long as they stand near the wheat, they must be spared, for it is possible for them even to become wheat; but when they depart having gained nothing, then the inexorable penalty will of necessity take them. “For I will say to the reapers,” he says, “Gather first the tares.” Why first? So that these may not fear, as though the wheat were being carried off together with them. “And bind them in bundles to burn them; but gather the wheat into the barn.” “Another parable he put before them, saying, ‘The kingdom of heaven is like a grain of mustard seed.’” For since he had said that of the seed three parts perish and one is saved, and that even in the part that is saved so much harm happens, so that they might not say, “And who and how many will the believers be?”, he takes away this fear too, leading them to faith by the parable of the mustard seed, and showing that the preaching will certainly spread. For this reason he brought forward the image of this herb, which very much resembles the subject: “which is the smallest,” he says, “of all seeds; but when it has grown, it is greater than the herbs, and becomes a tree, so that the birds of the air come and lodge in its branches.” For he wished to show the proof of its greatness. “So it will be with the preaching too,” he says. For the disciples were weaker than all and less than all; but nevertheless, since the power in them was great, it spread out everywhere in the world. Then he adds the leaven to this image, saying, “The kingdom of heaven is like leaven, which a woman took and hid in three measures of meal, until the whole was leavened.” “For as this changes the great quantity of meal into its own strength, so you too will change the whole world.” And see his wisdom. For he brings forward the things of nature, showing that as it is impossible for those not to happen, so for these too. “For do not tell me, ‘What shall we be able to do, twelve men falling among so great a multitude?’ For this very thing above all makes your strength shine out, to be mixed with the multitude and not to flee. As then the leaven too leavens the lump when it comes near the meal, and not simply near, but so as to be mixed with it (for he did not say simply, ‘she put,’ but ‘she hid’), so you too, when you are joined and united to those who war against you, then you will overcome them. And as it is buried but not destroyed, but little by little changes everything into its own state, in the same way this will happen with the preaching too. Do not then fear because I said that the spiteful attacks would be many; for even so you will shine out and overcome all.” And by three measures he here means many; for Scripture knows how to take this number for a multitude. And do not wonder if, speaking about the kingdom, he mentioned a grain and leaven; for he was speaking to men inexperienced and unlearned, who needed to be led on by these things. For they were so simple that even after all these things they needed much interpretation. Where then are the children of the Greeks? Let them learn Christ’s power, seeing the truth of the facts; and let them worship him on both counts, because he both foretold so great a thing and fulfilled it. For it is he who put the power into the leaven. For this reason too he mixed those who believe in him with the multitude, so that we might share our understanding with the others. Let no one then blame our fewness. For great is the power of the preaching; and what has once been leavened becomes leaven in turn for the rest. And as a spark, when it takes hold of wood, makes what is already burned an addition to the flame, and so comes upon the rest, so too does the preaching. But he did not say fire, but leaven. Why? Because there the whole is not the fire’s, but also that of the wood that is kindled; but here the leaven does the whole by itself. And if twelve men leavened the whole world, consider how great is our wickedness, when, being so many, we are not able to correct those who remain, we who ought to have been enough for countless worlds and to become leaven.

46.3Field 2

Ἀλλ᾽ ἐκεῖνοι; φησὶν, απόστολοι ἤσαν. Καὶ τί τοῦτο: Οὐχὲ τῶν αὐτῶν σοι μετέσχον: οὐκ ἐν πόλεσιν ἐτράφησαν: οὐ τῶν αὐτῶν ἀπέλαυσαν; οὐχὶ τέχνας μετεχειρίσαντο: μὴ γὰρ ἄγγελοι ἦσαν; μὴ γὰρ ἐξ οὐρανοὺ κατέβησαν ; ᾿Αλλὰ τὰ σημεῖα, φησὶν, εἶχον. Οὐ τὰ σημεῖα θαυμαστοὺς αὐτοὺς ἐποίησε. Μέχρι πότε προκαλύμμασι κεχρήμεθα τῆς ἡμετέρας ῥᾳθυμίας τοῖς θαύμασιν ἐκείνοις: [Ἴδε τὸν χορὸν τῶν αὙίων οὐ τοῖς θαύμασιν ἐκείνοις λάμψαντα. Πολλοὶ γὰρ καὶ δαίμονας ἐκβαλόντες, ἐπειδὴ τὴν ἀνομίαν εἰργάσαντο, οὐκ ἐγένοντο θαυμαστοὶ, ἀλλὰ καὶ ἐκολάσθησαν. Καὶ τί ποτ᾽ οὖν ἐστι, φησὶν, ὃ μεγάλους αὐὖτοὺς ἔδειξε: ; Τὸ χρημάτων καταφρονεῖν, τὸ δόξης ὑπερορᾶν, τὸ πραγμάτων ἀπήλλαχθαι βιωτικῶν. Ὡς εἴγε μὴ ταῦτα εἶχον, ἀλλὰ δοῦλοι ἡ τῶν. παθῶν ἤσαν, εἰ καὶ μυρίους νεκροὺς ἤγειραν, οὐ μόνον οὐδὲν ἂν ὠφέλησαν, ἀλλὰ καὶ ἀπατεώνες ἂν ἐνομίσθησαν εἶναι. Οὕτως ὁ βίος ἐστὶν ὁ πανταχοῦ λαμπων, ὁ καὶ τοῦ πνεύματος τὴν χάριν ἐπισπώμενος. Ποῖον σημεῖον ᾿Ιωάννης ἐποίησεν, ὅτι πόλεις τοσαύτας ἀνηρτήσατο: Ὀ Ὅτι γὰρ οὐδὲν Σαίοον τρις ἐδ ιν ἄκουσον τοῦ εὐαγγελιστοῦ λέγοντος 5 ὅ ι ᾿Ιωάννης μὲν ἐποίησε σημεῖον οὐδέν. Πόθεν δὲ θαυμαστὸς Ἠλία; ἐγένετο: Οὐκ ἀπὸ τῆς παῤῥησίας τῆς πρὸς τὸν βασιλέα: οὐκ ἀπὸ τοῦ ζήλου τοῦ πρὸς τὸν θεόν: οὐκ ἀπὸ τῆς ἀκτημοσύνης : οὐκ ἀπὸ τῆς μηλωτῆς καὶ τοῦ σπηλαίου καὶ τῶν ὁρῶν; Τὰ γὰρ σημεῖα μετὰ ταῦτα ἅπαντα ἐποίησε. Τὸν δὲ ᾿Ιωβ ποῖον σημεῖον ὁρῶν ποιοῦντα ἐξεπλάγη ὁ διάβολος : Σημεῖον μὲν οὐδὲν, βίον δὲ λάμποντα καὶ ὑπομονὴν ἀδάμαντος στεῤῥοτέραν ἐπιδεικνύμενον. Ποῖον σημεῖον ὁ Δαυϊδ ἐποίησεν, ἔτι νέος ὧν, ὡς εἰπεῖν τὸν θεόν εὗρον Ἑ Δαυϊδ τὸν τοῦ ᾿[εσσαὶ ἄνδρα κατὰ τὴν καρδίαν μου: Ὁ δὲ Αβραὰμ καὶ ᾿Ισαὰκ καὶ ᾿Ιακὼβ ποῖον νεκρὸν ἤγειραν: ποῖον δὲ λεπρὸν ἐκάθηραν; Οὐκ οἶσθα ὅτι τὰ σημεῖα, ἐὰν μὴ νήφωμεν, καὶ βλάπτει πολλάκις: Οὕτω πολλοὶ τῶν Κορινθίων ἀπεσχίσθησαν ἀπ᾿ αλληλων᾽ οὕτω πολλοὶ τῶν Ῥωμαίων ἀπενοήθησαν᾽ οὕτω Σίμων ἐξεβλήθη οὕτως ὃ τῷ Χριστῷ τότε ἐπιθυμήσας ἀκολουθῆσαι ἀπεδοκιμάζετο, ἀκούσας ὅτι αἱ ἀλώπεκες φωλεοὺς ἔχουσι, ᾿καὶ τὰ πετεινὰ τοὺ οὐρανοῦ κατασκηνώσεις. Τούτων. γὰρ ἕκαστος, ὁ μὲν χρημάτων, ὁ δὲ δόξης ἐφιέμενος τῆς ἀπὸ τών σημείων, ἐξέπιπον καὶ ἀπώλλυντο. Βίον δὲ ἐπιμέλεια καὶ ἀρετῆς ἔρως οὐ μόνον οὐ τίκτει τοιαύτην ἐπιθυμίαν, ἀλλὰ καὶ οὗσαν ἀναιρεῖ. Καὶ αὐτὸς δὲ ὅτε ἐνομοθέτει τοῖς ἑαντοῦ μαθηταῖς, τί ἔλεγε: ποιήσατε σημεῖα, ἵνα ἴδωσιν οἱ ἄνθρωποι: : Οὐδαμῶς ἀλλὰ τί: Λαμψάτω τὸ ὡς ὑμῶν ἔμπροσθεν τῶν ἀνθρώπων, ὅ ὅπως ἴδωσιν ὑμῶν τὰ καλα ἔ ἐργα, καὶ δοξάσωσι τὸν πατέρα ὑμῶν τὸν ἐν τοῖς οὐρανοῖς. Καὶ ἣν Πέτρῳ δὲ οὐκ εἶπεν, ᾿ᾧ εἰ φι- Β λεῖς με, ποίει σημεῖα ἀλλὰ, ποίμαινε τὰ π ρόβατά μου. ται πανταχοῦ δὲ αὐτὸν προτιμῶν τῶν ἄλλων μετὰ ᾿Ιακώβου ὶ ᾿Ιωάννον, πόθεν, εἰπέ μοι, προετίμα; απὸ τῶν σημείων: Καὶ μὴν πάντες ὁμοίως ἐκάθαιρον τοὺς λεπροὺς». καὶ τοὺς νεκροὺς ἤγειρον καὶ πᾶσιν ὁμοίως τὴν ἐξουσίαν ἔδωκε. Πόθεν οὗν εἶχον τὸ πλέον οὗτοι: Απὸ τῆς κατὰ ψυχὴν ἀρετῆς. Ὁρᾷς ὅτι πανταχοῦ βίον χρεία καὶ τῆς διὰ τῶν ἔργων ἐπιδείξεως ; 5 Ἀπὸ τῶν καρπῶν γὰρ αὐτῶν, φησὶν, ἐπιγνώσεσθε αὐτούς.

All᾽ ekeinoi? phēsin, apostoloi ēsan. Kai ti touto: Ouche tōn autōn soi meteschon: ouk en polesin etraphēsan: ou tōn autōn apelausan? ouchi technas metecheirisanto: mē gar angeloi ēsan? mē gar ex ouranou katebēsan ? ᾿Alla ta sēmeia, phēsin, eichon. Ou ta sēmeia thaumastous autous epoiēse. Mechri pote prokalymmasi kechrēmetha tēs hēmeteras rhąthymias tois thaumasin ekeinois: [Ide ton choron tōn haUiōn ou tois thaumasin ekeinois lampsanta. Polloi gar kai daimonas ekbalontes, epeidē tēn anomian eirgasanto, ouk egenonto thaumastoi, alla kai ekolasthēsan. Kai ti pot᾽ oun esti, phēsin, ho megalous auytous edeixe: ? To chrēmatōn kataphronein, to doxēs hyperoran, to pragmatōn apēllachthai biōtikōn. Hōs eige mē tauta eichon, alla douloi hē tōn. pathōn ēsan, ei kai myrious nekrous ēgeiran, ou monon ouden an ōphelēsan, alla kai apateōnes an enomisthēsan einai. Houtōs ho bios estin ho pantachou lampōn, ho kai tou pneumatos tēn charin epispōmenos. Poion sēmeion ᾿Iōannēs epoiēsen, hoti poleis tosautas anērtēsato: O Hoti gar ouden Saioon tris ed in akouson tou euangelistou legontos 5 ho i ᾿Iōannēs men epoiēse sēmeion ouden. Pothen de thaumastos Ēlia? egeneto: Ouk apo tēs parrhēsias tēs pros ton basilea: ouk apo tou zēlou tou pros ton theon: ouk apo tēs aktēmosynēs : ouk apo tēs mēlōtēs kai tou spēlaiou kai tōn horōn? Ta gar sēmeia meta tauta hapanta epoiēse. Ton de ᾿Iōb poion sēmeion horōn poiounta exeplagē ho diabolos : Sēmeion men ouden, bion de lamponta kai hypomonēn adamantos sterrhoteran epideiknymenon. Poion sēmeion ho Dauïd epoiēsen, eti neos hōn, hōs eipein ton theon heuron He Dauïd ton tou ᾿[essai andra kata tēn kardian mou: Ho de Abraam kai ᾿Isaak kai ᾿Iakōb poion nekron ēgeiran: poion de lepron ekathēran? Ouk oistha hoti ta sēmeia, ean mē nēphōmen, kai blaptei pollakis: Houtō polloi tōn Korinthiōn apeschisthēsan ap᾿ allēlōn᾽ houtō polloi tōn Rhōmaiōn apenoēthēsan᾽ houtō Simōn exeblēthē houtōs ho tǭ Christǭ tote epithymēsas akolouthēsai apedokimazeto, akousas hoti hai alōpekes phōleous echousi, ᾿kai ta peteina tou ouranou kataskēnōseis. Toutōn. gar hekastos, ho men chrēmatōn, ho de doxēs ephiemenos tēs apo tōn sēmeiōn, exepipon kai apōllynto. Bion de epimeleia kai aretēs erōs ou monon ou tiktei toiautēn epithymian, alla kai housan anairei. Kai autos de hote enomothetei tois heantou mathētais, ti elege: poiēsate sēmeia, hina idōsin hoi anthrōpoi: : Oudamōs alla ti: Lampsatō to hōs hymōn emprosthen tōn anthrōpōn, ho hopōs idōsin hymōn ta kala e erga, kai doxasōsi ton patera hymōn ton en tois ouranois. Kai hēn Petrǭ de ouk eipen, ᾿hǭ ei phi- B leis me, poiei sēmeia alla, poimaine ta p robata mou. tai pantachou de auton protimōn tōn allōn meta ᾿Iakōbou i ᾿Iōannon, pothen, eipe moi, proetima? apo tōn sēmeiōn: Kai mēn pantes homoiōs ekathairon tous leprous». kai tous nekrous ēgeiron kai pasin homoiōs tēn exousian edōke. Pothen houn eichon to pleon houtoi: Apo tēs kata psychēn aretēs. Horąs hoti pantachou bion chreia kai tēs dia tōn ergōn epideixeōs ? 5 Apo tōn karpōn gar autōn, phēsin, epignōsesthe autous.

“But those men,” someone says, “were apostles.” And what of this? Did they not share the same things as you? Were they not reared in cities? Did they not enjoy the same things? Did they not practise crafts? Were they angels? Did they come down from heaven? “But they had the signs,” someone says. It was not the signs that made them wonderful. How long shall we use those wonders as cloaks for our own carelessness? See the choir of the saints, who did not shine by those wonders. For many, even after casting out demons, since they worked lawlessness, did not become wonderful, but were even punished. “And what then was it,” someone says, “that showed them great?” Despising money, disdaining glory, being freed from worldly affairs. Since if they had not had these things, but had been slaves of the passions, even if they had raised countless dead, not only would they have profited nothing, but they would even have been thought to be deceivers. So it is the life that shines everywhere, that draws to itself the grace of the Spirit too. What sign did John do, that he made so many cities hang upon him? For that he did no sign, hear the evangelist saying, “John did no sign.” And from where did Elijah become wonderful? Was it not from his boldness toward the king? Was it not from his zeal for God? Was it not from his having nothing? Was it not from his sheepskin and the cave and the mountains? For he did the signs after all these things. And what sign did the devil see Job doing, that he was astonished? No sign, but a shining life, and a patience firmer than adamant. What sign did David do, while still young, that God said, “I have found David the son of Jesse, a man after my own heart”? And what dead man did Abraham and Isaac and Jacob raise? What leper did they cleanse? Do you not know that signs, unless we are sober, often even harm? So many of the Corinthians were split from one another; so many of the Romans were puffed up; so Simon was cast out; so the man who then desired to follow Christ was rejected, hearing, “The foxes have holes, and the birds of the air have nests.” For each of these, one desiring money, another the glory that comes from signs, fell away and perished. But care for one’s life and the love of virtue not only do not give birth to such a desire, but even take it away when it is there. And he himself, when giving laws to his disciples, what did he say? “Do signs, so that men may see”? By no means; but what? “Let your light shine before men, so that they may see your good works and glorify your Father who is in heaven.” And to Peter he did not say, “If you love me, do signs,” but, “Feed my sheep.” And everywhere preferring him above the others, together with James and John, from what, tell me, did he prefer them? From the signs? Yet all alike cleansed lepers and raised the dead, and he gave the authority to all alike. From where then did these have more? From the virtue of the soul. Do you see that everywhere there is need of life and of the display that comes through works? “For by their fruits,” he says, “you will know them.”

46.4Field 2

Τί δὲ τὴν ζωὴν συνίστησι τὴν ἡμετέραν: : Ἄρα σημείων ἐπίδειξις, ἢ πολιτείας ἀρίστης ἀκρίβεια : Εὔ-ς δηλον ὅτι τὸ δεύτερον τὰ δὲ σημεῖα καὶ τὰς ἀφορμὰς ἐντεῦθεν ἕἔ ἔχει, καὶ εἰς τοῦτο καταλήγει. Ὅ τε γὰρ βίον ἄριστον ἐπιδεικνύμενος, ἐπισπᾶται ταύτην τὴν χάριν᾽ ὅ τε λαμβάνων τὴν χάριν, διὰ τοῦτο λαμβάνει, ἵνα τὸν ἑτέρων διορθώσηται βίον. ᾿Επεὶ καὶ ὁ Χριστὸς διὰ τοῦτο τὰ θαύματα ἐκεῖνα ἐποίησεν, ἵνα ἀξιόπιστος φανεὶς ἐντεῦθεν, καὶ πρὸς ἑαυτὸν ἑλκύσας, ἀρετὴν εἰς τὸν βίον εἰσαγάγῃ. Διὸ καὶ τὴν πλείονα ὑπὲρ τούτου ποιεῖται σπουδήν. Οὐδὲ γὰρ τοῖς σημείοις ἀρκεῖται μόνον, ἀλλὰ καὶ γέενναν ἀπειλεῖ, καὶ βασιλείαν ἐπαγγέλλεται, καὶ τοὺς παραδόξους ἐκείνους τίὮ θησι νόμους, καὶ πάντα ὑπὲρ τούτου πραγματεύεται, ἵνα ἰσαγγέλους ἐργάσηται. Καὶ τί λέγω, ὅτι ὁ Χριστὸς πάντα τούτον ἕνεκεν ποιεῖ : Σοὶ γὰρ εἴ τις ἔδωκεν, εἰπέ μοι, αἵρεσιν; ᾿ νεκροὺς ἀναστῆσαι ἐν τῷ ὀνόματι αὐτοῦ, ἣ διὰ τὸ ὄνομα αὐτοῦ ἀποθανεῖν, τί ἀν ᾿ἐδέξω μᾶλλον: Οὐκ εὕδηλον ὅ ὅτι τὸ δεύτερον: Καὶ μὴν τὸ μὲν σημεῖόν ἐστι, τὸ δὲ ἔ ργον. Τί δὲ, εἴ τίς σοι προὔθηκε ποιῆσαι χόρτον χρυσὸν, ἢ δυνηθῆναι πάντων τῶν χρημάτων ὡς χόρτου καταφρονῆσαι, οὐκ κὰν τοῦτο ἐδέξω μᾶλλον : Καὶ μάλα εἰκότως. Καὶ γὰρ τοὺς ἀνθρώπους τοῦτο ἂν μάλιστα ἐπεσπάσατο. ΒΞ Εἰ μὲν γὰρ εἶδον τὸν χόρτον χρυσὸν γινόμενον, κὰν ἐπεθύμησαν καὶ αὐτοὶ λαβεῖν τὴν δύναμιν, ὥσπερ ὁ Σίμων, καὶ ηὐξήθη ἂν αὐτοῖς ὁ τῶν χρημάτων ἔρως εἰ δὲ εἶδον ὡς χόρτον τοῦ χρυσοῦ πάντας καταφρονοῦντας καὶ ὑπερορῶντας, πάλαι ἂν τῆς νόσου ταύτης ἀπηλλάγησαν. Ὁρᾷς ὅ ὅτι ὁ βίος μᾶλλον ὠφελεῖν δύναται : Βίον δὲ λέγω νῦν, οὐχὶ ἄν νηστεύσῃς, οὐδὲ ἂν σάκκον καὶ σποδὸν ὁ ὑποστρώσης ἀλλ᾽ ἐὰν χρημάτων ὑπερίδῃς, ὡς ὑπεριδεῖν χρή). ἐὧν ὁ Φιλοστοργήσῃς, ἐὰν δῷς πεινῶντι τὸν ἄρτον σου, ἐὰν θυμοῦ Οὕτω καὶ αὐτὸς ἐπαίδευε' 1 ὁ μαθετε γὰρ, φησὶν, ἀπ᾽ ἐμοῦ, ὅτι πρᾶός εἰμι καὶ ταπεινὸς τῇ καρδίᾳ. ϑνεςς Οὐκ εἶπεν, ὅτι ἐνήστευσα καίτοιγε εἶχεν ἐστον τὰς ,Τεσσαράκοντα ἡμέρας, ἀλλ᾽ οὐ λέγει τοῦτο ἀλλ᾽ ὅτι πρᾶός εἰμι καὶ ταπεινὸς τῇ καρδίᾳ. Καὶ πάλιν πέμπων αὐτοὺς, οὐκ εἶπεν, ὅτι νηστεύἜ ετε᾿ ἀλλὰ ἦν πᾶν τὸ παρατιθέμενον ὑμῖν ἐσθίετε. Χρημάτων μέντοι ἕνεκεν πολλήν ἀκρίβειαν ἀπήτησε λέγων' ἐς μἡ κτήσησθε χρυσὸν ἢ ἄργυρον, μηδὲ χαλκὸν εἰς τὰς ζώνας ὑμῶν. Ταῦτα δὲ λέγω, οὐχὶ νηστείαν κακίζων μὴ γένοιτο ἀλλὰ καὶ σφόδρα ἐπαινῶν ἀλγῶ δὲ, ὅταν τῶν ἄλλων͵ ἡμελημένων ταύτην νομίζητε ἀρκεῖν εἰς σωτηρίαν ὑμῖν, τὸ ἔσχατον τοῦ χοροῦ τῆς ἀρετῆς ἔχουσαν μέρος. 'ΤΤὸ γὰρ μέγιστον, ἀγάπη καὶ ἐπιείκεια καὶ ἐλεημοσύνη, ἣ καὶ παρθενίαν ὑπερηκόντισεν. Ὥστε εἰ βούλει ἀποστόλων γενέσθαι ἴ ἴσος, οὐδὲν Ο τὸ κωλύον. Ἄρκεϊ γὰρ ταύτην τὴν ἀρετὴν [ἐπελθόντα μόνον μηδὲν ἔλαττον ἐκείνων ἔχειν. Μηδεὶς τοίνυν εἰς σημεῖα ἀναβαλλέσθω. Αλγεῖ μὲν γὰρ ὅταν ἐξελαθῆ σώματος δαίμων πολλῷ δὲ μᾶλλον, ὅ ὅταν ἁμαρτίας ἀπαλλαττομένην ἴδη ψυχήν. Καὶ γὰρ αὕτη ἐστὶν ἡ δύναμις ε ἐκείνου ἢ μογάλη. Διὰ ταύτην ἀπέθανεν ὃ Χριστὸς, ἵνα ταύτην καταλύσῃ. Καὶ γὰρ αὕτη τὸν θάνατον εἰσήγαγε διὰ ταύτην τὰ ἄνω κάτω γέγοόνεν. Ἂν τοίνυν ταύτην ἀνέλῃς, ἐξέκοψας τοῦ διαβόλου τὰ νεῦρα, συνέτριψας αὐτοῦ τὴν κεφαλὴν, κατέλυσας αὐτοῦ τὴν ἰσχὺν ἅπασαν, διέσπασας τὸ στρατόπεδον, ἁπάντων σημείων ἐπεδείξω σημεῖον μεῖζον. Οὐκ ἐμὸς οὗτος ὁ λόγος, ἀλλὰ τοῦ μακαρίου Παύλου. Εἰπὼν γὰρ, ζηλοῦτε, τὰ χαρίσματα τὰ κρείττονα, καὶ ἔτι καθ᾽ ὑπερβολὴν ὁδὸν υ ὑμῖν δείκνυμι, οὐκ ὁπήγαγε σημεῖον, ἀλλὰ ἀγάπην τὴν πάντων ῥίζαν τῶν ἀγαθῶν. ᾿Ἂν τοίνυν ταύτην ἀσκῶμεν, καὶ τὴν ἐκ ταύτης φιλοσοφίαν ἅ ἅπασαν, οὐδὲν δεηθησόμεθα σημείων ὥσπερ οὖν ἐὰν «μὴ ἀσκῶμεν, οὐδὲν κερδανοῦμεν ἀπὸ δ γῶν σημείων. Ταῦτ᾽ οὖν ἅπαντα ἐννοοῦντες, αφ᾽ ὧν ἐγένοντο οἱ ἀπόστολοι μεγάλοι, ταῦτα ζηλώσωμεν. Πόθεν οὖν ἐγένοντο ἐκεῖνοι μεγάλοι: Ἄκουσον λέγοντος Πέτρου ἰδ ἐς ἰδοὺ ἡμεῖς «φήκαμεν πάντα, καὶ ἠκολουθήσαμέν σοι τί ἄρα ἄσται ἡμῖν. Ἄκουσον καὶ τοῦ Χριστοὺ λέγοντος αὐτοῖς, ὅτι ἐπὶ δώδεκα θρόνους καθίσεσθε καὶ ὅτι πᾶς ὅστις ἀφῆκεν οἰκίας, ἢ ἀδελφοὺς, ἢ ἥ πατέρα, ἤ μητέρα, ἑκατονταπλασίονα λήψεται ἐν τῷ αἰῶνι τούτῳ, καὶ ζωὴν αἰώνιον κληρονομήσει. Ἁπαντων τοίνυν ἑαυτοὺς ἀποστήσαντες τῶν βιωτικῶν, ἀναθώμεθα ἑαυτοὺς τῷ Χριστῳ, ἵνα καὶ τῶν ἀποστόλων γενώμεθα ἴσοι κατὰ τὴν ἀπόφασιν τὴν αὐτοῦ, καὶ τῆς αἰωνίου ζωῆς ἀπολαύσωμεν' ἧς γένοιτο πάντας ἡμᾶς ἐπιτυχεῖν, χάριτι καὶ φιλανθρωπίᾳ τοῦ κυρίου ἡμῶν ᾿Ιησοῦ Χριστοῦ, ᾧ ἡ δόξα καὶ τὸ κράτος εἰς τοὺς αἰῶνας τῶν αἰώνων. ᾿Δμῆήν.

Ti de tēn zōēn synistēsi tēn hēmeteran: : Ara sēmeiōn epideixis, ē politeias aristēs akribeia : Eu-s dēlon hoti to deuteron ta de sēmeia kai tas aphormas enteuthen hee echei, kai eis touto katalēgei. Ho te gar bion ariston epideiknymenos, epispatai tautēn tēn charin᾽ ho te lambanōn tēn charin, dia touto lambanei, hina ton heterōn diorthōsētai bion. ᾿Epei kai ho Christos dia touto ta thaumata ekeina epoiēsen, hina axiopistos phaneis enteuthen, kai pros heauton helkysas, aretēn eis ton bion eisagagę̄. Dio kai tēn pleiona hyper toutou poieitai spoudēn. Oude gar tois sēmeiois arkeitai monon, alla kai geennan apeilei, kai basileian epangelletai, kai tous paradoxous ekeinous tiŌ thēsi nomous, kai panta hyper toutou pragmateuetai, hina isangelous ergasētai. Kai ti legō, hoti ho Christos panta touton heneken poiei : Soi gar ei tis edōken, eipe moi, hairesin? ᾿ nekrous anastēsai en tǭ onomati autou, hē dia to onoma autou apothanein, ti an ᾿edexō mallon: Ouk heudēlon ho hoti to deuteron: Kai mēn to men sēmeion esti, to de e rgon. Ti de, ei tis soi prouthēke poiēsai chorton chryson, ē dynēthēnai pantōn tōn chrēmatōn hōs chortou kataphronēsai, ouk kan touto edexō mallon : Kai mala eikotōs. Kai gar tous anthrōpous touto an malista epespasato. BX Ei men gar eidon ton chorton chryson ginomenon, kan epethymēsan kai autoi labein tēn dynamin, hōsper ho Simōn, kai ēuxēthē an autois ho tōn chrēmatōn erōs ei de eidon hōs chorton tou chrysou pantas kataphronountas kai hyperorōntas, palai an tēs nosou tautēs apēllagēsan. Horąs ho hoti ho bios mallon ōphelein dynatai : Bion de legō nyn, ouchi an nēsteusę̄s, oude an sakkon kai spodon ho hypostrōsēs all᾽ ean chrēmatōn hyperidę̄s, hōs hyperidein chrē). heōn ho Philostorgēsę̄s, ean dǭs peinōnti ton arton sou, ean thymou Houtō kai autos epaideue' 1 ho mathete gar, phēsin, ap᾽ emou, hoti praos eimi kai tapeinos tę̄ kardią. ϑness Ouk eipen, hoti enēsteusa kaitoige eichen eston tas ,Tessarakonta hēmeras, all᾽ ou legei touto all᾽ hoti praos eimi kai tapeinos tę̄ kardią. Kai palin pempōn autous, ouk eipen, hoti nēsteuE ete᾿ alla ēn pan to paratithemenon hymin esthiete. Chrēmatōn mentoi heneken pollēn akribeian apētēse legōn' es mē ktēsēsthe chryson ē argyron, mēde chalkon eis tas zōnas hymōn. Tauta de legō, ouchi nēsteian kakizōn mē genoito alla kai sphodra epainōn algō de, hotan tōn allōn͵ hēmelēmenōn tautēn nomizēte arkein eis sōtērian hymin, to eschaton tou chorou tēs aretēs echousan meros. 'TTo gar megiston, agapē kai epieikeia kai eleēmosynē, hē kai parthenian hyperēkontisen. Hōste ei boulei apostolōn genesthai i isos, ouden O to kōlyon. Arkeï gar tautēn tēn aretēn [epelthonta monon mēden elatton ekeinōn echein. Mēdeis toinyn eis sēmeia anaballesthō. Algei men gar hotan exelathē sōmatos daimōn pollǭ de mallon, ho hotan hamartias apallattomenēn idē psychēn. Kai gar hautē estin hē dynamis e ekeinou ē mogalē. Dia tautēn apethanen ho Christos, hina tautēn katalysę̄. Kai gar hautē ton thanaton eisēgage dia tautēn ta anō katō gegoonen. An toinyn tautēn anelę̄s, exekopsas tou diabolou ta neura, synetripsas autou tēn kephalēn, katelysas autou tēn ischyn hapasan, diespasas to stratopedon, hapantōn sēmeiōn epedeixō sēmeion meizon. Ouk emos houtos ho logos, alla tou makariou Paulou. Eipōn gar, zēloute, ta charismata ta kreittona, kai eti kath᾽ hyperbolēn hodon y hymin deiknymi, ouk hopēgage sēmeion, alla agapēn tēn pantōn rhizan tōn agathōn. ᾿An toinyn tautēn askōmen, kai tēn ek tautēs philosophian ha hapasan, ouden deēthēsometha sēmeiōn hōsper oun ean «mē askōmen, ouden kerdanoumen apo d gōn sēmeiōn. Taut᾽ oun hapanta ennoountes, aph᾽ hōn egenonto hoi apostoloi megaloi, tauta zēlōsōmen. Pothen oun egenonto ekeinoi megaloi: Akouson legontos Petrou id es idou hēmeis «phēkamen panta, kai ēkolouthēsamen soi ti ara astai hēmin. Akouson kai tou Christou legontos autois, hoti epi dōdeka thronous kathisesthe kai hoti pas hostis aphēken oikias, ē adelphous, ē hē patera, ē mētera, hekatontaplasiona lēpsetai en tǭ aiōni toutǭ, kai zōēn aiōnion klēronomēsei. Hapantōn toinyn heautous apostēsantes tōn biōtikōn, anathōmetha heautous tǭ Christǭ, hina kai tōn apostolōn genōmetha isoi kata tēn apophasin tēn autou, kai tēs aiōniou zōēs apolausōmen' hēs genoito pantas hēmas epitychein, chariti kai philanthrōpią tou kyriou hēmōn ᾿Iēsou Christou, hǭ hē doxa kai to kratos eis tous aiōnas tōn aiōnōn. ᾿Dmēēn.

And what establishes our life? A display of signs, or the exactness of an excellent way of life? Clearly the second; and signs too have their starting points from here and end in this. For he who displays an excellent life draws this grace to himself; and he who receives the grace receives it for this, that he may correct the life of others. For Christ too did those wonders for this reason, that, having appeared trustworthy by them and having drawn men to himself, he might bring virtue into life. Therefore he also makes the greater effort on behalf of this. For he is not content with signs only, but also threatens Gehenna, and promises the kingdom, and sets down those strange laws, and does everything for this, so as to make men equal to the angels. And why do I say that Christ does everything for this? For if someone gave you, tell me, the choice either to raise the dead in his name or to die for his name, which would you rather accept? Is it not clear that the second? And yet the one is a sign, the other a work. And what if someone set before you either to make grass gold, or to be able to despise all money as grass, would you not accept this rather? And with good reason. For this would above all draw men. For if they saw grass becoming gold, they would have desired to receive the power themselves too, like Simon, and the love of money would have increased in them; but if they saw all despising and disdaining gold as grass, they would long ago have been freed from this disease. Do you see that the life is more able to benefit? And by life I do not now mean if you fast, nor if you spread sackcloth and ashes beneath you, but if you disdain money as one should disdain it, if you are affectionate, if you give your bread to the hungry, if you (…) anger. So he himself taught: “For learn from me,” he says, “for I am meek and lowly in heart.” He did not say, “For I fasted,” though he had the forty days to speak of; but he does not say this, but, “For I am meek and lowly in heart.” And again, sending them out, he did not say, “Fast,” but, “Eat everything that is set before you.” But concerning money he required great exactness, saying, “Do not get gold or silver or copper for your belts.” And I say these things not finding fault with fasting (God forbid!), but even praising it greatly; but I grieve when, neglecting the other things, you think this is enough for your salvation, though it holds the last place in the choir of virtue. For the greatest thing is love and gentleness and almsgiving, which has surpassed even virginity. So if you wish to become equal to the apostles, nothing hinders you. For it is enough to have pursued only this virtue to have nothing less than they. Let no one then wait for signs. For the demon is grieved when he is driven from a body, but much more when he sees a soul being freed from sin. For this is his great power. For this Christ died, to destroy it. For this brought in death; through this all things were turned upside down. If then you take this away, you have cut out the devil’s sinews, crushed his head, destroyed all his strength, scattered his army, displayed a sign greater than all signs. This word is not mine, but blessed Paul’s. For having said, “Be zealous for the better gifts; and yet I show you a more excellent way,” he did not bring in a sign, but love, the root of all good things. If then we practise this, and all the philosophy that comes from it, we shall need no signs; just as, if we do not practise it, we shall gain nothing from signs. Considering all these things, then, let us emulate the things from which the apostles became great. From where then did they become great? Hear Peter saying, “Behold, we have left everything and followed you; what then shall we have?” Hear Christ too saying to them, “You will sit on twelve thrones,” and that “everyone who has left houses or brothers or father or mother will receive a hundredfold in this age, and will inherit eternal life.” Withdrawing ourselves, then, from all worldly things, let us dedicate ourselves to Christ, so that we may become equal to the apostles according to his own sentence, and enjoy eternal life; which may we all attain, by the grace and love for humanity of our Lord Jesus Christ, to whom be the glory and the might to the ages of ages. Amen.

Chapter 47

47.1Field 2

Ταῦτα πάντα ἐλαλησεν ὁ ]ησοῦς εν παραβολαῖς τοῖς ὄχλοις, καὶ χωρὶς παραβολῆς οὐδὲν ἐλάλει αὐτοῖς ὅπως πληρωθῇ τὸ ῥηθὲν διὰ τοῦ προφήτου λέγοντος ἀνοίξω ἐν παραβολαῖς τὸ στόμα μου», ερεύξομαι κεκρυμμένα ἀπὸ καταβολῆς κόσμου. Ὁ ΔῈ Μάρκος φησὶν, ὅτι καθὼς ἠδύναντο ἀκούειν, ἐλάλει αὐτοῖς τὸν λόγον ἐν παραβολαῖς. Εἶτα δεικνὺς οὐδὲν αὐτὸν καινοτομοῦντα, εἰσάγει τὸν προφήτην καὶ τοῦτον προαναφωνοῦντα τῆς διδασκαλίας τὸν τρόπον. Καὶ διδάσκων ἡμᾶς τοῦ Χριστοῦ τὴν γνώμην, ὅτι οὐχ ἵνα ἀγνοῶσιν, αλλ᾽ ἵνα αὐτοὺς εἰς ἐρώτησιν ἄγῃ, οὕτω διελέγετο, ἐπήγαγε καὶ χωρὶς παραβολῆς οὐδὲν ἐλάλει αὐτοῖς καίτοιγε ποὰς λὰ χωρὶς παραβολῆς εἷἶπεν' αλλὰ τότε οὐδέν. Καὶ ὅμως οὐδεὶς αὐτὸν ἠρώτησε καίτοιγε τοὺς προφήτας πολλάκις ἠρώτων, ὡς τὸν ᾿Ιεζεχιὴλ, ὡς ἑτέρους πολλούτ᾽ οὗτοι δὲ οὐδὲν τοιοῦτον ἐποίουν. Καίτοιγε ἢ ἱκανὰ τὰ εἰρημένα ἣν εἰς ἀγωνίαν αὐτοὺς ἐμβαλεῖν, καὶ διεγείρειν πρὸς τὴν ἐρώτησιν καὶ γὰρ κόλασιν μεγίστην ἠπείλουν αἱ πα ραβολαί ἀλλ᾽ ὅμως οὐδὲ οὕτως ἐκινήθησαν. Διὸ καὶ αφεὶς αὐτοὺς, ἀπῆλθε. Τότε γὰρ, φησὶν, ἀφεὶς τοὺς ὄχλους, ἀπῆλθεν εἰς τὴν οἰκίαν αὐτοῦ ὁ ᾿Ιησοῦς καὶ οὐδεὶς ἕπεται τῶν ᾿ γραμματέων ὅθεν δῆλον, ὅτι δι᾽ οὐδὲν ἕ ἕτερον εἵποντο, ἥ ὥστε ἐπιλαβέσθαι. ᾿Επειδὴ δὲ οὐ ,συνῆκαν τὰ λεγόμενα, εἴασεν αὐτοὺς λοιπόν. Καὶ προσέρχονται οἱ μαθηταὶ αὐτοῦ ἐρωτῶντες περὶ τῆς παραβολῆς τῶν ζιζανίων καίτοιγε ἔστιν ὅπου βουλόμενοι μαθεῖν καὶ δεδοικότες ἐρωτῆσαι. Πόθεν οὖν ἐν- ,ὔ ᾿ - ε ε ΝΜ ψΨ .« « ταῦθα γέγονεν αὐτοῖς ἡ παῤῥησία; ᾿Ἡκουσαν, ὅτι υμῖν Ὁ ͵ - Ά σι ΓῚ σι δέδοται γνώναι τὰ μυστήρια τῆς βασιλείας τών οὐρανῶν, ἢ ἐθ ν.ε Α ΔΗ - ᾿ ΄σκαὶ εθαῤῥησαν. Διὸ καὶ ἰδίᾳ ἐρωτῶσιν, οὐ τῷ πληθει ᾽ σι ΄ ’ βασκαίνοντες, ἀλλὰ τὸν τοῦ δεσπότου τηροῦντες νόμον. οὕτοις γαρ, φησίν, οὐκ εὐοθη. Καὶ τί ὁήποτε τῆν τῆς ’ ᾿ ΄ι ’ ν᾿ .Ὶ ’ ζύμης καὶ τοῦ σινάπεως ἀφέντες παραβολὴν, περὶ ταύτης ᾽ ’ » σι [4 ἢ πυνθάνονται: Ὡς σαφεστέρας ἐκείνας ἀφῆκαν' ταύτην δὲ, ὡς μοί συγγένειαν πρὸς τὴν προειρημένην, καὶ πλέον ᾽ ’ ᾽ - Ω ’ 3ΔᾺ . Δ τι ἐνδεικνυμένην ἐκείνης, μαθεῖν ἡβονλήθησαν. Οὐδὲ γὰρ ἂν [ὴ ’ ᾿Ὶ ᾽ σ΄ - ᾿ εκ δευτέρου τὴν αὐτὴν εἶπεν ᾿ἐπιθυμοῦσι μαθεῖν καὶ γὰρ ε, ᾿ ᾽ ΄ ᾽ ἢ ᾿Ὶ ϑ ὔ η Ἀπ Ὡν, πολλὴν εξ αὐτῆς εμφαινομένην τὴν ἀπειλήν. ΔΙΟΕ οὐδὲ ἐγκαλεῖ αὐτοῖς, αλλὰ καὶ δ αναπληροι τὰ εἰρημένα. Ν Φ ᾿ . Καὶ ὅπερ ἔλεγον ἀεὶ, ὅτι τὰς παραβολὰς οὐ κατα τὴν ῥῆσιν ἐπεξιέναι δεῖ, ἐπεὶ πολλὰ τὰ ἄτοπα ἕψεται τοῦτο καὶ αὐτὸς ἐνταῦθα παιδεύων ἡμᾶς, οὕτως ἐξηγεῖται τὴν παραβολήν. Οὐδὲ γὰρ λέγει, τίνες εἰσὶν οἱ δοῦλοι οἱ προσελ᾿ ς Ὁ ἣ ἘΝ θόντες αλλὰ δεικνὺς ὅτι ἀκολουθίας τινὸς ἕνεκεν αὐτοὺς παΞ ’ - ᾿Ὶ Α ρείληφε, καὶ τοῦ διαπλάσαι τὴν εἰκόνα, ἐκεῖνο αφεις Το μέρος, τὰ κατεπείγοντα ἐρμηνεύει καὶ συνέχοντα μάλιστα, » ἃ ε « Ν᾽ } καὶ δ᾽ ἃ ἡ παραβολὴ εἴρηται, δεικνὺς ἢ ἑαυτὸν ὄντα κριτὴν καὶ κύριον τοῦ παντός. Καὶ ἀποκριθεὶς, φησὶν, εἶπεν »,, δος ὁ ᾿ Ν ε Ὡὧςφ ὃ αὐτοῖς ὁ σπείρων τὸ καλὸν σπέρμα, ἔστιν ὁ υἱὸς τοῦ αν’ ῷ « ψ ΝΜ « Ἔ Α ’ θρώπου: ὁ δὲ αὙρὸς, ἔστιν ὁ κόσμος τὸ δὲ καλὸν σπέρμα, φ ,ὔ ᾽ . .«ν - , ες ᾿ δὲ , : .Ἁ οὗτοί εἰσιν οἱ υἱοὶ τῆς βασιλείας τὰ δὲ ζιζάνια, οἱ υἱοὶ --- ΨΑς « δ Ά Ψ « ᾽ὔ τοῦ πονηροῦ ὁ δὲ ἐχθρὸς ὁ σπείρων αὐτὰ, ἔστιν ὁ διάβο« Υ Α Ψ ΄-- ας ὸ Ὶ λος᾽ ὁ δὲ θερισμὸς, ἔστιν ἡ συντέλεια τοῦ αἰῶνος οἱ δὲ Ν ο Φ [4 θερισταὶ, ἄνγγϑλοί εἰσιν. Ὥσπερ οὖν συλλέγεται τὰ ζιζάνια, καὶ πυρὶ καίεται οὕτως ἔσται ἐν τῇ συντελείᾳ τοῦ αἰῶνος ’ - ϑ ΄- ΄- ᾿Ὶ ϑ ’ὔ τούτου: Αποστολεῖ ὁ υἱὸς τοῦ ᾿ἀνθρώπου τοὺς αὙγέλους Β ᾽ σι - σι ἢ λῚ αὐτοῦ, καὶ συλλέξουσιν ἐκ τῆς βασιλείας αὐτοῦ πάντα τὰ σκάνδαλα καὶ τοὺς ποιοῦντας τὴν ἀνομίαν, καὶ βαλοῦσιν αὐ΄- ὅς ὈνΥ , τοὺς εἰς τὴν κάμινον τοῦ πυρός᾿ ἐκεῖ ἔσται ὁ κλαυθμὸς καὶ ὁ βρυγμὸς τῶν ὀδόντων. Τότε οἱ δίκαιοι ᾿ἐκλάμψουσιν ὡς ὁ ἥλιος εἰ ἐν τῇ βασιλείᾳ τοὺ πατρὸς αὐτῶν. Ὅταν γὰρ αὐτὸς ἢ ὁ σπείρων, καὶ τὸν ἀγρὸν τὸν ἑαυτοῦ, καὶ ἐκ τῆς βασιλείας τῆς ᾿ ἑαυτοῦ συναάγη, εὔδηλον ὅτι καὶ ὁ παρὼν κόσμος αὐτοῦ ἐστι. Σκόπει δὲ αὐτοῦ φιλανθρωπίαν ἄφατον, καὶ τὸ πρὸς εὐεργεσίαν ἐπιῤῥεπὲς, καὶ τὸ πρὸς κόλασιν ἠλλοτριωμένον. Ὅταν μὲν γὰρ σπείρῃ, δι᾿ ἐαντοῦ σπείρει᾽ ὅταν δὲ κολαζη;, δ ἑτέρων, τουτέστι; τῶν Κ ἀγγέλων. τε οἱ δίκαιοι ἐκλάμψουσιν ὡς δ ἥλιος, ἐν τῇ βασιλείᾳ τοῦ πατρὸς αὐτῶν. Οὐκ ἐπειδὴ οὕτω μόνον, ἀλλ᾽ ὀπειδη . τούτου τοῦ ἄστρου ᾿ φανότερον οὐκ ἴσμεν ἕτερον, τοῖς γνωρίμοις ἡμῖν κέχρηται παραδείγμασι. Καίτοιγε ἀλλαχοῦ φησι τὸν θερισμὸν ἤδη παρεῖναι, ὡς ὅταν λέγῃ περὶ τῶν μαρειτῶν' ὗωι ἐπάρατε τοὺς ὀφθαλμοὺς ὑμών, καὶ θεασασθε τὰς χώρας, ὅτι λευκαί εἰσι πρὸς θερισμὸν ἤδη καὶ πάλιν, δ΄ ὁ μὲν θερισμὸς πολὺν, οἱ δὲ ἐργάται ὀλέγοι. Πώς οὖν ἐκεῖ μὲν ἤδη τὸν θερισμὸν παρεῖναί φησιν; ἐνταῦθα δὲ μέλλειν τὸν θερισμὸν εἶπε: Κατ' ἄλλο σημαινόςὮ μενον. Καὶ πῶς ἀλλαχοῦ εἰπών, Ἴ ἄλλος ἐστὶν ὁ σπείρων, καὶ ἄλλος ὁ θερίζων, ἐνταῦθα ἑαυτόν φησιν εἶναι τὸν σπείροντα; Ὅτι κακεῖ οὐχ ἑαυτῷ, ἀλλὰ προφήταις ἀποστόλους ἀντιδιαστέλλων ἔλεγε, καὶ επὶ τῶν ᾿Ιουδαίων καὶ Σαμαρειτῶν. Καὶ γὰρ καὶ διὰ τῶν προφητῶν αὐτὸς ἔσπειρεν. ἼΕστι δὲ ὅπου καὶ θερισμὸν καὶ σπόρον ΡῬαὐτὸ τοῦτο καλεῖ, πρὸς ἄλλο καὶ ἄλλο αὐτὸ ὀνομάζων.

Tauta panta elalēsen ho ]ēsous en parabolais tois ochlois, kai chōris parabolēs ouden elalei autois hopōs plērōthę̄ to rhēthen dia tou prophētou legontos anoixō en parabolais to stoma mou», ereuxomai kekrymmena apo katabolēs kosmou. Ho DE Markos phēsin, hoti kathōs ēdynanto akouein, elalei autois ton logon en parabolais. Eita deiknys ouden auton kainotomounta, eisagei ton prophētēn kai touton proanaphōnounta tēs didaskalias ton tropon. Kai didaskōn hēmas tou Christou tēn gnōmēn, hoti ouch hina agnoōsin, all᾽ hina autous eis erōtēsin agę̄, houtō dielegeto, epēgage kai chōris parabolēs ouden elalei autois kaitoige poas la chōris parabolēs heiipen' alla tote ouden. Kai homōs oudeis auton ērōtēse kaitoige tous prophētas pollakis ērōtōn, hōs ton ᾿Iezechiēl, hōs heterous pollout᾽ houtoi de ouden toiouton epoioun. Kaitoige ē hikana ta eirēmena hēn eis agōnian autous embalein, kai diegeirein pros tēn erōtēsin kai gar kolasin megistēn ēpeiloun hai pa rabolai all᾽ homōs oude houtōs ekinēthēsan. Dio kai apheis autous, apēlthe. Tote gar, phēsin, apheis tous ochlous, apēlthen eis tēn oikian autou ho ᾿Iēsous kai oudeis hepetai tōn ᾿ grammateōn hothen dēlon, hoti di᾽ ouden he heteron heiponto, hē hōste epilabesthai. ᾿Epeidē de ou ,synēkan ta legomena, eiasen autous loipon. Kai proserchontai hoi mathētai autou erōtōntes peri tēs parabolēs tōn zizaniōn kaitoige estin hopou boulomenoi mathein kai dedoikotes erōtēsai. Pothen oun en- ,y ᾿ - e e NM psPs .« « tautha gegonen autois hē parrhēsia? ᾿Hēkousan, hoti ymin Ho ͵ - A si GI si dedotai gnōnai ta mystēria tēs basileias tōn ouranōn, ē eth n.e A DĒ - ᾿ ΄skai etharrhēsan. Dio kai idią erōtōsin, ou tǭ plēthei ᾽ si ΄ ’ baskainontes, alla ton tou despotou tērountes nomon. houtois gar, phēsin, ouk euothē. Kai ti hoēpote tēn tēs ’ ᾿ ΄i ’ n᾿ .I ’ zymēs kai tou sinapeōs aphentes parabolēn, peri tautēs ᾽ ’ » si [4 ē pynthanontai: Hōs saphesteras ekeinas aphēkan' tautēn de, hōs moi syngeneian pros tēn proeirēmenēn, kai pleon ᾽ ’ ᾽ - Ō ’ 3DA . D ti endeiknymenēn ekeinēs, mathein hēbonlēthēsan. Oude gar an [ē ’ ᾿I ᾽ s΄ - ᾿ ek deuterou tēn autēn eipen ᾿epithymousi mathein kai gar e, ᾿ ᾽ ΄ ᾽ ē ᾿I ϑ y ē Ap Hōn, pollēn ex autēs emphainomenēn tēn apeilēn. DIOE oude enkalei autois, alla kai d anaplēroi ta eirēmena. N Ph ᾿ . Kai hoper elegon aei, hoti tas parabolas ou kata tēn rhēsin epexienai dei, epei polla ta atopa hepsetai touto kai autos entautha paideuōn hēmas, houtōs exēgeitai tēn parabolēn. Oude gar legei, tines eisin hoi douloi hoi prosel᾿ s Ho hē EN thontes alla deiknys hoti akolouthias tinos heneken autous paX ’ - ᾿I A reilēphe, kai tou diaplasai tēn eikona, ekeino apheis To meros, ta katepeigonta ermēneuei kai synechonta malista, » ha e « N᾽ } kai d᾽ ha hē parabolē eirētai, deiknys ē heauton onta kritēn kai kyrion tou pantos. Kai apokritheis, phēsin, eipen »,, dos ho ᾿ N e Hōōsph ho autois ho speirōn to kalon sperma, estin ho huios tou an’ ǭ « ps NM « E A ’ thrōpou: ho de haUros, estin ho kosmos to de kalon sperma, ph ,y ᾽ . .«n - , es ᾿ de , : .Ha houtoi eisin hoi huioi tēs basileias ta de zizania, hoi huioi --- PsAs « d A Ps « ᾽y tou ponērou ho de echthros ho speirōn auta, estin ho diabo« Y A Ps ΄-- as o I los᾽ ho de therismos, estin hē synteleia tou aiōnos hoi de N o Ph [4 theristai, anngϑloi eisin. Hōsper oun syllegetai ta zizania, kai pyri kaietai houtōs estai en tę̄ synteleią tou aiōnos ’ - ϑ ΄- ΄- ᾿I ϑ ’y toutou: Apostolei ho huios tou ᾿anthrōpou tous haUgelous B ᾽ si - si ē lI autou, kai syllexousin ek tēs basileias autou panta ta skandala kai tous poiountas tēn anomian, kai balousin au΄- hos OnY , tous eis tēn kaminon tou pyros᾿ ekei estai ho klauthmos kai ho brygmos tōn odontōn. Tote hoi dikaioi ᾿eklampsousin hōs ho hēlios ei en tę̄ basileią tou patros autōn. Hotan gar autos ē ho speirōn, kai ton agron ton heautou, kai ek tēs basileias tēs ᾿ heautou synaagē, eudēlon hoti kai ho parōn kosmos autou esti. Skopei de autou philanthrōpian aphaton, kai to pros euergesian epirrhepes, kai to pros kolasin ēllotriōmenon. Hotan men gar speirę̄, di᾿ eantou speirei᾽ hotan de kolazē?, d heterōn, toutesti? tōn K angelōn. te hoi dikaioi eklampsousin hōs d hēlios, en tę̄ basileią tou patros autōn. Ouk epeidē houtō monon, all᾽ opeidē . toutou tou astrou ᾿ phanoteron ouk ismen heteron, tois gnōrimois hēmin kechrētai paradeigmasi. Kaitoige allachou phēsi ton therismon ēdē pareinai, hōs hotan legę̄ peri tōn mareitōn' hyōi eparate tous ophthalmous hymōn, kai theasasthe tas chōras, hoti leukai eisi pros therismon ēdē kai palin, d΄ ho men therismos polyn, hoi de ergatai olegoi. Pōs oun ekei men ēdē ton therismon pareinai phēsin? entautha de mellein ton therismon eipe: Kat' allo sēmainosŌ menon. Kai pōs allachou eipōn, I allos estin ho speirōn, kai allos ho therizōn, entautha heauton phēsin einai ton speironta? Hoti kakei ouch heautǭ, alla prophētais apostolous antidiastellōn elege, kai epi tōn ᾿Ioudaiōn kai Samareitōn. Kai gar kai dia tōn prophētōn autos espeiren. IEsti de hopou kai therismon kai sporon RRhauto touto kalei, pros allo kai allo auto onomazōn.

“All these things Jesus spoke in parables to the crowds, and without a parable he spoke nothing to them, that what was spoken through the prophet might be fulfilled, saying, ‘I will open my mouth in parables; I will utter things hidden from the foundation of the world.’” And Mark says that “as they were able to hear, he spoke the word to them in parables.” Then, showing that he was introducing nothing new, he brings in the prophet too, foretelling this manner of teaching. And teaching us Christ’s intention, that he spoke so not that they might be ignorant but that he might lead them to ask questions, he added, “And without a parable he spoke nothing to them.” And yet he had said many things without a parable; but then, nothing. And nevertheless no one asked him; and yet they often asked the prophets, as Ezekiel, as many others; but these did nothing of the kind. And yet what had been said was enough to throw them into anguish and to rouse them to ask; for the parables threatened the greatest punishment; but nevertheless not even so were they moved. Therefore he also left them and went away. “For then,” it says, “Jesus left the crowds and went into his house”; and none of the scribes follows; from which it is clear that they followed for no other reason than to lay hold of him. But since they did not understand what was said, he let them be at last. “And his disciples come to him, asking about the parable of the tares”; and yet there are times when they wished to learn and were afraid to ask. From where then did they get this boldness here? They had heard, “To you it has been given to know the mysteries of the kingdom of heaven,” and they took courage. Therefore they also ask privately, not grudging the multitude, but keeping their Master’s law. “For to them,” he says, “it has not been given.” And why, leaving aside the parable of the leaven and of the mustard seed, do they inquire about this one? They left those as clearer; but this one, as having a kinship with the one spoken before and showing something more than it, they wished to learn. For he would not have spoken the same one a second time. For they desire to learn, seeing great threatening displayed in it. Therefore he does not even blame them, but fills out what had been said. And what I have always said, that one must not go through the parables word by word, since many absurdities will follow, this he too teaches us here by explaining the parable so. For he does not say who the servants are who came; but, showing that he took them in for the sake of a certain sequence and to shape the image, leaving that part aside he interprets the urgent and most essential things, those for which the parable was spoken, showing himself to be judge and Lord of all. “And he answered,” it says, “and said to them, ‘He who sows the good seed is the Son of Man; and the field is the world; and the good seed, these are the sons of the kingdom; and the tares are the sons of the evil one; and the enemy who sowed them is the devil; and the harvest is the end of the age; and the reapers are angels. As then the tares are gathered and burned with fire, so will it be at the end of this age. The Son of Man will send his angels, and they will gather out of his kingdom all stumbling blocks and those who do lawlessness, and will cast them into the furnace of fire; there will be weeping and gnashing of teeth. Then the righteous will shine like the sun in the kingdom of their Father.’” For when he himself is the sower, and gathers from his own field and out of his own kingdom, it is clear that the present world too is his. And consider his unspeakable love for humanity, his inclination toward kindness, and his estrangement from punishing. For when he sows, he sows himself; but when he punishes, through others, that is, the angels. “Then the righteous will shine like the sun in the kingdom of their Father.” Not because they will shine only so, but since we know nothing brighter than this star, he uses examples known to us. And yet elsewhere he says that the harvest is already present, as when he says about the Samaritans, “Lift up your eyes and see the fields, that they are white already for harvest”; and again, “The harvest is great, but the laborers are few.” How then does he say there that the harvest is already present, but here that the harvest is to come? With another meaning. And how, having said elsewhere, “One is the sower and another the reaper,” does he say here that he himself is the sower? Because there too he was distinguishing not himself but the prophets from the apostles, in the case of the Jews and Samaritans. For he himself sowed through the prophets too. And there are times when he calls this same thing both harvest and sowing, naming it so in relation to different things.

47.2Field 2

Ὅταν μὲν γὰρ τὴν πειθὼ καὶ τὴν ὑπακοὴν τῶν ὑπακουσάντων λέγῃ, θερισμὸν τὸ πρᾶγμα καλεῖ, ὡς τὸ πᾶν ἀπαρτίσακ ὅταν δὲ τὸν Ε, καρπὸν ἐπιζητῇ τῆς ἀκροάσεως, σπόρον᾽ καὶ θερισμὸν τὴν συντέλειαν λέγει. Καὶ πῶς ἀλλαχοῦ φησιν, ὅτι πρῶτοι οἱ δίκαιοι ἁρπάζονται: : Ἁρπάζονται μὲν γὰρ πρῶτοι; παραγενομένου δὲ τοῦ Χριστοῦ παραδίδονται οὗτοι κολάσει, καὶ τότε εἰς βασιλείαν οὐρανῶν ἀπέρχονται ἐκεῖνοι. ᾿Επειδὴ γὰρ ἐν οὐρανῷ δεῖ αὐτοὺς εἶναι; ἐντανθα δὲ αὐτὸς ἥξει καὶ κρινεῖ πάντας ἀνθρώπους, δοὺς τὴν ἀπόφασιν τούτοις, καθάπερ τις βασιλεὺς ἀνίσταται μετὰ τῶν φίλων αὐτοῦ, πρὸς τὴν μακαρίαν ἐκείνην λήξιν αὐτοὺς ᾿ἄγων. Εἶδες διπλὴν τὴν κόλασιν οὖσαν, τῷ τε κατακαίεσθαι, τῷ τε τῆς δόξης ἐκπίπτειν ἐκείνης ᾿Αλλὰ τίνος ἕνεκεν λοιπὸν, ἀναχωρησάντων ἐκείνων, καὶ αὐτοῖς ἐν παραβολαῖς λαλεῖ; ; Σοφώωτεροι ἐκ τῶν , εἰρημένων ἐγένοντο, ὡς καὶ συνιέναι. Ἀμέλει γοῦν λέγει αὐτοῖς μετὰ Ταῦτα, ῸΝ συνήκατε ταῦτα πάντα; Λέγουσιν αὐτῷ᾽ ναὶ, κύριε. Οὕτω μετὰ τῶν ἄλλων καὶ τοῦτο κατώρθωσεν ἡ παραβολὴ, τὸ διορατικωτέρους αὐτοὺς ποιῆσαι. Τί οὖν φησι πάλιν; ᾿ Ὁμοία ἐστὶν η βασιλεία τῶν οὐρανῶν θησαυρῷ κεκρυμμένῳ ἐν ἀγρῷ, ὃν εὑρὼν ἄνθρωπος ἔκρυψε, καὶ ἀπὸ τῆς χαρᾶς αὐτοῦ πωλεῖ πάντα ὅσα ἔχει, καὶ ἀγοράζει τὸν ἀγρὸν ἐκεῖνον. Πάλιν ὁμοία ἐστὶν ἡ βασιλεία τῶν οὐρανῶν ἐμπόρῳ ζητοῦντι καλοὺς μαργαρίτας ὃς εὑρὼν ἕνα πολύτιμον μαργαρίτην, ἀπελθὼν πέπρακεν ὅσα εἶχε, καὶ ᾿ἤγόρασεν αὐτόν. Ὥσπερ ἐκεῖ ὁ κόκκος τοῦ σινάπεως καὶ ὴ ζύμη μικρᾶν τινα ἔχουσι πρὸς ἀλλήλας διαφοράν’ οὕτω δὴ καὶ ἐνταῦθα αἱ δύο παραβολαὶ αὗται, ἥ τε του θησαυροῦ καὶ ὴ τοῦ μαργαρίτου. Καὶ γὰρ τοῦτο δι ἀμφοτέρων αἰνίττεται, ὅτι δεῖ τὸ κήρυγμα πάντων προτιμᾶν. Β Κακείνη μὲν ῆ τῆς ζύμης καὶ τοὺ σινάπεως πρὸς τὴν δύναμιν Ο εἴρηται τοῦ κηρύγματος, καὶ ὅτι περιέσται τῆς οἰκουμένης πάντως αὗται δὲ τὸ τίμιον καὶ πολυτελὲς ἐμφαίνουσιν. ᾿Εχτείνεται μὲν γὰρ ὡς σίνηπι, καὶ περιγίνεται ὡς ζύμη, πολυτελὴς δέ ἐ ἐστιν ὡς μαργαρίτης, καὶ μυρίαν παρέχει τὴν ὑ εὐπορίαν ὡς θησαυρός. Οὐ δι τοῦτο μόνον ἐστὶ μαθεῖν, ὅτι πάντα δεῖ τὰ ἄλλα ἀποδυσαμένους τοῦ κηρύγματος ἔχεσθαι ἀλλ᾽ ὅτι καὶ μετὰ χαρᾶς τοῦτο δεῖ ποιειν' καὶ ἀποκτώμενον τὰ ὄντα δεῖ εἰδέναι, ὅτι τὸ πρᾶγμα ἐμπορία ἐστὶν, οὐχὶ ζημία. Ὁρᾷς πώς κέκρυπται καὶ ἐν τῷ κόσμῳ τὸ κήρυγμα, καὶ ἐν τῷ κηρύγματι τὰ ἀγαθά: : Κἀν μὴ πωλήὉ σης πάντα, οὐκ ἀγοράζεις κἂν μὴ ψυχὴν Τοιὰν τὴν ἔχῃς, μεμεριμνημένην καὶ ζητοῦσαν, οὐχ εὑρίσκεις. Δύο ἡ τοίνυν δεῖ προσεῖναι; καὶ τὸ τῶν βιωτικῶν ἀπέχεσθαι, καὶ τὸ ᾿ἐγρηγορότα εἶναι. Ζητοῦντι γὰρ, φησὶ, καλοὺς μαργαρίταν ὃς εὑρὼν ἕνα πολύτιμον, πέπρακε πάντα; καὶ ἡγόρασεν αὐτόν. Μία γάρ ἐστιν ἢ ἀλήθεια, καὶ οὐ πολυσχιδής. Καὶ καθάπερ ὁ τὸν μαργαρίτην ἔχων, αὐτὸς μὲν οἷδεν ὅτι πλουτεῖ, τοις δὲ λοιποῖς οὐκ ἔστι γνώριμος πολλάκις τῇ χειρὶ κατέχων οὐ γάρ ἐστιν ὄγκος σώματος οὕτω δὴ καὶ ἐπὶ τοῦ κηρύγματος, οἱ μὲν αὐτὸ κατέχοντες ἴσασιν, ὅτι πλουτοῦσιν, οἱ δὲ ἃ ἄπιστοι τὸν θησαυρὸν οὐκ εἰδότες τοῦτον, Ἑ καὶ τὸν πλοῦτον ἡμῶν ἀγνοοῦσιν. Εἶτα ἵνα μὴ θαῤῥώμεν τῷ κηρύγματι μόνον, μηδὲ ἀρκεῖν τὴν πίστιν μόνην νομίζωμεν εἰς σωτηρίαν ἡμῖν, λέγει καὶ ἑτέραν φοβερὰν παραβολήν. Ποίαν δὴ ταύτην: Τὴν τῆς σαγήνης. Ὁμοία γάρ ἐστιν ἡ βασιλεία τῶν οὐρανῶν σαγήνη βληθείση εἰς τὴν θάλασσαν, καὶ ἐκ παντὸς γένους συναγαγούσῃ: ἥν, ὅτε ἐπληρώθη, ἀνενέγκαντες εἰς τὸν αἰγιαλὸν, καὶ καθίσαντες, συνέλεξαν τὰ καλὰ εἰς ἀγγεῖα, τὰ δὲ σαπρὰ ἔξω ἔβαλον. Καὶ τί διέστηκεν αὕτη τῆς τών ζιζανίων παραβολῆς: Καὶ γὰρ ἐκεῖ οἱ μὲν σώζονται, οἱ δὲ ἀπόλλυνται ἀλλ᾽ ἐκεῖ διὰ πονηρῶν δογμάτων αἵρεσιν᾽ καὶ οἱ πρὸ τούτον δὲ, διὰ τὸ μὴ προσέχειν τοῖς λεγομένοις οὗτοι δὲ, διὰ βίον πονηρίαν οἱ πάντων εἰσὶν αθλιώτεροι, τῆς μὲν γνώσεως ἐπιτυχόντες καὶ ἁλιευθέντες, οὐ δυνηθέντες δὲ οὐδὲ οὕτω σωθῆναι. Καίτοιγε ἀλλαχοῦ φησιν, ὅτι αὐτὸς ἀφορίζει ὁ ποιμὴν, ἐνταῦθα δὲ τοὺς ἀγγέλους τοῦτο ποιεῖν φησιν, καὶ ἐπὶ τών ζιζανίων. Τί οὖν ἐστι; Ποτὲ μὲν αὐτοῖς παχύτερον διαλέγεται, ποτὲ δὲ Β ὑψηλότερον. Καὶ ταύτην οὐδὲ ἐρωτηθεὶς τὴν παραβολὴν ἑρμηνεύει, ἀλλ᾽ αὐτομάτως απὸ τοῦ μέρους αὐτὴν ἐγνώρισε, καὶ τὸν φόβον ηὔξησεν. ἵνα γὰρ μὴ ἀκούσας, ὅτι τὰ σαπρὰ ἔβαλον ἔξω, ἀκίνδυνον εἶναι νομίσης τὴν ἀπώλεῖα, διὰ τῆς ἑρμηνείας ἔδειξε τὴν κόλασιν, εἰπὼν, ὅτι εἰς κάμινον. βαλοῦσι καὶ τὸν βρυγμὸν τῶν ὀδόντων, καὶ τὴν ὀδύνην ἅ ἀῤῥητον οὖσαν ἐνέφηνεν. Εἶδες πόσαι τῆς ἀπωλείας αἱ ὁδοί: Ἡ διὰ τῆς πέτρας, ἡ διὰ τῶν ἀκανθῶν, ) διὰ τῆς ὁδοῦ; ἡ διὰ τῶν ζζωίων, ἡ διὰ τῆς σαγήνης. Οὐκ ἄρα Ἄνα δας ἔλεγεν, ὅτι .} εὑρεῖά ἐστιν ἡ ὁδὸς ἡ ἀπάγουσα εἰς τὴν ἀπώλειαν, καὶ πολλοί εἰσιν οἱ 'ἀπερχό- σ μενοι δι αὐτῆς. Ταῦτα τοίνυν εἰπὼν, καὶ εἰς τὸ φοβερὸν κατακλείσας τὸν λόγον, καὶ πλείονα ταῦτα δείξας, (μάλλον γὰρ αὐτοῖς ἐνδιέτριψε), φησί ὁ συνήκατε ταῦτα παντα: Λέγουσιν αὐτῷ ναὶ, κύριε. Εἶτα ἐπειδὴ συνῆκαν, πάλιν αὐτοὺς ἐπαινεῖ λέγων 2 διὰ τοῦτο πᾶς γραμματεὺς μαθητευθεὶς ᾿ ἐν τῇ βασιλείᾳ τῶν οὐρανῶν, ὅμοιός ἐστιν ἀνθρώπῳ οἰκοδεσπότη, ὅ ὗστις ἐκβάλλει ἐκ τοῦ θησαυροῦ αὐτοῦ καινὰ καὶ παλαιά. Διὸ καὶ ἀλλαχοῦ φησιν᾽ ὡξν ἀποστελῶ ὑμῖν σοφοὺς καὶ γραμματέας. Εἶδες πῶς οὐκ ᾿ ἐκκλείει τὴν παλαιὰν, ἀλλὰ καὶ ἐγκωμιάζει καὶ δημηγορεῖ, θησαυρὸν αὐτὴν καλὼν: Ὥστε ὅσοι τῶν θείων εἰσὶν ἄπειροι γραφῶν, Ὁ οὐκ ἄν εἶεν οἰκοδεσπόται, ὅσοι μήτε αὐτοὶ ἔχουσι, μήτε παρ᾽ ἑτέρων λαμβάνουσιν, ἀλλὰ περιορώσιν ἑαυτοὺς λιμῷ φθειρομένους. Οὐχ οὗτοι δὲ μόνον, ἀλλὰ καὶ οἱ αἱρετικοὶ ἐκτός εἰσι τοῦ μακαρισμοῦ τούτου. Οὐ γὰρ ἐκβάλλουσι καινὰ καὶ παλαιά. Οὐδὲ γὰρ ἔχουσι τὰ παλαιὰ, διὸ οὐδὲ καινά ὥσπερ οὖν οἱ καινὰ οὐκ ἔχοντες, οὐδὲ παλαιὰ ἔχουσιν, ἀλλ᾽ ἑκατέρων ἐστέρηνται ταῦτα γὰρ ἀλλήλοις συνδέδεται καὶ συμπλέκεται. Ε, Ρ Ἀκούσωμεν τοίνυν ὅσοι τῆς τῶν γραφῶν αμελοῦμεν ἀναγνώσεως, ὅσην ὑπομένομεν βλάβην, ὅσην πενίαν. Πότε γὰρ τῆς διὰ τῶν ἔργων ἐπιληψόμεθα πολιτείας; οἱ μηδὲ αὐτοὺς τοὺς νόμους εἰδότες καθ' οὗς πολιτεύεσθαι χρή: : Αλλ᾽ οἱ μὲν πλουτοῦντες, οἱ περὶ Χρήματα μεμηνότες, συνεχῶς τινάσσουσιν αὐτῶν τὰ ἱμάτια, ὥστε μὴ σητόβρωτα γενέσθαι τὴν ψυχὴν, οὐκ ἐντυγχάνεις βιβλίοις, οὐ διακρούῃ τὴν λύμην, οὐ καλλωπίζεις σου τὴν ψυχὴν, οὐκ ἐπισκοπεῖς συνεχώς τὴν εἰκόνα τῆς αρετῆς, καὶ τά μέλη αὐτῆς καταμανθάνεις καὶ τὴν κεφαλῆν ; Καὶ γὰρ καὶ κεφαλὴν ἔ ἔχει; καὶ μέλη παντὸς σώματος εὐειδοῦς καὶ καλοῦ εὐπρεπέστερα. Τίς οὖν ἡ κεφαλὴ, φησὶ, τῆς ἀρετῆς: : Ἡ ταπεινοφροσύνη. Διὸ καὶ ἀπ᾽ αὐτῆς ἄρχεται ὁ Χριστὸς λέγων μακάριοι οἱ πτωχοί. Αὕτη ἡ κεφαλὴ οὐ κόμας ἔχει καὶ βοστρύχους, ἀλλὰ καλλος τοιοῦτον, οἷον τὸν θεὸν ἐπισπάσασθαι. Ἐπὶ τίνα γὰρ ἐπιβλέψω, φησὶν, ἀλλ᾽ ἡ ἐπὶ τὸν ᾿ πρᾶον καὶ ταπεινὸν. καὶ τρέμοντά μου. τοὺς λόγους : Καὶ, ᾿6 οἱ ὀφθαλμοί μου ἐπὶ τοὺς πραεῖς τῆς γῆς. Καὶ, ᾿ ἐγγὺς κύριος τοῖς συντετριμμένοις τὴν καρ δίαν. Αὕτη ἡ κεφαλὴ, αντὶ τριχῶν καὶ χρυσοῦς, καὶ θυσιαστήριον πνευματικόν ᾿ ἐ θυσία γὰρ τῷ θεῷ πνεῦμα συντετριμμένον. Αὕτη ἐστὶν ἡ τῆς σοφίας μήτηρ. Ἂν ταύτην ἔχῆ τις, καὶ τὰ λοιπὰ ἕξει. Εἶδες κεφαλὴν, οἵαν οὐδέποτε εἶδες : : Βούλει καὶ τὸ πρόσωπον ἰδεῖν, μᾶλλον δὲ μαθεῖν : Οὐκοῦν μάθε τέως αὐτοῦ τὸ χρῶμα τὸ ἐρυθρὸν καὶ εὐανθὲς καὶ πολλὴν ἔ εχον τὴν χάριν, καὶ μάθε πόθεν συνία σταται. Πόθεν οὖν συνίσταται: Ἀπὸ τοῦ αἰσχύνεσθαι καὶ ἐρυθριᾶν. Διὸ καί τις φησί ὁ πρὸ αἰσχυντηροῦ προελεύσεται χάρις. Τοῦτο καὶ τῶν ἄλλων μελῶν πολὺ καταχεὶ τὸ κάλλος. Κἀν μυρία μίξης χρώματα, οὐκ ἐργάσῃ τοιαύἑαυτῶν τὴν ὥραν. Εἰ δὲ καὶ τοὺς ὀφθαλμοὺς ἰδεῖν βούλει, ὅρα κοσμιότητι. καὶ σωφροσύνῃ μετὰ ἀκριβείας ὑπογεγραμμένους. Διὸ καὶ οὕτω καλοὶ καὶ ὀξυδερκεῖς γίνονται, ὡς καὶ αὐτὸν τὸν κύριον ὁρᾶν. Μακάριοι γὰρ, φησὶν, οἱ καθαροὶ τῆ καρδίᾳ, ὅ ὅτι αὐτοὶ τὸν θεὸν ὄψονται. Στόμα δὲ αὐτῆς, σοφία καὶ σύνεσις, καὶ τὸ πνευματικοὺς ὕμνους εἰδέναι. Καρδία δὲ, ραφώὼν ἐμπειρία, καὶ δογμάτων ἀκριβών διατήρησις, καὶ φιλανθρωπία, καὶ χρηστότης. Καὶ καθάπερ ταύτης ἄνευ οὐκ )) ἔνι ζῆσαι, οὐδὲ ἐκείνης χωρὶς σωθῆναι ἔνι ποτέ. Καὶ γὰρ ἐκεῖθεν πάντα τίκτεται τὰ καλά. ἘΕἰσὶν αὐτῇ καὶ πόδες καὶ χειρες, τῶν ἀγαθῶν ἔ ἔργων. αἱ ἐπιδείξεις ἔστιν αὐτῇ καὶ ψυχὴ, ἡ εὐσέβεια ἔστιν αὐτῇ καὶ στῆθος χρυσοῦν κα δώ: μαντος στεῤῥότερον, ἡ ἀνδρεία καὶ πάντα ἁλῶναι εὔκολον, ἡ τοῦτο διαῤῥαγῆναι τὸ στῆθος. Τὸ δὲ πνεῦμα τὸ ἐν ἐγκεφάλῳ καὶ καρδίᾳ, ἡ ἀγάπη ἐστί.

Hotan men gar tēn peithō kai tēn hypakoēn tōn hypakousantōn legę̄, therismon to pragma kalei, hōs to pan apartisak hotan de ton E, karpon epizētę̄ tēs akroaseōs, sporon᾽ kai therismon tēn synteleian legei. Kai pōs allachou phēsin, hoti prōtoi hoi dikaioi harpazontai: : Harpazontai men gar prōtoi? paragenomenou de tou Christou paradidontai houtoi kolasei, kai tote eis basileian ouranōn aperchontai ekeinoi. ᾿Epeidē gar en ouranǭ dei autous einai? entantha de autos hēxei kai krinei pantas anthrōpous, dous tēn apophasin toutois, kathaper tis basileus anistatai meta tōn philōn autou, pros tēn makarian ekeinēn lēxin autous ᾿agōn. Eides diplēn tēn kolasin ousan, tǭ te katakaiesthai, tǭ te tēs doxēs ekpiptein ekeinēs ᾿Alla tinos heneken loipon, anachōrēsantōn ekeinōn, kai autois en parabolais lalei? ? Sophōōteroi ek tōn , eirēmenōn egenonto, hōs kai synienai. Amelei goun legei autois meta Tauta, ON synēkate tauta panta? Legousin autǭ᾽ nai, kyrie. Houtō meta tōn allōn kai touto katōrthōsen hē parabolē, to dioratikōterous autous poiēsai. Ti oun phēsi palin? ᾿ Homoia estin ē basileia tōn ouranōn thēsaurǭ kekrymmenǭ en agrǭ, hon heurōn anthrōpos ekrypse, kai apo tēs charas autou pōlei panta hosa echei, kai agorazei ton agron ekeinon. Palin homoia estin hē basileia tōn ouranōn emporǭ zētounti kalous margaritas hos heurōn hena polytimon margaritēn, apelthōn pepraken hosa eiche, kai ᾿ēgorasen auton. Hōsper ekei ho kokkos tou sinapeōs kai ē zymē mikran tina echousi pros allēlas diaphoran’ houtō dē kai entautha hai dyo parabolai hautai, hē te tou thēsaurou kai ē tou margaritou. Kai gar touto di amphoterōn ainittetai, hoti dei to kērygma pantōn protiman. B Kakeinē men ē tēs zymēs kai tou sinapeōs pros tēn dynamin O eirētai tou kērygmatos, kai hoti periestai tēs oikoumenēs pantōs hautai de to timion kai polyteles emphainousin. ᾿Echteinetai men gar hōs sinēpi, kai periginetai hōs zymē, polytelēs de e estin hōs margaritēs, kai myrian parechei tēn hy euporian hōs thēsauros. Ou di touto monon esti mathein, hoti panta dei ta alla apodysamenous tou kērygmatos echesthai all᾽ hoti kai meta charas touto dei poiein' kai apoktōmenon ta onta dei eidenai, hoti to pragma emporia estin, ouchi zēmia. Horąs pōs kekryptai kai en tǭ kosmǭ to kērygma, kai en tǭ kērygmati ta agatha: : Kan mē pōlēO sēs panta, ouk agorazeis kan mē psychēn Toian tēn echę̄s, memerimnēmenēn kai zētousan, ouch heuriskeis. Dyo hē toinyn dei proseinai? kai to tōn biōtikōn apechesthai, kai to ᾿egrēgorota einai. Zētounti gar, phēsi, kalous margaritan hos heurōn hena polytimon, peprake panta? kai hēgorasen auton. Mia gar estin ē alētheia, kai ou polyschidēs. Kai kathaper ho ton margaritēn echōn, autos men hoiden hoti ploutei, tois de loipois ouk esti gnōrimos pollakis tę̄ cheiri katechōn ou gar estin onkos sōmatos houtō dē kai epi tou kērygmatos, hoi men auto katechontes isasin, hoti ploutousin, hoi de ha apistoi ton thēsauron ouk eidotes touton, He kai ton plouton hēmōn agnoousin. Eita hina mē tharrhōmen tǭ kērygmati monon, mēde arkein tēn pistin monēn nomizōmen eis sōtērian hēmin, legei kai heteran phoberan parabolēn. Poian dē tautēn: Tēn tēs sagēnēs. Homoia gar estin hē basileia tōn ouranōn sagēnē blētheisē eis tēn thalassan, kai ek pantos genous synagagousę̄: hēn, hote eplērōthē, anenenkantes eis ton aigialon, kai kathisantes, synelexan ta kala eis angeia, ta de sapra exō ebalon. Kai ti diestēken hautē tēs tōn zizaniōn parabolēs: Kai gar ekei hoi men sōzontai, hoi de apollyntai all᾽ ekei dia ponērōn dogmatōn hairesin᾽ kai hoi pro touton de, dia to mē prosechein tois legomenois houtoi de, dia bion ponērian hoi pantōn eisin athliōteroi, tēs men gnōseōs epitychontes kai halieuthentes, ou dynēthentes de oude houtō sōthēnai. Kaitoige allachou phēsin, hoti autos aphorizei ho poimēn, entautha de tous angelous touto poiein phēsin, kai epi tōn zizaniōn. Ti oun esti? Pote men autois pachyteron dialegetai, pote de B hypsēloteron. Kai tautēn oude erōtētheis tēn parabolēn hermēneuei, all᾽ automatōs apo tou merous autēn egnōrise, kai ton phobon ēuxēsen. hina gar mē akousas, hoti ta sapra ebalon exō, akindynon einai nomisēs tēn apōleia, dia tēs hermēneias edeixe tēn kolasin, eipōn, hoti eis kaminon. balousi kai ton brygmon tōn odontōn, kai tēn odynēn ha arrhēton ousan enephēnen. Eides posai tēs apōleias hai hodoi: Hē dia tēs petras, hē dia tōn akanthōn, ) dia tēs hodou? hē dia tōn zzōiōn, hē dia tēs sagēnēs. Ouk ara Ana das elegen, hoti .} heureia estin hē hodos hē apagousa eis tēn apōleian, kai polloi eisin hoi 'apercho- s menoi di autēs. Tauta toinyn eipōn, kai eis to phoberon katakleisas ton logon, kai pleiona tauta deixas, (mallon gar autois endietripse), phēsi ho synēkate tauta panta: Legousin autǭ nai, kyrie. Eita epeidē synēkan, palin autous epainei legōn 2 dia touto pas grammateus mathēteutheis ᾿ en tę̄ basileią tōn ouranōn, homoios estin anthrōpǭ oikodespotē, ho hystis ekballei ek tou thēsaurou autou kaina kai palaia. Dio kai allachou phēsin᾽ hōxn apostelō hymin sophous kai grammateas. Eides pōs ouk ᾿ ekkleiei tēn palaian, alla kai enkōmiazei kai dēmēgorei, thēsauron autēn kalōn: Hōste hosoi tōn theiōn eisin apeiroi graphōn, Ho ouk an eien oikodespotai, hosoi mēte autoi echousi, mēte par᾽ heterōn lambanousin, alla periorōsin heautous limǭ phtheiromenous. Ouch houtoi de monon, alla kai hoi hairetikoi ektos eisi tou makarismou toutou. Ou gar ekballousi kaina kai palaia. Oude gar echousi ta palaia, dio oude kaina hōsper oun hoi kaina ouk echontes, oude palaia echousin, all᾽ hekaterōn esterēntai tauta gar allēlois syndedetai kai sympleketai. E, R Akousōmen toinyn hosoi tēs tōn graphōn ameloumen anagnōseōs, hosēn hypomenomen blabēn, hosēn penian. Pote gar tēs dia tōn ergōn epilēpsometha politeias? hoi mēde autous tous nomous eidotes kath' hous politeuesthai chrē: : All᾽ hoi men ploutountes, hoi peri Chrēmata memēnotes, synechōs tinassousin autōn ta himatia, hōste mē sētobrōta genesthai tēn psychēn, ouk entynchaneis bibliois, ou diakrouę̄ tēn lymēn, ou kallōpizeis sou tēn psychēn, ouk episkopeis synechōs tēn eikona tēs aretēs, kai ta melē autēs katamanthaneis kai tēn kephalēn ? Kai gar kai kephalēn e echei? kai melē pantos sōmatos eueidous kai kalou euprepestera. Tis oun hē kephalē, phēsi, tēs aretēs: : Hē tapeinophrosynē. Dio kai ap᾽ autēs archetai ho Christos legōn makarioi hoi ptōchoi. Hautē hē kephalē ou komas echei kai bostrychous, alla kallos toiouton, hoion ton theon epispasasthai. Epi tina gar epiblepsō, phēsin, all᾽ hē epi ton ᾿ praon kai tapeinon. kai tremonta mou. tous logous : Kai, ᾿6 hoi ophthalmoi mou epi tous praeis tēs gēs. Kai, ᾿ engys kyrios tois syntetrimmenois tēn kar dian. Hautē hē kephalē, anti trichōn kai chrysous, kai thysiastērion pneumatikon ᾿ e thysia gar tǭ theǭ pneuma syntetrimmenon. Hautē estin hē tēs sophias mētēr. An tautēn echē tis, kai ta loipa hexei. Eides kephalēn, hoian oudepote eides : : Boulei kai to prosōpon idein, mallon de mathein : Oukoun mathe teōs autou to chrōma to erythron kai euanthes kai pollēn e echon tēn charin, kai mathe pothen synia statai. Pothen oun synistatai: Apo tou aischynesthai kai erythrian. Dio kai tis phēsi ho pro aischyntērou proeleusetai charis. Touto kai tōn allōn melōn poly katachei to kallos. Kan myria mixēs chrōmata, ouk ergasę̄ toiaueautōn tēn hōran. Ei de kai tous ophthalmous idein boulei, hora kosmiotēti. kai sōphrosynę̄ meta akribeias hypogegrammenous. Dio kai houtō kaloi kai oxyderkeis ginontai, hōs kai auton ton kyrion horan. Makarioi gar, phēsin, hoi katharoi tē kardią, ho hoti autoi ton theon opsontai. Stoma de autēs, sophia kai synesis, kai to pneumatikous hymnous eidenai. Kardia de, raphōōn empeiria, kai dogmatōn akribōn diatērēsis, kai philanthrōpia, kai chrēstotēs. Kai kathaper tautēs aneu ouk )) eni zēsai, oude ekeinēs chōris sōthēnai eni pote. Kai gar ekeithen panta tiktetai ta kala. EEisin autę̄ kai podes kai cheires, tōn agathōn e ergōn. hai epideixeis estin autę̄ kai psychē, hē eusebeia estin autę̄ kai stēthos chrysoun ka dō: mantos sterrhoteron, hē andreia kai panta halōnai eukolon, hē touto diarrhagēnai to stēthos. To de pneuma to en enkephalǭ kai kardią, hē agapē esti.

For when he speaks of the persuasion and obedience of those who obeyed, he calls the thing a harvest, as having completed the whole; but when he seeks the fruit of the hearing, sowing; and he calls the end a harvest. And how does he say elsewhere that the righteous are caught up first? They are caught up first indeed; but when Christ has come, these others are handed over to punishment, and then those go away into the kingdom of heaven. For since they must be in heaven, and he will come here and judge all men, having given his sentence to these, like a king he rises with his friends, leading them to that blessed lot. Do you see that the punishment is double, both being burned and falling from that glory? But for what reason, now that those had withdrawn, does he speak to these too in parables? They had become wiser from what had been said, so as even to understand. At any rate he says to them after these things, “Have you understood all these things?” They say to him, “Yes, Lord.” So besides the other things the parable achieved this too, making them more discerning. What then does he say again? “The kingdom of heaven is like treasure hidden in a field, which a man found and hid, and in his joy he sells all that he has and buys that field. Again, the kingdom of heaven is like a merchant seeking fine pearls, who, having found one pearl of great price, went and sold all that he had and bought it.” As there the mustard seed and the leaven have some small difference from each other, so here too these two parables, that of the treasure and that of the pearl. For through both he hints at this, that the preaching must be preferred to all things. And those of the leaven and the mustard seed were spoken with reference to the power of the preaching, and that it will certainly overcome the world; but these display its preciousness and costliness. For it spreads out like mustard and prevails like leaven, but it is costly like a pearl and gives countless abundance like a treasure. And not only this may we learn, that we must strip off all other things and hold to the preaching, but also that we must do this with joy; and that one who is deprived of his possessions must know that the thing is a merchant’s gain, not a loss. Do you see how the preaching is hidden in the world, and the good things in the preaching? Unless you sell everything, you do not buy; unless you have such a soul, anxious and seeking, you do not find. Two things, then, must be present: to keep away from worldly things and to be watchful. “For a merchant seeking fine pearls,” he says, “who, having found one of great price, sold everything and bought it.” For the truth is one, and not split into many parts. And as he who has the pearl knows himself that he is rich, while to others he is often not known, holding it in his hand (for it is no bulk of body), so too with the preaching: those who hold it know that they are rich, but the unbelievers, not knowing this treasure, do not know our wealth either. Then, so that we may not trust in the preaching only, nor think faith alone enough for our salvation, he speaks another fearful parable too. What is this? That of the net. “For the kingdom of heaven is like a net cast into the sea, and gathering of every kind; which, when it was filled, they drew up on the shore, and sat down and gathered the good into vessels, but threw the bad away.” And how does this differ from the parable of the tares? For there too some are saved and others perish; but there through the choice of evil doctrines, and those before them through not attending to what was said, but these through wickedness of life; who are the most wretched of all, having attained knowledge and been caught, but not able to be saved even so. And yet elsewhere he says that he himself, the shepherd, separates them, but here he says that the angels do this, as also with the tares. What then is it? Sometimes he speaks to them more grossly, sometimes more loftily. And this parable he interprets without even being asked, but of his own accord he made it known in part, and increased the fear. For so that you might not think, on hearing that they threw the bad away, that the destruction is without danger, he showed the punishment through the interpretation, saying that they will cast them into the furnace, and he made known the gnashing of teeth and the pain, which is unspeakable. Do you see how many are the ways of destruction? That through the rock, that through the thorns, that through the road, that through the tares, that through the net. Not without reason, then, did he say, “Broad is the road that leads away to destruction, and many are those who go away through it.” Having said these things, then, and having closed the discourse on the fearful note, and shown them more of these things (for he lingered with them longer), he says, “Have you understood all these things?” They say to him, “Yes, Lord.” Then, since they had understood, he praises them again, saying, “Therefore every scribe who has been made a disciple in the kingdom of heaven is like a man who is a householder, who brings out of his treasure new things and old.” Therefore he also says elsewhere, “I will send you wise men and scribes.” Do you see how he does not shut out the old covenant, but even praises it and speaks publicly of it, calling it a treasure? So those who are inexperienced in the divine Scriptures would not be householders, those who neither have of themselves nor receive from others, but overlook themselves perishing with hunger. And not these only, but the heretics too are outside this blessing. For they do not bring out new things and old. For they do not have the old things; therefore not the new either; just as those who do not have the new do not have the old either, but are deprived of both; for these are bound and woven together with each other. Let us hear, then, as many of us as neglect the reading of the Scriptures, how great a loss we suffer, how great a poverty. For when shall we lay hold of the way of life that comes through works, we who do not even know the laws by which we must live? But the rich, who are mad about money, continually shake out their garments so that they may not become moth-eaten; (…) and do you not read books, do you not beat off the ruin from your soul, do you not adorn your soul, do you not continually look upon the image of virtue, and learn well its members and its head? For it has a head too, and members more comely than any beautiful and lovely body. “What then,” someone says, “is the head of virtue?” Humility. Therefore Christ too begins from it, saying, “Blessed are the poor.” This head does not have tresses and curls, but such beauty as to draw God to itself. “For on whom shall I look,” it says, “but on the meek and lowly, and him who trembles at my words?” And, “My eyes are on the meek of the earth.” And, “The Lord is near to the broken in heart.” This head, instead of hair, (…) a golden (…) and a spiritual altar: “For a sacrifice to God is a broken spirit.” This is the mother of wisdom. If anyone has this, he will have the rest too. Do you see a head such as you have never seen? Do you wish to see the face too, or rather to learn of it? Learn then meanwhile its color, ruddy and blooming and full of grace, and learn from what it is composed. From what then is it composed? From modesty and blushing. Therefore someone also says, “Before a modest man grace will go forth.” This pours much beauty over the other members too. Even if you mix countless colors, you will not produce such (…) beauty. And if you wish to see the eyes too, see them drawn with exactness by orderliness and chastity. Therefore they become so beautiful and sharp-sighted as to see the Lord himself. “For blessed,” he says, “are the pure in heart, for they will see God.” And its mouth is wisdom and understanding and the knowledge of spiritual hymns. And its heart is experience of the Scriptures, and the keeping of exact doctrines, and love for humanity, and kindness. And as without this heart it is not possible to live, so without that other it is not possible ever to be saved. For from there all good things are born. It has feet and hands too, the displays of good works; it has a soul too, godliness; it has a golden breast too, stronger than adamant, courage; and it is easier to capture everything than to break this breast. And the breath in the brain and heart is love.

47.4Field 2

Βούλει καὶ ἐπ᾽ αὐτῶν τῶν ἔργων δείξω σοι τὴν εἰκόνα : ᾿Εννόησόν μοι τοῦτον αὐτὸν τὸν εὐαγγελιστήν' καίτοι ου πάντα αὐτοῦ τὸν βίον ἀνάγραπτον ἔχομεν, ἀλλ᾽ ὅμως καὶ ἐξ ὀλίγων ἡ ἔνεστιν αὐτοῦ τὴν εἰκόνα ἰδεῖν διαλάμπουσαν. Ἑ Ὅτι μὲν ταπεινὸς καὶ συντετριμμένος ἦν, ἄκουσον μετὰ τὸ εὐαγγέλιον τελώνην ἑαυτὸν καλοῦντα ὅτι δὲ καὶ ἐλεήμων, ὅρα πάντα ἀποδυσάμενον καὶ ἀκολουθήσαντα τῷ [Ιησοῦ᾽ ὅτι δὲ καὶ εὐσεβὴς, δῆλον. ἀπὸ τῶν δογμάτων. Καὶ τὴν σύνεσιν δὲ αὑτοῦ ἀφ᾽ οὗ συνέθηκεν εὐαγγελίου ῥᾷδιόν ἐστιν ἰδεῖν, καὶ τὴν ἀγάπην τῆς γὰρ οἰκουμένης ἐπεμελήσατο᾽ καὶ τὴν τῶν ἔργων τῶν ἀγαθῶν ἐπίδειξιν ἀπὸ τοῦ θρόνου ἐφ᾽ οὗ μέλλει καθεδεῖσθαι καὶ τὴν ἀνδρείαν δὲ, ἐξ ὧν χαίρων ὑπέστρεψεν ἀπὸ προσώπου τοῦ συνεδρίου. Ζηλώσωμεν τοίνυν τὴν ἀρετὴν ταύτην, καὶ μάλιστα πάντων τὴν ταπεινοροσύνην καὶ ἐλεημοσύνην, ὧν ἄνευ σωθῆναι οὐκ ἔνι. Καὶ λοῦσιν αἱ πέντε παρθένοι, καὶ μετ᾽ ἐκείνων ὁ Φαρισαῖος. Χωρὶς μὲν γὰρ παρθενίας δυνατὸν βασιλείαν ἰδεῖν χωρὶς δὲ ἐλεημοσύνης ἀμήχανον τῶν γὰρ ἀναγκαίων τοῦτό ἐστι καὶ συνεχόντων τὸ πᾶν. Οὐκ ἃ ἄρα ἀπεικότως καρδίαν αὐτὸ κεκλήκαμεν ἀρετῆς. Ἀλλ ἡ καρδία αὕτη, ἐὰν μὴ πᾶσι χοεἶσθαι πνεῦμα, ταχέως σβέννυται. Ὥσπερ οὖν καὶ ῇ πηγὴ, Υ ἐὰν συνέχη τὰ νάματα παρ᾽ ἑαυτῇ, σήπεται οὕτω καὶ οἱ πλουτοῦντες, ὅταν παρ᾽ ἑαυτοῖς τὰ ὄντα κατέχωσι. Διὰ τοῦτο καὶ ἐν τῆ κοινὴ συνηθείᾳ λέγομεν, πολλὴ ἢ σήψις τοῦ πλούτου παρὰ τῷ δεῖνι᾽ καὶ οὐ λέγομεν, πολλὴ ἡ αφθονία, πολὺς ὁ θησαυρός. Ναὶ γὰρ σῆψίς ἐστιν οὐχὶ τῶν κεκτημένων, αλλὰ καὶ αὐτοῦ τοῦ πλούτου. ΚΜκαὶ γὰρ τὰ ἱμάτια κείμενα φθείρεται, καὶ τὸ χρυσίον ἰοῦται; καὶ ὁ σιτος διαβιβρώσκεται' καὶ ἡ ψυχὴ δὲ τοῦ ταῦτα ἔχοντος τούτων ἁπάντων μᾶλλον ταῖς φροντίσι καὶ ἰοῦται καὶ σήπεται. Κὰν ἐθέλῃς φιλαργύρου ψυχὴν εἰς τὸ μέσον ἐξενεγκεῖν, καθάπερ ἱμάτιον ὑπὸ μυρίων βρωθὲν σκωλήκων, καὶ οὐκ ἔχον οὐδὲν ὑγιὲς, οὕτως εὑρήσεις διατετρυπημένην παντοθεν αὐτὴν ὑπὸ φροντίδων, υπὸ τῶν ἁμαρτημάτων σεσηπυίαν, ἰωμένην. Ἀλλ᾽ οὐχὶ τοῦ πένητος τοιαύτη, τοῦ πένητος τοὺ ἑκόντος) αλλ ἀποστίλβει μὲν ὡς χρυσίον, λάμπει δὲ ὥσπερ, μαργαρίτης, ἀνθεῖ δὲ ὥσπερ ῥόδον. Οὐ γαρ ἐστιν ἐκεῖ σῆς: οὐκ ἔστιν ἐκεῖ κλέπτης, οὐκ ἔστι φροντὶς βιωτική ἀλλ᾽ ὡς ἄγγελοι οὕτω πολιτεύονται. Βούλει τῆς ψυχῆς ταύτης τὸ κάλλος ἰδεῖν βούλει τῆς πενίας τὸν πλοῦτον καταμαθεῖν : ;: Οὐκ ἐπιτάττει ἀνδράσιν, ἀλλὰ δαίμοσιν ἐπιτάττει: οὐ παρίσταται Ὦ βασιλεῖ, ἀλλὰ παρέστηκε θεῷ᾽ οὐ στρατεύεται μετὰ ανθρώπων, ἀλλὰ στρατεύεται μετὰ ἀγγέλων οὐκ ἔχει ὅκιβώτια δύο καὶ τρία καὶ εἴκοσιν, ἀλλὰ τοιαύτην εὐπορίαν, ὡς τὸν κόσμον ἅπαντα μηδὲν εἶναι Αἰρν οτὰ Οὐκ ἔχει θησαυρὸν, ἀλλὰ τὸν οὐρανόν' οὐ δεῖται ούλων, μᾶλλον δὲ ἔχει δούλους τὰ παθη, ἔχει δούλους τοὺς βασιλέων κρατοῦντας λογισμούς. Ὃ γὰρ ἐπιτάττων τῷ τὴν ἁλουργίδα περικειμένῳ; ἃ οὗτος αὐτὸν κατέπτηχεν ὃ λογισμὸς, καὶ ἀντιβλέψαι οὐ τολμᾷ. Βασιλείαν δὲ καὶ χρυσὸν καὶ πάντα τὰ τοιαῦτα, καθάπερ παίδων ἀθύρματα γελᾷ, καὶ καθάπερ Ἑ τροχοὺς καὶ ἀστραγάλους καὶ κεφαλὰς καὶ σφαίρας, οὕτω ταῦτα πάντα ἡγεῖται εἶναι εὐκαταφρόνητα. Ἔχει γὰρ κόσμον, ὃν οὐδὲ ἰδεῖν οἱ ἐν τούτοις παίζοντες δύνανται. Τί τοίνυν τοῦ πένητος τούτου βέλτιον γένοιτ᾽ ἄν; ᾿Εδαφος γοῦν ἔχει τὸν οὐρανόν. Εἰ δὲ τὸ ἔδαφος τοιοῦτον, ἐννόησον τὸν ὄροφον. Δλλ᾽ οὐκ ἔχει ἵππους καὶ ὀχήματα: - Τί γὰρ αὐτῷ τούτων χρεία, τῷ μέλλοντι ἐπὶ τῶν νεφελῶν ὀχεῖσθαι, καὶ μετὰ τοῦ Χριστοῦ εἶναι; Ταῦτ᾽ οὖν ἐννοήσαντες, καὶ ἄνδρες καὶ γυναῖκες, ἐκεῖνον ζητῶμεν τὸν πλοῦτον, καὶ τὴν ἀνάλωτον εὐπορίαν, ἵνα καὶ τῆς βασιλείας τῶν οὐρανῶν ἐπιτύχωμεν, χάριτι καὶ φιλανθρωπίᾳ τοῦ κυρίου ἡμῶν Ἴ ησοῦ Χριστοῦ, ᾧ ἡ δόξα καὶ τὸ κράτος εἰς τοὺς αἰῶνας τῶν αἰώνων. ᾿Αμήν.

Boulei kai ep᾽ autōn tōn ergōn deixō soi tēn eikona : ᾿Ennoēson moi touton auton ton euangelistēn' kaitoi ou panta autou ton bion anagrapton echomen, all᾽ homōs kai ex oligōn hē enestin autou tēn eikona idein dialampousan. He Hoti men tapeinos kai syntetrimmenos ēn, akouson meta to euangelion telōnēn heauton kalounta hoti de kai eleēmōn, hora panta apodysamenon kai akolouthēsanta tǭ [Iēsou᾽ hoti de kai eusebēs, dēlon. apo tōn dogmatōn. Kai tēn synesin de hautou aph᾽ hou synethēken euangeliou rhądion estin idein, kai tēn agapēn tēs gar oikoumenēs epemelēsato᾽ kai tēn tōn ergōn tōn agathōn epideixin apo tou thronou eph᾽ hou mellei kathedeisthai kai tēn andreian de, ex hōn chairōn hypestrepsen apo prosōpou tou synedriou. Zēlōsōmen toinyn tēn aretēn tautēn, kai malista pantōn tēn tapeinorosynēn kai eleēmosynēn, hōn aneu sōthēnai ouk eni. Kai lousin hai pente parthenoi, kai met᾽ ekeinōn ho Pharisaios. Chōris men gar parthenias dynaton basileian idein chōris de eleēmosynēs amēchanon tōn gar anankaiōn touto esti kai synechontōn to pan. Ouk ha ara apeikotōs kardian auto keklēkamen aretēs. All hē kardia hautē, ean mē pasi choeisthai pneuma, tacheōs sbennytai. Hōsper oun kai ę̄ pēgē, Y ean synechē ta namata par᾽ heautę̄, sēpetai houtō kai hoi ploutountes, hotan par᾽ heautois ta onta katechōsi. Dia touto kai en tē koinē synētheią legomen, pollē ē sēpsis tou ploutou para tǭ deini᾽ kai ou legomen, pollē hē aphthonia, polys ho thēsauros. Nai gar sēpsis estin ouchi tōn kektēmenōn, alla kai autou tou ploutou. KMkai gar ta himatia keimena phtheiretai, kai to chrysion ioutai? kai ho sitos diabibrōsketai' kai hē psychē de tou tauta echontos toutōn hapantōn mallon tais phrontisi kai ioutai kai sēpetai. Kan ethelę̄s philargyrou psychēn eis to meson exenenkein, kathaper himation hypo myriōn brōthen skōlēkōn, kai ouk echon ouden hygies, houtōs heurēseis diatetrypēmenēn pantothen autēn hypo phrontidōn, ypo tōn hamartēmatōn sesēpuian, iōmenēn. All᾽ ouchi tou penētos toiautē, tou penētos tou hekontos) all apostilbei men hōs chrysion, lampei de hōsper, margaritēs, anthei de hōsper rhodon. Ou gar estin ekei sēs: ouk estin ekei kleptēs, ouk esti phrontis biōtikē all᾽ hōs angeloi houtō politeuontai. Boulei tēs psychēs tautēs to kallos idein boulei tēs penias ton plouton katamathein : ?: Ouk epitattei andrasin, alla daimosin epitattei: ou paristatai Ō basilei, alla parestēke theǭ᾽ ou strateuetai meta anthrōpōn, alla strateuetai meta angelōn ouk echei hokibōtia dyo kai tria kai eikosin, alla toiautēn euporian, hōs ton kosmon hapanta mēden einai Airn ota Ouk echei thēsauron, alla ton ouranon' ou deitai oulōn, mallon de echei doulous ta pathē, echei doulous tous basileōn kratountas logismous. Ho gar epitattōn tǭ tēn halourgida perikeimenǭ? ha houtos auton kateptēchen ho logismos, kai antiblepsai ou tolmą. Basileian de kai chryson kai panta ta toiauta, kathaper paidōn athyrmata gelą, kai kathaper He trochous kai astragalous kai kephalas kai sphairas, houtō tauta panta hēgeitai einai eukataphronēta. Echei gar kosmon, hon oude idein hoi en toutois paizontes dynantai. Ti toinyn tou penētos toutou beltion genoit᾽ an? ᾿Edaphos goun echei ton ouranon. Ei de to edaphos toiouton, ennoēson ton orophon. Dll᾽ ouk echei hippous kai ochēmata: - Ti gar autǭ toutōn chreia, tǭ mellonti epi tōn nephelōn ocheisthai, kai meta tou Christou einai? Taut᾽ oun ennoēsantes, kai andres kai gynaikes, ekeinon zētōmen ton plouton, kai tēn analōton euporian, hina kai tēs basileias tōn ouranōn epitychōmen, chariti kai philanthrōpią tou kyriou hēmōn I ēsou Christou, hǭ hē doxa kai to kratos eis tous aiōnas tōn aiōnōn. ᾿Amēn.

Do you wish me to show you the image in actual deeds too? Consider, I pray you, this very evangelist. And though we do not have his whole life written down, yet even from a few things it is possible to see his image shining through. That he was humble and broken in heart, hear him calling himself a tax collector after the gospel; that he was merciful too, see him stripping off everything and following Jesus; and that he was godly is clear from his doctrines. And his understanding too it is easy to see from the gospel he composed, and his love, for he cared for the world; and his display of good works from the throne on which he is going to sit; and his courage, from his returning rejoicing from the presence of the council. Let us emulate this virtue, then, and above all humility and almsgiving, without which it is not possible to be saved. And the five virgins show this, and with them the Pharisee. For without virginity it is possible to see the kingdom, but without almsgiving impossible; for this belongs to the necessary things, and to those that hold the whole together. Not without reason, then, have we called it the heart of virtue. But this heart, unless it supplies breath to all, is quickly quenched. As a spring too, if it keeps its streams to itself, grows putrid, so do the rich, when they hold their possessions to themselves. For this reason in common speech too we say, “Great is the rot of wealth with so-and-so,” and we do not say, “Great is the abundance, great the treasure.” For indeed it is a rot, not only of the possessors, but of the wealth itself. For garments laid by are spoiled, and gold rusts, and grain is eaten away; and the soul of the one who has these things, more than all of them, is rusted and rotted by its cares. And if you wish to bring out into the midst the soul of a covetous man, like a garment eaten by countless worms and having nothing sound, so you will find it bored through on every side by cares, rotted by sins, rusted. But the soul of the poor man is not such (I mean the voluntarily poor man), but it gleams like gold, it shines like a pearl, it blooms like a rose. For there is no moth there, there is no thief there, there is no worldly care; but as angels, so these live. Do you wish to see the beauty of this soul? Do you wish to learn well the wealth of this poverty? It does not command men, but commands demons; it does not stand by a king, but stands by God; it does not serve as a soldier with men, but serves with angels; it does not have two chests and three and twenty, but such abundance that it counts the whole world as nothing. It does not have a treasure, but heaven. It does not need slaves, or rather it has the passions as slaves, it has as slaves the thoughts that rule kings. For the thought that gives orders to him who wears the purple cowers before this man and does not dare to look him in the face. But a kingdom and gold and all such things he laughs at like children’s toys, and like hoops and knucklebones and balls, so he thinks all these things contemptible. For he has an adornment which those who play with these things cannot even see. What then could be better than this poor man? He has heaven at any rate for his floor. And if the floor is such, consider the roof. “But he does not have horses and carriages.” For what need has he of these, who is going to ride on the clouds and to be with Christ? Considering these things, then, both men and women, let us seek that wealth and the abundance that cannot be captured, so that we may also attain the kingdom of heaven, by the grace and love for humanity of our Lord Jesus Christ, to whom be the glory and the might to the ages of ages. Amen.

Chapter 48

48.1Field 2

Καὶ ἐγένετο, ὅτε ἐτέλεσεν ὁ ᾿Ιησοῦς τὰς παραβολὰς ταύτας, μετῆρεν εκεῖθεν. ΤΙΝΟΣ ἕνεκεν εἶπε, ταύτας : ᾿Επειδὴ καὶ ἄλλας ἔμελλεν ἐρεῖν. Τίνος δὲ ἕνεκεν καὶ μεταβαίνει ; Πανταχοῦ τὸν λόγον σπεῖραι βουλόμενος. « Καὶ ἐλθὼν εἰς τὴν πατρίδα αὐτοῦ, ἐδίδασκεν αὐτοὺς ἐν τῇ συναγωγῇ αὐτῶν. Καὶ ποίαν πατρίδα αὐτοῦ καλεῖ νῦν: Εμοὶ δόκει: τὴν Ν αζαρετ. Οὐ ὰρ ἐποίησεν ἐκεῖ δυνάμεις πολλὰς, φησίν' ἐν δὲ Καπερ- σ ναοὺμ ἐποίησε σημεῖα) διὸ καὶ ἔλεγε' ὁ καὶ σὺ Καπερναοὺμ, ἕως τοῦ οὐρανοῦ ὑψωθεῖσα, ἕ ἕως δου καταβιβασθήσῃ: ὅτι εἰ ἐν Σοδόμοις ἐγένοντο αἱ δυνάμεις αἱ γενόμεναι ἐν σοὶ, ἔμειναν ἁ ἂν μέχρι τῆς σήμερον. ᾿Ελθὼν δὲ ἐ ἐκεῖ, τῶν μὲν σημείων καθυφίησιν, ὦστε μὴ εἰς πλείονα αὐτοὺς φθόνον ἐκκαῦσαι, μηδὲ κατακρῖναι μειζόνως; τῆς ἀπιστίας ἐπιτεινομένης διδασκαλίαν δὲ προτείνεται τῶν σημείων οὐκ ἔλαττον θαῦμα ἔχουσαν. Οἱ γὰρ πάντα ἀνόητοι, δέον θαυμάσαι καὶ Ὦ ἐκπλαγῆναι τῶν λεγομένων τὴν δύναμιν, οὗτοι δὲ τοὐναντίον ἐξευτελίζουσιν αὐτὸν ἀπὸ τοῦ δοκοῦντος εἶναι πατρός καίτοιγε πολλὰ τούτων παραδείγματα ἔ ἔχοντες ἐν τοῖς ἔμπροσθεν χρόνοις, καὶ πατέρων ἀσήμων γενναίους ἑωρακότες παῖδας. Καὶ γὰρ ὁ Δαυϊδ εὐτελοῦς τινος ἣν γεωργοῦ τοῦ ᾿Ιεσσαί καὶ ὁ Ἀμὼς αἰπόλου ὃ παῖς καὶ αὐτὸς αἰπόλος καὶ ὁ Μωυσῆς δὲ ὁ νομοθέτης σφόδρα αὐτοῦ ἀποδέοντα ἔ ἔσχε πατέρα. Δέον οὖν διὰ τοῦτο μάλιστα προσκυνεῖν καὶ ἐκπλήττεσθαι, ὅτι τοιούτων ὧν τοιαῦτα ἐφθέγγετο᾽ εὔδηλον γάρ, ὅτι, οὐκ εξ ἀνθ ρωπίνης ἐπιμελείας ἦν, ἀλλὰ θείας χάριτος ᾿ οἱ δὲ ἀφ᾽ ὧν ἔδει θαυμάζειν, ἀπὸ τούτων καταφρονοῦσι. Συνεχῶς δὲ ἔ ταῖς συναγωγαῖς ἐπιχωριάζει; ἵνα Ἑ, μὴ διαπαντὸς ἐπὶ τῆς ἐρήμου διατρίβοντος αὐτοῦ μᾶλλον κατηγορήσωσιν, ὡς ἀποσχίζοντος. καὶ τῇ πολιτείᾳ μαχομένου. ᾿Εκπληττόμενοι τοίνυν καὶ ἐν ἀπορίᾳ ὄντες Ἐλεγον πόθεν αὕτη ἡ σοφία τούτῳ, καὶ αἱ δυνάμεις : ἤτοι τὰ σημεῖα δυνάμεις καλοῦντες, ἢ καὶ αὐτὴν τὴν σοφίαν. Οὐχ οὗτός ἐστιν ὁ τοῦ τέκτονος υἱός 1 Οὐκοῦν μεῖζον τὸ θαῦμα, καὶ πλείων ἡ ἔκπληξις. ᾿ Οὐχὶ ἢ μήτηρ αὐτοῦ λέγεται Μαρία; καὶ οἱ ἀδελφοὶ αὐτοῦ ᾿Ιάκωβος καὶ ᾿Ιωσῆς καὶ Σίμων καὶ ᾿Ιούδας: καὶ αἱ ἀδελφαὶ αὐτοῦ οὐχὶ πάσαι ᾿παρ' ἡμῖν εἰσι; Πόθεν τούτῳ Κ ταῦτα; Καὶ ἐσκανδαλίζοντο ἐν αὐτῷ. Ὁρᾷς ὃ ὃτι ἐν τῆ Ναζαρὲτ διελέγετο: Οὐχὶ ' ἀδελφοὶ αὐτοῦ, φησὶν, ὁ ὁ δεῖνα καὶ ὁ δεῖνά εἰσι; Καὶ τί τοῦτο; Ἐντεῦθεν γὰρ ὑμᾶς μάλιστα εἰς πίστιν ἐνάγεσθαι ἔδει. ᾿Αλλὰ γὰρ πονηρὸν ὁ φθόνος, καὶ ἑαυτῷ περιπίπτει πολλάκις. Ἃ γὰρ ἣν παράδοξα καὶ θαυματὰ; καὶ ἱκανὰ αὐτοὺς ἐφελκύσασθαι, ταῦτα ἐκείνους ἐσκανδάλιζε. Τί οὖν ὁ Χριστὸς πρὸς αὐτούς; Οὐκ ἔστι προφήτης; φησὶν, ἄτιμος, εἰ μὴ ἐν τῇ πατρίδι αὐτοῦ, καὶ ἐν τῇ οἰκίᾳ αὐτοῦ. Καὶ οὐκ ἐποίησε, φησὶ, δυνάμεις πολλάς διὰ τὴν ἀπιστίαν αὖὐτῶν. Ὁ δὲ Λουκᾶς φησι καὶ οὐκ ἐποίησεν ἐκεῖ σημεῖα πολλά. Καίτοι ποιῆσαι εἰκὸς ἥν. Εἰ γὰρ τὸ θαυμάζεσθαι αὐτῷ προεχώρει, (καὶ γὰρ καὶ τότε ἐθαυμάζετο). τίνος ἕνεκεν οὐκ ἐποίησεν : Ὅτι οὐ. πρὸς ἐπίδειξιν ἔβλεπε τὴν ἑαντοῦ, αλλὰ πρὸς τὸ ἐκείνοις συμφέρον. Τούτου τοίνυν μὴ προχωροῦντος, παρεῖδε τὸ ἑαντοῦ, ὥστε μή τὴν κόλασιν αὐτοῖς αὐξῆσαι. Καίτοι ὅρα μετὰ πόσον πρὸς αὐτοὺς ἦλθε χρόνον, καὶ πόσην σημείων ἐπίδειξιν' ἀλλ᾽ οὐδὲ οὕτως ἀνήνεγκαν, ἀλλὰ πάλιν ἐξεκαίοντο τῷ φθόνῳ. Τίνος οὖν ἕνεκεν καὶ ὀλίγα ἐποίησε, σημεῖα Ἵνα μὴ λέγωσιν ἡμα΄ ἰατρὲ; θε- Ὁ ράπευσον σεαυτόν ἵνα μὴ λέγωσι, πολέμιος ἡμῖν ἐστι καὶ ἐχθρὸς, καὶ τοὺς οἰκείους ὑπερορᾷ ἵνα μὴ λέγωσιν, ὅτι εἰ ἐγεγόνει σημεῖα, καὶ ἡμεῖς ἐπιστεύσαμεν ἄν. Διὰ τοῦτο καὶ ἐποίησε, καὶ ἐπέσχε τὸ μὲν, ἵνα τὸ αὐτοῦ πληρώση᾽ τὸ δὲ, ἵνα μὴ ἐκείνους μειζόνως κατακρίνη. ᾿Εννόησον ὃδὲ τῶν λεγομένων τὴν δύναμιν, ὅπου γε καὶ ὑπὸ φθόνου κατεχόμενοι ἢ ὁμοίως ἐθαύμαζον. ᾿Αλλ᾽ ὥσπερ ἐπὶ τῶν ἔργων οὐ τὸ γινόμενον μέμφονται, ἀλλ᾽ αἰτίας πλάττουσιν οὐκ οὔσας, λέγοντες ἐν Βεελζεβοὺλ ἐκβάλλει τὰ δαιμόνια οὕτω καὶ ἐνταῦθα, οὐ τὴν διδασκαλίαν αἰτιῶνται, ἀλλ᾽ ἐπὶ τὴν εὐτέλειαν καταφεύγουσι τοῦ γένους. Συ δέ μοι σκόπει τὴν Ὦ ἐπιείκειαν τοῦ διδασκάλον, πὼς αὐτοὺς οὐχ ὑβρίζει, ἀλλὰ μετὰ πολλῆς τῆς ἡμερότητός φησιν οὐκ ἔστι προφήτης ἄτιμος, εἰ μὴ ἐν τῆ πατρίδι, αὐτοῦ. Καὶ οὐδὲ ἐνταῦθα ἔστη, ἀλλὰ προσέθηκε, καὶ ἐν τῇ οἰκίᾳ. αὐτοῦ ἐμοὶ δοκεῖ καὶ τοὺς ἀδελφοὺς αἰνιττόμενος τοὺς ἑαυτοῦ τοῦτο προστεθεικέναι.

Kai egeneto, hote etelesen ho ᾿Iēsous tas parabolas tautas, metēren ekeithen. TINOS heneken eipe, tautas : ᾿Epeidē kai allas emellen erein. Tinos de heneken kai metabainei ? Pantachou ton logon speirai boulomenos. « Kai elthōn eis tēn patrida autou, edidasken autous en tę̄ synagōgę̄ autōn. Kai poian patrida autou kalei nyn: Emoi dokei: tēn N azaret. Ou ar epoiēsen ekei dynameis pollas, phēsin' en de Kaper- s naoum epoiēse sēmeia) dio kai elege' ho kai sy Kapernaoum, heōs tou ouranou hypsōtheisa, he heōs dou katabibasthēsę̄: hoti ei en Sodomois egenonto hai dynameis hai genomenai en soi, emeinan ha an mechri tēs sēmeron. ᾿Elthōn de e ekei, tōn men sēmeiōn kathyphiēsin, ōste mē eis pleiona autous phthonon ekkausai, mēde katakrinai meizonōs? tēs apistias epiteinomenēs didaskalian de proteinetai tōn sēmeiōn ouk elatton thauma echousan. Hoi gar panta anoētoi, deon thaumasai kai Ō ekplagēnai tōn legomenōn tēn dynamin, houtoi de tounantion exeutelizousin auton apo tou dokountos einai patros kaitoige polla toutōn paradeigmata e echontes en tois emprosthen chronois, kai paterōn asēmōn gennaious heōrakotes paidas. Kai gar ho Dauïd eutelous tinos hēn geōrgou tou ᾿Iessai kai ho Amōs aipolou ho pais kai autos aipolos kai ho Mōysēs de ho nomothetēs sphodra autou apodeonta e esche patera. Deon oun dia touto malista proskynein kai ekplēttesthai, hoti toioutōn hōn toiauta ephthengeto᾽ eudēlon gar, hoti, ouk ex anth rōpinēs epimeleias ēn, alla theias charitos ᾿ hoi de aph᾽ hōn edei thaumazein, apo toutōn kataphronousi. Synechōs de e tais synagōgais epichōriazei? hina He, mē diapantos epi tēs erēmou diatribontos autou mallon katēgorēsōsin, hōs aposchizontos. kai tę̄ politeią machomenou. ᾿Ekplēttomenoi toinyn kai en aporią ontes Elegon pothen hautē hē sophia toutǭ, kai hai dynameis : ētoi ta sēmeia dynameis kalountes, ē kai autēn tēn sophian. Ouch houtos estin ho tou tektonos huios 1 Oukoun meizon to thauma, kai pleiōn hē ekplēxis. ᾿ Ouchi ē mētēr autou legetai Maria? kai hoi adelphoi autou ᾿Iakōbos kai ᾿Iōsēs kai Simōn kai ᾿Ioudas: kai hai adelphai autou ouchi pasai ᾿par' hēmin eisi? Pothen toutǭ K tauta? Kai eskandalizonto en autǭ. Horąs ho hoti en tē Nazaret dielegeto: Ouchi ' adelphoi autou, phēsin, ho ho deina kai ho deina eisi? Kai ti touto? Enteuthen gar hymas malista eis pistin enagesthai edei. ᾿Alla gar ponēron ho phthonos, kai heautǭ peripiptei pollakis. Ha gar hēn paradoxa kai thaumata? kai hikana autous ephelkysasthai, tauta ekeinous eskandalize. Ti oun ho Christos pros autous? Ouk esti prophētēs? phēsin, atimos, ei mē en tę̄ patridi autou, kai en tę̄ oikią autou. Kai ouk epoiēse, phēsi, dynameis pollas dia tēn apistian auytōn. Ho de Loukas phēsi kai ouk epoiēsen ekei sēmeia polla. Kaitoi poiēsai eikos hēn. Ei gar to thaumazesthai autǭ proechōrei, (kai gar kai tote ethaumazeto). tinos heneken ouk epoiēsen : Hoti ou. pros epideixin eblepe tēn heantou, alla pros to ekeinois sympheron. Toutou toinyn mē prochōrountos, pareide to heantou, hōste mē tēn kolasin autois auxēsai. Kaitoi hora meta poson pros autous ēlthe chronon, kai posēn sēmeiōn epideixin' all᾽ oude houtōs anēnenkan, alla palin exekaionto tǭ phthonǭ. Tinos oun heneken kai oliga epoiēse, sēmeia Hina mē legōsin hēma΄ iatre? the- Ho rapeuson seauton hina mē legōsi, polemios hēmin esti kai echthros, kai tous oikeious hyperorą hina mē legōsin, hoti ei egegonei sēmeia, kai hēmeis episteusamen an. Dia touto kai epoiēse, kai epesche to men, hina to autou plērōsē᾽ to de, hina mē ekeinous meizonōs katakrinē. ᾿Ennoēson hode tōn legomenōn tēn dynamin, hopou ge kai hypo phthonou katechomenoi ē homoiōs ethaumazon. ᾿All᾽ hōsper epi tōn ergōn ou to ginomenon memphontai, all᾽ aitias plattousin ouk ousas, legontes en Beelzeboul ekballei ta daimonia houtō kai entautha, ou tēn didaskalian aitiōntai, all᾽ epi tēn euteleian katapheugousi tou genous. Sy de moi skopei tēn Ō epieikeian tou didaskalon, pōs autous ouch hybrizei, alla meta pollēs tēs hēmerotētos phēsin ouk esti prophētēs atimos, ei mē en tē patridi, autou. Kai oude entautha estē, alla prosethēke, kai en tę̄ oikią. autou emoi dokei kai tous adelphous ainittomenos tous heautou touto prostetheikenai.

“And it came to pass, when Jesus had finished these parables, he departed from there.” Why did he say “these”? Because he was going to speak others too. And why does he move from place to place? Wishing to sow the word everywhere. “And coming into his own country, he taught them in their synagogue.” And what does he now call his own country? To me it seems, Nazareth. “For he did not do many mighty works there,” it says; but in Capernaum he did signs; therefore he also said, “And you, Capernaum, who are exalted to heaven, will be brought down to Hades; for if the mighty works done in you had been done in Sodom, it would have remained until this day.” And having come there, he holds back from the signs, so as not to kindle them into greater envy, nor to condemn them more heavily as their unbelief increased; but he puts forward teaching, which holds no less wonder than the signs. For these utterly senseless men, when they ought to have wondered and been astonished at the power of what was said, on the contrary make light of him because of the one who was thought to be his father; and that though they had many examples of these things in former times, and had seen noble sons of obscure fathers. For David was the son of a humble farmer, Jesse; and Amos the son of a goatherd and himself a goatherd; and Moses the lawgiver too had a father very much inferior to himself. They ought then for this reason above all to have worshiped and been astonished, that being of such parents he uttered such things; for it was clear that it was not from human training but from divine grace; but from the very things for which they ought to have wondered, from these they despise him. And he frequents the synagogues continually, so that, if he always spent his time in the wilderness, they might not accuse him the more as splitting off and warring against their polity. Astonished then and at a loss, they said, “From where has this man this wisdom and these mighty works?”, calling either the signs mighty works, or the wisdom itself. “Is not this the carpenter’s son?” Then the wonder is greater and the astonishment more. “Is not his mother called Mary? And his brothers James and Joses and Simon and Judas? And his sisters, are they not all with us? From where then has this man all these things? And they were offended at him.” Do you see that he was speaking in Nazareth? “Are not his brothers,” it says, “so-and-so and so-and-so?” And what of this? “For from this above all you ought to have been led to faith.” But envy is an evil thing, and often falls foul of itself. For the things that were wonderful and marvelous and able to draw them, these offended them. What then does Christ say to them? “A prophet is not without honor,” he says, “except in his own country and in his own house.” “And he did not do many mighty works,” it says, “because of their unbelief.” And Luke says, “And he did not do many signs there.” And yet it was likely that he would do them. For if being wondered at was advancing for him (for even then he was wondered at), for what reason did he not do them? Because he was looking not to his own display but to their advantage. Since then this was not advancing, he overlooked his own glory, so as not to increase their punishment. And yet see after how long a time he came to them, and with how great a display of signs; but not even so did they bear it, but were again inflamed with envy. For what reason then did he do even a few signs? So that they might not say, “Physician, heal yourself”; so that they might not say, “He is our enemy and foe, and overlooks his own people”; so that they might not say, “If signs had been done, we too would have believed.” For this reason he both did them and held back: the one, that he might fulfill his own part; the other, that he might not condemn them more heavily. And consider the power of what was said, seeing that even though held by envy they still wondered. But as in the case of the works they do not find fault with what is done but invent causes that do not exist, saying, “He casts out the demons by Beelzebul,” so here too they do not blame the teaching but take refuge in the meanness of his family. But consider, I pray you, the teacher’s gentleness, how he does not insult them, but says with great mildness, “A prophet is not without honor except in his own country.” And he did not stop even there, but added, “and in his own house”; it seems to me that he added this hinting at his own brothers too.

48.2Field 2

Ἔν δὲ τῷ Λουκᾷ καὶ παραδείγματα τούτου τίθησι λέγων, ὅτι οὐδὲ ᾿Ηλίας ἦλθε πρὸς τοὺς οἰκείους, αλλὰ πρὸς τὴν ἀλλόφυλον. χήραν ἔν παρ ἹΕλισσαίον ἄλλος τις ἐθεραπεύθη λεπρὸς, ἀλλ᾽ ο ἀλλόφυλος Νεεμαν᾽ ᾿Ισραηλῖται δὲ οὔτε εὖ ὅπαθον, οὔτε εὑ ἐποίησαν, ἀλλ᾽ οἱ Ε ξένοι. Ταῦτα δὲ λέγει Ἄ πανταχοῦ δεικνὺς τὴν πονηρὰν αὐτῶν συνήθειαν, καὶ ὅτι οὐδὲν ἐ ἐπ᾿ αὐτοῦ γίνεται καινόν. δε Εν ἐκείνῳ. τῷ καιρῷ ἤκουσεν Ἡρώδης ὁ τετράρχης τὴν ἀκοὴν ᾿Ιησοῦ. Ὁ γὰρ βασιλεὺς Ἡρώδης ὁ τούτου πατὴρ τετελεντηκὼς ἦν; ὁ τὰ παιδία ἀνελών. Οὐχ ἁπλῶς δὲ τὸν καιρὸν ἐπισημαίνεται ὁ εὐωγγελιστής, αλλ ἵνα μαθης τὸν τῦφον τοῦ τυράννου καὶ τὴν ὀλυγωρίαν. Οὐδὲ γὰρ ἐν προοιμίοις ἔμαθε τὰ κατ᾽ αὐτὸν, αλλὰ μετὰ χρόνον ἄπειρον. Τοιοῦτοι γὰρ οἱ ἐν δυναστείαις καὶ πολὺν τὸν ὄγκον περιβεβλημένοι ὀψὲ ταῦτα μανθάνουσι, διὰ τὸ μή πολὺν αὐτῶν ποιεῖσθαι λόγον. Σὺ δέ μοι σκόπει ἡλίκον ἢ ἀρετή ὅτι καὶ τετελευτηκότα αὐτὸν δέδοικε, καὶ ὑπὸ τοῦ φόβου καὶ περὶ ἀναστάσεως φιλοσοφεῖ. ὕω Εἶπε γὰρ, φησὶ, τοῖς παισὶν αὐτοῦ οὗτος ἐστιν ᾿Ιωάννης, ὃν ἐγὼ ἀπέκτεινα οὗτος ἀνέστη ἐκ τῶν νεκρῶν καὶ διὰ τοῦτο αἱ δυνάμεις ἐ ἐνεργοῦσιν ἐν αὐτῷ. Εἶδες τὸν φόβον ἐπιτεταμένον: Οὐδὲ γὰρ τότε ἐξειπεῖν ἐτόλμησεν ἔξω, ἀλλὰ καὶ τότε τοῖς οἱκέταις λέγει τοῖς ἑαυτοῦ. ᾿Δλλ᾽ ὅμως καὶ αὕτη ἡ δόξα στρατιωτικὴ καὶ παράλογος. Καὶ γὰρ καὶ πολλοὶ ἀνέστησαν ἀπὸ νεκρῶν, καὶ οὐδεὶς οὐδὲν τοιοῦτον εἰργάσατο. Δοκεῖ δέ μοι καὶ φιλοτιμίας εἷναι καὶ φόβου τὰ ῥήματα. Τοιοῦτον γὰρ αἱ ἄλογοι ψυχαί ἐναντίων μίξιν δέχονται παθὼν πολλάκις. Ὁ δὲ Λουκάς φησιν, ὅτι οἱ ὄχλοι ἐλεγον Ἰο(ς οὗτός ἐστιν λίας, ἢ Ἱερεμίας, ἢ τῶν προφητῶν εἷς τών ἀρχαίων οὗτος δὲ, ὡς δή τι τῶν ἄλλων σοφώτερον λέγων, τοῦτο εἴρηκεν. Ἑἰκὸς δὲ αὐτὸν πρότερον μὲν πρὸς τοὺς λέγοντας αὐτὸν εἶναι τὸν ᾿Ιωάννην (πολλοὶ γὰρ καὶ τοῦτο ἔλεγον) ἀρνεῖσθαι, καὶ λέγειν, ὅτι ἐγὼ αὐτὸν ἀπέκτεινα, φιλοτιμούμενον καὶ ἐναβρυνόμενον. Τοῦτο γὰρ καὶ ὁ Μαρκος καὶ ὁ Λουκᾶς φησιν, ὅτι ἔλεγεν, ὅτι ἐγὼ ᾿Ιωάννην ἀπεκεφάλισα. Τῆς δὲ φήμης ἀρθείσης, λοιπὸν καὶ αὐτὸς τὰ αὐτὰ λέγει τοῖς πολλοῖς. Εἶτα καὶ τὴν ἱστορίαν ἡμῖν ὁ εὐαγγελιστὴς διηγεῖται. Καὶ τί δήποτε οὐ προηγουμένως αὐτὴν εἰσήγαγεν: ; Ὅτι καὶ ἡ πᾶσα πραγματεία αὐτοῖς, τὰ περὶ του Χριστοῦ εἰπεῖν καὶ οὐδὲν ἐποιοῦντο τούτου πάρεργον ἕτερον, πλὴν εἰ μὴ πάλιν εἰς τὸ αὐτὸ συντελεῖν ἔμελλεν. Οὐκοῦν οὐδ ἂν νῦν ἐμνημόνευσαν τῆς ΠΥ ἱστορίας, εἰ μὴ διὰ τὸν Χριστὸν, καὶ διὰ τὸ λέγειν Ἡρώδην, ὅτι ἀνέστη ἐκεῖνος. ὋὉ δὲ 1; Μάρκος φησὶν, ὅτι σφοδρα ἐτίμα τὸν ἄνδρα ὁ Ἡρώδης, καὶ ταῦτα ᾿ἐλεγχόμενος. Τοσοῦτόν ἐστιν ἡ ἀρετή. Εἶτα δωγγούμενος οὕτω φησίν. ἸΣΞὉ ἡ γὰρ Ηρωδης κρατήσας τὸν ᾿Ιωάννην, ἔδησεν αὐτὸν, καὶ ἔθετο ἐν φυλακῇ, διὰ Ἡρωδιάδα τὴν γυναίκα Φιλίππου τοῦ ἀδελφοῦ αὐτοῦ. Ἔλεγε γὰρ αὐτῷ ὁ ᾿Ιωαννην᾽ οὐκ ἔξεστί σοι ἔχειν αὐτήν. Καὶ θέλων αὐτὸν ἀποκτεῖναι, ᾿ἐφοβήθη τὸν ὄχλον, ὅτι ὡς προφήτην αὐτὸν εἶχον. Καὶ τίνος ἕνεκεν οὐδὲν ἐ ἐκείνῃ διαλέγεται, αλλὰ τῷ ἀδρίς Ὅτι κυριώτερος οὗτος ἦν. Ὅρα δὲ πῶς ἀνεπαχθῆ ποιεῖται τὴν κατηγορίαν, ὡς ἱστορίαν διηγούμενος μᾶλλον, ἢ κατηγορίαν εἰσάγων. ἐς Γενεσίων δὲ ἣ' ἀγομένων τοὺ Ἡρώδου, φησὶν, ὠρχήσατο ῆ θνγάτηρ τῆς Ἡρωδιάδος ἐν τῷ μέσῳ; καὶ ἤρεσε τῷ ἫἩ Ἡρώδῃ. ὯὮὯ συμπόσιον διαβολικόν' ὦ θέατρον σατανικόν᾽ ὦ παράνομος ὄρχησις, καὶ μισθὸς ὀρχήσεως παρανομώτερος. Φόνος ὰρ ὁ πάντων φόνων ἐναγέστερος ἑτολμᾶτο, καὶ ὁ στεφανοῦσθαι καὶ ἀνακηρύττεσθαι ἄξιος, ἐν τῷ μέσῳ ᾿ κατεσφάττετο᾽ καὶ τὸ τῶν δαιμόνων τρόπαιον ἐπὶ τῆς τραπέζης ἵ ἵστατο. Καὶ ὁ τρόπος δὲ τῆς νίκης τῶν γενομένων ἀξιος. δ ὭὨρχήσατο γάρ, φησὶν, ἡ θυγάτηρ τῆς Ἡρωδιάδος ἐν τῷ μέσῳ, καὶ ἤρεσε τῷ ρωδηῃ. π΄Όθεν μεθ᾽ ὅρκου ὥμοσεν αὐτῇ δοῦναι ὃ ἂν αἰτήσητα. ἫἩἫἪ δὲ προβιβασθεῖσα ὑπὸ τῆς μητρὸς, δός μοι, φησὶν, ὧδε ἐπὶ πίνακι τὴν κεφαλὴν ᾿Ιωάννου τοῦ βαπτιστοῦ. Διπλοῦν τὸ ἔγκλημα, καὶ ὅτι ὠρχήσατο, καὶ ὅτι ἤρεσε, καὶ οὕτως ἤρεσεν ὡς καὶ φόνον λαβεῖν τὸν μισθόν. Εἶδες πὼς ὠμός; πῶς ᾿αναίσθητος : πῶς ἀνόητος : Ἑαυτὸν μὲν γὰρ ὅρκῳ ὑπεύθυνον ποιεῖ ἐκείνην δὲ κυρίαν τῆς αἰτήσεως καθίστησιν. ᾿Επειδὴ δὲ εἶδε τὸ κακὸν ὅτι ἐξέβη, ἐλυπήθη, φησί καίτοιγε εξ ἀρχῆς ἔδησεν αὐτὸν. Τίνος οὖν ἕνεκεν λυπεῖται: Τοιοῦτον ἡ ἀρετή καὶ παρὰ τοῖς κακοῖς θαύματος καὶ ἐπαίνων ἀξία. ᾿Αλλ᾽ ὦ τῆς μαινομένης᾽ δέον καὶ αὐτὴν θαυμάζειν, δέον προσκυνεῖν, ὅτι ἤμυνεν ὑβριζομένη, ἡ δὲ καὶ συγκατασκευάζει τὸ ὁρᾶμα, καὶ παγίδα τίθησι, καὶ αἰτεῖ χάριν σατανικῆν. ΕΠ Ὁ) δὲ ἔδεισε διὰ τοὺς ὅρκους, φησὶ, καὶ τοὺς συνανακειμένους. Καὶ πῶς τὸ χαλεπώτερον οὐκ ἔδεισας; Εἰ γὰρ τὸ μάρτυρας ἔχειν ἐπιορκίας ἐδεδοίκεις, πολλῷ μᾶλλον φοβηθῆναι ἐχρῆν σφαγῆς οὕτω παρανόμου μάρτυρας ἔχειν τοσούτους.

En de tǭ Louką kai paradeigmata toutou tithēsi legōn, hoti oude ᾿Ēlias ēlthe pros tous oikeious, alla pros tēn allophylon. chēran en par HiElissaion allos tis etherapeuthē lepros, all᾽ o allophylos Neeman᾽ ᾿Israēlitai de oute eu hopathon, oute heu epoiēsan, all᾽ hoi E xenoi. Tauta de legei A pantachou deiknys tēn ponēran autōn synētheian, kai hoti ouden e ep᾿ autou ginetai kainon. de En ekeinǭ. tǭ kairǭ ēkousen Hērōdēs ho tetrarchēs tēn akoēn ᾿Iēsou. Ho gar basileus Hērōdēs ho toutou patēr tetelentēkōs ēn? ho ta paidia anelōn. Ouch haplōs de ton kairon episēmainetai ho euōngelistēs, all hina mathēs ton typhon tou tyrannou kai tēn olygōrian. Oude gar en prooimiois emathe ta kat᾽ auton, alla meta chronon apeiron. Toioutoi gar hoi en dynasteiais kai polyn ton onkon peribeblēmenoi opse tauta manthanousi, dia to mē polyn autōn poieisthai logon. Sy de moi skopei hēlikon ē aretē hoti kai teteleutēkota auton dedoike, kai hypo tou phobou kai peri anastaseōs philosophei. hyō Eipe gar, phēsi, tois paisin autou houtos estin ᾿Iōannēs, hon egō apekteina houtos anestē ek tōn nekrōn kai dia touto hai dynameis e energousin en autǭ. Eides ton phobon epitetamenon: Oude gar tote exeipein etolmēsen exō, alla kai tote tois hoiketais legei tois heautou. ᾿Dll᾽ homōs kai hautē hē doxa stratiōtikē kai paralogos. Kai gar kai polloi anestēsan apo nekrōn, kai oudeis ouden toiouton eirgasato. Dokei de moi kai philotimias heinai kai phobou ta rhēmata. Toiouton gar hai alogoi psychai enantiōn mixin dechontai pathōn pollakis. Ho de Loukas phēsin, hoti hoi ochloi elegon Io(s houtos estin lias, ē Hieremias, ē tōn prophētōn heis tōn archaiōn houtos de, hōs dē ti tōn allōn sophōteron legōn, touto eirēken. Heikos de auton proteron men pros tous legontas auton einai ton ᾿Iōannēn (polloi gar kai touto elegon) arneisthai, kai legein, hoti egō auton apekteina, philotimoumenon kai enabrynomenon. Touto gar kai ho Markos kai ho Loukas phēsin, hoti elegen, hoti egō ᾿Iōannēn apekephalisa. Tēs de phēmēs artheisēs, loipon kai autos ta auta legei tois pollois. Eita kai tēn historian hēmin ho euangelistēs diēgeitai. Kai ti dēpote ou proēgoumenōs autēn eisēgagen: ? Hoti kai hē pasa pragmateia autois, ta peri tou Christou eipein kai ouden epoiounto toutou parergon heteron, plēn ei mē palin eis to auto syntelein emellen. Oukoun oud an nyn emnēmoneusan tēs PY historias, ei mē dia ton Christon, kai dia to legein Hērōdēn, hoti anestē ekeinos. HoO de 1? Markos phēsin, hoti sphodra etima ton andra ho Hērōdēs, kai tauta ᾿elenchomenos. Tosouton estin hē aretē. Eita dōngoumenos houtō phēsin. ISXO hē gar Ērōdēs kratēsas ton ᾿Iōannēn, edēsen auton, kai etheto en phylakę̄, dia Hērōdiada tēn gynaika Philippou tou adelphou autou. Elege gar autǭ ho ᾿Iōannēn᾽ ouk exesti soi echein autēn. Kai thelōn auton apokteinai, ᾿ephobēthē ton ochlon, hoti hōs prophētēn auton eichon. Kai tinos heneken ouden e ekeinę̄ dialegetai, alla tǭ adris Hoti kyriōteros houtos ēn. Hora de pōs anepachthē poieitai tēn katēgorian, hōs historian diēgoumenos mallon, ē katēgorian eisagōn. es Genesiōn de hē' agomenōn tou Hērōdou, phēsin, ōrchēsato ē thngatēr tēs Hērōdiados en tǭ mesǭ? kai ērese tǭ HēĒ Hērōdę̄. HōŌŌ symposion diabolikon' ō theatron satanikon᾽ ō paranomos orchēsis, kai misthos orchēseōs paranomōteros. Phonos ar ho pantōn phonōn enagesteros hetolmato, kai ho stephanousthai kai anakēryttesthai axios, en tǭ mesǭ ᾿ katesphatteto᾽ kai to tōn daimonōn tropaion epi tēs trapezēs hi histato. Kai ho tropos de tēs nikēs tōn genomenōn axios. d HōŌrchēsato gar, phēsin, hē thygatēr tēs Hērōdiados en tǭ mesǭ, kai ērese tǭ rōdēę̄. p΄Othen meth᾽ horkou hōmosen autę̄ dounai ho an aitēsēta. HēĒĒĒ de probibastheisa hypo tēs mētros, dos moi, phēsin, hōde epi pinaki tēn kephalēn ᾿Iōannou tou baptistou. Diploun to enklēma, kai hoti ōrchēsato, kai hoti ērese, kai houtōs ēresen hōs kai phonon labein ton misthon. Eides pōs ōmos? pōs ᾿anaisthētos : pōs anoētos : Heauton men gar horkǭ hypeuthynon poiei ekeinēn de kyrian tēs aitēseōs kathistēsin. ᾿Epeidē de eide to kakon hoti exebē, elypēthē, phēsi kaitoige ex archēs edēsen auton. Tinos oun heneken lypeitai: Toiouton hē aretē kai para tois kakois thaumatos kai epainōn axia. ᾿All᾽ ō tēs mainomenēs᾽ deon kai autēn thaumazein, deon proskynein, hoti ēmynen hybrizomenē, hē de kai synkataskeuazei to horama, kai pagida tithēsi, kai aitei charin satanikēn. EP Ho) de edeise dia tous horkous, phēsi, kai tous synanakeimenous. Kai pōs to chalepōteron ouk edeisas? Ei gar to martyras echein epiorkias ededoikeis, pollǭ mallon phobēthēnai echrēn sphagēs houtō paranomou martyras echein tosoutous.

And in Luke he also sets down examples of this, saying that neither did Elijah come to his own people, but to the foreign widow; nor was any other leper healed by Elisha but the foreigner Naaman; and the Israelites neither received benefits nor conferred them, but the strangers. And he says these things showing everywhere their evil habit, and that nothing new happens in his case. “At that time Herod the tetrarch heard the report of Jesus.” For King Herod, this man’s father, who killed the children, had died. And not without purpose does the evangelist mark the time, but so that you may learn the tyrant’s pride and carelessness. For he did not learn the things about him at the beginning, but after a very long time. For such are those in power and clothed with much pomp: they learn these things late, because they take no great account of them. But consider, I pray you, how great a thing virtue is, that he fears him even when he is dead, and from fear even philosophizes about resurrection. “For he said,” it says, “to his servants, ‘This is John, whom I killed; he has risen from the dead, and for this reason these powers are at work in him.’” Do you see the fear intensified? For not even then did he dare to speak it out abroad, but even then he speaks to his own servants. But nevertheless this opinion too was a soldier’s opinion, and unreasonable. For many rose from the dead, and none did anything of this kind. And the words seem to me to come from both vanity and fear. For such are irrational souls; they often admit a mixture of contrary passions. And Luke says that the crowds said, “This is Elijah, or Jeremiah, or one of the ancient prophets”; but he, as though saying something wiser than the others, said this. And it is likely that at first, to those who said that he was John (for many said this too), he denied it, and said, “I killed him,” boasting and priding himself. For Mark and Luke too say that he said, “I beheaded John.” But when the rumor had prevailed, then he too says the same things as the many. Then the evangelist recounts the history for us too. And why did he not bring it in as a principal matter? Because their whole business was to tell the things of Christ, and they made no other thing a by-work, except when it was going to contribute again to the same end. So they would not have mentioned the history now either, except because of Christ, and because Herod said that he had risen. And Mark says that Herod greatly honored the man, and that while being reproved. So great a thing is virtue. Then, recounting it, he speaks thus: “For Herod had seized John and bound him and put him in prison because of Herodias, the wife of Philip his brother. For John said to him, ‘It is not lawful for you to have her.’ And wishing to kill him, he feared the crowd, because they held him as a prophet.” And for what reason does John say nothing to her, but to the man? Because he was the one with more authority. And see how inoffensive he makes the accusation, as though recounting history rather than bringing an accusation. “But when Herod’s birthday was kept,” it says, “the daughter of Herodias danced in the midst and pleased Herod.” O devilish banquet! O satanic spectacle! O lawless dance, and the reward of the dance more lawless still! For a murder more accursed than all murders was dared, and he who was worthy to be crowned and proclaimed was slaughtered in the midst, and the trophy of the demons was set up on the table. And the manner of the victory was worthy of what was done. “For the daughter of Herodias danced,” it says, “in the midst, and pleased Herod. Whereupon he promised with an oath to give her whatever she might ask. And she, being prompted by her mother, says, ‘Give me here on a platter the head of John the Baptist.’” The charge is double: both that she danced, and that she pleased, and pleased so much as even to receive murder as her reward. Do you see how cruel, how insensible, how senseless he was? He makes himself liable by an oath, and makes her mistress of the request. And when he saw that the evil had come to pass, he was grieved, it says; and yet from the beginning he had bound him. For what reason then is he grieved? Such is virtue: even among the wicked it is worthy of wonder and praise. But O the madness of that woman! When she ought to have wondered at him, when she ought to have worshiped him, because he defended her when she was outraged, she even helps to contrive the drama, and lays the snare, and asks a satanic favor. “But he feared because of the oaths,” it says, “and those reclining with him.” And how did you not fear the more grievous thing? For if you feared to have witnesses of perjury, much more ought you to have feared to have so many witnesses of so lawless a slaughter.

48.3Field 2

᾿Επειδὴ δὲ πολλοὺς ἡγοῦμαι καὶ τοῦ ἐγκλήματος, ὅθον ὦ φόνος ἐτέχθη, τὴν ὑπόθεσιν αὐγνοεῖν, ἀναγκαῖον καὶ τοῦτο ἐξειπεῖν, ἵνα μάθητε του νομοθέτου τὴν σύνεσιν. Τίς οὖν ἣν ὁ παλαιὸς νόμος, ὃν κατεπάτησε μὲν ὁ Ἡρωδης, ἐξεδίκησε δὲ ὁ ᾿Ιωάννης: Τοῦ τελευτήσαντος ἄπαιδος τὴν γυναῖκα τῷ ἀδελφῷ δίδοσθαι ἔδει. ᾿Επειδὴ γὰρ ἀπαραμύθητον κακὸν ὁ θάνατος ἦν, καὶ πάντα ὑπὲρ ζωῆς ἐπραγμαΩ τεύετο, νομοθετεῖ γαμεῖν τὸν ζῶντα ἀδελφον, καὶ ἐπ᾽ ὀνόματι τοῦ τετελευτηκότος τὸ τικτόμενον καλεῖν παιδίον, ὥὦστε μὴ διαπεσεῖν τὴν οἰκίαν τὴν ἐκείνου. Εἰ γὰρ μηδὲ παῖδας ἔμελλε, καταλιμπάνειν ὁ τετελευτηκὼς, ὅπερ μεγίστη τοῦ θανάτου ἐστὶ παραμυθία, ἀνήκεστον ἔμελλεν εἶναι τὸ πένθος. Διὰ δὴ τοῦτο ἐπενόησε τὴν παραψυχὴν ταύτην ὁ νομοθέτης τοῖς ἐκ φύσεως παίδων ἀπεστερημένοις, καὶ τὸ τικτόμενον ἐκέλευσεν ἐκείνῳ λογίζεσθαι. ὕοντος δὲ παιδὸς, οὐκέτι ἐφεῖτο οὗτος ὁ γαάμος. Ναὶ τίνος ἕνεκεν ; φησίν᾽ Ἑ εἰ γὰρ ἑτέρῳ ἐξην, πολλῷ μᾶλλον τῷ ἀδελφῷ. Οὐδαμώς. Βούλεται γὰρ ἐκπαϊνεῦϑθαι τὴν συγγένειαν, καὶ πολλὰς εἶναι τὰς ἀφορμὰς τῆς πρὸς ἀλλήλους οἰκειώσεως. Διατί οὖν καὶ ἀπαιδος τελευτήσαντος; οὐκ ἄλλος ἐγάμει: Ὅτι οὐκ ἂν οὕτως ἐνομίσθη τοῦ ἀπελθόντος εἶναι τὸ παιδίον νυνὶ δὲ τοῦ ἀδελφοῦ σπείροντος: πιθανὸν τὸ σόφισμα ἐξ γίνετο. Ἄλλως τε οὐδὲ ἀνάγκην εἶχεν ἕτερος τὴν οἰκίαν στῆσαι τοῦ τετελευτηκότος οὗτος δὲ τὸ ἀπὸ τῆς συγγενείας ἐκέκτητο δικαίωμα. ᾿Επεὶ οὖν ὁ Ἡρωδης παιδίον ἔχουσαν τὴν γυναῖκα τοῦ ἀδελφοῦ ἔγημε; διὰ τοῦτο ἐγκαλεῖ ὃ ᾿Ιωάννης, καὶ ἐγκαλεῖ συμμέτρως, μετὰ τῆς παῤῥησίας καὶ τὴν ἐπιείκειαν ᾿ ἐπιδεικνύμενος. Σὺ δέ μοι σκόπει; ὕπως τὸ θέατρον ὅλον σατανικόν. Πρωτον μὲν γὰρ ἀπὸ μέθης καὶ τρυφῆς συνειστήκει, ὅθεν οὐδὲν ἂν γένοιτο ὑγιές. Δεύτερον, τοὺς θεατὰς διεφθαρμένους εἶχε, καὶ τὸν ἑστιάτορα ἁπάντων παρανομώτερον. Τρίτον, ἡ τέρψις, ὴ παράλογος. ΤέταρΤΟν». ἡ κόρη, δι ἣν παράνομος, ἦν ὁ γάμος, ἣν καὶ κρύπτεσθαι ἔδει; ὡς ὑβριζομένης ᾿αὐτῇ τῆς μητρὸς, ἐπεισέρχεται ἐμπομπεύουσα, καὶ πόρνας ἁπάσας ἀποκρύπτουσα ἡ παρθένος. Καὶ ὁ καιρὸς δὲ οὐ μικρὸν εἰς κατηγορίαν συντελεῖ τῆς παρα-Β νομίας ταύτης. Ὅτε γὰρ αὐτὸν εὐχαριστεῖν ἐχρῆν τῷ θεῷ, ὅτι κατὰ τὴν ἡμέραν ἐκείνην εἰς φως αὐτὸν ἤγαγε, τότε τὰ παράνομα ἐκεῖνα ᾿ τολμᾷ ὅτε λῦσαι ἐχρῆν δεδεμένον, τότε σφαγὴν᾽ τοῖς δεσμοῖς προστίθησιν. Ἀκούσατε τῶν παρθένων, μᾶλλον δὲ καὶ τῶν γεγαμημένων; ὅσαι ἐν τοῖς ἑτέρων γάμοις τοιαῦτα ἀσχημονεῖν καταδέχεσθε, ἀἁλλόμεναι καὶ πηδῶσαι; καὶ τὴν κοινὴν καταισχύνουσαι ,Φύσιν. ᾿Ακούσατε καὶ ἄνδρες, ὅσοι τὰ πολυτελῆ συμπόσια καὶ μέθης γέμοντα διώκετε καὶ δείσατε τοῦ διαβόλου τὸ βάραθρον. Καὶ γὰρ οὕτω κατὰ κράτος εἷλε τὸν ἄθλιον ἐκεῖνον τότε, ὡς ὀμόσαι καὶ τὰ ἡμίση δοῦναι τῆς βασιλείας. Τοῦτο γὰρ ὁ Μάρκος φησὶν, ὅτι ὥμοσεν αὐτῇ, ὅτι ὃ ἐάν με αἰτήσῃς, δώσω σοι, ἕως ἡμίσους τῆς βασιλείας μου. Τυσούτου τὴν ἀρχὴν ἐτιμᾶτο τὴν ἑαυτοῦ, οὕτω καθάπαξ αἰχμάλωτος ὑπὸ τον πάθους ἐγένετο, ὡς δι᾿ ὄρχησιν αὐτῆς παραχωρῆσαι. Καὶ τί θαυμάζεις, εἰ τότε ταῦτα ἐγίνετο, ὅπου γε καὶ νῦν, μετὰ τοσαύτην φιλοσοφίαν, ὀρχήσεως ἕνεκεν τῶν μαλακιζομένων τούτων νέων πολλοὶ καὶ τὰς ψυχὰς αὐτῶν ἐπιδιδόασιν, οὐδὲ ἀνάγκην ἔχοντες ὅρκου; Ὑπὸ γὰρ τῆς Ἰδονῆς αἰχμάλωτοι γινόμενοι; καθάπερ, βοσκήματα ἄγονται; ἥπερ ἂν ὁ λύκος σύρη. Ὃ δηὴ καὶ τότε ἔπασχεν ὁ παραπλὴξ ἐκεῖνος, δύο τὰ ἔσχατα παραφρονήσας, τὸ τε ἐκείγὴν κυρίαν ποιῆσαι οὕτω μαινομένὴν καὶ μεθύουσαν τῷ πάθει, καὶ οὐδὲν παραιτουμένην τὸ τε ἀνάγκῃ ὅρκον ΡΕΒΕ ῸΝ τὸ πρᾶγμα. Ἀλλ᾽ οὕτως ὄντος ἐκείνον παρανόμου, παρανομώτερον ἁπάντων τὸ γύναιον ἦν, καὶ τῆς κόρης καὶ τοῦ τυράννου. Καὶ γὰρ η τῶν κακῶν ἁπάντων ἀρχιτέκτων καὶ τὸ πάν ὑφάνασα δρᾶμα αὕτη ἦν, ἣν μάλιστα χάριν εἰδέναι ἐ ἐχρῆν τῷ προφήτῃ. Καὶ γὰρ ἢ) θυγάτηρ αὐτῇ πεισθεῖσα καὶ Ἑ ἡσχημόνησε, καὶ ὠρχήσατο, καὶ τὸν φόνον ἤτησε᾽ καὶ ὁ Ἡρώδης ὑπ᾽ αὐτῆς ἐσαγηνεύθη. Ὁρᾷς πῶς δικαίως ἔλθγεν ὁ Χριστός ὁ ο φιλῶν πατέρα ἢ μητέρα ὑπὲρ ἐμὲ, οὐκ ἔστι μου ἄξιος : Εἰ γὰρ αὕτη τὸν νόμον. τοῦτον ἐτήρησεν, οὐκ ἄν τοσούτους παρέβη νόμους, οὐκ ἂν τὴν , μιαιφονίαν ταύτην εἰργάσατο. Τί γὰρ τῆς θηριωδίας ταύτης χεῖρον γένοιτ᾽ ἄν: φόνον ἐν χάριτος αἰτεῖν μέρει, φόνον παράνομον, φόνον μεταξὺ δείπνου, φόνον δημοσίᾳ καὶ ἀναισχύντως: δ Οὐ γὰρ ἰδίᾳ προσελθοῦσα διελέχθη περὶ τούτων, ἀλλὰ δημοσίᾳ, καὶ τὸ προσωπεῖον ῥίψασα, Ὑυμνῇ τῇ κεφαλῇ; καὶ τὸν διάβολον λαβοῦσα συνήγορον, οὕτω φησὶν ὅ φησι. Καὶ γὰρ ἐκεῖνος αὐτὴν καὶ εὐδοκιμῆσαι ἐποίησεν ὀρχουμένην, καὶ τὸν ᾿Ηρώδην τότε ἐλεῖν. ἼΕνθα γὰρ ὄρχησις; ἐκεῖ διάβολος. Οὐδὲ γὰρ εἰς τοῦτο ἔδωκεν ἡμῖν πόδας ὁ ᾿θεὸς, ἀλλ᾽ ἵνα εὔτακτα βαδίζωμεν' οὐχ ἵνα ἀσχημονῶμεν, οὐχ ἵνα κατὰ τὰς καμήλους πηδῶμεν, (καὶ γὰρ καὶ ἐκεῖναι ἀηδεῖς ὀρχούμεναι, μήτιγε δὴ γυναῖκες), αλλ᾽ ἵνα σὺν ἀγγέλοις χορεύωμεν. Εἰ γὰρ τὸ σῶμα αἰσχρὸν ἐ τοιαῦτα ἀσ ημονοῦν, πολλῷ μᾶλλον ἡ ψυχή. Τοιαῦτα ὀρχοῦνται οἱ δαίμονες τοιαῦτα ἐπιτωθάζουσιν οἱ τῶν δαιμόνων διάκονοι.

᾿Epeidē de pollous hēgoumai kai tou enklēmatos, hothon ō phonos etechthē, tēn hypothesin augnoein, anankaion kai touto exeipein, hina mathēte tou nomothetou tēn synesin. Tis oun hēn ho palaios nomos, hon katepatēse men ho Hērōdēs, exedikēse de ho ᾿Iōannēs: Tou teleutēsantos apaidos tēn gynaika tǭ adelphǭ didosthai edei. ᾿Epeidē gar aparamythēton kakon ho thanatos ēn, kai panta hyper zōēs epragmaŌ teueto, nomothetei gamein ton zōnta adelphon, kai ep᾽ onomati tou teteleutēkotos to tiktomenon kalein paidion, hōōste mē diapesein tēn oikian tēn ekeinou. Ei gar mēde paidas emelle, katalimpanein ho teteleutēkōs, hoper megistē tou thanatou esti paramythia, anēkeston emellen einai to penthos. Dia dē touto epenoēse tēn parapsychēn tautēn ho nomothetēs tois ek physeōs paidōn apesterēmenois, kai to tiktomenon ekeleusen ekeinǭ logizesthai. hyontos de paidos, ouketi epheito houtos ho gaamos. Nai tinos heneken ? phēsin᾽ He ei gar heterǭ exēn, pollǭ mallon tǭ adelphǭ. Oudamōs. Bouletai gar ekpaïneuϑthai tēn syngeneian, kai pollas einai tas aphormas tēs pros allēlous oikeiōseōs. Diati oun kai apaidos teleutēsantos? ouk allos egamei: Hoti ouk an houtōs enomisthē tou apelthontos einai to paidion nyni de tou adelphou speirontos: pithanon to sophisma ex gineto. Allōs te oude anankēn eichen heteros tēn oikian stēsai tou teteleutēkotos houtos de to apo tēs syngeneias ekektēto dikaiōma. ᾿Epei oun ho Hērōdēs paidion echousan tēn gynaika tou adelphou egēme? dia touto enkalei ho ᾿Iōannēs, kai enkalei symmetrōs, meta tēs parrhēsias kai tēn epieikeian ᾿ epideiknymenos. Sy de moi skopei? hypōs to theatron holon satanikon. Prōton men gar apo methēs kai tryphēs syneistēkei, hothen ouden an genoito hygies. Deuteron, tous theatas diephtharmenous eiche, kai ton hestiatora hapantōn paranomōteron. Triton, hē terpsis, ē paralogos. TetarTOn». hē korē, di hēn paranomos, ēn ho gamos, hēn kai kryptesthai edei? hōs hybrizomenēs ᾿autę̄ tēs mētros, epeiserchetai empompeuousa, kai pornas hapasas apokryptousa hē parthenos. Kai ho kairos de ou mikron eis katēgorian syntelei tēs para-B nomias tautēs. Hote gar auton eucharistein echrēn tǭ theǭ, hoti kata tēn hēmeran ekeinēn eis phōs auton ēgage, tote ta paranoma ekeina ᾿ tolmą hote lysai echrēn dedemenon, tote sphagēn᾽ tois desmois prostithēsin. Akousate tōn parthenōn, mallon de kai tōn gegamēmenōn? hosai en tois heterōn gamois toiauta aschēmonein katadechesthe, haallomenai kai pēdōsai? kai tēn koinēn kataischynousai ,Physin. ᾿Akousate kai andres, hosoi ta polytelē symposia kai methēs gemonta diōkete kai deisate tou diabolou to barathron. Kai gar houtō kata kratos heile ton athlion ekeinon tote, hōs omosai kai ta hēmisē dounai tēs basileias. Touto gar ho Markos phēsin, hoti hōmosen autę̄, hoti ho ean me aitēsę̄s, dōsō soi, heōs hēmisous tēs basileias mou. Tysoutou tēn archēn etimato tēn heautou, houtō kathapax aichmalōtos hypo ton pathous egeneto, hōs di᾿ orchēsin autēs parachōrēsai. Kai ti thaumazeis, ei tote tauta egineto, hopou ge kai nyn, meta tosautēn philosophian, orchēseōs heneken tōn malakizomenōn toutōn neōn polloi kai tas psychas autōn epididoasin, oude anankēn echontes horkou? Hypo gar tēs Idonēs aichmalōtoi ginomenoi? kathaper, boskēmata agontai? hēper an ho lykos syrē. Ho dēē kai tote epaschen ho paraplēx ekeinos, dyo ta eschata paraphronēsas, to te ekeigēn kyrian poiēsai houtō mainomenēn kai methyousan tǭ pathei, kai ouden paraitoumenēn to te anankę̄ horkon REBE ON to pragma. All᾽ houtōs ontos ekeinon paranomou, paranomōteron hapantōn to gynaion ēn, kai tēs korēs kai tou tyrannou. Kai gar ē tōn kakōn hapantōn architektōn kai to pan hyphanasa drama hautē ēn, hēn malista charin eidenai e echrēn tǭ prophētę̄. Kai gar ē) thygatēr autę̄ peistheisa kai He hēschēmonēse, kai ōrchēsato, kai ton phonon ētēse᾽ kai ho Hērōdēs hyp᾽ autēs esagēneuthē. Horąs pōs dikaiōs elthgen ho Christos ho o philōn patera ē mētera hyper eme, ouk esti mou axios : Ei gar hautē ton nomon. touton etērēsen, ouk an tosoutous parebē nomous, ouk an tēn , miaiphonian tautēn eirgasato. Ti gar tēs thēriōdias tautēs cheiron genoit᾽ an: phonon en charitos aitein merei, phonon paranomon, phonon metaxy deipnou, phonon dēmosią kai anaischyntōs: d Ou gar idią proselthousa dielechthē peri toutōn, alla dēmosią, kai to prosōpeion rhipsasa, Hyymnę̄ tę̄ kephalę̄? kai ton diabolon labousa synēgoron, houtō phēsin ho phēsi. Kai gar ekeinos autēn kai eudokimēsai epoiēsen orchoumenēn, kai ton ᾿Ērōdēn tote elein. IEntha gar orchēsis? ekei diabolos. Oude gar eis touto edōken hēmin podas ho ᾿theos, all᾽ hina eutakta badizōmen' ouch hina aschēmonōmen, ouch hina kata tas kamēlous pēdōmen, (kai gar kai ekeinai aēdeis orchoumenai, mētige dē gynaikes), all᾽ hina syn angelois choreuōmen. Ei gar to sōma aischron e toiauta as ēmonoun, pollǭ mallon hē psychē. Toiauta orchountai hoi daimones toiauta epitōthazousin hoi tōn daimonōn diakonoi.

And since I think that many do not know the ground of the charge from which the murder was born, it is necessary to state this too, so that you may learn the lawgiver’s wisdom. What then was the old law which Herod trampled on and John defended? The wife of one who died childless had to be given to his brother. For since death was an evil without consolation, and everything was done on behalf of life, he legislates that the living brother should marry her, and that the child born should be called by the name of the dead man, so that his house might not fall. For if the dead man was not even going to leave children, which is the greatest consolation for death, the grief was going to be incurable. For this reason the lawgiver devised this comfort for those deprived of children by nature, and commanded that the child born be reckoned to the dead man. But when there was a child, this marriage was no longer permitted. “And for what reason?” someone says. “For if it was lawful for another, much more for the brother.” By no means. For he wishes kinship to be extended, and the occasions of intimacy with one another to be many. Why then, when he died childless, did not another marry her? Because in that way the child would not have been thought to be the departed man’s; but now, when the brother sows, the device became credible. And besides, another man was under no necessity to establish the house of the dead man; but this man held the claim that came from kinship. Since then Herod married his brother’s wife, who had a child, for this reason John accuses him, and accuses him with measure, displaying gentleness together with boldness. But consider, I pray you, how the whole spectacle was satanic. For first, it was made up of drunkenness and luxury, from which nothing sound could come. Second, it had corrupt spectators, and a host more lawless than all. Third, the pleasure was unreasonable. Fourth, the girl, on whose account the marriage was lawless, who ought even to have been hidden, since her mother was outraged through her, comes in parading herself, and the virgin outdoes all harlots. And the time too contributes no little to the accusation of this lawlessness. For when he ought to have given thanks to God that on that day he had brought him into the light, then he dares those lawless things; when he ought to have released one in bonds, then he adds slaughter to the bonds. Hear, you virgins, or rather you married women too, as many as consent to behave so unseemly at the weddings of others, leaping and jumping and putting our common nature to shame. Hear, you men too, as many as pursue costly banquets full of drunkenness, and fear the devil’s pit. For so mightily did he then take that wretched man as to make him swear to give even the half of his kingdom. For Mark says this, that he swore to her, “Whatever you ask me, I will give you, up to half of my kingdom.” At so much did he value his own rule, so utterly once for all did he become a captive of passion, as to give it up for a dance. And why do you wonder if these things happened then, when even now, after so much philosophy, many give up even their souls for the dancing of these effeminate youths, without even the necessity of an oath? For being made captives by pleasure, they are led like cattle wherever the wolf drags them. Which that madman too then suffered, being mad in the two utmost ways: both in making her mistress, mad as she was and drunk with passion, and refusing nothing; and in binding the thing with the necessity of an oath. But lawless as he was, the woman was more lawless than all, both than the girl and than the tyrant. For she was the architect of all the evils and wove the whole drama, she who above all ought to have been grateful to the prophet. For the daughter, persuaded by her, both behaved shamefully and danced and asked for the murder; and Herod was netted by her. Do you see how justly Christ said, “He who loves father or mother more than me is not worthy of me”? For if she had kept this law, she would not have transgressed so many laws, she would not have committed this bloody murder. For what could be worse than this brutality? To ask murder as a favor, a lawless murder, a murder in the middle of a supper, a murder publicly and shamelessly? For she did not come privately and speak about these things, but publicly, and, throwing off the mask, with bare head, and taking the devil as her advocate, so she says what she says. For he both made her win approval in dancing and then captured Herod. For where there is dancing, there is the devil. For God did not give us feet for this, but that we might walk in good order; not that we might behave shamefully, not that we might leap like camels (for they too are unpleasant when they dance, let alone women), but that we might dance with the angels. For if the body is shameful when it behaves so unseemly, much more the soul. Such are the dances of the demons; such are the jests of the ministers of the demons.

48.4Field 2

Σκόπει δὲ καὶ αὐτὴν τὴν αἴτησιν. Δός μοι ὧδε ἐ ἐπὶ πίνακι τὴν κεφαλὴ ν ᾿Ιωάννον τοῦ βαπτιστοῦ. Εἷἶδες τὴν ἀπηρυθριασμένην, τὴν ὅλην τοῦ διαβόλου γεγενημένην: Καὶ τοῦ ἀξιώματος μέμνηται, καὶ οὐδὲ οὕτως ἐγκαλύπτεται; ἀλλ᾽ ὡς περί τινος ἐδέσματος διαλεγομένη, οὕτω τὴν ἱερὰν ἐκείνην καὶ μακαρίαν αἰτεῖ κεφαλὴν ἐπὶ πίνακος εἰσενεχθῆναι. Καὶ οὐδὲ αἰτίαν τίθησιν' οὐδὲ γὰρ εἶχεν εἰπεῖν ἀλλ᾽ ἁπλῶς τιμηθῆναι ταῖς ἑτέρων ἀξιοῖ συμφοραῖς. Καὶ οὐκ εἶπεν, εἰσάγαγε αὐτὸν ἐνταῦθα, καὶ κατάσφαξον' οὐδὲ γὰρ μέλλοντος τελευτᾶν τὴν παῤῥη- σ σίαν ἤνεγκεν ἄν. Καὶ γὰρ ἐδεδοίκει καὶ κατασφαττομένου τῆς φρικτῆς ἀκοῦσαι φωνῆς οὐδὲ γὰρ ἀποτέμνεσθαι μέλλων ἐσίγησεν ᾶν. Διὰ τοῦτό φησι᾿ δός μοι ὧδε ἐπὶ πίνακι ἰδεῖν γὰρ ἐπιθυμῶ τὴν γλώτταν ἐκείνην σιγῶσαν. Οὐδὲ γὰρ ἀπαλλαγῆναι τών ἐλέγχων ἔσπευδε μόνον; ἀλλὰ καὶ ἐπιβηναι καὶ ἐπιτωθάσαι κειμένῳ. Ὁ δὲ θεὸς ἠνέσχετο, καὶ οὔτε κεραυνὸν ἀφῆκεν ἄνωθεν, καὶ τὴν ἀναίσχυντον κατέφλεξεν ὄψιν οὔτε τῇ γῆ διαστῆναι ἐκέλευσε, καὶ τὸ πονηρὸν ἐκεῖνο συμπόσιον δέξασθαι: ὁμοῦ καὶ τὸν δίκαιον μειζόνως στεφανώῶν, καὶ τοῖς μετὰ ταῦτα ἀδίκως τι πάσχουσι πολλὴν καταλιμ- Ὁ πάνων παραμυθίαν. ᾿᾿Ακούσωμεν τοίνυν ὅσοι δεινὰ πάσχομεν ἐν ἀρετῇ ζῶντες παρὰ πονηρῶν ἀνθρώπων. Καὶ γὰρ καὶ τότε ὁ θεὸς ἡ ἠνείχετο τὸν ἐν ἐρήμῳ, τὸν ἐν τῇ ζώνῃ τῇ δερματίνῃ.» τὸν ἐν τριχίνῳ ἱματίῳ, τὸν προφήτην, τὸν Υ τῶν προφητῶν μείζονα, τὸν μηδένα μείζονα ἔχοντα ἐν γεννητοῖς γυναικών, καὶ κατασφαγήναι, ᾿ καὶ ὑπὸ κόρης ἀκολάστου καὶ διεφθαρμένης πόρνης, καὶ ταῦτα νόμοις ἀμύνοντα θείοις. Ταῦτα τοίνυν λογιζόμενοι, φέρωμεν πάντα γενναίως ὅσα ἂν πάσχωμεν. Καὶ γὰρ καὶ τότε ἡ μιαιφόνος καὶ παράνομος αὕτη, ὅσον ἀμύνασθαι ἐπεθύμησε τὸν λελυπηκότα, τοσοῦτον , ἴσχυσε, καὶ τὸν θυμὸν ἅπαντα ἐνέπλησε, καὶ ὁ θεὸς συνεχώρει. Καίτοιγε πρὸς αὖτὴν οὐδὲν εἶπεν, οὐδὲ κατηγόρησεν, ἀλλὰ τῷ ἀνδρὶ μόνῳ ἐνεκάλει. ᾿Αλλὰ τὸ συνειδὸς πικρὸς κατήγορος ἦν. Διὸ καὶ εἰς μείζονα ἐξεβακχεύετο κακά, ἀλγοῦσα καὶ δακνομένη, καὶ κατήσχυνεν ὁμοῦ πάντας, ἑαυτὴν, τὴν θυγατέρα, τὸν ἀπελθόντα ἄνδρα, τὸν ζῶντα μοιχὸν, καὶ τοῖς προτέροις ἐπηγωνίζετο. ΗΕ γὰρ ἀλγεῖς, φησὶν, ὅτι μοιχεύει, εγὼ αὐτὸν ἐργάζομαι καὶ ἀνδροφόνον, καὶ ποιῶ σφαγέα τοῦ ἐγκαλοῦντος. Δκούσατε ὅσοι πρὸς γυναῖκάς ἐστε ἐπτοημένοι παρὰ τὸ δέον. ᾿Ακούσατε ὕσοι ἐπ᾽ ἀδήλοις ὅρκους προτείνετε, καὶ ἑτέρους κυρίους ποιεῖτε τῆς ὑμετέρας ἀπωλείας, καὶ βάραθρον ἐ εαυτοῖς κατορύττετε. Καὶ γὰρ καὶ οὗτος οὕτως ἀπώλετο. Καὶ γὰρ προσεδόκησεν ἀξίαν τινὰ τῶν δείπνων αὐτὴν αἰτεῖν αἴτησιν, καὶ κόρην ουσαν, καὶ ἐν ἑορτῇ καὶ συμποσίῳ καὶ πανηγύρει χάριν αἰτοῦσαν ᾿φαιδράν τινα καὶ ἐπίχαριν, οὐ μὴν κεφαλὴν αἰτεῖν' καὶ ἠπατήθη. ᾿Δλλ᾽ ὅμως οὐδὲν τούτων αὐτοῦ προστήσεται. Εἰ γὰρ καὶ ἐκείνη θηριομάχων ἀνδρῶν ψυχὴν ἐκτήσατο, ἀλλ᾽ αὐτὸν παραλογισθῆναι οὐκ ἔδει, οὐδὲ τυρανγικοῖς οὕτω διακονήσασθαι ᾿ἐπιτάγμασι. ᾿Πρώτον μὲν γὰρ τίς οὐκ ἂν ἔφριξε τὴν ἱερὰν ἐκείνην κεφαλὴν αἷμα στάζουσαν ὁρῶν ἐπὶ τοῦ δείπνου προκειμένην: Ἀλλ᾽ οὐχ ὁ παράνομος Ἡρώδης, οὐδὲ ἡ ἐναγεστέρα τούτου γυνή. Τοιαῦται γὰρ αἱ πορνευόμεναι Ὑυναῖκεν ἁπάντων εἰσὶν ἱταμώτεραι καὶ ὠμότεραι. Εἰ γὰρ ἡμεῖς ἀκούοντες ταῦτα φρίττομεν, τί εἰκὸς ἣν ᾿ἐκείνην τὴν ὄψιν τότε ἐργάσασθαι: : τί παθεῖν τοὺς συνανακειμένους γεοσφαγους κεφαλῆς αἷμα στάζον ὁ ὁρῶντας ἐν μέσῳ τῷ συμποσίῳ: ᾿Δλλ᾽ οὐχ ἡ αἱμοβόρος ἐκείνη καὶ ἐρινύων ἀγριωτέρα ἔπαθέ τι πρὸς τὴν θεωρίαν ταύτην, ἀλλὰ καὶ ἐνηβρύνετο᾽ καίτοιγε εἰ καὶ μηδαμόθεν ἄλλοθεν, απὸ τῆς ὄψεως μόνης εἰκὸς ἣν ναρκῆσαι λοιπόν. ᾿Αλλ οὐδὲν τοιοῦτον ἔπαθεν ἡ μιαιφόνος καὶ αἱμάτων διψῶσα προφητικῶν. Τοιοῦτον γὰρ ἡ πορνεία' οὐκ ἀσελγεῖς μόνον, ἀλλὰ καὶ μιαιφόνους ποιεῖ. Αἱ γοῦν μοιχευθῆναι ἐπιθυμοῦσαι, καὶ πρὸς σφαγήν εἰσι παρεσκευασμέναι τῶν ἀδικουμένων ἀνδρῶν καὶ οὐχ ἕνα μόνον, οὐδὲ δύο, αλλὰ καὶ Μυρίους ἕτοιμαι τολμῆσαι φόνους. Καὶ τούτων πολλοὶ μαρτυρές εἰσι τῶν δραὉ μάτων. Ὃ δὴ καὶ ἐκείνη τότε ἐποίησε, προσδοκῶσα λήσεσθαι λοιπὸν καὶ ἀποκρύψειν τὸ τόλμημα. ᾿Οὗ τοὐναντίον ἅπαν ἐξέβαινε᾽ καὶ γὰρ μειζόνως μετὰ ταῦτα ἐβόησεν ὁ ᾿Ιωάννης.

Skopei de kai autēn tēn aitēsin. Dos moi hōde e epi pinaki tēn kephalē n ᾿Iōannon tou baptistou. Heiides tēn apērythriasmenēn, tēn holēn tou diabolou gegenēmenēn: Kai tou axiōmatos memnētai, kai oude houtōs enkalyptetai? all᾽ hōs peri tinos edesmatos dialegomenē, houtō tēn hieran ekeinēn kai makarian aitei kephalēn epi pinakos eisenechthēnai. Kai oude aitian tithēsin' oude gar eichen eipein all᾽ haplōs timēthēnai tais heterōn axioi symphorais. Kai ouk eipen, eisagage auton entautha, kai katasphaxon' oude gar mellontos teleutan tēn parrhē- s sian ēnenken an. Kai gar ededoikei kai katasphattomenou tēs phriktēs akousai phōnēs oude gar apotemnesthai mellōn esigēsen an. Dia touto phēsi᾿ dos moi hōde epi pinaki idein gar epithymō tēn glōttan ekeinēn sigōsan. Oude gar apallagēnai tōn elenchōn espeude monon? alla kai epibēnai kai epitōthasai keimenǭ. Ho de theos ēnescheto, kai oute keraunon aphēken anōthen, kai tēn anaischynton katephlexen opsin oute tę̄ gē diastēnai ekeleuse, kai to ponēron ekeino symposion dexasthai: homou kai ton dikaion meizonōs stephanōōn, kai tois meta tauta adikōs ti paschousi pollēn katalim- Ho panōn paramythian. ᾿᾿Akousōmen toinyn hosoi deina paschomen en aretę̄ zōntes para ponērōn anthrōpōn. Kai gar kai tote ho theos hē ēneicheto ton en erēmǭ, ton en tę̄ zōnę̄ tę̄ dermatinę̄.» ton en trichinǭ himatiǭ, ton prophētēn, ton Y tōn prophētōn meizona, ton mēdena meizona echonta en gennētois gynaikōn, kai katasphagēnai, ᾿ kai hypo korēs akolastou kai diephtharmenēs pornēs, kai tauta nomois amynonta theiois. Tauta toinyn logizomenoi, pherōmen panta gennaiōs hosa an paschōmen. Kai gar kai tote hē miaiphonos kai paranomos hautē, hoson amynasthai epethymēse ton lelypēkota, tosouton , ischyse, kai ton thymon hapanta eneplēse, kai ho theos synechōrei. Kaitoige pros autēn ouden eipen, oude katēgorēsen, alla tǭ andri monǭ enekalei. ᾿Alla to syneidos pikros katēgoros ēn. Dio kai eis meizona exebakcheueto kaka, algousa kai daknomenē, kai katēschynen homou pantas, heautēn, tēn thygatera, ton apelthonta andra, ton zōnta moichon, kai tois proterois epēgōnizeto. ĒE gar algeis, phēsin, hoti moicheuei, egō auton ergazomai kai androphonon, kai poiō sphagea tou enkalountos. Dkousate hosoi pros gynaikas este eptoēmenoi para to deon. ᾿Akousate hysoi ep᾽ adēlois horkous proteinete, kai heterous kyrious poieite tēs hymeteras apōleias, kai barathron e eautois katoryttete. Kai gar kai houtos houtōs apōleto. Kai gar prosedokēsen axian tina tōn deipnōn autēn aitein aitēsin, kai korēn ousan, kai en heortę̄ kai symposiǭ kai panēgyrei charin aitousan ᾿phaidran tina kai epicharin, ou mēn kephalēn aitein' kai ēpatēthē. ᾿Dll᾽ homōs ouden toutōn autou prostēsetai. Ei gar kai ekeinē thēriomachōn andrōn psychēn ektēsato, all᾽ auton paralogisthēnai ouk edei, oude tyrangikois houtō diakonēsasthai ᾿epitagmasi. ᾿Prōton men gar tis ouk an ephrixe tēn hieran ekeinēn kephalēn haima stazousan horōn epi tou deipnou prokeimenēn: All᾽ ouch ho paranomos Hērōdēs, oude hē enagestera toutou gynē. Toiautai gar hai porneuomenai Hyynaiken hapantōn eisin hitamōterai kai ōmoterai. Ei gar hēmeis akouontes tauta phrittomen, ti eikos hēn ᾿ekeinēn tēn opsin tote ergasasthai: : ti pathein tous synanakeimenous geosphagous kephalēs haima stazon ho horōntas en mesǭ tǭ symposiǭ: ᾿Dll᾽ ouch hē haimoboros ekeinē kai erinyōn agriōtera epathe ti pros tēn theōrian tautēn, alla kai enēbryneto᾽ kaitoige ei kai mēdamothen allothen, apo tēs opseōs monēs eikos hēn narkēsai loipon. ᾿All ouden toiouton epathen hē miaiphonos kai haimatōn dipsōsa prophētikōn. Toiouton gar hē porneia' ouk aselgeis monon, alla kai miaiphonous poiei. Hai goun moicheuthēnai epithymousai, kai pros sphagēn eisi pareskeuasmenai tōn adikoumenōn andrōn kai ouch hena monon, oude dyo, alla kai Myrious hetoimai tolmēsai phonous. Kai toutōn polloi martyres eisi tōn draO matōn. Ho dē kai ekeinē tote epoiēse, prosdokōsa lēsesthai loipon kai apokrypsein to tolmēma. ᾿Hou tounantion hapan exebaine᾽ kai gar meizonōs meta tauta eboēsen ho ᾿Iōannēs.

And consider the request itself: “Give me here on a platter the head of John the Baptist.” Do you see her who had put off all blushing, who had become wholly the devil’s? She even mentions his dignity, and not even so is she ashamed, but as though speaking of some dish, so she asks that that sacred and blessed head be brought in on a platter. And she does not even give a reason, for she had none to give; but simply asks to be honored by the misfortunes of others. And she did not say, “Bring him in here and slaughter him”; for she would not have borne his boldness of speech when he was about to die. For she feared to hear the awesome voice even of one being slaughtered; for not even when about to be beheaded would he have kept silence. For this reason she says, “Give me here on a platter”; for “I long to see that tongue silent.” For she was eager not only to be rid of his reproofs, but also to trample on him and jeer at him as he lay there. And God bore it, and neither sent a thunderbolt from above to burn up that shameless face, nor commanded the earth to open and receive that evil banquet; at once crowning the righteous man the more, and leaving great consolation to those who afterward suffer something unjustly. Let us hear, then, as many of us as suffer terrible things at the hands of wicked men while living in virtue. For then too God bore that the man in the wilderness, the man in the leather girdle, the man in the garment of hair, the prophet, the one greater than the prophets, the one who had none greater among those born of women, should even be slaughtered, and by a licentious girl and a corrupt harlot, and that while he was defending the divine laws. Reckoning these things, then, let us bear nobly all that we may suffer. For then too this bloodthirsty and lawless woman had as much power as she desired to avenge herself on the one who had grieved her, and fulfilled all her anger, and God allowed it. And yet he had said nothing to her, nor accused her, but blamed the husband only. But her conscience was a bitter accuser. Therefore she raved into greater evils, pained and stung, and put all to shame together, herself, her daughter, her departed husband, her living adulterer, and strove to outdo her former deeds. “For if you are pained,” she says, “that he commits adultery, I make him a murderer too, and make him the slayer of his accuser.” Hear, as many of you as are excited about women more than is right. Hear, as many of you as offer oaths about uncertain things, and make others masters of your destruction, and dig a pit for yourselves. For so this man too perished. For he expected her to ask a request worthy of the banquet, and, being a girl, at a feast and a banquet and a festival, to ask some bright and pleasing favor, not to ask for a head; and he was deceived. But nevertheless none of these things will stand in his defense. For even if she had acquired the soul of men who fight wild beasts, yet he ought not to have been deceived, nor to have served such tyrannical commands. For first, who would not have shuddered seeing that sacred head dripping with blood laid out at the supper? But not the lawless Herod, nor his more accursed wife. For such are women who play the harlot: bolder and crueler than all. For if we shudder hearing these things, what is it likely that that sight then worked? What did those reclining with them suffer, seeing a freshly slaughtered head dripping blood in the midst of the banquet? But that bloodthirsty woman, fiercer than the Furies, suffered nothing at this sight, but even exulted; and yet, if from nothing else, from the sight alone it was likely that she would have become numb. But that murderess, thirsting for the blood of prophets, suffered nothing of the kind. For such is sexual immorality: it makes women not only licentious but also murderous. Those at any rate who desire to commit adultery are prepared even for the slaughter of the husbands they wrong; and not one only, nor two, but they are ready to dare countless murders. And many are witnesses of these dramas. Which she too then did, expecting at last to escape notice and to hide her daring. But the very opposite came about; for afterward John cried out the more loudly.

48.5Field 2

᾿Αλλὰ πρὸς τὸ παρὸν ἡ κακία μόνον ὁρᾷ, καθάπερ οἱ πυρέττοντες, ὅταν ψυχρὸν ἀκαίρως αἰτῶσι. Καὶ γὰρ εἰ μὴ ἔσφαξε τὸν κατήγορον, οὐκ ἂν οὕτως ἐξεκαλύφθη τὸ τόλμημα. Οἱ γοῦν μαθηταὶ, ὅτε αὐτὸν εἰς τὸ δεσμωτήριον ἐνέβαλεν, οὐδὲν τοιοῦτον εἴπον᾽ ὅτε δὲ ἀπέκτεινε, τότε ἡναγκασθησαν καὶ τὴν αἰτίαν εἰπεῖν. Τὴν γὰρ μοιχαλίδα κρύπτειν ἐβούλοντο, καὶ οὐκ ἤθελον ἐκπομπεύειν τὰς τῶν πλησίον Ἐ, συμφορας ἐπειδὴ δὲ εἰς ἀνάγκην ἐνέπεσον τῆς ἱστορίας, τότε λέγουσι τὸ τόλμημα ἅπαν. Ἵνα γὰρ μὴ πονηράν τίιξ ὑποπτεύση τῆς σφαγῆς τὴν αἰτίαν, καθάπερ ἐπὶ Θευδὰ καὶ ᾿Ιούδα, ἀναγκάζονται καὶ τὴν πρόφασιν εἰπεῖν τοῦ φόνου. Ὥστε ὃ ὅσῳ ἂν βουληθῇς ἃ ἁμαρτίαν συσκιάσαι τῷ τρόπῳ τούτῳ, τοσούτῳ μᾶλλον αὐτὴν ἐκπομπεύεις. Ἁμαρτία γὰρ οὐχ ἁμαρτίας προσθήκῃ κρύπτεται; αλλὰ μετανοίᾳ καὶ ἐξομολογήσει. Θέα δὲ τὸν εὐαγγελιστὴν, πῶς ἀνεπαχθῶς πάντα διηγεῖται; καὶ ὡς οἷόν τέ ἐστιν αὐτῷ καὶ ἀπολογίαν συντίθησιν. Ὑπὲρ μὲν γὰρ τοῦ Ηρώδον φησί’ διὰ τοὺς ὅρκους καὶ τοὺς συνανακειμένους. καὶ ὅτι ἐλυπήθη: περὶ δὲ τῆς κόρης, ὅτι προβιβασθεῖσα ὑπὸ τῆς μητρὸς, καὶ ὅτι ἤνεγκε τῇ μητρὶ ' τὴν κεφαλήν ὡσανεὶ ἔλεγεν, ἐκείνης τὸ πρόσταγμα ἐπλήρου. Οὐ γὰρ ὑπὲρ τῶν κακώς πασχόντων, ἀλλ᾽ ὑπὲρ τῶν ἣ ποιούντων αλγοῦσιν οἱ δίκαιοι πάντες, ἐπειδὴ καὶ οὗτοι μάλιστα οἱ πάσχοντές εἰσι κακῶς. Οὐδὲ γὰρ ᾿Ιωάννης ηδίκήτο, αλλ οὗτοι οἱ ταῦτα κατασκευάσαντες οὕτω. Β Τούτους καὶ ἡμεῖς μιμώμεθα, καὶ μὴ ἐπεμβαίνωμεν ταῖς τῶν πλησίον «ἁμαρτίαις, ἀλλ᾽ ὅσον ἂν δέῃ, συσκιαάζωμεν. Ἀναλάβωμεν. φιλόσοφον ψυχήν. Καὶ γὰρ καὶ ὁ εὐαγγελιστὴς ὑπὲρ πόρνης καὶ μιαιφόνου γυναικὸς διαλεγόμενος, ἄνεπαχθὴν ἐγένετο, ὡς οἷόν τε ἦν. Οὐδὲ γὰρ εἶπεν, ὑπὸ τῆς μιαιφόνου καὶ ἐναγοῦς, ἀλλὰ, προβιβασθεῖσα ὑπὸ τῆς μητρὸς, ἀπὸ τῶν εὐφημοτέρων καλῶν ὀνομάτων. Σὺ δὲ καὶ ὑβρίζεις καὶ κακηγορεῖς τὸν πλησίον, καὶ οὐκ ἂν ἀνάσχοιό ποτε λελυπηκότος οὕτως ἀδελφοῦ. μνησθῆναι, ὡς ἐκεῖνος τῆς πόρνης, ἀλλὰ μετὰ πολλῆς τῆς θηριωδίας καὶ τῶν ὀνειδῶν, τὸν πονηρὸν, τὸν κακοῦργον, τὸν ὕπουλον, τὸν ἀνόητον, καὶ πολλὰ ἕτερα χαλεπώτερα τούτων καλῶν. Καὶ γὰρ ἐκθηριούμεθα μᾶλλον, καὶ ὡς περὶ ἀλλογενοῦς ἀνθρώπον διαλεγόμεθα, κακίζοντες; λοιδορούμενοι, ὑβρίζοντες. ᾿Αλλ οὐχ ἱ ἅγιοι οὕτως αλλὰ θρηνοῦσι μάλλον τοὺς ἁμαρτάνοντας, ἢ καταρῶνται. Τοῦτο δὴ καὶ ἡμεῖς ποιῶμεν, καὶ δακρύωμεν τὴν Ἡρωδιάδα, καὶ τοὺς ἐκείνην ζηλοῦντας. Πολλὰ γὰρ καὶ νῦν τοιαῦτα συμπόσια γίνεται ἵκὰν μὴ ᾿Ιωάώννης ἀναιρῆται, αλλὰ τοῦ Χριστοῦ τὰ μέλη, καὶ πολλῷ χαλεπώτερον. Οὐ γὰρ κεφαλὴν αἰτοῦσιν ἐπὶ πίνακι οἱ νῦν ὀρχούμενοι, Ὠ αλλὰ τὰς ψυχὰς τῶν ᾿ ἀνακειμένων. Ὅταν γὰρ δούλους ν αὐτοὺς ποιῶσι, καὶ εἰς παρανόμους ἐρωτας ἄγωσι, καὶ πὸρνας ἐπιτειχίζωσιν, οὐχὶ τὴν κεφαλὴν ἀναιροῦσιν, αλλὰ τὴν ψυχὴν σφάττουσι, μοιχοὺς ἐργαζόμενοι καὶ θηλυδρίας καὶ πόρνους. Οὐ γὰρ δή μοι ἐρεῖς, ὡς οἰνωμένος καὶ μεθύων, καὶ γυναῖκα ὀρχουμένην καὶ αἰσχρολογοῦσαν ὁρῶν, οὐ πάσχεις τι πρὸς αὐτὴν, οὐδὲ ἐκφέρη πρὸς ἀσωτίαν ὑπὸ τῆς ἡδονῆς ἡττώμενος. Καὶ πάσχεις ἐκεῖνο τὸ φρικτὸν, μ τὰ μέλη τοῦ Χριστοῦ μέλη πόρνης ποιών. Εἰ γὰρ καὶ μὴ ἡ θυγάτηρ ᾿Ηρωδιάδος πάρεστιν; ἀλλ᾽ ὁ δι ἐκείνης ὀρχησάἙ μενος τότε διάβολος καὶ διὰ τούτων χορεύει νῦν, καὶ τὰς ψυχὰς τών ἀνακειμένων αἰχμαλώτους λαβὼν ἄπεισιν. Εἰ δὲ ὑμεῖς δύνασθε μέθης μένειν ἐκτὸς, αλλ᾽ ἑτέρας κοινωνεῖτε ἁμαρτίας χαλεπωτάτηκ᾽ καὶ γὰρ πολλὼν ἁρπαγῶν τὰ τοιαὺτα γέμει συμπόσια. Μὴ γάρ μοι τὰ ᾿ παρακείμενα κρέα ἴδῃς, μηδὲ τοὺς πλακουνταν ἀλλα πόθεν συνείλεκται ἐννόει, καὶ ὄψει ὅτι εξ ἐπηρείας καὶ πλεονεξίας καὶ βίας καὶ ἄρπαγῆς. Ἀλλ᾽ οὐκ ἔστιν ἐκ τούτων ταῦτα, Φησί. Μὴ γένοιτο οὐδὲ γὰρ ἐγω βούλομαι. Πλὴν εἰ καὶ τούτων καθαρεύοι, οὐδὲ οὕτως ἐγκλημάτων τὰ πολυτελήη δεῖπνα ἀπήλλακται. Ἄκουσον γοῦν καὶ χωρὶς τούτων πῶς ἐγκαλεῖ ὁ προφήτης, οὕτω λέγων Ἧ οὐαὶ οἱ πίνοντες τὸν διυλισμένον οἶνον, καὶ τὰ πρῶτα μύρα χριόμενοι. Ὁρᾷς πῶς καὶ τρυφῆς κατηγορεῖ; Οὐδὲ γὰρ πλεονεξίαν ἐνταῦθα αἰτιᾶται, ἀλλ᾽ ἀσωτίαν μόνον.

᾿Alla pros to paron hē kakia monon horą, kathaper hoi pyrettontes, hotan psychron akairōs aitōsi. Kai gar ei mē esphaxe ton katēgoron, ouk an houtōs exekalyphthē to tolmēma. Hoi goun mathētai, hote auton eis to desmōtērion enebalen, ouden toiouton eipon᾽ hote de apekteine, tote hēnankasthēsan kai tēn aitian eipein. Tēn gar moichalida kryptein eboulonto, kai ouk ēthelon ekpompeuein tas tōn plēsion E, symphoras epeidē de eis anankēn enepeson tēs historias, tote legousi to tolmēma hapan. Hina gar mē ponēran tiix hypopteusē tēs sphagēs tēn aitian, kathaper epi Theuda kai ᾿Iouda, anankazontai kai tēn prophasin eipein tou phonou. Hōste ho hosǭ an boulēthę̄s ha hamartian syskiasai tǭ tropǭ toutǭ, tosoutǭ mallon autēn ekpompeueis. Hamartia gar ouch hamartias prosthēkę̄ kryptetai? alla metanoią kai exomologēsei. Thea de ton euangelistēn, pōs anepachthōs panta diēgeitai? kai hōs hoion te estin autǭ kai apologian syntithēsin. Hyper men gar tou Ērōdon phēsi’ dia tous horkous kai tous synanakeimenous. kai hoti elypēthē: peri de tēs korēs, hoti probibastheisa hypo tēs mētros, kai hoti ēnenke tę̄ mētri ' tēn kephalēn hōsanei elegen, ekeinēs to prostagma eplērou. Ou gar hyper tōn kakōs paschontōn, all᾽ hyper tōn hē poiountōn algousin hoi dikaioi pantes, epeidē kai houtoi malista hoi paschontes eisi kakōs. Oude gar ᾿Iōannēs ēdikēto, all houtoi hoi tauta kataskeuasantes houtō. B Toutous kai hēmeis mimōmetha, kai mē epembainōmen tais tōn plēsion «hamartiais, all᾽ hoson an deę̄, syskiaazōmen. Analabōmen. philosophon psychēn. Kai gar kai ho euangelistēs hyper pornēs kai miaiphonou gynaikos dialegomenos, anepachthēn egeneto, hōs hoion te ēn. Oude gar eipen, hypo tēs miaiphonou kai enagous, alla, probibastheisa hypo tēs mētros, apo tōn euphēmoterōn kalōn onomatōn. Sy de kai hybrizeis kai kakēgoreis ton plēsion, kai ouk an anaschoio pote lelypēkotos houtōs adelphou. mnēsthēnai, hōs ekeinos tēs pornēs, alla meta pollēs tēs thēriōdias kai tōn oneidōn, ton ponēron, ton kakourgon, ton hypoulon, ton anoēton, kai polla hetera chalepōtera toutōn kalōn. Kai gar ekthērioumetha mallon, kai hōs peri allogenous anthrōpon dialegometha, kakizontes? loidoroumenoi, hybrizontes. ᾿All ouch hi hagioi houtōs alla thrēnousi mallon tous hamartanontas, ē katarōntai. Touto dē kai hēmeis poiōmen, kai dakryōmen tēn Hērōdiada, kai tous ekeinēn zēlountas. Polla gar kai nyn toiauta symposia ginetai hikan mē ᾿Iōaōnnēs anairētai, alla tou Christou ta melē, kai pollǭ chalepōteron. Ou gar kephalēn aitousin epi pinaki hoi nyn orchoumenoi, Ō alla tas psychas tōn ᾿ anakeimenōn. Hotan gar doulous n autous poiōsi, kai eis paranomous erōtas agōsi, kai pornas epiteichizōsin, ouchi tēn kephalēn anairousin, alla tēn psychēn sphattousi, moichous ergazomenoi kai thēlydrias kai pornous. Ou gar dē moi ereis, hōs oinōmenos kai methyōn, kai gynaika orchoumenēn kai aischrologousan horōn, ou pascheis ti pros autēn, oude ekpherē pros asōtian hypo tēs hēdonēs hēttōmenos. Kai pascheis ekeino to phrikton, m ta melē tou Christou melē pornēs poiōn. Ei gar kai mē hē thygatēr ᾿Ērōdiados parestin? all᾽ ho di ekeinēs orchēsaE menos tote diabolos kai dia toutōn choreuei nyn, kai tas psychas tōn anakeimenōn aichmalōtous labōn apeisin. Ei de hymeis dynasthe methēs menein ektos, all᾽ heteras koinōneite hamartias chalepōtatēk᾽ kai gar pollōn harpagōn ta toiauta gemei symposia. Mē gar moi ta ᾿ parakeimena krea idę̄s, mēde tous plakountan alla pothen syneilektai ennoei, kai opsei hoti ex epēreias kai pleonexias kai bias kai arpagēs. All᾽ ouk estin ek toutōn tauta, Phēsi. Mē genoito oude gar egō boulomai. Plēn ei kai toutōn kathareuoi, oude houtōs enklēmatōn ta polytelēē deipna apēllaktai. Akouson goun kai chōris toutōn pōs enkalei ho prophētēs, houtō legōn Hē ouai hoi pinontes ton diylismenon oinon, kai ta prōta myra chriomenoi. Horąs pōs kai tryphēs katēgorei? Oude gar pleonexian entautha aitiatai, all᾽ asōtian monon.

But vice looks only to the present, like those in fever when they ask unseasonably for cold water. For if she had not slaughtered her accuser, her daring would not have been so uncovered. The disciples at any rate, when he threw him into prison, said nothing of the kind; but when he killed him, then they were compelled to state the cause too. For they wished to hide the adulteress, and did not want to make a show of the misfortunes of their neighbors; but when they fell into the necessity of telling the history, then they tell the whole daring deed. For so that no one might suspect an evil cause of the slaughter, as in the case of Theudas and Judas, they are compelled to state the occasion of the murder too. So the more you wish to cover sin over in this way, the more you make a show of it. For sin is not hidden by the addition of sin, but by repentance and confession. But behold the evangelist, how inoffensively he recounts everything, and, as far as he can, even composes a defense. For on Herod’s behalf he says, “because of the oaths and those reclining with him,” and that “he was grieved”; and about the girl, that she was “prompted by her mother,” and that she brought the head to her mother, as if he said, “She was fulfilling that woman’s command.” For all the righteous grieve not for those who suffer evil but for those who do it, since these above all are the ones who suffer evil. For John was not wronged, but these who contrived these things so. Let us too imitate these men, and not trample on the sins of our neighbors, but cover them over as far as is right. Let us take up a philosophic soul. For the evangelist too, speaking of a harlot and bloodthirsty woman, was as inoffensive as was possible. For he did not say, “by the bloodthirsty and accursed woman,” but, “prompted by her mother,” calling her by the more auspicious names. But you both insult and speak evil of your neighbor, and you could never endure to mention a brother who has grieved you as he mentioned the harlot, but with great brutality and with reproaches you call him the wicked one, the villain, the hypocrite, the fool, and many other names more grievous than these. For we become more savage, and speak as though about a man of another race, finding fault, reviling, insulting. But not so the saints; rather they mourn those who sin more than they curse them. This let us too do, and let us weep for Herodias and for those who emulate her. For many such banquets take place now too; and if John is not killed, yet the members of Christ are, and far more grievously. For those who dance now do not ask for a head on a platter, but for the souls of those reclining. For when they make them slaves, and lead them into lawless loves, and set harlots against them like fortresses, they do not take off the head, but slaughter the soul, making them adulterers and effeminate men and fornicators. For you will surely not tell me that, flushed with wine and drunk, and seeing a woman dancing and speaking shamefully, you feel nothing toward her and are not carried away to profligacy, overcome by pleasure. And you suffer that awful thing, making the members of Christ the members of a harlot. For even if the daughter of Herodias is not present, yet the devil who then danced through her dances now through these, and goes away having taken captive the souls of those reclining. And if you are able to stay clear of drunkenness, yet you share in another most grievous sin; for such banquets are full of many robberies. For do not look at the meats set before you, nor at the cakes, but consider from where they have been gathered, and you will see that it is from spite and covetousness and violence and robbery. “But these things are not from such sources,” someone says. God forbid! I do not wish it either. However, even if they are clean of these, not even so are costly suppers free from charges. Hear at any rate how the prophet accuses even apart from these things, saying thus: “Woe to those who drink strained wine, and anoint themselves with the finest ointments.” Do you see how he accuses luxury too? For here he does not blame covetousness, but only prodigality.

48.6Field 2

Καὶ σὺ μὲν εἰς ἀμετρίαν ἐσθίεις, ὁ δὲ Χριστὸς οὐδὲ εἰς χρείαν᾽ σὺ μὲν πλακοῦντας διαφόρους, ἐκεῖνος δὲ οὐδὲ ἄρτον ξηρόν σὺ Θάσιον οἶνον, ἐκείνῳ δὲ οὐδὲ ψυχρὸν ἐπέ- Β δωκας ποτήριον ΠΡ σὺ μὲν ἐπὶ στρωμνῆς ἁπαλῆς καὶ πεποικιλμένης, ὁ δὲ ὑπὸ τοῦ Ὁ κρυμοῦ διαφθείρεται. Διὸ κἀν πλεονεξίας καθαρὰ ἣ τὰ δεῖπνα, καὶ οὕτως ἐστὶν ἐναγῆ, ὅτι σὺ μὲν ὑπὲρ τὴν χρείαν πάντα ποιεῖς, ἐκείνῳ δὲ οὐδὲ τὴν χρείαν δίδως, καὶ ταῦτα ἐντρυφῶν τοῖς αὐτοῦ. ᾿Αλλ᾽ εἰ παιδὸς μὲν ἐπετρόπευες, καὶ λαβὼν τὰ αὐτοῦ, περιέωρας αὐτὸν ἐν τοῖς ἐσχάτοις ὄντα, μυρίους ἂν ἔσχες κατηγόρους, καὶ τὴν ἀπὸ τῶν νόμων ἔδωκας ἂν δίκην. τὰ δὲ τοῦ Χριστοῦ λαβὼν, καὶ οὕτω μάτην ἀναλίσκων, οὐχ ἡγῆ δώσειν εὐθύνας: Καὶ ταῦτα οὐ περὶ τῶν τὰς πόρνας ταῖς τραπέζαις αὐτῶν ἐπεισαγόντων λέγω᾽ (πρὸς γὰρ ἐκείνους οὐδείς μοι Ο λόγος; ὥσπερ οὐδὲ πρὸς τοὺς κύνας) οὐδὲ περὶ τῶν πλεονεκτούντων καὶ ἑτέρους γαστριζόντων' (οὐδὲ γὰρ πρὸς αὐτοὺς ἐστί τί μοι κοινὸν, ὥσπερ οὐδὲ πρὸς τοὺς χοίρους καὶ τοὺς λύκου.) ἀλλὰ περὶ τῶν ἀπολανόντων μὲν τῆς ἰδίας οὐσίας, οὐ μεταδιδόντων δὲ ἑτέροις, περὶ τῶν τὰ πατρῷα καταναλισκόντων ἁπλῶς. Οὐδὲ γὰρ οὗτοι κατηγορίας ἐκτός. Πῶς γὰρ, εἰπέ μοι, διαφεύξη κατηγορίαν καὶ ἐγκλήματα, ὅταν ὁ μὲν παρασιτός σου γαστρίζηται καὶ ὁ κύων ἧπαρεστὼς, ὁ δὲ Χριστὸς μηδὲ τούτων ἄξιός σοι φαίνηται : ὅταν Ὦ « ι τὰ ’ « Λε ᾿ ’ ὁ μὲν ὑπὲρ γέλωτος τοσαυτα λαμβανῇ, ο δὲ ὑπερ βασιλείας οὐρανῶν οὐδὲ τὸ πολλοστὸν τούτων; καὶ ὁ μὲν ἵνα τι εἴπῃ ἀστεῖον ἐμπλησθεὶς ἀπῆλθεν, οὗτος δὲ διδάξας ἡμᾶς, ἃ μὴ μαθόντες οὐδὲν ἂν τῶν κυνῶν διεφέρομεν, οὐδὲ τῶν αὐτῶν ἀξιοῦται ἐκείνῳ ; Φρίττεις ἀκούων; Οὐκοῦν φρῖξον ἐπὶ τῶν ἔργων. ἼἜκβαλε τοὺς παρασίτους, καὶ ποίησον σνγκατακλίνεσθαί σοι τὸν Χριστόν. Ἂν ἁλῶν κοινωνήση καὶ τραπέζης, ἥμερος ἔσται σοι δικάζων' οἷδεν αἰδεῖσθαι τράπεζαν. [ἰ γὰρ λῃσταὶ ἴσασι; πολλῷ μᾶλλον δ δεσπότης. ᾿Εννόησον γοὺν τὴν πόρνην ἐκείνην πῶς απὸ τραπέζης ἱ ἐδικαίωσε, καὶ Σίμωνι ὀνειδίζει λέγων᾽ δον φίλημά μοι οὐκ ἔδωκας. Εἰ γὰρ μὴ ποιοὔντά σε ταῦτα τρέφει, πολλῷ μᾶλλον ποιοῦντα ἀμείψεται. Μὴ πρὸς τὸν πένητα ἴδης, ὅ ὃτι ῥυπῶν προσέρχεται καὶ αὐχμῶν αλλ᾽ ἐννόησον, ὅτι ὁ Χριστὸς δι᾿ ἐκείνου ἐπιβαίνει τῆς σῆς οἰκίας, καὶ παῦσαι τῆς ὠμότητος καὶ τῶν ἀπηνῶν ῥημάτων, οἷς ἀεὶ πλύνεις ἢ τοὺς προσιόντας, ἐπιθέτας, ἀργοὺς; καὶ ἕτερα χαλεπώτερα τούτων καλών. Καὶ λογίζου; ὅταν ταῦτα λέγῃς, οἱ παράσιτοι ποῖα ἔργα κατασκευάζουσι: τί τὴν οἰκίαν ὠφελοῦσι τὴν σήν. Ἡδὺ πάντως σοι ποιοῦσι ᾿ τὸ ἄριστον: Καὶ πῶς ἡδὺ, ῥαπιζόμενοι καὶ αἰσχρὰ λέγοντες; Καὶ τί τούτου ἀηδέστερον, ὅταν τὸν κατ᾽ εἰκόνα θεοῦ γενόμενον τύπτης, καὶ ἐκ τῆς εἰς ἐκεῖνον ὕβρεως τέρψιν ἑαυτῷ συνάγῃς. θέατρον ποιῶν τὴν οἰκίαν, καὶ μίμων πληρῶν τὸ συμπόσιον, καὶ τοὺς ἐπὶ τῆς σκηνῆς ἐξυρημένους μιμούμενος ὁ εὐγενὴς καὶ ἐλεύθερος : Καὶ γὰρ καὶ ἐκεῖ γέλως καὶ ῥαπίσματα. Ταῦτα οὖν ἡδονὴν καλεῖς, εἰπέ μοι, ἃ πολλῶν ἄξια δακρύων ἐστὶν, ἃ πολλῶν θρήνων καὶ οἰμωγῶν: καὶ δέον εἰς βίον αὐτοὺς ἐμβαλεῖν σπουδαῖον, δέον παραινέσαι τὰ δέοντα, σὺ δὲ εἰς ἐπιορκίας καὶ βήματα ἄτακτα ἐνάγεις, καὶ τέρψιν τὸ πρᾶγμα καλεῖς, καὶ τὸ γεέννης πρόξενον, Ἶδονῆς εἶναι ὑπόθεσιν νομίζεις: Καὶ γὰρ ὅταν ἀπορήσωσιν ἀστείων βημάτων, ὅρκοις καὶ ἐπιορκίαις τὸ πᾶν διαλύονται. Ταῦτα οὗν γέλωτος ἄξια, ἀλλ᾽ οὐκ ὀδυρμῶν καὶ δακρύων : Καὶ τίς ἂν ταῦτα εἴποι νοῦν ἔχων:

Kai sy men eis ametrian esthieis, ho de Christos oude eis chreian᾽ sy men plakountas diaphorous, ekeinos de oude arton xēron sy Thasion oinon, ekeinǭ de oude psychron epe- B dōkas potērion PR sy men epi strōmnēs hapalēs kai pepoikilmenēs, ho de hypo tou Ho krymou diaphtheiretai. Dio kan pleonexias kathara hē ta deipna, kai houtōs estin enagē, hoti sy men hyper tēn chreian panta poieis, ekeinǭ de oude tēn chreian didōs, kai tauta entryphōn tois autou. ᾿All᾽ ei paidos men epetropeues, kai labōn ta autou, perieōras auton en tois eschatois onta, myrious an esches katēgorous, kai tēn apo tōn nomōn edōkas an dikēn. ta de tou Christou labōn, kai houtō matēn analiskōn, ouch hēgē dōsein euthynas: Kai tauta ou peri tōn tas pornas tais trapezais autōn epeisagontōn legō᾽ (pros gar ekeinous oudeis moi O logos? hōsper oude pros tous kynas) oude peri tōn pleonektountōn kai heterous gastrizontōn' (oude gar pros autous esti ti moi koinon, hōsper oude pros tous choirous kai tous lykou.) alla peri tōn apolanontōn men tēs idias ousias, ou metadidontōn de heterois, peri tōn ta patrǭa katanaliskontōn haplōs. Oude gar houtoi katēgorias ektos. Pōs gar, eipe moi, diapheuxē katēgorian kai enklēmata, hotan ho men parasitos sou gastrizētai kai ho kyōn hēparestōs, ho de Christos mēde toutōn axios soi phainētai : hotan Ō « i ta ’ « Le ᾿ ’ ho men hyper gelōtos tosauta lambanę̄, o de hyper basileias ouranōn oude to polloston toutōn? kai ho men hina ti eipę̄ asteion emplēstheis apēlthen, houtos de didaxas hēmas, ha mē mathontes ouden an tōn kynōn diepheromen, oude tōn autōn axioutai ekeinǭ ? Phritteis akouōn? Oukoun phrixon epi tōn ergōn. IEkbale tous parasitous, kai poiēson snnkataklinesthai soi ton Christon. An halōn koinōnēsē kai trapezēs, hēmeros estai soi dikazōn' hoiden aideisthai trapezan. [i gar lę̄stai isasi? pollǭ mallon d despotēs. ᾿Ennoēson goun tēn pornēn ekeinēn pōs apo trapezēs hi edikaiōse, kai Simōni oneidizei legōn᾽ don philēma moi ouk edōkas. Ei gar mē poiounta se tauta trephei, pollǭ mallon poiounta ameipsetai. Mē pros ton penēta idēs, ho hoti rhypōn proserchetai kai auchmōn all᾽ ennoēson, hoti ho Christos di᾿ ekeinou epibainei tēs sēs oikias, kai pausai tēs ōmotētos kai tōn apēnōn rhēmatōn, hois aei plyneis ē tous prosiontas, epithetas, argous? kai hetera chalepōtera toutōn kalōn. Kai logizou? hotan tauta legę̄s, hoi parasitoi poia erga kataskeuazousi: ti tēn oikian ōphelousi tēn sēn. Hēdy pantōs soi poiousi ᾿ to ariston: Kai pōs hēdy, rhapizomenoi kai aischra legontes? Kai ti toutou aēdesteron, hotan ton kat᾽ eikona theou genomenon typtēs, kai ek tēs eis ekeinon hybreōs terpsin heautǭ synagę̄s. theatron poiōn tēn oikian, kai mimōn plērōn to symposion, kai tous epi tēs skēnēs exyrēmenous mimoumenos ho eugenēs kai eleutheros : Kai gar kai ekei gelōs kai rhapismata. Tauta oun hēdonēn kaleis, eipe moi, ha pollōn axia dakryōn estin, ha pollōn thrēnōn kai oimōgōn: kai deon eis bion autous embalein spoudaion, deon parainesai ta deonta, sy de eis epiorkias kai bēmata atakta enageis, kai terpsin to pragma kaleis, kai to geennēs proxenon, Idonēs einai hypothesin nomizeis: Kai gar hotan aporēsōsin asteiōn bēmatōn, horkois kai epiorkiais to pan dialyontai. Tauta houn gelōtos axia, all᾽ ouk odyrmōn kai dakryōn : Kai tis an tauta eipoi noun echōn:

And you eat beyond measure, while Christ does not have even what he needs; you eat various cakes, he not even dry bread; you drink Thasian wine, but to him you have not given even a cup of cold water; you lie on a soft and embroidered couch, while he is perishing with cold. Therefore, even if the suppers are clean of covetousness, even so they are accursed, because you do everything beyond need, while to him you do not give even what he needs, and that while you luxuriate in his own possessions. But if you were the guardian of a child, and, having taken his property, you overlooked him in the utmost distress, you would have countless accusers, and would pay the penalty under the laws; and having taken the things of Christ and spending them so idly, do you think you will not give account? And I say these things not about those who bring harlots to their tables (for I have no word for them, any more than for dogs), nor about those who are covetous and fill their bellies with others’ goods (for neither have I anything in common with them, any more than with pigs and wolves), but about those who enjoy their own substance but do not share it with others, about those who simply spend their inheritance. For neither are these outside accusation. For how, tell me, will you escape accusation and charges, when your parasite is filled and your dog standing by, while Christ seems to you not worthy even of these things? When the one receives so much for laughter, while the other, for the kingdom of heaven, receives not even the smallest part of this? And the one, so that he may say something witty, goes away filled, while this one, who has taught us things without learning which we would differ in nothing from dogs, is not counted worthy even of the same things as that man? Do you shudder hearing it? Then shudder at the deeds. Cast out the parasites, and make Christ recline with you. If he shares your salt and your table, he will be gentle when he judges you; he knows how to respect a table. For if robbers know, much more the Master. Consider at any rate that harlot, how he justified her at a table, and reproaches Simon, saying, “You gave me no kiss.” For if he feeds you when you do not do these things, much more will he repay you when you do them. Do not look at the poor man, that he comes dirty and squalid; but consider that Christ through him sets foot in your house; and cease from your cruelty and the harsh words with which you always wash down those who come to you, calling them impostors, idlers, and other things more grievous than these. And consider, when you say these things, what works the parasites accomplish? How do they benefit your house? “They make my lunch pleasant, surely.” And how is it pleasant, when they are slapped and speak shameful things? And what is more unpleasant than this, when you strike one made in the image of God, and gather delight for yourself from the insult to him, making your house a theater and filling your banquet with mimes, and imitating, you the well-born and free man, those who are shaved on the stage? For there too there is laughter and slapping. Do you call these things pleasure, tell me, which are worthy of many tears, of many laments and groans? And when you ought to throw them into an earnest life, when you ought to exhort them to their duty, you lead them on to perjuries and disorderly words, and call the thing delight, and think that what procures Gehenna is an occasion of pleasure? For when they are at a loss for witty words, they finish the whole business with oaths and perjuries. Are these things then worthy of laughter, and not of lamentations and tears? And who having sense would say so?

48.7Field 2

Καὶ ταῦτα λέγω, οὐ κωλύων τρέφεσθαι αὐτοὺς, ἀλλὰ μὴ ἐπὶ τοιαύτῃ αἰτίᾳ. Φιλανθρωπίας γὰρ ἡ τροφὴ τὴν ὑπόθεσιν ἐ ἐχέτω, μὴ ὠμότητος ἔλεον, μὴ ὕβριν. Ὅτι πένης ἐστὶ, θρέψον, ὅτι Χριστὸς τρέφεται, θρέψον' μὴ ἐπειδὴ σατανικὰ εἰσάγει ῥήματα, καὶ τὴν ἑαυτοῦ ἘΘΤαΙδ χυνεὶ ζωήν. Μὴ ἴδης αὐτὸν ἔξωθεν γελῶντα, ἀλλὰ τὸ συνειδὸς ἢ ἐξέτασον, καὶ τότε ὄψει μυριάκις αὐτὸν ἑαυτῷ καταρώμενον, καὶ στένοντα, καὶ ὀδυρόμενον. Εἰ δὲ οὐκ ἐπιδείκνυται, καὶ τοῦτο Ὦ διὰ σέ. ἔστωσαν τοίνυν ἄνθρωποι πένητες καὶ ἐλεύθεροι οἱ σύσσιτοί σου, μὴ ἐπίορκοι, μηδὲ μίμοι. Εἰ δὲ βούλει καὶ τῆς τροφῆς αὐτοὺς ἀμοιβὴν ἀπαιτῆσαι, κέλευσον, ἂν ἴδωσί τι τῶν ἀτόπων γινόμενον, ἐπιπλῆξαι, παραινέσαι; ἵσυναντιλαβέσθαι τῆς κατὰ τὴν οἰκίαν ἐπιμελείας, τῆς τῶν οἰκετῶν προστασίας. ᾿Παῖδας ἔ ἔχεις ; Κοινοὶ πατέρες ἔστωσαν ἐκείνων, μετὰ σου τὴν προστασίαν διανεμέσθωσαν, κέρδη σοι φερέτωσαν τὰ τῷ θεῷ φίλα. Εἰς ἐμπορίαν αὐτοὺς ἔμβαλε πνευματικήν. Κἀν ἐἴδης δεόμενον προστασίας, ἐπίταξον βοηθῆσαι, κέλευσον διακονήσασθαι. Διὰ τούτων θήρευε τοὺς ξένους, διὰ τούτων ἔνδυε τοὺς γυμνοὺς, διὰ τούτων εἰς δεσμωτήριον πέμπε, τὰς ἀνάγκας λύε τὰς ἀλλοτρίας. Ἑ Ταύτην σοι διδότωσαν τῆς τροφῆς τὴν ἀμοιβὴν, τὴν καὶ σὲ καὶ ἐκείνους ᾿ ὠφελοῦσαν, καὶ οὐδεμίαν κατάγνωσιν ἔχουσαν. Διὰ τούτων καὶ ἡ φιλία σφίγγεται μᾶλλον. Νῦν μὲν γὰρ κὰν δοκῶσι φιλεῖσθαι, ἀλλ᾽ ὅμως αἰσχύνονται, ὡς εἰκῆ ζώντες παρὰ σοί ἄν δὲ ταῦτα ἀνύωσι, καὶ αὐτοὶ ῥάδιον διακείσονται, καὶ σὺ ἥδιον θρέψεις, ἅτε οὐ μάτην δαπανῶν, κἀκεῖνοι μετὰ παῤῥησίας σοι συνέσονται καὶ τῆς προσηκούσης ἐλευθερίας, καὶ ἢ οἰκία σον ἀντὶ θεάτρου ἐκκλησία σοι γενήσεται, καὶ ὃ διάβολος δραπετεύσει, καὶ ὁ Χριστὸς εἰσελεύσεται καὶ ὁ τῶν ἀγγέλων ορός. Ὅπον γὰρ ὁ Χριστὸς, ἐκεῖ καὶ οἱ ἄγγελοι ὅπου ἧ ο Χριστὸς καὶ οἱ ἄγγελοι, ἐκεῖ ὁ οὐρανὸς, ἐκεῖ φως τοὺ ἡλιακοῦ τούτου φαιδρότερον. Εἰ δὲ καὶ ἑτέραν βούλει δ᾽ αὐτῶν καρποῦσθαι παράκλησιν, ᾿ κέλευσον, σχολὴν ἄγων, βιβλία λαβόντας τὸν θεῖον νόμον ἀναγινώσκειν. Ἤδιόν σοι ταῦτα ὑπηρετήσονται, ἤ ἐκεῖνα. Ταῦτα μὲν γὰρ καὶ σὲ κἀκείνους ποιεῖ σεμνοτέρους ἐκεῖνα δὲ ἅπαντας ὁμοῦ Β καταισχύνει σὲ μὲν ὡς ὑβριστὴν καὶ πάροινον, ἐκείνους δὲ ὡς αθλίους καὶ γαστριμαργους. ᾿᾽ΑΔν μὲν γὰρ ἐφ᾽ ὕβρει τρέφῃς, χαλεπώτερον, ἢ εἰ ἀνεῖλες ἂν δὲ ἐπ᾽ ὠφελείᾳ καὶ κέρ ει, χρησιμώτερον πάλιν, ἢ εἰ ἀπαγομένους τὴν ἐπὶ θανάτῳ ἐπανήγαγες. Καὶ νῦν μὲν τῶν οἰκετῶν μᾶλλον αὐτοὺς καταισχύνεις, καὶ οἱ οἰκέται πλείονα τούτων ἔχουσι παῤῥησίαν καὶ ἐλεύθερον συνειδός τότε δὲ τῶν ἀγγέλων ἐργάσῃ ἴσους. Καὶ τούτους τοίνυν καὶ σαντὸν ᾿ἀπάλλαξον, καὶ ἐξελὼν τὸ τῶν παρασίτων ὄνομα; συσσίτους κάλει, καὶ ἐκβαλὼν τὴν τῶν κολάκων, τὴν τῶν φίλων ἐπιτίθει προσηγορίαν. Διὰ τοῦτο καὶ τὰς φιλίας ἐποίησεν ὁ θεὸς, οὐκ ἐπὶ κακῷ τῶν φιλουμένων καὶ τών φιλούντων, ἀλλ᾽ ἐπ᾿ ἀγαθῷ καὶ χρησίμῳ. Αὗται δὲ αἱ φιλίαι πάσης ἔχθρας εἰσὶ χαλεπώτεραι. Παρὰ μὲν γὰρ τῶν ἐχθρῶν, ἂν ἐθόλωμεν, καὶ κερδαίνομεν' παρὰ δὲ τούτων ἢ ἀνάγκη καὶ βλάπτεσθαι παντως. Μὴ δὴ κάτεχε φίλους, βλάβης διδασκάλουν᾽ μὴ κάτεχε φίλους τραπέζης μᾶλλον ἡ φιλίας ἐραστὰς ὄντας. Οἱ γὰρ τοιοῦτοι πάντες, ἂν τὴν τρυφὴν καταλύσῃς, καταλύουσι καὶ τὴν φιλίαν' οἱ δὲ δ ἀρετήν σοι συνόντες, μένουσι διηνεκῶς, πᾶσαν φέροντες ἀνωμαλίαν. Τὸ δὲ τῶν παρασίτων γένος, καὶ ἀμύνονταί σε πολλάκις, καὶ πονηρὰν περιτιθέασι δόξαν. ᾿Εντεῦθεν γοῦν πολλοὺς τῶν ἐλευθέρων οἶδα πονηρὰς ὑπολήγεις λαβόντας καὶ οἱ μὲν ἐπὶ γοητείαις, οἱ δὲ ἐ επὶ μοιχείαις καὶ παίδων διαφθοραῖς. διεβλήθησαν. Ὅταν γὰρ μηδὲν ἔργον ἔχωσιν, ἀλλ᾽ εἰκῆ τὸν ἐαντῶν ζῶσι βίον, ὡς ταὐτὰ διακονούμενοι τοῖς παισὶ παρὰ πολλοῖς ὑποπτεύονται. Καὶ δόξης τοίνυν ἑαντοὺς ἀπαλλάττοντες πονηρᾶς, καὶ πρὸ παντων τῆς μελλούσης γεέννης, καὶ τὰ τῷ θεῷ δοκοῦντα ποιοῦντες, τὴν διαβολικὴν ταύτην καταλύσωμεν συνήθειαν, ἵνα καὶ ἐσθίοντες καὶ πίνοντες πάντα εἰς δόξαν θεοῦ ποιῶμεν, καὶ τῆς παρ᾽ αὐτοὺ δόξης ἀπολαύσωμεν᾽ ἧς γένοιτο πάντας ἡμᾶς ἐπιτυχεῖν, χάριτι καὶ φιλανθρωπίᾳ τοῦ κυρίον ἡμῶν Ἰ ησοῦ Χριστοῦ, ῳ ἡ δόξα καὶ τὸ κράτος, νῦν καὶ αεὶ καὶ εἰς τοὺς αἰῶνας τῶν αἰώνων. ᾿Δμήν.

Kai tauta legō, ou kōlyōn trephesthai autous, alla mē epi toiautę̄ aitią. Philanthrōpias gar hē trophē tēn hypothesin e echetō, mē ōmotētos eleon, mē hybrin. Hoti penēs esti, threpson, hoti Christos trephetai, threpson' mē epeidē satanika eisagei rhēmata, kai tēn heautou EThTaId chynei zōēn. Mē idēs auton exōthen gelōnta, alla to syneidos ē exetason, kai tote opsei myriakis auton heautǭ katarōmenon, kai stenonta, kai odyromenon. Ei de ouk epideiknytai, kai touto Ō dia se. estōsan toinyn anthrōpoi penētes kai eleutheroi hoi syssitoi sou, mē epiorkoi, mēde mimoi. Ei de boulei kai tēs trophēs autous amoibēn apaitēsai, keleuson, an idōsi ti tōn atopōn ginomenon, epiplēxai, parainesai? hisynantilabesthai tēs kata tēn oikian epimeleias, tēs tōn oiketōn prostasias. ᾿Paidas e echeis ? Koinoi pateres estōsan ekeinōn, meta sou tēn prostasian dianemesthōsan, kerdē soi pheretōsan ta tǭ theǭ phila. Eis emporian autous embale pneumatikēn. Kan eidēs deomenon prostasias, epitaxon boēthēsai, keleuson diakonēsasthai. Dia toutōn thēreue tous xenous, dia toutōn endye tous gymnous, dia toutōn eis desmōtērion pempe, tas anankas lye tas allotrias. He Tautēn soi didotōsan tēs trophēs tēn amoibēn, tēn kai se kai ekeinous ᾿ ōphelousan, kai oudemian katagnōsin echousan. Dia toutōn kai hē philia sphingetai mallon. Nyn men gar kan dokōsi phileisthai, all᾽ homōs aischynontai, hōs eikē zōntes para soi an de tauta anyōsi, kai autoi rhadion diakeisontai, kai sy hēdion threpseis, hate ou matēn dapanōn, kakeinoi meta parrhēsias soi synesontai kai tēs prosēkousēs eleutherias, kai ē oikia son anti theatrou ekklēsia soi genēsetai, kai ho diabolos drapeteusei, kai ho Christos eiseleusetai kai ho tōn angelōn oros. Hopon gar ho Christos, ekei kai hoi angeloi hopou hē o Christos kai hoi angeloi, ekei ho ouranos, ekei phōs tou hēliakou toutou phaidroteron. Ei de kai heteran boulei d᾽ autōn karpousthai paraklēsin, ᾿ keleuson, scholēn agōn, biblia labontas ton theion nomon anaginōskein. Ēdion soi tauta hypēretēsontai, ē ekeina. Tauta men gar kai se kakeinous poiei semnoterous ekeina de hapantas homou B kataischynei se men hōs hybristēn kai paroinon, ekeinous de hōs athlious kai gastrimargous. ᾿᾽ADn men gar eph᾽ hybrei trephę̄s, chalepōteron, ē ei aneiles an de ep᾽ ōpheleią kai ker ei, chrēsimōteron palin, ē ei apagomenous tēn epi thanatǭ epanēgages. Kai nyn men tōn oiketōn mallon autous kataischyneis, kai hoi oiketai pleiona toutōn echousi parrhēsian kai eleutheron syneidos tote de tōn angelōn ergasę̄ isous. Kai toutous toinyn kai santon ᾿apallaxon, kai exelōn to tōn parasitōn onoma? syssitous kalei, kai ekbalōn tēn tōn kolakōn, tēn tōn philōn epitithei prosēgorian. Dia touto kai tas philias epoiēsen ho theos, ouk epi kakǭ tōn philoumenōn kai tōn philountōn, all᾽ ep᾿ agathǭ kai chrēsimǭ. Hautai de hai philiai pasēs echthras eisi chalepōterai. Para men gar tōn echthrōn, an etholōmen, kai kerdainomen' para de toutōn ē anankē kai blaptesthai pantōs. Mē dē kateche philous, blabēs didaskaloun᾽ mē kateche philous trapezēs mallon hē philias erastas ontas. Hoi gar toioutoi pantes, an tēn tryphēn katalysę̄s, katalyousi kai tēn philian' hoi de d aretēn soi synontes, menousi diēnekōs, pasan pherontes anōmalian. To de tōn parasitōn genos, kai amynontai se pollakis, kai ponēran perititheasi doxan. ᾿Enteuthen goun pollous tōn eleutherōn oida ponēras hypolēgeis labontas kai hoi men epi goēteiais, hoi de e epi moicheiais kai paidōn diaphthorais. dieblēthēsan. Hotan gar mēden ergon echōsin, all᾽ eikē ton eantōn zōsi bion, hōs tauta diakonoumenoi tois paisi para pollois hypopteuontai. Kai doxēs toinyn heantous apallattontes ponēras, kai pro pantōn tēs mellousēs geennēs, kai ta tǭ theǭ dokounta poiountes, tēn diabolikēn tautēn katalysōmen synētheian, hina kai esthiontes kai pinontes panta eis doxan theou poiōmen, kai tēs par᾽ autou doxēs apolausōmen᾽ hēs genoito pantas hēmas epitychein, chariti kai philanthrōpią tou kyrion hēmōn I ēsou Christou, ǭ hē doxa kai to kratos, nyn kai aei kai eis tous aiōnas tōn aiōnōn. ᾿Dmēn.

And I say these things not forbidding them to be fed, but not for such a reason. For let the feeding have love for humanity as its ground, not cruelty; mercy, not insult. Because he is poor, feed him; because Christ is fed, feed him; not because he brings in satanic words and puts his own life to shame. Do not look at him laughing outwardly, but examine his conscience, and then you will see him cursing himself countless times, and groaning and lamenting. And if he does not show it, this too is because of you. Let your table companions, then, be poor and free men, not perjurers, nor mimes. And if you wish to require of them a recompense for their food too, bid them, if they see anything improper being done, to rebuke, to exhort, to help in the care of the house, in the management of the servants. Have you children? Let them be common fathers to them; let them share the management with you; let them bring you the gains that are dear to God. Throw them into spiritual trade. And if you see one in need of protection, order them to help, bid them serve. Through these hunt for strangers, through these clothe the naked, through these send to the prison, release the necessities of others. Let them give you this recompense for their food, which both benefits you and them and brings no condemnation. Through these things friendship too is drawn tighter. For now, even if they seem to be loved, they are nevertheless ashamed, as living idly with you; but if they accomplish these things, they themselves will be easier in mind, and you will feed them more gladly, as not spending in vain, and they will be with you with boldness and with fitting freedom, and your house, instead of a theater, will become a church for you, and the devil will flee, and Christ will come in, and the choir of the angels. For where Christ is, there the angels are too; and where Christ and the angels are, there is heaven, there is a light brighter than this light of the sun. And if you wish to reap another comfort from them too, bid them, when you are at leisure, take books and read the divine law. They will serve you in these things more gladly than in those. For these things make both you and them more dignified, but those put all alike to shame: you as an insolent man and a drunkard, them as wretched and gluttonous. For if you feed them for insult, it is more grievous than if you had killed them; but if for their benefit and gain, it is again more useful than if you had brought back men being led away to death. And now you put them to shame more than the servants, and the servants have more boldness and a freer conscience than these; but then you will make them equal to the angels. Free both them and yourself, then, and taking away the name of parasites, call them table companions; and casting out the name of flatterers, give them the name of friends. For this reason God made friendships, not for the harm of those loved and those who love, but for their good and profit. But these friendships are more grievous than any enmity. For from enemies, if we are willing, we even gain; but from these we are of necessity harmed in every way. Do not then keep friends who are teachers of harm; do not keep friends who are lovers of the table rather than of friendship. For all such, if you put an end to the luxury, put an end to the friendship too; but those who are with you for virtue remain continually, bearing every unevenness. But the race of parasites often even takes revenge on you, and puts an evil reputation upon you. From this at any rate I know many free men who have incurred evil suspicions, some of sorcery, others of adulteries and the corruption of boys. For when they have no work, but live their life idly, they are suspected by many of rendering the same services as the boys. Freeing ourselves, then, from an evil reputation, and before all from the Gehenna to come, and doing what seems good to God, let us put an end to this devilish custom, so that whether we eat or drink we may do all to the glory of God, and enjoy the glory that comes from him; which may we all attain, by the grace and love for humanity of our Lord Jesus Christ, to whom be the glory and the might, now and always and to the ages of ages. Amen.

Chapter 49

49.1Field 2

᾿Ιησοῦς, ἀνεχώρησεν ἐκεῖθεν ἐν πλοίῳ εἰς ἔρημον τόπον κατ᾽ ἰδίαν καὶ ἀκούσαντες οἱ ὄχλοι, ἤκολούθησαν αὐτῷ πεζῇ ἀπὸ πασῶν τῶν πόλεων. Ὅρα πανταχοῦ αὐτὸν ἀναχωροῦντα, καὶ ὅτε παρεδόθη ᾿Ιωάννης, καὶ ὅτε ἀνῃρέθη, καὶ ὅτε ἤκουσαν οἱ ᾿Ιουδαῖοι ὅτι πλείους μαθητὰς ποιεῖ. Τὰ γὰρ πλείονα ἀνθρωπινώτερον βούλεται διοικεῖν, οὐδέπω τοῦ καιροῦ καλοῦντος ᾿ἀπογυμνώσαι τὴν θεότητα σαφῶς. Διὸ καὶ τοῖς μαθηταῖς ἔλεγε, μηδενὶ εἰπεῖν, ὅτι αὐτὸς ἐστιν ὁ Χριστός μετὰ γὰρ τὴν ᾿ ἀνάστασιν ἐβούλετο τοῦτο γενέσθαι γνωριμώτερον. Ὅθεν τοῖς τέως διαπιστήσασι τῶν ᾿Ιουδαίων οὐ σφόδρα ἡ ἣν βαρὺς, ἀλλὰ καὶ συγγνωμονικός. ᾿Ἀναχωρήσας δὲ οὐκ ἄπεισιν εἰς πόλιν, ἀλλ᾽ εἰς ἔρημον, καὶ ἐν πλοίῳ, ὥστε μηδένα ἀκολουθῆσαι. Σὺ δέ μοι σκόπει πῶς οἱ μαθηταὶ ᾿Ιωάννου λοιπὸν μάλλον φκειώθησαν τῷ ᾿Ιησοῦ. Αὐτοὶ γάρ εἰσιν οἱ ἀπηγγελκότες αὐτῷ τὸ γϑγενημένον᾽ καὶ γὰρ πάντας ἀφέντες, ἐπ᾿ αὐτὸν καταφεύγουσι λοιπόν. Οὕτως οὐ μικρὸν μετὰ τῆς συμφορᾶς καὶ τὰ ἤδη παρ᾽ αὐτοῦ διὰ τῆς ἀποκρίσεως σ ᾿ἐκείνης οἰκονομηθέντα κατώρθωσεν. ᾿Αλλὰ τίνος ἕνεκεν πρὶν ἢ ἀπαγγεῖλαι αὐτοὺς οὐκ ἀνεχώρησε, καίτοιγε ἤδει καὶ πρὶν ἢ ἀπαγγεῖλαι τὸ γεγενημένον: Δεικνὺς διὰ πάντων τῆς οἰκονομίας τὴν ἀλήθειαν. Οὐ γὰρ δὴ μόνον τῇ ὄψει, ἀλλὰ καὶ τοῖς ἔργοις τοῦτο πιστοῦσθαι ἐβούλετο, διὰ τὸ εἰδέναι τοῦ διαβόλου τὴν κακουργίαν, καὶ ὅτι πάντα ἐργάσεται, ὧστε ταύτην ἀνελεῖν τὴν δόξαν. Αὐτὸς μὲν οὗν διὰ τοῦτο ἀναχωρεῖ οἱ δὲ ὄχλοι οὐδὲ οὕτως ἀφίστανται, αλλ ἑπονται προσηλωμενοι, καὶ ουὐὸὲ τὸ ὁρᾶάμα αυτους εφοβησε τὸ ᾿ἴἰωαννουν. Τοσουτον εστι πόοθος, τοσουτον ἀγάπη οὕτω πάντα νικᾷ καὶ διακρούεται τὰ δεινά. Διὰ δὴ τοῦτο καὶ τὴν ἀμοιβὴν εὐθέως ἀπελάμβανον. ᾿Εξελθὼν γάρ, φησιν, ο ἰησοὺς εἶδεν ὄχλον πολυν, και ἐσπλαγχνίσθη ἐπ᾿ αὐτοὺς, καὶ ἐθεράπευσε τοὺς ἀρρώστους αὐτῶν. ἔπι γὰρ καὶ πολλὴ ἣν αὐτῶν ἡ προσεδρεία, αλλ ὅμως τὰ παρ᾽ αὐτοῦ γινόμενα πάσης σπουδῆς ὑπερέβαινεν ἀμοιβήν. Διὸ καὶ αἰτίαν τῆς τοιαύτης θεραπείας τὸν ἔλεον τίθησιν, ἔλεον ἐπιτεταμένον᾽ καὶ θεραπεύει πάντας. Καὶ οὐκ ἀπαιτεῖ πίστιν ἐνταῦθα. Ναὶ γὰρ τῷ προσελθεῖν, καὶ τῷ τὰς πόλεις ἀφεῖναι, καὶ δῷ μετὰ ἀκριβείας αὐτὸν ζητῆσαι, καὶ τῷ παραμένειν, καὶ τοῦ λιμοῦ καταναγκάζοντος, τὴν πίστιν ἐπιδείκνυνται τὴν εαντῶν. Μέλλει δὲ καί τρέφειν αὑτούς. Καὶ οὐ ποιεῖ τοῦτο αφ᾽ ἑαυτοῦ, ἀλλ᾽ ἀναμένει παρακληθῆναι, ὅπερ ἔφην; πανταχοῦ τοῦτο διατηρῶν, τὸ Ἢ πρότερος ἐπιπηδᾶν τοῖς θαύμασιν, ἀλλὰ καλούμενος. ὶ διατί μηδεὶς τών ὄχλων προσελθὼν ὑπὲρ αὐτῶν τολπτρα, ᾿Ηιδοῦντο αὐτὸν μεθ᾽ ὑπερβολῆς, καὶ οὐδὲ τῆς πείνης ἐλάμβανον αἵσθησιν τῷ πόθῳ τῆς προσεδρείας. ᾿Αλλ᾽ οὐδὲ οἱ μαθηταὶ αὐτοῦ προσελθόντες λέγουσι, θρέψον αὐτούς ἔτι ,Ὑὰρ ἀτελέστερον διέκειντο ἀλλὰ τί: ὃ ᾿Οψέας δὲ γενομένης, φησὶ, προσῆλθον οἱ μαθηταὶ αὐτοῦ λέγοντες ἔρημός ἐστιν ὁ τοόπος, καὶ ἡ ὥρα ἤδη παρήλθεν' ἀπόλυσον τοὺς ὄχλους, ἵνα ἀπελθόντες ἀγοράσωσιν ἑαυτοῖς βρώματα. ἔι γὰρ καὶ μετὰ τὸ θαῦμα ἐπελάθοντο τοῦ ᾿Ὑεγενημένου, καὶ μετὰ τὰς σπυρίδας ἐνόμιζον αὐτὸν περὶ ἄρτων λέγειν, ἡνίκα ζύμην τὴν διδασκαλίαν τῶν Φαρισαίων ἐκάλεσε πολλῳ μάλλον μηδέπω πεῖ ἴραν λαβόντες τοιούτον σημείου, οὐκ ἂν προσεδόκησάν τι τοιοῦτον ἔσεσθαι. Καίτουγε προλαβὼν καὶ ἀῤῥώστοὺς πολλοὺς ἐθεράπευσεν ἀλλ᾽ ὅμως οὐδὲ ἐντεῦθεν τὸ τῶν ἄρτων προσεδόκησαν᾽ οὕτως ἦσαν ἀτελεῖς τέως. Σὺ δέ μοι σκόπει τοῦ διδασκάλου τὴν σοφίαν, πῶς αὐτοὺς εκκαλεῖται σαφώς πρὸς τὸ πιστεῦσαι. Οὐδὲ γὰρ εἶπεν εὐθεως, τρε (Δ14) αὐτούς οὐδὲ γὰρ ἔμελλεν εὐπαράδεκτον εἶναι ἀλλὰ τί: Ὁ δὲ ᾿Ιησοῦς, Φησὶν, εἶπεν αὐτοῖς οὐ χρείαν ἔχουσιν ἀπελθεῖν δότε αὐτοῖς ὑμεῖς φαγεῖν. Οὐκ εἶπε, δίδωμι αὑτοῖς αλλ, ὑμεῖς δότε. Ἐπτι γὰρ ὡς ἀνθρώπῳ προσεῖχον. Αὐτοὶ δὲ οὐδὲ οὕτω διανέστησαν, ἀλλ᾽ ἔτι ὡς ἀνθρώπῳ διαλέγονται, λέγοντες μὰ οὐκ ᾿ ἔχομεν, εἰ μὴ πέντε ἄρτους καὶ δύο ἰχθύας. Διὸ καὶ ὁ Μάρκος φησὶν, ὅτι ρου συνῆκαν τὸ λεχθέν καὶ γὰρ ἦν ἡ καρδία αὐτῶν πεπωρωμένη. ᾿Επεὶ οὺν ἔτι χαμαὶ ἐσύροντου, τότε τὰ παρ᾽ ἑαυτοῦ λοιπὸν εἰσάγει, καί φησι· φέρετέ μοι αὐτοὺς ὧδε. Εἰ γὰρ καὶ ἔρημος ὃ τόπος, ἀλλ᾽ ὁ τρέφων τὴν οἰκουμένην πάρεστιν' εἰ δὲ καὶ ἡ ὥρα παρῆλθεν, ἀλλ᾽ ὁ μὴ ὑποκείμενος ὥρᾳ ὑμῖν διαλέγεται. Ὁ δὲ δ᾽ [ωάννης καὶ κριθίνους αὐτοὺς εἶναι λέγει, οὐ παρέργως τοῦτο διηγούμενος. ἀλλὰ τὸν τῦφον τῆς πολυτελείας παιδεύων ἡμᾶς καταπατεῖν. Τοιαύτη καὶ ἡ τῶν προφητῶν τράπεζα ἦν. Λαβὼν τοίνυν τοὺς πέντε ἃ ἄρτους καὶ τοὺς δύο ἰχθύας, καὶ κελεύσας τοὺς ὄχλους, φησὶν, ἀνακλιθῆναι ἐπὶ τοὺς χόρτους» ἀναβλέψας εἰς τὸν οὐρανὸν εὐλόγησε καὶ κλάσας ἔδωκε τοῖς μαθηταῖς αὐτοῦ, οἱ δὲ μαθηταὶ τοῖς ὄχλοις καὶ ἔφαγον πάντες, καὶ ἐχορτάσθησαν' καὶ ἦραν τὸ περισσεῦον των κλασμάτων δώδεκα κοφίνους πλήρεις. Οἱ δὲ ἐσθίοντες ἦσαν ἄνδρες ὡσεὶ πεντακισχίλιοι, χωρὶς γυναίκων. καὶ παιδίων.

᾿Iēsous, anechōrēsen ekeithen en ploiǭ eis erēmon topon kat᾽ idian kai akousantes hoi ochloi, ēkolouthēsan autǭ pezę̄ apo pasōn tōn poleōn. Hora pantachou auton anachōrounta, kai hote paredothē ᾿Iōannēs, kai hote anę̄rethē, kai hote ēkousan hoi ᾿Ioudaioi hoti pleious mathētas poiei. Ta gar pleiona anthrōpinōteron bouletai dioikein, oudepō tou kairou kalountos ᾿apogymnōsai tēn theotēta saphōs. Dio kai tois mathētais elege, mēdeni eipein, hoti autos estin ho Christos meta gar tēn ᾿ anastasin ebouleto touto genesthai gnōrimōteron. Hothen tois teōs diapistēsasi tōn ᾿Ioudaiōn ou sphodra hē hēn barys, alla kai syngnōmonikos. ᾿Anachōrēsas de ouk apeisin eis polin, all᾽ eis erēmon, kai en ploiǭ, hōste mēdena akolouthēsai. Sy de moi skopei pōs hoi mathētai ᾿Iōannou loipon mallon phkeiōthēsan tǭ ᾿Iēsou. Autoi gar eisin hoi apēngelkotes autǭ to gϑgenēmenon᾽ kai gar pantas aphentes, ep᾿ auton katapheugousi loipon. Houtōs ou mikron meta tēs symphoras kai ta ēdē par᾽ autou dia tēs apokriseōs s ᾿ekeinēs oikonomēthenta katōrthōsen. ᾿Alla tinos heneken prin ē apangeilai autous ouk anechōrēse, kaitoige ēdei kai prin ē apangeilai to gegenēmenon: Deiknys dia pantōn tēs oikonomias tēn alētheian. Ou gar dē monon tę̄ opsei, alla kai tois ergois touto pistousthai ebouleto, dia to eidenai tou diabolou tēn kakourgian, kai hoti panta ergasetai, hōste tautēn anelein tēn doxan. Autos men houn dia touto anachōrei hoi de ochloi oude houtōs aphistantai, all hepontai prosēlōmenoi, kai ouyoe to horaama autous ephobēse to ᾿iiōannoun. Tosouton esti poothos, tosouton agapē houtō panta niką kai diakrouetai ta deina. Dia dē touto kai tēn amoibēn eutheōs apelambanon. ᾿Exelthōn gar, phēsin, o iēsous eiden ochlon polyn, kai esplanchnisthē ep᾿ autous, kai etherapeuse tous arrōstous autōn. epi gar kai pollē hēn autōn hē prosedreia, all homōs ta par᾽ autou ginomena pasēs spoudēs hyperebainen amoibēn. Dio kai aitian tēs toiautēs therapeias ton eleon tithēsin, eleon epitetamenon᾽ kai therapeuei pantas. Kai ouk apaitei pistin entautha. Nai gar tǭ proselthein, kai tǭ tas poleis apheinai, kai dǭ meta akribeias auton zētēsai, kai tǭ paramenein, kai tou limou katanankazontos, tēn pistin epideiknyntai tēn eantōn. Mellei de kai trephein hautous. Kai ou poiei touto aph᾽ heautou, all᾽ anamenei paraklēthēnai, hoper ephēn? pantachou touto diatērōn, to Ē proteros epipēdan tois thaumasin, alla kaloumenos. i diati mēdeis tōn ochlōn proselthōn hyper autōn tolptra, ᾿Ēidounto auton meth᾽ hyperbolēs, kai oude tēs peinēs elambanon haisthēsin tǭ pothǭ tēs prosedreias. ᾿All᾽ oude hoi mathētai autou proselthontes legousi, threpson autous eti ,Hyar atelesteron diekeinto alla ti: ho ᾿Opseas de genomenēs, phēsi, prosēlthon hoi mathētai autou legontes erēmos estin ho toopos, kai hē hōra ēdē parēlthen' apolyson tous ochlous, hina apelthontes agorasōsin heautois brōmata. ei gar kai meta to thauma epelathonto tou ᾿Hyegenēmenou, kai meta tas spyridas enomizon auton peri artōn legein, hēnika zymēn tēn didaskalian tōn Pharisaiōn ekalese pollǭ mallon mēdepō pei iran labontes toiouton sēmeiou, ouk an prosedokēsan ti toiouton esesthai. Kaitouge prolabōn kai arrhōstous pollous etherapeusen all᾽ homōs oude enteuthen to tōn artōn prosedokēsan᾽ houtōs ēsan ateleis teōs. Sy de moi skopei tou didaskalou tēn sophian, pōs autous ekkaleitai saphōs pros to pisteusai. Oude gar eipen eutheōs, tre (D14) autous oude gar emellen euparadekton einai alla ti: Ho de ᾿Iēsous, Phēsin, eipen autois ou chreian echousin apelthein dote autois hymeis phagein. Ouk eipe, didōmi hautois all, hymeis dote. Epti gar hōs anthrōpǭ proseichon. Autoi de oude houtō dianestēsan, all᾽ eti hōs anthrōpǭ dialegontai, legontes ma ouk ᾿ echomen, ei mē pente artous kai dyo ichthyas. Dio kai ho Markos phēsin, hoti rou synēkan to lechthen kai gar ēn hē kardia autōn pepōrōmenē. ᾿Epei oun eti chamai esyrontou, tote ta par᾽ heautou loipon eisagei, kai phēsi; pherete moi autous hōde. Ei gar kai erēmos ho topos, all᾽ ho trephōn tēn oikoumenēn parestin' ei de kai hē hōra parēlthen, all᾽ ho mē hypokeimenos hōrą hymin dialegetai. Ho de d᾽ [ōannēs kai krithinous autous einai legei, ou parergōs touto diēgoumenos. alla ton typhon tēs polyteleias paideuōn hēmas katapatein. Toiautē kai hē tōn prophētōn trapeza ēn. Labōn toinyn tous pente ha artous kai tous dyo ichthyas, kai keleusas tous ochlous, phēsin, anaklithēnai epi tous chortous» anablepsas eis ton ouranon eulogēse kai klasas edōke tois mathētais autou, hoi de mathētai tois ochlois kai ephagon pantes, kai echortasthēsan' kai ēran to perisseuon tōn klasmatōn dōdeka kophinous plēreis. Hoi de esthiontes ēsan andres hōsei pentakischilioi, chōris gynaikōn. kai paidiōn.

“[When Jesus heard it,] he withdrew from there in a boat to a deserted place apart; and when the crowds heard it, they followed him on foot from all the cities.” See how everywhere he withdraws: both when John was delivered up, and when he was slain, and when the Jews heard that he was making more disciples. For he wishes to manage most things in a more human way, since the time did not yet call for him to lay bare his Godhead plainly. That is why he also told the disciples to tell no one that he is the Christ; for he wished this to become better known after the resurrection. Hence toward those of the Jews who for the time disbelieved he was not very severe, but even ready to pardon. And having withdrawn, he does not go off to a city but into the desert, and in a boat, so that no one might follow. But consider, I pray you, how John’s disciples were from then on more closely attached to Jesus. For it is they who reported to him what had happened; for indeed, leaving everyone, they take refuge with him from now on. Thus, along with the calamity, he also brought to success, in no small measure, what he had already arranged through that answer of his. But why did he not withdraw before they reported it, although he knew what had happened even before they reported it? To show through all things the truth of the incarnation. For he wished this to be confirmed not only by what was seen but also by deeds, because he knew the devil’s malice, and that he would do anything to destroy this belief. He then withdraws for this reason; but the crowds do not leave him even so, but follow, fastened to him, and not even the deed done to John frightened them. So great a thing is longing, so great a thing is love; thus it conquers all things and beats back dangers. That is why they also received their reward at once. “For when he went out,” it says, “Jesus saw a great crowd, and had compassion on them, and healed their sick.” For although their attendance on him was great, yet what he did surpassed every recompense for their zeal. That is why he gives mercy as the cause of such healing, an intense mercy; and he heals them all. And he does not demand faith here. For by coming to him, and by leaving the cities, and by seeking him diligently, and by staying with him even when hunger pressed them, they show their faith. And he is about to feed them too. And he does not do this of himself, but waits to be asked, as I said, keeping this rule everywhere: not to rush first upon miracles, but to be called. And why did none of the crowds come forward and dare to ask on their behalf? They revered him exceedingly, and did not even feel their hunger, for longing to stay near him. But neither did his disciples come and say, “Feed them”; for they were still rather imperfect. But what? “When it was evening,” it says, “his disciples came to him, saying, ‘The place is deserted, and the hour is already past; send the crowds away, so that they may go and buy themselves food.’” For if even after the miracle they forgot what had happened, and after the baskets thought he was speaking of loaves when he called the teaching of the Pharisees leaven, much more, having had as yet no experience of such a sign, would they not have expected any such thing to happen. And yet he had just before healed many sick; but nevertheless not even from this did they expect the matter of the loaves: so imperfect were they still. But consider, I pray you, the wisdom of the teacher, how he calls them on clearly to believe. For he did not say at once, “I feed them”; for it would not have been readily received. But what? “But Jesus,” it says, “said to them, ‘They have no need to go away; you give them something to eat.’” He did not say, “I give them,” but, “you give.” For they still regarded him as a man. But they were not roused even so, but still speak with him as with a man, saying, “We have nothing but five loaves and two fish.” That is why Mark too says that they did not understand what was said, for their heart was hardened. Since then they were still crawling on the ground, he then brings in his own part, and says, “Bring them here to me.” For even if the place is deserted, yet he who feeds the world is present; and even if the hour is past, yet he who is not subject to the hour is speaking with you. And John also says that they were barley loaves, not telling this in passing, but teaching us to trample on the pride of extravagance. Such also was the table of the prophets. “Taking then the five loaves and the two fish, and having commanded the crowds,” it says, “to sit down on the grass, he looked up to heaven and blessed, and broke and gave to his disciples, and the disciples to the crowds; and they all ate and were filled; and they took up what was left over of the fragments, twelve baskets full. And those who ate were about five thousand men, besides women and children.”

49.2Field 2

Διατί ἀνέβλεψεν εἰς τὸν οὐρανὸν καὶ εὐλόγησεν: Ἔδει πιστευθῆναι αὐτὸν, ὅτι ἀπὸ τοῦ πατρός ἐστι, καὶ ὅτι ἴσος ἐστί. Τὰ δὲ τούτων κατασκευαστικὰ αλλήλοις ἐδόκει μάχεσθαι. Τὴν μὲν γὰρ ἰσότητα τὸ μετ᾽ ἐξουσίας πάντα ποιεῖν ἐδείκνυ τὸ δὲ παρὰ τοῦ πατρὸς εἶναι οὐκ ἂν ἑτέρως ἐπείσθησαν, εἰ μὴ μετὰ πολλῆς τῆς ταπεινότητος καὶ εἰς αὐτὸν πάντα ἀναφέρων ἐποίει, καὶ καλών αὐτὸν εἰς τὰ γινόμενα. Διὰ δὴ τοῦτο οὔτε ταῦτα μόνον ἐποίει, οὐδὲ τ. μόνα ποιεῖ οὔτε ἐκεῖνα, ἵνα βεβαιωθῇ ἀμφότερα᾽ καὶ νῦν μὲν μετ᾽ ἐξουσίας, νῦν δὲ εὐχόμενος θαυματουργεῖ. Εἶτα ἵνα μὴ δόξη πάλιν μάχη εἶναι τὸ γινόμενον, ἐν μὲν τοῖς ἐλάττοσιν ἀναβλέπει εἰς τὸν οὐρανὸν, ἐν δὲ τοῖς μείζοσι μετ' ἐξουσίας πάντα ποιεῖ ἵνα μάθης καὶ ἐν τοῖς ἐλάττοσιν ὅτι οὐκ ἐνδυναμούμενος ἑτέρωθεν, ἀλλὰ τιμῶν τὸν γεγεννηκότα οὕτω ποιει. Ὅτε γοῦν ἁμαρτήματα ἀφῆκε, καὶ τὸν παράδεισον ἡνέῳξε, καὶ τὸν λῃστὴν εἰσήγαγε, καὶ τὸν παλαιὸν μετὰ πολλῆς τῆς περιουσίας ἔλυσε νόμον, καὶ νεκροὺς μυρίους ανέστησε, καὶ θάλατταν ἐχαλίνωσε, καὶ τὰ αἀπόρῥητα τῶν ἀνθρώπων ἤλεγξε, καὶ ὀφθαλμὸν ἐδημιούργησεν, ἃ θεοῦ μόνον κατορθώματά ἐστι, καὶ ἑτέρου οὐδενὸς, οὐδαμοῦ ,Φαίνεται εὐχόμενος ὅτε δὲ τοὺς ἄρτους πηγάσαι παρεσκεύασεν, ὃ πολὺ τούτων ἁπάντων ἔλαττον ἣν, τότε ἀναβλέπει εἰς τὸν οὐρανόν ὁμοῦ μὲν ταῦτα κατασκεναζων, ἅπερ εἶπον, ὁμοῦ δὲ παιδεύων ἡ ἡμᾶς, μή πρότερον ἅπτεσθαι τραπέζης, ἕ ἕως ἂν ἀνα θς κων τῷ τὴν τροφὴν ἡμῖν ταύτην παρεχοντι. Καὶ διατί οὐ ποιεῖ ἐκ μὴ ὄντων: ᾿Εμφράττων τὸ Μαρκίωνος καὶ Μανιχαίου στόμα, τῶν τὴν κτίσιν ἀλλοτριούντων αὐτοῦ, καὶ διὰ τῶν ἔργων αὐτῶν παιδεύων, ὅ ὅτι καὶ τὰ ὁρώμενα ἅπαντα αὐτοὺ ᾿ἔργα καὶ κτίσματά εἰσι, καὶ δεικνὺς, ὅτι αὐτός ἐστιν ὁ τοὺς καρποὺς διδοὺς, ὁ εἰπὼν εξ ἀρχῆς βλαστησάτω ἡ γῆ βοτανην χόρτου καὶ, ἐξαγαγέτω τὰ ὕδατα ἑρπετὰ ψυχῶν ζωσὼν. ᾿ Οὐδὲ γὰρ ἔλαττον τοὺτο ἐκείνου. Εἰ γὰρ καὶ ἐξ οὐκ ὄντων ἐκεῖνα, αλλ᾽ ὅμως ἐξ ὕδατος: οὐκ ἔλαττον Ὁ δὲ τοῦ ἀπὸ γῆ δεῖξαι καρπὸν καὶ ἀπὸ ὑδάτων ἑρπετὰ ἔμψυχα, τὸ ἀπὸ ἄρτων πέντε ποιῆσαι ἄρτους τοσούτους, καὶ ἀπὸ ἰχθύων πάλιν ὃ σημεῖον ἦν τοὺ καὶ τῆς γῆς καὶ τῆς θαλάττης αὐτὸν κρατεῖν. ᾿Ἐπειδὴ γὰρ ἐν τοῖς ἀσθενοῦσιν αεὶ ἐποίει τὰ θαύματα, ποιεῖ καὶ καθολικὴν εὐεργεσίαν, ἵνα μὴ θεωροὶ μόνον οἱ πολλοὶ τῶν ἑτέροις συμβάντων γένωνται, ἀλλὰ καὶ αὐτοὶ τῆς δωρεᾶς ἀπολαύσωσι. ΚΚαὶ ὅπερ ἐδόκει ἐπὶ τῆς ἐρήμου τοῖς ἰουδαίοις εἶναι θαυμαστὸν, (ἔλεγον γοῦν, μὴ καὶ ἄρτον δύναται δοῦναι, ἥ ἑτοιμάσαι τράπεζαν ἐν ἐρήμῳ: .) τοῦτο διὰ τῶν ἔργων ἐπιδείκνυται. Διὰ τοῦτο καὶ εἰς ἔρημον αὐτοὺς ἄγει, ἵνα μεθ᾽ ὑπερβολῆς ἀνύποπτον ν τὸ θαῦμα, καὶ μηδεὶς νομίσῃ πλησίον κώμην παρακειμένην εἰσενεγκεῖν τι εἰς τὴν τραπεζαν. Διὰ τοῦτο καὶ τῆς ὥρας μέμνηται, οὐχὶ τοῦ τόπον μόνον. Καὶ «ἕτερον δὲ μανθάνομεν, τὴν φιλοσοφίαν τῶν μαθητῶν τὴν ἐν τοῖς ἀναγκαίοις, καὶ πῶς κατεφρόνουν τροφῆς. Δώδεκα γὰρ ὄντες πέντε ἄρτους εἶχον μόνους καὶ δύο ἰχθύας οὕτω πάρεργα ἣν αὐτοῖς τὰ σωματικὰ, καὶ τῶν πνευματικῶν εἴχοντο μόνον. Καὶ οὐδὲ τῶν ὀλέγων ἂντείχοντο, ἀλλὰ καὶ αὐτοὺς αἰτηθέντες ἔδωκαν. Ὅθεν παιδεύεσθαι χρὴ, ὅτι κἂν ὀλίγα ἔχωμεν, καὶ αὑτὰ προΐεσθαι δεῖ τοῖς δεομένοις. Κελευσθέντες γοῦν ἐνεγκεῖν τοὺς πέντε ἄρτους, οὐ λέγουσι καὶ ἢ πόθεν ἡμῖν ἔσται ἡ διατροφή: πόθεν δὲ ἡμεῖς παραμυθησόμεθα τὴν πεῖναν τὴν ἡμετέραν: ἀλλ᾽ ὑπακούουσιν εὐθέως. Πρὸς δὲ τοῖς εἰρημένοις, ὡς ἔ ἐμοιγε δοκεῖ, διὰ τοῦτο ἐκ τῶν ὑποκειμένων ποιοῖ, ἵνα αὑτοὺς εἰς πίστιν ἀγάγῃ ἔτι γὰρ ἀσθενέστερον διέκειντο. Διὸ καὶ εἰς τὸν οὐρανὸν ἀναβλέπει. Τών μὲν γὰρ ἄλλων σημείων εἶχον πολλὰ ὑποδείγματα᾽ τούτον δὲ οὐδέν. Λαβὼν τοίνυν διόέκλασε, ἱκαὶ ἐδίδον διὰ τῶν μαθητῶν, τούτῳ αὐτοὺς τιμῶν οὐ τιμῶν δὲ μόνον, ἀλλ᾽ ἵνα, ὅταν γένηται τὸ θαῦμα, μή ἀπιστήσωσι, μηδὲ ἐπιλάθωνται παρελθόντος, τῶν χειρῶν αὐτοῖς μαρτυρουσών. Διὸ καὶ τοὺς ὄχλους ἀφίησι πρότερον τῆς πείνης αἴσθησιν λαβεῖν, καὶ τούτους ἀναμένει πρότερον προσελθεῖν καὶ ἐρωτῆσαι»; καὶ δι αὐτῶν ᾿ αὐτοὺς κατακλίνει, καὶ δ᾽ αὐτῶν διανέμει, ταῖς οἰκείαιἰς ᾿᾿ ὁμολογίαις καὶ τοῖς ἔργοις προκαταλαβεῖν βουλόμενος ἕκαστον. Διὰ τοῦτο καὶ παρ αὐτῶν λαμβανει τοὺς ἄρτους, ἵνα πολλὰ τὰ μαρτύρια ἡ τοῦ γινομένου, καὶ ὑπομνήματα τοῦ θαύματος ἔ ἔχωσιν. Εἰ γὰρ καὶ τούτων συμβάντων ἐ επελάθοντο, τί οὐκ ἂν ἔπαθον, εἰ μὴ καὶ ταῦτα κατεσκεύασε: Καὶ κελεύει αὐτοὺς ἐπὶ στιβάδος ἀναπεσεῖν, φιλοσοφεῖν τοὺς ὄχλους παιδεύων. Οὐ γὰρ θρέψαι τὰ σώματα μόνον ἐβούλετο, ἀλλὰ καὶ τὴν ψυχὴν παιδεῦσαι. Καὶ α απὸ τοῦ τόπου τοίνυν, καὶ ἀπὸ τοῦ μηδὲν πλέον ἄρτων δοῦναι καὶ ἰχθύων, καὶ ἀπὸ τοῦ πᾶσι τὰ αὐτὰ προθεῖναι καὶ ποιἥσαι κοινὰ, καὶ μηδὲν θατέρῳ θατέρου πλέον παρασχεῖν, καὶ ταπεινοφροσύνην, καὶ ἐγκράτειαν, καὶ ἀγάπην, καὶ τὸ ὁμοίως πρὸς ἀλλήλους διακεῖσθαι, καὶ τὸ κοινὰ πάντα νομίζειν εἶναι ἐπαίδενε. Καὶ κλάσας ἔδωκε τοῖς μαθηταῖς, οἱ δὲ μαθηταὶ τοῖς ὄχλοις. Τοὺς πέντε ἄρτους κλάσας ἔδωκε, καὶ οἱ πέντε ἐν ταῖς χερσὶ τῶν μαθητῶν ἐπήγαζον. Καὶ οὐδὲ μέχρι τούτου τὸ ν᾽ θαῦμα ἱστᾷ, ἀλλὰ καὶ περισσεῦσαι ἐποίησε ἢ καὶ περισσεὺῦσαι οὐχὶ ἄρτους ὁλοκλήρους, ἀλλὰ κλάσματα ἵνα δείξῃ ὅ ὅτι ἐκείνων τῶν ἄρτων ταῦτα λείψανα ἣν, καὶ ὥστε τοὺς Ἰἀπόντας μαθεῖν τὸ γεγενημένον. Διὰ τοῦτο καὶ πεινᾶσαι αφῆκε τοὺς ὄχλους, ἵνα μή τις φαντασίαν εἶναι νομίσῃ τὸ γεγενημένον. Διὰ τοῦτο καὶ δώδεκα κοφίνους περισσεὺσαι ἐποίησεν, ἵνα καὶ ᾿Ιοὐδας βαστάση. Ηδύνατο μὲν γὰρ καὶ σβέσαι τὴν πεῖναν, ἀλλ᾽ οὐκ ἂν ἔγνωσαν οἱ μαθηταὶ τὴν δύναμιν, ἐπεὶ καὶ ἐπὶ ᾿Ηλίου τοῦτο γέγονεν. Οὕτω γοῦν αὑτὸν ἐξεπλαγησαν ἐντεῦθεν οἱ ᾿[ουὐδαῖοι, ὅτι καὶ βασιλέα ηθέλησαν ποιῆσαι, καίτοιγε ἐπὶ τῶν ἄλλων σημείων οὐδαμοῦ τοῦτο ποιήσαντες. Τίς τοίνυν ᾿παραστήσειε λόγος» πῶς ἐπήγαζον οἱ ἄρτοι: : πῶς ἐπέῤῥεον ἐν τῇ ἐρήμῳ ; πώς τοσούτοις ᾿ἤρκεσαν: (καὶ γὰρ πεντακισχίλιοι ἦσαν, χωρὶς γυναικῶν καὶ παιδίων' ὃ μέγιστον ἦν τοῦ δήμου ἑ ἐγκώμιον, ὅτι καὶ γυναῖκες καὶ ἄνδρες προσήδρευον) πῶς τὰ λείψανα γέγονε ; (καὶ γὰρ καὶ τοῦτο τοῦ προτέρου οὐκ ἔλαττον) καὶ τοσαῦτα γέγονεν, ὥστε ἰσαρίθμους γενέσθαι τοῖς μαθηταῖς κοφίνους, καὶ περισσεῦσαι οὐχὶ ἄρτους μόνον, ἀλλὰ καὶ κλάσματα, καὶ μήτε πλείω μήτε ἐλάττω; Λαβὼν τοίνυν τα κλάσματα, οὐχὶ τοις ὄχλοις ἔδωκεν, ἀλλὰ τοῖς μαθηταῖς καὶ γαρ τῶν μαθητῶν οἱ ὄχλοι ἀτελέστερον διέκειντο. Ποιήσας δὲ τὸ σημεῖον, εὐθέως ἠνάγκασε τοὺς μαθητὰς εμβῆναι εἰς τὸ πλοῖον, καὶ προάγειν αὐτὸν εἰς τὸ πέραν, ἕως οὗ ἀπολύση τοὺς ὄχλους. Εἰ γὰρ καὶ παρὼν ἐδόκει φανταζειν, αλλ οὐκ αλήθειαν πεποιήκεναι, οὐ δῆπον καὶ ἀπων. Διὰ τοῦτο ἀκριβεῖ βασάνῳ ἐπιτρέπων τὰ γεγενημένα, τοὺς τα ὑπομνήματα λαβόντας και τον ἐλεγχον των σημείων ἐκέλευσεν αὐτοῦ χωρίζεσθαι. Καὶ ἄλλως δὲ, ὅταν μεγάλα ἐργάζηται, ἀποσκενάζεται τοὺς ὄχλους καὶ τοὺς μαθητὰς, παιδεύων ἡμᾶς μηδαμοῦ τὴν παρὰ τῶν πολλῶν δόξαν διώκειν, καὶ μὴ ἐπισύρεσθαι πλῆθος. Ὅταν δὲ εἴπη, ἠνάγκασε, τὴν πολλὴν των μαθητῶων προσεὰδρείαν δείκνυσι. Και ἔπεμπεν αὐτοὺς, ἐπὶ προῴφασει μὲν τῶν ὄχλων, αὐτὸς δὲ εἰς τὸ ὄρος βουλόμενος ἀναβῆναι ἐποίει δὲ τοῦτο πάλιν παιδεύων ἡμᾶς, μήτε ὄχλοις αναμίγνυσθαι διηνεκῶς, μήτε φεύγειν αεὶ τὸ πλῆθος, αλλ εκατερα χρησίμως, καὶ ἕκαστον εναλλαττοντας πρὸς τὸ δέον. Μαθωμεν τοίνυν καὶ ἡμεῖς προσεδρεύειν τῷ Ιησου, αλλα μὴ διὰ τὴν τῶν αἰσθητῶν δόσιν, ἵνα μὴ ὀνειδισθῶμεν κατὰ τοὺς ᾿Ιουδαίους. Καὶ γὰρ ᾽ ζητεῖτέ με, φησὶν, οὐχ ὅτι α εἴδετε σημεῖα, ἀλλ᾽ ὅτι ἐφάγετε ἐκ τῶν ἄρτων καὶ ἐχορτασθητε. Διὰ τοῦτο οὐὸὲ συνεχῶς ποιεῖ τουτὶ τὸ σημεῖον, ἀλλὰ δεύτερον μόνον, ὥστε παιδεύεσθαι αὐτοὺς μὴ τῇ γαστρὶ δουλεύειν, ἀλλὰ τῶν πνευματικῶν ἔχεσθαι διηνεκῶς. Τούτων οὖν ἐχώμεθα καὶ ἡμεῖς, καὶ ζητῶμεν τὸν ἄρτον τὸν ἐπουράνιον, καὶ λαβόντες πᾶσαν ἐκβάλωμεν φροντίδα βιωτικήν. Εἰ γὰρ ἐκεῖνοι καὶ οἰκίας καὶ πόλεις καὶ συγγενεῖς καὶ πάντα αφῆκαν, καὶ ἐν ἐρήμῳ διέτριβον. καὶ τοῦ λιμοῦ καταναγκαζοντος οὐκ ἀνεχώρουν πολλῷ μᾶλλον ἡμάς, τοιαύτη προσιόντας τραπέζῃ, πλείονα ἐπιδείκνυσθαι χρῆ φιλοσοφίαν, καὶ τῶν πνευματικῶν ερᾶν, καὶ τὰ αἰσθητὰ μετα ταῦτα ζητεῖν. ᾿Επεὶ κακεῖνοι ἐνεκαλοῦντο, οὐχ ὅτι ἐζήτησαν αὐτὸν διὰ τὸν ἄρτον, ἀλλ᾽ ὅτι διὰ τοῦτο μόνον αὐτὸν ἐζήτησαν, καὶ διὰ τοῦτο προηγουμένως. Ἂν γάρ τις τῶν μεγάλων μὲν ἃ δώρων καταφρονῆ, τῶν δὲ μικρῶν ἔχηται, καὶ ὧν βούλεται καταφρονεῖν αὐτὸν ὁ διδοὺς, καὶ ἐκείνων ἐκπίπτει Ἑ ὥσπερ οὖν ἂν ἐκείνων ἐρῶμεν, καὶ ταῦτα προστίθησι. Καὶ γὰρ προσθήκη ταῦτα ἐκείνων οὕτως εὐτελῆ ταῦτα καὶ μικρὰ πρὸς ἐκεῖνα ἐξεταζόμενα, κἂν μεγάλα ἥ. Μὴ τοίνυν περὶ ταῦτα σπουδάζωμεν, αλλ᾽ ἀδιάφορον αὐτῶν εἶναι νομίζωμεν καὶ τὴν κτῆσιν καὶ τὴν αφαίρεσιν᾽ ὥσπερ οὖν καὶ ὁ ᾿Ιωβ οὔτε παρόντων ἀντείχετο, οὔτε ἀπόντα ἐζήτει. Καὶ γὰρ χρήματα διὰ τοῦτο λέγεται, οὐχ ἵνα κατορύξωμεν, αλλ᾽ ἕνα εἰς δέον αὐτοῖς χρησώμεθα. Καὶ καθάπερ τῶν τεχνιτῶν ἕκαστος ἰδίαν ἐπιστήμην ἔχει, οὕτω καὶ ὁ πλουτῶν ἥ οὐκ οἷδε χαλκεύειν, οὐδὲ ναυπηγεῖν, οὐδὲ ὑφαίνειν, οὐδὲ οἰκοδομεῖν, οὐδὲ ἄλλο τῶν τοιούτων οὐδέν᾽ μανθανόέτω τοίνυν τῷ πλούτῳ κεχρῆσθαι εἰς δέον, καὶ ἐλεεῖν τοὺς δεομένους, καὶ πάντων ἐκείνων βελτίονα εἴσεται τέχνην. Καὶ γὰρ αὕτη τῶν τεχνῶν ἐκείνων ἀνωτέρα πασῶν. Ταύτης τὸ ἐργαστήρίον ἐν οὐρανοῖς φκοδόμηται. Αὕτη οὐκ ἀπὸ σιδήρου καὶ χαλκοῦ τὰ ὀργανα ἔχει, ἀλλ᾽ εξ ἀγαθότητος καὶ ' ἀπὸ γνώμης. Ταύτης τῆς τέχνης ὁ Χριστός ἐστι διδάσκαλος, καὶ ὁ τούτου πατήρ. Γίνεσθε γὰρ, φησὶν, οἰκτίρμονες, ὡς ὁ πατὴρ ὑμῶν ὁ ἐν τοῖς οὐρανοῖς. Καὶ τὸ δὴ θαυμαστὸν; ὅτι οὕτω τῶν ἄλλων οὖσα βελτίων, οὐ πόνου, οὐ χρόνου δεῖται πρὸς τὸ κατορθωθῆναι ἀρκεῖ θελῆσαι, καὶ τὸ πᾶν ἤνυσται. ἤϊδωμεν δὲ καὶ τὸ τάλος αὐτῆς οἷόν ἐστι. Τί οὖν ἐστιν αὐτῆς τὸ τέλος: Ὁ οὐρανὸς, τα εν τοῖς ουρανοῖς αγαθα, ἢ δόξα ἡ ἀπόῤῥητος ἐκείνη, αἱ πνευματικαὶ παστάδες, αἱ φαιδραὶ λαμπάδες, ἡ μετὰ τοῦ νυμφίου διαγωγὴ, τὰ ἄλλα, ἃ μηδεὶς λόγος, μηδὲ νοῦς παραστῆσαι δύναται. Ὥστε καὶ ἐντεῦθεν πολλὴ πρὸς τὰς ἄλλας αὐτῇ ἡ διαφορά. Τῶν γὰρ τεχνῶν αἱ πλείους πρὸς τὸν παρόντα βίον εἰσὶ ὠμὰ ἥμῖν, αὕτη δὲ καὶ α πρὸς τὴν μέλλουσαν ζωήν. Εἰ τῶν εἰς τὸ παρὸν ἡμῖν ἀναγκαίων τεχνῶν τοσοῦτον λον χων οἷον ἰατρικῆς λέγω, καὶ οἰκοδομικῆς, καὶ τῶν ἄλλων τῶν τοιούτων, πολλῷ μᾶλλον τῶν ἄλλων, ἃς εἴ τις ἀκριβώς ἐξετάσειεν, οὐδὲ τέχνας ἂν εἶναι φαίη. Ὅθεν ἔγωγε τὰς ἄλλας τὰς περιττὰς οὐδὲ τέχνας εἴποιμι ἄν εἶναι. Ποῦ γὰρ ἡ ὀψαρτυτικὴ καὶ Ῥὴ καρυκευτικὴ χρήσιμοι ἡμῖν: : Οὐδαμοῦ αλλὰ καὶ σφόδρα ἄχρηστοι καὶ βλαβεραὶ, σώματι καὶ ψυχῆ λυμαινόμεναι; τῷ τὴν μητέρα τῶν νοσημάτων ἁπάντων καὶ ᾿ τῶν παθημάτων τὴν τρυφὴν μετὰ πολλῆς ἐπεισάγειν τῆς φιλοτιμίας. Οὐ ἢ μόνον δὲ ταύτας, ἀλλ᾽ οὐδὲ τὴν ζωγραφικὴν, οὐδὲ τὴν παικιλτικὴν εἴποιμ᾽ ἂν ἔγωγε τέχνην εἶναι εἰς γὰρ δαπάνην μόνην ἐμβάλλουσι περιττήν. Τὰς δὲ τέχνας τῶν ἀναγκαίων καὶ συνεχόντων ἡμῶν τὴν ζωὴν παρεκτικὰς εἶναι δεῖ καὶ κατασκευαστικάς. Διὰ γὰρ τοῦτο «καὶ σοφίαν ἡαῖν ἔδωκεν ὁ θεὸς, ἵνα εὕρωμεν μεθόδους, δ ὧν δυνησόμεθα τὸν βίον συγκροτεῖν τὸν ἡμότερον. Τὸ δὲ ζώδια γίνεσθαι, ἢ ἐν τοίχοις, ἤ ἐν ἱματίοις, που χρήσιμον: εἰπέ μοι. Διὰ δὴ τοῦτο καὶ τῶν ὑποδηματοῤῥάφων καὶ τῶν ὑφαντῶν πολλὰ περικόπτειν ἔδει τῆς τέχνης. Καὶ γὰρ ἐπὶ τὸ βαναυσον τὰ πλείονα αὐτῆς ἐξήγαγον, τὸ ἀναγκαῖον αὐτῆς διαφθείραντες, Ἑ τέχνη κακοτεχνίαν μίξαντες: ὃ καὶ ἡ οἰκοδομικὴ ἔπαθεν. Ἀλλ᾽ ὥσπερ ταύτην, ἕως ἂν ᾿οἰκίας οἰκοδομῇ καὶ οὐ θέατρα, τὰ τε ἀναγκαῖα καὶ οὐ περιττὰ ἐργάζηται, τέχνην καλῶ οὕτω καὶ τὴν ὑφαντικὴν, ἕως ἂν ἱμάτια ποιῆ καὶ ἐπιβλήματα, ἀλλὰ μὴ τὰς ἀράχνας μιμῆται, καὶ πολὺν καταχέη τὸν γέλωτα καὶ τὴν βλακείαν ἄφατον, τέ νην ὀνομάζω. Καὶ τὴν τῶν ᾿ὑποδηματοποιῶν, ἕως ἂν ὑποδήματα ποιῇ, οὐκ ἀποστερήσω ᾿ τὸ τῆς τέχνης ὄνομα ὅταν δὲ τοὺς ἄνδρας εἰς τὰ τῶν γυναικῶν ἐξάγῃ σχήματα, καὶ μαλακίζεσθαι ποιῇ διὰ τῶν ὑποδημάτων καὶ θρύπτεσθαι, μετὰ τῶν βλαβερῶν καὶ περιττῶν αὐτὴν τάζομεν, καὶ οὐδὲ τέχνην ἐροῦμεν. Καὶ οἶδα μὲν, ὅτι πολλοῖς μικρολόγος εἶναι δοκῶ ταῦτα περιεργαζόμενος οὐ μὴν. διὰ τοῦτο ᾿ἀποστήσομαι. Τὸ γάρ ἁπάντων αἴτιον τῶν κακῶν τοῦτο, τὸ καὶ μικρὰ ταῦτα δοκεῖν εἶναι τὰ ἁμαρτήματα, καὶ διὰ τοῦτο ἀμελεῖσθαι. Καὶ τί τούτου; φησὶν, εὐτελέστερον ἁμάρτημα γένοιτ᾽ ἄν, κεκαλλωπισμένον ἔχειν ὑπόδημα καὶ ἀποστίλβον, καὶ τῷ ποδὶ προσηρτημένον, εἴγε καὶ ἁμάρτημα τοῦτο καλεῖν δοκεῖ: : Βούλεσθε οὖν ἐπαφήσω τὴν λώτταν αὐτῷ, καὶ δείξω τὴν ἀσχημοσύνην ὅση, καὶ οὐκ ὀργιεῖσθε ; Μᾶλλον δὲ, κἀν ὀργίζησθε, οὐ πολύς μοι λόγος. Καὶ γὰρ ὑμεῖς αἴτιοι τῆς ἀνοίας ταύτης, οἱ μηδὲ ἁμάρτημα εἶναι νομίζοντες, καὶ ἐν-- τεῦθεν ἡμᾶς ,ἀναγκάζοντες. εἰς τὴν κατηγορίαν τῆς ἀσωτίας ἐμβηναι ταύτης.

Diati aneblepsen eis ton ouranon kai eulogēsen: Edei pisteuthēnai auton, hoti apo tou patros esti, kai hoti isos esti. Ta de toutōn kataskeuastika allēlois edokei machesthai. Tēn men gar isotēta to met᾽ exousias panta poiein edeikny to de para tou patros einai ouk an heterōs epeisthēsan, ei mē meta pollēs tēs tapeinotētos kai eis auton panta anapherōn epoiei, kai kalōn auton eis ta ginomena. Dia dē touto oute tauta monon epoiei, oude t. mona poiei oute ekeina, hina bebaiōthę̄ amphotera᾽ kai nyn men met᾽ exousias, nyn de euchomenos thaumatourgei. Eita hina mē doxē palin machē einai to ginomenon, en men tois elattosin anablepei eis ton ouranon, en de tois meizosi met' exousias panta poiei hina mathēs kai en tois elattosin hoti ouk endynamoumenos heterōthen, alla timōn ton gegennēkota houtō poiei. Hote goun hamartēmata aphēke, kai ton paradeison hēneǭxe, kai ton lę̄stēn eisēgage, kai ton palaion meta pollēs tēs periousias elyse nomon, kai nekrous myrious anestēse, kai thalattan echalinōse, kai ta aaporrhēta tōn anthrōpōn ēlenxe, kai ophthalmon edēmiourgēsen, ha theou monon katorthōmata esti, kai heterou oudenos, oudamou ,Phainetai euchomenos hote de tous artous pēgasai pareskeuasen, ho poly toutōn hapantōn elatton hēn, tote anablepei eis ton ouranon homou men tauta kataskenazōn, haper eipon, homou de paideuōn hē hēmas, mē proteron haptesthai trapezēs, he heōs an ana ths kōn tǭ tēn trophēn hēmin tautēn parechonti. Kai diati ou poiei ek mē ontōn: ᾿Emphrattōn to Markiōnos kai Manichaiou stoma, tōn tēn ktisin allotriountōn autou, kai dia tōn ergōn autōn paideuōn, ho hoti kai ta horōmena hapanta autou ᾿erga kai ktismata eisi, kai deiknys, hoti autos estin ho tous karpous didous, ho eipōn ex archēs blastēsatō hē gē botanēn chortou kai, exagagetō ta hydata herpeta psychōn zōsōn. ᾿ Oude gar elatton touto ekeinou. Ei gar kai ex ouk ontōn ekeina, all᾽ homōs ex hydatos: ouk elatton Ho de tou apo gē deixai karpon kai apo hydatōn herpeta empsycha, to apo artōn pente poiēsai artous tosoutous, kai apo ichthyōn palin ho sēmeion ēn tou kai tēs gēs kai tēs thalattēs auton kratein. ᾿Epeidē gar en tois asthenousin aei epoiei ta thaumata, poiei kai katholikēn euergesian, hina mē theōroi monon hoi polloi tōn heterois symbantōn genōntai, alla kai autoi tēs dōreas apolausōsi. KKai hoper edokei epi tēs erēmou tois ioudaiois einai thaumaston, (elegon goun, mē kai arton dynatai dounai, hē hetoimasai trapezan en erēmǭ: .) touto dia tōn ergōn epideiknytai. Dia touto kai eis erēmon autous agei, hina meth᾽ hyperbolēs anypopton n to thauma, kai mēdeis nomisę̄ plēsion kōmēn parakeimenēn eisenenkein ti eis tēn trapezan. Dia touto kai tēs hōras memnētai, ouchi tou topon monon. Kai «heteron de manthanomen, tēn philosophian tōn mathētōn tēn en tois anankaiois, kai pōs katephronoun trophēs. Dōdeka gar ontes pente artous eichon monous kai dyo ichthyas houtō parerga hēn autois ta sōmatika, kai tōn pneumatikōn eichonto monon. Kai oude tōn olegōn anteichonto, alla kai autous aitēthentes edōkan. Hothen paideuesthai chrē, hoti kan oliga echōmen, kai hauta proïesthai dei tois deomenois. Keleusthentes goun enenkein tous pente artous, ou legousi kai ē pothen hēmin estai hē diatrophē: pothen de hēmeis paramythēsometha tēn peinan tēn hēmeteran: all᾽ hypakouousin eutheōs. Pros de tois eirēmenois, hōs e emoige dokei, dia touto ek tōn hypokeimenōn poioi, hina hautous eis pistin agagę̄ eti gar asthenesteron diekeinto. Dio kai eis ton ouranon anablepei. Tōn men gar allōn sēmeiōn eichon polla hypodeigmata᾽ touton de ouden. Labōn toinyn dioeklase, hikai edidon dia tōn mathētōn, toutǭ autous timōn ou timōn de monon, all᾽ hina, hotan genētai to thauma, mē apistēsōsi, mēde epilathōntai parelthontos, tōn cheirōn autois martyrousōn. Dio kai tous ochlous aphiēsi proteron tēs peinēs aisthēsin labein, kai toutous anamenei proteron proselthein kai erōtēsai»? kai di autōn ᾿ autous kataklinei, kai d᾽ autōn dianemei, tais oikeiaiis ᾿᾿ homologiais kai tois ergois prokatalabein boulomenos hekaston. Dia touto kai par autōn lambanei tous artous, hina polla ta martyria hē tou ginomenou, kai hypomnēmata tou thaumatos e echōsin. Ei gar kai toutōn symbantōn e epelathonto, ti ouk an epathon, ei mē kai tauta kateskeuase: Kai keleuei autous epi stibados anapesein, philosophein tous ochlous paideuōn. Ou gar threpsai ta sōmata monon ebouleto, alla kai tēn psychēn paideusai. Kai a apo tou topou toinyn, kai apo tou mēden pleon artōn dounai kai ichthyōn, kai apo tou pasi ta auta protheinai kai poiēsai koina, kai mēden thaterǭ thaterou pleon paraschein, kai tapeinophrosynēn, kai enkrateian, kai agapēn, kai to homoiōs pros allēlous diakeisthai, kai to koina panta nomizein einai epaidene. Kai klasas edōke tois mathētais, hoi de mathētai tois ochlois. Tous pente artous klasas edōke, kai hoi pente en tais chersi tōn mathētōn epēgazon. Kai oude mechri toutou to n᾽ thauma histą, alla kai perisseusai epoiēse ē kai perisseuysai ouchi artous holoklērous, alla klasmata hina deixę̄ ho hoti ekeinōn tōn artōn tauta leipsana hēn, kai hōste tous Iapontas mathein to gegenēmenon. Dia touto kai peinasai aphēke tous ochlous, hina mē tis phantasian einai nomisę̄ to gegenēmenon. Dia touto kai dōdeka kophinous perisseusai epoiēsen, hina kai ᾿Ioudas bastasē. Ēdynato men gar kai sbesai tēn peinan, all᾽ ouk an egnōsan hoi mathētai tēn dynamin, epei kai epi ᾿Ēliou touto gegonen. Houtō goun hauton exeplagēsan enteuthen hoi ᾿[ouydaioi, hoti kai basilea ēthelēsan poiēsai, kaitoige epi tōn allōn sēmeiōn oudamou touto poiēsantes. Tis toinyn ᾿parastēseie logos» pōs epēgazon hoi artoi: : pōs eperrheon en tę̄ erēmǭ ? pōs tosoutois ᾿ērkesan: (kai gar pentakischilioi ēsan, chōris gynaikōn kai paidiōn' ho megiston ēn tou dēmou he enkōmion, hoti kai gynaikes kai andres prosēdreuon) pōs ta leipsana gegone ? (kai gar kai touto tou proterou ouk elatton) kai tosauta gegonen, hōste isarithmous genesthai tois mathētais kophinous, kai perisseusai ouchi artous monon, alla kai klasmata, kai mēte pleiō mēte elattō? Labōn toinyn ta klasmata, ouchi tois ochlois edōken, alla tois mathētais kai gar tōn mathētōn hoi ochloi atelesteron diekeinto. Poiēsas de to sēmeion, eutheōs ēnankase tous mathētas embēnai eis to ploion, kai proagein auton eis to peran, heōs hou apolysē tous ochlous. Ei gar kai parōn edokei phantazein, all ouk alētheian pepoiēkenai, ou dēpon kai apōn. Dia touto akribei basanǭ epitrepōn ta gegenēmena, tous ta hypomnēmata labontas kai ton elenchon tōn sēmeiōn ekeleusen autou chōrizesthai. Kai allōs de, hotan megala ergazētai, aposkenazetai tous ochlous kai tous mathētas, paideuōn hēmas mēdamou tēn para tōn pollōn doxan diōkein, kai mē episyresthai plēthos. Hotan de eipē, ēnankase, tēn pollēn tōn mathētōōn proseadreian deiknysi. Kai epempen autous, epi proǭphasei men tōn ochlōn, autos de eis to oros boulomenos anabēnai epoiei de touto palin paideuōn hēmas, mēte ochlois anamignysthai diēnekōs, mēte pheugein aei to plēthos, all ekatera chrēsimōs, kai hekaston enallattontas pros to deon. Mathōmen toinyn kai hēmeis prosedreuein tǭ Iēsou, alla mē dia tēn tōn aisthētōn dosin, hina mē oneidisthōmen kata tous ᾿Ioudaious. Kai gar ᾽ zēteite me, phēsin, ouch hoti a eidete sēmeia, all᾽ hoti ephagete ek tōn artōn kai echortasthēte. Dia touto ouoe synechōs poiei touti to sēmeion, alla deuteron monon, hōste paideuesthai autous mē tę̄ gastri douleuein, alla tōn pneumatikōn echesthai diēnekōs. Toutōn oun echōmetha kai hēmeis, kai zētōmen ton arton ton epouranion, kai labontes pasan ekbalōmen phrontida biōtikēn. Ei gar ekeinoi kai oikias kai poleis kai syngeneis kai panta aphēkan, kai en erēmǭ dietribon. kai tou limou katanankazontos ouk anechōroun pollǭ mallon hēmas, toiautē prosiontas trapezę̄, pleiona epideiknysthai chrē philosophian, kai tōn pneumatikōn eran, kai ta aisthēta meta tauta zētein. ᾿Epei kakeinoi enekalounto, ouch hoti ezētēsan auton dia ton arton, all᾽ hoti dia touto monon auton ezētēsan, kai dia touto proēgoumenōs. An gar tis tōn megalōn men ha dōrōn kataphronē, tōn de mikrōn echētai, kai hōn bouletai kataphronein auton ho didous, kai ekeinōn ekpiptei He hōsper oun an ekeinōn erōmen, kai tauta prostithēsi. Kai gar prosthēkē tauta ekeinōn houtōs eutelē tauta kai mikra pros ekeina exetazomena, kan megala hē. Mē toinyn peri tauta spoudazōmen, all᾽ adiaphoron autōn einai nomizōmen kai tēn ktēsin kai tēn aphairesin᾽ hōsper oun kai ho ᾿Iōb oute parontōn anteicheto, oute aponta ezētei. Kai gar chrēmata dia touto legetai, ouch hina katoryxōmen, all᾽ hena eis deon autois chrēsōmetha. Kai kathaper tōn technitōn hekastos idian epistēmēn echei, houtō kai ho ploutōn hē ouk hoide chalkeuein, oude naupēgein, oude hyphainein, oude oikodomein, oude allo tōn toioutōn ouden᾽ manthanoetō toinyn tǭ ploutǭ kechrēsthai eis deon, kai eleein tous deomenous, kai pantōn ekeinōn beltiona eisetai technēn. Kai gar hautē tōn technōn ekeinōn anōtera pasōn. Tautēs to ergastērion en ouranois phkodomētai. Hautē ouk apo sidērou kai chalkou ta organa echei, all᾽ ex agathotētos kai ' apo gnōmēs. Tautēs tēs technēs ho Christos esti didaskalos, kai ho toutou patēr. Ginesthe gar, phēsin, oiktirmones, hōs ho patēr hymōn ho en tois ouranois. Kai to dē thaumaston? hoti houtō tōn allōn ousa beltiōn, ou ponou, ou chronou deitai pros to katorthōthēnai arkei thelēsai, kai to pan ēnystai. ēïdōmen de kai to talos autēs hoion esti. Ti oun estin autēs to telos: Ho ouranos, ta en tois ouranois agatha, ē doxa hē aporrhētos ekeinē, hai pneumatikai pastades, hai phaidrai lampades, hē meta tou nymphiou diagōgē, ta alla, ha mēdeis logos, mēde nous parastēsai dynatai. Hōste kai enteuthen pollē pros tas allas autę̄ hē diaphora. Tōn gar technōn hai pleious pros ton paronta bion eisi ōma hēmin, hautē de kai a pros tēn mellousan zōēn. Ei tōn eis to paron hēmin anankaiōn technōn tosouton lon chōn hoion iatrikēs legō, kai oikodomikēs, kai tōn allōn tōn toioutōn, pollǭ mallon tōn allōn, has ei tis akribōs exetaseien, oude technas an einai phaiē. Hothen egōge tas allas tas perittas oude technas eipoimi an einai. Pou gar hē opsartytikē kai Rhē karykeutikē chrēsimoi hēmin: : Oudamou alla kai sphodra achrēstoi kai blaberai, sōmati kai psychē lymainomenai? tǭ tēn mētera tōn nosēmatōn hapantōn kai ᾿ tōn pathēmatōn tēn tryphēn meta pollēs epeisagein tēs philotimias. Ou ē monon de tautas, all᾽ oude tēn zōgraphikēn, oude tēn paikiltikēn eipoim᾽ an egōge technēn einai eis gar dapanēn monēn emballousi perittēn. Tas de technas tōn anankaiōn kai synechontōn hēmōn tēn zōēn parektikas einai dei kai kataskeuastikas. Dia gar touto «kai sophian hēain edōken ho theos, hina heurōmen methodous, d hōn dynēsometha ton bion synkrotein ton hēmoteron. To de zōdia ginesthai, ē en toichois, ē en himatiois, pou chrēsimon: eipe moi. Dia dē touto kai tōn hypodēmatorrhaphōn kai tōn hyphantōn polla perikoptein edei tēs technēs. Kai gar epi to banauson ta pleiona autēs exēgagon, to anankaion autēs diaphtheirantes, He technē kakotechnian mixantes: ho kai hē oikodomikē epathen. All᾽ hōsper tautēn, heōs an ᾿oikias oikodomę̄ kai ou theatra, ta te anankaia kai ou peritta ergazētai, technēn kalō houtō kai tēn hyphantikēn, heōs an himatia poiē kai epiblēmata, alla mē tas arachnas mimētai, kai polyn katacheē ton gelōta kai tēn blakeian aphaton, te nēn onomazō. Kai tēn tōn ᾿hypodēmatopoiōn, heōs an hypodēmata poię̄, ouk aposterēsō ᾿ to tēs technēs onoma hotan de tous andras eis ta tōn gynaikōn exagę̄ schēmata, kai malakizesthai poię̄ dia tōn hypodēmatōn kai thryptesthai, meta tōn blaberōn kai perittōn autēn tazomen, kai oude technēn eroumen. Kai oida men, hoti pollois mikrologos einai dokō tauta periergazomenos ou mēn. dia touto ᾿apostēsomai. To gar hapantōn aition tōn kakōn touto, to kai mikra tauta dokein einai ta hamartēmata, kai dia touto ameleisthai. Kai ti toutou? phēsin, eutelesteron hamartēma genoit᾽ an, kekallōpismenon echein hypodēma kai apostilbon, kai tǭ podi prosērtēmenon, eige kai hamartēma touto kalein dokei: : Boulesthe oun epaphēsō tēn lōttan autǭ, kai deixō tēn aschēmosynēn hosē, kai ouk orgieisthe ? Mallon de, kan orgizēsthe, ou polys moi logos. Kai gar hymeis aitioi tēs anoias tautēs, hoi mēde hamartēma einai nomizontes, kai en-- teuthen hēmas ,anankazontes. eis tēn katēgorian tēs asōtias embēnai tautēs.

Why did he look up to heaven and bless? He had to be believed both that he is from the Father and that he is equal to him. But the proofs of these seemed to conflict with one another. For his doing everything with authority showed his equality; but that he was from the Father they would not have been persuaded otherwise, unless he acted with great lowliness, referring all things to him and calling on him in what he did. For this reason he neither did these things alone nor those alone, so that both might be confirmed; and now he works wonders with authority, now praying. Then, lest what happened should again seem a contradiction, in the lesser things he looks up to heaven, but in the greater he does everything with authority; so that you may learn that even in the lesser he acts so not as one who is given strength from elsewhere, but as honoring the one who begot him. When, at any rate, he forgave sins, and opened paradise, and brought in the robber, and with great abundance of power set aside the old law, and raised countless dead, and bridled the sea, and exposed the secrets of men, and fashioned an eye—which are achievements of God alone and of no one else—nowhere does he appear praying; but when he caused the loaves to well up, which was far less than all these, then he looks up to heaven: at once establishing what I said, and at once teaching us not to touch a table until we have given thanks to the one who provides us with this food. And why does he not make it out of nothing? To stop the mouth of Marcion and Manichaeus, who make the creation foreign to him, and to teach by his very works that all visible things too are his works and creatures, and to show that he is the one who gives the fruits, who said in the beginning, “Let the earth bring forth the herb of grass,” and, “Let the waters bring forth creeping things with living souls.” For this is no less than that. For even if those things came from nothing, yet still these came from water; and it is no less to bring forth fruit from earth and living creeping things from waters than to make so many loaves from five loaves, and again from fish; and this was a sign that he rules both earth and sea. For since he was always working his miracles on the sick, he works also a common benefaction, so that the many might not only be spectators of what happened to others, but might themselves enjoy the gift. And what seemed wonderful to the Jews in the wilderness (for they said, “Can he give bread also, or prepare a table in the wilderness?”), this he displays by his works. That is why he leads them into the desert, so that the miracle might be entirely beyond suspicion, and no one might think that some village lying near had brought anything to the table. That is why the evangelist mentions the hour too, not only the place. And we learn another thing as well: the disciples’ self-denial in necessities, and how they despised food. For being twelve, they had only five loaves and two fish: so incidental were bodily things to them, and they held fast only to spiritual things. And they did not cling even to the little they had, but when asked they gave it up. From this we must be taught that even if we have little, we must give this too to those in need. At any rate, when commanded to bring the five loaves, they do not say, “And where shall our own food come from? How shall we relieve our own hunger?” but they obey at once. Besides what has been said, as it seems to me, he makes it from what lay at hand for this reason, to lead them to faith; for they were still rather weak. That is also why he looks up to heaven. For of the other signs they had many examples, but of this one none. Taking them, then, he broke them, and gave them out through the disciples, honoring them by this; and not only honoring them, but so that, when the miracle had happened, they might not disbelieve it, nor forget it when it was past, since their own hands bore witness. That is why he lets the crowds first feel their hunger, and waits for these first to come and ask; and through them he makes the people sit down, and through them he distributes, wishing to secure each of them beforehand by their own confession and their own deeds. That is why he also takes the loaves from them, so that the testimonies to what happened might be many, and they might have reminders of the miracle. For if even after these things happened they forgot, what would they not have suffered had he not arranged these things too? And he commands them to sit down on a bed of grass, teaching the crowds self-denial. For he wished not only to feed their bodies but also to instruct their souls. So by the place, and by giving nothing more than loaves and fish, and by setting the same before all and making it common, and providing no more to one than to another, he taught humility, and self-control, and love, and to be equally disposed toward one another, and to regard all things as common. “And having broken, he gave to the disciples, and the disciples to the crowds.” He broke the five loaves and gave them, and the five welled up in the disciples’ hands. And he does not stop the miracle even there, but made it overflow; and overflow not with whole loaves but with fragments, to show that these were the remnants of those loaves, and so that those who were absent might learn what had happened. That is why he let the crowds become hungry, so that no one might think what happened was an illusion. That is why he made twelve baskets remain over, so that Judas too might carry one. For he could indeed have quenched their hunger, but the disciples would not have known his power, since this had happened also in the time of Elijah. So greatly, at any rate, were the Jews amazed at him because of this that they even wished to make him king, though at the other signs they nowhere did this. What word, then, could set forth how the loaves welled up? how they streamed out in the desert? how they sufficed for so many? (for they were five thousand, besides women and children, which was the greatest praise of the people, that both women and men attended on him); how the remnants came about? (for this too was no less than the former); and that they were so many as to make baskets equal in number to the disciples, and that there was an overflow, not of loaves only but of fragments, and neither more nor less? Taking, then, the fragments, he gave them not to the crowds but to the disciples; for the crowds were in a more imperfect state than the disciples. And having worked the sign, he at once compelled the disciples to get into the boat and go before him to the other side, while he sent the crowds away. For even if, while present, he might seem to have produced an illusion and not to have done it in truth, surely he could not seem so when absent. That is why, committing what had happened to a strict test, he bade those who had received the reminders and the proof of the signs to separate from him. And besides, when he does great things he sends away both the crowds and the disciples, teaching us nowhere to pursue the glory that comes from the many, and not to drag a multitude after us. And when it says, “he compelled,” it shows the disciples’ great attachment to him. And he sent them away, ostensibly on account of the crowds, but in fact because he himself wished to go up the mountain. And he did this, again teaching us neither to mingle with crowds continually nor always to flee the multitude, but to do each usefully, and to change from one to the other as need requires. Let us too, then, learn to attend on Jesus, but not for the giving of things of sense, so that we may not be reproached as the Jews were. For, “You seek me,” he says, “not because you saw signs, but because you ate of the loaves and were filled.” That is why he does not work this sign continually, but only twice, so that they might be taught not to be slaves to the belly, but to hold fast continually to spiritual things. To these, then, let us too hold fast, and let us seek the heavenly bread, and having received it, let us cast away all worldly care. For if they left houses and cities and kinsmen and everything, and stayed in the desert, and did not withdraw though hunger pressed them, much more ought we, who approach such a table, to show greater self-denial, and to love spiritual things, and to seek things of sense after these. For they too were blamed, not because they sought him for the bread, but because they sought him for this alone, and for this above all. For if one despises the great gifts and clings to the small, he falls from those as well, which the giver wishes him to despise; just as, if we love the former, he adds these besides. For these are an addition to those: so cheap and small are these when compared with those, even if they are great. Let us not, then, be eager about these, but let us regard both the gaining and the losing of them as indifferent; as Job too neither clung to them when he had them nor sought them when they were gone. For money is called chrēmata for this reason, not that we may bury it, but that we may use it as we ought. And as each craftsman has his own skill, so also the rich man. He does not know how to work bronze, nor to build ships, nor to weave, nor to build houses, nor anything else of the kind; let him then learn to use his wealth as he ought, and to show mercy to those in need, and he will know a craft better than all those. For this is higher than all those crafts. Its workshop is built in heaven. It has its tools not of iron and bronze, but of goodness and of the will. Of this craft Christ is the teacher, and his Father. For, “Be merciful,” he says, “as your Father who is in heaven.” And what is wonderful is that, though it is so much better than the others, it needs neither labor nor time to be mastered: it is enough to will it, and the whole is accomplished. But let us see also what its end is. What, then, is its end? Heaven, the good things in heaven, that unspeakable glory, the spiritual bridal chambers, the bright lamps, the life with the Bridegroom, and the other things which no word nor mind can set forth. So here too there is great difference between it and the others. For most of the crafts serve us for the present life, but this one also for the life to come. If it surpasses so far the crafts that are necessary to us for the present—medicine, I mean, and building, and others of the kind—much more does it surpass the others, which, if one examined them closely, one would say are not even crafts. Hence I for my part would not even call the other, superfluous ones crafts. For where are cookery and sauce-making useful to us? Nowhere; rather they are utterly useless and harmful, ruining body and soul, by bringing in with great ostentation luxury, the mother of all diseases and passions. And not only these: I would not even call painting or embroidery a craft, for they only throw us into superfluous expense. For the crafts ought to supply and produce what is necessary and what holds our life together. For this is why God gave us wisdom too, that we might find the means by which we can sustain our life. But having figures made, whether on walls or on garments, where is that useful? Tell me. For this reason it was needful to cut away much of the craft of shoemakers and of weavers. For they have carried most of it off into vulgarity, corrupting what is necessary in it, mixing bad craft with craft; which building also has suffered. But just as I call this a craft so long as it builds houses and not theaters, and produces what is necessary and not what is superfluous, so too weaving, so long as it makes garments and coverings, but does not imitate spiders’ webs and pour out great laughter and unspeakable silliness, I call a craft. And that of the shoemakers, so long as it makes shoes, I will not deprive of the name of craft; but when it leads men into the fashions of women, and makes them effeminate and soft through their shoes, we rank it with the harmful and superfluous, and will not even call it a craft. And I know that I seem to many to be petty in busying myself with these things; yet I will not on that account desist. For this is the cause of all evils, that these sins too are thought small, and for that reason are neglected. “And what,” someone says, “could be a more trivial sin than to have a shoe that is ornamented and glittering and fitted close to the foot, if indeed it seems right to call this a sin at all?” Do you wish, then, that I let loose my tongue on it, and show how great its indecency is—and you will not be angry? Or rather, even if you are angry, I care little. For you are the cause of this folly, you who do not even consider it a sin, and so compel us to enter upon an accusation of this prodigality.

49.5Field 2

Φέρε οὺν αὐτὸ ἐξετάσωμεν, καὶ ἴδωμεν ᾿ὁποῖόν ἐστι κακόν. Ὅταν γὰρ τὰ νήματα τὰ σηρικὰ, ἃ μηδὲ ἐ εν ἱματίοις ὑφαίνεσθαι καλὸν, ταῦτα ἐν ὑποδήμασι διαρῥάπτητε, πόσης ὕβρεως, πόσον γέλωτος ταῦτα ἄξια: : Εἰ δὲ τῆς ἡμετέρας ψηφον ΡΤ αν σοῦεον ἄκουσον τῆς τοῦ Παύλου φωνης, μετὰ πολλῆς τῆς σφοὸ ρότητος ταῦτα ᾿ἀπαορεύοντος, καὶ τότε αἰσθήση τοῦ γέλωτος. Τί οὖν ἐκεῖνός φησι; Μὴ ἐν πλέγμασιν, ῆ χρυσῷ, ἢ μαργαρίταις, ἢ ἱματισμῷ πολυτελεῖ. Τίνος οὖν ἂν εἴης συγγνώμης ἄξιος, ὅταν τῇ γεγαμημένῃ μὴ ἐπιτ ἔποντος Παύλον πολντελῆ ἱμάτια ἔχειν, σὺ καὶ ἐπὶ τὰ ὑπο ἤματα τὴν βλακείαν ταύτην εξάγης, καὶ μυρία κατασκευάζης ὑπὲρ τῆς καταγελάστου ὕβρεως: Καὶ γὰρ καὶ ναῦς πήγνυνται, καὶ ἐρεταὶ καταλέγονται, καὶ πρωρεὺς καὶ κυβερνήτης, καὶ ἱστίον ἀναπετάννυται, καὶ πέλαγος πλεῖται, καὶ γυναῖκα καὶ παιδία καὶ πατρίδα ἀφεὶς, καὶ τὴν ἑαυτοῦ ψυχὴν ὁ ἐμπορος ἐκδίδωσι κύμασι καὶ εἰς τὴν τῶν βαρβάρων ἔ ἔρχεται χώραν, καὶ μυρίους ὑπομένει, κινδύνους διὰ ταῦτα τὰ νήματα, ἵνα σὺ μετὰ πάντα ἐκεῖνα λαβὼν ἐπὶ τῶν ὑποδημάτων διαῤῥάψης, καὶ τὸ δέ ρμα ᾿καλλωπίσῃς, Καὶ τί ταύτης τῆς ἀλογίας χεῖρον γένοιτ᾽ ἄν: Ἀλλ᾽ οὐ τὰ παλαιὰ τοιαῦτα, ἀλλ᾽ ἀνδράσι πρέποντα. Ὅθεν ἔ ἔγωγε προσδοκῶ, χρόνου προϊόντος τοὺς νέους τοὺς παρ᾽ ἡμῖν καὶ γυναικῶν ὑποδήματα σχήσειν, καὶ οὐκ αἰσχυνεισθαι. Καὶ τὸ χαλεπώτερον, ὅτι οἱ πατέρες ταῦτα ὁρῶντες οὐκ ἀγανακτοῦσιν, ἀλλὰ καὶ ἀδιάφορον τὸ πρᾶγμα εἶναι νομίζουσι. Βούλεσθε εἴπω καὶ τὸ ἔτι χαλεπώτερον, ὅτι καὶ πενήτων ὄντων πολλῶν ταῦτα γίνεται; Βούλεσθε εἰς μέσον ἀγάγω τὸν Χριστὸν τὸν λιμώττοντα, τὸν γυμνὸν, τὸν ᾿ἀλώμενον πανταχοῦ, τὸν δεδεμένον : : Καὶ πόσων οὐκ ἂν εἴητε σκηπτὼν ἄξιοι, ἐκεῖνον μὲν τροφῆς ἀναγκαίας ἀποροῦντα περιορῶντες, τὰ δέρματα δὲ μετὰ τοσαύτης καλλωπίζοντες τῆς σπουδῆς; Καὶ αὐτὸς μὲν ἡνίκα τοῖς μαθηταῖς ἐνομοθέτει, οὐδὲ ἁπλῶς ὑποδήματα ἔ ἔχειν ἐπέσρεπεν᾽ ἡμεῖς δὲ οὐ μόνον γυμνοῖς ποσὶν οὐκ ἀνεχόμεθα βαδίζειν, ἀλλ᾽ οὐδὲ ᾿ὑποδεδεμένοις ὡς ὑποδεδέσθαι δεῖ. Τί τοίνυν τῆς ἀκοσμίας ταύτης χεῖρον γένοιτ᾽ ἄν: τί τοῦ γέλωτος: : Καὶ γὰρ ψυχῆς ἐστι μαλακώδους τὸ πρᾶγμα; καὶ ἀπηνοῦς καὶ ὠμῆς, καὶ περιέργου καὶ ματαιοποννν. Πότε γὰρ δυνήσεται ἀναγκαίῳ τινὶ προσέχειν ὁ περὶ ταῦτα τὰ περιττὰ ἡσχολημένος ὃ πότε ἀνέξεται ὁ τοιοῦτος νέος ψυχῆς ἐπιμελήσασθαι, ἣ ἐννοῆσαι ὅτι κἂν ψυχὴν ἔχει; Καὶ γὰρ μικρολόγος ἔσται ὁ τὰ τοιαῦτα θαυμάζειν ἀναγκαζόμενος, καὶ ὠμὸς ὁ διὰ ταῦτα τῶν πτωχῶν ἀμελῶν, καὶ ἀρετῆς ἔρημος ὁ πᾶσαν εἰς ταῦτα καταναλίσκων τὴν σπουδήν. Ὁ γὰρ νημάτων ἀρετὴν, καὶ χρωμάτων ἄνθος, καὶ τοὺς κισσοὺς τοὺς ἀπὸ τῶν τοιούτων ὑφασμάτων περιεργαζόμενος, πότε εἰς τὸν οὐρανὸν δυνήσεται ἰδεῖν ; : πότε τὸ ἐκεῖ ᾿θαυμάσεται κάλλος ὁ πρὸς κάλλος ἐπτοημένος δερμάτων, καὶ χαμαὶ κύπτων; Καὶ ὁ μὲν θεὸς ἔτεινεν οὐρανὸν, καὶ ἥλιον ἀνῆψεν, ἄνω σον τὰς ὄψεις ὅλκων᾽ σὺ δὲ κάτω σαυτὸν καὶ πρὸς τὴν γῆν κατὰ τοὺς χοίρους νεύειν ἀναγκάζεις, καὶ τῷ διαβόλῳ πείθῃ. Καὶ γὰρ ὁ πονηρὸς δαίμων οὗτος ταύτην ἐπενόησε τὴν ἀσχημοσύνην, ἐκείνου σε τοῦ κάλλους ἀπάγων. Διὰ τοῦτό σε ἐνταῦθα εἵλκυσε, καὶ παρευδοκιμεῖται θεὸς οὐρανὸν α δεικνὺς ᾿ ὑπὸ διαβόλου δέρματα δεικνύντος μᾶλλον δὲ οὐδὲ δέρματα: καὶ γὰρ καὶ ταῦτα ἔργα θεοῦ ἀλλὰ βλακείαν καὶ κακοτεχνίαν. Καὶ κάτω εἰς τὴν γῆν νεύων ὁ νέος περίεἰσιν; ὁ τὰ ἐν τοῖς οὐρανοῖς φιλοσοφεῖν κελευσθεὶς, μᾶλλον ἐγκαλλωπιζόμενος τούτοις, ἢ εἰ τῶν μεγάλων τι κατωρθωκὠς ἣν, καὶ ἀκροβατῶν ἐπὶ τῆς ἀγορᾶς, καὶ λύπας καὶ αθυμίας ἐντεῦθεν τίκτων ἑαυτῷ περιττὰς, μὴ μολύνη τῷ πηλῷ χειμῶνος ὄντος, μὴ καλύψῃ τῷ κονιορτῷ θέρους ἐπιστάντος. Τί λέγεις, ἄνθρωπε: ; τὴν ψυχὴν ἅπασαν εἰς πηλὸν ) ἔῤῥιψας διὰ ταύτης τῆς ασωτίας, καὶ χαμαὶ συρομένην περιὙ καὶ περὶ ὑποδημάτων τοσοῦτον ἔχεις ἀγῶνα: Μάθε χρῆσιν αὐτών, καὶ αἰδέσθητι τὴν ψῆφον ἣν περὶ αὖὐτῶν φέρεις. Ὥστε γὰρ πηλὸν πατεῖν καὶ βόρβορον, καὶ πάσαν τὴν ἐπὶ τοῦ ἐδάφους κηλῖδα, γέγονε τὰ ὑποδήματα. Εἰ δὲ οὐκ ἀνέχη; λαβων ἐξάρτησον τοῦ τραχήλου, ἣ τῇ κεφαλῇ περίθες.

Phere oun auto exetasōmen, kai idōmen ᾿hopoion esti kakon. Hotan gar ta nēmata ta sērika, ha mēde e en himatiois hyphainesthai kalon, tauta en hypodēmasi diarrhaptēte, posēs hybreōs, poson gelōtos tauta axia: : Ei de tēs hēmeteras psēphon RT an soueon akouson tēs tou Paulou phōnēs, meta pollēs tēs sphoo rotētos tauta ᾿apaoreuontos, kai tote aisthēsē tou gelōtos. Ti oun ekeinos phēsi? Mē en plegmasin, ē chrysǭ, ē margaritais, ē himatismǭ polytelei. Tinos oun an eiēs syngnōmēs axios, hotan tę̄ gegamēmenę̄ mē epit epontos Paulon polntelē himatia echein, sy kai epi ta hypo ēmata tēn blakeian tautēn exagēs, kai myria kataskeuazēs hyper tēs katagelastou hybreōs: Kai gar kai naus pēgnyntai, kai eretai katalegontai, kai prōreus kai kybernētēs, kai histion anapetannytai, kai pelagos pleitai, kai gynaika kai paidia kai patrida apheis, kai tēn heautou psychēn ho emporos ekdidōsi kymasi kai eis tēn tōn barbarōn e erchetai chōran, kai myrious hypomenei, kindynous dia tauta ta nēmata, hina sy meta panta ekeina labōn epi tōn hypodēmatōn diarrhapsēs, kai to de rma ᾿kallōpisę̄s, Kai ti tautēs tēs alogias cheiron genoit᾽ an: All᾽ ou ta palaia toiauta, all᾽ andrasi preponta. Hothen e egōge prosdokō, chronou proïontos tous neous tous par᾽ hēmin kai gynaikōn hypodēmata schēsein, kai ouk aischyneisthai. Kai to chalepōteron, hoti hoi pateres tauta horōntes ouk aganaktousin, alla kai adiaphoron to pragma einai nomizousi. Boulesthe eipō kai to eti chalepōteron, hoti kai penētōn ontōn pollōn tauta ginetai? Boulesthe eis meson agagō ton Christon ton limōttonta, ton gymnon, ton ᾿alōmenon pantachou, ton dedemenon : : Kai posōn ouk an eiēte skēptōn axioi, ekeinon men trophēs anankaias aporounta periorōntes, ta dermata de meta tosautēs kallōpizontes tēs spoudēs? Kai autos men hēnika tois mathētais enomothetei, oude haplōs hypodēmata e echein epesrepen᾽ hēmeis de ou monon gymnois posin ouk anechometha badizein, all᾽ oude ᾿hypodedemenois hōs hypodedesthai dei. Ti toinyn tēs akosmias tautēs cheiron genoit᾽ an: ti tou gelōtos: : Kai gar psychēs esti malakōdous to pragma? kai apēnous kai ōmēs, kai periergou kai mataioponnn. Pote gar dynēsetai anankaiǭ tini prosechein ho peri tauta ta peritta hēscholēmenos ho pote anexetai ho toioutos neos psychēs epimelēsasthai, hē ennoēsai hoti kan psychēn echei? Kai gar mikrologos estai ho ta toiauta thaumazein anankazomenos, kai ōmos ho dia tauta tōn ptōchōn amelōn, kai aretēs erēmos ho pasan eis tauta katanaliskōn tēn spoudēn. Ho gar nēmatōn aretēn, kai chrōmatōn anthos, kai tous kissous tous apo tōn toioutōn hyphasmatōn periergazomenos, pote eis ton ouranon dynēsetai idein ? : pote to ekei ᾿thaumasetai kallos ho pros kallos eptoēmenos dermatōn, kai chamai kyptōn? Kai ho men theos eteinen ouranon, kai hēlion anēpsen, anō son tas opseis holkōn᾽ sy de katō sauton kai pros tēn gēn kata tous choirous neuein anankazeis, kai tǭ diabolǭ peithę̄. Kai gar ho ponēros daimōn houtos tautēn epenoēse tēn aschēmosynēn, ekeinou se tou kallous apagōn. Dia touto se entautha heilkyse, kai pareudokimeitai theos ouranon a deiknys ᾿ hypo diabolou dermata deiknyntos mallon de oude dermata: kai gar kai tauta erga theou alla blakeian kai kakotechnian. Kai katō eis tēn gēn neuōn ho neos perieisin? ho ta en tois ouranois philosophein keleustheis, mallon enkallōpizomenos toutois, ē ei tōn megalōn ti katōrthōkōs hēn, kai akrobatōn epi tēs agoras, kai lypas kai athymias enteuthen tiktōn heautǭ perittas, mē molynē tǭ pēlǭ cheimōnos ontos, mē kalypsę̄ tǭ koniortǭ therous epistantos. Ti legeis, anthrōpe: ? tēn psychēn hapasan eis pēlon ) errhipsas dia tautēs tēs asōtias, kai chamai syromenēn periY kai peri hypodēmatōn tosouton echeis agōna: Mathe chrēsin autōn, kai aidesthēti tēn psēphon hēn peri auytōn phereis. Hōste gar pēlon patein kai borboron, kai pasan tēn epi tou edaphous kēlida, gegone ta hypodēmata. Ei de ouk anechē? labōn exartēson tou trachēlou, hē tę̄ kephalę̄ perithes.

Come then, let us examine it, and see what sort of evil it is. When you sew into your shoes the silken threads which it is not seemly to weave even into garments, how much insult, how much laughter do these things deserve? But if you despise our verdict, hear the voice of Paul, forbidding these things with great vehemence, and then you will perceive how laughable they are. What then does he say? “Not with braided hair, or gold, or pearls, or costly clothing.” What pardon, then, could you deserve, when Paul does not permit the married woman to have costly garments, and you carry this effeminacy even to your shoes, and contrive countless things for the sake of this ridiculous disgrace? For ships are built, and rowers are enlisted, and a bowman and a helmsman, and a sail is spread, and the open sea is sailed; and the merchant, leaving wife and children and country, gives up his very life to the waves, and comes to the land of the barbarians, and endures countless dangers for these threads, so that you, after all that, may take them and sew them onto your shoes and beautify the leather. And what could be worse than this folly? But the old ways were not such; they befitted men. Hence I for my part expect that, as time goes on, the young men among us will wear even women’s shoes, and not be ashamed. And what is more grievous, the fathers see these things and are not indignant, but even think the matter indifferent. Do you want me to tell you what is more grievous still, that these things are done while there are many poor? Do you want me to bring into the midst Christ hungry, naked, wandering everywhere, in chains? And how many thunderbolts would you not deserve, overlooking him when he lacks necessary food, while you beautify hides with so much zeal? And he, when he gave laws to his disciples, did not even permit them to have shoes at all; but we not only cannot bear to walk barefoot, but not even shod as one ought to be shod. What then could be worse than this disorder? What more ridiculous? For the thing belongs to a soul that is effeminate, and hard and cruel, and meddlesome and busy about vanities. For when will he be able to attend to anything necessary, who is occupied with these superfluities? When will such a young man bear to take care of his soul, or even to consider that he has a soul? For he will be petty who is compelled to admire such things, and cruel who neglects the poor because of them, and empty of virtue who spends all his zeal on them. For he who fusses over the quality of threads, and the bloom of colors, and the ivy-tendrils made of such weaving, when will he be able to look up to heaven? When will he admire the beauty there, who is excited by the beauty of hides and stoops to the ground? God stretched out heaven and kindled the sun, drawing your eyes upward; but you force yourself to bend downward and to the earth like the swine, and you obey the devil. For this wicked demon devised this indecency, leading you away from that beauty. That is why he dragged you here; and God, showing heaven, is outdone by the devil showing hides—or rather not even hides, for these too are God’s works, but effeminacy and bad craft. And the young man goes about bending down to the earth, he who was commanded to contemplate the things in the heavens, priding himself on these more than if he had achieved some great thing, and walking on tiptoe in the marketplace, and thereby begetting for himself superfluous griefs and despondency, lest he soil them with mud when it is winter, lest he cover them with dust when summer has come. What are you saying, man? You have thrown your whole soul into the mud through this prodigality, and you overlook it as it is dragged along the ground, and over shoes you are in such an agony? Learn their use, and respect the verdict you yourself pass on them. For shoes were made to tread mud and mire and every stain on the ground. But if you cannot bear this, take them and hang them from your neck, or put them on your head.

49.6Field 2

Καὶ ὑμεῖς μὲν ,Ὑελᾶτε ταῦτα ἀκούοντετ ἐμοὶ δὲ δακρύειν ἔπεισι τὴν τούτων μανίαν, καὶ τὴν περὶ ταῦτα σπουδήν. Καὶ γὰρ ἥδιον ἁ ἂν οὗτοι τὸ σῶμα μολύναιεν πηλῷ, ἥ τὰ δέρματα ἐκεῖνα. Μικρολόγοι μὲν οὺν οὕτω γίνονται, φιλοχρήματοι δὲ πάλιν ἑτέρως. Ὁ γὰρ περὶ τὰ τοιαῦτα μαίνεσθαι καὶ σπουδαζειν ἐθισθεὶς, καὶ ἐν ἱματίοις καὶ ἐν τοῖς ἄλλοις ἅπασι πολλῆς δεῖται δαπάνης καὶ πολλῆς τῆς προσόδου. ᾿ Κἄν μὲν φιλότιμον ἔ ἐχῆ πατέρα, μάλλον αἰχμάλωτος γίνεται, τὴν ἄτοπον ταύτην ἐπιτείνων ἐπιθυμίαν ἂν δὲ μικρολόγον, ἀναγκάζεται ἕ ἐτερα ἀσχημονεῖν, ὥστε χρυσίον συνάγειν. εἰς τὰς τοιαύτας δαπάνας. ᾿Εντεῦθεν πολλοὶ τῶν νέων καὶ τὴν ὥραν ἀπέδοντο, καὶ παράσιτοι τοῖς εὐπόροις ἐγένοντο, καὶ ἑτέρας δουλοπρεπεῖς ὑπέμειναν διακονίας, ἀντὶ τούτων ὠνούμενοι τὸ τὰς τοιαύτας ἐπιθυμίας πληροῦν. Ὅτι μὲν οὗν καὶ φιλοχρήματος οὗτος ἔσται καὶ μικρολόγος, καὶ περὶ τὰ ἀναγκαῖα πάντων ἀργότερος, καὶ πολλὰ ἀναγκασθήσεται ἁμαρτάνειν, δῆλον ἐκ τούτων᾽ ὅτι δὲ ὠμὸς καὶ κενόδοξος, οὐδὲ τοῦτό τις ἀντερεῖ ὠμὸς μὲν, ὅταν πένητα ἰδὼν, τῷ πόθῳ τοῦ καλλωπισμοὺ μηδὲ ἐωρακέναι δοκῇ, αλλὰ ταῦτα μὲν χρυσῷ καλλωπίζη, ἐκεῖνον δὲ ὑπὸ λιμοῦ διαφθειρόμενον περιορᾷ' κενόδοξος δὲ ὅταν καὶ ἐν Τοῖς μικροῖς παιδεύηται τὴν παρὰ τῶν ὁρώντων δόξαν θηρᾶν. Οὐ γὰρ οὕτως οἶμαι στρατηγὸν ἐπὶ τοῖς στρατοπέδοις καὶ τροπαίοις μέγα Φρονεῖν, ὡς ἢ τοὺς ἀκολάστους νέους ἐπὶ τῷ καλλωπισμῷ τῶν ὑποδημάτων, ἐπὶ τοῖς συρομένοις ἱματίοις, ἐπὶ ΤΊ κουρᾷ τῆς κεφαλῆς καίτοιγε ταῦτα πάντα τεχνιτῶν ἔργα ἐστὶν ἑτέρων. Ει δὲ ἐπὶ τοῖς αλλοτρίοις οὐκ ἀφίστανται κενοδοξοῦντες, πότε ἐπὶ τοῖς ἰδίοις ἀποστήσονται : ᾽ Εἴπω καὶ ἕτερα τούτων χαλεπώτερα, ἥ καὶ ταῦτα ὑμῖν ἀπόχρη: Οὐκοῦν ἀνάγκη καταλῦσαι τὸν λόγον ἐνταῦθα ἐπεὶ καὶ ταῦτά μοι εἴρηται διὰ τοὺς φιλονείκους καὶ οὐδὲν ἄτοπον τὸ πρᾶγμα εἶναι λέγοντας. Καὶ οἷδα μὲν ὅτι πολλοὶ τῶν νέων οὐδὲ προσέξουσι τοῖς λεγομένοις, μεθύοντες ἅπαξ τῷ παθει οὐ μὴν διὰ τοῦτο σεγῆσαι ἔδει. . Οἱ γὰρ νοῦν ἔχοντες πατέρες καὶ ὑγιαίνοντες τέως, καὶ ἄκοντας αὐτοὺς εἰς τὴν προσήκουσαν εὐσχημοσύνην ἐμβιβάσαι δυνήσονται. Μὴ τοίνυν λέγε; οὐδὲν παρὰ τοῦτο, καὶ οὐδὲν παρ᾽ ἐκεῖνο τοῦτο γάρ, τοῦτο πάντα ἀπώλεσεν. Ἔδει ὁ γὰρ καὶ ἐντεῦθεν αὐτοὺς παιδεύειν, καὶ ἀπὸ τῶν δοκούντων εἶναι μικρῶν σεμνοὺς ποιεῖν, μεγαλοψύχους, κρείττους σχημάτων οὕτως αὐτοὺς καὶ ἐν τοῖς μεγάλοις εὑρήσομεν δοκίμους. Τί γὰρ τῆς τών στοιχείων μαθήσεως εὐτελέστερον : Ἀλλ᾽ ὅμως ἀπὸ τούτων καὶ βήτορες, καὶ σοφισταὶ; καὶ φιλόσοφοι γίνονται κἂν ταῦτα ἀγνοήσωσιν, οὐδὲ ἐκεῖνα ποτε εἴσονται. Ταῦτα δὲ ἡμῖν οὐ πρὸς νέους μόνον, ἀλλὰ καὶ πρὸς γυναῖκας καὶ κόρας εἴρηται. Καὶ γὰρ καὶ αὗται τοῖς τοιούτοις ἐγκλήμασιν ὑπόκεινται, καὶ πολλῳ μᾶλλον, ὅσῳ παρθένῳ κοσμιότῆς ἐπιτήδειον. Τὰ τοίνυν πρὸς ἐκείνους εἰρημένα καὶ πρὸς ὑμᾶς εἰρῆσθαι νομίζετε, ἵνα μὴ πάλιν τὰ αὐτὰ ἀναλάβωμεν. Καὶ γὰρ ὥρα λοιπὸν εὐχῆ κατακλεῖσαι τὸν λόγον. Ἅπαντες τοίνυν ἡμῖν συνεύξασθε, ὥστε τοὺς νέους τοὺς τῆς ἐκκλησίας μάλιστα δυνηθῆναι κοσμίως ζῆν, καὶ εἰς γῆρας ἐλθεῖν αὐτοῖς πρέπον. Ὡς τούς γε οὐχ « οὕτω ζώντας, οὐδὲ εἰς γῆρας ἐλθεῖν καλόν τοὺς δὲ καὶ ἐν νεότητι γεγηρακότας εὔχομαι καὶ εἰς πολιὰν βαθυτάτην ἐλθεῖν, καὶ πατέρας γενέσθαι παίδὼν δοκίμων, καὶ τοὺς γεγεννηκότας εὐφρᾶναι, καὶ πρό γε πάντων τὸν πεποιηκότα αὐτοὺς θεὸν, καὶ πᾶσαν ἐξελάσαι νόσον, οὐ τὴν ἐν τοῖς ὑποδήμασιν, οὐδὲ τὴν ἐν τοῖς ἱματίοις μόνον, ἀλλὰ καὶ τὴν ἄλλην ἅπασαν. Καὶ γὰρ οἷον γῇ χυβσδυμεν τοιοῦτον ἐστι καὶ νεότης ἀμελουμένη, πολλὰς πολλαχόθεν ἐκφέρουσα τὰς ἀκάνθας. ᾿Επαφῶμεν τοίνυν τὸ πὺρ τοῦ πνεύματος, καὶ κατακαύσωμεν τὰς πονηρὰς ταύτας ἐπιθυμίας, καὶ νεώσωμεν τὰς ἀρούρας, καὶ ἑτοίμους πρὸς τὴν τοὺ σπόρου ποιήσωμεν ὑποδοχὴν, καὶ τοὺς νέους τοὺς παρ᾽ ἡμῖν τῶν ἀλλαχοῦ γερόντων ἀποδείξωμεν σωφρονεστέρους. Καὶ γὰρ τὸ θαυμαστὸν τοῦτό ὁ ἐστιν, ὅταν ἐν νεότητι σωφροσύνη λάμπη, ὡς ὅ γε ἐν γήρᾳ σωφρονῶν οὐδὲ μισθὸν ἂν ἔχοι πολὺν, ἀκριβῆ τὴν απὸ τῆς ἡλικίας ἀσφάλειαν ἔχων. Τὸ δὲ παράδοξον, ἐν κύμασι γαλήνης ἀπολαύειν, καὶ ἐν καμίνῳ μὴ κατακαίεσθαι, καὶ ἐν νεότητι μὴ ἀσελγαίνειν. Ταῦτ' οὖν ἐννοοῦντες, ζηλώσωμεν τὸν μακάριον ἐκεῖνον ᾿Ιωσὴφ, τὸν διὰ ' πάντων λάμψαντα τούτων, ἵνα καὶ τών αὐτῶν ἐπιτύχωμεν στεφάνων αὐτῷ ὧν γένοιτο πάντας ἡμᾶς ἐπιτυχεῖν, χάριτι καὶ φιλανθρ ὠπίᾳ τοὺ κυρίου ἡμῶν Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ, μεθ᾽ οὗ τῷ πατρὶ ἡ ἡ δόξα ἅ ἅμα τῷ αὙίΐῳ πνεύματι, νῦν καὶ ἀεὶ καὶ εἰς τοὺς αἰῶνας τῶν αἰώνων. ᾿Αμήν.

Kai hymeis men ,Hyelate tauta akouontet emoi de dakryein epeisi tēn toutōn manian, kai tēn peri tauta spoudēn. Kai gar hēdion ha an houtoi to sōma molynaien pēlǭ, hē ta dermata ekeina. Mikrologoi men oun houtō ginontai, philochrēmatoi de palin heterōs. Ho gar peri ta toiauta mainesthai kai spoudazein ethistheis, kai en himatiois kai en tois allois hapasi pollēs deitai dapanēs kai pollēs tēs prosodou. ᾿ Kan men philotimon e echē patera, mallon aichmalōtos ginetai, tēn atopon tautēn epiteinōn epithymian an de mikrologon, anankazetai he etera aschēmonein, hōste chrysion synagein. eis tas toiautas dapanas. ᾿Enteuthen polloi tōn neōn kai tēn hōran apedonto, kai parasitoi tois euporois egenonto, kai heteras douloprepeis hypemeinan diakonias, anti toutōn ōnoumenoi to tas toiautas epithymias plēroun. Hoti men houn kai philochrēmatos houtos estai kai mikrologos, kai peri ta anankaia pantōn argoteros, kai polla anankasthēsetai hamartanein, dēlon ek toutōn᾽ hoti de ōmos kai kenodoxos, oude touto tis anterei ōmos men, hotan penēta idōn, tǭ pothǭ tou kallōpismou mēde eōrakenai dokę̄, alla tauta men chrysǭ kallōpizē, ekeinon de hypo limou diaphtheiromenon periorą' kenodoxos de hotan kai en Tois mikrois paideuētai tēn para tōn horōntōn doxan thēran. Ou gar houtōs oimai stratēgon epi tois stratopedois kai tropaiois mega Phronein, hōs ē tous akolastous neous epi tǭ kallōpismǭ tōn hypodēmatōn, epi tois syromenois himatiois, epi TI kourą tēs kephalēs kaitoige tauta panta technitōn erga estin heterōn. Ei de epi tois allotriois ouk aphistantai kenodoxountes, pote epi tois idiois apostēsontai : ᾽ Eipō kai hetera toutōn chalepōtera, hē kai tauta hymin apochrē: Oukoun anankē katalysai ton logon entautha epei kai tauta moi eirētai dia tous philoneikous kai ouden atopon to pragma einai legontas. Kai hoida men hoti polloi tōn neōn oude prosexousi tois legomenois, methyontes hapax tǭ pathei ou mēn dia touto segēsai edei. . Hoi gar noun echontes pateres kai hygiainontes teōs, kai akontas autous eis tēn prosēkousan euschēmosynēn embibasai dynēsontai. Mē toinyn lege? ouden para touto, kai ouden par᾽ ekeino touto gar, touto panta apōlesen. Edei ho gar kai enteuthen autous paideuein, kai apo tōn dokountōn einai mikrōn semnous poiein, megalopsychous, kreittous schēmatōn houtōs autous kai en tois megalois heurēsomen dokimous. Ti gar tēs tōn stoicheiōn mathēseōs eutelesteron : All᾽ homōs apo toutōn kai bētores, kai sophistai? kai philosophoi ginontai kan tauta agnoēsōsin, oude ekeina pote eisontai. Tauta de hēmin ou pros neous monon, alla kai pros gynaikas kai koras eirētai. Kai gar kai hautai tois toioutois enklēmasin hypokeintai, kai pollǭ mallon, hosǭ parthenǭ kosmiotēs epitēdeion. Ta toinyn pros ekeinous eirēmena kai pros hymas eirēsthai nomizete, hina mē palin ta auta analabōmen. Kai gar hōra loipon euchē katakleisai ton logon. Hapantes toinyn hēmin syneuxasthe, hōste tous neous tous tēs ekklēsias malista dynēthēnai kosmiōs zēn, kai eis gēras elthein autois prepon. Hōs tous ge ouch « houtō zōntas, oude eis gēras elthein kalon tous de kai en neotēti gegērakotas euchomai kai eis polian bathytatēn elthein, kai pateras genesthai paidōn dokimōn, kai tous gegennēkotas euphranai, kai pro ge pantōn ton pepoiēkota autous theon, kai pasan exelasai noson, ou tēn en tois hypodēmasin, oude tēn en tois himatiois monon, alla kai tēn allēn hapasan. Kai gar hoion gę̄ chybsdymen toiouton esti kai neotēs ameloumenē, pollas pollachothen ekpherousa tas akanthas. ᾿Epaphōmen toinyn to pyr tou pneumatos, kai katakausōmen tas ponēras tautas epithymias, kai neōsōmen tas arouras, kai hetoimous pros tēn tou sporou poiēsōmen hypodochēn, kai tous neous tous par᾽ hēmin tōn allachou gerontōn apodeixōmen sōphronesterous. Kai gar to thaumaston touto ho estin, hotan en neotēti sōphrosynē lampē, hōs ho ge en gērą sōphronōn oude misthon an echoi polyn, akribē tēn apo tēs hēlikias asphaleian echōn. To de paradoxon, en kymasi galēnēs apolauein, kai en kaminǭ mē katakaiesthai, kai en neotēti mē aselgainein. Taut' oun ennoountes, zēlōsōmen ton makarion ekeinon ᾿Iōsēph, ton dia ' pantōn lampsanta toutōn, hina kai tōn autōn epitychōmen stephanōn autǭ hōn genoito pantas hēmas epitychein, chariti kai philanthr ōpią tou kyriou hēmōn Iēsou Christou, meth᾽ hou tǭ patri hē hē doxa ha hama tǭ haUiïǭ pneumati, nyn kai aei kai eis tous aiōnas tōn aiōnōn. ᾿Amēn.

And you laugh as you hear this; but I am moved to weep over these people’s madness and their zeal about these things. For they would more gladly soil their body with mud than those hides. Petty, then, they become in this way, and lovers of money again in another. For one accustomed to be mad and zealous about such things needs much expense and much income for garments and for everything else. And if he has a lavish father, he becomes all the more a captive, intensifying this absurd desire; but if a stingy one, he is compelled to disgrace himself in other ways, so as to gather gold for such expenses. Hence many of the young have even sold their youthful bloom, and become parasites of the wealthy, and submitted to other servile ministries, buying in return the means of satisfying such desires. That such a one, then, will be both a lover of money and petty, and slower than all men about necessary things, and will be compelled to commit many sins, is plain from this; and that he is cruel and vainglorious, no one will deny either. Cruel, when on seeing a poor man he seems, out of his longing for finery, not even to have seen him, but adorns these things with gold while he overlooks that man perishing of hunger; vainglorious, when even in small things he is trained to hunt the glory that comes from onlookers. For I do not think a general prides himself so much on his armies and his trophies as dissolute young men do on the adornment of their shoes, on their trailing garments, on the cut of their hair; and yet all these are the works of other craftsmen. But if they do not stop being vainglorious over what belongs to others, when will they stop over what is their own? Shall I speak of other things still more grievous than these, or are even these enough for you? Then I must end the discourse here; for even these things I have said because of the contentious, who say that the matter is nothing out of place. And I know that many of the young will not even attend to what is said, being once for all drunk with the passion; yet I ought not on that account to keep silent. For fathers who have sense and are still sound will be able to bring them, even against their will, to fitting decorum. Do not, then, say, “Nothing comes of this, and nothing of that”; for this, this has ruined everything. For they ought to be trained from this point too, and made dignified by the things that seem small, great-souled, superior to outward show; so we shall find them approved in great things also. For what is cheaper than learning the letters? Yet from these come orators and sophists and philosophers; and if they are ignorant of these, they will never know those either. These things have been said by us not to young men only, but also to women and girls. For they too are liable to such charges, and much more, inasmuch as modesty befits a virgin. Consider, then, what was said to those as said to you also, so that we may not take up the same things again. For it is time now to close the discourse with prayer. All of you, then, pray with us that the young men of the church especially may be able to live in decorum, and to come to an old age that befits them. For those who do not live so, it is not good even to come to old age; but those who even in youth have grown old in character, I pray, may come to a very deep gray age, and become fathers of approved children, and gladden those who begot them, and above all God who made them, and drive out every disease, not only that in shoes or in garments, but every other as well. For as untilled land is, such also is youth neglected, bringing forth many thorns from many sides. Let us, then, apply the fire of the Spirit, and burn up these wicked desires, and plough up the fields, and make them ready to receive the seed, and let us show the young men among us to be more self-controlled than the old men elsewhere. For this is the wonderful thing, when self-control shines out in youth; for one who is self-controlled in old age would not have much reward, since his age gives him complete security. But the marvel is to enjoy a calm amid waves, and not to be burned in a furnace, and not to be licentious in youth. Thinking, then, on these things, let us emulate that blessed Joseph, who shone through all these things, so that we too may attain the same crowns as he; which may we all attain, by the grace and love for mankind of our Lord Jesus Christ, with whom be glory to the Father, together with the Holy Spirit, now and always and to the ages of ages. Amen.

Chapter 50

50.1Field 2

Καὶ ἀπολύσας τοὺς ὄχλους, ἀνέβη εἰς τὸ ὄρος κατ᾽ ἰδίαν προσεύξασθαι. ᾿ΟψΨίας δὲ γενομένης» μόνος ἣν ἐκεῖ. Τὸ δὲ πλοῖον ἤδη μόσον τῆς θαλάσσης ἦν, βασανιζόμενον ὑπὸ τῶν κυμάτων ἦν γὰρ ἐναντίος ὁ ἄνεμος. Τίνος ἕνεκεν εἰς τὸ ὄρος αναβαίνει: Παιδεύων ἡμᾶς, ὅτι καλὸν ἡ ερημία καὶ ἡ μόνωσις, ὅταν ἐντυγχάνειν δέη θεῷ. Διά τοι τοῦτο συνεχῶς εἰς τὰς ἐρήμους ἄπεισι, κακεῖ διανυκτερεύει πολλάκις εὐχόμενος, παιδεύων ἡμᾶς καὶ τὴν ἀπὸ τοῦ καιροῦ καὶ τὴν ἀπὸ τοῦ τόπου θηράᾶσθαι ἐν ταῖς εὐχαῖς αταραξίαν. ᾿Ησυχίας γὰρ μήτηρ ἡ ἔρημος, καὶ γαλήνη, καὶ λιμὴν, ἁπάντων ἀπαλλάττουσα θορύβων ἡμᾶς. Αὐτὸς μὲν οὖν διὰ τοῦτο ἀνέβαινεν ἐκεῖσε᾽ οἱ δὲ μαθηταὶ κλυδωνίζονται πάλιν, καὶ χείμωνα ὑπομένουσιν οἷον καὶ πρότερον. ᾿Αλλὰ τότε μὲν ἔχοντες αὐτὸν ἐν τῷ πλοίῳ τοῦτο ἔπασχον νυνὶ δὲ καθ᾽ ἑαντοὺς ὄντες μόνοι. Καὶ γὰρ ἠρέμα καὶ κατὰ μικρὸν ἐπὶ τὰ μείζονα αὐτοὺς ἐνάγει καὶ ἐμβιβάζει, καὶ εἰς τὸ φέρειν πάντα γενναίως. Διὰ δὴ τοῦτο, ὅτε μὲν πρῶτον κινδυνεύειν ἔμελλον, παρῆν μὲν, ἐκάθευδε δὲ, ὥστε εξ ἑτοίμου δοῦναι τὴν παραμυθίαν αὐτοῖς νυνὶ δὲ ἐπι μείζονα ἄγων αὐτοὺς ὑπομονὴν, οὐδὲ τοῦτο ποιεῖ, αλλ ἄπεισι, καὶ ἐν μέση θαλάσσῃ συγχωρεῖ τον χειμῶνα διεγερθῆναι, ὡς μηδὲ προσδοκῆσαί ποθεν ἐλπίδα σωτηρίας, καὶ ὅλην τὴν νύκτα ἀφίησιν αὐτοὺς κλυδωνίζεσθαι, διεγείρων αὐτῶν, ὡς οἶμαι, πεπωρωμένην τὴν καρδίαν. Καὶ γὰρ τοιοὗτον ὁ φόβος, ὃν μετα τοῦ χειμῶνος; καὶ Ο καιρὸς ποιεῖ. Μετὰ δὲ τῆς κατανύξεως καὶ εἰς ἐπιθυμίαν μείζονα αὐτοὺς ἐνέβαλε τὴν αὐτοῦ, καὶ εἰς μνήμην διηνεκῆ. Διὰ δὴ τοῦτο οὐκ εὐθέως αὑτοῖς ἐπέστη δον τετάρτῃ γὰρ φυλακῇ, Φησὶ, τῆς νυκτὸς ἦλθε πρὸς αὐτοὺς περιπατῶν ἐπὶ τῆς θαλάσσης παιδεύων αὐτοὺς μὴ ταχέως λύσιν ἐπιζητεῖν τῶν συνεχόντων δεινῶν, αλλὰ φέρειν τὰ συμπίπτοντα γενναίως. Ὅτε γοῦν προσεδόκησαν ἀπαλλαγήσεσθαι, τότε ἐπετάθη πάλιν ὁ φόβος. Ιδόντες γὰρ αὐτὸν, φησὶν, οἱ μαθηταὶ περιπατοῦντα ἐπὶ τῆς θαλάσσης, ἐταράχθησαν, λέγοντες φαντασμα εἶναι; καὶ ἀπὸ τοῦ φόβου ἔκραξαν. Καὶ γὰρ ἀεὶ τοῦτο ποιεῖ ὅταν μέλλῃ λύειν τὰ δεινὰ, ἕτερα χαλεπώτερα ἐπάγει καὶ φοβερώτερα' ὃ δὴ καὶ τότε συνέβη. Μετὰ γὰρ τοῦ χειμῶνος καὶ ἡ ὄψις αὐτοὺς ἐθορύβησε τοῦ χειμῶ» νος οὐχ ἧττον. Διὰ τοῦτο οὐδὲ τὸ σκότος ἔλυσεν, οὐδὲ φανερὸν ἑαυτὸν εὐθέως ἐποίησεν, ἀλείφων αὐτοὺς, ὅπερ εἷπον, ἐν τῇ συνεχείᾳ τών φόβων τούτων, καὶ παιδεύων εἶναι καρτερικούς. Τοῦτο καὶ επὶ τοῦ ᾿[ὼβ ἐποίησεν δ ὅτε γὰρ ἔμελλε λύειν [τὸν φόβον καὶ) τὸν πειρασμὸν, τότε τὸ τέλος χαλεπώτερον εἴασε γενέσθαι οὐ διὰ τὸν τῶν παίδων θάνατον λέγω, καὶ τὰ ῥήματα τῆς γυναικὸς, ἀλλὰ διὰ τὰ ὀνείδη τὰ τῶν οἰκετῶν, ἢ τὰ τῶν φίλων. Καὶ ὅτε τὸν Ἰακὼβ ἐξαρπάζειν ἔμελλε τῆς ἐν τῇ ξένῃ ταλαιπωρίας, ἀφῆκε διεγερθῆναι καὶ μείζονα γενέσθαι τὸν θόρυβον. Καὶ γὰρ ἢ κηδεστὴς καταλαβὼν θάνατον ἠπείλει, καὶ μετ᾽ ᾿ἐκεῖνον ὁ ἀδελφὸς διαδέχεσθαι μέλλων, τὸν περὶ τῶν ἐσχάτων ἐπεκρέμασε κίνδυνον. ᾿Επειδὴ γὰρ οὐκ ἔνι καὶ ἐν μακρῷ χρόνῳ καὶ σῴφοδρῶ πειράζεσθαι, ὅταν μέλλωσιν ἐκβαίνειν τοὺς αγῶνας οἱ δίκαιοι, βουλόμενος αὐτοὺς πλέον κερδαίνειν, ἐπιτείνει τὰ γυμνάσια. Ὃ καὶ ἐπὶ τοῦ Αβραὰμ ἐποίησε, τὸν ἔ ἔσχατον ἄθλον τὸν τοῦ παιδὸς θείς. Οὕτω γὰρ καὶ ἃ ἔσται τὰ ἀφόρητα, ὅταν ἐπὶ θύραις ἐπάγηται ἐγγὺς ἔχοντα τὴν ἀπαλλαγήν. Τοῦτο δὴ καὶ τότε ἐποίησε, καὶ οὐ πρότερον ἀπεκάλυψεν ᾿ ἑαυτὸν ὁ Χριστος, ἕως ὅτε ἔκραξαν. Ὅσῳ γὰρ ἐπετείνετο τὰ τῆς ἀγωνίας, τοσούτῳ μᾶλλον ἠσμένιζον αὐτοῦ τὴν παρουσίαν. Εἶτα, ἐπειδὴ ἐβοησαν, φησὶν, εὐθέως ἐλάλησεν αὐτοῖς ὁ Ἰησοῦς λέγων θαρσεῖτε, ἐγώ εἰμι᾿ μὴ φοβεῖσθε. Τοῦτο τὸ ῥῆμα τὸν φόβον ἔλυσε, καὶ θαῤῥῆσαι παρεσκεύασεν. Ἐπειδὴ γαρ ἀπὸ τῆς ὄψεως αὐτὸν οὐκ ἐγίνωσκον, καὶ διὰ τὸ παράδοξον τῆς βαδίσεως καὶ διὰ τὸν καιρὸν, ἀπὸ τῆς φωνῆς δηλον ἑαυτὸν ποιεῖ. Τί οὖν ὁ Πέτρος; ὁ πανταχοῦ θερμὸς καὶ αεὶ τῶν ἄλλων προπηδῶν; Κύριε, εἰ σὺ εἷ, φησὶ, κέλευσόν με πρὸς σὲ ἐλθεῖν ἐπὶ τὰ ὕδατα. Οὐκ εἶπεν, εὐξαι καὶ παρακάλεσον, ἀλλά, κέλευσον. Εἶδες πόση ἡ θερμότης ; πόση ἡ πίστις: Καίτοιγε ἐκ τούτον πολλαχοῦ κινδυνεύει, ἐκ τοῦ πέρα τοῦ μέτρου ζητεῖν. Καὶ γὰρ καὶ ἐνταῦθα πολὺ μέγα ἐζήτησε, δι᾽ ἀγάπην μόνον, οὐ δι ἐπίδειξιν. Οὐδὲ γὰρ εἶπε, κάλευσόν με βαδίσαι ἐπὶ τὰ ὕδατα' αλλὰ τί: κελσυσον μὲ ἄλθεῖιν πρὸς σε. Οὐδεὶς γαρ οὕτως ἐφίλει τὸν ᾿ἰησοῦν. Τοῦτο καὶ μετὰ τὴν ἀνάστασιν ἐποίησεν· οὐκ ἠνέσχετο μετὰ τῶν ἄλλων ἐλθεῖν, ἀλλὰ προεπήδησεν. Οὐ τὴν ἀγάπην δὲ μόνον, ἀλλὰ καὶ τὴν πίστιν ἐπιδείκνυται, Οὐ γὰρ μόνον ἐπίστευσεν, ὅτι αὐτὸς δύναται περιπατεῖν ἐπὶ τῆς θαλάσσης, αλλ᾽ ὅτι καὶ ἑτέρους ἐναγειν᾽ καὶ ἐπιθυμεῖ ταχέως ἐγγὺς αὐτοῦ γενέσθαι. Ὁ δὲ εἷπεν, ελθε. Καὶ καταβὰς απὸ τοῦ πλοίου ὁ Πέτρος, περιεπάτησεν ἐπὶ τὰ ὕδατα, καὶ ἤλθε πρὸς τὸν ἰησοῦν. Βλέπων δὲ τὸν ἄνεμον ἰσχυρὸν, ἐφοβήθη, καὶ ἀρξάμενος καταποντίζεσθαι, ἔκραξε λέγων κύριε, σῶσόν με. Εὐθέως δὲ ὁ [ησοῦς εκτείνας τὴν χεῖρα ἐπελάβετο αὐτοῦ, καὶ λέγει αὐτῷ᾽ ὀλιγόπιστε, εἰς τί ἐδίστασας: Τοῦτο τοῦ προτέρου παραδοξότερον. Διὰ τοῦτο μετ᾽ ἐκεῖνο τοῦτο γίνεται. Ὅτε γὰρ ἔδειξεν, ὅτι κρατεῖ τῆς θαλάσσης, τότε καὶ ἐπὶ τὸ θαυμαστότερον ἀξάγει τὸ σημεῖον. Τότε μὲν γὰρ τοῖς ἀνέμοις ἀπετίμησα μόνον᾽ νυνὶ δὲ καὶ αὐτὸς βαδίζει, καὶ ἑτέρῳ παραχωρεῖ τοῦτο ποιεῖν᾽ ὅπερ εἰ παρὰ τὴν ἀρχὴν γενέσθαι ᾿ἐκέλευσε, οὐκ ἂν ὁμοίως κατεδέξατο ὁ Πέτρος, διὰ τὸ μηδέπω τοσαύτην κεκτῆσθαι πίστιν.

Kai apolysas tous ochlous, anebē eis to oros kat᾽ idian proseuxasthai. ᾿OpsPsias de genomenēs» monos hēn ekei. To de ploion ēdē moson tēs thalassēs ēn, basanizomenon hypo tōn kymatōn ēn gar enantios ho anemos. Tinos heneken eis to oros anabainei: Paideuōn hēmas, hoti kalon hē erēmia kai hē monōsis, hotan entynchanein deē theǭ. Dia toi touto synechōs eis tas erēmous apeisi, kakei dianyktereuei pollakis euchomenos, paideuōn hēmas kai tēn apo tou kairou kai tēn apo tou topou thēraasthai en tais euchais ataraxian. ᾿Ēsychias gar mētēr hē erēmos, kai galēnē, kai limēn, hapantōn apallattousa thorybōn hēmas. Autos men oun dia touto anebainen ekeise᾽ hoi de mathētai klydōnizontai palin, kai cheimōna hypomenousin hoion kai proteron. ᾿Alla tote men echontes auton en tǭ ploiǭ touto epaschon nyni de kath᾽ heantous ontes monoi. Kai gar ērema kai kata mikron epi ta meizona autous enagei kai embibazei, kai eis to pherein panta gennaiōs. Dia dē touto, hote men prōton kindyneuein emellon, parēn men, ekatheude de, hōste ex hetoimou dounai tēn paramythian autois nyni de epi meizona agōn autous hypomonēn, oude touto poiei, all apeisi, kai en mesē thalassę̄ synchōrei ton cheimōna diegerthēnai, hōs mēde prosdokēsai pothen elpida sōtērias, kai holēn tēn nykta aphiēsin autous klydōnizesthai, diegeirōn autōn, hōs oimai, pepōrōmenēn tēn kardian. Kai gar toiouton ho phobos, hon meta tou cheimōnos? kai O kairos poiei. Meta de tēs katanyxeōs kai eis epithymian meizona autous enebale tēn autou, kai eis mnēmēn diēnekē. Dia dē touto ouk eutheōs hautois epestē don tetartę̄ gar phylakę̄, Phēsi, tēs nyktos ēlthe pros autous peripatōn epi tēs thalassēs paideuōn autous mē tacheōs lysin epizētein tōn synechontōn deinōn, alla pherein ta sympiptonta gennaiōs. Hote goun prosedokēsan apallagēsesthai, tote epetathē palin ho phobos. Idontes gar auton, phēsin, hoi mathētai peripatounta epi tēs thalassēs, etarachthēsan, legontes phantasma einai? kai apo tou phobou ekraxan. Kai gar aei touto poiei hotan mellę̄ lyein ta deina, hetera chalepōtera epagei kai phoberōtera' ho dē kai tote synebē. Meta gar tou cheimōnos kai hē opsis autous ethorybēse tou cheimō» nos ouch hētton. Dia touto oude to skotos elysen, oude phaneron heauton eutheōs epoiēsen, aleiphōn autous, hoper heipon, en tę̄ synecheią tōn phobōn toutōn, kai paideuōn einai karterikous. Touto kai epi tou ᾿[ōb epoiēsen d hote gar emelle lyein [ton phobon kai) ton peirasmon, tote to telos chalepōteron eiase genesthai ou dia ton tōn paidōn thanaton legō, kai ta rhēmata tēs gynaikos, alla dia ta oneidē ta tōn oiketōn, ē ta tōn philōn. Kai hote ton Iakōb exarpazein emelle tēs en tę̄ xenę̄ talaipōrias, aphēke diegerthēnai kai meizona genesthai ton thorybon. Kai gar ē kēdestēs katalabōn thanaton ēpeilei, kai met᾽ ᾿ekeinon ho adelphos diadechesthai mellōn, ton peri tōn eschatōn epekremase kindynon. ᾿Epeidē gar ouk eni kai en makrǭ chronǭ kai sǭphodrō peirazesthai, hotan mellōsin ekbainein tous agōnas hoi dikaioi, boulomenos autous pleon kerdainein, epiteinei ta gymnasia. Ho kai epi tou Abraam epoiēse, ton e eschaton athlon ton tou paidos theis. Houtō gar kai ha estai ta aphorēta, hotan epi thyrais epagētai engys echonta tēn apallagēn. Touto dē kai tote epoiēse, kai ou proteron apekalypsen ᾿ heauton ho Christos, heōs hote ekraxan. Hosǭ gar epeteineto ta tēs agōnias, tosoutǭ mallon ēsmenizon autou tēn parousian. Eita, epeidē eboēsan, phēsin, eutheōs elalēsen autois ho Iēsous legōn tharseite, egō eimi᾿ mē phobeisthe. Touto to rhēma ton phobon elyse, kai tharrhēsai pareskeuasen. Epeidē gar apo tēs opseōs auton ouk eginōskon, kai dia to paradoxon tēs badiseōs kai dia ton kairon, apo tēs phōnēs dēlon heauton poiei. Ti oun ho Petros? ho pantachou thermos kai aei tōn allōn propēdōn? Kyrie, ei sy hei, phēsi, keleuson me pros se elthein epi ta hydata. Ouk eipen, euxai kai parakaleson, alla, keleuson. Eides posē hē thermotēs ? posē hē pistis: Kaitoige ek touton pollachou kindyneuei, ek tou pera tou metrou zētein. Kai gar kai entautha poly mega ezētēse, di᾽ agapēn monon, ou di epideixin. Oude gar eipe, kaleuson me badisai epi ta hydata' alla ti: kelsyson me altheiin pros se. Oudeis gar houtōs ephilei ton ᾿iēsoun. Touto kai meta tēn anastasin epoiēsen; ouk ēnescheto meta tōn allōn elthein, alla proepēdēsen. Ou tēn agapēn de monon, alla kai tēn pistin epideiknytai, Ou gar monon episteusen, hoti autos dynatai peripatein epi tēs thalassēs, all᾽ hoti kai heterous enagein᾽ kai epithymei tacheōs engys autou genesthai. Ho de heipen, elthe. Kai katabas apo tou ploiou ho Petros, periepatēsen epi ta hydata, kai ēlthe pros ton iēsoun. Blepōn de ton anemon ischyron, ephobēthē, kai arxamenos katapontizesthai, ekraxe legōn kyrie, sōson me. Eutheōs de ho [ēsous ekteinas tēn cheira epelabeto autou, kai legei autǭ᾽ oligopiste, eis ti edistasas: Touto tou proterou paradoxoteron. Dia touto met᾽ ekeino touto ginetai. Hote gar edeixen, hoti kratei tēs thalassēs, tote kai epi to thaumastoteron axagei to sēmeion. Tote men gar tois anemois apetimēsa monon᾽ nyni de kai autos badizei, kai heterǭ parachōrei touto poiein᾽ hoper ei para tēn archēn genesthai ᾿ekeleuse, ouk an homoiōs katedexato ho Petros, dia to mēdepō tosautēn kektēsthai pistin.

“And having sent the crowds away, he went up on the mountain by himself to pray. And when evening came, he was there alone. But the boat was already in the middle of the sea, tormented by the waves; for the wind was against them.” Why does he go up on the mountain? Teaching us that the desert and solitude are good when we must converse with God. That is why he constantly goes off into deserted places, and there often spends the whole night in prayer, teaching us to seek in our prayers the undisturbed quiet that comes both from the time and from the place. For the desert is the mother of stillness, and a calm, and a harbor, freeing us from all tumults. He, then, went up there for this reason; but the disciples are buffeted by the waves again, and endure a storm like the earlier one. But then they suffered this having him in the boat; now they are by themselves, alone. For gently and little by little he leads them on to greater things and trains them to bear all things nobly. That is why, when they were first about to be in danger, he was present, though asleep, so as to give them comfort readily; but now, leading them on to greater endurance, he does not even do this, but goes away, and lets the storm be roused in the middle of the sea, so that they might not expect hope of safety from anywhere; and he leaves them buffeted the whole night, rousing, as I think, their hardened heart. For such is the fear which the storm and the hour together produce. And along with compunction he cast them into a greater longing for himself and into continual remembrance of him. That is why he did not come to them at once; “for in the fourth watch of the night,” it says, “he came to them walking on the sea,” teaching them not to seek quickly a release from the dangers that press on them, but to bear nobly what befalls them. At any rate, just when they expected to be delivered, their fear was heightened again. “For when the disciples saw him,” it says, “walking on the sea, they were troubled, saying, ‘It is a ghost’; and they cried out for fear.” For he always does this: when he is about to end dangers, he brings on others harder and more fearful; which is what happened then too. For besides the storm, the sight also troubled them no less than the storm. That is why he neither dispelled the darkness nor made himself plain at once, anointing them, as I said, by the continuance of these terrors, and training them to be steadfast. This he did also with Job: for when he was about to end [the fear and] the trial, he then let the end become harder—I mean not because of the death of his children and the words of his wife, but because of the reproaches of his servants and those of his friends. And when he was about to snatch Jacob from his hardships in a foreign land, he let the turmoil be stirred up and grow greater. For his father-in-law overtook him and threatened death, and after him his brother, coming next, hung over him the danger of the utmost extremity. For since it is not possible to be tried both for a long time and severely, when the righteous are about to come out of their contests, he, wishing them to gain more, intensifies the exercises. This he did with Abraham too, setting as the last contest that of his son. For so even unbearable things will be bearable, when they are brought on at the very door, with deliverance close at hand. This, then, he did on that occasion too, and Christ did not reveal himself before they cried out. For the more their agony was intensified, the more gladly they welcomed his presence. Then, when they cried out, it says, “Jesus at once spoke to them, saying, ‘Take heart; it is I; do not be afraid.’” This word dissolved their fear and made them take courage. For since they did not recognize him by sight, both because of the strangeness of his walking and because of the hour, he makes himself known by his voice. What then does Peter do, he who is everywhere fervent and always leaps ahead of the others? “Lord, if it is you,” he says, “command me to come to you on the waters.” He did not say, “Pray and entreat,” but, “Command.” Do you see how great his fervor is? How great his faith? And yet from this he often runs into danger, from seeking what is beyond his measure. For here too he sought something very great, from love alone, not for display. For he did not say, “Command me to walk on the waters,” but what? “Command me to come to you.” For no one loved Jesus so much. This he did after the resurrection too: he could not bear to come with the others, but leapt ahead. And he shows not only his love but also his faith. For he believed not only that Jesus himself can walk on the sea, but that he can also lead others on it; and he longs to be near him quickly. “And he said, ‘Come.’ And Peter got down out of the boat and walked on the waters and came to Jesus. But seeing the wind strong, he was afraid, and beginning to sink he cried out, saying, ‘Lord, save me.’ And Jesus at once stretched out his hand and caught hold of him, and says to him, ‘You of little faith, why did you doubt?’” This is more wondrous than the former. That is why it comes after that. For when he had shown that he rules the sea, he then advances the sign to something more marvellous. For then he only rebuked the winds; but now he both walks himself and grants to another to do this; which, had he bidden it at the beginning, Peter would not have accepted in the same way, because he did not yet possess so much faith.

50.2Field 2

Τίνος οὖν ἕνεκεν ὁ Χριστὸς ἐπέτρεψε; Καὶ γὰρ εἰ εἶπεν. οὐ δύνασαι, πάλιν θερμὸς ὧν ἀντεῖπεν ἄν. Διὰ τοῦτο ἀπὸ τῶν πραγμάτων αὐτὸν πείθει, ἵνα εἰς τὸ μέλλον σωβφονῦοι ᾿Αλλ᾽ οὐδὲ οὕτως ἀνάχεται. Καταβὰς τοίνυν κλυὠνίζεται' ἐφοβήθη γάρ. Καὶ τοῦτο τὸ κλυδωνιον ἐποίησε τὸν δὲ φόβον ὁ ὁ ἄνεμος εἰργάσατο. Ὁ δὲ ᾿Ιωάννης φησὶν, ὅτι ἤθελον λαβεῖν αὐτὸν εἰς τὸ πλοῖον, καὶ εὐθέως τὸ πλοῖον ἐγένετο ᾿ εἰς τὴν γῆν, εἰς ἣν ὑπῆγον τὸ αὐτὸ δὴ τοῦτο δηλῶν. Ὥστε μελλόντων αὐτῶν πρὸς τῇ γῇ γίνεσθαι, ἐπέβη Τὸν πλοίου. Καταβὰς τοίνυν ἀπὸ τοῦ πλοίου, πρὸς αὐτὸν ἤει, οὐχ οὕτω τῷ περιπατεῖν ἐπὶ τῶν ὑδάτων, ὡς τῷ πρὸς αὐτὸν ἔρχεσθαι χαίρων. Καὶ τοῦ μείζονος περυγενόμενος, ἀπὸ τοῦ ἐλάττονος ἔμελλε πάσχειν κακώς, τῆς τοῦ ἀνέμου λέγω ῥύμης, οὐ τῆς θαλάττης. Τοιοῦτον γὰρ ἢ ἀνθρωπίνη φύσις πολλάκις τὰ μεγάλα κατορθοῦσα, ἐν τοῖς ἐλάττοσιν ἐλέγχεται οἷον ὁ ᾿Ηλίας ἐπὶ τῆς Ἰεζαβελ ἔπαθεν᾽ οἷον ὁ Μωυσῆς ἐπὶ τοῦ Αὐγυπτίον οἷον ὁ Δαυὶϊὸδ ἐπὶ τῆς Βηρσαβεέ. Οὕτω δὴ καὶ οὗτος ἔτι τοῦ φόβου ἐνακμάζοντος ἐπιβῆναι τῶν ὑδάτων ἐθάῤῥησε, πρὸς δὲ τὴν τοῦ ἀνέμου ἐμβολὴν οὐκέτι ἠδυνήθη στῆναι, καὶ ταῦτα ἐγγὺς ὧν τοῦ Χριστοῦ. Οὕτως οὐδὲν ὠφελεῖ ἐγγὺς εἶναι τοῦ Χριστοὺ, μὴ πίστει ὄντα ἐγγύς. Τοῦτο δὲ καὶ τὸ μέσον ἐδείκνυ τοῦ διδασκάλου καὶ τοῦ μαθητοῦ, καὶ τοὺς ἄλλους παρεμυθεῖτο. Εἰ γὰρ ἐπὶ τῶν δύο ἀδελφῶν ἡ ἡ γανάκτησαν, πολλῷ μᾶλλον ἐνταὺυθα: οὕπω γὰρ ἤσαν πνεύματος ἠξιωμένοι. Μετὰ δὲ ταῦτα οὐ τοιοῦτοι. Πανταχοῦ γοῦν τῶν πρωτείων παραχωροῦσι τῷ Πέτρῳ, καὶ ἐν ταῖς δημηγορίαις αὐτὸν προβάλλονται, καίτοιγε ἀγροικότερον τῶν ἄλλων διακείμενον. Καὶ διατί οὐκ ἐπέταξε τοῖς ἀνέμοις παύσασθαι, ἀλλ᾽ αὐτὸς ἐκτείνας τὴν χεῖρα ἐπελάβετο αὐτοῦ! Ὅτι τῆς ἐκείνου πίστεως ἔδει. Ὅταν γὰρ τὰ παρ᾽ ἡμῶν ἐλλιμπάνῃ, καὶ τὰ παρὰ τοῦ θεοῦ ἴσταται. Δεικνὺς τοίνυν ὅτι οὐχ ἡ τοῦ ἀνέμου ἐμβολὴ, αλλ᾽ ἡ ἐκείνου ὀλιγοπιστία τὴν περιτροπὴν εἰργάσατο, φησίν ἐ εἰς τί ἐδίστασας, ὀλεγόπιστε Ἢ Ὥστε εἰ μὴ ἡ πίστις ἠσθένησε, καὶ πρὸς τὸν ἄνεμον ἂν ἔστη ῥᾳδίως. Διά τοι τοῦτο καὶ ἐπιλαβόμενος αὐτοῦ, τὸν ἄνεμον ἐᾷ πνεῖν, δηλῶν ὅτι οὐδὲν ἐκεῖνος παραβλάπτει, ὅ ὅταν ἡ πίστις ἣ πεπηγνία. Καὶ καθάπερ νεοττὸν πρὸ καιροῦ τῆς καλιᾶς ἐξελθόντα καὶ μέλλοντα καταπίπτειν, ἢ μήτηρ ταῖς πτέρυξι διαβαστάσασα πάλιν ἐπὶ τὴν καλιὰν ἄγει, οὕτω καὶ ὁ Χριστὸς ἐποίησε. Καὶ ἐπιβάντων αὐτῶν τοῦ πλοίου, τότε ἐπαύσατο ὁ ἄνεμος. Πρὸ τούτου μὲν ἔλεγον ποταπός ἐστιν ὁ ἄνθρωπος οὗτος, ὅτι καὶ οἱ ἄνεμοι καὶ ἡ θάλασσα ὑπακούουσιν αὐτῷ; νυνὶ δὲ οὐχ οὕτως. ᾿Οἱ γὰρ ἐν τῷ πλοίῳ, φησὶν, ἐλθόντες προσεκύνησαν αὐτῷ, λέγοντες ἀληθῶς θεοῦ υἱὸς εἶ. Ὁρᾷς πὼς κατὰ μικρὸν ἐπὶ τὸ ὑψηλότερον ἅπαντ ας ἦγες Καὶ γὰρ ἀπὸ τοῦ βαδίσαι ἐν τῇ θαλάσσῃ, καὶ ἀπὸ τοῦ ἑτέρῳ κελεῦσαι τοῦτο ποιῆσαι, καὶ κινδυνεύοντα διασῶσαι, πολλὴ λοιπὸν ἡ πίστις ἦν. Τότε μὲν γὰρ ἐπετίμησε τῇ θαλάσση;, νυνὶ δὲ οὐκ ἐπιτιμᾷ, ἑτέρως τὴν δύναμιν. αὐτοῦ δεικνὺς μειζόνως. Διὸ καὶ ἔλεγον ἀληθώς θεοῦ νυἱὸς εἶ. Τί οὗν: ἐπετίμησε τοῦτο εἰρηκόσι: Τοὐναντίον μὲν οὖν ἅπαν, καὶ ἐβεβαίωσε τὸ λεχθὲν, μετὰ μείζονος ἐξουσίας θεραπεύων τοὺς προσιόντας, καὶ οὐχ ὡς ἔμπροσθεν. Καὶ διαπεράσαντες, φησὶν, ἦλθον εἰς τὴν γῆν Γεννησαρέτ. Καὶ ἐπιγνόντες αὐτὸν οἱ ἄνδρες τοῦ τόπου ἐκείνου, ἀπέστειλαν εἰς ὅλην τὴν περίχωρον ἐκείνην, καὶ προσήνεγκαν αὐτῷ πάντας τοὺς κακῶς ἔχοντας, καὶ παρεκάλουν ἵνα ἅψωνται τοὺ κρασπέδου τοῦ ἱματίου αὐτοῦ καὶ ὅσοι ἥψαντο ἐσώθησαν. Οὐδὲ γὰρ ὁμοίως ὡς πρότερον προσήεσαν, εἰς τὰς οἰκίας αὐτὸν ἕλκοντες, καὶ χειρὸς ἀφὴν ἐπιζητοῦντες, καὶ ᾿προστάγματα διὰ ῥημάτων' ἀλλ᾽ ὑψηλότερον πολλῷ καὶ φιλοσοφώτερον, καὶ μετὰ πλείονος τῆς πίστεως τὴν θεραπείαν ἐπεσπῶντο. Ἡ γὰρ αἱμοῤῥοοῦσα ἅπαντας ἐδίδαξε φιλοσοφεῖν. Δεικνὺς δὲ ὁ εὐαγγελιστὴς, ὅτι καὶ ὃ διὰ πολλοῦ χρόνου τοῖς μέρεσιν ἐπέβη, φησὶν, ὅτι ἐπιγνόντες οἱ ἄνδρες τοῦ τόπου ἀπέστειλαν εἰς τὴν περίχωρον, καὶ προσήνεγκαν αὐτῷ τοὺς κακῶς εἔχοντας. ἀλλ ὅμως ὁ χρονος οὗ μονον οὐκ ἐξέλυσε τὴν πίστιν, αλλα καὶ μείζονα εἰργάσατο, καὶ ἀκμάζουσαν διετήρησεν. Ἁψώμεθα τοίνυν καὶ ἡμεῖς τοῦ κρασπέδου τοῦ ἱματίου αὐτου μᾶλλον δὲ, εαν θέλωμεν, ὅλον αὐτὸν εχομεν. Καὶ γὰρ καὶ τὸ σῶμα αὐτοῦ πρόκειται νὺν ἡμιν᾽ οὐ τὸ ἱματιον μόνον, ἀλλὰ καὶ τὸ σῶμα' οὐχ ὥστε ἅψασθαι μόνον, αλλ ὥστε καὶ φαγεῖν καὶ ἐμφορηθῆναι. Προσερχωμεθα τοίνυν μετὰ πίστεως, ἕκαστος ἀσθένειαν ἔχων. Εἰ γὰρ οἱ τοῦ κρασπέδου τοῦ ἱματίου αὐτοῦ ἁψάμενοι τοσαύτην εἵλκυσαν δύναμιν, ᾿ πόσῳ μᾶλλον οἱ ὅλον αὑτὸν κατέχοντες; Τὸ δὲ προσελθεῖν μετὰ πίστεως οὐ τὸ λαβεῖν ἐστι μόνον τὸ προκείμενον, ἀλλὰ καὶ τὸ μετὰ καθαρᾶς καρδίας ἅψασθαι, τὸ οὕτω διακεῖσθαι, ὡς αὐτῷ προσιόντας τῷ Χριστῷ. Τί γαρ, εἰ μὴ φωνὴς ἀκούεις: Αλλ ορᾷς αὐτὸν κείμενον' μᾶλλον δὲ καὶ ᾿φωνῆς ἀκούεις, φθεγγομένον αὐτοῦ διὰ τῶν εὐαγγελιστῶν.

Tinos oun heneken ho Christos epetrepse? Kai gar ei eipen. ou dynasai, palin thermos hōn anteipen an. Dia touto apo tōn pragmatōn auton peithei, hina eis to mellon sōbphonyoi ᾿All᾽ oude houtōs anachetai. Katabas toinyn klyōnizetai' ephobēthē gar. Kai touto to klydōnion epoiēse ton de phobon ho ho anemos eirgasato. Ho de ᾿Iōannēs phēsin, hoti ēthelon labein auton eis to ploion, kai eutheōs to ploion egeneto ᾿ eis tēn gēn, eis hēn hypēgon to auto dē touto dēlōn. Hōste mellontōn autōn pros tę̄ gę̄ ginesthai, epebē Ton ploiou. Katabas toinyn apo tou ploiou, pros auton ēei, ouch houtō tǭ peripatein epi tōn hydatōn, hōs tǭ pros auton erchesthai chairōn. Kai tou meizonos perygenomenos, apo tou elattonos emelle paschein kakōs, tēs tou anemou legō rhymēs, ou tēs thalattēs. Toiouton gar ē anthrōpinē physis pollakis ta megala katorthousa, en tois elattosin elenchetai hoion ho ᾿Ēlias epi tēs Iezabel epathen᾽ hoion ho Mōysēs epi tou Augyption hoion ho Dauiïod epi tēs Bērsabee. Houtō dē kai houtos eti tou phobou enakmazontos epibēnai tōn hydatōn etharrhēse, pros de tēn tou anemou embolēn ouketi ēdynēthē stēnai, kai tauta engys hōn tou Christou. Houtōs ouden ōphelei engys einai tou Christou, mē pistei onta engys. Touto de kai to meson edeikny tou didaskalou kai tou mathētou, kai tous allous paremytheito. Ei gar epi tōn dyo adelphōn hē hē ganaktēsan, pollǭ mallon entauytha: houpō gar ēsan pneumatos ēxiōmenoi. Meta de tauta ou toioutoi. Pantachou goun tōn prōteiōn parachōrousi tǭ Petrǭ, kai en tais dēmēgoriais auton proballontai, kaitoige agroikoteron tōn allōn diakeimenon. Kai diati ouk epetaxe tois anemois pausasthai, all᾽ autos ekteinas tēn cheira epelabeto autou! Hoti tēs ekeinou pisteōs edei. Hotan gar ta par᾽ hēmōn ellimpanę̄, kai ta para tou theou istatai. Deiknys toinyn hoti ouch hē tou anemou embolē, all᾽ hē ekeinou oligopistia tēn peritropēn eirgasato, phēsin e eis ti edistasas, olegopiste Ē Hōste ei mē hē pistis ēsthenēse, kai pros ton anemon an estē rhądiōs. Dia toi touto kai epilabomenos autou, ton anemon eą pnein, dēlōn hoti ouden ekeinos parablaptei, ho hotan hē pistis hē pepēgnia. Kai kathaper neotton pro kairou tēs kalias exelthonta kai mellonta katapiptein, ē mētēr tais pteryxi diabastasasa palin epi tēn kalian agei, houtō kai ho Christos epoiēse. Kai epibantōn autōn tou ploiou, tote epausato ho anemos. Pro toutou men elegon potapos estin ho anthrōpos houtos, hoti kai hoi anemoi kai hē thalassa hypakouousin autǭ? nyni de ouch houtōs. ᾿Hoi gar en tǭ ploiǭ, phēsin, elthontes prosekynēsan autǭ, legontes alēthōs theou huios ei. Horąs pōs kata mikron epi to hypsēloteron hapant as ēges Kai gar apo tou badisai en tę̄ thalassę̄, kai apo tou heterǭ keleusai touto poiēsai, kai kindyneuonta diasōsai, pollē loipon hē pistis ēn. Tote men gar epetimēse tę̄ thalassē?, nyni de ouk epitimą, heterōs tēn dynamin. autou deiknys meizonōs. Dio kai elegon alēthōs theou nuios ei. Ti houn: epetimēse touto eirēkosi: Tounantion men oun hapan, kai ebebaiōse to lechthen, meta meizonos exousias therapeuōn tous prosiontas, kai ouch hōs emprosthen. Kai diaperasantes, phēsin, ēlthon eis tēn gēn Gennēsaret. Kai epignontes auton hoi andres tou topou ekeinou, apesteilan eis holēn tēn perichōron ekeinēn, kai prosēnenkan autǭ pantas tous kakōs echontas, kai parekaloun hina hapsōntai tou kraspedou tou himatiou autou kai hosoi hēpsanto esōthēsan. Oude gar homoiōs hōs proteron prosēesan, eis tas oikias auton helkontes, kai cheiros aphēn epizētountes, kai ᾿prostagmata dia rhēmatōn' all᾽ hypsēloteron pollǭ kai philosophōteron, kai meta pleionos tēs pisteōs tēn therapeian epespōnto. Hē gar haimorrhoousa hapantas edidaxe philosophein. Deiknys de ho euangelistēs, hoti kai ho dia pollou chronou tois meresin epebē, phēsin, hoti epignontes hoi andres tou topou apesteilan eis tēn perichōron, kai prosēnenkan autǭ tous kakōs eechontas. all homōs ho chronos hou monon ouk exelyse tēn pistin, alla kai meizona eirgasato, kai akmazousan dietērēsen. Hapsōmetha toinyn kai hēmeis tou kraspedou tou himatiou autou mallon de, ean thelōmen, holon auton echomen. Kai gar kai to sōma autou prokeitai nyn hēmin᾽ ou to himation monon, alla kai to sōma' ouch hōste hapsasthai monon, all hōste kai phagein kai emphorēthēnai. Proserchōmetha toinyn meta pisteōs, hekastos astheneian echōn. Ei gar hoi tou kraspedou tou himatiou autou hapsamenoi tosautēn heilkysan dynamin, ᾿ posǭ mallon hoi holon hauton katechontes? To de proselthein meta pisteōs ou to labein esti monon to prokeimenon, alla kai to meta katharas kardias hapsasthai, to houtō diakeisthai, hōs autǭ prosiontas tǭ Christǭ. Ti gar, ei mē phōnēs akoueis: All orąs auton keimenon' mallon de kai ᾿phōnēs akoueis, phthengomenon autou dia tōn euangelistōn.

Why, then, did Christ permit him? For if he had said, “You cannot,” Peter, being fervent, would have contradicted him again. That is why he convinces him by the facts, so that for the future he may be sober. But not even so does he hold out. Having come down, then, he is tossed about; for he was afraid. And the surge caused this, but the wind produced the fear. But John says that they wanted to take him into the boat, and immediately the boat was at the land to which they were going, showing this very thing; so that when they were about to reach the land, he went up into the boat. Having come down from the boat, then, Peter went toward him, rejoicing not so much in walking on the waters as in coming to him. And having prevailed over the greater, he was about to suffer harm from the lesser, from the force of the wind, I mean, not of the sea. For such is human nature: often achieving great things, it is put to shame in lesser ones; as Elijah suffered over Jezebel, as Moses over the Egyptian, as David over Bathsheba. So too this man: while his fear was still at its height he dared to step on the waters, but against the onset of the wind he could no longer stand, and that though he was near Christ. So nothing is gained by being near Christ, if one is not near him by faith. And this showed also the difference between the teacher and the disciple, and it consoled the others. For if they were indignant over the two brothers, much more would they have been here; for they had not yet been granted the Spirit. But afterward they were not such. At any rate, everywhere they yield the first place to Peter, and in the public speeches they put him forward, although he was more unlettered than the others. And why did he not command the winds to cease, but himself stretched out his hand and caught hold of him? Because his faith was needed. For when our part fails, God’s part also stops. Showing, then, that it was not the onset of the wind but that man’s little faith which caused his overturning, he says, “Why did you doubt, you of little faith?” So that, had his faith not grown weak, he would easily have stood even against the wind. That is why, even after catching hold of him, he lets the wind blow, showing that it does no harm when faith is firmly fixed. And as when a nestling has left the nest before its time and is about to fall, its mother carries it on her wings and brings it back to the nest, so too Christ did. “And when they had got into the boat, then the wind ceased.” Before this they said, “What sort of man is this, that even the winds and the sea obey him?” But now not so. “For those in the boat,” it says, “came and worshiped him, saying, ‘Truly you are the Son of God.’” Do you see how little by little he was leading them all to what is higher? For from his walking on the sea, and from his bidding another do this, and from his saving him when in danger, their faith was now great. For then he rebuked the sea, but now he does not rebuke it, showing his power in another and a greater way. That is why they also said, “Truly you are the Son of God.” What then? Did he rebuke them for saying this? Quite the contrary: he even confirmed what was said, healing those who came to him with greater authority, and not as before. “And when they had crossed over,” it says, “they came to the land of Gennesaret. And when the men of that place recognized him, they sent into all that surrounding region, and brought to him all who were sick, and begged him that they might only touch the fringe of his garment; and as many as touched it were made well.” For they did not come to him as before, drawing him into their houses and seeking the touch of his hand and commands given by words; but in a far loftier and more spiritual manner, and with greater faith, they drew down healing. For the woman with the flow of blood had taught them all this wisdom. And the evangelist, showing that he had come to those parts after a long time, says that the men of the place, recognizing him, sent into the surrounding region and brought to him those who were sick. But nevertheless the time not only did not weaken their faith, but even made it greater and kept it in its prime. Let us too, then, touch the fringe of his garment; or rather, if we wish, we have him whole. For indeed his body too is set before us now; not his garment only, but his body: not only to touch, but also to eat and to be filled. Let us, then, approach with faith, each of us having some infirmity. For if those who touched the fringe of his garment drew out so much power, how much more those who hold him whole? But to approach with faith is not only to receive what is set before us, but also to touch it with a pure heart, to be so disposed as approaching Christ himself. For what if you do not hear a voice? Yet you see him lying there; or rather you hear his voice also, as he speaks through the evangelists.

50.3Field 2

Πιστεύσατε τοίνυν, ὅτι καὶ νῦν ἐκεῖνο τὸ δεῖπνόν ἐστιν, ἐν ᾧ καὶ αὑτὸς ἀνέκειτο. Οὐδὲν γὰρ ἐκεῖνο τούτου διενήνοχεν. Οὐδὲ γαρ τοῦτο μεν ἄνθρωπος ἐργάζεται, ἐκεῖνο δὲ αὐτὸς, ἀλλὰ καὶ τοῦτο κακεῖνο αὐτός. Ὅταν τοίνυν ἴδῃς τὸν ἱερέα ἐπιδιδόντα σοι, μὴ τὸν ἱερέα νόμιζε τὸν τοῦτο ποιοῦντα, ἀλλὰ τὴν τοῦ Χριστοῦ χεῖρα εἶναι τὴν ἐκτεινομένην. ὥσπερ γαρ ὅταν βαπτίζῃ οὐκ αὑτὸς σε βαπτίζει, αλλ ὁ θεὸς ἐστιν ὁ κατέχων σον τὴν κεφαλὴν ἀοράτῳ δυνάμει, καὶ οὔτε ἄγγελος, οὔτε ἀρχάγγελος, οὔτε ἄλλος τις τολμᾷ προσελθεῖν καὶ ἁψασθαι οὕτω καὶ νῦν. Ὅταν γαρ ὁ θεὸς γεννᾷ, αὐτοῦ μόνου ἐστὶν ἢ δωρεα. Οὐχ ορᾳς τοὺς υἱοποιουμένους ἐνταῦθα, πῶς οὐ δούλοις επιτρέπουσι τὸ πρᾶγμα, ἀλλ᾽ αὐτοὶ πάρεισι τῷ δικαστηρίῳ; Οὕτω καὶ ὁ θεὸς οὐκ ἀγγέλοις ἐπέτρεψε τὴν δωρεὰν, ἀλλ᾽ αὐτὸς πάρεστι κελεύων καὶ λέγων μὴ καλέσητε πατέρα ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς οὐχ ἵνα ἀτιμάσῃς τοὺς γεγεννηκότας, ἀλλ᾽ ἵνα πάντων ἐκείνων προθῆς τὸν ποιήσαντά σε καὶ ἐγγράψαντα εἰς τοὺς ἑαντοῦ παῖδας. Ὁ γὰρ τὸ μεῖζον δοὺς, τουτέστιν, ἑαυτὸν παραθεὶς, πολλῷ μᾶλλον οὐκ ἀπαξιώσει καὶ διαδοῦναί σοι τὸ σώμα. Ἀκούσωμεν τοίνυν, καὶ ἱερεῖς καὶ ἀρχόμενοι, τίνος κατηξιωθημεν ἀκούσωμεν, καὶ φρίξωμεν. Τῶν ᾿ ἁγίων σαρκῶν αὐτοῦ ᾿ ἐμπλησθῆναι ἔδωκεν ἡμῖν, ἑαυτὸν παρέθηκε τεθυμένον. Τίς οὖν ἔσται ἀπολογία ἡμῖν, ὅταν τοιαῦτα σιτούμενοι, τοιαὕτα ἁμαρτανωμεν: ὅταν ἀρνίον ἐσθίοντες, λύκοι γγινώμεθα : ὅταν πρόβατον σιτούμενοι, κατὰ τοὺς λέοντας ἁρπάζωμεν:; Τοῦτο γὰρ τὸ μυστήριον οὐ μόνον ἁρπαγῆς, ἀλλὰ καὶ ψιλῆς ἔχθρας καθαρεύειν κελεύει διαπαντός. Καὶ γὰρ εἰρήνης ἐστὶ τοῦτο τὸ μυστήριον᾽ οὐκ ἀφίησιν ἀντιποιεῖσθαι χρημάτων. Εἰ γὰρ αὐτὸς ἑαντοῦ οὐκ ἐφείσατο δ᾽ ἡμᾶς, τίνος ἂν εἴημεν ἄξιοι, χρημάτων φειδόμενοι καὶ ψνχῆς ἀφειδοῦντες, ὑπὲρ ἧς ἐκεῖνος οὐκ ἐφείσατο βαυτοῦ: Τοῖς μὲν ι οὖν ᾿Ιουδαίοις κατ᾽ ἐνιαντὸν ὑπόμνημα τῶν οἰκείων εὐεργεσιῶν ταῖς ἑορταῖς ἐνέδησεν ὁ ὁ θεός σοὶ δὲ καθ᾽ ἑκάστην, ὡς εἰπεῖν, τὴν ἡμέραν διὰ τούτων τῶν μυστηρίων. Μὴ τοίνυν αἰσχύνου τὸν σταυρόν ταῦτα γὰρ ἡμῶν ἐστι τὰ σεμνὰ, ταῦτα ἡμῶν τὰ μυστήρια τούτῳ κοσμούμεθα τῷ δώρῳ, τούτῳ καλλωπιζόμεθα. Κἀν εἴπω, ὅτι τὸν οὐρανὸν ἔτεινε, τὴν γῆν καὶ τὴν θάλασσαν ἥπλωσε, προφήτας καὶ ἀαὙγέλους ἔπεμψεν, οὐδὲν ερώ ἴσον. Τὸ γὰρ κεφάλαιον τῶν ἀγαθῶν τοῦτο ἐστιν, ὅτι τοῦ ἰδίον υἱοῦ οὐκ ἐφείσατο, ἵνα τοὺς ἀλλοτριωθέντας οἰκέτας σώσῃ. Μηδεὶς τοίνυν ᾿Ιούδας ταύτῃ προσίτω τῆ τραπέζῃ, μηδεὶς Σίμων καὶ γὰρ ἀμφότεροι διὰ φιλαργυρίαν ἀπώλοντο οὗτοι. Φύγωμεν τοίνυν τοῦτο τὸ βάραθρον, μηδὲ νομίζωμεν ἀρκεῖν ἡκῖν εἰς σωτηρίαν, εἰ χήρας καὶ ὀρφανοὺς ἀποδύσαντες, ποτήριον χρυσοῦν καὶ λιθοκόλλητον προσενέγκοιμεν τῇ τραπέζῃ. Εἰ γὰρ βούλει τιμῆσαι τὴν θυσίαν, τὴν ψυχὴν προσένεγκε, δ᾽ ἣν καὶ ἐτύθη ταύτην χρυσῆν ποίησον ἂν δὲ αὕτη ᾿ μένῃ μολίβδου καὶ ὀστράκου χείρων, τὸ δὲ σκεῦος χρυσοῦν, τί τὸ κέρδος: Μὴ τοίνυν τοῦτο σκοπώμεν, ὅπως χρυσα σκεύη προσφέρωμεν μόνον, ἀλλ᾽ ὅπως καὶ ἐκ δικαίων πόνων. Ταῦτα γάρ. ἐστι τὰ καὶ χρυσῶν τιμιώτερα, τὰ χωρὶς πλεονεξίας. Οὐ γὰρ χρυσοχοεῖον, οὐδὲ ἀργυροκοπειόν ἐστιν ἡ ἐκκλησία, ἀλλὰ πανήγυρις ἀγγέλων διὸ ψυχών ἢ ἡμῖν δεῖ καὶ γὰρ δὴ ταῦτα διὰ τὰς ψυχὰς προσίεται ὁ θεός. Οὐκ ἣν η τράπεζα ἐξ ἀργύρου τότε ἐκείνη, οὐδὲ τὸ ποτήριον χρυσοῦν, ἐξ οὗ ἔδωκε τοις μαθηταῖς ὁ Χριστὸς τὸ αἷμα τὸ ἑαυτοῦ ἀλλὰ τίμια ἣν πάντα ἐκεῖνα καὶ φρικτὰ, ἐπειδὴ πνεύματος ἔγεμε. βούλει τιμῆσαι τοῦ Χριστοῦ τὸ σῶμα: Μὴ περιΐδης αὐτὸν γυμνοόν' μηδὲ ἐνταῦθα μὲν αὐτὸν σηρικοῖς ἱματίοις τιμήσης, ἔξω δὲ ὑπὸ κρυμοῦ καὶ γυμνότητος διαφθειρόμενον περιΐδῃς. Ὁ γὰρ εἰπὼν, τοῦτό μού ἐστι τὸ σῶμα, καὶ τῷ λόγῳ τὸ πρᾶγμα βεβαιώσας, οὗτος εἶπε᾽ πεινῶντά με εἴδετε, καὶ οὐκ ἐθρέψατε καὶ, ἐφ᾽ ὅσον οὐκ ἐποιήσατε ἑνὶ τούτων τῶν ἐλαχίστων, οὐδὲ ἐμοὶ ἐποιήσατε. Τοῦτο μὲν γὰρ οὐ δεῖται ἐπιβλημάτων, αλλὰ ψυχῆς καθαρᾶς ἐκεῖνο δὲ πολλῆς δεῖται ἐπιμελείας. Μάθωμεν τοίνυν φιλοσοφειν, καὶ τὸν Νριστὸν τιμᾶν ὡς αὐτὸς βούλεται τῷ γὰρ τιμωμένῳ τιμὴ ἡδίστη, ἣ ἣν αὐτὸς θέλει, οὐχ ἣν ἡμεῖς νομίζομεν. ᾿Επεὶ καὶ Πέτρος τιμᾶν αὐτὸν ᾧετο τῷ κωλῦσαι νίψαι τοὺς πόδας, ἀλλ᾽ οὐκ ἦν τιμὴ τὸ γινόμενον, ἀλλὰ τοὐναντίον. Οὕτω καὶ σὺ ταύτην αὐτὸν τίμα τὴν τιμὴν, ἣν αὐτὸς ἐνομοθέτησεν, εἰς πένητας ἀναλίσκων τὸν πλοῦτον. Οὐδὲ γὰρ σκευῶν χρείαν ἔχει χρυσῶν ὁ θεὸς, ἀλλὰ ψυχῶν χρυσῶν.

Pisteusate toinyn, hoti kai nyn ekeino to deipnon estin, en hǭ kai hautos anekeito. Ouden gar ekeino toutou dienēnochen. Oude gar touto men anthrōpos ergazetai, ekeino de autos, alla kai touto kakeino autos. Hotan toinyn idę̄s ton hierea epididonta soi, mē ton hierea nomize ton touto poiounta, alla tēn tou Christou cheira einai tēn ekteinomenēn. hōsper gar hotan baptizę̄ ouk hautos se baptizei, all ho theos estin ho katechōn son tēn kephalēn aoratǭ dynamei, kai oute angelos, oute archangelos, oute allos tis tolmą proselthein kai hapsasthai houtō kai nyn. Hotan gar ho theos genną, autou monou estin ē dōrea. Ouch orąs tous huiopoioumenous entautha, pōs ou doulois epitrepousi to pragma, all᾽ autoi pareisi tǭ dikastēriǭ? Houtō kai ho theos ouk angelois epetrepse tēn dōrean, all᾽ autos paresti keleuōn kai legōn mē kalesēte patera epi tēs gēs ouch hina atimasę̄s tous gegennēkotas, all᾽ hina pantōn ekeinōn prothēs ton poiēsanta se kai engrapsanta eis tous heantou paidas. Ho gar to meizon dous, toutestin, heauton paratheis, pollǭ mallon ouk apaxiōsei kai diadounai soi to sōma. Akousōmen toinyn, kai hiereis kai archomenoi, tinos katēxiōthēmen akousōmen, kai phrixōmen. Tōn ᾿ hagiōn sarkōn autou ᾿ emplēsthēnai edōken hēmin, heauton parethēke tethymenon. Tis oun estai apologia hēmin, hotan toiauta sitoumenoi, toiauta hamartanōmen: hotan arnion esthiontes, lykoi nginōmetha : hotan probaton sitoumenoi, kata tous leontas harpazōmen:? Touto gar to mystērion ou monon harpagēs, alla kai psilēs echthras kathareuein keleuei diapantos. Kai gar eirēnēs esti touto to mystērion᾽ ouk aphiēsin antipoieisthai chrēmatōn. Ei gar autos heantou ouk epheisato d᾽ hēmas, tinos an eiēmen axioi, chrēmatōn pheidomenoi kai psnchēs apheidountes, hyper hēs ekeinos ouk epheisato bautou: Tois men i oun ᾿Ioudaiois kat᾽ enianton hypomnēma tōn oikeiōn euergesiōn tais heortais enedēsen ho ho theos soi de kath᾽ hekastēn, hōs eipein, tēn hēmeran dia toutōn tōn mystēriōn. Mē toinyn aischynou ton stauron tauta gar hēmōn esti ta semna, tauta hēmōn ta mystēria toutǭ kosmoumetha tǭ dōrǭ, toutǭ kallōpizometha. Kan eipō, hoti ton ouranon eteine, tēn gēn kai tēn thalassan hēplōse, prophētas kai aaUgelous epempsen, ouden erō ison. To gar kephalaion tōn agathōn touto estin, hoti tou idion huiou ouk epheisato, hina tous allotriōthentas oiketas sōsę̄. Mēdeis toinyn ᾿Ioudas tautę̄ prositō tē trapezę̄, mēdeis Simōn kai gar amphoteroi dia philargyrian apōlonto houtoi. Phygōmen toinyn touto to barathron, mēde nomizōmen arkein hēkin eis sōtērian, ei chēras kai orphanous apodysantes, potērion chrysoun kai lithokollēton prosenenkoimen tę̄ trapezę̄. Ei gar boulei timēsai tēn thysian, tēn psychēn prosenenke, d᾽ hēn kai etythē tautēn chrysēn poiēson an de hautē ᾿ menę̄ molibdou kai ostrakou cheirōn, to de skeuos chrysoun, ti to kerdos: Mē toinyn touto skopōmen, hopōs chrysa skeuē prospherōmen monon, all᾽ hopōs kai ek dikaiōn ponōn. Tauta gar. esti ta kai chrysōn timiōtera, ta chōris pleonexias. Ou gar chrysochoeion, oude argyrokopeion estin hē ekklēsia, alla panēgyris angelōn dio psychōn ē hēmin dei kai gar dē tauta dia tas psychas prosietai ho theos. Ouk hēn ē trapeza ex argyrou tote ekeinē, oude to potērion chrysoun, ex hou edōke tois mathētais ho Christos to haima to heautou alla timia hēn panta ekeina kai phrikta, epeidē pneumatos egeme. boulei timēsai tou Christou to sōma: Mē periïdēs auton gymnoon' mēde entautha men auton sērikois himatiois timēsēs, exō de hypo krymou kai gymnotētos diaphtheiromenon periïdę̄s. Ho gar eipōn, touto mou esti to sōma, kai tǭ logǭ to pragma bebaiōsas, houtos eipe᾽ peinōnta me eidete, kai ouk ethrepsate kai, eph᾽ hoson ouk epoiēsate heni toutōn tōn elachistōn, oude emoi epoiēsate. Touto men gar ou deitai epiblēmatōn, alla psychēs katharas ekeino de pollēs deitai epimeleias. Mathōmen toinyn philosophein, kai ton Nriston timan hōs autos bouletai tǭ gar timōmenǭ timē hēdistē, hē hēn autos thelei, ouch hēn hēmeis nomizomen. ᾿Epei kai Petros timan auton hǭeto tǭ kōlysai nipsai tous podas, all᾽ ouk ēn timē to ginomenon, alla tounantion. Houtō kai sy tautēn auton tima tēn timēn, hēn autos enomothetēsen, eis penētas analiskōn ton plouton. Oude gar skeuōn chreian echei chrysōn ho theos, alla psychōn chrysōn.

Believe, then, that even now it is that supper at which he himself reclined. For that one differs in nothing from this. For it is not that a man performs this one, and he himself that one; but he himself performs both this and that. When, then, you see the priest handing it to you, do not think it is the priest who does this, but that it is Christ’s hand that is stretched out. For just as when he baptizes, it is not he who baptizes you, but it is God who holds your head with invisible power, and neither angel nor archangel nor anyone else dares to approach and touch it, so it is now also. For when God begets, the gift is his alone. Do you not see those who adopt sons here, how they do not entrust the matter to servants, but are present themselves at the court? So God too did not entrust his gift to angels, but is present himself, commanding and saying, “Call no one father on earth”; not that you may dishonor those who begot you, but that you may set before all of them the one who made you and enrolled you among his own children. For he who gave the greater thing, that is, set himself before you, will much more not disdain to distribute his body to you. Let us hear, then, both priests and people, of what we have been counted worthy; let us hear, and shudder. He has given us to be filled with his holy flesh; he has set himself before us sacrificed. What defense, then, shall we have, when, eating such food, we commit such sins? when, eating a lamb, we become wolves? when, feeding on a sheep, we seize by force like the lions? For this mystery commands us to be clean always not only from robbery but even from mere enmity. For this mystery is a mystery of peace; it does not permit us to lay claim to money. For if he did not spare himself for our sake, what should we deserve if we spare our money and do not spare our soul, for which he did not spare himself? To the Jews, then, God bound a yearly remembrance of his benefits in their feasts; but to you, so to speak, every day through these mysteries. Do not, then, be ashamed of the cross; for these are our solemn things, these are our mysteries; with this gift we are adorned, in this we take pride. Even if I say that he stretched out heaven, spread out the earth and the sea, sent prophets and angels, I shall say nothing equal to it. For the sum of good things is this, that he did not spare his own Son, so as to save the servants who had become estranged. Let no Judas, then, approach this table, no Simon; for both of these perished through love of money. Let us flee, then, this abyss, and let us not think it enough for our salvation if, having stripped widows and orphans, we offer at the table a golden cup set with jewels. For if you wish to honor the sacrifice, offer your soul, for whose sake it was also sacrificed; make this golden. But if it remains worse than lead and potsherd, while the vessel is golden, what is the gain? Let us not, then, consider this only, how we may offer golden vessels, but how we may offer them also from honest labors. For these are more precious even than gold, those that are free of covetousness. For the church is not a goldsmith’s shop or a silversmith’s workshop, but an assembly of angels; that is why we need souls, for indeed God accepts these things for the sake of the souls. That table then was not of silver, nor was the cup golden from which Christ gave his disciples his own blood; but all those things were precious and awesome, because they were full of the Spirit. Do you wish to honor Christ’s body? Do not overlook him naked; and do not honor him here with silken garments while outside you overlook him perishing from cold and nakedness. For he who said, “This is my body,” and confirmed the thing by his word, is the same who said, “You saw me hungry and did not feed me,” and, “Inasmuch as you did not do it to one of the least of these, neither did you do it to me.” For this body needs no coverings, but a pure soul; but that one needs much care. Let us learn, then, to be wise, and to honor Christ as he himself wishes. For to the one honored, the sweetest honor is that which he himself wishes, not that which we think. For Peter too thought to honor him by forbidding him to wash his feet; but what he did was not honor, but the opposite. So you too honor him with this honor which he himself enacted into law, spending your wealth on the poor. For God has no need of golden vessels, but of golden souls.

50.4Field 2

Καὶ ταῦτα λέγω; οὐ κωλύων ἀναθήματα ᾿κατασκευαζεσθαι τοιαῦτα ἀξιῶν δὲ μετὰ τούτων, καὶ πρὸ τούτων, τὴν ἐλεημοσύνην ποιεῖν. Δέχεται μὲν γὰρ καὶ ταῦτα, πολλῳ δὲ μᾶλλον ἐκεῖνα. ᾿Ενταῦθα μὲν γὰρ ὁ προσενεγκὼν ὠφελήθη μόνον, ἐκεῖ δὲ καὶ ὁ λαβων. ᾿Ενταῦθα δοκεῖ καὶ φιλοτιμίας ἀφορμὴ τὸ πρᾶγμα εἶναι ἐκεῖ δὲ ἐλεημοσύνη φιλανθρωπία τὸ πᾶν ἐστι. Τί γὰρ ὄφελος, ὅταν ἡ τράπεζα αὐτοῦ γέμη χρυσῶν ποτηρίων, αὐτὸς δὲ λιμῷ διαφθείρηται; Πρότερον αὐτὸν ἔμπλησον πεινῶντα, καὶ τότε ἐκ περιουσίας καὶ τὴν τράπεζαν αὐτοῦ κόσμησον. Ποτήριον χρυσοὺν ποιεῖς. καὶ ποτήριον ψυχροῦ οὐ δίδως : καὶ τί τὸ ὄφελος: Χρυσόπαστα ἐπιβλήματα κατασκευάζεις τῇ τραπέζῃ, αὐτῷ δὲ οὐδὲ τὴν ἀναγκαίαν παρέχεις σκέπην: καὶ τί τὸ κέρδος ἐκ τούτου; Εἰπὲ γάρ μοι εἴ τινα ἰδὼν τῆς ἀναγκαίας ἀποροῦντα τροῴης; ἀφεὶς αὐτῷ λῦσαι τὸν λιμὸν, τὴν τράπεζαν ἀργύρῳ περιέβαλες μόνον, ἀρα ἂν ἔγνω σοι χάριν, αλλ᾽ οὐχὶ μάλλον ἠγανάκτησε: Τί ᾿ δέ; εἰ ῥάκια περιβεβλημένον ὁρῶν, καὶ ὑπὸ κρυμοῦ πηγνύμενον, ἀφεὶς αὐτῷ δοῦναι ἱμάτιον, κίονας ᾿κατεσκεύαζες χρυσοῦς, λέγων εἰς ἐκείνου τιμὴν ποιεῖν, οὐκ ἂν σε καὶ ᾿εἰρωνεύεσθαι ἔφη, καὶ ὕβριν ἐνόμισε; καὶ ταύτην τὴν ἐσχάτην: Τοῦτο δὲ καὶ ἐπὶ τοῦ Χριστοὺ λογίζου, ὅ ὅταν ἀλήτης καὶ ξένος περιέρχηται, δεόμενος ὀροφῆς σὺ δὲ αὐτὸν ἀφεὶς ὑποδέξασθαι, ἔδαφος καλλωπίζῃς καὶ τοίχους καὶ κιόνων κεφαλάς καὶ ἀργυρᾶς ἁλύσεις λαμπάδων ἐξάπτης, αὐτὸν δὲ ἐν δεσμωτηρίῳ δεδεμένον μηδὲ ἰδεῖν ἐθέλῃς. Καὶ ταῦτα λέγω, οὐχὶ κωλύων ἐν τούτοις φιλοτιμεῖσθαι, ἀλλὰ ταῦτα μετ᾽ ἐκείνων. μᾶλλον δὲ ταῦτα πρὸ ἐκείνων παραινῶν ποιεῖν. Ὑπὲρ μὲν γάρ τοῦ ταῦτα μὴ ποιῆσαι οὐδεὶς ἐνεκλήθη ποτε ὑπὲρ δὲ ἐκείνων καὶ γέεννα ἡπείληται, καὶ πὺρ ἄσβεστον, καὶ ἡ μετὰ δαιμόνων τιμωρίαι Μὴ τοίνυν τὸν οἶκον κοσμῶν, τὸν ἀδελφὸν θλιβόμενον περιόρα᾽ οὗτος γὰρ ἐκείνου ναὸς κυριώτερος. Καὶ ταῦτα μὲν καὶ βασιλεῖς ἄπιστοι, καὶ τύραννοι, καὶ λῃσταὶ δυνήσονται λαβεῖν τὰ κειμήλια ὅσα δὲ ἂν εἰς τὸν ἀδελφὸν ποιήσῃς πεινῶντα καὶ ξένον ὄντα καὶ γυμνὸν, οὐδὲ ὁ διάβολος συλῆσαι δυνήσεται, ἀλλ᾽ ἐν ἀσύλῳ κείσεται θησαυρῷ. Τί οὖν αὐτὸς φησι, τοὺς πτωχοὺς πάντοτε ἔχετε μεθ᾽ ἑαυτῶν, ἐμὲ δὲ οὐ πάντοτε ἔχετε: Διὰ γὰρ τοῦτο μάλιστα ἐλεεῖν δεῖ, ὅτι οὐ πάντοτε αὐτὸν ἔχομεν πεινῶντα, ἀλλ᾽ ἐν τῷ παρόντι βίῳ μόνον. Εἰ δὲ βούλει καὶ τὴν διάνοιαν πᾶσαν τοῦ εἰρημένου μαθεῖν, ἄκουσον. ὅτι τοῦτο οὐ πρὸς τοὺς μαθητὰς εἴρηται, εἰ καὶ οὕτω δοκεῖ, αλλὰ πρὸς τὴν ἀσθένειαν τῆς γυναικός. ᾿Επειδὴ γὰρ ἀτελέστερον ἔτι διέκειτο, ἐκεῖνοι δὲ αὐτὴν διηπόρουν, ἀνακτώμενος αὐτὴν ταῦτα ἔλεγεν. Ὅτι γὰρ ἐκείνην παραμυθούμενος ταῦτα ἔφη, ἐπήγαγε· τί κόπους παρέχετε τῇ γυναικί 2 Ὅτι γὰρ καὶ αὐτὸν αεὶ μεθ᾽ ἡμῶν ἔχομεν, φησίν· ἰδοὺ ἐγὼ μεθ᾽ ὑμῶν εἰμι πάσας τὰς ἡμέρας ἕως τῆς συντελείας τοῦ αἰώνος. ᾿Εξ ὧν ἁπάντων δῆλον, ὅτι δι᾽ οὐδὲν ἕτερον ταῦτα ἐλέγετο, ἀλλ᾽ ἵνα τὴν πίστιν τῆς γυναικὸς τὴν τότε βλαστήσασαν μὴ καταμαράνῃ τῶν μαθητῶν ῆ ἐπιτίμησις. Μὴ τοίνυν ταῦτα εἰς μέσον φέρωμεν νῦν, ἃ ἁ διά τινα οἰκονομίαν εἴρηται ἀλλὰ τοὺς νόμους ἅπαντας, τοὺς ἐν τῇ καινῇ, τοὺς ἐν τῇ παλαιᾷ περὶ ἐλεημοσύνης αὐτῷ κειμένους ἀναγνόντες, πολλὴν ὑπὲρ τοῦ πράγματος τούτου ποιώμεθα τὴν σπουδήν. Τοῦτο γὰρ ἁμαρτίας καθαίρει· δότε ἐλεημοσύνην, καὶ πάντα ὑμῖν ἔσται καθαρά. Τοῦτο θυσίας μεῖζον ἔλεον γὰρ θέλω, καὶ οὐ θυσίαν. Τοῦτο τοὺς οὐρανοὺς ἀνοίγνυσιν· αἱ εὐχαὶ γάρ σου καὶ αἱ ἐλεημοσύναι σου ἀνέβησαν εἰς μνημόσυνον ἐνώπιον τοῦ θεοῦ. Τοῦτο παρθενίας ἀναγκαιότερον οὕτω γὰρ ἐξεβλήθησαν τοῦ νυμφῶνος ἐκεῖναι οὕτως αἱ ἄλλαι εἰσηνέχθησαν. Ἅπερ ἅπαντα συνειδότες σπείρωμεν φιλοτίμως, ἵνα μετὰ πλείονος θερίσωμεν δαψιλείας, καὶ τῶν μελλόντων ἐπιτύχωμεν ἀγαθῶν, χάριτι καὶ φιλανθρωπίᾳ τοῦ κυρίου ἡμῶν ᾿[ησοῦ Χριστοῦ. ᾧ ἤ δόξα εἰς τοὺς αἰῶνας. Ἀμήν.

Kai tauta legō? ou kōlyōn anathēmata ᾿kataskeuazesthai toiauta axiōn de meta toutōn, kai pro toutōn, tēn eleēmosynēn poiein. Dechetai men gar kai tauta, pollǭ de mallon ekeina. ᾿Entautha men gar ho prosenenkōn ōphelēthē monon, ekei de kai ho labōn. ᾿Entautha dokei kai philotimias aphormē to pragma einai ekei de eleēmosynē philanthrōpia to pan esti. Ti gar ophelos, hotan hē trapeza autou gemē chrysōn potēriōn, autos de limǭ diaphtheirētai? Proteron auton emplēson peinōnta, kai tote ek periousias kai tēn trapezan autou kosmēson. Potērion chrysoun poieis. kai potērion psychrou ou didōs : kai ti to ophelos: Chrysopasta epiblēmata kataskeuazeis tę̄ trapezę̄, autǭ de oude tēn anankaian parecheis skepēn: kai ti to kerdos ek toutou? Eipe gar moi ei tina idōn tēs anankaias aporounta troǭēs? apheis autǭ lysai ton limon, tēn trapezan argyrǭ periebales monon, ara an egnō soi charin, all᾽ ouchi mallon ēganaktēse: Ti ᾿ de? ei rhakia peribeblēmenon horōn, kai hypo krymou pēgnymenon, apheis autǭ dounai himation, kionas ᾿kateskeuazes chrysous, legōn eis ekeinou timēn poiein, ouk an se kai ᾿eirōneuesthai ephē, kai hybrin enomise? kai tautēn tēn eschatēn: Touto de kai epi tou Christou logizou, ho hotan alētēs kai xenos perierchētai, deomenos orophēs sy de auton apheis hypodexasthai, edaphos kallōpizę̄s kai toichous kai kionōn kephalas kai argyras halyseis lampadōn exaptēs, auton de en desmōtēriǭ dedemenon mēde idein ethelę̄s. Kai tauta legō, ouchi kōlyōn en toutois philotimeisthai, alla tauta met᾽ ekeinōn. mallon de tauta pro ekeinōn parainōn poiein. Hyper men gar tou tauta mē poiēsai oudeis eneklēthē pote hyper de ekeinōn kai geenna hēpeilētai, kai pyr asbeston, kai hē meta daimonōn timōriai Mē toinyn ton oikon kosmōn, ton adelphon thlibomenon periora᾽ houtos gar ekeinou naos kyriōteros. Kai tauta men kai basileis apistoi, kai tyrannoi, kai lę̄stai dynēsontai labein ta keimēlia hosa de an eis ton adelphon poiēsę̄s peinōnta kai xenon onta kai gymnon, oude ho diabolos sylēsai dynēsetai, all᾽ en asylǭ keisetai thēsaurǭ. Ti oun autos phēsi, tous ptōchous pantote echete meth᾽ heautōn, eme de ou pantote echete: Dia gar touto malista eleein dei, hoti ou pantote auton echomen peinōnta, all᾽ en tǭ paronti biǭ monon. Ei de boulei kai tēn dianoian pasan tou eirēmenou mathein, akouson. hoti touto ou pros tous mathētas eirētai, ei kai houtō dokei, alla pros tēn astheneian tēs gynaikos. ᾿Epeidē gar atelesteron eti diekeito, ekeinoi de autēn diēporoun, anaktōmenos autēn tauta elegen. Hoti gar ekeinēn paramythoumenos tauta ephē, epēgage; ti kopous parechete tę̄ gynaiki 2 Hoti gar kai auton aei meth᾽ hēmōn echomen, phēsin; idou egō meth᾽ hymōn eimi pasas tas hēmeras heōs tēs synteleias tou aiōnos. ᾿Ex hōn hapantōn dēlon, hoti di᾽ ouden heteron tauta elegeto, all᾽ hina tēn pistin tēs gynaikos tēn tote blastēsasan mē katamaranę̄ tōn mathētōn ē epitimēsis. Mē toinyn tauta eis meson pherōmen nyn, ha ha dia tina oikonomian eirētai alla tous nomous hapantas, tous en tę̄ kainę̄, tous en tę̄ palaią peri eleēmosynēs autǭ keimenous anagnontes, pollēn hyper tou pragmatos toutou poiōmetha tēn spoudēn. Touto gar hamartias kathairei; dote eleēmosynēn, kai panta hymin estai kathara. Touto thysias meizon eleon gar thelō, kai ou thysian. Touto tous ouranous anoignysin; hai euchai gar sou kai hai eleēmosynai sou anebēsan eis mnēmosynon enōpion tou theou. Touto parthenias anankaioteron houtō gar exeblēthēsan tou nymphōnos ekeinai houtōs hai allai eisēnechthēsan. Haper hapanta syneidotes speirōmen philotimōs, hina meta pleionos therisōmen dapsileias, kai tōn mellontōn epitychōmen agathōn, chariti kai philanthrōpią tou kyriou hēmōn ᾿[ēsou Christou. hǭ ē doxa eis tous aiōnas. Amēn.

And I say this not to forbid such offerings being made, but asking that along with these, and before these, you do almsgiving. For he accepts these too, but those much more. For here only the one who offered is benefited, but there also the one who received. Here the thing may seem to be even an occasion of vainglory, but there it is all mercy and love for mankind. For what is the use, when his table is full of golden cups, while he himself perishes of hunger? First fill him when he is hungry, and then out of your abundance adorn his table also. You make a golden cup, and you do not give a cup of cold water? And what is the use? You prepare gold-spangled coverings for the table, and to him you do not provide even necessary shelter? And what is the gain from this? For tell me, if you saw someone lacking necessary food, and, neglecting to relieve his hunger, you only covered his table with silver, would he thank you, or rather be indignant? What again, if, seeing him clothed in rags and freezing with cold, you neglected to give him a garment and built golden columns, saying you did it in his honor, would he not say that you were mocking him, and think it an insult, and the worst of insults? Reckon this to be so with Christ too, when he goes about a wanderer and a stranger, needing a roof; and you, neglecting to receive him, adorn floor and walls and the capitals of columns, and hang up silver chains for lamps, but will not even look at him bound in prison. And I say this not forbidding you to be generous in these things, but urging you to do these along with those, or rather those before these. For no one was ever accused for not doing these; but for those, Gehenna is threatened, and unquenchable fire, and punishment with the demons. Do not, then, while adorning the house, overlook your brother in distress; for he is a more proper temple than that. And these treasures unbelieving kings and tyrants and robbers will be able to take; but whatever you do for your brother when he is hungry and a stranger and naked, not even the devil will be able to plunder, but it will lie in a treasury that cannot be robbed. Why, then, does he himself say, “The poor you have always with you, but me you do not always have”? For this very reason we must show mercy most of all, because we do not always have him hungry, but only in the present life. But if you wish to learn the whole meaning of what was said, listen: this was said not to the disciples, even if it seems so, but on account of the weakness of the woman. For since she was still in a rather imperfect state, and they were perplexing her, he said this to restore her. For that he said this to comfort her, he added, “Why do you trouble the woman?” For that we have him always with us, he says, “Behold, I am with you all the days, to the end of the age.” From all this it is plain that these things were said for no other reason than that the disciples’ rebuke might not wither the woman’s faith, which had just then sprouted. Let us not, then, bring forward now what was said for a particular purpose; but having read all the laws about almsgiving laid down by him in the New and in the Old Testament, let us show great zeal for this thing. For this cleanses sins: “Give alms, and all things will be clean for you.” This is greater than sacrifice: “For I desire mercy, and not sacrifice.” This opens the heavens: “For your prayers and your alms have gone up as a memorial before God.” This is more necessary than virginity; for so those virgins were cast out of the bridal chamber, so the others were brought in. Knowing all these things, let us sow generously, that we may reap with greater abundance and attain the good things to come, by the grace and love for mankind of our Lord Jesus Christ, to whom be glory to the ages. Amen.

Chapter 51

51.1Field 2

Τότε προσέρχονται τῷ ᾿Ιησοῦ οἱ ἀπὸ Ἱεροσολύμων γραμματεῖς καὶ Φαρισαῖοι λέγοντες διατέ οἱ μαθηταί σου παραβαίνουσι τὴν παράδοσιν τῶν πρεσβυτέρων; οὐ γὰρ νίπτονται τὰς χεῖρας αὐτῶν, ὅταν ἄρτον ἐσθίωσιν. Ὁ δὲ ἀποκριθεὶς εἶπεν αὐτοῖς διατί καὶ ὑμεῖς παραβαίνετε τὴν ἐντολὴν τοῦ θεοῦ διὰ τὴν παράδοσιν ὑμῶν : Ὁ γὰρ θεὸς ἐνετείλατο λέγων᾽ τίμα τὸν πατέρα σου καὶ τὴν μητέρα᾽ καὶ, ὁ κακολογὼν πατέρα ἢ μητέρα, θανάτῳ τελευτάτω. Ὑμεῖς δὲ λέγετε: ὃς ἂν εἴπη τῷ πατρὶ ἢ τῇ μητρὶ» δῶρον, ὃ ὃ ἐὰν ἐξ ἐμοῦ ὠφεληθῇς, καὶ οὐ μὴ τιμήσῃ τὸν πατέρα αὐτοῦ ἢ τὴν μητέρα αὐτοῦ καὶ ἠκυρώσατε τὴν ἐντολὴν τοῦ θεοῦ διὰ τὴν παράδοσιν ὑμών. ΤΟΤΕ πότε; Ὅτε τὰ μυρία σημεῖα εἰργάσατο, ὅτε τοὺς ἀῤῥώστους ἐθεράπευσεν ἐκ τῆς ἁφῆς τοῦ κρασπέδου. Διὰ γὰρ τοῦτο καὶ ὁ εὐαγγελιστὴς ἐπισημαίνεται τὸν καιρὸν, ἵνα ἐνδείξηται τὴν ἄφατον αὐτῶν πονηρίαν οὐδενὶ εἴκουσαν. Τί δέ ἐστιν, οἱ ἀπὸ Ἱεροσολύμων γραμματεῖς καὶ Φαρισαῖοι; Πανταχοῦ τών φυλῶν ἦσαν διεσπαρμένοι, καὶ εἰς δώδεκα διῃρημένοι μέρη: ἀλλ᾽ οἱ τὴν μητρόπολιν ἔ ἔχοντες πονηρότεροι τῶν ἄλλων ἤσαν, ἅτε καὶ πλείονος ἀπολαύοντες τιμῆς, καὶ πολὺν κεκτημένοι τὸν τῦφον. Θέα δέ μοι πῶς καὶ ἀπὸ τῆς ἐρωτήσεως αὐτῆς ἁλίσκονται. Οὐδὲ γὰρ λέγουσι, διατί παραβαίνουσι τὸν νύμον Μωύσέως: αλλὰ, τὴν παράδοσιν τῶν πρεσβυτέρων. Ὅθεν δῆλον, ὅτι πολλὰ ἑκαινοτόμουν οἱ ἱερεῖς» καίτοι Μωύσέως μετὰ πολλοῦ τοῦ φόβου καὶ μετὰ πολλῆς τῆς ἀπειλῆς ἐπισκήψαντος ὥστε μήτε προσθεῖναι, μήτε ἀφελεῖν. Οὐ προσθήσετε γὰρ, φησὶ, πρὸς τὸ βῆμα, ὃ ἐγὼ ἐντέλλομαι ὑμῖν σήμερον, καὶ οὐκ ἀφελεῖτε ἀπ᾽ αὐτοῦ. ᾿Αλλ᾽ οὐδὲν ἧττον ἐἑκαινοτόμουν᾽ οἷον δὴ καὶ τοῦτο ἣν, τὸ μὴ δεῖν ἀνίπτοις χερσὶν ἐσθίειν, τὸ ποτήρια βαπτίζειν καὶ χαλκεία, τὸ καὶ αὐτοὺς βαττίζεσθαι. Ὅτε γὰρ ἔδει λοιπὸν αὐτοὺς ἀπαλλαγῆναι τῶν παρατηρήσεων, τοῦ χρόνου προελθόντος; τότε αὐτοὺς μᾶλλον πλείοσιν ἔδησαν ταῖς παρατηρήσεσι, δεδοικότες μή τις αὐτῶν ἀφέληται τὴν ἀρχὴν, καὶ φοβερώτεροι εἶναι βουλόμενοι, ὡς δὴ καὶ αὐτοὶ νομοθέται. Εἰς τοσοῦτον οὖν προῆλθε παρανομίας τὸ πρᾶγμα, ὡς τὰς μὲν αὐτῶν φυλάττεσθαι ἐντολὰς, τὰς δὲ τοῦ θεοῦ παραβαίνεσθαι καὶ τοσοῦτον ἐκράτουν, ὥστε κατηγορίαν λοιπὸν τὸ πράγμα εἶναι. Ὅπερ διπλοῦν κατ᾽ αὐτῶν ἔγκλημα ἣν, ὅτι τε ἑκαινοτόμουν, καὶ ὅτι οὕτως ἐξεδίκουν τὰ ἑαυτῶν, τοῦ θεοῦ οὐδένα ποιούμενοι λόγον. Καὶ ἀφέντες τὰ ἄλλα εἰπεῖν, τοὺς ξέστας καὶ τὰ χαλκεῖία, (καταγέλαστα γὰρ ἦν), ὃ τῶν ἄλλων μᾶλλον ἐδόκει λόγον ἔχειν, τοῦτο εἰς μέσον προφέρουσιν, οὕτως, ὡς ὁμούγε, δοκεῖν εἰς ὀργὴν αὐτὸν ἐξάγειν βονλόμενοι. Διὸ καὶ τῶν πρεσβυτέρων ἐμνημόνευον, ἵνα ὡς ἐξουδενῶν αὐτοὺς παράσχῃ καθ᾽ ἑαυτοῦ λαβήν. Ἄξιον δὲ πρῶτον ἐξετάσαι, διατί καὶ οἱ μαθηταὶ χερσὶν ανίπτοις ἤσθιον. Τίνος οὖν ἕνεκεν οὕτως ἤσθιον: Οὐκ ἐπιτηδεύοντες τοῦτο, ἀλλ᾽ ὑπερορῶντες λοιπὸν τῶν περιττῶν, καὶ τοῖς ἀναγκαίοις προσέχοντες οὔτε τὸ νίπτεσθαι, οὔτε τὸ μὴ νίπτεσθαι νόμον ἔχοντες, ἀλλ᾽ ὡς ἔτυχεν ἑκάτερον ποιοῦντες. Οἱ γὰρ καὶ αὐτῆς τῆς αναγκαίας καταφρονοῦντες τροφῆς, πῶς ἔμελλον ταῦτα περισπούδαστα ἔ ἔχειν: ᾿Επεὶ οὖν συνέβαινε πολλάκις τοῦτο ἀπὸ ταντομάτου γίνεσθαι, οἷον ὡς ὅτε ἐν τῆ ἐρήμῳ ἤσθιον, ὡς ὅτε τοὺς ἀστάχυας ἔτιλλον, ἀντ᾽ ἐγκλήματος αὐτὸ προβάλλονται, οἱ τὰ μεγάλα αεὶ παρατρέχοντες, καὶ τῶν περιττῶν πολὺν ποιούμενοι λόγον. Τί οὖν ὁ Χριστός; Οὐκ ἔστη πρὸς τοῦτο, οὐδὲ ἀπελογήσατο, ἀλλ᾽ εὐθέως ἀντεγκαλει, κατασπῶν αὐτῶν τὴν παῤῥησίαν, καὶ δεικνὺς, ὅτι τὸν μεγάλα ἁμαρτάνοντα ὑπὲρ μικρῶν πρὸς ἑτέρους ἀκριβολογεῖσθαι οὐ χρή. Δέον γὰρ ὑμᾶς ἐγκαλεῖσθαι, φησὶ, καὶ ἐγκαλεῖτε: Σὺ δὲ παρατήρει, πῶς ὅταν τι βούληται λῦσαι τῶν νομίμων, ἐν τάξει. ἀπολογίας αὐτὸ ποιεῖ ὅπερ καὶ τότε ἐποίησεν. Οὐδὲ γὰρ εὐθέως ἐπὶ τὴν παράβασιν ἔρχεται, οὐδὲ λέγει; οὐδέν ἐστιν' ἥ γὰρ ἄν θρασυτέρους εἰργάσατο ἀλλὰ πρῶτον ἐκκόπτει αὐτῶν τὴν θρασύτητα, τὸ πολλῷ μεῖζον ἔγκλημα εἰς μέσον ἄγων, καὶ εἰς τὴν ἐκείνων περιέλκων κεφαλήν. Καὶ οὔτε λέγει, ὅτι καλῶς ποιοῦσι παραβαίνοντες, ἵνα μὴ δώ λαβὴν αὐτοῖς οὔτε κακίζει τὸ γινόμενον, ἵνα μὴ βεβαιώσῃ τὸν νόμον οὐδ αὖ πάλιν «κατηγορεῖ τῶν πρεσβυτέρων, ὡς παρανόμων καὶ μιαρῶν ἣ γὰρ ἄν ὡς λοίδορον καὶ ὑβριστὴν ἀπεστραφησαν ἀλλὰ πάντα ταῦτα αφεὶς, ἑτέραν ὁδὸν ἔ ερχεται. Καὶ δοκεῖ μὲν αὐτοῖς ἐπιτιμᾶν τοῖς παραγενομένοις, καθάπτεται δὲ τῶν ταῦτα νομοθετησάντων᾽ τῶν μὲν πρεσβυτέρων οὐδαμοῦ μνημονεύων, ἐν δὲ τῇ πρὸς τούτους κατηγορίᾳ κἀκείνους καταβάλλων, καὶ δεικνὺς ὅτι διπλοῦν τὸ ἁμάρτημα, ὅτι καὶσ τῷ θεῷ οὐ πείθονται, καὶ δι᾽ ἀνθρώπους τοῦτο ποιοῦσιν᾽ ὡσανεὶ. ἔλεγε τοῦτο γὰρ ὑμᾶς, τοῦτο ἀπώλεσε, τὸ πάντα πείθεσθαι τοῖς πρεσβυτέροις. Ἀλλ᾽ οὐ λέγει οὕτω, τοῦτο δὲ αὐτὸ αἰνίττεται, οὕτως αὐτοῖς αποκριθείς διατί καὶ ὑμεῖς παραβαίνετε τὴν ἐντολὴν τοῦ θεοῦ διὰ τὴν παράδοσιν ὑμῶν: Ὁ γὰρ θεὸς ἐνετείλατο τίμα τὸν πατέρα καὶ τὴν μητέρα καὶ, ὁ κακολογων πατέρα ἢ ) μητέρα, θανάτῳ τελευτάτω. Ὑμεῖς δὲ λέγετε ὃς ἂν εἴπῃ τῷ πατρὶ ἡ τῇ μητρὶ, δῶρον, ὃ ἐὰν εἴ ἐμοῦ ὠφεληθῇς, καὶ οὐ μὴ τιμήσῃ τὸν πατέρα καὶ τὴν μητέρα καὶ ηκυρώσατε ' τὴν ἐντολὴν τοῦ θεοῦ διὰ τὴν παραδοσιν ὑμῶν.

Tote proserchontai tǭ ᾿Iēsou hoi apo Hierosolymōn grammateis kai Pharisaioi legontes diate hoi mathētai sou parabainousi tēn paradosin tōn presbyterōn? ou gar niptontai tas cheiras autōn, hotan arton esthiōsin. Ho de apokritheis eipen autois diati kai hymeis parabainete tēn entolēn tou theou dia tēn paradosin hymōn : Ho gar theos eneteilato legōn᾽ tima ton patera sou kai tēn mētera᾽ kai, ho kakologōn patera ē mētera, thanatǭ teleutatō. Hymeis de legete: hos an eipē tǭ patri ē tę̄ mētri» dōron, ho ho ean ex emou ōphelēthę̄s, kai ou mē timēsę̄ ton patera autou ē tēn mētera autou kai ēkyrōsate tēn entolēn tou theou dia tēn paradosin hymōn. TOTE pote? Hote ta myria sēmeia eirgasato, hote tous arrhōstous etherapeusen ek tēs haphēs tou kraspedou. Dia gar touto kai ho euangelistēs episēmainetai ton kairon, hina endeixētai tēn aphaton autōn ponērian oudeni eikousan. Ti de estin, hoi apo Hierosolymōn grammateis kai Pharisaioi? Pantachou tōn phylōn ēsan diesparmenoi, kai eis dōdeka dię̄rēmenoi merē: all᾽ hoi tēn mētropolin e echontes ponēroteroi tōn allōn ēsan, hate kai pleionos apolauontes timēs, kai polyn kektēmenoi ton typhon. Thea de moi pōs kai apo tēs erōtēseōs autēs haliskontai. Oude gar legousi, diati parabainousi ton nymon Mōyseōs: alla, tēn paradosin tōn presbyterōn. Hothen dēlon, hoti polla hekainotomoun hoi hiereis» kaitoi Mōyseōs meta pollou tou phobou kai meta pollēs tēs apeilēs episkēpsantos hōste mēte prostheinai, mēte aphelein. Ou prosthēsete gar, phēsi, pros to bēma, ho egō entellomai hymin sēmeron, kai ouk apheleite ap᾽ autou. ᾿All᾽ ouden hētton heekainotomoun᾽ hoion dē kai touto hēn, to mē dein aniptois chersin esthiein, to potēria baptizein kai chalkeia, to kai autous battizesthai. Hote gar edei loipon autous apallagēnai tōn paratērēseōn, tou chronou proelthontos? tote autous mallon pleiosin edēsan tais paratērēsesi, dedoikotes mē tis autōn aphelētai tēn archēn, kai phoberōteroi einai boulomenoi, hōs dē kai autoi nomothetai. Eis tosouton oun proēlthe paranomias to pragma, hōs tas men autōn phylattesthai entolas, tas de tou theou parabainesthai kai tosouton ekratoun, hōste katēgorian loipon to pragma einai. Hoper diploun kat᾽ autōn enklēma hēn, hoti te hekainotomoun, kai hoti houtōs exedikoun ta heautōn, tou theou oudena poioumenoi logon. Kai aphentes ta alla eipein, tous xestas kai ta chalkeiia, (katagelasta gar ēn), ho tōn allōn mallon edokei logon echein, touto eis meson propherousin, houtōs, hōs homouge, dokein eis orgēn auton exagein bonlomenoi. Dio kai tōn presbyterōn emnēmoneuon, hina hōs exoudenōn autous paraschę̄ kath᾽ heautou labēn. Axion de prōton exetasai, diati kai hoi mathētai chersin aniptois ēsthion. Tinos oun heneken houtōs ēsthion: Ouk epitēdeuontes touto, all᾽ hyperorōntes loipon tōn perittōn, kai tois anankaiois prosechontes oute to niptesthai, oute to mē niptesthai nomon echontes, all᾽ hōs etychen hekateron poiountes. Hoi gar kai autēs tēs anankaias kataphronountes trophēs, pōs emellon tauta perispoudasta e echein: ᾿Epei oun synebaine pollakis touto apo tantomatou ginesthai, hoion hōs hote en tē erēmǭ ēsthion, hōs hote tous astachyas etillon, ant᾽ enklēmatos auto proballontai, hoi ta megala aei paratrechontes, kai tōn perittōn polyn poioumenoi logon. Ti oun ho Christos? Ouk estē pros touto, oude apelogēsato, all᾽ eutheōs antenkalei, kataspōn autōn tēn parrhēsian, kai deiknys, hoti ton megala hamartanonta hyper mikrōn pros heterous akribologeisthai ou chrē. Deon gar hymas enkaleisthai, phēsi, kai enkaleite: Sy de paratērei, pōs hotan ti boulētai lysai tōn nomimōn, en taxei. apologias auto poiei hoper kai tote epoiēsen. Oude gar eutheōs epi tēn parabasin erchetai, oude legei? ouden estin' hē gar an thrasyterous eirgasato alla prōton ekkoptei autōn tēn thrasytēta, to pollǭ meizon enklēma eis meson agōn, kai eis tēn ekeinōn perielkōn kephalēn. Kai oute legei, hoti kalōs poiousi parabainontes, hina mē dō labēn autois oute kakizei to ginomenon, hina mē bebaiōsę̄ ton nomon oud au palin «katēgorei tōn presbyterōn, hōs paranomōn kai miarōn hē gar an hōs loidoron kai hybristēn apestraphēsan alla panta tauta apheis, heteran hodon e erchetai. Kai dokei men autois epitiman tois paragenomenois, kathaptetai de tōn tauta nomothetēsantōn᾽ tōn men presbyterōn oudamou mnēmoneuōn, en de tę̄ pros toutous katēgorią kakeinous kataballōn, kai deiknys hoti diploun to hamartēma, hoti kais tǭ theǭ ou peithontai, kai di᾽ anthrōpous touto poiousin᾽ hōsanei. elege touto gar hymas, touto apōlese, to panta peithesthai tois presbyterois. All᾽ ou legei houtō, touto de auto ainittetai, houtōs autois apokritheis diati kai hymeis parabainete tēn entolēn tou theou dia tēn paradosin hymōn: Ho gar theos eneteilato tima ton patera kai tēn mētera kai, ho kakologōn patera ē ) mētera, thanatǭ teleutatō. Hymeis de legete hos an eipę̄ tǭ patri hē tę̄ mētri, dōron, ho ean ei emou ōphelēthę̄s, kai ou mē timēsę̄ ton patera kai tēn mētera kai ēkyrōsate ' tēn entolēn tou theou dia tēn paradosin hymōn.

“Then there come to Jesus the scribes and Pharisees from Jerusalem, saying, ‘Why do your disciples transgress the tradition of the elders? For they do not wash their hands when they eat bread.’ But he answered and said to them, ‘Why do you also transgress the commandment of God because of your tradition? For God commanded, saying, “Honor your father and your mother,” and, “He who speaks evil of father or mother, let him surely die.” But you say, “Whoever says to his father or mother, ‘It is a gift, whatever you might have gained from me,’ he shall not honor his father or his mother.” And you have made void the commandment of God because of your tradition.’” “Then”: when? When he had worked his countless signs, when he had healed the sick by the touch of his fringe. For that is why the evangelist marks the time, to show their unspeakable wickedness, which yielded to nothing. And what does “the scribes and Pharisees from Jerusalem” mean? They were scattered in all the tribes and divided into twelve parts; but those who held the capital were more wicked than the others, inasmuch as they enjoyed greater honor and had acquired great arrogance. But see, I pray you, how they are caught by their very question. For they do not say, “Why do they transgress the law of Moses?” but, “the tradition of the elders.” From this it is plain that the priests were introducing many innovations, although Moses had charged them with much fear and with great threatening neither to add nor to take away. “For you shall not add,” he says, “to the word which I command you this day, and you shall not take away from it.” But they innovated none the less; such was this too, that one must not eat with unwashed hands, and the baptizing of cups and bronze vessels, and their baptizing themselves. For just when, as time went on, they ought to have been freed from such observances, then they bound them the more with more of them, fearing lest someone should take away their authority, and wishing to be more feared, as being themselves lawgivers. The thing therefore went so far in lawlessness that their own commandments were kept while God’s were transgressed; and they had such power that the matter became a ground of accusation. This was a double charge against them: both that they innovated, and that they avenged their own rules so strictly while taking no account of God’s. And passing over the rest, the pots and the bronze vessels (for they were ridiculous), they bring forward the one that seemed to have more reason than the others, wishing, as it seems to me, to provoke him to anger. That is why they mentioned the elders too, so that by seeming to despise them he might give them a hold against himself. But it is worth examining first why the disciples ate with unwashed hands. For what reason, then, did they eat so? Not making a point of it, but now disregarding superfluous things and attending to necessary ones, having no rule either about washing or not washing, but doing either as it happened. For those who despised even necessary food, how should they have made these things a matter of zeal? Since, then, it often happened that this came about by chance, as when they ate in the desert, as when they plucked the ears of grain, they bring it forward as a charge—they who always pass over great things and make much account of superfluous ones. What then does Christ do? He did not stand on this point or make a defense, but at once brings a countercharge, pulling down their boldness of speech, and showing that one who sins greatly ought not to be exact with others about small things. “You who ought to be accused,” he says, “do you accuse?” But observe how, whenever he wishes to set aside one of the legal rules, he does it in the manner of a defense; which he did on that occasion too. For he does not come at once to the transgression, nor say, “It is nothing”; for then he would have made them bolder; but first he cuts off their boldness, bringing into the midst a far greater charge and turning it upon their own head. And he neither says that the disciples do well to transgress, so as not to give them a hold; nor does he condemn what was done, so as not to confirm the rule; nor again does he accuse the elders as lawless and polluted, for then they would have turned away from him as a reviler and an insulter; but leaving all these aside he goes another way. And he seems to rebuke those who had come, but he strikes at those who made these laws; nowhere mentioning the elders, but in his accusation of these men bringing those down too, and showing that the sin is double: that they do not obey God, and that they do this for the sake of men; as if he said, “This is what has ruined you, obeying the elders in everything.” He does not say it so, but he hints at this very thing by answering them thus: “Why do you also transgress the commandment of God because of your tradition? For God commanded, ‘Honor your father and your mother,’ and, ‘He who speaks evil of father or mother, let him surely die.’ But you say, ‘Whoever says to his father or mother, “It is a gift, whatever you might have gained from me,” he shall not honor his father and his mother.’ And you have made void the commandment of God because of your tradition.”

51.2Field 2

Καὶ οὐκ εἶπε, τῶν πρεσβυτέρων, ἀλλ᾽, ὑμῶν καὶ, ὑμεῖς λέγετε, καὶ οὐκ εἶπεν, οἱ πρεσβύτεροι, οὐδὲ ὥστε ἀνεπαχθέστερον ποιῆσαι τὸν λόγον. ᾿Επειδὴ γὰρ παρανόμους ἠθέλησαν δεῖξαι τοὺς μαθητὰς, δείκνυσιν αὐτοὺς τοῦτο ποιοῦντας, τούτους δὲ ἀπηλλαγμένους ἐγκλήματος. Οὐ γὰρ δὴ νόμος τὸ ὑπὸ τῶν ἀνθρώπων ἐπιταχθέν (διὸ καὶ παράδοσιν αὐτὸ καλεῖ) καὶ , ἀνθρώπων μάλιστα παρανόμων. Καὶ ἐπειδὴ τοῦτο οὐκ ἣν ὑπεναντίον τῷ νόμῳ, τὸ κελεύειν τὰς χείρας νίπτειν,; ἑτέραν παράδοσιν εἰς μέσον ἄγει, ἐναντιουμένην τῷ νόμῳ. Ὃ δὲ λέγει, τοιοῦτόν ἐστιν. ᾿Επαίδευσαν τοὺς νέους εὐσεβείας σχήματι καταφρονεῖν τῶν πατέρων. Πώς καὶ τίνι τρόπῳ: Εἴ τις τῶν γονέων εἶπε τῷ παιδὶ, δός μοι τὸ πρόβατον τοῦτο ὃ ἔχεις, ἢ τὸν μόσχον, ἢ ἄλλο τι τοιοῦτον, ἔλεγον δῶρόν ἐ ἐστι τῷ θεῷ τοῦτο, ὃ θέλεις ἐξ ἐμοῦ ὠφεληθῆναι, καὶ οὐ δύνασαι λαβεῖν. Καὶ διπλοῦν ἐντεῦθεν ἐγίνετο τὸ κακόν. Οὔτε γὰρ τῷ θεῷ ,Τροσῆγον, καὶ τοὺς γονέας ὀνόματι τῆς προσφορᾶς ἀπεστέρουν, τούς τε ᾿γεγεννηκότας διὰ τὸν θεὸν ὑβρίζοντες, καὶ τὸν θεὸν διὰ τοὺς γεγεννηκότα. ᾿Αλλ οὐ λέγει τοῦτοεὐθέως, ἀλλὰ πρότερον τὸν νόμον ἀναγινώσκει; δι οὗ δείκνυσι σφόδρα βουλόμενον αὐτὸν τιμᾶσθαι γονέας. Τίμα γὰρ, φησὶ, τὸν πατέρα σου καὶ τὴν μητέρα; ἵνα ἔ ἐσῃ μακροχρόνιος ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς καὶ πάλιν, ὁ κακολογῶν πατέρα ῆ μητέρα, θανάτῳ τελευτάτω. Ἀλλ᾽ αὐτὸς ἐκεῖνο αφεὶς, τὸ κείμενον ἔπαθλον τοῖς τιμῶσι τοὺς γονέας, τὸ φοβερώτερον τίθησι, τὴν κόλασιν λέγω τὴν τοῖς ἀτιμάζουσιν ἠπειλημένην, καὶ αὐτοὺς καταπλῆξαι βουλόμενος, καὶ τοὺς νοῦν ἔχοντας ἐπισπάσασθαι καὶ δείκνυσιν ἐντεῦθεν θανάτου αξίους ὄντας. Εἰ γὰρ ὁ βήματι ἀτιμάζων κολαζεται, πολλῷ μᾶλλον ὑμεῖς οἱ ἔργῳ᾽ καὶ οὐ μόνον ἀτιμάζοντες, ἀλλὰ καὶ ἑ ἑτέρους τοῦτο διδάσκοντες. Οἱ τοίνυν μηδὲ ζῆν ὀφείλοντες, πῶς ἐγκαλεῖτε τοις μαθηταῖς : : Τί δὲ θαυμαστὸν, εἰ εἰς ἐμὲ τὸν τέως ἀγνοούμενον τοιαῦτα ὑβρίζετε, ὅταν καὶ εἰς τὸν πατέρα φαίνησθε τοιαῦτα ποιοῦντες Πανταχοῦ γὰρ καὶ λέγει καὶ δείκνυσιν, ὅτι ἐκεῖθεν τῆς ἀπονοίας ἤρξαντο ταύτης. Τινὲς δὲ καὶ ἑτέρως ἑρμηνεύουσι τὸ, δώρον, ὃ ἐὰν ἐξ ἐμοῦ ὠφεληθῇς τουτέστιν, οὐκ ὀφείλω σοι τιμὴν, αλλὰ χαρίζομαί σοι, ἀν ἄρα σε τιμήσω. Ἀλλ᾽ οὐκ ἄν ὁ Χριστὸς τοιαύτης ἐμνημόνευσεν ὕβρεως. Καὶ ὁ Μάρκος δὲ σαφέστερον τοῦτο ποιεῖ λέγων᾽ τὸ ᾿ Κορβᾶν, ὃ ἐὰν εξ ἐμοὺ ὠφεληθῇς ὅπερ οὐκ ἔστι ᾿ δωρεὰ καὶ προὶξ, ἀλλὰ προσφορὰ κυρίως λέγεται. Δείξας τοίνυν, ὅτι οὐκ ἂν εἶεν δίκαιοι ἐγκαλεῖν ἦ παραβαίνουσιν ἐντολὴν πρεσβυτέρων οἱ τὸν νόμον καταπατοῦντες, ᾿ᾶδείκνυσι τοῦτο αὐτὸ καὶ απὸ τοὺ προφήτου. ᾿Επειδὴ γὰρ αὐτοὺς εἷλε σφοδρῶς, περαιτέρω προεισιν ὃ δὴ πανταχοῦ ποιεῖ, τὰς γραφὰς εἰς μέσον ἄγων, καὶ ταύτῃ δεικνὺς ἑαυτὸν συμβαίνοντα τῷ θεῷ. Τί δὲ ὁ προφήτης φησίν: Ὁ λαὸς οὗτος τοῖς χείλεσί με τιμᾷ, ἢ δὲ καρδία αὐτῶν πόῤῥω ἀπέχει ἀπ᾽ ἐμοῦ. Μάτην δὲ σέβονταῖ με, διδάσκοντες διδασκαλίας, ἐντάλματα ἀνθρώπων. Εἶδες προφητείαν συμφωνοῦσαν τοῖς εἰρημένοις μετὰ ἀκριβείας, καὶ ἄνωθεν αὐτῶν προαναφωνουμένην τὴν κακίαν : Ὅπερ γὰρ ὁ Χριστὸς ἐνεκάλεσε νῦν». τοῦτο καὶ ὁ Ἡσαΐας ἄνωθεν εἶπεν, ὅτι τῶν μὲν τοῦ θεοῦ καταφρονοῦσι μάτην γὰρ σέβονταί με, φησίν' τῶν δὲ ἰδίων πολὺν ποιοῦνται λόγον διδάσκοντες γὰρ ἐντάλματα, διδασκαλίας ἀνθρώπων. Οὐκοῦν εἰκότως αὐτὰς οὐ τηροῦσι. Δοὺς τοίνυν αὐτοῖς καιρίαν τὴν πληγὴν, καὶ ἀπὸ τῶν πραγμάτων, καὶ ἀπὸ τῆς οἰκείας ψήφου, καὶ απὸ τοῦ προφήτου τὴν κατηγορίαν αὐξήσας, ἐκείνοις μὲν οὐδὲν ,διαλέγεται; ἀδιορθώτως λοιπὸν ἔχουσι, τὸν δὲ λόγον τρέπει πρὸς τοὺς ὄχλους, ὥστε τὸ δόγμα εἰσενεγκεῖν ὑψηλὸν καὶ μέγα ὃν, καὶ πολλῆς Φιλοσοθιας γέμον καὶ λαβὼν ἀφορμὴν ἀπ᾿ ἐκείνου, τὸ μεῖζον ἐνυφαίνει λοιπὸν, καὶ τὴν τῶν βρωμάτων παρατήρησιν ἐκβάλλων. ᾿Δλλ᾽ ὅρα πότε. Ὅτε τὸν λεπρὸν ἐκάθηρεν, ὅτε τὸ σάββατον ἔλυσεν, ὅτε γῆς καὶ θαλάττης βασιλέα ἑαυτὸν ἀπέφηνεν, ᾿ ὅτε ἐνομοθέτησεν, ὅτε ἁμαρτήματα ἀφῆκεν, ὅτε νεκροὺς ἤγειρεν, ὅτε πολλὰ τῆς θεότητος αὐτοῦ δείγματα παρέσχεν αὑτοῖς, τότε περὶ βρωμάτων διαλέγεται.

Kai ouk eipe, tōn presbyterōn, all᾽, hymōn kai, hymeis legete, kai ouk eipen, hoi presbyteroi, oude hōste anepachthesteron poiēsai ton logon. ᾿Epeidē gar paranomous ēthelēsan deixai tous mathētas, deiknysin autous touto poiountas, toutous de apēllagmenous enklēmatos. Ou gar dē nomos to hypo tōn anthrōpōn epitachthen (dio kai paradosin auto kalei) kai , anthrōpōn malista paranomōn. Kai epeidē touto ouk hēn hypenantion tǭ nomǭ, to keleuein tas cheiras niptein,? heteran paradosin eis meson agei, enantioumenēn tǭ nomǭ. Ho de legei, toiouton estin. ᾿Epaideusan tous neous eusebeias schēmati kataphronein tōn paterōn. Pōs kai tini tropǭ: Ei tis tōn goneōn eipe tǭ paidi, dos moi to probaton touto ho echeis, ē ton moschon, ē allo ti toiouton, elegon dōron e esti tǭ theǭ touto, ho theleis ex emou ōphelēthēnai, kai ou dynasai labein. Kai diploun enteuthen egineto to kakon. Oute gar tǭ theǭ ,Trosēgon, kai tous goneas onomati tēs prosphoras apesteroun, tous te ᾿gegennēkotas dia ton theon hybrizontes, kai ton theon dia tous gegennēkota. ᾿All ou legei toutoeutheōs, alla proteron ton nomon anaginōskei? di hou deiknysi sphodra boulomenon auton timasthai goneas. Tima gar, phēsi, ton patera sou kai tēn mētera? hina e esę̄ makrochronios epi tēs gēs kai palin, ho kakologōn patera ē mētera, thanatǭ teleutatō. All᾽ autos ekeino apheis, to keimenon epathlon tois timōsi tous goneas, to phoberōteron tithēsi, tēn kolasin legō tēn tois atimazousin ēpeilēmenēn, kai autous kataplēxai boulomenos, kai tous noun echontas epispasasthai kai deiknysin enteuthen thanatou axious ontas. Ei gar ho bēmati atimazōn kolazetai, pollǭ mallon hymeis hoi ergǭ᾽ kai ou monon atimazontes, alla kai he heterous touto didaskontes. Hoi toinyn mēde zēn opheilontes, pōs enkaleite tois mathētais : : Ti de thaumaston, ei eis eme ton teōs agnooumenon toiauta hybrizete, hotan kai eis ton patera phainēsthe toiauta poiountes Pantachou gar kai legei kai deiknysin, hoti ekeithen tēs aponoias ērxanto tautēs. Tines de kai heterōs hermēneuousi to, dōron, ho ean ex emou ōphelēthę̄s toutestin, ouk opheilō soi timēn, alla charizomai soi, an ara se timēsō. All᾽ ouk an ho Christos toiautēs emnēmoneusen hybreōs. Kai ho Markos de saphesteron touto poiei legōn᾽ to ᾿ Korban, ho ean ex emou ōphelēthę̄s hoper ouk esti ᾿ dōrea kai proix, alla prosphora kyriōs legetai. Deixas toinyn, hoti ouk an eien dikaioi enkalein ē parabainousin entolēn presbyterōn hoi ton nomon katapatountes, ᾿adeiknysi touto auto kai apo tou prophētou. ᾿Epeidē gar autous heile sphodrōs, peraiterō proeisin ho dē pantachou poiei, tas graphas eis meson agōn, kai tautę̄ deiknys heauton symbainonta tǭ theǭ. Ti de ho prophētēs phēsin: Ho laos houtos tois cheilesi me timą, ē de kardia autōn porrhō apechei ap᾽ emou. Matēn de sebontai me, didaskontes didaskalias, entalmata anthrōpōn. Eides prophēteian symphōnousan tois eirēmenois meta akribeias, kai anōthen autōn proanaphōnoumenēn tēn kakian : Hoper gar ho Christos enekalese nyn». touto kai ho Hēsaïas anōthen eipen, hoti tōn men tou theou kataphronousi matēn gar sebontai me, phēsin' tōn de idiōn polyn poiountai logon didaskontes gar entalmata, didaskalias anthrōpōn. Oukoun eikotōs autas ou tērousi. Dous toinyn autois kairian tēn plēgēn, kai apo tōn pragmatōn, kai apo tēs oikeias psēphou, kai apo tou prophētou tēn katēgorian auxēsas, ekeinois men ouden ,dialegetai? adiorthōtōs loipon echousi, ton de logon trepei pros tous ochlous, hōste to dogma eisenenkein hypsēlon kai mega hon, kai pollēs Philosothias gemon kai labōn aphormēn ap᾿ ekeinou, to meizon enyphainei loipon, kai tēn tōn brōmatōn paratērēsin ekballōn. ᾿Dll᾽ hora pote. Hote ton lepron ekathēren, hote to sabbaton elysen, hote gēs kai thalattēs basilea heauton apephēnen, ᾿ hote enomothetēsen, hote hamartēmata aphēken, hote nekrous ēgeiren, hote polla tēs theotētos autou deigmata pareschen hautois, tote peri brōmatōn dialegetai.

And he did not say, “of the elders,” but “your”; and, “you say”; and he did not say, “the elders,” so as to make his word less offensive. For since they wished to show that the disciples were lawless, he shows that it is they who are doing this, while the disciples are free of the charge. For what was enjoined by men is not law (that is why he calls it tradition), and by men who were lawless above all. And since commanding men to wash their hands was not contrary to the law, he brings into the midst another tradition, one that is contrary to the law. What he says is something like this: they taught the young, under a show of piety, to despise their fathers. How, and in what way? If one of the parents said to his son, “Give me this sheep that you have, or the calf, or something else of the kind,” they would say, “This is a gift to God, whatever you wish to gain from me, and you cannot take it.” And from this a double evil arose. For they did not offer it to God, and they robbed their parents in the name of the offering, insulting their parents for God’s sake and God for their parents’ sake. But he does not say this at once; first he reads out the law, by which he shows that it wishes parents to be greatly honored. “For honor,” it says, “your father and your mother, that you may live long on the earth”; and again, “He who speaks evil of father or mother, let him surely die.” But he, passing over the reward set for those who honor their parents, sets down the more fearful part, I mean the punishment threatened to those who dishonor them, wishing both to strike these men with dismay and to draw those who have sense; and he shows thereby that they deserve death. For if he who dishonors with a word is punished, much more you who do it by deed, and not only dishonor but also teach others to do so. You, then, who ought not even to live, how do you accuse the disciples? And what wonder is it if you commit such insults against me, who am for the time unknown, when you are seen doing such things toward the Father too? For everywhere he both says and shows that it was with God himself that they began this madness. Some, however, interpret “It is a gift, whatever you might have gained from me” differently: that is, “I do not owe you honor, but I do you a favor if I honor you.” But Christ would not have mentioned such an insult. And Mark makes this plainer, saying, “Corban, whatever you might have gained from me,” which does not mean a gift or a dowry but is properly called an offering. Having shown, then, that those who trample on the law would not be justified in accusing others for transgressing a commandment of the elders, he shows this same thing also from the prophet. For since he had convicted them vehemently, he goes further, which he does everywhere, bringing the Scriptures into the midst, and showing by this too that he is in agreement with God. And what does the prophet say? “This people honors me with their lips, but their heart is far from me. And in vain they worship me, teaching as doctrines the commandments of men.” Do you see a prophecy agreeing exactly with what was said, and proclaiming their wickedness from of old? For what Christ now charged, Isaiah too said long before: that they despise the things of God (“For in vain they worship me,” he says), but make much account of their own (“teaching as commandments the doctrines of men”). Rightly then the disciples do not keep these. Having given them, then, a mortal blow, and having heightened the accusation by the facts, by their own verdict, and by the prophet, he says nothing more to them, since they were incorrigible, but turns his word to the crowds, to bring in a teaching that is lofty and great and full of much wisdom; and taking occasion from that, he now weaves in the greater thing, casting out the observance of foods. But see when. When he had cleansed the leper, when he had set aside the sabbath, when he had shown himself king of land and sea, when he had given laws, when he had forgiven sins, when he had raised the dead, when he had given them many proofs of his Godhead, then he speaks about foods.

51.3Field 2

Καὶ γὰρ ὁ πᾶς ᾿Ιουδαϊσμὸς ἐν τούτῳ συνέχεται κἂν τοῦτο ἀνέλης, καὶ τὸ πᾶν ανεῖλες. ᾿Εντεῦθεν γὰρ δείκνυσιν, ὅτι καὶ περιτομὴν δεῖ λύειν. Ἀλλ᾽ αὐτὸς μὲν τοῦτο προηγουμένως οὐκ εἰσηγεῖται, ἐπειδὴ τῶν ἄλλων ἐντολῶν πρεσβύτερον ἡ ἣν, καὶ πλείονα εἶχε τὴν ὑπόληψιν' διὰ δὲ τῶν μαθητῶν αὐτὸ νομοθετεῖ. Οὕτω γὰρ μέγα, ἦν; ὅτι καὶ οἱ μαθηταὶ μετὰ τοσοῦτον χρόνον βουλόμενοι αὐτὸ ἀνελεῖν, πρότερον αὐτὸ μεταχειρίζονται, καὶ οὕτω καταλυύυουσιν. Ὅρα δὲ πῶς εἰσάγει τὸν νόμον. Προσκαλεσάμενος γὰρ τοὺς ὄχλους εἶπεν αὐτοῖς ἀκούσατε καὶ συνίετε. Οὐδὲ γὰρ ἁπλῶς αὐτοῖς ἀποφαίνεται; ἀλλὰ τῇ τιμῇ καὶ τῇ θεραπείᾳ πρῶτον εὐπαράδεκτον ποιεῖ τὸν λόγον (τοῦτο γὰρ ἐδήλωσεν ὁ εὐαγγελιστὴς εἰπὼν, προσκαλεσάμενος) ἔπειτα καὶ τῷ καιρῷ. Μετὰ γὰρ τὸν ἐκείνων ἔλεγχον καὶ τὴν νίκην τὴν κατ᾽ αὐτῶν, καὶ τὴν παρὰ τοῦ προφήτου κατηγορίαν, τότε ἄρχεται τῆς νυμοθεσίας, ὅτε καὶ εὐκολώτερον κατεϑδέχοντο τὰ λεγόμενα. Καὶ οὐχ ἁπλῶς αὐτοὺς προσκαλεῖται, ἀλλὰ καὶ προσεκτικωτέρους ποιεῖ. Συνίετε γὰρ: φησί τουτἐστι, νοήσατε, διανάστητε᾽ τοιοῦτος γὰρ ὁ μέλλων γράφεσθαι νύμος. Εἰ γὰρ αὐτοὶ τὸν νόμον ἔλυσαν, καὶ παρὰ καιρὸν, διὰ τὴν ἰδίαν παράδοσιν, καὶ ἠκούσατε: πολλῷ μᾶλλον ἐμοῦ ἀκούειν χρὴ τοῦ κατὰ τὸν προσήκοντα καιρὸν ἐπὶ μείζονα ὑμάς ἄγοντος φιλοσοφίαν. Καὶ οὐκ εἶπεν, οὐδὲν ἐστιν ἡ παρατήρησις τῶν βρωμάτων, οὐδ᾽ ὅτι Μωὺσῆς κακῶς προσέταξεν, οὐδ᾽ ὅτι συγκαταβαίνων᾽ ἀλλ᾽ ἐν τάξει παραινέσεως καὶ συμβουλῆς, καὶ ἀπὸ τῆς τῶν πραγμάτων φύσεως τὴν μαρτυρίαν λαβὼν, φησιν· οὐ τὰ εἰσερχόμενα εἰς τὸ στόμα κοινοῖ τὸν ἄνθρωπον, ἀλλὰ τὰ ἐκπορευόμενα δια τοῦ στόματος επὶ τὴν φύσιν αὐτὴν καταφεύγων, καὶ νομοθετῶν, καὶ ἀποφαινόμενος. Καὶ ταῦτα ἀκούοντες οὐδὲν ἀντεῖπον ἐκεῖνοι, οὐδὲ εἷπον᾽ τί λέγεις: τοῦ θεου μυρία παραγγείλαντος περὶ βρωμάτων παρατηρήσεως, σὺ τοιαῦτα νομοθετεῖς ; ἀλλ᾽ ἐπειδὴ σφόδρα αὐτοὺς ἐπεστόμισεν, οὐ τῷ ἐλέγξαι μόνον, αλλὰ καὶ τῷ τὸν δόλον αὐτῶν εἰς μέσον ἀγαγεῖν, καὶ τὸ λάθρα γινόμενον παρ᾽ αὐτῶν ἐκπομπεῦσαι, καὶ τὰ ἀπόῤῥητα τῆς διανοίας ἀνακαλύψαι, ἐπιστομισθέντες ἀπῆλθον. Σὺ δέ μοι σκόπει, πῶς οὐδέπω θαῤῥεῖ σαφῶς κατατολμῆσαι τῶν βρωμάτων. Διὰ τοῦτο οὐδὲ εἶπε, τὰ βρώματα, ἀλλ᾽, οὐ τὰ εἰσερχόμενα κοινοῖ τὸν ἄνθρωπον ὅπερ εἰκὸς ἣν καὶ περὶ τῶν ανίπτων χειρῶν ὑποπτεύειν. Αὐτὸς μὲν γὰρ περὶ βρωμάτων ἔλεγεν, ἐνοήθη δ᾽ ἂν καὶ περὶ ᾿ τούτων. Τοσαύτη γὰρ ἣν ἡ παρατήρησις τῶν βρωμάτων, ὡς καὶ μετὰ τὴν ἀνάστασιν τὸν Πέτρον εἰπεῖν οὐχὶ, κύριε, ὅτι οὐδέποτε ἔφαγον πᾶν κοινὸν ἢ ἀκάθαρτον. Εἰ γὰρ καὶ δι ἑτέρους ταῦτα ἔλεγε, καὶ ὥστε καταλιπεῖν ἑαυτῷ ἀπολογίαν πρὸς τοὺς ἐγκαλοῦντας, ἵνα δείξη ὅ ὅτι καὶ ἀντεῖπε, καὶ οὐδὲ οὕτω συνεχωρήθη, ὅ ὅμως δείκνυσι πολλὴν οὖσαν τοῦ πράγματος τὴν ὑπόνοιαν. Δια τοι τοῦτο καὶ αὐτὸς ἐξ ἀρχῆς οὐ φανερώς εἶπε περὶ βρωμάτων, αλλὰ, τὰ εἰσερχόμενα εἰς τὸ στόμα καὶ πάλιν, ὅτε σαφέστερον ἔδοξεν ὕστερον λέγειν, ἀπὸ τοῦ τέλους αὐτὸ συνεσκίασεν εἰπών τὸ δὲ ἀνίπτοις χερσὶ φαγεῖν οὐ κοινοῖ τὸν ἄνθρωπον ἕνα δόξῃ ἐντεῦθεν τὴν ἀρχὴν εἰληφέναι, καὶ περὶ αὐτοῦ διαλέγεσθαι τέως. Διὰ τοῦτο οὐκ εἶπε τὸ δὲ βρώματα φαγεῖν οὐ κοινοῖ τὸν ἄνθρωπον' ἀλλ᾽ ὡς περὶ ἐκείνου διαλεγόμενος, ἵνα μηδὲν ἔχωσιν ἀντειπεῖν ἐκεῖνοι. Ταῦτα τοίνυν ἀκούσαντες ἐσκανδαλίσθησαν, φησὶν, οἱ Φαρισαῖοι, οὐχ οἱ ὄχλοι. Προσελθόντες γὰρ, φησὶν, οἱ μαθηταὶ αὐτοῦ εἶπον αὐτῷ οἶδας ὅτι οἱ Φαρισαῖοι ἀκούσαντες ᾿ τὸν λόγον ἐσκανδαλίσθησαν ᾿ Καίτοιγε οὐδὲν πρὸς αὐτοὺς εἴρητο. Τί οὖν ὁ Χριστός : : Οὐκ ἔλυσε τὸ σκάνδαλον ἐκείνοις, ἀλλ᾽ ἐπετίμησε; λέγων· πᾶσα φυτεία, ἣν οὐκ ἐφύτευσεν ὁ πατήρ μου ὁ οὐράνιος, ἐκριζωθήσεται. Οἵδες γὰρ καὶ ᾿ καταφρονεῖν σκανδάλων, καὶ μὴ καταφρονεῖν. ᾿Αλλαχου γοῦν φησιν· ἵνα δὲ μὴ σκανδαλίσωμεν αὐτοὺς, βαλε ἄγκιστρον εἰς τὴν θάλασσαν ἐνταῦθα δέ φησιν· ἄφετε αὐτούς ὁδηγοί εἰσι τυφλοὶ τυφλῶν. Τυφλὸς δὲ τυφλὸν ἐὰν ὁδηγῇ, ἀμφότεροι εἰς βόθυνον ἐμπεσοῦνται. Ταῦτα δὲ ἔλεγον οἱ μαθηταὶ, οὐχ ὡς ὑπὲρ ἐκείνων ἀλγοῦντες μόνον, ἀλλὰ καὶ αὐτοὶ ἠρέμα θορυβούμενοι. ᾿Επειδὴ δὲ οὐκ ἐτόλμων εἰπεῖν εξ οἰκείυον προσώπου τοῦτο, ἐν τῆ περὶ ἑτέρων διηγήσει μανθάνειν ἐβούλοντο. Ὅτι γὰρ τοῦτό ἐστιν, ἄκουσον πῶς μετὰ ταῦτα ὁ θερμὸς καὶ πανταχοῦ προφθάνων Πέτρος προσελθών φησι φράσον ἡμῖν τὴν παραβολὴν ταύτην τὸν ἐν τῇ ψυχῇ θόρυβον ἐκκαλύπτων, καὶ Φανερὼς μὲν οὐ τολμῶν εἰπεῖν, ὅτι σκανδαλίζομαι, ἀξιῶν δὲ διὰ τῆς ἑρμηνείας ἀπαλλαγῆναι τοῦ θορύβον διὸ καὶ ἐπετιμᾶτο. Τί οὗν ὁ Χριστός φησι: Πᾶσα φυτεία, ἣν οὐκ ἐφύτευσεν ὁ πατήρ μου ὁ οὐράνιος ἐκριζωθήσεται. Τοῦτο περὶ τοῦ νόμου φασὶν εἰρῆσθαι οἱ τὰ Μανιχαίων νοσοῦντες ἀλλ᾽ ἐπιστομίζει τὰ ἔμπροσθεν εἰρημένα αὐτούς. Εἰ γὰρ περὶ τοῦ νόμου ἔλεγε, Ἐ πώς ἀνωτέρω ἀπολογεῖται ὑπὲρ αὐτοῦ καὶ μάχεται λέγων' ἐ διατί παραβαίνετε τὴν ἐντολὴν τοῦ θεοῦ διὰ τὴν παράοσιν ὑμῶν τ᾿ πῶς δὲ τὸν προφήτην παράγει εἰς μέσον: Ἀλλὰ περὶ αὐτῶν ἐκείνων καὶ τον παραδόύσεων αὐτῶν ταῦτά φησιν. Εἰ γὰρ ὁ θεὸς εἶπε, τίμα τὸν πατέρα καὶ τὴν μητέρα πώς οὐκ ἔστι φυτεία θεοῦ τὸ παρὰ θεοῦ εἰρημένον : Καὶ τὸ ἑξῆς δὲ δείκνυσιν, ὅ οτι περὶ αὐτῶν εἴρηται καὶ τῶν παραδόσεων αὐτῶν. ᾿Επήγαγε γοῦν᾽ ὁδηγοί εἰσι τυφλοὶ τυφλῶν. Εἰ δὲ περὶ τοῦ νόμον ἔλεγε τοῦτο, εἶπεν ἄν᾽ ὁδηγός ἐ εστι τυφλὸς τυφλῶν. Αλλ᾽ οὐχ οὕτως εἶπεν, ἀλλ΄, ὁδιγγοί εἰσι τυφλοὶ τυφλῶν, ἐκεῖνον μὲν ἀπαλλάττων τῆς κατηγορίας, εἰς δὲ τούτους τὸ πᾶν περιέλκων. Εἶτα καὶ τὸ πλῆθος ἀποσχίζων αὐτῶν, ὡς μέλλον εἰς βάραθρον ἐμπίπτειν δι αὐτοὺς» φησί· τυφλὸς τυφλὸν ἐὰν ὁδηγῇ, ἀμφότεροι εἰς βόθυνον ἐμπεσοῦνται. Μέγα μὲν κακὸν καὶ τυφλὸν εἶναι τὸ δὲ καὶ τοιοῦτον ὄντα μήτε ἔχειν. τὸν χειραγωγὸν, καὶ ὁδηγοῦ τάξιν ἐπέχειν, διπλοῦν καὶ τριπλοὺν ἔγκλημα. Εἰ γὰρ τὸ μὴ ἔχειν ὁδηγὸν τὸν τυφλὸν ἐπισφαλὲς, πολλῷ μᾶλλον τὸ καὶ ἐ ἑτέρῳ τοῦτο βούλεσθαι εἶναι. Τί οὖν ὁ Πέτρος: Οὐ λέγει, τί ποτέ ἐστι τοῦτο δ εἴρηκας : ;: ἀλλ᾽ ὡς ἀσαφείας γέμον ἐρωτᾷ. Καὶ οὐ λέγει διατί παράνομον εἶπας ; ἐδεδοίκει γὰρ, ἵνα μὴ νομισθῇ ἐσκανδαλίσθαι ἀλλ᾽ ἀσαφείας τοῦτο εἶναί φησιν. Ὅτι δὲ οὐκ ἣν ἀσαφείας, ἀλλ᾽ ἐσκανδαλίζετο, δῆλον: οὐδὲν γὰρ ἀσαφείας εἶχε. Διὸ καὶ ἐπιπλήττει ᾿ αὐτῷ λέγων ἀκμὴν καὶ ὑμεῖς ἀσύνετοί ἐστε; Οἱ μὲν γὰρ ὄχλοι οὐδὲ συνῆκαν ἴσως τὸ λεχθέν αὐτοὶ δὲ ἡ ἤσαν οἱ σκανδαλισθέντεςς. Διὸ παρὰ μὲν τὴν ἀρχὴν, ὡς ὑπὲρ τῶν Φαρισαίων δῆθεν ἑ ἐρωτῶντες, ἐβούλοντο μαθεῖν ἐπειδὴ δὲ ἤκουσαν αὐτοῦ μεγάλην ἀπειλὴν ἀπειλοῦντος καὶ λέγοντος, ὅτι πᾶσα φυτεία, ἣν οὐκ ἐφύτευσεν ὁ πατήρ μου ὁ οὐράνιος, ἐκριζωθήσεται,᾽ καὶ, ὁδηγοί εἰσι τυφλοὶ τυφλῶν, κατεστάλησαν. Ὁ δὲ πανταχοῦ θερμὸς οὐδὲ οὕτως ἀνέχεται συγῆσαι, ἀλλά φησι· φράσον ἡμῖν τὴν παραβολὴν ταύτην. Τί οὖν ὁ Χριστός: Σφόδ ρα ἐπιπληκτικῶς ἀποκρίνεται· Ἀκμὴν καὶ ὑμεῖς ἀσύνετοί ἐστε; Οὔπω νοεῖτε : Ταῦτα δὲ ἔλεγε καὶ ἐπετίμα, ὥστε τὴν πρόληψιν ἐκβαλεῖν' οὐ μὴν ἔστη μέχρι τούτου, αλλὰ καὶ ἕτερα ἐπάγει λέγων· ὅτι πᾶν τὸ εἰσπορενόμενον εἰς τὸ στόμα, εἰς τὴν κοιλίαν χωρεῖ, καὶ εἰς τὸν ἀφεδρῶνα ἐκβαλλεται τὰ δὲ ἐ ἐκπορευόμενα ἐκ τοῦ στόματος, ἐκ τῆς καρδίας ἐξέρχεται, κἀκεῖνα κοινοῖ τὸν ἄνθρωπον. Ἐκ γὰρ τῆς καρδίας ἐξέρχονται διαλογισμοὶ πονηροὶ, φόνοι, μοιχεῖαι, πορνείαι, κλοπαὶ, βλασφημίαι, ψευδομαρτυρίαι' καὶ ταῦτά ἐστι τὰ κοινοῦντα τὸν ἄνθρωπον. Τὸ δὲ ἡ ανίπτοις χερσὶν ᾿ἐσθίειν, οὐ κοινοὶ τὸν ἄνθρωπον. Εἶδες πῶς αὐτοῖς σφοδρῶς κέχρηται καὶ ἐπιτιμητικῶς : Εἶτα κατασκευάζει τὸ εἰρημένον ἀπὸ τῆς κοινῆς φύσεως, καὶ πρὸς τὴν θεραπείαν τὴν ἐκείνων. Ὅταν γὰρ εἴπη, εἰς τὴν κοιλίαν χωρεῖ, καὶ εἰς τὸν ἀφεδρῶνα ἐκβάλλεται, ἔτι κατὰ ᾿Ιουδαϊκὴν ταπεινότητα ἀποκρίνεται. Λέγει γὰρ, ὅτι οὐ μένει, ἀλλ᾽ ἐξέρχεται. Καίτοι καὶ εἰ ἔμενεν, οὐκ ἐποίει ἀκάθαρτον. ᾿Αλλ οὐδέπω τοῦτο δυνατοὶ ἡ ἤσαν ἀκοῦσαι. Διὰ γοὺν τοῦτο καὶ ὁ νομοθέτης τοσοῦτον χρόνον ἀφίησιν, ὃ ὅσον ἂν ἔνδον μένη ὅταν δὲ ἐξέλθη, οὐκέτι. ᾿Εν ἑσπέρᾳ γοὺν κελεύει λούεσθαι, καὶ καθαρὸν εἶναι, τὸν καιρὸν τῆς πέψεως ἀναμετρῶν, καὶ τῆς ἐκκρίσεως. Τὰ δὲ τῆς καρδίας, φησὶν, ἔνδον μένει, καὶ ἐξελθόντα κοινοῖ, οὐ μένοντα μόνον. Καὶ πρότερον τίθησι τοὺς πονηροὺς διαλογισμοὺς, ὃ ὅπερ ἣν ᾿Ιουδαϊκόν' καὶ οὐδέπω ἀπὸ τῆς τών πραγμάτων φύσεως ποιεῖται τὸν ἔλεγχον; ἀλλ᾽ ἀπὸ τοὺ τόκου τῆς κοιλίας καὶ τῆς καρδίας, καὶ ἐκ τοῦ τὰ μὲν μένειν, τὰ δὲ μὴ μένειν. Τὰ μὲν γὰρ, ἔξωθεν εἰσιόντα, ἔξω πάλιν ἄπεισιν τὰ δὲ ἔνδοθεν τίκτεται, καὶ ἐξελθόντα κοινοῖ, καὶ τότε μᾶλλον, ὅταν ἐξέλθῃ. Οὔπω γὰρ σαν δυνατοὶ, ὅ ὅπερ ἔφην, ἀκοῦσαι μετὰ τῆς προσηκούσης φιλοσοφίας ταῦτα. Ὁ δὲ Μάρκος φησὶν, ὅτι καθαρίζων τὰ βρώματα, ταῦτα ἔλεγεν οὐ μὴν ἐνέφηνεν, οὐδὲ εἶπε, τὸ δὲ βρώματα τοιάδε φαγεῖν οὐ κοινοῖ τὸν ἄνθρωπον οὔτε γὰρ ἡνείχοντο σαφὼς οὕτως αὐτοῦ ἀκοῦσαι. Διὸ καὶ ἐπήγαγε τὸ δὲ ανίπτοις χερσὶ φαγεῖν οὐ κοινοῖ τὸν ἄνθρωπον. Μάθωμεν τοίνυν τίνα ἐστὶ τὰ κοινοῦντα τὸν ἄνθρωπον μάθωμεν, καὶ φύγωμεν. Καὶ γὰρ ἐν τῇ ἐκκλησίᾳ τοιοῦτον ὁρῶμεν ἔθος κρατοὺν παρὰ τοῖς πολλοῖς, καὶ ὅπως μὲν ἐν καθαρυιῖς εἰσέλθοιεν ἱματίοις σπουδάζοντας, καὶ ὅπως τὰς χείρας νίψαιντο᾽ ὅπως δὲ ψυχὴν καθαρὰν ΄παραστήσαιεν τῷ θεῷ, οὐδένα ποιουμένους λόγον. Καὶ ταῦτα λέγω, οὐ κωλύων ὥστε χεῖρας νίπτειν, οὐδὲ στόμα ἀλλὰ βουλόμενος οὕτω νίπτειν, ὡς προσήκει, οὐχ ὕδατι μόνον, αλλ᾽ ἀντὶ τοῦ ὕδατος ταῖς ἀρεταῖς. ΡῬύπος γὰρ στόματος, κακηγορία, βλασφημία, λοιδορία, ὀργίλα ῥήματα, αἱσχρολογία, γέλως, εὐτραπελία. Εἰ τοίνυν σύνοιδας σαυτῷ μηδὲν τούτων φθεγγομένῳ, μηδὲ ῥυποῦντι τὸν ῥύπον τοῦτον: πρύσελθε θαῤῥῶν εἰ δὲ μυριάκις ταύτας ἐδέξω τὰς κηλίδας, τί ματαιοπονεῖς, ὕδατι μὲν περικλύζων τὴν γλῶτταν, τὸν δὲ ὀλέθριον καὶ βλαβερὸν περιφέρων ἐν αὐτῇ ῥύπον ;

Kai gar ho pas ᾿Ioudaïsmos en toutǭ synechetai kan touto anelēs, kai to pan aneiles. ᾿Enteuthen gar deiknysin, hoti kai peritomēn dei lyein. All᾽ autos men touto proēgoumenōs ouk eisēgeitai, epeidē tōn allōn entolōn presbyteron hē hēn, kai pleiona eiche tēn hypolēpsin' dia de tōn mathētōn auto nomothetei. Houtō gar mega, ēn? hoti kai hoi mathētai meta tosouton chronon boulomenoi auto anelein, proteron auto metacheirizontai, kai houtō katalyyyousin. Hora de pōs eisagei ton nomon. Proskalesamenos gar tous ochlous eipen autois akousate kai syniete. Oude gar haplōs autois apophainetai? alla tę̄ timę̄ kai tę̄ therapeią prōton euparadekton poiei ton logon (touto gar edēlōsen ho euangelistēs eipōn, proskalesamenos) epeita kai tǭ kairǭ. Meta gar ton ekeinōn elenchon kai tēn nikēn tēn kat᾽ autōn, kai tēn para tou prophētou katēgorian, tote archetai tēs nymothesias, hote kai eukolōteron kateϑdechonto ta legomena. Kai ouch haplōs autous proskaleitai, alla kai prosektikōterous poiei. Syniete gar: phēsi toutesti, noēsate, dianastēte᾽ toioutos gar ho mellōn graphesthai nymos. Ei gar autoi ton nomon elysan, kai para kairon, dia tēn idian paradosin, kai ēkousate: pollǭ mallon emou akouein chrē tou kata ton prosēkonta kairon epi meizona hymas agontos philosophian. Kai ouk eipen, ouden estin hē paratērēsis tōn brōmatōn, oud᾽ hoti Mōysēs kakōs prosetaxen, oud᾽ hoti synkatabainōn᾽ all᾽ en taxei paraineseōs kai symboulēs, kai apo tēs tōn pragmatōn physeōs tēn martyrian labōn, phēsin; ou ta eiserchomena eis to stoma koinoi ton anthrōpon, alla ta ekporeuomena dia tou stomatos epi tēn physin autēn katapheugōn, kai nomothetōn, kai apophainomenos. Kai tauta akouontes ouden anteipon ekeinoi, oude heipon᾽ ti legeis: tou theou myria parangeilantos peri brōmatōn paratērēseōs, sy toiauta nomotheteis ? all᾽ epeidē sphodra autous epestomisen, ou tǭ elenxai monon, alla kai tǭ ton dolon autōn eis meson agagein, kai to lathra ginomenon par᾽ autōn ekpompeusai, kai ta aporrhēta tēs dianoias anakalypsai, epistomisthentes apēlthon. Sy de moi skopei, pōs oudepō tharrhei saphōs katatolmēsai tōn brōmatōn. Dia touto oude eipe, ta brōmata, all᾽, ou ta eiserchomena koinoi ton anthrōpon hoper eikos hēn kai peri tōn aniptōn cheirōn hypopteuein. Autos men gar peri brōmatōn elegen, enoēthē d᾽ an kai peri ᾿ toutōn. Tosautē gar hēn hē paratērēsis tōn brōmatōn, hōs kai meta tēn anastasin ton Petron eipein ouchi, kyrie, hoti oudepote ephagon pan koinon ē akatharton. Ei gar kai di heterous tauta elege, kai hōste katalipein heautǭ apologian pros tous enkalountas, hina deixē ho hoti kai anteipe, kai oude houtō synechōrēthē, ho homōs deiknysi pollēn ousan tou pragmatos tēn hyponoian. Dia toi touto kai autos ex archēs ou phanerōs eipe peri brōmatōn, alla, ta eiserchomena eis to stoma kai palin, hote saphesteron edoxen hysteron legein, apo tou telous auto syneskiasen eipōn to de aniptois chersi phagein ou koinoi ton anthrōpon hena doxę̄ enteuthen tēn archēn eilēphenai, kai peri autou dialegesthai teōs. Dia touto ouk eipe to de brōmata phagein ou koinoi ton anthrōpon' all᾽ hōs peri ekeinou dialegomenos, hina mēden echōsin anteipein ekeinoi. Tauta toinyn akousantes eskandalisthēsan, phēsin, hoi Pharisaioi, ouch hoi ochloi. Proselthontes gar, phēsin, hoi mathētai autou eipon autǭ oidas hoti hoi Pharisaioi akousantes ᾿ ton logon eskandalisthēsan ᾿ Kaitoige ouden pros autous eirēto. Ti oun ho Christos : : Ouk elyse to skandalon ekeinois, all᾽ epetimēse? legōn; pasa phyteia, hēn ouk ephyteusen ho patēr mou ho ouranios, ekrizōthēsetai. Hoides gar kai ᾿ kataphronein skandalōn, kai mē kataphronein. ᾿Allachou goun phēsin; hina de mē skandalisōmen autous, bale ankistron eis tēn thalassan entautha de phēsin; aphete autous hodēgoi eisi typhloi typhlōn. Typhlos de typhlon ean hodēgę̄, amphoteroi eis bothynon empesountai. Tauta de elegon hoi mathētai, ouch hōs hyper ekeinōn algountes monon, alla kai autoi ērema thoryboumenoi. ᾿Epeidē de ouk etolmōn eipein ex oikeiyon prosōpou touto, en tē peri heterōn diēgēsei manthanein eboulonto. Hoti gar touto estin, akouson pōs meta tauta ho thermos kai pantachou prophthanōn Petros proselthōn phēsi phrason hēmin tēn parabolēn tautēn ton en tę̄ psychę̄ thorybon ekkalyptōn, kai Phanerōs men ou tolmōn eipein, hoti skandalizomai, axiōn de dia tēs hermēneias apallagēnai tou thorybon dio kai epetimato. Ti houn ho Christos phēsi: Pasa phyteia, hēn ouk ephyteusen ho patēr mou ho ouranios ekrizōthēsetai. Touto peri tou nomou phasin eirēsthai hoi ta Manichaiōn nosountes all᾽ epistomizei ta emprosthen eirēmena autous. Ei gar peri tou nomou elege, E pōs anōterō apologeitai hyper autou kai machetai legōn' e diati parabainete tēn entolēn tou theou dia tēn paraosin hymōn t᾿ pōs de ton prophētēn paragei eis meson: Alla peri autōn ekeinōn kai ton paradouseōn autōn tauta phēsin. Ei gar ho theos eipe, tima ton patera kai tēn mētera pōs ouk esti phyteia theou to para theou eirēmenon : Kai to hexēs de deiknysin, ho oti peri autōn eirētai kai tōn paradoseōn autōn. ᾿Epēgage goun᾽ hodēgoi eisi typhloi typhlōn. Ei de peri tou nomon elege touto, eipen an᾽ hodēgos e esti typhlos typhlōn. All᾽ ouch houtōs eipen, all΄, hodingoi eisi typhloi typhlōn, ekeinon men apallattōn tēs katēgorias, eis de toutous to pan perielkōn. Eita kai to plēthos aposchizōn autōn, hōs mellon eis barathron empiptein di autous» phēsi; typhlos typhlon ean hodēgę̄, amphoteroi eis bothynon empesountai. Mega men kakon kai typhlon einai to de kai toiouton onta mēte echein. ton cheiragōgon, kai hodēgou taxin epechein, diploun kai triploun enklēma. Ei gar to mē echein hodēgon ton typhlon episphales, pollǭ mallon to kai e heterǭ touto boulesthai einai. Ti oun ho Petros: Ou legei, ti pote esti touto d eirēkas : ?: all᾽ hōs asapheias gemon erōtą. Kai ou legei diati paranomon eipas ? ededoikei gar, hina mē nomisthę̄ eskandalisthai all᾽ asapheias touto einai phēsin. Hoti de ouk hēn asapheias, all᾽ eskandalizeto, dēlon: ouden gar asapheias eiche. Dio kai epiplēttei ᾿ autǭ legōn akmēn kai hymeis asynetoi este? Hoi men gar ochloi oude synēkan isōs to lechthen autoi de hē ēsan hoi skandalisthentess. Dio para men tēn archēn, hōs hyper tōn Pharisaiōn dēthen he erōtōntes, eboulonto mathein epeidē de ēkousan autou megalēn apeilēn apeilountos kai legontos, hoti pasa phyteia, hēn ouk ephyteusen ho patēr mou ho ouranios, ekrizōthēsetai,᾽ kai, hodēgoi eisi typhloi typhlōn, katestalēsan. Ho de pantachou thermos oude houtōs anechetai sygēsai, alla phēsi; phrason hēmin tēn parabolēn tautēn. Ti oun ho Christos: Sphod ra epiplēktikōs apokrinetai; Akmēn kai hymeis asynetoi este? Oupō noeite : Tauta de elege kai epetima, hōste tēn prolēpsin ekbalein' ou mēn estē mechri toutou, alla kai hetera epagei legōn; hoti pan to eisporenomenon eis to stoma, eis tēn koilian chōrei, kai eis ton aphedrōna ekballetai ta de e ekporeuomena ek tou stomatos, ek tēs kardias exerchetai, kakeina koinoi ton anthrōpon. Ek gar tēs kardias exerchontai dialogismoi ponēroi, phonoi, moicheiai, porneiai, klopai, blasphēmiai, pseudomartyriai' kai tauta esti ta koinounta ton anthrōpon. To de hē aniptois chersin ᾿esthiein, ou koinoi ton anthrōpon. Eides pōs autois sphodrōs kechrētai kai epitimētikōs : Eita kataskeuazei to eirēmenon apo tēs koinēs physeōs, kai pros tēn therapeian tēn ekeinōn. Hotan gar eipē, eis tēn koilian chōrei, kai eis ton aphedrōna ekballetai, eti kata ᾿Ioudaïkēn tapeinotēta apokrinetai. Legei gar, hoti ou menei, all᾽ exerchetai. Kaitoi kai ei emenen, ouk epoiei akatharton. ᾿All oudepō touto dynatoi hē ēsan akousai. Dia goun touto kai ho nomothetēs tosouton chronon aphiēsin, ho hoson an endon menē hotan de exelthē, ouketi. ᾿En hesperą goun keleuei louesthai, kai katharon einai, ton kairon tēs pepseōs anametrōn, kai tēs ekkriseōs. Ta de tēs kardias, phēsin, endon menei, kai exelthonta koinoi, ou menonta monon. Kai proteron tithēsi tous ponērous dialogismous, ho hoper hēn ᾿Ioudaïkon' kai oudepō apo tēs tōn pragmatōn physeōs poieitai ton elenchon? all᾽ apo tou tokou tēs koilias kai tēs kardias, kai ek tou ta men menein, ta de mē menein. Ta men gar, exōthen eisionta, exō palin apeisin ta de endothen tiktetai, kai exelthonta koinoi, kai tote mallon, hotan exelthę̄. Oupō gar san dynatoi, ho hoper ephēn, akousai meta tēs prosēkousēs philosophias tauta. Ho de Markos phēsin, hoti katharizōn ta brōmata, tauta elegen ou mēn enephēnen, oude eipe, to de brōmata toiade phagein ou koinoi ton anthrōpon oute gar hēneichonto saphōs houtōs autou akousai. Dio kai epēgage to de aniptois chersi phagein ou koinoi ton anthrōpon. Mathōmen toinyn tina esti ta koinounta ton anthrōpon mathōmen, kai phygōmen. Kai gar en tę̄ ekklēsią toiouton horōmen ethos kratoun para tois pollois, kai hopōs men en katharuiis eiselthoien himatiois spoudazontas, kai hopōs tas cheiras nipsainto᾽ hopōs de psychēn katharan ΄parastēsaien tǭ theǭ, oudena poioumenous logon. Kai tauta legō, ou kōlyōn hōste cheiras niptein, oude stoma alla boulomenos houtō niptein, hōs prosēkei, ouch hydati monon, all᾽ anti tou hydatos tais aretais. RRhypos gar stomatos, kakēgoria, blasphēmia, loidoria, orgila rhēmata, haischrologia, gelōs, eutrapelia. Ei toinyn synoidas sautǭ mēden toutōn phthengomenǭ, mēde rhypounti ton rhypon touton: pryselthe tharrhōn ei de myriakis tautas edexō tas kēlidas, ti mataioponeis, hydati men periklyzōn tēn glōttan, ton de olethrion kai blaberon peripherōn en autę̄ rhypon ?

For the whole of Judaism is held together by this; and if you take this away, you have taken away the whole. For from this he shows that circumcision too must be set aside. But he himself does not introduce this directly, since it was older than the other commandments and was held in greater esteem; but he enacts it through his disciples. For it was so great a thing that even the disciples, wishing to abolish it after so long a time, first observe it, and so put an end to it. But see how he brings in the law. “For he called the crowds and said to them, ‘Hear and understand.’” For he does not simply declare it to them, but first makes his word readily accepted by the honor and the attention he shows them (for this the evangelist made clear by saying, “having called”), and then also by the timing. For after the refutation of those men and his victory over them, and the accusation from the prophet, then he begins his lawgiving, when they would also more easily accept what was said. And he does not simply call them, but also makes them more attentive. For he says, “Understand,” that is, “Consider, rouse yourselves”; for such is the law about to be written. For if they set aside the law, and that out of season, for their own tradition, and you listened to them, much more ought you to listen to me, who at the fitting time am leading you on to a greater wisdom. And he did not say, “The observance of foods is nothing,” nor, “Moses commanded badly,” nor, “He did it by way of concession”; but in the manner of exhortation and counsel, taking his testimony from the nature of things, he says, “Not what goes into the mouth defiles a man, but what comes out of the mouth,” taking refuge in nature itself, and legislating and declaring. And hearing this, those men made no reply, nor did they say, “What are you saying? When God has given countless commands about the observance of foods, do you legislate such things?” But since he had silenced them thoroughly, not only by refuting them but also by bringing their deceit into the open, and by exposing what they did in secret, and uncovering the hidden things of their mind, they went away silenced. But consider, I pray you, how he does not yet dare plainly to strike down the rule of foods. That is why he did not say, “foods,” but, “Not what goes in defiles a man,” which it was natural to suspect was said also about unwashed hands. For he was speaking about foods, but it would have been understood about these too. For so strong was the observance of foods that even after the resurrection Peter said, “By no means, Lord, for I have never eaten anything common or unclean.” For even if he said this on account of others, and to leave himself a defense toward those who accused him, to show that he both objected and was not even so allowed, nevertheless it shows that the scruple about the matter was great. That is why he himself also did not speak openly about foods at the beginning, but said, “what goes into the mouth”; and again, when he seemed later to speak more plainly, he veiled it at the end, saying, “But to eat with unwashed hands does not defile a man,” so that he might seem to have taken his starting point from this, and to be speaking about it for the present. That is why he did not say, “But to eat foods does not defile a man,” but spoke as if about that matter, so that those men might have nothing to say against him. “Hearing these things, then,” it says, “the Pharisees were offended,” not the crowds. “For his disciples came,” it says, “and said to him, ‘Do you know that the Pharisees were offended when they heard the saying?’” And yet nothing had been said to them. What then does Christ do? He did not remove the offense for them, but rebuked them, saying, “Every plant which my heavenly Father has not planted will be rooted up.” For he knows both how to disregard offenses and how not to disregard them. Elsewhere, at any rate, he says, “But so that we may not offend them, cast a hook into the sea”; but here he says, “Let them alone; they are blind guides of the blind. And if the blind lead the blind, both will fall into a pit.” Now the disciples said this not only as being grieved for those men, but also as being somewhat troubled themselves. But since they did not dare to say this in their own person, they wished to learn it under the account of others. For that this is so, hear how afterward the fervent Peter, who everywhere is beforehand, comes and says, “Explain this parable to us,” revealing the trouble in his soul, and not daring to say openly, “I am offended,” but asking to be freed from his trouble by the explanation; that is why he was also rebuked. What then does Christ say? “Every plant which my heavenly Father has not planted will be rooted up.” Those who are sick with the disease of the Manichaeans say this was said about the law; but what was said before stops their mouths. For if he were speaking about the law, how did he defend it above and fight for it, saying, “Why do you transgress the commandment of God because of your tradition?” And how does he bring the prophet into the midst? But it is about these men themselves and their traditions that he says this. For if God said, “Honor your father and your mother,” how is what was said by God not a plant of God? And what follows also shows that it was said about them and their traditions. At any rate, he added, “They are blind guides of the blind.” But if he were saying this about the law, he would have said, “It is a blind guide of the blind.” But he did not say so; he said, “They are blind guides of the blind,” freeing the law from the charge and turning the whole upon these men. Then, also detaching the multitude from them, as being about to fall into the pit because of them, he says, “If the blind lead the blind, both will fall into a pit.” It is a great evil to be blind; but being such, not to have one to lead you by the hand, and to take the place of a guide, is a double and triple charge. For if for the blind man to have no guide is dangerous, much more is it so for him to wish to be a guide to another. What then does Peter do? He does not say, “What is this that you have said?” but asks as of something full of obscurity. And he does not say, “Why have you spoken against the law?” for he was afraid of being thought to be offended; but he says it is a matter of obscurity. But that it was not a matter of obscurity, but that he was offended, is plain; for it had nothing obscure. That is why he also rebukes him, saying, “Are you also still without understanding?” For the crowds perhaps did not even understand what was said; but it was they who had been offended. That is why at the beginning, as if asking on behalf of the Pharisees, they wished to learn; but when they heard him threaten a great threat and say, “Every plant which my heavenly Father has not planted will be rooted up,” and, “They are blind guides of the blind,” they were checked. But he who is everywhere fervent cannot bear to keep silent even so, but says, “Explain this parable to us.” What then does Christ do? He answers very rebukingly: “Are you also still without understanding? Do you not yet perceive?” And he said this and rebuked them to cast out their prejudice; yet he did not stop there, but adds other things, saying, “that everything that goes into the mouth passes into the belly and is cast out into the drain; but what comes out of the mouth proceeds from the heart, and that defiles a man. For out of the heart come evil thoughts, murders, adulteries, acts of sexual immorality, thefts, blasphemies, false witness; these are what defile a man; but to eat with unwashed hands does not defile a man.” Do you see how vehemently and rebukingly he deals with them? Then he establishes what was said from our common nature, and with a view to their healing. For when he says, “passes into the belly and is cast out into the drain,” he still answers according to Jewish lowliness of thought. For he says that it does not remain but goes out. And yet, even if it remained, it would not make one unclean. But they were not yet able to hear this. For this reason the lawgiver too allows so much time as it remains within, but when it comes out, no longer. At any rate, he commands that one bathe in the evening and be clean, measuring the time of digestion and of excretion. But the things of the heart, he says, remain within, and defile when they come out, and not only while they remain. And he puts first the evil thoughts, which was a Jewish way of putting it; and he does not yet make his refutation from the nature of the things, but from the offspring of the belly and of the heart, and from the fact that the one remains and the other does not. For the one, entering from outside, goes out again; but the other is born within, and defiles when it comes out, and then the more when it comes out. For they were not yet able, as I said, to hear these things with fitting wisdom. But Mark says that he said these things “making all foods clean.” Yet he did not declare it plainly, nor say, “But to eat such and such foods does not defile a man”; for they would not have endured to hear him so plainly. That is why he also added, “But to eat with unwashed hands does not defile a man.” Let us learn, then, what the things are that defile a man; let us learn, and flee them. For in the church too we see such a custom prevailing among the many: they are zealous to come in with clean garments, and to wash their hands; but how they may present a clean soul to God they take no account. And I say this not forbidding the washing of hands or mouth, but wishing that we wash as is fitting, not with water only, but instead of water with the virtues. For the filth of the mouth is evil-speaking, blasphemy, reviling, angry words, obscene talk, laughter, coarse jesting. If, then, you are conscious that you utter none of these and are not soiled with this filth, approach with confidence; but if you have received these stains countless times, why do you labor in vain, rinsing your tongue with water while carrying about in it this deadly and harmful filth?

51.5Field 2

Εἰπὲ γάρ μοι, εἰ κόπρον ἐν ταῖς χερσὶν εἶχες καὶ βόρβορον, ἄρα ἂν ἐτόλμησας εὔξασθαι ; Οὐδαμῶς. Καὶ μὴν τοῦτο οὐδεμία βλαβη ἐκεῖνο δὲ ὄλεθρος. Πῶς οὖν ἐν μὲν τοῖς ἀδιαφόροις εὐλαβὴς, ἐν δὲ τοῖς κεκωλυμένοις ῥᾷθυμος : Τί οὖν ; οὐ δεῖ προσεύχεσθαι : : φησί. Δεῖ μὲν, ἀλλ᾽ οὐχὶ ῥνυπώντα, οὐδὲ τοιοῦτον ἔχοντα βόρβορον. Τί οὖν, ἐὰν προληφθῶ.: φησί. Κάθαρον σαυτόν. ᾿ Πώς καὶ τίνι: τρόπῳ: Κλαῦσον, στέναξον, δὸς ἐλεημοσύνην, ἀπολόγησαι τῷ ὑβρισμένῳ, κατάλλαξον σαντῷ διὰ τούτων, ἀπόσμηξον τὴν γλῶτταν, ἵνα μὴ μειζόνως παροξύνῃς τὸν θεόν. Καὶ γὰρ εἴ τις κόπρου τὰς χεῖρας πληρώσας, οὕτω σου κατέσχε τοὺς πόδας ἱκετεύων, οὐ μόνον οὐκ ἂν ἤκουσας, ἀλλὰ καὶ τῷ ποδὶ ἐλάκτισας πώς οὖν σὺ τολμᾷς οὕτω θεῷ προσιέναι; Καὶ γὰρ χείρ ἐστιν ἡ γλῶττα τῶν εὐχομένων, καὶ δι᾽ αὐτῆς κατέχομεν τὰ γόνατα τοῦ θεοῦ. Μὴ τοίνυν μολύνης αὐτὴν, ἵνα μὴ καὶ πρὸς σὲ εἴπῃ· ἐὰν πληθύνητε τὴν δέησιν, οὐκ εἰσακούσομαι. Καὶ γὰρ ἐν χειρὶ γλώσσης ζωὴ καὶ θάνατος καὶ ἀπὸ τῶν λόγων σον δικαιωθήσῃ, καὶ ἀπὸ τῶν λόγων σου κατακριθήση. Μάλλον τοίνυν τῆς κόρης φύλαττε τὴν γλώτταν. Ἵππος ἐστὶ βασιλικὸς ἡ γλώσσα. Ἂν μὲν οὖν ἐπιθῇς αὐτῇ χαλινὸν, καὶ διδάξης βαδίζειν εὔρυθμα, ἐπαναπαύσεται αὐτῇ καὶ ἐπικαθιεῖται ὁ βασιλεὺς: ἂν δὲ ᾿ἀχαλίνωτον ἀφῇς φέρεσθαι καὶ σκιρτᾶν, τοῦ διαβόλου καὶ τῶν δαιμόνων ὅ ὄχημα γίνεται. Σὺ δὲ ἀπὸ μὲν συνουσίας ὧν τῆς σαντοῦ γυναικὸς, οὐ τολμᾷς εὔξασθαι, καίτοιγε οὐδὲ ἔγκλημα τοῦτο ἀπὸ δὲ λοιδορίας ὧν καὶ ὕβρεως, ὃ ὃ καὶ γέενναν προξενεῖ, πρὶν ἤ καθᾶραι σαυτὸν καλώς; ἀνατείνεις τὰς χεῖρας: καὶ πῶς οὐ φρίττεις ; εἰπέ μοι. Οὐκ ἤκουσας Παυλου λέγοντος, ὅτι τίμιος ὁ γάμος, καὶ η κοίτη ἀμίαντος :᾿ Εἰ δὲ ἀπὸ τῆς ἀμιάντου κοίτης ἀνιστάμενος οὐ τολμᾷς εὐχῇ προσελθεῖν, ἀπὸ τῆς κοίτης ὧν τῆς διαβολικῆς πῶς καλεῖς τὸ φρικτὸν ὄνομα ἐκεῖνο καὶ φοβερὸν: Καὶ γὰρ κοίτη διαβολικὴ, τὸ ἐν ὕβρεσι πλύνεσθαι καὶ λοιδορίαις. Καὶ καθάπερ πονηρός τις μοιχὸς, ὁ θυμὸς μετὰ πολλῆς ἡμῖν συγγίνεται. τῆς ἡδονῆς, τὰ ὀλέθρια προϊέμενος ἐν ἡμῖν σπέρματα, καὶ τὴν διαβολικὴν ποιῶν ἀποτίκτειν ἔχθραν, καὶ ἀπεναντίας τῷ γάμῳ πάντα ἐργαζόμενος. Ὁ μὲν γὰρ γάμος τοὺς δύο ποιεῖ σάρκα γενέσθαι μίαν' ὁ δὲ θυμὸς τοὺς ἡνωμένους εἰς πολλὰ διαιρεῖ μέρη, καὶ αὐτὴν κατασχίζει καὶ κατατέμνει. τὴν ψυχήν. Ἵν οὖν μετὰ παῤῥησίας τῷ θεῷ προσίης, μὴ δέξη τὸν θυμὸν ᾿ἐπεισιόντα σοι, καὶ συγγενέσθαι βουλόμενον' ἀλλ᾽ ὥσπερ κύνα λυττῶντα ἀπέλασον. Οὕτω γὰρ. καὶ Παῦλος ἐκέλευσεν. Ἐπαίροντας γάρ, φησιν, ὁσίους χείρας, χωρὶς ὀργῆς καὶ διαλογισμῶν. Μὴ ὁὴ καταισχύνῃς τὴν γλῶτταν ἐπεὶ πώς ὑπὲρ σοῦ δεηθήσεται, ὅταν τὴν οἰκείαν παῤῥησίαν ἀπολέσῃ: : ἀλλὰ κόσμησον αὐτὴν ἐπιεικείᾳ, ταπεινοφροσύνη ποίησον ἀξίαν τοῦ παρακαλουμένου θεοῦ εὐλογίας αὖυτὴν ἔμπλησον, ἐλεημοσύνης πολλῆς. Ἔστι γὰρ καὶ διὰ βημάτων ἐλεημοσύνην ποιεῖν. ἣ Κρεῖττον γὰρ λόγος, ῇ δόσις καὶ, ἀποκρίθητι τῷ πτωχῷ ἐν πραΰτητι εἰρηνικά. Καὶ τὸν ἄλλον δὲ ἅπαντα χρόνον τῇ διηγήσει τῶν θείων ,καλλώπιζε νόμων. Πᾶσα γὰρ ή διήγησίς σον ἔστω ἐν νόμῳ ὑψέστου. Οὕτως ἑαυτοὺς κοσμήσαντες προσερχώμεθα τῷ βασιλεῖ, καὶ πίπτωμεν ἐπὶ γόνατα, μὴ τῷ σώματι μόνον, ἀλλὰ καὶ τῇ διανοίᾳ. ᾿Εννοήσωμεν τίνι πρόσιμεν, καὶ ὑπὲρ τίνων, καὶ τί βουλόμενοι ἀνύσαι. Θεῷ πρόσιμεν, ὃν τὰ Σεραφὶμ ἰδόντα τὰς ὄψεις ἀπέστρεψεν, οὐ φέροντα τὴν λαμπηδόνα: ὃν ἡ γῆ βλέπουσα τρέμει. Θεῳ πρόσιμεν, τῷ φὼς οἰκοῦντι ἀπρόσιτον. Καὶ πρόσιμεν ὑπὲρ γεέννης ἀπαλλαγῆς, ὑπὲρ ἁμαρτημάτων ἀφέσεως, ὑπὲρ τοῦ λυθῆναι τὰς ἀφορήτους ἡμῖν τιμωρίας ἐκείνας, ὑπὲρ τοῦ τῶν οὐρανῶν τυχεῖν, καὶ τῶν ἀγαθών τῶν ἐκεῖ.

Eipe gar moi, ei kopron en tais chersin eiches kai borboron, ara an etolmēsas euxasthai ? Oudamōs. Kai mēn touto oudemia blabē ekeino de olethros. Pōs oun en men tois adiaphorois eulabēs, en de tois kekōlymenois rhąthymos : Ti oun ? ou dei proseuchesthai : : phēsi. Dei men, all᾽ ouchi rhnypōnta, oude toiouton echonta borboron. Ti oun, ean prolēphthō.: phēsi. Katharon sauton. ᾿ Pōs kai tini: tropǭ: Klauson, stenaxon, dos eleēmosynēn, apologēsai tǭ hybrismenǭ, katallaxon santǭ dia toutōn, aposmēxon tēn glōttan, hina mē meizonōs paroxynę̄s ton theon. Kai gar ei tis koprou tas cheiras plērōsas, houtō sou katesche tous podas hiketeuōn, ou monon ouk an ēkousas, alla kai tǭ podi elaktisas pōs oun sy tolmąs houtō theǭ prosienai? Kai gar cheir estin hē glōtta tōn euchomenōn, kai di᾽ autēs katechomen ta gonata tou theou. Mē toinyn molynēs autēn, hina mē kai pros se eipę̄; ean plēthynēte tēn deēsin, ouk eisakousomai. Kai gar en cheiri glōssēs zōē kai thanatos kai apo tōn logōn son dikaiōthēsę̄, kai apo tōn logōn sou katakrithēsē. Mallon toinyn tēs korēs phylatte tēn glōttan. Hippos esti basilikos hē glōssa. An men oun epithę̄s autę̄ chalinon, kai didaxēs badizein eurythma, epanapausetai autę̄ kai epikathieitai ho basileus: an de ᾿achalinōton aphę̄s pheresthai kai skirtan, tou diabolou kai tōn daimonōn ho ochēma ginetai. Sy de apo men synousias hōn tēs santou gynaikos, ou tolmąs euxasthai, kaitoige oude enklēma touto apo de loidorias hōn kai hybreōs, ho ho kai geennan proxenei, prin ē katharai sauton kalōs? anateineis tas cheiras: kai pōs ou phritteis ? eipe moi. Ouk ēkousas Paulou legontos, hoti timios ho gamos, kai ē koitē amiantos :᾿ Ei de apo tēs amiantou koitēs anistamenos ou tolmąs euchę̄ proselthein, apo tēs koitēs hōn tēs diabolikēs pōs kaleis to phrikton onoma ekeino kai phoberon: Kai gar koitē diabolikē, to en hybresi plynesthai kai loidoriais. Kai kathaper ponēros tis moichos, ho thymos meta pollēs hēmin synginetai. tēs hēdonēs, ta olethria proïemenos en hēmin spermata, kai tēn diabolikēn poiōn apotiktein echthran, kai apenantias tǭ gamǭ panta ergazomenos. Ho men gar gamos tous dyo poiei sarka genesthai mian' ho de thymos tous hēnōmenous eis polla diairei merē, kai autēn kataschizei kai katatemnei. tēn psychēn. Hin oun meta parrhēsias tǭ theǭ prosiēs, mē dexē ton thymon ᾿epeisionta soi, kai syngenesthai boulomenon' all᾽ hōsper kyna lyttōnta apelason. Houtō gar. kai Paulos ekeleusen. Epairontas gar, phēsin, hosious cheiras, chōris orgēs kai dialogismōn. Mē hoē kataischynę̄s tēn glōttan epei pōs hyper sou deēthēsetai, hotan tēn oikeian parrhēsian apolesę̄: : alla kosmēson autēn epieikeią, tapeinophrosynē poiēson axian tou parakaloumenou theou eulogias auytēn emplēson, eleēmosynēs pollēs. Esti gar kai dia bēmatōn eleēmosynēn poiein. hē Kreitton gar logos, ę̄ dosis kai, apokrithēti tǭ ptōchǭ en praÿtēti eirēnika. Kai ton allon de hapanta chronon tę̄ diēgēsei tōn theiōn ,kallōpize nomōn. Pasa gar ē diēgēsis son estō en nomǭ hypsestou. Houtōs heautous kosmēsantes proserchōmetha tǭ basilei, kai piptōmen epi gonata, mē tǭ sōmati monon, alla kai tę̄ dianoią. ᾿Ennoēsōmen tini prosimen, kai hyper tinōn, kai ti boulomenoi anysai. Theǭ prosimen, hon ta Seraphim idonta tas opseis apestrepsen, ou pheronta tēn lampēdona: hon hē gē blepousa tremei. Theǭ prosimen, tǭ phōs oikounti aprositon. Kai prosimen hyper geennēs apallagēs, hyper hamartēmatōn apheseōs, hyper tou lythēnai tas aphorētous hēmin timōrias ekeinas, hyper tou tōn ouranōn tychein, kai tōn agathōn tōn ekei.

For tell me, if you had dung and mud on your hands, would you dare to pray? Not at all. And yet that does no harm, while this is ruin. How then are you scrupulous in indifferent things, but careless in forbidden ones? “What then,” someone says, “must one not pray?” One must, but not while defiled, nor having such mud on oneself. “What then, if I have been overtaken?” someone says. Cleanse yourself. How, and in what way? Weep, groan, give alms, make your apology to the one you have insulted, reconcile him to yourself by these means, scour your tongue, so that you may not provoke God the more. For if someone who had filled his hands with dung took hold of your feet like that in supplication, not only would you not listen to him, but you would even kick him with your foot. How then do you dare to approach God like this? For the tongue is the hand of those who pray, and by it we take hold of God’s knees. Do not, then, defile it, lest he say to you too, “Even if you multiply your supplication, I will not listen.” For “death and life are in the power of the tongue”; and, “By your words you will be justified, and by your words you will be condemned.” Guard your tongue, then, more than the pupil of your eye. The tongue is a royal horse. If you put a bridle on it and teach it to step in good rhythm, the king will rest upon it and sit on it; but if you let it be carried along unbridled and leap about, it becomes a vehicle of the devil and the demons. You do not dare to pray when you come from intercourse with your own wife, although this is not even a fault; but when you come from reviling and insult, which brings on Gehenna, do you stretch out your hands before you have cleansed yourself well? And how do you not shudder? Tell me. Have you not heard Paul saying, “Marriage is honorable, and the bed undefiled”? But if, rising from the undefiled bed, you do not dare to come to prayer, how, coming from the devil’s bed, do you call on that awesome and fearful name? For it is a devilish bed to wallow in insults and revilings. And like some wicked adulterer, anger unites with us with great pleasure, casting deadly seeds into us, making us bring forth devilish enmity, and working everything contrary to marriage. For marriage makes the two become one flesh; but anger divides into many parts those who were united, and splits and cuts up the very soul. So that you may approach God with confidence, then, do not receive anger when it comes upon you and wishes to unite with you, but drive it away like a mad dog. For so Paul too commanded: “lifting up,” he says, “holy hands, without anger and disputing.” Do not put your tongue to shame; for how will it plead for you when it has lost its own confidence? But adorn it with gentleness; with humility make it worthy of the God who is entreated; fill it with blessing, with much almsgiving. For it is possible to give alms with words too: “For a word is better than a gift”; and, “Answer the poor man peaceably with meekness.” And all the rest of the time adorn it with the telling of the divine laws: “For let all your discourse be in the law of the Most High.” Having adorned ourselves thus, let us approach the King and fall on our knees, not with the body only, but also with the mind. Let us consider whom we approach, and for what, and what we wish to accomplish. We approach God, whom the seraphim, seeing, turned away their faces, not bearing his brightness; whom the earth, seeing, trembles. We approach God, “who dwells in unapproachable light.” And we approach for deliverance from Gehenna, for the forgiveness of sins, for the remission of those unbearable punishments, for the attaining of heaven and the good things there.

51.6Field 2

Προσπέσωμεν τοίνυν καὶ τῷ σώματι καὶ τῇ διανοίᾳ, ἵνα αὐτὸς ἡμᾶς ἀναστήσῃ κειμένους μετὰ ἐπιεικείας διαλεχθῶμεν καὶ πραότητος ἁπάσης. Καὶ τίς οὕτως ἄθλιος, φησὶ, καὶ ταλαίπωρος, ὡς ἐν εὐχῇ μὴ γενέσθαι ἑ ἐπιεικής; Ὁ μετὰ ἀρᾶς εὐχόμενος, καὶ θυμοῦ πληρῶν ἑαντὸν, καὶ τῶν ἐχθρῶν καταβοών. Εἰ γὰρ βούλει κατηγορεῖν, σαντοῦ κατηγόρει. Εἰ βούλει τὴν γλῶτταν ἀκονᾶν καὶ θήγειν, κατὰ τῶν σῶν ἁμαρτημάτων. Καὶ μὴ τί ἕτερός σε εἰργάσατο κακὸν εἴπης, ἀλλὰ τί σὺ σαυτὸν εἰργάσω τοῦτο γὰρ μάλιστα ἐστι κακόν. Οὐδὲ γὰρ ἕτερός σέ τις ἀδικῆσαι δυνήσεται, ἂν μὴ σὺ σαυτὸν ἀδικῇς. Ὥστε εἰ κατὰ τῶν ἀδικούντων. γενέσθαι βούλει, κατὰ σαυτοῦ πρόσελθε πρώτον᾽ οὐδεὶς ὁ κωλύων ὡς ἂν κατὰ ἑτέρου προσέλθης, μείζονα ἀδικηθεὶς ἀπῆλθες. Τίνα δὲ ὅλως καὶ ἀδικίαν ἔχεις εἰπεῖν; Ὅτι ὁ δεῖνα ὕβρισε, καὶ ἥρπασε, καὶ κινδύνοις περιέβαλεν: ᾿Αλλὰ τοῦτο οὐκ ἐστιν ἠδικῆσθαι, ἀλλ᾽, ἐάν νήφωμεν, καὶ ὠφελεῖσθαι τὰ μέγίιστα. Ὁ γάρ ἠδικημένος ὁ τὰ τοιαῦτα ποιήσας ἐστὶν, οὐχ ὁ παθων. Καὶ τοῦτο μάλιστά ἐστι τὸ πάντων αἴτιον τῶν κακῶν, ὅτι οὐδὲ ἴ ἴσμεν τίς ποτέ ἐστιν ὁ ἀδικούμενος, καὶ τίς ὁ ἀδικῶν. Ὡς εἰ τοῦτο ἤδειμεν καλῶς, οὐκ ἂν ἑαυτούς ποτε ἠδικήσαμεν, οὐκ ἂν καθ᾽ ἐὶ ἑτέρου. ηὐξάμεθα, μαθόντες ὅτι παρ ἑτέρου ἀδύνατον παθεῖν κακῶς. Οὐδὲ γὰρ τὸ ἁρπάζεσθαι, ἀλλὰ τὸ ἁρπάζειν κακόν. Ὥστε εἰ μὲν ἧρπασας, κατηγόρει σαντοῦ εἰ δὲ ἡρπάγης, καὶ εὔχου ὑπὲρ τοῦ ἡρπακότος. ὅτι σε τὰ μέγιστα ὥνησεν. Εἰ γὰρ καὶ μὴ τοιαύτη ἡ γνώμη τοῦ πεποιηκότος, ἀλλὰ σὺ τὰ μέγιστα ὠφελήθης, ἂν γενναίως ἐνέγκης. ᾿Εκεῖνον μὲν γὰρ καὶ οἱ ἄνθρωποι καὶ οἱ θεῖοι ταλανίζουσι νόμοι σὲ δὲ τὸν ἠδικημένον καὶ στεφανοῦσι καὶ ἀνακηρύττουσιν. Οὐδὲ γὰρ εἰ πυρέττων τις ἥρπασε παρά τινος ἀγγεῖον ὕόωρ ἔχον, καὶ ἐνερήθη τῆς βλαβερᾶς ἐπιθυμίας, τὸν ἁρπαγέντα εἴποιμεν ἂν ἠδικῆσθαι, ἀλλὰ τὸν ἁρπάσαντα τὸν γὰρ πυρετὸν ηὖξησε, καὶ τὴν νόσον χαλεπωτέραν ἐποίησε. 'οῦτο τοίνυν καὶ ἐπὶ τοῦ φιλοχρημάτου καὶ φιλαργύρου λογίζου. Καὶ γὰρ οὗτος πυρέττων πολλῷ χαλεπώτερον ἐκείνου; διὰ τῆς ἁρπαγῆς ταύτης τὴν φλόγα ἀνῆψε τὴν ἑαυτοῦ. Καὶ ξίφος δὲ εἴ τις μαινόμενος ἁρπάσας παρ᾽ ὁτουοῦν ἑαντὸν ᾿ διεχειρίσατο, τίς ἣν ὁ ἠδικημένος πάλιν; ὁ ἁρπαγεὶς, ἢ ὁ Ὠ ἁρπάσας : Εὔδηλον ὅτι ὃ ἀῤπάσας. Οὐκοῦν καὶ ἐπὶ τῆς τῶν χρημάτων ἁρπαγῆς τὸ αὐτὸ τοῦτο ψηφιζώμεθα. Ὅπερ γὰρ μαινομένῳ ξίφος, τοῦτο καὶ φιλαργύρῳ πλοῦτος μαλλον δὲ καὶ χαλεπώτερον. Ὁ μὲν γαρ μαινόμενος, τὸ ξιΦος λαβὼν καὶ ὠθήσας δί ἑαντοῦ, τῆς τε μανίας ἀπηλλάγη, καὶ οὐκέτι δευτέραν. λαμβάνει πληγήν ὃ δὲ φιλάργυρος μυρία χαλεπώτερα ἐκείνου τραύματα καθ᾽ ἑκάστην δέχεται τὴν ἡμέραν, οὐκ ἀπαλλάττων τῆς μανίας ἐαντὸν, ἀλλ᾽ ἐπιτείνων μειζόνως καὶ ὅσῳπερ ἂν λάβη πλείονα τραύματα, τοσούτῳ μᾶλλον ὑπόθεσιν ᾿ ᾿ἑτέραις παρέχει πληγαῖς χαλεπωτέραις. Ταῦτ᾽ οὖν ἐννοοῦντες, φύγωμεν τουτὶ τὸ ξίφος, φύγωμεν τὴν μανίαν, κἂν ὀψέ ποτε σωφρονήσωμεν. Καὶ γὰρ καὶ ταύτην τὴν ἀρετὴν σωφροσύνην δεῖ καλεῖν, οὐχ ἧττον ἐκείνης τῆς παρὰ πάσι νενομισμένης. ᾽Εκεῖ μὲν γὰρ πρὸς μίαν ἐπιθυμίας τυραννίδα ἡ πάλη γίνεται ἐνταῦθα δὲ πολλῶν καὶ παντοδαπών ἐπιθυμιῶν περιγίνεσθαι ι δεῖ. Οὐδὲν γὰρ, οὐδὲν ,ἀφρονέστερον τοῦ χρημάτων δούλου. Δοκεῖ κρατεῖν, κρατούμενος δοκεῖ κύριος εἶναι, δοῦλος ὦ ὦν καὶ δεσμὰ περιτιθεὶς ἑαυτῷ, χαίρει χαλεπώτερον τὸ θηρίον ἐργαζόμενος, εὐφραίνεται καὶ αἰχμάλωτος γινόμενος, ἀγάλλεται καὶ πηδᾷ καὶ ὁρῶν κύνα λυττῶντα καὶ ἐφαλλόμενον αὐτοῦ τὴ ψυχῇ, δῆσαι δέον καὶ λιμῷ τῆξαι, ὁ δὲ καὶ ἄφθονον αὐ. τῷ παρέχει τροφὴν; ἵνα μειζόνως ἐφαάλληται καὶ φοβερώτερος ῃ. Ταῦτα οὖν ἅπαντα ἐννοοῦντες, λύσωμεν τὰ δεσμὰ, ἀνέλωμεν τὸ θηρίον, ἀπελάσωμεν τὴν νόσον, ἐκβαλωμεν τὴν μανίαν ταύτην, ἵνα γαλήνης ἀπολαύσωμεν καὶ ὑγιείας καθαράς, καὶ μετὰ πολλῆς τῆς ἡδονῆς εἰς τὸν εὔδιον καταπλεύσαντες λιμένα, τῶν αἰωνίων ἐπιτύχωμεν ἀγαθών᾽ ὧν γένοιτο πάντας ἡμᾶς ἐπιτυχεῖν, χάριτι καὶ φιλανθρωπίᾳ τοῦ κυρίου ἡμῶν Ἰησοῦ Χριστοὺ, ᾧ ἡ δόξα καὶ τὸ κράτος, νῦν καὶ αεὶ καὶ εἰς τοὺς αἰῶνας τῶν αἰώνων. Ἀμήν.

Prospesōmen toinyn kai tǭ sōmati kai tę̄ dianoią, hina autos hēmas anastēsę̄ keimenous meta epieikeias dialechthōmen kai praotētos hapasēs. Kai tis houtōs athlios, phēsi, kai talaipōros, hōs en euchę̄ mē genesthai he epieikēs? Ho meta aras euchomenos, kai thymou plērōn heanton, kai tōn echthrōn kataboōn. Ei gar boulei katēgorein, santou katēgorei. Ei boulei tēn glōttan akonan kai thēgein, kata tōn sōn hamartēmatōn. Kai mē ti heteros se eirgasato kakon eipēs, alla ti sy sauton eirgasō touto gar malista esti kakon. Oude gar heteros se tis adikēsai dynēsetai, an mē sy sauton adikę̄s. Hōste ei kata tōn adikountōn. genesthai boulei, kata sautou proselthe prōton᾽ oudeis ho kōlyōn hōs an kata heterou proselthēs, meizona adikētheis apēlthes. Tina de holōs kai adikian echeis eipein? Hoti ho deina hybrise, kai hērpase, kai kindynois periebalen: ᾿Alla touto ouk estin ēdikēsthai, all᾽, ean nēphōmen, kai ōpheleisthai ta megiista. Ho gar ēdikēmenos ho ta toiauta poiēsas estin, ouch ho pathōn. Kai touto malista esti to pantōn aition tōn kakōn, hoti oude i ismen tis pote estin ho adikoumenos, kai tis ho adikōn. Hōs ei touto ēdeimen kalōs, ouk an heautous pote ēdikēsamen, ouk an kath᾽ ei heterou. ēuxametha, mathontes hoti par heterou adynaton pathein kakōs. Oude gar to harpazesthai, alla to harpazein kakon. Hōste ei men hērpasas, katēgorei santou ei de hērpagēs, kai euchou hyper tou hērpakotos. hoti se ta megista hōnēsen. Ei gar kai mē toiautē hē gnōmē tou pepoiēkotos, alla sy ta megista ōphelēthēs, an gennaiōs enenkēs. ᾿Ekeinon men gar kai hoi anthrōpoi kai hoi theioi talanizousi nomoi se de ton ēdikēmenon kai stephanousi kai anakēryttousin. Oude gar ei pyrettōn tis hērpase para tinos angeion hyoōr echon, kai enerēthē tēs blaberas epithymias, ton harpagenta eipoimen an ēdikēsthai, alla ton harpasanta ton gar pyreton ēuxēse, kai tēn noson chalepōteran epoiēse. 'outo toinyn kai epi tou philochrēmatou kai philargyrou logizou. Kai gar houtos pyrettōn pollǭ chalepōteron ekeinou? dia tēs harpagēs tautēs tēn phloga anēpse tēn heautou. Kai xiphos de ei tis mainomenos harpasas par᾽ hotououn heanton ᾿ diecheirisato, tis hēn ho ēdikēmenos palin? ho harpageis, ē ho Ō harpasas : Eudēlon hoti ho arpasas. Oukoun kai epi tēs tōn chrēmatōn harpagēs to auto touto psēphizōmetha. Hoper gar mainomenǭ xiphos, touto kai philargyrǭ ploutos mallon de kai chalepōteron. Ho men gar mainomenos, to xiPhos labōn kai ōthēsas di heantou, tēs te manias apēllagē, kai ouketi deuteran. lambanei plēgēn ho de philargyros myria chalepōtera ekeinou traumata kath᾽ hekastēn dechetai tēn hēmeran, ouk apallattōn tēs manias eanton, all᾽ epiteinōn meizonōs kai hosǭper an labē pleiona traumata, tosoutǭ mallon hypothesin ᾿ ᾿heterais parechei plēgais chalepōterais. Taut᾽ oun ennoountes, phygōmen touti to xiphos, phygōmen tēn manian, kan opse pote sōphronēsōmen. Kai gar kai tautēn tēn aretēn sōphrosynēn dei kalein, ouch hētton ekeinēs tēs para pasi nenomismenēs. ᾽Ekei men gar pros mian epithymias tyrannida hē palē ginetai entautha de pollōn kai pantodapōn epithymiōn periginesthai i dei. Ouden gar, ouden ,aphronesteron tou chrēmatōn doulou. Dokei kratein, kratoumenos dokei kyrios einai, doulos ō ōn kai desma perititheis heautǭ, chairei chalepōteron to thērion ergazomenos, euphrainetai kai aichmalōtos ginomenos, agalletai kai pēdą kai horōn kyna lyttōnta kai ephallomenon autou tē psychę̄, dēsai deon kai limǭ tēxai, ho de kai aphthonon au. tǭ parechei trophēn? hina meizonōs ephaallētai kai phoberōteros ę̄. Tauta oun hapanta ennoountes, lysōmen ta desma, anelōmen to thērion, apelasōmen tēn noson, ekbalōmen tēn manian tautēn, hina galēnēs apolausōmen kai hygieias katharas, kai meta pollēs tēs hēdonēs eis ton eudion katapleusantes limena, tōn aiōniōn epitychōmen agathōn᾽ hōn genoito pantas hēmas epitychein, chariti kai philanthrōpią tou kyriou hēmōn Iēsou Christou, hǭ hē doxa kai to kratos, nyn kai aei kai eis tous aiōnas tōn aiōnōn. Amēn.

Let us fall down, then, both with body and with mind, that he himself may raise us up as we lie there; let us speak with all gentleness and meekness. “And who is so wretched and miserable,” someone says, “as not to be gentle in prayer?” He who prays with a curse, and fills himself with anger, and cries out against his enemies. For if you wish to accuse, accuse yourself. If you wish to whet and sharpen your tongue, do it against your own sins. And do not say what evil another has done you, but what you have done to yourself; for this above all is evil. For no one else will be able to wrong you unless you wrong yourself. So if you wish to go against those who wrong you, go first against yourself; no one prevents you. But if you go against another, you go away having suffered a greater wrong. And what wrong at all have you to speak of? That so-and-so insulted you, and robbed you, and surrounded you with dangers? But this is not to be wronged; rather, if we are sober, it is to be benefited in the greatest things. For the one who is wronged is he who has done such things, not he who suffered them. And this above all is the cause of all evils, that we do not even know who it is that is wronged and who it is that does wrong. For if we knew this well, we should never have wronged ourselves, nor prayed against another, having learned that it is impossible to suffer evil from another. For it is not being robbed but robbing that is evil. So if you have robbed, accuse yourself; but if you have been robbed, pray even for the robber, because he has benefited you in the greatest things. For even if such was not the intention of the one who did it, you were benefited in the greatest things, if you bear it nobly. For him both men and the divine laws call wretched; but you, the one wronged, they crown and proclaim victor. For if someone in a fever snatched from someone a vessel holding water, and was deprived of his harmful desire, we would not say that the one from whom it was snatched was wronged, but the one who snatched it; for he increased the fever and made the disease worse. Reckon this, then, about the covetous and money-loving man too. For he too has a fever, much worse than that man’s, and by this robbery he has kindled his own flame. And if a madman snatched a sword from anyone and killed himself, who again was the one wronged? He from whom it was snatched, or he who snatched it? It is plain that it was he who snatched it. So, then, in the robbery of money too, let us give this same verdict. For what a sword is to a madman, that wealth is to the money-lover, or rather even worse. For the madman, having taken the sword and thrust it through himself, is released from his madness and no longer receives a second blow; but the money-lover each day receives countless wounds worse than that, not releasing himself from his madness, but intensifying it more; and the more wounds he receives, the more he furnishes occasion for other, worse blows. Considering these things, then, let us flee this sword, let us flee this madness, so that, even if late, we may come to our senses. For this virtue too must be called self-control, no less than that which is so called by all. For there the wrestling is against the tyranny of one desire; but here one must overcome many and manifold desires. For nothing, nothing is more senseless than the slave of money. He thinks he rules, while he is ruled; he thinks he is master, while he is a slave; and putting chains on himself, he rejoices; making the wild beast more savage, he is glad; and being made a captive, he exults and leaps for joy; and seeing a mad dog springing upon his soul, when he ought to bind it and waste it with hunger, he even gives it abundant food, so that it may spring the more and be more fearful. Considering all these things, then, let us loose the chains, let us slay the wild beast, let us drive out the disease, let us cast out this madness, so that we may enjoy calm and pure health, and, sailing with great delight into the tranquil harbor, may attain the eternal good things; which may we all attain, by the grace and love for mankind of our Lord Jesus Christ, to whom be glory and might, now and always and to the ages of ages. Amen.

Chapter 52

52.1Field 2

Καὶ ἐξελθὼν ἐκεῖθεν ὁ ᾿Ιησοῦς, ἀνεχώρησεν εἰς τὰ μέρη Τύρου καὶ Σιδῶνος. Καὶ ἰδοὺ γυνὴ Χαναναία ἀπὸ τῶν ὁρίων ἐκείνων ἐξελθοῦσα, ἔκραξεν αὐτῷ λέγουσα ἐλέησον με, κύριε, υἱὲ Δαυΐδ' ἡ θυγάτηρ μον κακῶς δαιμονίζεται. Ὁ δὲ Μάρκος φησὶν, ὅτι οὐκ ἠδυνήθη λαθεῖν, ἐλθὼν ᾽ ᾿ ’ λῚ ’ ΄-- εἰς τὴν οἰκίαν. Τί δὲ ὅλως ἀπήει εἰς τὰ μερὴ ταῦτα: Ὅτε τῆς τῶν βρωμάτων παρατηρήσεως ἀπήλλαξε, τότε καὶ τοῖς ἔθνεσι θύραν ἀνοίγει λοιπὸν ὁδῷ προβαίνων ὥσπερ οὖν καὶ Πέτρος, πρότερον τοῦτον ἐπιταγεὶς λῦσαι τὸν νόμον, πέμπεται πρὸς τὸν Κορνήλιον. Εἰ δὲ λέγοι τις, πῶς οὖν τοῖς μαθηταῖς λέγων, εἰς ὁδὸν ἐθνῶν μὴ ἀπέλθητε, ταύτην προσίεται; πρῶτον μὲν ἐκεῖνο ἂν εἴποιμεν, ὅτι οὐχ ὅπερ ἐπέταξε τοῖς μαθηταῖς, τούτῳ καὶ αὐτὸς ὑπεύθυνος ἦν᾽ δεύτερον δὲ, ὅτι οὐδὲ ὡς κηρύξων αἀπήλθεν᾽ ὅπερ οὖν καὶ ὁ Μάρκος αἰνιττόμενος ἔλεγεν, ὅτι καὶ ἔκρυψεν ἑαυτὸν, καὶ οὐκ ἔλαθεν. Ὥσπερ γὰρ τὸ μὴ δραμεῖν ἐπ᾽ αὐτοὺς πρώτους τῆς ἀκολουθίας τῶν πραγμάτων ἡν᾽ οὕτω τὸ προσερχομένους διώκειν ἀνάξιον αὐτοῦ τῆς φιλανθρωπίας. Εἰ γὰρ τοὺς φεύγοντας διώκειν ἐχρῆν, πολλῷ μάλλον τοὺς διώκοντας φεύγειν οὐκ ἔδει. Ὅρα γοῦν πῶς ἐστιν εὐεργεσίας ἁπάσης ἀξία ἡ γυνή. Οὐδὲ γὰρ ἐτόλμησεν ἐλθεῖν εἰς τὰ ᾿ἱεροσόλυμα, φοβουμένη καὶ ἀναξίαν ἑαυτὴν τιθεμένη. Ὅτι γὰρ, εἰ μὴ τοῦτο ἥν, ἐκεῖ παρεγένετο ἄν, δῆλον καὶ ἀπὸ τῆς παρούσης σφοδρότητος, καὶ ἐκ τοῦ τῶν ὁρίων αὐτῆς ἐξελθεῖν. Τινὲς δὲ καὶ ἀλληγοροῦντες φασιν, ὅτι ὅτε ἐξῆλθεν ἐκ τῆς Ιουδαίας ὁ Χριστὸς» τότε αὐτῷ προσελθεῖν ἐτόλμησεν ἡ ἐκκλησία, καὶ αὐτὴ ἐκ τῶν ὁρίων αὐτῆς ἐξελθοῦσα. Ἐπιλάθου γὰρ, φησὶ, τοῦ λαοῦ σου, καὶ τοῦ οἴκου τοῦ πατρός σου. Καὶ γὰρ ὁ Χριστὸς ἐκ τῶν ὁρίων αὐτοῦ ἐξηλθε, καὶ ἡ γυνὴ ἐκ τῶν ὁρίων αὐτῆς καὶ οὕτως ἠδυνήθησαν συντυχεῖν ἀλλήλοις. Ἰδοὺ γὰρ γυνὴ Χαναναία, φησὶν, ἐξελθοῦσα ἑ ἐκ τῶν ὁρίων αὐτῆς. Κατηγορεῖ τῆς γυναικὸς ὁ εὐαγγελιστὴς, ἵνα δείξῃ τὸ θαῦμα, καὶ αὐτὴν ἀνακηρύξῃ μειζόνως. Καὶ γὰρ ἀκούσας Χαναναίαν, ἀναμνήσθητι τῶν παρανόμων ἐκείνων ἐθνών, οἵ καὶ τοὺς τῆς φύσεως νόμους ἐκ βάθρων ἀνέτρεψαν. Μνησθεὶς δὲ αὐτῶν, ἐννόει καὶ τῆς τοῦ Χριστοῦ παρουσίας τὴν δύναμιν. Οἱ γὰρ ἐκβληθέντες, ἵνα μὴ διαστρέψωσιν ᾿Ιουδαίους, οὗτοι τοσοῦτον τῶν ᾿Ιουδαίων ἐφάνησαν ἐπιτηδειότεροι, ὡς καὶ ἐξιέναι ἐκ τῶν ὁρίων, καὶ προσιέναι τῷ Χριστῷ, ἐκείνων καὶ πρὸς αὐτοὺς ἐρχόμενον ἐλαυνόντων. Προσελθοῦσα τοίνυν οὐδὲν ἕ ἕτερόν φησιν, ἀλλ᾽, ἐλέησόν με, καὶ πολὺ διὰ ' τῆς κραυγῆς περιΐστησι τὸ θέατρον. Καὶ γὰρ ἦν θέαμα ἐλεεινὸν, γυναῖκα ἰδεῖν βοῶσαν μετὰ συμπαθείας τοσαύτης, καὶ γυναῖκα μητέρα, καὶ ὑπὲρ θυγατρὸς δεομένην, καὶ θυγατρὸς οὕτω κακῶς διακειμένης. Οὐδὲ γὰρ ἐτόλμησεν εἰς ὄψιν τοῦ διδασκάλου τὴν δαιμονῶσαν ἀγαγεῖν ἀλλ᾽ ἀφεῖσα οἴκοι κεῖσθαι, αὕτη τίθησι τὴν ἱκετηρίαν. Καὶ λέγει τὸ πάθος . μόνον; καὶ οὐδὲν πλέον προστίθησιν, οὐδὲ ἕλκει τὸν ἰατρὸν εἰς τὴν οἰκίαν, καθάπερ ὁ βασιλικὸς ἐκεῖνος, λέγων᾽ ἐλθὼν ἐπίθες τὴν χεῖρά σου, καὶ, κατάβηθι πρὶν ἢ ἀποθανεῖν τὸ παιδίον μον. Ἀλλὰ καὶ τὴν συμφορὰν διηγησαμένη, καὶ τῆς νόσου τὴν ἐπίτασιν, τὸν ἔλεον τοῦ δεσπότον προβάλλεται, καὶ κράζει μεγάλα καὶ οὐ λέγει, ἐλέησον τὴν θυγάτερά μον, αλλ, ἐλέησόν με. ᾿Ἐκείνη μὲν γὰρ ἀνεπαίσθητος ἐστι τῆς νύσου ἐγὼ δὲ ἡ τὰ μυρία πάσχουσά εἰμι δεινὰ, ἡ ἡ μετὰ αἰσθήσεως νοσοῦσα, ἢ μετὰ τοῦ εἰδέναι μαινομένη. Ὁ δὲ οὐκ ἀπεκρίθη αὐτῇ λόγον. Τί τὸ καινὸν καὶ παράδοξον: ; τοὺς μὲν ᾿Ιουδαίους καὶ ἀγνωμονοῦντας ἐνάγει, καὶ βλασφημοῦντας παρακαλεῖ, καὶ πειράζοντας οὐκ ἀφίησι τὴν δὲ ἐπιτρέχουσαν αὐτῷ καὶ παρακαλοῦσαν καὶ δεομένην, καὶ οὔτε νόμῳ οὔτε προφήταις ἐντραφεῖσαν, καὶ τοσαύτην εὐλάβειαν ἐπιδεικνυμένην, ταύτην οὐδὲ ἀποκρίσεως ἀξιοῖ. Τίνα οὐκ ἂν τοῦτο ἐσκανδάλισεν, ὁρῶντα ἐναντία τῇ φήμη τὰ γινόμενα; Καὶ γὰρ ἤκουσαν, ὅτι περιῆγε τὰς κώμας θεραπεύων' ταύτην ο δὲ ἐλθοῦσαν διακρούεται. Τίνα δὲ οὐκ ἂν ἐπέκλασε τὸ πάθος καὶ ἡ ἵἱκετηρία, ἣν ᾿ ἐποιεῖτο ὑπὲρ θυγατρὸς οὕτω κακῶς διακειμένης : Οὐδὲ γὰρ ὡς ἀξία οὖσα, οὐδὲ ὡς ὀφειλὴν ἀπαιτοῦσα, οὕτω προσῆλθεν, ἀλλ᾽ ἐλεηθῆναι ἐδεῖτο, καὶ τὴν συμφορὰν τὴν οἰκείαν ἐξετραγῴδει μόνον, καὶ οὐδὲ ἀποκρίσεως ἀξιοῦται. Τάχα πολλοὶ τών ἀκουόντων ἐσκανδαλίσθησαν' ἐκείνη δὲ οὐκ ἐσκανδαλίσθη. Καὶ τί λέγω, τῶν ἀκουόντων; Καὶ γὰρ οἶμαι καὶ τοὺς μαθητὰς αὐτοὺς παθεῖν τι πρὸς τὴν συμφορὰν τῆς γυναικὸς, καὶ διαταραχθῆναι καὶ ἀθυμῆσαι. Ἀλλ᾽ ὅμως οὐδὲ ταραχθέντες ἐτόλμησαν εἰπεῖν δὸς αὐτῇ τὴν χάριν ἀλλὰ προσελθόντες οἱ ᾿ μαθηταὶ ἠρώτων αὐτὸν λάγοντεν ἀπόλυσον αὐτὴν, ὅτι κράζει ὄπισθεν ἡμῶν. Καὶ γὰρ ἡμεῖς Ὁ δὲ Χριστός φησιν· οὐκ ἀπεστάλην εἰ μὴ εἰς τὰ πρόβατα τὰ ἀπολωλότα οἴκον ᾿Ισραήλ. ᾿

Kai exelthōn ekeithen ho ᾿Iēsous, anechōrēsen eis ta merē Tyrou kai Sidōnos. Kai idou gynē Chananaia apo tōn horiōn ekeinōn exelthousa, ekraxen autǭ legousa eleēson me, kyrie, huie Dauïd' hē thygatēr mon kakōs daimonizetai. Ho de Markos phēsin, hoti ouk ēdynēthē lathein, elthōn ᾽ ᾿ ’ lI ’ ΄-- eis tēn oikian. Ti de holōs apēei eis ta merē tauta: Hote tēs tōn brōmatōn paratērēseōs apēllaxe, tote kai tois ethnesi thyran anoigei loipon hodǭ probainōn hōsper oun kai Petros, proteron touton epitageis lysai ton nomon, pempetai pros ton Kornēlion. Ei de legoi tis, pōs oun tois mathētais legōn, eis hodon ethnōn mē apelthēte, tautēn prosietai? prōton men ekeino an eipoimen, hoti ouch hoper epetaxe tois mathētais, toutǭ kai autos hypeuthynos ēn᾽ deuteron de, hoti oude hōs kēryxōn aapēlthen᾽ hoper oun kai ho Markos ainittomenos elegen, hoti kai ekrypsen heauton, kai ouk elathen. Hōsper gar to mē dramein ep᾽ autous prōtous tēs akolouthias tōn pragmatōn hēn᾽ houtō to proserchomenous diōkein anaxion autou tēs philanthrōpias. Ei gar tous pheugontas diōkein echrēn, pollǭ mallon tous diōkontas pheugein ouk edei. Hora goun pōs estin euergesias hapasēs axia hē gynē. Oude gar etolmēsen elthein eis ta ᾿hierosolyma, phoboumenē kai anaxian heautēn tithemenē. Hoti gar, ei mē touto hēn, ekei paregeneto an, dēlon kai apo tēs parousēs sphodrotētos, kai ek tou tōn horiōn autēs exelthein. Tines de kai allēgorountes phasin, hoti hote exēlthen ek tēs Ioudaias ho Christos» tote autǭ proselthein etolmēsen hē ekklēsia, kai autē ek tōn horiōn autēs exelthousa. Epilathou gar, phēsi, tou laou sou, kai tou oikou tou patros sou. Kai gar ho Christos ek tōn horiōn autou exēlthe, kai hē gynē ek tōn horiōn autēs kai houtōs ēdynēthēsan syntychein allēlois. Idou gar gynē Chananaia, phēsin, exelthousa he ek tōn horiōn autēs. Katēgorei tēs gynaikos ho euangelistēs, hina deixę̄ to thauma, kai autēn anakēryxę̄ meizonōs. Kai gar akousas Chananaian, anamnēsthēti tōn paranomōn ekeinōn ethnōn, hoi kai tous tēs physeōs nomous ek bathrōn anetrepsan. Mnēstheis de autōn, ennoei kai tēs tou Christou parousias tēn dynamin. Hoi gar ekblēthentes, hina mē diastrepsōsin ᾿Ioudaious, houtoi tosouton tōn ᾿Ioudaiōn ephanēsan epitēdeioteroi, hōs kai exienai ek tōn horiōn, kai prosienai tǭ Christǭ, ekeinōn kai pros autous erchomenon elaunontōn. Proselthousa toinyn ouden he heteron phēsin, all᾽, eleēson me, kai poly dia ' tēs kraugēs periïstēsi to theatron. Kai gar ēn theama eleeinon, gynaika idein boōsan meta sympatheias tosautēs, kai gynaika mētera, kai hyper thygatros deomenēn, kai thygatros houtō kakōs diakeimenēs. Oude gar etolmēsen eis opsin tou didaskalou tēn daimonōsan agagein all᾽ apheisa oikoi keisthai, hautē tithēsi tēn hiketērian. Kai legei to pathos . monon? kai ouden pleon prostithēsin, oude helkei ton iatron eis tēn oikian, kathaper ho basilikos ekeinos, legōn᾽ elthōn epithes tēn cheira sou, kai, katabēthi prin ē apothanein to paidion mon. Alla kai tēn symphoran diēgēsamenē, kai tēs nosou tēn epitasin, ton eleon tou despoton proballetai, kai krazei megala kai ou legei, eleēson tēn thygatera mon, all, eleēson me. ᾿Ekeinē men gar anepaisthētos esti tēs nysou egō de hē ta myria paschousa eimi deina, hē hē meta aisthēseōs nosousa, ē meta tou eidenai mainomenē. Ho de ouk apekrithē autę̄ logon. Ti to kainon kai paradoxon: ? tous men ᾿Ioudaious kai agnōmonountas enagei, kai blasphēmountas parakalei, kai peirazontas ouk aphiēsi tēn de epitrechousan autǭ kai parakalousan kai deomenēn, kai oute nomǭ oute prophētais entrapheisan, kai tosautēn eulabeian epideiknymenēn, tautēn oude apokriseōs axioi. Tina ouk an touto eskandalisen, horōnta enantia tę̄ phēmē ta ginomena? Kai gar ēkousan, hoti periēge tas kōmas therapeuōn' tautēn o de elthousan diakrouetai. Tina de ouk an epeklase to pathos kai hē hiiketēria, hēn ᾿ epoieito hyper thygatros houtō kakōs diakeimenēs : Oude gar hōs axia ousa, oude hōs opheilēn apaitousa, houtō prosēlthen, all᾽ eleēthēnai edeito, kai tēn symphoran tēn oikeian exetragǭdei monon, kai oude apokriseōs axioutai. Tacha polloi tōn akouontōn eskandalisthēsan' ekeinē de ouk eskandalisthē. Kai ti legō, tōn akouontōn? Kai gar oimai kai tous mathētas autous pathein ti pros tēn symphoran tēs gynaikos, kai diatarachthēnai kai athymēsai. All᾽ homōs oude tarachthentes etolmēsan eipein dos autę̄ tēn charin alla proselthontes hoi ᾿ mathētai ērōtōn auton lagonten apolyson autēn, hoti krazei opisthen hēmōn. Kai gar hēmeis Ho de Christos phēsin; ouk apestalēn ei mē eis ta probata ta apolōlota oikon ᾿Israēl. ᾿

“And Jesus went out from there and withdrew into the region of Tyre and Sidon. And behold, a Canaanite woman came out from those borders and cried out to him, saying, ‘Have mercy on me, Lord, Son of David; my daughter is badly possessed by a demon.’” But Mark says that he could not be hidden when he had come into the house. And why did he go into those parts at all? When he had freed them from the observance of foods, then he also opens a door to the Gentiles, advancing step by step; just as Peter too, after first being commanded to set aside this law, is sent to Cornelius. But if someone should say, “How then, after saying to the disciples, ‘Do not go into the way of the Gentiles,’ does he accept this woman?” first we would say this: that what he commanded the disciples, he himself was not bound by; and second, that he did not go there to preach either; which Mark also hinted at when he said that he both hid himself and was not hidden. For just as not running to them first belonged to the due order of things, so to drive away those who came to him was unworthy of his love for mankind. For if he ought to pursue those who fled, much more ought he not to flee those who pursued him. See, then, how the woman is worthy of every benefaction. For she did not dare to come to Jerusalem, being afraid and counting herself unworthy. For that she would have gone there were it not for this is plain both from her present earnestness and from her coming out of her own borders. Some, interpreting allegorically, say that when Christ came out of Judea, then the church dared to approach him, she too coming out of her own borders. “For forget,” it says, “your people and your father’s house.” For Christ came out of his borders, and the woman out of hers, and so they were able to meet one another. “For behold,” it says, “a Canaanite woman came out of her borders.” The evangelist accuses the woman, to show the wonder and to proclaim her the more. For when you hear “Canaanite,” remember those lawless nations, who overturned even the laws of nature from their foundations. And having remembered them, consider also the power of Christ’s coming. For those who were cast out so that they might not pervert the Jews, these appeared so much more fit than the Jews that they came out of their borders and approached Christ, while those drove him away even when he came to them. Having come to him, then, she says nothing else but, “Have mercy on me,” and by her crying she gathers a great crowd of spectators around. For it was a pitiable sight to see a woman crying out with so much feeling, and a woman who was a mother, and pleading for her daughter, and a daughter in so bad a state. For she did not dare to bring the possessed girl into the teacher’s sight, but leaving her lying at home, she herself makes the supplication. And she states only the affliction, and adds nothing more; nor does she drag the physician to her house, as that royal official did, saying, “Come and lay your hand on her,” and, “Come down before my child dies.” But having described the calamity and the severity of the disease, she puts forward the Master’s mercy, and cries aloud; and she does not say, “Have mercy on my daughter,” but, “Have mercy on me.” “For she is without feeling of the disease, but I am the one who suffers countless terrors, I who am sick with full awareness, who am mad with full knowledge.” “But he did not answer her a word.” What is this new and strange thing? The Jews, even when ungrateful, he leads on, and when blaspheming he exhorts, and when tempting him he does not let them go; but this woman, who runs to him and entreats and begs, who was brought up neither in the law nor in the prophets, and who shows such reverence, he does not even think worthy of an answer. Whom would this not have offended, seeing things happen contrary to his fame? For they had heard that he went about the villages healing; but this woman who has come he beats off. And whom would not the affliction have bent, and the supplication she made for a daughter in so bad a state? For she did not come as one who was worthy, nor as one demanding a debt, but she begged for mercy, and only lamented her own calamity, and is not even thought worthy of an answer. Perhaps many of those who heard were offended; but she was not offended. And why do I say “of those who heard”? For I think that the disciples themselves were moved at the woman’s calamity, and were troubled and disheartened. But nevertheless, even though troubled, they did not dare to say, “Grant her the favor”; but “the disciples came and asked him, saying, ‘Send her away, for she is crying out after us.’” For we too … But Christ says, “I was not sent except to the lost sheep of the house of Israel.”

52.2Field 2

Τί οὖν ἡ γυνὴ; ἐπειδὴ ταῦτα ἤκουσεν: ἐσέγησε καὶ ἀπέστη: ἣ καθυφῆκε τῆς προθυμίας : : Οὐδαμῶς ἀλλὰ μᾶλλον ἐπέκειτο. Αλλ᾽ οὐχ ἡμεῖς οὕτως ἀλλ᾽ ὅταν μὴ τύχωμεν, ἀφιστάμεθα, δέον διὰ τοῦτο ἐπικεῖσθαι μᾶλλον. Καίτοι τίνα οὐκ ἄν ἐξηπόρησε τοῦτο τὸ τότε ῥηθέν: Ἱκανὴ μὲν οὖν καὶ ἡ σιγὴ εἰς ἀπόγνωσιν αὐτὴν ἐμβαλεῖν ἡ δὲ ἀπόκρισις καὶ πολλῷ μᾶλλον ἐποίει. Τὸ γὰρ μεθ᾽ ἑαυτῆς καὶ τοὺς συνηγόρους ἐξαπορηθέντας ἰδεῖν, καὶ τὸ ακοῦσαι, ὅτι καὶ τὸ πρᾶγμα γενέσθαι ἀμήχανον, εἰς ἄφατον ἀπορίαν ἐνέβαλεν. Ἀλλ᾽ ὅμως οὐκ ἠπορεῖτο γυνή ἀλλ᾽ ἐπειδὴ εἶδεν οὐδὲν ἰσχύοντας τοὺς προστάτας, ἀπηναισχύντησε καλὴν ἀναισχυντίαν· Πρὸ τούτου μὲν γὰρ οὐδὲ εἰς ὄψιν ἐλθεῖν ἐτόλμα κράζει γὰρ, φησὶν, ὄπισθεν ἡμῶν ὅτε δὲ εἰκὸς ἦν αὐτὴν καὶ ποῤῥωτέρω ἀπελθεῖν ἐξαπορηθεῖσαν, τότε καὶ ἐγγυτέρω ἔρχεται, καὶ προσκυνεῖ λέγουσα· κύριε, βοήθει μοι. Τί τοῦτο, ὦ γύναι: μὴ γὰρ μείζονα παῤῥησίαν ἔχεις τῶν ἀποστόλων ; μὴ γὰρ πλείονα ἰσχύν; Παῤῥησίαν μὲν καὶ ἰσχὺν, φησὶν, οὐδαμῶς, ἀλλὰ καὶ αἰσχύνης γέμω, αλλ᾽ ὅμως αὐτὴν τὴν ἀναισχυντίαν ἀντὶ ἱκετηρίας ᾿προβάλλομαι' αἰδεσθήσεταί μου τὴν παῤῥησίαν. Καὶ τί τοῦτος : οὐκ ἤκουσας αὐτοῦ λέγοντος, ὅτι οὐκ ἀπεστάλην εἰ μὴ εἰς τὰ πρόβατα τὰ ἀπολωλότα οἴκου Ἰσραήλ; Ἤκουσα, φησὶν, ἀλλ' αὐτὸς κύριός ἐστι. Διόπερ οὐδὲ ἔλεγε; παρακάλεσον καὶ δεήθητι αλλὰ, βοήθει μοι. Τί οὖν ὁ Χριστός : Οὐδὲ τούτοις ἡρκέσθη, ἀλλ᾽ ἐπιτείνει τὴν ἐξαπόρησιν πάλιν. λέγων· οὐκ ἔστι καλὸν λαβεῖν τὸν ἄρτον τῶν τέκνων, καὶ δοῦναι τοῖς κυναρίοις. Καὶ ὅτε ἠξίωσεν αὐτὴν λόγου, τότε μειζόνως ἐπέπληξεν ἢ διὰ τῆς σιγῆς. Καὶ οὐκέτι ἐφ᾽ ἕτερον μεταφέρει τὴν αἰτίαν, οὐδὲ λάγει, οὐκ ἀπεστάλην ἀλλ΄ ὅσῳ ἐπέτεινεν ἐκείνη τὴν ἱκετηρίαν, τοσούτῳ καὶ αὐτὸς τὴν παραίτησιν ἐπιτείνει. Καὶ οὐκέτι πρόβατα αὐτοὺς καλεῖ, ἀλλὰ τέκνα, καὶ αὐτὴν κυνάριον. Τί οὖν ἡ γυνή Ἀπ᾿ αὐτῶν τῶν αὐτοῦ ῥημάτων πλέκει τὴν συνηγορίαν. Ἐἰ γὰρ κυνάριόν εἰμι; φησὶν, οὐκ εἰμὶ ἀλλοτρία. Δικαίως ἔλεγεν ὁ Χριστός· εἰς κρίμα ἐγὼ ἦλθον. Ἢ γυνὴ φιλοσοφεῖ. καὶ καρτερίαν ἐπιδείκνυται πᾶσαν καὶ πίστιν, καὶ ταῦτα ὑβριζομένη: ἐκεῖνοι δὲ, θεραπευόμενοι καὶ τιμώμενοι, τοῖς ἐναντίοις ἀμείβονται. Ὅτι μὲν γὰρ ἀναγκαία ἡ τροφὴ τοῖς τέκνοις, φησὶν. οἶδα καγώ; πλὴν οὐδὲ ἐγὼ κεκώλυμαι, κυνάριον οὖσα. Εἰ μὲν γὰρ μὴ θέμις λαβεῖν, οὐδὲ τῶν ψιχίων μετασχεῖν θέμις· εἰ δὲ κἂν ἐκ μικροῦ δεῖ κοινωνεῖν, οὐδὲ ἐγὼ κεκώλυμαι, κἂν κυνάριον ὦ ἀλλὰ καὶ ταύτῃ μάλιστα μετέχω, εἰ κυνάριόν εἰμι. Διὰ ταῦτα ἀνεβάλλετο ὁ Χριστός· ἐροῦσαν γὰρ ταῦτα ἥδει: διὰ ταῦτα ἠρνεῖτο τὴν δόσιν, ἵνα δείξῃ αὐτῆς τὴν φιλοσοφίαν. Εἰ γὰρ μὴ δοῦναι ἔμελλεν, οὐδ᾽ ἂν μετὰ ταῦτα ἔδωκεν, οὐδ᾽ ὧν ἐπεστόμισεν αὐτὴν πάλιν αλλ᾽ ὅπερ ἐπὶ τοῦ ἑκατοντάρχου ποιεῖ, λέγων· ἐγὼ ἐλθὼν θεραπεύσω αὐτὸν, ἵνα μάθωμεν ἐκείνου τὴν εὐλάβειαν, καὶ ἀκούσωμεν αὐτοῦ λέγοντος οὐκ εἰμὶ ἄξιος ἵνα μον ὑπὸ τὴν στέγην εἰσέλθῃς· καὶ ὅπερ ἐπὶ τῆς αἱμοῤροούσης ποιεῖ, λέγων ἐγὼ οἶδα δύναμιν ᾿ἐξ εμοῦ εξελθοῦσαν, ἵνα κατάδηλον αὑτῆς τὴν πίστιν ποιήσῃ) καὶ ὅπερ ἐπὶ τῆς Σαμαρείτιδος, ἵνα δείξῃ πῶς οὐδὲ ἐλεγχομένη αφίσταται᾽ οὕτω δὴ καὶ ἐνταῦθα. Οὐ γαρ εβούλετο κρυβῆναι τοσαύτην γυναικὸς ἀρετήν. Ὥστε οὐχ ὑβρίζοντος ἣν ἅπερ ἔλεγεν, ἀλλὰ ἐκκαλουμένου, καὶ τὸν ἐναποκείμενον θησαυρον εκκαλυπτοντος. Σὺ δέ μοι μετὰ τῆς πίστεως ὅρα καὶ τὴν ταπεινοφροσύνην. Αὐτὸς μὲν γὰρ τέκνα ἐκάλεσε τοὺς Ἰουδαίους· αὕτη δὲ οὐκ ἡρκέσθη τούτῳ, αλλα καὶ κυρίους ὠνομασε τοσοῦτον ἀπέσχεν αλγῆσαι τοῖς ἑτέρων ἐγκωμίοις. Καὶ γὰρ τὰ κυνάρια, φησὶν, ἐσθίει ἀπὸ τῶν ψιχίων τῶν πιπτὸόντων ἀπὸ τῆς τραπέζης τῶν κυρίων αὐτῶν. Εἶδες γυναικὸς σύνεσιν, πῶς οὐδὲ ἀντειπεῖν ἐτόλμησεν, οὐδὲ ἐδήχθη τοῖς ἑτέρων ἐπαίνοις, οὐδὲ ἠγανάκτησε τῇ ὕβρει: εἶδες εὐτονίαν; Αὐτὸς ἔλεγεν, οὐκ ἐστι καλόν· αὕτη δὲ ἔλεγε, ναὶ, κύριε. Αὐτὸς τέκνα ἐκάλει, αὕτη δὲ κυρίους· αὐτὸς κυνάριον ὠνόμασεν, αὕτη δὲ καὶ τὸ εργον τοῦ κυναρίον προσέθηκεν. Εἶδες ταύτης ᾿ τὴν ταπεινοφροσύνην ; ᾿Ακουσον Ἰουδαίων μεγαληγορίαν. ᾿ Σπέρμα Αβραάμ ἐσμεν, καὶ οὐδενὶ δεδουλεύκαμεν πώποτε· καὶ, ἐκ τοῦ θεοῦ γεγεννήμεθα. Ἀλλ᾽ οὐχ αὕτη· ἀλλὰ κυνάριον ἑαυτὴν καλεῖ, καὶ κυρίους ἐκείνους· διὰ δὴ τοῦτο γέγονε τέκνον. Τὶ οὖν ο Χριστός; Ὦ γύναι, μεγάλη σου ἡ πίστις. Διὰ γὰρ τοῦτο ἀνεβάλλετο, ἵνα τοῦτο ἀναβοήσῃ τὸ ρῆμα, ἵνα στεφανωσῃ τὴν γυναῖκα. Γενηθήτω σοι ὡς θέλεις. Ὃ δὲ λέγει, τοιοῦτον ἐστιν· ἡ μὲν πίστις σου καὶ μείζονα τούτων ἀνύσαι δύναται πλὴν γενηθήτω σοι ὡς θέλεις. Αὕτη συγγενὴς ἐκείνῃ τῇ φωνῇ τῇ λεγούσῃ᾽ γενηθήτω ὁ οὐρανὸς, καὶ γένετο. Καὶ ἰάθη ῇ θυγάτηρ αὐτῆς ἀπὸ τῆς ὥραν ἐκείνης. Εἶδες πώς οὐ μικρὸν καὶ αὕτη εἰσήνεγκεν εἰς τὴν ἰατρείαν τοῦ θνγατρίου : Διὰ τοῦτο γὰρ οὐδὲ εἶπεν ὃ Χριστὸς, ἰαθήτω σου τὸ θυγάτριον αλλὰ, μεγάλη σου ἣ πίστις, γενηθήτω σοι ὡς θέλεις ἵνα μάθης, ὅτι οὐχ απλὸς οὐδὲ κολακείας ἦν τὰ ῥήματα, ἀλλὰ πολλὴ τῆς πίστεως ἡ δύναμις. Τὴν γοῦν ἀκριβῆ βάσανον αὐτῆς καὶ ἀπόδειξιν τῇ τῶν πραγμάτων ἐπέτρεψεν ἐκβάσει. ᾿Ιαθη ' γοῦν τὸ θυγάτριον αὐτῆς εὐθέως.

Ti oun hē gynē? epeidē tauta ēkousen: esegēse kai apestē: hē kathyphēke tēs prothymias : : Oudamōs alla mallon epekeito. All᾽ ouch hēmeis houtōs all᾽ hotan mē tychōmen, aphistametha, deon dia touto epikeisthai mallon. Kaitoi tina ouk an exēporēse touto to tote rhēthen: Hikanē men oun kai hē sigē eis apognōsin autēn embalein hē de apokrisis kai pollǭ mallon epoiei. To gar meth᾽ heautēs kai tous synēgorous exaporēthentas idein, kai to akousai, hoti kai to pragma genesthai amēchanon, eis aphaton aporian enebalen. All᾽ homōs ouk ēporeito gynē all᾽ epeidē eiden ouden ischyontas tous prostatas, apēnaischyntēse kalēn anaischyntian; Pro toutou men gar oude eis opsin elthein etolma krazei gar, phēsin, opisthen hēmōn hote de eikos ēn autēn kai porrhōterō apelthein exaporētheisan, tote kai engyterō erchetai, kai proskynei legousa; kyrie, boēthei moi. Ti touto, ō gynai: mē gar meizona parrhēsian echeis tōn apostolōn ? mē gar pleiona ischyn? Parrhēsian men kai ischyn, phēsin, oudamōs, alla kai aischynēs gemō, all᾽ homōs autēn tēn anaischyntian anti hiketērias ᾿proballomai' aidesthēsetai mou tēn parrhēsian. Kai ti toutos : ouk ēkousas autou legontos, hoti ouk apestalēn ei mē eis ta probata ta apolōlota oikou Israēl? Ēkousa, phēsin, all' autos kyrios esti. Dioper oude elege? parakaleson kai deēthēti alla, boēthei moi. Ti oun ho Christos : Oude toutois hērkesthē, all᾽ epiteinei tēn exaporēsin palin. legōn; ouk esti kalon labein ton arton tōn teknōn, kai dounai tois kynariois. Kai hote ēxiōsen autēn logou, tote meizonōs epeplēxen ē dia tēs sigēs. Kai ouketi eph᾽ heteron metapherei tēn aitian, oude lagei, ouk apestalēn all΄ hosǭ epeteinen ekeinē tēn hiketērian, tosoutǭ kai autos tēn paraitēsin epiteinei. Kai ouketi probata autous kalei, alla tekna, kai autēn kynarion. Ti oun hē gynē Ap᾿ autōn tōn autou rhēmatōn plekei tēn synēgorian. Ei gar kynarion eimi? phēsin, ouk eimi allotria. Dikaiōs elegen ho Christos; eis krima egō ēlthon. Ē gynē philosophei. kai karterian epideiknytai pasan kai pistin, kai tauta hybrizomenē: ekeinoi de, therapeuomenoi kai timōmenoi, tois enantiois ameibontai. Hoti men gar anankaia hē trophē tois teknois, phēsin. oida kagō? plēn oude egō kekōlymai, kynarion ousa. Ei men gar mē themis labein, oude tōn psichiōn metaschein themis; ei de kan ek mikrou dei koinōnein, oude egō kekōlymai, kan kynarion ō alla kai tautę̄ malista metechō, ei kynarion eimi. Dia tauta aneballeto ho Christos; erousan gar tauta hēdei: dia tauta ērneito tēn dosin, hina deixę̄ autēs tēn philosophian. Ei gar mē dounai emellen, oud᾽ an meta tauta edōken, oud᾽ hōn epestomisen autēn palin all᾽ hoper epi tou hekatontarchou poiei, legōn; egō elthōn therapeusō auton, hina mathōmen ekeinou tēn eulabeian, kai akousōmen autou legontos ouk eimi axios hina mon hypo tēn stegēn eiselthę̄s; kai hoper epi tēs haimorroousēs poiei, legōn egō oida dynamin ᾿ex emou exelthousan, hina katadēlon hautēs tēn pistin poiēsę̄) kai hoper epi tēs Samareitidos, hina deixę̄ pōs oude elenchomenē aphistatai᾽ houtō dē kai entautha. Ou gar ebouleto krybēnai tosautēn gynaikos aretēn. Hōste ouch hybrizontos hēn haper elegen, alla ekkaloumenou, kai ton enapokeimenon thēsauron ekkalyptontos. Sy de moi meta tēs pisteōs hora kai tēn tapeinophrosynēn. Autos men gar tekna ekalese tous Ioudaious; hautē de ouk hērkesthē toutǭ, alla kai kyrious ōnomase tosouton apeschen algēsai tois heterōn enkōmiois. Kai gar ta kynaria, phēsin, esthiei apo tōn psichiōn tōn piptoontōn apo tēs trapezēs tōn kyriōn autōn. Eides gynaikos synesin, pōs oude anteipein etolmēsen, oude edēchthē tois heterōn epainois, oude ēganaktēse tę̄ hybrei: eides eutonian? Autos elegen, ouk esti kalon; hautē de elege, nai, kyrie. Autos tekna ekalei, hautē de kyrious; autos kynarion ōnomasen, hautē de kai to ergon tou kynarion prosethēken. Eides tautēs ᾿ tēn tapeinophrosynēn ? ᾿Akouson Ioudaiōn megalēgorian. ᾿ Sperma Abraam esmen, kai oudeni dedouleukamen pōpote; kai, ek tou theou gegennēmetha. All᾽ ouch hautē; alla kynarion heautēn kalei, kai kyrious ekeinous; dia dē touto gegone teknon. Ti oun o Christos? Ō gynai, megalē sou hē pistis. Dia gar touto aneballeto, hina touto anaboēsę̄ to rēma, hina stephanōsę̄ tēn gynaika. Genēthētō soi hōs theleis. Ho de legei, toiouton estin; hē men pistis sou kai meizona toutōn anysai dynatai plēn genēthētō soi hōs theleis. Hautē syngenēs ekeinę̄ tę̄ phōnę̄ tę̄ legousę̄᾽ genēthētō ho ouranos, kai geneto. Kai iathē ę̄ thygatēr autēs apo tēs hōran ekeinēs. Eides pōs ou mikron kai hautē eisēnenken eis tēn iatreian tou thngatriou : Dia touto gar oude eipen ho Christos, iathētō sou to thygatrion alla, megalē sou hē pistis, genēthētō soi hōs theleis hina mathēs, hoti ouch aplos oude kolakeias ēn ta rhēmata, alla pollē tēs pisteōs hē dynamis. Tēn goun akribē basanon autēs kai apodeixin tę̄ tōn pragmatōn epetrepsen ekbasei. ᾿Iathē ' goun to thygatrion autēs eutheōs.

What then did the woman do, when she heard this? Did she fall silent and withdraw? Or did she slacken her eagerness? Not at all; rather she pressed on the more. But we do not do so; when we do not obtain, we withdraw, when for that very reason we ought to press on the more. And yet whom would not what was then said have thrown into perplexity? His silence was enough to cast her into despair, but his answer did so much more. For to see her advocates too at a loss along with her, and to hear that the thing was even impossible, threw her into unspeakable perplexity. But nevertheless the woman was not at a loss; but when she saw that her patrons had no power, she became shameless with a good shamelessness. For before this she did not even dare to come into his sight (“for she is crying out,” it says, “behind us”); but when it was likely that she would go farther away, being at a loss, then she even comes nearer, and worships him, saying, “Lord, help me.” What is this, woman? Have you more confidence than the apostles? More strength? “Confidence and strength,” she says, “not at all; I am even full of shame; but nevertheless I put forward my very shamelessness in place of supplication; he will respect my boldness.” And what is this? Did you not hear him say, “I was not sent except to the lost sheep of the house of Israel”? “I heard,” she says, “but he himself is Lord.” That is why she did not say, “Entreat and beg,” but, “Help me.” What then does Christ do? Not even with this was he content, but he heightens her perplexity again, saying, “It is not good to take the children’s bread and give it to the little dogs.” And when he counted her worthy of a word, then he struck her more heavily than by his silence. And he no longer puts the cause on another, nor says, “I was not sent”; but the more she intensified her supplication, the more he too intensifies his refusal. And he no longer calls them sheep, but children, and her a little dog. What then does the woman do? From his very words she weaves her defense. “For if I am a little dog,” she says, “I am not a stranger.” Rightly did Christ say, “For judgment I came.” The woman shows wisdom and displays all endurance and faith, and that while being insulted; but they, though healed and honored, repay him with the opposite. “For that food is necessary for the children,” she says, “I too know; yet neither am I excluded, being a little dog. For if it is not lawful to take, neither is it lawful to share the crumbs; but if one must share even a little, then neither am I excluded, even if I am a little dog; rather, in this way above all I have a share, if I am a little dog.” For this reason Christ put her off; for he knew that she would say this. For this reason he refused the gift, to show her wisdom. For if he had not been going to give, neither would he have given afterward, nor would he have stopped her mouth again. But as he does with the centurion, saying, “I will come and heal him,” so that we may learn that man’s reverence and hear him say, “I am not worthy that you should come under my roof”; and as he does with the woman with the flow of blood, saying, “I know that power has gone out from me,” to make her faith manifest; and as with the Samaritan woman, to show how not even when reproved does she withdraw: so too here. For he did not wish so great a virtue of a woman to be hidden. So what he said did not belong to one who insults, but to one who calls her forth and uncovers the treasure stored within. But consider, I pray you, along with her faith, her humility too. For he called the Jews children; but she was not content with this, but even named them masters: so far was she from being pained at the praises of others. “For even the little dogs,” she says, “eat of the crumbs that fall from their masters’ table.” Do you see the woman’s understanding, how she did not even dare to contradict, nor was she stung by the praises of others, nor indignant at the insult? Do you see her vigor? He said, “It is not good”; but she said, “Yes, Lord.” He called them children; but she, masters. He named her a little dog; but she added also the dog’s work. Do you see her humility? Hear the boasting of the Jews: “We are the seed of Abraham, and have never been in bondage to anyone”; and, “We were born of God.” But not so this woman; she calls herself a little dog, and those masters; and for this very reason she became a child. What then does Christ say? “O woman, great is your faith.” For this is why he put her off, so that he might proclaim this word, so that he might crown the woman. “Let it be done for you as you wish.” What he says is something like this: “Your faith can accomplish even greater things than these; but let it be done for you as you wish.” This is akin to that voice which said, “Let the heaven be made,” and it was made. “And her daughter was healed from that hour.” Do you see how she too contributed not a little to the healing of her daughter? For this is why Christ did not say, “Let your little daughter be healed,” but, “Great is your faith; let it be done for you as you wish,” so that you may learn that the words were not said idly or in flattery, but that the power of faith was great. At any rate, he committed the exact test and proof of it to the outcome of the events. For her little daughter was healed at once.

52.3Field 2

Σὺ δέ μοι σκόπει, πῶς τῶν ἀποστόλων ἡττηθέντων καὶ οὐκ ἀνυσάντων, αὕτη ἤνυσε. Τοσοῦτόν ἐστι προσεδρεία εὐχῆς. Καὶ γὰρ ὑπὲρ τῶν ἡμετέρων παρ᾽ ἡμῶν βούλεται μᾶλλον τῶν ὑπευθύνων ἀξιοῦσθαι, ἣ παρ' ἑτέρων ὑπὲρ ἡμῶν. Καίτοι πλείονα παῤῥησίαν εἶχον ἐκεῖνοι αλλὰ πολλὴν καρτερίαν ἐπεδείξατο αὕτη. Διὰ δὲ τοῦ τέλους καὶ πρὸς τοὺς μαθητὰς ἀπελογήσατο τῆς ἀναβολῆς ἕ ἕνεκα, καὶ ἔδειξεν, ὅτι δικαίως αὐτῶν ἀξιωσάντων οὐκ ἐπένευσε. Καὶ μεταβὰς ἐκεῖθεν ὁ Ἰησοῦς, ἦλθε παρὰ τὴν θάλασσαν τῆς Γαλιλαίας καὶ ἀναβὰς εἰς τὸ ὅρος: ἐκάθητο ἐκεῖ. Καὶ προσῆλθον αὐτῷ ὄχλοι πολλοὶ ἔχοντες μεθ᾽ ἑαυτῶν χωλοὺς, τυφλοὺς, κυλλοὺς, κωφούς καὶ ἔῤῥιψαν αὐτοὺς παρὰ τοὺς πόδας αὐτοῦ καὶ ἐθεράπευσεν αὐτοὺς, ὥστε ᾿ τοὺς ὄχλους θαυμάσαι, βλέποντας κωφοὺς λαλοῦντας, κυλλοὺς ὑγιεῖς» χωλοὺς περιπατοῦντας, καὶ τυφλοὺς βλέποντα καὶ ἐδόξαζον τὸν θεὸν Ἰσραήλ. Ποτὲ μὲν αὐτὸς περίεισι, ποτὲ δὲ κάθηται περιμένων τοὺς κάμνοντας, καὶ χωλοὺς εἰς τὸ ὄρος ἀνάγει. Καὶ οὐκέτι ἅπτονται οὐδὲ τοῦ ἱματίου ᾿ αὐτοῦ, ἀλλ᾽ ἐπὶ τὸ ὑψηλότερον ἀναβαίνουσι, ριπτόμενοι πρὸς τοὺς πόδας αὐτοῦ καὶ διπλῆν τὴν πίστιν τὴν ἑαυτῶν ἐπεδείκνυντο, καὶ τῷ χωλεύοντες εἰς τὸ ὄρος ἀναβαίνειν, καὶ τῷ μηδενὸς δέεσθαι ἑτέρου, αλλά τοῦ ῥιφῆναι πρὸς τοὺς πόδας μόνον. Καὶ ἣν πολὺ τὸ θαῦμα καὶ παράδοξον, τοὺς φερομένους περιπατοῦντας ἰδεῖν, τοὺς ᾿ πηροὺς οὐ χρείαν ἔχοντας χειραγωγούντων. Καὶ γὰρ τὸ πλῆθος τῶν θεραπενομένων καὶ τὸ εὔκολον τῆς ἰατρείας αὐτοὺς ἐξέπληττεν. Εἶδες πῶς τὴν μὲν γυναῖκα μετὰ τοσαύτης μελλήσεως ἐθεραπευσε, τούτους δὲ εὐθέως; οὐκ ἐπειδὴ βελτίους ἐκείνης οὗτοι, ἀλλ᾽ ἐπειδὴ πιστοτέρα ἐκείνη τούτων. Διὰ τοῦτο ἐπ᾿ ἐκείνης μὲν ἀναβάλλεται καὶ μέλλει, τὸ εὔτονον αὐτῆς ἐνδεικνύμενος τούτοις δὲ εὐθέως παρέχει τὴν δωρεὰν, ἐμῴραττων τῶν ἀπίστων ᾿Ιουδαίων τὰ στόματα, καὶ πᾶσαν αὐτῶν ἐκκόπτων ἀπολογίαν. Ὅσῳ γὰρ ἄν τις μείζονα εὐεργετῆται, τοσούτῳ βάλλον ἐστιν ὑπεύθυνος κολάσει αγνωμονών, καὶ μηδὲ τῇ τιμῇ γενόμενος βελτίων. Διὰ δὴ τοῦτο καὶ οἱ πλουτοῦντες τῶν πενομένων μᾶλλον κολάζονται κακοὶ ὄντες, ὅτι μηδὲ ἐν εὐθηνίᾳ γεγόνασιν ἥμεροι. Μὴ γάρ μοι λέγε, ὅτι ἔδωκαν ἐλεημοσύνην. Εἰ γὰρ μὴ κατ᾽ ἀξίαν ἔδωκαν τῆς οὐσίας» οὐδ᾽ οὕτω διαφεύξονται. Οὐ γὰρ τῷ μέτρῳ τῶν διδομένων ἥ ἐλεημοσύνη κρίνεται, ἀλλὰ τῆ δαψιλείᾳ τῆς γνώμης. Εἰ δὲ οὗτοι δίκην διδόασι, πολλῷ μᾶλλον οἱ περὶ τὰ περιττὰ ἑπτοημένοι, οἱ τριώροφα καὶ τετραώροφα οἰκοδομοῦντες, τῶν δὲ πεινώντων καταφρονοῦντες, οἱ φιλαργυρίας μὲν ἐπιμελούμενοι, ἐλεημοσύνης δὲ ἀμελοῦντες. Ἀλλ᾽ ἐπειδὴ περὶ ἐλεημοσύνης λόγος ἐνέπεσε, φέρε δὴ τὸν λόγον ἐκεῖνον, ὃν πρὸ τριῶν ἡμερῶν περὶ φιλανθρωπίας ποιούμενος ἀτέλεστον εἴασα, ἀναλάβωμεν σήμερον. Μέμνησθε, ὅτε πρώην περὶ ὑποδημάτων περιεργίας διελεγόμην; καὶ τῆς ματαιοπονίας ἐκείνης, καὶ τῆς τῶν νέων βλακείας, τότε απὸ ἐλεημοσύνης ἡμῖν εἰς ἐκεῖνα ὁ λόγος ἐξέπεσε τὰ ἐγκλήματα. Τίνα οὖν ἦν τὰ τότε κινούμενα; Ὅτι τέχνη τίς ἐστιν ἡ ἐλεημοσύνη, ἐν οὐρανῷ τὸ ἐργαστήριον ἔχουσα, καὶ διδάσκαλον οὐκ ἄνθρωπον, ἀλλὰ θεόν. Εἶτα ζητοῦντες, τί τέχνη; καὶ τί οὐ τέχνη, εἰς ματαιοπονίας καὶ κακοτεχνίας ἐνεπέσομεν, ἐν αἷς καὶ τῆς τέχνης ταύτης ἐμνημονεύσαμεν τῆς τῶν ὑποδημάτων. Ὦρα ἀνεπολήσατε: Φέρε οὖν καὶ τήμερον τὰ τότε εἰρημένα ἀναλάβωμεν, καὶ δείξωμεν πῶς τέχνη καὶ ἀμείνων πασῶν τεχνῶν ἡ ἐλεημοσύνη. Εἰ γὰρ τέχνης ἴδιον τὸ πρός τι χρήσιμον τελευτᾶν, ἐλεημοσύνης δὲ οὐδὸν χρησιμώτερον, εὔδηλον ὅτι καὶ τέχνη καὶ τεχνῶν ἁπασῶν αὕτη ἀμείνων. Οὐ γὰρ ὑποδήματα ἡμῖν ἐργάζεται, οὐδὲ ἱμάτια ὑφαίνει, οὐδὲ οἰκίας οἰκοδομεῖ τὰς πηλίνας αλλὰ ζωὴν αἰώνιον προξενεῖ, καὶ τῶν τοῦ θανάτου χειρῶν ἐξαρπαζει, καὶ ἐν ἑκατέρᾳ τῇ ζωῇ λαμπροὺς ἀποφαίνει, καὶ οἰκοδομεῖ τὰς μονὰς τὰς ἐν οὐρανοῖς» καὶ τὰς σκηνὰς ἐκείνας τὰς αἰωνίους. Αὕτη τὰς λαμπάδας ἡμῶν οὐκ ἀφίησι σβεσθῆναι, οὐδὲ ῥυπαρὰ ἔχοντας ἱμάτια φανηναι ἐν τῴ γάμῳ, ἀλλὰ πλύνει» καὶ χίονος καθαρώτερα ἐργάζεται. ᾽Εὰν γὰρ ὦσιν αἱ ἁμαρτίαι ὑμῶν ὡς Φοινικοῦν, ὡς χίονα λευκανώ. Οὐκ αφίησιν ἡμᾶς ἐμπεσεῖν ἔνθα ὁ πλούσιος ἐκεῖνος, οὐδὲ ἀκοῦσαι τῶν φοβερῶν ῥημάτων, ἀλλ᾽ εἰς κόλπους χειραγωγεὶι τοῦ Αβραάμ. Καίτοι τῶν τεχνὼν τῶν βιωτικῶν ἓν ἑκάστη ἀπολαβοῦσα ὃ ἔχει κατόρθωμα οἷον ἡ γεωργία, τὸ τρέφειν' ἡ ὑφαντικὴ, τὸ ἐνδύειν' μάλλον δὲ οὐδὲ τοῦτο οὐδὲ γὰρ ἀρκεῖ μόνη τὰ παρ᾽ ἑαυτῆς ἡμῖν συνεισενεγκεῖν.

Sy de moi skopei, pōs tōn apostolōn hēttēthentōn kai ouk anysantōn, hautē ēnyse. Tosouton esti prosedreia euchēs. Kai gar hyper tōn hēmeterōn par᾽ hēmōn bouletai mallon tōn hypeuthynōn axiousthai, hē par' heterōn hyper hēmōn. Kaitoi pleiona parrhēsian eichon ekeinoi alla pollēn karterian epedeixato hautē. Dia de tou telous kai pros tous mathētas apelogēsato tēs anabolēs he heneka, kai edeixen, hoti dikaiōs autōn axiōsantōn ouk epeneuse. Kai metabas ekeithen ho Iēsous, ēlthe para tēn thalassan tēs Galilaias kai anabas eis to horos: ekathēto ekei. Kai prosēlthon autǭ ochloi polloi echontes meth᾽ heautōn chōlous, typhlous, kyllous, kōphous kai errhipsan autous para tous podas autou kai etherapeusen autous, hōste ᾿ tous ochlous thaumasai, blepontas kōphous lalountas, kyllous hygieis» chōlous peripatountas, kai typhlous bleponta kai edoxazon ton theon Israēl. Pote men autos perieisi, pote de kathētai perimenōn tous kamnontas, kai chōlous eis to oros anagei. Kai ouketi haptontai oude tou himatiou ᾿ autou, all᾽ epi to hypsēloteron anabainousi, riptomenoi pros tous podas autou kai diplēn tēn pistin tēn heautōn epedeiknynto, kai tǭ chōleuontes eis to oros anabainein, kai tǭ mēdenos deesthai heterou, alla tou rhiphēnai pros tous podas monon. Kai hēn poly to thauma kai paradoxon, tous pheromenous peripatountas idein, tous ᾿ pērous ou chreian echontas cheiragōgountōn. Kai gar to plēthos tōn therapenomenōn kai to eukolon tēs iatreias autous exeplētten. Eides pōs tēn men gynaika meta tosautēs mellēseōs etherapeuse, toutous de eutheōs? ouk epeidē beltious ekeinēs houtoi, all᾽ epeidē pistotera ekeinē toutōn. Dia touto ep᾿ ekeinēs men anaballetai kai mellei, to eutonon autēs endeiknymenos toutois de eutheōs parechei tēn dōrean, emǭrattōn tōn apistōn ᾿Ioudaiōn ta stomata, kai pasan autōn ekkoptōn apologian. Hosǭ gar an tis meizona euergetētai, tosoutǭ ballon estin hypeuthynos kolasei agnōmonōn, kai mēde tę̄ timę̄ genomenos beltiōn. Dia dē touto kai hoi ploutountes tōn penomenōn mallon kolazontai kakoi ontes, hoti mēde en euthēnią gegonasin hēmeroi. Mē gar moi lege, hoti edōkan eleēmosynēn. Ei gar mē kat᾽ axian edōkan tēs ousias» oud᾽ houtō diapheuxontai. Ou gar tǭ metrǭ tōn didomenōn hē eleēmosynē krinetai, alla tē dapsileią tēs gnōmēs. Ei de houtoi dikēn didoasi, pollǭ mallon hoi peri ta peritta heptoēmenoi, hoi triōropha kai tetraōropha oikodomountes, tōn de peinōntōn kataphronountes, hoi philargyrias men epimeloumenoi, eleēmosynēs de amelountes. All᾽ epeidē peri eleēmosynēs logos enepese, phere dē ton logon ekeinon, hon pro triōn hēmerōn peri philanthrōpias poioumenos ateleston eiasa, analabōmen sēmeron. Memnēsthe, hote prōēn peri hypodēmatōn periergias dielegomēn? kai tēs mataioponias ekeinēs, kai tēs tōn neōn blakeias, tote apo eleēmosynēs hēmin eis ekeina ho logos exepese ta enklēmata. Tina oun ēn ta tote kinoumena? Hoti technē tis estin hē eleēmosynē, en ouranǭ to ergastērion echousa, kai didaskalon ouk anthrōpon, alla theon. Eita zētountes, ti technē? kai ti ou technē, eis mataioponias kai kakotechnias enepesomen, en hais kai tēs technēs tautēs emnēmoneusamen tēs tōn hypodēmatōn. Ōra anepolēsate: Phere oun kai tēmeron ta tote eirēmena analabōmen, kai deixōmen pōs technē kai ameinōn pasōn technōn hē eleēmosynē. Ei gar technēs idion to pros ti chrēsimon teleutan, eleēmosynēs de oudon chrēsimōteron, eudēlon hoti kai technē kai technōn hapasōn hautē ameinōn. Ou gar hypodēmata hēmin ergazetai, oude himatia hyphainei, oude oikias oikodomei tas pēlinas alla zōēn aiōnion proxenei, kai tōn tou thanatou cheirōn exarpazei, kai en hekaterą tę̄ zōę̄ lamprous apophainei, kai oikodomei tas monas tas en ouranois» kai tas skēnas ekeinas tas aiōnious. Hautē tas lampadas hēmōn ouk aphiēsi sbesthēnai, oude rhypara echontas himatia phanēnai en tǭ gamǭ, alla plynei» kai chionos katharōtera ergazetai. ᾽Ean gar ōsin hai hamartiai hymōn hōs Phoinikoun, hōs chiona leukanō. Ouk aphiēsin hēmas empesein entha ho plousios ekeinos, oude akousai tōn phoberōn rhēmatōn, all᾽ eis kolpous cheiragōgeii tou Abraam. Kaitoi tōn technōn tōn biōtikōn hen hekastē apolabousa ho echei katorthōma hoion hē geōrgia, to trephein' hē hyphantikē, to endyein' mallon de oude touto oude gar arkei monē ta par᾽ heautēs hēmin syneisenenkein.

But consider, I pray you, how when the apostles were defeated and did not succeed, she succeeded. So great a thing is perseverance in prayer. For in our own affairs he wishes rather to be asked by us, guilty as we are, than by others on our behalf. And yet those men had more confidence, but she showed great endurance. And by the outcome he also made his defense to the disciples for his delay, and showed that he had good reason not to consent when they asked. “And Jesus went on from there and came beside the sea of Galilee; and he went up on the mountain and sat there. And great crowds came to him, having with them the lame, the blind, the maimed, the dumb, and they cast them at his feet; and he healed them, so that the crowds marveled, seeing the dumb speaking, the maimed whole, the lame walking, and the blind seeing; and they glorified the God of Israel.” Sometimes he himself goes about, sometimes he sits waiting for the sick, and brings the lame up onto the mountain. And they no longer touch even his garment, but rise to something higher, casting themselves at his feet; and they showed a double faith, both by climbing the mountain while lame and by needing nothing else but only to be cast at his feet. And the wonder was great and astonishing, to see those who were carried walking, the disabled needing no one to lead them by the hand. For the multitude of those healed and the ease of the cure amazed them. Do you see how he healed the woman with so much delay, but these at once? Not because these were better than she, but because she was more faithful than they. That is why in her case he puts off and delays, displaying her vigor; but to these he gives the gift at once, stopping the mouths of the unbelieving Jews and cutting off every excuse of theirs. For the greater the benefits one receives, the more liable one is to punishment for being ungrateful and not being made better even by the honor. That is why the rich, if they are wicked, are punished more than the poor, because not even in prosperity did they become gentle. For do not tell me that they gave alms. For if they did not give in proportion to their substance, not even so will they escape. For almsgiving is judged not by the measure of what is given, but by the generosity of the will. But if these pay the penalty, much more those who are excited about superfluities, who build houses of three and four stories but despise the hungry, who cultivate avarice but neglect almsgiving. But since the discourse has fallen upon almsgiving, come, let us take up today that discourse on love for mankind which I left unfinished three days ago. Do you remember, when I was speaking the other day about the fussiness over shoes, and that vain labor, and the effeminacy of the young, that our discourse then turned from almsgiving to those charges? What, then, were the things put forward then? That almsgiving is a kind of craft, having its workshop in heaven, and its teacher not a man but God. Then, inquiring what is a craft and what is not, we fell upon vain labors and bad crafts, among which we mentioned also this craft of shoemaking. Do you recall it? Come, then, let us take up today too what was said then, and show how almsgiving is a craft and better than all crafts. For if it is proper to a craft to end in something useful, and nothing is more useful than almsgiving, it is plain that it is both a craft and better than all crafts. For it does not make shoes for us, nor weave garments, nor build houses of clay; but it procures eternal life, and snatches us from the hands of death, and makes us illustrious in both lives, and builds the mansions in heaven and those eternal tents. It does not let our lamps be quenched, nor let us appear at the wedding with soiled garments, but washes them and makes them whiter than snow. “For though your sins be as scarlet, I will make them white as snow.” It does not let us fall where that rich man fell, nor hear those fearful words, but leads us by the hand into Abraham’s bosom. And yet of the crafts of this life each has received one achievement: farming, for instance, to feed; weaving, to clothe; or rather not even this, for it is not enough by itself to supply us with what is its own.

52.4Field 2

Καὶ εἰ βούλει, τὴν γεωργικὴν ἐξετάσωμεν πρώτην. Ἂν γὰρ μὴ ἔχη τὴν χαλκευτικὴν, ἵνα δίκελλαν καὶ ὕνην καὶ δρεπάνην καὶ πέλεκυν; καὶ ἕτερα πλείονα δανείζηται παρ αὐτῆς καὶ τὴν τεκτονικὴν, ὥστε καὶ ἄροτρον πῆξαι, καὶ ζεύγλην κατασκευάσαι, καὶ ἅμαξαν, ὥστε τρίβειν ἀστάχυας καὶ τὴν σκυτοτομικὴν, ὥστε καὶ ἱμάντα ἐργάσασθαι: καὶ τὴν οἰκοδομικὴν, ὥστε καὶ τοῖς ἀροτριῶσι ταύροις βοοστάσιον οἰκοδομῆσαι, καὶ τοῖς σπείρουσι γεωργοῖς οἰκίας καὶ τὴν δρυμοτομικὴν, ὥστε ξύλα τέμνειν᾽ καὶ τὴν ἀρτοποιητικὴν μετὰ ταῦτα πάντα, οὐδαμοῦ ἐστιν. Οὕτω καὶ ἡ ὑφαντικὴ, ὅταν τι ποιῇ, πολλὰς μεθ᾽ ἑαυτῆς καλεῖ τέχνας, ὥστε αὐτῇ συνεφαψασθαι τῶν προκειμένων' κἂν μὴ παραγένωνται καὶ χεῖρα ὁρέξωσιν, ἕστηκε καὶ αὕτη κατ᾽ ἐκείνην ἀπορουμένη. Καὶ ἑκάστη δὲ τῶν τεχνών τῆς ἑτέρας δεῖται. Ὅταν δὲ ἐλεῆσαι δέη, οὐδενὸς ἡμῖν δεῖ ἑτέρου, ἀλλὰ γνώμης δεῖται μόνον. Εἰ δὲ λέγοις, ὅτι χρημάτων δεῖται, καὶ οἰκημάτων, καὶ ἱματίων, καὶ ὑποδημάτων, ἀνάγνωθι τὰ ῥήματα τοῦ Χριστοῦ ἐκεῖνα» ἃ περὶ τῆς χήρας εἶπε, καὶ παῦσαι ταύτης τῆς ἀγωνίας. Κἂν γὰρ σφόδρα πένης ἧς, καὶ τῶν προσαιτούντων, δύο λεπτὰ ἂν βάλης, τὸ πᾶν ἀπήρτισας κἂν δῷς μᾶζαν, ταύτην ἔχων μόνον, πρὸς τὸ τέλος ἦλθες τῆς τέχνης. Ταύτην τοίνυν δεξώμεθα τὴν ἐπιστήμην, καὶ κατορθώσωμεν. Καὶ γὰρ βέλτιον ταύτην εἰδέναι, ἢ βασιλέα εἶναι, καὶ διάδημα περικεῖσθαι. Οὐ γὰρ δὴ τοῦτό ἐστι τὸ πλεονέκτημα αὑτῆς μόνον, ὅτι οὐ δεῖται ἑτέρων, ἀλλὰ καὶ ποικίλων πραγμάτων ἐστὶν ἀνυστικὴ, καὶ πολλῶν καὶ παντοδαπῶν. Καὶ γὰρ οἰκίας οἰκοδομεῖ τὰς ἀεὶ μενούσας ἐν οὐρανοῖς, καὶ διδάσκει τοὺς κατωρθωκότας αὐτὴν, πῶς ἂν τὸν ἀθάνατον θάνατον διαφύγοιεν καὶ θησαυρούς σοι δωρεῖται μηδέποτε δαπανωμένους, ἀλλὰ πᾶσαν διαφεύγοντας βλάβην, καὶ τὴν ἀπὸ ληστῶν, καὶ τὴν ἀπὸ σκωλήκων, καὶ τὴν ἀπὸ σητῶν, καὶ τὴν ἀπὸ τοῦ χρόνου. Καίτοιγε εἰ ἐπὶ πυρῶν ἔν τοῦτο μόνον σέ τις ἐδίδαξε, τί οὐκ ἂν ἔδωκας, ὥστε σε δυνηθῆναι ἐπὶ πολλοῖς ἔτεσιν ἀνάλωτον διατηρῆσαι τὸν σῖτον: Ἀλλ᾽ ἰδού σε αὕτη οὐκ ἐπὶ πυροῦ μόνον, αλλ᾽ ἐπὶ πάντων παιδεύει, καὶ πῶς ἂν καὶ τὰ ὑπάρχοντα καὶ ἡ ψυχὴ καὶ τὸ σῶμα ἀνάλωτα μένοιεν δείκνυσι. Καὶ τί δεῖ κατὰ μέρος ἅπαντα λέγειν τῆς τέχνης ταύτης τὰ κατορθώματα: Αὕτη γάρ σε διδάσκει, πῶς ἂν γένοιο θεῷ ὅμοιος, ὃ πάντων ἐστὶ κεφάλαιον τῶν ἀγαθῶν. Ὁρᾷς πῶς οὐχ ἕν αὐτῆς τὸ ἔργον, ἀλλὰ πολλά; Οὐ δεομένη τέχνης ἑτέρας, οἰκίας οἰκοδομεῖ, ἱμάτια ὑφαίνει, θησαυροὺς ἀναλώτους κατασκευάζει, θανάτου περιγενέσθαι ποιεῖ, διαβόλου κρατεῖν, θεῷ κατασκευάζει ὁμοίους. Τὶ τοίνυν τῆς τέχνην ταύτης χρησιμώτερον γένοιτ᾽ ἄν: Αἱ μὲν γὰρ ἄλλαι, μετὰ τῶν εἰρημένων, καὶ τῷ παρόντι συγκαταλύονται βίῳ, καὶ νοσούντων των τεχνιτῶν οὐδαμοῦ φαίνονται, καὶ τὰ ἔργα αὐτῶν διακρατεῖν οὐκ ἰσχύουσι, καὶ πόνου δέονται καὶ χρόνου πολλοῦ, καὶ μυρίων ἑτέρων αὕτη δὲ, ὅταν ὁ κόσμος παρέλθῃ, τότε μάλιστα φαίνεται ὅταν ἀποθάνωμεν, τότε μάλιστα διαλάμπει, καὶ τὰ ἔργα αὐτῆς τὰ γεγενημένα δείκνυσι καὶ οὔτε χρόνου, οὔτε πόνου, οὔτε ἄλλης τινὸς δεῖται ἐργωδίας τοιαύτης ἀλλά καὶ νοσοῦντος σον ἐνεργεῖ, καὶ γεγηρακότος, καὶ πρὸς τὴν μέλλουσαν σοι ζωὴν συναποδημεῖ, καὶ οὐδέποτέ σε ἀπολιμπάνει. Αὕτη σε καὶ σοφιστῶν καὶ ῥητόρων δυνατώτερον κατασκευάζει. Οἱ μὲν γὰρ ἐν ἐκείναις εὐδομικοῦντες ταῖς τέχναις, πολλοὺς ἔχουσι τοὺς φθονοῦντας οἱ δὲ ἐν ταύτη ᾿λάμποντες, μυρίους τοὺς εὐχομένους. Κακεῖνοι μὲν ἀνθρώπων παρεστήκασι βήματι, συνηγοροῦντες τοῖς ἀδικουμένοις, πολλάκις δὲ καὶ τοις ἀδικουσιν αὕτη δὲ βήματι παρέστηκε τοῦ Χριστοῦ, οὐ μόνον συνηγοροῦσα, ἀλλὰ καὶ αὐτὸν τὸν δικάζοντα πείθουσα συνηγορεὶν τῷ κρινομένῳ, καὶ τὰς ψήφους ὑπὲρ αὐτοῦ φέρειν· κἂν μυρία ἡμαρτηκὼς ᾖ, καὶ στεφανοῖ καὶ ἀνακηρύττει. Δότε γὰρ ἐλεημοσύνην, καὶ πάντα ἔσται καθαρα. Καὶ τί λέγω τὰ μέλλοντα; Ἔν γὰρ τῷ παρόντι βίῳ εἰ τοὺς ἀνθρώπους ἐροίμεθα, τί βούλονται μᾶλλον, σοφιστὰς εἶναι πολλοὺς καὶ ῥήτορας, ἢ ἐλεήμονας καὶ φιλανθρώπους, ἀκούσῃ τὸ δεύτερον αἱρουμένους καὶ μάλα εἰκότως. Εὐγλωττίας μὲν γὰρ ἀναιρεθείσης, οὐδὲν ὃ βίος βλαβήσεται' καὶ γὰρ καὶ πρὸ ταύτης συνειστήκει χρόνον πολύν ἐὰν δὲ τὸ ἐλεεῖν περιέλης, πάντα οἴχεται καὶ ἀπόλωλε. Καὶ καθάπερ τὴν θάλατταν οὐκ ἔνι πλεῖσθαι, λιμένων καὶ ὅρμων προσκεχωσμένων' οὕτως οὐδὲ τὸν βίον συνεστηκέναι τοῦτον, ἂν ἔλεον καὶ συγγνώμην καὶ φιλανθρωπίαν ἀνέλης.

Kai ei boulei, tēn geōrgikēn exetasōmen prōtēn. An gar mē echē tēn chalkeutikēn, hina dikellan kai hynēn kai drepanēn kai pelekyn? kai hetera pleiona daneizētai par autēs kai tēn tektonikēn, hōste kai arotron pēxai, kai zeuglēn kataskeuasai, kai hamaxan, hōste tribein astachyas kai tēn skytotomikēn, hōste kai himanta ergasasthai: kai tēn oikodomikēn, hōste kai tois arotriōsi taurois boostasion oikodomēsai, kai tois speirousi geōrgois oikias kai tēn drymotomikēn, hōste xyla temnein᾽ kai tēn artopoiētikēn meta tauta panta, oudamou estin. Houtō kai hē hyphantikē, hotan ti poię̄, pollas meth᾽ heautēs kalei technas, hōste autę̄ synephapsasthai tōn prokeimenōn' kan mē paragenōntai kai cheira horexōsin, hestēke kai hautē kat᾽ ekeinēn aporoumenē. Kai hekastē de tōn technōn tēs heteras deitai. Hotan de eleēsai deē, oudenos hēmin dei heterou, alla gnōmēs deitai monon. Ei de legois, hoti chrēmatōn deitai, kai oikēmatōn, kai himatiōn, kai hypodēmatōn, anagnōthi ta rhēmata tou Christou ekeina» ha peri tēs chēras eipe, kai pausai tautēs tēs agōnias. Kan gar sphodra penēs hēs, kai tōn prosaitountōn, dyo lepta an balēs, to pan apērtisas kan dǭs mazan, tautēn echōn monon, pros to telos ēlthes tēs technēs. Tautēn toinyn dexōmetha tēn epistēmēn, kai katorthōsōmen. Kai gar beltion tautēn eidenai, ē basilea einai, kai diadēma perikeisthai. Ou gar dē touto esti to pleonektēma hautēs monon, hoti ou deitai heterōn, alla kai poikilōn pragmatōn estin anystikē, kai pollōn kai pantodapōn. Kai gar oikias oikodomei tas aei menousas en ouranois, kai didaskei tous katōrthōkotas autēn, pōs an ton athanaton thanaton diaphygoien kai thēsaurous soi dōreitai mēdepote dapanōmenous, alla pasan diapheugontas blabēn, kai tēn apo lēstōn, kai tēn apo skōlēkōn, kai tēn apo sētōn, kai tēn apo tou chronou. Kaitoige ei epi pyrōn en touto monon se tis edidaxe, ti ouk an edōkas, hōste se dynēthēnai epi pollois etesin analōton diatērēsai ton siton: All᾽ idou se hautē ouk epi pyrou monon, all᾽ epi pantōn paideuei, kai pōs an kai ta hyparchonta kai hē psychē kai to sōma analōta menoien deiknysi. Kai ti dei kata meros hapanta legein tēs technēs tautēs ta katorthōmata: Hautē gar se didaskei, pōs an genoio theǭ homoios, ho pantōn esti kephalaion tōn agathōn. Horąs pōs ouch hen autēs to ergon, alla polla? Ou deomenē technēs heteras, oikias oikodomei, himatia hyphainei, thēsaurous analōtous kataskeuazei, thanatou perigenesthai poiei, diabolou kratein, theǭ kataskeuazei homoious. Ti toinyn tēs technēn tautēs chrēsimōteron genoit᾽ an: Hai men gar allai, meta tōn eirēmenōn, kai tǭ paronti synkatalyontai biǭ, kai nosountōn tōn technitōn oudamou phainontai, kai ta erga autōn diakratein ouk ischyousi, kai ponou deontai kai chronou pollou, kai myriōn heterōn hautē de, hotan ho kosmos parelthę̄, tote malista phainetai hotan apothanōmen, tote malista dialampei, kai ta erga autēs ta gegenēmena deiknysi kai oute chronou, oute ponou, oute allēs tinos deitai ergōdias toiautēs alla kai nosountos son energei, kai gegērakotos, kai pros tēn mellousan soi zōēn synapodēmei, kai oudepote se apolimpanei. Hautē se kai sophistōn kai rhētorōn dynatōteron kataskeuazei. Hoi men gar en ekeinais eudomikountes tais technais, pollous echousi tous phthonountas hoi de en tautē ᾿lampontes, myrious tous euchomenous. Kakeinoi men anthrōpōn parestēkasi bēmati, synēgorountes tois adikoumenois, pollakis de kai tois adikousin hautē de bēmati parestēke tou Christou, ou monon synēgorousa, alla kai auton ton dikazonta peithousa synēgorein tǭ krinomenǭ, kai tas psēphous hyper autou pherein; kan myria hēmartēkōs ę̄, kai stephanoi kai anakēryttei. Dote gar eleēmosynēn, kai panta estai kathara. Kai ti legō ta mellonta? En gar tǭ paronti biǭ ei tous anthrōpous eroimetha, ti boulontai mallon, sophistas einai pollous kai rhētoras, ē eleēmonas kai philanthrōpous, akousę̄ to deuteron hairoumenous kai mala eikotōs. Euglōttias men gar anairetheisēs, ouden ho bios blabēsetai' kai gar kai pro tautēs syneistēkei chronon polyn ean de to eleein perielēs, panta oichetai kai apolōle. Kai kathaper tēn thalattan ouk eni pleisthai, limenōn kai hormōn proskechōsmenōn' houtōs oude ton bion synestēkenai touton, an eleon kai syngnōmēn kai philanthrōpian anelēs.

And if you wish, let us examine farming first. For if it does not have smithing, so as to borrow from it mattock and ploughshare and sickle and axe and many other things; and carpentry, so as to fix a plough and make a yoke and a wagon for threshing the ears of grain; and leatherworking, so as to make a strap; and building, so as to build a stall for the ploughing oxen and houses for the farmers who sow; and woodcutting, so as to cut timber; and after all these, baking—it is nowhere. So too weaving, when it makes anything, calls many crafts along with it, so that they may join with it in the work at hand; and if they are not present and do not stretch out a hand, it too stands at a loss like that one. And each of the crafts needs another. But when we must show mercy, we need nothing else; it needs only the will. But if you should say that it needs money, and houses, and garments, and shoes, read those words of Christ which he spoke about the widow, and cease from this anxiety. For even if you are very poor, and one of those who beg, if you put in two mites, you have accomplished the whole; and if you give a barley cake, having only this, you have reached the end of the craft. Let us, then, take up this science and practice it successfully. For it is better to know this than to be a king and to wear a diadem. For this is not its only advantage, that it needs no others, but it also accomplishes varied things, many and of every kind. For it builds houses that remain forever in heaven, and it teaches those who have succeeded in it how they may escape the deathless death; and it gives you treasures that are never spent but escape every harm, that from robbers, that from worms, that from moths, and that from time. And yet if someone had taught you this one thing only about wheat, what would you not have given to be able to keep your grain unspoiled for many years? But behold, this craft teaches you not about wheat only but about all things, and shows how your possessions, your soul, and your body may remain unspoiled. And why must I tell one by one all the achievements of this craft? For it teaches you how you may become like God, which is the sum of all good things. Do you see how its work is not one but many? Needing no other craft, it builds houses, weaves garments, prepares treasures that cannot be spoiled, makes us overcome death and master the devil, makes us like God. What, then, could be more useful than this craft? For the others, besides what has been said, are also dissolved together with the present life, and when the craftsmen are sick they appear nowhere, and they are unable to preserve their works, and they need labor and much time and countless other things; but this one appears most of all when the world has passed away; when we die, then above all it shines forth, and shows the works it has wrought; and it needs neither time nor labor nor any other such toil, but works even when you are sick and old, and goes abroad with you into the life to come, and never leaves you. It makes you more powerful even than sophists and orators. For those who are esteemed in those crafts have many who envy them; but those who shine in this one have countless who pray for them. And those stand before the judgment seat of men, pleading for the wronged, and often for the wrongdoers too; but this stands beside the judgment seat of Christ, not only pleading, but persuading the judge himself to plead for the one on trial and to cast his votes in his favor; and even if he has sinned countless times, it crowns him and proclaims him victor. “For give alms, and all things will be clean.” And why do I speak of things to come? For even in the present life, if we asked men which they want more, that there be many sophists and orators, or merciful and loving men, you will hear them choose the second, and very reasonably. For if eloquence were taken away, life would suffer no harm; for indeed it held together for a long time before eloquence existed; but if you take away showing mercy, all is gone and perishes. And as one cannot sail the sea when harbors and anchorages have been silted up, so neither can this life hold together if you take away mercy and pardon and love for mankind.

52.5Field 2

Διὰ τοῦτο οὐδὲ λογισμῷ μόνον αὐτὰ ἐπέτρεψεν ὁ θεὸς, ἀλλὰ πολλὰ μέρη αὐτοῦ καὶ τῇ τῆς φύσεως ἐνέσπειρε τυραννίδι. Οὕτω καὶ πατέρες παῖδας ἐλεοῦσιν, οὕτω μητέρες, οὕτω τέκνα γονεῖς· οὐκ ἐπ᾽ ἀνθρώπων δὲ μόνον, ἀλλὰ καὶ ἐπὶ τῶν ἀλόγων ἁπάντων οὕτως αδελφοὺς ἀδελφοὶ, καὶ συγγενεῖς, καὶ προσήκοντες οὕτως ἄνθρωπος ἄνθρωπον. ἔχομεν γάρ τι καὶ απὸ φύσεως πρὸς ἔλεον ἐπιῤῥεπές. Διὸ καὶ ὑπὲρ τῶν ἀδικουμένων ἀγανακτοῦμεν, καὶ σφαττομένους ὁρῶντες ἐπικαμπτόμεθα, καὶ πενθοῦντας βλέποντες δακρύομεν. ᾿Επειδὴ γὰρ σφόδρα αὐτὸ κατορθοῦσθαι βούλεται ὁ θεὸς, ἐκέλευσε τῇ φύσει. πολλὰ εἰς τοῦτο συνεισενεγκεῖν, δεικνὺς ὅ ὅτι σφόδρα αὐτῷ τοῦτό ἐστε περισπούδαστον. Ταῦτ᾽ οὖν ἐννοοῦντες, καὶ ἡμάς αὐτοὺς καὶ τὰ παιδία καὶ τοὺς προσήκοντας εἰς τὸ τῆς ἐλεημοσύνης ἀγάγωμεν διδασκαλεῖον, καὶ τοῦτο πρὸ πάντων ἄνθρωπος μανθανέτω, ἐπειδὴ καὶ τοῦτο ἄνθρωπος. Μέγα γὰρ ἄνθρωπος, καὶ τίμιον ἀνὴρ ἐλεήμων ὡς ἂν μὴ τοῦτο ἔχῃ, καὶ τοὺ εἶναι ἄνθρωπος ἐξέπεσε. Τοῦτο σοφοὺς ἐργάζεται. Καὶ τί θαυμάζεις, εἰ τοῦτο ἄνθρωπος: Τοῦτο θεός. Γίνεσθε γάρ, φησὶν, οἰκτίρμονες, ὡς ὁ πατὴρ ὑμῶν. Μάθωμεν τοίνυν εἶναι ἐλεήμονες ἁπάντων ἕνεκα μάλιστα δὲ, ὅτι καὶ ἡμεῖς πολλοῦ δεόμεθα ἐλέους. Καὶ μηδὲ ζῆν ἡγώμεθα τὸν καιρὸν ἐκεῖνον, ὅταν μὴ ἐλεῶμεν. Ἔλεημοσύνην. δὲ λέγω τὴν πλεονεξίας καθαράν. Εἰ γὰρ ὁ τοῖς αὐτοῦ ἀρκούμενος καὶ μηδενὶ μεταδιδοὺς, οὐκ ἐλεήμων ὃ τὰ ἑτέρων λαμβάνων πῶς ἐλεήμων, κἂν μυρία δῷ; Εἰ γαρ τὸ ἀπολαύειν μόνον τῶν ὄντων, ἀπανθρωπίας, πολλῷ μᾶλλον τὸ προσαφαιρεῖσθαι. Εἰ οἱ μηδὲν ἀδικήσαντες κολάζονται, ὅτι οὐ μετέδωκαν, πολλῷ μᾶλλον οἱ καὶ τὰ ἑτέρων λαμβάνοντες. Μὴ τοίνυν τοῦτο εἵπῃς, ὅτι ἄλλος ἠδίκηται, καὶ ἄλλος ἐλεεῖται. Τὸ γὰρ δεινὸν τοῦτό ἐστιν. ἔδει γὰρ τὸν αδικούμενον αὐτὸν εἶναι καὶ τὸν ἐλεούμενον' νυνὶ δὲ ἐτέρους τραυματίζων, οὓς οὐκ ἐτραυμάτισας θεραπεύεις: δέον ἐκείνους θεραπεύειν μᾶλλον δὲ μηδὲ τραυματίζειν. Φιλάνθρωπος γὰρ οὐχ ὁ πλήττων καὶ θεραπεύων, αλλ᾽ ὁ τοὺς παρ ἑτέρων πληγέντας ἰώμενος. Τα σαυτοῦ τοίνυν ἴασαι κακὰ, μὴ τὰ ἑτέρον᾽ μᾶλλον δὲ μηδὲ πλῆττε, μηδὲ κατάβαλλε, (τοῦτο γὰρ παίζοντος ἐστιν), ἀλλ᾽ ἀνάστησον τοὺς καταβληθέντας. Οὐδὲ γὰρ δυνατὸν τῷ αὐτῷ μέτρῳ τῆς ἐλεημοσύνης θεραπεῦσαι τὸ ἀπὸ τῆς λεδυξ δ ως κακόν. ᾽Δν γὰρ πλεονεκτήσῃς ὀβολὸν, οὐκ ὀβολοῦ σοι δεῖ πάλιν εἰς ἐλεημοσύνην, ἵνα ἀνέλης τὸ ἀπὸ τῆς πλεονεξίας ἕλκος, αλλὰ ταλάντου. Διὰ τοῦτο ὁ κλέπτης ἁλοὺς τετραπλάσιον καταβάλλει τοῦ δὲ κλέπτοντος ὃ ἁρπάζων χείρων. Εἰ δὲ ἐκεῖνον τετραπλασίονα δοῦναι δεῖ ὧν ἔκλεψε, τὸν ἁρπάζοντα δεκαπλασίονα καὶ πολλῷ πλέον καὶ ἀγαπητὸν τὸ καὶ οὕτω δυνηθῆναι τὴν ἀδικίαν ἐξιλεώσασθαι: ἐλεημοσύνης γὰρ οὐδὲ τότε λήψεται καρπόν. Διὰ τοῦτο ὁ Ζακχαῖος, ἀποτίσω, φησὶν, ὧν ἐσυκοφάντησα τετραπλασίονα, καὶ τὰ ἡμίση τῶν ὑπαρχόντων μου δώσω πτωχοῖς. Εἰ δὲ ἐν τῷ νόμῳ τετραπλασίονα δοῦναι δεῖ, πολλῳ μᾶλλον ἂν τῇ χάριτι εἰ τὸν κλέπτοντα, πολλῷ μᾶλλον τὸν ἁρπάζοντα. Μετὰ γὰρ τῆς ζημίας ἐνταῦθα καὶ ἡ ὕβρις πολλή. Ὥστε κἂν ἑκατονταπλασίονα δῷς, οὐδέπω τὸ πᾶν ἔδωκας. Ὁρᾷς ὡς οὐ μάτην ἔλεγον, κἂν ὀβολὸν ἁρπάσης καὶ τάλαντον ἐπιδῷς, μόλις καὶ οὕτω θεραπεύεις; Εἰ δὲ τοῦτο ποιῶν, μόλις ὅταν ἀντιστρέψης τὴν τάξιν, καὶ ἁρπάσης μὲν οὐσίας ὁλοκλήρους, ὀλίγα δὲ παράσχης; καὶ μηδὲ ἐκείνοις τοῖς ἀδικηθεῖσιν, ἀλλ᾽ ἑτέροις ἀντ᾽ ἐκείνων, ποίαν ἕξεις ἀπολογίαν: τίνα συγγνώμην ; ποίαν σωτηρίας ἐλπίδα; Βούλει μαθεῖν ὅσον ἐργάζῃ κακὸν οὕτως ἐλεῶν: Ἄκουσον τῆς γραφῆς λεγούσης· ὡς ὁ ἀποκτένων τὸν υἱὸν ἔμπροσθεν τοῦ πατρὸς αὐτοῦ, οὕτως ὁ προσάγων θυσίαν ἐκ χρημάτων. πενήτων. Ταύτην τοίνυν τὴν ἀπειλὴν ἐγγράψαντες τῇ διανοίᾳ, ἀπέλθωμεν' ταύτην ἐν τοῖς τοίχοις, ταύτην ἐν ταῖς χερσὶ, ταύτην ἐν τῷ συνειδότι, ταύτην πανταχοῦ ἵνα κἂν ὁ φόβος οὗτος ἀκμάζων ἡμῶν ἐν τῇ διανοίᾳ κωλύῃ τὰς χεῖρας ἡμῶν καθημερινῶν φόνων. Φόνον γὰρ ἁρπαγὴ χαλεπώτερον, κατὰ μικρὸν τὸν πένητα ἀναλίσκουσα. Ἵν᾽ οὖν καθαρεύωμεν τοῦ μιάσματος τούτον, μελετῶμεν καὶ πρὸς ἑαυτοὺς καὶ πρὸς ἀλλήλους ταῦτα. Οὕτω γὰρ καὶ πρὸς ἔλεον ἐσόμεθα προθυμότεροι, καὶ καθαροὺς τοὺς επὶ ταὐυτῇ ληψόμεθα μισθοὺς, καὶ τῶν αἰωνίων ἀπολαύσομεν ἀγαθῶν: χάριτι καὶ φιλανθρωπίᾳ τοῦ κυρίου ἡμῶν Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ, ᾧ ἡ δόξα καὶ τὸ κράτος σὺν τῷ πατρὶ καὶ τῷ ἁγίῳ πνεύματι, νῦν καὶ αεὶ καὶ εἰς τοὺς αἰῶνας τῶν αἰωνων. Ἀμήν.

Dia touto oude logismǭ monon auta epetrepsen ho theos, alla polla merē autou kai tę̄ tēs physeōs enespeire tyrannidi. Houtō kai pateres paidas eleousin, houtō mēteres, houtō tekna goneis; ouk ep᾽ anthrōpōn de monon, alla kai epi tōn alogōn hapantōn houtōs adelphous adelphoi, kai syngeneis, kai prosēkontes houtōs anthrōpos anthrōpon. echomen gar ti kai apo physeōs pros eleon epirrhepes. Dio kai hyper tōn adikoumenōn aganaktoumen, kai sphattomenous horōntes epikamptometha, kai penthountas blepontes dakryomen. ᾿Epeidē gar sphodra auto katorthousthai bouletai ho theos, ekeleuse tę̄ physei. polla eis touto syneisenenkein, deiknys ho hoti sphodra autǭ touto este perispoudaston. Taut᾽ oun ennoountes, kai hēmas autous kai ta paidia kai tous prosēkontas eis to tēs eleēmosynēs agagōmen didaskaleion, kai touto pro pantōn anthrōpos manthanetō, epeidē kai touto anthrōpos. Mega gar anthrōpos, kai timion anēr eleēmōn hōs an mē touto echę̄, kai tou einai anthrōpos exepese. Touto sophous ergazetai. Kai ti thaumazeis, ei touto anthrōpos: Touto theos. Ginesthe gar, phēsin, oiktirmones, hōs ho patēr hymōn. Mathōmen toinyn einai eleēmones hapantōn heneka malista de, hoti kai hēmeis pollou deometha eleous. Kai mēde zēn hēgōmetha ton kairon ekeinon, hotan mē eleōmen. Eleēmosynēn. de legō tēn pleonexias katharan. Ei gar ho tois autou arkoumenos kai mēdeni metadidous, ouk eleēmōn ho ta heterōn lambanōn pōs eleēmōn, kan myria dǭ? Ei gar to apolauein monon tōn ontōn, apanthrōpias, pollǭ mallon to prosaphaireisthai. Ei hoi mēden adikēsantes kolazontai, hoti ou metedōkan, pollǭ mallon hoi kai ta heterōn lambanontes. Mē toinyn touto heipę̄s, hoti allos ēdikētai, kai allos eleeitai. To gar deinon touto estin. edei gar ton adikoumenon auton einai kai ton eleoumenon' nyni de eterous traumatizōn, hous ouk etraumatisas therapeueis: deon ekeinous therapeuein mallon de mēde traumatizein. Philanthrōpos gar ouch ho plēttōn kai therapeuōn, all᾽ ho tous par heterōn plēgentas iōmenos. Ta sautou toinyn iasai kaka, mē ta heteron᾽ mallon de mēde plētte, mēde kataballe, (touto gar paizontos estin), all᾽ anastēson tous katablēthentas. Oude gar dynaton tǭ autǭ metrǭ tēs eleēmosynēs therapeusai to apo tēs ledyx d ōs kakon. ᾽Dn gar pleonektēsę̄s obolon, ouk obolou soi dei palin eis eleēmosynēn, hina anelēs to apo tēs pleonexias helkos, alla talantou. Dia touto ho kleptēs halous tetraplasion kataballei tou de kleptontos ho harpazōn cheirōn. Ei de ekeinon tetraplasiona dounai dei hōn eklepse, ton harpazonta dekaplasiona kai pollǭ pleon kai agapēton to kai houtō dynēthēnai tēn adikian exileōsasthai: eleēmosynēs gar oude tote lēpsetai karpon. Dia touto ho Zakchaios, apotisō, phēsin, hōn esykophantēsa tetraplasiona, kai ta hēmisē tōn hyparchontōn mou dōsō ptōchois. Ei de en tǭ nomǭ tetraplasiona dounai dei, pollǭ mallon an tę̄ chariti ei ton kleptonta, pollǭ mallon ton harpazonta. Meta gar tēs zēmias entautha kai hē hybris pollē. Hōste kan hekatontaplasiona dǭs, oudepō to pan edōkas. Horąs hōs ou matēn elegon, kan obolon harpasēs kai talanton epidǭs, molis kai houtō therapeueis? Ei de touto poiōn, molis hotan antistrepsēs tēn taxin, kai harpasēs men ousias holoklērous, oliga de paraschēs? kai mēde ekeinois tois adikētheisin, all᾽ heterois ant᾽ ekeinōn, poian hexeis apologian: tina syngnōmēn ? poian sōtērias elpida? Boulei mathein hoson ergazę̄ kakon houtōs eleōn: Akouson tēs graphēs legousēs; hōs ho apoktenōn ton huion emprosthen tou patros autou, houtōs ho prosagōn thysian ek chrēmatōn. penētōn. Tautēn toinyn tēn apeilēn engrapsantes tę̄ dianoią, apelthōmen' tautēn en tois toichois, tautēn en tais chersi, tautēn en tǭ syneidoti, tautēn pantachou hina kan ho phobos houtos akmazōn hēmōn en tę̄ dianoią kōlyę̄ tas cheiras hēmōn kathēmerinōn phonōn. Phonon gar harpagē chalepōteron, kata mikron ton penēta analiskousa. Hin᾽ oun kathareuōmen tou miasmatos touton, meletōmen kai pros heautous kai pros allēlous tauta. Houtō gar kai pros eleon esometha prothymoteroi, kai katharous tous epi tauytę̄ lēpsometha misthous, kai tōn aiōniōn apolausomen agathōn: chariti kai philanthrōpią tou kyriou hēmōn Iēsou Christou, hǭ hē doxa kai to kratos syn tǭ patri kai tǭ hagiǭ pneumati, nyn kai aei kai eis tous aiōnas tōn aiōnōn. Amēn.

That is why God did not entrust these things to reasoning alone, but sowed many parts of it also in the sovereign power of nature. So fathers have mercy on their children, so mothers, so children on their parents; and not among men only, but among all the irrational creatures too; so brothers on brothers, and kinsmen, and relatives; so man on man. For we have even from nature a certain inclination to mercy. That is why we are indignant on behalf of those who are wronged, and are bent with pity when we see people slaughtered, and weep when we see people mourning. For since God greatly wishes this to be achieved, he bade nature contribute much to it, showing that this is something he earnestly desires. Thinking on these things, then, let us bring ourselves and our children and our relatives into the school of almsgiving, and let a man learn this before all things, since this is what a man is. “For a great thing is man, and a merciful man is precious”; so that if he does not have this, he has fallen even from being a man. This makes men wise. And why do you wonder if this is what a man is? This is what God is: “Be merciful,” he says, “as your Father.” Let us learn, then, to be merciful for all these reasons, but most of all because we ourselves too need much mercy. And let us not count as living that time in which we do not show mercy. But by almsgiving I mean that which is clean of covetousness. For if he who is content with his own and shares with no one is not merciful, how is he merciful who takes what belongs to others, even if he gives countless gifts? For if merely to enjoy one’s own possessions is inhumanity, much more to take away besides. If those who have done no wrong are punished because they did not share, much more those who also take what is others’. Do not, then, say this, that one man is wronged and another is shown mercy. For this is the dreadful thing. For the one wronged ought himself to be the one shown mercy; but as it is, wounding some, you heal those whom you did not wound, when you ought to heal those, or rather not to wound at all. For the lover of mankind is not the one who strikes and heals, but the one who cures those struck by others. Cure, then, your own evils, not those of others; or rather do not strike at all, nor throw down (for this is the act of one who mocks), but raise up those who have been thrown down. For it is not possible to heal the evil that comes from covetousness by the same measure of almsgiving. For if you gain an obol by covetousness, you need not an obol again for almsgiving to take away the wound from covetousness, but a talent. That is why the thief, when caught, pays back fourfold; and the one who robs by violence is worse than the one who steals. But if that one must give four times what he stole, the robber must give ten times and much more; and it is well if even so he can make amends for his injustice; for he will not even then reap the fruit of almsgiving. That is why Zacchaeus says, “I will restore fourfold whatever I have taken by false accusation, and half of my possessions I will give to the poor.” But if under the law one must give fourfold, much more under grace; if the thief, much more the robber. For here along with the loss there is also great insult. So that even if you give a hundredfold, you have not yet given the whole. Do you see that I did not speak in vain when I said that even if you seize an obol and give a talent besides, you hardly heal it even so? But if, doing this, you hardly heal it, when you reverse the order, and seize whole estates and give a little, and not even to those who were wronged but to others in their place, what defense will you have? What pardon? What hope of salvation? Do you wish to learn how much evil you do by showing mercy in this way? Hear the Scripture saying, “As one who kills a son before his father’s eyes, so is he who brings a sacrifice from the goods of the poor.” Having written this threat, then, on our minds, let us depart; let us write it on our walls, on our hands, on our conscience, everywhere, so that this fear, at least, flourishing in our mind, may keep our hands from daily murders. For robbery is worse than murder, wasting the poor man away little by little. So that we may be clean of this pollution, let us meditate on these things with ourselves and with one another. For so we shall be both more eager for mercy and receive pure rewards for it, and enjoy the eternal good things, by the grace and love for mankind of our Lord Jesus Christ, to whom be glory and might, with the Father and the Holy Spirit, now and always and to the ages of ages. Amen.

Chapter 53

53.1Field 2

Ὁ δὲ Ἰησοῦς προσκαλεσάμενος τοὺς μαθητὰς αὐτοῦ, εἶπε· σπλαγχνίζομαι ἐπὶ τὸν ὄχλον, ὅτι ἤδη ἡμέραι τρεῖς προσμένουσί μοι, καὶ οὐκ ἔχουσι τί φάγωσι' καὶ ἀπολῦσαι αὐτοὺς νήστεις οὐ θέλω, μήποτε ἐκλυθῶσιν ἐν τῆ ὁδῷ. Καὶ ἀνωτέρω τὸ σημεῖον τοῦτο μέλλων ποιεῖν, πρῶτον ἐθεράπευσε τοὺς τὸ σῶμα πεπηρωμένους καὶ ἐνταῦθα τὸ αὐτὸ τοῦτο ποιεῖ ἀπὸ τῆς τῶν τυφλων καὶ χωλῶν ἰάσεως εἰς τοῦτο ἐμβαίνει πάλιν. Τί δήποτε δὲ τότε μὲν εἶπον οἱ μαθηταὶ, ἀπόλυσον τους ὀχλους νῦν ὃὲ οὐκ εἶπον, και ταῦτα παρελθουσῶν τριῶν ἡμερῶν; Ἢ καὶ αὐτοὶ βελτίους γενόμενοι λοιπὸν, ἢ καὶ εκείνους ορῶντες οὐ σφόδρα αἰσθανομένους τοῦ λιμοῦ καὶ γὰρ ἐδόξαζον τὸν θεὸν ἐπὶ τοῖς γινομένοις. Αλλ᾽ ὅρα πώς καὶ νῦν οὐχ αἁπλώς επὶ τὸ θαῦμα ἔρχεται, αλλ εκκαλειται αντοὺς εἰς τοῦτο. Οἱ μὲν γαρ ὄχλοι ἐπὶ ἰατρείαν ελθόντες οὐκ ἐτόλμων τοὺς ἄρτους αἰτῆσαι αὐτὸς δὲ ὁ φιλανθρωπος και κηδεμὼν, καὶ οὐκ αἰτοῦσι δίδωσι, καί φησι πρὸς τοὺς μαθητάς ᾿΄σπλαγχνίζομαι, καὶ ἀπολῦσαι αὐτοὺς νήστεις οὐ θέλω. Ἵνα γὰρ μῇ λέγωσιν, ὅτι ἐφόδια ἔχοντες ἦλθον, Φησί τρεῖς ἡμέρας ἤδη μοι παραμένουσιν ὥστε εἰ καὶ ἔχοντες ἦλθον, ἀνάλωται ταῦτα. Διὰ γὰρ τοῦτο καὶ αὐτὸς οὐκ ἐν τῇ πρώτῃ καὶ δευτέρᾳ τοῦτο πεποίηκεν, ἀλλ᾽ ὅτε αὐτοῖς ἅπαντα ἀνάλωτο, ὥστε πρότερον αὐτοὺς ἐν χρείᾳ καταστάντας μετὰ πλείονος τῆς προθυμίας δέξασθαι τὸ γινόμενον. Διὰ τοῦτό φησιν, ἵνα μὴ ἐκλυθώσιν ἐν τῇ ὁδῷ δεικνὺς ὅτι καὶ πόῤῥωθεν αφεστήκεσαν, καὶ οὐδὲν αὐτοῖς ὑπολελειμμένον ἢν. Καὶ εἰ μὴ θέλεις ἀπολῦσαι νήστεις, τίνος ἕνεκεν οὐ ποιεῖς τὸ σημεῖον; Ἵνα ἐν τῇ ἐρωτήσει ταύτη καὶ τῇ ἀποκρίσει προσεκτικωτέρους ποιήσῃ τοὺς ᾿μαθητὰς, καὶ τὴν πίστιν αὐτῶν ἐπιδείξωνται, προσιόντες καὶ λέγοντες ποίησον ἄρτους. ᾿Αλλ᾽ οὐδὲ οὕτω συνῆκαν τῆς ἐρωτήσεως τὴν αἰτίαν ὅθεν ὕ ὕστερον λέγει αὐτοῖς, καθώς φησιν ὁ Μάρκος, ὅτι οὕτως εἰσὶ πεπωρωμέναι αἱ καρδίαι ὑμῶν; ὀφθαλμοὺς ἕ ἔχοντες οὐ βλέπετε, καὶ ὦτα ἔχοντες οὐκ ἀκούετε: ᾿Επεὶ εἰ μὴ τοῦτο ἦν, τίνος ἕνεκεν τοῖς μαθηταῖς λέγει, καὶ δείκνυσιν ἀξίους τοῦ παθεῖν εὖ τοὺς ὄχλους, καὶ προστίθησι καὶ τὸν ἔλεον τὸν παρ᾽ αὐτοῦ: Ὁ δὲ Ματθαῖός φησιν, ὅτι μετὰ ταῦτα καὶ ἐπετίμησεν αὐτοῖς λέγων ὀλιγόπιστοι; οὔπω νοεῖτε, οὐδὲ μνημονεύετε τοὺς πέντε ἄρτους τῶν πεντακισχιλίων, καὶ πόσους κοφίνους ἐλάβετε: : οὐδὲ τοὺς ἑπτὰ ἄρτους τῶν τετρακισχιλίων, καὶ πόσας σπυρίδας ἐλάβετε ᾿ Οὕτως ἀλλήλοις ᾿συμφωνοῦσιν οἱ εὐαγγελισ ταί. Τί οὖν οἱ μαθηταί: Ἔτι χαμαὶ ἕρπουσι καίτοι μυρία ἐποίησεν, ὥστε μνημονευθῆναι ἐκεῖνο τὸ θαῦμα, καὶ διὰ τῆς ἐρωτήσεως, καὶ διὰ τῆς ἀποκρίσεως, καὶ διὰ τοῦ ποιῆσαι διακόνους αὐτοὺς, καὶ διὰ τοῦ ᾿ νεῖμαι τοὺς κοφίνους αλλ᾽ ἔτι ἀτελέστερον διέκειντο. Διὸ καὶ λέγουσιν αὐτῷ· πόθεν ἡμῖν ἐν ἐρήμῳ ἄρτοι τοσοῦτοι: Καὶ πρὸ τούτον καὶ νῦν τῆς ἐρημίας μέμνηνται; αὐτοὶ μὲν ἀσθενεῖ λογισμῷ τοῦτο λέγοντες, τὸ δὲ σημεῖον καὶ ἐντεῦθεν ἀνύποπτον ποιοῦντες. Ἵνα γὰρ μή τις λέγῃ, ὅπερ καὶ ἤδη εἶπον, ὅτι ἀπὸ πλησίον τινὸς κώμης οὔσης ἔλαβον, ὁμολογεῖται ὁ τόπος, ἵνα πιστευθῇ τὸ θαῦμα. Διὰ τοῦτο καὶ τὸ πρότερον σημεῖον καὶ τοῦτο ἐν ἐρημίᾳ ποιεῖ, πολὺ τῶν ἔυδον ἀπεχούσῃ. Ὧν οὐδὲν συνιέντες οἱ μαθηταὶ ἔλεγον πόθεν ἡμῖν ἐν ἐρημίᾳ ἄρτοι τοσοῦτοι; Καὶ γὰρ ἐνόμιζον ταῦτα αὐτὸν εἰρηκέναι; ὡς αὐτοῖς μέλλοντα ἐπιτάττειν διατρέφειν αὐτούς σφόδρα ἀνοήτως. Διὰ γὰρ τοῦτο καὶ πρώην ἔλεγε, δότε αὐτοῖς ὑμεῖς φαγεῖν, ἵνα αὐτοὺς εἰς ἀφορμὴν ἐμβάλῃ τοῦ αὐτὸν παρακαλέσαι. Νῦν δὲ οὐδὲ τοῦτό φησιν, ὅτι δότε αὐτοῖς φαγεῖν, ἀλλὰ τί; σπλαγχνίζομαι, καὶ ἀπολῦσαι αὐτοὺς νήστεις οὐ θέλω ἐγγύτερον αὐτοὺς ἄγων καὶ ἐρεθίζων μᾶλλον, καὶ διδοὺς διαβλέψαι πρὸς τὸ παρ᾽ αὐτοῦ ταῦτα αἰτήσαι. Καὶ γὰρ δεικνύντος ἦν τὰ ῥήματα, ὅτι δύναται μὴ ἀπολῦσαι αὐτοὺς νήστεις» καὶ ἐμφαίνοντος τὴν ἐξουσία. Τὸ γὰρ οὐ θέλω, τοῦτό ἐστιν ἐνδεικνυμένου. ᾿Επειδὴ δὲ τοῦ πλήθους ἐμνημόνευσαν λοιπὸν, καὶ τοῦ τόπου, καὶ τῆς ἐρημίας ( πόθεν γάρ, φησὶν, ἡμῖν ἐν ἐρημίᾳ ἄρτοι τοσοῦτοι, ὥστε χορτάσαι ὄχλον τοσοῦτον: ᾽ καὶ οὐδὲ οὕτω συνῆκαν τὸ λεχθὲν, λοιπὸν αὐτὸς τὰ παρ ἑαυτοῦ εἰσφέρει, καί φησιν αὐτοῖς πόσους ἄρτους ἔχετε: Ο: δὲ λέγουσιν, ἑπτὰ, καὶ ὀλίγα ἰχθύδια. Καὶ οὐκέτι λέγουσιν, ἀλλὰ ταῦτα τί ἐστιν εἰς τοσούτους; ὥσπερ ἔμπροσθεν εἶπον. Οὕτως εἰ καὶ μὴ τοῦ παντὸς ἐπελαμβάνοντο, ἀλλ᾽ ὅμως ὑψηλότεροι κατὰ μικρὸν ἐγίνοντο. Καὶ γὰρ καὶ αὐτὸς διὰ τούτων ἐγείρων αὐτῶν τὴν διάνοιαν, ὁμοίως ἐρωτᾷ, ὥσπερ καὶ πρότερον, ἵνα καὶ τῷ τρόπῳ τῆς ἐρωτήσεως ἄναμνήσῃ αὑτοὺς τῶν ἤδη γεγενημένων. Σὺ δὲ ὥσπερ εἶδες αὐτῶν τὸ ἀτελὲς ἐκ τούτων, οὕτω κατάμαθε καὶ τὸ φιλόσοφον τῆς γνώμης, καὶ θαύμασον τὸ φιλάληθες, πῶς αὐτοὶ γράφοντες, τὰ ἑαυτῶν οὐ κρύπτουσιν ἐλαττώματα, καὶ ταῦτα μεγάλα ὄντα. Οὐδὲ γὰρ τὸ τυχὸν ἦν ἔγκλημα, νεῦρα τοῦ σημείου τούτου ᾿γενομένον οὕτως εὐθέως ἐπιλαθέσθαι· διὰ τοῦτο καὶ ἐπιτιμῶνται.

Ho de Iēsous proskalesamenos tous mathētas autou, eipe; splanchnizomai epi ton ochlon, hoti ēdē hēmerai treis prosmenousi moi, kai ouk echousi ti phagōsi' kai apolysai autous nēsteis ou thelō, mēpote eklythōsin en tē hodǭ. Kai anōterō to sēmeion touto mellōn poiein, prōton etherapeuse tous to sōma pepērōmenous kai entautha to auto touto poiei apo tēs tōn typhlōn kai chōlōn iaseōs eis touto embainei palin. Ti dēpote de tote men eipon hoi mathētai, apolyson tous ochlous nyn hoe ouk eipon, kai tauta parelthousōn triōn hēmerōn? Ē kai autoi beltious genomenoi loipon, ē kai ekeinous orōntes ou sphodra aisthanomenous tou limou kai gar edoxazon ton theon epi tois ginomenois. All᾽ hora pōs kai nyn ouch haaplōs epi to thauma erchetai, all ekkaleitai antous eis touto. Hoi men gar ochloi epi iatreian elthontes ouk etolmōn tous artous aitēsai autos de ho philanthrōpos kai kēdemōn, kai ouk aitousi didōsi, kai phēsi pros tous mathētas ᾿΄splanchnizomai, kai apolysai autous nēsteis ou thelō. Hina gar mę̄ legōsin, hoti ephodia echontes ēlthon, Phēsi treis hēmeras ēdē moi paramenousin hōste ei kai echontes ēlthon, analōtai tauta. Dia gar touto kai autos ouk en tę̄ prōtę̄ kai deuterą touto pepoiēken, all᾽ hote autois hapanta analōto, hōste proteron autous en chreią katastantas meta pleionos tēs prothymias dexasthai to ginomenon. Dia touto phēsin, hina mē eklythōsin en tę̄ hodǭ deiknys hoti kai porrhōthen aphestēkesan, kai ouden autois hypoleleimmenon ēn. Kai ei mē theleis apolysai nēsteis, tinos heneken ou poieis to sēmeion? Hina en tę̄ erōtēsei tautē kai tę̄ apokrisei prosektikōterous poiēsę̄ tous ᾿mathētas, kai tēn pistin autōn epideixōntai, prosiontes kai legontes poiēson artous. ᾿All᾽ oude houtō synēkan tēs erōtēseōs tēn aitian hothen hy hysteron legei autois, kathōs phēsin ho Markos, hoti houtōs eisi pepōrōmenai hai kardiai hymōn? ophthalmous he echontes ou blepete, kai ōta echontes ouk akouete: ᾿Epei ei mē touto ēn, tinos heneken tois mathētais legei, kai deiknysin axious tou pathein eu tous ochlous, kai prostithēsi kai ton eleon ton par᾽ autou: Ho de Matthaios phēsin, hoti meta tauta kai epetimēsen autois legōn oligopistoi? oupō noeite, oude mnēmoneuete tous pente artous tōn pentakischiliōn, kai posous kophinous elabete: : oude tous hepta artous tōn tetrakischiliōn, kai posas spyridas elabete ᾿ Houtōs allēlois ᾿symphōnousin hoi euangelis tai. Ti oun hoi mathētai: Eti chamai herpousi kaitoi myria epoiēsen, hōste mnēmoneuthēnai ekeino to thauma, kai dia tēs erōtēseōs, kai dia tēs apokriseōs, kai dia tou poiēsai diakonous autous, kai dia tou ᾿ neimai tous kophinous all᾽ eti atelesteron diekeinto. Dio kai legousin autǭ; pothen hēmin en erēmǭ artoi tosoutoi: Kai pro touton kai nyn tēs erēmias memnēntai? autoi men asthenei logismǭ touto legontes, to de sēmeion kai enteuthen anypopton poiountes. Hina gar mē tis legę̄, hoper kai ēdē eipon, hoti apo plēsion tinos kōmēs ousēs elabon, homologeitai ho topos, hina pisteuthę̄ to thauma. Dia touto kai to proteron sēmeion kai touto en erēmią poiei, poly tōn eudon apechousę̄. Hōn ouden synientes hoi mathētai elegon pothen hēmin en erēmią artoi tosoutoi? Kai gar enomizon tauta auton eirēkenai? hōs autois mellonta epitattein diatrephein autous sphodra anoētōs. Dia gar touto kai prōēn elege, dote autois hymeis phagein, hina autous eis aphormēn embalę̄ tou auton parakalesai. Nyn de oude touto phēsin, hoti dote autois phagein, alla ti? splanchnizomai, kai apolysai autous nēsteis ou thelō engyteron autous agōn kai erethizōn mallon, kai didous diablepsai pros to par᾽ autou tauta aitēsai. Kai gar deiknyntos ēn ta rhēmata, hoti dynatai mē apolysai autous nēsteis» kai emphainontos tēn exousia. To gar ou thelō, touto estin endeiknymenou. ᾿Epeidē de tou plēthous emnēmoneusan loipon, kai tou topou, kai tēs erēmias ( pothen gar, phēsin, hēmin en erēmią artoi tosoutoi, hōste chortasai ochlon tosouton: ᾽ kai oude houtō synēkan to lechthen, loipon autos ta par heautou eispherei, kai phēsin autois posous artous echete: O: de legousin, hepta, kai oliga ichthydia. Kai ouketi legousin, alla tauta ti estin eis tosoutous? hōsper emprosthen eipon. Houtōs ei kai mē tou pantos epelambanonto, all᾽ homōs hypsēloteroi kata mikron eginonto. Kai gar kai autos dia toutōn egeirōn autōn tēn dianoian, homoiōs erōtą, hōsper kai proteron, hina kai tǭ tropǭ tēs erōtēseōs anamnēsę̄ hautous tōn ēdē gegenēmenōn. Sy de hōsper eides autōn to ateles ek toutōn, houtō katamathe kai to philosophon tēs gnōmēs, kai thaumason to philalēthes, pōs autoi graphontes, ta heautōn ou kryptousin elattōmata, kai tauta megala onta. Oude gar to tychon ēn enklēma, neura tou sēmeiou toutou ᾿genomenon houtōs eutheōs epilathesthai; dia touto kai epitimōntai.

“But Jesus called his disciples to him and said, ‘I have compassion on the crowd, because they have already stayed with me three days and have nothing to eat; and I do not wish to send them away fasting, lest they faint on the way.’” Above, too, when he was about to work this sign, he first healed those maimed in body; and here he does the same thing: from the healing of the blind and the lame he enters again upon this. But why did the disciples say then, “Send the crowds away,” and not say it now, and that though three days had passed? Either because they themselves had now become better, or because they saw that the people did not much feel their hunger; for they were glorifying God for what was being done. But see how now too he does not come straight to the miracle, but calls them forth to it. For the crowds, who had come for healing, did not dare to ask for the loaves; but he, the lover of mankind and the provident one, gives even to those who do not ask, and says to the disciples, “I have compassion, and I do not wish to send them away fasting.” For lest they should say that they came with provisions, he says, “They have already stayed with me three days,” so that even if they came with something, it has been used up. For this reason he himself did not do it on the first and second day, but when everything had been used up by them, so that, having first been in need, they might receive what was done with greater eagerness. That is why he says, “lest they faint on the way,” showing both that they had come from far away and that nothing was left them. “And if you do not wish to send them away fasting, why do you not work the sign?” So that by this question and the answer he might make the disciples more attentive, and they might show their faith by coming to him and saying, “Make loaves.” But not even so did they understand the reason of the question; hence afterward he says to them, as Mark says, “Are your hearts so hardened? Having eyes, do you not see, and having ears, do you not hear?” For if this were not so, why does he speak to the disciples, and show that the crowds deserve to be benefited, and add also the mercy he himself feels? And Matthew says that after this he also rebuked them, saying, “You of little faith, do you not yet perceive, nor remember the five loaves of the five thousand, and how many baskets you took up? Nor the seven loaves of the four thousand, and how many hampers you took up?” So well do the evangelists agree with one another. What then do the disciples do? They still crawl on the ground, although he had done countless things so that that miracle might be remembered, both by the question, and by the answer, and by making them servers, and by distributing the baskets; but they were still rather imperfect. That is why they say to him, “Where are we to get so many loaves in the wilderness?” Both before this and now they mention the wilderness, saying this themselves from weak reasoning, but by this too making the sign free from suspicion. For lest anyone should say, as I have already said, that they got them from some village nearby, the place is acknowledged, so that the miracle may be believed. That is why he works both the former sign and this one in a wilderness, far from the villages. Understanding none of this, the disciples said, “Where are we to get so many loaves in the wilderness?” For they thought he had said this as one about to command them to feed the people—very foolishly. For it was for this reason that he said the other day too, “You give them something to eat,” so as to bring them to the point of entreating him. But now he does not even say this, “You give them something to eat,” but what? “I have compassion, and I do not wish to send them away fasting,” bringing them nearer and stirring them up more, and granting them to see clearly so as to ask these things of him. For the words were those of one showing that he is able not to send them away fasting, and displaying his authority; for the words “I do not wish” are those of one who shows this. But since they spoke of the multitude, and the place, and the wilderness (“for where,” they say, “are we to get so many loaves in the wilderness as to fill so great a crowd?”), and not even so understood what was said, he then brings in his own part, and says to them, “How many loaves have you?” And they say, “Seven, and a few small fish.” And they no longer say, “But what are these among so many?” as they had said before. So, even if they did not grasp the whole, nevertheless they were rising little by little. For he too, rousing their minds by this, asks in the same way as before, so that by the manner of the question he might remind them of what had already happened. But as you have seen their imperfection from this, so learn also the wisdom of their mind, and admire their love of truth, how they, writing themselves, do not hide their own shortcomings, and those great ones. For it was no ordinary fault, when this sign had just happened, to forget it so quickly; that is why they are also rebuked.

53.2Field 2

Μετὰ δὲ τούτων καὶ τὴν ἄλλην φιλοσοφίαν ἐννόησον᾽ πῶς ἦσαν γαστρὸς κρείττους πῶς ἐπαιδεύοντο μή πολὺν ποιεῖσθαι τραπέζης λόγον. Ἔν ἐρημίᾳ γὰρ ὄντες, καὶ τρεῖς ἡμέρας ἐκεῖ διατρίβοντες, ἑπτὰ ἄρτους εἶχον. Τὰ μὲν οὖν ἄλλα ὁμοίως τοῖς προτέροις ποιεῖ καὶ γὰρ κατακλίνει αὐτοὺς ἐπὶ τὴν γῆν, καὶ ἐν ταῖς χερσὶ τῶν μαθητῶν ποιεῖ πηγάζειν τοὺς ἄρτους. ᾿Εκέλευσε γὰρ, φησὶ, τοὺς ὄχλους ἀναπεσεῖν ἐπὶ τὴν γῆν. Καὶ λαβὼν τοὺς ἑπτὰ ἄρτους καὶ τοὺς ἰχθυας, εὐχαριστήσας ἔκλασε, καὶ ἐδίδου τοῖς μαθηταῖς οἱ δὲ μαθηταὶ τῷ ὄχλῳ. Τὸ δὲ τέλος οὐκέτι ὅμοιον. Εφαγον γὰρ πάντες, φησὶ, καὶ ἐχορτάσθησαν' καὶ ἦραν τὸ περισσεῦον τῶν κλασμάτων ἑπτὰ σπυρίδας πλήρεις. Οἱ δὲ ἐσθίοντες ἤσαν τετρακισχίλιοι ἄνδρες, χωρὶς γυναικῶν καὶ παιδίων. ᾿Αλλὰ διατί τότε μὲν πεντακισχιλίων ὄντων, δώδεκα κόφινοι ἐπερίσσευσαν, ἐνταῦθα δὲ τετρακισχιλίων, ἑπτὰ σπυρίδες ; τίνος οὖν ἕνεκεν; διατί ἐλάττονα ἣν τὰ λείψανα, καίτοι οὐ τοσούτων ὄντων τῶν ἑστιωμένων Ἢ τοίνυν τοῦτό ἐστιν εἰπεῖν, ὅτι αἱ σπυρίδες τῶν κοφίνων μείζους ἦσαν ἢ εἰ μὴ τοῦτο, ἵνα μὴ πάλιν ἡ ἰσότης τοῦ σημείου εἰς λήθην αὐτοὺς ἐμβάλῃ, τῇ διαφορᾷ τὴν μνήμην αὐτῶν ᾿διεγείρει, ἵνα ἐκ τοῦ παρηλλαγμένου ἀναμνησθῶσι κακείνον καὶ τούτου. Διὰ δὴ τοῦτο τότε μὲν τοῖς μαθηταῖς ἰσαρίθμους ποιεῖ τοὺς κοφίνους τῶν λειψάνων, νυνὶ δὲ τοῖς ἄρτοις τὰς σπυρίδας, κἂν τούτῳ τὴν ἄφατον δύναμιν ἐνδεικνύμενος, καὶ τὴν εὐκολίαν τὴς ἐξουσίας, ὅτι αὐτῷ δυνατὸν καὶ οὕτω καὶ ἀτέρως τὰ τοιαῦτα θαυματουργεῖν. Οὐδὲ γὰρ μικρᾶς δυνάμεως ἢ ἥν, τὸ τὸν ἀριθμὸν διατηρῆσαι καὶ τότε καὶ νῦν, τότε μὲν πεντακισχιλίων ὄ ὄντων, νυνὶ δὲ τετρακισχιλίων καὶ μήτε τότε τών κοφίνων, μῆτε νῦν τῶν σπυρίδων μήτε ἐλάττονα μήτε πλείονα γενέσθαι αφεῖναι τὰ λείψανα, καίτοιγε τοῦ πλήθους, τῶν ἑστιωμένων διαφόρου ὄ ὄντος. Καὶ τὸ τέλος δὲ ὅ ὅμοιον τῳ προτέρῳ. Καὶ γὰρ καὶ τότε τοὺς ὄχλους αφεὶς ἀνεχώρησεν ἐν πλοίῳ, καὶ νῦν καὶ ὁ ᾿Ιωάννης δὲ τοῦτό φησιν. ᾿Επειδὴ γὰρ οὐδὲν οὕτω σημεῖον ἀκολουθεῖν αὐτῷ παρεσκεύαζεν, ὡς τὸ τῶν ἄρτων θαῦμα, καὶ οὐ μόνον ἀκολουθεῖν, αλλὰ καὶ βασιλέα ποιεῖν ἐβούλοντο, τυραννίδος φεύγων ὑποψίαν ἀποπηδᾷ μετὰ τὴν θαυματουργίαν ταύτην᾽ καὶ οὐδὲ πεζῇ ἄπεισιν, ἵνα μὴ ἀκολουθήσωσιν, ἀλλ᾽ εἰς τὸ πλοῖον ἐμβάς. Καὶ ἀπολύσας, φησὶ, τοὺς ὄχλους, ἀνέβη εἰς τὸ πλοῖον, καὶ ἦλθεν εἰς τὰ ὅρια Μαγδαλά. Καὶ προσελθόντες οἱ Φαρισαῖοι καὶ Σαδδουκαῖοι ἠρώτων αὐτὸν σημεῖον ἐκ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ δεῖξαι αὐτοῖς. Ὁ δέ φησιν ὀψίας Ὑενομένης λέγετε, εὐδία πυῤῥάζει γὰρ ὁ οὐρανός· καὶ πρωΐ, σήμερον χειμών πυῤῥάζει γὰρ στυγνάζων ὁ οὐρανός. Τὸ μὲν πρόσωπον τοῦ οὐρανοὺ γινώσκετε διακρῖναι» τὰ δὲ σημεῖα τῶν καιρῶν οὐ δύνασθε: : Γενεὰ πονηρὰ καὶ μοιχαλὶς σημεῖον ἐπιζητεῖ, καὶ σημεῖον οὐ δοθήσεται αὐτῇ, εἰ μὴ τὸ σημεῖον Ἰωνᾶ τοῦ προφήτου. Καὶ καταλιπὼν αὐτοὺς ἀπῆλθεν. Ὁ δὲ Μάρκος φησὶν. ὅτι προσελθόντων αὐτῶν καὶ συζητούντων, ἀναστενάξας τῷ πνεύματι αὐτοῦ, λέγει τί ἡ γενεὰ αὕτη σημεῖον ἐπιζητεῖ; Καίτοιγε ὀργῆς ἀξία ἡ ἐρώτησις, καὶ ἀγανακτήσεως αλλ ὅμως ὁ φιλανθρωπος καὶ κηδεμὼν οὐκ ὀργίζεται, ἀλλ᾽ ἐλεεῖ καὶ ταλανίζει ἅτε ἀνίατα νοσοῦντας, καὶ μετὰ τοσαύτην ἀπόδειξιν τῆς αὐτοῦ δυνάμεως πειράζοντας αὐτόν. Οὐδὲ γὰρ ὥστε πιστεῦσαι ἐζήτουν, ἀλλ᾽ ὥστε ἐπιλαβέσθαι. Εἰ γὰρ ὡς πιστεύσοντες προσῆλθον, ἔδωκεν ἄν. Ὁ γὰρ τῇ γυναικὶ εἰπὼν, οὐκ ἔστι καλὸν, καὶ μετὰ ταῦτα δοὺς, πολλῳ μᾶλλον ἂν τούτοις παρέσχεν. ᾿Αλλ᾽ ἐπειδὴ οὐ πιστεῦσαι ᾔτουν, διὰ τοῦτο καὶ ὑποκριτὰς ἑτέρωθι καλεῖ; ὅτι ἕτερα μὲν ἔλεγον, ἕτερα δὲ ἐφρόνουν. Εἰ γὰρ ἐπίστευον, οὐδ᾽ ἂν ἥτησαν. Καὶ ἑτέρωθεν δὲ ᾿δῆλον, ὅ ὅτι οὐκ ἐπίστευον᾽ ὅτι ἐπιτιμηθέντες καὶ ἐλεγχθέντες, οὐ παρέμειναν, οὐδὲ εἶπον, ὅτι αγνοοὔμεν καὶ μαθεῖν ζητοῦμεν. Τί δὲ σημεῖον ἐκ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ ᾔτουν; Ἢ τὸν ἥλιον. στῆσαι, ἥ τὴν σελήνην χαλινῶσαι, ἢ κεραυνοὺς κατεμεγκεῖν, ἢ τὸν ἀέρα μεταβαλεῖν, ἤ ἄλλο τι τοιοῦτον. Τί οὗν πρὸς ταῦτα αὐτός: : Τὸ μὲν πρόσωπον τοῦ οὐρανοῦ γινώσκετε διακρίνειν, τὰ δὲ σημεῖα τῶν καιρῶν οὐ δύνασθε 1 Ὁρᾶτε τὴν πραότητα καὶ τὴν ἐπιείκειαν : Οὐδὲ γὰρ ὡς πρότερον ἠρνήσατο μόνον καὶ εἶπεν, οὐ δοθήσεται αὐτῇ, ἀλλὰ καὶ τὴν αἰτίαν λέγει, δι ἢ ἣν οὐ δίδωσι, καίτοιγε οὐχ ὑπὲρ τοῦ μαθεῖν ἐρωτώντων αὐτῶν. Τίς οὗν ἡ αἰτία: Ὥσπερ ἐπὶ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ, φησὶν, ἄλλο μὲν σημεῖον τοῦ χειμῶνος, ἄλλο δὲ τῆς εὐδίας, καὶ οὐκ ἄν τις τὸ σημεῖον ἰδὼν τοῦ χειμώνος γαλήνην ζητήσειεν, οὐδὲ ἐν γαλήνῃ καὶ εὐδίᾳ χειμῶνα, οὕτω καὶ ἐπ᾽ ἐμοῦ λογίζεσθαι Χρή: Ἄλλος γὰρ οὗτος τῆς παρουσίας ὃ καιρὸς, ἄλλος δὲ ὁ μέλλων. Νὺν χρεία τούτων τῶν σημείων τῶν ἐν τῆ γῇ· τὰ δὲ ἐν τῷ οὐρανῷ ἐκείνῳ τεταμίευται τῷ καιρῷ. Νῦν ὡς ἰατρὸς ἦλθον· τότε ὡς δικαστὴς παρέσομαι' νὺν ὥστε ζητῆσαι τὸ πεπλανημένον, τότε ὦστε ἀπαιτῆσαι εὐθύνας. Διὰ τοῦτο λαθὼν ἤλθον' τότε δὲ μετὰ πολλῆς τῆς δημοσιεὔσεως, τὸν οὐρανὸν ἐλίττων, τὸν ἥλιον ἀποκρύπτων, τὴν σελήνην οὐκ αφιεὶς δοῦναι τὸ φώς. Τότε καὶ αἱ δυνάμεις τῶν οὐρανῶν σαλευθήσονται; καὶ ἀστραπὴν ᾿ ἀθρόως πᾶσι φαινομένην μιμήσεται τῆς παρουσίας μου ἡ ἐπιφάνεια. ᾿Αλλ οὐχὶ νῦν τούτων ὁ καιρὸς τῶν σημείων᾽ ἦλθον γὰρ ἀποθανεῖν, καὶ τὰ ᾿ἔσχατα παθεῖν. Οὐκ ἠκούσατε τοῦ προφήτου λέγοντος· οὐκ ἐρίσει, οὐδὲ κραυγάσει, οὐδὲ ἀκουσθήσεται ἔξω ἡ φωνὴ αὐτοῦ: ᾽ καὶ ἑτέρον πάλιν καταβήσεται ὡς ὑετὸς ἐπὶ πόκον .

Meta de toutōn kai tēn allēn philosophian ennoēson᾽ pōs ēsan gastros kreittous pōs epaideuonto mē polyn poieisthai trapezēs logon. En erēmią gar ontes, kai treis hēmeras ekei diatribontes, hepta artous eichon. Ta men oun alla homoiōs tois proterois poiei kai gar kataklinei autous epi tēn gēn, kai en tais chersi tōn mathētōn poiei pēgazein tous artous. ᾿Ekeleuse gar, phēsi, tous ochlous anapesein epi tēn gēn. Kai labōn tous hepta artous kai tous ichthyas, eucharistēsas eklase, kai edidou tois mathētais hoi de mathētai tǭ ochlǭ. To de telos ouketi homoion. Ephagon gar pantes, phēsi, kai echortasthēsan' kai ēran to perisseuon tōn klasmatōn hepta spyridas plēreis. Hoi de esthiontes ēsan tetrakischilioi andres, chōris gynaikōn kai paidiōn. ᾿Alla diati tote men pentakischiliōn ontōn, dōdeka kophinoi eperisseusan, entautha de tetrakischiliōn, hepta spyrides ? tinos oun heneken? diati elattona hēn ta leipsana, kaitoi ou tosoutōn ontōn tōn hestiōmenōn Ē toinyn touto estin eipein, hoti hai spyrides tōn kophinōn meizous ēsan ē ei mē touto, hina mē palin hē isotēs tou sēmeiou eis lēthēn autous embalę̄, tę̄ diaphorą tēn mnēmēn autōn ᾿diegeirei, hina ek tou parēllagmenou anamnēsthōsi kakeinon kai toutou. Dia dē touto tote men tois mathētais isarithmous poiei tous kophinous tōn leipsanōn, nyni de tois artois tas spyridas, kan toutǭ tēn aphaton dynamin endeiknymenos, kai tēn eukolian tēs exousias, hoti autǭ dynaton kai houtō kai aterōs ta toiauta thaumatourgein. Oude gar mikras dynameōs ē hēn, to ton arithmon diatērēsai kai tote kai nyn, tote men pentakischiliōn o ontōn, nyni de tetrakischiliōn kai mēte tote tōn kophinōn, mēte nyn tōn spyridōn mēte elattona mēte pleiona genesthai apheinai ta leipsana, kaitoige tou plēthous, tōn hestiōmenōn diaphorou o ontos. Kai to telos de ho homoion tǭ proterǭ. Kai gar kai tote tous ochlous apheis anechōrēsen en ploiǭ, kai nyn kai ho ᾿Iōannēs de touto phēsin. ᾿Epeidē gar ouden houtō sēmeion akolouthein autǭ pareskeuazen, hōs to tōn artōn thauma, kai ou monon akolouthein, alla kai basilea poiein eboulonto, tyrannidos pheugōn hypopsian apopēdą meta tēn thaumatourgian tautēn᾽ kai oude pezę̄ apeisin, hina mē akolouthēsōsin, all᾽ eis to ploion embas. Kai apolysas, phēsi, tous ochlous, anebē eis to ploion, kai ēlthen eis ta horia Magdala. Kai proselthontes hoi Pharisaioi kai Saddoukaioi ērōtōn auton sēmeion ek tou ouranou deixai autois. Ho de phēsin opsias Hyenomenēs legete, eudia pyrrhazei gar ho ouranos; kai prōï, sēmeron cheimōn pyrrhazei gar stygnazōn ho ouranos. To men prosōpon tou ouranou ginōskete diakrinai» ta de sēmeia tōn kairōn ou dynasthe: : Genea ponēra kai moichalis sēmeion epizētei, kai sēmeion ou dothēsetai autę̄, ei mē to sēmeion Iōna tou prophētou. Kai katalipōn autous apēlthen. Ho de Markos phēsin. hoti proselthontōn autōn kai syzētountōn, anastenaxas tǭ pneumati autou, legei ti hē genea hautē sēmeion epizētei? Kaitoige orgēs axia hē erōtēsis, kai aganaktēseōs all homōs ho philanthrōpos kai kēdemōn ouk orgizetai, all᾽ eleei kai talanizei hate aniata nosountas, kai meta tosautēn apodeixin tēs autou dynameōs peirazontas auton. Oude gar hōste pisteusai ezētoun, all᾽ hōste epilabesthai. Ei gar hōs pisteusontes prosēlthon, edōken an. Ho gar tę̄ gynaiki eipōn, ouk esti kalon, kai meta tauta dous, pollǭ mallon an toutois pareschen. ᾿All᾽ epeidē ou pisteusai ę̄toun, dia touto kai hypokritas heterōthi kalei? hoti hetera men elegon, hetera de ephronoun. Ei gar episteuon, oud᾽ an hētēsan. Kai heterōthen de ᾿dēlon, ho hoti ouk episteuon᾽ hoti epitimēthentes kai elenchthentes, ou paremeinan, oude eipon, hoti agnooumen kai mathein zētoumen. Ti de sēmeion ek tou ouranou ę̄toun? Ē ton hēlion. stēsai, hē tēn selēnēn chalinōsai, ē keraunous katemenkein, ē ton aera metabalein, ē allo ti toiouton. Ti houn pros tauta autos: : To men prosōpon tou ouranou ginōskete diakrinein, ta de sēmeia tōn kairōn ou dynasthe 1 Horate tēn praotēta kai tēn epieikeian : Oude gar hōs proteron ērnēsato monon kai eipen, ou dothēsetai autę̄, alla kai tēn aitian legei, di ē hēn ou didōsi, kaitoige ouch hyper tou mathein erōtōntōn autōn. Tis houn hē aitia: Hōsper epi tou ouranou, phēsin, allo men sēmeion tou cheimōnos, allo de tēs eudias, kai ouk an tis to sēmeion idōn tou cheimōnos galēnēn zētēseien, oude en galēnę̄ kai eudią cheimōna, houtō kai ep᾽ emou logizesthai Chrē: Allos gar houtos tēs parousias ho kairos, allos de ho mellōn. Nyn chreia toutōn tōn sēmeiōn tōn en tē gę̄; ta de en tǭ ouranǭ ekeinǭ tetamieutai tǭ kairǭ. Nyn hōs iatros ēlthon; tote hōs dikastēs paresomai' nyn hōste zētēsai to peplanēmenon, tote ōste apaitēsai euthynas. Dia touto lathōn ēlthon' tote de meta pollēs tēs dēmosieuseōs, ton ouranon elittōn, ton hēlion apokryptōn, tēn selēnēn ouk aphieis dounai to phōs. Tote kai hai dynameis tōn ouranōn saleuthēsontai? kai astrapēn ᾿ athroōs pasi phainomenēn mimēsetai tēs parousias mou hē epiphaneia. ᾿All ouchi nyn toutōn ho kairos tōn sēmeiōn᾽ ēlthon gar apothanein, kai ta ᾿eschata pathein. Ouk ēkousate tou prophētou legontos; ouk erisei, oude kraugasei, oude akousthēsetai exō hē phōnē autou: ᾽ kai heteron palin katabēsetai hōs hyetos epi pokon .

And along with this consider also their other wisdom, how they were superior to the belly, how they were trained not to make much account of the table. For being in the wilderness and staying there three days, they had seven loaves. The rest, then, he does in the same way as before: for he makes them sit down on the ground, and makes the loaves well up in the disciples’ hands. “For he commanded,” it says, “the crowds to sit down on the ground. And taking the seven loaves and the fish, having given thanks he broke them and gave them to the disciples, and the disciples to the crowd.” But the end is no longer the same. “For they all ate,” it says, “and were filled; and they took up what was left over of the fragments, seven hampers full. And those who ate were four thousand men, besides women and children.” But why then, when there were five thousand, were twelve baskets left over, but here, with four thousand, seven hampers? For what reason, why were the remnants fewer, though those fed were not so many? We may say, then, either that the hampers were larger than the baskets; or, if not that, that so the sameness of the sign might not cast them into forgetfulness again, he rouses their memory by the difference, so that from the variation they might remember both that one and this. That is why then he makes the baskets of remnants equal in number to the disciples, but now the hampers equal to the loaves, by this too displaying his unspeakable power and the ease of his authority, that it is possible for him to work such wonders both in this way and in another. For it was no small power to keep the number both then and now, when there were five thousand then and four thousand now, and to allow the remnants to be neither fewer nor more, then than the baskets and now than the hampers, though the number of those fed was different. And the end, too, is like the former. For then too he sent the crowds away and departed in a boat, and now; and John too says this. For since no sign made them follow him so much as the miracle of the loaves, and they wished not only to follow but even to make him king, fleeing the suspicion of seizing power he springs away after this wonder; and he does not even go off on foot, so that they may not follow, but embarks in the boat. “And having sent away the crowds,” it says, “he got into the boat and came to the region of Magdala. And the Pharisees and Sadducees came and asked him to show them a sign from heaven. But he says, ‘When it is evening, you say, “Fair weather, for the sky is red”; and in the morning, “Stormy today, for the sky is red and lowering.” You know how to discern the face of the sky, but you cannot discern the signs of the times. An evil and adulterous generation seeks a sign, and no sign will be given to it except the sign of Jonah the prophet.’ And he left them and went away.” But Mark says that when they came and argued with him, he sighed deeply in his spirit and says, “Why does this generation seek a sign?” And yet the question deserved anger and indignation; but nevertheless the lover of mankind, the provident one, is not angry, but pities and laments them as being incurably sick, and tempting him after so great a proof of his power. For they did not ask in order to believe, but in order to catch him. For if they had come as people who would believe, he would have given it. For he who said to the woman, “It is not good,” and afterward gave, would much more have granted it to these. But since they did not ask in order to believe, that is why elsewhere he also calls them hypocrites, because they said one thing and thought another. For if they had believed, they would not even have asked. And it is plain from another point too that they did not believe: when rebuked and refuted they did not stay, nor say, “We do not know, and we seek to learn.” And what sign from heaven were they asking for? To stop the sun, or bridle the moon, or bring down thunderbolts, or change the air, or something else of the kind. What then does he say to this? “You know how to discern the face of the sky, but you cannot discern the signs of the times.” Do you see his meekness and gentleness? For he did not, as before, only refuse and say, “It will not be given to it,” but also gives the reason why he does not give it, although they were not asking in order to learn. What then is the reason? “As in the sky,” he says, “there is one sign of storm and another of fair weather, and no one seeing the sign of storm would look for calm, nor in calm and fair weather for storm, so too you must reason about me. For this time of my coming is one thing, and the one to come another. Now there is need of these signs on earth; but those in heaven are stored up for that time. Now I have come as a physician; then I shall be present as a judge. Now I have come to seek what has strayed; then, to demand an account. That is why I came secretly; but then I shall come with great publicity, rolling up the heaven, hiding the sun, not letting the moon give its light. Then the powers of the heavens will be shaken, and the appearing of my coming will be like lightning, which appears suddenly to all. But now is not the time for these signs; for I have come to die and to suffer the utmost. Have you not heard the prophet saying, ‘He will not strive, nor cry aloud, nor will his voice be heard outside’; and another again, ‘He will come down like rain upon a fleece’?”

53.3Field 2

Εἰ δὲ τὰ ἐπὶ Φαραὼ λέγοιεν σημεῖα, πολεμίου τότε ἀπαλλαγῆναι ἔδει, καὶ εἰκότως ἐκεῖνα ᾿ἐγίνετο τῷ δὲ πρὸς φίλους ἐλθόντι τούτων οὗ χρεία τῶν σημείων. Πώς δὲ καὶ τὰ μεγάλα δώσω, τῶν μικρῶν μὴ πιστευομένων ! Μικρὼν ὡς πρὸς ἐπίδειξιν λέγω ἐπεὶ τῆ δυνάμει πολλῷ ταῦτα εκείνων μείζονα ἡ ην. Τί γὰρ ἂν ἴσον εἴη τοῦ ἁμαρτήματα λῦσαι, καὶ νεκρὸν ἀναστῆσαι, καὶ δαίμονας ἀπελάσαι, καὶ δημιουργῆσαι σῶμα, καὶ τὰ ἄλλα πάντα διορθῶσαι : Σὺ δὲ αὐτῶν ὅρα τὴν πεπωρωμένην καρδίαν, πῶς ἀκούσαντες, ὅτι οὐ δόθήσεται αὐτοῖς σημεῖον, εἰ μὴ ᾿ τὸ σημεῖον Ἰωνᾶ τοῦ προφήτου, οὐκ ἐρωτῶσι. Καίτοιγε ἐχρῆν καὶ τὸν προφήτην εἰδότας, καὶ τὰ συμβάντα ἅπαντα, καὶ ἐκ δευτέρου τοῦτο ἀκούσαντας, πυθέσθαι καὶ μαθεῖν τί ποτε ἦν τὸ λεγόμενον' ἀλλ᾽ ὅπερ ἔφην, οὐκ ἐπιθυμίᾳ τοῦ μαθεῖν ταῦτα ποιοῦσι. Διὰ δὴ τοῦτο καὶ αὐτὸς ἀφεὶς αὐτοὺς ἀπῆλθε. ἐς Καὶ ἐλθόντες οἱ μαθηταὶ αὐτοῦ, φησὶν, εἰς τὸ πέραν, ἐπελάθοντο ἄρτους λαβεῖν. Ὁ δὲ᾽ Ἰησοῦς εἶπεν αὐτοῖς· ὁρᾶτε καὶ προσέχετε ἀπὸ τῆς ζύμης τῶν Φαρισαίων καὶ Σαδδουκαίων. Καὶ διατί μὴ εἶπε, προσέχετε ἀπὸ τῆς διδασκαλίας, σαφῶς: Βούλεται αὐτοὺς ἀναμνῆσαι τῶν ᾿ γενομένων καὶ γὰρ ἤδει ἐπιλελησμένους. ᾿Αλλὰ τὸ μὲν ἁπλώς ἐγκαλέσαι οὐκ ἐδόκει λόγον ἔχειν τὸ δὲ ἀφορμὴν ᾿ ἀπ᾽ αὐτῶν λαβόντα οὕτως ἐπιτιμῆσαι εὐπαράδεκτον ἐποίει τὸ ἔγκλημα. Καὶ διατί μὴ τότε ἐπετίμησεν αὐτοῖς, ὅτε εἶπον· πόθεν ἡμῖν ἐπ᾿ ἐρημίας ἄρτοι τοσοῦτοι; καὶ γὰρ εὔκαιρον ἐδόκει τότε τοῦτο λέγεσθαι. Ἵνα μὴ δόξῃ ἐπιτρέχειν τῷ σημείῳ. Καὶ ἄλλως δὲ οὐκ ἐβούλετο ἐπὶ τῶν ὄχλων αὑτοῖς ἐγκαλέσαι, οὐδὲ ἐπ’ ἐκείνων φιλοτιμεῖσθαι. Καὶ νὺν δὲ εὐλογωτέρα ἡ κατηγορία, ὅτι διπλοῦ τοῦ θαύματος γενομένου τοιοὺτοι ἤσαν. Διὸ καὶ ἄλλο θαῦμα ποιήσας: τότε ἐπιτιμᾷ ἃ γὰρ διελογίζοντο, ταῦτα εἰς μέσον φέρει. Τί δὲ διολογίζοντο: : Ὅτι ἄρτους, φησὶν, οὐκ ἐλάβομεν. Ἔτι γὰρ περὶ τὰ καθάρσια ἣ ἤσαν τὰ ᾿Ιουδαϊκὰ ἐπτοημένοι, καὶ τὰς τῶν βρωμάτων παρατηρήσεις. Διὸ ἁπάντων ἕνεκεν καὶ σφοδρότερον αὐτοῖς ἐπιτίθεται, λέγων τί διαλογίζεσθε ἐν ἑαυτοῖς» ὀλιγόπιστοι; ὅτι ἄρτους οὐκ ἐλάβετε ; ᾿ Οὔπω νοεῖτε, οὐδὲ συνίετε : Πεπωρωμένη ὑμῶν ἐστιν η καρδία : : οφθαλμοὺς ἔχοντες οὐ βλέπετε, ὦτα ἔχοντες οὐκ ἀκούετε : Οὐ μνημονεύετε τῶν πεντακισχιλίων τοὺς πέντε ἄρτους, καὶ πόσους κοφίνους ἐλάβετε: οὐδὲ τοὺς ἑπτὰ ἄρτους τῶν τετρακισχιλίων, καὶ πόσας σπυρίδας ἐλάβετε ; Εἶδες ἀγανάκτησιν ἐπιτεταμένην: Οὐδὲ γὰρ ἀλλαχοῦ φαίνεται οὕτως αὐτοῖς ἐπιτιμήσας. Τίνος οὖν ἕνεκεν τοῦτο ποιεῖ: Ὥστε πάλιν τὴν περὶ τῶν βρωμάτων ᾿ πρόληψιν ἐκβαλεῖν. Διὰ ' γὰρ τοῦτο τότε μὲν, οὐ νοεῖτε, μόνον εἶπεν, οὐδὲ συνίετε ἐνταῦθα δὲ, καὶ μετὰ πολλῆς τῆς ἐπιπλήξεως, ὀλιγόπιστοι, φησίν. Οὐ γὰρ πανταχοῦ ἡ προσήνεια καλὸν. Ὥσπερ γὰρ μετεδίδου παῤῥησίας αὐτοῖς, οὕτω καὶ ἐπιτιμᾷ, τῇ ποικιλίᾳ ταύτη τὴν σωτηρίαν αὐτῶν οἰκονομῶν. Ὅρα δὲ καὶ τὴν ἐπιτίμησιν πολλὴν, καὶ τὴν ἐπιείκειαν. Μόνον οὐχὶ γὰρ ἀπολογούμενος αὐτοῖς ὑπὲρ ὧν ἐπετίμησεν αὐτοῖς σφοδρῶς, φησίν· οὔπω νοεῖτε τοὺς πέντε ἄρτους, καὶ πόσους κοφίνους ἐλάβετε : καὶ τοὺς ἑπτὰ ἄρτους, καὶ πόσας σπυρίδας. ἐλάβετε; Διὰ τοῦτο δὲ καὶ τὸν ἀριθμὸν τίθησι καὶ τῶν τραφέντων καὶ τῶν λειψάνων, ὁμοῦ τε εἰς ἀνάμνησιν αὐτοὺς ἄγων τῶν παρελθόντων, καὶ πρὸς τὰ μέλλοντα προσεκτικωτάρους ποιῶν. Καὶ ἵνα μάθης, ὅσον ἴσχυσεν ἢ ἐπιτίμησις, καὶ πώς διήγειρε καθεύδουσαν αὐτῶν τὴν διάνοιαν, ἄκουσον τί φησιν ὁ εὐαγγελιστής. Οὐδὲν γὰρ πλέον εἰπόντος του Ἴησοὺ, ἀλλ’ ἐπιτιμήσαντος; καὶ Τοῦτο προσθέντος μόνον, πῶς οὐ νοεῖτε, ὅτι οὐ περὶ ἄρτων εἶπον ὑμῖν προσέχειν, ᾿ ἀλλ᾿ ἀπὸ τῆς ζύμης τῶν Φαρισαίων καὶ Σαδδουκαίων; ἐπήγαγε λέγων· τότε συνῆκαν, ὅτι. οὐκ εἶπε προσέχειν ἀπὸ τῆς ζύμης τοῦ ἄρτου, ἀλλ᾽ ἀπὸ τῆς ᾿ διδασκαλίας τῶν Φαρισαίων. καὶ Σαὃδουκαίων καίτοι αὐτοῦ τοῦτο ᾿ μὴ ἑρμηνεύσαντος. Ὅρα πόσα ἀγαθὰ ῇ ἐπιτίμησις εἰργάσατο, Καὶ γὰρ τών Ἰουδαϊκῶν αὐτοὺς ἀπήγαγε παρατηρήσεων, καὶ ῥᾳθύμους ὄντας ὀλιγοπιστίας ἀπήλλαξεν, ὥστε μὴ δεδοικέναι, μηδὲ τρέμειν, εἴ ποτε ἄρτους φαίνοιντο ὀλίγους ἔχοντες, μηδὲ ὑπὲρ λιμοῦ φροντίζειν, ἀλλ᾽ ὑπερορᾶν τούτων πάντων. Μὴ τοίνυν μηδὲ ἡμεῖς πανταχοῦ κολακεύωμεν τοὺς ὑποκειμένους». μηδὲ κολακεύεσθαι παρὰ τῶν ἢ ἀρχόντων ζητῶμεν. Καὶ γὰρ ἀμφοτέρων δεῖται ἡ τῶν ἀνθρώπων ψυχὴ τῶν φαρμάκων τούτων. Διὰ δὴ τοῦτο καὶ τὰ κατὰ τὴν οἰκουμένην ἅπασαν ὁ θεὸς οὕτω διοικεῖ, ποτὲ μὲν τοῦτο, ποτὲ δὲ ἐκεῖνο ποιῶν, καὶ οὔτε τὰ χρηστὰ μόνιμα, οὔτε τὰ λυπηρὰ καθ᾽ ἑαυτὰ ἀφίησιν εἶνα. Ὥσπερ γὰρ ποτὲ μὲν νὐξ, ποτὲ δὲ ἡμέρα, καὶ ᾿ πότε μὲν θέρος, πότε δὲ χειμών᾽ οὕτω καὶ ἂν ἡμῖν, ποτὲ μὲν λύπη, ποτὲ δὲ ἡδονή ᾿ ποτὲ μὲν νόσος, ποτὲ δὲ ὑγεία. Μὴ τοίνυν θαυμάζωμεν ὅταν ᾿νοσῶμεν, ἐπεὶ καὶ ὅταν ὑγιαίνωμεν θαυμάζειν δεῖ. Μηδὲ θορυβώμεθα ὅταν ἀλγῶμεν, ἐπεὶ καὶ ὅταν χαίρωμεν θορυβεῖσθαι εἰκός. Κατὰ φύσιν γὰρ πάντα γίνεται καὶ κατὰ ἀκολουθίαν. Καὶ τί θαυμάζεις εἰ ἐπὶ σοῦ ταῦτα; καὶ γὰρ καὶ ἐπὶ τῶν ἁγίων ἐκείνων συμβαῖνον τοῦτο ἴδοι τις ἄν. Καὶ ἵνα τοῦτο μάθῃς, ὃν νομίζεις μάλιστα βίον ἡδονῆς γέμειν καὶ ἀπηλλάχθαι πραγμάτων, τοῦτον εἰς μέσον ἀγάγωμεν. Βούλει τοῦ ᾿Αβραὰμ τὴν ζωὴν ἐξετάσωμεν ἐκ προυιμίων; Τί οὖν οὗτος εὐθέως ἤκουσεν; Ἔξελθε ἐκ τῆς γῆς σον καὶ ἐκ τῆς συγγενείας σου. Εἶδες πρᾶγμα λυπηρὸν ἐπιταττόμενον; Αλλ᾽ ὅρα καὶ τὸ χρηστὸν διαδεχόμενον᾽ καὶ δεῦρο εἰς γῆν ἥν ἄν σοι δείξω, καὶ ποιήσω σε εἰς ἔθνος μέγα. Τί οὖν: ἐπειδὴ ἦλθεν εἰς τὴν γῆν, καὶ τοῦ λιμένος ἐπελάβετο, ἔστη τὰ λυπηρά: Οὐδαμῶς: αλλὰ πάλιν ἕτερα χαλεπώτερα τῶν προτέρων διαδέχεται, λιμὸς καὶ ᾿μετάβασις καὶ γυναικὸς ἁρπαγή καὶ μετὰ ταῦτα χρηστὰ ἕτερα αὐτὸν ἐξεδέχετο, ῆ κατὰ τοῦ Φαραὼ πληγὴ» καὶ ἡ ἄφεσις, καὶ ἢ τιμὴ, καὶ τὰ πολλὰ δῶρα ἐκεῖνα, καὶ ἡ πρὸς τὴν οἰκίαν ἐπάνοδος. Καὶ τὰ ἑξῆς δὲ ἅπαντα τοιαύτην ἔχει τὴν σειρὰν, ἀπὸ χρηστῶν καὶ λυπηρῶν πλεκομένην. Καὶ ἐπὶ τῶν ἀποστόλων δὲ τοιαὕτα συνέβαινε. Διὸ καὶ Παῦλος ἔλεγεν ὁ παρακαλῶν ἡμᾶς ἐν πάσῃ τῇ θλίψει, εἰς τὸ δύνασθαι ἡμᾶς παρακαλεῖν τοὺς ἐν πάσῃ θλίψει. Τί οὖν πρὸς ἐμὲ, φησὶ, τὸν ἀεὶ ἐν λύπαις ὄντα; Μὴ ἀγνώμων, μηδὲ ἀχάριστος καὶ γὰρ ἀμήχανόν τινα ἐν λυπηροῖς εἶναι διηνεκῶς οὐδὲ γὰρ ἀρκεῖ ἥ φύσις ἀλλ᾽ ἐπειδὴ ἐν χαρᾷ βουλόμεθα εἶναι αεὶ, διὰ τουτὸ ἐν λύπαις νομίζομεν εἶναι ἀεί. Οὐ διὰ τοῦτο δὲ μόνον, ἀλλ᾽ ἐπειδὴ τῶν μὲν χρηστῶν καὶ ἀγαθῶν εὐθέως ἐπιλανθανόμεθα, τῶν δὲ λνπηρῶν αεὶ μνημονεύομεν, διὰ τοῦτο ἐν λύπαις εἷναί φαμεν. Οὐδὲ γὰρ δυνατὸν ἄνθρωπον ὄντα ἀεὶ ἐν λύπαις εἶναι. Καὶ εἰ βούλεσθε. καὶ τὸν ἐν τρυφῇ βίον ἐξετάσωμεν, τὸν ἁβρὸν καὶ διαῤῥέοντα, καὶ τὸν φορτικὸν καὶ ἐπαχθῆ καὶ ὀδυνηρόν. ᾿Επιδείξομεν γὰρ ὑμῖν καὶ τοῦτον ἔχοντα λύπας, κἀκεῖνον ἀνέσεις. Αλλὰ μὴ ᾿θορυβήθητε. Προκείσθω δὲ εἰς μέσον δεσμώτης ἄνθρωπος, καὶ ἄλλος βασιλεὺς νέος, ὀρφανὸς, οὐσίαν διαδεξάμενος μεγάλην' προκείσθω δὲ καί τις μισθωτὸς, δι᾽ ὅλης πονούμενος τῆς ἡμέρας, ἕτερος δὲ τρυφῶν διηνεκῶς. Βούλει οὖν ἐκείνον τὰς ἀθυμίας πρότερον εἴπωμεν τοῦ τρυφῶντος : : Ἐννόησον πῶς αὑτοῦ εἰκὸς χειμάζεσθαι τὴν διάνοιαν, ὅταν δόξης ἐφίηται τῆς ὑπερβαινούσης αὐτὸν, ὅταν καταφρονῆται παρα τῶν οἰκετῶν᾽ ὅταν ὑπὸ τῶν ἐλαττόνων ὑβρίζηται ὅταν μυρίους ἔχῃ κατηγόρους, καὶ τοὺς διαβάλλοντας, αὐτοῦ τὴν πολυτέλειαν. Καὶ τὰ ἄλλα δὲ, ὅσα ἐν πλούτῳ ᾿ τοιούτῳ συμβαίνειν εἰκὸς, οὐδὲ εἰπεῖν ἕνι' ᾿ τὰς ἐπαχθείας, τὰ προσκρούσματα, τὰς κατηγορίας, τὰς ζημίας, τὰς παρὰ τῶν φθονούντων ἐπιβουλὰς, οἱ ἐπειδὰν τὸν ἐκείνου πλοῦτον εἰς ἑαυτοὺς μετενεγκεῖν μὴ δυνηθῶσιν, ἕλκουσι, σπαράττουσι πανταχόθεν τὸν νέον, μυρίους ἐγείρουσι χειμῶνας αὐτῷ. Βούλει καὶ τούτου εἴπω τὴν ἡδονὴν τοῦ μισθωτοῦ: Ἁπάντων ἀπήλλακται τούτων᾽ κἂν ὑβρίσῃ τις αὐτὸν, οὐκ ἀλγεῖ᾽ οὐδενὸς γὰρ ἑαντὸν ἡγεῖται μείζονα' οὐχ ὑπὲρ χρημάτων δέδοικε, μεθ᾽ ἡδονῆς ἐσθίει, μετ᾽ εὐφροσύνης καθεύδει πολλῆς. Οὐχ οὕτως οἱ τὸν Θάσιον οἶνον πίνοντες τρυφῶσιν, ὡς ἐκεῖνος ἐπὶ πηγὰς ἀπιὼν καὶ τῶν ναμάτων ἀπολαύων ἐκείνων. ᾿Αλλ οὐ τὰ ἐκείνου τοιαῦτα. Εἰ δὲ οὐκ ἀρκεῖ σοι τὰ εἰρημένα, ἵνα μείζονα ποιήσω τὴν νίκην, φέρε, τὸν βασιλέα καὶ τὸν δεσμώτὴν συγκρίνωμεν᾽ καὶ ὄψει πολλάκις τοῦτον μὲν ἐν ἡδονῇ ὄντα καὶ παίζοντα καὶ πηδῶντα, ἐκεῖνον δὲ ἐν διαδήματι καὶ πορφυρίδι ἀθυμοῦντα, καὶ μυρίας ἔχοντα φροντίδας, καὶ ἀποτεθνηκότα τῷ δέει. Οὐ γάρ ἐστιν, οὐκ ἔστι βίον ἅλυπον οὐδενὸς εὑρεῖν, ἀλλ᾽ οὐδὲ ἡδονῆς ἄμοιρον οὐδὲ γὰρ ἂν ἤρκεσεν ἡμῶν ἡ φύσις, καθάπερ ἔφθην εἰπών. Εἰ δὲ ὁ μὲν χαίρει πλείονα, ὁ δὲ ἀλγεῖ πλείονα, τοῦτο παρ᾽ αὐτὸν τὸν ἀλγοῦντα συμβαίνει, ὅταν μικρόψυχος ἦν, οὐ παρὰ τὴν α τῶν πραγμάτων φύσιν. Εἰ γὰρ βονλοίμεθα συνεχῶς χαίρειν, πολλὰς ἔχομεν ἀφορμάς. Ἂν γὰρ ἐπιλαβώμεθα ἀρετῆς, οὐδὲν ἔσται τὸ λυποῦν ἡμᾶς λοιπόν. Καὶ γὰρ ἐλπίδας ὑποτείνει χρηστὰς αὕτη τοῖς κεκτημένοις αὐτὴν, καὶ θεῷ εὐαρέστους ποιεῖ, καὶ παρὰ ἀνθρώποις εὐδοκίμους, καὶ ἡδονὴν ενίησιν ἄφατον. Εἰ γὰρ καὶ ἐν τῷ κατορθοῦν πόνον ἔχει ἡ ἀρετὴ, ἀλλὰ τὸ συνειδὸς πολλῆς πληροῖ τῆς εὐφροσύνης, καὶ τοσαύτην ἔνδον ἐντίθησι τὴν ἡδονὴν, ὅσην οὐδεὶς παραστῆσαι δυνήσεται λόγος. Τί γάρ σοι δοκεῖ τῶν ἐν τῷ παρόντι βίῳ εἶναι ἡδύ ; τράπεζα πολντελὴῆς, καὶ σώματος ὑγεία, καὶ δόξα καὶ πλοῦτος; Αλλὰ ταῦτα τὰ ἡδέα ἂν ἐκείνη παραβάλῃς τῇ ἡδονῆ, πάντων ἔσται πικρότερα καὶ ἀφόρητα ἐνεγκεῖν πρὸς αὐτὴν συγκρινόμενα. Οὐδὲν γὰρ ἥδιον συνειδότος ἀγαθοῦ, καὶ ἐλπίδος χρηστῆς. Καὶ εἰ βούλεσθε τοῦτο μαθεῖν, τὸν μέλλοντα ἀπιέναι ἐντεῦθεν ἐξετάσωμεν, ἢ τὸν γεγηρακότα' καὶ ἀναμνήσαντες αὐτὸν τραπέζης πολυτελοὺς ἧς ἀπέλαυσε, καὶ δόξης καὶ τιμῆς, καὶ ἀγαθῶν ἐργων ὧν εἰργάσατό ποτε καὶ ἐποίησεν, ἐρώμεθα ἐπὶ τίσι γάννυται μάλλον, καὶ ὀψόμεθα ἐπ᾽ ἐκείνοις μὲν αἱσχυνόμενον καὶ ἐγκαλυπτόμενον, ἐπὶ τούτοις δὲ πετόμενον καὶ σκιρτῶντα. Οὕτω καὶ ᾿Εζεχίας ὅ ὅτε ἐμαλακίσθη, ου τραπέζης ἐμνημόνευσε πολυτελοῦς, οὐ δόξης, οὐ βασιλείας, ἀλλὰ δικαιοσύνης. Μνήσθητι γὰρ, ᾿ φησὶν, ὡς ἐπορεύθην ἐνώπιόν σου ἐν ὁδῷ εὐθείᾳ. Ὅρα καὶ Παῦλον απὸ τούτων σκιρτῶντα καὶ λέγοντα τὸν αγῶνα τὸν καλὸν ἡγώνισμαι, τὸν δρόμον τετέλεκα, τὴν πίστιν τετήρηκα. Τί γὰρ καὶ εἶχεν εἰπεῖν οὗτος: φησί. Πολλὰ καὶ πλείονα ᾿ τούτων καὶ τιμὰς ἃς ἐτιμήθη, καὶ ᾿ δορυφορίας ἡ ἧς ἀπέλαυσε, καὶ θεραπείας πολλῆς. Ἢ οὐκ ἀκούεις αὐτοῦ λέγοντος· ὡς ἄγγελον θεοῦ ἐδέξασθέ με; ὡς Χριστὸν ᾿Ιησοῦν καὶ ὅτι, εἰ δυνατὸν, τοὺς ὀφθαλμοὺς ὑμῶν ἐξορύξαντες ἂν ἐδώκατέ μοι καὶ ὅτι ὑπὲρ τῆς ψυχῆς αὐτοῦ τὸν τράχηλον ὑπέθηκαν; Ἀλλ᾽ οὐδὲν ἐκείνων φέρει εἰς μέσον, ἀλλὰ τοὺς πόνους καὶ τοὺς κινδύνους, καὶ τοὺς ὑπὲρ τούτων στεφάνους· καὶ μάλα εἰκότως. Ταῦτα μὲν γὰρ ἐνταῦθα ἀφίεται, ἐκεῖνα δὲ ἡμῖν συναποδημεῖ᾽ κἀκείνων μὲν δώσομεν λόγον, τούτων δὲ μισθὸν ἀπαιτήσομεν. Οὐκ ἴστε ἐν τῇ ἡμέρᾳ τῇ τελενταίᾳ πώς συστρέφει ψυχὴν ἁμαρτήματα: ;: πῶς κάτωθεν τὴν καρδίαν ἀνακινεῖ; Τότε τοίνυν, ὅτε ταῦτα γίνεται, τῶν ἀγαθών ἔργων ἡ μνήμη παραστᾶσα, καθάπερ εὐδία ἐν χειμῶνι παραμυθεῖται τὴν τεθορυβημένην ψυχήν. Ἂν μὲν γὰρ νήφωμεν, καὶ ζώντων ἡμῶν αεὶἰ οὗτος παρέσται ὁ φόβος· ἐπειδὴ δὲ, ἀναισθήτως διακείμεθα, ὅταν ἐκβαλλώμεθα ἐντεῦθεν, ἐπιστήσεται πάντως. Επεὶ καὶ ὁ δεσμώτης τότε μάλιστα ἀλγεῖ, ὅταν αὐτὸν ἐξαγάγωσιν ἐπὶ τὸ δικαστήριον τότε μάλιστα τρέμει, ὅταν ἐγγὺς ἣ τοῦ βήματος, ὅ ὅταν δέη τὰς εὐθύνας δοῦναι. Διὰ δὴ τοῦτο καὶ δείματα τῶν πολλῶν τότε ἐστὶν ἀκούειν διηγουμένων, καὶ ὄψεις φοβερὰς, ὧν οὐδὲ τὴν θεωρίαν λοιπὸν φέροντες οἱ ἀπιόντες, καὶ τὴν κλίνην αὐτὴν μετὰ πολλῆς τῆς ῥύμης τινάσσουσι κείμενοι, καὶ Φοβερὸν ἐνορώσι τοῖς παροῦσι, τῆς ψυχῆς ἔνδον ἐ ἑαυτὴν εἰσωθούσην, καὶ ὀκνούσης ἀποῤῥαγῆναι τοῦ σώματος, καὶ τὴν ὄψιν τῶν ἐρχομένων ἀγγέλων οὐ φερούσης. Εἰ γὰρ ἀνθρώπους ἐνορῶντες δεδιττόμεθα, ἀγγέλους ἀπειληφόρους καὶ δυνάμεις ἀποτόμους παραγινομένων βλέποντες, τί οὐ πεισόμεθα, ἑλκομένης ἡμῖν απὸ τοῦ σώματος τῆς ψυχῆς, καὶ συρομένης, καὶ πολλὰ ἀποδυρομένης εἰκῆ καὶ μάτην: Ἐπεὶ καὶ ὁ πλούσιος ἐκεῖνος μετὰ τὸ ἀπελθεῖν πολλὰ ᾿ ἐπένθησεν, ἀλλ᾽ οὐδὲν ἀπώνατο. Ταῦτα δὴ πάντα ἀναπλάττοντες παρ᾽ ἑαυτοῖς καὶ ἀναστρέφοντες, ἵνα μὴ καὶ ἡμεῖς τὰ αὐτὰ πάθωμεν, τὸν ἐκ τούτων φόβον ἀκμάζοντα διατηρῶμεν, ὅ ὅπως τὴν ἀπὸ τῶν πραγμάτων φύγωμεν κόλασιν, καὶ τὼν αἰωνίων ἐπιτύχωμεν ἀγαθῶν ὧν γένοιτο πάντας ἡμᾶς ἐπιτυχεῖν, χάριτι καὶ φιλανθρωπίᾳ τοῦ κυρίου ἡμῶν Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ, μεθ᾽ οὗ τῷ πατρὶ δόξα, ἅμα τῷ ἁγίῳ καὶ ζωοποιῷ. πνεύματι, νῦν καὶ αεὶ καὶ εἰς τοὺς αἰῶνας τῶν αἰώνων. ᾿Αμῆν.

Ei de ta epi Pharaō legoien sēmeia, polemiou tote apallagēnai edei, kai eikotōs ekeina ᾿egineto tǭ de pros philous elthonti toutōn hou chreia tōn sēmeiōn. Pōs de kai ta megala dōsō, tōn mikrōn mē pisteuomenōn ! Mikrōn hōs pros epideixin legō epei tē dynamei pollǭ tauta ekeinōn meizona hē ēn. Ti gar an ison eiē tou hamartēmata lysai, kai nekron anastēsai, kai daimonas apelasai, kai dēmiourgēsai sōma, kai ta alla panta diorthōsai : Sy de autōn hora tēn pepōrōmenēn kardian, pōs akousantes, hoti ou dothēsetai autois sēmeion, ei mē ᾿ to sēmeion Iōna tou prophētou, ouk erōtōsi. Kaitoige echrēn kai ton prophētēn eidotas, kai ta symbanta hapanta, kai ek deuterou touto akousantas, pythesthai kai mathein ti pote ēn to legomenon' all᾽ hoper ephēn, ouk epithymią tou mathein tauta poiousi. Dia dē touto kai autos apheis autous apēlthe. es Kai elthontes hoi mathētai autou, phēsin, eis to peran, epelathonto artous labein. Ho de᾽ Iēsous eipen autois; horate kai prosechete apo tēs zymēs tōn Pharisaiōn kai Saddoukaiōn. Kai diati mē eipe, prosechete apo tēs didaskalias, saphōs: Bouletai autous anamnēsai tōn ᾿ genomenōn kai gar ēdei epilelēsmenous. ᾿Alla to men haplōs enkalesai ouk edokei logon echein to de aphormēn ᾿ ap᾽ autōn labonta houtōs epitimēsai euparadekton epoiei to enklēma. Kai diati mē tote epetimēsen autois, hote eipon; pothen hēmin ep᾿ erēmias artoi tosoutoi? kai gar eukairon edokei tote touto legesthai. Hina mē doxę̄ epitrechein tǭ sēmeiǭ. Kai allōs de ouk ebouleto epi tōn ochlōn hautois enkalesai, oude ep’ ekeinōn philotimeisthai. Kai nyn de eulogōtera hē katēgoria, hoti diplou tou thaumatos genomenou toioutoi ēsan. Dio kai allo thauma poiēsas: tote epitimą ha gar dielogizonto, tauta eis meson pherei. Ti de diologizonto: : Hoti artous, phēsin, ouk elabomen. Eti gar peri ta katharsia hē ēsan ta ᾿Ioudaïka eptoēmenoi, kai tas tōn brōmatōn paratērēseis. Dio hapantōn heneken kai sphodroteron autois epitithetai, legōn ti dialogizesthe en heautois» oligopistoi? hoti artous ouk elabete ? ᾿ Oupō noeite, oude syniete : Pepōrōmenē hymōn estin ē kardia : : ophthalmous echontes ou blepete, ōta echontes ouk akouete : Ou mnēmoneuete tōn pentakischiliōn tous pente artous, kai posous kophinous elabete: oude tous hepta artous tōn tetrakischiliōn, kai posas spyridas elabete ? Eides aganaktēsin epitetamenēn: Oude gar allachou phainetai houtōs autois epitimēsas. Tinos oun heneken touto poiei: Hōste palin tēn peri tōn brōmatōn ᾿ prolēpsin ekbalein. Dia ' gar touto tote men, ou noeite, monon eipen, oude syniete entautha de, kai meta pollēs tēs epiplēxeōs, oligopistoi, phēsin. Ou gar pantachou hē prosēneia kalon. Hōsper gar metedidou parrhēsias autois, houtō kai epitimą, tę̄ poikilią tautē tēn sōtērian autōn oikonomōn. Hora de kai tēn epitimēsin pollēn, kai tēn epieikeian. Monon ouchi gar apologoumenos autois hyper hōn epetimēsen autois sphodrōs, phēsin; oupō noeite tous pente artous, kai posous kophinous elabete : kai tous hepta artous, kai posas spyridas. elabete? Dia touto de kai ton arithmon tithēsi kai tōn traphentōn kai tōn leipsanōn, homou te eis anamnēsin autous agōn tōn parelthontōn, kai pros ta mellonta prosektikōtarous poiōn. Kai hina mathēs, hoson ischysen ē epitimēsis, kai pōs diēgeire katheudousan autōn tēn dianoian, akouson ti phēsin ho euangelistēs. Ouden gar pleon eipontos tou Iēsou, all’ epitimēsantos? kai Touto prosthentos monon, pōs ou noeite, hoti ou peri artōn eipon hymin prosechein, ᾿ all᾿ apo tēs zymēs tōn Pharisaiōn kai Saddoukaiōn? epēgage legōn; tote synēkan, hoti. ouk eipe prosechein apo tēs zymēs tou artou, all᾽ apo tēs ᾿ didaskalias tōn Pharisaiōn. kai Saodoukaiōn kaitoi autou touto ᾿ mē hermēneusantos. Hora posa agatha ę̄ epitimēsis eirgasato, Kai gar tōn Ioudaïkōn autous apēgage paratērēseōn, kai rhąthymous ontas oligopistias apēllaxen, hōste mē dedoikenai, mēde tremein, ei pote artous phainointo oligous echontes, mēde hyper limou phrontizein, all᾽ hyperoran toutōn pantōn. Mē toinyn mēde hēmeis pantachou kolakeuōmen tous hypokeimenous». mēde kolakeuesthai para tōn ē archontōn zētōmen. Kai gar amphoterōn deitai hē tōn anthrōpōn psychē tōn pharmakōn toutōn. Dia dē touto kai ta kata tēn oikoumenēn hapasan ho theos houtō dioikei, pote men touto, pote de ekeino poiōn, kai oute ta chrēsta monima, oute ta lypēra kath᾽ heauta aphiēsin eina. Hōsper gar pote men nyx, pote de hēmera, kai ᾿ pote men theros, pote de cheimōn᾽ houtō kai an hēmin, pote men lypē, pote de hēdonē ᾿ pote men nosos, pote de hygeia. Mē toinyn thaumazōmen hotan ᾿nosōmen, epei kai hotan hygiainōmen thaumazein dei. Mēde thorybōmetha hotan algōmen, epei kai hotan chairōmen thorybeisthai eikos. Kata physin gar panta ginetai kai kata akolouthian. Kai ti thaumazeis ei epi sou tauta? kai gar kai epi tōn hagiōn ekeinōn symbainon touto idoi tis an. Kai hina touto mathę̄s, hon nomizeis malista bion hēdonēs gemein kai apēllachthai pragmatōn, touton eis meson agagōmen. Boulei tou ᾿Abraam tēn zōēn exetasōmen ek prouimiōn? Ti oun houtos eutheōs ēkousen? Exelthe ek tēs gēs son kai ek tēs syngeneias sou. Eides pragma lypēron epitattomenon? All᾽ hora kai to chrēston diadechomenon᾽ kai deuro eis gēn hēn an soi deixō, kai poiēsō se eis ethnos mega. Ti oun: epeidē ēlthen eis tēn gēn, kai tou limenos epelabeto, estē ta lypēra: Oudamōs: alla palin hetera chalepōtera tōn proterōn diadechetai, limos kai ᾿metabasis kai gynaikos harpagē kai meta tauta chrēsta hetera auton exedecheto, ē kata tou Pharaō plēgē» kai hē aphesis, kai ē timē, kai ta polla dōra ekeina, kai hē pros tēn oikian epanodos. Kai ta hexēs de hapanta toiautēn echei tēn seiran, apo chrēstōn kai lypērōn plekomenēn. Kai epi tōn apostolōn de toiauta synebaine. Dio kai Paulos elegen ho parakalōn hēmas en pasę̄ tę̄ thlipsei, eis to dynasthai hēmas parakalein tous en pasę̄ thlipsei. Ti oun pros eme, phēsi, ton aei en lypais onta? Mē agnōmōn, mēde acharistos kai gar amēchanon tina en lypērois einai diēnekōs oude gar arkei hē physis all᾽ epeidē en charą boulometha einai aei, dia touto en lypais nomizomen einai aei. Ou dia touto de monon, all᾽ epeidē tōn men chrēstōn kai agathōn eutheōs epilanthanometha, tōn de lnpērōn aei mnēmoneuomen, dia touto en lypais heinai phamen. Oude gar dynaton anthrōpon onta aei en lypais einai. Kai ei boulesthe. kai ton en tryphę̄ bion exetasōmen, ton habron kai diarrheonta, kai ton phortikon kai epachthē kai odynēron. ᾿Epideixomen gar hymin kai touton echonta lypas, kakeinon aneseis. Alla mē ᾿thorybēthēte. Prokeisthō de eis meson desmōtēs anthrōpos, kai allos basileus neos, orphanos, ousian diadexamenos megalēn' prokeisthō de kai tis misthōtos, di᾽ holēs ponoumenos tēs hēmeras, heteros de tryphōn diēnekōs. Boulei oun ekeinon tas athymias proteron eipōmen tou tryphōntos : : Ennoēson pōs hautou eikos cheimazesthai tēn dianoian, hotan doxēs ephiētai tēs hyperbainousēs auton, hotan kataphronētai para tōn oiketōn᾽ hotan hypo tōn elattonōn hybrizētai hotan myrious echę̄ katēgorous, kai tous diaballontas, autou tēn polyteleian. Kai ta alla de, hosa en ploutǭ ᾿ toioutǭ symbainein eikos, oude eipein heni' ᾿ tas epachtheias, ta proskrousmata, tas katēgorias, tas zēmias, tas para tōn phthonountōn epiboulas, hoi epeidan ton ekeinou plouton eis heautous metenenkein mē dynēthōsin, helkousi, sparattousi pantachothen ton neon, myrious egeirousi cheimōnas autǭ. Boulei kai toutou eipō tēn hēdonēn tou misthōtou: Hapantōn apēllaktai toutōn᾽ kan hybrisę̄ tis auton, ouk algei᾽ oudenos gar heanton hēgeitai meizona' ouch hyper chrēmatōn dedoike, meth᾽ hēdonēs esthiei, met᾽ euphrosynēs katheudei pollēs. Ouch houtōs hoi ton Thasion oinon pinontes tryphōsin, hōs ekeinos epi pēgas apiōn kai tōn namatōn apolauōn ekeinōn. ᾿All ou ta ekeinou toiauta. Ei de ouk arkei soi ta eirēmena, hina meizona poiēsō tēn nikēn, phere, ton basilea kai ton desmōtēn synkrinōmen᾽ kai opsei pollakis touton men en hēdonę̄ onta kai paizonta kai pēdōnta, ekeinon de en diadēmati kai porphyridi athymounta, kai myrias echonta phrontidas, kai apotethnēkota tǭ deei. Ou gar estin, ouk esti bion halypon oudenos heurein, all᾽ oude hēdonēs amoiron oude gar an ērkesen hēmōn hē physis, kathaper ephthēn eipōn. Ei de ho men chairei pleiona, ho de algei pleiona, touto par᾽ auton ton algounta symbainei, hotan mikropsychos ēn, ou para tēn a tōn pragmatōn physin. Ei gar bonloimetha synechōs chairein, pollas echomen aphormas. An gar epilabōmetha aretēs, ouden estai to lypoun hēmas loipon. Kai gar elpidas hypoteinei chrēstas hautē tois kektēmenois autēn, kai theǭ euarestous poiei, kai para anthrōpois eudokimous, kai hēdonēn eniēsin aphaton. Ei gar kai en tǭ katorthoun ponon echei hē aretē, alla to syneidos pollēs plēroi tēs euphrosynēs, kai tosautēn endon entithēsi tēn hēdonēn, hosēn oudeis parastēsai dynēsetai logos. Ti gar soi dokei tōn en tǭ paronti biǭ einai hēdy ? trapeza polntelēēs, kai sōmatos hygeia, kai doxa kai ploutos? Alla tauta ta hēdea an ekeinē parabalę̄s tę̄ hēdonē, pantōn estai pikrotera kai aphorēta enenkein pros autēn synkrinomena. Ouden gar hēdion syneidotos agathou, kai elpidos chrēstēs. Kai ei boulesthe touto mathein, ton mellonta apienai enteuthen exetasōmen, ē ton gegērakota' kai anamnēsantes auton trapezēs polytelous hēs apelause, kai doxēs kai timēs, kai agathōn ergōn hōn eirgasato pote kai epoiēsen, erōmetha epi tisi gannytai mallon, kai opsometha ep᾽ ekeinois men haischynomenon kai enkalyptomenon, epi toutois de petomenon kai skirtōnta. Houtō kai ᾿Ezechias ho hote emalakisthē, ou trapezēs emnēmoneuse polytelous, ou doxēs, ou basileias, alla dikaiosynēs. Mnēsthēti gar, ᾿ phēsin, hōs eporeuthēn enōpion sou en hodǭ eutheią. Hora kai Paulon apo toutōn skirtōnta kai legonta ton agōna ton kalon hēgōnismai, ton dromon teteleka, tēn pistin tetērēka. Ti gar kai eichen eipein houtos: phēsi. Polla kai pleiona ᾿ toutōn kai timas has etimēthē, kai ᾿ doryphorias hē hēs apelause, kai therapeias pollēs. Ē ouk akoueis autou legontos; hōs angelon theou edexasthe me? hōs Christon ᾿Iēsoun kai hoti, ei dynaton, tous ophthalmous hymōn exoryxantes an edōkate moi kai hoti hyper tēs psychēs autou ton trachēlon hypethēkan? All᾽ ouden ekeinōn pherei eis meson, alla tous ponous kai tous kindynous, kai tous hyper toutōn stephanous; kai mala eikotōs. Tauta men gar entautha aphietai, ekeina de hēmin synapodēmei᾽ kakeinōn men dōsomen logon, toutōn de misthon apaitēsomen. Ouk iste en tę̄ hēmerą tę̄ telentaią pōs systrephei psychēn hamartēmata: ?: pōs katōthen tēn kardian anakinei? Tote toinyn, hote tauta ginetai, tōn agathōn ergōn hē mnēmē parastasa, kathaper eudia en cheimōni paramytheitai tēn tethorybēmenēn psychēn. An men gar nēphōmen, kai zōntōn hēmōn aeii houtos parestai ho phobos; epeidē de, anaisthētōs diakeimetha, hotan ekballōmetha enteuthen, epistēsetai pantōs. Epei kai ho desmōtēs tote malista algei, hotan auton exagagōsin epi to dikastērion tote malista tremei, hotan engys hē tou bēmatos, ho hotan deē tas euthynas dounai. Dia dē touto kai deimata tōn pollōn tote estin akouein diēgoumenōn, kai opseis phoberas, hōn oude tēn theōrian loipon pherontes hoi apiontes, kai tēn klinēn autēn meta pollēs tēs rhymēs tinassousi keimenoi, kai Phoberon enorōsi tois parousi, tēs psychēs endon e heautēn eisōthousēn, kai oknousēs aporrhagēnai tou sōmatos, kai tēn opsin tōn erchomenōn angelōn ou pherousēs. Ei gar anthrōpous enorōntes dedittometha, angelous apeilēphorous kai dynameis apotomous paraginomenōn blepontes, ti ou peisometha, helkomenēs hēmin apo tou sōmatos tēs psychēs, kai syromenēs, kai polla apodyromenēs eikē kai matēn: Epei kai ho plousios ekeinos meta to apelthein polla ᾿ epenthēsen, all᾽ ouden apōnato. Tauta dē panta anaplattontes par᾽ heautois kai anastrephontes, hina mē kai hēmeis ta auta pathōmen, ton ek toutōn phobon akmazonta diatērōmen, ho hopōs tēn apo tōn pragmatōn phygōmen kolasin, kai tōn aiōniōn epitychōmen agathōn hōn genoito pantas hēmas epitychein, chariti kai philanthrōpią tou kyriou hēmōn Iēsou Christou, meth᾽ hou tǭ patri doxa, hama tǭ hagiǭ kai zōopoiǭ. pneumati, nyn kai aei kai eis tous aiōnas tōn aiōnōn. ᾿Amēn.

“And if they speak of the signs in Pharaoh’s time, an enemy had to be got rid of then, and rightly those things happened; but for one who has come to friends there is no need of these signs. And how shall I give the great signs, when the small are not believed?” I call them small with regard to display; since in power these were much greater than those. For what could be equal to forgiving sins, and raising a dead man, and driving out demons, and fashioning a body, and setting right all the rest? But see their hardened heart, how, hearing that no sign will be given them except the sign of Jonah the prophet, they do not ask. And yet, knowing the prophet and all that happened to him, and hearing this a second time, they ought to have inquired and learned what in the world was meant; but, as I said, they do not do these things from a desire to learn. That is why he too left them and went away. “And when his disciples,” it says, “came to the other side, they had forgotten to take loaves. And Jesus said to them, ‘Take heed and beware of the leaven of the Pharisees and Sadducees.’” And why did he not say plainly, “Beware of the teaching”? He wishes to remind them of what had happened; for he knew they had forgotten. But simply to accuse them did not seem reasonable; whereas taking occasion from them and so rebuking them made the charge acceptable. And why did he not rebuke them then, when they said, “Where are we to get so many loaves in the wilderness?” For it seemed a fitting time to say this then. So as not to seem to rush at the sign. And besides, he did not wish to accuse them before the crowds, nor to win glory before them. And now the accusation is more reasonable, because after the miracle had happened twice they were still such. That is why he rebukes them after working another miracle too; for he brings into the midst what they were reasoning. And what were they reasoning? “Because we did not take loaves,” it says. For they were still excited about the Jewish purifications and the observances of foods. That is why for all these reasons he also attacks them more vehemently, saying, “Why do you reason among yourselves, you of little faith, because you have taken no loaves? Do you not yet perceive or understand? Is your heart hardened? Having eyes, do you not see; having ears, do you not hear? Do you not remember the five loaves of the five thousand, and how many baskets you took up? Nor the seven loaves of the four thousand, and how many hampers you took up?” Do you see intensified indignation? For nowhere else does he appear to have rebuked them so. Why then does he do this? To cast out again the prejudice about foods. That is why then he only said, “Do you not perceive or understand?” but here also, with great rebuke, “You of little faith,” he says. For gentleness is not good everywhere. For as he gave them confidence, so he also rebukes, managing their salvation by this variety. But see both the great rebuke and the gentleness. For as if almost defending himself to them for rebuking them vehemently, he says, “Do you not yet perceive the five loaves, and how many baskets you took up? And the seven loaves, and how many hampers you took up?” That is why he gives the number both of those fed and of the remnants, at once leading them to remember what was past and making them more attentive for the future. And that you may learn how much the rebuke availed, and how it roused their sleeping mind, hear what the evangelist says. For when Jesus had said nothing more, but had rebuked them and added only this, “How is it that you do not perceive that I did not speak to you about loaves, but told you to beware of the leaven of the Pharisees and Sadducees?” he added, saying, “Then they understood that he did not tell them to beware of the leaven of bread, but of the teaching of the Pharisees and Sadducees”; and that though he did not explain it. See how many good things the rebuke worked. For it led them away from the Jewish observances, and, careless as they were, … freed them from their little faith, so that they were not afraid nor trembled if ever they seemed to have few loaves, nor worried about hunger, but disregarded all these things. Let us not, then, flatter those under us everywhere, nor seek to be flattered by those over us. For the human soul needs both these remedies. That is why God so governs the affairs of the whole world, doing now this, now that, and lets neither good things be permanent nor painful things be by themselves. For as there is now night, now day, and now summer, now winter, so too with us: now grief, now pleasure; now sickness, now health. Let us not, then, wonder when we are sick, since we ought to wonder also when we are well; nor be troubled when we are in pain, since we might as well be troubled when we rejoice. For all things happen according to nature and in due sequence. And why do you wonder if these things happen to you? For one may see this happening even with those saints. And that you may learn this, let us bring into the midst the life you think was especially full of pleasure and free from troubles. Do you wish us to examine Abraham’s life from its beginnings? What then did he hear at once? “Go out from your land and from your kindred.” Do you see a painful thing commanded? But see the good thing that follows too: “and come into the land which I will show you, and I will make you a great nation.” What then? When he came into the land and reached the harbor, did his troubles stop? Not at all; but again others harder than the former follow: famine, and removal, and the seizure of his wife; and after these other good things awaited him: the plague on Pharaoh, and his release, and the honor, and those many gifts, and the return home. And all the rest too has such a chain, woven of good and painful things. And such things happened with the apostles too. That is why Paul said, “who comforts us in all our affliction, so that we may be able to comfort those who are in any affliction.” “What is that to me,” someone says, “who am always in grief?” Do not be ungrateful and thankless; for it is impossible for anyone to be continually in pain; for nature does not suffice for it. But since we wish to be always in joy, for that reason we think we are always in grief. And not for this reason only, but because we immediately forget the good and pleasant things but always remember the painful ones, for that reason we say we are in grief. For it is not possible for a human being to be always in grief. And if you wish, let us examine both the life of luxury, soft and dissolute, and the burdensome, wearisome and painful one. For we shall show you that the former too has its griefs and the latter its relief. But do not be troubled. Let there be set in the midst a prisoner, and another, a young king, an orphan who has inherited a great estate; and let there be set also a hired laborer, toiling the whole day, and another living continually in luxury. Do you wish, then, that we first tell the despondencies of the one living in luxury? Consider how his mind is likely to be storm-tossed, when he desires a glory beyond him, when he is despised by his servants, when he is insulted by inferiors, when he has countless accusers and slanderers of his extravagance. And the rest, all that is likely to happen in such wealth, it is not even possible to tell: the enmities, the offenses, the accusations, the losses, the plots of the envious, who, when they cannot transfer his wealth to themselves, drag at the young man and tear him on every side and stir up countless storms against him. Do you wish me to tell also the pleasure of this hired laborer? He is free from all these things; even if someone insults him, he is not pained, for he thinks himself greater than no one; he does not fear for his money; he eats with pleasure, he sleeps with much contentment. Those who drink Thasian wine do not enjoy such luxury as he does, going to the springs and enjoying those streams. But that other man’s state is not such. And if what has been said does not satisfy you, so that I may make the victory greater, come, let us compare the king and the prisoner; and you will often see the latter in pleasure, playing and leaping, but the former in diadem and purple despondent, and having countless cares, and dead with fear. For it is not, it is not possible to find anyone’s life free from grief, nor yet without a share of pleasure; for our nature would not suffice for it, as I said before. And if one rejoices more and another grieves more, this happens through the one who grieves himself, when he is small-souled, not through the nature of things. For if we wished to rejoice continually, we have many occasions. For if we lay hold of virtue, nothing will grieve us any more. For it holds out good hopes to those who possess it, and makes them pleasing to God and esteemed among men, and implants unspeakable pleasure. For even if virtue involves labor in its achievement, yet the conscience fills one with great gladness, and puts within so much pleasure as no word will be able to set forth. For what do you think is sweet in the present life? A costly table, and health of body, and glory and wealth? But if you compare these sweet things with that pleasure, they will be more bitter than anything, unbearable when set beside it. For nothing is sweeter than a good conscience and good hope. And if you wish to learn this, let us examine one who is about to depart from here, or one who has grown old; and reminding him of the costly table he enjoyed, and of glory and honor, and of the good works he once worked and did, let us ask in which he rejoices more; and we shall see him ashamed and covering his face at the former, but soaring and leaping at the latter. So Hezekiah too, when he fell sick, did not remember a costly table, nor glory, nor kingship, but righteousness. “For remember,” he says, “how I walked before you in a straight way.” See Paul too leaping for joy at these things and saying, “I have fought the good fight, I have finished the course, I have kept the faith.” “For what else had he to say?” someone says. Many things, and more than these: the honors with which he was honored, the escorts he enjoyed, and the great attention paid him. Or do you not hear him saying, “You received me as an angel of God, as Christ Jesus,” and, “If possible, you would have dug out your eyes and given them to me,” and that for his life they laid down their own necks? But he brings none of these into the midst, but the labors and the dangers and the crowns for them; and very reasonably. For these things are left here, but those go abroad with us; and of these we shall give account, but for those we shall demand reward. Do you not know how on the last day sins wring the soul? How they stir the heart from its depths? Then, then, when these things happen, the memory of good works, standing by like fair weather in a storm, consoles the troubled soul. For if we are sober, this fear will always be present to us even while we live; but since we are insensible, it will certainly come upon us when we are cast out of here. For the prisoner too is most in pain when they bring him out to the court; then most of all he trembles, when he is near the tribunal, when he must give account. That is why one may then hear many telling of terrors and fearful sights, the sight of which those departing can no longer bear, and lying there they shake the bed itself with great violence and look fearfully at those present, the soul thrusting itself inward and shrinking from being torn from the body, and not bearing the sight of the angels coming. For if we are frightened when we look at men, when we see threatening angels and stern powers coming, what shall we not suffer, as the soul is dragged from the body and drawn away, lamenting much, idly and in vain? For that rich man too mourned much after he departed, but gained nothing. Picturing all these things to ourselves and turning them over, then, so that we may not suffer the same, let us keep the fear that comes from them in its vigor, so that we may escape the punishment that comes from the facts and attain the eternal good things; which may we all attain, by the grace and love for mankind of our Lord Jesus Christ, with whom be glory to the Father, together with the holy and life-giving Spirit, now and always and to the ages of ages. Amen.

Chapter 54

54.1Field 2

Ιησοῦς εἰς τὰ μέρη Καισαρείας τῆς Φιλίππου. ἤρωτα τοὺς μαθητὰς αὐτοῦ, λεγων᾽ τίνα με λέγουσιν οἱ ἄνθρωποι εἷναι, τὸν υἱὸν τοῦ ἀνθρώπου : Τίνος ἕνεκεν τὸν οἰκιστὴν τῆς πόλεως εἴρηκεν : Ἐπειδὴ ἐστι καὶ ἑτέρα, ἡ Στράτωνος. Καὶ οὐκ ἐν εκεινῇ» ἀλλ᾽ ἐν ταύτῃ αὑτοὺς ἐρωτᾷ, πόῤῥω τῶν ᾿Ιουδαίων ἀπάγων, ὡς πάσης ἀπαλλαγέντας ἀγωνίας μετὰ παῤῥησίας εἰπεῖν τὰ κατὰ διάνοιαν ἅπαντα. Καὶ τίνος ἕνεκεν οὐκ εὐθέως τὴν γνώμην αὐτῶν ἠρώτησεν, ἀλλὰ τὴν τῶν πολλῶν; ἵνα εἰπόντες τὴν ἐκείνων, εἶτα ἐρωτηθέντες, ὑμεῖς δὲ τίνα με λέγετε εἶναι; ἀπὸ τοῦ τρόπου τῆς ἐρωτήσεως εἰς μείζονα ἀνενεχθῶσιν ἔννοιαν, καὶ μὴ εἰς τὴν αὐτὴν ταπεινότητα τοῖς πολλοῖς περιπέσωσι. Διὰ δὴ τοῦτο οὐδὲ ἐν ἀρχῇ τοῦ κηρύγματος αὐτῶν πυνθάνεται αλλ ὅτε σημεῖα πολλὰ ἐποίησε, καὶ περὶ πολλῶν αὐτοῖς διελέχθη καὶ ὑψηλῶν δογμάτων, καὶ τῆς αὖτοῦ θεότητος καὶ τῆς πρὸς τὸν πατέρα ὁμονοίας πολλὰς παρέσχε τὰς ἀποδείξεις, τότε τὴν πεῦσιν αὐτοῖς προσάγει ταύτην. Καὶ οὐκ εἶπε, τίνα με λέγουσιν οἱ γραμματεῖς καὶ οἱ Φαρισαῖοι εἶναι : Καίτοιγε οὗτοι αὐτῷ πολλάκις προσήεσαν καὶ διελόγοντο᾽ ἀλλὰ, τίνα με λέγουσιν οἱ ἄνθρωποι εἶναι; τὴν τοῦ δήμου γνώμην τὴν ἀδέκαστον ἐξεταζων. Εἰ γὰρ καὶ πολλῷ ταπεινοτέρα τοῦ δέοντος ἦν, αλλὰ πονηρίας ἀπήλλακτο᾽ ἐκείνη δὲ πολλῆς ἔγεμε τῆς κακίας. Καὶ δεικνὺς πῶς σφόδρα βούλεται τὴν οἰκονομίαν ὁμολογεῖσθαι, φησὶ, τὸν υἱὸν τοῦ ἀνθρώπου, τὴν θεότητα ἐντεῦθεν καλῶν, ὃ καὶ ἀλλαχοῦ πολλαχοὺ ποιεῖ. Φησὶ γάρ, οὐδεὶς ἀναβέβηκεν εἰς τὸν οὐρανὸν, εἰ μὴ ὁ υἱὸς τοῦ ἀνθρώπου, ὁ ὧν ἐν τῷ οὐρανῷ καὶ πάλιν, ὅταν δὲ ἴδητε τὸν υἱὸν τοῦ ἀνθρώπου ἀναβαίνοντα, ὅπου ἦν τὸ πρότερον. Εἶτα, ἐπειδὴ εἶπον, οἱ μὲν ᾿Ιωάννην τὸν βαπτιστὴν, οἱ δὲ ᾿Ηλίαν, οἱ δὲ Ἰερεμίαν, οἱ δὲ ἕνα τῶν προφητῶν καὶ τὴν πεπλανημιένην αὐτῶν δόξαν εἰς μέσον ἤγαγον' τότε ἐπήγαγεν· ὑμεῖς δὲ τίνα με λέγετε εἶναι ἐκκαλούμενος αὐτοὺς διὰ τῆς δευτέρας ἐρωτήσεως εἰς τὸ μεῖζόν τι φαντασθῆναι περὶ αὐτοῦ, καὶ ἐνδεικνύμενος αὖτοῖς, ὅτι ἡ προτέρα ψῆφος σφόδρα ἐστὶν ἀποδέουσα αὐτοῦ τῆς ἀξίας. Διὸ παρ᾽ αὐτῶν ἑτέραν ἐπιζητεῖ, καὶ δευτέραν ἐπάγει πεῦσιν. ὑπὲρ τοῦ μὴ συμπεσεῖν τοῖς πολλοῖς, οἳ ἐπειδὴ μείζονα εἶδον τὰ σημεῖα ἢ κατὰ ἄνθρωπον, ἄνθρωπον μὲν ἐνόμιζον εἶναι, ἐξ ἀναστάσεως δὲ φανέντα, καθάπερ καὶ Ἡρώδης ἔλεγεν. Ἀλλ᾽ αὐτὸς ταύτης αὐτοὺς ἀπάγων τῆς ὑπονοίας, φησίν ὑμεῖς δὲ τίνα με λέγετε εἶναι; τουτέστιν, οἱ συνόντες αεὶ καὶ θαυματουργοῦντα βλέποντες, καὶ πολλὰς δυνάμεις δι᾽ ἐμοῦ πεποιηκότες αὐτοί. Τί οὖν τὸ στόμα τῶν ἀποστόλων ὁ Πέτρος, ὁ πανταχοῦ θερμὸς, ὁ τοῦ χοροῦ τὼν ᾿ ἀποστόλων κορυφαῖος : : Πάντων ἐρωτηθέντων, αὐτὸς ἀποκρίνεται. Καὶ ὅτε μὲν τὴν τοὺ δήμου γνώμην ἠρώτα, πάντες εἶπον τὸ ἐρωτηθέν᾽ ὅτε δὲ τὴν αὐτῶν, Πέτρος προπηδᾷ καὶ προλαμβάνει, καί φησι σὺ εἶ ὁ Χριστὸς ὁ υἱὸς τοῦ θεοῦ τοῦ ζῶντος. Τί οὖν ὁ Χριστός; Μακάριος εἶ, Σίμων Βαρ ᾿Ιωνᾶ, ὅτι σὰρξ καὶ αἷμα οὐκ ἀπεκαλυψέ σοι. Καὶ μὴν εἰ μὴ γνησίως αὐτὸν ὡμολόγησε, καὶ ἐξ αὐτοῦ τοῦ πατρὸς γεγεννημένον, οὐκ ἣν ἀποκαλύψεως τοῦτο ἐργον᾽ εἰ τῶν πολλῶν αὐτὸν εἶναι ἕνα ἐνόμιζεν, οὐ μακαρισμοῦ ἄξιον ἦν τὸ λεχθέν. ᾿Επεὶ καὶ πρὸ τούτου εἶπον, ἀληθῶς θεοῦ νἱός ἐστιν, οἱ ἐν τῷ πλοίῳ μετὰ τὸν σάλον ὃν εἶδον, καὶ οὐκ ἐμακαρίσθησαν, καίτοιγε ἀληθῶς εἰπόντες. Οὐ γὰρ τοιαύτην ὡμολόγησαν νἱότητα, οἵαν ὁ Πέτρος ἀλλ᾽ ἕνα τῶν πολλῶν ἀληθῶς υἱὸν ἐνόμιζον εἶναι, ἐξαίρετον μὲν παρὰ τοὺς πολλοὺς, οὐ μὴν ἐκ τῆς οὐσίας αὐτῆς. Καὶ ὁ Ναθαναὴλ δὲ ἔλεγε· ῥαββὶ, σὺ εἶ ὁ νυἱὸς τοῦ θεοῦ, σὺ εἶ ὁ βασιλεὺς τοῦ Ἰσραήλ· καὶ οὐ μόνον οὐ μακαρίζεται, ἀλλὰ καὶ ὡς ἐνδεέστερον πολλῷ τῆς ἀληθείας εἰρηκὼς διορθοῦται παρ᾽ αὖτοῦ. ᾿Επήγαγε γοῦν ὅτι εἶπόν σοι; ὅτι εἶδον σε ὑποκάτω τῆς συκῆς, πιστεύεις ; μείζονα τούτων ὄψει. Τίνος οὖν ἕνεκεν οὗτος μακαρίζεται : : Ὅτι γνήσιον αὐτὸν ᾿ὠμολόγησεν υἱόν. Διὰ δὴ τοῦτο ἐπ᾽ ἐκείνων μὲν οὐδὲν τοιοῦτον εἴρηκεν ἐπὶ δὲ τούτον καὶ τὸν ἀποκαλύψαντα δείκνυσιν. Ἵνα γὰρ μὴ δόξη τοῖς πολλοῖς, ἐπειδὴ σφοδρὸς ἣν ἐραστὴς τοῦ Χριστου, Φιλίας καὶ κολακείας εἶναι τὰ βήματα, καὶ διαθέσεως αὐτῷ χαριζομένης, ἄγει εἰς μέσον τὸν ἐνηχήσαντα αὖτοῦ τῇ ψυχῇ: ἵνα μάθῃς, ὅτι Πέτρος μὲν ἐφθέγξατο, ὁ πατὴρ δὲ ὑπηγόρευσε καὶ μηκέτι δόξαν ἀνθρωπίνην, ἀλλὰ δόγμα εἶναι θεῖον τὰ εἰρημένα πιστεύσης. Καὶ τίνος ἕνεκεν οὐκ αὐτὸς ἀποφαίνεται; οὐδὲ λέγει. ἐγώ εἰμι ὁ Χριστός ἀλλὰ διὰ τῆς ἐρωτήσεως τοῦτο κατασκευάζει, αὑτοὺς εἰσάγων ὁμολογοῦντας; Ὅτι οὕτω καὶ αὐτῷ τότε πρεπωδέστερον ἦν καὶ ἀναγκαῖον, καὶ ἐκείνους μᾶλλον ἐφείλκετο πρὸς τὴν πίστιν τῶν λεγομένων. Εἶδες πῶς υἱὸν ἀποκαλύπτει πατήρ; πῶς πατέρα υἱός; Οὐδὲ γὰρ τὸν πατέρα τις ἐπιγινώσκει, φησὶν, εἰ μὴ ὃ υἱὸς, καὶ ᾧ ἂν βούληται ὃ υἱὸς ἀποκαλύψαι. Οὐκ ἄρα ἔνι παρ' ἑτέρου μαθεῖν τὸν υἱὸν, ἢ παρὰ τοῦ πατρόν᾽ οὐδὲ παρ᾽ ἑτέρου μαθεῖν τὸν πατέρα, ἢ παρὰ τοῦ υἱοῦ. Ὥστε καὶ ἐντεῦθεν τὸ ὁμότιμόν τε καὶ ὁμοούσιον δῆλον. Τί οὖν ὁ Χριστός : Σὺ εἶ Σίμων ὁ υἱὸς ᾿Ιωνᾶ᾽ σὺ κληθήση Κηφᾶς. ᾿Επειδὴ γὰρ ἐκήρυξας μου τὸν πατέρα, φησὶ, καὶ ἐγὼ τὸν γεγεννηκότα σε ὀνομάζω μόνον οὐχὶ λέγῶν, ὅτι ὥσπερ σὺ τοὺ ᾿Ιωνᾶ παῖς, οὕτω κἀγὼ τοὺ πατρὸς τοῦ ἐμοῦ. ᾿Επεὶ καὶ παρέλκον ἦν εἰπεῖν, σὺ εἶ ὁ νἱὸς ᾿Ιωνᾶ αλλ' ἐπειδὴ εἶπεν υἱὸν θεοῦ, ἵνα δείξη ὅ ὅτι οὕτως ἐστὶν υἱὸς τοῦ θεοῦ, ὥσπερ ἐκεῖνος υἱὸς ᾿Ιωνᾶ, τῆς αὐτῆς οὐσίας τῷ γεγεννηκότι; διὰ τοῦτο τοῦτο προσέθηκε. Κἀγὼ σοι λέγω, σὺ εἶ Πέτρος, καὶ ἐπὶ ταύτῃ τῇ πέτρᾳ οἰκοδομήσω μου τὴν ἐκκλησίαν τουτέστι, ᾽ τῇ πίστει τῆς ὁμολογίας. ᾿Εντεῦθεν δείκνυσι πολλοὺς μέλλοντας, ἤδη πιστεύειν, καὶ ἀνίστησιν αὐτοῦ τὸ φρόνημα; καὶ ποιμένα ποιει. Καὶ πύλαι ἄδον οὐ κατισχύσουσιν αὐτῆς. Εἰ δὲ ἐκείνης οὐ κατισχύσουσι; πολλῷ μᾶλλον ἐμοῦ. Ὥστε μὴ θορυβηθῇς, ἐπειδὰν μέλλῃς ἀκούειν, ὅτι παραδοθήσομαι καὶ σταυρωθήσομαι. Εἶτα καὶ ἑτέραν λέγει τιμήν· καὶ ἐγὼ δέ σοι δώσω τὰς κλεῖς τών οὐρανῶν. Τί δέ ἐστι, καὶ ἐγὼ δέ σοι δώσω; Ὥσπερ ὁ πατήρ σοι ἔδωκε τὸ ἐμὲ γνῶναι; οὕτω καὶ ἐγώ σοι δώσω. Καὶ οὐκ εἶπε, παρακαλέσω τὸν πατέρα, καίτοι πολλὴ ἦν τῆς ἐξουσίας ἡ ἔνδειξις, καὶ τοῦ δώρου τὸ μέγεθος ἄφατον ἀλλ᾽, ἐγώ σοι δώσω. Τί δίδως : εἰπέ μοι. Τὰς κλεῖς τῶν οὐρανῶν, ἵνα ὅσα ἂν δήσῃς ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς, ἔσται δεδεμένα ἐν τοῖς οὐρανοῖς καὶ ὅσα ἂν λύσης ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς, ἔσται λελυμένα ἐν τοῖς οὐρανοῖς. Πῶς οὖν οὐκ ἔστιν αὐτοῦ δοῦναι τὸ καθίσαι ἐκ δεξιῶν καὶ ἐξ εὐωνύμων, τοὺ λέγοντος. ἐγώ σοι δώσω : Εἶδες πῶς καὶ αὐτὸς ἀνάγει τὸν Πέτρον εἰς ὑψηλὴν τὴν περὶ αὐτοῦ ἔννοιαν, καὶ ἐαντὸν ἀποκαλύπτει, καὶ δείκνυσιν νἱὸν ὄντα τοῦ θεοῦ διὰ τῶν ὑποσχέσεων τῶν δύο τούτων; Ἃ γὰρ θεοῦ μόνου ἐστὶν ἴδια, τό τε ἁμαρτήματα λῦσαι, καὶ τὸ ἀπερίτρεπτον τὴν εκκλησίαν ποιῆσαι ἐν τοσαύτῃ κυμάτων ἐμβολῆ, καὶ ἄνθρωπον ἁλιέα πέτρας πάσης ἀποφῆναι στεῤῥότερον, τῆς οἰκουμένης πολεμούσης ἁπάσης; ταυτα αὐτὸς ἐπαγγέλλεται δωσειν' καθάπερ ὁ πατὴρ πρὸς τὸν ᾿ερεμίαν διαλεγόμενος ἔλεγεν, ὡς στῦλον χαλκοῦν καὶ ὡσεὶ τεῖχος θήσειν αὐτὸν ἀλλ᾽ ἐκεῖνον μὲν ἑνὶ ἔθνει, τοῦτον δὲ πανταχοῦ τῆς οἰκουμένης. Ἡδέως ἂν οὖν ἐροίμην τοὺς ἐλαττοῦν βουλομένους τοῦ νϊοῦ τὴν ἀξίαν· ποῖα μείζονα δώρα, ἅπερ ἔδωκεν ὁ πατὴρ τῷ Πέτρῳ, ἥ ἅπερ ἔδωκεν ὁ υἱός; Ὁ μὲν γὰρ τῷ Πέτρῳ τὴν ἀποκάλυψιν τοῦ υἱοῦ ἐχαρίσατο ὁ δὲ υἱὸς τὴν τοῦ πατρὸς καὶ τὴν αὐτοῦ πανταχοῦ τῆς οἰκουμένης σπεῖραι, καὶ ἀνθρώπῳ θνητῷ τῶν ἐν τῷ οὐρανῷ πάντων τὴν ἐξουσίαν ἐνεχείρισε, τὰς κλεῖς αὐτῷ δοὺς, ὃς τὴν ἐκκλησίαν πανταχοῦ τῆς οἰκουμένης ἐξέτεινε, καὶ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ ἰσχυροτέραν ἀπέφηνεν. Ὁ οὐρανὸς γὰρ καὶ ἡ γῆ παρελεύσεται οἱ δὲ λόγοι μου οὐ μὴ παρέλθωσι. Πῶς οὖν ἐλάττων ὁ τοιαῦτα δοὺς, ὁ τοιαῦτα κατωρθωκώς ; Καὶ ταῦτα λέγω, οὐ διαιρῶν ᾿πατρὸς καὶ νυἱοῦ τὰ ἔργα· πάντα γὰρ δι αὐτοῦ ἐγένετο, καὶ χωρὶς αὐτου ἐγένετο οὐδὲ ἕν ἀλλ᾽ ἐπιστομίζων τὴν ἀναίσχυντον γλῶτταν τῶν τοιαὕτα τολμώντων.

Iēsous eis ta merē Kaisareias tēs Philippou. ērōta tous mathētas autou, legōn᾽ tina me legousin hoi anthrōpoi heinai, ton huion tou anthrōpou : Tinos heneken ton oikistēn tēs poleōs eirēken : Epeidē esti kai hetera, hē Stratōnos. Kai ouk en ekeinę̄» all᾽ en tautę̄ hautous erōtą, porrhō tōn ᾿Ioudaiōn apagōn, hōs pasēs apallagentas agōnias meta parrhēsias eipein ta kata dianoian hapanta. Kai tinos heneken ouk eutheōs tēn gnōmēn autōn ērōtēsen, alla tēn tōn pollōn? hina eipontes tēn ekeinōn, eita erōtēthentes, hymeis de tina me legete einai? apo tou tropou tēs erōtēseōs eis meizona anenechthōsin ennoian, kai mē eis tēn autēn tapeinotēta tois pollois peripesōsi. Dia dē touto oude en archę̄ tou kērygmatos autōn pynthanetai all hote sēmeia polla epoiēse, kai peri pollōn autois dielechthē kai hypsēlōn dogmatōn, kai tēs autou theotētos kai tēs pros ton patera homonoias pollas paresche tas apodeixeis, tote tēn peusin autois prosagei tautēn. Kai ouk eipe, tina me legousin hoi grammateis kai hoi Pharisaioi einai : Kaitoige houtoi autǭ pollakis prosēesan kai dielogonto᾽ alla, tina me legousin hoi anthrōpoi einai? tēn tou dēmou gnōmēn tēn adekaston exetazōn. Ei gar kai pollǭ tapeinotera tou deontos ēn, alla ponērias apēllakto᾽ ekeinē de pollēs egeme tēs kakias. Kai deiknys pōs sphodra bouletai tēn oikonomian homologeisthai, phēsi, ton huion tou anthrōpou, tēn theotēta enteuthen kalōn, ho kai allachou pollachou poiei. Phēsi gar, oudeis anabebēken eis ton ouranon, ei mē ho huios tou anthrōpou, ho hōn en tǭ ouranǭ kai palin, hotan de idēte ton huion tou anthrōpou anabainonta, hopou ēn to proteron. Eita, epeidē eipon, hoi men ᾿Iōannēn ton baptistēn, hoi de ᾿Ēlian, hoi de Ieremian, hoi de hena tōn prophētōn kai tēn peplanēmienēn autōn doxan eis meson ēgagon' tote epēgagen; hymeis de tina me legete einai ekkaloumenos autous dia tēs deuteras erōtēseōs eis to meizon ti phantasthēnai peri autou, kai endeiknymenos autois, hoti hē protera psēphos sphodra estin apodeousa autou tēs axias. Dio par᾽ autōn heteran epizētei, kai deuteran epagei peusin. hyper tou mē sympesein tois pollois, hoi epeidē meizona eidon ta sēmeia ē kata anthrōpon, anthrōpon men enomizon einai, ex anastaseōs de phanenta, kathaper kai Hērōdēs elegen. All᾽ autos tautēs autous apagōn tēs hyponoias, phēsin hymeis de tina me legete einai? toutestin, hoi synontes aei kai thaumatourgounta blepontes, kai pollas dynameis di᾽ emou pepoiēkotes autoi. Ti oun to stoma tōn apostolōn ho Petros, ho pantachou thermos, ho tou chorou tōn ᾿ apostolōn koryphaios : : Pantōn erōtēthentōn, autos apokrinetai. Kai hote men tēn tou dēmou gnōmēn ērōta, pantes eipon to erōtēthen᾽ hote de tēn autōn, Petros propēdą kai prolambanei, kai phēsi sy ei ho Christos ho huios tou theou tou zōntos. Ti oun ho Christos? Makarios ei, Simōn Bar ᾿Iōna, hoti sarx kai haima ouk apekalypse soi. Kai mēn ei mē gnēsiōs auton hōmologēse, kai ex autou tou patros gegennēmenon, ouk hēn apokalypseōs touto ergon᾽ ei tōn pollōn auton einai hena enomizen, ou makarismou axion ēn to lechthen. ᾿Epei kai pro toutou eipon, alēthōs theou nios estin, hoi en tǭ ploiǭ meta ton salon hon eidon, kai ouk emakaristhēsan, kaitoige alēthōs eipontes. Ou gar toiautēn hōmologēsan niotēta, hoian ho Petros all᾽ hena tōn pollōn alēthōs huion enomizon einai, exaireton men para tous pollous, ou mēn ek tēs ousias autēs. Kai ho Nathanaēl de elege; rhabbi, sy ei ho nuios tou theou, sy ei ho basileus tou Israēl; kai ou monon ou makarizetai, alla kai hōs endeesteron pollǭ tēs alētheias eirēkōs diorthoutai par᾽ autou. ᾿Epēgage goun hoti eipon soi? hoti eidon se hypokatō tēs sykēs, pisteueis ? meizona toutōn opsei. Tinos oun heneken houtos makarizetai : : Hoti gnēsion auton ᾿ōmologēsen huion. Dia dē touto ep᾽ ekeinōn men ouden toiouton eirēken epi de touton kai ton apokalypsanta deiknysin. Hina gar mē doxē tois pollois, epeidē sphodros hēn erastēs tou Christou, Philias kai kolakeias einai ta bēmata, kai diatheseōs autǭ charizomenēs, agei eis meson ton enēchēsanta autou tę̄ psychę̄: hina mathę̄s, hoti Petros men ephthenxato, ho patēr de hypēgoreuse kai mēketi doxan anthrōpinēn, alla dogma einai theion ta eirēmena pisteusēs. Kai tinos heneken ouk autos apophainetai? oude legei. egō eimi ho Christos alla dia tēs erōtēseōs touto kataskeuazei, hautous eisagōn homologountas? Hoti houtō kai autǭ tote prepōdesteron ēn kai anankaion, kai ekeinous mallon epheilketo pros tēn pistin tōn legomenōn. Eides pōs huion apokalyptei patēr? pōs patera huios? Oude gar ton patera tis epiginōskei, phēsin, ei mē ho huios, kai hǭ an boulētai ho huios apokalypsai. Ouk ara eni par' heterou mathein ton huion, ē para tou patron᾽ oude par᾽ heterou mathein ton patera, ē para tou huiou. Hōste kai enteuthen to homotimon te kai homoousion dēlon. Ti oun ho Christos : Sy ei Simōn ho huios ᾿Iōna᾽ sy klēthēsē Kēphas. ᾿Epeidē gar ekēryxas mou ton patera, phēsi, kai egō ton gegennēkota se onomazō monon ouchi legōn, hoti hōsper sy tou ᾿Iōna pais, houtō kagō tou patros tou emou. ᾿Epei kai parelkon ēn eipein, sy ei ho nios ᾿Iōna all' epeidē eipen huion theou, hina deixē ho hoti houtōs estin huios tou theou, hōsper ekeinos huios ᾿Iōna, tēs autēs ousias tǭ gegennēkoti? dia touto touto prosethēke. Kagō soi legō, sy ei Petros, kai epi tautę̄ tę̄ petrą oikodomēsō mou tēn ekklēsian toutesti, ᾽ tę̄ pistei tēs homologias. ᾿Enteuthen deiknysi pollous mellontas, ēdē pisteuein, kai anistēsin autou to phronēma? kai poimena poiei. Kai pylai adon ou katischysousin autēs. Ei de ekeinēs ou katischysousi? pollǭ mallon emou. Hōste mē thorybēthę̄s, epeidan mellę̄s akouein, hoti paradothēsomai kai staurōthēsomai. Eita kai heteran legei timēn; kai egō de soi dōsō tas kleis tōn ouranōn. Ti de esti, kai egō de soi dōsō? Hōsper ho patēr soi edōke to eme gnōnai? houtō kai egō soi dōsō. Kai ouk eipe, parakalesō ton patera, kaitoi pollē ēn tēs exousias hē endeixis, kai tou dōrou to megethos aphaton all᾽, egō soi dōsō. Ti didōs : eipe moi. Tas kleis tōn ouranōn, hina hosa an dēsę̄s epi tēs gēs, estai dedemena en tois ouranois kai hosa an lysēs epi tēs gēs, estai lelymena en tois ouranois. Pōs oun ouk estin autou dounai to kathisai ek dexiōn kai ex euōnymōn, tou legontos. egō soi dōsō : Eides pōs kai autos anagei ton Petron eis hypsēlēn tēn peri autou ennoian, kai eanton apokalyptei, kai deiknysin nion onta tou theou dia tōn hyposcheseōn tōn dyo toutōn? Ha gar theou monou estin idia, to te hamartēmata lysai, kai to aperitrepton tēn ekklēsian poiēsai en tosautę̄ kymatōn embolē, kai anthrōpon haliea petras pasēs apophēnai sterrhoteron, tēs oikoumenēs polemousēs hapasēs? tauta autos epangelletai dōsein' kathaper ho patēr pros ton ᾿eremian dialegomenos elegen, hōs stylon chalkoun kai hōsei teichos thēsein auton all᾽ ekeinon men heni ethnei, touton de pantachou tēs oikoumenēs. Hēdeōs an oun eroimēn tous elattoun boulomenous tou nïou tēn axian; poia meizona dōra, haper edōken ho patēr tǭ Petrǭ, hē haper edōken ho huios? Ho men gar tǭ Petrǭ tēn apokalypsin tou huiou echarisato ho de huios tēn tou patros kai tēn autou pantachou tēs oikoumenēs speirai, kai anthrōpǭ thnētǭ tōn en tǭ ouranǭ pantōn tēn exousian enecheirise, tas kleis autǭ dous, hos tēn ekklēsian pantachou tēs oikoumenēs exeteine, kai tou ouranou ischyroteran apephēnen. Ho ouranos gar kai hē gē pareleusetai hoi de logoi mou ou mē parelthōsi. Pōs oun elattōn ho toiauta dous, ho toiauta katōrthōkōs ? Kai tauta legō, ou diairōn ᾿patros kai nuiou ta erga; panta gar di autou egeneto, kai chōris autou egeneto oude hen all᾽ epistomizōn tēn anaischynton glōttan tōn toiauta tolmōntōn.

“[Now when] Jesus [came] into the region of Caesarea Philippi, he asked his disciples, saying, ‘Who do men say that I, the Son of Man, am?’” Why has he named the founder of the city? Because there is another too, Caesarea of Strato. And he asks them not in that one but in this, leading them far away from the Jews, so that, freed from all fear, they might say with boldness everything that was in their mind. And why did he not ask their own opinion at once, but that of the many? So that, having told the opinion of those, and then being asked, “But who do you say that I am?”, they might be raised by the manner of the question to a higher conception, and not fall into the same lowliness as the many. That is why he does not inquire of them at the beginning of his preaching either; but when he had done many signs, and had spoken with them about many and lofty doctrines, and had given many proofs of his Godhead and of his oneness of mind with the Father, then he puts this question to them. And he did not say, “Who do the scribes and Pharisees say that I am?”—although these often came to him and argued with him—but, “Who do men say that I am?”, examining the unbiased opinion of the people. For even if it was much lower than it should have been, yet it was free of wickedness; but that other was full of much malice. And showing how greatly he wishes the incarnation to be confessed, he says, “the Son of Man,” calling his Godhead by this name, as he does often elsewhere too. For he says, “No one has ascended into heaven except the Son of Man, who is in heaven”; and again, “When you see the Son of Man ascending where he was before.” Then, when they said, “Some John the Baptist, others Elijah, others Jeremiah or one of the prophets,” and had brought their mistaken opinion into the midst, he then added, “But who do you say that I am?”, calling them on by the second question to imagine something greater about him, and showing them that the first verdict falls far short of his worth. That is why he seeks another from them, and brings on a second question, so that they might not fall in with the many, who, since they saw signs greater than human, thought him a man, but one who had appeared after a resurrection, as Herod too said. But he, leading them away from this suspicion, says, “But who do you say that I am?”, that is, “you who are always with me and see me working wonders, and who have yourselves done many mighty works through me.” What then does the mouth of the apostles, Peter, do, he who is everywhere fervent, the leader of the band of the apostles? When all were asked, he answers. And when he asked the people’s opinion, they all told what was asked; but when he asked theirs, Peter leaps forward and anticipates them, and says, “You are the Christ, the Son of the living God.” What then does Christ say? “Blessed are you, Simon Bar-Jonah, for flesh and blood has not revealed it to you.” And yet, had he not confessed him as genuine Son, begotten of the Father himself, this would not have been the work of revelation; if he thought him to be one of the many, what was said would not have deserved a blessing. For before this, too, those in the boat said after the storm they had seen, “Truly he is the Son of God,” and they were not blessed, although they spoke truly. For they did not confess such a sonship as Peter did; they thought him a true son as one of the many, distinguished above the many, but not of the very essence. And Nathanael too said, “Rabbi, you are the Son of God, you are the King of Israel”; and not only is he not blessed, but he is even corrected by him as having said what fell far short of the truth. At any rate he added, “Because I said to you that I saw you under the fig tree, do you believe? You will see greater things than these.” Why then is this man blessed? Because he confessed him as genuine Son. That is why in their case he said nothing of the kind, but in this one he also shows who revealed it. For lest it should seem to the many, since he was an ardent lover of Christ, that his words came from friendship and flattery and a disposition seeking to please him, he brings into the midst the one who sounded it in his soul, so that you may learn that Peter uttered it, but the Father dictated it, and that you may believe that what was said is no longer a human opinion but a divine doctrine. And why does he not declare it himself, nor say, “I am the Christ,” but establishes this through the question, bringing them to confess it? Because so it was then both more fitting and necessary for him, and it drew them the more to faith in what was said. Do you see how the Father reveals the Son, how the Son the Father? “For no one knows the Father,” he says, “except the Son, and anyone to whom the Son chooses to reveal him.” It is not possible, then, to learn the Son from another than the Father, nor to learn the Father from another than the Son. So from this too their equality of honor and sameness of essence is plain. What then does Christ say? “You are Simon, the son of Jonah; you shall be called Cephas.” “For since you have proclaimed my Father,” he says, “I too name the one who begot you”; all but saying, “As you are the child of Jonah, so I am of my Father.” For otherwise it would have been superfluous to say, “You are the son of Jonah”; but since he had said “Son of God,” to show that he is Son of God in the same way as that man is son of Jonah, of the same essence as the one who begot him, he therefore added this. “And I tell you, you are Peter, and on this rock I will build my church,” that is, on the faith of his confession. By this he shows that many were now about to believe, and he raises his mind and makes him a shepherd. “And the gates of Hades shall not prevail against it.” And if they shall not prevail against it, much less against me. “So do not be troubled when you are about to hear that I shall be delivered up and crucified.” Then he speaks of another honor too: “And I will give you the keys of the heavens.” What is, “And I will give you”? “As the Father gave you to know me, so I too will give.” And he did not say, “I will entreat the Father,” although the display of authority was great and the greatness of the gift unspeakable; but, “I will give you.” What do you give? Tell me. “The keys of the heavens, that whatever you bind on earth shall be bound in the heavens, and whatever you loose on earth shall be loosed in the heavens.” How then is it not his to give the sitting on the right hand and on the left, when he says, “I will give you”? Do you see how he himself leads Peter up to a lofty conception of him, and reveals himself, and shows that he is the Son of God through these two promises? For what belongs to God alone—to loose sins, and to make the church unshakable amid so great an onset of waves, and to show a man, a fisherman, firmer than any rock while the whole world makes war on him—these he himself promises to give; as the Father said, speaking to Jeremiah, that he would make him “like a pillar of bronze and like a wall”; but that one for one nation, this one in every part of the world. I would gladly ask, then, those who wish to diminish the Son’s dignity: which gifts are greater, those which the Father gave to Peter, or those which the Son gave? For the one granted Peter the revelation of the Son; but the Son granted him to sow the knowledge of the Father and of himself in every part of the world, and entrusted to a mortal man authority over all things in heaven by giving him the keys; he who extended the church into every part of the world and made it stronger than heaven. “For heaven and earth will pass away, but my words will not pass away.” How then is he less who gave such things, who accomplished such things? And I say this not dividing the works of Father and Son—“for all things came into being through him, and without him not one thing came into being”—but stopping the shameless tongue of those who dare such things.

54.3Field 2

Ὅρα δὲ διὰ πάντων αὐτοὺ τὴν ἐξουσίαν. ᾿Εγω σοι λέγω, σὺ εἶ Πέτρος ἐγὼ οἰκοδυμήσω τὴν ἐκκλησίαν ἐγώ σοι δώσω τὰς κλεῖς τῶν οὐρανῶν. Καὶ τότε, ταῦτα εἰπὼν, διεστείλατο αὐτοῖς, ἵνα μηδενὶ εἴπωσιν ὅτι αὐτός ἐστιν ὁ Χριστός. Καὶ τίνος ἕνεκεν διεστείλατο; Ὥστε τῶν σκανδαλιζόντων ἐκ μέσου γενομένων, καὶ τοῦ σταυροῦ τελεσθέντος, καὶ τῶν ἄλλων ὧν ἔπαθεν ἀπαρτισθέντων, καὶ μηδενὸς ὅ ὄντος λοιπὸν τοῦ διακόπτοντος καὶ θολοῦντος τὴν εἰς αὐτὸν τῶν πολλῶν πίστιν, καθαρὰν καὶ ἀκίνητον ἐντυπωθῆναι τῶν ἀκουόντων τῆ διανοίᾳ τὴν προσήκουσαν περὶ αὐτοῦ δόξαν. Καὶ γὰρ, οὔπω σαφὼς ἣν ἐκλάμψασα αὐτοῦ ἡ δύναμις. Διὰ δὴ τοῦτο τότε ἐβούλετο ἀνακηρύττεσθαι παρ αὐτῶν, ὅτε καὶ ἡ σαφὴς τῶν πραγμάτων ἀλήθεια, καὶ ἡ τῶν ᾿γινομένων ἰσχὺς συνηγόρει τοῖς παρὰ τῶν ἀπο᾿στόλων λεγομένοις. Οὐδὲ γὰρ ἴσον ἣν ὁρᾶν νῦν μὲν ἐν Παλαιστίνῃ θαυματουργοῦντα, νῦν δὲ ὑβριζόμενον, ἐλαυνόμενον (καὶ μάλιστα ὁπότε καὶ ὁ σταυρὸς ἔμελλε διαδέχεσθαι τὰ θαύματα τὰ γινόμενα) καὶ πανταχοῦ τῆς οἰκουμένης προσκυνούμενον βλέπειν καὶ πιστευόμενον, καὶ μηδὲν τοιοῦτον πάσχοντα λοιπὸν, οἷον ἔπαθες. Διὰ τοῦτό φησι μηδενὶ εἰπεῖν. Τὸ μὲν γὰρ ῥιζωθὲν ἅπαξ, εἶτα ἀνασπασθὲν, δυσκόλως ἂν φυτευθὲν κατασχεθείη πάλιν παρὰ τοῖς. πολλοῖς τὸ δὲ μετὰ τὸ παγῆναι ἅπαξ μεῖναν ἀκίνητον, καὶ μηδαμόθεν ἐπηρεασθὲν, ῥᾳδίως ἄνεισι, καὶ πρὸς αὔξησιν ἐπιδίδωσι μείζονα. Εἰ γὰρ οἱ σημείων ἀπολελαυκότες πολλῶν, καὶ τοσούτων μετασχόντες μυστηρίων ἀποῤῥήτων, ὑπὸ τῆς ἀκοῆς μόνης ἐσκανδαλίσθησαν' μάλλον δὲ οὐκ αὐτοὶ μόνοι; ἀλλὰ καὶ ὁ πάντων κορυφαῖος Πέτρος ἐννόησον τί τοὺς πολλοὺς ἦν εἰκὸς παθεῖν, μαθόντας μὲν ὅτι υἱὸς θεοῦ ἐστιν, ὁρῶντας δὲ καὶ σταυρούμενον καὶ ἐμπτυόμενον;, καὶ τῶν μυστηρίων τούτων τὸ ἀπόῤῥητον οὐκ εἰδότας, οὐδὲ πνεύματος ἀπολελαυκότας ἁγίου. Εἰ γὰρ τοῖς μαθηταῖς ἔλεγε· πολλὰ ἔχω λέγειν ὑμῖν, αλλ οὐ δύνασθε βαστάζειν ἄρτι, πολλῷ μᾶλλον ὁ λοιπὸς δῆμος κατέπεσεν ἄν, εἰ πρὸ καιροῦ τοῦ προσἥκοντος τὸ τῶν μυστηρίων τούτων ἀκρότατον αὐτοῖς ἀπεκαλύφθη. Διὰ δὴ τοῦτο κωλύει εἰπεῖν. Καὶ ἵνα μάθης πόσον ἣν τὸ μετὰ ταῦτα μαθεῖν πλήρη τὴν διδασκαλίαν, τῶν σκανδαλιζόντων παρελθόντων, ἀπ᾿ αὐτοῦ τούτου τοὺ κορυφαίου μάνθανε. Αὐτὸς γὰρ οὗτος ὁ Πέτρος; ὁ μετὰ τοσαῦτα σημεῖα οὕτω φανεὶς ἀσθενὴς, ὡς καὶ ἀρνήσασθαι, καὶ κόρην εὐτελῆ δεῖσαι, ἐπειδὴ ὁ σταυρὸς προεχώρησε, καὶ τῆς ἀναστάσεως σαφεῖς ἔλαβε τὰς ἀποδείξεις καὶ οὐδὲν ἦν λοιπὸν τὸ σκανδαλίζον αὐτὸν καὶ θορυβοῦν, οὕτως ακίνητον κατέσχε τοῦ πνεύματος τὴν διδασκαλίαν, ὡς λέοντος σφοδρότερον ἐπιπηδᾶν τῷ δήμῳ τῶν ᾿Ιουδαίων, καίτοι κινδύνων καὶ μυρίων θανάτων ἀπειλουμένων. Εἰκότως τοίνυν τοῖς πολλοῖς ἐκέλευσε μὴ εἰπεῖν πρὸ τοῦ ,σταυροὺ, ὅπον γε οὐδὲ αὐτοῖς τοῖς μέλλουσι διδάσκειν πάντα ἐνθεῖναι ᾿ἐθάῤῥησε πρὸ τοὺ σταυροῦ. Πολλὰ γὰρ ἔχω λέγειν ὑμῖν, φησὶν, ἀλλ΄ οὐ δύνασθε βαστάζειν ἄρτι. Καὶ τῶν εἰρημένων δὲ παρ᾽ αὐτοῦ πολλὰ ἀγνοοῦσιν, ἃ οὐκ ἐποίησε σαφῆ πρὸ τοὺ σταυροῦ. Ὅτε γοῦν ἀνέστη, τότε ἔγνωσαν ἔνια τῶν λεχθέντων. Ἀπὸ τότε ἤρξατο αὐτοῖς δεικνύειν, ὅτι δεῖ αὐτὸν παθεῖν. Ἀπὸ τότε' πότε; Ὅτε ἔπηξεν αὐτοῖς τὸ δόγμα ὅτε τὴν ἀρχὴν τῶν ἐθνῶν εἰσήγαγεν. ᾿Αλλ᾽ οὐδὲ οὕτω συνίεσαν τὸ λεγόμενον· ἦν γάρ, φησὶ, κεκαλυμμένος ὃ λόγος απ᾽ αὐτῶν καὶ ὥσπερ ἐν ἀσαφείᾳ τινὶ ἧσαν, οὐκ εἰδότες ὅτι ἀναστῆναι αὐτὸν δεῖ. Διά τοῦτο καὶ ἐνδιατρίβει τοῖς δυσχερέσι, καὶ ᾿ἐμπλατύνει τὸν λόγον, ἵνα διανοίξῃ αὐτῶν τὴν διάνοιαν, καὶ συνῶσι τί ποτέ ἐστι τὸ λεγόμενον. Ἀλλ᾽ οὐ συνῆκαν, ἀλλ᾽ ἦν τὸ ῥῆμα κεκαλυμμένον ἀπ᾿ αὖτῶν καὶ ἐφοβοῦντο αὐτὸν ἐρωτῆσαι οὐχὶ εἰ ἀποθανεῖται, ἀλλὰ πώς καὶ τίνι τρόπῳ, καὶ τί ποτέ ἐστι τοῦτο τὸ μυστήριον. Οὐδὲ γὰρ ἤδεσαν, τί ποτέ ἐστι τὸ ἀναστῆναι τοῦτο αὐτὸ, καὶ πολλῷ βέλτιον ἐνόμιζον εἷναι τὸ μὴ ἀποθανεῖν. Διὰ τοῦτο τῶν ἄλλων θορυβουμένων καὶ διαπορούντων, πάλιν ὁ Πέτρος, θερμὸς ὧν, μόνος τολμᾷ περὶ τούτων διαλεχθῆναι καὶ οὐδὲ οὗτος παῤῥησίᾳ, ἀλλὰ κατ᾽ ἰδίαν λαβων' τουτέστι, τῶν λοιπῶν ἀποσχίσας ἑαυτὸν μαθητῶν καὶ φησιν ἵλεως σοι, κύριε, οὐ μὴ ἔσται σοι τοῦτο. Τὶ ποτε τοὺτό ἐστιν: ὁ ἀποκαλύψεως τυχὼν, ὁ μακαρισθεὶς, οὗτος οὕτω ταχέως διέπεσε καὶ ἐσφάλη, ὡς Φοβηθῆναι τὸ πάθος; Καὶ τί θαυμαστὸν, τὸν οὐ δεξάμενον ἐν τούτοις ἀποκάλυψιν τοῦτο παθεῖν: : Ἵνα γὰρ μάθης, ὅτι οὐδὲ ἐκεῖνα οἴκοθεν ἐφθέγξατο, ὅρα ἐν τούτοις τοῖς οὐκ ἀποκεκαλυμμένοις αὐτῷ πῶς θορυβεῖται καὶ περιτρέπεται, καὶ μυριάκις ἀκούων οὐκ οἶδε τί ποτέ ἐστι τὸ λεγόμενον. Ὅτι μὲν γὰρ υἱὸς θεοῦ ἐστιν, ἐμαθεν' ὅ τι ποτὲ δέ ἐστι τὸ μυστήριον τοῦ σταυροῦ καὶ Τῆς ἀναστάσεως, οὐδέπω αὐτῷ δῆλον ἐγένετο. Καὶ γὰρ ἣν, φησὶν, ὁ λόγος ἀπ᾽ αὖτῶν κεκαλυμμένος. Ὁρᾷς ὅτι δικαίως ἐκέλευε τοῖς ἄλλοις μὴ ἐξειπεῖν: Εἰ γὰρ οὓς ἀναγκαῖον ἣν μαθεῖν οὕτως ἐθορύβησε, τί οὐκ ἂν ἔπαθον οἱ λοιποί; Αὐτὸς μέντοι δεικνὺς, ὅτι τοσοῦτον ἀπέχει ἄκων ἐλθεῖν ἐπὶ τὸ πάθος, καὶ ἐπετίμησε τῷ Πέτρῳ, καὶ Σατανᾶν ἐκάλεσεν.

Hora de dia pantōn autou tēn exousian. ᾿Egō soi legō, sy ei Petros egō oikodymēsō tēn ekklēsian egō soi dōsō tas kleis tōn ouranōn. Kai tote, tauta eipōn, diesteilato autois, hina mēdeni eipōsin hoti autos estin ho Christos. Kai tinos heneken diesteilato? Hōste tōn skandalizontōn ek mesou genomenōn, kai tou staurou telesthentos, kai tōn allōn hōn epathen apartisthentōn, kai mēdenos ho ontos loipon tou diakoptontos kai tholountos tēn eis auton tōn pollōn pistin, katharan kai akinēton entypōthēnai tōn akouontōn tē dianoią tēn prosēkousan peri autou doxan. Kai gar, oupō saphōs hēn eklampsasa autou hē dynamis. Dia dē touto tote ebouleto anakēryttesthai par autōn, hote kai hē saphēs tōn pragmatōn alētheia, kai hē tōn ᾿ginomenōn ischys synēgorei tois para tōn apo᾿stolōn legomenois. Oude gar ison hēn horan nyn men en Palaistinę̄ thaumatourgounta, nyn de hybrizomenon, elaunomenon (kai malista hopote kai ho stauros emelle diadechesthai ta thaumata ta ginomena) kai pantachou tēs oikoumenēs proskynoumenon blepein kai pisteuomenon, kai mēden toiouton paschonta loipon, hoion epathes. Dia touto phēsi mēdeni eipein. To men gar rhizōthen hapax, eita anaspasthen, dyskolōs an phyteuthen kataschetheiē palin para tois. pollois to de meta to pagēnai hapax meinan akinēton, kai mēdamothen epēreasthen, rhądiōs aneisi, kai pros auxēsin epididōsi meizona. Ei gar hoi sēmeiōn apolelaukotes pollōn, kai tosoutōn metaschontes mystēriōn aporrhētōn, hypo tēs akoēs monēs eskandalisthēsan' mallon de ouk autoi monoi? alla kai ho pantōn koryphaios Petros ennoēson ti tous pollous ēn eikos pathein, mathontas men hoti huios theou estin, horōntas de kai stauroumenon kai emptyomenon?, kai tōn mystēriōn toutōn to aporrhēton ouk eidotas, oude pneumatos apolelaukotas hagiou. Ei gar tois mathētais elege; polla echō legein hymin, all ou dynasthe bastazein arti, pollǭ mallon ho loipos dēmos katepesen an, ei pro kairou tou prosēkontos to tōn mystēriōn toutōn akrotaton autois apekalyphthē. Dia dē touto kōlyei eipein. Kai hina mathēs poson hēn to meta tauta mathein plērē tēn didaskalian, tōn skandalizontōn parelthontōn, ap᾿ autou toutou tou koryphaiou manthane. Autos gar houtos ho Petros? ho meta tosauta sēmeia houtō phaneis asthenēs, hōs kai arnēsasthai, kai korēn eutelē deisai, epeidē ho stauros proechōrēse, kai tēs anastaseōs sapheis elabe tas apodeixeis kai ouden ēn loipon to skandalizon auton kai thoryboun, houtōs akinēton katesche tou pneumatos tēn didaskalian, hōs leontos sphodroteron epipēdan tǭ dēmǭ tōn ᾿Ioudaiōn, kaitoi kindynōn kai myriōn thanatōn apeiloumenōn. Eikotōs toinyn tois pollois ekeleuse mē eipein pro tou ,staurou, hopon ge oude autois tois mellousi didaskein panta entheinai ᾿etharrhēse pro tou staurou. Polla gar echō legein hymin, phēsin, all΄ ou dynasthe bastazein arti. Kai tōn eirēmenōn de par᾽ autou polla agnoousin, ha ouk epoiēse saphē pro tou staurou. Hote goun anestē, tote egnōsan enia tōn lechthentōn. Apo tote ērxato autois deiknyein, hoti dei auton pathein. Apo tote' pote? Hote epēxen autois to dogma hote tēn archēn tōn ethnōn eisēgagen. ᾿All᾽ oude houtō syniesan to legomenon; ēn gar, phēsi, kekalymmenos ho logos ap᾽ autōn kai hōsper en asapheią tini hēsan, ouk eidotes hoti anastēnai auton dei. Dia touto kai endiatribei tois dyscheresi, kai ᾿emplatynei ton logon, hina dianoixę̄ autōn tēn dianoian, kai synōsi ti pote esti to legomenon. All᾽ ou synēkan, all᾽ ēn to rhēma kekalymmenon ap᾿ autōn kai ephobounto auton erōtēsai ouchi ei apothaneitai, alla pōs kai tini tropǭ, kai ti pote esti touto to mystērion. Oude gar ēdesan, ti pote esti to anastēnai touto auto, kai pollǭ beltion enomizon heinai to mē apothanein. Dia touto tōn allōn thoryboumenōn kai diaporountōn, palin ho Petros, thermos hōn, monos tolmą peri toutōn dialechthēnai kai oude houtos parrhēsią, alla kat᾽ idian labōn' toutesti, tōn loipōn aposchisas heauton mathētōn kai phēsin hileōs soi, kyrie, ou mē estai soi touto. Ti pote touto estin: ho apokalypseōs tychōn, ho makaristheis, houtos houtō tacheōs diepese kai esphalē, hōs Phobēthēnai to pathos? Kai ti thaumaston, ton ou dexamenon en toutois apokalypsin touto pathein: : Hina gar mathēs, hoti oude ekeina oikothen ephthenxato, hora en toutois tois ouk apokekalymmenois autǭ pōs thorybeitai kai peritrepetai, kai myriakis akouōn ouk oide ti pote esti to legomenon. Hoti men gar huios theou estin, emathen' ho ti pote de esti to mystērion tou staurou kai Tēs anastaseōs, oudepō autǭ dēlon egeneto. Kai gar hēn, phēsin, ho logos ap᾽ autōn kekalymmenos. Horąs hoti dikaiōs ekeleue tois allois mē exeipein: Ei gar hous anankaion hēn mathein houtōs ethorybēse, ti ouk an epathon hoi loipoi? Autos mentoi deiknys, hoti tosouton apechei akōn elthein epi to pathos, kai epetimēse tǭ Petrǭ, kai Satanan ekalesen.

But see his authority in everything: “I tell you, you are Peter; I will build the church; I will give you the keys of the heavens.” “And then,” having said this, “he charged them to tell no one that he was the Christ.” And why did he charge them? So that, when the things that gave offense had been removed, and the cross had been accomplished, and the rest of his sufferings completed, and there was no longer anything to interrupt and cloud the faith of the many in him, the fitting opinion of him might be imprinted pure and unshaken on the minds of the hearers. For his power had not yet shone out clearly. That is why he wished to be proclaimed by them at the time when the truth of the facts would be plain and the strength of what was done would support what was said by the apostles. For it was not the same to see him now working wonders in Palestine, now insulted and driven out (especially when the cross was about to follow the wonders being done), and to see him worshiped and believed in every part of the world, and suffering no longer any such thing as he suffered. That is why he says to tell no one. For what has once taken root and then been torn up, if planted again, would hardly be retained among the many; but what, once fixed, has remained unshaken and been harmed from no side, easily springs up and grows to greater increase. For if those who had enjoyed many signs and shared in so many unspeakable mysteries were offended merely by hearing of it—or rather not they alone, but even Peter, the leader of all—consider what the many were likely to suffer, learning that he is the Son of God, and seeing him crucified and spat upon, not knowing the hidden meaning of these mysteries, nor having received the Holy Spirit. For if he said to the disciples, “I have many things to say to you, but you cannot bear them now,” much more would the rest of the people have fallen away, if the summit of these mysteries had been revealed to them before the fitting time. That is why he forbids them to tell it. And that you may learn how important it was for them to learn the full teaching afterward, when the things that gave offense had passed, learn it from this very leader. For this same Peter, who after so many signs proved so weak as even to deny him and to fear a worthless servant girl, when the cross had come to pass and he had received clear proofs of the resurrection, and there was nothing left to offend and trouble him, held the teaching of the Spirit so unshaken that he sprang upon the people of the Jews more fiercely than a lion, although dangers and countless deaths were threatened. Rightly, then, did he command them not to tell the many before the cross, since he did not dare to put everything even into those who were to teach before the cross. “For I have many things to say to you,” he says, “but you cannot bear them now.” And of what was said by him they were ignorant of many things, which he did not make plain before the cross. At any rate, when he rose, then they knew some of the things that had been said. “From that time he began to show them that he must suffer.” “From that time”: when? When he had fixed the doctrine in them, when he had brought in the beginning of the Gentiles. But not even so did they understand what was said; “for the saying,” it says, “was hidden from them”; and they were as it were in a kind of obscurity, not knowing that he must rise. That is why he dwells on the hard things and enlarges his discourse, to open their mind and make them understand what in the world is being said. “But they did not understand, but the saying was hidden from them, and they were afraid to ask him”—not whether he would die, but how and in what way, and what in the world this mystery is. For they did not know what this rising was, and they thought it much better not to die. That is why, while the others were troubled and perplexed, again Peter, being fervent, alone dares to speak about these things; and not even he openly, but “taking him aside,” that is, separating himself from the rest of the disciples, he says, “Mercy on you, Lord; this shall never happen to you.” What in the world is this? He who had obtained a revelation, who had been called blessed, so quickly fell and stumbled as to fear the passion? And what wonder is it that one who had not received a revelation about these things should suffer this? For that you may learn that he did not utter those words of himself either, see how in these matters, which had not been revealed to him, he is troubled and overturned, and though hearing countless times he does not know what in the world is being said. For that he is the Son of God he had learned; but what the mystery of the cross and of the resurrection is had not yet become plain to him. “For the saying,” it says, “was hidden from them.” Do you see that he rightly commanded them not to tell the others? For if it so troubled those who had to learn it, what would the rest not have suffered? He himself, however, showing that he is so far from coming to the passion unwillingly, both rebuked Peter and called him Satan.

54.4Field 2

᾿Ακουσάτωσαν ὅσοι τὸ πάθος ἐπαισχύνονται τοῦ σταυροῦ τοῦ Χριστοῦ. Εἰ γὰρ ὁ κορυφαῖος, καὶ πρὶν ἣ πάντα μαθεῖν σαφώς, Σατανας ἐκλήθη τοῦτο παθὼν, τίνα ἂν ἔχοιεν συγγνώμην οἱ μετὰ τοσαύτην ἀπόδειξιν τὴν οἰκονομίαν ἀρνούμενοι; Ὅταν γὰρ ὁ οὕτω μακαρισθεὶς» ὁ τοιαῦτα ὁμολογήσας, τοιαῦτα ἀκούῃ; ἐννόησον τίνα πείσονται οἱ μετὰ ταῦτα αθετοῦντες τοῦ σταυροῦ τὸ μυστήριον. Καὶ οὐκ εἶπεν, ὁ Σατανᾶς ἐφθέγξατο διὰ σοῦ ἀλλ᾽, ὕπαγε ὀπίσω μου, Σατανᾶ. Καὶ γὰρ ἐπιθυμία ἣν τοῦ ἀντικειμένου τὸ μὴ παθεῖν τὸν Χριστόν. Διὰ τοῦτο μετὰ τοσαύτης σφοδρότητος ἐπετίμησεν αὐτῷ, ἐπειδὴ ἤδει μάλιστα καὶ αὐτὸν καὶ τοὺς ἄλλους τοῦτο φοβουμένους, καὶ οὐκ εὐκόλως αὐτὸ δεξομένους. Διὰ τοῦτο καὶ ἀποκαλύπτει τὰ ἀπὸ τῆς διανοίας αὐτοῦ λέγων· οὐ φρονεῖς τὰ τοῦ θεου, ἀλλὰ τὰ τῶν ἀνθρώπων. Τί ἐστιν, οὐ φρονεῖς τὰ τοῦ θεοῦ, ἀλλὰ τὰ τῶν ἀνθρώπων: Ἐκεῖνος ἀνθρωπίνῳ λογισμῷ καὶ γηΐνῳ τὸ πρᾶγμα ἐξεταζων, ἐ ἐνόμισεν αἰσχρὸν εἶναι τοῦτο αὐτῷ καὶ ἀπρεπές. Καθικνούμενος τοίνυν αὐτοῦ φησιν οὐ τὸ ἐμὲ παθεῖν ἀπρεθεὸν ἤκονες τῶν λεγομένων, τῆς σαρκικῆς διανοίας ἀπαλλαγεὶς, ἤδεις ἄν, ὅτι ἐμοὶ μάλιστα τοῦτο πρέπον ἐστί. Σὺ μὲν γὰρ νομίζεις, ὅτι ἀνάξιόν μού ἐστι τὸ παθεῖν' ἐγὼ δέ σοι λέγω, ὅτι τὸ μὴ παθεῖν με τῆς τοῦ διαβόλου γνώμῆς ἐστίν ἀπὸ τῶν ἐναντίων καταστέλλων αὐτοῦ τὴν ἀγωνίαν. Ὥσπερ γὰρ ᾿Ιωάννην, ἀνάξιον αὐτοῦ νομίζοντα εἶναι τὸ βαπτισθῆναι ὑπ᾽ αὐτοῦ, βαπτίσαι ἔπεισεν εἰπὼν, οὕτω πρέπον ἐστὶν ἡμῖν καὶ αὐτὸν δὲ τὸν Πέτρον κωλύοντα αὐτὸν νίψαι τοὺς πόδας, εἰπὼν, οὐκ ἔχεις μέρος μετ᾽ ἐμοῦ, ἐὰν μή σου νίψω τοὺς πόδας οὕτω καὶ ἐνταῦθα ἀπὸ τῶν ἐναντίων αὐτὸν κατέσχε, καὶ τῇ τῆς ἐπιτιμήσεως σφοδρότητι τὸν ὑπὲρ τοῦ παθεῖν φόβον ᾿κατέστειλε. Μηδεὶς τοίνυν αἰσχυνέσθω τὰ σεμνὰ τῆς σωτηρίας ἡμῶν σύμβολα, καὶ τὸ κεφάλαιον τῶν ἀγαθῶν, δι᾽ ὃ καὶ ζῶμεν, καὶ δι᾽ ὃ ἐσμεν ἀλλ᾽ ὡς στέφανον, οὕτω περιφέρωμεν τὸν σταυρὸν τοῦ Χριστοῦ. Καὶ γὰρ πάντα δι᾽ αὐτοῦ τελεῖται τὰ καθ᾽ ἡμᾶς. Κἀν ἀναγεννηθῆναι δέη, σταυρὸς παραγίνεται κἂν τραφῆναι τὴν μυστικὴν ἐκείνην τροφὴν, κὰν χειροτονηθῆναι, κἂν ὁτιοῦν ἕτερον ποιῆσαι, πανταχοῦ τὸ τῆς νίκης ἡμῖν παρίσταται σύμβολον. Διὰ τοῦτο καὶ ἐπὶ οἰκίας, καὶ ἐπὶ τῶν τοίχων, καὶ ἐπὶ τῶν θυρίδων, καὶ ἐπὶ τοῦ μετώπου, καὶ ἐπὶ τῆς διανοίας, μετὰ πολλῆς ἐπιγράφομεν αὐτὸν τῆς σπουδῆς. Τῆς γὰρ ὑπὲρ ἡμῶν σωτηρίας, καὶ τῆς ἐλευθερίας τῆς κοινῆς, καὶ τῆς ἐπιεικείας ἡμῶν τοῦ δεσπότου τοῦτό ἐστι τὸ σημεῖον. Ὡς πρόβατον γὰρ ἐπὶ σφαγὴν ἤχθη. Ὅταν τοίνυν σφραγίζη, ἐννόει πᾶσαν τοῦ σταυροῦ τὴν ὑπόθεσιν, καὶ σβέσον θυμὸν καὶ τὰ λοιπὰ πάντα πάθη. Ὅταν σφραγίζῃ, πολλῆς ἔμπλησον τὸ μέτωπον παῤῥησίας, ἐλευθέραν τὴν ψυχὴν ποίησον. Ἴστε δὲ πάντως τίνα εστὶ τὰ ἐλευθερίαν παρέχοντα. Διὸ καὶ Παῦλος εἰς τοῦτο ἐνάγων ἡμᾶς, εἰς τὴν ἐλευθερίαν λέγω τὴν προσήκουσαν ἡμῖν, οὕτως ἐνῆγε, τοῦ σταυροῦ καὶ τοῦ αἵματος ἀναμνήσας τοῦ δεσποτικοῦ. Τιμῆς γὰρ, φησὶν, ἠγοράσθητε· μὴ γίνεσθε δοῦλοι ἀνθρώπων. ᾿Εννόησον, φησὶ, τὴν ὑπὲρ σοῦ καταβληθεῖσαν τιμὴν, καὶ οὐδενὸς τών ἀνθρώπων ἔσῃ δοῦλος τιμὴν τὸν σταυρὸν λέγων. Οὐδὲ γὰρ ἁπλῶς τῷ δακτύλῳ ἐγχαράττειν αὐτὸν δεῖ, ἀλλὰ πρότερον τῇ προαιρέσει μετὰ πολλῆς τῆς πίστεως. Κἄν οὕτως ἐντυπώσης αὐτὸν τῇ ὄψει, οὐδεὶς ἐγγύς σου στῆναι δυνήσεται τών ἀκαθάρτων δαιμόνων, ὁρῶν τὴν μάχαιραν, ἐν ἥ τὴν πληγὴν ἔλαβεν, ὁρῶν τὸ ξίφος, ᾧ τὴν καιρίαν ἐδέξατο. Εἰ γὰρ ἡμεῖς τόπους ὁρῶντες ἐν οἷς ἀποτέμνονται οἱ κατάδικοι, φρίττομεν, ἐννόησον τί πείσεται ὁ διάβολος, τὸ ὅπλον ὁρῶν δι᾽ οὗ πᾶσαν τὴν δύναμιν αὐτοῦ ἕλυσεν ὁ Χριστὸς, καὶ τὴν τοῦ δράκοντος ἀπέτεμε κεφαλήν. Μὴ τοίνυν ἐπαισχυνθῇς τοσοῦτον ἀγαθὸν, ἵνα μή σε ἐπαισχυνθῇ ὃ Χριστὸς, ὅταν ἔρχηται μετὰ τῆς δόξης αὐτοῦ, καὶ τὸ σημεῖον ἔμπροσθεν φαίνηται λάμπον ὑπὲρ τὴν ἀκτῖνα αὐτὴν τοῦ ἡλίου. Καὶ γὰρ ἔρχεται ὁ σταυρὸς τότε, φωνὴν ἀφιεὶς διὰ τῆς ὄψεως, καὶ πρὸς τὴν οἰκουμένην ἅπασαν ἀπολογούμενος ὑπὲρ τοῦ δεσπότου, καὶ δεικνὺς ὅτι οὐδὲν ἐνέλιπε τῶν εἰς αὐτὸν ἠκόντων. Τοῦτο τὸ σημεῖον, καὶ ἐπὶ τῶν προγόνων ἡμῶν καὶ νῦν, θύρας ἀνέῳξε κεκλεισμένας· τοῦτο δηλητήρια ἔσβεσε φάρμακα᾽ τοῦτο κωνείου δύναμιν ἐξέλυσε; τοῦτο θηρίων ῥήγματα ἰοβόλων ἰάσατο. Εἰ γὰρ ᾅδου πύλας ἔθλασε καὶ οὐρανῶν ἁψῖδας ἀνεπέτασε, καὶ παραδείσου εἴσοδον ἐνεκαίνισε καὶ τοῦ διαβόλον τὰ νεῦρα ἐξέκοψε τί θαυμαστὸν, εἰ φαρμάκων δηλητηρίων, καὶ τῶν θηρίων, καὶ τῶν ἄλλων τῶν τοιούτων περιεγένετο;

᾿Akousatōsan hosoi to pathos epaischynontai tou staurou tou Christou. Ei gar ho koryphaios, kai prin hē panta mathein saphōs, Satanas eklēthē touto pathōn, tina an echoien syngnōmēn hoi meta tosautēn apodeixin tēn oikonomian arnoumenoi? Hotan gar ho houtō makaristheis» ho toiauta homologēsas, toiauta akouę̄? ennoēson tina peisontai hoi meta tauta athetountes tou staurou to mystērion. Kai ouk eipen, ho Satanas ephthenxato dia sou all᾽, hypage opisō mou, Satana. Kai gar epithymia hēn tou antikeimenou to mē pathein ton Christon. Dia touto meta tosautēs sphodrotētos epetimēsen autǭ, epeidē ēdei malista kai auton kai tous allous touto phoboumenous, kai ouk eukolōs auto dexomenous. Dia touto kai apokalyptei ta apo tēs dianoias autou legōn; ou phroneis ta tou theou, alla ta tōn anthrōpōn. Ti estin, ou phroneis ta tou theou, alla ta tōn anthrōpōn: Ekeinos anthrōpinǭ logismǭ kai gēïnǭ to pragma exetazōn, e enomisen aischron einai touto autǭ kai aprepes. Kathiknoumenos toinyn autou phēsin ou to eme pathein apretheon ēkones tōn legomenōn, tēs sarkikēs dianoias apallageis, ēdeis an, hoti emoi malista touto prepon esti. Sy men gar nomizeis, hoti anaxion mou esti to pathein' egō de soi legō, hoti to mē pathein me tēs tou diabolou gnōmēs estin apo tōn enantiōn katastellōn autou tēn agōnian. Hōsper gar ᾿Iōannēn, anaxion autou nomizonta einai to baptisthēnai hyp᾽ autou, baptisai epeisen eipōn, houtō prepon estin hēmin kai auton de ton Petron kōlyonta auton nipsai tous podas, eipōn, ouk echeis meros met᾽ emou, ean mē sou nipsō tous podas houtō kai entautha apo tōn enantiōn auton katesche, kai tę̄ tēs epitimēseōs sphodrotēti ton hyper tou pathein phobon ᾿katesteile. Mēdeis toinyn aischynesthō ta semna tēs sōtērias hēmōn symbola, kai to kephalaion tōn agathōn, di᾽ ho kai zōmen, kai di᾽ ho esmen all᾽ hōs stephanon, houtō peripherōmen ton stauron tou Christou. Kai gar panta di᾽ autou teleitai ta kath᾽ hēmas. Kan anagennēthēnai deē, stauros paraginetai kan traphēnai tēn mystikēn ekeinēn trophēn, kan cheirotonēthēnai, kan hotioun heteron poiēsai, pantachou to tēs nikēs hēmin paristatai symbolon. Dia touto kai epi oikias, kai epi tōn toichōn, kai epi tōn thyridōn, kai epi tou metōpou, kai epi tēs dianoias, meta pollēs epigraphomen auton tēs spoudēs. Tēs gar hyper hēmōn sōtērias, kai tēs eleutherias tēs koinēs, kai tēs epieikeias hēmōn tou despotou touto esti to sēmeion. Hōs probaton gar epi sphagēn ēchthē. Hotan toinyn sphragizē, ennoei pasan tou staurou tēn hypothesin, kai sbeson thymon kai ta loipa panta pathē. Hotan sphragizę̄, pollēs emplēson to metōpon parrhēsias, eleutheran tēn psychēn poiēson. Iste de pantōs tina esti ta eleutherian parechonta. Dio kai Paulos eis touto enagōn hēmas, eis tēn eleutherian legō tēn prosēkousan hēmin, houtōs enēge, tou staurou kai tou haimatos anamnēsas tou despotikou. Timēs gar, phēsin, ēgorasthēte; mē ginesthe douloi anthrōpōn. ᾿Ennoēson, phēsi, tēn hyper sou katablētheisan timēn, kai oudenos tōn anthrōpōn esę̄ doulos timēn ton stauron legōn. Oude gar haplōs tǭ daktylǭ encharattein auton dei, alla proteron tę̄ proairesei meta pollēs tēs pisteōs. Kan houtōs entypōsēs auton tę̄ opsei, oudeis engys sou stēnai dynēsetai tōn akathartōn daimonōn, horōn tēn machairan, en hē tēn plēgēn elaben, horōn to xiphos, hǭ tēn kairian edexato. Ei gar hēmeis topous horōntes en hois apotemnontai hoi katadikoi, phrittomen, ennoēson ti peisetai ho diabolos, to hoplon horōn di᾽ hou pasan tēn dynamin autou helysen ho Christos, kai tēn tou drakontos apeteme kephalēn. Mē toinyn epaischynthę̄s tosouton agathon, hina mē se epaischynthę̄ ho Christos, hotan erchētai meta tēs doxēs autou, kai to sēmeion emprosthen phainētai lampon hyper tēn aktina autēn tou hēliou. Kai gar erchetai ho stauros tote, phōnēn aphieis dia tēs opseōs, kai pros tēn oikoumenēn hapasan apologoumenos hyper tou despotou, kai deiknys hoti ouden enelipe tōn eis auton ēkontōn. Touto to sēmeion, kai epi tōn progonōn hēmōn kai nyn, thyras aneǭxe kekleismenas; touto dēlētēria esbese pharmaka᾽ touto kōneiou dynamin exelyse? touto thēriōn rhēgmata iobolōn iasato. Ei gar hądou pylas ethlase kai ouranōn hapsidas anepetase, kai paradeisou eisodon enekainise kai tou diabolon ta neura exekopse ti thaumaston, ei pharmakōn dēlētēriōn, kai tōn thēriōn, kai tōn allōn tōn toioutōn periegeneto?

Let all who are ashamed of the passion of Christ’s cross listen. For if the leader, even before he had learned everything clearly, was called Satan for feeling this, what pardon could they have who, after so great a proof, deny the incarnation? For when one so blessed, who confessed such things, hears such words, consider what those will suffer who afterward set aside the mystery of the cross. And he did not say, “Satan spoke through you,” but, “Get behind me, Satan.” For it was the desire of the adversary that Christ should not suffer. That is why he rebuked him with such vehemence, since he knew that both he and the others especially feared this and would not readily accept it. That is why he also reveals what was in his mind, saying, “You are not minding the things of God, but the things of men.” What is, “You are not minding the things of God, but the things of men”? He, examining the matter by human and earthly reasoning, thought this shameful and unfitting for him. Striking at him, then, he says, “My suffering is not unfit … … listened to what was said, freed from the carnal mind, you would have known that this above all is fitting for me. For you think that suffering is unworthy of me; but I tell you that my not suffering belongs to the devil’s purpose”; quieting his agony by the opposite. For just as with John, who thought it unworthy of him that he should be baptized by him, he persuaded him to baptize him by saying, “Thus it is fitting for us,” and with Peter himself, when he was forbidding him to wash his feet, by saying, “You have no part with me unless I wash your feet,” so here too he restrained him by the opposite, and by the vehemence of his rebuke quieted his fear about the suffering. Let no one, then, be ashamed of the solemn symbols of our salvation, and of the sum of good things, through which we both live and are what we are; but let us carry about the cross of Christ like a crown. For indeed all that concerns us is accomplished through it. If one must be born again, the cross is present; if one is to be fed with that mystical food, if one is to be ordained, if one is to do anything else whatever, everywhere this symbol of victory stands by us. That is why we inscribe it with great zeal on houses, and on walls, and on windows, and on the forehead, and on the mind. For this is the sign of the salvation wrought for us, and of our common freedom, and of the forbearance of our Master. “For he was led like a sheep to the slaughter.” When, then, you make the sign, consider the whole purpose of the cross, and quench anger and all the other passions. When you make the sign, fill your forehead with great boldness, make your soul free. And you surely know what the things are that give freedom. That is why Paul too, leading us to this, I mean to the freedom that befits us, led us on so, reminding us of the cross and the blood of the Master: “For you were bought with a price,” he says; “do not become slaves of men.” Consider, he says, the price paid down for you, and you will be no man’s slave; calling the cross the price. For one must not simply trace it with the finger, but first with the will, with great faith. And if you imprint it so on your face, none of the unclean spirits will be able to stand near you, seeing the knife by which he received his wound, seeing the sword by which he received the mortal blow. For if we shudder when we see the places where the condemned are beheaded, consider what the devil will suffer, seeing the weapon by which Christ dissolved all his power and cut off the dragon’s head. Do not, then, be ashamed of so great a good, so that Christ may not be ashamed of you when he comes with his glory, and the sign appears before him, shining above the very ray of the sun. For the cross comes then, sending forth a voice by its very appearance, and pleading before the whole world on behalf of the Master, and showing that he left undone nothing of what was his to do. This sign, both in the time of our forefathers and now, has opened doors that were shut; this has quenched deadly drugs; this has dissolved the power of hemlock; this has healed the bites of venomous beasts. For if it broke the gates of Hades, and spread open the vaults of heaven, and renewed the entrance into paradise, and cut the sinews of the devil, what wonder is it if it prevailed over deadly drugs and wild beasts and other such things?

54.5Field 2

Τοῦτον τοίνυν ἐγκόλαψον τῇ διανοίᾳ τῇ σῆ, καὶ τὴν σωτηρίαν περίπτυξαι τῶν ἡμετέρων ψυχῶν. Οὗτος γὰρ ὁ σταυρὸς τὴν οἰκουμένην ἔσωσε καὶ ἐπέστρεψε, τὴν πλάνην ἐξήλασε, τὴν ἀλήθειαν ἐπανήγαγε, τὴν γῆν οὐρανὸν ἐποίησε, τοὺς ἀνθρώπους ἀγγέλους εἰργάσατο. Διὰ τοῦτον οἱ δαίμονες οὐκέτι φοβεροὶ, ἀλλ᾽ εὐκαταφρόνητοι᾽ οὐδὲ ὁ θάνατος θάνατος, ἀλλ᾽ ὕπνος διὰ τοῦτον πάντα ἔῤῥιπται χαμαὶ καὶ πεπάτηται τὰ πολεμοῦντα ἡμῖν. Ἂν τοίνυν εἴπη σοί τις, τὸν ἐσταυρωμένον προσκυνεῖς ; εἰπὲ φαιδρᾷ τῇ φωνῇ, γεγηθότι τῷ προσώπῳ· καὶ προσκυνῶ, καὶ οὐ παύσομαί ποτε προσκυνῶν. Κὰν γελάση, δάκρυσον αὐτὸν ὅτι μαίνεται. Εὐχαρίστησον τῷ δεσπότῃ, ὅτι τοιαῦτα ἡμάς εὐηργέτησεν, ἃ μηδὲ μαθεῖν δύναταί τις χωρὶς τῆς ἄνωθεν ἀποκαλύψεως. Διὰ γὰρ τοῦτο καὶ οὗτος γελᾷ, ὅτι ψυχικὸς ἄνθρωπος οὐ δέχεται τὰ τοῦ πνεύματος. Ἐπεὶ καὶ τὰ παιδία τοῦτο πάσχει, ὅταν τι τῶν μεγάλων ἴδη καὶ θαυμαστῶν κἂν εἰς μυστήρια εἰσαγάγῃς παιδίον, γελάσεται. Τούτοις δὴ καὶ Ελληνες ἐοίκασι τοῖς παιδίοις μᾶλλον δὲ καὶ τούτων εἰσὶν ἀτελέστεροι, διὸ καὶ ἀθλιώτεροι, ὅτι οὐκ ἐν ἀώρῳ ἡλικίᾳ, ἀλλ᾽ ἐν τελείᾳ τὰ τῶν νηπίων πάσχονσιν᾽ ὅθεν οὐδὲ συγγνώμης εἰσὶν ἄξιοι. Αλλ᾽ ἡμεῖς λαμπρᾷ τῇ φωνῆ, καὶ μέγα καὶ ὑψηλὸν βοῶντες, κραζωμεν καὶ λέγωμεν, καὶ ὅταν πάντες παρῶσιν Ἕλληνες μετὰ πλείονος τῆς παῤῥησίας ὅτι τὸ καύχημα ἡμῶν ὁ σταυρὸς, καὶ τὸ κεφάλαιον τῶν ἀγαθῶν ἁπάντων, καὶ ἡ παῤῥησία καὶ ὁ στέφανος ἅπας. Ἐβουλόμην … ἐσταύρωται, καγὼ τῷ κόσμῳ ἀλλ᾽ οὐ δύναμαι, ποικίλοις πάθεσι κατεχόμενος. Διὸ παραινῶ καὶ ὑμῖν, καὶ πρό γε ὑμῶν ἐμαυτῷ, σταυρωθῆναι τῷ κόσμῳ, καὶ μηδὲν κοινὸν ἔχειν πρὸς τὴν γῆν, ἀλλὰ τῆς ἄνω πατρίδος ἐρᾶν, καὶ τῆς ἐκεῖθεν δόξης καὶ τῶν ἀγαθῶν. Καὶ γὰρ στρατιώταί ἐσμεν βασιλέως οὐρανίου, καὶ ὅπλα ἐνδεδύμεθα πνευματικά. Τί τοίνυν καπήλων καὶ ἀγυρτῶν, μᾶλλον δὲ σκωλήκων βίον μεταχειρίζομεν : Οπου γὰρ ὁ βασιλεὺς, ἐκεῖ καὶ τὸν στρατιωτὴν εἶναι δεῖ. Καὶ γὰρ στρατιῶται γεγόναμεν, οὐ τῶν μακρᾶν, αλλα τῶν ἐγγύς. Ὃ μὲν γὰρ ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς βασιλεὺς, οὐκ ἂν ανασχοιτο πάντας εἶναι ἐν τοῖς βασιλείοις, οὐδὲ παρὰ τὰς αὐτοῦ πλευράς· ὁ δὲ τῶν οὐρανῶν ἅπαντας ἐγγὺς εἶναι βούλεται τοῦ θρόνου τοῦ βασιλικοῦ. Καὶ πῶς δυνατὸν ἐνταῦθα ὄντας … … τῆς γῆς ὧν, ὅπον τὰ Σεραφὶμ ἢν, ὅπον τὰ Χερουβὶμ, καὶ ἐγγυτέρω τοῦ Χριστοῦ, ἢ οὗτοι οἱ ἀσπιδηφόροι τοῦ βασιλέως. Οὗτοι μὲν γὰρ πολλαχοῦ τὰς ὄψεις περιφέρουσιν᾽ ἐκεῖνον δὲ οὐδὲν ἐφάνταζεν, οὐδὲ περιεῖλκεν, αλλα πᾶσαν τὴν διάνοιαν πρὸς τὸν βασιλέα τεταμένην εἶχεν. Ὥστε ἂν βουληθῶμεν, δυνατὸν ᾿ καὶ ἡμῖν τοῦτο. Εἰ μὲν γὰρ τόπῳ διειστήκει, καλῶς ἂν ἡπόρεις εἰ δὲ πανταχοῦ πάρεστι, τῷ σπουδάζοντι καὶ συντεταμένῳ πλησίον ἐστί. Διὰ τοῦτο καὶ ὁ προφήτης ἔλεγεν οὐ φοβηθήσομαι κακα, ὅτι σὺ μετ ἐμοῦ εἶ καὶ αὐτὸς πάλιν ὁ θεός· θεὸς ἐγγίζων ἐγώ εἰμι, καὶ οὐχὶ θεὸς πόῤῥωθεν. Ὥσπερ οὖν αἱ ἁμαρτίαι διιστῶσιν ἡμᾶς ἀπ᾽ αὐτοῦ, οὕτω καὶ αἱ δικαιοσύναι συνάγουσιν ἡμᾶς πρὸς αὐτόν· ἔτι γὰρ λαλοῦντός σου, φησὶν, ἐρῶ, ἰδοὺ πάρειμι. Ποῖος πατὴρ οὕτως ἂν ὑπακούσειέ ποτε τοῖς ἐγγόνοις; ποία μήτηρ οὕτως ἐστὶ ᾿παρεσκενασμένη καὶ διηνεκῶς ἑστηκυῖα, μή ποτε καλέσειεν αὐτὴν τὰ παιδία; Οὐκ ἔστιν οὐδεὶς, οὐ πατὴρ, οὐ μήτηρ᾽ αλλ ὁ θεὸς διηνεκῶς ἕστηκεν ἀναμένων, εἴ τίς ποτε καλέσειεν αὐτὸν τῶν οἰκετῶν, καὶ οὐδέποτε, καλεσάντων ἡμῶν ὡς δεῖ, παρήκουσε. Διὰ τοῦτό φησιν ἔτι λαλοῦντός σου οὐκ ἀναμένω σε πληρῶσαι, καὶ εὐθέως ὑπακούω. Καλέσωμεν τοίνυν αὐτὸν ὡς κληθῆναι βούλεται. Πώς δὲ βούλεται; Λύε, φησὶ, πάντα σύνδεσμον ἀδικίας, διάλυε στραγγαλιὰς βιαίων συναλλαγμάτων, πᾶσαν συγγραφὴν ἄδικον διάσπα. Διάθρυπτε πεινῶντι τὸν ἄρτον σου, καὶ πτωχοὺς ἀστέγους εἰσάγαγε εἰς τὸν οἶκόν σου. ᾿Εὰν ἴδης γυμνὸν, περίβαλε, καὶ ἀπὸ τῶν οἰκείων τοῦ σπέρματός σου οὐχ ὑπερόψει. Τότε ῥαγήσεται πρώϊμον τὸ ,Φώς σου, καὶ τὰ ἰάματά σου ταχὺ ἀνατελεῖ, καὶ προπορεύσεται ἔμπροσθέν σου ἡ δικαιοσύνη σου, καὶ ἡ δόξα τοῦ θεοῦ περιστελεῖ σε. Τότε ἐπικαλέσῃ με, καὶ εἰσακούσομαί σου ἔτι λαλοῦντός σου ἐρώ, ἰδοὺ πάρειμι. Καὶ τίς ταῦτα πάντα δύναται ποιῆσαι: φησί. Τίς δὲ οὐ δύναται; εἰπέ μοι. Τί γὰρ δυσχερὲς τῶν εἰρημένων : : τί δὲ ἐργῶδες : τί δὲ οὐ ῥᾷδιον ; Οὕτω γάρ ἐστιν οὐχὶ δυνατὰ μόνον, ἀλλὰ καὶ εὔκολα, ὅτι πολλοὶ καὶ τὸ μέτρον τῶν εἰρημένων ὑπερηκόντισαν, οὐκ ἄδικα γραμματεῖα διασπῶντες μόνον, ἀλλὰ καὶ τὰ ὄντα ἀποδυσάμενοι πάντα οὐ στέγῃ καὶ τραπέζῃ τοὺς πτωχοὺς δεχόμενοι; ἀλλὰ καὶ τῷ τοῦ σώματος ἱδρῶτι καὶ κάμνοντες ὥστε αὐτοὺς διαθρέψαι οὐ σνγγενεῖς μόνον, ἀλλὰ καὶ ἐχθροὺς εὐεργετοῦντες.

Touton toinyn enkolapson tę̄ dianoią tę̄ sē, kai tēn sōtērian periptyxai tōn hēmeterōn psychōn. Houtos gar ho stauros tēn oikoumenēn esōse kai epestrepse, tēn planēn exēlase, tēn alētheian epanēgage, tēn gēn ouranon epoiēse, tous anthrōpous angelous eirgasato. Dia touton hoi daimones ouketi phoberoi, all᾽ eukataphronētoi᾽ oude ho thanatos thanatos, all᾽ hypnos dia touton panta errhiptai chamai kai pepatētai ta polemounta hēmin. An toinyn eipē soi tis, ton estaurōmenon proskyneis ? eipe phaidrą tę̄ phōnę̄, gegēthoti tǭ prosōpǭ; kai proskynō, kai ou pausomai pote proskynōn. Kan gelasē, dakryson auton hoti mainetai. Eucharistēson tǭ despotę̄, hoti toiauta hēmas euērgetēsen, ha mēde mathein dynatai tis chōris tēs anōthen apokalypseōs. Dia gar touto kai houtos gelą, hoti psychikos anthrōpos ou dechetai ta tou pneumatos. Epei kai ta paidia touto paschei, hotan ti tōn megalōn idē kai thaumastōn kan eis mystēria eisagagę̄s paidion, gelasetai. Toutois dē kai Ellēnes eoikasi tois paidiois mallon de kai toutōn eisin atelesteroi, dio kai athliōteroi, hoti ouk en aōrǭ hēlikią, all᾽ en teleią ta tōn nēpiōn paschonsin᾽ hothen oude syngnōmēs eisin axioi. All᾽ hēmeis lamprą tę̄ phōnē, kai mega kai hypsēlon boōntes, krazōmen kai legōmen, kai hotan pantes parōsin Hellēnes meta pleionos tēs parrhēsias hoti to kauchēma hēmōn ho stauros, kai to kephalaion tōn agathōn hapantōn, kai hē parrhēsia kai ho stephanos hapas. Eboulomēn … estaurōtai, kagō tǭ kosmǭ all᾽ ou dynamai, poikilois pathesi katechomenos. Dio parainō kai hymin, kai pro ge hymōn emautǭ, staurōthēnai tǭ kosmǭ, kai mēden koinon echein pros tēn gēn, alla tēs anō patridos eran, kai tēs ekeithen doxēs kai tōn agathōn. Kai gar stratiōtai esmen basileōs ouraniou, kai hopla endedymetha pneumatika. Ti toinyn kapēlōn kai agyrtōn, mallon de skōlēkōn bion metacheirizomen : Opou gar ho basileus, ekei kai ton stratiōtēn einai dei. Kai gar stratiōtai gegonamen, ou tōn makran, alla tōn engys. Ho men gar epi tēs gēs basileus, ouk an anaschoito pantas einai en tois basileiois, oude para tas autou pleuras; ho de tōn ouranōn hapantas engys einai bouletai tou thronou tou basilikou. Kai pōs dynaton entautha ontas … … tēs gēs hōn, hopon ta Seraphim ēn, hopon ta Cheroubim, kai engyterō tou Christou, ē houtoi hoi aspidēphoroi tou basileōs. Houtoi men gar pollachou tas opseis peripherousin᾽ ekeinon de ouden ephantazen, oude perieilken, alla pasan tēn dianoian pros ton basilea tetamenēn eichen. Hōste an boulēthōmen, dynaton ᾿ kai hēmin touto. Ei men gar topǭ dieistēkei, kalōs an hēporeis ei de pantachou paresti, tǭ spoudazonti kai syntetamenǭ plēsion esti. Dia touto kai ho prophētēs elegen ou phobēthēsomai kaka, hoti sy met emou ei kai autos palin ho theos; theos engizōn egō eimi, kai ouchi theos porrhōthen. Hōsper oun hai hamartiai diistōsin hēmas ap᾽ autou, houtō kai hai dikaiosynai synagousin hēmas pros auton; eti gar lalountos sou, phēsin, erō, idou pareimi. Poios patēr houtōs an hypakouseie pote tois engonois? poia mētēr houtōs esti ᾿pareskenasmenē kai diēnekōs hestēkuia, mē pote kaleseien autēn ta paidia? Ouk estin oudeis, ou patēr, ou mētēr᾽ all ho theos diēnekōs hestēken anamenōn, ei tis pote kaleseien auton tōn oiketōn, kai oudepote, kalesantōn hēmōn hōs dei, parēkouse. Dia touto phēsin eti lalountos sou ouk anamenō se plērōsai, kai eutheōs hypakouō. Kalesōmen toinyn auton hōs klēthēnai bouletai. Pōs de bouletai? Lye, phēsi, panta syndesmon adikias, dialye strangalias biaiōn synallagmatōn, pasan syngraphēn adikon diaspa. Diathrypte peinōnti ton arton sou, kai ptōchous astegous eisagage eis ton oikon sou. ᾿Ean idēs gymnon, peribale, kai apo tōn oikeiōn tou spermatos sou ouch hyperopsei. Tote rhagēsetai prōïmon to ,Phōs sou, kai ta iamata sou tachy anatelei, kai proporeusetai emprosthen sou hē dikaiosynē sou, kai hē doxa tou theou peristelei se. Tote epikalesę̄ me, kai eisakousomai sou eti lalountos sou erō, idou pareimi. Kai tis tauta panta dynatai poiēsai: phēsi. Tis de ou dynatai? eipe moi. Ti gar dyscheres tōn eirēmenōn : : ti de ergōdes : ti de ou rhądion ? Houtō gar estin ouchi dynata monon, alla kai eukola, hoti polloi kai to metron tōn eirēmenōn hyperēkontisan, ouk adika grammateia diaspōntes monon, alla kai ta onta apodysamenoi panta ou stegę̄ kai trapezę̄ tous ptōchous dechomenoi? alla kai tǭ tou sōmatos hidrōti kai kamnontes hōste autous diathrepsai ou snngeneis monon, alla kai echthrous euergetountes.

Engrave this, then, on your mind, and embrace the salvation of our souls. For this cross saved and converted the world, drove out error, brought back truth, made earth heaven, made men angels. Because of it the demons are no longer fearful but contemptible; nor is death death, but sleep; because of it all that wars against us has been thrown to the ground and trampled underfoot. If, then, someone says to you, “Do you worship the crucified one?” say with a bright voice and a glad face, “I do worship him, and I will never cease to worship him.” And if he laughs, weep for him, because he is mad. Give thanks to the Master that he has benefited us with such things as one cannot even learn without revelation from above. For this is why that man laughs too, because “the natural man does not receive the things of the Spirit.” For children too feel this, when they see something great and wonderful; and if you bring a child into the mysteries, he will laugh. To these children the Greeks are like; or rather they are even more imperfect than these, and therefore more wretched, because not at an untimely age but at full age they feel as infants do; hence they are not even worthy of pardon. But let us, with a bright voice, shouting loud and high, cry out and say—and when all the Greeks are present, with all the greater boldness—that the cross is our boast, and the sum of all good things, and our confidence, and our whole crown. I would wish … “… has been crucified …, and I to the world”; but I cannot, held down as I am by various passions. That is why I exhort both you and, before you, myself, to be crucified to the world, and to have nothing in common with the earth, but to love the country above, and the glory and the good things from there. For we are soldiers of a heavenly King, and have put on spiritual arms. Why, then, do we take up the life of hucksters and vagabonds, or rather of worms? For where the king is, there the soldier too must be. For we have become soldiers not of one far off, but of one near. For the king on earth would not bear that all should be in the palace, nor at his side; but the King of the heavens wishes all to be near his royal throne. “And how is it possible,” you say, “for those who are here to stand beside that throne?” … being of the earth, was where the seraphim are, where the cherubim are, and nearer to Christ than these shield-bearers of the king. For these turn their eyes in many directions; but nothing distracted that man or drew him aside, but he kept his whole mind intent upon the King. So, if we wish, this is possible for us too. For if he were separated by place, you might well be at a loss; but if he is present everywhere, he is near to the one who is zealous and intent. That is why the prophet too said, “I will fear no evil, for you are with me”; and God himself again: “I am a God at hand, and not a God far off.” As, then, sins separate us from him, so righteous deeds bring us together with him. “For while you are still speaking,” he says, “I will say, ‘Here I am.’” What father would ever so listen to his offspring? What mother is so ready, standing continually, lest her children should call her? There is no one, no father, no mother; but God stands continually waiting, in case any of his servants should ever call him, and never, when we have called as we ought, has he failed to hear. That is why he says, “While you are still speaking”: I do not wait for you to finish, and at once I hear. Let us, then, call him as he wishes to be called. And how does he wish it? “Loose,” he says, “every bond of injustice, undo the knots of violent contracts, tear up every unjust document. Break your bread to the hungry, and bring the homeless poor into your house. If you see one naked, cover him, and do not overlook those of your own seed. Then your light shall break forth early, and your healings shall spring up quickly, and your righteousness shall go before you, and the glory of God shall clothe you. Then you shall call on me, and I will hear you; while you are still speaking I will say, ‘Here I am.’” “And who,” someone says, “can do all these things?” And who cannot? Tell me. For what is difficult in what has been said? What is laborious? What is not easy? For they are so far from being only possible, they are even easy, that many have gone beyond the measure of what was said, not only tearing up unjust contracts, but stripping themselves of all they had; receiving the poor not only with roof and table, but toiling even with the sweat of their body to feed them; benefiting not only kinsmen but even enemies.

54.6Field 2

Τί δὲ ὅλως καὶ δύσκολον τῶν εἰρημένων; Οὐδὲ γὰρ εἷπεν, ὑπέρβηθι τὸ ὄρος, διάβηθι τὸ πέλαγος, ,διάσκαψον πλέθρα γῆς τόσα καὶ τόσα, ἄσιτος διάμενε, σάκκον περιβαλοῦ ἀλλὰ, μετάδος τοῖς οἰκείοις, μετάδος τοῦ ἄρτου, τὰ ἀδίκως συγκείμενα γραμματεῖα διάῤῥηξον. Τί τούτων εὑκολώτερον ; εἰπέ μοι. Εἰ δὲ καὶ δύσκολα εἶναι νομίζεις, σκόπει μοι καὶ τὰ ἔπαθλα, καὶ ἔσται σοι ῥᾷδια. Καθάπερ γὰρ οἱ βασιλεῖς ἐν ταῖς ἱπποδρομίαις πρὸ τῶν ἀγωνιζομένων στεφάνους καὶ βραβεῖα καὶ ἱμάτια συντιθέασιν, οὕτω δὴ καὶ ὁ Χριστὸς ἐν μέσῳ τίθησι τῷ σταδίῳ τὰ ἔπαθλα, καθάπερ διὰ πολλῶν χειρῶν τῶν τοῦ προφήτου ῥημάτων ἐκτείνων αὐτά. Καὶ οἱ μὲν βασιλεῖς, κἂν μυριάκις ὦσι βασιλεῖς, ἅτε ἄνθρωποι ὄντες. καὶ εὐπορίαν δαπανωμένην ἔχοντες, καὶ φιλοτιμίαν ἀναλισκομένην, τὰ ὀλέγα πολλὰ φιλοτιμοῦνται δεῖξαι διὸ καὶ ἐν ἕκαστον ἑκάστῳ τῶν διακόνων ἐγχειρίζοντες, οὕτως εἰσαγουσιν εἰς μέσον. Ο βασιλεὺς ὁ ἡμέτερος τοὐναντίον: ἅπαντα ὁμοῦ συμφορήσας, ἐπειδὴ σφόδρα ἐστὶν εὔπορος, καὶ οὐδὲν πρὸς ἐπίδειξιν ποιεῖ, οὕτως εἰς μέσον προτίθησιν, ἅπερ ἐκταθέντα ἄπειρα ἔσται, καὶ πολλῶν δεήσεται τῶν κατεχουσῶν χειρῶν. Καὶ ἵνα μάθης τοῦτο, ἕκαστον αὐτῶν περισκόπει μετὰ ἀκριβείας. Τότε ραγήσεται, φησὶ, πρώϊμον τὸ φῶς σου. Ἆρα δοκεῖ σοι ἕν τι εἶναι τὸ δῶρον τοῦτο; Αλλ᾽ οὐκ ἔστιν ἕν᾽ καὶ γὰρ πολλὰ ἔνδον ἔχει, καὶ βραβεῖα καὶ στεφάνους καὶ ἕτερα ἔπαθλα. Καὶ εἰ βούλεσθε, λύσαντες δείξωμεν τὸν πλοῦτον ἅπαντα, καθὼς ἡμῖν οἷόν τέ ἐστι δεῖξαι μόνον μὴ ἀποκάμητε. Καὶ πρῶτον μάθωμεν τί ἐστι, ῥαγήσεται. Οὐδὲ γὰρ εἶπε, φανεῖται, αλλα, ῥαγήσεται τὸ ταχὺ καὶ δαψιλὲς ἡμῖν ἐμφαίνων, καὶ πῶς σφόδρα ἐφίεται τῆς ἡμετέρας σωτηρίας, καὶ πῶς ὠδίνει τὰ ἀγαθὰ αὐτὰ προελθεῖν, καὶ ἐπείγεται, καὶ οὐδὲν ἔσται τὸ κωλύον τὴν ἄφατον ῥύμην· δι᾽ ὧν ἁπάντων τὴν δαψίλειαν αὐτῶν ἐνδείκνυται, καὶ τὸ ἄπειρον τῆς περιουσίας. Τί δέ ἐστι, πρώϊμον : Τουτέστιν, οὐ μετὰ τὸ ἐν τοῖς πειρασμοῖς γενέσθαι, οὐδὲ μετὰ τὴν τῶν κακῶν ἔφοδον, αλλὰ καὶ προφθάνει. Καθάπερ γὰρ ἐπὶ τῶν καρπῶν λέγομεν πρώϊμον τὸ πρὸ τοῦ καιροῦ φανὲν, οὕτω καὶ ἐνταῦθα, τὸ ταχινὸν πάλιν ἐμφαίνων, οὕτως εἶπεν ὥσπερ ἄνω ἔλεγεν ἔτι λαλοῦντός σου ἐρώ, ἰδοὺ πάρειμι. Ποῖον δὲ λέγει φῶς: καὶ τί ποτέ ἐστι τοῦτο τὸ φῶς; Οὐ τοῦτο τὸ αἰσθητὸν, ἀλλ᾽ ἕτερον πολλῷ βέλτιον, ὃ τὸν οὐρανὸν ἡμῖν δείκνυσι, τοὺς ἀγγέλους, τοὺς ἀρχαγγέλους, τὰ Χερουβὶμ, τὰ Σεραφὶμ, τοὺς θρόνους, τὰς κυριότητας, τὰς ἀρχὰς, τὰς ἐξουσίας, τὸ στρατόπεδον ἅπαν, τὰς αὐλὰς τὰς βασιλικὰς, τὰς σκηνάς. ᾿Ἂν γὰρ τοῦ φωτὸς ἐκείνου καταξιωθῆς, καὶ ταῦτα ὄψει, καὶ ἀπαλλαγήση γεέννης» καὶ τοῦ σκώληκος τοῦ ἰοβόλον, καὶ τοῦ βρυγμοῦ τῶν ὀδόντων, καὶ τῶν δεσμῶν τῶν ἀλύτων, καὶ τῆς στενοχωρίας, καὶ τῆς θλίψεως, καὶ τοῦ σκότους τοῦ αφεγγοῦς, καὶ τοῦ διχοτομηθῆναι, καὶ τοῦ ποταμοῦ τοῦ πυρὸς, καὶ τῆς κατάρας, καὶ τῶν τῆς ὀδύνης χωρίων καὶ ἀπελεύση ἔνθα ἀπέδρα ὀδύνη καὶ λύπη ἔνθα πολλὴ ἡ χαρὰ, καὶ ἡ εἰρήνη; καὶ ἡ ἀγάπη, καὶ ἡ τρυφὴ, καὶ ἡ εὐφροσύνη: ἔνθα ζωὴ αἰώνιος, καὶ δόξα ἄῤῥητος, καὶ κάλλος ἄφραστον· ἔνθα αἱ αἰώνιοι σκηναὶ, καὶ ἡ δόξα τοῦ βασιλέως ἡ ἀπόῤῥητος, καὶ τὰ ἀγαθὰ ἐκεῖνα, ἃ ὀφθαλμὸς οὐκ εἶδε, καὶ οὖς οὐκ ἤκουσε, καὶ ἐπὶ καρδίαν ἀνθρώπου οὐκ ἀνέβη ἔνθα ὁ νυμφὼν ὁ πνευματικὸς, καὶ αἱ παστάδες τῶν οὐρανῶν, καὶ αἱ παρθένοι αἱ τὰς φαιδρὰς ἔχουσαι λαμπάδας, καὶ οἱ τὸ ἔνδυμα τοῦ γάμον ἔχοντες ἔνθα πολλὰ τὰ ὑπάρχοντα τοῦ δεσπότου, καὶ τὰ ταμεῖα τὰ βασιλικα. Εἶδες ἡλίκα τὰ ἔπαθλα, καὶ ὅσα διὰ μιᾶς ῥήσεως ἐπεδείξατο; καὶ πῶς πάντα ᾿συνεφύρησεν; Οὕτω καὶ τῶν ἑξῆς ῥήσεων ἑκάστην ἀναπτύξαντες, πολλὴν εὑρήσομεν τὴν περιουσίαν, καὶ πέλαγος ἀχανές. Ετι οὖν ἀναβαλούμεθα, εἰπέ μοι, καὶ ὀκνήσομεν ἐλεεῖν τοὺς δεομένους; Μὴ, παρακαλῶ, ἀλλὰ κἂν πάντα ῥῖψαι δέῃ, κἀν εἰς πῦρ ἐμβληθῆναι, κἂν ξίφους κατατολμῆσαι, κἀν κατὰ μαχαιρῶν ἄλλεσθαι, κἂν ὁτιοῦν παθεῖν, πάντα φέρωμεν εὐκόλως, ἵνα τοῦ ἐνδύματος ᾿ἐπιτύχωμεν τῆς βασιλείας τῶν οὐρανῶν, καὶ τῆς ἀῤῥήτου δόξης ἐκείνης ἧς γένοιτο πάντας ἡμᾶς ἐπιτυχεῖν, χάριτι καὶ φιλανθρωπίᾳ τοῦ κυρίου ἡμῶν ᾿Ιησοῦ Χριστοῦ, ᾧ ἡ δόξα καὶ τὸ κράτος εἰς τοὺς αἰῶνας τῶν αἰώνων. Ἀμήν.

Ti de holōs kai dyskolon tōn eirēmenōn? Oude gar heipen, hyperbēthi to oros, diabēthi to pelagos, ,diaskapson plethra gēs tosa kai tosa, asitos diamene, sakkon peribalou alla, metados tois oikeiois, metados tou artou, ta adikōs synkeimena grammateia diarrhēxon. Ti toutōn heukolōteron ? eipe moi. Ei de kai dyskola einai nomizeis, skopei moi kai ta epathla, kai estai soi rhądia. Kathaper gar hoi basileis en tais hippodromiais pro tōn agōnizomenōn stephanous kai brabeia kai himatia syntitheasin, houtō dē kai ho Christos en mesǭ tithēsi tǭ stadiǭ ta epathla, kathaper dia pollōn cheirōn tōn tou prophētou rhēmatōn ekteinōn auta. Kai hoi men basileis, kan myriakis ōsi basileis, hate anthrōpoi ontes. kai euporian dapanōmenēn echontes, kai philotimian analiskomenēn, ta olega polla philotimountai deixai dio kai en hekaston hekastǭ tōn diakonōn encheirizontes, houtōs eisagousin eis meson. O basileus ho hēmeteros tounantion: hapanta homou symphorēsas, epeidē sphodra estin euporos, kai ouden pros epideixin poiei, houtōs eis meson protithēsin, haper ektathenta apeira estai, kai pollōn deēsetai tōn katechousōn cheirōn. Kai hina mathēs touto, hekaston autōn periskopei meta akribeias. Tote ragēsetai, phēsi, prōïmon to phōs sou. Ara dokei soi hen ti einai to dōron touto? All᾽ ouk estin hen᾽ kai gar polla endon echei, kai brabeia kai stephanous kai hetera epathla. Kai ei boulesthe, lysantes deixōmen ton plouton hapanta, kathōs hēmin hoion te esti deixai monon mē apokamēte. Kai prōton mathōmen ti esti, rhagēsetai. Oude gar eipe, phaneitai, alla, rhagēsetai to tachy kai dapsiles hēmin emphainōn, kai pōs sphodra ephietai tēs hēmeteras sōtērias, kai pōs ōdinei ta agatha auta proelthein, kai epeigetai, kai ouden estai to kōlyon tēn aphaton rhymēn; di᾽ hōn hapantōn tēn dapsileian autōn endeiknytai, kai to apeiron tēs periousias. Ti de esti, prōïmon : Toutestin, ou meta to en tois peirasmois genesthai, oude meta tēn tōn kakōn ephodon, alla kai prophthanei. Kathaper gar epi tōn karpōn legomen prōïmon to pro tou kairou phanen, houtō kai entautha, to tachinon palin emphainōn, houtōs eipen hōsper anō elegen eti lalountos sou erō, idou pareimi. Poion de legei phōs: kai ti pote esti touto to phōs? Ou touto to aisthēton, all᾽ heteron pollǭ beltion, ho ton ouranon hēmin deiknysi, tous angelous, tous archangelous, ta Cheroubim, ta Seraphim, tous thronous, tas kyriotētas, tas archas, tas exousias, to stratopedon hapan, tas aulas tas basilikas, tas skēnas. ᾿An gar tou phōtos ekeinou kataxiōthēs, kai tauta opsei, kai apallagēsē geennēs» kai tou skōlēkos tou iobolon, kai tou brygmou tōn odontōn, kai tōn desmōn tōn alytōn, kai tēs stenochōrias, kai tēs thlipseōs, kai tou skotous tou aphengous, kai tou dichotomēthēnai, kai tou potamou tou pyros, kai tēs kataras, kai tōn tēs odynēs chōriōn kai apeleusē entha apedra odynē kai lypē entha pollē hē chara, kai hē eirēnē? kai hē agapē, kai hē tryphē, kai hē euphrosynē: entha zōē aiōnios, kai doxa arrhētos, kai kallos aphraston; entha hai aiōnioi skēnai, kai hē doxa tou basileōs hē aporrhētos, kai ta agatha ekeina, ha ophthalmos ouk eide, kai ous ouk ēkouse, kai epi kardian anthrōpou ouk anebē entha ho nymphōn ho pneumatikos, kai hai pastades tōn ouranōn, kai hai parthenoi hai tas phaidras echousai lampadas, kai hoi to endyma tou gamon echontes entha polla ta hyparchonta tou despotou, kai ta tameia ta basilika. Eides hēlika ta epathla, kai hosa dia mias rhēseōs epedeixato? kai pōs panta ᾿synephyrēsen? Houtō kai tōn hexēs rhēseōn hekastēn anaptyxantes, pollēn heurēsomen tēn periousian, kai pelagos achanes. Eti oun anabaloumetha, eipe moi, kai oknēsomen eleein tous deomenous? Mē, parakalō, alla kan panta rhipsai deę̄, kan eis pyr emblēthēnai, kan xiphous katatolmēsai, kan kata machairōn allesthai, kan hotioun pathein, panta pherōmen eukolōs, hina tou endymatos ᾿epitychōmen tēs basileias tōn ouranōn, kai tēs arrhētou doxēs ekeinēs hēs genoito pantas hēmas epitychein, chariti kai philanthrōpią tou kyriou hēmōn ᾿Iēsou Christou, hǭ hē doxa kai to kratos eis tous aiōnas tōn aiōnōn. Amēn.

And what at all is difficult in what has been said? For he did not say, “Cross the mountain, pass over the sea, dig up so many and so many acres of land, remain without food, put on sackcloth”; but, “Share with your own, share your bread, tear up the documents unjustly drawn up.” What is easier than these? Tell me. But if you think them difficult, consider, I pray you, the prizes too, and they will be easy for you. For as kings at the horse races set out crowns and prizes and garments before those who compete, so too Christ places the prizes in the midst of the stadium, holding them out as through many hands, the words of the prophet. And kings, even if they are kings ten thousand times over, being men, and having wealth that is spent and generosity that is used up, are ambitious to make a few things look many; that is why, entrusting each item to one of their servants, they bring them out so into the midst. Our King does the opposite: having gathered them all together, since he is exceedingly rich and does nothing for display, he sets them out so in the midst; and when they are unfolded they will be boundless, and will need many hands to hold them. And that you may learn this, examine each of them with care. “Then shall your light break forth early,” he says. Does this gift seem to you to be one thing? But it is not one; it holds many within it, both prizes and crowns and other rewards. And if you wish, let us unfold it and show all the wealth, as far as we are able to show it; only do not grow weary. And first let us learn what “shall break forth” means. For he did not say, “shall appear,” but, “shall break forth,” showing us its speed and abundance, and how greatly he longs for our salvation, and how these good things are in travail to come forth themselves, and press on, and nothing will hold back their unspeakable rush; by all which he shows their abundance and the boundlessness of his wealth. And what is “early”? That is, not after you have been in trials, nor after the onset of evils, but it even anticipates them. For as with fruits we call “early” what appears before its season, so here too, showing again the speed, he spoke so, as above he said, “While you are still speaking I will say, ‘Here I am.’” And what light does he mean, and what in the world is this light? Not this light of the senses, but another, far better, which shows us heaven, the angels, the archangels, the cherubim, the seraphim, the thrones, the dominions, the principalities, the powers, the whole host, the royal courts, the tents. For if you are counted worthy of that light, you will both see these things and be delivered from Gehenna, and from the venomous worm, and from the gnashing of teeth, and from the bonds that cannot be loosed, and from the distress and the affliction, and from the darkness without a gleam, and from being cut in two, and from the river of fire, and from the curse, and from the places of pain; and you will depart where pain and grief have fled away, where joy is great, and peace, and love, and delight, and gladness; where there is eternal life, and unspeakable glory, and indescribable beauty; where there are the eternal tents, and the unspeakable glory of the King, and those good things “which eye has not seen, and ear has not heard, and which have not entered into the heart of man”; where there is the spiritual bridal chamber, and the bridal halls of the heavens, and the virgins who have bright lamps, and those who have the wedding garment; where the Master’s possessions are many, and the royal treasuries. Do you see how great the prizes are, and how many he displayed through one saying, and how he gathered them all together? So too, if we unfold each of the following sayings, we shall find great abundance and a boundless sea. Shall we still put off, then, tell me, and hesitate to have mercy on those in need? No, I beg you; but even if we must throw away everything, even if we must be cast into fire, even if we must brave the sword, even if we must leap upon knives, even if we must suffer anything whatever, let us bear all things easily, so that we may obtain the garment of the kingdom of the heavens and that unspeakable glory; which may we all attain, by the grace and love for mankind of our Lord Jesus Christ, to whom be glory and might to the ages of ages. Amen.

Chapter 55

55.1Field 2

᾿Ιησοῦς εἶπε τοῖς μαθηταῖς αὐτοῦ εἴ τις θέλει ὀπίσω μου ελθεῖν, ἀπαρνησάσθω ἑαντὸν, καὶ ἀράτω τὸν … Τότε πότε: Ὅτε ὁ Πέτρος εἶπεν, ἵλεώς σοι, οὐ μὴ ἔσται σοι τοῦτο καὶ ἤκουσεν, ὕπαγε ὀπίσω μου, Σατανά. Οὐδὲ γὰρ ἡρκέσθη τῇ ἐπιτιμήσει. μόνον, ἀλλὰ᾽ καὶ ἐκ περιουσίας βουλόμενος δεῖξαι τήν τε τῶν παρὰ τοῦ Πέτρου εἰρημένων ἀτοπίαν, καὶ τὸ κέρδος τὸ ἀπὸ τοῦ πάθους, φησί: σύ μοι λέγεις, ἵλεώς σοι; οὐ μὴ ἔσται σοι τοῦτο ἐγὼ δέ σοι λέγω, ὅτι οὐ μόνον τὸ ἐμὲ κωλῦσαι καὶ τῷ ἐμῷ πάθει δυσχεραίνειν, ἐπιβλαβές σοι καὶ ὀλέθριον, αλλ᾽ ὅτι οὐδὲ σωθῆναι δυνήσῃ, ἐὰν μὴ καὶ αὐτὸς εἰς τὸ ἀποθανεῖν ἧς παρεσκευασμένος διαπαντός. ἵνα γὰρ μὴ ἀνάξιον αὐτοῦ τὸ παθεῖν εἶναι νομίσωσιν, οὐ διὰ τῶν προτέρων μόνον, ἀλλὰ καὶ διὰ τῶν ἐπαγομένων αὑτοὺς παιδεύει τοῦ πράγματος τὸ κέρδος. Εν μὲν οὖν τῷ ᾿Ιωάννῃ φησίν· ἐὰν πεσὼν ὁ κόκκος τοῦ σίτου εἰς τὴν γῆν μὴ ᾿ἀποθάνῃ, αὑτὸς μόνος μένει ἐὰν δὲ ἀποθάνῃ, πολὺν καρπὸν φέρει ἐνταῦθα δὲ ἐκ περιουσίας αὐτὸ γυμνάζων, οὐκ ἐφ᾽ ἑαυτοῦ προάγει τὸν λόγον μόνον τὸν περὶ τοῦ δεῖν ἀποθνήσκειν, ἀλλὰ καὶ ἐπὶ ἐκείνων. Τοσοῦτον γὰρ τοῦ πράγματος τούτου τὸ κέρδος, ὅτι καὶ ἐφ᾽ ὑμῶν τὸ μὲν μὴ θέλειν ἀποθανεῖν, δεινόν' τὸ δὲ ἕτοιμον εἶναι πρὸς τοῦτο, ἀγαθον. ᾿Αλλὰ τοῦτο μὲν διὰ τῶν ἑξῆς δηλοῖ, τέως δὲ εξ ἑνὸς αὐτὸ γυμνάζει μέρους. Καὶ ὅρα πώς καὶ ἀκατανάγκαστον ποιεῖ τὸν λόγον. Οὐδὲ γὰρ εἶπεν, ὅτι κἂν βούλησθε, κἂν μὴ βούλησθε, δεῖ τοῦτο ὑμᾶς παθεῖν· ἀλλὰ πώς: Εἴ τις θέλει ὀπίσω μου ἐλθεῖν. Οὐ βιάζομαι, οὐκ ἀναγκάζω, ἀλλ᾽ ἕκαστον᾽ κύριον τῆς ἑαυτοῦ προαιρέσεως ποιῶ διὸ καὶ λέγω, εἴ τις θέλει. ᾿Επὶ γὰρ ἀγαθὰ καλῶ, οὐχὶ ἐπὶ κακὰ καὶ ἐπαχθῆ, οὐκ ἐπὶ κόλασιν καὶ τιμωρίαν, ἵνα καὶ ἀναγκάσω. Καὶ γὰρ αὐτὴ τοῦ πραγματος ἢ φύσις ἱκανὴ ἐφελκύσασθαι. Ταῦτα δὲ λέγων ἐπεσπᾶτο μειζόνως. Ὁ μὲν γὰρ, βιαζόμενος ἀποτρέπει πολλάκις ὁ δὲ ἀφεὶς κύριον τὸν ἀκροατὴν εἶναι, μᾶλλον ἐφέλκεται. Βίας γὰρ δυνατώτερον θεραπεία. Διὸ καὶ αὐτὸς ἔλεγεν εἴ τις θέλει. Μεγάλα γάρ ἐστι, φησὶν, ἃ δίδωμι ὑμῖν ἀγαθὰ, καὶ τοιαῦτα, ὡς καὶ ἐπιτρέχειν ἑκόντας. Οὐδὲ γάρ εἴ τις χρυσίον παρεῖχε; καὶ θησαυρὸν προετίθει, μετὰ βίας ἐκάλεσεν ἄν. Εἰ δὲ εἰς ἐκεῖνα οὐ μετὰ βίας, πολλῷ μᾶλλον ἐπὶ τὰ ἐν τοῖς οὐρανοῖς ἀγαθα. Εἰ γὰρ μὴ ἢ τοῦ πράγματος φύσις. πείθει σε δραμεῖν, οὐδὲ λαβεῖν ἄξιος εἶ, οὐδ ὧν λάβῃς, εἴσῃ καλῶς τὸ ληφθέν. Διὰ τοῦτο οὐκ ἀναγκάζει ὁ Χριστὸς, ἀλλὰ προτρέπει, φειδόμενος ἡμῶν. ᾿Επειδὴ γὰρ ἐδόκουν πολλὰ διαθρυλλεῖν, ἰδίᾳ θορυβούμενοι πρὸς τὸ εἰρημένον; φησίν: οὐ χρεία θορύβου καὶ ταραχῆς. Εἰ μὴ ᾿νομίζετε μυρίων ἀγαθῶν αἴτιον εἶναι τὸ εἰρημένον, καὶ ἐφ᾽ ὑμῶν συμβαῖνον, οὐ βιάζομαι, οὐδὲ ἀναγκάζω, ἀλλ᾽ εἴ τις θέλει ἀκολουθεῖν, τοῦτον καλώ. Μὴ γὰρ δὴ τοῦτο νομίζετε εἶναι τὴν ἀκολούθησιν, ὃ ποιεῖτε νῦν ἑπόμενοί μοι. Πολλῶν ὑμῖν δεῖ πόνων, πολλῶν κινδύνων, εἰ μέλλοιτε ὀπίσω μου ἰέναι. Οὐ γὰρ δὴ, ὦ Πέτρε, ἐπειδὴ υἱόν με ὠμολόγῆσας θεοῦ, διὰ τοῦτο μόνον προσδοκᾶν ὀφείλεις στεφάνους, καὶ νομίζειν ἀρκεῖν εἰς σωτηρίαν σοι τοῦτο, καὶ ἀδείας λοιπὸν ἀπολαύειν, ὡς τὸ πᾶν ἐργασάμενος. Δύναμαι μὲν γὰρ, ἅτε υἱὸς ὧν θεοῦ, μηδὲ ἀφεῖναί σε πεῖραν τῶν δεινῶν λαβεῖν οὐ βούλομαι δὲ διὰ σὲ, ἵνα καὶ αὐτός τι συνεισενέγκης, καὶ δοκιμώτερος γένη. Οὐδὲ γὰρ εἴ τις ἀγωνοθέτης εἴη, καὶ φίλον ἀθλητὴν ἔχοι, βονληθείη ἂν χάριτι αὐτὸν στεφανῶσαι μόνον, ἀλλὰ καὶ ἀπὸ τῶν οἰκείων πόνων καὶ διὰ τοῦτο μαλιστα, ἐπειδὴ αὐτὸν φιλεῖ. Οὕτω καὶ ὁ Χριστός οὖς μάλιστα φιλεῖ, τούτους μάλιστα βούλεται καὶ οἴκοθεν εὐδοκιμεῖν» οὐκ ἀπὸ τῆς αὐτοῦ βοηθείας μόνης. Ὅρα δὲ πῶς καὶ ἀνεπαχθῆ ποιεῖ τὸν λόγον. Οὐδὲ γὰρ εἰς αὐτοὺς περιίστησι μόνους τὰ δεινὰ, ἀλλὰ καὶ κοινὸν τὸ δόγμα τῇ οἰκουμένῃ προτίθησι λέγων' εἴ τις θέλει κἂν γυνὴ, κἄν ἀνὴρ; κἀν ἄρχων, κἂν ἀρχόμενος, ταύτην ἐρχέσθω τὴν ὁδόν. Καὶ δοκεῖ μὲν ἕν τι εἰρηκέναι, τρία δέ ἐστε τὰ λεγόμενα τὸ ᾿ἁπαρνησάσθω ἑαυτὸν, καὶ τὸ, ᾿ἀράτω τὸν σταυρὸν αὐτοῦ, καὶ τὸ, ἀκολουθείτω μοι καὶ τὰ μὲν δύο. συνέζευκται, τὸ δὲ ἕν καθ᾽ ἑαντὸ τέθειται. ᾿Αλλ᾽ ἴδωμεν πρότερον τί ποτέ ἐστι τὸ ἀρνήσασθαι ἑαυτόν. Μάθωμεν πρότερον τί ἐστιν ἀρνήσασθαι ἕτερον, καὶ τότε εἰσόμεθα τί ποτέ ἐστιν ἀρνήσασθαι ἑαυτόν. Τί οὖν ἐστιν ἀρνήσασθαι ἕτερον; Ὁ ἀρνούμενος ἕτερον, οἷον ἢ ἀδελφὸν, ἢ οἰκέτην, ἢ ὁντιναοῦν, κἄν μαστιζόμενον ἴδη, κἂν δεσμούμενον, κἀν ἀπαγόμενον, κἀν ὁτιοῦν πάσχοντα, οὐ παρίσταται, οὐ βοηθεῖ, οὐκ ἐπικλᾶται, οὐ πάσχει τι πρὸς αὐτὸν, ἅτε ἅπαξ ἀπαλλοτριωθείς. Οὕτω τοίνυν βούλεται τοῦ σώματος ἀφειδεῖν τοῦ ἡμετέρου, ἵνα κἂν μαστίζωσι; κἀν ἐλαύνωσι, κἂν καίωσι, κἂν ὁτιοῦν ποιῶσι, μὴ φεισώμεθα. Τοῦτο γάρ ἐστι φείσασθαι. ᾿Ἐπεὶ καὶ οἱ πατέρες τότε φείδονται τῶν ἐγγόνων, ὅταν διδασκάλοις αὐτὰ ἐκδόντες κελεύωσιν αὐτῶν μὴ φείδεσθαι. Οὕτω καὶ ὁ Χριστός οὐκ εἶπε, μὴ φεισάσθω ἑαντοῦ, ἀλλ᾽ ἐπέτεταμένως, ἀπαρνησάσθω ἑαντόν τουτέστι, μηδὲν ἐχέτω κοινὸν πρὸς ἑαυτὸν; ἀλλ᾽ ἐκδιδότω τοῖς κινδύνοις, τοῖς ἀγῶσι, καὶ ὡς ἑτέρου ταῦτα πάσχοντος, οὕτω διακείσθω. Καὶ οὐκ εἷπεν, ἀρνησάσθω, αλλ᾽, ἀπαρνησάσθω καὶ τῇ μικρᾷ ταύτη προσθήκῃ πολλὴν παλιν ἐμφαίνων τὴν ὑπερβολήν. Καὶ γὰρ πλέον τοῦτο ἐκείνου ἐστί.

᾿Iēsous eipe tois mathētais autou ei tis thelei opisō mou elthein, aparnēsasthō heanton, kai aratō ton … Tote pote: Hote ho Petros eipen, hileōs soi, ou mē estai soi touto kai ēkousen, hypage opisō mou, Satana. Oude gar hērkesthē tę̄ epitimēsei. monon, alla᾽ kai ek periousias boulomenos deixai tēn te tōn para tou Petrou eirēmenōn atopian, kai to kerdos to apo tou pathous, phēsi: sy moi legeis, hileōs soi? ou mē estai soi touto egō de soi legō, hoti ou monon to eme kōlysai kai tǭ emǭ pathei dyscherainein, epiblabes soi kai olethrion, all᾽ hoti oude sōthēnai dynēsę̄, ean mē kai autos eis to apothanein hēs pareskeuasmenos diapantos. hina gar mē anaxion autou to pathein einai nomisōsin, ou dia tōn proterōn monon, alla kai dia tōn epagomenōn hautous paideuei tou pragmatos to kerdos. En men oun tǭ ᾿Iōannę̄ phēsin; ean pesōn ho kokkos tou sitou eis tēn gēn mē ᾿apothanę̄, hautos monos menei ean de apothanę̄, polyn karpon pherei entautha de ek periousias auto gymnazōn, ouk eph᾽ heautou proagei ton logon monon ton peri tou dein apothnēskein, alla kai epi ekeinōn. Tosouton gar tou pragmatos toutou to kerdos, hoti kai eph᾽ hymōn to men mē thelein apothanein, deinon' to de hetoimon einai pros touto, agathon. ᾿Alla touto men dia tōn hexēs dēloi, teōs de ex henos auto gymnazei merous. Kai hora pōs kai akatanankaston poiei ton logon. Oude gar eipen, hoti kan boulēsthe, kan mē boulēsthe, dei touto hymas pathein; alla pōs: Ei tis thelei opisō mou elthein. Ou biazomai, ouk anankazō, all᾽ hekaston᾽ kyrion tēs heautou proaireseōs poiō dio kai legō, ei tis thelei. ᾿Epi gar agatha kalō, ouchi epi kaka kai epachthē, ouk epi kolasin kai timōrian, hina kai anankasō. Kai gar autē tou pragmatos ē physis hikanē ephelkysasthai. Tauta de legōn epespato meizonōs. Ho men gar, biazomenos apotrepei pollakis ho de apheis kyrion ton akroatēn einai, mallon ephelketai. Bias gar dynatōteron therapeia. Dio kai autos elegen ei tis thelei. Megala gar esti, phēsin, ha didōmi hymin agatha, kai toiauta, hōs kai epitrechein hekontas. Oude gar ei tis chrysion pareiche? kai thēsauron proetithei, meta bias ekalesen an. Ei de eis ekeina ou meta bias, pollǭ mallon epi ta en tois ouranois agatha. Ei gar mē ē tou pragmatos physis. peithei se dramein, oude labein axios ei, oud hōn labę̄s, eisę̄ kalōs to lēphthen. Dia touto ouk anankazei ho Christos, alla protrepei, pheidomenos hēmōn. ᾿Epeidē gar edokoun polla diathryllein, idią thoryboumenoi pros to eirēmenon? phēsin: ou chreia thorybou kai tarachēs. Ei mē ᾿nomizete myriōn agathōn aition einai to eirēmenon, kai eph᾽ hymōn symbainon, ou biazomai, oude anankazō, all᾽ ei tis thelei akolouthein, touton kalō. Mē gar dē touto nomizete einai tēn akolouthēsin, ho poieite nyn hepomenoi moi. Pollōn hymin dei ponōn, pollōn kindynōn, ei melloite opisō mou ienai. Ou gar dē, ō Petre, epeidē huion me ōmologēsas theou, dia touto monon prosdokan opheileis stephanous, kai nomizein arkein eis sōtērian soi touto, kai adeias loipon apolauein, hōs to pan ergasamenos. Dynamai men gar, hate huios hōn theou, mēde apheinai se peiran tōn deinōn labein ou boulomai de dia se, hina kai autos ti syneisenenkēs, kai dokimōteros genē. Oude gar ei tis agōnothetēs eiē, kai philon athlētēn echoi, bonlētheiē an chariti auton stephanōsai monon, alla kai apo tōn oikeiōn ponōn kai dia touto malista, epeidē auton philei. Houtō kai ho Christos ous malista philei, toutous malista bouletai kai oikothen eudokimein» ouk apo tēs autou boētheias monēs. Hora de pōs kai anepachthē poiei ton logon. Oude gar eis autous periistēsi monous ta deina, alla kai koinon to dogma tę̄ oikoumenę̄ protithēsi legōn' ei tis thelei kan gynē, kan anēr? kan archōn, kan archomenos, tautēn erchesthō tēn hodon. Kai dokei men hen ti eirēkenai, tria de este ta legomena to ᾿haparnēsasthō heauton, kai to, ᾿aratō ton stauron autou, kai to, akoloutheitō moi kai ta men dyo. synezeuktai, to de hen kath᾽ heanto tetheitai. ᾿All᾽ idōmen proteron ti pote esti to arnēsasthai heauton. Mathōmen proteron ti estin arnēsasthai heteron, kai tote eisometha ti pote estin arnēsasthai heauton. Ti oun estin arnēsasthai heteron? Ho arnoumenos heteron, hoion ē adelphon, ē oiketēn, ē hontinaoun, kan mastizomenon idē, kan desmoumenon, kan apagomenon, kan hotioun paschonta, ou paristatai, ou boēthei, ouk epiklatai, ou paschei ti pros auton, hate hapax apallotriōtheis. Houtō toinyn bouletai tou sōmatos apheidein tou hēmeterou, hina kan mastizōsi? kan elaunōsi, kan kaiōsi, kan hotioun poiōsi, mē pheisōmetha. Touto gar esti pheisasthai. ᾿Epei kai hoi pateres tote pheidontai tōn engonōn, hotan didaskalois auta ekdontes keleuōsin autōn mē pheidesthai. Houtō kai ho Christos ouk eipe, mē pheisasthō heantou, all᾽ epetetamenōs, aparnēsasthō heanton toutesti, mēden echetō koinon pros heauton? all᾽ ekdidotō tois kindynois, tois agōsi, kai hōs heterou tauta paschontos, houtō diakeisthō. Kai ouk heipen, arnēsasthō, all᾽, aparnēsasthō kai tę̄ mikrą tautē prosthēkę̄ pollēn palin emphainōn tēn hyperbolēn. Kai gar pleon touto ekeinou esti.

“[Then] Jesus said to his disciples, ‘If anyone wishes to come after me, let him deny himself, and take up his cross [and follow me].’” “Then”: when? When Peter said, “Mercy on you; this shall never happen to you,” and heard, “Get behind me, Satan.” For he was not content with the rebuke alone, but, wishing to show abundantly both the absurdity of what Peter had said and the gain from the passion, he says: “You say to me, ‘Mercy on you; this shall never happen to you’; but I say to you that not only is hindering me and being displeased at my passion harmful and ruinous to you, but you will not even be able to be saved unless you yourself are always prepared to die.” For so that they might not think suffering unworthy of him, he teaches them the gain of the thing not only by what went before but also by what follows. In John, then, he says, “Unless a grain of wheat falls into the earth and dies, it remains alone; but if it dies, it bears much fruit”; but here, working it out abundantly, he extends the discourse about the necessity of dying not only to himself but also to them. “For so great is the gain of this thing that even in your case not wishing to die is a dreadful thing, but being ready for it is good.” But this he makes clear by what follows; for the present he works it out from one part. And see how he also makes his word free of compulsion. For he did not say, “Whether you wish or not, you must suffer this”; but how? “If anyone wishes to come after me. I do not force, I do not compel, but I make each one master of his own choice; that is why I say, ‘If anyone wishes.’ For I call to good things, not to evil and burdensome ones, not to punishment and vengeance, that I should compel. For the very nature of the thing is enough to draw one.” And by saying this he drew them the more. For he who uses force often turns people away; but he who leaves the hearer master draws him the more. For gentle treatment is stronger than force. That is why he himself said, “If anyone wishes.” “For great,” he says, “are the good things that I give you, and such that people should run to them willingly.” For if someone were offering gold and setting out a treasure, he would not invite with force. And if not with force to those things, much more to the good things in the heavens. For if the nature of the thing does not persuade you to run, you are not worthy even to receive it, nor, if you receive it, will you rightly know what has been received. That is why Christ does not compel, but exhorts, sparing us. For since they seemed to be murmuring much privately, troubled at what had been said, he says: “There is no need of trouble and confusion. If you do not think that what was said is the cause of countless good things, even when it happens to you, I do not force, nor do I compel; but if anyone wishes to follow, him I call. For do not think that following is what you are doing now in coming after me. You need many labors, many dangers, if you are to come after me. For you must not, Peter, because you have confessed me Son of God, expect crowns for that alone, and think that this is enough for your salvation, and from now on enjoy security, as though you had done everything. For I could indeed, being the Son of God, not even let you experience dangers; but I do not wish it, for your sake, so that you too may contribute something and become more approved.” For neither, if someone were president of the games and had an athlete who was his friend, would he wish to crown him by favor alone, but also for his own labors; and for this reason most of all, because he loves him. So too Christ: those whom he loves most, these he most wishes to be distinguished also by their own efforts, not by his help alone. But see how he also makes his word not burdensome. For he does not set the dangers around them alone, but sets the teaching before the whole world in common, saying, “If anyone wishes”: whether woman or man, whether ruler or subject, let him come this way. And he seems to have said one thing, but the things said are three: “let him deny himself,” and, “let him take up his cross,” and, “let him follow me”; and two are joined together, while one is set by itself. But let us see first what denying oneself is. Let us first learn what denying another is, and then we shall know what denying oneself is. What, then, is denying another? He who denies another, a brother, say, or a servant, or anyone whatever, even if he sees him being flogged, or bound, or led away, or suffering anything whatever, does not stand by him, does not help, is not moved, feels nothing toward him, as being once for all estranged from him. So, then, he wishes us not to spare our body, so that even if they flog, even if they drive us out, even if they burn us, even if they do anything whatever, we may not spare it. For this is to spare it. For fathers too spare their children when, handing them over to teachers, they bid them not to spare them. So too Christ did not say, “Let him not spare himself,” but more intensely, “Let him deny himself”; that is, let him have nothing in common with himself, but let him give himself up to dangers, to contests, and be disposed as though another were suffering these things. And he did not say, “Let him deny,” but, “Let him utterly deny,” showing again by this small addition the great excess. For this is more than that.

55.2Field 2

Καὶ ἀράτω τὸν σταυρὸν αὐτοῦ. Τοῦτο εξ ἐκείνου γίνεται. ἵνα γὰρ μὴ νομίσης, ὅτι μέχρι ῥημάτων καὶ ὕβρεων καὶ ᾿ὀνειδών δεῖ ἀπαρνήσασθαι ἑαντὸν, λέγει καὶ μέχρι πόσον ἀπαρνεῖσθαι ἑαυτὸν δεῖ τουτέστι, μέχρι θανάτον, καὶ θανάτον ἐπονειδίστον. Διὰ τοῦτο οὐκ εἶπεν, ἀπαρνησάσθω εαυτὸν μέχρι θανάτου, ἀλλ᾽, ἀράτω τον σταυρὸν αὐτοῦ, τὸν ἐπονείδιστον θάνατον δηλῶν καὶ ὅτι οὐχ ἅπαξ, οὐδὲ δὶς, ἀλλὰ διὰ παντὸς τοῦ βίου τοῦτο δεῖ ποιεῖν. Διηνεκῶς γὰρ, φησὶ, περίφερε τὸν θάνατον τοῦτον, καὶ καθ᾽ ἡμέραν ἕτοιμος ἔσο πρὸς σφαγήν. ᾿Επειδὴ γὰρ πολλοὶ χρημάτων μὲν κατεφρόνησαν καὶ τρυφῆς καὶ δόξης, θανάτον δὲ οὔχ ὑπερεῖδον, ἀλλ᾽ ἔδεισαν κινδύνους· ἐγὼ, φησὶ, καὶ μέχρις αἵματος παλαίειν τὸν ἀγωνιστὴν βούλομαι τὸν ἐμὸν, καὶ ἕως σφαγῆς τὰ σκάμματα γίνεσθαι ὥστε κἂν θανατον ὑπομεῖναι δέη, κἂν θάνατον τὸν ἐπονείδιστον, κἂν θάνατον τὸν ἐπάρατον, κἂν ἐπὶ πονηρᾷ ὑπολήψει, πάντα γενναίως φέρειν, καὶ ταύτη μᾶλλον ἀγάλλεσθαι. Καὶ ἀκολουθείτω μοι. Ἐπειδὴ γὰρ ἐστι καὶ πάσχοντα μή ακολουθεῖν, ὅταν μὴ δί αὐτόν τις πάθη (καὶ γὰρ λησταὶ πολλὰ χαλεπὰ πάσχουσι, καὶ τυμβωρύχοι καὶ γόητες.) ἵνα μὴ νομίσῃς, ὅτι ἀρκεῖ τῶν δεινῶν ἡ φύσις, προστίθησι τὴν ὑπόθεσιν τῶν δεινῶν. Τίς δέ ἐστιν αὕτη: Ἵνα ταῦτα ποιῶν καὶ πάσχων αὐτῷ ἀκολουθῆς᾽ ἵνα δί αὐτὸν πάντα ὑπομένῃς ἵνα καὶ τὴν ἄλλην ἀρετὴν ἔχης. Καὶ γὰρ καὶ τοῦτο δηλοῖ τὸ, ἀκολουθείτω μοι ὥστε μὴ μόνον ἀνδρείαν τὴν ἐν τοῖς δεινοῖς, ἀλλὰ καὶ σωφροσύνην, καὶ ἐπιείκειαν, καὶ πᾶσαν ἐπιδείκνυσθαι φιλοσοφίαν. Τοῦτο γάρ ἐστιν ἀκολουθεῖν ὡς χρὴ, τὸ καὶ τῆς ἄλλης ἀρετῆς ἐπιμελεῖσθαι, καὶ τὸ δι᾽ αὐτὸν πάντα πάσχειν. Εἰσὶ γὰρ οἱ τῷ διαβόλῳ ἀκολουθοῦντες καὶ ταῦτα πάσχουσι, καὶ δι᾿ ἐκεῖνον τὰς ψυχὰς αὐτῶν ἐκδιδόασιν ἀλλ᾽ ἡμεῖς διὰ τὸν Χριστὸν, μᾶλλον δὲ δι᾽ ἡμᾶς αὐτούς· ἐκεῖνοι μέν, ἵνα ἑαυτοὺς βλάψωσι καὶ ἐνταῦθα καὶ ἐκεῖ ἡμεῖς δὲ, ἵνα κερδήσωμεν ἑκατέραν τὴν ζωήν. Πῶς οὖν οὐκ ἐσχάτης βλακείας, μηδὲ τὴν αὐτὴν τοῖς ἀπολλυμένοις ἐπιδείκνυσθαι ἀνδρείαν, καὶ ταῦτα τοσούτους μέλλοντας καρποῦσθαι στεφάνους: Καίτοιγε ἡμῖν μὲν καὶ ὃ Χριστὸς πάρεστι βοηθῶν, ἐκείνοις δὲ οὐδείς. Εἶπε μὲν οὖν ἤδη καὶ τοῦτο τὸ ἐπίταγμα, ὅτε ἔπεμπεν αὐτοὺς λέγων· εἰς ὁδὸν ἐθνῶν μὴ ἀπέλθητε· ἀποστέλλω γὰρ ὑμᾶς ὡς πρόβατα ἐν μέσῳ λύκων, φησί· καὶ, ἐπὶ ἡγεμόνας καὶ βασιλεῖς ἀχθήσεσθε· νυνὶ δὲ ἐπιτεταμένως μᾶλλον καὶ αὐστηρότερον. Τότε μὲν γὰρ θάνατον εἶπε μόνον ἐνταῦθα δὲ καὶ σταυροῦ ἐμνημόνευσε, καὶ σταυροῦ διηνεκοῦς. Ἀράτω γάρ, φησὶ, τὸν σταυρὸν αὐτοῦ τουτέστι, βασταζέτω διηνεκῶς, καὶ φερέτω. Καὶ τοῦτο ποιεῖν εἴωθε πανταχοῦ, οὐκ ἐξ ἀρχῆς: οὐδὲ ἐκ προοιμίων, αλλ᾽ ἠρέμα καὶ κατὰ μικρὸν τὰ μείζονα τῶν παραγγελμαάτων εἰσάγων, ἵνα μὴ ξενίζωνται οἱ ἀκούοντες. Εἶτα, ἐπειδὴ σφοδρὸν ἐδόκει εἶναι τὸ εἰρημένον, ὅρα πῶς αὐτὸ διὰ τῶν ἑξῆς παραμυθεῖται, καὶ τίθησιν ἔπαθλα ὑπερβάλλοντα τοὺς ἱδρῶτας καὶ οὐκ ἔπαθλα μόνον, ἀλλὰ καὶ τὰ τῆς κακίας ἐπίχειρα. Καὶ γὰρ τούτοις ἐνδιατρίβει μᾶλλον, ἢ ἐκείνοις ἐπειδήπερ οὐχ οὕτως ἡ τῶν ἀγαθῶν δόσις, ὡς ἡ τῶν αὐστηρῶν ἀπειλὴ τοὺς πολλοὺς σωφρονίζειν εἴωθε. Σκόπει γοῦν πῶς καὶ ἐντεῦθεν ἄρχεται, καὶ εἰς τοῦτο τελευτᾷ. Ὃς γὰρ ἂν θέλῃ τὴν ψυχὴν αὐτοῦ σῶσαι, ἀπολέσει, φησὶν, αὐτήν᾽ ὃς δ᾽ ἂν ἀπολέσῃ τὴν ἑαυτοῦ ψυχὴν ἕνεκεν ἐμοῦ, εὑρήσει αὐτήν. Τί γὰρ ὠφεληθήσεται ἄνθρωπος, ἐὰν τὸν κόσμον ὅλον κερδήσῃ, καὶ ζημιωθῇ τὴν ψυχὴν αὐτοῦ: ἢ τί δώσει ἄνθρωπος ἀντάλλαγμα ὑπὲρ τῆς ψυχῆς αὐτοῦ, Ὃ δὲ λέγει, τοιοῦτόν ἐστιν' οὐκ ἀφειδῶν ὑμῶν, αλλὰ καὶ σφόδρα φειδόμενος ταῦτα ἐπιτάττω. Καὶ γὰρ ὁ φειδόμενος τοῦ παιδίου αὐτοῦ, ἀπόλλυσιν αὐτό· ὁ δὲ μὴ φειδόμενος, διασώζει. Ὃ καί τις σοφὸς ἔλεγεν, ὅτι ἐὰν παίσης τὸν υἱόν σου ῥάβδῳ, οὐ μὴ ἀποθάνη τὴν δὲ ψυχὴν αὐτοῦ ἐκ θανάτου ῥύση καὶ πάλιν, ὁ περιψύχων τὸν νἱὸν αὐτοῦ, καταδήσει τραύματα αὐτοῦ. Τοῦτο καὶ ἐπὶ στρατοπέδου γίνεται. Ἂν γὰρ ὁ στρατηγὸς; φειδόμενος τῶν στρατιωτῶν, ἔνδον κελεύῃ μένειν διαπαντὸς, καὶ τοὺς ἔνδον αὐτοῖς προσαπολεῖ. Ἵν᾽ οὗν μὴ καὶ ἐφ᾽ ὑμῶν τοῦτο συμβαίνῃ, φησὶ, δεῖ πρὸς τὸν διηνεκῆ θάνατον ὑμᾶς παρατετάχθαι. Καὶ γὰρ καὶ νῦν πόλεμος ἀναῤῥιπίζεσθαι μέλλει χαλεπός. Μὴ τοίνυν καθίσῃς ἔνδον, ἀλλ᾽ ἐξέρχου καὶ πολέμει κἂν πέσῃς ἐν τῇ παρατάξει, τότε ἔζησας. Εἰ γὰρ ἐπὶ τῶν αἰσθητῶν πολέμων ὁ παρατεταγμένος εἰς σφαγὴν, οὗτος τῶν ἄλλων εὐδοκιμώτερος καὶ ἀνάλωτος μάλλον, καὶ τοις πολεμίοις φοβερώτερος, καίτοιγε μετὰ θάνατον οὐκ ἰσχύοντος αὐτὸν ἀναστῆσαι τοῦ βασιλέως, ὑπὲρ οὗ τὰ ὅπλα τίθεται' πολλῷ μᾶλλον ἐπὶ τῶν πολέμων τούτων, ὅτε καὶ ἀναστάσεως ἐλπίδες τοσαῦται, ὃ προβαλλόμενος εἰς θάνατον τὴν ἑαυτοῦ ψυχὴν, εὑρήσει αὐτήν ἑνὶ μὲν τρόπῳ, ὅτι οὐ ταχέως ἁλώσεται δευτέρῳ δὲ, ὅτι κἀν πέσῃ, ἐπὶ μείζονα αὐτὴν χειραγωγήσει ζωήν. Εἶτα

Kai aratō ton stauron autou. Touto ex ekeinou ginetai. hina gar mē nomisēs, hoti mechri rhēmatōn kai hybreōn kai ᾿oneidōn dei aparnēsasthai heanton, legei kai mechri poson aparneisthai heauton dei toutesti, mechri thanaton, kai thanaton eponeidiston. Dia touto ouk eipen, aparnēsasthō eauton mechri thanatou, all᾽, aratō ton stauron autou, ton eponeidiston thanaton dēlōn kai hoti ouch hapax, oude dis, alla dia pantos tou biou touto dei poiein. Diēnekōs gar, phēsi, periphere ton thanaton touton, kai kath᾽ hēmeran hetoimos eso pros sphagēn. ᾿Epeidē gar polloi chrēmatōn men katephronēsan kai tryphēs kai doxēs, thanaton de ouch hypereidon, all᾽ edeisan kindynous; egō, phēsi, kai mechris haimatos palaiein ton agōnistēn boulomai ton emon, kai heōs sphagēs ta skammata ginesthai hōste kan thanaton hypomeinai deē, kan thanaton ton eponeidiston, kan thanaton ton eparaton, kan epi ponērą hypolēpsei, panta gennaiōs pherein, kai tautē mallon agallesthai. Kai akoloutheitō moi. Epeidē gar esti kai paschonta mē akolouthein, hotan mē di auton tis pathē (kai gar lēstai polla chalepa paschousi, kai tymbōrychoi kai goētes.) hina mē nomisę̄s, hoti arkei tōn deinōn hē physis, prostithēsi tēn hypothesin tōn deinōn. Tis de estin hautē: Hina tauta poiōn kai paschōn autǭ akolouthēs᾽ hina di auton panta hypomenę̄s hina kai tēn allēn aretēn echēs. Kai gar kai touto dēloi to, akoloutheitō moi hōste mē monon andreian tēn en tois deinois, alla kai sōphrosynēn, kai epieikeian, kai pasan epideiknysthai philosophian. Touto gar estin akolouthein hōs chrē, to kai tēs allēs aretēs epimeleisthai, kai to di᾽ auton panta paschein. Eisi gar hoi tǭ diabolǭ akolouthountes kai tauta paschousi, kai di᾿ ekeinon tas psychas autōn ekdidoasin all᾽ hēmeis dia ton Christon, mallon de di᾽ hēmas autous; ekeinoi men, hina heautous blapsōsi kai entautha kai ekei hēmeis de, hina kerdēsōmen hekateran tēn zōēn. Pōs oun ouk eschatēs blakeias, mēde tēn autēn tois apollymenois epideiknysthai andreian, kai tauta tosoutous mellontas karpousthai stephanous: Kaitoige hēmin men kai ho Christos paresti boēthōn, ekeinois de oudeis. Eipe men oun ēdē kai touto to epitagma, hote epempen autous legōn; eis hodon ethnōn mē apelthēte; apostellō gar hymas hōs probata en mesǭ lykōn, phēsi; kai, epi hēgemonas kai basileis achthēsesthe; nyni de epitetamenōs mallon kai austēroteron. Tote men gar thanaton eipe monon entautha de kai staurou emnēmoneuse, kai staurou diēnekous. Aratō gar, phēsi, ton stauron autou toutesti, bastazetō diēnekōs, kai pheretō. Kai touto poiein eiōthe pantachou, ouk ex archēs: oude ek prooimiōn, all᾽ ērema kai kata mikron ta meizona tōn parangelmaatōn eisagōn, hina mē xenizōntai hoi akouontes. Eita, epeidē sphodron edokei einai to eirēmenon, hora pōs auto dia tōn hexēs paramytheitai, kai tithēsin epathla hyperballonta tous hidrōtas kai ouk epathla monon, alla kai ta tēs kakias epicheira. Kai gar toutois endiatribei mallon, ē ekeinois epeidēper ouch houtōs hē tōn agathōn dosis, hōs hē tōn austērōn apeilē tous pollous sōphronizein eiōthe. Skopei goun pōs kai enteuthen archetai, kai eis touto teleutą. Hos gar an thelę̄ tēn psychēn autou sōsai, apolesei, phēsin, autēn᾽ hos d᾽ an apolesę̄ tēn heautou psychēn heneken emou, heurēsei autēn. Ti gar ōphelēthēsetai anthrōpos, ean ton kosmon holon kerdēsę̄, kai zēmiōthę̄ tēn psychēn autou: ē ti dōsei anthrōpos antallagma hyper tēs psychēs autou, Ho de legei, toiouton estin' ouk apheidōn hymōn, alla kai sphodra pheidomenos tauta epitattō. Kai gar ho pheidomenos tou paidiou autou, apollysin auto; ho de mē pheidomenos, diasōzei. Ho kai tis sophos elegen, hoti ean paisēs ton huion sou rhabdǭ, ou mē apothanē tēn de psychēn autou ek thanatou rhysē kai palin, ho peripsychōn ton nion autou, katadēsei traumata autou. Touto kai epi stratopedou ginetai. An gar ho stratēgos? pheidomenos tōn stratiōtōn, endon keleuę̄ menein diapantos, kai tous endon autois prosapolei. Hin᾽ houn mē kai eph᾽ hymōn touto symbainę̄, phēsi, dei pros ton diēnekē thanaton hymas paratetachthai. Kai gar kai nyn polemos anarrhipizesthai mellei chalepos. Mē toinyn kathisę̄s endon, all᾽ exerchou kai polemei kan pesę̄s en tę̄ parataxei, tote ezēsas. Ei gar epi tōn aisthētōn polemōn ho paratetagmenos eis sphagēn, houtos tōn allōn eudokimōteros kai analōtos mallon, kai tois polemiois phoberōteros, kaitoige meta thanaton ouk ischyontos auton anastēsai tou basileōs, hyper hou ta hopla tithetai' pollǭ mallon epi tōn polemōn toutōn, hote kai anastaseōs elpides tosautai, ho proballomenos eis thanaton tēn heautou psychēn, heurēsei autēn heni men tropǭ, hoti ou tacheōs halōsetai deuterǭ de, hoti kan pesę̄, epi meizona autēn cheiragōgēsei zōēn. Eita

“And let him take up his cross.” This comes from the former. For so that you may not think that one must deny oneself only as far as words and insults and reproaches, he says how far one must deny oneself: that is, as far as death, and a shameful death. That is why he did not say, “Let him utterly deny himself as far as death,” but, “Let him take up his cross,” showing the shameful death; and that one must do this not once nor twice, but throughout the whole of life. “For carry this death about continually,” he says, “and be ready every day for slaughter. For since many have despised money and luxury and glory, but have not disregarded death, but feared dangers, I wish my contestant,” he says, “to wrestle even to blood, and the contest to go as far as slaughter; so that even if one must endure death, even a shameful death, even an accursed death, even under an evil suspicion, he may bear all nobly, and exult in this the more.” “And let him follow me.” For since it is possible to suffer and yet not follow, when one does not suffer for his sake (for robbers too suffer many hard things, and grave-robbers and sorcerers), so that you may not think the nature of the sufferings enough, he adds the reason for the sufferings. And what is this? That in doing and suffering these things you may follow him; that you may endure all things for his sake; that you may have the rest of virtue too. For this too is shown by “let him follow me”: so as to display not only courage in dangers, but also self-control, and gentleness, and all wisdom. For this is to follow as one ought: both to care for the rest of virtue, and to suffer all things for his sake. For there are those who follow the devil and suffer these things, and give up their lives for his sake; but we do so for the sake of Christ, or rather for our own sake; they, to harm themselves both here and there, but we, to gain both lives. How then is it not the height of folly not to show even the same courage as those who are perishing, and that when we are about to reap so many crowns? And yet Christ is present to help us, but no one helps them. He had, then, already given this command too, when he sent them out, saying, “Do not go into the way of the Gentiles; for I send you as sheep in the midst of wolves,” and, “You will be brought before governors and kings”; but now more intensely and more severely. For then he spoke only of death, but here he also mentioned the cross, and a continual cross. “For let him take up his cross,” he says; that is, let him carry it continually and bear it. And this he is accustomed to do everywhere, not from the beginning nor at the outset, but bringing in the greater of his commands gently and little by little, so that the hearers may not be startled. Then, since what was said seemed severe, see how he consoles it by what follows, and sets out prizes exceeding the sweat; and not prizes only, but also the wages of wickedness. And on these he dwells more than on those, since the giving of good things does not so much bring the many to their senses as the threat of severe things. See, at any rate, how he both begins from this and ends in it. “For whoever wishes to save his life will lose it,” he says, “but whoever loses his life for my sake will find it. For what will a man be profited, if he gains the whole world and forfeits his life? Or what will a man give in exchange for his life?” What he says is something like this: “I give these commands not because I do not spare you, but because I spare you exceedingly.” For he who spares his child destroys him; but he who does not spare saves him. Which a wise man too said, that “if you beat your son with a rod, he will not die, but you will deliver his soul from death”; and again, “He who pampers his son will bind up his wounds.” This happens also in an army. For if the general, sparing his soldiers, commands them to stay inside continually, he will also destroy along with them those inside. “So that this may not happen to you too,” he says, “you must be drawn up for continual death. For now too a hard war is about to be stirred up. Do not, then, sit inside, but go out and fight; and if you fall in the battle line, then you have lived.” For if in wars of the senses the one drawn up for slaughter is more esteemed than the others, and harder to capture, and more fearful to the enemy, though the king for whom he takes up arms cannot raise him after death, much more in these wars, where the hopes of resurrection are so great, he who exposes his life to death will find it: in one way, because he will not quickly be captured; in a second, because even if he falls, he will lead it by the hand to a greater life.

55.3Field 2

ἐπειδὴ εἶπεν, ὅ ὅτι ὃ θέλων σώσαι, ἀπολέσει αὐτὴν, ὃς δ᾽ ἂν ἀπολέσῃ; σώσει, κακεῖ σωτηρίαν καὶ ἀπώλειαν, καὶ ἐνταῦθα σωτηρίαν καὶ ἀπώλειαν τέθεικεν ἵνα μὴ ᾿νομίση τις ἴσην εἶναι τὴν ἀπώλειαν ταύτην κἀκείνην, καὶ τὴν σωτηρίαν, ἀλλὰ μάθη σαφῶς, ὅτι τοσοῦτον ἐκείνης τῆς σωτηρίας καὶ ταύτης τὸ μέσον, ὅσον ἀπωλείας καὶ σωτηρίας καὶ ἐκ τῶν ἐναντίων καθάπαξ ἐπάγει ταῦτα κατασκευάζων. Τί γὰρ ὠφελεῖται ἄνθρωπος, φησὶν, ἐὰν τὸν κόσμον ὅλον κερδησῃ, τὴν δὲ ψυχὴν αὐτοῦ ζημιωθῇ; Εἶδες πῶς ή παρὰ τὸ δέον αὐτῆς σωτηρία, ἀπώλεια, καὶ ἀπωλείας ἁπάσης χείρων, ἅτε καὶ ἀνίατος οὖσα, τῷ μηδὲν εἶναι λοιπὸν τὸ ἐξωνούμενον αὐτήν: Μὴ γάρ μοι λέγε τοῦτο, φησὶν, ὅτι τὴν ψυχὴν αὐτοῦ ἔσωσεν ὁ κινδύνους διαφυγὼν τοὺς τοιούτοὺς, ἀλλὰ μετὰ τῆς ψυχῆς αὐτοῦ θὲς καὶ τὴν οἰκουμένην ἅπασαν, καὶ τί τὸ πλέον ἐντεῦθεν αὐτῷ ἐκείνης ἀπολλυμένης; Εἰπὲ γάρ μοι, εἰ τοὺς οἰκέτας ἴδοις τοὺς σοὺς ἐν τρυφῇ, σαυτὸν δὲ ἐν κακοῖς ἐσχάτοις, ἄρα κερδανεῖς ἐκ τοῦ δεσπότης εἶναι; Οὐδαμῶς. Τοῦτο τοίνυν καὶ ἐπὶ τῆς ψυχῆς λογίζου, ὅ ὅταν τῆς σαρκὸς τρυφώσης καὶ πλουτούσης, αὕτη τὴν μέλλουσαν ἀπώλειαν ἀναμένῃ. Τί δώσει ἄνθρωπος ἀντάλλαγμα τῆς ψυχῆς αὐτοῦ; Πάλιν ἐπιμένει τῷ αὐτῷ Μὴ γὰρ ἑτέραν ψυχὴν ἔχεις δοῦναι ἀντὶ ψυχῆς: φησί. Χρήματα μὲν γὰρ ἂν ἀπολέσῃς, δυνήση δοῦναι χρήματα κἂν οἰκίαν, κἂν ἀνδράποδα, κἂν ὁτιοῦν ἕτερον τῶν κτημάτων ψυχὴν δὲ ἂν ἀπολέσῃς, ἑτέραν οὐ δυνήση ἐπιδοῦναι ψυχήν· ἀλλά κἂν τὸν κόσμον ἔχῃς, κἂν βασιλεὺς τῆς οἰκουμένης ᾖς, οὐχ οἷος τε ἔσῃ τὰ τῆς οἰκουμένης παντα καταβαλὼν μετὰ τῆς οἰκουμένης αὐτῆς, ψυχὴν ἀγοράσαι μίαν. Καὶ τί θαυμαστὸν εἰ ἐπὶ ψυχῆς τοῦτο συμβαίνει : Καὶ γὰρ καὶ ἐπὶ σώματος τοῦτο γινόμενον ἴδοι τις ἄν. Κἀν μυρία διαδήματα περικείμενος ἧς, σῶμα δὲ ἔχῃς ἐπίνοσον φύσει καὶ ἀνιάτως ἔχον, οὐ δυνήσῃ, κἂν τὴν βασιλείαν ἅπασαν ἐπιδῷς, τὸ σώμα διορθῶσαι τοῦτο, κἂν μυρία σώματα προσθῇς, καὶ πόλεις, καὶ χρήματα. Οὕτω τοίνυν καὶ ἐπὶ τῆς ψυχῆς λογίζου μᾶλλον δὲ καὶ πολλῷ πλέον ἐπὶ τῆς ψυχῆς καὶ πάντα τὰ ἄλλα ἀφεὶς, εἰς ταύτην ἅπασαν ἀνάλισκε τὴν σπουδήν. Μὴ

epeidē eipen, ho hoti ho thelōn sōsai, apolesei autēn, hos d᾽ an apolesę̄? sōsei, kakei sōtērian kai apōleian, kai entautha sōtērian kai apōleian tetheiken hina mē ᾿nomisē tis isēn einai tēn apōleian tautēn kakeinēn, kai tēn sōtērian, alla mathē saphōs, hoti tosouton ekeinēs tēs sōtērias kai tautēs to meson, hoson apōleias kai sōtērias kai ek tōn enantiōn kathapax epagei tauta kataskeuazōn. Ti gar ōpheleitai anthrōpos, phēsin, ean ton kosmon holon kerdēsę̄, tēn de psychēn autou zēmiōthę̄? Eides pōs ē para to deon autēs sōtēria, apōleia, kai apōleias hapasēs cheirōn, hate kai aniatos ousa, tǭ mēden einai loipon to exōnoumenon autēn: Mē gar moi lege touto, phēsin, hoti tēn psychēn autou esōsen ho kindynous diaphygōn tous toioutous, alla meta tēs psychēs autou thes kai tēn oikoumenēn hapasan, kai ti to pleon enteuthen autǭ ekeinēs apollymenēs? Eipe gar moi, ei tous oiketas idois tous sous en tryphę̄, sauton de en kakois eschatois, ara kerdaneis ek tou despotēs einai? Oudamōs. Touto toinyn kai epi tēs psychēs logizou, ho hotan tēs sarkos tryphōsēs kai ploutousēs, hautē tēn mellousan apōleian anamenę̄. Ti dōsei anthrōpos antallagma tēs psychēs autou? Palin epimenei tǭ autǭ Mē gar heteran psychēn echeis dounai anti psychēs: phēsi. Chrēmata men gar an apolesę̄s, dynēsē dounai chrēmata kan oikian, kan andrapoda, kan hotioun heteron tōn ktēmatōn psychēn de an apolesę̄s, heteran ou dynēsē epidounai psychēn; alla kan ton kosmon echę̄s, kan basileus tēs oikoumenēs ę̄s, ouch hoios te esę̄ ta tēs oikoumenēs panta katabalōn meta tēs oikoumenēs autēs, psychēn agorasai mian. Kai ti thaumaston ei epi psychēs touto symbainei : Kai gar kai epi sōmatos touto ginomenon idoi tis an. Kan myria diadēmata perikeimenos hēs, sōma de echę̄s epinoson physei kai aniatōs echon, ou dynēsę̄, kan tēn basileian hapasan epidǭs, to sōma diorthōsai touto, kan myria sōmata prosthę̄s, kai poleis, kai chrēmata. Houtō toinyn kai epi tēs psychēs logizou mallon de kai pollǭ pleon epi tēs psychēs kai panta ta alla apheis, eis tautēn hapasan analiske tēn spoudēn. Mē

Then, since he had said, “He who wishes to save it will lose it, but whoever loses it will save it,” and had set down salvation and destruction both there and here, so that no one might think this destruction and that one equal, or the salvations, but might learn clearly that the difference between that salvation and this is as great as between destruction and salvation, he establishes these things once for all also from the opposite. “For what is a man profited,” he says, “if he gains the whole world but forfeits his life?” Do you see how the wrong kind of saving of life is destruction, and worse than any destruction, inasmuch as it is incurable, since there is nothing left to buy it back? “For do not tell me,” he says, “that the one who escaped such dangers saved his life; but along with his life set down the whole world too, and what more has he from it, when his life is lost?” For tell me, if you saw your servants in luxury but yourself in the worst evils, would you gain anything from being a master? Not at all. Reckon this, then, about the soul too, when, while the flesh lives in luxury and wealth, it awaits the destruction to come. “What will a man give in exchange for his life?” Again he dwells on the same point. “For have you another life to give in place of your life?” he says. “For if you lose money, you will be able to give money; or a house, or slaves, or anything else of your possessions; but if you lose your life, you will not be able to give another life in its place; but even if you have the world, even if you are king of the whole world, you will not be able, paying down all the world’s goods along with the world itself, to buy a single life.” And what wonder is it if this happens with the soul? For one may see it happening with the body too. Even if you wear countless diadems, but have a body sickly by nature and incurable, you will not be able, even if you give your whole kingdom, to set this body right, even if you add countless bodies, and cities, and money. Reckon so, then, about the soul too, or rather much more about the soul; and, letting all else go, spend all your zeal on it. Do not, then,

55.4Field 2

δὴ τῶν ἀλλοτρίων φροντίζων, ἀμέλει σαντοῦ καὶ τῶν σῶν ὃ νῦν ἅπαντες ποιοῦσιν, εοικότες τοῖς τὰ μέταλλα ἐργαζομένοις. Οὐδὲ γὰρ ἐκείνοις ὄφελος τῆς ἐργασίας ταύτης, οὐδὲ τοῦ πλούτον᾽ αλλά καὶ πολὺ τὸ βλαβος, ὅτι τε κινδυνεύουσιν εἰκῆ, καὶ ὅτι ἑτέροις κινδυνεύουσιν, οὐδὲν ἐκ τῶν ἱδρώτων ἐκείνων καὶ τῶν θανάτων καρπούμενοι. Τούτους καὶ νῦν εἰσι πολλοὶ οἱ μιμούμενοι, οἱ ἑτέροις μεταλλεύοντες πλοῦτον μᾶλλον δὲ καὶ τούτων ἀθλιὥτεροι, ὅσῳ καὶ γέεννα ἡμᾶς ἀναμένει μετὰ τοὺς πόνους τούτους. ᾿Εκείνους μὲν γὰρ ἵστησι τῶν ἱδρώτων ἐκείνων ὁ θάνατος ἡμῖν δὲ ἀρχὴ μυρίων κακῶν ὁ θάνατος γίνεται. Εἰ δὲ λέγοις, ὅτι ἀπολαύεις τῶν σῶν πόνων πλουτῶν, δεῖξον τὴν ψυχὴν εὐφρανθεῖσαν, καὶ τότε πείθομαι. Τῶν γὰρ ἐν ἡμῖν κυριώτερον ἡ ψυχή. Εἰ δὲ τὸ σῶμα πιαίνεται, τηκομένης ἐκείνης, οὐδὲν αὕτη πρὸς σὲ ἡ εὐθηνία ὥσπερ οὖν τῆς δούλης εὐφραινομένης, οὐδὲν πρὸς τὴν δέσποιναν ἀπολλυμένην ἢ τῆς θεραπαινίδος εὐημερία, οὐδὲ ἡ τῆς στολῆς εὐκοσμία πρὸς τὴν τῆς σαρκὸς ἀσθένειαν αλλ ἐρεῖ σοι πάλιν ὁ Χριστός· τί δώσει ἄνθρωπος ἀνταλλαγμα ὑπὲρ τῆς ψυχῆς αὐτοῦ : ἄνω καὶ κάτω περὶ ἐκείνην σε στρέφεσθαι κελεύων, καὶ αὐτῆς μόνης ποιεῖσθαι λόγον. Φοβήσας τοίνυν ἐντεῦθεν, καὶ ἀπὸ τῶν ἀγαθῶν παραμυθεῖται. Μέλλει γὰρ ὁ υἱὸς τοῦ ἀνθρώπου; φησὶν, ἔρχεσθαι ἐν τῇ δόξη τοῦ πατρὸς αὐτοῦ μετὰ τῶν ἁγίων ἀγγέλων αὐτοῦ, καὶ τότε ἀποδώσει ἑκάστῳ κατὰ τὰ ἔργα αὐτοῦ. Εἶδες πῶς δόξα μία πατρὸς καὶ υἱοῦ; Εἰ δὲ δόξα μία, εὔδηλον ὅτι καὶ οὐσία μία. Εἰ γὰρ ἐν οὐσίᾳ μιᾷ διαφορὰ δόξης ( ἄλλη γὰρ δόξα ἡλίου, καὶ ἄλλη δόξα σελήνης, καὶ ἄλλη δόξα ἀστέρων ἀστὴρ γὰρ ἀστέρος διαφέρει ἐν δόξῃ, καίτοι μιᾶς οὔσης οὐσίας), πὼς ἂν ὧν ἡ δόξα μία, ἢ οὐσία ἑτέρα νομισθείη; Οὐδὲ γὰρ εἶπεν, ἐν δόξη τοιαύτῃ οἵᾳ ὁ πατὴρ, ἵνα πάλιν παραλλαγήν τινα ὑποπτεύσης ἀλλὰ τὸ ἀπηκριβωμένον δεικνὺς, ἐν αὐτῇ ἐκείνῃ τῇ δόξῃ, φησὶν, ἥξει, ὡς μίαν αὐτὴν ὑποπτεύεσθαι καὶ τὴν αὐτήν. Τί τοίνυν φοβῇ, Πέτρε, φησὶ, θάνατον ἀκούων : Τότε με γὰρ ὄψει ἐν τῇ δόξῃ τοῦ πατρός. Εἰ δὲ ἐγὼ ἐν δόξῃ, καὶ ὑμεῖς. Οὐδὲ γὰρ μέχρι τοῦ παρόντος βίον τὰ ὑμέτερα ἀλλ᾽ ἑτέρα τις ὑμᾶς διαδέξεται λῆξις ἀμείνων. Ἀλλ᾽ ὅμως εἰπὼν τὰ χρηστὰ, οὐκ ἔστη μέχρι τούτου, ἀλλὰ καὶ τὰ φοβερὰ ἀνέμιξε, τὸ δικαστήριον ἐκεῖνο εἰς μέσον ἀγαγὼν, καὶ τὰς εὐθύνας τὰς ἀπαραιτήτους, καὶ τὴν ψῆφον τὴν ἀδέκαστον, καὶ τὴν κρίσιν τὴν ἀνεξαπάτητον. Οὐ μὴν ἀφῆκε σκυθρωπὸν μόνον φανῆναι τὸν λόγον, ἀλλὰ καὶ χρησταῖς ἀνέμιξεν ἐλπίσιν. Οὐδὲ γὰρ εἶπε, τότε κολάσει τοὺς ἡμαρτηκότας, ἀλλ᾽, ἀποδώσει ἑκάστῳ κατὰ τὴν πρᾶξιν αὐτοῦ. Τοῦτο δὲ ἔλεγεν οὐχὶ τοὺς ἡμαρτηκότας κολάσεως ἀναμιμνήσκων μόνον, ἀλλὰ καὶ τοὺς κατωρθωκότας βραβείων καὶ στεφάνων. Ἀλλ᾽ αὐτὸς μὲν, ἵνα καὶ τοὺς ἀγαθοὺς ἄνδρας ἄνακτήσηται, ταῦτα εἴρηκεν ἐγὼ δὲ φρίττω αεὶ ταῦτα ἀκούων' οὐ γαρ εἰμι τῶν στεφανουμένων. Οἷμαι δὲ καὶ ἑτέρους ἡμῖν κοινωνεῖν τοῦ φόβου καὶ τῆς ἀγωνίας. Τίνα γὰρ οὐχ ἱκανὸν τοῦτο πτοῆσαι τὸ ῥῆμα, εἰς τὸ συνειδὸς εἰσελθόντα τὸ ἑαυτοῦ, καὶ ποιῆσαι φρίττειν, καὶ πεῖσαι ὅτι σάκκου ἡμῖν χρεία, καὶ νηστείας ἐπιτεταμένης μάλλον, ἣ τῷ δήμῳ τῶν Νινευιτῶν; Οὐ γὰρ ὑπὲρ καταστροφῆς πόλεως καὶ τῆς κοινῆς τελευτῆς ὁ λόγος ἡμῖν, ἀλλ᾽ ὑπὲρ τῆς κολάσεως τῆς αἰωνίου, καὶ τοῦ πυρὸς τοῦ μὴ σβεννυμένου.

dē tōn allotriōn phrontizōn, amelei santou kai tōn sōn ho nyn hapantes poiousin, eoikotes tois ta metalla ergazomenois. Oude gar ekeinois ophelos tēs ergasias tautēs, oude tou plouton᾽ alla kai poly to blabos, hoti te kindyneuousin eikē, kai hoti heterois kindyneuousin, ouden ek tōn hidrōtōn ekeinōn kai tōn thanatōn karpoumenoi. Toutous kai nyn eisi polloi hoi mimoumenoi, hoi heterois metalleuontes plouton mallon de kai toutōn athliōteroi, hosǭ kai geenna hēmas anamenei meta tous ponous toutous. ᾿Ekeinous men gar histēsi tōn hidrōtōn ekeinōn ho thanatos hēmin de archē myriōn kakōn ho thanatos ginetai. Ei de legois, hoti apolaueis tōn sōn ponōn ploutōn, deixon tēn psychēn euphrantheisan, kai tote peithomai. Tōn gar en hēmin kyriōteron hē psychē. Ei de to sōma piainetai, tēkomenēs ekeinēs, ouden hautē pros se hē euthēnia hōsper oun tēs doulēs euphrainomenēs, ouden pros tēn despoinan apollymenēn ē tēs therapainidos euēmeria, oude hē tēs stolēs eukosmia pros tēn tēs sarkos astheneian all erei soi palin ho Christos; ti dōsei anthrōpos antallagma hyper tēs psychēs autou : anō kai katō peri ekeinēn se strephesthai keleuōn, kai autēs monēs poieisthai logon. Phobēsas toinyn enteuthen, kai apo tōn agathōn paramytheitai. Mellei gar ho huios tou anthrōpou? phēsin, erchesthai en tę̄ doxē tou patros autou meta tōn hagiōn angelōn autou, kai tote apodōsei hekastǭ kata ta erga autou. Eides pōs doxa mia patros kai huiou? Ei de doxa mia, eudēlon hoti kai ousia mia. Ei gar en ousią mią diaphora doxēs ( allē gar doxa hēliou, kai allē doxa selēnēs, kai allē doxa asterōn astēr gar asteros diapherei en doxę̄, kaitoi mias ousēs ousias), pōs an hōn hē doxa mia, ē ousia hetera nomistheiē? Oude gar eipen, en doxē toiautę̄ hoią ho patēr, hina palin parallagēn tina hypopteusēs alla to apēkribōmenon deiknys, en autę̄ ekeinę̄ tę̄ doxę̄, phēsin, hēxei, hōs mian autēn hypopteuesthai kai tēn autēn. Ti toinyn phobę̄, Petre, phēsi, thanaton akouōn : Tote me gar opsei en tę̄ doxę̄ tou patros. Ei de egō en doxę̄, kai hymeis. Oude gar mechri tou parontos bion ta hymetera all᾽ hetera tis hymas diadexetai lēxis ameinōn. All᾽ homōs eipōn ta chrēsta, ouk estē mechri toutou, alla kai ta phobera anemixe, to dikastērion ekeino eis meson agagōn, kai tas euthynas tas aparaitētous, kai tēn psēphon tēn adekaston, kai tēn krisin tēn anexapatēton. Ou mēn aphēke skythrōpon monon phanēnai ton logon, alla kai chrēstais anemixen elpisin. Oude gar eipe, tote kolasei tous hēmartēkotas, all᾽, apodōsei hekastǭ kata tēn praxin autou. Touto de elegen ouchi tous hēmartēkotas kolaseōs anamimnēskōn monon, alla kai tous katōrthōkotas brabeiōn kai stephanōn. All᾽ autos men, hina kai tous agathous andras anaktēsētai, tauta eirēken egō de phrittō aei tauta akouōn' ou gar eimi tōn stephanoumenōn. Hoimai de kai heterous hēmin koinōnein tou phobou kai tēs agōnias. Tina gar ouch hikanon touto ptoēsai to rhēma, eis to syneidos eiselthonta to heautou, kai poiēsai phrittein, kai peisai hoti sakkou hēmin chreia, kai nēsteias epitetamenēs mallon, hē tǭ dēmǭ tōn Nineuitōn? Ou gar hyper katastrophēs poleōs kai tēs koinēs teleutēs ho logos hēmin, all᾽ hyper tēs kolaseōs tēs aiōniou, kai tou pyros tou mē sbennymenou.

… while caring for the things of others, neglect yourself and what is yours; which everyone now does, like those who work the mines. For they have no benefit from this work, nor from the wealth; but even great harm, both because they run risks in vain and because they run risks for others, reaping nothing from that sweat and those deaths. These too many now imitate, who mine wealth for others; or rather they are more wretched than these, inasmuch as Gehenna awaits us after these labors. For death stops the sweat of those men; but for us death becomes the beginning of countless evils. But if you should say that you enjoy your labors by being rich, show me your soul gladdened, and then I am persuaded. For the soul is the more sovereign part of us. But if the body is fattened while that wastes away, its prosperity is nothing to you; just as, when the maidservant is merry, the handmaid’s prosperity is nothing to the mistress who is perishing, nor the fine adornment of the robe to the weakness of the flesh. But Christ will say to you again, “What will a man give in exchange for his life?”, commanding you to turn up and down about that, and to take account of it alone. Having struck fear by this, then, he consoles them also from the good things. “For the Son of Man,” he says, “is about to come in the glory of his Father with his holy angels, and then he will repay each according to his deeds.” Do you see how the glory of Father and Son is one? And if the glory is one, it is plain that the essence too is one. For if within one essence there is a difference of glory (“for one is the glory of the sun, and another the glory of the moon, and another the glory of the stars; for star differs from star in glory,” although the essence is one), how could those whose glory is one be thought to be of a different essence? For he did not say, “in such glory as the Father,” so that you might again suspect some variation; but, showing exactness, he says that he will come “in that very glory,” so that it is understood to be one and the same. “Why then are you afraid, Peter,” he says, “hearing of death? For then you will see me in the glory of the Father. And if I am in glory, so are you. For your lot does not end with the present life; but another, better portion will succeed for you.” Yet having spoken of the good things, he did not stop there, but mixed in the fearful ones too, bringing into the midst that judgment seat, and the accounts that cannot be excused, and the verdict that cannot be bribed, and the judgment that cannot be deceived. Yet he did not let his word appear gloomy only, but mixed it also with good hopes. For he did not say, “Then he will punish those who have sinned,” but, “He will repay each according to his conduct.” And he said this reminding not only sinners of punishment, but also those who have done right of prizes and crowns. But he said these things so as also to encourage good men; but I always shudder when I hear them, for I am not among those who are crowned. And I think that others too share our fear and agony. For whom is this word not enough to terrify, once it has entered his conscience, and to make him shudder, and to persuade him that we need sackcloth and a more intense fasting than the people of the Ninevites? For our discourse is not about the overthrow of a city and a common death, but about eternal punishment and the fire that is not quenched.

55.5Field 2

Διὸ καὶ τοὺς τὰς ἐρήμους κατειληφότας μοναχοὺς ἐπαινῶ καὶ θαυμάζω, τῶν τε ἄλλων. ἕνεκεν, καὶ διὰ ταύτην τὴν βῆσιν. ᾿Εκεῖνοι γὰρ μετὰ τὸ ἀριστοποιήσασθαι, μᾶλλον δὲ μετὰ τὸ δεῖπνον (ἄριστον γὰρ οὐκ ἴσασί ποτε καὶ γὰρ ἴσασιν ὅτι πένθους ὁ παρὼν καιρὸς καὶ νηστείας) μετὰ τὸ δεῖπνον τοίνυν λέγοντές τινας εὐχαριστηρίους ὕμνους εἰς τὸν θεὸν, καὶ ταύτης μέμνηνται τῆς φωνῆς. Καὶ εἰ βούλεσθε καὶ αὐτῶν ἀκοῦσαι τῶν ὕμνων, ἵνα καὶ αὐτοὶ λέγητε συνεχῶς, πᾶσαν ὑμῖν ἀπαγγελῶ τὴν ῳδὴν ἐκείνην τὴν ἱεράν. Ἔχει τοίνυν τὰ βήματα αὐτῆς οὕτως. Εὐλογητὸς ὁ θεὸς ὃ τρέφων με ἐκ νεότητός μου, ὁ διδοὺς τροφὴν πάσῃ σαρκί πλήρωσον χαρᾶς καὶ εὐφροσύνης τὰς καρδίας ἡμών, ἵνα πάντοτε πᾶσαν αὐτάρκειαν ἔχοντες; περισσεύωμεν εἰς πᾶν ἔργον ἀγαθὸν ἐν Χριστῷ Ἰησοῦ τῷ κυρίῳ ἡμῶν, μεθ᾽ οὗ σοι δόξα, τιμὴ καὶ κράτος σὺν ἁγίῳ πνεύματι εἰς τοὺς αἰῶνας. Ἀμήν. Δόξα σοι, κύριε, δόξα σοι, ἅγιε, δόξα σοι, βασιλεῦ, ὅτι ἔδωκας ἡμῖν βρώματα εἰς εὐφροσύνην. πλῆσον ἡμᾶς πνεύματος ἁγίου; ἵνα εὑρεθῶμεν ἐνώπιόν σου εὐαρεστήσαντες, μὴ αἰσχυνόμενοι, ὅτε ἀποδίδως ἑκάστῳ κατὰ τὰ ἔργα αὐτου. Πάντα μὲν οὖν ἄξιον θαυμάσαι τὸν ὕμνον τοῦτον, μάλιστα δὲ τουτὶ τὸ τέλος. ᾿Επειδὴ γὰρ ἡ τράπεζα καὶ ἡ τροφὴ διαχέειν εἴωθε καὶ βαρύνειν, καθάπερ τινὰ χαλινὸν τὴν ῥῆσιν ταύτην ἐπιτιθέασι τῇ ψυχῇ, παρὰ τὸν καιρὸν τῆς ἀνέσεως τοῦ καιροῦ τῆς κρίσεως αὐτὴν ἀναμιμνήσκοντες. Ἔμαθον γὰρ τί ἔπαθεν ᾿Ισραὴλ ἀπὸ τραπέζης πολυτελοῦς. Ἔφαγε γὰρ, φησὶ, καὶ ἐπαχύνθη, καὶ ἀπελάκτισεν ὁ ἡγαπημένος. Διὸ καὶ Μωὺῦσῆς ἔλεγε φαγὼν καὶ πιὼν καὶ ἐμπλησθεὶς, μνήσθητι κυρίον τοῦ θεοῦ σον. Μετὰ γὰρ ἐκείνην τὴν τράπεζαν τὰ παράνομα αὐτοῖς ἐτολμήθη τότε ἐκεῖνα τολμήματα. Σκόπει τοίνυν καὶ σὺ, μὴ τοιοῦτόν τι πάθῃς. Κἀν γὰρ μὴ λίθῳ θύσῃς, μηδὲ χρυσῷ καὶ πρόβατα καὶ μόσχους, σκόπει μὴ θυμῷ θύσῃς τὴν σαντοῦ ψυχήν, μὴ πορνείᾳ θύσης τὴν σωτηρίαν τὴν σὴν, μὴ ἑτέροις τοιούτοις πάθεσι. Διὰ γάρ τοι τοῦτο καὶ ἐκεῖνοι τοὺς κρημνοὺς δεδοικότες τούτους, τραπέζης ἀπολαύσαντες, μᾶλλον δὲ νηστείας (καὶ γὰρ ἡ τράπεζα αὐτῶν νηστεία), τοῦ φοβεροῦ δικαστηρίου καὶ τῆς ἡμέρας ἐκείνης ἑαυτοὺς ἀναμιμνήσκουσιν. Εἰ δὲ ἐκεῖνοι οἱ καὶ νηστείαις, καὶ χαμευνίαις, καὶ ἀγρυπνίαις, καὶ σάκκῳ, καὶ μυρίοις ἑαυτοὺς σωφρονίζοντες, ἔτι καὶ ταύτης δέονται τῆς ὑπομνήσεως πότε δυνησόμεθα ἡμεῖς ἐπιεικῶς ζῆν, οἱ τραπέζας παρατιθέντες μυρία ναυάγια φερούσας, καὶ μηδὲ ὅλως εὐχόμενοι; μήτε ἐν ἀρχῇ» μήτε ἐν τέλει : : Διόπερ ἵνα τὰ ναυάγια ταῦτα λύσωμεν, τὸν ὕμνον ἐκεῖνον εἰς μέσον ἀγαγόντες ἀναπτύξωμεν πᾶντα, ἵνα τὸ ἐξ αὐτοῦ κέρδος ἰδόντες, καὶ αὑτοὶ συνεχῶς ἐπάδωμεν αὐτὸν τῇ τραπέζῃ, καὶ τὰ σκιρτήματα τῆς γαστρὸς καταστέλλωμεν, καὶ τὰ ἤθη καὶ τοὺς νόμους τῶν ἀγγέλων ἐκείνων εἰς τὰς οἰκίας εἰσάγοντες τὰς ἡμετέρας. Ἐδει μὲν γὰρ βαδίζοντας ἐκεῖ, ταῦτα καρπίζεσθαι ἐπειδὴ δὲ οὐ βούλεσθε, κἂν διὰ τῶν ἡμετέρων λόγων ἀκούσατε τῆς πνευματικῆς ταύτης μελῳδίας, καὶ ἕκαστος μετὰ τὴν τράπεζαν ταῦτα λεγέτω τὰ βήματα, ἀρχόμενος οὕτως· Εὐλογητὸς ὁ θεός. Τὸν γὰρ ἀποστολικὸν εὐθέως πληρουσι νόμον τὸν κελεύοντα· πᾶν ὁτιοῦν ποιοῦμεν ἐν λόγῳ ἢ ἐν ἔργῳ, ἐν ὀνόματι τοῦ κυρίον ἡμῶν ᾿Ιησοῦ Χριστοῦ, εὐχαριστοῦντες τῷ θεῷ καὶ πατρὶ δι αὐτοῦ. Εἶτα ἡ εὖχαριστία οὐχ ὑπὲρ τῆς μιᾶς ἡμέρας ἐκείνης μόνης; ἀλλ᾽ ὑπὲρ παντὸς τοῦ βίου γίνεται. Ὃ τρέφων γάρ με, φησὶν, ἐκ νεότητός μον. Καὶ διδασκαλία φιλοσοφίας ἐντεῦθεν. Τοῦ γὰρ θεοῦ τρέφοντος, οὐ χρὴ μεριμνᾶν. Εἰ γὰρ βασιλέως σοι ὑποσχομένου παρέχειν ἐκ τῶν αὐτοῦ ταμιείων τὴν καθημερινὴν τροφὴν, ἐθάρσησας ἂν λοιπόν' πολλῷ μᾶλλον ὅταν θεὸς παρέχῃ, καὶ πάντα σοι ὥσπερ ἐκ πηγῶν ἐπιῤῥέῃ, πάσης φροντίδος ἀπηλλάχθαι δεῖ. Διὰ γὰρ τοῦτο καὶ ταῦτα λέγουσιν, ἵνα καὶ ἑαντοὺς καὶ τοὺς ὑπ᾽ αὐτῶν μαθητενομένους πείσωσι πᾶσαν ἀποδύσασθαι μέριμναν βιωτικήν. Εἶτα, ἵνα μὴ νομίσης ὅτι ὑπὲρ ἑαυτῶν μόνων τὴν εὐχαριστίαν ταύτην ἀναφέρουσιν, ἐπάγουσι λέγοντες, ὁ διδοὺς τροφὴν πάσῃ σαρκὶ, ὑπὲρ παντὸς εὐχαριστοῦντες τοῦ κόσμου καὶ καθάπερ πατέρες τῆς οἰκουμένης ἁπάσης, οὕτω τὰς ὑπὲρ ἁπάντων εὐφημίας ἀναφέρουσι, καὶ εἰς φιλαδελφίαν ἑαυτοὺς ἀλείφουσι γνησίαν. Οὐδὲ γὰρ δύνανται μισεῖν ἐκείνους, ὑπὲρ ὧν, ὅτι τρέφονται, εὐχαριστοῦσι τῷ θεῷ. Εἶδες καὶ τὴν ἀγάπην διὰ τῆς εὐχαριστίας εἰσαγομένην, καὶ μέριμναν ἐκβαλλομένην βιωτικὴν, καὶ διὰ τῶν ἔμπροσθεν καὶ διὰ τούτων: : Εἰ γὰρ πᾶσαν τρέφει σάρκα, πολλῷ μᾶλλον τοὺς ἀνακειμένους αὐτῷ εἰ γὰρ τοὺς βιωτικαῖς ἐνδεδεμένους φροντίσι, πολλῷ μᾶλλον τοὺς τούτων ἀπηλλαγμένους. Τοῦτο καὶ ὁ Χριστὸς κατασκευάζων ἔλεγε· πόσων στρουθίων διαφέρετε ὑμεῖς; Ταῦτα δὲ ἔλεγε, παιδεύων μὴ θαρρεῖν πλούτῳ καὶ γῇ καὶ σπέρμασιν. Οὐ γὰρ ταῦτα ἐστι τὰ τρέφοντα, ἀλλ᾽ ὁ τοῦ θεοῦ λόγος. Ἀπὸ τούτων καὶ Μανιχαίους, καὶ τοὺς Οὐαλεντίνον, καὶ πάντας τοὺς τὰ ἐκείνων νοσοῦντας ἐπιστομίζουσιν. Οὐ γὰρ δὴ πονηρὸς οὗτος, ὁ πᾶσι προθεὶς τὰ ἑαυτοῦ, καὶ τοῖς βλασφημοῦσιν αὐτόν. Εἴτα ἡ αἴτησις πλήρωσον χαρᾶς καὶ εὐφροσύνης τὰς καρδίας ἡμῶν. Ποίας ἄρα χαρᾶς λέγει; μὴ τῆς βιωτικῆς : Μὴ γένοιτο οὐ γὰρ ἄν, εἰ ταύτην ἤθελον, ὀρῶν κορυφὰς κατελάμβανον καὶ ἐρημίας, καὶ σάκκον περιεβάλλοντο ἀλλ᾽ ἐκείνην λέγουσι τὴν χαράν, τὴν οὐδὲν κοινὸν ἔχουσαν πρὸς τὸν παρόντα βίον, τὴν τῶν ἀγγέλων, τὴν ἄνω. Καὶ οὐχ ἁπλῶς αὐτὴν αἰτοῦσιν, αλλὰ μετὰ πολλῆς τῆς ὑπερβολῆς οὐ γὰρ λέγουσι, δὸς, αλλὰ, πλήρωσον' καὶ οὐ λέγουσιν, ἡμᾶς, ἀλλὰ, τὰς καρδίας ἡμῶν, Αὕτη γὰρ μάλιστα καρδίας χαρά· ὁ γὰρ καρπὸς τοῦ πνεύματος, ἀγάπη, χαρὰ, εἰρήνη. ᾿Επειδὴ γὰρ ἡ ἁμαρτία λύπην εἰσήγαγεν, ἀξιοῦσι διὰ τῆς χαρᾶς τὴν δικαιοσύνην αὐτοῖς ἐμφυτευθῆναι᾽ οὐ γὰρ ἂν ἄλλως ἐγγένοιτο χαρά. Ἵνα πάντοτε πᾶσαν αὐτάρκειαν ἔχοντες, περισσεύωμεν εἰς πάν ἔργον ἀγαθόν. Ὅρα τὴν εὐαγγελικὴν ἐκείνην πληροῦντας ῥῆσιν, τὴν λέγουσαν᾽ τὸν ἄρτον ἡμῶν τὸν ἐπιούσιον δὸς ἡμῖν σήμερον καὶ ταύτην δὲ αὐτὴν ζητοῦντας διὰ τὰ πνευματικά. Ἵνα γὰρ περισσεύωμεν, φησὶν, εἰς πᾶν ἔργον ἀγαθόν. Οὐκ εἶπον, ἵνα τὸ ὀφειλόμενον μόνον ποιῶμεν, αλλ ἵνα καὶ πλέον τῶν ἐπιτεταγμένων τοῦτο γάρ ἐστιν, ἵνα περισσεύωμεν. Καὶ παρὰ μὲν τοῦ θεοῦ τὴν αὐτάρκειαν ζητοῦσιν ἐν τοῖς ἀναγκαίοις αὐτοὶ δὲ οὐ μετὰ αὐταρκείας βούλονται ὑπακούειν μόνον, ἀλλὰ μετὰ περιουσίας πολλῆς, καὶ ἐν ἅπασι. Τοῦτο δούλων εὐγνωμόνων, τοῦτο φιλοσόφων ανδρῶν, τὸ ἀεὶ καὶ ἐν πᾶσι περισσεύειν. Εἶτα πάλιν ἀναμιμνήσκοντες ἑαυτοὺς τὴν οἰκείαν ἀσθένειαν, καὶ ὡς οὐδὲν ἄνεν τῆς ἄνωθεν ῥοπῆς γενναῖον δύναται γενέσθαι, εἰπόντες, ἵνα περισσεύωμεν εἰς πᾶν ἔργον ἀγαθὸν, ἐπάγουσιν· ἐν Χριστῷ Ἰησοῦ τῷ κυρίῳ ἡμῶν, μεθ᾽ οὗ σοι δόξα, τιμὴ καὶ κράτος εἰς τοὺς αἰῶνας, ἀμήν ἴσον τῇ ἀρχῇ τὸ τέλος ὑφαίνοντες δι᾽ εὐχαριστίας.

Dio kai tous tas erēmous kateilēphotas monachous epainō kai thaumazō, tōn te allōn. heneken, kai dia tautēn tēn bēsin. ᾿Ekeinoi gar meta to aristopoiēsasthai, mallon de meta to deipnon (ariston gar ouk isasi pote kai gar isasin hoti penthous ho parōn kairos kai nēsteias) meta to deipnon toinyn legontes tinas eucharistērious hymnous eis ton theon, kai tautēs memnēntai tēs phōnēs. Kai ei boulesthe kai autōn akousai tōn hymnōn, hina kai autoi legēte synechōs, pasan hymin apangelō tēn ǭdēn ekeinēn tēn hieran. Echei toinyn ta bēmata autēs houtōs. Eulogētos ho theos ho trephōn me ek neotētos mou, ho didous trophēn pasę̄ sarki plērōson charas kai euphrosynēs tas kardias hēmōn, hina pantote pasan autarkeian echontes? perisseuōmen eis pan ergon agathon en Christǭ Iēsou tǭ kyriǭ hēmōn, meth᾽ hou soi doxa, timē kai kratos syn hagiǭ pneumati eis tous aiōnas. Amēn. Doxa soi, kyrie, doxa soi, hagie, doxa soi, basileu, hoti edōkas hēmin brōmata eis euphrosynēn. plēson hēmas pneumatos hagiou? hina heurethōmen enōpion sou euarestēsantes, mē aischynomenoi, hote apodidōs hekastǭ kata ta erga autou. Panta men oun axion thaumasai ton hymnon touton, malista de touti to telos. ᾿Epeidē gar hē trapeza kai hē trophē diacheein eiōthe kai barynein, kathaper tina chalinon tēn rhēsin tautēn epititheasi tę̄ psychę̄, para ton kairon tēs aneseōs tou kairou tēs kriseōs autēn anamimnēskontes. Emathon gar ti epathen ᾿Israēl apo trapezēs polytelous. Ephage gar, phēsi, kai epachynthē, kai apelaktisen ho hēgapēmenos. Dio kai Mōyysēs elege phagōn kai piōn kai emplēstheis, mnēsthēti kyrion tou theou son. Meta gar ekeinēn tēn trapezan ta paranoma autois etolmēthē tote ekeina tolmēmata. Skopei toinyn kai sy, mē toiouton ti pathę̄s. Kan gar mē lithǭ thysę̄s, mēde chrysǭ kai probata kai moschous, skopei mē thymǭ thysę̄s tēn santou psychēn, mē porneią thysēs tēn sōtērian tēn sēn, mē heterois toioutois pathesi. Dia gar toi touto kai ekeinoi tous krēmnous dedoikotes toutous, trapezēs apolausantes, mallon de nēsteias (kai gar hē trapeza autōn nēsteia), tou phoberou dikastēriou kai tēs hēmeras ekeinēs heautous anamimnēskousin. Ei de ekeinoi hoi kai nēsteiais, kai chameuniais, kai agrypniais, kai sakkǭ, kai myriois heautous sōphronizontes, eti kai tautēs deontai tēs hypomnēseōs pote dynēsometha hēmeis epieikōs zēn, hoi trapezas paratithentes myria nauagia pherousas, kai mēde holōs euchomenoi? mēte en archę̄» mēte en telei : : Dioper hina ta nauagia tauta lysōmen, ton hymnon ekeinon eis meson agagontes anaptyxōmen panta, hina to ex autou kerdos idontes, kai hautoi synechōs epadōmen auton tę̄ trapezę̄, kai ta skirtēmata tēs gastros katastellōmen, kai ta ēthē kai tous nomous tōn angelōn ekeinōn eis tas oikias eisagontes tas hēmeteras. Edei men gar badizontas ekei, tauta karpizesthai epeidē de ou boulesthe, kan dia tōn hēmeterōn logōn akousate tēs pneumatikēs tautēs melǭdias, kai hekastos meta tēn trapezan tauta legetō ta bēmata, archomenos houtōs; Eulogētos ho theos. Ton gar apostolikon eutheōs plērousi nomon ton keleuonta; pan hotioun poioumen en logǭ ē en ergǭ, en onomati tou kyrion hēmōn ᾿Iēsou Christou, eucharistountes tǭ theǭ kai patri di autou. Eita hē eucharistia ouch hyper tēs mias hēmeras ekeinēs monēs? all᾽ hyper pantos tou biou ginetai. Ho trephōn gar me, phēsin, ek neotētos mon. Kai didaskalia philosophias enteuthen. Tou gar theou trephontos, ou chrē merimnan. Ei gar basileōs soi hyposchomenou parechein ek tōn autou tamieiōn tēn kathēmerinēn trophēn, etharsēsas an loipon' pollǭ mallon hotan theos parechę̄, kai panta soi hōsper ek pēgōn epirrheę̄, pasēs phrontidos apēllachthai dei. Dia gar touto kai tauta legousin, hina kai heantous kai tous hyp᾽ autōn mathētenomenous peisōsi pasan apodysasthai merimnan biōtikēn. Eita, hina mē nomisēs hoti hyper heautōn monōn tēn eucharistian tautēn anapherousin, epagousi legontes, ho didous trophēn pasę̄ sarki, hyper pantos eucharistountes tou kosmou kai kathaper pateres tēs oikoumenēs hapasēs, houtō tas hyper hapantōn euphēmias anapherousi, kai eis philadelphian heautous aleiphousi gnēsian. Oude gar dynantai misein ekeinous, hyper hōn, hoti trephontai, eucharistousi tǭ theǭ. Eides kai tēn agapēn dia tēs eucharistias eisagomenēn, kai merimnan ekballomenēn biōtikēn, kai dia tōn emprosthen kai dia toutōn: : Ei gar pasan trephei sarka, pollǭ mallon tous anakeimenous autǭ ei gar tous biōtikais endedemenous phrontisi, pollǭ mallon tous toutōn apēllagmenous. Touto kai ho Christos kataskeuazōn elege; posōn strouthiōn diapherete hymeis? Tauta de elege, paideuōn mē tharrein ploutǭ kai gę̄ kai spermasin. Ou gar tauta esti ta trephonta, all᾽ ho tou theou logos. Apo toutōn kai Manichaious, kai tous Oualentinon, kai pantas tous ta ekeinōn nosountas epistomizousin. Ou gar dē ponēros houtos, ho pasi protheis ta heautou, kai tois blasphēmousin auton. Eita hē aitēsis plērōson charas kai euphrosynēs tas kardias hēmōn. Poias ara charas legei? mē tēs biōtikēs : Mē genoito ou gar an, ei tautēn ēthelon, orōn koryphas katelambanon kai erēmias, kai sakkon perieballonto all᾽ ekeinēn legousi tēn charan, tēn ouden koinon echousan pros ton paronta bion, tēn tōn angelōn, tēn anō. Kai ouch haplōs autēn aitousin, alla meta pollēs tēs hyperbolēs ou gar legousi, dos, alla, plērōson' kai ou legousin, hēmas, alla, tas kardias hēmōn, Hautē gar malista kardias chara; ho gar karpos tou pneumatos, agapē, chara, eirēnē. ᾿Epeidē gar hē hamartia lypēn eisēgagen, axiousi dia tēs charas tēn dikaiosynēn autois emphyteuthēnai᾽ ou gar an allōs engenoito chara. Hina pantote pasan autarkeian echontes, perisseuōmen eis pan ergon agathon. Hora tēn euangelikēn ekeinēn plērountas rhēsin, tēn legousan᾽ ton arton hēmōn ton epiousion dos hēmin sēmeron kai tautēn de autēn zētountas dia ta pneumatika. Hina gar perisseuōmen, phēsin, eis pan ergon agathon. Ouk eipon, hina to opheilomenon monon poiōmen, all hina kai pleon tōn epitetagmenōn touto gar estin, hina perisseuōmen. Kai para men tou theou tēn autarkeian zētousin en tois anankaiois autoi de ou meta autarkeias boulontai hypakouein monon, alla meta periousias pollēs, kai en hapasi. Touto doulōn eugnōmonōn, touto philosophōn andrōn, to aei kai en pasi perisseuein. Eita palin anamimnēskontes heautous tēn oikeian astheneian, kai hōs ouden anen tēs anōthen rhopēs gennaion dynatai genesthai, eipontes, hina perisseuōmen eis pan ergon agathon, epagousin; en Christǭ Iēsou tǭ kyriǭ hēmōn, meth᾽ hou soi doxa, timē kai kratos eis tous aiōnas, amēn ison tę̄ archę̄ to telos hyphainontes di᾽ eucharistias.

That is why I praise and admire the monks who have occupied the deserts, both for other reasons and because of this saying. For they, after their midday meal, or rather after their supper (for they never know a midday meal, since they know that the present time is one of mourning and fasting)—after supper, then, saying certain hymns of thanksgiving to God, they also remember this saying. And if you wish to hear the hymns themselves, so that you too may say them continually, I will recite to you that whole sacred song. Its words, then, are these: “Blessed is God, who feeds me from my youth, who gives food to all flesh: fill our hearts with joy and gladness, that always having all sufficiency we may abound in every good work, in Christ Jesus our Lord, with whom be glory, honor and might to you with the Holy Spirit to the ages. Amen. Glory to you, Lord; glory to you, Holy One; glory to you, King, for you have given us food for gladness. Fill us with the Holy Spirit, that we may be found well-pleasing before you and not be put to shame, when you repay each according to his works.” The whole hymn, then, deserves admiration, but especially this ending. For since the table and food tend to relax and weigh down, they put this saying on the soul like a kind of bridle, reminding it, at the time of relaxation, of the time of judgment. For they have learned what Israel suffered from a costly table: “For he ate,” it says, “and grew fat, and the beloved kicked.” That is why Moses also said, “When you have eaten and drunk and been filled, remember the Lord your God.” For after that table those lawless deeds were dared by them. Take care, then, that you too do not suffer something like this. For even if you do not sacrifice sheep and calves to stone or gold, take care that you do not sacrifice your own soul to anger, that you do not sacrifice your salvation to sexual immorality or to other such passions. For this reason those men too, fearing these precipices, when they have enjoyed their table, or rather their fast (for their table is a fast), remind themselves of the fearful judgment seat and of that day. And if those who discipline themselves with fasts, and sleeping on the ground, and vigils, and sackcloth, and countless other things, still need this reminder, when shall we be able to live in decency, we who set out tables that carry countless shipwrecks, and do not pray at all, neither at the beginning nor at the end? So, then, to undo these shipwrecks, let us bring that hymn into the midst and unfold it all, so that, seeing the gain from it, we too may sing it continually at table, and check the leapings of the belly, bringing the ways and laws of those angels into our own houses. For you ought to go there and reap these things; but since you will not, at least through our words hear this spiritual melody, and let each say these words after table, beginning so: “Blessed is God.” For at once they fulfill the apostolic law which commands, “Whatever you do in word or deed, do all in the name of our Lord Jesus Christ, giving thanks to God the Father through him.” Then the thanksgiving is made not for that one day alone, but for the whole of life: “who feeds me,” it says, “from my youth.” And from this there is teaching in wisdom: since God feeds us, we must not be anxious. For if a king promised to supply you with daily food from his own storehouses, you would from then on have taken courage; much more, when God supplies it, and all things flow to you as from springs, must you be freed from every care. For this is why they also say these things, so as to persuade both themselves and those whom they make disciples to strip off every worldly anxiety. Then, so that you may not think they offer this thanksgiving for themselves alone, they go on to say, “who gives food to all flesh,” giving thanks for the whole world; and like fathers of the whole world, so they offer praises for all, and anoint themselves for genuine brotherly love. For they cannot hate those for whom they give thanks to God because they are fed. Do you see love brought in through the thanksgiving, and worldly anxiety cast out, both by what went before and by this? For if he feeds all flesh, much more those devoted to him; if those bound by worldly cares, much more those freed from them. This too Christ established when he said, “Of how many sparrows are you of more value?” And he said this, teaching us not to trust in wealth and land and seeds. For it is not these that feed us, but the word of God. By these words they also stop the mouths of the Manichaeans and of the followers of Valentinus, and of all who are sick with their diseases. For he is surely not evil who sets out his own goods for all, even for those who blaspheme him. Then the petition: “Fill our hearts with joy and gladness.” What sort of joy, then, do they mean? Not that of this life? God forbid; for if they wanted this, they would not have occupied the mountain peaks and the deserts and put on sackcloth; but they mean that joy which has nothing in common with the present life, the joy of the angels, the joy above. And they do not ask for it simply, but with great intensity: for they do not say, “Give,” but, “Fill”; and they do not say, “us,” but, “our hearts.” For this above all is the heart’s joy: “for the fruit of the Spirit is love, joy, peace.” For since sin brought in grief, they ask that righteousness be planted in them through joy; for otherwise joy could not arise. “That always having all sufficiency we may abound in every good work.” See them fulfilling that saying of the Gospel which says, “Give us this day our daily bread,” and asking even this for the sake of spiritual things. “For that we may abound,” it says, “in every good work.” They did not say, “that we may do only what is owed,” but, “even more than what is commanded”; for this is what “that we may abound” means. And from God they seek sufficiency in necessities, but they themselves wish to obey not just sufficiently, but with great abundance, and in all things. This belongs to grateful servants, to wise men: always and in all things to abound. Then, again reminding themselves of their own weakness, and that nothing noble can be done without the help from above, having said, “that we may abound in every good work,” they add, “in Christ Jesus our Lord, with whom be glory, honor and might to you to the ages. Amen,” weaving the end like the beginning by thanksgiving.

55.6Field 2

Εἶτα πάλιν δοκοῦσι μὲν ἐκ προοιμίων ἄρχεσθαι, τοῦ αὖτοῦ δὲ ἔχονται λόγου. Ὥσπερ καὶ ὁ Παῦλος ἐν προοιμίῳ ἐπιστολῆς καταλύσας εἰς δοξολογίαν, καὶ εἰπὼν, κατὰ τὸ θέλημα τοῦ θεοῦ καὶ πατρὸς, ᾧ ἡ δόξα εἰς τοὺς αἰῶνας, ἀμήν ἄρχεται τῆς ὑποθέσεως παλιν ὑπὲρ ἧς ἔγραφε. Καὶ πάλιν ἀλλαχοῦ εἰπών· ἐσεβάσθησαν καὶ ἐλάτρευσαν τῇ κτίσει παρὰ τὸν κτίσαντα, ὅς ἐστιν εὐλογητὸς εἰς τοὺς αἰῶνας, ἀμήν οὐκ ἀπήρτισε τὸν λόγον, ἀλλ᾽ ἄρχεται παλιν. Μὴ τοίνυν μηδὲ τούτοις ἐγκαλῶμεν τοῖς ἀγγέλοις ὡς ἀτάκτως ποιοῦσιν, ὅτι καταλύσαντες εἰς δοξολογίαν, πάλιν ἄρχονται τῶν ὕμνων τῶν ἱερῶν. Ἀποστολικοῖς γὰρ ἕπονται νόμοις, ἀπὸ δοξολογίας ἀρχόμενοι, καὶ εἰς τοῦτο τελευτῶντες, καὶ μετὰ τὴν τελευτὴν ταύτην προοιμιαζόμενοι πάλιν. Διὸ λέγουσι· δόξα σοι, κύριε, δόξα σοι, ἅγιε, δόξα σοι, βασιλεῦ, ὅτι ἔδωκας ἡμῖν βρώματα εἰς εὐφροσύνην. Οὐδὲ γὰρ ὑπὲρ τῶν μεγάλων μόνον, ἀλλὰ καὶ ὑπὲρ τῶν μικρῶν δεῖ εὐχαριστεῖν. Εὐχαριστοῦσι δὲ καὶ ὑπὲρ τούτων, καταισχύνοντες τὴν Μανιχαίων αἵρεσιν, καὶ ὅσοι τὴν παροῦσαν ζωὴν πονηρὰν εἶναι λέγουσιν. Ἵνα γὰρ μὴ, διὰ τὴν ἄκραν φιλοσοφίαν καὶ τὴν ὑπεροψίαν τῆς γαστρὸς, ὑποπτεύσης περὶ αὐτῶν ὡς τὰ σῖτα βδελυττομένων, οἷον περὶ ἐκείνων τῶν ἀπαγχονιζόντων ἑαυτοὺς, διὰ τῆς εὐχῆς σε παιδεύουσιν, ὅτι οὐ βδελυττόμενοι τὰ κτίσματα τοὺ θεοῦ, τῶν πλειόνων ἀπέχονται, ἀλλὰ φιλοσοφίαν ἀσκοῦντες. Καὶ ὅρα πῶς απὸ τῆς εὐχαριστίας τῶν ἤδη δοθέντων, καὶ περὶ τῶν μειζόνων δυσωποῦσι, καὶ οὐ μένουσιν ἐπὶ τῶν βιωτικῶν, ἀλλ᾽ ἀναβαίνουσιν ὑπὲρ τοὺς οὐρανοὺς, καὶ φασι· πλήρωσον ἡμᾶς πνεύματος ἁγίου. Οὐδὲ γάρ ἐστιν εὑδοκιμεῖν ὡς χρή, μὴ πληρωθέντα τῆς χάριτος ἐκείνης καθάπερ οὐκ ἔστι γενναῖόν τι ποιεῖν ἢ μέγα, μὴ τῆς τοῦ Χριστοὺ ῥοπῆς ἀπολαύσαντα. Ὥσπερ οὖν εἰπόντες, ἵνα περισσεύωμεν εἰς πᾶν ἔργον ἀγαθὸν, ἐπήγαγον, ἐν Χριστῷ Ἴησοῦ οὕτω καὶ ἐνταῦθα λέγουσι, πλῆσον ἡμᾶς πνεύματος αγίου, ἵνα εὑρεθῶμεν ἐνώπιόν σου εὐαρεστήσαντες, μὴ αἰσχυνόμενοι. Εἶδες πώς ὑπὲρ τῶν βιωτικῶν μὲν οὐκ εὔχονται, ἀλλ᾽ εὐχαριστοῦσι μόνον᾽ ὑπὲρ δὲ τῶν πνευματικών καὶ εὐχαριστοῦσι καὶ εὔχονται: Ζητεῖτε γὰρ, φησὶ, τὴν βασιλείαν τῶν οὐρανῶν, καὶ ταῦτα πάντα προστεθήσεται ὑμῖν. Σκόπει δὲ καὶ ἑτέραν αὐτῶν φιλοσοφίαν. Ἵνα εὑρεθῶμεν γάρ, φησὶ, ἐνώπιόν σου εὐαρεστήσαντες, μὴ αἰσχυνόμενοι. Οὐ γὰρ μέλει ἡμῖν τῆς παρὰ τών πολλῶν αἰσχύνης, φησίν ἀλλ᾽ ὅσα ἂν εἴπωσιν οἱ ἄνθρωποι περὶ ἡμῶν γελῶντες, ὀνειδίζοντες, οὐδὲ ἐπιστρεφόμεθα ὁ δὲ ἀγὼν ἡμῖν ἅπας, ὥστε μὴ τότε αἰσχυνθῆναι. Ὅταν δὲ ταῦτα εἴπωσι, καὶ τὸν τοῦ πυρὸς ἐπεισάγουσι ποταμὸν, καὶ τὰ ἔπαθλα καὶ τὰ βραβεῖα. Οὐκ εἶπον, ἵνα μὴ κολασθώμεν, ἀλλ᾽, ἵνα μὴ αἰσχυνθῶμεν. Τοῦτο γὰρ ἡμῖν πολὺ φοβερώτερον γεέννης, τὸ δόξαι προσκεκρουκέναι τῷ δεσπότῃ. Ἀλλ᾽ ἐπειδὴ τοὺς πολλοὺς οὐ φοβεῖ τοῦτο, καὶ παχυτέρους, ἐπάγουσιν, ὅτε ἀποδίδως ἑκάστῳ κατὰ τὰ ἔργα αὐτοῦ. Εἶδες ἡλίκα ἡμᾶς ὥνησαν οἱ ξένοι καὶ παρεπίδημοι οὗτοι, οἱ τῆς ἐρήμου πολῖται, μᾶλλον δὲ οἱ τῶν οὐρανῶν πολῖται: Ἡμεῖς μὲν γὰρ τῶν οὐρανῶν ξένοι, πολίται δὲ τῆς γῆς οὗτοι δὲ τούὐναντίον. Μετὰ δὲ τὸν ὕμνον τοῦτον πολλῆς ἐμπλησθέντες κατανύξεως, καὶ θερμῶν καὶ πολλῶν δακρύων, οὕτως ἐπὶ ὕπνον βαδίζουσι, τοσοῦτον αὐτοῦ σπῶντες, ὅσον μικρὸν ἀναπαύσασθαι. Καὶ πάλιν τὰς νύκτας ἡμέρας ποιοῦσιν, ἐν εὐχαριστίαις καὶ ψαλμῳδίαις διάγοντες. Οὐκ ἄνδρες δὲ μόνον, ἀλλὰ καὶ γυναῖκες ταύτην ἀσκοῦσι τὴν φιλοσοφίαν, τὴν ἀσθένειαν τῆς φύσεως τῇ περιουσίᾳ τῆς προθυμίας νικῶσαι. Αἰσχυνθῶμεν τοίνυν τὴν ἐκείνων εὐτονίαν οἱ ἄνδρες ἡμεῖς, καὶ παυσώμεθα τοῖς παροῦσι προστετηκότες, τῇ σκιᾷ, τοῖς ὀνείρασι, τῷ καπνῷ. Καὶ γὰρ τὸ πλέον τῆς ζωῆς ἡμῶν ἐν ἀναισθησίᾳ. Ἥ τε γὰρ πρώτη ἡλικία πολλῆς γέμει τῆς ἀνοίας ἡ δὲ πρὸς τὸ γῆρας ὁδεύουσα πάλιν, πᾶσαν τὴν ἐν ἡμῖν αἴσθησιν καταμαραίνει καὶ ὀλέγον ἐστὶ τὸ μέσον, τὸ δυνάμενον μετὰ αἰσθήσεως τρυῴης ἀπολαῦσαι μᾶλλον δὲ οὐδὲ ἐκεῖνο καθαρῶς τούτου μετέχει; μυρίων φροντίδων καὶ πόνων λυμαινομένων αὐτῷ. Διὸ παρακαλῶ, τὰ ἀκίνητα καὶ ἀθάνατα ζητήσωμεν ἀγαθὰ, καὶ τὴν ζωὴν τὴν οὐδέποτε γῆρας ἔχουσαν. Ἔστι γὰρ καὶ πόλιν οἰκοῦντα τὴν τῶν μοναχῶν φιλοσοφίαν ζηλοῦν ἔστι γὰρ καὶ γυναῖκα ἔχοντα, καὶ ἐν οἰκίᾳ στρεφόμενον, καὶ εὔχεσθαι, καὶ νηστεύειν, καὶ κατανενύχθαι. ᾿Επεὶ καὶ οἱ παρὰ τὴν ἀρχὴν ὑπὸ τῶν ἀποστόλων κατηχηθέντες τὰς μὲν πόλεις ᾧκουν, τῶν δὲ τὰς ἐρημίας κατειληφότων τὴν εὐλάβειαν ἐπεδείκνυντο καὶ ἕτεροι δὲ πάλιν ἐργαστηρίων προεστηκότες, ὡς Πρίσκιλλα καὶ ᾿Δκύλας. Καὶ οἱ προφῆται δὲ πάντες καὶ γυναῖκας εἶχον καὶ οἰκίας, ὡς ὁ Ἡσαΐας, ὡς ὁ ᾿Ιεζεχιήλ, ὡς ὁ μέγας Μωυσῆς; καὶ οὐδὲν ἐντεῦθεν εἰς ἀρετὴν ᾿παρεβλάβησαν. Τούτους δὴ καὶ ἡμεῖς ζηλώσαντες, εὐχαριστήσωμεν τῷ θεῷ, διαπαντὸς ὑμνῶμεν αὐτὸν, καὶ σωφροσύνης καὶ τῶν ἄλλων ἀρετῶν ἐπιμελώμεθα, καὶ τὴν ἐν ταῖς ἐρημίαις φιλοσοφίαν εἰς τὰς πόλεις εἰσαγάγωμεν' ἵνα καὶ παρὰ θεῷ εὐάρεστοι καὶ τοῖς ἀνθρώποις δόκιμοι φανῶμεν, καὶ τῶν μελλόντων ἐπιτύχωμεν ἀγαθῶν, χάριτι καὶ φιλανθρωπίᾳ τοῦ κυρίον ἡμῶν Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ, δι᾽ οὗ καὶ μεθ᾽ οὗ τῷ πατρὶ δόξα, τιμὴ, κράτος, ἅμα τῷ ἁγίῳ καὶ ζωοποιῷ πνεύματι, νῦν καὶ ἀεὶ καὶ εἰς τοὺς αἰῶνας τῶν αἰώνων. Ἀμήν.

Eita palin dokousi men ek prooimiōn archesthai, tou autou de echontai logou. Hōsper kai ho Paulos en prooimiǭ epistolēs katalysas eis doxologian, kai eipōn, kata to thelēma tou theou kai patros, hǭ hē doxa eis tous aiōnas, amēn archetai tēs hypotheseōs palin hyper hēs egraphe. Kai palin allachou eipōn; esebasthēsan kai elatreusan tę̄ ktisei para ton ktisanta, hos estin eulogētos eis tous aiōnas, amēn ouk apērtise ton logon, all᾽ archetai palin. Mē toinyn mēde toutois enkalōmen tois angelois hōs ataktōs poiousin, hoti katalysantes eis doxologian, palin archontai tōn hymnōn tōn hierōn. Apostolikois gar hepontai nomois, apo doxologias archomenoi, kai eis touto teleutōntes, kai meta tēn teleutēn tautēn prooimiazomenoi palin. Dio legousi; doxa soi, kyrie, doxa soi, hagie, doxa soi, basileu, hoti edōkas hēmin brōmata eis euphrosynēn. Oude gar hyper tōn megalōn monon, alla kai hyper tōn mikrōn dei eucharistein. Eucharistousi de kai hyper toutōn, kataischynontes tēn Manichaiōn hairesin, kai hosoi tēn parousan zōēn ponēran einai legousin. Hina gar mē, dia tēn akran philosophian kai tēn hyperopsian tēs gastros, hypopteusēs peri autōn hōs ta sita bdelyttomenōn, hoion peri ekeinōn tōn apanchonizontōn heautous, dia tēs euchēs se paideuousin, hoti ou bdelyttomenoi ta ktismata tou theou, tōn pleionōn apechontai, alla philosophian askountes. Kai hora pōs apo tēs eucharistias tōn ēdē dothentōn, kai peri tōn meizonōn dysōpousi, kai ou menousin epi tōn biōtikōn, all᾽ anabainousin hyper tous ouranous, kai phasi; plērōson hēmas pneumatos hagiou. Oude gar estin heudokimein hōs chrē, mē plērōthenta tēs charitos ekeinēs kathaper ouk esti gennaion ti poiein ē mega, mē tēs tou Christou rhopēs apolausanta. Hōsper oun eipontes, hina perisseuōmen eis pan ergon agathon, epēgagon, en Christǭ Iēsou houtō kai entautha legousi, plēson hēmas pneumatos agiou, hina heurethōmen enōpion sou euarestēsantes, mē aischynomenoi. Eides pōs hyper tōn biōtikōn men ouk euchontai, all᾽ eucharistousi monon᾽ hyper de tōn pneumatikōn kai eucharistousi kai euchontai: Zēteite gar, phēsi, tēn basileian tōn ouranōn, kai tauta panta prostethēsetai hymin. Skopei de kai heteran autōn philosophian. Hina heurethōmen gar, phēsi, enōpion sou euarestēsantes, mē aischynomenoi. Ou gar melei hēmin tēs para tōn pollōn aischynēs, phēsin all᾽ hosa an eipōsin hoi anthrōpoi peri hēmōn gelōntes, oneidizontes, oude epistrephometha ho de agōn hēmin hapas, hōste mē tote aischynthēnai. Hotan de tauta eipōsi, kai ton tou pyros epeisagousi potamon, kai ta epathla kai ta brabeia. Ouk eipon, hina mē kolasthōmen, all᾽, hina mē aischynthōmen. Touto gar hēmin poly phoberōteron geennēs, to doxai proskekroukenai tǭ despotę̄. All᾽ epeidē tous pollous ou phobei touto, kai pachyterous, epagousin, hote apodidōs hekastǭ kata ta erga autou. Eides hēlika hēmas hōnēsan hoi xenoi kai parepidēmoi houtoi, hoi tēs erēmou politai, mallon de hoi tōn ouranōn politai: Hēmeis men gar tōn ouranōn xenoi, politai de tēs gēs houtoi de touynantion. Meta de ton hymnon touton pollēs emplēsthentes katanyxeōs, kai thermōn kai pollōn dakryōn, houtōs epi hypnon badizousi, tosouton autou spōntes, hoson mikron anapausasthai. Kai palin tas nyktas hēmeras poiousin, en eucharistiais kai psalmǭdiais diagontes. Ouk andres de monon, alla kai gynaikes tautēn askousi tēn philosophian, tēn astheneian tēs physeōs tę̄ periousią tēs prothymias nikōsai. Aischynthōmen toinyn tēn ekeinōn eutonian hoi andres hēmeis, kai pausōmetha tois parousi prostetēkotes, tę̄ skią, tois oneirasi, tǭ kapnǭ. Kai gar to pleon tēs zōēs hēmōn en anaisthēsią. Hē te gar prōtē hēlikia pollēs gemei tēs anoias hē de pros to gēras hodeuousa palin, pasan tēn en hēmin aisthēsin katamarainei kai olegon esti to meson, to dynamenon meta aisthēseōs tryǭēs apolausai mallon de oude ekeino katharōs toutou metechei? myriōn phrontidōn kai ponōn lymainomenōn autǭ. Dio parakalō, ta akinēta kai athanata zētēsōmen agatha, kai tēn zōēn tēn oudepote gēras echousan. Esti gar kai polin oikounta tēn tōn monachōn philosophian zēloun esti gar kai gynaika echonta, kai en oikią strephomenon, kai euchesthai, kai nēsteuein, kai katanenychthai. ᾿Epei kai hoi para tēn archēn hypo tōn apostolōn katēchēthentes tas men poleis hǭkoun, tōn de tas erēmias kateilēphotōn tēn eulabeian epedeiknynto kai heteroi de palin ergastēriōn proestēkotes, hōs Priskilla kai ᾿Dkylas. Kai hoi prophētai de pantes kai gynaikas eichon kai oikias, hōs ho Hēsaïas, hōs ho ᾿Iezechiēl, hōs ho megas Mōysēs? kai ouden enteuthen eis aretēn ᾿pareblabēsan. Toutous dē kai hēmeis zēlōsantes, eucharistēsōmen tǭ theǭ, diapantos hymnōmen auton, kai sōphrosynēs kai tōn allōn aretōn epimelōmetha, kai tēn en tais erēmiais philosophian eis tas poleis eisagagōmen' hina kai para theǭ euarestoi kai tois anthrōpois dokimoi phanōmen, kai tōn mellontōn epitychōmen agathōn, chariti kai philanthrōpią tou kyrion hēmōn Iēsou Christou, di᾽ hou kai meth᾽ hou tǭ patri doxa, timē, kratos, hama tǭ hagiǭ kai zōopoiǭ pneumati, nyn kai aei kai eis tous aiōnas tōn aiōnōn. Amēn.

Then again they seem to begin from a fresh opening, but they hold to the same discourse. Just as Paul too, at the opening of a letter, having ended in a doxology, and having said, “according to the will of our God and Father, to whom be glory to the ages, amen,” begins again the subject about which he was writing; and again elsewhere, having said, “they worshiped and served the creature rather than the Creator, who is blessed to the ages, amen,” he did not end his discourse, but begins again. Let us not, then, blame these angels either as acting out of order, because, having ended in a doxology, they begin the sacred hymns again. For they follow apostolic laws, beginning from a doxology and ending in it, and after this ending opening again. That is why they say, “Glory to you, Lord; glory to you, Holy One; glory to you, King, for you have given us food for gladness.” For we must give thanks not only for great things but also for small. And they give thanks for these too, putting to shame the heresy of the Manichaeans and all who say that the present life is evil. For so that you may not, because of their extreme self-denial and their disregard of the belly, suspect them of loathing food, as is the case with those who strangle themselves, they teach you by the prayer that it is not from loathing God’s creatures that they abstain from most things, but because they are practicing wisdom. And see how from the thanksgiving for what has already been given they also entreat for greater things, and do not stay with the things of this life, but ascend above the heavens and say, “Fill us with the Holy Spirit.” For it is not possible to be approved as one ought without being filled with that grace; just as it is not possible to do anything noble or great without enjoying the help of Christ. As, then, having said, “that we may abound in every good work,” they added, “in Christ Jesus,” so here too they say, “Fill us with the Holy Spirit, that we may be found well-pleasing before you, and not be put to shame.” Do you see how for the things of this life they do not pray but only give thanks, while for spiritual things they both give thanks and pray? “For seek,” he says, “the kingdom of the heavens, and all these things will be added to you.” But consider also another wisdom of theirs. “For that we may be found,” it says, “well-pleasing before you, and not be put to shame.” “For we do not care about shame before the many,” it says; “but whatever men may say about us, laughing, reproaching, we do not even turn round; our whole struggle is not to be put to shame then.” And when they say this, they bring in also the river of fire, and the prizes and the rewards. They did not say, “that we may not be punished,” but, “that we may not be put to shame.” For this is much more fearful to us than Gehenna, to seem to have offended the Master. But since this does not frighten the many and the coarser sort, they add, “when you repay each according to his works.” Do you see how much these strangers and sojourners have benefited us, these citizens of the desert, or rather citizens of the heavens? For we are strangers to the heavens and citizens of the earth; but they the opposite. And after this hymn, filled with great compunction and with many hot tears, they go so to sleep, taking only so much of it as to rest a little. And again they turn the nights into days, passing them in thanksgivings and the singing of psalms. And not men only, but women too practice this wisdom, overcoming the weakness of their nature by the abundance of their eagerness. Let us men, then, be ashamed at their vigor, and cease being melted into the present things, the shadow, the dreams, the smoke. For indeed the greater part of our life is spent in insensibility. For the first age is full of much folly; and the age that travels toward old age withers again all the sense in us; and small is the middle part that can enjoy luxury with full sense; or rather not even that shares in it purely, since countless cares and labors spoil it. That is why I beg you, let us seek the unshakable and immortal good things, and the life that never has old age. For it is possible even for one who lives in the city to emulate the wisdom of the monks; it is possible for one who has a wife and is busy in a household both to pray and to fast and to feel compunction. For those too who were instructed by the apostles at the beginning lived in the cities, yet showed the piety of those who have occupied the deserts; and others again presided over workshops, like Priscilla and Aquila. And all the prophets had wives and households, like Isaiah, like Ezekiel, like the great Moses; and they were not harmed at all in virtue by this. Emulating these, then, let us too give thanks to God, let us hymn him continually, and let us care for self-control and the other virtues, and bring the wisdom of the deserts into the cities, so that we may appear both well-pleasing to God and approved by men, and attain the good things to come, by the grace and love for mankind of our Lord Jesus Christ, through whom and with whom be glory, honor, might to the Father, together with the holy and life-giving Spirit, now and always and to the ages of ages. Amen.

Chapter 56

56.1Field 2

᾿Αμὴν, ἀμὴν λέγω ὑμῖν εἰσί τινες τῶν ὧδε ἑστώτων, οἵτινες οὐ μὴ γεύσωνται θανάτου, ἕως ἂν ἴδωσι τὸν υἱὸν τοῦ ἀνθρώπου ἐρχόμενον ἐν τῇ βασιλείᾳ αὐτοῦ. Ἐπειδὴ γὰρ πολλὰ περὶ κινδύνων διελέχθη καὶ θανάτου, καὶ τοῦ πάθους τοῦ ἑαυτοῦ, καὶ τῆς τῶν μαθητῶν σφαγῆς, καὶ τὰ αὐστηρὰ ἐπέταξεν ἐκεῖνα᾽ καὶ τὰ μὲν ἣν ἐν τῷ παρόντι βίῳ καὶ ἐν χερσὶ, τὰ δὲ ἀγαθὰ ἐν ἐλπίσι καὶ προσδοκίαις· οἷον, τὸ σώζειν τὴν ψυχὴν τοὺς ἀπολλύντας αὐτὴν, τὸ ἔρχεσθαι αὐτὸν ἐν τῇ δόξη τοῦ πατρὸς αὐτοῦ, τὸ ἀποδιδόναι τὰ ἔπαθλα βουλόμενος καὶ τὴν ὄψιν αὐτῶν πληροφορῆσαι, καὶ δεῖξαι τίς ποτέ ἐστιν ἡ δόξα ἐκείνη, μεθ᾽ ἧς μέλλει παραγίνεσθαι, ὡς ἐγχωροῦν ἣν αὐτοῖς μαθεῖν καὶ κατὰ τὸν παρόντα βίον δείκνυσιν αὐτοῖς καὶ ἀποκαλύπτει ταύτην᾽ ἵνα μήτε ἐπὶ τῷ οἰκείῳ θανάτῳ, μήτε ἐπὶ τῷ τοῦ δεσπότου λοιπὸν ᾿ἀλγῶσι, καὶ μάλιστα Πέτρος ὀδυνώμενος. Καὶ ὅρα τί ποιεῖ. Περὶ γεέννης καὶ βασιλείας διαλεχθεὶς (τῷ τε γὰρ εἰπεῖν, ὁ εὑρὼν τὴν ψυχὴν αὐτοῦ, ἀπολέσει αὐτήν καὶ ὃς ἂν ἀπολέση αὐτὴν ἕνεκεν ἐμοῦ, εὑρήσει αὐτήν καὶ τῷ εἰπεῖν, ἀποδώσει ἑκάστῳ κατὰ τὴν πρᾶξιν αὐτοῦ, ἀμφότερα ταῦτα ἐδήλωσε) περὶ ἀμφοτέρων τοίνυν εἰπὼν, τὴν μὲν βασιλείαν τῇ ὄψει δείκνυσι, τὴν δὲ γέενναν οὐκέτι. Τί δήποτε; Ὅτι εἰ μὲν ἄλλοι τινὲς ἦσαν παχύτεροι, ἀναγκαίον καὶ τοῦτο ἦν' ἐπειδὴ δὲ εὐδόκιμοι καὶ εὐγνώμονες, ἀπὸ τῶν χρηστοτέρων αὐτοὺς ἐνάγει. Οὐ διὰ τοῦτο δὲ μόνον δείκνυσι τοῦτο ἀλλ᾽ ὅτι καὶ αὐτῷ τοῦτο μᾶλλον πρεπωδέστερον ἦν. Οὐ μὴν οὐδὲ ἐκεῖνο παρατρέχει τὸ μέρος ἀλλ᾽ ἔστιν ὅπου σχεδὸν καὶ ὑπ᾿ ὄψιν αὐτὰ φέρει τὰ πράγματα τῆς γεέννης· ὡς ὅταν τοῦ Λαζάρου τὴν εἰκόνα εἰσάγῃ, καὶ τοῦ τὰ ἑκατὸν δηνάρια ἀπαιτήσαντος μνημονεύῃ, καὶ τοῦ τὰ ῥυπαρὰ ἐνδεδυμένου ἱμάτια, καὶ ἑτέρων πλειόνων. Καὶ μεθ᾽ ἡμέρας εξ παραλαμβάνει Πέτρον καὶ ᾿Ιάκωβον καὶ Ἰωάννην. Ὁ δὲ ἕτερος δὲ μετὰ ὀκτῶ φησιν, οὐκ ἐναντιούμενος τούτῳ, ἀλλὰ καὶ σφόδρα συνάδων. Ὁ μὲν γὰρ καὶ αὐτὴν τὴν ἡμέραν καθ' ἣν ἐφθέγξατο, κἀκείνην καθ᾽ ἣν ἀνήγαγεν; εἶπεν ὁ δὲ τὰς μεταξὺ τούτων μόνον. Σὺ δέ μοι σκόπει πῶς ὁ Ματθαῖος φιλοσοφεῖ, οὐκ ἀποκρυπτόμενος τοὺς ἑαυτοῦ προτιμηθέντας. Τοῦτο δὲ καὶ ᾿Ιωάννης πολλαχοῦ ποιεῖ, τὰ ἐξαίρετα τοῦ Πέτρου ἐγκώμια μετὰ πολλῆς ἀναγράφων τῆς αληθείας. Βασκανίας γὰρ καὶ δόξης κενῆς πανταχοῦ καθαρὸς ἦν ὁ τῶν ἁγίων τούτων χορός. Λαβὼν τοίνυν τοὺς κορυφαίους, ἀναφέρει εἰς ὄρος ὑψηλὸν κατ᾽ ἰδίαν' καὶ μετεμορφώθη ἔμπροσθεν αὐτῶν, καὶ ἔλαμψε τὸ πρόσωπον αὐὖτοῦ ὡς ὁ ἥλιος, τὰ δὲ ἱμάτια αὐτοῦ γέγονε λευκὰ ὡς τὸ φῶς. Καὶ ὥφθησαν αὐτοῖς Μωὺῦσῆς καὶ ᾿Ηλίας συλλαλοῦντες μετ᾽ αὐτοῦ. Διατί τούτους παραλαμβάνει μόνους ; Ὅτι οὗτοι τῶν ἄλλων ἦσαν ὑπερέχοντες. Καὶ ὁ μὲν Πέτρος ἐκ τοῦ σφόδρα φιλεῖν αὐτὸν ἐδήλου τὴν ὑπεροχήν ὃ δὲ ᾿Ιωάννης ἐκ τοὺ σφύδρα φιλεῖσθαι καὶ ᾿Ιάκωβος δὲ ἀπὸ τῆς ἀποκρίσεως ἧς ἀπεκρίνατο μετὰ τοῦ ἀδελφοῦ λέγων· δυνάμεθα πιεῖν τὸ ποτήριον οὐκ ἀπὸ τῆς ἀποκρίσεως δὲ μόνον, αλλὰ καὶ ἀπὸ τῶν ἔργων, τῶν τε ἄλλων, καὶ αφ᾽ ὧν ἐπλήρωσεν ἅπερ εἶπεν. Οὕτω γὰρ ἦν σφοδρὸς καὶ βαρὺς ᾿Ιουδαίοις, ὡς καὶ τὸν Ἡρωδην ταύτην δωρεὰν μεγίστην νομίσαι χαρίσασθαι τοῖς ᾿Ιουδαίοις, εἰ ἐκεῖνον ἀνέλοι. Διατί δὲ μὴ εὐθέως αὐτοὺς ἀνάγει; Ὥστε μηδὲν παθεῖν ἀνθρώπινον τοὺς λοιποὺς μαθητάς. Διὰ τοῦτο οὐδὲ τὰ ὀνόματα αὐτῶν λέγει τῶν ἀνιέναι μελλόντων. Καὶ γὰρ σφόδρα ἂν ἐπεθύμησαν οἱ λοιποὶ ἀκολουθῆσαι, ὑπόδειγμα μέλλοντες τῆς δόξης ἐκείνης ὁρᾶν, καὶ ἤλγησαν ἂν ὡς παροφθέντες. Εἰ γὰρ καὶ σωματικώτερον τοῦτο ἐδείκνυ, ἀλλ᾽ ὅμως πολλὴν ἐπιθυμίαν τὸ πρᾶγμα εἶχε. Τί δήποτε οὖν καὶ προλέγει: Ἵνα εὐμαθέστεροι περὶ τὴν θεωρίαν γένωνται, ἀφ᾽ ὧν προεἶπε, καὶ σφοδροτέρας ἐν τῷ τῶν ἡμερῶν ἀριθμῷ τῆς ἐπιθυμίας ἐμπλησθέντες, οὕτω νηφούσῃ καὶ μεμεριμνημένῃ τῆ διανοίᾳ παραγένωνται. Τίνος δὲ ἕνεκεν καὶ Μωυσῆν καὶ Ἠλίαν εἰς μέσον ἄγει ; Πολλὰς ἂν ἔχοι τις εἰπεῖν αἰτίας καὶ πρώτην μὲν ταύτην, ὅτι ἐπειδὴ οἱ ὄχλοι ἔλεγον, οἱ μὲν Ἠλίαν, οἱ δὲ Ἱερεμίαν, ᾿ οἱ δὲ ἕνα τῶν ἀρχαίων προφητῶν, τοὺς κορυφαίους ἄγει, ἵνα τὸ μέσον καὶ ἐντεῦθεν ἴδωσι τῶν δούλων καὶ τοῦ δεσπότου, καὶ ὅτι καλῶς ἐπηνέθη Πέτρος ὁμολογήσας αὐτὸν νἱὸν θεοῦ. Μετ᾿ ἐκείνην δὲ καὶ ἑτέραν ἐστὶν εἰπεῖν. ᾿Επειδὴ γὰρ συνεχῶς ἐνεκάλουν αὐτῷ τὸ παραβαίνειν τὸν νόμον, καὶ βλάσφημον αὐτὸν εἶναι ἐνόμιζον, ὡς σφετεριζόμενον δόξαν οὐ προσήκουσαν αὐτῷ τὴν τοῦ πατρός· καὶ ἔλεγον· οὗτος οὐκ ἔστιν ἐκ τοῦ θεοῦ, ὅτι τὸ σάββατον οὐ τηρεῖ καὶ πάλιν, περὶ καλοῦ ἔργου οὐ λιθάζομέν σε, ἀλλὰ περὶ βλασφημίας, καὶ ὅτι ἄνθρωπος ὧν ποιεῖς σεαντὸν θεόν ἵνα δειχθῇ, ὅτι βασκανίας ἀμφότερα τὰ ἐγκλήματα, καὶ ἑκατέρων τούτων ἐστὶν ἀνεύθυνος, καὶ οὔτε νόμου παράβασις τὸ γινόμενον; οὔτε δόξης σφετερισμὸς τῆς μὴ προσηκούσης τὸ λέγειν ἑαντὸν ἴσον τῷ πατρὶ, τοὺς ἐν ἑκατέρῳ λάμψαντας τούτων εἰς μέσον ἄγει. Καὶ γὰρ Μωῦσης τὸν νόμον ἔδωκε, καὶ ἠδύναντο λογίσασθαι ᾿Ιουδαῖοι, ὅτι οὐκ ἂν περιεῖδε πατούμενον αὐτὸν, ὡς ἐνόμιζον, οὐδ᾽ ἂν τὸν παραβαίνοντα αὐτὸν καὶ τῷ τεθεικότι πολέμιον. ὄντα ἐθεράπευσεν ἄν. Καὶ ᾿Ηλίας δὲ ὑπὲρ τῆς δόξης τοῦ θεοῦ ἐζήλωσε, καὶ οὐκ ἄν, εἰ ἀντίθεος ἦν, καὶ θεὸν ἑαντὸν ἔλεγεν, ἴσον ἑαυτὸν ποιῶν τῷ πατρὶ, μὴ ὧν ὅπερ ἔλεγε, μηδὲ προσηκόντως τοῦτο ποιὼν; παρέστη καὶ αὐτὸς καὶ ὑπήκουσεν.

᾿Amēn, amēn legō hymin eisi tines tōn hōde hestōtōn, hoitines ou mē geusōntai thanatou, heōs an idōsi ton huion tou anthrōpou erchomenon en tę̄ basileią autou. Epeidē gar polla peri kindynōn dielechthē kai thanatou, kai tou pathous tou heautou, kai tēs tōn mathētōn sphagēs, kai ta austēra epetaxen ekeina᾽ kai ta men hēn en tǭ paronti biǭ kai en chersi, ta de agatha en elpisi kai prosdokiais; hoion, to sōzein tēn psychēn tous apollyntas autēn, to erchesthai auton en tę̄ doxē tou patros autou, to apodidonai ta epathla boulomenos kai tēn opsin autōn plērophorēsai, kai deixai tis pote estin hē doxa ekeinē, meth᾽ hēs mellei paraginesthai, hōs enchōroun hēn autois mathein kai kata ton paronta bion deiknysin autois kai apokalyptei tautēn᾽ hina mēte epi tǭ oikeiǭ thanatǭ, mēte epi tǭ tou despotou loipon ᾿algōsi, kai malista Petros odynōmenos. Kai hora ti poiei. Peri geennēs kai basileias dialechtheis (tǭ te gar eipein, ho heurōn tēn psychēn autou, apolesei autēn kai hos an apolesē autēn heneken emou, heurēsei autēn kai tǭ eipein, apodōsei hekastǭ kata tēn praxin autou, amphotera tauta edēlōse) peri amphoterōn toinyn eipōn, tēn men basileian tę̄ opsei deiknysi, tēn de geennan ouketi. Ti dēpote? Hoti ei men alloi tines ēsan pachyteroi, anankaion kai touto ēn' epeidē de eudokimoi kai eugnōmones, apo tōn chrēstoterōn autous enagei. Ou dia touto de monon deiknysi touto all᾽ hoti kai autǭ touto mallon prepōdesteron ēn. Ou mēn oude ekeino paratrechei to meros all᾽ estin hopou schedon kai hyp᾿ opsin auta pherei ta pragmata tēs geennēs; hōs hotan tou Lazarou tēn eikona eisagę̄, kai tou ta hekaton dēnaria apaitēsantos mnēmoneuę̄, kai tou ta rhypara endedymenou himatia, kai heterōn pleionōn. Kai meth᾽ hēmeras ex paralambanei Petron kai ᾿Iakōbon kai Iōannēn. Ho de heteros de meta oktō phēsin, ouk enantioumenos toutǭ, alla kai sphodra synadōn. Ho men gar kai autēn tēn hēmeran kath' hēn ephthenxato, kakeinēn kath᾽ hēn anēgagen? eipen ho de tas metaxy toutōn monon. Sy de moi skopei pōs ho Matthaios philosophei, ouk apokryptomenos tous heautou protimēthentas. Touto de kai ᾿Iōannēs pollachou poiei, ta exaireta tou Petrou enkōmia meta pollēs anagraphōn tēs alētheias. Baskanias gar kai doxēs kenēs pantachou katharos ēn ho tōn hagiōn toutōn choros. Labōn toinyn tous koryphaious, anapherei eis oros hypsēlon kat᾽ idian' kai metemorphōthē emprosthen autōn, kai elampse to prosōpon auytou hōs ho hēlios, ta de himatia autou gegone leuka hōs to phōs. Kai hōphthēsan autois Mōyysēs kai ᾿Ēlias syllalountes met᾽ autou. Diati toutous paralambanei monous ? Hoti houtoi tōn allōn ēsan hyperechontes. Kai ho men Petros ek tou sphodra philein auton edēlou tēn hyperochēn ho de ᾿Iōannēs ek tou sphydra phileisthai kai ᾿Iakōbos de apo tēs apokriseōs hēs apekrinato meta tou adelphou legōn; dynametha piein to potērion ouk apo tēs apokriseōs de monon, alla kai apo tōn ergōn, tōn te allōn, kai aph᾽ hōn eplērōsen haper eipen. Houtō gar ēn sphodros kai barys ᾿Ioudaiois, hōs kai ton Hērōdēn tautēn dōrean megistēn nomisai charisasthai tois ᾿Ioudaiois, ei ekeinon aneloi. Diati de mē eutheōs autous anagei? Hōste mēden pathein anthrōpinon tous loipous mathētas. Dia touto oude ta onomata autōn legei tōn anienai mellontōn. Kai gar sphodra an epethymēsan hoi loipoi akolouthēsai, hypodeigma mellontes tēs doxēs ekeinēs horan, kai ēlgēsan an hōs parophthentes. Ei gar kai sōmatikōteron touto edeikny, all᾽ homōs pollēn epithymian to pragma eiche. Ti dēpote oun kai prolegei: Hina eumathesteroi peri tēn theōrian genōntai, aph᾽ hōn proeipe, kai sphodroteras en tǭ tōn hēmerōn arithmǭ tēs epithymias emplēsthentes, houtō nēphousę̄ kai memerimnēmenę̄ tē dianoią paragenōntai. Tinos de heneken kai Mōysēn kai Ēlian eis meson agei ? Pollas an echoi tis eipein aitias kai prōtēn men tautēn, hoti epeidē hoi ochloi elegon, hoi men Ēlian, hoi de Hieremian, ᾿ hoi de hena tōn archaiōn prophētōn, tous koryphaious agei, hina to meson kai enteuthen idōsi tōn doulōn kai tou despotou, kai hoti kalōs epēnethē Petros homologēsas auton nion theou. Met᾿ ekeinēn de kai heteran estin eipein. ᾿Epeidē gar synechōs enekaloun autǭ to parabainein ton nomon, kai blasphēmon auton einai enomizon, hōs spheterizomenon doxan ou prosēkousan autǭ tēn tou patros; kai elegon; houtos ouk estin ek tou theou, hoti to sabbaton ou tērei kai palin, peri kalou ergou ou lithazomen se, alla peri blasphēmias, kai hoti anthrōpos hōn poieis seanton theon hina deichthę̄, hoti baskanias amphotera ta enklēmata, kai hekaterōn toutōn estin aneuthynos, kai oute nomou parabasis to ginomenon? oute doxēs spheterismos tēs mē prosēkousēs to legein heanton ison tǭ patri, tous en hekaterǭ lampsantas toutōn eis meson agei. Kai gar Mōysēs ton nomon edōke, kai ēdynanto logisasthai ᾿Ioudaioi, hoti ouk an perieide patoumenon auton, hōs enomizon, oud᾽ an ton parabainonta auton kai tǭ tetheikoti polemion. onta etherapeusen an. Kai ᾿Ēlias de hyper tēs doxēs tou theou ezēlōse, kai ouk an, ei antitheos ēn, kai theon heanton elegen, ison heauton poiōn tǭ patri, mē hōn hoper elege, mēde prosēkontōs touto poiōn? parestē kai autos kai hypēkousen.

“Truly, truly I say to you, there are some of those standing here who will not taste death until they see the Son of Man coming in his kingdom.” For since he had spoken much about dangers and death, and about his own passion, and the slaughter of the disciples, and had laid on them those severe commands, and these were in the present life and at hand, while the good things were in hopes and expectations—for example, that those who lose their life save it, that he will come in the glory of his Father, that he will repay the prizes—wishing to give full assurance also to their sight, and to show what that glory is with which he is about to come, as far as it was possible for them to learn, he shows and reveals it to them even in the present life, so that they might no longer grieve at their own death or at the Master’s, and especially Peter, who was in pain. And see what he does. Having spoken about Gehenna and the kingdom (for by saying, “He who finds his life will lose it, and whoever loses it for my sake will find it,” and by saying, “He will repay each according to his conduct,” he made both of these plain), having spoken, then, about both, he shows the kingdom to their sight, but not Gehenna. Why? Because if they had been some others, coarser, this too would have been necessary; but since they were approved and right-minded, he leads them on by the more pleasant things. And not for this reason alone does he show this, but also because this was more fitting for him. Yet he does not pass over that part either; but there are places where he brings the very realities of Gehenna almost before the eyes, as when he brings in the picture of Lazarus, and mentions the one who demanded the hundred denarii, and the one clothed in filthy garments, and many others. “And after six days he takes with him Peter and James and John.” But another says “after eight,” not contradicting this one, but agreeing with him exactly. For the one counted both the very day on which he spoke and that on which he led them up; but the other only the days between these. But consider, I pray you, how Matthew shows wisdom, not hiding those who were preferred to himself. John too does this in many places, recording with great truthfulness the special praises of Peter. For the band of these saints was everywhere free of envy and vainglory. Taking, then, the leaders, “he brings them up onto a high mountain by themselves; and he was transfigured before them, and his face shone like the sun, and his garments became white as the light. And there appeared to them Moses and Elijah talking with him.” Why does he take these alone? Because they were superior to the others. And Peter showed his superiority by loving him greatly; John, by being greatly loved; and James, by the answer he gave together with his brother, saying, “We are able to drink the cup”; and not by his answer alone, but also by his deeds, both the others and those by which he fulfilled what he said. For he was so vehement and so heavy upon the Jews that even Herod thought it would be the greatest gift he could grant to the Jews if he killed him. And why does he not lead them up at once? So that the other disciples might not feel something human. That is why he does not even name those who were about to go up. For the others would have very much wished to follow, since they were going to see a pattern of that glory, and they would have been pained as overlooked. For even if he showed it in a rather bodily way, yet the thing aroused great desire. Why, then, does he even foretell it? So that from what he foretold they might become more ready to learn about the vision, and, filled with a more vehement desire through the counting of the days, they might come with a sober and attentive mind. And why does he bring Moses and Elijah into the midst? One could give many reasons; and first this one: since the crowds were saying, some Elijah, others Jeremiah, others one of the ancient prophets, he brings the leaders, so that from this too they might see the difference between the servants and the Master, and that Peter was rightly praised for confessing him the Son of God. After that one may give another reason too. For since they continually accused him of transgressing the law, and thought him a blasphemer, as appropriating a glory not belonging to him, the Father’s, and said, “This man is not from God, because he does not keep the sabbath,” and again, “For a good work we do not stone you, but for blasphemy, and because you, being a man, make yourself God,” so that it might be shown that both charges were from envy, and that he is free of both, and that what was done was neither a transgression of the law nor his calling himself equal to the Father an appropriation of a glory not belonging to him, he brings into the midst those who shone in each of these. For Moses gave the law, and the Jews could reason that he would not have overlooked its being trampled underfoot, as they thought, nor would he have served one who transgressed it and was an enemy of the one who laid it down. And Elijah was zealous for the glory of God; and if he had been an adversary of God, and called himself God, making himself equal to the Father, not being what he said and doing this unfittingly, he would not have stood by him and obeyed him.

56.2Field 2

Ἔστι δὲ καὶ ἑτέραν αἰτίαν εἰπεῖν μετὰ τῶν εἰρημένων. Ποίαν δὴ ταύτην : : Ἵνα μάθωσιν, ὅτι καὶ θανάτου καὶ ζωῆς ἐξουσίαν ἔχει, καὶ τῶν ἄνω καὶ τῶν κάτω κρατεῖ. Διὰ τοῦτο καὶ τὸν τετελευτηκότα, καὶ τὸν οὐδέπω τοῦτο παθόντα εἰς μέσον ἄγει. Τὴν δὲ πέμπτην αἰτίαν (πέμπτη γὰρ αὕτη ἐστὶ πρὸς ταῖς εἰρημέναις) καὶ αὐτὸς ὁ εὐαγγελιστὴς ἀπεκάλυψε. Τίς δὲ ἦν αὕτη; Δεῖξαι τοῦ σταυροῦ τὴν δόξαν, καὶ παραμυθήσασθαι τὸν Πέτρον καὶ ἐκείνους δεδοικότας τὸ πάθος, καὶ ἀναστῆσαι αὐτῶν τὰ φρονήματα. Καὶ γὰρ παραγενόμενοι οὐκ ἐσίγων, ἀλλ᾽ ἐλάλουν, φησὶ, τὴν δόξαν, ἣν ἔμελλε πληροῦν ἐν Ἵερουσαλήμ τουτέστι, τὸ πάθος καὶ τὸν σταυρόν οὕτω γὰρ αὐτὸ καλοῦσιν ἀεί. Οὐ ταύτῃ δὲ μόνον αὐτοὺς ἤλειφεν, ἀλλὰ καὶ αὐτῇ τῇ ἀρετῇ τῶν ἀνδρῶν, ἣν μάλιστα παρ᾽ αὐτῶν ἐζήτει. ᾿Επειδὴ γὰρ εἶπεν, εἴ τις θέλει ὀπίσω μου ἐλθεῖν, ἀράτω τὸν σταυρὸν αὐτοῦ, καὶ ἀκολουθείτω μοι, τοὺς ὙΡΡΙαΗΣ ἀποθανόντας ὑπὲρ τῶν τῷ θεῷ δοκούντων ἥἧκ ὶ δήμου τοῦ πιστευθέντος αὐτοῖς, τούτους εἰς μέσον ἜΝ 'Καὶ γὰρ τούτων ἕκαστος τὴν ψνχὴν ἀπολέσας, εὗρεν αὐτήν. Καὶ γὰρ πρὸς τυράννους ἕκαστος ἐπαῤῥησιάσατο· ὃ μὲν πρὸς τὸν Αἰγύπτιον, ὁ δὲ πρὸς τὸν Ἀχαάβ· καὶ ὑπὲρ ἀγνωμόνων ἀνθρώπων καὶ ἀπειθῶν' καὶ ὑπ᾽ αὐτῶν τῶν παρ᾽ αὐτῶν σωζομένων εἰς τὸν περὶ τῶν ἐσχάτων ἤχθησαν κίνδυνον καὶ ἕκαστος αὐτῶν εἰδωλολατρείας ἀπαλλάξαι βουλόμενος, καὶ ἕκαστος αὐτῶν ἰδιώτης ὤν ὁ μὲν γὰρ βραδύγλωσσος καὶ ἰσχνόφωνος,, ὁ δὲ καὶ αὐτὸς ἀγροικότερον διακείμενος καὶ ἀκτημοσύνης δὲ πολλὴ παρ᾽ ἑκατέρων ἀκρίβεια· οὔτε γὰρ Μωὺῦσῆς τι ἐκέκτητο, οὔτε Ηλίας τι εἶχε πλέον τῆς μηλωτῆς᾽ καὶ ταῦτα ἐν τῆ ποτ τεν καὶ οὐδὲ χάριν τοσαύτην λαβόντες σημείων. Εἰ γὰρ θάλατταν ἔσχισε Μωυσῆς, αλλὰ Πέτρος ἐπὶ τῆς ὑγρᾶς ἐβάδισε, καὶ ὄρη μεταθεῖναι ἱκανὸς ἣν, καὶ νοσήματα σωμάτων διώρθου παντοδαπὰ, καὶ δαίμονας ἤλαυνεν ἀγρίους, καὶ σκιᾷ σώματος τὰ μεγάλα ἐκεῖνα ἐθαυματούργει τεράστια, καὶ τὴν οἰκουμένην μετέστησεν ἅπασαν. Εἰ δὲ καὶ ᾿Ηλίας νεκρὸν ἀνέστησεν, ἀλλ᾽ οὗτοι μυρίους, καὶ ταῦτα μηδέπω πνεύματος καταξιωθέντες. Ἄγει τοίνυν καὶ διὰ τοῦτο εἰς μέσον. Ἐβούλετο γὰρ αὐτοὺς τὸ δημαγωγικὸν τὸ ἐκείνων ζηλώσαι, καὶ τὸ εὔτονον, καὶ τὸ ἀκαμπές' καὶ γενέσθαι ἐπιεικεῖς κατὰ Μωῦσέα, καὶ ζηλωτὰς κατὰ τὸν Ἠλίαν, καὶ κηδεμονικοὺς ὁμοίως. Ὁ μὲν γὰρ λιμὸν τριῶν ἐτῶν ἤνεγκε διὰ τὸν δῆμον τὸν ᾿Ιουδαϊκόν' ὁ δὲ ἔλεγεν εἰ μὲν αφῆς αὐτοῖς τὴν ἁμαρτίαν, ἄφες ἐπεὶ καμὲ ἐξάλειψον ἐκ τῆς βίβλου ἧς ἔγραψας. Τούτων δὲ ἀπάντων ἀνεμίμνησκε διὰ τῆς ὄψεως. Καὶ γὰρ ἐν δοξη αὐτοὺς πρ ὃς σ. Κ. ; λας ὑεῖ παρ' ἑκατέροις μ᾿ Ἑ Ἠλίας ἤγαγεν, οὐχ ἵνα μέχρι τούτων στῶσιν, ἀλλ᾽ ἵνα καὶ ὑπερβῶσι τὰ σκάμματα. Ὅτε γοῦν εἶπον, εἴπωμεν πὺρ καταβῆναι ἐκ τοῦ οὐρανοὺ; καὶ ἐμνημόνευσαν Ἠλία ὡς τοῦτο πεποιηκότος, φησίν οὐκ οἴδατε ποίον πνεύματός ἐστε εἰς ἀνεξικακίαν αὐτοὺς ἀλείφων διὰ τῆς κατὰ τὸ χάρισμα διαφορᾶς. Καὶ μή τις ἡμᾶς νομιζέτω καταγινώσκειν Ἡλίου, ὡς ἀτελοῦς· οὐ τοῦτό Φαμεν' καὶ γὰρ σφόδρα τέλειος ἦν᾽ ἀλλ᾽ ἐν τοῖς καιροῖς τοῖς ἑαντοὺ, ὅτε παιδικωτέρα ἡ τῶν ἀνθρώπων διάνοια ἦν, καὶ ταύτης ἐδέοντο τῆς παιδαγωγίας. ᾿Επεὶ καὶ Μωὺῦσῆς κατὰ τοῦτο τέλειος ἦν᾽ ἀλλ᾽ ὅμως κακείνου πλέον ἀπαιτοῦνται οὗτοι. Ἐὰν γὰρ μὴ περισσεύση ἡ δικαιοσύνη ὑμών πλέον τών γραμματέων καὶ Φαρισαίων, οὐ μὴ εἰσέλθητε εἰς τὴν βασιλείαν τῶν οὐρανῶν. Οὐ γὰρ εἰς Αἴγυπτον εἰσήεσαν, ἀλλ᾽ εἰς τὴν οἰκουμένην ἅπασαν, χαλεπώτερον Αἰγυπτίων διακειμένην' οὐδὲ τῷ Φαραὼ διαλεξόμενοι, ἀλλὰ τῷ διαβόλῳ πυκτεύσοντες, αὐτῷ τῷ τῆς κακίας τυράννῳ. Καὶ γὰρ ἀγὼν ἦν αὐτοῖς, κακεῖνον δῆσαι, καὶ τὰ σκεύη αὐτοῦ διαρπάσαι πάντα᾽ καὶ ταῦτα ἐποίουν οὐ θαλατταν ῥηγνύντες, αλλὰ βυθὸν ἀσεβείας διὰ τῆς ῥάβδου τῆς Ἰεσσαὶ, πολλῷ χαλεπώτερα κύματα ἔχοντα. Ὅρα γοῦν πόσα ἐφόβει τοὺς ἀνθρώπους θάνατος, πενία, ἀδοξία, τὰ μυρία πάθη; καὶ μᾶλλον ταῦτα ἔτρεμον, ἢ τὸ πέλαγος τότε ἐκεῖνο οἱ ᾿Ιουδαῖοι. Ἀλλ᾽ ὅμως ἁπάντων τούτων ἔπεισεν αὐτοὺς κατατολμῆσαι, καὶ ὥσπερ διὰ ξηρᾶς διαβῆναι μετὰ ἀσφαλείας ἁπάσης. Πρὸς ταῦτα τοίνυν ἅπαντα αὐτοὺς ἀλείφων, παρῆγε τοὺς ἐν τῇ παλαιᾷ λάμψαντας. Τί οὖν ὁ Πέτρος ὁ θερμός; Καλόν ἐστιν ἡμᾶς ὧδε εἶναι. ᾿Επειδὴ γὰρ ἤκουσεν, ὅτι δεῖ αὐτὸν εἰς τὰ Ἱεροσόλυμα ἀπελθεῖν καὶ παθεῖν, δεδοικὼς ἔτι καὶ τρέμων ὑπὲρ αὐτοῦ καὶ μετὰ τὴν ἐπιτίμησιν, προσελθεῖν μὲν καὶ εἰπεῖν τὸ αὐτὸ τοῦτο πάλιν οὐ τολμᾷ, ὅτι ἵλεώς σοι, ἀπὸ δὲ τοῦ φόβου ἐκείνου τὰ αὐτὰ πάλιν αἰνίττεται δι᾽ ἑτέρων ῥημάτων. ᾿Επειδὴ γὰρ εἶδεν ὄρος καὶ πολλὴν τὴν ἀναχώρησιν καὶ τὴν ἐρημίαν, ἐνενόησεν ὅτι ἔχει πολλὴν ἀσφάλειαν τὴν ἀπὸ τοῦ τόπου οὐ μόνον δὲ τὴν ἀπὸ τοῦ τόπου, ἀλλὰ καὶ τοῦ μηκέτι ἀπελθεῖν αὑτὸν εἰς τὰ Ἱεροσόλυμα· βούλεται γὰρ αὐτὸν ἐκεῖ εἶναι διηνεκῶς διὸ καὶ σκηνῶν μέμνηται. Εἰ γὰρ τοῦτο γένοιτο, φησὶν, οὐκ ἀναβησόμεθα εἰς τὰ Ἱεροσόλυμα εἰ δὲ μὴ ἀναβαίημεν, οὐκ ἀποθανεῖται ἐκεῖ γὰρ ἔφη τοὺς γραμματεῖς ἐπιθήσεσθαι αὐτῷ. ᾿Αλλ οὕτω μὲν οὐκ ἐτόλμησεν εἰπεῖν᾽ ταῦτα δὲ βουλόμενος κατασκευάσαι, ἔλεγεν ἐν ἀσφαλείᾳ καλόν ἐστιν ἡμᾶς ἐνταῦθα εἶναι, ἔνθα καὶ Μωυσῆς πάρεστι καὶ ᾿Ἡλίας ᾿Ἡλίας ὁ ἐπὶ τοῦ ὄρους πῦρ κατενεγκὼν, καὶ Μωύσης ὃ εἰς τὸν γνόφον εἰσελθὼν, καὶ τῷ θεῷ διαλεχθείς καὶ οὐδεὶς οὐδὲ εἴσεται ἔνθα ἐσμέν.

Esti de kai heteran aitian eipein meta tōn eirēmenōn. Poian dē tautēn : : Hina mathōsin, hoti kai thanatou kai zōēs exousian echei, kai tōn anō kai tōn katō kratei. Dia touto kai ton teteleutēkota, kai ton oudepō touto pathonta eis meson agei. Tēn de pemptēn aitian (pemptē gar hautē esti pros tais eirēmenais) kai autos ho euangelistēs apekalypse. Tis de ēn hautē? Deixai tou staurou tēn doxan, kai paramythēsasthai ton Petron kai ekeinous dedoikotas to pathos, kai anastēsai autōn ta phronēmata. Kai gar paragenomenoi ouk esigōn, all᾽ elaloun, phēsi, tēn doxan, hēn emelle plēroun en Hierousalēm toutesti, to pathos kai ton stauron houtō gar auto kalousin aei. Ou tautę̄ de monon autous ēleiphen, alla kai autę̄ tę̄ aretę̄ tōn andrōn, hēn malista par᾽ autōn ezētei. ᾿Epeidē gar eipen, ei tis thelei opisō mou elthein, aratō ton stauron autou, kai akoloutheitō moi, tous HyRRIaĒS apothanontas hyper tōn tǭ theǭ dokountōn hēēk i dēmou tou pisteuthentos autois, toutous eis meson EN 'Kai gar toutōn hekastos tēn psnchēn apolesas, heuren autēn. Kai gar pros tyrannous hekastos eparrhēsiasato; ho men pros ton Aigyption, ho de pros ton Achaab; kai hyper agnōmonōn anthrōpōn kai apeithōn' kai hyp᾽ autōn tōn par᾽ autōn sōzomenōn eis ton peri tōn eschatōn ēchthēsan kindynon kai hekastos autōn eidōlolatreias apallaxai boulomenos, kai hekastos autōn idiōtēs ōn ho men gar bradyglōssos kai ischnophōnos,, ho de kai autos agroikoteron diakeimenos kai aktēmosynēs de pollē par᾽ hekaterōn akribeia; oute gar Mōyysēs ti ekektēto, oute Ēlias ti eiche pleon tēs mēlōtēs᾽ kai tauta en tē pot ten kai oude charin tosautēn labontes sēmeiōn. Ei gar thalattan eschise Mōysēs, alla Petros epi tēs hygras ebadise, kai orē metatheinai hikanos hēn, kai nosēmata sōmatōn diōrthou pantodapa, kai daimonas ēlaunen agrious, kai skią sōmatos ta megala ekeina ethaumatourgei terastia, kai tēn oikoumenēn metestēsen hapasan. Ei de kai ᾿Ēlias nekron anestēsen, all᾽ houtoi myrious, kai tauta mēdepō pneumatos kataxiōthentes. Agei toinyn kai dia touto eis meson. Ebouleto gar autous to dēmagōgikon to ekeinōn zēlōsai, kai to eutonon, kai to akampes' kai genesthai epieikeis kata Mōysea, kai zēlōtas kata ton Ēlian, kai kēdemonikous homoiōs. Ho men gar limon triōn etōn ēnenke dia ton dēmon ton ᾿Ioudaïkon' ho de elegen ei men aphēs autois tēn hamartian, aphes epei kame exaleipson ek tēs biblou hēs egrapsas. Toutōn de apantōn anemimnēske dia tēs opseōs. Kai gar en doxē autous pr hos s. K. ? las hyei par' hekaterois m᾿ He Ēlias ēgagen, ouch hina mechri toutōn stōsin, all᾽ hina kai hyperbōsi ta skammata. Hote goun eipon, eipōmen pyr katabēnai ek tou ouranou? kai emnēmoneusan Ēlia hōs touto pepoiēkotos, phēsin ouk oidate poion pneumatos este eis anexikakian autous aleiphōn dia tēs kata to charisma diaphoras. Kai mē tis hēmas nomizetō kataginōskein Hēliou, hōs atelous; ou touto Phamen' kai gar sphodra teleios ēn᾽ all᾽ en tois kairois tois heantou, hote paidikōtera hē tōn anthrōpōn dianoia ēn, kai tautēs edeonto tēs paidagōgias. ᾿Epei kai Mōyysēs kata touto teleios ēn᾽ all᾽ homōs kakeinou pleon apaitountai houtoi. Ean gar mē perisseusē hē dikaiosynē hymōn pleon tōn grammateōn kai Pharisaiōn, ou mē eiselthēte eis tēn basileian tōn ouranōn. Ou gar eis Aigypton eisēesan, all᾽ eis tēn oikoumenēn hapasan, chalepōteron Aigyptiōn diakeimenēn' oude tǭ Pharaō dialexomenoi, alla tǭ diabolǭ pykteusontes, autǭ tǭ tēs kakias tyrannǭ. Kai gar agōn ēn autois, kakeinon dēsai, kai ta skeuē autou diarpasai panta᾽ kai tauta epoioun ou thalattan rhēgnyntes, alla bython asebeias dia tēs rhabdou tēs Iessai, pollǭ chalepōtera kymata echonta. Hora goun posa ephobei tous anthrōpous thanatos, penia, adoxia, ta myria pathē? kai mallon tauta etremon, ē to pelagos tote ekeino hoi ᾿Ioudaioi. All᾽ homōs hapantōn toutōn epeisen autous katatolmēsai, kai hōsper dia xēras diabēnai meta asphaleias hapasēs. Pros tauta toinyn hapanta autous aleiphōn, parēge tous en tę̄ palaią lampsantas. Ti oun ho Petros ho thermos? Kalon estin hēmas hōde einai. ᾿Epeidē gar ēkousen, hoti dei auton eis ta Hierosolyma apelthein kai pathein, dedoikōs eti kai tremōn hyper autou kai meta tēn epitimēsin, proselthein men kai eipein to auto touto palin ou tolmą, hoti hileōs soi, apo de tou phobou ekeinou ta auta palin ainittetai di᾽ heterōn rhēmatōn. ᾿Epeidē gar eiden oros kai pollēn tēn anachōrēsin kai tēn erēmian, enenoēsen hoti echei pollēn asphaleian tēn apo tou topou ou monon de tēn apo tou topou, alla kai tou mēketi apelthein hauton eis ta Hierosolyma; bouletai gar auton ekei einai diēnekōs dio kai skēnōn memnētai. Ei gar touto genoito, phēsin, ouk anabēsometha eis ta Hierosolyma ei de mē anabaiēmen, ouk apothaneitai ekei gar ephē tous grammateis epithēsesthai autǭ. ᾿All houtō men ouk etolmēsen eipein᾽ tauta de boulomenos kataskeuasai, elegen en asphaleią kalon estin hēmas entautha einai, entha kai Mōysēs paresti kai ᾿Hēlias ᾿Hēlias ho epi tou orous pyr katenenkōn, kai Mōysēs ho eis ton gnophon eiselthōn, kai tǭ theǭ dialechtheis kai oudeis oude eisetai entha esmen.

One may give yet another reason besides those mentioned. What is it? That they might learn that he has authority over death and life, and rules the things above and the things below. That is why he brings into the midst both the one who had died and the one who had not yet suffered this. The fifth reason (for this is the fifth, in addition to those mentioned) the evangelist himself has revealed. And what was it? To show the glory of the cross, and to comfort Peter and the others who feared the passion, and to raise up their minds. For when they came they were not silent, but “spoke,” it says, “of the glory which he was about to fulfil in Jerusalem,” that is, of the passion and the cross; for so they always call it. And not in this way alone did he anoint them, but also by the very virtue of the men, which he required of them most of all. For since he had said, “If anyone wishes to come after me, let him take up his cross and follow me,” he brings into the midst those who had been ready to die for what pleased God and for the people entrusted to them. For each of these, losing his life, found it. For each of them spoke boldly to tyrants, the one to the Egyptian, the other to Ahab; and on behalf of ungrateful and disobedient men; and by those very men who were being saved by them they were brought into the utmost danger; and each of them wished to free them from idolatry; and each of them was an unlearned man: for the one was slow of speech and weak of voice, and the other too was rather rustic in his ways. And both kept voluntary poverty with great strictness: for Moses possessed nothing, nor did Elijah have anything more than his sheepskin; and this in the time of the old covenant, and without having received so great a grace of signs. For if Moses divided the sea, yet Peter walked on the water, and was able to move mountains, and set right bodily diseases of every kind, and drove out savage demons, and by the shadow of his body worked those great wonders, and changed the whole world. And if Elijah too raised a dead man, yet these raised countless dead, and that before they had yet been counted worthy of the Spirit. For this reason too, then, he brings them into the midst. For he wished them to emulate those men’s leadership of the people, and their vigor, and their inflexibility; and to be gentle like Moses, and zealous like Elijah, and caring like both. For the one endured a three years’ famine for the sake of the Jewish people; and the other said, “If you will forgive them their sin, forgive; otherwise blot me too out of the book which you have written.” All these things he reminded them of by the vision. For he brought them in glory … not that they should stop at their measure, but that they should go beyond those bounds. At any rate, when they said, “Shall we bid fire come down from heaven?” and mentioned Elijah as having done this, he says, “You do not know what spirit you are of,” anointing them for forbearance by the difference in the gift. And let no one think that we condemn Elijah as imperfect; we do not say this, for he was very perfect; but in his own times, when the minds of men were more childish, they needed this training too. For Moses too was perfect in this respect; but nevertheless more is required of these than of him too. “For unless your righteousness exceeds that of the scribes and Pharisees, you will not enter into the kingdom of the heavens.” For they were not entering Egypt, but the whole world, worse disposed than the Egyptians; nor were they to converse with Pharaoh, but to box with the devil himself, the tyrant of wickedness. For their contest was both to bind him and to plunder all his goods; and they did this not by splitting a sea but an abyss of ungodliness, through the rod of Jesse, which had far harder waves. See, at any rate, how many things frightened men: death, poverty, disgrace, countless sufferings; and they trembled at these more than the Jews then trembled at that sea. But nevertheless he persuaded them to brave all these things, and to pass over as on dry land with all safety. To train them for all these things, then, he brought forward those who had shone in the old covenant. What then does the fervent Peter say? “It is good for us to be here.” For since he had heard that he must go away to Jerusalem and suffer, still fearing and trembling for him even after the rebuke, he does not dare to come and say the same thing again, “Mercy on you”; but from that fear he hints at the same things again in other words. For since he saw the mountain, and the great seclusion and solitude, he reasoned that he had great safety from the place; and not only from the place, but also from his no longer going away to Jerusalem; for he wishes him to be there continually; that is why he also mentions tents. “For if this should happen,” he says, “we shall not go up to Jerusalem; and if we do not go up, he will not die; for he said that it was there that the scribes would set upon him.” But he did not dare to say it so; but wishing to arrange this, he said, “It is good for us to be here” in safety, where Moses too is present, and Elijah: Elijah who brought down fire on the mountain, and Moses who entered the darkness and spoke with God; and no one will even know where we are.

56.3Field 2

Εἶδες τὸν θερμὸν ἐραστὴν τοῦ Χριστοῦ; Μὴ γὰρ δὴ τοῦτο ζήτει, ὅτι οὐκ ἦν ἐξητασμένος ὃ τρόπος τῆς παρακλήσεως, ᾿ἀλλὰ πῶς θερμὸς ἦν, πῶς περισκαίετο τοῦ Χριστοῦ. Ὅτι γὰρ οὐχ ὑπὲρ ἑαυτοῦ τοσοῦτὸν τρέμων ταῦτα ἔλεγεν, ἡνίκα αὐτοῦ τὸν ἐσόμενον προεμήνυε θάνατον καὶ τὴν ἔφοδον, ἄκουσον τί φησι· τὴν ψυχήν μου ὑπὲρ σοῦ θήσω κἂν δέῃ με σὺν σοὶ ἀποθανεῖν, οὐ μή σε ἀπαρνήσομαι. Ὅρα δὲ πῶς καὶ ἐν μέσοις αὐτοῖς τοῖς κινδύνοις παρεβουλεύετο. Τοσούτου γοῦν περιεστῶτος δήμου, οὐ μόνον οὐκ ἔφυγεν, ἀλλὰ καὶ τὴν μάχαιραν σπασάμενος, τὸ ὠτίον ἀπέκοψε τοὺ δούλου τοῦ ἀρχιερέως. Οὕτως οὐ τὸ καθ᾽ ἑαυτὸν ἐσκόπει, ἀλλ᾽ ὑπὲρ τοῦ διδασκάλου ἔτρεμεν. Εἴτα ἐπειδὴ ἀποφαντικῶς ἐφθέγξατο, ἐπιλαμβάνεται ἑαυτοῦ, καὶ ἐννοήσας μὴ πάλιν ἐπιτιμηθῇ, φησίν· εἰ θέλεις, ποιήσωμεν ὧδε τρεῖς σκηνὰς, σοὶ μίαν, καὶ Μωύσῇ μίαν, καὶ ᾿Ηλίᾳ μίαν. Τί λέγεις, ὦ Πέτρε; οὐ πρὸ μικροῦ τῶν δούλων αὐτὸν ἀπήλλαξας : : πάλιν μετὰ τῶν δούλων αὐτὸν ἀριθμεῖς : Εἶδες πῶς σφόδρα ἀτελεῖς ἦσαν πρὸ τοῦ σταυροῦ; Εἰ γὰρ καὶ ἀπεκάλυψεν αὐτῷ ὃ πατὴρ, ἀλλ’ οὐ διηνεκῶς κατεῖχε τὴν ἀποκάλυψιν, ἀλλ᾽ ὑπὸ τῆς ἀγωνίας ἐταράχθη, οὐχὶ ταύτης ἧς εἶπον μόνης, ἀλλὰ καὶ ἑτέρας τῆς ἀπὸ τῆς ὄψεως ἐκείνης. Οἱ γοῦν ἕτεροι εὐαγγελισταὶ τοῦτο δηλοῦντες, καὶ τὸ συγκεχυμένον αὐτοὺ τῆς γνώμης, μεθ᾽ ἧς ταῦτα ἐφθέγγετο, ἀπὸ τῆς ἀγωνίας ἐκείνης δεικνύντες γεγενῆσθαι, ἔλεγον ὁ μὲν Μαρκος, ὅτι οὐ γὰρ ᾔδει τί λαλησει' ἔκφοβοι γὰρ ἐγένοντο ὁ δὲ Λουκᾶς μετὰ τὸ εἰπεῖν, τρεῖς σκηνὰς ποιήσωμεν, ἐπήγαγεν, μὴ εἰδὼς ὃ λέγει. Εἶτα δηλῶν ὅτι πολλῷ κατείχετο φόβῳ, καὶ αὐτὸς καὶ οἱ λοιποὶ, φησί· βεβαρημένοι ἦσαν ὕπνῳ· καὶ διαγρηγορήσαντες εἶδον τὴν δόξαν αὐτοῦ ὕπνον ἐνταῦθα καλῶν τὸν πολὺν κάρον τὸν ἀπὸ τῆς ὄψεως ἐκείνης αὐτοῖς ἐγγινόμενον. Καθάπερ γὰρ ὀφθαλμοὶ ἐξ ὑπερβαλλούσης λαμπηδόνος σκοτοῦνται, οὕτω καὶ τότε ἔπαθον. Οὐ γὰρ δὴ νὺξ ἦν, ἀλλ᾽ ἡμέρα καὶ τὸ τῆς αὐγῆς ὑπέρογκον ἐβάρει τῶν ὀφθαλμῶν τὴν ἀσθένειαν. Τί οὖν: Αὐτὸς μὲν οὐδὲν φθέγγεται, οὐδὲ Μωυσῆς, οὐδὲ ᾿Ηλίας: ὁ δὲ πάντων μείζων καὶ ἀξιοπιστότερος, ὁ πατὴρ, φωνὴν ἀφίησιν ἐκ τῆς νεφέλης. Διὰ τί ἐκ τῆς νεφέλης: Οὕτως αεὶ Φαίνεται ὁ θεός. Νεφέλη γὰρ καὶ γνόφος κύκλῳ αὐτοῦ καὶ, κάθηται ἐπὶ νεφέλης κούφης καὶ πάλιν. ὁ τιθεὶς τὴν ἐπίβασιν αὐτοῦ καὶ, νεφέλη ὑπέλαβεν αὐτὸν ἀπὸ τῶν ὀφθαλμῶν αὐτῶν καὶ, ὡς υἱὸς ἀνθρώπου ἐρχόμενος ἐπὶ τῶν νεφελῶν. Ἵν᾽ οὖν πιστεύσωσιν, ὅτι παρὰ τοῦ θεοῦ ἡ φωνὴ φέρεται, ἐκεῖθεν ἔρχεται. Καὶ ἡ νεφέλη φωτεινή. Ἔτι γὰρ αὐτοῦ λαλοῦντος, ἰδοὺ νεφέλη φωτεινὴ ἐπεσκίασεν αὐτούς. Καὶ ἰδοὺ φωνὴ ἐκ τῆς νεφέλης λέγουσα οὗτός ἐστιν ὁ υἱός μου ὁ ἀγαπητὸς, ἐν ᾧ εὐδόκησα αὐτοῦ ἀκούετε. Ὅταν μὲν γὰρ ἀπειλῇ, σκοτεινὴν δείκνυσιν, ὥσπερ ἐν τῷ Σινα εἰσῆλθε γὰρ, φησὶν, εἰς τὴν νεφέλην καὶ εἰς τὸν γνόφον ὁ Μωυσῆς, καὶ ὡς ἀτμὶς οὕτως ἐφέρετο ὁ καπνός καὶ ὁ προφήτης φησὶ περὶ τῆς απειλῆς αὐτοῦ διαλεγόμενος· σκοτεινὸν ὕδωρ ἐν νεφέλαις ἀέρων. Ἐνταῦθα δὲ, ἐπειδὴ οὐ φοβῆσαι ἐβούλετο, ἀλλὰ διδάξαι, νεφέλη φωτεινή. Καὶ ὁ μὲν Πέτρος ἔλεγε, ποιήσωμεν τρεῖς σκηνάς αὐτὸς δὲ ἀχειροποίητον ἔδειξε σκηνήν. Διὰ τοῦτο ἐκεῖ μὲν καπνὸς καὶ ἀτμὶς καμίνου' ἐνταῦθα δὲ φώς ἄφατον καὶ φωνή. Εἶτα ἵνα δειχθῇ, ὅτι οὐ περὶ ἑνὸς ἁπλῶς τῶν τριών ἐλέχθη, αλλα περὶ τοῦ Χριστοὺ μόνον, ὅτε ἡ φωνὴ ἠνέχθη, ἐκποδὼν ἐγένοντο ἐκεῖνοι. Οὐδὲ γὰρ ἂν εἰ περί τινος αὐτῶν ἐλέγετο ἁπλῶς, οὗτος ἔμεινεν ἂν μόνος, ἀποσχισθέντων τῶν δύο. Τί οὖν οὐχὶ καὶ ἡ νεφέλη τὸν Χριστὸν μόνον ἀπέλαβεν, ἀλλὰ ἅπαντας: Εἰ τὸν Χριστὸν μόνον ἀπέλαβεν, ἐνομίσθη ἂν αὐτὸς αφεῖναι τὴν φωνὴν. Διὸ καὶ ὁ εὐαγγελιστὴς τοῦτο αὐτὸ ἀσφαλιζόμενος, φησὶν, ὅτι ἐκ τῆς νεφέλης ἦν ἡ φωνή, τουτέστιν, εκ τοῦ θεοῦ. Καὶ τί φησιν ἡ φωνή; Οὗτός ἐστιν ὁ υἱός μον ὁ ἀγαπητός. Εἰ δὲ ἀγαπητὸς, μὴ φοβοῦ, Πέτρε. Ἔδει μὲν γαρ σε καὶ τὴν δύναμιν αὐτοῦ ἤδη εἰδέναι, καὶ πεπληροφορῆσθαι περὶ τῆς ἀναστάσεως· ἐπειδὴ δὲ ἀγνοεῖς, κἂν ἀπὸ τῆς φωνῆς τοῦ πατρος θάῤῥησον. Εἰ γὰρ δυνατὸς ὁ θεὸς, ὥσπερ οὖν καὶ δυνατὸς, εὔδηλον ὅτι καὶ ὁ υἱὸς ὁμοίως. Μὴ τοίνυν δέδιθι τὰ δεινά. Εἰ δὲ οὐδέπω τοῦτο καταδέχῃ, κἂν ἐκεῖνο λογίζου, ὅτι καὶ υἱὸς, καὶ φιλεῖται. Οὗτος γάρ ἐστι, φησὶν, ὁ υἱος μον ὁ ἀγαπητός. Εἰ δὲ φιλεῖται, μὴ φοβοῦ. Οὐδεὶς γὰρ, ὃν ἀγαπᾷ, προΐεται. Μὴ τοίνυν θορυβοῦ· κἂν μυριάκις αὐτὸν φιλῇς, οὐ φιλεῖς αὐτὸν τοῦ γεγεννηκότος ἴσον. Ἐν ᾧ εὐδόκησα. Ὶ ’ ’ὔ - ᾽ ᾽ Ὶ Οὐ γὰρ ἐπειδὴ ἐγέννησε μόνον, φιλεῖ, αλλ ἐπειδὴ καὶ ἴσος αὐτῷ κατὰ πάντα καὶ ὁμογνώμων ἐστίν. Ὥστε διπλοῦν τὸ φίλτρον, μᾶλλον δὲ καὶ τριπλοῦν ἐπειδὴ υἱὸς, ἐπειδὴ ἀγαπητὸς, ἐπειδὴ ἐν αὐτῷ εὐδόκησε. Τί δέ ἐστιν, εὐδόκησα; … ἀρέσκομαι διὰ τὸ κατὰ πάντα ἐξισῶσθαι πρὸς αὐτὸν μετὰ ἀκριβείας, καὶ βούλημα ἓν ἐν αὐτῷ εἶναι καὶ τῷ πατρὶ, καὶ μένοντα υἱὸν κατὰ πάντα ἕν εἶναι πρὸς τὸν γεγεννηκότα. Αὐτοῦ ἀκούετε. Ὥστε κἂν σταυρωθῆναι βουληθῇ, μὴ ἀντιπέσῃς. Καὶ ἀκούσαντες ἔπεσον ἐπὶ πρόσωπον, καὶ ἐφοβήθησαν σφόδρα. Καὶ προσελθὼν ὁ ᾿Ιησοῦς ἥψατο αὐτῶν, καὶ εἶπεν ἐγέρθητε, καὶ μὴ φοβεῖσθε. ᾿Επάραντες δὲ τοὺς ὀφθαλμοὺς αὐτῶν, οὐδένα εἶδον, εἰ μὴ τὸν ᾿Ιησοῦν μόνον.

Eides ton thermon erastēn tou Christou? Mē gar dē touto zētei, hoti ouk ēn exētasmenos ho tropos tēs paraklēseōs, ᾿alla pōs thermos ēn, pōs periskaieto tou Christou. Hoti gar ouch hyper heautou tosouton tremōn tauta elegen, hēnika autou ton esomenon proemēnye thanaton kai tēn ephodon, akouson ti phēsi; tēn psychēn mou hyper sou thēsō kan deę̄ me syn soi apothanein, ou mē se aparnēsomai. Hora de pōs kai en mesois autois tois kindynois parebouleueto. Tosoutou goun periestōtos dēmou, ou monon ouk ephygen, alla kai tēn machairan spasamenos, to ōtion apekopse tou doulou tou archiereōs. Houtōs ou to kath᾽ heauton eskopei, all᾽ hyper tou didaskalou etremen. Eita epeidē apophantikōs ephthenxato, epilambanetai heautou, kai ennoēsas mē palin epitimēthę̄, phēsin; ei theleis, poiēsōmen hōde treis skēnas, soi mian, kai Mōysę̄ mian, kai ᾿Ēlią mian. Ti legeis, ō Petre? ou pro mikrou tōn doulōn auton apēllaxas : : palin meta tōn doulōn auton arithmeis : Eides pōs sphodra ateleis ēsan pro tou staurou? Ei gar kai apekalypsen autǭ ho patēr, all’ ou diēnekōs kateiche tēn apokalypsin, all᾽ hypo tēs agōnias etarachthē, ouchi tautēs hēs eipon monēs, alla kai heteras tēs apo tēs opseōs ekeinēs. Hoi goun heteroi euangelistai touto dēlountes, kai to synkechymenon autou tēs gnōmēs, meth᾽ hēs tauta ephthengeto, apo tēs agōnias ekeinēs deiknyntes gegenēsthai, elegon ho men Markos, hoti ou gar ę̄dei ti lalēsei' ekphoboi gar egenonto ho de Loukas meta to eipein, treis skēnas poiēsōmen, epēgagen, mē eidōs ho legei. Eita dēlōn hoti pollǭ kateicheto phobǭ, kai autos kai hoi loipoi, phēsi; bebarēmenoi ēsan hypnǭ; kai diagrēgorēsantes eidon tēn doxan autou hypnon entautha kalōn ton polyn karon ton apo tēs opseōs ekeinēs autois enginomenon. Kathaper gar ophthalmoi ex hyperballousēs lampēdonos skotountai, houtō kai tote epathon. Ou gar dē nyx ēn, all᾽ hēmera kai to tēs augēs hyperonkon ebarei tōn ophthalmōn tēn astheneian. Ti oun: Autos men ouden phthengetai, oude Mōysēs, oude ᾿Ēlias: ho de pantōn meizōn kai axiopistoteros, ho patēr, phōnēn aphiēsin ek tēs nephelēs. Dia ti ek tēs nephelēs: Houtōs aei Phainetai ho theos. Nephelē gar kai gnophos kyklǭ autou kai, kathētai epi nephelēs kouphēs kai palin. ho titheis tēn epibasin autou kai, nephelē hypelaben auton apo tōn ophthalmōn autōn kai, hōs huios anthrōpou erchomenos epi tōn nephelōn. Hin᾽ oun pisteusōsin, hoti para tou theou hē phōnē pheretai, ekeithen erchetai. Kai hē nephelē phōteinē. Eti gar autou lalountos, idou nephelē phōteinē epeskiasen autous. Kai idou phōnē ek tēs nephelēs legousa houtos estin ho huios mou ho agapētos, en hǭ eudokēsa autou akouete. Hotan men gar apeilę̄, skoteinēn deiknysin, hōsper en tǭ Sina eisēlthe gar, phēsin, eis tēn nephelēn kai eis ton gnophon ho Mōysēs, kai hōs atmis houtōs ephereto ho kapnos kai ho prophētēs phēsi peri tēs apeilēs autou dialegomenos; skoteinon hydōr en nephelais aerōn. Entautha de, epeidē ou phobēsai ebouleto, alla didaxai, nephelē phōteinē. Kai ho men Petros elege, poiēsōmen treis skēnas autos de acheiropoiēton edeixe skēnēn. Dia touto ekei men kapnos kai atmis kaminou' entautha de phōs aphaton kai phōnē. Eita hina deichthę̄, hoti ou peri henos haplōs tōn triōn elechthē, alla peri tou Christou monon, hote hē phōnē ēnechthē, ekpodōn egenonto ekeinoi. Oude gar an ei peri tinos autōn elegeto haplōs, houtos emeinen an monos, aposchisthentōn tōn dyo. Ti oun ouchi kai hē nephelē ton Christon monon apelaben, alla hapantas: Ei ton Christon monon apelaben, enomisthē an autos apheinai tēn phōnēn. Dio kai ho euangelistēs touto auto asphalizomenos, phēsin, hoti ek tēs nephelēs ēn hē phōnē, toutestin, ek tou theou. Kai ti phēsin hē phōnē? Houtos estin ho huios mon ho agapētos. Ei de agapētos, mē phobou, Petre. Edei men gar se kai tēn dynamin autou ēdē eidenai, kai peplērophorēsthai peri tēs anastaseōs; epeidē de agnoeis, kan apo tēs phōnēs tou patros tharrhēson. Ei gar dynatos ho theos, hōsper oun kai dynatos, eudēlon hoti kai ho huios homoiōs. Mē toinyn dedithi ta deina. Ei de oudepō touto katadechę̄, kan ekeino logizou, hoti kai huios, kai phileitai. Houtos gar esti, phēsin, ho huios mon ho agapētos. Ei de phileitai, mē phobou. Oudeis gar, hon agapą, proïetai. Mē toinyn thorybou; kan myriakis auton philę̄s, ou phileis auton tou gegennēkotos ison. En hǭ eudokēsa. I ’ ’y - ᾽ ᾽ I Ou gar epeidē egennēse monon, philei, all epeidē kai isos autǭ kata panta kai homognōmōn estin. Hōste diploun to philtron, mallon de kai triploun epeidē huios, epeidē agapētos, epeidē en autǭ eudokēse. Ti de estin, eudokēsa? … areskomai dia to kata panta exisōsthai pros auton meta akribeias, kai boulēma hen en autǭ einai kai tǭ patri, kai menonta huion kata panta hen einai pros ton gegennēkota. Autou akouete. Hōste kan staurōthēnai boulēthę̄, mē antipesę̄s. Kai akousantes epeson epi prosōpon, kai ephobēthēsan sphodra. Kai proselthōn ho ᾿Iēsous hēpsato autōn, kai eipen egerthēte, kai mē phobeisthe. ᾿Eparantes de tous ophthalmous autōn, oudena eidon, ei mē ton ᾿Iēsoun monon.

Do you see the fervent lover of Christ? For do not look into this, that the manner of his entreaty was not well considered, but how fervent he was, how he burned for Christ. For that he did not say these things trembling so much for himself, when Christ foretold his coming death and the attack on him, hear what he says: “I will lay down my life for you”; and, “Even if I must die with you, I will not deny you.” And see how he risked himself even in the midst of the dangers themselves. At any rate, when so great a crowd stood round, not only did he not flee, but even drew his sword and cut off the ear of the high priest’s servant. So he did not consider his own case, but trembled for his teacher. Then, since he had spoken decisively, he checks himself, and, thinking that he might be rebuked again, he says, “If you wish, let us make three tents here, one for you, and one for Moses, and one for Elijah.” What are you saying, Peter? Did you not a little while ago set him apart from the servants? Do you again number him with the servants? Do you see how very imperfect they were before the cross? For even if the Father had revealed it to him, yet he did not keep hold of the revelation continually, but was troubled by his agony—not only this one I spoke of, but also another, that arising from that vision. At any rate, the other evangelists, making this plain, and showing that the confusion of mind with which he spoke these things came from that agony, said: Mark, that “he did not know what to say, for they were terrified”; and Luke, after saying, “Let us make three tents,” added, “not knowing what he said.” Then, showing that he and the others were held by great fear, he says, “They were heavy with sleep; and when they were fully awake they saw his glory,” here calling “sleep” the great stupor that came upon them from that vision. For as eyes are darkened by excessive brightness, so they suffered then. For it was not night but day, and the overwhelming radiance weighed down the weakness of their eyes. What then? He himself says nothing, nor Moses, nor Elijah; but he who is greater than all and more worthy of belief, the Father, sends forth a voice from the cloud. Why from the cloud? So God always appears: “For cloud and darkness are round about him”; and, “He sits on a light cloud”; and again, “He who makes the clouds his chariot”; and, “A cloud took him up out of their sight”; and, “one like a son of man coming on the clouds.” So that they might believe, then, that the voice is borne from God, it comes from there. And the cloud was bright. “For while he was still speaking, behold, a bright cloud overshadowed them. And behold, a voice from the cloud saying, ‘This is my beloved Son, in whom I am well pleased; listen to him.’” For when he threatens, he shows a dark cloud, as on Sinai: “for Moses entered,” it says, “into the cloud and into the darkness, and the smoke went up like vapor”; and the prophet, speaking of his threatening, says, “dark water in clouds of the air.” But here, since he did not wish to frighten but to teach, there was a bright cloud. And Peter said, “Let us make three tents”; but he showed a tent not made with hands. That is why there was smoke and the vapor of a furnace there, but here unspeakable light and a voice. Then, to show that it was not said of any one of the three indifferently, but of Christ alone, when the voice was borne, those men were taken out of the way. For if it had been said of any one of them indifferently, this one would not have remained alone when the two were separated. Why then did the cloud not take up Christ alone, but all? If it had taken up Christ alone, he would have been thought to have uttered the voice himself. That is why the evangelist too, guarding against this very thing, says that the voice was from the cloud, that is, from God. And what does the voice say? “This is my beloved Son.” And if beloved, do not be afraid, Peter. For you ought already to have known his power and to have been fully assured about the resurrection; but since you do not know, at least take courage from the Father’s voice. For if God is mighty, as indeed he is mighty, it is plain that the Son is likewise. Do not, then, fear the dangers. But if you do not yet accept this, at least consider that he is both Son and loved. “For this,” he says, “is my beloved Son.” And if he is loved, do not be afraid. For no one gives up one whom he loves. Do not, then, be troubled; even if you love him countless times, you do not love him as much as the one who begot him. “In whom I am well pleased.” For he loves him not only because he begot him, but also because he is equal to him in all things and of one mind with him. So the love is double, or rather triple: because he is Son, because he is beloved, because he is well pleased in him. And what is “I am well pleased”? … “I am satisfied,” because he is made equal to him in all things exactly, and there is one will in him and in the Father, and, remaining Son, he is in all things one with the one who begot him. “Listen to him.” So that even if he wishes to be crucified, do not oppose him. “And when they heard it, they fell on their faces and were greatly afraid. And Jesus came and touched them and said, ‘Rise, and do not be afraid.’ And when they lifted up their eyes, they saw no one but Jesus only.”

56.4Field 2

Πώς ταῦτα ἀκούσαντες κατεπλάγησαν; Καίτοι καὶ πρὸ τούτου ἠνέχθη φωνὴ ἐπὶ τοῦ ᾿Ιορδάνον τοιαύτη, καὶ ὄχλος παρῆν, καὶ οὐδεὶς οὐδὲν τοιοῦτον ἔπαθε καὶ μετὰ ταῦτα πάλιν, ὅτε καὶ βροντὴν ἔλεγον γεγονέναι᾽ ἀλλ᾽ οὐδὲ τότε τοιοῦτον οὐδὲν ὑπέμειναν. Πῶς οὖν ἐν τῷ ὄρει ἔπεσον; Ὅτι καὶ ἐρημία καὶ ὕψος καὶ ἡσυχία ἣν πολλή, καὶ μεταμόρφωσις φρίκης γέμουσα, καὶ φῶς ἄκρατον, καὶ νεφέλη ἐκτεταμένη ἅπερ ἅπαντα εἰς πολλὴν ἀγωνίαν αὐτοὺς ἐνέβαλε. Καὶ πανταχόθεν ἡ ἔκπληξις συνήγετο, καὶ ἔπεσον φοβηθέντες τε ὁμοῦ καὶ προσκυνοῦντες. Ὥστε δὲ μὴ ἐπὶ πολὺ τὸ δέος μεῖναν ἐκβαλεῖν αὐτῶν τὴν μνήμην, εὐθέως ἔλυσεν αὐτῶν τὴν ἀγωνίαν, καὶ ὁρᾶται αὐτὸς μόνος, καὶ ἐντέλλεται αὐτοῖς μηδενὶ τοῦτο εἰπεῖν, ἕως ἂν ἐκ νεκρῶν ἀναστῇ. Καταβαινόντων γὰρ αὐτῶν ἐκ τοῦ ὄρους, ἐνετείλατο αὐτοῖς μηδενὶ εἰπεῖν τὸ ὅραμα, ἕως ἂν ἐκ νεκρῶν ἀναστῇ. Ὅσῳ γὰρ μείζονα ἐλέγετο περὶ αὐτοῦ, τοσούτῳ δυσπαραδεκτότερα ἣν τοῖς πολλοῖς τότε᾽ καὶ τὸ σκάνδαλον δὲ τὸ ἀπὸ τοῦ σταυροῦ ἐπετείνετο μᾶλλον ἐντεῦθεν. Διὰ τοῦτο κελεύει σιγῶν, καὶ οὐχ ἁπλώς, ἀλλὰ πάλιν τοῦ πάθους ἀναμιμνήσκων, καὶ μόνον οὐχὶ καὶ τὴν αἰτίαν λέγων, δι᾽ ἣν καὶ σιγᾶν ἐκέλευσεν. Οὐ γὰρ δὴ διαπαντὸς ἐκέλευσε μηδενὶ εἰπεῖν, ἀλλ᾽ ἕως ἂν ἀναστῇ ἐκ νεκρῶν. Καὶ τὸ δυσχερὲς σιγήσας, τὸ χρηστὸν ἐμφαίνει μόνον. Τί οὖν ; μετὰ ταῦτα οὐκ ἔμελλον σκανδαλίζεσθαι ; Οὐδαμῶς. Τὸ γὰρ ζητούμενον ὁ πρὸ τοῦ σταυροῦ καιρὸς ἦν. Μετὰ γὰρ ταῦτα καὶ πνεύματος κατηξιώθησαν, καὶ τὴν ἀπὸ τῶν σημείων εἶχον φωνὴν συνηγοροῦσαν αὑτοῖς, καὶ πάντα ὅσα ἔλεγον λοιπὸν εὐπαράδεκτα ἥν, σάλπιγγος λαμπρότερον τῶν πραγμάτων ἀνακηρυττόντων αὐτοῦ τὴν ἰσχὺν, καὶ οὐδενὸς σκανδάλου τοιούτον μεσολαβοῦντος τὰ γινόμενα. Οὐδὲν ἄρα τῶν ἀποστόλων μακαριώτερον, καὶ μάλιστα τῶν τριῶν, οἱ καὶ ἐν τῇ νεφέλῃ ὁμωρόφιοι γενέσθαι κατηξιώθησαν τῷ δεσπότῃ. Ἀλλ᾽ ἂν θέλωμεν, ὀψόμεθα καὶ ἡμεῖς τὸν Χριστὸν οὐχ οὕτως ὡς ἐκεῖνοι τότε ἐν τῷ ὄρει, ἀλλὰ πολλῷ λαμπρότερον. Οὐ γὰρ οὕτως ὕστερον ἥξει. Τότε μὲν γὰρ τῶν μαθητῶν φειδόμενος, τοσοῦτον παρήνοιξε μόνον τῆς λαμπρότητος, ὅσον ἠδύναντο ἐνεγκεῖν· ὕστερον δὲ ἐν αὐτῇ τοῦ πατρὸς τῇ δόξη ἥξει, οὐ μετὰ Μωυσέως καὶ ᾿Ηλία μόνον, αλλά μετὰ τῆς ἀπείρου τῶν ἀγγέλων στρατιᾶς, μετὰ τῶν ἀρχαγγέλων, μετὰ τῶν Χερουβὶμ, μετὰ τῶν δήμων τῶν ἀπείρων ἐκείνων, οὐ νεφέλης γινομένης ὑπεράνω τῆς κεφαλῆς αὐτοῦ, αλλὰ καὶ αὐτοῦ συστελλομένου τοῦ οὐρανοῦ. Καθάπερ γὰρ τοὺς δικαστὰς, ὅταν δημοσίᾳ κρίνωσι, τὰ παραπετάσματα συνελκύσαντες οἱ παρεστῶτες πᾶσιν αὐτοὺς δεικνύουσιν᾽ οὕτω δὴ καὶ τότε καθήμενον αὐτὸν ἅπαντες ὄψονται; καὶ πᾶσα ἡ ἀνθρωπίνη παραστήσεται φύσις, καὶ αὐτὸς αὐτοῖς δι᾽ ἑαυτοῦ ἀποκρίνεται· καὶ τοῖς μὲν ἐρεῖ· δεῦτε, οἱ εὐλογημένοι τοῦ πατρός μου· ἐπείνασα γὰρ, καὶ ἐδώκατέ μοι φαγεῖν· τοῖς ᾿ ᾽ -- φ σ- ᾿ ὕ ᾿Ὶ δὲ ἐρεῖ· εὖ, δοῦλε ἀγαθὲ καὶ πιστέ· ἐπὶ ὀλίγα ἦς πιστὸς, ἐπὶ πολλῶν σε καταστήσω. Καὶ ἐναντία δὲ ψηφιζόμενος, τοῖς μὲν ἀποκρίνεται, ὅτι πορεύεσθε εἰς τὸ πῦρ τὸ αἰώνιον τὸ ἡτοιμασμένον τῷ διαβόλῳ καὶ τοῖς ἀγγέλοις αὐτοῦ· τοῖς δὲ, πονηρὲ δοῦλε καὶ ὀκνηρέ. Καὶ τοὺς μὲν διχοτομήσει, καὶ παραδώσει τοῖς βασανισταῖς τοὺς δὲ κελεύσει δεθέντας χεῖρας καὶ πόδας εἰς τὸ σκότος ἐκβληθῆναι τὸ ἐξώτερον. Καὶ μετὰ τὴν ἀξίνην ἡ κάμινος διαδέξεται, καὶ τὰ απὸ τῆς σαγήνης ῥιπτόμενα ἐκεῖ ἐμπεσεῖται. Τότε οἱ δίκαιοι ἐκλάμψουσιν ὡς ὁ ἥλιος μᾶλλον δὲ πλέον ἢ ὁ ἥλιος. Τοσοῦτον δὲ εἴρηται, οὐκ ἐπειδὴ τοσοῦτον αὐτῶν μόνον ἔσται τὸ φῶς, ἀλλ᾽ ἐπειδὴ τοῦ ἄστρον τούτου φαιδρότερον οὐκ ἴσμεν ἕτερον, ἀπὸ τοῦ γνωρίμου παραστῆσαι ἐβουλήθη τὴν μέλλουσαν λαμπηδόνα τῶν ἁγίων. Ἐπεὶ καὶ ἐν τῷ ὄρει εἰπὼν, ὅτι ἔλαμψεν ὡς ο ἥλιος, διὰ τὴν αὐτὴν αἰτίαν οὕτως εἴρηκεν. Ὅτι γὰρ τοῦ ὑποδείγματος μεῖζον ἥν τὸ φῶς, ἔδειξαν οἱ μαθηταὶ πεσόντες. Εἰ δὲ μὴ ἄκρατον ἦν τὸ φῶς, ἀλλὰ τῷ ἡλίῳ σύμμετρον, οὐκ ἂν ἔπεσον, ἀλλ᾽ εὐκόλως ἤνεγκαν ἄν. Οἱ μὲν οὖν δίκαιοι ἐκλάμψουσιν ὡς ὁ ἥλιος, καὶ ὑπὲρ τὸν ἥλιον τότε οἱ δὲ ἁμαρτωλοὶ τὰ ἔσχατα πείσονται. Τότε οὐχ ὑπομνημάτων δεήσει, οὐκ ἐλέγχων, οὐ μαρτύρων· πάντα γὰρ αὐτός ἐστιν ὁ δικάζων, καὶ μάρτυς, καὶ ἔλεγχος, καὶ κριτής. Πάντα γὰρ οἶδε σαφῶς· πάντα γὰρ γυμνὰ καὶ τετραχηλισμένα τοῖς ὀφθαλμοῖς αὐτοῦ. Οὐ πλούσιος, οὐ πένης, οὐ δυνάστης, οὐκ ασθενῆς, οὐ σοφὸς, οὐκ ἄσοφος, οὐ δοῦλος, οὐκ ἐλεύθερος οὐδεὶς ἐκεῖ φανεῖται, ἀλλὰ τῶν προσωπείων τούτων συντριβέντων ἡ τῶν ἔργων ἐξέτασις ἔσται μόνη. Εἰ γὰρ ἐν τοῖς δικαστηρίοις ὅταν τυραννίδος τις κρίνηται ἣ φόνου, ἢ ὅπερ ἂν ᾖ, κἂν ὕπαρχος, κἂν ὕπατος, κἂν ὁτιοῦν, πάντα ἀφίπταται τὰ ἀξιώματα, καὶ ὁ ἁλοὺς τὴν ἐσχάτην δίδωσι δίκην, πολλῷ μᾶλλον ἐκεῖ τοῦτο ἔσται.

Pōs tauta akousantes kateplagēsan? Kaitoi kai pro toutou ēnechthē phōnē epi tou ᾿Iordanon toiautē, kai ochlos parēn, kai oudeis ouden toiouton epathe kai meta tauta palin, hote kai brontēn elegon gegonenai᾽ all᾽ oude tote toiouton ouden hypemeinan. Pōs oun en tǭ orei epeson? Hoti kai erēmia kai hypsos kai hēsychia hēn pollē, kai metamorphōsis phrikēs gemousa, kai phōs akraton, kai nephelē ektetamenē haper hapanta eis pollēn agōnian autous enebale. Kai pantachothen hē ekplēxis synēgeto, kai epeson phobēthentes te homou kai proskynountes. Hōste de mē epi poly to deos meinan ekbalein autōn tēn mnēmēn, eutheōs elysen autōn tēn agōnian, kai horatai autos monos, kai entelletai autois mēdeni touto eipein, heōs an ek nekrōn anastę̄. Katabainontōn gar autōn ek tou orous, eneteilato autois mēdeni eipein to horama, heōs an ek nekrōn anastę̄. Hosǭ gar meizona elegeto peri autou, tosoutǭ dysparadektotera hēn tois pollois tote᾽ kai to skandalon de to apo tou staurou epeteineto mallon enteuthen. Dia touto keleuei sigōn, kai ouch haplōs, alla palin tou pathous anamimnēskōn, kai monon ouchi kai tēn aitian legōn, di᾽ hēn kai sigan ekeleusen. Ou gar dē diapantos ekeleuse mēdeni eipein, all᾽ heōs an anastę̄ ek nekrōn. Kai to dyscheres sigēsas, to chrēston emphainei monon. Ti oun ? meta tauta ouk emellon skandalizesthai ? Oudamōs. To gar zētoumenon ho pro tou staurou kairos ēn. Meta gar tauta kai pneumatos katēxiōthēsan, kai tēn apo tōn sēmeiōn eichon phōnēn synēgorousan hautois, kai panta hosa elegon loipon euparadekta hēn, salpingos lamproteron tōn pragmatōn anakēryttontōn autou tēn ischyn, kai oudenos skandalou toiouton mesolabountos ta ginomena. Ouden ara tōn apostolōn makariōteron, kai malista tōn triōn, hoi kai en tę̄ nephelę̄ homōrophioi genesthai katēxiōthēsan tǭ despotę̄. All᾽ an thelōmen, opsometha kai hēmeis ton Christon ouch houtōs hōs ekeinoi tote en tǭ orei, alla pollǭ lamproteron. Ou gar houtōs hysteron hēxei. Tote men gar tōn mathētōn pheidomenos, tosouton parēnoixe monon tēs lamprotētos, hoson ēdynanto enenkein; hysteron de en autę̄ tou patros tę̄ doxē hēxei, ou meta Mōyseōs kai ᾿Ēlia monon, alla meta tēs apeirou tōn angelōn stratias, meta tōn archangelōn, meta tōn Cheroubim, meta tōn dēmōn tōn apeirōn ekeinōn, ou nephelēs ginomenēs hyperanō tēs kephalēs autou, alla kai autou systellomenou tou ouranou. Kathaper gar tous dikastas, hotan dēmosią krinōsi, ta parapetasmata synelkysantes hoi parestōtes pasin autous deiknyousin᾽ houtō dē kai tote kathēmenon auton hapantes opsontai? kai pasa hē anthrōpinē parastēsetai physis, kai autos autois di᾽ heautou apokrinetai; kai tois men erei; deute, hoi eulogēmenoi tou patros mou; epeinasa gar, kai edōkate moi phagein; tois ᾿ ᾽ -- ph s- ᾿ hy ᾿I de erei; eu, doule agathe kai piste; epi oliga ēs pistos, epi pollōn se katastēsō. Kai enantia de psēphizomenos, tois men apokrinetai, hoti poreuesthe eis to pyr to aiōnion to hētoimasmenon tǭ diabolǭ kai tois angelois autou; tois de, ponēre doule kai oknēre. Kai tous men dichotomēsei, kai paradōsei tois basanistais tous de keleusei dethentas cheiras kai podas eis to skotos ekblēthēnai to exōteron. Kai meta tēn axinēn hē kaminos diadexetai, kai ta apo tēs sagēnēs rhiptomena ekei empeseitai. Tote hoi dikaioi eklampsousin hōs ho hēlios mallon de pleon ē ho hēlios. Tosouton de eirētai, ouk epeidē tosouton autōn monon estai to phōs, all᾽ epeidē tou astron toutou phaidroteron ouk ismen heteron, apo tou gnōrimou parastēsai eboulēthē tēn mellousan lampēdona tōn hagiōn. Epei kai en tǭ orei eipōn, hoti elampsen hōs o hēlios, dia tēn autēn aitian houtōs eirēken. Hoti gar tou hypodeigmatos meizon hēn to phōs, edeixan hoi mathētai pesontes. Ei de mē akraton ēn to phōs, alla tǭ hēliǭ symmetron, ouk an epeson, all᾽ eukolōs ēnenkan an. Hoi men oun dikaioi eklampsousin hōs ho hēlios, kai hyper ton hēlion tote hoi de hamartōloi ta eschata peisontai. Tote ouch hypomnēmatōn deēsei, ouk elenchōn, ou martyrōn; panta gar autos estin ho dikazōn, kai martys, kai elenchos, kai kritēs. Panta gar oide saphōs; panta gar gymna kai tetrachēlismena tois ophthalmois autou. Ou plousios, ou penēs, ou dynastēs, ouk asthenēs, ou sophos, ouk asophos, ou doulos, ouk eleutheros oudeis ekei phaneitai, alla tōn prosōpeiōn toutōn syntribentōn hē tōn ergōn exetasis estai monē. Ei gar en tois dikastēriois hotan tyrannidos tis krinētai hē phonou, ē hoper an ę̄, kan hyparchos, kan hypatos, kan hotioun, panta aphiptatai ta axiōmata, kai ho halous tēn eschatēn didōsi dikēn, pollǭ mallon ekei touto estai.

How was it that they were struck with terror on hearing this? And yet before this too such a voice was borne at the Jordan, and a crowd was present, and no one suffered anything of the kind; and again afterward, when they even said it had thundered; but not even then did they undergo anything of the kind. How then did they fall on the mountain? Because there was solitude and height and great stillness, and a transfiguration full of awe, and pure light, and a cloud spread out; all of which threw them into great agony. And astonishment gathered from every side, and they fell, at once afraid and worshiping. But so that the fear, remaining long, might not drive out their memory, he at once dissolved their agony, and he is seen alone, and he commands them to tell this to no one until he has risen from the dead. “For as they were coming down from the mountain, he commanded them to tell the vision to no one until he had risen from the dead.” For the greater the things said about him, the harder they were for the many to accept then; and the offense of the cross was heightened the more by this. That is why he bids them keep silent; and not simply so, but reminding them again of the passion, and all but telling them the reason for which he commanded them to be silent. For he did not command them to tell no one ever, but until he had risen from the dead. And keeping silent about the hard part, he shows only the good part. What then? Were they not going to be offended afterward? Not at all. For what was in question was the time before the cross. For afterward they were also counted worthy of the Spirit, and had the voice of the signs pleading for them, and everything they said was from then on readily accepted, the facts proclaiming his might more clearly than a trumpet, and no such offense intervening in what was done. Nothing, then, is more blessed than the apostles, and especially the three, who were counted worthy to be under the same roof with the Master even in the cloud. But if we wish, we too shall see Christ, not as they did then on the mountain, but much more brightly. For he will not come later in this way. For then, sparing the disciples, he opened only so much of his brightness as they could bear; but later he will come in the very glory of the Father, not with Moses and Elijah only, but with the boundless army of the angels, with the archangels, with the cherubim, with those boundless multitudes, not with a cloud over his head, but with heaven itself rolled up. For as with judges, when they judge in public, those standing by draw back the curtains and show them to all, so then too all will see him seated, and all human nature will stand by, and he himself will answer them in his own person; and to some he will say, “Come, you blessed of my Father; for I was hungry and you gave me food”; and to others he will say, “Well done, good and faithful servant; you were faithful over a few things, I will set you over many.” And giving the opposite verdict, he answers some, “Depart into the eternal fire prepared for the devil and his angels”; and others, “You wicked and slothful servant.” And some he will cut in two and hand over to the torturers; others he will command to be bound hand and foot and cast into the outer darkness. And after the axe the furnace will follow, and what is thrown out of the dragnet will fall there. “Then the righteous will shine like the sun”; or rather more than the sun. And so much is said, not because their light will be only so much, but because we know no star brighter than this one, and he wished to set forth the future brightness of the saints from what is familiar. For on the mountain too, when he said that he shone like the sun, he spoke so for the same reason. For that the light was greater than the comparison, the disciples showed by falling. For if the light had not been unmixed but equal to the sun, they would not have fallen, but would easily have borne it. The righteous, then, will shine like the sun, and then above the sun; but sinners will suffer the utmost. Then there will be no need of records, of proofs, of witnesses; for he himself is all: the one who judges, and witness, and proof, and judge. For he knows all things clearly: “for all things are naked and laid bare to his eyes.” No rich man, no poor man, no ruler, no weakling, no wise man, no unwise, no slave, no free man will appear there; but, these masks being broken, the examination of works alone will remain. For if in the law courts, when someone is tried for tyranny or murder or whatever it may be, even if he is a prefect, even if a consul, whatever he is, all his dignities fly away, and the convicted man pays the utmost penalty, much more will this be so there.

56.5Field 2

Ἵν᾽ οὖν μὴ γένηται τοῦτο, ἀποθώμεθα τὰ ῥυπαρὰ ἱμάτια, ἐνδυσώμεθα τὰ ὅπλα τοῦ φωτὸς, καὶ ἡ δόξα τοῦ θεοῦ περιστελεῖ ἡμᾶς. Τί γὰρ καὶ φορτικὸν τῶν ἐπιταγμάτων; τί δὲ οὐ ῥᾷδιον; Ἄκουσον γοῦν τοῦ προφήτου λέγοντος, καὶ τότε εἴσῃ τὴν εὐκολίαν. Οὐδὲ ἐὰν κάμψῃς ὡς κλοιὸν τὸν τράχηλον σου, καὶ σάκκον καὶ σποδὸν ὑποστρώσῃς, οὐδὲ οὕτω καλέσεις νηστείαν δεκτήν· ἀλλὰ λῦε ’ ἢ πάντα σύνδεσμον ἀδικίας, διάλυε στραγγαλιὰς βιαίων συναλλαγμάτων. Ὅρα σοφίαν προφήτον. Θεὶς γὰρ τὰ φορτικὰ πρότερον καὶ ἀνελὼν, ἀπὸ τῶν εὐκόλων ἀξιοῖ σώζεσθαι, δεικνὺς ὅτι ὁ θεὸς οὐ πόνων δεῖται, ἀλλ᾿ ὑπακοῆς. Εἶτα δεικνὺς ὅτι εὔκολον μὲν ἡ ἀρετὴ, βαρὺ δὲ καὶ φορτικὸν ἡ κακία, ἀπὸ τῶν ὀνομάτων γυμνῶν τοῦτο κατασκευαζε. Ἡ μὲν γὰρ κακία σύνδεσμος καὶ στραγγαλιὰ, φησίν. ἡ δὲ ἀρετὴ τούτων ἁπάντων ἀπαλλαγὴ καὶ διάλυσις. Πᾶσαν συγγραφὴν ἄδικον διάσπα τὰ τῶν τόκων γραμματεῖα, τὰ τῶν δανεισμάτων οὕτω καλῶν. Ἀπόστελλε τεθραυσμένους ἐν αφέσει τοὺς τεταλαιπωρημένους. Τοιοῦτον γὰρ ὁ χρεώστης᾽ ὅταν ἴδῃ τὸν δανειστὴν, κλᾶται αὐτοῦ ἡ διάνοια, καὶ θηρίον μᾶλλον αὐτὸν δέδοικε. Πτωχοὺς ἀστέγους εἰσάγαγε εἰς τὸν οἶκόν σον᾽ ἐὰν ἴδῃς γυμνὸν, περίβαλε, καὶ ἀπὸ τῶν οἰκείων τοῦ σπέρματός σον οὐχ ὑπερόψει. ᾿Εν μὲν οὖν τῇ πρώην ἡμῖν γενομένῃ διαλέξει τὰ ἔπαθλα διηγούμενοι, τὸν πλοῦτον ἐδείκνυμεν τὸν ἐκ τούτων νυνὶ δὲ ἴδωμεν εἴ τι τῶν ἐπιταγμάτων ἐστὶ δύσκολον, καὶ τὴν ἡμετέραν ὑπερβαῖνον φύσιν. ᾿Αλλ᾽ οὐδὲν τοιοῦτον εὑρήσομεν, αλλὰ τοὐναντίον ἅπαν, ταῦτα μὲν πολλὴν ἔχοντα τὴν εὐκολίαν, τὰ δὲ τῆς κακίας πολὺν τὸν ἱδρῶτα. Τί γὰρ δυσκολώτερον τοῦ δανείζειν, καὶ ὑπὲρ τόκων καὶ συναλλαγμάτων φροντίζειν, καὶ ἐγγύας ἀπαιτεῖν, καὶ δεδοικέναι καὶ τρέμειν ὑπὲρ ἐνεχύρων, ὑπὲρ τοῦ κεφαλαίου, ὑπὲρ τῶν γραμματείων, ὑπὲρ τῶν τόκων, ὑπὲρ τῶν ἐγγυωμένων; Τοιαῦτα γὰρ τὰ βιωτικά. Αὕτη γὰρ ἡ δοκοῦσα καὶ ἐπινοουμένη ἀσφάλεια πάντων ἐστὶ σαθροτέρα καὶ ὕποπτος τὸ δὲ ἐλεεῖν ῥᾷδιον, καὶ πάσης ἀπαλλάττον φροντίδος. Μὴ τοίνυν πραγματευώμεθα τὰς ἀλλοτρίας συμφοράς, μηδὲ καπηλεύωμεν τὴν φιλανθρωπίαν. Καὶ οἶδα μὲν, ὅτι πολλοὶ τούτων ἀηδῶς ἀκούουσι τῶν λόγων' ἀλλὰ τί τὸ κέρδος τῆς σιγῆς; Κἀν γὰρ σιγήσω, καὶ μηδὲν ἐνοχλήσω διὰ βημάτων, ἀδύνατον διὰ τῆς σιγῆς ταύτης ἀπαλλάξαι τῆς κολάσεως ὑμᾶς, ἀλλὰ καὶ τοὐναντίον ἅπαν ἐντεῦθεν γίνεται· ἐπιτείνεται τὰ τῆς τιμωρίας, καὶ οὐχ ὑμῖν μόνον, ἀλλὰ καὶ ἐμοὶ προξενεῖ τὴν κόλασιν ἥ τοιαύτη σιγή. Τίς οὗν ἡ τῶν ῥημάτων χάρις, ὅταν εἰς τὰ ἔργα μὴ βοηθῇ, ἀλλὰ καὶ καταβλάπτῃ: : Τί τὸ κέρδος, εὐφρᾶναι λόγῳ, καὶ λυπῆσαι πράγματι: : τέρψαι τὴν ἀκοὴν, καὶ κολάσαι τὴν ψυχήν: Διόπερ ἀναγκαῖον ἐνταῦθα λυπεῖν, ἵνα μὴ τιμωρίαν δῶμεν ἐκεῖ. Καὶ γὰρ δεινὸν, ἀγαπητὲ; δεινὸν καὶ πολλῆς δεόμενον θεραπείας νόσημα εἰς τὴν ἐκκλησίαν ἐμπέπτωκεν. Οἱ γὰρ μηδὲ ἐκ δικαίων πόνων θησαυρίζειν κελευόμενοι, ἀλλὰ τὰς οἰκίας ἀνοίγειν τοῖς δεομένοις, τὴν ἑτέρων καρποῦνται πενίαν, εὐπρόσωπον ἁρπαγὴν, εὐπροφάσιστον πλεονεξίαν ἐπινοοῦντες. Μὴ γαρ μοι λέγε τοὺς ἔξω νόμους· ἐπεὶ καὶ ὁ τελώνης νόμον πληροῖ τὸν ἔξωθεν, ἀλλ᾽ ὅμως κολάζεται. Ὃ καὶ ἡμεῖς πεισόμεθα, ἐὰν μὴ ἀποστῶμεν τοὺς πένητας ἐπιτρίβοντες, καὶ τῇ χρείᾳ καὶ τῇ ἀνάγκῇ ἀφορμῇ εἰς καπηλείαν ἀναίσχυντον ἀποχρώμενοι. Διὰ γὰρ τοῦτο χρήματα ἔχεις, ἵνα λύσῃς πενίαν, οὐχ ἵνα πραγματεύσῃ πενίαν' σὺ δὲ ἐν προσχήματι παραμυθίας μείζονα ἐργάζῃ τὴν συμφορὰν, καὶ πωλεῖς φιλανθρωπίαν χρημάτων. Πώλησον, οὐ κωλύω, ἀλλὰ βασιλείας οὐρανῶν. Μὴ μικρὰν λάβῃς τιμὴν τοῦ τοσούτου κατορθώματος τόκον ἑκατοστιαῖον, ἀλλὰ τὴν ἀθάνατον ζωὴν ἐκείνην. Τί πτωχὸς εἶ, καὶ πένης καὶ μικρολόγος, ὀλίγου τὰ μεγάλα πωλῶν, χρημάτων ἀπολλυμένων, δέον βασιλείας ἀεὶ μενούσης : : Τί τὸν θεὸν αφεὶς, ἀνθρώπινα κερδαίνεις κέρδη; τί τὸν πλουτοῦντα παραδραμὼν, τὸν οὐκ ἔχοντα ἐνοχλεῖς, καὶ τὸν ἀποδιδόντα καταλιπὼν, τῷ ἀγνωμονοῦντι συμβάλλεις ; ᾿Εκεῖνος ἐπιθυμεῖ ἀποδοῦναι οὗτος δὲ καὶ δυσχεραίνει ἀποδιδούς. Οὗτος μόλις ἑκατοστὴν ἀποδίδωσιν ἐκεῖνος δὲ ἑκατονταπλασίονα, καὶ ζωὴν αἰώνιον. Οὗτος μετὰ ὕβρεων καὶ λοιδοριῶν ἐκεῖνὸς μετὰ ἐπαίνων καὶ εὐφημίας. Οὗτος σοι βασκανίαν ἐγείρει ἐκεῖνος δὲ καὶ στεφάνους σοι πλέκει. Οὗτος μόλις ἐνταῦθα ἐκεῖνος δὲ καὶ ἐκεῖ καὶ ἐνταῦθα. Ἆρ᾽ οὖν οὐκ ἐσχάτης ταῦτα ἀνοίας, τὸ μηδὲ εἰδέναι κερδαίνειν ; Πόσοι καὶ τὸ κεφάλαιον ἀπώλεσαν διὰ τόκους : πόσοι κινδύνοις περιέπεσον διὰ τόκους ; πόσοι καὶ ἑαυτοὺς καὶ ἑτέρους πενίᾳ περιέβαλον ἐσχάτῃ διὰ τὴν ἄφατον πλεονεξίαν :

Hin᾽ oun mē genētai touto, apothōmetha ta rhypara himatia, endysōmetha ta hopla tou phōtos, kai hē doxa tou theou peristelei hēmas. Ti gar kai phortikon tōn epitagmatōn? ti de ou rhądion? Akouson goun tou prophētou legontos, kai tote eisę̄ tēn eukolian. Oude ean kampsę̄s hōs kloion ton trachēlon sou, kai sakkon kai spodon hypostrōsę̄s, oude houtō kaleseis nēsteian dektēn; alla lye ’ ē panta syndesmon adikias, dialye strangalias biaiōn synallagmatōn. Hora sophian prophēton. Theis gar ta phortika proteron kai anelōn, apo tōn eukolōn axioi sōzesthai, deiknys hoti ho theos ou ponōn deitai, all᾿ hypakoēs. Eita deiknys hoti eukolon men hē aretē, bary de kai phortikon hē kakia, apo tōn onomatōn gymnōn touto kataskeuaze. Hē men gar kakia syndesmos kai strangalia, phēsin. hē de aretē toutōn hapantōn apallagē kai dialysis. Pasan syngraphēn adikon diaspa ta tōn tokōn grammateia, ta tōn daneismatōn houtō kalōn. Apostelle tethrausmenous en aphesei tous tetalaipōrēmenous. Toiouton gar ho chreōstēs᾽ hotan idę̄ ton daneistēn, klatai autou hē dianoia, kai thērion mallon auton dedoike. Ptōchous astegous eisagage eis ton oikon son᾽ ean idę̄s gymnon, peribale, kai apo tōn oikeiōn tou spermatos son ouch hyperopsei. ᾿En men oun tę̄ prōēn hēmin genomenę̄ dialexei ta epathla diēgoumenoi, ton plouton edeiknymen ton ek toutōn nyni de idōmen ei ti tōn epitagmatōn esti dyskolon, kai tēn hēmeteran hyperbainon physin. ᾿All᾽ ouden toiouton heurēsomen, alla tounantion hapan, tauta men pollēn echonta tēn eukolian, ta de tēs kakias polyn ton hidrōta. Ti gar dyskolōteron tou daneizein, kai hyper tokōn kai synallagmatōn phrontizein, kai engyas apaitein, kai dedoikenai kai tremein hyper enechyrōn, hyper tou kephalaiou, hyper tōn grammateiōn, hyper tōn tokōn, hyper tōn engyōmenōn? Toiauta gar ta biōtika. Hautē gar hē dokousa kai epinooumenē asphaleia pantōn esti sathrotera kai hypoptos to de eleein rhądion, kai pasēs apallatton phrontidos. Mē toinyn pragmateuōmetha tas allotrias symphoras, mēde kapēleuōmen tēn philanthrōpian. Kai oida men, hoti polloi toutōn aēdōs akouousi tōn logōn' alla ti to kerdos tēs sigēs? Kan gar sigēsō, kai mēden enochlēsō dia bēmatōn, adynaton dia tēs sigēs tautēs apallaxai tēs kolaseōs hymas, alla kai tounantion hapan enteuthen ginetai; epiteinetai ta tēs timōrias, kai ouch hymin monon, alla kai emoi proxenei tēn kolasin hē toiautē sigē. Tis houn hē tōn rhēmatōn charis, hotan eis ta erga mē boēthę̄, alla kai katablaptę̄: : Ti to kerdos, euphranai logǭ, kai lypēsai pragmati: : terpsai tēn akoēn, kai kolasai tēn psychēn: Dioper anankaion entautha lypein, hina mē timōrian dōmen ekei. Kai gar deinon, agapēte? deinon kai pollēs deomenon therapeias nosēma eis tēn ekklēsian empeptōken. Hoi gar mēde ek dikaiōn ponōn thēsaurizein keleuomenoi, alla tas oikias anoigein tois deomenois, tēn heterōn karpountai penian, euprosōpon harpagēn, euprophasiston pleonexian epinoountes. Mē gar moi lege tous exō nomous; epei kai ho telōnēs nomon plēroi ton exōthen, all᾽ homōs kolazetai. Ho kai hēmeis peisometha, ean mē apostōmen tous penētas epitribontes, kai tę̄ chreią kai tę̄ anankę̄ aphormę̄ eis kapēleian anaischynton apochrōmenoi. Dia gar touto chrēmata echeis, hina lysę̄s penian, ouch hina pragmateusę̄ penian' sy de en proschēmati paramythias meizona ergazę̄ tēn symphoran, kai pōleis philanthrōpian chrēmatōn. Pōlēson, ou kōlyō, alla basileias ouranōn. Mē mikran labę̄s timēn tou tosoutou katorthōmatos tokon hekatostiaion, alla tēn athanaton zōēn ekeinēn. Ti ptōchos ei, kai penēs kai mikrologos, oligou ta megala pōlōn, chrēmatōn apollymenōn, deon basileias aei menousēs : : Ti ton theon apheis, anthrōpina kerdaineis kerdē? ti ton ploutounta paradramōn, ton ouk echonta enochleis, kai ton apodidonta katalipōn, tǭ agnōmonounti symballeis ? ᾿Ekeinos epithymei apodounai houtos de kai dyscherainei apodidous. Houtos molis hekatostēn apodidōsin ekeinos de hekatontaplasiona, kai zōēn aiōnion. Houtos meta hybreōn kai loidoriōn ekeinos meta epainōn kai euphēmias. Houtos soi baskanian egeirei ekeinos de kai stephanous soi plekei. Houtos molis entautha ekeinos de kai ekei kai entautha. Ar᾽ oun ouk eschatēs tauta anoias, to mēde eidenai kerdainein ? Posoi kai to kephalaion apōlesan dia tokous : posoi kindynois periepeson dia tokous ? posoi kai heautous kai heterous penią periebalon eschatę̄ dia tēn aphaton pleonexian :

So that this may not happen, then, let us put off the filthy garments, let us put on the armor of light, and the glory of God will clothe us. For what is burdensome in the commands? What is not easy? Hear the prophet saying it, at any rate, and then you will know how easy it is. “Not even if you bend your neck like a ring, and spread sackcloth and ashes under you, not even so will you call it an acceptable fast; but loose every bond of injustice, undo the knots of violent contracts.” See the prophet’s wisdom. For having first set down the burdensome things and removed them, he asks that we be saved by the easy ones, showing that God does not need labors but obedience. Then, showing that virtue is easy, but wickedness heavy and burdensome, he establishes this from the bare names. For wickedness is a bond and a knot, he says; but virtue is release and loosing from all these. “Tear up every unjust document”: so he calls the bills of interest and of loans. “Send away the crushed in release,” the afflicted. For such is the debtor: when he sees the lender, his mind is broken, and he fears him more than a wild beast. “Bring the homeless poor into your house; if you see one naked, cover him, and do not overlook those of your own seed.” In our discourse the other day, then, describing the prizes, we showed the wealth that comes from these things; but now let us see whether any of the commands is difficult and exceeds our nature. But we shall find nothing of the kind, but quite the opposite: these have great ease, but the things of wickedness much sweat. For what is more troublesome than lending at interest, and worrying about interest and contracts, and demanding sureties, and fearing and trembling about pledges, about the principal, about the documents, about the interest, about the guarantors? For such are the things of this life. For this seeming and contrived security is more rotten than anything and suspect; but showing mercy is easy, and frees one from every care. Let us not, then, make a trade of other people’s misfortunes, nor huckster our love for mankind. And I know that many hear these words with displeasure; but what is the gain of silence? For even if I keep silent and do not trouble you at all with words, it is impossible by this silence to free you from punishment; but quite the contrary comes of it: the vengeance is intensified, and such silence procures punishment not for you alone but for me too. What, then, is the charm of words, when it does not help deeds but even harms them? What is the gain in delighting with a word and grieving in fact? In pleasing the ear and punishing the soul? That is why it is necessary to grieve you here, so that we may not pay the penalty there. For indeed a dreadful disease, beloved, dreadful and needing much treatment, has fallen upon the church. For those who are commanded not even to treasure up from honest labors, but to open their houses to those in need, reap profit from the poverty of others, devising a respectable robbery, a well-excused covetousness. For do not tell me of the laws of those outside; since the tax collector too fulfills the law of those outside, but nevertheless is punished. This we too shall suffer, unless we cease wearing out the poor and using their need and necessity as an occasion for shameless huckstering. For you have money for this reason, to relieve poverty, not to trade on poverty; but you, under pretext of consolation, make the misfortune greater, and sell your love for mankind for money. Sell it—I do not forbid—but for the kingdom of the heavens. Do not take a small price for so great an achievement, interest at one in a hundred, but that immortal life. Why are you poor and needy and petty, selling great things for little, for money that perishes, when you should sell them for a kingdom that always remains? Why, leaving God, do you make human gains? Why, passing by the one who is rich, do you trouble the one who has nothing, and leaving the one who repays, do you make contracts with the ungrateful? He wishes to repay; but this one is even displeased when he repays. This one hardly repays the hundredth; but he a hundredfold, and eternal life. This one with insults and revilings; he with praises and acclamation. This one stirs up envy against you; he even weaves crowns for you. This one hardly here; but he both there and here. Is this not, then, the height of folly, not even to know how to make a profit? How many have lost even the principal because of interest! How many have fallen into dangers because of interest! How many have thrown both themselves and others into the utmost poverty because of their unspeakable covetousness!

56.6Field 2

Μὴ γὰρ μοι τοῦτο εἴπης, ὅτι ἥδεται λαμβάνων, καὶ χάριν ἔχει τοῦ δανείσματος. Τοῦτο γὰρ διὰ τὴν σὴν ὡμότητα γίνεται. ᾿Επεὶ καὶ ὁ Ἀβραὰμ τὴν γυναῖκα ἐκδιδοὺς τοῖς βαρβάροις, αὐτὸς κατεσκεύαζεν εὐπαράδεκτον γενέσθαι τὴν ἐπιβουλήν' ἀλλ᾽ οὐχ ἑκὼν, αλλὰ διὰ τὸν φόβον τοῦ Φαραώ. Οὕτω καὶ ὁ πένης, ἐπειδὴ οὐδὲ τούτου ἄξιον αὐτὸν εἶναι νομίζεις, καὶ ὠμότητος ἀναγκάζεται χάριν εἰδέναι. Σὺ δέ μοι δοκεῖς, κἀν κινδύνων ἀπαλλάξῃς, μισθὸν ἀπαιτεῖν τῆς ἀπαλλαγῆς ταύτης αὐτόν. Ἄπαγε, φησὶ, μὴ γένοιτο. Τί λέγεις ; : Τοῦ μείζονος ἀπαλλάττων, οὐ βούλει χρήματα ἀπαιτεῖν' ὑπὲρ δὲ τοῦ ἐλάττονος τοσαύτην ἐπιδείκνυσαι τὴν ἀπανθρωπίαν; Οὐχ ὁρᾷς ὅση τῷ πράγματι κεῖται τιμωρία: οὐκ ἀκούεις ὅτι καὶ ἐν τῇ παλαιᾷ τοῦτο κεκώλυται; ᾿Αλλὰ τίς τῶν πολλῶν ὁ λόγος : : Λαβὼν τὸν τόκον, πένητι δίδωμι, φησίν. Εὐφήμει, ἄνθρωπε: οὐ βούλεται τοιαύτας θυσίας ὁ θεός. Μὴ σοφίζου τὸν νόμον. Βέλτιον μὴ διδόναι πένητι, ἢ ἐντεῦθεν διδόναι ὅτι τὸ ἐκ δικαίων πόνων συλλεγὲν ἀργύριον πολλάκις ποιεῖς εἶναι παράνομον διὰ τὰ πονηρὰ γεννήματα ὥσπερ ἂν εἴ τις νηδὺν καλὴν ἀναγκάζοι τίκτειν σκορπίους. Καὶ τί λέγω τὸν τοῦ θεοῦ νόμον ; Οὐχὶ καὶ ὑμεῖς ῥύπον αὐτὸ καλεῖτε: Εἰ δὲ οἱ κερδαίνοντες τοιαῦτα ψηφίζεσθε, ἐννόησον τίνα ὁ θεὸς περὶ ὑμῶν οἴσει τὴν ψῆφον. Εἰ δὲ βούλει καὶ τοὺς ἔξωθεν νομοθέτας ἐρέσθαι, ἀκούσῃ ὅτι κακείνοις τῆς ἐσχάτης ἀναισχυντίας τὸ πρᾶγμα δεῖγμα εἶναι δοκεῖ. Τοὺς γοῦν ἐν ἀξιώμασιν ὄντας, καὶ εἰς τὴν με᾿ τοιούτοις κέρδεσι καταισχύνεσθαι' ἀλλὰ νόμος ἐστὶ αὐτοῖς ὁ τὰ τοιαῦτα ἀπαγορεύων κέρδη. Πῶς οὖν οὐκ ἄξιον φρίκης, εἰ μηδὲ τοσαύτην ἀπονέμοις τῇ τῶν οὐρανῶν πολιτείᾳ τιμὴν, ὅσην τῇ βουλῇ Ῥωμαίων οἱ νομοθέται ἀλλ᾽ ἔλαττον οἴσει τῆς γῆς ὁ οὐρανὸς, καὶ οὐδὲ αὐτὴν αἰσχύνῃ τοῦ πράγματος τὴν ἀλογίαν: Τί γὰρ τούτου γένοιτ᾽ ἀν ἀλογώτερον, ἀλλ᾽ ἣ ὅταν τις χωρὶς γῆς καὶ ὑετοῦ καὶ ἀρότρου βιάζηται σπείρειν: Διά τοῦτο ζιζάνια θερίζουσι τὰ τῷ πυρὶ παραδιδόμενα οἱ τὴν πονηρὰν ταύτην ἐπινοήσαντες γεωργίαν. Μὴ γὰρ οὐκ εἰσὶ δίκαιαι ἐμπορίαι πολλαί; αἱ τῶν ἀγρῶν, αἱ τῶν ποιμνίων, αἱ τῶν βουκολίων, αἱ τῶν θρεμμάτων, αἱ τῶν χειρῶν, αἱ τῆς ἐπιμελείας τῶν ὄντων; Τί μαίνῃ καὶ παραπαίεις εἰκῆ γεωργῶν ἀκάνθας; Ἀλλ᾽ ἔχουσιν αποτυχίας οἱ τῆς γῆς καρποὶ, καὶ χάλαζαν καὶ ἐρυσίβην καὶ ἐπομβρίας : Ἀλλ᾽ οὐ τοσαύτας, ὅσας οἱ τόκοι. Καὶ ὅσα ἂν γένηται τοιαῦτα; περὶ τὴν πρόσοδον ἡ ζημία· τὸ κεφάλαιον ἕστηκεν, ὁ ἀγρός. ᾿Ενταῦθα δὲ πολλοὶ πολλάκις ἐν τῷ κεφαλαίῳ τὸ ναυάγιον ὑπέμειναν καὶ πρὸ τῆς ζημίας δὲ ἐν διηνεκεῖ εἰσιν ἀθυμίᾳ. Οὐδέποτε γὰρ ἀπολαύει τῶν ὄντων ὁ δανειστὴς, οὐδὲ εὐφραίνεται ἐπὶ Τούτοις, ἀλλ᾽ ὅταν ὁ τόκος ἐνεχθῇ, οὐ χαίρει, ὅτι πρόσοδος γέγονεν, αλλὰ λυπεῖται, ὅτι οὐδέπω τὸ κεφάλαιον ἔφθασεν ὁ τόκος· καὶ πρὶν ἢ τέλειον τεχθῆναι τὸ κακὸν γέννημα τοῦτο, καὶ αὐτὸ τίκτειν ἀναγκάζει; τοὺς τόκους κεφάλαιον ποιῶν, καὶ βιαζόμενος τὰ ἄωρα καὶ ἀμβλωθρίδια προενεγκεῖν γεννήματα τῶν ἐχιδνῶν. Τοιοῦτον γὰρ οἱ τόκοι τῶν θηρίων ἐκείνων μᾶλλον κατεσθίουσι καὶ σπαράττουσι τὰς τῶν ἀθλίων ψυχάς. Τοῦτο σύνδεσμος ἀδικίας· τοῦτο στραγγαλιὰ βιαίων συναλλαγμάτων. Δίδωμι γὰρ, φησὶν, οὐχ ἵνα λάβης, ἀλλ᾽ ἵνα πλείονα ἀποδῷς. Καὶ ὁ θεὸς οὔτε τὸ διδόμενον κελεύει … δίδοτε γὰρ, φησὶ, παρ᾽ ὧν οὐ προσδοκᾶτε λαβεῖν· σὺ δὲ καὶ τοῦ δοθέντος πλέον ἀπαιτεῖς, καὶ ὅπερ οὐκ ἔδωκας, τοῦτο ὡς ὀφειλόμενον ἀναγκάζεις καταθεῖναι τὸν εἰληφότα. Καὶ σὺ μὲν νομίζεις τὴν οὐσίαν σοι πλεονάζειν ἐντεῦθεν ἀντὶ δὲ τῆς οὐσίας τὸ πὺρ ἀνάπτεις τὸ ἄσβεστον. Ἵν οὖν μὴ τοῦτο γένηται, ἐκκόψωμεν τὴν πονηρὰν νηδὺν τῶν τόκων, πηρώσωμεν τὰς παρανόμους ὠδῖνας, ἀναξηράνωμεν τὴν ὀλέθριον ταύτην γαστέρα, καὶ τὰ ἀληθῆ καὶ μεγάλα κέρδη διώκωμεν μόνα. Τίνα δὲ ταῦτα ἐστιν; Ἄκουσον Παύλου λέγοντος, ὅτι μέγας πορισμὸς ἡ εὐσέβεια μετὰ αὐταρκείας. Τοῦτον τοίνυν πλουτῶμεν τὸν πλοῦτον μόνον, ἵνα καὶ ἐνταῦθα ἀδείας ἀπολαύσωμεν, καὶ τῶν μελλόντων ἐπιτύχωμεν ἀγαθῶν, χάριτι καὶ φιλανθρωπίᾳ τοῦ κυρίου ἡμῶν Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ, ᾧ ἡ δόξα καὶ τὸ κράτος σὺν τῷ πατρὶ καὶ τῷ ἁγίῳ πνεύματι, νῦν καὶ αεὶ καὶ εἰς τοὺς αἰῶνας τῶν αἰώνων. Ἀμήν.

Mē gar moi touto eipēs, hoti hēdetai lambanōn, kai charin echei tou daneismatos. Touto gar dia tēn sēn hōmotēta ginetai. ᾿Epei kai ho Abraam tēn gynaika ekdidous tois barbarois, autos kateskeuazen euparadekton genesthai tēn epiboulēn' all᾽ ouch hekōn, alla dia ton phobon tou Pharaō. Houtō kai ho penēs, epeidē oude toutou axion auton einai nomizeis, kai ōmotētos anankazetai charin eidenai. Sy de moi dokeis, kan kindynōn apallaxę̄s, misthon apaitein tēs apallagēs tautēs auton. Apage, phēsi, mē genoito. Ti legeis ? : Tou meizonos apallattōn, ou boulei chrēmata apaitein' hyper de tou elattonos tosautēn epideiknysai tēn apanthrōpian? Ouch horąs hosē tǭ pragmati keitai timōria: ouk akoueis hoti kai en tę̄ palaią touto kekōlytai? ᾿Alla tis tōn pollōn ho logos : : Labōn ton tokon, penēti didōmi, phēsin. Euphēmei, anthrōpe: ou bouletai toiautas thysias ho theos. Mē sophizou ton nomon. Beltion mē didonai penēti, ē enteuthen didonai hoti to ek dikaiōn ponōn syllegen argyrion pollakis poieis einai paranomon dia ta ponēra gennēmata hōsper an ei tis nēdyn kalēn anankazoi tiktein skorpious. Kai ti legō ton tou theou nomon ? Ouchi kai hymeis rhypon auto kaleite: Ei de hoi kerdainontes toiauta psēphizesthe, ennoēson tina ho theos peri hymōn oisei tēn psēphon. Ei de boulei kai tous exōthen nomothetas eresthai, akousę̄ hoti kakeinois tēs eschatēs anaischyntias to pragma deigma einai dokei. Tous goun en axiōmasin ontas, kai eis tēn me᾿ toioutois kerdesi kataischynesthai' alla nomos esti autois ho ta toiauta apagoreuōn kerdē. Pōs oun ouk axion phrikēs, ei mēde tosautēn aponemois tę̄ tōn ouranōn politeią timēn, hosēn tę̄ boulę̄ Rhōmaiōn hoi nomothetai all᾽ elatton oisei tēs gēs ho ouranos, kai oude autēn aischynę̄ tou pragmatos tēn alogian: Ti gar toutou genoit᾽ an alogōteron, all᾽ hē hotan tis chōris gēs kai hyetou kai arotrou biazētai speirein: Dia touto zizania therizousi ta tǭ pyri paradidomena hoi tēn ponēran tautēn epinoēsantes geōrgian. Mē gar ouk eisi dikaiai emporiai pollai? hai tōn agrōn, hai tōn poimniōn, hai tōn boukoliōn, hai tōn thremmatōn, hai tōn cheirōn, hai tēs epimeleias tōn ontōn? Ti mainę̄ kai parapaieis eikē geōrgōn akanthas? All᾽ echousin apotychias hoi tēs gēs karpoi, kai chalazan kai erysibēn kai epombrias : All᾽ ou tosautas, hosas hoi tokoi. Kai hosa an genētai toiauta? peri tēn prosodon hē zēmia; to kephalaion hestēken, ho agros. ᾿Entautha de polloi pollakis en tǭ kephalaiǭ to nauagion hypemeinan kai pro tēs zēmias de en diēnekei eisin athymią. Oudepote gar apolauei tōn ontōn ho daneistēs, oude euphrainetai epi Toutois, all᾽ hotan ho tokos enechthę̄, ou chairei, hoti prosodos gegonen, alla lypeitai, hoti oudepō to kephalaion ephthasen ho tokos; kai prin ē teleion techthēnai to kakon gennēma touto, kai auto tiktein anankazei? tous tokous kephalaion poiōn, kai biazomenos ta aōra kai amblōthridia proenenkein gennēmata tōn echidnōn. Toiouton gar hoi tokoi tōn thēriōn ekeinōn mallon katesthiousi kai sparattousi tas tōn athliōn psychas. Touto syndesmos adikias; touto strangalia biaiōn synallagmatōn. Didōmi gar, phēsin, ouch hina labēs, all᾽ hina pleiona apodǭs. Kai ho theos oute to didomenon keleuei … didote gar, phēsi, par᾽ hōn ou prosdokate labein; sy de kai tou dothentos pleon apaiteis, kai hoper ouk edōkas, touto hōs opheilomenon anankazeis katatheinai ton eilēphota. Kai sy men nomizeis tēn ousian soi pleonazein enteuthen anti de tēs ousias to pyr anapteis to asbeston. Hin oun mē touto genētai, ekkopsōmen tēn ponēran nēdyn tōn tokōn, pērōsōmen tas paranomous ōdinas, anaxēranōmen tēn olethrion tautēn gastera, kai ta alēthē kai megala kerdē diōkōmen mona. Tina de tauta estin? Akouson Paulou legontos, hoti megas porismos hē eusebeia meta autarkeias. Touton toinyn ploutōmen ton plouton monon, hina kai entautha adeias apolausōmen, kai tōn mellontōn epitychōmen agathōn, chariti kai philanthrōpią tou kyriou hēmōn Iēsou Christou, hǭ hē doxa kai to kratos syn tǭ patri kai tǭ hagiǭ pneumati, nyn kai aei kai eis tous aiōnas tōn aiōnōn. Amēn.

For do not tell me that he is glad to receive it, and is grateful for the loan. This happens because of your cruelty. For Abraham too, giving up his wife to the barbarians, himself contrived that the plot should be readily accepted; yet not willingly, but because of fear of Pharaoh. So too the poor man, since you do not think him worthy even of this, is compelled to be grateful even for cruelty. But you seem to me, even if you were to free him from dangers, to demand of him a fee for this deliverance. “Away with it,” you say, “God forbid.” What are you saying? Freeing him from the greater thing, you do not wish to demand money; but for the lesser you show such inhumanity? Do you not see how great a punishment is laid down for the thing? Do you not hear that even in the Old Testament this was forbidden? But what is the argument of the many? “Having taken the interest, I give it to a poor man,” he says. Hush, man; God does not want such sacrifices. Do not play the sophist with the law. It is better not to give to a poor man than to give from this source. For the money gathered from honest labors you often make lawless through its wicked offspring; as if one were to force a good womb to bear scorpions. And why do I speak of the law of God? Do you not yourselves call it filth? And if you who make the gains vote so, consider what verdict God will give about you. And if you wish to ask the lawgivers outside too, you will hear that to them also the thing seems a sign of the utmost shamelessness. Those, at any rate, who are in high office and in the great … … not to disgrace themselves with such gains; but there is a law for them that forbids such gains. How then is it not worthy of shuddering, if you do not render even so much honor to the commonwealth of the heavens as the lawgivers to the senate of the Romans, but heaven will count for less with you than earth, and you are not even ashamed of the senselessness of the thing? For what could be more senseless than this, unless one tried to sow without earth and rain and plough? That is why those who devised this wicked farming reap tares, which are handed over to the fire. For are there not many just trades: those of fields, of flocks, of herds, of cattle, of the hands, of the care of possessions? Why do you rave and act madly, farming thorns to no purpose? “But the fruits of the earth have failures, hail and blight and floods.” But not so many as interest has. And whatever such things happen, the loss concerns the yield; the principal stands, the field. But here many have often suffered shipwreck in the principal; and even before the loss they are in continual despondency. For the lender never enjoys what he has, nor is he glad at it; but when the interest is brought, he does not rejoice that there has been income, but grieves that the interest has not yet equalled the principal. And before this evil offspring is fully born, he compels it too to bear, making the interest principal, and forcing it to bring forth the untimely and abortive offspring of vipers. For such is interest: more than those wild beasts it devours and tears the souls of the wretched. This is the bond of injustice; this is the knot of violent contracts. “For I give,” he says, “not that you may receive, but that you may repay more.” And God does not command even what is given [to be demanded back]: “For give,” he says, “to those from whom you do not expect to receive”; but you demand even more than what was given, and what you did not give you compel the borrower to pay down as owed. And you think that your substance increases from this; but in place of substance you kindle the unquenchable fire. So that this may not happen, then, let us cut out the wicked womb of interest, let us stop up these lawless birth pangs, let us dry up this deadly belly, and pursue only the true and great gains. And what are these? Hear Paul saying, “Great gain is godliness with contentment.” Let us be rich, then, in this wealth alone, so that we may enjoy security here and attain the good things to come, by the grace and love for mankind of our Lord Jesus Christ, to whom be glory and might, with the Father and the Holy Spirit, now and always and to the ages of ages. Amen.

Chapter 57

57.1Field 2

Καὶ ἐπηρώτησαν αὐτὸν οἱ μαθηταὶ αὐτοῦ λέγοντες τί οὖν οἱ γραμματεῖς λέγουσιν, ὅτι ᾿Ηλίαν δεῖ ελθεῖν πρῶτον: ΟΥΚ ἄρα ἀπὸ τῶν γραφῶν τοῦτο ἤδεσαν, ἀλλ᾽ ἐκεῖνοι ἑαυτοὺς διεσάφουν, καὶ περιεφέρετο ὁ λόγος οὗτος ἐν τῷ ἀπείρῳ δήμῳ, καθάπερ καὶ ἐπὶ τοῦ Χριστοῦ. Διὸ καὶ ἡ Σαμαρεῖτις ἔλεγε Μεσσίας ἔρχεται ὅταν ἔλθη ἐκεῖνος, ἀναγγελεῖ ἡμῖν πάντα καὶ αὐτοὶ ἠρώτων τὸν ᾿Ιωαννην Ἠλίας εἶ, ἢ ὁ προφήτης: κράτει μὲν γὰρ, ὅπερ ἔφην, ὁ λόγος, καὶ ὁ περὶ τοῦ Χριστοῦ, καὶ ὁ περὶ τοῦ ᾿Ηλία, οὐχ ὡς ἐχρῆν δὲ παρ᾽ ἐκείνων ἑρμηνευόμενος. Αἱ μὲν γὰρ γραφαὶ δύο λέγουσι τοῦ Χριστοῦ παρουσίας, ταύτην τε τὴν γεγενημένην, καὶ τὴν μέλλουσαν καὶ ταύτας δηλῶν ὁ Παῦλος ἔλεγεν· ἐπεφάνη ἡ χάρις τοῦ θεοῦ ἡ σωτήριος, παιδεύουσα ἡμᾶς, ἵνα ἀρνησάμενοι τὴν ἀσέβειαν καὶ τὰς κοσμικὰς ἐπιθυμίας, σωφρόνως καὶ δικαίως καὶ εὐσεβῶς ζήσωμεν. ᾿Ιδοὺ ἡ μία᾽ ἄκουσον πῶς καὶ τὴν ἑτέραν δηλοῖ. Εἰπὼν γὰρ ταῦτα, ἐπήγαγε προσδεχόμενοι τὴν μακαρίαν ἐλπίδα, καὶ ἐπιφάνειαν τοῦ μεγάλον θεοῦ καὶ σωτῆρος ἡμῶν ᾿Ιησοῦ Χριστοῦ. Καὶ οἱ προφῆται δὲ ἑκατέρας μέμνηνται τῆς μέντοι μιᾶς, τῆς δευτέρας, πρόδρομον λέγουσι τὸν ᾿Ηλίαν ἔσεσθαι. Τῆς μὲν γὰρ προτέρας ἐγένετο ὁ ᾿Ιωάννης, ὃν καὶ Ἠλίαν ὁ Χριστὸς ἐκάλει οὐκ ἐπειδὴ ᾿Ηλίας ἦν, ἀλλ᾽ ἐπειδὴ τὴν διακονίαν ἐπλήρου τὴν ἐκείνου. Ὥσπερ γὰρ ἐκεῖνος πρόδρομος ἔσται τῆς δευτέρας παρουσίας, οὕτω καὶ οὗτος τῆς προτέρας ἐγένετο. ᾿Αλλ᾽ οἱ γραμματεῖς ταῦτα συγχέοντες, καὶ διαστρέφοντες τὸν δῆμον, ἐκείνης ἐμνημόνευον μόνης πρὸς τὸν δῆμον, τῆς δευτέρας παρουσίας, καὶ ἔλεγον, ὅτι εἰ οὗτός ἐστιν ὁ Χριστὸς, ἔδει τὸν ᾿Ηλίαν προλαβεῖν. Διὰ τοῦτο καὶ οἱ μαθηταὶ λέγουσι· πῶς οἱ γραμματεῖς λέγουσιν, ᾿Ηλίαν δεῖ ἐλθεῖν πρῶτον; Διὰ τοῦτο καὶ πρὸς τὸν ᾿Ιωάννην πέμψαντες οἱ Φαρισαῖοι. ἠρώτων· εἰ σὺ εἶ Ἠλίας; οὐ μνημονεύοντες οὐδαμοῦ τῆς προτέρας παρουσίας. Τίς οὖν ἐστιν ἡ λύσις, ἣν ὁ Χριστὸς ἐπήγαγεν; Ὅτι ᾿Ηλίας μὲν ἔρχεται τότε πρὸ τῆς δευτέρας μον παρουσίας καὶ νῦν δὲ ἐλήλυθεν Ἠλίας τὸν ᾿Ιωάννην οὕτω καλῶν. Οὕτως ἦλθεν ᾿Ηλίας. Εἰ δὲ τὸν ᾿Θεσβίτην ζητοίης, ἔρχεται. Διὸ καὶ ἔλεγεν ᾿Ηλίας μὲν ἔρχεται; καὶ ἀποκαταστήσει πάντα. Ποία πάντα: Ἅπερ ὁ προφήτης ἔλεγε Μαλαχίας. Ἀποστελῶ γὰρ ὑμῖν, φησὶν, Ἠλίαν τὸν Θεσβίτην, ὃς ἀποκαταστήσει καρδίαν πατρὸς πρὸς υἱὸν, μὴ ἐλθὼν πατάξω τὴν γῆν ἄρδην. Εἶδες ἀκρίβειαν προφητικῆς ῥήσεως; ᾿Επειδὴ γὰρ τὸν ᾿Ιωάννην Ἡλίαν ἐκάλεσεν ὁ Χριστὸς, διὰ τὴν κοινωνίαν τῆς διακονίας, ἵνα μὴ νομίσῃς τοῦτο καὶ παρὰ τοῦ προφήτου λέγεσθαι νῦν, προσέθηκεν αὐτοῦ καὶ τὴν πατρίδα, εἰπὼν, τὸν Θεσβίτην· ᾿Ιωάννης δὲ Θεσβίτης οὐκ ἦν. Καὶ ἕτερον μετὰ τούτου παράσημον τίθησι λέγων, μὴ ελθὼν πατάξω τὴν γῆν ἄρδην, τὴν δευτέραν αὐτοῦ παρουσίαν ἐμφαίνων τὴν φοβεράν. Τῇ γὰρ προτέρᾳ οὐκ ἦλθε πατάξαι τὴν γῆν. Οὐ γὰρ ἦλθον, φησὶν, ἵνα κρίνω τὸν κόσμον, ἀλλ᾽ ἵνα σώσω τὸν κόσμον. Δηλῶν τοίνυν; ὅτι πρὸ ἐκείνης ἔρχεται ὁ Θεσβίτης τῆς τὴν κρίσιν. ἐχούσης, τοῦτο εἴρηκε. Καὶ τὴν αἰτίαν δὲ ὁμοῦ διδάσκει τῆς παρουσίας αὐτοῦ. Τίς δὲ ἡ αἰτία; Ἵνα ἐλθὼν πείσῃ πιστεῦσαι τοὺς ᾿Ιουδαίους τῷ Χριστῷ, καὶ μὴ πάντες ἄρδην ἀπόλωνται παραγενομένου. Διὸ δὴ καὶ αὐτὸς εἰς ἐκείνην αὐτοὺς παραπέμπων τὴν μνήμην, φησί: καὶ ἀποκαταστήσει πάντα τουτέστι, διορθώσεται τὴν ἀπιστίαν τῶν ᾿Ιουδαίων τῶν τότε εὑρισκομένων. Διὸ καὶ σφόδρα ἀκριβέστατα εἴρηκεν. Ου γὰρ εἷπεν, ἀποκαταστήσει καρδίαν υἱοῦ πρὸς πατέρα, ἀλλά, πατρὸς πρὸς υἱόν. ᾿Επειδὴ γὰρ πατέρες ἦσαν τῶν ἀποστόλων οἱ ᾿Ιουδαῖοι, τοῦτο λέγει; ὅτι ἀποκαταστήσει τοῖς δόγμασι τῶν υἱῶν αὖτῶν, τουτέστι, τῶν ἀποστόλων, τὰς καρδίας τῶν πατέρων, τουτέστι, τοῦ γένους τῶν ᾿Ιουδαίων τὴν διάνοιαν. Λέγω δὲ ὑμῖν, ὅτι ᾿Ηλίας ἤδη ἦλθε, καὶ οὐκ ἔγνωσαν αὑτὸν, ἀλλ᾽ ἐποίησαν ἐν αὐτῷ ὅσα ἠθέλησαν. Οὕτω καὶ ὁ νἱὸς τοῦ ἀνθρώπου μέλλει πάσχειν ὑπ᾽ αὐτῶν. Τότε συνῆκαν, ὅτι περὶ ᾿Ιωάννον εἶπεν αὐτοῖς. Καίτοι οὔτε οἱ γραμματεῖς τοῦτο εἶπον, οὔτε αἱ γραφαί· ἀλλ΄ ἐπειδὴ λοιπὸν ὀξύτεροι ἐγένοντο καὶ προσεκτικώτεροι πρὸς τὰ λεγόμενα, ταχέως συνίεσαν. Πόθεν δὲ ἔγνωσαν τοῦτο οἱ μαθηταί : : Ἦν ἤδη προειρηκὼς αὐτοῖς, ὅτι αὐτός ἐστιν Ἠλίας ὁ μέλλων ἔρχεσθαι ἐνταῦθα δὲ, ὅτι ἦλθε καὶ πάλιν, ὅτι Ἠλίας ἔρχεται καὶ ἀποκαταστήσει πάντα. ᾿Αλλὰ μὴ θορυβηθῆς, μηδὲ πεπλανῆσθαι τὸν λόγον νομίσῃς, εἰ ποτὲ μὲν αὐτὸν ἥξειν, ποτὲ δὲ ἐληλυθέναι ἔφη. Πάντα γὰρ ἀληθὴ ταῦτα. Ὅταν μὲν γὰρ εἴπῃ, ὅτι Ἠλίας μὲν ἔρχεται καὶ ἀποκαταστήσει πάντα, αὐτὸν Ἠλίαν φησὶ, καὶ τὴν τότε ἐσομένην τῶν ᾿Ιουδαίων ἐπιστροφήν' ὅταν δὲ εἴπη, ὅτι ὁ μέλλων ἔρχεσθαι, κατὰ τὸν τρόπον τῆς διακονίας ᾿Ιωάννην ᾿Ἠλίαν καλεῖ. Καὶ γὰρ οἱ προφῆται ἕκαστον τῶν εὐδοκίμων βασιλέων Δαυὶδ ἐκάλουν, καὶ τοὺς ᾿Ιουδαίους ἄρχοντας Σοδόμων᾽ καὶ υἱοὺς Αἰθιόπων, ἀπὸ τῶν τρόπων. Ὥσπερ γὰρ ἐκεῖνος τῆς δευτέρας ἔσται παρουσίας, οὕτως οὗτος τῆς προτέρας ἐγένετο.

Kai epērōtēsan auton hoi mathētai autou legontes ti oun hoi grammateis legousin, hoti ᾿Ēlian dei elthein prōton: OUK ara apo tōn graphōn touto ēdesan, all᾽ ekeinoi heautous diesaphoun, kai periephereto ho logos houtos en tǭ apeirǭ dēmǭ, kathaper kai epi tou Christou. Dio kai hē Samareitis elege Messias erchetai hotan elthē ekeinos, anangelei hēmin panta kai autoi ērōtōn ton ᾿Iōannēn Ēlias ei, ē ho prophētēs: kratei men gar, hoper ephēn, ho logos, kai ho peri tou Christou, kai ho peri tou ᾿Ēlia, ouch hōs echrēn de par᾽ ekeinōn hermēneuomenos. Hai men gar graphai dyo legousi tou Christou parousias, tautēn te tēn gegenēmenēn, kai tēn mellousan kai tautas dēlōn ho Paulos elegen; epephanē hē charis tou theou hē sōtērios, paideuousa hēmas, hina arnēsamenoi tēn asebeian kai tas kosmikas epithymias, sōphronōs kai dikaiōs kai eusebōs zēsōmen. ᾿Idou hē mia᾽ akouson pōs kai tēn heteran dēloi. Eipōn gar tauta, epēgage prosdechomenoi tēn makarian elpida, kai epiphaneian tou megalon theou kai sōtēros hēmōn ᾿Iēsou Christou. Kai hoi prophētai de hekateras memnēntai tēs mentoi mias, tēs deuteras, prodromon legousi ton ᾿Ēlian esesthai. Tēs men gar proteras egeneto ho ᾿Iōannēs, hon kai Ēlian ho Christos ekalei ouk epeidē ᾿Ēlias ēn, all᾽ epeidē tēn diakonian eplērou tēn ekeinou. Hōsper gar ekeinos prodromos estai tēs deuteras parousias, houtō kai houtos tēs proteras egeneto. ᾿All᾽ hoi grammateis tauta syncheontes, kai diastrephontes ton dēmon, ekeinēs emnēmoneuon monēs pros ton dēmon, tēs deuteras parousias, kai elegon, hoti ei houtos estin ho Christos, edei ton ᾿Ēlian prolabein. Dia touto kai hoi mathētai legousi; pōs hoi grammateis legousin, ᾿Ēlian dei elthein prōton? Dia touto kai pros ton ᾿Iōannēn pempsantes hoi Pharisaioi. ērōtōn; ei sy ei Ēlias? ou mnēmoneuontes oudamou tēs proteras parousias. Tis oun estin hē lysis, hēn ho Christos epēgagen? Hoti ᾿Ēlias men erchetai tote pro tēs deuteras mon parousias kai nyn de elēlythen Ēlias ton ᾿Iōannēn houtō kalōn. Houtōs ēlthen ᾿Ēlias. Ei de ton ᾿Thesbitēn zētoiēs, erchetai. Dio kai elegen ᾿Ēlias men erchetai? kai apokatastēsei panta. Poia panta: Haper ho prophētēs elege Malachias. Apostelō gar hymin, phēsin, Ēlian ton Thesbitēn, hos apokatastēsei kardian patros pros huion, mē elthōn pataxō tēn gēn ardēn. Eides akribeian prophētikēs rhēseōs? ᾿Epeidē gar ton ᾿Iōannēn Hēlian ekalesen ho Christos, dia tēn koinōnian tēs diakonias, hina mē nomisę̄s touto kai para tou prophētou legesthai nyn, prosethēken autou kai tēn patrida, eipōn, ton Thesbitēn; ᾿Iōannēs de Thesbitēs ouk ēn. Kai heteron meta toutou parasēmon tithēsi legōn, mē elthōn pataxō tēn gēn ardēn, tēn deuteran autou parousian emphainōn tēn phoberan. Tę̄ gar proterą ouk ēlthe pataxai tēn gēn. Ou gar ēlthon, phēsin, hina krinō ton kosmon, all᾽ hina sōsō ton kosmon. Dēlōn toinyn? hoti pro ekeinēs erchetai ho Thesbitēs tēs tēn krisin. echousēs, touto eirēke. Kai tēn aitian de homou didaskei tēs parousias autou. Tis de hē aitia? Hina elthōn peisę̄ pisteusai tous ᾿Ioudaious tǭ Christǭ, kai mē pantes ardēn apolōntai paragenomenou. Dio dē kai autos eis ekeinēn autous parapempōn tēn mnēmēn, phēsi: kai apokatastēsei panta toutesti, diorthōsetai tēn apistian tōn ᾿Ioudaiōn tōn tote heuriskomenōn. Dio kai sphodra akribestata eirēken. Ou gar heipen, apokatastēsei kardian huiou pros patera, alla, patros pros huion. ᾿Epeidē gar pateres ēsan tōn apostolōn hoi ᾿Ioudaioi, touto legei? hoti apokatastēsei tois dogmasi tōn huiōn autōn, toutesti, tōn apostolōn, tas kardias tōn paterōn, toutesti, tou genous tōn ᾿Ioudaiōn tēn dianoian. Legō de hymin, hoti ᾿Ēlias ēdē ēlthe, kai ouk egnōsan hauton, all᾽ epoiēsan en autǭ hosa ēthelēsan. Houtō kai ho nios tou anthrōpou mellei paschein hyp᾽ autōn. Tote synēkan, hoti peri ᾿Iōannon eipen autois. Kaitoi oute hoi grammateis touto eipon, oute hai graphai; all΄ epeidē loipon oxyteroi egenonto kai prosektikōteroi pros ta legomena, tacheōs syniesan. Pothen de egnōsan touto hoi mathētai : : Ēn ēdē proeirēkōs autois, hoti autos estin Ēlias ho mellōn erchesthai entautha de, hoti ēlthe kai palin, hoti Ēlias erchetai kai apokatastēsei panta. ᾿Alla mē thorybēthēs, mēde peplanēsthai ton logon nomisę̄s, ei pote men auton hēxein, pote de elēlythenai ephē. Panta gar alēthē tauta. Hotan men gar eipę̄, hoti Ēlias men erchetai kai apokatastēsei panta, auton Ēlian phēsi, kai tēn tote esomenēn tōn ᾿Ioudaiōn epistrophēn' hotan de eipē, hoti ho mellōn erchesthai, kata ton tropon tēs diakonias ᾿Iōannēn ᾿Ēlian kalei. Kai gar hoi prophētai hekaston tōn eudokimōn basileōn Dauid ekaloun, kai tous ᾿Ioudaious archontas Sodomōn᾽ kai huious Aithiopōn, apo tōn tropōn. Hōsper gar ekeinos tēs deuteras estai parousias, houtōs houtos tēs proteras egeneto.

“And his disciples asked him, saying, ‘Why then do the scribes say that Elijah must come first?’” So they did not know this from the Scriptures, but those men explained it to them, and this saying was current among the ignorant people, as also about the Christ. That is why the Samaritan woman too said, “The Messiah is coming; when he comes, he will tell us all things”; and they themselves asked John, “Are you Elijah, or the prophet?” For the saying prevailed, as I said, both that about the Christ and that about Elijah, but it was not interpreted by them as it ought to have been. For the Scriptures speak of two comings of Christ, this one which has taken place and the one to come; and Paul, showing these, said, “The saving grace of God has appeared, training us that, denying ungodliness and worldly desires, we should live soberly and righteously and godly.” Here is the one; hear how he shows the other too. For having said this, he added, “awaiting the blessed hope and the appearing of our great God and Savior Jesus Christ.” And the prophets too mention both; of the one, however, the second, they say that Elijah will be the forerunner. For of the first John was the forerunner, whom Christ also called Elijah, not because he was Elijah, but because he fulfilled his ministry. For as that man will be the forerunner of the second coming, so this one was of the first. But the scribes, confusing these things and perverting the people, mentioned to the people only that one, the second coming, and said, “If this man is the Christ, Elijah ought to have come before him.” That is why the disciples too say, “How do the scribes say that Elijah must come first?” That is why also the Pharisees, sending to John, asked, “Are you Elijah?” nowhere mentioning the first coming. What, then, is the solution which Christ brought in? That Elijah comes then, before my second coming; and now too Elijah has come—so calling John. In this way Elijah came. But if you seek the Tishbite, he is coming. That is why he also said, “Elijah indeed comes, and will restore all things.” What all things? Those which the prophet Malachi spoke of. “For I will send you,” he says, “Elijah the Tishbite, who will restore the heart of the father to the son, lest I come and strike the earth utterly.” Do you see the exactness of the prophetic word? For since Christ called John Elijah because of their sharing in the ministry, so that you may not think that this is what the prophet too is saying now, he added also his country, saying, “the Tishbite”; and John was not a Tishbite. And along with this he sets another mark, saying, “lest I come and strike the earth utterly,” showing his second, fearful coming. For at the first he did not come to strike the earth. “For I came not,” he says, “to judge the world, but to save the world.” Showing, then, that the Tishbite comes before that coming which brings judgment, he said this. And at the same time he teaches also the reason of his coming. And what is the reason? That he may come and persuade the Jews to believe in Christ, and that they may not all utterly perish when he comes. That is why he himself too, referring them to that remembrance, says, “and will restore all things,” that is, will correct the unbelief of the Jews who are found then. That is why he spoke very exactly. For he did not say, “He will restore the heart of the son to the father,” but “of the father to the son.” For since the Jews were fathers of the apostles, he says this: that he will restore to the doctrines of their sons, that is, of the apostles, the hearts of the fathers, that is, the mind of the race of the Jews. “But I tell you that Elijah has already come, and they did not know him, but did to him whatever they wished. So also the Son of Man is about to suffer at their hands. Then they understood that he had spoken to them of John.” And yet neither the scribes said this nor the Scriptures; but since they had now become sharper and more attentive to what was said, they quickly understood. And whence did the disciples know this? He had already told them before, “He is Elijah who is to come”; and here, that he has come; and again, that “Elijah comes and will restore all things.” But do not be troubled, nor think the saying has gone astray, if he said at one time that he will come and at another that he has come. For all these things are true. For when he says, “Elijah indeed comes and will restore all things,” he means Elijah himself, and the conversion of the Jews that will take place then; but when he says, “who is to come,” he calls John Elijah after the manner of his ministry. For the prophets too called each of the approved kings David, and the Jews “rulers of Sodom” and “sons of Ethiopians,” from their ways. For as that man will be forerunner of the second coming, so this one was of the first.

57.2Field 2

Οὐ διὰ τοῦτο δὲ μόνον λίαν αὐτὸν ὀνομάζει πανταχοῦ, ἀλλ᾽ ἵνα δείξῃ σφόδρα αὐτὸν τῇ παλαιᾷ συμβαίνοντα, καὶ κατὰ προφητείαν καὶ τὴν παρουσίαν ταύτην οὖσαν. Διὸ καὶ ἐπάγει πάλιν, ὅτι ἦλθε, καὶ οὐκ ἔγνωσαν αὐτὸν, αλλ᾽ ἐποίησαν εἰς αὐτὸν πάντα ὅσα ἠθέλησαν. Τί ἐστι, πάντα ὅσα ἠθέλησαν; Ἐνέβαλον εἰς δεσμωτήριον, ὕβρισαν, ἀπέκτειναν, ἤνεγκαν τὴν κεφαλὴν αὐτοὺ ἐπὶ πίνακος. Οὕτω καὶ ὁ υἱὸς τοῦ ἀνθρώπου μέλλει πάσχειν ὑπ᾿ αὐτῶν. Ὁρᾷς πῶς πάλιν εὐκαίρως αὐτοὺς ἀναμιμνήσκει τοῦ πάθους, ἀπὸ τοῦ πάθους τοῦ ᾿Ιωάννου πολλὴν αὐτοῖς προξενῶν τὴν παραμυθίαν. Οὐ ταύτῃ δὲ μόνον, ἀλλὰ καὶ τῷ θαύματα εὐθέως ἐργάσασθαι μεγάλα. Καὶ γὰρ ἡνίκα ἂν περὶ τοῦ πάθους διαλέγηται; εὐθέως θαυματουργεῖ, καὶ μετὰ τοὺς λόγους, καὶ πρὸ τῶν λόγων τούτων᾽ καὶ πολλαχοῦ τοῦτο παρατηρήσαντά ἐστιν εὑρεῖν. Τότε γοῦν, φησὶν, ἤρξατο ταν γεν; ὅτι δεῖ αὐτὸν ἀπελθεῖν εἰς Ἱεροσόλυμα, καὶ ἀποκτανθῆναι, καὶ πολλὰ παθεῖν. Τότε, πότε: Ὅτε ὡμολογήθη Χριστὸς καὶ υἱὸς εἶναι τοῦ θεοῦ. Πάλιν ἐν τῷ ὄρει, ὅτε τὴν θαυμαστὴν αὐτοῖς ἔδειξεν ὄψιν, καὶ περὶ τῆς δόξης αὐτοῦ διελέχθησαν οἱ προφῆται, ἀνέμνησεν αὐτοὺς τοῦ πάθους. Εἰπὼν γὰρ τὴν κατὰ ᾿Ιωαννὴν ἱστορίαν, ἐπήγαγεν· οὕτω καὶ ὁ υἱὸς τοῦ ἀνθρώπου μέλλει πάσχειν ὑπ᾽ αὐτῶν. Καὶ μετὰ μικρὸν πάλιν, ὅτε τὸν δαίμονα ἐξέβαλεν, ὃν οὐκ ἴσχυσαν οἱ μαθηταὶ ἐκβαλεῖν. Καὶ γὰρ καὶ τότε, ἀναστρεφομένων αὐτῶν ἐν τῇ Γαλιλαίᾳ, φησὶν, εἶπεν αὐτοῖς ὁ ᾿Ιησοῦς, ὅτι μέλλει ὁ υἱὸς τοῦ ἀνθρώπον παραδίδοσθαι εἰς χείρας ἀνθρώπων ᾿ἁμαρτωλῶν, καὶ ἀποκτενοῦσιν αὐτὸν, καὶ τῇ τρίτῃ ἡμέρᾳ ἀναστήσεται. Τοῦτο δὲ ἐποίει, τῷ μεγέθει τῶν θαυμάτων τὴν ὑπερβολὴν τῆς λύπης ὑποτεμνόμενος, καὶ παντὶ τρόπῳ αὐτοὺς παραμυθούμενος, ὥσπερ καὶ ἐνταῦθα τῇ μνήμη τοῦ θανάτου ᾿Ιωάννου πολλὴν αὐτοῖς παρεῖχε τὴν παράκλησιν. Εἰ δὲ λέγοι τις τίνος ἕνεκεν μὴ καὶ νῦν τὸν ᾿Ηλίαν ἀναστήσας ἔπεμψεν, εἴγε τοσαῦτα αὐτοῦ μαρτυρεῖ τῇ παρουσίᾳ ἀγαθά, ἐροῦμεν, ὅτι καὶ νῦν τὸν Χριστὸν νομίζοντες ᾿Ηλίαν εἶναι, οὐκ ἐπίστευον αὐτῷ. Οἱ μὲν γάρ, φησὶν, Ἠλίαν σε λέγουσιν, οἱ δὲ Ἱερεμίαν. Καὶ Ἰωάννου. δὲ καὶ Ἡλίου οὐδὲν ἣν τὸ μέσον, ἣ ὁ χρόνος μόνος. Πῶς οὖν τότε πιστεύσουσι: φησί. Καὶ γὰρ ἀποκαταστήσει πάντα, οὐ διὰ τὸ γνώριμος εἶναι μόνον, ἀλλὰ καὶ διὰ τὸ διαταθῆναι μέχρι τῆς ἡμέρας ἐκείνης ἐπὶ πλέον τοῦ Χριστοῦ τὴν δόξαν, καὶ παρὰ πᾶσιν εἶναι τοῦ ἡλίου φανερωτέραν. Ὅταν οὖν τοσαύτης προλαβούσης ὑπολήψεως καὶ προσδοκίας, ἔλθη ἐκεῖνος τὰ αὐτὰ κηρύττων τούτῳ, καὶ ἀναγγέλλων καὶ αὐτὸς τὸν ᾿Ιησοῦν, εὐκολώτερον δέξονται τὰ λεγόμενα. Ὅταν δὲ εἴπῃ, οὐκ ἔγνωσαν αὐτὸν, καὶ ὑπὲρ τῶν καθ᾽ ἑαυτὸν ἀπολογεῖται. Καὶ οὐ ταύτῃ αὐτοὺς μόνον παραμυθεῖται, ἀλλὰ καὶ τῷ δεῖξαι ἀδίκως παρ᾽ αὐτῶν πάσχοντα ἅπερ πάσχει, καὶ τῷ τὰ λυπηρὰ δύο συγκαλύψαι σημείοις, τῷ τε ἐν τῷ ὄρει, καὶ τῷ μέλλοντι γίνεσθαι. Ταῦτα δὲ ἀκούσαντες, οὐκ ἐρωτῶσιν αὖτὸν, πότε ἔρχεται ᾿Ηλίας, ἢ τῆ αθυμίᾳ πιεζόμενοι τοῦ πάθους, ἢ δεδοικότες. Πολλαχοῦ γὰρ ὅταν ἴδωσι μὴ ᾿βουλόμενόν τι σαφῶς εἰπεῖν, σιγῶσι λοιπόν. Ὅτε γοῦν ἐν τῇ Γαλιλαίᾳ διατριβόντων εἶπε, μέλλει ὃ υἱὸς τοῦ ἀνθρώπου παραδίδοσθαι, καὶ ἀποκτενοῦσιν αὐτὸν, ᾿ἐπήγαγεν, ὃ Μάρκος μὲν, ὅτι ἠγνόουν τὸ ῥῆμα, καὶ ἐφοβοῦντο αὐτὸν ἐρωτῆσαι ὃ Λουκᾶς δὲ, ὅτι ἦν παρακεκαλυμμένον ἀπ᾽ αὐτῶν, ἵνα μὴ αἴσθωνται αὐτοῦ, καὶ ἐφοβοῦντο αὐτὸν ἐρωτῆσαι περὶ τοῦ ῥήματος. Ἐλθόντων δὲ αὐτῶν πρὸς τὸν ὄχλον, προσῆλθεν αὐτῷ ἄνθρωπος γονυπετῶν αὐτὸν, καὶ λέγων κύριε, ἐλέησόν μου τὸν υἱὸν, ὅτι σεληνιάζεται, καὶ κακῶς πάσχει. Πολλακις γὰρ πίπτει εἰς τὸ πῦρ, καὶ πολλάκις εἰς τὸ ὕδωρ καὶ προσήνεγκα αὐτὸν τοῖς μαθηταῖς σου, καὶ οὐκ ἴσχυσαν αὐτὸν θεραπεῦσαι. Τοῦτον τὸν ἄνθρωπον σφόδρα ἀσθενοῦντα κατὰ πίστιν δείκνυσιν ἡ γραφή· καὶ ἐκ πολλῶν τοῦτο δῆλον ἔκ τε τοῦ εἰπεῖν τὸν Χριστὸν· τῷ πιστεύοντι πάντα δυνατα᾿ ἔκ τε τοῦ εἰπεῖν αὐτὸν τὸν προσελθόντα· βοήθει μου τῇ ἀπιστίᾳ καὶ ἐκ τοὺ τὸν Χριστὸν κελεῦσαι τῷ δαίμονι, μηκέτι εἰσελθεῖν εἰς αὐτόν καὶ ἐκ τοῦ πάλιν εἰπεῖν τὸν ἄνθρωπον τῷ Χριστῷ, εἰ δύνασαι. Καὶ εἰ ἡ ἀπιστία αὐτοῦ γέγονεν αἰτία, φησὶ, τοῦ μὴ ἐξελθεῖν τὸν δαίμονα, τί τοῖς μαθηταῖς ἐγκαλεῖ: : Δεικνὺς ὅτι δυνατὸν αὐτοῖς, καὶ χωρὶς τῶν προσαγόντων μετὰ πίστεως, πολλαχοῦ θεραπεῦσαι. Ὥσπερ γὰρ ἤρκει πολλάκις ἢ τοῦ προσάγοντος πίστις εἰς τὸ καὶ παρ᾽ ἐλαττόνων λαβεῖν, οὕτω τῶν ποιούντων πολλάκις ἤρκεσεν ἢ δύναμις, καὶ μὴ πιστευόντων τῶν προσἐλθόντων, θαυματουργῆσαι. Καὶ ταῦτα ἀμφότερα δείκνυται ἐν ταῖς γραφαῖς. Οἱ τε γὰρ περὶ Κορνήλιον ἀπὸ τῆς αὖὐτῶν πίστεως ἐπεσπάσαντο τοῦ πνεύματος τὴν χάριν καὶ ἐπὶ τοῦ Ἐλισσαίου δὲ, οὐδενὸς πιστεύσαντος, νεκρὸς ἀνέστη. Οἵ τε γὰρ ῥίψαντες, οὐ διὰ πίστιν, ἀλλὰ διὰ δειλίαν ἔῤῥιψαν ἁπλώς καὶ ὡς ἔτυχε, φοβηθέντες τὸ πειρατήριον, καὶ ἔφυγον αὐτός τε ὁ ῥιφεὶς ἀποτεθνηκὼς ἦν, καὶ ἀπὸ μόνης τῆς τοῦ ἁγίου σώματος δυνάμεως ἀνίστατο ὁ νεκρός. Ὅθεν δῆλον ἐνταῦθα, ὅτι καὶ οἱ μαθηταὶ ἠσθένησαν; ἀλλ᾽ οὐ παντες οἱ στῦλοι γὰρ οὐ παρῆσαν ἐκεῖ. Θέα δὲ τούτου καὶ ἑτέρωθεν τὴν ἀγνωμοσύνην, πῶς ἐπὶ τοῦ ὄχλου ἐντυγχάνει τῷ Ἰησοῦ κατὰ τῶν μαθητῶν λόγων, ὅτι προσήνεγκα αὐτὸν τοῖς μαθηταῖς σου, καὶ οὐκ ἴσχυσαν αὐτὸν θεραπεῦσαι. Ἀλλ᾽ αὐτὸς ἀπαλλάττων αὐτοὺς τῶν ἐγκλημάτων ἐπὶ τοῦ δήμου, ἐκείνῳ τὸ πλέον λογίζεται. Ὦ γενεὰ γάρ, φησὶν, ἄπιστος καὶ διεστραμμένη, ἕως πότε ἔσομαι μεθ᾽ ὑμῶν : οὐκ εἰς τὸ τούτον πρόσωπον μόνον ἀποτεινόμενος, ἵνα μὴ ἀπορήσῃ τὸν ἄνθρωπον, ἀλλὰ καὶ εἰς πάντας ᾿Ιουδαίους. Καὶ γὰρ εἰκὸς πολλοὺς τών παρόντων σκανδαλισθῆναι, καὶ τὰ μὴ προσήκοντα ἐννοῆσαι, περὶ αὐτῶν. Ὅταν δὲ εἴπη, ἕως πότε ἔσομαι μεθ᾽ ὑμῶν ; δείκνυσι πάλιν ἀσπαστὸν ὄντα τὸν θάνατον αὐτῷ, καὶ ἐπιθυμίας τὸ πρᾶγμα, καὶ ποθεινὴν τὴν ἀποδημίαν' καὶ ὅτι οὐ τὸ σταυρωθῆναι, ἀλλὰ τὸ εἷναι μετ᾽ αὐτῶν βαρύ. Οὐ μὴν ἑστη μέχρι τῶν ἐγκλημάτων ἀλλὰ τί φησι: Φέρετέ μοι αὐτὸν ὦδε. Καὶ αὐτὸς δὲ ἐρωτᾷ αὐτὸν, πόσον χρόνον ἔχει, καὶ ὑπὲρ τῶν μαθητῶν ἀπολογούμενος, κἀκεῖνον ἄγων εἰς ἐλπίδα χρηστὴν, καὶ τοῦ πιστεῦσαι, ὅτι ἔσται αὐτῷ ἀπαλλαγὴ τοῦ κακοῦ. Καὶ ἀφίησιν αὐτὸν σπαράττεσθαι, οὐ πρὸς ἐπίδειξιν (ἐπειδὴ γοῦν ὄχλος συνήγετο, καὶ ἐπετίμησεν αὐτῷ), ἀλλὰ δι᾽ αὐτὸν τὸν πατέρα' ἵν ὅταν ἴδῃ θορυβούμενον τὸ δαιμόνιον ἀπὸ τοὺ κληθῆναι μόνον, κἂν οὕτως ἐναχθῇ εἰς τὴν πίστιν τοῦ ἐσομένου θαύματος. ᾿Επειδὴ δὲ ἐκεῖνος εἶπεν, ὅτι ἐκ παιδὸς, καὶ ὅτι, εἰ δύνασαι, βοήθει μοι, λέγει τῷ πιστεύοντι πάντα δυνατὰ, πάλιν εἰς αὐτὸν περιτρέπων τὸ ἔγκλημα. Καὶ ὅτε μὲν ἔλεγεν ὁ λεπρὸς, εἰ θέλεις, δύνασαί με καθαρίσαι, μαρτυρῶν αὐτοῦ τῇ εξουσίᾳ, ἐπαινῶν αὐτὸν καὶ βεβαιῶν τὸ εἰρημένον, ἔλεγε: θέλω, καθαρίσθητι. Ὅτε δὲ οὗτος οὐδὲν ἀξιον τῆς αὐτοῦ δυνάμεως, ἐφθέγξατο εἰπών· εἰ δύνασαι, βοήθει μοι, ὅρα πώς αὐτὸ διορθοῦται, ὡς οὐκ ὀρθῶς εἰρημένον. Τί γάρ φησιν: Εἰ δύνασαι πιστεὺσαι; πάντα δυνατὰ τῷ πιστεύοντι.᾽ Ὃ δὲ λέγει, τοιοὔτον ἐστι τοσαὐυτὴ παρ᾽ ἐμοὶ δυνάμεως περιουσία, ὡς καὶ ἑτέρους δύνασθαι ποιεῖν ταῦτα θαυματουργεῖν. Ὥστε ἂν πιστεύῃς ὡς δεῖ, καὶ αὐτὸς δύνασαι θεραπεῦσαι, φησὶ, καὶ τοῦτον καὶ ἑτέρους πολλούς. Καὶ ταῦτα εἰπὼν, ἀπήλλαξε τὸν δαιμονῶντα. Σὺ δὲ μὴ μόνον ἐντεῦθεν αὐτοῦ σκόπει τὴν πρόνοιαν καὶ τὴν εὐεργεσίαν, ἀλλὰ καὶ ἐξ ἐκείνου τοῦ καιροῦ, οὗ συνεχώρησεν ἔνδον εἶναι τὸν δαίμονα. Καὶ γὰρ εἰ μὴ πολλῆς προνοίας καὶ τότε ἀπέλαυεν ὁ ἄνθρωπος, πάλαι ἄν ἀπολώλει. Καὶ γὰρ εἰς τὸ πῦρ αὐτὸν ἔβαλλε, φησὶ, καὶ εἰς τὸ ὕδωρ. Ὁ δὲ ταῦτα τολμῶν καὶ ἀνεῖλεν ἂν πάντως, εἰ μὴ καὶ ἐν τοσαύτῃ μανίᾳ πολὺν ἐπέθηκεν ὁ θεὸς αὐτῷ τὸν χαλινόν ὥσπερ οὖν καὶ επ᾿ ἐκείνων τῶν γυμνῶν, τῶν ἐν ταῖς ἐρημίαις τρεχόντων, καὶ λίθοις ἑαντοὺς κατακοπτόντων. Εἰ δὲ σεληνιαζόμενον καλεῖ, μηδὲν θορυβηθῆς τοῦ γὰρ πατρὸς τοῦ δαιμονῶντός ἐστιν ἡ φωνή. Πῶς οὖν φησι καὶ ὁ εὐαγγελιστὴς, ὅτι σεληνιαζομένους πολλοὺς ἐθεράπευσεν: ᾿Απὸ τῆς τῶν πολλῶν ὑπονοίας αὐτοὺς καλών. Ὁ γὰρ δαίμων ἐπὶ διαβολῇ τοῦ στοιχείου καὶ ἐπιτίθεται τοῖς ἁλοῦσι, καὶ ἀνίησιν αὐτοὺς; κατὰ τοὺς τῆς σελήνης δρόμους· οὐχ ὡς ἐκείνης ἐνεργούσης, ἄπαγε᾽ ἀλλ᾽ αὐτὸς τοῦτο κακουργῶν εἰς τὴν τοῦ στοιχείου διαβολήν. Διὸ καὶ πεπλανημένη παρὰ τοῖς ἀνοήτοις ἐκράτησε δόξα, καὶ οὕτω τοὺς τοιούτους καλοῦσι δαίμονας ἀπατώμενοι οὐδὲ γὰρ ἐστι τοῦτο ἀληθές. Τότε προσελθόντες οἱ μαθηταὶ αὐτοῦ κατ᾽ ἰδίαν, ἠρώτησαν αὐτὸν, τίνος ἕνεκεν οὐκ ἠδυνήθησαν αὐτοὶ τὸν δαίμονα ἐκβαλεῖν. Ἐμοὶ δοκοῦσιν ἀγωνιᾶν καὶ δεδοικέναι, μήποτε τὴν χάριν, ἣν ἐπιστεύθησαν, ἀπώλεσαν. Ἔλαβον γὰρ ἐξουσίαν κατὰ δαιμόνων ἀκαθάρτων. Διὸ καὶ ἐρωτῶσι, κατ᾽ ἰδίαν αὐτῷ προσελθόντες, οὐκ αἰσχυνόμενοι; (εἰ γὰρ τὸ ἔργον ἐξῆλθε, καὶ ἡἠλέγχθησαν, περιττὸν ἣν αἰσχύνεσθαι λοιπὸν τὴν διὰ τῶν λόγων ὁμολογίαν.) ἀλλ ἐπειδὴ περὶ ἀποῤῥήτου καὶ μεγάλου πραγματος ἐμελλον αὑτὸν ἐρωτᾶν. Τί οὖν ὁ Χριστός; Διὰ τὴν απιστίαν ὑμῶν. φησίν. Ἐὰν γὰρ ἔχητε πίστιν ὡς κόκκον σινάπεως» ἐρεῖτε τῷ ὄρει τούτῳ, μετάβηθι, καὶ μεταβήσεται, καὶ οὐδὲν ἀδυνατήσει ὑμῖν. Εἰ δὲ λέγοις, ποῦ ὄρος μετεθηκαν; ἐκεῖνο ἂν εἴποιμι, ὅτι πολλῷ μείζονα ἐποίησαν, μυρίους νεκροὺς ἀναστήσαντες. Οὐδὲ γὰρ ἴσον, ὄρος μεταστῆσαι, καὶ θάνατον ἀπὸ σώματος κινῆσαι. Λέγονται δὲ μετ᾽ ἐκείνους ᾿ ἅγιοί τινες ἐκείνων ἐλάττους πολλῷ, καὶ ὄρη χρείας καλεσάσης μεταθεῖναι. Οθεν δῆλον ὡς καὶ οὗτοι μετέθεσαν ἄν, καλούσης χρείας. Εἰ δὲ τότε οὐκ ἐγένετο χρεία, μὴ ἐγκάλει. Ἄλλως δὲ καὶ αὐτὸς οὐκ εἶπεν, ὅτι ᾿μεταστήσετε πάντως, αλλ ὅτι δυνήσεσθε καὶ τοῦτο. Εἰ δὲ οὐ μετέστησαν, οὐκ ἐπειδὴ οὐκ ἠδυνήθησαν, (πῶς γὰρ, οἱ τὰ μείζονα δυνηθέντες;) ἀλλ᾽ ἐπειδὴ οὐκ ἐβουλήθησαν, διὰ τὸ μὴ γενέσθαι χρείαν. Εἰκὸς δὲ καὶ γεγενῆσθαι τοῦτο; καὶ μὴ γεγραφθαι οὐδὲ γὰρ πάντα ἃ ἐθαυματούργησαν ἐγράφη. Τότε μέντοι ἀτελέστερον πολλῷ διέκειντο. Τί οὖν: οὐδὲ ταύτην τὴν πίστιν εἶχον τότε: Οὐκ εἶχον· οὐδὲ γὰρ ἀεὶ οἱ αὐτοὶ ἦσαν᾽ ἐπεὶ καὶ Πέτρος νῦν μὲν μακαρίζεται, νῦν δὲ ἐπιτιμᾶται καὶ οἱ λοιποὶ δὲ εἰς ἄνοιαν σκώπτονται παρ αὐτοῦ, ὅτε οὐ συνῆκαν τὸν περὶ τῆς ζύμης λόγον. Συνέβη δὲ καὶ τότε τοὺς μαθητὰς ἀσθενῆσαι ἀτελέστερον γὰρ διέκειντο πρὸ τοῦ σταυροῦ. Πίστιν δὲ ἐνταῦθα λέγει τὴν τῶν σημείων, καὶ σινάπεως μέμνηται, τὴν ἄφατον αὐτῆς δηλῶν δύναμιν. Εἰ γὰρ καὶ τῷ ὄγκῳ μικρὸν εἶναι τὸ σίνηπι δοκεῖ, ἀλλὰ τῇ δυνάμει ἁπάντων ἐστὶ σφοδρότερον. Δεικνὺς τοίνυν, ὅτι καὶ τὸ ἐλάχιστον τῆς γνησίας πίστεως μεγάλα δύναται, ἐμνήσθη τοῦ σινάπεως καὶ οὐδὲ μέχρι τούτου ἔστη μόνον, ἀλλὰ καὶ ὄρη προσέθηκε, καὶ περαιτέρω προέβη. Οὐδὲν γάρ, φησὶν, ἀδυνατήσει ὑμῖν.

Ou dia touto de monon lian auton onomazei pantachou, all᾽ hina deixę̄ sphodra auton tę̄ palaią symbainonta, kai kata prophēteian kai tēn parousian tautēn ousan. Dio kai epagei palin, hoti ēlthe, kai ouk egnōsan auton, all᾽ epoiēsan eis auton panta hosa ēthelēsan. Ti esti, panta hosa ēthelēsan? Enebalon eis desmōtērion, hybrisan, apekteinan, ēnenkan tēn kephalēn autou epi pinakos. Houtō kai ho huios tou anthrōpou mellei paschein hyp᾿ autōn. Horąs pōs palin eukairōs autous anamimnēskei tou pathous, apo tou pathous tou ᾿Iōannou pollēn autois proxenōn tēn paramythian. Ou tautę̄ de monon, alla kai tǭ thaumata eutheōs ergasasthai megala. Kai gar hēnika an peri tou pathous dialegētai? eutheōs thaumatourgei, kai meta tous logous, kai pro tōn logōn toutōn᾽ kai pollachou touto paratērēsanta estin heurein. Tote goun, phēsin, ērxato tan gen? hoti dei auton apelthein eis Hierosolyma, kai apoktanthēnai, kai polla pathein. Tote, pote: Hote hōmologēthē Christos kai huios einai tou theou. Palin en tǭ orei, hote tēn thaumastēn autois edeixen opsin, kai peri tēs doxēs autou dielechthēsan hoi prophētai, anemnēsen autous tou pathous. Eipōn gar tēn kata ᾿Iōannēn historian, epēgagen; houtō kai ho huios tou anthrōpou mellei paschein hyp᾽ autōn. Kai meta mikron palin, hote ton daimona exebalen, hon ouk ischysan hoi mathētai ekbalein. Kai gar kai tote, anastrephomenōn autōn en tę̄ Galilaią, phēsin, eipen autois ho ᾿Iēsous, hoti mellei ho huios tou anthrōpon paradidosthai eis cheiras anthrōpōn ᾿hamartōlōn, kai apoktenousin auton, kai tę̄ tritę̄ hēmerą anastēsetai. Touto de epoiei, tǭ megethei tōn thaumatōn tēn hyperbolēn tēs lypēs hypotemnomenos, kai panti tropǭ autous paramythoumenos, hōsper kai entautha tę̄ mnēmē tou thanatou ᾿Iōannou pollēn autois pareiche tēn paraklēsin. Ei de legoi tis tinos heneken mē kai nyn ton ᾿Ēlian anastēsas epempsen, eige tosauta autou martyrei tę̄ parousią agatha, eroumen, hoti kai nyn ton Christon nomizontes ᾿Ēlian einai, ouk episteuon autǭ. Hoi men gar, phēsin, Ēlian se legousin, hoi de Hieremian. Kai Iōannou. de kai Hēliou ouden hēn to meson, hē ho chronos monos. Pōs oun tote pisteusousi: phēsi. Kai gar apokatastēsei panta, ou dia to gnōrimos einai monon, alla kai dia to diatathēnai mechri tēs hēmeras ekeinēs epi pleon tou Christou tēn doxan, kai para pasin einai tou hēliou phanerōteran. Hotan oun tosautēs prolabousēs hypolēpseōs kai prosdokias, elthē ekeinos ta auta kēryttōn toutǭ, kai anangellōn kai autos ton ᾿Iēsoun, eukolōteron dexontai ta legomena. Hotan de eipę̄, ouk egnōsan auton, kai hyper tōn kath᾽ heauton apologeitai. Kai ou tautę̄ autous monon paramytheitai, alla kai tǭ deixai adikōs par᾽ autōn paschonta haper paschei, kai tǭ ta lypēra dyo synkalypsai sēmeiois, tǭ te en tǭ orei, kai tǭ mellonti ginesthai. Tauta de akousantes, ouk erōtōsin auton, pote erchetai ᾿Ēlias, ē tē athymią piezomenoi tou pathous, ē dedoikotes. Pollachou gar hotan idōsi mē ᾿boulomenon ti saphōs eipein, sigōsi loipon. Hote goun en tę̄ Galilaią diatribontōn eipe, mellei ho huios tou anthrōpou paradidosthai, kai apoktenousin auton, ᾿epēgagen, ho Markos men, hoti ēgnooun to rhēma, kai ephobounto auton erōtēsai ho Loukas de, hoti ēn parakekalymmenon ap᾽ autōn, hina mē aisthōntai autou, kai ephobounto auton erōtēsai peri tou rhēmatos. Elthontōn de autōn pros ton ochlon, prosēlthen autǭ anthrōpos gonypetōn auton, kai legōn kyrie, eleēson mou ton huion, hoti selēniazetai, kai kakōs paschei. Pollakis gar piptei eis to pyr, kai pollakis eis to hydōr kai prosēnenka auton tois mathētais sou, kai ouk ischysan auton therapeusai. Touton ton anthrōpon sphodra asthenounta kata pistin deiknysin hē graphē; kai ek pollōn touto dēlon ek te tou eipein ton Christon; tǭ pisteuonti panta dynata᾿ ek te tou eipein auton ton proselthonta; boēthei mou tę̄ apistią kai ek tou ton Christon keleusai tǭ daimoni, mēketi eiselthein eis auton kai ek tou palin eipein ton anthrōpon tǭ Christǭ, ei dynasai. Kai ei hē apistia autou gegonen aitia, phēsi, tou mē exelthein ton daimona, ti tois mathētais enkalei: : Deiknys hoti dynaton autois, kai chōris tōn prosagontōn meta pisteōs, pollachou therapeusai. Hōsper gar ērkei pollakis ē tou prosagontos pistis eis to kai par᾽ elattonōn labein, houtō tōn poiountōn pollakis ērkesen ē dynamis, kai mē pisteuontōn tōn proselthontōn, thaumatourgēsai. Kai tauta amphotera deiknytai en tais graphais. Hoi te gar peri Kornēlion apo tēs auytōn pisteōs epespasanto tou pneumatos tēn charin kai epi tou Elissaiou de, oudenos pisteusantos, nekros anestē. Hoi te gar rhipsantes, ou dia pistin, alla dia deilian errhipsan haplōs kai hōs etyche, phobēthentes to peiratērion, kai ephygon autos te ho rhipheis apotethnēkōs ēn, kai apo monēs tēs tou hagiou sōmatos dynameōs anistato ho nekros. Hothen dēlon entautha, hoti kai hoi mathētai ēsthenēsan? all᾽ ou pantes hoi styloi gar ou parēsan ekei. Thea de toutou kai heterōthen tēn agnōmosynēn, pōs epi tou ochlou entynchanei tǭ Iēsou kata tōn mathētōn logōn, hoti prosēnenka auton tois mathētais sou, kai ouk ischysan auton therapeusai. All᾽ autos apallattōn autous tōn enklēmatōn epi tou dēmou, ekeinǭ to pleon logizetai. Ō genea gar, phēsin, apistos kai diestrammenē, heōs pote esomai meth᾽ hymōn : ouk eis to touton prosōpon monon apoteinomenos, hina mē aporēsę̄ ton anthrōpon, alla kai eis pantas ᾿Ioudaious. Kai gar eikos pollous tōn parontōn skandalisthēnai, kai ta mē prosēkonta ennoēsai, peri autōn. Hotan de eipē, heōs pote esomai meth᾽ hymōn ? deiknysi palin aspaston onta ton thanaton autǭ, kai epithymias to pragma, kai potheinēn tēn apodēmian' kai hoti ou to staurōthēnai, alla to heinai met᾽ autōn bary. Ou mēn hestē mechri tōn enklēmatōn alla ti phēsi: Pherete moi auton ōde. Kai autos de erōtą auton, poson chronon echei, kai hyper tōn mathētōn apologoumenos, kakeinon agōn eis elpida chrēstēn, kai tou pisteusai, hoti estai autǭ apallagē tou kakou. Kai aphiēsin auton sparattesthai, ou pros epideixin (epeidē goun ochlos synēgeto, kai epetimēsen autǭ), alla di᾽ auton ton patera' hin hotan idę̄ thoryboumenon to daimonion apo tou klēthēnai monon, kan houtōs enachthę̄ eis tēn pistin tou esomenou thaumatos. ᾿Epeidē de ekeinos eipen, hoti ek paidos, kai hoti, ei dynasai, boēthei moi, legei tǭ pisteuonti panta dynata, palin eis auton peritrepōn to enklēma. Kai hote men elegen ho lepros, ei theleis, dynasai me katharisai, martyrōn autou tę̄ exousią, epainōn auton kai bebaiōn to eirēmenon, elege: thelō, katharisthēti. Hote de houtos ouden axion tēs autou dynameōs, ephthenxato eipōn; ei dynasai, boēthei moi, hora pōs auto diorthoutai, hōs ouk orthōs eirēmenon. Ti gar phēsin: Ei dynasai pisteusai? panta dynata tǭ pisteuonti.᾽ Ho de legei, toiouton esti tosauytē par᾽ emoi dynameōs periousia, hōs kai heterous dynasthai poiein tauta thaumatourgein. Hōste an pisteuę̄s hōs dei, kai autos dynasai therapeusai, phēsi, kai touton kai heterous pollous. Kai tauta eipōn, apēllaxe ton daimonōnta. Sy de mē monon enteuthen autou skopei tēn pronoian kai tēn euergesian, alla kai ex ekeinou tou kairou, hou synechōrēsen endon einai ton daimona. Kai gar ei mē pollēs pronoias kai tote apelauen ho anthrōpos, palai an apolōlei. Kai gar eis to pyr auton eballe, phēsi, kai eis to hydōr. Ho de tauta tolmōn kai aneilen an pantōs, ei mē kai en tosautę̄ manią polyn epethēken ho theos autǭ ton chalinon hōsper oun kai ep᾿ ekeinōn tōn gymnōn, tōn en tais erēmiais trechontōn, kai lithois heantous katakoptontōn. Ei de selēniazomenon kalei, mēden thorybēthēs tou gar patros tou daimonōntos estin hē phōnē. Pōs oun phēsi kai ho euangelistēs, hoti selēniazomenous pollous etherapeusen: ᾿Apo tēs tōn pollōn hyponoias autous kalōn. Ho gar daimōn epi diabolę̄ tou stoicheiou kai epitithetai tois halousi, kai aniēsin autous? kata tous tēs selēnēs dromous; ouch hōs ekeinēs energousēs, apage᾽ all᾽ autos touto kakourgōn eis tēn tou stoicheiou diabolēn. Dio kai peplanēmenē para tois anoētois ekratēse doxa, kai houtō tous toioutous kalousi daimonas apatōmenoi oude gar esti touto alēthes. Tote proselthontes hoi mathētai autou kat᾽ idian, ērōtēsan auton, tinos heneken ouk ēdynēthēsan autoi ton daimona ekbalein. Emoi dokousin agōnian kai dedoikenai, mēpote tēn charin, hēn episteuthēsan, apōlesan. Elabon gar exousian kata daimonōn akathartōn. Dio kai erōtōsi, kat᾽ idian autǭ proselthontes, ouk aischynomenoi? (ei gar to ergon exēlthe, kai hēēlenchthēsan, peritton hēn aischynesthai loipon tēn dia tōn logōn homologian.) all epeidē peri aporrhētou kai megalou pragmatos emellon hauton erōtan. Ti oun ho Christos? Dia tēn apistian hymōn. phēsin. Ean gar echēte pistin hōs kokkon sinapeōs» ereite tǭ orei toutǭ, metabēthi, kai metabēsetai, kai ouden adynatēsei hymin. Ei de legois, pou oros metethēkan? ekeino an eipoimi, hoti pollǭ meizona epoiēsan, myrious nekrous anastēsantes. Oude gar ison, oros metastēsai, kai thanaton apo sōmatos kinēsai. Legontai de met᾽ ekeinous ᾿ hagioi tines ekeinōn elattous pollǭ, kai orē chreias kalesasēs metatheinai. Othen dēlon hōs kai houtoi metethesan an, kalousēs chreias. Ei de tote ouk egeneto chreia, mē enkalei. Allōs de kai autos ouk eipen, hoti ᾿metastēsete pantōs, all hoti dynēsesthe kai touto. Ei de ou metestēsan, ouk epeidē ouk ēdynēthēsan, (pōs gar, hoi ta meizona dynēthentes?) all᾽ epeidē ouk eboulēthēsan, dia to mē genesthai chreian. Eikos de kai gegenēsthai touto? kai mē gegraphthai oude gar panta ha ethaumatourgēsan egraphē. Tote mentoi atelesteron pollǭ diekeinto. Ti oun: oude tautēn tēn pistin eichon tote: Ouk eichon; oude gar aei hoi autoi ēsan᾽ epei kai Petros nyn men makarizetai, nyn de epitimatai kai hoi loipoi de eis anoian skōptontai par autou, hote ou synēkan ton peri tēs zymēs logon. Synebē de kai tote tous mathētas asthenēsai atelesteron gar diekeinto pro tou staurou. Pistin de entautha legei tēn tōn sēmeiōn, kai sinapeōs memnētai, tēn aphaton autēs dēlōn dynamin. Ei gar kai tǭ onkǭ mikron einai to sinēpi dokei, alla tę̄ dynamei hapantōn esti sphodroteron. Deiknys toinyn, hoti kai to elachiston tēs gnēsias pisteōs megala dynatai, emnēsthē tou sinapeōs kai oude mechri toutou estē monon, alla kai orē prosethēke, kai peraiterō proebē. Ouden gar, phēsin, adynatēsei hymin.

And not for this reason only does he everywhere name him Elijah, but to show that he is in full agreement with the Old Testament, and that this coming too was according to prophecy. That is why he also adds again that “he came, and they did not know him, but did to him all they wished.” What is “all they wished”? They cast him into prison, they insulted him, they killed him, they brought his head on a platter. “So also the Son of Man is about to suffer at their hands.” Do you see how he again reminds them of the passion at the right moment, giving them great consolation from the passion of John? And not by this alone, but also by working great miracles at once. For whenever he speaks of the passion, he at once works wonders, both after these words and before them; and one may find this by observing it in many places. “Then,” at any rate, it says, “he began to show that he must go away to Jerusalem and be killed and suffer many things.” Then: when? When he had been confessed to be the Christ and the Son of God. Again on the mountain, when he had shown them the wonderful sight and the prophets had spoken of his glory, he reminded them of the passion. For having told the story of John, he added, “So also the Son of Man is about to suffer at their hands.” And a little after, again, when he had cast out the demon which the disciples could not cast out. For then too, “while they were staying in Galilee,” it says, “Jesus said to them that the Son of Man is about to be delivered into the hands of sinful men, and they will kill him, and on the third day he will rise.” And he did this, cutting away the excess of their grief by the greatness of the miracles, and consoling them in every way; as here too, by the remembrance of John’s death, he gave them great comfort. But if someone should say, “Why then did he not raise Elijah and send him now too, if he testifies that so many good things come from his coming?”, we shall say that even now, thinking that Christ was Elijah, they did not believe in him. “For some,” he says, “say you are Elijah, others Jeremiah.” And between John and Elijah there was no difference except the time alone. “How then will they believe then?” someone says. For “he will restore all things,” not only because he is well known, but also because by that day the glory of Christ will have spread further, and be plainer to all than the sun. When, then, after such an opinion and expectation has gone before, that man comes preaching the same things as this one, and himself too proclaiming Jesus, they will more readily accept what is said. And when he says, “They did not know him,” he also makes a defense for his own case. And not in this way only does he console them, but also by showing that he suffers unjustly at their hands what he suffers, and by covering over the painful things with two signs, the one on the mountain and the one about to happen. Hearing these things, they do not ask him when Elijah comes, either pressed down by despondency at the passion, or afraid. For in many places, when they see that he does not wish to say something plainly, they then keep silent. At any rate, when, as they were staying in Galilee, he said, “The Son of Man is about to be delivered up, and they will kill him,” Mark adds that they did not understand the saying and were afraid to ask him; and Luke, that it was veiled from them, so that they should not perceive it, and they were afraid to ask him about the saying. “And when they came to the crowd, a man came to him, kneeling to him, and saying, ‘Lord, have mercy on my son, for he is moonstruck and suffers terribly; for he often falls into the fire, and often into the water; and I brought him to your disciples, and they could not heal him.’” This man the Scripture shows to be very weak in faith; and this is plain from many things: from Christ’s saying, “All things are possible to him who believes”; and from the one who came saying himself, “Help my unbelief”; and from Christ’s commanding the demon never to enter him again; and from the man’s saying again to Christ, “If you can.” “And if his unbelief,” someone says, “was the cause of the demon’s not coming out, why does he blame the disciples?” To show that it was possible for them often to heal even without those who bring the sick having faith. For as the faith of the one who brought was often enough for receiving even from lesser persons, so the power of those who worked often sufficed to work wonders even when those who came did not believe. And both of these are shown in the Scriptures. For those with Cornelius drew down the grace of the Spirit by their own faith; and in the case of Elisha, when no one believed, a dead man rose. For those who threw him in threw him not from faith but from cowardice, simply and at random, fearing the raiding band, and fled; and the man thrown in was dead; and by the power of the holy body alone the dead man rose. From this it is plain that here the disciples too were weak; but not all, for the pillars were not present there. But see this man’s ingratitude also from another point, how before the crowd he pleads with Jesus against the disciples, saying, “I brought him to your disciples, and they could not heal him.” But he, freeing them from the charges before the people, reckons the greater part to that man. “For, O faithless and perverse generation,” he says, “how long shall I be with you?”—directing this not to that man’s person alone, so as not to put the man at a loss, but also to all the Jews. For it is likely that many of those present were offended and thought unfitting things about them. And when he says, “How long shall I be with you?”, he shows again that death is welcome to him and a thing desired, and his departure longed for; and that what is heavy is not being crucified but being with them. Yet he did not stop at the charges; but what does he say? “Bring him here to me.” And he himself asks him how long he has had it, both defending the disciples and leading that man to good hope, and to believe that there will be deliverance from the evil for him. And he lets him be convulsed, not for display (since, when a crowd was gathering, he even rebuked the demon), but for the father’s sake; so that when he saw the demon troubled merely by being called, he might at least so be led to faith in the miracle to come. And since that man said, “from childhood,” and, “If you can, help me,” he says, “All things are possible to him who believes,” again turning the charge back upon him. And when the leper said, “If you will, you can make me clean,” bearing witness to his authority, he praised him and confirmed what was said, saying, “I will; be clean.” But when this man uttered something unworthy of his power, saying, “If you can, help me,” see how he corrects it, as not rightly said. For what does he say? “If you can believe, all things are possible to him who believes.” What he says is something like this: “There is in me such abundance of power that I can make others too work these wonders. So if you believe as you should, you yourself too can heal,” he says, “both this boy and many others.” And having said this, he freed the possessed boy. But consider his providence and beneficence not only from this, but also from that time during which he allowed the demon to be inside. For if the man had not then too enjoyed much providence, he would long ago have perished. For “it cast him into the fire,” it says, “and into the water.” And one who dared this would certainly have killed him, had not God, even in so great a madness, put a strong bridle on it; as also in the case of those naked men who ran in the deserts and cut themselves with stones. And if he calls him moonstruck, do not be troubled; for the voice is that of the possessed boy’s father. How then does the evangelist too say that he healed many who were moonstruck? Calling them by the opinion of the many. For the demon, to slander the element, both attacks those it has seized and lets them go according to the courses of the moon; not that the moon is at work—away with that!—but he does this mischief himself to slander the element. That is why a mistaken opinion has prevailed among the foolish, and, deceived, they call such demons so; for this is not true. “Then the disciples came to him privately and asked why they could not cast out the demon.” They seem to me to have been in agony and afraid that they had lost the grace with which they had been entrusted. For they had received authority against unclean demons. That is why they ask, coming to him privately—not from shame (for if the deed had come out and they had been convicted, it was superfluous to be ashamed of confessing it in words), but because they were about to ask him about a hidden and great matter. What then does Christ say? “Because of your unbelief,” he says. “For if you have faith like a grain of mustard seed, you will say to this mountain, ‘Move,’ and it will move, and nothing will be impossible to you.” But if you should say, “Where did they move a mountain?”, I would say that they did far greater things, raising countless dead. For it is not the same to move a mountain and to drive death from a body. And it is said that after them certain saints, much less than they, moved even mountains when need called. Hence it is plain that these too would have moved them if need had called. But if no need arose then, do not blame them. And besides, he himself did not say, “You will certainly move them,” but that you will be able to do this too. And if they did not move them, it was not because they could not (for how could they, who were able to do greater things?), but because they did not wish to, because no need arose. And it is likely that this too happened and was not written; for not all the wonders they worked were written. At that time, however, they were in a much more imperfect state. What then? Did they not have even this faith then? They did not; for they were not always the same. For Peter too is now called blessed and now rebuked; and the others too are mocked by him for their folly, when they did not understand the saying about the leaven. And it happened then too that the disciples were weak; for they were in a more imperfect state before the cross. And by faith here he means the faith of the signs; and he mentions mustard, to show its unspeakable power. For even if mustard seems small in bulk, yet in power it is stronger than all. Showing, then, that even the least of genuine faith can do great things, he mentioned mustard; and not only did he stop there, but he added mountains too, and went further. “For nothing,” he says, “will be impossible to you.”

57.4Field 2

Σὺ δὲ κανταῦθα αὐτῶν θαύμασον τὴν φιλοσοφίαν, καὶ τοῦ πνεύματος τὴν ἰσχύν᾽ τὴν μὲν φιλοσοφίαν, ὅτι οὐκ ἔκρυψαν αὐτῶν τὸ ἐλάττωμα τοὺ δὲ πνεύματος τὴν ἰσχύν, ὅτι τοὺς οὐδὲ κόκκον σινάπεως ἔχοντας οὕτω κατὰ μικρὸν ἀνήγαγεν, ὡς ποταμοὺς καὶ πηγὰς ἐν αὐτοῖς πίστεως ἀναδοῦναι. Τὸ δὲ γένος τοῦτο οὐκ ἐκπορεύεται, εἰ μὴ ἐν προσευχῇ καὶ νηστείᾳ τὸ τῶν δαιμόνων ἅπαν, οὐ τὸ τῶν σεληνιαζομένων λέγων μόνον. Ὁρᾷς πώς αὐτοῖς ἤδη τὸν περὶ νηστείας προκαταβάλλεται λόγον: : Μὴ γάρ μοι ἀπὸ τῶν σπανιζόντων λέγε, ὅτι τινὲς καὶ χωρὶς νηστείας ἐξέβαλον. Εἰ γὰρ καὶ περὶ τῶν ἐπιτιμώντων τοῦτο ἂν εἴποι τις ἑνός που καὶ δευτέρου, ἀλλὰ πάσχοντα ἀμήχανόν ποτε τρυφῶντα ἀπαλλαγῆναι τῆς μανίας ταύτης. Δεῖ γὰρ μάλιστα τοῦ πράγματος τούτου τῷ τὰ τοιαῦτα νοσοῦντι. Καὶ μὴν εἰ πίστεως χρεία, φησὶ, τί δεῖ νηστείας: Ὅτι μετὰ τῆς πίστεως κακεῖνο οὐ μικρὰν εἰσάγει τὴν ἰσχύν. Καὶ γὰρ φιλοσοφίαν πολλὴν ἐντίθησι, καὶ ἄγγελον εξ ἀνθρώπου κατασκευάζει, καὶ ταῖς ασωμάτοις δυνάμεσι πυκτεύει ἀλλ᾽ οὐ καθ᾽ ἑαυτὴν, ἀλλὰ δεῖ καὶ εὐχῆς; καὶ πρώτης εὐχῆς. Ὅρα γοῦν ὅσα ἀγαθὰ ἐξ ἀμφοτέρων γίνεται. Ὁ γὰρ εὐχόμενος ὡς χρῆ, καὶ νηστεύων, οὐ πολλῶν δεῖται· ὁ δὲ πολλῶν μὴ δεόμενος οὐκ ἂν γένοιτο φιλοχρήματος· ὁ δὲ μὴ φιλοχρήματος, καὶ πρὸς ἐλεημοσύνην ἐπιτηδειότερον. Ὁ νηστεύων κοῦφός ἐστι καὶ ἐπτερωμένος, καὶ μετὰ νήψεως εὔχεται, καὶ τὰς ἐπιθυμίας σβέννυσι τὰς πονηρὰς, καὶ ἐξιλεοὗται θεὸν, καὶ ταπεινοῖ τὴν ψυχὴν ἐπαιρομένην. Διὰ τοῦτο καὶ οἱ ἀπόστολοι αεὶ σχεδὸν ἐνήστευον. Ὁ εὐχόμενος μετὰ νηστείας διπλᾶς ἔχει τὰς πτέρυγας, καὶ τῶν ἀνέμων αὐτῶν κουφοτέρας. Οὐδὲ γὰρ χασμᾶται καὶ διατείνεται καὶ ναρκᾷ, ὅπερ πάσχουσιν οἱ πολλοί ἀλλ᾽ ἔστι πυρὸς σφοδρότερος, καὶ τῆς γῆς ἀνώτερος. Διὸ καὶ μάλιστα ὁ τοιοῦτος τοῖς δαίμοσιν ἐχθρὸς καὶ πολέμιος. Οὐδὲν γὰρ ἀνθρώπου γνησίως εὐχομένου δυνατώτερον. Εἰ γὰρ γυνὴ ὠμὸν τινα ἄρχοντα, καὶ οὔτε θεὸν φοβούμενον, οὔτε ἄνθρωπον ἐντρεπόμενον, ἴσχυσεν ἐπικάμψαι, πολλῷ μᾶλλον τὸν θεὸν ἐπισπάσεται ὁ συνεχῶς αὐτῷ προσεδρεύων, καὶ γαστρὸς κρατών, καὶ τρυφὴν ἐκβάλλων. Εἰ δὲ ἀσθενές σοι τὸ σῶμα, ὥστε νηστεύειν διηνεκῶς, ἀλλ᾽ οὐκ εἰς προσευχὴν ἀσθενὲς, οὐδὲ πρὸς ὑπεροψίαν γαστρὸς ἄτονον. Εἰ γὰρ καὶ νηστεύειν οὐ δύνασαι, αλλὰ μὴ τρυφᾶν δύνασαι οὐ μικρὸν δὲ καὶ τοῦτο, οὐδὲ πολὺ νηστείας ἀπέχον ἀλλ᾽ ἱκανὸν μὲν καὶ τοῦτο κατασπάσαι τοῦ διαβόλου τὴν μανίαν. Καὶ γὰρ οὐδὲν οὕτως ἐκείνῳ τῷ δαίμονι φίλον, ὡς τρυφὴ καὶ μέθη ἐπειδὴ καὶ πηγὴ καὶ μήτηρ ἐστὶν ἁπάντων τῶν κακῶν. Διὰ ταύτης γοῦν ποτε τοὺς ᾿Ισραηλίτας εἰς εἰδωλολατρείαν ἐνέβαλε· διὰ ταύτης τοὺς Σοδομίτας εἰς παρανόμους ἀνῆψεν ἔρωτας. Τοῦτο γάρ, φησὶ, τὸ ἀνόμημα Σοδόμων, ἐν ὑπερηφανίᾳ, καὶ ἐν πλησμονῇ ἄρτων, καὶ εὐθηνίαις ἐσπατάλων. Διὰ ταύτης μυρίους ἑτέρους ἀπώλεσε, καὶ τῇ γεέννῃ παρέδωκε. Τί γὰρ οὐκ ἐργάζεται κακὸν ἡ τρυφή: : Χοίρους ἐξ ἀνθρώπων ποιεῖ, καὶ χοίρων χείρους. Ὁ μὲν γὰρ χοῖρος βορβόρῳ ἐγκαλινδεῖται, καὶ κόπρῳ τρέφεται οὗτος δὲ ἐκείνης ᾿βδελυκτοτέραν σιτεῖται τράπεζαν, μίξεις ἐπινοῶν ἀθέσμους, καὶ παρανόμους ἔρωτας. Ὁ τοιοῦτος οὐδὲν δαιμονῶντος διενήνοχεν ὁμοίως γὰρ ἀναισχυντεῖ καὶ μαίνεται. Καὶ τὸν μὲν δαιμονῶντα κἂν ἐλεοῦμεν, τοῦτον δὲ ἀποστρεφόμεθα καὶ μισοῦμεν. Τί δήποτε: Ὅτι αὐθαίρετον ἐπισπᾶται μανίαν, καὶ τὸ στόμα, καὶ τοὺς οφθαλμοὺς καὶ ῥῖνας, καὶ πάντα ἁπλῶς ὀχετοὺς ἀμάρας ἐργάζεται. Εἰ δὲ καὶ τὰ ἔνδον ἴδοις, ὄψει καὶ τὴν ψυχὴν καθάπερ ἐν τινι χειμῶνι καὶ κρυμῷ ᾿πεπηγνίαν καὶ ναρκῶσαν, καὶ οὐδὲν τὸ σκάφος ὠφελῆσαι δυναμένην διὰ τὴν τοῦ χειμῶνος ὑπερβολήν. Αἰσχύνομαι εἰπεῖν, ὅσα ἀπὸ τρυφῆς πάσχουσιν ἄνδρες καὶ γυναῖκες κακά; τῷ δὲ αὐτῶν καταλείπω συνειδότι, τῷ ταῦτα ἀκριβέστερον εἰδότι. Τί γὰρ αἰσχρότερον γυναικὸς μεθυούσης, ἣ ἁπλῶς παραφερομένης : ; Ὅσῳ γὰρ ἀσθενέστερον τὸ σκεῦος, τοσούτῳ πλέον τὸ ναυάγιον, ἄν τε ἐλευθέρα ᾖ, ἄν τε δούλη. Ἡ μὲν γὰρ ἐλευθέρα ἐν μέσῳ τῷ θεάτρῳ τῶν δούλων ἀσχημονεῖ, ἡ δὲ δούλη πάλιν ὁμοίως μεταξὺ τῶν δούλων καὶ παρασκευάζουσι τοῦ θεοῦ τὰ δῶρα βλασφημεισθαι παρὰ τών ἀνοήτων. Πολλῶν γοὺν ἀκούω λεγόντων, ὅταν ταῦτα συμβαίνη τὰ πάθη, μὴ ἔστω οἶνος. Ὧ τῆς ἀνοίας ὦ τῆς παραπληξίας. Ἄλλων ἁμαρτανόντων ταῖς τοῦ θεοῦ δωρεαῖς ἐγκαλεῖς ; καὶ πόσης τοῦτο μανίας; Μὴ γὰρ ὁ οἶνος ἐποίησεν, ἄνθρωπε, τοῦτο τὸ κακόν; Οὐχ ὁ οἶνος, αλλ᾽ ἡ ἀκολασία τῶν ἀπολαυόντων κακῶς. Εἰπὲ τοίνυν, μὴ ἔστω μέθη, μὴ ἔστω τρυφη' εἰ δὲ λέγοις, μὴ ἔστω οἶνος, ἐρεῖς κατὰ μικρὸν προβαίνων, μὴ ἔστω σίδηρος, διὰ τοὺς ἀνδροφόνους· μὴ ἔστω νὺξ, διὰ τοὺς κλέπτας· μὴ ἔστω φώς, διὰ τοὺς συκοφάντας μὴ ἔστω γυνή, διὰ τὰς μοιχείας καὶ πάντα ἁπλώς ἀναιρήσεις.

Sy de kantautha autōn thaumason tēn philosophian, kai tou pneumatos tēn ischyn᾽ tēn men philosophian, hoti ouk ekrypsan autōn to elattōma tou de pneumatos tēn ischyn, hoti tous oude kokkon sinapeōs echontas houtō kata mikron anēgagen, hōs potamous kai pēgas en autois pisteōs anadounai. To de genos touto ouk ekporeuetai, ei mē en proseuchę̄ kai nēsteią to tōn daimonōn hapan, ou to tōn selēniazomenōn legōn monon. Horąs pōs autois ēdē ton peri nēsteias prokataballetai logon: : Mē gar moi apo tōn spanizontōn lege, hoti tines kai chōris nēsteias exebalon. Ei gar kai peri tōn epitimōntōn touto an eipoi tis henos pou kai deuterou, alla paschonta amēchanon pote tryphōnta apallagēnai tēs manias tautēs. Dei gar malista tou pragmatos toutou tǭ ta toiauta nosounti. Kai mēn ei pisteōs chreia, phēsi, ti dei nēsteias: Hoti meta tēs pisteōs kakeino ou mikran eisagei tēn ischyn. Kai gar philosophian pollēn entithēsi, kai angelon ex anthrōpou kataskeuazei, kai tais asōmatois dynamesi pykteuei all᾽ ou kath᾽ heautēn, alla dei kai euchēs? kai prōtēs euchēs. Hora goun hosa agatha ex amphoterōn ginetai. Ho gar euchomenos hōs chrē, kai nēsteuōn, ou pollōn deitai; ho de pollōn mē deomenos ouk an genoito philochrēmatos; ho de mē philochrēmatos, kai pros eleēmosynēn epitēdeioteron. Ho nēsteuōn kouphos esti kai epterōmenos, kai meta nēpseōs euchetai, kai tas epithymias sbennysi tas ponēras, kai exileoutai theon, kai tapeinoi tēn psychēn epairomenēn. Dia touto kai hoi apostoloi aei schedon enēsteuon. Ho euchomenos meta nēsteias diplas echei tas pterygas, kai tōn anemōn autōn kouphoteras. Oude gar chasmatai kai diateinetai kai narką, hoper paschousin hoi polloi all᾽ esti pyros sphodroteros, kai tēs gēs anōteros. Dio kai malista ho toioutos tois daimosin echthros kai polemios. Ouden gar anthrōpou gnēsiōs euchomenou dynatōteron. Ei gar gynē ōmon tina archonta, kai oute theon phoboumenon, oute anthrōpon entrepomenon, ischysen epikampsai, pollǭ mallon ton theon epispasetai ho synechōs autǭ prosedreuōn, kai gastros kratōn, kai tryphēn ekballōn. Ei de asthenes soi to sōma, hōste nēsteuein diēnekōs, all᾽ ouk eis proseuchēn asthenes, oude pros hyperopsian gastros atonon. Ei gar kai nēsteuein ou dynasai, alla mē tryphan dynasai ou mikron de kai touto, oude poly nēsteias apechon all᾽ hikanon men kai touto kataspasai tou diabolou tēn manian. Kai gar ouden houtōs ekeinǭ tǭ daimoni philon, hōs tryphē kai methē epeidē kai pēgē kai mētēr estin hapantōn tōn kakōn. Dia tautēs goun pote tous ᾿Israēlitas eis eidōlolatreian enebale; dia tautēs tous Sodomitas eis paranomous anēpsen erōtas. Touto gar, phēsi, to anomēma Sodomōn, en hyperēphanią, kai en plēsmonę̄ artōn, kai euthēniais espatalōn. Dia tautēs myrious heterous apōlese, kai tę̄ geennę̄ paredōke. Ti gar ouk ergazetai kakon hē tryphē: : Choirous ex anthrōpōn poiei, kai choirōn cheirous. Ho men gar choiros borborǭ enkalindeitai, kai koprǭ trephetai houtos de ekeinēs ᾿bdelyktoteran siteitai trapezan, mixeis epinoōn athesmous, kai paranomous erōtas. Ho toioutos ouden daimonōntos dienēnochen homoiōs gar anaischyntei kai mainetai. Kai ton men daimonōnta kan eleoumen, touton de apostrephometha kai misoumen. Ti dēpote: Hoti authaireton epispatai manian, kai to stoma, kai tous ophthalmous kai rhinas, kai panta haplōs ochetous amaras ergazetai. Ei de kai ta endon idois, opsei kai tēn psychēn kathaper en tini cheimōni kai krymǭ ᾿pepēgnian kai narkōsan, kai ouden to skaphos ōphelēsai dynamenēn dia tēn tou cheimōnos hyperbolēn. Aischynomai eipein, hosa apo tryphēs paschousin andres kai gynaikes kaka? tǭ de autōn kataleipō syneidoti, tǭ tauta akribesteron eidoti. Ti gar aischroteron gynaikos methyousēs, hē haplōs parapheromenēs : ? Hosǭ gar asthenesteron to skeuos, tosoutǭ pleon to nauagion, an te eleuthera ę̄, an te doulē. Hē men gar eleuthera en mesǭ tǭ theatrǭ tōn doulōn aschēmonei, hē de doulē palin homoiōs metaxy tōn doulōn kai paraskeuazousi tou theou ta dōra blasphēmeisthai para tōn anoētōn. Pollōn goun akouō legontōn, hotan tauta symbainē ta pathē, mē estō oinos. Hō tēs anoias ō tēs paraplēxias. Allōn hamartanontōn tais tou theou dōreais enkaleis ? kai posēs touto manias? Mē gar ho oinos epoiēsen, anthrōpe, touto to kakon? Ouch ho oinos, all᾽ hē akolasia tōn apolauontōn kakōs. Eipe toinyn, mē estō methē, mē estō tryphē' ei de legois, mē estō oinos, ereis kata mikron probainōn, mē estō sidēros, dia tous androphonous; mē estō nyx, dia tous kleptas; mē estō phōs, dia tous sykophantas mē estō gynē, dia tas moicheias kai panta haplōs anairēseis.

But here too admire their wisdom and the power of the Spirit: their wisdom, because they did not hide their own shortcoming; the power of the Spirit, because those who did not have even a grain of mustard seed he so raised up little by little as to make rivers and springs of faith rise up in them. “But this kind does not go out except by prayer and fasting”—meaning the whole kind of demons, not only that of the moonstruck. Do you see how he is already laying down beforehand for them the teaching on fasting? For do not tell me, from rare cases, that some have cast them out even without fasting. For even if one might say this of those who rebuked them, of one perhaps or two, yet it is impossible for one who suffers this ever to be freed from this madness while living in luxury. For the one sick with such things needs this above all. “And yet if faith is needed,” someone says, “why is fasting needed?” Because along with faith it too brings in no small strength. For it implants great wisdom, and makes an angel out of a man, and boxes against the bodiless powers; but not by itself: prayer too is needed, and prayer first. See, at any rate, how many good things come from both. For he who prays as he ought, and fasts, does not need much; and he who does not need much would not become a lover of money; and he who is not a lover of money is also more ready for almsgiving. He who fasts is light and winged, and prays with sobriety, and quenches wicked desires, and propitiates God, and humbles the soul when it is lifted up. That is why the apostles too almost always fasted. He who prays with fasting has double wings, lighter than the winds themselves. For he does not yawn and stretch and grow numb in prayer, as the many do; but he is more vehement than fire, and higher than the earth. That is why such a one is above all hostile and an enemy to the demons. For nothing is more powerful than a man who prays genuinely. For if a woman was able to bend a cruel ruler, one who neither feared God nor respected man, much more will he draw God to him who continually waits on him, and masters his belly, and casts out luxury. But if your body is too weak to fast continually, yet it is not weak for prayer, nor feeble for disregarding the belly. For even if you cannot fast, you can avoid luxury; and this is no small thing, nor far from fasting, but this too is enough to pull down the madness of the devil. For nothing is so dear to that demon as luxury and drunkenness, since it is the spring and mother of all evils. Through it, at any rate, he once cast the Israelites into idolatry; through it he kindled the Sodomites to lawless loves. “For this,” it says, “was the iniquity of Sodom: in pride, and in fullness of bread, and in plenty they lived in wantonness.” Through it he has destroyed countless others and handed them over to Gehenna. For what evil does luxury not work? It makes swine out of men, and worse than swine. For the swine wallows in mud and feeds on dung; but this man eats a more loathsome table than that, devising lawless unions and lawless loves. Such a one differs in nothing from one possessed; for he is shameless and mad in the same way. And the possessed man we pity, but this one we turn away from and hate. Why? Because he draws on himself a madness of his own choosing, and makes his mouth and eyes and nostrils and everything, in a word, into sewers. And if you were to see the inside too, you would see the soul as in a storm and frost, frozen and numb, unable to help the vessel because of the excess of the storm. I am ashamed to say how many evils men and women suffer from luxury; I leave it to their own conscience, which knows these things more exactly. For what is more shameful than a drunken woman, or one at all carried away? For the weaker the vessel, the greater the shipwreck, whether she is free or a slave. For the free woman behaves indecently in the midst of a theater of slaves, and the slave woman again likewise among the slaves; and they cause the gifts of God to be blasphemed by the foolish. Many, at any rate, I hear saying, when these misfortunes happen, “Let there be no wine.” O folly! O madness! When others sin, do you find fault with the gifts of God? And how great a madness is this! Did the wine, man, do this evil? Not the wine, but the intemperance of those who enjoy it wrongly. Say, then, “Let there be no drunkenness, let there be no luxury”; but if you say, “Let there be no wine,” you will say, going on little by little, “Let there be no iron, because of the murderers; no night, because of the thieves; no light, because of the informers; no woman, because of adulteries”; and you will, in a word, do away with everything.

57.5Field 2

᾿Αλλὰ μὴ οὕτω ποίει σατανικῆς γὰρ τοῦτο γνώμης μηδὲ διάβαλλε τὸν οἶνον, ἀλλὰ τὴν μέθην· καὶ λαβὼν τοῦτον αὐτὸν νήφοντα, ὑπόγραψον πάσαν αὐτοῦ τὴν ἀσχημοσύνην, καὶ εἰπὲ πρὸς αὐτόν οἷνος ἐδόθη, ἵνα εὐφραινώμεθα, οὐχ ἵνα ἀσχημονῶμεν᾽ ἵνα γελῶμεν, οὐχ ἵνα γελώμεθα' ἵνα ὑγιαίνωμεν, οὐχ ἵνα νοσώμεν᾽ ἵνα ασθένειαν σώματος διορθωσώμεθα, οὐχ ἵνα ψυχῆς ἰσχὺν καταβάλωμεν. ᾿Ετίμησέ σε ὁ θεὸς τῷ δώρῳ· τί σαυτὸν ὑβρίζεις τῇ ἀμετρίᾳ: Ἄκουσον τί φησιν ὃ Παῦλος· οἴνῳ ὀλίγῳ χρῶ διὰ τὸν στόμαχόν σου, καὶ τὰς πυκνάς σου ἀσθενείας. Εἰ δὲ ὁ ἅγιος ἐκεῖνος, καὶ νόσῳ κατεχόμενος, καὶ ἐπαλλήλους ἀῤῥωστίας ὑπομένων, οὐ μετέλαβεν οἴνου; ἕως ἐπέτρεψεν ὁ διδάσκαλος, τίνα ἂν σχοίημεν συγγνώμην ἡμεῖς, ἐν ὑγείᾳ μεθύοντες; ᾿Εκείνῳ μὲν ἔλεγεν, οἴνῳ ὀλίγῳ χρῶ διὰ τὸν στομαχόν σου ὑμῶν δὲ ἑκάστῳ τῶν μεθυόντων ἐρεῖ οἴνῳ ὀλίγῳ χρῶ διὰ τὰς πορνείας, διὰ τὰς πυκνὰς αἰσχρολογίας, διὰ τὰς ἑτέρας ἐπιθυμίας τὰς πονηρᾶς, ἃς ἡ μέθη τίκτειν εἴωθεν. Εἰ δὲ μὴ βούλεσθε διὰ ταῦτα ἀπέχεσθαι, διὰ γοῦν τὰς ἀθυμίας τὰς ἐξ αὐτοῦ καὶ τὰς ἀηδίας ἀπέχεσθε. Οἶνος γάρ εἰς εὐφροσύνην ἐδόθη· οἶνος γὰρ, φησὶν, εὐφραίνει καρδίαν ἀνθρώπου ὑμεῖς δὲ καὶ ταύτην αὐτοῦ λυμαίνεσθε τὴν ἀρετήν. Ποία γὰρ εὐφροσύνη μὴ εἶναι ἐν ἑαυτῷ, καὶ ἀλγηδόνας μυρίας ἔχειν, καὶ πάντα ὁρᾶν περιφερόμενα, καὶ σκοτοδίνῳ κατέχεσθαι, καὶ κατὰ τοὺς πυρέττοντας δεῖσθαι τῶν ἐλαίῳ καταβρεχόντων τὰς κεφαλάς; Ταῦτά μοι οὐ πρὸς πάντας εἴρηται, μᾶλλον δὲ πρὸς πάντας οὐκ ἐπειδὴ πάντες μεθύουσι᾽ μὴ γένοιτο᾽ ἀλλ᾽ ἐπειδὴ τῶν μεθυόντων οἱ μὴ μεθύοντες οὐ φροντίζουσι. Διὰ τοῦτο καὶ πρὸς ὑμᾶς ἀποτείνομαι μᾶλλον, τοὺς ὑγιαίνοντας ἐπεὶ καὶ ἰατρὸς τοὺς ἀῤῥωστοῦντας ἀφεὶς, ἐκείνοις διαλέγεται τοῖς παρακαθημένοις αὐτοῖς. Πρὸς ὑμᾶς τοίνυν ἀποτείνω τὸν λόγον, παρακαλῶν μήτε ἀλῶναί ποτε τῷ παθει τούτῳ, καὶ τοὺς ἁλόντας ἀνιμᾶσθαι, ἵνα μὴ τῶν ἀλόγων φαίνωνται χείρους. Ἐκεῖνα μὲν γὰρ πλέον τῆς χρείας οὐδὲν ἐπιζητεῖ· οὗτοι δὲ κακείνων ἀλογώτεροι γεγόνασι, τοὺς τῆς συμμετρίας ὑπερβαίνοντες ὅρους. Πόσῳ γὰρ βελτίων τούτων ὁ ὄνος : πόσῳ δὲ ἀμείνων ὁ κύων: Καὶ γὰρ ἕκαστον τούτων τών ζώων, καὶ τῶν ἄλλων δὲ ἁπάντων, ἄν τε φαγεῖν, ἄν τε πιεῖν δέῃ, ὅρον τὴν αὐτάρκειαν οἷδε, καὶ πέρα τῆς χρείας οὐ πρόεισι κἂν μυρίοι οἱ καταναγκάζοντες ὦσιν, οὐκ ἀνέξεται ἐξελθεῖν εἰς ἀμετρίαν. Οὐκοῦν ταύτῃ καὶ τῶν ἀλόγων χείρους ὑμεῖς, οὐ παρὰ τοῖς ὑγιαίνουσι μόνον, αλλὰ καὶ παρ᾽ ὑμῖν αὐτοῖς. Ὅτι γὰρ καὶ κυνῶν καὶ ὄνων ἀτιμοτέρους ἑαυτοὺς εἶναι κεκρίκατε, δῆλον ἐκεῖθεν. Τὰ μὲν γὰρ ἄλογα ταῦτα οὐκ ἀναγκάζεις πέρα τοῦ μέτρου τροφῆς ἀπολαύειν κἂν ἔρηταί τις, διατί: ἵνα μὴ καταβλάψῃς, ἐρεῖς σαντῷ δὲ οὐδὲ ταύτην παρέχεις τὴν πρόνοιαν. Οὕτω κακείνων σαντὸν εὐτελέστερον εἶναι νομίζεις, καὶ περιορᾷς διηνεκῶς χειμαζόμενον. Οὐδὲ γὰρ ἐν τῇ ἡμέρᾳ τῆς μέθης μόνον τὴν ἐκ τῆς μέθης βλάβην ὑπομένεις, ἀλλὰ καὶ μετὰ τὴν ἡμέραν ἐκείνην. Καὶ καθάπερ πυρετοῦ παρελθόντος, ἡ ἐκ τοῦ πυρετοῦ μένει λύμη οὕτω καὶ μέθης ἀπελθούσης; ἡ τῆς μέθης ζάλη καὶ ἐν τῇ ψυχῇ καὶ ἐν τῷ σώματι ᾿στρέφεται καὶ τὸ μὲν ἄθλιον σῶμα κεῖται παραλυθὲν, καθάπερ ὑπὸ ναυαγίου σκάφος· ἡ δὲ τούτου ταλαιπωροτέρα ψυχὴ, καὶ τούτου διαλυθέντος τὸν χειμῶνα διεγείρει, καὶ τὴν ἐπιθυμίαν ἀνάπτει, καὶ ὅταν δοκῇ σωφρονεῖν, τότε μάλιστα μαίνεται, οἶνον καὶ πίθους καὶ φιάλας καὶ κρατῆρας φανταζομένη. Καὶ καθάπερ ἐν χειμῶνι παυθείσης τῆς ζάλης, ἢ διὰ τὸν χειμῶνα μένει ζημία, οὕτω δὴ καὶ ἐνταῦθα. Καὶ γὰρ ὥσπερ ἐκεῖ τῶν ἀγωγίμων, οὕτω καὶ ἐνταῦθα ἐκβολὴ γίνεται ἁπάντων τῶν ἀγαθῶν. Κάν σωφροσύνην εὕρῃ, κἀν αἰδῶ, κἀν σύνεσιν, κἂν ἐπιείκειαν, κἂν ταπεινοφροσύνην, πάντα ῥίπτει εἰς τὸ τῆς παρανομίας πέλαγος ἡ μέθη. ᾿Αλλὰ τὰ μετὰ ταῦτα οὐκέτι ὅμοια. Ἐκεῖ μὲν γὰρ μετὰ τὴν ἐκβολὴν τὸ σκάφος κουφίζεται ἐνταῦθα δὲ βαρύνεται μᾶλλον. Αντὶ γὰρ ἐκείνου τοῦ πλούτου δέχεται ψάμμον καὶ ὕδωρ ἁλμυρὸν, καὶ πάντα τὸν τῆς μέθης φορυτὸν, ἅπερ ἅμα τοῖς ἐπιβάταις καὶ τῷ κυβερνήτῃ καταβαπτίζει τὸ σκάφος εὐθέως. Ἵν᾽ οὖν μὴ ταῦτα πάσχωμεν, ἀπαλλάξωμεν ἑαυτοὺς τοῦ χειμῶνος. Οὐκ ἔστι μετὰ μέθης βασιλείαν οὐρανῶν ἰδεῖν. Μῇ πλανᾶσθε γὰρ, φησίν· οὐ μέθυσοι, οὐ λοίδοροι βασιλείαν θεοῦ κληρονομήσουσι. Καὶ τί λέγω βασιλείαν: Μετὰ γὰρ μέθης οὐδὲ τὰ παρόντα ἐστὶν ἰδεῖν. Καὶ γὰρ τὰς ἡμέρας νύκτας ἐργάζεται ἡμῖν ἥ μέθη. καὶ τὸ φὼς σκότος καὶ τῶν ὀφθαλμῶν ἀνεῳγμένων, οὐδὲ τὰ ἐν ποσὶ βλέπουσιν οἱ μεθύοντες. Καὶ οὐ τοῦτο μόνον ἐστὶ τὸ δεινὸν, ἀλλὰ καὶ μετὰ τούτων καὶ ἑτέραν χαλεπωτάτην ὑπομένουσι δίκην, αθυμίας ἀλόγους, μανίαν, ἀῤῥωστίαν, γέλωτα, ὄνειδος διηνεκῶς ὑπομένοντες. Ποία τοίνυν συγγνώμη τοῖς ἑαυτοὺς τοσούτοις περιπείρουσι κακοῖς ; Οὐκ ἔστιν οὐδεμία. Φύγωμεν τοίνυν τὸ νόσημα, ἵνα καὶ τῶν ἐνταῦθα καὶ τῶν μελλόντων ἐπιτύχωμεν ἀγαθῶν, χάριτι καὶ φιλανθρωπίᾳ τοὺ κυρίου ἡμῶν Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ, ᾧ ἡ δόξα καὶ τὸ κράτος σὺν τῷ πατρὶ καὶ τῷ αγίῳ πνεύματι εἰς τοὺς αἰώνας τῶν αἰώνων. Ἀμήν.

᾿Alla mē houtō poiei satanikēs gar touto gnōmēs mēde diaballe ton oinon, alla tēn methēn; kai labōn touton auton nēphonta, hypograpson pasan autou tēn aschēmosynēn, kai eipe pros auton hoinos edothē, hina euphrainōmetha, ouch hina aschēmonōmen᾽ hina gelōmen, ouch hina gelōmetha' hina hygiainōmen, ouch hina nosōmen᾽ hina astheneian sōmatos diorthōsōmetha, ouch hina psychēs ischyn katabalōmen. ᾿Etimēse se ho theos tǭ dōrǭ; ti sauton hybrizeis tę̄ ametrią: Akouson ti phēsin ho Paulos; oinǭ oligǭ chrō dia ton stomachon sou, kai tas pyknas sou astheneias. Ei de ho hagios ekeinos, kai nosǭ katechomenos, kai epallēlous arrhōstias hypomenōn, ou metelaben oinou? heōs epetrepsen ho didaskalos, tina an schoiēmen syngnōmēn hēmeis, en hygeią methyontes? ᾿Ekeinǭ men elegen, oinǭ oligǭ chrō dia ton stomachon sou hymōn de hekastǭ tōn methyontōn erei oinǭ oligǭ chrō dia tas porneias, dia tas pyknas aischrologias, dia tas heteras epithymias tas ponēras, has hē methē tiktein eiōthen. Ei de mē boulesthe dia tauta apechesthai, dia goun tas athymias tas ex autou kai tas aēdias apechesthe. Oinos gar eis euphrosynēn edothē; oinos gar, phēsin, euphrainei kardian anthrōpou hymeis de kai tautēn autou lymainesthe tēn aretēn. Poia gar euphrosynē mē einai en heautǭ, kai algēdonas myrias echein, kai panta horan peripheromena, kai skotodinǭ katechesthai, kai kata tous pyrettontas deisthai tōn elaiǭ katabrechontōn tas kephalas? Tauta moi ou pros pantas eirētai, mallon de pros pantas ouk epeidē pantes methyousi᾽ mē genoito᾽ all᾽ epeidē tōn methyontōn hoi mē methyontes ou phrontizousi. Dia touto kai pros hymas apoteinomai mallon, tous hygiainontas epei kai iatros tous arrhōstountas apheis, ekeinois dialegetai tois parakathēmenois autois. Pros hymas toinyn apoteinō ton logon, parakalōn mēte alōnai pote tǭ pathei toutǭ, kai tous halontas animasthai, hina mē tōn alogōn phainōntai cheirous. Ekeina men gar pleon tēs chreias ouden epizētei; houtoi de kakeinōn alogōteroi gegonasi, tous tēs symmetrias hyperbainontes horous. Posǭ gar beltiōn toutōn ho onos : posǭ de ameinōn ho kyōn: Kai gar hekaston toutōn tōn zōōn, kai tōn allōn de hapantōn, an te phagein, an te piein deę̄, horon tēn autarkeian hoide, kai pera tēs chreias ou proeisi kan myrioi hoi katanankazontes ōsin, ouk anexetai exelthein eis ametrian. Oukoun tautę̄ kai tōn alogōn cheirous hymeis, ou para tois hygiainousi monon, alla kai par᾽ hymin autois. Hoti gar kai kynōn kai onōn atimoterous heautous einai kekrikate, dēlon ekeithen. Ta men gar aloga tauta ouk anankazeis pera tou metrou trophēs apolauein kan erētai tis, diati: hina mē katablapsę̄s, ereis santǭ de oude tautēn parecheis tēn pronoian. Houtō kakeinōn santon eutelesteron einai nomizeis, kai periorąs diēnekōs cheimazomenon. Oude gar en tę̄ hēmerą tēs methēs monon tēn ek tēs methēs blabēn hypomeneis, alla kai meta tēn hēmeran ekeinēn. Kai kathaper pyretou parelthontos, hē ek tou pyretou menei lymē houtō kai methēs apelthousēs? hē tēs methēs zalē kai en tę̄ psychę̄ kai en tǭ sōmati ᾿strephetai kai to men athlion sōma keitai paralythen, kathaper hypo nauagiou skaphos; hē de toutou talaipōrotera psychē, kai toutou dialythentos ton cheimōna diegeirei, kai tēn epithymian anaptei, kai hotan dokę̄ sōphronein, tote malista mainetai, oinon kai pithous kai phialas kai kratēras phantazomenē. Kai kathaper en cheimōni pautheisēs tēs zalēs, ē dia ton cheimōna menei zēmia, houtō dē kai entautha. Kai gar hōsper ekei tōn agōgimōn, houtō kai entautha ekbolē ginetai hapantōn tōn agathōn. Kan sōphrosynēn heurę̄, kan aidō, kan synesin, kan epieikeian, kan tapeinophrosynēn, panta rhiptei eis to tēs paranomias pelagos hē methē. ᾿Alla ta meta tauta ouketi homoia. Ekei men gar meta tēn ekbolēn to skaphos kouphizetai entautha de barynetai mallon. Anti gar ekeinou tou ploutou dechetai psammon kai hydōr halmyron, kai panta ton tēs methēs phoryton, haper hama tois epibatais kai tǭ kybernētę̄ katabaptizei to skaphos eutheōs. Hin᾽ oun mē tauta paschōmen, apallaxōmen heautous tou cheimōnos. Ouk esti meta methēs basileian ouranōn idein. Mę̄ planasthe gar, phēsin; ou methysoi, ou loidoroi basileian theou klēronomēsousi. Kai ti legō basileian: Meta gar methēs oude ta paronta estin idein. Kai gar tas hēmeras nyktas ergazetai hēmin hē methē. kai to phōs skotos kai tōn ophthalmōn aneǭgmenōn, oude ta en posi blepousin hoi methyontes. Kai ou touto monon esti to deinon, alla kai meta toutōn kai heteran chalepōtatēn hypomenousi dikēn, athymias alogous, manian, arrhōstian, gelōta, oneidos diēnekōs hypomenontes. Poia toinyn syngnōmē tois heautous tosoutois peripeirousi kakois ? Ouk estin oudemia. Phygōmen toinyn to nosēma, hina kai tōn entautha kai tōn mellontōn epitychōmen agathōn, chariti kai philanthrōpią tou kyriou hēmōn Iēsou Christou, hǭ hē doxa kai to kratos syn tǭ patri kai tǭ agiǭ pneumati eis tous aiōnas tōn aiōnōn. Amēn.

But do not act so; for this belongs to a satanic mind; and do not slander the wine, but the drunkenness; and taking this man himself when he is sober, sketch for him all his indecency, and say to him: Wine was given that we might be glad, not that we might behave indecently; that we might laugh, not that we might be laughed at; that we might be healthy, not that we might be sick; that we might correct the weakness of the body, not that we might cast down the strength of the soul. God honored you with the gift; why do you outrage yourself by excess? Hear what Paul says: “Use a little wine for your stomach’s sake and your frequent ailments.” And if that saint, held by sickness and enduring illnesses one after another, did not partake of wine until his teacher permitted it, what pardon could we have, who are drunk in health? To him he said, “Use a little wine for your stomach’s sake”; but to each of you who are drunk he will say, “Use little wine because of your acts of sexual immorality, because of your frequent obscene talk, because of the other wicked desires that drunkenness is wont to beget.” But if you do not wish to abstain for these reasons, at least abstain because of the despondency and the nausea that come from it. For wine was given for gladness: “for wine,” it says, “gladdens the heart of man”; but you ruin even this excellence of it. For what kind of gladness is it not to be in one’s own mind, and to have countless pains, and to see everything going round, and to be seized with dizziness, and, like those in a fever, to need people to soak one’s head with oil? These things are said by me not to all; or rather to all—not because all are drunk, God forbid—but because those who are not drunk take no thought for those who are. That is why I address myself rather to you who are healthy; for the physician too, leaving the sick, speaks to those sitting beside them. To you, then, I direct my word, begging you never to be caught by this passion, and to draw up those who have been caught, so that they may not appear worse than the irrational animals. For these seek nothing beyond need; but these men have become more irrational even than they, overstepping the bounds of moderation. For how much better than these men is the ass! How much better the dog! For each of these animals, and of all the others too, whether it needs to eat or to drink, knows sufficiency as its limit, and does not go beyond need; and even if countless people press it, it will not bear to go out into excess. So in this you are worse than the irrational animals, not in the judgment of the healthy only, but in your own too. For that you have judged yourselves more worthless than dogs and asses is plain from this: these irrational animals you do not compel to take food beyond measure, and if someone asks why, you will say, “So as not to harm them”; but to yourself you do not show even this care. So you consider yourself cheaper even than those, and you overlook yourself continually storm-tossed. For not on the day of drunkenness only do you suffer the harm of drunkenness, but also after that day. And as when a fever has passed the damage of the fever remains, so when drunkenness has gone, the surge of drunkenness turns about both in the soul and in the body; and the wretched body lies loosened, like a vessel after a shipwreck; but the soul, more miserable than it, even after the body has been loosed, rouses the storm and kindles the desire, and when it seems to be sober, then above all it is mad, imagining wine and jars and cups and mixing bowls. And as in a storm, when the surge has ceased, the damage from the storm remains, so it is here too. For as there with the cargo, so here too there is a jettisoning of all good things. If it finds self-control, if modesty, if understanding, if gentleness, if humility, drunkenness throws them all into the sea of lawlessness. But what follows is no longer alike. For there, after the jettisoning, the vessel is lightened; but here it is weighed down more. For in place of that wealth it takes in sand and salt water and all the refuse of drunkenness, which at once sinks the vessel together with the passengers and the helmsman. So that we may not suffer these things, then, let us free ourselves from the storm. It is not possible with drunkenness to see the kingdom of the heavens. “For do not be deceived,” it says; “no drunkards, no revilers will inherit the kingdom of God.” And why do I speak of the kingdom? For with drunkenness one cannot even see present things. For drunkenness turns our days into nights and light into darkness; and with their eyes open the drunk do not even see what is at their feet. And this is not the only dreadful thing, but along with these they also suffer another, most grievous penalty, enduring continually senseless despondency, madness, sickness, laughter, reproach. What pardon, then, is there for those who pierce themselves with so many evils? There is none. Let us flee, then, the disease, so that we may attain both the good things here and those to come, by the grace and love for mankind of our Lord Jesus Christ, to whom be glory and might, with the Father and the Holy Spirit, to the ages of ages. Amen.

Chapter 58

58.1Field 2

Ἀναστρεφομένων δὲ αὐτῶν ἐν τῇ Γαλιλαίᾳ, εἶπεν αὐτοῖς ὁ Ἰησοῦς· μέλλει ὁ υἱὸς τοὺ ἀνθρώπου παραδίδοσθαι εἰς χεῖρας ἀνθρώπων, καὶ ἀποκτενοῦσιν αὑτὸν, καὶ τῆ τρίτη ἡμέρᾳ ἀναστήσεται. Καὶ ἐλυπήθησαν σφόδρα. Ἵνα γὰρ μὴ λέγωσι, τίνος ἕνεκεν ἐνταῦθα διατρίβομεν διηνεκῶς ; πάλιν περὶ τοῦ πάθους αὐτοῖς φησιν' ὅπερ ἀκούοντες οὐδὲ ἰδεῖν ἐβούλοντο τὰ Ἱεροσόλυμα. Ὅρα γοῦν πῶς καὶ τοῦ Πέτρου ἐπιτιμηθέντος, καὶ τῶν περὶ Μωύσέα καὶ ᾿Ηλίαν περὶ αὐτοῦ διαλεχθέντων, καὶ δόξαν τὸ πρᾶγμα καλεσάντων, καὶ τοῦ πατρὸς ἄνωθεν φωνὴν ἀφέντος, καὶ σημείων τοσούτων γενομένων, καὶ τῆς ἀναστάσεως ἐπὶ θύραις οὔσης (οὐδὲ γὰρ πολὺν ἔφησε χρόνον ἐν τῷ θανάτῳ μένειν, ἀλλὰ τῇ τρίτῃ ἡμέρᾳ ἀναστήσεσθαι) οὐδὲ οὕτως ἀνήνεγκαν, ἀλλ᾽ ἐλυπήθησαν' καὶ οὐδὲ ἁπλώς, αλλὰ σφόδρα. ᾿Εγένετο δὲ τοῦτο διὰ τὸ ἀγνοεῖν ἔτι τῶν λεγομένων τὴν δύναμιν. Ὅπερ ὃ Μάρκος καὶ ὁ Λουκᾶς αἰνιττόμενοι ἔλεγον᾽ ὁ μὲν, ὅτι ἠγνόουν τὸ ῥῆμα, καὶ ἐφοβοῦντο αὐτὸν ἐρωτῆσαι ὁ δὲ, ὅτι ἣν παρακεκαλυμμένον απ αὐτῶν, ἵνα μὴ αἴσθωνται, καὶ ἐφοβοῦντο αὑτὸν ἐρωτῆσαι περὶ τοῦ ῥήματος. Καὶ μὴν εἰ ἠγνόουν, πῶς ἐλυπήθησαν; Ὅτι οὐ πάντα ἠγνόουν· αλλ᾽ ὅτι μὲν ἀποθανεῖται ἤδεσαν, συνεχὼς ἀκούοντες ὅ τί ποτε δὲ ἣν οὗτος ὁ θάνατος, καὶ ὅτι ταχέως λυθήσεται, καὶ μυρία ἐργάσεται ἀγαθὰ, τοῦτο οὐδέπω ἤδεσαν σαφως οὐδὲ ὅ τί ποτέ ἐστιν αὕτη ἡ ἀνάστασις, ἀλλ᾽ ἠγνόουν· διὸ ἤλγουν· καὶ γὰρ σφόδρα ἀντείχοντο τοῦ διδασκάλου. Ἐλθόντων δὲ αὐτῶν εἰς Καπερναοὺμ, προσῆλθον οἱ τὰ δίδραχμα λαμβάνοντες τῷ Πέτρῳ, καὶ εἶπον· ὁ διδάσκαλος ὑμῶν οὐ τελεῖ τὰ δίδραχμα; Καὶ τίνα ἐστὶ ταῦτα τὰ διδραχμα: Ὅτε τὰ πρωτότοκα τῶν Αἰγυπτίων ἀπέκτεινεν ὁ θεὸς, τότε τὴν Λευὶ φυλὴν ἀντ᾽ αὐτών ἔλαβεν. Εἶτα ἐπειδὴ τῶν παρὰ ᾿Ιουδαίοις πρωτοτόκων ἐλάττων ὁ τῆς φυλῆς ἀριθμὸς ἣν, ἀντὶ τῶν λειπόντων εἰς τὸν ἀριθμὸν σίκλον ἐκέλευσεν εἰσενεχθῆναι· καὶ ἄλλως δὲ ἐξ ἐκείνου ἔθος ἐκράτησε, τὰ πρωτότοκα τὸν φόρον τοῦτον εἰσφέρειν. ᾿Επεὶ οὺν πρωτότοκος ἦν ὁ Χριστὸς, ἐδόκει δὲ τῶν μαθητῶν πρῶτος εἶναι ὁ Πέτρος, αὐτῷ προσέρχονται. Καὶ γὰρ, ὡς ἔμοιγε δοκεῖ, κατὰ πόλιν ἑκάστην ἀπῇτουν᾽ διὸ καὶ ἐν τῆ πατρίδι προσῆλθον αὐτῷ, ἐπειδὴ πατρὶς αὐτοῦ ἐνομίζετο ἡ Καπερναουμ. Καὶ αὐτῷ μὲν οὐκ ἐτόλμησαν προσελθεῖν, τῷ Πέτρῳ δέ καὶ οὐδὲ τούτῳ μετὰ πολλῆς τῆς σφοδρότητος, ἀλλ᾽ ἐπιεικέστερον. Οὐδὲ ἐγκαλοῦντες, αλλ᾽ ἐρωτῶντες ἔλεγον᾽ ὁ διδάσκαλος ὑμῶν οὐ τελεῖ τὰ δίδραχμα : Τὴν μὲν γὰρ προσήκουσαν περὶ αὐτοῦ δόξαν οὐδέπω εἶχον; ἀλλ᾽ ὡς περὶ ἀνθρώπου οὕτω διέκειντο· πλὴν ἀπένεμόν τινα αἰδῶ καὶ τιμὴν, διὰ τὰ προλαβόντα σημεῖα. Τί οὖν ὁ Πέτρος: Ναὶ, φησί καὶ τούτοις μὲν εἶπεν, ὅτι τελεῖ αὐτῷ δὲ οὐκ εἶπεν, ἴσως ἐρυθριῶν ὑπὲρ τούτων αὐτῷ διαλεχθῆναι. Διὸ ὁ ἥμερος καὶ πάντα σαφῶς εἰδὼς, προλαβὼν αὐτόν φησι τί σοι δοκεῖ. Σίμων; οἱ βασιλεῖς τῆς γῆς ἀπὸ τίνων λαμβάνουσι τέλη ἢ κῆνσον; απὸ τῶν υἱῶν αὐτῶν, ἢ ἀπὸ τῶν ἀλλοτρίων; Εἰπόντος δὲ ἀπὸ τών ἀλλοτρίων, ἔφη· ἄραγε ἐλεύθεροί εἰσιν οἱ υἱοί. Ἵνα γὰρ μὴ νομίσῃ ὁ Πέτρος, ὅτι παρ᾽ ἐκείνων ἀκηκοὼς λέγει, προλαμβάνει αὐτὸν, τοῦτό τε αὐτὸ δηλῶν, καὶ παῤῥησίαν αὐτῷ παρέχων ὀκνοῦντι προτέρῳ περὶ τούτων εἰπεῖν. Ὃ δὲ λέγει, τοιοῦτόν ἐστιν' ἐλεύθερος μέν εἰμι τοῦ δοῦναι κῆνσον. Εἰ γὰρ οἱ τῆς γῆς βασιλεῖς παρὰ τῶν υἱῶν αὐτῶν οὐ λαμβάνουσιν, ἀλλὰ παρὰ τῶν ἀρχομένων πολλῷ μᾶλλον ἐμὲ ἀπηλλάχθαι δεῖ τῆς ἀπαιτήσεως ταύτης, οὐκ ἐπιγείου βασιλέως, ἀλλὰ τοῦ τῶν οὐρανῶν ὄντα με υἱὸν, καὶ βασιλέα. Ὁρᾷς πῶς διέστειλε τοὺς υἱοὺς, καὶ τοὺς οὐχ υἱούς ; Εἰ δὲ οὐκ ἦν υἱὸς, εἰκῆ καὶ τὸ ὑπόδειγμα παρήγαγε τῶν βασιλέων. Ναὶ, φησὶν, υἱὸς, ἀλλ᾽ οὐ γνήσιος. Οὐκοῦν οὐχ υἱός εἰ δὲ οὐχ υἱὸς, οὐδὲ γνήσιος, οὐδὲ αὐτοῦ, αλλ᾽ ἀλλότριος: Εἰ δὲ ἀλλότριος, οὐδὲ τὸ παράδειγμα ἔχει τὴν οἰκείαν ἰσχύν. Αὐτὸς γὰρ οὐ περὶ τῶν υἱῶν ἁπλῶς, ἀλλὰ περὶ τῶν γνησίων διαλέγεται, καὶ ἰδίων, καὶ τῶν κοινωνούντων τοῖς γεγεννηκόσι τῆς βασιλείας. Διὸ καὶ πρὸς ἀντιδιαστολὴν ἔθηκε τοὺς ἀλλοτρίους, ἀλλοτρίους καλῶν τοὺς οὐκ ἐξ αὐτῶν γεννηθέντας τοὺς δὲ αὐτῶν, οὓς ἐξ ἑαυτῶν γεγεννήκασι. Σὺ δέ μοι σκόπει κακεῖνο, πῶς τὴν ἀποκαλυφθεῖσαν τῷ Πέτρῳ γνῶσιν καὶ ἐντεῦθεν βεβαιοῖ. Καὶ οὐδὲ ἐνταῦθα ἔστη, ἀλλὰ καὶ διὰ τῆς συγκαταβάσεως τὸ αὐτὸ τοῦτο δηλοῖ, ὅπερ πολλῆς ἦν σοφίας. Καὶ γὰρ ταῦτα εἰπὼν, φησίν· ἵνα δὲ μὴ σκανδαλίσωμεν αὐτοὺς, πορευθεὶς βάλε ἄγκιστρον εἰς τὴν θάλασσαν, καὶ τὸν ἀναβάντα πρώτον ἰχθὺν ἆρον, καὶ εὑρήσεις ἐν αὐτῷ στατῆρα· ἐκεῖνον λαβὼν, δὸς αὐτοῖς ἀντὶ ἐμοῦ καὶ σοῦ. Ὅρα πῶς οὔτε παραιτεῖται τὸν φόρον, οὔτε ἁπλῶς κελεύει δοῦναι, ἀλλὰ πρότερον δείξας οὐκ ὄντα ὑπεύθυνον, τότε δίδωσι· τὸ μὲν, ἵνα μὴ ἐκεῖνοι σκανδαλισθῶσι τὸ δὲ, ἵνα μὴ οὗτοι. Οὐδὲ γὰρ ὡς ὀφείλων δίδωσιν, ἀλλ᾽ ὡς τὴν ἐκείνων ἀσθένειαν διορθούμενος.

Anastrephomenōn de autōn en tę̄ Galilaią, eipen autois ho Iēsous; mellei ho huios tou anthrōpou paradidosthai eis cheiras anthrōpōn, kai apoktenousin hauton, kai tē tritē hēmerą anastēsetai. Kai elypēthēsan sphodra. Hina gar mē legōsi, tinos heneken entautha diatribomen diēnekōs ? palin peri tou pathous autois phēsin' hoper akouontes oude idein eboulonto ta Hierosolyma. Hora goun pōs kai tou Petrou epitimēthentos, kai tōn peri Mōysea kai ᾿Ēlian peri autou dialechthentōn, kai doxan to pragma kalesantōn, kai tou patros anōthen phōnēn aphentos, kai sēmeiōn tosoutōn genomenōn, kai tēs anastaseōs epi thyrais ousēs (oude gar polyn ephēse chronon en tǭ thanatǭ menein, alla tę̄ tritę̄ hēmerą anastēsesthai) oude houtōs anēnenkan, all᾽ elypēthēsan' kai oude haplōs, alla sphodra. ᾿Egeneto de touto dia to agnoein eti tōn legomenōn tēn dynamin. Hoper ho Markos kai ho Loukas ainittomenoi elegon᾽ ho men, hoti ēgnooun to rhēma, kai ephobounto auton erōtēsai ho de, hoti hēn parakekalymmenon ap autōn, hina mē aisthōntai, kai ephobounto hauton erōtēsai peri tou rhēmatos. Kai mēn ei ēgnooun, pōs elypēthēsan? Hoti ou panta ēgnooun; all᾽ hoti men apothaneitai ēdesan, synechōs akouontes ho ti pote de hēn houtos ho thanatos, kai hoti tacheōs lythēsetai, kai myria ergasetai agatha, touto oudepō ēdesan saphōs oude ho ti pote estin hautē hē anastasis, all᾽ ēgnooun; dio ēlgoun; kai gar sphodra anteichonto tou didaskalou. Elthontōn de autōn eis Kapernaoum, prosēlthon hoi ta didrachma lambanontes tǭ Petrǭ, kai eipon; ho didaskalos hymōn ou telei ta didrachma? Kai tina esti tauta ta didrachma: Hote ta prōtotoka tōn Aigyptiōn apekteinen ho theos, tote tēn Leui phylēn ant᾽ autōn elaben. Eita epeidē tōn para ᾿Ioudaiois prōtotokōn elattōn ho tēs phylēs arithmos hēn, anti tōn leipontōn eis ton arithmon siklon ekeleusen eisenechthēnai; kai allōs de ex ekeinou ethos ekratēse, ta prōtotoka ton phoron touton eispherein. ᾿Epei oun prōtotokos ēn ho Christos, edokei de tōn mathētōn prōtos einai ho Petros, autǭ proserchontai. Kai gar, hōs emoige dokei, kata polin hekastēn apę̄toun᾽ dio kai en tē patridi prosēlthon autǭ, epeidē patris autou enomizeto hē Kapernaoum. Kai autǭ men ouk etolmēsan proselthein, tǭ Petrǭ de kai oude toutǭ meta pollēs tēs sphodrotētos, all᾽ epieikesteron. Oude enkalountes, all᾽ erōtōntes elegon᾽ ho didaskalos hymōn ou telei ta didrachma : Tēn men gar prosēkousan peri autou doxan oudepō eichon? all᾽ hōs peri anthrōpou houtō diekeinto; plēn apenemon tina aidō kai timēn, dia ta prolabonta sēmeia. Ti oun ho Petros: Nai, phēsi kai toutois men eipen, hoti telei autǭ de ouk eipen, isōs erythriōn hyper toutōn autǭ dialechthēnai. Dio ho hēmeros kai panta saphōs eidōs, prolabōn auton phēsi ti soi dokei. Simōn? hoi basileis tēs gēs apo tinōn lambanousi telē ē kēnson? apo tōn huiōn autōn, ē apo tōn allotriōn? Eipontos de apo tōn allotriōn, ephē; arage eleutheroi eisin hoi huioi. Hina gar mē nomisę̄ ho Petros, hoti par᾽ ekeinōn akēkoōs legei, prolambanei auton, touto te auto dēlōn, kai parrhēsian autǭ parechōn oknounti proterǭ peri toutōn eipein. Ho de legei, toiouton estin' eleutheros men eimi tou dounai kēnson. Ei gar hoi tēs gēs basileis para tōn huiōn autōn ou lambanousin, alla para tōn archomenōn pollǭ mallon eme apēllachthai dei tēs apaitēseōs tautēs, ouk epigeiou basileōs, alla tou tōn ouranōn onta me huion, kai basilea. Horąs pōs diesteile tous huious, kai tous ouch huious ? Ei de ouk ēn huios, eikē kai to hypodeigma parēgage tōn basileōn. Nai, phēsin, huios, all᾽ ou gnēsios. Oukoun ouch huios ei de ouch huios, oude gnēsios, oude autou, all᾽ allotrios: Ei de allotrios, oude to paradeigma echei tēn oikeian ischyn. Autos gar ou peri tōn huiōn haplōs, alla peri tōn gnēsiōn dialegetai, kai idiōn, kai tōn koinōnountōn tois gegennēkosi tēs basileias. Dio kai pros antidiastolēn ethēke tous allotrious, allotrious kalōn tous ouk ex autōn gennēthentas tous de autōn, hous ex heautōn gegennēkasi. Sy de moi skopei kakeino, pōs tēn apokalyphtheisan tǭ Petrǭ gnōsin kai enteuthen bebaioi. Kai oude entautha estē, alla kai dia tēs synkatabaseōs to auto touto dēloi, hoper pollēs ēn sophias. Kai gar tauta eipōn, phēsin; hina de mē skandalisōmen autous, poreutheis bale ankistron eis tēn thalassan, kai ton anabanta prōton ichthyn aron, kai heurēseis en autǭ statēra; ekeinon labōn, dos autois anti emou kai sou. Hora pōs oute paraiteitai ton phoron, oute haplōs keleuei dounai, alla proteron deixas ouk onta hypeuthynon, tote didōsi; to men, hina mē ekeinoi skandalisthōsi to de, hina mē houtoi. Oude gar hōs opheilōn didōsin, all᾽ hōs tēn ekeinōn astheneian diorthoumenos.

“And while they were staying in Galilee, Jesus said to them, ‘The Son of Man is about to be delivered into the hands of men, and they will kill him, and on the third day he will rise.’ And they were greatly grieved.” For so that they might not say, “Why do we stay here continually?”, he speaks to them again about the passion; and hearing this, they did not even wish to see Jerusalem. See, at any rate, how, though Peter had been rebuked, and Moses and Elijah had spoken with him about it and called the thing glory, and the Father had sent forth a voice from above, and so many signs had happened, and the resurrection was at the doors (for he did not say he would remain long in death, but that he would rise on the third day), not even so did they bear it, but were grieved; and not simply, but greatly. This happened because they did not yet know the force of what was said; which Mark and Luke hinted at when they said, the one, that “they did not understand the saying and were afraid to ask him”; the other, that “it was veiled from them, so that they should not perceive it, and they were afraid to ask him about the saying.” And yet, if they did not understand, how were they grieved? Because they were not ignorant of everything; but that he would die they knew, hearing it continually; but what this death was, and that it would quickly be dissolved and would work countless good things, this they did not yet know clearly, nor what this resurrection was, but were ignorant of it; that is why they grieved; for they clung very much to their teacher. “And when they came to Capernaum, those who collected the double drachma came to Peter and said, ‘Does your teacher not pay the double drachma?’” And what is this double drachma? When God killed the firstborn of the Egyptians, he then took the tribe of Levi in their place. Then, since the number of the tribe was less than the firstborn among the Jews, he commanded a shekel to be paid in place of those lacking from the number; and besides, from that time a custom prevailed that the firstborn should pay this tax. Since, then, Christ was a firstborn, and Peter seemed to be first among the disciples, they come to him. For, as it seems to me, they demanded it city by city; that is why they came to him in his home country, since Capernaum was thought to be his home country. And they did not dare to come to him, but to Peter; and not even to him with much vehemence, but rather gently. They spoke not accusing but asking: “Does your teacher not pay the double drachma?” For they did not yet have the fitting opinion of him, but were disposed toward him as toward a man; yet they paid him a certain respect and honor because of the signs that had gone before. What then does Peter say? “Yes,” he says. And to them he said that he pays; but to him he did not say it, perhaps blushing to speak to him about these things. That is why the gentle one, who knows all things clearly, anticipates him and says, “What do you think, Simon? From whom do the kings of the earth take toll or tribute? From their sons, or from strangers?” And when he said, “From strangers,” he said, “Then the sons are free.” For so that Peter might not think he says this because he had heard it from them, he anticipates him, both showing this very thing and giving him boldness, since he was hesitant to speak first about these things. What he says is something like this: “I am free from paying tribute. For if the kings of the earth do not take it from their sons but from their subjects, much more must I be exempt from this demand, being the son not of an earthly king but of the King of the heavens, and myself a king.” Do you see how he distinguished the sons and those who are not sons? But if he were not a son, he brought in the example of the kings in vain. “Yes,” someone says, “a son, but not a genuine one.” Then not a son; and if not a son, not genuine either, not his own, but a stranger. But if a stranger, the example has no force of its own. For he speaks not simply of sons, but of genuine and own sons, who share the kingdom with those who begot them. That is why, by way of contrast, he set down the strangers, calling strangers those not born of them, and their own those whom they had begotten of themselves. But consider this too, how he confirms from this also the knowledge revealed to Peter. And not even here did he stop, but by his condescension too he shows this same thing, which was a mark of great wisdom. For having said this, he says, “But so that we may not offend them, go, cast a hook into the sea, and take the first fish that comes up, and you will find in it a stater; take that and give it to them for me and for you.” See how he neither refuses the tax nor simply commands it to be paid, but having first shown that he is not liable, then he gives it: the one so that those men might not be offended, the other so that these might not. For he does not give it as owing it, but as setting right their weakness.

58.2Field 2

᾿Αλλαχοῦ μέντοι καταφρονεῖ τοῦ σκανδάλου, ὅτε περὶ βρωμάτων διελέγετο διδάσκων ἡμᾶς εἰδέναι καιροὺς καθ᾽ οὗς δεῖ φροντίζειν τῶν σκανδαλιζομένων, καὶ καθ᾽ οὗς δεῖ καταφρονεῖν. Καὶ αὐτῷ δὲ τῷ τῆς δόσεως τρόπῳ δείκνυσιν ἑαυτὸν πάλιν. Τίνος γὰρ ἕνεκεν οὐκ ἐξ ἀποκειμένων κελεύει δοῦναι; Ἵν᾽, ὅπερ ἔφην, καὶ ἐν τούτῳ δείξη θεὸν ἑαυτὸν ὄντα τῶν ὅλων, καὶ ὅτι καὶ τῆς θαλάττης κρατεῖ. Ἔδειξε μὲν γὰρ καὶ ἤδη ἐπιτιμήσας, καὶ τὸν Πέτρον τοῦτον αὐτὸν κελεύσας ἐπιβῆναι τῶν κυμάτων' δείκνυσι δὲ καὶ νῦν τὸ αὐτὸ τοῦτο, ἑτέρῳ μὲν τρόπῳ, πολλὴν δὲ καὶ ἐν τούτῳ παρέχων τὴν ἔκπληξιν. Οὐδὲ γὰρ μικρὸν ἦν ἀπὸ τῶν βυθῶν ἐκείνων προειπεῖν, ὅτι καὶ πρῶτος ἐμπεσεῖται ὁ τὸν φόρον τελῶν ἰχθὺς, καὶ ὥσπερ ἀμφίβληστρον εἰς τὴν ἄβυσσον ἐκείνην ἀφέντα αὐτοῦ τὸ πρόσταγμα ἀγαγεῖν τὸν κομίζοντα τὸν στατῆρα· ἀλλὰ θείας δυνάμεως καὶ ἀποῤῥήτου τὸ καὶ τὴν θάλατταν οὕτω ποιῆσαι δωροφορεῖν, καὶ πάντοθεν τὴν ὑποταγὴν αὐτῆς ἐπιδείκνυσθαι, καὶ ἡνίκα μαινομένη ἐσίγα, καὶ ὅτε τὸν σύνδουλον ἐδέχετο ἀγριαίνουσα, καὶ νῦν πάλιν, ὅτε πρὸς τοὺς ἀπαιτοῦντας ὑπὲρ αὐτοῦ διαλύεται. Καὶ δὸς αὐτοῖς, φησὶν, ἀντὶ ἐμοῦ καὶ σοῦ. Εἶδες τὸ ὑπερβάλλον τῆς τιμῆς; Ἴδε καὶ τὸ φιλόσοφον τῆς Πέτρου γνώμης. Τοῦτο γὰρ οὐ φαίνεται Μάρκος, ὁ τούτου φοιτητὴς, γεγραφηκὼς τὸ κεφάλαιον, ἐπειδὴ πολλὴν ἐδείκνυ τὴν εἰς αὐτὸν τιμήν· ἀλλὰ τὴν μὲν ἄρνησιν καὶ αὐτὸς ἔγραψε: τὰ δὲ ποιοῦντα αὐτὸν λαμπρὸν ἀπεσίγησεν, ἴσως τοῦ διδασκάλου παραιτουμένου τὸ μεγάλα περὶ αὐτοῦ λέγειν. Ἀντὶ ἐμοῦ δὲ καὶ σοῦ, εἶπεν, ἐπειδὴ καὶ αὐτὸς πρωτότοκος ἦν. Ὥσπερ δὲ ἐξεπλάγης τοῦ Χριστοῦ τὴν δύναμιν, οὕτω θαύμασον καὶ τοῦ μαθητοῦ τὴν πίστιν, ὅτι πράγματι ἀπόρῳ οὕτως ὑπήκουσε. Καὶ γὰρ σφόδρα ἄπορον ἥν κατὰ τὴν φύσιν. Διὸ καὶ τῆς πίστεως αὐτὸν ἀμειβόμενος, συνῆψεν ἑαυτῷ κατὰ τὴν τοῦ φόρου δόσιν. Ἐν ἐκείνη τῇ ὥρᾳ προσῆλθον τῷ ᾿Ιησοῦ οἱ μαθηταὶ λέγοντες τίς ἄρα μείζων ἐστὶν ἐν τῇ βασιλείᾳ τῶν οὐρανῶν; Ἔπαθόν τι ἀνθρώπινον οἱ μαθηταί: διὸ καὶ ὁ εὐαγγελιστὴς ἐπισημαίνεται λέγων, ὅτι ἐν ἐκείνῃ τῇ ὥρᾳ ὅτε πάντων αὐτὸν προετίμησε. Καὶ γὰρ καὶ Ἰακώβου καὶ Ἰωάννου θάτερος πρωτότοκος ἦν, ἀλλ᾽ οὐδὲν τοιοῦτον ὑπὲρ τούτων ἐποίησεν. Εἶτα αἰσχυνόμενοι τὸ πάθος ὁμολογῆσαι, ὅπερ ἔπαθον, φανερῶς μὲν οὐ λέγουσι, τίνος ἕνεκεν τὸν Πέτρον ἡμῶν προετίμησας : : καὶ, εἰ μείζων ἡμῶν οὗτός ἐστιν: ᾐσχύνοντο γάρ· ἀδιορίστως δὲ ἐρωτῶσι: τίς ἄρα μείζων ἐστίν; Ὅτε μὲν γὰρ τοὺς τρεῖς εἶδον προτιμωμένους, οὐδὲν τοιοῦτον ἔπαθον ἐπειδὴ δὲ εἰς τὸν ἕνα περιέστη τὸ τῆς τιμῆς, τότε ἤλγησαν. Οὐ τοῦτο δὲ μόνον, ἀλλὰ καὶ ἔτερα πολλὰ συναγαγόντες, τὸ πάθος ἀνῆψαν. Καὶ γὰρ εἶπεν αὐτῷ σοὶ δώσω τὰς κλεῖς καὶ, μακάριος, εἰ, Σίμων Βάρ᾽ ᾿Ιωνά καὶ ἐνταῦθα, δὸς αὐτοῖς ἀντὶ ἐμοῦ καὶ σοῦ καὶ τὴν ἄλλην δὲ παῤῥησίαν αὐτοῦ τὴν πολλὴν ὁρῶντες, παρεκνίζοντο. Εἰ δὲ ὁ Μάρκος φησὶν, ὅτι οὐκ ἠρώτησαν, αλλ᾽ ἐν ἑαυτοῖς διελογίζοντο, οὐδὲν τοῦτο ἐναντίον ἐστὶν ἐκείνῳ. Εἰκὸς γὰρ αὐτοὺς κακεῖνο καὶ τοῦτο ποιῆσαι, καὶ πρότερον μὲν ἂν ἑτέρῳ καιρῷ τοῦτο παθεῖν, καὶ ἅπαξ καὶ δεύτερον, τότε δὲ καὶ ἐξειπεῖν, καὶ ἐν ἑαυτοῖς διαλογίσασθαι. Σὺ δέ μοι μὴ τὸ ἔγκλημα μόνον ἴδῃς, ἀλλὰ κακεῖνο λογίζου πρῶτον μὲν, ὅτι οὐδὲν τῶν ἐνταῦθα ζητοῦσιν ἔπειτα, ὅτι καὶ τοῦτο ὕστερον τὸ πάθος ἀπέθεντο, καὶ τῶν πρωτείων ἀλλήλοις παραχωροῦσιν. Ἡμεῖς δὲ οὐδὲ εἰς τὰ ἐλαττώματα αὐτῶν φθάσαι δυνάμεθα, οὐδὲ ζητοῦμεν τίς μείζων ἐν τῇ βασιλείᾳ τῶν οὐρανῶν, ἀλλὰ τίς μείζων ἐν τῆ βασιλείᾳ τῆς γῆς, τίς εὑπορώτερος, τίς δυνατώτερος. Τί οὖν ὁ Χριστός; ᾿Ανακαλύπτει αὐτῶν τὸ συνειδὸς, καὶ πρὸς τὸ πάθος ἀποκρίνεται, οὐχ ἁπλῶς πρὸς τὰ ῥήματα. Προσκαλεσάμενος γὰρ παιδίον, φησὶν, εἶπεν ἐὰν μὴ στραφῆτε, καὶ γένησθε ὡς τὸ παιδίον τοῦτο, οὐ μὴ εἰσέλθητε εἰς τὴν βασιλείαν τῶν οὐρανῶν. Ὑμεῖς μὲν γάρ, φησὶν, ἐξετάζετε, τίς μείζων, καὶ περὶ πρωτείων φιλονεικεῖτε· ἐγὼ δὲ τὸν μὴ πάντων ταπεινότερον γενόμενον οὐδὲ τῆς εἰσόδου τῆς ἐκεῖ ἄξιον εἶναί φημι. Καὶ καλῶς καὶ τὸ ὑπόδειγμα παράγει καὶ οὐ παράγει μόνον, ἀλλὰ καὶ τὸ παιδίον εἰς μέσον ἵστησι, καὶ ἀπὸ τῆς ὄψεως αὐτοὺς ἐντρέπων, καὶ πείθων εἶναι ταπεινοὺς οὕτω καὶ ἀπλάστους. Καὶ γὰρ φθόνου καθαρὸν τὸ παιδίον, καὶ κενοδοξίας, καὶ τοῦ τῶν πρωτείων ἐρᾶν' καὶ τὴν μεγίστην κέκτηται ἀρετὴν, τὴν ἁπλότητα καὶ τὸ ἄπλαστον καὶ ταπεινόν. Οὐκ ἄρα ἀνδρείας δεῖ μόνον, οὐδὲ φρονήσεως, αλλὰ καὶ ταύτης τῆς ἀρετῆς, τῆς ταπεινοφροσύνης λέγω καὶ τῆς ἀφελείας. Καὶ γὰρ καὶ ἐν τοῖς μεγίστοις χωλεύει τὰ τῆς σωτηρίας ἡμῶν, τούτων ἡμῖν οὐ παρουσῶν. Τὸ παιδίον κἄν ὑβρίζηται, κἂν τύπτηται, κἂν τιμᾶται, κἂν δοξάζηται, οὔτε ἐκεῖθεν δυσχεραίνει καὶ βασκαίνει, οὔτε ἐντεῦθεν ἐπαίρεται.

᾿Allachou mentoi kataphronei tou skandalou, hote peri brōmatōn dielegeto didaskōn hēmas eidenai kairous kath᾽ hous dei phrontizein tōn skandalizomenōn, kai kath᾽ hous dei kataphronein. Kai autǭ de tǭ tēs doseōs tropǭ deiknysin heauton palin. Tinos gar heneken ouk ex apokeimenōn keleuei dounai? Hin᾽, hoper ephēn, kai en toutǭ deixē theon heauton onta tōn holōn, kai hoti kai tēs thalattēs kratei. Edeixe men gar kai ēdē epitimēsas, kai ton Petron touton auton keleusas epibēnai tōn kymatōn' deiknysi de kai nyn to auto touto, heterǭ men tropǭ, pollēn de kai en toutǭ parechōn tēn ekplēxin. Oude gar mikron ēn apo tōn bythōn ekeinōn proeipein, hoti kai prōtos empeseitai ho ton phoron telōn ichthys, kai hōsper amphiblēstron eis tēn abysson ekeinēn aphenta autou to prostagma agagein ton komizonta ton statēra; alla theias dynameōs kai aporrhētou to kai tēn thalattan houtō poiēsai dōrophorein, kai pantothen tēn hypotagēn autēs epideiknysthai, kai hēnika mainomenē esiga, kai hote ton syndoulon edecheto agriainousa, kai nyn palin, hote pros tous apaitountas hyper autou dialyetai. Kai dos autois, phēsin, anti emou kai sou. Eides to hyperballon tēs timēs? Ide kai to philosophon tēs Petrou gnōmēs. Touto gar ou phainetai Markos, ho toutou phoitētēs, gegraphēkōs to kephalaion, epeidē pollēn edeikny tēn eis auton timēn; alla tēn men arnēsin kai autos egrapse: ta de poiounta auton lampron apesigēsen, isōs tou didaskalou paraitoumenou to megala peri autou legein. Anti emou de kai sou, eipen, epeidē kai autos prōtotokos ēn. Hōsper de exeplagēs tou Christou tēn dynamin, houtō thaumason kai tou mathētou tēn pistin, hoti pragmati aporǭ houtōs hypēkouse. Kai gar sphodra aporon hēn kata tēn physin. Dio kai tēs pisteōs auton ameibomenos, synēpsen heautǭ kata tēn tou phorou dosin. En ekeinē tę̄ hōrą prosēlthon tǭ ᾿Iēsou hoi mathētai legontes tis ara meizōn estin en tę̄ basileią tōn ouranōn? Epathon ti anthrōpinon hoi mathētai: dio kai ho euangelistēs episēmainetai legōn, hoti en ekeinę̄ tę̄ hōrą hote pantōn auton proetimēse. Kai gar kai Iakōbou kai Iōannou thateros prōtotokos ēn, all᾽ ouden toiouton hyper toutōn epoiēsen. Eita aischynomenoi to pathos homologēsai, hoper epathon, phanerōs men ou legousi, tinos heneken ton Petron hēmōn proetimēsas : : kai, ei meizōn hēmōn houtos estin: ę̄schynonto gar; adioristōs de erōtōsi: tis ara meizōn estin? Hote men gar tous treis eidon protimōmenous, ouden toiouton epathon epeidē de eis ton hena periestē to tēs timēs, tote ēlgēsan. Ou touto de monon, alla kai etera polla synagagontes, to pathos anēpsan. Kai gar eipen autǭ soi dōsō tas kleis kai, makarios, ei, Simōn Bar᾽ ᾿Iōna kai entautha, dos autois anti emou kai sou kai tēn allēn de parrhēsian autou tēn pollēn horōntes, pareknizonto. Ei de ho Markos phēsin, hoti ouk ērōtēsan, all᾽ en heautois dielogizonto, ouden touto enantion estin ekeinǭ. Eikos gar autous kakeino kai touto poiēsai, kai proteron men an heterǭ kairǭ touto pathein, kai hapax kai deuteron, tote de kai exeipein, kai en heautois dialogisasthai. Sy de moi mē to enklēma monon idę̄s, alla kakeino logizou prōton men, hoti ouden tōn entautha zētousin epeita, hoti kai touto hysteron to pathos apethento, kai tōn prōteiōn allēlois parachōrousin. Hēmeis de oude eis ta elattōmata autōn phthasai dynametha, oude zētoumen tis meizōn en tę̄ basileią tōn ouranōn, alla tis meizōn en tē basileią tēs gēs, tis heuporōteros, tis dynatōteros. Ti oun ho Christos? ᾿Anakalyptei autōn to syneidos, kai pros to pathos apokrinetai, ouch haplōs pros ta rhēmata. Proskalesamenos gar paidion, phēsin, eipen ean mē straphēte, kai genēsthe hōs to paidion touto, ou mē eiselthēte eis tēn basileian tōn ouranōn. Hymeis men gar, phēsin, exetazete, tis meizōn, kai peri prōteiōn philoneikeite; egō de ton mē pantōn tapeinoteron genomenon oude tēs eisodou tēs ekei axion einai phēmi. Kai kalōs kai to hypodeigma paragei kai ou paragei monon, alla kai to paidion eis meson histēsi, kai apo tēs opseōs autous entrepōn, kai peithōn einai tapeinous houtō kai aplastous. Kai gar phthonou katharon to paidion, kai kenodoxias, kai tou tōn prōteiōn eran' kai tēn megistēn kektētai aretēn, tēn haplotēta kai to aplaston kai tapeinon. Ouk ara andreias dei monon, oude phronēseōs, alla kai tautēs tēs aretēs, tēs tapeinophrosynēs legō kai tēs apheleias. Kai gar kai en tois megistois chōleuei ta tēs sōtērias hēmōn, toutōn hēmin ou parousōn. To paidion kan hybrizētai, kan typtētai, kan timatai, kan doxazētai, oute ekeithen dyscherainei kai baskainei, oute enteuthen epairetai.

Elsewhere, however, he disregards the offense, when he was speaking about foods, teaching us to know the times at which we must take thought for those who are offended, and those at which we must disregard them. And by the very manner of the giving he shows himself again. For why does he not command him to give from what was stored up? So that, as I said, in this too he might show that he is God of all, and that he rules the sea as well. For he had shown it already too, by rebuking it and by commanding this same Peter to walk on the waves; and he shows the same thing now too, in another way, but in this also producing great amazement. For it was no small thing to foretell from those depths that the first fish to come up would be the one paying the tax, and, casting his command like a net into that abyss, to bring up the one carrying the stater; but it belonged to a divine and unspeakable power to make even the sea bring gifts in this way, and to show its subjection on every side: both when, raging, it fell silent, and when, savage as it was, it received its fellow servant, and now again, when it settles accounts on his behalf with those who demand payment. “And give it to them,” he says, “for me and for you.” Do you see the surpassing honor? See also the wisdom of Peter’s mind. For Mark, his disciple, does not appear to have written this chapter, because it showed the great honor paid to him; but the denial he too wrote, while the things that made him illustrious he passed over in silence, perhaps because his teacher begged him not to speak great things about him. And he said, “for me and for you,” since he too was a firstborn. And as you were amazed at Christ’s power, so admire also the disciple’s faith, that he obeyed in so impossible a matter. For it was utterly impossible by nature. That is why, rewarding his faith, he joined him to himself in the payment of the tax. “At that hour the disciples came to Jesus, saying, ‘Who then is greater in the kingdom of the heavens?’” The disciples felt something human; that is why the evangelist also marks it, saying, “At that hour,” when he had preferred him above all. For of James and John too, one was a firstborn, but he did nothing of the kind for them. Then, being ashamed to confess the feeling they had, they do not say openly, “Why have you preferred Peter to us?” and, “Is he greater than we?” for they were ashamed; but they ask indefinitely, “Who then is greater?” For when they saw the three preferred, they felt nothing of the kind; but when the honor had come round to the one, then they were pained. And not this only, but gathering together many other things too, they kindled the feeling. For he had said to him, “To you I will give the keys,” and, “Blessed are you, Simon Bar-Jonah,” and here, “Give it to them for me and for you”; and seeing also his great boldness in general, they were irritated. And if Mark says that they did not ask but reasoned among themselves, this is not contrary to that. For it is likely that they did both this and that, and that they felt this before on another occasion, once and twice, but then both spoke it out and reasoned among themselves. But do not look only at the fault; consider this too: first, that they seek none of the things here; then, that afterward they laid aside even this feeling and yield the first place to one another. But we cannot reach even their shortcomings, nor do we seek who is greater in the kingdom of the heavens, but who is greater in the kingdom of the earth, who is wealthier, who more powerful. What then does Christ do? He uncovers their conscience, and answers the feeling, not simply the words. “For having called a child,” it says, “he said, ‘Unless you turn and become like this child, you will not enter the kingdom of the heavens.’” “For you,” he says, “inquire who is greater and quarrel about first places; but I say that the one who has not become lower than all is not worthy even of entering there.” And well does he both bring in the example, and not only bring it in, but also set the child in the midst, shaming them by the very sight and persuading them to be humble and unaffected like this. For the child is pure of envy and vainglory and love of first places, and possesses the greatest virtue, simplicity and what is unaffected and humble. So there is need not of courage only, nor of prudence, but of this virtue too, humility I mean, and simplicity. For even in the greatest matters our salvation limps if these are not present with us. The child, whether insulted or beaten, honored or glorified, is neither vexed nor envious at the one, nor lifted up by the other.

58.3Field 2

Εἶδες πῶς πάλιν ἡμᾶς πρὸς τὰ φυσικὰ κατορθώματα ἐκκαλεῖται, δεικνὺς ὅτι ἐκ προαιρέσεως ταῦτα κατορθοῦν δυνατὸν, καὶ τὴν πονηρὰν Μανιχαίων ἐπιστομίζει λύτταν; Εἰ γὰρ πονηρὸν ἡ φύσις, τίνος ἕνεκεν ἐκεῖθεν τῆς φιλοσοφίας τὰ παραδείγματα ἕλκει; Παιδίον δέ μοι δοκεῖ σφόδρα παιδίον ἐν τῷ μέσῳ στῆσαι, τῶν παθῶν ἁπάντων τούτων ἀπηλλαγμένον. Τὸ γὰρ τοιοῦτον παιδίον καὶ ἀπονοίας, καὶ δοξομανίας, καὶ βασκανίας, καὶ φιλονεικίας, καὶ πάντων τῶν τοιούτων ἀπήλλακται παθῶν, καὶ πολλάς ἔχον τὰς ἀρετάς, ἀφέλειαν, ταπεινοφροσύνην, ἀπραγμοσύνην, ἐπ᾽ οὐδενὶ τούτων ἐπαίρεται ὅπερ διπλῆς ἐστι φιλοσοφίας, τὸ κεκτῆσθαι ταῦτα, καὶ μὴ φυσᾶσθαι ἐπ᾿ αὐτοῖς. Διόπερ αὐτὸ παρήγαγε, καὶ ἔστησεν ἐν τῷ μέσῳ· καὶ οὐ μέχρι τούτου μόνον τὸν λόγον κατέκλεισεν, ἀλλὰ καὶ περαιτέρω προάγει τὴν παραίνεσιν ταύτην, λέγων καὶ ὃς ἐὰν δέξηται παιδίον τοιοῦτον ἐν τῷ ὀνόματί μου, ἐμὲ δέχεται. Οὐ γὰρ δὴ μόνον, φησὶν, ἐὰν αὐτοὶ τοιοῦτοι γένησθε, μισθὸν λήψεσθε μέγαν' ἀλλὰ κἂν ἑτέρους τοιούτους τιμήσητε δι᾽ ἐμὲ, καὶ τῆς εἰς ἐκείνους τιμῆς βασιλείαν ὑμῖν ὁρίζω τὴν ἀμοιβήν. Μᾶλλον δὲ τὸ πολλῷ μεῖζον τίθησιν, ἐμὲ δέχεται, λέγων. Οὕτω μοι σφόδρα ποθεινὸν τὸ ταπεινὸν καὶ ἄπλαστον. Παιδίον γὰρ ἐνταῦθα τοὺς ἀνθρώπους τοὺς οὕτως ἀφελεῖς φησι καὶ ταπεινοὺς, καὶ ἀπεῤῥιμμένους παρὰ τοῖς πολλοῖς, καὶ εὐκαταφρονήτους. Εἶτα εὐπαράδεκτον μειζόνως ποιῶν τὸν λόγον, οὐκ ἀπὸ τῆς τιμῆς μόνον, ἀλλὰ καὶ ἀπὸ τῆς κολάσεως αὐτὸν συνίστησιν, ἐπάγων καὶ λέγων· καὶ ὃς ἐὰν σκανδαλίση ἕνα τῶν μικρῶν τούτων, συμφέρει αὐτῷ, ἵνα κρεμασθὴ μύλος ὀνικὸς εἰς τὸν τράχηλον αὐτοῦ, καὶ καταποντισθῇ ἐν τῷ πελάγει τῆς θαλάσσης. Ὥσπερ γὰρ οἱ τούτους τιμῶντες, φησὶ, δι᾽ ἐμὲ, τὸν οὐρανὸν ἔχουσι, μᾶλλον δὲ τῆς βασιλείας αὐτῆς μείζω τιμήν οὕτω δὴ καὶ οἱ ἀτιμαζοντες (τοῦτο γάρ ἐστι τὸ σκανδαλίσαι) τὴν ἐσχάτην δώσουσι δίκην. Εἰ δὲ σκανδαλον τὴν ὕβριν καλεῖ, μὴ θαυμάσῃς πολλοὶ γὰρ τῶν μικροψύχων οὐχ ὡς ἔτυχεν ἐκ τοῦ παροφθῆναι καὶ καθυβρισθῆναι ἐσκανδαλίσθησαν. ᾿Επαίρων τοίνυν καὶ αὔξων τὸ ἔγκλημα, τὴν ἐξ αὐτοῦ τίθησι βλάβην. Καὶ οὐκέτι ἀπὸ τῶν αὐτῶν τὴν τιμωρίαν ἐμφαίνει, ἀλλ᾽ ἀπὸ τῶν παρ᾽ ἡμῖν γνωρίμων τὸ ἀφόρητον αὐτῆς ἐνδείκνυται. Ὅταν γὰρ μάλιστα καθάψασθαι βούληται τῶν παχυτέρων, αἰσθητὰ ἄγει παραδείγματα. Διὸ καὶ ἐνταῦθα βουλόμενος δεῖξαι, ὅτι πολλὴν ὑποστήσονται τὴν τιμωρίαν, καὶ καθικέσθαι τῆς τῶν διαπτυόντων αὐτοὺς ἀπονοίας, αἰσθητήν τινα κόλασιν εἰς μέσον ἤγαγε, τὴν τοῦ μύλου καὶ τοῦ καταποντισμοῦ. Καίτοιγε ἀκόλουθον τῷ προτέρῳ ἣν εἰπεῖν· ὁ μὴ δεχόμενος ἕνα τῶν μικρῶν τούτων, ἐμὲ οὐ δέχεται· ὃ πάσης κολάσεως πικρότερον ἦν' ἀλλ᾽ ἐπειδὴ τῶν σφόδρα ἀναισθήτων καὶ παχυτάτων, καίτοι φοβερὸν ὃν τοῦτο οὐχ οὕτω καθικνεῖτο, τίθησι μύλον καὶ καταποντισμόν. Καὶ οὐκ εἶπεν, ὅτι μύλος κρεμασθήσεται εἰς τὸν τράχηλον αὐτοῦ, ἀλλὰ, συμφέρει αὐτῷ τοῦτο ὑπομεῖναι, δεικνὺς ὅτι ἕτερον τούτου χαλεπώτερον αὐτὸν ἀναμένει κακόν᾽ εἰ δὲ τοῦτο ἀφόρητον, πολλῷ μᾶλλον ἐκεῖνο. Εἶδες πῶς ἑκατέρωθεν φοβερὰν ἐποίησε τὴν ἀπειλὴν, τῇ μὲν τοῦ γνωρίμου παραδείγματος συγκρίσει σαφεστέραν αὐτὴν ποιῶν, τῇ δὲ ἐντεῦθεν ὑπεροχῇ πολλῷ μείζονα τῆς ὁρωμένης φαντάζεσθαι παρασκευάσας; Εἶδες πῶς πρόῤῥιζον ἀνέσπασε τῆς ἀπονοίας τὸ φρόνημα; πῶς ἰάσατο τῆς κενοδοξίας τὸ ἕλκος : πῶς ἐπαίδευσε μηδαμοῦ τῶν πρωτείων ἐρᾶν; πῶς ἔπεισε τοὺς ἐπιθυμοῦντας τῶν πρωτείων τὴν ἐσχάτην πανταχοῦ διώκειν τάξιν; Οὐδὲν γὰρ ἀπονοίας χεῖρον. Αὕτη καὶ τῶν κατὰ φύσιν ἐξίστησι φρενῶν, καὶ μωρῶν ἐπιτίθησι δόξαν, μᾶλλον δὲ καὶ σφόδρα ἀνοήτους εἶναι ποιεῖ. Ὥσπερ γὰρ εἴ τις τρίπηχυς ὧν, βιάζοιτο εἶναι τῶν ὁρῶν ὑψηλότερος, ἢ καὶ νομίζοι τοῦτο, καὶ ἀνατείνοι ἑαυτὸν ὡς ὑπερβαλλόμενος αὖτῶν τὰς κορυφὰς, οὐδὲν ἕτερον ζητήσομεν δεῖγμα ἀνοίας· οὕτω καὶ ὅταν ἄνθρωπον ἀπονενοημένον ἴδῃς καὶ ἀπάντων βελτίονα ἑαντὸν ἡγούμενον εἶναι, καὶ ὕβριν νομίζοντα τὸ μετὰ τῶν πολλῶν ζῆν, μὴ ζήτει λοιπὸν ἕτερον ἔλεγχον ἰδεῖν τῆς ἐκείνου παρανοίας. Τῶν γὰρ φύσει μωρῶν πολὺ καταγελαστότερος οὗτος, ὅσον καὶ ἑκὼν ταύτην δημιουργεῖ τὴν νόσον. Οὐ ταύτῃ δὲ μόνον ἄθλιος, ἀλλ᾽ ὅτι καὶ ἀναλγήτως εἰς αὐτὸ τῆς κακίας ἐμπίπτει τὸ βάραθρον. Πότε γὰρ ὁ τοιοῦτος ἐπιγνώσεται ἁμαρτίαν ὡς χρῆ ; πότε αἰσθήσεται πλημμελῶν: Καὶ γὰρ ὡς ἀνδράποδον κακὸν καὶ αἰχμάλωτον λαβὼν αὐτὸν ὁ διάβολος ἄπεισι, καὶ ἄγει καὶ φέρει, ῥαπίζων πάντοθεν καὶ μυρίαις περιβάλλων ὕβρεσιν. Εἰς τοσαύτην γὰρ αὐτοὺς ἄγει μωρίαν λοιπὸν, ὡς πείθειν καὶ κατὰ παίδων καὶ γυναικῶν μέγα φρονεῖν, καὶ κατὰ τῶν προγόνων τῶν οἰκείων. ᾿Ἑτέρους δὲ τοὐναντίον ἀπὸ τῆς τῶν προγόνων περιφανείας φυσᾶσθαι παρασκευάζει οὗ τί γένοι ἂν ἀνοητότερον, ὅταν ἀπὸ τῶν ἐναντίων ὁμοίως φλεγμαίνωσιν, οἱ μὲν ἐπειδὴ εὐτελεῖς ἔσχον πατέρας καὶ πάππους καὶ ἐπιπάππους, οἱ δὲ ἐπειδὴ λαμπροὺς καὶ περιφανεῖς Πὼς οὖν ἄν τις ἑκατέρων ταπεινώσειε τὴν φλεγμονήν : : Πρὸς μὲν ἐκείνους λέγων᾽ ἀνάβηθι περαιτέρω τῶν πάππων καὶ τῶν προπάππων, καὶ πολλοὺς ἴσως εὑρήσεις μαγείρους καὶ ὀνηλάτας καὶ καπήλους· πρὸς δὲ τούτους, τοὺς ἀπὸ τῆς εὐτελείας τῶν προγόνων φυσωμένους, τὸ ἐναντίον πάλιν, ὅτι καὶ σὺ πάλιν ἀνωτέρω προελθὼν τῶν προγόνων, ὄψει πολλῷ σου λαμπροτέρους πολλούς.

Eides pōs palin hēmas pros ta physika katorthōmata ekkaleitai, deiknys hoti ek proaireseōs tauta katorthoun dynaton, kai tēn ponēran Manichaiōn epistomizei lyttan? Ei gar ponēron hē physis, tinos heneken ekeithen tēs philosophias ta paradeigmata helkei? Paidion de moi dokei sphodra paidion en tǭ mesǭ stēsai, tōn pathōn hapantōn toutōn apēllagmenon. To gar toiouton paidion kai aponoias, kai doxomanias, kai baskanias, kai philoneikias, kai pantōn tōn toioutōn apēllaktai pathōn, kai pollas echon tas aretas, apheleian, tapeinophrosynēn, apragmosynēn, ep᾽ oudeni toutōn epairetai hoper diplēs esti philosophias, to kektēsthai tauta, kai mē physasthai ep᾿ autois. Dioper auto parēgage, kai estēsen en tǭ mesǭ; kai ou mechri toutou monon ton logon katekleisen, alla kai peraiterō proagei tēn parainesin tautēn, legōn kai hos ean dexētai paidion toiouton en tǭ onomati mou, eme dechetai. Ou gar dē monon, phēsin, ean autoi toioutoi genēsthe, misthon lēpsesthe megan' alla kan heterous toioutous timēsēte di᾽ eme, kai tēs eis ekeinous timēs basileian hymin horizō tēn amoibēn. Mallon de to pollǭ meizon tithēsin, eme dechetai, legōn. Houtō moi sphodra potheinon to tapeinon kai aplaston. Paidion gar entautha tous anthrōpous tous houtōs apheleis phēsi kai tapeinous, kai aperrhimmenous para tois pollois, kai eukataphronētous. Eita euparadekton meizonōs poiōn ton logon, ouk apo tēs timēs monon, alla kai apo tēs kolaseōs auton synistēsin, epagōn kai legōn; kai hos ean skandalisē hena tōn mikrōn toutōn, sympherei autǭ, hina kremasthē mylos onikos eis ton trachēlon autou, kai katapontisthę̄ en tǭ pelagei tēs thalassēs. Hōsper gar hoi toutous timōntes, phēsi, di᾽ eme, ton ouranon echousi, mallon de tēs basileias autēs meizō timēn houtō dē kai hoi atimazontes (touto gar esti to skandalisai) tēn eschatēn dōsousi dikēn. Ei de skandalon tēn hybrin kalei, mē thaumasę̄s polloi gar tōn mikropsychōn ouch hōs etychen ek tou parophthēnai kai kathybristhēnai eskandalisthēsan. ᾿Epairōn toinyn kai auxōn to enklēma, tēn ex autou tithēsi blabēn. Kai ouketi apo tōn autōn tēn timōrian emphainei, all᾽ apo tōn par᾽ hēmin gnōrimōn to aphorēton autēs endeiknytai. Hotan gar malista kathapsasthai boulētai tōn pachyterōn, aisthēta agei paradeigmata. Dio kai entautha boulomenos deixai, hoti pollēn hypostēsontai tēn timōrian, kai kathikesthai tēs tōn diaptyontōn autous aponoias, aisthētēn tina kolasin eis meson ēgage, tēn tou mylou kai tou katapontismou. Kaitoige akolouthon tǭ proterǭ hēn eipein; ho mē dechomenos hena tōn mikrōn toutōn, eme ou dechetai; ho pasēs kolaseōs pikroteron ēn' all᾽ epeidē tōn sphodra anaisthētōn kai pachytatōn, kaitoi phoberon hon touto ouch houtō kathikneito, tithēsi mylon kai katapontismon. Kai ouk eipen, hoti mylos kremasthēsetai eis ton trachēlon autou, alla, sympherei autǭ touto hypomeinai, deiknys hoti heteron toutou chalepōteron auton anamenei kakon᾽ ei de touto aphorēton, pollǭ mallon ekeino. Eides pōs hekaterōthen phoberan epoiēse tēn apeilēn, tę̄ men tou gnōrimou paradeigmatos synkrisei saphesteran autēn poiōn, tę̄ de enteuthen hyperochę̄ pollǭ meizona tēs horōmenēs phantazesthai paraskeuasas? Eides pōs prorrhizon anespase tēs aponoias to phronēma? pōs iasato tēs kenodoxias to helkos : pōs epaideuse mēdamou tōn prōteiōn eran? pōs epeise tous epithymountas tōn prōteiōn tēn eschatēn pantachou diōkein taxin? Ouden gar aponoias cheiron. Hautē kai tōn kata physin existēsi phrenōn, kai mōrōn epitithēsi doxan, mallon de kai sphodra anoētous einai poiei. Hōsper gar ei tis tripēchys hōn, biazoito einai tōn horōn hypsēloteros, ē kai nomizoi touto, kai anateinoi heauton hōs hyperballomenos autōn tas koryphas, ouden heteron zētēsomen deigma anoias; houtō kai hotan anthrōpon aponenoēmenon idę̄s kai apantōn beltiona heanton hēgoumenon einai, kai hybrin nomizonta to meta tōn pollōn zēn, mē zētei loipon heteron elenchon idein tēs ekeinou paranoias. Tōn gar physei mōrōn poly katagelastoteros houtos, hoson kai hekōn tautēn dēmiourgei tēn noson. Ou tautę̄ de monon athlios, all᾽ hoti kai analgētōs eis auto tēs kakias empiptei to barathron. Pote gar ho toioutos epignōsetai hamartian hōs chrē ? pote aisthēsetai plēmmelōn: Kai gar hōs andrapodon kakon kai aichmalōton labōn auton ho diabolos apeisi, kai agei kai pherei, rhapizōn pantothen kai myriais periballōn hybresin. Eis tosautēn gar autous agei mōrian loipon, hōs peithein kai kata paidōn kai gynaikōn mega phronein, kai kata tōn progonōn tōn oikeiōn. ᾿Heterous de tounantion apo tēs tōn progonōn periphaneias physasthai paraskeuazei hou ti genoi an anoētoteron, hotan apo tōn enantiōn homoiōs phlegmainōsin, hoi men epeidē euteleis eschon pateras kai pappous kai epipappous, hoi de epeidē lamprous kai periphaneis Pōs oun an tis hekaterōn tapeinōseie tēn phlegmonēn : : Pros men ekeinous legōn᾽ anabēthi peraiterō tōn pappōn kai tōn propappōn, kai pollous isōs heurēseis mageirous kai onēlatas kai kapēlous; pros de toutous, tous apo tēs euteleias tōn progonōn physōmenous, to enantion palin, hoti kai sy palin anōterō proelthōn tōn progonōn, opsei pollǭ sou lamproterous pollous.

Do you see how he again calls us to natural excellences, showing that these can be achieved by choice, and stops the wicked madness of the Manichaeans? For if nature is evil, why does he draw the examples of wisdom from it? And he seems to me to have set in the midst a child who was very much a child, free of all these passions. For such a child is free of arrogance, and love of glory, and envy, and contentiousness, and all such passions; and having many virtues, simplicity, humility, freedom from meddling, it is lifted up by none of them; which is a twofold wisdom, to possess these things and not to be puffed up by them. That is why he brought it forward and set it in the midst; and he did not close his word there, but carries this exhortation further, saying, “And whoever receives one such child in my name receives me.” “For not only,” he says, “if you yourselves become such will you receive a great reward; but also if you honor others like this for my sake, I appoint the kingdom as your recompense for the honor shown them.” Or rather he sets down what is much greater, saying, “receives me.” “So greatly desired by me is what is humble and unaffected.” For by “child” here he means people who are simple and humble in this way, and cast aside by the many and despised. Then, making his word more acceptable still, he commends it not from the honor only but also from the punishment, adding and saying, “And whoever causes one of these little ones to stumble, it is better for him that a millstone turned by an ass be hung around his neck and that he be drowned in the depth of the sea.” “For as those who honor these for my sake have heaven,” he says, “or rather an honor greater than the kingdom itself, so those who dishonor them (for this is what causing them to stumble means) will pay the utmost penalty.” And if he calls insult “stumbling,” do not wonder; for many of the small-souled have been made to stumble in no ordinary way by being overlooked and insulted. Heightening, then, and increasing the charge, he sets down the harm that comes from it. And he no longer shows the punishment from the same things, but displays its unbearableness from things familiar to us. For when he wishes especially to strike the coarser sort, he brings sensible examples. That is why here too, wishing to show that they will undergo a great punishment, and to strike at the arrogance of those who spurn them, he brought into the midst a sensible punishment, that of the millstone and the drowning. And yet it would have followed from the former to say, “He who does not receive one of these little ones does not receive me,” which was more bitter than any punishment; but since for the very insensible and coarse this, though fearful, did not strike home so well, he sets down a millstone and drowning. And he did not say, “A millstone will be hung around his neck,” but, “It is better for him to undergo this,” showing that another evil harder than this awaits him; and if this is unbearable, much more that. Do you see how he made the threat fearful from both sides, making it plainer by comparison with a familiar example, and by the excess beyond it making one imagine it much greater than what is seen? Do you see how he tore up the mind of arrogance by the roots? How he healed the sore of vainglory? How he taught us nowhere to love first places? How he persuaded those who desire first places to pursue everywhere the last rank? For nothing is worse than arrogance. It drives men even out of their natural wits, and brings on them the reputation of fools, or rather makes them exceedingly foolish. For as, if someone three cubits tall forced himself to be higher than the mountains, or even thought so, and stretched himself up as though he overtopped their summits, we shall seek no other proof of his folly; so too when you see a man who is arrogant and thinks himself better than all, and considers it an insult to live with the many, do not seek any further proof to see his madness. For he is much more ridiculous than those who are fools by nature, inasmuch as he makes this disease willingly. And not in this only is he wretched, but also because he falls insensibly into the very pit of wickedness. For when will such a man recognize sin as he ought? When will he perceive that he does wrong? For the devil takes him like a wicked slave and a captive and goes off, and leads and carries him about, slapping him on every side and surrounding him with countless insults. For he brings them then to such folly as to persuade them to be proud even over their children and wives, and over their own ancestors. And others, on the contrary, he makes puffed up by the obscurity of their ancestors; than which what could be more senseless, when from opposite causes they swell alike, the one because they had humble fathers and grandfathers and great-grandfathers, the others because they had illustrious and famous ones? How then could one humble the swelling of each? To those, by saying: Go further back than your grandfathers and great-grandfathers, and you will perhaps find many cooks and donkey drivers and hucksters; and to these, who are puffed up by the humbleness of their ancestors, the opposite again: that you too, going further back than your ancestors, will see many far more illustrious than you.

58.4Field 2

Ὅτι γὰρ τοῦτον ἔχει τὸν δρόμον ἡ φύσις, φέρε καὶ ἀπὸ τῶν γραφῶν ὑμῖν ἀποδείξω. Ὁ Σολομῶν υἱὸς βασιλέως ἦν, καὶ βασιλέως λαμπροῦ αλλ᾽ ὁ τούτου πατὴρ τῶν εὐτελῶν καὶ ἀσήμων, καὶ ὁ πρὸς μηδὲ πάππος ὁμοίως οὐδὲ γὰρ ἂν ψιλῷ στρατιώτῃ τὴν θυγατέρα ἐξέδωκεν. Εἰ δὲ ἀναβαίης ἀνωτέρω πάλιν ἀπὸ τῶν εὐτελῶν τούτων, λαμπρότερον ὄψει τὸ γένος καὶ βασιλικώτερον. Οὕτω καὶ ἐπὶ τοῦ Σαοὺλ, οὕτω καὶ ἐπὶ πολλών ἑτέρων εὕροι τις ἂν τοῦτο συμβαῖνον. Μὴ δὴ μέγα φρονῶμεν ἐντεῦθεν. Τί γάρ ἐστι γένος; εἰπέ μοι. Οὐδὲν, ἀλλ᾽ ἢ ὄνομα μόνον πράγματος ἔρημον' καὶ τοῦτο εἴσεσθε κατὰ τὴν ἡμέραν ἐκείνην. ᾿Επεὶ δὲ οὔπω πάρεστιν ἐκείνη, φέρε καὶ ἀπὸ τῶν παρόντων ὑμᾶς πείσωμεν, ὅτι οὐδεμία ἐντεῦθεν ὑπεροχή. Καὶ γὰρ κἂν πόλεμος καταλάβῃ, κἂν λιμὸς, κἂν ἕτερον ὁτιοῦν, πάντα ἐλέγχεται ταῦτα τὰ τῆς εὐγενείας φυσήματα· κἂν νόσος ἐπέλθῃ, κἂν λοιμὸς, οὐκ οἶδε διαγνῶναι τὸν πλούσιον καὶ τὸν πένητα, τὸν ἔνδοξον καὶ τὸν ἄδοξον, τὸν εὐγενῆ καὶ τὸν οὐ τοιοῦτον οὔτε ὁ θάνατος, οὔτε αἱ λοιπαὶ τῶν πραγμάτων μεταβολαὶ, αλλ᾽ ὁμοίως πᾶσι πάντα ἐπανίσταται καὶ εἰ δεῖ τι καὶ θαυμαστὸν εἰπεῖν, τοῖς πλουτοῦσι μᾶλλον. Ὅσῳ γὰρ ἀμελέτητοι τούτων εἰσὶ, τοσούτῳ μᾶλλον ἁλόντες ἀπόλλυνται. Καὶ ὁ φόβος δὲ παρὰ τοῖς πλουτοῦσι μείζων. Καὶ γὰρ ἄρχοντας οὗτοι μάλιστα τρέμουσι, καὶ τοὺς δήμους τῶν ἀρχόντων οὐκ ἔλαττον, ἀλλὰ καὶ πολλῷ πλέον᾽ πολλὰς γοῦν οἰκίας τοιαύτας ὁμοίως καὶ δήμων θυμὸς καὶ ἀρχόντων ἀνέτρεψεν ἀπειλή. Ὁ δὲ πένης ἑκατέρων τούτων τῶν κυμάτων ἀπήλλακται. Ὥστε ταύτην αφεὶς τὴν εὐγένειαν, εἰ βούλει μοι δεῖξαι ὅτι εὐγενὴς εἶ, δεῖξον τῆς ψυχῆς τὴν ἐλευθερίαν, οἵαν εἶχεν ὁ μακάριος ἐκεῖνος, καὶ ταῦτα πένης ὤν, ὁ λέγων τῷ Ἡρώδῃ· οὐκ ἔξεστί σοι ἔχειν τὴν γυναῖκα Φιλίππου τοῦ ἀδελφοῦ σου οἵαν ἐκέκτητο ὁ πρὸ ἐκείνου τοιοῦτος καὶ μετ᾽ ἐκεῖνον τοιοῦτος, ὁ λέγων τῷ Ἀχαάβ· οὐ διαστρέφω ἐγὼ τὸν ᾿Ισραὴλ, ἀλλ᾽ ἢ σὺ καὶ ὁ οἶκος τοῦ πατρός σου οἵαν εἶχον οἱ προφῆται, οἵαν οἱ ἀπόστολοι πάντες. Ἀλλ᾽ οὐχ αἱ τῶν πλούτῳ δουλευόντων ψυχαὶ τοιαῦται, ἀλλ᾽ ὥσπερ οἱ ὑπὸ μυρίους ὄντες παιδαγωγοὺς καὶ δημίους, οὕτως οὐδὲ ἐπᾶραι τὸ ὄμμα τολμῶσι, καὶ ὑπὲρ ἀρετῆς παῤῥησιάσασθαι. Ὁ γὰρ τῶν χρημάτων ἔρως, καὶ ὁ τῆς δόξης, καὶ ὁ τῶν ἄλλων πραγμάτων, φοβερὸν εἰς αὐτοὺς βλέποντες, δουλοπρεπεῖς ποιοῦσι καὶ κόλακας, Οὐδὲν γὰρ οὕτως ἐλευθερίαν ἀναιρεῖ, ὡς τὸ βιωτικοῖς ἐμπεπλέχθαι πράγμασι, καὶ τὰ δοκοῦντα εἶναι λαμπρὰ περιβεβλῆσθαι. Οὐδὲ γὰρ ἕνα δεσπότην καὶ δύο καὶ τρεῖς, ἀλλὰ μυρίους ὁ τοιοῦτος ἔχει. Καὶ εἰ βούλεσθε καὶ ἀριθμῆσαι τούτους, παραγάγωμεν ἕνα τινὰ τῶν εὐδοκιμούντων ἐν βασιλείοις, καὶ ἔστω αὐτῷ καὶ χρήματα πάμπολλα, καὶ δυναστεία μεγάλη, καὶ πατρὶς ὑπερέχουσα, καὶ προγόνων περιφάνεια, καὶ ἀποβλεπέσθω παρὰ πάντων. Ἴδωμεν τοίνυν εἰ μὴ οὗτός ἐστιν ὁ πάντων δουλικώτερον καὶ ἀντιστήσωμεν αὐτῷ, μὴ δοῦλον ἁπλῶς, αλλὰ δοῦλον δούλου πολλοὶ γὰρ καὶ οἰκέται δούλους ἔχουσιν. Οὗτος μὲν οὗν ὁ δοῦλος τοῦ δούλου ἕνα ἔχει δεσπότην. Τί γάρ, εἰ καὶ μὴ ἐλεύθερον; ἀλλ᾽ ἕνα, καὶ πρὸς τὸ ἐκείνῳ δοκοῦν μόνον ὁρᾷ. Κἂν γὰρ ὁ τούτου δεσπότης αὐτοῦ δοκῇ κρατεῖν, ἀλλὰ τέως ἑνὶ μόνῳ πείθεται κἂν τὰ πρὸς ἐκεῖνον αὐτῷ καλῶς ἔχῃ, ἐν ἀδείᾳ τὸν ἅπαντα καθεδεῖται βίον. Οὗτος δὲ οὐχ ἕνα ἢ δύο μόνον, ἀλλὰ πολλοὺς καὶ χαλεπωτέρους ἔχει δεσπότας. Καὶ πρῶτον αὐτὸν τὸν βασιλεύοντα μεριμνᾷ. … Οὐκ ἔστι δὲ ἴσον εὐτελῆ δεσπότην ἔχειν, καὶ βασιλέα ὑπὸ πολλῶν τὰ ὦτα διαθρυλλούμενον, καὶ νῦν μὲν τούτων, νὺν δὲ ἐκείνων γινόμενον. Οὗτος κἂν μηδὲν ἑαυτῷ συνειδὼς ᾖ, πάντας ὑποπτεύει, καὶ τοὺς μετ᾽ αὐτοῦ στρατευομένους, καὶ τοὺς ὑπ᾽ αὐτῷ ταττομένους, καὶ τοὺς φίλους, καὶ τοὺς ἐχθρούς. Ἀλλὰ καὶ οὗτος, φησί, τὸν δεσπότην. Καὶ ποῦ ἴσον ἕνα καὶ πολλοὺς ἔχειν τοὺς δεδιττομένους αὐτόν; Μᾶλλον δὲ εἴ τις ἀκριβῶς ἐξετάσειεν, οὐδὲ ἕνα εὑρήσει. Πῶς καὶ τίνι τρόπῳ; Ἐκεῖνος μὲν οὐδένα ἔχει τὸν ἐπιθυμοῦντα αὐτὸν ἐκβαλεῖν τῆς δουλείας ταύτης, καὶ εἰσαγαγεῖν ἑαυτόν, ὅθεν οὐδὲ τὸν ἐπιβουλεύοντα ἐν τούτοις ἔχει· οὗτοι δὲ οὐδεμίαν ἑτέραν σπουδὴν ἔχουσιν, ἀλλ᾽ ἢ τὸ διασαλεῦσαι τὸν εὐδοκιμώτερον καὶ μᾶλλον ἀγαπώμενον παρὰ τῷ κρατοῦντι. Διὸ καὶ πάντας ἀνάγκη κολακεύειν, τοὺς μείζους, τοὺς ὁμοτίμους, τοὺς φίλους. Ἔνθα γὰρ βασκανία καὶ δόξης ἔρως, οὐδὲ φιλίας εἰλικρινοῦς ἐστιν ἰσχύς. Ὥσπερ γὰρ οἱ ὁμότεχνοι φιλεῖν αλλήλους οὐκ ἂν δύναιντο ἀκριβῶς ’ η ΄σι ᾽ σι ᾿ σε καὶ γνησίως, οὕτω καὶ οἱ ὁμότιμοι καὶ τῶν αὐτῶν ἐρῶντες ἐν τοῖς βιωτικοῖς. Ὅθεν καὶ ὁ πόλεμος ἔνδον πολύς. Εἶδες δεσποτῶν ἐσμὸν, καὶ δεσποτῶν χαλεπῶν; Βούλει καὶ ἕτερον ἐπιδείξω τούτου χαλεπώτερον; Οἱ μετ᾽ αὐτὸν ἅπαντες πρὸ αὐτοῦ γενέσθαι σπεύδουσιν, οἱ πρὸ αὐτοῦ κωλῦσαι γενέσθαι πλησίον καὶ παραδραμεῖν.

Hoti gar touton echei ton dromon hē physis, phere kai apo tōn graphōn hymin apodeixō. Ho Solomōn huios basileōs ēn, kai basileōs lamprou all᾽ ho toutou patēr tōn eutelōn kai asēmōn, kai ho pros mēde pappos homoiōs oude gar an psilǭ stratiōtę̄ tēn thygatera exedōken. Ei de anabaiēs anōterō palin apo tōn eutelōn toutōn, lamproteron opsei to genos kai basilikōteron. Houtō kai epi tou Saoul, houtō kai epi pollōn heterōn heuroi tis an touto symbainon. Mē dē mega phronōmen enteuthen. Ti gar esti genos? eipe moi. Ouden, all᾽ ē onoma monon pragmatos erēmon' kai touto eisesthe kata tēn hēmeran ekeinēn. ᾿Epei de oupō parestin ekeinē, phere kai apo tōn parontōn hymas peisōmen, hoti oudemia enteuthen hyperochē. Kai gar kan polemos katalabę̄, kan limos, kan heteron hotioun, panta elenchetai tauta ta tēs eugeneias physēmata; kan nosos epelthę̄, kan loimos, ouk oide diagnōnai ton plousion kai ton penēta, ton endoxon kai ton adoxon, ton eugenē kai ton ou toiouton oute ho thanatos, oute hai loipai tōn pragmatōn metabolai, all᾽ homoiōs pasi panta epanistatai kai ei dei ti kai thaumaston eipein, tois ploutousi mallon. Hosǭ gar ameletētoi toutōn eisi, tosoutǭ mallon halontes apollyntai. Kai ho phobos de para tois ploutousi meizōn. Kai gar archontas houtoi malista tremousi, kai tous dēmous tōn archontōn ouk elatton, alla kai pollǭ pleon᾽ pollas goun oikias toiautas homoiōs kai dēmōn thymos kai archontōn anetrepsen apeilē. Ho de penēs hekaterōn toutōn tōn kymatōn apēllaktai. Hōste tautēn apheis tēn eugeneian, ei boulei moi deixai hoti eugenēs ei, deixon tēs psychēs tēn eleutherian, hoian eichen ho makarios ekeinos, kai tauta penēs ōn, ho legōn tǭ Hērōdę̄; ouk exesti soi echein tēn gynaika Philippou tou adelphou sou hoian ekektēto ho pro ekeinou toioutos kai met᾽ ekeinon toioutos, ho legōn tǭ Achaab; ou diastrephō egō ton ᾿Israēl, all᾽ ē sy kai ho oikos tou patros sou hoian eichon hoi prophētai, hoian hoi apostoloi pantes. All᾽ ouch hai tōn ploutǭ douleuontōn psychai toiautai, all᾽ hōsper hoi hypo myrious ontes paidagōgous kai dēmious, houtōs oude eparai to omma tolmōsi, kai hyper aretēs parrhēsiasasthai. Ho gar tōn chrēmatōn erōs, kai ho tēs doxēs, kai ho tōn allōn pragmatōn, phoberon eis autous blepontes, douloprepeis poiousi kai kolakas, Ouden gar houtōs eleutherian anairei, hōs to biōtikois empeplechthai pragmasi, kai ta dokounta einai lampra peribeblēsthai. Oude gar hena despotēn kai dyo kai treis, alla myrious ho toioutos echei. Kai ei boulesthe kai arithmēsai toutous, paragagōmen hena tina tōn eudokimountōn en basileiois, kai estō autǭ kai chrēmata pampolla, kai dynasteia megalē, kai patris hyperechousa, kai progonōn periphaneia, kai apoblepesthō para pantōn. Idōmen toinyn ei mē houtos estin ho pantōn doulikōteron kai antistēsōmen autǭ, mē doulon haplōs, alla doulon doulou polloi gar kai oiketai doulous echousin. Houtos men houn ho doulos tou doulou hena echei despotēn. Ti gar, ei kai mē eleutheron? all᾽ hena, kai pros to ekeinǭ dokoun monon horą. Kan gar ho toutou despotēs autou dokę̄ kratein, alla teōs heni monǭ peithetai kan ta pros ekeinon autǭ kalōs echę̄, en adeią ton hapanta kathedeitai bion. Houtos de ouch hena ē dyo monon, alla pollous kai chalepōterous echei despotas. Kai prōton auton ton basileuonta merimną. … Ouk esti de ison eutelē despotēn echein, kai basilea hypo pollōn ta ōta diathrylloumenon, kai nyn men toutōn, nyn de ekeinōn ginomenon. Houtos kan mēden heautǭ syneidōs ę̄, pantas hypopteuei, kai tous met᾽ autou strateuomenous, kai tous hyp᾽ autǭ tattomenous, kai tous philous, kai tous echthrous. Alla kai houtos, phēsi, ton despotēn. Kai pou ison hena kai pollous echein tous dedittomenous auton? Mallon de ei tis akribōs exetaseien, oude hena heurēsei. Pōs kai tini tropǭ? Ekeinos men oudena echei ton epithymounta auton ekbalein tēs douleias tautēs, kai eisagagein heauton, hothen oude ton epibouleuonta en toutois echei; houtoi de oudemian heteran spoudēn echousin, all᾽ ē to diasaleusai ton eudokimōteron kai mallon agapōmenon para tǭ kratounti. Dio kai pantas anankē kolakeuein, tous meizous, tous homotimous, tous philous. Entha gar baskania kai doxēs erōs, oude philias eilikrinous estin ischys. Hōsper gar hoi homotechnoi philein allēlous ouk an dynainto akribōs ’ ē ΄si ᾽ si ᾿ se kai gnēsiōs, houtō kai hoi homotimoi kai tōn autōn erōntes en tois biōtikois. Hothen kai ho polemos endon polys. Eides despotōn esmon, kai despotōn chalepōn? Boulei kai heteron epideixō toutou chalepōteron? Hoi met᾽ auton hapantes pro autou genesthai speudousin, hoi pro autou kōlysai genesthai plēsion kai paradramein.

For that nature runs this course, come, let me show you from the Scriptures too. Solomon was the son of a king, and of an illustrious king; but his father was of humble and obscure people, and his grandfather on the mother’s side likewise; for he would not have given his daughter to a common soldier. And if you go further back again from these humble people, you will see the family more illustrious and more royal. So too with Saul; so with many others one may find this happening. Let us not, then, be proud from this source. For what is lineage? Tell me. Nothing but a mere name, empty of reality; and this you will know on that day. But since that day is not yet present, come, let us persuade you from present things too that there is no superiority from this. For if war overtakes us, or famine, or anything else, all these puffings-up of noble birth are exposed; if sickness comes, or plague, it does not know how to distinguish the rich man from the poor, the famous from the obscure, the nobly born from the one who is not; nor does death, nor the other changes of fortune; but all things rise up against all alike, and, if one must say something surprising, against the rich more. For the less practiced they are in these things, the more they are destroyed when caught by them. And fear too is greater among the rich. For these above all tremble at rulers, and at the people no less than at the rulers, but even much more; many such houses, at any rate, both the anger of the people and the threat of rulers have overturned alike. But the poor man is free of both these waves. So, letting this nobility go, if you wish to show me that you are noble, show me the freedom of your soul, such as that blessed man had, and that though he was poor, who said to Herod, “It is not lawful for you to have the wife of your brother Philip”; such as was possessed by the one who was such before him and will be such after him, who said to Ahab, “It is not I who trouble Israel, but you and your father’s house”; such as the prophets had, such as all the apostles. But the souls of those who are slaves to wealth are not such; but like those who are under countless tutors and executioners, so they do not even dare to raise their eyes and speak boldly for virtue. For love of money and of glory and of other things, a fearful thing to look upon, makes them servile and flatterers. For nothing so destroys freedom as being entangled in the affairs of this life and clothed with what seems splendid. For such a man has not one master, nor two or three, but countless. And if you wish to count them too, let us bring forward one of those who are esteemed in the palace, and let him have very much money, and great power, and an outstanding country, and illustrious ancestry, and let him be looked up to by all. Let us see, then, whether this man is not the most servile of all; and let us set against him not simply a slave, but a slave of a slave; for many servants too have slaves. This slave of a slave, then, has one master. What then, if he is not free? Still he has one, and looks only to what pleases that one. For even if his master’s master seems to rule him, yet for the time he obeys one alone; and if things are well between him and that one, he will pass his whole life in security. But this man has not one or two only, but many and harsher masters. And first he is anxious about the ruler himself. … And it is not the same to have a cheap master and a king whose ears are filled by many, now becoming theirs, now those others’. This man, even if he is conscious of nothing against himself, suspects all: those who serve with him, those ranked under him, his friends, and his enemies. “But this one too,” someone says, “fears his master.” But how is it the same to have one or many who frighten one? Or rather, if one examined it closely, he will not find even one. How and in what way? That man has no one who wishes to cast him out of this servitude and bring himself in; hence he has no one plotting against him in these things; but these have no other zeal than to shake the one who is more esteemed and more loved by the ruler. That is why he must flatter all, the greater, his equals, his friends. For where there is envy and love of glory, sincere friendship has no strength. For as craftsmen of the same trade cannot love one another exactly and genuinely, so neither can those of equal rank who love the same things in the affairs of this life. Hence there is much war within too. Do you see a swarm of masters, and of harsh masters? Do you want me to show you another, harsher than this? All those after him hasten to get before him; those before him, to prevent him from coming near and passing them.

58.5Field 2

Ἀλλ᾽ ὦ τοῦ θαύματος· ἐγὼ μὲν ὑπεσχόμην δεσπότας δεῖξαι, ὁ δὲ λόγος ἡμῖν προϊὼν καὶ ἀγωνιζόμενος πλέον τῆς ὑποσχέσεως ἐποίησε, πολεμίους ἀντὶ δεσποτῶν δείξας, μᾶλλον δὲ καὶ πολεμίους καὶ δεσπότας τοὺς αὐτούς. Θεραπεύονται μὲν γὰρ ὡς δεσπόται, φοβεροὶ δέ εἰσιν ὡς πολέμιοι, καὶ ἐπιβουλεύουσιν ὡς ἐχθροί. Ὅταν οὖν τις τοὺς αὐτοὺς καὶ κυρίους ἔχη καὶ ἐχθροὺς, τί ταύτης τῆς συμφορᾶς χεῖρον γένοιτ᾽ ἄν; Ὁ μὲν δοῦλος, κἄν ἐπιτάττηται, ἀλλ᾽ ὅμως ἐπιμελείας ἀπολαύει παρὰ τῶν κελευόντων καὶ εὐνοίας· οὗτοι δὲ καὶ ἐπιτάττονται, καὶ πολεμοῦνται, καὶ κατ᾽ ἀλλήλων ἐστήκασι᾽ καὶ τοσούτῳ τῶν ἐν ταῖς μάχαις χαλεπώτερον, ὅσῳ καὶ λάθρα κεντοῦσι, καὶ ἐν προσωπείῳ φίλων τὰ τῶν ἐχθρῶν διατιθέασι, καὶ ἐκ τῆς ἑτέρων πολλάκις εὐδοκιμοῦσι συμφορᾶς. ᾿Αλλ οὐ τὰ ἡμέτερα τοιαῦτα ἀλλὰ κἂν πράξη κακῶς ἕτερος, πολλοὶ οἱ συναλγοῦντες κἄν εὐδοκιμῇ, πολλοὶ οἱ συνηδόμενοι. Ἀλλ᾽ οὐχ ὁ ἀπόστολος; εἴτε γὰρ πάσχει, φησὶν, ἕν μέλος, συμπάσχει πάντα τὰ μέλη εἴτε δοξάζεται ἓν μέλος, συγχαίρει πάντα τὰ μέλη. Καὶ νῦν μὲν ἔλεγεν ὁ ταῦτα παραινῶν· τίς μού ἐστιν ἡ ἐλπὶς ἢ χαρά; ἢ οὐχὶ καὶ ὑμεῖς; νῦν δὲ, ὅτι νῦν ζῶμεν, ἐὰν ὑμεῖς στήκητε ἐν κυρίῳ νῦν δὲ, ἐκ πολλῆς θλίψεως καὶ συνοχῆς καρδίας ἔγραψα ὑμῖν καὶ, τίς ἀσθενεῖ, καὶ οὐκ ἀσθενῶ: τίς σκανδαλίζεται, καὶ οὐκ ἐγὼ πυροῦμαι; Τίνος οὖν ἕνεκεν ἔτι τῆς ζάλης ἀνεχόμεθα, καὶ τών κυμάτων τῶν ἔξωθεν, καὶ οὐ τρέχομεν ἐπὶ τὸν εὔδιον λιμένα τοῦτον, καὶ τὰ ὀνόματα αφέντες τῶν ἀγαθῶν, ἐπὶ τὰ πράγματα βαδίζομεν αὐτά; Δόξα γὰρ καὶ δυναστεία καὶ πλοῦτος καὶ εὐδοκίμησις, καὶ πάντα τὰ τοιαῦτα, ὀνόματα παρ᾽ ἐκείνοις, παρὰ δὲ ἡμῖν πράγματα ὥσπερ οὖν τὰ λυπηρὰ, θάνατος καὶ ἀτιμία καὶ πενία καὶ ὅσα τοιαῦτα, ὀνόματα μὲν παρ᾽ ἡμῖν, πράγματα δὲ παρ᾽ ἐκείνοις. Καὶ εἰ βούλει, τὴν δόξαν πρῶτον εἰς μέσον ἀγάγωμεν, τὴν παρ᾽ ἐκείνοις πᾶσιν ἐπέραστον καὶ ποθεινήν. Καὶ οὐ λέγω, ὅτι ὀλιγοχρόνιος, οὐδ᾽ ὅτι ταχέως σβέννυται ἀλλ᾽ ὅτε ἀνθεῖ, τότε μοι δεῖξον αὐτήν. Μὴ περιέλῃς τῆς πόρνης τὰ ἐπιτρίμματα καὶ τὰς ὑπογραφὰς, αλλὰ κεκαλλωπισμένην εἰς μέσον ἄγε καὶ ἐπίδειξον ἡμῖν, ἵνα τότε αὐτῆς ἐλέγξω τὸ δυσειδές. Οὐκοῦν τὸ σχῆμα πάντως ἐρεῖς, καὶ τὸ πλῆθος τῶν ῥαβδούχων, καὶ τοῦ κήρυκος τὴν φωνὴν, καὶ τῶν δήμων τὴν ὑπακοὴν, καὶ τὴν παρὰ τῶν πολλῶν σιγὴν, καὶ τὸ τύπτεσθαι τοὺς ἀπαντῶντας ἅπαντας, καὶ τὸ ὑπὸ πάντων περιβλέπεσθαι. Οὐχὶ ταῦτά ἐστι τὰ λαμπρά; Φέρε οὖν, ἐξετάσωμεν εἰ μὴ περιττὰ ταῦτα, καὶ ὑπόληψις μόνον ἀνόνητος. Τί γὰρ ἐκεῖνος ἀπὸ τούτων βελτίων γίνεται; κατὰ τὸν ἀπόστολον; τὸ σῶμα, ἢ τὴν ψυχήν: Τοῦτο γὰρ ἄνθρωπος. Ἄρα ὑψηλότερος ἔσται ἐντεῦθεν, ἢ ἰσχυρότερος, ἢ ὑγιεινότερος, ἢ ταχύτερος, ἢ τὰς αἰσθήσεις ὀξυτέρας κτήσεται καὶ τρανοτέρας : ᾿Αλλ᾽ οὐδεὶς ἂν ἔχοι τοῦτο εἰπεῖν. Ἴωμεν τοίνυν ἐπὶ τὴν ψυχὴν, μήποτε ἐκεῖ τι κέρδος προσγινόμενον ἐντεῦθεν εὑρήσομεν. Τί οὗν: σωφρονέστερος, ἐπιεικέστερος, συνετώτερος ἀπὸ ταύτης ἔσται τῆς θεραπείας ὃ τοιοῦτος : Οὐδαμῶς, ἀλλὰ καὶ τοὐναντίον ἅπαν. Οὐ γὰρ ὅπερ ἐπὶ τοῦ σώματος, τοῦτο καὶ ἐνταῦθα συμβαίνει. ᾿Εκεῖ μὲν γὰρ οὐδὲν πρὸς τὴν οἰκείαν προσλαμβάνει ἀρετὴν τὸ σῶμα' ἐνταῦθα δὲ οὐ μόνον τοῦτό ἐστι τὸ δεινὸν, ὅτι οὐδὲν καρποῦται χρηστὸν, ἀλλ᾽ ὅτι καὶ κακίαν δέχεται πολλὴν ἐντεῦθεν ἡ ψυχή. Καὶ γὰρ εἰς ἀπόνοιαν, καὶ κενοδοξίαν, καὶ ἄνοιαν, καὶ εἰς θυμὸν, καὶ εἰς μυρία ἐλαττώματα τοιαῦτα ἐντεῦθεν ἐκφέρεται. ᾿Αλλὰ χαίρει, φησὶ, καὶ γάννυται τούτοις, καὶ φαιδρύνεται. Τὸν κολοφῶνα μοι τών κακῶν εἶπες, καὶ τοῦ νοσήματος τὸ ἀνίατον. Ὃ γὰρ χαίρων ἐπὶ τούτοις, οὐδὲ ἀπαλλαγῆναι ῥᾳδίως ἂν θελήσειε τῆς ὑποθέσεως τῶν κακῶν, ἀλλ᾽ ἀπετείχισεν ἑαυτῷ τῆς θεραπείας τὴν ὁδὸν διὰ τῆς ἡδονῆς. Ὥστε τοῦτο μάλιστά ἐστι τὸ δεινὸν, ὅτι οὐδὲ ἀλγεῖ, ἀλλὰ καὶ χαίρει, τών νοσημάτων αὐξανομένων αὐτῷ. Οὐδὲ γὰρ πανταχοῦ τὸ χαίρειν καλόν ἐπεὶ καὶ κλέπται χαίρουσι κλέπτοντες, καὶ μοιχὸς διαφθείρων τὸν τοῦ πλησίον γάμον, καὶ ὁ πλεονέκτης ἁρπάζων, καὶ ὁ ἀνδροφόνος φονεύων. Μὴ τοίνυν εἰ χαίρει ἴδωμεν, ἀλλ᾽ εἰ ἐπὶ χρησίμῳ᾽ καὶ διασκεψώμεθα, μήποτε τοιαύτην εὑρήσομεν τὴν χαράν, οἵαν τὴν τοῦ μοιχοῦ καὶ τοῦ κλέπτου. Τίνος γὰρ ἕνεκεν, εἰπέ μοι, χαίρει; διὰ τὴν παρὰ τῶν πολλῶν δόξαν, καὶ τὸ δύνασθαι φυσᾶσθαι καὶ περιβλέπεσθαι: : Καὶ τί τῆς ἐπιθυμίας ταύτης πονηρότερον γένοιτ᾽ ἂν, καὶ τοὺ ἀτόπου τούτου ἔρωτος ; Εἰ δὲ μὴ πονηρὸν, παύσασθε τοὺς κενοδόξους σκώπτοντες, καὶ μυρίοις πλύνοντες σκώμμασι παύσασθε τοῖς ἀπονενοημένοις καὶ ὑπερόπταις ἐπαρώμενοι. Ἀλλ᾽ οὐκ ἂν ἀνάσχοισθε. Οὐκοῦν μυρίας ἄξιοι καὶ αὐτοὶ κατηγορίας, κἀν μυρίους ἔχωσι ῥαβδούχους. Καὶ ταῦτά μοι περὶ τῶν ἀνεκτοτέρων ἀρχόντων εἴρηται, ὡς τοὺς γε πλείονας καὶ ληστῶν, καὶ ἀνδροφόνων, καὶ μοιχῶν, καὶ τυμβωρύχων μείζονα ἁμαρτάνοντας εὑρήσομεν, ἀπὸ τοὺ μὴ καλώς κεχρῆσθαι τῇ ἀρχῇ. Καὶ γὰρ καὶ κλέπτουσιν ἐκείνων ἀναισχυντότερον; καὶ σφάττουσιν ἰταμώτερον; καὶ ἀσελγαίνουσι πολλῷ παρανομώτερον, καὶ διορύττουσιν, οὐ τοῖχον ἕνα, αλλὰ οὐσίας καὶ οἰκίας ἀπείρους, ἀπὸ τῆς ἐξουσίας πολλὴν τὴν εὐκολίαν ἔχοντες. Καὶ δουλεύουσι δουλείαν χαλεπωτάτην, καὶ τοῖς πάθεσιν ὑποκύπτοντες, τοὺς συνειδότας αὐτοῖς ἅπαντας τρέμοντες. Μόνος γάρ ἐστιν ἐλεύθερος, καὶ μόνος ἄρχων, καὶ τῶν βασιλέων βασιλικώτερος, ὁ τῶν παθῶν ἀπηλλαγμένος. Ταῦτ᾽ οὖν εἰδότες, διώξωμεν τὴν ἀληθῆ ἐλευθερίαν, καὶ τῆς πονηρᾶς δουλείας ἀπαλλάξωμεν ἑαυτούς· καὶ μήτε ἀρχῆς ὄγκον, μῆτε πλούτου τυραννίδα, μήτε ἄλλο τι τοιοῦτον μακαριστὸν νομίζωμεν, αλλὰ ἀρετὴν μόνην. Οὕτω γὰρ καὶ τῆς ἐνταῦθα ἀπολαυσόμεθα ἀδείας, καὶ τῶν μελλόντων ἐπιτευξόμεθα ἀγαθῶν, χάριτι καὶ φιλανθρωπίᾳ τοὺ κυρίου ἡμῶν Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ, ᾧ ἡ δόξα καὶ τὸ κράτος, σὺν τῷ πατρὶ καὶ τῷ ἁγίῳ πνεύματι, εἰς τοὺς αἰῶνας τῶν αἰώνων. Ἀμήν.

All᾽ ō tou thaumatos; egō men hypeschomēn despotas deixai, ho de logos hēmin proïōn kai agōnizomenos pleon tēs hyposcheseōs epoiēse, polemious anti despotōn deixas, mallon de kai polemious kai despotas tous autous. Therapeuontai men gar hōs despotai, phoberoi de eisin hōs polemioi, kai epibouleuousin hōs echthroi. Hotan oun tis tous autous kai kyrious echē kai echthrous, ti tautēs tēs symphoras cheiron genoit᾽ an? Ho men doulos, kan epitattētai, all᾽ homōs epimeleias apolauei para tōn keleuontōn kai eunoias; houtoi de kai epitattontai, kai polemountai, kai kat᾽ allēlōn estēkasi᾽ kai tosoutǭ tōn en tais machais chalepōteron, hosǭ kai lathra kentousi, kai en prosōpeiǭ philōn ta tōn echthrōn diatitheasi, kai ek tēs heterōn pollakis eudokimousi symphoras. ᾿All ou ta hēmetera toiauta alla kan praxē kakōs heteros, polloi hoi synalgountes kan eudokimę̄, polloi hoi synēdomenoi. All᾽ ouch ho apostolos? eite gar paschei, phēsin, hen melos, sympaschei panta ta melē eite doxazetai hen melos, synchairei panta ta melē. Kai nyn men elegen ho tauta parainōn; tis mou estin hē elpis ē chara? ē ouchi kai hymeis? nyn de, hoti nyn zōmen, ean hymeis stēkēte en kyriǭ nyn de, ek pollēs thlipseōs kai synochēs kardias egrapsa hymin kai, tis asthenei, kai ouk asthenō: tis skandalizetai, kai ouk egō pyroumai? Tinos oun heneken eti tēs zalēs anechometha, kai tōn kymatōn tōn exōthen, kai ou trechomen epi ton eudion limena touton, kai ta onomata aphentes tōn agathōn, epi ta pragmata badizomen auta? Doxa gar kai dynasteia kai ploutos kai eudokimēsis, kai panta ta toiauta, onomata par᾽ ekeinois, para de hēmin pragmata hōsper oun ta lypēra, thanatos kai atimia kai penia kai hosa toiauta, onomata men par᾽ hēmin, pragmata de par᾽ ekeinois. Kai ei boulei, tēn doxan prōton eis meson agagōmen, tēn par᾽ ekeinois pasin eperaston kai potheinēn. Kai ou legō, hoti oligochronios, oud᾽ hoti tacheōs sbennytai all᾽ hote anthei, tote moi deixon autēn. Mē perielę̄s tēs pornēs ta epitrimmata kai tas hypographas, alla kekallōpismenēn eis meson age kai epideixon hēmin, hina tote autēs elenxō to dyseides. Oukoun to schēma pantōs ereis, kai to plēthos tōn rhabdouchōn, kai tou kērykos tēn phōnēn, kai tōn dēmōn tēn hypakoēn, kai tēn para tōn pollōn sigēn, kai to typtesthai tous apantōntas hapantas, kai to hypo pantōn periblepesthai. Ouchi tauta esti ta lampra? Phere oun, exetasōmen ei mē peritta tauta, kai hypolēpsis monon anonētos. Ti gar ekeinos apo toutōn beltiōn ginetai? kata ton apostolon? to sōma, ē tēn psychēn: Touto gar anthrōpos. Ara hypsēloteros estai enteuthen, ē ischyroteros, ē hygieinoteros, ē tachyteros, ē tas aisthēseis oxyteras ktēsetai kai tranoteras : ᾿All᾽ oudeis an echoi touto eipein. Iōmen toinyn epi tēn psychēn, mēpote ekei ti kerdos prosginomenon enteuthen heurēsomen. Ti houn: sōphronesteros, epieikesteros, synetōteros apo tautēs estai tēs therapeias ho toioutos : Oudamōs, alla kai tounantion hapan. Ou gar hoper epi tou sōmatos, touto kai entautha symbainei. ᾿Ekei men gar ouden pros tēn oikeian proslambanei aretēn to sōma' entautha de ou monon touto esti to deinon, hoti ouden karpoutai chrēston, all᾽ hoti kai kakian dechetai pollēn enteuthen hē psychē. Kai gar eis aponoian, kai kenodoxian, kai anoian, kai eis thymon, kai eis myria elattōmata toiauta enteuthen ekpheretai. ᾿Alla chairei, phēsi, kai gannytai toutois, kai phaidrynetai. Ton kolophōna moi tōn kakōn eipes, kai tou nosēmatos to aniaton. Ho gar chairōn epi toutois, oude apallagēnai rhądiōs an thelēseie tēs hypotheseōs tōn kakōn, all᾽ apeteichisen heautǭ tēs therapeias tēn hodon dia tēs hēdonēs. Hōste touto malista esti to deinon, hoti oude algei, alla kai chairei, tōn nosēmatōn auxanomenōn autǭ. Oude gar pantachou to chairein kalon epei kai kleptai chairousi kleptontes, kai moichos diaphtheirōn ton tou plēsion gamon, kai ho pleonektēs harpazōn, kai ho androphonos phoneuōn. Mē toinyn ei chairei idōmen, all᾽ ei epi chrēsimǭ᾽ kai diaskepsōmetha, mēpote toiautēn heurēsomen tēn charan, hoian tēn tou moichou kai tou kleptou. Tinos gar heneken, eipe moi, chairei? dia tēn para tōn pollōn doxan, kai to dynasthai physasthai kai periblepesthai: : Kai ti tēs epithymias tautēs ponēroteron genoit᾽ an, kai tou atopou toutou erōtos ? Ei de mē ponēron, pausasthe tous kenodoxous skōptontes, kai myriois plynontes skōmmasi pausasthe tois aponenoēmenois kai hyperoptais eparōmenoi. All᾽ ouk an anaschoisthe. Oukoun myrias axioi kai autoi katēgorias, kan myrious echōsi rhabdouchous. Kai tauta moi peri tōn anektoterōn archontōn eirētai, hōs tous ge pleionas kai lēstōn, kai androphonōn, kai moichōn, kai tymbōrychōn meizona hamartanontas heurēsomen, apo tou mē kalōs kechrēsthai tę̄ archę̄. Kai gar kai kleptousin ekeinōn anaischyntoteron? kai sphattousin itamōteron? kai aselgainousi pollǭ paranomōteron, kai dioryttousin, ou toichon hena, alla ousias kai oikias apeirous, apo tēs exousias pollēn tēn eukolian echontes. Kai douleuousi douleian chalepōtatēn, kai tois pathesin hypokyptontes, tous syneidotas autois hapantas tremontes. Monos gar estin eleutheros, kai monos archōn, kai tōn basileōn basilikōteros, ho tōn pathōn apēllagmenos. Taut᾽ oun eidotes, diōxōmen tēn alēthē eleutherian, kai tēs ponēras douleias apallaxōmen heautous; kai mēte archēs onkon, mēte ploutou tyrannida, mēte allo ti toiouton makariston nomizōmen, alla aretēn monēn. Houtō gar kai tēs entautha apolausometha adeias, kai tōn mellontōn epiteuxometha agathōn, chariti kai philanthrōpią tou kyriou hēmōn Iēsou Christou, hǭ hē doxa kai to kratos, syn tǭ patri kai tǭ hagiǭ pneumati, eis tous aiōnas tōn aiōnōn. Amēn.

But O the wonder! I promised to show masters, but our discourse, advancing and contending, has done more than the promise, showing enemies instead of masters, or rather the same people both enemies and masters. For they are courted as masters, but they are fearful as enemies, and plot as foes. When, then, one has the same people as lords and as foes, what could be worse than this misfortune? The slave, even if he is commanded, yet enjoys care and goodwill from those who command him; but these are both commanded and warred against, and stand against one another; and this is so much worse than those in battles, inasmuch as they stab secretly, and under the mask of friends do the work of enemies, and often win esteem from the misfortune of others. But our affairs are not such; but if one fares badly, many grieve with him; if he is esteemed, many rejoice with him. Does not the apostle say this? “For whether one member suffers,” he says, “all the members suffer with it; or one member is honored, all the members rejoice with it.” And at one time he who gave this exhortation said, “For what is my hope or joy? Is it not even you?”; at another, “For now we live, if you stand fast in the Lord”; at another, “Out of much affliction and anguish of heart I wrote to you”; and, “Who is weak, and I am not weak? Who is made to stumble, and I do not burn?” Why, then, do we still endure the surge, and the waves outside, and do not run to this calm harbor, and, leaving the names of good things, walk toward the realities themselves? For glory and power and wealth and esteem and all such things are names among those people, but among us realities; just as the painful things, death and dishonor and poverty and all such, are names among us, but realities among them. And if you wish, let us bring first into the midst glory, which among them is lovely and longed for by all. And I do not say that it is short-lived, nor that it is quickly quenched; but show it to me when it is in flower. Do not take away the harlot’s paints and pencillings, but bring her into the midst adorned and show her to us, so that then I may expose her ugliness. You will surely mention the pomp, and the throng of rod-bearers, and the herald’s voice, and the obedience of the peoples, and the silence of the many, and the striking of all who meet him, and his being looked at by all. Are not these the splendid things? Come, then, let us examine whether these are not superfluous and a useless opinion only. For in what does that man become better from these, according to the body or the soul? For this is what a man is. Will he be taller from this, or stronger, or healthier, or swifter, or will he acquire sharper and clearer senses? But no one could say this. Let us go, then, to the soul, in case we find there some gain added from this. What then? Will such a man be more self-controlled, gentler, more understanding from this attention? Not at all, but quite the opposite. For what happens with the body does not happen here too. For there the body gains nothing toward its own excellence; but here this is not the only dreadful thing, that it reaps nothing good, but that the soul even receives much wickedness from it. For it is carried off by it into arrogance and vainglory and folly and anger and countless such defects. “But he rejoices,” someone says, “and exults in these things, and is made bright.” You have told me the summit of the evils and the incurability of the disease. For he who rejoices in these things would not easily wish to be freed even from the cause of the evils, but has walled off for himself the road to healing through the pleasure. So this is the most dreadful thing, that he is not even pained, but even rejoices, while his diseases increase. For rejoicing is not good everywhere; since thieves too rejoice in stealing, and the adulterer in corrupting his neighbor’s marriage, and the covetous man in robbing, and the murderer in killing. Let us not, then, look at whether he rejoices, but at whether it is over something useful; and let us consider whether we shall not find his joy to be such as that of the adulterer and the thief. For why, tell me, does he rejoice? Because of the glory from the many, and because he can be puffed up and looked at? And what could be more wicked than this desire and than this absurd love? And if it is not wicked, stop mocking the vainglorious and soaking them with countless jibes; stop cursing the arrogant and the haughty. But you would not endure to. So they themselves too deserve countless accusations, even if they have countless rod-bearers. And I have said these things about the more tolerable rulers; since the majority we shall find sinning more than robbers and murderers and adulterers and grave-robbers, from not using their office well. For they steal more shamelessly than those, and slaughter more recklessly, and are licentious much more lawlessly, and they dig through not one wall, but countless estates and houses, having great ease from their authority. And they serve a most grievous slavery, bowing to their passions and trembling at all who are privy to their deeds. For he alone is free, and he alone a ruler, and more royal than kings, who is freed from the passions. Knowing these things, then, let us pursue true freedom, and free ourselves from the wicked slavery; and let us count blessed neither the swelling of office nor the tyranny of wealth nor anything else of the kind, but virtue alone. For so we shall both enjoy the security here and attain the good things to come, by the grace and love for mankind of our Lord Jesus Christ, to whom be glory and might, with the Father and the Holy Spirit, to the ages of ages. Amen.

Chapter 59

59.1Field 2

Οὐαὶ τῷ κόσμῳ ἀπὸ τῶν σκανδάλων. ᾿Ανάγκη γάρ ἐστιν ἐλθεῖν τὰ σκάνδαλα, πλὴν οὐαὶ τῷ ἀνθρώπῳ ἐκείνῳ, δι᾽ οὗ τὰ σκάνδαλα ἔρχεται. Καὶ εἰ ἀνάγκη ἐστὶν ἐλθεῖν τὰ σκάνδαλα, εἴποι τις ἂν ἴσως τῶν εναντίων, τί ταλανίζει τὸν κόσμον, δέον ἀμῦναι καὶ χεῖρα ὀρέξαι; Τοῦτο γὰρ ἰατροῦ καὶ προστάτου· ἐκεῖνο δὲ καὶ τοῦ τυχόντος. Τί οὖν ἂν εἴποιμεν πρὸς τὴν οὕτως ἀναίσχυντον γλῶτταν; Καὶ τί τῆς θεραπείας ταύτης ἴσον ἐπιζητεῖς: Καὶ γὰρ θεὸς ὧν, ἄνθρωπος ἐγένετο διὰ σὲ, καὶ δούλου μορφὴν ἔλαβε, καὶ τὰ ἔσχατα πάντα ὑπέστη, καὶ οὐδὲν ἐνέλιπε τῶν εἰς αὐτὸν ἠκόντων. Αλλ᾽ ἐπειδὴ πλέον οὐδὲν γέγονε τοῖς ἀγνώμοσι, διὰ τοῦτο αὐτοὺς ταλανίζει, ὅτι μετὰ τὴν τοσαύτην θεραπείαν ἔμειναν ἐπὶ τῆς ἀῤῥωστίας. Ὥσπερ ἂν εἴ τις καὶ τὸν κάμνοντα πολλῆς ἀπολαύσαντα ἐπιμελείας, καὶ οὐκ ἐθελήσαντα νόμοις πεισθῆναι ἰατρικοῖς, θρηνῶν λέγοι· οὐαὶ τῷ δεῖνι ἀνθρώπῳ ἀπὸ τῆς ἀῤῥωστίας, ἣν διὰ τῆς οἰκείας ηὔξησε ῥᾳθυμίας. ᾿Αλλ ἐκεῖ μὲν οὐδὲν ὄφελος ἀπὸ τοῦ θρήνου· ἐνταῦθα δὲ καὶ τοῦτο εἶδος θεραπείας ἐστὶ, τὸ προειπεῖν τὸ ἐσόμενον καὶ ταλανίσαι. Πολλοὶ γὰρ πολλάκις συμβουλευθέντες μὲν οὐδὲν ὠφελήθησαν, θρηνηθέντες δὲ ἀνήνεγκαν. Διὸ καὶ μάλιστα τὸ οὐαὶ τέθεικε, διεγείρων αὐτοὺς, καὶ ἐναγωνίους ποιῶν, καὶ ἐγρηγορέναι παρασκευάζων. Μετὰ δὲ τούτων καὶ τὴν εὔνοιαν ἐπιδείκνυται τὴν περὶ αὐτοὺς ἐκείνους, καὶ τὴν ἡμερότητα τὴν αὐτοῦ, ὅτι καὶ ἀντειπόντας θρηνεῖ, οὐ δυσχεραίνων μόνον, ἀλλὰ καὶ διορθούμενος καὶ τῷ θρήνῳ καὶ τῇ προῤῥήσει, ὥστε αὐτοὺς ἀνακτήσασθαι. Καὶ πῶς ἔνι τοῦτο; φησίν. Εἰ γὰρ ἀνάγκη ἐλθεῖν τὰ σκάνδαλα, πῶς δυνατὸν ταῦτα διαφυγεῖν; Ὅτι ἐλθεῖν μὲν τὰ σκάνδαλα ἀνάγκη ἀπολέσθαι δὲ οὐ πάντως ἀνάγκη. Ὥσπερ κἂν ἰατρὸς εἴποι (οὐδὲν γὰρ κωλύει τῷ αὐτῷ ὑποδείγματι χρήσασθαι πάλιν.) ἀνάγκη τὴν νόσον τήνδε ἐπιστῆναι, ἀλλ᾽ οὐκ ἀνάγκη διαφθαρῆναι πάντως ὑπὸ - σι ΝΜ Ν τῆς νόσου τὸν προσέχοντα. Τοῦτο δὲ ἔλεγεν, ὅπερ ἔφην, μετὰ τῶν ἄλλων καὶ τοὺς μαθητὰς αφυπνίζων. Ἵνα γὰρ μὴ νυστάζωσιν, ὡς ἐπὶ εἰρήνην καὶ ἀτάραχον βίον πεμπόμενοι, πολλοὺς ἐφεστῶτας αὐτοῖς δείκνυσι πολέμους, ἔξωθεν καὶ ἔσωθεν. Ὅπερ καὶ ὁ Παῦλος δηλῶν ἔλεγεν· ἔξωθεν μάχαι, ἔσωθεν φόβοι· καὶ, κινδύνοις ἐν ψευδαδέλφοις καὶ Μιλησίοις δὲ ἔφη· καὶ ἀναστήσονταί τινες εξ ὑμῶν λαλοῦντες διεστραμμένα. Καὶ αὐτὸς δὲ ἔλεγεν· ἐχθροὶ τοῦ ἀνθρώπου οἱ οἰκειακοὶ αὐτοῦ. Ὅταν δὲ ἀνάγκην εἴπη, οὐ τὸ αὐθαίρετον τῆς ἐξουσίας ἀναιρῶν, οὐδὲ τὴν ἐλευθερίαν τῆς προαιρέσεως, οὐδὲ ἀνάγκῃ τινὶ πραγμάτων ὑποβάλλων τὸν βίον, φησὶ ταῦτα ἀλλὰ τὸ πάντως ἐσόμενον προλέγει ὅπερ ὁ Λουκᾶς ἑτέρᾳ λέξει παρέστησεν, εἰπὼν οὕτως· ἀνένδεκτόν ἐστι τοῦ μὴ ἐλθεῖν τὰ σκάνδαλα. Τί δέ ἐστι, τὰ σκάνδαλα: Τὰ κωλύματα τῆς ὀρθῆς ὁδοῦ. Οὕτω καὶ οἱ ἐπὶ τῆς σκηνῆς τοὺς περὶ ταῦτα δεινοὺς καλοῦσι, τοὺς τὰ σώματα διαστρέφοντας. Οὐ τοίνυν ἡ πρόῤῥησις αὐτοῦ τὰ σκάνδαλα ἄγει· ἄπαγε· οὐδὲ ἐπειδὴ προεῖπε, διὰ τοῦτο γίνεται ἀλλ᾽ ἐπειδὴ πάντως ἔμελλεν ἔσεσθαι, διὰ τοῦτο προεῖπεν· ὡς εἴγε μὴ λοπὶ οἱ φέροντες αὐτὰ πονηρεύεσθαι, οὐδ᾽ ἂν ἦλθον· εἰ δὲ μὴ ἔμελλον ἔρχεσθαι, οὐδ΄ ἂν προεῤῥήθη. ᾿Επειδὴ δὲ ἑκακούργησαν ἐκεῖνοι, καὶ ἀνίατα ἐνόσησαν, ἤλθον' καὶ προλέγει τὸ μέλλον ἔσεσθαι. Καὶ εἰ διωρθώθησαν ἐκεῖνοι, φησὶ, καὶ μηδεὶς ἦν ὁ τὰ σκάνδαλα κομίζων, οὐκ ἔμελλεν ὁ λόγος οὗτος ψεύδους ἁλίσκεσθαι; Οὐδαμῶς οὐδὲ γὰρ ἂν ἐλέχθη. Εἰ γὰρ ἔμελλον διορθοῦσθαι πάντες, οὐκ ἂν εἶπεν, ὅτι ἀνάγκη ελθεῖν᾽ ἀλλ᾽ ἐπειδὴ προήδει ἀδιορθώτους ἐσομένους οἴκοθεν, διὰ τοῦτο εἶπεν, ὅτι πάντως ἥξουσι. Καὶ τίνος ἕνεκεν αὐτοὺς οὐκ ἀνεῖλε; φησί. Τίνος γὰρ ἕνεκεν ἀναιρεθῆναι ἔδει: διὰ τοὺς βλαπτομένους; ᾿Αλλ οὐκ ἐκεῖθεν οἱ βλαπτόμενοι ἀπόλλυνται, ἀλλ᾽ ἐκ τῆς ἑαυτῶν ῥᾳθυμίας. Καὶ δηλοῦσιν οἱ ἐνάρετοι, οὐ μόνον οὐδὲν ἀδικούμενοι ἐντεῦθεν, ἀλλὰ καὶ τὰ μέγιστα κερδαίνοντες οἷος ἦν ὁ ᾿Ιὧωβ, οἷος ὁ ᾿Ιωσὴφ, οἷοι πάντες οἱ δίκαιοι καὶ οἱ ἀπόστολοι. Εἰ δὲ ἀπόλλυνται πολλοὶ, παρὰ τὸν ἑαυτῶν ὕπνον. Εἰ δὲ μὴ οὕτως εἶχεν, ἀλλὰ παρὰ τὰ σκάνδαλα ἡ ἀπώλεια, πάντας ἀπολέσθαι ἔδει. Εἰ δέ εἰσιν οἱ διαφεύγοντες, ὁ μὴ διαφεύγων ἑαυτῷ λογιζέσθω. Τὰ γὰρ σκάνδαλα, ὅπερ ἔφην, καὶ διεγείρει, καὶ ὀξυτέρους ποιεῖ, καὶ ἀκονᾷ, οὐ μόνον τὸν φυλαττόμενον, ἀλλὰ καὶ τὸν περιπεσόντα ταχέως ἀναστάντα· ἀσφαλέστερον γὰρ αὐτὸν ἐργάζεται, καὶ δυσάλωτον μᾶλλον ποιεῖ. Ὥστε ἂν νήφωμεν, οὐ μικρὸν ἐντεῦθεν καρπούμεθα κέρδος, τὸ διηνεκῶς ἐγρηγορέναι. Εἰ γὰρ πολεμίων ὄντων καὶ τοσούτων πειρασμῶν ἐπικειμένων καθεύδομεν, τίνες ἂν εἴημεν ἐν ἀδείᾳ ζῶντες ; Καὶ εἰ βούλει, τὸν πρῶτον ἄνθρωπον σκόπει. Εἰ γὰρ ὀλίγον χρόνον, τάχα δὲ οὐδὲν ἡμέραν ὅλην ἐν τῷ παραδείσῳ ζήσας, καὶ τρυφῆς ἀπολαύσας, εἰς τοσοῦτον ἤλασε κακίας, ὡς καὶ ἰσοθεΐαν φαντασθῆναι, καὶ τὸν ἀπατεῶνα εὐεργέτην νομίσαι, καὶ μιᾶς μὴ κατασχεῖν ἐντολῆς εἰ καὶ τὸν ἐφεξῆς βίον ἀταλαίπωρον ἔζη, τί οὐκ ἂν εἰργάσατο;

Ouai tǭ kosmǭ apo tōn skandalōn. ᾿Anankē gar estin elthein ta skandala, plēn ouai tǭ anthrōpǭ ekeinǭ, di᾽ hou ta skandala erchetai. Kai ei anankē estin elthein ta skandala, eipoi tis an isōs tōn enantiōn, ti talanizei ton kosmon, deon amynai kai cheira orexai? Touto gar iatrou kai prostatou; ekeino de kai tou tychontos. Ti oun an eipoimen pros tēn houtōs anaischynton glōttan? Kai ti tēs therapeias tautēs ison epizēteis: Kai gar theos hōn, anthrōpos egeneto dia se, kai doulou morphēn elabe, kai ta eschata panta hypestē, kai ouden enelipe tōn eis auton ēkontōn. All᾽ epeidē pleon ouden gegone tois agnōmosi, dia touto autous talanizei, hoti meta tēn tosautēn therapeian emeinan epi tēs arrhōstias. Hōsper an ei tis kai ton kamnonta pollēs apolausanta epimeleias, kai ouk ethelēsanta nomois peisthēnai iatrikois, thrēnōn legoi; ouai tǭ deini anthrōpǭ apo tēs arrhōstias, hēn dia tēs oikeias ēuxēse rhąthymias. ᾿All ekei men ouden ophelos apo tou thrēnou; entautha de kai touto eidos therapeias esti, to proeipein to esomenon kai talanisai. Polloi gar pollakis symbouleuthentes men ouden ōphelēthēsan, thrēnēthentes de anēnenkan. Dio kai malista to ouai tetheike, diegeirōn autous, kai enagōnious poiōn, kai egrēgorenai paraskeuazōn. Meta de toutōn kai tēn eunoian epideiknytai tēn peri autous ekeinous, kai tēn hēmerotēta tēn autou, hoti kai anteipontas thrēnei, ou dyscherainōn monon, alla kai diorthoumenos kai tǭ thrēnǭ kai tę̄ prorrhēsei, hōste autous anaktēsasthai. Kai pōs eni touto? phēsin. Ei gar anankē elthein ta skandala, pōs dynaton tauta diaphygein? Hoti elthein men ta skandala anankē apolesthai de ou pantōs anankē. Hōsper kan iatros eipoi (ouden gar kōlyei tǭ autǭ hypodeigmati chrēsasthai palin.) anankē tēn noson tēnde epistēnai, all᾽ ouk anankē diaphtharēnai pantōs hypo - si NM N tēs nosou ton prosechonta. Touto de elegen, hoper ephēn, meta tōn allōn kai tous mathētas aphypnizōn. Hina gar mē nystazōsin, hōs epi eirēnēn kai atarachon bion pempomenoi, pollous ephestōtas autois deiknysi polemous, exōthen kai esōthen. Hoper kai ho Paulos dēlōn elegen; exōthen machai, esōthen phoboi; kai, kindynois en pseudadelphois kai Milēsiois de ephē; kai anastēsontai tines ex hymōn lalountes diestrammena. Kai autos de elegen; echthroi tou anthrōpou hoi oikeiakoi autou. Hotan de anankēn eipē, ou to authaireton tēs exousias anairōn, oude tēn eleutherian tēs proaireseōs, oude anankę̄ tini pragmatōn hypoballōn ton bion, phēsi tauta alla to pantōs esomenon prolegei hoper ho Loukas heterą lexei parestēsen, eipōn houtōs; anendekton esti tou mē elthein ta skandala. Ti de esti, ta skandala: Ta kōlymata tēs orthēs hodou. Houtō kai hoi epi tēs skēnēs tous peri tauta deinous kalousi, tous ta sōmata diastrephontas. Ou toinyn hē prorrhēsis autou ta skandala agei; apage; oude epeidē proeipe, dia touto ginetai all᾽ epeidē pantōs emellen esesthai, dia touto proeipen; hōs eige mē lopi hoi pherontes auta ponēreuesthai, oud᾽ an ēlthon; ei de mē emellon erchesthai, oud΄ an proerrhēthē. ᾿Epeidē de hekakourgēsan ekeinoi, kai aniata enosēsan, ēlthon' kai prolegei to mellon esesthai. Kai ei diōrthōthēsan ekeinoi, phēsi, kai mēdeis ēn ho ta skandala komizōn, ouk emellen ho logos houtos pseudous haliskesthai? Oudamōs oude gar an elechthē. Ei gar emellon diorthousthai pantes, ouk an eipen, hoti anankē elthein᾽ all᾽ epeidē proēdei adiorthōtous esomenous oikothen, dia touto eipen, hoti pantōs hēxousi. Kai tinos heneken autous ouk aneile? phēsi. Tinos gar heneken anairethēnai edei: dia tous blaptomenous? ᾿All ouk ekeithen hoi blaptomenoi apollyntai, all᾽ ek tēs heautōn rhąthymias. Kai dēlousin hoi enaretoi, ou monon ouden adikoumenoi enteuthen, alla kai ta megista kerdainontes hoios ēn ho ᾿Hiōōb, hoios ho ᾿Iōsēph, hoioi pantes hoi dikaioi kai hoi apostoloi. Ei de apollyntai polloi, para ton heautōn hypnon. Ei de mē houtōs eichen, alla para ta skandala hē apōleia, pantas apolesthai edei. Ei de eisin hoi diapheugontes, ho mē diapheugōn heautǭ logizesthō. Ta gar skandala, hoper ephēn, kai diegeirei, kai oxyterous poiei, kai akoną, ou monon ton phylattomenon, alla kai ton peripesonta tacheōs anastanta; asphalesteron gar auton ergazetai, kai dysalōton mallon poiei. Hōste an nēphōmen, ou mikron enteuthen karpoumetha kerdos, to diēnekōs egrēgorenai. Ei gar polemiōn ontōn kai tosoutōn peirasmōn epikeimenōn katheudomen, tines an eiēmen en adeią zōntes ? Kai ei boulei, ton prōton anthrōpon skopei. Ei gar oligon chronon, tacha de ouden hēmeran holēn en tǭ paradeisǭ zēsas, kai tryphēs apolausas, eis tosouton ēlase kakias, hōs kai isotheïan phantasthēnai, kai ton apateōna euergetēn nomisai, kai mias mē kataschein entolēs ei kai ton ephexēs bion atalaipōron ezē, ti ouk an eirgasato?

“Woe to the world because of the stumbling blocks. For it is necessary that stumbling blocks come; but woe to that man through whom the stumbling block comes.” “And if it is necessary that stumbling blocks come,” perhaps one of the opponents might say, “why does he lament the world, when he ought to help and stretch out a hand? For that is the part of a physician and a protector; but this belongs to anyone.” What then should we say to so shameless a tongue? And what do you seek equal to this healing? For being God, he became man for your sake, and took the form of a slave, and underwent all the utmost things, and left undone nothing of what was his part. But since nothing more came of it for the ungrateful, for this reason he laments them, because after so great a healing they remained in their sickness. As if someone, when a sick man who had enjoyed much care would not obey the laws of medicine, should lament and say, “Woe to so-and-so for his sickness, which he increased by his own carelessness.” But there nothing comes of lamenting; whereas here even this is a form of healing, to foretell what will be and to lament it. For many, often, though advised, were not benefited at all, but when lamented, they recovered. That is why he set “woe” especially, rousing them and making them anxious and preparing them to be watchful. And along with this he shows also his goodwill toward those very men, and his gentleness, in that he laments even those who opposed him, not only being displeased with them, but correcting them both by the lament and by the prediction, so as to win them back. “And how is this possible?” someone says. “For if it is necessary that stumbling blocks come, how is it possible to escape them?” Because it is necessary that stumbling blocks come, but it is not altogether necessary to perish. Just as a physician might say (for nothing prevents us from using the same example again), “It is necessary that such a disease come on, but it is not necessary that the one who takes heed be altogether destroyed by the disease.” And he said this, as I said, rousing the disciples too along with the others. For so that they might not doze, as though sent out to peace and an untroubled life, he shows many wars standing over them, from outside and from inside. Which Paul too showed when he said, “fightings without, fears within,” and, “in dangers among false brothers”; and to the Milesians he said, “And from among yourselves men will arise speaking perverse things.” And he himself said, “A man’s enemies will be those of his own household.” And when he says “necessity,” he does not say this abolishing the self-determination of our authority, nor the freedom of choice, nor subjecting life to some necessity of circumstances, but he foretells what will certainly be; which Luke expressed in another word, saying thus: “It is impossible that stumbling blocks should not come.” And what are stumbling blocks? The hindrances of the right road. So too those on the stage call those who are clever at these things, who twist their bodies, by this name. His prediction, then, does not bring the stumbling blocks—away with that!—nor do they happen because he foretold them; but because they were certainly going to be, for this reason he foretold them; so that if those who bring them had not wished to do wickedness, they would not have come; and if they were not going to come, they would not have been foretold. But since those men did wickedly and were incurably sick, they came; and he foretells what is going to be. “And if those men had been corrected,” someone says, “and there had been no one bringing the stumbling blocks, would not this saying have been convicted of falsehood?” Not at all; for neither would it have been said. For if all were going to be corrected, he would not have said, “It is necessary that they come”; but since he foreknew that they would be incorrigible of themselves, for this reason he said that they would certainly come. “And why did he not destroy them?” someone says. Why should they have been destroyed? For the sake of those who are harmed? But those who are harmed do not perish from that source, but from their own carelessness. And the virtuous show this, who not only are not wronged at all by it, but even gain the greatest things; such was Job, such Joseph, such all the righteous and the apostles. And if many perish, it is through their own sleep. For if it were not so, but destruction came from the stumbling blocks, all ought to have perished. But if there are those who escape, let him who does not escape blame himself. For stumbling blocks, as I said, both rouse and make sharper, and whet not only the one who is on guard, but also the one who has fallen, if he rises quickly; for they make him safer and harder to capture. So if we are sober, we reap no small gain from this, being continually watchful. For if, when there are enemies and so many temptations pressing on us, we sleep, what would we be if we lived in security? And if you wish, consider the first man. For if, having lived a short time, perhaps not even a whole day, in paradise and enjoyed delight, he went so far in wickedness as even to imagine equality with God, and to think the deceiver a benefactor, and not to keep one commandment, what would he not have done if he had lived the rest of his life free from hardship?

59.2Field 2

Ἀλλ᾽ ὅταν ταῦτα εἴπωμεν, πάλιν ἕτερα ἀντιλέγουσιν, ἐρωτῶντες καὶ διατί αὐτὸν τοιοῦτον ἐποίησεν ὁ θεός ; Οὐχὶ ὁ θεὸς τοιοῦτον αὐτὸν ἐποίησεν ἄπαγε᾽ ἐπεὶ οὐδ᾽ ἂν ἐκόλασεν. Εἰ γὰρ ἡμεῖς, ἐν οἷς ἂν ὦμεν αἴτιοι, οὐκ ἐγκαλοῦμεν τοῖς οἰκέταις, πολλῷ μᾶλλον ὁ τῶν ὅλων θεός. ᾿Αλλὰ πόθεν τοῦτο ἐγένετο: φησί. Παρ᾽ ἑαυτοῦ καὶ τῆς ἑαυτοῦ ῥᾳθυμίας. Τί ἐστι, παρ᾽ ἑαυτοῦ: ᾿Ερώτησον σεαυτόν. Εἰ γὰρ μὴ παρ᾽ ἑαυτῶν εἰσι κακοὶ οἱ κακοὶ, μὴ κόλαζε τὸν οἰκέτην, μηδὲ ἐπιτίμα τῆ γυναικὶ ἐν οἷς ἀν ἁμαρτάνῃ, μηδὲ τύπτε τὸν υἱὸν, μηδὲ ἐγκάλει τῷ φίλῳ, μηδὲ μίσει τὸν ἐπηρεάζοντα σε ἐχθρόν πάντες γὰρ οὗτοι ἐλεεῖσθαι, οὐ κολάζεσθαι ἄξιοι, εἰ μὴ οἴκοθεν πλημμελοῦσιν. Ἀλλ᾽ οὐ δύναμαι φιλοσοφεῖν, φησί. Καίτοιγε ὅταν συνίδης οὐκ ἐκείνων τὴν αἰτίαν οὖσαν, ἀλλ᾽ ἀνάγκης ἑτέρας, δύνασαι φιλοσοφεῖν. Ὅταν γοῦν ὑπὸ νόσου κατεχόμενος οἰκέτης μή ποιήση τὰ ἐπιταχθέντα, οὐ μόνον οὐκ ἐγκαλεῖς, ἀλλὰ καὶ συγγινωσκεις. Οὕτω σὺ μάρτυς, ὅτι τὸ μὲν αὐτοῦ, τὸ δὲ οὐκ αὐτοῦ. Ὥστε κανταῦθα, εἰ ἤδεις ὅτι παρὰ τὸ γενέσθαι τοιοῦτος πονηρὸς ἦν, οὐ μόνον οὐκ ἂν ἐνεκάλεσας, ἀλλὰ καὶ συγγνώμην ἔδωκας ἄν. Οὐ γὰρ δήπου διὰ μὲν τὴν νόσον συγγινώσκεις, διὰ θεοῦ δὲ δημιουργίαν οὐκ ἂν συνέγνως, εἴγε τοιοῦτος εξ ἀρχῆς γέγονε. Καὶ ἑτέρωθεν δὲ τοὺς τοιούτους ἐπιστομίσαι ῥάδιον πολλὴ γὰρ τῆς ἀληθείας ἡ περιουσία. Διατί γὰρ μηδέποτε ἐνεκάλεσας οἰκέτη, ὅτι οὐκ ἔστι καλὸς τὴν ὄψιν, ὅτι οὐκ ἔστιν εὐμήκης τὸ σῶμα, ὅτι οὐκ ἔστι πτηνός; Ὅτι τῆς φύσεως ταῦτα. Οὐκοῦν τῶν τῆς φύσεως ἐγκλημάτων ἀπήλλακται, καὶ οὐδεὶς ἀντερεῖ. Ὅταν οὖν ἐγκαλῆς, δεικνύεις ὅτι οὐ τῆς φύσεως τὸ ἁμάρτημα, ἀλλὰ τῆς προαιρέσεως. Εἰ γὰρ ἐν οἷς οὐκ ἐγκαλοῦμεν, μαρτυροῦμεν τῆς φύσεως εἶναι τὸ πᾶν, δῆλον ὅτι ἐν οἷς ἐπιτιμῶμεν, δηλοῦμεν ὅτι προαιρέσεώς ἔστι τὸ πλημμέλημα. Μὴ τοίνυν μοι λογισμοὺς εἰς μέσον ἄγε διεστραμμένους, μηδὲ σοφίσματα καὶ πλοκὰς ἀραχνῶν εὐτελεστέρας, ἀλλ᾽ ἐκεῖνο πάλιν ἀπόκριναί μοι· πάντας ἀνθρώπους ὁ θεὸς εἰργάσατο; Παντί που δῆλον. Πώς οὺν οὐ πάντες ἴσοι κατὰ τὸν τῆς ἀρετῆς λόγον καὶ τὸν τῆς κακίας ; πόθεν οἱ ἀγαθοὶ καὶ χρηστοὶ καὶ ἐπιεικεῖς ; πόθεν οἱ φαῦλοι καὶ πονηροί; Εἰ γὰρ μὴ γνώμης ταῦτα δεῖται, αλλὰ φύσεώς ἐστι, πῶς οἱ μὲν τοῦτό εἰσιν, οἱ δὲ ἐκεῖνο; Εἰ μὲν γὰρ φύσει πάντες κακοὶ, οὐδένα οἷόν τε ἦν ἀγαθὸν εἶναι εἰ δὲ ἀγαθοὶ φύσει, οὐδένα κακόν. Εἰ γὰρ μία φύσις ἀνθρώπων ἁπάντων, ἔδει κατὰ τοῦτο πάντας ἓν εἶναι, εἴτε τοῦτο, εἴτε ἐκεῖνο ἔμελλον εἶναι. Εἰ δὲ λέγοιμεν, ὅτι φύσει οἱ μὲν ἀγαθοὶ, οἱ δὲ κακοὶ, ὅπερ οὐκ ἂν ἔχοι λόγον, ὥσπερ ἀπεδείξαμεν, ἐχρῆν ἀκίνητα ταῦτα εἶναι τὰ γὰρ τῆς φύσεως ἀκίνητα. Σκόπει δέ. Θνητοὶ πάντες καὶ παθητοὶ, καὶ οὐδεὶς ἀπαθὴς, κἂν μυρία φιλονεικῇ. Νῦν δὲ ὁρῶμεν απὸ χρηστῶν φαύλους πολλοὺς, καὶ ἀπὸ φαύλων χρηστοὺς γινομένους, τοὺς μὲν ῥᾳθυμίᾳ, τοὺς δὲ σπουδῇ ὅπερ μάλιστα δείκνυσιν οὐκ ὄντα φύσεως ταῦτα. Οὔτε γὰρ μεταβάλλεται, οὔτε ἵνα προσγένηται σπουδῆς δεῖται τὰ φυσικά. Ὥσπερ γὰρ εἰς τὸ βλέπειν καὶ ἀκούειν οὐ δεόμεθα πόνου, οὕτως οὐδὲ ἐν τῇ ἀρετῇ ἱδρώτων ἡμῖν ἔδει, εἰ τῇ φύσει αὐτῇ ἦν κεκληρωμένη. Τίνος δὲ ἕνεκεν καὶ φαύλους ἐποίει, δυνάμενος ἀγαθοὺς ποιῆσαι πάντας; Πόθεν οὖν τὰ κακά; φησίν. Ἐρώτησον σεαυτόν ἐμὸν γὰρ δεῖξαι, ὅτι οὐχὶ φύσεως, οὐδὲ ἀπὸ θεοῦ. Οὐκοῦν αὐτόματα; φησίν. Οὐδαμῶς. Ἀλλὰ ἀγέννητα; Εὐφήμει, ἄνθρωπε, καὶ ἀποπήδησον τῆς μανίας ταύτης, μιᾷ τιμῇ τὸν θεὸν τιμῶν καὶ τὰ κακὰ, καὶ τιμῇ τῇ ἀνωτάτω. Εἰ γὰρ ἀγέννητα, καὶ ἰσχυρὰ ἔσται, καὶ οὐδὲ ἀνασπασθῆναι δυνήσεται, οὐδὲ εἰς τὸ μὴ εἶναι χωρῆσαι. Ὅτι γὰρ τὸ ἀγέννητον ἀνώλεθρον, παντί που δῆλον.

All᾽ hotan tauta eipōmen, palin hetera antilegousin, erōtōntes kai diati auton toiouton epoiēsen ho theos ? Ouchi ho theos toiouton auton epoiēsen apage᾽ epei oud᾽ an ekolasen. Ei gar hēmeis, en hois an ōmen aitioi, ouk enkaloumen tois oiketais, pollǭ mallon ho tōn holōn theos. ᾿Alla pothen touto egeneto: phēsi. Par᾽ heautou kai tēs heautou rhąthymias. Ti esti, par᾽ heautou: ᾿Erōtēson seauton. Ei gar mē par᾽ heautōn eisi kakoi hoi kakoi, mē kolaze ton oiketēn, mēde epitima tē gynaiki en hois an hamartanę̄, mēde typte ton huion, mēde enkalei tǭ philǭ, mēde misei ton epēreazonta se echthron pantes gar houtoi eleeisthai, ou kolazesthai axioi, ei mē oikothen plēmmelousin. All᾽ ou dynamai philosophein, phēsi. Kaitoige hotan synidēs ouk ekeinōn tēn aitian ousan, all᾽ anankēs heteras, dynasai philosophein. Hotan goun hypo nosou katechomenos oiketēs mē poiēsē ta epitachthenta, ou monon ouk enkaleis, alla kai synginōskeis. Houtō sy martys, hoti to men autou, to de ouk autou. Hōste kantautha, ei ēdeis hoti para to genesthai toioutos ponēros ēn, ou monon ouk an enekalesas, alla kai syngnōmēn edōkas an. Ou gar dēpou dia men tēn noson synginōskeis, dia theou de dēmiourgian ouk an synegnōs, eige toioutos ex archēs gegone. Kai heterōthen de tous toioutous epistomisai rhadion pollē gar tēs alētheias hē periousia. Diati gar mēdepote enekalesas oiketē, hoti ouk esti kalos tēn opsin, hoti ouk estin eumēkēs to sōma, hoti ouk esti ptēnos? Hoti tēs physeōs tauta. Oukoun tōn tēs physeōs enklēmatōn apēllaktai, kai oudeis anterei. Hotan oun enkalēs, deiknyeis hoti ou tēs physeōs to hamartēma, alla tēs proaireseōs. Ei gar en hois ouk enkaloumen, martyroumen tēs physeōs einai to pan, dēlon hoti en hois epitimōmen, dēloumen hoti proaireseōs esti to plēmmelēma. Mē toinyn moi logismous eis meson age diestrammenous, mēde sophismata kai plokas arachnōn eutelesteras, all᾽ ekeino palin apokrinai moi; pantas anthrōpous ho theos eirgasato? Panti pou dēlon. Pōs oun ou pantes isoi kata ton tēs aretēs logon kai ton tēs kakias ? pothen hoi agathoi kai chrēstoi kai epieikeis ? pothen hoi phauloi kai ponēroi? Ei gar mē gnōmēs tauta deitai, alla physeōs esti, pōs hoi men touto eisin, hoi de ekeino? Ei men gar physei pantes kakoi, oudena hoion te ēn agathon einai ei de agathoi physei, oudena kakon. Ei gar mia physis anthrōpōn hapantōn, edei kata touto pantas hen einai, eite touto, eite ekeino emellon einai. Ei de legoimen, hoti physei hoi men agathoi, hoi de kakoi, hoper ouk an echoi logon, hōsper apedeixamen, echrēn akinēta tauta einai ta gar tēs physeōs akinēta. Skopei de. Thnētoi pantes kai pathētoi, kai oudeis apathēs, kan myria philoneikę̄. Nyn de horōmen apo chrēstōn phaulous pollous, kai apo phaulōn chrēstous ginomenous, tous men rhąthymią, tous de spoudę̄ hoper malista deiknysin ouk onta physeōs tauta. Oute gar metaballetai, oute hina prosgenētai spoudēs deitai ta physika. Hōsper gar eis to blepein kai akouein ou deometha ponou, houtōs oude en tę̄ aretę̄ hidrōtōn hēmin edei, ei tę̄ physei autę̄ ēn keklērōmenē. Tinos de heneken kai phaulous epoiei, dynamenos agathous poiēsai pantas? Pothen oun ta kaka? phēsin. Erōtēson seauton emon gar deixai, hoti ouchi physeōs, oude apo theou. Oukoun automata? phēsin. Oudamōs. Alla agennēta? Euphēmei, anthrōpe, kai apopēdēson tēs manias tautēs, mią timę̄ ton theon timōn kai ta kaka, kai timę̄ tę̄ anōtatō. Ei gar agennēta, kai ischyra estai, kai oude anaspasthēnai dynēsetai, oude eis to mē einai chōrēsai. Hoti gar to agennēton anōlethron, panti pou dēlon.

But when we say these things, they object again with other things, asking, “And why did God make him such?” God did not make him such—away with that!—since then he would not have punished him either. For if we do not blame our servants for things of which we are the cause, much less the God of all. “But where did this come from?” someone says. From himself and his own carelessness. What does “from himself” mean? Ask yourself. For if the wicked are not wicked of themselves, do not punish your servant, nor rebuke your wife when she sins, nor beat your son, nor blame your friend, nor hate the enemy who abuses you; for all these deserve to be pitied, not punished, if they do not do wrong of themselves. “But I cannot be so wise,” someone says. And yet when you see that the cause is not theirs but another necessity, you can be wise. When, at any rate, a servant held by sickness does not do what was commanded, you not only do not blame him, but even pardon him. So you yourself are witness that one thing is his and another is not his. So here too, if you knew that he was wicked through being made so, you would not only not have blamed him, but would even have pardoned him. For surely you do not pardon because of sickness, and would not have pardoned because of God’s making him, if he had been made such from the beginning. And from another side too it is easy to stop the mouths of such people; for the abundance of truth is great. For why did you ever blame a servant because he is not handsome in face, because he is not tall in body, because he has no wings? Because these things belong to nature. So he is freed from the charges that belong to nature, and no one will contradict this. When, then, you blame, you show that the sin is not of nature but of choice. For if, in the things for which we do not blame, we testify that the whole belongs to nature, it is plain that in the things for which we rebuke, we show that the fault belongs to choice. Do not, then, bring perverse reasonings into the midst, nor sophisms and tangles cheaper than spiders’ webs; but answer me this again: did God make all men? It is plain to everyone. How then are not all equal in respect of virtue and of wickedness? Whence the good and kind and gentle? Whence the worthless and wicked? For if these things do not need will but belong to nature, how are some this and others that? For if all are wicked by nature, no one could be good; and if good by nature, no one wicked. For if the nature of all men is one, all ought to be one in this respect, whether they were to be this or that. And if we should say that by nature some are good and others wicked, which would make no sense, as we have shown, these things ought to be unchangeable; for the things of nature are unchangeable. Consider: all are mortal and subject to suffering, and no one is impassible, however much he contends. But now we see many becoming worthless from good, and good from worthless, some by carelessness, others by zeal; which above all shows that these things are not of nature. For natural things neither change nor need zeal to be acquired. For as we need no labor to see and hear, so neither would we need sweat in virtue, if it were allotted to nature itself. And why would he make the worthless, when he could make all good? “Whence, then, are evils?” someone says. Ask yourself; for my part is to show that they are not of nature nor from God. “Then they arise of themselves?” someone says. Not at all. “But are they unbegotten?” Hush, man, and leap away from this madness, honoring God and evils with one honor, and that the highest honor. For if they are unbegotten, they will also be strong, and will not be able to be torn up or to pass into non-existence. For that the unbegotten is indestructible is plain to everyone.

59.3Field 2

Πόθεν δὲ καὶ ἀγαθοὶ τοσοῦτοι, τοσαύτην τοῦ κακοῦ τὴν δύναμιν ἔχοντος; πῶς οἱ γεννητοὶ τοῦ ἀγεννήτου ἰσχυρότεροι; Ἀλλ᾽ ὁ θεὸς αὐτὰ ἀναιρεῖ, φησί. Πότε; Πῶς δὲ καὶ ἀναιρήσει τὰ ὁμότιμα καὶ ὁμοσθενῆ καὶ ὁμήλικα, ὡς ἂν τις εἴποι; Ω τῆς τοῦ διαβόλου κακίας πόσον ἐξεῦρε κακόν οἵᾳ τὸν θεὸν περιβαλεῖν ἔπεισε βλασφημίᾳ' οἵῳ προσχήματι εὐσεβείας ἕτερον δύσφημον ἐπενόησε λόγον. Βουλόμενοι γὰρ δεῖξαι, ὅτι οὐκ ἐξ αὐτοῦ τὸ κακὸν, πονηρὸν ἄλλο δόγμα εἰσήγαγον, ἀγέννητα αὐτὰ φήσαντες εἶναι. Πόθεν οὖν τὰ κακά; φησίν. Ἐκ τοῦ θέλειν καὶ μὴ θέλειν. Αὐτὸ δὲ τὸ θέλειν καὶ μὴ θέλειν πόθεν; Παρ᾽ ἡμῶν αὐτῶν. Σὺ δὲ ταὐτὸν ποιεῖς ἐρωτῶν, ὡς ἂν εἰ ἐρομένου σου, πόθεν τὸ βλέπειν καὶ μὴ βλέπειν; εἶτα εἰπόντος μου, ἐκ τοῦ μύειν καὶ μὴ μύειν· πάλιν ἔροιο, αὐτὸ δὲ τὸ μύειν καὶ μὴ μύειν πόθεν ; εἶτα ἀκούσας ὅτι ἐξ ἡμῶν αὐτῶν καὶ τοῦ θέλειν, αἰτίαν πάλιν ἑτέραν ζητοίης. Τὸ γὰρ κακὸν οὐδὲν ἕτερόν ἐστιν, ἀλλ᾽ ἢ τὸ παρακοῦσαι θεοῦ. Πόθεν οὖν τοῦτο, φησὶν, εὗρεν ὁ ἄνθρωπος ; Ἔργον γὰρ ἦν τοῦτο εὑρεῖν; εἰπέ μοι. Οὐδὲ γὰρ ἐγὼ τοῦτό φημι, Ψ δύ ζω Ἔ ιν ἢ ’ ν ΄σε ὅτι δύσκολον τοῦτο· ἀλλὰ πόθεν ἠθέλησε παρακοῦσαι; Ἀπὸ ῥᾳθυμίας. Κύριος γὰρ ὧν ἑκατέρων πρὸς τοῦτο μᾶλλον ἀπέκλινεν. Εἰ δὲ ἀπορεῖς ἔτι καὶ ἰλιγγιᾷς ταῦτα ἀκούων, ἐγώ σε ἐρήσομαι οὐδὲν δυσχερές, οὐδὲ ποικίλον, ἀλλ᾽ ἁπλοῦν τινα καὶ σαφῆ λόγον. Γέγονάς ποτε κακὸς, γέγονας δέ ποτε καὶ ἀγαθός; Ὃ δὲ λέγω, τοιοῦτόν ἐστιν. ᾿Ἐκράτησάς ποτε πάθους, καὶ ἑάλως πάλιν ὑπὸ πάθους; περιέπεσες μέθῃ, καὶ ἐκράτησας μέθης; ὠργίσθης ποτέ, καὶ οὐκ ὠργίσθης; παρεῖδες πένητα, καὶ οὐ παρεῖδες; ἐπόρνευσάς ποτε, καὶ ἐσωφρόνησας πάλιν; Πόθεν οὖν ταῦτα πάντα; εἰπέ μοι πόθεν; Ἂν γὰρ αὐτὸς μὴ λέγῃς, ἐγὼ ἐρῶ. Ὅτι τὸ μὲν ἐσπούδασας συντείνας σαυτόν μετὰ δὲ ταῦτα ἐξελύθης καὶ ἐῤῥᾳθύμησας. Τοῖς μὲν γὰρ ἀπεγνωσμένοις καὶ διόλον οὖσιν ἐν κακίᾳ, καὶ ἀναισθήτως ἔχουσι καὶ μαινομένοις, καὶ οὐκ ἐθέλουσιν οὐδὲ ἀκούειν τὰ διορθοῦντα αὐτοὺς, οὐδὲ διαλέξομαι περὶ φιλοσοφίας τοῖς δὲ ποτὲ μὲν ἐν τούτῳ, ποτὲ δὲ ἐν ἐκείνῳ γενομένοις ἡδέως ἐρῶ. Ἥρπασάς ποτε μὲν τὰ μὴ προσήκοντα· μετὰ δὲ ταῦτα κατακλασθεὶς ὑπὸ ἐλέου, καὶ τῶν σαυτοῦ μετέδωκας τῷ δεομένῳ; Πόθεν οὖν αὕτη ἡ μεταβολή; οὐκ εὔδηλον ὅτι ἀπὸ γνώμης καὶ προαιρέσεως; Εὔδηλον· καὶ οὐκ ἔστιν ὅστις οὐκ ἂν εἴποι τοῦτο. Διὸ παρακαλῶ σπουδάζειν καὶ ἀρετῆς ἔχεσθαι, καὶ οὐδὲν δεήσεσθε τῶν ζητημάτων τούτων. Τὰ γὰρ κακὰ, ὀνόματά ἐστι μόνον, ἐὰν θέλωμεν. Μὴ τοίνυν ζήτει, πόθεν τὰ κακά, μηδὲ διαπόρει ἀλλ᾽ εὑρὼν ὅτι ἀπὸ ῥᾳθυμίας μόνης, φεῦγε τὰ κακά. Κἂν εἴπῃ τις, ὅτι οὐ παρ᾽ ἡμῶν ταῦτα, ὅταν ἴδης ὀργιζόμενον οἰκέτῃ, καὶ παροξυνόμενον γυναικὶ, καὶ ἐγκαλοῦντα παιδὶ, καὶ καταγινώσκοντα τῶν ἀδικούντων, εἰπὲ πρὸς αὐτόν πῶς οὖν ἔλεγες, ὅτι οὐ παρ᾽ ἡμῶν τὰ κακά: Εἰ γὰρ οὐ παρ᾽ ἡμῶν, τίνος ἕνεκεν ἐγκαλεῖς ; Εἰπὲ πάλιν' ἀπὸ σαυτοῦ λοιδορεῖς καὶ ὑβρίζεις : Εἰ μὲν γὰρ οὐκ ἀπὸ σαυτοῦ, μηδείς σοι ὀργιζέσθω εἰ δὲ ἀπὸ σαυτοῦ, ἀπὸ σοῦ καὶ απὸ τῆς σῆς ῥᾳθυμίας τὰ κακά. Τί δέ; νομίζεις εἶναί τινας ἀγαθούς: Εἰ μὲν γὰρ μηδεὶς ἀγαθὸς, πόθεν σοι τὸ ὄνομα τοῦτο; πόθεν οἱ ἔπαινοι; Εἰ δὲ εἰσὶν ἀγαθοὶ, εὔδηλον ὅτι καὶ τοῖς πονηροῖς ἐπιτιμήσουσιν. Ἀλλ᾽ εἰ μή τίς ἐστιν ἑκὼν πονηρός, μηδὲ παρ᾽ ἑαυτόν, ἀδίκως εὑρεθήσονται ἐπιτιμῶντες οἱ ἀγαθοὶ τοῖς κακοῖς, καὶ ἔσονται καὶ αὐτοὶ ταύτη κακοὶ πάλιν. Τί γὰρ ἂν κάκιον γένοιτ᾽ ἂν τοῦ τὸν ἀνεύθυνον ὑποβάλλειν ἐγκλήμασιν; Εἰ δὲ μένουσιν ἡμῖν ἀγαθοὶ καὶ ἐπιτιμῶντες, καὶ τοῦτο μάλιστα τῆς ἀγαθότητος αὐτῶν δεῖγμα, καὶ τοῖς σφόδρα ἀνοήτοις κἀντεῦθεν δῆλον, ὅτι οὐδεὶς οὐδέποτε ἀνάγκῃ κακός. Εἰ δὲ καὶ μετὰ ταῦτα πάντα ζητοίης, πόθεν τὰ κακά; ἀπὸ ῥᾳθυμίας εἴποιμ᾽ ἄν, ἀπὸ ἀργίας, ἀπὸ τοῦ πονηροῖς συγγίνεσθαι, ἀπὸ τοῦ καταφρονεῖν ἀρετῆς ἐντεῦθεν καὶ τὰ κακά, καὶ τὸ ζητεῖν τινας, πόθεν τὰ κακά. Ὥς τῶν γε κατορθούντων οὐδεὶς ταῦτα ἐπιζητεῖ, τών ἐπιεικῶς καὶ σωφρόνως ζῆν προαιρουμένων ἀλλ᾽ οἱ πονηρὰ τολμῶντες, καὶ παραμυθίαν τινὰ ἀνόητον διὰ τούτων βουλόμενοι τών λόγων ἐπινοεῖν, ἀραχνῶν ὑφάσματα πλέκουσιν. Ἀλλ ἡμεῖς ταῦτα μὴ διὰ λόγων μόνον, ἀλλὰ καὶ διὰ τῶν ἔργων διαῤῥήξωμεν. Οὐδὲ γὰρ ἀνάγκης ἐστὶ ταῦτα. Εἰ γὰρ ἀνάγκης ἣν, οὐκ ἂν εἶπεν οὐαὶ τῷ ἀνθρώπῳ, δι᾽ οὗ τὸ σκάνδαλον ἔρχεται. ᾿Εκείνους γὰρ μόνους ταλανίζει τοὺς ἐκ προαιρέσεως πονηρούς. Εἰ δὲ, δι᾽ οὗ, λέγει, μὴ θαυμάσης. Οὐ γὰρ ὡς ἑτέρου δι᾽ αὐτοῦ εἰσάγοντος τοῦτό φησιν, ἀλλ΄ ὡς αὐτοῦ τὸ πᾶν κατασκευάζοντος. Οἶδε γὰρ τὸ δι᾽ οὗ, τὸ ὑφ᾽ οὗ λέγειν ἡ γραφή, ὡς ὅταν λέγῃ· ἐκτησάμην ἄνθρωπον διὰ τοῦ θεοῦ οὐ τὸ δεύτερον αἴτιον, ἀλλὰ τὸ πρῶτον τιθεῖσα. Καὶ πάλιν οὐχὶ διὰ τοῦ θεοῦ διασάφησις αὐτῶν ἐστι; καὶ, πιστὸς ὁ θεὸς, δι’ οὗ ἐκλήθητε εἰς κοινωνίαν τοῦ υἱοῦ αὐτοῦ.

Pothen de kai agathoi tosoutoi, tosautēn tou kakou tēn dynamin echontos? pōs hoi gennētoi tou agennētou ischyroteroi? All᾽ ho theos auta anairei, phēsi. Pote? Pōs de kai anairēsei ta homotima kai homosthenē kai homēlika, hōs an tis eipoi? Ō tēs tou diabolou kakias poson exeure kakon hoią ton theon peribalein epeise blasphēmią' hoiǭ proschēmati eusebeias heteron dysphēmon epenoēse logon. Boulomenoi gar deixai, hoti ouk ex autou to kakon, ponēron allo dogma eisēgagon, agennēta auta phēsantes einai. Pothen oun ta kaka? phēsin. Ek tou thelein kai mē thelein. Auto de to thelein kai mē thelein pothen? Par᾽ hēmōn autōn. Sy de tauton poieis erōtōn, hōs an ei eromenou sou, pothen to blepein kai mē blepein? eita eipontos mou, ek tou myein kai mē myein; palin eroio, auto de to myein kai mē myein pothen ? eita akousas hoti ex hēmōn autōn kai tou thelein, aitian palin heteran zētoiēs. To gar kakon ouden heteron estin, all᾽ ē to parakousai theou. Pothen oun touto, phēsin, heuren ho anthrōpos ? Ergon gar ēn touto heurein? eipe moi. Oude gar egō touto phēmi, Ps dy zō E in ē ’ n ΄se hoti dyskolon touto; alla pothen ēthelēse parakousai? Apo rhąthymias. Kyrios gar hōn hekaterōn pros touto mallon apeklinen. Ei de aporeis eti kai ilingiąs tauta akouōn, egō se erēsomai ouden dyscheres, oude poikilon, all᾽ haploun tina kai saphē logon. Gegonas pote kakos, gegonas de pote kai agathos? Ho de legō, toiouton estin. ᾿Ekratēsas pote pathous, kai healōs palin hypo pathous? periepeses methę̄, kai ekratēsas methēs? ōrgisthēs pote, kai ouk ōrgisthēs? pareides penēta, kai ou pareides? eporneusas pote, kai esōphronēsas palin? Pothen oun tauta panta? eipe moi pothen? An gar autos mē legę̄s, egō erō. Hoti to men espoudasas synteinas sauton meta de tauta exelythēs kai errhąthymēsas. Tois men gar apegnōsmenois kai diolon ousin en kakią, kai anaisthētōs echousi kai mainomenois, kai ouk ethelousin oude akouein ta diorthounta autous, oude dialexomai peri philosophias tois de pote men en toutǭ, pote de en ekeinǭ genomenois hēdeōs erō. Hērpasas pote men ta mē prosēkonta; meta de tauta kataklastheis hypo eleou, kai tōn sautou metedōkas tǭ deomenǭ? Pothen oun hautē hē metabolē? ouk eudēlon hoti apo gnōmēs kai proaireseōs? Eudēlon; kai ouk estin hostis ouk an eipoi touto. Dio parakalō spoudazein kai aretēs echesthai, kai ouden deēsesthe tōn zētēmatōn toutōn. Ta gar kaka, onomata esti monon, ean thelōmen. Mē toinyn zētei, pothen ta kaka, mēde diaporei all᾽ heurōn hoti apo rhąthymias monēs, pheuge ta kaka. Kan eipę̄ tis, hoti ou par᾽ hēmōn tauta, hotan idēs orgizomenon oiketę̄, kai paroxynomenon gynaiki, kai enkalounta paidi, kai kataginōskonta tōn adikountōn, eipe pros auton pōs oun eleges, hoti ou par᾽ hēmōn ta kaka: Ei gar ou par᾽ hēmōn, tinos heneken enkaleis ? Eipe palin' apo sautou loidoreis kai hybrizeis : Ei men gar ouk apo sautou, mēdeis soi orgizesthō ei de apo sautou, apo sou kai apo tēs sēs rhąthymias ta kaka. Ti de? nomizeis einai tinas agathous: Ei men gar mēdeis agathos, pothen soi to onoma touto? pothen hoi epainoi? Ei de eisin agathoi, eudēlon hoti kai tois ponērois epitimēsousin. All᾽ ei mē tis estin hekōn ponēros, mēde par᾽ heauton, adikōs heurethēsontai epitimōntes hoi agathoi tois kakois, kai esontai kai autoi tautē kakoi palin. Ti gar an kakion genoit᾽ an tou ton aneuthynon hypoballein enklēmasin? Ei de menousin hēmin agathoi kai epitimōntes, kai touto malista tēs agathotētos autōn deigma, kai tois sphodra anoētois kanteuthen dēlon, hoti oudeis oudepote anankę̄ kakos. Ei de kai meta tauta panta zētoiēs, pothen ta kaka? apo rhąthymias eipoim᾽ an, apo argias, apo tou ponērois synginesthai, apo tou kataphronein aretēs enteuthen kai ta kaka, kai to zētein tinas, pothen ta kaka. Hōs tōn ge katorthountōn oudeis tauta epizētei, tōn epieikōs kai sōphronōs zēn proairoumenōn all᾽ hoi ponēra tolmōntes, kai paramythian tina anoēton dia toutōn boulomenoi tōn logōn epinoein, arachnōn hyphasmata plekousin. All hēmeis tauta mē dia logōn monon, alla kai dia tōn ergōn diarrhēxōmen. Oude gar anankēs esti tauta. Ei gar anankēs hēn, ouk an eipen ouai tǭ anthrōpǭ, di᾽ hou to skandalon erchetai. ᾿Ekeinous gar monous talanizei tous ek proaireseōs ponērous. Ei de, di᾽ hou, legei, mē thaumasēs. Ou gar hōs heterou di᾽ autou eisagontos touto phēsin, all΄ hōs autou to pan kataskeuazontos. Oide gar to di᾽ hou, to hyph᾽ hou legein hē graphē, hōs hotan legę̄; ektēsamēn anthrōpon dia tou theou ou to deuteron aition, alla to prōton titheisa. Kai palin ouchi dia tou theou diasaphēsis autōn esti? kai, pistos ho theos, di’ hou eklēthēte eis koinōnian tou huiou autou.

And whence are there so many good men, when wickedness has so much power? How are the begotten stronger than the unbegotten? “But God will destroy them,” someone says. When? And how will he destroy things equal in honor and in strength and, as one might say, of the same age? O the wickedness of the devil! How great an evil has he invented! With what blasphemy has he persuaded them to surround God! Under what pretext of piety has he devised another blasphemous doctrine! For wishing to show that evil is not from him, they brought in another wicked doctrine, saying that evils are unbegotten. “Whence, then, are evils?” someone says. From willing and not willing. “And whence is willing and not willing itself?” From ourselves. But you are doing the same thing in asking as if, when I asked you, “Whence is seeing and not seeing?” and you said, “From shutting the eyes and not shutting them,” you should ask again, “And whence is shutting and not shutting?” and then, having heard, “From ourselves and from willing,” you should seek again another cause. For evil is nothing else than disobeying God. “Whence, then,” someone says, “did man find this?” Was it hard to find this? Tell me. For neither do I say that this is difficult; but whence did he wish to disobey? From carelessness. For being master of both, he inclined rather to this. But if you are still at a loss, and grow dizzy hearing these things, I will ask you nothing difficult or intricate, but a simple and clear question. Have you ever been wicked, and have you also at some time been good? What I mean is this. Have you at some time mastered a passion, and been caught again by a passion? Have you fallen into drunkenness, and mastered drunkenness? Have you at some time been angry, and not been angry? Have you overlooked a poor man, and not overlooked him? Have you at some time committed sexual immorality, and become chaste again? Whence, then, are all these things? Tell me, whence? For if you do not say it, I will say it. That at one time you were zealous, exerting yourself, but afterward you slackened and grew careless. For with those who are desperate and wholly in wickedness, and are insensible and mad, and do not wish even to hear what corrects them, I will not even speak about wisdom; but with those who are sometimes in this and sometimes in that, I will gladly speak. Have you at some time seized what did not belong to you, and afterward, broken by pity, shared even your own with one in need? Whence, then, this change? Is it not plain that it is from your will and choice? It is plain; and there is no one who would not say this. That is why I beg you to be zealous and to hold fast to virtue, and you will have no need of these questions. For evils are only names, if we wish. Do not, then, ask whence evils are, nor be at a loss; but having found that they come from carelessness alone, flee evils. And if someone says that these things are not from us, when you see him angry with a servant, and provoked with his wife, and blaming his child, and condemning those who wrong him, say to him: How then did you say that evils are not from us? For if they are not from us, why do you blame? Say again: Do you revile and insult of yourself? For if not of yourself, let no one be angry with you; but if of yourself, then evils are from you and from your carelessness. And what? Do you think there are some good men? For if no one is good, whence have you this name? Whence the praises? But if there are good men, it is plain that they will rebuke the wicked. But if no one is wicked willingly, nor of himself, the good will be found rebuking the wicked unjustly, and they too will be wicked again in this way. For what could be worse than subjecting the guiltless to charges? But if they remain good in our eyes even while rebuking, and this above all is a proof of their goodness, it is plain even to the very foolish from this too that no one was ever wicked by necessity. And if after all this you still ask, “Whence are evils?”, I would say: from carelessness, from idleness, from keeping company with the wicked, from despising virtue; from this come both evils and some people’s asking whence evils come. For of those who do right, no one asks these things, none of those who choose to live gently and soberly; but those who dare wicked things, and wish to devise some senseless consolation through these words, weave spiders’ webs. But let us tear these up not by words only but also by deeds. For these things are not of necessity. For if it were of necessity, he would not have said, “Woe to the man through whom the stumbling block comes.” For he laments only those who are wicked by choice. And if he says “through whom,” do not wonder. For he says this not as though another brought it in through him, but as though he arranged the whole. For Scripture knows how to say “through whom” for “by whom,” as when it says, “I have gotten a man through God,” setting down not the second cause but the first. And again, “Is not the interpretation of them through God?” and, “God is faithful, through whom you were called into the fellowship of his Son.”

59.4Field 2

Καὶ ἵνα μάθῃς, ὅτι οὐκ ἔστιν ἀνάγκης, ἄκουσον καὶ τῶν ἑξῆς. Μετὰ γὰρ τὸ ταλανίσαι, φησίν· εἰ ἡ χείρ σου ἢ ὁ πούς σον σκανδαλίζει σε, ἔκκοψον αὐτά, καὶ βάλε ἀπὸ σοῦ. Καλὸν γάρ σοί ἐστιν εἰσελθεῖν εἰς τὴν ζωὴν χωλὸν ἣ κυλλὸν, ἣ δύο χεῖρας καὶ πόδας ἔχοντα βληθῆναι εἰς τὸ πὺρ. Καὶ εἰ ὁ ὀφθαλμός σον ὁ δεξιὸς σκανδαλίζει σε, ἔξελε αὐτόν. Καλὸν σοί ἐστι μονόφθαλμον εἰσελθεῖν εἰς τὴν ζωὴν, ἢ δύο ὀφθαλμοὺς ἔχοντα βληθῆναι εἰς τὴν κάμινον τοῦ πυρός· οὐ περὶ μελῶν ταῦτα λέγων ἄπαγε· ἀλλὰ περὶ φίλων, περὶ τῶν προσηκόντων, οὗς ἐν τάξει μελῶν ἔχομεν ἀναγκαίων. Τοῦτο καὶ ἀνωτέρω εἴρηκε, καὶ νῦν λέγει. Οὐδὲν γὰρ οὕτω βλαβερὸν, ὡς συνουσία πονηρά. Ὅσα γὰρ ἀνάγκη μὴ δύναται, δύναται φιλία πολλάκις καὶ εἰς βλάβην καὶ εἰς ὠφέλειαν. Διὸ μετὰ πολλῆς τῆς σφοδρότητος τοὺς βλάπτοντας ἡμᾶς ἐκκόπτειν κελεύει, τούτους αἰνιττόμενος τοὺς τὰ σκάνδαλα φέροντας. Εἶδες πῶς τὴν ἐσομένην ἐκ τῶν σκανδάλων ἀνεκρούσατο βλάβην; Τῷ προειπεῖν, ὅτι πάντως ἔσται, ὥστε μηδένα ἐν ῥᾳθυμίᾳ εὑρεῖν, αλλὰ προσδοκῶντας αὐτὰ νήφειν' τῷ δεῖξαι μεγάλα ὄντα κακά (οὐ γὰρ ἂν ἁπλῶς εἶπεν, οὐαὶ τῷ κόσμῳ ἀπὸ τῶν σκανδάλων, αλλὰ δεικνὺς μεγάλην τὴν ἐξ αὐτῶν λύμην)· τῷ ταλανίσαι πάλιν τὸν εἰσάγοντα αὐτὰ μειζόνως. Τὸ γὰρ εἰπεῖν, πλὴν οὐαὶ τῷ ἀνθρώπῳ ἐκείνῳ, πολλὴν δεικνύντος ἦν τὴν τιμωρίαν οὐ τοῦτο δὲ μόνον, ἀλλὰ καὶ τῇ τοὺ παραδείγματος προσθήκῃ ηὔξησε τὸν φόβον. Εἶτα οὐκ ἀρκεῖται τούτοις, ἀλλὰ καὶ δείκνυσι τὴν ὁδὸν, δι ἧς ἄν τις διαφύγοι τὰ σκάνδαλα. Τίς δέ ἐστιν αὕτη; Τοὺς πονηροὺς, φησὶ, κἂν σφόδρα σοι φίλοι ὦσιν, ἀπότεμνε τῆς φιλίας. Καὶ λέγει λογισμὸν ἀναντίῤῥητον. Ἂν μὲν γὰρ μένωσι φίλοι, οὔτε αὐτοὺς κερδανεῖς, καὶ σαντὸν προσαπολεῖς· ἂν δὲ ἀποτέμνῃς, τὴν γοῦν σαυτοῦ σωτηρίαν καρπώσῃ. Ὥστε εἴ τινός σε φιλία βλάπτει, ἔκκοπτε ἀπὸ σοῦ. Εἰ γὰρ τῶν ἡμετέρων μελῶν πολλὰ πολλάκις ἀποτέμνομεν, ὅταν αὐτά τε ἀνιάτως ἔχῃ, καὶ τοῖς λοιποῖς λυμαίνηται, πολλῷ μᾶλλον ἐπὶ φίλων τοῦτο ποιεῖν χρή. Εἰ δὲ φύσει ἦν τὰ κακὰ, περιττὴ πᾶσα αὕτη ἡ παραίνεσις καὶ ἡ συμβουλὴ, περιττὴ ἡ διὰ τῶν εἰρημένων φυλακή. Εἰ δὲ οὐ περιττὴ, ὥσπερ οὗν οὐδὲ περιττὴ, εὔδηλον ὅτι γνώμης ἡ πονηρία. Ὁρᾶτε μὴ καταφρονήσητε ἑνὸς τῶν μικρῶν τούτων. Λέγω γὰρ ὑμῖν, ὅτι οἱ ἄγγελοι αὐτῶν διαπαντὸς βλέπουσι τὸ πρόσωπον τοῦ πατρός μου τοῦ ἐν οὐρανοῖς. Μικροὺς οὐ τοὺς ἀληθῶς μικροὺς καλεῖ, ἀλλὰ τοὺς νομιζομένους παρὰ τοῖς πολλοῖς, τοὺς πτωχοὺς, τοὺς εὐκαταφρονήτους, τοὺς ἀγνῶτας (πῶς γὰρ ἂν εἴη μικρὸς ὁ τοῦ κόσμου παντὸς ἀντάξιος : πῶς ἂν εἴη μικρὸς ὁ τῷ θεῷ φίλος;) ἀλλὰ τοὺς παρὰ τῆ τῶν πολλῶν ὑπονοίᾳ τοιούτους νομιζομένους. Καὶ οὐ λέγει περὶ πολλῶν μόνον, ἀλλὰ καὶ περὶ ἑνὸς, καντεῦθεν πάλιν ἀποτειχίζων τὴν τῶν πολλῶν σκανδάλων βλάβην. Ὥσπερ γὰρ τὸ φεύγειν τοὺς πονηροὺς, οὕτω τὸ τιμᾶν τοὺς χρηστοὺς κέρδος ἔχει μέγιστον, καὶ διπλῆ γένοιτ᾽ ἂν ἀσφάλεια τῷ προσέχοντι μία μὲν ἐκ τοῦ τῶν σκανδαλιζόντων τὰς φιλίας ἐκτεμεῖν ἑτέρα δὲ ἐκ τοῦ τοὺς αγίους τούτους ἔχειν εν θεραπείᾳ καὶ τιμῇ. Εἶτα καὶ ἑτέρωθεν αὐτοὺς αἰδεσίμους ποιεῖ, λέγων ὅτι οἱ ἄγγελοι αὐτῶν διαπαντὸς βλέπουσι τὸ πρόσωπον τοῦ πατρός μου τοῦ ἐν οὐρανοῖς. Ἐντεῦθεν δῆλον, ὅτι ἀγγέλους ἔχουσιν οἱ ἅγιοι, Υ ἢ καὶ πάντες. Καὶ γὰρ ὁ ἀπόστολός φησι περὶ τῆς γυναικὸς, ὅτι ὀφείλει ἐξουσίαν ἔχειν ἐπὶ τῆς κεφαλῆς διὰ τοὺς ἀγγέλους· καὶ ὁ Μωυσῆς ἔστησεν ὅρια ἐθνῶν κατὰ αριθμὸν ἀγγέλων θεοῦ. Ἐνταῦθα δὲ οὐ περὶ ἀγγέλων διαλέγεται μόνον, ἀλλὰ καὶ περὶ ἀγγέλων ὑπερεχόντων. Ὅταν δὲ εἴπῃ, τὸ πρόσωπον τοῦ πατρός μου, οὐδὲν ἕτερον ἢ τὴν πλείονα παῤῥησίαν λέγει, καὶ τὴν πολλὴν τιμήν. Ἦλθε γὰρ ὁ υἱὸς τοῦ ἀνθρώπου. σῶσαι τὸ ἀπολωλός. Πάλιν ἕτερον λογισμὸν τίθησι τοὺ προτέρου μείζονα, καὶ παραβολὴν συνάπτει, δι ἧς καὶ τὸν πατέρα εἰσάγει ταῦτα βουλόμενον. Τί γὰρ ὑμῖν δοκεῖ: φησίν· ἐὰν γένηταί τινι ἀνθρώπῳ πρόβατα ἑκατὸν, καὶ πλανηθῇ ἓν ἐξ αὐτῶν, οὐχὶ ἀφεὶς τὰ ἐνενηκονταεννέα, πορευθεὶς ἐπὶ τὰ ὄρη ζητεῖ τὸ πλανώμενον: Καὶ ἐὰν γένηται εὑρεῖν αὐτὸ, χαίρει ἐπ᾽ αὐτῷ μάλλον, ἢ ἐπὶ τοῖς ἐνενηκονταεννέα τοῖς μὴ πεπλανημένοις. Οὕτως οὐκ ἔστι θέλημα ἔμπροσθεν τοῦ πατρὸς ὑμῶν, ἵνα ἀπόληται εἷς τῶν μικρῶν τούτων. Ὁρᾷς δι ὅσων ἡμᾶς ἐνάγει εἰς τὴν τῶν εὐτελῶν ἀδελφῶν ἐπιμέλειαν; Μὴ τοίνυν εἴπῃς, χαλκοτύπος ἐστὶν ὁ δεῖνα, ὑποδηματοῤῥάφος, γεωργὸς ἐστιν, ἀνόητός ἐστι, καὶ καταφρονήσης. Ἵνα γὰρ μὴ τοῦτο πάθης, ὅρα διὰ πόσων σε πείθει μετριάζειν, καὶ εἰς τὴν τούτων ἐπιμέλειαν ἐμβάλλει. Ἔστησε παιδίον, καί φησι γίνεσθε ὡς τὰ παιδία καὶ, ὃς ἂν δέξηται παιδίον τοιοῦτον, ἐμὲ δέχεται καὶ, ὃς ἐὰν σκανδαλίσῃ, τὰ ἔσχατα πείσεται. Καὶ οὐδὲ ἠρκέσθη τῷ παραδείγματι τοῦ μύλου, ἀλλὰ καὶ τὸ οὐαὶ προσέθηκε, καὶ τοὺς τοιούτους ἐκτέμνειν ἐκέλευσε, κἂν ἐν τάξει χειρῶν ὦσι καὶ ὀφθαλμῶν ἡμῖν. Καὶ ἀπὸ τῶν ἀγγέλων πάλιν τῶν ἐγκεχειρισμένων αὐτοὺς τούτους τοὺς εὐτελεῖς ἀδελφοὺς αἰδεσίμους ποιεῖ καὶ ἀπὸ τοῦ οἰκείου θελήματος καὶ πάθους (ὅταν γὰρ εἴπῃ, ἦλθεν ὃ υἱὸς τοῦ ἀνθρώπου σῶσαι τὸ ἀπολωλὸς, καὶ τὸν σταυρὸν δηλοῖ, καθάπερ καὶ Παῦλός φησι, περὶ ἀδελφοῦ λέγων· δι᾽ ὃν Χριστὸς ἀπέθανε) καὶ ἀπὸ τοῦ πατρὸς, ὅτι οὐδὲ αὐτῷ δοκεῖ ἀπολέσθαι, καὶ ἀπὸ τῆς κοινῆς συνηθείας, ὅτι καταλιπὼν τὰ σεσωσμένα ὁ ποιμὴν ζητεῖ τὸ ἀπολόμενον· καὶ ὅταν εὕρῃ τὸ πεπλανημένον, σφόδρα ἥδεται τῆ εὑρέσει καὶ τῇ σωτηρίᾳ τούτον.

Kai hina mathę̄s, hoti ouk estin anankēs, akouson kai tōn hexēs. Meta gar to talanisai, phēsin; ei hē cheir sou ē ho pous son skandalizei se, ekkopson auta, kai bale apo sou. Kalon gar soi estin eiselthein eis tēn zōēn chōlon hē kyllon, hē dyo cheiras kai podas echonta blēthēnai eis to pyr. Kai ei ho ophthalmos son ho dexios skandalizei se, exele auton. Kalon soi esti monophthalmon eiselthein eis tēn zōēn, ē dyo ophthalmous echonta blēthēnai eis tēn kaminon tou pyros; ou peri melōn tauta legōn apage; alla peri philōn, peri tōn prosēkontōn, hous en taxei melōn echomen anankaiōn. Touto kai anōterō eirēke, kai nyn legei. Ouden gar houtō blaberon, hōs synousia ponēra. Hosa gar anankē mē dynatai, dynatai philia pollakis kai eis blabēn kai eis ōpheleian. Dio meta pollēs tēs sphodrotētos tous blaptontas hēmas ekkoptein keleuei, toutous ainittomenos tous ta skandala pherontas. Eides pōs tēn esomenēn ek tōn skandalōn anekrousato blabēn? Tǭ proeipein, hoti pantōs estai, hōste mēdena en rhąthymią heurein, alla prosdokōntas auta nēphein' tǭ deixai megala onta kaka (ou gar an haplōs eipen, ouai tǭ kosmǭ apo tōn skandalōn, alla deiknys megalēn tēn ex autōn lymēn); tǭ talanisai palin ton eisagonta auta meizonōs. To gar eipein, plēn ouai tǭ anthrōpǭ ekeinǭ, pollēn deiknyntos ēn tēn timōrian ou touto de monon, alla kai tę̄ tou paradeigmatos prosthēkę̄ ēuxēse ton phobon. Eita ouk arkeitai toutois, alla kai deiknysi tēn hodon, di hēs an tis diaphygoi ta skandala. Tis de estin hautē? Tous ponērous, phēsi, kan sphodra soi philoi ōsin, apotemne tēs philias. Kai legei logismon anantirrhēton. An men gar menōsi philoi, oute autous kerdaneis, kai santon prosapoleis; an de apotemnę̄s, tēn goun sautou sōtērian karpōsę̄. Hōste ei tinos se philia blaptei, ekkopte apo sou. Ei gar tōn hēmeterōn melōn polla pollakis apotemnomen, hotan auta te aniatōs echę̄, kai tois loipois lymainētai, pollǭ mallon epi philōn touto poiein chrē. Ei de physei ēn ta kaka, perittē pasa hautē hē parainesis kai hē symboulē, perittē hē dia tōn eirēmenōn phylakē. Ei de ou perittē, hōsper houn oude perittē, eudēlon hoti gnōmēs hē ponēria. Horate mē kataphronēsēte henos tōn mikrōn toutōn. Legō gar hymin, hoti hoi angeloi autōn diapantos blepousi to prosōpon tou patros mou tou en ouranois. Mikrous ou tous alēthōs mikrous kalei, alla tous nomizomenous para tois pollois, tous ptōchous, tous eukataphronētous, tous agnōtas (pōs gar an eiē mikros ho tou kosmou pantos antaxios : pōs an eiē mikros ho tǭ theǭ philos?) alla tous para tē tōn pollōn hyponoią toioutous nomizomenous. Kai ou legei peri pollōn monon, alla kai peri henos, kanteuthen palin apoteichizōn tēn tōn pollōn skandalōn blabēn. Hōsper gar to pheugein tous ponērous, houtō to timan tous chrēstous kerdos echei megiston, kai diplē genoit᾽ an asphaleia tǭ prosechonti mia men ek tou tōn skandalizontōn tas philias ektemein hetera de ek tou tous agious toutous echein en therapeią kai timę̄. Eita kai heterōthen autous aidesimous poiei, legōn hoti hoi angeloi autōn diapantos blepousi to prosōpon tou patros mou tou en ouranois. Enteuthen dēlon, hoti angelous echousin hoi hagioi, Y ē kai pantes. Kai gar ho apostolos phēsi peri tēs gynaikos, hoti opheilei exousian echein epi tēs kephalēs dia tous angelous; kai ho Mōysēs estēsen horia ethnōn kata arithmon angelōn theou. Entautha de ou peri angelōn dialegetai monon, alla kai peri angelōn hyperechontōn. Hotan de eipę̄, to prosōpon tou patros mou, ouden heteron ē tēn pleiona parrhēsian legei, kai tēn pollēn timēn. Ēlthe gar ho huios tou anthrōpou. sōsai to apolōlos. Palin heteron logismon tithēsi tou proterou meizona, kai parabolēn synaptei, di hēs kai ton patera eisagei tauta boulomenon. Ti gar hymin dokei: phēsin; ean genētai tini anthrōpǭ probata hekaton, kai planēthę̄ hen ex autōn, ouchi apheis ta enenēkontaennea, poreutheis epi ta orē zētei to planōmenon: Kai ean genētai heurein auto, chairei ep᾽ autǭ mallon, ē epi tois enenēkontaennea tois mē peplanēmenois. Houtōs ouk esti thelēma emprosthen tou patros hymōn, hina apolētai heis tōn mikrōn toutōn. Horąs di hosōn hēmas enagei eis tēn tōn eutelōn adelphōn epimeleian? Mē toinyn eipę̄s, chalkotypos estin ho deina, hypodēmatorrhaphos, geōrgos estin, anoētos esti, kai kataphronēsēs. Hina gar mē touto pathēs, hora dia posōn se peithei metriazein, kai eis tēn toutōn epimeleian emballei. Estēse paidion, kai phēsi ginesthe hōs ta paidia kai, hos an dexētai paidion toiouton, eme dechetai kai, hos ean skandalisę̄, ta eschata peisetai. Kai oude ērkesthē tǭ paradeigmati tou mylou, alla kai to ouai prosethēke, kai tous toioutous ektemnein ekeleuse, kan en taxei cheirōn ōsi kai ophthalmōn hēmin. Kai apo tōn angelōn palin tōn enkecheirismenōn autous toutous tous euteleis adelphous aidesimous poiei kai apo tou oikeiou thelēmatos kai pathous (hotan gar eipę̄, ēlthen ho huios tou anthrōpou sōsai to apolōlos, kai ton stauron dēloi, kathaper kai Paulos phēsi, peri adelphou legōn; di᾽ hon Christos apethane) kai apo tou patros, hoti oude autǭ dokei apolesthai, kai apo tēs koinēs synētheias, hoti katalipōn ta sesōsmena ho poimēn zētei to apolomenon; kai hotan heurę̄ to peplanēmenon, sphodra hēdetai tē heuresei kai tę̄ sōtērią touton.

And that you may learn that it is not of necessity, hear also what follows. For after lamenting, he says, “If your hand or your foot causes you to stumble, cut them off and throw them from you. For it is better for you to enter into life lame or maimed than having two hands and feet to be thrown into the fire. And if your right eye causes you to stumble, pluck it out. It is better for you to enter into life with one eye than having two eyes to be thrown into the furnace of fire”—not saying this about limbs, away with that! but about friends, about relatives, whom we hold in the rank of necessary limbs. This he said above too, and he says it now. For nothing is so harmful as wicked company. For what necessity cannot do, friendship often can, both for harm and for benefit. That is why he commands with great vehemence to cut off those who harm us, hinting at these who bring the stumbling blocks. Do you see how he warded off the harm that would come from the stumbling blocks? By foretelling that they will certainly come, so as to find no one in carelessness, but expecting them to be sober; by showing that they are great evils (for he would not simply have said, “Woe to the world because of the stumbling blocks,” but to show the great ruin from them); by lamenting again more strongly the one who brings them in. For to say, “but woe to that man,” was a sign of great punishment. And not this only, but by adding the example he increased the fear. Then he is not content with these, but also shows the way by which one might escape the stumbling blocks. And what is it? “The wicked,” he says, “even if they are very dear friends to you, cut off from your friendship.” And he gives an unanswerable reason. For if they remain friends, you will not gain them, and you will destroy yourself besides; but if you cut them off, you will at least reap your own salvation. So if anyone’s friendship harms you, cut him off from you. For if we often cut away many of our own limbs, when they are incurable and harm the rest, much more must we do this with friends. But if evils were by nature, all this exhortation and counsel would be superfluous, superfluous the guarding by what has been said. But if it is not superfluous, as indeed it is not, it is plain that wickedness is of the will. “See that you do not despise one of these little ones. For I tell you that their angels always see the face of my Father who is in heaven.” He calls little ones not those who are truly little, but those thought so by the many: the poor, the despised, the unknown (for how could he be little who is worth the whole world? how could he be little who is a friend of God?), but those considered such in the opinion of the many. And he speaks not only of many, but even of one, by this again walling off the harm of the many stumbling blocks. For as fleeing the wicked, so honoring the good has the greatest gain; and there would be a double safety for the one who takes heed: one from cutting off the friendships of those who cause stumbling, another from holding these saints in care and honor. Then he makes them worthy of respect from another side too, saying that “their angels always see the face of my Father in heaven.” From this it is plain that the saints have angels, and indeed all men. For the apostle too says of the woman that she “ought to have authority on her head because of the angels”; and Moses: “He set the bounds of the nations according to the number of the angels of God.” But here he speaks not only of angels, but of angels who are pre-eminent. And when he says, “the face of my Father,” he means nothing else than their greater confidence and great honor. “For the Son of Man came to save what was lost.” Again he sets down another reason, greater than the former, and joins a parable, by which he brings in the Father also as wishing these things. “For what do you think?” he says. “If a man has a hundred sheep, and one of them goes astray, does he not leave the ninety-nine and go to the mountains and seek the one that is straying? And if he happens to find it, he rejoices over it more than over the ninety-nine that did not go astray. So it is not the will before your Father that one of these little ones should perish.” Do you see by how many means he leads us to the care of our humbler brothers? Do not, then, say, “So-and-so is a coppersmith, a shoemaker, a farmer, a fool,” and despise him. For so that you may not suffer this, see by how many means he persuades you to be moderate and drives you to the care of these. He set a child before them, and says, “Become like the children,” and, “Whoever receives such a child receives me,” and, “Whoever causes one to stumble” will suffer the utmost. And he was not content with the example of the millstone, but added also the “woe,” and commanded such people to be cut off, even if they are to us in the rank of hands or eyes. And from the angels again, entrusted with these humble brothers, he makes them worthy of respect; and from his own will and passion (for when he says, “The Son of Man came to save what was lost,” he points to the cross too, as Paul also says, speaking of a brother, “for whom Christ died”); and from the Father, that it does not please him either that one should perish; and from common custom, that the shepherd, leaving the saved, seeks the lost one, and when he finds the one that strayed, he greatly rejoices at the finding and saving of it.

59.5Field 2

Εἰ τοίνυν ὁ θεὸς οὕτω χαίρει ἐπὶ τῷ μικρῷ τῷ εὑρεθέντι, πῶς σὺ καταφρονεῖς τῶν τῷ θεῷ περισπουδάστων, δέον καὶ τὴν ψυχὴν αὑτὴν προέσθαι ὑπὲρ ἐνὸς τῶν μικρῶν τούτων; Ἀλλ᾽ ἀσθενής ἐστι καὶ εὐτελής; Δι᾽ αὐτὸ μὲν οὖν τοῦτο μάλιστα πάντα δεῖ ποιεῖν, ὥστε αὐτὸν διασώζειν. Καὶ γὰρ καὶ αὐτὸς τὰ ἐνενηκονταεννέα ἀφεὶς πρόβατα, ἐπ᾿ ἐκεῖνο ἦλθε, καὶ οὐκ ἴσχυσε τῶν τοσούτων ἡ σωτηρία συσκιάσαι τοῦ ἐνὸς τὴν ἀπώλειαν. Ὁ δὲ Λουκᾶς, ὅτι καὶ ἐπὶ τῶν ὥμων ἤνεγκε, φησί· καὶ μείζων ἐγένετο χαρὰ ἐπὶ ἑνὶ ἁμαρτωλῷ μετανοοῦντι, ἡ ἐπὶ ἐνενηκονταεννέα δικαίοις. Καὶ ἀπὸ τοῦ ἐγκαταλιπεῖν τὰ σεσωσμένα δι᾽ αὐτὸ, καὶ ἀπὸ τοῦ μᾶλλον ἐπὶ τούτῳ ἡσθῆναι, πολλὴν ἔδειξε τὴν περὶ αὐτοῦ σπουδήν. Μὴ δὴ ἀμελῶμεν τῶν ψυχῶν τῶν τοιούτων. Καὶ γὰρ πάντα ταῦτα διὰ ταῦτα εἴρηται. Τῷ μὲν γὰρ ἀπειλῆσαι μηδ᾽ ὅλως ἐπιβήσεσθαι τῶν οὐρανῶν τὸν μὴ γενόμενον παιδίον, καὶ τοῦ μύλον μνησθῆναι, τὸν τῦφον κατήνθογκε τῶν ἀλαζόνων οὐδὲν γὰρ οὕτως ἀγάπῃ πολέμιον, ὡς ἀπόνοια τῷ δὲ εἰπεῖν, ἀνάγκη ἐστὶν ἐλθεῖν τὰ σκάνδαλα, ἐγρηγορέναι ἐποίησε· τῷ δὲ προσθεῖναι, οὐαὶ δι᾽ οὗ τὸ σκάνδαλον ἔρχεται, ἕκαστον σπουδάζειν μὴ δι᾽ αὐτοῦ γενέσθαι παρεσκεύασε. Καὶ τῷ μὲν κελεῦσαι ἐκκόψαι τοὺς σκανδαλίζοντας, εὔκολον τὴν σωτηρίαν ἐποίησε τῷ δὲ ἐπιτάξαι μὴ καταφρονεῖν αὐτῶν, καὶ μηδὲ απλώς ἐπιτάξαι, αλλὰ σφοδρῶς (ὁρᾶτε γάρ, φησὶ, μὴ καταφρονήσητε ἑνὸς τῶν μικρῶν τούτων), καὶ τῷ εἰπεῖν, ὅτι οἱ ἄγγελοι αὐτῶν βλέπουσι τὸ πρόσωπον τοῦ πατρός μου· καὶ, διὰ τοῦτο ἦλθον ἐγώ· καὶ, ὁ πατήρ μου τοῦτο βούλεται· τοὺς ὀφείλοντας αὐτῶν ἐπιμελεῖσθαι σπουδαιοτέρους ἐποίησεν. Ὁρᾷς ὅσον τεῖχος αὐτοῖς περιήλασε, καὶ πόσην τῶν εὐκαταφρονήτων καὶ τῶν ἀπολλυμένων ποιεῖται σπουδὴν, ἀπειλῶν τε ἀνήκεστα κακὰ τοῖς ὑποσκελίζουσιν αὐτοὺς, καὶ μεγάλα ἐπαγγελλόμενος ἀγαθὰ τοῖς θεραπεύουσι καὶ ἐπιμελουμένοις, καὶ παρ᾽ ἑαυτοῦ πάλιν τὸ ὑπόδειγμα φέρων καὶ παρὰ τοῦ πατρός; Τοῦτον καὶ ἡμεῖς μιμησώμεθα, μηδὲν παραιτούμενοι τῶν δοκούντων εἶναι ταπεινών τε καὶ μοχθηρῶν ὑπὲρ τῶν ἀδελφῶν' αλλὰ κἂν διακονεῖσθαι δέῃ, κἂν μικρὸς ᾖ, κἂν εὐτελὴς ὑπὲρ οὗ τοῦτο γίνεται, κἂν ἐπίπονον τὸ πρᾶγμα ᾖ, κἂν ὄρη καὶ κρημνοὺς διαβαίνειν χρῇ, πάντα ἔστω φορητὰ διὰ τὴν σωτηρίαν τοῦ ἀδελφοῦ. Οὕτω γὰρ περισπούδαστον ψυχὴ θεῷ, ὡς μηδὲ τοῦ ἰδίου υἱοῦ φείσασθαι. Διὸ παρακαλῶ, τοῦ ὄρθρου φανέντος, εὐθέως ἐξιόντες ἀπὸ τῆς οἰκίας, τοῦτον ἕνα σκοπὸν ἔχωμεν, καὶ ταύτην πρὸ πάντων σπουδὴν, ὥστε τὴν χεῖρα τοῖς κειμένοις κάτω, καὶ μάλιστα τοῖς τοῦ ἰδίου οἴκου οὐ γὰρ ἀρκεῖ ἡμῖν ἡ καθ᾽ ἡμᾶς ἀρετὴ πρὸς σωτηρίαν· … κινδυνεύοντα ἐξαρπάσαι οὐ λέγω τοῦτον μόνον τὸν κίνδυνον τὸν αἰσθητόν' τοῦτο γὰρ οὐδὲ κίνδυνος ἀλλὰ τὸν τῆς ψυχῆς, τὸν παρὰ τοῦ διαβόλου τοῖς ἀνθρώποις ἐπιφερόμενον. Καὶ γὰρ ὁ ἔμπορος, ὥστε αὐξῆσαι τὴν περιουσίαν, πέλαγος ιανει καὶ ὁ χειροτέχνης, ὥστε προσθεῖναι τοῖς ὑπάρχουσι, πάντα ποιεῖ. Καὶ ἡμεῖς τοίνυν μὴ τῇ σωτηρίᾳ μόνον ἀρκώμεθα τῇ ἡμετέρᾳ, ἐπεὶ καὶ ταύτην λυμαινόμεθα. Καὶ γὰρ ἐν πολέμῳ καὶ παρατάξει ὁ πρὸς τοῦτο μόνον ὁρῶν στρατιώτης, ὅπως ἑαυτὸν διασώσειε φεύγων, καὶ τοὺς ἄλλους μεθ᾽ ἑαυτοῦ προσαπόλλυσιν· ὥσπερ οὖν ὁ γενναῖος καὶ ὑπὲρ τῶν ἄλλων τὰ ὅπλα τιθέμενος, μετὰ τῶν ἄλλων καὶ ἑαντὸν διασώζει. ᾿Επεὶ οὖν καὶ τὰ ἡμέτερα πόλεμος, καὶ πολέμων ἁπάντων ὁ πικρότατος, καὶ παράταξις καὶ μάχη, ὡς ὁ βασιλεὺς ἡμῶν ἐκέλευσεν, οὕτω ταττώμεθα ἐπὶ τῆς παρατάξεως, πρὸς σφαγὰς καὶ αἵματα καὶ φόνους παρεσκευασμένοι, πρὸς τὴν ὑπὲρ ἁπάντων σωτηρίαν βλέποντες, καὶ τοὺς ἑστηκότας ἀλείφοντες, καὶ τοὺς κειμένους ἐγείροντες. Καὶ γὰρ πολλοὶ των ἀδελφῶν τῶν ἡμετέρων ἐν ταύτῃ κεῖνται τῇ παρατάξει, τραύματα ἔχοντες, αἵματι περιῤῥεόμενοι, καὶ ὁ θεραπεύων οὐδεὶς, οὐ τοῦ λαοῦ τις, οὐχ ἱερεὺς, οὐκ ἄλλος οὐδεὶς, οὐ παραστάτης, οὐ φίλος, οὐκ ἀδελφός ἀλλὰ τὰ ἑαντῶν σκοποῦμεν ἕκαστος. Διὰ τοῦτο καὶ τὰ ἑαυτῶν κολοβοῦμεν. Ἡ γὰρ μεγίστη παῤῥησία καὶ εὐδοκίμησις, τὸ μὴ τὰ ἑαυτῶν σκοπεῖν. Διά τοι τοῦτο ἀσθενεῖς καὶ εὐκαταγώνιστοι καὶ ἀνθρώποις καὶ διαβόλῳ, ὅτι τὸ ἐναντίον τούτου ζητοῦμεν, καὶ οὐ συνασπίζομεν ἀλλήλοις, οὐδὲ πεφράγμεθα τῇ κατὰ θεὸν ἀγάπῃ, ἀλλ᾽ ἑτέρας ἑαυτοῖς ἐπιζητοῦμεν φιλίας προφάσεις, οἱ μὲν ἀπὸ συγγενείας, οἱ δὲ ἀπὸ συνηθείας, οἱ δὲ ἀπὸ κοινωνίας, οἱ δὲ ἀπὸ γειτνιάσεων· καὶ πάντοθεν μᾶλλόν ἐσμεν φίλοι, ἢ ἀπὸ εὐσεβείας, δέον ἐκ ταύτης μόνης συνάπτεσθαι τὰς φιλίας. Νῦν δὲ τοὐναντίον γίνεται· Ἰουδαίοις καὶ Ἕλλησιν ἔστιν ὅπου γινόμεθα φίλοι, ἢ τοῖς τῆς ἐκκλησίας τέκνοις.

Ei toinyn ho theos houtō chairei epi tǭ mikrǭ tǭ heurethenti, pōs sy kataphroneis tōn tǭ theǭ perispoudastōn, deon kai tēn psychēn hautēn proesthai hyper enos tōn mikrōn toutōn? All᾽ asthenēs esti kai eutelēs? Di᾽ auto men oun touto malista panta dei poiein, hōste auton diasōzein. Kai gar kai autos ta enenēkontaennea apheis probata, ep᾿ ekeino ēlthe, kai ouk ischyse tōn tosoutōn hē sōtēria syskiasai tou enos tēn apōleian. Ho de Loukas, hoti kai epi tōn hōmōn ēnenke, phēsi; kai meizōn egeneto chara epi heni hamartōlǭ metanoounti, hē epi enenēkontaennea dikaiois. Kai apo tou enkatalipein ta sesōsmena di᾽ auto, kai apo tou mallon epi toutǭ hēsthēnai, pollēn edeixe tēn peri autou spoudēn. Mē dē amelōmen tōn psychōn tōn toioutōn. Kai gar panta tauta dia tauta eirētai. Tǭ men gar apeilēsai mēd᾽ holōs epibēsesthai tōn ouranōn ton mē genomenon paidion, kai tou mylon mnēsthēnai, ton typhon katēnthonke tōn alazonōn ouden gar houtōs agapę̄ polemion, hōs aponoia tǭ de eipein, anankē estin elthein ta skandala, egrēgorenai epoiēse; tǭ de prostheinai, ouai di᾽ hou to skandalon erchetai, hekaston spoudazein mē di᾽ autou genesthai pareskeuase. Kai tǭ men keleusai ekkopsai tous skandalizontas, eukolon tēn sōtērian epoiēse tǭ de epitaxai mē kataphronein autōn, kai mēde aplōs epitaxai, alla sphodrōs (horate gar, phēsi, mē kataphronēsēte henos tōn mikrōn toutōn), kai tǭ eipein, hoti hoi angeloi autōn blepousi to prosōpon tou patros mou; kai, dia touto ēlthon egō; kai, ho patēr mou touto bouletai; tous opheilontas autōn epimeleisthai spoudaioterous epoiēsen. Horąs hoson teichos autois periēlase, kai posēn tōn eukataphronētōn kai tōn apollymenōn poieitai spoudēn, apeilōn te anēkesta kaka tois hyposkelizousin autous, kai megala epangellomenos agatha tois therapeuousi kai epimeloumenois, kai par᾽ heautou palin to hypodeigma pherōn kai para tou patros? Touton kai hēmeis mimēsōmetha, mēden paraitoumenoi tōn dokountōn einai tapeinōn te kai mochthērōn hyper tōn adelphōn' alla kan diakoneisthai deę̄, kan mikros ę̄, kan eutelēs hyper hou touto ginetai, kan epiponon to pragma ę̄, kan orē kai krēmnous diabainein chrę̄, panta estō phorēta dia tēn sōtērian tou adelphou. Houtō gar perispoudaston psychē theǭ, hōs mēde tou idiou huiou pheisasthai. Dio parakalō, tou orthrou phanentos, eutheōs exiontes apo tēs oikias, touton hena skopon echōmen, kai tautēn pro pantōn spoudēn, hōste tēn cheira tois keimenois katō, kai malista tois tou idiou oikou ou gar arkei hēmin hē kath᾽ hēmas aretē pros sōtērian; … kindyneuonta exarpasai ou legō touton monon ton kindynon ton aisthēton' touto gar oude kindynos alla ton tēs psychēs, ton para tou diabolou tois anthrōpois epipheromenon. Kai gar ho emporos, hōste auxēsai tēn periousian, pelagos ianei kai ho cheirotechnēs, hōste prostheinai tois hyparchousi, panta poiei. Kai hēmeis toinyn mē tę̄ sōtērią monon arkōmetha tę̄ hēmeterą, epei kai tautēn lymainometha. Kai gar en polemǭ kai parataxei ho pros touto monon horōn stratiōtēs, hopōs heauton diasōseie pheugōn, kai tous allous meth᾽ heautou prosapollysin; hōsper oun ho gennaios kai hyper tōn allōn ta hopla tithemenos, meta tōn allōn kai heanton diasōzei. ᾿Epei oun kai ta hēmetera polemos, kai polemōn hapantōn ho pikrotatos, kai parataxis kai machē, hōs ho basileus hēmōn ekeleusen, houtō tattōmetha epi tēs parataxeōs, pros sphagas kai haimata kai phonous pareskeuasmenoi, pros tēn hyper hapantōn sōtērian blepontes, kai tous hestēkotas aleiphontes, kai tous keimenous egeirontes. Kai gar polloi tōn adelphōn tōn hēmeterōn en tautę̄ keintai tę̄ parataxei, traumata echontes, haimati perirrheomenoi, kai ho therapeuōn oudeis, ou tou laou tis, ouch hiereus, ouk allos oudeis, ou parastatēs, ou philos, ouk adelphos alla ta heantōn skopoumen hekastos. Dia touto kai ta heautōn koloboumen. Hē gar megistē parrhēsia kai eudokimēsis, to mē ta heautōn skopein. Dia toi touto astheneis kai eukatagōnistoi kai anthrōpois kai diabolǭ, hoti to enantion toutou zētoumen, kai ou synaspizomen allēlois, oude pephragmetha tę̄ kata theon agapę̄, all᾽ heteras heautois epizētoumen philias prophaseis, hoi men apo syngeneias, hoi de apo synētheias, hoi de apo koinōnias, hoi de apo geitniaseōn; kai pantothen mallon esmen philoi, ē apo eusebeias, deon ek tautēs monēs synaptesthai tas philias. Nyn de tounantion ginetai; Ioudaiois kai Hellēsin estin hopou ginometha philoi, ē tois tēs ekklēsias teknois.

If, then, God so rejoices over the little one that is found, how do you despise those whom God earnestly cares for, when you ought to give up even your very life for one of these little ones? “But he is weak and humble.” For this very reason, then, one must do everything above all so as to save him. For he himself too, leaving the ninety-nine sheep, went after that one, and the salvation of so many could not overshadow the loss of the one. And Luke says that he even carried it on his shoulders, and that there was greater joy over one sinner who repents than over ninety-nine righteous. And both by leaving the saved for it and by rejoicing more over it, he showed his great zeal for it. Let us not, then, neglect such souls. For all these things were said for this purpose. For by threatening that one who has not become a child will not set foot in the heavens at all, and by mentioning the millstone, he brought down the pride of the boastful; for nothing is so hostile to love as arrogance; by saying, “It is necessary that stumbling blocks come,” he made them watchful; by adding, “woe to him through whom the stumbling block comes,” he prepared each to take care that it should not come through himself. And by commanding to cut off those who cause stumbling, he made salvation easy; and by commanding not to despise them, and commanding not simply but vehemently (“For see,” he says, “that you do not despise one of these little ones”), and by saying that “their angels see the face of my Father,” and, “for this I came,” and, “my Father wishes this,” he made those who ought to care for them more zealous. Do you see what a wall he drew around them, and how much zeal he shows for the despised and the perishing, both threatening incurable evils to those who trip them up, and promising great good things to those who care for and look after them, and bringing the example again from himself and from the Father? Let us too imitate him, refusing nothing of what seems humble and toilsome for our brothers’ sake; but even if we must serve, even if he for whom this is done is little, even if humble, even if the thing is laborious, even if we must cross mountains and precipices, let all be bearable for the salvation of our brother. For a soul is so precious to God that he did not spare even his own Son. That is why I beg you, as soon as dawn appears, going out from the house, let us have this one aim and this zeal before all, to stretch out a hand to those lying below, and especially to those of our own household; for our own virtue is not enough for salvation; … to snatch one who is in danger—I do not mean only this danger of the senses (for this is not even a danger), but the danger of the soul, which is brought upon men by the devil. For the merchant, to increase his substance, crosses the sea; and the craftsman, to add to what he has, does everything. Let us too, then, not be content with our own salvation alone, since we ruin even this. For in war and battle the soldier who looks only to this, how he may save himself by flight, destroys the others too along with himself; just as the brave one, who takes up arms for the others too, saves himself along with the others. Since, then, our affairs too are a war, the bitterest of all wars, and a battle line and a fight, let us be drawn up in the battle line as our King commanded, prepared for slaughter and blood and deaths, looking to the salvation of all, anointing those who stand, and raising those who lie fallen. For many of our brothers lie in this battle line with wounds, streaming with blood, and there is no one to tend them, none of the people, no priest, no one else, no comrade, no friend, no brother; but each of us looks to his own things. That is why we also cripple our own. For the greatest confidence and esteem is not to look to one’s own things. For this reason we are weak and easily overcome both by men and by the devil, because we seek the opposite of this, and do not protect one another with our shields, nor are we fenced about with love according to God; but we seek other grounds of friendship for ourselves, some from kinship, others from acquaintance, others from partnership, others from being neighbors; and we are friends from every ground rather than from piety, when friendships ought to be joined from this alone. But now the opposite happens: sometimes we become friends with Jews and Greeks rather than with the children of the church.

59.6Field 2

… φησίν· ὁ μὲν γάρ ἐστι μοχθηρὸς, ὁ δὲ χρηστὸς καὶ ἐπιεικῆς. Τί λέγεις ; μοχθηρὸν τὸν αδελφὸν καλεῖς, ὁ μηδὲ ῥακὰ καλεῖν κελευόμενος ; καὶ οὐκ αἰσχύνη, οὐδὲ ἐρυθριᾷς ἐκπομπεύων τὸν ἀδελφὸν, τὸ μέλος τὸ σὸν, τὸν τῶν αὐτῶν σοι κοινωνήσαντα ὠδίνων, τὸν τῆς αὐτῆς μετασχόντα τραπέζης; Ἀλλ᾽ εἰ μέν τινα κατὰ σάρκα ἀδελφὸν ἔχεις, κἂν μυρία ἐργάζηται κακά, σπουδάζεις αὐτὸν περιστέλλειν, καὶ νομίζεις καὶ αὐτὸς τῆς αἰσχύνης κοινωνεῖν, ἐκείνου καταισχυνομένου· τὸν δὲ πνευματικὸν ἀδελφὸν, δέον ἐλευθερῶσαι διαβολῆς, σὺ δὲ καὶ μυρίαις περιβάλλεις κατηγορίαις; Μοχθηρός ἐστι καὶ δυσανάσχετος, φησίν. Οὐκοῦν διὰ τοῦτο ’ Ψ Χ ᾿ Ἵ ΄- Ψ - Ψ γενοῦ φίλος, ἵνα παύσῃς ὄντα τοιοῦτον, ἵνα μεταβαλης, ἵνα ἐπαναγάγῃς ἐπὶ τὴν ἀρετήν. Ἀλλ᾽ οὐ πείθεται, φησὶν, οὐδὲ ἀνέχεται συμβουλῆς. Πόθεν οἶσθα; παρῄνεσα γὰρ, καὶ Πολλάκις καὶ ἅπαξ καὶ δεύτερον. Βαβαί· τοῦτο πολλάκις; Εἰ γὰρ διὰ παντὸς τοῦτο ἐποίεις τοῦ χρόνου, καμεῖν ἐχρῆν καὶ ἀπαγορεῦσαι; Οὐχ ὁρᾷς πῶς διαπαντὸς ὁ θεὸς ἡμῖν παραινεῖ, διὰ τῶν προφητῶν, διὰ τῶν ἀποστόλων, διὰ τῶν εὐαγγελιστῶν; Τί οὖν; πάντα κατωρθώσαμεν, καὶ πάντα ἐπείσθημεν; Οὐδαμώς. Ἆρ᾽ οὖν ἐπαύσατο παραινῶν; ἆρα ἐσίγησεν; Οὐ καθ᾽ ἑκάστην λέγει τὴν ἡμέραν, οὐ δύνασθε θεῷ δουλεύειν καὶ μαμωνᾷ, καὶ αὔξεται πολλοῖς τῶν χρημάτων ἡ περιουσία καὶ ἡ τυραννίς; Οὐ καθ᾽ ἑκάστην βοᾷ, ἄφετε καὶ ἀφεθήσεται ὑμῖν, καὶ ἡμεῖς ἐκθηριούμεθα μᾶλλον; Οὐ διαπαντὸς παραινεῖ κρατεῖν ἐπιθυμίας, καὶ εἶναι κρείττους ἡδονῆς πονηρᾶς, πολλοὶ δὲ χοίρων μᾶλλον ἐγκαλινδοῦνται τῆ ἁμαρτίᾳ ταύτη; Ἀλλ᾽ ὅμως οὐ παύεται λέγων. Τίνος οὖν ἕνεκα μὴ ταῦτα πρὸς ἑαντοὺς λογιζόμεθα, καὶ λέγομεν, ὅτι καὶ ἡμῖν ὁ θεὸς διαλέγεται, καὶ οὐκ ἀφίσταται τοῦτο ποιῶν, καίτοι πολλὰ παρακουόντων ἡμῶν; Διὰ ταῦτα ἔλεγεν, ὅτι ὀλίγοι οἱ σωζόμενοι. Εἰ γὰρ οὐκ ἀρκεῖ εἰς σωτηρίαν ἡμῖν ἡ καθ᾽ ἡμᾶς αὐτοὺς ἀρετὴ, αλλὰ δεῖ καὶ ἑτέρους ἔχοντας ἀπελθεῖν, ὅταν μήτε ἑαυτοὺς, μήτε ἑτέρους διασώσωμεν, τί πεισόμεθα ; πόθεν ἐλπίδα λοιπὸν σωτηρίας ἕξομεν ; ᾿Αλλὰ τί ταῦτα ἐγκαλῶ, ὅταν μηδὲ τῶν συνοικούντων λόγον τινὰ ποιώμεθα, γυναικὸς καὶ παίδων καὶ οἰκετῶν, ἀλλ᾽ ἕτερα ἀνθ᾽ ἑτέρων μεριμνῶμεν, καθάπερ οἱ μεθύοντες, ὅπως οἱ μὲν οἰκέται πλείους γένοιντο, καὶ μετὰ πολλῆς τῆς σπουδῆς ἡμῖν διακονήσαιεν, οἱ δὲ παῖδες πολὺν παρ᾽ ἡμῶν δέξαιντο κλῆρον, ἡ δὲ γυνὴ χρυσία σχοίη καὶ ἱμάτια πολυτελῆ καὶ κτήματα καὶ μηδαμοῦ ἑαυτῶν φροντίζωμεν, ἀλλὰ τῶν ἑαυτῶν; Οὔτε γὰρ τῆς γυναικὸς προνοοῦμεν, ἀλλὰ τῶν τῆς γυναικός· οὔτε τοῦ παιδίου, ἀλλὰ τῶν τοῦ παιδίου. Καὶ ταὐτὸν ποιοῦμεν, οἷον ἂν εἴ τις οἰκίαν ὁρῶν κακῶς διακειμένην, καὶ τοὺς τοίχους κλινομένους, ἀφεὶς ἀναστῆσαι τούτους, περιβόλους αὐτῇ μεγάλους ἔξωθεν κατασκευάζοι· ἢ σώματος ἡσθενηκότος, τούτον μὲν μὴ ἐπιμελοῖτο, ἱμάτια δὲ αὐτῷ χρυσᾶ ὑφαίνοι· ἢ τῆς δεσποίνης κακῶς διακειμένης, θεραπαινίδων, καὶ ἱστῶν, καὶ τῶν κατὰ τὴν οἰκίαν σκευῶν, καὶ τῶν ἄλλων ἐπιμελοῖτο, ἐκείνην ἀφεὶς ἐῤῥίφθαι καὶ οἰμώζειν. Τοῦτο γὰρ καὶ νῦν γίνεται καὶ τῆς ψυχῆς ἡμῖν κακῶς διακειμένης καὶ ἀθλίως, καὶ θυμουμένης, καὶ λοιδορουμένης, καὶ ἐπιθυμούσης ἀτόπως, καὶ κενοδοξούσης, καὶ στασιαζούσης, καὶ πρὸς τὴν γῆν συρομένης, καὶ ὑπὸ θηρίων τοσούτων σπαραττομένης, ἀφέντες αὐτῆς ἀπελάσαι τὰ πάθη, οἰκίας καὶ οἰκετῶν φροντίζομεν. Καὶ εἰ μὲν ἄρκτος λαθοῦσα ἀποφύγοι, τὰς οἰκίας ἀποκλείομεν, καὶ κατὰ τοὺς στενωποὺς τρέχομεν, ὥστε μὴ περιπεσεῖν τῷ θηρίῳ᾽ νυνὶ δὲ οὐχ ἑνὸς θηρίου, ἀλλὰ πολλῶν ἡμῖν λογισμῶν τοιούτων τὴν ψυχὴν σπαραττόντων, οὐδὲ αἴσθησιν λαμβάνομεν. Καὶ ἐν μὲν τῇ πόλει τοσαύτην ποιούμεθα σπουδὴν, ὡς ἐν ἐρήμῳ τόπῳ καὶ ἐν γαλεάγραις καθείργειν τὰ θηρία καὶ οὔτε πρὸς τῷ βουλευτηρίῳ τῆς πόλεως, οὔτε πρὸς τοῖς δικαστηρίοις, οὔτε πρὸς τοῖς βασιλείοις, ἀλλὰ πόῤῥω που καὶ μακρὰν δεδεμένα κατέχομεν' ἐπὶ δὲ τῆς ψυχῆς, ἔνθα τὸ βουλευτήριον, ἔνθα τὰ βασίλεια, ἔνθα τὸ δικαστήριον, ἀνεῖται τὰ θηρία, περὶ τὸν νοῦν αὐτὸν καὶ τὸν θρόνον τὸν βασιλικὸν κράζοντα καὶ θορυβοῦντα. Διὰ τοῦτο πάντα ἄνω καὶ κάτω γίνεται, καὶ πάντα μεστὰ ταραχῆς, τὰ ἔνδον, τὰ ἔξω, καὶ οὐδὲν διεστήκαμεν ἕκαστος ἡμῶν πόλεως ὑπὸ καταδρομῆς βαρβάρων θορυβουμένης καὶ ταὐτὸν γίνεται, οἷον ἂν εἰ δράκοντος β νεοττίᾳ στρουθῶν βουμενοι καὶ ταραχῆς γέμοντες, οὐκ ἔχοντες δὲ ὅποι καταλύσωσι τὴν ἀγωνίαν. Διὸ παρακαλῶ, τὸν δράκοντα ἀνέλωμεν, συγκλείσωμεν τὰ θηρία, ἀποπνίξωμεν, κατασφάξωμεν· καὶ τοὺς πονηροὺς τούτους λογισμοὺς τῇ μαχαίρᾳ τοὺ πνεύματος παραδῶμεν, ἵνα μὴ καὶ ἡμῖν ἀπειλῇ τοιαῦτα ὁ προφήτης, οἷα καὶ τῇ πόλει· ὅτι ὀνοκένταυροι ἐκεῖ οἰκήσουσι, καὶ ἐχῖνοι, καὶ δράκοντες. Εἰσὶ γάρ, εἰσὶ καὶ ἄνθρωποι ὀνοκενταύρων χείρους καθάπερ ἐν ἐρημίᾳ ζῶντες, καὶ λακτίζοντες᾽ καὶ τὸ πλέον τῆς νεότητος παρ᾽ ἡμῖν τοιοῦτον. Καὶ γὰρ ἀγρίας ἔχοντες ἐπιθυμίας, οὕτω πηδῶσιν, οὕτω λακτίζουσιν, ἀχαλίνωτοι περιϊόντες, καὶ τῇ σπουδῇ πρὸς οὐδὲν τῶν δεόντων χρώμενοι. Αἴτιοι δὲ οἱ πατέρες, οἱ τοὺς μὲν πωλοδάμνας ἀναγκάζουσι τοὺς ἵππους τοὺς ἑαυτῶν μετὰ πολλῆς ῥυθμίζειν τῆς ἐπιμελείας, καὶ οὐκ ἀφιᾶσιν ἐπὶ πολὺ τοῦ πώλου τὴν ἡλικίαν ἀδάμαστον προελθεῖν, ἀλλὰ καὶ χαλινὸν καὶ τὰ ἄλλα πάντα ἐπιτιθέασιν ἐκ προοιμίων τοὺς δὲ αὐτῶν νέους ἐπὶ πολὺ περιορῶσιν ἀχαλινώτους περιϊόντας καὶ σωφροσύνης ἐρήμους, ΤΥΡΜῚΝ καὶ κύβοις καὶ ταῖς ἐν τοῖς παρανόμοις θεάτροις διατριβαῖς καταισχυνομένους, δέον πρὸ τῆς πορνείας γυναικὶ παραδοῦναι, γυναικὶ σώφρονι καὶ σοφωτάτη αὕτη γὰρ καὶ τῆς ἀτοπωτάτης ἀπάξει διατριβῆς τὸν ἄνδρα, καὶ ἀντὶ χαλινοῦ τῷ πώλῳ γενήσεται. Οὐδὲ γὰρ ἑτέρωθεν αἱ πορνεῖαι καὶ αἱ μοιχεῖαι, ἀλλ᾽ ἐκ τοῦ ἀφότους εἶναι τοὺς νέους. Ἂν γὰρ γυναῖκα ἔχῃ συνετὴν, καὶ οἰκίας ἐπιμελήσεται, καὶ δόξης, καὶ ὑπολήψεως. Ἀλλὰ νέος ἐστὶ, φησίν. Οἷδα κἀγώ. Εἰ γὰρ ὁ ᾿Ισαὰκ τεσσαράκοντα ἐτῶν ὧν τὴν νύμφην ἠγάγετο, ἐν παρθενίᾳ τὴν ἡλικίαν πᾶσαν ἐκείνην διάγων, πολλῷ μᾶλλον τοὺς ἐν τῇ χάριτι νέους τὴν φιλοσοφίαν ταύτην ἀσκεῖν ἔδει. ᾿Αλλὰ τί πάθω; Οὐκ ἀνέχεσθε τῆς σωφροσύνης αὐτῶν ἐπιμελεῖσθαι, ἀλλὰ περιορᾶτε καταισχυνομένους, μολυνομένους, ἐναγεῖς γινομένους, οὐκ εἰδότες ὅτι γάμου κέρδος τὸ καθαρὸν διατηρῆσαι τὸ σώμα κἂν τοῦτο μὴ ἥ, οὐδὲν ὄφελος γάμου. Ὑμεῖς δὲ τοὐναντίον ποιεῖτε ὅταν μυρίων ἐμπλησθῶσι κηλίδων, τότε αὐτοὺς ἐπὶ γάμον ἄγετε, εἰκῆ καὶ μάτην. Δεῖ γὰρ ἀναμεῖναι, φησὶν, ἵνα εὐδόκιμος γένηται, ἵνα ἐν τοῖς πολιτικοῖς λάμψῃ πράγμασι τῆς δὲ ψυχῆς ὑμῖν οὐδεὶς λόγος; ἀλλὰ περιορᾶτε αὐτὴν ἐῤῥιμμένην. Διὰ τοῦτο πάντα συγχύσεως γέμει, καὶ ἀταξίας καὶ ταραχῆς, ὅτι πάρεργον αὕτη, ὅτι τὰ μὲν ἀναγκαῖα ἠμέληται, τὰ δὲ εὐτελῆ πολλῆς τυγχάνει προνοίας. Οὐκ οἶσθα, ὅτι οὐδὲν τοιοῦτον χαριῇ τῷ παιδὶ, ὡς τὸ φυλάξαι πορνικῆς ἀκαθαρσίας καθαρόν; Ψυχῆς γὰρ ἴσον οὐδέν. Ὅτι τί ὠφελεῖται ἄνθρωπος, φησὶν, ἐὰν τὸν κόσμον ὅλον κερδήσῃ, τὴν δὲ ψυχὴν αὐτοῦ ζημιωθῇ; Ἀλλὰ γὰρ πάντα ὁ τῶν χρημάτων ἔρως ἀνέτρεψε καὶ κατέβαλε, καὶ τοῦ θεοῦ τὸν ἀκριβῆ φόβον παρώθησεν, ὥσπερ τις τύραννος ἀκρόπολιν, οὕτω τὰς τῶν ἀνθρώπων ψυχὰς καταλαβών. Διὸ καὶ τῆς τῶν παίδων καὶ τῆς ἡμετέρας ἀμελοῦμεν σωτηρίας, ἓν μόνον σκοποῦντες, ὅπως εὐπορώτεροι γενόμενοι, πλοῦτον ἑτέροις ἀφῶμεν, κακεῖνοι πάλιν ἄλλοις, καὶ οἱ μετ᾽ ἐκείνους τοῖς μετ᾽ αὐτοὺς, παράπομποί τινες τῶν ἡμετέρων γινόμενοι κτημάτων τε καὶ χρημάτων, ἀλλ᾽ οὐ δεσπόται. Ἐντεῦθεν πολλὴ ἡ ἄνοια· ἐντεῦθεν τῶν δούλων οἱ ἐλεύθεροι ἀτιμότεροι. Τοῖς μὲν γὰρ δούλοις, εἰ καὶ μὴ δι᾽ αὐτοὺς, ἀλλὰ δι᾽ ἡμᾶς αὐτοὺς ἐπιτιμῶμεν' οἱ δὲ ἐλεύθεροι οὐδὲ ταύτης ἀπολαύουσι τῆς προνοίας, ἀλλὰ καὶ τούτων ἡμῖν εἰσιν εὐτελέστεροι. Καὶ τί λέγω τῶν δούλων; Καὶ γὰρ βοσκημάτων οἱ παῖδες ἀτιμότεροι, καὶ ὄνων καὶ ἵππων μᾶλλον ἐπιμελούμεθα, ἢ παίδων. Κάν μὲν ἡμίονόν τις ἔχῃ, πολλὴ ἡ φροντὶς ὥστε ὀνηλάτην εὑρεῖν ᾿ ἄριστον, καὶ μὴ κλέπτην, μὴ μέθυσον, μὴ τῆς τέχνης ἄπειρον' ἄν δὲ ψυχῇ παιδὸς ἐπιστῆσαι δέη παιδαγωγὸν, ἁπλῶς καὶ ὡς ἔτυχε τὸν ἐπελθόντα αἱρούμεθα. Καίτοιγε τῆς τέχνης ταύτης οὐκ ἔστιν ἄλλη μείζων. Τί γὰρ ἴσον τοῦ ῥυθμίσαι ψυχὴν, καὶ διαπλάσαι νέου διάνοιαν; Καὶ γὰρ παντὸς ζωγράφου καὶ παντὸς ἀνδριαντοποιοῦ τὸν ταύτην ἔχοντα τὴν ἐπιστήμην ἀκριβέστερον διακεῖσθαι χρή. Ἀλλ᾽ ἡμεῖς οὐδένα τούτου ποιούμεθα λόγον, ἀλλ᾽ ἕν ὁρῶμεν μόνον, ὅπως παιδευθῇ τὴν γλῶτταν. Καὶ τοῦτο δὲ διὰ χρήματα πάλιν ἐσπουδάκαμεν. Οὐ γὰρ ἵνα δύνηται λέγειν, αλλ᾽ ἵνα χρηματίζηται, μανθάνει τὸ λέγειν· ὡς εἰ ἐξῆν καὶ χωρὶς τούτου πλουτεῖν, οὐδεὶς ἡμῖν ἦν οὐδὲ τούτου λόγος. Εἴδες πόση τῶν χρημάτων ἡ τυραννίς; πῶς πάντα κατέσχε, καὶ καθάπερ ἀνδράποδά τινα καὶ θρέμματα δήσασα ἕλκει ὅποιπερ ἂν θέλῃ; ᾿Αλλὰ τί τὸ κέρδος ἀπὸ τῶν τοσούτων ἐγκλημάτων ἡμῖν; Ἡμεῖς μὲν γὰρ τοῖς λόγοις αὐτὴν βάλλομεν ἐκείνη δὲ τοῖς ἔργοις ἡμῶν κρατεῖ. Πλὴν ἀλλ᾽ οὐδὲ οὕτω παυσόμεθα τοῖς ἀπὸ τῆς γλώττης αὐτὴν βάλλοντες ῥήμασιν. Ἂν μὲν γὰρ γένηταί τι πλέον, ἐκερδάναμεν καὶ ἡμεῖς καὶ ὑμεῖς ἂν δὲ τοῖς αὐτοῖς ἐπιμένητε, τό γε ἡμέτερον ἅπαν ἀπήρτισται. Ὁ δὲ θεὸς καὶ ὑμᾶς ταύτης ἀπαλλάξειε τῆς νόσου, καὶ ἡμᾶς ἐφ᾽ ὑμῖν καυχᾶσθαι παρασκευάσειεν ὅτι αὐτῷ ἡ δόξα καὶ τὸ κράτος εἰς τοὺς αἰῶνας τῶν αἰώνων. Ἀμήν.

… phēsin; ho men gar esti mochthēros, ho de chrēstos kai epieikēs. Ti legeis ? mochthēron ton adelphon kaleis, ho mēde rhaka kalein keleuomenos ? kai ouk aischynē, oude erythriąs ekpompeuōn ton adelphon, to melos to son, ton tōn autōn soi koinōnēsanta ōdinōn, ton tēs autēs metaschonta trapezēs? All᾽ ei men tina kata sarka adelphon echeis, kan myria ergazētai kaka, spoudazeis auton peristellein, kai nomizeis kai autos tēs aischynēs koinōnein, ekeinou kataischynomenou; ton de pneumatikon adelphon, deon eleutherōsai diabolēs, sy de kai myriais periballeis katēgoriais? Mochthēros esti kai dysanaschetos, phēsin. Oukoun dia touto ’ Ps Ch ᾿ Hi ΄- Ps - Ps genou philos, hina pausę̄s onta toiouton, hina metabalēs, hina epanagagę̄s epi tēn aretēn. All᾽ ou peithetai, phēsin, oude anechetai symboulēs. Pothen oistha? parę̄nesa gar, kai Pollakis kai hapax kai deuteron. Babai; touto pollakis? Ei gar dia pantos touto epoieis tou chronou, kamein echrēn kai apagoreusai? Ouch horąs pōs diapantos ho theos hēmin parainei, dia tōn prophētōn, dia tōn apostolōn, dia tōn euangelistōn? Ti oun? panta katōrthōsamen, kai panta epeisthēmen? Oudamōs. Ar᾽ oun epausato parainōn? ara esigēsen? Ou kath᾽ hekastēn legei tēn hēmeran, ou dynasthe theǭ douleuein kai mamōną, kai auxetai pollois tōn chrēmatōn hē periousia kai hē tyrannis? Ou kath᾽ hekastēn boą, aphete kai aphethēsetai hymin, kai hēmeis ekthērioumetha mallon? Ou diapantos parainei kratein epithymias, kai einai kreittous hēdonēs ponēras, polloi de choirōn mallon enkalindountai tē hamartią tautē? All᾽ homōs ou pauetai legōn. Tinos oun heneka mē tauta pros heantous logizometha, kai legomen, hoti kai hēmin ho theos dialegetai, kai ouk aphistatai touto poiōn, kaitoi polla parakouontōn hēmōn? Dia tauta elegen, hoti oligoi hoi sōzomenoi. Ei gar ouk arkei eis sōtērian hēmin hē kath᾽ hēmas autous aretē, alla dei kai heterous echontas apelthein, hotan mēte heautous, mēte heterous diasōsōmen, ti peisometha ? pothen elpida loipon sōtērias hexomen ? ᾿Alla ti tauta enkalō, hotan mēde tōn synoikountōn logon tina poiōmetha, gynaikos kai paidōn kai oiketōn, all᾽ hetera anth᾽ heterōn merimnōmen, kathaper hoi methyontes, hopōs hoi men oiketai pleious genointo, kai meta pollēs tēs spoudēs hēmin diakonēsaien, hoi de paides polyn par᾽ hēmōn dexainto klēron, hē de gynē chrysia schoiē kai himatia polytelē kai ktēmata kai mēdamou heautōn phrontizōmen, alla tōn heautōn? Oute gar tēs gynaikos pronooumen, alla tōn tēs gynaikos; oute tou paidiou, alla tōn tou paidiou. Kai tauton poioumen, hoion an ei tis oikian horōn kakōs diakeimenēn, kai tous toichous klinomenous, apheis anastēsai toutous, peribolous autę̄ megalous exōthen kataskeuazoi; ē sōmatos hēsthenēkotos, touton men mē epimeloito, himatia de autǭ chrysa hyphainoi; ē tēs despoinēs kakōs diakeimenēs, therapainidōn, kai histōn, kai tōn kata tēn oikian skeuōn, kai tōn allōn epimeloito, ekeinēn apheis errhiphthai kai oimōzein. Touto gar kai nyn ginetai kai tēs psychēs hēmin kakōs diakeimenēs kai athliōs, kai thymoumenēs, kai loidoroumenēs, kai epithymousēs atopōs, kai kenodoxousēs, kai stasiazousēs, kai pros tēn gēn syromenēs, kai hypo thēriōn tosoutōn sparattomenēs, aphentes autēs apelasai ta pathē, oikias kai oiketōn phrontizomen. Kai ei men arktos lathousa apophygoi, tas oikias apokleiomen, kai kata tous stenōpous trechomen, hōste mē peripesein tǭ thēriǭ᾽ nyni de ouch henos thēriou, alla pollōn hēmin logismōn toioutōn tēn psychēn sparattontōn, oude aisthēsin lambanomen. Kai en men tę̄ polei tosautēn poioumetha spoudēn, hōs en erēmǭ topǭ kai en galeagrais katheirgein ta thēria kai oute pros tǭ bouleutēriǭ tēs poleōs, oute pros tois dikastēriois, oute pros tois basileiois, alla porrhō pou kai makran dedemena katechomen' epi de tēs psychēs, entha to bouleutērion, entha ta basileia, entha to dikastērion, aneitai ta thēria, peri ton noun auton kai ton thronon ton basilikon krazonta kai thorybounta. Dia touto panta anō kai katō ginetai, kai panta mesta tarachēs, ta endon, ta exō, kai ouden diestēkamen hekastos hēmōn poleōs hypo katadromēs barbarōn thoryboumenēs kai tauton ginetai, hoion an ei drakontos b neottią strouthōn boumenoi kai tarachēs gemontes, ouk echontes de hopoi katalysōsi tēn agōnian. Dio parakalō, ton drakonta anelōmen, synkleisōmen ta thēria, apopnixōmen, katasphaxōmen; kai tous ponērous toutous logismous tę̄ machairą tou pneumatos paradōmen, hina mē kai hēmin apeilę̄ toiauta ho prophētēs, hoia kai tę̄ polei; hoti onokentauroi ekei oikēsousi, kai echinoi, kai drakontes. Eisi gar, eisi kai anthrōpoi onokentaurōn cheirous kathaper en erēmią zōntes, kai laktizontes᾽ kai to pleon tēs neotētos par᾽ hēmin toiouton. Kai gar agrias echontes epithymias, houtō pēdōsin, houtō laktizousin, achalinōtoi periïontes, kai tę̄ spoudę̄ pros ouden tōn deontōn chrōmenoi. Aitioi de hoi pateres, hoi tous men pōlodamnas anankazousi tous hippous tous heautōn meta pollēs rhythmizein tēs epimeleias, kai ouk aphiasin epi poly tou pōlou tēn hēlikian adamaston proelthein, alla kai chalinon kai ta alla panta epititheasin ek prooimiōn tous de autōn neous epi poly periorōsin achalinōtous periïontas kai sōphrosynēs erēmous, TYRMIN kai kybois kai tais en tois paranomois theatrois diatribais kataischynomenous, deon pro tēs porneias gynaiki paradounai, gynaiki sōphroni kai sophōtatē hautē gar kai tēs atopōtatēs apaxei diatribēs ton andra, kai anti chalinou tǭ pōlǭ genēsetai. Oude gar heterōthen hai porneiai kai hai moicheiai, all᾽ ek tou aphotous einai tous neous. An gar gynaika echę̄ synetēn, kai oikias epimelēsetai, kai doxēs, kai hypolēpseōs. Alla neos esti, phēsin. Hoida kagō. Ei gar ho ᾿Isaak tessarakonta etōn hōn tēn nymphēn ēgageto, en parthenią tēn hēlikian pasan ekeinēn diagōn, pollǭ mallon tous en tę̄ chariti neous tēn philosophian tautēn askein edei. ᾿Alla ti pathō? Ouk anechesthe tēs sōphrosynēs autōn epimeleisthai, alla periorate kataischynomenous, molynomenous, enageis ginomenous, ouk eidotes hoti gamou kerdos to katharon diatērēsai to sōma kan touto mē hē, ouden ophelos gamou. Hymeis de tounantion poieite hotan myriōn emplēsthōsi kēlidōn, tote autous epi gamon agete, eikē kai matēn. Dei gar anameinai, phēsin, hina eudokimos genētai, hina en tois politikois lampsę̄ pragmasi tēs de psychēs hymin oudeis logos? alla periorate autēn errhimmenēn. Dia touto panta synchyseōs gemei, kai ataxias kai tarachēs, hoti parergon hautē, hoti ta men anankaia ēmelētai, ta de eutelē pollēs tynchanei pronoias. Ouk oistha, hoti ouden toiouton charię̄ tǭ paidi, hōs to phylaxai pornikēs akatharsias katharon? Psychēs gar ison ouden. Hoti ti ōpheleitai anthrōpos, phēsin, ean ton kosmon holon kerdēsę̄, tēn de psychēn autou zēmiōthę̄? Alla gar panta ho tōn chrēmatōn erōs anetrepse kai katebale, kai tou theou ton akribē phobon parōthēsen, hōsper tis tyrannos akropolin, houtō tas tōn anthrōpōn psychas katalabōn. Dio kai tēs tōn paidōn kai tēs hēmeteras ameloumen sōtērias, hen monon skopountes, hopōs euporōteroi genomenoi, plouton heterois aphōmen, kakeinoi palin allois, kai hoi met᾽ ekeinous tois met᾽ autous, parapompoi tines tōn hēmeterōn ginomenoi ktēmatōn te kai chrēmatōn, all᾽ ou despotai. Enteuthen pollē hē anoia; enteuthen tōn doulōn hoi eleutheroi atimoteroi. Tois men gar doulois, ei kai mē di᾽ autous, alla di᾽ hēmas autous epitimōmen' hoi de eleutheroi oude tautēs apolauousi tēs pronoias, alla kai toutōn hēmin eisin eutelesteroi. Kai ti legō tōn doulōn? Kai gar boskēmatōn hoi paides atimoteroi, kai onōn kai hippōn mallon epimeloumetha, ē paidōn. Kan men hēmionon tis echę̄, pollē hē phrontis hōste onēlatēn heurein ᾿ ariston, kai mē kleptēn, mē methyson, mē tēs technēs apeiron' an de psychę̄ paidos epistēsai deē paidagōgon, haplōs kai hōs etyche ton epelthonta hairoumetha. Kaitoige tēs technēs tautēs ouk estin allē meizōn. Ti gar ison tou rhythmisai psychēn, kai diaplasai neou dianoian? Kai gar pantos zōgraphou kai pantos andriantopoiou ton tautēn echonta tēn epistēmēn akribesteron diakeisthai chrē. All᾽ hēmeis oudena toutou poioumetha logon, all᾽ hen horōmen monon, hopōs paideuthę̄ tēn glōttan. Kai touto de dia chrēmata palin espoudakamen. Ou gar hina dynētai legein, all᾽ hina chrēmatizētai, manthanei to legein; hōs ei exēn kai chōris toutou ploutein, oudeis hēmin ēn oude toutou logos. Eides posē tōn chrēmatōn hē tyrannis? pōs panta katesche, kai kathaper andrapoda tina kai thremmata dēsasa helkei hopoiper an thelę̄? ᾿Alla ti to kerdos apo tōn tosoutōn enklēmatōn hēmin? Hēmeis men gar tois logois autēn ballomen ekeinē de tois ergois hēmōn kratei. Plēn all᾽ oude houtō pausometha tois apo tēs glōttēs autēn ballontes rhēmasin. An men gar genētai ti pleon, ekerdanamen kai hēmeis kai hymeis an de tois autois epimenēte, to ge hēmeteron hapan apērtistai. Ho de theos kai hymas tautēs apallaxeie tēs nosou, kai hēmas eph᾽ hymin kauchasthai paraskeuaseien hoti autǭ hē doxa kai to kratos eis tous aiōnas tōn aiōnōn. Amēn.

… , someone says; “for the one is wicked, the other good and gentle.” What are you saying? Do you call your brother wicked, you who are commanded not even to call him Raca? And are you not ashamed, nor do you blush, to expose your brother, your own member, one who shared the same birth pangs with you, who partook of the same table? But if you have a brother according to the flesh, even if he does countless evils, you are eager to cover him, and you think that you too share in the disgrace when he is disgraced; but your spiritual brother, whom you ought to free from slander, you surround with countless accusations? “He is wicked and hard to bear,” you say. Then for this reason become his friend, so that you may stop him from being such, so that you may change him, so that you may bring him back to virtue. “But he is not persuaded,” someone says, “nor does he accept counsel.” How do you know? “For I exhorted him,” you say, “many times.” How many times? “Once and twice.” Bless me! Is this “many times”? For if you had done this all your time, ought you to have grown weary and given up? Do you not see how God continually exhorts us through the prophets, through the apostles, through the evangelists? What then? Have we achieved everything, and been persuaded in everything? Not at all. Did he then stop exhorting? Did he fall silent? Does he not say every day, “You cannot serve God and mammon,” and yet with many the abundance and tyranny of money increases? Does he not cry every day, “Forgive, and it will be forgiven you,” and we become more savage? Does he not continually exhort us to master desire and to be superior to wicked pleasure, while many wallow in this sin more than swine? But nevertheless he does not stop speaking. Why, then, do we not reckon these things with ourselves, and say that God too speaks to us and does not stop doing this, although we disobey him much? That is why he said, “Few are those who are saved.” For if our own virtue is not enough for salvation, but we must depart having others with us too, when we save neither ourselves nor others, what shall we suffer? Whence shall we have hope of salvation any more? But why do I charge these things, when we take no account even of those who live with us, wife and children and servants, but we are anxious about one thing in place of another, like drunken men: that our servants may become more and serve us with much zeal, that our children may receive a large inheritance from us, that our wife may have gold and costly garments and estates; and nowhere do we take thought for themselves, but only for what is theirs? For we provide neither for the wife, but for the things of the wife; nor for the child, but for the things of the child. And we do the same as if someone, seeing a house in bad condition and its walls leaning, neglected to set them up again and built great enclosing walls round it outside; or, when a body was sick, did not care for it, but wove golden garments for it; or, when the mistress was in a bad state, cared for the maidservants and the looms and the furnishings in the house and the rest, leaving her to lie and groan. For this happens now too: when our soul is in a bad and wretched state, raging, reviling, desiring absurdly, vainglorious, rebellious, dragged along the ground, and torn by so many wild beasts, we neglect to drive away its passions and take thought for house and servants. And if a bear escapes unnoticed, we shut our houses and run through the lanes so as not to meet the beast; but now, when not one beast but many such thoughts tear our soul, we do not even perceive it. And in the city we take such care as to shut up the beasts in a desert place and in cages, and we keep them bound not near the council chamber of the city, nor near the law courts, nor near the palace, but somewhere far away; but in the soul, where the council chamber is, where the palace is, where the law court is, the beasts are let loose, crying and making uproar around the very mind and the royal throne. That is why everything is turned upside down, and everything is full of confusion, within and without, and each of us differs in nothing from a city in uproar under the raid of barbarians; and it is the same as if, when a serpent attacks a nest of sparrows, they flutter about, full of confusion, but have nowhere to put an end to their agony. That is why I beg you, let us kill the serpent, let us shut up the beasts, strangle them, slaughter them, and hand over these wicked thoughts to the sword of the Spirit, so that the prophet may not threaten us too with such things as he threatened that city, that onocentaurs will dwell there, and hedgehogs, and serpents. For there are, there are men worse than onocentaurs, living as in a desert and kicking; and the greater part of the youth among us is such. For having wild desires, so they leap, so they kick, going about unbridled, and using their zeal for nothing that is needful. And the fathers are to blame, who compel the colt-breakers to train their own horses with much care, and do not let the colt’s age go on untamed for long, but put on the bridle and all the rest from the beginning; but their own young men they overlook for a long time going about unbridled and without self-control, disgracing themselves with sexual immorality and dice and the pastimes of the lawless theaters, when before sexual immorality they ought to give them to a wife, a self-controlled and very wise wife; for she will lead her husband away from the most absurd pastime and will be in place of a bridle to the colt. For sexual immorality and adultery come from nowhere else than from the young being unrestrained. For if he has a sensible wife, he will take care both of his house and of his reputation and good name. “But he is young,” someone says. I know it too. For if Isaac, being forty years old, took his bride, spending all that age in virginity, much more ought the young under grace to practice this wisdom. But what am I to do? You will not bear to take care of their self-control, but you overlook them being disgraced, defiled, becoming polluted, not knowing that the gain of marriage is to keep the body pure; and if this is not so, there is no benefit in marriage. But you do the opposite: when they are filled with countless stains, then you lead them to marriage, idly and in vain. “For one must wait,” someone says, “so that he may become esteemed, so that he may shine in civic affairs.” But of the soul you take no account; you overlook it cast aside. That is why everything is full of confusion and disorder and tumult, because the soul is a side matter, because necessary things are neglected, while cheap things receive much forethought. Do you not know that you can give your son no such favor as to keep him pure from the uncleanness of sexual immorality? For nothing is equal to the soul. “For what is a man profited,” he says, “if he gains the whole world but forfeits his soul?” But the love of money has overturned and cast down everything, and thrust out the exact fear of God, seizing the souls of men as a tyrant seizes a citadel. That is why we neglect both our children’s salvation and our own, looking to one thing only, how, becoming richer, we may leave wealth to others, and they again to others, and those after them to those after them, becoming mere conveyors of our possessions and money, but not masters. Hence comes great folly; hence the free are held in less honor than slaves. For slaves we rebuke, if not for their own sake, then for our own; but the free do not enjoy even this care, but are cheaper to us even than these. And why do I speak of slaves? For children are held in less honor even than cattle, and we care more for asses and horses than for children. If someone has a mule, great is the concern to find the best muleteer, and one who is not a thief, not a drunkard, not unskilled in the craft; but if we must set a tutor over a child’s soul, we choose simply and at random whoever comes along. And yet there is no other craft greater than this. For what is equal to ordering a soul and molding the mind of a young man? For the one who has this skill must be more exact than any painter and any sculptor. But we take no account of this, but look to one thing only, that he may be trained in speech. And this too again we have made our zeal for the sake of money. For he learns to speak not so that he may be able to speak, but so that he may make money; so that if it were possible to be rich even without this, we would take no account even of this. Do you see how great is the tyranny of money? How it has seized everything, and drags all wherever it wishes, binding them like slaves and cattle? But what is the gain to us from so many charges? For we strike at it with words, but it masters us by deeds. Yet not even so shall we stop striking at it with the words of our tongue. For if something more comes of it, both we and you have gained; but if you remain in the same state, our part is wholly accomplished. May God free you from this disease, and grant us to boast in you; for to him be glory and might to the ages of ages. Amen.

Chapter 60

60.1Field 2

Εὰν ἁμάρτῃ εἰς σὲ ὁ ἀδελφός σου, ὕπαγε, ἔλεγξον αὖτὸν μεταξὺ σοὺ καὶ αὐτοῦ μόνου. Ἐάν σου ἀκούσῃ, ἐκέρδησας τὸν ἀδελφόν σου. Ἐπειδὴ γὰρ σφοδρὸν κατέτεινε λόγον κατὰ τῶν σκανδαλιζόντων, καὶ πανταχόθεν αὐτοὺς ἐφόβησεν, ἵνα μὴ ταύτῃ γένωνται πάλιν ὕπτιοι οἱ σκανδαλιζόμενοι, μηδὲ τὸ πᾶν νομίζοντες ἐφ᾽ ἑτέρους ἐρῥιφθαι, εἰς ἑτέραν κακίαν ἐξέλθωσι, θρυπτόμενοι καὶ πάντα θεραπεύεσθαι θέλοντες, καὶ εἰς ἀπόνοιαν ἐξοκείλωσιν, ὅρα πῶς καὶ αὐτοὺς συστέλλει πάλιν, καὶ κελεύει τὸν ἔλεγχον μεταξὺ τῶν δύο γίνεσθαι μόνων ἵνα μὴ τῇ τῶν πλειόνων μαρτυρίᾳ βαρυτέραν ἐργάσηται τὴν κατηγορίαν, καὶ ἰταμώτερος ἐκεῖνος γενόμενος ἀδιόρθωτος μείνῃ. Διό φησι μεταξὺ σοῦ καὶ αὐτοῦ μόνου. Κἂν ἀκούσῃ, ἐκέρδανας τὸν ἀδελφόν σου. Τί ἐστιν, ἐὰν ἀκούσῃ; Ἐὰν καταγνῷ ἑαυτοῦ, ἐὰν πεισθῇ ὅτι ἥμαρτεν. Ἐκέρδανας τὸν ἀδελφόν σον. Οὐκ εἶπεν, ἔχεις ἱκανὴν τιμωρίαν, ἀλλ᾽, ἐκέρδανας τὸν ἀδελφόν σου, δεικνὺς ὅτι κοινὴ ζημία ἀπὸ τῆς ἔχθρας. Οὐ γὰρ εἶπεν, ἐκέρδανεν ἐκεῖνος ἑαυτὸν μόνον, ἀλλὰ καὶ σὺ αὐτὸν ἐκέρδανας δι᾿ ὧν ἔδειξεν ὅτι καὶ αὐτὸς κἀκεῖνος ἐζημιοῦντο πρὸ τούτου, ὁ μὲν τὸν ἀδελφὸν, ὁ δὲ τὴν οἰκείαν σωτηρίαν. Τοῦτο καὶ ἡνίκα ἐπὶ τοῦ ὄρους ἐκάθητο, παρήνει ποτὲ μὲν τὸν λελυπηκότα πρὸς τὸν λυπηθέντα ἄγων καὶ λέγων ἐὰν τῷ θυσιαστηρίῳ παρεστὼς ἐκεῖ μνησθῆς, ὅτι ὁ ἀδελφός σου ἔχει τι κατὰ σοῦ, ὕπαγε, διαλλάγηθι τῷ ἀδελφῷ σου ποτὲ δὲ τὸν ἡδικημένον κελεύων ἀφεῖναι τῷ πλησίον. Ἄφες γὰρ ἡμῖν τὰ ὀφειλήματα ἡμῶν, καθὼς καὶ ἡμεῖς ἀφίεμεν τοῖς ὀφειλέταις ἡμῶν, λέγειν ἐδίδαξεν. ᾿Ενταῦθα δὲ καὶ ἕτερον ἐπινοεῖ τρόπον. Οὐ γὰρ τὸν λελυπηκότα, ἀλλὰ τὸν λυπηθέντα ἄγει πρὸς τοῦτον. Ἐπειδὴ γὰρ ἐκεῖνος ὁ Ἰδικηκὼν οὐκ εὐκόλως ἂν ἔλθοι πρὸς ἀπολογίαν αἰσχυνόμενος καὶ ἐρυθριῶν, τοῦτον πρὸς ἐκεῖνον ἕλκει καὶ οὐχ ἁπλῶς, ἀλλ᾽ ὥστε διορθῶσαι τὸ γεγενημένον. Καὶ οὐ λέγει, κατηγόρησον, οὐδὲ, ἐπιτίμησον, οὐδὲ, δίκας ἀπαίτησον καὶ εὐθύνας, ἀλλὰ, ἔλεγξον, φησίν. Αὐτὸς μὲν γὰρ καθάπερ τινὶ κάρῳ τῷ θυμῷ καὶ τῇ αἰσχύνῃ κατέχεται μεθύων᾽ δεῖ δὲ σὲ τὸν ὑγιαίνοντα πρὸς ἐκεῖνον τὸν νοσοῦντα ἀπελθεῖν, καὶ ἀδημοσίευτον ποιῆσαι τὸ δικαστήριον, καὶ εὐπαράδεκτον τὴν ἰατρείαν. Τὸ γὰρ εἰπεῖν, ἔλεγξον, οὐχ ἕτερόν τί ἐστιν, ἢ ἀνάμνησον τοῦ ἁμαρτήματος, εἰπὲ πρὸς αὐτὸν ἅπερ ἔπαθες παρ᾽ αὐτοῦ ὅπερ καὶ αὐτὸ, ἐὰν ὡς χρὴ γίνηται, μέρος ἐστὶν ἀπολογουμένου, καὶ σφόδρα ἐφελκομένου πρὸς καταλλαγήν. Τί οὖν, ἐὰν ἀπειθῇ καὶ ᾿ σκληρῶς διακέηται; Παράλαβε μετὰ σεαυτοῦ ἔτι ἕνα ἢ δύο, ἵνα ἐπὶ στόματος δύο μαρτύρων σταθήσεται πᾶν βῆμα. Ὅσῳ γὰρ ἂν ἀναιδέστερος ἦ καὶ ἰταμώτερος, τοσούτῳ μᾶλλον ἡμᾶς ἐπὶ τὴν ἰατρείαν σπεύδειν χρή, οὐκ ἐπὶ τὴν ὀργὴν καὶ τὴν ἀγανάκτησιν. Καὶ γὰρ ἰατρὸς, ὅταν ἴδῃ τὸ πάθος δυσένδοτον, οὐκ ἀφίσταται, οὐδὲ δυσχεραίνει : ἀλλὰ τότε μᾶλλον παρασκευάζεται ὃ καὶ ἐνταῦθα ποιεῖν κελεύει. ᾿Επειδὴ γὰρ ἀσθενέστερος μόνος ὧν ἐφάνης, γενοῦ δυνατώτερος τῆ προσθήκῃ. Καὶ γὰρ ἱκανοὶ οἱ δύο τὸν ἡμαρτηκότα ἐλέγξαι. Ὁρᾷς ὡς οὐ τὸ τοῦ λελυπημένου ζητεῖ μόνον, ἀλλὰ καὶ τὸ τοῦ λελυπηκότος; Ὁ γὰρ ἠδικημένος οὗτός ἐστιν, ὁ ἁλοὺς ὑπὸ τοῦ πάθους αὐτὸς ὁ νοσῶν καὶ ἀσθενῶν καὶ κάμνων. Διὰ τοῦτο πολλάκις ἐκεῖνον πρὸς τοῦτον ἄγει; νῦν μὲν μόνον, νῦν δὲ μεθ᾽ ἑτέρων εἰ δὲ ἐπιμένοι, καὶ μετὰ τῆς ἐκκλησίας. Εἰπὲ γὰρ, φησὶ, τῇ ἐκκλησίᾳ. Εἰ δὲ τὸ τούτου μόνον ἐζήτει, οὐκ ἂν ἐκέλευσεν ἑβδομηκοντάκις ἑπτὰ μετανοοῦντι συγχωρεῖν· οὐκ ἂν τοσαυτάκις καὶ τοσούτους ἐπέστησεν αὐτῷ διορθωτὰς τοῦ πάθους ἀλλ᾽ ἐκ πρώτης αὐτὸν ἀδιόρθωτον μείναντα συντυχίας εἴασεν ἄν· νῦν δὲ καὶ ἅπαξ καὶ δὶς καὶ τρὶς αὐτὸν θεραπεῦσαι κελεύει, καὶ νῦν μὲν μόνον, νῦν δὲ μετὰ δύο, νῦν δὲ μετὰ πλειόνων. Διὰ δὴ τοῦτο ἐπὶ μὲν τῶν ἔξωθεν οὐδὲν τοιοῦτον λέγει, ἀλλ᾽ ἐάν τίς σε ῥαπίση, φησὶν, εἰς τὴν δεξιὰν σιαγόνα, στρέψον αὐτῷ καὶ τὴν ἄλλην ἐνταῦθα δὲ οὐχ οὕτως. Ὅπερ γὰρ ὁ Παῦλός φησι λέγων· τί μοι καὶ τοὺς ἔξωθεν κρίνειν; τοὺς δὲ ἀδελφοὺς καὶ ἐλέγχειν καὶ ἀποστρέφεσθαι κελεύει, καὶ ἀποτέμνειν μὴ πειθομένους, ἵνα ἐντραπῶσι᾽ τοῦτο καὶ ἐνταῦθα αὐτὸς ποιεῖ, περὶ τῶν ἀδελφῶν ταῦτα νομοθετῶν καὶ τρεῖς ἐφίστησιν αὐτῷ διδασκάλους καὶ δικαστὰς, διδάσκοντας τὰ κατὰ τὸν καιρὸν τῆς μέθης γινόμενα. Εἰ γὰρ καὶ αὐτός ἐστιν ὁ φθεγξάμενος καὶ ποιήσας πάντα ἐκεῖνα τὰ ἄτοπα, αλλ' ὅμως ἑτέρων δεῖται τῶν διδαξόντων, καθάπερ οὗν καὶ ὁ μεθύων. Καὶ γὰρ πάσης μέθης θυμὸς καὶ ἁμαρτία ἐκστατικώτερον, καὶ ἐν μείζονι τὴν ψυχὴν καθίστησι παραφροσύνη. Τίς γοῦν τοῦ Δαυὶδ συνετώτερος ἦν; Αλλ᾽ ὅμως ἁμαρτὼν οὐκ ἤσθετο, τῆς ἐπιθυμίας τοὺς λογισμοὺς ἅπαντας κατεχούσης, καὶ ὥσπερ τινὸς καπνοῦ πληρούσης αὐτοῦ τὴν ψυχήν. Διὰ τοῦτο ἐδεήθη λύχνου παρὰ τοῦ προφήτου, καὶ ῥημάτων ἀναμιμνησκόντων αὐτὸν ὧν ἔπραξε. Διὰ τοῦτο καὶ ἐνταῦθα ἄγει τούτους πρὸς τὸν ἡμαρτηκότα, διαλεξομένους αὐτῷ περὶ ὧν ἔπραξε. Διατί δὲ τούτῳ κελεύει ἐλέγξαι, καὶ οὐχ ἑτέρῳ: Ὅτι τοῦτον ἐπιεικέστερον ἂν ἤνεγκε, τὸν ἠδικημένον, τὸν λελυπημένον, τὸν ἐπηρεασμένον. Οὐ γὰρ ὁμοίως τις παρ᾽ ἑτέρου περὶ τοῦ ὑβρισθέντος ἐλεγχόμενος φέρει, καὶ παρ᾽ αὐτοῦ τοῦ ὑβρισμένου, μάλιστα ὅταν μόνος ᾖ διελέγχων αὐτόν. Ὅταν γὰρ ὁ δίκην αὐτὸν ἀπαιτεῖν ὀφείλων, οὗτος καὶ τῆς σωτηρίας φαίνηται ἐπιμελούμενος τῆς αὐτοῦ, μάλιστα πάντων αὐτὸν δυσωπῆσαι δυνήσεται. Ὁρᾷς πῶς οὐ δίκης ἕνεκεν τοῦτο γίνεται, ἀλλὰ διορθώσεως; Διὰ δὴ τοῦτο οὐκ εὐθέως τοὺς δύο κελεύει λαβεῖν, ἀλλ᾽ ὅταν αὐτὸς ἀτονήσῃ· καὶ οὐδὲ τότε ἐπαφίησιν αὐτῷ πλῆθος, αλλὰ μέχρι δύο ποιεῖται τὴν προσθήκην, ἢ καὶ ἑνός ὅταν δὲ καὶ τούτων καταφρονήσῃ, τότε αὐτὸν ἐπὶ τὴν ἐκκλησίαν εξάγει. Οὕτω πολλὴν ποιεῖται σπουδὴν μὴ ἐκπομπεύεσθαι τὰ τῶν πλησίον ἁμαρτήματα. Καίτοιγε ἠδύνατο ἐξ ἀρχῆς τοῦτο κελεῦσαι ἀλλ᾽ ἵνα μὴ τοῦτο γίνηται, οὐκ ἐκέλευσεν, ἀλλὰ μετὰ μίαν καὶ δευτέραν παραίνεσιν τοῦτο νομοθετεῖ. Τί δέ ἐστιν, ἐπὶ στόματος δύο καὶ τριῶν μαρτύρων σταθήσεται πᾶν ῥῆμα; Ἔχεις μαρτυρίαν ἱκανὴν, φησὶν, ὅτι τὸ σαντοῦ ἅπαν ἐποίησας, ὅτι οὐδὲν ἐνέλιπες τῶν εἰς σὲ ἡκόντων. Ἐὰν δὲ καὶ τούτων παρακούσῃ, εἰπὲ τῇ ἐκκλησίᾳ· τουτέστι, τοῖς προεδρεύουσιν. Ἐὰν δὲ καὶ ΟΝ ᾿ ’ Μ ε«ε » Ἢ . ε τῆς ἐκκλησίας παρακούσῃ, ἔστω σοι ὡς ὁ ἐθνικὸς καὶ ὁ τελώνης. Λοιπὸν γὰρ ἀνίατα ὁ τοιοῦτος νοσεῖ. Σὺ δέ μοι σκόπει, πῶς πανταχοῦ τὸν τελώνην εἰς ὑπόδειγμα τῆς μεγίστης τίθησι κακίας. Καὶ γὰρ ἀνωτέρω φησίν οὐχὶ καὶ οἱ τελῶναι τὸ αὐτὸ ποιοῦσιν; καὶ προϊὼν πάλιν καὶ τελώναι καὶ πόρναι προάξουσιν ὑμᾶς εἰς τὴν βασιλείαν τῶν οὐρανῶν· τουτέστιν, οἱ σφόδρα κατεγνωσμένοι καὶ καταδεδικασμένοι. Ἀκουέτωσαν οἱ κέρδεσιν ἐπιπηδῶντες ἀδίκοις, οἱ τοὺς τόκους ἐπὶ τόκοις ἀριθμοῦντες. Διατί δὲ αὐτὸν μετ᾽ ἐκείνων ἔταξε; Παραμυθούμενος τὸν ἡδικημένον, καὶ φοβῶν αὐτόν. Τοῦτο οὖν ἡ κόλασις μόνον; Οὐχί· ἀλλ᾽ ἄκουε καὶ τῶν ἑξῆς. Ὅσα ἐὰν δήσητε ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς, ἔσται δεδεμένον ἐν τοῖς οὐρανοῖς. Καὶ οὐκ εἶπε τῷ προέδρῳ τῆς ἐκκλησίας, δῆσον τὸν τοιοῦτον, ἀλλά, ἐὰν δήσῃς αὐτῷ τῷ λελυπημένῳ τὸ πάν ἐπιτρέπων· καὶ ἄλυτα μένει τὰ δεσμά. Οὐκοῦν τὰ ἔσχατα πείσεται δεινά· ἀλλ᾽ οὐχὶ ὁ ἀγαγὼν αἴτιος, ἀλλ᾽ ὁ μὴ θελήσας πεισθῆναι. Εἶδες πῶς αὐτὸν διπλαῖς κατέδησεν ἀνάγκαις, καὶ τῇ ἐντεῦθεν τιμωρίᾳ, καὶ τῇ ἐκεῖ κολάσει; Ταῦτα δὲ ἠπείλησεν, ἵνα μὴ ταῦτα συμβαίνῃ· ἀλλὰ φοβούμενος καὶ τὴν ἀπὸ τῆς ἐκκλησίας ἐκβολὴν, καὶ τὸν ἀπὸ τοῦ δεσμοῦ κίνδυνον, καὶ τὸ ἐν οὐρανοῖς δεδέσθαι, ἡμερώτερος γένηται. Καὶ ταῦτα εἰδὼς, εἰ καὶ μὴ ἐκ προοιμίων, ἐν γοῦν τῷ πλήθει τῶν δικαστηρίων ἐκλύσει τὴν ὀργήν. Διά τοι τοῦτο καὶ πρῶτον καὶ δεύτερον καὶ τρίτον ἐπέστησε κριτήριον, καὶ οὐκ εὐθέως ἐξέκοψεν, ἵνα κἂν τοῦ πρώτου παρακούσῃ, τῷ δευτέρῳ εἴξῃ· κἂν ἐκεῖνο διαπτύσῃ, τὸ τρίτον φοβηθῇ· κἂν τούτου μηδένα ποιῆται λόγον, τὴν μέλλουσαν καταπλαγῇ τιμωρίαν, καὶ τὴν παρὰ τοῦ θεοῦ ψῆφόν τε καὶ δίκην. Πάλιν δὲ λέγω ὑμῖν, ὅτι ἐὰν δύο συμφωνήσωσιν εξ ὑμῶν ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς, περὶ παντὸς πράγματος οὗ ἐὰν αἰτήσωνται, γενήσεται αὐτοῖς παρὰ τοῦ πατρός μου τοῦ ἐν τοῖς οὐρανοῖς. Οὗ γὰρ ἐὰν ὦσι δύο ἢ τρεῖς συνηγμένοι εἰς τὸ ἐμὸν ὄνομα, ἐκεῖ εἰμι ἐν μέσῳ αὐτῶν. Ὁρᾷς πῶς καὶ ἑτέρωθεν παραλύει τὰς ἔχθρας, καὶ τὰς μικροψυχίας ἀναιρεῖ, καὶ πρὸς ἀλλήλους συνάγει, καὶ οὐκ ἀπὸ τῆς κολάσεως μόνης τῆς εἰρημένης, ἀλλὰ καὶ ἀπὸ τῶν ἀγαθῶν τῶν ἐκ τῆς ἀγάπης: : Καὶ γὰρ ἀπειλήσας ἐκεῖνα τῆ φιλονεικίᾳ, τὰ μεγάλα ἐνταῦθα τῆς συμφωνίας τίθησιν ἔπαθλα, εἴγε καὶ τὸν πατέρα πείθουσιν οἱ συμφωνοῦντες, ὑπὲρ ὧν αἰτοῦσι, καὶ τὸν Χριστὸν ἔχουσιν εἰς τὸ μέσον. Ἂρ' οὖν οὐδαμοῦ εἰσι δύο συμφωνοῦντες; Καὶ πολλαχοῦ μὲν οὗν, τάχα δὲ καὶ πανταχοῦ. Πώς οὖν ου πάντα ἐπιτυγχάνουσιν; Ὅτι πολλαὶ αἱ αἰτίαι τοῦ ἀποτυγχάνειν. Ἢ γὰρ ἀσύμφορα πολλάκις αἰτοῦσι. Καὶ τί θαυμάζεις, εἰ ἕτεροί τινες, ὅπον γε καὶ Παῦλος τοῦτο ἔπαθεν, ἡνίκα ἤκουσεν, ἀρκεῖ σοι ἡ χάρις μου· ἡ γὰρ δύναμίς μου ἐν ἀσθενείᾳ τελειοῦται; Ἢ ἀνάξιοι τῶν ταῦτα ἀκηκοότων εἰσὶ, καὶ τὰ παρ᾽ ἑαυτῶν οὐκ εἰσφέρουσιν' αὐτὸς δὲ τοὺς κατ᾽ ἐκείνους ἐπιζητεῖ διὰ τοῦτό φησιν, εξ ὑμῶν, τῶν ἐναρέτων, τῶν ἀγγελικὴν ἐπιδεικνυμένων πολιτείαν. Ἢ κατὰ τῶν λελυπηκότων εὔχονται; ἐκδικίαν καὶ τιμωρίαν ἐπιζητοῦντες, ὅπερ ἐστὶ κεκωλυμένον' εὔχεσθε γάρ, φησὶν, ὑπὲρ τῶν ἐχθρῶν ὑμῶν, Ἢ ἀμετανόητα ἀμαρτάνοντες αἰτοῦσιν ἔλεον; ὅπερ ἐστὶν ἀδύνατον λαβεῖν, οὐ μόνον ἂν αὐτοὶ αἰτώσιν, ἀλλὰ κἀν ἕτεροι πολλὴν πρὸς τὸν θεὸν παῤῥησίαν ἔχοντες ὑπὲρ αὐτῶν παρακαλώσι' καθάπερ Ἱερεμίας εὐχόμενος ὑπὲρ ᾿Ιουδαίων ἤκουσε· μὴ προσεύχου περὶ τοῦ λαοῦ τούτου, ὅτι οὐκ εἰσακούσομαί σου. Ἂν δὲ πάντα παρῆ, καὶ τὰ συμφέροντα αἰτῆς, καὶ τὰ παρ' ἑαυτοῦ πάντα εἰσφέρῃς, καὶ βίον παρέχῃς ἀποστολικὸν, καὶ ὁμόνοιαν καὶ ἀγάπην πρὸς τὸν πλησίον ἔχῃς, ἐπιτεύξῃ παρακαλῶν· φιλάνθρωπος γὰρ ὁ δεσπότης.

Ean hamartę̄ eis se ho adelphos sou, hypage, elenxon auton metaxy sou kai autou monou. Ean sou akousę̄, ekerdēsas ton adelphon sou. Epeidē gar sphodron kateteine logon kata tōn skandalizontōn, kai pantachothen autous ephobēsen, hina mē tautę̄ genōntai palin hyptioi hoi skandalizomenoi, mēde to pan nomizontes eph᾽ heterous errhiphthai, eis heteran kakian exelthōsi, thryptomenoi kai panta therapeuesthai thelontes, kai eis aponoian exokeilōsin, hora pōs kai autous systellei palin, kai keleuei ton elenchon metaxy tōn dyo ginesthai monōn hina mē tę̄ tōn pleionōn martyrią baryteran ergasētai tēn katēgorian, kai itamōteros ekeinos genomenos adiorthōtos meinę̄. Dio phēsi metaxy sou kai autou monou. Kan akousę̄, ekerdanas ton adelphon sou. Ti estin, ean akousę̄? Ean katagnǭ heautou, ean peisthę̄ hoti hēmarten. Ekerdanas ton adelphon son. Ouk eipen, echeis hikanēn timōrian, all᾽, ekerdanas ton adelphon sou, deiknys hoti koinē zēmia apo tēs echthras. Ou gar eipen, ekerdanen ekeinos heauton monon, alla kai sy auton ekerdanas di᾿ hōn edeixen hoti kai autos kakeinos ezēmiounto pro toutou, ho men ton adelphon, ho de tēn oikeian sōtērian. Touto kai hēnika epi tou orous ekathēto, parēnei pote men ton lelypēkota pros ton lypēthenta agōn kai legōn ean tǭ thysiastēriǭ parestōs ekei mnēsthēs, hoti ho adelphos sou echei ti kata sou, hypage, diallagēthi tǭ adelphǭ sou pote de ton hēdikēmenon keleuōn apheinai tǭ plēsion. Aphes gar hēmin ta opheilēmata hēmōn, kathōs kai hēmeis aphiemen tois opheiletais hēmōn, legein edidaxen. ᾿Entautha de kai heteron epinoei tropon. Ou gar ton lelypēkota, alla ton lypēthenta agei pros touton. Epeidē gar ekeinos ho Idikēkōn ouk eukolōs an elthoi pros apologian aischynomenos kai erythriōn, touton pros ekeinon helkei kai ouch haplōs, all᾽ hōste diorthōsai to gegenēmenon. Kai ou legei, katēgorēson, oude, epitimēson, oude, dikas apaitēson kai euthynas, alla, elenxon, phēsin. Autos men gar kathaper tini karǭ tǭ thymǭ kai tę̄ aischynę̄ katechetai methyōn᾽ dei de se ton hygiainonta pros ekeinon ton nosounta apelthein, kai adēmosieuton poiēsai to dikastērion, kai euparadekton tēn iatreian. To gar eipein, elenxon, ouch heteron ti estin, ē anamnēson tou hamartēmatos, eipe pros auton haper epathes par᾽ autou hoper kai auto, ean hōs chrē ginētai, meros estin apologoumenou, kai sphodra ephelkomenou pros katallagēn. Ti oun, ean apeithę̄ kai ᾿ sklērōs diakeētai? Paralabe meta seautou eti hena ē dyo, hina epi stomatos dyo martyrōn stathēsetai pan bēma. Hosǭ gar an anaidesteros ē kai itamōteros, tosoutǭ mallon hēmas epi tēn iatreian speudein chrē, ouk epi tēn orgēn kai tēn aganaktēsin. Kai gar iatros, hotan idę̄ to pathos dysendoton, ouk aphistatai, oude dyscherainei : alla tote mallon paraskeuazetai ho kai entautha poiein keleuei. ᾿Epeidē gar asthenesteros monos hōn ephanēs, genou dynatōteros tē prosthēkę̄. Kai gar hikanoi hoi dyo ton hēmartēkota elenxai. Horąs hōs ou to tou lelypēmenou zētei monon, alla kai to tou lelypēkotos? Ho gar ēdikēmenos houtos estin, ho halous hypo tou pathous autos ho nosōn kai asthenōn kai kamnōn. Dia touto pollakis ekeinon pros touton agei? nyn men monon, nyn de meth᾽ heterōn ei de epimenoi, kai meta tēs ekklēsias. Eipe gar, phēsi, tę̄ ekklēsią. Ei de to toutou monon ezētei, ouk an ekeleusen hebdomēkontakis hepta metanoounti synchōrein; ouk an tosautakis kai tosoutous epestēsen autǭ diorthōtas tou pathous all᾽ ek prōtēs auton adiorthōton meinanta syntychias eiasen an; nyn de kai hapax kai dis kai tris auton therapeusai keleuei, kai nyn men monon, nyn de meta dyo, nyn de meta pleionōn. Dia dē touto epi men tōn exōthen ouden toiouton legei, all᾽ ean tis se rhapisē, phēsin, eis tēn dexian siagona, strepson autǭ kai tēn allēn entautha de ouch houtōs. Hoper gar ho Paulos phēsi legōn; ti moi kai tous exōthen krinein? tous de adelphous kai elenchein kai apostrephesthai keleuei, kai apotemnein mē peithomenous, hina entrapōsi᾽ touto kai entautha autos poiei, peri tōn adelphōn tauta nomothetōn kai treis ephistēsin autǭ didaskalous kai dikastas, didaskontas ta kata ton kairon tēs methēs ginomena. Ei gar kai autos estin ho phthenxamenos kai poiēsas panta ekeina ta atopa, all' homōs heterōn deitai tōn didaxontōn, kathaper houn kai ho methyōn. Kai gar pasēs methēs thymos kai hamartia ekstatikōteron, kai en meizoni tēn psychēn kathistēsi paraphrosynē. Tis goun tou Dauid synetōteros ēn? All᾽ homōs hamartōn ouk ēstheto, tēs epithymias tous logismous hapantas katechousēs, kai hōsper tinos kapnou plērousēs autou tēn psychēn. Dia touto edeēthē lychnou para tou prophētou, kai rhēmatōn anamimnēskontōn auton hōn epraxe. Dia touto kai entautha agei toutous pros ton hēmartēkota, dialexomenous autǭ peri hōn epraxe. Diati de toutǭ keleuei elenxai, kai ouch heterǭ: Hoti touton epieikesteron an ēnenke, ton ēdikēmenon, ton lelypēmenon, ton epēreasmenon. Ou gar homoiōs tis par᾽ heterou peri tou hybristhentos elenchomenos pherei, kai par᾽ autou tou hybrismenou, malista hotan monos ę̄ dielenchōn auton. Hotan gar ho dikēn auton apaitein opheilōn, houtos kai tēs sōtērias phainētai epimeloumenos tēs autou, malista pantōn auton dysōpēsai dynēsetai. Horąs pōs ou dikēs heneken touto ginetai, alla diorthōseōs? Dia dē touto ouk eutheōs tous dyo keleuei labein, all᾽ hotan autos atonēsę̄; kai oude tote epaphiēsin autǭ plēthos, alla mechri dyo poieitai tēn prosthēkēn, ē kai henos hotan de kai toutōn kataphronēsę̄, tote auton epi tēn ekklēsian exagei. Houtō pollēn poieitai spoudēn mē ekpompeuesthai ta tōn plēsion hamartēmata. Kaitoige ēdynato ex archēs touto keleusai all᾽ hina mē touto ginētai, ouk ekeleusen, alla meta mian kai deuteran parainesin touto nomothetei. Ti de estin, epi stomatos dyo kai triōn martyrōn stathēsetai pan rhēma? Echeis martyrian hikanēn, phēsin, hoti to santou hapan epoiēsas, hoti ouden enelipes tōn eis se hēkontōn. Ean de kai toutōn parakousę̄, eipe tę̄ ekklēsią; toutesti, tois proedreuousin. Ean de kai ON ᾿ ’ M e«e » Ē . e tēs ekklēsias parakousę̄, estō soi hōs ho ethnikos kai ho telōnēs. Loipon gar aniata ho toioutos nosei. Sy de moi skopei, pōs pantachou ton telōnēn eis hypodeigma tēs megistēs tithēsi kakias. Kai gar anōterō phēsin ouchi kai hoi telōnai to auto poiousin? kai proïōn palin kai telōnai kai pornai proaxousin hymas eis tēn basileian tōn ouranōn; toutestin, hoi sphodra kategnōsmenoi kai katadedikasmenoi. Akouetōsan hoi kerdesin epipēdōntes adikois, hoi tous tokous epi tokois arithmountes. Diati de auton met᾽ ekeinōn etaxe? Paramythoumenos ton hēdikēmenon, kai phobōn auton. Touto oun hē kolasis monon? Ouchi; all᾽ akoue kai tōn hexēs. Hosa ean dēsēte epi tēs gēs, estai dedemenon en tois ouranois. Kai ouk eipe tǭ proedrǭ tēs ekklēsias, dēson ton toiouton, alla, ean dēsę̄s autǭ tǭ lelypēmenǭ to pan epitrepōn; kai alyta menei ta desma. Oukoun ta eschata peisetai deina; all᾽ ouchi ho agagōn aitios, all᾽ ho mē thelēsas peisthēnai. Eides pōs auton diplais katedēsen anankais, kai tę̄ enteuthen timōrią, kai tę̄ ekei kolasei? Tauta de ēpeilēsen, hina mē tauta symbainę̄; alla phoboumenos kai tēn apo tēs ekklēsias ekbolēn, kai ton apo tou desmou kindynon, kai to en ouranois dedesthai, hēmerōteros genētai. Kai tauta eidōs, ei kai mē ek prooimiōn, en goun tǭ plēthei tōn dikastēriōn eklysei tēn orgēn. Dia toi touto kai prōton kai deuteron kai triton epestēse kritērion, kai ouk eutheōs exekopsen, hina kan tou prōtou parakousę̄, tǭ deuterǭ eixę̄; kan ekeino diaptysę̄, to triton phobēthę̄; kan toutou mēdena poiētai logon, tēn mellousan kataplagę̄ timōrian, kai tēn para tou theou psēphon te kai dikēn. Palin de legō hymin, hoti ean dyo symphōnēsōsin ex hymōn epi tēs gēs, peri pantos pragmatos hou ean aitēsōntai, genēsetai autois para tou patros mou tou en tois ouranois. Hou gar ean ōsi dyo ē treis synēgmenoi eis to emon onoma, ekei eimi en mesǭ autōn. Horąs pōs kai heterōthen paralyei tas echthras, kai tas mikropsychias anairei, kai pros allēlous synagei, kai ouk apo tēs kolaseōs monēs tēs eirēmenēs, alla kai apo tōn agathōn tōn ek tēs agapēs: : Kai gar apeilēsas ekeina tē philoneikią, ta megala entautha tēs symphōnias tithēsin epathla, eige kai ton patera peithousin hoi symphōnountes, hyper hōn aitousi, kai ton Christon echousin eis to meson. Ar' oun oudamou eisi dyo symphōnountes? Kai pollachou men houn, tacha de kai pantachou. Pōs oun ou panta epitynchanousin? Hoti pollai hai aitiai tou apotynchanein. Ē gar asymphora pollakis aitousi. Kai ti thaumazeis, ei heteroi tines, hopon ge kai Paulos touto epathen, hēnika ēkousen, arkei soi hē charis mou; hē gar dynamis mou en astheneią teleioutai? Ē anaxioi tōn tauta akēkootōn eisi, kai ta par᾽ heautōn ouk eispherousin' autos de tous kat᾽ ekeinous epizētei dia touto phēsin, ex hymōn, tōn enaretōn, tōn angelikēn epideiknymenōn politeian. Ē kata tōn lelypēkotōn euchontai? ekdikian kai timōrian epizētountes, hoper esti kekōlymenon' euchesthe gar, phēsin, hyper tōn echthrōn hymōn, Ē ametanoēta amartanontes aitousin eleon? hoper estin adynaton labein, ou monon an autoi aitōsin, alla kan heteroi pollēn pros ton theon parrhēsian echontes hyper autōn parakalōsi' kathaper Hieremias euchomenos hyper ᾿Ioudaiōn ēkouse; mē proseuchou peri tou laou toutou, hoti ouk eisakousomai sou. An de panta parē, kai ta sympheronta aitēs, kai ta par' heautou panta eispherę̄s, kai bion parechę̄s apostolikon, kai homonoian kai agapēn pros ton plēsion echę̄s, epiteuxę̄ parakalōn; philanthrōpos gar ho despotēs.

“If your brother sins against you, go, reprove him between you and him alone. If he listens to you, you have gained your brother.” For since he had stretched out a vehement word against those who cause stumbling, and frightened them from every side, so that those who are made to stumble might not in this way become careless in their turn, and, thinking that the whole has been thrown on others, fall into another wickedness, giving themselves airs and wishing to be courted in everything, and run aground on arrogance, see how he checks them too again, and commands the reproof to take place between the two alone, so that he may not make the accusation heavier by the testimony of more people, and the other, becoming more reckless, remain incorrigible. That is why he says, “between you and him alone.” “And if he listens, you have gained your brother.” What is “if he listens”? If he condemns himself, if he is persuaded that he sinned. “You have gained your brother.” He did not say, “You have sufficient vengeance,” but, “You have gained your brother,” showing that the loss from enmity is common to both. For he did not say, “He has gained himself only,” but, “You too have gained him”; by which he showed that both you and he were suffering loss before this, the one losing his brother, the other his own salvation. This he exhorted also when he sat on the mountain, at one time bringing the one who had caused grief to the one grieved and saying, “If you are standing at the altar and there remember that your brother has something against you, go, be reconciled to your brother”; at another bidding the one wronged to forgive his neighbor: for he taught us to say, “Forgive us our debts, as we also forgive our debtors.” But here he devises yet another way. For he brings not the one who caused grief, but the one grieved, to the other. For since the one who did wrong would not readily come to make his defense, being ashamed and blushing, he draws this one to him; and not simply, but so as to set right what had happened. And he does not say, “Accuse,” nor, “Rebuke,” nor, “Demand satisfaction and account,” but, “Reprove,” he says. For that man is held, as by a kind of stupor, drunk with anger and shame; but you, who are healthy, must go to him who is sick, and make the court private and the healing easy to accept. For “reprove” means nothing else than “remind him of the sin, tell him what you suffered from him”; and this very thing, if it is done as it should be, is the part of one who is pleading the other’s cause and drawing him strongly to reconciliation. What then if he disobeys and is stubbornly disposed? “Take with you one or two more, so that every word may be established on the mouth of two witnesses.” For the more shameless and reckless he is, the more we must hasten to the healing, not to anger and indignation. For a physician too, when he sees the disease hard to yield, does not withdraw nor become impatient, but then prepares himself the more; which he commands us to do here too. “For since you have appeared weaker alone, become stronger by the addition. For the two are enough to convict the one who has sinned.” Do you see how he seeks not only the interest of the one grieved but also that of the one who caused the grief? For the one wronged is this one, who has been taken by the passion, he who is sick and weak and ailing. That is why he often brings the one to the other, now alone, now with others; and if he persists, with the church as well. “Tell it to the church,” he says. And if he were seeking only this man’s interest, he would not have commanded us to forgive seventy times seven times one who repents; he would not have set over him so often so many correctors of his passion; but he would have let him go when he remained uncorrected from the first meeting; but as it is, he commands us to treat him once and twice and three times, now alone, now with two, now with more. That is why with regard to those outside he says nothing of the kind, but, “If someone strikes you on the right cheek,” he says, “turn to him the other also”; but here not so. For what Paul says when he says, “What have I to do with judging those outside?”, while commanding us both to reprove the brothers and to turn away from them and to cut off those who do not obey, so that they may be put to shame—this he too does here, legislating these things about the brothers; and he sets over him three teachers and judges, to teach him what was done in the time of his drunkenness. For even if he is the one who spoke and did all those absurd things, yet he needs others to teach him, just as the drunken man does. For anger and sin are more apt to put one beside oneself than any drunkenness, and set the soul in greater madness. Who, at any rate, was more understanding than David? But nevertheless when he sinned he did not perceive it, desire holding all his reasonings and filling his soul as with smoke. That is why he needed a lamp from the prophet, and words reminding him of what he had done. That is why here too he brings these to the one who has sinned, to speak with him about what he has done. And why does he command this man to reprove him, and not another? Because he would bear this one more gently, the one who was wronged, who was grieved, who was abused. For one does not bear being reproved about the one insulted by another in the same way as by the one insulted himself, especially when he alone reproves him. For when the one who ought to demand justice from him appears to be caring for his salvation, he above all will be able to shame him. Do you see how this is done not for the sake of vengeance but of correction? That is why he does not command him to take the two at once, but when he himself has failed; and not even then does he let a crowd loose on him, but makes the addition only as far as two, or even one; but when he despises these too, then he brings him out to the church. So great is the care he takes that the sins of our neighbors should not be paraded. And yet he could have commanded this from the beginning; but so that this might not happen, he did not command it, but legislates this after a first and second exhortation. And what is, “On the mouth of two or three witnesses every word will be established”? “You have sufficient testimony,” he says, “that you did all your part, that you left undone nothing of what was yours to do.” “But if he does not listen to these either, tell it to the church,” that is, to those who preside. “And if he does not listen even to the church, let him be to you as the Gentile and the tax collector.” For from then on such a one is incurably sick. But consider, I pray you, how everywhere he sets the tax collector as an example of the greatest wickedness. For above too he says, “Do not even the tax collectors do the same?”; and going on again, “The tax collectors and the harlots go before you into the kingdom of the heavens,” that is, those utterly condemned and sentenced. Let those hear who leap upon unjust gains, who count interest upon interest. And why did he rank him with these? Consoling the one wronged and frightening that man. Is this, then, the only punishment? No; but hear also what follows: “Whatever you bind on earth will be bound in the heavens.” And he did not say to the president of the church, “Bind such a one,” but, “If you bind,” entrusting the whole to the one grieved himself; and the bonds remain unloosed. So he will suffer the utmost terrors; but it is not the one who brought him who is to blame, but the one who would not be persuaded. Do you see how he bound him with double necessities, both by the punishment here and by the vengeance there? And he threatened these things so that they might not happen, but that, fearing both the casting out from the church and the danger from the bond and being bound in heaven, he might become gentler. And knowing these things, if not from the beginning, at least by the number of the courts he will put away his anger. For this reason he set up a first and a second and a third tribunal, and did not cut him off at once, so that if he disobeys the first, he may yield to the second; and if he spurns that, he may fear the third; and if he takes no account of this, he may be struck with terror at the punishment to come, and at the verdict and sentence from God. “Again I say to you, that if two of you agree on earth about anything whatever that they ask, it will be done for them by my Father who is in the heavens. For where two or three are gathered in my name, there I am in the midst of them.” Do you see how from another side too he dissolves enmities, and removes petty-mindedness, and brings us together with one another, not only by the punishment mentioned, but also by the good things that come from love? For having threatened those things against contentiousness, he sets here the great prizes of agreement, if indeed those who agree persuade even the Father about what they ask, and have Christ in their midst. Are there, then, nowhere two who agree? Yes, in many places, perhaps even everywhere. How then do they not obtain everything? Because the causes of failure are many. For often they ask what is not expedient. And why do you wonder if certain others do, when even Paul experienced this, when he heard, “My grace is sufficient for you; for my power is made perfect in weakness”? Or they are unworthy of those who heard these things, and do not contribute their own part; and he seeks those who are like those men; that is why he says “of you,” the virtuous, those who display an angelic way of life. Or they pray against those who have grieved them, seeking vengeance and punishment, which is forbidden: “For pray,” he says, “for your enemies.” Or, sinning without repentance, they ask for mercy, which it is impossible to receive, not only if they ask themselves, but even if others who have great confidence before God entreat for them; as Jeremiah, praying for the Jews, heard, “Do not pray for this people, for I will not hear you.” But if all is present, and you ask what is expedient, and contribute everything of your own, and lead an apostolic life, and have concord and love toward your neighbor, you will obtain what you ask; for the Master is a lover of mankind.

60.3Field 2

Εἶτα ἐπειδὴ εἶπε, παρὰ τοῦ πατρός μου, ἵνα δείξῃ ἑαυτὸν ὄντα τὸν παρέχοντα, καὶ οὐ τὸν γεγεννηκότα μόνον, ἐπήγαγεν· οὗ γὰρ ἐὰν ὦσι δύο ἢ τρεῖς συνηγμένοι εἰς τὸ ἐμὸν ὄνομα, ἐκεῖ εἰμι ἐν μέσῳ αὐτῶν. Τί οὗν; οὐκ εἰσὶ δύο ἢ τρεῖς συνηγμένοι εἰς τὸ ὄνομα αὐτοῦ; Εἰσὶ μὲν, σπανίως δέ. Οὐ γὰρ ἁπλῶς τὴν σύνοδον λέγει, οὐδὲ τοῦτο ἐπιζητεῖ μόνον, ἀλλὰ μάλιστα μὲν, ὅπερ καὶ ἔμπροσθεν εἶπον; καὶ τὴν ἄλλην ἀρετὴν μετὰ τούτου· ἔπειτα δὲ καὶ τοῦτο αὐτὸ μετὰ πολλῆς ἀπαιτεῖ τῆς ἀκριβείας. Ὃ γὰρ λέγει, τοιοῦτόν ἐστιν· εἴ τις ἐμὲ τῆς πρὸς τὸν πλησίον φιλίας ὑπόθεσιν προηγουμένην ἔχει, μετ᾽ αὐτοῦ ἔσομαι, ἂν καὶ τὰ ἄλλα ἐνάρετος ᾖ. Νυνὶ δὲ τοὺς πλείονας ὁρῶμεν, ἑτέρας ἔχοντας φιλίας ἀφορμάς. Ὁ μὲν γὰρ ὅτι φιλεῖται, φιλεῖ· ὁ δὲ, ὅτι ἐτιμήθη· ὁ δὲ, ὅτι ἐν ἑτέρῳ τινὶ βιωτικῷ πράγματι γέγονεν αὐτῷ χρήσιμος ὁ δεῖνα᾽ ὁ δὲ, δι᾽ ἕτερόν τι τοιοῦτον· διὰ δὲ τὸν Χριστὸν δύσκολόν ἐστιν εὑρεῖν τινα γνησίως καὶ ὡς ἐχρῆν φιλεῖν τὸν πλησίον φιλοῦντα. Οἱ γὰρ πλείους ἀπὸ τῶν βιωτικῶν εἰσι συνδεδεμένοι πραγμάτων ἀλλήλοις. Ἀλλ᾽ οὐχ ὁ Παῦλος οὕτως ἐφίλει, ἀλλὰ διὰ τὸν Χριστόν διὸ καὶ μὴ φιλούμενος οὕτως ὥσπερ ἐφίλει, οὐ κατέλυσε τὴν ἀγάπην, ἐπειδὴ ῥίζαν ἰσχυρὰν κατεβάλετο τοῦ φίλτρου. Ἀλλ᾽ οὐ τὰ νῦν· ἀλλὰ πάντα ἐξετάζοντες εὑρήσομεν παρὰ τοῖς πολλοῖς φιλίας ποιητικὰ μᾶλλον ἢ τοῦτο. Καὶ εἴ τις μοι παρέσχεν ἐξουσίαν ἐν τοσούτῳ πλήθει τὴν ἐξέτασιν ποιήσασθαι ταύτην, ἔδειξα ἂν τοὺς πλείονας ἀπὸ τῶν βιωτικῶν προφάσεων ἀλλήλοις συνδεδεμένους. Καὶ δῆλον τοῦτο απὸ τῶν αἰτιῶν τῶν τὴν ἔχθραν ἐργαζομένων. ᾿Επειδὴ γὰρ ἀπὸ τῶν ἐπικήρων τούτων εἰσὶν ἀλλήλοις συνημμένοι, διὰ τοῦτο οὔτε θερμοὶ πρὸς αλλήλους εἰσὶν, οὔτε διηνεκεῖς· ἀλλὰ καὶ ὕβρις, καὶ χρημάτων ζημία, καὶ φθόνος, καὶ κενοδοξίας ἔρως, καὶ πᾶν τοιοῦτον ἐπελθὸν διακόπτει τὸ φίλτρον. Οὐ γὰρ εὑρίσκει τὴν ῥίζαν πνευματικήν. Ὡς εἴγε τοιαύτη ἦν, οὐδὲν ἂν τῶν βιωτικῶν τὰ πνευματικὰ διέλυσεν. Ἡ γὰρ διὰ τὸν Χριστὸν ἀγάπη βεβαία καὶ ἀῤῥαγὴς καὶ ἀνάλωτος, καὶ οὐδὲν αὐτὴν διασπάσαι δυνήσεται, οὐ διαβολαὶ, οὐ κίνδυνοι, οὐ θάνατος, οὐκ ἄλλο τῶν τοιούτων οὐδέν. Κἂν γὰρ μυρία πάθη ὁ οὕτω φιλῶν, πρὸς τὴν ὑπόθεσιν τῆς ἀγάπης ὁρῶν οὐκ ἀποστήσεται. Ὁ μὲν γὰρ διὰ τὸ φιλεῖσθαι φιλῶν, κἂν ἀηδές τι πάθη, διαλύει τὴν ἀγάπην· ὁ δὲ ἐκεῖθεν ὃ ὃ ἣ ᾿ δέ ξ ᾿ ἣ ἢ ᾿ ΝΝ Ν . Ψ ᾽ - γεν ὁ ἡ ἀγάπη οὐδέποτε ἐκπίπτει. Τί γὰρ ἔχεις εἰπεῖν; Ψ ’ δ « ’ Φ ὔ ’ ΓῚ ΄΄ε ΄-Ἁ λήθη; Ἀλλὰ καὶ τοῦτό σε μᾶλλον φιλεῖν παρασκευάζει, ἂν διὰ τὸν Χριστὸν φιλῇς. Ἃ γάρ ἐστιν ἐπὶ τῶν ἄλλων ἀνατρεπτικὰ ἀγάπης, ταῦτα ἐνταῦθα κατασκευαστικὰ γίνεται. Πώς; Πρῶτον μέν, ὅτι σοι μισθῶν αἴτιος ὁ τοιοῦτός ἐστι· δεύτερον, ὅτι πλείονος δεῖται βοηθείας ὁ διακείμενος οὕτω, καὶ θεραπείας πολλῆς. Διά τοι τοῦτο ὁ οὕτω φιλῶν οὐ γένος ἐξετάζει, οὐ πατρίδα, οὐ πλοῦτον, οὐ τὴν πρὸς αὐτὸν ἀγάπην, οὐκ ἄλλο τῶν τοιούτων οὐδέν' ἀλλὰ κἂν μισῆται, κἂν ὑβρίζηται, κἂν ἀναιρῆται, μένει φιλῶν, ἱκανὴν ἔχων ὑπόθεσιν τοῦ φιλεῖν, τὸν Χριστόν ὅθεν καὶ ἴσταται πεπηγὼς, βέβαιος, ἀπερίτρεπτος, πρὸς ἐκεῖνον ὁρῶν. Καὶ γὰρ ὁ Χριστὸς οὕτως ἐφίλησε τοὺς ἐχθροὺς, τοὺς ἀγνώμονας, τοὺς ὑβριστὰς, τοὺς βλασφήμους, τοὺς μισοῦντας, τοὺς οὐδὲ ἰδεῖν αὐτὸν θέλοντας, τοὺς ξύλα καὶ λίθους προτιμῶντας αὐτοῦ ἀγαπήσας, καὶ ἀγάπην τὴν ἀνωτάτω, καὶ μεθ᾽ ἣν ἑτέραν οὐκ ἔστιν εὑρεῖν. Μείζονα γὰρ ταύτης ἀγάπην οὐδεὶς ἔχει, φησὶν, ἵνα τις τὴν ψυχὴν αὐτοῦ θῇ ὑπὲρ τῶν φίλων αὐτοῦ. Καὶ τοὺς σταυρώσαντας δὲ αὐτὸν, καὶ τοσαῦτα εἰς αὐτὸν ἐμπαροινήσαντας, ὅρα πῶς μένει θεραπεύων. Καὶ γὰρ τῷ πατρὶ περὶ αὐτῶν διαλέγεται λέγων· ἄφες αὐτοῖς᾽ οὐ γὰρ οἴδασι τί ποιοῦσι. Καὶ τοὺς μαθητὰς δὲ μετὰ ταῦτα πρὸς αὐτοὺς ἀπέστειλε. Ταύτην τοίνυν καὶ ἡμεῖς τὴν ἀγάπην ζηλώσωμεν, πρὸς ταύτην ἀπίδωμεν, ἵνα μιμηταὶ γενόμενοι τοῦ Χριστοῦ, καὶ τῶν ἐνταῦθα καὶ τῶν μελλόντων ἐπιτύχωμεν ἀγαθῶν, χάριτι καὶ φιλανθρωπίᾳ τοῦ κυρίου ἡμῶν Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ, ᾧ ἡ δόξα καὶ τὸ κράτος εἰς τοὺς αἰῶνας τῶν αἰώνων. ᾿Αμήν.

Eita epeidē eipe, para tou patros mou, hina deixę̄ heauton onta ton parechonta, kai ou ton gegennēkota monon, epēgagen; hou gar ean ōsi dyo ē treis synēgmenoi eis to emon onoma, ekei eimi en mesǭ autōn. Ti houn? ouk eisi dyo ē treis synēgmenoi eis to onoma autou? Eisi men, spaniōs de. Ou gar haplōs tēn synodon legei, oude touto epizētei monon, alla malista men, hoper kai emprosthen eipon? kai tēn allēn aretēn meta toutou; epeita de kai touto auto meta pollēs apaitei tēs akribeias. Ho gar legei, toiouton estin; ei tis eme tēs pros ton plēsion philias hypothesin proēgoumenēn echei, met᾽ autou esomai, an kai ta alla enaretos ę̄. Nyni de tous pleionas horōmen, heteras echontas philias aphormas. Ho men gar hoti phileitai, philei; ho de, hoti etimēthē; ho de, hoti en heterǭ tini biōtikǭ pragmati gegonen autǭ chrēsimos ho deina᾽ ho de, di᾽ heteron ti toiouton; dia de ton Christon dyskolon estin heurein tina gnēsiōs kai hōs echrēn philein ton plēsion philounta. Hoi gar pleious apo tōn biōtikōn eisi syndedemenoi pragmatōn allēlois. All᾽ ouch ho Paulos houtōs ephilei, alla dia ton Christon dio kai mē philoumenos houtōs hōsper ephilei, ou katelyse tēn agapēn, epeidē rhizan ischyran katebaleto tou philtrou. All᾽ ou ta nyn; alla panta exetazontes heurēsomen para tois pollois philias poiētika mallon ē touto. Kai ei tis moi pareschen exousian en tosoutǭ plēthei tēn exetasin poiēsasthai tautēn, edeixa an tous pleionas apo tōn biōtikōn prophaseōn allēlois syndedemenous. Kai dēlon touto apo tōn aitiōn tōn tēn echthran ergazomenōn. ᾿Epeidē gar apo tōn epikērōn toutōn eisin allēlois synēmmenoi, dia touto oute thermoi pros allēlous eisin, oute diēnekeis; alla kai hybris, kai chrēmatōn zēmia, kai phthonos, kai kenodoxias erōs, kai pan toiouton epelthon diakoptei to philtron. Ou gar heuriskei tēn rhizan pneumatikēn. Hōs eige toiautē ēn, ouden an tōn biōtikōn ta pneumatika dielysen. Hē gar dia ton Christon agapē bebaia kai arrhagēs kai analōtos, kai ouden autēn diaspasai dynēsetai, ou diabolai, ou kindynoi, ou thanatos, ouk allo tōn toioutōn ouden. Kan gar myria pathē ho houtō philōn, pros tēn hypothesin tēs agapēs horōn ouk apostēsetai. Ho men gar dia to phileisthai philōn, kan aēdes ti pathē, dialyei tēn agapēn; ho de ekeithen ho ho hē ᾿ de x ᾿ hē ē ᾿ NN N . Ps ᾽ - gen ho hē agapē oudepote ekpiptei. Ti gar echeis eipein? Ps ’ d « ’ Ph y ’ GI ΄΄e ΄-Ha lēthē? Alla kai touto se mallon philein paraskeuazei, an dia ton Christon philę̄s. Ha gar estin epi tōn allōn anatreptika agapēs, tauta entautha kataskeuastika ginetai. Pōs? Prōton men, hoti soi misthōn aitios ho toioutos esti; deuteron, hoti pleionos deitai boētheias ho diakeimenos houtō, kai therapeias pollēs. Dia toi touto ho houtō philōn ou genos exetazei, ou patrida, ou plouton, ou tēn pros auton agapēn, ouk allo tōn toioutōn ouden' alla kan misētai, kan hybrizētai, kan anairētai, menei philōn, hikanēn echōn hypothesin tou philein, ton Christon hothen kai istatai pepēgōs, bebaios, aperitreptos, pros ekeinon horōn. Kai gar ho Christos houtōs ephilēse tous echthrous, tous agnōmonas, tous hybristas, tous blasphēmous, tous misountas, tous oude idein auton thelontas, tous xyla kai lithous protimōntas autou agapēsas, kai agapēn tēn anōtatō, kai meth᾽ hēn heteran ouk estin heurein. Meizona gar tautēs agapēn oudeis echei, phēsin, hina tis tēn psychēn autou thę̄ hyper tōn philōn autou. Kai tous staurōsantas de auton, kai tosauta eis auton emparoinēsantas, hora pōs menei therapeuōn. Kai gar tǭ patri peri autōn dialegetai legōn; aphes autois᾽ ou gar oidasi ti poiousi. Kai tous mathētas de meta tauta pros autous apesteile. Tautēn toinyn kai hēmeis tēn agapēn zēlōsōmen, pros tautēn apidōmen, hina mimētai genomenoi tou Christou, kai tōn entautha kai tōn mellontōn epitychōmen agathōn, chariti kai philanthrōpią tou kyriou hēmōn Iēsou Christou, hǭ hē doxa kai to kratos eis tous aiōnas tōn aiōnōn. ᾿Amēn.

Then, since he had said, “by my Father,” to show that he himself is the giver, and not only the one who begot him, he added, “For where two or three are gathered in my name, there I am in the midst of them.” What then? Are there not two or three gathered in his name? There are, but rarely. For he does not mean simply the gathering, nor does he seek this only, but above all, as I said before, also the rest of virtue along with this; and then he demands this very thing too with great exactness. What he says is something like this: “If anyone holds me as the chief ground of his friendship with his neighbor, I will be with him, if he is virtuous in other things too.” But now we see the majority having other grounds of friendship. For one loves because he is loved; another because he was honored; another because so-and-so has been useful to him in some other matter of this life; another for some other such reason; but for Christ’s sake it is hard to find anyone loving his neighbor genuinely and as he ought. For most are bound to one another by the affairs of this life. But Paul did not love so, but for Christ’s sake; that is why, even when he was not loved as he loved, he did not dissolve his love, since he had laid down a strong root for his affection. But not so now; but examining everything, we shall find among the many that anything produces friendship rather than this. And if someone gave me authority to make this examination in so great a multitude, I would have shown that most are bound to one another by worldly grounds. And this is plain from the causes that produce enmity. For since they are joined to one another by these perishable things, for this reason they are neither warm toward one another nor lasting; but insult, and loss of money, and envy, and love of vainglory, and everything of the kind, when it comes, cuts the affection. For it does not find the root spiritual. For if it were such, nothing of this life would have dissolved spiritual things. For love for Christ’s sake is firm and unbreakable and impregnable, and nothing will be able to tear it apart: not slanders, not dangers, not death, nor any other such thing. For even if one who loves so suffers countless things, looking to the ground of his love, he will not withdraw. For he who loves because he is loved, if he suffers anything unpleasant, dissolves his love; but he who [loves] from there … “love never fails.” For what can you say? … But this too makes you love the more, if you love for Christ’s sake. For the things that overturn love in other cases, here become what builds it up. How? First, because such a one is the cause of rewards for you; second, because one so disposed needs more help and much care. For this reason one who loves so does not inquire into family, nor country, nor wealth, nor love toward himself, nor anything else of the kind; but even if he is hated, even if insulted, even if slain, he remains loving, having a sufficient ground for loving, Christ; hence he stands fixed, firm, unshakable, looking to him. For Christ too so loved his enemies, the ungrateful, the insolent, the blasphemers, those who hated him, those who did not even wish to see him, those who preferred wood and stones to him, loving them with the highest love, beyond which none other can be found. “For greater love than this no one has,” he says, “that one lay down his life for his friends.” And see how he continues to care for those who crucified him and committed such outrages against him. For he speaks to the Father about them, saying, “Forgive them, for they do not know what they are doing.” And afterward he sent the disciples to them too. This love, then, let us too emulate; let us look to it, so that, becoming imitators of Christ, we may attain both the good things here and those to come, by the grace and love for mankind of our Lord Jesus Christ, to whom be glory and might to the ages of ages. Amen.

Chapter 61

61.1Field 2

᾿Τότε προσελθὼν αὐτῷ ὁ Πέτρος εἶπε᾽ κύριε, ποσάκις ἀμαρτήσει εἰς ἐμὲ ὁ ἀδελφός μου; καὶ ἀφήσω αὐτῷ: ἕως ἑπτάκις ; Λέγει αὐτῷ ὁ ᾿ἰησοῦς, οὐ λέγω σοι ἕως ἑπτάκις, ἀλλ᾽ ἕως ἐβδομηκοντάκις ἐπτά. ᾿ΕΝΟΜΙΣΕ μέγα τι λέγειν ὁ Πέτρος διὸ καὶ ὡς φιλοτιμούμενος ἐπήγαγεν, ἕως ἑπτάκις. Τοῦτο γὰρ, φησὶν, ὃ ἐκέλευσας ποιεῖν, ποσάκις ποιήσω; ᾽δν γαρ αει μὲν ἀμαρ, τανῃ, ἀεὶ δὲ ἐλεγχόμενος μετανοῆ, ποσάκις τούτου ἀνέχεσθαι κελεύεις ἡμᾶς; κείνῳ μὲν Ὑαρ τῷ μὴ μετανοοῦντι, καταγινώσκοντι ἑαυτοῦ, πέρας ἐπέθηκας εἰπὼν, ἔστω σοι ὡς ὁ ἐθνικὸς καὶ ὁ τελώνης τούτῳ δὲ οὐκέτι, ἀλλ᾽ ἐκέλευσας αὐτὸν προσίεσθαι. [ἴποσακις οὐν αὐτὸν οφείλω φερειν ελεγχύμενον καὶ μετανοοῦντα: ἀρκει ἑπτάκις: Τί οὖν ὁ Χριστος, ὁ φιλανθρωπος καὶ ἀγαθὸς θεὸς ; Ου λέγω σοι ἕως ἑπτάκις, ἀλλ᾽ ἕως ἐβόοομηκοντάκις ἑπτα οὐκ αριθμον τιθεὶς ἐνταῦθα, αλλὰ τὸ ἀπειρὸον καὶ διήνεκες καὶ αεἰί. Ὥσπερ Ὑαρ τὸ μυριάκις τὸ πολλάκις ὀηλοι, οὕτω καὶ ἐνταῦθα. Καὶ Ὕαρ το, στειρα ἔτεκεν απτὰ, τὸ πολλα φησιν ἡ γραφη. ὥστε οὐκ αριθμῷ συνέκλεισε τὴν ἄφεσιν, αλλα τὸ ὀιηνεκεφ ἐδήλωσε καὶ ἀεί. Τοῦτο γοῦν καὶ διὰ τῆς παραβολῆς τῆς ἐφεξῆς κειμένης ἔδειξεν. Ἵνα Ὑαρ μὴ δόξη τισὶ ᾿μεγαλα καὶ φυρτικὰ ἐπιτάττειν εἰπὼν, ἑβδομηκοντάκις ἑπτα, προσεθηκε τὴν παραβολὴν ταύτην, ὁμοῦ τε ἐνάγων εἰς ὅπερ εἴρηκε, καὶ τὸν μέγα φρονοῦντα ἐπὶ τούτῳ καταστέλλων, καὶ δεικνὺς οὐ βαρὺ τὸ πρᾶγμα ὃν, αλλὰ καὶ σφοὸρα εὔκολον. Δια ὅτοι τοῦτο τὴν αὑτοῦ φιλανθρωπίαν εἰς μέσον ἤγαγεν, ἵνα τῇ παραθέσει, φησὶ, μαθης, ὅτι κἂν ἑβδυμηκοντάκις ἑπτὰ αφῆς, κἀν πάντα ἁπλῶς τὰ ἀμαρτήματα διηνεκώς συγχωρῆς τῷ πλησίον, ὅσον σταγὼν ὕδατος πρὸς πέλαγος ἄπειρον, τοσοῦτον, μᾶλλον δὲ καὶ πολλῷ πλεον ἀποδέει σου ἡ λανθρωπία πρὸς τὴν ἄπειρον ἀγαθότητα τοῦ θεοῦ, ἧς ἐν χρείᾳ καθέστηκας δικάζεσθαι μέλλων καὶ εὐθύνας παρέχειν. Διὸ καὶ ἐπηγαγε λεγων Ωμοιωθὴ ἡ βασιλέα τῶν οὐρανῶν ἀνθρωπῳ βασιλεῖ, ὅστις ἡθελησε συνᾶραι λόγον μετὰ τῶν δούλων αὐτοῦ. ᾿Δρξαμένον δὲ αὐτοῦ συναίρειν, πρρσηνέχθη αὐτῷ εἷς ὀφειλέτης μυρίων ταλαντων. Μη ἔχοντος δὲ αὐτοῦ ἀποδοῦναι, ἐκέλευσε πραθῆναι αὐτὸν, καὶ τὴν γυναῖκα αὐτοῦ, καὶ τὰ τέκνα, καὶ πάντα ὅσα εἶχεν. Εἶτα ἐπειδὴ φίλανθρωπία; ἀπήλαυσεν οὗτος, ἐξελθὼν ὀφείλοντα αὐτῷ σύνδουλον ἑκατὸν δηνάρια ἔ ἐπνιγε Κ καὶ τούτοις κινήσας τὸν δεσπότην, παρεσκεύασεν εἰς δεσμωτήριον πάλιν αὐτὸν ἐμβαλεῖν, ἕως ᾿άν ἀποτίσῃ τὸ πᾶν. Εἶδες ὅσον τὸ μέσον τῶν εἰς ἄνθρωπον καὶ εἰς θεὸν «ἁμαρτημάτων: Ὅσον τὸ μόσον μυρίων ταλάντων καὶ ἑκατὸν δηναρίων μᾶλλον δὲ καὶ πολλφ πλέον. Εἵνεται δὲ τοῦτο καὶ ἀπὸ τῆς διαφορᾶς τῶν προσώπων, καὶ ἀπὸ τῆς συνεχείας τῶν ἁμαρτημάτων. Δνθρώπου μὲν γὰρ ὁρῶντος, καὶ αφιστάμεθα, καὶ ὀκνοῦμεν ἁμαρτάνειν θεοῦ δὲ καθ᾽ ἑκάστην βλέποντος τὴν ἡμέραν, οὐκ ἀπεχόμεθα, ἀλλὰ καὶ πράττομεν ἀδεῶς ἅπαντα, καὶ φθογγόμεθα. Οὐκ ἐντεῦθεν δὲ μόνον, ἀλλὰ καὶ ἀπὸ τῆς εὐεργεσίας, καὶ ἀπὸ τῆς τιμῆς ἧς ἀπηλαύσαμεν, χαλεπώτερα γίνεται τὰ ἁμαρτήματα. Καὶ εἰ βούλεσθε μαθεῖν, πῶς ἐστι μυρία τάλαντα, δὲ καὶ πολλῷ πλείονα τὰ εἰς αὐτὸν ἁμαρτήματα, δεῖξαι πειράσομαι διὰ βραχέων. ᾿Αλλὰ φοβοῦμαι μὴ τοῖς πρὸς κακίαν ῥέπουσι καὶ διηνεκῶς ἁμαρτάνειν φιλοῦσι πλείονα παράσχω τὴν ἄδειαν, ἢ ἢ τοὺς ἀπιαικεστέρους εἰς ἀπόγνωσιν ἐμβάλω, καὶ τὸ τῶν μαθητῶν εἴπωσι᾽ τίς δύναται σωθῆναι. Πλὴν ἀλλὰ καὶ οὕτως ἐρῶ, ἵνα τοὺς προσέχοντας αἀσφαλεστέρους ἐργάσωμαι καὶ ἐπιεικεστέρους. Οἵ τε γὰρ ανίατα νοσοῦντες καὶ ἀνάλγητοι, καὶ τούτων χωρὶς τῶν λόγῶν, οὐκ ἀφίστανται τῆς οἰκείας ῥᾳθυμίας τε καὶ πονηρίας «ἱ δὲ καὶ ἐντεῦθεν πλείονα λαμβαάνοιεν ἀφορμὴν ὀλιγωρίας, οὐ τῶν λεγομένων ἡ αἰτία, ἀλλὰ τῆς ἐκείνων ἀναισθησίας ὡς τά γε λογόμενα καὶ συστεῖλαι δυνήσεται καὶ ᾿κατανύξαι τοὺς προσέχοντας μᾶλλον᾽ οἵ τε ἐπιεικέστεροι, ὅταν ἴδωσι μὲν τὸν ὄγκον τῶν ἁμαρτημάτων, μάθωσι δὲ καὶ τὴν δύναμεν τῆς μετανοίας, μάλλον αὐτῆς ἀνθέξονται διόπερ ἀναγκαῖον εἰπεῖν. ᾿Ερμῶ τοίνυν, καὶ θήσω τὰ ἁμαρτήματα, ὅσα τε εἰς θεον πλημμελοῦμεν, καὶ ὅσα εἰς ἀανθρωπους καὶ θησω τὰ ἴοδια, αλλὰ τὰ κοινα᾿ τὰ ὃε Ἰἴόια ἕκαστος συναπτέτω λοιπὸν ἀπὸ τοῦ συνειδότος. Ποιήσω δὲ τοῦτο, πρότερον τὰς εὐεργεσίας θεὶς τοῦ θεοῦ. Τίνες οὖν αἱ Ὑ εὐεργεσίαι; ᾿Εποίησεν ἡμᾶς οὐκ ὄντας, καὶ πάντα δι ἡμᾶς εἰργάσατο τὰ ὁρώμενα, οὐρανὸν, θάλατταν, γῆν, ἀέρα, τὰ ἐν αὐτοῖς πάντα, ᾿ζώα, φυτὰ, σπέρματα δεῖ γὰρ ἐπιτεμεῖν διὰ τὸ πέλαγος τῶν ἔργων τὸ ἄπειρον. ψυχὴν ὥσαν ἡμῖν ἐνέπνευσε μόνοις τοιαύτην τών ἐπὶ γῆς, παράδεισον ἐφύτευσε, βοηθὸν ἔδωκε, πᾶσι τοῖς ἀλόγοις ἐπέστησε, δόξῃ καὶ τιμῇ ἐστεφάνωσε, Μετὰ ταῦτα γενόμενον ἀγνώμονα περὶ τὸν εὐεργέτην μείζονος ἠξίωσε δωρεᾶς.

᾿Tote proselthōn autǭ ho Petros eipe᾽ kyrie, posakis amartēsei eis eme ho adelphos mou? kai aphēsō autǭ: heōs heptakis ? Legei autǭ ho ᾿iēsous, ou legō soi heōs heptakis, all᾽ heōs ebdomēkontakis epta. ᾿ENOMISE mega ti legein ho Petros dio kai hōs philotimoumenos epēgagen, heōs heptakis. Touto gar, phēsin, ho ekeleusas poiein, posakis poiēsō? ᾽dn gar aei men amar, tanę̄, aei de elenchomenos metanoē, posakis toutou anechesthai keleueis hēmas? keinǭ men Hyar tǭ mē metanoounti, kataginōskonti heautou, peras epethēkas eipōn, estō soi hōs ho ethnikos kai ho telōnēs toutǭ de ouketi, all᾽ ekeleusas auton prosiesthai. [iposakis oun auton opheilō pherein elenchymenon kai metanoounta: arkei heptakis: Ti oun ho Christos, ho philanthrōpos kai agathos theos ? Ou legō soi heōs heptakis, all᾽ heōs ebooomēkontakis hepta ouk arithmon titheis entautha, alla to apeiroon kai diēnekes kai aeii. Hōsper Hyar to myriakis to pollakis oēloi, houtō kai entautha. Kai Hyar to, steira eteken apta, to polla phēsin hē graphē. hōste ouk arithmǭ synekleise tēn aphesin, alla to oiēnekeph edēlōse kai aei. Touto goun kai dia tēs parabolēs tēs ephexēs keimenēs edeixen. Hina Hyar mē doxē tisi ᾿megala kai phyrtika epitattein eipōn, hebdomēkontakis hepta, prosethēke tēn parabolēn tautēn, homou te enagōn eis hoper eirēke, kai ton mega phronounta epi toutǭ katastellōn, kai deiknys ou bary to pragma hon, alla kai sphoora eukolon. Dia hotoi touto tēn hautou philanthrōpian eis meson ēgagen, hina tę̄ parathesei, phēsi, mathēs, hoti kan hebdymēkontakis hepta aphēs, kan panta haplōs ta amartēmata diēnekōs synchōrēs tǭ plēsion, hoson stagōn hydatos pros pelagos apeiron, tosouton, mallon de kai pollǭ pleon apodeei sou hē lanthrōpia pros tēn apeiron agathotēta tou theou, hēs en chreią kathestēkas dikazesthai mellōn kai euthynas parechein. Dio kai epēgage legōn Ōmoiōthē hē basilea tōn ouranōn anthrōpǭ basilei, hostis hēthelēse synarai logon meta tōn doulōn autou. ᾿Drxamenon de autou synairein, prrsēnechthē autǭ heis opheiletēs myriōn talantōn. Mē echontos de autou apodounai, ekeleuse prathēnai auton, kai tēn gynaika autou, kai ta tekna, kai panta hosa eichen. Eita epeidē philanthrōpia? apēlausen houtos, exelthōn opheilonta autǭ syndoulon hekaton dēnaria e epnige K kai toutois kinēsas ton despotēn, pareskeuasen eis desmōtērion palin auton embalein, heōs ᾿an apotisę̄ to pan. Eides hoson to meson tōn eis anthrōpon kai eis theon «hamartēmatōn: Hoson to moson myriōn talantōn kai hekaton dēnariōn mallon de kai pollph pleon. Heinetai de touto kai apo tēs diaphoras tōn prosōpōn, kai apo tēs synecheias tōn hamartēmatōn. Dnthrōpou men gar horōntos, kai aphistametha, kai oknoumen hamartanein theou de kath᾽ hekastēn blepontos tēn hēmeran, ouk apechometha, alla kai prattomen adeōs hapanta, kai phthongometha. Ouk enteuthen de monon, alla kai apo tēs euergesias, kai apo tēs timēs hēs apēlausamen, chalepōtera ginetai ta hamartēmata. Kai ei boulesthe mathein, pōs esti myria talanta, de kai pollǭ pleiona ta eis auton hamartēmata, deixai peirasomai dia bracheōn. ᾿Alla phoboumai mē tois pros kakian rhepousi kai diēnekōs hamartanein philousi pleiona paraschō tēn adeian, ē ē tous apiaikesterous eis apognōsin embalō, kai to tōn mathētōn eipōsi᾽ tis dynatai sōthēnai. Plēn alla kai houtōs erō, hina tous prosechontas aasphalesterous ergasōmai kai epieikesterous. Hoi te gar aniata nosountes kai analgētoi, kai toutōn chōris tōn logōn, ouk aphistantai tēs oikeias rhąthymias te kai ponērias «hi de kai enteuthen pleiona lambaanoien aphormēn oligōrias, ou tōn legomenōn hē aitia, alla tēs ekeinōn anaisthēsias hōs ta ge logomena kai systeilai dynēsetai kai ᾿katanyxai tous prosechontas mallon᾽ hoi te epieikesteroi, hotan idōsi men ton onkon tōn hamartēmatōn, mathōsi de kai tēn dynamen tēs metanoias, mallon autēs anthexontai dioper anankaion eipein. ᾿Ermō toinyn, kai thēsō ta hamartēmata, hosa te eis theon plēmmeloumen, kai hosa eis aanthrōpous kai thēsō ta iodia, alla ta koina᾿ ta hoe Iioia hekastos synaptetō loipon apo tou syneidotos. Poiēsō de touto, proteron tas euergesias theis tou theou. Tines oun hai Hy euergesiai? ᾿Epoiēsen hēmas ouk ontas, kai panta di hēmas eirgasato ta horōmena, ouranon, thalattan, gēn, aera, ta en autois panta, ᾿zōa, phyta, spermata dei gar epitemein dia to pelagos tōn ergōn to apeiron. psychēn hōsan hēmin enepneuse monois toiautēn tōn epi gēs, paradeison ephyteuse, boēthon edōke, pasi tois alogois epestēse, doxę̄ kai timę̄ estephanōse, Meta tauta genomenon agnōmona peri ton euergetēn meizonos ēxiōse dōreas.

“Then Peter came to him and said, ‘Lord, how often shall my brother sin against me, and I forgive him? Up to seven times?’ Jesus says to him, ‘I do not say to you up to seven times, but up to seventy times seven.’” Peter thought he was saying something great; and so, as if being generous, he added, “up to seven times.” “For this thing,” he says, “that you commanded us to do, how often shall I do it? For if a man is always sinning, and always, when reproved, repents, how often do you bid us bear with him? For to the one who does not repent and does not condemn himself you set a limit, saying, ‘Let him be to you as the Gentile and the tax collector’; but to this one no longer: you commanded us to receive him. How often, then, must I bear with him when he is reproved and repents? Is seven times enough?” What then does Christ, the loving and good God, say? “I do not say to you up to seven times, but up to seventy times seven”: not setting down a number here, but what is endless, continual, and forever. For just as “ten thousand times” means “often,” so also here. For “the barren has borne seven,” says Scripture, meaning many. So he did not shut forgiveness up within a number, but showed that it is continual and forever. This at any rate he also showed by the parable set next. For lest he should seem to some to be enjoining great and burdensome things by saying “seventy times seven,” he added this parable, at once leading them on to what he had said, and humbling the one who thought highly of himself over it, and showing that the thing is not heavy but even very easy. For this reason he brought his own love for mankind into the middle, so that by the comparison, he says, you may learn that even if you forgive seventy times seven, even if you pardon your neighbor absolutely all his sins continually, as much as a drop of water falls short of the boundless sea, so much, or rather far more, does your love for mankind fall short of the boundless goodness of God, of which you stand in need, since you are about to be judged and to give account. Therefore he also went on to say, “The kingdom of heaven is like a man, a king, who wished to settle accounts with his servants. And when he had begun to settle, one debtor of ten thousand talents was brought to him. And since he did not have the means to pay, he commanded that he be sold, and his wife and his children and all that he had.” Then, when this man had enjoyed his love for mankind, he went out and began to choke a fellow servant who owed him a hundred denarii, and by this he so moved his master that he caused him to be thrown into prison again, until he should pay the whole. Do you see how great the difference is between sins against man and sins against God? As great as the difference between ten thousand talents and a hundred denarii, or rather far more. And this comes about both from the difference of the persons and from the continuity of the sins. For when a man is looking on, we hold back and shrink from sinning; but though God sees us every day, we do not abstain, but do and say everything without fear. And not from this alone, but also from the benefits and the honor we have enjoyed, our sins become more grievous. And if you wish to learn how our sins against him are ten thousand talents, or rather even far more, I will try to show it briefly. But I fear that I may give greater license to those who incline to vice and love to sin continually, or may cast the more reasonable into despair, and they may say what the disciples said, “Who can be saved?” Yet even so I will speak, in order to make those who pay attention more secure and more reasonable. For those who are incurably diseased and past feeling do not leave their own sloth and wickedness even without these words; and if they should take from this a further occasion of carelessness, the cause is not what is said but their own insensibility; while what is said will be able to check and prick those who pay attention the more. And the more reasonable, when they see the mass of their sins and learn also the power of repentance, will cling to it the more. Therefore it is necessary to speak. I will speak, then, and set down the sins, both those we commit against God and those against men; and I will set down not our private ones but the common ones; the private ones let each add from his own conscience. And I will do this after first setting down the benefits of God. What then are the benefits? He made us when we were not, and made all visible things for our sake: heaven, sea, earth, air, all that is in them, animals, plants, seeds (for we must cut it short because of the boundless sea of his works). He breathed into us a soul, into us alone of the things on earth, and such a soul; he planted a paradise, gave a helper, set us over all the irrational creatures, crowned us with glory and honor. After this, when man had become ungrateful toward his benefactor, he counted him worthy of a greater gift.

61.2Field 2

Μὴ γὰρ τοῦτο ἴδης μόνον, ὅτι ἐξέβαλε παραδείσου, αλλὰ καὶ τὸ κέρδος σκόπει τὸ ἐκ τούτου γενόμενον. Μετὰ γὰρ τὸ ἐκβαλεῖν παραδείσου, καὶ τὰ μυρία ἐκεῖνα ἐργάσασθαι ἀγαθὰ, καὶ τὰς ποικίλας οἰκονομίας ἐπιτελέσαι, καὶ τὸν υἱὸν ἄπεμψε τὸν ἑαυτοῦ ὑπὲρ τῶν εὐεργετηθέντων καὶ μισούντων, καὶ τὸν οὐρανὸν ἡμῖν ἀνέῳξε, καὶ τὸν παράδεισον ἥ αὐτὸν ἀνεπέτασε, καὶ υἱοὺς ἡμᾶς ἐποίησε, τοὺς ἐχθροὺς, τοὺς ἀγνώμονας. Διὸ καὶ εὔκαιρον νῦν εἰπεῖν ὦ βάθος πλούτου᾽ καὶ σοφίας καὶ γνώσεως θεοῦ. ἔδωκε δὲ ἡμῖν καὶ βάπτισμα ἀφέσεως ἁμαρτημάτων, καὶ τιμωρίας ἀπαλλαγὴν, καὶ βασιλείας κλήρονομίαν, καὶ μυρία ἐπηγγείλατο κατορθοῦσιν ἀγαθὰ, καὶ χεῖρα ὥρεξε, καὶ πνεῦμα ἐξέχεεν εἰς τὰς καρδίας ἡμῶν. Τί οὗν: μετὰ τοσαῦτα καὶ τηλικαῦτα αγαθὰ, πῶς ἡμᾶς διακεῖσθαι ἐχρῆν: ἄρα εἰ καὶ καθ᾽ ἑκάστην ἀπεθνήσκομεν τὴν ἡμέραν ὑπὲρ τοῦ οὕτως ἡμᾶς φιλοῦντος, ἐξετίννυμεν ἂν τὴν αξίαν, μᾶλλον δὲ τὸ πολλοστὸν τῆς ὀφειλῆς κατετίθεμενι Οὐδαμῶς καὶ γὰρ καὶ τοῦτο πάλιν εἰς τὸ κέρδος τὸ ἡμέτερον περιΐστατο, Πὼς οὖν διακείμεθα οἱ οὕτω διακεῖσθαι ὀφείλοντες: Καθ᾽ ἑκάστην ἡμέραν εἰς τοὺς νόμους ἐνυβρίζομεν τοὺς αὑτοῦ. Ἀλλὰ μὴ ἀγανακτήσητε, ἄν ἐπαφῶ τὴν γλῶτταν τοῖς ἁμαρτάνουσιν' οὐ γὰρ ὑμῶν κατηγορήσω μόνον, ἀλλὰ καὶ ἐμαυτοῦ. Πόθεν οὖν βούλεσθε ἄρξομαι, ἀπὸ τῶν δούλων; ἀπὸ τῶν ἐλευθέρων: απὸ τῶν στρατενομένων:; ἀπὸ τῶν ἰδιωτῶν: ἀπὸ τῶν ἀρχόντων: απὸ τῶν ἀρχομένων; ἀπὸ τῶν γγυναικῶν; ἀπὸ τῶν ἀνδρῶν; ἀπὸ τῶν γερόντων; ἀπὸ τῶν νέων; ἀπὸ ποίας ἡλικίας; ἀπὸ ποίου γένους; ἀπὸ ποίου αξιώματος; ἀπὸ ποίου ἐπιτηδεύματος; Βούλεσθε ἀπὸ τῶν στρα’ τενομενων ποιήσομαι τὴν αρχῆν! Τί τοίνυν ἫΝ ἀμαρτα-͵ νουσιν οὗτοι, καθ᾽ ἑκάστην ἡμέραν ὑβρίζοντες, λοιδορούμενοι, μαινόμενοι, τὰς ἀλλοτρίας πραγματευόμενοι συμφορας, λύκοις ἐοικότες, πλημμελημάτων οὐδέποτε καθαρεύοντες, πλὴν εἰ μὴ καὶ τὴν θάλατταν εἴποι τις κυμάτων εἶναι ἐκτός: Ποῖον γὰρ αὐτοῖς πάθος οὐκ ἐνοχλεῖ ; ποῖον δὲ νόσημα οὐ πολιορκεῖ αὐτῶν τὴν ψυχήν: Πρὸς μὲν γὰρ τοὺς ὁμοτίμους τσ το διάκεινται, καὶ φθονοῦσι καὶ κενοδοξοῦσι - ἐ τους ὑποτεταγμένους, πλεονεκτικῶς πρὸς δὲ τοὺς δίκας ἔχοντας, καὶ ὡς εἰς λιμένα κατατρέχοντας, πολεμίως καὶ ἐπιόρκως. Πόσαι παρ᾽ αὐτοῖς ἁρπαγαί, πόσαι πλεονεξίαι ᾿ πόσαι συκοφαντίαι καὶ καπηλεῖαι᾽ πόσαι κολακεῖαι δουλοπρεπεῖς. Φέρε οὗν, καθ᾽ ἕκαστον ἁρμόσωμεν τὸν τοῦ Χριστοῦ νόμον. Ὁ εἰπὼν τῷ αδελφῷ αὐτοῦ, μωρὲ, ἔνοχος ἔσται τῇ γεέννη τοῦ πυρός. Ὁ ἐμβλέψας γυναικὶ πρὸς τὸ ἐπιθυμῆσαι, ἤδη ἐμοίχευσεν ἃ αὐτήν. Εαὰν μή τις ταπεινώσῃ ἑαυτὸν ὡς τὸ παιδίον, οὐ μὴ εἰσέλθῃ εἰς τὴν βασιλείαν τῶν οὐρανῶν. Οὗτοι δὲ καὶ ἐπιτηδεύουσι τῦφον, κατὰ τῶν ὑπηκόων καὶ παραδεδομένων καὶ τρεμόντων αὐτοὺς καὶ δεδοικότων θηρίου γινόμενοι χαλεπώτεροι διὰ μὲν τὸν Χριστὸν οὐδὲν ποιοῦντες, πάντα δὲ διὰ τὴν γαστέρα, διὰ τὰ χρήματα, διὰ τὴν κενοδοξίαν. Ἄρα ἔνι ἀριθμῆσαι διὰ ῥημάτων τὴν τῶν πραγμάτων πλημμέλειαν; Τί ἄν τις εἴποι τὰς χλευασίας αὐτῶν, τὸν γέλωτα, τὰς ἀκαίρους διαλέξεις, τὰς αἰσχρολογίας; Περὶ δὲ πλεονεξίας οὐδὲ εἰπεῖν ἕνι. Καθάπερ γὰρ οἱ ἐν τοῖς ὄρεσι μογαχοὶ οὐδὲ τί ποτέ ἐστιν ἢ πλεονεξία ἴσασιν, οὕτως οὐδὲ οὗτοι ἀλλ᾽ ἀπεναντίας ἐκείνοις. ᾿Εκεῖνοι μὲν γὰρ διὰ τὸ πόῤῥω τοῦ νοσήματος εἶναι ἀγνοοῦσι τὸ παθος οὗτοι δὲ διὰ τὸ σφόδρα ἶ ἐν αὐτῷ μεθύειν οὐδὲ αἰσθάνονται ὅσον ἐστὶ τὸ κακὸν. Οὕτω γὰρ παρώσατο τὴν ἀρετὴν ἡ κακία αὕτη καὶ τυραννεῖ, ὡς μηδὲ ἔγκλημα βαρὺ εἶναι νομίζεσθαι αὐτὴν παρὰ τοῖς μαινομένοις ἐκείνοις. ἀλλὰ βούλεσθε τούτους ἀφέντες, ἐφ᾽ ἑτέρους ἔλθωμεν ἐ ἐπιεικεστέρους Φέρε οὖν, τὸ τῶν δημιουργῶν γένος καὶ χειροτεχνῶν ἐξετάσωμεν. Οὗτοι γὰρ μάλιστα δοκοῦσιν ἐκ δικαίων διαζῆν πόνων, καὶ τῶν ἱδρώτων τῶν ἑαντῶν. ᾿Αλλὰ καὶ οὗτοι ὅταν μὴ προσέχωσιν ἑαυτοῖς, πολλὰ ἐντεῦθεν συναγουσιν ἑαυτοῖς κακά. Τὴν γὰρ ἀπὸ τῆς πράσεως καὶ ἀγορασίας ἀδικίαν ἐπεισάγουσι τῇ τῶν δικαίων πόνων ἐργασίᾳ, καὶ ὅρκους καὶ ἐπιορκίας καὶ ψευδολογίας προστιθέασι τῇ πλεονεξίᾳ πολλάκις, καὶ τῶν βιωτικῶν ἱμόνων εἰσὶ πραγμάτων, καὶ τῆ γῆ ,προσηλωμένοι διατελοῦσι. καὶ ὅπως μὲν χρηματίσωνται, πάντα πράττουσιν' ὅπως δὲ μεταδοῖεν τοῖς δεομένοις, οὐ πολλὴν τίθενται τὴν σπουδὴν, αεὶ τὰ ὄντα αὔξειν βουλόμενοι. Τί ἂν τις εἴποι τὰς λοιδορίας τὰς ὑπὲρ τῶν τοιούτων, τὰς ὕβρεις. τὰ δανείσματα, τοὺς τόκους, τὰ συναλλάγματα τὰ πολλῆς γέμοντα καπηλείας, τὰς ἡ ἐμπορίας τὰς ἀναισχύντους : ᾿Αλλὰ βούλεσθε καὶ τούτους ἀφέντες: ἐφ ἑτέρους ἐλθωμεν, τοὺς δὴ δοκοῦντας εἶναι δικαιοτέρους ; Ῥίνες οὗν εἰσιν οὗτοι; Οἱ τοὺς ἀγροὺς κεκτημένοι, καὶ τὸν ἀπὸ τῆς γῆν δρεπόμενοι πλοῦτον. Καὶ τί τούτων γένοιτ᾽ ἂν ἀδικώτερον: Εἰ γάρ τις ἐξετάσειε πῶς τοῖς ἀθλίοις καὶ ταλαιπώροις κέχρηνται γεωργοῖς, βαρβάρων αὐτοὺς ὠμοτέρους ὄψεται. Τοῖς γὰρ ἐν λιμῳ τηκομένοις, καὶ δι ὅλης πονουμένοις τῆς ζωη», καὶ τελέσματα διηνεκῆ καὶ ἀφόρητα ἐπιτιθέασι, καὶ μᾶλλον δὲ ὡς λίθοις τοῖς ἐκείνων κέχρηνται σώμασιν, οὐδὲ μικρὸν ἀναπνεῦσαι συγχωροῦντες. καὶ παρεχούσης τῆς γῆς, καὶ μή παρεχούσης, ὁ ὁμοίως αὐτοὺς κατατείνουσι, καὶ οὐδεμιᾶς αὐτοῖς συγγνώμης μεταδιδόασιν᾽ οὗ τί γένοιτ᾽ ἂν ἐλεεινότερον, ὅταν δι᾽ ὁλοκλήρου τοῦ χειμώνος πονέσαντες, καὶ κρυμῷ καὶ ὄμβρῳ καὶ ἀγρυπνίαις δαπανηθέντες, κεναῖς ἀναχωρήσωσι ταῖς χερσὶν, ἔτι καὶ προσοφείλοντες, καὶ τοῦ λιμοῦ τούτου καὶ τοῦ ναναγίου τὰς τῶν ἐπιτρόπων βασάνους καὶ τοὺς ἑλκυσμοὺς καὶ τὰς ἀπαιτήσεις καὶ τὰς ἀπαγωγὰς καὶ τὰς ἀπαραιτήτους ᾿λειτουργίας μᾶλλον δοδοικότες καὶ φρίττοντες: Τί ἄν τις εἴποι τὰς ἑμπορίας, ἃς αὐτοὺς ἐμπορεύονται, τὰς καπηλείας, ἃς αὐτοὺς καπηλεύουσιν, ἀπὸ μὲν τῶν πόνων αὐτῶν καὶ τῶν ἱδρώτων ληνοὺς καὶ ὑπολήνια πληροῦντες Ὁ αὐτοῖς δὲ οἴκαδε οὐδὲ ὀλίγον εἰσαγαγεῖν ἐπιτρέποντες μέτρον, ἀλλ᾽ ὁλόκληρον τὸν καρπὸν εἰς τοὺς τῆς παρανομίας αὐτῶν ἀντλοῦντες πίθους, καὶ ὀλίγον αὐτοῖς ὑπὲρ τούτου προσριπτοῦντες ἀργύριον: Καινὰ δὲ καὶ γένη τόκων ἐπινοοῦσι; καὶ οὐδὲ τοῖς ᾿Ελλήνων νόμοις νενομισμένα, καὶ δανεισμάτων γραμματεῖα πολλῆς γέμοντα τῆς ἀρᾶς συντιθέασιν. Οὐδὲ γὰρ ἑκατοστὴν τοῦ παντὸς, ἀλλὰ τὸ ἥμισυ τοῦ παντὸς ἀπαιτεῖν βιάζονται καὶ ταῦτα τοῦ απαιτουμένου καὶ γυναῖκα ἔχοντος, καὶ παιδία τρέφοντος, καὶ ἀνθρώπου Ῥόντος, καὶ τοῖς οἰκείοις πόνοις καὶ τὴν ἅλω καὶ τὴν ληνὸν πληροῦντος. Ἀλλ᾽ οὐδὲν τούτων ἐννοοῦσι. Διὸ δὴ τὸν προφήτην εὔκαιρον Ὁ ᾿παραστησάμενον εἰπεῖν ὃ ἔκστηθι; οὐρανὲ, καὶ φρίξον, ἢ εἰς ὅσην θηριωδίαν τὸ τῶν ἀνθρώπων γένος εξεβακχεύθη. Ταῦτα δὲ λέγω, ουὅ τέχνας, οὐδὲ γεωργίαν, οὐδὲ στρατείαν, οὐδὲ ἀγροὺς διαβάλλων, ἀλλ’ ἡμᾶς αὐτούς. ᾿Επεὶ καὶ ὁ Κορνήλιος ἑκατοντάρχης ἤν, καὶ ὁ Παῦλος σκυτοτόμος, καὶ μετὰ τὸ κήρυγμα τῇ ,Τέχνῃ ἐκέχρητο καὶ ὁ Δαυὶδ βασιλεὺς ν᾽ καὶ ὁ ᾿Ιὼβ χωρίων ᾿ἀπήλανε καὶ πολλών προσόδων καὶ οὐδὲν ἣν ἐντεῦθεν κώλυμα οὐδενὶ τούτων πρὸς ἀρετήν. Ταῦτ᾽ οὖν ἅπαντα ἐννοοῦντες, καὶ τὰ μυρία τάλαντα Ἐ, ἀναλογιζόμενοι, κἄν ἐντεῦθεν ἐπειχθῶώμεν πρὸς τὸ αφιέναι τοῖς πλησίον τὰ ὀλίγα ἐκεῖνα καὶ εὐτελῆ. Καὶ γὰρ λόγος ἡμῖν γίνεται τῶν ἐμπιστευθεισῶν ἡμῖν ἐντολῶν, καὶ οὐκ ἔχομεν πάντα καταβαλεῖν, οὐδ᾽ ἀν ὁτιοῦν ποιήσωμεν. Διὰ τοῦτο ἔδωκεν ἡμῖν ὁ θεὸς πρὸς ἔκτισιν εὔκολόν τε καὶ ῥᾳδίαν ὁδὸν, καὶ πάντα δυναμένην διαλύσασθαι ἐκεῖνα, τὸ μὴ μνησικακεῖν λέγω. Ἵν᾽ οὖν τοῦτο μάθωμεν καλῶς, ἀκούσωμεν ὁδῷ προϊόντες τῆς παραβολῆς ἁπάσης. ε Προσηνέχθη γὰρ αὐτῷ, φησὶν, εἷς ὀφειλέτης μυρίων ταλάντων. Οὐκ ἕ ἔχοντος ε αὐτοῦ ἀποτῖσαι, ἐκέλευσεν αὐτὸν πραθῆναι, καὶ τὴν γυναικα αὐτοῦ, καὶ τὰ παιδία. Τίνος ἕ ἕνεκεν ; εἰπέ μοι. Οὐκ εξ ὠμότητος, οὐδὲ ἀπανθρωπίας καὶ γὰρ εἰς αὐτὸν ἡ ζημία περιΐστατο πάλιν δούλη γὰρ ἦν κακείνη. αλλ᾽ ἐξ ἀφάτου μα ϑιμῥτὸ Βούλεται γὰρ αὐτὸν ᾿ πτοῆσαι διὰ τῆς ἀπειλῆς ταύτης, ἵνα εἰς ἱκετηρίαν ᾿ἀγάγῃ, οὐχ ἵνα πραθῇ. Εἰ γγὰ διὰ τοῦτο ἐποίει, οὐκ ἄν ἐπένευσεν αὐτοῦ τῇ αἰτήσει, ΜΝ ἄν τὴν χάριν ἔδωκε, Διατί οὖν πρὸ τοῦ λογοθεσίου τοῦτο οὐκ ἐποίησεν, οὐδὲ ἀφῆκε τὸ ὄφλημα: Διδάξαι βουλόμενος πόσων αὐτὸν ὀφλημάτων ἐλευθεροῖ, ἵνα κἀν ταύτῃ ἡμερώτερος περὶ τὸν σύνδουλον γένηται. Εἰ γὰρ καὶ ᾿μαθὼν τοῦ ὀφλήματος τὸν ὄγκον, καὶ τῆς συγχωρήσεως τὸ μέγεθος, ἐπέμενεν ἄγχων τὸν σύνδουλον εἰ μὴ τοσούτοις αὐτὸν προεπαίδευσε, φαρμάκοις, ποῦ οὐκ ἂν ἐξῆλθεν ὠμότητος : Τί οὐν ἐκεῖνος; Μακροθύμησον ἐπ᾿ ἐμοὶ, καὶ πάντα σοι ἀποδώσω, φήσιν. Ὁ δὲ κύριος αὐτοῦ σπλαγχνισθεὶς, ἀπέλυσεν αὐτὸν, καὶ τὸ δάνειον ἀφῆκεν αὐτῷ. Εἶδες πάλιν Φιλανθρωπίας ὑπερβολήν: ᾿Αναβολὴν ἐζήτησε μόνον καιροῦ καὶ ὑπέρθεσιν ὁ οἰκέτης ὁ δὲ μεῖζον ἢ ῇ ἤτησεν ἔδωκεν, ἄφεσιν ὁλοκλήρου τοῦ δανείσματος καὶ συγχώρησιν. ᾿Εβούλετο μὲν γὰρ καὶ εξ ἀρχῆς δοῦναι, ἀλλ᾽ οὐκ ἐβούλετο αὐτοῦ εἶναι τὸ ὥρον μόνον, αλλὰ καὶ τῆς τούτου ἱκετηρίας; ἵνα μὴ ἀστεφάνωτος ἀπέλθῃ. Ὅτι γὰρ αὐτοῦ τὸ πᾶν ἦν, εἰ καὶ προσέπεσεν οὗτος καὶ ἐδεήθη, ἡ αἰτία τῆς συγχωρήσεως ἐδήλωσε ἡ σπλαγχνισθεὶς ᾿ γὰρ ἀφῆκεν αὐτῷ. ᾿Δλλ᾽ ὅμως καὶ οὕτως ἐβούλετο κακεῖνόν τι δοκεῖν συνεισφέρειν, ἵ ἵνα μὴ Ὁ σφόδρα ἡ ῇ κατησχυμμένος καὶ ἵνα παιδευθεὶς ἐν ταῖς οἰκείαις συμφοραῖς συγγνωμονικὸς γένηται τῷ συνδούλῳ.

Mē gar touto idēs monon, hoti exebale paradeisou, alla kai to kerdos skopei to ek toutou genomenon. Meta gar to ekbalein paradeisou, kai ta myria ekeina ergasasthai agatha, kai tas poikilas oikonomias epitelesai, kai ton huion apempse ton heautou hyper tōn euergetēthentōn kai misountōn, kai ton ouranon hēmin aneǭxe, kai ton paradeison hē auton anepetase, kai huious hēmas epoiēse, tous echthrous, tous agnōmonas. Dio kai eukairon nyn eipein ō bathos ploutou᾽ kai sophias kai gnōseōs theou. edōke de hēmin kai baptisma apheseōs hamartēmatōn, kai timōrias apallagēn, kai basileias klēronomian, kai myria epēngeilato katorthousin agatha, kai cheira hōrexe, kai pneuma execheen eis tas kardias hēmōn. Ti houn: meta tosauta kai tēlikauta agatha, pōs hēmas diakeisthai echrēn: ara ei kai kath᾽ hekastēn apethnēskomen tēn hēmeran hyper tou houtōs hēmas philountos, exetinnymen an tēn axian, mallon de to polloston tēs opheilēs katetithemeni Oudamōs kai gar kai touto palin eis to kerdos to hēmeteron periïstato, Pōs oun diakeimetha hoi houtō diakeisthai opheilontes: Kath᾽ hekastēn hēmeran eis tous nomous enybrizomen tous hautou. Alla mē aganaktēsēte, an epaphō tēn glōttan tois hamartanousin' ou gar hymōn katēgorēsō monon, alla kai emautou. Pothen oun boulesthe arxomai, apo tōn doulōn? apo tōn eleutherōn: apo tōn stratenomenōn:? apo tōn idiōtōn: apo tōn archontōn: apo tōn archomenōn? apo tōn ngynaikōn? apo tōn andrōn? apo tōn gerontōn? apo tōn neōn? apo poias hēlikias? apo poiou genous? apo poiou axiōmatos? apo poiou epitēdeumatos? Boulesthe apo tōn stra’ tenomenōn poiēsomai tēn archēn! Ti toinyn HēN amarta-͵ nousin houtoi, kath᾽ hekastēn hēmeran hybrizontes, loidoroumenoi, mainomenoi, tas allotrias pragmateuomenoi symphoras, lykois eoikotes, plēmmelēmatōn oudepote kathareuontes, plēn ei mē kai tēn thalattan eipoi tis kymatōn einai ektos: Poion gar autois pathos ouk enochlei ? poion de nosēma ou poliorkei autōn tēn psychēn: Pros men gar tous homotimous ts to diakeintai, kai phthonousi kai kenodoxousi - e tous hypotetagmenous, pleonektikōs pros de tous dikas echontas, kai hōs eis limena katatrechontas, polemiōs kai epiorkōs. Posai par᾽ autois harpagai, posai pleonexiai ᾿ posai sykophantiai kai kapēleiai᾽ posai kolakeiai douloprepeis. Phere houn, kath᾽ hekaston harmosōmen ton tou Christou nomon. Ho eipōn tǭ adelphǭ autou, mōre, enochos estai tę̄ geennē tou pyros. Ho emblepsas gynaiki pros to epithymēsai, ēdē emoicheusen ha autēn. Eaan mē tis tapeinōsę̄ heauton hōs to paidion, ou mē eiselthę̄ eis tēn basileian tōn ouranōn. Houtoi de kai epitēdeuousi typhon, kata tōn hypēkoōn kai paradedomenōn kai tremontōn autous kai dedoikotōn thēriou ginomenoi chalepōteroi dia men ton Christon ouden poiountes, panta de dia tēn gastera, dia ta chrēmata, dia tēn kenodoxian. Ara eni arithmēsai dia rhēmatōn tēn tōn pragmatōn plēmmeleian? Ti an tis eipoi tas chleuasias autōn, ton gelōta, tas akairous dialexeis, tas aischrologias? Peri de pleonexias oude eipein heni. Kathaper gar hoi en tois oresi mogachoi oude ti pote estin ē pleonexia isasin, houtōs oude houtoi all᾽ apenantias ekeinois. ᾿Ekeinoi men gar dia to porrhō tou nosēmatos einai agnoousi to pathos houtoi de dia to sphodra i en autǭ methyein oude aisthanontai hoson esti to kakon. Houtō gar parōsato tēn aretēn hē kakia hautē kai tyrannei, hōs mēde enklēma bary einai nomizesthai autēn para tois mainomenois ekeinois. alla boulesthe toutous aphentes, eph᾽ heterous elthōmen e epieikesterous Phere oun, to tōn dēmiourgōn genos kai cheirotechnōn exetasōmen. Houtoi gar malista dokousin ek dikaiōn diazēn ponōn, kai tōn hidrōtōn tōn heantōn. ᾿Alla kai houtoi hotan mē prosechōsin heautois, polla enteuthen synagousin heautois kaka. Tēn gar apo tēs praseōs kai agorasias adikian epeisagousi tę̄ tōn dikaiōn ponōn ergasią, kai horkous kai epiorkias kai pseudologias prostitheasi tę̄ pleonexią pollakis, kai tōn biōtikōn himonōn eisi pragmatōn, kai tē gē ,prosēlōmenoi diatelousi. kai hopōs men chrēmatisōntai, panta prattousin' hopōs de metadoien tois deomenois, ou pollēn tithentai tēn spoudēn, aei ta onta auxein boulomenoi. Ti an tis eipoi tas loidorias tas hyper tōn toioutōn, tas hybreis. ta daneismata, tous tokous, ta synallagmata ta pollēs gemonta kapēleias, tas hē emporias tas anaischyntous : ᾿Alla boulesthe kai toutous aphentes: eph heterous elthōmen, tous dē dokountas einai dikaioterous ? Rhines houn eisin houtoi? Hoi tous agrous kektēmenoi, kai ton apo tēs gēn drepomenoi plouton. Kai ti toutōn genoit᾽ an adikōteron: Ei gar tis exetaseie pōs tois athliois kai talaipōrois kechrēntai geōrgois, barbarōn autous ōmoterous opsetai. Tois gar en limǭ tēkomenois, kai di holēs ponoumenois tēs zōē», kai telesmata diēnekē kai aphorēta epititheasi, kai mallon de hōs lithois tois ekeinōn kechrēntai sōmasin, oude mikron anapneusai synchōrountes. kai parechousēs tēs gēs, kai mē parechousēs, ho homoiōs autous katateinousi, kai oudemias autois syngnōmēs metadidoasin᾽ hou ti genoit᾽ an eleeinoteron, hotan di᾽ holoklērou tou cheimōnos ponesantes, kai krymǭ kai ombrǭ kai agrypniais dapanēthentes, kenais anachōrēsōsi tais chersin, eti kai prosopheilontes, kai tou limou toutou kai tou nanagiou tas tōn epitropōn basanous kai tous helkysmous kai tas apaitēseis kai tas apagōgas kai tas aparaitētous ᾿leitourgias mallon dodoikotes kai phrittontes: Ti an tis eipoi tas hemporias, has autous emporeuontai, tas kapēleias, has autous kapēleuousin, apo men tōn ponōn autōn kai tōn hidrōtōn lēnous kai hypolēnia plērountes Ho autois de oikade oude oligon eisagagein epitrepontes metron, all᾽ holoklēron ton karpon eis tous tēs paranomias autōn antlountes pithous, kai oligon autois hyper toutou prosriptountes argyrion: Kaina de kai genē tokōn epinoousi? kai oude tois ᾿Ellēnōn nomois nenomismena, kai daneismatōn grammateia pollēs gemonta tēs aras syntitheasin. Oude gar hekatostēn tou pantos, alla to hēmisy tou pantos apaitein biazontai kai tauta tou apaitoumenou kai gynaika echontos, kai paidia trephontos, kai anthrōpou Rhontos, kai tois oikeiois ponois kai tēn halō kai tēn lēnon plērountos. All᾽ ouden toutōn ennoousi. Dio dē ton prophētēn eukairon Ho ᾿parastēsamenon eipein ho ekstēthi? ourane, kai phrixon, ē eis hosēn thēriōdian to tōn anthrōpōn genos exebakcheuthē. Tauta de legō, ouo technas, oude geōrgian, oude strateian, oude agrous diaballōn, all’ hēmas autous. ᾿Epei kai ho Kornēlios hekatontarchēs ēn, kai ho Paulos skytotomos, kai meta to kērygma tę̄ ,Technę̄ ekechrēto kai ho Dauid basileus n᾽ kai ho ᾿Iōb chōriōn ᾿apēlane kai pollōn prosodōn kai ouden hēn enteuthen kōlyma oudeni toutōn pros aretēn. Taut᾽ oun hapanta ennoountes, kai ta myria talanta E, analogizomenoi, kan enteuthen epeichthōōmen pros to aphienai tois plēsion ta oliga ekeina kai eutelē. Kai gar logos hēmin ginetai tōn empisteutheisōn hēmin entolōn, kai ouk echomen panta katabalein, oud᾽ an hotioun poiēsōmen. Dia touto edōken hēmin ho theos pros ektisin eukolon te kai rhądian hodon, kai panta dynamenēn dialysasthai ekeina, to mē mnēsikakein legō. Hin᾽ oun touto mathōmen kalōs, akousōmen hodǭ proïontes tēs parabolēs hapasēs. e Prosēnechthē gar autǭ, phēsin, heis opheiletēs myriōn talantōn. Ouk he echontos e autou apotisai, ekeleusen auton prathēnai, kai tēn gynaika autou, kai ta paidia. Tinos he heneken ? eipe moi. Ouk ex ōmotētos, oude apanthrōpias kai gar eis auton hē zēmia periïstato palin doulē gar ēn kakeinē. all᾽ ex aphatou ma ϑimrhto Bouletai gar auton ᾿ ptoēsai dia tēs apeilēs tautēs, hina eis hiketērian ᾿agagę̄, ouch hina prathę̄. Ei nga dia touto epoiei, ouk an epeneusen autou tę̄ aitēsei, MN an tēn charin edōke, Diati oun pro tou logothesiou touto ouk epoiēsen, oude aphēke to ophlēma: Didaxai boulomenos posōn auton ophlēmatōn eleutheroi, hina kan tautę̄ hēmerōteros peri ton syndoulon genētai. Ei gar kai ᾿mathōn tou ophlēmatos ton onkon, kai tēs synchōrēseōs to megethos, epemenen anchōn ton syndoulon ei mē tosoutois auton proepaideuse, pharmakois, pou ouk an exēlthen ōmotētos : Ti oun ekeinos? Makrothymēson ep᾿ emoi, kai panta soi apodōsō, phēsin. Ho de kyrios autou splanchnistheis, apelysen auton, kai to daneion aphēken autǭ. Eides palin Philanthrōpias hyperbolēn: ᾿Anabolēn ezētēse monon kairou kai hyperthesin ho oiketēs ho de meizon ē ę̄ ētēsen edōken, aphesin holoklērou tou daneismatos kai synchōrēsin. ᾿Ebouleto men gar kai ex archēs dounai, all᾽ ouk ebouleto autou einai to hōron monon, alla kai tēs toutou hiketērias? hina mē astephanōtos apelthę̄. Hoti gar autou to pan ēn, ei kai prosepesen houtos kai edeēthē, hē aitia tēs synchōrēseōs edēlōse hē splanchnistheis ᾿ gar aphēken autǭ. ᾿Dll᾽ homōs kai houtōs ebouleto kakeinon ti dokein syneispherein, hi hina mē Ho sphodra hē ę̄ katēschymmenos kai hina paideutheis en tais oikeiais symphorais syngnōmonikos genētai tǭ syndoulǭ.

For do not look only at this, that he cast him out of paradise; consider also the gain that came of it. For after casting him out of paradise, and working those countless good things and carrying out his manifold dispensations, he even sent his own Son on behalf of those who had been benefited and who hated him, and opened heaven to us, and threw paradise itself wide open, and made us sons, us the enemies, the ungrateful. Therefore it is fitting now to say, “O the depth of the riches and wisdom and knowledge of God!” And he gave us also baptism for the forgiveness of sins, and release from punishment, and the inheritance of the kingdom; and he promised countless good things to those who do right, and stretched out his hand, and poured out the Spirit into our hearts. What then? After so many and so great good things, how ought we to be disposed? If we died every day for him who loves us so, would we pay what is due, or rather would we lay down the smallest part of the debt? By no means; for this too would again turn out to our own gain. How then are we disposed, we who ought to be so disposed? Every day we outrage his laws. But do not be indignant if I lay my tongue on those who sin; for I shall accuse not you only but myself also. Where then do you wish me to begin? From the slaves? From the free? From the soldiers? From private persons? From the rulers? From the ruled? From the women? From the men? From the old? From the young? From which age? From which class? From which rank? From which occupation? Do you wish me to make my beginning from the soldiers? What sins do they not commit every day, insulting, reviling, raging, making a trade of other people’s misfortunes, like wolves, never clean of offenses, unless one were to say that the sea too is without waves? For what passion does not trouble them? What disease does not besiege their soul? Toward their equals they are jealously disposed, and envious, and vainglorious; toward those under them, grasping; toward those who have lawsuits and run to them as to a harbor, hostile and perjured. How many robberies among them, how many acts of greed, how many false accusations and frauds, how many slavish flatteries! Come then, let us apply the law of Christ to each of these. “He who says to his brother, ‘Fool,’ shall be liable to the Gehenna of fire.” “He who looks at a woman to desire her has already committed adultery with her.” “Unless one humbles himself like the child, he shall not enter the kingdom of heaven.” But these men even cultivate arrogance, and toward those subject to them, handed over to them, trembling before them and fearing them, they become harsher than a wild beast, doing nothing for Christ’s sake but everything for the belly, for money, for vainglory. Is it possible to number in words the offense of their deeds? What could one say of their mockeries, their laughter, their untimely talk, their obscenities? As for greed, one cannot even speak of it. For as the monks in the mountains do not even know what greed is, so neither do these, but in the opposite way to them. The former do not know the passion because they are far from the disease; these do not even perceive how great the evil is because they are thoroughly drunk with it. So completely has this vice thrust out virtue and tyrannizes, that among those madmen it is not even thought to be a grave charge. But do you wish us to leave these and go to others more reasonable? Come then, let us examine the class of craftsmen and handworkers. For these above all seem to live by just labors and their own sweat. But these too, when they do not take heed to themselves, gather many evils to themselves from it. For they bring the injustice of selling and buying into the work of just labors, and often add oaths and perjuries and lies to their greed, and are occupied with worldly affairs alone and remain nailed to the earth; and they do everything in order to make money, but take no great pains to share with those in need, always wishing to increase what they have. What could one say of the revilings over such things, the insults, the loans, the interest, the contracts full of much fraud, the shameless trading? But do you wish us to leave these too and go to others, those who are thought to be more just? Who then are these? Those who own lands and reap the wealth of the earth. And what could be more unjust than these? For if one examines how they treat the wretched and miserable farmers, he will find them more savage than barbarians. On men wasting away with hunger and toiling their whole life long they lay continual and unbearable dues, and treat their bodies rather as if they were stones, not allowing them to breathe even a little; and whether the land yields or does not yield, they strain them alike and grant them no indulgence at all. What could be more pitiable than this, when, after toiling through the whole winter, worn out by frost and rain and sleepless nights, they go away with empty hands, still in debt besides, and dreading and shuddering more than at this hunger and shipwreck at the tortures of the stewards, the draggings, the demands, the arrests, and the inexorable compulsory services? What could one say of the trading they carry on with them, the frauds they practice on them, filling winepresses and vats from their labors and sweat, but not allowing them to bring home even a small measure, but drawing off the whole crop into the jars of their own lawlessness and tossing them a little silver for it? And they devise new kinds of interest, not sanctioned even by the laws of the Greeks, and draw up bonds for loans full of much cursing. For they force their way to demanding not a hundredth of the whole but half of the whole, and this from one who has a wife and is rearing children, a man, and filling both the threshing floor and the winepress by his own labors. But they consider none of these things. Therefore it is fitting now to bring forward the prophet and say, “Be astonished, O heaven, and shudder, O earth,” to what savagery the human race has run riot! I say these things not as finding fault with crafts, or farming, or soldiering, or lands, but with ourselves. For Cornelius too was a centurion, and Paul a tentmaker, and he practiced his craft even after his preaching; and David was a king, and Job enjoyed estates and much revenue; and none of these things was a hindrance to any of them with regard to virtue. Considering all these things, then, and reckoning up the ten thousand talents, let us at least from this hasten to forgive our neighbors those few and paltry debts. For we have to give account of the commandments entrusted to us, and we cannot pay everything, whatever we do. For this reason God gave us an easy and ready way to repayment, one able to cancel all those debts: I mean not bearing grudges. That we may learn this well, let us hear the whole parable, going through it in order. “There was brought to him,” it says, “one debtor of ten thousand talents. And since he had nothing to pay, he commanded that he be sold, and his wife and his children.” For what reason? Tell me. Not from cruelty or inhumanity, for the loss would come back on himself again, since she too was his slave; but from unspeakable … For he wishes to frighten him by this threat, in order to bring him to supplication, not in order that he should be sold. For if he had done it for this purpose, he would not have consented to his request, nor would he have granted him the favor. Why then did he not do this before the reckoning, and remit the debt? Wishing to teach him from how great debts he was setting him free, so that at least in this way he might become gentler toward his fellow servant. For if, even after learning the mass of his debt and the greatness of the pardon, he went on choking his fellow servant, had he not first trained him with such remedies, to what lengths of cruelty would he not have gone? What then does the man say? “Have patience with me, and I will pay you everything.” “And the lord of that servant, moved with compassion, released him and forgave him the loan.” Do you see again the excess of his love for mankind? The servant asked only for a delay and a postponement; but he gave more than he asked, the remission and pardon of the whole loan. For he wished to give it even from the beginning; but he did not wish the gift to be his alone, but also the fruit of this man’s supplication, so that he might not go away uncrowned. For that the whole was his, even though this man fell down and begged, the cause of the pardon shows, “moved with compassion,” it says, “he forgave him.” But even so he wished him also to seem to contribute something, so that he might not be utterly put to shame, and so that, having been trained in his own misfortunes, he might become forgiving to his fellow servant.

61.4Field 2

Μέχρι μὲν οὗν τούτου καλὸς οὗτος καὶ εὐάρεστον καὶ γὰρ ὡμολόγησε, καὶ ἐπηγγείλατο ἀποδώσειν τὸ ὄφλημα, καὶ προσέπεσε, καὶ παρεκάλεσε, καὶ κατέγνω τῶν οἰκείων ἁμαρτημάτων, καὶ ἔγνω τὸ μέγεθος τοῦ ὀφλήματος. ᾿Αλλὰ τὰ μετὰ ταῦτα ἀνάξια τῶν προτέρων. ᾿Εξελθὼν γὰρ εὐθέως, οὐδὲ μετὰ χρόνον πολὺν, ἀλλ᾽ εὐθέως, ἔναυλον ἔχων τὴν εὐεργεσίαν, εἰς κακίαν ἀπεχρήσατο τῇ δωρεᾷ, καὶ τῇ ἐλευθερίᾳ τῇ παρὰ τοῦ δεσπότου αὐτῷ παρασχεθείσῃ. Εὐρὼν γὰρ ἕνα τῶν συνδούλων αὐτοῦ, ὀφείλοντα αὐτῷ ἑκατὸν δηνάρια, ἔπνιγεν αὐτὸν λέγων ἀπόδος μοι εἴ τι ὀφείλεις. Εἶδες δεσπότου φιλανθρωπίαν: : εἶδες δούλον ὠμότητα: Ἀκούσατε οἱ ὑπὲρ χρημάτων ταῦτα ποιοῦντες. Εε γὰρ ὑπὲρ ἁμαρτημάτων οὐ χρὴ, πολλῷ μᾶλλον ὑπὲρ Χρηνμάτων. Τί οὖν ἐκεῖνος; 5. Μακροθύμησον ἐπ᾽ εμοὶ, καὶ πάντα σοι ἀποδώσω. Ὁ δὲ οὐδὲ τὰ ῥήματα ἠδέσθη, δι᾽ ὧν ἐσώθη (καὶ γὰρ αὐτὸς ταῦτα εἰπὼν, ἀπηλλάγη τῶν αυρίων ταλαντων) καὶ οὐδὲ τὸν λιμένα ἐπέγνω, δ οὗ τὸ νανάγιον διέφυγεν οὐ τὸ σχῆμα τῆς ἱκετηρίας ἀνέμνησεν αὐτὸν τῆς τοῦ δεσπότου φιλανθρωπίαν ἀλλὰ πάντα ἐκεῖνα ὑπὸ τῆς πλεονεξίας καὶ τῆς ὠμότητος καὶ τῆς μνησικακίας ἐκβαλὼν. θηρίου παντὸς χαλεπώτερος ἥν, ἄγχων τὸν σύνδουλον. Τί ποιεῖς, ἄνθρωπε: ; σεαυτὸν ᾿ἀπαιτῶν οὐκ αἰσθάνῃ, κατὰ σεαυτοῦ τὸ ξίφος ὠὡθῶν, καὶ τὴν ἀπόφασιν καὶ τὴν δωρεὰν ἀνακαλούμενος ΔἋλλ᾽ οὐδὲν τούτων ἐνενόησεν, οὐδὲ Β ἐμνήσθη τῶν αὐτοῦ, οὐδὲ ἐνέδωκε' καίτοιγε οὐχ ὑπὲρ τῶν ἴσων ὴ ἱκετηρία. Ὁ μὲν γὰρ ὑπὲρ μυρίων ταλάντων, ὁ » δὲ ὑπὲρ ἑκατὸν δηναρίων παρεκάλει καὶ ὁ μὲν τὸν σύνδουλον, ὁ δὲ τὸν δεσπότην᾽ καὶ ὁ μὲν τελείαν συγχώρησιν ἔλαβεν, ὁ δὲ ἀναβολὴν ἤτει. Καὶ οὐδὲ ᾿ταύτην αὐτὸς ἐδίδουν ἔβαλε γὰρ αὐτὸν εἰς φυλακήν. ᾿Ιδόντες δὲ οἱ σύνδουλοι β αὐτοῦ, κατηγόρησαν αὐτοῦ πρὸς τὸν δεσπότην. Οὐδὲ ἀνθρώποις. τοῦτο ἀρεστὸν ἦν, μήτιγε θεῷ. Συνήλγησαν οὖν οἱ μὴ ὀφείλοντες. Τί οὖν ὁ δεσπότης, 5 Πονηρὲ δοῦλε, πάσαν τὴν ὀφειλὴν ἐκείνην ἀφῆκά σοι, ἐπεὶ παρεκάϑ λεσάς με' οὐκ ἔδει καὶ σὲ ἐλεῆσαι τὸν σύνδουλόν σου, ὡς καὶ ἐγώ σε ἠλέησα: Ὅρα πάλιν τὴν ἡμερότητα τοῦ ὃδεσπότου. Κρίνεται πρὸς αὐτὸν καὶ ἀπολογεῖται; μέλλων ἀνατρέπειν αὐτοῦ τὴν δωρεάν μᾶλλον δὲ οὐκ αὐτὸς ἀνέτρεΨψεν, ἀλλ᾽ ὁ λαβών. Διό φησι ς πᾶσαν τὴν ιλὴν ἐκείνὴῆν ἀφῆκά σοι, ᾿ ἐπεὶ παρεκάλεσάς με οὐκ ἔδει καὶ σὲ ἐλεῆσαι τὸν σύὐνδουλόν σου Ει ὰρ καὶ βαρύ σοι τὸ πράγμα εἶναι δοκεῖ, ἀλλ᾽ ἔδει καὶ : τὸ κέρδος ἰδεῖν, τὸ γεγενημένον, τὸ ἐσόμενον. ᾿ὩΕὶ καὶ ἐπαχθὲς τὸ ἐπίταγμα, τὸ ἔπαθλον ἐννοῆσαι ἔδει' μηδὲ ὅ ὅτι λελύπηκεν ἐκεῖνος, ἀλλ᾽ Ὁ ὅτι σὺ θεὸν παρώξυνας, ὃ ὃν ἀπὸ ψιλῆς ἱκετηρίας κατήλλαξας. ΙΣ δὲ καὶ οὕτω σοι φορτικὸν τὸ φίλον γενέσθαι. τῷ λελυπηκότι, πολλῷ βαρύτερον τὸ εἰς γέενναν ἐμπεσεῖν' καὶ εἰ τοῦτο ἀντέθηκας ἐκείνῳ, τότε ἂν ξ ἔγνων, ὅτι πολλῷ τοῦτο κουφότερον. Καὶ ὅτε μὲν μυρία τάλαντα ὥφειλεν, οὐκ ἐκάλεσε πονηρὸν, οὐδὲ ὕβρισεν, ἀλλ᾽ ἠλέησεν ὅτε δὲ περὶ τὸν σύνδουλον ἀγνώμων ἐγένετο, τότε λέγει, πονηρὲ δοῦλε. Ἀκούσωμεν, οἱ πλεονέκται᾽ καὶ γὰρ πρὸς ἡμᾶς ὁ λόἙ γος. Ἀκούσωμεν, καὶ οἱ ἀνηλεεῖς καὶ ὠμοί ὅτι οὐχ ἐτέβοις ἐσμὲν ὠμοὶ, ἀλλ᾽ ῥαντοῖς. Ὅταν οὖν βούλῃ μνησικακεῖν, ἐννόησον ὅτι σαντῷ μνησικακεῖς, οὐχ ὀτέρφ᾽ ὅτι ὃ τὰ σαυτοῦ καταδεσμεῖς ἁμαρτήματα, οὐ τὰ τοῦ πλησίον. Σὺ μὲν γὰρ, ὅπερ ὧν ἐργάσῃ τούτῳ, ὡς ἄνθρωπος ἐργάζῃ, καὶ ἐν τῷ παρόντι βίῳ᾽ ὁ δὲ θεὸς οὐχ οὕτως, ἀλλὰ μειζόνως σε τιμωρήσεται, καὶ τιμωρίαν τὴν ἐκεῖ. .) Παρέδωκε Ὑαρ ᾿αὕντον, ξεως οὐ ἀποδῷ τὸ οφειλομενον' τοντέεστι. ὁιηΨεκῶς᾽ οὔτε γὰρ ἀποδώσει ποτέ. ᾿Επειδὴ γὰρ οὐκ ἐγένου τῇ εὐεργεσίᾳ βελτίων, λείπεται τῇ τιμωρίᾳ σε διορθοῦσθαι. Καίτοιγε ᾿᾿αμεταμέλητα ᾽τὰ χαρίσματα και αἱ δωρεαί: ἀλλὰ τοσοῦτον ἴσχυσεν ἡ κακία, ὡς καὶ τοῦτον λῦσαι τὸν νόμον. Τί τοίνυν τοῦ μνησικακεῖν χαλεπώτερον; ὅταν δωρεὰν θείαν τοσαύτην καὶ τηλικαύτην ἀνατρέπον φαίνηται: Καὶ οὐδὲ ἁπλῶς αὐτὸν παρέδωκεν, ἀλλὰ ὀργισθείς. Ὅτε Β μὲν γὰρ ἐκόλευσε πραθῆναι, οὐκ ἦν ὀργῆς τὰ ῥήματα᾽ οὐκοὖν οὐδὲ ἐποίησεν αλλ αφορμὴ φιλανθρωπίας μεγιστη νυνὶ δὲ αὙγανακτήσεως πολλῆς ἢ ψῆφος, καὶ τιμωρίας, καὶ κολάσεως. Τί οὖν ἡ παραβολὴ βούλεται: 5 Οὕτω ποιήσει καὶ ὑμῖν, φησὶν, ὁ πατήρ μου, ἐὰν μὴ ἀφῆτε ἕκαστος τῷ ἀδελφῷ αὐτοῦ ἀπὸ τῆς καρδίας ὑμῶν τὰ παραπτώματα αντῶν. Ου λέγει, ο πατήρ νυμων᾽ αλλ, ο πατήρ μου. Οὐ γὰρ ἄξιον τοῦ τοιοῦτον καλεῖσθαι πατέρα τὸν θεὸν, τοῦ οὕτω πονηροῦ καὶ μισανθρώπον.

Mechri men houn toutou kalos houtos kai euareston kai gar hōmologēse, kai epēngeilato apodōsein to ophlēma, kai prosepese, kai parekalese, kai kategnō tōn oikeiōn hamartēmatōn, kai egnō to megethos tou ophlēmatos. ᾿Alla ta meta tauta anaxia tōn proterōn. ᾿Exelthōn gar eutheōs, oude meta chronon polyn, all᾽ eutheōs, enaulon echōn tēn euergesian, eis kakian apechrēsato tę̄ dōreą, kai tę̄ eleutherią tę̄ para tou despotou autǭ paraschetheisę̄. Eurōn gar hena tōn syndoulōn autou, opheilonta autǭ hekaton dēnaria, epnigen auton legōn apodos moi ei ti opheileis. Eides despotou philanthrōpian: : eides doulon ōmotēta: Akousate hoi hyper chrēmatōn tauta poiountes. Ee gar hyper hamartēmatōn ou chrē, pollǭ mallon hyper Chrēnmatōn. Ti oun ekeinos? 5. Makrothymēson ep᾽ emoi, kai panta soi apodōsō. Ho de oude ta rhēmata ēdesthē, di᾽ hōn esōthē (kai gar autos tauta eipōn, apēllagē tōn auriōn talantōn) kai oude ton limena epegnō, d hou to nanagion diephygen ou to schēma tēs hiketērias anemnēsen auton tēs tou despotou philanthrōpian alla panta ekeina hypo tēs pleonexias kai tēs ōmotētos kai tēs mnēsikakias ekbalōn. thēriou pantos chalepōteros hēn, anchōn ton syndoulon. Ti poieis, anthrōpe: ? seauton ᾿apaitōn ouk aisthanę̄, kata seautou to xiphos hōōthōn, kai tēn apophasin kai tēn dōrean anakaloumenos DAll᾽ ouden toutōn enenoēsen, oude B emnēsthē tōn autou, oude enedōke' kaitoige ouch hyper tōn isōn ē hiketēria. Ho men gar hyper myriōn talantōn, ho » de hyper hekaton dēnariōn parekalei kai ho men ton syndoulon, ho de ton despotēn᾽ kai ho men teleian synchōrēsin elaben, ho de anabolēn ētei. Kai oude ᾿tautēn autos edidoun ebale gar auton eis phylakēn. ᾿Idontes de hoi syndouloi b autou, katēgorēsan autou pros ton despotēn. Oude anthrōpois. touto areston ēn, mētige theǭ. Synēlgēsan oun hoi mē opheilontes. Ti oun ho despotēs, 5 Ponēre doule, pasan tēn opheilēn ekeinēn aphēka soi, epei parekaϑ lesas me' ouk edei kai se eleēsai ton syndoulon sou, hōs kai egō se ēleēsa: Hora palin tēn hēmerotēta tou hodespotou. Krinetai pros auton kai apologeitai? mellōn anatrepein autou tēn dōrean mallon de ouk autos anetrePspsen, all᾽ ho labōn. Dio phēsi s pasan tēn ilēn ekeinēēn aphēka soi, ᾿ epei parekalesas me ouk edei kai se eleēsai ton syyndoulon sou Ei ar kai bary soi to pragma einai dokei, all᾽ edei kai : to kerdos idein, to gegenēmenon, to esomenon. ᾿HōEi kai epachthes to epitagma, to epathlon ennoēsai edei' mēde ho hoti lelypēken ekeinos, all᾽ Ho hoti sy theon parōxynas, ho hon apo psilēs hiketērias katēllaxas. IS de kai houtō soi phortikon to philon genesthai. tǭ lelypēkoti, pollǭ baryteron to eis geennan empesein' kai ei touto antethēkas ekeinǭ, tote an x egnōn, hoti pollǭ touto kouphoteron. Kai hote men myria talanta hōpheilen, ouk ekalese ponēron, oude hybrisen, all᾽ ēleēsen hote de peri ton syndoulon agnōmōn egeneto, tote legei, ponēre doule. Akousōmen, hoi pleonektai᾽ kai gar pros hēmas ho loE gos. Akousōmen, kai hoi anēleeis kai ōmoi hoti ouch etebois esmen ōmoi, all᾽ rhantois. Hotan oun boulę̄ mnēsikakein, ennoēson hoti santǭ mnēsikakeis, ouch oterph᾽ hoti ho ta sautou katadesmeis hamartēmata, ou ta tou plēsion. Sy men gar, hoper hōn ergasę̄ toutǭ, hōs anthrōpos ergazę̄, kai en tǭ paronti biǭ᾽ ho de theos ouch houtōs, alla meizonōs se timōrēsetai, kai timōrian tēn ekei. .) Paredōke Hyar ᾿haunton, xeōs ou apodǭ to opheilomenon' tonteesti. hoiēPsekōs᾽ oute gar apodōsei pote. ᾿Epeidē gar ouk egenou tę̄ euergesią beltiōn, leipetai tę̄ timōrią se diorthousthai. Kaitoige ᾿᾿ametamelēta ᾽ta charismata kai hai dōreai: alla tosouton ischysen hē kakia, hōs kai touton lysai ton nomon. Ti toinyn tou mnēsikakein chalepōteron? hotan dōrean theian tosautēn kai tēlikautēn anatrepon phainētai: Kai oude haplōs auton paredōken, alla orgistheis. Hote B men gar ekoleuse prathēnai, ouk ēn orgēs ta rhēmata᾽ oukoun oude epoiēsen all aphormē philanthrōpias megistē nyni de haUganaktēseōs pollēs ē psēphos, kai timōrias, kai kolaseōs. Ti oun hē parabolē bouletai: 5 Houtō poiēsei kai hymin, phēsin, ho patēr mou, ean mē aphēte hekastos tǭ adelphǭ autou apo tēs kardias hymōn ta paraptōmata antōn. Ou legei, o patēr nymōn᾽ all, o patēr mou. Ou gar axion tou toiouton kaleisthai patera ton theon, tou houtō ponērou kai misanthrōpon.

Up to this point, then, he is good and acceptable: he confessed, and promised to pay the debt, and fell down and entreated, and condemned his own sins, and recognized the greatness of the debt. But what follows is unworthy of what went before. For going out at once, not after a long time but at once, with the benefit still ringing in his ears, he abused the gift and the freedom granted him by the master for wickedness. “For finding one of his fellow servants who owed him a hundred denarii, he began to choke him, saying, ‘Pay me what you owe.’” Did you see the master’s love for mankind? Did you see the servant’s cruelty? Hear, you who do these things for the sake of money. For if one must not do so for sins, much less for money. What then does the other say? “Have patience with me, and I will pay you everything.” But he did not respect even the words by which he himself had been saved (for he too, by saying these words, was freed from the ten thousand talents), and did not recognize the harbor by which he had escaped shipwreck; the posture of supplication did not remind him of the master’s love for mankind; but casting all those things out through greed and cruelty and resentment, he was harsher than any wild beast, choking his fellow servant. What are you doing, man? Do you not perceive that you are making the demand of yourself, thrusting the sword against yourself, and revoking the sentence and the gift? But he considered none of these things, nor remembered his own case, nor gave way; and yet the supplication was not over equal sums. For the one entreated over ten thousand talents, the other over a hundred denarii; and the one entreated his fellow servant, the other his master; and the one received complete pardon, the other asked for delay. And not even this did he give, “for he threw him into prison.” “And when his fellow servants saw it, they accused him to the master.” Not even to men was this pleasing, still less to God. So those who owed nothing shared the pain. What then does the master say? “Wicked servant, I forgave you all that debt because you entreated me; ought not you also to have had mercy on your fellow servant, as I had mercy on you?” See again the master’s gentleness. He pleads with him and makes his defense, when he is about to overturn his gift; or rather it was not he who overturned it, but the one who received it. Therefore he says, “I forgave you all that debt because you entreated me; ought not you also to have had mercy on your fellow servant?” For even if the thing seems heavy to you, you ought to have looked at the gain too, that which had come and that which was to come. Even if the command was burdensome, you ought to have thought of the prize; not that that man had grieved you, but that you had provoked God, whom you reconciled by mere supplication. And if even so it is burdensome to you to become a friend to the one who grieved you, it is far heavier to fall into Gehenna; and if you had set this against that, then you would have known that the former is far lighter. And when he owed ten thousand talents, he did not call him wicked, nor insult him, but had mercy on him; but when he became ungrateful toward his fellow servant, then he says, “Wicked servant.” Let us hear, we who are greedy; for the word is addressed to us too. Let us hear, we who are merciless and cruel, that it is not to others that we are cruel, but to ourselves. When then you wish to bear a grudge, consider that you bear it against yourself, not against another; that you are binding fast your own sins, not your neighbor’s. For you, whatever you do to him, you do as a man, and in the present life; but God not so: he will punish you more severely, and with the punishment of the next world. “For he delivered him up until he should pay what was owed,” that is, forever, for he will never pay. For since you did not become better through the benefit, it remains for you to be corrected by punishment. And yet “the gifts and the free favors are without repentance”; but wickedness had such power as to break even this law. What then is worse than bearing grudges, when it is seen overturning so great and so divine a gift? And he did not simply deliver him up, but in anger. For when he commanded that he be sold, the words were not of anger (and so he did not even carry it out), but an occasion of the greatest love for mankind; but now the sentence is one of much indignation, and of punishment and chastisement. What then does the parable mean? “So also my Father will do to you,” he says, “if you do not each forgive your brother his trespasses from your hearts.” He does not say “your Father,” but “my Father.” For it is not fitting that God should be called the Father of one so wicked and so hateful to men.

61.5Field 2

Δύο τοίνυν ἐνταῦθα ζητεῖ, καὶ καταγινώσκειν ἡμᾶς τῶν ἁμαρτημάτων, καὶ ἑτέροις ἀφιέναι καὶ ἐκεῖνο διὰ τοῦτο, ἵνα εὐκολώτερον τοῦτο γένηται (ὁ γὰρ τὰ ἑαυτοῦ ἐννοῶν, συγγνωμονικώτερος ἔσται τῷ συνδούλῳ᾽) καὶ οὐχ ἁπλῶς αφιέναι ἀπὸ στόματος, ἀλλ ἀπὸ καρδίας. Μὴ δὴ καθ᾽ ἑαυτῶν τὸ ξίφος ὠθῶμεν μνησικακοῦντες. Τί γάρ σε καὶ τοιοῦτον ἐλύπησεν ὁ λελυπηκώς, οἷον σὺ σαυτὸν ἐργάσῃ τῆς ὀργῆς μεμνημένος, καὶ ἐπισπώμενος κατὰ σαντοῦ τὴν καταδικαζουσάν σε παρα θεοῦ ψῆφον: ἂν μὲν Ὑαρ νηφης και φιλοσοφῆς, εἰς τὴν εκείνυυ κεφαλὴν περιστήσεται τὸ δεινὸν, κἀκεῖνος ἔσται ὁ πάσχων κακῶς ἂν δὲ μένης ἀγανακτῶν καὶ δυσχεραίνων, τότε αὐτὸς ὑποστήσῃ τὴν βλάβην, οὐ παρ ἐκείνου, ἀλλὰ παρὰ σαντοῦ. Μὴ τοίνυν λέγε, ὅτι ὕβρισε καὶ διέβαλε καὶ μυρία εἰργάσατο κακά ὅσα γὰρ ἂν εἴπῃ», τοσούτῳ μᾶλλον δεικνύεις αὐτὸν εὐεργέτῆν. Ἔδωκε γὰρ ἀφορμὴν ᾿ἀπολούσασθαι τὰ ἁμαρτήματα ὥστε ὅσῳ ἂν μείζονα ἠδικηκώς ἧ, τοσούτῳ μείζονος ἁμαρτημάτων ἀφέσεως αἴτιός σοι ἑαϑί ον μῤαν, Ἂν γὰρ ἐθέλωμεν, οὐδεὶς ἡμᾶς ἀδικῆσαι δυνήσεται αλλὰ καὶ οἱ ἐχθροὶ τὰ μέγιστα ὠφελήσουσιν ἡμᾶς. Καὶ τί λέγω τοὺς ἀνθρώπου: ; Τοῦ γὰρ διαβόλου τί γένοιτ᾽ ἂν πονηρότερον: ἀλλ᾽ ὅμως Ἑ καὶ ἐκεῖθεν πολλὴν ἀφορμὴν εὐδοκιμήσεως ἐ ἔχομεν, καὶ δείκνυσιν ὁ ᾿Ιώβ. Εἰ δὲ ὁ διαβολος ἀφορμὴ γέγονε στεφάνων, τί δέδοικας ἄνθρωπον ἐχθρόν: : Ὅρα οὖν ὅσα κερδαίνεις» πράως τὰς τῶν ἐχθρών φέρων ἐπηρείας. Πρῶτον μὲν καὶ μέγιστον, ἁμαρτημάτων ἀπαλλαγήν δεύτερον, καρτερίαν καὶ ὑπομονήν' τρίτον, ἡμερότητα καὶ φιλανθρωπίαν. Ὁ γὰρ τοῖς λυποῦσιν οὐκ εἰδὼς ὀργίζεσθαι, πολλῷ μᾶλλον τοῖς φιλοῦσιν αὐτὸν ἐπιτήδειος ἔ ἐσται. Τέταρτον, τὸ καθαρεύειν ὀργῆς διηνεκῶς ᾧ οὐδὲν γένοιτ᾽ ἂν ἴσον. Ὁ γὰρ ὀργῆς καθαρεύων, εὔδηλον ὅ ὅτι καὶ τῆς ἐντεῦθεν αθυμίας ἀπήλλακται, καὶ οὐκ ἀναλώσει τὸν βίον εἰς ματαιοπονίας καὶ ὀδύνας. Ὁ γὰρ οὐκ εἰδὼς ἀπεχθάνεσθαι, οὐδὲ λυπεῖσθαι οἶδεν, ἀλλὰ τρυφῆς ἀπολαύσεται καὶ μυρίων ἀγαθῶν. Ὥστε ἑαυτοὺς τιμωρούμεθα μισοῦντες ὁτέρουτ' ὥσπερ οὖν καὶ ἑαντοὺς εὐεργετοῦμεν ἀγαπῶντες. Πρὸς τούτοις ἅπασιν αἰδέσιμος ἔση καὶ αὑτοῖς τοῖς ἐχθροῖς, κἄν δαίμονες ὦσι μᾶλλον δὲ οὐδὲ ἕξεις λοιπὸν ἐχθρὸν διακείμενος, οὕτω. Τὸ δὲ πάντων μεῖζον καὶ πρῶτον, τὴν τοῦ θεοῦ κερδαίνεις φιλανθρωπ τίαν' κἂν ἡμαρτηκὼς ἧς» τεύξῃ συγγνώμην κἀν κατωρθωκὼς ἧς» πλείονα προσλήψῃ παῤρησίαν. ᾿Ανύσωμεν τοίνυν τὸ ἀηδενα μεσεῖν, ἵνα καὶ ὁ θεὸς ἡμᾶς φιλήση᾽ ἵνα κἂν μυρίων ταλάντων ὦμεν ὑπεύθυνοι, σπλαγχνισθῇ καὶ ἐλεήσῃ. Ἀλλ᾽ ἠδίκησαι παρ᾽ αὐτοῦ; Οὐκοῦν ἐλέησον αὐτὸν, μὴ μισήσητ᾽ δάκρυσον καὶ θρήνησον, μὴ ἀποστραφῆς. Οὐ γὰρ σὺ εἶ ο προσκεκι κρουκὼς τῷ θεῷ, ἀλλ᾽ ἐκεῖνος σὺ δὲ καὶ ΐ εὐδοκίμκμησας, ἐὰν ἐνεγκῆς. Ἐννοησον;, ὅτι σταυροῦσθαι μέλλων ο Χριστος, ὑπὲρ ἑαντοῦ μὲν ἔχαιρεν, ὑπὲρ δὲ τῶν σταυρούντων ἐδάκρυεν. Οὕτω καὶ ἡμᾶς διακεῖσθαι χρή᾽ καὶ ὅσῳ ἂν ἀδικώμεθα, τοσούτῳ μᾶλλον θρηνεῖν τοὺς ἀδικοῦντας. Ἡμῖν μὲν γὰρο πολλὰ ἐντεῦθεν τὰ ἀγαθά ἐκείνοις δὲ τὰ ἐναντίαᾳ. ᾿Αλλ ἐπὶ πάντων ὕβρισε καὶ ἐτύπτησεν ; Οὐκοῦν ἐπὶ πάντων ἑαυτὸν ἤσχυνε καὶ δ ἡτίμασε; καὶ μυρίων κατηγόρων ἤνοιξε στόματα, καὶ σοὶ πλείονας τοὺς στεφανους ὕφηνε, καὶ πολλοὺς σοι τῆς μακροθυμίας συνήγαγε κήρυκας. ᾿Αλλὰ πρὸς ἑτέρους διέβαλε; Καὶ τί τοῦτο, τοῦ θεοῦ ὄντος τοῦ μέλλοντος ἀπαιτεῖν τὰς εὐθύνας, αλλ᾽ οὐκ ἐκείνων τῶν ἀκουσάντων: Ἑαυτῴ γαρ προσέθηκα κολασεως ὑπόθεσιν, ἵνα μή μόνον ὑπὲρ τῶν οἰκείων, ἀλλὰ καὶ ὑπὲρ ὧν περὶ σοῦ διελέχθη, παράσχῃ λόγον. Καὶ σὲ μὲν πρὸς ἀνθρώπους διέβαλεν, αὐτὸς δὲ πρὸς θεὸν διεβλήθη. Εἰ δὲ οὐκ ἀρκεῖ σοι ταῦτα, ἐννόησον ὅτι καὶ ὁ δεσπότης σου διεβλήθη, καὶ ὑπὸ τοῦ Σατανᾶ, καὶ ὑπὸ τών ἀνθρώπων, καὶ πρὸς τοὺς μάλιστα ἰλουμένους καὶ ὁ τούτου μονογενὴς πάλιν τὰ αὐτά. Διὸ ἐλεγεν᾽ ᾿ εἰ τὸν οἰκοδεσπότην Βεελζεβοὺλ ἐκάλεσαν, πολλῷ μᾶλλον τοὺς οἰκιακοὺς αὐτοῦ. Καὶ οὐ διέβαλεν αὐτὸν μόνον ὁ πονηρὸς θαίμων εκεῖνος, αλλὰ καὶ επιστευθη᾽ καὶ διέβαλεν, οὐ τὰ τυχόντα, ἀλλὰ τὰ μέγιστα ονείθη καὶ ἐγκλήματα. Καὶ γαρ δαιμονῶντα αὐτὸν εφησε, καὶ πλανον Ἐ, εἶναι καὶ ἀντίθεον. ᾿Αλλὰ καὶ εὐεργετήσας ἔπαθες κακῶς; Καὶ διὰ τοῦτο μάλιστα ὑπὲρ μὲν τοῦ ποιήσαντος θρήνει καὶ ἄλγει, ὑπὲρ δὲ σεαυτοῦ 'καὶ χαῖρε, ὅτι θεῷ γέγονας ὅμοιος, τῷ τὸν ἥλιον ἀνατέλλοντι ἐπὶ πονηροὺς καὶ ἀγαθούς. Εἰ δὲ καὶ ὑπερβαίνει σε τὸ τὸν θεὸν μιμεῖσθαι καίτοιγε τῷ νήφοντι οὐδὲ τοῦτο δύσκολον ἀλλ᾽ ὅμως εἰ μεῖζον εἶναι ᾿ τοῦτό σοι δοκεῖ, φέρε σε πρὸς τοὺς συνδούλους αγαγωμεν᾽ πρὸς τὸν ἰωσὴφῴ, τὸν μυρία παθόντα καὶ εὐεργετήσαντα τοὺς ἀδελφούς πρὸς τὸν Μωῦσέδα, τὸν μετὰ μυρίας ἐπιβουλὰς ὑπὲρ αὐτῶν δεηθέντα πρὸς τὸν ὁ μακάριον Παῦλον, τὸν οὐδὲ ἀριθμῆσαι ἔχοντα ἅπερ ἔπαθε παρ᾽ αὐτῶν, καὶ ἀξιοῦντα ἀνάθεμα εἶναι ὑπὲρ αὐτῶν πρὸς τὸν Στέφανον, γὸν λιθαζόμενον καὶ παρακαλοῦντα λνθηναι αὐτοῖς τὴυ ἁμαρτίαν ταύτην. Καὶ ταῦτα πάντα δννοήσας, ἔκβαλε πᾶσαν ὀργὴν, ἵνα καὶ ἡμῖν ὁ θεὸς ; πάντα τὰ παραπτώματα, χάριτι καὶ φιλανθρωπίᾳ τοῦ κυρίον ἡμῶν ᾿Ιησοῦ Χριστοῦ, μεθ᾽ οὗ τῷ πατρὶ καὶ τῷ ἁγίῳ πνεύματι δόξα, κράτος, τιμὴ, νῦν καὶ ἀεὶ καὶ εἰς τοὺς αἰῶνας τῶν αἰώνων. ᾿Αμήν.

Dyo toinyn entautha zētei, kai kataginōskein hēmas tōn hamartēmatōn, kai heterois aphienai kai ekeino dia touto, hina eukolōteron touto genētai (ho gar ta heautou ennoōn, syngnōmonikōteros estai tǭ syndoulǭ᾽) kai ouch haplōs aphienai apo stomatos, all apo kardias. Mē dē kath᾽ heautōn to xiphos ōthōmen mnēsikakountes. Ti gar se kai toiouton elypēsen ho lelypēkōs, hoion sy sauton ergasę̄ tēs orgēs memnēmenos, kai epispōmenos kata santou tēn katadikazousan se para theou psēphon: an men Hyar nēphēs kai philosophēs, eis tēn ekeinyy kephalēn peristēsetai to deinon, kakeinos estai ho paschōn kakōs an de menēs aganaktōn kai dyscherainōn, tote autos hypostēsę̄ tēn blabēn, ou par ekeinou, alla para santou. Mē toinyn lege, hoti hybrise kai diebale kai myria eirgasato kaka hosa gar an eipę̄», tosoutǭ mallon deiknyeis auton euergetēn. Edōke gar aphormēn ᾿apolousasthai ta hamartēmata hōste hosǭ an meizona ēdikēkōs hē, tosoutǭ meizonos hamartēmatōn apheseōs aitios soi heaϑi on mran, An gar ethelōmen, oudeis hēmas adikēsai dynēsetai alla kai hoi echthroi ta megista ōphelēsousin hēmas. Kai ti legō tous anthrōpou: ? Tou gar diabolou ti genoit᾽ an ponēroteron: all᾽ homōs He kai ekeithen pollēn aphormēn eudokimēseōs e echomen, kai deiknysin ho ᾿Iōb. Ei de ho diabolos aphormē gegone stephanōn, ti dedoikas anthrōpon echthron: : Hora oun hosa kerdaineis» praōs tas tōn echthrōn pherōn epēreias. Prōton men kai megiston, hamartēmatōn apallagēn deuteron, karterian kai hypomonēn' triton, hēmerotēta kai philanthrōpian. Ho gar tois lypousin ouk eidōs orgizesthai, pollǭ mallon tois philousin auton epitēdeios e estai. Tetarton, to kathareuein orgēs diēnekōs hǭ ouden genoit᾽ an ison. Ho gar orgēs kathareuōn, eudēlon ho hoti kai tēs enteuthen athymias apēllaktai, kai ouk analōsei ton bion eis mataioponias kai odynas. Ho gar ouk eidōs apechthanesthai, oude lypeisthai oiden, alla tryphēs apolausetai kai myriōn agathōn. Hōste heautous timōroumetha misountes hoterout' hōsper oun kai heantous euergetoumen agapōntes. Pros toutois hapasin aidesimos esē kai hautois tois echthrois, kan daimones ōsi mallon de oude hexeis loipon echthron diakeimenos, houtō. To de pantōn meizon kai prōton, tēn tou theou kerdaineis philanthrōp tian' kan hēmartēkōs hēs» teuxę̄ syngnōmēn kan katōrthōkōs hēs» pleiona proslēpsę̄ parrēsian. ᾿Anysōmen toinyn to aēdena mesein, hina kai ho theos hēmas philēsē᾽ hina kan myriōn talantōn ōmen hypeuthynoi, splanchnisthę̄ kai eleēsę̄. All᾽ ēdikēsai par᾽ autou? Oukoun eleēson auton, mē misēsēt᾽ dakryson kai thrēnēson, mē apostraphēs. Ou gar sy ei o proskeki kroukōs tǭ theǭ, all᾽ ekeinos sy de kai ï eudokimkmēsas, ean enenkēs. Ennoēson?, hoti staurousthai mellōn o Christos, hyper heantou men echairen, hyper de tōn staurountōn edakryen. Houtō kai hēmas diakeisthai chrē᾽ kai hosǭ an adikōmetha, tosoutǭ mallon thrēnein tous adikountas. Hēmin men garo polla enteuthen ta agatha ekeinois de ta enantiaą. ᾿All epi pantōn hybrise kai etyptēsen ? Oukoun epi pantōn heauton ēschyne kai d hētimase? kai myriōn katēgorōn ēnoixe stomata, kai soi pleionas tous stephanous hyphēne, kai pollous soi tēs makrothymias synēgage kērykas. ᾿Alla pros heterous diebale? Kai ti touto, tou theou ontos tou mellontos apaitein tas euthynas, all᾽ ouk ekeinōn tōn akousantōn: Heautǭ gar prosethēka kolaseōs hypothesin, hina mē monon hyper tōn oikeiōn, alla kai hyper hōn peri sou dielechthē, paraschę̄ logon. Kai se men pros anthrōpous diebalen, autos de pros theon dieblēthē. Ei de ouk arkei soi tauta, ennoēson hoti kai ho despotēs sou dieblēthē, kai hypo tou Satana, kai hypo tōn anthrōpōn, kai pros tous malista iloumenous kai ho toutou monogenēs palin ta auta. Dio elegen᾽ ᾿ ei ton oikodespotēn Beelzeboul ekalesan, pollǭ mallon tous oikiakous autou. Kai ou diebalen auton monon ho ponēros thaimōn ekeinos, alla kai episteuthē᾽ kai diebalen, ou ta tychonta, alla ta megista oneithē kai enklēmata. Kai gar daimonōnta auton ephēse, kai planon E, einai kai antitheon. ᾿Alla kai euergetēsas epathes kakōs? Kai dia touto malista hyper men tou poiēsantos thrēnei kai algei, hyper de seautou 'kai chaire, hoti theǭ gegonas homoios, tǭ ton hēlion anatellonti epi ponērous kai agathous. Ei de kai hyperbainei se to ton theon mimeisthai kaitoige tǭ nēphonti oude touto dyskolon all᾽ homōs ei meizon einai ᾿ touto soi dokei, phere se pros tous syndoulous agagōmen᾽ pros ton iōsēphǭ, ton myria pathonta kai euergetēsanta tous adelphous pros ton Mōyseda, ton meta myrias epiboulas hyper autōn deēthenta pros ton ho makarion Paulon, ton oude arithmēsai echonta haper epathe par᾽ autōn, kai axiounta anathema einai hyper autōn pros ton Stephanon, gon lithazomenon kai parakalounta lnthēnai autois tēu hamartian tautēn. Kai tauta panta dnnoēsas, ekbale pasan orgēn, hina kai hēmin ho theos ? panta ta paraptōmata, chariti kai philanthrōpią tou kyrion hēmōn ᾿Iēsou Christou, meth᾽ hou tǭ patri kai tǭ hagiǭ pneumati doxa, kratos, timē, nyn kai aei kai eis tous aiōnas tōn aiōnōn. ᾿Amēn.

He asks two things here, then: that we condemn our own sins, and that we forgive others; and the former for the sake of the latter, that this may be done more easily (for he who considers his own sins will be more forgiving to his fellow servant); and that we forgive not merely with the mouth, but from the heart. Let us not, then, thrust the sword against ourselves by bearing grudges. For what harm has the one who grieved you done you as great as what you will do to yourself by remembering your anger and drawing upon yourself the sentence from God that condemns you? For if you are sober and wise, the evil will come round upon his head, and it is he who will suffer harm; but if you remain indignant and resentful, then you yourself will undergo the injury, not from him but from yourself. Do not say, then, that he insulted you and slandered you and did you countless wrongs; for the more you say, the more you show him to be a benefactor. For he gave you an occasion to wash away your sins; so that the greater the wrong he has done you, the greater the forgiveness of sins he becomes the cause of for you. For if we are willing, no one will be able to wrong us; even our enemies will benefit us greatly. And why do I speak of men? What could be more wicked than the devil? Yet even from him we have a great occasion of good repute, and Job shows it. And if the devil has become an occasion of crowns, why do you fear a man who is an enemy? See then how much you gain by bearing your enemies’ abuse meekly. First and greatest, release from sins; second, endurance and patience; third, gentleness and love for mankind. For he who does not know how to be angry with those who grieve him will be far more serviceable to those who love him. Fourth, to be continually free from anger, to which nothing could be equal. For he who is free from anger is plainly delivered also from the despondency that comes of it, and will not spend his life in vain labors and pains. For he who does not know how to hate does not know how to grieve either, but will enjoy delight and countless good things. So we punish ourselves by hating others, just as we benefit ourselves by loving. Besides all this, you will be respected even by your enemies themselves, even if they are demons; or rather, so disposed, you will no longer even have an enemy. And, greatest and first of all, you gain the love of God: if you have sinned, you will obtain pardon; if you have done right, you will gain greater boldness. Let us achieve, then, not hating anyone, so that God too may love us; so that, even if we are liable for ten thousand talents, he may be moved with compassion and have mercy. But you have been wronged by him? Then pity him, do not hate him; weep and lament, do not turn away. For it is not you who have offended God, but he; you, on the other hand, have even won good repute, if you bear it. Consider that Christ, when about to be crucified, rejoiced for himself, but wept for those who were crucifying him. So we too ought to be disposed; and the more we are wronged, the more we ought to lament those who wrong us. For to us many good things come from it, but to them the opposite. But he insulted and struck you before everyone? Then before everyone he shamed and dishonored himself, and opened the mouths of countless accusers, and wove you more crowns, and gathered many heralds of your long-suffering. But he slandered you to others? And what of that, when it is God who will demand the account, and not those who heard? For he has added to himself a cause of punishment, so that he must give account not only for his own deeds but also for what he said about you. And he slandered you to men, but he himself has been slandered before God. And if this is not enough for you, consider that your Master too was slandered, both by Satan and by men, and to those who were most loved by him; and his Only-begotten again suffered the same. Therefore he said, “If they called the master of the house Beelzebul, how much more those of his household.” And not only did that wicked demon slander him, but he was even believed; and he slandered him not with ordinary reproaches but with the greatest reproaches and charges. For he said that he had a demon, and was a deceiver, and an enemy of God. But did you suffer evil after doing good? For this reason above all lament and grieve for the one who did it, but rejoice for yourself, that you have become like God, “who makes his sun rise on the evil and the good.” And if imitating God is beyond you (though not even this is hard for one who is sober), yet if it seems to you too great, come, let us lead you to your fellow servants: to Joseph, who suffered countless things and did good to his brothers; to Moses, who after countless plots prayed for them; to blessed Paul, who could not even count what he suffered from them, and yet wished to be accursed for them; to Stephen, who while being stoned entreated that this sin be forgiven them. Considering all these things, cast out all anger, so that God may forgive us too all our trespasses, by the grace and love for mankind of our Lord Jesus Christ, with whom to the Father and the Holy Spirit be glory, might, honor, now and always and to the ages of ages. Amen.

Chapter 62

62.1Field 2

Καὶ ἐγένετο, ὅτε ἀτέλεσεν ὁ ᾿Ιησοῦς τοὺς λόγους τούτου;», μετῆρεν ἀπὸ τῆς Γαλιλαίας, καὶ ἤλθεν επὶ τὰ ὅρια τῆς [Ιουδαίας πέραν τοῦ ᾿Ιορδάνου. ΣΥΝΈΧΩΣ τὴν ᾿Ιουδαίαν ἀφεὶς διὰ τὴν βασκανίαν τὴν ἐκείνων, νῦν ἐπιχωριάζει λοιπὸν, ἐπειδὴ τὸ πάθος ἔμελλεν εἶναι οὐ μὴν εἰς τὰ ἱεροσολυμα τέως ἀνεισιν, ἀλλ εἰς τὰ ὅρια τῆς ᾿Ιουδαίας. Καὶ ἐλθόντι ἠκολούθησαν αὐτῷ λοι πολλοὶ, καὶ εθεράπευσεν αὐτοὺς. Οὗτε τῇ τῶν λογῶὼν διδασκαλίᾳ ς διηνεκῶς ἐνδιατρίβει, οὔτε τῇ τῶν σημείων θαυματουργίᾳ᾽ ἀλλὰ νῦν μὲν τοῦτο, νῦν δὲ ἐκεῖνο ποιεῖ, ποικίλλων τὴν σωτηρίαν τῶν προσεδρευόντων καὶ ἑπομένων, ὥστε ἀπὸ μὲν τῶν σημείων ἀξιόπιστος, ἐν οἷς ἔλεγε, φανῆναι διδάσκαλος, ἀπὸ δὲ τῆς τῶν λόγων διδασκαλίας ἐπιτεῖναι τὸ ἀπὸ τῶν σημείων με τυ Τοῦτο δὲ ἢ ἢν τὸ πρὸς θεογνωσίαν αὐτοὺς χειραγωγῆσαι. Σὺ δέ μοι κακεῖνο σκόπει, πώς ὁλοκλήρους δήμους παρατρέχουσιν {ἑνὶ βήματι οἱ μαθηταὶ, οὐ Ὁ κατὰ ὄνομα ἕκαστον ἀπαγγέλλοντες τῶν θεραπευομένων. Οὐ γὰρ εἶπον, ὅτι ὁ δεῖνα καὶ ὁ δεῖνα ἀλλ᾿, ὅτι πολλοὶ, τὸ ἀκόμπαστον παιδεύοντες. δ᾽ Εθεράπευε δὲ ὁ Χριστὸς, ἐκείνους τε εὐεργετῶν, καὶ δι ἐκείνων πολλοὺς ἑτέρουν. Ἡ γὰρ τῆς τούτων ἀσθενείας διόρθωσις ἐ ἑτέροις ὑπόθεσις ᾿θεογνωσίας ἐγίνετο. Ἀλλ᾽ οὐχὶ τοῖς Φαρισαίοις, ἀλλὰ καὶ δι᾽ αὐτὸ τοῦτο μᾶλλον ἐκθηριοὺῦνται καὶ προσέρχονται αὐτῷ πειράζοντε:.. ᾿Επειδὴ γὰρ τῶν γινομένων ἐπιλαβέσθαι οὐκ εἶχον, προβλήματα αὐτῷ προβάλλουσι. Προσελθόντες γὰρ αὐτῷ καὶ πειράζοντες ἔλεγον εἰ ἔξεστιν ἀνθρώπῳ ἀπολῦσαι τὴν γυναῖκα αὐτοῦ κατὰ πᾶσαν αἰτίαν: Ὦ τῆς ἢ ἀνοίας. ἴὭιοντο ἐπιστομίζειν αὐτὸν διὰ τῶν ζητημάτων, καίτοιγε ἤδη λαβόντες ἱ αὐτοῦ τεκμήριον τῆς δυνάμεως ταύτης. Ὅτε γοῦν περὶ τοῦ σαββάτου πολλὰ διελόχθησαν, ὅτε εἶπον, ὅτι βλασφημεῖ, ὅ ὅτε εἶπον, ὅτι δαιμόνιον ἔ ἔχει, ὅτε τοῖς μαθηταῖς ἐπετίμησαν διὰ τῶν σπορίμων βαδίζουσιν, ὅτε περὶ ἀνίπτων διελέχθησαν χειρῶν, πανταχοῦ ἀποῤῥάψας αὐτῶν τὰ στόματα, καὶ τὴν ἀναίσχυντον ἐμφράξας γλῶτταν, οὕτω παρέπεμψαν. ᾿Αλλ᾽ ὅμως οὐδὲ οὕτως ἀφίστανται. Τοιοῦτον γὰρ ' ἥ ,τονηρία, τοιοῦτον ἡ βασκανία, ἀναίσχυντον καὶ ἰταμόν κἂν μυριάκις ἐπιστομισθῇ, μυριάκις ἐφίσταται πάλιν. Σὺ δέ μοι σκόπει καὶ τὴν ἐκ τοῦ τρόπου τῆς ἐρωτήσεως κακουργίαν. Οὐδὲ γὰρ εἶπον αὐτῷ᾽ ἐκάλευσας μή αφιέναι γυναίκα καὶ γὰρ ἤδη ἢ ἣν περὶ τοῦ νόμου τούτου διαλεχθείς ἀλλ ὅμως οὐκ ἐμνημόνευσαν ἐκείνων τῶν ῥημάτων, ἀλλ᾽ ὡρμήθησαν μὲν ἐκεῖθεν, οἰόμενοι δὲ μείζονα ποιεῖν τὴν ἐνέραν, καὶ βουλύμενοι εἰς ἀντινομίας, ἀνάγκην αὐτὸν ἐμβαλεῖν, οὐ λέγουσι, διατί ἐνομοθέτησας τὸ καὶ τό: ἀλλ΄ ὡς οὐδενὸς εἰρημένου, ἐρωτώσιν, εἰ ἔξεστι, προσδοκῶντες ὅ ὅτι ἐπιλέλησται εἰρηκώς καὶ ὄντες ὅτοιμοι, εἰ μὲν εἴποι, ὅτι ὄξεστιν αφεῖναι, ἀντιθεῖναι αὐτῷ τὰ παρ᾽ αὑτοῦ εἰρημένα, καὶ εἰπεῖν’ πῶς οὖν εἴρηκας τὰ ἐναντία; εἰ δὲ τὰ αὐτὰ ἢ πάλιν ἅπερ. καὶ ἔμπροσθεν, ἀντιθεῖναι τὸ Μωύσέως. Τί οὖν αὐτός: Οὐκ εἶπε, τί με πειράζετε, ὑποκριταί καίτοιγε μετὰ ταῦτα λέγει᾽ ἀλλ᾽ ἐνταῦθα οὔ φησι τοῦτο. Τί δήποτε; Ψ ὔ ζω Ἵνα μετὰ τῆς δυνάμεως αὐτοῦ καὶ τὴν ἡμερότητα ἐπιδείξηται. ν ᾿ ΝΝ ἢ ᾿ς κ' Οὐὑτε γὰρ ἀεὶ σιγᾷ» ἵνα μὴ νομίσωσι λανθάνειν οὔτε αεὶ ἐλέγχει, ἵνα παιδεύσῃ ἡμᾶς ἡμέρως πάντα φέρειν. Πῶς οὖν ΄΄ς «ε αὐτοῖς ἀποκρίνεται: ὅδ Οὐκ ἀνέγνωτε, ὅτι ὁ ποιήσας ἀπ᾽ σι ἤ ἀρχῆς» ἄρσεν καὶ θῆλν ἐποίησεν αὐτούς ; καὶ εἶπεν ἕνεκεν ὔ σι τούτου καταλείψει ἄνθρωπος τὸν πατέρα αὐτοῦ καὶ τὴν ἡμητέρα, καὶ προσκολληθήσεται πρὸς τὴν γυναῖκα αὐτοῦ, ὔ ὔ καὶ ἔσονται οἱ ὃύο εἰς σάρκα μίαν. Ὥστε οὐκέτι εἰσὶ δύο, ἃ ΝΜ αλλὰ σὰρξ μίας. Ὃ οὖν ὁ θεὸς συνέζευξεν, ἄνθρωπος μὴ. χωριζέτω. Ὅρα σοφίαν διδασκάλου. ᾿Ερωτηθεὶς γάρ, εἰ ἔξεστιν, οὐκ εὐθέως εἶπεν, οὐκ ἔξεστιν, ἵνα μὴ θορυβηθῶσι καὶ ταραχθωσιν᾽ ἀλλὰ πρὸ τῆς ἀποφάσεως διὰ τῆς κατασκευῆς κατέστησα δῆλον τοῦτο, δεικνὺς ὅτι καὶ αὐτὸ τοῦ πατρὸς αὐτοῦ ἐστι τὸ πρόσταγμα, καὶ ὅτι οὐκ ἐναντιούμενος Μωύσεὶ ταῦτα επέταξεν, ᾿αλλα καὶ σφόδρα συμβαίνων. Σκόπει δὲ αὐτὸν οὐκ ἀπὸ τῆς δημιουργίας ἰσχυριζόμενον μόνον, ἀλλὰ καὶ ἀπὸ τοῦ προστάγματος αὐτοῦ. γὰρ εἶπεν, ὅτι ἐποίησεν ἕνα ἄνδρα καὶ μίαν γυναῖκα μόνον ἀλλ᾽ ὅτι καὶ τοῦτο ἐκέλευσεν, ὥστε τὸν ἕνα τῆ μιᾷ συνά᾽ δὲ δὲ πτεσθαι. Εἰ δὲ ἐβούλετο ἥ ταύτην μὲν αφιέναι, ἑτέραν ἐπεισάγειν, ἕνα ἄνδρα ποιήσας, πολλὰς ἂν ἔπλασε γυναῖκας. Νῦν δὲ καὶ τῷ τρόπῳ τῆς δημιουργίας καὶ τῷ τρόπῳ τῆς Ἑ νομοθεσίας ἔδειξεν, ὅτι ἕνα δεῖ μιᾷ συνοικεῖν διαπαντὸς, καὶ μηδέποτε διαῤῥήγνυσθαι. Καὶ ὅρα πως φησιν ο ποιήσα ἐξ ἀρχῆς, ἄρσεν καὶ θῆλυ ἐποίησε τουτέστιν, ἐκ μιᾶς ρίζης ἐγένοντο καὶ εἰς ἕν σῶμα συνῆλθον ἔσονται ᾿ γὰρ οἱ δύο εἰς σάρκα μίαν. Εἶτα φοβερὸν ποιῶν τὸ ταύτης κατηγορεῖν τῆς νομοθεσίας, καὶ πηγνὺς τὸν νόμον, οὐκ εἶπε, μὴ διασπᾶτε τοίνυν, μηδὲ χωρίζετε᾽ ᾿άλλ᾽ ὅτι ὃ ὁ θεὸς συνέζευξ ενν ἄνθρωπος μὴ χωριζέτω. Εἰ δὲ Μωσέα προβάλλῃ, ἐγώ σοι λέγω τὸν Μωύσέως δεσπότην, καὶ μετὰ τούτου καὶ τῷ χρόνῳ ἰσχυρίζομαι. Ὁ γὰρ θεὸς εξ ἀρχῆς ἄρσεν καὶ θῆλυ ἐποίησεν αὐτούς καὶ πρεσβύτερος οὗτος ὁ νόμος, εἰ καὶ δυκεῖ παρ᾽ ἐμοῦ νῦν εἰσάγεσθαι, καὶ μετὰ πολλῆς κείμενος τῆς σπουδῆς. Οὐδὲ γὰρ ἁπλῶς προσήγαγε τὴν γυναῖκα τῷ ἀνδρὶ, αλλὰ καὶ μητέρα ἀφεῖναι ἐκέλευσε καὶ πατέρα. Καὶ οὐδὲ ἐλθεῖν πρὸς τὴν γυναῖκα ἁπλῶς ἐνομοθέτησεν, ἀλλὰ καὶ κολληθῆναι, τῷ τρόπῳ τῆς λέξεως τὸ ἀδιάσπαστον ἐμφαίνων. Καὶ οὐδὲ τούτῳ ἡρκέσθη, ἀλλὰ καὶ μείζονα συνάφειαν ἐπεζήτησεν᾽ ἔσονται γάρ, φησὶν, οἱ ὄυο εἰς σάρκα μίαν. Εἶτα ἐπειδὴ τὸν παλαιὸν ἀνέγνω νόμον, τὸν καὶ διὰ πραγμάτων καὶ διὰ βημάτων εἰσενεχθέντα, καὶ ἀξιόπιστον ἀπὸ τοῦ δεδωκότος ἀπέφηνε, μετ᾽ ἐξουσίας. λοιπὸν καὶ αὐτὸς ἑρμηνεύει καὶ νομοθετεῖ λέγων ὥστε οὐκότι εἰσὶ δύο, ἀλλὰ σὰρξ μία. Ὥσπερ οὖν σάρκα τεμεῖν ἐναγὲς, οὕτω καὶ γυναῖκα διαστῆσαι παράνομον. Καὶ οὐκ ἔστη μέχρι τούτου, ἀλλὰ καὶ τὸν θεὸν ἐπήγαγε λέγων ὃ οὖν ὁ θεὸς συνέόζευξεν, ἄνθρωπος μὴ χωριζέτω· ὅτι καὶ παρὰ φύσιν καὶ παρὰ νόμον τὸ γινόμενον παρὰ φύσιν μὲν, ὅτι μία διατέμνεται σάρξ' παρὰ νόμον δὲ, ὅτι τοῦ θεοῦ συνάψαντος καὶ κελεύσαντος μὴ ᾿διαχωρίζεσθαι, αὐτοὶ συνεπιτίθεσθε σ τοῦτο δρᾶν. τ οὗν μετὰ ταῦτα ἐχρῆν: οὐχ ἡσυχάσαι, καὶ ἐπαινέσαι τὸ εἰρημένον οὐχὶ θαυμάσαι τὴν σοφίαν : οὐκ ἐκπλαγῆναι τὴν συμφωνίαν τὴν πρὸς τὸν πατέρα: Ἀλλ᾽ οὐδὲν τούτων ποιοῦσιν, ἀλλ᾽ ὡς δῆθεν ἐπαγωνιζόμενοί φασι· πῶς οὖν Μωὺῦσῆς ἐνετείλατο δοῦναι βιβλίον ἀποστασίου: καὶ ἀπολῦσαι αὐτήν. Καίτοιγε τοῦτο λοιπὸν οὐκ αὐτοὺς ἔδει προβαλεῖν, ἀλλ᾽ αὐτὸν αὐτοῖς ἀλλ᾽ ὅμως οὐκ ἐπεϑμβαίνει, οὐδὲ λέγει τοῦτο αὐτοῖς, ὅτι ἢ τοῦδε οὐκ εἰμὶ λοιπὸν ὑπεύθυνος ἐγώ: ἀλλὰ καὶ τοῦτο διαλύεται. Καὶ μὴν εἰ Ὁ αλλότ ιος ἦν τῆς παλαιᾶς, οὐκ ἄν ἠγωνίσατο ὑπὲρ Μωυσέωτ᾽ ᾿οὐκ ἂν ἀπὸ τῶν ἅπαξ ε ἐν ἀρχῆ γενομένων ἰσχυρίσατο οὐκ ἀν ἐσπούδασε τὰ αὐτοῦ δεῖξαι συμβαίνοντα τοῖς παλαιοὶς. Καέτοιγε πολλὰ καὶ ἄλλα Μωσῆς ἐκέλευσε, καὶ τὰ περὶ - βρωμάτων, καὶ τὰ περὶ σαββάτον᾽ τίνος οὖν ἕνεκεν οὐδαμοῦ αὐτὸν προβάλλονται, ὡς ἐνταῦθα: : βουλόμενοι τὸ πλῆθος τῶν ανδρῶν ἐπιστρατεῦσαι αὐτῷ. λαὶ γὰρ ἀδιάφορον ᾿Ιουδαίοις τοῦτο ἡν, καὶ πάντες τοῦτό γε ἔπραττον. Διὰ δὴ τοῦτο τοσούτων ἐν τῷ ὄρει λεχθέντων, ταύτης ἐμέμνηντο μόνης τὴς ἐντολῆς νῦν. Αλλ᾽ ὅμως ῆ ἀπόῤρητος σοφία καὶ ὑπὲρ τούτων ἀπολογεῖται, καί ᾿ φησι Μωυσῆς πρὸς τὴν σκληροκαρδίαν ὑμῶν οὕτως ἐνομοθέτησε. Καὶ οὐδὲ ἐκεῖνον αφίησιν ὑπὸ κατηγορίαν μένειν, ἐπειδὴ καὶ τὸν νόμον αὐτὸς ἦν αὐτῷ δεδωκώς ἀλλ᾽ ἐξαιρεῖται αὐτὸν τοῦ ἐγκλήματος, καὶ τὸ πᾶν εἰς τὴν ἐκείνων περιτρέπει κεφαλήν᾽ ὃ πανταχοῦ ποιεῖ. Καὶ γὰρ ὅτε τοὺς μαθητὰς τίλλοντας τοὺς στάχνας ἡτιῶντο, δείκνυσιν αὐτοὺς ὄντας ὑπευθύνους καὶ ὅτε παραβασιν ἐνεκάλουν περὶ τοῦ μὴ γίπτεσθαι τὰς χείρας, δείκνυσιν αὐτοὺς ὄντας τοὺς παραβάτας καὶ ἐπὶ τοῦ σαββάτου δὲ, καὶ πανταχοὺ, καὶ ἐνταῦθα ὁμοίως. Εἶτα ἐπειδὴ φορτικὸν ἦν τὸ εἰρημένον, καὶ πολλὴν ἔφερεν αὐτοῖς τὴν διαβολὴν, ταχέως πάλιν ἐπὶ τὸν ἀρχαῖον ἀνάγει νόμον τὸν λόγον, λέγων ὅ ὅπερ καὶ ἔμπροσθεν εἶπεν ἀπ᾽ ἀρχῆς δὲ οὐκ ἐγένετο οὕτω τουτέστιν, ὅτι διὰ τῶν πραγμάτων ἡμῖν εξ ἀρχῆς ὁ θεὸς ἐνομοθέτησε τὰ ἐναντία. ἶνα γὰρ μὴ λέγωσι, πόθεν δῆλον ὅτι διὰ τὴν ἡμῶν σκληρότητα τοῦτο εἶπε Μωύσης: ἐκεῖθεν πάλιν αὐτοὺς ἐπιστομίζει. Εἰ γὰρ οὗτος προηγούμενος ἣν δ νόμος καὶ συμφέρων, οὐκ ἄν ἐκεῖνος ἐξ, ἀρχῆς ἐδόθη; οὐκ ἂν οὕτω πλάττων ἔπλασεν ὁ θεός οὐκ ἄν τοιαὕτα εἶπε. Λέγω δὲ ὑμῖν, ὅτι ὃς ἂν ἀπολύσῃ τὴν γυναῖκα αὐτοῦ, παρεκτὸς λόγου πορνείας, καὶ γαμήσῃ ἄλλην, μοιχᾶται. ᾿Επειδὴ γὰρ αὐτοὺς ἐπεστόμισε, μετὰ αὐθεντίας νομοθετεῖ λοιπὸν, ὥσπερ ἐπὶ τῶν βρωμάτων, ὦ ὥσπερ ἐπὶ τοῦ σαββάτου. Καὶ γὰρ ἐπὶ τῶν βρωμάτων τρεψάμενος αὐτοὺς, τότε διαλέχθη τοῖς ὄχλοις, ὅτι οὐ τὸ εἰσερχόμενον κοινοῖ τὸν ἄνΠρΌπον᾽ καὶ ἐπὶ τοῦ σαββάτον ἐ επιστομίσας αὐτούς φησιν' ὥστε ἔξεστιν ἐ ἐν σαββάτῳ καλῶς ποιεῖν καὶ ἐνταῦθα τὸς αὐτὸ τοῦτο. Ἀλλ᾽ ὅπερ ἐκεῖ συνέβη, τοῦτο καὶ ἐνταῦθα. Ὥσπερ γὰρ ἐκεῖ τῶν ᾿Ιουδαίων ἐπιστομισθέντων οἱ μαθηταὶ ἐθορυβήθησαν, καὶ προσελθόντες αὐτῷ μετὰ Πέτρου ἔλεγον· φράσον ἡμῖν τὴν παραβολὴν ταύτην οὕτω καὶ νῦν θορυβηθέντες ἔλεγον εἰ οὕτως ἐστὶν ἡ αἰτία ο χοῦ ἀνθρώπου, συμφέρει μὴ γαμῆσαι. Καὶ γὰρ νῦν ἐνόησαν μᾶλλον ἡ ἥ πρότερον τὸ λεχθέν. Διὰ τοῦτο τότε μὲν ἐσίγησαν, νὺν δὲ, ἐπειδὴ ἀντίῤῥησις καὶ ἀπόκρισις γέγονε, καὶ ἐρώτησις καὶ πεῦσις, καὶ σαφέστερος ὁ νόμος ἐφάνη, ἐρωτῶσιν αὐτόν. Καὶ φανερῶς μὲν ἀντειπεῖν οὐ τολμῶσι᾽ τὸ δὲ ἐξ αὐτοῦ βαρὺ δοκοῦν εἶναι καὶ φορτικὸν εἰς μέσον προάγουσι, λέγοντες Νὴ εἰ οὕτως ἐστὶν ἡ αἰτία τοῦ ἀνθρώπου μετὰ τῆς γυναικὸς, οὐ συμφέρει γαμῆσαι. Καὶ γὰρ σφόδρα ἐπαχθὲς ἐδόκει εἶναι τὸ γυναῖκα πασης κακίας γέμουσαν ἔχειν, καὶ ἀνέχεσθαι ἀνημέρου θηρίου διαπαντὸς ἔνδον συγκεκλεισμένον. Καὶ ἵνα μάθης, ὅ ὅτι σ δρα τὸυτὸ αὐτοὺς ἐθορύβει, ὁ Μάρκος αὐτὸ δηλῶν ἔλφγεν, ὅτι ἡ κατ᾽ ἰδίαν εἶπον αὐτῷ. Τί δέ ἐστιν, ὁ εἰ οὕτως ἐστὶν ἡ αἰτία τοῦ ἀνθρώπου μετὰ τῆς γυναικός ; Τουτέστιν. εἰ διὰ τοῦτο ᾿συνηφθη, ἵ ἵνα ἐν ὦσιν ἢ ἐκεῖνο, εἰ αἰτίαν λήψεται ἐπὶ τούτοις ὁ ἀνὴρ, καὶ πανταχοῦ παρανομεῖ ἐκβάλλων, κουφότερον πρὸς ἐπιθυμίαν μάχεσθαι φύσεως καὶ Ἐ πρὸς ἑαυτὸν, ἢ πρὸς γυναῖκα πονηράν. Τί οὖν ὁ Χριστός: Οὐκ εἶπεν ὅτι, ναὶ, κουφότερον, καὶ ποίει τοῦτο᾽ ἵνα μὴ νομίσωσιν ὅτι νόμος τὸ πρᾶγμά ἐστιν ἀλλ᾽ ἐπήγαγεν· οὐ πάντες χωροῦσιν, ἀλλ᾽ οἷς δέδοται ἐπαίρων τὸ πρᾶγμα, καὶ δεικνὺς μέγα ὃν, καὶ ταύτη ἐφελκόμενος καὶ προτρέπων. Αλλ᾽ ὅρα ἐνταῦθα ἐναντιολογίαν. Αὐτὸς μὲν γὰρ μέγα φησὶ τοῦτο ἐκεῖνοι δὲ κουφότερον. Καὶ γὰρ ἀμφότερα ἔδει γενέσθαι, καὶ παρ᾽ αὐτοῦ μέγα ὁμολογηθῆναι, ἵνα προθυμοτέρους ἐργάσηται, καὶ ἐκ τῶν εἰρημένων παρ' αὐτοῖς κουφότερον τ εἰχθῆναι, ἵνα καὶ ταύτῃ μᾶλλον τὴν παρθενίαν ἕλωνται καὶ τὴν ἐγκράτειαν. ᾿πει ὴ γὰρ τὸ περὶ παρθενίας εἰπεῖν ἐπαχθὲς εἶναι ἐδόκει, ἑ εκ τῆς ἀνάγκης τοῦ νόμον τούτου εἰς τὴν ἐπιθυμίαν αὐτοὺς ἐκείνην ἐνέβαλεν. Εἴτα τὸ δυνατὸν δεικνύς φησιν· εἰσὶν εὐνοῦχοι, οἵτινες ἐκ κοιλίας μητρὸς ἐγεννήθησαν οὕτως καί εἰσιν εὐνοῦχοι, οἵτινες εὐνουχίσθησαν ὑπὸ τῶν ἀνθρώπων καί εἰσιν εὑνοῦχοι, οἵτινες εὐνούχισαν ἑαντοὺς διὰ τὴν βασιλείαν τῶν οὐρανῶν διὰ τούτων λανθανόντως ἐνάγων αὐτοὺς εἰς τὴν τοῦ πράγματος αἵρεσιν, καὶ τὸ δυνατὸν τῆς ἀρετῆς ταύτης κατασκενα ίζων, κ καὶ μόνον οὐχὶ λέγων, ἥ ὅτι ἐννόησον, εἰ ἐκ φύσεως τοιοῦτος ἧς; ἢ παρὰ τῶν τὰ τοιαῦτα ἐπηρεαζόντων τὸ αὐτὸ τοῦτο ὑπέμεινας, τί ἀν ἐποίησας, τῆς ἀπολαύσεως μὲν ἐστερημένος, μισθὸν δὲ οὐκ ἔχων: Οὐκοῦν εὐχαρίστει τῷ θεῷ νυν, ὅτι μετὰ μισθοῦ καὶ στεφάνων τοῦτο ὑπομενειι: ὃ χωρὶς στεφάνων ἐκεῖνοι μᾶλλον δὲ οὐδὲ τοῦτο, ἀλλὰ καὶ πολλῳ κουφότερον, τῇ τε ἐλπίδι διορθούμενος, καὶ τῷ συνειδότι τοῦ κατορθώματος, καὶ μηδὲ τὴν ἐπιθυμίαν οὕτω κυμαίνουσαν ἔχων. Οὐ γὰρ οὕτως ἐκτομὴ μέλους, ὡς 'λογισμοὺ χαλινὸς, τὰ τοιαῦτα οἷδε καταστέλλειν κύματα, καὶ γαλήνην ποιεῖν μᾶλλον δὲ λογισμὸς μόνος. Διὰ τοῦτο τοίνυν ἐκείνους παρήγαγεν, ἵνα τούτους ἀλείψη ἐπεὶ εἰ μὴ τοῦτο κατεσκεύαζε, τί βούλεται ὁ ο περὶ τῶν ἄλλων εὐνούχων λόγος αὐτῷ, Ὅταν δὲ λέγῃ» ᾿ ὅτι εὐνούχισαν ῥαντοὺς, οὐ τῶν μελών λέγει τὴν ἐκτομήν᾽ ἄπαγε ἀλλὰ τῶν πονηρῶν λογισμῶν τὴν ἀναίρεσιν. Ὡς ὅ γε τὸ μέλος ἐκτεμὼν, καὶ ἀρᾷ ἐστιν ὑπεύθυνος, καθὼς ὁ Παῦλός φησιν δ ὄφελον καὶ ἀποκόψονται οἱ ἀναστατοῦντες ὑμᾶς. Καὶ μάλα εἰκότως. Καὶ γὰρ τὰ τῶν ἀνδροφόνων ὁ τοιοῦτος τολμᾷ, καὶ τοῖς τοῦ θεοῦ διαβάλλουσι τὴν δημιουργίαν δίδωσιν ᾿ἀφορμὴν, καὶ τῶν Μανιχαίων ἀνοίγει τὰ στόματα, καὶ τοῖς παρ᾽ Ὦ Ἕλλησιν ἀκρωτηριαζομένοις τὰ αὐτὰ παρανομεῖ. Τὸ γὰρ ἀποκόπτειν τὰ μόλη, ἐμονικῆς ἐνεργείας καὶ σατανικῆς ἐπιβουλῆς ἐξ ἀρχῆς γέγονεν ἔργον ἵνα τοῦ θεοῦ τὸ ἔργον δια ιν ἵνα τὸ ζῶον ἃ τοῦτο λυμήνωνται᾽ ἵνα μὴ τῇ προαιρέσει, ἀλλὰ τῇ τῶν μελῶν φύσει τὸ πᾶν λογισάμενοι, οὕτως ἀδεῶς ἁμαρτάνωσιν αὐτῶν οἱ πολλοὶ, ἅτε ἀνεύθυνοι ὄ ὄντες καὶ διπλῇ παραβλάψωσι τὸ ζῶον τοῦτο, καὶ τῷ τὰ μέλη πηροῦν, καὶ τῷ τῆς προαιρέσεως τὴν ὑπὲρ Ἑ τῶν ἀγαθῶν προθυμίαν κωλύειν. Ταῦτα δὲ ὁ διάβολος ἑ ἐνομοθέτησε, πρὸς τοῖς εἰρημένοις καὶ ἕτερον πονηρὸν δόγμα εἰσάγων, καὶ τῷ περὶ εἱμαρμένης καὶ ἀνάγκης καὶ ἐντεῦθεν προοδοποιῶν λόγῳ, καὶ πανταχοῦ τὴν παρὰ τοῦ θεοῦ δοθεῖσαν ἡμῖν ἐλευθερίαν λυμαινόμενος, καὶ πείθων φυσικὰ εἷναι τὰ κακὰ, καὶ πολλὰ ἕ ἕτερα ἐντεῦθεν ὑ υὑποσπείρων δόγματα πονηρὰ, εἰ καὶ μὴ προφανώς. Τοιαῦτα γὰρ τοῦ διαβόλου τὰ δηλητήρια. Διὰ τοῦτο παρακαλῶ φεύγειν τὴν τοιαύτην παρανομίαν. Μετὰ γὰρ τῶν εἰρημένων οὐδὲ τὰ τῆς ἐπιθυμίας ἡμερώτερα ἐντεῦθεν, ἀλλὰ καὶ χαλεπώτερα γίνεται. Ἑτέρωθεν γὰρ ἔχει τὰς πηγὰς τὸ σπέρμα τὸ ἐν ἡμῖν, καὶ ἑτέρωθεν κυμαίνει. Καὶ οἱ μὲν ἀπὸ ἐγκεφάλου, οἱ δὲ απὸ ὀσφύος τὸν οἷστρον ἐκεῖνον φύεσθαι λέγουσιν ἐγὼ δὲ οὐδαμόθεν ἄλλοθεν εἴποιμι ἂν, ἀλλ᾽ ἣ ἀπὸ γνώμης ἀκολάαστου καὶ διανοίας ἡμελημένης᾽ κἂν αὐτὴ σωφρονῇ; τῶν φυσικῶν κινημάτων βλάβος οὐδέν. Εἰπὼν τοίνυν τοὺς εὐνούχους, τοὺς εἰκῆ καὶ μάτην εὐνούχους, εἰ μὴ τῷ λογισμῷ καὶ αὐτοὶ σωφρονοῖεν, καὶ τοὺς ὑπὲρ τῶν οὐρανῶν παρθενεύοντας, πάλιν ἐπάγει λέγων ὃ δυνάμενος χωρεῖν, χωρείτω προθυμοτέρους τε ποιῶν τῷ δεῖξαι ὑπέρογκον ὃν τὸ κατόρθωμα, καὶ οὐκ ἀφιεὶς εἰς ἀνάγκην. νόμου τὸ πράγμα ᾿κατακλεισθῆναι, διὰ τὴν ἄφατον αὐτοῦ ἡμερότητα. Καὶ τοῦτο εἶπεν, ὅτε σφόδρα ἔδειξε δυνατὸν ὃν, ἵνα πλείων τῆς προαιρέσεως ἥ φιλοτιμία γένηται.

Kai egeneto, hote atelesen ho ᾿Iēsous tous logous toutou?», metēren apo tēs Galilaias, kai ēlthen epi ta horia tēs [Ioudaias peran tou ᾿Iordanou. SYNEChŌS tēn ᾿Ioudaian apheis dia tēn baskanian tēn ekeinōn, nyn epichōriazei loipon, epeidē to pathos emellen einai ou mēn eis ta hierosolyma teōs aneisin, all eis ta horia tēs ᾿Ioudaias. Kai elthonti ēkolouthēsan autǭ loi polloi, kai etherapeusen autous. Houte tę̄ tōn logōōn didaskalią s diēnekōs endiatribei, oute tę̄ tōn sēmeiōn thaumatourgią᾽ alla nyn men touto, nyn de ekeino poiei, poikillōn tēn sōtērian tōn prosedreuontōn kai hepomenōn, hōste apo men tōn sēmeiōn axiopistos, en hois elege, phanēnai didaskalos, apo de tēs tōn logōn didaskalias epiteinai to apo tōn sēmeiōn me ty Touto de ē ēn to pros theognōsian autous cheiragōgēsai. Sy de moi kakeino skopei, pōs holoklērous dēmous paratrechousin {heni bēmati hoi mathētai, ou Ho kata onoma hekaston apangellontes tōn therapeuomenōn. Ou gar eipon, hoti ho deina kai ho deina all᾿, hoti polloi, to akompaston paideuontes. d᾽ Etherapeue de ho Christos, ekeinous te euergetōn, kai di ekeinōn pollous heteroun. Hē gar tēs toutōn astheneias diorthōsis e heterois hypothesis ᾿theognōsias egineto. All᾽ ouchi tois Pharisaiois, alla kai di᾽ auto touto mallon ekthēriouyntai kai proserchontai autǭ peirazonte:.. ᾿Epeidē gar tōn ginomenōn epilabesthai ouk eichon, problēmata autǭ proballousi. Proselthontes gar autǭ kai peirazontes elegon ei exestin anthrōpǭ apolysai tēn gynaika autou kata pasan aitian: Ō tēs ē anoias. hiŌionto epistomizein auton dia tōn zētēmatōn, kaitoige ēdē labontes hi autou tekmērion tēs dynameōs tautēs. Hote goun peri tou sabbatou polla dielochthēsan, hote eipon, hoti blasphēmei, ho hote eipon, hoti daimonion e echei, hote tois mathētais epetimēsan dia tōn sporimōn badizousin, hote peri aniptōn dielechthēsan cheirōn, pantachou aporrhapsas autōn ta stomata, kai tēn anaischynton emphraxas glōttan, houtō parepempsan. ᾿All᾽ homōs oude houtōs aphistantai. Toiouton gar ' hē ,tonēria, toiouton hē baskania, anaischynton kai itamon kan myriakis epistomisthę̄, myriakis ephistatai palin. Sy de moi skopei kai tēn ek tou tropou tēs erōtēseōs kakourgian. Oude gar eipon autǭ᾽ ekaleusas mē aphienai gynaika kai gar ēdē ē hēn peri tou nomou toutou dialechtheis all homōs ouk emnēmoneusan ekeinōn tōn rhēmatōn, all᾽ hōrmēthēsan men ekeithen, oiomenoi de meizona poiein tēn eneran, kai boulymenoi eis antinomias, anankēn auton embalein, ou legousi, diati enomothetēsas to kai to: all΄ hōs oudenos eirēmenou, erōtōsin, ei exesti, prosdokōntes ho hoti epilelēstai eirēkōs kai ontes hotoimoi, ei men eipoi, hoti oxestin apheinai, antitheinai autǭ ta par᾽ hautou eirēmena, kai eipein’ pōs oun eirēkas ta enantia? ei de ta auta ē palin haper. kai emprosthen, antitheinai to Mōyseōs. Ti oun autos: Ouk eipe, ti me peirazete, hypokritai kaitoige meta tauta legei᾽ all᾽ entautha ou phēsi touto. Ti dēpote? Ps y zō Hina meta tēs dynameōs autou kai tēn hēmerotēta epideixētai. n ᾿ NN ē ᾿s k' Ouyte gar aei sigą» hina mē nomisōsi lanthanein oute aei elenchei, hina paideusę̄ hēmas hēmerōs panta pherein. Pōs oun ΄΄s «e autois apokrinetai: hod Ouk anegnōte, hoti ho poiēsas ap᾽ si ē archēs» arsen kai thēln epoiēsen autous ? kai eipen heneken y si toutou kataleipsei anthrōpos ton patera autou kai tēn hēmētera, kai proskollēthēsetai pros tēn gynaika autou, y y kai esontai hoi houo eis sarka mian. Hōste ouketi eisi dyo, ha NM alla sarx mias. Ho oun ho theos synezeuxen, anthrōpos mē. chōrizetō. Hora sophian didaskalou. ᾿Erōtētheis gar, ei exestin, ouk eutheōs eipen, ouk exestin, hina mē thorybēthōsi kai tarachthōsin᾽ alla pro tēs apophaseōs dia tēs kataskeuēs katestēsa dēlon touto, deiknys hoti kai auto tou patros autou esti to prostagma, kai hoti ouk enantioumenos Mōysei tauta epetaxen, ᾿alla kai sphodra symbainōn. Skopei de auton ouk apo tēs dēmiourgias ischyrizomenon monon, alla kai apo tou prostagmatos autou. gar eipen, hoti epoiēsen hena andra kai mian gynaika monon all᾽ hoti kai touto ekeleusen, hōste ton hena tē mią syna᾽ de de ptesthai. Ei de ebouleto hē tautēn men aphienai, heteran epeisagein, hena andra poiēsas, pollas an eplase gynaikas. Nyn de kai tǭ tropǭ tēs dēmiourgias kai tǭ tropǭ tēs He nomothesias edeixen, hoti hena dei mią synoikein diapantos, kai mēdepote diarrhēgnysthai. Kai hora pōs phēsin o poiēsa ex archēs, arsen kai thēly epoiēse toutestin, ek mias rizēs egenonto kai eis hen sōma synēlthon esontai ᾿ gar hoi dyo eis sarka mian. Eita phoberon poiōn to tautēs katēgorein tēs nomothesias, kai pēgnys ton nomon, ouk eipe, mē diaspate toinyn, mēde chōrizete᾽ ᾿all᾽ hoti ho ho theos synezeux enn anthrōpos mē chōrizetō. Ei de Mōsea proballę̄, egō soi legō ton Mōyseōs despotēn, kai meta toutou kai tǭ chronǭ ischyrizomai. Ho gar theos ex archēs arsen kai thēly epoiēsen autous kai presbyteros houtos ho nomos, ei kai dykei par᾽ emou nyn eisagesthai, kai meta pollēs keimenos tēs spoudēs. Oude gar haplōs prosēgage tēn gynaika tǭ andri, alla kai mētera apheinai ekeleuse kai patera. Kai oude elthein pros tēn gynaika haplōs enomothetēsen, alla kai kollēthēnai, tǭ tropǭ tēs lexeōs to adiaspaston emphainōn. Kai oude toutǭ hērkesthē, alla kai meizona synapheian epezētēsen᾽ esontai gar, phēsin, hoi ouo eis sarka mian. Eita epeidē ton palaion anegnō nomon, ton kai dia pragmatōn kai dia bēmatōn eisenechthenta, kai axiopiston apo tou dedōkotos apephēne, met᾽ exousias. loipon kai autos hermēneuei kai nomothetei legōn hōste oukoti eisi dyo, alla sarx mia. Hōsper oun sarka temein enages, houtō kai gynaika diastēsai paranomon. Kai ouk estē mechri toutou, alla kai ton theon epēgage legōn ho oun ho theos syneozeuxen, anthrōpos mē chōrizetō; hoti kai para physin kai para nomon to ginomenon para physin men, hoti mia diatemnetai sarx' para nomon de, hoti tou theou synapsantos kai keleusantos mē ᾿diachōrizesthai, autoi synepitithesthe s touto dran. t houn meta tauta echrēn: ouch hēsychasai, kai epainesai to eirēmenon ouchi thaumasai tēn sophian : ouk ekplagēnai tēn symphōnian tēn pros ton patera: All᾽ ouden toutōn poiousin, all᾽ hōs dēthen epagōnizomenoi phasi; pōs oun Mōyysēs eneteilato dounai biblion apostasiou: kai apolysai autēn. Kaitoige touto loipon ouk autous edei probalein, all᾽ auton autois all᾽ homōs ouk epeϑmbainei, oude legei touto autois, hoti ē toude ouk eimi loipon hypeuthynos egō: alla kai touto dialyetai. Kai mēn ei Ho allot ios ēn tēs palaias, ouk an ēgōnisato hyper Mōyseōt᾽ ᾿ouk an apo tōn hapax e en archē genomenōn ischyrisato ouk an espoudase ta autou deixai symbainonta tois palaiois. Kaetoige polla kai alla Mōsēs ekeleuse, kai ta peri - brōmatōn, kai ta peri sabbaton᾽ tinos oun heneken oudamou auton proballontai, hōs entautha: : boulomenoi to plēthos tōn andrōn epistrateusai autǭ. lai gar adiaphoron ᾿Ioudaiois touto hēn, kai pantes touto ge epratton. Dia dē touto tosoutōn en tǭ orei lechthentōn, tautēs ememnēnto monēs tēs entolēs nyn. All᾽ homōs ē aporrētos sophia kai hyper toutōn apologeitai, kai ᾿ phēsi Mōysēs pros tēn sklērokardian hymōn houtōs enomothetēse. Kai oude ekeinon aphiēsin hypo katēgorian menein, epeidē kai ton nomon autos ēn autǭ dedōkōs all᾽ exaireitai auton tou enklēmatos, kai to pan eis tēn ekeinōn peritrepei kephalēn᾽ ho pantachou poiei. Kai gar hote tous mathētas tillontas tous stachnas hētiōnto, deiknysin autous ontas hypeuthynous kai hote parabasin enekaloun peri tou mē giptesthai tas cheiras, deiknysin autous ontas tous parabatas kai epi tou sabbatou de, kai pantachou, kai entautha homoiōs. Eita epeidē phortikon ēn to eirēmenon, kai pollēn epheren autois tēn diabolēn, tacheōs palin epi ton archaion anagei nomon ton logon, legōn ho hoper kai emprosthen eipen ap᾽ archēs de ouk egeneto houtō toutestin, hoti dia tōn pragmatōn hēmin ex archēs ho theos enomothetēse ta enantia. ina gar mē legōsi, pothen dēlon hoti dia tēn hēmōn sklērotēta touto eipe Mōysēs: ekeithen palin autous epistomizei. Ei gar houtos proēgoumenos hēn d nomos kai sympherōn, ouk an ekeinos ex, archēs edothē? ouk an houtō plattōn eplasen ho theos ouk an toiauta eipe. Legō de hymin, hoti hos an apolysę̄ tēn gynaika autou, parektos logou porneias, kai gamēsę̄ allēn, moichatai. ᾿Epeidē gar autous epestomise, meta authentias nomothetei loipon, hōsper epi tōn brōmatōn, ō hōsper epi tou sabbatou. Kai gar epi tōn brōmatōn trepsamenos autous, tote dialechthē tois ochlois, hoti ou to eiserchomenon koinoi ton anPrOpon᾽ kai epi tou sabbaton e epistomisas autous phēsin' hōste exestin e en sabbatǭ kalōs poiein kai entautha tos auto touto. All᾽ hoper ekei synebē, touto kai entautha. Hōsper gar ekei tōn ᾿Ioudaiōn epistomisthentōn hoi mathētai ethorybēthēsan, kai proselthontes autǭ meta Petrou elegon; phrason hēmin tēn parabolēn tautēn houtō kai nyn thorybēthentes elegon ei houtōs estin hē aitia o chou anthrōpou, sympherei mē gamēsai. Kai gar nyn enoēsan mallon hē hē proteron to lechthen. Dia touto tote men esigēsan, nyn de, epeidē antirrhēsis kai apokrisis gegone, kai erōtēsis kai peusis, kai saphesteros ho nomos ephanē, erōtōsin auton. Kai phanerōs men anteipein ou tolmōsi᾽ to de ex autou bary dokoun einai kai phortikon eis meson proagousi, legontes Nē ei houtōs estin hē aitia tou anthrōpou meta tēs gynaikos, ou sympherei gamēsai. Kai gar sphodra epachthes edokei einai to gynaika pasēs kakias gemousan echein, kai anechesthai anēmerou thēriou diapantos endon synkekleismenon. Kai hina mathēs, ho hoti s dra touto autous ethorybei, ho Markos auto dēlōn elphgen, hoti hē kat᾽ idian eipon autǭ. Ti de estin, ho ei houtōs estin hē aitia tou anthrōpou meta tēs gynaikos ? Toutestin. ei dia touto ᾿synēphthē, hi hina en ōsin ē ekeino, ei aitian lēpsetai epi toutois ho anēr, kai pantachou paranomei ekballōn, kouphoteron pros epithymian machesthai physeōs kai E pros heauton, ē pros gynaika ponēran. Ti oun ho Christos: Ouk eipen hoti, nai, kouphoteron, kai poiei touto᾽ hina mē nomisōsin hoti nomos to pragma estin all᾽ epēgagen; ou pantes chōrousin, all᾽ hois dedotai epairōn to pragma, kai deiknys mega hon, kai tautē ephelkomenos kai protrepōn. All᾽ hora entautha enantiologian. Autos men gar mega phēsi touto ekeinoi de kouphoteron. Kai gar amphotera edei genesthai, kai par᾽ autou mega homologēthēnai, hina prothymoterous ergasētai, kai ek tōn eirēmenōn par' autois kouphoteron t eichthēnai, hina kai tautę̄ mallon tēn parthenian helōntai kai tēn enkrateian. ᾿pei ē gar to peri parthenias eipein epachthes einai edokei, he ek tēs anankēs tou nomon toutou eis tēn epithymian autous ekeinēn enebalen. Eita to dynaton deiknys phēsin; eisin eunouchoi, hoitines ek koilias mētros egennēthēsan houtōs kai eisin eunouchoi, hoitines eunouchisthēsan hypo tōn anthrōpōn kai eisin heunouchoi, hoitines eunouchisan heantous dia tēn basileian tōn ouranōn dia toutōn lanthanontōs enagōn autous eis tēn tou pragmatos hairesin, kai to dynaton tēs aretēs tautēs kataskena izōn, k kai monon ouchi legōn, hē hoti ennoēson, ei ek physeōs toioutos hēs? ē para tōn ta toiauta epēreazontōn to auto touto hypemeinas, ti an epoiēsas, tēs apolauseōs men esterēmenos, misthon de ouk echōn: Oukoun eucharistei tǭ theǭ nyn, hoti meta misthou kai stephanōn touto hypomeneii: ho chōris stephanōn ekeinoi mallon de oude touto, alla kai pollǭ kouphoteron, tę̄ te elpidi diorthoumenos, kai tǭ syneidoti tou katorthōmatos, kai mēde tēn epithymian houtō kymainousan echōn. Ou gar houtōs ektomē melous, hōs 'logismou chalinos, ta toiauta hoide katastellein kymata, kai galēnēn poiein mallon de logismos monos. Dia touto toinyn ekeinous parēgagen, hina toutous aleipsē epei ei mē touto kateskeuaze, ti bouletai ho o peri tōn allōn eunouchōn logos autǭ, Hotan de legę̄» ᾿ hoti eunouchisan rhantous, ou tōn melōn legei tēn ektomēn᾽ apage alla tōn ponērōn logismōn tēn anairesin. Hōs ho ge to melos ektemōn, kai arą estin hypeuthynos, kathōs ho Paulos phēsin d ophelon kai apokopsontai hoi anastatountes hymas. Kai mala eikotōs. Kai gar ta tōn androphonōn ho toioutos tolmą, kai tois tou theou diaballousi tēn dēmiourgian didōsin ᾿aphormēn, kai tōn Manichaiōn anoigei ta stomata, kai tois par᾽ Ō Hellēsin akrōtēriazomenois ta auta paranomei. To gar apokoptein ta molē, emonikēs energeias kai satanikēs epiboulēs ex archēs gegonen ergon hina tou theou to ergon dia in hina to zōon ha touto lymēnōntai᾽ hina mē tę̄ proairesei, alla tę̄ tōn melōn physei to pan logisamenoi, houtōs adeōs hamartanōsin autōn hoi polloi, hate aneuthynoi o ontes kai diplę̄ parablapsōsi to zōon touto, kai tǭ ta melē pēroun, kai tǭ tēs proaireseōs tēn hyper He tōn agathōn prothymian kōlyein. Tauta de ho diabolos he enomothetēse, pros tois eirēmenois kai heteron ponēron dogma eisagōn, kai tǭ peri heimarmenēs kai anankēs kai enteuthen proodopoiōn logǭ, kai pantachou tēn para tou theou dotheisan hēmin eleutherian lymainomenos, kai peithōn physika heinai ta kaka, kai polla he hetera enteuthen hy hyypospeirōn dogmata ponēra, ei kai mē prophanōs. Toiauta gar tou diabolou ta dēlētēria. Dia touto parakalō pheugein tēn toiautēn paranomian. Meta gar tōn eirēmenōn oude ta tēs epithymias hēmerōtera enteuthen, alla kai chalepōtera ginetai. Heterōthen gar echei tas pēgas to sperma to en hēmin, kai heterōthen kymainei. Kai hoi men apo enkephalou, hoi de apo osphyos ton hoistron ekeinon phyesthai legousin egō de oudamothen allothen eipoimi an, all᾽ hē apo gnōmēs akolaastou kai dianoias hēmelēmenēs᾽ kan autē sōphronę̄? tōn physikōn kinēmatōn blabos ouden. Eipōn toinyn tous eunouchous, tous eikē kai matēn eunouchous, ei mē tǭ logismǭ kai autoi sōphronoien, kai tous hyper tōn ouranōn partheneuontas, palin epagei legōn ho dynamenos chōrein, chōreitō prothymoterous te poiōn tǭ deixai hyperonkon hon to katorthōma, kai ouk aphieis eis anankēn. nomou to pragma ᾿katakleisthēnai, dia tēn aphaton autou hēmerotēta. Kai touto eipen, hote sphodra edeixe dynaton hon, hina pleiōn tēs proaireseōs hē philotimia genētai.

“And it came to pass, when Jesus had finished these words, he departed from Galilee and came to the borders of Judea beyond the Jordan.” He had continually left Judea because of their envy; now at last he spends time there, since the Passion was about to take place. He does not yet go up to Jerusalem, however, but to the borders of Judea. “And when he came, great crowds followed him, and he healed them.” He does not continually spend his time either in teaching by words or in working signs, but does now this, now that, varying the means of salvation for those who waited on him and followed him, so that from the signs he might appear a trustworthy teacher in what he said, and from the teaching of his words he might heighten what came from the signs; and this was to lead them by the hand to the knowledge of God. But consider this too, I pray you: how the disciples pass over whole crowds in a single word, not reporting by name each of those who were healed. For they did not say “such a one and such a one,” but “many,” teaching us to avoid boasting. And Christ healed, benefiting both those people and through them many others; for the correction of their infirmity became for others an occasion for the knowledge of God. But not for the Pharisees: for this very reason they grow more savage and come to him testing him. For since they could not lay hold of what was being done, they put problems to him. “For they came to him, testing him, and said, ‘Is it lawful for a man to put away his wife for any cause?’” O what folly! They thought to silence him by their questions, though they had already received proof of this power of his. When, for instance, they disputed much about the sabbath, when they said that he blasphemes, when they said that he has a demon, when they rebuked the disciples for walking through the grainfields, when they disputed about unwashed hands, everywhere he sewed up their mouths, stopped their shameless tongue, and so sent them away. Yet even so they do not desist. Such a thing is wickedness, such a thing is envy, shameless and reckless: even if it is silenced ten thousand times, ten thousand times it attacks again. But consider, I pray you, the malice in the very manner of the question. For they did not say to him, “You commanded not to put away a wife” (for he had already spoken about this law); yet they did not mention those words, but started from there, and thinking to make the snare greater, and wishing to drive him into the necessity of contradicting the law, they do not say, “Why did you lay down such and such a law?” but as though nothing had been said, they ask, “Is it lawful?” expecting that he had forgotten what he had said; and they were ready, if he said, “It is lawful to put away,” to set against him what he himself had said, and to say, “How then did you say the contrary?” and if he said the same as before, to set against him the law of Moses. What then does he do? He did not say, “Why do you test me, you hypocrites?” though he says this later; but here he does not say it. Why ever not? That along with his power he might show his gentleness as well. For he neither always keeps silent, lest they should think they escape notice, nor always rebukes, so that he may teach us to bear everything gently. How then does he answer them? “Have you not read that he who made them from the beginning made them male and female, and said, ‘For this reason a man shall leave his father and his mother and shall be joined to his wife, and the two shall become one flesh’? So they are no longer two, but one flesh. What therefore God has joined together, let no man separate.” See the Teacher’s wisdom. For when asked, “Is it lawful?” he did not at once say, “It is not lawful,” lest they should be thrown into confusion and disturbed; but before the verdict he made this plain by his argument, showing that this too is his Father’s command, and that he enjoined these things not in opposition to Moses but in full agreement with him. And see him arguing strongly not only from the creation but also from God’s command. For he did not say only that he made one man and one woman, but that he also commanded this, that the one man be joined to the one woman. For if he had wished a man to put away this one and bring in another, after making one man he would have formed many women. But as it is, both by the manner of the creation and by the manner of the legislation he showed that one man must live with one woman always, and never break the bond. And see how he says, “He who made them from the beginning made them male and female”: that is, they came from one root and came together into one body; “for the two shall become one flesh.” Then, making it a fearful thing to find fault with this legislation, and fixing the law firm, he did not say, “Do not tear apart, then, or separate,” but, “What God has joined together, let no man separate.” “And if you put forward Moses, I tell you of Moses’ Master, and besides this I rely on the time also. For God from the beginning made them male and female; and this law is the older one, even if it seems to be introduced by me now, and it was laid down with great earnestness.” For he did not simply bring the woman to the man, but also commanded him to leave mother and father; and he did not legislate simply that he should go to the woman, but that he should be joined to her, by the very manner of the expression showing that they cannot be torn apart. And he was not content even with this, but sought a still greater union: “for the two,” he says, “shall become one flesh.” Then, after he had read out the old law, introduced both by deeds and by words, and had shown it worthy of trust because of the one who gave it, he himself from then on interprets and legislates with authority, saying, “So they are no longer two, but one flesh.” As then it is an accursed thing to cut flesh, so it is unlawful to separate a wife. And he did not stop at this, but brought in God as well, saying, “What therefore God has joined together, let no man separate,” showing that what is done is both against nature and against the law: against nature, because one flesh is cut in two; against the law, because when God has joined them and commanded that they not be separated, you set yourselves to do this. [2] What then ought they to have done after this? Should they not have been silent and praised what was said? Should they not have marveled at his wisdom? Should they not have been astonished at his agreement with the Father? But they do none of these things; rather, as though contending for the law, they say, “Why then did Moses command to give a certificate of divorce and to put her away?” And yet this was not for them to put forward now, but for him to put to them. Nevertheless he does not press his advantage, nor does he say to them, “I am no longer answerable for this”; but he resolves this too. And indeed, if he had been a stranger to the old covenant, he would not have contended on Moses’ behalf; he would not have argued from the things done once at the beginning; he would not have been eager to show that his own teaching agreed with the old. And yet Moses commanded many other things too, both about foods and about the sabbath; why then do they nowhere put him forward as here? Because they wished to rouse the mass of husbands against him. For this was a matter of indifference to the Jews, and all of them did it. For this reason, though so many things had been said on the mountain, they now remembered this commandment alone. Nevertheless the ineffable Wisdom makes a defense for these things too, and says, “Moses, because of your hardness of heart,” legislated so. And he does not let Moses remain under accusation either, since he himself had given him the law; but he frees him from the charge and turns the whole back on their own head, as he does everywhere. For when they blamed the disciples for plucking the ears of grain, he shows that they themselves are guilty; and when they charged them with transgression over not washing their hands, he shows that they are the transgressors; and in the matter of the sabbath, and everywhere, and here likewise. Then, since what had been said was hard to bear and brought great blame on them, he quickly leads his argument back again to the ancient law, saying what he had said before also: “But from the beginning it was not so”; that is, God from the beginning legislated the opposite to us by his deeds. For lest they should say, “How is it clear that Moses said this because of our hardness?” from there again he silences them. For if this law had been the primary one and beneficial, that other would not have been given from the beginning; God would not have fashioned as he fashioned, nor said such things. “But I say to you that whoever puts away his wife, except for a matter of sexual immorality, and marries another, commits adultery.” For since he had silenced them, he now legislates with authority, as in the case of foods, as in the case of the sabbath. For in the case of foods too, after he had routed them, he then addressed the crowds, saying that what goes in does not defile the man; and in the case of the sabbath, after silencing them, he says, “So it is lawful to do good on the sabbath”; and here he does this very thing. But what happened there happened here also. For as there, when the Jews had been silenced, the disciples were troubled and came to him with Peter and said, “Explain this parable to us,” so now too, being troubled, they said, “If such is the case of the man, it is better not to marry.” For now they understood what was said better than before. That is why they were silent then, but now, since there had been objection and answer, and question and inquiry, and the law had appeared more clearly, they question him. They do not dare to contradict him openly, but they bring forward what seemed heavy and burdensome in it, saying, “If such is the case of the man with his wife, it is not better to marry.” For it seemed very grievous to have a wife full of every vice, and to bear with an untamed wild beast shut up in the house forever. And that you may learn that this troubled them greatly, Mark, making it plain, said that they spoke to him privately. [3] But what does “if such is the case of the man with his wife” mean? That is, if he was joined to her for this, that they should be one; or this: if the husband will incur blame for these things, and in every case breaks the law by putting her away, it is easier to fight against the desire of nature and against oneself than against a wicked woman. What then does Christ say? He did not say, “Yes, it is easier, so do it,” lest they should think that the thing is a law; but he added, “Not all receive it, but those to whom it is given,” extolling the thing and showing that it is great, and in this way drawing them on and encouraging them. But see here a contradiction. He says that this is a great thing; they, that it is easier. For both had to happen: it had to be acknowledged by him as great, in order to make them more eager; and it had to be shown from what they themselves said to be easier, so that in this way too they might rather choose virginity and self-control. For since speaking of virginity seemed burdensome, by the constraint of this law he brought them to that desire. Then, showing that it is possible, he says, “There are eunuchs who were born so from their mother’s womb; and there are eunuchs who were made eunuchs by men; and there are eunuchs who made themselves eunuchs for the sake of the kingdom of heaven,” by these words leading them secretly to choose the thing, and establishing that this virtue is possible, and all but saying, “Consider: if you were such by nature, or had suffered this very thing at the hands of those who commit such outrages, what would you have done, deprived of the enjoyment and without a reward? Give thanks to God, then, now, that you undergo with reward and crowns what those men undergo without crowns; or rather not even this, but something far lighter, upheld by hope and by the consciousness of your achievement, and not having desire surging in the same way.” For cutting off a member does not know how to calm such waves and make a calm so well as the bridle of reason; or rather, reason alone. For this reason, then, he brought those others in, in order to anoint these for the contest; since if he were not establishing this, what is the point of his speaking about the other eunuchs? And when he says that they made themselves eunuchs, he does not mean the cutting off of members (away with the thought!) but the destruction of evil thoughts. For the man who cuts off the member is even liable to a curse, as Paul says: “I wish those who unsettle you would even cut themselves off.” And very reasonably. For such a man dares the deeds of murderers, and gives an occasion to those who slander God’s creation, and opens the mouths of the Manichees, and commits the same lawlessness as those among the Greeks who mutilate themselves. For cutting off the members has from the beginning been a work of demonic activity and satanic plotting, in order that they might slander God’s work, in order that they might maltreat this living creature, in order that, reckoning everything not to the will but to the nature of the members, most people might sin without fear, as though they were not answerable, and might harm this living creature doubly, both by maiming its members and by hindering the will’s eagerness for good things. These things the devil legislated, introducing besides what has been said another evil doctrine as well, and from here preparing the way for the teaching about fate and necessity, and everywhere maltreating the freedom given us by God, and persuading people that evils are natural, and from this sowing secretly many other evil doctrines, even if not openly. Such are the devil’s poisons. Therefore I beg you to flee such lawlessness. For besides what has been said, the force of desire does not become gentler by this, but even harsher. For the seed in us has its springs elsewhere, and surges from elsewhere. And some say that that frenzy arises from the brain, others from the loins; but I would say that it comes from nowhere else than from an undisciplined mind and a neglected understanding: if this is self-controlled, there is no harm from the natural motions. Having spoken, then, of the eunuchs, those who are eunuchs idly and in vain unless they too are self-controlled in their thinking, and of those who keep virginity for the sake of heaven, he adds again, “He who is able to receive it, let him receive it,” making them more eager by showing that the achievement is surpassing, and not allowing the thing to be shut up within the compulsion of a law, because of his ineffable gentleness. And he said this when he had shown clearly that it was possible, so that the will’s ambition might be the greater.

62.4Field 2

Καὶ εἰ προαιρέσεως ἐστι, ἵν» πῶς ἀρχόμενος ἔλεγεν, οὐ πάντες χωροῦσιν, ἀλλ᾽ οἷς δέδοται, Ἵἵνα μάθης ὅτι μέγας ὁ ἄθλος, οὐχ ἵνα ἀποκλήρωσίν τινα ἡναγκασμένην ὑποπτεύσῃ. Δέδοται γὰρ ἐκείνοις, τοῖς α βουλομένοις. Εἶπε δὲ οὕτω, δεικνὺς ὅ ὅτι πολλῆς δεῖ τῆς ἄνωθεν ῥοπῆς τῷ εἰς τοῦτο ᾿ εἰσελθόντι τὸ σκάμμα, ἧς ἀπολαύσεται πάντως ὁ βουλόμενος. ἼΕθος γὰρ αὑτῷ ταύτῃ κεχρῆσθαι Τὴ λέξει, ὅταν μέγα τὸ κατορθούμενον ἥ, ὡς ὅταν λέγῃ ὑμῖν δέδοται γνῶναι τὰ μυστήρια. Καὶ ὅτι τοῦτο ἐστιν ἀληθὲς, δῆλον καὶ ἐκ τοῦ παρόντος. Εἰ γὰρ τῆς ἄνωθεν δόσεως μόνης ἐστὶ, καὶ οὐδὲν αὐτοὶ συνεισφέρουσιν οἱ παρθενεύοντες, περιττῶς αὑτοῖς τὴν βασιλείαν τῶν οὐρανῶν ἐπηγγείλατο, καὶ τῶν ἄλλων αὐτοὺς διεῖλεν εὐνούχων. Σὺ δέ μοι σκόπει, πῶς ἐξ ὧν ἕτεροι πονηρεύονται, κερδαίνουσιν ἕ ἕτεροι. Οἱ μὲν γὰρ ᾿Ιουδαῖοι μηδὲν μαθόντες ἀπῆλθον᾽ οὐδὲ γὰρ ἵνα μαθωσιν ἡρώτων᾽ οἱ δὲ μαθηταὶ καὶ ἐντεῦθεν ἐκέρδαινον. Τότε προσηνέχθη αὐτῷ παιδία, ἵνα τὰς χεῖρας ἐπιθῇ αὐτοῖς, καὶ προσεύξηται τ καὶ ἐπετίμησαν οἱ μαθηταὶ αὐτοῖς. Ὁ δὲ εἶπεν αὐτοῖς ἄφετε τὰ παιδία ἔρχεσθαι πρός με᾿ τῶν Ὑὰρ τοιούτων ἐστὶν ἡ βασιλεία τῶν οὐρανῶν. Καὶ ἐπιθεὶς αὐτοῖς τὰς χεῖρας» ἐπορεύθη ἐκεῖθεν. Καὶ τίνος ὄνεκεν. οἱ μαθηταὶ ἀπεσόβουν τὰ παιδία; Ἀξιώματος ἕ ἕνεκεν. Τί οὖν αὐτός: Διδάσκων αὐτοὺς μετριάζειν, καὶ τυφον ἙΕ καταπατεὶν κοσμικὸν, καὶ λαμβάνει καὶ ἐναγκαλίζεται, καὶ τοῖς τοιούτοις τὴν βασιλείαν ἢ ἐπαγγέλλεται ὅπερ καὶ ἔμπροσθεν εἴρηκεν. Καὶ ἡμεῖς τοίνυν, εἰ βουλοίμεθα κληρονόμοι γενέσθαι τών οὐρανῶν, τὴν ἀρετὴν ταύτην μετὰ πολλῆς κτησώμεθα τῆς ἐπιμελείας. Οὗτος γὰρ φιλοσοφίας ὅρος, μετὰ συνέσεως ἄπλαστον εἷναι' τοῦτο βίος ἀγγελικό. Καὶ γὰρ πάντων τῶν παθὼν καθαρεύει 4ἢ ψυχὴ τοῦ παιδίον. Τοῖς λελυπηκόσιν οὐ μνησικακεῖ, ἀλλ᾽ ὡς φίλοις προσἔρχεται, ὡς οὐδενὸς ,Ὑενομένου. Καὶ ὅσα ἄν παρὰ τῆς μητρὸς μαστιχθῇ, ταύτην ἐπιζητεῖ, καὶ πάντων αὐτὴν προτιμᾷ. Κάν βασιλίδα δείξῃς μετὰ διαδήματος, οὐ τροτίθησι τῆς μητρὸς ῥάκια περιβεβλημένης, ἀλλ᾽ ἕλοιτο ἂν μᾶλλον ἐκείνην ἰδεῖν μετὰ τούτων, ἢ τὴν βασιλίδα μετὰ κόσμου. Τὸ γὰρ οἰκεῖον καὶ ἀλλότριον οὐ πενίᾳ καὶ πλούτῳ, αλλὰ φιλίᾳ διαγινώσκειν οἷδε. Καὶ τῶν ἀναγκαίων οὐδὲν πλόον ἐπιζητεῖ, ἀλλ᾽ ὅσον ἐμπλησθῆναι τοῦ μαστοῦ, καὶ ᾿ ἀφίσταται τῆς θηλῆης. Τὸ παιδίον ου λυπεῖται ἐφ᾽ οἷς ἡμεῖς οἷον ἐπὶ ζημίᾳ χρημάτων, καὶ τοῖς τοιούτοις καὶ οὐ ,Χαίρει πάλιν ἐφ᾽ οἷς ἡμεῖς, τοῖς ἐπικήροις τούτοιν οὐκ ἑπτόηται πρὸς κάλλη σωμάτων. Διὰ τοῦτο ἔλεγε τῶν γὰρ τοιούτων ἐστὶν ἡ βασιλεία τῶν οὐρανῶν ἵνα τῇ προαιρέσει ταῦτα ἐργαζώμεθα, ἃ τῇ φύσει τὰ παιδία ἕ ἔχει. ᾿Επειδὴ γὰρ οἱ Φαρισαῖοι οὐδαμόθεν ἄλλοθεν, ἴὡς απὸ κακουργίας καὶ ἀπονοίας ἔπραττον ὰ ἔπραττον, διὰ τοῦτο ἄνω καὶ κάτω τοὺς μαθητὰς ἀφελεῖς εἶναι κελεύει; ἐκείνους τε αἰνιττόμενος, καὶ τούτους παιδεύων. Καὶ γὰρ οὐδὲν οὕτως εἰς ἀλαζονείαν ἑ ἐπαίρει; ὡς ἀρχὴ καὶ προεδρία. ᾿Επεὶ οὖν ἔμελλον οἱ μαθηταὶ ἀπολαύειν τιμῆς πολλῆς κατὰ τὴν οἰκουμένην ἅπασαν, προκαταλαμβάνει αὐτῶν τὴν διάνοιαν, οὐκ ἀφιεὶς ἀνθρώπινόν τι παθεῖν, οὐδὲ τεμὰς ἀπαιτεῖν παρὰ τοῦ πλήθους, οὐδὲ τὸ σοβεῖν πρὸ αὐτῶν. Εἰ γὰρ καὶ μικρὰ ταῦτα εἶναι δοκεῖ, ἀλλὰ μεγάλων κακῶν ἐστιν αἴτια. Οὕτω γοῦν οἱ Φαρισαίοι παιδοτριβούμενοι εἰς τὴν κορωνίδα τῶν κακῶν ἐξέπεσον, τοὺς ἀσπασμοὺς, τὰς προεὸ ἰας, τοὺς μεσασμοὺς ἐπιζητοῦντες ἀπὸ γὰρ τούτων εἰς ἐνξυκριυ, εἶτα ἐκεῖθεν εἰς ἀσέβειαν ἐξώκειλαν. Διὰ δὴ τοῦτο ἐκεῖνοι μὲν ἀρὰν ἐπισπασάμενοι διὰ τοῦ πειράζειν, ἀπῆλθον τὰ παιδία δὲ εὐλογίαν, ἅτε τούτων ἁπάντων ἠλευθερωμένα. Γενώμεθα δὴ καὶ ἡμεῖς κατὰ τὰ παιδία, καὶ τῇ κακίᾳ ) νηπιάζωμεν. ᾿Οὐ γάρ ἄστιν, οὐκ ἔστιν ἑτέρως ἰδεῖν τὸν οὐρανον' ἀλλ᾽ ἀνάγκη πάντως εἰς γέενναν ἐμπεσεῖν τὸν ὕπουλον καὶ πονηρόν. Καὶ πρὸ τῆς γεέννης δὲ ἐνταῦθα τὰ ἔσχατα πεισόμεθα. Ἐὰν γὰρ κακὸς γένη, φησὶ, μόνος ἀντλήσεις τὰ κακά ἐὰν δὲ ἀγαθὸς, σαυτῷ καὶ τῷ πλησίον. Σκόπει γοῦν, ὡς τοῦτο καὶ ἐπὶ τῶν προτέρων συνέβη. Οὔτε γὰρ πονηρότερόν τι τοῦ Σαοὺλ γέγονϑν, οὔτε ἁπλούστερον καὶ ἀφελέστερον τοὺ Δανΐδ. Τίς οὖν )ὁ ἰσχυρότερος ἥν; Οὐ δεύτερον αὐτὸν εἰς χεῖρας ἔλαβεν ὃ Δαυΐδ, καὶ κύ τοῦ ἀνελεῖν γενόμενος, ἀπέστη; οὐχ ὡς ἐν σαγήνῃ καὶ πμωτηρίῳ συνειλημμένον εἶχε, καὶ ἐφείσατο: ᾿ Καὶ ταῦτα ὅἦ καὶ ἑτέρων παροξυνόντων, καὶ αὐτὸς μυρία ἐγκαλεῖν ἔ ἔχων ἐγκλήματα ἀλλ᾽ ὅμως ἀφῆκε σώον ἀπελθεῖν. Καίτοι ὁ μὲν μετὰ πάσης αὐτὸν τῆς στρατιᾶς ἐδίωκεν, ὁ δὲ μετὰ ὀλίγων ,Φφυγάδων ἀπεγνωσμένων ἦν, ἀλώμενος καὶ τόπους ἐκ τόπων ἀμείβων' ἀλλ᾽ ὅμως ὃ φυγὰς τοὺ βασιλέως περιεγένετο ἐπειδὴ ὁ μὲν μετὰ ἁπλότητος, ὁ δὲ μετὰ πονηρίας παρετάττετο. Τί γὰρ ἄν γένοιτο πονηρότερον ἐκείνου, ὃς τὸν αὐτῷ στρατηγοῦντα; καὶ τοὺς πολέμους ἅπαντας κατορθοῦντα, καὶ τῆς νίκης καὶ τῶν τροπαίων τοὺς μὲν πόνους ὑπομένοντα. τοὺς δὲ στεφάνους ἐκείνῳ κομίζοντα ἀνελεῖν ἐπεχείρει:

Kai ei proaireseōs esti, hin» pōs archomenos elegen, ou pantes chōrousin, all᾽ hois dedotai, Hiina mathēs hoti megas ho athlos, ouch hina apoklērōsin tina hēnankasmenēn hypopteusę̄. Dedotai gar ekeinois, tois a boulomenois. Eipe de houtō, deiknys ho hoti pollēs dei tēs anōthen rhopēs tǭ eis touto ᾿ eiselthonti to skamma, hēs apolausetai pantōs ho boulomenos. IEthos gar hautǭ tautę̄ kechrēsthai Tē lexei, hotan mega to katorthoumenon hē, hōs hotan legę̄ hymin dedotai gnōnai ta mystēria. Kai hoti touto estin alēthes, dēlon kai ek tou parontos. Ei gar tēs anōthen doseōs monēs esti, kai ouden autoi syneispherousin hoi partheneuontes, perittōs hautois tēn basileian tōn ouranōn epēngeilato, kai tōn allōn autous dieilen eunouchōn. Sy de moi skopei, pōs ex hōn heteroi ponēreuontai, kerdainousin he heteroi. Hoi men gar ᾿Ioudaioi mēden mathontes apēlthon᾽ oude gar hina mathōsin hērōtōn᾽ hoi de mathētai kai enteuthen ekerdainon. Tote prosēnechthē autǭ paidia, hina tas cheiras epithę̄ autois, kai proseuxētai t kai epetimēsan hoi mathētai autois. Ho de eipen autois aphete ta paidia erchesthai pros me᾿ tōn Hyar toioutōn estin hē basileia tōn ouranōn. Kai epitheis autois tas cheiras» eporeuthē ekeithen. Kai tinos oneken. hoi mathētai apesoboun ta paidia? Axiōmatos he heneken. Ti oun autos: Didaskōn autous metriazein, kai typhon HeE katapatein kosmikon, kai lambanei kai enankalizetai, kai tois toioutois tēn basileian ē epangelletai hoper kai emprosthen eirēken. Kai hēmeis toinyn, ei bouloimetha klēronomoi genesthai tōn ouranōn, tēn aretēn tautēn meta pollēs ktēsōmetha tēs epimeleias. Houtos gar philosophias horos, meta syneseōs aplaston heinai' touto bios angeliko. Kai gar pantōn tōn pathōn kathareuei 4ē psychē tou paidion. Tois lelypēkosin ou mnēsikakei, all᾽ hōs philois proserchetai, hōs oudenos ,Hyenomenou. Kai hosa an para tēs mētros mastichthę̄, tautēn epizētei, kai pantōn autēn protimą. Kan basilida deixę̄s meta diadēmatos, ou trotithēsi tēs mētros rhakia peribeblēmenēs, all᾽ heloito an mallon ekeinēn idein meta toutōn, ē tēn basilida meta kosmou. To gar oikeion kai allotrion ou penią kai ploutǭ, alla philią diaginōskein hoide. Kai tōn anankaiōn ouden ploon epizētei, all᾽ hoson emplēsthēnai tou mastou, kai ᾿ aphistatai tēs thēlēēs. To paidion ou lypeitai eph᾽ hois hēmeis hoion epi zēmią chrēmatōn, kai tois toioutois kai ou ,Chairei palin eph᾽ hois hēmeis, tois epikērois toutoin ouk heptoētai pros kallē sōmatōn. Dia touto elege tōn gar toioutōn estin hē basileia tōn ouranōn hina tę̄ proairesei tauta ergazōmetha, ha tę̄ physei ta paidia he echei. ᾿Epeidē gar hoi Pharisaioi oudamothen allothen, hiōs apo kakourgias kai aponoias epratton a epratton, dia touto anō kai katō tous mathētas apheleis einai keleuei? ekeinous te ainittomenos, kai toutous paideuōn. Kai gar ouden houtōs eis alazoneian he epairei? hōs archē kai proedria. ᾿Epei oun emellon hoi mathētai apolauein timēs pollēs kata tēn oikoumenēn hapasan, prokatalambanei autōn tēn dianoian, ouk aphieis anthrōpinon ti pathein, oude temas apaitein para tou plēthous, oude to sobein pro autōn. Ei gar kai mikra tauta einai dokei, alla megalōn kakōn estin aitia. Houtō goun hoi Pharisaioi paidotriboumenoi eis tēn korōnida tōn kakōn exepeson, tous aspasmous, tas proeo ias, tous mesasmous epizētountes apo gar toutōn eis enxykriy, eita ekeithen eis asebeian exōkeilan. Dia dē touto ekeinoi men aran epispasamenoi dia tou peirazein, apēlthon ta paidia de eulogian, hate toutōn hapantōn ēleutherōmena. Genōmetha dē kai hēmeis kata ta paidia, kai tę̄ kakią ) nēpiazōmen. ᾿Ou gar astin, ouk estin heterōs idein ton ouranon' all᾽ anankē pantōs eis geennan empesein ton hypoulon kai ponēron. Kai pro tēs geennēs de entautha ta eschata peisometha. Ean gar kakos genē, phēsi, monos antlēseis ta kaka ean de agathos, sautǭ kai tǭ plēsion. Skopei goun, hōs touto kai epi tōn proterōn synebē. Oute gar ponēroteron ti tou Saoul gegonϑn, oute haplousteron kai aphelesteron tou Danïd. Tis oun )ho ischyroteros hēn? Ou deuteron auton eis cheiras elaben ho Dauïd, kai ky tou anelein genomenos, apestē? ouch hōs en sagēnę̄ kai pmōtēriǭ syneilēmmenon eiche, kai epheisato: ᾿ Kai tauta hoē kai heterōn paroxynontōn, kai autos myria enkalein e echōn enklēmata all᾽ homōs aphēke sōon apelthein. Kaitoi ho men meta pasēs auton tēs stratias ediōken, ho de meta oligōn ,Phphygadōn apegnōsmenōn ēn, alōmenos kai topous ek topōn ameibōn' all᾽ homōs ho phygas tou basileōs periegeneto epeidē ho men meta haplotētos, ho de meta ponērias paretatteto. Ti gar an genoito ponēroteron ekeinou, hos ton autǭ stratēgounta? kai tous polemous hapantas katorthounta, kai tēs nikēs kai tōn tropaiōn tous men ponous hypomenonta. tous de stephanous ekeinǭ komizonta anelein epecheirei:

And if it is a matter of the will, how was it that at the beginning he said, “Not all receive it, but those to whom it is given”? So that you might learn that the contest is great, not so that you might suspect some compulsory allotment. For it is given to those who are willing. He spoke so to show that much help from above is needed by one who enters this arena, help that the one who is willing will certainly enjoy. For it is his custom to use this expression whenever the achievement is great, as when he says, “To you it has been given to know the mysteries.” And that this is true is plain also from the present passage. For if it belongs to the gift from above alone, and those who keep virginity contribute nothing themselves, he promised them the kingdom of heaven needlessly, and needlessly distinguished them from the other eunuchs. But see, I pray you, how from what some do wickedly others gain. For the Jews went away having learned nothing (for they did not ask in order to learn), but the disciples gained even from this. “Then little children were brought to him, that he might lay his hands on them and pray; and the disciples rebuked them. But he said to them, ‘Let the little children come to me; for of such is the kingdom of heaven.’ And he laid his hands on them and went away from there.” And why did the disciples drive the children away? For the sake of dignity. What then does he do? Teaching them to be modest and to trample on worldly pride, he both takes them and embraces them, and promises the kingdom to such as these, as he had said before also. Let us too, then, if we wish to become heirs of heaven, acquire this virtue with great care. For this is the summit of philosophy, to be guileless with understanding; this is the angelic life. For the soul of a little child is clean of all the passions. It bears no grudge against those who have hurt it, but goes to them as to friends, as though nothing had happened. And however often it is whipped by its mother, it seeks her and prefers her to all. Even if you show it a queen with a diadem, it does not prefer her to its mother clothed in rags, but would rather see her in these than the queen in her finery. For it knows how to tell what is its own from what is another’s not by poverty and wealth, but by love. And it seeks nothing beyond what is necessary, but only to be filled from the breast, and then it leaves the nipple. The little child is not grieved at what grieves us, such as loss of money and things of that kind; nor again does it rejoice at what we rejoice in, these perishable things; it is not excited by bodily beauty. That is why he said, “For of such is the kingdom of heaven,” so that we may achieve by choice what little children have by nature. For since the Pharisees did what they did from nothing else than malice and arrogance, for this reason he bids the disciples again and again to be simple, both hinting at those men and instructing these. For nothing so lifts one up to boastfulness as office and precedence. Since, then, the disciples were going to enjoy great honor throughout the whole world, he forestalls their mind, not allowing them to feel anything merely human, nor to demand honors from the crowd, nor to have people clear the way before them. For even if these things seem small, they are the causes of great evils. So at any rate the Pharisees, trained up in them, fell into the very crown of evils, seeking the greetings, the first seats, the places in the middle; for from these they ran aground on the mad love of glory, and then from there on ungodliness. For this reason, then, they went away having drawn a curse on themselves by testing him, but the children went away with a blessing, as being free of all these things. Let us too, then, become like the little children, and be infants in wickedness. For it is not possible, it is not possible, to see heaven otherwise; but the deceitful and wicked man must certainly fall into Gehenna. And even before Gehenna we shall suffer the worst things here. “For if you become evil,” it says, “you alone will drain the evils; but if good, it will be for yourself and for your neighbor.” Consider, at any rate, how this happened also in the case of those of old. For there was nothing more wicked than Saul, nor anything simpler and more guileless than David. Which, then, was the stronger? Did not David twice take him into his hands, and when he had the power to kill him, refrain? Did he not have him caught as in a net and a prison, and spare him? And this when others were urging him on, and when he himself had countless charges to bring against him; yet nevertheless he let him go away safe. And yet the one was pursuing him with his whole army, while the other was with a few desperate fugitives, wandering and changing from place to place; yet the fugitive overcame the king, because the one fought with simplicity, the other with wickedness. For what could be more wicked than that man, who tried to kill the one who commanded his armies and carried all his wars to success, who endured the toils of the victory and the trophies, but brought the crowns to him?

62.5Field 2

Τοιοῦτον γὰρ ἡ βασκανία ἀεὶ τοῖς οἰκείοις ἐπιβουλεύει καλοῖς, καὶ τὸν ἔχοντα αὐτὴν τήκει, καὶ μυρίαις περιβάλλει συμφοραῖς. Καὶ ὁ δείλαιος γοῦν ἐκεῖνος, ἕως ὅτε ὁ Δαυὶδ ἀπέστη, οὐκ ἔῤῥηξε τὴν φωνὴν ἐκείνην τὴν ἐλεεινὴν, ὀλοφυρόμενος καὶ λέγων᾽ δῶ θλίβομαι σφόδρα, κι καὶ οἱ ἀλλόφυλοι πολεμοῦσιν Ὁ ὃν ἐμοὶ» καὶ κύριος ἀπέστη ἀπ᾽ ἐμοῦ. Ἕως ὅτε ἐχωρίσθη τοῦ Δαυϊδ, οὐκ ἔπεσεν ἐν πολέμῳ, ἀλλὰ καὶ ἐν ἀσφαλείᾳ καὶ ἐν δόξῃ ἢ ἡν᾽ καὶ γὰρ εἰς τὸν βασιλέα τοῦ στρατηγοῦ διέβαινεν ἡ δόξα. Οὐδὲ Ὑ γὰρ τυραννικὸς ἦν ὁ ἀνὴρ; οὐδὲ θρόνον ἐκβαλεῖν ἐ ἐπεχείρει, ἀλλ᾽ αὐτῷ πάντα κατώρθου, καὶ βὰν Ἂ περὶ αὐτὸν διέκειτο᾽ καὶ τοῦτο καὶ ἐκ τῶν μετὰ ταῦτα δῆλον. Ὅτε μὲν γὰρ ὑπ᾽ αὐτῷ ταττόμενος ἣν, ἴσως τῷ νόμῳ τῆς ὑποταγῆς ταῦτα ἄν τις λογίσαιτο τῶν οὐκ ἀκριβῶς ἐξεταζόντων' ἐπειδὴ δὲ ἐξήγαγεν ἑαυτὸν τῆς βασιλείας ἐκείνου, τί λοιπὸν ἣν τὸ κατέχον αὐτὸν, καὶ πεῖθον τοῦ πρὸς ἐκεῖνον ἀπέχεσθαι πολέμου : μᾶλλον δὲ, τί οὐκ ἦν τὸ παροξῦνον ἐ επὶ τὴν σφαγήν: Οὐ πονηρὸς ἅ καὶ ἅπαξ καὶ δὶς καὶ πολλάκις περὶ αὐτὸν γέγονεν : οὐχὶ παθὼν εὖ: οὐχὶ μηδὲν ἕἔ ἔχων ἐγκαλεῖν; οὐκ ἐπικίνδυνος αὐτῷ καὶ ἐπισφαλὴς ἡ βασιλεία αὐτοῦ καὶ ἡ σωτηρία ἦν: οὐ πλαγᾶσθαι ἔδει διηνεκῶς καὶ φεύγειν, καὶ περὶ τῶν ἐσχάτων τρέμειν, ζῶντος ἐκείνου καὶ κρατοῦντος; ᾿Αλλ᾽ ὅμως οὐδὲν τούτων αὐτὸν ἠνάγκασεν αἱμάξαι τὸ ξίφον' ἀλλὰ καὶ καθεύδοντα ὁ ὁρῶν, καὶ δεδεμένον, καὶ μόνον, καὶ ἐν μέσοις αὐτοῖς, καὶ τῆς κεφαλῆς ἁψάμενος, καὶ πολλῶν ὄντων τῶν διεγειβόντων, καὶ θεοῦ ψῆφον εἶναι λεγόντων τὴν τοιαύτην εὑκαιρίαν, ἐκεῖνος καὶ ἐπετίμησε τοῖς παρορμῶσι, καὶ ἀπέσχετο τοῦ φόνου, καὶ σῶον ἐξέπεμψε καὶ ὑγιῆ καὶ ὥσπέρ σωματοφύλαξ ὧν αὐτοῦ μᾶλλον, καὶ ὑπασπιστὴς, ὁ οὐ πολέμιος, οὕτως ἐνεκάλει τῷ στρατοπέδῳ τὴν εἰς τὸν βασιλέα προδοσίαν. Τί Ταύτης ἴσον γένοιτ᾽ ἂν τῆς ψυχῆς; τί τῆς ἡμερότητος ἐκείνη; Τοῦτο γὰρ δυνατὸν μὲν καὶ ἐκ τῶν εἰρημένων συνιδεῖν᾽ πολλῷ δὲ πλέον καὶ ἐκ τῶν νυνὶ γενομένων. Ὅταν γὰρ τὴν ἡμετέραν καταμάθωμεν φαυλοτητα, τότε ἀκριβέστερον εἰσόμεθα τῶν ἁγίων ἐκείνων τὴν ἀρετήν. Διὸ παρακαλῶ πρὸς τὸν ζῆλον ' ἐκείνων τρέχειν. Καὶ γὰρ εἰ δόξης ἑ ἐρᾷς, καὶ διὰ τοῦτο ἐπιβουλεύεις τῷ πλησίον, τότε αὐτῆς ἀπολαύσῃ μειζόνως, ὅ ὅταν αὐτὴν διαπτύσας ἀπόσχῃ τῆς ἐπιβουλῆς. Ὥσπερ γὰρ κ τὸ χρηματίζεσθαι Ὁ ΕΡΡιοι ἐναντίον οὕτω πρὸς τὸ ϑόξης ἐπιτυχεῖν, τὸ ὕξης ἐρᾶν. Καὶ εἰ βούλεσθε, καθ΄ ἕκαστον ἐξετάσωμεν. ᾿Επειδὴ γὰρ τῆς γεέννης ἡμῖν «φόβος οὐδεὶς, οὐδὲ τῆς βασιλείας λόγος πολὺς, φέρε κἂν ἀπὸ τῶν παρόντων ὑμᾶς ἐναγάγωμεν. Τίνες γάρ εἰσιν οἱ καταγέλαστοι: ; εἰπέ μοι' οὐχὶ οἱ διὰ δόξαν τι ποιοῦντες τὴν τῶν πολλῶν; Τίνες δὲ ἐπαινετοί:; οὐχὶ οἱ τὸν παρὰ τῶν πολλῶν διαπτύοντες ἔ ἔπαιγον ;: Οὐκοῦν εἰ τὸ κενῆς δόξης ἐ ἐρᾶν ἐπονείδιστον, ὁ δὲ κενόδοξος οὐ δύναται λαθεῖν ἐρῶν αὑτῆς, ἐπονείδιστος ἔσται πάντως, καὶ γέγονεν αὐτῷ τὸ δόξης ἐρᾶν ἀτιμίας αἴτιον. Οὐ ταύτῃ δὲ μόνον καταισχύνεται, ἀλλὰ καὶ τῷ πολλὰ ἀναγκάζεσθαι ποιεῖν αἰσχρὰ, καὶ δουλοπρεπείας τῆς ἐσχάτης γέμοντα. Καὶ ὥσπερ εἰς τὸ κερδαίνειν βλάπτεσθαι μάλιστα ἀπὸ τοῦ νοσήματος τῆς φιλοκερδείας εἰώθασιν οἱ ἄνθρωποι (πολλὰς γοῦν ἀπάτας ὑφίστανται, καὶ τὰ μικρὰ κέρδη μεγάλας ποιεῖ ζημίας διὸ καὶ εἰς παροιμίαν ὁ λόγος οὗτος ξξενίκησεν.) οὕτω καὶ τῷ λαάγνῳ κώλυμα πρὸς τὸ ἡδονῆς ἀπολαύειν τὸ πάθος γίνεται. Γοὺς γοῦν σφόδρα καταφερεῖς καὶ υναικοδούλους, τούτους μάλιστα ὡς ἀνδράποδα περιφέρουσιν αἱ γυναῖκες, καὶ οὐκ ἄν ποτε καταξιώσαιεν ἐκεῖναι ὡς ἀνδράσιν αὐτοῖς κεχρῆσθαι; ῥαπίζουσαι, διαπτύουσαι, ἄγουσαι καὶ περιάγουσαι πανταχοῦ, καὶ θρυπτόμεναι, καὶ πάντα ἐπιτάττουσαι ἱμόνον. Οὕτω καὶ τοῦ ἀπονενοημένου καὶ δοξομανοῦντος καὶ δοκοῦντος εἶναι ὑψηλοῦ, οὐδὲν ταπεινότερον καὶ ἀτιμότερον. Καὶ γὰρ φιλόνεικον τὸ τῶν ἀνθρωπων γγένος, καὶ πρὸς οὐδὲν ἕτερον ἀντικαθίσταται, ὡς πρὸς ἀλαζόνα καὶ ὑπερόπτην καὶ δόξης δοῦλον. Καὶ αὐτὸς δὲ ἐκεῖνος, ὥστε διατηρῆσαι τὸ σχῆμα τῆς ἀπονοίας, τὰ τῶν ἀνδραπόδων πρὸς τοὺς πλείονας ἐπιδείκνυται, κολακεύων, θεραπεύων, παντὸς ἀργυρωνήτον δουλείαν δουλεύων χαλεπωτέραν. Ταῦτ᾽ οὖν ἅπαντα εἰδότες, καταθώμεθα ταῦτα τὰ πάθη, ἵνα μὴ καὶ ἐνταῦθα δίκην δῶμεν, καὶ ἐκεῖ κολασθῶμεν ἀπέραντα. Γενώμεθα τῆς ἀρετῆς ἐρασταί. Οὕτω γὰρ καὶ πρὸ τῆς βασιλείας τὰ μέγιστα ἐνταῦθα καρπωσόμεθα καλὰ, καὶ ἀπελθόντες ἐκεῖ τῶν αἰωνίων μεθέξομεν ἀγαθῶν ὧν γγένοιτο πάντας ἡμᾶς ἐπιτυχεῖν, χάριτι καὶ φιλανθρωπίᾳ τοῦ κυρίου ἡμῶν ᾿Ιησοῦ Χριστοῦ, ᾧ ἡ δόξα καὶ τὸ κράτος εἰς τοὺς αἰῶνας τῶν αἰώνων. ᾿Αμήν.

Toiouton gar hē baskania aei tois oikeiois epibouleuei kalois, kai ton echonta autēn tēkei, kai myriais periballei symphorais. Kai ho deilaios goun ekeinos, heōs hote ho Dauid apestē, ouk errhēxe tēn phōnēn ekeinēn tēn eleeinēn, olophyromenos kai legōn᾽ dō thlibomai sphodra, ki kai hoi allophyloi polemousin Ho hon emoi» kai kyrios apestē ap᾽ emou. Heōs hote echōristhē tou Dauïd, ouk epesen en polemǭ, alla kai en asphaleią kai en doxę̄ ē hēn᾽ kai gar eis ton basilea tou stratēgou diebainen hē doxa. Oude Hy gar tyrannikos ēn ho anēr? oude thronon ekbalein e epecheirei, all᾽ autǭ panta katōrthou, kai ban A peri auton diekeito᾽ kai touto kai ek tōn meta tauta dēlon. Hote men gar hyp᾽ autǭ tattomenos hēn, isōs tǭ nomǭ tēs hypotagēs tauta an tis logisaito tōn ouk akribōs exetazontōn' epeidē de exēgagen heauton tēs basileias ekeinou, ti loipon hēn to katechon auton, kai peithon tou pros ekeinon apechesthai polemou : mallon de, ti ouk ēn to paroxynon e epi tēn sphagēn: Ou ponēros ha kai hapax kai dis kai pollakis peri auton gegonen : ouchi pathōn eu: ouchi mēden hee echōn enkalein? ouk epikindynos autǭ kai episphalēs hē basileia autou kai hē sōtēria ēn: ou plagasthai edei diēnekōs kai pheugein, kai peri tōn eschatōn tremein, zōntos ekeinou kai kratountos? ᾿All᾽ homōs ouden toutōn auton ēnankasen haimaxai to xiphon' alla kai katheudonta ho horōn, kai dedemenon, kai monon, kai en mesois autois, kai tēs kephalēs hapsamenos, kai pollōn ontōn tōn diegeibontōn, kai theou psēphon einai legontōn tēn toiautēn heukairian, ekeinos kai epetimēse tois parormōsi, kai apescheto tou phonou, kai sōon exepempse kai hygiē kai hōsper sōmatophylax hōn autou mallon, kai hypaspistēs, ho ou polemios, houtōs enekalei tǭ stratopedǭ tēn eis ton basilea prodosian. Ti Tautēs ison genoit᾽ an tēs psychēs? ti tēs hēmerotētos ekeinē? Touto gar dynaton men kai ek tōn eirēmenōn synidein᾽ pollǭ de pleon kai ek tōn nyni genomenōn. Hotan gar tēn hēmeteran katamathōmen phaulotēta, tote akribesteron eisometha tōn hagiōn ekeinōn tēn aretēn. Dio parakalō pros ton zēlon ' ekeinōn trechein. Kai gar ei doxēs he erąs, kai dia touto epibouleueis tǭ plēsion, tote autēs apolausę̄ meizonōs, ho hotan autēn diaptysas aposchę̄ tēs epiboulēs. Hōsper gar k to chrēmatizesthai Ho ERRioi enantion houtō pros to ϑoxēs epitychein, to hyxēs eran. Kai ei boulesthe, kath΄ hekaston exetasōmen. ᾿Epeidē gar tēs geennēs hēmin «phobos oudeis, oude tēs basileias logos polys, phere kan apo tōn parontōn hymas enagagōmen. Tines gar eisin hoi katagelastoi: ? eipe moi' ouchi hoi dia doxan ti poiountes tēn tōn pollōn? Tines de epainetoi:? ouchi hoi ton para tōn pollōn diaptyontes e epaigon ?: Oukoun ei to kenēs doxēs e eran eponeidiston, ho de kenodoxos ou dynatai lathein erōn hautēs, eponeidistos estai pantōs, kai gegonen autǭ to doxēs eran atimias aition. Ou tautę̄ de monon kataischynetai, alla kai tǭ polla anankazesthai poiein aischra, kai douloprepeias tēs eschatēs gemonta. Kai hōsper eis to kerdainein blaptesthai malista apo tou nosēmatos tēs philokerdeias eiōthasin hoi anthrōpoi (pollas goun apatas hyphistantai, kai ta mikra kerdē megalas poiei zēmias dio kai eis paroimian ho logos houtos xxenikēsen.) houtō kai tǭ laagnǭ kōlyma pros to hēdonēs apolauein to pathos ginetai. Gous goun sphodra kataphereis kai ynaikodoulous, toutous malista hōs andrapoda peripherousin hai gynaikes, kai ouk an pote kataxiōsaien ekeinai hōs andrasin autois kechrēsthai? rhapizousai, diaptyousai, agousai kai periagousai pantachou, kai thryptomenai, kai panta epitattousai himonon. Houtō kai tou aponenoēmenou kai doxomanountos kai dokountos einai hypsēlou, ouden tapeinoteron kai atimoteron. Kai gar philoneikon to tōn anthrōpōn ngenos, kai pros ouden heteron antikathistatai, hōs pros alazona kai hyperoptēn kai doxēs doulon. Kai autos de ekeinos, hōste diatērēsai to schēma tēs aponoias, ta tōn andrapodōn pros tous pleionas epideiknytai, kolakeuōn, therapeuōn, pantos argyrōnēton douleian douleuōn chalepōteran. Taut᾽ oun hapanta eidotes, katathōmetha tauta ta pathē, hina mē kai entautha dikēn dōmen, kai ekei kolasthōmen aperanta. Genōmetha tēs aretēs erastai. Houtō gar kai pro tēs basileias ta megista entautha karpōsometha kala, kai apelthontes ekei tōn aiōniōn methexomen agathōn hōn ngenoito pantas hēmas epitychein, chariti kai philanthrōpią tou kyriou hēmōn ᾿Iēsou Christou, hǭ hē doxa kai to kratos eis tous aiōnas tōn aiōnōn. ᾿Amēn.

For such is envy: it always plots against its own good things, and wastes away the one who has it, and surrounds him with countless calamities. That wretched man, at any rate, until David withdrew, did not break out into that pitiable cry, lamenting and saying, “I am in great distress, and the foreigners are making war against me, and the Lord has departed from me.” Until he was separated from David, he did not fall in war, but was both in safety and in glory; for the general’s glory passed to the king. For the man was not given to tyranny, nor did he try to throw him from the throne, but achieved everything for him and was devotedly disposed toward him; and this is plain also from what came after. For while he was ranked under him, one of those who do not examine closely might perhaps reckon these things to the law of subordination; but when he had taken himself out of that man’s kingdom, what was there any longer to restrain him and persuade him to keep from war against him? Or rather, what was there that did not provoke him to the slaughter? Had not the other been wicked toward him once and twice and many times? Had he not been treated well by David? Had he not nothing to accuse him of? Were not his own safety and kingdom dangerous and insecure while Saul lived? Did he not have to wander continually and flee, and tremble for his very life, while that man lived and ruled? Yet none of these things compelled him to bloody his sword; but seeing him asleep, and bound, and alone, and in the midst of his own men, and touching his head, while many were rousing him and saying that such an opportunity was God’s verdict, he both rebuked those who urged him on and refrained from the murder, and sent him away safe and sound; and as though he were rather his bodyguard and shield-bearer, not his enemy, he even accused the army of betraying the king. What could equal this soul? What could equal that gentleness? This can be seen even from what has been said; but far more from what is done now. For when we learn our own worthlessness, then we shall know more exactly the virtue of those saints. Therefore I beg you to run to emulate them. For if you love glory, and for this reason plot against your neighbor, you will enjoy it all the more when you spit on it and keep from the plotting. For as the love of money is contrary to making money, so to obtaining glory the love of glory is contrary. And if you wish, let us examine each point. For since we have no fear of Gehenna, nor much thought for the kingdom, come, let us lead you on at least from things present. Who are the ridiculous? Tell me. Are they not those who do anything for the sake of the glory that comes from the many? And who are praiseworthy? Are they not those who spit on the praise that comes from the many? If, then, to love vainglory is shameful, and the vainglorious man cannot hide that he loves it, he will certainly be shameful, and his love of glory has become for him the cause of dishonor. And not only in this is he disgraced, but also in being compelled to do many shameful things, full of the utmost servility. And just as men are accustomed to be harmed in their gain most of all by the disease of the love of gain (they fall for many frauds, at any rate, and small gains bring great losses, which is why this saying has prevailed as a proverb), so also for the lustful man the passion becomes a hindrance to enjoying pleasure. Those, at any rate, who are very much given to it and are slaves to women, these above all women lead about like slaves, and would never deign to treat them as men, slapping them, spitting on them, leading them and dragging them about everywhere, giving themselves airs, and only ever giving orders. So also nothing is lower and more dishonored than the man who is arrogant, mad for glory, and thought to be lofty. For the human race is contentious, and sets itself against nothing so much as against a boaster, a man who looks down on others, a slave of glory. And that man himself, in order to keep up the show of his arrogance, displays the conduct of slaves toward the many, flattering, courting, serving a slavery harder than that of any slave bought with money. Knowing all these things, then, let us lay these passions aside, so that we may not both pay the penalty here and be punished there without end. Let us become lovers of virtue. For so we shall both reap the greatest good things here, even before the kingdom, and when we have departed there we shall share in the eternal good things; which may we all obtain, by the grace and love for mankind of our Lord Jesus Christ, to whom be the glory and the might to the ages of ages. Amen.

Chapter 63

63.1Field 2

Καὶ ἰδοὺ εἷς προσελθὼν εἶπεν αὐτῷ διδάσκαλε ἀγαθὲ, τί ποιήσας ζωὴν αἰώνιον κληρονομήσω ΤΙΝΕΣ μὲν διαβάλλουσι τὸν νεανίσκον τοῦτον, ὡς ὕπουλον τινα καὶ πονῆρον, καὶ μετὰ πείρας τῷ ἰησοῦ προσελθοντα' ΕΎω δὲ φιλαργυρον μὲν αὐτὸν καὶ χρηματῶων ελατ- Ἐ, τονὰα οὐκ ἂν παραιτησαίμην εἰπεῖν, ἐπειδὴ καὶ ὁ Χριστὸς τοιίοντον αὐὑτον ἤλεγξεν ὄντα ὕπουλον δὲ οὐδαμῶς, διὰ τὸ μητε ἀσφαλὲς εἶναι τῶν ἀδήλων κατατολμᾶν, καὶ μάλιστα ἐγκλήμασι, καὶ πὸ τὸν Μάρκον ταύτην αἀνηρήκεναι τὴν ὑποψίαν καὶ Ὑαρ φησιν, ὅτι προσὸραμων καὶ γονυπετῶν παρεκαλει αὐτον᾽ καὶ ὅτι ἐμβλέψας αὐτῷ οὁ ἰησοὺς, ηγαπησεν αὐτὸν. ἈΑλλὰ πολλὴ τῶν χρήματων ἡ τυραυνὶς, καὶ δῆλον ἐντεῦθεν κἂν Ὑαρ τὰ ἄλλα ὠὡμεν εναρετοι, παντα ζαν αὐτὴν ἁπάντων τῶν κακῶν εἶναι ἔφησε᾽ ῥίζα γὰρ πάντων τῶν κακῶν εστιν ἢ φιλαργυρία, φησί. Διατί ουν οὕτω πρὸς αὐτὸν απεκρίνατο ὁ δΧριστος; λέγων ὁ οὐδεὶς ἀγαθὸς : Επειδὴ ὡς ανθρωπῳ προσῆλθε ψιλῳ, καὶ ἐνὶ ἢ διὸ τῶν πολλών, καὶ ὀιδασκαλῳ ἰουδαϊκῷ ὁια ὁῆ τοῦτο ὡς θρωπος αὐτῷ διαλέγεται. Καὶ γὰρ πολλαχοῦ πρὸς τὰς ὑπονοίας τῶν προσιόντων ἀποκρίνεται, ὡς ὅταν λεγῆ· ἡμεῖς προσκυνοῦμεν ὃ οἴδαμεν. καὶ, ἐὰν ἐγὼ μαρτυρῶ περὶ ἐμαυτοῦ, ἡ μαρτυρία μον οὐκ ἔστιν αληθης. Ὅταν οὖν εἴπη, οὐθεὶς ἀγαθὸς, οὐχ εαυτον ἐκβάλλων τοῦ ἀγαθὸς εἶναι τοῦτο λέγει ἄπαγε᾽ οὐ γὰρ εἶπε, τί με λέγεις ἀγαθόν; οὐκ εἰμὶ ἀγαθός αλλ᾽, οὐδεὶς ἀγαθός τουτέστιν, ς οὐδεὶς ἀνθρώπων. Ναὶ [αὐτὸ δὲ τοῦτο ὅταν λέγῃ, οὐδὲ τοὺς ἀνθρώπους ἀποστερῶν ἀγαθότητος λέγει, ἀλλὰ πρὸς ἀντιδιαστολὴν τῆς τοῦ θεοῦ ἀγαθότητος. Διὸ καὶ ἐπήγαγεν, εἰ μὴ εἷς, ὁ θεός. Καὶ οὐκ εἶπεν, εἰ μὴ ὃ πατήρ μου, ἵνα μάθῃς ὅτι οὐκ ἐξεκάλυψεν ῥαυτὸν τῷ νεανίσκῳ. Οὕτω καὶ ἀνωτέρω πονηροὺς ἐκάλει τοὺς ἀνθρώπους, λέγων εἰ δὲ ὑμεῖς, πονηροὶ ὄντες, οἴδατε δόματα ἀγαθὰ διδόναι τοῖς τέκνοις ὑμῶν. Καὶ γὰρ καὶ ἐκεῖ πονηροὺς ἐκάλεσεν, οὐ τῆς φύσεως ἁπάσης πονηρίαν καταγινώσκων' (τὸ γάρ, ὑμεῖς, δοὐχ ὑμεῖς οἱ ἄνθρωποί φησιν: ἀλλὰ τὴν ἐν ἀνθρώποις ἀγαθότητα τῇ τοῦ θεοῦ ἀγαθότητι παραβάλλων, οὕτως ὠνόμασε' διὰ τοῦτο καὶ

Kai idou heis proselthōn eipen autǭ didaskale agathe, ti poiēsas zōēn aiōnion klēronomēsō TINES men diaballousi ton neaniskon touton, hōs hypoulon tina kai ponēron, kai meta peiras tǭ iēsou proselthonta' EUō de philargyron men auton kai chrēmatōōn elat- E, tonaa ouk an paraitēsaimēn eipein, epeidē kai ho Christos toiionton auyton ēlenxen onta hypoulon de oudamōs, dia to mēte asphales einai tōn adēlōn katatolman, kai malista enklēmasi, kai po ton Markon tautēn aanērēkenai tēn hypopsian kai Hyar phēsin, hoti prosoramōn kai gonypetōn parekalei auton᾽ kai hoti emblepsas autǭ hoo iēsous, ēgapēsen auton. AAlla pollē tōn chrēmatōn hē tyraunis, kai dēlon enteuthen kan Hyar ta alla hōōmen enaretoi, panta zan autēn hapantōn tōn kakōn einai ephēse᾽ rhiza gar pantōn tōn kakōn estin ē philargyria, phēsi. Diati oun houtō pros auton apekrinato ho dChristos? legōn ho oudeis agathos : Epeidē hōs anthrōpǭ prosēlthe psilǭ, kai eni ē dio tōn pollōn, kai oidaskalǭ ioudaïkǭ hoia hoē touto hōs thrōpos autǭ dialegetai. Kai gar pollachou pros tas hyponoias tōn prosiontōn apokrinetai, hōs hotan legē; hēmeis proskynoumen ho oidamen. kai, ean egō martyrō peri emautou, hē martyria mon ouk estin alēthēs. Hotan oun eipē, outheis agathos, ouch eauton ekballōn tou agathos einai touto legei apage᾽ ou gar eipe, ti me legeis agathon? ouk eimi agathos all᾽, oudeis agathos toutestin, s oudeis anthrōpōn. Nai [auto de touto hotan legę̄, oude tous anthrōpous aposterōn agathotētos legei, alla pros antidiastolēn tēs tou theou agathotētos. Dio kai epēgagen, ei mē heis, ho theos. Kai ouk eipen, ei mē ho patēr mou, hina mathę̄s hoti ouk exekalypsen rhauton tǭ neaniskǭ. Houtō kai anōterō ponērous ekalei tous anthrōpous, legōn ei de hymeis, ponēroi ontes, oidate domata agatha didonai tois teknois hymōn. Kai gar kai ekei ponērous ekalesen, ou tēs physeōs hapasēs ponērian kataginōskōn' (to gar, hymeis, douch hymeis hoi anthrōpoi phēsin: alla tēn en anthrōpois agathotēta tę̄ tou theou agathotēti paraballōn, houtōs ōnomase' dia touto kai

“And behold, one came up and said to him, ‘Good Teacher, what shall I do to inherit eternal life?’” Some accuse this young man of being deceitful and wicked, and of coming to Jesus to test him. I would not decline to call him a lover of money and a slave to wealth, since Christ too exposed him as such; but deceitful, by no means, both because it is not safe to venture judgments on what is hidden, especially charges, and because Mark has removed this suspicion. For he says that he ran up and knelt and entreated him, and that Jesus, looking at him, loved him. But great is the tyranny of money, and this is plain from this: even if we are virtuous in everything else, it ruins all the rest. With reason, then, Paul said that it is the root of all evils: “For the love of money is the root of all evils,” he says. Why then did Christ answer him in this way, saying, “No one is good”? Because he had come to him as to a mere man, one of the many, a Jewish teacher; for this reason he converses with him as a man. For in many places he answers according to the opinions of those who come to him, as when he says, “We worship what we know,” and, “If I bear witness about myself, my witness is not true.” When, then, he says, “No one is good,” he does not say this to exclude himself from being good (away with the thought!); for he did not say, “Why do you call me good? I am not good,” but, “No one is good,” that is, no one among men. And when he says this very thing, he does not say it to deprive men of goodness either, but by way of contrast with the goodness of God. That is why he added, “except one, God.” And he did not say, “except my Father,” so that you may learn that he had not revealed himself to the young man. So also earlier he called men evil, saying, “If you, then, being evil, know how to give good gifts to your children.” For there too he called them evil not as condemning the whole of human nature for wickedness (for he says “you,” not “you men”), but comparing the goodness in men with the goodness of God, he named them so; and for this reason too

63.4Field 2

ἐπήγαγε, πόσῳ μᾶλλον ὁ πατὴρ ὑμῶν δώσει ἀγαθὰ τοῖς αἰτοῦσιν αὐτὸν : Ναὶ τί τὸ κατεπεῖγον ἣν, φησὶν, ἢ τί τὸ χρήσιμον, ὥστε οὕτως αὐτὸν ἀποκρίνασθαι: : ᾿Ανάγει αὐτὸν κατὰ μικρὸν, καὶ παιδεύει κολακείας ἀπηλλάχθαι πάσης, τῶν ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς ἀπάγων, καὶ τῷ θεῷ προσηλῶν, καὶ πείθων τὰ μέλλοντα ζητεῖν, καὶ εἰδέναι τὸ ὅ ὄντως ἀγαθὸν, καὶ τὴν ῥίζαν καὶ τὴν πηγὴν ἁπάντων, καὶ αὐτῷ τὰς τιμὰς ἀναφέρειν. ᾿Επεὶ καὶ ὅταν λέγη, μὴ καλέσητε. διδάσκαλον ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς. πρὸς αντιδιαστολὴν αὐτοῦ τοῦτό φησιν, καὶ ἵνα μάθωσι τίς ή πρώτη τῶν ὄντων ἁπάντων ἀρχή. Οὐδὲ γὰρ μικρὰν ὁ νεανίσκος ἐπεδείξατο προθυμίαν ᾿ τέως, εἰς ἔρωτα τοιοῦτον ἐμπεσὼν, καὶ τῶν ἄλλων τῶν μὲν πειραζόντων, τῶν δὲ ὑπὲρ νοσημάτων προσιόντων, ἢ τών οἰκείων, ἢ τῶν αλλοτρίων, αὐτὸς ὑπὲρ ζωῆς αἰωνίου καὶ προσιὼν καὶ διαλεγόμενος. Καὶ γὰρ λιπαρὰ ἦν ἡ γῆ καὶ πίων, ἀλλὰ τῶν ἀκανθῶν τὸ πλῆθος τὸν σπόρον συνέπνιγε. Σκόπει γοῦν πὼς ἐστι παρεσκευασμένος τέως πρὸς τὴν τῶν ἐπιταγμάτων ὑπακοήν. Τί [ Ὑὰρ ποιήσας, Φησὶ, ζωὴν αἰώνιον κληρονομήσω: Οὕτως ἕτοιμος ἦν πρὸς ἐργασίαν τῶν λεχθησομένων. Εἰ δὲ πειράζων προσῆλθεν, ἐδήλωσεν ἀν ἡμῖν καὶ τοῦτο ὃ εὐαγγελιστὴς» ὥσπερ καὶ ἐπὶ τῶν ἄλλων ἱποιεῖ, ὡς ἐπὶ τοῦ νομικοῦ. Εἰ δὲ καὶ αὐτὸς ἐσίγησεν, ὁ Χριστὸς αὐτὸν οὐκ ἂν εἴασε λαθεῖν, ἀλλ᾽ ἤλεγξεν ἂν σαφῶς, ἢ καὶ ἡνίξατο, ὥστε μὴ δόξαι ἡπατηκέναι καὶ λανθάνειν, καὶ ταύτη βλαβῆναι. Ὁ πειράζων προσῆλθεν, οὐκ ἂν ἀπῆλθε λυπούμενος ἐφ οἷς ἤκουσε. Τοῦτο γοῦν οὐδείς ποτε ἔπαθε τών Φαρισαίων, ἀλλ᾽ Ἰγριαίνοντο ἐπιστομιζόμενοι. Ἀλλ᾽ οὐχ ὰ οὗτος ἀλλ᾽ ἄπεισι κατηφής ὅπερ οὐ μικρὸν σημεῖον ἣν τοῦ μὴ μετὰ πονηρᾶς γνώμης αὐτὸν προσελθεῖν ἀλλ᾽ ἀσθενεστέρας, καὶ ἐπιθυμεῖν μὲν τῆς ζωῆς, κατέχεσθαι δὲ ἑτέρῳ παθει χαλεπωτάτῳ. Εἰπόντος τοίνυν τοὺ Χριστοὺ εἰ θέλεις εἰσελθεῖν εἰς τὴν ζωὴν, τήρησον τὰς ἐντολας λέγει, ποίας : οὐχὶ πειράζων, μὴ γένοιτο ἀλλὰ νομίζων ἑτέρας τινὰς παρὰ τὰς νομικὰς εἶναι τὰς τῆς ζωῆς προξένους αὐτῷ γενησομένας ὃ σφόδρα ἐπιθυμοῦντος ἣν. Εἶτα, ἐπειδὴ εἰ πεν ὦ ᾿Ιησοῦς τὰς ἀπὸ τοῦ νόμου, φησί ταῦτα πάντα ἐφυλαξάμην ἐκ νεότητός μου. Καὶ οὐδὲ ἐνταῦθα ἔστη; ἄλλα πάλιν ἐρωτᾷ, τί ἔτι ὑστερῶ; Ὁ ὃ καὶ αὐτὸ σημεῖον ἣν τῆς σφοδρᾶς ἐπιθυμίας αὐτοῦ. Οὐ μικρὸν δὲ καὶ τὸ γοβ ζει αὑτὸν ὕστερεῖν, μηδὲ γγεῖσθαι ἀρκεῖν τὰ εἰρημένα εἰς τὸ τυχεῖν ὧν ἐπεθύμει. Τί οὖν ὁ Χριστός: ᾿Επειδὴ ἔμελλε μέγα τι ἐπιτάττειν, προτίθησι τὰ ἔπαθλα, καί φησιν' ἐς εἰ θέλεις τέλειος εἶναι; ὕπαγε; πώλησον σου τὰ ὑπάρχοντα, καὶ δὸς πτωχοῖς καὶ ἕξεις ,θησαυρὸν ἐν οὐρανοῖς καὶ δεῦρο ἀκολού-᾿ θει μοι. Εἶδες πόσα βραβεῖα, πόσους στεφάνους τίθησι τῷ σταδίῳ τούτῳ; Εἰ δὲ ἐπείραζεν, οὐκ ἂν αὐτῷ ταῦτα εἶπε. Νυνὶ δὲ καὶ καὶ ὥστε αὐτὸν ἐφελκύσασθαι, καὶ τὸν μισθὸν αὐτῷ δείκνυσι πολὺν ὄντα, καὶ τῇ νώμῃ αὐτοῦ τὸ πᾶν ἐπιτρέπει, διὰ πάντων συσκιάζων τὸ οκοῦν εἶναι βαρὺ τῆς παραινέσεως. Διὸ καὶ πρὶν εἰπεῖν τὸν ἀγώνα καὶ τὸν πόνον, τὸ βραβεῖον αὐτῷ δείκνυσι, λέγων εἰ Ὁ θέλεις τέλειος εἶναι καὶ τότε φησὶ, πώλησον σου τὰ ὑπάρχοντα, καὶ δὸς πτωχοῖς καὶ εὐθέως πάλιν τὰ ἔπαθλα, ἕξεις θησαυρὸν ε εν οὐρανοῖς, καὶ δεῦρο ἀκολούθει μοι. καὶ γὰρ τὸ ἀκολουθεῖν αὐτῷ, μϑγάλη ἀντίδοσις. Καὶ ἕξεις θησαυρὸν ἐν οὐρανοῖς. ᾿Επειδῃ γὰρ περὶ , χρημάτων ἣν δ λόγος, καὶ πάντων αὐτὸν γνμνωθῆναι παρήνει; δεικνὺς ὅτι οὐκ ἀφαιρεῖται τὰ ὄντα, αλλὰ προστίθησι τοῖς οὖσι, καὶ πλείονα ὧν ἐκέλευσε παρασχεῖν ἔδωκεν' οὐ πλείονα δὲ μόνον, ἀλλὰ καὶ τοσούτῳ ᾿μείζονα, ὅσον γῆς οὐρανὸς, καὶ ἔτι πλέον. Θησαυρὸν δὲ εἶπε, τὸ δαψιλὲς τῆς ἀντιδόσεως, τὸ μόνιμον δηλῶν, τὸ ἄσυλον, ὡς ἐνεχώρει. διὰ τον ἀνθρωπίνων αἰνίξασθαι τῷ ἀκούοντι. Οὐκ ἄρα ἀρκεῖ ἐ τὸ χρημάτων καταφρονεῖν, ἐλχὰ δεῖ καὶ διαθρέψαι πένητας, καὶ προηγουμένως ἀκολουθεῖν τῷ Χριστῳ᾽ τουτέστι, πάντα τὰ παρ᾽ αὐτοῦ κελευόμενα ποιεῖν, πρὸς σφαγὰς εἶναι ἕτοιμον, καὶ θανατον καθημερινόν. ΕἸ τις γὰρ θέλει ὀπίσω μου ἐλθεῖν, ἀπαρνησάσθω ἑαυτὸν, καὶ ἀράτω τὸν σταυρὸν αὐτοῦ, καὶ ἀκολουθείτω μοι. Ὥστε τοῦ βῖψαι τὰ χρήματα πολλῳ μεῖζον τοῦτο τὸ ἐπίταγμα, τὸ καὶ αὐτὸ τὸ αἷμα ἐκχεῖν᾽ οὐ μικρὸν δὲ εἰς τοῦτο τὸ ᾿ χρημάτων ἀπηλλάχθαι συμβαλλεται. ᾿Ἀκούσας δὲ ὁ νεανίσκος, ἀπῆλθε λυπούμενος. Εἶτα ὥσπερ δεικνὺς ὁ εὐαγγελιστής, ὅτι οὐκ ἀπεικὸς τι πέπονθε, φησίν᾽ ἦν γὰρ ἔχων χρήματα πολλά. Ου γὰρ ὁμοίως κατέχονται οἱ τὰ ὀλίγα ἔχοντες, καὶ οἱ πολλῇ βαπτισθέντες περιουσίᾳ· σφοδρότερος γὰρ τότε ὁ ἔρως γίνεται. Ὅπερ αεὶ λέγων οὐ ἣ παύομαι, ὅτι ἡ προσθήκη τῶν ἐπεισιόντων μείζονα ἀνάπτει τὴν φλόγα, καὶ πενεστές βους ἐργάζεται τοὺς κτωμένους, εἴγε ἐν πλείονι καθίστησιν αὐτοὺς ἐπιθυμίᾳ, καὶ μάλλον αἰσθάνεσθαι τῆς ἐνδείας ποιεῖ. Σκόπει γοῦν καὶ ἐνταῦθα οἵαν ἐπεδείξατο τὴν ἰσχὺν τὸ παθος. Τὸν γὰρ μετὰ χαρᾶς προσελθόντα καὶ προθυμίας, ἐπειδὴ ἐκέλευσεν ὁ Χριστὸς ῥῖψαι τὰ χρήματα, οὕτω κατέχωσε καὶ εβάρησεν, ὡς μηδὲ ἀποκρίνασθαι περὶ τούτων αφειναι, αλλα σιγήσαντα καὶ κατηφῆ καὶ στυγνὸν Ὑγενο᾽ « μενον απελθεῖν. Τί οὖν ὁ Χριστός: ᾽. Πῶς δυσκόλως οἱ πλούσιοι εἰσ’ ελεύσονται εἰς τὴν βασιλείαν τῶν οὐρανῶν οὐ τὰ χρήματα διαβάλλων, αλλὰ τοὺς κατεχομένους ὑπ αὐτῶν. ἔι δὲ πλούσιος δυσκόλως, πολλῷ μάλλον ὁ πλεονέκτης. ΕΟ Ὑαρ τὸ μὴ ὃὄουναι τὰ εαυτοὺῦ προς βασιλείαν θμποόιον, τὸ καὶ τὰ ἑτόρων λαβεῖν ἐννόησον πόσον σωρεύει τὸ πῦρ. δήποτε δὲ τοῖς μαθηταῖς ἔλεγεν, ὅτι δυσκόλως πλού’ σιος εἰσελεύσεται, πένησιν οὖσι καὶ οὐδὲν κεκτημένοις Παιδεύων αὐτοὺς μὴ αἰσχύνεσθαι τὴν πενίαν, καὶ ὡσανοὶ απο΄ λογούμενος αὐτοῖς ὑπὲρ τοῦ μηδὲν ἐπιτρέψαι ἔχειν. Εἰπὼν δὲ δύσκολον, προϊὼν δείκνυσιν ὅτι καὶ ἀδύνατον, καὶ οὐχ φ΄- γ ὔ ἂ ἁπλῶς ἀδύνατον, ἀλλὰ καὶ μετ᾽ ἐπιτάσεως αδυνατον᾽ καὶ τοῦτο ἐκ τοῦ παραδείγματος ἐδήλωσε, τοῦ κατὰ τὴν μηλον καὶ τὴν βελόνην. 12ἴ Εὐκοπώτερον, φησὶ, κάμηλον εἰσαλθεῖν διὰ τρυπήματος ραφίδος, ἢ πλούσιον εἰς τὴν σιλείαν τῶν οὐρανῶν. Ὅθεν δείκνυται ὅτι οὐχ ὁ τυχὼν μισθὺς τοῖς πλουτοῦσι καὶ δυναμένοις φιλοσοφεῖν. Διὸ καὶ θεοῦ ἔργον ξδῴφησεν εἷναι αὐτο, ἵνα δείξη, ὅτι πολλῆς δεῖ τῆς χάριτος; τῷ μέλλοντι τοῦτο κατορθοῦν. Τῶν γοῦν μασ- σθητῶν ταραχθέντων ἔλεγε . παρὰ ἀνθρώποις ἢ τοῦτο ἀδύνατον, παρὰ δὲ θεῷ πάντα δυνατά. Καὶ τίνος ἕνεκεν οἱ μαθηταὶ ταράττονται, πένητες ὄντες, καὶ σφόδρα πόνητες; τίνος οὖν ὅνεκεν ᾿θορυβοῦνται; Ὑπὲρ τῆς τῶν ἢ λων σωτηρίας αλγοῦντες, καὶ πολλὴν πρὸς ἅπαντας φιλοΝ στοργίαν ἔχοντες, καὶ τὰ τῶν διδασκάλων ἤδη σπλαγχνα ἀναλαβόντες. Οὕτω γοῦν ἔτρεμον καὶ ἐδεδοίκεισαν ὑπὲρ Ἑ τῆς οἰκουμένης ἁπάσης ἀπὸ τῆς αποῴφασεως ταύτης, ὥστε πολλῆς δεηθῆναι τῆς παρακλήσεως. Διὰ τοῦτο πρότερον ὃ ὃ ἐμβλέψας αὑτοῖς εἶπε τὰ παρὰ ἀνθρώποις ἀδύνατα, ἀλλὰ μετὰ πολλοῦ τοῦ περιόντος δυνατὰ παρὰ τῷ θεῷ. Ἡμέρῳ γὰρ ὄμματι καὶ πράῳ φρίττουσαν αὐτῶν τὴν διάνοιαν παραμυθησάμενος, καὶ τὴν ἄγωνίαν καταλύσατ (τοῦτο γὰρ ἐδήλωσεν ὁ ο εὐαγγελιστὴς εἰπὼν, ἐμβλέψας τότε καὶ διὰ τῶν ῥημάτων αὐτοὺς τὶ ανίησι, τὴν τοῦ θεοῦ δύναμιν εἰς μέσον ἀγαγὼν, καὶ οὕτω ποιήσας θαῤῥεῖν. Εἰ δὲ βούλει καὶ τὸν τρόπον μαθεῖν, καὶ πῶς ἄν τὸ ἀδύνατον γένοιτο δυνατὸν, ἄκουε. Οὐδὲ γὰρ διὰ τοῦτο εἶπε, τὰ παρὰ ἀνθρώποις ἀδύνατα, δυνατὰ παρὰ τῷ θεῷ, ἵνα ἀναπέσης, καὶ ὡς ἀδυνάτων ἀπόσχη: αλλ ἵνα τὸ μέγεθος τοῦ κατορθώματος ἐννοήσας, ἐπιπηδήσης ῥᾳδίως, καὶ τὸν θεὸν παρακαλέσας συνεφάψασθαί σοὶ: τῶν καλῶν τούτων ἄθλων, τῆς ζωῆς ἐ εἐπιτύχῃς. Πώς οὖν ἄν γένοιτο τοῦτο δυνατόν: Ἂν βῥίψης τὰ ὄντα, ἂν κενώσῃς τὰ χρήματα, ἄν τῆς πονηρᾶς ἐπιθυμίας ἀποΒστῆς. Ὅτι γὰρ οὐ τῷ θεῷ μόνον αὐτὸ λογίζεται, ἀλλὰ διὰ τοῦτο εἶπεν, ἵνα δείξῃ τὸν ὄγκον τοῦ κατορθώματος. ἄκουσον τῶν μετὰ ταῦτα. Πέτρον γὰρ εἰπόντος, ἰδοὺ ἡμεῖς ἀφήκαμεν πάντα, καὶ ἠκολουθήσαμέν σοι, καὶ ἐρωτήσαντος, τί ἄρα ἔ ἔσται ἡμῖν: τὸν μισθὸν ὁρίσας ἐκείνοις, καὶ πᾶς ὅστις ἀφῆκεν οἰκίας, ἣ ἀγροὺς, ἢ αδελφοὺς, ἢ ἢ ἀδελφὰς, ἢ ἢ ,πατέρα; ἢ μητέρα, ἑκατονταπλασίονα λήψεται, καὶ ζωὴν αἰώνιον κληρονομήσει. Οὕτω τὸ ἀδύνατον γίνεται δυνατόν. ᾿Αλλὰ πῶς αὐτὸ τοῦτο γένοιτ᾽ ἄν, φησὶ, τὸ ἀφεῖναι πὼς δυνατὸν τὸν βαπτισθέντα ἅπαξ ἐπιθυμίᾳ τοιαύτῃ χρημάτων ἀνενεγκεῖν ἄρξηται ἐκ τῶν ὄντων κενοὺν, καὶ τὰ περιττὰ περικόπτειν. Οὕτω γὰρ καὶ περαιτέρω προβήσεται, καὶ εὐκολώτερον λοιπὸν δραμεῖται. ᾿ Μὴ τοίνυν ὑφ᾽ ἕν τὸ πᾶν ζητήσῃς, ἀλλ᾽ ἠρέμα καὶ κατὰ μικρὸν ἀνάβαινε τὴν κλίμακα ταύτην, τὴν εἰς τὸν οὐρανόν σε ᾿ανάγουσαν, εἰ δυσχερᾶς σοι τὸ αθρόον φαίνεται. Καθἅπερ γὰρ οἱ πυρέττοντες, δριμεῖαν χολὴν ἔνδον ἔ ἔχοντες πλεονάζουσαν, ὅ ὅταν ᾿ἐπεμβάλωσι σῖτα καὶ ποτὰ, οὐ μόνον οὐ κατάσβεννύουσι τὸ δίψος, ἀλλὰ καὶ ἀνάπτουσι τὴν φλόγα οὕτω καὶ οἱ φιλοχρήματοι; ὅταν τῇ πονηρᾷ ταύτῃ. ἐπιθυμίᾳ καὶ τῆς χολῆς ἐκείνης δριμντέρᾳ τὰ Χρήματα ᾿ἐπεμβάλωσι, μᾶλλον αὐτὴν ἑκκαίουσιν. Οὐδὲν γὰρ αὐτὴν οὕτως ἵστησιν, ὡς τὸ ἀποστῆναι τέως τῆς τοῦ κερδαίνειν ἐπιθυμίας, ὥσπερ οὖν τὴν δριμεῖαν χολὴν ὀλιγοσιτία καὶ κένωσις. Τοῦτο δὲ αὐτὸ πόθεν ἔ ἔσται: φησίν. Ἂν ἐννοήσῃς, ὅτι πλουτῶν μὲν οὐδόποτε παύσῃ διψών, καὶ τηκόμενος τῇ τοῦ πλείονος ἐπιθυμίᾳ ἀπαλλαγεὶς δὲ τῶν ὄντων, καὶ τὸ νόσημα δυνήσῃ στῆσαι τοῦτο. Μὴ τοίνυν περιβάλλου πλείονα, ἵνα μὴ ἀκίχητα, διώκης, καὶ ανίατα νοσῆς» καὶ πάντων ἐλεεινότερος ἢ ἧς τοιαῦτα λυττῶν. Ἀπόκριναι. γάρ μοι, τίνα ἂν φαίημεν βασανίζεσθαι καὶ ὀδυνᾶσθαι, τὸν ἐπιθυμοῦντα σιτίων καὶ πότων πολυτελῶν, καὶ οὐκ ἔχοντα ἀπολαῦσαι ὡς βούλεται ἥ τὸν οὐκ ἔχοντα ἐπιθυμίαν τοιαύτην: Εὔδηλον ὅτι τὸν ἐπιθυμοῦντα μὲν, οὐ δυνάμενον δὲ ματασχειῖν ὧν ἐπιθυμεῖ. Οὕτω γάρ ἐστι τοῦτο ὀδυνηρὸν, τὸ ἐπιθυμοῦντα μὴ αἀπολαύειν, καὶ διψῶντα μὴ πίνειν, ὡς καὶ τὴν γέενναν βουλόμενον ἡμῖν ὑπογράψαι τὸν Χ ζριστὸν, τοῦτον αὐτὴν ὑπογράψαι τὸν τρόπον, καὶ τὸν πλούσιον οὕτως εἰσαγαγεῖν ἀποτηγανιζόμενον ἐπιθυμῶν γὰρ σταγόνος ὕδατος, καὶ μὴ ἀπολαύων, οὕτως ἐκολάζετο. Οὐκοῦν ὁ μὲν χρημάτων καταφρονῶν ἔστησε τὴν ἐπιθυμίαν ὁ δὲ πλουτεῖν βουλόμενος, καὶ περιβάλλεσθαι ᾽ πλείω, ἀνῆψε μᾶλλον, καὶ οὐδέπω ἵσταται ἀλλὰ κἂν κυρία λάβῃ τάλαντα, ἑτέρων τοσούτων ἐπιθυμεῖ κἂν τούτων ἐπιτύχη; πάλιν δὶς τοσούτων ἄλλων ἐφίεται καὶ ,προϊων, καὶ τὰ ὄρη, καὶ τὴν γῆν» καὶ τὴν θάλατταν, καὶ πάντα εὔχεται αὐτῷ γενέσθαι χρυσὸν, καινήν τινα μανίαν μαινόμενος καὶ φοβερὰν, καὶ οὐδέποτε οὕτω σβεσθῆναι δυναμένην. Καὶ ἵνα μάθῃς, ὅ ὅτι οὐ τῇ προσθήκῃ; ἀλλὰ τῆ ἀφαιρέσει τοῦτο ἴσταται τὸ κακόν' εἴ σοι γέγονεν ἐπιθυμία ποτὲ ἄτοπος πτῆναι καὶ δι ἀέρος ἐνεχθῆναι, πῶς ἂν τὴν ἄτοπον ταύτην ἔσβεσας ἐπιθυμίαν τῷ πτερὰ διαπλάττειν, καὶ ἕτερα ὄργανα κατασκευάαζειν ; ἢ ἥ τῷ πεῖσαι τὸν λογισμὸν, ὅτι ἀδυνάτων ἐπιθυμεῖ, καὶ οὐδενὶ τούτων ἐπιχειρεῖν δεῖ; Εὔδηλον ὅτι τῷ πεῖσαι τὸν λογισμόν. ᾿Αλλ᾽ ἐκεῖνο, φησὶν, ἀδύνατον. ᾿Αλλὰ καὶ τοῦτο ἀδυνατώτερον, τὸ τῆς ἐπιθυμίας ταύτης ὅρον εὑρεῖν. Καὶ γὰρ, εὐκολώτερον ἀνθρώπους ὦ ὄντας πτῆναι, ἢ τῇ προσθήκῃ τοῦ πλείονος παῦσαι τὸν ἔρωτα. Ὅταν μὲν γάρ ἢ δυνατὰ τὰ ἐπιθυμητὰ; τῇ ἀπολαύσει παραμυθεῖσθαι δυνατόν' ὅταν δὲ ἀδύνατα, ἕ ἐν δεῖ σπουδάζειν μόνον, τὸ τῆς ἐπιθυμίας ἡμᾶς αὐτοὺς ἀπαγαγεῖν, ὡς ἑτέρως Ἴ6ε οὐκ ἐνὸν ἀνακτήσασθαι τὴν ψυχήν. Ἵν οὖν μὴ περιττὰ ὀδυνώμεθα, τὸν διηνεκῶς λυποῦντα ἔ ἔρωτα τῶν χρημάτων καὶ οὐδέποτε σιυγήσαι ἀνεχόμενον ἀφέντες, ἐφ᾽ ἕτερον μεθορμισώμεθα, τὸν καὶ μακαρίους ἡμᾶς ποιοῦντα, καὶ πολλὴν ἔχοντα τὴν εὐκολίαν, καὶ τῶν ἄνω θησαυρῶν ἐπιθυμήσωμεν. Οὔτε γὰρ πόνος ἐνταῦθα τοσοῦτος; καὶ τὸ κέρδος ἄφατον, καὶ ἀποτυχεῖν οὐκ ἔνι τὸν ' καὶ ὁπωσοῦν ἀγρυπνοῦντα καὶ νήφοντα καὶ τῶν Ὁ παρόντων ὑπερορώντα ὥσπερ οὗν τὸν δουλεύοντα αὐτοῖς καὶ ἐκδεδομένον εἰσάπαξ ἀνάγκη πᾶσα ἐκπεσεῖν ἐκείνων. Ταῦτ᾽ οὖν ἅπαντα ἐλ οὖ χίών, τὴν πονηρὰν ἐπιθυμίαν ἔκβαλε τῶν χρημάτων. Οὐδὲ Ὑαρ τοῦτο ἔχοις ἂν εἰπεῖν, ὅτι τὰ μὲν παρόντα δίδωσι, τῶν δὲ μελλόντων ἀποστερεῖ καίτοι καὶ εἰ τοῦτο ἦν, ἐσχάτη τοῦτο κόλασις καὶ τιμωρία. Νὺ υν δὲ οὐδὲ τοῦτο ἔνι. Μετὰ γὰρ τῆς γεέννης καὶ πρὸ τῆς γεέννης ἐκείνης, καὶ ἐνταῦθα εἰς χλεπώτεραν, σε ἐμβάλλει κόλασιν. Καὶ γὰρ οἰκίας πολλὰς ἡ ἐπιθυμία αὕτη ἀνέτρεψε, καὶ χαλεποὺς πολέμους ἀνεῤῥίπισε, καὶ βιαίῳ θανάτῳ καταλῦσαι τὸν βίον κατηνάγκασε᾽ καὶ πρὸ τῶν αὐνϑύρων δὲ τούτων τῆς γυχῆς λυμαίνεται τὴν εὐγένειαν καὶ ἢ δειλὸν, καὶ ἄνανδρον, καὶ θρασὺν, καὶ ψεύστην, καὶ συκοφάντην, καὶ ἅρπαγα, καὶ πλεονέκτην, καὶ τὰ ἔσχατα πάντα τὸν ἔχοντα πολλάκις εἰργάσατο. Ἀλλ᾽ ἴσως τὴν λαμπηδόνα τοῦ ἀργυρίου, καὶ τῶν οἰκετῶν τὸ πλῆθος, καὶ τῶν οἰκοδομημάτων τὸ κάλλος, καὶ τὴν θεραπείαν τὴν ἐπ᾽ ἀγορᾶς ὁρῶν καταγοητεύῃ: Τίς οὖν ἄν γένοιτο θεραπεία τῷ πονηρῷ ' τραύματι τούτῳ: : Ἂν ἐννοήσῃς, πῶς σοι ταῦτα τὴν ψυχὴν διατίθησι πῶς σκοτεινὴν καὶ ἔρημον καὶ αἰσχρὰν αὐτὴν κατασκευάζει καὶ δυσειδὴῆ ἂν λογίση μεθ᾽ ὅ ὅσων ταῦτα ἐκτήθη κακῶν, μεθ᾽ ὅσων φυλαάττεται πόνων, μεθ᾽ ὅ ὅσων κινδύνων μᾶλλον δὲ οὐδὲ φυλάττεται μέχρι τέλους, αλλ᾽ ὅταν ἁπάντων διαφύγῃ τὰς λαβὰς, ὁ θάνατος ἐπελθὼν ταῦτα μὲν εἰς τὰς τῶν σῶν ἐχθρῶν πολλάκις ἐξήγαγε χεῖρας, σὲ δὲ ἔ ἔρημον λαβὼν ἄπεισιν, οὐδὲν τούτων ἐπισυρόμενον, ἀλλ᾽ ἡ τὰ τραύματα καὶ τὰ ἕλκη μόνον, ἅπερ ἐκ τούτων λαβοῦσα ἃ απεῖσιν ἡ ψυχή. Ὅταν οὖν ἴδης τινὰ λάμποντα ἔξωθεν ἀπὸ τῶν ἱματίων καὶ τῆς πολλῆς δορυφορίας: ἀνάπτυξον αὐτοῦ τὸ συνειδὸς, καὶ πολλὴν εὑρήσεις τὴν ἀράχνην ἔνδον, καὶ πολλὴν τὴν κόνιν ὄψει. ᾿Εννόησον τὸν Παῦλον, τὸν Πέτρον' ἐννόησον τὸν ᾿Ιωάννην, τὸν ᾿Ηλίαν᾽ μᾶλλον δὲ αὐτὸν τὸν νἱὸν τοῦ θεοῦ, τὸν οὐκ ἔχοντα ποῦ τὴν κεφαλὴν κλίναι. ᾿Εκείνον ζηλωτὴς γενοῦ, καὶ τῶν ἐκείνου δούλων, καὶ τὸν ἄφατον ᾿τούτων φανταζον πλοῦτον. Εἰ δὲ μικρὸν διαβλέψας ἐκ τούτων σκοτωθείης πάλιν, καθάπερ ἔν τινι ναυαγίῳ καταιγίδος ἐπελθούσης, ἄκουσον τῆς ἀποφάσεως τοῦ Χριστοῦ τῆς λεγούσης, ὅτε ἀδύνατον πλούσιον εἰσελθεῖν εἰς τὴν βασιλείαν τών οὐρανῶν. Καὶ πρὸς τὴν ἀπόφασιν ταύτην θὲς τὰ ὄρη, καὶ τὴν γῆν, καὶ τὴν θάλασσαν᾽ καὶ πάντα; εἰ βούλει, τῷ λόγῳ ποίησον εἶναι χρυσον᾽ ονὸόεν γὰρ ἴσον οψει τῆς ζημίας τῆς εκεῖθὲν σοι γινομένης. Καὶ σὺ μὲν πλέθρων γῆς τόσων καὶ τόσων μέμνησαι, καὶ οἰκιῶν δέκα καὶ εἴκοσιν, ἢ καὶ πλειόνων, καὶ βαλανείων τοσούτων, καὶ ἀνὸραπόδων χιλίων, ἢ δὲς τοσούτων, καὶ ὀχημάτων. ἀργυρενδέτων καὶ χρυσοπάστων' ἐγὼ δὲ ἐκεῖνό φημι εἰ τῶν πλουτούντων ὑμῶν. ἕκαστος, τὴν πενίαν ταύτην ἀφεὶς, (πενία γὰρ ταῦτα πρὸς ὃ μέλλω λέγειν), ὁλόκληρον ἐκέκτητο κόσμον, καὶ ἕκαστος αὐτῶν τοσούτους εἶχεν ἀνθρώπους, ὅσοι νῦν εἰσι πανταχοῦ γῆς καὶ θαλάττης, καὶ οἰκουμένην ἕκαστος, καὶ γῆν καὶ θάλατταν, καὶ πανταχοῦ οἰκοδομήματα, καὶ πόλεις καὶ ἔθνη, καὶ πανταχόθεν αντὶ ὕδατος, αντὶ πηγῶν αὐτῷ χρυσίον ἐπέρῥει, τριῶν ὁβολῶν οὐκ ἂν ἔφην ἀξίους εἶναι τοὺς οὕτω πλουτουντας, τῆς ᾿ βασιλείας ἐκπεσόντας. Ει γὰρ νῦν χρημάτων τῶν ἀπολβοιεν αἴσθησιν τῶν ἀποῤῥήτων ἀγαθῶν ἐκείνων, τί λοιπὸν ἀρκέσει εἰς παραμυθίαν αὐτοῖς ; Οὐκ ἔστιν οὐδέν. Μὴ τοίνυν μοι λέγε τὴν τῶν χρημάτων περιουσίαν, ἀλλ᾽ ἐννόει τὴν ζημίαν ὅ ὅσην ἐκ ταύτης οἱ ταύτης ὑπομένουσιν ἐρασταὶ, αντὶ τούτων τοὺς οὐρανοὺς ἀπολλύντες, καὶ ταὐτὸν πάσχοντες, οἷον ἂν εἴ τις τῆς ἐν βασιλείοις μεγίστης τιμῆς ἐκπεσῶν, κόπρου θημωνίαν ἔχων, μέγα ἐπὶ ταύτη ᾿ φρονοίη. Οὐδὲν γὰρ ἐκείνης ἢ τῶν χρημάτων διαφέρει σωρεία μᾶλλον δὲ καὶ βελτίων ἐ εκείνη. Ἡ μὲν γὰρ καὶ πρὸς γεωργίαν ἐπιτήδειος, καὶ πρὸς βαλανείου ' ἕκκαυσιν, καὶ πρὸς ἄλλα τοιαὕτα ὁ δὲ κατορωρυγμένος χρυσὸς πρὸς οὐδὲν τούτων. Καὶ εἴθε μόνον ἄχρηστος ἢ ἦν νυνὶ δὲ καὶ πολλὰς ἀνάπτει τῷ ἔχοντι τὰς καμίνους, εἰ μὴ εἰς δέον αὐτῷ χρήσαιτο τὰ γοῦν μυρία κακὰ ἐντεῦθεν φύεται. Διὰ τοῦτο οἱ μὲν ἔξωθεν α ἀκρόπολιν κακῶν τὴν φιλαργυρίαν α ἐκάλουν. ὁ δὲ μακάριος Παῦλος πολλῷ βέλτιον καὶ ἐμφαντικώτερον, ῥίζαν αὐτὴν τῶν κακών ἁπάντων εἰπών. Ταῦτ᾽ οὖν ἅπαντα ἐννοοῦντες, μάθωμεν ζηλοῦν τὰ ἄξια ζήλον᾽ μὴ τὰς λαμπρὰς οἰκοδομὰς, μηδὲ τοὺς πολυτελεῖς ἀγρούν' ἀλλὰ τοὺς πολλὴν παῤῥησίαν πρὸς τὸν θεὸν ξ ὄχοντας ἄνδρας, τοὺς ἐν οὐρανῷ πλουτοῦντας, τοὺς τῶν θησαυρῶν ἐκείνων κυρίους, τοὺς ὄντως ,Τλουσίους, τοὺς διὰ Χριστὸν πένητα ἵνα τῶν αἰωνίων ᾿ἐπιτύχωμεν ἀγαθῶν, χάριτι καὶ Φιλανθρωπίᾳ τοῦ κυρίου ἡμῶν ᾿Ιησοῦ Χριστοῦ, μεθ᾽ οὗ τῷ πατρὶ ἅμα τῷ ἁγίῳ πνεύματι δόξα, κράτος, τιμὴ, νῦν καὶ αεὶ καὶ εἰς τοὺς αἰῶνας τῶν αἰώνων. ᾿Δμήν. ᾿

epēgage, posǭ mallon ho patēr hymōn dōsei agatha tois aitousin auton : Nai ti to katepeigon hēn, phēsin, ē ti to chrēsimon, hōste houtōs auton apokrinasthai: : ᾿Anagei auton kata mikron, kai paideuei kolakeias apēllachthai pasēs, tōn epi tēs gēs apagōn, kai tǭ theǭ prosēlōn, kai peithōn ta mellonta zētein, kai eidenai to ho ontōs agathon, kai tēn rhizan kai tēn pēgēn hapantōn, kai autǭ tas timas anapherein. ᾿Epei kai hotan legē, mē kalesēte. didaskalon epi tēs gēs. pros antidiastolēn autou touto phēsin, kai hina mathōsi tis ē prōtē tōn ontōn hapantōn archē. Oude gar mikran ho neaniskos epedeixato prothymian ᾿ teōs, eis erōta toiouton empesōn, kai tōn allōn tōn men peirazontōn, tōn de hyper nosēmatōn prosiontōn, ē tōn oikeiōn, ē tōn allotriōn, autos hyper zōēs aiōniou kai prosiōn kai dialegomenos. Kai gar lipara ēn hē gē kai piōn, alla tōn akanthōn to plēthos ton sporon synepnige. Skopei goun pōs esti pareskeuasmenos teōs pros tēn tōn epitagmatōn hypakoēn. Ti [ Hyar poiēsas, Phēsi, zōēn aiōnion klēronomēsō: Houtōs hetoimos ēn pros ergasian tōn lechthēsomenōn. Ei de peirazōn prosēlthen, edēlōsen an hēmin kai touto ho euangelistēs» hōsper kai epi tōn allōn hipoiei, hōs epi tou nomikou. Ei de kai autos esigēsen, ho Christos auton ouk an eiase lathein, all᾽ ēlenxen an saphōs, ē kai hēnixato, hōste mē doxai hēpatēkenai kai lanthanein, kai tautē blabēnai. Ho peirazōn prosēlthen, ouk an apēlthe lypoumenos eph hois ēkouse. Touto goun oudeis pote epathe tōn Pharisaiōn, all᾽ Igriainonto epistomizomenoi. All᾽ ouch a houtos all᾽ apeisi katēphēs hoper ou mikron sēmeion hēn tou mē meta ponēras gnōmēs auton proselthein all᾽ asthenesteras, kai epithymein men tēs zōēs, katechesthai de heterǭ pathei chalepōtatǭ. Eipontos toinyn tou Christou ei theleis eiselthein eis tēn zōēn, tērēson tas entolas legei, poias : ouchi peirazōn, mē genoito alla nomizōn heteras tinas para tas nomikas einai tas tēs zōēs proxenous autǭ genēsomenas ho sphodra epithymountos hēn. Eita, epeidē ei pen ō ᾿Iēsous tas apo tou nomou, phēsi tauta panta ephylaxamēn ek neotētos mou. Kai oude entautha estē? alla palin erōtą, ti eti hysterō? Ho ho kai auto sēmeion hēn tēs sphodras epithymias autou. Ou mikron de kai to gob zei hauton hysterein, mēde ngeisthai arkein ta eirēmena eis to tychein hōn epethymei. Ti oun ho Christos: ᾿Epeidē emelle mega ti epitattein, protithēsi ta epathla, kai phēsin' es ei theleis teleios einai? hypage? pōlēson sou ta hyparchonta, kai dos ptōchois kai hexeis ,thēsauron en ouranois kai deuro akolou-᾿ thei moi. Eides posa brabeia, posous stephanous tithēsi tǭ stadiǭ toutǭ? Ei de epeirazen, ouk an autǭ tauta eipe. Nyni de kai kai hōste auton ephelkysasthai, kai ton misthon autǭ deiknysi polyn onta, kai tę̄ nōmę̄ autou to pan epitrepei, dia pantōn syskiazōn to okoun einai bary tēs paraineseōs. Dio kai prin eipein ton agōna kai ton ponon, to brabeion autǭ deiknysi, legōn ei Ho theleis teleios einai kai tote phēsi, pōlēson sou ta hyparchonta, kai dos ptōchois kai eutheōs palin ta epathla, hexeis thēsauron e en ouranois, kai deuro akolouthei moi. kai gar to akolouthein autǭ, mϑgalē antidosis. Kai hexeis thēsauron en ouranois. ᾿Epeidę̄ gar peri , chrēmatōn hēn d logos, kai pantōn auton gnmnōthēnai parēnei? deiknys hoti ouk aphaireitai ta onta, alla prostithēsi tois ousi, kai pleiona hōn ekeleuse paraschein edōken' ou pleiona de monon, alla kai tosoutǭ ᾿meizona, hoson gēs ouranos, kai eti pleon. Thēsauron de eipe, to dapsiles tēs antidoseōs, to monimon dēlōn, to asylon, hōs enechōrei. dia ton anthrōpinōn ainixasthai tǭ akouonti. Ouk ara arkei e to chrēmatōn kataphronein, elcha dei kai diathrepsai penētas, kai proēgoumenōs akolouthein tǭ Christǭ᾽ toutesti, panta ta par᾽ autou keleuomena poiein, pros sphagas einai hetoimon, kai thanaton kathēmerinon. EI tis gar thelei opisō mou elthein, aparnēsasthō heauton, kai aratō ton stauron autou, kai akoloutheitō moi. Hōste tou bipsai ta chrēmata pollǭ meizon touto to epitagma, to kai auto to haima ekchein᾽ ou mikron de eis touto to ᾿ chrēmatōn apēllachthai symballetai. ᾿Akousas de ho neaniskos, apēlthe lypoumenos. Eita hōsper deiknys ho euangelistēs, hoti ouk apeikos ti peponthe, phēsin᾽ ēn gar echōn chrēmata polla. Ou gar homoiōs katechontai hoi ta oliga echontes, kai hoi pollę̄ baptisthentes periousią; sphodroteros gar tote ho erōs ginetai. Hoper aei legōn ou hē pauomai, hoti hē prosthēkē tōn epeisiontōn meizona anaptei tēn phloga, kai penestes bous ergazetai tous ktōmenous, eige en pleioni kathistēsin autous epithymią, kai mallon aisthanesthai tēs endeias poiei. Skopei goun kai entautha hoian epedeixato tēn ischyn to pathos. Ton gar meta charas proselthonta kai prothymias, epeidē ekeleusen ho Christos rhipsai ta chrēmata, houtō katechōse kai ebarēsen, hōs mēde apokrinasthai peri toutōn apheinai, alla sigēsanta kai katēphē kai stygnon Hygeno᾽ « menon apelthein. Ti oun ho Christos: ᾽. Pōs dyskolōs hoi plousioi eis’ eleusontai eis tēn basileian tōn ouranōn ou ta chrēmata diaballōn, alla tous katechomenous hyp autōn. ei de plousios dyskolōs, pollǭ mallon ho pleonektēs. EO Hyar to mē hooounai ta eautouy pros basileian thmpooion, to kai ta hetorōn labein ennoēson poson sōreuei to pyr. dēpote de tois mathētais elegen, hoti dyskolōs plou’ sios eiseleusetai, penēsin ousi kai ouden kektēmenois Paideuōn autous mē aischynesthai tēn penian, kai hōsanoi apo΄ logoumenos autois hyper tou mēden epitrepsai echein. Eipōn de dyskolon, proïōn deiknysin hoti kai adynaton, kai ouch ph΄- g y a haplōs adynaton, alla kai met᾽ epitaseōs adynaton᾽ kai touto ek tou paradeigmatos edēlōse, tou kata tēn mēlon kai tēn belonēn. 12i Eukopōteron, phēsi, kamēlon eisalthein dia trypēmatos raphidos, ē plousion eis tēn sileian tōn ouranōn. Hothen deiknytai hoti ouch ho tychōn misthys tois ploutousi kai dynamenois philosophein. Dio kai theou ergon xdǭphēsen heinai auto, hina deixē, hoti pollēs dei tēs charitos? tǭ mellonti touto katorthoun. Tōn goun mas- sthētōn tarachthentōn elege . para anthrōpois ē touto adynaton, para de theǭ panta dynata. Kai tinos heneken hoi mathētai tarattontai, penētes ontes, kai sphodra ponētes? tinos oun honeken ᾿thorybountai? Hyper tēs tōn ē lōn sōtērias algountes, kai pollēn pros hapantas philoN storgian echontes, kai ta tōn didaskalōn ēdē splanchna analabontes. Houtō goun etremon kai ededoikeisan hyper He tēs oikoumenēs hapasēs apo tēs apoǭphaseōs tautēs, hōste pollēs deēthēnai tēs paraklēseōs. Dia touto proteron ho ho emblepsas hautois eipe ta para anthrōpois adynata, alla meta pollou tou periontos dynata para tǭ theǭ. Hēmerǭ gar ommati kai praǭ phrittousan autōn tēn dianoian paramythēsamenos, kai tēn agōnian katalysat (touto gar edēlōsen ho o euangelistēs eipōn, emblepsas tote kai dia tōn rhēmatōn autous ti aniēsi, tēn tou theou dynamin eis meson agagōn, kai houtō poiēsas tharrhein. Ei de boulei kai ton tropon mathein, kai pōs an to adynaton genoito dynaton, akoue. Oude gar dia touto eipe, ta para anthrōpois adynata, dynata para tǭ theǭ, hina anapesēs, kai hōs adynatōn aposchē: all hina to megethos tou katorthōmatos ennoēsas, epipēdēsēs rhądiōs, kai ton theon parakalesas synephapsasthai soi: tōn kalōn toutōn athlōn, tēs zōēs e eepitychę̄s. Pōs oun an genoito touto dynaton: An brhipsēs ta onta, an kenōsę̄s ta chrēmata, an tēs ponēras epithymias apoBstēs. Hoti gar ou tǭ theǭ monon auto logizetai, alla dia touto eipen, hina deixę̄ ton onkon tou katorthōmatos. akouson tōn meta tauta. Petron gar eipontos, idou hēmeis aphēkamen panta, kai ēkolouthēsamen soi, kai erōtēsantos, ti ara e estai hēmin: ton misthon horisas ekeinois, kai pas hostis aphēken oikias, hē agrous, ē adelphous, ē ē adelphas, ē ē ,patera? ē mētera, hekatontaplasiona lēpsetai, kai zōēn aiōnion klēronomēsei. Houtō to adynaton ginetai dynaton. ᾿Alla pōs auto touto genoit᾽ an, phēsi, to apheinai pōs dynaton ton baptisthenta hapax epithymią toiautę̄ chrēmatōn anenenkein arxētai ek tōn ontōn kenoun, kai ta peritta perikoptein. Houtō gar kai peraiterō probēsetai, kai eukolōteron loipon drameitai. ᾿ Mē toinyn hyph᾽ hen to pan zētēsę̄s, all᾽ ērema kai kata mikron anabaine tēn klimaka tautēn, tēn eis ton ouranon se ᾿anagousan, ei dyscheras soi to athroon phainetai. Kathaper gar hoi pyrettontes, drimeian cholēn endon e echontes pleonazousan, ho hotan ᾿epembalōsi sita kai pota, ou monon ou katasbennyousi to dipsos, alla kai anaptousi tēn phloga houtō kai hoi philochrēmatoi? hotan tę̄ ponērą tautę̄. epithymią kai tēs cholēs ekeinēs drimnterą ta Chrēmata ᾿epembalōsi, mallon autēn hekkaiousin. Ouden gar autēn houtōs histēsin, hōs to apostēnai teōs tēs tou kerdainein epithymias, hōsper oun tēn drimeian cholēn oligositia kai kenōsis. Touto de auto pothen e estai: phēsin. An ennoēsę̄s, hoti ploutōn men oudopote pausę̄ dipsōn, kai tēkomenos tę̄ tou pleionos epithymią apallageis de tōn ontōn, kai to nosēma dynēsę̄ stēsai touto. Mē toinyn periballou pleiona, hina mē akichēta, diōkēs, kai aniata nosēs» kai pantōn eleeinoteros ē hēs toiauta lyttōn. Apokrinai. gar moi, tina an phaiēmen basanizesthai kai odynasthai, ton epithymounta sitiōn kai potōn polytelōn, kai ouk echonta apolausai hōs bouletai hē ton ouk echonta epithymian toiautēn: Eudēlon hoti ton epithymounta men, ou dynamenon de matascheiin hōn epithymei. Houtō gar esti touto odynēron, to epithymounta mē aapolauein, kai dipsōnta mē pinein, hōs kai tēn geennan boulomenon hēmin hypograpsai ton Ch zriston, touton autēn hypograpsai ton tropon, kai ton plousion houtōs eisagagein apotēganizomenon epithymōn gar stagonos hydatos, kai mē apolauōn, houtōs ekolazeto. Oukoun ho men chrēmatōn kataphronōn estēse tēn epithymian ho de ploutein boulomenos, kai periballesthai ᾽ pleiō, anēpse mallon, kai oudepō histatai alla kan kyria labę̄ talanta, heterōn tosoutōn epithymei kan toutōn epitychē? palin dis tosoutōn allōn ephietai kai ,proïōn, kai ta orē, kai tēn gēn» kai tēn thalattan, kai panta euchetai autǭ genesthai chryson, kainēn tina manian mainomenos kai phoberan, kai oudepote houtō sbesthēnai dynamenēn. Kai hina mathę̄s, ho hoti ou tę̄ prosthēkę̄? alla tē aphairesei touto istatai to kakon' ei soi gegonen epithymia pote atopos ptēnai kai di aeros enechthēnai, pōs an tēn atopon tautēn esbesas epithymian tǭ ptera diaplattein, kai hetera organa kataskeuaazein ? ē hē tǭ peisai ton logismon, hoti adynatōn epithymei, kai oudeni toutōn epicheirein dei? Eudēlon hoti tǭ peisai ton logismon. ᾿All᾽ ekeino, phēsin, adynaton. ᾿Alla kai touto adynatōteron, to tēs epithymias tautēs horon heurein. Kai gar, eukolōteron anthrōpous ō ontas ptēnai, ē tę̄ prosthēkę̄ tou pleionos pausai ton erōta. Hotan men gar ē dynata ta epithymēta? tę̄ apolausei paramytheisthai dynaton' hotan de adynata, he en dei spoudazein monon, to tēs epithymias hēmas autous apagagein, hōs heterōs I6e ouk enon anaktēsasthai tēn psychēn. Hin oun mē peritta odynōmetha, ton diēnekōs lypounta e erōta tōn chrēmatōn kai oudepote siygēsai anechomenon aphentes, eph᾽ heteron methormisōmetha, ton kai makarious hēmas poiounta, kai pollēn echonta tēn eukolian, kai tōn anō thēsaurōn epithymēsōmen. Oute gar ponos entautha tosoutos? kai to kerdos aphaton, kai apotychein ouk eni ton ' kai hopōsoun agrypnounta kai nēphonta kai tōn Ho parontōn hyperorōnta hōsper houn ton douleuonta autois kai ekdedomenon eisapax anankē pasa ekpesein ekeinōn. Taut᾽ oun hapanta el ou chiōn, tēn ponēran epithymian ekbale tōn chrēmatōn. Oude Hyar touto echois an eipein, hoti ta men paronta didōsi, tōn de mellontōn aposterei kaitoi kai ei touto ēn, eschatē touto kolasis kai timōria. Ny yn de oude touto eni. Meta gar tēs geennēs kai pro tēs geennēs ekeinēs, kai entautha eis chlepōteran, se emballei kolasin. Kai gar oikias pollas hē epithymia hautē anetrepse, kai chalepous polemous anerrhipise, kai biaiǭ thanatǭ katalysai ton bion katēnankase᾽ kai pro tōn aunϑyrōn de toutōn tēs gychēs lymainetai tēn eugeneian kai ē deilon, kai anandron, kai thrasyn, kai pseustēn, kai sykophantēn, kai harpaga, kai pleonektēn, kai ta eschata panta ton echonta pollakis eirgasato. All᾽ isōs tēn lampēdona tou argyriou, kai tōn oiketōn to plēthos, kai tōn oikodomēmatōn to kallos, kai tēn therapeian tēn ep᾽ agoras horōn katagoēteuę̄: Tis oun an genoito therapeia tǭ ponērǭ ' traumati toutǭ: : An ennoēsę̄s, pōs soi tauta tēn psychēn diatithēsi pōs skoteinēn kai erēmon kai aischran autēn kataskeuazei kai dyseidēē an logisē meth᾽ ho hosōn tauta ektēthē kakōn, meth᾽ hosōn phylaattetai ponōn, meth᾽ ho hosōn kindynōn mallon de oude phylattetai mechri telous, all᾽ hotan hapantōn diaphygę̄ tas labas, ho thanatos epelthōn tauta men eis tas tōn sōn echthrōn pollakis exēgage cheiras, se de e erēmon labōn apeisin, ouden toutōn episyromenon, all᾽ hē ta traumata kai ta helkē monon, haper ek toutōn labousa ha apeisin hē psychē. Hotan oun idēs tina lamponta exōthen apo tōn himatiōn kai tēs pollēs doryphorias: anaptyxon autou to syneidos, kai pollēn heurēseis tēn arachnēn endon, kai pollēn tēn konin opsei. ᾿Ennoēson ton Paulon, ton Petron' ennoēson ton ᾿Iōannēn, ton ᾿Ēlian᾽ mallon de auton ton nion tou theou, ton ouk echonta pou tēn kephalēn klinai. ᾿Ekeinon zēlōtēs genou, kai tōn ekeinou doulōn, kai ton aphaton ᾿toutōn phantazon plouton. Ei de mikron diablepsas ek toutōn skotōtheiēs palin, kathaper en tini nauagiǭ kataigidos epelthousēs, akouson tēs apophaseōs tou Christou tēs legousēs, hote adynaton plousion eiselthein eis tēn basileian tōn ouranōn. Kai pros tēn apophasin tautēn thes ta orē, kai tēn gēn, kai tēn thalassan᾽ kai panta? ei boulei, tǭ logǭ poiēson einai chryson᾽ onooen gar ison opsei tēs zēmias tēs ekeithen soi ginomenēs. Kai sy men plethrōn gēs tosōn kai tosōn memnēsai, kai oikiōn deka kai eikosin, ē kai pleionōn, kai balaneiōn tosoutōn, kai anorapodōn chiliōn, ē des tosoutōn, kai ochēmatōn. argyrendetōn kai chrysopastōn' egō de ekeino phēmi ei tōn ploutountōn hymōn. hekastos, tēn penian tautēn apheis, (penia gar tauta pros ho mellō legein), holoklēron ekektēto kosmon, kai hekastos autōn tosoutous eichen anthrōpous, hosoi nyn eisi pantachou gēs kai thalattēs, kai oikoumenēn hekastos, kai gēn kai thalattan, kai pantachou oikodomēmata, kai poleis kai ethnē, kai pantachothen anti hydatos, anti pēgōn autǭ chrysion eperrhei, triōn hobolōn ouk an ephēn axious einai tous houtō ploutountas, tēs ᾿ basileias ekpesontas. Ei gar nyn chrēmatōn tōn apolboien aisthēsin tōn aporrhētōn agathōn ekeinōn, ti loipon arkesei eis paramythian autois ? Ouk estin ouden. Mē toinyn moi lege tēn tōn chrēmatōn periousian, all᾽ ennoei tēn zēmian ho hosēn ek tautēs hoi tautēs hypomenousin erastai, anti toutōn tous ouranous apollyntes, kai tauton paschontes, hoion an ei tis tēs en basileiois megistēs timēs ekpesōn, koprou thēmōnian echōn, mega epi tautē ᾿ phronoiē. Ouden gar ekeinēs ē tōn chrēmatōn diapherei sōreia mallon de kai beltiōn e ekeinē. Hē men gar kai pros geōrgian epitēdeios, kai pros balaneiou ' hekkausin, kai pros alla toiauta ho de katorōrygmenos chrysos pros ouden toutōn. Kai eithe monon achrēstos ē ēn nyni de kai pollas anaptei tǭ echonti tas kaminous, ei mē eis deon autǭ chrēsaito ta goun myria kaka enteuthen phyetai. Dia touto hoi men exōthen a akropolin kakōn tēn philargyrian a ekaloun. ho de makarios Paulos pollǭ beltion kai emphantikōteron, rhizan autēn tōn kakōn hapantōn eipōn. Taut᾽ oun hapanta ennoountes, mathōmen zēloun ta axia zēlon᾽ mē tas lampras oikodomas, mēde tous polyteleis agroun' alla tous pollēn parrhēsian pros ton theon x ochontas andras, tous en ouranǭ ploutountas, tous tōn thēsaurōn ekeinōn kyrious, tous ontōs ,Tlousious, tous dia Christon penēta hina tōn aiōniōn ᾿epitychōmen agathōn, chariti kai Philanthrōpią tou kyriou hēmōn ᾿Iēsou Christou, meth᾽ hou tǭ patri hama tǭ hagiǭ pneumati doxa, kratos, timē, nyn kai aei kai eis tous aiōnas tōn aiōnōn. ᾿Dmēn. ᾿

he added, “how much more will your Father give good things to those who ask him.” “And what was the urgency,” someone says, “or what the use, that he should answer him in this way?” He leads him up little by little, and teaches him to be free of all flattery, drawing him away from earthly things and fastening him to God, and persuading him to seek the things to come, and to know what is truly good, the root and source of all, and to refer the honors to him. For when he says too, “Do not call anyone teacher on earth,” he says this by way of contrast with himself, and so that they may learn what the first principle of all things is. For the young man had shown no small eagerness so far, having fallen into such a longing; and when of the others some came to test him, and others came on account of diseases, their own or other people’s, he himself came and conversed about eternal life. For the soil was rich and fat, but the multitude of thorns choked the seed. Consider, at any rate, how prepared he was up to this point to obey the commands. “What shall I do,” he says, “to inherit eternal life?” So ready was he to carry out what would be said. And if he had come to test him, the evangelist would have made this plain to us too, as he does in the case of the others, as in the case of the lawyer. And even if he had kept silent, Christ would not have let him escape notice, but would have exposed him plainly, or at least hinted at it, so that he might not seem to have deceived him and gone unnoticed, and so be harmed. If he had come to test him, he would not have gone away grieved at what he heard. Not one of the Pharisees, at any rate, ever felt this; they grew savage when they were silenced. But this man did not; he goes away downcast, which was no small sign that he had not come with an evil intention but with a weaker one, and that he desired life but was held fast by another, most grievous passion. When, then, Christ said, “If you wish to enter into life, keep the commandments,” he says, “Which?” not testing him (God forbid!), but thinking that there were some others besides those of the law that would gain him life; which was the mark of one who desired it greatly. Then, when Jesus had told him those of the law, he says, “All these I have kept from my youth.” And he did not stop even here, but asks again, “What do I still lack?” which itself too was a sign of his intense desire. And it is no small thing either that he thought he still lacked something, and did not consider what had been said enough to obtain what he desired. What then does Christ say? Since he was about to enjoin something great, he sets out the prizes first, and says, “If you wish to be perfect, go, sell your possessions and give to the poor, and you will have treasure in heaven; and come, follow me.” [2] Do you see how many prizes, how many crowns he sets for this race? If he had been testing him, he would not have said these things to him. But as it is, he both speaks so as to draw him on, and shows him that the reward is great, and leaves the whole to his own will, by every means overshadowing what seemed heavy in the exhortation. Therefore, even before mentioning the contest and the toil, he shows him the prize, saying, “If you wish to be perfect,” and then he says, “Sell your possessions and give to the poor,” and at once again the prizes: “You will have treasure in heaven; and come, follow me.” For to follow him is a great recompense. “And you will have treasure in heaven.” For since the talk was about money, and he was urging him to strip himself of everything, he shows that he is not taking away what he has, but adding to what he has, and has given more than he commanded him to give up; and not only more, but so much greater as heaven is than earth, and still more. And he said “treasure” to show the abundance of the recompense, its permanence, its security, as far as it was possible to hint at it to the hearer by human things. It is not enough, then, to despise money; one must also feed the poor, and above all follow Christ: that is, do everything he commands, be ready for slaughter and for daily death. “For if anyone wishes to come after me, let him deny himself and take up his cross and follow me.” So this command, to pour out one’s very blood, is far greater than throwing away money; but being rid of money contributes not a little to it. “But when the young man heard, he went away grieved.” Then, as if showing that he had suffered nothing unnatural, the evangelist says, “For he had great possessions.” For those who have little are not held fast in the same way as those who are drowned in great abundance; for then the passion becomes more vehement. As I never cease to say, the addition of what comes in kindles the flame the more, and makes those who acquire poorer, if indeed it sets them in greater desire and makes them feel their want the more. See, at any rate, here too what strength the passion showed. For the one who came with joy and eagerness, when Christ bade him throw away his money, it so overwhelmed and weighed down that he could not even answer about giving these things up, but went away silent, downcast and gloomy. What then does Christ say? “How hard it is for the rich to enter the kingdom of heaven!” not finding fault with money, but with those who are held fast by it. And if a rich man enters with difficulty, much more the grasping man. For if not giving away one’s own is a hindrance to the kingdom, consider how much fire taking what belongs to others heaps up. But why did he say to the disciples, who were poor and possessed nothing, that a rich man will enter with difficulty? Teaching them not to be ashamed of poverty, and as it were making his defense to them for not having allowed them to possess anything. And having said “hard,” he goes on to show that it is even impossible; and not simply impossible, but impossible to an intensified degree; and this he made plain by the example of the camel and the needle. “It is easier,” he says, “for a camel to go through the eye of a needle than for a rich man to enter the kingdom of heaven.” From this it is shown that no ordinary reward awaits those who are rich and are able to live by philosophy. That is why he said that it is God’s work, to show that the one who is going to achieve this needs much grace. When the disciples, at any rate, were troubled, he said, “With men this is impossible, but with God all things are possible.” And why are the disciples troubled, being poor, and very poor? Why then are they disturbed? Grieving for the salvation of others, and having great affection for all, and having already taken on the heart of teachers. So at any rate they trembled and were afraid for the whole world at this sentence that they needed much comfort. For this reason he first looked at them and said, “The things impossible with men are possible with God,” and not simply possible, but abundantly so. For with a gentle and mild look he consoled their shuddering minds and dispelled their anguish (for this the evangelist showed by saying, “looking at them”); then by his words too he relieves them, bringing God’s power into the middle and so making them take courage. And if you wish to learn the manner too, and how the impossible might become possible, listen. For he did not say, “The things impossible with men are possible with God,” so that you might fall back and abstain as from things impossible, but so that, considering the greatness of the achievement, you might leap at it readily, and, calling on God to help you in these noble contests, might obtain life. [3] How then might this become possible? If you throw away what you have, if you empty out your money, if you stand apart from the evil desire. For that he does not reckon it to God alone, but said this to show the magnitude of the achievement, hear what follows. For when Peter said, “Behold, we have left everything and followed you,” and asked, “What then will there be for us?” having fixed their reward, he added, “And everyone who has left houses, or fields, or brothers, or sisters, or father, or mother, will receive a hundredfold, and will inherit eternal life.” So the impossible becomes possible. “But how,” someone says, “might this very thing happen? How is it possible for one who has once been drowned in such a desire for money to come up again?” If he begins to empty out from what he has, and to cut off what is superfluous. For so he will advance further, and will thereafter run more easily. Do not, then, seek the whole at once, but quietly and little by little climb this ladder that leads you up to heaven, if the whole at once seems hard to you. For as those who have a fever, with sharp bile overflowing within them, when they throw in food and drink, not only do not quench the thirst but even kindle the flame, so also lovers of money, when they throw money onto this evil desire, sharper than that bile, inflame it the more. For nothing stops it so much as standing apart for a while from the desire for gain, just as sparing food and purging stop the sharp bile. “And how will this itself come about?” he says. If you consider that while you are rich you will never stop thirsting and wasting away with the desire for more; but if you are rid of what you have, you will be able to stop this disease too. Do not, then, heap up more, so that you may not pursue what cannot be overtaken, and be incurably diseased, and be more pitiable than all men in raging so. For answer me: whom would we say is tormented and in pain, the one who desires costly food and drink and cannot enjoy them as he wishes, or the one who has no such desire? Plainly the one who desires but cannot partake of what he desires. For this is so painful, to desire and not enjoy, to thirst and not drink, that Christ too, wishing to depict Gehenna for us, depicted it in this way, and brought in the rich man roasting so: desiring a drop of water and not having it, he was punished in this way. So the one who despises money has stopped the desire; but the one who wishes to be rich and heap up more has kindled it the more, and it never stops; but even if he gets ten thousand talents, he desires as many more; and if he obtains these, again he longs for twice as many others; and going on, he prays that the mountains and the earth and the sea and everything might become gold for him, raging with a strange and fearful madness that can never be quenched in this way. And that you may learn that this evil is stopped not by addition but by subtraction: if you had ever conceived an absurd desire to fly and be carried through the air, how would you have quenched this absurd desire, by fashioning wings and constructing other instruments, or by persuading your reason that it desires impossible things and must attempt none of them? Plainly by persuading your reason. “But that,” someone says, “is impossible.” But this too is more impossible, to find a limit to this desire. For it is easier for men to fly than to stop the passion by adding more. For when the things desired are possible, one can be consoled by enjoying them; but when they are impossible, one thing alone must be striven for, to lead ourselves away from the desire, since otherwise it is not possible to recover the soul. That we may not suffer pain needlessly, then, let us leave the love of money, which grieves us continually and never endures to be quiet, and shift our anchorage to another love, one that both makes us blessed and is very easy, and let us desire the treasures above. For there the toil is not so great, and the gain is unspeakable, and it is not possible for one who is in any way watchful and sober and disdains things present to fail; just as for one who serves them and has given himself up to them once for all it is wholly necessary to fall away from those. [4] Considering all these things, then, cast out the evil desire for money. For you could not say this either, that it gives things present while depriving you of things to come (though even if this were so, it would be the utmost chastisement and punishment); but as it is, not even this is so. For besides Gehenna, and before that Gehenna, it casts you here too into a harsher punishment. For this desire has overturned many houses, and stirred up grievous wars, and compelled men to end their life by a violent death; and before these misfortunes it ruins the nobility of the soul, and has often made the one who has it cowardly, unmanly, reckless, a liar, a false accuser, a robber, grasping, and everything that is worst. But perhaps, seeing the gleam of silver, and the multitude of servants, and the beauty of buildings, and the court paid in the marketplace, you are bewitched? What then could be the cure for this evil wound? If you consider how these things dispose your soul, how they make it dark and desolate and shameful and ugly; if you reckon with how many evils these things were acquired, with how many toils they are guarded, with how many dangers; or rather, they are not even guarded to the end, but when they have escaped the grasp of everyone else, death comes and often carries them off into the hands of your enemies, while it takes you away destitute, dragging none of these things with you, except only the wounds and sores which the soul has received from them and departs with. When, then, you see someone shining outwardly in his garments and his great retinue, open up his conscience, and you will find many cobwebs within and will see much dust. Think of Paul, of Peter; think of John, of Elijah; or rather of the Son of God himself, who had nowhere to lay his head. Become an imitator of him and of his servants, and picture their unspeakable wealth. And if after looking up a little from these things you should be darkened again, as in a shipwreck when a storm comes on, hear the sentence of Christ which says that it is impossible for a rich man to enter the kingdom of heaven. And set against this sentence the mountains and the earth and the sea; and if you like, make everything gold in imagination; you will see nothing equal to the loss that comes to you from there. And you speak of so many and so many acres of land, and ten and twenty houses, or even more, and so many baths, and a thousand slaves, or twice as many, and carriages inlaid with silver and spangled with gold; but I say this: if each of you rich men, leaving this poverty (for these things are poverty compared with what I am about to say), possessed a whole world, and each of them had as many men as there now are everywhere on land and sea, and each the inhabited world, and earth and sea, and buildings everywhere, and cities and nations, and on every side gold flowed to him instead of water, instead of springs, I would not say that those who were so rich were worth three obols, if they fell from the kingdom. For if now, when they lose their money, they are in pain, what then, when they come to perceive the loss of those unspeakable good things? What will be enough to console them then? There is nothing. Do not, then, speak to me of abundance of money, but consider how great the loss that those who love it undergo through it, losing heaven in exchange for these things, and suffering the same as if someone, fallen from the greatest honor in the palace, and owning a heap of dung, should pride himself greatly on it. For the heap of money differs in nothing from that heap; or rather that one is even better. For the one is useful for farming and for heating a bath and for other such things, but buried gold for none of these. And would that it were only useless! But as it is, it even lights many furnaces for its owner, if he does not use it as he ought; at any rate, countless evils spring from it. That is why those outside called the love of money the citadel of evils, but blessed Paul far better and more expressively called it the root of all evils. Considering all these things, then, let us learn to emulate what is worth emulating: not splendid buildings, nor costly lands, but men who have great boldness toward God, who are rich in heaven, the masters of those treasures, the truly rich, who are poor for Christ’s sake; so that we may obtain the eternal good things, by the grace and love for mankind of our Lord Jesus Christ, with whom to the Father together with the Holy Spirit be glory, might, honor, now and always and to the ages of ages. Amen.

Chapter 64

64.1Field 2

Πέτρος εἶπεν αὐτῷ᾽ ἰδοὺ ἡμεῖς ἀφήκαμεν πάντα, καὶ ἠκολουθήσαμέν σοι τί ἄρα ἔσται ἡμῖν! ΠοΙΑ πάντα, ὦ μακάριε Πέτρε: τὸν κάλαμον: τὸ δίκτυον; τὸ πλοῖον; τὴν τέχνην: Ταῦτά μοι πάντα λέγεις ; Ναὶ, φησίν. ᾿Αλλ οὐ διὰ φιλοτιμίαν ταῦτα λέγω, ἀλλ᾽ ἵνα διὰ τῆς ἐρωτήσεως ταύτης τὸν τῶν πενήτων εἰσαγάγω δῆμον. ᾿Επειδὴ γὰρ εἶπεν ὁ κύριος εἰ θέλεις τέλειος εἶναι, πώλησόν σου τὰ ὑπάρχοντα, καὶ δὸς πτωχοῖς, καὶ ἕξεις θησαυρὸν ἐν οὐρανοῖς ἵνα μὴ λέγη τις τῶν πενήτων οὖν: ἐὰν μὴ ἔχω ὑπάρχοντα, οὐ δύναμαι τέλειος εἶναι; ερωτᾷ Πετρος; ἵνα σὺ μάθῃς ὁ πένης, ὅτι οὐδὲν ἐντεῦθεν ἡλάττωσαι᾽ ἐρωτᾷ Πέτρος, ἵνα μὴ παρὰ Πέτρον μαθὼν ἀμφιβαλλης (καὶ γὰρ αἀτελῆς ἥν ἔτι, καὶ πνεύματος ἔρημος) ἀλλὰ παρὰ τοῦ τοῦ Πέτρου διδασκάλου δεξάμενος τὴν ἀπόφασιν θαῤῥῆς. Καθάπερ γαρ ἡμεῖς ποιοῦμεν οἰκειού, μεθα πράγματα πολλάκις ὑπερ αλλοτρίων διαλεγόμενοι οὗὔ καὶ ὁ ἀπόστολος ἐποίησεν, ὑπὲρ τῆς οἰκουμένης ἁπάσης τὴν ποῦσιν αὐτῷ ταύτην προσαγαγών. ᾿Επεὶ ὅτι γε τὰ εαντοῦ ἤδει σαφῶς, δῆλον ἀπὸ τῶν ἔμπροσθεν εἰρημένων. Ὁ γὰρ τὰς κλεῖς τῶν οὐρανῶν ἐντεῦθεν ἤδη δεξάμενος, πολλῷῴ μάλλον ὑπὲρ τῶν ἐκεῖ θαρρεῖν εἶχε. Σκόπει δὲ καὶ πῶς ἀκριβῶς ἀποκρίνεται, ὡς ὁ Χριστὸς ἐπεζήτησε. Καὶ γὰρ αὐτὸς παρὰ τοῦ πλουσίον δύο ταῦτα ἥτησο᾽ δοῦναι πτωχοῖς τὰ ὑπάρχοντα, καὶ ακολουθεῖν. Διὰ τοῦτο καὶ αὐτὸς τὰ δύο ταῦτα τίθησι, τὸ ἀφεῖναι {καὶ ἀκολουθῆσαι ἰδοὺ Ὑαρ ἡμεῖς ἀφήκαμεν παντα, φησὶ, καὶ ἠκολουθήσαμεν ἤ σοι. Τὸ τε γὰρ αφεῖναι δια τὸ ακολουθῆσαι γέγονεν, ἥ τε ἀκολούθησις ἐκ τοῦ ἀφεῖναι εὐκολωτέρα κατέστη, καὶ ὑπὲρ τοῦ ἀφεῖναι θαῤῥεῖν καὶ χαίρειν αὐτοὺς ὁ παρεσκεύαζε. Τί οὖν αὐτος:; ς Ἁμὴν λέγω ὑμῖν, ὅτι ὑμεῖς οἱ ἀκολουθησαντές μοι, ἐν τῇ παλιγγενεσίᾳ, ὅταν καθίση ὁ υἱὸς τοὺ ἀνθρώπου ἐπὶ θρόνου δόξης αὐτοῦ, καθίσεσθε καὶ ὑμεῖς ἐπὶ δώδεκα θρόνους, κρίνοντες τὰς δώδεκα φυλὰς τοῦ Ισραηλ. Τί οὖν: Καὶ ᾿Ιούδας, φησὶ, καθεδεῖται; Οὐδαμῶς. ἢὼς οὗν : φησὶν, ὑμεῖς ἐπὶ δώδεκα θρόνους καθεδεῖσθε. πῶς τὰ τῆς ὑποσχέσεως πληρωθήσεται: : Ἄκουσον πῶς καὶ τίνι λόγῳ. Νόμος ἐστὶ παρὰ τοῦ θεοῦ κείμενος, διὰ Ἱερεμίον τοῦ προφήτου τοῖς ᾿Ιουδαίοις ἀναγνωσθεὶς, καὶ ταῦτα λέγων. Πέρας λαλήσω ἐπὶ ἔθνος καὶ βασιλείαν, τοῦ ἐξαίρειν καὶ ἀπολλύειν καὶ ἐὰν ἐπιστρέψῃ τὸ ἔθνος ἐκεῖνο ἀπὸ τῶν κακῶν αὐτών, μετανοήσω καγὼ ἀπὸ τῶν κακῶν, ὧν ἐλογισάμὴν ποιῆσαι αὐτοῖς. Καὶ πέρας λαλήσω ἐπὶ ἔθνος καὶ βασιλείαν, τοῦ ἀνοικοδομεῖν καὶ καταφυτεύειν καὶ ἐἀν ποιήσωσι τὸ πονηρὸν ἐνώπιόν μου; τοῦ μὴ ἀκούειν τῆς φωνῆς μου, μετανοήσω καγὼ περὶ τῶν ἀγαθῶν, ὧν ἐλάλησα ποιῆσαι αὐτοῖς. Τὸ αὐτὸ γὰρ τοῦτο καὶ ἐπὶ τῶν χρηστῶν διαφυλάττω ἔθος, ησί. Κάν γὰρ εἴπω ᾿ τοῦ ἀνοικοδομεῖν, ἀναξίους δὲ ἑαυτοὺς παράσχωσι τῆς ὑποσχέσεως, οὐκέτι ποιήσω. Ὅπερ, γέγονεν ἐπὶ τοῦ ἀνθρώπον πλασθέντος. Ὁ τρόμος γὰρ ὑμῶν, φησὶ, καὶ ὁ φόβος ἕ ἔσται ἐπὶ τὰ θηρία καὶ οὐκ ἐγένετο ἀνάξιον γὰρ ἑαυτὸν τῆς ἀρχῆς ἀπέφηνεν ὥσπερ οὖν καὶ ᾿Ιούδας. Ἵνα γὰρ μήτε ταῖς ἀποφάσεσι τῆς κολάσεως ἀπογνόντες ὡ τινὲς σκληρότεροι γένωνται, μήτε ταῖς τῶν χρηστῶν ὑποσχέσεσιν ἁπλῶς ῥᾳθυμότεροι καταστῶσιν, ἀμφότερα ταῦτα ἰᾶται διὰ τοῦ προεἰρημένου, ο ταυτὶ λέγων κἂν ἀπειλήσω, μὴ ἀπογνῷτ δύνασαι γὰρ μετανοῆσαι, καὶ λῦσαί μου τὴν ἀπόφασιν, ὡς Νινευίται κἂν ὑπόσχωμαί τι χρηστὸν, μὴ ἀναπέσης διὰ τὴν ὑπόσχεσιν. Ἂν γὰρ ἀνάξιος φανῆς, οὐδέν σε ὠφελήσει Ὁ τὸ ὑποσχέσθαι με, ἀλλὰ μᾶλλον καὶ τιμωρήσεται ἐγὼ γὰρ ἀξίῳ ὅ ὄντι ὑπισχνοῦμαι. Διὰ τοῦτο καὶ τότε διαλθγόμενος τοῖς μαθηταῖς, οὐχ ἁπλῶς ἐπηγγείλατο: οὐδὲ γὰρ εἶπεν, ὑμεῖς, μόνον, ἀλλὰ προσέθηκεν, ὑ οἱ ἀκολονθήσαντές μοι, ἵνα καὶ τὸν ᾿Ιούδαν ἐκβάλῃ, καὶ τοὺς μετὰ ταῦτα ἐφελκύσηται. Οὔτε γὰρ πρὸς ἐκείνους εἴρηται μόνους, οὔτε πρὸς ᾿Ιοὐύδαν λοιπὸν ἀνάξιον γεγενημένον. Ἰδιν μὲν οὖν μαθηταῖς τὰ μέλλοντα ἐπηγγείλατο, λέων ᾿καθίσεσθε ἐπὶ δώδεκα θρόνους ἢ ἧσαν γὰρ ὑψηλότεροι λοιπὸν, καὶ οὐδὲν τῶν παρόντων ἐζήτουν' τοῖς δὲ ἄλλοις καὶ τὰ ἐνταῦθα ὑπισχνεῖται. Καὶ πᾶς γὰρ, φησὶν, ὅστις ἀφῆκεν ἀδελφοὺς, ᾿ ἀδελφάς, ἢ ῆ πατέρα, ἣ μητέρα, ἢ γυναῖκα, ἥ τέκνα, ἢ ἀγροὺς, ἢ οἰκίαν, ἕνεκεν τοῦ ὀνόματός μου, ἑκατονταπλασίονα λήψεται ὃν τῷ αἰώνι τούτῳ, καὶ ζωήν αἰώνιον κληρονομήσει. Ἵνα γὰρ μή τινες ακούσαντες τὸ, ὑμεῖς» ᾿ἐξαίρετον

Petros eipen autǭ᾽ idou hēmeis aphēkamen panta, kai ēkolouthēsamen soi ti ara estai hēmin! PoIA panta, ō makarie Petre: ton kalamon: to diktyon? to ploion? tēn technēn: Tauta moi panta legeis ? Nai, phēsin. ᾿All ou dia philotimian tauta legō, all᾽ hina dia tēs erōtēseōs tautēs ton tōn penētōn eisagagō dēmon. ᾿Epeidē gar eipen ho kyrios ei theleis teleios einai, pōlēson sou ta hyparchonta, kai dos ptōchois, kai hexeis thēsauron en ouranois hina mē legē tis tōn penētōn oun: ean mē echō hyparchonta, ou dynamai teleios einai? erōtą Petros? hina sy mathę̄s ho penēs, hoti ouden enteuthen hēlattōsai᾽ erōtą Petros, hina mē para Petron mathōn amphiballēs (kai gar aatelēs hēn eti, kai pneumatos erēmos) alla para tou tou Petrou didaskalou dexamenos tēn apophasin tharrhēs. Kathaper gar hēmeis poioumen oikeiou, metha pragmata pollakis hyper allotriōn dialegomenoi houy kai ho apostolos epoiēsen, hyper tēs oikoumenēs hapasēs tēn pousin autǭ tautēn prosagagōn. ᾿Epei hoti ge ta eantou ēdei saphōs, dēlon apo tōn emprosthen eirēmenōn. Ho gar tas kleis tōn ouranōn enteuthen ēdē dexamenos, pollǭǭ mallon hyper tōn ekei tharrein eiche. Skopei de kai pōs akribōs apokrinetai, hōs ho Christos epezētēse. Kai gar autos para tou plousion dyo tauta hētēso᾽ dounai ptōchois ta hyparchonta, kai akolouthein. Dia touto kai autos ta dyo tauta tithēsi, to apheinai {kai akolouthēsai idou Hyar hēmeis aphēkamen panta, phēsi, kai ēkolouthēsamen ē soi. To te gar apheinai dia to akolouthēsai gegonen, hē te akolouthēsis ek tou apheinai eukolōtera katestē, kai hyper tou apheinai tharrhein kai chairein autous ho pareskeuaze. Ti oun autos:? s Hamēn legō hymin, hoti hymeis hoi akolouthēsantes moi, en tę̄ palingenesią, hotan kathisē ho huios tou anthrōpou epi thronou doxēs autou, kathisesthe kai hymeis epi dōdeka thronous, krinontes tas dōdeka phylas tou Israēl. Ti oun: Kai ᾿Ioudas, phēsi, kathedeitai? Oudamōs. ēōs houn : phēsin, hymeis epi dōdeka thronous kathedeisthe. pōs ta tēs hyposcheseōs plērōthēsetai: : Akouson pōs kai tini logǭ. Nomos esti para tou theou keimenos, dia Hieremion tou prophētou tois ᾿Ioudaiois anagnōstheis, kai tauta legōn. Peras lalēsō epi ethnos kai basileian, tou exairein kai apollyein kai ean epistrepsę̄ to ethnos ekeino apo tōn kakōn autōn, metanoēsō kagō apo tōn kakōn, hōn elogisamēn poiēsai autois. Kai peras lalēsō epi ethnos kai basileian, tou anoikodomein kai kataphyteuein kai ean poiēsōsi to ponēron enōpion mou? tou mē akouein tēs phōnēs mou, metanoēsō kagō peri tōn agathōn, hōn elalēsa poiēsai autois. To auto gar touto kai epi tōn chrēstōn diaphylattō ethos, ēsi. Kan gar eipō ᾿ tou anoikodomein, anaxious de heautous paraschōsi tēs hyposcheseōs, ouketi poiēsō. Hoper, gegonen epi tou anthrōpon plasthentos. Ho tromos gar hymōn, phēsi, kai ho phobos he estai epi ta thēria kai ouk egeneto anaxion gar heauton tēs archēs apephēnen hōsper oun kai ᾿Ioudas. Hina gar mēte tais apophasesi tēs kolaseōs apognontes hō tines sklēroteroi genōntai, mēte tais tōn chrēstōn hyposchesesin haplōs rhąthymoteroi katastōsin, amphotera tauta iatai dia tou proeirēmenou, o tauti legōn kan apeilēsō, mē apognǭt dynasai gar metanoēsai, kai lysai mou tēn apophasin, hōs Nineuitai kan hyposchōmai ti chrēston, mē anapesēs dia tēn hyposchesin. An gar anaxios phanēs, ouden se ōphelēsei Ho to hyposchesthai me, alla mallon kai timōrēsetai egō gar axiǭ ho onti hypischnoumai. Dia touto kai tote dialthgomenos tois mathētais, ouch haplōs epēngeilato: oude gar eipen, hymeis, monon, alla prosethēken, hy hoi akolonthēsantes moi, hina kai ton ᾿Ioudan ekbalę̄, kai tous meta tauta ephelkysētai. Oute gar pros ekeinous eirētai monous, oute pros ᾿Iouydan loipon anaxion gegenēmenon. Idin men oun mathētais ta mellonta epēngeilato, leōn ᾿kathisesthe epi dōdeka thronous ē hēsan gar hypsēloteroi loipon, kai ouden tōn parontōn ezētoun' tois de allois kai ta entautha hypischneitai. Kai pas gar, phēsin, hostis aphēken adelphous, ᾿ adelphas, ē ē patera, hē mētera, ē gynaika, hē tekna, ē agrous, ē oikian, heneken tou onomatos mou, hekatontaplasiona lēpsetai hon tǭ aiōni toutǭ, kai zōēn aiōnion klēronomēsei. Hina gar mē tines akousantes to, hymeis» ᾿exaireton

“Peter said to him, ‘Behold, we have left everything and followed you; what then will there be for us?’” What “everything,” O blessed Peter? The rod? The net? The boat? The craft? Is this what you call “everything”? “Yes,” he says; “but I do not say these things out of ambition, but in order by this question to bring in the multitude of the poor.” For since the Lord had said, “If you wish to be perfect, sell your possessions and give to the poor, and you will have treasure in heaven,” lest one of the poor should say, “What then? If I have no possessions, can I not be perfect?” Peter asks, so that you, the poor man, may learn that you are in no way the worse off for this. Peter asks, so that you may not be in doubt from having learned it from Peter (for he was still imperfect and without the Spirit), but may take courage, having received the verdict from Peter’s Teacher. For just as we often make others’ affairs our own when we speak on their behalf, so the apostle also did, bringing this question to him on behalf of the whole world. For that he knew his own case clearly is plain from what was said earlier: having already received from here the keys of heaven, he had far more reason to be confident about what is there. And see how exactly he answers, as Christ had required. For Christ had asked these two things of the rich man: to give his possessions to the poor, and to follow. For this reason Peter too sets down these two things, leaving and following: “Behold, we have left everything,” he says, “and followed you.” For the leaving came about for the sake of following, and the following was made easier by the leaving, and he was making them confident and joyful about the leaving. What then does Christ say? “Truly I say to you, that you who have followed me, in the regeneration, when the Son of Man sits on the throne of his glory, you also will sit on twelve thrones, judging the twelve tribes of Israel.” What then? Will Judas too sit there, someone says? By no means. How then, someone says, does he say, “You will sit on twelve thrones”? How will the promise be fulfilled? Hear how and on what principle. There is a law laid down by God, read out to the Jews through Jeremiah the prophet, which says this: “At last I will speak concerning a nation and a kingdom, to root up and destroy; and if that nation turns from its evils, I too will repent of the evils that I planned to do to them. And at last I will speak concerning a nation and a kingdom, to build up and to plant; and if they do evil before me, so as not to listen to my voice, I too will repent of the good things that I spoke of doing for them.” “For I keep the same custom in the case of good things too,” he says. “For even if I say I will build up, but they make themselves unworthy of the promise, I will no longer do it.” This happened in the case of the man who was formed: “The dread of you,” it says, “and the fear of you shall be upon the beasts”; and it did not come about, for he made himself unworthy of the rule; as also Judas did. For lest some should despair at the sentences of punishment and become harder, or simply grow more careless because of the promises of good things, he heals both by what has been said, saying this: “Even if I threaten, do not despair, for you can repent and undo my sentence, like the Ninevites; and even if I promise something good, do not relax because of the promise. For if you prove unworthy, my having promised will not help you at all, but will rather punish you; for I promise to one who is worthy.” For this reason then too, in speaking to the disciples, he did not promise simply; for he did not say “you” only, but added, “you who have followed me,” so as both to exclude Judas and to draw those who came after. For it was said neither to them alone, nor to Judas, who had by then become unworthy. To the disciples, then, he promised things to come, saying, “You will sit on twelve thrones,” for they were now more exalted and sought nothing of things present; but to the others he promises the things here too. “And everyone,” he says, “who has left brothers, or sisters, or father, or mother, or wife, or children, or fields, or house for my name’s sake, will receive a hundredfold in this age, and will inherit eternal life.” For lest some, hearing the “you,” should think that this was a special privilege

64.4Field 2

τῶν μαθητῶν τοῦτο εἶναι νομίσωσι (λέγω δὴ τὸ τῶν μεγίστων καὶ πρωτείων ἐν τοῖς μέλλουσιν ἀπολαύειν) ἐξέτεινε τὸν λόγον, καὶ ἥπλωσε τὴν ὑπόσχεσιν ἐπὶ τὴν γῆν ἅπασαν, καὶ ἀπὸ τῶν παρόντων καὶ τὰ μέλλοντα πιστοῦται. ΚΚαὶ τοῖς μαθηταῖς δὲ ἐν προοιμίοις, ὅτε ἀτελέστερον διέκειντο, ἀπὸ τῶν παρόντων διελέγετο. Ὅτε γὰρ εἵλκυσεν αὐτοὺς ἀπὸ τῆς θαλάσσης, καὶ τῆς τέχνης ἀπέστησε, καὶ ἀφεῖ ναι τὸ πλοῖον ἐκέλευσεν, οὐκ οὐρανῶν, ουὅ θρόνων ἐμνημόνευσεν, αλλὰ τῶν ἐνταῦθα πραγμάτων, εἰπών ποιήσω ὑμᾶς ἁλιεῖς ἀνθρώπων ἐπειδὴ δὲ ὑψηλοτέρους εἰργάσατο, τότε λοιπὸν καὶ περὶ τῶν ἐκεῖ διαλέγεται. Τί δέ ἐστι, κρίνοντες τὰς δώδεκα φυλὰς τοῦ ᾿Ισραήλ: Τουτέστι, κατακρίνοντες. Οὐ γὰρ δή δικασταὶ μέλλουσι καθεδεῖσθαι ἀλλ᾽ ὥσπερ τὴν βασίλισσαν τοῦ νότου ᾿ κατακρινεῖν τὴν γενεὰν ἐκείνην ἔφησε, καὶ οἱ Νινευῖται δὲ κατακρινοῦσιν ᾿αὐτους οὕτω δὴ καὶ οὗτοι. Διὰ τοῦτο οὐκ εἶπε, τὰ ἔθνη καὶ τὴν οἰκουμένην, ἀλλὰ, τὰς φυλὰς τοῦ ᾿Ισραήλ. ᾿Επειδὴ γὰρ ἐν τοῖς αὐτοῖς ἦσαν τεθραμμένοι καὶ νόμοις καὶ ἔθεσι καὶ πολιτείᾳ οἵ κι ᾿Ιουδαῖοι καὶ οἱ ἀπόστολοι, ὅταν λέγωσιν οἱ ᾿Ιουδαῖοι, ὅτι διὰ τοῦτο οὐκ ἡδυνήθημεν πιστεῦσαι τῷ Χριστῷ, ὅτι ὃ νόμος ἐκώλυσε τὰ παραγγέλματα αὐτοῦ δέχεσθαι, τούτους εἰς μέσον παραγαὼν, τοὺς τὸν αὐτὸν δεξαμένους νόμον καὶ πιστεύσαντας, κατακρινεῖ πάντας ἐκείνους ὅπερ καὶ ἤδη ἔλεγε, διὰ τοῦτο κριταὶ ὑμῶν αὐτοὶ ἔσονται. Καὶ τί μέγα αὐτοῖς ἐπηγγείλατο; φησὶν, εἰ ὅπερ ἔχουσιν οἱ Νινενῖται καὶ ἡ βασίλισσα τοῦ νότου, τοῦτο καὶ οὗτοι ἕξουσι; Μάλιστα μὲν καὶ ἄλλα ἔμπροσθεν αὐτοῖς πολλὰ ἐπηγγείλατο, καὶ μετὰ ταῦτα ὑπισ νεῖται καὶ οὐ τοῦτο μόνον ἐστὶ τὸ ἔπαθλον. Ἄλλως ὲ καὶ εν τούτῳ παρηνίξατό τι πλέον ἐκείνων. Περὶ μὲν γὰρ ἐκείνων ἁπλῶς εἴπεν' ςἐ ἄνδρες Νινενῖται ἀναστήσονται, καὶ κατακρινοῦσι τὴν γενεὰν ταύτην καὶ, βασίλισσα νότον κατακρινεῖ περὶ δὲ τούτων, οὐχ ἁπλῶς οὕτως ἀλλὰ ἡ πῶς; Ὅταν καθίση ὁ υἱὸς τοῦ ἀνθρώπου ἐπὶ θρόνου δόξης αὐτοῦ, τότε καὶ ὑμεῖς καθίσεσθε ἐπὶ δώδεκα θρόνους, φησί δηλῶν, ὅ ὅτι καὶ συμβασιλεύσουσι καὶ κοινωνήσουσι τῆς δόξης ἐκείνης. Εἰ γὰρ ὑπομένομεν, καὶ συμβασιλεύσομεν. Οὐδὲ γὰρ καθε εὖραν οἱ θρόνοι ηλοῦσι μόνος γὰρ αὐτός ἐστιν ὁ καθεδούμενος καὶ κρίνων ἀλλὰ τιμὴν καὶ δόξαν ἄφατον παρεδήλωσε διὰ τῶν θρόνων. Τούτοις μὲν οὖν ταῦτα εἶπε' τοῖς δὲ λοιποῖς πᾶσι ζωὴν αἰώνιον, καὶ ἑκατονταπλασίονα ἐντεῦθεν. Εἰ δὲ τοῖς λοιποῖς, πολλῷ μᾶλλον καὶ τούτοις, καὶ ταῦτα καὶ τὰ ἐν τῷ αἰῶνι τούτῳ. Καὶ τοῦτο γοῦν ἐξέβη. Κάλαμον γὰρ καὶ δίκτυον ἀφέντες, τὰς πάντων οὐσίας μετ᾽ ἐξουσίας εἷχον, τὰς τιμὰς τῶν οἰκιῶν καὶ τῶν χωρίων, καὶ αὐτὰ τὰ σώματα τῶν πιστευόντων. Καὶ σφαγῆναι γὰρ ὑπὲρ αὐτῶν πολλάκις εἵλοντο, ὡς καὶ [Παῦλος πολλοῖς μαρτυρεῖ, ὅταν λέγη; δ ὁ αἱ δυνατὸν, τοὺς ὀφθαλμοὺς ὑμῶν ἐξορύξαντες ἂν ἐδώκατέ μοι. Ὅταν δὲ λέγῃ» ὅτι πᾶς ὅστις αφῆκε γυναῖκα, οὐ τοῦτό φησιν, ὥστε ἁπλῶς διασπᾶσθαι τοὺς γάμους ἀλλ ὃ περὶ τῆς ψυχηῆς ἔλεγεν; ὅτι ὼ ὁ ἀπολέσας τὴν ψυχὴν αὐτοῦ ἕνεκεν ἐμοῦ, εὑρήσει αὐτήν οὐχ ἵνα ἀναιρώμεν ἑαυτοὺς, οὐδ᾽ ἵνα ἐντεῦθεν ἤδη χωρίζωμεν αὐτὴν ἀπὸ τοῦ σώματος, ἀλλ᾽ ἵνα πάντων προτιμῶμεν τὴν εὐσέβειαν' τοὺτο καὶ ἐπὶ γυναικὸς καὶ ἀδελφῶν φησι. Δοκεῖ δέ μοι καὶ τοὺς διωγμοὺς ἐνταῦθα αἰνίττεσθαι. ᾿Επειδὴ γὰρ πολλοὶ ἦσαν [καὶ πατέρες εἰς ἀσέβειαν ἕλκοντες παιδας, καὶ γυναῖκες ἄνδρα ὅταν ταῦτα κελεύωσι; φησὶ, μήτε γυναῖκες ἔστωσαν, μήτε πατέρες ὅπερ οὖν καὶ ὁ Παῦλος ἔλεγεν· εἰ δὲ ὁ ἄπιστος χωρίζεται, χωριζέσθω. Ἄναστήσας τοίνυν πάντων τὰ φρονήματα, καὶ πείσας καὶ ὑπὲρ ἑαντῶν καὶ ὑπὲρ τῆς οἰκουμένης ἁπάσης θαῤῥεῖν, προσέθηκεν, δὅτι πολλοὶ δὲ ἔ εὐονται πρῶτοι ἔσχατοι, καὶ ὄσχατοι πρώτοι. Ἰουτὸς δὲ ' εἰ καὶ ἀδιορίστως καὶ περὶ πολλῶν καὶ ἑτέρων εἴρηται, ᾿ εἴρηται καὶ περὶ τούτων, καὶ περὶ Φαρισαίων τῶν απειθούντων᾽ ὅπερ καὶ ἔμπροσθεν εἶπεν, ὅτι πολλοὶ ἥξουσιν ἀπὸ ανατολῶν καὶ δυσμῶν, καὶ ἀνακλιθήσονται μετὰ ᾿Αβραὰμ, καὶ ᾿Ισαὰκ, καὶ ᾿Ιακώβ᾽ οἱ δὲ υἱοὶ τῆς βασιλείας 'ἔξω βληθήσονται. Εἴτα ἐπάγει καὶ παραβολὴν, εἰς πολλὴν προθυμίαν ἀλείφων τοὺς ὑστερηκότας. Ὁμοία γάρ ἐστι, φησὶν, ἡ βασιλεία τῶν οὐρανῶν ἀνθρώπῳ οἰκοδεσπότῃ, ὅ ὅστις ἐξῆλθεν ἅμα πρωὶ μισθώσασθαι ἐργάτας εἰς τὸν ἀμπελῶνα αὐτοῦ. Καὶ συμφωνήσας μετ᾽ αὐτῶν ἐκ δηναρίου τὴν ἡμέραν, απέστειλεν αὐτοὺς εἰς τὸν ἀμπελῶνα. Καὶ τῇ τρίτη ὦρᾳ εἶδεν ἄλλους ἑστῶτας ἀργοὺς, κακείνοις εἵπεν' ὑπάγετε καὶ ὑμεῖς εἰς τὸν ἀμπελῶνα, καὶ ὃ ἐὰν ῃ δίκαιον, δώσω ὑμῖν. Καὶ περὶ ἔκτην καὶ ἐνάτην ὥραν ἐποίησεν. ὡὠσαύτων. Περὶ δὲ τὴν ἑνδεκάτην ὥραν εἶδεν ἄλλους ἑστῶτας ἀργοὺς. καὶ λέγει αὐτοῖς τί ὧδε ἑστήκατε ὅλην τὴν ἡμέραν ἀργοί: οι δὲ λέγουσιν αὐτῷ᾽ οὐδεὶς ἡμᾶς ἐμισθώσατο. Λέγει αὐτοῖς ὑπάγετε καὶ ὑμεῖς εἰς τὸν ἀμπελῶνά ἅμου, καὶ ὃ ἐὰν ἡ δίκαιον, λήψεσθε. ΟΨίας δὲ γενομένης, λέγει ὁ κύριος τοῦ ἀμπελῶνος τῷ ἐπιτρόπῳ αὐτοῦ κάλεσον τοὺς ἐργάτας, καὶ δὸς αὐτοῖς τὸν μισθὸν, ἀρξάμενος ἀπὸ τῶν ἐσχάτων ἕως τῶν πρώτων. Καὶ ἐλθόντες οἱ περὶ τὴν ἐνδεκάτην ὥραν, Ὦ ἔλαβον ανὰ δηνάριον. ᾿ Καὶ οἱ πρῶτοι ἐνόμισαν ὅτι πλείονα λήψονται, καὶ ἔλαβον καὶ αὐτοὶ ανὰ δηνάριον. Καὶ λαβόντες ἐγόγγυζον κατὰ τοῦ οἰκοδεσπότου, λέγοντες οὗςτοι οἱ ἔσχατοι μίαν ὥραν ἐποίησαν, καὶ ἴσους ἡμῖν αὐτοὺς ἐποίησας, τοῖς βαστάσασι τὸ βάρος τῆς ἡμέρας, καὶ τὸν καύσωνα; ᾿ ο δὲ ἀποκριθεὶς ἑνὲ αὐτῶν εἷπεν ἑταῖρε; οὐκ ἀδικῶ σε᾽ οὐχὶ δηναρίου συνεφώνησας μοι; ἆρον τὸ σὸν, καὶ ὕπαγε θέλω δὲ καὶ τούτῳ τῷ ἐσχάτῳ δοῦναι ὡς καὶ σοί. Ἢ οὐκ ἔξεστί μοι ὃ θέλω ποιῆσαι ἐν τοῖς ἐμοῖς ς Εἰ ὁ ὀφθαλμός σου πονηρός ἐστιν, ὅτι ἐγὼ ἀγαθός εἰμι; Οὕτως ἔσονται οἱ ἔσχατοι πρῶτοι, καὶ οἱ πρῶτοι ἔσχατοι. Πολλοὶ γαρ εἰσι κλητοὶ, ὀλίγοι δὲ ἐκλεκτοί. Τί βούλεται ἡμῖν ἡ παραβολὴ αὕτη: : Οὐ γὰρ συνάδει τῷ πρὸς τῷ τέλει λεχθέντι τὸ ἐξ ἀρχῆς; ἀλλά τοὐναντίον ἅπαν ἐμφαίνει. Εν ταύτῃ μὲν γὰρ δείκνυσιν ἅπαντας τῶν αὐτῶν ἀπολαύοντας, καὶ οὐ τοὺς μὲν ἐκβαλλομένους, τοὺς δὲ εἰσαγομένους᾽ αὐτὸς δὲ καὶ πρὸ τῆς παραβολῆς καὶ μετὰ τὴν παραβολὴν τοὐναντίον εἶπεν, ὅτι ἔσονται οἱ πρῶτοι ἔσχατοι, καὶ οἱ ἔσχατοι πρῶτοι τουτέστιν, ὅτι ᾿ καὶ αὐτῶν τῶν πρώτων πρῶτοι, οὐχὶ πρώτων μενόντων, ἀλλ᾽ ἐσχάτων ἐκείνων γενομένων. Ὅτι γὰρ τοῦτο δηλοῖ, ἐπήγανγε' πολλοὶ γάρ εἰσι κλητοὶ, ὀλίγοι δὲ ἐκλεκτοί ὥστε διπλῆ κἀκείνους ἥ δακεῖν, καὶ τούτους παραμυθήσασθαι καὶ προτρέψαι. Ἡ δὲ παραβολὴ οὐ τοῦτό φησιν αλλ᾽ ὅτι τῶν εὐδοκίμων καὶ πολλὰ ᾿ πεπονηκότων ἔσονται ἴσοι. σους γὰρ αὐτοὺς ἡμῖν ἐποίησας, φησὶ, τοῖς βαστάσασι τὸ βάρος τῆς ἡμέρας, καὶ τὸν καύσωνα. Τί οὖν ἐστιν ὅ φησιν ἡ παραβολή , ἀναγκαῖον γὰρ τοῦτο πρῶτον ποιῆσαι σαφὲς, καὶ τότε ἐκεῖνο διαλύσομεν. ᾿Αμπελῶνα μὲν, τὰ ἐπιτάγματα τοῦ θεοῦ Φησιν εἶναι, καὶ τὰς ἐντολας χρόνον δὲ τῆς ἐργασίας, τὸν παρόντα βίον ἐργάτας δὲ, τοὺς διαφόρως καλουμένους ἐπὶ τὰ προστάγματα: πρωΐ δὲ καὶ περὶ τρίτην καὶ ἕκτην καὶ ἐνάτην καὶ ἐνδεκάτην ὥραν, τοὺς ἐν διαφόροις ἡλικίαις προσελθόντας καὶ εὐδοκιμήσαντας. ᾿Αλλὰ τὸ ζητούμενον ἐκεῖνό ἐστιν, εἰ λαμπρῶς εὐδοκιμηκότες οἱ πρῶτοι, καὶ ἀρέσαντες τῷ θεῷ, καὶ δι ὅλης ἡμέρας λακαντες ἀπὸ τῶν πόνων, τῷ ἐσχάτῳ τῆς κακίας κατέχονται πάθει, βασκανίᾳ καὶ φθόνῳ. ᾿Ιδόντες γὰρ αὐτοὺς τῶν αὐτῶν ἀπολελαυκότας, ᾿φασίν᾽ - οὗτοι οἱ ἔσχατοι μίαν ὥραν ἐποίησαν, καὶ ἴσους αὐτοὺς ἡμῖν ἐποίησας, τοῖς βαστάσασι τὸ βάρος τῆς ἡμέρας, καὶ τὸν καύσωνα τ Καὶ ταῦτα μηδὲν μέλλοντες ζημιοῦσθαι, μηδὲ εἰς τὸν ἑαντῶν ἐλαττοῦσθαι μισθὸν, ἐδυσχέραινον, καὶ ἡγανάκτουν ἐπὶ τοῖς ἀλλοτρίοις ἀγαθοῖς ὃ φθόνου καὶ βασκανίας ἡ ἦν. Καὶ τὸ ἔτι πλέον, ὅτι καὶ ὁ οἰκοδεσπότης ὑπὲρ αὐτῶν δικαιολογούμενος, καὶ πρὸς τὸν εἰρηκότα ταῦτα ἀπολογούμενος, πονηρίας αὐτὸν κρίνει καὶ βασκανίας ἐ ἐσχάτης, λέγων - οὐχὶ δηναρίου συνεφώνησάς μοι: ἍἌρον τὸ σὸν, καὶ ὕπαγε θέλω δὲ τῷ ἐσχάτῳ δοῦναι ὡς καὶ σοί. Εἰ ὁ ὀφθαλμός σου πονηρός ἐστιν, ὅτι ἐγὼ ἀγαθός εἰμι Τί οὖν ἐστι τὸ κατασκεναζόμενον ἐ εκ τούτων: Καὶ γὰρ καὶ ἐφ᾽ «ἑτέρων παραβολῶν τὸ αὐτὸ τοῦτό ἐστιν ἰδεῖν. Καὶ ,Ὑὰρ ὁ υἱὸς ὁ εὐδόκιμος αὐτὸ τοῦτο εἰσάγεται πεπονθὼς, ὅτε εἶδε τὸν ἄσωτον ἀδελφὸν πολλῆς ἀπολαύσαντα τιμῆς, καὶ πλείονος ἣ αὐτός. Ὥσπερ γὰρ οὗτοι πλείονος ἀπέλαυσαν τῷ πρῶτοι λαβεῖν, οὕτω καὶ ἐκεῖνος μειζόνως τῇ περιουσίᾳ τῶν δεδομένων ὁ ἐτιμᾶτο καὶ ταῦτα αὐτὸς μαρτυρεῖ ὁ εὐδόκιμος. Τί οὖν ἐστιν εἰπεῖν Οὐκ ἔστιν οὐδεὶς ἢ τοιαῦτα δικαιολογούμενος ἢ ῆ ἐγκαλῶν ἐν τῇ βασιλείᾳ τῶν οὐρανῶν᾽ ἄπαγε᾽ φθόνου γὰρ καὶ βασκανίας τὸ χωρίον ἐκεῖνο καθαρὸν. Εἰ γὰρ ἐνταῦθα ὄντες οἱ ἅγιοι καὶ τὰς ψυχὰς ἑαυτῶν ὑπὲρ τῶν ἁμαρτωλῶν διδόασι, πολλῷ μᾶλλον ὁρῶντες ἐκεῖ ὅ τούτων ἀπολαύοντας χαίρουσι, καὶ οἰκεῖα νομέζουσιν εἶναι ἢ ἀγαθα. Τίνος οὺν ἕνεκεν οὕτως ἐσχημάτισε τὸν λόγον: Παραβολὴ τὸ λεγόμενον ᾿ ἦν᾽ διόπερ οὐδὲ χρὴ πᾶντα τὰ ἐν ταῖς παραβολαῖς κατὰ λέξιν περιεργάζεσθαι, ἀλλὰ τὸν σκοπὸν μαθόντας, δ ὃν συνετέθη, τοῦτον δρέπεσθαι, καὶ μηδὲν πολυπραγμονεῖν περαιτέρω. Τίνος οὖν βούλεται; Προθυμοτέρους ποιῆσαι τοὺς ἐν ἐσχάτῳ γήρᾳ μεταβαλλομένους καὶ γινομένους βελτίονας, τὰς ἀφεῖναι νομίζειν ᾿ ἔλαττον ἔχειν. Διὰ δὴ τοῦτο εἰσάγει καὶ δυσχεΡαίνοντας ἑτέρους ἐπὶ τοῖς τούτων ἀγαθοῖς, οὐχ ἵνα δείξη τηκομένους καὶ δακνομένους ἐκείνους ἄπαγε: ἀλλ᾽ ἵ ἵνα διδάξη τούτους τοσαύτης ἀπολαύσαντας τιμῆς, ἣ καὶ φθόνον ἐτέβοις τεκεῖν ἠδύνατο. Ὃ καὶ ἡμεῖς πολλάκις ποιοῦμεν λέγοντες» ὅτι ὁ δεῖνά μοι ἐνεκάλεσεν, ὅτι σα τοσαύτης ἠξίωσα τιμῆς οὔτε ἐγκληθέντες, οὔτε ἐκεῖνον ἢ διαβαλεῖν θέλοντες, ἀλλὰ τούτῳ δεῖξαι τὸ μέγεθος τῆς δωροᾶς ἧς ἀπήλαυσεν. ᾿Αλλὰ τί δήποτε οὐ πάντας εὐθέως ἐμισθώσατο εἰς αὖτὸν ἧκον, ἅπαντας εἰ δὲ οὐχ ὁμοῦ πάντες ὑπήκουσαν, τὴν διαφορὰν ἡ ῇ τῶν κληθέντων γνώμη πεποίηκε. Διὰ τοῦτο οἱ μὲν πρωΐ, οἱ δὲ τρίτη, οἱ δὲ ἕκτη, οἱ δὲ ἐ ἐνάτῃ ὥρᾳ καλοῦνται, οἱ δὲ ἑνδεκάτῃ, ὅτε ἔμελλον ὑπακούσεσθαι. Τοῦτὸ καὶ ὁ Παὐλος δηλῶν ἔλεγεν· ὅτε δὲ εὐδόκησεν ὁ αφορίσας με ἐκ κοιλίας μητρός μου. Πότε δὲ εὐδόκησεν ; Ὅτε ἔμελλεν ὑπακούσεσθαι. Αὐτὸς μὲν γὰρ ἐβούλετο καὶ ἐκ προοιμίων' ἐπειδὴ δὲ ἢ αὐτὸς οὐκ ἄν εἶξε, τότε εὐδύκησεν, ὅτε καὶ αὐτὸς ἔμελλα πείθεσθαι. Οὕτω καὶ τὸν ληστὴν ἐκάλεσε, καίτοι δυνάμενος καὶ ἔμπροσθεν αὐτὸν καλέσαι ἀλλ᾽ ἐκεῖνος οὐκ ἂν ὑπήκουσεν. Εἰ γὰρ ὁ Παῦλος ἐξ ἀρχῆς οὐκ ἂν ὑπήκουσε, πολλῷ μᾶλλον ὁ ληστής. Εἰ δὲ οὗτοι λέγουσιν, οὐδεὶς ἡμᾶς ἐμισθώσατο μάλιστα μὲν, ὅπερ ἔφην, οὐ χρὴ πάντα περιεργάζεσθαι τὰ ἐν ταῖς παραβολαῖς ἐνταῦθα δὲ οὐδὲ ὁ οἰκοδεσπότης φαίνεται τοῦτο λέγων, ἀλλ᾽ ἐκεῖνοι αὐτὸς δὲ αὐτοὺς οὐκ ἐλέγχει, ἵνα μὴ διαπορήσῃ, ἀλλ’ ἐπισπάσηται. Ὅτι γὰρ πάντας, τὸ γε εἰς αὐτὸν ἧκον, ἐκ πρώτης ἐκάλει, ἐδήλωσε καὶ ἡ παραβολὴ λέγουσα, ὅτι ἀπὸ πρωὶ ἐξῆλθε μισθώσασθαι. Πάντοθεν οὖν δῆλον ἡμῖν, ὅτι πρὸς τοὺς ἐκ πρώτης ἡλικίας, καὶ τοὺς ἐν γήρᾳ καὶ βράδιον α ἀρετῆς ἡ ἐπειλημμένους εἴρηται ἡ παραβολή' πρὸς ἐκείνους μὲν, ἵνα μὴ ἀπονοῶνται, μηδὲ ὀνειδίζωσι τοῖς περὶ τὴν ᾿ ἐνδεκάτην' πρὸς τούτους δὲ, ἵνα μάθωσιν, ὅτι ἐστὶ καὶ ἐν βραχεῖ χρόνῳ τὸ πᾶν ἀνακτήσασθαι. ᾿Επειδὴ γὰρ περὶ σφοδρότητος διελέγετο, καὶ τοῦ χρήματα ῥῖψαι, καὶ καταφρονῆσαι. τῶν ὄντων ἁπάντων, πολλοῦ δὲ τοῦτο ἐδεῖτο τοῦ τόνον καὶ νεανικῆς προθυμίας, ἀνάπτων ἐν αὐτοῖς φλόγα ἀγάπης, καὶ εὔτονον ποιῶν τὴν γνωμῆν, δείκνυσιν ὅ ὅτι δυνατὸν καὶ ὕστερον ἐλθόντας τῆς πάσης λαβεῖν ἡμέρας τὸν μισθόν. Ἀλλ᾽ ᾿οὕτω μὲν οὐ λέγει; ἵνα μὴ πάλιν αὑτοὺς ἀπονοήση᾽ δείκνυσι δὲ ὅ ὅτι τῆς αὐτοῦ φιλανθρωπίας ἐστὶ τὸ πᾶν, καὶ διὰ ταύτην οὐκ ἐκπεσοῦνται, ἀλλ᾽ ἀπολαύσονται καὶ αὐτοὶ τῶν ἀποῤῥήτων ἀγαθῶν. Καὶ τοῦτο μάλιστά ἐστιν ὃ βούλεται διὰ τῆς παραβολῆς κατασκευάσαι ταύτης. Εἰ δὲ ἐ ἐπάγει, ὅτι οὕτως ἔσονται οἱ ἔσχατοι πρώτοι. καὶ οἱ πρῶτοι ἔσχατοι ᾿πολλοὶ γὰρ κλητοὶ, ὀλίγοι δὲ ἐκλεκτοὶ, μὴ θαυμάσης. Οὐ γὰρ ὡς ἐκ τῆς παραβολῆς τοῦτο συναγαγων φησιν, ἀλλὰ τοῦτο λέγει, ὅτι ὥσπερ τοῦτο συνέβη, οὕτω κακεῖνο συμβήσεται. ᾿Ενταῦθα μὲν γὰρ οὐκ ἐγένοντο οἱ πρώτοι ἔσχατοι, ἀλλὰ τῶν αὐτῶν πάντες ἀπήλαυσαν παρ ἐλπίδα καὶ παρὰ προσδοκίαν. Ὥσπερ δὲ τοῦτο παρ᾽ ἐλπίδα καὶ παρὰ προσδοκίαν ἐξέβη, καὶ τῶν ἔμπροσθεν ἐγένοντο ἴσοι οἱ μετὰ ταῦτα οὕτω καὶ τὸ τούτον πλέον συμβήσεται καὶ παραδοξότερον, τὸ καὶ ἔμπροσθεν γενέσθαι τών πρώτων τοὺς ἐσχάτους, καὶ μετὰ τούτους τοὺς πρώτουν. Ὥστε ἕ ἕτερον ἐκεῖνο, καὶ ἕτερον τοῦτο. Δοκεῖ δέ μοι ταῦτα λέγειν ᾿Ιουδαίους αἰνιττόμενος, καὶ τῶν πιστῶν τοὺς εξ α ἀρχῆς λάμψαντας, ὕστερον δὲ ἀμελήσαντας ἀρετῆς, καὶ εἰς τοὐπίσω κατενεχθέντας κακείνους πάλιν τοὺς ἀπὸ κακίας ἀνενεγκόντας, καὶ πολλοὺς ὑπερακοντίσαντας. Ορῶμεν γὰρ τὰς τοιαύτας ματαβολὰς, καὶ ἐπὶ πίστεως καὶ ἐπὶ βίου γινομένας. Διὸ παρακαλῶ, πολλὴν ποιησώμεθα σπουδὴν, καὶ ἐπὶ τῆς πίστεως ἑστάναι τῆς ὀρθῆς, καὶ βίον ἐπιδείκνυσθαι ἃ ἄριστον. Ἂν γὰρ μὴ καὶ βίον προσθῶμεν τῆς πίστεως ἄξιον, τὴν ἐσχάτην δώσομεν δίκην. Καὶ τοῦτο ἔδειξε μὲν καὶ ἀπὸ τῶν ἄνωθεν χρόνων ὁ μακάριος Παῦλος, ὅτε ἔλεγεν, ὅτι πάντες τὸ αὐτὸ βρῶμα πνευματικὸν ἔφαγον, καὶ πάντες τὸ αὐτὸ πόμα πνευματικὸν ἔ ἐπιον καὶ προσθεὶς, ὅτι οὐκ ἴ ἐσώθησαν' κατεστρώθησαν γὰρ ἐν τῇ ἐρήμῳ. Εδειξε δὲ καὶ ἐπὶ τῶν εὐαγγελιστῶν ὁ Χριστὸς, ὅτε εἰσήγαγέ τινας δαίμονας ἐκβαλόντας καὶ προφητεύσαντας, καὶ εἰς κόλασιν ἀπαγομένους. Καὶ πᾶσαι δὲ αὐτοῦ αἱ πα ραβολαὶ, οἷον ἢ τῶν παρθένων, ἢ τῆς σαγήνης, ἡ τῶν ἀκανθῶν, ἡ τοῦ ἜΧΩΝ τοῦ μὴ ποιοῦντος καρπὸν, τὴν ἀπὸ τῶν ἔργων ἀρετὴν ἐπιζητοῦσι. Περὶ μὲν γὰρ δογμάτων ὀλιγάκις διαλέγεται οὐδὲ γὰρ δεῖται πόνου τὸ πρᾶγμα περὶ δὲ βίου πολλάκις, μάλλον δὲ πανταχοῦ διηνεκὴς γὰρ ὁ πρὸς τοῦτο᾽ πόλεμος, διὸ καὶ ὁ πόνος. Καὶ τί λέγω πολιτείαν ὁλόκληρον; Καὶ γὰρ μέρος αὐτῆς παροφθὲν μεγάλα ἐπάγει κακά᾿ οἷον ἐλεημοσύνη παροφθεῖσα εἰς γέενναν ἐμβάλλει τοὺς ὑστερηκότατ᾽ καίτοι οὐχ ὁλόκληρος τοῦτο ἀρετή, ἀλλὰ μέρος αὐτῆς. Αλλ᾽ ὅμως καὶ αἱ παρθένοι διὰ τὸ μὴ ταύτην ἔχειν ἐκολάσθησαν᾽ καὶ ὁ 'ἰ πλούσιος διὰ τοῦτο ἀπετηγανίζετο' καὶ οἱ πεινῶντα μὴ θρόψαντε: ἐντεῦθεν μετὰ τοῦ διαβόλου καταδικάζονται. Παλιν τὸ μὴ λοιδορεῖν μέρος αὐτῆς ἐστιν ἐλάχιστον ἀλλ᾽ ὅμως ἐὰν λείπῃ ἡμῖν, πολλὰ ἡμῖν ἕψεται κακὰ, καὶ τῶν οὐρανῶν ἀποκλείει καὶ περὶ ἐλεημοσύνης, καὶ τοὺ μὴ κατακρίνειν, μηδὲ ζιλοῦν τοὺς παρανομοῦντας· καὶ τοῦτο ἐκβάλλει τοὺς μὴ κατωρθωκότας. Ὁ γὰρ εἰπὼν τῷ ἀδελφῷ αὐτοῦ, μωρὲ, ἔνοχος ἔσται εἰς τὴν γέενναν τοῦ πυρός. Πάλιν ἡ σωφροσύνη καὶ αὐτὴ μέρος ἐστίν αλλ᾽ ὅμως χωρὶς ταύτης οὐδεὶς ὄψεται. τὸν κύριον. Εἰρήνην γάρ, φησὶ, διώκετε, καὶ τὸν ἁγιασμὸν, οὗ χωρὶς οὐδεὶς ὄψεται τὸν κύριον. Καὶ ἡ ταπεινοφροσύνη δὲ ὁμοίως μόριον ἐστιν ἀρετῆς᾽ ἀλλ᾽ ὅμως κἂν ἕτερά τις ἐπιτελέσῃ καλὰ, ταύτην δὲ μὴ κατορθώσῃ, ἀκάθαρτος παρὰ τῷ θεῷ. Καὶ δῆλον ἐκ τοῦ Φαρισαίου, ὃ ὃς Μυρίοις κομῶν ἀγαθοῖς, ἐντεῦθεν πάντα ἀπώλεσεν. γὼ δέ. τι καὶ τούτων πλόον εἰπεῖν ἔχω πάλιν. Ου γὰρ δὴ μόνον ἕν τι αὐτῶν ᾿παροφθὲν ἀποκλείει τὸν οὐρανὸν ἡμῖν, ἀλλὰ κἂν γένηται μὲν, μὴ μετὰ τῆς προσηκούσης δὲ ἀκριβείας καὶ ὑπερβολῆς, τὸ αὐτὸ τοῦτο πάλιν ποιεῖ. ᾽Εὰν γὰρ μὴ περισσεύσῃ ῇ δικαιοσύνη ὑ ὑμῶν, φησὶν, πλέον τῶν Ὑραμματέων καὶ Φαρισαίων, οὐκ εἰσελεύσεσθε εἰς τὴν ιλείαν τῶν οὐρανὼν. Ὥστε κἂν ἐλεημοσύνην δῷς, μὴ πλείονα δὲ ἐ ἐκείνων, οὐκ εἰσελεύση. Καὶ πόσην ἐκεῖνοι παρεῖχον ἐλεημοσύνην: φησί. Τοῦτο γὰρ ᾿ αὐτὸ εἰπεῖν βούλομαι νῦν, ἵνα οἱ μὲν μὴ διδόντες διαναστῶσι πρὸς τὸ δοῦναι, οἱ δὲ διδόντες μὴ μέγα φρονῶσιν, αλλὰ προσθήκην ἐργάζωνται. Τί οὖν ἐδίδοσαν ἐκεῖνοι : Τῶν ὄντων ἁπάντων δεκάτην, καὶ πάλιν ἑτέραν δεκάτην, καὶ ο μετὰ ταύτην, τρίτην᾽ ὥστε παρ᾽ οὐδὲν τὸ τρίτον τῆς οὐσίας παρεῖχον τρεῖς γὰρ δεκάται συντιθέμεναι τοῦτο ποιοῦσι. Καὶ μετὰ τούτων καὶ ἀπαρχὰς, » καὶ πρϑτο τοκᾶν, καὶ ἕτερα πλείονα οἷον τὰ ὑπὲρ ἁμαρτημάτων, τὰ ὑπὲρ καθαρισμῶν, τὰ ἐν ἑορταῖς, τὰ ἐν τῷ ἰωβηλαίῳφ, τὰ ἐν ταῖς τῶν χρεῶν ἀποκοπαῖς, καὶ ταῖς τῶν οἰκετῶν '᾿ἀφέσεσι, καὶ τοῖς δανείσμασι τοῖς τόκων ἀπηλλαγμένοις. Εἰ δὲ ὁ ο τὸ τρίτον δοὺς τῶν ὄντων, μάλλον δὲ τὸ ἥμισυ (μετὰ γὰρ τούτων ἐκεῖνα συντιθέμενα τὸ ἥμισυ ἐστιν); εἰ τοίνυν ὁ τὸ ἥμισν διδοὺς, οὐδὲν μέγα ἐργάζεται ὃ μηδὲ τὸ δέκατον παρέχων τίνος ἄξιος ἔσται, Εἰκότως ἔλεγεν, ὀλίγοι οἱ σωζόμενοι.᾽

tōn mathētōn touto einai nomisōsi (legō dē to tōn megistōn kai prōteiōn en tois mellousin apolauein) exeteine ton logon, kai hēplōse tēn hyposchesin epi tēn gēn hapasan, kai apo tōn parontōn kai ta mellonta pistoutai. KKai tois mathētais de en prooimiois, hote atelesteron diekeinto, apo tōn parontōn dielegeto. Hote gar heilkysen autous apo tēs thalassēs, kai tēs technēs apestēse, kai aphei nai to ploion ekeleusen, ouk ouranōn, ouo thronōn emnēmoneusen, alla tōn entautha pragmatōn, eipōn poiēsō hymas halieis anthrōpōn epeidē de hypsēloterous eirgasato, tote loipon kai peri tōn ekei dialegetai. Ti de esti, krinontes tas dōdeka phylas tou ᾿Israēl: Toutesti, katakrinontes. Ou gar dē dikastai mellousi kathedeisthai all᾽ hōsper tēn basilissan tou notou ᾿ katakrinein tēn genean ekeinēn ephēse, kai hoi Nineuitai de katakrinousin ᾿autous houtō dē kai houtoi. Dia touto ouk eipe, ta ethnē kai tēn oikoumenēn, alla, tas phylas tou ᾿Israēl. ᾿Epeidē gar en tois autois ēsan tethrammenoi kai nomois kai ethesi kai politeią hoi ki ᾿Ioudaioi kai hoi apostoloi, hotan legōsin hoi ᾿Ioudaioi, hoti dia touto ouk hēdynēthēmen pisteusai tǭ Christǭ, hoti ho nomos ekōlyse ta parangelmata autou dechesthai, toutous eis meson paragaōn, tous ton auton dexamenous nomon kai pisteusantas, katakrinei pantas ekeinous hoper kai ēdē elege, dia touto kritai hymōn autoi esontai. Kai ti mega autois epēngeilato? phēsin, ei hoper echousin hoi Ninenitai kai hē basilissa tou notou, touto kai houtoi hexousi? Malista men kai alla emprosthen autois polla epēngeilato, kai meta tauta hypis neitai kai ou touto monon esti to epathlon. Allōs e kai en toutǭ parēnixato ti pleon ekeinōn. Peri men gar ekeinōn haplōs eipen' se andres Ninenitai anastēsontai, kai katakrinousi tēn genean tautēn kai, basilissa noton katakrinei peri de toutōn, ouch haplōs houtōs alla hē pōs? Hotan kathisē ho huios tou anthrōpou epi thronou doxēs autou, tote kai hymeis kathisesthe epi dōdeka thronous, phēsi dēlōn, ho hoti kai symbasileusousi kai koinōnēsousi tēs doxēs ekeinēs. Ei gar hypomenomen, kai symbasileusomen. Oude gar kathe euran hoi thronoi ēlousi monos gar autos estin ho kathedoumenos kai krinōn alla timēn kai doxan aphaton paredēlōse dia tōn thronōn. Toutois men oun tauta eipe' tois de loipois pasi zōēn aiōnion, kai hekatontaplasiona enteuthen. Ei de tois loipois, pollǭ mallon kai toutois, kai tauta kai ta en tǭ aiōni toutǭ. Kai touto goun exebē. Kalamon gar kai diktyon aphentes, tas pantōn ousias met᾽ exousias heichon, tas timas tōn oikiōn kai tōn chōriōn, kai auta ta sōmata tōn pisteuontōn. Kai sphagēnai gar hyper autōn pollakis heilonto, hōs kai [Paulos pollois martyrei, hotan legē? d ho hai dynaton, tous ophthalmous hymōn exoryxantes an edōkate moi. Hotan de legę̄» hoti pas hostis aphēke gynaika, ou touto phēsin, hōste haplōs diaspasthai tous gamous all ho peri tēs psychēēs elegen? hoti ō ho apolesas tēn psychēn autou heneken emou, heurēsei autēn ouch hina anairōmen heautous, oud᾽ hina enteuthen ēdē chōrizōmen autēn apo tou sōmatos, all᾽ hina pantōn protimōmen tēn eusebeian' touto kai epi gynaikos kai adelphōn phēsi. Dokei de moi kai tous diōgmous entautha ainittesthai. ᾿Epeidē gar polloi ēsan [kai pateres eis asebeian helkontes paidas, kai gynaikes andra hotan tauta keleuōsi? phēsi, mēte gynaikes estōsan, mēte pateres hoper oun kai ho Paulos elegen; ei de ho apistos chōrizetai, chōrizesthō. Anastēsas toinyn pantōn ta phronēmata, kai peisas kai hyper heantōn kai hyper tēs oikoumenēs hapasēs tharrhein, prosethēken, doti polloi de e euontai prōtoi eschatoi, kai oschatoi prōtoi. Ioutos de ' ei kai adioristōs kai peri pollōn kai heterōn eirētai, ᾿ eirētai kai peri toutōn, kai peri Pharisaiōn tōn apeithountōn᾽ hoper kai emprosthen eipen, hoti polloi hēxousin apo anatolōn kai dysmōn, kai anaklithēsontai meta ᾿Abraam, kai ᾿Isaak, kai ᾿Iakōb᾽ hoi de huioi tēs basileias 'exō blēthēsontai. Eita epagei kai parabolēn, eis pollēn prothymian aleiphōn tous hysterēkotas. Homoia gar esti, phēsin, hē basileia tōn ouranōn anthrōpǭ oikodespotę̄, ho hostis exēlthen hama prōi misthōsasthai ergatas eis ton ampelōna autou. Kai symphōnēsas met᾽ autōn ek dēnariou tēn hēmeran, apesteilen autous eis ton ampelōna. Kai tę̄ tritē ōrą eiden allous hestōtas argous, kakeinois heipen' hypagete kai hymeis eis ton ampelōna, kai ho ean ę̄ dikaion, dōsō hymin. Kai peri ektēn kai enatēn hōran epoiēsen. hōōsautōn. Peri de tēn hendekatēn hōran eiden allous hestōtas argous. kai legei autois ti hōde hestēkate holēn tēn hēmeran argoi: oi de legousin autǭ᾽ oudeis hēmas emisthōsato. Legei autois hypagete kai hymeis eis ton ampelōna hamou, kai ho ean hē dikaion, lēpsesthe. OPsias de genomenēs, legei ho kyrios tou ampelōnos tǭ epitropǭ autou kaleson tous ergatas, kai dos autois ton misthon, arxamenos apo tōn eschatōn heōs tōn prōtōn. Kai elthontes hoi peri tēn endekatēn hōran, Ō elabon ana dēnarion. ᾿ Kai hoi prōtoi enomisan hoti pleiona lēpsontai, kai elabon kai autoi ana dēnarion. Kai labontes egongyzon kata tou oikodespotou, legontes houstoi hoi eschatoi mian hōran epoiēsan, kai isous hēmin autous epoiēsas, tois bastasasi to baros tēs hēmeras, kai ton kausōna? ᾿ o de apokritheis hene autōn heipen hetaire? ouk adikō se᾽ ouchi dēnariou synephōnēsas moi? aron to son, kai hypage thelō de kai toutǭ tǭ eschatǭ dounai hōs kai soi. Ē ouk exesti moi ho thelō poiēsai en tois emois s Ei ho ophthalmos sou ponēros estin, hoti egō agathos eimi? Houtōs esontai hoi eschatoi prōtoi, kai hoi prōtoi eschatoi. Polloi gar eisi klētoi, oligoi de eklektoi. Ti bouletai hēmin hē parabolē hautē: : Ou gar synadei tǭ pros tǭ telei lechthenti to ex archēs? alla tounantion hapan emphainei. En tautę̄ men gar deiknysin hapantas tōn autōn apolauontas, kai ou tous men ekballomenous, tous de eisagomenous᾽ autos de kai pro tēs parabolēs kai meta tēn parabolēn tounantion eipen, hoti esontai hoi prōtoi eschatoi, kai hoi eschatoi prōtoi toutestin, hoti ᾿ kai autōn tōn prōtōn prōtoi, ouchi prōtōn menontōn, all᾽ eschatōn ekeinōn genomenōn. Hoti gar touto dēloi, epēgange' polloi gar eisi klētoi, oligoi de eklektoi hōste diplē kakeinous hē dakein, kai toutous paramythēsasthai kai protrepsai. Hē de parabolē ou touto phēsin all᾽ hoti tōn eudokimōn kai polla ᾿ peponēkotōn esontai isoi. sous gar autous hēmin epoiēsas, phēsi, tois bastasasi to baros tēs hēmeras, kai ton kausōna. Ti oun estin ho phēsin hē parabolē , anankaion gar touto prōton poiēsai saphes, kai tote ekeino dialysomen. ᾿Ampelōna men, ta epitagmata tou theou Phēsin einai, kai tas entolas chronon de tēs ergasias, ton paronta bion ergatas de, tous diaphorōs kaloumenous epi ta prostagmata: prōï de kai peri tritēn kai hektēn kai enatēn kai endekatēn hōran, tous en diaphorois hēlikiais proselthontas kai eudokimēsantas. ᾿Alla to zētoumenon ekeino estin, ei lamprōs eudokimēkotes hoi prōtoi, kai aresantes tǭ theǭ, kai di holēs hēmeras lakantes apo tōn ponōn, tǭ eschatǭ tēs kakias katechontai pathei, baskanią kai phthonǭ. ᾿Idontes gar autous tōn autōn apolelaukotas, ᾿phasin᾽ - houtoi hoi eschatoi mian hōran epoiēsan, kai isous autous hēmin epoiēsas, tois bastasasi to baros tēs hēmeras, kai ton kausōna t Kai tauta mēden mellontes zēmiousthai, mēde eis ton heantōn elattousthai misthon, edyscherainon, kai hēganaktoun epi tois allotriois agathois ho phthonou kai baskanias hē ēn. Kai to eti pleon, hoti kai ho oikodespotēs hyper autōn dikaiologoumenos, kai pros ton eirēkota tauta apologoumenos, ponērias auton krinei kai baskanias e eschatēs, legōn - ouchi dēnariou synephōnēsas moi: HaAron to son, kai hypage thelō de tǭ eschatǭ dounai hōs kai soi. Ei ho ophthalmos sou ponēros estin, hoti egō agathos eimi Ti oun esti to kataskenazomenon e ek toutōn: Kai gar kai eph᾽ «heterōn parabolōn to auto touto estin idein. Kai ,Hyar ho huios ho eudokimos auto touto eisagetai peponthōs, hote eide ton asōton adelphon pollēs apolausanta timēs, kai pleionos hē autos. Hōsper gar houtoi pleionos apelausan tǭ prōtoi labein, houtō kai ekeinos meizonōs tę̄ periousią tōn dedomenōn ho etimato kai tauta autos martyrei ho eudokimos. Ti oun estin eipein Ouk estin oudeis ē toiauta dikaiologoumenos ē ē enkalōn en tę̄ basileią tōn ouranōn᾽ apage᾽ phthonou gar kai baskanias to chōrion ekeino katharon. Ei gar entautha ontes hoi hagioi kai tas psychas heautōn hyper tōn hamartōlōn didoasi, pollǭ mallon horōntes ekei ho toutōn apolauontas chairousi, kai oikeia nomezousin einai ē agatha. Tinos oun heneken houtōs eschēmatise ton logon: Parabolē to legomenon ᾿ ēn᾽ dioper oude chrē panta ta en tais parabolais kata lexin periergazesthai, alla ton skopon mathontas, d hon synetethē, touton drepesthai, kai mēden polypragmonein peraiterō. Tinos oun bouletai? Prothymoterous poiēsai tous en eschatǭ gērą metaballomenous kai ginomenous beltionas, tas apheinai nomizein ᾿ elatton echein. Dia dē touto eisagei kai dyscheRainontas heterous epi tois toutōn agathois, ouch hina deixē tēkomenous kai daknomenous ekeinous apage: all᾽ hi hina didaxē toutous tosautēs apolausantas timēs, hē kai phthonon etebois tekein ēdynato. Ho kai hēmeis pollakis poioumen legontes» hoti ho deina moi enekalesen, hoti sa tosautēs ēxiōsa timēs oute enklēthentes, oute ekeinon ē diabalein thelontes, alla toutǭ deixai to megethos tēs dōroas hēs apēlausen. ᾿Alla ti dēpote ou pantas eutheōs emisthōsato eis auton hēkon, hapantas ei de ouch homou pantes hypēkousan, tēn diaphoran hē ę̄ tōn klēthentōn gnōmē pepoiēke. Dia touto hoi men prōï, hoi de tritē, hoi de hektē, hoi de e enatę̄ hōrą kalountai, hoi de hendekatę̄, hote emellon hypakousesthai. Touto kai ho Paulos dēlōn elegen; hote de eudokēsen ho aphorisas me ek koilias mētros mou. Pote de eudokēsen ? Hote emellen hypakousesthai. Autos men gar ebouleto kai ek prooimiōn' epeidē de ē autos ouk an eixe, tote eudykēsen, hote kai autos emella peithesthai. Houtō kai ton lēstēn ekalese, kaitoi dynamenos kai emprosthen auton kalesai all᾽ ekeinos ouk an hypēkousen. Ei gar ho Paulos ex archēs ouk an hypēkouse, pollǭ mallon ho lēstēs. Ei de houtoi legousin, oudeis hēmas emisthōsato malista men, hoper ephēn, ou chrē panta periergazesthai ta en tais parabolais entautha de oude ho oikodespotēs phainetai touto legōn, all᾽ ekeinoi autos de autous ouk elenchei, hina mē diaporēsę̄, all’ epispasētai. Hoti gar pantas, to ge eis auton hēkon, ek prōtēs ekalei, edēlōse kai hē parabolē legousa, hoti apo prōi exēlthe misthōsasthai. Pantothen oun dēlon hēmin, hoti pros tous ek prōtēs hēlikias, kai tous en gērą kai bradion a aretēs hē epeilēmmenous eirētai hē parabolē' pros ekeinous men, hina mē aponoōntai, mēde oneidizōsi tois peri tēn ᾿ endekatēn' pros toutous de, hina mathōsin, hoti esti kai en brachei chronǭ to pan anaktēsasthai. ᾿Epeidē gar peri sphodrotētos dielegeto, kai tou chrēmata rhipsai, kai kataphronēsai. tōn ontōn hapantōn, pollou de touto edeito tou tonon kai neanikēs prothymias, anaptōn en autois phloga agapēs, kai eutonon poiōn tēn gnōmēn, deiknysin ho hoti dynaton kai hysteron elthontas tēs pasēs labein hēmeras ton misthon. All᾽ ᾿houtō men ou legei? hina mē palin hautous aponoēsē᾽ deiknysi de ho hoti tēs autou philanthrōpias esti to pan, kai dia tautēn ouk ekpesountai, all᾽ apolausontai kai autoi tōn aporrhētōn agathōn. Kai touto malista estin ho bouletai dia tēs parabolēs kataskeuasai tautēs. Ei de e epagei, hoti houtōs esontai hoi eschatoi prōtoi. kai hoi prōtoi eschatoi ᾿polloi gar klētoi, oligoi de eklektoi, mē thaumasēs. Ou gar hōs ek tēs parabolēs touto synagagōn phēsin, alla touto legei, hoti hōsper touto synebē, houtō kakeino symbēsetai. ᾿Entautha men gar ouk egenonto hoi prōtoi eschatoi, alla tōn autōn pantes apēlausan par elpida kai para prosdokian. Hōsper de touto par᾽ elpida kai para prosdokian exebē, kai tōn emprosthen egenonto isoi hoi meta tauta houtō kai to touton pleon symbēsetai kai paradoxoteron, to kai emprosthen genesthai tōn prōtōn tous eschatous, kai meta toutous tous prōtoun. Hōste he heteron ekeino, kai heteron touto. Dokei de moi tauta legein ᾿Ioudaious ainittomenos, kai tōn pistōn tous ex a archēs lampsantas, hysteron de amelēsantas aretēs, kai eis toupisō katenechthentas kakeinous palin tous apo kakias anenenkontas, kai pollous hyperakontisantas. Orōmen gar tas toiautas matabolas, kai epi pisteōs kai epi biou ginomenas. Dio parakalō, pollēn poiēsōmetha spoudēn, kai epi tēs pisteōs hestanai tēs orthēs, kai bion epideiknysthai ha ariston. An gar mē kai bion prosthōmen tēs pisteōs axion, tēn eschatēn dōsomen dikēn. Kai touto edeixe men kai apo tōn anōthen chronōn ho makarios Paulos, hote elegen, hoti pantes to auto brōma pneumatikon ephagon, kai pantes to auto poma pneumatikon e epion kai prostheis, hoti ouk i esōthēsan' katestrōthēsan gar en tę̄ erēmǭ. Edeixe de kai epi tōn euangelistōn ho Christos, hote eisēgage tinas daimonas ekbalontas kai prophēteusantas, kai eis kolasin apagomenous. Kai pasai de autou hai pa rabolai, hoion ē tōn parthenōn, ē tēs sagēnēs, hē tōn akanthōn, hē tou EChŌN tou mē poiountos karpon, tēn apo tōn ergōn aretēn epizētousi. Peri men gar dogmatōn oligakis dialegetai oude gar deitai ponou to pragma peri de biou pollakis, mallon de pantachou diēnekēs gar ho pros touto᾽ polemos, dio kai ho ponos. Kai ti legō politeian holoklēron? Kai gar meros autēs parophthen megala epagei kaka᾿ hoion eleēmosynē parophtheisa eis geennan emballei tous hysterēkotat᾽ kaitoi ouch holoklēros touto aretē, alla meros autēs. All᾽ homōs kai hai parthenoi dia to mē tautēn echein ekolasthēsan᾽ kai ho 'i plousios dia touto apetēganizeto' kai hoi peinōnta mē thropsante: enteuthen meta tou diabolou katadikazontai. Palin to mē loidorein meros autēs estin elachiston all᾽ homōs ean leipę̄ hēmin, polla hēmin hepsetai kaka, kai tōn ouranōn apokleiei kai peri eleēmosynēs, kai tou mē katakrinein, mēde ziloun tous paranomountas; kai touto ekballei tous mē katōrthōkotas. Ho gar eipōn tǭ adelphǭ autou, mōre, enochos estai eis tēn geennan tou pyros. Palin hē sōphrosynē kai autē meros estin all᾽ homōs chōris tautēs oudeis opsetai. ton kyrion. Eirēnēn gar, phēsi, diōkete, kai ton hagiasmon, hou chōris oudeis opsetai ton kyrion. Kai hē tapeinophrosynē de homoiōs morion estin aretēs᾽ all᾽ homōs kan hetera tis epitelesę̄ kala, tautēn de mē katorthōsę̄, akathartos para tǭ theǭ. Kai dēlon ek tou Pharisaiou, ho hos Myriois komōn agathois, enteuthen panta apōlesen. gō de. ti kai toutōn ploon eipein echō palin. Ou gar dē monon hen ti autōn ᾿parophthen apokleiei ton ouranon hēmin, alla kan genētai men, mē meta tēs prosēkousēs de akribeias kai hyperbolēs, to auto touto palin poiei. ᾽Ean gar mē perisseusę̄ ę̄ dikaiosynē hy hymōn, phēsin, pleon tōn Hyrammateōn kai Pharisaiōn, ouk eiseleusesthe eis tēn ileian tōn ouranōn. Hōste kan eleēmosynēn dǭs, mē pleiona de e ekeinōn, ouk eiseleusē. Kai posēn ekeinoi pareichon eleēmosynēn: phēsi. Touto gar ᾿ auto eipein boulomai nyn, hina hoi men mē didontes dianastōsi pros to dounai, hoi de didontes mē mega phronōsin, alla prosthēkēn ergazōntai. Ti oun edidosan ekeinoi : Tōn ontōn hapantōn dekatēn, kai palin heteran dekatēn, kai o meta tautēn, tritēn᾽ hōste par᾽ ouden to triton tēs ousias pareichon treis gar dekatai syntithemenai touto poiousi. Kai meta toutōn kai aparchas, » kai prϑto tokan, kai hetera pleiona hoion ta hyper hamartēmatōn, ta hyper katharismōn, ta en heortais, ta en tǭ iōbēlaiǭph, ta en tais tōn chreōn apokopais, kai tais tōn oiketōn '᾿aphesesi, kai tois daneismasi tois tokōn apēllagmenois. Ei de ho o to triton dous tōn ontōn, mallon de to hēmisy (meta gar toutōn ekeina syntithemena to hēmisy estin)? ei toinyn ho to hēmisn didous, ouden mega ergazetai ho mēde to dekaton parechōn tinos axios estai, Eikotōs elegen, oligoi hoi sōzomenoi.᾽

of the disciples (I mean enjoying the greatest things and the first places in the world to come), he extended the saying, and spread the promise over the whole earth, and confirms the things to come by the things present. And with the disciples too, at the beginning, when they were in a more imperfect state, he spoke from the things present. For when he drew them away from the sea, and removed them from their craft, and bade them leave the boat, he did not mention heaven or thrones but the affairs of this world, saying, “I will make you fishers of men”; but when he had made them more exalted, then at last he speaks of the things there as well. [2] And what does “judging the twelve tribes of Israel” mean? That is, condemning. For they are not going to sit as judges; but just as he said that the queen of the South would condemn that generation, and the Ninevites too will condemn them, so too will these. For this reason he did not say “the nations and the world,” but “the tribes of Israel.” For since the Jews and the apostles had been brought up in the same laws and customs and way of life, when the Jews say, “We could not believe in Christ for this reason, that the law prevented us from receiving his precepts,” he will bring these men into the middle, men who received the same law and believed, and will condemn all those; as he had already said, “Therefore they shall be your judges.” “And what great thing did he promise them,” someone says, “if these too will have what the Ninevites and the queen of the South have?” Well, first, he promised them many other things before, and promises them afterward too, and this is not the only prize. And besides, he hinted at something more than those in this too. For of those he said simply, “The men of Nineveh will rise up and condemn this generation,” and, “The queen of the South will condemn it”; but of these, not simply so. But how? “When the Son of Man sits on the throne of his glory, then you also will sit on twelve thrones,” he says, showing that they will reign with him and share in that glory. “For if we endure, we shall also reign with him.” For the thrones do not mean sitting (for he alone is the one who will sit and judge), but by the thrones he indicated honor and unspeakable glory. To these men, then, he said this; but to all the rest, eternal life and a hundredfold here. And if to the rest, much more to these, both these things and the things in this age. And this at any rate came to pass. For after leaving rod and net, they held the possessions of all with authority, the prices of houses and lands, and the very bodies of the believers. For many often chose even to be slaughtered for them, as Paul bears witness for many when he says, “If possible, you would have torn out your eyes and given them to me.” And when he says, “Everyone who has left wife,” he does not mean that marriages should simply be torn apart; but as he said about the soul, “He who loses his soul for my sake will find it,” not that we should kill ourselves, nor that we should already here separate it from the body, but that we should prefer godliness to everything, so he says this of wife and brothers too. And he seems to me to be hinting at the persecutions here as well. For since there were many fathers dragging their children to ungodliness, and wives their husbands, “When they command these things,” he says, “let them be neither wives nor fathers”; as Paul too said, “But if the unbeliever separates, let him separate.” Having raised the minds of all, then, and persuaded them to be confident both for themselves and for the whole world, he added, “But many who are first will be last, and the last first.” And this, though it is said without limitation and about many others too, is said also about these, and about the Pharisees who disobeyed; as he said before also, “Many will come from east and west and will recline with Abraham and Isaac and Jacob, but the sons of the kingdom will be thrown out.” Then he adds a parable too, anointing those who had come late for great eagerness. “For the kingdom of heaven,” he says, “is like a man, a householder, who went out early in the morning to hire laborers for his vineyard. And having agreed with them for a denarius a day, he sent them into his vineyard. And at the third hour he saw others standing idle, and to them too he said, ‘You also go into the vineyard, and whatever is right I will give you.’ And about the sixth and ninth hour he did likewise. And about the eleventh hour he saw others standing idle, and he says to them, ‘Why do you stand here idle the whole day?’ And they say to him, ‘No one has hired us.’ He says to them, ‘You also go into my vineyard, and whatever is right you will receive.’ And when evening came, the lord of the vineyard says to his steward, ‘Call the laborers and give them their wages, beginning from the last to the first.’ And when those about the eleventh hour came, they each received a denarius. And the first thought that they would receive more, and they too each received a denarius. And on receiving it they grumbled against the householder, saying, ‘These last worked one hour, and you have made them equal to us who bore the burden of the day and the scorching heat.’ But he answered one of them and said, ‘Friend, I do you no wrong; did you not agree with me for a denarius? Take what is yours and go; I wish to give to this last one as to you. Or is it not lawful for me to do what I wish with my own? Or is your eye evil because I am good?’ So the last will be first, and the first last; for many are called, but few chosen.” [3] What does this parable mean for us? For the beginning does not agree with what is said at the end, but shows quite the opposite. For in it he shows all enjoying the same things, and not some cast out and others brought in; yet both before the parable and after it he said the opposite, that the first will be last and the last first, that is, first even before the first themselves, the first not remaining first but becoming last. For to show that this is what he means, he added, “For many are called, but few chosen,” so as doubly both to sting the one group and to console and encourage the other. But the parable does not say this; it says that they will be equal to those who were approved and had toiled much. “For you have made them equal to us,” it says, “who bore the burden of the day and the scorching heat.” What then does the parable say? For this must first be made clear, and then we shall resolve that difficulty. By the vineyard he means God’s injunctions and commandments; by the time of working, the present life; by the laborers, those called in different ways to the commandments; by the early morning and the third, sixth, ninth and eleventh hours, those who came forward at different ages and were approved. But the question is this: whether the first, who had been brilliantly approved and had pleased God and had shone through the whole day by their labors, are held fast by the last of vices, malice and envy. For seeing the others enjoying the same things, they say, “These last worked one hour, and you have made them equal to us who bore the burden of the day and the scorching heat.” And though they were going to suffer no loss nor be diminished in their own wages, they were annoyed and indignant at others’ good things, which was the mark of envy and malice. And what is more, the householder, justifying himself to them and making his defense to the one who said these things, convicts him of wickedness and the utmost malice, saying, “Did you not agree with me for a denarius? Take what is yours and go; I wish to give to the last as to you. Is your eye evil because I am good?” What then is established by these things? For one can see this same thing in other parables too. For the son who was approved is brought in suffering this very thing, when he saw his prodigal brother enjoying great honor, and more than he himself. For just as these enjoyed more by receiving first, so he too was honored more greatly by the abundance of what was given; and the approved son himself bears witness to these things. What then is there to say? There is no one in the kingdom of heaven who argues his rights in this way or makes such charges (away with the thought!); for that place is pure of envy and malice. For if while they are here the saints even give their lives for sinners, much more when they see them enjoying these things there do they rejoice and consider the good things their own. Why, then, did he shape the saying so? What was said was a parable; therefore one must not busy oneself over everything in the parables word for word, but learn the aim for which it was composed, gather that, and inquire no further. What then does it intend? To make more eager those who change and become better in extreme old age, and not to let them think they have less. For this reason he brings in others too, annoyed at their good things, not to show those men wasting away and stung (away with the thought!), but to teach that these had enjoyed such great honor as could even give birth to envy in others. We too often do this, saying, “So-and-so blamed me because I counted you worthy of such honor,” though we have neither been blamed nor wish to slander that person, but in this way to show the greatness of the gift that the other enjoyed. But why did he not hire them all at once? As far as it depended on him, he hired all; but if they did not all obey at the same time, the will of those called made the difference. For this reason some are called early in the morning, some at the third, some at the sixth, some at the ninth hour, and some at the eleventh, when they were going to obey. Paul too, making this plain, said, “But when it pleased him who set me apart from my mother’s womb.” And when was it pleasing? When he was going to obey. For he himself wished it from the beginning; but since Paul would not have yielded, it pleased him then, when he too was going to be persuaded. So also he called the robber, though he could have called him earlier too; but he would not have obeyed. For if Paul would not have obeyed from the beginning, much more the robber. And if these say, “No one has hired us,” first, as I said, one must not busy oneself over everything in the parables; and here it is not the householder who appears saying this, but they; and he does not refute them, so as not to perplex them but to draw them on. For that he called all, as far as depended on him, from the first hour, the parable too made plain, saying that he went out early in the morning to hire. [4] From every side, then, it is plain to us that the parable is addressed both to those who took hold of virtue from their earliest youth and to those who did so in old age and late: to the former, that they may not be arrogant nor reproach those of the eleventh hour; to the latter, that they may learn that it is possible to recover everything even in a short time. For since he had been speaking of earnestness, and of throwing away money, and of despising all one has, and this needed much vigor and youthful eagerness, kindling in them the flame of love and making their resolve strong, he shows that it is possible even for those who come later to receive the wage of the whole day. But he does not say it so, lest he again make them arrogant; but he shows that the whole is of his love for mankind, and that because of it they will not fall short, but they too will enjoy the unspeakable good things. And this above all is what he wishes to establish by this parable. And if he adds, “So the last will be first, and the first last; for many are called, but few chosen,” do not be surprised. For he does not say this as a conclusion drawn from the parable, but he says this: that just as this happened, so that will happen too. For here the first did not become last, but all enjoyed the same things beyond hope and beyond expectation. And just as this turned out beyond hope and expectation, and those who came after became equal to those before, so also what is more than this and more surprising will happen: the last will even come before the first, and the first after them. So the one thing is different from the other. And he seems to me to say these things hinting at the Jews, and at those of the faithful who shone at the beginning but later neglected virtue and were carried backward; and again at those who came up out of wickedness and outstripped many. For we see such changes happening both in faith and in life. Therefore, I beg you, let us take great pains both to stand in the right faith and to display the best life. For if we do not add a life worthy of the faith, we shall pay the utmost penalty. And blessed Paul showed this from the times of old, when he said, “All ate the same spiritual food, and all drank the same spiritual drink,” and added that they were not saved, “for they were laid low in the wilderness.” And Christ showed it also in the Gospels, when he brought in some who had cast out demons and prophesied, and were led away to punishment. And all his parables too, such as that of the virgins, of the net, of the thorns, of the tree that bears no fruit, require the virtue that comes from works. For he speaks seldom about doctrines (for the matter needs no toil), but often, or rather everywhere, about life; for the war against this is continual, and so is the toil. And why do I speak of the whole of conduct? For even a part of it neglected brings great evils. For example, almsgiving neglected casts those who lack it into Gehenna; and yet this is not the whole of virtue, but a part of it. Yet even so the virgins were punished for not having this; and for this the rich man was roasted; and those who did not feed the hungry are condemned for this with the devil. Again, not reviling is a very small part of it; yet if it is lacking in us, many evils will follow, and it shuts us out of heaven; and so with almsgiving, and with not judging nor emulating transgressors; this too casts out those who have not achieved it. “For whoever says to his brother, ‘Fool,’ shall be liable to the Gehenna of fire.” Again, chastity too is a part; yet without it no one will see the Lord. “For pursue peace,” he says, “and holiness, without which no one will see the Lord.” And humility likewise is a portion of virtue; yet even if one accomplishes other good things but does not achieve this, he is unclean before God. And this is plain from the Pharisee, who, though abounding in countless good things, lost everything by this. And I have something more than these to say again. For not only does one of them neglected shut heaven to us, but even if it is done, yet not with the fitting exactness and abundance, it does this very thing again. “For unless your righteousness abounds,” he says, “more than that of the scribes and Pharisees, you will not enter the kingdom of heaven.” So even if you give alms, but not more than they, you will not enter. “And how much alms did they give?” someone says. This is the very thing I wish to say now, so that those who do not give may be roused to give, and those who give may not think highly of themselves but may make an addition. What then did they give? A tenth of all they had, and again another tenth, and after this a third; so that they gave nearly a third of their substance, for three tenths put together make this. And besides these, firstfruits too, and firstborn, and many other things, such as the offerings for sins, those for purifications, those at feasts, those in the jubilee, those in the cancelling of debts and the releasing of servants, and in loans free of interest. And if the one who gave a third of what he had, or rather a half (for with these, those other things put together make a half), if then the one who gives a half does nothing great, of what will the one who does not give even a tenth be worthy? With reason he said, “Few are those who are saved.”

64.5Field 2

Μὴ δὴ καταφρονῶμεν τῆς κατὰ τὸν βίον ἐπιμελείας. Εἰ γὰρ μέρος αὐτοὺ καταφρονούμενον ἕν τοσαύτην φέρει τὴν ἀπώλειαν, ὅταν πανταχόθεν ὦμεν ὑπεύθυνοι τῇ καταδικαζούσῃ ψήφῳ, πώς διαφευξόμεθα τὴν κόλασιν ; ποίαν δὲ οὐ τίσομεν δίκην; Καὶ ποία ἡμῖν σωτηρίας ἐλπὶς, φησὶν, εἰ τῶν ἀπηριθμημένων ἕκαστον τὴν γέενναν ἡμῖν ἀπειλεῖ : Καὶ ἐγὼ τοῦτο λέγω πλὴν ἐὰν προσέχωμεν, δυνατὸν σωθῆναι, τὰ τῆς ἐλεημοσύνης κατασκευάζοντας φάρμακα, καὶ τὰ τραύματα θεραπεύοντας. Οὐ γὰρ οὕτως ἔλαιον σώμα ῥώννυσιν, ὡς φιλανθρωπία ψυχὴν καὶ ῥώννυσι, καὶ ἀχείρωτον πασιν ἐργάζεται, καὶ ἀνάλωτον τῷ διαβόλῳ ποιεῖ. Ὅπον γὰρ ἂν κατάσχῃ, διολισθαίνει λοιπὸν, οὐκ ἐῶντος τοῦ ἐλαίου τούτου τοῖς νώτοις τοῖς ἡμετέροις ἐνιζάνειν τὰς ἐκείνου λαβας. Τούτῳ τοίνυν ἑαυτοὺς συνεχώς ἀλείφωμεν τῷ ἐλαίῳ. Καὶ γὰρ ὑγιείας ἐστὶν ὑπόθεσις, καὶ φωτὸς χορηγία, καὶ φαιδρότητος ἀφορμή. Ἀλλ᾽ ὁ δεῖνα, φησὶ, τόσα καὶ τόσα ἔχει τάλαντα χρυσίου, καὶ οὐδὲν προΐεται. Καὶ τί τοῦτο πρὸς σέ; Οὕτω γὰρ θαυμαστότερος σὺ φανήσῃ, ὅταν ἀπὸ πενίας ἐθαύμασεν' οὐχ ὅτι παρέσχον, ἀλλ᾽ ὅτι καὶ ἐν πτωχείᾳ ὄντες ᾿ παρέσχον. Μὴ δὴ πρὸς τούτους ἴδῃς, ἀλλὰ πρὸς τὸν κοινὸν ἁπάντων διδάσκαλον, ὃ ὃς οὐκ εἶχε ποῦ τὴν κεφαλὴν κλιναι. Καὶ διατί, φησὶν, ὁ ὁ δεῖνα καὶ ὁ δεῖνα τοῦτο οὐ ποιεῖ; Μὴ κρῖνε ἕτερον, αλλὰ σεαυτὸν ἀπάλλαξον τῆς κατηγορίας. ᾿Επεὶ μείζων ῇ κόλασις, ὅταν καὶ ἑτέροις ἐγκαλῇς, καὶ αὐτὸς μὴ ποιῆς ὅταν ἄλλους κρίνων, τῷ αὐτῷ κρίματι πάλιν ὑπεύθυνος ς καὶ αὐτός. Εἰ γὰρ οὐδὲ κατορθοῦντας κρίνειν ᾿ἐφίεται ἑτέρους ᾿ πολλῷ μᾶλλον πταίοντας. Μὴ τοίνυν κρίνωμεν ἑτέρους, μηδὲ πρὸς ἑτέρους ῥᾳθυμοῦντας βλέπωμεν, αλλὰ πρὸς τὸν ᾿Ιησοῦν, καὶ ἐκεῖθεν τὰ ὑποδείγματα φέρωμεν. Μὴ γὰρ ἔἐγω σε εὐηργέτησα; μὴ γὰρ ἐγω σε ἐλυτρωσάμην, ἵνα πρὸς ἐμὲ βλέπης; Ἑτερός ἐστιν ὁ ταῦτά σοι παρασχών. Τί τὸν δεσπότην ἀφεὶς, πρὸς τὸν σύνδουλον ὁρᾷς ; Οὐκ ἤκουσας αὐτοῦ λέγοντος μάθετε ἀπ᾿ ἐμοῦ, ὅτι πρᾶός εἰμι καὶ ταπεινὸς τῇ καρδίᾳ : καὶ πάλιν, ὁ θέλων ἐν ὑμῖν εἶναι πρῶτος, ἔστω πάντων διάκονος . καὶ πάλιν, καθὼς ὁ υἱὸς τοῦ ἀνθρώπου οὐκ ἦλθε διακονηθῆναι, ἀλλὰ διακονῆσαι :ἢ Καὶ μετὰ ταῦτα πάλιν, ἵνα μὴ προσπταίων τοῖς ῥᾳθύμοις τῶν συνδούλων μένης ἐν ὀλιγωρίᾳ, ἀφέλκων σε τούτων φησίν ὁ ὑπόδειγμα ἔδωκα ὑμῖν ἐμαυτὸν, ἵνα καθὼς ἐποίησα, καὶ ὑμεῖς ποιῆτε. ᾿Αλλ᾽ οὐκ ἔστι σοι διδάσκαλος ἀρετῆς τών συνόντων ἀνθρώπων οὐδεὶς, οὐδὲ οἷος εἰς ταῦτα ἐνάγειν ; Οὐκοὖν πλείων ὁ ἔπαινος, μεῖζον τὸ ἐγκώμιον, ὅτι μηδὲ διδασκάλων εὐπορῶν γέγονας σὺ θαυμαστός. Καὶ γὰρ δυνατὸν τοῦτο, καὶ σφόδρα ῥᾷδιον, ἐὰν θέλωμεν καὶ δηλοῦσιν οἱ α πρῶτοι ταῦτα κατορθώσαντες οἷον Νῶε, ᾿Αβραάμ, ὁ Μελχισεδὲκ, ὁ ᾿Ιώβ, καὶ οἱ κατ᾽ ἐκείνους ἅπαντες ἄνθρωποι᾽ πρὸς οὖς ἀναγκαῖον καθ᾽ ἑκάστην ἡμέραν ὁρᾶν, ἀλλὰ μὴ πρὸς τούτους, οὗς οὐδέποτε παύεσθε ζηλοῦντες, καὶ ἐν τοῖς συλλόγοις τοῖς ὑμετέροις περιφέροντες. Καὶ γὰρ οὐδὲν ἄλλο πανταχοῦ λεγόντων ἀκούω, ἀλλ᾽ ἢ ταντὶ τὰ ῥήματα ὁ δεῖνα ἐκτήσατο πλέθρα γῆς τόσα καὶ τόσα, ὁ δεῖνα πλουτεῖ, οἰκοδομεῖ. Τί κέχηνας; ἄνθρωπε, ἔξω: τί πρὸς ἑτέρους βλέπεις ; Εἰ βούλει πρὸς ἑτέρους ἰδεῖν, τοὺς κατορθοῦντας βλέπε, τοὺς εὐδοκιμοῦντας, τοὺς τὸν νόμον δμετὰ ἀκριβείας ἀποπληροῦντας, μὴ τοὺς προσκεκρουκότας καὶ ἡτιμωμένους. Ἂν γὰρ πρὸς τούτους βλέπης, πολλὰ ἐντεῦθεν συλλέξεις κακὰ, εἰς ῥᾳθυμίαν ἐμπίπτων, εἰς ἀπόνοιαν, εἰς τὸ καταδικαζειν ἑτέρους ἐὰν δὲ τοὺς κατορθοῦντας ἀριθμῆῇς, εἰς ταπεινοφροσύνην, εἰς σπουδὴν, εἰς κατάνυξιν, εἰς τὰ μυρία σεαντὸν ἢ εἰσἄξεις ἀγαθά. Ακουσον τί ἔπαθεν ὁ Φαρισαῖος, ἐπειδὴ τοὺς κατορθοῦντας αφεὶς, τὸν πταίσαντα εἶδεν᾽ ἄκουσον καὶ φοβήθητι. Βλέπε πῶς θαυμαστὸς ἐγένετο ὁ Δαυΐδ, ἐπειδὴ πρὸς τοὺς προιγόνους « αὐτοῦ τοὺς κατ᾽ ἀρετὴν ἔβλεπε. Παροικος γὰρ, ᾿ φησὶν, ἐγώ εἰμι, καὶ παρεπίδημος, καθὼς πάντες οἱ πατέρες μου. Καὶ γὰρ οὗτος, καὶ πάντες οἱ κατ᾽ αὐτὸν, τοὺς ἡμαρτηκότας ἀφέντες, τοὺς εὐδοκιμηκότας ἐ ἐνενόουν. Τοῦτο καὶ σὺ ποίει. Οὐδὲ γὰρ δικαστὴς αὐτὸς κ᾿ κάθησαι τῶν ἑτέροις πεπλημμελημένων, οὐδὲ ἐξεταστὴς τῶν ἄλλοις ᾿ἁμαρτανομένων᾽ σαυτῷ κρίνειν, οὐχ ἑτέροις ἐπετάγης. Εἰ γὰρ ἑαυτοὺς ἐκρίνομεν, φησὶν, οὐκ ἂν ἐκρινόμεθα: κρινόμενοι δὲ, ὁ ὑπὸ κυρίου παιδενόμεθα. Σὺ δὲ τὴν τάξιν ᾿ἀνέτρεψας, σαυτὸν μὲν οὐ μεγάλων, οὐ μικρῶν πταισμάτων ἀπαιτῶν εὐθύνας, τὰ δὲ ἐ ἑτέρων μετὰ ἀκριβείας περιεργαζόμενος. Ἄλλα μηκέτι τοῦτο ποιῶμεν, ἀλλὰ ταύτην ἀφέντες τὴν ἀταξίαν, δικαστήριον ἐν ἡμῖν αὐτοῖς καθίσωμεν τῶν ἐν ἡμῖν αὐτοῖς ἁμαρτανομένων, αὐτοὶ κατήγοροι καὶ δικασταὶ καὶ δήμιοι τῶν πλημμελημάτων γινόμενοι. Εἰ δὲ βούλει καὶ τὰ ἑτέρων πολυπραγμονεῖν, τὰ κατορθώματα, μὴ τὰ ἁμαρτήματα περιεργάζον ἵνα καὶ ἐκ τῆς μνήμης τῶν οἰκείων πλημμελημάτων, καὶ ἐκ τοῦ ζήλου τῶν ἑτέροις κατορθουμένων, ο [καὶ ἐκ τῆς τοῦ ἀπαραιτήτου δικαστηρίου παραστάσεως, καθ᾽ ἑκάστην ὥσπερ πλήκτρῳ τινὶ τῇ συνειδήσει νυττόμενοι, εἰς ταπεινοφροσύνην καὶ μείζονα σπουδὴν ἑαυτοὺς εἰσάγοντες, τῶν μελλόντων ἐπιτευξώμεθα ἀγαθῶν, χάριτι καὶ φιλανθρωπίᾳ τοῦ κυρίου ἡμῶν ᾿[ησοῦ Χριστοῦ, μεθ᾽ οὗ τῷ πατρὶ ἅμα τῷ ἁγίῳ πνεύματι δόξα, κράτος, τιμὴ, νῦν καὶ αεὶ καὶ εἰς τοὺς αἰῶνας τῶν αἰώνων. ᾿Αμῆν.

Mē dē kataphronōmen tēs kata ton bion epimeleias. Ei gar meros autou kataphronoumenon hen tosautēn pherei tēn apōleian, hotan pantachothen ōmen hypeuthynoi tę̄ katadikazousę̄ psēphǭ, pōs diapheuxometha tēn kolasin ? poian de ou tisomen dikēn? Kai poia hēmin sōtērias elpis, phēsin, ei tōn apērithmēmenōn hekaston tēn geennan hēmin apeilei : Kai egō touto legō plēn ean prosechōmen, dynaton sōthēnai, ta tēs eleēmosynēs kataskeuazontas pharmaka, kai ta traumata therapeuontas. Ou gar houtōs elaion sōma rhōnnysin, hōs philanthrōpia psychēn kai rhōnnysi, kai acheirōton pasin ergazetai, kai analōton tǭ diabolǭ poiei. Hopon gar an kataschę̄, diolisthainei loipon, ouk eōntos tou elaiou toutou tois nōtois tois hēmeterois enizanein tas ekeinou labas. Toutǭ toinyn heautous synechōs aleiphōmen tǭ elaiǭ. Kai gar hygieias estin hypothesis, kai phōtos chorēgia, kai phaidrotētos aphormē. All᾽ ho deina, phēsi, tosa kai tosa echei talanta chrysiou, kai ouden proïetai. Kai ti touto pros se? Houtō gar thaumastoteros sy phanēsę̄, hotan apo penias ethaumasen' ouch hoti pareschon, all᾽ hoti kai en ptōcheią ontes ᾿ pareschon. Mē dē pros toutous idę̄s, alla pros ton koinon hapantōn didaskalon, ho hos ouk eiche pou tēn kephalēn klinai. Kai diati, phēsin, ho ho deina kai ho deina touto ou poiei? Mē krine heteron, alla seauton apallaxon tēs katēgorias. ᾿Epei meizōn ę̄ kolasis, hotan kai heterois enkalę̄s, kai autos mē poiēs hotan allous krinōn, tǭ autǭ krimati palin hypeuthynos s kai autos. Ei gar oude katorthountas krinein ᾿ephietai heterous ᾿ pollǭ mallon ptaiontas. Mē toinyn krinōmen heterous, mēde pros heterous rhąthymountas blepōmen, alla pros ton ᾿Iēsoun, kai ekeithen ta hypodeigmata pherōmen. Mē gar eegō se euērgetēsa? mē gar egō se elytrōsamēn, hina pros eme blepēs? Heteros estin ho tauta soi paraschōn. Ti ton despotēn apheis, pros ton syndoulon horąs ? Ouk ēkousas autou legontos mathete ap᾿ emou, hoti praos eimi kai tapeinos tę̄ kardią : kai palin, ho thelōn en hymin einai prōtos, estō pantōn diakonos . kai palin, kathōs ho huios tou anthrōpou ouk ēlthe diakonēthēnai, alla diakonēsai :ē Kai meta tauta palin, hina mē prosptaiōn tois rhąthymois tōn syndoulōn menēs en oligōrią, aphelkōn se toutōn phēsin ho hypodeigma edōka hymin emauton, hina kathōs epoiēsa, kai hymeis poiēte. ᾿All᾽ ouk esti soi didaskalos aretēs tōn synontōn anthrōpōn oudeis, oude hoios eis tauta enagein ? Oukoun pleiōn ho epainos, meizon to enkōmion, hoti mēde didaskalōn euporōn gegonas sy thaumastos. Kai gar dynaton touto, kai sphodra rhądion, ean thelōmen kai dēlousin hoi a prōtoi tauta katorthōsantes hoion Nōe, ᾿Abraam, ho Melchisedek, ho ᾿Iōb, kai hoi kat᾽ ekeinous hapantes anthrōpoi᾽ pros ous anankaion kath᾽ hekastēn hēmeran horan, alla mē pros toutous, hous oudepote pauesthe zēlountes, kai en tois syllogois tois hymeterois peripherontes. Kai gar ouden allo pantachou legontōn akouō, all᾽ ē tanti ta rhēmata ho deina ektēsato plethra gēs tosa kai tosa, ho deina ploutei, oikodomei. Ti kechēnas? anthrōpe, exō: ti pros heterous blepeis ? Ei boulei pros heterous idein, tous katorthountas blepe, tous eudokimountas, tous ton nomon dmeta akribeias apoplērountas, mē tous proskekroukotas kai hētimōmenous. An gar pros toutous blepēs, polla enteuthen syllexeis kaka, eis rhąthymian empiptōn, eis aponoian, eis to katadikazein heterous ean de tous katorthountas arithmēę̄s, eis tapeinophrosynēn, eis spoudēn, eis katanyxin, eis ta myria seanton ē eisaxeis agatha. Akouson ti epathen ho Pharisaios, epeidē tous katorthountas apheis, ton ptaisanta eiden᾽ akouson kai phobēthēti. Blepe pōs thaumastos egeneto ho Dauïd, epeidē pros tous proigonous « autou tous kat᾽ aretēn eblepe. Paroikos gar, ᾿ phēsin, egō eimi, kai parepidēmos, kathōs pantes hoi pateres mou. Kai gar houtos, kai pantes hoi kat᾽ auton, tous hēmartēkotas aphentes, tous eudokimēkotas e enenooun. Touto kai sy poiei. Oude gar dikastēs autos k᾿ kathēsai tōn heterois peplēmmelēmenōn, oude exetastēs tōn allois ᾿hamartanomenōn᾽ sautǭ krinein, ouch heterois epetagēs. Ei gar heautous ekrinomen, phēsin, ouk an ekrinometha: krinomenoi de, ho hypo kyriou paidenometha. Sy de tēn taxin ᾿anetrepsas, sauton men ou megalōn, ou mikrōn ptaismatōn apaitōn euthynas, ta de e heterōn meta akribeias periergazomenos. Alla mēketi touto poiōmen, alla tautēn aphentes tēn ataxian, dikastērion en hēmin autois kathisōmen tōn en hēmin autois hamartanomenōn, autoi katēgoroi kai dikastai kai dēmioi tōn plēmmelēmatōn ginomenoi. Ei de boulei kai ta heterōn polypragmonein, ta katorthōmata, mē ta hamartēmata periergazon hina kai ek tēs mnēmēs tōn oikeiōn plēmmelēmatōn, kai ek tou zēlou tōn heterois katorthoumenōn, o [kai ek tēs tou aparaitētou dikastēriou parastaseōs, kath᾽ hekastēn hōsper plēktrǭ tini tę̄ syneidēsei nyttomenoi, eis tapeinophrosynēn kai meizona spoudēn heautous eisagontes, tōn mellontōn epiteuxōmetha agathōn, chariti kai philanthrōpią tou kyriou hēmōn ᾿[ēsou Christou, meth᾽ hou tǭ patri hama tǭ hagiǭ pneumati doxa, kratos, timē, nyn kai aei kai eis tous aiōnas tōn aiōnōn. ᾿Amēn.

Let us not, then, neglect the care of our life. For if one part of it neglected brings such destruction, when we are liable on every side to the condemning sentence, how shall we escape the punishment? What penalty shall we not pay? “And what hope of salvation have we,” someone says, “if each of the things enumerated threatens us with Gehenna?” I say so too; yet if we pay attention, it is possible to be saved, preparing the remedies of almsgiving and healing our wounds. For oil does not strengthen the body so much as love for mankind strengthens the soul, and makes it unconquerable by all and impregnable to the devil. For wherever he takes hold, he slips off, since this oil does not allow his grips to settle on our backs. With this oil, then, let us anoint ourselves continually. For it is a ground of health, a supply of light, a source of cheerfulness. “But so-and-so,” someone says, “has so many and so many talents of gold, and gives nothing away.” And what is that to you? For so you will appear the more admirable, when out of poverty … admired, not because they gave, but because they gave even while in want. Do not look to these men, then, but to the common Teacher of all, who had nowhere to lay his head. “And why,” someone says, “does so-and-so and so-and-so not do this?” Do not judge another, but free yourself from the charge. For the punishment is greater when you both accuse others and do not do it yourself, when, judging others, you yourself are again liable to the same judgment. For if we are not permitted to judge others even when we are doing right, much less when we are stumbling. Let us not, then, judge others, nor look to others who are careless, but to Jesus, and let us take our examples from there. “Was it I who did you good? Was it I who redeemed you, that you should look to me? It is another who has given you these things. Why do you leave the Master and look to your fellow servant?” Have you not heard him saying, “Learn from me, for I am gentle and lowly in heart”? And again, “Whoever wishes to be first among you, let him be the servant of all”; and again, “Just as the Son of Man came not to be served but to serve.” And after this again, so that you may not stumble over the careless among your fellow servants and remain in negligence, drawing you away from them he says, “I have given you myself as an example, that as I have done, you also should do.” “But I have no teacher of virtue among those I live with, no one able to lead me to these things.” Then the praise is greater, the commendation higher, that without even having teachers you have become admirable. For this is possible and very easy, if we wish; and those who first achieved these things show it, such as Noah, Abraham, Melchizedek, Job, and all the men of their time; to whom we must look every day, and not to these men whom you never cease envying and carrying about in your gatherings. For I hear people saying nothing else everywhere but these words: “So-and-so has acquired so many acres of land; so-and-so is rich; he is building.” Why do you gape outside, man? Why do you look at others? If you wish to look at others, look at those who do right, who are approved, who fulfill the law with exactness, not at those who have offended and are dishonored. For if you look at these, you will gather many evils from it, falling into carelessness, into arrogance, into condemning others; but if you count up those who do right, you will lead yourself into humility, into earnestness, into compunction, into countless good things. Hear what the Pharisee suffered, because he left those who did right and looked at the one who had stumbled; hear and be afraid. See how David became admirable, because he looked to his forefathers who lived in virtue. “For I am a sojourner,” he says, “and a stranger, as all my fathers were.” For he and all those of his time left aside those who had sinned and considered those who had been approved. Do this too. For you do not sit as judge of what others have done amiss, nor as examiner of others’ sins; you were commanded to judge yourself, not others. “For if we judged ourselves,” he says, “we would not be judged; but when we are judged, we are disciplined by the Lord.” But you have overturned the order, demanding no account of yourself for great or small faults, while busily examining those of others with exactness. But let us no longer do this; rather, leaving this disorder, let us set up a court within ourselves for the sins committed within ourselves, becoming ourselves the accusers and judges and executioners of our offenses. And if you wish to busy yourself with others’ affairs too, examine their good deeds, not their sins; so that, both from the memory of our own offenses and from emulation of what others achieve, and from standing before the inexorable court, being pricked in conscience every day as by a goad, and leading ourselves into humility and greater earnestness, we may obtain the good things to come, by the grace and love for mankind of our Lord Jesus Christ, with whom to the Father together with the Holy Spirit be glory, might, honor, now and always and to the ages of ages. Amen.

Chapter 65

65.1Field 2

Καὶ ἀναβαίνων εἰς Ιεροσόλυμα ὁ ᾿Ιησοῦς, παρέλαβε τοὺς δώδεκα μαθητὰς κατ᾽ ἰδίαν ἐν τῇ ὁδῷ, καὶ εἶπεν αὐτοῖς ἰδοὺ ἀναβαίνομεν εἰς Ἱεροσόλυμα, καὶ ὁ υἱὸς τοῦ ἀνθρώπου παραδοθήσεται τοῖς ἀρχιερεῦσι καὶ γραμματεῦσι, καὶ κατακρινοῦσιν αὐτὸν θανάτφ' καὶ παραδώσουσιν αὐτὸν τοῖς ἔθνεσιν εἰς τὸ ἐμπαῖξαι καὶ μαστιγῶσαι καὶ σταυρῶσαι καὶ τῇ τρίτη ἡμέρᾳ ἐγερθήσεται. ΟΥκ ἀθρόον ἀναβαίνει εἰς Ιεροσόλυμα ἐκ τῆς Γαλιλαίας ελθών' αλλὰ πρότερον θαυματουργήσας καὶ ἐπιστομίσας Φαρισαιοντ, καὶ διαλεχθεὶς τοῖς μαθηταῖς περὶ ἀκτημοσύνην' εἰ γὰρ θέλεις τέλειος εἶναι, Φησὶ, πώλησόν σου τὰ ὑπάρχοντα καὶ περὶ παρθενίας· ὁ δυνάμενος χωρεῖν, χωρείτω καὶ περὶ ,Ταπεινοφροσύνης ἐὰν μὴ στραφῆτε γάρ, καὶ γένησθε ὡς τὰ παιδία, οὐ μὴ εἰσέλθητε εἰς τὴν βασιλείαν τῶν οὐρανῶν καὶ περὶ ἀντιδόσεως τῶν ἐνταῦθα ὅστις γὰρ ἀφῆκεν ὅ οἰκίας, ῆ ἀδελφοὺς, ἢ ἣ ἀδελῴας, ἑκατονταπλασίονα ἐν τῷ αἰῶνι τούτῳ καὶ περὶ τῶν ἀμοιβών τῶν ἐκεῖ καὶ ζωὴν γάρ, φησὶν; αἰώνιον κληρονομήσει τότε προσβάλλει τῇ πόλει λοιπὸν, καὶ μέλλων ἀνιέναι, πάλιν περὶ τοῦ πάθους διαλέγεται. ᾿Επειδηὴ γὰρ εἰκὸς ἦν αὐτοὺς, διὰ τὸ μὴ βούλεσθαι τοῦτο συμβῆναι, ἐπιλανθάνεσθαι, συνεχῶς αὐτοὺς ἀναμιμνήσκει, ἐγγνμνάζων αὐτῶν τὴν διάνοιαν τῇ πυκνότητι τῆς ἀναμνήσεως, καὶ τὴν λύπην ὑποτεμνόμενος. Κατ᾽ ἰδίαν δὲ αὐτοῖς διαλέγεται ἀναγκαίων οὐ γὰρ ἔδει εἰς πολλοὺς ἐξενεχθῆναι τὸν περὶ τούτων λόγον, σαφῶς λεχθῆναι οὐδὲν γὰρ ἐκ τούτου πλέον ἐγίνετο. Εἰ γὰρ οἱ μαθηταὶ ἐθορυβοῦντο ταῦτα ἀκούοντες, πολλῷ μᾶλλον ὁ τῶν πολλῶν δῆμος. Τί οὖν: οὐκ ἐλέχθη τοις πολλοῖς: φησίν. ᾿Ελέχθη μὲν καὶ πρὸς τοὺς πολλοὺς, οὐχ οὕτω δὲ σαφώς. Λύσατε γὰρ, φησὶ, τὸν ναὸν τοῦτον, καὶ ἐν τρισὶν ἡμέραις ἐγερῶ αὐτόν καὶ, σημεῖον ἐπιζητεῖ ἡ γενεὰ αὕτη, καὶ σημεῖον οὐ δοθήσεται ἐ αὐτῇ, εἰ μὴ τὸ σημεῖον ᾿Ιωνᾶ καὶ πάλιν, ἔτι μικρὸν χρόνον μεθ᾽ ὑμῶν εἰμι; καὶ ζητήσετέ με, καὶ οὐχ εὑρήσετε. Τοῖς δὲ μαθηταῖς οὐχ οὕτως, αλλ ὥσπερ τὰ ἄλλα σαφέστερον ἔλεγεν, οὕτω καὶ τοῦτο εἶπε. Καὶ τίνος ἕνεκεν, εἰ μὴ συνίεσαν οἱ πολλοὶ τῶν λεγομένων ᾿ τὴν δύναμιν, καὶ ἐλέγετο: ἵνα μάθωσι μετὰ ταῦτα, ὅτι προειδὼς ἐ ἐπὶ τὸ πάθος ἤ ἥει καὶ ἑκὼν, οὐκ ἀγνοῶν, οὐδὲ ἀναγκαζόμενος. Τοῖς μαθηταῖς δὲ οὐ διὰ τοῦτο μόνον προὔλεγεν, ἀλλ᾽ ; ὅπερ ἔφην, ἵ ἵνα ἐγγυμνασθέντες τῇ προσδοκίᾳ, ῥᾷδιον ἐ ἐνέγκωσι τὸ πάθος, καὶ μὴ ἀμελέτητον ἐπελθὸν ταράξῃ σφόδρα αὐτούς. Διά τοι τοῦτο ἐξ ἀρχῆς μὲν τὸν θάνατον ἔλεγε μόνον᾽ ὅτε δὲ ἐμελέτησαν καὶ ἐνεγυμνάσαντο, καὶ τὰ ᾿ἄλλα προστίθησιν' οἷον, ὅτι παραδώσουσι τοῖς ἔθνεσιν ὅτι ἐμπαίξουσι καὶ μαστιγώσουσι᾽ τούτου γε ἕνεκεν, καὶ ἵνα ὅταν τὰ σκυθρωπὰ ἐξελθόντα ἴδωσι, καὶ τὴν ἀνάστασιν ἐντεῦθεν προσδοκήσωσιν. Ὁ γάρ τὰ λυποῦντα οὐκ ἀποκρυψάμενος, καὶ τὰ δοκοῦντα εἶναι ἐπονείδιστα, εἰκότως ἔμελλε καὶ περὶ τῶν χρηστῶν πιστεύεσθαι. Σκόπει δέ μοι, πῶς καὶ ἀπὸ τον καιροῦ ᾿ σοφῶς τὸ πρᾶγμα οἰκονομει. Οὔτε γὰρ ἐξ ἀρχῆς αὐτοῖς εἶπεν, ἵνα μὴ διαταράξη οὔτε πρὸς αὐτῷ τῷ καιρῷ, ἵνα μὴ καντεῦθεν θορυβησῃ, ἀλλ᾽ ὅτε πεῖραν αὐτοῦ τῆς δυνάμεως ἔλαβον ἀ ἀρκοῦσαν, ὅτε μεγάλας ἔδωκε τὰς ἐπαγγελίας περὶ τῆς ζωῆς τῆς αἰωνίου, τότε καὶ τὸν περὶ τούτων ἐμβάλλει λόγον, καὶ ἅπαξ καὶ δὶς καὶ πολλάκις, ἐνυφαίνων αὐτὸν τοῖς θαύμασι καὶ ταῖς διδασκαλίαις. Ὁ ἕτερος δὲ εὐαγγελιστής φησιν, ὅτι καὶ τοὺς προφήτας ' παρῆγε μάρτυρας ἄλλος δέ φησω, ὅτι καὶ αὐτοὶ οὐ συνίεσαν τὰ λεγόμενα, ἀλλ᾽ ἦν κεκρυμμένον τὸ ρῆμα ἀπ᾽ αὐτῶν, καὶ ὅτι ἐθαμβοῦντο ἀκολουθοῦντες αὐτῷ. Οὐκοῦν ἀνήρηται, φησὶ, τῆς προῤῥήσεως τὸ κέρδος. Εἰ γὰρ μὴ ἤδεσαν ἅπερ ἤκουον, οὐδὰ προσδοκᾶν εἴχον' μὴ προσδοκῶντες δὲ, οὐδὲ γυμνάζεσθαι ταῖς ἐλπίσιν. ᾿Εγὼ δὲ καὶ ἕτερον τούτου ἀπορώτερόν φημι: ὅτι εἰ μὴ ἤδεσαν, πῶς ἐλυποῦντο: Καὶ γὰρ ἕτερός φησιν, ΤῊΣ ἐχυκουύξο, ὯΙ ποίου μὴ ἤδεσαν, πῶς ἐλυποῦντο; πῶς Πέτρος ἔλεγεν' ἵλεώς σοι, οὐ μὴ ἕσται σοι τοῦτος : Τί οὖν ἔστιν εἰπεῖν ; Ὅτι μὲν ἀποθανεῖται, ἤδεσαν, εἰ καὶ μὴ σαφώς τῆς οἰκονομίας ἠπίσταντο τὸ μυστήριον᾽ οὔτε δὲ τὴν ἀνάστασιν σαφὼς ἠπίσταντο, οὔτε ἅπερ ἔμελλε κατορθοῦν καὶ τοῦτο ἣν κεκρυμμένον ἀπ᾽ αὐτῶν. Διὰ τοῦτο καὶ ,ἤλγουν. ᾿Ετόρους μὲν γὰρ ὑφ᾽ ἑτέρων ἀναστάντας εἷδον' αὐτὸν δέ τινα ἀναστήσαντα ἑαντὸν, καὶ οὕτως ἀναστήσαντα ὡς μηκέτι λοιπὸν ἀποθανεῖν, οὐδέποτε εἶδον. Τοῦτο οὖν οὐ συνίεσαν πολλάκις λεγόμενον᾽ ἀλλ᾽ οὐδὲ αὐτὸς οὗτος ὁ θάνατος τί ποτέ ἐστι, καὶ πῶς ἐπελεύσεται, σαφώς ἠπίσταντο. Διὸ καὶ ἐθαμβοῦντο ἀκολουθοῦντες αὐτῷ ου διὰ τοῦτο δὲ μόνον, ἀλλ᾽ ἔμοιγε δοκεῖ καὶ ἢ ἐκπλήττειν αὐτοὺς περὶ τοῦ πάθους διαλεγόμενος.

Kai anabainōn eis Ierosolyma ho ᾿Iēsous, parelabe tous dōdeka mathētas kat᾽ idian en tę̄ hodǭ, kai eipen autois idou anabainomen eis Hierosolyma, kai ho huios tou anthrōpou paradothēsetai tois archiereusi kai grammateusi, kai katakrinousin auton thanatph' kai paradōsousin auton tois ethnesin eis to empaixai kai mastigōsai kai staurōsai kai tę̄ tritē hēmerą egerthēsetai. OUk athroon anabainei eis Ierosolyma ek tēs Galilaias elthōn' alla proteron thaumatourgēsas kai epistomisas Pharisaiont, kai dialechtheis tois mathētais peri aktēmosynēn' ei gar theleis teleios einai, Phēsi, pōlēson sou ta hyparchonta kai peri parthenias; ho dynamenos chōrein, chōreitō kai peri ,Tapeinophrosynēs ean mē straphēte gar, kai genēsthe hōs ta paidia, ou mē eiselthēte eis tēn basileian tōn ouranōn kai peri antidoseōs tōn entautha hostis gar aphēken ho oikias, ē adelphous, ē hē adelǭas, hekatontaplasiona en tǭ aiōni toutǭ kai peri tōn amoibōn tōn ekei kai zōēn gar, phēsin? aiōnion klēronomēsei tote prosballei tę̄ polei loipon, kai mellōn anienai, palin peri tou pathous dialegetai. ᾿Epeidēē gar eikos ēn autous, dia to mē boulesthai touto symbēnai, epilanthanesthai, synechōs autous anamimnēskei, engnmnazōn autōn tēn dianoian tę̄ pyknotēti tēs anamnēseōs, kai tēn lypēn hypotemnomenos. Kat᾽ idian de autois dialegetai anankaiōn ou gar edei eis pollous exenechthēnai ton peri toutōn logon, saphōs lechthēnai ouden gar ek toutou pleon egineto. Ei gar hoi mathētai ethorybounto tauta akouontes, pollǭ mallon ho tōn pollōn dēmos. Ti oun: ouk elechthē tois pollois: phēsin. ᾿Elechthē men kai pros tous pollous, ouch houtō de saphōs. Lysate gar, phēsi, ton naon touton, kai en trisin hēmerais egerō auton kai, sēmeion epizētei hē genea hautē, kai sēmeion ou dothēsetai e autę̄, ei mē to sēmeion ᾿Iōna kai palin, eti mikron chronon meth᾽ hymōn eimi? kai zētēsete me, kai ouch heurēsete. Tois de mathētais ouch houtōs, all hōsper ta alla saphesteron elegen, houtō kai touto eipe. Kai tinos heneken, ei mē syniesan hoi polloi tōn legomenōn ᾿ tēn dynamin, kai elegeto: hina mathōsi meta tauta, hoti proeidōs e epi to pathos ē hēei kai hekōn, ouk agnoōn, oude anankazomenos. Tois mathētais de ou dia touto monon proulegen, all᾽ ? hoper ephēn, hi hina engymnasthentes tę̄ prosdokią, rhądion e enenkōsi to pathos, kai mē ameletēton epelthon taraxę̄ sphodra autous. Dia toi touto ex archēs men ton thanaton elege monon᾽ hote de emeletēsan kai enegymnasanto, kai ta ᾿alla prostithēsin' hoion, hoti paradōsousi tois ethnesin hoti empaixousi kai mastigōsousi᾽ toutou ge heneken, kai hina hotan ta skythrōpa exelthonta idōsi, kai tēn anastasin enteuthen prosdokēsōsin. Ho gar ta lypounta ouk apokrypsamenos, kai ta dokounta einai eponeidista, eikotōs emelle kai peri tōn chrēstōn pisteuesthai. Skopei de moi, pōs kai apo ton kairou ᾿ sophōs to pragma oikonomei. Oute gar ex archēs autois eipen, hina mē diataraxē oute pros autǭ tǭ kairǭ, hina mē kanteuthen thorybēsę̄, all᾽ hote peiran autou tēs dynameōs elabon a arkousan, hote megalas edōke tas epangelias peri tēs zōēs tēs aiōniou, tote kai ton peri toutōn emballei logon, kai hapax kai dis kai pollakis, enyphainōn auton tois thaumasi kai tais didaskaliais. Ho heteros de euangelistēs phēsin, hoti kai tous prophētas ' parēge martyras allos de phēsō, hoti kai autoi ou syniesan ta legomena, all᾽ ēn kekrymmenon to rēma ap᾽ autōn, kai hoti ethambounto akolouthountes autǭ. Oukoun anērētai, phēsi, tēs prorrhēseōs to kerdos. Ei gar mē ēdesan haper ēkouon, ouda prosdokan eichon' mē prosdokōntes de, oude gymnazesthai tais elpisin. ᾿Egō de kai heteron toutou aporōteron phēmi: hoti ei mē ēdesan, pōs elypounto: Kai gar heteros phēsin, TĒS echykouyxo, HōI poiou mē ēdesan, pōs elypounto? pōs Petros elegen' hileōs soi, ou mē hestai soi toutos : Ti oun estin eipein ? Hoti men apothaneitai, ēdesan, ei kai mē saphōs tēs oikonomias ēpistanto to mystērion᾽ oute de tēn anastasin saphōs ēpistanto, oute haper emelle katorthoun kai touto hēn kekrymmenon ap᾽ autōn. Dia touto kai ,ēlgoun. ᾿Etorous men gar hyph᾽ heterōn anastantas heidon' auton de tina anastēsanta heanton, kai houtōs anastēsanta hōs mēketi loipon apothanein, oudepote eidon. Touto oun ou syniesan pollakis legomenon᾽ all᾽ oude autos houtos ho thanatos ti pote esti, kai pōs epeleusetai, saphōs ēpistanto. Dio kai ethambounto akolouthountes autǭ ou dia touto de monon, all᾽ emoige dokei kai ē ekplēttein autous peri tou pathous dialegomenos.

“And as Jesus was going up to Jerusalem, he took the twelve disciples aside on the way and said to them, ‘Behold, we are going up to Jerusalem, and the Son of Man will be handed over to the chief priests and scribes, and they will condemn him to death and hand him over to the Gentiles to mock and to scourge and to crucify; and on the third day he will be raised.’” He does not go up to Jerusalem all at once on coming from Galilee, but first works miracles and silences the Pharisees, and speaks to the disciples about poverty (“If you wish to be perfect,” he says, “sell your possessions”), and about virginity (“He who is able to receive it, let him receive it”), and about humility (“For unless you turn and become like the children, you will not enter the kingdom of heaven”), and about the recompense of things here (“For whoever has left houses, or brothers, or sisters, a hundredfold in this age”), and about the rewards there (“and he will inherit eternal life,” he says); then at last he approaches the city, and when about to go up, he speaks again about his Passion. For since it was likely that they would forget it, because they did not want it to happen, he continually reminds them, exercising their mind by the frequency of the reminder and cutting short their grief. And he speaks to them privately, of necessity; for the word about these things ought not to be spread to many, nor spoken plainly, since nothing more would have come of it. For if the disciples were troubled on hearing these things, much more the mass of the many. “What then? Was it not told to the many?” someone says. It was told to the many too, but not so plainly. “For destroy this temple,” he says, “and in three days I will raise it up”; and, “This generation seeks a sign, and no sign will be given it except the sign of Jonah”; and again, “Yet a little while I am with you, and you will seek me and not find me.” But to the disciples not so; rather, as he spoke the other things more plainly, so he said this too. And why was it said even to the many, if they did not understand the force of what was said? So that they might learn afterward that he went to the Passion foreknowing it and willingly, not in ignorance nor under compulsion. And to the disciples he foretold it not for this reason only, but, as I said, so that, exercised by expectation, they might bear the Passion easily, and it might not trouble them greatly by coming upon them unprepared. For this reason at the beginning he spoke only of his death; but when they had practiced and been exercised, he adds the other things too, for example that they will hand him over to the Gentiles, that they will mock and scourge him: for this reason, and also so that when they saw the sad things come to pass, they might expect the resurrection too from them. For he who did not hide what grieves, and what seems shameful, would reasonably be believed about the good things too. And consider, I pray you, how wisely he arranges the matter by the timing too. For he did not tell them at the beginning, so as not to throw them into confusion, nor at the very moment, so as not to disturb them by this either; but when they had received sufficient proof of his power, when he had given them great promises about eternal life, then he puts in the word about these things too, once, twice and many times, weaving it into his miracles and his teaching. And another evangelist says that he also brought forward the prophets as witnesses; and another says that they themselves did not understand what was said, but the saying was hidden from them, and that they were amazed as they followed him. “Then the gain of the prediction is taken away,” someone says. “For if they did not know what they heard, they could not expect it either; and not expecting it, they could not be exercised by hope.” But I say something even more perplexing than this: if they did not know, how were they grieved? For another evangelist says that they were grieved. If they did not know, how were they grieved? How did Peter say, “Be merciful to yourself; this shall not happen to you”? What then is there to say? That he would die, they knew, even if they did not clearly understand the mystery of the dispensation; but they did not clearly understand the resurrection either, nor what he was going to achieve, and this was hidden from them. For this reason they were also pained. For they had seen others raised by others; but someone raising himself, and so raising himself as never to die again, they had never seen. This, then, they did not understand, though it was often said; nor did they clearly understand what this death itself was, and how it would come. That is why they were amazed as they followed him; and not for this reason only, but, it seems to me, he also astonished them by speaking about the Passion.

65.2Field 2

᾿Αλλ᾽ ὅμως οὐδὲν τούτων ἐποίει ᾿θαῤρεῖν αὐτοὺς, καὶ ταῦτα συνεχῶς περὶ τῆς ἀναστάσεως ἀκούοντας. Καὶ γὰρ μετὰ τοῦ θανάτον καὶ τοῦτο μάλιστα αὐτοὺς εθορύβει, τὸ ἀκούειν ὅτι ἐμπαίξουσι καὶ μαστιγώσουσι, καὶ ὅσα τοιαῦτα. Ὅτε γὰρ ἐνενόησαν τὰ θαύματα, τοὺς δαιμονῶντας., οὗς ἠλευθέρωσε, τοὺς νεκροὺς οὖς ἤγειρε, τὰ ἄλλα πάντα ἅπερ ἐθανματούργει, εἶτα ἤκουσαν τούτων, ἐξεπλήττοντο, εἰ ὁ ταῦτα ποιῶν ταῦτα πείσεται. Διὰ τοῦτο καὶ εἰς ἀπορίαν ἐνέπιπτον; καὶ νῦμ μὲν ἐπίστενον, νῦν δὲ ἡ ἠπίστουν, καὶ νοῆσαι οὐκ εἶχον τὰ λεγόμενα. Οὕτω γοὺν οὐ συνῆκαν σαφῶς τὸ λεγόμενον, ὡς τοὺς υἱοὺς Ζεβεδαίου παραντὰ ᾿προσελθεῖν, καὶ περὶ προεδρίας αὐτῷ διαλεχθῆναι. Θέλομεν γὰρ, φησὶν, ἵνα εἷς ἐκ δεξιῶν σου καθίση, καὶ εἷς ἐξ εὐωνύμων. Πῶς οὖν οὗτος ὁ εὐαγγελιστής φησιν, ὅτι ἡ μήτηρ προσῆλθεν; Ἀμφότερα γενέσθαι εἰκός. Τὴν γὰρ μητέρα παρέλαβον, ὡς μείζονα τὴν ἱκετηρίαν ἐργασόμενοι, καὶ ταύτῃ τὸν Χριστὸν δυσωπήσοντες. Ὅτι γὰρ τοῦτο ἀληθὲς, ὅπερ ἔφην, καὶ αὐτῶν μάλλον ἡ αἴτησις ἤν, καὶ αἰσχυνόμενοι προβάλλονται τὴν τεκοῦσαν, σκόπει πῶς πρὺς αὐτοὺς ἀποτείνει τὸν λόγον ὁ Χριστός. Μᾶλλον δὲ μάθωμεν τί πρότερον αἰτοῦσι, καὶ ἀπὸ ποίας γνώμης, καὶ πόθεν ἐπὶ τοῦτο ἦλθον. ᾿Ποθεν οὖν ἐπὶ τοῦτο ἦλθον: 'Ἑώρων ἑαντοὺς τιμωμένους παρὰ τοὺς ἄλλους, καὶ προσεδόκησαν ἐντεῦθεν ᾿ ἐπιτεύξασθαι καὶ τῆς αἰτήσεως ταύτης. ᾿Αλλὰ τί ποτέ ἐστιν ὃ αἰτοῦσιν ; Ἄκουσον ἑτέρου εὐαγγελιστοῦ τοῦτο σαφῶς ἐκκαλύπτοντος. Διά γὰρ τὸ ἐγγὺς εἶναι, φησὶ, τῆς ᾿Ἱερουσαλὴμ, κ καὶ δοκεῖν ὅτι ἡ βασιλεία τοῦ θεοῦ ἤδη ἀναφανεῖται, ταῦτα ἤτουν. ᾿Ενόμιζον γὰρ, ὅτι ἐπὶ θύραις αὕτη, καὶ αἰσθητὴ: καὶ ἀπολαύσαντες ὧν ἥτουν, οὐδὲν ὑποστήσονται τών λυπηρῶν. Οὐδὲ γὰρ δι᾽ αὐτὴν μόνον αὐτὴν ἐζήτουν, αλλ᾽ ὡς καὶ διαφευξόμενοι τὰ δυσχερῆ. Διὸ καὶ ὁ Χριστὸς τούτων πρῶτον αὐτοὺς ἀπάγει τῶν λογισμῶν, κελεύων σφαγὰς καὶ κινδύνους καὶ τὰ ἔσχατα ἀναμένειν δεινά. Δύνασθε γὰρ: φησὶ, πιεῖν τὸ ποτήριον ὃ ἐγὼ πίνω: ᾿Αλλὰ μηδεὶς ,θορυβείσθω, τῶν ἀποστόλων οὕτως ἀτελὼς διακειμένων. Οὔπω γὰρ ὁ σταυρὸς ἣν τελεσθεὶς, οὕπω πνεύματος χάρις δοθεῖσα. Εἰ δὲ βούλει μαθεῖν αὐτῶν τὴν ἀρετὴν, μετὰ ταῦτα αὐτοὺς κατάμαθε, καὶ ὄψει. παντὸς παθους ἀνωτέρους. Διὰ γὰρ τοῦτο ἐκκαλύπτει αὐτῶν τὰ ἐλαττώματα, ἵνα μετὰ ταῦτα γνῷς, τίνες ἀπὸ τῆς χάριτος ἐγένοντο. Ὅτι μὲν οὖν οὐδὲν πνευματικὸν ἥτουν, οὐδὲ ἔννοιαν τῆς ἄνω βασιλείας εἶχον, δῆλον ἐντεῦθεν. Πλὴν ἴδωμεν καὶ πῶς προσέρχονται, καὶ τί λέγουσι. Θέλομεν, φησὶν, ἵνα ὃ ἐὰν αἰτήσωμέν σε ποιήσῃς ἡμῖν. Καὶ πρὸς αὐτοὺς ὁ Χριστός τί θέλετε. οὐκ ἀγνοῶν, ἀλλ᾽ ἵνα ἀναγκάσῃ αὐτοὺς ἀποκρίνασθαι, καὶ ανακαλύψη τὸ ἕλκος, καὶ οὕτως ἐπιθῇ τὸ φάρμακον. Οἱ δὲ ἐρυθριῶντες καὶ αἰσχυνόμενοι, ἐπειδὴ ὑπὸ πάθους ἀνθρωπίνου πρὸς τοῦτο ἥεσαν, κατ᾽ ἰδίαν ἐκτὸς τῶν μαθητῶν λαβόντες αὐτὸν ἠρώτησαν. Προεπορεύθησαν γάρ, φησὶν, ὥὦστε μὴ γενέσθαι αὑτοῖς κατάδηλον, καὶ οὕτως εἶπομ ἅπερ ἐβουλοντο. ᾿Εβούλοντο δὲ, ὡς ἔγωγε οἶμαι, ἐπειδὴ ἤ ἤκονον, ὅτι ἐπὶ δώδεκα θρόνους καθεδεῖσθε, τὴν προεδρίαν τῆς καθέδρας ταύτης λαβεῖν. Καὶ ὅτι μὲν τῶν ἄλλων πλέον εἶχον, ἤδεσαν' ἐδεδοίκεσαν δέ΄ Πέτρον, καὶ λέγουσιν' ς εἰπὲ, ἵνα εἷς ἐκ δεξιῶν σου καθίσῃ, καὶ εἷς εξ εὐωνύμων καὶ κατεπείγουσι λέγοντες, εἰπέ. Τί οὖν αὐτός: Δηλῶν, ὅτι οὐδὲν πνευματικὸν ἤτουν, οὔτε εἰ ἤδεσαν πάλιν ὅπερ ἤτουν, ἐτόλμησαν ἂν τοσοῦτον αἰτῆσαι, φησίν· οὐκ οἴδατε τί αἰτεῖσθε πῶς μέγα, πῶς θαυμαστὸν, πῶς ὑπερβαῖνον καὶ τὰς ἄνω δυνάμεις. Εἶτα ἐπάγει᾽ δύνασθε πιεῖν τὸ ποτήριον, ὃ εγὼ μέλλω πίνειν, καὶ τὸ βάπτισμα, ἐ ὃ ἐγὼ βαπτίζομαι, βαπτισθῆναι; Εἶδες πῶς εὐθέως ἀπήγαγε τῆς ὑπονοίας, ἀπὸ τῶν ἐναντίων αὑτοῖς διαλεχθείς; Ὑμεῖς μὲν γὰρ περὶ τιμῆς καὶ στεφάνων μοι διαλέγεσθε, φησίν' ἐγὼ δὲ περὶ ἀγώνων ὑμῖν καὶ ἱδρώτων. Οὐ γάρ ἐστιν οὗτος ὁ τῶν ἐπάθλων καιρὸς, οὐδὲ νῦν ἡ δόξα μου φανεῖται ἐκείνη ἀλλὰ σφαγὴς καὶ πολέμων καὶ κινδύνων τὰ παρόντα. Καὶ ὅρα πῶς τῷ τρόπῳ τῆς ἐρωτήσεως καὶ προτρέπει καὶ ἐφέλκεται. Οὐ γὰρ εἶπε, δύνασθε σφαγηναι: δύνασθε τὸ αἷμα ὑμῶν ἐκχεῖν αλλὰ πῶς : Δύνασθε πιεῖν τὸ ποτήριον; Εἶτα ἐφελκόμενός φησιν ὃ ἐγὼ μέλλω πίνειν ἵνα τῇ πρὸς αὐτὸν κοινωνίᾳ προθυμότεροι γένωνται. Καὶ βάπτισμα αὐτὸ πάλιν καλεῖ, δεικνὺς μέγαν ἀπὸ τῶν γινομένων τὸν καθαρμὸν ἑ ἐσόμενον τῇ οἰκουμένῃ. Λέγουσιν αὐτῷ δυνάμεθα. Ἀπὸ τῆς προθυμίας εὐθέως ἐπηγ᾽γείλαντο, οὐδὲ τοῦτο εἰδότες ὅ ὅπερ εἶπον, αλλὰ προσδοκῶντες ἀκούσεσθαι ὅπερ ἤτησαν. Τί οὖν αὐτὸς; Τὸ μὲν ποτήριόν μου πίεσθε, καὶ τὸ βάπτισμα, ὃ ὃ ἐγὼ βαπτίζομαι, βαπτισθήσεσθε. Μεγάλα αὐτοῖς προεφήτευσεν ἀγαθα᾿ τουτέστι, μαρτυρίου καταξιωθήσεσθε, καὶ ταῦτα πείσεσθε ἅπερ ἐγώ ὅ βιαίῳ θανάτῳ τὴν ζωὴν καταλύσετε, καὶ τούτων μοι κοινωνήσετε. Τὸ δὲ καθίσαι ἐκ δεξιῶν καὶ ἐξ εὐωνύμων οὐκ ἔστιν ἐμὸν δοῦναι, αλλ᾽ οἷς ἡτοίμασται παρὰ τοῦ πατρός μου.Ἶ

᾿All᾽ homōs ouden toutōn epoiei ᾿tharrein autous, kai tauta synechōs peri tēs anastaseōs akouontas. Kai gar meta tou thanaton kai touto malista autous ethorybei, to akouein hoti empaixousi kai mastigōsousi, kai hosa toiauta. Hote gar enenoēsan ta thaumata, tous daimonōntas., hous ēleutherōse, tous nekrous ous ēgeire, ta alla panta haper ethanmatourgei, eita ēkousan toutōn, exeplēttonto, ei ho tauta poiōn tauta peisetai. Dia touto kai eis aporian enepipton? kai nym men epistenon, nyn de hē ēpistoun, kai noēsai ouk eichon ta legomena. Houtō goun ou synēkan saphōs to legomenon, hōs tous huious Zebedaiou paranta ᾿proselthein, kai peri proedrias autǭ dialechthēnai. Thelomen gar, phēsin, hina heis ek dexiōn sou kathisē, kai heis ex euōnymōn. Pōs oun houtos ho euangelistēs phēsin, hoti hē mētēr prosēlthen? Amphotera genesthai eikos. Tēn gar mētera parelabon, hōs meizona tēn hiketērian ergasomenoi, kai tautę̄ ton Christon dysōpēsontes. Hoti gar touto alēthes, hoper ephēn, kai autōn mallon hē aitēsis ēn, kai aischynomenoi proballontai tēn tekousan, skopei pōs prys autous apoteinei ton logon ho Christos. Mallon de mathōmen ti proteron aitousi, kai apo poias gnōmēs, kai pothen epi touto ēlthon. ᾿Pothen oun epi touto ēlthon: 'Heōrōn heantous timōmenous para tous allous, kai prosedokēsan enteuthen ᾿ epiteuxasthai kai tēs aitēseōs tautēs. ᾿Alla ti pote estin ho aitousin ? Akouson heterou euangelistou touto saphōs ekkalyptontos. Dia gar to engys einai, phēsi, tēs ᾿Hierousalēm, k kai dokein hoti hē basileia tou theou ēdē anaphaneitai, tauta ētoun. ᾿Enomizon gar, hoti epi thyrais hautē, kai aisthētē: kai apolausantes hōn hētoun, ouden hypostēsontai tōn lypērōn. Oude gar di᾽ autēn monon autēn ezētoun, all᾽ hōs kai diapheuxomenoi ta dyscherē. Dio kai ho Christos toutōn prōton autous apagei tōn logismōn, keleuōn sphagas kai kindynous kai ta eschata anamenein deina. Dynasthe gar: phēsi, piein to potērion ho egō pinō: ᾿Alla mēdeis ,thorybeisthō, tōn apostolōn houtōs atelōs diakeimenōn. Oupō gar ho stauros hēn telestheis, houpō pneumatos charis dotheisa. Ei de boulei mathein autōn tēn aretēn, meta tauta autous katamathe, kai opsei. pantos pathous anōterous. Dia gar touto ekkalyptei autōn ta elattōmata, hina meta tauta gnǭs, tines apo tēs charitos egenonto. Hoti men oun ouden pneumatikon hētoun, oude ennoian tēs anō basileias eichon, dēlon enteuthen. Plēn idōmen kai pōs proserchontai, kai ti legousi. Thelomen, phēsin, hina ho ean aitēsōmen se poiēsę̄s hēmin. Kai pros autous ho Christos ti thelete. ouk agnoōn, all᾽ hina anankasę̄ autous apokrinasthai, kai anakalypsē to helkos, kai houtōs epithę̄ to pharmakon. Hoi de erythriōntes kai aischynomenoi, epeidē hypo pathous anthrōpinou pros touto hēesan, kat᾽ idian ektos tōn mathētōn labontes auton ērōtēsan. Proeporeuthēsan gar, phēsin, hōōste mē genesthai hautois katadēlon, kai houtōs eipom haper eboulonto. ᾿Eboulonto de, hōs egōge oimai, epeidē ē ēkonon, hoti epi dōdeka thronous kathedeisthe, tēn proedrian tēs kathedras tautēs labein. Kai hoti men tōn allōn pleon eichon, ēdesan' ededoikesan de΄ Petron, kai legousin' s eipe, hina heis ek dexiōn sou kathisę̄, kai heis ex euōnymōn kai katepeigousi legontes, eipe. Ti oun autos: Dēlōn, hoti ouden pneumatikon ētoun, oute ei ēdesan palin hoper ētoun, etolmēsan an tosouton aitēsai, phēsin; ouk oidate ti aiteisthe pōs mega, pōs thaumaston, pōs hyperbainon kai tas anō dynameis. Eita epagei᾽ dynasthe piein to potērion, ho egō mellō pinein, kai to baptisma, e ho egō baptizomai, baptisthēnai? Eides pōs eutheōs apēgage tēs hyponoias, apo tōn enantiōn hautois dialechtheis? Hymeis men gar peri timēs kai stephanōn moi dialegesthe, phēsin' egō de peri agōnōn hymin kai hidrōtōn. Ou gar estin houtos ho tōn epathlōn kairos, oude nyn hē doxa mou phaneitai ekeinē alla sphagēs kai polemōn kai kindynōn ta paronta. Kai hora pōs tǭ tropǭ tēs erōtēseōs kai protrepei kai ephelketai. Ou gar eipe, dynasthe sphagēnai: dynasthe to haima hymōn ekchein alla pōs : Dynasthe piein to potērion? Eita ephelkomenos phēsin ho egō mellō pinein hina tę̄ pros auton koinōnią prothymoteroi genōntai. Kai baptisma auto palin kalei, deiknys megan apo tōn ginomenōn ton katharmon he esomenon tę̄ oikoumenę̄. Legousin autǭ dynametha. Apo tēs prothymias eutheōs epēg᾽geilanto, oude touto eidotes ho hoper eipon, alla prosdokōntes akousesthai hoper ētēsan. Ti oun autos? To men potērion mou piesthe, kai to baptisma, ho ho egō baptizomai, baptisthēsesthe. Megala autois proephēteusen agatha᾿ toutesti, martyriou kataxiōthēsesthe, kai tauta peisesthe haper egō ho biaiǭ thanatǭ tēn zōēn katalysete, kai toutōn moi koinōnēsete. To de kathisai ek dexiōn kai ex euōnymōn ouk estin emon dounai, all᾽ hois hētoimastai para tou patros mou.I

Yet none of these things made them take courage, though they continually heard about the resurrection. For besides the death, this above all troubled them, hearing that they would mock and scourge him, and all such things. For when they thought of the miracles, the demoniacs he had freed, the dead he had raised, all the other wonders he worked, and then heard these things, they were astounded that the one who did those things would suffer these. For this reason they fell into perplexity, and now believed, now disbelieved, and could not understand what was said. So little, at any rate, did they clearly grasp what was said that the sons of Zebedee at once came to him and spoke with him about precedence. “We wish,” they say, “that one may sit at your right hand and one at your left.” How then does this evangelist say that the mother came? Probably both happened. For they took their mother with them, to make the supplication stronger and so to put Christ to shame into consenting. For that what I said is true, and the request was rather theirs, and that out of shame they put forward the one who bore them, see how Christ directs his words to them. But rather let us learn first what they ask, and from what intention, and from where they came to this. From where, then, did they come to this? They saw themselves honored beyond the others, and expected from this to obtain this request too. But what is it that they ask? Hear another evangelist revealing this clearly. For because he was near Jerusalem, he says, and they thought that the kingdom of God was about to appear at once, they asked these things. For they thought that it was at the doors, and a kingdom of the senses, and that once they enjoyed what they asked for they would undergo none of the painful things. For they did not seek it for its own sake only, but also as a means of escaping hardships. Therefore Christ first leads them away from these thoughts, bidding them await slaughter and dangers and the utmost terrors. “For can you,” he says, “drink the cup that I am drinking?” But let no one be troubled that the apostles were so imperfectly disposed. For the cross had not yet been accomplished, the grace of the Spirit had not yet been given. If you wish to learn their virtue, learn about them afterward, and you will see them above every passion. For this reason he reveals their shortcomings, so that afterward you may know what they became by grace. That they asked for nothing spiritual, then, and had no notion of the kingdom above, is plain from this. But let us see too how they come forward and what they say. “We wish,” they say, “that whatever we ask of you, you will do for us.” And Christ says to them, “What do you wish?” not because he did not know, but to compel them to answer and lay bare the sore, and so apply the remedy. And they, blushing and ashamed, since they had come to this from a human passion, took him privately apart from the disciples and asked him. “For they went ahead,” it says, so that it might not become plain to the others, and so they said what they wished. And they wished, as I think, since they had heard, “You will sit on twelve thrones,” to receive the first place of that seating. And that they had more than the others they knew; but they feared Peter, and they say, “Say that one may sit at your right hand and one at your left”; and they press him, saying, “Say it.” What then does he do? Showing that they asked nothing spiritual, nor would they have dared to ask so much if they had known what they were asking, he says, “You do not know what you are asking”: how great, how wonderful, how surpassing even the powers above. Then he adds, “Can you drink the cup that I am about to drink, and be baptized with the baptism with which I am baptized?” Do you see how at once he led them away from their supposition, speaking to them of the opposite? “For you speak to me of honor and crowns,” he says, “but I speak to you of contests and sweat. For this is not the time of prizes, nor will that glory of mine appear now; the present is a time of slaughter and wars and dangers.” And see how by the manner of the question he both urges them on and draws them. For he did not say, “Can you be slaughtered? Can you pour out your blood?” But how? “Can you drink the cup?” Then, drawing them, he says, “that I am about to drink,” so that by fellowship with him they might become more eager. And he calls it a baptism again, showing that a great cleansing of the world would come from what was taking place. “They say to him, ‘We can.’” Out of eagerness they at once promised, not even knowing what they said, but expecting to hear what they had asked. What then does he say? “My cup you will drink, and with the baptism with which I am baptized you will be baptized.” He prophesied great good things to them; that is, “You will be counted worthy of martyrdom, and you will suffer what I suffer; you will end your life by a violent death, and in this you will share with me. But to sit at my right hand and at my left is not mine to give, but it is for those for whom it has been prepared by my Father.”

65.3Field 2

Ἔπαάρας αὐτῶν τὰς ψυχὰς, καὶ ὑψηλοτέ ας ποιήσας, καὶ πρὸς λύπην ἀχειρώτους ἐ ἐργασάμενος, τότε ἐμορθοῦνα αὐτῶν τὴν αἴτησιν. ᾿Αλλὰ τί ποτέ ἐστι τὸ νῦν εἰρημένον: Καὶ γὰρ δύο ἐστὶ τὰ ζητούμενα παρὰ πολλών ἕν μὲν, εἰ ἡτοίμασταί τισι τὸ καθίσαι ἐκ δεξιῶν αὐτοῦ ἕτερον δὲ, εἰ ὁ πάντων κύριος ἐκείνοις, οἷς ἡτοίμασται; κύριος οὐκ ἔστι παρασχεῖν. Τί οὖν ἐστι τὸ εἰρημένον τὸ πρότερον λυσωμεν, τότε καὶ τὸ δεύτερον τοῖς ζητοῦσιν ἔσται σαφές. Τί οὖν ἐστι τοῦτο; Οὐδεὶς ἐκ δεξιῶν αὐτοῦ καθεδεῖται, οὐδὲ ἐξ εὐωνύμων. Ἄβατος γὰρ πᾶσιν ὁ θρόνος ἐκεῖνος οὐκ ἀνθρώποις λέγω καὶ ἁγίοις καὶ ἀποστόλοις , ἀλλὰ καὶ ἀγγέλοις καὶ ἀρχαγγέλοις, καὶ πάσαις ταῖς ἄνω δυνάμεσιν. Ὡς γοῦν ἐξαίρετον τοῦ μονογενοῦς τίθησιν αὐτὸ ὁ Παῦλος λέγων πρὸς τίνα δὲ τών ἀγγέλων ᾿ εἴρηκέ ποτε κάθου ἐκ δεξιῶν μου; Καὶ πρὸς μὲν τοὺς ἀγγέλους φησίν ὁ ποιῶν τοὺς ἀγγέλους αὐτοῦ πνεύματα' πρὸς δὲ τὸν υἱὸν, ὁ θρόνος σου, ὁ θεός. Πώῶς οὺν φησι, ΄ τὸ καθίσαι ἐκ δεξιῶν. καὶ εξ εὐωνύμων οὐκ ἔστιν ἐμὸν δοῦναι, ὡς ὄντων τινῶν τῶν καθεδουμένων:: Οὐχ ὡς ὄντων, ἄ ἄπαγε ἀλλὰ πρὸς τὴν ὑπόνοιαν ἀπεκρίνατο τῶν ἐρωτώντων, συγκαταβαίνων αὐτῶν τῇ διανοίᾳ. Οὐδὲ γὰρ ἤδεσαν τὸν ὑψηλὸν θρόνον ε ἐκεῖνον, καὶ τὴν ἐκ δεξιῶν τοῦ πατρὸς καθέδραν, ὅ ὅπου γε καὶ τὰ πολλῷ τούτων καταδεέστερα καὶ καθ᾽ ἡμέραν αὐτοῖς ἐνηχούμενα ἡγνόουν αλλ’ ἕν ἐζήτουν μόνον, τῶν πρωτείων ἀπολαῦσαι, καὶ πρὸ τῶν ἄλλων στῆναι, καὶ μηδένα εἶναι πρὸ αὐτῶν παρ᾽ αὐτῷ ὅπερ καὶ ἤδη ἔφθην εἰπὼν» ὅτι ἐπειδὴ δώδεκα θρόνους ἥκουσαν, ἀγνοήσαντες ὅ τι ποτέ ἐστι τὸ εἰρημένον, τὴν προεδρίαν ἐπεζήτησαν. Ὃ τοίνυν φησὶν ὃ Χριστὸς, τοῦτό ἐστιν ἀποθανεῖσθε μὲν δι ἐμὲ, καὶ σφαγήσεσθε τοῦ κηρύγματος ἕνεκεν, καὶ κοινωνήσετέ μοι κατὰ τὸ παθος οὐ μὴν ἀρκεῖ τοῦτο ποιῆσαι τῆς προεδρίας ὃ υμάς ἀπολαῦσαι; καὶ τὴν πρώτην τάξιν κατασχεῖν. Ἂν γάρ τις ἕτερος ἔλθῃ μετὰ τοῦ μαρτυρίου καὶ τὴν ἄλλην ἅπασαν ἀρετὴν κεκτημένος πολλῷ πλείονα ὑμῶν, οὐκ ἐπειδὴ φιλὼ νῦν ὑμᾶς, καὶ τῶν ἄλλων προκρίνω, διὰ τοῦτο παρωσάμενος ἐκεῖνον τὸν ἀπὸ τῶν ἔργων κηρυττόμενον, ὑμῖν δώσω τὰ πρωτεῖα. Ἀλλ᾽ οὕτω μὲν οὐκ εἶπεν, ὥστε μὴ λύπησαι αἰνιγματωδῶς δὲ τὸ αὐτὸ τοῦτο αἰνίττεται λέγων τὸ μὲν ποτήριόν μου πίεσθε, καὶ τὸ βάπτισμα, ὃ ἐγὼ βαπτίζομαι, βαπτισθήσεσθε τὸ δὲ καθίσαι ἐκ δεξιῶν μον καὶ ἐξ εὐωνύμων οὐκ ἔστιν ἐμὸν τοῦτο δοῦναι, ἀλλ᾽ οἷς ἡτοίμασται. Τίσι δὲ ἡτοίμασται; Τοῖς ἀπὸ τῶν ἔργων δυναμένοις γενέσθαι λαμπροῖς. Διὰ τοῦτο οὐκ εἶπεν, οὐκ ἔστιν ἐμὸν δοῦναι, ἀλλὰ τοῦ πατρός μου, ἵνα μὴ ἀσθενεῖν, μηδὲ ατονεῖν αὐτὸν φαίη τις πρὸς τὴν ἀντίδοσιν ἀλλὰ πῶς; Οὐκ ἔστιν ἐμὸν, αλλ ἐκείνων οἷς ἡτοίμασται. να δὲ καὶ σαφέστερον ὃ λέγω γένηται, ἐπὶ ὑποδείγματος αὐτὸ τγυμνάσωμεν, καὶ ὑποθώμεθα εἶναί τινα ἀγωνοθέτην, εἶτα ἀθλητὰς ἀρίστους πολλοὺς εἰς τὸν ἀγῶνα ᾿ἣ κατιέναι τοῦτον, καί τινας δύο προσελθόντας τῶν ἀθλητῶν τῶν μάλιστα φκειωμένων. τῷ ἀγωνοθέτῃ λέγειν, ὅτι ποίησον ἡμᾶς στεῴανωθῆναι καὶ ἀνακηρυ θῆναι, θαῤῥοῦντας τῇ πρὸς αὐτὸν εὐνοίᾳ καὶ φιλίᾳ ἐκεῖνον ᾧ πρὸς αὐτοὺς λέγειν, οὐκ ἔστιν ἐμὸν τοῦτο δοῦναι, ἀλλ᾽ οἷς ἡτοίμασται ἀπὸ τῶν πόνων καὶ τῶν ἱδρώτων ἀρ᾽ οὖν ᾿καταγνωσόμεθα αὐτοῦ ἀσθένειαν; Οὐδαμῶς ἀλλ᾽ ἀποδεξόμεθα . αὐτὸν τῆς δικαιοσύνης καὶ τοῦ ἀπροσὡπολήπτου. Ὥσπερ οὗν ἐκεῖνον οὐκ ἂν φαίημεν ἀἁτονοῦντα μὴ διδόναι τὸν στέφανον, ἀλλὰ μὴ βουλόμενον διαφθεῖραι τῶν ἀγώνων τὸν νόμον, μηδὲ συνταράξαι τοῦ δικαίου τὴν τάξιν οὕτω δὴ καὶ τὸν Χριστὸν εἴποιμι ἂν τοῦτο εἰρηκέναι, πανταχόθεν αὐτοὺς συνελαύνοντα, μετὰ τὴν τοῦ θεοῦ χάριν, εἰς τὴν τῶν οἰκείων κατορθωμάτων ἐπίδειξιν τὰς ἐλπίδας τῆς σωτηρίας καὶ τῆς εὐδοκιμήσεως ἔχειν. Διὰ τοῦτό φησιν, οἷς ἡτοίμασται. Τί γὰρ, φησὶν, ἐὰν ἕτεροι φανῶσιν υ υμών βελτίους; τί δὲ ἁ ἄν μείζονα ἐργάσωνται; Μὴ γὰρ ἐπειδὴ μαθηταί μου γεγόνατε, διὰ τοῦτο τῶν πρωτείων ἀπολαύσεσθε, ἐὰν μὴ τῆς ἐκλογῆς αὐτοὶ ἄξιοι φανῆτε: Ὅτι γὰρ αὐτὸς κύριός ἐστι τοῦ παντὸς, δῆλον εξ ὧν αὐτὸς πάσαν ἔχει τὴν κρίσιν. Καὶ γὰρ Πέτρῳ οὕτω φησίν ἐγώ σοι δώσω τὰς κλεῖς τῶν οὐρανῶν. Καὶ ὁ Παῦλος δὲ τοῦτο δηλῶν ἔλεγε· λοιπὸν ἀπόκειταί μοι ὁ τῆς δικαιοσύνης στέΦανος, ὃν ἀποδώσει μοι ὁ κύριος ὁ δίκαιος κριτὴς ἐν ἐκείνη τῇ ἡμέρᾳ οὐ μόνον δὲ ἐμοὶ, ἀλλὰ καὶ πᾶσι τοῖς ἤγαπηκόσι τὴν ἐπιφάνειαν αὐτοῦ. ᾿Επιφάνεια δὲ τοὺ Χριστου γέγονεν. Ὅτι δὲ Παύλον οὐδεὶς πρῶτος στήσεται, παντί πον δῆλον. Εἰ δὲ ἀσαφέστερον ταῦτα εἴρηκε, μὴ θαυμάσῃς. Παραπεμπόμενός τε γὰρ αὐτοὺς οἰκονομικῶς; ὥστε μὴ ὑπὲρ πρωτείων ἐνοχλεῖν εἰκῇ καὶ μάτην (καὶ γὰρ ἀπὸ πάθους τοῦτο ἔπασχον ἀνθρωπίνου) καὶ μὴ λυπῆσαι βουλόμενος αὑτοὺς, τῇ ασαφείᾳ ἀμφότερα ταῦτα κατορθοῖ. Τότε ἠγανάκτησαν οἱ δέκα περὶ τῶν δυο. Τότε, πότε: Ὅτε ἐπετίμησεν αὐτοῖς. Ἕως μὲν γὰρ τοῦ Χριστοῦ ση ψηφος ἦν, οὐκ Ἰγανάκτουν, ἀλλ᾽ ὁρῶντες αὐτοὺς προτιμωμένους, ἔστεργον καὶ ἐσίγων, αἰδούμενοι τὸν διδάσκαλον καὶ τιμῶντες καὶ εἰ κατὰ διάνοιαν ἤλγουν, ἀλλ᾽ εἰς μέσον τοῦτο ἐξενεγκεῖν οὐκ ἐτόλμων. Καὶ πρὸς Πέτρον δέ τι παθόντες ἀνθρώπινον, ὅ ὅτε τὰ δίδραχμα ἔδωκεν, οὐκ ἐδυσχέ εραναν, ἀλλ᾽ ἠρώτησαν μόνον, τίς ἄρα μείζων ἐστίν ; ᾿Επειδὴ δὲ τῶν μαθητών ἐνταῦθα δὴ αἴτησις ἤν, ἀγανακτοῦσι. Καὶ οὐδὲ ἐνταυθα εὐθέως ἀγανακτοῦσιν, ὅτε ἤτησαν, αλλ ὅτε αὐτοῖς ἐπετίμησεν ὁ Χριστὸς, καὶ ἔφησεν οὐκ ἀπολαύσεσθαι τῶν πρωτείων αὐτοὺς, εἰ μὴ παράσχοιεν ἑαυτοὺς τούτων ἀξίους. Εἶδες πῶς ἀτελέστερον πάντες διέκειντο, καὶ οὗτοι κατεξανιστάμενοι τῶν δέκα, καὶ ἐκεῖνοι φθονοῦντες τοῖς δυσίν: Ἀλλ᾽, ὅπερ ἔφην, μετὰ ταῦτά μοι αὐτοὺς δεῖξον, καὶ ὄψει πάντων τούτων ᾿ἀπηλλαγμένους τῶν παθῶν. Ἄκουσον γοῦν πῶς οὗτος αὐτὸς ὁ ᾿Ιωάννης, ὁ νῦν προσελθὼν ὑ ὑπὲρ τούτων, πανταχοὺ τῶν πρωτείων τῷ Πέτρῳ παραχωρεῖ, καὶ δημηγοροῦντι καὶ θαυματουργοῦντι ἐ εν ταῖς Πράξεσι τῶν ἀποστόλων. Καὶ οὐκ ἀποκρύπτει αὐτοῦ τὰ κατορθώματα, αλλὰ καὶ τὴν ὁμολογίαν λέγει, ἥν πάντων συγώντων ἐπεδείξατο, καὶ τὴν εἰς τὸν τάφον εἴσοδον, καὶ προτίθησιν ν ἑαυτοῦ τὸν ἀπόστολον. ᾿Επειδὴ γὰρ ἀμφότεροι παρέμειναν σταυρουμένῳ, τὸ ἑαυτοῦ ὀγκώμιον ὑποτεμνόμενός φησιν, ὅτι γνώριμος ἦν ὁ μαθητὴς ἐκεῖνος τῷ ἱερεῖ. Ὁ δὲ ᾿Ιάκωβος μακρὸν μὲν οὐκ ἐπέζησε Χρόνον᾽ ἐκ προοιμίων δὲ οὕτω δισθερμάνθη, καὶ πάντα τὰ ἀνθρώπινα ἀφεὶς πρὸς ὕψος ἀνέδραμεν ἄφατον, ὡς εὐθέως σφαγῆναι. Οὕτω πάντων ἕνεκεν μετὰ ταῦτα ἄκροι ἐ ἐγένοντο. ᾿Αλλὰ τότε ἠγανάκτησαν. Τί οὖν ὁ Χριστύός: Προσκαλεσάμενος αὑτούς φησιν οἱ ἄρχοντες τῶν ἐθνῶν κατακυριεύουσιν αὐτῶν. ᾿Επειδεὴ γὰρ ἐθορυβήθησαν καὶ ἐταράχθησαν, τῇ κλήσει πρὸ τοῦ λόγον αὑτοὺς καταπραῦνει, καὶ τῷ πλησίον αὐτοὺς ἐπισπάσασθαι. Καὶ γὰρ οἱ δύο, τοῦ χοροῦ τῶν δέκα ἑαυτοὺς ἀποῤῥήξαντες, ἐ ἐγγύτερον εἱστήκεσαν ἰδιολογούμενοι. Διὰ τοῦτο καὶ τούτους πλησίον ἄγει τούτῳ τε αὐτῷ, καὶ τῷ τὸ εἰρημένον ἐκπομπεῦσαι καὶ εἰς τοὺς ἄλλους ἐξαγαγεῖν, παραμυθούμενος τὸ πάθος καὶ τούτων κἀκείνων. Καὶ οὐχ ὡς ἔμπροσθεν, οὕτω καὶ νῦν καταστέλλει. , Πρότερον μὲν γὰρ παιδία ἃ ἄγει εἰς μέσον, καὶ τὸ αφελὲς αὐτῶν καὶ τὸ ταπεινὸν μιμεῖσθαι. κελεύει ἐνταῦθα δὲ πληκτικώτερον ἀπὰ τοῦ ἐναντίου ἐντρέπει λέγων· οἱ ἄρχοντες τῶν ἐθνῶν κατακυριεύουσιν αὐτῶν, καὶ οἱ μθγάλοι κατεξουσιαζουσι παρὰ δὲ ὑμῖν οὐκ ἐ ἔσται οὕτων αλλ᾽ ὁ θέλων ἐ ἐν ὑμῖν γενέσθαι μέγας, οὗτος ἔστω πάντων διάκονος, καὶ ὁ θέλων εἶναι πρῶτος, ἔστω πάντων ἔσχατος ᾿ δεικνὺς ὅτι ἐθνικῶν τὸ τοιοῦτον, ᾿ τὸ τῶν πρωτείων ἐρᾶν. Καὶ γὰρ τυραννικὸν τὸ πάθος, καὶ συνεχῶς ἐνοχλοὺν καὶ μεγάλοις ἀνδράσι διὰ τοῦτο καὶ σφοδροτέρας δεῖται πληγῆς. Διὸ καὶ αὐτὸς βαθύτερον αὐτῶν καθικνεῖται, τῆ τῶν ἐθνῶν παραθέσει φλεγμαίνουσαν αὐτῶν τὴν ψυχήν ἐντρέπων' καὶ τῶν μὲν τὸν φθόνον, τῶν δὲ τὴν ἀπύνοιαν ὑποτέμνεται, μόνον οὐχὶ λέγων μὴ ᾿ ἀγανακτεῖτε ὡς ὑβρισμένοι. ᾿Εαυτοὺς γὰρ μάλιστα βλαάπτουσέ τε καὶ καταισχύνουσιν οἱ οὕτω τὰ πρωτεῖα ζητοῦντες ἐν γὰρ τοῖς ἐσχάτοις εἰσίν. Οὐ γάρ ἐστι τὰ παρ᾽ ἡμῖν οἷα τὰ ἔξωθεν. οι μὲν γὰρ ἄρχοντες τῶν εθνῶν ἰπάον ϑνωνηι αὐτῶν παρ᾽ ἐμοὶ δὲ ὁ ἔσχατος ο οὗτος πρῶτός ἐστιν. Οτι δὲ οὐχ ἁπλῶς ταῦτα λέγω, δι ὧν ποιώ καὶ πάσχω λάβε τὴν ἀποδειξιν τῶν εἰρημένων. Ἔγω γάρ τι καὶ πλέον ἐποίησα. Βασιλεὺς γάρ. τῶν ἄνω δυνάμεων ὧν, ἄνθρωπος ἡβουλήθην γενέσθαι, καὶ καταφρονηθῆναι κατεδεξάμην, καὶ ὑβρισθῆναι. Καὶ οὐδὲ τούτοις ἡρκέσθην, αλλὰ καὶ ἐπὶ θάνατον ἦλθον. Διὰ τοῦτο φησιν· ὥσπερ ὁ υἱὸς τοὺ ἀνθρώπου οὐκ ἦλθε διακονηθῆναι, ἀλλὰ διακονῆσαι, καὶ δοῦναι τὴν ψυχὴν αὐτοῦ λύτρον αντὶ πολλῶν. Οὐδὲ γὰρ μέχρι τούτου ἔστην; φησὶν, ἀλλὰ καὶ τὴν ψυχὴν ἔδωκα λύτρον' καὶ ὑπὲρ τίνων: Τῶν ἐχθρῶν. Σὺ δὲ ἀν ταπεινωθῆς, ὑπὲρ σαντοῦ ἐγὼ δὲ ὑπὲρ Μὴ τοίνυν φοβηθῆς, ὡς τῆς τιμῆς σου καθαιρουμένης. Ὅσον γὰρ ἂν ταπεινωθῇς, οὐ δύνασαι τοσοῦτον κατελθεῖν, ὅσον ὁ δεσπότης σον. ᾿Αλλ’ ὅμως ἡ κατάβασις αὕτη πάντων ἀνάβασις γέγονε, καὶ τὴν δόξαν ἐκλάμψαι πεποίηκε τήν ᾿έξαντοῦυ. Πρὸ μὲν γὰρ τοῦ γενέσθαι ἄνθρωπος, παρ᾽ ἀγγέλοις ἐγνωρίζετο μόνοις ᾿ἐπειδὴ δὲ ἄνθρωπος ἐγένετο καὶ ἐσταυρώθη, οὐ μόνον ἐκείνην οὐκ ἡλάττωσε τὴν δόξαν, ἀλλὰ καὶ ἑτέραν προσέλαβε, τὴν ἀπὸ τῆς γνώσεως τῆς οἰκουμένης. Μὴ δὴ φοβηθῆς, ὡς τῆς τιμῆς σον καθαιρουμένης, ἐὰν ταπεινώσῃς σαυτόν ταύτη γὰρ μᾶλλον ἐπαίρεταί σου ἢ δόξα ταύτῃ γίνεται μείζων. Αὕτη τῆς βασιλείας ἡ θύραι Μὴ δὴ τὴν ἐναντίαν ἔλθωμεν, ἥ μηδὲ ἑαυτοῖς πολεμῶμεν. [ἐὰν γὰρ βουληθῶμεν μεγάλοι φαίνεσθαι, οὐκ ἐσόμεθα μεγάλοι, ἀλλὰ καὶ πάντων ἀτιμότεροι. Εἶδες πῶς πανταχοῦ ἀπὸ τῶν ἐναντίων αὑτοὺς προτρέπει, διδοὺς αὐτοῖς ὅπερ ἐπιθυμοῦσι : Καὶ γὰρ ἐν τοῖς ἔμπροσθεν διὰ πολλῶν τοῦτο ἐδείξαμεν' καὶ ἐπὶ τῶν φιλοχρημάτων καὶ τών κενοδοξούντων οὕτως ἐποίησε. Τίνος γὰρ ἕνεκεν; φησὶν, ἔμπροσθεν τῶν ἀνθρωπων ἐλεεῖς : ἵνα δόξης ἀπολαύσης:; Οὐκοῦν μὴ ποίει οὕτω, καὶ ἀπολαύση πάντως. Τ δὰ δὲ; πέραν θησαυρίζεις : ἵνα πλουτῇς: Οὐκοῦν μὴ θησαυρίσῃς, καὶ πλουτήσεις. Οὕτω καὶ ἐνταῦθα τίνος ἕνεκεν τῶν πρωτείων ἐρᾷς ; ἵνα πρὸ τῶν ἄλλων ἧς: Οὐκοῦν τὴν ἐσχάτην ἐπίλεξαι τάξιν, καὶ τότε τῶν πρωτείων ἀπολαύσῃ. Ὥστε εἰ θέλεις γενέσθαι μέγας, μὴ ἥτει γενέσθαι μέγας, καὶ τότε ἔσῃ μέγας. ᾿Εκεῖνο γὰρ μικρόν ἐστιν εἶναι.

Epaaras autōn tas psychas, kai hypsēlote as poiēsas, kai pros lypēn acheirōtous e ergasamenos, tote emorthouna autōn tēn aitēsin. ᾿Alla ti pote esti to nyn eirēmenon: Kai gar dyo esti ta zētoumena para pollōn hen men, ei hētoimastai tisi to kathisai ek dexiōn autou heteron de, ei ho pantōn kyrios ekeinois, hois hētoimastai? kyrios ouk esti paraschein. Ti oun esti to eirēmenon to proteron lysōmen, tote kai to deuteron tois zētousin estai saphes. Ti oun esti touto? Oudeis ek dexiōn autou kathedeitai, oude ex euōnymōn. Abatos gar pasin ho thronos ekeinos ouk anthrōpois legō kai hagiois kai apostolois , alla kai angelois kai archangelois, kai pasais tais anō dynamesin. Hōs goun exaireton tou monogenous tithēsin auto ho Paulos legōn pros tina de tōn angelōn ᾿ eirēke pote kathou ek dexiōn mou? Kai pros men tous angelous phēsin ho poiōn tous angelous autou pneumata' pros de ton huion, ho thronos sou, ho theos. Pōōs oun phēsi, ΄ to kathisai ek dexiōn. kai ex euōnymōn ouk estin emon dounai, hōs ontōn tinōn tōn kathedoumenōn:: Ouch hōs ontōn, a apage alla pros tēn hyponoian apekrinato tōn erōtōntōn, synkatabainōn autōn tę̄ dianoią. Oude gar ēdesan ton hypsēlon thronon e ekeinon, kai tēn ek dexiōn tou patros kathedran, ho hopou ge kai ta pollǭ toutōn katadeestera kai kath᾽ hēmeran autois enēchoumena hēgnooun all’ hen ezētoun monon, tōn prōteiōn apolausai, kai pro tōn allōn stēnai, kai mēdena einai pro autōn par᾽ autǭ hoper kai ēdē ephthēn eipōn» hoti epeidē dōdeka thronous hēkousan, agnoēsantes ho ti pote esti to eirēmenon, tēn proedrian epezētēsan. Ho toinyn phēsin ho Christos, touto estin apothaneisthe men di eme, kai sphagēsesthe tou kērygmatos heneken, kai koinōnēsete moi kata to pathos ou mēn arkei touto poiēsai tēs proedrias ho ymas apolausai? kai tēn prōtēn taxin kataschein. An gar tis heteros elthę̄ meta tou martyriou kai tēn allēn hapasan aretēn kektēmenos pollǭ pleiona hymōn, ouk epeidē philō nyn hymas, kai tōn allōn prokrinō, dia touto parōsamenos ekeinon ton apo tōn ergōn kēryttomenon, hymin dōsō ta prōteia. All᾽ houtō men ouk eipen, hōste mē lypēsai ainigmatōdōs de to auto touto ainittetai legōn to men potērion mou piesthe, kai to baptisma, ho egō baptizomai, baptisthēsesthe to de kathisai ek dexiōn mon kai ex euōnymōn ouk estin emon touto dounai, all᾽ hois hētoimastai. Tisi de hētoimastai? Tois apo tōn ergōn dynamenois genesthai lamprois. Dia touto ouk eipen, ouk estin emon dounai, alla tou patros mou, hina mē asthenein, mēde atonein auton phaiē tis pros tēn antidosin alla pōs? Ouk estin emon, all ekeinōn hois hētoimastai. na de kai saphesteron ho legō genētai, epi hypodeigmatos auto tgymnasōmen, kai hypothōmetha einai tina agōnothetēn, eita athlētas aristous pollous eis ton agōna ᾿hē katienai touton, kai tinas dyo proselthontas tōn athlētōn tōn malista phkeiōmenōn. tǭ agōnothetę̄ legein, hoti poiēson hēmas steǭanōthēnai kai anakēry thēnai, tharrhountas tę̄ pros auton eunoią kai philią ekeinon hǭ pros autous legein, ouk estin emon touto dounai, all᾽ hois hētoimastai apo tōn ponōn kai tōn hidrōtōn ar᾽ oun ᾿katagnōsometha autou astheneian? Oudamōs all᾽ apodexometha . auton tēs dikaiosynēs kai tou aprosōpolēptou. Hōsper houn ekeinon ouk an phaiēmen haatonounta mē didonai ton stephanon, alla mē boulomenon diaphtheirai tōn agōnōn ton nomon, mēde syntaraxai tou dikaiou tēn taxin houtō dē kai ton Christon eipoimi an touto eirēkenai, pantachothen autous synelaunonta, meta tēn tou theou charin, eis tēn tōn oikeiōn katorthōmatōn epideixin tas elpidas tēs sōtērias kai tēs eudokimēseōs echein. Dia touto phēsin, hois hētoimastai. Ti gar, phēsin, ean heteroi phanōsin y ymōn beltious? ti de ha an meizona ergasōntai? Mē gar epeidē mathētai mou gegonate, dia touto tōn prōteiōn apolausesthe, ean mē tēs eklogēs autoi axioi phanēte: Hoti gar autos kyrios esti tou pantos, dēlon ex hōn autos pasan echei tēn krisin. Kai gar Petrǭ houtō phēsin egō soi dōsō tas kleis tōn ouranōn. Kai ho Paulos de touto dēlōn elege; loipon apokeitai moi ho tēs dikaiosynēs stePhanos, hon apodōsei moi ho kyrios ho dikaios kritēs en ekeinē tę̄ hēmerą ou monon de emoi, alla kai pasi tois ēgapēkosi tēn epiphaneian autou. ᾿Epiphaneia de tou Christou gegonen. Hoti de Paulon oudeis prōtos stēsetai, panti pon dēlon. Ei de asaphesteron tauta eirēke, mē thaumasę̄s. Parapempomenos te gar autous oikonomikōs? hōste mē hyper prōteiōn enochlein eikę̄ kai matēn (kai gar apo pathous touto epaschon anthrōpinou) kai mē lypēsai boulomenos hautous, tę̄ asapheią amphotera tauta katorthoi. Tote ēganaktēsan hoi deka peri tōn dyo. Tote, pote: Hote epetimēsen autois. Heōs men gar tou Christou sē psēphos ēn, ouk Iganaktoun, all᾽ horōntes autous protimōmenous, estergon kai esigōn, aidoumenoi ton didaskalon kai timōntes kai ei kata dianoian ēlgoun, all᾽ eis meson touto exenenkein ouk etolmōn. Kai pros Petron de ti pathontes anthrōpinon, ho hote ta didrachma edōken, ouk edysche eranan, all᾽ ērōtēsan monon, tis ara meizōn estin ? ᾿Epeidē de tōn mathētōn entautha dē aitēsis ēn, aganaktousi. Kai oude entautha eutheōs aganaktousin, hote ētēsan, all hote autois epetimēsen ho Christos, kai ephēsen ouk apolausesthai tōn prōteiōn autous, ei mē paraschoien heautous toutōn axious. Eides pōs atelesteron pantes diekeinto, kai houtoi katexanistamenoi tōn deka, kai ekeinoi phthonountes tois dysin: All᾽, hoper ephēn, meta tauta moi autous deixon, kai opsei pantōn toutōn ᾿apēllagmenous tōn pathōn. Akouson goun pōs houtos autos ho ᾿Iōannēs, ho nyn proselthōn hy hyper toutōn, pantachou tōn prōteiōn tǭ Petrǭ parachōrei, kai dēmēgorounti kai thaumatourgounti e en tais Praxesi tōn apostolōn. Kai ouk apokryptei autou ta katorthōmata, alla kai tēn homologian legei, hēn pantōn sygōntōn epedeixato, kai tēn eis ton taphon eisodon, kai protithēsin n heautou ton apostolon. ᾿Epeidē gar amphoteroi paremeinan stauroumenǭ, to heautou onkōmion hypotemnomenos phēsin, hoti gnōrimos ēn ho mathētēs ekeinos tǭ hierei. Ho de ᾿Iakōbos makron men ouk epezēse Chronon᾽ ek prooimiōn de houtō disthermanthē, kai panta ta anthrōpina apheis pros hypsos anedramen aphaton, hōs eutheōs sphagēnai. Houtō pantōn heneken meta tauta akroi e egenonto. ᾿Alla tote ēganaktēsan. Ti oun ho Christyos: Proskalesamenos hautous phēsin hoi archontes tōn ethnōn katakyrieuousin autōn. ᾿Epeideē gar ethorybēthēsan kai etarachthēsan, tę̄ klēsei pro tou logon hautous katapraunei, kai tǭ plēsion autous epispasasthai. Kai gar hoi dyo, tou chorou tōn deka heautous aporrhēxantes, e engyteron heistēkesan idiologoumenoi. Dia touto kai toutous plēsion agei toutǭ te autǭ, kai tǭ to eirēmenon ekpompeusai kai eis tous allous exagagein, paramythoumenos to pathos kai toutōn kakeinōn. Kai ouch hōs emprosthen, houtō kai nyn katastellei. , Proteron men gar paidia ha agei eis meson, kai to apheles autōn kai to tapeinon mimeisthai. keleuei entautha de plēktikōteron apa tou enantiou entrepei legōn; hoi archontes tōn ethnōn katakyrieuousin autōn, kai hoi mthgaloi katexousiazousi para de hymin ouk e estai houtōn all᾽ ho thelōn e en hymin genesthai megas, houtos estō pantōn diakonos, kai ho thelōn einai prōtos, estō pantōn eschatos ᾿ deiknys hoti ethnikōn to toiouton, ᾿ to tōn prōteiōn eran. Kai gar tyrannikon to pathos, kai synechōs enochloun kai megalois andrasi dia touto kai sphodroteras deitai plēgēs. Dio kai autos bathyteron autōn kathikneitai, tē tōn ethnōn parathesei phlegmainousan autōn tēn psychēn entrepōn' kai tōn men ton phthonon, tōn de tēn apynoian hypotemnetai, monon ouchi legōn mē ᾿ aganakteite hōs hybrismenoi. ᾿Eautous gar malista blaaptouse te kai kataischynousin hoi houtō ta prōteia zētountes en gar tois eschatois eisin. Ou gar esti ta par᾽ hēmin hoia ta exōthen. oi men gar archontes tōn ethnōn ipaon ϑnōnēi autōn par᾽ emoi de ho eschatos o houtos prōtos estin. Oti de ouch haplōs tauta legō, di hōn poiō kai paschō labe tēn apodeixin tōn eirēmenōn. Egō gar ti kai pleon epoiēsa. Basileus gar. tōn anō dynameōn hōn, anthrōpos hēboulēthēn genesthai, kai kataphronēthēnai katedexamēn, kai hybristhēnai. Kai oude toutois hērkesthēn, alla kai epi thanaton ēlthon. Dia touto phēsin; hōsper ho huios tou anthrōpou ouk ēlthe diakonēthēnai, alla diakonēsai, kai dounai tēn psychēn autou lytron anti pollōn. Oude gar mechri toutou estēn? phēsin, alla kai tēn psychēn edōka lytron' kai hyper tinōn: Tōn echthrōn. Sy de an tapeinōthēs, hyper santou egō de hyper Mē toinyn phobēthēs, hōs tēs timēs sou kathairoumenēs. Hoson gar an tapeinōthę̄s, ou dynasai tosouton katelthein, hoson ho despotēs son. ᾿All’ homōs hē katabasis hautē pantōn anabasis gegone, kai tēn doxan eklampsai pepoiēke tēn ᾿exantouy. Pro men gar tou genesthai anthrōpos, par᾽ angelois egnōrizeto monois ᾿epeidē de anthrōpos egeneto kai estaurōthē, ou monon ekeinēn ouk hēlattōse tēn doxan, alla kai heteran proselabe, tēn apo tēs gnōseōs tēs oikoumenēs. Mē dē phobēthēs, hōs tēs timēs son kathairoumenēs, ean tapeinōsę̄s sauton tautē gar mallon epairetai sou ē doxa tautę̄ ginetai meizōn. Hautē tēs basileias hē thyrai Mē dē tēn enantian elthōmen, hē mēde heautois polemōmen. [ean gar boulēthōmen megaloi phainesthai, ouk esometha megaloi, alla kai pantōn atimoteroi. Eides pōs pantachou apo tōn enantiōn hautous protrepei, didous autois hoper epithymousi : Kai gar en tois emprosthen dia pollōn touto edeixamen' kai epi tōn philochrēmatōn kai tōn kenodoxountōn houtōs epoiēse. Tinos gar heneken? phēsin, emprosthen tōn anthrōpōn eleeis : hina doxēs apolausēs:? Oukoun mē poiei houtō, kai apolausē pantōs. T da de? peran thēsaurizeis : hina ploutę̄s: Oukoun mē thēsaurisę̄s, kai ploutēseis. Houtō kai entautha tinos heneken tōn prōteiōn erąs ? hina pro tōn allōn hēs: Oukoun tēn eschatēn epilexai taxin, kai tote tōn prōteiōn apolausę̄. Hōste ei theleis genesthai megas, mē hētei genesthai megas, kai tote esę̄ megas. ᾿Ekeino gar mikron estin einai.

Having lifted up their souls and made them more exalted, and made them unconquerable by grief, he then corrects their request. But what is it that is now said? For two things are asked by many: one, whether to sit at his right hand has been prepared for some; the other, whether the Lord of all has no power to give it to those for whom it has been prepared. What then is the meaning of what was said? Let us resolve the first, and then the second too will be clear to those who ask. What then is this? No one will sit at his right hand or at his left. For that throne is inaccessible to all; I do not mean men only, and saints and apostles, but also angels and archangels and all the powers above. Paul at any rate sets it down as a privilege of the Only-begotten, saying, “To which of the angels did he ever say, ‘Sit at my right hand’?” And of the angels he says, “Who makes his angels spirits”; but to the Son, “Your throne, O God.” How then does he say, “To sit at my right hand and at my left is not mine to give,” as though there were some who would sit there? Not as though there were (away with the thought!); but he answered according to the supposition of those who asked, condescending to their mind. For they did not know that lofty throne and the seat at the right hand of the Father, since they did not know even things far lower than these, which were sounded in their ears every day; but they sought one thing only, to enjoy the first places, and to stand before the others, and that no one should be before them with him. As I said already, since they had heard of twelve thrones, not knowing what was meant, they sought the first place. What Christ says, then, is this: “You will die for my sake, and be slain for the sake of the preaching, and share with me in the Passion; yet this is not enough to make you enjoy the first place and hold the first rank. For if someone else comes with martyrdom, and possesses all the rest of virtue far more than you, I will not, because I love you now and prefer you to the others, push aside that one who is proclaimed by his works and give the first places to you.” But he did not say it so, so as not to grieve them; but in a riddling way he hints at this very thing, saying, “My cup you will drink, and with the baptism with which I am baptized you will be baptized; but to sit at my right hand and at my left is not mine to give, but it is for those for whom it has been prepared.” And for whom has it been prepared? For those who are able to become illustrious by their works. For this reason he did not say, “It is not mine to give, but my Father’s,” lest someone should say that he was weak or powerless to bestow the recompense; but how? “It is not mine, but theirs for whom it has been prepared.” And to make what I say clearer, let us work it out on an example, and suppose that there is a president of the games, and that many excellent athletes are going down into the contest, and that two of the athletes who are most intimate with the president come to him and say, “Have us crowned and proclaimed,” trusting in his goodwill and friendship toward them; and that he says to them, “It is not mine to give this, but it belongs to those for whom it has been prepared by their toils and sweat.” Shall we then condemn him for weakness? By no means; rather we shall approve him for his justice and impartiality. As then we would not say of him that he does not give the crown from lack of power, but because he does not wish to corrupt the law of the contests or confound the order of justice, so too I would say that Christ said this, driving them on every side, after the grace of God, to have their hopes of salvation and good repute in the display of their own good deeds. That is why he says, “for whom it has been prepared.” “For what,” he says, “if others appear better than you? What if they do greater things? For because you have become my disciples, will you for that reason enjoy the first places, if you yourselves do not prove worthy of the choice?” For that he himself is Lord of all is plain from the fact that he has all judgment. For he speaks so to Peter: “I will give you the keys of heaven.” And Paul too, making this plain, said, “Henceforth there is laid up for me the crown of righteousness, which the Lord, the righteous judge, will award to me on that day, and not only to me but also to all who have loved his appearing.” And the appearing is that of Christ. And that no one will stand before Paul is plain to everyone. And if he said these things rather obscurely, do not be surprised. For by putting them off with a view to the dispensation, so that they might not trouble him idly and in vain about the first places (for they were suffering this from a human passion), and by not wishing to grieve them, he achieves both these things by the obscurity. “Then the ten were indignant at the two.” Then, when? When he rebuked them. For as long as the verdict was Christ’s, they were not indignant, but seeing them preferred, they acquiesced and were silent, out of respect and honor for the Teacher; and even if they were pained in mind, they did not dare to bring it into the open. And when they felt something human toward Peter too, when he paid the double drachma, they were not annoyed, but only asked, “Who then is greater?” But since here the request was the disciples’ own, they are indignant. And not even here are they indignant at once, when the two asked, but when Christ rebuked them and said that they would not enjoy the first places unless they made themselves worthy of them. [4] Do you see how imperfectly all were disposed, both these, rising up against the ten, and those, envying the two? But, as I said, show them to me afterward, and you will see them freed from all these passions. Hear, at any rate, how this very John, who now came about these things, everywhere yields the first place to Peter, both when he preaches and when he works miracles in the Acts of the Apostles. And he does not hide his achievements, but tells of his confession too, which he made when all were silent, and of his entering the tomb, and he sets the apostle before himself. For since both remained with him when he was being crucified, cutting short his own praise, he says, “That disciple was known to the high priest.” And James did not live long; but from the beginning he was so fired, and leaving all human things ran up to so unspeakable a height, that he was slain at once. So in every respect they afterward became supreme. But at that time they were indignant. What then does Christ do? “Calling them to him, he says, ‘The rulers of the Gentiles lord it over them.’” For since they were disturbed and troubled, he calms them by calling them before he speaks, and by drawing them near to him. For the two had broken away from the band of the ten and stood nearer, talking privately. For this reason he brings these too near, both by this very act and by making a show of what had been said and bringing it out to the others, soothing the passion both of these and of those. And he does not check them now as before. For before he brings little children into the middle and bids them imitate their simplicity and lowliness; but here he shames them more sharply from the opposite, saying, “The rulers of the Gentiles lord it over them, and the great exercise authority over them; but it shall not be so among you; but whoever wishes to become great among you, let him be the servant of all, and whoever wishes to be first, let him be last of all,” showing that this sort of thing, loving the first places, belongs to the Gentiles. For the passion is tyrannical, and continually troubles even great men; for this reason it needs a sharper blow. Therefore he too reaches deeper into them, shaming their inflamed soul by the comparison with the Gentiles, and cuts short the envy of the one group and the arrogance of the other, all but saying, “Do not be indignant as though insulted. For those who seek the first places in this way harm and disgrace themselves most of all; for they are among the last. For things with us are not like things outside. For the rulers of the Gentiles lord it over them; but with me the last, he is first. And that I do not say these things idly, take the proof of what has been said from what I do and suffer. For I have done something even more. For though I am King of the powers above, I willed to become man, and accepted being despised and insulted. And I was not content even with these things, but went even to death.” That is why he says, “Just as the Son of Man came not to be served but to serve, and to give his life as a ransom for many.” “For I did not stop even at that,” he says, “but gave even my life as a ransom; and for whom? For enemies. And if you are humbled, it is for yourself; but I for … Do not be afraid, then, as though your honor were being pulled down. For however much you humble yourself, you cannot go down as far as your Master. Yet this descent of his became the ascent of all, and made his glory shine forth. For before he became man he was known to angels only; but when he became man and was crucified, not only did he not diminish that glory, but he took on another as well, that which comes from the knowledge of the world.” Do not be afraid, then, as though your honor were being pulled down, if you humble yourself; for by this your glory is rather exalted, by this it becomes greater. This is the door of the kingdom. Let us not, then, go the opposite way, nor make war on ourselves. For if we wish to appear great, we shall not be great, but even more dishonored than all. Do you see how everywhere he urges them on from the opposite, giving them what they desire? For in what went before we showed this in many instances; and with the lovers of money and the vainglorious he did the same. “For why,” he says, “do you show mercy before men? To enjoy glory? Then do not do so, and you will certainly enjoy it. Why do you lay up treasure? To be rich? Then do not lay up treasure, and you will be rich.” So here too: why do you love the first places? To be before the others? Then choose the last rank, and then you will enjoy the first places. So if you wish to become great, do not seek to become great, and then you will be great. For that other thing is to be small.

65.5Field 2

᾿Ὁρᾷς πῶς αὐτοὺς ἀπήγαγε, τοῦ νοσήματος, τῷ δεῖξαι καὶ ἐκεῖθεν ἐκπίπτοντας, καὶ ἐντεῦθεν ἐπιτυγχάνοντας ἵνα τὸ μὲν φύγωσι, τὸ δὲ διώκωσι. Καὶ τῶν ἐθνῶν δὲ διὰ τοῦτο ἀνέμνησεν, ἵνα καὶ ταύτῃ τὸ πρᾶγμα ἐπονείδιστον καὶ βδελυκτὸν ἀποδείξῃ. Τὸν γὰρ ἀπονενοήμένον ἀνάγκη ταπεινὸν εἶναι; καὶ τοὐναντίον τὸν ταπεινόφρονα ὑψηλόν. Τοῦτο γὰρ τὸ ὕψος τὸ ἀληθὲς καὶ Ὑνήσιον, καὶ οὐκ ἐν ὀνόματι μόνον; οὐδὲ ἐ ἐν προσηγορίᾳ ὄν. Καὶ τὸ μὲν ἔξωθεν ἀνάγκης ἐστὶ καὶ φόβον τοῦτο : τῷ τοῦ ἡ θεοῦ προσέοικεν. Ὁ τοιοῦτος, κἂν παρὰ μηδενὸς θαυμάζηται, ὑψηλὸς μένει ὥσπερ οὖν ἐκεῖνος, κἂν παρὰ πάντων θεραπεύηται, πάντων ἐστὶ ταπεινότερος. Καὶ ἢ μὲν κατὰ ανάγκην ἐστὶ τιμὴ, ὅθεν καὶ διαῤῥεῖ ῥᾳδίως ἢ δὲ ἐκ προαιρέσεως; ὅθεν καὶ μένει βεβαία. ᾿Επεὶ καὶ τοὺς ἁγίους διὰ τοῦτο θαυμάζομεν, ὅτι παντων ὁντὲς μείζους, παντῶν μαλλον εαντοὺς εταπειγνουν. Διὸ καὶ μέχρι. τῆς σήμερον μένουσιν ὄντες ὑψηλοὶ, καὶ οὐδὲ ἡ τελευτὴ τὸ ὕψος ἐκεῖνο κατήνεγκεν. ἰ δὲ βούλεσθε, καὶ απὸ λογισμῶν ἐξετάσωμεν τοῦτο το, ὙΨψηλὸς. εἶναι λέγεταί τις, ἡ ὅταν τῷ μήκει τοῦ σώματος τοῦτο ἡ, ᾿ ὅταν ἐφ᾽ ὑψηλοῦ τόπον ἑστηκὼς τύχη καὶ ταπεινὸς ὡσαύτως ἀπὸ τῶν ἐναντίων. Ἴδωμεν οὗν τίς τοιοῦτος ἐστιν, ὁ ἀλαζὼν, ἢ ἢ ὁ μετριάζων᾽ ἵνα ἴδης, ὅ ὅτι οὐδὲν ταπεινοφροσύνης. ὑψηλότερον, καὶ οὐδὲν ἀλαζονείας χθαμαλώτερον. Ὁ μὲν. οὗν ἀλαζὼν πάντων βούλεται εἶναι μείζων, καὶ οὐδένα ὅ ᾿ἑαυτοῦ ἄξιον εἶναί φησι, καὶ ὅσης ἂν τύχῃ τιμῆς, πλείονος ἐρᾷ καὶ ἀντέχεται, καὶ οὐδεμιᾶς τετυχηκέναι νομίζει, καὶ διαπτύει τοὺς ἀνθρώπους, καὶ τῆς παρ᾽ αὐτῶν ἐφίεται τιμῆς οὗ τί γένοιτ᾽ ἂν ἀλογώτερον:: Καὶ γὰρ αἰνίγματι τοῦτο ἔοικεν. Οὓς γὰρ οὐδὲν ἡγεῖται, παρὰ τούτων δοξάζεσθαι βούλεται. Εἶδες πῶς ὁ ἐπαρθῆναι βονλόμενος καταπίπτει, καὶ χαμαὶ ἕστηκεν; Ὅτι γὰρ οὐδὲν εἶναι νομίζει πάντας ἀνθρώπους πρὸς ἑαυτὸν, αὐτὸς ἀποφαίνεται τοῦτο γὰρ ἀλαζονεία. Τί τοίνυν πρὸς τὸν οὐδὲν ὃ ὄντα ὃ πίπτεις: τί παρ᾽ ἐκείνου ζητεῖς τιμήν: τί τοσούτους ὄχλους περιἄγεις; Ὁρᾷς ταπεινὸν καὶ ἐπὶ ταπεινοῦ ἑστηκότα: Φέρε ' οὖν ἐξετάσωμεν τὸν ὑψηλόν. Οἷδεν οὗτος ὅσον ἄνθρωπος, καὶ ὅτι μέγα ἄνθρωπος, καὶ ὅτι πάντων ἐστὶν ἔσχατος, καὶ διὰ τοῦτο ἧς ἂν ἀπολαύσῃ τιμῆς, μέγα τοῦτο τίθεται. Ὥστε οὗτος μὲν ἑαυτῷ ἀκολουθεῖ, καὶ ἐστιν ὑψηλὸς, καὶ τὴν ψῆφον οὐ μετατίθησιν' οὺὃς γὰρ ἡγεῖται μεγάλους, καὶ τὰς παρὰ τούτων τιμὰς μεγάλας εἶναι νομίζει, κἂν μικραὶ τύχωσιν οὖσαι; ᾿ ἐπειδὴ μεγάλους ἐκείνους ἡγεῖται. Ὁ δὲ ἀλαζὼν τοὺς μὲν τιμῶντας οὐδὲν εἶναι νομίζει, τὰς δὲ παρ᾽ αὐτῶν τιμὰς μεγάλας εἶναι ψηφίζεται. Πάλιν ὁ ταπεινὸς ὑπ᾽ οὐδενὸς ἀλίσκεται πάθουν᾽ οὐκ οργὴ τούτῳ διενοχλῆσαι δυνήσεται, οὐ δόξης ε ἔρως, οὐ βασκανία, οὐ ζηλοτυπία' τῆς δὲ τούτων ἀπηλλαγμένης ψυχῆς τί γένοιτ᾽ ἂν ὑψηλότερον δὲ μος ἅπασι τούτοις κατέχεται, καθάπερ τις σκωληξ ἐγκαλινόούμενος ᾿βορβόρῳ καὶ γὰρ καὶ ζηλοτυπία καὶ βασκανία καὶ θυμὸς ἀεὶ τὴν ἐκείνου διενοχλεῖ ψυχήν. Τίς οὖν ὑψηλός: ὃ τῶν παθῶν ἀνώτερος, ἢ ὁ δοῦλος αὐτῶν; ὁ τρέμων αὐτὰ καὶ δεδοικὼς, ἢ ἧ ὁ ἀχείρωτος καὶ οὐδαμῶς ὑπ᾽ αὐτῶν ἁλισκόμενος ; Ποῖον ὅ ὄρνιν ὑψηλότερον πέτεσθαι φαίημεν ἄν: τὸν τῶν χειρῶν καὶ τῶν καλάμων τοῦ θηρατοῦ ὑψηλότερον ὃ ὄντα, ἢ τὸν μηδὲ καλάμου ἀφιέντα δεηθῆναι τὸν θηρατὴν, ἐκ τοῦ χαμαὶ πέτεσθαι, καὶ μη δύνασθαι μετεωρίζεσθαι ποτες Οὐκοὖν τοιοῦτος ὁ ἀπονενοημένος ἐστί καὶ γὰρ ἑκάστη παγὶς εὐκόλως αὐτὸν ἡ αἱρεῖ, ἅτε χαμαὶ ἕρποντα.

᾿Horąs pōs autous apēgage, tou nosēmatos, tǭ deixai kai ekeithen ekpiptontas, kai enteuthen epitynchanontas hina to men phygōsi, to de diōkōsi. Kai tōn ethnōn de dia touto anemnēsen, hina kai tautę̄ to pragma eponeidiston kai bdelykton apodeixę̄. Ton gar aponenoēmenon anankē tapeinon einai? kai tounantion ton tapeinophrona hypsēlon. Touto gar to hypsos to alēthes kai Hynēsion, kai ouk en onomati monon? oude e en prosēgorią on. Kai to men exōthen anankēs esti kai phobon touto : tǭ tou hē theou proseoiken. Ho toioutos, kan para mēdenos thaumazētai, hypsēlos menei hōsper oun ekeinos, kan para pantōn therapeuētai, pantōn esti tapeinoteros. Kai ē men kata anankēn esti timē, hothen kai diarrhei rhądiōs ē de ek proaireseōs? hothen kai menei bebaia. ᾿Epei kai tous hagious dia touto thaumazomen, hoti pantōn hontes meizous, pantōn mallon eantous etapeignoun. Dio kai mechri. tēs sēmeron menousin ontes hypsēloi, kai oude hē teleutē to hypsos ekeino katēnenken. i de boulesthe, kai apo logismōn exetasōmen touto to, HyPspsēlos. einai legetai tis, hē hotan tǭ mēkei tou sōmatos touto hē, ᾿ hotan eph᾽ hypsēlou topon hestēkōs tychē kai tapeinos hōsautōs apo tōn enantiōn. Idōmen houn tis toioutos estin, ho alazōn, ē ē ho metriazōn᾽ hina idēs, ho hoti ouden tapeinophrosynēs. hypsēloteron, kai ouden alazoneias chthamalōteron. Ho men. houn alazōn pantōn bouletai einai meizōn, kai oudena ho ᾿heautou axion einai phēsi, kai hosēs an tychę̄ timēs, pleionos erą kai antechetai, kai oudemias tetychēkenai nomizei, kai diaptyei tous anthrōpous, kai tēs par᾽ autōn ephietai timēs hou ti genoit᾽ an alogōteron:: Kai gar ainigmati touto eoiken. Hous gar ouden hēgeitai, para toutōn doxazesthai bouletai. Eides pōs ho eparthēnai bonlomenos katapiptei, kai chamai hestēken? Hoti gar ouden einai nomizei pantas anthrōpous pros heauton, autos apophainetai touto gar alazoneia. Ti toinyn pros ton ouden ho onta ho pipteis: ti par᾽ ekeinou zēteis timēn: ti tosoutous ochlous periageis? Horąs tapeinon kai epi tapeinou hestēkota: Phere ' oun exetasōmen ton hypsēlon. Hoiden houtos hoson anthrōpos, kai hoti mega anthrōpos, kai hoti pantōn estin eschatos, kai dia touto hēs an apolausę̄ timēs, mega touto tithetai. Hōste houtos men heautǭ akolouthei, kai estin hypsēlos, kai tēn psēphon ou metatithēsin' ouos gar hēgeitai megalous, kai tas para toutōn timas megalas einai nomizei, kan mikrai tychōsin ousai? ᾿ epeidē megalous ekeinous hēgeitai. Ho de alazōn tous men timōntas ouden einai nomizei, tas de par᾽ autōn timas megalas einai psēphizetai. Palin ho tapeinos hyp᾽ oudenos alisketai pathoun᾽ ouk orgē toutǭ dienochlēsai dynēsetai, ou doxēs e erōs, ou baskania, ou zēlotypia' tēs de toutōn apēllagmenēs psychēs ti genoit᾽ an hypsēloteron de mos hapasi toutois katechetai, kathaper tis skōlēx enkalinooumenos ᾿borborǭ kai gar kai zēlotypia kai baskania kai thymos aei tēn ekeinou dienochlei psychēn. Tis oun hypsēlos: ho tōn pathōn anōteros, ē ho doulos autōn? ho tremōn auta kai dedoikōs, ē hē ho acheirōtos kai oudamōs hyp᾽ autōn haliskomenos ? Poion ho ornin hypsēloteron petesthai phaiēmen an: ton tōn cheirōn kai tōn kalamōn tou thēratou hypsēloteron ho onta, ē ton mēde kalamou aphienta deēthēnai ton thēratēn, ek tou chamai petesthai, kai mē dynasthai meteōrizesthai potes Oukoun toioutos ho aponenoēmenos esti kai gar hekastē pagis eukolōs auton hē hairei, hate chamai herponta.

Do you see how he led them away from the disease, by showing that by the one way they fall short and by the other they obtain, so that they may flee the one and pursue the other? And he reminded them of the Gentiles for this reason, so that in this way too he might show the thing to be shameful and abominable. For the arrogant man must be low, and on the contrary the humble-minded man lofty. For this is the true and genuine height, which consists not in name only, nor in a title. And the outward kind is of necessity and fear; this resembles God’s. Such a man, even if admired by no one, remains lofty; just as that other, even if courted by all, is lower than all. And the one honor is by necessity, which is why it easily ebbs away; but the other is by choice, which is why it remains firm. For this reason we admire the saints too, because, being greater than all, they humbled themselves more than all. That is why to this day they remain lofty, and not even death brought that height down. And if you wish, let us examine this by reasoning too. A man is said to be high either when he is so by the length of his body or when he happens to stand on a high place; and low likewise from the opposite. Let us see, then, which is such, the boaster or the modest man, so that you may see that nothing is higher than humility and nothing lower than boastfulness. The boaster wishes to be greater than all, and says that no one is worthy of him, and whatever honor he obtains, he loves and clings to more, and thinks he has obtained none; and he spits on men, and longs for honor from them: what could be more irrational than this? For it is like a riddle: from those whom he counts as nothing he wishes to be glorified. Do you see how the one who wishes to be lifted up falls down and stands on the ground? For that he thinks all men nothing compared with himself, he himself declares; for this is boastfulness. Why then do you fall before one who is nothing? Why do you seek honor from him? Why do you lead such crowds about? Do you see a low man standing on a low place? Come then, let us examine the lofty man. He knows how great a thing man is, and that man is a great thing, and that he himself is last of all; and for this reason whatever honor he enjoys, he counts it great. So this man is consistent with himself, and is lofty, and does not change his verdict; for those whom he thinks great, he considers the honors from them great as well, even if they happen to be small, because he thinks those men great. But the boaster considers those who honor him nothing, yet judges the honors from them great. Again, the humble man is caught by no passion: anger will not be able to trouble him, nor love of glory, nor malice, nor jealousy; and what could be loftier than a soul freed from these? But the arrogant man is held fast by all of them, like a worm rolling in mud; for jealousy and malice and anger continually trouble his soul. Who then is lofty? The one above the passions, or their slave? The one who trembles at them and fears them, or the one who is unconquerable and in no way caught by them? Which bird would we say flies higher: the one that is above the hands and the reeds of the fowler, or the one that does not even let the fowler need a reed, because it flies on the ground and can never rise aloft? Such then is the arrogant man; for every snare catches him easily, since he creeps on the ground.

65.6Field 2

Εἰ δὲ βούλει, καὶ ἀπὸ τοῦ πονηροῦ δαίμονος ἐ ἐκείνου τοῦτο ἐξέτασον. Τί γὰρ διαβόλου ταπεινότερον γένοιτ᾽ ἄν, ἐπειδὴ ἐπήρθη: τί δὲ ἀνθρώπου ὑψηλότερον, τοῦ ταπεινοῦν ἑαυτὸν βουλομένου: Ὁ μὲν γὰρ χαμαὶ σύρεται ὑπὸ τὴν πτέρναν κείμενος τὴν ἡμετέραν' ( ἐ πατεῖτε γάρ, φησὶν, ἐπάνω ὄφεων καὶ σκορπίων· ὁ δὲ μετὰ τῶν ἀγγέλων ἕστηκεν ἄνω. Εἰ δὲ καὶ ἐξ ἀνθρώπων τοῦτο βούλει μαθεῖν ὑπερηφαάνων, ἐννόησον τὸν βάρβαρον ἐ ἐκεῖνον, τὸν τοσαύτην ἄγοντα στρατιὰν, ὃς οὐδὲ τὰ πᾶσι δῆλα ἡ ἠπίστατο οἷον, ὃ ὅτι ὃ λίθος ἦν λίθος, καὶ τὰ εἴδωλα, εἴδωλα διὸ καὶ τούτων κατώτερος ἦν. Οἱ δὲ εὐσεβεῖς καὶ πιστοὶ καὶ ὑπὲρ τὸν ἥλιον ἴενται᾽ ὧν τί γένοιτ᾽ ἀν ὑψηλότερον: οἱ καὶ αὐτὰς ὑπερβαίνουσι τοῦ οὐρανοῦ τὰς ἁψῖδας, καὶ ἀγγέλους παρερχόμενοι, παρεστήκασιν αὐτῷ τῷ θρόνῳ τῷ βασιλικῷ. Ἵνα δὲ καὶ ἑτέρωθεν μαθης αὐτῶν τὴν εὐτέλειαν, τίς ἂν ταπεινωθείη: ὁ βοηθούμενος παρὰ τοῦ θεοῦ, ἢ ὁ πολεμούμενος ᾿ Εὔδηλον ὅ ὅτι ὁ πολεμούμενος. Οὐκοῦν ἄκουσον περὶ ἑκατέρων τούτων τί φησιν ἡ γραφή. Ὁ θεὸς ὑπερηφάνοις ἀντιτάσσεται, ταπεινοῖς δὲ δίδωσι χάριν. Πάλιν σε καὶ ἕτερον ἐρήσομαι. Τίς ὑψηλότερος: ὁ ἱερώμενος, τῷ θεῷ, καὶ θυσίαν προσάγων; ἢ ὁ πόῤῥω που ᾽ τῆς παῤῥησίας ὧν τῆς πρὸς αὐτόν: Καὶ ποίαν θυσίαν προσφέρει ὁ ταπεινὸς; φησίν. Ἄκουσον τοῦ Δαυὶδ λέγοντος· θυσία τῷ θεῷ πνεῦμα συντετριμμένον᾽ καρδίαν συντετριμμένην καὶ τεταπεινωμένην ὁ θεὸς οὐκ ἐξουδενώσει. Εἶδες τούτου τὸ καθαρόν: Βλέπε καὶ ἐκείνου τὸ ἀκάθαρτον. ᾿Δκάθαρτος ' γὰρ παρὰ θεῷ πάς ὑψηλοκάρδιος,᾽ Πρὸς τούτοις ὁ μὲν ἔχει ἀναπαυόμενον ᾿ἐπ᾽ αὐτῷ τὸν θεόν· ἐπὶ τίνα γὰρ ἐπιβλέψω, φησὶν, αλλ᾽ ἡ ἐπὶ τὸν πρᾶον καὶ ἡσύχιον καὶ τρέμοντά μου τοὺς λόγους· ὁ δὲ μετὰ τοὺ διαβόλου σύρεται᾽ ὁ γὰρ τετυφωμένος τὰ ἐκείνον πείσεται. Διὸ καὶ Παῦλος ἔλεγε· μήπως τυφωθεὶς εἰς κρίμα ἐμπέση τοῦ διαβόλου. Καὶ τοὐναντίον δὲ ἢ οὗ βούλεται αὐτῷ συμβαίνει. Βούλεται μὲν γὰρ ἀπονοεῖσθαι, στε τιμᾶσθαι ὁ δὲ μάλιστα πάντων καταφρονούμενος οὗτός ἐστιν. Οἱ γὰρ καταγέλαστοι; οἱ πᾶσιν ἐχθροὶ καὶ πολέμιοι, οἱ εὐχείρωτοι τοῖς ἐχθροῖς, οἱ πρὸς ὀργὴν εὐέμπτωτοι, οἵ ἀκάθαρτοι παρα θεῷ, οὗτοι μάλιστα πάντων εἰσί. Τί τοίνυν τούτου χεῖρον γένοιτ᾽ ἄν: Τὸ γὰρ πέρας τοῦτό ἐστι τῶν κακῶν. Τί δὲ τῶν ταπεινὼν ἥδιον; τί δὲ μακαριώτερον, ὅταν ποθεινοὶ καὶ ἑπέραστοι ὦσι τῷ θεῷ: Καὶ τῆς παρ᾽ ἀνθρώπων δὲ οὗτοι μάλιστα ἀπολαύουσι δόξης, καὶ πάντες αὐτοὺς ὡς πατέρας τιμῶσιν, ὡς ἀδελφοὺς ἀσπάζονται, ὡς οἰκεῖα μέλη προσίενται. Γενώμεθα τοίνυν ταπεινοὶ, ἵνα γενώμεθα ὑψηλοί. Καὶ γὰρ μεθ᾽ ὑπερβολῆς πολὶ ταπεινοῖ ᾿ ἀπόνοια. Τοῦτο ἐταπείνωσε τὸν Φαραω. Οὐκ οἶδα γάρ, φησὶ, τὸν κύριον, καὶ ᾿μυιὼν καὶ βατράχων καὶ κάμπης ἐγένετο χείρων, καὶ μετὰ ταῦτα αὑτοῖς ὅπλοις καὶ ἵπποις κατεποντίζετο. ᾿᾿Ἀπεναντίας τούτῳ Αβραάμ· ἐγὼ δὲ, φησὶν, εἰμὶ γῇ καὶ σποδὸς, καὶ μυρίων βαρβάρων ἐκράτησε, καὶ εἰς μέσον ἐμπεσὼν Αὐγυπτίων, ἐπανῆει λαμπρότερον τοὺ προτέρου τρόπαιον φέρων, καὶ ταύτης ἀντεχόμενος τῆς ἀρετῆς ἀεὶ ὑψηλότερος ἐγίνετο. Διὰ τοῦτο ἄδεται πανταχοῦ, διὰ τοῦτό στεφανοῦται καὶ ἀνακηρύττεται ὁ δὲ Φαραὼ καὶ γῆ καὶ σποδὸς, καὶ εἴ τι τούτων ὐτολ ἑτέραν ἢ ἕτερον. Οὐδὲν γὰρ οὕτως ἀποστρέφεται ὁ θεὸς ὡς ὑπερηφανίαν. Διὰ τοῦτο ἐξ ἀρχῆς πᾶντα ἐποίησεν, ἵνα τοῦτο ἐξέλῃ τὸ πάθος. Διὰ τοῦτο θνητοὶ γεγόναμεν, καὶ ἐν λύπαις καὶ ἐν ὀδυρμοῖς. διὰ τοῦτο ἐν πόνῳ καὶ ἐν ἱδρῶτι καὶ ἐν ἐργασίᾳ διηνεκεῖ καὶ τεταλαιπωρημένῃ. Καὶ γὰρ εξ απονοίας ἥμαρτεν ὁ πρῶτος ἄνθρωπος, προσδοκήσας ἰσοθεΐαν. Διὰ τοῦτο οὔτε ἅπερ εἶχεν ἔμεινεν ἔ ἔχων, ἀλλὰ καὶ τούτων ἐξέπεσε. Τοιοῦτον γὰρ ἡ ἀπόνοια οὐ μόνον οὐδὲν ἡ ἡμῖν προστίθησι κατόρθωμα βίου, αλλὰ καὶ ἃ ἔχομεν ὑποτέμνεται ὥσπερ οὖν ἡ ταπεινοφροσύνη οὐ μόνον τῶν ὄντων οὐδὲν ὑποτέμνεται, ἀλλὰ καὶ τὰ μὴ ὄντα προστίθησι. Ταύτην τοίνυν ζηλώσωμεν,. ταύτην διώξωμεν, ἵνα καὶ τῆς παρούσης ἀπολαύσωμεν τιμῆς, καὶ τῆς μελλούσης ἐπιτύχωμεν δόξης, χάριτι καὶ φιλανθρωπίᾳ τοῦ κυρίου ἡμῶν Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ, μεθ᾽ οὗ τῷ πατρὶ δόξα, κράτος, σὺν τῷ ἁγίῳ πνεύματι, νῦν καὶ αεὶ καὶ εἰς τοὺς αἰῶνας τῶν αἰώνων. ᾿Αμῆήν.

Ei de boulei, kai apo tou ponērou daimonos e ekeinou touto exetason. Ti gar diabolou tapeinoteron genoit᾽ an, epeidē epērthē: ti de anthrōpou hypsēloteron, tou tapeinoun heauton boulomenou: Ho men gar chamai syretai hypo tēn pternan keimenos tēn hēmeteran' ( e pateite gar, phēsin, epanō opheōn kai skorpiōn; ho de meta tōn angelōn hestēken anō. Ei de kai ex anthrōpōn touto boulei mathein hyperēphaanōn, ennoēson ton barbaron e ekeinon, ton tosautēn agonta stratian, hos oude ta pasi dēla hē ēpistato hoion, ho hoti ho lithos ēn lithos, kai ta eidōla, eidōla dio kai toutōn katōteros ēn. Hoi de eusebeis kai pistoi kai hyper ton hēlion ientai᾽ hōn ti genoit᾽ an hypsēloteron: hoi kai autas hyperbainousi tou ouranou tas hapsidas, kai angelous parerchomenoi, parestēkasin autǭ tǭ thronǭ tǭ basilikǭ. Hina de kai heterōthen mathēs autōn tēn euteleian, tis an tapeinōtheiē: ho boēthoumenos para tou theou, ē ho polemoumenos ᾿ Eudēlon ho hoti ho polemoumenos. Oukoun akouson peri hekaterōn toutōn ti phēsin hē graphē. Ho theos hyperēphanois antitassetai, tapeinois de didōsi charin. Palin se kai heteron erēsomai. Tis hypsēloteros: ho hierōmenos, tǭ theǭ, kai thysian prosagōn? ē ho porrhō pou ᾽ tēs parrhēsias hōn tēs pros auton: Kai poian thysian prospherei ho tapeinos? phēsin. Akouson tou Dauid legontos; thysia tǭ theǭ pneuma syntetrimmenon᾽ kardian syntetrimmenēn kai tetapeinōmenēn ho theos ouk exoudenōsei. Eides toutou to katharon: Blepe kai ekeinou to akatharton. ᾿Dkathartos ' gar para theǭ pas hypsēlokardios,᾽ Pros toutois ho men echei anapauomenon ᾿ep᾽ autǭ ton theon; epi tina gar epiblepsō, phēsin, all᾽ hē epi ton praon kai hēsychion kai tremonta mou tous logous; ho de meta tou diabolou syretai᾽ ho gar tetyphōmenos ta ekeinon peisetai. Dio kai Paulos elege; mēpōs typhōtheis eis krima empesē tou diabolou. Kai tounantion de ē hou bouletai autǭ symbainei. Bouletai men gar aponoeisthai, ste timasthai ho de malista pantōn kataphronoumenos houtos estin. Hoi gar katagelastoi? hoi pasin echthroi kai polemioi, hoi eucheirōtoi tois echthrois, hoi pros orgēn euemptōtoi, hoi akathartoi para theǭ, houtoi malista pantōn eisi. Ti toinyn toutou cheiron genoit᾽ an: To gar peras touto esti tōn kakōn. Ti de tōn tapeinōn hēdion? ti de makariōteron, hotan potheinoi kai heperastoi ōsi tǭ theǭ: Kai tēs par᾽ anthrōpōn de houtoi malista apolauousi doxēs, kai pantes autous hōs pateras timōsin, hōs adelphous aspazontai, hōs oikeia melē prosientai. Genōmetha toinyn tapeinoi, hina genōmetha hypsēloi. Kai gar meth᾽ hyperbolēs poli tapeinoi ᾿ aponoia. Touto etapeinōse ton Pharaō. Ouk oida gar, phēsi, ton kyrion, kai ᾿muiōn kai batrachōn kai kampēs egeneto cheirōn, kai meta tauta hautois hoplois kai hippois katepontizeto. ᾿᾿Apenantias toutǭ Abraam; egō de, phēsin, eimi gę̄ kai spodos, kai myriōn barbarōn ekratēse, kai eis meson empesōn Augyptiōn, epanēei lamproteron tou proterou tropaion pherōn, kai tautēs antechomenos tēs aretēs aei hypsēloteros egineto. Dia touto adetai pantachou, dia touto stephanoutai kai anakēryttetai ho de Pharaō kai gē kai spodos, kai ei ti toutōn ytol heteran ē heteron. Ouden gar houtōs apostrephetai ho theos hōs hyperēphanian. Dia touto ex archēs panta epoiēsen, hina touto exelę̄ to pathos. Dia touto thnētoi gegonamen, kai en lypais kai en odyrmois. dia touto en ponǭ kai en hidrōti kai en ergasią diēnekei kai tetalaipōrēmenę̄. Kai gar ex aponoias hēmarten ho prōtos anthrōpos, prosdokēsas isotheïan. Dia touto oute haper eichen emeinen e echōn, alla kai toutōn exepese. Toiouton gar hē aponoia ou monon ouden hē hēmin prostithēsi katorthōma biou, alla kai ha echomen hypotemnetai hōsper oun hē tapeinophrosynē ou monon tōn ontōn ouden hypotemnetai, alla kai ta mē onta prostithēsi. Tautēn toinyn zēlōsōmen,. tautēn diōxōmen, hina kai tēs parousēs apolausōmen timēs, kai tēs mellousēs epitychōmen doxēs, chariti kai philanthrōpią tou kyriou hēmōn Iēsou Christou, meth᾽ hou tǭ patri doxa, kratos, syn tǭ hagiǭ pneumati, nyn kai aei kai eis tous aiōnas tōn aiōnōn. ᾿Amēēn.

And if you wish, examine this also from that wicked demon. For what could be lower than the devil, since he was lifted up? And what higher than a man who wishes to humble himself? For the one is dragged on the ground, lying under our heel (“for you tread,” he says, “upon serpents and scorpions”), while the other stands above with the angels. And if you wish to learn this from proud men too, think of that barbarian who led so great an army, who did not know even what is plain to all, for example that the stone was a stone and the idols idols; and so he was lower even than these. But the godly and faithful rise even above the sun: what could be loftier than they, who pass beyond the very vaults of heaven, and going past the angels stand beside the royal throne itself? And that you may learn their meanness from another side too: who would be brought low, the one who is helped by God or the one who is warred against by him? Plainly the one who is warred against. Hear then what Scripture says about each of these: “God opposes the proud, but gives grace to the humble.” Again I will ask you something else. Who is loftier: the one who serves as priest to God and offers sacrifice, or the one who is far from boldness toward him? “And what sacrifice does the humble man offer?” someone says. Hear David saying, “The sacrifice to God is a broken spirit; a broken and humbled heart God will not despise.” Do you see the purity of the one? See also the uncleanness of the other: “For everyone who is high-hearted is unclean before God.” Besides these things, the one has God resting upon him (“For on whom will I look,” he says, “but on the meek and quiet, and the one who trembles at my words?”), while the other is dragged along with the devil; for the one who is puffed up will suffer what the devil suffered. That is why Paul said, “lest, being puffed up, he fall into the condemnation of the devil.” And the opposite of what he wishes happens to him. For he wishes to be arrogant in order to be honored; but he is the most despised of all. For the ridiculous, those who are enemies and foes to all, those easily overcome by their enemies, those quick to fall into anger, those unclean before God: these are such above all. What then could be worse than this? For this is the limit of evils. But what is sweeter than the humble? What more blessed, when they are longed for and beloved by God? And they enjoy the glory that comes from men too above all; and all honor them as fathers, embrace them as brothers, receive them as their own members. Let us become humble, then, so that we may become lofty. For arrogance humbles a man to excess. This humbled Pharaoh. “For I do not know the Lord,” he says; and he became worse than gnats and frogs and caterpillars, and after this was drowned with his very weapons and horses. Abraham was the opposite of him: “But I,” he says, “am earth and ashes”; and he overcame countless barbarians, and falling into the midst of the Egyptians, he came back bearing a trophy more glorious than before; and holding fast to this virtue, he became ever loftier. That is why he is sung everywhere, why he is crowned and proclaimed; while Pharaoh is earth and ashes, and anything lower than these. For God turns away from nothing so much as pride. For this reason from the beginning he did all things to take away this passion. For this reason we have become mortal, and live in griefs and lamentations; for this reason in toil and sweat and continual, wretched labor. For the first man sinned from arrogance, expecting equality with God. For this reason he did not keep even what he had, but fell from these things too. For such is arrogance: not only does it add to us no achievement in life, but it cuts off what we have; just as humility not only cuts off nothing of what we have, but adds what we do not have. Let us, then, emulate this, let us pursue this, so that we may both enjoy the present honor and obtain the glory to come, by the grace and love for mankind of our Lord Jesus Christ, with whom to the Father be glory, might, together with the Holy Spirit, now and always and to the ages of ages. Amen.

Chapter 66

66.1Field 2

Καὶ ἐκπορενομένων αὐτῶν απὸ Ἱεριχὼ, ἡκολούθησαν αὐτῷ ὄχλοι πολλοί. Καὶ ἰδοὺ ὅύο τυφλοὶ καθήμενοι παρὰ τὴν ὁδὸν, ἀκούσαντες ὅτι Ἰησοῦς παράγει, ἔκραζον λέγοντες ἐλέησον ἡμᾶς, κύριε, υἱὸς Δανΐδ. Ὅρα πόθεν παρῆλθεν εἰς τὰ Ἱεροσόλυμα, καὶ ποῦ πρὸ τούτου διότριβεν' ὃ καὶ μάλιστα ζητήσεως ἄξιον εἶναί μοι δοκεῖ, διατί μὴ καὶ πρώην ἐκεῖθεν ἀπῆλθεν εἰς τὴν Γαλιλαίαν, ἀλλὰ διὰ τῆς Σαμαρείας. ᾿Αλλὰ τοῦτο μὲν τοῖς φιλομαθέσιν ἀφήσομεν. Εἰ γάρ τις ἀκριβῶς ἐξετάζειν ἐθέλοι, εὑρήσει τὸν ᾽ ᾿Ιωάννην αἰνιξάμενον αὐτὸ καλῶς, καὶ τὴν αἰτίαν τεθεικότα. Ἡμεῖς δὲ τῶν προκειμένων ἐχώμεθα, καὶ τῶν τυφλῶν τούτων ἀκούσωμεν, οἵ πολλών βλεπόντων ἦσαν ἀμείνους. Οὔτε γὰρ τὸν ὀδηγοῦντα ἔ ἔχοντες, οὔτε ἰδεῖν αὖτὸν δυνάμενοι ἐπιστάντα, ὅμως ἐφιλονείκουν ἐλθεῖν πρὸς αὐτὸν, καὶ μεγάλη ἤρξαντο Φωνῇ κράζειν, καὶ ἐπιστομισθέντες μᾶλλον ἐβόων. Τοιοῦτον ἃ γὰρ ψυχὴ καρτερική δι αὐτῶν τῶν κωλυόντων αἴρεται. Ὁ δὲ Χριστὸς εἴα αὐτοὺς ἐπιστομίζεσθαι, ἵ ἵνα μειζόνως αὐτῶν ἢ προθυμία φαίνηται, καὶ μάθης ἀξίως αὐτοὺς ἀπολαύοντας ἡ τῆς θεραπείας. Διὰ τοῦτο οὐδὲ ἐρωτᾷ, πιστεύετε; ὅπερ ἐπὶ πολλῶν ποιεῖ ἡ γὰρ κραυγὴ καὶ ἡ ἐ πρόσοδος ἤ ἤρκει πάσι κατάδηλον ποιῆσαι τὴν πίστιν αὐτῶν. ᾿Εντεῦθεν μάνθανε, ἀγαπητὲ, ὅτι κἀν σφόδρ α εὐτελεῖς ὦμεν καὶ ἀπεῤῥιμμένοι, μετὰ σπουδῆς δὲ προσίωμεν τῷ θεῳ; καὶ δι ἡμῶν αὐτῶν δυνησόμεθα ἀνύειν ὅπερ ἃ ἂν αἰτῶμεν. Ὅρα γοῦν καὶ οὗτοι πῶς οὐδένα τῶν ἀποστόλων συνήγορον ἔχοντες, ἀλλὰ καὶ πολλοὺς τοὺς ἐπιστομίζοντας, ἴσχυσαν ὑπερβῆναι τὰ κωλύματα, καὶ πρὸς αὐτὸν ἐλθεῖν τὸν ᾿Ιησοῦν. Καίτοι παῤῥησίαν βίου οὐδεμίαν αὐτοῖς μαρτυρεῖ ὁ εὐαγγελιστὴς, ἀλλ᾽ ἤρκεσεν ἀντὶ πάντων αὐτοῖς ἡ προθυμία. Τούτους δὴ καὶ ἡμεῖς ζηλώσωμεν. Κὰν ᾿ἀναβάλληται τὴν δόσιν ὁ θεὸς, κἂν πολλοὶ οἱ ἀπάγοντες, μὴ ἀποστῶμεν αἰτοῦντες. Ταύτῃ γὰρ μάλιστα τὸν θεὸν ἐπισπασόμεθα. Ὅρα γοῦν καὶ ἐνταῦθα πῶς τὴν σφοδρὰν αὐτῶν προθυμίαν οὐχ ἡ πενία, οὐχ ἤ πήρωσις, οὐ τὸ μὴ ἀκουσθῆναι, οὐ τὸ παρὰ τῶν ὄχλων ἐπιτιμηθῆναι, οὐκ ἄλλο οὐδὲν διεκώλυσε. Τοιοῦτὸν ἐστι ψυχὴ ζέουσα καὶ πονουμένη. Τί οὖν ὁ Χριστός: : Ἐφώνησεν αὐτοὺς καὶ εἶπε τί θέλετε ποιήσω ὑμῖν Λέγουσιν αὐτῷ᾽ κύριε, ἵνα ἀνουγῶσιν ἡμῶν οἱ ὀφθαλμοί. Τίνος ἕνεκεν αὑτοὺς ἐρωτᾷ: Ἵνα μή τις νομίση, ὅτι ᾿ ἄλλα βουλομένοις λαβεῖν ἄλλα δίδωσι. Καὶ γὰρ ἔθος αὐτῷ πανταχοῦ πρύτερον τὴν ἀρετὴν τῶν θεραπευομένων. κατάδηλον ποιεῖν καὶ ἐκκαλύπτειν ἅ ἅπασι, καὶ τότε ἐπάγειν τὴν ἰατρείαν δ ὃν μὲν, ἵνα καὶ τοὺς ἄλλους εἰς ζῆλον ἀγαγη᾽ δι᾽ ἕτερον δὲ ἵ να δείξη τῆς δωρεᾶς ἀξίως ἀπολαύοντας. Τοῦτο γοὺν καὶ ἐπὶ τῆς Χαναναίας ἐποίησε γυναικὸς, τοῦτο καὶ ἐπὶ τοῦ ἑκατοντάρχον, τοῦτο καὶ ἐπὶ τῆς ᾿αἱμοῤῥοούσητ μᾶλλον δὲ ἢ θαυμασία γυνὴ ἐκείνη καὶ προὔλαβε τοῦ δεσπότου τὴν τεῦσιν αλλ’ ὅμως οὐδὲ οὕτως αὐτὴν παρέδραμεν, ἀλλὰ καὶ μετὰ τὴν ἰατρείαν κατάδηλον αὐτὴν ποιει. Οὕτως αὐτῷ πανταχοῦ περισπούδαστον ἢ ἣν ἀνακηρύττειν τῶν προσιόντων αὐτῷ τὰ κατορθώματα, καὶ πολλῷ μείζονα ἀποφαίνειν τῶν ὄντων ὃ δὴ καὶ ἐνταῦθα ποιεῖ. Εἶτα, ἐπειδὴ εἶπον ὅπερ ἐβούλοντο, σπλαγχνισθεὶς ἥψατο αὐτῶν. Αὕτη γὰρ μόνον ἡ αἰτία τῆς ἰατρείας, δι᾽ ἣν καὶ εἰς τὸν κόσμον ἦλθεν. Ἀλλ᾽ τῳ εἰ καὶ ἔλεος ἦν καὶ χάρις» τοὺς ἀξίους ἐπιζητεῖ. Ὅτι δὲ ἄξιοι, δῆλον καὶ εξ ὧν ἐβόησαν, καὶ ἐξ ὧν λαβόντες οὐκ ἀπεπήδησαν, ὃ πολλοὶ ποιοῦσι, μετὰ τὰς εὐεργεσίας ἀγνωμονοῦντες. ᾿Αλλ᾽ οὐκ ἐκεῖνοι τοιοῦτοι ἀλλὰ καὶ πρὸ τῆς δόσεως καρτερικοὶ; καὶ μετὰ τὴν δόσιν εὐγνώμονες καὶ γὰρ ἠκολούθησαν αὐτῷ. Καὶ ὅτε ἤγγισεν εἰς Ἱεροσόλυμα, καὶ οἶλθεν εἰς Βηθφαγῆ πρὸς τὸ ὄρος τῶν ἐλαιῶν, ἀπέστειλε δύο τῶν μαθητὼν αὐτοῦ, λέγων πορεύεσθε εἰς τὴν κώμην τὴν κατέναντι ὑμῶν, καὶ εὑρήσετε ὄνον δεδεμένην, καὶ πῶλον μετ᾽ αὐτῆς λύσαντες ἀγάγετέ οι. Καὶ ἐάν τις ὑμῖν εἴπη τι, ἐρεῖτε, ὅτι ὁ κύριος αὐτῶν χρείαν ἔχει' καὶ εὐθέως ἀποστέλλει αὐτούς. Τοῦτο δὲ γέγονεν, ἵνα πληρωθῇ τὸ ῥηθὲν διὰ τοῦ προφήτου Ζαχαρίον εἴπατε τῇ θυγατρὶ Σιὼν, ἰδοὺ ὃ βασιλεύς σου ἔρχεταί σοι ᾿ πρᾶος, καὶ ἐπιβεβηκὼς ἐπὶ ὄνον καὶ πώλον υἱὸν ὑποζυγίον. Καίτοι πολλάκις ἐπέβη τῶν ᾿ἵεροσολύμων πρότερον, ἀλλ᾽ οὐδέποτε μετὰ τοσαύτης περιφανείας. Τί οὖν τὸ αἴτιον; ἸΠροοίμια ἦν τότε τῆς οἰκονομίας καὶ οὔτε αὐτὸς σφόδρα κατάδηλος ἦν, οὔτε ὁ καιρὸς τοῦ παθεῖν ἐγγύς διόπερ ἀδιαφορώτερον αὐτοῖς ἀνεμίγνυτο; καὶ μαλλον κρύπτων ἑαυτόν. Οὔτε γὰρ ἂν ἐθαυμάσθη φαινόμενος οὕτω, καὶ εἰς μείζονα ἃ ἂν αὐτοὺς ἐξήγαγεν ὁ ὀργήν. ᾿Επειδὴ δὲ καὶ τῆς αὐτοῦ δυνάμεως πεῖραν ἔδωκεν ἱκανὴν, καὶ ὁ σταυρὸς ἐπὶ θύραις ἦν, μειζόνως ἐκλάμπει λοιπὸν, καὶ μετὰ πλείονος ἅπαντα πράττει περιφανείας τὰ μέλλοντα αὐτοὺς ἐκκαίειν. Δυνατὸν μὲν γὰρ ἦν καὶ παρὰ τὴν ἀρχὴν τοῦτο γενέσθαι ἀλλ᾽ οὐ χρήσιμον, οὐδὲ λυσιτελὲς οὕτω. Σὺ δέ μοι θέα ὅσα θαύματα γίνεται, καὶ ὅσαι ᾿πληροῦνται προφητεῖαι. Εἶπεν, ὅτι εὑρήσετε ὄμον᾽ προεῖπεν ὅτι οὐδεὶς κωλύσει, αλλ᾽ ἅτι ἀκούσαντες σιγήσουσι. Τοῦτο δὲ οὐ μικρὸν κρίμα ᾿Ιουδαίων, εἰ τοὺς οὐδέποτε Ὑνωρίμους αὐτῷ, οὐδὲ Φφανέντας» πείθει τὰ αὐτῶν προέσθαι καὶ μηδὲν ἀντειπεῖν, καὶ διὰ τῶν μαθητῶν ἥ οὗτοι δὲ αὐτῷ θαυματουργοῦντε παρόντες οὐκ ἐπείσθησαν.

Kai ekporenomenōn autōn apo Hierichō, hēkolouthēsan autǭ ochloi polloi. Kai idou houo typhloi kathēmenoi para tēn hodon, akousantes hoti Iēsous paragei, ekrazon legontes eleēson hēmas, kyrie, huios Danïd. Hora pothen parēlthen eis ta Hierosolyma, kai pou pro toutou diotriben' ho kai malista zētēseōs axion einai moi dokei, diati mē kai prōēn ekeithen apēlthen eis tēn Galilaian, alla dia tēs Samareias. ᾿Alla touto men tois philomathesin aphēsomen. Ei gar tis akribōs exetazein etheloi, heurēsei ton ᾽ ᾿Iōannēn ainixamenon auto kalōs, kai tēn aitian tetheikota. Hēmeis de tōn prokeimenōn echōmetha, kai tōn typhlōn toutōn akousōmen, hoi pollōn blepontōn ēsan ameinous. Oute gar ton odēgounta e echontes, oute idein auton dynamenoi epistanta, homōs ephiloneikoun elthein pros auton, kai megalē ērxanto Phōnę̄ krazein, kai epistomisthentes mallon eboōn. Toiouton ha gar psychē karterikē di autōn tōn kōlyontōn airetai. Ho de Christos eia autous epistomizesthai, hi hina meizonōs autōn ē prothymia phainētai, kai mathēs axiōs autous apolauontas hē tēs therapeias. Dia touto oude erōtą, pisteuete? hoper epi pollōn poiei hē gar kraugē kai hē e prosodos ē ērkei pasi katadēlon poiēsai tēn pistin autōn. ᾿Enteuthen manthane, agapēte, hoti kan sphodr a euteleis ōmen kai aperrhimmenoi, meta spoudēs de prosiōmen tǭ theǭ? kai di hēmōn autōn dynēsometha anyein hoper ha an aitōmen. Hora goun kai houtoi pōs oudena tōn apostolōn synēgoron echontes, alla kai pollous tous epistomizontas, ischysan hyperbēnai ta kōlymata, kai pros auton elthein ton ᾿Iēsoun. Kaitoi parrhēsian biou oudemian autois martyrei ho euangelistēs, all᾽ ērkesen anti pantōn autois hē prothymia. Toutous dē kai hēmeis zēlōsōmen. Kan ᾿anaballētai tēn dosin ho theos, kan polloi hoi apagontes, mē apostōmen aitountes. Tautę̄ gar malista ton theon epispasometha. Hora goun kai entautha pōs tēn sphodran autōn prothymian ouch hē penia, ouch ē pērōsis, ou to mē akousthēnai, ou to para tōn ochlōn epitimēthēnai, ouk allo ouden diekōlyse. Toiouton esti psychē zeousa kai ponoumenē. Ti oun ho Christos: : Ephōnēsen autous kai eipe ti thelete poiēsō hymin Legousin autǭ᾽ kyrie, hina anougōsin hēmōn hoi ophthalmoi. Tinos heneken hautous erōtą: Hina mē tis nomisē, hoti ᾿ alla boulomenois labein alla didōsi. Kai gar ethos autǭ pantachou pryteron tēn aretēn tōn therapeuomenōn. katadēlon poiein kai ekkalyptein ha hapasi, kai tote epagein tēn iatreian d hon men, hina kai tous allous eis zēlon agagē᾽ di᾽ heteron de hi na deixē tēs dōreas axiōs apolauontas. Touto goun kai epi tēs Chananaias epoiēse gynaikos, touto kai epi tou hekatontarchon, touto kai epi tēs ᾿haimorrhoousēt mallon de ē thaumasia gynē ekeinē kai proulabe tou despotou tēn teusin all’ homōs oude houtōs autēn paredramen, alla kai meta tēn iatreian katadēlon autēn poiei. Houtōs autǭ pantachou perispoudaston ē hēn anakēryttein tōn prosiontōn autǭ ta katorthōmata, kai pollǭ meizona apophainein tōn ontōn ho dē kai entautha poiei. Eita, epeidē eipon hoper eboulonto, splanchnistheis hēpsato autōn. Hautē gar monon hē aitia tēs iatreias, di᾽ hēn kai eis ton kosmon ēlthen. All᾽ tǭ ei kai eleos ēn kai charis» tous axious epizētei. Hoti de axioi, dēlon kai ex hōn eboēsan, kai ex hōn labontes ouk apepēdēsan, ho polloi poiousi, meta tas euergesias agnōmonountes. ᾿All᾽ ouk ekeinoi toioutoi alla kai pro tēs doseōs karterikoi? kai meta tēn dosin eugnōmones kai gar ēkolouthēsan autǭ. Kai hote ēngisen eis Hierosolyma, kai oilthen eis Bēthphagē pros to oros tōn elaiōn, apesteile dyo tōn mathētōn autou, legōn poreuesthe eis tēn kōmēn tēn katenanti hymōn, kai heurēsete onon dedemenēn, kai pōlon met᾽ autēs lysantes agagete oi. Kai ean tis hymin eipē ti, ereite, hoti ho kyrios autōn chreian echei' kai eutheōs apostellei autous. Touto de gegonen, hina plērōthę̄ to rhēthen dia tou prophētou Zacharion eipate tę̄ thygatri Siōn, idou ho basileus sou erchetai soi ᾿ praos, kai epibebēkōs epi onon kai pōlon huion hypozygion. Kaitoi pollakis epebē tōn ᾿hierosolymōn proteron, all᾽ oudepote meta tosautēs periphaneias. Ti oun to aition? IProoimia ēn tote tēs oikonomias kai oute autos sphodra katadēlos ēn, oute ho kairos tou pathein engys dioper adiaphorōteron autois anemignyto? kai mallon kryptōn heauton. Oute gar an ethaumasthē phainomenos houtō, kai eis meizona ha an autous exēgagen ho orgēn. ᾿Epeidē de kai tēs autou dynameōs peiran edōken hikanēn, kai ho stauros epi thyrais ēn, meizonōs eklampei loipon, kai meta pleionos hapanta prattei periphaneias ta mellonta autous ekkaiein. Dynaton men gar ēn kai para tēn archēn touto genesthai all᾽ ou chrēsimon, oude lysiteles houtō. Sy de moi thea hosa thaumata ginetai, kai hosai ᾿plērountai prophēteiai. Eipen, hoti heurēsete omon᾽ proeipen hoti oudeis kōlysei, all᾽ hati akousantes sigēsousi. Touto de ou mikron krima ᾿Ioudaiōn, ei tous oudepote Hynōrimous autǭ, oude Phphanentas» peithei ta autōn proesthai kai mēden anteipein, kai dia tōn mathētōn hē houtoi de autǭ thaumatourgounte parontes ouk epeisthēsan.

“And as they were going out from Jericho, great crowds followed him. And behold, two blind men sitting by the road, hearing that Jesus was passing by, cried out, saying, ‘Have mercy on us, Lord, Son of David.’” See from where he came to Jerusalem, and where he spent his time before this; which seems to me especially worth inquiring into: why he did not, earlier too, go away from there into Galilee, but through Samaria. But this we shall leave to the studious. For if anyone wished to examine it exactly, he will find that John hinted at it well and set down the reason. Let us hold to what is before us, and hear these blind men, who were better than many who see. For having neither someone to lead them nor the ability to see him when he came near, they nevertheless strove to come to him, and began to cry out with a loud voice, and when silenced they shouted the more. For such is a persevering soul: it is raised up by the very things that hinder it. And Christ allowed them to be silenced, so that their eagerness might appear the greater, and that you might learn that they deservedly obtained the healing. That is why he does not even ask, “Do you believe?” as he does with many; for their cry and their approach were enough to make their faith plain to all. Learn from this, beloved, that even if we are very lowly and cast off, but come to God with earnestness, we shall be able by ourselves to accomplish whatever we ask. See, at any rate, how these men too, having none of the apostles as advocate, but even many who silenced them, were able to overcome the hindrances and come to Jesus himself. And yet the evangelist bears witness to no boldness of life in them; but their eagerness sufficed them instead of everything. Let us too, then, emulate these men. Even if God puts off the gift, even if many draw us away, let us not stop asking. For in this way above all shall we draw God to us. See, at any rate, here too how neither poverty, nor blindness, nor not being heard, nor being rebuked by the crowds, nor anything else hindered their intense eagerness. Such is a soul that is fervent and in distress. What then does Christ do? “He called them and said, ‘What do you wish me to do for you?’ They say to him, ‘Lord, that our eyes may be opened.’” Why does he ask them? So that no one might think that he gives one thing to those who wish to receive another. For it is his custom everywhere first to make plain and reveal to all the virtue of those who are being healed, and then to apply the cure: for one reason, to lead the others to emulation; for another, to show that they deservedly enjoy the gift. This at any rate he did in the case of the Canaanite woman, this in the case of the centurion, this in the case of the woman with the flow of blood; or rather, that wonderful woman even anticipated the Master’s question, yet even so he did not pass her by, but after the cure makes her plain to all. So earnest was he everywhere to proclaim the good deeds of those who came to him, and to show them much greater than they were; which he does here too. Then, when they had said what they wished, moved with compassion he touched them. For this alone is the cause of the healing, the cause for which he also came into the world. But even though it was mercy and grace, it seeks the worthy. And that they were worthy is plain both from their crying out and from their not leaping away after receiving, as many do, being ungrateful after their benefits. But those men were not such, but both persevering before the gift and grateful after the gift; for they followed him. “And when he drew near to Jerusalem and came to Bethphage, to the Mount of Olives, he sent two of his disciples, saying, ‘Go into the village opposite you, and you will find a donkey tied, and a colt with her; untie them and bring them to me. And if anyone says anything to you, you shall say, “The Lord has need of them,” and at once he will send them.’ This took place so that what was spoken through the prophet Zechariah might be fulfilled: ‘Say to the daughter of Zion, Behold, your king comes to you, gentle, and mounted on a donkey and a colt, the foal of a beast of burden.’” And yet he had often gone up to Jerusalem before, but never with such conspicuousness. What then is the reason? Then it was the beginning of the dispensation; and he himself was not yet very well known, nor was the time of his Passion near. For this reason he mingled with them more indifferently, and rather hid himself. For he would not have been marveled at if he had appeared so, and he would have provoked them to greater anger. But since he had given sufficient proof of his power, and the cross was at the doors, he now shines forth the more, and does with greater conspicuousness all the things that were going to inflame them. For it was possible for this to happen at the beginning too, but it was not useful nor profitable so. But see, I pray you, how many miracles take place and how many prophecies are fulfilled. He said, “You will find a donkey”; he foretold that no one would hinder them, but that on hearing they would be silent. And this is no small condemnation of the Jews, if he persuades people who had never known him nor seen him to give up their own property and say nothing against it, and that through his disciples; while these men, though present when he worked miracles, were not persuaded.

66.2Field 2

Μηδὲ μικρὸν εἶναι νομίσης τὸ γεγενημένον. Τὰ γὰρ αὐτοὺς ἔπεισε, τῶν ἰδίων ἀφαιρουμένων, καὶ ταῦτα πένητας ὄντας ἴ ἴσως καὶ γεωργοὺς, μὴ ἀντειπεῖν λέγω μὴ ἀντειπεῖν; μὴ ἐρέσθαι, ἢ καὶ ἐρομένους σιγῆσαι καὶ παραχωρῆσαι; Καὶ γὰρ ἀμφότερα ὁμοίως θαυμαστὰ ἦν, καὶ εἰ μηδὲν εἶπον, ἑλκομένων τῶν ὑποζυγίων, καὶ εἰ εἰπόντες καὶ ἀκούσαντες, ὅτι ὁ κύριος αὐτῶν χρείαν ἔχει, παρεχώρησαν καὶ οὐκ ἀντέστησαν, καὶ ταῦτα οὐκ αὐτὸν ὁρῶντες, αλλὰ τοὺς μαθητας. Ἀπὸ τούτων αὐτοὺς παιδεύει, ὅτι καὶ ᾿Ιουδαίους ἐδύνατο καὶ ἄκοντας κωλῦσαι διόλου μέλλαντας αὐτῷ επιέναι, καὶ ἀφώνους καταστῆσαι, αλλ οὐκ ἠθέλησε. Καὶ ἕτερον δὲ μετὰ τούτων διδάσκει τοὺς μαθητὰς, ὅπερ ἂν αἰτήσῃ ἐδόναι' κἂν αὐτὴν κελεύση τὴν ψυχὴν προέσθαι, καὶ ταύτην παρέχειν, καὶ μὴ ἀντιλέγειν. Εἰ γὰρ οἱ ἄγνωστοι αὐτῷ παρεχώρησαν, πολλῷ μᾶλλον αὐτοὺς ἁπάντων εξίστασθαι δεῖ. Πρὸς δὲ τοῖς εἰρημένοις καὶ ἑτέραν πάλιν προφητείαν ἐπλήρου διπλῆν' τὴν μὲν δι᾿ ἔργων, τὴν δὲ διὰ ῥημάτων. Καὶ ἡὶ μὲν διὰ τῶν ἔργων ἦν, ἡ διὰ τῆς καθέδρας τοῦ ὄνον ἡ δὲ διὰ τῶν ῥημάτων, ἡ τοῦ προφήτου Ζαχαρίον᾽ καὶ γὰρ εἶπεν, ὅτι καθεδεῖται ὁ βασιλεὺς ἐπὶ ὄνου. Καὶ καθίσας αὐτὸς καὶ πληρώσας αὐτὴν, ἑτέραν πάλιν εδίδου προφητείας ἀρχὴν, δ᾽ ὧν ἐποίει τὰ μέλλοντα προδιατυπῶν. Πώς καὶ τίνι τρόπῳ; Τῶν ἀκαθάρτων ἐθνῶν τὴν κλῆσιν προανεφώνει, καὶ ὅτι αὐτοῖς ἐπαναπαύσεται, καὶ εἴξουσιν αὐτῷ καὶ ἕψονται᾽ καὶ προφητεία διεδέχετο προφητείαν. ᾿Εμοὶ δὲ οὐ διὰ τοῦτο δοκεῖ μόνον ἐπὶ τὸν ὄνον καθίσαι, ἀλλὰ καὶ μέτρον ἡμῖν φιλοσοφίας παρέχων. Οὐ γὰρ δὴ μόνον προφητείας ἐπλήρου, οὐδὲ δόγματα ἐφύτευε τὰ τῆς ἀληθείας, ἀλλὰ καὶ τὸν βίον ἡμῖν διώρθου δ᾽ αὐτῶν τούτων, πανταχοῦ κανόνας ἡμῖν τιθεὶς τῆς ἀναγκαίας χρείας, καὶ διὰ πάντων τὴν ζωὴν κατορθῶν τὴν ἡμετέραν. Διά τοι τοῦτο καὶ ἡνίκα τίκτεσθαι ἔμελλεν, οὐκ ἐπεζήτησε λαμπρὰν οἰκίαν, οὐδὲ μητέρα πλουσίαν καὶ περιφανῆ, ἀλλὰ πτωχὴν, καὶ μνηστῆρα τέκτονα ἔχουσαν, καὶ ἐν καλύβῃ γεννᾶται, καὶ ἐν φάτνη τίθεται' καὶ μαθητὰς ἐκλέγων, οὐ ῥήτορας καὶ σοφοὺς, οὐδὲ εὐπόρους καὶ εὐγενεῖς, ἀλλὰ πένήητας καὶ ἐκ πενήτων καὶ πάντοθεν ἀσήμους ἐξέλεξε᾽ καὶ τράπεζαν παρατιθέμενος, ποτὲ μὲν κριθίνους ἄρτους παρατίθεται, ποτὲ δὲ πρὸς αὐτὸν τὸν καιρὸν ἐξ ἀγορᾶς τοὺς μαθητὰς ὠνεῖσθαι ὅ κελεύων: καὶ στιβάδα ποιῶν, ἀπὸ χόρτου ποιεῖ καὶ ἱμάτια ἀμφιεννύμενος, εὐτελῇ καὶ τῶν πολλῶν οὐδὲν διαφέροντα περιβάλλεται οἰκίαν δὲ οὐδὲ ἔσχεν. Εἰ δὲ καὶ μεταβῆναι ἐκ ἢ τόπου εἰς τόπον ἔδει, ὁδοιπορῶν τοῦτο ποιεῖ, καὶ οὕτως ὁδοιπορῶν; ὡς καὶ κοπιᾶν. Καὶ καθήμενος ου ' θρόνου δεῖται, οὐδὲ προσκεφαλαίου, ἀλλ᾽ ἐπὶ τοῦ ἐδαφους, ποτὲ μὲν ἐν τῷ ὄρει, ποτὲ δὲ παρὰ τὴν πηγήν καὶ οὐ παρὰ τὴν πηγὴν μόνον; ἀλλὰ καὶ μόνος, καὶ Σαμαρείτιδι διαλέγεται. Πάλιν λύπης μέτρα τιθεὶς, ἡνίκα θρηνῆσαι ἔδει, δακρύει ἠρέμα, πανταχοῦ κανόνας, ὅπερ ἔφην, καὶ ὅρους πηγνὺς, μέχρι ποῦ προβαίνειν δεῖ, καὶ περαιτέρω μηκέτι. Διὰ δὴ τοῦτο καὶ νῦν, ἐπειδὴ συνέβαινέ τινας ἀσθενεστέρους ὅ ὄντας ὑποζυγίων δεῖσθαι, κανταῦυθα μέτρον δεικνὺς ὅ ὅτι οὐχ ἵππους, οὐδὲ ἡμιόνους ζεύξαντας φέρεσθαι δεῖ, ἀλλὰ ὄνῳ κεχρῆσθαι, καὶ περαιτέρω μὴ προβαίνειν, καὶ πανταχοῦ τῆς εἰας εἶναι. Ἴδωμεν δὲ καὶ τὴν προφητείαν, τὴν διὰ τῶν ῥημάτων, τὴν διὰ τῶν πραγμάτων. Τίς οὖν ἡ προφητεία: ; Ἰδοὺ ὁ βασιλεύς σου ἔρχεταί σοι πρᾶος, καὶ ἐπιβεβηκὼς ἐπὶ ὑποζύγιον καὶ πῶλον νέον οὐχὶ ἅρματα ἐλαύνων, ὡς οἱ λοιποὶ βασιλεῖς οὐ φύρους ἀπαιτῶν, οὐ σοβῶν καὶ δορυφόρους περιάγων' ἀλλὰ πολλὴν τὴν ἐπιείκειαν καντεῦθεν ἐπιδεικνύμενος. ᾿Ερώτησον τοίνυν τὸν ᾿ἰουδαϊῖον᾽ ποῖος βασιλεὺς ἐπὶ ὄνου ὀχούμενος ἦλθεν εἰς Ἱερουσαλήμ : ᾿Αλλ οὐκ ἂν ἔχοι εἰπεῖν, αλλ ἡ τοῦτον μόνον. ἙΕποίει δὲ ταῦτα, ὅπερ ἔφην, τὰ μέλλοντα προδηλῶν. ᾿Ενταῦθα γὰρ ἡ ἐκκλησία δηλοῦται διὰ τοῦ πώλου, καὶ ὁ λαὸς ὁ νέος, ὁ ποτὲ μὲν ἀκάθαρτος, μετὰ δὲ τὸ καθίσαι τὸν ᾿Ιησοῦν καθαρὸς γενόμενος. Καὶ ὅρα διόλου τὴν εἰκόνα σωζομένην. Οι γὰρ μαθηταὶ λύουσι τὰ ὑποζύγια. Διὰ γὰρ τῶν ἀποστόλων κακεῖνοι καὶ ἡμεῖς ἐκλήθημεν' διὰ τῶν ἀποστόλων προσήχθημεν. ᾿Επειδὴ δὲ καὶ ἡ ἡμετέρα εὐδοκίμησις ἐκείνους παρεζήλωσε, διὰ τοῦτο φαίνεται ἡ ὄνος ἀκολουθοῦσα τῷ πώλῳ. Μετὰ γὰρ τὸ καθίσαι τὸν Χριστὸν ἐπὶ τὰ ἔθνη, τότε ἥξουσι κακεῖνοι ὃ παραζηλοῦντες. Καὶ τοῦτο δηλῶν ὁ Παῦλος. ἐλεγεν ὅτι πώρωσις ἀπὸ μέρους τῷ Ἰσραὴλ γέγονεν, ἄχρις οὗ τὸ πλήρωμα τῶν εθνῶν εἰσέλθη: καὶ οὕτω πᾶς ᾿Ισραὴλ σωθήσεται. ᾿; Ὅτι γὰρ προφητεία ἦν; δῆλον ἐκ τῶν εἰρημένων. οὐ γὰρ ἂν ἐμέλησε τῷ προφήτῃ μετὰ τοσαύτης ἀκριβείας τοὺ ὄνου τὴν ἡΧιξίαν εἰπεῖν, εἰ μὴ τοῦτο ἦν. Οὐ ταῦτα δὲ μόνον δηλοῦνται διὰ τῶν εἰρημένων, ἀλλ᾽ ὅτι καὶ μετ᾽ εὐκολίας αὐτοὺς ἄξουσιν οἱ ἀπόστολοι. Ὥσπερ γὰρ ἐνταῦθα οὐδεὶς ἀντεῖπεν εἰς τὸ κατασχεῖν, οὕτως οὐδὲ ἐπὶ τῶν ἐθνῶν οὐδεὶς ἠδυνήθη διακωλῦσαι τῶν κατεχόντων αὐτοὺς. Οὐ κάθηται δὲ ἐπὶ γυμνὸν τὸν πῶλον, ἀλλ᾽ ἐπὶ τὰ ἱμάτια τῶν ἀποστόλων. ᾿ὑπειδὴ γὰρ τὸν πῶλον ἔλαβον, ἅπαντα λοιπὸν προΐενται, καθὼς καὶ Παῦλος ἔλεγεν· ἐγὼ δὲ ἥδιστα δαπανήσω καὶ ἐκδαπανηθήσομαι ὑπὲρ τών ψυχών ὑμῶν. Σκόπει δὲ τὸ εὐήνιον. τοῦ πώλου, πώς ἀδάμαστος ὧν καὶ χαλινοῦ ἄπειρος, οὐκ ἐσκίρτησεν, αλλ᾽ εὐτάκτως ἐφέρετο. Ὃ καὶ αὐτὸ προφητεία τοῦ μέλλοντος ἦν, δηλοῦσα τὸ καταπειθὲς τῶν ἐθνῶν, καὶ τὴν ἀθρόαν εἰς εὐταξίαν μεταβολήν. καὶ γὰρ πάντα τὸ ῥῆμα εἰργάσατο τὸ λέγον λύσαντες ἀγάγετέ μοι ὥστε τὰ ἄτακτα εὖὔτακτα, καὶ τὰ ἀκάθαρτα γενέσθαι λοιπὸν καθαρα. Αλλ' ὅρα τὸ ταπεινὸν τῶν ᾿Ιουδαίων. Τοσαῦτα θαύματα εἰργάσατο, καὶ οὐδέποτε αὐτὸν οὕτως ἐξεπλάγησαν ἐπειδὴ δὲ εἶδον ὄχλον συντρέχοντα, τότε θαυμάζουσιν. Εσείσθη γὰρ πᾶσα ἡ πόλις λέγουσα τίς ἐστιν οὗτος : Οἱ δὲ ὄχλοι ἔλεγον᾽ οὗτός ἐστιν ᾿Ιησοὺς ὁ προφήτης, ὁ ἀπὸ Ναζαρὲτ τῆς Γαλιλαίας. Καὶ ὅτε ἔδοξαν μέγα τι λόγειν, τότε χαμαίζηλος ἡ ἣν αὐτῶν ἥ γνώμη, καὶ ταπεινὴ καὶ σεσυρμένη. Ταῦτα δὲ αὐτὸς ἐποίει, οὐ πομπήν τινα ἐπιδεικνύμενος, ἀλλ᾽ ὁμοῦ μὲν, ὅπερ εἶπον, καὶ προφητείαν πληρῶν, καὶ φιλοσοφίαν παιδεύων, ὁμοῦ δὲ καὶ τοὺς μαθητὰς παραμυθούμενος λυπουμένους διὰ τὸν θάνατον, καὶ δεικνὺς ὅ ὅτι ταῦτα πάντα πάσχει ἑκών. Σὺ δέ μοι ᾿θαύμασον τοῦ προφήτου τὴν ἀκρίβειαν, πῶς πάντα προεῖπε᾽ καὶ τὰ μὲν ὁ Δαυϊδ, τὰ δὲ ὁ Ζαχαρίας προανεφώνησεν. Οὕτω καὶ ἡμεῖς ποιῶμεν, καὶ ὑμνῶμεν, καὶ τὰ ἱμάτια προώμεθα τοῖς αὐτὸν φέρουσι. Τίνος γὰρ ἂν εἴημεν ἄξιοι, ὅταν οἱ μὲν τὴν ὄνον περιβάλλωσιν εἰς ἣν ἐκάθητο, οἱ δὲ τοῖς ποσὶν αὐτῆς ὑποστρωννύωσι τὰ ἱμάτια, ἡμεῖς δὲ αὐτὸν γυμνὸν ὁρῶντες, καὶ οὐδὲ ἀποδῦναι κελενόμενοι, ἀλλ᾽ ἀπὸ τῶν κειμένων δαπανᾶν, μηδὲ οὕτως ὦμεν φιλότιμοι ; κἀκεῖνοι μὲν παρακολουθώσιν ἔμπροσθεν καὶ ὄπισθεν, ἡμεῖς δὲ καὶ προσιόντα ᾿παραπεμπώμεθα καὶ διακρονώμεθα καὶ ὑβρίζωμεν Πόσης ταῦτα κολάσεως ἄξια: πόσης τιμωρίας : Προσέρχεταί σοι δεόμενος ὁ δεσπότης, καὶ οὐδὲ ακοῦσαι βούλει τῆς ἱκετηρίας, ἀλλ᾽ ἐγκαλεῖς καὶ ἐπιτιμᾷς, καὶ ταῦτα ἀκούσας τοιούτων ῥημάτων. Εἰ δὲ ἕνα ἄρτον διδοὺς καὶ ἀργύριον ὀλίγον, οὕτω βάναυσος εἶ καὶ ὀλίγωρος, καὶ ὀκνηρὸς, εἰ πάντα κενῶσαι ἔδει, τίς ἂν ἐγένου; Οὐχ ὁρᾷς τοὺς ἐν τῷ θεάτρῳ φιλοτίμους, ὅσα ταῖς πόρναις προΐενται: σὺ δὲ οὐδὲ τὸ ἥμισυ τούτων δίδως, οὐδὲ τὸ πολλοστὸν πολλάκις. Ἀλλ᾽ ὁ μὲν ἐνλόρ νὰ, κελεύει δοῦναι τοῖς τυχοῦσι, ἡ γέενναν προξενῶν, ἱ δίδως ὁ δὲ Χριστὸς τοῖς ΤΗΝ βασιλείαν ἐπαγγολλῦ, ενς; καὶ ου μόνον οὐ δίδως, αλλὰ καὶ ὑβρίζεις καὶ αἱρῇ μᾶλλον ὑπακοῦσαι τῷ διαβόλῳ, ἵνα κολασθῆς, ι πεισθῆναι τῷ Χριστῷ καὶ σωθῆναι. Καὶ τί ταύτης χεὶ γένοιτ᾽ ἂν τῆς παραπληξίας: Ὁ μὲν γέενναν προξενεῖ, ὁ δ βασιλείαν καὶ τοῦτον ἀφέντες, ἐκείνῳ προστρέχετε. Καὶ τὸν μὲν προσιόντα παραπέμπεσθε, τὸν δὲ μακρὰν ὄντα προσκαλεῖσθε. Καὶ ταὐτὸν γίνεται, οἷον ἂν εἰ βασιλεὺς μὲν ἁλουργίδα ἕἔ ἔχων, καὶ διάδημα προτεινόμενος μὴ πείθοι, ληστὴς δὲ μάχαιραν ἐπισείων, καὶ θάνατον ἀπειλῶν πείθοι. Ταῦτ οὗν ἐννοοῦντες, ἀγαπητοὶ, διαβλέψωμεν ὀψὲ γοῦν ποτε, καὶ ἀνανήψωμεν. Καὶ γὰρ ἐγὼ λοιπὸν αἰσχύνομαι περὶ ἐλεημοσύνης διαλεγόμενος, διὰ τὸ πολλάκις περὶ ταύτης τῆς ὑποθέσεως εἰπὼν, μηδὲν ἄξιον ανύσαι τῆς παραινέσεως. Γέγονε μὲν γάρ τι πλέον, οὐ τοσοῦτον δὲ ὅσον ἐβουλόμην. Ὁρῶ μὲν γὰρ σπείροντας ὑμᾶς, οὐ δαψιλεῖ δὲ τῇ δεξιᾷ. Διὸ καὶ ἰόν, μήπως καὶ φειδομένως θερίσητε. Ὅτι γὰρ φειδομένως σπείρομεν, ἐξετάσωμεν, εἰ δοκεῖ; τίνες πλείους ἐν τῇ πόλει, πένητες ἧ πλούσιοι καὶ τίνες οὔτε πένητες, οὔτε πλούσιοι, ἀλλ᾽ οἱ μέσην χώραν ἔχοντες. Οἷον, ἔστι τὸ δέκατον μέρος πλουσίων, καὶ τὸ δέκατον πενήτων τῶν οὐδὲν ὅλως ἐχόντων οἱ δὲ λοιποὶ τῶν μέσων εἰσί. Διέλωμεν τοίνυν εἰς τοὺς δεομένους τὸ πᾶν πλῆθος τῆς πόλεως, καὶ ὄψεσθε τὴν αἰσχύνην ὅση. Οἱ μὲν γὰρ σφόδρα πλουτοῦντες ὀλίγοι οἱ δὲ μετ᾽ ἐκείνους πολλοί, πάλιν οἱ πένητες πολλῷ τούτων ἐλάττους. Αλλ᾽ ὅμως τοσούτων ὄντων τῶν δυναμένων τοὺς πεινῶντας τρέφειν, πολλοὶ πεινῶντες καθεύδουσιν οὐ διὰ τὸ μὴ δύνασθαι μετ᾽ εὐκολίας αὐτοῖς ἐπαρκεῖν τοὺς ἔχοντας, ἀλλὰ διὰ τὴν πολλὴν αὐτῶν ὠμότητα καὶ ἀπανθρωπίαν. Εἰ τὰρ διέλοιντο οἵ τε πλουτοῦντες, οἵ τε μετ᾽ ἐκείνους, τοὺς δεομένους ἄρτων καὶ ἐνδυμάτων, μόλις ἂν πεντήκοντα ἀνδράσιν ἢ καὶ ἑκατὸν λάχοι πένης εἷς. Αλλ᾽ ὅμως καὶ ἐν τοσαύτῃ ἀφθονίᾳ τῶν προστησομένων ὄντες, ὀδύρονται καθ᾽ ἑκάστην ἡμέραν. Καὶ ἵνα μάθης αὐτῶν τὴν ἀπανθρωπίαν, ἑνὸς τῶν ἐσχάτων εὐπόρων καὶ τῶν μὴ σφόδρα πλουτούντων πρόσοδον ἡ ἐκκλησία ἔχουσα, ἐννόησον ὅσαις ἐπαρκεῖ καθ΄ ἑκάστην ἡμέραν χήραις, ὅσαις παρθένοις καὶ γὰρ εἰς τὸν τῶν τρισχιλίων ἀριθμὸν ὁ κατάλογος αὐτῶν ἔφθασε. Μετὰ τούτων τοῖς τὸ ᾿ἜΘΕΜ6Σ 6ΕᾺ οἰκοῦσι, τοῖς ἐν τῷ ξέενοδοχείῳ κάμνουσι, ἔ τοῖς ὑγιαίνουσι, τοῖς ἀποδημοῦσι, τοῖς τὰ σώματα λελωβημένοις, τοῖς τῷ θυσιαστηρίῳ προσεδρεύουσι, καὶ τροφῆς καὶ ἐνδυμάτων ἕνεκεν, τοῖς ἁπλῶς προσιοῦσε καθ᾽ ἑκάστην ἡμέραν καὶ οὐδὲν αὐτῇ τὰ τῆς οὐσίας ἡλάττωται. Ὥστε εἰ δέκα ἄνδρες μόνον οὕτως ᾿ἠθέλησαν ἀναλίσκειν, οὐδεὶς

Mēde mikron einai nomisēs to gegenēmenon. Ta gar autous epeise, tōn idiōn aphairoumenōn, kai tauta penētas ontas i isōs kai geōrgous, mē anteipein legō mē anteipein? mē eresthai, ē kai eromenous sigēsai kai parachōrēsai? Kai gar amphotera homoiōs thaumasta ēn, kai ei mēden eipon, helkomenōn tōn hypozygiōn, kai ei eipontes kai akousantes, hoti ho kyrios autōn chreian echei, parechōrēsan kai ouk antestēsan, kai tauta ouk auton horōntes, alla tous mathētas. Apo toutōn autous paideuei, hoti kai ᾿Ioudaious edynato kai akontas kōlysai diolou mellantas autǭ epienai, kai aphōnous katastēsai, all ouk ēthelēse. Kai heteron de meta toutōn didaskei tous mathētas, hoper an aitēsę̄ edonai' kan autēn keleusē tēn psychēn proesthai, kai tautēn parechein, kai mē antilegein. Ei gar hoi agnōstoi autǭ parechōrēsan, pollǭ mallon autous hapantōn existasthai dei. Pros de tois eirēmenois kai heteran palin prophēteian eplērou diplēn' tēn men di᾿ ergōn, tēn de dia rhēmatōn. Kai hēi men dia tōn ergōn ēn, hē dia tēs kathedras tou onon hē de dia tōn rhēmatōn, hē tou prophētou Zacharion᾽ kai gar eipen, hoti kathedeitai ho basileus epi onou. Kai kathisas autos kai plērōsas autēn, heteran palin edidou prophēteias archēn, d᾽ hōn epoiei ta mellonta prodiatypōn. Pōs kai tini tropǭ? Tōn akathartōn ethnōn tēn klēsin proanephōnei, kai hoti autois epanapausetai, kai eixousin autǭ kai hepsontai᾽ kai prophēteia diedecheto prophēteian. ᾿Emoi de ou dia touto dokei monon epi ton onon kathisai, alla kai metron hēmin philosophias parechōn. Ou gar dē monon prophēteias eplērou, oude dogmata ephyteue ta tēs alētheias, alla kai ton bion hēmin diōrthou d᾽ autōn toutōn, pantachou kanonas hēmin titheis tēs anankaias chreias, kai dia pantōn tēn zōēn katorthōn tēn hēmeteran. Dia toi touto kai hēnika tiktesthai emellen, ouk epezētēse lampran oikian, oude mētera plousian kai periphanē, alla ptōchēn, kai mnēstēra tektona echousan, kai en kalybę̄ gennatai, kai en phatnē tithetai' kai mathētas eklegōn, ou rhētoras kai sophous, oude euporous kai eugeneis, alla penēētas kai ek penētōn kai pantothen asēmous exelexe᾽ kai trapezan paratithemenos, pote men krithinous artous paratithetai, pote de pros auton ton kairon ex agoras tous mathētas ōneisthai ho keleuōn: kai stibada poiōn, apo chortou poiei kai himatia amphiennymenos, eutelę̄ kai tōn pollōn ouden diapheronta periballetai oikian de oude eschen. Ei de kai metabēnai ek ē topou eis topon edei, hodoiporōn touto poiei, kai houtōs hodoiporōn? hōs kai kopian. Kai kathēmenos ou ' thronou deitai, oude proskephalaiou, all᾽ epi tou edaphous, pote men en tǭ orei, pote de para tēn pēgēn kai ou para tēn pēgēn monon? alla kai monos, kai Samareitidi dialegetai. Palin lypēs metra titheis, hēnika thrēnēsai edei, dakryei ērema, pantachou kanonas, hoper ephēn, kai horous pēgnys, mechri pou probainein dei, kai peraiterō mēketi. Dia dē touto kai nyn, epeidē synebaine tinas asthenesterous ho ontas hypozygiōn deisthai, kantauytha metron deiknys ho hoti ouch hippous, oude hēmionous zeuxantas pheresthai dei, alla onǭ kechrēsthai, kai peraiterō mē probainein, kai pantachou tēs eias einai. Idōmen de kai tēn prophēteian, tēn dia tōn rhēmatōn, tēn dia tōn pragmatōn. Tis oun hē prophēteia: ? Idou ho basileus sou erchetai soi praos, kai epibebēkōs epi hypozygion kai pōlon neon ouchi harmata elaunōn, hōs hoi loipoi basileis ou phyrous apaitōn, ou sobōn kai doryphorous periagōn' alla pollēn tēn epieikeian kanteuthen epideiknymenos. ᾿Erōtēson toinyn ton ᾿ioudaïion᾽ poios basileus epi onou ochoumenos ēlthen eis Hierousalēm : ᾿All ouk an echoi eipein, all hē touton monon. HeEpoiei de tauta, hoper ephēn, ta mellonta prodēlōn. ᾿Entautha gar hē ekklēsia dēloutai dia tou pōlou, kai ho laos ho neos, ho pote men akathartos, meta de to kathisai ton ᾿Iēsoun katharos genomenos. Kai hora diolou tēn eikona sōzomenēn. Oi gar mathētai lyousi ta hypozygia. Dia gar tōn apostolōn kakeinoi kai hēmeis eklēthēmen' dia tōn apostolōn prosēchthēmen. ᾿Epeidē de kai hē hēmetera eudokimēsis ekeinous parezēlōse, dia touto phainetai hē onos akolouthousa tǭ pōlǭ. Meta gar to kathisai ton Christon epi ta ethnē, tote hēxousi kakeinoi ho parazēlountes. Kai touto dēlōn ho Paulos. elegen hoti pōrōsis apo merous tǭ Israēl gegonen, achris hou to plērōma tōn ethnōn eiselthē: kai houtō pas ᾿Israēl sōthēsetai. ᾿? Hoti gar prophēteia ēn? dēlon ek tōn eirēmenōn. ou gar an emelēse tǭ prophētę̄ meta tosautēs akribeias tou onou tēn hēChixian eipein, ei mē touto ēn. Ou tauta de monon dēlountai dia tōn eirēmenōn, all᾽ hoti kai met᾽ eukolias autous axousin hoi apostoloi. Hōsper gar entautha oudeis anteipen eis to kataschein, houtōs oude epi tōn ethnōn oudeis ēdynēthē diakōlysai tōn katechontōn autous. Ou kathētai de epi gymnon ton pōlon, all᾽ epi ta himatia tōn apostolōn. ᾿hypeidē gar ton pōlon elabon, hapanta loipon proïentai, kathōs kai Paulos elegen; egō de hēdista dapanēsō kai ekdapanēthēsomai hyper tōn psychōn hymōn. Skopei de to euēnion. tou pōlou, pōs adamastos hōn kai chalinou apeiros, ouk eskirtēsen, all᾽ eutaktōs ephereto. Ho kai auto prophēteia tou mellontos ēn, dēlousa to katapeithes tōn ethnōn, kai tēn athroan eis eutaxian metabolēn. kai gar panta to rhēma eirgasato to legon lysantes agagete moi hōste ta atakta euytakta, kai ta akatharta genesthai loipon kathara. All' hora to tapeinon tōn ᾿Ioudaiōn. Tosauta thaumata eirgasato, kai oudepote auton houtōs exeplagēsan epeidē de eidon ochlon syntrechonta, tote thaumazousin. Eseisthē gar pasa hē polis legousa tis estin houtos : Hoi de ochloi elegon᾽ houtos estin ᾿Iēsous ho prophētēs, ho apo Nazaret tēs Galilaias. Kai hote edoxan mega ti logein, tote chamaizēlos hē hēn autōn hē gnōmē, kai tapeinē kai sesyrmenē. Tauta de autos epoiei, ou pompēn tina epideiknymenos, all᾽ homou men, hoper eipon, kai prophēteian plērōn, kai philosophian paideuōn, homou de kai tous mathētas paramythoumenos lypoumenous dia ton thanaton, kai deiknys ho hoti tauta panta paschei hekōn. Sy de moi ᾿thaumason tou prophētou tēn akribeian, pōs panta proeipe᾽ kai ta men ho Dauïd, ta de ho Zacharias proanephōnēsen. Houtō kai hēmeis poiōmen, kai hymnōmen, kai ta himatia proōmetha tois auton pherousi. Tinos gar an eiēmen axioi, hotan hoi men tēn onon periballōsin eis hēn ekathēto, hoi de tois posin autēs hypostrōnnyōsi ta himatia, hēmeis de auton gymnon horōntes, kai oude apodynai kelenomenoi, all᾽ apo tōn keimenōn dapanan, mēde houtōs ōmen philotimoi ? kakeinoi men parakolouthōsin emprosthen kai opisthen, hēmeis de kai prosionta ᾿parapempōmetha kai diakronōmetha kai hybrizōmen Posēs tauta kolaseōs axia: posēs timōrias : Proserchetai soi deomenos ho despotēs, kai oude akousai boulei tēs hiketērias, all᾽ enkaleis kai epitimąs, kai tauta akousas toioutōn rhēmatōn. Ei de hena arton didous kai argyrion oligon, houtō banausos ei kai oligōros, kai oknēros, ei panta kenōsai edei, tis an egenou? Ouch horąs tous en tǭ theatrǭ philotimous, hosa tais pornais proïentai: sy de oude to hēmisy toutōn didōs, oude to polloston pollakis. All᾽ ho men enlor na, keleuei dounai tois tychousi, hē geennan proxenōn, hi didōs ho de Christos tois TĒN basileian epangolly, ens? kai ou monon ou didōs, alla kai hybrizeis kai hairę̄ mallon hypakousai tǭ diabolǭ, hina kolasthēs, i peisthēnai tǭ Christǭ kai sōthēnai. Kai ti tautēs chei genoit᾽ an tēs paraplēxias: Ho men geennan proxenei, ho d basileian kai touton aphentes, ekeinǭ prostrechete. Kai ton men prosionta parapempesthe, ton de makran onta proskaleisthe. Kai tauton ginetai, hoion an ei basileus men halourgida hee echōn, kai diadēma proteinomenos mē peithoi, lēstēs de machairan episeiōn, kai thanaton apeilōn peithoi. Taut houn ennoountes, agapētoi, diablepsōmen opse goun pote, kai ananēpsōmen. Kai gar egō loipon aischynomai peri eleēmosynēs dialegomenos, dia to pollakis peri tautēs tēs hypotheseōs eipōn, mēden axion anysai tēs paraineseōs. Gegone men gar ti pleon, ou tosouton de hoson eboulomēn. Horō men gar speirontas hymas, ou dapsilei de tę̄ dexią. Dio kai ion, mēpōs kai pheidomenōs therisēte. Hoti gar pheidomenōs speiromen, exetasōmen, ei dokei? tines pleious en tę̄ polei, penētes hē plousioi kai tines oute penētes, oute plousioi, all᾽ hoi mesēn chōran echontes. Hoion, esti to dekaton meros plousiōn, kai to dekaton penētōn tōn ouden holōs echontōn hoi de loipoi tōn mesōn eisi. Dielōmen toinyn eis tous deomenous to pan plēthos tēs poleōs, kai opsesthe tēn aischynēn hosē. Hoi men gar sphodra ploutountes oligoi hoi de met᾽ ekeinous polloi, palin hoi penētes pollǭ toutōn elattous. All᾽ homōs tosoutōn ontōn tōn dynamenōn tous peinōntas trephein, polloi peinōntes katheudousin ou dia to mē dynasthai met᾽ eukolias autois eparkein tous echontas, alla dia tēn pollēn autōn ōmotēta kai apanthrōpian. Ei tar dielointo hoi te ploutountes, hoi te met᾽ ekeinous, tous deomenous artōn kai endymatōn, molis an pentēkonta andrasin ē kai hekaton lachoi penēs heis. All᾽ homōs kai en tosautę̄ aphthonią tōn prostēsomenōn ontes, odyrontai kath᾽ hekastēn hēmeran. Kai hina mathēs autōn tēn apanthrōpian, henos tōn eschatōn euporōn kai tōn mē sphodra ploutountōn prosodon hē ekklēsia echousa, ennoēson hosais eparkei kath΄ hekastēn hēmeran chērais, hosais parthenois kai gar eis ton tōn trischiliōn arithmon ho katalogos autōn ephthase. Meta toutōn tois to ᾿EThEM6S 6EA oikousi, tois en tǭ xeenodocheiǭ kamnousi, e tois hygiainousi, tois apodēmousi, tois ta sōmata lelōbēmenois, tois tǭ thysiastēriǭ prosedreuousi, kai trophēs kai endymatōn heneken, tois haplōs prosiouse kath᾽ hekastēn hēmeran kai ouden autę̄ ta tēs ousias hēlattōtai. Hōste ei deka andres monon houtōs ᾿ēthelēsan analiskein, oudeis

And do not think what happened a small thing. For what persuaded them, when they were being deprived of their own property, and these perhaps poor men and farmers, not to object? I say not to object; not to ask, or after asking to be silent and give way? For both were equally wonderful: whether they said nothing while the beasts were being led off, or whether, having spoken and heard that “the Lord has need of them,” they gave way and did not resist, and that though they did not see him but only the disciples. By these things he teaches them that he could also have prevented the Jews against their will when they were about to attack him, and have struck them dumb, but he did not wish to. And besides these he teaches the disciples another thing: to give whatever he asks, even if he bids them give up their very life, to give this too and not object. For if those unknown to him gave way, much more must they surrender everything. And besides what has been said, he was also fulfilling another twofold prophecy, the one by deeds, the other by words. The one by deeds was the sitting on the donkey; the one by words was the prophecy of Zechariah, for he said that the king would sit upon a donkey. And having sat and fulfilled it, he again gave a beginning of another prophecy, foreshadowing what was to come by what he did. How and in what way? He proclaimed beforehand the calling of the unclean Gentiles, and that he would rest upon them, and that they would yield to him and follow; and prophecy succeeded prophecy. But it seems to me that he sat on the donkey not for this reason only, but also giving us a measure of philosophy. For he not only fulfilled prophecies and planted the doctrines of truth, but also corrected our life by these very things, everywhere setting us rules for what is necessary, and setting our life right by all things. For this reason too, when he was to be born, he did not seek a splendid house, nor a rich and distinguished mother, but a poor one, betrothed to a carpenter; and he is born in a hut and laid in a manger. And in choosing disciples he chose not orators and wise men, nor the wealthy and well-born, but poor men and sons of poor men, obscure in every way. And when he set a table, sometimes he set barley loaves, sometimes he bade the disciples buy from the market at the moment itself. And making a bed, he makes it of grass; and putting on garments, he wears cheap ones, differing in nothing from those of the many; and a house he did not even have. And if he had to pass from place to place, he does it on foot, and so walking that he even grows weary. And when sitting he needs no throne nor cushion, but sits on the ground, sometimes on the mountain, sometimes by the well; and not only by the well, but alone too, and talks with the Samaritan woman. Again, setting limits to grief, when he had to mourn, he weeps quietly, everywhere, as I said, fixing rules and bounds, how far one must go and no further. For this reason now too, since it happened that some, being weaker, needed beasts to ride, he sets a measure here too, showing that one must not ride harnessed horses or mules, but use a donkey, and go no further, but keep everywhere to what is needful. But let us see the prophecy too, that by words and that by deeds. What then is the prophecy? “Behold, your king comes to you, gentle, mounted on a beast of burden and a young colt”: not driving chariots like the other kings, not demanding tribute, not making a show and leading bodyguards about, but displaying great gentleness here too. Ask the Jew, then: what king came into Jerusalem riding on a donkey? He could name none but this one alone. And he did these things, as I said, foreshowing the things to come. For here the church is indicated by the colt, and the new people, once unclean, but made clean once Jesus sat upon it. And see the image preserved throughout. The disciples untie the beasts; for through the apostles both they and we were called, through the apostles we were brought near. And since our approved state provoked them to jealousy, for this reason the donkey is seen following the colt. For after Christ has sat upon the Gentiles, then they too will come, being provoked to jealousy. And Paul, making this plain, said that “a hardening has come upon Israel in part, until the fullness of the Gentiles has come in; and so all Israel will be saved.” For that it was a prophecy is plain from what has been said; for the prophet would not have troubled to tell of the donkey’s youth with such exactness if this were not so. And not only are these things shown by what has been said, but also that the apostles will lead them with ease. For as here no one objected to their taking them, so in the case of the Gentiles too no one of those who held them was able to hinder them. And he does not sit on the bare colt, but on the garments of the apostles. For since they had taken the colt, they now give up everything, as Paul too said, “I will most gladly spend and be spent for your souls.” And consider the docility of the colt: how, though untamed and without experience of the bridle, it did not leap about, but went along in good order. This too was a prophecy of what was to come, showing the ready obedience of the Gentiles and their sudden change to good order. For the word that said, “Untie them and bring them to me,” accomplished everything, so that the disorderly became orderly and the unclean thereafter clean. [3] But see the meanness of the Jews. He worked so many miracles, and they were never so astonished at him; but when they saw a crowd running together, then they marvel. “For the whole city was shaken, saying, ‘Who is this?’ And the crowds said, ‘This is Jesus the prophet, from Nazareth of Galilee.’” And when they thought they were saying something great, even then their opinion was grovelling, low and mean. And he did these things not to make a show of some pageant, but at once, as I said, both fulfilling prophecy and teaching philosophy, and at the same time consoling the disciples who were grieved over his death, and showing that he suffers all these things willingly. And marvel, I pray you, at the exactness of the prophet, how he foretold everything; and some things David, others Zechariah proclaimed beforehand. Let us too, then, do likewise, and sing hymns, and give up our garments to those who carry him. For of what shall we be worthy, when some put their garments on the donkey on which he sat, and others spread them under its feet, while we, seeing him naked, and not even bidden to strip ourselves but to spend from what we have laid by, are not generous even so? And they accompany him before and behind, while we even send him away when he comes to us, and repel him, and insult him. Of how great punishment are these things worthy, how great vengeance? Your Master comes to you in need, and you do not even wish to hear his supplication, but you accuse and rebuke him, and that though you have heard such words. And if in giving one loaf and a little silver you are so mean and careless and slow, if you had to empty out everything, what would you have become? Do you not see the open-handed men in the theater, how much they throw away on harlots? But you do not give even half of that, often not even the smallest part. But the devil bids you give to whoever comes, bringing you Gehenna, and you give; Christ bids you give to the needy, promising the kingdom, and not only do you not give, but you even insult, and choose rather to obey the devil and be punished than to be persuaded by Christ and be saved. And what could be worse than this madness? The one brings Gehenna, the other the kingdom; and leaving the latter you run to the former. And the one who comes to you you send away, while the one who is far off you call to you. And it is the same as if a king, wearing purple and holding out a diadem, did not persuade, while a robber, brandishing a sword and threatening death, did persuade. Considering these things, then, beloved, let us at last, though late, look up and come to our senses. For I am now ashamed to speak of almsgiving, because though I have often spoken on this subject, I have accomplished nothing worthy of the exhortation. Something more has come of it, but not so much as I wished. For I see you sowing, but not with a generous hand. That is why I fear that you may also reap sparingly. For that we sow sparingly, let us examine, if you please, who are more numerous in the city, the poor or the rich, and who are neither poor nor rich but hold the middle place. For example, a tenth part are rich, and a tenth are poor who have nothing at all, and the rest are of the middle class. Let us then divide the whole multitude of the city among the needy, and you will see how great the shame is. For the very rich are few, and those next to them many; again, the poor far fewer than these. Yet, though there are so many able to feed the hungry, many go to sleep hungry, not because those who have cannot easily supply them, but because of their great cruelty and inhumanity. For if the rich and those next to them divided among themselves those who need bread and clothing, scarcely one poor person would fall to the share of fifty or even a hundred men. Yet even with such an abundance of people to provide for them, they lament every day. And that you may learn their inhumanity: the church, which has the revenue of one of the lowest of the wealthy, and of those not very rich, consider how many widows it supports every day, how many virgins; for the list of them has reached the number of three thousand. Besides these, it supports those who live in prison, the sick in the hostel, the healthy, those who are traveling, those maimed in body, those who wait at the altar for food and clothing, and those who simply come to it every day; and its substance has not been diminished at all. So that if only ten men were willing to spend in this way, there would be no …

66.4Field 2

Καὶ τί ξμελλον, φησὶν, οἱ παῖδες ἡμῶν διαδέχεσθαι; Τὸ κεφάλαιον ἔμενε, καὶ ἢ πρόσοδος πάλιν πλείων ἐγένετο, ἐν οὐρανῷ θησαυριζομένων αὐτοῖς τῶν κτημάτων. Ἀλλ᾽ οὐ βούλεσθε οὕτω; Κἂν εἴ ὅ ἡμισείας, κἂν ἀπὸ τρίτης μοίρας, κἂν ἀπὸ τετάρτης, κἂν ἀπὸ δεκάτης. Διὰ γὰρ τὴν τοῦ θεοῦ χάριν δέκα πόλεων πένητας δυνατὸν ἣν θρέψαι τὴν πόλιν τὴν ἡμετέραν. Καὶ εἰ βούλεσθε, ποιησωμέν τινα τούτων συλλογισμόν μᾶλλον δὲ οὐδὲ συλλογισμοῦ χρεία καὶ γὰρ αὐτόθεν κατάδηλός ἐστιν ἡ εὐκολία τοῦ πράγματος. Ὁρᾶτε γοῦν εἰς τὰς λειτουργίας τὰς πολιτικὰς, ὅσα οἰκία μία ἀναλίσκουσα πολλάκις οὐκ ὥκνησεν; ἀλλ᾽ οὐδὲ ᾿ μικρὸν ἤσθετο τῆς δαπάνης ἣν εἰ τῶν πλουσίων ἕκαστος εἰς τοὺς πένητας λειτουργεῖν λειτουργίαν ἐβούλετο, ἐν βραχείᾳ καιβοὺ ῥοπῇ ἥρπασεν ἂν τὸν οὐρανόν. Τίς οὖν ἂν εἴη συγγνώμη, ποία ἀπολογίας σκιὰ, ὅταν μηδὲ ὧν ἀφίστασθαι μέλλομεν πάντως ἀπαγόμενοι ἐντεῦθεν, μηδὲ τούτων. μεταδιδῶμεν τοῖς δεομένοις μετὰ δαψιλείας τοσαύτης, μεθ᾽ ὅσης τοῖς ἐπὶ τῆς σκηνῆς ἕτεροι, καὶ ταῦτα τοσαῦτα μέλλοντες καρποῦσθαι ἐκ τούτων: Ἔδει μὲν γὰρ, εἰ καὶ διαπαντὸς ἐνταῦθα ἡ ἥμεν, μηδὲ οὕτω φείδεσθαι τῆς καλῆς ταύτης δαπάνης ὅταν δὲ μικρὸν ὕστερον ἐντεῦθεν ἀπαγώμεθα, καὶ πάντων ἀφελκώμεθα γυμνοὶ; ποίαν ἕξομεν ἀπολογίαν, μηδὲ ἀ ἀπὸ τῶν προσόδων παρέχοντες τοῖς λιμώττουσι. καὶ ἀγχομένοις : Οὐδὲ γὰρ ἀναγκάζω σε τὰ ὄντα μειῶσαι οὐκ ἐπειδὴ μὴ βούλομαι, ἀλλ᾽ ἐπειδὴ σφόδρα ὀκνοῦντα ὁρῶ. Οὐ τοίνυν τοῦτό φημι ἀλλ᾽ ἀπὸ τῶν καρπῶν ἀνάλωσον, καὶ μηδὲν θησαυρίσῃς ἐντεῦθεν. Ἀρκεῖ σοι ὥσπερ ἐκ πηγῆς ἔχειν ἐπιῤῥόοντα τὰ χρήματα τῶν προσόδων' ποίησον κοινωνοὺς τοὺς πένητας, καὶ γενοῦ καλὸς οἰκονόμος τῶν παρὰ τοῦ θεοῦ σοι δοθέντων. ᾿Αλλὰ τελέσματα δίδωμι, φησί. Διὰ τοῦτό οὖν καταφρονεῖς, ὅτι ἐνταῦθα οὐδεὶς ἁ απαιτεῖ ; κακείνῳ μὲν τῷ, κἂν ἐνέγκῃ, κἂν μὴ ἐνέγκῃ, λαμβάνοντι μετὰ ἀνάγκης καὶ στρεβλοῦντι οὐ τολμᾷς ἀντειπεῖν τῷ δὲ οὕτως ἡμέρῳ, καὶ τότε ἀπαιτοῦντι, ὅταν ἐνέγκῃ ἡ γῆ, οὐδὲ μόχρι λόγον ἀποκρίνῃ : Καὶ τίς σε ἐξαιρήσεται τῶν ἀκαρτερήτων ἐκείνων κολάσεων: Οὐκ ἔστιν οὐδείς. Εἰ γὰρ ἐπειδὴ ἐκεῖ πάντως ἕψεται τιμωρία χαλεπωτάτη μὴ ᾿ δόντι, διὰ τοῦτο γίνη σπουδαῖος περὶ τὴν ἔκτισιν, ἐννόησον ὅτι καὶ ἐνταῦθα χαλεπωτέρα οὐ τὸ δεθῆναι, οὐδὲ τὸ εἰς δεσμωτήριον ἐμπεσεῖν, ἀλλὰ τὸ ἀπελθεῖν εἰς τὸ πῦρ τὸ αἰώνιον. . Πάντων οὖν ἕνεκεν ταῦτα πρῶτον ᾿καταθῶμεν τὰ τελέσματα. Καὶ γὰρ πολλὴ ἢ εὐκολία, καὶ μείζων ὁ ο μισθὸς, καὶ πλείων ἡ ἐμπορία, καὶ χείρων ἥ κόλασις αὐγνωμονοῦσιν ἡμῖν. Κόλασις γὰρ διαδέχεται τέλος οὐκ ἔχουσα. Εἰ δὲ τοὺς στρατιώτας μοι λέγεις τοὺς ὑπὲρ σοῦ ᾿ πολεμοῦντας βαρβάροις, ἔστι καὶ ἐνταῦθα στρατόπεδον, τὸ τῶν πτωχῶν, καὶ πόλεμος ὃν ὑπὲρ σοῦ πολεμοῦσιν οἱ πένητες. Ὅταν γὰρ λάβωσιν, εὐχόμενοι τὸν θεὸν ἵλεω ποιοῦσιν᾽ ἵλεω δὲ ποιοῦντες, ἀποκρούονται ἀντὶ βαρβάρων τὰς τῶν δαιμόνων ἐπιβουλάς οὐκ αφιᾶσι σφοδρὸ ν εἶναι τὸν πονηρὸν, οὐδὲ ἐπιτίθεσθαι συνεχῶς, αλλ ἐκλύουσιν αὐτοῦ τὴν ἰσχύν.

Kai ti xmellon, phēsin, hoi paides hēmōn diadechesthai? To kephalaion emene, kai ē prosodos palin pleiōn egeneto, en ouranǭ thēsaurizomenōn autois tōn ktēmatōn. All᾽ ou boulesthe houtō? Kan ei ho hēmiseias, kan apo tritēs moiras, kan apo tetartēs, kan apo dekatēs. Dia gar tēn tou theou charin deka poleōn penētas dynaton hēn threpsai tēn polin tēn hēmeteran. Kai ei boulesthe, poiēsōmen tina toutōn syllogismon mallon de oude syllogismou chreia kai gar autothen katadēlos estin hē eukolia tou pragmatos. Horate goun eis tas leitourgias tas politikas, hosa oikia mia analiskousa pollakis ouk hōknēsen? all᾽ oude ᾿ mikron ēstheto tēs dapanēs hēn ei tōn plousiōn hekastos eis tous penētas leitourgein leitourgian ebouleto, en bracheią kaibou rhopę̄ hērpasen an ton ouranon. Tis oun an eiē syngnōmē, poia apologias skia, hotan mēde hōn aphistasthai mellomen pantōs apagomenoi enteuthen, mēde toutōn. metadidōmen tois deomenois meta dapsileias tosautēs, meth᾽ hosēs tois epi tēs skēnēs heteroi, kai tauta tosauta mellontes karpousthai ek toutōn: Edei men gar, ei kai diapantos entautha hē hēmen, mēde houtō pheidesthai tēs kalēs tautēs dapanēs hotan de mikron hysteron enteuthen apagōmetha, kai pantōn aphelkōmetha gymnoi? poian hexomen apologian, mēde a apo tōn prosodōn parechontes tois limōttousi. kai anchomenois : Oude gar anankazō se ta onta meiōsai ouk epeidē mē boulomai, all᾽ epeidē sphodra oknounta horō. Ou toinyn touto phēmi all᾽ apo tōn karpōn analōson, kai mēden thēsaurisę̄s enteuthen. Arkei soi hōsper ek pēgēs echein epirrhoonta ta chrēmata tōn prosodōn' poiēson koinōnous tous penētas, kai genou kalos oikonomos tōn para tou theou soi dothentōn. ᾿Alla telesmata didōmi, phēsi. Dia touto oun kataphroneis, hoti entautha oudeis ha apaitei ? kakeinǭ men tǭ, kan enenkę̄, kan mē enenkę̄, lambanonti meta anankēs kai streblounti ou tolmąs anteipein tǭ de houtōs hēmerǭ, kai tote apaitounti, hotan enenkę̄ hē gē, oude mochri logon apokrinę̄ : Kai tis se exairēsetai tōn akarterētōn ekeinōn kolaseōn: Ouk estin oudeis. Ei gar epeidē ekei pantōs hepsetai timōria chalepōtatē mē ᾿ donti, dia touto ginē spoudaios peri tēn ektisin, ennoēson hoti kai entautha chalepōtera ou to dethēnai, oude to eis desmōtērion empesein, alla to apelthein eis to pyr to aiōnion. . Pantōn oun heneken tauta prōton ᾿katathōmen ta telesmata. Kai gar pollē ē eukolia, kai meizōn ho o misthos, kai pleiōn hē emporia, kai cheirōn hē kolasis augnōmonousin hēmin. Kolasis gar diadechetai telos ouk echousa. Ei de tous stratiōtas moi legeis tous hyper sou ᾿ polemountas barbarois, esti kai entautha stratopedon, to tōn ptōchōn, kai polemos hon hyper sou polemousin hoi penētes. Hotan gar labōsin, euchomenoi ton theon hileō poiousin᾽ hileō de poiountes, apokrouontai anti barbarōn tas tōn daimonōn epiboulas ouk aphiasi sphodro n einai ton ponēron, oude epitithesthai synechōs, all eklyousin autou tēn ischyn.

“And what,” someone says, “were our children going to inherit?” The capital would have remained, and the revenue would have become greater, since your possessions would be laid up in heaven for them. But you do not wish it so? Then at least give from a half, or a third part, or a fourth, or a tenth. For by the grace of God our city could feed the poor of ten cities. And if you wish, let us make some reckoning of these things; or rather there is not even need of reckoning, for the ease of the thing is plain at once. See, at any rate, how much one household often spends without hesitation on public liturgies, and does not even feel the expense a little; and if each of the rich were willing to perform this liturgy for the poor, in a brief moment he would seize heaven. What pardon, then, could there be, what shadow of a defense, when we do not share with the needy even what we are certainly going to leave when we are taken away from here, with as much generosity as others show to those on the stage, and that when we are going to reap so much from it? For even if we were here forever, we ought not to be so sparing of this noble expense; but when a little later we are taken away from here and dragged naked from everything, what defense shall we have for not supplying even from our revenues those who are starving and choking? For I do not compel you to diminish your possessions; not because I do not wish it, but because I see you very reluctant. So I do not say this; but spend from the fruits, and lay up nothing from them. It is enough for you to have the money of your revenues flowing in as from a spring; make the poor your partners, and become a good steward of what God has given you. “But I pay taxes,” someone says. Do you therefore despise this because here no one demands it? And to that one, who takes by compulsion and torture whether the land yields or does not yield, you do not dare to object; but to the one so gentle, who demands only when the land has yielded, you do not even answer a word? And who will rescue you from those unbearable punishments? There is no one. For if, because the harshest penalty will certainly follow if you do not pay, you become zealous in paying, consider that here too the penalty is harsher: not to be bound, nor to fall into prison, but to depart into the eternal fire. On every account, then, let us pay these taxes first. For the ease is great, and the reward greater, and the profit more, and the punishment worse if we are ungrateful; for a punishment follows that has no end. And if you speak to me of the soldiers who fight the barbarians on your behalf, here too there is an army, that of the poor, and a war which the poor fight on your behalf. For when they receive, by praying they make God gracious; and making him gracious, they repel, instead of barbarians, the plots of the demons; they do not allow the wicked one to be violent, nor to attack continually, but they weaken his strength.

66.5Field 2

Ὁρῶν τοίνυν τοὺς στρατιώτας τούτους καθ᾽ ἑκάστην ἡμέραν πυκτεύοντας ὑπὲρ σοῦ τῷ διαβόλῳ διὰ τῶν δεήσεων καὶ τῶν εὐχῶν, ἀπαίτησον σαυτὸν τὴν καλὴν ταύτην εἰσφορὰν, τὰς εκείνων τροφας. Και Ὑαρ ἥμερος ὧν ο βασιλεὺς ουτος, οὐκ ἔδωκέ σοι τοὺς ἀπαιτοῦντας, ἀλλ᾽ ἑκόντα βούλεται καταθεῖναι᾿ κἀν κατὰ μικρὸν καταβάλης, δέχεται κἂν ἀπορῶν διὰ πολλοῦ χρόνου καταθῆς, οὐ κατεπείγει τὸν οὐκ ὄχοντα. Μὴ δὴ τῆς μακροθυμίας αὐτοῦ καταφρονῶμεν, ἀλλὰ θησαυρίζωμεν ἑαντοῖς μὴ ὀργὴν, ἀλλὰ σωτηρίαν μὴ θάνατον, ἀλλὰ ζωήν μὴ κόλασιν καὶ τιμωρίαν, ἀλλὰ τιμὰς καὶ στεφάνους. Οὐκ ἔστιν ἐνταῦθα δοῦναι μισθὸν τῆς μετακομιδῆς τῶν εἰσφερομένων᾽ οὐκ ἔστιν ἐνταῦθα καμεῖν ἐξαργυρίζοντας. Ἂν καταβάλης αὐτὰ, αὐτὸς αὐτὰ μετατίθησιν εἰς τὸν οὐρανὸν ὁ δεσπότης αὐτός σοι τὴν πραγματείαν ἣ κατασκευάζει κερδαλεωτέραν. Οὐκ ἔστιν ἐνταῦθα παράπομπον εὑρεῖν τῶν καταβληθέντων᾽ μόνον καταβαλε, καὶ οὐθέως ἄνεισιν᾽ οὐχ ἵνα στρατιῶται ἕτεροι τραφῶσιν, ἀλλ᾽ ἵνα σοι μένῃ μετ᾽ ἐμπορίας πολλῆς. ᾿Ενταῦθα μὲν γὰρ ἅπερ ἂν δῷς, ἀναλαβεῖν οὐκ με εκεῖ ὁθ μετὰ πολλῆς ἀπολήψη πάλιν αντὰ τῆς τιμῆς, , μὸν καὶ κερδανεῖς μείζω καὶ πνευματικώτερα κέρδη. ᾿Ενταῦθα τὰ διδόμενα ἀπαίτησίς ἐστιν ἣὃ ἐκεῖ χρῆσις καὶ δάνειον καὶ ὄφλημα. Καὶ γὰρ χειρῦγραφα σοι ἐποίησεν ο θεός· ὁ γὰρ ἐλεῶν, φησὶ, πτωχὸν, δανείζει θεῷ. Εδωκέ σοι καὶ αῤῥαβῶνα καὶ ἐγγνητὰς, καὶ ταῦτα θεὸς ὥν. Ποῖον ἧ ἀῤῥαβῶνα; Τὰ ἐν τῷ παρόντι βίῳ, τὰ αἰσθητὰ, τὰ πνευματικὰ, τὰ προοίμια τῶν μελλόντων. Τί τοίνυν ἀναβάλλῃ καὶ ὀκνεῖς, τοσαῦτα ἤδη λαβὼν, τοσαῦτα προσδοκῶν μὲν γὰρ ἔλαβες, ἔστε ταῦτα᾽ σῶμα αὐτός σοι διέπλασε' ψυχὴν αὐτός σοι ὁ ἐνέθηκεν' ἐτίμησέ σε λόγῳ μόνον τῶν ἐπὶ γῆν᾽ τῶν ὁρωμένων σοι ἁπάντων τὴν χρῆσιν ἔδωκεν ἐχαρίσατό σοι τὴν ἑαυτοῦ γνώσιν᾽ τὸν υἱὸν ἐπέδωκεν ὑπὲρ σοῦ βάπτισμα τοσούτων γέμον ἀγαθῶν ἐδωρήσατο ἔδωκέ σοι τράπεζαν ἱεράν: ἐπηγγείλατο βασιλείαν καὶ τὰ ἀπόῤῥητα ἀγαθα. Τοσαῦτα τοίνυν λαβὼν, τοσαῦτα μέλλων λαμβάνειν (πάλιν γὰρ τὸ αὐτὸ ερῶ), περὶ χρήματα ἀπολλύμενα ᾿μικρολογῇ : καὶ ποίαν ἕξεις συγγνώμην ; ᾿Αλλὰ τοὺς παῖδας πάντως ὁρᾷς, καὶ διὰ τούτους ἀναδύῃ Καὶ μὴν κἀκείνους παίδευσον τοιαῦτα κερδαίνειν κέρδη. Καὶ γὰρ ει ἀργύριον ἦν σοι δεδανεισμένον καὶ τόκους φέρον, εἶτα ὀφειλέτης εὐγνώμων ἣν, μυριάκις ἂν εἵλου ἀντὶ τοῦ χρυσίου τὸ Ὑραμματεῖον καταλιπεῖν τῷ παιδὶ, ὥστε αὐτῷ τὰς προσόδους γενέσθαι πολλάς, καὶ μὴ αναγκάζεσθαι περιϊέναι καὶ πεῖν ἑτέρους τοὺς ᾿' δανεισομένου. Καὶ νῦν τοῦτο δὸς τὸ χειρόγραφον τοῖς παιδίοις, καὶ κατάλιπε τὸν θεὸν αὐτοῖς ὀφειλέτην. Σὺ δὲ τοὺς μὲν ἀγροὺς οὐ πωλεῖς καὶ δίδως τοῖς παιδίοις» ἀλλ᾽ ἐᾷς, ὅπως ἡ πρόσοδος μένῃ, καὶ ὁ τῶν ρημάτων πλεονασμὸς αὐτοῖς γένηται πλείων ἐντεῦθεν τὸ τ χειρόγραφον τοῦτο, παντὸς ἀγροὺ καὶ προσόδων εὐπορώτερον, καὶ τοσούτους φέρον καρποὺς, τοῦτο δέδοικας καταλιπεῖν ; καὶ πόσης ἃ ἂν εἴη τοῦτο εὐηθείας, τε καὶ παραπληξίας Καὶ ταῦτα εἰδὼς ὅτι κἀν αὐτοῖς αὑτὸ καταλίπῃς», καὶ αὐτὸς αὐτὸ λαβὼν ἀπελεύσῃ πάλιν. Τοιαῦτα γὰρ τὰ πνευματικά πολλὴν ἔχει τὴν φι ιλοτιμίαν. Μὴ δὴ πτωχεύωμεν, μηδὲ ἀπάνθρωποι καὶ ὠμοὶ περὶ ἡμᾶς αὐτοὺς γινώμεθα, ἀλλ᾽ ἐμπορευσώμεθα τὴν καλὴν ταύτην πραγματείαν᾽ ἵνα καὶ αὐτοὶ λαβόντες αὐτὴν ἀπέλθωμεν, καὶ τοῖς υἱοῖς τοῖς ἑαυτῶν καταλείψωμεν, καὶ τῶν μελλόντων ᾿ἐπιτύχωμεν ἀγαθῶν, χάριτι καὶ φιλανθρωπίᾳ τοῦ κυρίου ἡμῶν ᾿Ιησοῦ ,Χριστοὺ, μεθ' οὗ τῷ πατρὶ ἅμα τῷ ἁγίῳ πνεύματι δόξα, κράτος, τιμὴ, νῦν καὶ ἀεὶ καὶ εἰς τοὺς αἰῶνας τῶν αἰώνων. ᾿Αμῆν.

Horōn toinyn tous stratiōtas toutous kath᾽ hekastēn hēmeran pykteuontas hyper sou tǭ diabolǭ dia tōn deēseōn kai tōn euchōn, apaitēson sauton tēn kalēn tautēn eisphoran, tas ekeinōn trophas. Kai Hyar hēmeros hōn o basileus outos, ouk edōke soi tous apaitountas, all᾽ hekonta bouletai katatheinai᾿ kan kata mikron katabalēs, dechetai kan aporōn dia pollou chronou katathēs, ou katepeigei ton ouk ochonta. Mē dē tēs makrothymias autou kataphronōmen, alla thēsaurizōmen heantois mē orgēn, alla sōtērian mē thanaton, alla zōēn mē kolasin kai timōrian, alla timas kai stephanous. Ouk estin entautha dounai misthon tēs metakomidēs tōn eispheromenōn᾽ ouk estin entautha kamein exargyrizontas. An katabalēs auta, autos auta metatithēsin eis ton ouranon ho despotēs autos soi tēn pragmateian hē kataskeuazei kerdaleōteran. Ouk estin entautha parapompon heurein tōn katablēthentōn᾽ monon katabale, kai outheōs aneisin᾽ ouch hina stratiōtai heteroi traphōsin, all᾽ hina soi menę̄ met᾽ emporias pollēs. ᾿Entautha men gar haper an dǭs, analabein ouk me ekei hoth meta pollēs apolēpsē palin anta tēs timēs, , mon kai kerdaneis meizō kai pneumatikōtera kerdē. ᾿Entautha ta didomena apaitēsis estin hēo ekei chrēsis kai daneion kai ophlēma. Kai gar cheirygrapha soi epoiēsen o theos; ho gar eleōn, phēsi, ptōchon, daneizei theǭ. Edōke soi kai arrhabōna kai engnētas, kai tauta theos hōn. Poion hē arrhabōna? Ta en tǭ paronti biǭ, ta aisthēta, ta pneumatika, ta prooimia tōn mellontōn. Ti toinyn anaballę̄ kai okneis, tosauta ēdē labōn, tosauta prosdokōn men gar elabes, este tauta᾽ sōma autos soi dieplase' psychēn autos soi ho enethēken' etimēse se logǭ monon tōn epi gēn᾽ tōn horōmenōn soi hapantōn tēn chrēsin edōken echarisato soi tēn heautou gnōsin᾽ ton huion epedōken hyper sou baptisma tosoutōn gemon agathōn edōrēsato edōke soi trapezan hieran: epēngeilato basileian kai ta aporrhēta agatha. Tosauta toinyn labōn, tosauta mellōn lambanein (palin gar to auto erō), peri chrēmata apollymena ᾿mikrologę̄ : kai poian hexeis syngnōmēn ? ᾿Alla tous paidas pantōs horąs, kai dia toutous anadyę̄ Kai mēn kakeinous paideuson toiauta kerdainein kerdē. Kai gar ei argyrion ēn soi dedaneismenon kai tokous pheron, eita opheiletēs eugnōmōn hēn, myriakis an heilou anti tou chrysiou to Hyrammateion katalipein tǭ paidi, hōste autǭ tas prosodous genesthai pollas, kai mē anankazesthai periïenai kai pein heterous tous ᾿' daneisomenou. Kai nyn touto dos to cheirographon tois paidiois, kai katalipe ton theon autois opheiletēn. Sy de tous men agrous ou pōleis kai didōs tois paidiois» all᾽ eąs, hopōs hē prosodos menę̄, kai ho tōn rēmatōn pleonasmos autois genētai pleiōn enteuthen to t cheirographon touto, pantos agrou kai prosodōn euporōteron, kai tosoutous pheron karpous, touto dedoikas katalipein ? kai posēs ha an eiē touto euētheias, te kai paraplēxias Kai tauta eidōs hoti kan autois hauto katalipę̄s», kai autos auto labōn apeleusę̄ palin. Toiauta gar ta pneumatika pollēn echei tēn phi ilotimian. Mē dē ptōcheuōmen, mēde apanthrōpoi kai ōmoi peri hēmas autous ginōmetha, all᾽ emporeusōmetha tēn kalēn tautēn pragmateian᾽ hina kai autoi labontes autēn apelthōmen, kai tois huiois tois heautōn kataleipsōmen, kai tōn mellontōn ᾿epitychōmen agathōn, chariti kai philanthrōpią tou kyriou hēmōn ᾿Iēsou ,Christou, meth' hou tǭ patri hama tǭ hagiǭ pneumati doxa, kratos, timē, nyn kai aei kai eis tous aiōnas tōn aiōnōn. ᾿Amēn.

Seeing, then, these soldiers boxing every day with the devil on your behalf by their petitions and prayers, demand of yourself this noble contribution, their food. For this King, being gentle, has not given you men to exact it, but wishes you to pay it willingly; and if you pay little by little, he accepts it; and if, being in difficulty, you pay over a long time, he does not press the one who does not have. Let us not, then, despise his long-suffering, but lay up for ourselves not wrath but salvation, not death but life, not punishment and vengeance but honors and crowns. Here there is no fee to pay for carrying the contributions; here there is no toil in converting them into money. If you pay them in, he himself transfers them to heaven; the Master himself makes your business more profitable for you. Here there is no need to find an escort for what is paid in; only pay it, and at once it goes up, not so that other soldiers may be fed, but so that it may remain for you with great profit. For here, what you give you cannot take back; but there you will receive it again with great honor, and you will gain greater and more spiritual gains. Here what is given is an exaction; there it is a loan, a credit and a debt. For God has made you bonds: “For he who has mercy on a poor man,” it says, “lends to God.” He has given you also a pledge and sureties, though he is God. What pledge? The things in the present life, both the visible and the spiritual, the firstfruits of the things to come. Why then do you delay and hesitate, when you have already received so much and expect so much? For what you have received are these: he himself fashioned your body; he himself placed the soul in you; he honored you with reason alone of the things on earth; he gave you the use of all you see; he granted you knowledge of himself; he gave his Son for you; he bestowed baptism, full of so many good things; he gave you a holy table; he promised a kingdom and the unspeakable good things. Having received so much, then, and being about to receive so much (for I will say the same thing again), are you petty about money that perishes? And what pardon will you have? But you look, no doubt, to your children, and on their account you draw back. Then teach them too to make such gains. For if you had money lent out and bearing interest, and the debtor were honest, you would ten thousand times rather leave the bond to your child than the gold, so that the revenues might be many for him, and he might not be compelled to go about persuading others to borrow. So now too give this bond to your children, and leave God to them as their debtor. You do not sell your fields and give the money to your children, but you leave them, so that the revenue may remain and the increase of the money may become greater for them from it; and this bond, richer than any field and revenue, bearing so much fruit, this you are afraid to leave? And how great a foolishness and madness this would be! And that though you know that even if you leave it to them, you yourself will also take it with you when you depart. For such are spiritual things: they have great munificence. Let us not, then, make ourselves poor, nor be inhuman and cruel toward ourselves, but let us carry on this noble business, so that we may both take it with us when we depart and leave it to our sons, and obtain the good things to come, by the grace and love for mankind of our Lord Jesus Christ, with whom to the Father together with the Holy Spirit be glory, might, honor, now and always and to the ages of ages. Amen.

Chapter 67

67.1Field 2

᾿Ιησοῦς εἰς τὸ ἱερὸν, ἐξέβαλε πάντας τοὺς πωλοῦντας καὶ αγοράζοντας ἐν τῷ ἱερῷ, καὶ τὰς τραπέζας τῶν κολλυβιστῶν κατέστρεψε, καὶ τὰς καθέδρας τῶν πωλούντων τὰς περιστεράς, καὶ λέγει αὐτοῖς γέγραπται, ὁ οἶκός μον οἶκος προσευχῆς κληθήσεται ὑμεῖς δὲ αὐτὸν ἐποιήσατε σπήλαιον ληστῶν. ΤΟΥ͂ΤΟ καὶ ᾿Ιωάννης φησίν αλλ᾽ ἐκεῖνος μὲν ἐν ἀρχῆ τοῦ προ ᾽ εὐαγγελίου, οὗτος δὲ πρὸς τῷ τέλει. Ὅθεν εἰκὸς δεύτερον γεγενῆσθαι τοῦτο, καὶ κατὰ διαφόρους καιρούς. Καὶ δῆλον καὶ ἀπὸ τῶν χρόνων, καὶ ἀπὸ τῆς ἀποκρίσεως. κεῖ μὲν ὰρ ἐν αὐτῷ τῷ πάσχα παρεγένετο᾽ ἐνταῦθα δὲ πρὸ πολλοῦ. Κακεῖ μὲν λέγουσιν ἣ ᾿Ιουδαῖοι᾽ τί σημεῖον δεικνύεις ἡμῖν : ενταῦθα ὃὁὲ σιγῶσι;, καίτοι επιτιμηθέντες, ὁια τὸ ἤδη θαυμάζεσθαι αὐτὸν παρὰ πᾶσι. Τοῦτο δὲ κατηγορία μείζων ᾿Ιουδαίων, ὅτι ᾿ καὶ ἅπαξ καὶ δὶς τοῦτο αὐτοῦ ποιήσαντος, ἐνέμενον ἔτι τῇ καπηλείᾳ, καὶ ἀντίθεον αὐτὸν εἶναι ἔλεγον, δέον καντεῦθεν μαθεῖν αὐτοῦ τὴν πρὸς τὸν πατέρα τιμὴν, καὶ τὴν οἰκείαν ἰσχύν. Καὶ γὰρ καὶ ἐεθαυματούργησε, και εὗρὼων τοὺς λογους τοῖς πραγμασι συμφωνουντας. Αλλ οὐδὲ οὕτως ἐπείθοντο, ἀλλ᾽ ἠγανάκτουν καὶ ταῦτα τοῦ προφήτου βοῶντος ἀκούοντες, καὶ τῶν παιδίων παρὰ καιρὸν ἡλικίας αἀνακηρυττόντων αὐτὸν. Διόπερ καὶ αὐτὸς τὸν Ἡσαΐαν αὑτοῖς ἐπιτειχίζει κατήγορον, λέγων 0 οἶκός μου οἶκος προσενχῆς κληθήσεται. Οὐ ταύτῃ δὲ μόνον δείκνυσιν αὐτοῦ τὴν ἐξουσίαν, ἀλλὰ καὶ τῷ θεραπεῦσαι ποικίλα ᾿νοσήματα· προσῆλθον γὰρ αὐτῷ χωλοὶ καὶ τυφλοὶ, καὶ ἐθεράπευσεν αὐτούς καὶ τὴν δύναμιν αὐτοῦ καὶ τὴν ἐξου- σίαν ενὸείκνυται. Οἱ ὁὲ οὐὸε οὕτως επείθοντο, αλλα μετα τῶν λοιπῶν θαυμάτων καὶ τῶν ᾿ παίδων ἀκούοντες ἀνακηρυττόντων αὐτὸν, ἐ ἀπεπνίγοντο, καί φασιν' ἐ οὐκ ἀκούεις τί οὗτοι λέγουσι; Καὶ μὴν τοῦτο του Χριστοῦ ἦν εἰπεῖν πρὸς αὐτούς οὐκ ἀκούετε τί οὗτοι λέγουσιν ; ἢ ὡς γὰρ θεῷ ἣ ν ἐκεῖνος: Τί οὖν αὐτός: ᾿Επειδὴ τοῖς φανεροῖς ἀντέλεγον, ἐπιπληκτικώτερυν κέχρηται τῇ διορθώσει, λέγων' ἐ οὐδόποτε ἀνέγνωτε ἐκ στόματος νηπίων καὶ ,θηλαζόντων κατηρτίσω αἷνον: Καὶ καλῶς εἶπεν, ἐκ στόματος. Οὐ γὰρ τῆς διανοίας αὐτῶν ἦν τὸ λεγόμενον, ἀλλὰ τῆς αὐτοῦ δυνάμεως τρανούσης τὸ τῆς γλώττης ἐκείνων ἄωρον. Τοῦτο δὲ καὶ τύπος τῶν ἐθνῶν ἣν, τῶν ψελλιζόντων καὶ ἀθρόον Ἰχησάντων μεγάλα μετὰ διανοίας καὶ πίστεως. Καὶ τοις ἀποστόλοις ἰδὲ ἐντεῦθεν οὐ μικρὰ παράκλησις. Ἵνα γὰρ μὴ διαπορῶσι, πῶς ἰδιῶται ὄντες δυνήσονται. τὸ κήρυγμα καταγγεῖλαι; προλαβόντες οἱ παῖδες πᾶσαν αὐτῶν ἐξέβαλον τὴν ἀγωνίαν, ὅτι δώσει καὶ αὐτοῖς λόγον ὁ ᾿τούτους ποιήσας ὑμνεῖν. Οὐ ᾿ ταύτῃ δὲ μόνον, ἀλλ᾽ ὅτι καὶ τῆς φύσεως ἐστι δημιουργὸς» ἐδήλου τὸ θαῦμα. Οἱ μὲν οὖν παῖδες, καίτοι ἄωρον ἔχοντες τὴν ἡλικίαν, εὔσημα ἐφθέγγοντο καὶ τοῖς ἄνω συνῳδα οἱ δὲ ἄνδρες παραφροσύνης γέμοντα καὶ μανίας. Τοιοῦτον γὰρ ἢ κακία. ᾿Επεὶ οὖν πολλὰ ἦν αὐτοὺς τὰ παροξύνοντα, τὰ παρὰ τῶν ὄχλων, τὰ πάρα τῆς ἐκβολῆς τῶν πωλούντων, τὰ τῶν θαυμάτων, τὰ τῶν παιδίων, πάλιν αὐτοὺς καταλιμπάνει, χαλῶν αὐτῶν τὸν ὄγκον τοῦ πάθους, καὶ μὴ βουλόμενος ἄρχεσθαι τῆς διδασκαλίας, ἵνα μὴ ζέοντες τῷ φθόνῳ δυσχεραίνωσιν ἐπιπλέον πρὸς τὰ λεγόμενα. Πρωΐας δὲ ἐπανάγων εἰς τὴν πόλιν, ἐπείνασε. Πώς πρωΐας πεινᾷ: ;: Ὅτε συνεχώρησε τῇ σαρκὶ, τότε ἐπιδείκννται αὐτῆς τὸ πάθος. Καὶ ἰδὼν συκῆν ἐπὶ τῆς ὁδοῦ, ἦλθεν ἐπ᾿ αὐτὴν, καὶ οὐδὲν εὗρεν εἰ μὴ φύλλα μόνον. Ἄλλος φησὶν εὐαγγελιστής, ὅτι οὐδέπω καιρὸς ἥν' εἰ δὲ καιρὸς οὐκ ἣν, πῶς ἕτερος, εὐαγγελιστής φησιν, ἦλθεν, εἰ ἄρα εὕροι καρπὸν ἐν αὐτῇ; Ὅθεν δῆλον, ὅτι τῆς ὑπονοίας τῶν μαθητῶν ἢ ἥν τοῦτο; ἀτελέστερον ἔτι διακειμένων. Καὶ γὰρ τὰς ὑπονοίας τῶν μαθητῶν πολλαχοῦ γράφουσιν οἱ οὐαγγελισταί. Ὥσπερ οὖν τοῦτο τῆς ὑπονοίας αὐτῶν ἦν, οὕτω καὶ τὸ νομίζειν διὰ τοῦτο αὐτὴν ᾿κατηρᾶσθαι, διὰ τὸ μὴ ἔχειν καρπόν. Τίνος οὖν ἕνεκεν κατηράθη; Τῶν μαθητῶν ἕνεκεν, ἵνα θαῤῥῶσιν. ᾿Επειδὴ γὰρ πανταχοὺ μὲν εὐηργέτει, οὐδένα δὲ ἀκόλασεν᾽ ἔδει δὲ καὶ τῆς τιμωρητικῆς αὐτοῦ ὃυνάμεως ἀπόδειξιν παρασχεῖν, ἵνα μάθωσι καὶ οἱ μαθηταὶ καὶ οἱ ᾿ἰουδαῖοι, ὅ ὅτι δυνάμενος ξηρᾶναι τοὺς σταυροῦντας αὐτὸν, ἀκαὴὶν ᾿ συγχωρεῖ, καὶ οὐ ξηραίνει οὐκ ἐβούλετο δὲ τοῦτο εἰς ἀνθρώπους ἐνδείξασθαι ᾿ εἰς τὸ φυτὸν τῆς ἐνεργείας αὐτοῦ τῆς τιμωρητικῆς τὴν ἀπόδειξιν παρέσχετο. Ὅταν δὲ εἰς τόπους, ἢ εἰς φυτὰ, ἣ εἰς ἄλογα γίνηταί τι τοιοῦτον, μὴ ἀκριβολογοῦ, μηδὲ λέγε' πῶς οὖν δικαίως ἐξηράνθη ἡ ἢ συκῆ, εἰ καιρὸς οὐκ ἦν; τοῦτο γὰρ ἐσχάτης ληρωδίας λέγειν ἀλλὰ τὸ θαῦμα ὅ ὅρα, καὶ θαύμαζε καὶ δόξαζε τὸν θαυματουργόν. ᾿Επεὶ καὶ ἐπὶ τῶν χοίρων πολλοὶ τοῦτο εἰρήκασι τῶν καταποντισθέντων, τὸν τοῦ δικαίου γυμνάζοντες λόγον᾽ ἀλλ᾽ οὐδὲ ἐνταῦθα προσεκτέον αὐτοῖς καὶ γὰρ καὶ ταῦτα ἄλογα, ὥσπερ ἐκεῖνο φυτὸν ἄψνχον. Τίνος οὖν ἕνεκεν περίκειται τοιοῦτον σχῆμα τῷ πράγματι, καὶ τῆς κατάρας αὕτη ῇ πρόφασις: : Ὅπερ ἔφην, τῆς τῶν μαθητῶν ὑπονοίας τοῦτο ἦν. Εἰ δὲ μηδέπω καιρὸς ἦν, εἰκῇ τινες τὸν νόμον δηλοῦσθαι ἐνταῦθα λέγουσι. Καὶ γὰρ τούτου καρπὸς ἦν ἡ πίστις, καὶ τότε ἣν ὁ καιρὸς τοῦ καρποῦ τούτον, καὶ ἤνεγκε γοῦν αὑτόν. Ἤδη γὰρ αἱ χῶραι λευκαί εἰσι πρὸς θερισμὸν, , Φησί: καὶ, ἀπέστειλα ὑμᾶς θερίζειν ἃ ἃ οὐχ ὑμεῖς κεκοπιάκατε.

᾿Iēsous eis to hieron, exebale pantas tous pōlountas kai agorazontas en tǭ hierǭ, kai tas trapezas tōn kollybistōn katestrepse, kai tas kathedras tōn pōlountōn tas peristeras, kai legei autois gegraptai, ho oikos mon oikos proseuchēs klēthēsetai hymeis de auton epoiēsate spēlaion lēstōn. TOUTO kai ᾿Iōannēs phēsin all᾽ ekeinos men en archē tou pro ᾽ euangeliou, houtos de pros tǭ telei. Hothen eikos deuteron gegenēsthai touto, kai kata diaphorous kairous. Kai dēlon kai apo tōn chronōn, kai apo tēs apokriseōs. kei men ar en autǭ tǭ pascha paregeneto᾽ entautha de pro pollou. Kakei men legousin hē ᾿Ioudaioi᾽ ti sēmeion deiknyeis hēmin : entautha hooe sigōsi?, kaitoi epitimēthentes, hoia to ēdē thaumazesthai auton para pasi. Touto de katēgoria meizōn ᾿Ioudaiōn, hoti ᾿ kai hapax kai dis touto autou poiēsantos, enemenon eti tę̄ kapēleią, kai antitheon auton einai elegon, deon kanteuthen mathein autou tēn pros ton patera timēn, kai tēn oikeian ischyn. Kai gar kai eethaumatourgēse, kai heurōōn tous logous tois pragmasi symphōnountas. All oude houtōs epeithonto, all᾽ ēganaktoun kai tauta tou prophētou boōntos akouontes, kai tōn paidiōn para kairon hēlikias aanakēryttontōn auton. Dioper kai autos ton Hēsaïan hautois epiteichizei katēgoron, legōn 0 oikos mou oikos prosenchēs klēthēsetai. Ou tautę̄ de monon deiknysin autou tēn exousian, alla kai tǭ therapeusai poikila ᾿nosēmata; prosēlthon gar autǭ chōloi kai typhloi, kai etherapeusen autous kai tēn dynamin autou kai tēn exou- sian enoeiknytai. Hoi hoe ouoe houtōs epeithonto, alla meta tōn loipōn thaumatōn kai tōn ᾿ paidōn akouontes anakēryttontōn auton, e apepnigonto, kai phasin' e ouk akoueis ti houtoi legousi? Kai mēn touto tou Christou ēn eipein pros autous ouk akouete ti houtoi legousin ? ē hōs gar theǭ hē n ekeinos: Ti oun autos: ᾿Epeidē tois phanerois antelegon, epiplēktikōteryn kechrētai tę̄ diorthōsei, legōn' e oudopote anegnōte ek stomatos nēpiōn kai ,thēlazontōn katērtisō hainon: Kai kalōs eipen, ek stomatos. Ou gar tēs dianoias autōn ēn to legomenon, alla tēs autou dynameōs tranousēs to tēs glōttēs ekeinōn aōron. Touto de kai typos tōn ethnōn hēn, tōn psellizontōn kai athroon Ichēsantōn megala meta dianoias kai pisteōs. Kai tois apostolois ide enteuthen ou mikra paraklēsis. Hina gar mē diaporōsi, pōs idiōtai ontes dynēsontai. to kērygma katangeilai? prolabontes hoi paides pasan autōn exebalon tēn agōnian, hoti dōsei kai autois logon ho ᾿toutous poiēsas hymnein. Ou ᾿ tautę̄ de monon, all᾽ hoti kai tēs physeōs esti dēmiourgos» edēlou to thauma. Hoi men oun paides, kaitoi aōron echontes tēn hēlikian, eusēma ephthengonto kai tois anō synǭda hoi de andres paraphrosynēs gemonta kai manias. Toiouton gar ē kakia. ᾿Epei oun polla ēn autous ta paroxynonta, ta para tōn ochlōn, ta para tēs ekbolēs tōn pōlountōn, ta tōn thaumatōn, ta tōn paidiōn, palin autous katalimpanei, chalōn autōn ton onkon tou pathous, kai mē boulomenos archesthai tēs didaskalias, hina mē zeontes tǭ phthonǭ dyscherainōsin epipleon pros ta legomena. Prōïas de epanagōn eis tēn polin, epeinase. Pōs prōïas peiną: ?: Hote synechōrēse tę̄ sarki, tote epideiknntai autēs to pathos. Kai idōn sykēn epi tēs hodou, ēlthen ep᾿ autēn, kai ouden heuren ei mē phylla monon. Allos phēsin euangelistēs, hoti oudepō kairos hēn' ei de kairos ouk hēn, pōs heteros, euangelistēs phēsin, ēlthen, ei ara heuroi karpon en autę̄? Hothen dēlon, hoti tēs hyponoias tōn mathētōn ē hēn touto? atelesteron eti diakeimenōn. Kai gar tas hyponoias tōn mathētōn pollachou graphousin hoi ouangelistai. Hōsper oun touto tēs hyponoias autōn ēn, houtō kai to nomizein dia touto autēn ᾿katērasthai, dia to mē echein karpon. Tinos oun heneken katērathē? Tōn mathētōn heneken, hina tharrhōsin. ᾿Epeidē gar pantachou men euērgetei, oudena de akolasen᾽ edei de kai tēs timōrētikēs autou hounameōs apodeixin paraschein, hina mathōsi kai hoi mathētai kai hoi ᾿ioudaioi, ho hoti dynamenos xēranai tous staurountas auton, akaēin ᾿ synchōrei, kai ou xērainei ouk ebouleto de touto eis anthrōpous endeixasthai ᾿ eis to phyton tēs energeias autou tēs timōrētikēs tēn apodeixin parescheto. Hotan de eis topous, ē eis phyta, hē eis aloga ginētai ti toiouton, mē akribologou, mēde lege' pōs oun dikaiōs exēranthē hē ē sykē, ei kairos ouk ēn? touto gar eschatēs lērōdias legein alla to thauma ho hora, kai thaumaze kai doxaze ton thaumatourgon. ᾿Epei kai epi tōn choirōn polloi touto eirēkasi tōn katapontisthentōn, ton tou dikaiou gymnazontes logon᾽ all᾽ oude entautha prosekteon autois kai gar kai tauta aloga, hōsper ekeino phyton apsnchon. Tinos oun heneken perikeitai toiouton schēma tǭ pragmati, kai tēs kataras hautē ę̄ prophasis: : Hoper ephēn, tēs tōn mathētōn hyponoias touto ēn. Ei de mēdepō kairos ēn, eikę̄ tines ton nomon dēlousthai entautha legousi. Kai gar toutou karpos ēn hē pistis, kai tote hēn ho kairos tou karpou touton, kai ēnenke goun hauton. Ēdē gar hai chōrai leukai eisi pros therismon, , Phēsi: kai, apesteila hymas therizein ha ha ouch hymeis kekopiakate.

“… Jesus into the temple, and drove out all who were selling and buying in the temple, and overturned the tables of the money-changers and the seats of those selling the doves; and he says to them, ‘It is written, “My house shall be called a house of prayer”; but you have made it a den of robbers.’” John too says this; but he at the beginning of the Gospel, this one toward the end. Hence it is likely that this happened twice, and at different times. And this is plain both from the times and from the answer. For there he came at the Passover itself, but here long before. And there the Jews say, “What sign do you show us?” but here they are silent, though rebuked, because he was already admired by all. And this is a greater charge against the Jews, that though he did this once and twice, they still persisted in their trading, and said he was an enemy of God, when they ought to have learned from this his honor for the Father and his own power. For he also worked miracles, and they saw his words agreeing with his deeds. But even so they were not persuaded, but were indignant, and that though they heard the prophet crying out, and the children, beyond the capacity of their age, proclaiming him. Therefore he too sets Isaiah against them as an accuser, saying, “My house shall be called a house of prayer.” And not only by this does he show his authority, but also by healing various diseases. “For the lame and the blind came to him, and he healed them”; and he displays both his power and his authority. But they were not persuaded even so; rather, along with the other miracles, hearing the children too proclaiming him, they were choking with rage, and they say, “Do you not hear what these are saying?” And yet it was for Christ to say this to them: “Do you not hear what these are saying?” For they were hymning him as God. What then does he do? Since they spoke against what was plain, he uses a sharper correction, saying, “Have you never read, ‘Out of the mouth of infants and nursing babes you have prepared praise’?” And well did he say “out of the mouth.” For what was said was not from their understanding, but from his power giving articulate sound to their unripe tongue. And this was also a type of the Gentiles, who lisped and suddenly sounded forth great things with understanding and faith. And for the apostles too there was no small encouragement from this. For lest they should be perplexed how, being unlettered, they would be able to proclaim the preaching, the children, going before, cast out all their anxiety, showing that the one who made these sing hymns would give them speech too. And not in this way only, but the miracle also showed that he is the Creator of nature. The children, then, though of unripe age, uttered things clear and in harmony with those above; but the men things full of folly and madness. For such is wickedness. Since, then, many things were provoking them (the crowds, the driving out of the sellers, the miracles, the children), he leaves them again, relaxing the swelling of their passion, and not wishing to begin teaching, lest, boiling with envy, they should be still more annoyed at what was said. “And in the morning, as he was returning to the city, he was hungry.” How is he hungry in the morning? When he allowed it to the flesh, then he shows its weakness. “And seeing a fig tree by the road, he came to it, and found nothing on it but leaves only.” Another evangelist says that “it was not yet the season.” But if it was not the season, how does another evangelist say that he came “to see if perhaps he would find fruit on it”? From this it is plain that this was the supposition of the disciples, who were still in a rather imperfect state. For the evangelists often record the suppositions of the disciples. As, then, this was their supposition, so too was the thinking that he cursed it for this reason, because it had no fruit. Why then was it cursed? For the sake of the disciples, so that they might take courage. For since everywhere he did good and punished no one, but he had also to give proof of his power to punish, so that both the disciples and the Jews might learn that, though able to wither those who were crucifying him, he willingly allows them and does not wither them; and since he did not wish to show this on men, he gave the proof of his punishing power on the plant. And when anything of this kind happens to places, or plants, or irrational creatures, do not be overexact, nor say, “How then was the fig tree justly withered, if it was not the season?” For to say this is the utmost nonsense; but look at the miracle, and marvel, and glorify the worker of miracles. For in the case of the swine that were drowned, too, many have said this, exercising the question of justice; but here too one must not heed them; for those also were irrational, as this was a soulless plant. Why then is such a form given to the event, and this pretext of the curse? As I said, this was the supposition of the disciples. And if it was not yet the season, some say idly that the law is indicated here. For the fruit of this was faith, and then was the season of this fruit, and it bore it at any rate. “For the fields are already white for harvest,” he says; and, “I sent you to reap what you have not labored for.”

67.2Field 2

Οὐκ ἄρα τούτων τι αἰνίττεται ἐνταῦθα, ἀλλ᾽ ὅπερ ἔφην ἡ ἐστὶ, τὴν δύναμιν ἐπιδείκνυται τὴν τιμωρητικήν᾽ καὶ τοῦτο ἐκ τοῦ λέγειν, οὔπω γὰρ ἣν καιρὸς, δείκνυσι δηλῶν ὅτι προηγουμένως εἰς τοῦτο ἦλθεν, οὐ διὰ τὴν πείνην, αλλὰ διὰ τοὺς μαθητάς, οἵ καὶ σφόδρα ἐθαύμασαν, καίτοι πολλῶν ἤδη σημείων γενομένων ᾿μειζόνων' ἀλλ' ὅπερ ἔφην, ξένον τοῦτο ἦν νῦν γὰρ πρῶτον τὴν ᾿τιμωρητικὴν ἐπεδείξατο δύναμιν. Διὸ οὐδὲ ε εν ἄλλῳ φυτῷ, ἀλλ᾽ ἐν τῷ πάντων ὑγροτάτῳ τὸ θαῦμα ἐποίησεν, ὥστε κἀντεῦθεν μεῖζον φανῆναι τὸ θαῦμα. Καὶ ἵνα μάθῃς, ὅτι δι αὐτοὺς τοῦτο γέγονεν, ἵνα εἰς τὸ θαῤῥεῖν αὐτοὺς αλείψη, ἄκουε τῶν ἑξῆς ὧν λέγει. Τί δέ , φησιν: Καὶ ὑμεῖς μείζονα ἐργάσεσθε, ἐὰν θέλητε πιστεύειν, καὶ εὐχῇ θαρρεῖν. Ὁρᾷς ὅτι τὸ πᾶν δι αὐτοὺς γέγονεν, ὥστε μὴ δεδοικέναι καὶ τρέμειν ἐπιβουλάς Διὸ καὶ δεύτερον τοῦτο λέγει, εὐχῇ προσηλῶν καὶ πίστει. Οὐ γὰρ δὴ τοῦτο ἐργάσεσθε μόνον φησὶν, ἀλλὰ καὶ ὄρη μεταστήσετε, καὶ ἕτερα πλείονα ποιήσετε, πίστει καὶ εὐχῆ θαῤῥοῦντες. ᾿Αλλ᾽ οἱ ἀλαζόνες ᾿ἰουδαῖοι καὶ τετυφωμένοι, διακόψαι βουλόμενοι τὴν διδασκαλίαν αὐτοῦ, προσελθόντες ἠρώτων ἐν ποίᾳ ἐξουσίᾳ ταῦτα ποιεῖς : ᾿Επειδὴ γὰρ τοῖς σημείοις ἐπισκῆψαι οὐκ εἶχον, τὴν τῶν καπηλευόντων ἐν τῷ ἱερῷ προφέρουσιν αὐτῷ διόρθωσιν Τοῦτο δὲ καὶ παρὰ τῷ Ιωάννῃ Φαίνονται ἐρωτῶντες, εἰ καὶ μὴ τούτοις τοῖς ῥήμασιν, ἀλλὰ τῇ αὐτῇ γνώμῃ. Καὶ γὰρ ἐκεῖ λέγουσι· τί σημεῖον δεικνύεις ἡ ἡμῖν, ὅτι ταῦτα ποιεῖς; Αλλ᾽ ἐκεῖ μὲν ἀποκρίνεται αὐτοῖς λέγων· λύσατε τὸν ναὸν τοῦτον, καὶ ἐγὼ ἐν τρισὶν ἡμέραις ἐγερῶ αὐτόν ᾿ ἐνταῦθα δὲ εἰς ἀπορίαν αὐτοὺς ἐμβάλλει. Ὅθεν δῆλον, ὅτι τότε μὲν ἀρχὴ καὶ προοίμιον ἦν τῶν θαυμάτων, ἐνταῦθα δὲ τέλος. Ὃ δὲ λέγουσι, τοῦτό ἐστι τὸν διδασκαλικὸν ἐδέξω θρόνον ; ἱερεὺς ἐχειροτονήθης, ὅτι τοσαύτην ἐξουσίαν ἐπεδείξω φησί... Καὶ μὴν οὐδὲν ἐποίησεν αὐθάδειαν ἔ ἔχον, ἀλλὰ τῆς εὐταξίας προενόησε τοῦ ἱεροῦ· α ᾽ Ψν ι ’ ᾽ ᾿ ἀλλ᾽ ὅμως οὐδὲν ἔχοντες εἰπεῖν, ὅ τουτῳ ἐπισκήπτουσι Καὶ ὅτε μὲν ἐξέβαλεν, οὐκ ἐτόλμησαν εἰπεῖν ᾿ οὐδέν, ὁιά τὰ θαύματα᾽ ἐπειδὴ δὲ ὠφθη, τότε ἐπιτιμῶσι. Τί οὖν αὐτός ; Οὐκ ἐξ εὐθείας αὐτοῖς ἀποκρίνεται, δεικνὺς ὅτι εἰ ἤθελον ἰδεῖν αὐτοῦ τῆν ἐξουσίαν, ἠδύναντο᾽ ἀλλ᾽ ἀντερωτᾷ αὐτοὺς λέγων τὸ βάπτισμα ᾿Ιωάννου πόθεν ἐστίν; εξ οὐρανοῦ, ἀνθρώπων : Καὶ ποία αὕτη ' ἀκολουθία; Μεγίστη μὲν γὰρ εἶπον, ἐξ οὐρανοῦ, εἶπεν ἂν αὐτοῖς διατί ᾿ οὖν οὐκ ἐπιστεύσατε αὐτῷ; Εἰ γὰρ ἐπίστευσαν, οὐκ ἀν ἠρώτησαν ταῦτα. Περὶ γὰρ αὐτοῦ ἐκεῖνος εἶπεν, ' ὅτι οὐκ εἰμὲ ἱκανὸς λῦσαι τὸν ἱμάντα τοῦ ὑποδήματος αὐτοῦ καὶ, ἰδοὺ ὁ ἀμνὸς τοῦ θεοῦ, ὁ αἴρων τὴν ἁμαρτίαν τοῦ κόσμου καί· οὗτός ἐστιν ὁ υἱὸς τοῦ θεοῦ καὶ, ὁ ἄνωθεν ἐρχόμενος ἐπάνω πάντων ἐστί καὶ ὅτι τὸ πτύον ἐν τῆ χειρὶ αὐτοῦ; καὶ ὀιακαθαριεῖ τὴν ἅλωνα αὐτοῦ. ὍὭστε εἰ ἐπίστευσαν ἐκείνῳ, οὐδὲν ἡν τὸ κωλύον αὐτοὺς εἰδέναι ἐν ποίᾳ ἐξουσίᾳ ταῦτα ποιεῖ. Εἶτα ἐπειδὴ κακουργοῦντες ἔλεγον, οὐκ οἴδαμεν, οὐκ εἶπεν, οὐδὲ ἐγὼ οἶδα᾽ αλλα τί; οὐὸε εἐγω λέγω ὑμῖν. Εἰ μὲν γὰρ ἠγνόουν, διδάσκεσθαι αὐτοὺς ἔδει ἐπειδὴ δὲ ἑκακούργουν, εἰκότως οὐδὲν αὐτοῖς ἀποκρίνεται. Καὶ πῶς οὐκ εἶπον, ὅτι εξ ἀνθρώπων τὸ βάπτισμα: Ἐφοβοῦντο τοὺς ὄχλους, φησίν. Εἶδες διεστραμμένην καρδίαν [Πανταχοῦ τοῦ θεοῦ καταφρονοῦσι, καὶ διὰ τοὺς ανθρωπους ἅπαντα πράττουσι. Καὶ γὰρ καὶ τοῦτον δ αὐτοὺς ἐφοβοῦντο, οὐκ αἰδούμενοι τὸν ἄνδρα, ἀλλὰ διὰ τοὺς ἀνθρωπους καὶ τῷ Χριστῷ πιστεύειν διὰ τοὺς ἀνθρώπους οὐκ ἤθελον καὶ πᾶντα ἐντεῦθεν αὐτοῖς ἐτίκτετο τα κακά. Εἶτά φησι Τί ὑμῖν δοκεῖ ; Ἄνθρωπος εἶχεν υἱοὺς δύο, καὶ λέγει τῷ πρώτῳ' ὕπαγε, σήμερον ἐργάζον εἰς τὸν ἀμπελῶνα. δὲ ἀποκριθεὶς εἶπεν, οὐ θέλω ὕστερον δὲ μεταμεληθεὶς ἀπῆλθε. Καὶ προσελθων τῷ ὁὀευτερῳ, εἶπεν ὡσαύτως. Ὁ δὲ ἀποκριθεὶς εἶπεν, ἢ ἐγώ, κύριε καὶ οὐκ ἄπηλθε. Τίς οὖν ἐκ τῶν δύο ἐποίησε τοῦ πατρὸς τὸ θέλημα ; Δέγουσιν, ὁ πρῶτος. Πάλιν διὰ παραβολῶν ἣ αὐτοὺς ἐλέγχει; τήν τε αὐτῶν ἀγνωμοσύνην, καὶ τὸ τῶν σφόδρα κατεγνωσμένων καταπειθὲς αἰνιττόμενος. Τὰ γὰρ τέκνα ταῦτα τὰ δύο τοῦτο δηλοῖ, ὃ καὶ ἐπὶ τῶν ἐθνῶν καὶ ἐπὶ ᾿Ιουδαίων γέγονε. Καὶ γὰρ ἐκεῖνοι οὐχ ὑποσχόμενοι ἀκούσεσθαι, οὐδὲ γενόμενοι ἀκροαταὶ τοῦ νόμου, διὰ τῶν ἔργων ἐπεδείξαντο τὴν ὑπακοήν καὶ οὗτοι εἰπόντες» πάντα ὅσα ἂν εἴπη ὁ θεὸς, ποιήσομεν καὶ ἀκουσόμεθα, διὰ τῶν ἔργων παρήκουσαν. Διά τοι τοῦτο ἵνα μὴ νομίσωσι τὸν νόμον αὐτοὺς ὠφελεῖν, δείκνυσιν ὅτι αὐτὸ μὲν οὖν τοῦτο αὐτοὺς καταδικάζει: ὅπερ οὖν καὶ ὁ Παῦλός φησιν, ὅτι ᾿ὁ οὐχ οἱ ἀκροαταὶ τοῦ νόμου δίκαιοι παρὰ τῷ θεῷ, ἀλλ᾽ οἱ ποιηταὶ τοῦ νόμου δικαιωθήσονται. Διὰ τοῦτο ἵνα καὶ αὐτοκατακρίτους ποιήση, παρ᾽ αὐτῶν ἐξενεχθῆναι παρασκευαΐζει τὴν ψῆφον ὅπερ καὶ ἐν τῇ ἐπιούσῃ παραβολῇ ποιεῖ τοῦ ἀμπελῶνος. Καὶ ἵνα τοῦτο γένηται, ἐπ᾿ ἄλλου προσώπου γυμνάζει τὸ ἔγκλημα. ᾿Επειδὴ γὰρ ἐξ εὐθείας οὐκ ἠθέλησαν ὁμολογῆσαι, διὰ παραβολῆς αὐτοὺς ἐμβάλλει λοιπὸν εἰς ὅπερ ἐβούλετο. Ὅτε δὲ οὐ συνιέντες τὰ λεγόμενα τὴν ψῆφον ἐξήνεγκαν, τότε ἀποκαλύπτει τὸ συνεσκιασμένον λοιπὸν, καὶ λέγει ὅτι τελῶναι καὶ πόρναι προάγουσιν ὑμᾶς εἰς τὴν βασιλείαν τῶν οὐρανών. Ἦλθε γὰρ ὁ ᾿Ιωάννης πρὸς ὑμᾶς ἐν ὁδῷ δικαιοσύνης, καὶ οὐκ ἐπιστεύσατε αὐτῷ οἱ δὲ τελῶναι ἐπίστευσαν αὐτῷ᾽ ὑμεῖς δὲ ἰδόντες οὐ μετεμελήθητε ὕστερον, τοῦ πιστεῦσαι αὐτῷ. Εἰ μὲν γὰρ εἶπεν ἁπλῶς, πόρναι προάγουσιν ὑμᾶς, ἔδοξεν ἂν φορτικὸς εἶναι αὐτοῖς ὁ λόγος νυνὶ δὲ, μετὰ τὴν αὐτῶν ψῆφον ἀποφαινόμενος, ἀνεπαχθὴς εἶναι δοκεῖ. Διὰ τοῦτο καὶ τὴν αἰτίαν προστίθησι. Τίς δὲ ἦν αὕτη; Ἦλθεν ᾿Ιωάννῆς, φησὶ, πρὸς ὑμᾶς, οὐ πρὸς ἐκείνους καὶ οὐ τοῦτο μόνον, ἀλλὰ καὶ ἐν ὁδῷ δικαιοσύνης. Οὐδὲ γὰρ τοῦτο ἔχετε ἐγκαλεῖν, ὅτι ἡμελημένος τις ἦν, καὶ οὐδὲν ὠφελῶν: αλλὰ καὶ ὃ βίος ἀνεπίληπτος, καὶ ἡ πρόνοια πολλὴ, καὶ οὐ προσἔσχετε αὐτῷ. Καὶ μετὰ τούτον καὶ ἕτορον ἔγκλημα, ὅτι τελώναι προσέσχον' καὶ μετὰ ᾿ τούτου πάλιν ἄλλο, ὅτι οὐδὲ μετ᾽ ἐκείνους ὑμεῖς. Ἔδει μὲν γὰρ καὶ πρὸ αὐτῶν τὸ δὲ μηδὲ μετ᾽ αὐτοὺς, πάσης συγγνώμης ἐστερημένον ἦν καὶ ἄφατος κἀκείνων ἔπαινος, καὶ τούτων κατηγορία. Πρὸς ὑμᾶς ἦλθε, καὶ οὐ προσήκασθε' οὐκ ἦλθε πρὸς ἐκείνους, καὶ ἐδέξαντο καὶ οὐδὲ ἐκείνους ἔσχετο διδασκάλους. Ὅρα διὰ πόσων ἐκείνων δείκνυται τὸ ἐγκώμιον, καὶ τούτων ἢ κατηγορία. Πρὸς ὑμᾶς ἦλθεν, οὐ πρὸς ἐκείνους. ὙὝμεϊς οὐκ ἐπιστεύσατε τοῦτο ἐκείνους οὐκ ἐσκανδάλισεν. Αὐτοὶ ἐπίστευσαν τοῦτο ὑμᾶς οὐκ ὠφέλησε. Τὸ δὲ, προάγουσιν, οὐχ ὡς τούτων ἑπομένων, ἀλλ᾽ ὡς ἐλπίδα ἐ ἐχόντων, ἐὰν ἐθέλωσιν. Οὐδὲν γὰρ οὕτως ὡς ζηλοτυπία διεγείρει τοὺς παχντέρουν. Διὰ τοῦτο αεὶ λέγει οἱ πρῶτοι ἔσχατοι, καὶ οἱ ἔσχατοι πρῶτοι. Διὰ τοῦτο καὶ πόρνας παρήγαγε καὶ τελώνας, ἕνα παραζηλώσωσι. Καὶ γὰρ τὰ δύο ταῦτα ἄκρα ἁμαρτήματα; ἐξ ἔρωτος χαλεποῦ τικτόμενα, τὸ μὲν ἀπὸ σωμάτων, τὸ δὲ ἀπὸ χρημάτων ἐπιθυμίας. Δείκνυσι δὲ, ὅτι τοῦτο μάλιστά ἐστιν ἀκοῦσαι νόμου θεοῦ, ὃ τὸ ᾿Ιωάννη πιστεῦσαι. Οὐκ ἄρα χάριτος μόνης τὸ εἰσελθεῖν πόρνας» ἀλλὰ καὶ δικαιοσύνης. Οὐ γὰρ πόρναι μένουσαι εἰσῆλθον, ἀλλ᾽ ὑπακούσασαι καὶ πιστεύσασαι καὶ καθαρισθεῖσαι καὶ ᾿μεταβαλόμεναι,; οὐ τὰς εἰσῆλθον. Εἶδες πώς ἀνεπαχθῆ τὸν λόγον ἐποίησε καὶ τομώτερον, ἀπὸ τῆς παραβολῆς, ἀπὸ τῆς τῶν πορνῶν ἐπαγωγῆς: Οὐδὲ ,Ὑὰρ εἶπεν εὐθέως, διατί οὐκ ἐπιστεύσατε ᾿Ιωάννῃ: : ἀλλ᾽ ὃ πολλῳ πληκτικώτερον ἣν, τοὺς τελώνας καὶ τὰς πόρνας προθεὶς, τότε τοῦτο ἐπήγαγεν, ἀπὸ τῆς τῶν πραγμάτων ἀκολουθίας διελέγχων αὐτῶν τὸ ἀσύγὝνωστον, καὶ δεικνὺς, ὅτι ἢ διὰ φόβον ἀνθρώπων πάντα ποιοῦσι καὶ δόξαν κενήν. Καὶ γὰρ τὸν Χριστὸν οὐχ ὠμολόγουν διὰ φόβον, ἵ ἵνα μὴ ἀποσυνα γωγοι γένωνται καὶ τὸν ᾿Ιωάννην πάλιν οὐκ ἐτόλμων κακίζειν' οὐδὲ τοῦτο δι εὐλάβειαν, αλλὰ διὰ φύβον. Ἅπερ ἅπαντα ἤλεγξε διὰ τῶν εἰρημένων, καὶ αλεπωτέραν ὕστερον ἐπήγαγε τὴν πληγὴν, εἰπών· ὑμεῖς δὲ ' εἰδότες οὐ μετεμελήθητε ὕστερον, τοὺ πιστεῦσαι αὐτῷ. Κακὸν μὲν γὰρ καὶ τὸ παρὰ τὴν ἀρχὴν μὴ ἐλέσθαι τὸ καλόν᾽ μείζων δὲ κατηγορία, τὸ μηδὲ μεταθέσθαι. Μάλιστα γὰρ τοῦτο ἐργάζεται πολλοὺς πονηροὺς, ὃ καὶ νῦν πάσχοντας ἐνίους ὁρώ ὑπὸ ἀναισθησίας ἐσχάτης. Αλλὰ μηδεὶς ἕ ἐστῶ ᾿τοιοῦτος ἀλλὰ κἀν εἰς ἐσχατον κατενεχθῇ κακίας, μὴ ἀπογινωσκέτω τὴν ἐπὶ τὸ βέλτιον μεταβολήν. Ῥάδιον γὰρ ἐξ αὐτῶν τῶν βαράθρων τῆς πονηρίας ἀνενεγκεῖν. Ἢ οὐκ ἠκούσατε πῶς ἐκείνη ἡ πόρνη, ῆ ἐπὶ ἀσελγείᾳ πάντας παρελάσασα, πάντας ἀπέκρυψεν ἐν εὐλαβείᾳ: Οὐ τήν ἐν τοῖς εὐαγγελίοις λέγω, ἀλλὰ τὴν ἐπὶ τῆς γενεᾶς τῆς ἡμετέρας, τὴν ἐκ Φοινίκης τῆς παρανομωτάτης πόλεως. Καὶ γὰρ αὕτη πόρνη ποτὲ παρ᾽ ἡμῖν ἦν, τὰ πρωτεῖα ἐπὶ τῆς σκηνῆς ἔχουσα, καὶ πολὺ τὸ ὄνομα αὐτῆς ͵ πανταχοῦ, οὐκ ἐν τῇ πόλει τῇ ἡμετέρᾳ μόνον, ἀλλὰ καὶ μέχρι Κιλίκων καὶ Καππαδοκῶν. Καὶ πολλὰς μὲν ἐκένωσεν οὐσίας, πολλοὺς δὲ ἢ εἷλεν ὀρφανοῦ πολλοὶ δὲ αὐτὴν καὶ εἰς γοητείαν διέβαλλον, ὡς οὐ τῇ τοῦ σώματος ὧρᾳ μόνον, αλλὰ καὶ τοῖς φαρμάκοις ἐκεῖνα τὰ δίκτυα πλέκουσαν. Εἴλέ ποτε καὶ βασιλίδος ἀδελφὸν αὕτη ᾿ πόρνη: καὶ γὰρ πολλὴ ἣν αὐτῆς ἢ τυραννίς. ᾿Αλλ᾽ ἀθρ ὁον οὐκ οἷδ᾽ ὅπως, μᾶλλον δὲ οἶδα σαφῶς βουληθεῖσα γὰρ καὶ μεταβληθεῖσα, καὶ τοῦ θεοῦ τὴν χάριν ἐπισπασαμένη' κατεφρόνησεν ἀπαντῶν ἐκείνων, καὶ ῥίψασα τοῦ διαβόλου τὰς μαγγανείας, πρὸς τὸν οὐρανὸν ἀνέδραμε. Καίτοιγε οὐδὲν αἰσχρότερον αὐτῆς ἦν, ὅτε ἐπὶ τῆς σκηνῆς ἣν ἀλλ᾽ ὅμως ὕστερον πολλὰς παρπάντα τὸν χρόνον οὕτως ἡσκεῖτο. Ταύτης ἕνεκεν καὶ ὕπαρχος ἠνωχλήθη, καὶ στρατιῶται ὠπλίσθησαν, καὶ μεταστῆσαι πρὸς τὴν σκηνὴν αὐτὴν οὐκ ἴσχυσαν, οὐδὲ ἐξαγαγεῖν τών ὑποδεξαμένων αὐτὴν παρθένων. Αὕτη μυστηρίων καταξιωθεῖσα τῶν ἀποῤῥήτων, καὶ τῆς χάριτος ἀξίαν ἐπιδειξαμένη σπουδὴν, οὕτω τὸν βίον κατέλυσεν, ἅπαντα ἀπονιψαμένη διὰ τῆς χάριτος; καὶ μετὰ τὸ βάπτισμα πολλὴν ἐπιδειξαμένη τὴν φιλοσοφίαν. Οὐδὲ γὰρ ψιλῆς ὄψεως μετέδωκε τοις ποτε ἐρασταῖς ἐπὶ τοῦτο ἐλθοῦσιν, ἀποκλείσασα ἑαντὴν, καὶ ἔ Ἔτη πολλὰ καθάπερ ε εν δεσμωτηρίῳ διατελέσασα. Οὕτως ἔσονται οἱ ἔσχατοι πρῶτοι, καὶ οἱ πρῶτοι ἔσχατοι οὕτω πανταχοῦ πεπυρωμένης ἡμῖν ψυχῆς δεῖ, καὶ τὸ κωλύον οὐδὲν γενέσθαι ἡἣ μέγαν καὶ θαυμαστόν.

Ouk ara toutōn ti ainittetai entautha, all᾽ hoper ephēn hē esti, tēn dynamin epideiknytai tēn timōrētikēn᾽ kai touto ek tou legein, oupō gar hēn kairos, deiknysi dēlōn hoti proēgoumenōs eis touto ēlthen, ou dia tēn peinēn, alla dia tous mathētas, hoi kai sphodra ethaumasan, kaitoi pollōn ēdē sēmeiōn genomenōn ᾿meizonōn' all' hoper ephēn, xenon touto ēn nyn gar prōton tēn ᾿timōrētikēn epedeixato dynamin. Dio oude e en allǭ phytǭ, all᾽ en tǭ pantōn hygrotatǭ to thauma epoiēsen, hōste kanteuthen meizon phanēnai to thauma. Kai hina mathę̄s, hoti di autous touto gegonen, hina eis to tharrhein autous aleipsē, akoue tōn hexēs hōn legei. Ti de , phēsin: Kai hymeis meizona ergasesthe, ean thelēte pisteuein, kai euchę̄ tharrein. Horąs hoti to pan di autous gegonen, hōste mē dedoikenai kai tremein epiboulas Dio kai deuteron touto legei, euchę̄ prosēlōn kai pistei. Ou gar dē touto ergasesthe monon phēsin, alla kai orē metastēsete, kai hetera pleiona poiēsete, pistei kai euchē tharrhountes. ᾿All᾽ hoi alazones ᾿ioudaioi kai tetyphōmenoi, diakopsai boulomenoi tēn didaskalian autou, proselthontes ērōtōn en poią exousią tauta poieis : ᾿Epeidē gar tois sēmeiois episkēpsai ouk eichon, tēn tōn kapēleuontōn en tǭ hierǭ propherousin autǭ diorthōsin Touto de kai para tǭ Iōannę̄ Phainontai erōtōntes, ei kai mē toutois tois rhēmasin, alla tę̄ autę̄ gnōmę̄. Kai gar ekei legousi; ti sēmeion deiknyeis hē hēmin, hoti tauta poieis? All᾽ ekei men apokrinetai autois legōn; lysate ton naon touton, kai egō en trisin hēmerais egerō auton ᾿ entautha de eis aporian autous emballei. Hothen dēlon, hoti tote men archē kai prooimion ēn tōn thaumatōn, entautha de telos. Ho de legousi, touto esti ton didaskalikon edexō thronon ? hiereus echeirotonēthēs, hoti tosautēn exousian epedeixō phēsi... Kai mēn ouden epoiēsen authadeian e echon, alla tēs eutaxias proenoēse tou hierou; a ᾽ Psn i ’ ᾽ ᾿ all᾽ homōs ouden echontes eipein, ho toutǭ episkēptousi Kai hote men exebalen, ouk etolmēsan eipein ᾿ ouden, hoia ta thaumata᾽ epeidē de ōphthē, tote epitimōsi. Ti oun autos ? Ouk ex eutheias autois apokrinetai, deiknys hoti ei ēthelon idein autou tēn exousian, ēdynanto᾽ all᾽ anterōtą autous legōn to baptisma ᾿Iōannou pothen estin? ex ouranou, anthrōpōn : Kai poia hautē ' akolouthia? Megistē men gar eipon, ex ouranou, eipen an autois diati ᾿ oun ouk episteusate autǭ? Ei gar episteusan, ouk an ērōtēsan tauta. Peri gar autou ekeinos eipen, ' hoti ouk eime hikanos lysai ton himanta tou hypodēmatos autou kai, idou ho amnos tou theou, ho airōn tēn hamartian tou kosmou kai; houtos estin ho huios tou theou kai, ho anōthen erchomenos epanō pantōn esti kai hoti to ptyon en tē cheiri autou? kai oiakathariei tēn halōna autou. HoŌste ei episteusan ekeinǭ, ouden hēn to kōlyon autous eidenai en poią exousią tauta poiei. Eita epeidē kakourgountes elegon, ouk oidamen, ouk eipen, oude egō oida᾽ alla ti? ouoe eegō legō hymin. Ei men gar ēgnooun, didaskesthai autous edei epeidē de hekakourgoun, eikotōs ouden autois apokrinetai. Kai pōs ouk eipon, hoti ex anthrōpōn to baptisma: Ephobounto tous ochlous, phēsin. Eides diestrammenēn kardian [Pantachou tou theou kataphronousi, kai dia tous anthrōpous hapanta prattousi. Kai gar kai touton d autous ephobounto, ouk aidoumenoi ton andra, alla dia tous anthrōpous kai tǭ Christǭ pisteuein dia tous anthrōpous ouk ēthelon kai panta enteuthen autois etikteto ta kaka. Eita phēsi Ti hymin dokei ? Anthrōpos eichen huious dyo, kai legei tǭ prōtǭ' hypage, sēmeron ergazon eis ton ampelōna. de apokritheis eipen, ou thelō hysteron de metamelētheis apēlthe. Kai proselthōn tǭ hooeuterǭ, eipen hōsautōs. Ho de apokritheis eipen, ē egō, kyrie kai ouk apēlthe. Tis oun ek tōn dyo epoiēse tou patros to thelēma ? Degousin, ho prōtos. Palin dia parabolōn hē autous elenchei? tēn te autōn agnōmosynēn, kai to tōn sphodra kategnōsmenōn katapeithes ainittomenos. Ta gar tekna tauta ta dyo touto dēloi, ho kai epi tōn ethnōn kai epi ᾿Ioudaiōn gegone. Kai gar ekeinoi ouch hyposchomenoi akousesthai, oude genomenoi akroatai tou nomou, dia tōn ergōn epedeixanto tēn hypakoēn kai houtoi eipontes» panta hosa an eipē ho theos, poiēsomen kai akousometha, dia tōn ergōn parēkousan. Dia toi touto hina mē nomisōsi ton nomon autous ōphelein, deiknysin hoti auto men oun touto autous katadikazei: hoper oun kai ho Paulos phēsin, hoti ᾿ho ouch hoi akroatai tou nomou dikaioi para tǭ theǭ, all᾽ hoi poiētai tou nomou dikaiōthēsontai. Dia touto hina kai autokatakritous poiēsē, par᾽ autōn exenechthēnai paraskeuaïzei tēn psēphon hoper kai en tę̄ epiousę̄ parabolę̄ poiei tou ampelōnos. Kai hina touto genētai, ep᾿ allou prosōpou gymnazei to enklēma. ᾿Epeidē gar ex eutheias ouk ēthelēsan homologēsai, dia parabolēs autous emballei loipon eis hoper ebouleto. Hote de ou synientes ta legomena tēn psēphon exēnenkan, tote apokalyptei to syneskiasmenon loipon, kai legei hoti telōnai kai pornai proagousin hymas eis tēn basileian tōn ouranōn. Ēlthe gar ho ᾿Iōannēs pros hymas en hodǭ dikaiosynēs, kai ouk episteusate autǭ hoi de telōnai episteusan autǭ᾽ hymeis de idontes ou metemelēthēte hysteron, tou pisteusai autǭ. Ei men gar eipen haplōs, pornai proagousin hymas, edoxen an phortikos einai autois ho logos nyni de, meta tēn autōn psēphon apophainomenos, anepachthēs einai dokei. Dia touto kai tēn aitian prostithēsi. Tis de ēn hautē? Ēlthen ᾿Iōannēs, phēsi, pros hymas, ou pros ekeinous kai ou touto monon, alla kai en hodǭ dikaiosynēs. Oude gar touto echete enkalein, hoti hēmelēmenos tis ēn, kai ouden ōphelōn: alla kai ho bios anepilēptos, kai hē pronoia pollē, kai ou proseschete autǭ. Kai meta touton kai hetoron enklēma, hoti telōnai proseschon' kai meta ᾿ toutou palin allo, hoti oude met᾽ ekeinous hymeis. Edei men gar kai pro autōn to de mēde met᾽ autous, pasēs syngnōmēs esterēmenon ēn kai aphatos kakeinōn epainos, kai toutōn katēgoria. Pros hymas ēlthe, kai ou prosēkasthe' ouk ēlthe pros ekeinous, kai edexanto kai oude ekeinous escheto didaskalous. Hora dia posōn ekeinōn deiknytai to enkōmion, kai toutōn ē katēgoria. Pros hymas ēlthen, ou pros ekeinous. HyYmeïs ouk episteusate touto ekeinous ouk eskandalisen. Autoi episteusan touto hymas ouk ōphelēse. To de, proagousin, ouch hōs toutōn hepomenōn, all᾽ hōs elpida e echontōn, ean ethelōsin. Ouden gar houtōs hōs zēlotypia diegeirei tous pachnteroun. Dia touto aei legei hoi prōtoi eschatoi, kai hoi eschatoi prōtoi. Dia touto kai pornas parēgage kai telōnas, hena parazēlōsōsi. Kai gar ta dyo tauta akra hamartēmata? ex erōtos chalepou tiktomena, to men apo sōmatōn, to de apo chrēmatōn epithymias. Deiknysi de, hoti touto malista estin akousai nomou theou, ho to ᾿Iōannē pisteusai. Ouk ara charitos monēs to eiselthein pornas» alla kai dikaiosynēs. Ou gar pornai menousai eisēlthon, all᾽ hypakousasai kai pisteusasai kai katharistheisai kai ᾿metabalomenai,? ou tas eisēlthon. Eides pōs anepachthē ton logon epoiēse kai tomōteron, apo tēs parabolēs, apo tēs tōn pornōn epagōgēs: Oude ,Hyar eipen eutheōs, diati ouk episteusate ᾿Iōannę̄: : all᾽ ho pollǭ plēktikōteron hēn, tous telōnas kai tas pornas protheis, tote touto epēgagen, apo tēs tōn pragmatōn akolouthias dielenchōn autōn to asygYnōston, kai deiknys, hoti ē dia phobon anthrōpōn panta poiousi kai doxan kenēn. Kai gar ton Christon ouch ōmologoun dia phobon, hi hina mē aposyna gōgoi genōntai kai ton ᾿Iōannēn palin ouk etolmōn kakizein' oude touto di eulabeian, alla dia phybon. Haper hapanta ēlenxe dia tōn eirēmenōn, kai alepōteran hysteron epēgage tēn plēgēn, eipōn; hymeis de ' eidotes ou metemelēthēte hysteron, tou pisteusai autǭ. Kakon men gar kai to para tēn archēn mē elesthai to kalon᾽ meizōn de katēgoria, to mēde metathesthai. Malista gar touto ergazetai pollous ponērous, ho kai nyn paschontas enious horō hypo anaisthēsias eschatēs. Alla mēdeis he estō ᾿toioutos alla kan eis eschaton katenechthę̄ kakias, mē apoginōsketō tēn epi to beltion metabolēn. Rhadion gar ex autōn tōn barathrōn tēs ponērias anenenkein. Ē ouk ēkousate pōs ekeinē hē pornē, ē epi aselgeią pantas parelasasa, pantas apekrypsen en eulabeią: Ou tēn en tois euangeliois legō, alla tēn epi tēs geneas tēs hēmeteras, tēn ek Phoinikēs tēs paranomōtatēs poleōs. Kai gar hautē pornē pote par᾽ hēmin ēn, ta prōteia epi tēs skēnēs echousa, kai poly to onoma autēs ͵ pantachou, ouk en tę̄ polei tę̄ hēmeterą monon, alla kai mechri Kilikōn kai Kappadokōn. Kai pollas men ekenōsen ousias, pollous de ē heilen orphanou polloi de autēn kai eis goēteian dieballon, hōs ou tę̄ tou sōmatos hōrą monon, alla kai tois pharmakois ekeina ta diktya plekousan. Eile pote kai basilidos adelphon hautē ᾿ pornē: kai gar pollē hēn autēs ē tyrannis. ᾿All᾽ athr hoon ouk hoid᾽ hopōs, mallon de oida saphōs boulētheisa gar kai metablētheisa, kai tou theou tēn charin epispasamenē' katephronēsen apantōn ekeinōn, kai rhipsasa tou diabolou tas manganeias, pros ton ouranon anedrame. Kaitoige ouden aischroteron autēs ēn, hote epi tēs skēnēs hēn all᾽ homōs hysteron pollas parpanta ton chronon houtōs hēskeito. Tautēs heneken kai hyparchos ēnōchlēthē, kai stratiōtai ōplisthēsan, kai metastēsai pros tēn skēnēn autēn ouk ischysan, oude exagagein tōn hypodexamenōn autēn parthenōn. Hautē mystēriōn kataxiōtheisa tōn aporrhētōn, kai tēs charitos axian epideixamenē spoudēn, houtō ton bion katelysen, hapanta aponipsamenē dia tēs charitos? kai meta to baptisma pollēn epideixamenē tēn philosophian. Oude gar psilēs opseōs metedōke tois pote erastais epi touto elthousin, apokleisasa heantēn, kai e Etē polla kathaper e en desmōtēriǭ diatelesasa. Houtōs esontai hoi eschatoi prōtoi, kai hoi prōtoi eschatoi houtō pantachou pepyrōmenēs hēmin psychēs dei, kai to kōlyon ouden genesthai hēē megan kai thaumaston.

He is not hinting, then, at any of these things here, but, as I said, he displays his power to punish; and he shows this by saying, “For it was not yet the season,” making plain that he came to it chiefly for this purpose, not because of hunger but because of the disciples, who were greatly astonished, though many greater signs had already been done. But, as I said, this was something strange; for now for the first time he displayed his power to punish. That is why he did the miracle not on another plant but on the most succulent of all, so that in this way too the miracle might appear greater. And that you may learn that this happened for their sake, to anoint them for courage, hear what he says next. What does he say? “You too will do greater things, if you are willing to believe and to be confident in prayer.” Do you see that the whole happened for their sake, so that they might not fear and tremble at plots? That is why he says this a second time, fastening them to prayer and faith. “For you will not only do this,” he says, “but you will also move mountains and do many other things, confident in faith and prayer.” But the boastful and puffed-up Jews, wishing to interrupt his teaching, came to him and asked, “By what authority do you do these things?” For since they could not find fault with the signs, they bring up against him the correction of those who were trading in the temple. And in John they are seen asking this too, if not in these words, yet with the same intent. For there they say, “What sign do you show us, that you do these things?” But there he answers them, saying, “Destroy this temple, and in three days I will raise it up”; while here he throws them into perplexity. From which it is plain that then it was the beginning and prelude of the miracles, but here the end. And what they say is this: “Have you received the teacher’s chair? Were you ordained priest, that you have displayed so great authority?” And yet he had done nothing presumptuous, but had provided for the good order of the temple; yet, having nothing to say, they find fault with this. And when he drove them out, they did not dare to say anything, because of the miracles; but when he was seen, then they rebuke him. What then does he do? He does not answer them directly, showing that if they had wished to see his authority, they could have; but he asks them in turn, saying, “The baptism of John, where was it from? From heaven or from men?” And what is the connection? A very great one. For if they had said “from heaven,” he would have said to them, “Why then did you not believe him?” For if they had believed, they would not have asked these things. For about him John said, “I am not worthy to untie the strap of his sandal”; and, “Behold the Lamb of God, who takes away the sin of the world”; and, “This is the Son of God”; and, “He who comes from above is above all”; and that “his winnowing fork is in his hand, and he will clear his threshing floor.” So if they had believed him, nothing would have prevented them from knowing by what authority he does these things. Then, since they said maliciously, “We do not know,” he did not say, “Neither do I know,” but what? “Neither do I tell you.” For if they had been ignorant, they ought to have been taught; but since they were acting maliciously, he reasonably answers them nothing. And why did they not say that John’s baptism was from men? “They feared the crowds,” it says. Do you see a perverted heart? Everywhere they despise God and do everything for the sake of men. For they feared this man too for their sake, not respecting the man but on account of men; and they would not believe in Christ on account of men; and from this all their evils were born. Then he says, “What do you think? A man had two sons; and he says to the first, ‘Go, work today in the vineyard.’ And he answered and said, ‘I will not’; but afterward he repented and went. And coming to the second, he said the same. And he answered and said, ‘I go, sir,’ and did not go. Which of the two did his father’s will?” They say, “The first.” Again he convicts them by parables, hinting at their ingratitude and at the ready obedience of those who were utterly condemned. For these two children show what happened in the case of the Gentiles and of the Jews. For those, without promising to obey, without becoming hearers of the law, showed their obedience by deeds; while these, having said, “All that God says we will do and hear,” disobeyed by their deeds. For this reason, lest they should think that the law benefits them, he shows that this very thing condemns them; as Paul too says, that “not the hearers of the law are righteous before God, but the doers of the law will be justified.” For this reason, to make them self-condemned, he arranges for the verdict to be brought out by themselves, as he also does in the following parable of the vineyard. [3] And so that this may happen, he works out the charge on another person. For since they would not confess directly, he brings them by a parable to what he wished. And when, not understanding what was said, they had brought out the verdict, then he uncovers what was veiled, and says, “The tax collectors and the harlots go before you into the kingdom of heaven. For John came to you in the way of righteousness, and you did not believe him; but the tax collectors believed him; and you, even when you saw it, did not repent afterward and believe him.” For if he had said simply, “Harlots go before you,” the saying would have seemed offensive to them; but as it is, declaring it after their own verdict, it seems inoffensive. For this reason he adds the cause too. And what was this? “John came,” he says, “to you,” not to them; and not this only, but “in the way of righteousness.” “For you cannot accuse him of this either, that he was a careless person who did no good; but his life was blameless, and his care great, and you did not heed him.” And besides this there is another charge, that tax collectors heeded him; and besides this again another, that not even after them did you. For you ought to have done so even before them; but not to do so even after them was deprived of all pardon; and the praise of those was unspeakable, and the accusation of these. He came to you, and you did not receive him; he did not come to them, and they received him; and you did not even take them as teachers. See by how many things the praise of those is shown, and the accusation of these. He came to you, not to them. You did not believe; this did not scandalize them. They believed; this did not help you. And “go before” is said not as though these were following, but as though they had hope, if they were willing. For nothing rouses the duller sort like jealousy. That is why he always says, “The first will be last, and the last first.” That is why he brought forward harlots and tax collectors, so that they might provoke them to jealousy. For these two are the extreme sins, born of a grievous passion, the one from desire of bodies, the other from desire of money. And he shows that this above all is to hear the law of God, to believe John. It is not of grace alone, then, that harlots enter, but also of righteousness. For they did not enter remaining harlots, but having obeyed and believed and been cleansed and changed, so they entered. Do you see how he made his saying inoffensive and yet more cutting, by the parable, by the bringing in of the harlots? For he did not say at once, “Why did you not believe John?” but, what was far more stinging, after setting the tax collectors and harlots before them, then he added this, convicting by the sequence of events their unpardonable conduct, and showing that they do everything from fear of men and vainglory. For they would not confess Christ from fear, lest they should be put out of the synagogue; and again they did not dare to speak ill of John, and this not from reverence but from fear. All of which he exposed by what he said, and afterward added a harsher blow, saying, “And you, even when you saw it, did not repent afterward and believe him.” For it is bad not to choose the good at the beginning; but it is a greater charge not even to change one’s mind. For this above all makes many wicked, which I see some suffering now too from extreme insensibility. But let no one be such; rather, even if he has sunk to the depth of wickedness, let him not despair of a change for the better. For it is easy to come up even from the very pits of wickedness. Or have you not heard how that harlot, who surpassed all in licentiousness, outshone all in piety? I do not mean the one in the Gospels, but the one in our own generation, from Phoenicia, that most lawless city. For she was once a harlot among us, holding the first place on the stage, and her name was great everywhere, not in our city only, but as far as the Cilicians and Cappadocians. And she emptied many estates and caught many orphans; and many accused her of sorcery too, as weaving those nets not by the beauty of her body only but also by drugs. She once captured even the brother of the empress, this harlot; for great was her tyranny. But suddenly, I know not how (or rather I know clearly; for she willed it and was changed, and drew to herself the grace of God), she despised all those things, and casting off the devil’s enchantments, ran up to heaven. And yet nothing was more shameful than she when she was on the stage; yet afterward many … she practiced asceticism in this way all her time. For her sake even the prefect was troubled, and soldiers were armed, and they were not able to bring her back to the stage, nor to take her away from the virgins who had received her. She, having been counted worthy of the unspeakable mysteries, and having shown an earnestness worthy of the grace, so ended her life, having washed away everything through grace, and after baptism having shown great philosophy. For she did not grant even the mere sight of herself to her former lovers who came for this, shutting herself up, and spending many years as in a prison. So the last will be first and the first last; so everywhere we need a fiery soul, and nothing prevents one from becoming great and wonderful.

67.4Field 2

Μηδεὶς τοίνυν τῶν ἐν κακίᾳ ἀπογινωσκέτω᾽ μηδεὶς ἐν ἀρετῆ ὧν νυσταζέτω. Μήτε οὗτος ᾿θαῤῥείτω πολλάκις γὰρ αὐτὸν ἡ ἤ πόρνη παρελεύσεται μήτε ἐκεῖνος ἀπογινωσκέτω ἐστὸν γὰρ αυτῷ καὶ τοὺς πρώτους παρελθεῖν. Ἄκουσον τί φησιν ὃ θεὸς πρὸς τὴν Ἱερουσαλήμ. Εἶπον μετὰ τὸ τοῦ τ δαὶ αὐτὴν ταῦτα πάντα, πρός με ἀνάστρεψον, καὶ οὐκ ἀνέστρεψεν. Ὅταν ἐπανέλθωμεν εἰς τὴν σφοδρὰν ἀγάπην τοῦ θεοῦ; οὐ μέμνηται τῶν προτέρων. Οὐκ ἔστιν ὡς ἄνθρωπος ὁ θεός οὐ γὰρ ὀνειδίζει τὰ παρελθόντα, οὐδὲ λέγει; διατί τοσοῦτον ἀπελείφθης Χρόνον, ἂν μετανοήσωμεν ἀλλ᾽ ἀγαπᾷ, ὅταν προσέλθωμεν᾽ μόνον ὡς χρὴ προσέλθωμεν. ᾿Κολληθῶμεν αὐτῷ σφοδρῶς, καὶ προσηλώσωμεν τῷ φόβῳ αὐτοῦ τὰς καρδίας ἡμῶν. Τοιαῦτα γέγονεν οὐκ ἐν τῇ καινῇ μόνον πράγματα, ἀλλὰ καὶ ἐν τῇ παλαιᾷ. Τί γὰρ τοῦ Μανασση χεῖρον: Ἀλλ᾽ ἠδυνήθη τὸν θεὸν ἐξιλεώσασθαι. Τί τοῦ Σολομῶνος μακαριώτερον: : ἀλλ᾽ ἀπονυστάξας ἔ ἔπεσε. Μᾶλλον δὲ καὶ ἀμφότερα ἐν ἐνὶ ἔχω δεῖξαι γενόμενα, ἐν τῷ πατρὶ τῷ τούτον᾽ καὶ γὰρ καὶ καλὸς καὶ κακός ποτε γέγονεν ὁ αὐτός. Τί τοῦ ᾿Ιούδα μακαριώτερον; αλλ᾽ ἐγένετο προδότης. Τί τοῦ Ματθαίου αθλιώτερον ; ἀλλ᾽ ἐγένετο εὐαγγελιστής. Τί τοῦ Παύλου χεῖρον: ἀλλ᾽ ἐγένετο ἀπόστολος. Τί τοῦ Σίμωνος ζηλωτότερον:; αλλ᾽ ἐγένετο καὶ αὐτὸς ἁπαντών ἀθλιώτερος. Πόσας τοιαύτας ἑτέρας βούλει ἰδεῖν μεταβολὰς. καὶ πάλαι γεγενημένας, καὶ νῦν γινομένας καθ᾽ ἑκάστην ἡμέραν: Διὰ δὴ τοῦτο λέγω, μῆτε ὁ ἐπὶ τῆς σκηνῆς ἀπογινωσκέτω, μήτε ὁ ἐν τῇ ἐκκλησίᾳ θαῤῥείτω. Πρὸς μὲν γὰρ τοῦτόν φησιν, ὡς ὁ δοκῶν ἑστάναι; βλεπέτω μὴ πέσῃ πρὸς δὲ ἐ ἐκεῖνον, μὴ ὁ πίπτων οὐκ ἀνίσταται; καὶ, τὰς παρειμένας χεῖρας καὶ τὰ παραλελυμένα γόνατα ανορθώσατε. Παλιν πρὸς τούτους φησὶ· γρηγορεῖτε: πρὸς δὲ ἐκείνους, ᾿ ἔγειρε, ὁ καθεύδων, καὶ ἀνάστα ἐκ τῶν νεκρῶν. Οὗτοι μὲν γὰρ φυλάξαι δέονται ὅ ὅπερ ἔχουσιν, ἐκεῖνοι δὲ γενέσθαι ὅπερ οὐκ εἰσίν᾽ οὗτοι διατηρῆσαι τήν ὑγίειαν, ἐκεῖνοι τῆς ἀῤῥωστίας ἀπαλλαγῆναι κάμνουσι γάρ' ἀλλὰ πολλοὶ καὶ τῶν καμνόντων ὑγιαίνουσι, καὶ τῶν ὑγιαινόντων ῥᾳθυμήσαντες ἀῤῥωστοῦσι. Πρὸς μὲν οὖν ἐκείνους Φησίν· ἴδε, υ ὑγιῆς γέγονας μηκέτι ἁμάρτανε, ἵνα μὴ χεῖρόν τί σοι γένηται πρὸς δὲ τούτους ᾽ θέλεις ὑγοὴς γενέσθαι: ἐγερθεὶς ἃ ἄρον ὁ τὴν κλίνην σου, καὶ ὕ ὕπαγε εἰς τὸν οἶκόν σου. Δεινὴ γὰρ; δεινὴ παράλυσις ἁμαρτία μᾶλλον δὲ οὐ παράλυσις μόνον ἐ ἐστὶν, ἀλλὰ καὶ ἄλλο τι χαλεπώτερον. Οὐ γὰρ ἐν ἀργίᾳ μόνον ἀγαθῶν ἐστιν ὁ τοιοῦτος, αλλὰ καὶ ἐν ἐνεργείᾳ κακῶν. Ἀλλ᾽ ὅμως κἂν οὕτω διακείμενος ἢ ἧς, καὶ θελήσης μικρὸν διαναστῆναι; πάντα λύεται τὰ δεινά. Κἂν τριακονταοκτὼ ἔτη ᾿ ἔχης, σπουδάσῃς δὲ γενέσθαι ὑγεὴς, οὐδεὶς ὁ κωλύων. ᾿ Πάρεστι καὶ νῦν ὁ Χριστὸς, καὶ λέγει; ἄρον τὴν κλίνην σου μόνον θέλησον διαναστῆναι᾽ μὴ ἀπογνῷς. Οὐκ ἔχεις ἄνθ ρωπον: ἀλλ᾽ ἔχεις θεόν. Οὐκ ἔχεις τὸν βάλλοντα σε εἰς τὴν κολυμβήθραν: : ἄλλ᾽ ἔχεις τὸν οὐκ ἀφίεντα σε δεηθῆναι κολυμβήθρας. Οὐκ «ἔχεις, τὸν εκεῖ σε βίπτοντα : ἀλλ᾽ ἔχεις τὸν κελεύοντά σοι ἄραι τὴν κλίνην. Οὐκ ἔστιν εἰπεῖν» ὁ ἐν ᾧ δὲ ἔ ἔρχομαι ἱ ἐγὼ, ἄλλος πρὸ ἐμοῦ καταβαίνει. Ὧν γὰρ θελήσης κατελθεῖν εἰς τὴν πηγὴν, οὐδεὶς ὁ κωλύων. Οὐκ ἀναλίσκεται, οὐ δαπανᾶται ἡ χάριν πηγή τίς ἐστιν ἀναβλύζουσα διηνεκῶφ' ἢ ἐκ τοῦ πληρώματος αὐτοῦ πάντες θεραπευόμεθα καὶ ψυχ ὴν καὶ σῶμα. Προσερχώμεθα τοίνυν καὶ νῦν. Καὶ γὰρ Ῥαὰβ πόρνη ἥν, ἀλλ᾽ ἐσωθη καὶ ὁ λῃστὴς ἀνδροφόνος ἢ ἤν» ἀλλὰ παραδείσου πολίτης ἐγένετο καὶ ὁ μὲν ᾿Ιούδας μετὰ τοῦ διδασκάλου ὧν, ἀπώλετο' ὁ δὲ λῃστὴς ἐν σταυρῷ ὧν, μαθητὴς ἐγένετο. Ταῦτα τοῦ θεοῦ τὰ παράδοξα. Οὕτως οἱ μάγοι εὐδοκίμησαν᾽ οὕτως ὁ τελώνης εὐαγγελιστὴς ἐγένετο οὕτως ὁ βλάσφημος ἀπόστολος.

Mēdeis toinyn tōn en kakią apoginōsketō᾽ mēdeis en aretē hōn nystazetō. Mēte houtos ᾿tharrheitō pollakis gar auton hē ē pornē pareleusetai mēte ekeinos apoginōsketō eston gar autǭ kai tous prōtous parelthein. Akouson ti phēsin ho theos pros tēn Hierousalēm. Eipon meta to tou t dai autēn tauta panta, pros me anastrepson, kai ouk anestrepsen. Hotan epanelthōmen eis tēn sphodran agapēn tou theou? ou memnētai tōn proterōn. Ouk estin hōs anthrōpos ho theos ou gar oneidizei ta parelthonta, oude legei? diati tosouton apeleiphthēs Chronon, an metanoēsōmen all᾽ agapą, hotan proselthōmen᾽ monon hōs chrē proselthōmen. ᾿Kollēthōmen autǭ sphodrōs, kai prosēlōsōmen tǭ phobǭ autou tas kardias hēmōn. Toiauta gegonen ouk en tę̄ kainę̄ monon pragmata, alla kai en tę̄ palaią. Ti gar tou Manassē cheiron: All᾽ ēdynēthē ton theon exileōsasthai. Ti tou Solomōnos makariōteron: : all᾽ aponystaxas e epese. Mallon de kai amphotera en eni echō deixai genomena, en tǭ patri tǭ touton᾽ kai gar kai kalos kai kakos pote gegonen ho autos. Ti tou ᾿Iouda makariōteron? all᾽ egeneto prodotēs. Ti tou Matthaiou athliōteron ? all᾽ egeneto euangelistēs. Ti tou Paulou cheiron: all᾽ egeneto apostolos. Ti tou Simōnos zēlōtoteron:? all᾽ egeneto kai autos hapantōn athliōteros. Posas toiautas heteras boulei idein metabolas. kai palai gegenēmenas, kai nyn ginomenas kath᾽ hekastēn hēmeran: Dia dē touto legō, mēte ho epi tēs skēnēs apoginōsketō, mēte ho en tę̄ ekklēsią tharrheitō. Pros men gar touton phēsin, hōs ho dokōn hestanai? blepetō mē pesę̄ pros de e ekeinon, mē ho piptōn ouk anistatai? kai, tas pareimenas cheiras kai ta paralelymena gonata anorthōsate. Palin pros toutous phēsi; grēgoreite: pros de ekeinous, ᾿ egeire, ho katheudōn, kai anasta ek tōn nekrōn. Houtoi men gar phylaxai deontai ho hoper echousin, ekeinoi de genesthai hoper ouk eisin᾽ houtoi diatērēsai tēn hygieian, ekeinoi tēs arrhōstias apallagēnai kamnousi gar' alla polloi kai tōn kamnontōn hygiainousi, kai tōn hygiainontōn rhąthymēsantes arrhōstousi. Pros men oun ekeinous Phēsin; ide, y hygiēs gegonas mēketi hamartane, hina mē cheiron ti soi genētai pros de toutous ᾽ theleis hygoēs genesthai: egertheis ha aron ho tēn klinēn sou, kai hy hypage eis ton oikon sou. Deinē gar? deinē paralysis hamartia mallon de ou paralysis monon e estin, alla kai allo ti chalepōteron. Ou gar en argią monon agathōn estin ho toioutos, alla kai en energeią kakōn. All᾽ homōs kan houtō diakeimenos ē hēs, kai thelēsēs mikron dianastēnai? panta lyetai ta deina. Kan triakontaoktō etē ᾿ echēs, spoudasę̄s de genesthai hygeēs, oudeis ho kōlyōn. ᾿ Paresti kai nyn ho Christos, kai legei? aron tēn klinēn sou monon thelēson dianastēnai᾽ mē apognǭs. Ouk echeis anth rōpon: all᾽ echeis theon. Ouk echeis ton ballonta se eis tēn kolymbēthran: : all᾽ echeis ton ouk aphienta se deēthēnai kolymbēthras. Ouk «echeis, ton ekei se biptonta : all᾽ echeis ton keleuonta soi arai tēn klinēn. Ouk estin eipein» ho en hǭ de e erchomai hi egō, allos pro emou katabainei. Hōn gar thelēsēs katelthein eis tēn pēgēn, oudeis ho kōlyōn. Ouk analisketai, ou dapanatai hē charin pēgē tis estin anablyzousa diēnekōph' ē ek tou plērōmatos autou pantes therapeuometha kai psych ēn kai sōma. Proserchōmetha toinyn kai nyn. Kai gar Rhaab pornē hēn, all᾽ esōthē kai ho lę̄stēs androphonos ē ēn» alla paradeisou politēs egeneto kai ho men ᾿Ioudas meta tou didaskalou hōn, apōleto' ho de lę̄stēs en staurǭ hōn, mathētēs egeneto. Tauta tou theou ta paradoxa. Houtōs hoi magoi eudokimēsan᾽ houtōs ho telōnēs euangelistēs egeneto houtōs ho blasphēmos apostolos.

Let no one, then, who is in wickedness despair; let no one who is in virtue grow drowsy. Let not the latter be overconfident, for often the harlot will pass him; nor let the former despair, for it is possible for him to pass even the first. Hear what God says to Jerusalem: “I said, after she had done all these things, ‘Return to me’; and she did not return.” When we return to the ardent love of God, he does not remember what went before. God is not like a man; for he does not reproach us with what is past, nor say, if we repent, “Why were you away so long?” But he loves us when we come to him; only let us come as we ought. Let us cleave to him intensely, and nail our hearts to his fear. Such things have happened not only in the New Testament but also in the Old. For what was worse than Manasseh? Yet he was able to propitiate God. What was more blessed than Solomon? Yet growing drowsy he fell. Or rather I can show both happening in one man, in the father of this one; for the same man became both good and evil at one time. What was more blessed than Judas? Yet he became a traitor. What was more wretched than Matthew? Yet he became an evangelist. What was worse than Paul? Yet he became an apostle. What was more enviable than Simon? Yet he too became more wretched than all. How many other such changes do you wish to see, both those that happened of old and those happening every day now? For this reason I say: let neither the one on the stage despair, nor the one in the church be overconfident. For to the latter he says, “Let him who thinks he stands take heed lest he fall”; and to the former, “Does not the one who falls rise up?” and, “Lift up the drooping hands and the paralyzed knees.” Again, to these he says, “Watch”; but to those, “Awake, O sleeper, and arise from the dead.” For these need to keep what they have, but those to become what they are not; these to preserve their health, those to be rid of their sickness, for they are ill. But many of the sick recover, and many of the healthy, growing careless, fall sick. To those, then, he says, “See, you have been made well; sin no more, lest something worse happen to you”; but to these, “Do you wish to become well? Rise, take up your bed, and go to your house.” For sin is a terrible, terrible paralysis; or rather it is not only paralysis but something even worse. For such a man is not only idle as to good things, but active in evil things. Yet even if you are so disposed, and are willing to rise up a little, all the terrors are dissolved. Even if you have been so for thirty-eight years, but are eager to become well, no one prevents you. Christ is present now too, and says, “Take up your bed”; only be willing to rise; do not despair. You have no man? But you have God. You have no one to put you into the pool? But you have the one who does not let you need a pool. You have no one to throw you in there? But you have the one who bids you take up your bed. You cannot say, “While I am coming, another goes down before me.” For if you wish to go down into the spring, there is no one to prevent you. Grace is not used up, it is not spent; it is a spring gushing forth continually; from its fullness we are all healed, both soul and body. Let us come to it, then, now too. For Rahab was a harlot, yet she was saved; and the robber was a murderer, yet he became a citizen of paradise; and Judas, being with the Teacher, perished, while the robber, being on a cross, became a disciple. These are God’s marvels. So the magi won approval; so the tax collector became an evangelist; so the blasphemer an apostle.

67.5Field 2

Ταῦτα ὅρα, καὶ μηδέποτε ἀπογνῷς, ἀλλ᾽ ἀεὶ θάῤῥει καὶ διανάστησον σαυτόν. Ἅψαι μόνον τῆς ἐκεῖ φερούσης ὁδοῦ, καὶ ταχέως. Μὴ τὰς θύρας ἀποκλείσῃς, μὴ τὴν οδον φράξης. Βραχὺς ὡ παρὼν καιρὸς, ὀλίγος ὁ πόνος. Εἰ δὲ καὶ πολὺς ἦν, οὐδὲ οὕτως ἀπαγορεύειν ἔδει. Κἀν γὰρ μὴ κάμης τὸν κάλλιστον τοῦτον κάματον τὸν ἐν τῇ μετανοίᾳ καὶ τῇ ἀρετῆ, ἐν τῴ κόσμῳ πάντως καμῇ καὶ ταλαιπωρήσεις ἑτέρως. Εἰ δὲ καὶ ἐνταῦθα κακεῖ κάματος, διατί μὴ τοῦτον αἱρούμεθα τὸν πολὺν ἔχοντα τὸν καρπὸν καὶ μεγάλην τὴν ἀμοιβήν Καίτοιγε οὐδὲ ὁ αὐτὸς κάματος οὗτος κακεῖνος. Ἐν μὲν γὰρ τοῖς βιωτικοῖς καὶ κίνδυνοι συνεχεῖς, καὶ ζημίαι ἐπάλληλοι, καὶ ἡ ἐλπὶς ἄδηλος, καὶ δουλοπρέπεια πολλὴ, καὶ χρημάτων καὶ σωμάτων καὶ ψυχῆς δαπάνη καὶ τότε ἡ τῶν καρπῶν ἀντίδοσις πολὺ τῆς ἐλκίδος καταδεεστέρα, ἃ ἂν ἄρα βλαστήσῃ. Οὐδὲ γὰρ πανταχοῦ φέρει καρπὸν ὃ τῶν βιωτικῶν πραγμάτων ἱδρώς πλὴν αλλὰ καὶ ὅταν μὴ διαπέση, ἀλλὰ καὶ πολλὴν ἐνέγκῃ τὴν φορὰν, ἐν βραχεῖ παραμένει τῷ χρόνῳ. Ὅταν γὰρ Ὑηράσῃς, καὶ μηκέτι λοιπὸν ἀκριβῆ τῆς ἀπολαύσεως τὴν αἴσθησιν ἔ ἔχῃς» τότε σοι φέρει τὰς ἀμοιβὰς ὁ πόνος. Καὶ ὁ μὲν πόνος ἐν ἀκμάζοντι σώματι ὁ δὲ καρπὸς καὶ ἡ τρυφὴ ἐν γεγηρακότι καὶ παρειμένῳ, ὅταν καὶ τὴν αἴσθησιν ὁ Χρόνος καταμαράνῃ ᾿ καίτοι εἰ μὴ κατεμάρανεν, ἢ τῆς τελευτῆς ἐλπὶς οὐκ ἠφίει τρυφᾶν. ᾿Κκεῖ δὲ οὐχ οὕτως, ἀλλ᾽ ὁ μὲν πόνος, ἐν φθορᾷ καὶ τελευτῶντι σώματι ὁ δὲ στέφανος, ἐν ᾿ ἀκηράτῳ καὶ ἀθανάτῳ καὶ τέλος οὐκ ἔχοντι. Καὶ ὁ μὲν πόνος καὶ πρώτος καὶ ᾿βραχύς· ἡ δὲ ἀντίδοσις καὶ ὑστέρα καὶ ἄπειρος, ἵνα μετὰ ἀδείας ἀναπαύη λοιπὸν, μηδὲν προσδοκῶν ἀηδές. Οὐ γάρ ἐστι μεταβολὴν δεῖσαι λοιπὸν, οὐδὲ ἔκπτωσιν, καθάπερ ἐνταῦθα. Ποῖα οὖν ταῦτα ἀγαθά, τὰ μήτε ἀσφαλῆ, καὶ β ραχέα καὶ πήλινα, καὶ πρὶν ῆ φανῆναι. α φανιζόμενα, καὶ μετὰ πολλῶν κτώμενα πόνων: Ποῖα δὲ ἐκείνων ἀγαθὰ ἴσα, τῶν ἀκινήτων, τῶν ᾿ ἀγηράτων, τῶν μηδένα μόχθον ἐχόντων, τῶν καὶ ἐν τῷ καιρῷ τῶν αγώνων τοὺς στεφάν νους σοι κομιζόντων; Ὁ γὰρ χρημάτων καταφρονῶν, καὶ ἐντεῦθεν ἤδη λαμβάνει τὸν μισθὸν, φροντίδος ᾿ἀπαλλαττόμενος, βασκανίας, συκοφαντίας, ἐπιβουλῆς, φθόνου. Ὃ σώφρων, καὶ κοσμίως ζῶν, καὶ πρὸ τῆς ἐντεῦθεν ἀποδημίας στεφανοῦται καὶ τρυφᾷ, ἀσχημοσύνης, γέλωτος, κινδύνων, κατηγορίας, τῶν ἄλλων ἁπάντων ἀπαλλαττόμενος δεινῶν. Τὰ ἄλλα πάντα ὁμοίως τῆς αρετῆς μέρη ἐντεῦθεν ἤδη ἡμῖν δίδωσι τὴν ἀμοιβήν. ν᾽ οὖν καὶ τῶν παρόντων καὶ τῶν μελλόντων ἐπιτύχωμεν ἀγαθῶν, φύγωμεν κακίαν καὶ ἐλώμεθα ἀρετήν. Οὕτω γὰρ καὶ ἐνταῦθα τρυφήσομεν, καὶ τῶν μελλόντων ἐπιτευξόμεθα στεφάνων ὧν γένοιτο πάντας ἡμᾶς ἐπιτυχεῖν» χάριτι καὶ φιλανθρωπίᾳ τοῦ κυρίου ἡμῶν Ἰησοῦ Χριστοὺ, ᾧ ἢ δόξα καὶ τὸ κράτος εἰς τοὺς αἰῶνας τῶν αἰώνων. ᾿Αμῆν.

Tauta hora, kai mēdepote apognǭs, all᾽ aei tharrhei kai dianastēson sauton. Hapsai monon tēs ekei pherousēs hodou, kai tacheōs. Mē tas thyras apokleisę̄s, mē tēn odon phraxēs. Brachys hō parōn kairos, oligos ho ponos. Ei de kai polys ēn, oude houtōs apagoreuein edei. Kan gar mē kamēs ton kalliston touton kamaton ton en tę̄ metanoią kai tę̄ aretē, en tǭ kosmǭ pantōs kamę̄ kai talaipōrēseis heterōs. Ei de kai entautha kakei kamatos, diati mē touton hairoumetha ton polyn echonta ton karpon kai megalēn tēn amoibēn Kaitoige oude ho autos kamatos houtos kakeinos. En men gar tois biōtikois kai kindynoi synecheis, kai zēmiai epallēloi, kai hē elpis adēlos, kai douloprepeia pollē, kai chrēmatōn kai sōmatōn kai psychēs dapanē kai tote hē tōn karpōn antidosis poly tēs elkidos katadeestera, ha an ara blastēsę̄. Oude gar pantachou pherei karpon ho tōn biōtikōn pragmatōn hidrōs plēn alla kai hotan mē diapesē, alla kai pollēn enenkę̄ tēn phoran, en brachei paramenei tǭ chronǭ. Hotan gar Hyērasę̄s, kai mēketi loipon akribē tēs apolauseōs tēn aisthēsin e echę̄s» tote soi pherei tas amoibas ho ponos. Kai ho men ponos en akmazonti sōmati ho de karpos kai hē tryphē en gegērakoti kai pareimenǭ, hotan kai tēn aisthēsin ho Chronos katamaranę̄ ᾿ kaitoi ei mē katemaranen, ē tēs teleutēs elpis ouk ēphiei tryphan. ᾿Kkei de ouch houtōs, all᾽ ho men ponos, en phthorą kai teleutōnti sōmati ho de stephanos, en ᾿ akēratǭ kai athanatǭ kai telos ouk echonti. Kai ho men ponos kai prōtos kai ᾿brachys; hē de antidosis kai hystera kai apeiros, hina meta adeias anapauē loipon, mēden prosdokōn aēdes. Ou gar esti metabolēn deisai loipon, oude ekptōsin, kathaper entautha. Poia oun tauta agatha, ta mēte asphalē, kai b rachea kai pēlina, kai prin ē phanēnai. a phanizomena, kai meta pollōn ktōmena ponōn: Poia de ekeinōn agatha isa, tōn akinētōn, tōn ᾿ agēratōn, tōn mēdena mochthon echontōn, tōn kai en tǭ kairǭ tōn agōnōn tous stephan nous soi komizontōn? Ho gar chrēmatōn kataphronōn, kai enteuthen ēdē lambanei ton misthon, phrontidos ᾿apallattomenos, baskanias, sykophantias, epiboulēs, phthonou. Ho sōphrōn, kai kosmiōs zōn, kai pro tēs enteuthen apodēmias stephanoutai kai tryphą, aschēmosynēs, gelōtos, kindynōn, katēgorias, tōn allōn hapantōn apallattomenos deinōn. Ta alla panta homoiōs tēs aretēs merē enteuthen ēdē hēmin didōsi tēn amoibēn. n᾽ oun kai tōn parontōn kai tōn mellontōn epitychōmen agathōn, phygōmen kakian kai elōmetha aretēn. Houtō gar kai entautha tryphēsomen, kai tōn mellontōn epiteuxometha stephanōn hōn genoito pantas hēmas epitychein» chariti kai philanthrōpią tou kyriou hēmōn Iēsou Christou, hǭ ē doxa kai to kratos eis tous aiōnas tōn aiōnōn. ᾿Amēn.

See these things, and never despair, but always take courage and rouse yourself. Only take hold of the road that leads there, and quickly you will … Do not shut the doors, do not block the road. The present time is short, the toil small. And even if it were great, not even so ought one to give up. For if you do not labor this noblest labor of repentance and virtue, you will certainly labor in the world and suffer hardship in another way. And if there is labor both here and there, why do we not choose this one, which has much fruit and a great recompense? And yet this labor and that are not even the same. For in worldly affairs there are continual dangers, and losses one after another, and uncertain hope, and much servility, and expense of money and bodies and soul; and then the return of the fruits falls far short of the hope, if indeed anything sprouts. For the sweat of worldly business does not everywhere bear fruit; but even when it does not fail, but bears a great crop, it lasts for a short time. For when you have grown old and no longer have an exact sense of enjoyment, then the toil brings you its rewards. And the toil is in a body at its prime, but the fruit and the luxury in one grown old and feeble, when time has withered even the senses; and even if it had not withered them, the expectation of death would not let you enjoy luxury. But there it is not so: the toil is in a corruptible and dying body, but the crown in one incorruptible and immortal and without end. And the toil is both first and short, but the recompense both later and infinite, so that you may rest thereafter in security, expecting nothing unpleasant. For there is no change to fear thereafter, nor fall, as here. What then are these goods, which are neither secure, but short and of clay, vanishing before they appear, and acquired with many toils? And what goods are equal to those, the immovable, the ageless, those that involve no hardship, those that bring you crowns even in the time of the contests? For the one who despises money receives his reward even from here, being freed from anxiety, malice, false accusation, plotting, envy. The one who is chaste and lives modestly is crowned and enjoys luxury even before his departure from here, being freed from disgrace, ridicule, dangers, accusation, and all the other terrors. And all the other parts of virtue likewise give us the recompense from here already. That we may obtain both the present and the future good things, then, let us flee wickedness and choose virtue. For so we shall both enjoy luxury here and obtain the crowns to come; which may we all obtain, by the grace and love for mankind of our Lord Jesus Christ, to whom be the glory and the might to the ages of ages. Amen.

Chapter 68

68.1Field 2

Ἄλλην παραβολὴν ἀκούσατε. Ανθρωπός τις ἦν οἰκοδεσπότης, ὅστις ἐφύτευσεν ἀμπελῶνα, καὶ φραγμὸν αὐτῷ περιέθηκε, καὶ ὥρυξε ληνὸν, καὶ φκοδόμησε πύργον καὶ ἐξέδοτο αὐτὸν γεωργοῖς, καὶ ἀπεδήμησεν. Ὅτε δὲ ἤγγισεν ὁ καιρὸς τῶν καρπῶν, ἀπέστειλε τοὺς δούλους αὐτοῦ, λαβεῖν τοὺς καρπούς. Καὶ λαβόντες οἱ γεωργοὶ τοὺς δούλους, οὖς μὲν ἔδειραν, οὺς δὲ ἀπέκτειναν, οὺς δὲ ἐλιθοβόλησαν. Πάλιν ἀπέστειλεν ἄλλους δούλους πλείονας τῶν πρώτων, καὶ ἐποίησαν αὐτοῖς ὡσαύτως. Ὕστερον ἀπέστειλε πρὸς αὐτοὺς τὸν υἱὸν αὐτοῦ, φ ὔ ε λέγων ἴσως ἐντραπήσονται τὸν υἱόν μου. Οἱ δὲ γεωργοὶ ἰδόντες τὸν υἱὸν, εἶπον ἐν ἑαντοῖς᾽ οὗτός ἐστιν ὁ κληρονομοτ δεῦτε, ἀποκτείνωμεν αὐτὸν, καὶ κατάσχωμεν τὴν κληρονομίαν αὐτοῦ. ᾿ Καὶ ἐκβαλόντες ἔξω τοῦ ἀμπελῶνος, ἀπέκτειναν. Ὅταν οὖν δλθῃ ὁ κυριος τοῦ ἀμπελῶνος, τί ποιήσει τοῖς γεωργοῖς ἐκείνοις ; ΛέὝουσιν αὐτῷ κακοὺς κακώς ἀπολέσει αὐτοὺς, καὶ τὸν ἀμπελῶνα ἐκδώσεται γεωργοῖς ἑτέροις, οἵτινες ἀποδώσουσι τοὺς καρποὺς ἐν τοῖς καιροῖς αὐτῶν. Λέγει αὐτοῖς ὁ ᾿Ιησοῦς οὐδέποτε ἀνέγνωτε ᾿ἐν ταῖς γραφαῖς λίθον ὃν σαν ἀπεδοκίμασαν οἱ οἰκοδομοῦντες, οὗτος ἐγενήθη «εἰς κεφαλὴν γωνίας ; παρὰ κυρίου ἐγένετο αὕτη, καὶ ἔστι θαυμαστὴ ἐν οφθαλμοῖς ἡμῶν. Διὰ τοῦτο λέγω ὑμῖν, ὅτι ἀρθήσεται αφ᾽ ὑμῶν καὶ βασιλεία τοῦ θεοῦ, καὶ δοθήσεται ἔθνει ποιοὔντι τοὺς καρποὺς αὐτῆς. Καὶ ὁ πεσὼν ἐπὶ τὸν λίθον τοῦτον, συνθλασθήσεται· ἐφ᾽ ὃν δ᾽ ἂν πέση, λικμήσει αὐτὸν. Πολλὰ ἀπὸ τῆς παραβολῆς ταύτης αἰνίττεται τοῦ θεοῦ τὴν πρόνοιαν, τὴν εἰς αὐτοὺς ἄνωθεν γεγενημένην τὸ εξ ἀρχῆς αὐτῶν φονικόν᾽ τὸ μηδὲν παραλειφθῆναι τῶν ἡκόντων εἰς ἐπιμέλειαν' τὸ καὶ προφητῶν σφαγέντων μὴ ἀποστραφῆναι αὐτοὺς, ἀλλὰ καὶ τὸν υἱὸν πέμψαι τὸ καὶ τῆς καινῆς καὶ τῆς παλαιᾶς ἕνα καὶ τὸν αὐτὸν εἶναι θεόν τὸ μεγάλα αὐτοῦ τὸν θάνατον κατορθώσειν' τὸ τὴν ἐσχάτην δίκην τοῦ σταυροῦ καὶ τοῦ τολμήματος αὐτοὺς ὑπομόνειν' τῶν ἐθνῶν τὴν κλῆσιν, τῶν ᾿Ιουδαίων τὴν ἔκπτωσιν. ᾿ Διὰ τοῦτο αὐτὴν μετὰ τὴν ἔμπροσθεν τίθησιν, ἵ ἵνα δείξη κἀντεῦθεν τὸ ἔγκλημα. μεῖζον καὶ σφόδρα ἀσύγγνωστον. Πώς καὶ τίνι τρόπῳ: Ὅτι τοσαύτης τυχόντες ἐπιμελείας, πορνῶν καὶ τελωνῶν ἡττήθησαν, καὶ παρὰ τοσοῦτον. Θέα δὲ καὶ αὐτοῦ τὴν πρόνοιαν τὴν πολλὴν, καὶ τὴν πούτων ἀργίαν τὴν ἄφατον. Καὶ γὰρ ἃ τῶν γεωργῶν ἦν, αὐτὸς ἐποίησε τὸ φραγμὸν περιθεῖναι, τὸ Φντεῦσαι τὸν ἀμπελῶνα, τὰ ἄλλα πάντα᾽ καὶ μικρὸν αὐτοῖς κατέλιπε, τὸ ἐπιμελεῖσθαι τῶν ὄντων, καὶ διαφυλάξαι τὰ δοθέντα. Οὐδὲν γὰρ ἦν ἐλλειφθὲν, ἀλλὰ πάντα ἀπηρτισμένα καὶ οὐδὲ οὕτως ἑκέρδαναν, καὶ ταῦτα τοσούτων ἀπολαύσαντες παρ᾽ αντοῦ. Ὅτε γὰρ ἐξ Αἰγύπτου ἐξῆλθον, καὶ νόμον ἔδωκε, καὶ πόλιν ἀνέστησε, καὶ ναὸν ᾧκοδόμ μησε; καὶ θνσιαστήριον κατεσκεύασε. Καὶ ἀπεδήμησε τουτέστιν, ἐμακροθύμησεν, οὐκ ἀεὶ τοῖς ᾿ἁμαρτήμασι. παραπόδας ἐπάγων τὰς τιμωρίας τὴν γὰρ ἀποδημίαν τὴν πολλὴν αὐτοῦ μακροθυμίαν φησί. Καὶ ἀπέστειλε τοὺς δούλους αὐτοῦ, τουτέστι, τοὺς προφήτας τὸν καρπὸν λαβεῖν, τοντέστι, τὴν ὑπακοὴν, τὴν διὰ τῶν ἔργων ἐπίδειξιν. οι δὲ κἀνταῦθα τὴν κακίαν ἐπεδείξαντο, οὔ τῷ μὴ δοῦναι τὸν καρπὸν τοσαύτης ᾿ἀπολαύσαντας ἐπιμελείας, ὅ περ ἀργίας ἦν, αλλὰ καὶ τῷ δυσχερᾶναι πρὸς τοὺς ἐλθόντας. Τοὺς γὰρ οὐκ ἔχοντας δοῦναι καὶ ὀφείλοντας, οὐκ ἀγανακτεῖν ἐχρῆν, οὐδὲ δυσχεραίνειν, ἀλλὰ παρακαλεῖν. Οἱ δὲ οὐ μόνον ,γανάκτησαν, ἀλλὰ καὶ αἱμάτων τὰς χεῖρας ἐνέπλησαν καὶ δενἔκην οφείλοντες, αὐτοὶ ὀίκην ἀαπήτουν. Δια τοῦτο και τέρους ἔπεμψε καὶ τρίτους, ἵνα δειχθῆ καὶ ἡ τούτων κακία, καὶ ἡ τοῦ πέμψαντος φιλανθρωπία. Καὶ ὁιατί μή τὸν νἱὸν εὐθέως ᾿ ἀπέστειλεν ; Ἵνα ἐκ τῶν εἰς ἐκείνους γενομένων κατανΣ νόντος ἑαυτῶν, καὶ τὸν θυμὸν ἀφέντες, ἐκεῖνον ἐντραπῶσιν ἐλθόντα. Εἰσὶ δὲ καὶ ἕτεροι λόγοι ἀλλὰ τέως ἐπὶ τὰ ἑξῆς ἴωμεν. Τί εστι τὸ, Ἰσὼς ἐεντραπησονται; υχί ἀγνοοὖντος, ἅπαγε' ἀλλὰ θέλοντος δεῖξαι τὸ ἁμάρτημα μόγα, καὶ ἀπολογίας πάσης ἐστερημένον. ᾿Επεὶ αὐτὸς εἰδὼς, ὅτι μὴ ἀναιρήσουσιν, ἔπεμψε. Λέγει ὁὃε, ἐντραπήσονται, γενέσθαι ὀφεῖλον ἀπαγγέλλων ὅτι ἔδει αὐτοὺς ἐντραπῆναι. ᾿Επεὶ καὶ ἀλλαχοῦ φησιν, ἐὰν ἄρα ἀκούσωσιν οὐδὲ ἐκεῖ αγνοῶν' ἀλλ᾽ ἵνα μὴ λέγωσί τινες τῶν ἀγνωμόνων, ὅτι ἡ πρόῤῥησις αὐτοῦ γέγονεν ἀναγκαστικὴ τῆς παρακοῆς, διὰ Ὁ τοῦτο οὕτω σχηματίζει τὰς λέξεις, ἐὰν ἄρα λέγων, καὶ ἴσως. Εἰ γὰρ καὶ περὶ τοὺς δούλους ἀγνώμονες ἐγόνοντο, τὸ τοῦ υἱοῦ ἀξίωμα αἰδεσθῆναι ἐχρῆν. ΤΙ οὖν οὗτοι; Δέον προσδραμεῖν, δέον αἰτῆσαι σνγγνώϑ φ΄- ᾽ μην ἐπὶ τοῖς πεπλημμελημένοις, καὶ ἐπαγωνίζονται Τοῖφ προτέροις, ἐπαποδύονται τοῖς μιάσμασιν, ἀεὶ τὰ πρότερα τοῖς ἔροις ἀποκρύπτοντες ὃ καὶ αὐτὸς δηλῶν ἔλεγε ὃ πληρώσατε τὸ μέτρον τῶν πατέρων ὑμῶν. Ἄνωθεν γὰρ αὐτοῖς ταῦτα ἐνεκάλουν᾽ οἱ προφῆται λέγοντες αἱ χεῖρες ὑμῶ αἵματος πλήρεις καὶ, αἵματα ἐφ᾽ αἵμασι μίστγόυσι καὶ, οἰκοδομοῦντες Σιων ἐν αἵμασιν. ᾿Αλλ οὐκ ἐσωφρονίζοντο καίτοι ταύτην λαβόντες πρώτην τὴν ἐντολὴν, τὸ οὐ φονεύσεις, καὶ μυρίων ἑτέρων κελευσθέντες ἀπέχεσθαι διὰ τοῦτο, καὶ διὰ πολλῶν καὶ παντοδαπῶν εἰς τὴν φυλακὴν τῆς ἐντολῆς ταύτης ἐναγόμενοι. ᾿Αλλ ὅμως τὴν πονηρὰν ἐκείνην οὐκ ἀπέθεντο συνήθειαν᾽ ἀλλὰ τί λέγουσιν ἰδόντες αὐτόν; Δεῦτε, ἀποκτείνωμεν αὐτόν.᾽ Τίνος ἕ ἕνεκεν, καὶ διατί; τί ποτε ἔχοντες ἐγκαλεῖν, ἢ ἥ μικρὸν, ἣ μέγα; Ὅτι ἐτίμησεν ὑμᾶς, καὶ θεὸς ὧν, ἄνθρωπος ἐγένετο δι' ὑμᾶς, καὶ τὰ μυρία ἐκεῖνα εἰργάσατο θαύματα: αλλ ὅτι τὰ ἅμα τήματα συνεχώρει ἀλλ᾽ ὅτι ἐπὶ βασιλείαν ἐκάλει; Ὅρα μετὰ τῆς ἀσεβείας καὶ τὴν ἄνοιαν πολλὴν οὖσαν, καὶ τὴν αἰτίαν τῆς σφαγῆς πολλῆς γέμουσαν παραπληξίας. ᾿Αποκτείνωμεν γὰρ αὐτὸν, φησὶ, καὶ ἡμῶν ἔσται ἡ κληρονομία. Καὶ ποῦ ἀποκτεῖναι βουλεύονται: Ἔξω τοῦ ἀμπελῶνος.

Allēn parabolēn akousate. Anthrōpos tis ēn oikodespotēs, hostis ephyteusen ampelōna, kai phragmon autǭ periethēke, kai hōryxe lēnon, kai phkodomēse pyrgon kai exedoto auton geōrgois, kai apedēmēsen. Hote de ēngisen ho kairos tōn karpōn, apesteile tous doulous autou, labein tous karpous. Kai labontes hoi geōrgoi tous doulous, ous men edeiran, ous de apekteinan, ous de elithobolēsan. Palin apesteilen allous doulous pleionas tōn prōtōn, kai epoiēsan autois hōsautōs. Hysteron apesteile pros autous ton huion autou, ph y e legōn isōs entrapēsontai ton huion mou. Hoi de geōrgoi idontes ton huion, eipon en heantois᾽ houtos estin ho klēronomot deute, apokteinōmen auton, kai kataschōmen tēn klēronomian autou. ᾿ Kai ekbalontes exō tou ampelōnos, apekteinan. Hotan oun dlthę̄ ho kyrios tou ampelōnos, ti poiēsei tois geōrgois ekeinois ? LeUousin autǭ kakous kakōs apolesei autous, kai ton ampelōna ekdōsetai geōrgois heterois, hoitines apodōsousi tous karpous en tois kairois autōn. Legei autois ho ᾿Iēsous oudepote anegnōte ᾿en tais graphais lithon hon san apedokimasan hoi oikodomountes, houtos egenēthē «eis kephalēn gōnias ? para kyriou egeneto hautē, kai esti thaumastē en ophthalmois hēmōn. Dia touto legō hymin, hoti arthēsetai aph᾽ hymōn kai basileia tou theou, kai dothēsetai ethnei poiounti tous karpous autēs. Kai ho pesōn epi ton lithon touton, synthlasthēsetai; eph᾽ hon d᾽ an pesē, likmēsei auton. Polla apo tēs parabolēs tautēs ainittetai tou theou tēn pronoian, tēn eis autous anōthen gegenēmenēn to ex archēs autōn phonikon᾽ to mēden paraleiphthēnai tōn hēkontōn eis epimeleian' to kai prophētōn sphagentōn mē apostraphēnai autous, alla kai ton huion pempsai to kai tēs kainēs kai tēs palaias hena kai ton auton einai theon to megala autou ton thanaton katorthōsein' to tēn eschatēn dikēn tou staurou kai tou tolmēmatos autous hypomonein' tōn ethnōn tēn klēsin, tōn ᾿Ioudaiōn tēn ekptōsin. ᾿ Dia touto autēn meta tēn emprosthen tithēsin, hi hina deixē kanteuthen to enklēma. meizon kai sphodra asyngnōston. Pōs kai tini tropǭ: Hoti tosautēs tychontes epimeleias, pornōn kai telōnōn hēttēthēsan, kai para tosouton. Thea de kai autou tēn pronoian tēn pollēn, kai tēn poutōn argian tēn aphaton. Kai gar ha tōn geōrgōn ēn, autos epoiēse to phragmon peritheinai, to Phnteusai ton ampelōna, ta alla panta᾽ kai mikron autois katelipe, to epimeleisthai tōn ontōn, kai diaphylaxai ta dothenta. Ouden gar ēn elleiphthen, alla panta apērtismena kai oude houtōs hekerdanan, kai tauta tosoutōn apolausantes par᾽ antou. Hote gar ex Aigyptou exēlthon, kai nomon edōke, kai polin anestēse, kai naon hǭkodom mēse? kai thnsiastērion kateskeuase. Kai apedēmēse toutestin, emakrothymēsen, ouk aei tois ᾿hamartēmasi. parapodas epagōn tas timōrias tēn gar apodēmian tēn pollēn autou makrothymian phēsi. Kai apesteile tous doulous autou, toutesti, tous prophētas ton karpon labein, tontesti, tēn hypakoēn, tēn dia tōn ergōn epideixin. oi de kantautha tēn kakian epedeixanto, ou tǭ mē dounai ton karpon tosautēs ᾿apolausantas epimeleias, ho per argias ēn, alla kai tǭ dyscheranai pros tous elthontas. Tous gar ouk echontas dounai kai opheilontas, ouk aganaktein echrēn, oude dyscherainein, alla parakalein. Hoi de ou monon ,ganaktēsan, alla kai haimatōn tas cheiras eneplēsan kai denekēn opheilontes, autoi oikēn aapētoun. Dia touto kai terous epempse kai tritous, hina deichthē kai hē toutōn kakia, kai hē tou pempsantos philanthrōpia. Kai hoiati mē ton nion eutheōs ᾿ apesteilen ? Hina ek tōn eis ekeinous genomenōn katanS nontos heautōn, kai ton thymon aphentes, ekeinon entrapōsin elthonta. Eisi de kai heteroi logoi alla teōs epi ta hexēs iōmen. Ti esti to, Isōs eentrapēsontai? ychi agnoountos, hapage' alla thelontos deixai to hamartēma moga, kai apologias pasēs esterēmenon. ᾿Epei autos eidōs, hoti mē anairēsousin, epempse. Legei hooe, entrapēsontai, genesthai opheilon apangellōn hoti edei autous entrapēnai. ᾿Epei kai allachou phēsin, ean ara akousōsin oude ekei agnoōn' all᾽ hina mē legōsi tines tōn agnōmonōn, hoti hē prorrhēsis autou gegonen anankastikē tēs parakoēs, dia Ho touto houtō schēmatizei tas lexeis, ean ara legōn, kai isōs. Ei gar kai peri tous doulous agnōmones egononto, to tou huiou axiōma aidesthēnai echrēn. TI oun houtoi? Deon prosdramein, deon aitēsai snngnōϑ ph΄- ᾽ mēn epi tois peplēmmelēmenois, kai epagōnizontai Toiph proterois, epapodyontai tois miasmasin, aei ta protera tois erois apokryptontes ho kai autos dēlōn elege ho plērōsate to metron tōn paterōn hymōn. Anōthen gar autois tauta enekaloun᾽ hoi prophētai legontes hai cheires hymō haimatos plēreis kai, haimata eph᾽ haimasi mistgousi kai, oikodomountes Siōn en haimasin. ᾿All ouk esōphronizonto kaitoi tautēn labontes prōtēn tēn entolēn, to ou phoneuseis, kai myriōn heterōn keleusthentes apechesthai dia touto, kai dia pollōn kai pantodapōn eis tēn phylakēn tēs entolēs tautēs enagomenoi. ᾿All homōs tēn ponēran ekeinēn ouk apethento synētheian᾽ alla ti legousin idontes auton? Deute, apokteinōmen auton.᾽ Tinos he heneken, kai diati? ti pote echontes enkalein, ē hē mikron, hē mega? Hoti etimēsen hymas, kai theos hōn, anthrōpos egeneto di' hymas, kai ta myria ekeina eirgasato thaumata: all hoti ta hama tēmata synechōrei all᾽ hoti epi basileian ekalei? Hora meta tēs asebeias kai tēn anoian pollēn ousan, kai tēn aitian tēs sphagēs pollēs gemousan paraplēxias. ᾿Apokteinōmen gar auton, phēsi, kai hēmōn estai hē klēronomia. Kai pou apokteinai bouleuontai: Exō tou ampelōnos.

“Hear another parable. There was a man, a householder, who planted a vineyard, and put a hedge around it, and dug a winepress in it, and built a tower; and he let it out to farmers and went abroad. And when the season of the fruits drew near, he sent his servants to receive the fruits. And the farmers took the servants, and beat one, killed another, and stoned another. Again he sent other servants, more than the first, and they did the same to them. Last of all he sent his son to them, saying, ‘Perhaps they will respect my son.’ But the farmers, seeing the son, said among themselves, ‘This is the heir; come, let us kill him and take his inheritance.’ And they cast him out of the vineyard and killed him. When then the lord of the vineyard comes, what will he do to those farmers? They say to him, ‘He will miserably destroy those miserable men, and will let out the vineyard to other farmers, who will render him the fruits in their seasons.’ Jesus says to them, ‘Have you never read in the Scriptures, “The stone which the builders rejected, this has become the head of the corner; this was from the Lord, and it is marvelous in our eyes”? Therefore I say to you, the kingdom of God will be taken from you and given to a nation producing its fruits. And he who falls on this stone will be broken; but on whomever it falls, it will scatter him like dust.’” By this parable he hints at many things: God’s providence exercised toward them from of old; their murderousness from the beginning; that nothing belonging to care was left out; that even when the prophets had been slain he did not turn away from them, but sent even his Son; that the God of the New and of the Old is one and the same; that his death would accomplish great things; that they would undergo the utmost penalty for the cross and their daring; the calling of the Gentiles, the casting out of the Jews. That is why he places it after the former parable, to show from this too that the charge is greater and quite unpardonable. How and in what way? Because after receiving such great care, they were outdone by harlots and tax collectors, and that by so much. And see both his great providence and their unspeakable idleness. For what was the farmers’ part he did himself: putting the hedge around, planting the vineyard, and all the rest; and he left them a small thing, to take care of what was there and to keep what had been given. For nothing had been left out, but all was complete; and even so they made no profit, though they had enjoyed so much from him. For when they came out of Egypt, he both gave a law, and raised up a city, and built a temple, and prepared an altar. “And he went abroad”: that is, he was long-suffering, not always bringing punishments close on the heels of their sins; for by the going abroad he means his great long-suffering. “And he sent his servants,” that is, the prophets, “to receive the fruit,” that is, obedience, the display of it by works. But here too they showed their wickedness, not only by not giving the fruit after enjoying such care, which was the mark of idleness, but also by being enraged at those who came. For those who had nothing to give and were in debt ought not to have been indignant nor enraged, but to have entreated. But they were not only indignant, but even filled their hands with blood; and though they deserved punishment, they themselves exacted punishment. For this reason he sent both second and third servants, so that both their wickedness and the love for mankind of the one who sent might be shown. And why did he not send the Son at once? So that, coming to their senses from what had been done to those others, and laying aside their rage, they might respect him when he came. There are other reasons too, but meanwhile let us go on to what follows. What does “perhaps they will respect” mean? Not that he did not know (away with the thought!), but that he wished to show the sin to be great and stripped of every defense. For he sent knowing that they would kill him. And he says “they will respect,” declaring what ought to have happened, that they ought to have respected him. For elsewhere too he says, “if perhaps they will hear,” and there too not from ignorance; but lest some of the unreasonable should say that his prediction was the compelling cause of their disobedience, for this reason he shapes his expressions so, saying “if perhaps” and “perhaps.” For even if they had been ungrateful toward the servants, they ought to have respected the dignity of the Son. What then do they do? When they ought to have run to him, when they ought to have asked pardon for their offenses, they even outdo their former deeds, they strip for further pollutions, always hiding the former crimes by the later ones; which he himself, making plain, said, “Fill up the measure of your fathers.” For from of old the prophets brought these charges against them, saying, “Your hands are full of blood,” and, “They mingle blood with blood,” and, “Who build Zion with blood.” But they were not brought to their senses, though they had received this as the first commandment, “You shall not murder,” and had been bidden to abstain from countless other things for this reason, and were led by many and various means to keep this commandment. Yet they did not put away that evil habit; but what do they say on seeing him? “Come, let us kill him.” For what reason, and why? Having what to charge him with, small or great? That he honored you, and being God became man for your sake, and worked those countless miracles? That he forgave your sins? That he called you to a kingdom? See, together with the ungodliness, how great the folly is too, and the cause of the slaughter, full of great madness. “For let us kill him,” they say, “and the inheritance will be ours.” And where do they plan to kill him? Outside the vineyard.

68.2Field 2

Εἶδες πῶς προφητεύει καὶ τὸν τόπον, ἔνθα ἔμελλε σφάττεσθαι: Καὶ ἐκβαλόντες ἀπέκτειψαν.Ἶ Καὶ ὁ ο μὲν Λουκὰς φησιν, ὅ ὅτι αὐτὸς ἀπεφήνατο ὃ ὃ παθεῖν ἔδει τούτους, κακεῖνοι εἶπον, μὴ γένοιτο καὶ τὴν μαρτυρίαν ἐπήγαγεν. Ἐμβλέψας γὰρ αὐτοῖς εἶπε τί οὖν ἐστι τὸ γεγραμμένον, λίθον ὃν ἀπεδοκίμασαν οἱ οἰκοδομοῦντες, οὗτος ἐγενήθη εἰς κεφαλὴν γωνίας καὶ πᾶς ὁ πεσὼν ἐπ᾽ αὑτὸν, συνθλασθήσεται δὲ Ματθαῖος, ὅτι αὐτοὶ τὴν ψῆφον ἐξήνεγκαν. Ἀλλ᾽ οὐκ ἔστι τοῦτο ἐναντιολογίας. Καὶ γὰρ ἀμφότερα γέγονε καὶ τὴν ψῆφον αὐτοὶ ἐξήνεγκαν καθ' ἑαντῶν, καὶ πάλιν αἰσθόμενοι. τῶν εἰρημένων εἶπον, μὴ γένοιτο· καὶ τὸν προφήτην αὐτοῖς ἐπετείχισε, πείθων αὐτοὺς, ὅτε πάντως ἔσται τοῦτο. Δλλ᾽ ὅμως οὐδὲ οὕτω τὰ ἔθνη σαφῶς ἀπεκάλυψεν, ὥστε μηδεμίαν αὑτοῖς παρασχεῖν λαβὴν, ἀλλ᾽ ἤνίξατο εἰπὼν, δώσει τὸν ἀμπελῶνα ἄλλοις. Διὰ τοῦτο δὴ καὶ διὰ παραβολῆς εἴρηκεν, ἵνα αὑτοὶ τὴν ψῆφον ἐξενέγκωσιν' ὅπερ καὶ ἐπὶ τοῦ Δαυὶδ γέγονεν, ὅτε ἔκρινε τὴν παραβολὴν τοῦ Νάθαν. Σὺ δέ μοι σκόπει καντεῦθεν πὼς δικαία ἡ ψῆφος, ὅταν αὐτοὶ οἱ μέλλοντες κολά εσθαι . ἑαυτοὺς καταδικάζωσιν. Εἶτ τα ἵνα μάθωσιν, ὅτι οὐ μόνον ἣ τοῦ δικαίου ὃ φύσι ταῦτα ἀπήτει, ἀλλὰ καὶ ἄνωθεν ἡ τοῦ πνεύματος χάρις προὔλεγε ταῦτα, καὶ ὁ θεὸς οὕτως ἐψηφίζετο, καὶ προφητείαν ἐπήγαγε, καὶ ἐντρεπτικῶς αὐτοῖς ἐπιτιμᾷ λέγων' οὐδέποτε ἀνέγνωτε, ὅτι λίθον ὃν ἀπεδοκίμασαν οἱ οἰκοδομοῦντες, οὗ τος ἐγενήθη εἰς κεφαλὴν γωγίας : παρὰ κυρίου ἐγένετο αὕτη, καὶ ἔστι θαυμαστὴ ἐν ὀφθαλμοῖς ἡμῶν διὰ πάντων δεικνὺς» ὅτι οἱ μὲν ἐκβάλλεσθαι ἔμελλον ἀπιστοῦντες, τὰ δὲ ἔθνη εἰσάγεσθαι. Τοῦτο. καὶ διὰ τῆς Χαναναίας, τοῦτο καὶ διὰ ' τοῦ ὄνου, καὶ διὰ τοῦ ἑκατοντάρχου, καὶ δι ἄλλων. πολλῶν παραβολῶν ἡνίξατο τοῦτο καὶ ῦν. Διὸ καὶ ἐπήγαγε παρὰ κυρίου ἐγένετο αὕτη, καὶ ἔστι θαυμαστὴ ε ἐν ὀφθαλμοῖς ἡμῶν προδηλῶν, ὅ ὅτι τὰ ἔθνη πιστένοντα, καὶ Ιουδαίων ὅ ὅσοι ἂν καὶ αὐτοὶ πιστεύσωσιν, ἔσονται ὃν, καίτοι τοσούτου τοῦ μέσου ὄντος ἔμπροσθεν. Εἶτα, ἵ ἵνα μάθωσιν ὅ ὅτι οὐδὲν τῷ θεῷ ἐ ἐναντίον τῶν γινομένων ἣν, αλλὰ καὶ σφόδρα ὁ εὐαπόδεκτον τὸ συμβαῖνον, καὶ παράον, καὶ τῶν ὁρώντων ἕκαστον ἐκπλήττον (καὶ γὰρ ἦν θαῦμα σφόδρα ἄφατον) ἐπήγαγε λέγων παρὰ κυρίου ἐγένετο αὕτη. Λίθον δὲ ἐ ἑαυτὸν καλεῖ, καὶ οἰκοδόμους τοὺς διδασκάλους τῶν ᾿Ιουδαίων' ὃ καὶ ᾿Ιεζεχιήλ φησιν· οἱ οἱκοδομοῦντες τὸν τοῖχον, καὶ ἀλείφοντες ἀναρτύτως. Πώς δὲ ἀπεδοκίμασαν : Λέγοντες· οὗτος οὐκ ἔστιν ᾿ἀπὸ τοῦ θεοῦ οὗτος πλανᾷ τὸν ὄχλον καὶ πάλιν, Σαμαρείτης εἶ σὺ, καὶ δαιμόνιον ἔ ἔχεις. Εἶτα, ἵ ἵνα γνῶσιν ὅτι οὐ μέχρι τοῦ ἐκβληθῆναι αὐτοὺν ἡ ζημία, ἐπήγαγς καὶ τὰς κολάσεις, λέγων πᾶς ὁ πίπτων ἐπὶ τὸν λίθον τοῦτον, συνθλασθήσεται ἐφ ὃν δ᾽ ἂν πέση, λικμήσει. αὐτόν. Δύο φησὶν ἀπωλείας ἐνταῦθα μίαν μάν, τὴν ἀπὸ τοῦ προσκόψαι καὶ σκανδαλισθῆναι τοῦτο γάρ ἐστιν, ὁ πίπτων ἐπὶ τὸν λίθον τοῦτον ἑτέραν δὲ, τὴν ἀπὸ τῆς ἁλώσεως αὐτῶν, καὶ τῆς συμφορᾶς καὶ πανωλεθρίας, ἣν καὶ σαφῶς προεδήλωσεν εἰπὼν, λικμήσει αὑτόν. ᾿Διὰ τούτων καὶ τὴν ἀνάστασιν ηνίξατο τὴν ἑαυτοῦ. Ὃ μὲν οὖν προφήτης Ἡσαΐας τὸν ἀμπολῶνα αἰτιᾶσθαί φησιν αὐτόν ἐνταῦθα δὲ καὶ τοὺς ἄρχοντας τοῦ λαοῦ διαβάλλει. Καὶ ἐκεῖ μέν φησι τί ἔδει με ποιῆσαι τῷ ἀμπελῶνί ᾿ μου, καὶ οὐκ ἐποίησα: καὶ ἀλλαχοῦ πάλιν τί εὗρον οἱ πατέρες ὑμῶν ἐν ἐμοὶ πλημμέλήμα : καὶ πάλιν, λαός μου, τί ἐποίησά σοι: ἢ τί ἐλύπησά σε: δεικνὺς αὐτῶν τὴν ἀχάριστον γνώμην, καὶ ὅτι πάντων ἀπολαύοντες, τοῖς ἐναντίοις ἡμείβοντο᾽ ἐνταῦθα δὲ μετὰ πλείονος τιθησιν αὐτὸ ὑπερβολῆς. Οὐ γὰρ αὐτὸς ἀποφαίνεται λέγων· τί ἔδει με ποιῆσαι, καὶ οὐκ ἐποίησα :) ἀλλ᾽ αὐτοὺς ἐκείνους εἰσάγει ψηφιζομένους, ὅτι οὐδὲν ἐνέλιπε, καὶ καταδικάζοντας ἑ ἑαυτούς. Ὅταν γὰρ εἴπωσιν, ὅτι κακοὺς κακῶς ἀπολέσει αὐτοὺς, καὶ τὸν ἀμπελῶνα ἐκδώσεται ἑτέροις γεωργοῖς,ἶ οὐδὲν ἕ ἕτερον ἢ τοῦτο λέγουσι, μετὰ πολλῆς. τῆς περιουσίας τὴν ψῆφον ἐκφέροντες. Τοῦτο καὶ Στέφανος αὐτοῖς ὀνειδίζει, ὃ ὃ καὶ μάλιστα αὐτοὺς ἐδακνεν, ὅτι πολλῆς ἀπολαύσαντες ἀεὶ προνοίας; τοῖς ἐναντίοις ἠμείβοντο τὸν εὐεργέτην ὅπερ καὶ αὑτὸ μέγιστον ἦν σημεῖον τοῦ μὴ τὸν κολάζοντα; ἀλλὰ τοὺς κολαζομένους αἰτίους εἶναι τῆς τιμωρίας . τῆς ἐπαγομένης αὐτοῖς. Τοῦτο δὴ καὶ ἐνταῦθα δείκννται διὰ τῆς παραβολῆς, διὰ τῆς προφητείας. Οὐδὲ γὰρ ἠρκέσθη τῆ παραβολῇ μόνον, ἀλλὰ καὶ προφητείαν διπλῆν ἐπήγαγε, τὴν μὲν τοῦ Δαυϊδ, τὴν δὲ παρ᾽ ἑαυτοῦ. Τί οὖν ἐχρῆν ταῦτα ἀκούσαντας ποιεῖν; οὐχὶ προσκυνῆσαι: ; οὐχὶ θαυμάσαι τὴν κηδεμονίαν, τὴν ἔμπροσθεν, τὴν μετὰ ταῦτα; Εἰ δὲ μηδενὶ τούτων ἐγένοντο βελτίους, τῷ γοῦν φόβῳ τῆς κολάσεως ᾿ οὐκ ἔδει γενέσθαι σωφρονεστέρους Ἀλλ᾽ οὐκ ἐγένοντο ἀλλὰ τί μετὰ ταῦτα: Ἀκούσαντες, φησὶν, ἔ εγνωσαν ὅτι περὶ αὐτῶν λέγει. Καὶ ζητοῦντες αὐτὸν κρατῆσαι, ἐφοβήθησαν ᾿ διὰ τοὺς ὄχλου», ὅτι ὡς προφήτην αὐτὸν εἶχον. Ἠισθάνοντο γὰρ λοιπὸν, ὅτι ᾿αὐτοὺς ἡνίττετο. Ποτὲ μὲν οὗν κατεχόμενος, διὰ μέσου αὐτῶν ἀναχωρεῖ, καὶ οὐχ ὁρᾶται ποτὲ δὲ Φαινόμενος, ὠδίνουσαν αὐτῶν τὴν ἐπιθυμίαν ἐπέχει. Ὃ καὶ θαυμάζοντες ἔλεγον· οὐχ οὗτός ἐστιν ᾿Ιησοῦς; ἴδε παῤῥησίᾳ λαλεῖ, καὶ οὐδὲν αὐτῷ λέγουσιν. ᾿Ενταῦθα δὲ, ἐπειδὴ τῷ φόβω τοῦ πλήθους κατείχοντο, ἀρκεῖται τούτῳ, καὶ οὐ παραδο οξοποιεῖ, ὥσπερ ἔμπροσθεν, διὰ μέσου ἀναχωρῶν καὶ μὴ φαινόμενος. Οὐ γὰρ εβούλετο πάντα ὑπὲρ ἄνθρωπον ποιεῖ ν, ὥστε πιστευθῆναι τὴν οἰκονομίαν. Οἱ δὲ οὐδὲ ἀπὸ τοῦ πλήθους ἐσωφρονίζοντο, οὐδὲ ἀπὸ τῶν εἰρημένων οὐ τὴν τῶν προφητῶν μαρτυρίαν, οὐ τὴν ἑαυτῶν ἠδοῦντο ψῆφον, οὐ τὴν τῶν πολλών γνώμην οὕτω καθάπαξ αὐτοὺς ἡ φιλαρχία καὶ ὁ τῆς κενοδοξίας ἐπήρωαεν ἔρως, καὶ τὸ τὰ ᾿ πρόσκαιρα ζητεῖν.

Eides pōs prophēteuei kai ton topon, entha emelle sphattesthai: Kai ekbalontes apekteipsan.I Kai ho o men Loukas phēsin, ho hoti autos apephēnato ho ho pathein edei toutous, kakeinoi eipon, mē genoito kai tēn martyrian epēgagen. Emblepsas gar autois eipe ti oun esti to gegrammenon, lithon hon apedokimasan hoi oikodomountes, houtos egenēthē eis kephalēn gōnias kai pas ho pesōn ep᾽ hauton, synthlasthēsetai de Matthaios, hoti autoi tēn psēphon exēnenkan. All᾽ ouk esti touto enantiologias. Kai gar amphotera gegone kai tēn psēphon autoi exēnenkan kath' heantōn, kai palin aisthomenoi. tōn eirēmenōn eipon, mē genoito; kai ton prophētēn autois epeteichise, peithōn autous, hote pantōs estai touto. Dll᾽ homōs oude houtō ta ethnē saphōs apekalypsen, hōste mēdemian hautois paraschein labēn, all᾽ ēnixato eipōn, dōsei ton ampelōna allois. Dia touto dē kai dia parabolēs eirēken, hina hautoi tēn psēphon exenenkōsin' hoper kai epi tou Dauid gegonen, hote ekrine tēn parabolēn tou Nathan. Sy de moi skopei kanteuthen pōs dikaia hē psēphos, hotan autoi hoi mellontes kola esthai . heautous katadikazōsin. Eit ta hina mathōsin, hoti ou monon hē tou dikaiou ho physi tauta apētei, alla kai anōthen hē tou pneumatos charis proulege tauta, kai ho theos houtōs epsēphizeto, kai prophēteian epēgage, kai entreptikōs autois epitimą legōn' oudepote anegnōte, hoti lithon hon apedokimasan hoi oikodomountes, hou tos egenēthē eis kephalēn gōgias : para kyriou egeneto hautē, kai esti thaumastē en ophthalmois hēmōn dia pantōn deiknys» hoti hoi men ekballesthai emellon apistountes, ta de ethnē eisagesthai. Touto. kai dia tēs Chananaias, touto kai dia ' tou onou, kai dia tou hekatontarchou, kai di allōn. pollōn parabolōn hēnixato touto kai yn. Dio kai epēgage para kyriou egeneto hautē, kai esti thaumastē e en ophthalmois hēmōn prodēlōn, ho hoti ta ethnē pistenonta, kai Ioudaiōn ho hosoi an kai autoi pisteusōsin, esontai hon, kaitoi tosoutou tou mesou ontos emprosthen. Eita, hi hina mathōsin ho hoti ouden tǭ theǭ e enantion tōn ginomenōn hēn, alla kai sphodra ho euapodekton to symbainon, kai paraon, kai tōn horōntōn hekaston ekplētton (kai gar ēn thauma sphodra aphaton) epēgage legōn para kyriou egeneto hautē. Lithon de e heauton kalei, kai oikodomous tous didaskalous tōn ᾿Ioudaiōn' ho kai ᾿Iezechiēl phēsin; hoi hoikodomountes ton toichon, kai aleiphontes anartytōs. Pōs de apedokimasan : Legontes; houtos ouk estin ᾿apo tou theou houtos planą ton ochlon kai palin, Samareitēs ei sy, kai daimonion e echeis. Eita, hi hina gnōsin hoti ou mechri tou ekblēthēnai autoun hē zēmia, epēgags kai tas kolaseis, legōn pas ho piptōn epi ton lithon touton, synthlasthēsetai eph hon d᾽ an pesē, likmēsei. auton. Dyo phēsin apōleias entautha mian man, tēn apo tou proskopsai kai skandalisthēnai touto gar estin, ho piptōn epi ton lithon touton heteran de, tēn apo tēs halōseōs autōn, kai tēs symphoras kai panōlethrias, hēn kai saphōs proedēlōsen eipōn, likmēsei hauton. ᾿Dia toutōn kai tēn anastasin ēnixato tēn heautou. Ho men oun prophētēs Hēsaïas ton ampolōna aitiasthai phēsin auton entautha de kai tous archontas tou laou diaballei. Kai ekei men phēsi ti edei me poiēsai tǭ ampelōni ᾿ mou, kai ouk epoiēsa: kai allachou palin ti heuron hoi pateres hymōn en emoi plēmmelēma : kai palin, laos mou, ti epoiēsa soi: ē ti elypēsa se: deiknys autōn tēn achariston gnōmēn, kai hoti pantōn apolauontes, tois enantiois hēmeibonto᾽ entautha de meta pleionos tithēsin auto hyperbolēs. Ou gar autos apophainetai legōn; ti edei me poiēsai, kai ouk epoiēsa :) all᾽ autous ekeinous eisagei psēphizomenous, hoti ouden enelipe, kai katadikazontas he heautous. Hotan gar eipōsin, hoti kakous kakōs apolesei autous, kai ton ampelōna ekdōsetai heterois geōrgois,i ouden he heteron ē touto legousi, meta pollēs. tēs periousias tēn psēphon ekpherontes. Touto kai Stephanos autois oneidizei, ho ho kai malista autous edaknen, hoti pollēs apolausantes aei pronoias? tois enantiois ēmeibonto ton euergetēn hoper kai hauto megiston ēn sēmeion tou mē ton kolazonta? alla tous kolazomenous aitious einai tēs timōrias . tēs epagomenēs autois. Touto dē kai entautha deiknntai dia tēs parabolēs, dia tēs prophēteias. Oude gar ērkesthē tē parabolę̄ monon, alla kai prophēteian diplēn epēgage, tēn men tou Dauïd, tēn de par᾽ heautou. Ti oun echrēn tauta akousantas poiein? ouchi proskynēsai: ? ouchi thaumasai tēn kēdemonian, tēn emprosthen, tēn meta tauta? Ei de mēdeni toutōn egenonto beltious, tǭ goun phobǭ tēs kolaseōs ᾿ ouk edei genesthai sōphronesterous All᾽ ouk egenonto alla ti meta tauta: Akousantes, phēsin, e egnōsan hoti peri autōn legei. Kai zētountes auton kratēsai, ephobēthēsan ᾿ dia tous ochlou», hoti hōs prophētēn auton eichon. Ēisthanonto gar loipon, hoti ᾿autous hēnitteto. Pote men houn katechomenos, dia mesou autōn anachōrei, kai ouch horatai pote de Phainomenos, ōdinousan autōn tēn epithymian epechei. Ho kai thaumazontes elegon; ouch houtos estin ᾿Iēsous? ide parrhēsią lalei, kai ouden autǭ legousin. ᾿Entautha de, epeidē tǭ phobō tou plēthous kateichonto, arkeitai toutǭ, kai ou parado oxopoiei, hōsper emprosthen, dia mesou anachōrōn kai mē phainomenos. Ou gar ebouleto panta hyper anthrōpon poiei n, hōste pisteuthēnai tēn oikonomian. Hoi de oude apo tou plēthous esōphronizonto, oude apo tōn eirēmenōn ou tēn tōn prophētōn martyrian, ou tēn heautōn ēdounto psēphon, ou tēn tōn pollōn gnōmēn houtō kathapax autous hē philarchia kai ho tēs kenodoxias epērōaen erōs, kai to ta ᾿ proskaira zētein.

Do you see how he prophesies even the place where he was to be slain? “And they cast him out and killed him.” And Luke says that he himself declared what those men must suffer, and they said, “God forbid!” and he brought in the testimony. “For looking at them he said, ‘What then is this that is written, “The stone which the builders rejected, this has become the head of the corner”? And everyone who falls upon it will be broken.’” But Matthew says that they themselves pronounced the verdict. But this is no contradiction. For both happened: they both pronounced the verdict against themselves, and again, perceiving what had been said, they said, “God forbid!” and he set the prophet against them, persuading them that this would certainly happen. Yet even so he did not reveal the Gentiles plainly, so as to give them no handle, but hinted at it, saying, “He will give the vineyard to others.” For this reason he spoke in a parable too, so that they themselves might pronounce the verdict; as happened also in the case of David, when he judged the parable of Nathan. And see from this too how just the verdict is, when those who are going to be punished condemn themselves. Then, so that they might learn that not only the nature of justice demanded these things, but that from of old the grace of the Spirit foretold them, and God so decreed, he both brought in a prophecy and rebukes them in a way to shame them, saying, “Have you never read that the stone which the builders rejected, this has become the head of the corner; this was from the Lord, and it is marvelous in our eyes?” showing by every means that they were going to be cast out for unbelief, and the Gentiles brought in. This he hinted at through the Canaanite woman, this through the donkey, through the centurion, through many other parables, and now too. That is why he added, “This was from the Lord, and it is marvelous in our eyes,” declaring beforehand that the believing Gentiles, and as many of the Jews as also believe, will be one, though so great a gulf lay between them before. Then, so that they might learn that nothing that was happening was contrary to God, but that what came about was very acceptable and astonishing, and amazed each of those who saw it (for it was a wonder quite unspeakable), he added, “This was from the Lord.” And he calls himself the stone, and the teachers of the Jews the builders; as Ezekiel too says, “Those who build the wall and daub it with untempered mortar.” And how did they reject him? By saying, “This man is not from God”; “he deceives the crowd”; and again, “You are a Samaritan and have a demon.” Then, so that they might know that the loss would not stop at their being cast out, he added the punishments too, saying, “Everyone who falls on this stone will be broken; but on whomever it falls, it will scatter him like dust.” He speaks here of two destructions: one, that from stumbling and being offended, for this is “he who falls on this stone”; the other, that from their capture, and the calamity and utter ruin, which he also clearly foretold by saying, “it will scatter him like dust.” By these words he hinted at his own resurrection too. Now the prophet Isaiah says that he accuses the vineyard; but here he also censures the rulers of the people. And there he says, “What more ought I to have done for my vineyard, and did not do?” and elsewhere again, “What offense did your fathers find in me?” and again, “My people, what have I done to you? Or how have I grieved you?” showing their ungrateful mind, and that though they enjoyed everything they repaid with the opposite. But here he puts it with greater force. For he does not himself declare, saying, “What ought I to have done, and did not do?” but brings in those men themselves voting that he left nothing undone, and condemning themselves. For when they say, “He will miserably destroy those miserable men, and will let out the vineyard to other farmers,” they say nothing else than this, pronouncing the verdict with great abundance. Stephen too reproaches them with this, which also stung them most, that though they always enjoyed great providence, they repaid their benefactor with the opposite; which itself was the greatest sign that not the one who punishes but those who are punished are the cause of the punishment brought upon them. This, then, is shown here too, through the parable, through the prophecy. For he was not content with the parable alone, but added a twofold prophecy as well, one of David, the other his own. What then ought they to have done on hearing these things? Should they not have worshiped him? Should they not have marveled at his care, both before and after? And if they became better by none of these, should they not at least have become more sober from fear of the punishment? But they did not; rather, what did they do next? “Hearing, they knew that he was speaking about them. And seeking to arrest him, they feared the crowds, because they held him for a prophet.” For they now perceived that he was hinting at them. Sometimes, then, when held fast, he withdraws through their midst and is not seen; at other times, appearing openly, he restrains their desire as it travails; at which they marveled, saying, “Is not this Jesus? See, he speaks openly, and they say nothing to him.” But here, since they were held back by fear of the multitude, he is content with this, and works no wonder as before, withdrawing through their midst and not being seen. For he did not wish to do everything beyond what is human, so that the dispensation might be believed. But they were not brought to their senses either by the multitude or by what had been said; they respected neither the testimony of the prophets, nor their own verdict, nor the opinion of the many; so completely had the love of rule and the passion for vainglory and the seeking of temporal things blinded them.

68.3Field 2

Ων γὰρ οὕτως ἐπὶ κεφαλὴν ὠθεῖ. καὶ κατὰ κρημνῶν ἐν οὕτω τοιεῖ τῶν μελλόντων ἐκπίπτειν, ὡς τὸ μα ϑ Ἔα τ τοῖς ἐπικήροις ἡ τούτοις οὐδὲν οὕτω ποιεῖ καὶ τούτων κἀκείνων ἀπολαύειν, ὡς τὸ πάντων ἐκεῖνα προτιμᾶν. Ζητεῖτε γὰρ, φησὶν ὁ Χριστὸς, τὴν βασιλείαν τοῦ θεοῦ, καὶ ταῦτα πάντα προστεθήσεται ὑμῖν. Καίτοι εἰ μηδὲ τοῦτο προσέκειτο, οὐδὲ οὕτως αὐτῶν ἐφίεσθαι ἔδει. Νὺν δὲ ἐν τῷ λαβεῖν ἐκεῖνα, καὶ ταῦτά ἐστι προσλαβεῖν καὶ οὐδὲ οὕτως ἔνιοι πείθονται ἀλλὰ λίθοις ἀναισθήτοις ἐοίκασι, καὶ σκιὰς διώκουσιν ἡδονῆς. Τί γὰρ ἡδὺ τῶν ἐν τῷ παρόντι βίῳ: τί δὲ τερπνόν ; Μετὰ γὰρ παῤῥησίας ὑμῖν πλείονος διαλεχθῆναι βούλομαι σήμερον ἀλλὰ ἀνάσχεσθε, ἵνα μάθητε ὅτι ὁ δοκῶν οὗτος φορτικὸς εἶναι βίος καὶ ἐπαχθὴς, ὁ τῶν μοναχῶν λέγω καὶ τῶν ἐσταυρωμένων, πολὺ τούτου τοὺ δοκοῦντος εἶναι προσηγνοὺς καὶ ἀπαλωτέρου λυκύτερός ἐστι καὶ ποθεινότερος. Καὶ τούτον μάρτυρες ὑμεῖς, οἱ θάνατον πολλάκις αἰτήσαντες ἐν ταῖς καταλαβούσαις ὑμᾶς περιστάσεσι καὶ αθυμίαις, καὶ ἐκείνους μακαρίσαντες τοὺς ἐν ὄρεσι, τοὺς ἐν σπηλαίοις» τοὺς μὴ γεγαμηκότας; τοὺς τὸν ἀπράγμονα βίον ζῶντας, οἵ τὸ ἐν ταῖς τέχναις, οἵ τε ἐν ταῖς στρατείαις, οἵ τε ἁπλῶς ζῶντες καὶ εἰκῆ». καὶ ἐν τῇ σκηνῇ διημερεύοντες καὶ ταῖς ὀρχήστραις. Καὶ γὰρ ἐκεῖθεν, ὃ εἰ καὶ μυρίαι ἡδοναὶ βρύειν δοκοῦσι καὶ εὐφροσύνης πηγαὶ; ἀλλὰ μυρία τίκτεται πικρότερα. Ἂν γὰρ ἁλῷ τις ἔρωτι κόρης τινὸς τῶν ὀρχουμένων ἐκεῖ, ὑπὲρ μυρίας στρατείας, ὑπὲρ μυρίας ἀποδημίας χαλεπωτέραν ὑποστήσεται βάσανον, πάσης πόλεως πολιορκουμένης ἀθλιώτερον διακείμενος. Πλὴν ἀλλ᾽ ἵνα μὴ ἐκεῖνα ἐξετάσωμεν τέως, τῷ συνειδότε ταῦτα ἀφέντες τῶν ἑαλωκότων, φέρε περὶ τοῦ τών πολλῶν διαλεχθῶμεν βίον καὶ τοσοῦτον εὑρήσομεν τὸ μέσον ἑκατέρας. τῆς ζωῆς ταύτης, ὅσον λιμένος καὶ πελάγους συνεχῶς ἀνέμοις Ἰακοπτομένου τὸ διάφοβον. Σκόπει δὲ ἀπὸ τῶν καταγωγίων εὐθέως τὰ προοίμια τῆς εὐημερίας. ᾿Αγορὰς γὰρ καὶ πόλεις καὶ τοὺς ἐν μέσῳ φυγόντες θορύβους, τὸν ἐν ὄρεσι βίον εἵλοντο, τὸν οὐδὲν ἔχοντα κοινὸν πρὸς δ τὰ παρόντα, τὸν οὐδὲν ἀνθρώπινον υπομένοντα, οὐ λύπην βιωτικὴν, οὐκ ὀδύνην, οὐ φροντίδα τοσαύτην, οὐ κινδύνους, οὐκ ἐπιβουλὰς, οὐ βασκανίαν, οὐ ζηλοτυπίαν, οὐκ ἔρωτας ἀτόπους, οὐκ ἣ ἄλλο τῶν τοιούτων οὐδέν. Ἐντεῦθεν ἤδη τὰ τῆς βασιλείας μελετῶσι; νάπαις ὁμιλοῦντες καὶ ὄρεσι καὶ πηγαῖς, καὶ ἡσυχίᾳ καὶ ᾿ήρεμίᾳ πολλῆ, καὶ πρὸ τούτων ἁπάντων τῷ θεῷ. Καὶ παντὸς μὲν θορύβον τὸ ὡμάτιον αὑτοῖς καθαρὸν, παντὸς δὲ πάθους ἢ ψυχὴ καὶ νοσήματος ἐλευθόρα, λεπτὴ καὶ κούφη, καὶ τοῦ λεπτοτάτου ἀέρος σφόδρα καθαρωτέρα. Ἔργον δὲ αὐτοῖς, ὅπερ ἦν καὶ τῷ Ἀδὰμ παρὰ τὴν «ἀρχὴν καὶ πρὸ τῆς ἁμαρτίας, ὅτε τὴν δόξαν ἠμφιεσμένος ἦν, καὶ τῷ θεῷ μετὰ παῤῥησίας ὠμῖλοι, καὶ τὸ χωρίον ἐκεῖνο τὸ πολλῆς γέμον μακαριότητος ᾧκει. Τί γὰρ οὗτοι χεῖρον ἐκείνου διάκεινται. ὅτε πρὸ τῆς παρακοῆς ἐτέθη ἐργάζεσθαι τὸν παράδεισον δεμία φροντὶς ἦν αὐτῷ βιωτική: ἀλλ᾽ οὐδὲ τούτοις. Θεῷ διελέγετο μοτὰ καθαροῦ συνειδότος τοῦτο καὶ οὗτοι μᾶλλον δὲ καὶ πολλῷ μείζονα ἕ ἔχουσι παῤῥησίαν ἐκείνου, ὅσῳ καὶ μείζονος ἀπολελαύκασι χάριτος διὰ τῆς τοῦ πνεύματος. χορηγίας. ᾿Εχρῆν μὲν οὖν ὑμᾶς ὄψει ταῦτα ,αραλαμβάνειν ἐπειδὴ δὲ οὐ βούλεσθε, ἀλλ᾽ ἐν θορύβοις ' καὶ ἀγοραῖς διατρίβετε, κἄν λόγῳ γοῦν διδάξωμεν ὑμᾶς, ἕν μέρος ἀπολαβόντες αὐτῶν τῆς διαγωγῆς πάντα γὰρ οὐ δυνατὸν ἐπελθεῖν τὸν ἐκείνων βίον. Οὗτοι οἱ φωστῆρες τῆς οἰκουμένης, ἐπειδὰν ἥλιος ἀνίσχῃ, μᾶλλον δὲ πολλῷ πρὸ τῆς ἀκτῖνος, ἀπὸ τῆς εὐνῆς ἀναστάντες, ὑγιεῖς καὶ ἐγρηγορότες καὶ νήφοντετ (οὔτε γάρ λύπη τις καὶ φροντὶς, οὔτε καρηβαρία καὶ πόνος καὶ πραγμάτων ὄχλος, οὐκ ἄλλο τι τῶν τοιούτων οὐδὲν αὐτοῖς ἐνοχλεῖ, ἀλλ᾽ ὡς ἄγγελοι διάγουσιν ἐν οὐρανῷ) ἀναστάντες τοίνυν εὐθέως ἀπὸ τῆς εὐνῆς φαιδροὶ καὶ γεγηθότες, καὶ χορὸν ἕνα στησάμενοι, ἐν φαιδρῷ τῷ συνειδότι συμφώνως ἃ ἅπαντες, ὥσπερ ἐξ ἑἐ ἑνὸς στόματος, ὕμνους εἰς τὸν τῶν ὅλων ᾷδουσι θεὸν, γεραίροντες αντὸν, καὶ χάριν εἰδότες ὑπὲρ ἁπάντων αὐτῷ, τῶν τε ἰδίων, τῶν τε κοινῶν εὐεργετημάτων. Ὥστε, εἰ δεῖ; τὸν ᾿Αδὰμ ἀφέντες, ἐρωτήσωμεν τί τῶν ἀγγέλων οὗτος διέστηκεν ὁ χορὸς τῶν ἐπὶ γῆς ἀδόντων καὶ λογόντων᾽ δόξα ἐν ὑψίστοις θεῷ. καὶ ἐπὶ γῆς εἰρήνη, ἐν ἀνθρώποις εὐδοκία. Καὶ ἡ στολὴ δὲ αὐτοῖς τῆς ανδρίας ἀξία. Οὐ γὰρ δὴ κατὰ τοὺς ἐλκεχίτωνας καὶ ἐκνενευρισμένους καὶ διακλωμένους εἰσὶν ἐστολισμδνοι ἀλλὰ κατὰ τοὺς μακαρίους ἐκϑίνους ἀγγέλους, τὸν Ἠλίαν, τὸν ᾿Ἑλισσαῖον, τὸν ᾿Ιωάννην, κατὰ τοὺς ἀποστόλους τῶν ἱματίων κατεσκενασμένων αὑτοῖς, τοῖς μὲν ἀπὸ τριχῶν αἰγῶν, τοῖς δὲ ἀπὸ τριχῶν καμήλων εἰσὶ δὲ οἷς καὶ δέρματα ἤ ἤρκεσε μόνον, καὶ ταῦτα πάλαι πεπονηκότα. Εἶτα ἐπειδὰν τὰς ᾧδὰς ἐκείνας εἴπωσι, τὰ γόνατα κάμψαντες, τὸν ὑμνηθέντα θεὸν παρακαλοῦσιν ὑπὲρ πραγμάτων, ὧν ἔνιοι οὐδὲ εἰς ὄννοιαν ταχέως ἔρχονται. Αἰτοῦσι γὰρ τῶν μὲν παρόντων οὐδέν᾽ οὐδεὶς γὰρ αὐτοῖς τούτων λόγος τὸ δὲ μετὰ παῤῥησίας τἀ μὰν ἔμπροσθεν τοῦ βήματος τοῦ φοβεροῦ, ὅταν ἔλθῃ κρῖναι ζῶντας καὶ νεκροὺς ὃ μονογενὴς υἱὸς τοῦ θεοῦ καὶ τὸ μηδένα ἀκοῦσαι τῆς φοβερᾶς ἐ ἐκείνης φωνῆς τῆς λεγούσης, «οὐκ οἶδα ὑμᾶς καὶ ὥστε μετὰ καθαροῦ συνειδότος καὶ πολλῶν τῶν κατορθωμάτων τὸν ἐπίμοχθον τοῦτον διανύσαι βίον, καὶ τὸ χαλεπὸν πλεῦσαι πέλαγος εξ οὐρίας. Ἡγεῖται δὲ αὐτοῖς τῆς εὐχῆς, ὁ πατὴρ ᾿ καὶ ὁ προεστηκώς. Εἴτα ἀναστάντες καὶ τελέσαντες τὰς ἁγίας ἐκείνας καὶ συνεἐχεῖς εὐχάς, αἀνισχούσης τῆς ἀκτῖνος, εἰς ἔργον ἄπεισιν ἕκαστος, πολλὴν πρόσοδον ἐντεῦθεν τοῖς δεομένοις συνάγοντες.

Ōn gar houtōs epi kephalēn ōthei. kai kata krēmnōn en houtō toiei tōn mellontōn ekpiptein, hōs to ma ϑ Ea t tois epikērois hē toutois ouden houtō poiei kai toutōn kakeinōn apolauein, hōs to pantōn ekeina protiman. Zēteite gar, phēsin ho Christos, tēn basileian tou theou, kai tauta panta prostethēsetai hymin. Kaitoi ei mēde touto prosekeito, oude houtōs autōn ephiesthai edei. Nyn de en tǭ labein ekeina, kai tauta esti proslabein kai oude houtōs enioi peithontai alla lithois anaisthētois eoikasi, kai skias diōkousin hēdonēs. Ti gar hēdy tōn en tǭ paronti biǭ: ti de terpnon ? Meta gar parrhēsias hymin pleionos dialechthēnai boulomai sēmeron alla anaschesthe, hina mathēte hoti ho dokōn houtos phortikos einai bios kai epachthēs, ho tōn monachōn legō kai tōn estaurōmenōn, poly toutou tou dokountos einai prosēgnous kai apalōterou lykyteros esti kai potheinoteros. Kai touton martyres hymeis, hoi thanaton pollakis aitēsantes en tais katalabousais hymas peristasesi kai athymiais, kai ekeinous makarisantes tous en oresi, tous en spēlaiois» tous mē gegamēkotas? tous ton apragmona bion zōntas, hoi to en tais technais, hoi te en tais strateiais, hoi te haplōs zōntes kai eikē». kai en tę̄ skēnę̄ diēmereuontes kai tais orchēstrais. Kai gar ekeithen, ho ei kai myriai hēdonai bryein dokousi kai euphrosynēs pēgai? alla myria tiktetai pikrotera. An gar halǭ tis erōti korēs tinos tōn orchoumenōn ekei, hyper myrias strateias, hyper myrias apodēmias chalepōteran hypostēsetai basanon, pasēs poleōs poliorkoumenēs athliōteron diakeimenos. Plēn all᾽ hina mē ekeina exetasōmen teōs, tǭ syneidote tauta aphentes tōn healōkotōn, phere peri tou tōn pollōn dialechthōmen bion kai tosouton heurēsomen to meson hekateras. tēs zōēs tautēs, hoson limenos kai pelagous synechōs anemois Iakoptomenou to diaphobon. Skopei de apo tōn katagōgiōn eutheōs ta prooimia tēs euēmerias. ᾿Agoras gar kai poleis kai tous en mesǭ phygontes thorybous, ton en oresi bion heilonto, ton ouden echonta koinon pros d ta paronta, ton ouden anthrōpinon ypomenonta, ou lypēn biōtikēn, ouk odynēn, ou phrontida tosautēn, ou kindynous, ouk epiboulas, ou baskanian, ou zēlotypian, ouk erōtas atopous, ouk hē allo tōn toioutōn ouden. Enteuthen ēdē ta tēs basileias meletōsi? napais homilountes kai oresi kai pēgais, kai hēsychią kai ᾿ēremią pollē, kai pro toutōn hapantōn tǭ theǭ. Kai pantos men thorybon to hōmation hautois katharon, pantos de pathous ē psychē kai nosēmatos eleuthora, leptē kai kouphē, kai tou leptotatou aeros sphodra katharōtera. Ergon de autois, hoper ēn kai tǭ Adam para tēn «archēn kai pro tēs hamartias, hote tēn doxan ēmphiesmenos ēn, kai tǭ theǭ meta parrhēsias ōmiloi, kai to chōrion ekeino to pollēs gemon makariotētos hǭkei. Ti gar houtoi cheiron ekeinou diakeintai. hote pro tēs parakoēs etethē ergazesthai ton paradeison demia phrontis ēn autǭ biōtikē: all᾽ oude toutois. Theǭ dielegeto mota katharou syneidotos touto kai houtoi mallon de kai pollǭ meizona he echousi parrhēsian ekeinou, hosǭ kai meizonos apolelaukasi charitos dia tēs tou pneumatos. chorēgias. ᾿Echrēn men oun hymas opsei tauta ,aralambanein epeidē de ou boulesthe, all᾽ en thorybois ' kai agorais diatribete, kan logǭ goun didaxōmen hymas, hen meros apolabontes autōn tēs diagōgēs panta gar ou dynaton epelthein ton ekeinōn bion. Houtoi hoi phōstēres tēs oikoumenēs, epeidan hēlios anischę̄, mallon de pollǭ pro tēs aktinos, apo tēs eunēs anastantes, hygieis kai egrēgorotes kai nēphontet (oute gar lypē tis kai phrontis, oute karēbaria kai ponos kai pragmatōn ochlos, ouk allo ti tōn toioutōn ouden autois enochlei, all᾽ hōs angeloi diagousin en ouranǭ) anastantes toinyn eutheōs apo tēs eunēs phaidroi kai gegēthotes, kai choron hena stēsamenoi, en phaidrǭ tǭ syneidoti symphōnōs ha hapantes, hōsper ex hee henos stomatos, hymnous eis ton tōn holōn ądousi theon, gerairontes anton, kai charin eidotes hyper hapantōn autǭ, tōn te idiōn, tōn te koinōn euergetēmatōn. Hōste, ei dei? ton ᾿Adam aphentes, erōtēsōmen ti tōn angelōn houtos diestēken ho choros tōn epi gēs adontōn kai logontōn᾽ doxa en hypsistois theǭ. kai epi gēs eirēnē, en anthrōpois eudokia. Kai hē stolē de autois tēs andrias axia. Ou gar dē kata tous elkechitōnas kai ekneneurismenous kai diaklōmenous eisin estolismdnoi alla kata tous makarious ekϑinous angelous, ton Ēlian, ton ᾿Helissaion, ton ᾿Iōannēn, kata tous apostolous tōn himatiōn kateskenasmenōn hautois, tois men apo trichōn aigōn, tois de apo trichōn kamēlōn eisi de hois kai dermata ē ērkese monon, kai tauta palai peponēkota. Eita epeidan tas hǭdas ekeinas eipōsi, ta gonata kampsantes, ton hymnēthenta theon parakalousin hyper pragmatōn, hōn enioi oude eis onnoian tacheōs erchontai. Aitousi gar tōn men parontōn ouden᾽ oudeis gar autois toutōn logos to de meta parrhēsias ta man emprosthen tou bēmatos tou phoberou, hotan elthę̄ krinai zōntas kai nekrous ho monogenēs huios tou theou kai to mēdena akousai tēs phoberas e ekeinēs phōnēs tēs legousēs, «ouk oida hymas kai hōste meta katharou syneidotos kai pollōn tōn katorthōmatōn ton epimochthon touton dianysai bion, kai to chalepon pleusai pelagos ex ourias. Hēgeitai de autois tēs euchēs, ho patēr ᾿ kai ho proestēkōs. Eita anastantes kai telesantes tas hagias ekeinas kai syneecheis euchas, aanischousēs tēs aktinos, eis ergon apeisin hekastos, pollēn prosodon enteuthen tois deomenois synagontes.

For nothing so drives men headlong and over precipices, and causes them to fall from the things to come, as being nailed to these perishable things; and nothing so makes us enjoy both these and those as preferring those to everything. “For seek,” says Christ, “the kingdom of God, and all these things will be added to you.” And yet even if this had not been added, not even so ought we to long for these. But as it is, in receiving those it is possible to receive these as well; and not even so are some persuaded, but they are like senseless stones, and pursue shadows of pleasure. For what is sweet in the present life? What is delightful? For I wish to speak to you today with greater boldness; but bear with me, so that you may learn that this life which seems burdensome and wearisome, I mean that of the monks and of the crucified, is far sweeter and more desirable than this one which seems to be pleasant and soft. And you are witnesses of this, you who have often asked for death in the troubles and despondencies that have overtaken you, and have called blessed those in the mountains, those in caves, the unmarried, those who live the untroubled life: both you who are in the crafts and in military service, and you who live idly and at random, and spend your days in the theater and the orchestras. For from there, even if countless pleasures seem to gush and springs of gladness, yet countless bitterer things are born. For if someone is caught by love for one of the girls who dance there, he will undergo a torment harsher than countless campaigns, countless journeys abroad, being in a more wretched state than any besieged city. But not to examine those things for now, leaving them to the conscience of those who have been caught, come, let us speak about the life of the many; and we shall find the difference between these two lives as great as that between a harbor and a sea continually beaten by the winds. And consider at once, from their dwelling places, the beginnings of their well-being. For fleeing marketplaces and cities and the tumults in the midst of them, they chose the life in the mountains, which has nothing in common with present things, which undergoes nothing human: no worldly grief, no pain, no such anxiety, no dangers, no plots, no malice, no jealousy, no absurd loves, nothing else of this kind. From here they already practice the things of the kingdom, conversing with glens and mountains and springs, with great quiet and stillness, and before all these with God. And their little cell is clean of every tumult, and their soul free of every passion and disease, fine and light, and far purer than the finest air. And their work is what Adam’s was at the beginning and before the sin, when he was clothed with glory and conversed with God with boldness, and dwelt in that place full of great blessedness. For in what are these worse off than he, when before the disobedience he was placed to work the garden? He had no worldly care; nor have these. He conversed with God with a pure conscience; so do these; or rather they have far greater boldness than he, as they have enjoyed greater grace through the supply of the Spirit. You ought to take these things in by sight; but since you do not wish to, but spend your time in tumults and marketplaces, let us at least teach you by word, taking one part of their way of life; for it is not possible to go through the whole of their life. These lights of the world, as soon as the sun rises, or rather long before its rays, rise from their beds healthy and wakeful and sober (for no grief or anxiety, no heaviness of head, toil and press of affairs, nothing else of the kind troubles them, but they live like angels in heaven); rising, then, at once from their beds, cheerful and glad, and forming one choir, with a bright conscience, all in harmony as from one mouth, they sing hymns to the God of all, honoring him and giving him thanks for all his benefits, both private and common. So that, if we must, leaving Adam aside, let us ask in what this choir differs from the angels, this choir of those on earth who sing and say, “Glory to God in the highest, and on earth peace, good will among men.” And their clothing too is worthy of manliness. For they are not dressed like those who trail their tunics, effeminate and mincing, but like those blessed angels, Elijah, Elisha, John, like the apostles, their garments made for some of goats’ hair, for others of camels’ hair; and there are some for whom skins alone have sufficed, and those long worn. Then, when they have said those songs, bending their knees, they entreat the God whom they have hymned for things that some do not even readily think of. For they ask nothing of things present, for they have no thought of these; but that they may stand with boldness before the fearful judgment seat, when the only-begotten Son of God comes to judge the living and the dead; and that no one may hear that fearful voice which says, “I do not know you”; and that they may finish this toilsome life with a pure conscience and many good deeds, and sail the hard sea with a fair wind. And the father and superior leads them in the prayer. Then, rising and finishing those holy and continual prayers, as the sun’s rays come up, each goes off to work, gathering from it much revenue for the needy.

68.4Field 2

Ποῦ νῦν εἰσιν οἱ τοῖς διαβολικοῖς ἑαντοὺς ἐκδιδόντες χοροῖς καὶ τοῖς ᾷσμασι τοῖς πορνικοῖς, καὶ ἐν θεάτροις καθήμενοι Αἰσχύνομαι μὲν γὰρ μεμνημένος ἐκείνων πλὴν διὰ τὴν ἀσθένειαν ὑμῶν ἀνάγκη καὶ τοῦτο ποιῆσαι. Καὶ γὰρ ὁ Παῦλός φησιν· ὥσπερ γὰρ παρεστήσατε τὰ μέλη ὑμῶν δοῦλα τῆ ἀκαθαρσίᾳ, οὕτω ᾿ νὺν παραστήσατε τὰ μέλη ὑμῶν δοῦλα τῆ δικαιοσύνῃ εἰς ἁγιασμόν. Καὶ ἡμεῖς τοίνυν, φέρε παρεξετάσωμεν τὸν χορὸν τὸν ἐκ τῶν πορνευομένων γυναικῶν καὶ τῶν ἡταιρηκότων νέων συνεστῶτα εν τῇ σκηνῇ, καὶ τοῦτον αὐτὸν τὸν τῶν μακαρίων τούτων, εἰς ἡδονῆς λόγον, δι ἣν μάλιστα πολλοὶ τῶν ῥᾳθύμων νέων ἁλίσκονται ταῖς ἐκείνων παγίσι. Τοσοῦτον γὰρ τὸ μέσον εὑρήσομεν, ὅσον εἰ ἀγγέλων τις ἤκουσεν ἀδόντων ἄνω τὴν παναρμόνιον μελῳδίαν ἐκείνην, καὶ κυνῶν καὶ χοίρων ἐπὶ τῆς κοπρίας ᾿κατωρνομένων καὶ ζόντων. Διὰ τούτων μὲν γὰρ τῶν στομάτων ὁ Χριστὸς, δι᾽ ἐκείνων δὲ τῆς ᾿Ὑλώττης ὁ διάβολος φθέγγεται. ᾿Αλλὰ σύριγγες συνηχοῦσιν ἐκείνοις ἀσήμῳ φωνῇ καὶ ἀτερπεῖ τῇ ὄψει, τών γνάθων αὐτοῖς φυσωμένων, καὶ τῶν νεύρων διασπωμένων ; Αλλ' ἐνταῦθα η τοὺ πνεύματος ἐνηχεῖ Χάρις, αντὶ αὐλοῦ καὶ κιθάρας καὶ σύριγγος ᾽ τοῖς τῶν ἁγίων στόμασι κεχρημένη. Μᾶλλον δὲ ὅσα ἂν εἴπωμεν, οὐ δυνατὸν παραστῆσαι τὴν ἡδονὴν διὰ τοὺς τῷ πηλῳῷ καὶ τῇ᾿ πλινθείᾳ προσηλωμένους. Διὰ τοῦτο καὶ ἐβουλόμην τινὰ τῶν περὶ ταῦτα μαινομένων λαβεῖν, καὶ ἀπαγαγεῖν ἐκεῖ» καὶ δεῖξαι τῶν αγίων τὸν χορὸν τούτων, καὶ οὐκ ἂν ἐδόησέ μοι λόγου λοιπόν. Πλὴν κἂν πρὸς πηλίνους διαλεγώμεθα, πειρασόμεθα καὶ τῷ λόγῳ κἂν κατὰ μικρὸν αὐτοὺς ἀνασπάσαι τῆς ἰλύος καὶ τῶν τελμάτων. ᾿Βκεῖθεν μὲν γὰρ εὐθέως πῦρ δέχεται ἔρωτος ἀτόπου ὁ ἀκροατής ὡς γὰρ οὐκ ἀρκούσης τῆς ὄψεως τῆς πόρνης φλέξαι τὴν διάνοιαν, καὶ τὴν ἀπὸ τῆς φωνῆς προστιθέασι λύμην ἐνταῦθα δὲ, κἂν ἔχη τι τοιοῦτον ἡ Ψυχὴ, ἀποτίθεται εὐθέως. Οὐχ ἡ φωνὴ ὲ μόνον, οὐδὲ ἡ ὄψις, ἀλλὰ καὶ τὰ ἱμάτια μᾶλλον τούτων θορυβεῖ τοὺς ὁρῶντας. Κἀν πένης ἦ τις τῶν παχυτέρων καὶ ἠμελημένων, ἀπὸ τῆς θεωρίας μυρία ἀποδυσπετήσει πολλάκις,» καὶ πρὸς ἑαντὸν ἐρεῖ, ὅτι ἡ μὲν πόρνη καὶ ὁ ἥταιρηκὼς, μαγείρων τέκνα καὶ σκυτοτόμων, πολλάκις δὲ καὶ οἰκετῶν, ἐν τοσαύτη ζῶσι τρυφῇ ἐγὼ δὲ ἐλεύθερος καὶ ἐξ ἐλευθέρων, δικαίους πόνους αἱρούμενος, οὐδὲ ὄναρ ταῦτα φαντασθῆναι δύναμαι καὶ οὕτως ἥδ ἐμπρησθεὶς ὑπὸ τῆς ἀθυμίας ἄπεισι. ᾿Επὶ δὲ τῶν μοναχῶν οὐδὲν τοιοῦτον, ἀλλὰ καὶ τουναντίον ἅπαν. Ὅταν γὰρ ἴδη πλουσίων παῖδας καὶ προγόνων περιφανῶν ἐκγόνους τοιαῦτα ἠμφιεσμένους ἱμάτια, οἷα οὐδὲ οἱ ἔσχατοι τῶν πενήτων, καὶ ἐπὶ τούτῳ χαίροντας, ᾿ἐννοήσατε πόσην τῆς πενίας παραμυθίαν δεξάμενος ἄπεισι. Κἂν πλούσιος ἦ, σωφρονισθεὶς ἀναχωρεῖ, βελτίων γενόμενος. Πάλιν ἐν μὲν τῷ θεάτρῳ ὅταν ἴδωσι χρυσία περικειμένην τὴν πόρνην, ὁ μὲν πένης οἰμώξεται καὶ θρηνήσαι, τὴν ἐαντοῦ γυναῖκα οὐδὲν τοιοῦτον ἔχουσαν βλέόπων᾽ οἱ δὲ πλουτοῦντες ὑπερόψονται καὶ διαπτύσουσιν ἀπὸ τῆς θέας ταύτης τὰς συνοικούσας αὐτοῖς. Ὅταν γὰρ ὃ καὶ σχῆμα; καὶ βλέμμα, καὶ φωνὴν, καὶ βάδισιν, πάντα ἀατῶν κ λύει ἐκείνη παρέχῃ τοῖς ὁρώσιν: ᾿ἐμπρησθέντες ἀναχωροῦσι, καὶ αἰχμάλωτοι λοιπὸν εἰς τὰς οἰκίας εἰσέρχονται τὰς ἑαντῶν. ᾿Εντεῦθεν αἱ ὕβρεις καὶ αἱ ἀτιμίαι, ἐντεῦθεν αἱ ἀπέχθειαι, οἱ πόλεμοι, οἱ θάνατοι οἱ καθημερινοί ἐντεῦθεν αβίωτος τοῖς ἁλοῦσιν ὁ βίος, καὶ ἡ συνοικοῦσα λοιπὸν αηδὴς, καὶ τὰ παιδία οὐχ ὁμοίως ποθεινὰ, καὶ πάντα ἄνω καὶ κάτω τὰ τῆς οἰκίας, καὶ ὑπ᾿ αὐτῆς λοιπὸν τῆς ἀκτῖνος ἐνοχλεῖσθαι δοκεῖ. Ἀλλ᾽ οὐκ ἀπὸ τῶν χορῶν τούτων ἀηδία τις τοιαύτη, αλλ᾽ ἥμερον καὶ πρᾶον ἣ δέξεται ἡ γυνὴ τὸν ἄνδρα, πάσης ἡδονῆς ἀτόπον ἀπηλλαγμένον; καὶ εὐκολώτερον αὐτῷ χρήσεται, ἣ πρὸ τούτου. Τοιαῦτα ὁ μὲν χορὸς ἐκεῖνος τίκτει κακὰ, οὗτος δὲ ἀγαθά ὁ μὲν ἀπὸ προβάτων λύκους ποιῶν οὗτος δὲ ἀπὸ λύκων αρνειοὺς ἐργαζόμενος. ᾿Αλλ οὕπω περὶ τῆς ἡδονῆς οὐδὲν ᾿᾿ οὐδέπω τάχα εἰρήκαμεν. Καὶ τί γένοιτ᾽ ἂν ἥδιον τοῦ μὴ θορυβεῖσθαι μηδὲ ὀδυνᾶσθαι τὴν διάνοιαν, μηδὲ ἀθυμεῖν καὶ στένειν; Πλὴν αλλὰ καὶ περαιτέρω τὸν λόγον προαγάγωμεν; καὶ ἑκατέρας τῆς δῆς καὶ τῆς θέας τὴν ἀπόλαυσιν ἐξετάσωμεν καὶ ὀψόμεθα τὴν μὲν μέχρις ἑσπέρας μένουσαν, ἕως ἂν ἐν τῷ θεάτρῳ καθεζχται ὁ θεατὴς, μετὰ δὲ ταῦτα κέντρον παντὸς χαλεπώτερον ἀνιῶσαν αὐτόν ἐνταῦθα δὲ διηνεκῶς ἐνακμάζουσαν ταῖς ψυχαῖς τῶν ἑωρακότων. Καὶ γὰρ καὶ τῶν ἀνδρῶν τὸν τύπον, καὶ τοῦ τόπου τὸ τέρπνὸν, καὶ τῆς διαγωγῆς τὸ γλυκὺ, καὶ τῆς πολιτείας τὸ καθαρὸν, καὶ τῆς καλλίστης ὠδῆς καὶ πνευματικῆς τὴν χάριν, ἔχουσιν ὃ ἑαυτοῖς διαπαντὸς ἐνιζάνοντα᾽ς Οἱ γοῦν τούτων ἀπολαύοντες διηνεκῶς τῶν λιμένων, ὥσπερ τινὰ χειμῶνα λοιπὸν φεύγουσι τῶν πολλῶν τοὺς θορύβου. Οὐκ ἄδοντες δὲ μόνον καὶ εὐχόμενοι; ἀλλὰ καὶ ταῖς βίβλοις προσηλωμένοι, τερπνόν τι θέαμα τοῖς ὁρῶσίν εἰσιν. ᾿Επειδὰν γὰρ τὸν χορὸν διαλύσωσιν, ὁ Ὁ μὲν τὸν Ἡσαΐαν λαβὼν ἐκείνῳ διαλέγεται, ὁ δὲ τοῖς ἀποστόλοις ὁμιλεῖ, ἕτερος τὰ παρ᾽ ἑτέρων πονηθέντα ἔπεισι» καὶ φιλοσοφεῖ περὶ θεοῦ, περὶ τοῦδε τοῦ παντὸς, περὶ τῶν ὁρωμένων, περὶ τῶν ἀοράτων, περὶ αἰσθητῶν, περὶ νοητῶν, περὶ τῆς εὐτελείας ἐχούτου τοῦ βίου, περὶ τῆς τοῦ μέλλοντος ἥ μεγαλειότητος. Καὶ τρέφονται τροφὴν ἀρίστην, οὐ σάρκας ἀλόγων ἑψημένας παρατιθέμενοι, ἀλλὰ λόγια θεοῦ ὑπὲρ μέλε καὶ κηρίον, μέλι θαυμάσιον, καὶ πολλῷ κρεῖττον ἢ κατὰ τὴν ἔρημον ὁ ᾿Ιωάννης τὸ παλαιὸν ἐσιτεῖτο. Τὸ γὰρ μέλι Ἑ τοῦτο οὐ μέλιτταί τινες ἄγριαι τοῖς ἄνθεσιν ἐφιζάνουσαι συλλέγουσιν, οὐδὲ δρόσον πεπαίνουσαι τοῖς σίμβλοις ἐνιᾶσιν᾽ ἀλλ᾽ ἡ τοῦ πνεύματος κατασκευάζουσα χάρις, ἀντὶ κηρίων καὶ σίμβλων καὶ συρίγγων ταῖς τῶν ἁγίων ἐναποτίθεται ψυχαῖς, ὥστε εἶναι τῷ βουλομένῳ μετὰ ἀδείας ἐσθίειν διηνεκῶς. Ταύτας δὴ οὖν τὰς μελέττας καὶ αὐτοὶ μιμούμενοι, περιίΐπτανται τοῖς κηρίοις τῶν ἁγίων βιβλίων, πολλὴν ἐντεῦθεν δρεπόμενοι τὴν ἡδονήν. Καὶ εἰ βούλει μαθεῖν τὴν τράπεζαν τὴν ἐκείνων, ἐγγὺς γενοῦ, καὶ ὄψει τοιαῦτα ἐρευγομένους αὐτοὺς, προσηνῆ πάντα καὶ ἡδέα, καὶ εὐωδίας γγόμοντα πνευματικῆς. Οὐδὲν αἰσχρὸν ἐκεῖνα τὰ στόματα ἐξενεγκεῖν δύναται ῥῆμα, οὐδὲν εὐτράπελον, οὐδὲν τραχὺ, ἀλλὰ πάντα τῶν οὐρανῶν ἄξια. Οὐκ ἄν τις ἁμάρτοι, τὰ μὲν στόματα τῶν πολλῶν τῶν ἐν ἀγοραῖς συρομένων καὶ πρὸς τὰ βιωτικὰ λνσσώντων, βορβόρου τινὸς ὀχατοῖς παραβάλλων, τὰ δὲ τούτων, πηγαῖς μέλι ῥεούσαις καὶ νάματα προχεούσαις καθαρά. Εἰ δέ τις ἐδυσχέρανεν, ὅτι τὰ τῶν πολλῶν βορβόρου τινὸς προσεῖπον ὀχετοὺς, ἴστω ὅτι σφόδρα φειδόμενος εἶπο. Ἡ «γὰρ γραφὴ οὐδὲ τούτῳ κέχρηται τῷ μέτρῳ, ἀλλ᾽ ἑτέρῳ πολλῷ σφοδροτέρῳ παραδείγματι. Ἰὸς γὰρ, φησὶν, ἀσπίδων ὑπὸ τὰ χείλη αὐτῶν, καὶ τάφος ἀνεῳγμένος ὁ λάρυγξ αὐτῶν. ᾿Αλλ᾽ οὐ τὰ ἐκείνων τοιαῦτα, ἀλλ᾽ εὐωδίας γέμει πολλῆς. Καὶ τὰ μὲν ἐνταῦθα τοιαῦτα᾽ τὰ δὲ ἐκεῖ ποῖος ἡμῖν παραστήσει λόγος ; ποία ἐννοήσει διάνοια; τὴν λῆξιν τὴν ἀγγελικὴν, τὴν μακαριότητα τὴν ἄφραστον, τὰ ἀπόῤῥητα ἀγαθά; Τάχα πολλοὶ διεθερμάνθητε νῦν, καὶ εἰς ἐπιθυμίαν ἐνεπέσετα τῆς καλῆς ταύτης πολιτείας ἀλλὰ τί τὸ κέρδος, ὅταν ἐνταῦθα ὄντες μόνον τοῦτο ἔχητε τὸ πῦρ, ἐξελθόντες δὲ σβέσητε τὴν φλόγα, καὶ καταμαρανθὴ οὗτος ὁ πόθος: Πῶς οὗν, ἵνα μὴ τοῦτο γένηται; Ὥς ἔστι σοι θερμὸς οὗτος ὁ ἔρως, ἄπελθε πρὸς αὐτοὺς ἐκείνους τοὺς ἀγγέλους, ἀνάκαυσον αὐτὸν πλέον. Οὐ γὰρ οὕτως ὁ παρ᾽ ἡμῶν λόγος δυνήσεταί σε ἀνάψαι, ὡς ἡ τῶν πραγμάτων θέαι Μὴ εἴπης» διαλεχθώ τῇ γυναικὶ, καὶ διαλύσω. τὰ πράγματα πρῶτον. Ἀρχὴ. ῥᾳθυμίας αὕτη ἡ ἀναβολή. Ἄκουσον ὅτι συντάξασθαι τοῖς ἐν τῇ οἰκίᾳ ηθέλησέ τις» καὶ οὐκ εἴασεν ὸ ᾿ προφήτης. Καὶ τί λόγω συντάξασθαι θάψαι πατέρα ἠθέλησεν ὁ μαθητὴς, καὶ οὐδὲ τοῦτο συνεχώρησεν ὁ Χριστός. Καίτοι τί σοι πρᾶγμα ἀναγκαῖον οὕτως εἶναι δοκεῖ, ὡς κηδεία πατρός; ἀλλ᾽ οὐδὲ τοῦτο ἐπέτρεψε. Τί δήποτε; Ὅτι σφοδρὸς ἐφέστηκεν ὁ διάβολος, παρείσδυσίν τινα βουλόμενος λαβεῖν κἂν ὀλέγης ἀσχολίας ἐπιλάβηται καὶ ἀναβολῆς, μεγάλην ἐργάζεται ῥᾳθυμίαν. Διὰ τοῦτο παραινεῖ τις· μὴ ἀναβάλλου ἡμέραν εξ ἡ ἡμέρας. Οὕτω γὰρ δυνήση τὰ πλείονα κατορθοῦν, οὕτω καὶ τὰ κατὰ τὴν οἰκίαν σοι καλώς διακείσεται. Ζητεῖτε γάρ, φησὶ, τὴν βασιλείαν τοῦ θεοῦ, καὶ ταῦτα πᾶντα προστεθήσεται ὑμῖν. Ει γὰρ ἡμεῖς τοὺς τὰ ἑαυτῶν ὑπερορῶνταν, καὶ τῶν ἡμετέρων τὴν ἐπιμέλειαν προτιθέντας, ἐν πολλῇ καθιστῶμεν ἀμεριμνίᾳ· πολλῷ μᾶλλον ὁ θεὸς, ὁ καὶ χωρὶς τούτων κηδόμενος καὶ προνοῶν. Μὴ τοίνυν φροντίσῃς τῶν σῶν, ἀλλὰ ἄφες αὐτὰ τῷ θεῷ. Ἂν γὰρ σὺ φροντίσῃς, ὡς ἄνθρωπος φροντίζεις ἄν δὲ ὁ θεὸς προνοήσῃ, ὡς θεὸς προνοεῖ. Μὴ φροντίσης αὐτῶν ἀφεὶς τὰ μείζω, ἐπεὶ αὐτὸς οὐ σφόδρα αὐτῶν προνοήσει. Ἵν᾽ οὖν σφόδρα αὐτῶν προνοῇ, αὐτῷ μόνῳ πάντα ἐπίτρεψον. Ἂν γὰρ καὶ αὐτὸς αὐτὰ μεταχειρίσῃ, ἀφεὶς τὰ πνευματικὰ, οὐ πολλὴν αὐτῶν [αὐτὸς ποιήσεται προόνοιαν. Ἵν οὖν καὶ σοὶ ταῦτα εὖ διακέηται; καὶ φροντίδος ἀπαλλαγῆς ἁπάσης, ἔχου τῶν πνευματικῶν, ὑπερόρα τῶν βιωτικῶν: οὕτω γὰρ καὶ τὴν γῆν ἕξεις μετὰ τῶν οὐρανῶν, καὶ τῶν μελλόντων, ἀγαθῶν ἐπιτεύξῃ, χάριτι καὶ φιλανθρωπίᾳ τοῦ κυρίου ἡμῶν Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ, ᾧ ἡ δόξα καὶ τὸ κράτος εἰς τοὺς αἰῶνας τῶν αἰώνων. Αμῆν.

Pou nyn eisin hoi tois diabolikois heantous ekdidontes chorois kai tois ąsmasi tois pornikois, kai en theatrois kathēmenoi Aischynomai men gar memnēmenos ekeinōn plēn dia tēn astheneian hymōn anankē kai touto poiēsai. Kai gar ho Paulos phēsin; hōsper gar parestēsate ta melē hymōn doula tē akatharsią, houtō ᾿ nyn parastēsate ta melē hymōn doula tē dikaiosynę̄ eis hagiasmon. Kai hēmeis toinyn, phere parexetasōmen ton choron ton ek tōn porneuomenōn gynaikōn kai tōn hētairēkotōn neōn synestōta en tę̄ skēnę̄, kai touton auton ton tōn makariōn toutōn, eis hēdonēs logon, di hēn malista polloi tōn rhąthymōn neōn haliskontai tais ekeinōn pagisi. Tosouton gar to meson heurēsomen, hoson ei angelōn tis ēkousen adontōn anō tēn panarmonion melǭdian ekeinēn, kai kynōn kai choirōn epi tēs koprias ᾿katōrnomenōn kai zontōn. Dia toutōn men gar tōn stomatōn ho Christos, di᾽ ekeinōn de tēs ᾿Hylōttēs ho diabolos phthengetai. ᾿Alla syringes synēchousin ekeinois asēmǭ phōnę̄ kai aterpei tę̄ opsei, tōn gnathōn autois physōmenōn, kai tōn neurōn diaspōmenōn ? All' entautha ē tou pneumatos enēchei Charis, anti aulou kai kitharas kai syringos ᾽ tois tōn hagiōn stomasi kechrēmenē. Mallon de hosa an eipōmen, ou dynaton parastēsai tēn hēdonēn dia tous tǭ pēlǭǭ kai tę̄᾿ plintheią prosēlōmenous. Dia touto kai eboulomēn tina tōn peri tauta mainomenōn labein, kai apagagein ekei» kai deixai tōn agiōn ton choron toutōn, kai ouk an edoēse moi logou loipon. Plēn kan pros pēlinous dialegōmetha, peirasometha kai tǭ logǭ kan kata mikron autous anaspasai tēs ilyos kai tōn telmatōn. ᾿Bkeithen men gar eutheōs pyr dechetai erōtos atopou ho akroatēs hōs gar ouk arkousēs tēs opseōs tēs pornēs phlexai tēn dianoian, kai tēn apo tēs phōnēs prostitheasi lymēn entautha de, kan echē ti toiouton hē Psychē, apotithetai eutheōs. Ouch hē phōnē e monon, oude hē opsis, alla kai ta himatia mallon toutōn thorybei tous horōntas. Kan penēs ē tis tōn pachyterōn kai ēmelēmenōn, apo tēs theōrias myria apodyspetēsei pollakis,» kai pros heanton erei, hoti hē men pornē kai ho hētairēkōs, mageirōn tekna kai skytotomōn, pollakis de kai oiketōn, en tosautē zōsi tryphę̄ egō de eleutheros kai ex eleutherōn, dikaious ponous hairoumenos, oude onar tauta phantasthēnai dynamai kai houtōs hēd emprēstheis hypo tēs athymias apeisi. ᾿Epi de tōn monachōn ouden toiouton, alla kai tounantion hapan. Hotan gar idē plousiōn paidas kai progonōn periphanōn ekgonous toiauta ēmphiesmenous himatia, hoia oude hoi eschatoi tōn penētōn, kai epi toutǭ chairontas, ᾿ennoēsate posēn tēs penias paramythian dexamenos apeisi. Kan plousios ē, sōphronistheis anachōrei, beltiōn genomenos. Palin en men tǭ theatrǭ hotan idōsi chrysia perikeimenēn tēn pornēn, ho men penēs oimōxetai kai thrēnēsai, tēn eantou gynaika ouden toiouton echousan bleopōn᾽ hoi de ploutountes hyperopsontai kai diaptysousin apo tēs theas tautēs tas synoikousas autois. Hotan gar ho kai schēma? kai blemma, kai phōnēn, kai badisin, panta aatōn k lyei ekeinē parechę̄ tois horōsin: ᾿emprēsthentes anachōrousi, kai aichmalōtoi loipon eis tas oikias eiserchontai tas heantōn. ᾿Enteuthen hai hybreis kai hai atimiai, enteuthen hai apechtheiai, hoi polemoi, hoi thanatoi hoi kathēmerinoi enteuthen abiōtos tois halousin ho bios, kai hē synoikousa loipon aēdēs, kai ta paidia ouch homoiōs potheina, kai panta anō kai katō ta tēs oikias, kai hyp᾿ autēs loipon tēs aktinos enochleisthai dokei. All᾽ ouk apo tōn chorōn toutōn aēdia tis toiautē, all᾽ hēmeron kai praon hē dexetai hē gynē ton andra, pasēs hēdonēs atopon apēllagmenon? kai eukolōteron autǭ chrēsetai, hē pro toutou. Toiauta ho men choros ekeinos tiktei kaka, houtos de agatha ho men apo probatōn lykous poiōn houtos de apo lykōn arneious ergazomenos. ᾿All houpō peri tēs hēdonēs ouden ᾿᾿ oudepō tacha eirēkamen. Kai ti genoit᾽ an hēdion tou mē thorybeisthai mēde odynasthai tēn dianoian, mēde athymein kai stenein? Plēn alla kai peraiterō ton logon proagagōmen? kai hekateras tēs dēs kai tēs theas tēn apolausin exetasōmen kai opsometha tēn men mechris hesperas menousan, heōs an en tǭ theatrǭ kathezchtai ho theatēs, meta de tauta kentron pantos chalepōteron aniōsan auton entautha de diēnekōs enakmazousan tais psychais tōn heōrakotōn. Kai gar kai tōn andrōn ton typon, kai tou topou to terpnon, kai tēs diagōgēs to glyky, kai tēs politeias to katharon, kai tēs kallistēs ōdēs kai pneumatikēs tēn charin, echousin ho heautois diapantos enizanonta᾽s Hoi goun toutōn apolauontes diēnekōs tōn limenōn, hōsper tina cheimōna loipon pheugousi tōn pollōn tous thorybou. Ouk adontes de monon kai euchomenoi? alla kai tais biblois prosēlōmenoi, terpnon ti theama tois horōsin eisin. ᾿Epeidan gar ton choron dialysōsin, ho Ho men ton Hēsaïan labōn ekeinǭ dialegetai, ho de tois apostolois homilei, heteros ta par᾽ heterōn ponēthenta epeisi» kai philosophei peri theou, peri toude tou pantos, peri tōn horōmenōn, peri tōn aoratōn, peri aisthētōn, peri noētōn, peri tēs euteleias echoutou tou biou, peri tēs tou mellontos hē megaleiotētos. Kai trephontai trophēn aristēn, ou sarkas alogōn hepsēmenas paratithemenoi, alla logia theou hyper mele kai kērion, meli thaumasion, kai pollǭ kreitton ē kata tēn erēmon ho ᾿Iōannēs to palaion esiteito. To gar meli He touto ou melittai tines agriai tois anthesin ephizanousai syllegousin, oude droson pepainousai tois simblois eniasin᾽ all᾽ hē tou pneumatos kataskeuazousa charis, anti kēriōn kai simblōn kai syringōn tais tōn hagiōn enapotithetai psychais, hōste einai tǭ boulomenǭ meta adeias esthiein diēnekōs. Tautas dē oun tas melettas kai autoi mimoumenoi, periiïptantai tois kēriois tōn hagiōn bibliōn, pollēn enteuthen drepomenoi tēn hēdonēn. Kai ei boulei mathein tēn trapezan tēn ekeinōn, engys genou, kai opsei toiauta ereugomenous autous, prosēnē panta kai hēdea, kai euōdias ngomonta pneumatikēs. Ouden aischron ekeina ta stomata exenenkein dynatai rhēma, ouden eutrapelon, ouden trachy, alla panta tōn ouranōn axia. Ouk an tis hamartoi, ta men stomata tōn pollōn tōn en agorais syromenōn kai pros ta biōtika lnssōntōn, borborou tinos ochatois paraballōn, ta de toutōn, pēgais meli rheousais kai namata procheousais kathara. Ei de tis edyscheranen, hoti ta tōn pollōn borborou tinos proseipon ochetous, istō hoti sphodra pheidomenos eipo. Hē «gar graphē oude toutǭ kechrētai tǭ metrǭ, all᾽ heterǭ pollǭ sphodroterǭ paradeigmati. Ios gar, phēsin, aspidōn hypo ta cheilē autōn, kai taphos aneǭgmenos ho larynx autōn. ᾿All᾽ ou ta ekeinōn toiauta, all᾽ euōdias gemei pollēs. Kai ta men entautha toiauta᾽ ta de ekei poios hēmin parastēsei logos ? poia ennoēsei dianoia? tēn lēxin tēn angelikēn, tēn makariotēta tēn aphraston, ta aporrhēta agatha? Tacha polloi diethermanthēte nyn, kai eis epithymian enepeseta tēs kalēs tautēs politeias alla ti to kerdos, hotan entautha ontes monon touto echēte to pyr, exelthontes de sbesēte tēn phloga, kai katamaranthē houtos ho pothos: Pōs houn, hina mē touto genētai? Hōs esti soi thermos houtos ho erōs, apelthe pros autous ekeinous tous angelous, anakauson auton pleon. Ou gar houtōs ho par᾽ hēmōn logos dynēsetai se anapsai, hōs hē tōn pragmatōn theai Mē eipēs» dialechthō tę̄ gynaiki, kai dialysō. ta pragmata prōton. Archē. rhąthymias hautē hē anabolē. Akouson hoti syntaxasthai tois en tę̄ oikią ēthelēse tis» kai ouk eiasen o ᾿ prophētēs. Kai ti logō syntaxasthai thapsai patera ēthelēsen ho mathētēs, kai oude touto synechōrēsen ho Christos. Kaitoi ti soi pragma anankaion houtōs einai dokei, hōs kēdeia patros? all᾽ oude touto epetrepse. Ti dēpote? Hoti sphodros ephestēken ho diabolos, pareisdysin tina boulomenos labein kan olegēs ascholias epilabētai kai anabolēs, megalēn ergazetai rhąthymian. Dia touto parainei tis; mē anaballou hēmeran ex hē hēmeras. Houtō gar dynēsē ta pleiona katorthoun, houtō kai ta kata tēn oikian soi kalōs diakeisetai. Zēteite gar, phēsi, tēn basileian tou theou, kai tauta panta prostethēsetai hymin. Ei gar hēmeis tous ta heautōn hyperorōntan, kai tōn hēmeterōn tēn epimeleian protithentas, en pollę̄ kathistōmen amerimnią; pollǭ mallon ho theos, ho kai chōris toutōn kēdomenos kai pronoōn. Mē toinyn phrontisę̄s tōn sōn, alla aphes auta tǭ theǭ. An gar sy phrontisę̄s, hōs anthrōpos phrontizeis an de ho theos pronoēsę̄, hōs theos pronoei. Mē phrontisēs autōn apheis ta meizō, epei autos ou sphodra autōn pronoēsei. Hin᾽ oun sphodra autōn pronoę̄, autǭ monǭ panta epitrepson. An gar kai autos auta metacheirisę̄, apheis ta pneumatika, ou pollēn autōn [autos poiēsetai proonoian. Hin oun kai soi tauta eu diakeētai? kai phrontidos apallagēs hapasēs, echou tōn pneumatikōn, hyperora tōn biōtikōn: houtō gar kai tēn gēn hexeis meta tōn ouranōn, kai tōn mellontōn, agathōn epiteuxę̄, chariti kai philanthrōpią tou kyriou hēmōn Iēsou Christou, hǭ hē doxa kai to kratos eis tous aiōnas tōn aiōnōn. Amēn.

Where now are those who give themselves up to the devil’s dances and harlots’ songs and sit in theaters? I am ashamed to mention them; yet because of your weakness it is necessary to do this too. For Paul too says, “For just as you presented your members as slaves to uncleanness, so now present your members as slaves to righteousness for sanctification.” Let us too, then, compare the choir made up of prostitute women and dissolute young men on the stage with this choir of these blessed men, on the score of pleasure, by which above all many careless young men are caught in those men’s snares. For we shall find the difference as great as if one heard angels above singing that all-harmonious melody, and dogs and swine howling and grunting on the dunghill. For through these mouths Christ speaks, but through those men’s tongues the devil. But pipes sound along with those, with an inarticulate noise and a sight unpleasant, as their cheeks are puffed out and their muscles strained? But here the grace of the Spirit sounds, using the mouths of the saints instead of flute and lyre and pipe. Or rather, whatever we say, it is not possible to present the pleasure, because of those nailed to the clay and the brickmaking. For this reason I would have wished to take one of those who are mad about these things and lead him there and show him the choir of these saints, and I would have needed no further word. Yet even if we are speaking to men of clay, we shall try by word too to draw them up at least little by little out of the slime and the mire. For from there the hearer at once receives the fire of absurd love; for as though the sight of the harlot were not enough to inflame the mind, they add also the ruin that comes from the voice; but here, even if the soul has something of the kind, it at once puts it away. And not only the voice and the sight, but the garments too, even more than these, disturb those who watch. And if one of the duller and neglected sort is poor, from the spectacle he will often fret countless times, and will say to himself, “The harlot and the dissolute young man, children of cooks and cobblers, often of slaves too, live in such luxury; while I, free and born of free parents, choosing just labors, cannot even in a dream imagine these things”; and so he goes away consumed with despondency. But with the monks there is nothing of the kind, but quite the opposite. For when he sees the children of the rich and the descendants of illustrious forefathers clothed in such garments as not even the lowest of the poor wear, and rejoicing in this, consider what consolation for his poverty he goes away with. And if he is rich, he goes away sobered and better. Again, in the theater, when they see the harlot decked with gold, the poor man will groan and lament, seeing his own wife having nothing of the kind; while the rich will despise and spit upon the wives who live with them, because of this sight. For when that woman displays to those who watch her figure, her glance, her voice, her gait, all … they go away inflamed, and enter their own houses thereafter as captives. From this come insults and dishonors, from this enmities, wars, daily deaths; from this life becomes unlivable for those who are caught, and the wife who lives with them is thereafter disagreeable, and the children not so dear, and everything in the house upside down, and even the very sunlight seems a trouble. But from these choirs no such disagreeableness comes; but the wife will receive her husband gentle and mild, freed from every absurd pleasure, and will find him easier to live with than before. Such evils does that choir give birth to, and this one such good things: the one making wolves out of sheep, the other making lambs out of wolves. But perhaps we have not yet said anything about the pleasure. And what could be sweeter than not to be troubled nor pained in mind, nor despondent and groaning? But let us carry the argument further, and examine the enjoyment of each, of the song and of the spectacle; and we shall see that the one lasts until evening, while the spectator sits in the theater, but afterward torments him more grievously than any goad, while the other flourishes continually in the souls of those who have seen it. For the bearing of the men, the delightfulness of the place, the sweetness of the way of life, the purity of the conduct, the grace of that most beautiful and spiritual singing, they have always settled within themselves. Those, at any rate, who enjoy these harbors continually flee the tumults of the many as if they were a storm. And not only when singing and praying, but also when fastened to their books, they are a delightful sight to those who see them. For when they have dismissed the choir, one takes Isaiah and converses with him, another talks with the apostles, another goes through what others have labored over, and philosophizes about God, about this universe, about the visible things, about the invisible, about things of sense, about things of the mind, about the meanness of this life, about the greatness of the life to come. [5] And they feed on the best food, setting before themselves not the boiled flesh of irrational animals, but the oracles of God, sweeter than honey and the honeycomb, a wonderful honey, and far better than that which John ate of old in the desert. For this honey is not gathered by wild bees settling on flowers, nor do they ripen dew and put it into hives; but the grace of the Spirit, preparing it, lays it up in the souls of the saints instead of combs and hives and cells, so that whoever wishes may eat it continually without fear. Imitating these bees, then, they too fly about the combs of the holy books, gathering great pleasure from them. And if you wish to learn what their table is, come near, and you will see them belching forth such things, all gentle and sweet, and full of spiritual fragrance. Those mouths can utter no shameful word, nothing scurrilous, nothing harsh, but everything worthy of heaven. One would not be wrong in comparing the mouths of the many who are dragged about in the marketplaces and rave over worldly affairs to sewers of some filth, and the mouths of these to springs flowing with honey and pouring forth pure streams. And if anyone was annoyed that I called the mouths of the many sewers of filth, let him know that I spoke very sparingly. For Scripture does not even use this measure, but another far more vehement comparison: “For the poison of asps is under their lips, and their throat is an open grave.” But theirs are not such, but full of great fragrance. And such are the things here; but the things there, what word will present to us, what mind conceive: the angelic lot, the inexpressible blessedness, the unspeakable good things? Perhaps many of you have now been warmed and have fallen into desire for this noble way of life; but what is the gain, when you have this fire only while you are here, but when you go out you quench the flame and this longing withers? How then may this not happen? While this love is warm in you, go away to those angels themselves, and kindle it still more. For our word will not be able to set you on fire so much as the sight of the things themselves. Do not say, “I will talk with my wife and settle my affairs first.” This delay is the beginning of carelessness. Hear that someone wished to take leave of those in his house, and the prophet did not allow it. And why do I speak of taking leave? The disciple wished to bury his father, and Christ did not allow even this. And yet what business seems to you so necessary as a father’s burial? But not even this did he permit. Why ever not? Because the devil stands ready, intently, wishing to find some way in; and if he lays hold of a little busyness and delay, he works great carelessness. For this reason someone advises, “Do not put it off from day to day.” For so you will be able to accomplish more, so your household affairs too will be well arranged for you. “For seek,” he says, “the kingdom of God, and all these things will be added to you.” For if we set those who disregard their own affairs and put the care of ours first in great freedom from anxiety, much more will God, who cares and provides even without these things. Do not, then, be anxious about your affairs, but leave them to God. For if you are anxious, you are anxious as a man; but if God provides, he provides as God. Do not be anxious about them, leaving aside the greater things, since then he himself will not provide for them much. That he may provide for them much, then, entrust everything to him alone. For if you yourself handle them, leaving aside the spiritual things, he will not take much care of them. That these things too may go well for you, then, and that you may be rid of all anxiety, hold to the spiritual things, disregard the worldly; for so you will have the earth along with heaven, and will obtain the good things to come, by the grace and love for mankind of our Lord Jesus Christ, to whom be the glory and the might to the ages of ages. Amen.

Chapter 69

69.1Field 2

᾿Ιησοῦς εἶπε πάλιν ἐν παραβολαῖς. Ὡμοιώθη ἡ βασιλεία τῶν οὐρανῶν ἀνθρώπῳ βασιλεῖ, ὅστις ἐποίησε γάμους τῷ υἱῷ αὐτοῦ. Καὶ ἀπέστειλε τοὺς δούλους αὐτοῦ καλέσαι τοὺς κεκλημένους εἰς τοὺς γάμους, καὶ οὐκ ἤθελον ἐλθεῖν. Πάλιν ἀπέστειλεν ἄλλους δούλους, λέγων εἴπατε τοῖς κεκλημένοις, τὸ ἄριστόν μον ἡτοίμασα, οἱ ταῦροί μον καὶ τὰ σιτιστὰ τεθυμένα, καὶ πάντα ἕτοιμα δεῦτε εἰς τοὺς γάμους. Οἱ δὲ ἀμελήσαντες ἀπῆλθον, ὃ μὲν εἰς τὸν ἴδιον αγρὸν, ὁ ὁ δὲ εἰς τὴν ἐμπορίαν αὐτοῦ. Οἱ δὲ λοιποὶ κρατήσαντες τοὺς δούλους αὐτοῦ ὕβρισαν καὶ ἀπέκτειναν. Ὁ δὲ βασιλεὺς ἀκούσας ὠργίσθη. καὶ πέμψας τὰ στρατεύματα αὐτοῦ, ἀπώλεσε τοὺς φονεῖς ἐκείνους, καὶ τὴν πόλιν αὐτῶν ἐνέπρησε. Τότε λέγει τοῖς δούλοις ὁ μὲν γάμος ἕτοιμός . ἐστιν, οἱ δὲ κεκλημένοι οὐκ ἦσαν ἄξιοι. Πορεύεσθε ἐπὶ τὰς διεξόδους τῶν ὁδῶν, καὶ ὅσους ἂν εὕρητε; καλέσατε εἰς τοὺς γάμους. Καὶ ἐξελθόντες οἱ δοῦλοι εἰς τὰς ὁδοὺς, συνήγαγον πάντας ὅσους εὗρον, πονηροὺς καὶ ἀγαθουτ καὶ ἐπλήσθη ὃ γάμος τῶν κεκλημένων. Εἰσελθὼν δὲ ὁ βασιλεὺς ᾿θεάσασθαι, εἶδεν ἄνθρωπον οὐκ ἔχοντα ἔνδυμα γάμου καὶ λέγει αὐτῷ· ἑταῖρε, πῶς εἰσῆλθες ὧδε μὴ ἔχων ἔνδυμα γάμου; ὋὉ δὲ ἐφίμωθη. Ὁ δὲ εἶπε τοῖς διακόνοις δήσαντες αὖτοῦ πόδας καὶ χεῖρας, ἐκβάλετε δ αὐτὸν εἰς τὸ σκότος τὸ ἐξώτερον᾽ ἐκεῖ ἔσται ὁ κλαυθμὸς καὶ ὁ βρυγμὸς τῶν ὀδόντων. Πολλοὶ γάρ εἰσι κλητοὶ, ὀλίγοι ἐκλεκτοί. ΕἸΔῈΣ καὶ ἐν τῇ προτέρᾳ καὶ ἐν ταὐτῃῇ τῇ παραβολῇ τοῦ υἱοῦ καὶ τῶν δούλων τὸ μέσον ; εἶδες πολλὴν μὲν εκατέρων τῶν παραβολῶν τὴν συγγένειαν, πολλὴν δὲ καὶ τὴν διαφοράν; Καὶ γὰρ αὕτη δείκνυσι καὶ τοῦ θεοῦ τὴν μακροθυμίαν καὶ τὴν πρόνοιαν τὴν πολλὴν, καὶ τὴν ᾿Ἰουδαϊκὴν ἀγνωμοσύνην. Αλλ ἔχει τι καὶ πλέον εκείνης αὕτη. Προαναφωνεῖ μὲν γὰρ καὶ τὴν ἔκπτωσιν τῶν ᾿[Ιουδαίων, καὶ τὴν κλῆσιν τῶν ἐθνῶν δείκνυσι δὲ μετὰ τούτου καὶ τοῦ βίον τὴν ἀκρίβειαν, καὶ ὅση τοῖς ἀμελοῦσιν ἡ δίκη κεῖται. Καὶ καλῶς αὕτη μετ᾽ ἐκείνην ἐστίν. ᾿Ἐπειδὴ γὰρ εἶπε, δοθήσεται ἔθνει ποιοῦντι τοὺς καρποὺς αὑτῆς, δηλοῖ λοιπὸν ἐνταῦθα καὶ ποίῳ εθνει᾿ καὶ οὐ τοῦτο μόνον, αλλα καὶ ἄφατον εἰς τοὺς [ουδαίους πάλιν τὴν πρόνοιαν ἐπιδείκνυται. Ἐκεῖ μὲν αρ πρὸ τοῦ σταυροῦ φαίνεται καλῶν ἐνταῦθα δὲ καὶ μετὰ τὸ σφαγῆναι επίκειται ἐπισπωώμενος αὐτούς. Καὶ ὅτε τὴν χαλεπωτάτην αὐτοὺς ἔδει δοῦναι οίκην, τότε καὶ εἰς γαμους αὐτους ἕλκει, καί τῇ τιμῇ τῇ ἀνωτάτω τιμᾷ. Καὶ ὅρα πῶς καὶ ἐκεῖ οὐ πρότερα τὰ ἔθνη, ἀλλ᾽ ᾿Ιουδαίους, καὶ ἐνταῦθα πάλιν. Ἀλλ ὥσπερ εκεῖ» ὅτε οὐκ ἠθέλησαν αὐτὸν δέξασθαι, ἀλλὰ καὶ ἐλθόντα ἔσφαξαν, τότε ἔδωκε τὸν ἀμπελῶνα οὕτω καὶ ἐνταῦθα, ὅτε μὴ ἠθέλησαν παραγενέσθαι εν τῷ γάμῳ, τότε ετέρους ἐκάλεσε. τοίνυν γένοιτ᾽ ἂν αὐτῶν ἀγνωμονέστερον, ὅταν ἐπὶ γάμους καλουμενοι ἀποπηδῶσι:: Τίς γαρ οὐκ ἂν ὅλοιτο ἐπὶ γάμους ἐλθεῖν, καὶ γάμους βασιλέως, καὶ βασιλέως υἱῷ ποιοῦντος γάμους; Καὶ τίνος ἕνεκεν γάμος εἴρηται; φησίν. ἵνα μάθης τοῦ θεοῦ τὴν κηδεμονίαν, τὸν πόθον τὸν περὶ ἡμᾶς, τῶν πραγμάτων τὴν φαιόροτητα, ὡς οὐὸὲέν λυπηρον ἕ εκεῖ, οὐ σκυθρωπὸν, αλλα πάντα χαρᾶς γέμει πνευματικῆς. Διὰ ὅρῳ «ε τοῦτο καὶ νυμφίον αὐτὸν ἰωαννης καλεῖ διὰ τοῦτο καὶ ὁ Παῦλος λέγει· ἡρμοσάμην γὰρ ὑμᾶς ενὶ ἀνδρί· καὶ πάλιν, τὸ μυστήριον τοῦτο μέγα ἐστὶν, ἐγὼ δὲ λέγω εἰς Χριστὸν καὶ εἰς τὴν ἐκκλησίαν. Τί οὖν οὐκ αὐτῷ ἁρμόζεσθαι λέγεται ἡ νύμφη; ἀλλὰ τῷ υἱῷ: Ὅτε ἡ τῷ υἱῷ ἁρμοζομένη τῷ πατρὶ ἁρμόζεται. Καὶ γὰρ ἀδιάφορον τῇ γραφῇ τοῦτο ἢ τοῦτο λέγεσθαι, διὰ τὸ ἀπαράλλακτον τῆς οὐσίας. ᾿Απὸ τούτου καὶ τὴν ἀνάστασιν ἀνεκήρυξεν. ᾿Επειδὴ γὰρ ἐν. τοῖς ἔμπροσθεν τὸν θάνατον εἶπε, δείκνυσιν ὅτι καὶ μετὰ ἥ τὸν θάνατον τότε οἱ γάμοι, τότε ὁ νυμφίος. ᾿Αλλ οὐδὲ οὕτως οὗτοι γίνονται βελτίους, οὐδὲ ἡμερώτεροι οὗ τί γένοιτ᾽ ἂν χεῖρον: Καὶ γὰρ αὕτη τρίτη κατηγορία. Πρώτη μέν, ὅτι προῴφητας ἀπέκτειναν ἔπειτα, ὅτι τὸν υἱόν μετὰ ταῦτα, ὅτι καὶ ἀνελόντες; καὶ εἰς τοὺς γάμους τοῦ ἀναιρεθέντος τ καλούμενοι παρ᾽ αὐτοῦ τοῦ ἀναιρεθέντος, οὐ παραγίνονται, ἀλλ᾽ αἰτίας πλάττουσι, ζεύγη βοῶν, καὶ ἀγροὺς, καὶ γυναῖκας. Καίτοι δοκοῦσιν εὔλογοι. αἱ προφάσεις εἶναι ἀλλ᾽ ἐντεῦθεν μανθάνομεν, κἂν αναγκαῖα ἥ τὰ κατέχοντα, πάντων προτιμότερα ποιεῖσθαι τὰ πνευματικά. Καὶ καλεῖ οὐχὶ προσφάτως, αλλὰ πρὸ πολλοῦ τοῦ χρόνου. Εἴπατε γάρ, φησὶ; τοῖς κεκλημένοις καὶ πάλιν, καλέσατε τοὺς κεκλημένους ὅπερ μείζονα τὴν κατηγορίαν ἐποίε. Καὶ πότε ἐκλήθησαν; Διὰ τῶν προφητῶν ἁπάντων, διὰ ᾿Ιωάννου πάλιν αὐτῷ γὰρ παρέπεμπεν ἅπαντας, λέγων· ἐκεῖνον δεῖ αὐξάνειν, ἐμὲ δὲ ἐλαττοῦσθαι δ αὐτοῦ πάλιν τοῦ υἱοῦ δεῦτε γάρ πρός με πάντες οἱ κοπιῶντες καὶ πεφορτισμένοι, κἀγὼ ἀναπαύσω ὑμᾶς καὶ πάλιν, εἴ τις διψᾷ, ἐρχέσθω πρός με, καὶ πινέτω. Οὐ διὰ ἡ ῥημάτων δὲ μόνον, ἀλλὰ καὶ διὰ πραγμάτῶν αὐτοὺς ἐκάλει, καὶ μετὰ τὴν ἀνάληψιν διὰ Πέτρου καὶ τῶν κατ᾽ αὐτόν. Ὁ γὰρ ἐνεργήσας, Φησὶ, Πέτρῳ εἰς ἀποστολὴν τῆς περιτομῆς, ἐνήργησε καὶ ἐμοὶ εἰς τὰ ἔθνη. ᾿Επειδὴ γὰρ τὸν υἱὸν ἰδόντες ὠργίσθησαν καὶ ἀνεῖλον, διὰ τῶν δούλων καλεῖ πάλιν. Καὶ ἐπὶ τί καλεῖ ; ᾿Επὶ Μόχθους καὶ πόνους καὶ ἱδρῶτας: Οὐχὶὲ, ἀλλ᾽ ἐπὶ τρυφήν᾽ οἱ ταῦροι γάρ μου, φησὶ, καὶ τὰ σιτιστὰ τεθυμένα. Ὅρα πόση ἢ πανδαισία᾽ πόση ἢ φιλοτιμία. Καὶ οὐδὲ τοῦτο αὐτοὺς ἐνέτρεψεν; ἀλλ᾽ ὅσῳ ἐμακροθύμησε, τοσούτῳ μειζόνως ἐσκληρύνοντο. Οὐδὲ γὰρ ἀσχολούμενοι, ἀλλ' ἀμελήςσαντες οὐκ ἦλθον. Πῶς οὖν οἱ μὲν γάμους, οἱ δὲ ζεύγη βοῶν προβάλλονται: ; ταῦτα γοῦν ἀσχολίας. Οὐδαμῶς τῶν γὰρ πνευματικῶν καλούντων, οὐκ ἔστιν ἀσχολία οὐδεμία ἀναγκαία. ᾿Εμοὶ δὲ δοκοῦσι καὶ ταύταις ταῖς προφαάσεσι κεχρῆσθαι, τῆς ἀμελείας παρακαλύμματα ταῦτα προβαλλόμενοι. Καὶ οὐ τοῦτο μόνον τὸ δεινὸν, ὅτι οὐκ ἦλθον, ἀλλὰ καὶ τὸ πολλῷ χαλεπώτερον καὶ μανικώτερον, τὸ καὶ συγκόψαι τοὺς ἐλθόντας, καὶ ὑβρίσαι, καὶ ἄνελεῖν' τοῦτο τοῦ προτέρου χεῖρον. ᾿Εκεῖνοι μὲν γὰρ ἦλθον ἀπαιτοῦντες πρόσοδον καὶ καρποὺν, καὶ ἐσφάγησαν οὗτοι δὲ εἰς γάμους καλοῦντες τοῦ παρ᾽ αὐτῶν σφαγέντος, καὶ οὗτοι πάλιν φονεύονται. Τί ταύτης τῆς μανίας ἴσον: Τοῦτο καὶ Παῦλος ἐγκαλῶν αὐτοῖς ἔλεγε τῶν καὶ τὸν κύριον ἀποκτεινάντων καὶ τοὺς ἰδίους προφήτας, καὶ ἡμᾶς ἐκδιωξάντων. Εἶτα ἵνα μὴ λέγωσιν, ὅτι ἀντίθεός ἐστι, καὶ διὰ τοῦτο οὗ παραγινόμεθα, ἄκουσον τί λέγουσιν οἱ καλοῦντες ὅτι ὁ ᾿ πατήρ ἐστιν ὁ ποιῶν τοὺς γάμους, καὶ αὐτὸς ὁ καλῶν. Τί οὖν μετὰ ταῦτα: ᾿Επειδη οὐκ ἠθέλησαν ἐλθεῖν, ἀλλὰ ᾿ καὶ ἀνεῖλον τοὺς ἐπ᾿ αὐτοὺς ἐλθόντας, κατακαίει τὰς ἢ πόλεις, καὶ τὰ ὶ στρατόπεδα πέμψας, ἀνεῖλεν αὐτούς. Ταῦτα δὲ λέγει, προδηλῶν τὰ ἐπὶ Οὐεσπασιανοῦ καὶ Τίτου γενόμενα, καὶ ὅτι καὶ τὸν πατέρα παρώξυναν, αὐτῷ μὴ πιστεύσαντες αὐτὸς γοῦν ἐστιν ὁ ἐπεξελθών. Διά τοι τοῦτο οὐκ εὐθέως ἀναιρεθέντος τοῦ Χριστοῦ γέγονεν ἡ ἅλωσις, αλλὰ μετὰ τεσσαράκοντα ὅτη, ἵνα δείξῃ αὐτοῦ τὴν μακροθυμίαν ὅτε ἀπέκτειναν τὸν Στέφανον, ὅτε ἀνεῖλον ᾿Ιάκωβον, ὅτε ὕβρισαν τοὺς ἀποστόλους. Εἶδες πραγμάτων ἀλήθειαν καὶ τάχος; Ἔτι γὰρ ᾿᾿Ιωάννου ζῶντος, καὶ ἑτέρων πολλῶν τῶν τῷ Χριστῷ συγγενομένων, ταῦτα ἐξέβαινε καὶ μάρτυρες ἦσαν τῶν γινομένων οἱ ταῦτα ἀκούσαντες. Ὅρα τοίνυν κηδεμονίαν ἄφατον. ᾿Εφύτευσεν ἀμπελῶνα, πάντα ἐποίησε καὶ ἀπήρτισε' τῶν οἰκετῶν ἀναιρεθέντων, ἑτέρους ἀπέστειλε δούλους ἐκείνων σφαγέντων, τὸν υἱὸν ἔπεμψε καὶ τούτου ἀναιρεθέντος, καλεῖ αὐτοὺς εἰς τοὺς γγάμουτ᾿ ᾿ οὐκ ἠθέλησαν ἐλθεῖν. Εἶτα πέμπει ἑτέρους δούλουν οἱ δὲ καὶ τούτους ἀνεῖλον. Τότε λοιπὸν αὐτοὺς ἀναιρεῖ, ἅτε ἀνίατα νοσοῦντας. Ὅτι γὰρ ἀνίατα ἐνόσουν, οὐ τὰ γεγενημένα ἔδειξε μόνον, ἀλλ᾽ ὅτι καὶ πορνῶν καὶ τελωνῶν πιστευσάντων, αὐτοὶ ταῦτα ἐποίησαν. Ὥστε οὐκ αφ ὦ δὁτόλμησαν μόνον, ἀλλὰ καὶ ἀφ᾽ ὦ ων ἕτεροι κατώρθωσαν, κατακρίνονται οὗτοι. Εἰ δὲ λέγοι τις, ὅτι οὐ τότε ἐκλήθησαν οἱ ἐξ εθνῶν, ὅτε ἐμαστίχθησαν καὶ μυρία ἔπαθον οἱ ἀπόστολοι, αλλ᾽ εὐθέως μετὰ τὴν ἀνάστασιν . (τότε γάρ φησιν αὐτοῖς, δ πορευθέντες μαθητεύσατε πάντα τὰ ἔθνη) εἴποιμεν ἂν, ὅτι καὶ πρὸ τοῦ σταυροῦ καὶ μετὰ τὸν σταυρὸν αὐτοῖς διελέγοντο πρώτοις. Καὶ γὰρ πρὸ τοῦ σταυροῦ φησὶν αὐτοῖς πορεύεσθε ἐπὶ τὰ πρόβατα τὰ ἀπολωλότα οἴκου ᾿Ισραήλ καὶ μετὰ τὸν σταυρὸν οὐκ ἐκώλυσεν, ἀλλὰ καὶ ἐκέλευσεν αὐτοῖς διαλέγεσθαι. ᾿Εἰ γὰρ καὶ εἶπε, μαθητεύσατε πάντα τὰ ἔθνη ἀλλὰ μέλλων εἰς τὸν οὐρανὸν ἀναβαίνειν, ἐδήλωσεν ὅτι ἐκείνοις διαλέξονται πρώτοις. Λήψεσθε γὰρ δύναμιν, φησὶν, ἐπελθόντος τοὺ ἁγίου πνεύματος ἐφ ὑμας, καὶ ἔσεσθέ μοι μάρτυρες ἔν τε Ἱερουσαλὴμι, καὶ ἐν πασὴ τῇ ᾿Ιουδαίᾳ, καὶ ἕως ἐσχάτου τῆς γῆς καὶ ὁ Παῦλος πάλιν· ὁ γὰρ ἐνεργήσας Πέτρῳ εἰς ἀποστολὴν τῆς περιτομῆς, ἐνήργησε καὶ ἐμοὶ εἰς τὰ ἔθνη. Διὰ τοῦτο καὶ οἱ ἀπόστολοι πρὸς τοὺς ᾿Ιουδαίους πρῶτον ἐχώρησαν, καὶ πολὺν ἐν Ἱερουσαλὴμ διατρίψαντες χρόνον, εἶτα ὑπ᾽ αὐτῶν ἐλαθέντες, οὕτω διεσπάρησαν εἰς τὰ ἔθνη. Σὺ

᾿Iēsous eipe palin en parabolais. Hōmoiōthē hē basileia tōn ouranōn anthrōpǭ basilei, hostis epoiēse gamous tǭ huiǭ autou. Kai apesteile tous doulous autou kalesai tous keklēmenous eis tous gamous, kai ouk ēthelon elthein. Palin apesteilen allous doulous, legōn eipate tois keklēmenois, to ariston mon hētoimasa, hoi tauroi mon kai ta sitista tethymena, kai panta hetoima deute eis tous gamous. Hoi de amelēsantes apēlthon, ho men eis ton idion agron, ho ho de eis tēn emporian autou. Hoi de loipoi kratēsantes tous doulous autou hybrisan kai apekteinan. Ho de basileus akousas ōrgisthē. kai pempsas ta strateumata autou, apōlese tous phoneis ekeinous, kai tēn polin autōn eneprēse. Tote legei tois doulois ho men gamos hetoimos . estin, hoi de keklēmenoi ouk ēsan axioi. Poreuesthe epi tas diexodous tōn hodōn, kai hosous an heurēte? kalesate eis tous gamous. Kai exelthontes hoi douloi eis tas hodous, synēgagon pantas hosous heuron, ponērous kai agathout kai eplēsthē ho gamos tōn keklēmenōn. Eiselthōn de ho basileus ᾿theasasthai, eiden anthrōpon ouk echonta endyma gamou kai legei autǭ; hetaire, pōs eisēlthes hōde mē echōn endyma gamou? HoO de ephimōthē. Ho de eipe tois diakonois dēsantes autou podas kai cheiras, ekbalete d auton eis to skotos to exōteron᾽ ekei estai ho klauthmos kai ho brygmos tōn odontōn. Polloi gar eisi klētoi, oligoi eklektoi. EIDES kai en tę̄ proterą kai en tautę̄ę̄ tę̄ parabolę̄ tou huiou kai tōn doulōn to meson ? eides pollēn men ekaterōn tōn parabolōn tēn syngeneian, pollēn de kai tēn diaphoran? Kai gar hautē deiknysi kai tou theou tēn makrothymian kai tēn pronoian tēn pollēn, kai tēn ᾿Ioudaïkēn agnōmosynēn. All echei ti kai pleon ekeinēs hautē. Proanaphōnei men gar kai tēn ekptōsin tōn ᾿[Ioudaiōn, kai tēn klēsin tōn ethnōn deiknysi de meta toutou kai tou bion tēn akribeian, kai hosē tois amelousin hē dikē keitai. Kai kalōs hautē met᾽ ekeinēn estin. ᾿Epeidē gar eipe, dothēsetai ethnei poiounti tous karpous hautēs, dēloi loipon entautha kai poiǭ ethnei᾿ kai ou touto monon, alla kai aphaton eis tous [oudaious palin tēn pronoian epideiknytai. Ekei men ar pro tou staurou phainetai kalōn entautha de kai meta to sphagēnai epikeitai epispōōmenos autous. Kai hote tēn chalepōtatēn autous edei dounai oikēn, tote kai eis gamous autous helkei, kai tę̄ timę̄ tę̄ anōtatō timą. Kai hora pōs kai ekei ou protera ta ethnē, all᾽ ᾿Ioudaious, kai entautha palin. All hōsper ekei» hote ouk ēthelēsan auton dexasthai, alla kai elthonta esphaxan, tote edōke ton ampelōna houtō kai entautha, hote mē ēthelēsan paragenesthai en tǭ gamǭ, tote eterous ekalese. toinyn genoit᾽ an autōn agnōmonesteron, hotan epi gamous kaloumenoi apopēdōsi:: Tis gar ouk an holoito epi gamous elthein, kai gamous basileōs, kai basileōs huiǭ poiountos gamous? Kai tinos heneken gamos eirētai? phēsin. hina mathēs tou theou tēn kēdemonian, ton pothon ton peri hēmas, tōn pragmatōn tēn phaiorotēta, hōs ouoeen lypēron he ekei, ou skythrōpon, alla panta charas gemei pneumatikēs. Dia horǭ «e touto kai nymphion auton iōannēs kalei dia touto kai ho Paulos legei; hērmosamēn gar hymas eni andri; kai palin, to mystērion touto mega estin, egō de legō eis Christon kai eis tēn ekklēsian. Ti oun ouk autǭ harmozesthai legetai hē nymphē? alla tǭ huiǭ: Hote hē tǭ huiǭ harmozomenē tǭ patri harmozetai. Kai gar adiaphoron tę̄ graphę̄ touto ē touto legesthai, dia to aparallakton tēs ousias. ᾿Apo toutou kai tēn anastasin anekēryxen. ᾿Epeidē gar en. tois emprosthen ton thanaton eipe, deiknysin hoti kai meta hē ton thanaton tote hoi gamoi, tote ho nymphios. ᾿All oude houtōs houtoi ginontai beltious, oude hēmerōteroi hou ti genoit᾽ an cheiron: Kai gar hautē tritē katēgoria. Prōtē men, hoti proǭphētas apekteinan epeita, hoti ton huion meta tauta, hoti kai anelontes? kai eis tous gamous tou anairethentos t kaloumenoi par᾽ autou tou anairethentos, ou paraginontai, all᾽ aitias plattousi, zeugē boōn, kai agrous, kai gynaikas. Kaitoi dokousin eulogoi. hai prophaseis einai all᾽ enteuthen manthanomen, kan anankaia hē ta katechonta, pantōn protimotera poieisthai ta pneumatika. Kai kalei ouchi prosphatōs, alla pro pollou tou chronou. Eipate gar, phēsi? tois keklēmenois kai palin, kalesate tous keklēmenous hoper meizona tēn katēgorian epoie. Kai pote eklēthēsan? Dia tōn prophētōn hapantōn, dia ᾿Iōannou palin autǭ gar parepempen hapantas, legōn; ekeinon dei auxanein, eme de elattousthai d autou palin tou huiou deute gar pros me pantes hoi kopiōntes kai pephortismenoi, kagō anapausō hymas kai palin, ei tis dipsą, erchesthō pros me, kai pinetō. Ou dia hē rhēmatōn de monon, alla kai dia pragmatōn autous ekalei, kai meta tēn analēpsin dia Petrou kai tōn kat᾽ auton. Ho gar energēsas, Phēsi, Petrǭ eis apostolēn tēs peritomēs, enērgēse kai emoi eis ta ethnē. ᾿Epeidē gar ton huion idontes ōrgisthēsan kai aneilon, dia tōn doulōn kalei palin. Kai epi ti kalei ? ᾿Epi Mochthous kai ponous kai hidrōtas: Ouchie, all᾽ epi tryphēn᾽ hoi tauroi gar mou, phēsi, kai ta sitista tethymena. Hora posē ē pandaisia᾽ posē ē philotimia. Kai oude touto autous enetrepsen? all᾽ hosǭ emakrothymēse, tosoutǭ meizonōs esklērynonto. Oude gar ascholoumenoi, all' amelēssantes ouk ēlthon. Pōs oun hoi men gamous, hoi de zeugē boōn proballontai: ? tauta goun ascholias. Oudamōs tōn gar pneumatikōn kalountōn, ouk estin ascholia oudemia anankaia. ᾿Emoi de dokousi kai tautais tais prophaasesi kechrēsthai, tēs ameleias parakalymmata tauta proballomenoi. Kai ou touto monon to deinon, hoti ouk ēlthon, alla kai to pollǭ chalepōteron kai manikōteron, to kai synkopsai tous elthontas, kai hybrisai, kai anelein' touto tou proterou cheiron. ᾿Ekeinoi men gar ēlthon apaitountes prosodon kai karpoun, kai esphagēsan houtoi de eis gamous kalountes tou par᾽ autōn sphagentos, kai houtoi palin phoneuontai. Ti tautēs tēs manias ison: Touto kai Paulos enkalōn autois elege tōn kai ton kyrion apokteinantōn kai tous idious prophētas, kai hēmas ekdiōxantōn. Eita hina mē legōsin, hoti antitheos esti, kai dia touto hou paraginometha, akouson ti legousin hoi kalountes hoti ho ᾿ patēr estin ho poiōn tous gamous, kai autos ho kalōn. Ti oun meta tauta: ᾿Epeidē ouk ēthelēsan elthein, alla ᾿ kai aneilon tous ep᾿ autous elthontas, katakaiei tas ē poleis, kai ta i stratopeda pempsas, aneilen autous. Tauta de legei, prodēlōn ta epi Ouespasianou kai Titou genomena, kai hoti kai ton patera parōxynan, autǭ mē pisteusantes autos goun estin ho epexelthōn. Dia toi touto ouk eutheōs anairethentos tou Christou gegonen hē halōsis, alla meta tessarakonta hotē, hina deixę̄ autou tēn makrothymian hote apekteinan ton Stephanon, hote aneilon ᾿Iakōbon, hote hybrisan tous apostolous. Eides pragmatōn alētheian kai tachos? Eti gar ᾿᾿Iōannou zōntos, kai heterōn pollōn tōn tǭ Christǭ syngenomenōn, tauta exebaine kai martyres ēsan tōn ginomenōn hoi tauta akousantes. Hora toinyn kēdemonian aphaton. ᾿Ephyteusen ampelōna, panta epoiēse kai apērtise' tōn oiketōn anairethentōn, heterous apesteile doulous ekeinōn sphagentōn, ton huion epempse kai toutou anairethentos, kalei autous eis tous ngamout᾿ ᾿ ouk ēthelēsan elthein. Eita pempei heterous douloun hoi de kai toutous aneilon. Tote loipon autous anairei, hate aniata nosountas. Hoti gar aniata enosoun, ou ta gegenēmena edeixe monon, all᾽ hoti kai pornōn kai telōnōn pisteusantōn, autoi tauta epoiēsan. Hōste ouk aph ō dotolmēsan monon, alla kai aph᾽ ō ōn heteroi katōrthōsan, katakrinontai houtoi. Ei de legoi tis, hoti ou tote eklēthēsan hoi ex ethnōn, hote emastichthēsan kai myria epathon hoi apostoloi, all᾽ eutheōs meta tēn anastasin . (tote gar phēsin autois, d poreuthentes mathēteusate panta ta ethnē) eipoimen an, hoti kai pro tou staurou kai meta ton stauron autois dielegonto prōtois. Kai gar pro tou staurou phēsin autois poreuesthe epi ta probata ta apolōlota oikou ᾿Israēl kai meta ton stauron ouk ekōlysen, alla kai ekeleusen autois dialegesthai. ᾿Ei gar kai eipe, mathēteusate panta ta ethnē alla mellōn eis ton ouranon anabainein, edēlōsen hoti ekeinois dialexontai prōtois. Lēpsesthe gar dynamin, phēsin, epelthontos tou hagiou pneumatos eph hymas, kai esesthe moi martyres en te Hierousalēmi, kai en pasē tę̄ ᾿Ioudaią, kai heōs eschatou tēs gēs kai ho Paulos palin; ho gar energēsas Petrǭ eis apostolēn tēs peritomēs, enērgēse kai emoi eis ta ethnē. Dia touto kai hoi apostoloi pros tous ᾿Ioudaious prōton echōrēsan, kai polyn en Hierousalēm diatripsantes chronon, eita hyp᾽ autōn elathentes, houtō diesparēsan eis ta ethnē. Sy

“… Jesus spoke to them again in parables. The kingdom of heaven is like a man, a king, who made a marriage feast for his son. And he sent his servants to call those who had been invited to the marriage feast, and they would not come. Again he sent other servants, saying, ‘Tell those who have been invited: I have prepared my dinner, my oxen and fatted animals are slaughtered, and everything is ready; come to the marriage feast.’ But they made light of it and went off, one to his own field, another to his business. And the rest seized his servants, treated them shamefully, and killed them. And the king, hearing it, was angry, and sending his armies he destroyed those murderers and burned their city. Then he says to the servants, ‘The marriage feast is ready, but those invited were not worthy. Go to the thoroughfares of the roads, and as many as you find, invite to the marriage feast.’ And the servants went out into the roads and gathered all whom they found, both bad and good; and the marriage feast was filled with guests. But when the king came in to look at them, he saw a man who did not have a wedding garment; and he says to him, ‘Friend, how did you come in here without having a wedding garment?’ And he was speechless. And he said to the attendants, ‘Bind him hand and foot and cast him into the outer darkness; there will be weeping and gnashing of teeth.’ For many are called, but few chosen.” Do you see, both in the former parable and in this one, the difference between the Son and the servants? Do you see the great kinship between the two parables, and also the great difference? For this one too shows both God’s long-suffering and great providence, and the ingratitude of the Jews. But it has something more than that one. For it foretells both the casting out of the Jews and the calling of the Gentiles; and with this it shows also the strictness of life required, and how great a penalty is laid up for the careless. And it is well placed after that one. For since he had said, “It will be given to a nation producing its fruits,” here he now makes plain which nation too; and not this only, but he shows again his unspeakable providence toward the Jews. For there he appears calling them before the cross; but here, even after he has been slain, he presses on, drawing them to himself. And when they ought to have paid the heaviest penalty, then he draws them even to a marriage feast, and honors them with the highest honor. And see how both there and here again it is not the Gentiles first, but the Jews. But as there, when they would not receive him but even slew him when he came, then he gave the vineyard away, so here too, when they would not come to the marriage feast, then he called others. What then could be more ungrateful than they, when invited to a marriage feast they leap away? For who would not choose to come to a marriage feast, and the marriage feast of a king, and of a king making a marriage feast for his son? “And why is it called a marriage feast?” someone says. So that you may learn God’s care, his longing for us, the brightness of the things there, that there is nothing grievous there, nothing gloomy, but all is full of spiritual joy. For this reason John too calls him the bridegroom; for this reason Paul too says, “For I betrothed you to one husband”; and again, “This mystery is great; but I speak concerning Christ and the church.” Why then is the bride not said to be joined to him [the Father], but to the Son? Because she who is joined to the Son is joined to the Father. For to Scripture it is indifferent whether this or that is said, because of the identity of the essence. From this he also proclaimed the resurrection. For since in what went before he had spoken of the death, he shows that it is after the death that the marriage feast comes, then the bridegroom. But not even so do they become better or gentler; and what could be worse than this? For this is a third charge. First, that they killed the prophets; next, that they killed the Son; after this, that even after killing him, being invited by the slain one himself to the marriage feast of the slain one, they do not come, but invent excuses: yokes of oxen, and fields, and wives. And yet the pretexts seem reasonable; but from this we learn that even if the things that hold us are necessary, we must make spiritual things more precious than all. And he calls them not recently, but long before. “For tell those who have been invited,” he says; and again, “Call those who have been invited”; which made the charge greater. And when were they invited? Through all the prophets; through John again, for he sent everyone on to him, saying, “He must increase, but I must decrease”; through the Son himself again: “For come to me, all who labor and are heavy laden, and I will give you rest”; and again, “If anyone thirsts, let him come to me and drink.” And not only by words but also by deeds he called them; and after the ascension, through Peter and those with him. “For he who worked through Peter,” it says, “for the apostleship of the circumcision, worked through me also for the Gentiles.” For since on seeing the Son they were angry and killed him, he calls them again through the servants. And to what does he call them? To hardships and toils and sweat? No, but to delight. “For my oxen,” he says, “and fatted animals are slaughtered.” See how great the banquet, how great the munificence. And not even this shamed them; but the more he was long-suffering, the more they were hardened. For it was not from being busy but from making light of it that they did not come. How then do some put forward marriages, and others yokes of oxen? These at any rate are occupations. By no means; for when spiritual things call, no occupation is necessary. And it seems to me that they used these pretexts too, putting them forward as screens for their negligence. And not only is this the terrible thing, that they did not come, but what is far worse and madder, that they also beat those who came, and insulted them, and killed them; this is worse than the former. For those came demanding revenue and fruits, and were slain; but these came inviting them to the marriage feast of the one slain by them, and these again are murdered. What equals this madness? Paul too, charging them with this, said, “who killed both the Lord and their own prophets, and drove us out.” Then, lest they should say, “He is an enemy of God, and for this reason we do not come,” hear what those who invite say: that it is the Father who makes the marriage feast, and he himself who invites. What then after this? Since they would not come, but even killed those who came to them, he burns their cities, and sending his armies he destroyed them. And he says these things foretelling what happened under Vespasian and Titus, and that they provoked the Father too by not believing in him; it is he, at any rate, who took vengeance. For this reason the capture did not take place immediately after Christ was killed, but after forty years, so that he might show his long-suffering: when they had killed Stephen, when they had slain James, when they had insulted the apostles. Do you see the truth and swiftness of events? For while John was still living, and many others of those who had been with Christ, these things came to pass, and those who had heard these words were witnesses of what took place. See, then, his unspeakable care. He planted a vineyard, did everything and completed it; when the servants were killed, he sent other servants; when these were slain, he sent the Son; and when he was killed, he invites them to the marriage feast; they would not come. Then he sends other servants; and they killed these too. Then at last he destroys them, as being incurably diseased. For that they were incurably diseased, not only what had happened showed, but also that, when harlots and tax collectors believed, they did these things. So they are condemned not only for what they dared, but also for what others achieved. And if someone should say that those from the Gentiles were not called at the time when the apostles were scourged and suffered countless things, but immediately after the resurrection (for then he says to them, “Go and make disciples of all the nations”), we would say that both before the cross and after the cross they spoke to the Jews first. For before the cross he says to them, “Go to the lost sheep of the house of Israel”; and after the cross he did not forbid, but even commanded them to speak to them. For even if he said, “Make disciples of all the nations,” yet when about to ascend into heaven he showed that they would speak to those first. “For you will receive power,” he says, “when the Holy Spirit has come upon you, and you will be my witnesses both in Jerusalem and in all Judea, and to the end of the earth”; and Paul again: “For he who worked through Peter for the apostleship of the circumcision worked through me also for the Gentiles.” For this reason the apostles too went to the Jews first, and having spent a long time in Jerusalem, then, being driven out by them, so were dispersed among the Gentiles.

69.2Field 2

δὲ ὅ ὅρα ἔκαντεῦθεν τὴν φιλοτιμίαν. Ὅσους ἐὰν εὕρητε, φησὶ, καλέσατε εἰς τοὺς γάμους. Πρὸ τοῦτον μὲν γὰρ, ὅπερ ἔφην, καὶ ᾿Ιουδαίοις καὶ Ἕλλησι διελέγοντο, ἐπὶ πλεῖον ἐν τῆ ᾿Ιουδαίᾳ διατρίβοντες ἐπειδὴ δὲ ἐπέμενον ἐπιβουλεύοντες. αὐτοῖς, ἄκουσον Παύλου τὴν παραβολὴν ἑρμηνεύοντος ταύτην, καὶ λέγοντος οὕτως: ὑμῖν. ἦν ἀναγκαῖον πρῶτον λαληθῆναι τὸν λόγον τοῦ θεοῦ ἐπειδὴ δὲ ἀναξίους ἑαυτοὺς ἐκρίνατα, ἰδοὺ στρεφόμεθα εἰς τὰ ἐθνη. Διὰ τοῦτό φησι καὶ αὐτός ὃ μὲν γάμος ἕτοιμός ἐστιν, οἱ δὲ κεκλημένοι οὐκ ἦσαν ἄξιοι. ἔδει μὲν οὖν καὶ πρὸ τούτου τοῦτό ἀλλ᾽ ἵνα μηδεμίαν αὐτοῖς καταλίπῃ ἀναισχύντου τινὸς ᾿ ἀντιλογίας πρόφασιν, καίπερ εἰδὼς, πρὸς αὐτοὺς πρώτους καὶ ἦλθε καὶ ἔπεμψεν, ἐκείνους τε ἐπιστομί ων, καὶ ἡμᾶς παιδεύων τὰ παρ᾽ ἑαυτῶν ἅπαντα πληροῦν, κἂν μηδεὶς μηδὲν κερδαίνειν μέλλῃ. ᾿Επεὶ οὖν οὐκ ἤσαν ἄξιοι, ' πορεύεσθε, φησὶν, εἰς τὰς τριόδους, καὶ ὅσους ἐὰν εὕρητε, καλέσατε καὶ τοὺς τυχόντας καὶ τοὺς ἀπεῤῥιμμένους. ᾿Επειδὴ γὰρ ἄνω καὶ κάτω ἔλεγεν, ὅτι πόρναι καὶ τελο ναι κληρονομήσουσι τὸν ᾿οὐρανόν καὶ, οἱ πρῶτοι ἔσχατοι ᾿ἔσονται, καὶ οἱ ἔσχατοι πρῶτοι· δείκνυσιν ὅτι δικαίως ταῦτα γίνεται ὃ μάλιστα πάντων ἔδακνεν ᾿Ιουδαίους, καὶ τῆς κατασκαφῆς χαλεπώτερον μᾶλλον ἔκνιζε; τὸ εἰς τὰ ἐκείνων, καὶ πολλῷ μείζω τῶν ἐκείνων, τοὺς εξ εθνῶν ὁ ὁρᾶν εἰσαγομένους. Εἶτα ἵνα μηδὲ οὗτοι τῇ πίστει θαῤῥήσωσι μόνῃ, καὶ περὶ τῆς κρίσεως αὐτοῖς διαλέγεται τῆς ἐπὶ ταῖς πονηραῖς πράξεσι, τοῖς μὲν οὐδέπω πεπιστευκόσι περὶ τοῦ προσελθεῖν τῇ πίστει, τοῖς δὲ πεπιστευκόσι περὶ τῆς κατὰ τὸν βίον ἐπιμελείας. Ενδυμα γὰρ βίος ἐστὶ καὶ πρᾶξις. Καὶ μὴν χάριτος ἣν ἡ κλῆσις τίνος οὖν ἕνεκεν ἀκριβολογεῖται Ὅτι τὸ μὲν κληθῆναι καὶ καθαρθῆναι; χάριτος ἦν' τὸ δὲ κληθέντα καὶ καθαρὰ ἐνδυσάμενον μεῖναι τοιαῦτα διατηροῦντα, τῆς τῶν κληθέντων σπουδῆς. Τὸ κληθῆναι οὐκ ἀπὸ τῆς αξίας γέγονεν, ἀλλ᾽ ἀπὸ τῆς χάριτος. Εδει τοίνυν ἀμείψασθαι τὴν χάριν, καὶ μὴ τοσαύτην ἐπιδείξασθαι πονηρίαν. μετὰ τὴν τιμῆν. ᾿Αλλ᾽ οὐκ ἀπήλαυσα, φησὶν, ὅσον ᾿Ιουδαῖοι. Καὶ μὴν πολλῳ μειζόνων ἀπήλαυσας ἀγαθῶν. Ἃ γὰρ διὰ παντὸς τοῦ χρόνου παρεσκευάζετο ἐκείνοις, ταῦτα ἀθρόον ἔλαβες σὺ, οὐκ ὧν ἄξιος. Διὸ καὶ Παῦλος λέγει· τὰ δὲ ἔθνη ὑπὲρ ἐλέους δοξάσαι τὸν θεόν. Ἃ γὰρ ἐκείνοις ὠφείλετο, ταῦτα ἔλαβες. Διὸ καὶ πολλὴ κεῖται ἡ δίκη τοῖς ᾿ ἐῤῥᾳθυμηκόσι. Καθάπερ γὰρ ἐκεῖνοι τῷ μὴ ἐλθεῖν ὕβρισαν, οὕτω καὶ σὺ τῷ οὕτω κατακλιθῆναι μετὰ βίου διεφθαρμένου. Τὸ γὰρ ῥυπαροῖς ἱματίοις εἰσελθεῖν τοῦτο ἔστι βίον ἀκάθαρτον ἕ ἔχοντα ἀπελθεῖν ἐντεῦθεν διὸ καὶ ἐφιμοῦτο. Ὁρᾷς πώς, καίτοι οὕτω τοῦ πράγματος ὄντος καταδήλον, οὐ πρότερον κολάζει, ἕ ἕως ἂν αὐτὸς ὁ ἡμαρτηκὼς τὴν ψῆφον ἐξενέγκῃ : Τῷ γὰρ μηδὲν ἔχειν. ἄντειπεῖν κατέκρινεν ἑαυτὸν, καὶ οὕτω πρὸς τὰς ἀποῤῥήτους αἴρεται κολάσεις. Μὴ γὰρ δὴ σκότος ἢ ἀκούσας, τούτῳ νομίσῃς αὐτὸν τιμωρεῖσθαι, τῷ εἰς αἀφεγγὲς πέμπεσθαι χωρίον μόνον, ἀλλ᾽ ὅπου καὶ ὁ κλαυθμὸς, καὶ ὁ βρυγμὸς τῶν οδόντων. Τοῦτο δὲ λέγει; τὰς ακαρτερήτους ἐνδεικνύμενος ὀδύνας. Ἀκούσατε ὅ ὅσοι μυστηρίων ἀπολαύσαντες, καὶ τοῖς γάμοις παραγενόμενοι, ῥυπαραῖς τὴν ψυχὴν περιβάλλετε πράξεσιν. ᾿Ακούσατε πόθεν ἐκλήθητε. ᾿Απὸ τῆς τριόδου. Τί ὄντες: Χωλοὶ καὶ ἀνάπηροι κατὰ ψυχὴν, ὃ πολλῷ χαλεπώτερον τῆς τοῦ σώματος ᾿λώβης. Αἰδέσθητε τὴν Φιλανθρωπίαν τοὺ καλέσαντος, καὶ μηδεὶς ἢ μενέτω ῥυπαρὰ ἔχων ἱμάτια, αλλ᾽ ἕκαστος ἡμῶν περιεργαζέσθω τὴν στολὴν τῆς ψυχῆς. Ἀκούσατε, γυναῖκες' ἀκούσατε, ἄνδρες. Οὐ τούτων ἡμῖν δεῖ τῶν ἱματίων τῶν χρυσοπάστων, τῶν τὰ ἔξωθεν … ἐκείνων τῶν ἔνδον. ἂν ταῦτα ἔχωμεν, ἐκεῖνα πεβιθεόθαι δύσκολον. Οὐκ ἔστιν ὁμοῦ καὶ ψυχὴν καὶ σῶμα ᾿ καλλωπίζειν. Οὐκ ἔστιν ὁμοῦ καὶ μαμωνᾷ δουλεύειν, καὶ Χριστῳ ὑπακούειν ὡς ᾿ χρή. ᾿Αποθώμεθα τοίνυν ταύτην τὴν τυραννίδα τὴν χαλεπήν. Οὐδὲ γὰρ εἴ τις τὸν μὲν οἶκον ἐκόσμει, παραπετάσματα χρυσᾶ κρεμάσας, σὲ δὲ ἐν ῥακίοις γυμνὸν ἐποίει καθῆσθαι, πράως ἂν ἤνεγκας. Ἀλλ᾽ ἰδοὺ νῦν τοῦτο σὺ σαντὸν ἐργάζῃ, τὴν μὲν οἰκίαν τῆς ψυχῆς σου, τὸ σῶμα λέγω, μυρίοις παραπετάσμασι καλλωπίζων, ἐκείνην δὲ ἐν ῥακίοις αφεὶς καθῆσθαι. Οὐκ οἷσθα, ὅτι τὸν βασιλέα τῆς πόλεως μᾶλλον κοσμεῖσθαι δεῖ; Διά τοι τοῦτο τῇ μὲν πόλει παραπετάσματα ἐκ λίνον κατεσκεύασται, τῷ ᾿δ βασιλεῖ ἁλουργὶς καὶ διάδημα. Οὕτω καὶ σὺ, τὸ μὲν σῶμα πολλῷ φαυλοτέρᾳ περίβαλε στολή, ᾿ τὸν δὲ νοῦν ἁλουργίδα ἔνδυσον, καὶ στέφανον ἐπίθες αὐτῷ, καὶ κάθισον ἐπὶ ὀχήματος ὑψηλοῦ καὶ περιφανοῦς. Νῦν γὰρ τοὐναντίον ποιεῖς, τὴν μὲν πόλιν καλλωπίζων ποικίλως, τὸν δὲ βασιλέα νοῦν ἀφεὶς σύρεσθαι δεδεμένον ὀπίσω τῶν ἀλόγων παθῶν. Οὐκ ἐννοεῖς, ὅτι εἰς γάμον ἐκλήθης, καὶ θεοῦ γάμον; ουὅ λογίζῃ πῶς εἰς ταύτας τὰς παστάδας τὴν κληθεῖσαν ψυχὴν εἰσιέναι

de ho hora ekanteuthen tēn philotimian. Hosous ean heurēte, phēsi, kalesate eis tous gamous. Pro touton men gar, hoper ephēn, kai ᾿Ioudaiois kai Hellēsi dielegonto, epi pleion en tē ᾿Ioudaią diatribontes epeidē de epemenon epibouleuontes. autois, akouson Paulou tēn parabolēn hermēneuontos tautēn, kai legontos houtōs: hymin. ēn anankaion prōton lalēthēnai ton logon tou theou epeidē de anaxious heautous ekrinata, idou strephometha eis ta ethnē. Dia touto phēsi kai autos ho men gamos hetoimos estin, hoi de keklēmenoi ouk ēsan axioi. edei men oun kai pro toutou touto all᾽ hina mēdemian autois katalipę̄ anaischyntou tinos ᾿ antilogias prophasin, kaiper eidōs, pros autous prōtous kai ēlthe kai epempsen, ekeinous te epistomi ōn, kai hēmas paideuōn ta par᾽ heautōn hapanta plēroun, kan mēdeis mēden kerdainein mellę̄. ᾿Epei oun ouk ēsan axioi, ' poreuesthe, phēsin, eis tas triodous, kai hosous ean heurēte, kalesate kai tous tychontas kai tous aperrhimmenous. ᾿Epeidē gar anō kai katō elegen, hoti pornai kai telo nai klēronomēsousi ton ᾿ouranon kai, hoi prōtoi eschatoi ᾿esontai, kai hoi eschatoi prōtoi; deiknysin hoti dikaiōs tauta ginetai ho malista pantōn edaknen ᾿Ioudaious, kai tēs kataskaphēs chalepōteron mallon eknize? to eis ta ekeinōn, kai pollǭ meizō tōn ekeinōn, tous ex ethnōn ho horan eisagomenous. Eita hina mēde houtoi tę̄ pistei tharrhēsōsi monę̄, kai peri tēs kriseōs autois dialegetai tēs epi tais ponērais praxesi, tois men oudepō pepisteukosi peri tou proselthein tę̄ pistei, tois de pepisteukosi peri tēs kata ton bion epimeleias. Endyma gar bios esti kai praxis. Kai mēn charitos hēn hē klēsis tinos oun heneken akribologeitai Hoti to men klēthēnai kai katharthēnai? charitos ēn' to de klēthenta kai kathara endysamenon meinai toiauta diatērounta, tēs tōn klēthentōn spoudēs. To klēthēnai ouk apo tēs axias gegonen, all᾽ apo tēs charitos. Edei toinyn ameipsasthai tēn charin, kai mē tosautēn epideixasthai ponērian. meta tēn timēn. ᾿All᾽ ouk apēlausa, phēsin, hoson ᾿Ioudaioi. Kai mēn pollǭ meizonōn apēlausas agathōn. Ha gar dia pantos tou chronou pareskeuazeto ekeinois, tauta athroon elabes sy, ouk hōn axios. Dio kai Paulos legei; ta de ethnē hyper eleous doxasai ton theon. Ha gar ekeinois ōpheileto, tauta elabes. Dio kai pollē keitai hē dikē tois ᾿ errhąthymēkosi. Kathaper gar ekeinoi tǭ mē elthein hybrisan, houtō kai sy tǭ houtō kataklithēnai meta biou diephtharmenou. To gar rhyparois himatiois eiselthein touto esti bion akatharton he echonta apelthein enteuthen dio kai ephimouto. Horąs pōs, kaitoi houtō tou pragmatos ontos katadēlon, ou proteron kolazei, he heōs an autos ho hēmartēkōs tēn psēphon exenenkę̄ : Tǭ gar mēden echein. anteipein katekrinen heauton, kai houtō pros tas aporrhētous airetai kolaseis. Mē gar dē skotos ē akousas, toutǭ nomisę̄s auton timōreisthai, tǭ eis aaphenges pempesthai chōrion monon, all᾽ hopou kai ho klauthmos, kai ho brygmos tōn odontōn. Touto de legei? tas akarterētous endeiknymenos odynas. Akousate ho hosoi mystēriōn apolausantes, kai tois gamois paragenomenoi, rhyparais tēn psychēn periballete praxesin. ᾿Akousate pothen eklēthēte. ᾿Apo tēs triodou. Ti ontes: Chōloi kai anapēroi kata psychēn, ho pollǭ chalepōteron tēs tou sōmatos ᾿lōbēs. Aidesthēte tēn Philanthrōpian tou kalesantos, kai mēdeis ē menetō rhypara echōn himatia, all᾽ hekastos hēmōn periergazesthō tēn stolēn tēs psychēs. Akousate, gynaikes' akousate, andres. Ou toutōn hēmin dei tōn himatiōn tōn chrysopastōn, tōn ta exōthen … ekeinōn tōn endon. an tauta echōmen, ekeina pebitheothai dyskolon. Ouk estin homou kai psychēn kai sōma ᾿ kallōpizein. Ouk estin homou kai mamōną douleuein, kai Christǭ hypakouein hōs ᾿ chrē. ᾿Apothōmetha toinyn tautēn tēn tyrannida tēn chalepēn. Oude gar ei tis ton men oikon ekosmei, parapetasmata chrysa kremasas, se de en rhakiois gymnon epoiei kathēsthai, praōs an ēnenkas. All᾽ idou nyn touto sy santon ergazę̄, tēn men oikian tēs psychēs sou, to sōma legō, myriois parapetasmasi kallōpizōn, ekeinēn de en rhakiois apheis kathēsthai. Ouk hoistha, hoti ton basilea tēs poleōs mallon kosmeisthai dei? Dia toi touto tę̄ men polei parapetasmata ek linon kateskeuastai, tǭ ᾿d basilei halourgis kai diadēma. Houtō kai sy, to men sōma pollǭ phauloterą peribale stolē, ᾿ ton de noun halourgida endyson, kai stephanon epithes autǭ, kai kathison epi ochēmatos hypsēlou kai periphanous. Nyn gar tounantion poieis, tēn men polin kallōpizōn poikilōs, ton de basilea noun apheis syresthai dedemenon opisō tōn alogōn pathōn. Ouk ennoeis, hoti eis gamon eklēthēs, kai theou gamon? ouo logizę̄ pōs eis tautas tas pastadas tēn klētheisan psychēn eisienai

But see here too the munificence. “As many as you find,” he says, “invite to the marriage feast.” For before this, as I said, they spoke both to Jews and to Greeks, staying longer in Judea; but since they persisted in plotting against them, hear Paul interpreting this parable and speaking thus: “It was necessary that the word of God be spoken first to you; but since you judge yourselves unworthy, behold, we turn to the Gentiles.” That is why he too says, “The marriage feast is ready, but those invited were not worthy.” He knew this even before; but so as to leave them no pretext for shameless contradiction, though he knew, he both came and sent to them first, both silencing them and teaching us to fulfill everything on our part, even if no one is going to profit at all. Since, then, they were not worthy, “Go,” he says, “to the crossroads, and as many as you find, invite,” both the chance comers and the outcasts. For since he had said again and again that harlots and tax collectors will inherit heaven, and “The first will be last and the last first,” he shows that these things happen justly; which stung the Jews most of all, and galled them more than the destruction of their city: to see those from the Gentiles brought into what was theirs, and into far more than what was theirs. Then, so that these too may not trust in faith alone, he speaks to them also about the judgment upon evil deeds: to those who have not yet believed, about coming to the faith; to those who have believed, about care for their life. For the garment is life and conduct. And yet the calling was of grace; why then is he so exacting? Because to be called and cleansed was of grace; but, having been called and having put on clean garments, to remain keeping them so belongs to the earnestness of those called. The calling did not come from merit but from grace. One ought, then, to repay the grace, and not display such wickedness after the honor. “But I did not enjoy as much as the Jews,” someone says. And yet you enjoyed far greater good things. For what had been prepared for them through all time, you received all at once, though you were not worthy. That is why Paul too says, “But the Gentiles, to glorify God for his mercy.” For what was owed to them, you received. That is why a great penalty also lies in store for those who are careless. For as they insulted him by not coming, so do you by reclining in this way with a corrupt life. For to enter in filthy garments is this: to depart from here having an unclean life; which is why he was speechless. Do you see how, though the matter was so plain, he does not punish until the sinner himself pronounces the verdict? For by having nothing to say in reply he condemned himself, and so he is carried off to the unspeakable punishments. For when you hear of darkness, do not think that he is punished only by being sent to a lightless place; but it is where there is weeping and gnashing of teeth. And he says this to show the unbearable pains. Hear, you who have enjoyed the mysteries and come to the marriage feast, and clothe your soul with filthy deeds. Hear from where you were called. From the crossroads. Being what? Lame and maimed in soul, which is far worse than mutilation of the body. Respect the love for mankind of the one who called you, and let no one remain with filthy garments, but let each of us be busy about the robe of the soul. Hear, women; hear, men. We do not need these gold-spangled garments, those that adorn the outside … those within. For if we have these, it is hard to put on those. It is not possible to adorn both soul and body at once. It is not possible at once to serve mammon and obey Christ as one ought. Let us lay aside, then, this harsh tyranny. For if someone adorned your house, hanging golden curtains, but made you sit naked in rags, you would not bear it mildly. But see, now you do this to yourself, adorning the house of your soul, I mean the body, with countless curtains, but leaving the soul itself to sit in rags. Do you not know that it is the king of the city who must rather be adorned? For this reason the city is fitted with hangings of linen, but the king with purple and a diadem. So you too, put a much meaner robe on the body, but clothe the mind with purple, and set a crown on it, and seat it on a lofty and splendid chariot. For as it is, you do the opposite, adorning the city in many colors, but letting the king, the mind, be dragged along bound behind the irrational passions. Do you not consider that you have been called to a marriage feast, and God’s marriage feast? Do you not reckon how the soul that is called ought to enter these bridal chambers

69.3Field 2

χρὴ; κροσσοι δείξω τοὺς οὕτως ἐστολισμένους τοὺς ἔνδυμα ἔ ἔχοντας γάμου: ᾿Αναμνήσθητι τῶν ἁγίων κείνων, ὑπὲρ ὧν πρώην ὑμῖν διελέχθην, τῶν τὰ ᾿τρίχινα ἐχόντων ἱμάτια, τῶν τὰς ἐρήμους οἰκούντων. Οὗτοι μάλιστά εἰσιν οἱ τὰ ἐνδύματα τῶν γάμων ἐκείνων ἔ ἔχοντες καὶ δῆλον ἐντεῦθεν ὅσας ἂν αὐτοῖς δῷς πορφυρίδας, οὐκ ἂν ἕλοιντο λαβεῖν αλλ᾽ ὥὧσπερ βασιλεὺς, εἰ τοῦ πτωχοῦ τὰ βάκιά τις λαβὼν, κελεύει ταῦτα αὐτὸν ᾽ ἐνδυθῆναι, βδελύξαιτο ἃ ἂν τὴν στολήν· οὕτω καὶ ἐκεῖνοι τὴν ἁλουργίδα τὴν ἐκείνου. Οὐδαμόθεν δὲ ἑτέρωθεν τοῦτο πάσχουσιν, ἀλλ᾽ ἢ διὰ τὸ εἰδέναι τὸ κάλλος τῆς ἑαυτῶν στολῆς. Διὰ τοῦτο καὶ τὴν ἁλονργὸν ἐκείνην χλανίδα διαπτύουσιν ὡς ἀράχνην. Ταῦτα γὰρ αὐτοὺς ὁ σάκκος ἐδίδαξε καὶ γάρ εἰσιν αὐτοῦ τοῦ βασιλεύοντος ὑψηλότεροι πολλῷ καὶ λαμπρότεροι. Κἂν δυνηθῆς τὰς πύλας ἀναπτύξαι τοῦ νοῦ, καὶ τὴν ψυχὴν αὐτῶν ᾿κατιδεῖν, καὶ τὸν ἔνδον ἅπαντα κόσμον, κὰν εἰς τὴν γῆν καταπέσοις, οὐ φέρων τῆς εὐμορφίας τὴν λαμπηδόνα, καὶ τὴν αἴγλην τῶν ἱματίων ἐκείνων, καὶ τὴν ἀστραπὴν τοῦ συνειδότος αὐτῶν. Ἔχομεν ἡ γὰρ εἰπεῖν καὶ παλαιοὺς ἄνδρας μεγάλους καὶ θαυμαστούς αλλ᾽ ἐπειδὴ τοὺς παχυτέρους τὰ ὁρώμενα ὑποδείγματα μᾶλλον ἐνάγει, διὰ τοῦτο ὑμᾶς καὶ ἐπὶ τὰς σκηνὰς πέμπω τῶν ἁγίων ἐκείνων. Οὐδὲν γὰρ ἔχουσι λυπηρὸν, ἀλλ᾽ ἅτε ἐν οὐρανοῖς πηξάμενοι τὰς καλύβας, οὕτω πόῤῥω τῶν ἐν τῷ παρόντι βίῳ μοχθηρῶν ἐσκήνωνται, στρατοπεδευόμενοι κατὰ τοῦ διαβόλου, καὶ ὥσπερ χορεύοντες. οὕτω πολεμοῦσιν αὐτῷ. Διά τοι τοῦτο καλύβας πηξάμενοι, πόλεις καὶ ἀγορὰς καὶ οἰκίας ἐφυγον. Τὸν γὰρ πολεμοῦντα οὐκ ἔνι ἐν οἰκίᾳ καθῆσθαι, ἀλλὰ σχεδιάσαντα τὴν οἴκησιν, ὡς μέλλοντα εὐθέως ἀπανίστασθαι, οὕτω κατοικεῖν. Τοιοῦτοι ἐκεῖνοι πάντες. ἀπεναντίας ἡμῖν. Ἡμεῖς μὲν γὰρ οὐχ ὡς ἐν στρατοπέδῳ, ἀλλ᾽ ὡς ἐν πόλει εἰρηνικῇ ζῶμεν. Τίς γὰρ ἐπὶ στρατοπέδου ποτὲ θεμελίους καταβάλλεται, καὶ οἰκίαν οἰκοδομεῖται, ἢ ἣν μικρὸν ὕστερον ἀπολιμπάνειν μέλλει; Οὐκ ἔστιν οὐδείς ἀλλὰ κἂν εἰ ει ἐμ Ὲ τις, ὡς προδότης ἄναιρεῖται. Τίς ἐπὶ στρατοπέδου πλέθρα γῆς ὠνεῖται, καὶ ' πραγματείας συντίθησιν; Οὐκ ἔστιν οὐδείς καὶ μάλα εἰκότως. Πολεμῆσαι γὰρ, φησὶ; παραγέγονας, οὐ καπηλεῦσαι. Τί τοίνυν φιλοπονεῖς περὶ τὸν τόπον, ὃν μικρὸν ὕστερον ἀφήσεις: Ὅταν ἀπέλθωμεν εἰς τὴν πατρίδα, ταῦτα ποίει. Ταῦτα καὶ σοὶ λόγω νῦν ἐγώ. Ὅταν ἀναχωρήσωμεν εἰς τὴν πόλιν τὴν ἄνω, ταῦτα ποίει μᾶλλον δὲ οὐδέν σοι δεῖ πόνων ἐκεῖ λοιπὸν ὁ βασιλεύς σοι ' πᾶντα ἐ ἐργάσεται. Ἐνταῦθα δὲ ἀρκεῖ τάφρον περιελάσαι μόνον, καὶ χάρακα πήξασθαι οἰκοδομῆς δὲ τὰ οὐδεμία χρεία. Ἄκονσον οἷος τῶν ἁμαξοβίων Σκυθών ὁ βίος, οἵαν τοὺς νομάδας φασὶν ἔχειν διαγωγήν. Οὕτω τοὺς Χριστιανοὺς ζῆν ἔδει περιϊέναι τὴν οἰκουμένην, πολεμοῦντας τῳ διαβόλῳ, αἰχμαλώτους ῥνομένους τοὺς ὑπ᾽ ἐκείνου κατεχομένους, καὶ πάντων ἀπηλλάχθαι τῶν βιωτικῶν. Τί κατασκευάζεις οἰκίαν, ἄνθρωπε, ἵνα μᾶλλον σαυτὸν δήσῃς: τί κατορύττεις θησαυρὸν, καὶ καλεῖς κατὰ σαυτοῦ τὸν πολέμιον; τί περιβάλλεις τείχη» καὶ σαυτῷ κατασκευαζεις φυλακήν: Εἰ δὲ δύσκολα ταῦτα εἶναί σοι δοκεῖ, ἀπέλθωμεν πρὸς τὰς ἐκείνων σκηνὰς, ἵνα διὰ τῶν ἔργων μάθωμεν τὴν εὐκολίαν. Καλύβας γὰρ ἐκεῖνοι τηξάμενοι, κἂν ἀποστῆναι δέῃ τούτων, οὕτως ἀφίστανται, ὧσπερ οἱ στρατιῶται ἐν εἰρήνη τὸ στρατόπεδον ἀφέντες. Καὶ γὰρ οὕτως ἐσκήνωνται, μᾶλλον δὲ καὶ πολλῷ ἥδιον. Καὶ γὰρ ἥδιον ἰδεῖν ἐρημίαν σκηνὰς ἔχουσαν μοναχῶν συνεχεῖίς, ἣ στρατιώτας ἐν στρατοπέδῳ παραπετάσματα τείνοντας, καὶ δόρατα πηγνυμένους; καὶ τῆς τῶν δοράτων αἰχμῆς Φφάρη κροκωτὰ ἐξαρτῶντας, καὶ πλῆθος ἀνθρώπων χαλκᾶς χοῦ τον κεφαλὰς, καὶ πολὺ τῶν ἀσπίδων ἀστράπτοντας τοὺς ὀμφαλοὺς, καὶ σιδήρῳ τεθωρακισμένους ὅλους διόλου, ὶ βασίλεια ἐσχεδιασμένα, καὶ πεδίον ἡπλωμένον πολὺ, καὶ ἀριστοποιουμένους καὶ αὐλοῦντας. Οὐδὲ γὰρ οὕτω τερπνὸν τὸ θέατρον τοῦτο, οἷον ὃ εγὼ λέγω νῦν. ἂν γὰρ ἀπέλθωμεν εἰς τὴν ἔρημον, καὶ ἴδωμεν τῶν τοῦ Χριστοῦ στρατιωτῶν τὰς σκηνάς, οὐ παραπετάσματα τεινόμενα ὀψόμεθα, οὐδὲ αἰχμὰς δοράτων, οὐδὲ πέπλους χρυσοῦς θόλον βασιλικὴν ποιοῦντας, ἀλλ᾽ οἷον ἂν εἴ τις ἐν γῆ , πολλῷ ταύτης ᾿μακροτέρᾳ καὶ ἀπείρῳ πολλοὺς ἔτεινεν οὐρανοὺς, καινὸν καὶ φρικῶδες ἂν ἔδειξε τὸ θέατρον, οὕτω καὶ ἐκεῖ θεάσασθαι ἔνι. Οὐδὲν γὰρ αὐτῶν τὰ καταγώγια χεῖρον τῶν οὐρανῶν διάκεινται καὶ γὰρ ἄγγελοι κατάγονται πρὸς αὐτοὺς, καὶ ὁ τῶν ἀγγέλων δεσπότης. Εἰ γὰρ πρὸς τὸν Αβραὰμ ἦλθον, ἄνδρα γυναῖκα ἔχοντα καὶ παιδία τρέφοντα, ἐπειδὴ φιλόξενον εἶδον᾽ ὅταν πολλῷ πλείονα εὕρωσιν. ἀρετὴν, καὶ ἄνθρωπον σώματος ἀπαλλαγέντα, καὶ ἐν σαρκὶ σαρκὸς ὑπερορῶντα, πολλῷ μᾶλλον ἐνταῦθα διατρίβουσι, καὶ χορεύουσι τὴν αὐτοῖς πρέπουσαν Χορείαν. Καὶ γὰρ τράπεζα παρ᾽ ἐκείνοις πάσης πλεονεξίας καθαρὰ, καὶ φιλοσοφίας μεστή. Οὐχ αἱμάτων χείμαῤῥοι παρ᾽ αὐτοῖς, οὐδὲ κρεῶν κατακοπαὶν οὐδὲ καρηβαρίαι, οὐδὲ καρυκεῖαι, οὐδὲ κνῖσαι παρ᾽ αὐτοῖς αηδεῖς, οὐδὲ καπνὸς ἀτερπὴς, οὐδὲ δρόμοι καὶ θόρυβοι καὶ ταραχαὶ καὶ κρανγαὶ ἐπαχθεῖς ἀλλ' ἄρτος καὶ ὕδωρ᾽ τὸ μὲν ἐκ πηγῆς καθαρας, τὸ δὲ ἀπὸ πόνων δικαίων. Εἰ δέ που καὶ φιλοτιμότερον ἑστιάσασθαι βουληθεῖεν, ἀκρόδρυα ἢ φιλοτιμία γίνεται καὶ μείζων ἐνταῦθα ἢ ἡδονὴ, ἢ ἢ ἐν ταῖς βασιλικαῖς τραπέζαις. Οὐδεὶς ἐνταῦθα φόβος καὶ τρ ἡμὰς οὐκ ἄρχων ἐνεκάλεσεν, οὐ γυνὴ παρώξυνεν,) οὐ παιδίον εἰς αθυμίαν ἐνέβαλεν, οὐ γέλως ἄτακτος ἐξέλυσεν, οὐ κολάκων πλῆθος ἐφύσησεν᾽ αλλ᾽ ἀγγέλων ἐστὶν ἡ τράπεζα, πάσης τοιαύτης ταραχῆς ἀπηλλαγμένη. Καὶ στιβὰς αὐτοῖς χόρτος ἁπλώς ὑπόκειται, καθάπερ ἐν ἐρήμῳ ἀριστοποιῶν ὁ Χριστὸς ἐποίησε. Πολλοὶ δὲ οὐδὲ μ ᾿ ὑπωρόφιοι τοῦτο ποιοῦσιν, ἀλλ᾽ αντὶ στέγης τὸν οὐρανὸν ἔχουσι, καὶ τὴν σελήνην ἀντὶ φωτὸς λύχνου, οὐ δεομένου ἐλαίου, οὐδὲ τοῦ διακονησομένου᾽ ἐκείνοις. μόνοις ἀξίως ἄνωθεν αὕτη φαίνει.

chrē? krossoi deixō tous houtōs estolismenous tous endyma e echontas gamou: ᾿Anamnēsthēti tōn hagiōn keinōn, hyper hōn prōēn hymin dielechthēn, tōn ta ᾿trichina echontōn himatia, tōn tas erēmous oikountōn. Houtoi malista eisin hoi ta endymata tōn gamōn ekeinōn e echontes kai dēlon enteuthen hosas an autois dǭs porphyridas, ouk an helointo labein all᾽ hōōsper basileus, ei tou ptōchou ta bakia tis labōn, keleuei tauta auton ᾽ endythēnai, bdelyxaito ha an tēn stolēn; houtō kai ekeinoi tēn halourgida tēn ekeinou. Oudamothen de heterōthen touto paschousin, all᾽ ē dia to eidenai to kallos tēs heautōn stolēs. Dia touto kai tēn halonrgon ekeinēn chlanida diaptyousin hōs arachnēn. Tauta gar autous ho sakkos edidaxe kai gar eisin autou tou basileuontos hypsēloteroi pollǭ kai lamproteroi. Kan dynēthēs tas pylas anaptyxai tou nou, kai tēn psychēn autōn ᾿katidein, kai ton endon hapanta kosmon, kan eis tēn gēn katapesois, ou pherōn tēs eumorphias tēn lampēdona, kai tēn aiglēn tōn himatiōn ekeinōn, kai tēn astrapēn tou syneidotos autōn. Echomen hē gar eipein kai palaious andras megalous kai thaumastous all᾽ epeidē tous pachyterous ta horōmena hypodeigmata mallon enagei, dia touto hymas kai epi tas skēnas pempō tōn hagiōn ekeinōn. Ouden gar echousi lypēron, all᾽ hate en ouranois pēxamenoi tas kalybas, houtō porrhō tōn en tǭ paronti biǭ mochthērōn eskēnōntai, stratopedeuomenoi kata tou diabolou, kai hōsper choreuontes. houtō polemousin autǭ. Dia toi touto kalybas pēxamenoi, poleis kai agoras kai oikias ephygon. Ton gar polemounta ouk eni en oikią kathēsthai, alla schediasanta tēn oikēsin, hōs mellonta eutheōs apanistasthai, houtō katoikein. Toioutoi ekeinoi pantes. apenantias hēmin. Hēmeis men gar ouch hōs en stratopedǭ, all᾽ hōs en polei eirēnikę̄ zōmen. Tis gar epi stratopedou pote themelious kataballetai, kai oikian oikodomeitai, ē hēn mikron hysteron apolimpanein mellei? Ouk estin oudeis alla kan ei ei em E tis, hōs prodotēs anaireitai. Tis epi stratopedou plethra gēs ōneitai, kai ' pragmateias syntithēsin? Ouk estin oudeis kai mala eikotōs. Polemēsai gar, phēsi? paragegonas, ou kapēleusai. Ti toinyn philoponeis peri ton topon, hon mikron hysteron aphēseis: Hotan apelthōmen eis tēn patrida, tauta poiei. Tauta kai soi logō nyn egō. Hotan anachōrēsōmen eis tēn polin tēn anō, tauta poiei mallon de ouden soi dei ponōn ekei loipon ho basileus soi ' panta e ergasetai. Entautha de arkei taphron perielasai monon, kai charaka pēxasthai oikodomēs de ta oudemia chreia. Akonson hoios tōn hamaxobiōn Skythōn ho bios, hoian tous nomadas phasin echein diagōgēn. Houtō tous Christianous zēn edei periïenai tēn oikoumenēn, polemountas tǭ diabolǭ, aichmalōtous rhnomenous tous hyp᾽ ekeinou katechomenous, kai pantōn apēllachthai tōn biōtikōn. Ti kataskeuazeis oikian, anthrōpe, hina mallon sauton dēsę̄s: ti katorytteis thēsauron, kai kaleis kata sautou ton polemion? ti periballeis teichē» kai sautǭ kataskeuazeis phylakēn: Ei de dyskola tauta einai soi dokei, apelthōmen pros tas ekeinōn skēnas, hina dia tōn ergōn mathōmen tēn eukolian. Kalybas gar ekeinoi tēxamenoi, kan apostēnai deę̄ toutōn, houtōs aphistantai, hōsper hoi stratiōtai en eirēnē to stratopedon aphentes. Kai gar houtōs eskēnōntai, mallon de kai pollǭ hēdion. Kai gar hēdion idein erēmian skēnas echousan monachōn synecheiis, hē stratiōtas en stratopedǭ parapetasmata teinontas, kai dorata pēgnymenous? kai tēs tōn doratōn aichmēs Phpharē krokōta exartōntas, kai plēthos anthrōpōn chalkas chou ton kephalas, kai poly tōn aspidōn astraptontas tous omphalous, kai sidērǭ tethōrakismenous holous diolou, i basileia eschediasmena, kai pedion hēplōmenon poly, kai aristopoioumenous kai aulountas. Oude gar houtō terpnon to theatron touto, hoion ho egō legō nyn. an gar apelthōmen eis tēn erēmon, kai idōmen tōn tou Christou stratiōtōn tas skēnas, ou parapetasmata teinomena opsometha, oude aichmas doratōn, oude peplous chrysous tholon basilikēn poiountas, all᾽ hoion an ei tis en gē , pollǭ tautēs ᾿makroterą kai apeirǭ pollous eteinen ouranous, kainon kai phrikōdes an edeixe to theatron, houtō kai ekei theasasthai eni. Ouden gar autōn ta katagōgia cheiron tōn ouranōn diakeintai kai gar angeloi katagontai pros autous, kai ho tōn angelōn despotēs. Ei gar pros ton Abraam ēlthon, andra gynaika echonta kai paidia trephonta, epeidē philoxenon eidon᾽ hotan pollǭ pleiona heurōsin. aretēn, kai anthrōpon sōmatos apallagenta, kai en sarki sarkos hyperorōnta, pollǭ mallon entautha diatribousi, kai choreuousi tēn autois prepousan Choreian. Kai gar trapeza par᾽ ekeinois pasēs pleonexias kathara, kai philosophias mestē. Ouch haimatōn cheimarrhoi par᾽ autois, oude kreōn katakopain oude karēbariai, oude karykeiai, oude knisai par᾽ autois aēdeis, oude kapnos aterpēs, oude dromoi kai thoryboi kai tarachai kai krangai epachtheis all' artos kai hydōr᾽ to men ek pēgēs katharas, to de apo ponōn dikaiōn. Ei de pou kai philotimoteron hestiasasthai boulētheien, akrodrya ē philotimia ginetai kai meizōn entautha ē hēdonē, ē ē en tais basilikais trapezais. Oudeis entautha phobos kai tr hēmas ouk archōn enekalesen, ou gynē parōxynen,) ou paidion eis athymian enebalen, ou gelōs ataktos exelysen, ou kolakōn plēthos ephysēsen᾽ all᾽ angelōn estin hē trapeza, pasēs toiautēs tarachēs apēllagmenē. Kai stibas autois chortos haplōs hypokeitai, kathaper en erēmǭ aristopoiōn ho Christos epoiēse. Polloi de oude m ᾿ hypōrophioi touto poiousin, all᾽ anti stegēs ton ouranon echousi, kai tēn selēnēn anti phōtos lychnou, ou deomenou elaiou, oude tou diakonēsomenou᾽ ekeinois. monois axiōs anōthen hautē phainei.

… with fringes. Do you wish me to show you those who are so clothed, those who have the wedding garment? Remember those saints of whom I spoke to you the other day, those who wear garments of hair, who dwell in the deserts. These above all are the ones who have the garments of that marriage feast; and it is plain from this: however many purple robes you gave them, they would not choose to take them; but as a king, if someone took a beggar’s rags and bade him put them on, would loathe the garment, so they too would loathe that man’s purple. And they feel this from no other cause than knowing the beauty of their own robe. For this reason they spit upon that purple mantle as upon a cobweb. For the sackcloth has taught them these things; for they are far loftier and more splendid than the emperor himself. And if you could open the gates of the mind, and look into their soul and all the adornment within, you would fall to the ground, unable to bear the radiance of its beauty, and the brightness of those garments, and the lightning of their conscience. For we could also speak of great and wonderful men of old; but since the visible examples lead the duller sort more, for this reason I send you to the tents of those saints. For they have nothing grievous; but as though they had pitched their huts in heaven, they are encamped so far from the miseries of the present life, campaigning against the devil, and fighting him as though dancing. For this reason, pitching huts, they fled cities and marketplaces and houses. For the one who is at war cannot sit in a house, but must live in a dwelling put up for the moment, as one who is about to move off at once. Such are all of them, the opposite of us. For we live not as in a camp, but as in a city at peace. For who in a camp ever lays foundations and builds a house that he is about to leave a little later? There is no one; and if anyone tries, he is put to death as a traitor. Who in a camp buys acres of land and makes business deals? There is no one; and very reasonably. “For you have come to fight,” it is said, “not to trade.” Why then do you labor over the place that you will leave a little later? When we have gone to our homeland, do these things. These things I say to you too now. When we have withdrawn to the city above, do these things; or rather you will need no toils there any longer: the King will do everything for you. But here it is enough only to dig a trench around and plant a palisade; there is no need of building. Hear what the life of the wagon-dwelling Scythians is, what way of life they say the nomads have. So Christians ought to live: to go about the world, warring against the devil, rescuing the captives held by him, and to be free of all worldly things. Why do you build a house, man, so as to bind yourself the more? Why do you bury a treasure and call the enemy against yourself? Why do you surround yourself with walls and prepare a prison for yourself? And if these things seem hard to you, let us go to their tents, so that we may learn their ease by their deeds. For having pitched huts, if they must leave them, they leave them as soldiers in peacetime leaving the camp. For they are encamped so, or rather far more pleasantly. For it is more pleasant to see a desert with monks’ tents close together than soldiers in a camp stretching out curtains and fixing spears, and hanging saffron cloths from the spear points, and a multitude of men with bronze helmets, and the bosses of the shields flashing much, and men armored all over in iron, and palaces put up for the moment, and a wide plain spread out, and men taking their meal and playing pipes. For not even this spectacle is as delightful as the one I now describe. For if we go into the desert and see the tents of the soldiers of Christ, we shall see no curtains stretched out, nor spear points, nor golden robes making a royal canopy; but as if someone on an earth far greater than this, a boundless one, had stretched out many heavens and shown a new and awesome spectacle, so one may see it there. For their lodgings are in no way worse off than the heavens; for angels lodge with them, and the Master of the angels. For if they came to Abraham, a man who had a wife and was rearing children, because they saw he was hospitable, when they find far greater virtue, and a man freed from the body, and in the flesh disregarding the flesh, much more do they spend time there and dance the dance that befits them. For their table too is clean of all greed and full of philosophy. There are no torrents of blood with them, nor cutting up of meat, nor heaviness of head, nor seasonings, nor unpleasant savors of cooking, nor disagreeable smoke, nor running about and uproar and confusion and tiresome shouting; but bread and water, the one from a pure spring, the other from just labors. And if ever they wish to feast more lavishly, the lavishness is fruits; and the pleasure there is greater than at royal tables. There no fear and trembling; no ruler has accused, no wife provoked, no child cast into despondency, no unruly laughter dissolved, no crowd of flatterers puffed up; but the table is one of angels, free of all such confusion. And grass alone is spread under them for a couch, as Christ did when he gave a meal in the desert. And many do this not even under a roof, but have the sky for a ceiling, and the moon instead of the light of a lamp, which needs no oil nor anyone to tend it; for them alone it shines worthily from above.

69.4Field 2

Ταύτην καὶ ἄγγελοι ἐκ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ τὴν τράπεζαν θεωροῦντες; τέρπονται καὶ ἥδονται. Εἰ γὰρ ἐπὶ ἑνὶ ἁμαρτωλῷ »μετανοοῦντι χαίρουσιν, ἐπὶ δικαίοις τοσούτοις μιμουμένοις αὐτοὺς τί οὐκ ἐργάσονται: Οὐκ ἔστιν ἐκεῖ δεσπότης καὶ δοῦλος πάντες δοῦλοι, πάντες ἐλεύθεροι. Καὶ μὴ νομίσῃς αἴνιγμα εἶναι τὸ εἰρημένον καὶ γὰρ δοῦλοι ἀλλήλων, καὶ δεσπόται ἀλλήλων εἰσίν. Οὐκ ἔστιν ἑσπέρας καταλαβούσης ἐν κατηφείᾳ γενέσθαι, ὅπερ πολλοὶ τῶν ἀνθρώπων πάσχουσι, τὰς ἐκ τῶν μεθημερινῶν κακῶν ἀναλογιζόμενοι φροντίδας. Οὐκ ἔστι μετὰ τὸ δεῖπνον μεριμνῆσαι λῃστάς, καὶ ἀποκλεῖσαι θύρας, καὶ ἐπιθεῖναι μοχλοὺς, οὐδὲ τἄλλα δεῖσαι, ἃ πολλοὶ δεδοίκασι, τοὺς λύχνους μετὰ ἀκριβείας κοιμίζοντες, μή που σπινθὴρ ἐμπρήσῃ τὴν οἰκίαν. Καὶ ή διάλεξις δὲ αὐτοῖς τῆς αὐτῆς γέμει γαλήνης. Οὐ γὰρ ταῦτα, ἅπερ ἡμεῖς διαλεγόμεθα, φθέγγονται, τὰ μηδὲν πρὸς ἡμας ὁ δεῖνα γέγονεν ἄρχων, ὁ δεῖνα ἐπαύσατο ᾿ τῆς ἀρχῆς, ὁ δεῖνα ἐτελεύτησε, καὶ τὸν κλῆρον διεδέξατο ἕ ἔτερος, καὶ ὅσα τοιαῦτα᾽ ἀλλ᾽ ἀεὶ περὶ τῶν μελλόντων φθέγγονται καὶ φιλοσοφοῦσι᾽ καὶ ὥσπερ ἑτέραν οἱ οἰκοῦντες οἰκουμένην, ὥσπερ εἰς αὑτὸν μεταστάντες τὸν οὐρανὸν, ὥσπερ ἐκεῖ ζῶντες, οὕτω τὰ ἐκεῖ πάντα διαλέγονται, περὶ τῶν κόλπων τοῦ Αβραὰμ, περὶ τῶν στεφάνων τῶν ἁγίων, περὶ τῆς μετὰ Χριστοῦ χορεία καὶ τῶν παρόντων ἐ αὐτοῖς οὐδὲ μνήμη τις, οὐδὲ λόγος ἀλλ᾽ ὥσπερ ἡμεῖς οὐκ ἂν ἀξιώσαιμέν τι εἰπεῖν περὶ ὧν οἱ μύρμηκες κατὰ δ τὰς ὁπὰς καὶ τοὺς χηραμοὺς πράττουσιν, οὕτως οὐδὲ ἐκεῖνοι, τί ποιοῦμεν ἡμεῖς, ἀλλὰ περὶ τοῦ βασιλέως τοῦ ἄνω, περὶ τοῦ πολέμου τοῦ ἐν χερσὶ, περὶ τῶν τοῦ διαβόλον μηχανημάτων, περὶ τῶν κατορθωμάτων ὧν οἱ ἅγιοι κατώρθωσαν. Τί τοίνυν πρὸς ἐκείνους ἡμεῖς ᾿παραβαλλόμενοι μυρμήκων διενηνόχαμεν Καθάπερ γὰρ ἐκεῖνοι τῶν σωματικῶν. ἐπιμελοῦνται, οὕτω καὶ ἡμεῖς καὶ εἴθε τούτων μόνων ἡμεῖς νῦν δὲ καὶ πολλῴ χειρόνων. Οὐ γὰρ τῶν ἀναγκαίων ἐπιμελούμεθα μόνον, καθάπερ ἐκεῖνοι; ἀλλὰ καὶ τῶν περιττῶν. Οἱ μὲν γὰρ πόρον παντὸς ἐγκλήματος ἀπηλλαγμένον μετέρχονται ἡμεῖς δὲ πᾶσαν πλεονεξίαν καὶ οὐδὲ τὰ μυρμήκων μιμούμεθα, ἀλλὰ τὰ τῶν λύκων, τὰ τῶν παρδάλεων μᾶλλον δὲ καὶ ἐκείνων χείρους. ᾿Εκείνοις μὲν γὰρ ἡ φύσις οὕτως ἔδωκε τρέφεσθαι ἡμᾶς δὲ λόγῳ καὶ ἰσονομίᾳ τετίμηκεν ὁ θεὸς, καὶ τῶν θηρίων γεγόναμεν χείρους. Καὶ ἡμεῖς μὲν τῶν ἀλόγων χείρους ἐκεῖνοι δὲ τῶν ἀγγέλων ἴ ἰσοι, ξένοι καὶ παρεπίδημοι τῶν ἐνταῦθα ὄντες καὶ πάντα αὐτοῖς ἐνήλλακται πρὸς ἥμας, καὶ ἐνδύματα, καὶ τροφὴ, καὶ οἰκία, καὶ ὑποδήματα, καὶ λαλιά. Καὶ εἴ τις ἐκείνων ἤκουσε διαλεγομένων καὶ ἡμῶν, τότε ἂν ἔγνω καλῶς πῶς οἱ μὲν ' οὐρανοπολῖται, ἡμεῖς δὲ οὐδὲ τῆς γῆς ἀξιοι. Διὰ δὴ Τοῦτο, ἐπειδάν τις ἀξίωμα περιβεβλημένος ἀπέλθῃ πρὸς αὐτοὺς, τότε μάλιστα ἐλέγχεται ὁ τῦφος ἅ ἅπας. Ὁ γὰρ γεωπόνος ἐκεῖνος, καὶ ὁ πάντων ἄπειρος τών βιωτικῶν, τοῦ στρατηγοὺ καὶ μέγα ἐπὶ τῇ ἀρχῇ φρονοῦντος πλησίον κάθηται ἐπὶ στιβάδος, ἐπὶ προσκεφαλαίου ῥνπῶντος. Οὐ γαρ εἰσιν οἱ αἴροντες αὐτὸν, καὶ φυσῶντες αλλὰ ταὐτὸν γίνεται, οἷον τ ὧν εἴ τις παρὰ χρυσοχόον ἔλθοι καὶ ῥοδωνιάν᾽ καὶ γὰρ καὶ ἀπὸ τοῦ χρυσίου καὶ ἀπὸ τῶν ῥόδων δέχεταί τινα λαμπηδόνα οὕτω κακεῖνοι, ἀπὸ τῆς αὐγῆς τῆς τούτων κερδαίνοντες μικρὸν, τῆς ἀπονοίας τῆς ἔμπροσθεν ἀπαλλάττονται. Καὶ ὥσπερ εἴ τις εἰς ὑψηλὸν ἔλθοι τόπον, κἂν σφόδρα βραχὺς , ὑψηλὸς φαίνοται' οὕτω καὶ οὗτοι, πρὸς τὰς ὑψηλὰς αὐτῶν ἐρχόμει διανοίας, τοιοῦτοι φαίνονται, ἕως ἂν ἐκεῖ μένωσι, κατλθόντοι δὲ ταπεινοῦνται πάλιν, ἀπὸ τοῦ ὕψους ἐκείνου καταβαίνοντες. Οὐδὲν ἢ παρ᾽ ἐκείνοις βασιλεὺς, οὐδὲν ὕ ὕπαρχος ἀλλ΄ ὥσπερ ἡμεῖς τῶν παιδίων ταῦτα παιζόντων γελώμεν οὕτω κακεῖνοι τὴν φλεγμονὴν τῶν ἔξω σοβούντων διαπτύουσι. Καὶ δῆλον ἐντεῦθεν εἰ γάρ τις αὐτοῖς δοίη μετὰ ἀσφαλείας βασιλείαν, οὐκ ἂν ποτε ὅλοιντο᾽ εἵλοντο δ᾽ ἃ ἂν, εἰ μὴ μεῖζον αὐτῆς ἐφρόνουν, εἰ μὴ πρόσκαιρον τὸ πρᾶγμα εἶναι ἐνόμιζον. Τί οὗν ; οὐκ αὐτομολήσομεν πρὸς τοσαύτην μακαριότητα; : οὐχ ἥξομεν πρὸς τοὺς ἀγγέλους τούτους οὐ ληψόμεθα καθαρὰ ἃ ἱμάτια, καὶ ἐμπομπεύσομεν τοῖς γάμοις τούτοις, ἀλλὰ μενοῦμεν προσαιτοῦντες, τῶν ἐν ταῖς τριόδοις πτωχῶν οὐδὲν ἄμεινον διακείμενοι, μᾶλλον ᾿ δὲ πολλῷ χεῖρον καὶ ἀθλιώτερον: Καὶ γὰρ ἐκείνων πολλῷ χείρους οἱ κακῶς πλουτοῦντες, καὶ βέλτιον ἐπαιτεῖν ἢ ἁρπάζειν τὸ μὲν γὰρ ἔχει συγγνώμην, τὸ δὲ κόλασιν φέρει: καὶ ὁ μὲν οὐδὲν προσκρούει θεῷ, οὗτος δὲ καὶ ἀνθρώποις καὶ θεῷ καὶ τοὺς μὲν πόνους ὑφίσταται τῆς ἁρπαγῆς, τὴν δὲ ἀπόλαυσιν ἡ ἕτεροι πολλάκις ἐκαρπώσαντο ἅπασαν. Ταῦτ᾽ οὖν εἰδότες, καὶ ἀποθέμενοι τὴν πλεονεξίαν πᾶσαν, πλεονεκτήσωμεν τὰ ἄνω, μετὰ πολλῆς σπουδῆς τὴν βασιλείαν ἁρπάζοντες. Οὐ γάρ ἐστιν, οὐκ ἔστι ῥᾳθυμοῦντά τινα εἰς αὐτὴν εἰσελθεῖν. Γένοιτο δὲ πάντας σπουδαίους καὶ ἐγρηγορότας γεγονότας ταύτης ἐπιτυχεῖν, χάριτι καὶ φιλανθρωπίᾳ τοῦ κυρίου ἡμῶν ᾿[ησοῦ Χριστοῦ, ᾧ ἡ δόξα καὶ τὸ κράτος εἰς τοὺς αἰῶνας τῶν αἰώνων. ᾿Αμήν.

Tautēn kai angeloi ek tou ouranou tēn trapezan theōrountes? terpontai kai hēdontai. Ei gar epi heni hamartōlǭ »metanoounti chairousin, epi dikaiois tosoutois mimoumenois autous ti ouk ergasontai: Ouk estin ekei despotēs kai doulos pantes douloi, pantes eleutheroi. Kai mē nomisę̄s ainigma einai to eirēmenon kai gar douloi allēlōn, kai despotai allēlōn eisin. Ouk estin hesperas katalabousēs en katēpheią genesthai, hoper polloi tōn anthrōpōn paschousi, tas ek tōn methēmerinōn kakōn analogizomenoi phrontidas. Ouk esti meta to deipnon merimnēsai lę̄stas, kai apokleisai thyras, kai epitheinai mochlous, oude talla deisai, ha polloi dedoikasi, tous lychnous meta akribeias koimizontes, mē pou spinthēr emprēsę̄ tēn oikian. Kai ē dialexis de autois tēs autēs gemei galēnēs. Ou gar tauta, haper hēmeis dialegometha, phthengontai, ta mēden pros hēmas ho deina gegonen archōn, ho deina epausato ᾿ tēs archēs, ho deina eteleutēse, kai ton klēron diedexato he eteros, kai hosa toiauta᾽ all᾽ aei peri tōn mellontōn phthengontai kai philosophousi᾽ kai hōsper heteran hoi oikountes oikoumenēn, hōsper eis hauton metastantes ton ouranon, hōsper ekei zōntes, houtō ta ekei panta dialegontai, peri tōn kolpōn tou Abraam, peri tōn stephanōn tōn hagiōn, peri tēs meta Christou choreia kai tōn parontōn e autois oude mnēmē tis, oude logos all᾽ hōsper hēmeis ouk an axiōsaimen ti eipein peri hōn hoi myrmēkes kata d tas hopas kai tous chēramous prattousin, houtōs oude ekeinoi, ti poioumen hēmeis, alla peri tou basileōs tou anō, peri tou polemou tou en chersi, peri tōn tou diabolon mēchanēmatōn, peri tōn katorthōmatōn hōn hoi hagioi katōrthōsan. Ti toinyn pros ekeinous hēmeis ᾿paraballomenoi myrmēkōn dienēnochamen Kathaper gar ekeinoi tōn sōmatikōn. epimelountai, houtō kai hēmeis kai eithe toutōn monōn hēmeis nyn de kai pollǭ cheironōn. Ou gar tōn anankaiōn epimeloumetha monon, kathaper ekeinoi? alla kai tōn perittōn. Hoi men gar poron pantos enklēmatos apēllagmenon meterchontai hēmeis de pasan pleonexian kai oude ta myrmēkōn mimoumetha, alla ta tōn lykōn, ta tōn pardaleōn mallon de kai ekeinōn cheirous. ᾿Ekeinois men gar hē physis houtōs edōke trephesthai hēmas de logǭ kai isonomią tetimēken ho theos, kai tōn thēriōn gegonamen cheirous. Kai hēmeis men tōn alogōn cheirous ekeinoi de tōn angelōn i isoi, xenoi kai parepidēmoi tōn entautha ontes kai panta autois enēllaktai pros hēmas, kai endymata, kai trophē, kai oikia, kai hypodēmata, kai lalia. Kai ei tis ekeinōn ēkouse dialegomenōn kai hēmōn, tote an egnō kalōs pōs hoi men ' ouranopolitai, hēmeis de oude tēs gēs axioi. Dia dē Touto, epeidan tis axiōma peribeblēmenos apelthę̄ pros autous, tote malista elenchetai ho typhos ha hapas. Ho gar geōponos ekeinos, kai ho pantōn apeiros tōn biōtikōn, tou stratēgou kai mega epi tę̄ archę̄ phronountos plēsion kathētai epi stibados, epi proskephalaiou rhnpōntos. Ou gar eisin hoi airontes auton, kai physōntes alla tauton ginetai, hoion t hōn ei tis para chrysochoon elthoi kai rhodōnian᾽ kai gar kai apo tou chrysiou kai apo tōn rhodōn dechetai tina lampēdona houtō kakeinoi, apo tēs augēs tēs toutōn kerdainontes mikron, tēs aponoias tēs emprosthen apallattontai. Kai hōsper ei tis eis hypsēlon elthoi topon, kan sphodra brachys , hypsēlos phainotai' houtō kai houtoi, pros tas hypsēlas autōn erchomei dianoias, toioutoi phainontai, heōs an ekei menōsi, katlthontoi de tapeinountai palin, apo tou hypsous ekeinou katabainontes. Ouden ē par᾽ ekeinois basileus, ouden hy hyparchos all΄ hōsper hēmeis tōn paidiōn tauta paizontōn gelōmen houtō kakeinoi tēn phlegmonēn tōn exō sobountōn diaptyousi. Kai dēlon enteuthen ei gar tis autois doiē meta asphaleias basileian, ouk an pote holointo᾽ heilonto d᾽ ha an, ei mē meizon autēs ephronoun, ei mē proskairon to pragma einai enomizon. Ti houn ? ouk automolēsomen pros tosautēn makariotēta? : ouch hēxomen pros tous angelous toutous ou lēpsometha kathara ha himatia, kai empompeusomen tois gamois toutois, alla menoumen prosaitountes, tōn en tais triodois ptōchōn ouden ameinon diakeimenoi, mallon ᾿ de pollǭ cheiron kai athliōteron: Kai gar ekeinōn pollǭ cheirous hoi kakōs ploutountes, kai beltion epaitein ē harpazein to men gar echei syngnōmēn, to de kolasin pherei: kai ho men ouden proskrouei theǭ, houtos de kai anthrōpois kai theǭ kai tous men ponous hyphistatai tēs harpagēs, tēn de apolausin hē heteroi pollakis ekarpōsanto hapasan. Taut᾽ oun eidotes, kai apothemenoi tēn pleonexian pasan, pleonektēsōmen ta anō, meta pollēs spoudēs tēn basileian harpazontes. Ou gar estin, ouk esti rhąthymounta tina eis autēn eiselthein. Genoito de pantas spoudaious kai egrēgorotas gegonotas tautēs epitychein, chariti kai philanthrōpią tou kyriou hēmōn ᾿[ēsou Christou, hǭ hē doxa kai to kratos eis tous aiōnas tōn aiōnōn. ᾿Amēn.

Angels too, beholding this table from heaven, are delighted and rejoice. For if they rejoice over one sinner who repents, what will they not do over so many righteous men who imitate them? There is no master and slave there; all are slaves, all are free. And do not think what is said a riddle; for they are slaves of one another and masters of one another. When evening has come, there is no falling into dejection, as many men suffer, reckoning up the cares arising from the day’s troubles. There is no worrying about robbers after supper, and shutting doors and putting on bars, nor fearing the other things that many fear, putting out their lamps with care lest a spark set the house on fire. And their conversation too is full of the same calm. For they do not utter the things we talk about, things that do not concern us: “So-and-so has become a ruler; so-and-so has left office; so-and-so has died, and another has succeeded to his inheritance,” and all such things; but they always speak and philosophize about the things to come; and as though dwelling in another world, as though they had moved to heaven itself, as though living there, so they talk of everything there: of Abraham’s bosom, of the crowns of the saints, of the dance with Christ; and of present things they have no memory nor word. But just as we would not deign to say anything about what the ants do in their holes and crannies, so neither do they speak of what we do, but of the King above, of the war in hand, of the devil’s devices, of the good deeds the saints have achieved. In what, then, do we differ from ants, compared with them? For as those care for bodily things, so do we; and would that we cared only for these! But as it is, for far worse things. For we care not only for necessities, as they do, but also for superfluities. For they pursue a livelihood free of every charge, while we pursue every kind of greed; and we do not even imitate the ants, but wolves, leopards; or rather we are worse than these. For to them nature gave this way of feeding; but God has honored us with reason and equality, and we have become worse than the wild beasts. And we are worse than the irrational animals, while they are equal to the angels, being strangers and sojourners in the things here; and everything about them is changed compared with us: garments, food, house, shoes, speech. And if anyone heard them talking and us, he would then know well how they are citizens of heaven, while we are not even worthy of earth. For this reason, when someone clothed in rank goes to them, then above all all his pride is exposed. For that farmer, ignorant of all worldly affairs, sits beside the general, who thinks much of his office, on a bed of straw, on a dirty cushion. For there are none to lift him up and puff him up; but the same thing happens as if someone went to a goldsmith and a rose garden; for from both the gold and the roses he receives some radiance; so these too, gaining a little from the brightness of those men, are freed from their former arrogance. And just as someone who goes up to a high place, however short he is, appears tall, so these too, coming to their lofty minds, appear such as long as they stay there, but when they come down they are lowered again, descending from that height. Nothing is a king to them, nothing a prefect; but just as we laugh at children playing at these things, so they spit on the swelling pride of those who swagger outside. And this is plain from this: if someone offered them a kingdom with security, they would never choose it; they would choose it only if they did not think greater things than it, if they did not consider the thing temporary. What then? Shall we not desert to such blessedness? Shall we not go to these angels? Shall we not take clean garments, and march in procession at this marriage feast, but remain begging, in no better state than the poor at the crossroads, or rather far worse and more wretched? For those who are wickedly rich are far worse than those, and it is better to beg than to rob; for the one has pardon, the other brings punishment; and the one offends God in nothing, while the other offends both men and God; and he undergoes the toils of robbery, while others often reap all the enjoyment. Knowing these things, then, and putting away all greed, let us be greedy for the things above, seizing the kingdom with great earnestness. For it is not, it is not possible for anyone careless to enter it. May all of us, having become earnest and watchful, obtain it, by the grace and love for mankind of our Lord Jesus Christ, to whom be the glory and the might to the ages of ages. Amen.

Chapter 70

70.1Field 2

Τότε πορευθέντες οἱ Φαρισαῖοι συμβούλιον ἔλαβον, ὅπως αὐτὸν παγιδεύσωσιν ἐν λόγῳ. ΤΌΤΕ, πότε; Ὅτε μάλιστα κατανυγῆναι ἣ ἔδει; ὅτε ἐκπλαγῆναι τὴν φιλανθρωπίαν, ὅτε φοβηθῆναι τὰ μέλλοντα; ὅτε ἀπὸ τῶν παρελθόντων καὶ περὶ τῶν μελλόντων πιστεῦσαι ἐχρῆν. Καὶ γὰρ ἐπὶ τῶν πραγμάτων τὰ εἰρημένα εβόα. Καὶ γὰρ τελῶναι καὶ πόρναι ἐπίστευσαν, καὶ προφῆται καὶ δίκαιοι ἀνηρέθησαν, καὶ ἀπὸ τούτων ἐχρῆν καὶ περὶ τῆς ἀπωλείας ἑαυτῶν μὴ ἀντιλέγειν, ἀλλὰ καὶ πιστεύειν καὶ σωφρονίζεσθαι. ᾿Αλλ᾽ ὅμως οὐδὲ οὕτω λήγει τὰ τῆς κακίας αὐτῶν, αλλ ὠδίνει καὶ πρόεισι περαιτέρω. Καὶ ἐπειδὴ κατασχεῖν αὐτὸν οὐκ εἶχον (ἐφοβοῦντο γὰρ τοὺς ὄχλον»), ἑτέραν ἦλθον ὁδὸν, ὡς δὴ εἰς κίνδυνον ἐμβαλοῦντες, καὶ δηγὰρ αὐτῷ τοὺς μαθητὰς αὐτῶν μετὰ τῶν Ἡρωδιανῶν, λέγοντες διδάσκαλε, οἴδαμεν ὅτι ἀληθὴς εἷ, καὶ τήν ὁδὸν τοῦ θεοῦ ἐν ἀληθείᾳ διδάσκεις, καὶ οὐ μέλει σοι περὶ οὐδενός οὐ γὰρ βλέπεις εἰς πρόσωπον ᾿ ἀνθρώπων. Εἰπὲ οὖν ἡμῖν, τί σοι δοκεῖ; ἔξεστι δοῦναι κῆνσον Καίσαρι, ἡ οὔ. Καὶ γὰρ φόρου λοιπὸν ἦσαν ὑποτελεῖς, τῶν πραγμάτων αὑτοῖς εἰς τὴν Ῥωμαίων ἀρχὴν ᾿ μεταπεσόντων. ᾿Επειδὴ οὖν εἶδον, ὅ ὅτι οἱ πρὸ τούτου διὰ τοῦτο ἀπέθανον, οἱ περὶ Θευδᾶν καὶ ᾿Ιούδαν, ὡς ἀποστασίαν μελετήσαντες, ἐβούλοντο καὶ αὐτὸν διὰ τῶν λόγων τούτων εἰς τοιαύτην ὑποψίαν ἐμβαλεῖν. Διὰ τοῦτο καὶ τοὺς αὐτῶν μαθητὰς καὶ τοὺς Ἡρώδου στρατιώτας ἔπεμπον, διπλοῦν, ὡς ᾧοντο, τὸν κρημνὸν ἑκατέρωθεν ὀρύττοντες, καὶ πάντοθεν τιθέντες τὴν παγίδα, ἵν, ὅπερ ἂν εἴπῃ, ἐπιλάβωνται κἂν μὲν ὑπὲρ τῶν Ἡρωδιανῶν ἀποκρίνηται, αὐτοὶ ἐγκαλέσωσιν᾽ ἂν δὲ ὑπὲρ αὐτῶν, ἐκεῖνοι κατηγορήσωσι. Καίτοίγε ἣν δεδωκὼς τὰ δίδραχμα: ἀλλ᾽ οὐκ ἤδεσαν τοῦτο. Καὶ ἑκατέρωθεν, μὲν ' αὐτὸν προσεδόκων αἱρήσειν, ἐπεθύμουν δὲ μάλλον κατὰ τῶν Ἡρωδιανῶν αὐτὸν εἰπεῖν τι. Διὸ καὶ τοὺς μαθητὰς πέμπουσιν, εἰς τοῦτο ὠθοῦντας αὐτὸν τῇ παρουσίᾳ, ἵνα παραδῶσι τῷ ἡγεμόνι ὡς τύραννον. Τοῦτο γὰρ καὶ ὁ Λουκᾶς αἰνιττόμενος ἐδήλουν λέγων, ὅτι καὶ ἐπὶ τών ὄχλων ἠρώτων, ὡς μείζονα γενέσθαι τὴν μαρτυρίαν. ᾿Εγένετο δὲ τοὐναντίον ἅπαν ἐν πλείονι γὰρ θεάτρῳ τῆς αὐτῶν ἀνοίας παρεῖχον τὴν ἀπόδειξιν. Καὶ ὅρα τὴν κολακείαν, καὶ τὸν ἐγκεκρυμμένον δόλον. Οἴδαμεν, φησὶν, ὅτι ἀληθὴς εἶ. Πώς οὺν ἐλέγετε, ὅτι πλάνος ἐστὶ, καὶ πλανᾷ τὸν ὄχλον, καὶ δαιμόνιον ἔχει, καὶ οὐκ ἔστιν ἀπὸ θεοῦ: πῶς πρὸ μικροῦ ἐβουλεύεσθε αὐτὸν ἀνελεῖν; Αλλὰ πάντα γίνονται, ἅπερ ἂν ἡ ἐπιβουλὴ ὑπαγορεύσῃ. ᾿Επειδὴ γὰρ πρὸ μικροῦ εἰπόντες μετὰ αὐθαδείας, ἐν ποίᾳ ἐξουσίᾳ ταῦτα ποιεῖς; πρὸς τὴν ἐρώτησιν οὐκ ἔτυχον ἀποκρίσεως, προσδοκῶσιν αὐτὸν τῆ κολακείᾳ χαυνοῦν; καὶ πείθειν εἰπεῖν τι κατὰ τών καθεστώτων νόμων, καὶ τῇ κρατουσῃ πολιτείᾳ τὸ ὑπεναντίον. Ὅθεν καὶ τὴν αλήθειαν μαρτυροῦσιν αὐτῷ, ὁμολογοῦντες τὸ ὄν' πλὴν οὐκ ὀρθῇ γνώμῃ, οὐδὲ ἑκόντες καὶ προστιθέασι λέγοντες οὐ μέλει σοι περὶ οὐδενός. Ὅρα πώς εἰσι δῆλοι βουλόμενοι εἰς τούτους μᾶλλον ἐμβαλεῖν αὐτὸν τοὺς λόγους, τοὺς ποιοῦντας ᾿αὐτὸν καὶ Ἡρωδη προσκροὺσαι, καὶ τυράννου ὑποψίαν λαβεῖν, ὡς κατεξανιστάμενον ' τῶν νόμων, ἵν᾿ ὡς στασιαστὴν καὶ τύραννον κολάσωσιν. Τὸ γὰρ, οὐ μέλει σοι περὶ οὐδενὸς, καὶ, οὐ βλέπεις εἰς πρόσωπον ἀνθρώπου, περὶ Ἡρώδου καὶ Καίσαρος ἡνίττοντο λέγοντες. Εἰπὲ οὖν ἡμῖν, τί σοι δοκεῖ: Νῦν τιμᾶτε, καὶ διδάσκαλον νομίζετε, ἐν οἷς τὰ περὶ τῆς σωτηρίας ὑμῶν διελέγετο καταφρονήσαντες καὶ υβρίσαντες πολλάκις. Ὅθεν καὶ ᾿ σύμψηφοι γεγόνασι. Καὶ ὅ ὃρα τὸ κακοῦργον. Οὐ λέγουσιν, εἰπὲ ἡμῖν τί τὸ καλὸν, τί τὸ συμφέρον, τί τὸ νόμιμον; ἀλλὰ, τί σοι δοκεῖ : Οὕτω πρὸς ἕν τοῦτο ἔβλεπον, τὸ προδοῦναι αὐτὸν, καὶ ἐκπολεμῶσαι τῷ κρατοῦντι. Καὶ ὁ Μάρκος δὲ τοῦτο δηλῶν, καὶ τὸ αὐθάδες αὐτῶν σαφέστερον ἐκκαλύπτων, καὶ τὴν φονικὴν αὐτῶν Ὑνώμην, φησὶν αὐτοὺς εἰρηκέναι· δῶμεν Καίσαρι κῆνσον, ἢ μὴ δῶμεν : Οὕτω θυμοῦ μὲν ἔπνεον, καὶ ὥδινον ἐπιβουλὴν, ὑ υπεκρίνοντο δὲ θεραπείαν. Τί οὖν αὐτός; Τί με πειράζετε, ὑποκριταί; Εἶδες πὼς πληκτικώτερον αὐτοῖς διαλέγεται ; Ἐπειδὴ γὰρ ἀπηρτισμένη καὶ πρόδηλος ἢ ἥν ᾿ κακία, βαθυτέραν δίδωσι τὴν τομὴν, πρῶτον αὐτοὺς συγχέων, καὶ ἐπιστομίζων, τῷ τὰ ἀπόῤῥητα αὐτῶν εἰς μέσον ἀγαγεῖν, καὶ δῆλον ἅ ἅπασι ποιεῖν μεθ᾽ οἵας αὐτῷ προσέρχονται διανοίας. Ταῦτα δὲ ἐ ἐποίει, ἀναστέλλων αὐτῶν τὴν κακίαν, ὦστε ἢ μὴ πάλιν τοῖς αὐτοῖς ἐπιχειροῦντας καταβλάπτεσθαι. Καίτοιγε τὰ βήματα πολλῆς ἔγεμε θεραπείας καὶ γὰρ καὶ διδάσκαλον ἐκάλουν, καὶ ἀλήθειαν ἐ ἐμαρτύρουν, καὶ τὸ ἀπροσωπόληπτον᾽ αλλὰ θεὸς ὧν, οὐδενὶ τούτων παρελογίζετο. Ὅθεν κἀκείνους ἐχρῆν στοχάζεσθαι, ὅ ὅτι οὐ στοχασμοῦ ἡ ἐπίπληξις ἢ ἥν, ἀλλὰ τρῶς σημεῖον τοῦ τὰ ἀπόρρητα ᾿αὐτῶν εἰδέναι.

Tote poreuthentes hoi Pharisaioi symboulion elabon, hopōs auton pagideusōsin en logǭ. TOTE, pote? Hote malista katanygēnai hē edei? hote ekplagēnai tēn philanthrōpian, hote phobēthēnai ta mellonta? hote apo tōn parelthontōn kai peri tōn mellontōn pisteusai echrēn. Kai gar epi tōn pragmatōn ta eirēmena eboa. Kai gar telōnai kai pornai episteusan, kai prophētai kai dikaioi anērethēsan, kai apo toutōn echrēn kai peri tēs apōleias heautōn mē antilegein, alla kai pisteuein kai sōphronizesthai. ᾿All᾽ homōs oude houtō lēgei ta tēs kakias autōn, all ōdinei kai proeisi peraiterō. Kai epeidē kataschein auton ouk eichon (ephobounto gar tous ochlon»), heteran ēlthon hodon, hōs dē eis kindynon embalountes, kai dēgar autǭ tous mathētas autōn meta tōn Hērōdianōn, legontes didaskale, oidamen hoti alēthēs hei, kai tēn hodon tou theou en alētheią didaskeis, kai ou melei soi peri oudenos ou gar blepeis eis prosōpon ᾿ anthrōpōn. Eipe oun hēmin, ti soi dokei? exesti dounai kēnson Kaisari, hē ou. Kai gar phorou loipon ēsan hypoteleis, tōn pragmatōn hautois eis tēn Rhōmaiōn archēn ᾿ metapesontōn. ᾿Epeidē oun eidon, ho hoti hoi pro toutou dia touto apethanon, hoi peri Theudan kai ᾿Ioudan, hōs apostasian meletēsantes, eboulonto kai auton dia tōn logōn toutōn eis toiautēn hypopsian embalein. Dia touto kai tous autōn mathētas kai tous Hērōdou stratiōtas epempon, diploun, hōs hǭonto, ton krēmnon hekaterōthen oryttontes, kai pantothen tithentes tēn pagida, hin, hoper an eipę̄, epilabōntai kan men hyper tōn Hērōdianōn apokrinētai, autoi enkalesōsin᾽ an de hyper autōn, ekeinoi katēgorēsōsi. Kaitoige hēn dedōkōs ta didrachma: all᾽ ouk ēdesan touto. Kai hekaterōthen, men ' auton prosedokōn hairēsein, epethymoun de mallon kata tōn Hērōdianōn auton eipein ti. Dio kai tous mathētas pempousin, eis touto ōthountas auton tę̄ parousią, hina paradōsi tǭ hēgemoni hōs tyrannon. Touto gar kai ho Loukas ainittomenos edēloun legōn, hoti kai epi tōn ochlōn ērōtōn, hōs meizona genesthai tēn martyrian. ᾿Egeneto de tounantion hapan en pleioni gar theatrǭ tēs autōn anoias pareichon tēn apodeixin. Kai hora tēn kolakeian, kai ton enkekrymmenon dolon. Oidamen, phēsin, hoti alēthēs ei. Pōs oun elegete, hoti planos esti, kai planą ton ochlon, kai daimonion echei, kai ouk estin apo theou: pōs pro mikrou ebouleuesthe auton anelein? Alla panta ginontai, haper an hē epiboulē hypagoreusę̄. ᾿Epeidē gar pro mikrou eipontes meta authadeias, en poią exousią tauta poieis? pros tēn erōtēsin ouk etychon apokriseōs, prosdokōsin auton tē kolakeią chaunoun? kai peithein eipein ti kata tōn kathestōtōn nomōn, kai tę̄ kratousę̄ politeią to hypenantion. Hothen kai tēn alētheian martyrousin autǭ, homologountes to on' plēn ouk orthę̄ gnōmę̄, oude hekontes kai prostitheasi legontes ou melei soi peri oudenos. Hora pōs eisi dēloi boulomenoi eis toutous mallon embalein auton tous logous, tous poiountas ᾿auton kai Hērōdē proskrousai, kai tyrannou hypopsian labein, hōs katexanistamenon ' tōn nomōn, hin᾿ hōs stasiastēn kai tyrannon kolasōsin. To gar, ou melei soi peri oudenos, kai, ou blepeis eis prosōpon anthrōpou, peri Hērōdou kai Kaisaros hēnittonto legontes. Eipe oun hēmin, ti soi dokei: Nyn timate, kai didaskalon nomizete, en hois ta peri tēs sōtērias hymōn dielegeto kataphronēsantes kai ybrisantes pollakis. Hothen kai ᾿ sympsēphoi gegonasi. Kai ho hora to kakourgon. Ou legousin, eipe hēmin ti to kalon, ti to sympheron, ti to nomimon? alla, ti soi dokei : Houtō pros hen touto eblepon, to prodounai auton, kai ekpolemōsai tǭ kratounti. Kai ho Markos de touto dēlōn, kai to authades autōn saphesteron ekkalyptōn, kai tēn phonikēn autōn Hynōmēn, phēsin autous eirēkenai; dōmen Kaisari kēnson, ē mē dōmen : Houtō thymou men epneon, kai hōdinon epiboulēn, hy ypekrinonto de therapeian. Ti oun autos? Ti me peirazete, hypokritai? Eides pōs plēktikōteron autois dialegetai ? Epeidē gar apērtismenē kai prodēlos ē hēn ᾿ kakia, bathyteran didōsi tēn tomēn, prōton autous syncheōn, kai epistomizōn, tǭ ta aporrhēta autōn eis meson agagein, kai dēlon ha hapasi poiein meth᾽ hoias autǭ proserchontai dianoias. Tauta de e epoiei, anastellōn autōn tēn kakian, ōste ē mē palin tois autois epicheirountas katablaptesthai. Kaitoige ta bēmata pollēs egeme therapeias kai gar kai didaskalon ekaloun, kai alētheian e emartyroun, kai to aprosōpolēpton᾽ alla theos hōn, oudeni toutōn parelogizeto. Hothen kakeinous echrēn stochazesthai, ho hoti ou stochasmou hē epiplēxis ē hēn, alla trōs sēmeion tou ta aporrēta ᾿autōn eidenai.

“Then the Pharisees went and took counsel how they might entrap him in his talk.” Then, when? When above all they ought to have been pricked to the heart, when they ought to have been astonished at his love for mankind, when they ought to have feared what was to come, when from the past they ought to have believed about the future too. For what had been said was crying aloud in the events. For tax collectors and harlots had believed, and prophets and righteous men had been slain; and from these they ought not to have contradicted what was said about their own destruction, but to have believed and come to their senses. Yet not even so does their wickedness cease, but it travails and goes further. And since they could not lay hold of him (for they feared the crowds), they went another way, thinking to throw him into danger, and they send to him their disciples with the Herodians, saying, “Teacher, we know that you are true, and teach the way of God in truth, and you care for no one; for you do not regard the person of men. Tell us, then, what do you think? Is it lawful to pay tax to Caesar, or not?” For they were by then subject to tribute, their affairs having passed under the rule of the Romans. Since, then, they saw that those before this had died for this reason, the followers of Theudas and Judas, as having planned revolt, they wished to throw him too into such suspicion by these words. For this reason they sent both their own disciples and Herod’s soldiers, digging, as they thought, a double pit on either side, and setting the snare on every side, so that whatever he said they might seize on it: if he answered in favor of the Herodians, they themselves would accuse him; but if in their own favor, those would bring the charge. And yet he had paid the double drachma; but they did not know this. And they expected to catch him either way, but they desired rather that he should say something against the Herodians. That is why they send the disciples, to push him to this by their presence, so that they might hand him over to the governor as a usurper. Luke too, hinting at this, made it plain by saying that they asked even in the presence of the crowds, so that the testimony might be greater. But the very opposite happened; for before a larger audience they gave the proof of their own folly. And see the flattery and the hidden guile. “We know,” they say, “that you are true.” How then did you say that he is a deceiver and deceives the crowd, and has a demon, and is not from God? How a little before were you plotting to kill him? But everything comes about that the plot suggests. For since a little before, having said with insolence, “By what authority do you do these things?” they obtained no answer to the question, they expect to puff him up by flattery and persuade him to say something against the established laws and contrary to the ruling government. That is why they bear witness to his truthfulness, confessing what is the fact, though not with a right intention nor willingly; and they add, saying, “You care for no one.” See how they are plainly wishing to drive him into those words that would make him offend Herod too, and incur the suspicion of usurpation, as one rising against the laws, so that they might punish him as a seditious man and a usurper. For in saying “You care for no one” and “You do not regard the person of man,” they were hinting at Herod and Caesar. “Tell us, then, what do you think?” Now you honor him and consider him a teacher, when you have often despised and insulted him when he spoke to you of your salvation. And so they have become of one mind. And see the malice. They do not say, “Tell us what is good, what is profitable, what is lawful,” but, “What do you think?” So fixed were they on this one thing, to betray him and make him an enemy of the ruler. And Mark too, making this plain, and uncovering more clearly their insolence and their murderous intent, says that they said, “Shall we pay tax to Caesar, or shall we not pay?” So they breathed anger and travailed with a plot, but pretended deference. What then does he do? “Why do you test me, you hypocrites?” Do you see how sharply he speaks to them? For since their wickedness was complete and manifest, he cuts deeper, first confounding and silencing them by bringing their secrets into the open and making plain to all with what intent they were coming to him. And he did this to check their wickedness, so that they might not be harmed by attempting the same things again. And yet their words were full of great deference; for they called him teacher, and bore witness to his truthfulness and his impartiality; but being God, he was deceived by none of these. Hence they too ought to have inferred that the rebuke was not a guess but a sign that he knew their secrets.

70.2Field 2

Οὐ μὴν μέχρι τῆς ἐπιπλήξεως ἔ ἐστη᾽ καίτοιγε ἤρκει μόνον ἐλέγξαντα τὴν γνώμην αὐτῶν, καταισχῦναι αὐτῶν τῆν πονηρίαν'᾽ αλλ᾽ οὐχ ἵσταται μέχρι τούτου, ἀλλὰ καὶ ,ἑτέρως ἀποῤῥάπτει αὐτῶν τὰ στόματα. Ἐπιδείξατε γάρ μοι, φησὶ, τὸ νόμισμα τοῦ κήνσον. Καὶ ὡς ἐπέδειξαν, ὅπερ αεὶ ποιεῖ, διὰ τῆς ἐκείνων γλώττης ἐκφέρει τὴν ἀπόφασιν, καὶ αὑτοὺς ψηφίσασθαι παρασκευάζει, ὅ ὅτι ἔξεστιν' ὅπερ λαμπρὰ καὶ σαφὴς ἣν νίκη. Ὥστε ὅταν ἐρωτᾷ, οὐκ ἀγνοῶν ἐρωτᾷ, ἀλλὰ ταῖς οἰκείαις αὐτῶν ἀποκρίσεσιν ὑπευθύνους αὐτοὺς ποιῆσαι βουλομενος. Επειδὴ γὰρ ἐρωτηθέντες, τίνος ἡ εἰκών: εἶπον, ὅτε Καίσαρος, φησίν ἀπόδοτε τὰ Καίσαρος Καίσαρι. Οὐ γάρ ἐστι τοῦτο δοῦναι, ἀλλ᾽ ἀποδοῦναι καὶ τοῦτο ὃ καὶ ἀπὸ τῆς εἰκόνος. καὶ ἀπὸ τῆς ἐπιγραφῆς δείκνυται. Εἶτα ἵνα μὴ εἴπωσιν, ὅτι ἀνθρώποις ἡμᾶς ὑποτάττεις ἐπήγαγε, καὶ τὰ τοῦ θεοῦ τῷ θεῳ. ἽἜξεστι. γὰρ καὶ ἀνθρώποις ὃ αὐτῶν πληροῦν, καὶ θεῷ διδόναι τὰ τῷ θεῷ παρ ἡμῶν ὀφειλόμενα. Διό καὶ Παῦλός φησιν· ἀπόδοτε πᾶσι τὰς ὀφειλάς: τῷ τὸν φόρον, τὸν φόρον τῷ τὸ τέλος, τὸ τέλος τῷ τὸν φόβον, τὸν φόβον. Σὺ δὲ ὅταν ἀκούσης, ἀπόδος τὰ τοῦ Καίσαρος Καίσαρι, ἐκεῖνα γίνωσκε λέγειν αὐτὸν μόνον, τὰ μηδὲν τὴν εὐσέβειαν παραβλάπτοντα᾽ ὡς ἄν τι τοιοῦτον ἢ, οὐκέτι Καίσαρος, ἀλλὰ τοῦ διαβόλον φόρος ἐστὶ καὶ τέλος τὸ τοιοῦτον. Ταῦτα ἀκούσαντες ἐπεστομίσθησαν, καὶ ἐθαύμασαν τὴν σοφίαν. Οὐκοῦν πιστεῦσαι ἐχρῆν, οὐκοῦν ἐκπλαγῆναι. Καὶ γὰρ θεότητος αὐτοῖς παρέσχεν ἀπόδειξιν, τὰ ἀπόῤῥητα ἐκκαλύψας, καὶ μετ᾽ ἐπιεικείας αὐτοὺς ἑπεστόμισε. Τί οὖν: ἐπίστευσαν ; Οὐδαμῶς ἀλλ᾽ ἀφέντες αὐτὸν ἀπῆλθον, καὶ μετ᾽ αὐτοὺς προσῆλθον οἱ Σαδδουκαῖοι. Ὦ τῆς ἀνοίας. ᾿Ἐκείνων ἐπιστομισθέντων οὗτοι ἐ προσβάλλουσι, δέον ὁ ὀκνηροτέρους γενέσθαι. Ἀλλὰ τοιοῦτον ἤ θρασύτης, ἀναίσχυντον καὶ ἰταμὸν ἢ καὶ ἀδυνάτοις ἐπιχειροῦν. Διὰ τοῦτο καὶ ω εὐαγγελιστῆς ἐκπληττόμενος αὐτῶν τὴν ᾿ ἄνοιαν, αὐτὸ τοῦτο ἐπισημαίνεται λέγων, ὅτι ἐν ἐκείνῃ τῇ ἡμέρᾳ προσῆλθον. Ἔν ἐκείνῃ, ποίᾳ: Ἔν ἡ τὴν ἐκείνων κακουργίαν ἤλεγξε, καὶ κατήσχυνεν αὐτούς. Τίνες δέ εἰσιν οὗτοι; Αἵρεσις ᾽Ιουδαίων ἑτέρα παρὰ τοὺς Φαρισαίους, κἀκείνων πολὺ καταδεεστέρα, λέγουσα μὴ εἶναι ἀνάστασιν, μῆτε ἄγγελον, μήτε πνεῦμα. Παχύτεροι γάρ τινες οὗτοι, καὶ περὶ τὰ σωματικὰ ἑπτοημένο. Πολλαὶ γὰρ καὶ ἐπὶ αἱρέσεις ἦσαν. Διὸ καὶ Παῦλος λέγει· Φαρισαῖός εἰμι, τῆς ἀκριβεστάτης αἱρέσεως παρ᾽ ἡμῖν. Καὶ ἐξ εὐθείας μὲν οὐδὲν οὗτοι περὶ ἀναστάσεως λέγουσι λόγον δέ τινα πλάττουσι, καὶ πραγμα ᾿ συντιθέασιν, ὡς ἔγωγε οἶμαι, οὐδὲ γεγενημένον, οἰόμενοι εἰς ἀπορίαν αὐτὸν ἐμβαλεῖν,. καὶ θέλοντες ἄνατρέψαι ἀμφότερα, καὶ τὸ ἀνάστασιν εἶναι, καὶ τὸ τοιαύτην ἀνάστασιν. ΠΠαλιν δὲ καὶ οὗτοι μετ᾽ ἐπιεικείας δῆθεν προσβάλλουσι, λέγοντες· Διδάσκαλε, Μωυσῆς εἶπεν ἐὰν ἀποθάνῃ τις, μὴ ἔχων τέκνα, ,ἐπιγαμβρεύσει δ ἀδελφὸς τὴν γυναῖκα, καὶ ἀναστήσει σπέρμα τῷ ἀδελφῷ. Ἦσαν δὲ παρ᾽ ἡμῖν ἑπτὰ ἀδελφοί; καὶ ὁ πρῶτος γαμήσας ἐτελεύτησε; καὶ μὴ ἔχων σπέρμα ἀφῆκε τὴν γυναῖκα τῷ ἀδελφῷ. Ὁμοίως καὶ ὁ δεύτερος, καὶ ὁ τρίτος, ἕως τῶν ἑπτά. Ὕστερον δὲ ἀπέθανε καὶ ἡ γυνή. Ἔν τῆ οὗν ἀναστάσει τίνος τῶν ἑπτὰ ἔσται γυνή; Ὅρα τούτοις διδασκαλικῶς ἃ ἀποκρινόμενον. Εἰ γὰρ καὶ ἀπὸ κακουργίας προσηλθον, αλλ᾽ ὅμως καὶ ἀγνοίας ἡ ἐρώτησις ἣν μᾶλλον. Διὸ οὐδὲ λέγει αὐτοῖς, ὑποκριταί. Εἶτα, ἵνα μὴ ἐγκαλέσῃ, διατί ᾿ ἑπτὰ μίαν ἔσχον, προστιθέασι τὸν Μωὺύσέα᾽ καίτοιγϑ, ὅπερ ἔφθην εἰπὼν, πλάσμα ἦν; ὡς ϑγωγε οἶμαι. Οὐ γὰρ ἂν ὁ τρίτος ἔλαβε, τοὺς δύο νυμφίους νεκροὺς γενομένους ἰδών εἰ δὲ ὁ τρίτος; ἀλλ᾽ οὐχ ὁ τέταρτος, οὐδὲ δ πέμπτος εἰ δὲ καὶ οὗτοι; πολλῷ μᾶλλον ὁ ἕκτος ἢ ὁ ἕβδομος οὐκ ἀν προσῆλθον, ἀλλ᾽ οἰωνίσαντο ἂν τὴν γυναῖκα. Τοιοῦτοι γὰρ οἱ ᾿ ᾿Ιουδαῖοι. Εἰ γὰρ νὺν πολλοὶ τοῦτο πάσχουσι, πολλῷ μᾶλλον τότε ἐκεῖνοι ὅπου γε καὶ χωρὶς τούτου πολλάκις τὸ οὕτω συνοικεῖν ἔφυγον, καὶ ταῦτα τοῦ νόμου ᾿καταναγκάζοντος. Οὕτω γοῦν ἡ Ῥοὺθ ἡ Μωαβἔῖτις ἐκείνη γυνὴ πρὸς τὸν μακροτέρω τῆς ΑΛ β ς ἐξεκυλίσθη καὶ ἡ Θάμαρ δὲ ἐντεῦθεν παρὰ τοῦ κηδεστοῦ κλέψαι σπάρμα κατηναγκάζετο. Καὶ τίνος ἕνεκεν οὐκ ἔπλασαν δύο ἢ ἢ τρεῖς, ἀλλ᾽ ἑπτά; Ὥστε ἐκ περιουσίας κωμῳδῆσαι, ὡς ᾧοντο, τὴν ἀνάστασιν. Διὸ καὶ λέγουσι, πάντες ἔσχον αὐτὴν, ὡς εἰς ἄπορόν τι αὐτὸν ἐμβάλλοντες. Τί οὖν ὁ Χριστός; Πρὸς ἀμφότερα ἀποκρίνεται, οὐ πρὸς τὰ ῥήματα, ἀλλὰ πρὸς τὴν γνώμην ἱστάμενος, καὶ πανταχοῦ τὰ ἀπόῤῥητα αὐτῶν ἐκκαλύπτων, καὶ ποτὲ μὲν αὐτὰ ἐκπομπεύων, ποτὲ δὲ τῷ συνειδότι τῶν ἐρωτώντων ἀφιεὶς τὸν ἔλεγχον. Ὅρα γοῦν ἐνταῦθα πῶς ἀμφότερα «δείκνυσι, καὶ ὅτι ἀνάστασις ἔσται, καὶ ὅτι οὐ τοιαύτη ἀνάστασις, οἵαν ὑποπτεύουσι. Τί γάρ φησι; Πλανᾶσθε, μὴ εἰδότες τὰς γραφὰς, μηδὲ τὴν δύναμιν τοῦ θεου. ᾿Επειδὴ γὰρ ὡς εἰδότες, Μωυσέα προβάλλονται καὶ τὸν νόμον, δείκνυσιν ὅ ὅτι τοῦτο μάλιστα ἀγνοούντων ἐστὶ τὰς γραφὰς τὸ ἐρώτημα. ᾿Εντεῦθεν γὰρ καὶ τὸ πειράζειν αὐτοῖς ἦν, ἐκ τοῦ τὰς γραφὰς ἀγνοεῖν, καὶ τοῦ θεοῦ τὴν δύναμιν μὴ εἰδέναι ὡς Χρή. τί οὖν θαυμαστὸν, φησὶν, εἰ ἐμὲ πειρά ετε τὸν ἔτι ἀγνοούμενον ὑμῖν, ὅπου γε οὐδὲ τοῦ θεοῦ τὴν δύναμιν ἴ ἴστε, ἧς τοσαύτην πεῖραν εἰλή ατε, καὶ οὔτε ἐκ κοινῶν ἐννοιῶν, οὔτε ἀπὸ γραφῶν αὐτὴν ἔγνωτε: εἰ ἄρα καὶ κοινοὶ λογισμοὶ τοῦτο παρέχουσιν εἰδέναι, ὅτι τῷ θεῷ πάντα δυνατά. Καὶ πρῶτον μὲν πρὸς τὸ ἐρωτηθὲν ἀποκρίνεται. ᾿Επειδὴ γὰρ τοῦτο αἴτιον ἣν αὐτοῖς τοῦ μὴ νομίζειν ἀνάστασιν, τὸ νομίζειν τοιαύτην εἶναι τὴν τῶν πραγμάτων κατάστασιν, τὸ αἴτιον θεραπεύει, εἶτα καὶ τὸ σύμπτωμα (ἀπὸ γὰρ τούτου καὶ τὸ νόσημα γέγονε: καὶ δείκνυσι τῆς ἀναστάσεως τὸν τρόπον. Εν γὰρ τῇ ἀναστάσει, φησὶν, οὔτε γαμοῦσιν, οὔτε γαμίσκονται, ἀλλ᾽ εἰσὶν ὡς ἄγγελοι θεοῦ ἐν οὐρανῳ. Ὁ δὲ Λουκᾶς φησιν, ὡς υἱοὶ θεοῦ. Εἰ τοίνυν οὐ γαμοῦσι, περιττὴ ἡ ἐρώτησις. οὐ μὴν ἐπειδὴ οὐ γαμοῦσι, διὰ τοῦτο ἄγγελοι αλλ ἐπειδὴ ὡς ἄγγελοι, διὰ τοῦτο οὐ γαμοῦσιν. Ἀπὸ τούτου καὶ ἕτερα πολλὰ ἀνεῖλεν, ἅπερ ἅπαντα δι ἑνὸς βήματος ὃ Παῦλος ᾐνίξατο εἰπών· παράγει γὰρ τὸ σχῆμα τοῦ κόσμου τούτου. Καὶ διὰ μὲν τούτων ἐδήλωσεν ἧ᾽ ἡλίκον ἡ ἀνάστασις ὅτι δὲ καὶ ἀνάστασίς ἐστι, δείκνυσι. Καίτοι συναποδέδεικται τῷ εἰρημένῳ καὶ τοῦτο, ἀλλ᾽ ὅμως ἐκ περιουσίας τῷ λόγῳ πάλιν προστίθησι λέγων. Οὐδὲ γὰρ πρὸς τὸ ἐρώτημα στη μόνον, ἀλλὰ καὶ πρὸς τὴν ἔννοιαν αὐτῶν. Οὕτως ὅταν μὴ σφόδρα κακουργῶσιν, ἃ ἀλλ᾽ ἀγνοοῦντες ἐρωτῶσι, καὶ ἐκ περιουσίας διδάσκει ὅταν δὲ ἀπὸ κακίας μόνης, οὐδὲ πρὸς τὰ ἐρωτώμενα ἀποκρίνεται. Καὶ πάλιν ἀπὸ τοῦ Μωῦσέως ὁπιστομίζει αὐτοὺς, ἐπειδὴ κακεῖνοι Μωυσέα ᾿προεβάλοντο, καί φησι· περὶ δὲ τῆς ἀναστάσεως τῶν νεκρῶν οὐκ ἀνέγνωτε, ὅτι ἐγώ εἰμι ὁ θεὸς ᾿Αβραάμ, καὶ δὸ θεὸς ᾿Ισαάκ, καὶ ὁ θεὸς Ιακωβ; Οὐκ ἔστι θεὸς νεκρῶν. ἀλλὰ ζωντων.᾽ Οὐχὲ τῶν οὐκ ὄντων, φησὶ, καὶ καθάπαξ ἀφανισθέντων, καὶ οὐκέτι ἀναστησομένων. Ου γὰρ εἶπεν, ἤμην, ἀλλ᾽, εἰμί τῶν ὄντων καὶ ' τῶν ζώντων. [Ὥσπερ γὰρ ὁ ᾿Αδάμ, εἰ καὶ ἔζη τῇ ἡμέρᾳ ᾗ ἔφαγεν ἀπὸ τοῦ ξύλου, ἀπέθανε τῇ ἀποφάσει οὕτω καὶ οὔτοι, εἰ καὶ ἐτοθνήκεσαν, ἔζων τῇ ὑποσχέσει τῆς ἀναστάσεως. Πὼς οὖν φησιν ἀλλαχοῦ· ἵνα καὶ νεκρῶν καὶ ζωντων κυριεύσῃ Ἀλλ᾽ οὐκ ἔστιν ἐναντίον τοῦτο ἐκείνῳ. Νεκρῶν γὰρ ἐνταῦθά φησι, τῶν καὶ αὐτῶν ζήσεσθαι μελλόντων. Ἄλλως δὲ καὶ ἕτερον τὸ, ἐγὼ ὁ θεὸς Ἁβραὰμ, καὶ τὸ, ἵνα καὶ νεκρῶν καὶ ζώντων κυριεύσῃ. Οἷδε δὲ καὶ ἄλλην νεκρότητα, περὶ ἧς φησιν ἄφετε τοὺς νεκροὺς θάψαι τοὺς ἑαυτῶν νεκρούς. Καὶ ἀκούσαντες οἱ ὄχλοι ' ἐξεπλάγησαν ἀπὸ ἐπὶ τῇ διδαχῇ αὐτου. Οὐδὲ ἐνταῦθα οἱ Σαδδουκαῖοι αλλ οὗτοι μὲν ἡττηθέντες ἀναχωροῦσι τὸ δὲ ἀδέκαστον πλῆθος καρποῦται τὴν ὠφέλειαν. Ἐπεὶ οὖν τοιαύτη ἡ ἀνάστασις, φέρε πάντα ποιῶμεν, ἵνα τῶν πρωτείων ἐκεῖ τύχωμεν. Εἰ δὲ δοκεῖ, καὶ πρὸ τῆς ἀναστάσεως δείξωμεν ὑμῖν τινας ταῦτα ἐντεῦθεν ἐπιτηδεύοντας καὶ καρπουμένους, πάλιν ἐπὶ τὰς ἐρήμους ἀπελθόντες. Πάλιν γὰρ τῶν αὐτῶν ἅψομαι λόγων, ἐπειδὴ μετὰ πλείονος ἡδονῆς ἀκούοντας ὑμᾶς βλέπω. Ἴδωμεν τοίνυν καὶ τήμερον τὰ στρατόπεδα τὰ πνευματικά ἴδωμεν τὴν φόβον καθαρὰν ἡδονήν. Οὐ γὰρ μετὰ δοράτων εἰσὶν ἐσκηνωμένοι, καθάπερ οἱ στρατιῶται (ἐνταῦθα γὰρ πρώην κατέλυσα τὸν λόγον), οὐδὲ μετὰ ἀσπίδων καὶ θωράκων᾽ ἀλλὰ γυμνοὺς ὄψει τούτων ἀπάντων; καὶ τοιαῦτα ἐργαζομένους, οἷα οὐδὲ μετὰ ὅπλων ἐκεῖνοι. Καὶ εἰ δύνασαι συνιδεῖν, ἐλθὲ, καὶ χεῖρά μοι ὄρεξον, καὶ ἴωμεν εἰς τὸν πόλεμον τοῦτον ἀμφότεροι, καὶ ἴδωμεν τὴν παράταξιν. Καὶ γὰρ καὶ οὗτοι καθ᾽ ἑκάστην πολεμοῦσι τὴν ἡμέραν, καὶ σφάττουσι τοὺς ἢ ὑπεναντίους, καὶ νικῶσι τὰς ἐπιθυμίας ἁπάσας τὰς ἐπιβονλενούσας ἡμῖν. Καὶ ὄψει ταύτας ἐῤῥιμμόνας χαμαὶ, καὶ μηδὲ σπαίρειν δυναμένας αλλὰ τὸ ἀποστολικὸν ἐκεῖνο διὰ τῶν ἔργων δεικνύμενον, ὅτι οἱ τοῦ Χριστοῦ, τὴν σάρκα ἐσταύρωσαν σὺν τοῖς παθήμασι καὶ ταῖς ἐπιθυμίαις. Εἶδες πλῆθος νεκρῶν ᾿ κειμένων, ἐσφαγμένων τῇ μαχαίρᾳ τοῦ πνεύματος; Διὰ τοῦτο οὐκ ἔστιν ἐκεῖ μέθη, οὐδὲ ἀδηφαγία. Καὶ δείκνυσιν ἡ τράπεζα, καὶ τὸ τρόπαιον τὸ ἐπ᾿ αὐτῇ ἑστηκός. Ἢ γὰρ μέθη καὶ ἡ ἀδηφαγία κεῖται νεκρὰ διὰ τῆς ὑδροποσίας τροπωθεῖσα, τὸ πολυειδὲς τοῦτο καὶ πολυκέφαλον θηρίον. Καθάπερ γὰρ ἐπὶ τῆς μυθοποιουμένης Σκύλλης καὶ Ὕδρας, οὕτω καὶ επὶι τῆς μέθης πολλάς ἐστι κεφαλὰς ἰδεῖν ἐντεῦθεν πορνείαν, ἐκεῖθεν οργῆην. ἄλλοθεν βλακείαν, ἑτέρωθεν ερωτας ατόπους φυομένους ἀλλὰ πάντα ταῦτα ἀνήρηται. Καίτοιγε εκεῖνα ἥ πάντα τὰ στρατόπεδα, κἀν μυρίων περιγένωνται πολέμων, ὑπὸ τούτων ἁλίσκονται καὶ οὔτε ὅπλα, οὔτε δόρατα, οὐχ ὅπερ ἂν ἕτερον ἧ, δύναται πρὸς ταύτας στῆναι τὰς φαλαγγατ᾽ ἀλλ᾽ αὐτοὺς τοὺς γίγαντας, τοὺς ἀριστέας, τοὺς τὰ μυρία ἀνδραγαθοῦντας, εὕροις ἀν χωρὶς δεσμῶν δεδεμένους ὕπνῳ καὶ μέθη, χωρὶς σφαγῆς καὶ τραυμάτων, καθάπερ τοὺς τετραυματισμένους, κειμένους, μᾶλλον δὲ καὶ χαλεπώτερον. ᾿Εκεῖνοι μὲν γὰρ κἂν σπαίρουσιν' οὗτοι δὲ οὐδὲ τοῦτο, αλλ εὐθέως καταπίπτουσιν. Ὁρᾷς ὅτι μεῖζον τοῦτο τὸ στρατόπεδον καὶ θαυμαστότερον: τοὺς γὰρ ἐκείνων περιγινομένους πολεμίους αναιρεὶ τῷ θελῆσαι μονον. Οὑτω γὰρ αὑτὴν ασθενῆ τὴν μητέρα απαντων τῶν κακῶν ποιοὺυσιν, ὡς μηδὲ ἐνοχλεῖν λοιπόν τοῦ δὲ στρατηγοῦ κειμένου, καὶ τῆς κεφαλῆς ἀνῃρημένης, καὶ τὸ λοιπὸν σῶμα ἡσυχάζει. Καὶ τὴν νίκην ταὺὖτὴν ἕκαστον τῶν ἐκεῖ μενόντων ἐργαζόμενον ἴδοι τις ἄν. Οὐ γὰρ ὥσπερ ἐπὶ τούτων τῶν πολέμων, ἐᾶν ὑφ ενος τις λάβη πληγὴν, ἑτέρῳ λοιπὸν οὐκ ἔστι βαρὺς καταπεσὼν ἅπαξ' ἀλλ᾽ ἀνάγκη πάντας τὸ θηρίον τοῦτο παίειν᾽ καὶ ὁ ἢ μὴ πλήξας αὐτὴν, καὶ καταβαλών, ενοχλεῖίται πάντως.

Ou mēn mechri tēs epiplēxeōs e estē᾽ kaitoige ērkei monon elenxanta tēn gnōmēn autōn, kataischynai autōn tēn ponērian'᾽ all᾽ ouch histatai mechri toutou, alla kai ,heterōs aporrhaptei autōn ta stomata. Epideixate gar moi, phēsi, to nomisma tou kēnson. Kai hōs epedeixan, hoper aei poiei, dia tēs ekeinōn glōttēs ekpherei tēn apophasin, kai hautous psēphisasthai paraskeuazei, ho hoti exestin' hoper lampra kai saphēs hēn nikē. Hōste hotan erōtą, ouk agnoōn erōtą, alla tais oikeiais autōn apokrisesin hypeuthynous autous poiēsai boulomenos. Epeidē gar erōtēthentes, tinos hē eikōn: eipon, hote Kaisaros, phēsin apodote ta Kaisaros Kaisari. Ou gar esti touto dounai, all᾽ apodounai kai touto ho kai apo tēs eikonos. kai apo tēs epigraphēs deiknytai. Eita hina mē eipōsin, hoti anthrōpois hēmas hypotatteis epēgage, kai ta tou theou tǭ theǭ. HiExesti. gar kai anthrōpois ho autōn plēroun, kai theǭ didonai ta tǭ theǭ par hēmōn opheilomena. Dio kai Paulos phēsin; apodote pasi tas opheilas: tǭ ton phoron, ton phoron tǭ to telos, to telos tǭ ton phobon, ton phobon. Sy de hotan akousēs, apodos ta tou Kaisaros Kaisari, ekeina ginōske legein auton monon, ta mēden tēn eusebeian parablaptonta᾽ hōs an ti toiouton ē, ouketi Kaisaros, alla tou diabolon phoros esti kai telos to toiouton. Tauta akousantes epestomisthēsan, kai ethaumasan tēn sophian. Oukoun pisteusai echrēn, oukoun ekplagēnai. Kai gar theotētos autois pareschen apodeixin, ta aporrhēta ekkalypsas, kai met᾽ epieikeias autous hepestomise. Ti oun: episteusan ? Oudamōs all᾽ aphentes auton apēlthon, kai met᾽ autous prosēlthon hoi Saddoukaioi. Ō tēs anoias. ᾿Ekeinōn epistomisthentōn houtoi e prosballousi, deon ho oknēroterous genesthai. Alla toiouton ē thrasytēs, anaischynton kai itamon ē kai adynatois epicheiroun. Dia touto kai ō euangelistēs ekplēttomenos autōn tēn ᾿ anoian, auto touto episēmainetai legōn, hoti en ekeinę̄ tę̄ hēmerą prosēlthon. En ekeinę̄, poią: En hē tēn ekeinōn kakourgian ēlenxe, kai katēschynen autous. Tines de eisin houtoi? Hairesis ᾽Ioudaiōn hetera para tous Pharisaious, kakeinōn poly katadeestera, legousa mē einai anastasin, mēte angelon, mēte pneuma. Pachyteroi gar tines houtoi, kai peri ta sōmatika heptoēmeno. Pollai gar kai epi haireseis ēsan. Dio kai Paulos legei; Pharisaios eimi, tēs akribestatēs haireseōs par᾽ hēmin. Kai ex eutheias men ouden houtoi peri anastaseōs legousi logon de tina plattousi, kai pragma ᾿ syntitheasin, hōs egōge oimai, oude gegenēmenon, oiomenoi eis aporian auton embalein,. kai thelontes anatrepsai amphotera, kai to anastasin einai, kai to toiautēn anastasin. PPalin de kai houtoi met᾽ epieikeias dēthen prosballousi, legontes; Didaskale, Mōysēs eipen ean apothanę̄ tis, mē echōn tekna, ,epigambreusei d adelphos tēn gynaika, kai anastēsei sperma tǭ adelphǭ. Ēsan de par᾽ hēmin hepta adelphoi? kai ho prōtos gamēsas eteleutēse? kai mē echōn sperma aphēke tēn gynaika tǭ adelphǭ. Homoiōs kai ho deuteros, kai ho tritos, heōs tōn hepta. Hysteron de apethane kai hē gynē. En tē houn anastasei tinos tōn hepta estai gynē? Hora toutois didaskalikōs ha apokrinomenon. Ei gar kai apo kakourgias prosēlthon, all᾽ homōs kai agnoias hē erōtēsis hēn mallon. Dio oude legei autois, hypokritai. Eita, hina mē enkalesę̄, diati ᾿ hepta mian eschon, prostitheasi ton Mōyysea᾽ kaitoigϑ, hoper ephthēn eipōn, plasma ēn? hōs ϑgōge oimai. Ou gar an ho tritos elabe, tous dyo nymphious nekrous genomenous idōn ei de ho tritos? all᾽ ouch ho tetartos, oude d pemptos ei de kai houtoi? pollǭ mallon ho hektos ē ho hebdomos ouk an prosēlthon, all᾽ oiōnisanto an tēn gynaika. Toioutoi gar hoi ᾿ ᾿Ioudaioi. Ei gar nyn polloi touto paschousi, pollǭ mallon tote ekeinoi hopou ge kai chōris toutou pollakis to houtō synoikein ephygon, kai tauta tou nomou ᾿katanankazontos. Houtō goun hē Rhouth hē Mōabeitis ekeinē gynē pros ton makroterō tēs AL b s exekylisthē kai hē Thamar de enteuthen para tou kēdestou klepsai sparma katēnankazeto. Kai tinos heneken ouk eplasan dyo ē ē treis, all᾽ hepta? Hōste ek periousias kōmǭdēsai, hōs hǭonto, tēn anastasin. Dio kai legousi, pantes eschon autēn, hōs eis aporon ti auton emballontes. Ti oun ho Christos? Pros amphotera apokrinetai, ou pros ta rhēmata, alla pros tēn gnōmēn histamenos, kai pantachou ta aporrhēta autōn ekkalyptōn, kai pote men auta ekpompeuōn, pote de tǭ syneidoti tōn erōtōntōn aphieis ton elenchon. Hora goun entautha pōs amphotera «deiknysi, kai hoti anastasis estai, kai hoti ou toiautē anastasis, hoian hypopteuousi. Ti gar phēsi? Planasthe, mē eidotes tas graphas, mēde tēn dynamin tou theou. ᾿Epeidē gar hōs eidotes, Mōysea proballontai kai ton nomon, deiknysin ho hoti touto malista agnoountōn esti tas graphas to erōtēma. ᾿Enteuthen gar kai to peirazein autois ēn, ek tou tas graphas agnoein, kai tou theou tēn dynamin mē eidenai hōs Chrē. ti oun thaumaston, phēsin, ei eme peira ete ton eti agnooumenon hymin, hopou ge oude tou theou tēn dynamin i iste, hēs tosautēn peiran eilē ate, kai oute ek koinōn ennoiōn, oute apo graphōn autēn egnōte: ei ara kai koinoi logismoi touto parechousin eidenai, hoti tǭ theǭ panta dynata. Kai prōton men pros to erōtēthen apokrinetai. ᾿Epeidē gar touto aition hēn autois tou mē nomizein anastasin, to nomizein toiautēn einai tēn tōn pragmatōn katastasin, to aition therapeuei, eita kai to symptōma (apo gar toutou kai to nosēma gegone: kai deiknysi tēs anastaseōs ton tropon. En gar tę̄ anastasei, phēsin, oute gamousin, oute gamiskontai, all᾽ eisin hōs angeloi theou en ouranǭ. Ho de Loukas phēsin, hōs huioi theou. Ei toinyn ou gamousi, perittē hē erōtēsis. ou mēn epeidē ou gamousi, dia touto angeloi all epeidē hōs angeloi, dia touto ou gamousin. Apo toutou kai hetera polla aneilen, haper hapanta di henos bēmatos ho Paulos ę̄nixato eipōn; paragei gar to schēma tou kosmou toutou. Kai dia men toutōn edēlōsen hē᾽ hēlikon hē anastasis hoti de kai anastasis esti, deiknysi. Kaitoi synapodedeiktai tǭ eirēmenǭ kai touto, all᾽ homōs ek periousias tǭ logǭ palin prostithēsi legōn. Oude gar pros to erōtēma stē monon, alla kai pros tēn ennoian autōn. Houtōs hotan mē sphodra kakourgōsin, ha all᾽ agnoountes erōtōsi, kai ek periousias didaskei hotan de apo kakias monēs, oude pros ta erōtōmena apokrinetai. Kai palin apo tou Mōyseōs hopistomizei autous, epeidē kakeinoi Mōysea ᾿proebalonto, kai phēsi; peri de tēs anastaseōs tōn nekrōn ouk anegnōte, hoti egō eimi ho theos ᾿Abraam, kai do theos ᾿Isaak, kai ho theos Iakōb? Ouk esti theos nekrōn. alla zōntōn.᾽ Ouche tōn ouk ontōn, phēsi, kai kathapax aphanisthentōn, kai ouketi anastēsomenōn. Ou gar eipen, ēmēn, all᾽, eimi tōn ontōn kai ' tōn zōntōn. [Hōsper gar ho ᾿Adam, ei kai ezē tę̄ hēmerą hę̄ ephagen apo tou xylou, apethane tę̄ apophasei houtō kai outoi, ei kai etothnēkesan, ezōn tę̄ hyposchesei tēs anastaseōs. Pōs oun phēsin allachou; hina kai nekrōn kai zōntōn kyrieusę̄ All᾽ ouk estin enantion touto ekeinǭ. Nekrōn gar entautha phēsi, tōn kai autōn zēsesthai mellontōn. Allōs de kai heteron to, egō ho theos Habraam, kai to, hina kai nekrōn kai zōntōn kyrieusę̄. Hoide de kai allēn nekrotēta, peri hēs phēsin aphete tous nekrous thapsai tous heautōn nekrous. Kai akousantes hoi ochloi ' exeplagēsan apo epi tę̄ didachę̄ autou. Oude entautha hoi Saddoukaioi all houtoi men hēttēthentes anachōrousi to de adekaston plēthos karpoutai tēn ōpheleian. Epei oun toiautē hē anastasis, phere panta poiōmen, hina tōn prōteiōn ekei tychōmen. Ei de dokei, kai pro tēs anastaseōs deixōmen hymin tinas tauta enteuthen epitēdeuontas kai karpoumenous, palin epi tas erēmous apelthontes. Palin gar tōn autōn hapsomai logōn, epeidē meta pleionos hēdonēs akouontas hymas blepō. Idōmen toinyn kai tēmeron ta stratopeda ta pneumatika idōmen tēn phobon katharan hēdonēn. Ou gar meta doratōn eisin eskēnōmenoi, kathaper hoi stratiōtai (entautha gar prōēn katelysa ton logon), oude meta aspidōn kai thōrakōn᾽ alla gymnous opsei toutōn apantōn? kai toiauta ergazomenous, hoia oude meta hoplōn ekeinoi. Kai ei dynasai synidein, elthe, kai cheira moi orexon, kai iōmen eis ton polemon touton amphoteroi, kai idōmen tēn parataxin. Kai gar kai houtoi kath᾽ hekastēn polemousi tēn hēmeran, kai sphattousi tous ē hypenantious, kai nikōsi tas epithymias hapasas tas epibonlenousas hēmin. Kai opsei tautas errhimmonas chamai, kai mēde spairein dynamenas alla to apostolikon ekeino dia tōn ergōn deiknymenon, hoti hoi tou Christou, tēn sarka estaurōsan syn tois pathēmasi kai tais epithymiais. Eides plēthos nekrōn ᾿ keimenōn, esphagmenōn tę̄ machairą tou pneumatos? Dia touto ouk estin ekei methē, oude adēphagia. Kai deiknysin hē trapeza, kai to tropaion to ep᾿ autę̄ hestēkos. Ē gar methē kai hē adēphagia keitai nekra dia tēs hydroposias tropōtheisa, to polyeides touto kai polykephalon thērion. Kathaper gar epi tēs mythopoioumenēs Skyllēs kai Hydras, houtō kai epii tēs methēs pollas esti kephalas idein enteuthen porneian, ekeithen orgēēn. allothen blakeian, heterōthen erōtas atopous phyomenous alla panta tauta anērētai. Kaitoige ekeina hē panta ta stratopeda, kan myriōn perigenōntai polemōn, hypo toutōn haliskontai kai oute hopla, oute dorata, ouch hoper an heteron hē, dynatai pros tautas stēnai tas phalangat᾽ all᾽ autous tous gigantas, tous aristeas, tous ta myria andragathountas, heurois an chōris desmōn dedemenous hypnǭ kai methē, chōris sphagēs kai traumatōn, kathaper tous tetraumatismenous, keimenous, mallon de kai chalepōteron. ᾿Ekeinoi men gar kan spairousin' houtoi de oude touto, all eutheōs katapiptousin. Horąs hoti meizon touto to stratopedon kai thaumastoteron: tous gar ekeinōn periginomenous polemious anairei tǭ thelēsai monon. Houtō gar hautēn asthenē tēn mētera apantōn tōn kakōn poiouysin, hōs mēde enochlein loipon tou de stratēgou keimenou, kai tēs kephalēs anę̄rēmenēs, kai to loipon sōma hēsychazei. Kai tēn nikēn tauytēn hekaston tōn ekei menontōn ergazomenon idoi tis an. Ou gar hōsper epi toutōn tōn polemōn, ean hyph enos tis labē plēgēn, heterǭ loipon ouk esti barys katapesōn hapax' all᾽ anankē pantas to thērion touto paiein᾽ kai ho ē mē plēxas autēn, kai katabalōn, enochleiitai pantōs.

Yet he did not stop at the rebuke, though it was enough to expose their intent and put their wickedness to shame; but he does not stop at this, but sews up their mouths in another way too. “For show me,” he says, “the coin of the tax.” And when they showed it, as he always does, he brings out the verdict through their own tongue, and makes them vote that it is lawful; which was a brilliant and clear victory. So that when he asks, he asks not from ignorance, but wishing to make them answerable by their own answers. For when, being asked, “Whose is the image?” they said, “Caesar’s,” he says, “Render to Caesar the things that are Caesar’s.” For this is not to give but to render back; and this is shown both from the image and from the inscription. Then, lest they should say, “You subject us to men,” he added, “and to God the things that are God’s.” For it is possible both to fulfill to men what is theirs, and to give to God what we owe to God. That is why Paul too says, “Render to all their dues: tribute to whom tribute, custom to whom custom, fear to whom fear.” And when you hear, “Render to Caesar the things that are Caesar’s,” know that he means only those things that in no way harm godliness; for if anything is such, such a tribute and custom is no longer Caesar’s but the devil’s. Hearing these things, they were silenced, and marveled at his wisdom. Then they ought to have believed, then to have been astonished. For he had given them a proof of his Godhead by uncovering their secrets, and he silenced them with gentleness. What then? Did they believe? By no means; but leaving him they went away; and after them the Sadducees came to him. O the folly! When those had been silenced, these attack, when they ought to have become more hesitant. But such is rashness: shameless and reckless, and attempting even impossibilities. That is why the evangelist too, astonished at their folly, marks this very thing, saying that they came “on that day.” On which day? On the day on which he exposed the malice of those others and put them to shame. And who are these? Another sect of the Jews besides the Pharisees, and far inferior to them, saying that there is no resurrection, nor angel, nor spirit. For these were duller men, excited about bodily things. For there were many sects among them too. That is why Paul too says, “I am a Pharisee, of the strictest sect among us.” And these say nothing directly about the resurrection, but they invent a story and compose an affair that, as I at least think, never even happened, thinking to throw him into perplexity, and wishing to overthrow both: both that there is a resurrection, and that there is such a resurrection. And again these too attack with apparent gentleness, saying, “Teacher, Moses said, ‘If a man dies having no children, his brother shall marry his wife and raise up offspring for his brother.’ Now there were among us seven brothers; and the first married and died, and having no offspring left his wife to his brother. Likewise the second and the third, up to the seventh. Last of all the woman died too. In the resurrection, then, whose wife of the seven will she be?” See him answering these like a teacher. For even if they came with malice, yet the question was rather one of ignorance. That is why he does not say to them “hypocrites.” Then, lest he should accuse them, “Why did seven have one woman?” they put forward Moses; though, as I said before, it was an invention, as I at least think. For the third would not have taken her, seeing two bridegrooms dead; and if the third did, yet not the fourth, nor the fifth; and if these did too, much more would the sixth or the seventh not have come near her, but would have taken the woman for an ill omen. For such are the Jews. For if many now feel this, much more did they then; when even apart from this they often fled such a marriage, though the law compelled them. So at any rate Ruth, that Moabite woman, was passed on to the more distant kinsman; and Tamar for this reason was compelled to steal offspring from her father-in-law. And why did they not invent two or three, but seven? In order to ridicule the resurrection, as they thought, abundantly. That is why they say, “All had her,” as though throwing him into some impasse. What then does Christ do? He answers both, standing not to the words but to the intention, and everywhere uncovering their secrets, and sometimes making a show of them, sometimes leaving the conviction to the conscience of those who ask. See, at any rate, how here he shows both: both that there will be a resurrection, and that it is not such a resurrection as they suppose. For what does he say? “You are mistaken, not knowing the Scriptures, nor the power of God.” For since they put forward Moses and the law as though they knew them, he shows that the question is above all that of men ignorant of the Scriptures. For from this came their testing him too, from not knowing the Scriptures and not knowing God’s power as they ought. “What wonder then,” he says, “if you test me, who am still unknown to you, when you do not know even the power of God, of which you have had so much experience, and you have not known it either from common notions or from the Scriptures?” For even common reasonings make it possible to know this, that to God all things are possible. And first he answers what was asked. For since the cause of their not believing in a resurrection was their thinking that the state of things would be such, he heals the cause, and then also the symptom (for from this the disease too had arisen), and shows the manner of the resurrection. “For in the resurrection,” he says, “they neither marry nor are given in marriage, but are as angels of God in heaven.” And Luke says, “as sons of God.” If, then, they do not marry, the question is superfluous. It is not, however, because they do not marry that they are angels, but because they are like angels they do not marry. By this he did away with many other things too, all of which Paul hinted at in one saying, “For the form of this world is passing away.” And by these words he showed how great the resurrection is; and that there is a resurrection, he shows too. And yet this too was shown together with what was said; but nevertheless he adds it to the argument again abundantly. For he did not stop at the question only, but went also to their thought. So when they do not ask with great malice but from ignorance, he even teaches beyond what is asked; but when from malice alone, he does not even answer what is asked. And again he silences them from Moses, since they too had put Moses forward, and says, “But concerning the resurrection of the dead, have you not read, ‘I am the God of Abraham, and the God of Isaac, and the God of Jacob’? He is not the God of the dead, but of the living.” “Not of those who are not,” he says, “and have vanished once for all and will no longer rise.” For he did not say “I was,” but “I am,” of those who are and are living. For just as Adam, though he lived on the day he ate from the tree, died by the sentence, so these too, though they had died, lived by the promise of the resurrection. How then does he say elsewhere, “That he might be Lord of both the dead and the living”? But this is not contrary to that. For here he calls dead those who are themselves going to live. And besides, “I am the God of Abraham” is one thing, and “that he might be Lord of both the dead and the living” another. And he knows another deadness too, about which he says, “Let the dead bury their own dead.” “And when the crowds heard it, they were astonished at his teaching.” Not even here the Sadducees; but they withdraw defeated, while the unbiased multitude reaps the benefit. Since, then, such is the resurrection, come, let us do everything to obtain the first places there. And if you like, let us show you, even before the resurrection, some who already practice these things here and reap their fruits, going again into the deserts. For I will take up the same subject again, since I see that you listen with more pleasure. Let us see, then, today too the spiritual camps; let us see the pleasure pure of fear. For they are not encamped with spears like soldiers (for it was here that I ended my discourse the other day), nor with shields and breastplates; but you will see them stripped of all these, and doing such things as those men do not even with weapons. And if you can see it, come, give me your hand, and let us both go to this war, and see the battle line. For these too fight every day, and slay their adversaries, and conquer all the desires that plot against us. And you will see these thrown on the ground, not even able to gasp; but that apostolic saying shown in deeds, that “those who are Christ’s have crucified the flesh with its passions and desires.” Do you see a multitude of dead lying, slain by the sword of the Spirit? For this reason there is no drunkenness there, nor gluttony. And the table shows it, and the trophy set up on it. For drunkenness and gluttony lie dead, routed by water-drinking, this many-shaped and many-headed beast. For as with the fabled Scylla and Hydra, so with drunkenness one may see many heads: here fornication, there anger, elsewhere sloth, elsewhere absurd loves growing up; but all these have been destroyed. And yet all those armies, even if they survive countless wars, are taken by these; and neither weapons nor spears nor anything else can stand against these phalanxes; but the giants themselves, the champions, those who perform countless brave deeds, you would find bound without bonds by sleep and drunkenness, lying without slaughter and wounds like the wounded, or rather worse. For those at least gasp; but these not even that, but fall down at once. Do you see that this camp is greater and more wonderful? For the enemies who overcome those men it destroys by willing alone. For so they make the very mother of all evils weak, so that she no longer even troubles them; and when the general lies dead and the head is destroyed, the rest of the body too is still. And one may see each of those who stay there achieving this victory. For it is not as in these wars, where, if someone receives a wound from one, having once fallen he is no longer a burden to another; but all must strike this beast; and whoever has not struck it and thrown it down is certainly troubled by it.

70.4Field 2

Εἶδες νίκην λαμπραν; Οἷον γαρ τὰ στρατόπεδα τα πανταχοῦ τῆς οἰκουμένης ὁμοῦ συνελθόντα στῆσαι τρόπαιον ὁ οὐκ ἰσχύει, τοντο ἕκαστος εκείνων ἵστησι καὶ παντα αναμεμικται τετρωμενα, παραῴφορα παραπληξίας βήματα, νοήματα μανικά, πάντα ὅσα ἀπὸ μέθης ὀπλίζεται. Καὶ μιμοῦνται τὸν ἑαντῶν δεσπότην, ὃ ὃν ἡ γραφὴ θαυμάζουσα ἔλεγεν ἐκ χειμάῤῥου ἐν ὁδῷ πίεται διὰ τοῦτο ὑψώσει κεφαλήν. Βούλεσθε καὶ ὅ ἕτερον πλῆθος νεκρῶν ἰδεῖν; Ἴδωμεν τὰς ἐκ τῆς τρυφῆς ἐπιθυμίας, τὰς ἐκ τῶν ὀψοποιῶν, τῶν μαγείρων,. τῶν τραπεζοποιῶν, τῶν πλακουντοποιῶν. Αἰσχύνομαι μὲν γὰρ πάντα διγγούμενος πλὴν ἀλλ᾽ ὅμως ἐρῶ τὰς ὄρνεις τὰς ἀπὸ Φάσιδος, τοὺς ζωμοὺς τοὺς χύδην μεγνυμένους, τὰ ὑγρὰ, τὰ ξηρὰ ἐδέσματα, τοὺς , περὶ τούτων κειμένους νόμους. Καθάπερ γάρ τινα πόλιν ' οἰκοῦντες, καὶ στρατόπεδα διατάττοντες, οὕτω καὶ οὗτοι, τὸ καὶ τὸ πρῶτον, καὶ τὸ καὶ τὸ δεύτερον νομοθετοῦσι καὶ κατατάττουσι. Καὶ οἱ μὲν ᾿ πρῶτον ὄρνεις ἐπ᾿ ἀνθράκων ὠπτημένας, ἔνδοθεν μεμεστωμένας ἰχθύων εἰσάγουσιν᾽ ἕτεροι δὲ ἄλλοθεν τὰ προοίμια ποιοῦνται τῶν παρανόμων τούτων δείπνων καὶ ἅμιλλα πολλὴ περὶ τούτων, καὶ ὑπὲρ ποιότητος, καὶ ὑπὲρ τάξεως, καὶ ὑπὲρ πλήθουν καὶ φιλοτιμοῦνται ἐφ οἷς κατορύττεσθαι ἔδει, οἱ μὲν ὅτι τὸ ἥμισυ τῆς ἡμέρας ἀνάλωσαν, οἱ δὲ πᾶσαν αὐτὴν, οἱ δὲ ὅτι καὶ τὴν νύκτα προσέθηκαν λέγοντες. Ἰδὲ τὸ μέτρον, ταλαίπωρε; τῆς γαστρὸς, καὶ αἰσχύνθητι τὴν ἄμετρον σπουδήν. Αλλ᾽ οὐδὲν Τοιοῦτον παρὰ τοῖς ἀγγέλοις ἐκείνοις ἀλλὰ καὶ αὗται ᾿ πᾶσαι αἱ ἐπιθυμίαι νεκραΐ. Ου γὰρ εἰς πλησμονὴν καὶ τρυφὴν, ἀλλ᾽ εἰς χρείαν αὐτοῖς αἱ τροφαί. Οὐκ ὀρνίθων ἐκεῖ θηραταὶ, οὐδὲ ἰ ἰχθύων, αλλ᾽ ἄρτος καὶ ὕδωρ. Ἡ δὲ σύγχυσις αὕτη, καὶ ὁ δόρυβος, καὶ αἱ ταραχαὶ, πάντα ἐκποδὼν ἐκεῖθεν, καὶ ἀπὸ τοὺ δωματίου, καὶ ἀπὸ τοῦ σώματος, ὃ καὶ τολυὶ ὁ λιμήν παρὰ δὲ τούτοις πολλὴ ἡ ζάλη. ᾿Ανάῤῥηξον ἃ οὖν τῷ λόγῳ τὴν γαστέρα τῶν τὰ τοιαῦτα σιτουμένων, καὶ ὄψει τὸν πολὺν φορυτὸν, καὶ τὸν ᾿ ἀκάθαρτον ὀχετὸν, καὶ τὸν κεκονιαμένον τάφον. Τὰ δὲ μετὰ ταῦτα καὶ αἰσχύνομαι εἰπεῖν, τὰς ἐρυγὰς τὰς ἀηδεῖς, τοὺς ἐμέτους, τὰς κάτωθεν, τὰς ἄνωθεν ἐκκρίσεις. ᾿Αλλὰ καὶ ταύτας ἴθι καὶ βλέπε νεκρὰς τὰς ἐπιθυμίας ἐκεῖ, καὶ τοὺς ἀπὸ τούτων σφοδροτέρους ἔ ἐρωτας τοὺς τῶν ἀφροδισίων λέγω. Καὶ γὰρ καὶ τούτους ὄψει πάντας ἐῤῥιμμένους μετὰ τῶν ἵππων, μετὰ τῶν σκευοφόρων. Σκευοφόρος γὰρ καὶ ὅπλον καὶ ἵππος αἰσχρᾶς πράξεως ῥῆμά ἐστιν αἰσχρόν. ᾿Αλλ᾽ ὄψει ἵ ἵππον ὁμοῦ καὶ ἀναβάτην τοιοῦτον, καὶ ὅπλα κείμενα ἐκεῖ δὲ τοὐναντίον ἅπαν, καὶ ψυχὰς νεκρὰς ἐῤῥιμμάνας. Οὐκ ἐπὶ τῆς τραπέζης δὲ μόνον ἡ νίκη λαμπρὰ τοὶς ἁγίοις ἐκείνοις, ἀλλὰ καὶ ἐπὶ τῶν ἄλλων ἐπὶ τῶν χρημάτων, ἐπὶ τῆς δόξης, ἐ ἐπὶ τῆς βασκανίας, ε ἐπὶ τῶν νοσημάτων ἁπάντων. Ἆρά σοι οὐ δοκεῖ τοῦτο ἐκείνου τοῦ στρατοπέδου ισχυρότερον εἶναι, καὶ ἡ τ ράπεζα βελτίων: Καὶ τίς ἀντερεῖ; Οὐδεὶς, οὐδὲ αὐτῶν ἐκείνων, κἂν σφόδρα μαινόμενος ἢ. Αὕτη μὲν γὰρ εἰς οὐρανὸν παραπέμπει, ἐκείνη δὲ εἰς γέενναν ἕλκει ταύτην ὁ διάβολος διατάττεται, ἐ ἐκείνην δὲ ὁ Χριστός ταύτην τρυφὴ νομοθετεῖ καὶ ἀκολασία, ἐκείνην δὲ φιλοσοφία καὶ σωφροσύνη: ἐνταῦθα ὁ Χριστὸς παραγίνεται, ἐκεῖ δὲ ὁ διάβολος. Ἔνθα γὰρ, μέθη, διάβολος ἔνθα αἰσχρὰ ῥήματα, ἔνθα πλησμονὴ, ἐκεῖ δαίμονες χορεύουσι. Τοιαύτην εἶχε τράπεζαν ὁ πλούσιος ἐκεῖνος διὰ τοῦτο οὐδὲ σταγόνος ὕδατος κύριος ἦν. Αλλ᾽ οὐχ οὗτοι τοιαύτην, ἀλλὰ τὰ τῶν ἀγγέλων ἤδη μελετῶσιν. Οὐ «γαμοῦσιν, οὐδὲ γαμίσκονται; οὐδὲ καθεύδουσιν ἄρδην, οὐδὲ τρυφώσιν ἀλλὰ πλὴν ὀλίγων τινῶν καὶ ᾿ἀσώματοι Ὑεγόνασι. Τίς οὖν ἐστιν οὕτως εὐκόλως νικῶν τοὺς ἐχθροὺς, ὡς ἀριστοποιούμενος τρόπαιον ἱστᾶνς Διὰ τοῦτο καὶ ὁ προφήτης φησίν· ἡτοίμασας ἐνώπιόν μου τράπεζαν ἐξεναντίας τῶν θλιβόντων με. Οὐ γὰρ ἄν τις ἁμάρτοι καὶ περὶ ταύτης τοῦτο εἰπὼν τὸ λόγιον τῆς τραπέζης. Οὐδὲν γὰρ οὕτω θλίβει ψυχὴν, ὡς ἐπιθυμία ἄτοπος, καὶ τρυφὴ, καὶ μέθη, καὶ τὰ ἐκ τούτων κακά᾽ καὶ τοῦτο ἴσασιν οἱ πεῖραν εἰληφότες καλῶς. Εἰ δὲ μάθοις καὶ πόθεν αὕτη συλλέγεται ἡ τράπεζα, καὶ πόθεν ἐκείνη, τότε ὄψει καλῶς ἑκατέρας τὸ διάφορ ον. Πόθεν οὖν αὕτη συλλέγεται; Ἀπὸ μυρίων δακρύων, ἀπὸ χηρῶν πλεονεκτουμένων, ἀπὸ ὀρφανῶν ἁρπαζομένων ἢ δὲ ἀπὸ πόνῶν δικαίων. Καὶ ἔοικεν αὕτη μὲν ἡ τράπεζα γυναικὶ καλῇ καὶ εὐειδεῖ, οὐδενὸς τῶν ἔξωθεν δεομένῃ, ἀλλὰ φυσικὸν ἐχούσῃ τὸ κάλλον' ἐκείνη δὲ, πόρνῃ τινὶ αἰσχρᾷ καὶ δυσειδεῖ, πολλὰ ἥ' μὲν ἐπιτρίμματα ἐχούσῃ, οὐκ ἰσχνούσῃ δὲ συσκιάσαι τὴν ἀμορφίαν, ἀλλ᾽ ᾿ὅσῳ ἂν ἐγγὺς γίνηται, μᾶλλον ἐλεγχομένη. Καὶ γὰρ καὶ αὕτη ὅταν ἐγγυτέρω γένηται τοῦ ᾿ συγγινομένου, τότε δείκνυσι τὸ αἶσχος μᾶλλον. Μὴ γάρ μοι ἀνιόντας ἴδης τοὺς δαιτυμόνας, ἀλλὰ ᾽Ἶ καὶ κατιόντας, καὶ τότε αὐτῆς ὕψει τὴν αἰσχρότητα. ᾿Εκείνη μὲν γὰρ τοὺς σνγγινομένους, ἅτε ἐλευθέρα οὖσα, οὐδὲν ἀφίησιν αἰσχρὸν εἰπεῖν αὕτη δὲ οὐδὲν σεμνὸν, ἅτε πόρνη δοῦσα καὶ ἡτιμωμόνη. Αὕτη τὸ χρήσιμον ζητεῖ τοῦ συνόντος αὐτῇ ἐκείνη δὲ τὸ ἐπιβλαβες. Καὶ ἡ μὲν οὐκ ἀφίησι προσκροῦσαι θεῷ ἡ δὲ οὐκ ἀφίησι μὴ προσκροῦσαι. Ἀπίωμεν τοίνυν πρὸς ἐκείνους. ᾿Εκεῖθεν εἰσόμεθα πόσοις δεσμοῖς ἐσμεν περιβεβλημένοι' ἐκεῖθεν εἰσόμεθα. τράπεζαν παρατίθεσθαι μυρίων γέμουσαν ἀγαθῶν, ἡδίστην, ἀδάπανον, φροντίδος ἀπηλλαγμένην, φθόνου καὶ βασκανίας καὶ νόσον πάσην ἐλευθέραν, καὶ χρηστῆς γέμουσαν ἐλπίδος, καὶ πολλὰ τὰ τρόπαια ἔχουσαν. Οὐκ ἔστι θόρυβος ψυχῆς ἐκεῖ, οὐκ ἔστι λύπη, οὐκ ἔστιν ὀργη᾽ πάντα γαλήνη, πάντα εἰρήνη. Μὴ γάρ μοι τὴν σιγὴν τῶν διακονούντων εἴπῃς ἐν ταῖς τῶν πλουσίων οἰκίαις, ἀλλὰ τὴν κραυγὴν τῶν ἀριστοποιουμένων᾽ οὗ τὴν πρὸς ἀλλήλους λέγω (καὶ αὕτη μὲν γὰρ καταγέλαστος), ἀλλὰ τὴν ἔνδον, τὴν ἐν τῆ ψυχῆ, τὴν πολλὴν ἐπάγουσαν αἰχμαλωσίαν, τοὺς θὸο ρύβου: τῶν λογισμῶν, τὴν ζάλην, τὸν ζόφον, τὸν χειμῶνα δ ὧν ἅπαντα μἔγνυται καὶ σνγχεῖται, καὶ νυκτομαχίᾳ τινὶ προσέοικεν. ᾿Δλλ᾽ οὐκ ἐν ταῖς σκηναῖς τῶν μοναχῶν τοιαῦτα: ἀλλὰ πολλὴ ἢ γαλήνη, πολλὴ ἡ ἡσυχία. Κακείνην μὲν ὕπνος θανάτῳ προσεοικὼς διαδέχεται τὴν τράπεζαν, ταύτην δὲ νήψις καὶ ἀγρυπνία: ἐκείνην κόλασις, ταύτην οὐρανῶν βασιλεία καὶ τὰ ἀθάνατα βραβεῖα. Ταύτην τοίνυν διώκωμεν, ἵνα καὶ τῶν καρπῶν αὐτῆς ἀπολαύσωμεν ὧν γένοιτο πάντας ἡμᾶς ἐπιτυχεῖν, χάριτι καὶ φιλανθρωπίᾳ τοῦ κυρίου ἡμῶν Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ, ᾧ ἡ δόξα καὶ τὸ κράτος εἰς τοὺς αἰῶνας τῶν αἰώνων. Ἄ μῆν.

Eides nikēn lampran? Hoion gar ta stratopeda ta pantachou tēs oikoumenēs homou synelthonta stēsai tropaion ho ouk ischyei, tonto hekastos ekeinōn histēsi kai panta anamemiktai tetrōmena, paraǭphora paraplēxias bēmata, noēmata manika, panta hosa apo methēs oplizetai. Kai mimountai ton heantōn despotēn, ho hon hē graphē thaumazousa elegen ek cheimarrhou en hodǭ pietai dia touto hypsōsei kephalēn. Boulesthe kai ho heteron plēthos nekrōn idein? Idōmen tas ek tēs tryphēs epithymias, tas ek tōn opsopoiōn, tōn mageirōn,. tōn trapezopoiōn, tōn plakountopoiōn. Aischynomai men gar panta dingoumenos plēn all᾽ homōs erō tas orneis tas apo Phasidos, tous zōmous tous chydēn megnymenous, ta hygra, ta xēra edesmata, tous , peri toutōn keimenous nomous. Kathaper gar tina polin ' oikountes, kai stratopeda diatattontes, houtō kai houtoi, to kai to prōton, kai to kai to deuteron nomothetousi kai katatattousi. Kai hoi men ᾿ prōton orneis ep᾿ anthrakōn ōptēmenas, endothen memestōmenas ichthyōn eisagousin᾽ heteroi de allothen ta prooimia poiountai tōn paranomōn toutōn deipnōn kai hamilla pollē peri toutōn, kai hyper poiotētos, kai hyper taxeōs, kai hyper plēthoun kai philotimountai eph hois katoryttesthai edei, hoi men hoti to hēmisy tēs hēmeras analōsan, hoi de pasan autēn, hoi de hoti kai tēn nykta prosethēkan legontes. Ide to metron, talaipōre? tēs gastros, kai aischynthēti tēn ametron spoudēn. All᾽ ouden Toiouton para tois angelois ekeinois alla kai hautai ᾿ pasai hai epithymiai nekraï. Ou gar eis plēsmonēn kai tryphēn, all᾽ eis chreian autois hai trophai. Ouk ornithōn ekei thēratai, oude i ichthyōn, all᾽ artos kai hydōr. Hē de synchysis hautē, kai ho dorybos, kai hai tarachai, panta ekpodōn ekeithen, kai apo tou dōmatiou, kai apo tou sōmatos, ho kai tolui ho limēn para de toutois pollē hē zalē. ᾿Anarrhēxon ha oun tǭ logǭ tēn gastera tōn ta toiauta sitoumenōn, kai opsei ton polyn phoryton, kai ton ᾿ akatharton ocheton, kai ton kekoniamenon taphon. Ta de meta tauta kai aischynomai eipein, tas erygas tas aēdeis, tous emetous, tas katōthen, tas anōthen ekkriseis. ᾿Alla kai tautas ithi kai blepe nekras tas epithymias ekei, kai tous apo toutōn sphodroterous e erōtas tous tōn aphrodisiōn legō. Kai gar kai toutous opsei pantas errhimmenous meta tōn hippōn, meta tōn skeuophorōn. Skeuophoros gar kai hoplon kai hippos aischras praxeōs rhēma estin aischron. ᾿All᾽ opsei hi hippon homou kai anabatēn toiouton, kai hopla keimena ekei de tounantion hapan, kai psychas nekras errhimmanas. Ouk epi tēs trapezēs de monon hē nikē lampra tois hagiois ekeinois, alla kai epi tōn allōn epi tōn chrēmatōn, epi tēs doxēs, e epi tēs baskanias, e epi tōn nosēmatōn hapantōn. Ara soi ou dokei touto ekeinou tou stratopedou ischyroteron einai, kai hē t rapeza beltiōn: Kai tis anterei? Oudeis, oude autōn ekeinōn, kan sphodra mainomenos ē. Hautē men gar eis ouranon parapempei, ekeinē de eis geennan helkei tautēn ho diabolos diatattetai, e ekeinēn de ho Christos tautēn tryphē nomothetei kai akolasia, ekeinēn de philosophia kai sōphrosynē: entautha ho Christos paraginetai, ekei de ho diabolos. Entha gar, methē, diabolos entha aischra rhēmata, entha plēsmonē, ekei daimones choreuousi. Toiautēn eiche trapezan ho plousios ekeinos dia touto oude stagonos hydatos kyrios ēn. All᾽ ouch houtoi toiautēn, alla ta tōn angelōn ēdē meletōsin. Ou «gamousin, oude gamiskontai? oude katheudousin ardēn, oude tryphōsin alla plēn oligōn tinōn kai ᾿asōmatoi Hyegonasi. Tis oun estin houtōs eukolōs nikōn tous echthrous, hōs aristopoioumenos tropaion histans Dia touto kai ho prophētēs phēsin; hētoimasas enōpion mou trapezan exenantias tōn thlibontōn me. Ou gar an tis hamartoi kai peri tautēs touto eipōn to logion tēs trapezēs. Ouden gar houtō thlibei psychēn, hōs epithymia atopos, kai tryphē, kai methē, kai ta ek toutōn kaka᾽ kai touto isasin hoi peiran eilēphotes kalōs. Ei de mathois kai pothen hautē syllegetai hē trapeza, kai pothen ekeinē, tote opsei kalōs hekateras to diaphor on. Pothen oun hautē syllegetai? Apo myriōn dakryōn, apo chērōn pleonektoumenōn, apo orphanōn harpazomenōn ē de apo ponōn dikaiōn. Kai eoiken hautē men hē trapeza gynaiki kalę̄ kai eueidei, oudenos tōn exōthen deomenę̄, alla physikon echousę̄ to kallon' ekeinē de, pornę̄ tini aischrą kai dyseidei, polla hē' men epitrimmata echousę̄, ouk ischnousę̄ de syskiasai tēn amorphian, all᾽ ᾿hosǭ an engys ginētai, mallon elenchomenē. Kai gar kai hautē hotan engyterō genētai tou ᾿ synginomenou, tote deiknysi to aischos mallon. Mē gar moi aniontas idēs tous daitymonas, alla ᾽I kai kationtas, kai tote autēs hypsei tēn aischrotēta. ᾿Ekeinē men gar tous snnginomenous, hate eleuthera ousa, ouden aphiēsin aischron eipein hautē de ouden semnon, hate pornē dousa kai hētimōmonē. Hautē to chrēsimon zētei tou synontos autę̄ ekeinē de to epiblabes. Kai hē men ouk aphiēsi proskrousai theǭ hē de ouk aphiēsi mē proskrousai. Apiōmen toinyn pros ekeinous. ᾿Ekeithen eisometha posois desmois esmen peribeblēmenoi' ekeithen eisometha. trapezan paratithesthai myriōn gemousan agathōn, hēdistēn, adapanon, phrontidos apēllagmenēn, phthonou kai baskanias kai noson pasēn eleutheran, kai chrēstēs gemousan elpidos, kai polla ta tropaia echousan. Ouk esti thorybos psychēs ekei, ouk esti lypē, ouk estin orgē᾽ panta galēnē, panta eirēnē. Mē gar moi tēn sigēn tōn diakonountōn eipę̄s en tais tōn plousiōn oikiais, alla tēn kraugēn tōn aristopoioumenōn᾽ hou tēn pros allēlous legō (kai hautē men gar katagelastos), alla tēn endon, tēn en tē psychē, tēn pollēn epagousan aichmalōsian, tous thoo rybou: tōn logismōn, tēn zalēn, ton zophon, ton cheimōna d hōn hapanta megnytai kai snncheitai, kai nyktomachią tini proseoiken. ᾿Dll᾽ ouk en tais skēnais tōn monachōn toiauta: alla pollē ē galēnē, pollē hē hēsychia. Kakeinēn men hypnos thanatǭ proseoikōs diadechetai tēn trapezan, tautēn de nēpsis kai agrypnia: ekeinēn kolasis, tautēn ouranōn basileia kai ta athanata brabeia. Tautēn toinyn diōkōmen, hina kai tōn karpōn autēs apolausōmen hōn genoito pantas hēmas epitychein, chariti kai philanthrōpią tou kyriou hēmōn Iēsou Christou, hǭ hē doxa kai to kratos eis tous aiōnas tōn aiōnōn. A mēn.

Do you see a brilliant victory? For what all the armies of the world gathered together cannot set up as a trophy, each of those men sets up; and everything is mixed up and wounded: frenzied words of madness, mad thoughts, everything that drunkenness arms. And they imitate their own Master, whom Scripture admires, saying, “He will drink from the brook by the way; therefore he will lift up his head.” Do you wish to see another multitude of dead too? Let us see the desires that come from luxury, from the cooks, the chefs, the table-setters, the pastry-makers. I am ashamed to describe everything; yet I will speak of the birds from the Phasis, the broths mixed in quantity, the moist and dry dishes, the laws laid down about these. For as though inhabiting a city and drawing up armies, so these men legislate and arrange: this and this first, and this and this second. And some bring in first birds roasted on coals, stuffed inside with fish; others make the beginnings of these lawless dinners from elsewhere; and there is great rivalry about these things, over quality, over order, over quantity; and they pride themselves on things for which they ought to be buried, some because they spent half the day, others the whole of it, others because they added the night too, saying so. See the measure of the belly, wretched man, and be ashamed of this measureless zeal. But there is nothing of the kind with those angels; even these desires are all dead. For their food is not for surfeit and luxury, but for need. There are no hunters of birds or fish there, but bread and water. And this confusion and uproar and turmoil are all far away from there, both from the cell and from the body; there the harbor is calm, but with these men the tempest is great. Rip open, then, in word, the belly of those who eat such things, and you will see the great filth, the unclean sewer, the whitewashed tomb. And what follows I am ashamed even to mention: the disgusting belchings, the vomitings, the discharges below and above. But come and see these desires too lying dead there, and the more vehement loves that come from them, I mean those of sexual pleasure. For you will see these too all thrown down, along with the horses, along with the baggage carriers. For baggage carrier and weapon and horse of a shameful deed is a shameful word. But you will see horse and rider of this kind together, and weapons lying there; and there, on the contrary, souls thrown down dead. And not only at the table is the victory brilliant for those saints, but also in the other matters: over money, over glory, over malice, over all diseases. Does not this camp seem to you stronger than that one, and this table better? And who will contradict it? No one, not even of those men themselves, even if he is quite mad. For the one sends us on to heaven, the other drags us to Gehenna; the devil arranges the one, Christ the other; luxury and licentiousness legislate the one, philosophy and self-control the other; here Christ is present, there the devil. For where there is drunkenness, there is the devil; where there are shameful words, where there is surfeit, there demons dance. Such a table the rich man had; that is why he was not even master of a drop of water. But these men have no such table, but already practice the life of the angels. They neither marry nor are given in marriage, nor do they sleep their fill, nor live in luxury; but, apart from a few things, they have become as if bodiless. Who, then, conquers his enemies so easily as to set up a trophy while taking his meal? That is why the prophet too says, “You have prepared a table before me in the presence of those who afflict me.” For one would not be wrong in saying this oracle about this table too. For nothing so afflicts the soul as absurd desire, and luxury, and drunkenness, and the evils that come from these; and those who have had experience know this well. And if you learn where this table is gathered from and where that one, then you will see well the difference between them. Where then is that one gathered from? From countless tears, from widows defrauded, from orphans robbed; but this one from just labors. And this table is like a beautiful and comely woman, who needs nothing from outside but has a natural beauty; but that one is like an ugly and ill-favored harlot, with many cosmetics, yet unable to cover her ugliness, but the nearer she comes the more she is exposed. For that table too, when it comes nearer to the one who consorts with her, then shows its shame the more. For do not look at the guests going up to it, but also coming down, and then you will see its shamefulness. For the former, being free, lets those who keep company with her say nothing shameful; but the latter nothing honorable, being a harlot and dishonored. The one seeks the profit of the one who is with her, the other his harm. And the one does not let him offend God; the other does not let him avoid offending. Let us go away, then, to those men. From there we shall know with how many bonds we are bound; from there we shall learn to set a table full of countless good things, most pleasant, without expense, free of anxiety, free of envy and malice and every disease, full of good hope, and having many trophies. There is no tumult of the soul there, no grief, no anger; all is calm, all is peace. For do not tell me of the silence of the servants in the houses of the rich, but of the clamor of those at the meal; I do not mean their clamor to one another (for that too is ridiculous), but the clamor within, in the soul, which brings great captivity: the tumults of the thoughts, the storm, the gloom, the winter, through which everything is mixed up and confounded, and is like a battle at night. But in the tents of the monks there is nothing of the kind, but great calm, great quiet. And that table is followed by a sleep like death, but this one by sobriety and wakefulness; that one by punishment, this one by the kingdom of heaven and the immortal prizes. Let us pursue this one, then, so that we may also enjoy its fruits; which may we all obtain, by the grace and love for mankind of our Lord Jesus Christ, to whom be the glory and the might to the ages of ages. Amen.

Chapter 71

71.1Field 2

Οἱ δὲ Φαρισαῖοι ἀκούσαντες, ὅτι ἐφίμωσε τοὺς Σαδδουκαίους, συνήχθησαν ἐπὶ τὸ αὐτό καὶ ἐπηρώτησεν εἷς εξ αὐτῶν νομικὸς, πειράζων αὐτὸν, καὶ λέγων διδάσκαλε, ποία ἐντολὴ μεγαλη ἐν τῷ νόμῳ: ΠΑΛΙΝ τὴν αἰτίαν τίθησιν ὁ εὐαγγελιστὴς, δ ἣν ἔδει σιγῆσαι; καὶ τὴν θρασύτητα τὴν ἐκείνων καντεῦθεν ἐνδείκνυται. Πώς καὶ τίνι τρόπῳ: Ὅτι ἐπιστομισθέντων ἐκείνων οὗτοι πάλιν ἐπιτίθενται. Δέον. γὰρ κἀντεῦθεν ἡσνχάζειν, οἱ δὲ ᾿ἐπαγωνίζονται τοῖς προτέροις, καὶ προβάλλονται τὸν νομικὸν, οὐ μάθει» βουλόμενοι, ἀλλὰ ἀπόπειραν ποιούμενοι καὶ ἐρωτῶσι, ποία ἐντολὴ πρώτη; ᾿Επειδὴ γὰρ ἡ πρώτη αὕτη ἦν, ἢ τὸ, ἀγαπήσεις κύριον τὸν θεόν σον προσδοκῶντές τινα λαβὴν παρέξειν αὐτοῖς, ὡς ᾿ἐπιδιορθωσόμενον αὐτὴν, διὰ τὸ καὶ αὐτὸν δεικνύναι ἑαντὸν θεὸν, προβάλλονται τὴν ἐρώτησιν. Τί οὖν ὁ Χριστός; Δεικνὺς ὅθεν ἦλθον ἐπὶ ταῦτα, ἀπὸ τοῦ μηδεμίαν ἔχειν ἀγάπην, ἀπὸ τοῦ φθόνῳ τήκεσθαι, ἀπὸ τοῦ ζηλοτυπίᾳ ἁλίσκεσθαι, φησίν· ἀγαπήσεις κύριον τὸν θεόν σον αὕτη πρώτη καὶ μεγάλη ἐντολή. Δευτέρα δὲ ὁμοία ταύτης ἀγαπήσεις τὸν πλησίον σου ὡς ἑαυτόν. Διατί δὲ, ὁμοία ταύτης. Ὅτι αὕτη ἐκείνην προοδοποιεῖ, καὶ παρ᾽ αὐτῆς συγκροτεῖται πάλιν. Πᾶς γὰρ ὁ φαῦλα πράσσων, μισεῖ τὸ φώς, καὶ οὐκ ἔρχεται πρὸς τὸ φῶς καὶ πάλιν εἶπεν ἄφρων ἐν καρδίᾳ αὐτοῦ οὐκ ἔστι θεός. Καὶ τί ἀπὸ τούτου; Διεφθάρησαν καὶ ἐβδελύχθησαν ἐν ἐπιτηδεύμασι. Καὶ πάλιν: ρίζα πάντων τῶν κακῶν ἠ φιλαργυρία, ἧς τινες ὀρθγόμενοι ἀπεπλανήθησαν τῆς πίστεως καὶ, ὁ ἀγαπῶν με τὰς ἐντολάς μου τηρήσει. Αἱ δὸ ἐντολαὶ ἔ αὐτοῦ, καὶ τὸ κεφάλαιον αὐτῶν ἀγαπήσεις κύριον τὸν θεόν σου; καὶ τὸν πλησίον σου ὡς ἑαυτόν. Εἰ τοίνυν τὸ ἀγαπᾶν τὸν θεὸν ἀγαπᾶν τὸν πλησίον ἐστίν ( εἰ γὰρ φιλεῖς με, φησὶν, ὧ Πέτρε, ποίμαινε τὰ πρόβατά μουν τὸ δὲ ͵ ἀγαπᾶν τὸν πλησίον τῶν ἐντολῶν , ἐργάζεται φυλακὴν, εἰκότως φησίν· ἐν ταύταις ὅλος ὁ νόμος καὶ οἱ προφῆται κρέμανται. Διὰ δὴ τοῦτο ὅπερ ἔμπροσθεν ἐποίησα, τοῦτο καὶ ἐνταῦθα ποιεῖ. Καὶ γὰρ ᾿' ἐκεῖ ἐρωτηθεὶς περὶ τρόπου ἀναστάσεως, καὶ ἀνάστασιν ἐδίδαξε, πλέον οὗ ἐπύθοντο παιδεύων αὐτούς καὶ ἐνταῦθα τὴν πρώτην ἐρωτηθεὶς, καὶ τὴν δευτέραν λέγει, οὐ σφόδρα ἐκείνης ἀποδέουσαν (δευτέρα μὲν γάρ, ὁμοία δὲ ἐκείνης) αἰνιττόμενος ᾿ αὐτοῖς» ὅθεν ἡ ἐρώτησις γέγονεν, ὅτι εξ ἀπεχθείας. Ἡ γὰρ ἀγάπη οὐ ζηλοῖ. Ἀπὸ τούτου δείκνυσιν ἑαυτὸν καὶ τῷ νόμῳ καὶ τοῖς προφήταις πειθόμενον. ᾿Αλλὰ τίνος ἕνεκεν ὁ μὲν Ματθαῖός φησιν, ὅτι πειράζων ἠρώτησεν, ὁ δὲ Μάρκος τοὐναντίον; Εἰδὼς γάρ, Φησὶν, ὁ ᾿Ιησοῦς, ὅτι νουνεχῶς ἀπεκρίθη, εἶπεν αὐτῷ οὐ μακρὰν εἶ ἀπὸ τῆς βασιλείας τοῦ θεοῦ. Οὐκ ἐναντιούμενοι ἑαντοῖς, αλλὰ καὶ σφόδρα συνᾷδοντες. Ἠρώτησε μὲν γὰρ πειράζων παρὰ τὴν ἀρχήν ἀπὸ δὲ τῆς ἀποκρίσεως ὠφεληθεὶς ἐπῃνέθη. Οὐδὲ γὰρ παρὰ τὴν ἀρχὴν αὑτὸν ἐπήνεσεν ἀλλ᾽ ὅτε εἶπεν, ὅτι τὸ ἀγαπᾶν τὸν πλησίον πλέον ἐστὶ τῶν ὁλοκαυτωμάτων, τότε φησίν᾽ οὐ μακρὰν εἶ ἀπὸ τῆς βασιλείας ὅτι τῶν ταπεινῶν ὑπερεῖδε, καὶ τὴν ἀρχὴν τῆς ἀρετῆς κατέλαβε. Καὶ γὰρ πάντα ἐκεῖνα διὰ τοῦτο, καὶ τὸ σάββατον καὶ τὰ λοιπά. Καὶ οὐδὲ οὕτως αὐτῷ ἀπηρτισμένον τὸν ἅπαινον συνέθηκεν, ἀλλ᾽ ἔτι λείποντα. Τὸ γὰρ εἰπεῖν; οὐ μακρὰν εἶ, δείκνυσιν ἔτι ἀπέχοντα; ἵνα ζητήσῃ τὸ λεῖπον. Εἰ δὲ εἰπόντα αὑτὸν, ὅτι ὁ εἷς ἐστιν ὁ θεὸς, καὶ πλὴν αὐτοῦ οὐκ ἔστιν ἄλλος, ἑπήνεσε, μὴ θαυμάσῃς ἀλλὰ καὶ ἐντεῦθεν κατάμαθε, πῶς πρὸς τὴν ὑπόληψιν ἀποκρίνεται τῶν προσιόντων. Κάν γὰρ μυρία περὶ τοῦ Χριστοῦ λέγωσιν ἀνάξια τῆς δόξης αὐτοῦ, ἀλλὰ τοῦτό γε οὐ τολμήσουσιν εἰπεῖν, ὅτι καθόλου οὐκ ἔστι θεός. Τίνος οὖν ἕνεκεν ἐπαινεῖ τὸν εἰρηκότα, ὅτι πλὴν τοῦ πατρὸς οὐκ ἔστιν ἄλλος θεός; Οὐχ ἑαντὸν ἐξάων τοῦ θεὸς εἶναι ἄπαγε ἀλλ᾽ ἐπειδὴ οὐδέπω καιρὸς ἦν ἐκκαλύψαι αὐτοῦ τὴν θεότητα, ἐκεῖνον ἀφίησιν ἐπὶ τοῦ προτέρου δόγματος μένειν, καὶ ἐπαινεῖ τὰ παλαιὰ εἰδότα καλῶς, ὥστε ἐπιτήδειον αὐτὸν καὶ πρὸς τὴν τῆς καινῆς ποιῆσαι διδασκαλίαν, κατὰ καιρὸν αὐτὴν εἰσάγων. Ἄλλως δὲ καὶ τὸ, εἷς θεὸς, καὶ πλὴν αὐτοῦ οὐκ ἔστι, καὶ ἐν τῇ παλαιᾷ καὶ πανταχοῦ, οὐ πρὸς ἀθέτησιν τοῦ υἱοῦ, ἀλλὰ πρὸς ἀντιδιαστολὴν εἴρηται τῶν εἰδώλων. Ὥστε καὶ τοῦτον ἐπαινῶν οὕτως εἰρηκότα, ταύτη ἐπαινεῖ τῇ γνώμῃ. Εἴτα ἐπειδὴ ἀπεκρίθη, καὶ ἀντερωτᾷ· Τί ὑμῖν δοκεῖ περὶ τοῦ Χριστοῦ; τίνος νἱός ἐστι; Λέγουσιν αὐτῷ, τοῦ Δαυίδ. ᾿ Ὅρα μετὰ πόσα θαύματα, μετὰ πόσα σημεῖα, μετὰ πόσας ἐρωτήσεις, μετὰ πόσην ἐπίδειξιν ὁ ὁμονοίας τῆς πρὸς τὸν πατέρα, τὴν διὰ λόγων, τὴν δὲ ἔ ἐργων, μετὰ ᾿ τὸ ἐπαιγέσαι τοῦτον τὸν εἰρηκότα, ὅτι εἷς ἐστιν ὁ θεὸς, ἐρωτᾷ: ἵνα μὴ ἔχωσι λόγειν, ὅτι θαύματα μὲν ἐποίησε, τῷ νόμῳ, δὲ ἐναντίος καὶ τῷ θεῷ πολέμιος ἦν. Διὰ τοῦτο μετὰ τοσαῦτα ταῦτα ἐρωτᾷ, λανθανόντως ἐνάγων αὑτοὺς εἰς τὸ καὶ αὐτὸν ὁμολογῆσαι θεόν. Καὶ τοὺς μὲν μαθητὰς πρῶτον ἠρώτησε, τί οἱ «ἄλλοι λέγουσι, καὶ τότε αὑτούς τούτους δὲ οὐχ οὕτως ἦ γὰρ ἂν καὶ πλάνον εἶπον καὶ πονηρὸν, ἅτε ἀδεῶς ἅπαντα φθεγγόμενοι. Διὰ δὴ τοῦτο τὴν αὐτῶν ἐκείνων ψῆφον ἐξετάζει. ᾿ἘΕπειδὴ γὰρ πρὸς τὸ πάθος ἔμελλεν ἰέναι λοιπὸν, τίθησι τὴν σαφὼς κύριον αὐτὸν ἀνακηρύττουσαν κ εἰαψ, ἀλλ᾽ οὐχ ἁπλῶς, οὐδὲ π τγουμένως ἐπὶ τοῦτο ἐλθὼν, ἀλλ᾽ ἀπὸ αἰτίας εὐλόγου. Ἐρωτήσας γὰρ αὐτοὺς πρότερος, ἐπειδὴ οὐκ ἀπεκρίναντο τἀληθῆ περὶ αὐτοῦ (ἄνθρωπον γὰρ αὐτὸν ἔφησαν εἶναι ψιλὸν), ἀνατρέπων τὴν ποπλανημένην αὐτῶν δόξαν, οὕτως εἰσάγει τὸν Δαυϊδ, ἀνακηρύττοντα αὐτοῦ τὴν θεότητα. ᾿Εκεῖνοι μὲν γὰρ ἐνόμιζον, ὅτι ψιλὸς ἄνθρωπος ἦν, διὸ καὶ ἔλδγον, τοῦ Δαυΐδ' αὐτὸς δὲ τοῦτο διορθούμενος παράγει τὸν προφήτην, καὶ τὴν κυςριότητα αὐτοῦ, καὶ τὸ γνήσιον τῆς ᾿υϊότητος, καὶ τὸ ὁμότιμὸν τὸ πρὸς τὸν πατέρα μαρτυροῦντα. Καὶ οὐδὲ μέχρι τούτου ἵσταται ἀλλ᾽ ὥστε καὶ φοβῆσαι καὶ τὸ ἑξῆς ἐπάγει λέγων ἕ ἕως ἂν θῶ τοὺς ἐχθρούς σου ὑποπόδιον τῶν ποδῶν σου ἵνα κἀν οὕτως αὐτοὺς ᾿ ἐπαγάγηται. Καὶ ἵνα μὴ λέγωσιν, ὅτι κολακεύων αὐτὸν οὕτως ἐκάλεσε, καὶ ἀνθρωπίνη ἡ ψῆφος αὕτη, ὅρα τί φησι. Πῶς οὖν Δαυὶδ ἐν πνεύματι κύριον αὐτὸν καλεῖ; Ὅρα πώς ὑφειμένως εἰσάγει τὴν περὶ αὐτοῦ ψῆφον καὶ δόξαν. Πρότερον εἶπε, τί ὑμῖν δοκεῖ; τίνος υἱός ἐστιν; ὥστε δι ἐρωτήσεως εἰς ἀπόκρισιν αὐτοὺς ἀγαγεῖν. Εἴτα ἐπειδὴ εἶπον, τοῦ Δαυϊδ, οὐκ εἶπε· καὶ μὴν ὁ Δαυὶδ τάδε φησὶν, ἀλλὰ πάλιν ἐν τάξει ἐ ἐρωτήσεων᾽ πῶς οὖν Δαυὶδ ἐν πνεύματι ᾿ κύριον αὐτὸν καλεῖ; ὥστε μὴ προσστῆναι αὑτοῖς τὰ λεγόμενα. Διὸ οὐδὲ εἶπα, τί ὑμῖν δοκεῖ περὶ ἐμοῦ, ἀλλά, περὶ τοῦ Χριστοῦ. Διαὰ τοῦτο καὶ οἱ ἀπόστολοι ὑφειμένως ἢ διελέγοντο, λέγοντες· ἐξὸν εἰπεῖν μετὰ παῤῥησίας περὶ τοῦ πατριάρχου Δαυΐδ, ὅτι καὶ ἐτελεύτησε καὶ ἐτάφη. Καὶ αὐτὸς ὁμοίως διὰ τοῦτο '' ὡς ἐν ἐρωτήσεως τάξει καὶ συλλογισμοῦ τὸ δόγμα εἰσάγει, λέγων· πῶς οὗν Δαυὶδ ἐν πνεύματι κύριον αὐτὸν καλεῖ, λέγων· εἶπεν ὁ κύριος τῷ κυρίῳ μου, κάθου ἐκ δεξιῶν μου, ἕως ἂν θῶ τοὺς ἐχθρούς σον ὑποπόδιον τῶν ποδῶν σου; καὶ πάλιν εἰ οὖν Δαυὶδ καλεῖ αὐτὸν κύριον, πῶς υἱὸς αὐτοῦ ἐστιν οὐκ ἀναιρῶν τὸ εἶναι αὐτοῦ υἱὸς, ἄπαγε οὐ γὰρ ἂν Πέτρῳ ἐπετίμησε διὰ τοῦτο ἀλλὰ τὴν ἐκείνων ὑπόνοιαν διορθούμενος. Ὥστε ὅ ὅταν λέγῃ, πῶς υἱὸς αὐτοῦ ἐστι; τοῦτο λέγει οὐχ οὕτως ὡς ὑμεῖς φατε. ᾿Εκεῖνοι γὰρ ἐλεγον, ὅτι μόνον υἱὸς αὐτοῦ ἐστι, καὶ οὐχὶ καὶ κύριος. ' Καὶ τοῦτο μετὰ τὴν μαρτυρίαν, καὶ τότε ὑφειμένως· εἰ οὖν Δαυὶδ κύριον, αὐτὸν καλεῖ, πώς υἱὸς αὐτοῦ ἐστιν; Ἀλλ᾽ ὅμως καὶ ταῦτα ἀκούσαντες, οὐδὲν ἀπεκρίναντο οὐδὲ γὰρ ἐβούλοντό τι τῶν δεόντων μαθεῖν. Διὸ αὐτὸς ἐπάγει λέγων, ὅτι κύριος αὐτοῦ ἐστι. Μᾶλλον δὲ οὐδὲ τοῦτο αὐτὸ ἀπολελυμένως, ἀλλὰ τὸν προφήτην μεθ᾽ ἑαυτοῦ παραλαβὼν, διὰ τὸ σφόδρα ἀπιστεῖσθαι ὑπ᾽ αὐτῶν, καὶ διαβεβλῆσθαι παρ αὐτοῖς. Ὃ διη μάλιστα χρὴ σκοποῦντας, κἀν ταπεινὸν καὶ ὑφειμένον τι λέγηται παρ᾽ αὐτοῦ, μὴ σκανδαλίζεσθαι ἡ γὰρ αἰτία αὕτη, μοτὰ καὶ ἑτέρων πλειόνων, τὸ συγκαταβαίνοντα ἐκείνοις διαλέγεσθαι. Διὸ καὶ νῦν ἐν τάξει μὲν πεύσεως καὶ ἀποκρίσεως δογματίζει αἰνίττεται δὲ καὶ οὕτω τὴν ἀξίαν αὐτοῦ. Οὐ γὰρ ἦν ἴσον ἀκοῦσαι ᾿Ιουδαίων κύριον, καὶ τοὺ Δαυΐδ. Σὺ δέ μοι σκόπει καὶ τὸ εὔκαιρον. Ὅτε γὰρ εἶπεν, εἷς ἐστι κύριος, τότε καὶ περὶ αὐτοῦ εἶπεν, ὅτι κύριός ἐστι; καὶ ἀπὸ προφητείας, οὐκέτι ἀπὸ ἔργων μόνον. Καὶ δείκνυσιν αὐτὸν ὑπὲρ αὐτοῦ ἀμυνόμενον αὐτοὺς τὸν πατέρα ἕως ἂν θῶ γάρ, φησὶ, τοὺς ἐχθρούς σου ὑποπόδιον τῶν ποδῶν σου καὶ πολλὴν καντεῦθεν ὁμόνοιαν τοῦ γεγεννηκότος πρὸς αὐτὸν καὶ τιμῆν. Καὶ ἢ τοῦτο τὸ τέλος ἐπιτίθησι τῶν πρὸς αὐτοὺς διαλέξεων, ὑψηλὸν καὶ μέγα καὶ ἱκανὸν αὐτῶν ἀποῤ ράψαι τὰ στόματα. Καὶ γὰρ ἐσίγησαν ἐξ ἐ ἐκείνου, οὐχ ἑκόντες, ἀλλὰ τῷ μηδὲν ε ἔχειν εἰπεῖν καὶ οὕτω καιρίαν ἐδέξαντο πληγὴν, ὡς μηκέτι τολμῆσαι τοῖς αὐτοῖς ἐπιχειρῆσαι λοιπόν. Οὐδεὶς γάρ, φησὶν, ἐτόλμησεν απὸ τῆς ἡμέρας ἐκείνης ἐπερωτῆσαι αὐτόν. οὐ μικρὸν δὲ τοῦτο τοὺς ὄχλους ὠφέλει. Διὸ καὶ πρὸς αὐτοὺς λοιπὸν τρέπει τὸν λόγον, ἀποστήσας τοὺς λύκους, καὶ αὐτῶν τὰς ἐπιβουλάς. ᾿Ἐκεῖνοι γὰρ οὐδὲν ἐκέρδαινον, ὑπὸ κενοδοξίας ἁλόντες, καὶ εἰς τὸ δεινὸν τοῦτο πάθος ἐμπεσόντες. Δεινὸν γὰρ τὸ πάθος καὶ πολυκέφαλον οἱ μὲν γὰρ ἁ ἀρχῆς διὰ ταύτην, οἱ δὲ χρημάτων, οἱ δὲ ἰσχύος ἐρῶσιν. Ὁδῷ δὲ βαδίζουσα καὶ ἐπὶ ἐλεημοσύνην ἔρχεται, καὶ νηστείαν, καὶ εὐχάς, καὶ διδασκαλίαν, καὶ πολλαὶ αἱ τοῦ θηρίου τούτου κεφαλαί. ᾿ ᾿Αλλὰ τὸ μὲν ἐπὶ τοῖς ἄλλοις ᾿ ἐκείνοις κενοδοξεῖν, θαυμαστὸν οὐδέν᾽ τὸ δὲ ἐπὶ νηστείᾳ καὶ εὐχῇ, τοῦτό ἐστι τὸ ξένον καὶ δακρύων μεστόν. Ἀλλ᾽ ἵνα μὴ πάλιν ἐγκαλῶμεν μόνον; φέρε καὶ τὸν τρόπον, δι οὗ ταύτην φευξόμεθα, εἴπωμεν. Πρὸς τίνας οὖν ἀποδυσόμεθα πρώτους; πρὸς τοὺς ἐπὶ χρήμασιν, ἢ τοὺς ἐπὶ ἱματίοις, ἢ τοὺς ἐπὶ ἀρχαῖς, ῇ τοὺς ἐπὶ διδασκαλίαις, ἢ Τοὺς ἐπὶ τέχναις, ἣ τοὺς ἐπὶ σώματι, ἢ τοὺς ἐπὶ κάλλει, ἢ τοὺς ἐπὶ καλλωπισμοῖς, ἣ τοὺς ἐπὶ ὠμότητι, ἢ τοὺς ἐπὶ φιλανθρωπίᾳ καὶ ἐλεημοσύνῃ, ἥ τοὺς ἐπὶ πονηρίᾳ, ἢ τοὺς ἐπὶ τελευτῇ, ἢ τοὺς μετὰ τελευτὴν κενοδοξοῦντας: :; Καὶ γάρ, ὅπερ ἔφην, πολλὰς ἔχει. τὰς πλεκτάνας τοῦτο τὸ πάθος, καὶ περαιτέρω τῆς ζωῆς ἡμῶν πρόεισι. Καὶ γὰρ ὁ δεῖνα, φησὶν, ἀπέθανε' καὶ ἵνα θαυμασθῇ, τὰ καὶ τὰ ἐπέσκηψε γενέσθαι καὶ διὰ τοῦτο ὁ δεῖνα πένης, καὶ ὁ δεῖνα πλούσιος. Τὸ γὰρ χαλεπὸν τοῦτο, ὅτι καὶ ἀπὸ τῶν ἐναντίων συνέστηκε. Πρὸς τίνας οὖν στησόμεθα καὶ παραταξόμεθα πρώτους; οὐ γὰρ ἀρκεῖ πρὸς πάντας εἷς καὶ ὁ αὐτὸς λόγος. Βούλεσθε οὖν πρὸς τοὺς ἐπὶ ἐλεημοσύνῃ κενοδοξοῦ ντας; Εμοιγε δοκεῖ καὶ γὰρ σφόδρα τὸ πρᾶγμα τοῦτο φιλώ, καὶ ἀλγῶ λυμαινόμενον ὁρῶν, καὶ καθάπερ τινὶ βασιλικῇ κόρη ; τροφὸν προαγωγὸν ἐπιβουλεύουσαν τὴν κενοδοξίαν. Τρέφει μὲν γὰρ αὐτὴν, ἐπ᾽ αἰσχύνῃ δὲ καὶ ζημίᾳ, μαστροπεύουσα, καὶ τοῦ μὲν πατρὸς κελεύουσα καταφρονεῖν, καλλωπίζεσθαι δὲ πρὸς μιαρὼν καὶ καταπτύστων πολλάκις ἀνδρῶν ἀρέσκειαν καὶ τοιοῦτον αὐτῇ περιτίθησι κόσμον, οἷον οἱ ἔξω βούλονται, αἰσχρὸν καὶ ἄτιμον, οὐχ οἷον ὁ πατήρ. Φέρε δὴ οὖν πρὸν ᾿ τούτους ἀποτεινώμεθα, καὶ ἔστω τις ἐλεημοσύνη γινομένη μετὰ δαψιλείας πρὸς τὴν τῶν πολλών ἐπίδειξιν. Οὐκοῦν πρῶτον αὐτὴν ἐξάγει τοῦ θαλάμου τοῦ πατρικοῦ. Καὶ ὁ μὲν πατὴρ οὐδὲ τῇ αριστερᾷ φαίνεσθαι κελεύει αὕτη δὲ αὐτὴν τοῖς δούλοις. ἐπιδείκνυσι καὶ τοῖς τυχοῦσι καὶ οὐδὲ εἰδόσιν αὐτήν. Εἶδες πόρνην καὶ μαστροπὸν εἰς ἔρωτα αὑτὴν ἐμβάλλουσαν ἀτόπων ἀνθρώπων, ἵνα ὡς ἂν ἐκεῖνοι κελεύωσιν, οὕτως αὕτη ῥυθμίζηται Βούλει ἰδεῖν πῶς οὐ πόρνην μόνον, ἀλλὰ καὶ μανικὴν ποιεῖ τὴν τοιαύτην ψνχῆν: Οὐκοῦν καταμάνθανε αὐτῆς τὴν γνώμην. Ὅταν γὰρ τὸν οὐρανὸν ἀφεῖσα τρέχη ὀπίσω δραπετῶν καὶ οἰκοτρίβων, κατὰ τὰ ἄμφοδα καὶ τοὺς στενωποὺς διώκουσα τοὺς μισοῦντας αὐτὴν, τοὺς αἱ καὶ δυσειδεὶς, τοὺς οὐδὲ ἰδεῖν αὐτὴν βουλομένους, τοὺς, ἐπειδεη περικαίεται αὐτῶν, μισοῦντας αὐτὴν, τί γένοιτ᾽ ἂν τούτου μανικώτερον Οὐδένα γὰρ οὕτω μισοῦσιν οἱ πολλοὶ; ὡς τοὺς δεομένους τῆς παρ᾽ αὐτῶν δόξης. Μυρίας γοῦν κατηγορίας κατ᾽ αὐτῶν πλέκουσι, καὶ ταὐτὸν γίνεται; οἷον ἂν εἴ τις παρθένον καὶ θυγατέρα βασιλέως ἀπὸ τοῦ θρόνου κατενεγκὼν τοῦ βασιλικοῦ, κελεύοι μονομάχοις ἀὐδράσι καὶ διαπτύουσιν αὐτὴν ἐ ἑαυτὴν ἐκδιδόναι. Οὗτοι μὲν ἔ οὗν, ὅ ὅσον αὐτοὺς διώκεις, τοσοῦτόν σε ἀποστρέφονται ὁ δὲ θεὸς, ἂν τὴν παρ᾽ αὐτοῦ δόξαν ζητῆς, τοσούτῳ μᾶλλον καὶ εφέλκεταί σε καὶ ἐπαινεῖ, καὶ πολλὴν ἀποδίδωσί σοι τὴν ἀμοιβήν. Εἰ δὲ βούλει καὶ ἑτέρωθεν αὐτῆς τὴν ζημίαν καταμαθεῖν, ὅταν δῷς πρὸς ἐπίδειξιν καὶ φιλοτιμίαν, ἀναλόγισαι πόση σε λοιπὸν ἐπεισέρχεται ᾿ὴ λύπη, καὶ πῶς διηνεκὴς ἡ ἀθυμία, ἐνηχοῦντος σοι τοῦ Χριστοῦ, καὶ λέγοντος, ὅτι πάντα ἀπώλεσάς σου τὸν δὲ μισθόν. Πανταχὸν μὲν γὰρ κενοδοξία κακὸν. μαλιστα ὁε Καὶ ἐπὶ φιλανθρωπίας, ὅτι ἐσχάτη ἐστὶν ὠμότης, τὰς ἀλλοτρίας ἐκπομπεύουσα συμφορὰς, καὶ μόνον οὐχὶ ὀνειδίζουσα τοὺς ἐν πτωχείᾳ. Εἰ γὰρ τὸ τὰς ἰδίας λέγειν εὐεργεσίας ὀνειδίζειν ἐστὶ, τὸ καὶ εἰς ἑτέρους πολλοὺς ταύτας ' ἐξάγειν, τί οἴει εἶναι Πώς ουν διαφευξόμεθα τὸ δεινόν: Ἂν μάθωμεν ἐλεεῖν, ἂν ἴδωμεν τίνων τὴν δόξαν ἐπιζητοῦμεν. Εἰπὲ γάρ μοι, τίς ὁ τῆς ἐλεημοσύνης τεχνίτης ἐστίν: Ὁ τὸ πρᾶγμα καταδείξας θεὸς δηλονότι, ὁ μάλιστα πάντων αὐτὸ εἰδὼς, καὶ πρὸς ἄπειρον αὐτὸ μεταχειρίζων. Τί οὖν; ἂν παλαιστής μανθάνης: πρὸς τίνας ὁρᾷς, ἢ τίσιν ἐπιδείκνυσαι ἐν τῆ παλαίστρᾳ, τῷ λάχανα πωλοῦντι καὶ τοὺς ἰχθύας, ἢ τῷ παιδοτρίβῃ; Καὶ μὴν οἱ μέν εἰσι πολλοὶ, ὁ δὲ εἷς. Τί οὖν, ἂν ἐκείνον θαυμάζοντος ἄλλοι καταγελῶσιν, οὐχὶ καὶ σὺ καταγελάσῃ μετ᾽ ἐκείνου αὐτούς : Τί δὲ, ἄν πυκτεύειν μανθάνης οὐχ ομοίως πρὸς εκεῖνον ὄψει τὸν τοῦτο παιὸευειν εἰόοτα:; Ἂν δὲ λόγους μετίης, οὐχὶ τοῦ ῥήτορος τοὺς ἐπαίνους καταδέξῃ, καὶ τῶν ἄλλων καταφρονήσεις ; [Πὥς οὖν οὐκ ἄτοπον, ἐν μὲν ταῖς ἄλλαις τέχναις πρὸς τὸν διδάσκαλον ορᾶν μόνον, ἐνταῦθα δὲ τοὐναντίον ποιεῖν ; καίτοιγε οὐκ ἴση ἡ ζημία. Εκει μὲν Ὕαρ, ἂν πρὸς τὸ ὁοκοὺν τοῖς πολλοις παλαίῃς, καὶ ν.α,4ᾳἊν - διὸ δσις δι ἧς μὴ πρὸς τὸ τῷ διδασκάλῳ, ἐν τῇ πάλῃ ἡ ζημία' ἐνταῦθα δὲ ἐν αἰωνίῳ ζωῇ. Γέγονας ὅμοιος θεῷ κατὰ τὸ ἐλεεῖν; γενοῦ οὖν αὐτῷ ὅμοιος; καὶ κατὰ τὸ μὴ ἐπιδείκνυσθαι. Καὶ γὰρ ἔλεγε θεραπεύων, ἵνα μηδενὶ εἴπωσιν. ᾿Αλλὰ βούλει ἐλεήμων κληθῆναι παρὰ τοῖς ἀνθρώποις ; Καὶ τί τὸ κέρδος: κόρδος μὲν οὐδὲν, ἡ δὲ ζημία ἄπειρος. Αὐτοὶ γὰρ οὗτοι οὓς εἰς μαρτυρίαν καλεῖς, λῃσταὶ γίνονται τῶν θησαυρῶν τῶν ἐν σὐρανοῖς μᾶλλον δὲ οὐχ οὗτοι, ἀλλ᾽ ἡμεῖς, οἱ τὰ ἡμέτερα σνυλῶντες, καὶ σκορπίζοντες τὰ ἄνω κείμενα. Ὧ τῆς καινῆς συμφοράς, καὶ τοῦ ἀλλοκότον τούτον πάθους. Ὅπον σὴς οὐκ ἀφανίζει, οὐδὲ ἡ κλέπτης διορύττει, κενοδοξία σκορπίζει. Οὗτος ὁ σὴς τῶν ἐκεῖ θησανρῶν' οὗτος ὁ κλέπτης τῆς εὐπορίας τῆς ἐν οὐρανοῖς οὗτος τὸν ἄσυλον ὑποσύρει πλοῦτον τοῦτο πάντα λυμαίνεται καὶ διαφθείρει. Ἐπειδὴ γὰρ εἶδεν ὁ διάβολος, ὅτι καὶ λῃσταῖς καὶ σκώληκι καὶ ταῖς ἄλλαις ἐπιβουλαῖς ἀνάλωτον τὸ χωρίον ἐκεῖνο, διὰ κενοδοξίας ὑ ὑποσύρει τὸν πλοῦτον.

Hoi de Pharisaioi akousantes, hoti ephimōse tous Saddoukaious, synēchthēsan epi to auto kai epērōtēsen heis ex autōn nomikos, peirazōn auton, kai legōn didaskale, poia entolē megalē en tǭ nomǭ: PALIN tēn aitian tithēsin ho euangelistēs, d hēn edei sigēsai? kai tēn thrasytēta tēn ekeinōn kanteuthen endeiknytai. Pōs kai tini tropǭ: Hoti epistomisthentōn ekeinōn houtoi palin epitithentai. Deon. gar kanteuthen hēsnchazein, hoi de ᾿epagōnizontai tois proterois, kai proballontai ton nomikon, ou mathei» boulomenoi, alla apopeiran poioumenoi kai erōtōsi, poia entolē prōtē? ᾿Epeidē gar hē prōtē hautē ēn, ē to, agapēseis kyrion ton theon son prosdokōntes tina labēn parexein autois, hōs ᾿epidiorthōsomenon autēn, dia to kai auton deiknynai heanton theon, proballontai tēn erōtēsin. Ti oun ho Christos? Deiknys hothen ēlthon epi tauta, apo tou mēdemian echein agapēn, apo tou phthonǭ tēkesthai, apo tou zēlotypią haliskesthai, phēsin; agapēseis kyrion ton theon son hautē prōtē kai megalē entolē. Deutera de homoia tautēs agapēseis ton plēsion sou hōs heauton. Diati de, homoia tautēs. Hoti hautē ekeinēn proodopoiei, kai par᾽ autēs synkroteitai palin. Pas gar ho phaula prassōn, misei to phōs, kai ouk erchetai pros to phōs kai palin eipen aphrōn en kardią autou ouk esti theos. Kai ti apo toutou? Diephtharēsan kai ebdelychthēsan en epitēdeumasi. Kai palin: riza pantōn tōn kakōn ē philargyria, hēs tines orthgomenoi apeplanēthēsan tēs pisteōs kai, ho agapōn me tas entolas mou tērēsei. Hai do entolai e autou, kai to kephalaion autōn agapēseis kyrion ton theon sou? kai ton plēsion sou hōs heauton. Ei toinyn to agapan ton theon agapan ton plēsion estin ( ei gar phileis me, phēsin, hō Petre, poimaine ta probata moun to de ͵ agapan ton plēsion tōn entolōn , ergazetai phylakēn, eikotōs phēsin; en tautais holos ho nomos kai hoi prophētai kremantai. Dia dē touto hoper emprosthen epoiēsa, touto kai entautha poiei. Kai gar ᾿' ekei erōtētheis peri tropou anastaseōs, kai anastasin edidaxe, pleon hou epythonto paideuōn autous kai entautha tēn prōtēn erōtētheis, kai tēn deuteran legei, ou sphodra ekeinēs apodeousan (deutera men gar, homoia de ekeinēs) ainittomenos ᾿ autois» hothen hē erōtēsis gegonen, hoti ex apechtheias. Hē gar agapē ou zēloi. Apo toutou deiknysin heauton kai tǭ nomǭ kai tois prophētais peithomenon. ᾿Alla tinos heneken ho men Matthaios phēsin, hoti peirazōn ērōtēsen, ho de Markos tounantion? Eidōs gar, Phēsin, ho ᾿Iēsous, hoti nounechōs apekrithē, eipen autǭ ou makran ei apo tēs basileias tou theou. Ouk enantioumenoi heantois, alla kai sphodra synądontes. Ērōtēse men gar peirazōn para tēn archēn apo de tēs apokriseōs ōphelētheis epę̄nethē. Oude gar para tēn archēn hauton epēnesen all᾽ hote eipen, hoti to agapan ton plēsion pleon esti tōn holokautōmatōn, tote phēsin᾽ ou makran ei apo tēs basileias hoti tōn tapeinōn hypereide, kai tēn archēn tēs aretēs katelabe. Kai gar panta ekeina dia touto, kai to sabbaton kai ta loipa. Kai oude houtōs autǭ apērtismenon ton hapainon synethēken, all᾽ eti leiponta. To gar eipein? ou makran ei, deiknysin eti apechonta? hina zētēsę̄ to leipon. Ei de eiponta hauton, hoti ho heis estin ho theos, kai plēn autou ouk estin allos, hepēnese, mē thaumasę̄s alla kai enteuthen katamathe, pōs pros tēn hypolēpsin apokrinetai tōn prosiontōn. Kan gar myria peri tou Christou legōsin anaxia tēs doxēs autou, alla touto ge ou tolmēsousin eipein, hoti katholou ouk esti theos. Tinos oun heneken epainei ton eirēkota, hoti plēn tou patros ouk estin allos theos? Ouch heanton exaōn tou theos einai apage all᾽ epeidē oudepō kairos ēn ekkalypsai autou tēn theotēta, ekeinon aphiēsin epi tou proterou dogmatos menein, kai epainei ta palaia eidota kalōs, hōste epitēdeion auton kai pros tēn tēs kainēs poiēsai didaskalian, kata kairon autēn eisagōn. Allōs de kai to, heis theos, kai plēn autou ouk esti, kai en tę̄ palaią kai pantachou, ou pros athetēsin tou huiou, alla pros antidiastolēn eirētai tōn eidōlōn. Hōste kai touton epainōn houtōs eirēkota, tautē epainei tę̄ gnōmę̄. Eita epeidē apekrithē, kai anterōtą; Ti hymin dokei peri tou Christou? tinos nios esti? Legousin autǭ, tou Dauid. ᾿ Hora meta posa thaumata, meta posa sēmeia, meta posas erōtēseis, meta posēn epideixin ho homonoias tēs pros ton patera, tēn dia logōn, tēn de e ergōn, meta ᾿ to epaigesai touton ton eirēkota, hoti heis estin ho theos, erōtą: hina mē echōsi logein, hoti thaumata men epoiēse, tǭ nomǭ, de enantios kai tǭ theǭ polemios ēn. Dia touto meta tosauta tauta erōtą, lanthanontōs enagōn hautous eis to kai auton homologēsai theon. Kai tous men mathētas prōton ērōtēse, ti hoi «alloi legousi, kai tote hautous toutous de ouch houtōs ē gar an kai planon eipon kai ponēron, hate adeōs hapanta phthengomenoi. Dia dē touto tēn autōn ekeinōn psēphon exetazei. ᾿EEpeidē gar pros to pathos emellen ienai loipon, tithēsi tēn saphōs kyrion auton anakēryttousan k eiaps, all᾽ ouch haplōs, oude p tgoumenōs epi touto elthōn, all᾽ apo aitias eulogou. Erōtēsas gar autous proteros, epeidē ouk apekrinanto talēthē peri autou (anthrōpon gar auton ephēsan einai psilon), anatrepōn tēn poplanēmenēn autōn doxan, houtōs eisagei ton Dauïd, anakēryttonta autou tēn theotēta. ᾿Ekeinoi men gar enomizon, hoti psilos anthrōpos ēn, dio kai eldgon, tou Dauïd' autos de touto diorthoumenos paragei ton prophētēn, kai tēn kysriotēta autou, kai to gnēsion tēs ᾿yïotētos, kai to homotimon to pros ton patera martyrounta. Kai oude mechri toutou histatai all᾽ hōste kai phobēsai kai to hexēs epagei legōn he heōs an thō tous echthrous sou hypopodion tōn podōn sou hina kan houtōs autous ᾿ epagagētai. Kai hina mē legōsin, hoti kolakeuōn auton houtōs ekalese, kai anthrōpinē hē psēphos hautē, hora ti phēsi. Pōs oun Dauid en pneumati kyrion auton kalei? Hora pōs hypheimenōs eisagei tēn peri autou psēphon kai doxan. Proteron eipe, ti hymin dokei? tinos huios estin? hōste di erōtēseōs eis apokrisin autous agagein. Eita epeidē eipon, tou Dauïd, ouk eipe; kai mēn ho Dauid tade phēsin, alla palin en taxei e erōtēseōn᾽ pōs oun Dauid en pneumati ᾿ kyrion auton kalei? hōste mē prosstēnai hautois ta legomena. Dio oude eipa, ti hymin dokei peri emou, alla, peri tou Christou. Diaa touto kai hoi apostoloi hypheimenōs ē dielegonto, legontes; exon eipein meta parrhēsias peri tou patriarchou Dauïd, hoti kai eteleutēse kai etaphē. Kai autos homoiōs dia touto '' hōs en erōtēseōs taxei kai syllogismou to dogma eisagei, legōn; pōs houn Dauid en pneumati kyrion auton kalei, legōn; eipen ho kyrios tǭ kyriǭ mou, kathou ek dexiōn mou, heōs an thō tous echthrous son hypopodion tōn podōn sou? kai palin ei oun Dauid kalei auton kyrion, pōs huios autou estin ouk anairōn to einai autou huios, apage ou gar an Petrǭ epetimēse dia touto alla tēn ekeinōn hyponoian diorthoumenos. Hōste ho hotan legę̄, pōs huios autou esti? touto legei ouch houtōs hōs hymeis phate. ᾿Ekeinoi gar elegon, hoti monon huios autou esti, kai ouchi kai kyrios. ' Kai touto meta tēn martyrian, kai tote hypheimenōs; ei oun Dauid kyrion, auton kalei, pōs huios autou estin? All᾽ homōs kai tauta akousantes, ouden apekrinanto oude gar eboulonto ti tōn deontōn mathein. Dio autos epagei legōn, hoti kyrios autou esti. Mallon de oude touto auto apolelymenōs, alla ton prophētēn meth᾽ heautou paralabōn, dia to sphodra apisteisthai hyp᾽ autōn, kai diabeblēsthai par autois. Ho diē malista chrē skopountas, kan tapeinon kai hypheimenon ti legētai par᾽ autou, mē skandalizesthai hē gar aitia hautē, mota kai heterōn pleionōn, to synkatabainonta ekeinois dialegesthai. Dio kai nyn en taxei men peuseōs kai apokriseōs dogmatizei ainittetai de kai houtō tēn axian autou. Ou gar ēn ison akousai ᾿Ioudaiōn kyrion, kai tou Dauïd. Sy de moi skopei kai to eukairon. Hote gar eipen, heis esti kyrios, tote kai peri autou eipen, hoti kyrios esti? kai apo prophēteias, ouketi apo ergōn monon. Kai deiknysin auton hyper autou amynomenon autous ton patera heōs an thō gar, phēsi, tous echthrous sou hypopodion tōn podōn sou kai pollēn kanteuthen homonoian tou gegennēkotos pros auton kai timēn. Kai ē touto to telos epitithēsi tōn pros autous dialexeōn, hypsēlon kai mega kai hikanon autōn apor rapsai ta stomata. Kai gar esigēsan ex e ekeinou, ouch hekontes, alla tǭ mēden e echein eipein kai houtō kairian edexanto plēgēn, hōs mēketi tolmēsai tois autois epicheirēsai loipon. Oudeis gar, phēsin, etolmēsen apo tēs hēmeras ekeinēs eperōtēsai auton. ou mikron de touto tous ochlous ōphelei. Dio kai pros autous loipon trepei ton logon, apostēsas tous lykous, kai autōn tas epiboulas. ᾿Ekeinoi gar ouden ekerdainon, hypo kenodoxias halontes, kai eis to deinon touto pathos empesontes. Deinon gar to pathos kai polykephalon hoi men gar ha archēs dia tautēn, hoi de chrēmatōn, hoi de ischyos erōsin. Hodǭ de badizousa kai epi eleēmosynēn erchetai, kai nēsteian, kai euchas, kai didaskalian, kai pollai hai tou thēriou toutou kephalai. ᾿ ᾿Alla to men epi tois allois ᾿ ekeinois kenodoxein, thaumaston ouden᾽ to de epi nēsteią kai euchę̄, touto esti to xenon kai dakryōn meston. All᾽ hina mē palin enkalōmen monon? phere kai ton tropon, di hou tautēn pheuxometha, eipōmen. Pros tinas oun apodysometha prōtous? pros tous epi chrēmasin, ē tous epi himatiois, ē tous epi archais, ę̄ tous epi didaskaliais, ē Tous epi technais, hē tous epi sōmati, ē tous epi kallei, ē tous epi kallōpismois, hē tous epi ōmotēti, ē tous epi philanthrōpią kai eleēmosynę̄, hē tous epi ponērią, ē tous epi teleutę̄, ē tous meta teleutēn kenodoxountas: :? Kai gar, hoper ephēn, pollas echei. tas plektanas touto to pathos, kai peraiterō tēs zōēs hēmōn proeisi. Kai gar ho deina, phēsin, apethane' kai hina thaumasthę̄, ta kai ta epeskēpse genesthai kai dia touto ho deina penēs, kai ho deina plousios. To gar chalepon touto, hoti kai apo tōn enantiōn synestēke. Pros tinas oun stēsometha kai parataxometha prōtous? ou gar arkei pros pantas heis kai ho autos logos. Boulesthe oun pros tous epi eleēmosynę̄ kenodoxou ntas? Emoige dokei kai gar sphodra to pragma touto philō, kai algō lymainomenon horōn, kai kathaper tini basilikę̄ korē ? trophon proagōgon epibouleuousan tēn kenodoxian. Trephei men gar autēn, ep᾽ aischynę̄ de kai zēmią, mastropeuousa, kai tou men patros keleuousa kataphronein, kallōpizesthai de pros miarōn kai kataptystōn pollakis andrōn areskeian kai toiouton autę̄ peritithēsi kosmon, hoion hoi exō boulontai, aischron kai atimon, ouch hoion ho patēr. Phere dē oun pron ᾿ toutous apoteinōmetha, kai estō tis eleēmosynē ginomenē meta dapsileias pros tēn tōn pollōn epideixin. Oukoun prōton autēn exagei tou thalamou tou patrikou. Kai ho men patēr oude tę̄ aristerą phainesthai keleuei hautē de autēn tois doulois. epideiknysi kai tois tychousi kai oude eidosin autēn. Eides pornēn kai mastropon eis erōta hautēn emballousan atopōn anthrōpōn, hina hōs an ekeinoi keleuōsin, houtōs hautē rhythmizētai Boulei idein pōs ou pornēn monon, alla kai manikēn poiei tēn toiautēn psnchēn: Oukoun katamanthane autēs tēn gnōmēn. Hotan gar ton ouranon apheisa trechē opisō drapetōn kai oikotribōn, kata ta amphoda kai tous stenōpous diōkousa tous misountas autēn, tous hai kai dyseideis, tous oude idein autēn boulomenous, tous, epeideē perikaietai autōn, misountas autēn, ti genoit᾽ an toutou manikōteron Oudena gar houtō misousin hoi polloi? hōs tous deomenous tēs par᾽ autōn doxēs. Myrias goun katēgorias kat᾽ autōn plekousi, kai tauton ginetai? hoion an ei tis parthenon kai thygatera basileōs apo tou thronou katenenkōn tou basilikou, keleuoi monomachois audrasi kai diaptyousin autēn e heautēn ekdidonai. Houtoi men e houn, ho hoson autous diōkeis, tosouton se apostrephontai ho de theos, an tēn par᾽ autou doxan zētēs, tosoutǭ mallon kai ephelketai se kai epainei, kai pollēn apodidōsi soi tēn amoibēn. Ei de boulei kai heterōthen autēs tēn zēmian katamathein, hotan dǭs pros epideixin kai philotimian, analogisai posē se loipon epeiserchetai ᾿ē lypē, kai pōs diēnekēs hē athymia, enēchountos soi tou Christou, kai legontos, hoti panta apōlesas sou ton de misthon. Pantachon men gar kenodoxia kakon. malista hoe Kai epi philanthrōpias, hoti eschatē estin ōmotēs, tas allotrias ekpompeuousa symphoras, kai monon ouchi oneidizousa tous en ptōcheią. Ei gar to tas idias legein euergesias oneidizein esti, to kai eis heterous pollous tautas ' exagein, ti oiei einai Pōs oun diapheuxometha to deinon: An mathōmen eleein, an idōmen tinōn tēn doxan epizētoumen. Eipe gar moi, tis ho tēs eleēmosynēs technitēs estin: Ho to pragma katadeixas theos dēlonoti, ho malista pantōn auto eidōs, kai pros apeiron auto metacheirizōn. Ti oun? an palaistēs manthanēs: pros tinas horąs, ē tisin epideiknysai en tē palaistrą, tǭ lachana pōlounti kai tous ichthyas, ē tǭ paidotribę̄? Kai mēn hoi men eisi polloi, ho de heis. Ti oun, an ekeinon thaumazontos alloi katagelōsin, ouchi kai sy katagelasę̄ met᾽ ekeinou autous : Ti de, an pykteuein manthanēs ouch omoiōs pros ekeinon opsei ton touto paioeuein eioota:? An de logous metiēs, ouchi tou rhētoros tous epainous katadexę̄, kai tōn allōn kataphronēseis ? [Pōs oun ouk atopon, en men tais allais technais pros ton didaskalon oran monon, entautha de tounantion poiein ? kaitoige ouk isē hē zēmia. Ekei men Hyar, an pros to hookoun tois pollois palaię̄s, kai n.a,4ąAn - dio dsis di hēs mē pros to tǭ didaskalǭ, en tę̄ palę̄ hē zēmia' entautha de en aiōniǭ zōę̄. Gegonas homoios theǭ kata to eleein? genou oun autǭ homoios? kai kata to mē epideiknysthai. Kai gar elege therapeuōn, hina mēdeni eipōsin. ᾿Alla boulei eleēmōn klēthēnai para tois anthrōpois ? Kai ti to kerdos: kordos men ouden, hē de zēmia apeiros. Autoi gar houtoi hous eis martyrian kaleis, lę̄stai ginontai tōn thēsaurōn tōn en syranois mallon de ouch houtoi, all᾽ hēmeis, hoi ta hēmetera snylōntes, kai skorpizontes ta anō keimena. Hō tēs kainēs symphoras, kai tou allokoton touton pathous. Hopon sēs ouk aphanizei, oude hē kleptēs dioryttei, kenodoxia skorpizei. Houtos ho sēs tōn ekei thēsanrōn' houtos ho kleptēs tēs euporias tēs en ouranois houtos ton asylon hyposyrei plouton touto panta lymainetai kai diaphtheirei. Epeidē gar eiden ho diabolos, hoti kai lę̄stais kai skōlēki kai tais allais epiboulais analōton to chōrion ekeino, dia kenodoxias hy hyposyrei ton plouton.

“But the Pharisees, hearing that he had silenced the Sadducees, gathered together; and one of them, a lawyer, asked him, testing him and saying, ‘Teacher, which is the great commandment in the law?’” Again the evangelist sets down the cause for which they ought to have been silent, and shows their rashness from this too. How and in what way? Because when those had been silenced, these attack again. For they ought to have kept quiet on this account too; but they vie with the former, and put forward the lawyer, not wishing to learn, but making trial; and they ask, “Which is the first commandment?” For since the first was this, “You shall love the Lord your God,” expecting that he would give them some handle by amending it, since he showed himself to be God, they put forward the question. What then does Christ do? Showing from what they had come to this, from having no love, from wasting away with envy, from being caught by jealousy, he says, “You shall love the Lord your God; this is the first and great commandment. And the second is like it: You shall love your neighbor as yourself.” And why “like it”? Because this one prepares the way for that, and is in turn built up by it. “For everyone who does evil hates the light, and does not come to the light”; and again it says, “The fool has said in his heart, There is no God”; and what follows from this? “They became corrupt and abominable in their practices.” And again, “The love of money is a root of all evils, through craving which some have wandered from the faith”; and, “He who loves me will keep my commandments”; and his commandments, and their sum, are, “You shall love the Lord your God, and your neighbor as yourself.” If, then, to love God is to love one’s neighbor (“For if you love me,” he says, “O Peter, feed my sheep”), and to love one’s neighbor works the keeping of the commandments, with reason he says, “On these hang the whole law and the prophets.” For this reason he does here also what he did before. For there, asked about the manner of the resurrection, he also taught that there is a resurrection, instructing them in more than they inquired; and here, asked the first commandment, he states the second too, not falling far short of that (for it is second, yet like that), hinting to them from what their question had arisen, namely from enmity. “For love does not envy.” By this he shows himself obedient both to the law and to the prophets. But why does Matthew say that he asked testing him, while Mark says the opposite? “For Jesus, seeing,” he says, “that he answered wisely, said to him, ‘You are not far from the kingdom of God.’” They do not contradict each other, but even agree closely. For he asked testing him at the beginning, but was benefited by the answer and was praised. For he did not praise him at the beginning; but when he said that to love one’s neighbor is more than burnt offerings, then he says, “You are not far from the kingdom,” because he looked beyond the lowly things and grasped the beginning of virtue. For all those things exist for the sake of this, both the sabbath and the rest. And not even so did he make his praise complete, but still lacking. For to say “You are not far” shows him still distant, so that he might seek what was lacking. And if he praised him when he said that God is one, and there is no other besides him, do not be surprised; but learn from this too how he answers according to the opinion of those who come to him. For even if they say countless things about Christ unworthy of his glory, yet this at least they will not dare to say, that he is not God at all. Why then does he praise the one who said that besides the Father there is no other God? Not excluding himself from being God (away with the thought!); but since it was not yet the time to reveal his Godhead, he lets the man remain in the former doctrine, and praises him for knowing the old things well, so as to make him fit for the teaching of the new as well, introducing it in due time. And besides, “God is one, and there is no other besides him,” both in the Old Testament and everywhere, is said not to set aside the Son, but by way of contrast with the idols. So in praising this man for so speaking, he praises him with this meaning. Then, since he had answered, he asks in turn, “What do you think of the Christ? Whose son is he?” They say to him, “David’s.” See after how many miracles, after how many signs, after how many questions, after how great a display of his concord with the Father, both by words and by deeds, after praising this man who said that God is one, he asks; so that they may not be able to say that he worked miracles but was opposed to the law and hostile to God. For this reason, after so many things, he asks this, leading them secretly to confess that he too is God. And the disciples he first asked what the others say, and then asked them; but these not so; for they would have called him a deceiver and wicked, as men who said everything without fear. For this reason he examines their own verdict. For since he was now about to go to the Passion, he sets down the prophecy that clearly proclaims him Lord, yet not simply, nor coming to this of his own accord, but from a reasonable cause. For having asked them first, since they did not answer the truth about him (for they said he was a mere man), overturning their mistaken opinion, he so brings in David proclaiming his Godhead. For they thought he was a mere man, and so they said, “David’s”; but he, correcting this, brings forward the prophet bearing witness to his lordship, and the genuineness of his sonship, and his equality of honor with the Father. And he does not stop even at this, but in order to frighten them he adds what follows, saying, “Until I put your enemies under your feet,” so that at least in this way he might draw them on. And lest they should say that David called him so out of flattery, and that this is a human verdict, see what he says: “How then does David in the Spirit call him Lord?” See how modestly he brings in the verdict and the opinion about himself. First he said, “What do you think? Whose son is he?” so as to bring them by questioning to an answer. Then, when they said, “David’s,” he did not say, “And yet David says this,” but again in the form of questions: “How then does David in the Spirit call him Lord?” so that what was said might not offend them. That is why he did not say, “What do you think of me?” but, “of the Christ.” For this reason the apostles too spoke modestly, saying, “It is permitted to speak freely about the patriarch David, that he both died and was buried.” And he himself likewise, for this reason, brings in the doctrine as in the form of question and reasoning, saying, “How then does David in the Spirit call him Lord, saying, ‘The Lord said to my Lord, Sit at my right hand, until I put your enemies under your feet’?” and again, “If then David calls him Lord, how is he his son?” not denying that he is his son (away with the thought! for he would not have rebuked Peter for this), but correcting their supposition. So that when he says, “How is he his son?” he means this: not in the way you say. For they said that he is only his son, and not also Lord. And this after the testimony, and then modestly: “If then David calls him Lord, how is he his son?” But even hearing this they answered nothing; for they did not wish to learn anything that they ought. That is why he himself adds, saying that he is his Lord. Or rather not even this absolutely, but taking the prophet along with himself, because he was greatly disbelieved by them and slandered among them. Which especially we must consider, so as not to be offended if something lowly and modest is said by him; for this is the cause, along with many others, that he speaks condescending to them. That is why here too he teaches doctrine in the form of question and answer; yet even so he hints at his dignity. For it was not the same to hear that he was Lord of the Jews and of David. And consider, I pray you, the timeliness. For when he had said, “The Lord is one,” then he said of himself too that he is Lord, and from prophecy, no longer from works only. And he shows the Father avenging him on them: “For until I put,” he says, “your enemies under your feet”; and from this too the great concord and honor of the one who begot him toward him. And he puts this end to his discourses with them, lofty and great and able to sew up their mouths. For they were silent from then on, not willingly, but because they had nothing to say; and they received so mortal a blow that they no longer dared to attempt the same things. “For no one,” it says, “dared from that day to question him any more.” And this benefited the crowds not a little. That is why he now turns his discourse to them, having driven off the wolves and frustrated their plots. For those men gained nothing, being caught by vainglory and having fallen into this terrible passion. For the passion is terrible and many-headed. For some love rule because of it, others money, others strength. And going on its way, it comes even to almsgiving, and fasting, and prayers, and teaching; and many are the heads of this beast. But to be vainglorious over those other things is no wonder; but over fasting and prayer, this is what is strange and full of tears. But lest we only accuse again, come, let us tell also the way by which we shall escape it. Against whom, then, shall we strip first? Against those who are vainglorious over money, or over garments, or over offices, or over teaching, or over crafts, or over the body, or over beauty, or over adornment, or over cruelty, or over love for mankind and almsgiving, or over wickedness, or over their death, or after death? For, as I said, this passion has many coils, and goes even beyond our life. “For so-and-so has died,” someone says, “and in order to be admired, he ordered such and such things to be done; and for this reason so-and-so is poor, and so-and-so rich.” For this is the grievous thing, that it is made up even of opposites. Against whom, then, shall we stand and draw up our line first? For one and the same word does not suffice against all. Do you wish, then, against those who are vainglorious over almsgiving? I think so; for I love this thing greatly, and I grieve to see it ruined, and vainglory plotting against it like a nurse turned procuress against a king’s daughter. For she nurses her, but for shame and loss, acting as her bawd, and bidding her despise her father, and adorn herself to please men who are often foul and contemptible; and she puts on her such adornment as those outside wish, shameful and dishonorable, not such as the father wishes. Come then, let us turn on these, and let there be some almsgiving done with abundance for display to the many. Then first she leads her out of the father’s chamber. And the father bids her not appear even to the left hand; but this one shows her to the slaves and to chance comers who do not even know her. Do you see a harlot and procuress throwing her into love of absurd men, so that she may be shaped as they bid? Do you wish to see how she makes such a soul not only a harlot but mad too? Then observe her mind. For when, leaving heaven, she runs after runaway slaves and household drudges, pursuing through the lanes and alleys those who hate her, the ugly and ill-favored, those who do not even wish to see her, who hate her because she is burning for them, what could be madder than this? For the many hate no one so much as those who want glory from them. At any rate they weave countless accusations against them; and it is the same as if someone brought down a virgin, a king’s daughter, from the royal throne, and bade her give herself up to gladiators who spit upon her. For the more you pursue these men, the more they turn away from you; but God, if you seek the glory that is from him, draws you the more and praises you, and gives you a great reward. And if you wish to learn its loss from another side too: when you give for display and ambition, reckon how great a grief comes upon you afterward, and how continual the despondency, as Christ rings in your ears and says that you have lost all your reward. For vainglory is an evil everywhere, but especially in love for mankind, since it is the utmost cruelty, parading other people’s misfortunes and all but reproaching those in poverty. For if to speak of one’s own benefits is to reproach, to spread them abroad to many others, what do you think that is? How then shall we escape the danger? If we learn to show mercy, if we see whose glory we are seeking. For tell me, who is the master craftsman of almsgiving? God plainly, who showed the thing, who knows it best of all, and practices it without limit. What then? If you are learning to wrestle, to whom do you look, or to whom do you show yourself in the wrestling school, to the man selling vegetables and fish, or to the trainer? And yet the former are many, the latter one. What then, if others laugh at him while he admires you, will you not laugh at them along with him? And if you are learning to box, will you not look in the same way to the one who knows how to teach it? And if you pursue eloquence, will you not accept the praises of the rhetor and despise the others? How then is it not absurd, in the other arts to look to the teacher alone, but here to do the opposite? And yet the loss is not equal. For there, if you wrestle to please the many and not the teacher, the loss is in the wrestling; but here it is in eternal life. Have you become like God in showing mercy? Become like him, then, in not making a display too. For he too, when healing, said that they should tell no one. But you wish to be called merciful among men? And what is the gain? Gain there is none, but the loss is infinite. For these very men whom you call to witness become robbers of the treasures in heaven; or rather not they, but we, who plunder our own goods and scatter what is laid up above. O strange calamity, and outlandish passion! Where the moth does not destroy, nor does the thief break in, vainglory scatters. This is the moth of the treasures there; this is the thief of the wealth in heaven; this drags away the riches that cannot be plundered; this ruins and corrupts everything. For since the devil saw that place to be impregnable to robbers and worm and other plots, he drags away the wealth through vainglory.

71.4Field 2

᾿Αλλὰ δόξης ἐπιθυμεῖς: : Εἶτα οὐκ ἀρκεῖ σοι ἡ παρ᾽ αὐτοῦ τοῦ λαμβάνοντος, ἥ παρὰ τοῦ φιλανθρώπου θεοῦ, ἀλλὰ καὶ τῆς παρὰ ἀνθρώπων ἐ ἐρᾷς: : Ὅρα μὴ τούναντίον ὑπομείνῃς μή τίς σου καταγνῷ ὡς οὐκ ἐλεοῦντος, ἀλλ᾽ ἐκπομπεύοντος καὶ φιλοτιμουμένου, ὡς ἐκτραγῳδοῦντος τὰς ἀλλοτρίας συμφοράς. Καὶ γὰρ μυστήριόν ἐστιν ἡ ἐλεημοσύνη. Κλεῖσον τοίνυν τὰς θύρας, ἵ ἵνα μή τις ἴδη ἅ ἅπερ ἐπιδεῖξαι οὐ θέμις. Καὶ γὰρ τὰ μυστήρια τὰ ἡμέτερα τοῦτο μάλιστά ἐστιν, ἐλεημοσύνη καὲ φιλανθρωπία θεοῦ. Κατὰ γὰρ τὸ πολὺ ἔλεος αὐτοῦ ὄντας ἡμᾶς ἀπειθεῖς ἠλέησε. Καὶ πρώτη δὲ δέησις ἐλέους γέμει, ὅταν ὑπὲρ τῶν ἐνεργουμένων παρακαλῶμεν᾽ καὶ ἤ δευτέρα πάλιν, ὑπὲρ ἑτέρων τῶν ἐν μετανοίᾳ, πολὺ τὸ ἔλεος ἐπιζητοῦσα. καὶ ἡ τρίτη δὲ πάλιν, ὑπὲρ ἡμῶν αὐτῶν, καὶ αὕτη τὰ παιδία τὰ ἄμωμα τοῦ δήμου προβάλλεται, τὸν θεὸν ἐπὶ ἔλεον παρακαλοῦντα. ᾿Επειδὴ γὰρ αὐτοὶ κατεγνώκαμεν ἑαυτῶν ἁμαρτήματα, ὑπὲρ μὲν τῶν πολλὰ ἡμαρτηκότων καὶ ᾿ γκληθῆναι ὀφειλόντων αὐτοὶ βοῶμεν ὑπὲρ δὲ ἡμῶν αὐτῶν οἱ παῖδες, ὦ ὡν τῆς ἀπλότητος τοὺς ζηλωτὰς ἡ βασιλεία τῶν οὐρανῶν μένει. Ὁ γὰρ τύπος οὗτος τοῦτο ἐνδείκνυται, ὅ ὅτι οἱ κατ᾽ ἐκείνους τοὺς παῖδας ταπεινοὶ καὶ ἄπλαστοι. οὗτοι μάλιστα δύνανται ἐξαιτεῖσθαι τοὺς ὑπευθύνους. Αὐτὸ δὲ τὸ μυστήριον πόσου ἐλέου, πόσης φιλανθρωπίας, ἴσασιν οἱ μεμυημένοι. Καὶ σὺ τοίνυν κατὰ δύναμιν τὴν σὴν ἐλεῶν ἢ ἄνθρωπον, ἀπόκλεισον τὰς θύρας· αὐτὸς ὁ ὀλεούμενος ἰδέτω μόνος εἰ δὲ οἷόν τε, μηδὲ οὗτος. Ἂν δὲ ἀναπετάσης, ἐκπομπεύεις, σου τὸ μυστήριον. ᾿Εννόησον ὅτι καὶ αὐτὸς ἐκεῖνος, οὗ τὴν δόξαν ἐπιζητεῖς, καὶ αὐτὸς σου καταγνώσεται κἂν μὲν φίλος ἢ ῇ; παρ᾽ ἑαντῷ σου κατηγορήσει' ἀν δὲ ἐχθρὸς, καὶ παρ᾽ ἑτέροις σε κωμῳδήσει. Καὶ τἀναντία ὑπομενεῖς ὧν ἐπιθυμεῖς. Σὺ μὲν γὰρ ἐπιθυμεῖς, ἵ ἵνα εἴπη, ὅτι ὁ ἐλεήμων αὐτὸς δὲ οὐκ ἐρεῖ τοῦτο, ἀλλ᾽ ὁ κενόδοξος, ὁ ἀνθρωπάρεσκος, καὶ ἕ ἕτερα πολὺ τούτων χαλεπώτερα. Ἂν δὲ κρύψης, πάντα ἐρεῖ τἀναντία τούτοις, ὁ φιλάνθρωπος, ὁ ἐλεήμων. Οὐ γὰρ αφίησιν ὁ θεὸς κρυβῆναι ἀλλ᾽ ἐὰν σὺ κρύψῃς, ἐκεῖνος κατάδηλον ποιήσει, καὶ μεῖζον. τὸ θαῦμα, καὶ πλέον τὸ κέρδος. Ὥστε καὶ πρὸς τοῦτο αὐτὸ τὸ δοξάζεσθαι ἐναντίον ἡμῖν τὸ ἐπιδείκνυσθαι πρὸς γὰρ ὃ σπεύδομεν καὶ ἐπειγόμεθα, πρὸς τοῦτο μάλιστα ἡμῖν αὐτὸ τοῦτο ἀνθίσταται. Οὐ γὰρ μόνον ἐλεήμονος δόξαν οὐ λαμβάνομεν; ἀλλὰ καὶ τὴν ἐναντίαν καὶ πρὸς ταύτῃ πολλὴν καὶ τὴν ζημίαν ὑπομένομεν. Πάντων οὖν ἕνεκεν ἀπεχώμεθα ταύτης, καὶ τῆς τοῦ θεοῦ δόξης ἐρῶμεν μόνης. Οὕτω γὰρ καὶ τῆς ἐνταῦθα ἐπιτευξόμεθα δόξης, καὶ τῶν αἰωνίων ᾿ἀπολαύσομεν ἀγαθῶν, χάριτι καὶ φιλανθρωπίᾳ τοῦ κυρίου ἡμῶν. Ἴησου Χριστοῦ, ᾧ ἡ δόξα καὶ τὸ κράτος εἰς τοὺς αἰῶνας τῶν αἰώνων. ᾿Αμήν.

᾿Alla doxēs epithymeis: : Eita ouk arkei soi hē par᾽ autou tou lambanontos, hē para tou philanthrōpou theou, alla kai tēs para anthrōpōn e erąs: : Hora mē tounantion hypomeinę̄s mē tis sou katagnǭ hōs ouk eleountos, all᾽ ekpompeuontos kai philotimoumenou, hōs ektragǭdountos tas allotrias symphoras. Kai gar mystērion estin hē eleēmosynē. Kleison toinyn tas thyras, hi hina mē tis idē ha haper epideixai ou themis. Kai gar ta mystēria ta hēmetera touto malista estin, eleēmosynē kae philanthrōpia theou. Kata gar to poly eleos autou ontas hēmas apeitheis ēleēse. Kai prōtē de deēsis eleous gemei, hotan hyper tōn energoumenōn parakalōmen᾽ kai ē deutera palin, hyper heterōn tōn en metanoią, poly to eleos epizētousa. kai hē tritē de palin, hyper hēmōn autōn, kai hautē ta paidia ta amōma tou dēmou proballetai, ton theon epi eleon parakalounta. ᾿Epeidē gar autoi kategnōkamen heautōn hamartēmata, hyper men tōn polla hēmartēkotōn kai ᾿ nklēthēnai opheilontōn autoi boōmen hyper de hēmōn autōn hoi paides, ō hōn tēs aplotētos tous zēlōtas hē basileia tōn ouranōn menei. Ho gar typos houtos touto endeiknytai, ho hoti hoi kat᾽ ekeinous tous paidas tapeinoi kai aplastoi. houtoi malista dynantai exaiteisthai tous hypeuthynous. Auto de to mystērion posou eleou, posēs philanthrōpias, isasin hoi memyēmenoi. Kai sy toinyn kata dynamin tēn sēn eleōn ē anthrōpon, apokleison tas thyras; autos ho oleoumenos idetō monos ei de hoion te, mēde houtos. An de anapetasēs, ekpompeueis, sou to mystērion. ᾿Ennoēson hoti kai autos ekeinos, hou tēn doxan epizēteis, kai autos sou katagnōsetai kan men philos ē ę̄? par᾽ heantǭ sou katēgorēsei' an de echthros, kai par᾽ heterois se kōmǭdēsei. Kai tanantia hypomeneis hōn epithymeis. Sy men gar epithymeis, hi hina eipē, hoti ho eleēmōn autos de ouk erei touto, all᾽ ho kenodoxos, ho anthrōpareskos, kai he hetera poly toutōn chalepōtera. An de krypsēs, panta erei tanantia toutois, ho philanthrōpos, ho eleēmōn. Ou gar aphiēsin ho theos krybēnai all᾽ ean sy krypsę̄s, ekeinos katadēlon poiēsei, kai meizon. to thauma, kai pleon to kerdos. Hōste kai pros touto auto to doxazesthai enantion hēmin to epideiknysthai pros gar ho speudomen kai epeigometha, pros touto malista hēmin auto touto anthistatai. Ou gar monon eleēmonos doxan ou lambanomen? alla kai tēn enantian kai pros tautę̄ pollēn kai tēn zēmian hypomenomen. Pantōn oun heneken apechōmetha tautēs, kai tēs tou theou doxēs erōmen monēs. Houtō gar kai tēs entautha epiteuxometha doxēs, kai tōn aiōniōn ᾿apolausomen agathōn, chariti kai philanthrōpią tou kyriou hēmōn. Iēsou Christou, hǭ hē doxa kai to kratos eis tous aiōnas tōn aiōnōn. ᾿Amēn.

But you desire glory? Then is the glory from the receiver himself not enough for you, or that from the God who loves mankind, but you long for that from men too? Take care that you do not undergo the opposite, that someone condemns you as not showing mercy but making a display and seeking honor, as making a tragedy out of other people’s misfortunes. For almsgiving is a mystery. Shut the doors, then, so that no one may see what it is not lawful to display. For our mysteries too are above all this: almsgiving and God’s love for mankind. “For according to his great mercy he had mercy on us,” when we were disobedient. And the first prayer too is full of mercy, when we entreat for the possessed; and the second again, for others who are in penance, seeking much mercy; and the third again, for ourselves; and this one puts forward the innocent children of the people, entreating God for mercy. For since we ourselves have condemned ourselves for our sins, for those who have sinned much and deserve to be blamed we ourselves cry out, but for ourselves the children do, those whose imitators in simplicity the kingdom of heaven awaits. For this figure shows this, that those who are lowly and guileless like those children are above all able to beg off the guilty. And the mystery itself, how much mercy, how much love for mankind it contains, the initiated know. You too, then, showing mercy to a man according to your power, shut the doors: let only the one shown mercy see; and if possible, not even he. But if you throw them open, you parade your mystery. Consider that the very man whose glory you seek will himself condemn you too; and if he is a friend, he will accuse you to himself; but if an enemy, he will ridicule you to others too. And you will undergo the opposite of what you desire. For you desire him to say, “He is merciful”; but he will not say this, but, “He is vainglorious, a man-pleaser,” and other things far worse than these. But if you hide it, he will say everything opposite to these: “He is loving, he is merciful.” For God does not allow it to be hidden; but if you hide it, he will make it plain, and the wonder greater, and the gain more. So that even for this very thing, being glorified, display is against us; for to the very thing we hurry and press toward, this very thing stands most in our way. For not only do we not receive the reputation of being merciful, but even the opposite, and besides this we undergo great loss too. On every account, then, let us keep away from this, and love God’s glory alone. For so we shall both obtain the glory here and enjoy the eternal good things, by the grace and love for mankind of our Lord Jesus Christ, to whom be the glory and the might to the ages of ages. Amen.

Chapter 72

72.1Field 2

Ἰησοῦς ἐλάλησε τοῖς ὄχλοις καὶ τοῖς μαθηταῖς αὑτοῦ, λέγων ἐπὶ τῆς Μωϊύσέως καθέδρας ἐκάθισαν οἱ Ὑραμμάτεῖς καὶ οἱ Φαρισαῖοι. Πάντα οὖν ὅσα ἄν λέγωσιν ὑμῖν ποιεῖν, ποιεῖτε κατὰ δὲ τὰ ἔργα αὐτῶν μὴ ποιεῖτε. ΤΟΤΕ, ποτε; Ὅτε ταῦτα εἷπεν᾽ ὅτε αὐτοὺς επεστομισεν ὃτε ἔστησεν εἰς τὸ μῆκετι τολμᾶν πειραζειν αυτὸν, ὅτε ἔδειξεν ἀνιάτως ἔχοντας. Καὶ ἐπειδὴ κυρίου καὶ κυρίον ἐμνημόνευσε, πάλιν ἐπὶ τὸν νόμον ανατρέχει. Καίτοιγε νόμος τοιοῦτον οὐὸὲν εἶπε, φησίν᾽ αλλα, κυριος ὁ θεὸς σου, κυριος εἷς ἐστιν. Αλλα νόμον ἡ γραφὴ τὴν παλαιαν ἅπασαν καλεῖ. Ταῦτα δὲ λέγει, δεικνὺς διὰ πάντων τὴν πολλὴν πρὸς τὸν γεγεννηκότα ὁμόνοιαν. Εἰ γὰρ ἐναντίος ἥν, τοὐναντίον ἄν εἶπε περὶ τοῦ νόμον νῦν δὲ τοσαύτην περὶ αὐτὸν επιδείκνυσθαι κελευει τὴν αἰδῶ, ὡς καὶ διεφθαρμένων ὄντων τῶν διδασκόντων αὐτὸν, ἐκείνου κελεύειν ἀντέχεσθαι. ᾿Ενταῦθα ὁὲ καὶ περὶ βίον καὶ περὶ πολιτείας διαλέγεται, ἐπειδὴ τοῦτο μάλιστα αἴτιον τῆς ἀπιστίας αὐτοῖς ἥν, διεφθαρμένος βίος, καὶ ὁ τῆς δόξης ἔρως. Διορθούμενος τοίνυν τοὺς ἀκροατᾶς, ὃ πρῶτον μάλιστά εστιν εἰς σωτηρίαν συντελοῦν, τὸ τῶν διδασκάλων μὴ καταφρονεῖν, μηδὲ κατεξανίστασθαι τῶν ιερέων, τοῦτο εκ περιουσίας κελεύει. Οὐ κελεύει δὲ μόνον, ἀλλὰ καὶ αὐτὸς ποιεῖ. Καὶ γὰρ διεφθαρμένους ὄντας οὐ κατάγει ἀπὸ τῆς τιμῆς ἐκείνοις μὲν πλέον τὸ κρίμα ἐργαζόμενος, τοῖς δὲ μαθητενομένοις οὐδεμίαν παραλιμπάνων παρακοῆς πρόφασιν. Ἵνα γὰρ μῆ τις λέγῃ» ὅτι ἐπειδὴ φαῦλος ὁ διδάσκαλος, διὰ τοῦτο ῥᾳθυμότερος γέγονα' καὶ ταύτην ἀναιρεῖ τὴν πρόφασιν. Οὕτω γοῦν αὐτῶν ἔστησε τὴν ἀρχὴν, καίτοι πονηρῶν ὅντων, ὡς καὶ μετὰ τοσαύτην κατηγορίαν εἰπεῖν πάντα ὅσα ἄν λέγωσιν ὑμῖν ποιεῖν, ποιεῖτε. Οὐ γὰρ τὰ ἑαντῶν λέγουσιν, ἀλλὰ τὰ τοῦ θεοῦ, ἃ διὰ Μωυσέως ἐνομοθέτησε. Και σκόπει ποσῃ περι τὸν Μωυσεα κέχρηται τιμῇ, παλιν τὴν πρὸς τὴν παλαιὰν συμφωνίαν (ἐνδεικνύμενος, ὅπον γε καὶ ἐντεῦθεν αὐτοὺς αἰδεσίμους ποιεῖ. Ἐπὶ γὰρ τῆς Μωύσόως καθέδρας ἐκάθισαν, φησίν. ᾿Ἐπειδὺὴ γὰρ οὐκ εἶχεν αὐτοὺς ἀπὸ βίου ἀαξιοπίστους ποιῆσαι, ἀπὸ τῶν ἐγχωρούντων τοῦτο ποιεῖ, τῆς καθέδρας καὶ τῆς ἐκείνου ὅ διαδυχῆς. Πάντα δὲ ὅταν ἀκούσης, μὴ πᾶσαν ἄκουε τὴν νομοθεσίαν᾽ οἷον, τὰ περὶ βρωμάτων, τὰ περὶ θυσιῶν, καὶ ὅσα τοιαῦτα πῶς γὰρ ἔμελλε ταῦτα λέγειν, ἃ προλαβὼν ἀνεῖλεν: ἀλλὰ πάντα φησὶ τὰ διορθοῦντα ἦθος, καὶ βελτίω ποιοῦντα τρόπον, καὶ τοῖς τῆς καινῆς, συμβαίνοντα νόμοις, καὶ οὐκ ἀφιέντα λοιπὸν ὑπὸ τὸν τοῦ νόμον ζυγὸν εἶναι. Διατί οὖν οὐκ ἀπὸ τοῦ νόμου τῆς χάριτος ταῦτα θεσπίζει, ἀλλ᾽ ἀπὸ τοῦ Μωύσέως: Ὅτι οὐδέπω καιρὸς ἦν πρὸ τοὺ σταυροῦ ταῦτα σαφώς διαλέγεσθαι. ᾿Εμοὶ δὲ δοκεῖ πρὸς τοῖς εἰρημένοις καὶ ἕτερόν τι -προοικονομεῖν, ταῦτα λόγων. Ἐπειδὴ γὰρ μέλλοι κατηγορεῖν αὐτῶν, ἵνα μὴ δόξη παρὰ τοῖς ἀνοήτοις τῆς ἄρχης αὐτῶν ταύτης ἐρᾶν, ἢ δι ἀπέχθειαν ' ταῦτα ποιεῖν, πρῶτον τοῦτο ἀναιρεῖ, καὶ ανύποπτον ἑαυτὸν ποιήσας, τότε ἄρχεται τῆς κατηγορίας. Καὶ τίνος ἕνεκεν αὐτοὺς ἐλέγχει, καὶ μακροὺς λοιπὸν ἀποτείνει λόγους κατ᾽ αὐτῶν: Προφυλαττόμενος. τοὺς ὄχλους, ὥστε μὴ τοῖς αὐτοῖς περιπεσεῖν. Οὐδὲ γὰρ ὅμοιον ἀπαγορεύειν, καὶ τοὺς πταίσαντας δεικνύναι ὥσπερ οὐχ ὅμοιον παραινεῖν τὰ δέοντα, καὶ τοὺς ἢ κατορθοῦντας εἰς μᾶσον ἄγειν. Διὰ τοῦτο καὶ προλαβών φησι κατὰ δὲ τὰ ἔργα αὐτῶν μὴ ποιεῖτε. Ἵνα γὰρ μὴ νομίσωσι διὰ τὸ ἀκούειν ' αὐτῶν, δεῖν αὐτοὺς καὶ ζηλοῦν, ταύτῃ κέχρηται τῇ ἐπιδιορθώσει, καὶ τὴν δοκοῦσαν αὐτῶν εἶναι τιμὴν κατηγορίαν ποιεῖται. Τί γὰρ διδασκάλου γένοιτ᾽ ἂν ἀθλιώτερον, ὅταν τοὺς μαθητὰς τὸ μὴ προσέχειν αὐτοῦ τῷ βίῳ διασώζῃ: : Ὥστε ἡ δοκοῦσα αὐτῶν εἶναι τιμὴ. μεγίστη «κατηγορία ἐστὶν, ὅταν τοιοῦτον φαίνωνται βίον ἔχοντες, ὃν οἱ ζηλοῦντες διαφθείρονται. Διὰ τοῦτο καὶ εἰς τὰς κατ᾽ αὐτῶν ἐμπίπτει κατηγορίας. Οὐ διὰ τοῦτο δὲ μόνον, ἀλλ᾽ ἵνα δείξη, ὅτι καὶ ἡ προτέρα ἀπιστία ἣν ἠπίστησαν, καὶ ὁ σταυρὸς ὁ μετὰ ταῦτα ὃν ἐτόλμησαν, οὐ τοῦ σταυρωθέντος καὶ ἀπιστηθέντος ἔγκλημα, ἀλλὰ τῆς ἐκείνων ἀγνωμοσύνης κατηγορία. Θέα δὲ πόθεν ἄρχεται, καὶ πόθεν αὔξει τὰ ἐγκλήματα. Ὅτι λέγουσι, φησὶ, καὶ οὐ ποιοῦσιν. Ἕκαστος μὲν γὰρ ἐγκλημάτων ἄξιος, παραβαίνων τὸν νόμον, μάλιστα δὲ ὁ διδασκαλίας αὐθεντίαν ἔχων᾽ διπλῇ ἢ γὰρ καὶ τριπλῇ δίκαιος κατακρίνεσθαι. Δι’ ἕν μὲν, ὅτι παραβαίνει' δι ἕτερον δὲ, ὅτι τοὺς ἄλλους ὀφείλων διορθοῦν, εἶτα χωλεύων, μείζονος τιμωρίας ἄξιος διὰ τὴν τιμήν᾽ τρίτον δὲ, ὅτι καὶ διαφθείρει μειζόνως, ἅτε ἐν διδασκάλου τάξει ἃ τοιαῦτα παρανομῶν. Μετὰ δὲ τούτων καὶ ἕτερον αὐτῶν πάλιν λέγει κατηγόρημα, ὅτι πικροί εἰσι τοῖς ὑπευθύνοις. Δεσμεύουσι γὰρ φορτία βαρέα καὶ δυσβάστακτα, καὶ τιθέασιν ἐπὶ τοὺς ὤμους τῶν ἀνθρώπων τῷ δὲ δακτύλῳ αὐτών οὐ θέλουσι κινῆσαι αὐτα. Διπλῆν ἐνταῦθα λέγει κακίαν, τὸ πολλὴν μὲν καὶ ἄκραν ἀπαιτεῖν ἀσυγγνώστως παρὰ τῶν ἀρχομένων βίου ἀκρίβειαν, πολλὴν δὲ ἑαυτοῖς ἐπιτρέπειν τὴν ἄδειαν' ὧν τοὐναντίον τὸν ἄριστον ἄρχοντα ἔχειν Χρή ἐν μὸν τοῖς καθ᾽ ἑαυτὸν, ἀσύγγνωστον εἶναι καὶ πικρὸν δικαστῆήν' ἐν δὲ τοῖς τῶν ἀρχομένων, συγγνωμονικὸν καὶ ἥμερον ὧν οὗτοι τὸ ἐναντίον ἐποίουν.

Iēsous elalēse tois ochlois kai tois mathētais hautou, legōn epi tēs Mōïyseōs kathedras ekathisan hoi Hyrammateis kai hoi Pharisaioi. Panta oun hosa an legōsin hymin poiein, poieite kata de ta erga autōn mē poieite. TOTE, pote? Hote tauta heipen᾽ hote autous epestomisen hote estēsen eis to mēketi tolman peirazein auton, hote edeixen aniatōs echontas. Kai epeidē kyriou kai kyrion emnēmoneuse, palin epi ton nomon anatrechei. Kaitoige nomos toiouton ouoen eipe, phēsin᾽ alla, kyrios ho theos sou, kyrios heis estin. Alla nomon hē graphē tēn palaian hapasan kalei. Tauta de legei, deiknys dia pantōn tēn pollēn pros ton gegennēkota homonoian. Ei gar enantios hēn, tounantion an eipe peri tou nomon nyn de tosautēn peri auton epideiknysthai keleuei tēn aidō, hōs kai diephtharmenōn ontōn tōn didaskontōn auton, ekeinou keleuein antechesthai. ᾿Entautha hoe kai peri bion kai peri politeias dialegetai, epeidē touto malista aition tēs apistias autois hēn, diephtharmenos bios, kai ho tēs doxēs erōs. Diorthoumenos toinyn tous akroatas, ho prōton malista estin eis sōtērian synteloun, to tōn didaskalōn mē kataphronein, mēde katexanistasthai tōn iereōn, touto ek periousias keleuei. Ou keleuei de monon, alla kai autos poiei. Kai gar diephtharmenous ontas ou katagei apo tēs timēs ekeinois men pleon to krima ergazomenos, tois de mathētenomenois oudemian paralimpanōn parakoēs prophasin. Hina gar mē tis legę̄» hoti epeidē phaulos ho didaskalos, dia touto rhąthymoteros gegona' kai tautēn anairei tēn prophasin. Houtō goun autōn estēse tēn archēn, kaitoi ponērōn hontōn, hōs kai meta tosautēn katēgorian eipein panta hosa an legōsin hymin poiein, poieite. Ou gar ta heantōn legousin, alla ta tou theou, ha dia Mōyseōs enomothetēse. Kai skopei posę̄ peri ton Mōysea kechrētai timę̄, palin tēn pros tēn palaian symphōnian (endeiknymenos, hopon ge kai enteuthen autous aidesimous poiei. Epi gar tēs Mōysoōs kathedras ekathisan, phēsin. ᾿Epeidyē gar ouk eichen autous apo biou aaxiopistous poiēsai, apo tōn enchōrountōn touto poiei, tēs kathedras kai tēs ekeinou ho diadychēs. Panta de hotan akousēs, mē pasan akoue tēn nomothesian᾽ hoion, ta peri brōmatōn, ta peri thysiōn, kai hosa toiauta pōs gar emelle tauta legein, ha prolabōn aneilen: alla panta phēsi ta diorthounta ēthos, kai beltiō poiounta tropon, kai tois tēs kainēs, symbainonta nomois, kai ouk aphienta loipon hypo ton tou nomon zygon einai. Diati oun ouk apo tou nomou tēs charitos tauta thespizei, all᾽ apo tou Mōyseōs: Hoti oudepō kairos ēn pro tou staurou tauta saphōs dialegesthai. ᾿Emoi de dokei pros tois eirēmenois kai heteron ti -prooikonomein, tauta logōn. Epeidē gar melloi katēgorein autōn, hina mē doxē para tois anoētois tēs archēs autōn tautēs eran, ē di apechtheian ' tauta poiein, prōton touto anairei, kai anypopton heauton poiēsas, tote archetai tēs katēgorias. Kai tinos heneken autous elenchei, kai makrous loipon apoteinei logous kat᾽ autōn: Prophylattomenos. tous ochlous, hōste mē tois autois peripesein. Oude gar homoion apagoreuein, kai tous ptaisantas deiknynai hōsper ouch homoion parainein ta deonta, kai tous ē katorthountas eis mason agein. Dia touto kai prolabōn phēsi kata de ta erga autōn mē poieite. Hina gar mē nomisōsi dia to akouein ' autōn, dein autous kai zēloun, tautę̄ kechrētai tę̄ epidiorthōsei, kai tēn dokousan autōn einai timēn katēgorian poieitai. Ti gar didaskalou genoit᾽ an athliōteron, hotan tous mathētas to mē prosechein autou tǭ biǭ diasōzę̄: : Hōste hē dokousa autōn einai timē. megistē «katēgoria estin, hotan toiouton phainōntai bion echontes, hon hoi zēlountes diaphtheirontai. Dia touto kai eis tas kat᾽ autōn empiptei katēgorias. Ou dia touto de monon, all᾽ hina deixē, hoti kai hē protera apistia hēn ēpistēsan, kai ho stauros ho meta tauta hon etolmēsan, ou tou staurōthentos kai apistēthentos enklēma, alla tēs ekeinōn agnōmosynēs katēgoria. Thea de pothen archetai, kai pothen auxei ta enklēmata. Hoti legousi, phēsi, kai ou poiousin. Hekastos men gar enklēmatōn axios, parabainōn ton nomon, malista de ho didaskalias authentian echōn᾽ diplę̄ ē gar kai triplę̄ dikaios katakrinesthai. Di’ hen men, hoti parabainei' di heteron de, hoti tous allous opheilōn diorthoun, eita chōleuōn, meizonos timōrias axios dia tēn timēn᾽ triton de, hoti kai diaphtheirei meizonōs, hate en didaskalou taxei ha toiauta paranomōn. Meta de toutōn kai heteron autōn palin legei katēgorēma, hoti pikroi eisi tois hypeuthynois. Desmeuousi gar phortia barea kai dysbastakta, kai titheasin epi tous ōmous tōn anthrōpōn tǭ de daktylǭ autōn ou thelousi kinēsai auta. Diplēn entautha legei kakian, to pollēn men kai akran apaitein asyngnōstōs para tōn archomenōn biou akribeian, pollēn de heautois epitrepein tēn adeian' hōn tounantion ton ariston archonta echein Chrē en mon tois kath᾽ heauton, asyngnōston einai kai pikron dikastēēn' en de tois tōn archomenōn, syngnōmonikon kai hēmeron hōn houtoi to enantion epoioun.

“… Jesus spoke to the crowds and to his disciples, saying, ‘The scribes and the Pharisees sit on the seat of Moses. All, then, that they tell you to do, do; but do not do according to their works.’” Then, when? When he had said these things; when he had silenced them; when he had brought them to no longer dare to test him; when he had shown them to be incurable. And since he had mentioned the Lord and the Lord, he runs back again to the law. “And yet the law said nothing of the kind,” someone says, “but, ‘The Lord your God, the Lord is one.’” But Scripture calls the whole Old Testament the law. And he says these things showing by everything his great concord with the one who begot him. For if he had been opposed, he would have said the opposite about the law; but as it is, he bids them show such reverence for it that, even when those who teach it are corrupt, he bids them cleave to it. And here he speaks also about life and conduct, since this above all was the cause of their unbelief: a corrupt life and the love of glory. Correcting his hearers, then, he enjoins abundantly what contributes first and most to salvation: not to despise their teachers, nor to rise up against the priests. And he not only enjoins it but also does it himself. For though they were corrupt, he does not bring them down from their honor, making the judgment heavier for them, while leaving those who were being taught no pretext for disobedience. For lest anyone should say, “Because my teacher is bad, for this reason I have become more careless,” he takes away this pretext too. So firmly, at any rate, did he establish their authority, though they were wicked, that even after so great an accusation he said, “All that they tell you to do, do.” For they do not speak their own things, but the things of God, which he legislated through Moses. And see how much honor he pays to Moses, again showing his agreement with the Old Testament, since even from this he makes them worthy of respect. “For they sit on the seat of Moses,” he says. For since he could not make them trustworthy from their life, he does it from what was possible, from the seat and the succession from him. And when you hear “all,” do not understand the whole legislation, for example the rules about foods, about sacrifices, and all such things; for how would he say these things, which he had already abolished? But he means all that corrects character and makes conduct better and agrees with the laws of the New Testament, and no longer allows us to be under the yoke of the law. Why then does he lay these things down not from the law of grace but from that of Moses? Because it was not yet the time, before the cross, to speak plainly of these things. And it seems to me that besides what has been said he is preparing something else too in saying this. For since he was about to accuse them, lest he should seem to the foolish to covet this authority of theirs, or to do these things from enmity, he first removes this suspicion, and having made himself above suspicion, then begins the accusation. And why does he convict them and stretch out long discourses against them? Guarding the crowds, so that they may not fall into the same things. For forbidding is not the same as pointing out those who have stumbled, just as exhorting to what is right is not the same as bringing those who do right into the middle. That is why he says beforehand, “But do not do according to their works.” For lest they should think that because they listened to them they must also imitate them, he uses this correction, and turns what seems to be their honor into an accusation. For what could be more wretched than a teacher whose disciples are saved by not paying attention to his life? So what seems to be their honor is the greatest accusation, when they are seen to have such a life that those who imitate it are corrupted. That is why he falls into the accusations against them. And not for this reason only, but to show that both their former unbelief and the cross they afterward dared were a charge not against the one crucified and disbelieved, but against their ingratitude. And see where he begins and how he increases the charges. “For they say,” he says, “and do not do.” For everyone who transgresses the law deserves charges, but above all the one who has the authority of teaching; for he deserves to be condemned doubly and triply: for one thing, because he transgresses; for another, because, though he ought to correct others, he limps, and deserves greater punishment because of his honor; and third, because he corrupts the more, since he breaks the law in the position of a teacher. And besides these he names another charge against them, that they are harsh to those under them. “For they bind heavy burdens, hard to bear, and lay them on men’s shoulders; but they themselves will not move them with their finger.” He names here a twofold wickedness: demanding unpardoningly from those they rule a great and extreme strictness of life, while allowing themselves great license; whereas the best ruler should have the opposite: in his own affairs he should be an unpardoning and harsh judge, but in those of the ruled forgiving and gentle; the opposite of which these men did.

72.2Field 2

Τοιοῦτοι γὰρ πάντες οἱ λόγοις, φιλοσοφοῦντες, ἀσύγγνωστοι καὶ βαρεῖς, ἅτε ἄπειροι τῆς δι ἔργων ἱ δυσκολίας. Οὐ μικρὰ δὲ καὶ αὕτη κακία, οὐδὲ ὡς ἔτυχεν ἐπιτείνει τὴν ἔμπροσθεν κατηγορίαν. Σὺ δέ μοι σκόπει, πῶς καὶ αὔξει τὸ ἔγκλημα. Οὐ γὰρ εἶπεν, οὐ δύνανται, ἀλλ᾽ οὐ θέλουσι καὶ οὐκ εἧπε, βαστάσαι, αλλὰ δακτύλῳ κινῆσαι, τουτέστιν, οὐδὲ ε ἐγγὺς γενέσθαι, οὐδὲ ἅψασθαι. ᾿Αλλὰ ποῦ σπουδαῖοι καὶ εὕτονοι : ᾽Εν τοῖς κεκωλυμένοις. Παντα γὰρ τὰ ἔργα αὐτῶν ποιοῦσι, φησὶ, πρὸς τὸ θεαθῆναι τοῖς ἀνθρώποις. Εἰς κενοδοξίαν αὐτοὺς διαβάλλων ταῦτα λέγει, ὅπερ αὐτοὺς ἀπώλεσε. Τὰ μὲν γὰρ ἔμπροσθεν ὠμότητος καὶ ῥᾳθυμίας ταῦτα δὲ, δοξομανίας. Τοῦτο ἀπέστησεν αὐτοὺς τοῦ θεοῦ τοῦτο ἐν ἑτέρῳ θεάτρῳ ἀγωνίζεσθαι, παρεσκεύασε, καὶ διέφθειρεν. Οἴους γὰρ ἂν τις ἔχῃ θεατὰς, ἐπεὶ τούτοις ἐσπούδακεν ἀρέσκειν, τοιούτους ἐπιδείκνυται καὶ τοὺς ἀγῶνας καὶ ὁ μὲν ἐν γενναίοις παλαίων, τοιαῦτα καὶ τὰ ἀγωνίσματα μέτεισιν ὁ δὲ ἐν ψυχροῖς καὶ ἀναπεπτωκόσι, καὶ αὐτὸς ῥᾳθυμότερος γίνεται. Οἷον, ἔχει τις θεατὴν γέλωτι χαίροντα : γίνεται γελωτοποιὸς καὶ αὐτὸς, ἵνα τέρπη τὸν θεατήν' ἕτερος σπουδαῖον καὶ φιλοσοφοῦντα: σπουδάζει καὶ αὐτὸς τοιοῦτος εἶναι; ἐπειδὴ τοιαύτη τοῦ ἐπαινοῦντος ἡ γνώμη. Ὅρα δὲ πάλιν καὶ ἐνταῦθα μετ᾽ ἐπιτάσεως τὸ ἔγκλημα. Οὐδὲ γὰρ τὰ μὲν οὕτω, τὰ δὲ ἑτέρως ποιοῦσιν ἀλλὰ πάντα ἁπλῶς οὕτως. Εἶτα ἐγκαλέσας αὐτοῖς κενοδοξίαν, δείκνυσιν οὐδὲ ἐπὶ τοῖς μεγάλοις. καὶ ἀναγκαίοις κενοδοξοῦντας (οὐδὲ γὰρ εἶχον, ἀλλ᾽ ἔρημοι. ἦσαν κατορθωμάτων) ἀλλ᾽ ἐπὶ ψυχροῖς καὶ εὐτελέσι, καὶ ἃ τῆς κακίας αὐτῶν τεκμήρια ἦν, τὰ ρια αὐτῶν, φησὶ, καὶ μεγαλύνουσι, τὰ κράσπεδα τῶν ἱματίων αὐτῶν. Καὶ τίνα ταῦτά ἐστι τὰ φυλακτήρια καὶ τὰ κρασπεδα:; ᾿Επειδὴ συνεχῶς ἐπελανθάνοντο τῶν εὐεργεσιῶν τοῦ θεοῦ, ἐκέλευσεν ἐγγραφῆναι βιβλίοις μικροῖς τὰ θαύματα αὐτοῦ, καὶ ἐξηρτῆσθαι αὐτὰ τῶν χειρῶν αὐτών' (διὸ καὶ ἔλεγεν· ἔσται ἀσάλευτα ἣ ἐν ὀφθαλμοῖς σου ἃ φυλακτήρια ἐκάλουν ὡς πολλαὶ νῦν τῶν γυναικῶν εὐαγγέλια τῶν τραχήλων ἐξαρτῶσαι ἕ ἐχουσι. Καὶ ἵνα καὶ ἑτέρωθεν πάλιν ὑπομιμνήσκωνται, ὃ πολλοὶ πολλάκις ποιοῦσιν, ὡς ἐπιλανθανόμενοι λίνῳ ἢ κρόκῃ τὸν δάκτυλον ἀποδεσμοῦντες, τοῦτο ὃ θεὸς ὥσπερ παιδίοις ἐκέλευσε ποιεῖν; κλῶσμα ὑακίνθινον ἐπὶ τῶν ἱματίων περὶ τὴν ᾧαν τὴν περὶ τοὺς πόδας ἀποῤῥάπτεσθαι, ἵνα προσέχοντες ἀναμιμνήσκωνται τῶν ἐντολώῶν᾽ ΄ καὶ ἐκαλεῖτο κράσπεδα. Ἔν τούτοις τοίνυν ἦσαν σπουδαῖοι, τοὺς τελαμῶνας τῶν βιβλίων πλατύνοντες, καὶ τὰ κράσπεδα μεγαλοποιοῦντες ὅπερ ἐσχάτης κενοδοξίας. ἦν. Τίνος γὰρ ἕνεκεν φιλοτιμῇ, καὶ πλατύνεις ταῦτα; μὴ γὰρ κατόρθωμά᾽ σον τοῦτό ἐστι; μὴ γάρ τί σε ὀνίνησιν, ἂν μὴ τὰ απ αὐτῶν ὁ κερδάνης : Οὐ γὰρ τὸ μεγαλύνειν ταῦτα καὶ πλατύνειν ὁ ε ζητεῖ, αλλὰ τὸ μεμνῆσθαι τῶν αὐτοῦ κατορθωμάτων. Εἰ δὲ ἐπὶ ἐλεημοσύνῃ καὶ νηστείᾳ, καίτοι ἐπιπόνοις καὶ ἰδίοις οὖσιν ἡμετέροις, φιλοτιμεῖσθαι οὐ δεῖ πῶς σὺ τούτοις ἐναβρύνῃ, ὡ ᾿Ιουδαῖε, ᾿ μάλιστα σον κατηγορεῖ ῥᾳθυμίαν δὲ οὐκ ἐν τούτοις μόνοις» ἀλλὰ καὶ ἐν ἑτέροις μικροῖς ταῦτα ἐνόσουν. Φιλοῦσι γάρ, φησὶ, τὴν πρωτοκλισίαν ἐν τοῖς δείπνοις, καὶ τὰς πρωτοκαθεδρίας ἐν ταῖς συναγωγαῖς, καὶ τοὺς ἀσπασμοὺς ἐν ταῖς ἀγοραῖς, καὶ καλεῖσθαι ὑπὸ τῶν ἀνθρώπων, ῥαββί. Ταῦτα γὰρ εἰ καὶ μικρά. τις ἡγεῖται, αλλὰ μεγάλων ἐστὶν αἴτια κακῶν. Ταῦτα καὶ πόλεις καὶ ἐκκλησίας ἀνέτρεψε. Καί μοι καὶ δακρῦσαι ἔπεισι νῦν, ὅταν τὰς πρωτοκαθεδρίας ἀκούσω καὶ τοὺς ἀσπασμοὺς, καὶ λογίσωμαι πόσα ἐντεῦθεν ἐτέχθη κακὰ ταῖς ἐκκλησίαις τοῦ θεοῦ ἅπερ οὐκ ἀναγκαῖον εἰς ὑμᾶς ἐξειπεῖν νῦν᾽ μᾶλλον δὲ ὅσοι πρεσβῦται οὐδὲ δέονται ταῦτα παρ ἡμῶν μαθεῖν. Σὺ δέ μοι σκόπει, ποῦ τὰ τῆς κενοδοξίας ἐκράτει ἔνθα ἐκελεύοντο μὴ κενοδοξεῖν, ἐν ταῖς συναγωγαῖς ἔνθα εἰσήεσαν ῥυθμίζοντες ἑτέρους. Τὸ μὲν γὰρ ἐπὶ τῶν δείπνων τοῦτο παθεῖν ὁπωσδήποτε, οὐχ οὕτω δοκεῖ δεινὸν εἶναι καίτοιγε καὶ ἐκεῖ τὸν διδάσκαλον θαυμάζεσθαι ἔδει, οὐκ ἐπὶ τῆς ἐκκλησίας μόνον, ἀλλὰ πανταχοῦ. ' Καὶ καθάπερ ὁ ἄνθρωπος, ὅ ὑπουπερ ἂν φανῆ, δῆλός ἑ ἐστι τῶν ἀλόγων διεστηκών᾽ οὕτω καὶ τὸν διδάσκαλον, καὶ φθεγγόμενον, καὶ σιγῶντα, καὶ ἀριστοποιούμενον, καὶ πᾶν ὁτιοῦν ποιοῦντα, δῆλον εἶναι δεῖ, καὶ ἀπὸ τοῦ βήματος, καὶ ἀπὸ τοῦ βλέμματος, καὶ ἀπὸ τοῦ σχήματος, καὶ απὸ πάντων ἁπλώς. ᾿Εκεῖνοι δὲ πανταχόθεν ἦσαν καταγέλαστοι, καὶ πανταχοῦ κατῃσχύνοντο, ΗΝ ἀρεαν διώκειν ἃ φεύγειν ἔδει. Φιλοῦσι γάρ, φησίν. Εἰ δὲ τὸ φιλεῖν ἔγκλημα, τὸ ποιεῖν ἡλίκον καὶ τὸ θηρᾶν αὐτὰ καὶ σπουδάζειν ὥστε τυχεῖν, πόσον κακόν. ;

Toioutoi gar pantes hoi logois, philosophountes, asyngnōstoi kai bareis, hate apeiroi tēs di ergōn hi dyskolias. Ou mikra de kai hautē kakia, oude hōs etychen epiteinei tēn emprosthen katēgorian. Sy de moi skopei, pōs kai auxei to enklēma. Ou gar eipen, ou dynantai, all᾽ ou thelousi kai ouk heēpe, bastasai, alla daktylǭ kinēsai, toutestin, oude e engys genesthai, oude hapsasthai. ᾿Alla pou spoudaioi kai heutonoi : ᾽En tois kekōlymenois. Panta gar ta erga autōn poiousi, phēsi, pros to theathēnai tois anthrōpois. Eis kenodoxian autous diaballōn tauta legei, hoper autous apōlese. Ta men gar emprosthen ōmotētos kai rhąthymias tauta de, doxomanias. Touto apestēsen autous tou theou touto en heterǭ theatrǭ agōnizesthai, pareskeuase, kai diephtheiren. Oious gar an tis echę̄ theatas, epei toutois espoudaken areskein, toioutous epideiknytai kai tous agōnas kai ho men en gennaiois palaiōn, toiauta kai ta agōnismata meteisin ho de en psychrois kai anapeptōkosi, kai autos rhąthymoteros ginetai. Hoion, echei tis theatēn gelōti chaironta : ginetai gelōtopoios kai autos, hina terpē ton theatēn' heteros spoudaion kai philosophounta: spoudazei kai autos toioutos einai? epeidē toiautē tou epainountos hē gnōmē. Hora de palin kai entautha met᾽ epitaseōs to enklēma. Oude gar ta men houtō, ta de heterōs poiousin alla panta haplōs houtōs. Eita enkalesas autois kenodoxian, deiknysin oude epi tois megalois. kai anankaiois kenodoxountas (oude gar eichon, all᾽ erēmoi. ēsan katorthōmatōn) all᾽ epi psychrois kai eutelesi, kai ha tēs kakias autōn tekmēria ēn, ta ria autōn, phēsi, kai megalynousi, ta kraspeda tōn himatiōn autōn. Kai tina tauta esti ta phylaktēria kai ta kraspeda:? ᾿Epeidē synechōs epelanthanonto tōn euergesiōn tou theou, ekeleusen engraphēnai bibliois mikrois ta thaumata autou, kai exērtēsthai auta tōn cheirōn autōn' (dio kai elegen; estai asaleuta hē en ophthalmois sou ha phylaktēria ekaloun hōs pollai nyn tōn gynaikōn euangelia tōn trachēlōn exartōsai he echousi. Kai hina kai heterōthen palin hypomimnēskōntai, ho polloi pollakis poiousin, hōs epilanthanomenoi linǭ ē krokę̄ ton daktylon apodesmountes, touto ho theos hōsper paidiois ekeleuse poiein? klōsma hyakinthinon epi tōn himatiōn peri tēn hǭan tēn peri tous podas aporrhaptesthai, hina prosechontes anamimnēskōntai tōn entolōōn᾽ ΄ kai ekaleito kraspeda. En toutois toinyn ēsan spoudaioi, tous telamōnas tōn bibliōn platynontes, kai ta kraspeda megalopoiountes hoper eschatēs kenodoxias. ēn. Tinos gar heneken philotimę̄, kai platyneis tauta? mē gar katorthōma᾽ son touto esti? mē gar ti se oninēsin, an mē ta ap autōn ho kerdanēs : Ou gar to megalynein tauta kai platynein ho e zētei, alla to memnēsthai tōn autou katorthōmatōn. Ei de epi eleēmosynę̄ kai nēsteią, kaitoi epiponois kai idiois ousin hēmeterois, philotimeisthai ou dei pōs sy toutois enabrynę̄, hō ᾿Ioudaie, ᾿ malista son katēgorei rhąthymian de ouk en toutois monois» alla kai en heterois mikrois tauta enosoun. Philousi gar, phēsi, tēn prōtoklisian en tois deipnois, kai tas prōtokathedrias en tais synagōgais, kai tous aspasmous en tais agorais, kai kaleisthai hypo tōn anthrōpōn, rhabbi. Tauta gar ei kai mikra. tis hēgeitai, alla megalōn estin aitia kakōn. Tauta kai poleis kai ekklēsias anetrepse. Kai moi kai dakrysai epeisi nyn, hotan tas prōtokathedrias akousō kai tous aspasmous, kai logisōmai posa enteuthen etechthē kaka tais ekklēsiais tou theou haper ouk anankaion eis hymas exeipein nyn᾽ mallon de hosoi presbytai oude deontai tauta par hēmōn mathein. Sy de moi skopei, pou ta tēs kenodoxias ekratei entha ekeleuonto mē kenodoxein, en tais synagōgais entha eisēesan rhythmizontes heterous. To men gar epi tōn deipnōn touto pathein hopōsdēpote, ouch houtō dokei deinon einai kaitoige kai ekei ton didaskalon thaumazesthai edei, ouk epi tēs ekklēsias monon, alla pantachou. ' Kai kathaper ho anthrōpos, ho hypouper an phanē, dēlos he esti tōn alogōn diestēkōn᾽ houtō kai ton didaskalon, kai phthengomenon, kai sigōnta, kai aristopoioumenon, kai pan hotioun poiounta, dēlon einai dei, kai apo tou bēmatos, kai apo tou blemmatos, kai apo tou schēmatos, kai apo pantōn haplōs. ᾿Ekeinoi de pantachothen ēsan katagelastoi, kai pantachou katę̄schynonto, ĒN arean diōkein ha pheugein edei. Philousi gar, phēsin. Ei de to philein enklēma, to poiein hēlikon kai to thēran auta kai spoudazein hōste tychein, poson kakon. ?

For such are all who philosophize in words: unpardoning and severe, as having no experience of the difficulty of deeds. And this is no small vice either, nor does it increase the former accusation in an ordinary way. And see, I pray you, how he increases the charge in this too. For he did not say “they cannot,” but “they will not”; and he did not say “carry,” but “move with their finger,” that is, not even come near, nor touch. But where are they earnest and vigorous? In what is forbidden. “For they do all their works,” he says, “to be seen by men.” He says these things accusing them of vainglory, which destroyed them. For the former things were of cruelty and sloth, but these of the madness for glory. This separated them from God; this made them contend in another theater, and corrupted them. For whatever spectators a man has, since he is eager to please them, such contests he displays as well; and the one who wrestles before noble spectators pursues contests of the same kind, while the one before cold and slack spectators himself becomes more careless. For example, someone has a spectator who delights in laughter? He too becomes a jester, to delight the spectator. Another has a serious spectator who loves philosophy? He too is eager to be such, since such is the mind of the one who praises. And see again here too the charge intensified. For they do not do some things in this way and others otherwise, but simply all things so. Then, having accused them of vainglory, he shows that they are vainglorious not even over great and necessary things (for they did not have these, but were destitute of good deeds), but over cold and paltry things, things that were proofs of their wickedness: “… their phylacteries,” he says, “and they enlarge the fringes of their garments.” And what are these phylacteries and fringes? Since they continually forgot God’s benefits, he commanded that his wonders be written in small scrolls and fastened to their hands (that is why he said, “They shall be immovable before your eyes”), which they called phylacteries, as many women now hang Gospels from their necks. And so that they might be reminded from another side too, as many often do who, being forgetful, tie their finger with a thread of linen or wool, this God bade them do as children: to sew a blue thread on their garments at the hem around the feet, so that, attending to it, they might remember the commandments; and these were called fringes. In these things, then, they were earnest, broadening the straps of the scrolls and making the fringes large; which was the mark of the utmost vainglory. For why are you ambitious and broaden these? Is this your good deed? Does it profit you at all, if you do not gain what comes from them? For God does not seek that you enlarge and broaden these, but that you remember his good deeds. And if one must not be ambitious over almsgiving and fasting, though these are toilsome and our own, how do you pride yourself on these things, O Jew, which above all accuse you of carelessness? And they were sick in this way not only in these things but in other small things too. “For they love,” he says, “the first couch at dinners, and the first seats in the synagogues, and the greetings in the marketplaces, and to be called by men ‘Rabbi.’” For even if one thinks these things small, they are the causes of great evils. These have overturned both cities and churches. And it comes over me to weep now, when I hear of the first seats and the greetings, and reckon how many evils have been born from this for the churches of God; which it is not necessary to tell you now; or rather, as many as are older do not even need to learn these things from us. But consider, I pray you, where vainglory prevailed: where they were commanded not to be vainglorious, in the synagogues, where they came in to regulate others. For to suffer this at dinners, in whatever way, does not seem so terrible; and yet there too the teacher ought to be admired, not in the church only but everywhere. And just as a man, wherever he appears, is plainly distinct from the irrational animals, so the teacher too, whether speaking or silent or at his meal or doing anything whatever, ought to be plain from his word, his glance, his bearing, and simply from everything. But they were ridiculous on every side and disgraced everywhere, pursuing what they ought to flee. “For they love,” he says. And if to love it is a charge, how great a one to do it! And to hunt for these things and be eager to get them, how great an evil!

72.3Field 2

Τὰ μὲν οὐὖν ἄλλα μέχρι τῆς ἐκείνων κατηγορίας ἐστησεν. ὡς μικρὰ καὶ εὐτελῆ, καὶ μὴ δεομένων τῶν μαθητῶν καὶ ὑπὲρ τούτων διορθωθῆναι᾽ ὃ δὲ πάντων αἴτιον ἦν τῶν κακῶν, ἡ φιλαρχία, καὶ τὸ τὸν θρόνον ἁρπαζειν τὸν διδα΄ σκαλικὸν, τοῦτο εἰς μέσον ἀγαγὼν διορθοῦται σπουδαίως, ὑπὲρ τούτου σφόδρα καὶ αὐτοῖς εὐτόνως ἐπισκήπτων. Τί γάρ φησιν; Ὑμεῖς δὲ μὴ κληθῆτε ῥαββί. Εἶτα καὶ ἡ αἰτία διὸ εἷς γαρ υὑμων ἐστιν ο ὀιθασκαλος᾽ παντες ὃὁὲ ὑμεῖς ἀδελφοί ἐστε καὶ οὐδὲν ἕτερος ἑτέρον πλέον ἔχει, κατὰ τὸ μηδὲν ἰδέ εἰδέναι παρ εαὐυτον. Διὸ καὶ Παῦλος λέγει τὶς γὰρ ὡς ἐστι Παῦλος, τίς δὲ Ἀπολλὼς, τίς δὲ Κηφάς, ἀλλ᾽ ἢ διάκονοι: οὐκ εἶπε, διδάσκαλοι. Καὶ πάλιν· μὴ καλέσητε πατέρα οὐχ ἵνα μή ᾿καλέσωσιν, αλλ ἵνα εἰδῶσιν ὃν κυρίως πατέρα καλεῖν χρή. Καθάπερ γὰρ ὁ διδάσκαλος οὐκ ἔστι διδάσκαλος προηγουμένως οὕτως οὐδὲ ὁ πατήρ. ᾿Ἐκεῖνος γὰρ πάντων αἴτιος, καὶ τῶν διδασκάλων, καὶ τῶν πατέρων. Καὶ πάλιν ἐπάγει μηδὲ κληθῆτε καθηγηταί εἷς γὰρ ὑμῶν ἐστι ᾿καθηγητῆς, ὁ Χριστός καὶ οὐκ εἶπεν, ἐγώ. Ὥσπερ ἀνωτέρω εἶπε, τί ὑμῖν δοκεῖ περὶ τοῦ Χριστοῦ; καὶ οὐκ εἶπε, περὶ ἐμοῦ οὕτω καὶ ἐνταῦθα. Αλλ ἡδέως ἂν βροίμην ἐνταῦθα, τί ἂν εἴποιεν οἱ τὸ εἷς καὶ εἷς πολλακις ἁρμόζοντες τῷ πατρὶ μόνῳ, επὶ ἀθετήσει τοῦ μονυγενοῦς. Καθηγητὴς ὁ πατήρ; Ἅπαντες ἂν ᾿ εἴποιεν, καὶ οὐδεὶς ἀντερεῖ. Καὶ μὴν εἷς, φησὶν, ἐστὶν ᾽ὁ καθηγητὴς ὑμῶν, ὁ Χριστός. Ὥσπερ οὺν εἷς καθηγητὴς λεγόμενος ὁ Χριστὸς οὐκ ἐκβαλλει τὸν πατέρα τοῦ εἶναι καθηγητῆν᾽ οὕτω καὶ εἷς διδάσκαλος λεγόμενος ὁ πατὴρ οὐκ ἐκβαλλει τὸν υἱὸν τοῦ εἶναι διδάσκαλον. Τὸ γὰρ εἷς καὶ εἷς πρὸς ἀντιδιαστολὴν τῶν ἀνθρώπων εἴρηται, καὶ τῆς λοιπῆς κτίσεως. Απαγορεύσας τοίνυν αὐτοῖς τὸ χαλεπὸν τοῦτο νόσημα καὶ διορθωσάμενος, παιδεύει καὶ πῶς ἀν αὐτὸ διαφύγοιεν' διὰ ταπεινοφροσύνης. Διὸ καὶ ἐπάγει· ὁ δὲ μείζων ὑμῶν ἔσται ὑμών διάκονος. Ὅστις γὰρ ὑψώσει ἑαυτὸν, ταπεινωθήσεται καὶ ὅστις ταπεινώσει ἑαυτὸν, ὑψωθήσεται. Οὐδὲν γὰρ τοῦ μετριάζειν ἴσον' διὸ καὶ συνεχῶς αὐτοὺς ὑπομιμνήσκει ταύτης τῆς ἀρετῆς, καὶ ὅτε τὰ παιδία εἰς μέσον ἤγαγε, καὶ νῦν' καὶ ἀρχόμενος ἐπὶ τοῦ ὄρους τῶν μακαρισμῶν, ἐντεῦθεν ἤρξατο καὶ ἐνταῦθα πρόῤῥιζον αὐτὸ ἀνασπᾷ ἐντεῦθεν λέγων ὁ ταπεινῶν ἑαυτὸν, ὑψωθήσεται. Εἶδες πῶς ἐκ διαμέτρου πρὸς τοὐναντίον ἀπάγει τὸν ἀκροατήν : Οὐ γὰρ δὴ μόνον τῶν πρωτείων ἐρᾶν κωλύει, ἀλλὰ καὶ τὰ ἔσχατα διώκειν. Οὕτω γὰρ τεύξῃ τῆς ἐπιθυμίας, φησί. Διὸ χρὴ ἱ τῶν πρωτείων τὴν ἐπιθυμίαν διώκοντα, τὴν ἐσχάτην διώκειν τάξιν. Ὃς γὰρ ἂν ταπεινώσῃ ἑαυτὸν, ὑψωθήσεται. Καὶ ποῦ τὴν ταπεινοφροσύνην ταύτην εὑρήσομεν : Βούλεσθε πάλιν ἐπὶ τὴν πόλιν τῆς ἀρετῆς ἴωμεν, τὰς τῶν ἁγίων σκηνὰς, τὰ ὄρη λέγω, καὶ τὰς νάπας; Καὶ γὰρ ἐκεῖ τὸ ὕψος τῆς ταπεινοφροσύνης ὀψόμεθα ᾿ τοῦτο. Ἄνθρωποι γὰρ οἱ μὲν ἀπὸ τῶν ἔξωθεν ἀξιωμάτων, οἱ δὲ καὶ ἀπὸ χρηματων ὄντες λαμπροὶ, πάντοθεν ἑαυτοὺς καταστέλλουσιν, ἀπὸ τῆς ἐσθῆτος, ἀπὸ τῆς οἰκίας, ἀπὸ τῶν διακονουμένων᾽ καὶ καθάπερ ἐν γράμμασι διὰ πάντων τὴν ταπεινοφροσύνην γράουσι. Καὶ ἅπερ ἐστὶν ὑπεκκαύματα ἀλαζονείας, τὸ καλῶς αἀμφιέννυσθαι, καὶ τὸ λαμπρώς οἰκοδομεῖν, καὶ τὸ πολλοὺς ἔχειν διακόνους, ἃ καὶ ἄκοντας πολλάκις εἰς ' ἀλαζονείαν ἐμβάλλει, ταῦτα ἐκεῖ ἅπαντα ἀνήρηται. Καὶ αὐτοὶ καίουσι πῦρ, αὐτοὶ διακλώσε ξύλα, αὐτοὶ ἕψουσιν, αὐτοὶ τοῖς ἐρχομένοις διακονοῦνται. Οὐκ ἔστιν ὑβρίζοντος ἀκοῦσαί τινος ἐκεῖ, οὐδὲ ὑβριζόμενον ἰδεῖν, οὐδὲ ἐπιταττόμενον, οὐδὲ ἐπιτάττοντα· ἀλλὰ πάντες τῶν διακονουμένων εἰσὶ» καὶ ἕκαστος τοὺς πόδας νίπτει τῶν ξένων, καὶ πολλὴ περὶ τούτου μάχη. Καὶ ποιεῖ τοῦτο, οὐκ ἐξετάζων ὅ ὅστις ἐστὶν, οὔτε εἰ δοῦλος, οὔτε εἰ ἐλεύθερος ἀλλ᾽ ἐπὶ παντὸς τὴν διακονίαν ταύτην πληροῖ. Οὐδεὶς ἐ ἐκεῖ οὐ μέγας, οὐδὲ μικρός. Τί οὖν: σύγχύσις : Μη γένοιτο ἀλλ᾽ ἡ πρώτη εὐταξία. Κἂν γὰρ ἥ τις μικρὸς, ὁ μέγας οὐχ ὁρᾷ τοῦτο, αλλὰ καὶ ἐκείνου καταδεέστερον ἑαντὸν εἶναι νενόμικε, καὶ ταύτη γίνεται μείζων. Μία τράπεζα πᾶσι, καὶ τοῖς διακονουμένοις, καὶ τοῖς διακονοῦσι· τὰ αὐτὰ ἐδέσματα, τὰ αὐτὰ ἐνδύματα, τὰ αὐτὰ οἰκήματα, ἡ αὐτὴ δίαιτα. Μέγας ἐκεῖ ὁ τὸ εὐτελὲς ἔργον «ἁρπάζων. Οὐκ ἔστι τὸ ἐμὸν καὶ τὸ σόν ἀλλ᾽ ἐξώρισται τοῦτο τὸ ῥῆμα, τὸ μυρίων αἴτιον πολέμων.

Ta men ouyn alla mechri tēs ekeinōn katēgorias estēsen. hōs mikra kai eutelē, kai mē deomenōn tōn mathētōn kai hyper toutōn diorthōthēnai᾽ ho de pantōn aition ēn tōn kakōn, hē philarchia, kai to ton thronon harpazein ton dida΄ skalikon, touto eis meson agagōn diorthoutai spoudaiōs, hyper toutou sphodra kai autois eutonōs episkēptōn. Ti gar phēsin? Hymeis de mē klēthēte rhabbi. Eita kai hē aitia dio heis gar hyymōn estin o oithaskalos᾽ pantes hooe hymeis adelphoi este kai ouden heteros heteron pleon echei, kata to mēden ide eidenai par eauyton. Dio kai Paulos legei tis gar hōs esti Paulos, tis de Apollōs, tis de Kēphas, all᾽ ē diakonoi: ouk eipe, didaskaloi. Kai palin; mē kalesēte patera ouch hina mē ᾿kalesōsin, all hina eidōsin hon kyriōs patera kalein chrē. Kathaper gar ho didaskalos ouk esti didaskalos proēgoumenōs houtōs oude ho patēr. ᾿Ekeinos gar pantōn aitios, kai tōn didaskalōn, kai tōn paterōn. Kai palin epagei mēde klēthēte kathēgētai heis gar hymōn esti ᾿kathēgētēs, ho Christos kai ouk eipen, egō. Hōsper anōterō eipe, ti hymin dokei peri tou Christou? kai ouk eipe, peri emou houtō kai entautha. All hēdeōs an broimēn entautha, ti an eipoien hoi to heis kai heis pollakis harmozontes tǭ patri monǭ, epi athetēsei tou monygenous. Kathēgētēs ho patēr? Hapantes an ᾿ eipoien, kai oudeis anterei. Kai mēn heis, phēsin, estin ᾽ho kathēgētēs hymōn, ho Christos. Hōsper oun heis kathēgētēs legomenos ho Christos ouk ekballei ton patera tou einai kathēgētēn᾽ houtō kai heis didaskalos legomenos ho patēr ouk ekballei ton huion tou einai didaskalon. To gar heis kai heis pros antidiastolēn tōn anthrōpōn eirētai, kai tēs loipēs ktiseōs. Apagoreusas toinyn autois to chalepon touto nosēma kai diorthōsamenos, paideuei kai pōs an auto diaphygoien' dia tapeinophrosynēs. Dio kai epagei; ho de meizōn hymōn estai hymōn diakonos. Hostis gar hypsōsei heauton, tapeinōthēsetai kai hostis tapeinōsei heauton, hypsōthēsetai. Ouden gar tou metriazein ison' dio kai synechōs autous hypomimnēskei tautēs tēs aretēs, kai hote ta paidia eis meson ēgage, kai nyn' kai archomenos epi tou orous tōn makarismōn, enteuthen ērxato kai entautha prorrhizon auto anaspą enteuthen legōn ho tapeinōn heauton, hypsōthēsetai. Eides pōs ek diametrou pros tounantion apagei ton akroatēn : Ou gar dē monon tōn prōteiōn eran kōlyei, alla kai ta eschata diōkein. Houtō gar teuxę̄ tēs epithymias, phēsi. Dio chrē hi tōn prōteiōn tēn epithymian diōkonta, tēn eschatēn diōkein taxin. Hos gar an tapeinōsę̄ heauton, hypsōthēsetai. Kai pou tēn tapeinophrosynēn tautēn heurēsomen : Boulesthe palin epi tēn polin tēs aretēs iōmen, tas tōn hagiōn skēnas, ta orē legō, kai tas napas? Kai gar ekei to hypsos tēs tapeinophrosynēs opsometha ᾿ touto. Anthrōpoi gar hoi men apo tōn exōthen axiōmatōn, hoi de kai apo chrēmatōn ontes lamproi, pantothen heautous katastellousin, apo tēs esthētos, apo tēs oikias, apo tōn diakonoumenōn᾽ kai kathaper en grammasi dia pantōn tēn tapeinophrosynēn graousi. Kai haper estin hypekkaumata alazoneias, to kalōs aamphiennysthai, kai to lamprōs oikodomein, kai to pollous echein diakonous, ha kai akontas pollakis eis ' alazoneian emballei, tauta ekei hapanta anērētai. Kai autoi kaiousi pyr, autoi diaklōse xyla, autoi hepsousin, autoi tois erchomenois diakonountai. Ouk estin hybrizontos akousai tinos ekei, oude hybrizomenon idein, oude epitattomenon, oude epitattonta; alla pantes tōn diakonoumenōn eisi» kai hekastos tous podas niptei tōn xenōn, kai pollē peri toutou machē. Kai poiei touto, ouk exetazōn ho hostis estin, oute ei doulos, oute ei eleutheros all᾽ epi pantos tēn diakonian tautēn plēroi. Oudeis e ekei ou megas, oude mikros. Ti oun: synchysis : Mē genoito all᾽ hē prōtē eutaxia. Kan gar hē tis mikros, ho megas ouch horą touto, alla kai ekeinou katadeesteron heanton einai nenomike, kai tautē ginetai meizōn. Mia trapeza pasi, kai tois diakonoumenois, kai tois diakonousi; ta auta edesmata, ta auta endymata, ta auta oikēmata, hē autē diaita. Megas ekei ho to euteles ergon «harpazōn. Ouk esti to emon kai to son all᾽ exōristai touto to rhēma, to myriōn aition polemōn.

The other things, then, he left at the accusation of those men, as small and paltry, and as the disciples did not need correction about these too; but what was the cause of all the evils, the love of rule and the seizing of the teacher’s chair, this he brought into the middle and corrects earnestly, laying a strong charge on them too about it. For what does he say? “But you, do not be called Rabbi.” Then the reason too: “For one is your teacher, and you are all brothers”; and one has nothing more than another, in that no one knows anything of himself. That is why Paul too says, “For who is Paul, and who is Apollos, and who is Cephas, but servants?” He did not say “teachers.” And again, “Do not call anyone father,” not that they should not call anyone so, but that they may know whom they ought properly to call father. For as the teacher is not the teacher in the primary sense, so neither is the father. For he is the cause of all, both of teachers and of fathers. And again he adds, “Nor be called leaders; for one is your leader, the Christ.” And he did not say “I.” As he said above, “What do you think of the Christ?” and did not say, “of me,” so also here. But I would gladly ask here what they would say who often apply the “one” and “one” to the Father alone, to set aside the Only-begotten. Is the Father a leader? All would say so, and no one will contradict. And yet he says, “One is your leader, the Christ.” As, then, Christ, being called the one leader, does not exclude the Father from being leader, so too the Father, being called the one teacher, does not exclude the Son from being teacher. For the “one” and “one” is said by way of contrast with men and the rest of creation. Having forbidden them, then, this grievous disease and corrected it, he also teaches how they might escape it: by humility. That is why he adds, “But the greatest among you shall be your servant. For whoever exalts himself will be humbled, and whoever humbles himself will be exalted.” For nothing equals modesty; that is why he continually reminds them of this virtue, both when he brought the children into the middle and now; and when beginning on the mountain with the beatitudes he began from this; and here he plucks it out by the roots, saying, “He who humbles himself will be exalted.” Do you see how he leads the hearer away to the diametric opposite? For he not only forbids loving the first places, but bids pursue the last. “For so you will obtain your desire,” he says. Therefore the one who pursues the desire for the first places must pursue the last rank. “For whoever humbles himself will be exalted.” And where shall we find this humility? Do you wish us to go again to the city of virtue, the tents of the saints, I mean the mountains and the glens? For there we shall see this height of humility. For men who are illustrious, some from outward ranks, others from wealth, restrain themselves on every side, by their clothing, by their dwelling, by those who serve them; and as in letters they write humility through everything. And the things that are tinder for boastfulness (being finely dressed, building splendidly, having many servants), which often throw men into boastfulness even against their will, are all done away there. And they themselves light the fire, they themselves split the wood, they themselves cook, they themselves serve those who come. There one hears no one insulting, nor sees anyone insulted, nor anyone commanded or commanding; but all are of those who serve, and each washes the feet of the strangers, and there is great rivalry over this. And he does this not examining who the man is, whether slave or free, but performs this service for everyone. There no one is great or small. What then? Is there confusion? God forbid! But the first good order. For even if someone is small, the great one does not see this, but considers himself lower even than him, and in this way becomes greater. One table for all, both for those served and for those serving; the same food, the same garments, the same dwellings, the same way of life. Great there is the one who seizes the meanest work. There is no “mine” and “yours”; but this word, the cause of countless wars, has been banished.

72.4Field 2

Καὶ τί θαυμάζεις, εἰ ἤωτα καὶ τράπεζα καὶ στολὴ μία πᾶσιν, ὅπον γε καὶ ψυχὴ μία πᾶσιν, οὐ κατὰ τὴν οὐσίαν μόνον (τοῦτο γὰρ καὶ ἐπὶ πάντων), ἀλλὰ κατὰ τὴν ἀγάπην: πῶς οὗν ἂν αὐτὴ καθ᾽ ἐ εαυτῆς ἐπαρθείη ποτές Οὐκ ἕ ἔστιν ἐκεῖ πενία καὶ πλοῦτος, δόξα καὶ ατιμία πῶς οὖν ἂν εὕροι παρείσδυσιν ἀπόνοια καὶ ἀλαζονεία: Εἰσὶ μὲν γὰρ καὶ μικροὶ καὶ μεγάλοι κατὰ τὸν τῆς ἀρετῆς λόγον᾽ ἀλλ᾽ ὅπερ ἔφην; οὐδεὶς τοῦτο ὁρᾷ. Ὁ μικρὸς οὐκ ἀλγεῖ ὡς καταφρονούμενος οὔτε γὰρ ὁ καταφρονῶν τίς ἐστι κἂν διαπτύσῃ δέ τις, ᾿ τοῦτο μάλιστα παιδεύονται, καταφρονεῖσθαι, διαπτύεσθαι, ἐξευτελίζεσθαι, διὰ ῥημάτων, διὰ πραγμάτων' καὶ πτωχοῖς καὶ ἀναπήροις συναναστρέφονται, καὶ αἱ τράπεζαι αὐτοῖς τούτων γέμουσι τῶν δαιτυμόνων διὰ δὴ τοῦτο καὶ τῶν οὐρανῶν εἰσιν ἄξιοι. Καὶ ὁ μὲν θεραπεύει τραύματα τών λώβην ἐχόντων, ὁ ὁ δὲ χειραγωγεῖ τὸν τυφλὸν, ὁ δὲ βαστάζει τὸν τὸ σκέλος πεπηρωμένον. Οὐκ ἐ ἐνὶ κολάκων ἐκεῖ πλῆθος, οὐδὲ παρασίτων' μᾶλλον δὲ οὐδὲ ὅ τί ποτέ ἐστι κολακεία ἴσασι' πόθεν οὖν ἀν ἐπαρθεῖέν ποτε: Καὶ γὰρ πολλὴ παρ᾽ αὐτοῖς ἰσότης διὸ καὶ εὐκολία πολλὴ τῆς ἀρετῆς. Καὶ γὰρ τούτοις μᾶλλον οἱ καταδεέστεροι παιδεύονται, ἢ ἢ εἰ ἀναγκάζοιντο αὑτοῖς παραχωρεῖν τῶν πρωτείων. Ὥσπερ γὰρ τὸν θρασὺν ὁ ο πληττόμενος καὶ παραχωρὼν παιδεύει. οὕτω τὸν φιλότιμον ὁ μὴ ἀντιποιούμενος δόξης, ἀλλὰ καταφρονῶν. Τοῦτο δὲ μετὰ δαψιλείας, ἐκεῖ ποιοῦσι καὶ ὅση μάχη πᾶρ. ἡμῖν ὑπὲρ τοῦ τυχεῖν τῶν πρωτείων, τοσοῦτος ἀγὼν παρ᾽ ἢ ἐκείνοις ὑπὲρ τοῦ μὴ τυχεῖν, ἀλλὰ διακρούσασθαι, καὶ πολλὴ σπουδὴ, τίς πλεονεκτήσϑι τιμῶν, ἀλλ᾽ οὐ τιμώμενος. Ἄλλως δὲ καὶ αὐτὰ τὰ ἐργα μετριάζειν πείθει, καὶ οὐκ ἀφίησι φλεγμαίνειν. Τίς γάρ, εἰπε μοι; γῆν σκάπτων καὶ ἄρδων καὶ φυτεύων, ἡ πλέκων σπυρίδας, καὶ σάκκον ὑφαίνων, ἡ ἄλλα τινὰ μεταχειρίζων, μέγα φρονήσει ποτέ; τίς δὲ πενίᾳ συζῶν, καὶ λιμῷ παλαίων, τοῦτο νοσήσει τὸ νόσημα; Οὐκ ἔστιν οὐδείς. Διὰ τοῦτο εὔκολος αὑτοῖς ἡ ταπεινοφροσύνη. Καὶ ὥσπερ ἐνταῦθα χαλεπὸν τὸ μετριάζειν διὰ τὸ πλῆθος τῶν κροτούντων καὶ θαυμαζόντων οὕτως ἐκεῖ σφόδρα εὔκολον. Καὶ γὰρ τῇ ἐρημίᾳ προσέχει μόνον ἐκεῖνος, καὶ ὄρνιθας ἱπταμένας ὁρᾷ, καὶ δένδρα σειόμενα, καὶ ζέφυρον πνέοντα, καὶ ῥύακας διὰ φαράγγων φερομένους. Ποθεν οὖν ὧν ἐπαρθείη ὁ ἐρημίᾳ τοσαύτῃ συζῶν ; ου μὴν διὰ τοῦτο ἀπολογίαν ἐντεῦθεν ἡμεῖς ἕξομεν, ἐπειδὴ ἐν μέσοις στρεφόμενοι μέγα φρονοῦμεν. Καὶ γὰρ ὁ Ἀβραὰμ μεταξὺ Χαναναίων ὧν ἔλεγεν· ἐγὼ δέ εἰμι γῇ καὶ σποδός καὶ ὁ Δαυὶδ ἐ εν μέσοις στρατοπέδοις, ἐγὼ δέ εἰμι σκώληξ, καὶ οὐκ ἄνθρωπος καὶ ὁ ἀπόστολος ἐν μέση τῇ οἰκουμένῃ, ἐ οὐκ εἰμὶ ἱκανὸς καλεῖσθαι ἀπόστολος. Ποία τοίνυν ἡμῖν ἔσται παραμυθία, ποία δὲ ἀπολογία, ὅταν μηδὲ τοσαῦτα ἔχοντες παραδείγματα μετριάζωμεν: : Ὥσπερ γὰρ ἐκεῖνοι μυρίων στεφάνων ἄξιοι, πρῶτοι τῆς ἀρετῆς τὴν ὁδὸν ἐλθόντες οὕτως ἡμεῖς μυρίων τιμωριῶν ὑπεύθυνοι, ὁ μηδὲ μετ' ἐκείνους τοὺς ἀπελθόντας καὶ ἐν τοῖς γράμμασι κειμένους, μηδὲ μετὰ τούτους τοὺς ζῶντας καὶ διὰ τῶν πραγμάτων θαυμαζομένους τὸν ἴσον ἑλκόμενοι ζῆλον. Τί Ὑαρ ἂν ἔχοις εἰπειν, μῆ διορθούμενος: Οὐκ οἶσθα γράμματα, οὐδὲ γραφαῖς ἐνέκυψας, ἵνα μάθης τῶν παλαιῶν τὰς ἀρετάς; Μάλιστα μέν καὶ τοῦτο ἔγκλημα, τῆς ἐκκλησίας διηνεκῶς ἀνεῳγμένης, μὴ εἰσιέναι καὶ μετέχειν τῶν καθαρών ἐκείνων ναμάτων. Πλὴν ἀλλ᾽ εἰ καὶ τοὺς ἀπελθόντας οὐκ ἔγνως διὰ τῶν γραφῶν, τοὺς ζῶντας τούτους ἰδεῖν ἐχρῆν. ᾿Αλλ οὐδεὶς ὁ χειραγωγῶν; ᾿Ελθὲ πρός ἔμε, καὶ ἐγώ σοι δείξω τὰ καταγώγια τῶν αἀγίων τούτων ἐλθὲ, καὶ μάθε τί παρ᾽ αὐτῶν χρήσιμον. Λύχνοι πανταχοῦ τῆς γῆς εἰσιν οὗτοι λαμποντες τείχη ταῖς πόλεσι ἢ περικάθηνται. Διὰ ταῦτα τὰς ἐρημίας κατέλαβον, ἵνα καὶ σὲ παιδεύσωσι τῶν ἐν τῷ μέσῳ θορύβων καταφρονεῖν. Οἱ μὲν γὰρ, ἅτε ἰσχυροὶ ὄντες, καὶ ἐν μέσῳ τῷ κλύδωνι δύνανται γαλήνης ἀπολαύειν σοὶ δὲ τῷ περιαντλουμένῳ πανταχόθεν ἡσυχίας δεῖ, καὶ τοῦ μικρὸν ἰἀναπνεῦσαι ἐκ τῶν ἐπαλλήλων κυμάτων. Βαδιζε τοίνυν ἐκεῖ συνεχῶς, ἵνα τὴν διηνεκῇ κηλῖδα καθάρας ταῖς ἐκείνων εὐχαῖς καὶ παραινέσεσι, καὶ τὸν ἐνταῦθα ' ἄριστα διαγάγης βίον, καὶ τῶν μελλόντων ἐπιτύχης ἀγαθῶν, χάριτι καὶ φιλανθρωπίᾳ τοῦ κυρίου ἡμῶν ᾿Ιησοῦ Χριστοῦ, δι’ οὗ καὶ μ οὗ τῷ πατρὶ δόξα, κράτος, τιμὴ, ἅμα τῷ ἁγίῳ πνεύματι, νῦν καὶ αεὶ καὶ εἰς τοὺς αἰῶνας τῶν αἰώνων. Ἀμήν.

Kai ti thaumazeis, ei ēōta kai trapeza kai stolē mia pasin, hopon ge kai psychē mia pasin, ou kata tēn ousian monon (touto gar kai epi pantōn), alla kata tēn agapēn: pōs houn an autē kath᾽ e eautēs epartheiē potes Ouk he estin ekei penia kai ploutos, doxa kai atimia pōs oun an heuroi pareisdysin aponoia kai alazoneia: Eisi men gar kai mikroi kai megaloi kata ton tēs aretēs logon᾽ all᾽ hoper ephēn? oudeis touto horą. Ho mikros ouk algei hōs kataphronoumenos oute gar ho kataphronōn tis esti kan diaptysę̄ de tis, ᾿ touto malista paideuontai, kataphroneisthai, diaptyesthai, exeutelizesthai, dia rhēmatōn, dia pragmatōn' kai ptōchois kai anapērois synanastrephontai, kai hai trapezai autois toutōn gemousi tōn daitymonōn dia dē touto kai tōn ouranōn eisin axioi. Kai ho men therapeuei traumata tōn lōbēn echontōn, ho ho de cheiragōgei ton typhlon, ho de bastazei ton to skelos pepērōmenon. Ouk e eni kolakōn ekei plēthos, oude parasitōn' mallon de oude ho ti pote esti kolakeia isasi' pothen oun an epartheien pote: Kai gar pollē par᾽ autois isotēs dio kai eukolia pollē tēs aretēs. Kai gar toutois mallon hoi katadeesteroi paideuontai, ē ē ei anankazointo hautois parachōrein tōn prōteiōn. Hōsper gar ton thrasyn ho o plēttomenos kai parachōrōn paideuei. houtō ton philotimon ho mē antipoioumenos doxēs, alla kataphronōn. Touto de meta dapsileias, ekei poiousi kai hosē machē par. hēmin hyper tou tychein tōn prōteiōn, tosoutos agōn par᾽ ē ekeinois hyper tou mē tychein, alla diakrousasthai, kai pollē spoudē, tis pleonektēsϑi timōn, all᾽ ou timōmenos. Allōs de kai auta ta erga metriazein peithei, kai ouk aphiēsi phlegmainein. Tis gar, eipe moi? gēn skaptōn kai ardōn kai phyteuōn, hē plekōn spyridas, kai sakkon hyphainōn, hē alla tina metacheirizōn, mega phronēsei pote? tis de penią syzōn, kai limǭ palaiōn, touto nosēsei to nosēma? Ouk estin oudeis. Dia touto eukolos hautois hē tapeinophrosynē. Kai hōsper entautha chalepon to metriazein dia to plēthos tōn krotountōn kai thaumazontōn houtōs ekei sphodra eukolon. Kai gar tę̄ erēmią prosechei monon ekeinos, kai ornithas hiptamenas horą, kai dendra seiomena, kai zephyron pneonta, kai rhyakas dia pharangōn pheromenous. Pothen oun hōn epartheiē ho erēmią tosautę̄ syzōn ? ou mēn dia touto apologian enteuthen hēmeis hexomen, epeidē en mesois strephomenoi mega phronoumen. Kai gar ho Abraam metaxy Chananaiōn hōn elegen; egō de eimi gę̄ kai spodos kai ho Dauid e en mesois stratopedois, egō de eimi skōlēx, kai ouk anthrōpos kai ho apostolos en mesē tę̄ oikoumenę̄, e ouk eimi hikanos kaleisthai apostolos. Poia toinyn hēmin estai paramythia, poia de apologia, hotan mēde tosauta echontes paradeigmata metriazōmen: : Hōsper gar ekeinoi myriōn stephanōn axioi, prōtoi tēs aretēs tēn hodon elthontes houtōs hēmeis myriōn timōriōn hypeuthynoi, ho mēde met' ekeinous tous apelthontas kai en tois grammasi keimenous, mēde meta toutous tous zōntas kai dia tōn pragmatōn thaumazomenous ton ison helkomenoi zēlon. Ti Hyar an echois eipein, mē diorthoumenos: Ouk oistha grammata, oude graphais enekypsas, hina mathēs tōn palaiōn tas aretas? Malista men kai touto enklēma, tēs ekklēsias diēnekōs aneǭgmenēs, mē eisienai kai metechein tōn katharōn ekeinōn namatōn. Plēn all᾽ ei kai tous apelthontas ouk egnōs dia tōn graphōn, tous zōntas toutous idein echrēn. ᾿All oudeis ho cheiragōgōn? ᾿Elthe pros eme, kai egō soi deixō ta katagōgia tōn aagiōn toutōn elthe, kai mathe ti par᾽ autōn chrēsimon. Lychnoi pantachou tēs gēs eisin houtoi lampontes teichē tais polesi ē perikathēntai. Dia tauta tas erēmias katelabon, hina kai se paideusōsi tōn en tǭ mesǭ thorybōn kataphronein. Hoi men gar, hate ischyroi ontes, kai en mesǭ tǭ klydōni dynantai galēnēs apolauein soi de tǭ periantloumenǭ pantachothen hēsychias dei, kai tou mikron ianapneusai ek tōn epallēlōn kymatōn. Badize toinyn ekei synechōs, hina tēn diēnekę̄ kēlida katharas tais ekeinōn euchais kai parainesesi, kai ton entautha ' arista diagagēs bion, kai tōn mellontōn epitychēs agathōn, chariti kai philanthrōpią tou kyriou hēmōn ᾿Iēsou Christou, di’ hou kai m hou tǭ patri doxa, kratos, timē, hama tǭ hagiǭ pneumati, nyn kai aei kai eis tous aiōnas tōn aiōnōn. Amēn.

And why do you wonder if their dwelling and table and robe are one for all, when even their soul is one for all, not according to essence only (for this is so with all men), but according to love? How then could it ever be lifted up against itself? There is no poverty and wealth there, no glory and dishonor; how then could arrogance and boastfulness find a way in? For there are indeed small and great according to the measure of virtue; but, as I said, no one sees this. The small one is not pained as though despised, for there is no one who despises; and even if someone spits on him, this above all is what they are trained in: to be despised, to be spat upon, to be made of no account, by words, by deeds. And they live with the poor and the maimed, and their tables are full of these guests; for this reason they are worthy of heaven too. And one tends the wounds of those who are disfigured, another leads the blind by the hand, another carries the one lame in the leg. There is no crowd of flatterers there, nor of parasites; or rather they do not even know what flattery is; how then could they ever be lifted up? For there is great equality among them; and therefore great ease of virtue. For the lowlier are trained by these things more than if they were compelled to yield the first places to them. For just as the one who is struck and gives way trains the rash man, so the one who does not lay claim to glory but despises it trains the ambitious man. And this they do there in abundance; and as great as the battle among us to obtain the first places, so great is the contest among them not to obtain them but to thrust them away, and great is the earnestness over who shall have more of honoring others, not of being honored. And besides, their very works persuade them to be modest and do not let them swell. For who, tell me, digging the ground and watering and planting, or plaiting baskets and weaving sackcloth, or handling any other such work, will ever think highly of himself? And who, living with poverty and wrestling with hunger, will be sick with this disease? There is no one. For this reason humility is easy for them. And just as here it is hard to be modest because of the multitude of those who applaud and admire, so there it is very easy. For he attends only to the desert, and sees birds flying, and trees swaying, and the west wind blowing, and streams rushing through ravines. How then could one who lives in such solitude be lifted up? Yet we shall not have a defense from this, because, living in the midst of things, we think highly of ourselves. For Abraham, living among the Canaanites, said, “But I am earth and ashes”; and David, in the midst of armies, “But I am a worm, and no man”; and the apostle in the midst of the world, “I am not worthy to be called an apostle.” What consolation, then, shall we have, what defense, when, though we have so many examples, we are not modest? For just as those who first went the road of virtue are worthy of countless crowns, so we are liable to countless punishments, who are drawn to equal zeal neither after those who have departed and are set down in writings, nor after these who are living and admired for their deeds. For what could you say, if you are not corrected? You do not know letters, nor have you looked into the Scriptures, to learn the virtues of the men of old? This itself above all is a charge, that when the church is always open you do not go in and share in those pure streams. Yet even if you did not know those who have departed through the Scriptures, you ought to have seen these who are living. But there is no one to lead you by the hand? Come to me, and I will show you the dwellings of these saints; come and learn something useful from them. These are lamps shining everywhere on the earth; they surround the cities like walls. For this reason they took possession of the deserts, so as to teach you too to despise the tumults in the midst of things. For they, being strong, can enjoy calm even in the middle of the surge; but you, drenched on every side, need quiet, and a little breathing space from the waves that come one after another. Go there continually, then, so that, cleansing your continual stain by their prayers and exhortations, you may both pass the life here in the best way and obtain the good things to come, by the grace and love for mankind of our Lord Jesus Christ, through whom and with whom to the Father be glory, might, honor, together with the Holy Spirit, now and always and to the ages of ages. Amen.

Chapter 73

73.1Field 2

Οὐαὶ ὑμῖν, γραμματεῖς καὶ Φαρισαῖοι, ὑποκριταὶ, ὅτι κατἐσθίετε τὰς οἰκίας τῶν χηρῶν, καὶ προφάσει μακρὰ προσευχόμενοι διὰ τοῦτο λήψεσθε περισσότερον κρίμα. ἘΝΤΕΥΘῈΝ λοιπὸν εἰς γαστριμαργίαν αὐτοὺς κωμῳδεῖ᾽ καὶ τὸ δεινὸν, ὅτι οὐκ ἀπὸ τῶν πλουτούντων, ἀλλ᾽ απὸ τῶν χηρῶν εγαστρίζοντο, καὶ τὴν ἐκείνων πενίαν ἐπέτριβον, ἃ ὃ ὁιορθοῦσθαι ἔεοει. Οὐδὲ γαρ απλῶς ἤσθιον, αλλα κατήσθιον. Εἶτα καὶ ὁ τρόπος τῆς καπηλείας χαλεπώτερος προφασει μακρὰ προσευχόμενοι. Πᾶς μὲν γὰρ ἄξιος τιμωρίας ὁ κακὸν τι ποιῶν' ὁ δὲ καὶ τὴν αἰτίαν ἀπὸ εὐλαβείας λαμβαάνων; καὶ προσχήματι τούτῳ χρώμενος τῆς πονηρίας, πολλῷ χαλεπωτέρας ὑπεύθυνος κολάσεως. Καὶ τένος ἕνεκεν οὐκ ἀπεχειροτόνησεν αὐτούς; Ὅτι ὁ καιρὸς οὐκ ἐπέτρεπεν οὐδέπω. Διὰ δῃ τοῦτο ἀφίησι μὲν αὐτοὺς τέως διὰ δὲ ὧν λέγει; κατασκευάζει τὸ ἀνεξαπάτητον τῷ δήμῳ, ἵνα μὴ διὰ τὴν αξίαν αὐτῶν εἰς τὸν δ αυτὸν ἕλκωνται ζῆλον. ᾿Επειδὴ γαρ εἶπεν, ὅσα ἂν λέγωσιν ὑμῖν ποιεῖν, ποιεῖτε δείκνυσιν ὅσα παραποιοῦσιν, ἵνα μὴ εξ ἐκείνον νομισθῆ παρὰ τοῖς ἀνοήτοις πᾶντα ἐπιτρέπειν αὐτοῖς. Οὐαὶ ὑμῖν, ὅτι κλείετε τὴν βασιλείαν ἔμπροσθεν τῶν ἀνθρώπων. Ὑμεῖς γὰρ οὐκ εἰσέρχεσθε, οὐδὲ τοὺς εἰσερχομένους ἀφίετε εἰσελθεῖν. Εἰ δὲ τὸ μηδένα ὠφελεῖν κατηγορία, τὸ καὶ βλαπτειν καὶ κωλύειν ποίαν ἔἔχει συγγνώμην; Τί δέ ἐστι, τοὺς εἰσερχομένους : Τοὺς ἐπιτηδείου. Ὅτε μὲν γὰρ ἐπιτάξαι ἑτέροις ἔδει, ἀφόρητα ἐποίουν τὰ φορτία ὅτε δὲ αὐτοὺς ποιῆσαί τι τῶν ρθη ἱ τὸ ἐναντίον, οὐ μόνον οὐδὲν ἐποίουν αὐτοὶ, ἀλλ᾽ ὃ πολλῷ πλέον ἐστὶν εἰς κακίαν, καὶ ἑτέρους διέφθειρον. Οὗτοί εἰσιν οἱ λεγόμενοι λοιμοὶ, οἱ ἔργον τιθέμενοι τὴν ἑτέρων ἀπώλειαν, ἐκ διαμέτρου πρὸς τοὺς διδασκάλους ἑστῶτες. Εἰ γὰρ διδασκάλου τὸ σώζειν τὸν ἀπολλύμενον, τὸ ἀπολλύναι τὸν σώζεσθαι μέλλοντα, λυμεώνος. Εἶτα πάλιν ἕτερον ἔγκλημα· ὅτι περιάγετε τὴν θάλασσαν καὶ τὴν ξηράν, ποιῆσαι ἕνα προσήλυτον καὶ ὅταν ἣ γένηται; ποιεῖτε αὑτὸν υἱὸν γεέννης διπλότερον ὑμῶν τουτέστιν, οὐδὲ ᾿' τὸ μόλις αὐτὸν σαγηνεῦσαι, καὶ μετὰ μυρίων πόνων, φείδεσθαι αὐτοῦ παρασκευάζει ὑμας καίτοιγε τῶν μόλις κτηθέντων φειδόμεθα μειζόνως ὑμᾶς δὲ οὐδὲ τοῦτο ἐπιεικεστέρους ἐργάζεται. ᾿Ενταῦθα δύο αὐτοῖς ἐγκαλεῖ ἕν μὲν, ὅτι ἀχρήστοι πρὸς σωτηρίαν τῶν πολλῶν, καὶ πολλοῦ δέονται τοῦ ἱδρῶτος, ὥστε κἂν ἕνα ἐφελκύσασθαι ἕτερον δὲ, ὅτι ῥᾷθυμοι πρὸς τὴν φυλακὴν τοῦ κτηθέντον μᾶλλον δὲ οὐ ῥᾷθυμοι μόνον, ἀλλὰ καὶ προδόται, διὰ τῆς κατὰ τὸν βίον πονηρίας διαφθείροντες αὐτὸν καὶ χείρω ποιοὔντες. Ὅταν γὰρ τοὺς διδασκάλους ἴδη τοιούτους ὁ μαθητὴς» χείρων γίνεται. Οὐ γὰρ ἵσταται μέχρι τῆς τοῦ δισκάλου κᾳκίαν᾽ ἀλλ᾽ ὅταν μὲν ἐνάρετος ἡ, μιμεῖται ὅταν δὲ φαῦλος, καὶ ὑπερβαίνει διὰ τὴν εὐκολίαν τὴν ἐπὶ τὸ χεῖρον. Υἱὸν δὲ γεέννης φησὶ, τουτέστιν, αὐτογέενναν. Εἶπε δὲ, διπλότερον ὑμῶν, ἵνα καὶ ἐκείνους φοβήσῃ, καὶ τούτων καθάψηται μειζόνως, ὅ ὅτι διδάσκαλοι πονηρίας εἰσί. Καὶ οὐ τοῦτο μόνον, ἀλλ᾽ ὅτι καὶ πλείονα τοῖς μαθηταῖς ἐντιθέναι σπουδάζουσι τὴν κακίαν, ἐπιτρίβοντες αὐτοὺς ἐπὶ πολλῴ μείζονα φαυλότητα ἧς ἔχουσιν' ὅπερ μάλιστα ψυχῆς διεφθαρμένης ἐστίν. Εἶτα καὶ εἰς ἄνοιαν αὐτοὺς σκώπτει, ὅτι τῶν μειζόνων ἐντολῶν ἐκέλευον καταφρονεῖν. Καὶ μὴν τοὐναντίον ἔμπροσθεν ἔλεγεν, ὅτι δεσμεύουσι φορτία βαρέα καὶ δυσβάστακτα. ᾿Αλλὰ καὶ ταῦτα ἐποίουν πάλιν, καὶ πάντα ἔπραττον εἰς τὴν τῶν ὑπηκόων διαφθορὰν, ἐν τοῖς μικροῖς ζητοῦντες τὴν ἀκρίβειαν, καὶ τῶν μεγάλων καταφρονοῦντες. Ἀποδεκατοῦτε γὰρ, φησὶ, τὸ ἡδύοσμον καὶ τὸ ἄνηθον, καὶ ἀφηκατε τὰ βαρύτερα τοῦ νόμου, τὴν κρίσιν καὶ τὸν ἔλεον καὶ τὴν πίστιν. Ταῦτα ἔδει ποιῆσαι, κακεῖνα μὴ ἀφιέναι. ᾽Ενταῦθα μὲν οὗν εἰκότως φησὶν, ἔνθα δεκάτη ἐστὶ καὶ ἐλεημοσύνη᾽ τί γὰρ βλάπτει τὸ ἐλεημοσύνην διδόναι; Ἀλλ᾽ οὐχ ὡς νόμον τηροῦντας οὐδὲ γὰρ αὐτὸς οὕτως φησί. Διὰ δὴ τοῦτο ἐνταῦθα μὲν λέγει ταῦτα ἔδει ᾿ ποιῆσαι ἔνθα δὲ περὶ ᾿καθαρῶὼν καὶ ἀκαθάρτων διαλέγεται, οὐκέτι τοῦτο προστίθησιν, ἀλλὰ διαιρεῖ, καὶ δείκνυσιν εξ ἀνάγκης τῇ ἔνδον καθαρότητι καὶ τὴν ἔξωθεν ἑπομόνην᾽ τοὐναντίον δὲ οὐκέτι. Ὅπου μὲν γὰρ φιλανθρωπίας λόγος ἣν; δια ρως αὐτὸ παρατρέχει, διά τε τοῦτο αὐτὸ, καὶ ἐπειδὴ οὐδέπω καιρὸς ἦν διαῤῥήδην καὶ σαφῶς τὰ νομικὰ ἀνελεῖν ἔνθα δὲ παρατήρησις σωματικὼν καθαρμῶν, σαφέστερον ἀνατρέπει. Διὰ δὴ τοῦτο ἐπὶ μὲν τῆς ἐλεημοσύνης φησί ταῦτα δὲ ἔδει ποιῆσαι, κἀκεῖνα μὴ ἀφιέναι ἐπὶ δὲ τῶν καθαρσίων οὐχ οὕτων᾽ ἀλλὰ τί; Καθαρίζετε, φησὶ, τὸ ἔξω τοῦ ποτηρίου καὶ τῆς παροψίδον, ἔσωθεν δὲ γέμει ἁρπαγῆς καὶ ᾿ ἀδικίας. Καθαρισον τὸ ἐντὸς τοῦ ποτηρίου, ἵνα γένηται καὶ τὸ ἐκτὸς καθαρόν. Καὶ ἔλαβεν αὐτὸ ἀπὸ πράγματος ὠμολογημένου καὶ δήλου, ἀπὸ ποτηρίου καὶ παροψίδυς.

Ouai hymin, grammateis kai Pharisaioi, hypokritai, hoti katesthiete tas oikias tōn chērōn, kai prophasei makra proseuchomenoi dia touto lēpsesthe perissoteron krima. ENTEUThEN loipon eis gastrimargian autous kōmǭdei᾽ kai to deinon, hoti ouk apo tōn ploutountōn, all᾽ apo tōn chērōn egastrizonto, kai tēn ekeinōn penian epetribon, ha ho hoiorthousthai eeoei. Oude gar aplōs ēsthion, alla katēsthion. Eita kai ho tropos tēs kapēleias chalepōteros prophasei makra proseuchomenoi. Pas men gar axios timōrias ho kakon ti poiōn' ho de kai tēn aitian apo eulabeias lambaanōn? kai proschēmati toutǭ chrōmenos tēs ponērias, pollǭ chalepōteras hypeuthynos kolaseōs. Kai tenos heneken ouk apecheirotonēsen autous? Hoti ho kairos ouk epetrepen oudepō. Dia dę̄ touto aphiēsi men autous teōs dia de hōn legei? kataskeuazei to anexapatēton tǭ dēmǭ, hina mē dia tēn axian autōn eis ton d auton helkōntai zēlon. ᾿Epeidē gar eipen, hosa an legōsin hymin poiein, poieite deiknysin hosa parapoiousin, hina mē ex ekeinon nomisthē para tois anoētois panta epitrepein autois. Ouai hymin, hoti kleiete tēn basileian emprosthen tōn anthrōpōn. Hymeis gar ouk eiserchesthe, oude tous eiserchomenous aphiete eiselthein. Ei de to mēdena ōphelein katēgoria, to kai blaptein kai kōlyein poian eechei syngnōmēn? Ti de esti, tous eiserchomenous : Tous epitēdeiou. Hote men gar epitaxai heterois edei, aphorēta epoioun ta phortia hote de autous poiēsai ti tōn rthē hi to enantion, ou monon ouden epoioun autoi, all᾽ ho pollǭ pleon estin eis kakian, kai heterous diephtheiron. Houtoi eisin hoi legomenoi loimoi, hoi ergon tithemenoi tēn heterōn apōleian, ek diametrou pros tous didaskalous hestōtes. Ei gar didaskalou to sōzein ton apollymenon, to apollynai ton sōzesthai mellonta, lymeōnos. Eita palin heteron enklēma; hoti periagete tēn thalassan kai tēn xēran, poiēsai hena prosēlyton kai hotan hē genētai? poieite hauton huion geennēs diploteron hymōn toutestin, oude ᾿' to molis auton sagēneusai, kai meta myriōn ponōn, pheidesthai autou paraskeuazei hymas kaitoige tōn molis ktēthentōn pheidometha meizonōs hymas de oude touto epieikesterous ergazetai. ᾿Entautha dyo autois enkalei hen men, hoti achrēstoi pros sōtērian tōn pollōn, kai pollou deontai tou hidrōtos, hōste kan hena ephelkysasthai heteron de, hoti rhąthymoi pros tēn phylakēn tou ktēthenton mallon de ou rhąthymoi monon, alla kai prodotai, dia tēs kata ton bion ponērias diaphtheirontes auton kai cheirō poiountes. Hotan gar tous didaskalous idē toioutous ho mathētēs» cheirōn ginetai. Ou gar histatai mechri tēs tou diskalou kąkian᾽ all᾽ hotan men enaretos hē, mimeitai hotan de phaulos, kai hyperbainei dia tēn eukolian tēn epi to cheiron. Huion de geennēs phēsi, toutestin, autogeennan. Eipe de, diploteron hymōn, hina kai ekeinous phobēsę̄, kai toutōn kathapsētai meizonōs, ho hoti didaskaloi ponērias eisi. Kai ou touto monon, all᾽ hoti kai pleiona tois mathētais entithenai spoudazousi tēn kakian, epitribontes autous epi pollǭ meizona phaulotēta hēs echousin' hoper malista psychēs diephtharmenēs estin. Eita kai eis anoian autous skōptei, hoti tōn meizonōn entolōn ekeleuon kataphronein. Kai mēn tounantion emprosthen elegen, hoti desmeuousi phortia barea kai dysbastakta. ᾿Alla kai tauta epoioun palin, kai panta epratton eis tēn tōn hypēkoōn diaphthoran, en tois mikrois zētountes tēn akribeian, kai tōn megalōn kataphronountes. Apodekatoute gar, phēsi, to hēdyosmon kai to anēthon, kai aphēkate ta barytera tou nomou, tēn krisin kai ton eleon kai tēn pistin. Tauta edei poiēsai, kakeina mē aphienai. ᾽Entautha men houn eikotōs phēsin, entha dekatē esti kai eleēmosynē᾽ ti gar blaptei to eleēmosynēn didonai? All᾽ ouch hōs nomon tērountas oude gar autos houtōs phēsi. Dia dē touto entautha men legei tauta edei ᾿ poiēsai entha de peri ᾿katharōōn kai akathartōn dialegetai, ouketi touto prostithēsin, alla diairei, kai deiknysin ex anankēs tę̄ endon katharotēti kai tēn exōthen hepomonēn᾽ tounantion de ouketi. Hopou men gar philanthrōpias logos hēn? dia rōs auto paratrechei, dia te touto auto, kai epeidē oudepō kairos ēn diarrhēdēn kai saphōs ta nomika anelein entha de paratērēsis sōmatikōn katharmōn, saphesteron anatrepei. Dia dē touto epi men tēs eleēmosynēs phēsi tauta de edei poiēsai, kakeina mē aphienai epi de tōn katharsiōn ouch houtōn᾽ alla ti? Katharizete, phēsi, to exō tou potēriou kai tēs paropsidon, esōthen de gemei harpagēs kai ᾿ adikias. Katharison to entos tou potēriou, hina genētai kai to ektos katharon. Kai elaben auto apo pragmatos ōmologēmenou kai dēlou, apo potēriou kai paropsidys.

“Woe to you, scribes and Pharisees, hypocrites, because you devour the houses of widows, and for a pretext make long prayers; therefore you will receive the greater condemnation.” From here he now ridicules them for gluttony; and the terrible thing is that they filled their bellies not from the rich but from widows, and wore down their poverty, which they ought to have relieved. For they did not simply eat, but devoured. Then the manner of the trafficking is worse too: “for a pretext making long prayers.” For everyone who does some evil deserves punishment; but the one who takes his occasion from piety, and uses it as a cloak for wickedness, is liable to far heavier chastisement. And why did he not depose them? Because the time did not yet allow it. For this reason he lets them alone for the present; but by what he says he makes the people proof against deception, so that they may not be drawn to the same zeal because of these men’s rank. For since he had said, “All that they tell you to do, do,” he shows how much they do amiss, so that he might not be thought by the foolish, from that saying, to allow them everything. “Woe to you, because you shut the kingdom in front of men; for you do not go in, nor do you let those who are entering go in.” And if benefiting no one is a charge, what pardon has it to harm and to hinder too? And what does “those who are entering” mean? Those who are fit. For when they had to lay commands on others, they made the burdens unbearable; but when they themselves had to do something of what was required, the opposite: not only did they themselves do nothing, but, what is far more in the way of wickedness, they even corrupted others. These are the men called pests, who make the destruction of others their business, standing diametrically opposed to teachers. For if it is a teacher’s part to save the one perishing, to destroy the one about to be saved is the part of a destroyer. Then again another charge: “Because you go round sea and dry land to make one proselyte; and when he has become one, you make him a son of Gehenna twice as much as yourselves.” That is, “Not even having caught him with difficulty and after countless toils makes you spare him; and yet we spare more those who were acquired with difficulty; but not even this makes you gentler.” Here he charges them with two things: one, that they are useless for the salvation of the many, and need much sweat to draw even one; the other, that they are careless in keeping the one acquired; or rather not careless only, but even traitors, corrupting him by the wickedness of their life and making him worse. For when the disciple sees his teachers such, he becomes worse. For he does not stop at the teacher’s wickedness; but when the teacher is virtuous he imitates him, and when he is bad he even surpasses him, because of the ease of going toward the worse. And he says “a son of Gehenna,” that is, Gehenna itself. And he said “twice as much as yourselves” so as both to frighten those and to strike these the harder, because they are teachers of wickedness. And not this only, but because they are eager to instill even more wickedness in their disciples, driving them on to a far greater baseness than they themselves have; which is above all the mark of a corrupt soul. Then he mocks them for folly too, because they bade men despise the greater commandments. And yet before he said the opposite, that they bind heavy burdens, hard to bear. But they did these things too, and did everything for the corruption of those under them, seeking exactness in small things and despising the great. “For you tithe,” he says, “mint and dill, and have neglected the weightier matters of the law, judgment and mercy and faith. These you ought to have done, and not to have neglected those.” Here, then, he speaks with reason, where it is a matter of tithe and almsgiving; for what harm is there in giving alms? But not as keeping the law; for he himself does not say it so. For this reason here he says, “These you ought to have done”; but where he speaks of clean and unclean, he no longer adds this, but distinguishes, and shows that the outward purity necessarily follows the inward, but not the reverse. For where the subject was love for mankind, he passes over it lightly, both for this very reason and because it was not yet the time to abolish the legal observances openly and clearly; but where it is the observance of bodily purifications, he overturns it more clearly. For this reason, about almsgiving he says, “These you ought to have done, and not to have neglected those”; but about purifications not so. But how? “You clean,” he says, “the outside of the cup and of the dish, but inside they are full of extortion and injustice. Clean the inside of the cup, so that the outside also may become clean.” And he took this from a thing acknowledged and plain, from a cup and a dish.

73.2Field 2

Εἶτα δεικνὺς, ὅτι οὐδεμία βλάβη ἐκ τοῦ καταφρονεῖν τών. σωματικῶν καθαρμῶν, μεγίστη δὲ τιμωρία ἐκ τοῦ μὴ φροντίζειν τῶν τῆς ψυχῆς καθαρσίων, ἅπερ ἐστὶν ἀρετὴ, ᾿κώνωπα ἐκάλεσε ταῦτα, μικρὰ γὰρ ἣν καὶ οὐδέν᾽ κάμηλον δὲ ἐκεῖνα, αφόρῆτα γὰρ ἥν. Διὸ καί φησι τὸν κώνωπα διῦλίζοντες, καὶ τὴν κάμηλον καταπίνοντες. Καὶ γάρ καὶ ἐκεῖνα διὰ ταῦτα νενομοθέτηται, διὰ τὸν ἔλεον καὶ. τὴν κρίσιν· ὥστε οὐδὲ τότε ὠφέλει μόνα γινόμενα. Ὅτε γὰρ τὰ μικρὰ διὰ τὰ μεγάλα ἣν εἰρημένα; εἶτα ἐκεῖνα μὲν ἠμελεῖτο, ταῦτα δὲ ἐσπουδάζετο μόνα, οὐδὲν ἦν πλέον οὐδὲ τότε ἐντεῦθεν. Τούτοις μὲν γὰρ ἐκεῖνα οὐχ εἵπετο ἐκεῖνα δὲ τούτοις πάντως. Ταῦτα δὲ λέγει; δεικνὺς ὅ ὅτι καὶ πρὶν τὴν χάριν παραγενέσθαι, οὐ τῶν προηγουμένων, οὐδὲ τῶν δε ου στων ταῦτα ἦν, ἀλλ᾽ ἕτερα ἣν τὰ ζητούμενα. Εἰ δὲ πρὸ τῆς χάριτος τοιαῦτα ἦν, ,πολλῳ μᾶλλον ὑψηλὼν ᾿ἐλθόντων παραγγελμάτων ταῦτα ἀνόνητα, καὶ καθόλου μετιέναι αὐτὰ οὐκ εχρῆν. Πανταχοὺ μὲν οὖν κακία χαλεπόν' μάλιστα δὲ ὅταν μηδὲ νομίζῃ δεῖσθαι διορθώσεως καὶ τὸ ἔτι χαλεπώτερον, ὅταν καὶ ἑτέρους ἀρκεῖν οἴηται διορθοῦν' ἅπερ δηλῶν ὁ ο Χριστὸς, ὁδηγοὺς αὐτοὺς καλεῖ τυφλούς. Εἰ γὰρ τὸ μὴ νομίζειν δεῖσθαι ὁδηγοῦ τυφλὸν, ἐσχάτη συμφορὰ καὶ αθλιότης τὸ καὶ αὐτὸν ἐθέλειν ὁδηγεῖν ἑτέρους, ὅρα ἐπὶ πόσον ἄγει τὸ βάραθρον. Ταῦτα δὲ ἔλεγεν, αἰνιττόμενος διὰ πάντων τὴν δοξομανίαν αὐτῶν, καὶ τὴν σφοδρὰν περὶ τὸ νόσημα τοῦτο λύσσαν. Τοῦτο γὰρ αἴτιον πάντων τῶν κακῶν αὐτοῖς γέγονε, τὸ πρὸς ἐπίδειξιν πάντα ποιεῖν. Τοὺτο καὶ τῆς πίστεως αὐτοὺς ἀπήγαγε; καὶ τῆς ὄντως ἀρετῆς ἀμελεῖν παρεσκεύασε, καὶ περὶ καθάρσια ασχολεῖσθαι σωματικὰ ' μόνα ἔπειθε, τών τῆς ψυχῆς καθαρμῶν ἀμελοῦντας. Διὰ δὴ τοῦτο ἄγων αὐτοὺς εἰς τὴν ὄντως ἀρετὴν, καὶ τὰ καθάρσια τῆς ψυχῆς, ἐλέου καὶ κρίσεως καὶ πίστεως μέμνηται. Ταῦτα γὰρ τὰ συνέχοντα ὅ ἡμῶν τὴν ζωὴν, ταῦτα τὰ καθαίροντα τὴν ψυχὴν, δικαιοσύνη, φιλανθρωπία, ἀλήθεια’ ἡ μὲν εἰς συγγνώμην ἡμᾶς ἄγουσα, καὶ μὴ ἀφιεῖσα χαλεποὺς μεθ᾽ ὑπερβολῆς εἶναι τοῖς ἁμαρτάνουσι, καὶ ασνγὙνώστους (οὕτω γὰρ διπλῇ κερδανοῦμεν, φιλάνθρωποί τε γινόμενοι; καὶ φιλανθρωπίας ἐντεῦθεν πολλῆς καὶ αὐτοὶ παρὰ τοῦ τῶν ὅλων ἀπολαύοντες θεοῦ) καὶ παρασκευάζουσα συναλγεῖν τε τοῖς ἐπηρεαζομένοις καὶ ἀμύνειν αὐτοῖς ῆ δὲ οὐκ ἐῶσα ἀπατεῶνας εἶναι καὶ ὑπούλους. Αλλ᾽ οὔτε ὅταν λέγῃ, ταῦτα ἔδει ποιῆσαι, κἀκεῖνα μὴ ἀφιέναι, ὡς νομικὴν παρατήρησιν ᾿εἰσάγων λέγει᾽ ἄπαγε τοῦτο γὰρ ἀπεδείξαμεν ἔμπροσθεν οὔτε ἐπὶ τῆς παροψίδος καὶ τοῦ ποτηρίου εἰπὼν, καθάρισον τὸ ἐντὸς τοὺ ποτηρίου καὶ τῆς παροψίδος, ἵνα γένηται καὶ τὸ ἐκτὸς καθαρὸν, ἐπὶ τὴν παλαιὰν ἡμᾶς ἄγει μικρολογίαν' ἀλλὰ τοὐναντίον μὲν οὖν, ἅπαντα ποιεῖ δεικνὺς αὐτὴν περιττὴν οὖσαν. Οὐ γὰρ εἶπε, καὶ τὸ ἔξωθεν καθαρίσατε, ἀλλὰ τὸ ἔνδον καὶ πάντως ἕπεται τούτῳ ἐκεῖνο. Ἄλλως δὲ, οὐδὲ περὶ ποτηρίου καὶ παροψίδος λέγει, ἀλλὰ περὶ ψυχῆς καὶ σώματος διαλέγεται τὸ μὲν ἔξω τὸ σῶμα καλῶν, τὸ δὲ ἔνδον τὴν ψυχήν. Εἰ δὲ ἐ επὶ τῆς παροψίδος ' τοῦ ἔνδον χρεία, πολλῷ μᾶλλον. ἐπὶ σοῦ. Ὑμεῖς δὲ τοὐναντίον ποιεῖτε, φησί ' τὰ μικρὰ καὶ ἔξω Φυλάττοντει, τῶν μεγάλων καὶ ἔνδον ἀμελεῖτε' ὅθεν μεγίστη γίνεται βλάβη. ὅτι νομίζοντες τὸ πάν κατωρθωκέναι, τῶν λοιπῶν καταφρονείτε' καταφρονοῦντες δὲ, οὐδὲ ἢ σπουδαζετε ἢ ἐπιχειρεῖτε αὐτὰ κατορθοῦν. Εἶτα πάλιν εἰς κενοδοξίαν αὐτοὺς σκώπτει, τάφους κεκονιαμένους καλών, καὶ πᾶσιν ἐπιλέγων, ὑποκριταί ὃ πάντων αἴτιόν ἐστι τῶν κακῶν, καὶ ἀπωλείας αὐτοῖς ὑπόθεσις. Οὐχ ἁπλῶς δὲ τάφους κεκονιαμένους ἐκάλεσεν, αλλὰ καὶ ἀκαθαρσίας γέμειν καὶ ὑποκρίσεως ἔφησε. Ταῦτα δὲ ἔλεγε, δεικνὺς τὴν αἰτίαν, δ᾽ ἣν οὐκ ἐπίστευσαν, ὅτι μεστοὶ ἦσαν ὑποκρίσεως καὶ ἀνομίας. Ταῦτα δὲ οὐχ ὁ Χριστὸς μόνον, ἀλλὰ καὶ οἱ προφῆται συνεχῶς ἐγκαλοῦσιν, ὅτι ἐρτοψονσν; ὅτι οὐ κρίνουσιν οἱ ἄρχοντες αὐτῶν κατὰ τὸν τοῦ δικαίου λόγον' καὶ πανταχοῦ εὕροις ἂν τὰς μὲν θυσίας ἐκβαλλομένας, ταῦτα δὲ ἐπιζητούμενα. Ὥστε οὐδὲν ξένον, οὐδὲ καινὸν, τ οῦτε τῆς νομοθεσίας, οὔτε τῆς κατηγορίας᾽ ἀλλ᾽ οὐδὲ τὸ τῆς εἰκόνος τοῦ τάφου. Μέμνηται γὰρ αὐτῆς Ὁ προφήτης, οὐδὲ αὐτὸς ἁπλώς τάφον καλέσας, ἀλλὰ ταῴον ἀνεῳγμένον τὸν λαρυγγα αὐτῶν. Τοιοῦτοι καὶ νῦν εἰσι πολλοὶ ᾿ ἄνθρωποι, καλλωπιζόμενοι μὲν ἔξωθεν, πάσης δὲ ἀνομίας ἔνδον πεπληρωμένοι. Καὶ γὰρ καὶ νῦν τών μὲν ἔξωθεν καθαρμῶν πολὺς ὁ ᾿ τρόπος; πολλὴ ή φροντίς τῶν δὲ κατὰ ψυχὴν οὐδὲ εἷς. Ἀλλ᾽ εἴγε τὸ ἑκάστου συνειδὸς ἀναῤῥήξειέ τις, πολλοὺς τοὺς σκώληκας καὶ τὸν ἰχῶρα εὑρήσει, καὶ δυσωδίαν ἄφατον' ἐπιθυμίας ἀτόπους λέγω καὶ πονηράς, αἱ σκωλήκων εἰσὶν ἀκαθαρτότεραι. Ἀλλὰ

Eita deiknys, hoti oudemia blabē ek tou kataphronein tōn. sōmatikōn katharmōn, megistē de timōria ek tou mē phrontizein tōn tēs psychēs katharsiōn, haper estin aretē, ᾿kōnōpa ekalese tauta, mikra gar hēn kai ouden᾽ kamēlon de ekeina, aphorēta gar hēn. Dio kai phēsi ton kōnōpa diylizontes, kai tēn kamēlon katapinontes. Kai gar kai ekeina dia tauta nenomothetētai, dia ton eleon kai. tēn krisin; hōste oude tote ōphelei mona ginomena. Hote gar ta mikra dia ta megala hēn eirēmena? eita ekeina men ēmeleito, tauta de espoudazeto mona, ouden ēn pleon oude tote enteuthen. Toutois men gar ekeina ouch heipeto ekeina de toutois pantōs. Tauta de legei? deiknys ho hoti kai prin tēn charin paragenesthai, ou tōn proēgoumenōn, oude tōn de ou stōn tauta ēn, all᾽ hetera hēn ta zētoumena. Ei de pro tēs charitos toiauta ēn, ,pollǭ mallon hypsēlōn ᾿elthontōn parangelmatōn tauta anonēta, kai katholou metienai auta ouk echrēn. Pantachou men oun kakia chalepon' malista de hotan mēde nomizę̄ deisthai diorthōseōs kai to eti chalepōteron, hotan kai heterous arkein oiētai diorthoun' haper dēlōn ho o Christos, hodēgous autous kalei typhlous. Ei gar to mē nomizein deisthai hodēgou typhlon, eschatē symphora kai athliotēs to kai auton ethelein hodēgein heterous, hora epi poson agei to barathron. Tauta de elegen, ainittomenos dia pantōn tēn doxomanian autōn, kai tēn sphodran peri to nosēma touto lyssan. Touto gar aition pantōn tōn kakōn autois gegone, to pros epideixin panta poiein. Touto kai tēs pisteōs autous apēgage? kai tēs ontōs aretēs amelein pareskeuase, kai peri katharsia ascholeisthai sōmatika ' mona epeithe, tōn tēs psychēs katharmōn amelountas. Dia dē touto agōn autous eis tēn ontōs aretēn, kai ta katharsia tēs psychēs, eleou kai kriseōs kai pisteōs memnētai. Tauta gar ta synechonta ho hēmōn tēn zōēn, tauta ta kathaironta tēn psychēn, dikaiosynē, philanthrōpia, alētheia’ hē men eis syngnōmēn hēmas agousa, kai mē aphieisa chalepous meth᾽ hyperbolēs einai tois hamartanousi, kai asngYnōstous (houtō gar diplę̄ kerdanoumen, philanthrōpoi te ginomenoi? kai philanthrōpias enteuthen pollēs kai autoi para tou tōn holōn apolauontes theou) kai paraskeuazousa synalgein te tois epēreazomenois kai amynein autois ē de ouk eōsa apateōnas einai kai hypoulous. All᾽ oute hotan legę̄, tauta edei poiēsai, kakeina mē aphienai, hōs nomikēn paratērēsin ᾿eisagōn legei᾽ apage touto gar apedeixamen emprosthen oute epi tēs paropsidos kai tou potēriou eipōn, katharison to entos tou potēriou kai tēs paropsidos, hina genētai kai to ektos katharon, epi tēn palaian hēmas agei mikrologian' alla tounantion men oun, hapanta poiei deiknys autēn perittēn ousan. Ou gar eipe, kai to exōthen katharisate, alla to endon kai pantōs hepetai toutǭ ekeino. Allōs de, oude peri potēriou kai paropsidos legei, alla peri psychēs kai sōmatos dialegetai to men exō to sōma kalōn, to de endon tēn psychēn. Ei de e epi tēs paropsidos ' tou endon chreia, pollǭ mallon. epi sou. Hymeis de tounantion poieite, phēsi ' ta mikra kai exō Phylattontei, tōn megalōn kai endon ameleite' hothen megistē ginetai blabē. hoti nomizontes to pan katōrthōkenai, tōn loipōn kataphroneite' kataphronountes de, oude ē spoudazete ē epicheireite auta katorthoun. Eita palin eis kenodoxian autous skōptei, taphous kekoniamenous kalōn, kai pasin epilegōn, hypokritai ho pantōn aition esti tōn kakōn, kai apōleias autois hypothesis. Ouch haplōs de taphous kekoniamenous ekalesen, alla kai akatharsias gemein kai hypokriseōs ephēse. Tauta de elege, deiknys tēn aitian, d᾽ hēn ouk episteusan, hoti mestoi ēsan hypokriseōs kai anomias. Tauta de ouch ho Christos monon, alla kai hoi prophētai synechōs enkalousin, hoti ertopsonsn? hoti ou krinousin hoi archontes autōn kata ton tou dikaiou logon' kai pantachou heurois an tas men thysias ekballomenas, tauta de epizētoumena. Hōste ouden xenon, oude kainon, t oute tēs nomothesias, oute tēs katēgorias᾽ all᾽ oude to tēs eikonos tou taphou. Memnētai gar autēs Ho prophētēs, oude autos haplōs taphon kalesas, alla taǭon aneǭgmenon ton larynga autōn. Toioutoi kai nyn eisi polloi ᾿ anthrōpoi, kallōpizomenoi men exōthen, pasēs de anomias endon peplērōmenoi. Kai gar kai nyn tōn men exōthen katharmōn polys ho ᾿ tropos? pollē ē phrontis tōn de kata psychēn oude heis. All᾽ eige to hekastou syneidos anarrhēxeie tis, pollous tous skōlēkas kai ton ichōra heurēsei, kai dysōdian aphaton' epithymias atopous legō kai ponēras, hai skōlēkōn eisin akathartoterai. Alla

Then, showing that there is no harm from despising the bodily purifications, but the greatest punishment from not caring for the purifications of the soul, which are virtue, he called the former a gnat, for they were small and nothing, and the latter a camel, for they were unbearable. That is why he says, “straining out the gnat and swallowing the camel.” For those things too were legislated for the sake of these, for the sake of mercy and judgment; so that not even then did they profit when done alone. For since the small things had been spoken for the sake of the great, when the great were neglected and the small alone pursued, there was no gain even then from them. For those did not follow upon these, but these follow upon those in every case. And he says these things showing that even before grace came these were not among the primary nor the necessary things, but that other things were sought. And if these were such before grace, much more, now that lofty precepts have come, are they useless, and must not be practiced at all. Wickedness is grievous everywhere; but above all when it does not even think it needs correction; and what is still more grievous, when it even thinks itself able to correct others; which Christ making plain calls them blind guides. For if it is the utmost misfortune and wretchedness for a blind man not to think he needs a guide, for him to wish to guide others too, see to what a pit it leads. And he said these things hinting throughout at their madness for glory, and their violent frenzy over this disease. For this became for them the cause of all evils: doing everything for display. This led them away from the faith too, made them neglect true virtue, and persuaded them to busy themselves with bodily purifications alone, neglecting the purifications of the soul. For this reason, leading them to true virtue and to the purifications of the soul, he mentions mercy and judgment and faith. For these are what hold our life together, these are what cleanse the soul: justice, love for mankind, truth; the one leading us to forgiveness, and not letting us be excessively harsh and unforgiving to those who sin (for so we shall gain doubly, both becoming loving and enjoying much love for mankind ourselves from the God of all), and preparing us to share the pain of the wronged and to defend them; the other not allowing us to be deceivers and treacherous. But neither when he says, “These you ought to have done, and not to have neglected those,” does he say it as introducing the legal observance (away with the thought! for we showed this before); nor when he says of the dish and the cup, “Clean the inside of the cup and of the dish, so that the outside also may become clean,” does he lead us to the old pettiness; but quite the opposite, he does everything to show that it is superfluous. For he did not say, “Clean the outside too,” but the inside; and that certainly follows upon this. And besides, he is not speaking of a cup and dish, but discoursing about soul and body, calling the body the outside and the soul the inside. And if with a dish there is need of the inside, much more with you. “But you do the opposite,” he says: “guarding the small and outward things, you neglect the great and inward; from which the greatest harm comes, that, thinking you have achieved everything, you despise the rest; and despising them, you neither strive nor try to achieve them.” Then again he mocks them for vainglory, calling them whitewashed tombs, and adding to everything, “hypocrites,” which is the cause of all evils and the occasion of destruction for them. And he did not simply call them whitewashed tombs, but said that they are full of uncleanness and hypocrisy. And he said these things showing the cause for which they did not believe: that they were full of hypocrisy and lawlessness. And not Christ only, but the prophets too continually bring these charges: that they plunder, that their rulers do not judge according to the rule of justice; and everywhere you would find the sacrifices rejected and these things sought. So there is nothing strange or new, either in the legislation or in the accusation; nor even in the image of the tomb. For the prophet mentions it, and he too did not simply call it a tomb, but said, “Their throat is an open grave.” Such are many men now too, adorned outwardly but filled within with all lawlessness. For now too there is much manner of outward purifications, much care, but of those of the soul not one. But if someone were to rip open each one’s conscience, he would find many worms and much pus and an unspeakable stench: I mean absurd and wicked desires, which are more unclean than worms. But

73.3Field 2

τὸ μὲν ἐκείνους τοιούτους εἶναι, οὐχ οὕτω δεινὸν, καίπερ ὃν δεινόν τὸ δὲ ὑμᾶς, τοὺς καταξιωθέντας ναοὺς γενέσθαι θεοῦ, τάφους ἐξαίφνης γενέσθαι, τοσαύτην ἔχοντας δυσωδίαν, τοῦτο ἀθλιότητος ε ἐσχάτης. ὙΈνθα ὁ ο Χριστὸς κατοικεῖ, καὶ πνεῦμα ἅγιον ἐνήργησε, καὶ μυστήρια τοσαῦτα, τάφον εἶναι ἢ τοῦτον, πόσης τοῦτο ἀθλιότητος; πόσων θρήνων καὶ ὀδυρμῶν, ὅ ὅταν τὰ μέλη τοῦ Χριστοῦ τάφος ἀκαθαρσίας γένηται ᾿Εννόησον πῶς ἐγεννήθης, τίνων κατηξιώθης, οἵαν ἔλαβες στολὴν, πῶς ναὸς κατεσκευάσθης ἀῤῥαγὴς, πῶς καλός οὐ χρυσῷ καλλωπισθεὶς, οὐδὲ μαργαρίταις, ἀλλὰ τῷ τούτων τιμιωτέρῳ πνεύματι. ᾿Εννόησον ὅ ὅτι οὐδεὶς τάφος ἐν πόλει κατασκευάζεται οὐκοῦν οὐδὲ σὺ εἰς τὴν ἄνω φανῆναι δυνήσῃ πόλιν. Εἰ γὰρ ἐνταῦθα τοῦτο ἀπείρηται, πολλῷ μᾶλλον ἐκεῖ. Μᾶλλον δὲ καὶ ἐνταῦθα πάσιν εἶ καταγέλαστος; νεκρὰν περιφέρων ψυχήν' οὐ καταγέλαστος δὲ μόνον, ἀλλὰ καὶ φευκτος. Εἰπὲ γάρ μοι, εἴ τις περιῆει νεκρὸν εἴδωλον περιφέρων, οὐκ ἂν πάντες ἀπεπήδησαν: οὐκ ἂν πάντες ἔφυγον; Τοῦτο καὶ νῦν λογίζου. Καὶ γὰρ τούτου πολὺ χαλεπώτερον περιέρχῃ θέαμα περιφέρων, ψυχὴν ὑπὸ ἁμαρτιῶν νενεκρωμένην, ψυχὴν παρειμένην. Τίς οὖν ἐλεήσει τὸν τοιοῦτον: Ὅταν γὰρ σὺ τὴν σαυτοῦ ψυχὴν μὴ ἐλεῇς, πῶς ἕτερος ἐλεήσει τὸν οὕτως ὠμὸν καὶ πολέμιον ὄντα ἑαυτῷ καὶ ἐχθρόν; Εἴ τις ἔνθα ἐκάθευδες καὶ ἐδείπνεις, κατωρυξε σῶμα νεκρὸν, τί οὐκ ἂν ἐποίησας ; σὺ ὁὲ ψυχὴν νεκραν κατορυττεις, οὐκ ἐνθα ἀριστοποιῇ, οὐδὲ ἔνθα καθεύδεις, ἀλλ᾽ ἐν τοῖς μέλεσι τοῦ Χριστοῦ, καὶ οὐ δέδοικας μὴ μυρίοι κατενεχθῶσιν ἄνωθεν ἐπὶ τὴν σὴν κεφαλὴν σκηπτοὶ καὶ κεραυνοί ; Πῶς δὲ καὶ τολμᾷς εκκλησίαις ἐπιβαίνειν θεοῦ, καὶ ναοῖς ἁγίοις, ἔνδον τοσαύτης λνγμίας ὄζων: Εἰ γὰρ εἰς τὰ βασίλεια φέρων τις νεκρὸν καὶ κατορύξας, τὴν ἐσχάτην ἂν ἔδωκε δίκην σὺ τῶν ἱερῶν ἐπιβαίνων περιβολων, καὶ τοσαύτης δυσωδίας πληρῶν τὸν οἶκον» ἐννόησον ὅσην ὑποστήση τιμωρίαν. Μίμησαι τὴν πόρνην ἐκείνην, ἥ μύρῳ ἔχρισε τοῦ Χριστοὺ τοὺς πόδας, καὶ τὴν οἰκίαν ἅπασαν ἐπλήρωσεν εὐωδίας οὗ σὺ τουναντίον ποιεῖς εἰς τὸν οἶκον. Τί γὰρ εἰ καὶ μὴ αἰσθανῃ σὺ τῆς δυσωδίας; Τοῦτο γὰρ μάλιστά ἐστι τὸ χαλεπὸν τοῦ νοσήματος διὸ καὶ ἀνίατα νοσεῖς, καὶ χαλεπώτερα τῶν τὰ σωματα λελωβημένων τε καὶ ὁδωδότων. Ἐκείνη μὲν Ὑαρ ἢ νόσος καὶ αἴσθησιν τοῖς κάμνουσι παρέχει, καὶ οὐδὲν ἔγκλημα ἔχει, αλλα καὶ ελεους εστίν αξία᾽ αὕτη ὃε μίσους και κολάσεως. Ἐπεὶ οὐν καὶ ταύτη χαλεπωτέρα, καὶ τῷ μηδὲ αἰσθάνεσθαι αὐτῆς ὡς χρὴ τὸν νοσοῦντα, φερε, ἐπίδος σαντὸν τῷ λόγῳ, ἵνα σε διδάξω σαφῶς αὐτῆς τὴν λύμην. Πρῶτον δὲ ἄκουσον τί ψάλλων λέγεις κατευθυνθήτω ἢ προσευχή μον ὡς θυμίαμα ἐνώπιόν σου. Ὅταν οὖν ᾿ μὴ θυμίαμα, αλλα καπνὸς ἀπὸ σοῦ καὶ τῶν σῶν πράξεων αναβαίνῃ δυσώδης, ποίαν δίκην οὐκ ἄξιος εἶ ὑποστῆναι; Τίς ουν ὁ καπνὸς ὁ υσώδης; Πολλοὶ εἰσίασι κάλλη γυναικῶν ᾿ περιβλέποντες ἄλλοι παίδων ὥρας περιεργαζόμενοι. Εἶτα ου θαυμάζεις, πῶς οὐ σκηπτοὶ '᾿ φέρονται, καὶ παντα ἐκ βάθρων ανασπάται; Καὶ γὰρ ἄξια μὲν σκηπτῶν καὶ γεέννης τὰ γινόμενα ἀλλ ὁ θεὸς, μακρόθυμος ὧν καὶ πολνέλεος» ἀνέχει τέως τὴν ὀργήν. εἰς μετάνοιάν σε ᾿ καλῶν καὶ διόρθωσιν. Τί ποιεῖς, ἄνθρωπε; κάλλη γυναικῶν περιεργάζῃ. καὶ οὐ φρίττεις οὕτως ὀνυβρίζων εἰς τὸν ναὸν τοῦ θεοῦ: ᾿ Πορνεῖον εἶναί σοι δοκεῖ ἡ ἐκκλησία, καὶ τῆς ἀγορᾶς ἀτιμοτέρα: : Ἐν ἀγορᾷ μὲν γὰρ δέδοικας καὶ αἰσχύνῃ φανῆναι γυναῖκα περιεργαζόμενος ἐν δὲ τῷ ναῷ τοῦ θεοῦ, αὐτοῦ τοῦ θεοῦ διαλεγομένου σοι καὶ ἀπειλοῦντος ὑπὲρ πούτων, πορνεύεις. καὶ μοιχεύεις κατ᾽ αὐτὸν τὸν καιρὸν, καθ᾽ ὃν ἀκούεις μὴ ταῦτα ποιεῖν καὶ οὐ φρίττεις, οὐδὲ ἐξέστηκαν: ;: Ταῦτα ὑμᾶς τὰ θέατρα τῆς ἀσελγείας διδάσκει, ὁ ο λοιμὸς ὁ δυσκατάλντος, τὰ ἐμὰ μδν τῷ φάρμακα, αἱ χαλεπαὶ τῶν ἀναπεπτωκότων πάγαι, ἡ μεθ᾽ ἡδονῆς τῶν ἀκολάστων ἀπώλεια. Διὰ τοῦτο καὶ ὁ προφήτης ἐγκαλῶν ἔλεγεν· οὐκ εἰσὶν οἱ ὀφθαλμοί σου; οὐδὲ ἡ καρδία σου καλή. Βέλτιον τοὺς τοιούτους πηροὺς εἶναι βέλτιον νοσεῖν, ἢ εἰς ταῦτα κατακεχρῆσθαι τοῖς ὀφθαλμοῖς. ᾿Εχρῆν μὲν οὖν ἔνδον ἔ ἔχειν τὸ τεῖχος τὸ διεῖργον ὑμᾶς τῶν γυναικῶν ἐπειδὴ δὲ οὐ βούλεσθε, ἀναγκαῖον ἐνόμισαν εἶναι οἱ πατέρες, κὰν ταῖς σανίσιν ὑμᾶς ταύταις διατειχίσαι ὡς ἔγωγε ἀκούω τῶν α ᾿ πρεσβυτέρων, ὅτι τὸ παλαιὸν οὐδὲ ταῦτα ἦν τὰ τειχία. ᾿ Ἔν γὰρ Χριστῷ ᾿Ιησοῦ οὐκ ἄρσεν, οὐδὲ θηλν. Καὶ ἐπὶ τῶν ἀποστόλων δὲ ὁμοῦ καὶ ἄνδρες καὶ γυναῖκες ἦσαν. Καὶ γὰρ οἱ ἄνδρες, ἄνδρες ἢ ἤσαν, καὶ αἱ γυναῖκες, γυναῖκες νὺν δὲ πᾶν τοὐναντίον, αἱ μὲν γυναῖκες εἰς τὰ τῶν ἑταιρίδων ἑαυτὰς ἐξώθησαν ἤθη οἱ δὲ ἄνδρες ἵππων μαινομένων οὐδὲν ἄμεινον διάκεινται. Οὐκ ἠκούσατο, ὅτι ἦσαν συνηγμένοι ἄνδρες καὶ Ὑυναῖκες ἐν τῷ ὑπερῴῳ, καὶ τῶν οὐρανῶν ἐκεῖνος ὁ σύλλογος ἄξιος ἦν; Καὶ μάλα εἰκότως. Πολλὴν γὰρ καὶ γυναῖκες τότε φιλοσοφίαν ἤσκουν, καὶ ἄνδρες σεμνότητα καὶ σωφροσύνην. Ἀκούσατε γοῦν τῆς πορφυροπώλιδος λεγούσης· εἰ κεκρίκατέ με ἀξίαν τῷ κυρίῳ, εἰσελθόντες μείνατε παρ᾽ ἀμοί. Ἀκούσατε τῶν γυναικῶν, αἵ περιῆγον μετὰ τῶν ἀποστόλων, ἀνδρεῖον ἀναλαβοῦσαι φρόνημα, τῆς Πρισκίλλης, τῆς Περσίδος, τῶν ἄλλων ὧν αἱ παροῦσαι γυναῖκες τοσοῦτον ἀπέχουσιν, ὅσον οἱ ἄνδρες τῶν ἀνδρῶν.

to men ekeinous toioutous einai, ouch houtō deinon, kaiper hon deinon to de hymas, tous kataxiōthentas naous genesthai theou, taphous exaiphnēs genesthai, tosautēn echontas dysōdian, touto athliotētos e eschatēs. HyEntha ho o Christos katoikei, kai pneuma hagion enērgēse, kai mystēria tosauta, taphon einai ē touton, posēs touto athliotētos? posōn thrēnōn kai odyrmōn, ho hotan ta melē tou Christou taphos akatharsias genētai ᾿Ennoēson pōs egennēthēs, tinōn katēxiōthēs, hoian elabes stolēn, pōs naos kateskeuasthēs arrhagēs, pōs kalos ou chrysǭ kallōpistheis, oude margaritais, alla tǭ toutōn timiōterǭ pneumati. ᾿Ennoēson ho hoti oudeis taphos en polei kataskeuazetai oukoun oude sy eis tēn anō phanēnai dynēsę̄ polin. Ei gar entautha touto apeirētai, pollǭ mallon ekei. Mallon de kai entautha pasin ei katagelastos? nekran peripherōn psychēn' ou katagelastos de monon, alla kai pheuktos. Eipe gar moi, ei tis periēei nekron eidōlon peripherōn, ouk an pantes apepēdēsan: ouk an pantes ephygon? Touto kai nyn logizou. Kai gar toutou poly chalepōteron perierchę̄ theama peripherōn, psychēn hypo hamartiōn nenekrōmenēn, psychēn pareimenēn. Tis oun eleēsei ton toiouton: Hotan gar sy tēn sautou psychēn mē eleę̄s, pōs heteros eleēsei ton houtōs ōmon kai polemion onta heautǭ kai echthron? Ei tis entha ekatheudes kai edeipneis, katōryxe sōma nekron, ti ouk an epoiēsas ? sy hoe psychēn nekran katorytteis, ouk entha aristopoię̄, oude entha katheudeis, all᾽ en tois melesi tou Christou, kai ou dedoikas mē myrioi katenechthōsin anōthen epi tēn sēn kephalēn skēptoi kai keraunoi ? Pōs de kai tolmąs ekklēsiais epibainein theou, kai naois hagiois, endon tosautēs lngmias ozōn: Ei gar eis ta basileia pherōn tis nekron kai katoryxas, tēn eschatēn an edōke dikēn sy tōn hierōn epibainōn peribolōn, kai tosautēs dysōdias plērōn ton oikon» ennoēson hosēn hypostēsē timōrian. Mimēsai tēn pornēn ekeinēn, hē myrǭ echrise tou Christou tous podas, kai tēn oikian hapasan eplērōsen euōdias hou sy tounantion poieis eis ton oikon. Ti gar ei kai mē aisthanę̄ sy tēs dysōdias? Touto gar malista esti to chalepon tou nosēmatos dio kai aniata noseis, kai chalepōtera tōn ta sōmata lelōbēmenōn te kai hodōdotōn. Ekeinē men Hyar ē nosos kai aisthēsin tois kamnousi parechei, kai ouden enklēma echei, alla kai eleous estin axia᾽ hautē hoe misous kai kolaseōs. Epei oun kai tautē chalepōtera, kai tǭ mēde aisthanesthai autēs hōs chrē ton nosounta, phere, epidos santon tǭ logǭ, hina se didaxō saphōs autēs tēn lymēn. Prōton de akouson ti psallōn legeis kateuthynthētō ē proseuchē mon hōs thymiama enōpion sou. Hotan oun ᾿ mē thymiama, alla kapnos apo sou kai tōn sōn praxeōn anabainę̄ dysōdēs, poian dikēn ouk axios ei hypostēnai? Tis oun ho kapnos ho ysōdēs? Polloi eisiasi kallē gynaikōn ᾿ periblepontes alloi paidōn hōras periergazomenoi. Eita ou thaumazeis, pōs ou skēptoi '᾿ pherontai, kai panta ek bathrōn anaspatai? Kai gar axia men skēptōn kai geennēs ta ginomena all ho theos, makrothymos hōn kai polneleos» anechei teōs tēn orgēn. eis metanoian se ᾿ kalōn kai diorthōsin. Ti poieis, anthrōpe? kallē gynaikōn periergazę̄. kai ou phritteis houtōs onybrizōn eis ton naon tou theou: ᾿ Porneion einai soi dokei hē ekklēsia, kai tēs agoras atimotera: : En agorą men gar dedoikas kai aischynę̄ phanēnai gynaika periergazomenos en de tǭ naǭ tou theou, autou tou theou dialegomenou soi kai apeilountos hyper poutōn, porneueis. kai moicheueis kat᾽ auton ton kairon, kath᾽ hon akoueis mē tauta poiein kai ou phritteis, oude exestēkan: ?: Tauta hymas ta theatra tēs aselgeias didaskei, ho o loimos ho dyskatalntos, ta ema mdn tǭ pharmaka, hai chalepai tōn anapeptōkotōn pagai, hē meth᾽ hēdonēs tōn akolastōn apōleia. Dia touto kai ho prophētēs enkalōn elegen; ouk eisin hoi ophthalmoi sou? oude hē kardia sou kalē. Beltion tous toioutous pērous einai beltion nosein, ē eis tauta katakechrēsthai tois ophthalmois. ᾿Echrēn men oun endon e echein to teichos to dieirgon hymas tōn gynaikōn epeidē de ou boulesthe, anankaion enomisan einai hoi pateres, kan tais sanisin hymas tautais diateichisai hōs egōge akouō tōn a ᾿ presbyterōn, hoti to palaion oude tauta ēn ta teichia. ᾿ En gar Christǭ ᾿Iēsou ouk arsen, oude thēln. Kai epi tōn apostolōn de homou kai andres kai gynaikes ēsan. Kai gar hoi andres, andres ē ēsan, kai hai gynaikes, gynaikes nyn de pan tounantion, hai men gynaikes eis ta tōn hetairidōn heautas exōthēsan ēthē hoi de andres hippōn mainomenōn ouden ameinon diakeintai. Ouk ēkousato, hoti ēsan synēgmenoi andres kai Hyynaikes en tǭ hyperǭǭ, kai tōn ouranōn ekeinos ho syllogos axios ēn? Kai mala eikotōs. Pollēn gar kai gynaikes tote philosophian ēskoun, kai andres semnotēta kai sōphrosynēn. Akousate goun tēs porphyropōlidos legousēs; ei kekrikate me axian tǭ kyriǭ, eiselthontes meinate par᾽ amoi. Akousate tōn gynaikōn, hai periēgon meta tōn apostolōn, andreion analabousai phronēma, tēs Priskillēs, tēs Persidos, tōn allōn hōn hai parousai gynaikes tosouton apechousin, hoson hoi andres tōn andrōn.

that those men should be such is not so terrible, though it is terrible; but that you, who have been counted worthy to become temples of God, should suddenly become tombs with such a stench, this is the mark of the utmost wretchedness. Where Christ dwells, and the Holy Spirit has worked, and so great mysteries, that this should be a tomb, what wretchedness is this! How many laments and wailings it deserves, when the members of Christ become a tomb of uncleanness! Consider how you were born, what you were counted worthy of, what robe you received, how you were made an unbroken temple, how beautiful, adorned not with gold nor with pearls but with the Spirit, more precious than these. Consider that no tomb is built in a city; so neither will you be able to appear in the city above. For if this is forbidden here, much more there. Or rather, even here you are ridiculous to all, carrying about a dead soul; and not only ridiculous, but to be shunned. For tell me, if someone went about carrying a corpse, would not all leap away? Would not all flee? Reckon this now too. For you go about carrying a far more grievous sight than this, a soul deadened by sins, a soul paralyzed. Who then will pity such a man? For when you do not pity your own soul, how will another pity one so cruel, so hostile and an enemy to himself? If someone buried a dead body where you slept and dined, what would you not have done? But you bury a dead soul, not where you take your meal nor where you sleep, but in the members of Christ; and do you not fear lest countless thunderbolts and lightnings come down from above on your head? And how do you even dare to set foot in the churches of God and the holy temples, reeking within of such foulness? For if someone carrying a dead body into the palace and burying it there would pay the utmost penalty, consider what punishment you will undergo, setting foot within the holy precincts and filling the house with such a stench. Imitate that harlot, who anointed Christ’s feet with ointment and filled the whole house with fragrance; you do the opposite of her to the house. For what if you do not perceive the stench? This above all is the grievous thing about the disease; that is why you are incurably sick, and more grievously than those whose bodies are maimed and fetid. For that disease gives the sufferers perception of it, and carries no charge, but is even worthy of pity; but this one deserves hatred and punishment. Since, then, it is worse in this too, that the sick man does not perceive it as he ought, come, give yourself to the word, so that I may teach you clearly its ruin. And first hear what you say when you sing the psalm: “Let my prayer be directed as incense before you.” When, then, not incense but a stinking smoke goes up from you and your deeds, what penalty do you not deserve to undergo? What then is the stinking smoke? Many come in staring at the beauty of women; others busy themselves with the bloom of boys. Then do you not wonder how thunderbolts are not hurled and everything is not torn up from its foundations? For what is done deserves thunderbolts and Gehenna; but God, being long-suffering and of great mercy, holds back his wrath for a time, calling you to repentance and correction. What are you doing, man? You busy yourself with the beauty of women, and do you not shudder at so insulting the temple of God? Does the church seem to you a brothel, and more dishonorable than the marketplace? For in the marketplace you are afraid and ashamed to be seen busying yourself with a woman; but in the temple of God, while God himself is speaking to you and threatening about these things, you commit fornication and adultery at the very moment when you are hearing not to do them; and do you not shudder nor stand aghast? These things the theaters of licentiousness teach you, that plague hard to dissolve, those … drugs, the grievous snares of the slack, the destruction of the licentious with pleasure. That is why the prophet too, accusing, said, “Your eyes are not, nor your heart, good.” It would be better for such men to be blind; better to be sick than to use their eyes for these things. You ought to have had within you the wall that separates you from the women; but since you will not, the fathers thought it necessary to wall you off at least with these boards; as I at least hear from the elders that of old not even these partitions existed. “For in Christ Jesus there is neither male nor female.” And in the time of the apostles both men and women were together. For the men were men, and the women women; but now quite the opposite: the women have thrust themselves into the manners of courtesans, and the men are in no better state than maddened horses. Have you not heard that men and women were gathered in the upper room, and that assembly was worthy of heaven? And very reasonably. For then women too practiced great philosophy, and men gravity and self-control. Hear, at any rate, the seller of purple saying, “If you have judged me faithful to the Lord, come in and stay with me.” Hear of the women who went about with the apostles, having taken on a manly spirit: Priscilla, Persis, and the rest; from whom the women of the present are as far removed as the men are from those men.

73.4Field 2

Τότε μὲν γὰρ καὶ ἀποδημοῦσαι οὐκ ἐλάμβανον δόξαν πονηράν᾽ νῦν δὲ καὶ ἐν θαλάμῳ τρεφομεναι μόλις ταύτην διαφεύγουσι τὴν ὑποψίαν. Ταῦτα δὲ ἀπὸ τῶν καλλωπισμῶν γίνεται καὶ τῆς εἼρμης Τότε ἐκείναις ἔργον ἣν; αὐξῆσαι τὸ κηρνγμα; νῦν δὲ εὐειδεῖς καὶ καλὰς φανῆναι, καὶ εὐπροσώπους. Τοῦτο ἡ δόξα αὐταῖς, τοῦτο ἡ σωτηρία' τὰ δὲ ὑψηλὰ καὶ μεγάλα κατορθώματα οὐδὲ ὅ ὄναρ φροντίζουσι. Τίς γυνὴ σπουδὴν ε ἐποιήσατο ἄνδρα βελτίω ποιῆσαι ; τίς ἀνὴρ ταύτην ἔθετο ὃ τὴν φροντίδα, ὥστε γυναῖκα διορθώσασθαι; Οὐκ ἔστιν οὐδείς ἀλλὰ τῇ μὲν γυναικὶ πάσα σπουδὴ περὶ χρυσίων ἐπιμέλειαν, καὶ ἱματίων, καὶ τῶν λοιπῶν τοῦ σώματος καλλωπισμῶν, καὶ ὥστε τὴν οὐσίαν αὐξῆσαι᾽ τῷ δὲ ἀνδρὶ καὶ ᾽ αὕτη καὶ ἕτεραι πλείους, πᾶσαι μέντοι βιωτικαί. Τίς μέλλων γαμεῖν, τρόπον ἐξήτασε καὶ ᾿ανατροφὴν κόρης: Οὐδείς αλλὰ χρήματα εὐθέως καὶ κτήματα, καὶ μέτρα οὐσίας ποικίλης καὶ διαφόρου, καθάπερ τι πρίασθαι μέλλων, ἢ συνάλλαγμα τι κοινὸν ἐπιτελεῖν. Διὰ τοῦτο καὶ οὕτω καλοῦσι τὸν γάμον. Πολλὼν γὰρ ἤκουσα λεγόντων' συνήλλαξεν ὁ ὁ δεῖνα τῇ δεῖνι, τουτέστιν, ἔγημε. Καὶ εἰς τὰς τοῦ θεοῦ δωρεὰς ἐνυβρίζουσι, καὶ ὥσπερ ὠνούμενοι. καὶ πωλοῦντες, οὕτω γαμοῦσι καὶ γαμοῦνται. Καὶ Γραμματεῖα πλείονος ἀσφαλείας δεόμενα, ἢ ῆ τὰ περὶ πράσεως καὶ ἀγορασίας. Μάθετε πῶς οἱ παλαιοὶ ἐγάμουν, καὶ ζηλώσατε. Πώς οὖν ἐγάμουν ἐκεῖνοι ; Τρόπους ἐζήτουν καὶ ἤθη, καὶ ψυχῆς ἀρετήν. Διὰ τοῦτο γραμμάτων αὐτοῖς οὐκ ἔδει, οὐδὲ τῆς ἀπὸ χάρτου καὶ μέλανος ἀσφαλείας ἤρκει γὰρ ἀντὶ παντων αὐτοῖς ὁ τῆς νύμφης τρόπος. Παρακαλὼ τοίνυν καὶ ὑμᾶς, μὴ χρήματα ἐπιζητεῖν καὶ περιουσίαν, ἀλλὰ τρόπον καὶ ἐπιείκειαν. Ζήτησον εὐλαβῆ καὶ φιλόσοφον κόρην καὶ μυρίων ταῦτά σοι βελτίω θησαυρῶν ἔσται. Ἂν τὰ τοῦ θεοῦ ζητῆς, καὶ ταῦτα ἥξει ἀν δὲ ἐ ἐκεῖνα. παραδραμὼν ἐ ἐπὶ ταῦτα τρέχῃς; οὐδὲ ταῦτα ἕψεται. ᾿Αλλ᾽ ὁ δεῖνα, φησὶν, ἀπὸ γυναικὸς εὔπορος γέγονεν. Οὐκ αἰσχύνῃ τοιαῦτα παραδείγματα φέρων; Μυριάκις γενοίμην πένης, πολλών ἤκουσα λεγόντων, ῆ παρὰ γυναικὸς λάβοιμι πλοῦτον. Τί γὰρ ἀηδέστερον ἐκείνου τοῦ πλούτου πικρότερον τῆς εὐπορίας αἰσχρότερον τοῦ ἐπίσημον εἶναι ἐντεῦθεν, καὶ λέγεσθαι παρὰ πάντων, ὁ δεῖνα ἀπὸ γυναικὸς εὔπορος γέγονε: : Τὰς γὰρ ἔνδον ἀηδίας αφίημι, ἐὅσὰ ἐ ἐκ τούτου συμβαίνειν. ἀνάγκη τὸ φρόνημα τῆς γυναικὸς, τὴν δουλοπρέπειαν, τὰς μάχας, τὰ τῶν οἰκετῶν ὀνείδη ὁ πένης, ὁ ῥακοδύτης, ὁ ὁ ἄτιμος καὶ εξ ἀ ατίμων᾽ τί γὰρ ἔχων͵ ἦλθεν: οὐ γὰρ πάντα τῆς κυρίας: Ἀλλ᾽ οὐδέν σοι μέλει τῶν ῥημάτων τούτων' οὐδὲ γὰρ ἐλεύθερος εἶ. ᾿Επεὶ καὶ οἱ παράσιτοι τούτων καταδεέστερα ἀ ἀκούουσι; καὶ οὐκ αλγοῦσιν ᾿ οὐκοὺν οὐδὲ οὗτοι; ἀλλὰ καὶ ἐγκαλλωπίζονται τῇ αἰσχύνῃ καὶ ὅταν ταῦτα λέγωμεν αὐτοῖς, ἔστω, φησὶν, ἡδύ τι καὶ γλυκὺ, καὶ ἀποπνιγέτω με. Ὦ τοὺ διαβόλονυ᾽ οἵας παροιμίας εἰσήγαγε τῷ βίῳ, ὁλόκληρον τὴν ζωὴν τών τοιούτων ἀνατρέψαι δυναμένας. Ὅρα γοῦν αὐτὴν ταύτην τὴν διαβολικὴν καὶ ὀλέθριον ῥῆσιν, ὅσης γέμει τῆς ἀπωλείας. Οὐδὲν γὰρ ἄλλο φησὶν, ἀλλ᾽ ἢ ταυτὶ τὰ ῥήματα μηδείς σοι τοῦ σεμνοῦ, μηδείς σοι τοῦ δικαίου λόγος ἔστω πάντα εῤῥίφθω ἐκεῖνα ἕν μόνον ᾿ζήτησον, τὴν ἡδονήν. Κάν αγχῃ σε τὸ πρᾶγμα, αἱρετὸν ἔστω᾽ κἂν πάντες ἐμπτύωσιν οἱ ἀπαντῶντες, κἄν τῆ ὄψει προστρίβωνται βόρβορον, κἂν ὡς κύνα ἐλαύνωσι, πάντα φέρε. Καὶ τί ἂν ἄλλο χοῖροι φωνὴν λαβόντες εἶπον: ; τί δὲ κύνες οἱ ἀκάθαρτοι ; Τάχα δὲ οὐδ᾽ ἄν ἐκεῖνοι τοιαῦτα ἐφθέγξαντο, οἷα ἀνθρώπους ἔπεισεν ὁ διάβολος λυττάν. Διὸ παρακαλῶ, τὴν ἀναισθησίαν συνειδότας τῶν τοιούτων ῥημάτων, φεύγειν τὰς τοιαύτας παροιμίας, καὶ τὰς ἀπὸ τῆς γραφῆς ἐκλέγειν ἀπεναντίας αὐταῖς οὔσας. Τίνες δέ εἰσιν αὗται; Μὴ πορεύου; φησὶν, ὀπίσω τῆς ἐπιθυμίας τῆς ψυχῆς σου, καὶ ἀπὸ τῶν ὀρέξεων σου κωλύου. Καὶ περὶ πόρνης παλιν φησὶν ἀπεναντίας τῇ ὑπαροίμις ταύτῃ· μὴ πρόσεχε φαύλῃ γυναικί μέλι γὰρ ἀποστάζει απὸ χειλέων γυναικὸς πόρνης, ἥ πρὸς καιρὸν λιπαίνει σὸν λάρυγγα· ὕστερον μέντοι πικρότερον χολῆς εὑρήσεις, καὶ ἤκονημένον μᾶλλον μαχαίρας διστόμου. Τούτων τοίνυν ἀκούωμεν, μὴ ἐκείνων. Καὶ γὰρ ἐντεῦθεν οἱ ἀνελεύθεροι, ἐντεῦθεν οἱ δουλοπρεπεῖς., λογισμοὶ φύονται, ὀντεῦθεν ἄλογα οἱ ἄνθρωποι γίνονται, ὅτι πανταχοῦ τῆν ἡδονὴν διώκειν ἐθέλουσι κατὰ τὴν παροιμίαν ταύτην, ἡ καὶ χωρὶς τῶν ἡμετέρων λόγῶν αὐτόθεν ἑ εστὶ καταγέλαστος. Μετὰ γὰρ τὸ ᾿ἀποπνιγῆναι, τί τὸ κέρδος τῆς γλυκύτητος Πανσασθε τοίνυν τοσοῦτον κατασκενάζοντες γέλωτα, καὶ γέενναν ἀνάπτοντες καὶ πὺρ ἄσβεστον καὶ διαβλέψωμεν κἀν ὀψέ ποτε ὡς χρὴ πρὸς τὰ μέλλοντα, τὴν τῶν ὀφθαλμῶν λήμην ἀποβαλόντες, ὅ ὅπως καὶ τὸν ἐνταῦθα βίον κοσμίως καὶ μετὰ πολλῆς τῆς σεμνότῆτος καὶ εὐλαβείας παρέλθωμεν, καὶ τῶν μελλόντων ἐπιτύχωμεν ἀγαθῶν, χάριτι καὶ φιλανθρωπίᾳ τοῦ κυρίου ἡμῶν ᾿Ιησοῦ Χριστοῦ, ᾧ ἡ δόξα εἰς τοὺς αἰῶνας τῶν αἰώνων. ᾿Δμῆν.

Tote men gar kai apodēmousai ouk elambanon doxan ponēran᾽ nyn de kai en thalamǭ trephomenai molis tautēn diapheugousi tēn hypopsian. Tauta de apo tōn kallōpismōn ginetai kai tēs eIrmēs Tote ekeinais ergon hēn? auxēsai to kērngma? nyn de eueideis kai kalas phanēnai, kai euprosōpous. Touto hē doxa autais, touto hē sōtēria' ta de hypsēla kai megala katorthōmata oude ho onar phrontizousi. Tis gynē spoudēn e epoiēsato andra beltiō poiēsai ? tis anēr tautēn etheto ho tēn phrontida, hōste gynaika diorthōsasthai? Ouk estin oudeis alla tę̄ men gynaiki pasa spoudē peri chrysiōn epimeleian, kai himatiōn, kai tōn loipōn tou sōmatos kallōpismōn, kai hōste tēn ousian auxēsai᾽ tǭ de andri kai ᾽ hautē kai heterai pleious, pasai mentoi biōtikai. Tis mellōn gamein, tropon exētase kai ᾿anatrophēn korēs: Oudeis alla chrēmata eutheōs kai ktēmata, kai metra ousias poikilēs kai diaphorou, kathaper ti priasthai mellōn, ē synallagma ti koinon epitelein. Dia touto kai houtō kalousi ton gamon. Pollōn gar ēkousa legontōn' synēllaxen ho ho deina tę̄ deini, toutestin, egēme. Kai eis tas tou theou dōreas enybrizousi, kai hōsper ōnoumenoi. kai pōlountes, houtō gamousi kai gamountai. Kai Grammateia pleionos asphaleias deomena, ē ē ta peri praseōs kai agorasias. Mathete pōs hoi palaioi egamoun, kai zēlōsate. Pōs oun egamoun ekeinoi ? Tropous ezētoun kai ēthē, kai psychēs aretēn. Dia touto grammatōn autois ouk edei, oude tēs apo chartou kai melanos asphaleias ērkei gar anti pantōn autois ho tēs nymphēs tropos. Parakalō toinyn kai hymas, mē chrēmata epizētein kai periousian, alla tropon kai epieikeian. Zētēson eulabē kai philosophon korēn kai myriōn tauta soi beltiō thēsaurōn estai. An ta tou theou zētēs, kai tauta hēxei an de e ekeina. paradramōn e epi tauta trechę̄s? oude tauta hepsetai. ᾿All᾽ ho deina, phēsin, apo gynaikos euporos gegonen. Ouk aischynę̄ toiauta paradeigmata pherōn? Myriakis genoimēn penēs, pollōn ēkousa legontōn, ē para gynaikos laboimi plouton. Ti gar aēdesteron ekeinou tou ploutou pikroteron tēs euporias aischroteron tou episēmon einai enteuthen, kai legesthai para pantōn, ho deina apo gynaikos euporos gegone: : Tas gar endon aēdias aphiēmi, heosa e ek toutou symbainein. anankē to phronēma tēs gynaikos, tēn douloprepeian, tas machas, ta tōn oiketōn oneidē ho penēs, ho rhakodytēs, ho ho atimos kai ex a atimōn᾽ ti gar echōn͵ ēlthen: ou gar panta tēs kyrias: All᾽ ouden soi melei tōn rhēmatōn toutōn' oude gar eleutheros ei. ᾿Epei kai hoi parasitoi toutōn katadeestera a akouousi? kai ouk algousin ᾿ oukoun oude houtoi? alla kai enkallōpizontai tę̄ aischynę̄ kai hotan tauta legōmen autois, estō, phēsin, hēdy ti kai glyky, kai apopnigetō me. Ō tou diabolony᾽ hoias paroimias eisēgage tǭ biǭ, holoklēron tēn zōēn tōn toioutōn anatrepsai dynamenas. Hora goun autēn tautēn tēn diabolikēn kai olethrion rhēsin, hosēs gemei tēs apōleias. Ouden gar allo phēsin, all᾽ ē tauti ta rhēmata mēdeis soi tou semnou, mēdeis soi tou dikaiou logos estō panta errhiphthō ekeina hen monon ᾿zētēson, tēn hēdonēn. Kan anchę̄ se to pragma, haireton estō᾽ kan pantes emptyōsin hoi apantōntes, kan tē opsei prostribōntai borboron, kan hōs kyna elaunōsi, panta phere. Kai ti an allo choiroi phōnēn labontes eipon: ? ti de kynes hoi akathartoi ? Tacha de oud᾽ an ekeinoi toiauta ephthenxanto, hoia anthrōpous epeisen ho diabolos lyttan. Dio parakalō, tēn anaisthēsian syneidotas tōn toioutōn rhēmatōn, pheugein tas toiautas paroimias, kai tas apo tēs graphēs eklegein apenantias autais ousas. Tines de eisin hautai? Mē poreuou? phēsin, opisō tēs epithymias tēs psychēs sou, kai apo tōn orexeōn sou kōlyou. Kai peri pornēs palin phēsin apenantias tę̄ hyparoimis tautę̄; mē proseche phaulę̄ gynaiki meli gar apostazei apo cheileōn gynaikos pornēs, hē pros kairon lipainei son larynga; hysteron mentoi pikroteron cholēs heurēseis, kai ēkonēmenon mallon machairas distomou. Toutōn toinyn akouōmen, mē ekeinōn. Kai gar enteuthen hoi aneleutheroi, enteuthen hoi douloprepeis., logismoi phyontai, onteuthen aloga hoi anthrōpoi ginontai, hoti pantachou tēn hēdonēn diōkein ethelousi kata tēn paroimian tautēn, hē kai chōris tōn hēmeterōn logōn autothen he esti katagelastos. Meta gar to ᾿apopnigēnai, ti to kerdos tēs glykytētos Pansasthe toinyn tosouton kataskenazontes gelōta, kai geennan anaptontes kai pyr asbeston kai diablepsōmen kan opse pote hōs chrē pros ta mellonta, tēn tōn ophthalmōn lēmēn apobalontes, ho hopōs kai ton entautha bion kosmiōs kai meta pollēs tēs semnotētos kai eulabeias parelthōmen, kai tōn mellontōn epitychōmen agathōn, chariti kai philanthrōpią tou kyriou hēmōn ᾿Iēsou Christou, hǭ hē doxa eis tous aiōnas tōn aiōnōn. ᾿Dmēn.

For then, even when traveling abroad, they did not get an evil reputation; but now, even when brought up in the chamber, they scarcely escape this suspicion. And these things come from their adornments and their luxury. Then their work was to spread the preaching; but now, to appear comely and beautiful and fair of face. This is their glory, this their salvation; but the lofty and great achievements they do not care for even in a dream. What woman has made it her concern to make her husband better? What man has taken this care, to correct his wife? There is no one. But the woman’s whole concern is for the care of gold ornaments and garments and the other adornments of the body, and for increasing the property; and the man has this concern and many others besides, all of them worldly. Who, when about to marry, has examined a girl’s character and upbringing? No one; but at once money and estates and the measures of property of every various kind, as though he were about to buy something or carry out some common contract. That is why they even call marriage so. For I have heard many saying, “So-and-so has contracted with so-and-so,” that is, married. And they insult God’s gifts, and they marry and are given in marriage as though buying and selling. And the documents need more security than those about sale and purchase. Learn how the men of old married, and emulate them. How then did they marry? They sought manners and character and virtue of soul. For this reason they had no need of documents, nor of security from paper and ink; for the bride’s character sufficed them instead of everything. I beg you too, then, not to seek money and wealth, but character and goodness. Seek a pious and philosophic girl; and these will be better for you than ten thousand treasures. If you seek the things of God, these too will come; but if you pass those by and run after these, not even these will follow. “But so-and-so,” someone says, “became wealthy from a wife.” Are you not ashamed to bring forward such examples? “May I become poor ten thousand times,” I have heard many saying, “rather than receive wealth from a woman.” For what is more disagreeable than that wealth, more bitter than that affluence, more shameful than to be notable from this and to be called by all, “So-and-so became wealthy from a wife”? For I leave aside the unpleasantness within, as much as must necessarily come from this: the wife’s pride, the servility, the quarrels, the reproaches of the servants: “The poor man, the man in rags, the dishonored son of dishonored parents! For what did he come with? Does not everything belong to the mistress?” But you care nothing for these words; for you are not free either. For parasites too hear worse things than these and are not pained; so neither are these; rather, they even pride themselves on the shame; and when we say these things to them, “Let it be,” he says, “something sweet and pleasant, and let it choke me.” O the devil! What proverbs he has brought into life, able to overturn the whole life of such men! See, at any rate, this very devilish and destructive saying, how full of ruin it is. For it says nothing else but these words: “Let no thought of what is honorable be yours, no thought of what is just; let all those things be thrown away; seek one thing only, pleasure. Even if the thing chokes you, let it be chosen; even if all who meet you spit on you, even if they rub mud on your face, even if they drive you away like a dog, bear everything.” And what else would swine say if they had a voice? What else unclean dogs? Perhaps not even those would utter such things as the devil has persuaded men to rave. Therefore I beg you, perceiving the senselessness of such words, to flee such proverbs, and to choose those from Scripture, which are opposed to them. And what are these? “Do not go,” it says, “after the desire of your soul, and restrain yourself from your appetites.” And about the harlot again it says, opposed to this proverb, “Do not attend to a worthless woman; for honey drips from the lips of a harlot woman, which for a season makes your throat smooth; but afterward you will find it more bitter than gall, and sharper than a two-edged sword.” Let us listen to these, then, not to those. For from those the illiberal, the servile thoughts spring; from those men become irrational, because they wish to pursue pleasure everywhere according to this proverb, which even without our words is ridiculous at once. For after being choked, what is the gain of the sweetness? Stop, then, making such laughter and kindling Gehenna and unquenchable fire; and let us at last, though late, look as we ought to the things to come, casting off the rheum of our eyes, so that we may both pass the life here decently and with great gravity and piety, and obtain the good things to come, by the grace and love for mankind of our Lord Jesus Christ, to whom be the glory to the ages of ages. Amen.

Chapter 74

74.1Field 2

Οὐαὶ ὑμῖν, ὅτι οἰκοδομεῖτε τοὺς τάφους τῶν προφητῶν, καὶ κοσμεῖτε τὰ μνήματα αὐτῶν, καὶ λέγετε εἰ ἡμεν ἐν ταῖς ἡμέραις τῶν πατέρων ἡμῶν, οὐκ ἂν ἦμεν αὖτῶν κοινωνοὶ ἐν τῷ αἵματι τῶν προφητῶν. Οὐχ ὅτι οἰκοδομοῦσιν, οὐδ᾽ ὅτι ἐγκαλοῦσιν ἐκείνοις, οὐαὶ, φησίν, ἀλλ᾽ ὅτι καὶ ταυτὴ και ὁι ὧν λέγουσι, καταγινώσκειν προσποιούμενοι τῶν πατέρων, χείρονα πράττουσιν. Ὅτι γὰρ προσποίησις ἥν ἡ κατάγνωσις, ὁ Λουκᾶς φησιν, ὅτι καὶ συνευδοκεῖτε, ὅτι οἰκοδομεῖτε. Οὐαὶ γὰρ ὑμῖν, φησὶν, ὅτι οἰκοδομεῖτε τὰ μνήματα τῶν προφητῶν, οἱ δὲ πατέρες ὑμῶν ἀπέκτειναν αὐτούς. Ἄρα μαρτυρεῖτε καὶ συνευδοκεῖτε τοῖς ἔργοις τῶν πατέρων ὑμῶν ὅτι αὐτοὶ μὲν ἀπέκτειναν αὐτοὺς, ὑμεῖς δὲ οἰκοδομεῖτε τὰ μνήματα αὐτῶν. ᾿Ενταῦθα γὰρ τὴν γνώμην αὐτῶν διαβάλλει, μεθ᾽ ἧς φκοδόμουν ὅτι οὐ διὰ τιμὴν τών σφαγέντων, ἀλλ᾽ ὡς ἐμπομπεύοντες ταῖς σφαγαῖς, καὶ δεδοικότες, μήποτε τῷ χρόνῳ τῶν τάφων ἀφανισθέντων μαρανθῇ τῆς τοσαύτης τόλμης ὃ ἔλεγχος καὶ ἥ μνήμην οὕτως φκοδόμουν τοὺς τάφους; ὥσπερ τι τρόπαιον ἱστώντες λαμπρὰς τὰς οἰκοδομὰς, καὶ καλλωπιζόμενοι τοῖς ἐκείνων τολμήμασι καὶ ἐπιδεικνύμενοι. Τὰ γὰρ νῦν τολμώμενα παρ᾽ ὑμῶν δείκνυσιν, ὅ ὅτι καὶ ταῦτα τούτῳ ποιεῖτε τῷ τρόπῳ. Κἀν γὰρ τὰ ἐναντία λέγητε, φησὶν, ὡς ,καταγινώσκοντες αὐτών, οἷον ὅτι οὐκ ἂν, εἰ ἦμεν ἐν ταῖς ἡμέραις ἐκείναις, ἦμεν αὐτῶν κοινωνοί αλλ ἡ νώμη δήλη ἡ ταῦτα λέγουσα. Διὸ καὶ ἐκκαλύπτων αὐτὴν, αἰνιγματωδῶς μὲν, εἴρηκε δ᾽ οὖν ὅμως. Εἰπὼν γάρ' λέγετε, ὅτι εἰ ἦμεν ἐν ταῖς ἡμέραις, τῶν πατόρων ἡμῶν, οὐκ ἂν ἦμεν κοινωνοὶ αὐτῶν ἐν τῷ αἵματι τών προφήτων ἐπήγαγεν· ὥστε μαρτυρεῖτε ἑαντοῖς. ὅτι υἱοί ἐστε τῶν φονευσάντων τοὺς προφήτας. Καὶ ποῖον ἔγκλημα υἱὸν εἶναι ἀνδροφόνου, ἂν μὴ κοινωνῇ τῇ γνώμῃ τοῦ πατρός; Οὐδέν. Ὅθεν δῆλον, ὅτι διὰ τοῦτο αὐτοῖς προφέρει, τὴν κατὰ κακίαν συγγένειαν αἰνιττόμενος. Καὶ Τοῦτο καὶ τὸ ἑξῆς δηλοῖ ἐπήγαγε δ γοῦν ὄφεις, γεννήματα ἐχιδνῶν.» Ὥσπερ γὰρ ἐκεῖνα ἔοικε τοῖς ,Ὑονεῦσι κατὰ τὴν τοῦ ἰοῦ λύμην, οὕτω καὶ εὑμεῖς τοῖς πατράσι κατὰ τὸ φονικόν. Εἶτα ἐπειδὴ Ὑνώμην ἥταζεν ἄδηλον τοῖς πολλοῖς οὖσαν, καὶ ἀφ᾿ ὧν μέλλουσι τολμᾶν, τών πᾶσιν ἐσομένων δήλων, κατασκευάζει, τὰ εἰρημένα. ᾿Επειδὴ γὰρ εἶπεν, ὥστε μαρτυρεῖτε ἑαντοῖς; ὅτι υἱοί ἐστα τῶν φονευσάντων τοὺς προφήτας, δηλῶν ὅ ὅτι τὴν κατὰ πονηρίαν συγγένειαν λέγει, καὶ ὅτι πλάσμα ἣν πὸ λέγειν, ὅτι οὐκ ἂν ἥμεν αὐτῶν κοινωνοὶ, ἐπήγαγε καὶ ὑμεῖς πληρώσατε τὸ μέτρον τῶν πατέρων ὑμῶν· οὐκ ἐπιτάττων, ἀλλὰ προαναφωνῶν τὸ ἐσόμενον τουτέστι, τὴν ἑαυτοῦ σφαγήν. Διὰ δὴ τοῦτο ἐπαγαγὼν τὸν ἔλεγχον, καὶ δείξας ὅ ὅτι πλάσματα ἦν ἅπερ Ὁ ἔλεγον. ὑπὲρ, ἑαυτῶν ἀπολογούμενοι, οἷον ὅτι οὐκ ἂν ἦμεν κοινωνοὶ αυτών ᾿ (οἱ γὰρ τοῦ δεσπότον μὴ ἀπεχόμενοι, πῶς ἄν τῶν δούλων ἁ ἀπέσχοντο 3) καταφορικωτέρῳ τῷ μετὰ ταῦτα κέχρηται λόγῳ, ὄφεις καλὼν καὶ γεννήματα ἐχιδνῶν, καὶ λέγων πῶς ᾿ φεύξεσθε ἀπὸ τῆς κρίσεως τῆς γεέννης καὶ τοιαῦτα τολμῶντες, καὶ ἀρνούμενοι, καὶ τὴν γνώμην κρύπτοντες; Εἶτα καὶ ἑτέρωθεν αὐτοὺς ἐλέγχων ἐκ περιουσίας, φησὶν ὅτι ὃ ἀποστελῶ πρὸς ὑμᾶς προφήτας καὶ σοφοὺς καὶ γραμματεῖς, καὶ ἐξ αὐτῶν ἀποκτενεῖτε καὶ ᾿στανρώσετε, καὶ ἐν ταῖς συναγωγαῖς ὑμῶν μαστιγώσετε. Ἵνα γὰρ μὴ λέγωσιν, ὅτι εἰ καὶ τὸν δεσπότην ἐσταυρώσαμεν, ἀλλὰ τῶν δούλων ἀπεσχόμεθα ἀν, εἰ ἦμεν τότε' ἰδοὺ, Φησὶ, καὶ δούλους ὑμῖν ᾿᾿ ἀποστέλλω, προφήτας καὶ αὐτοὺς, καὶ οὐδὲ αὐτῶν φείσεσθε. Ταῦτα δὲ λέγει, δεικνὺς ὅτι οὐδὲν ξένον σφαγῆναι αὐτὸν ὑπὸ τῶν νυἱῶν ἐκείνων, φονικών. τε ὄντων καὶ ὑπούλων, καὶ πολὺ τὸ δολερὸν θχόντων, καὶ νικώντων τοὺς πατέρας τοῖς τολμήμασι. Πρὸς δὲ τοῖς εἰρημένοις, δείκνυσιν αὐτοὺς καὶ σφόδρα κενοδοξοῦντας. Καὶ γὰρ ὅταν λέγωσιν, εἰ ἦμεν ἐν ταῖς ἡμέραις τῶν πατέρων ἡμῶν, οὐκ ἂν ἥμεν κοινωνοὶ αὐτῶν, κενοδοξοῦντες λέγουσι, καὶ ἐν λογοις φιλοσοφοῦντες μόνον; ἐν δὲ τοῖς ἔργοις τὰ ἐναντία πράττουσιν. Ὄφεις, γεννήματα ἐχιδνῶν τουτέστι, πονηροὶ πονηρῶν παῖδες, καὶ τῶν γεννησαμένων πονηρότεροι. Δεέκνυσι γὰρ αὐτοὺς μείζονα τολμῶντας, τῷ τε μετ᾽ ἐκείνους τολμῆσαι, καὶ τῷ πολλῷ χαλεπώτερα ἐκείνων, καὶ ταῦτα ἀκριβολογουμένους, ὡς οὐκ ἄν ποτε τοῖς αὐτοῖς περιέπεσον. Αὐτοὶ γὰρ καὶ τὸ τέλος ἐπάγουσι, καὶ τὴν κορωνίδα τῶν κακῶν. Οἱ μὲν γὰρ τοὺς ἐπὶ τὸν ἀμπελῶνα ἐλθόντας ἀ ἀπέκτειναν᾽ οὗτοι δὲ καὶ ὃ τὸν υἱὸν, καὶ τοὺς ἐπὶ γάμον καλοῦντας. Ταῦτα δὲ λέγει, τῆς πυγγένειας αὐτοὺς ἀφιστὰς τῆς τοῦ Ἄβραάμ, καὶ δεικνύς, ὅτι ἢ οὐδὲν ἐντεῦθεν αὐτοῖς τὸ κέρδος, ἃ ἂν μὴ τὰ ἔργα μιμήσωνται. Διὸ καὶ ἀπάγει πῶς φύγητε ἀπὸ τῆς κρίσεως τῆς γεέννης, ἐκείνους μιμούμενοι τοὺς τὰ τοιαῦτα τετολμηκότας ; Ἐνταῦθα δὲ αὐτοὺς καὶ τῆς Ἴ άννου κατηγορίας ἀνέμνησε καὶ γὰρ ἐκεῖνος οὕτως αὖτοὺς ἐκάλεσε καὶ τῆς μελλούσης ὑπόμνησε κρίσεως. Εἶτα ἐπειδὴ οὐδὲν αὐτοὺς ἐφόβει κρίσις. καὶ γέεννα, τῷ μὴ πιστεύειν, καὶ τῷ μέλλειν τὸ πρᾶγμα, ἀπὸ τῶν παρόντων αὐτοὺς καταστέλλει, καί φησι· διὰ τοῦτο ἰδοὺ ἐ ἐγὼ ἀποστέλλω πρὸς σ ὑμᾶς ᾿ προφήτας, καὶ γραμματεῖς, καὶ ἐξ αὐτῶν ἀποκτενεῖτε, καὶ σταυρώσετε, καὶ μαστιγώσετε᾽ ὅπως ἔλθῃ ὁ ἐφ᾽ ὑμᾶς πᾶν αἷμα δίκαιον ἑ ἐκχυνόμενον ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς, ἀπὸ τοῦ αἵματος Ἄβελ τοῦ δικαίου, ἕως τοῦ αἵματος Ζαχαρίον νἱοῦ Βαραχίου; ὃν ἐφονεύσατε μοταξὺ τοῦ ναοῦ καὶ τοῦ θυσιαστηρίου. Ἀμὴν λέγω ὑμῖν, ὅτι ἥξει ταῦτα πάντα ἐπὶ τὴν γενεὰν ταύτην. Ὅρα ἐκ πόσων αὐτοὺς ἠσφαλίσατο: : Εἶπεν, ὅτι καταγινώσκετε τῶν πατέρων ὑμῶν, δ ὧν λέγετε, ὅτι οὐκ ἂν ἐκοινωνήσαμεν αὐτοῖς οὐ μικρὸν δὲ τοῦτο εἰς τὸ ἐντρόψαι. Εἶπεν, ὅτι καταγινώσκοντες χείρονα πράττετε καὶ ὑμεῖς καὶ τοῦτο δὲ ἃ ἱκανὸν αὐτοὺς καταισχῦναι. Εἶπεν, ὅτι οὐκ ἀτιμωρητὶ ταῦτα ἔσται, καὶ φόβον ἐντεῦθεν αὐτοῖς ἱἐντίθησιν ἄφατον ἀνέμνησε͵ γοῦν αὐτοὺς τῆς γεέννης. Εἶτα ἐπειδὴ ἔμελλεν ἐκείνη, ἐπέστησεν αὐτοῖς καὶ παρόντα τὰ δεινά ἥξει γὰρ ταῦτα πάντα, φησὶν, ἐπὶ τὴν γενεὰν ταύτην. Προσέθηκε καὶ σφοδρότητα ἄφατον τῇ τιμωρίᾳ, εἰπὼν ὅτι πάντων χαλεπώτερα πείσονται καὶ οὐδενὶ τούτων ἐγένοντο βελτίους. Εἰ δὲ λέγοι τις καὶ τί δήποτε χαλεπώτερα πάσχουσι πάντων; ἥ εἴποιμεν ἂν, ὅτι καὶ πάντων χαλεπώτερα τετολμήκασι, καὶ οὐδενὶ τῶν γεγενημένων ἐσωφρονίσθησαν. Ἢ οὐκ ἤκουσας τοῦ Λάμεχ λέγοντος· ἐκ Λάμεχ ἐκδεδίκηται ἑβδομηκοντάκις ἐ ἑπτά . τουτέστι, πλειόνων ἐγὼ ἄξιος τιμωριῶν ἡ ὁ Καὶν. Τί δήποτε; Καέτοι οὐκ ἀδελφὸν ἀνεϊλεν᾽ ἀλλ᾽ ὅτι οὐδὲ τῷ παραδείγματι ἐσωφρονίσθη. Καὶ τοῦτο ἔστιν ὅ φησιν ὁ θεὸς ἀλλαχοῦ· ἀποδιδοὺς ἁμαρτίας πατέρων ἐπὶ τέκνα ἐπὶ τρίτην καὶ τετάρτην γενεὰν τοῖς μισοῦσί με οὐχ ὡς τῶν ἄλλοις τολμηθέντων ἑτέρων διδόντων δίκας, ἀλλ᾽ ὡς τῶν μετὰ πλείονας ἢ ἅμαρτόντας καὶ κολασθέντας μὴ Ὑενομένων βελτιόνων, αλλὰ τὰ αὐτὰ πεπλημμεληκότων, καὶ ἐκείνων τὰς τιμωρίας ὑποσχεῖν ὄντων δικαίων. Σκόπει δὲ ἢ πὼς εὐκαίρως καὶ τοὺ Αβελ ανέμνησε, δεικνὺς ὅτι φθόνου καὶ οὗτος ὃ φόνος ἐστί. Τί οὖν ἂν ἔχοιτε εἰπεῖν; Μὴ γὰρ οὐκ ἔγνωτα τί ὅπαθεν ὃ Καάν; μὴ γὰρ ἐφησύχασε τοῖς γεγενημένοις ὁ θεός: δ μὴ γὰρ οὐκ ᾿ ἀπήτησε τὴν χαλεπωτάτην δίκην ; ᾿ Μὴ γὰρ οὐκ ἠκούσατε ὅσα ἔπαθον οἱ πατέρες ὑμών, τοὺς προφήτας ἀνελόντες : : οὐ κολάσεσι καὶ τιμωρίαις μυρίαις ἐξεδόθησαν : : Πῶς οὖν οὐκ ἐγένεσθε βελτίους : ; Καὶ τί λέγω τὰς κολάσεις τῶν πατέρων ὑμῶν, καὶ ἅπερ ἔπαθον; αὐτὸς σὺ ὁ καταψηφισάμενος τῶν πατέρων, πῶς χείρω ποιεῖς: Καὶ γὰρ καὶ ὑμεῖς αὐτοὶ ἀπεφήνασθε, ὅτι κακοὺς κακῶς ἀπολέσει. Τίνα οὖν λοιπὸν ἕξετε συγγνώμην, μετὰ τοιαύτην ψῆφον τοιαῦτα τολμῶντες:; Ἀλλὰ τίς ἐστιν ὁ Ζαχαρίας οὗτος: Οἱ μὲν τὸν ᾿Ιωᾶάννου πατέρα φασίν οἱ δὲ τὸν προφήτην οἱ δὲ ἕ ἕτερόν τινα διώνυμον ὁ ἱερέα, ὃν καὶ ᾿[ωδάε φησὶν ΓῚ γραφή. Σὺ δὲ ἐκεῖνο σκόπει; ὅτι τὸ τόλμημα διπλοῦν ἦ ἥν. Οὐ γὰρ ἁγίους ἀνήρουν μόνον, αλλὰ καὶ ἐν ἀγίῳ τόπῳ. Ταῦτα δὲ λέγων, οὐκ ἐκείνους ἐφόβει μόνον; ἀλλὰ καὶ τοὺς μαθητὰς παρεμυθεῖτο, δεικνὺς ὅτι καὶ οἱ δίκαιοι οἱ πρὸ αὐτῶν ταῦτα ἔπαθον. Τούτους δὲ ἐφόβει, προλέγων ὅτι ὥσπερ ἐκεῖνοι δίκην ἔδοσαν; οὕτω καὶ οὗτοι τὰ ἔσχατα πείσονται. Διὰ τοῦτο αὐτοὺς καὶ προφήτας καὶ σοφοὺς καὶ γραμματεῖς καλεῖ, ἐντεῦθεν πάλιν πᾶσαν ἀπολογίαν αὐτῶν ἀναιρῶν. Οὐ γὰρ ἔχετε εἰπεῖν, φησὶν, ὅτι ἀπὸ ἐθνῶν ἀπέστειλας, καὶ διὰ τοῦτο ἐσκανδαλίσθημεν' ἀλλὰ τὸ φονικοὺς εἶναι καὶ διψᾶν Ὁ αἱμάτων εἰς τοῦτο ἐ ἦγε. Διὸ καὶ προεῖπεν, ὅτι διὰ τοῦτο. προφήτας καὶ γραμματεῖς ἀποστέλλω. Τοῦτο καὶ οἱ προφῆται πάντες ἐνεκάλουν αὐτοῖς. αἵματα ἐφ᾽ αἵμασι μίσγουσι, λέγοντες καὶ ὅτι ἄνδρες αἱμάτων εἰσί. Διὰ τοῦτο καὶ τὸ αἷμα ἢ αὐτῷ ἐκέλευσε προσφέρεσθαι, δεικνὺς ὅτι εἰ ἐπὶ ἀλόγου οὕτω τίμιον, πολλῷ μᾶλλον ἐπὶ ἀνθρώπου. ᾽Ὃ καὶ τῷ Νώε λέγει· ἐκδικήσω. πάν αἷμα ἐκχυνόμενον Καὶ μυρία ἕτερα τοιαῦτα ἐστιν εὑρεῖν ὑπὲρ τοῦ μὴ φονεύειν αὐτοὺς διαταττόμανον᾽ διὸ οὐδὲ πνικτὸν ἐσθίειν ἐκέλευσαν. Ὦ τῆς τοῦ θεοῦ φιλανθρωπίας, ὅτι καὶ προειδὼς οὐδὲν κερδανοῦντας, τὰ αὐτοῦ ὅμως ἐποίει. Πέμπω γὰρ, φησὶ, καὶ ταῦτα εἰδὼς σφαγησομένους. Ὥστε ' κἀντεῦθεν Ἰλέγχοντο εἰκῆ λέγοντεν᾽ οὐκ ἄν ἦμεν κοινωνοὶ τῶν πατέρων. Καὶ γὰρ καὶ οὗτοι προφήτας καὶ ἐν ταῖς συναγωγαῖς ἀνεϊλον᾽ καὶ οὔτε τὸν τόπον αὐτὸν ἠδέσθησαν, οὔτε τὸ ἀξίωμα τῶν προσώπων. Οὐδὲ γὰρ ἁπλῶς τοὺς τυχόντας ἀνεῖλον, ἀλλὰ προφήτας καὶ σοφοὺς, ὥστε μηδὲν αὐτοῖς ἐγκαλεῖν. ᾿ Τούτους δὲ, τοὺς ἀποστόλους φησὶ καὶ τοὺς μετ᾽ ἐκείνους καὶ γὰρ πολλοὶ προεφητοῦον. Εἶτα βουλόμενος αὐξῆσαι τὸν φόβον, φησίν ἀμὴν ᾿ ἀμὴν λέγω ὑμῖν, ἥξει ταῦτα παντα ἐπὶ τὴν γενεὰν ταύτην τουτέστιν, εἰς κεφαλὰς ὑμῶν πάντα τρέψω, καὶ σφοδρὰν ποιήσομαι τὴν ἄμυναν. Ὁ γὰρ πολλοὺς ἥμαρτηκότας ᾿ εἰδὼς, καὶ μὴ σωφρονισθεὶς, ἀλλὰ καὶ τὰ αὐτὰ πάλιν καὶ αὐτὸς ἁμαρτὼν, καὶ οὐ τὰ αὐτὰ μόνον, αλλὰ καὶ τολλῷ χαλεπώτερα, χαλεπωτέραν ἐκείνων πολλῷ δίκαιος ἁ ἂν Β εἴη δοῦναι δίκην. Ὥσπερ γάρ, εἰ ἐβουλήθη, μεγάλα ἂν ἐκέρδανε τοῖς ἑτέρων παραδείγμασι γενόμενος βελτίων οὕτως, ἐπειδὴ ἀδιόρθωτος ἔμεινε, μείζονός ἐστι τιμωρίας ὑπεύθυνος, ἅτε πλείονος νουθεσίας τῆς διὰ τῶν ἔμπροσθεν ἡμαρτηκότων καὶ κολασθέντων ἀπολελαυκώς, καὶ οὐδὲν καρπωσάμενος.

Ouai hymin, hoti oikodomeite tous taphous tōn prophētōn, kai kosmeite ta mnēmata autōn, kai legete ei hēmen en tais hēmerais tōn paterōn hēmōn, ouk an ēmen autōn koinōnoi en tǭ haimati tōn prophētōn. Ouch hoti oikodomousin, oud᾽ hoti enkalousin ekeinois, ouai, phēsin, all᾽ hoti kai tautē kai hoi hōn legousi, kataginōskein prospoioumenoi tōn paterōn, cheirona prattousin. Hoti gar prospoiēsis hēn hē katagnōsis, ho Loukas phēsin, hoti kai syneudokeite, hoti oikodomeite. Ouai gar hymin, phēsin, hoti oikodomeite ta mnēmata tōn prophētōn, hoi de pateres hymōn apekteinan autous. Ara martyreite kai syneudokeite tois ergois tōn paterōn hymōn hoti autoi men apekteinan autous, hymeis de oikodomeite ta mnēmata autōn. ᾿Entautha gar tēn gnōmēn autōn diaballei, meth᾽ hēs phkodomoun hoti ou dia timēn tōn sphagentōn, all᾽ hōs empompeuontes tais sphagais, kai dedoikotes, mēpote tǭ chronǭ tōn taphōn aphanisthentōn maranthę̄ tēs tosautēs tolmēs ho elenchos kai hē mnēmēn houtōs phkodomoun tous taphous? hōsper ti tropaion histōntes lampras tas oikodomas, kai kallōpizomenoi tois ekeinōn tolmēmasi kai epideiknymenoi. Ta gar nyn tolmōmena par᾽ hymōn deiknysin, ho hoti kai tauta toutǭ poieite tǭ tropǭ. Kan gar ta enantia legēte, phēsin, hōs ,kataginōskontes autōn, hoion hoti ouk an, ei ēmen en tais hēmerais ekeinais, ēmen autōn koinōnoi all hē nōmē dēlē hē tauta legousa. Dio kai ekkalyptōn autēn, ainigmatōdōs men, eirēke d᾽ oun homōs. Eipōn gar' legete, hoti ei ēmen en tais hēmerais, tōn patorōn hēmōn, ouk an ēmen koinōnoi autōn en tǭ haimati tōn prophētōn epēgagen; hōste martyreite heantois. hoti huioi este tōn phoneusantōn tous prophētas. Kai poion enklēma huion einai androphonou, an mē koinōnę̄ tę̄ gnōmę̄ tou patros? Ouden. Hothen dēlon, hoti dia touto autois propherei, tēn kata kakian syngeneian ainittomenos. Kai Touto kai to hexēs dēloi epēgage d goun opheis, gennēmata echidnōn.» Hōsper gar ekeina eoike tois ,Hyoneusi kata tēn tou iou lymēn, houtō kai heumeis tois patrasi kata to phonikon. Eita epeidē Hynōmēn hētazen adēlon tois pollois ousan, kai aph᾿ hōn mellousi tolman, tōn pasin esomenōn dēlōn, kataskeuazei, ta eirēmena. ᾿Epeidē gar eipen, hōste martyreite heantois? hoti huioi esta tōn phoneusantōn tous prophētas, dēlōn ho hoti tēn kata ponērian syngeneian legei, kai hoti plasma hēn po legein, hoti ouk an hēmen autōn koinōnoi, epēgage kai hymeis plērōsate to metron tōn paterōn hymōn; ouk epitattōn, alla proanaphōnōn to esomenon toutesti, tēn heautou sphagēn. Dia dē touto epagagōn ton elenchon, kai deixas ho hoti plasmata ēn haper Ho elegon. hyper, heautōn apologoumenoi, hoion hoti ouk an ēmen koinōnoi autōn ᾿ (hoi gar tou despoton mē apechomenoi, pōs an tōn doulōn ha apeschonto 3) kataphorikōterǭ tǭ meta tauta kechrētai logǭ, opheis kalōn kai gennēmata echidnōn, kai legōn pōs ᾿ pheuxesthe apo tēs kriseōs tēs geennēs kai toiauta tolmōntes, kai arnoumenoi, kai tēn gnōmēn kryptontes? Eita kai heterōthen autous elenchōn ek periousias, phēsin hoti ho apostelō pros hymas prophētas kai sophous kai grammateis, kai ex autōn apokteneite kai ᾿stanrōsete, kai en tais synagōgais hymōn mastigōsete. Hina gar mē legōsin, hoti ei kai ton despotēn estaurōsamen, alla tōn doulōn apeschometha an, ei ēmen tote' idou, Phēsi, kai doulous hymin ᾿᾿ apostellō, prophētas kai autous, kai oude autōn pheisesthe. Tauta de legei, deiknys hoti ouden xenon sphagēnai auton hypo tōn nuiōn ekeinōn, phonikōn. te ontōn kai hypoulōn, kai poly to doleron thchontōn, kai nikōntōn tous pateras tois tolmēmasi. Pros de tois eirēmenois, deiknysin autous kai sphodra kenodoxountas. Kai gar hotan legōsin, ei ēmen en tais hēmerais tōn paterōn hēmōn, ouk an hēmen koinōnoi autōn, kenodoxountes legousi, kai en logois philosophountes monon? en de tois ergois ta enantia prattousin. Opheis, gennēmata echidnōn toutesti, ponēroi ponērōn paides, kai tōn gennēsamenōn ponēroteroi. Deeknysi gar autous meizona tolmōntas, tǭ te met᾽ ekeinous tolmēsai, kai tǭ pollǭ chalepōtera ekeinōn, kai tauta akribologoumenous, hōs ouk an pote tois autois periepeson. Autoi gar kai to telos epagousi, kai tēn korōnida tōn kakōn. Hoi men gar tous epi ton ampelōna elthontas a apekteinan᾽ houtoi de kai ho ton huion, kai tous epi gamon kalountas. Tauta de legei, tēs pyngeneias autous aphistas tēs tou Abraam, kai deiknys, hoti ē ouden enteuthen autois to kerdos, ha an mē ta erga mimēsōntai. Dio kai apagei pōs phygēte apo tēs kriseōs tēs geennēs, ekeinous mimoumenoi tous ta toiauta tetolmēkotas ? Entautha de autous kai tēs I annou katēgorias anemnēse kai gar ekeinos houtōs autous ekalese kai tēs mellousēs hypomnēse kriseōs. Eita epeidē ouden autous ephobei krisis. kai geenna, tǭ mē pisteuein, kai tǭ mellein to pragma, apo tōn parontōn autous katastellei, kai phēsi; dia touto idou e egō apostellō pros s hymas ᾿ prophētas, kai grammateis, kai ex autōn apokteneite, kai staurōsete, kai mastigōsete᾽ hopōs elthę̄ ho eph᾽ hymas pan haima dikaion he ekchynomenon epi tēs gēs, apo tou haimatos Abel tou dikaiou, heōs tou haimatos Zacharion niou Barachiou? hon ephoneusate motaxy tou naou kai tou thysiastēriou. Amēn legō hymin, hoti hēxei tauta panta epi tēn genean tautēn. Hora ek posōn autous ēsphalisato: : Eipen, hoti kataginōskete tōn paterōn hymōn, d hōn legete, hoti ouk an ekoinōnēsamen autois ou mikron de touto eis to entropsai. Eipen, hoti kataginōskontes cheirona prattete kai hymeis kai touto de ha hikanon autous kataischynai. Eipen, hoti ouk atimōrēti tauta estai, kai phobon enteuthen autois hientithēsin aphaton anemnēse͵ goun autous tēs geennēs. Eita epeidē emellen ekeinē, epestēsen autois kai paronta ta deina hēxei gar tauta panta, phēsin, epi tēn genean tautēn. Prosethēke kai sphodrotēta aphaton tę̄ timōrią, eipōn hoti pantōn chalepōtera peisontai kai oudeni toutōn egenonto beltious. Ei de legoi tis kai ti dēpote chalepōtera paschousi pantōn? hē eipoimen an, hoti kai pantōn chalepōtera tetolmēkasi, kai oudeni tōn gegenēmenōn esōphronisthēsan. Ē ouk ēkousas tou Lamech legontos; ek Lamech ekdedikētai hebdomēkontakis e hepta . toutesti, pleionōn egō axios timōriōn hē ho Kain. Ti dēpote? Kaetoi ouk adelphon aneïlen᾽ all᾽ hoti oude tǭ paradeigmati esōphronisthē. Kai touto estin ho phēsin ho theos allachou; apodidous hamartias paterōn epi tekna epi tritēn kai tetartēn genean tois misousi me ouch hōs tōn allois tolmēthentōn heterōn didontōn dikas, all᾽ hōs tōn meta pleionas ē hamartontas kai kolasthentas mē Hyenomenōn beltionōn, alla ta auta peplēmmelēkotōn, kai ekeinōn tas timōrias hyposchein ontōn dikaiōn. Skopei de ē pōs eukairōs kai tou Abel anemnēse, deiknys hoti phthonou kai houtos ho phonos esti. Ti oun an echoite eipein? Mē gar ouk egnōta ti hopathen ho Kaan? mē gar ephēsychase tois gegenēmenois ho theos: d mē gar ouk ᾿ apētēse tēn chalepōtatēn dikēn ? ᾿ Mē gar ouk ēkousate hosa epathon hoi pateres hymōn, tous prophētas anelontes : : ou kolasesi kai timōriais myriais exedothēsan : : Pōs oun ouk egenesthe beltious : ? Kai ti legō tas kolaseis tōn paterōn hymōn, kai haper epathon? autos sy ho katapsēphisamenos tōn paterōn, pōs cheirō poieis: Kai gar kai hymeis autoi apephēnasthe, hoti kakous kakōs apolesei. Tina oun loipon hexete syngnōmēn, meta toiautēn psēphon toiauta tolmōntes:? Alla tis estin ho Zacharias houtos: Hoi men ton ᾿Iōaannou patera phasin hoi de ton prophētēn hoi de he heteron tina diōnymon ho hierea, hon kai ᾿[ōdae phēsin GI graphē. Sy de ekeino skopei? hoti to tolmēma diploun ē hēn. Ou gar hagious anēroun monon, alla kai en agiǭ topǭ. Tauta de legōn, ouk ekeinous ephobei monon? alla kai tous mathētas paremytheito, deiknys hoti kai hoi dikaioi hoi pro autōn tauta epathon. Toutous de ephobei, prolegōn hoti hōsper ekeinoi dikēn edosan? houtō kai houtoi ta eschata peisontai. Dia touto autous kai prophētas kai sophous kai grammateis kalei, enteuthen palin pasan apologian autōn anairōn. Ou gar echete eipein, phēsin, hoti apo ethnōn apesteilas, kai dia touto eskandalisthēmen' alla to phonikous einai kai dipsan Ho haimatōn eis touto e ēge. Dio kai proeipen, hoti dia touto. prophētas kai grammateis apostellō. Touto kai hoi prophētai pantes enekaloun autois. haimata eph᾽ haimasi misgousi, legontes kai hoti andres haimatōn eisi. Dia touto kai to haima ē autǭ ekeleuse prospheresthai, deiknys hoti ei epi alogou houtō timion, pollǭ mallon epi anthrōpou. ᾽Ho kai tǭ Nōe legei; ekdikēsō. pan haima ekchynomenon Kai myria hetera toiauta estin heurein hyper tou mē phoneuein autous diatattomanon᾽ dio oude pnikton esthiein ekeleusan. Ō tēs tou theou philanthrōpias, hoti kai proeidōs ouden kerdanountas, ta autou homōs epoiei. Pempō gar, phēsi, kai tauta eidōs sphagēsomenous. Hōste ' kanteuthen Ilenchonto eikē legonten᾽ ouk an ēmen koinōnoi tōn paterōn. Kai gar kai houtoi prophētas kai en tais synagōgais aneïlon᾽ kai oute ton topon auton ēdesthēsan, oute to axiōma tōn prosōpōn. Oude gar haplōs tous tychontas aneilon, alla prophētas kai sophous, hōste mēden autois enkalein. ᾿ Toutous de, tous apostolous phēsi kai tous met᾽ ekeinous kai gar polloi proephētouon. Eita boulomenos auxēsai ton phobon, phēsin amēn ᾿ amēn legō hymin, hēxei tauta panta epi tēn genean tautēn toutestin, eis kephalas hymōn panta trepsō, kai sphodran poiēsomai tēn amynan. Ho gar pollous hēmartēkotas ᾿ eidōs, kai mē sōphronistheis, alla kai ta auta palin kai autos hamartōn, kai ou ta auta monon, alla kai tollǭ chalepōtera, chalepōteran ekeinōn pollǭ dikaios ha an B eiē dounai dikēn. Hōsper gar, ei eboulēthē, megala an ekerdane tois heterōn paradeigmasi genomenos beltiōn houtōs, epeidē adiorthōtos emeine, meizonos esti timōrias hypeuthynos, hate pleionos nouthesias tēs dia tōn emprosthen hēmartēkotōn kai kolasthentōn apolelaukōs, kai ouden karpōsamenos.

“Woe to you, because you build the tombs of the prophets and adorn their monuments, and say, ‘If we had been in the days of our fathers, we would not have been partners with them in the blood of the prophets.’”

It is not because they build, nor because they accuse those men, that he says “woe,” but because, both by doing this and by what they say, while pretending to condemn their fathers, they do worse. For that the condemnation was a pretense, Luke shows when he says, “and you consent,” because you build. “For woe to you,” he says, “because you build the tombs of the prophets, and your fathers killed them. So you are witnesses and consent to the works of your fathers, for they killed them, and you build their tombs.” For here he exposes the intent with which they built: that it was not out of honor for those who had been slain, but as men making a parade of the slaughters, and afraid that, if the tombs disappeared with time, the proof of so great a crime and its memory might fade; so they built the tombs, setting up the splendid buildings like a kind of trophy, priding themselves on those men’s crimes and displaying them. “For what you now dare to do,” he says, “shows that you do these things too in this spirit. For even if you say the opposite, as though condemning them—for instance, that if we had been in those days we would not have been their partners—yet the mind that says this is plain.” Therefore, uncovering it, he spoke enigmatically, but spoke nonetheless. For having said, “You say, ‘If we had been in the days of our fathers, we would not have been partners with them in the blood of the prophets,’” he added, “So you are witnesses against yourselves that you are sons of those who murdered the prophets.” And what charge is it to be the son of a murderer, if one does not share the father’s mind? None. Hence it is clear that he brings this against them hinting at a kinship in wickedness. And what follows also makes this plain; at any rate he added, “Serpents, offspring of vipers.” For as those creatures resemble their parents in the harm of their venom, so you resemble your fathers in murderousness.

Then, since he had exposed a mind that was hidden from the many, he confirms what he had said also from what they were about to dare, which would become plain to all. For since he had said, “So you are witnesses against yourselves that you are sons of those who murdered the prophets,” showing that he speaks of kinship in wickedness, and that it was a fiction to say, “We would not have been their partners,” he added, “Fill up, then, the measure of your fathers,” not commanding, but foretelling what was to be, that is, his own slaughter. Having then brought the proof, and shown that what they said in their own defense was fiction—such as, “We would not have been their partners” (for those who did not keep their hands off the Master, how would they have kept them off the servants?)—he uses after this a more vehement speech, calling them serpents and offspring of vipers, and saying, “How will you escape the judgment of Gehenna,” when you dare such things, and deny them, and hide your intent? Then, convicting them from another side as well, more than enough, he says, “I will send to you prophets and wise men and scribes, and some of them you will kill and crucify, and in your synagogues you will scourge.” For so that they might not say, “Even if we crucified the Master, yet we would have kept our hands off the servants, had we been there then,” “Look,” he says, “I send you servants too, prophets themselves, and you will not spare even them.” He says this to show that it is nothing strange that he should be slain by those sons, since they were murderous and treacherous and full of deceit, and outdid their fathers in their crimes. Besides what has been said, he shows them also to be exceedingly vainglorious. For when they say, “If we had been in the days of our fathers, we would not have been their partners,” they say it out of vainglory, philosophizing in words only, while in deeds they do the opposite.

“Serpents, offspring of vipers”: that is, wicked children of wicked men, and more wicked than those who begot them. For he shows that they dare greater things, both by daring after those men, and by daring things far worse than theirs, and that while they make a show of exactness, as though they would never fall into the same things. For they bring on the end and the crown of evils. For those killed the men who came to the vineyard; but these killed the Son as well, and those who call to the wedding. He says these things to separate them from kinship with Abraham, and to show that they gain nothing from it unless they imitate his works. Therefore he also adds, “How will you escape the judgment of Gehenna,” imitating those who dared such things? Here he reminded them also of John’s accusation (for he too called them so), and reminded them of the judgment to come. Then, since judgment and Gehenna did not frighten them at all, because they did not believe and because the thing lay in the future, he restrains them by things present, and says, “Therefore, look, I send to you prophets and scribes, and some of them you will kill and crucify and scourge, so that upon you may come all the righteous blood shed on the earth, from the blood of Abel the righteous to the blood of Zechariah son of Barachiah, whom you murdered between the temple and the altar. Truly I say to you, all these things will come upon this generation.”

[2] See with how many things he hemmed them in. He said, “You condemn your fathers by saying that we would not have shared with them,” and this is no small thing for putting them to shame. He said, “Condemning them, you yourselves do worse,” and this too is enough to disgrace them. He said that these things would not go unpunished, and by this he puts into them an unspeakable fear; at any rate he reminded them of Gehenna. Then, since that was in the future, he set before them present terrors too: “For all these things will come,” he says, “upon this generation.” He added also an unspeakable severity to the punishment, saying that they would suffer things more grievous than all, and that they had become better by none of these things. And if anyone should say, “And why do they suffer things more grievous than all?” we would say that they had also dared things more grievous than all, and were brought to their senses by none of the things that had happened. Or have you not heard Lamech saying, “Vengeance is taken for Lamech seventy times seven”? That is, I deserve more punishments than Cain. Why? Yet he did not kill a brother; but because he was not brought to his senses even by the example. And this is what God says elsewhere: “Rendering the sins of fathers upon children to the third and fourth generation of those who hate me”—not as though some paid the penalty for crimes dared by others, but because those who, after many had sinned and been punished, did not become better but committed the same offenses, are justly liable to those men’s punishments as well. And see how opportunely he reminded them of Abel too, showing that this murder also comes from envy. “What then would you be able to say? Did you not know what Cain suffered? Did God keep quiet about what had happened? Did he not exact the most grievous penalty? Have you not heard how much your fathers suffered for killing the prophets? Were they not handed over to countless punishments and penalties? How then did you not become better? And why do I speak of the punishments of your fathers, and what they suffered? You yourself, who passed sentence on your fathers, how do you do worse? For you yourselves also declared that he will miserably destroy those wicked men. What pardon, then, will you have henceforth, daring such things after such a verdict?”

But who is this Zechariah? Some say the father of John; some the prophet; some another, a priest with two names, whom Scripture calls the son of Jehoiada. But consider this: that the crime was double. For they killed not only holy men, but in a holy place as well. In saying this he not only frightened them, but also comforted the disciples, showing that the righteous before them had suffered these things too. And he frightened these men, foretelling that as those paid the penalty, so these too would suffer the extreme. Therefore he calls them prophets and wise men and scribes, here again removing all their excuse. “For you cannot say,” he says, “‘You sent men from the Gentiles, and therefore we took offense’; but being murderous and thirsting for blood led you to this.” Therefore he also said beforehand, “For this reason I send prophets and scribes.” This too all the prophets charged them with: “They mingle blood with blood,” saying also that they are men of blood. Therefore he also commanded that the blood be offered to himself, showing that if it is so precious in the case of a brute beast, much more in the case of a man. This he says also to Noah: “I will avenge all blood that is shed.” And one can find countless other such sayings commanding them not to murder; therefore they also commanded that not even what is strangled be eaten.

O the love of God for mankind! Though he foreknew that they would gain nothing, he did his own part nonetheless. “For I send,” he says, and that knowing they would be slain. So from this too they were proved to speak idly when they said, “We would not have been partners of our fathers.” For these too killed prophets, and in the synagogues; and they respected neither the place itself nor the dignity of the persons. For they did not kill just anyone, but prophets and wise men, so that they could charge them with nothing. By these he means the apostles and those after them, for many prophesied. Then, wishing to increase the fear, he says, “Truly, truly I say to you, all these things will come upon this generation”: that is, I will turn all things upon your heads, and I will make the vengeance severe. For he who knows that many have sinned, and is not brought to his senses, but himself sins the same sins again, and not the same only but far worse, would justly pay a penalty far more grievous than theirs. For as, had he wished, he would have gained greatly by becoming better through the examples of others, so, since he remained uncorrected, he is liable to a greater punishment, having enjoyed more warning through those who sinned before and were punished, and having reaped no fruit from it.

74.3Field 2

Εἶτα πρὸς τὴν πόλιν ᾿αποστρέφει τὸν λόγον, καὶ ταύτῃ παιδεῦσαι βουλόμενος τοὺς ἀκούοντας, καί φησιν ᾽ Ἱερουσαλὴμ, Ἱερουσαλήμ. Τί βούλεται ὁ διπλασιασμός ; ᾿Ελεοὔντος αὐτὴν καὶ ταλανίζοντος τοῦτο τὸ σχῆμα, καὶ σφόδρα φιλοῦντος. Ὥσπερ γὰρ πρὸς ἐρωμένην, φιληθεῖσαν μὲν διαπαντὸς, καταφρονήσασαν δὲ τοῦ ἐραστοῦ, καὶ διὰ τοῦτο κολάζεσθαι μέλλουσαν, ἀπολογεῖται λοιπὸν μέλλων ἐπάγειν τὴν κόλασιν. Ὃ καὶ ἐν τοῖς προφήταις ποιεῖ λέγων ᾿ εἷπον, ἀναστρεψον πρὸς με, καὶ οὐκ ανέστρεψεν. Εἶτα καλέσας αὐτὴν, λέγει καὶ τὰς μιαιφονίας αὐτῆς· ἡ ἀποκτείνουσα τοὺς προφήτας, καὶ λιθοβολοῦσα τοὺς ἀπεσταλμένους πρὸς αὐτὴν, ποσάκις ἠθέλησα συναγαγεῖν τὰ τέκνα σου, καὶ οὐκ ἠθελήσατε καὶ ταύτη ὑπὲρ τῶν καθ᾽ ἑαντὸν ἀπολογούμενος, ὅτε οὐδὲ τούτοις με ἀπέστρεψας, οὐδὲ ἀπέστησας τῆς περὶ σὲ πολλῆς εὐνοίας, αλλ ηθέλησα καὶ οὕτως, καὶ οὐχ ἅπαξ καὶ δὶς, ἀλλὰ πολλάκις σε ἐπισπάσασθαι. Ποσάκις γὰρ, φησὶν, ἠθέλησα ἐπισυναγαγεῖν τὰ τέκνα ὑμῶν, ὥσπερ ὄρνις τὰ νοσσία ἐαντῆς, καὶ οὐκ ἠθελήσατε : Τοῦτο δὲ λέγει, δηλῶν ὅτι ἀεὶ ἑαυτοὺς ἐσκόρπιζον διὰ τῶν ἁμαρτημάτων. Καὶ τὸ φιλόστοργον ἀπὸ τῆς εἰκόνος ἐνδείκνυται· καὶ γὰρ θερμὸν τὸ ζῶον περὶ τὰ ἔκγονα. Καὶ πανταχοῦ δὲ τῶν προφητῶν ἡ εἰκὼν αὕτη τῶν πτερύγων, καὶ ἐν τῇ ᾠδῇ Μωύσεως,. καὶ ἐν τοῖς ψαλμοις, τὴν πολλὴν σκέπην καὶ πρόνοιαν ἐνδεικνυμένη ᾿Αλλ οὐκ ἠθελήσατε, φησίν. Ἰδοὺ ἀφίεται ὁ οἶκος ὑμῶν ἔρημος· γυμνὸς τῆς παρ᾽ ἐμοῦ βοηθείας. Ἄρα αὐτὸς ἣν ὁ καὶ ἔμπροσθεν αὐτῶν προϊστάμενος, καὶ συνέχων καὶ διακρατῶν᾽ ἄρα αὐτὸς αὐτούς ἐστιν ὁ κολάζων αεί. Καὶ τίθησι τιμωρίαν, ἣν ἀεὶ ἐδεδοίκεισαν μεθ᾽ ὑπερβολῆς αὕτη γὰρ πᾶσαν αὐτῶν τὴν ἀνατροπὴν τῆς πολιτείας ἐδήλουν. ᾿ Λέγω γὰρ ὑμῖν, οὐ μή με ἴδητε ἀπάρτι, ἕως ἂν εἴπητε, εὐλογημένος ο ἐρχόμενος ὅν ὀνόματι κυρίου. Καὶ τοῦτο ἐραστοῦ τὸ ῥῆμα σφοδροῦ, σφόδρα αὐτοὺς καὶ ἀπὸ τῶν μελλόντων ἐπισπωμένου, οὐκ ἀπὸ τῶν παρελθόντων μόνον ἐντρέποντον τὴν γὰρ μέλλουσαν ἡμέραν τῆς δευτέρας, αὐτοῦ παρουσίας ἐνταῦθα λέγει. Τί οὖν; οὐκ εἶδον ἢ αὐτὸν ἔκτοτε; Αλλ᾽ οὐχὶ τὴν ὧραν ἐκείνην δηλοῖ λέγων, ἀπάρτι, ἀλλὰ τὸν καιρὸν τὸν μέχρι τοὺ σταυροῦ. ᾿Επειδὴ Ὑ γὰρ ἀεὶ αὐτοὶ τοῦτο ἐνεκάλουν, ὅτι ἀντίθεύς τίς ἐστι καὶ ἐχθρὸς τῷ θεῷ, ἀπὸ τούτου αὐτοὺς προτρέπει ἀγαπᾶν αὐτὸν, τῷ συμφωνοῦντα ῥαντὸν δεικνύναι τῷ πατρί; καὶ δείκνυσιν αὐτὸν ὄντα τὸν ἐν τοῖς τροφήταις. Διὸ καὶ τοῖς αὐτοῖς κέχρηται ῥήμασιν, οἷσπερ καὶ προφήτην. Διὰ δὲ τούτων καὶ τὴν ἀνάστασιν καὶ τὴν δευτέραν παρουσίαν καὶ ἐδήλωσε καὶ τοῖς σφόδρα ἀπιστοῦσιν, ὅτι τότε πάντως αὐτὸν προσκυνήσουσι. Καὶ πῶς τοῦτο ἐδήλωσε: ᾿ Πολλὰ εἰπὼν πρότερον ἐσόμενα ὅτι ἀποστελεῖ προφήτα ὅτι ἀναιρήσουσιν αὐτουτ᾽ ὅτι ἐν ταῖς συναγωγαῖς ὅτι πείσονται τὰ ἔσχατα αὐτοί ὅτι ἐρημωθήσεται ὁ οἷκος ὅτι ὑποστήσονται πάντων χαλεπώτερα, καὶ οἷα μηδέποτε πρότερον. Ταῦτα γὰρ πάντα καὶ τοῖς σφόδρα ἀνοήτοις καὶ φιλονείκοις ἱκανὰ ἣν παρέξειν καὶ ἐκείνου τοῦ ἐν τῇ παρουσίᾳ αὐτοῦ ἐσομένου ἀπόδειξιν. ᾿Ερήσομαι γὰρ αὐτούς ἀπόστειλε προφήτας καὶ σοφούς: ἀνεῖλον αὐτοὺς ἐν ταῖς συναγωγαῖς: ἀφέθη ὃ οἶκος αὐτῶν ἔρημος; ἦλθε πάντα ἐπὶ τὴν γενεὰν ἐκείνην τὰ τῆς τιμωρίας: Εὔδηλον ὅτι· καὶ οὐδεὶς ἀντερεῖ. Ὥσπερ οὖν ταῦτα πάντα ἐξεβη. οὕτω κακεῖνα ἐκβήσεται, καὶ πάντως ὑποκύψουσι τότε. ᾿Αλλ᾽ οὐδὲν ὄφελος ἐντεῦθεν εἰς ἀπολογίαν αὑτοῖς, ὥσπερ οὖν οὐδὲ τοις πολιτείας ἕνεκεν μετανοοῦσι τότε. Διόπερ ἕως ἐστὶ καιρὸς, πράττωμεν τὰ ἀγαθά. Ὥσπερ γὰρ ἐκείνοις τῆς γνώσεως λοιπὸν ὄφελος οὐδὲν, οὕτως οὐδὲ ἡμῖν αὐτοῖς ' τῆς

Eita pros tēn polin ᾿apostrephei ton logon, kai tautę̄ paideusai boulomenos tous akouontas, kai phēsin ᾽ Hierousalēm, Hierousalēm. Ti bouletai ho diplasiasmos ? ᾿Eleountos autēn kai talanizontos touto to schēma, kai sphodra philountos. Hōsper gar pros erōmenēn, philētheisan men diapantos, kataphronēsasan de tou erastou, kai dia touto kolazesthai mellousan, apologeitai loipon mellōn epagein tēn kolasin. Ho kai en tois prophētais poiei legōn ᾿ heipon, anastrepson pros me, kai ouk anestrepsen. Eita kalesas autēn, legei kai tas miaiphonias autēs; hē apokteinousa tous prophētas, kai lithobolousa tous apestalmenous pros autēn, posakis ēthelēsa synagagein ta tekna sou, kai ouk ēthelēsate kai tautē hyper tōn kath᾽ heanton apologoumenos, hote oude toutois me apestrepsas, oude apestēsas tēs peri se pollēs eunoias, all ēthelēsa kai houtōs, kai ouch hapax kai dis, alla pollakis se epispasasthai. Posakis gar, phēsin, ēthelēsa episynagagein ta tekna hymōn, hōsper ornis ta nossia eantēs, kai ouk ēthelēsate : Touto de legei, dēlōn hoti aei heautous eskorpizon dia tōn hamartēmatōn. Kai to philostorgon apo tēs eikonos endeiknytai; kai gar thermon to zōon peri ta ekgona. Kai pantachou de tōn prophētōn hē eikōn hautē tōn pterygōn, kai en tę̄ ǭdę̄ Mōyseōs,. kai en tois psalmois, tēn pollēn skepēn kai pronoian endeiknymenē ᾿All ouk ēthelēsate, phēsin. Idou aphietai ho oikos hymōn erēmos; gymnos tēs par᾽ emou boētheias. Ara autos hēn ho kai emprosthen autōn proïstamenos, kai synechōn kai diakratōn᾽ ara autos autous estin ho kolazōn aei. Kai tithēsi timōrian, hēn aei ededoikeisan meth᾽ hyperbolēs hautē gar pasan autōn tēn anatropēn tēs politeias edēloun. ᾿ Legō gar hymin, ou mē me idēte aparti, heōs an eipēte, eulogēmenos o erchomenos hon onomati kyriou. Kai touto erastou to rhēma sphodrou, sphodra autous kai apo tōn mellontōn epispōmenou, ouk apo tōn parelthontōn monon entreponton tēn gar mellousan hēmeran tēs deuteras, autou parousias entautha legei. Ti oun? ouk eidon ē auton ektote? All᾽ ouchi tēn hōran ekeinēn dēloi legōn, aparti, alla ton kairon ton mechri tou staurou. ᾿Epeidē Hy gar aei autoi touto enekaloun, hoti antitheus tis esti kai echthros tǭ theǭ, apo toutou autous protrepei agapan auton, tǭ symphōnounta rhanton deiknynai tǭ patri? kai deiknysin auton onta ton en tois trophētais. Dio kai tois autois kechrētai rhēmasin, hoisper kai prophētēn. Dia de toutōn kai tēn anastasin kai tēn deuteran parousian kai edēlōse kai tois sphodra apistousin, hoti tote pantōs auton proskynēsousi. Kai pōs touto edēlōse: ᾿ Polla eipōn proteron esomena hoti apostelei prophēta hoti anairēsousin autout᾽ hoti en tais synagōgais hoti peisontai ta eschata autoi hoti erēmōthēsetai ho hoikos hoti hypostēsontai pantōn chalepōtera, kai hoia mēdepote proteron. Tauta gar panta kai tois sphodra anoētois kai philoneikois hikana hēn parexein kai ekeinou tou en tę̄ parousią autou esomenou apodeixin. ᾿Erēsomai gar autous aposteile prophētas kai sophous: aneilon autous en tais synagōgais: aphethē ho oikos autōn erēmos? ēlthe panta epi tēn genean ekeinēn ta tēs timōrias: Eudēlon hoti; kai oudeis anterei. Hōsper oun tauta panta exebē. houtō kakeina ekbēsetai, kai pantōs hypokypsousi tote. ᾿All᾽ ouden ophelos enteuthen eis apologian hautois, hōsper oun oude tois politeias heneken metanoousi tote. Dioper heōs esti kairos, prattōmen ta agatha. Hōsper gar ekeinois tēs gnōseōs loipon ophelos ouden, houtōs oude hēmin autois ' tēs

Then he turns his speech to the city, wishing by this too to instruct his hearers, and says, “Jerusalem, Jerusalem.” What does the doubling mean? This figure belongs to one who pities her and bewails her, and loves her greatly. For as to a beloved woman, loved at all times, but who has scorned her lover and is therefore about to be punished, he makes his defense, now that he is about to bring on the punishment. This he does also in the prophets, saying, “I said, Turn back to me, and she did not turn back.” Then, having called her, he speaks also of her bloodguilt: “You who kill the prophets and stone those sent to you, how often I wished to gather your children, and you would not”—and by this he defends what he himself had done: “Not even by these things did you turn me away, or draw me back from my great goodwill toward you; but even so I wished, not once or twice but often, to draw you to me. For how often,” he says, “I wished to gather your children together, as a hen her chicks, and you would not!” He says this to show that they were always scattering themselves by their sins. And he shows his tender affection by the image, for the creature is warm toward its young. And everywhere in the prophets this image of the wings appears, in the song of Moses and in the Psalms, showing his great shelter and providence. “But you would not,” he says. “Look, your house is left to you desolate”: stripped of the help that comes from me. So it was he who before also stood over them, and held them together and kept them; so it is he again who always punishes them. And he sets down a punishment which they had always feared exceedingly; for this signified the overthrow of their whole commonwealth. “For I tell you, you will not see me from now on, until you say, Blessed is he who comes in the name of the Lord.” This too is the word of an ardent lover, drawing them earnestly by things to come, not only putting them to shame by things past; for here he speaks of the day to come, of his second coming. What then? Did they not see him from that time on? But by saying “from now on” he does not mean that hour, but the time until the cross. For since they always charged him with this, that he was an opponent of God and an enemy of God, by this he urges them to love him, showing himself in harmony with the Father; and he shows that he is the one who was in the prophets. Therefore he also uses the same words as the prophet. And by these words he made plain both the resurrection and the second coming, and showed even to those utterly unbelieving that then they will certainly worship him. And how did he make this plain? By first saying many things that would happen: that he would send prophets; that they would kill them; that in the synagogues; that they themselves would suffer the extreme; that the house would be made desolate; that they would undergo things more grievous than all, and such as never before. For all these things were enough to give even the very foolish and contentious a proof also of what will take place at his coming. For I will ask them: Did he send prophets and wise men? Did they kill them in the synagogues? Was their house left desolate? Did all the penalties come upon that generation? It is plain, and no one will gainsay it. As, then, all these things came to pass, so those things too will come to pass, and they will certainly bow down then. But they will have no benefit from it for their defense, just as those who repent then of their way of life will have none. Therefore, while there is time, let us do what is good. For as for them knowledge will then be of no benefit, so neither for us ourselves will repentance of our wickedness

74.4Field 2

ἐπὶ τῇ πονηρίᾳ μετανοίας. Οὔτε γὰρ κυβερνήτῃ, τῆς θαλάσσης ὑπερενεχθείσης τοῦ σκάφους παρὰ τὴν αὐτοῦ ῥᾳθυμίαν, οὐκ ἰατρῷ, τοῦ κάμνοντος ἀπελθόντος, ἔσται τι πλέον· αλλ ἕκαστον τούτων πρὸ τοῦ τέλους πάντα χρὴ μηχανᾶσθαι καὶ πραγματεύεσθαι, ὥστε μηδενὶ κινδύνῳ περιπεσεῖν, μηδὲ αἰσχύνῃ· μετὰ δὲ ταῦτα πάντα ἀνόνητα. Καὶ ἡμεῖς τοίνυν ἕως ἂν ὠμεν εν τῇ νόσῳ, και ἰατροὺς παρακαλωμεν, καὶ χρήματα αναλίσκωμεν, και σπουδὴν διηνεκῆ εἰσφέρωμεν, ἵνα ἀναστάντες ἀπὸ τῆς κακίας, ὑγιεῖς ἐντεῦθεν ἀπέλθωμεν. Καὶ ὅσην περὶ τοὺς δούλους τοὺς ἡμετέρους ποιούμεθα πρόνοιαν, ὅταν αὐτῶν τὰ σώματα κάμνη, τοσαύτην περὶ ἡμᾶς αὐτοὺς ἐπιδειξώμεθα, τῆς ψυχῆς ἡμῶν ἱνοσούσης. Καίτοι τῶν οἰκετῶν ἡμεῖς ἐγγύτεροι ἑαυτοῖς, καὶ τῶν σωμάτων τῶν ἐκείνων αἱ ψυχαὶ ἀναγκαιότεραι· ἀλλ᾽ ὅμως ἀγαπητὸν, κἂν τὴν ἴσην γοῦν σπουδὴν εἰσενέγκωμεν. Ἂν γαρ μὴ νῦν τοῦτο πράξωμεν, ἀπελθόντας λοιπὸν οὐδὲν ἔνι καρπώσασθαι εἰς ἀπολογίας λόγον. Καὶ τίς οὕτως ἄθλιος, φησὶν, ὡς μηδὲ τοσαύτην ἐπιδείκνυσθαι προνοιαν:ὶ Τοῦτο γάρ ἐστι τὸ θαυμαστον, ὅτι οὕτως ἐσμεν ἄτιμοι παρ ἡμῖν αὐτοῖς, ὡς καὶ τῶν οἰκατῶν μᾶλλον ἑαυτῶν καταφρονεῖν. Τῶν μὲν γαρ οἰκατῶν πυρεττόντων, καὶ ἰατροὺς καλοῦμεν, καὶ οἰκίαν αἀφορίζομεν, καὶ τοῖς νόμοις πείθεσθαι τῆς τέχνης ἐκείνης καταναγκαζομεν᾽ καὶ ἀμελουμένων τούτων, χαλεποί τε αὐτοῖς γινόμεθα, καὶ φύλακας παρακαθιστῶμεν, τοὺς οὐδὲ βουλομένοις αὐτοῖς τὴν οἰκείαν πληροῦν ἐπιθυμίαν ἐπιτρεποντας᾽ κἂν εἴπωσιν οἱ ἐπιμελούμενοι τούτων, φαρμακα δεῖν πολλῆς κατασκευασθῆναι τιμῆς, εἴκομεν· κἂν ὁτιοῦν ἐπιτάξωσι, πειθόμεθα, καὶ μισθοὺς αὐτοῖς των προσταγμάτων τούτων τελοῦμεν. Ὅταν δὲ ἡμεῖς κάμνωμεν· μᾶλλον δὲ οὐκ ἔστιν ὅτε οὐ κάμνομεν᾽ οὐδὲ ἰατρὸν εἰσάγομεν, οὐ χρήματα αναλίσκομεν, αλλ ὥσπερ δημίον τινὸς καὶ ἐχθροῦ καὶ πολεμίον κειμᾶνον, οὕτω τῆς ψυχῆς ἀμελοῦμεν. Καὶ ταῦτα λέγω, οὐκ ἐγκαλών τῇ θεραπείᾳ τῇ περὶ τοὺς οἰκέτας, ἀλλ᾽ ἀξιῶν κἂν τοσαυτὴν τῆς ψυχῆς καὶ τῆς ἡμετέρας ποιήσασθαι ἐπιμέλειαν. Καὶ πῶς ἂν ᾿ποιησαίμεθα ; φησίν. ᾿Επίδειξον αὐτὴν Παύλῳ νοσοῦσαν εἰσαγαγε Ματθαῖον᾽ ᾿παρακάθισον ᾿Ιωάννην. Ἄκουσον παρ αὖτῶν τί δεῖ ποιεῖν τὸν οὕτω κάμνοντα· πάντως ἐροῦσι, καὶ οὐκ ἀποκρύψονται. Οὐ γὰρ δὴ τεθνήκασιν, ἀλλὰ ζῶσι καὶ φθέγγονται. Ἀλλ᾽ οὐ προσέχει, τῷ πυρετῷ ᾿κατεχομένη; Κατανάγκασον αὐτὴν σὺ, καὶ τὸ λογικὸν αὐτῆς διέγειρον. Εἰσάγαγε τοὺς προφήτας. Οὐκ ἔ ἐστι χρήματα τοῖς ἰατροῖς καταθεῖναι τούτοις οὔτε γὰρ αὐτοὶ μισθὸν ὑπὲρ αὐτῶν απαἰτοῦσιν, οὔτε ὑπὲρ φαρμάκων, ὧν κατασκευάζουσιν, εἰς ἀνάγκην σε δαπάνης ἐμβάλλουσι, πλὴν τῆς ἐλεημοσύνης ἐν τοῖς ἄλλοις δὲ καὶ προσδιδόασιν' οἷον» ὅταν κελεύωσι σωφρονῆσαι; ἀπαλλάττουσί σε ἀκαίρων καὶ ἀτόπων ἀναλωμάτων ὅταν ἀπέχεσθαι μέθης, εὐπορώτερόν σε ποιοῦσιν. Εἶδες ἰατρῶν τέχνην, μετὰ ὑγείας καὶ χρήματα παρεχόντων: Παρακάθισον τοίνυν αὐτοῖς, καὶ μάθε παρ᾽ αὐτῶν τοῦ νοσήματος σου τὴν φύσιν. Οἷον, ἐρᾷς χρημάτων πολλάκις καὶ ᾿ πλεονεξίας, ὥσπερ οἱ πυρέττοντες ψυχροῦ: : Ἄκουσον γδυν τί παραινοῦσιν. Ὥσπερ γὰρ ὁ ἰατρός σοί φησιν' ἐὰν ᾽χαρίσῃ τῇ ἐπιθυμίᾳ, ἀπολῇ, καὶ τὸ καὶ τὸ ὑποστήσῃ οὕτω καὶ Παῦλος· οἱ δὲ βουλόμενοι πλουτεῖν, ἐμπίπτουσιν εἰς πειρασμὸν καὶ παγίδα τοῦ διαβόλου, καὶ ἐπιθυμίας ἀνοήτους καὶ βλαβερὰ, αἵτινες βυθίζουσι τοὺς ἀνθρώπους εἰς ὄλεθρον καὶ ἀπώλειαν. ᾿Αλλ᾽ ἀκαρτέρητος εἷ; ᾿Ακουσον αὐτοῦ λέγοντος· ἔτι μικρὸν, ὁ ἐρχόμενος ἥξει, καὶ οὐ χρονιεῖ· ὁ κύριος ἐγγύς· μηδὲν μεριμνᾶτε καὶ πάλιν' παράγει τὸ σχῆμα τοῦ κόσμον τούτου. Οὐδὲ γὰρ ἐπιτάττει μόνον, ἀλλὰ καὶ παραμυθεῖται, ὡς ἰατρός. Καὶ ὧσπερ ἐκεῖνοι ἀντὶ ψυχρῶν ἕτερα τινα ἐπινοοῦσιν, οὕτω καὶ οὗτος μετοχετεύει τὴν ἐπιθυμίαν. Βούλει πλουτεῖν; φησίν. Εν ἕ ἔργοις ἀγαθοῖς. ᾿Επιθυμεῖς θησαυρίζειν ; Οὐδὲν κωλύω᾽ μόνον ἐν οὐρανοῖς. Καὶ ὥσπερ ὁ ἰατρὸς λέγει, ὅτι τὸ ψυχρὸν βλαβερὸν ὀδοῦσι, νεύροις, ὀστέοις οὕτω καὶ αὐτὸς, συντομώτερον μὲν, ἅτε βραχυλογίας ἐπιμελούμενος, σαφέστερον δὲ πολλῷ καὶ δυνατώτερον· ῥίζα γὰρ πάντων τῶν κακῶν ἡ φιλαργυρία, φησί. Τίνε οὖν δεῖ χρήσασθαι; Λέγει καὶ τοῦτο τῇ αὐταρκείᾳ ἀντὶ πλεονεξίας. Ἔστι γὰρ πορισμὸς μέγας, φησὶν, ἡ αὐτάρκεια μετ᾽ εὐσεβείας. Εἰ δὲ δυσανασχετεῖς, καὶ πλειόνων ἐπιθυμεῖς, καὶ οὔπω χωρεῖς ῥίψαι τὰ περιττὰ πάντα, λέγει καὶ τῷ οὕτως ἀῤῥώστῳ, καὶ τούτοις πῶς χρήσασθαι δεῖ· ἵνα οἱ χαίροντες ἐπὶ κτήμασιν, ὡς μὴ χαίροντες ὦσιν καὶ οἱ ἔχοντες, ὡς μὴ κατέχοντες καὶ οἱ χρώμενοι τῷ κόσμῳ τούτῳ, ὡς μὴ καταχρώμενοι. Εἶδες οἷα ἐπιτάττει: Βούλει καὶ ἕτερον ἐπεισαγάγω τούτῳ ἰατρόν : Εμοιγε δοκεῖ. Οὐδὲ γάρ εἰσιν οὗτοι οἱ ἰατροὶ καθάπερ οἱ τῶν σωμάτων, οἵ πολλάκις ἀντιφιλοτιμούμενοι ἀλλήλοις κατέδυσαν τὸν ἀῤῥωστοῦντα. Ἀλλ΄ οὐχ ᾿οὖτοι πρὸς γὰρ τὴν τῶν καμνόντων ὑγίειαν, οὐ πρὸς τὴν δ οἰκείαν ὁρῶσι φιλοτιμίαν. Μὴ τοίνυν αὐτῶν δείσης τὸ πλῆθος εἷς ἐν ἅπασι φθέγγεται διδάσκαλος ὁ Χ ριστός. Ὅρα γοῦν εἰσελθόντα πάλιν ἕτερον, καὶ χαλεπὰ λέγοντα περὶ τοῦ νοσήματος τούτον' μᾶλλον δὲ τὸν διδάσκαλον δὲ αὐτοῦ· οὐ δύνασθε γὰρ θεῷ δουλεύειν καὶ μαμωνᾳ. Ναὶ, φησί καὶ πῶς ταῦτα ἔσται: πῶς τῆς ἐπιθυμίας παυσόμεθα; ᾿Εντεῦθεν καὶ τοῦτό ἐστι μαθεῖν. Καὶ πῶς εἰσόμεθα: ἌΛκουσον αὐτοῦ καὶ τοῦτο λέγοντος· μὴ θησαυρίζετε ὑμῖν θησαυροὺς ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς, ὅπου σὴς καὶ βρῶσις ἀφανίζει, καὶ ὅπου κλέπται. διορύττουσι καὶ κλέπτουσιν. Εἶδες πῶς ἀπὸ τοῦ τόπου, απὸ τῶν ᾿λυμαινομένων, ἀπάγει τῆς ἐπιθυμίας ταύτης τῆς ἐνταῦθα, καὶ προσηλοι τῷ οὐρανῷ, ὅπου πάντα ἀνάλωτα: ᾿ Ἂν γὰρ μεταθῆτε τὸν πλοῦτον ἐκεῖ, ὅπου οὔτε σή»; οὔτε βρῶσις ἀφανίζει, οὔτε κλέπται διορύττουσι καὶ κλέπτουσι, καὶ ταύτην ἀποκρούσεσθε σὴν νόσον, καὶ τὴν ψυχὴν ἂν μϑγίστῃ καταστήσετε εὐπορίᾳ. Μετὰ δὲ τῶν εἰρημένων καὶ παράδειγμα εἰς μέσον ᾽ ἄγει, σὲ σωφρονίζων. Καὶ καθάπερ ὁ ἰατρὸς, φοβῶν τὸν ἄῤῥωστον, φησὶν, ὅτι ὁ δεῖνα ψυχρῳ χρησάμενος ἀπώλετο οὕτω καὶ αὐτὸς εἰσάγει τὸν πλούσιον, κάμνοντα μὲν, καὶ ἐπιθυμοῦντα ζωῆς καὶ ὑγιείας, οὐ δυνάμενον δὲ ἐπιτυχεῖν, διὰ τὸ πλεονεξίας, ἐφίεσθαι, αλλ᾽ ἀπιόντα κενόν. Καὶ μετὰ τοῦτον ἕτερόν σοι δείκνυσι πάλιν ἕτερος εὐαγγελιστὴς, τὸν ἀποτηγανιζόμενον, καὶ οὐδὲ σταγόνος ὄντα κύριον. ΕἸἷτ δεικνὺς ὅ ὅτι εὔκολα τὰ ἐπιτάγματα, φησὶν, ἐμβλέψατε εἰς τὰ πετεινὰ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ. Συγκαταβατικὸς δὲ ὤν, οὐδὲ τοὺς πλουτοῦντας ἀπογινώσκειν ἀφίησι. Τὰ γὰρ παρὰ ἀνθρώποις ἀδύνατα, δυνατὰ παρὰ τῷ θεῷ, φησί. Κἀν γὰρ πλούσιος ἧς, δύναταί σε θεραπεῦσαι ὁ ἰατρός. Οὐδὲ γὰρ τὸ πλουτεῖν ἀνεῖλεν, ἀλλὰ τὸ δοῦλον εἶναι Χρημάτων, καὶ πλεονεξίας ἐραστήν. Πῶς οὖν δυνατὸν τὸν πλουτοῦντα σωθῆναι: : Κοινὰ τὰ ὄντα τοῖς δεομένοις κεκτημόνον, οἷος ἦν ὁ ᾿Ιωβ, καὶ τὴν τοῦ πλείονος ἐπιθυμίαν ἐξο᾿ρίζοντα ἀπὸ τῆς ψυχῆς, καὶ οὐδαμοῦ τὴν χρείαν ὑπερβαίνοντα τὴν ἀναγκαίαν. Δείκνυσί σοι μετὰ τούτων καὶ τοῦτον αὐτὸν τὸν τελώνην, τὸν σφόδρα κατεχόμενον τῷ πυρετῷ τῆς πλεονεξίας, ταχέως ἀπαλλαγέντα. Τί γὰρ τελώνον καπηλικώτερον: : ἀλλ᾽ ὅμως γέγονεν ἀκτήμων ὁ ἄνθρωπος, ἐκ τοῦ πείθεσθαι τοῖς τοῦ ἰατροῦ νόμοις. Καὶ γὰρ τοὺς μαθητὰς τοιούτους ἔχει, ταῦτα νοσήσαντας τὰ νοσήματα ἅπερ ἡμεῖς, καὶ ὑγιάναντας ταχέως. Καὶ ἕ ἕκαστον αὐτῶν ἡμῖν δείκνυσιν; ὥστε μὴ ἀπογνῶναι. Ὅρα γοῦν τὸν τελώνην τοῦτον. Σκόπει πάλιν ἕτερον ἀρχιτελώνην᾽ ὃς τετραπλασίονα μὲν ὑπέσχετο δώσειν ὑπὲρ ὧν ἥρπασε, τὰ δὲ ἡμίση πάντων ὧν ἐκέκτητο, ὥστε ὑποδέξασθαι τὸν Ἰησοῦν. Αλλ᾽ ἐκκαίῃ σὺ καὶ σφόδρα ἐπιθυμεῖς χρημάτων: Ἔχε τὰ πάντων αντὶ τῶν σῶν. Καὶ γὰρ ᾿ πλείονα ὧν ζητεῖς δίδωμί σοι, φησὶ: τὰς τῶν πλουτούντων οἰκίας ἀνοίγων σοι κατὰ τὴν οἰκουμένην. Ὃς γὰρ ἀφῆκε πατέρα, ἢ μητέρα, ἢ ἀγροὺς, ἢ οἰκίαν, ἑκατονταπλασίονα λήψεται. Οὕτως οὐχὶ πλειόνων ᾿ ἀπολαύσεις μόνον, ἀλλὰ καὶ τὸ Χχαλεπὸν τοῦτο δίψος ᾿ἀναιρήσεις παντάπασι, καὶ οἴσεις πάντα ῥᾳδίως, οὐ μόνον τῶν πλειόνων οὐκ ἐφιέμενος, ἀλλ᾽ οὐδὲ τῶν ἀναγκαίων πολλάκις. Οὕτως ὁ Παῦλος πεινᾷ, καὶ σεμνύνεται μᾶλλον, ἢ ὅτε ἤσθιεν. ᾿Επεὶ καὶ ἀθλητὴς ἀγωνιζόμενος καὶ ͵ στεφανούμενος, οὐκ ἂν ἕλοιτο καταλῦσαι καὶ εἶναι ἐν ῥᾳστώνῃ καὶ ἔμπορος τῶν ἐν θαλάττῃ πόρων ἁψάμενος, οὐκ ἂν ἐπιθυμήσειεν ἐν ἀργίᾳ εἶναι λοιπόν. Καὶ ἡμεῖς τοίνυν, ἂν γευσώμεθα ὡς χρὴ τῶν καρπῶν τῶν πνευματικῶν, λοιπὸν οὐδὲ ἡγησόμεθα τι τὰ παρόντα εἶναι, καθάπερ τινὶ μέθη καλλίστῃ τῇ τῶν μελλόντων ἐπιθυμίᾳ ἁλόντες. Γευσώμεθα τοίνυν, ἵνα καὶ τοῦ θορύβου τῶν παρόντων ἀπαλλαγῶμεν, καὶ τῶν μελλόντων ἐπιτύχωμεν ἀγαθῶν, χάριτι καὶ φιλανθρωπίᾳ τοῦ κυρίου ἡμῶν Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ, ᾧ ἡ δόξα καὶ τὸ κράτος, νῦν καὶ ἀεὶ καὶ εἰς τοὺς αἰῶνας τῶν αἰώνων. Ἀμήν.

epi tę̄ ponērią metanoias. Oute gar kybernētę̄, tēs thalassēs hyperenechtheisēs tou skaphous para tēn autou rhąthymian, ouk iatrǭ, tou kamnontos apelthontos, estai ti pleon; all hekaston toutōn pro tou telous panta chrē mēchanasthai kai pragmateuesthai, hōste mēdeni kindynǭ peripesein, mēde aischynę̄; meta de tauta panta anonēta. Kai hēmeis toinyn heōs an ōmen en tę̄ nosǭ, kai iatrous parakalōmen, kai chrēmata analiskōmen, kai spoudēn diēnekē eispherōmen, hina anastantes apo tēs kakias, hygieis enteuthen apelthōmen. Kai hosēn peri tous doulous tous hēmeterous poioumetha pronoian, hotan autōn ta sōmata kamnē, tosautēn peri hēmas autous epideixōmetha, tēs psychēs hēmōn hinosousēs. Kaitoi tōn oiketōn hēmeis engyteroi heautois, kai tōn sōmatōn tōn ekeinōn hai psychai anankaioterai; all᾽ homōs agapēton, kan tēn isēn goun spoudēn eisenenkōmen. An gar mē nyn touto praxōmen, apelthontas loipon ouden eni karpōsasthai eis apologias logon. Kai tis houtōs athlios, phēsin, hōs mēde tosautēn epideiknysthai pronoian:i Touto gar esti to thaumaston, hoti houtōs esmen atimoi par hēmin autois, hōs kai tōn oikatōn mallon heautōn kataphronein. Tōn men gar oikatōn pyrettontōn, kai iatrous kaloumen, kai oikian aaphorizomen, kai tois nomois peithesthai tēs technēs ekeinēs katanankazomen᾽ kai ameloumenōn toutōn, chalepoi te autois ginometha, kai phylakas parakathistōmen, tous oude boulomenois autois tēn oikeian plēroun epithymian epitrepontas᾽ kan eipōsin hoi epimeloumenoi toutōn, pharmaka dein pollēs kataskeuasthēnai timēs, eikomen; kan hotioun epitaxōsi, peithometha, kai misthous autois tōn prostagmatōn toutōn teloumen. Hotan de hēmeis kamnōmen; mallon de ouk estin hote ou kamnomen᾽ oude iatron eisagomen, ou chrēmata analiskomen, all hōsper dēmion tinos kai echthrou kai polemion keimanon, houtō tēs psychēs ameloumen. Kai tauta legō, ouk enkalōn tę̄ therapeią tę̄ peri tous oiketas, all᾽ axiōn kan tosautēn tēs psychēs kai tēs hēmeteras poiēsasthai epimeleian. Kai pōs an ᾿poiēsaimetha ? phēsin. ᾿Epideixon autēn Paulǭ nosousan eisagage Matthaion᾽ ᾿parakathison ᾿Iōannēn. Akouson par autōn ti dei poiein ton houtō kamnonta; pantōs erousi, kai ouk apokrypsontai. Ou gar dē tethnēkasin, alla zōsi kai phthengontai. All᾽ ou prosechei, tǭ pyretǭ ᾿katechomenē? Katanankason autēn sy, kai to logikon autēs diegeiron. Eisagage tous prophētas. Ouk e esti chrēmata tois iatrois katatheinai toutois oute gar autoi misthon hyper autōn apaitousin, oute hyper pharmakōn, hōn kataskeuazousin, eis anankēn se dapanēs emballousi, plēn tēs eleēmosynēs en tois allois de kai prosdidoasin' hoion» hotan keleuōsi sōphronēsai? apallattousi se akairōn kai atopōn analōmatōn hotan apechesthai methēs, euporōteron se poiousin. Eides iatrōn technēn, meta hygeias kai chrēmata parechontōn: Parakathison toinyn autois, kai mathe par᾽ autōn tou nosēmatos sou tēn physin. Hoion, erąs chrēmatōn pollakis kai ᾿ pleonexias, hōsper hoi pyrettontes psychrou: : Akouson gdyn ti parainousin. Hōsper gar ho iatros soi phēsin' ean ᾽charisę̄ tę̄ epithymią, apolę̄, kai to kai to hypostēsę̄ houtō kai Paulos; hoi de boulomenoi ploutein, empiptousin eis peirasmon kai pagida tou diabolou, kai epithymias anoētous kai blabera, haitines bythizousi tous anthrōpous eis olethron kai apōleian. ᾿All᾽ akarterētos hei? ᾿Akouson autou legontos; eti mikron, ho erchomenos hēxei, kai ou chroniei; ho kyrios engys; mēden merimnate kai palin' paragei to schēma tou kosmon toutou. Oude gar epitattei monon, alla kai paramytheitai, hōs iatros. Kai hōsper ekeinoi anti psychrōn hetera tina epinoousin, houtō kai houtos metocheteuei tēn epithymian. Boulei ploutein? phēsin. En he ergois agathois. ᾿Epithymeis thēsaurizein ? Ouden kōlyō᾽ monon en ouranois. Kai hōsper ho iatros legei, hoti to psychron blaberon odousi, neurois, osteois houtō kai autos, syntomōteron men, hate brachylogias epimeloumenos, saphesteron de pollǭ kai dynatōteron; rhiza gar pantōn tōn kakōn hē philargyria, phēsi. Tine oun dei chrēsasthai? Legei kai touto tę̄ autarkeią anti pleonexias. Esti gar porismos megas, phēsin, hē autarkeia met᾽ eusebeias. Ei de dysanascheteis, kai pleionōn epithymeis, kai oupō chōreis rhipsai ta peritta panta, legei kai tǭ houtōs arrhōstǭ, kai toutois pōs chrēsasthai dei; hina hoi chairontes epi ktēmasin, hōs mē chairontes ōsin kai hoi echontes, hōs mē katechontes kai hoi chrōmenoi tǭ kosmǭ toutǭ, hōs mē katachrōmenoi. Eides hoia epitattei: Boulei kai heteron epeisagagō toutǭ iatron : Emoige dokei. Oude gar eisin houtoi hoi iatroi kathaper hoi tōn sōmatōn, hoi pollakis antiphilotimoumenoi allēlois katedysan ton arrhōstounta. All΄ ouch ᾿outoi pros gar tēn tōn kamnontōn hygieian, ou pros tēn d oikeian horōsi philotimian. Mē toinyn autōn deisēs to plēthos heis en hapasi phthengetai didaskalos ho Ch ristos. Hora goun eiselthonta palin heteron, kai chalepa legonta peri tou nosēmatos touton' mallon de ton didaskalon de autou; ou dynasthe gar theǭ douleuein kai mamōną. Nai, phēsi kai pōs tauta estai: pōs tēs epithymias pausometha? ᾿Enteuthen kai touto esti mathein. Kai pōs eisometha: ALkouson autou kai touto legontos; mē thēsaurizete hymin thēsaurous epi tēs gēs, hopou sēs kai brōsis aphanizei, kai hopou kleptai. dioryttousi kai kleptousin. Eides pōs apo tou topou, apo tōn ᾿lymainomenōn, apagei tēs epithymias tautēs tēs entautha, kai prosēloi tǭ ouranǭ, hopou panta analōta: ᾿ An gar metathēte ton plouton ekei, hopou oute sē»? oute brōsis aphanizei, oute kleptai dioryttousi kai kleptousi, kai tautēn apokrousesthe sēn noson, kai tēn psychēn an mϑgistę̄ katastēsete euporią. Meta de tōn eirēmenōn kai paradeigma eis meson ᾽ agei, se sōphronizōn. Kai kathaper ho iatros, phobōn ton arrhōston, phēsin, hoti ho deina psychrǭ chrēsamenos apōleto houtō kai autos eisagei ton plousion, kamnonta men, kai epithymounta zōēs kai hygieias, ou dynamenon de epitychein, dia to pleonexias, ephiesthai, all᾽ apionta kenon. Kai meta touton heteron soi deiknysi palin heteros euangelistēs, ton apotēganizomenon, kai oude stagonos onta kyrion. EIit deiknys ho hoti eukola ta epitagmata, phēsin, emblepsate eis ta peteina tou ouranou. Synkatabatikos de ōn, oude tous ploutountas apoginōskein aphiēsi. Ta gar para anthrōpois adynata, dynata para tǭ theǭ, phēsi. Kan gar plousios hēs, dynatai se therapeusai ho iatros. Oude gar to ploutein aneilen, alla to doulon einai Chrēmatōn, kai pleonexias erastēn. Pōs oun dynaton ton ploutounta sōthēnai: : Koina ta onta tois deomenois kektēmonon, hoios ēn ho ᾿Iōb, kai tēn tou pleionos epithymian exo᾿rizonta apo tēs psychēs, kai oudamou tēn chreian hyperbainonta tēn anankaian. Deiknysi soi meta toutōn kai touton auton ton telōnēn, ton sphodra katechomenon tǭ pyretǭ tēs pleonexias, tacheōs apallagenta. Ti gar telōnon kapēlikōteron: : all᾽ homōs gegonen aktēmōn ho anthrōpos, ek tou peithesthai tois tou iatrou nomois. Kai gar tous mathētas toioutous echei, tauta nosēsantas ta nosēmata haper hēmeis, kai hygianantas tacheōs. Kai he hekaston autōn hēmin deiknysin? hōste mē apognōnai. Hora goun ton telōnēn touton. Skopei palin heteron architelōnēn᾽ hos tetraplasiona men hypescheto dōsein hyper hōn hērpase, ta de hēmisē pantōn hōn ekektēto, hōste hypodexasthai ton Iēsoun. All᾽ ekkaię̄ sy kai sphodra epithymeis chrēmatōn: Eche ta pantōn anti tōn sōn. Kai gar ᾿ pleiona hōn zēteis didōmi soi, phēsi: tas tōn ploutountōn oikias anoigōn soi kata tēn oikoumenēn. Hos gar aphēke patera, ē mētera, ē agrous, ē oikian, hekatontaplasiona lēpsetai. Houtōs ouchi pleionōn ᾿ apolauseis monon, alla kai to Chchalepon touto dipsos ᾿anairēseis pantapasi, kai oiseis panta rhądiōs, ou monon tōn pleionōn ouk ephiemenos, all᾽ oude tōn anankaiōn pollakis. Houtōs ho Paulos peiną, kai semnynetai mallon, ē hote ēsthien. ᾿Epei kai athlētēs agōnizomenos kai ͵ stephanoumenos, ouk an heloito katalysai kai einai en rhąstōnę̄ kai emporos tōn en thalattę̄ porōn hapsamenos, ouk an epithymēseien en argią einai loipon. Kai hēmeis toinyn, an geusōmetha hōs chrē tōn karpōn tōn pneumatikōn, loipon oude hēgēsometha ti ta paronta einai, kathaper tini methē kallistę̄ tę̄ tōn mellontōn epithymią halontes. Geusōmetha toinyn, hina kai tou thorybou tōn parontōn apallagōmen, kai tōn mellontōn epitychōmen agathōn, chariti kai philanthrōpią tou kyriou hēmōn Iēsou Christou, hǭ hē doxa kai to kratos, nyn kai aei kai eis tous aiōnas tōn aiōnōn. Amēn.

be of any use. For neither for a pilot, when the sea has overwhelmed the ship through his own negligence, nor for a physician, when the patient has departed, will there be any further advantage; but each of them must, before the end, contrive and work at everything so as to fall into no danger and no disgrace; after that, all is useless. Let us too, then, while we are in the sickness, call in physicians, and spend money, and bring continual diligence, so that, rising up from wickedness, we may depart from here in health. And as much care as we take of our slaves when their bodies are sick, so much let us show for ourselves when our soul is sick. Yet we are nearer to ourselves than to our servants, and souls are more necessary than those bodies; but nevertheless we may be content if we bring at least equal diligence. For if we do not do this now, once we have departed it is no longer possible to gain anything by way of defense.

“And who,” someone says, “is so wretched as not to show even so much care?” This indeed is the astonishing thing, that we are so without honor in our own eyes as to despise ourselves even more than our servants. For when our servants have fever, we call in physicians, and set apart a room, and compel them to obey the laws of that art; and if they neglect these, we become harsh with them, and set guards beside them who do not allow them to fulfill their own desire even if they wish to; and if those who attend them say that medicines of great price must be prepared, we yield; and whatever they order, we obey, and pay them fees for these prescriptions. But when we are sick—or rather, there is no time when we are not sick—we neither bring in a physician nor spend money, but neglect the soul as though it were some hangman’s or an enemy’s or a foe’s lying there. And I say this not finding fault with the care of servants, but asking that we take at least as much care of our own soul as well.

“And how might we do it?” someone says. Show it, sick, to Paul; bring in Matthew; seat John beside it. Hear from them what one so sick must do; they will certainly tell you, and will not conceal it. For they are not dead, but live and speak. “But the soul pays no attention, held fast by fever.” Compel it yourself, and rouse its reason. Bring in the prophets. You need not pay money down to these physicians; for neither do they themselves demand a fee for their services, nor do they put you to the necessity of expense for the medicines they prepare, except for almsgiving; and in other things they even give you something besides. For instance, when they bid you be self-controlled, they free you from untimely and absurd expenses; when they bid you abstain from drunkenness, they make you richer. Have you seen the art of physicians who give money along with health? Sit by them, then, and learn from them the nature of your disease. For instance, do you love money and covetousness, often, as fever patients love cold water? Hear, then, what they advise. For as the physician tells you, “If you indulge the desire, you will perish, and you will suffer this and that,” so too Paul: “But those who wish to be rich fall into temptation and a snare of the devil, and senseless and harmful desires, which plunge men into ruin and destruction.” But are you impatient? Hear him saying, “Yet a little while, and he who comes will come and will not delay”; “The Lord is near; be anxious about nothing”; and again, “The form of this world is passing away.” For he does not only command, but also consoles, as a physician does. And as those physicians devise certain other things in place of cold drinks, so he too diverts the desire. “Do you wish to be rich?” he says. “In good works.” “Do you desire to lay up treasure?” “I do not forbid it; only in heaven.” And as the physician says that cold is harmful to teeth, sinews, bones, so he too says it, more concisely, as one careful of brevity, but far more clearly and forcefully: “For the love of money is the root of all evils,” he says. What, then, must one use? He tells this too: contentment instead of covetousness. “For godliness with contentment,” he says, “is great gain.” But if you are impatient, and desire more, and cannot yet bear to throw away all superfluities, he tells even one so sick how he must use these too: “That those who rejoice in possessions be as though they did not rejoice, and those who have as though they did not possess, and those who use this world as though they did not abuse it.” Have you seen what he prescribes?

Shall I bring in another physician besides this one? It seems good to me. For these physicians are not like those of bodies, who often, competing for honor against one another, have sunk the patient. Not so these; for they look to the health of the sick, not to their own honor. Do not, then, fear their number: one teacher speaks in them all, Christ. See, then, another entering again, and saying harsh things about this disease—or rather his Teacher: “For you cannot serve God and mammon.” “Yes,” someone says, “and how will this be? How shall we cease from the desire?” From here too it is possible to learn this. “And how shall we know?” Hear him saying this too: “Do not lay up for yourselves treasures on earth, where moth and rust destroy, and where thieves break in and steal.” Have you seen how, from the place and from the things that spoil, he draws you away from this desire for things here, and fastens you to heaven, where all things are secure? For if you transfer your wealth there, where neither moth nor rust destroys, nor thieves break in and steal, you will both drive off this disease and set your soul in the greatest plenty. And besides what has been said, he also brings an example into the midst, to bring you to your senses. And as the physician, to frighten the patient, says that so-and-so took cold water and died, so he too brings in the rich man, sick, and desiring life and health, but unable to obtain it because he set his heart on covetousness, and going away empty. And after him another evangelist shows you yet another, the one roasting in the fire, and not master even of a drop. Then, showing that the precepts are easy, he says, “Look at the birds of the air.” And being condescending, he does not let even the rich despair. “For the things impossible with men are possible with God,” he says. For even if you are rich, the physician can heal you. For he did not do away with being rich, but with being a slave of money and a lover of covetousness. How, then, is it possible for the rich man to be saved? By holding his possessions in common with those in need, as Job was, and banishing from his soul the desire for more, and nowhere going beyond necessary need.

Along with these he shows you also the tax collector himself, who was held fast by the fever of covetousness, quickly set free. For what is more grasping than a tax collector? Yet nevertheless the man became one who owned nothing, by obeying the laws of the physician. For he has disciples of this kind too, who were sick with the same diseases as we, and were quickly made healthy. And he shows us each of them, so that we may not despair. See, then, this tax collector. Consider again another, a chief tax collector, who promised to give fourfold for what he had seized, and half of all that he possessed, so as to receive Jesus. But are you on fire, and do you greatly desire money? Have the goods of all instead of your own. “For I give you more than you seek,” he says, “opening to you the houses of the rich throughout the world. For whoever has left father or mother or fields or house will receive a hundredfold.” So you will not only enjoy more, but also do away entirely with this grievous thirst, and you will bear all things easily, not only not longing for more, but often not even for necessities. So Paul hungers, and glories more than when he ate. For an athlete too, contending and being crowned, would not choose to break off and be at ease; and a merchant who has taken to the routes of the sea would not desire to be idle henceforth. We too, then, if we taste as we ought of the spiritual fruits, will no longer think the present things to be anything, seized as by a most beautiful drunkenness with the desire of the things to come. Let us taste them, then, so that we may be freed from the tumult of present things and obtain the good things to come, by the grace and love for mankind of our Lord Jesus Christ, to whom be glory and might, now and always and to the ages of ages. Amen.

Chapter 75

75.1Field 2

᾿Ιησοῦς ἀπὸ τοῦ ἱεροῦ, ἐπορεύετο. Καὶ προσῆλθον οἱ μαθηταὶ αὐτοῦ, ἐπιδεῖξαι αὐτῷ τὰς οἰκοδομὰς τοῦ ἱεροῦ. Ὁ δὲ ἀποκριθεὶς εἶπεν αὐτοῖς· οὐ βλέπετε ταῦτα πάντα: ᾿Αμὴν λέγω ὑμῖν, οὐ μὴ αφεθὴ ὧδε λίθος ἐπὶ λίθον, ὃς οὐ καταλυθήσεται. Ἐπειδὴ γὰρ εἶπεν, ὅτι ἀφίεται. ὁ οἶκος ὑμῶν ἔρημος, καὶ μυρία ἔμπροσθεν προανεφώνησεν αὑτοῖς χαλεπά εἶτα οἱ μαθηταὶ ταῦτα ἀκούσαντες, ὥσπερ θαυμάζοντες, προσῆλθον. ἐπιδεικνύντες τοῦ ναοῦ τὸ κάλλος» καὶ διαποροῦντες εἰ τοσαῦτα ἀφανισθήσεται κάλλη, καὶ ὕλης πολυτέλεια, καὶ τέχνης ποικιλία ἄφατον οὐκέτι λοιπὸν περὶ ἐρημίας ἁπλῶς αὐτοῖς διαλέγεται, ἀλλὰ παντελῆ προαναφωνεῖ τὸν ἀφανισμόν. ου βλέπετε γὰρ ταῦτα πάντα, φησὶ. καὶ θαυμάζετε καὶ ἐκπλήττεσθε; Οὐ μὴ μείνῃ λίθος ἐ ἐπὶ λίθον. Πῶς οὖν ἔμεινε; φησί. Καὶ τί τοῦτο; Οὐδὲ γὰρ οὕτω διέπεσεν ἡ ἀπόφασις. Ἢ γὰρ τὴν ἐρημίαν ἀνδεικνύμενος τὴν παντελῆ, ταῦτα ἔλεγεν ἢ κατ᾽ ἐκεῖνον τὸν τόπον, ἔνθα ἦν. Ἔστι γὰρ μέρη μέχρι τῶν θεμελίων ἠφανισμένα. Μετὰ δὲ τούτων κἀκεῖνο ἂν εἴποιμεν, ὅτι ἐκ τῶν γεγενημένων καὶ πορὶ τῶν λειψάνων καὶ τοὺς σφόδρα φιλονεικοῦντας δεῖ πείθεσθαι, ὡς τέλεον ἀπολουμένων. Καθημένου δὲ αὐτοῦ ἐπὶ τοῦ ὄρους τῶν ἐλαιῶν, προσῆλθον οἱ μαθηταὶ κατ᾽ ἰδίαν, λέγοντετ᾿ εἰπὲ ἡμῖν, πότε ταῦτα ἔσται; καὶ τί τὸ σημεῖον τῆς σῆς παρουσίας καὶ τῆς συντελείας τοῦ αἰῶνος : Διὰ τοῦτο κατ᾽ ἰδίαν προσῆλθον, ἅτε ᾿ὑπὲρ τοιούτων πευσόμενοι. Καὶ γὰρ ὥδινον μαθεῖν τὴν ἡμέραν τῆς παρουσίας αὐτοῦ, διὰ τὸ σφόδρα ἐπιθυμεῖν τὴν δόξαν ἐκείνην ἰδεῖν τὴν μυρίων οὖσαν ἀγαθῶν αἰτίαν. Καὶ δύο ταῦτα ἐρωτῶσιν αὐτόν πότε ταῦτα ἔσται, τουτέστιν, ἡ τοῦ ναοῦ κατασκαφή᾽ καὶ τί τὸ σημεῖον τῆς σῆς παρουσίας. Ὁ δὲ Λουκᾶς ἕν φησιν εἶναι τὸ ἐρώτημα, τὸ περὶ τῶν Ἱεροσολύμων, ἄτε νομιζόντων αὐτῶν τότε καὶ τὴν ,παρουσίαν αὐτοῦ εἶναι. Ὁσ δὲ Μάρκος οὐδὲ πάντας αὐτούς φησιν ἐρωτῆσαι περὶ τῆς συντελείας τῶν Ἱεροσολύμων, αλλὰ Πέτρον καὶ ᾿Ιωάννην, ἅτε πλείονα παῤῥησίαν ἔχοντας. Τί οὖν αὐτός; Βλέπετε μή τις ὑμᾶς πλανήσῃ. Πολλοὶ γὰρ ἐλεύσονται ἐπὶ τῷ ονόματί μου, λέγοντες ἐγώ εἰμε ὁ Χριστὸς, καὶ πολλοὺς πλανήσουσι. Μελλήσετε δὲ ἀκούειν πολέμους καὶ ἀκοὰς πολέμων. Ὁρᾶτε, μὴ θροεῖσθε δεῖ γὰρ ' πάντα γενέσθαι, ἀλλ΄ οὕπω τὸ τέλος. ᾿Επειδὴ γὰρ ὡς περὶ ἀλλοτρίας τιμωρίας ἀκούοντες τῆς ἐπαγομένης τῇ ᾿ἱερουσαλὴμ διέκειντο, καὶ ὡς ἔξω θορύβων ἐσόμενοι, καὶ τὰ ἀγαθὰ μόνα ὠνειροπόλουν, καὶ αὐτίκα μάλα ταῦτα ἀπαντήσεσθαι προσεδόκων διὰ τοῦτο πάλιν αὐτοῖς χαλεπὰ προαναῴφωνει, ἐναγωνίους ποιῶν, καὶ κελεύων διπλῆ νήφειν, ὡς μήτε ὑπὸ τῆς ἀπάτης τῶν παραλογιζομένων φενακισθῆναι, μήτε ὑπὸ τῆς τυραννίδος τῶν καταληψομένων κακῶν βιασθῆναι. Διπλοῦς γὰρ ὁ πόλεμος; φησιν, ἔσται, ὅ τε τῶν πλάνων, ὅ τε τῶν πολεμίων· ἀλλ᾽ ἐκεῖνος πολλῷ χαλεπώτερος, ἅτε ἐν συγχύσει τῶν πραγμάτων καὶ ταραχῇ φοβουμένων καὶ ταραττομένων ἀνθρώπων επιτιθέμενος. Καὶ γὰρ πολλὴ τότε ἡ ζάλη ἤν, τῶν Ῥωμαΐκων ἀρχομένων ανθεῖν, καὶ πόλεων ἀλισκομένων, καὶ στρατοπέδων καὶ ὅπλων κινουμένων, καὶ πολλῶν εὐκόλως πιστευομένων. Πολέμους δὲ τοὺς ἐν ἱΙεροσολύμοις λέγει οὐ γὰρ ὀὴ τοὺς εξωθεν καὶ πανταχοὺ τῆς οἰκουμένης τί γάρ ἔμελεν αὐτοῖς τουτων; Αλλως δὲ οὐδὲ καινόν τι ἔμελλεν ἐρεῖν, εἰ τὰ τῆς οἰκουμένης ἔλεγε πάθη, τὰ ἀεὶ συμβαίνοντα. Καὶ γὰρ πρὸ τούτου ἦσαν ᾽ὔ καὶ πόλεμοι καὶ ταραχαὶ καὶ μάχαι ἀλλὰ τοὺς Ἰουδαϊκοὺς οὐ μακρόθεν λέγει ἐπιόντας πολέμους· λοιπὸν γὰρ αὐτοῖς ἐν φροντίδι τὰ τῶν Ῥωμαίων ἦν. Ἐπεὶ οὖν καὶ ταῦτα ἱκανὰ ἦν αὐτοὺς θορυβεῖν, προλέγει ταῦτα πάντα. Εἶτα δεικνὺς ὅτι καὶ αὐτὸς συνεπιθήσεται Ἰουδαίοις καὶ πολεμήσει, οὐχὶ μάχας φησὶ μόνον, ἀλλὰ καὶ θεηλάτους πληγάς, λιμοὺς καὶ λοιμοὺς καὶ σεισμοὺς, δεικνὺς ὅτι καὶ τοὺς πολέμους αὐτὸς εἴασεν ἐπελθεῖν, καὶ οὐχ ἁπλῶς ταῦτα γίνεται, κατὰ τὴν ἔμπροσθεν εν τοῖς ἀνθρώποις οὐσαν συνήθειαν, αλλ εκ τῆς ἄνωθεν οργῆς. Διὰ τοῦτο οὐδὲ ἁπλῶς ταῦτα ἥξειν φησὶν, οὐδὲ ἀθρόως, ἀλλὰ μετὰ σημείων. Ἵνα γὰρ μὴ λέγωσιν Ἰουδαῖοι, ὅτι οἱ τότε πιστεύσαντες αἴτιοι τουτων τῶν κακῶν, διὰ τοῦτο καὶ τὴν αἰτίαν αὐτοῖς εἴρηκε τῆς ἐπαγωγῆς· Ἀμὴν γὰρ λέγω ὑμῖν, ἔμπροσθεν ἔλεγεν, ὅτι ἥξει πάντα ταῦτα ἐπὶ τὴν γενεὰν ταύτην, τῆς μιαιφονίας αὐτών μνησθείς. Εἶτα ἵνα μὴ τὰς νιφάδας τῶν κακών ἀκούοντες νομίσωσι διασπᾶσθαι τὸ κήρυγμα, ἐπήγαγεν ὁρᾶτε, μὴ θορυβεῖσθε' δεῖ γὰρ πάντα γενέσθαι τουτέστιν, ἃ προεῖπον ἐγὼ, καὶ τῶν πειρασμῶν ἡ ἔφοδος οὐδὲν διακόψει τῶν παρ ἐμοῦ εἰρημένων ἀλλ᾽ ἔσται μὲν θόρυβος καὶ ταραχὴ, τοὺς δὲ ἐμοὺς οὐδὲν διασαλεύσει χρησμούς. Εἶτα ἐπειδὴ εἶπε τοις ᾿Ιουδαίοις οὐ μή με ἴδητε, ἕ ἕως ἀν εἴπητε, εὐλογημένος ὁ ἐρχόμενος ἐν ὀνόματι κυρίου ᾧοντο δὲ οἱ μαθηταὶ ἅμα τῆ κατασκαφῇ καὶ τὴν συντέλειαν ἔσεσθαι, καὶ ταύτην διορθούμενος αὐτῶν τὴν ὑπόνοιαν, ἔλεγεν' ἀλλ᾽ οὕπω τὸ τέλος. Ὅτι γὰρ οὕτως ὡς ἔφην ὑπώπτευον, ἐκ τῆς ἐρωτήσεως αὐτῶν μάνθανε. Τί γὰρ ἠρώτησαν; Πότε ταῦτα ἔσται; τουτέστι, πότε τὰ Ἱεροσόλυμα ἀπολεῖται; καὶ τί τὸ σημεῖον τῆς σῆς παρουσίας καὶ τῆς συντελείας τοῦ αἰῶνος: ᾿ Αὐτὸς δὲ οὐδὲν εὐθέως πρὸς τὴν ἐρώτησιν ἀπεκρίνατο ταύτην, ἀλλὰ πρότερον ἐκεῖνα τὰ κατεπείγοντα λέγει, καὶ ἃ πρώτα μαθεῖν ἐχρῆν. Οὔτε γὰρ περὶ Ἱεροσολύμων εὐθέως, οὔτε περὶ τῆς παρουσίας αὐτοῦ τῆς δευτέρας εἴρηκεν ἀλλὰ περὶ τών ἐπὶ θύραις ἀπαντησομένων κακῶν. Διὸ καὶ ἐναγωνίους αὐτοὺς ποιεῖ λέγων βλέπετε μή τις ὑμᾶς πλανήσῃ· πολλοὶ γὰρ ἐλεύσονται ἐπὶ τῷ ὀνόματί μον, λέγοντες ἐγώ εἰμι ὁ Χριστός. Εἶτα διεγείρας αὐτοὺς εἰς τὴν περὶ τούτων ἀκρόασιν᾽ ( βλέπετε γὰρ, φησὶ, μή τις ὑμᾶς πλανήσῃ Ἶ καὶ ἐναγωνίους ποιήσας, καὶ νήφειν παρασκευάσας, καὶ εἰπὼν τοὺς πλάνους, τοὺς ψευδοχρίστους πρότερον, τότε τὰ τῶν Ἱεροσολύμων λέγει κακὰ, ἀπὸ τῶν ἤδη γενομένων καὶ τὰ μέλλοντα ἀεὶ καὶ παρὰ τοῖς ἀνοήτοις καὶ φιλονείκοις πιστουμενος. Πολέμους δὲ καὶ ἀκοὰς πολέμων, ὅπερ καὶ ἔμπροσθεν εἶπον, τὰς αὐτοῖς ἐπιούσας φησὶ ταραχάς. Εἶτα ἐπειδὴ, καθὼς καὶ προεῖπον, ἐνόμιζον μετ᾽ ἐκεῖνον τὸν πόλεμον ἥξειν τὸ τέλος, ὅρα πῶς αὐτοὺς ἀσφαλίζεται λέγων ἀλλ᾽ οὕπω τὸ τέλος. ᾿Εγερθήσεται γὰρ, φησὶν, ἔθνος ἐπὶ ἔθνος, καὶ βασιλεία ἐπὶ βασιλείαν. Τὰ προοίμια λέγει τῶν ᾿Ιουδαϊκῶν κακῶν. Πάντα δὲ ταῦτα ἀρχὴ ὠδίνων τουτέστι, τών συμβαινόντων αὐτοῖς. Τότε παραδώσουσιν ὑμᾶς εἰς θλίψιν, καὶ ἀποκτενοῦσιν ὑμᾶς. Εὐκαίρως παρενέβαλε τὰ αὐτῶν κακὰ, ἔχοντα παραμυθίαν ἀπὸ τῶν κοινῶν οὐ ταύτη δὲ μόνον, ἀλλὰ καὶ τῷ προσθεῖναι, ὅτι διὰ τὸ ὄνομά μου. Ἔσεσθε γάρ, φησὶ, μισούμενοι ὑπὸ πάντων διὰ τὸ ὄνομα μον. Τότε σκανδαλισθήσονται πολλοὶ, καὶ ἀλλήλους παραδώσουσι καὶ πολλοὶ ψευδόχριστοι καὶ ψευδοπροφῆται ἐγερθήσονται, καὶ πλανήσουσι πολλούς. Καὶ διὰ τὸ πληθυνθῆναι τὴν ἀνομίαν, ψυγήσεται ἡ ἀγάπη τῶν πολλῶν᾽ ὁ δὲ ὑπομείνας εἰς τέλος, οὗτος σωθήσεται. Τοῦτο μεῖζον κακὸν, ὅταν καὶ ἐμφύλιος ὁ πόλεμος ἢ πολλοὶ γὰρ Ψευδάδελφοι γεγόνασιν. Εἶδες τριπλοῦν τὸν πόλεμον ὄντα, τὸν ἀπὸ τῶν πλάνων, τὸν ἀπὸ τῶν πολεμίων, τὸν ἀπὸ τῶν ψευδαδέλφων : Ὅρα καὶ Παῦλομ τὰ αὐτὰ ἀποδυρόμενον καὶ λέγοντα᾽ ἔξωθεν μάχαι, ἔσωθεν φόβοι καὶ, κίνδυνοι ἐν ψευδαδέλφοις καὶ πάλιν' οἱ γὰρ τοιοῦτοι ψευδαπόστολοι, ἐργάται δόλιοι, μετασχηματιζόμενοι εἰς ἀποστόλους Χριστοῦ. Εἶτα πάλιν τὸ πάντων χαλεπώτερον, ὅτι οὐδὲ τὴν ἀπὸ τῆς ἀγάπης παραμυθίαν ἕξουσιν. Εἶτα δεικνὺς ὅτι τὸν γενναῖον καὶ καρτερικὸν οὐδὲν ταῦτα λυμανεῖται, μὴ φοβεῖσθε, φησὶ, μηδὲ ταράττεσθε. Ἂν τὰρ τὴν προσήκουσαν ὑπομονὴν ἐπιδείξησθε, οὐ περιέσται ὑμῶν τὰ δεινά. Καὶ τούτου σαφὴς ἀπόδειξις. τὸ πάντως κηρυχθῆναι τὸ κήρυγμα πανταχοῦ τῆς οἰκουμένης οὕτως ὑψηλότεροι ἔσεσθε τῶν δεινῶν. Ἵνα μὴ λέγωσι, πῶς οὖν ζησόμεθα; τὸ πλέον εἶπεν, ὅτι ζήσεσθε καὶ διδάξετε πανταχοῦ. Διὸ καὶ ἐπήγαγε· καὶ κηρυχθήσεται τὸ εὐαγγελιον τοῦτο ἐν ὅλῳ τῷ κόσμῳ εἰς μαρτύριον πᾶσι τοῖς ἔθνεσι καὶ τότε ἥξει τὸ τέλος τῆς συντελείας τῶν ἰἱεροσολύμων. Ὅτι γαρ ᾿εκεῖνο ἔλεγε, καὶ πρὸ τῆς ἁλώσεως τὸ εὐαγγέλιον ἐκηρύχθη, ἄκουσον τί φησιν ὁ Παῦλος· εἰς πᾶσαν τὴν γῆν ἐξῆλθεν ὁ φθόγγος αὐτῶν καὶ πάλιν, τοῦ εὐαγγελίου τοῦ κηρυχθέντος ἐν πάσῃ τῇ κτίσει τῇ ὑπὸ τὸν οὐρανόν. Καὶ ὁρᾷς αὐτὸν ἀπὸ Ἱερουσαλὴμ εἰς Σπανίαν τρέχοντα. Εἰ δὲ εἷς τοσοῦτον μέρος κατέλαβεν, ἐ ἐννόησον καὶ οἱ λοιποὶ πόσα εἰργάσαντο. Καὶ γὰρ καὶ ἑτέροις γράφων πάλιν ὁ Παῦλος ἔλεγε περὶ τοὺ εὐαγγελίου, ὅτι ἔστι καρποφορούμενον καὶ αὐξανόμενον ἐν πάση τῇ κτίσει τῇ ὑπὸ τὸν οὐρανόν. Τί δέ ἐ ἐστιν, εἰς μαρτύριον πᾶσι τοῖς ἔθνεσιν : ᾿Επειδη ἐκηρύχθη μὲν παν»- ταχοῦ, οὐκ ἐπιστεύθη δὲ» πανταχοῦ, εἰς μαρτύριον, φησὶ, τοῖς ἀπιστήσασι᾽ τουτέστιν, οἰς ἔλεγχον, εἰς κατηγορίαν, εἰς μαρτυρίαν οἱ γὰρ πιστεύσαντες καταμαρτυρήσουσι τών μὴ πιστευσάντων, καὶ κατακρινοῦσιν αὐτούς. Διὰ τοῦτο δὲ μετὰ τὸ κηρυχθῆναι τὸ εὐαγγέλιον πανταχοῦ τῆς οἰκουμένης ἀπόλΑνται τὰ Ἱεροσόλυμα, ἵνα μηδὲ σκιὰν ἀπολογίας ἔχωσιν ᾿ ἀγνωμονοῦντες. Οἱ γὰρ ἰδόντες τὴν αὐτοῦ δύναμιν πανταχου διαλάμψασαν, καὶ ἐν ἀκαριαίῳ τὴν οἰκουμένην ἑλοῦσαν, τίνα ἂν ἔχοιεν λοιπὸν συγγνώμην; ᾿ ἐπὶ τῆς αὐτῆς ἀγνωμοσύνης μείναντες : : Ὅτι γὰρ πανταχοῦ ἐκηρύχθη τότο, ἄκουσον τί φησιν ὁ Παῦλον ᾿ τοῦ εὐαγγελίου τοὺ κηρυχθέντος ἐν πάσῃ τῇ κτίσει τῇ ὑπὸ τὸν οὐρανόν. Ὃ καὶ μέγιστον σημεῖον τῆς τοῦ Χριστοῦ δυνάμεως, ὅ ὅτι ἐν εἴκοσι ἢ ἢ καὶ τριάκοντα ὅλοις ὅτεσι τὰ πέρατα τῆς οἰκουμένης κατέλαβεν ὁ λόγος. Μετὰ τοῦτο οὗν, φησὶν, ἥξει τὸ τέλος τῶν ἴεροσολύμων. Ὅτι γὰρ τοῦτο αἰνίττεται, τὸ ἑξῆς ἐδήλωσεν. ᾿Επήγαγε γὰρ καὶ προφητείαν, πιστούμενος αὐτῶν τὸν ἀφανισμὸν, καὶ λέγων ᾿ ὅταν δὲ ἴδητε τὸ βδέλνγμα τῆς ἐρημώσεως, τὸ ῥηθὲν διὰ Δανιὴλ τοῦ προφήτου, ἑστὼς ἐν τόπῳ ἁγίῳ ὁ ἀναγινώσκων νοείτω. Παρέπεμψεν αὐτοὺς ἐπὶ τὸν ᾿ Δανιηλ. Βδέλυγμα δὲ τὸν ἀνδριάντα τοῦ τότε τὴν πόλιν ἑλόντος ᾽ φησὶν, ὃ ὁ ἐρημώσας τὴν πόλιν καὶ τὸν ναὸν ἔστησεν ἔνδον᾽ διὸ καὶ ἐρημώσεως αὐτὸ καλεῖ. Εἶτα ἵνα μάθωσιν, ὅ ὅτι καὶ ζώντων ἐ ἐνίων αὐτῶν ταῦτα ἔσται, διὰ τοῦτο ἐλεγεν' ὅταν ἴδητε τὸ βδέλνγμα τῆς ἐρημώσεως.

᾿Iēsous apo tou hierou, eporeueto. Kai prosēlthon hoi mathētai autou, epideixai autǭ tas oikodomas tou hierou. Ho de apokritheis eipen autois; ou blepete tauta panta: ᾿Amēn legō hymin, ou mē aphethē hōde lithos epi lithon, hos ou katalythēsetai. Epeidē gar eipen, hoti aphietai. ho oikos hymōn erēmos, kai myria emprosthen proanephōnēsen hautois chalepa eita hoi mathētai tauta akousantes, hōsper thaumazontes, prosēlthon. epideiknyntes tou naou to kallos» kai diaporountes ei tosauta aphanisthēsetai kallē, kai hylēs polyteleia, kai technēs poikilia aphaton ouketi loipon peri erēmias haplōs autois dialegetai, alla pantelē proanaphōnei ton aphanismon. ou blepete gar tauta panta, phēsi. kai thaumazete kai ekplēttesthe? Ou mē meinę̄ lithos e epi lithon. Pōs oun emeine? phēsi. Kai ti touto? Oude gar houtō diepesen hē apophasis. Ē gar tēn erēmian andeiknymenos tēn pantelē, tauta elegen ē kat᾽ ekeinon ton topon, entha ēn. Esti gar merē mechri tōn themeliōn ēphanismena. Meta de toutōn kakeino an eipoimen, hoti ek tōn gegenēmenōn kai pori tōn leipsanōn kai tous sphodra philoneikountas dei peithesthai, hōs teleon apoloumenōn. Kathēmenou de autou epi tou orous tōn elaiōn, prosēlthon hoi mathētai kat᾽ idian, legontet᾿ eipe hēmin, pote tauta estai? kai ti to sēmeion tēs sēs parousias kai tēs synteleias tou aiōnos : Dia touto kat᾽ idian prosēlthon, hate ᾿hyper toioutōn peusomenoi. Kai gar hōdinon mathein tēn hēmeran tēs parousias autou, dia to sphodra epithymein tēn doxan ekeinēn idein tēn myriōn ousan agathōn aitian. Kai dyo tauta erōtōsin auton pote tauta estai, toutestin, hē tou naou kataskaphē᾽ kai ti to sēmeion tēs sēs parousias. Ho de Loukas hen phēsin einai to erōtēma, to peri tōn Hierosolymōn, ate nomizontōn autōn tote kai tēn ,parousian autou einai. Hos de Markos oude pantas autous phēsin erōtēsai peri tēs synteleias tōn Hierosolymōn, alla Petron kai ᾿Iōannēn, hate pleiona parrhēsian echontas. Ti oun autos? Blepete mē tis hymas planēsę̄. Polloi gar eleusontai epi tǭ onomati mou, legontes egō eime ho Christos, kai pollous planēsousi. Mellēsete de akouein polemous kai akoas polemōn. Horate, mē throeisthe dei gar ' panta genesthai, all΄ houpō to telos. ᾿Epeidē gar hōs peri allotrias timōrias akouontes tēs epagomenēs tę̄ ᾿hierousalēm diekeinto, kai hōs exō thorybōn esomenoi, kai ta agatha mona ōneiropoloun, kai autika mala tauta apantēsesthai prosedokōn dia touto palin autois chalepa proanaǭphōnei, enagōnious poiōn, kai keleuōn diplē nēphein, hōs mēte hypo tēs apatēs tōn paralogizomenōn phenakisthēnai, mēte hypo tēs tyrannidos tōn katalēpsomenōn kakōn biasthēnai. Diplous gar ho polemos? phēsin, estai, ho te tōn planōn, ho te tōn polemiōn; all᾽ ekeinos pollǭ chalepōteros, hate en synchysei tōn pragmatōn kai tarachę̄ phoboumenōn kai tarattomenōn anthrōpōn epitithemenos. Kai gar pollē tote hē zalē ēn, tōn Rhōmaïkōn archomenōn anthein, kai poleōn aliskomenōn, kai stratopedōn kai hoplōn kinoumenōn, kai pollōn eukolōs pisteuomenōn. Polemous de tous en hiIerosolymois legei ou gar oē tous exōthen kai pantachou tēs oikoumenēs ti gar emelen autois toutōn? Allōs de oude kainon ti emellen erein, ei ta tēs oikoumenēs elege pathē, ta aei symbainonta. Kai gar pro toutou ēsan ᾽y kai polemoi kai tarachai kai machai alla tous Ioudaïkous ou makrothen legei epiontas polemous; loipon gar autois en phrontidi ta tōn Rhōmaiōn ēn. Epei oun kai tauta hikana ēn autous thorybein, prolegei tauta panta. Eita deiknys hoti kai autos synepithēsetai Ioudaiois kai polemēsei, ouchi machas phēsi monon, alla kai theēlatous plēgas, limous kai loimous kai seismous, deiknys hoti kai tous polemous autos eiasen epelthein, kai ouch haplōs tauta ginetai, kata tēn emprosthen en tois anthrōpois ousan synētheian, all ek tēs anōthen orgēs. Dia touto oude haplōs tauta hēxein phēsin, oude athroōs, alla meta sēmeiōn. Hina gar mē legōsin Ioudaioi, hoti hoi tote pisteusantes aitioi toutōn tōn kakōn, dia touto kai tēn aitian autois eirēke tēs epagōgēs; Amēn gar legō hymin, emprosthen elegen, hoti hēxei panta tauta epi tēn genean tautēn, tēs miaiphonias autōn mnēstheis. Eita hina mē tas niphadas tōn kakōn akouontes nomisōsi diaspasthai to kērygma, epēgagen horate, mē thorybeisthe' dei gar panta genesthai toutestin, ha proeipon egō, kai tōn peirasmōn hē ephodos ouden diakopsei tōn par emou eirēmenōn all᾽ estai men thorybos kai tarachē, tous de emous ouden diasaleusei chrēsmous. Eita epeidē eipe tois ᾿Ioudaiois ou mē me idēte, he heōs an eipēte, eulogēmenos ho erchomenos en onomati kyriou hǭonto de hoi mathētai hama tē kataskaphę̄ kai tēn synteleian esesthai, kai tautēn diorthoumenos autōn tēn hyponoian, elegen' all᾽ houpō to telos. Hoti gar houtōs hōs ephēn hypōpteuon, ek tēs erōtēseōs autōn manthane. Ti gar ērōtēsan? Pote tauta estai? toutesti, pote ta Hierosolyma apoleitai? kai ti to sēmeion tēs sēs parousias kai tēs synteleias tou aiōnos: ᾿ Autos de ouden eutheōs pros tēn erōtēsin apekrinato tautēn, alla proteron ekeina ta katepeigonta legei, kai ha prōta mathein echrēn. Oute gar peri Hierosolymōn eutheōs, oute peri tēs parousias autou tēs deuteras eirēken alla peri tōn epi thyrais apantēsomenōn kakōn. Dio kai enagōnious autous poiei legōn blepete mē tis hymas planēsę̄; polloi gar eleusontai epi tǭ onomati mon, legontes egō eimi ho Christos. Eita diegeiras autous eis tēn peri toutōn akroasin᾽ ( blepete gar, phēsi, mē tis hymas planēsę̄ I kai enagōnious poiēsas, kai nēphein paraskeuasas, kai eipōn tous planous, tous pseudochristous proteron, tote ta tōn Hierosolymōn legei kaka, apo tōn ēdē genomenōn kai ta mellonta aei kai para tois anoētois kai philoneikois pistoumenos. Polemous de kai akoas polemōn, hoper kai emprosthen eipon, tas autois epiousas phēsi tarachas. Eita epeidē, kathōs kai proeipon, enomizon met᾽ ekeinon ton polemon hēxein to telos, hora pōs autous asphalizetai legōn all᾽ houpō to telos. ᾿Egerthēsetai gar, phēsin, ethnos epi ethnos, kai basileia epi basileian. Ta prooimia legei tōn ᾿Ioudaïkōn kakōn. Panta de tauta archē ōdinōn toutesti, tōn symbainontōn autois. Tote paradōsousin hymas eis thlipsin, kai apoktenousin hymas. Eukairōs parenebale ta autōn kaka, echonta paramythian apo tōn koinōn ou tautē de monon, alla kai tǭ prostheinai, hoti dia to onoma mou. Esesthe gar, phēsi, misoumenoi hypo pantōn dia to onoma mon. Tote skandalisthēsontai polloi, kai allēlous paradōsousi kai polloi pseudochristoi kai pseudoprophētai egerthēsontai, kai planēsousi pollous. Kai dia to plēthynthēnai tēn anomian, psygēsetai hē agapē tōn pollōn᾽ ho de hypomeinas eis telos, houtos sōthēsetai. Touto meizon kakon, hotan kai emphylios ho polemos ē polloi gar Pseudadelphoi gegonasin. Eides triploun ton polemon onta, ton apo tōn planōn, ton apo tōn polemiōn, ton apo tōn pseudadelphōn : Hora kai Paulom ta auta apodyromenon kai legonta᾽ exōthen machai, esōthen phoboi kai, kindynoi en pseudadelphois kai palin' hoi gar toioutoi pseudapostoloi, ergatai dolioi, metaschēmatizomenoi eis apostolous Christou. Eita palin to pantōn chalepōteron, hoti oude tēn apo tēs agapēs paramythian hexousin. Eita deiknys hoti ton gennaion kai karterikon ouden tauta lymaneitai, mē phobeisthe, phēsi, mēde tarattesthe. An tar tēn prosēkousan hypomonēn epideixēsthe, ou periestai hymōn ta deina. Kai toutou saphēs apodeixis. to pantōs kērychthēnai to kērygma pantachou tēs oikoumenēs houtōs hypsēloteroi esesthe tōn deinōn. Hina mē legōsi, pōs oun zēsometha? to pleon eipen, hoti zēsesthe kai didaxete pantachou. Dio kai epēgage; kai kērychthēsetai to euangelion touto en holǭ tǭ kosmǭ eis martyrion pasi tois ethnesi kai tote hēxei to telos tēs synteleias tōn hiierosolymōn. Hoti gar ᾿ekeino elege, kai pro tēs halōseōs to euangelion ekērychthē, akouson ti phēsin ho Paulos; eis pasan tēn gēn exēlthen ho phthongos autōn kai palin, tou euangeliou tou kērychthentos en pasę̄ tę̄ ktisei tę̄ hypo ton ouranon. Kai horąs auton apo Hierousalēm eis Spanian trechonta. Ei de heis tosouton meros katelaben, e ennoēson kai hoi loipoi posa eirgasanto. Kai gar kai heterois graphōn palin ho Paulos elege peri tou euangeliou, hoti esti karpophoroumenon kai auxanomenon en pasē tę̄ ktisei tę̄ hypo ton ouranon. Ti de e estin, eis martyrion pasi tois ethnesin : ᾿Epeidē ekērychthē men pan»- tachou, ouk episteuthē de» pantachou, eis martyrion, phēsi, tois apistēsasi᾽ toutestin, ois elenchon, eis katēgorian, eis martyrian hoi gar pisteusantes katamartyrēsousi tōn mē pisteusantōn, kai katakrinousin autous. Dia touto de meta to kērychthēnai to euangelion pantachou tēs oikoumenēs apolAntai ta Hierosolyma, hina mēde skian apologias echōsin ᾿ agnōmonountes. Hoi gar idontes tēn autou dynamin pantachou dialampsasan, kai en akariaiǭ tēn oikoumenēn helousan, tina an echoien loipon syngnōmēn? ᾿ epi tēs autēs agnōmosynēs meinantes : : Hoti gar pantachou ekērychthē toto, akouson ti phēsin ho Paulon ᾿ tou euangeliou tou kērychthentos en pasę̄ tę̄ ktisei tę̄ hypo ton ouranon. Ho kai megiston sēmeion tēs tou Christou dynameōs, ho hoti en eikosi ē ē kai triakonta holois hotesi ta perata tēs oikoumenēs katelaben ho logos. Meta touto houn, phēsin, hēxei to telos tōn ierosolymōn. Hoti gar touto ainittetai, to hexēs edēlōsen. ᾿Epēgage gar kai prophēteian, pistoumenos autōn ton aphanismon, kai legōn ᾿ hotan de idēte to bdelngma tēs erēmōseōs, to rhēthen dia Daniēl tou prophētou, hestōs en topǭ hagiǭ ho anaginōskōn noeitō. Parepempsen autous epi ton ᾿ Daniēl. Bdelygma de ton andrianta tou tote tēn polin helontos ᾽ phēsin, ho ho erēmōsas tēn polin kai ton naon estēsen endon᾽ dio kai erēmōseōs auto kalei. Eita hina mathōsin, ho hoti kai zōntōn e eniōn autōn tauta estai, dia touto elegen' hotan idēte to bdelngma tēs erēmōseōs.

“And Jesus went out from the temple and was going away. And his disciples came to him to show him the buildings of the temple. But he answered and said to them, Do you not see all these things? Truly I say to you, there will not be left here one stone upon another that will not be thrown down.”

For since he had said, “Your house is left to you desolate,” and had foretold to them countless grievous things before, the disciples, hearing this, came to him as though marveling, pointing out the beauty of the temple, and at a loss whether such great beauties would be destroyed, and the costliness of the material, and the unspeakable variety of the workmanship. He no longer speaks to them simply of desolation, but foretells its utter destruction. “For do you not see all these things,” he says, “and marvel and are amazed? There will not remain one stone upon another.” “How then did some remain?” someone says. And what of it? Not even so has the declaration failed. For either he said these things to signify the complete desolation, or with respect to that place where he was; for there are parts destroyed down to the foundations. And besides this we might say that, from what has happened, even the very contentious ought to be persuaded about the remnants too, that they will perish completely.

“And as he sat on the Mount of Olives, the disciples came to him privately, saying, Tell us, when will these things be? And what is the sign of your coming and of the end of the age?” For this reason they came privately, as men about to inquire about such things. For they were in travail to learn the day of his coming, because they greatly desired to see that glory which would be the cause of countless good things. And they ask him these two things: when will these things be, that is, the destruction of the temple; and what is the sign of your coming. But Luke says the question was one, that about Jerusalem, since they thought that his coming too would be at that time. And Mark says that not all of them asked about the end of Jerusalem, but Peter and John, as having more boldness. What then does he say? “See that no one leads you astray. For many will come in my name, saying, I am the Christ, and will lead many astray. And you will hear of wars and rumors of wars. See that you are not alarmed; for all things must take place, but the end is not yet.” For since they were disposed as though hearing of a punishment that concerned others, the one being brought upon Jerusalem, and as though they would be outside the troubles, and dreamed only of good things, and expected these to come to them very soon, for this reason he again foretells grievous things to them, putting them on their guard and bidding them be doubly watchful, so as neither to be beguiled by the deceit of those who mislead, nor overpowered by the tyranny of the evils that would come upon them. For the war will be twofold, he says: that of the deceivers and that of the enemies; but the former far more grievous, since it makes its attack amid the confusion of affairs and the disorder of men frightened and troubled. For great was the storm then, when the Roman power was beginning to flourish, and cities were being taken, and camps and arms were in motion, and many men were easily believed. And he speaks of the wars in Jerusalem; for surely not of those outside and everywhere in the world—for what did they care about these? Besides, he would not have been saying anything new if he spoke of the sufferings of the world, which happen always; for before this too there were wars and troubles and battles. But he speaks of the Jewish wars, which were coming upon them not from afar; for from now on the affairs of the Romans were their concern. Since, then, these things too were enough to trouble them, he foretells all these things. Then, showing that he himself too will join in the attack on the Jews and will make war on them, he speaks not only of battles, but also of plagues driven by God, famines and pestilences and earthquakes, showing that he himself allowed the wars to come as well, and that these things do not happen simply according to the course formerly usual among men, but from the wrath from above. Therefore he says that they will come neither simply nor all at once, but with signs. For so that the Jews might not say that those who then believed were the cause of these evils, for this reason he also told them the cause of their being brought on: “For truly I say to you,” he had said before, “all these things will come upon this generation,” mentioning their bloodguilt. Then, so that when they heard of these snowstorms of evils they might not think the preaching would be torn apart, he added, “See, do not be troubled; for all things must take place”: that is, what I have foretold; and the onset of the trials will cut off none of the things I have said; there will be tumult and disorder, but nothing will shake my oracles.

Then, since he had said to the Jews, “You will not see me until you say, Blessed is he who comes in the name of the Lord,” and the disciples thought that the end would come together with the destruction, he corrected this suspicion of theirs too, and said, “But the end is not yet.” For that they suspected so, as I said, learn from their question. For what did they ask? “When will these things be?”—that is, when will Jerusalem perish?—“and what is the sign of your coming and of the end of the age?” But he made no answer at once to this question, but first speaks of the pressing things which they had first to learn. For he spoke neither of Jerusalem at once, nor of his second coming, but of the evils that would meet them at the very doors. Therefore he also puts them on their guard, saying, “See that no one leads you astray; for many will come in my name, saying, I am the Christ.” Then, having roused them to listen about these things (“For see,” he says, “that no one leads you astray”), and having put them on their guard and prepared them to be watchful, and having spoken first of the deceivers, the false christs, then he speaks of the evils of Jerusalem, confirming the things to come, even to the foolish and contentious, from those that had already come to pass. [2] By “wars and rumors of wars,” as I said before, he means the troubles coming upon them. Then, since, as I also said before, they thought the end would come after that war, see how he secures them, saying, “But the end is not yet. For nation will rise against nation, and kingdom against kingdom.” He speaks of the preludes of the evils of the Jews. “All these are the beginning of birth pains”: that is, of what befell them. “Then they will deliver you up to tribulation, and will kill you.” Opportunely he inserted their own evils, which have consolation from the common ones; and not in this way only, but also by adding, “for my name’s sake.” “For you will be hated,” he says, “by all for my name’s sake. Then many will fall away, and will deliver up one another; and many false christs and false prophets will arise, and will lead many astray. And because lawlessness is multiplied, the love of many will grow cold; but he who endures to the end, he will be saved.” This is a greater evil, when the war is civil as well; for there were many false brothers. Have you seen that the war is threefold: from the deceivers, from the enemies, from the false brothers? See Paul too bewailing these same things and saying, “Fightings without, fears within,” and, “dangers among false brothers,” and again, “For such men are false apostles, deceitful workers, disguising themselves as apostles of Christ.” Then again, what is more grievous than all, that they will not have even the consolation of love. Then, showing that none of these things will harm the noble and enduring man, he says, “Do not fear, nor be troubled. For if you show fitting endurance, the terrors will not overcome you.” And of this there is a clear proof: that the preaching will certainly be preached everywhere in the world; so you will be above the terrors. So that they might not say, “How then shall we live?” he said more: that you will live and teach everywhere. Therefore he also added, “And this gospel will be preached in the whole world as a testimony to all the nations, and then the end will come”—of the end of Jerusalem. For that he meant this, and that the gospel was preached before the capture, hear what Paul says: “Their voice has gone out into all the earth”; and again, “of the gospel which was preached in all creation under heaven.” And you see him running from Jerusalem to Spain. And if one man took in so great a part, consider how much the rest accomplished as well. For writing to others too, Paul again said of the gospel that it “is bearing fruit and growing in all creation under heaven.” And what is “as a testimony to all the nations”? Since it was preached everywhere but not believed everywhere, it is “for a testimony,” he says, to those who disbelieved: that is, for conviction, for accusation, for witness; for those who believed will bear witness against those who did not believe, and will condemn them. And for this reason Jerusalem perishes after the gospel has been preached everywhere in the world, so that they may not have even a shadow of excuse for their ingratitude. For those who saw his power shining out everywhere and taking the world in an instant, what pardon could they have henceforth, if they remained in the same ingratitude? For that it was preached everywhere then, hear what Paul says: “of the gospel which was preached in all creation under heaven.” This is also the greatest sign of Christ’s power, that in twenty or thirty years in all the word took in the ends of the world. After this, then, he says, the end of Jerusalem will come. For that he hints at this, what follows made plain. For he added a prophecy too, confirming their destruction, and saying, “But when you see the abomination of desolation spoken of through Daniel the prophet standing in the holy place—let the reader understand.” He referred them to Daniel. And by “abomination” he means the statue of the man who then took the city, which he who desolated the city and the temple set up inside; therefore he also calls it “of desolation.” Then, so that they might learn that these things would happen while some of them were still living, for this reason he said, “When you see the abomination of desolation.”

75.3Field 2

᾿Εξ ὧν μάλιστα ἄν τις θαυμάσειε τοῦ Χριστοῦ τὴν δύναμιν καὶ τὴν ἐκείνων ἀνδρείαν, ὅτι ἐν τοιούτοις καιροῖς ἑκήρυττον, ἐν οἷς μάλιστα τὰ ᾿Ιουδαϊκὰ ἐπολεμεῖτο, ἐν οἷς μάλιστα ὡς στασιασταῖς προσεῖχον αὐτοῖς, ὅτε ὁ Καῖσαρ ἐκέλευσεν ἅπαντας ἀπελαύνεσθαι. Καὶ ταὐτὸν συνέβαινεν, ὥσπερ ἂν εἴ τις, τῆς θαλάττης ἐγερθείσης πάντοθεν, καὶ ζοφου τὸν ἀέρα πάντα κατέχοντος, καὶ ναυαγίων ἐπαλλήλων γινομένων, καὶ πάντων ἄνωθεν τῶν συμπλεόντων ᾿στασιαζόντων; καὶ θηρῶν κάτωθεν ἀνιόντων, καὶ μετὰ τῶν κυμάτων ἀναλισκόντων τοὺς πλέοντας, καὶ σκηπτῶν φερομένων, καὶ πειρατῶν ὄντων, καὶ τῶν ἔνδον ἀλλήλοις ἐπιβουλευόντων, ἀνθρώπους ἀπείρους τοῦ πλεῖν καὶ οὐδὲ θάλατταν ἰδόντας κελεύοι ἐπὶ τῶν οἰάκων καθῆσθαι, καὶ κυβερνᾶν καὶ ναυμαχεῖν, καὶ στόλον ἄπειρον ἐπιόντα μετὰ πολλῆς παρατάξεως, ἑνὶ χρωμένους ἀκατίῳ, τῷ οὕτως ὡς εἶπον ταραττομένῳ, καταδύειν καὶ χειροῦσθαι. Καὶ γὰρ ὑπὸ ἐθνῶν ἐμισοῦντο, ὡς ᾿Ιουδαῖοι' καὶ ὑπὸ ᾿Ιουδαίων ἐλιθαζοντο, ὡς τοῖς αὐτῶν πολεμοῦντες νόμοι καὶ οὐδαμοῦ στῆναι ἣν. Οὕτω πάντα κρημνοὶ καὶ σκόπελοι καὶ πρόβολοι ἦσαν, τὰ ἐν ταῖς πόλεσι, τὰ ἐν ᾿ ταῖς χώραις, τὰ ἐν ταῖς οἰκίαιτ' καὶ εἷς ἕκαστος αὖτοῖς ἐπολέμει, καὶ στρατηγὸς, καὶ ἄρχων, καὶ ἰδιώτης, καὶ ἔθνη πάντα, καὶ δῆμοι πάντες καὶ ταραχή τις ἦν λόγῳ παραστῆναι μὴ δυναμένη. Καὶ γὰρ σφόδρα τῇ τῶν Ῥωμαίων ἀρχῇ μισητὸν τὸ Ἰουδαίων γένος ἥν, ἅτε μυρία πράγματα αὐτοῖς παρεσχηκός καὶ οὐδὲ ἐντεῦθεν ἐβλάβη τὸ κήρυγμα ἀλλ᾽ ἡ μὲν πόλις ἀνάρπαστος ἦν καὶ ἐμπεπύριστο, καὶ μυρία τοὺς οἰκοῦντας διέθηκε κακα᾿ οἱ δὲ ἐντεῦθεν ὄντες ἀπόστολοι, νόμους εἰσάγοντες καινοὺς, ᾿καὶ τῶν Ῥωμαίων ἐκράτουν. Ὧ καινῶν. καὶ παραδόξων πραγμάτων. Μ υριάδας ἀπείρους ᾿Ιουδαίων, τότε ἐχειρώσαντο Ῥωμαῖοι, καὶ δώδεκα ἀνδρῶν οὐ περιεγένοντο, γυμνῶν, ἀόπλων μαχομένων αὐτοῖς. Τὶς παραστῆσαι δυνήσεται λόγος ᾿ τὸ θαῦμα τοῦτο: Καὶ γὰρ δύο ταῦτα τοῖς διδάσκουσιν ὑπάρχειν χρὴ, τό τε ἀξιοπίστους εἶναι, καὶ τὸ φιλεῖσθαι παρὰ τῶν μαθητευομένων καὶ μετὰ τούτων καὶ προς τούτοις, καὶ τὸ τὰ λεγόμενα εὐπαράδεκτα εἶναι, καὶ τὸν καιρὸν ταραχῆς ἀπηλλάχθαι καὶ θορύβων. Τότε δὲ ἅπαντα τὰ ἐναντία ἣν. Οὔτε γὰρ ἀξιόπιστοι εἶναε ἐδόκουν, καὶ τῶν δοκούντων ἀξιοπίστων εἶναι τοὺς ἡπατημένους αφίστων᾽ οὐκ ἐφιλοῦντο, ἀλλὰ καὶ ἐμισοῦντο; καὶ τῶν φιλουμένων ἀπῆγον, καὶ ἐθῶν, καὶ πατρίων, καὶ νόμων. Πάλιν. τὰ ἐπιτάγματα πολλὴν τὴν δυσκολίαν εἴχεν᾽ ὧν δὲ ἀφείλκοντο, πολλὴν τὴν ἡδονήν. Πολλοὺς καὶ αὐτοὶ καὶ οἱ πειθόμενοι τοὺς κινδύνους, πολλοὺς τοὺς θανάτους ὑπέμενον' καὶ μετὰ τούτων ἁπάντων ὁ καιρὸς πολλὴν παρεῖχϑ τὴν δυσκολίαν, πολέμων γέμων, θορύβων, ταραχῆς ἢ ὡς εἰ καὶ μηδὲν τῶν εἰρημένων ἦν, ἱκανῶς πάντα διαταράξαι. Εὔκαιρον εἰπεῖν· τίς λαλήσει τὰς δυναστείας τοῦ κυρίου, ἀκουστὰς ποιήσει πάσας τὰς αἰνέσεις αὐτοῦ : Εἰ γὰρ οἱ οἰκεῖοι ᾿ μετὰ σημείων Μωὺύσέως οὐκ ἤκουσαν, διὰ τὸν πηλὸν μόνον καὶ τὴν πλινθείαν' τοὺς καθ᾽ ἑκάστην ἡμέραν κοπτομένους καὶ σφαττομένους καὶ τὰ ἀνήκεστα πάσχοντας, τίς ἔπεισεν ἀποστῆναι μὲν ἀπράγμονος βίου, τὸν δὲ ἐπικίνδυνον τοῦτον καὶ αἱμάτων καὶ θανάτων γόμοντα προτιμῆσαι ἐκείνου, καὶ ταῦτα ἀλλοφύλων τῶν ᾿κηρυττόντων αὐτοῖς ὄντων, καὶ σφόδρα πολεμίων πάντοθεν : Μὴ γάρ τι εἰς ἔθνη καὶ πόλεις καὶ δήμους, ἀλλ᾽ εἰς οἰκίαν μικρὰν εἰσαγαγέτω τὸν μισούμενον καὶ παρὰ πάντων τῶν ἐν τῆ οἰκίᾳ, καὶ δὲ αὐτοῦ σπουδαζέτω τῶν φιλουμένων ἀπάγειν, πατρὸς καὶ γυναικὸς καὶ ᾿ παίδων ἄρα οὐκ ὀφθήσεται διασπασθεὶς πρὶν ἢ διᾶραι τὸ στόμα: ἢ Ἂν δὲ καὶ ταραχὴ καὶ μάχη γυναικὸς καὶ ἀνδρὸς προσῆ κατὰ τὴν οἰκίαν, ἀρα οὐχὶ, πρὶν ἡ ἐπιβῆναι τῶν οὐδών, καταλεύοντες αὐτὸν ἀναιρήσουσιν; Ἂν δὲ καὶ εὐκαταφρόνητος ἡ, καὶ φορτικὰ ἐπιτάττῃ, καὶ φιλοσοφεῖν τοὺς τρυφῶντας κελαύη, καὶ μετὰ τούτων πρὸς πολλῴ πλείονας καὶ ὑπερβάλλοντας αὐτὸν ὁ ἀγὼν ᾖ, οὐκ εὔδηλον ὅτι παντάπασιν ἀπολεῖται: Ἀλλ᾽ ὅμως τοῦτο, ὅπερ ἀδύνατον ἐ εν οἰκίᾳ γενέσθαι μιᾷ, τοῦτο ἐν τῇ οἰκουμάνῃ κατώρθωσεν ὁ Χριστὸς ἁπάσῃ, διὰ κρημνῶν καὶ καμίνων καὶ φαράγγων καὶ σκοπέλων καὶ γῆς καὶ θαλάττης πολεμουμένης, τοὺς ἰατροὺς τῆς οἰκουμένης εἰσάγων. Καὶ εἰ βούλει σαφέστερον ταῦτα μαθεῖν, τοὺς λιμοὺς λέγω, τοὺς λοιμοὺς, τοὺς σεισμοὺς, τὰς ἄλλας τραγῳδίας, τὴν ἱστορίαν τὴν περὶ τούτων Ἰωσήπῳ συγκειμένην ἔπελθε, καὶ πάντα εἴσῃ μετὰ ἀκριβείας. Διὰ τοῦτο καὶ ἀντι ἔλεγε, μὴ ᾿ θροεῖσθε δεῖ γὰρ πάντα γενέσθαι καὶ, ὁ ὑπομείνας εἰς τέλος, οὗτος σωθήσεται καὶ, ἐν χήρυ δνδοτὰ τὸ εὐαγγέλιον πάντως ἐν ὅλῳ τῷ κόσμῳ. Χαυνωθέντας γὰρ καὶ ἐκλυθέντας τῷ φόβῳ τῶν εἰρημένων, συστρέφει λέγων, ὅτι κἀν μυρία γένηται, δοῖ κηρυχθῆναι τὸ εὐαγγέλιον πανταχοῦ τῆς οἰκουμένης, καὶ τότε ἥξει τὸ τέλος.

᾿Ex hōn malista an tis thaumaseie tou Christou tēn dynamin kai tēn ekeinōn andreian, hoti en toioutois kairois hekērytton, en hois malista ta ᾿Ioudaïka epolemeito, en hois malista hōs stasiastais proseichon autois, hote ho Kaisar ekeleusen hapantas apelaunesthai. Kai tauton synebainen, hōsper an ei tis, tēs thalattēs egertheisēs pantothen, kai zophou ton aera panta katechontos, kai nauagiōn epallēlōn ginomenōn, kai pantōn anōthen tōn sympleontōn ᾿stasiazontōn? kai thērōn katōthen aniontōn, kai meta tōn kymatōn analiskontōn tous pleontas, kai skēptōn pheromenōn, kai peiratōn ontōn, kai tōn endon allēlois epibouleuontōn, anthrōpous apeirous tou plein kai oude thalattan idontas keleuoi epi tōn oiakōn kathēsthai, kai kybernan kai naumachein, kai stolon apeiron epionta meta pollēs parataxeōs, heni chrōmenous akatiǭ, tǭ houtōs hōs eipon tarattomenǭ, katadyein kai cheirousthai. Kai gar hypo ethnōn emisounto, hōs ᾿Ioudaioi' kai hypo ᾿Ioudaiōn elithazonto, hōs tois autōn polemountes nomoi kai oudamou stēnai hēn. Houtō panta krēmnoi kai skopeloi kai proboloi ēsan, ta en tais polesi, ta en ᾿ tais chōrais, ta en tais oikiait' kai heis hekastos autois epolemei, kai stratēgos, kai archōn, kai idiōtēs, kai ethnē panta, kai dēmoi pantes kai tarachē tis ēn logǭ parastēnai mē dynamenē. Kai gar sphodra tę̄ tōn Rhōmaiōn archę̄ misēton to Ioudaiōn genos hēn, hate myria pragmata autois pareschēkos kai oude enteuthen eblabē to kērygma all᾽ hē men polis anarpastos ēn kai empepyristo, kai myria tous oikountas diethēke kaka᾿ hoi de enteuthen ontes apostoloi, nomous eisagontes kainous, ᾿kai tōn Rhōmaiōn ekratoun. Hō kainōn. kai paradoxōn pragmatōn. M yriadas apeirous ᾿Ioudaiōn, tote echeirōsanto Rhōmaioi, kai dōdeka andrōn ou periegenonto, gymnōn, aoplōn machomenōn autois. Tis parastēsai dynēsetai logos ᾿ to thauma touto: Kai gar dyo tauta tois didaskousin hyparchein chrē, to te axiopistous einai, kai to phileisthai para tōn mathēteuomenōn kai meta toutōn kai pros toutois, kai to ta legomena euparadekta einai, kai ton kairon tarachēs apēllachthai kai thorybōn. Tote de hapanta ta enantia hēn. Oute gar axiopistoi einae edokoun, kai tōn dokountōn axiopistōn einai tous hēpatēmenous aphistōn᾽ ouk ephilounto, alla kai emisounto? kai tōn philoumenōn apēgon, kai ethōn, kai patriōn, kai nomōn. Palin. ta epitagmata pollēn tēn dyskolian eichen᾽ hōn de apheilkonto, pollēn tēn hēdonēn. Pollous kai autoi kai hoi peithomenoi tous kindynous, pollous tous thanatous hypemenon' kai meta toutōn hapantōn ho kairos pollēn pareichϑ tēn dyskolian, polemōn gemōn, thorybōn, tarachēs ē hōs ei kai mēden tōn eirēmenōn ēn, hikanōs panta diataraxai. Eukairon eipein; tis lalēsei tas dynasteias tou kyriou, akoustas poiēsei pasas tas aineseis autou : Ei gar hoi oikeioi ᾿ meta sēmeiōn Mōyyseōs ouk ēkousan, dia ton pēlon monon kai tēn plintheian' tous kath᾽ hekastēn hēmeran koptomenous kai sphattomenous kai ta anēkesta paschontas, tis epeisen apostēnai men apragmonos biou, ton de epikindynon touton kai haimatōn kai thanatōn gomonta protimēsai ekeinou, kai tauta allophylōn tōn ᾿kēryttontōn autois ontōn, kai sphodra polemiōn pantothen : Mē gar ti eis ethnē kai poleis kai dēmous, all᾽ eis oikian mikran eisagagetō ton misoumenon kai para pantōn tōn en tē oikią, kai de autou spoudazetō tōn philoumenōn apagein, patros kai gynaikos kai ᾿ paidōn ara ouk ophthēsetai diaspastheis prin ē diarai to stoma: ē An de kai tarachē kai machē gynaikos kai andros prosē kata tēn oikian, ara ouchi, prin hē epibēnai tōn oudōn, kataleuontes auton anairēsousin? An de kai eukataphronētos hē, kai phortika epitattę̄, kai philosophein tous tryphōntas kelauē, kai meta toutōn pros pollǭ pleionas kai hyperballontas auton ho agōn ę̄, ouk eudēlon hoti pantapasin apoleitai: All᾽ homōs touto, hoper adynaton e en oikią genesthai mią, touto en tę̄ oikoumanę̄ katōrthōsen ho Christos hapasę̄, dia krēmnōn kai kaminōn kai pharangōn kai skopelōn kai gēs kai thalattēs polemoumenēs, tous iatrous tēs oikoumenēs eisagōn. Kai ei boulei saphesteron tauta mathein, tous limous legō, tous loimous, tous seismous, tas allas tragǭdias, tēn historian tēn peri toutōn Iōsēpǭ synkeimenēn epelthe, kai panta eisę̄ meta akribeias. Dia touto kai anti elege, mē ᾿ throeisthe dei gar panta genesthai kai, ho hypomeinas eis telos, houtos sōthēsetai kai, en chēry dndota to euangelion pantōs en holǭ tǭ kosmǭ. Chaunōthentas gar kai eklythentas tǭ phobǭ tōn eirēmenōn, systrephei legōn, hoti kan myria genētai, doi kērychthēnai to euangelion pantachou tēs oikoumenēs, kai tote hēxei to telos.

From this especially one might marvel at Christ’s power and at those men’s courage, that they preached in such times, times in which especially the Jewish nation was being warred against, in which especially men regarded them as seditious, when Caesar commanded that all be driven out. And it was the same as if someone—when the sea was roused on every side, and gloom held all the air, and shipwrecks were happening one after another, and all those sailing together above were in revolt, and beasts were rising from below and devouring the sailors along with the waves, and thunderbolts were falling, and there were pirates, and those within were plotting against one another—should bid men inexperienced in sailing, who had never even seen the sea, to sit at the helm, and steer, and fight a sea battle, and, using a single skiff, troubled in the way I have said, to sink and subdue a boundless fleet advancing in great array. For they were hated by the Gentiles as Jews, and stoned by the Jews as making war on their laws, and there was nowhere to stand. So everything was precipices and reefs and crags—in the cities, in the country, in the houses; and every single person made war on them, general and ruler and private citizen, all nations and all peoples; and there was a turmoil that words cannot set forth. For the race of the Jews was exceedingly hateful to the Roman government, since it had given them countless troubles; and not even by this was the preaching harmed. But the city was plundered and set on fire, and this brought countless evils upon its inhabitants; yet the apostles, who came from there, bringing in new laws, prevailed even over the Romans. O new and wonderful things! Countless myriads of Jews the Romans then subdued, and twelve men they did not overcome, who fought them naked and unarmed. What words will be able to set forth this marvel? For these two things must belong to teachers: that they be trustworthy, and that they be loved by those who are taught; and along with these and besides them, that what is said be easy to receive, and that the time be free from turmoil and tumults. But then everything was the opposite. For they did not seem trustworthy, and they drew the deceived away from those who seemed trustworthy; they were not loved, but even hated, and they drew people away from what they loved: from customs, ancestral ways and laws. Again, the precepts had great difficulty, while the things from which men were drawn away had great pleasure. Many dangers, many deaths, both they and those persuaded by them endured; and along with all this, the time presented great difficulty, full of wars, tumults and turmoil, enough by itself, even had none of the things mentioned been present, to throw everything into confusion. It is fitting to say, “Who will tell the mighty acts of the Lord, make all his praises heard?” For if his own people did not listen to Moses, though he came with signs, merely because of the clay and the brickmaking, who persuaded men who were every day cut down and slaughtered and suffering incurable things to leave a quiet life and to prefer to it this dangerous one, full of blood and deaths—and that when those who preached to them were foreigners, and exceedingly hostile on every side? For let someone bring, not into nations and cities and peoples, but into a small house, a man hated by all in the house, and let him by himself strive to draw them away from those they love, father and wife and children: will he not be seen torn apart before he opens his mouth? And if there is also turmoil and a quarrel of wife and husband in the house, will they not stone him to death before he sets foot on the threshold? And if he is also contemptible, and gives burdensome commands, and bids the luxurious live austerely, and besides all this his contest is against far more numerous and superior opponents, is it not plain that he will utterly perish? Yet nevertheless this, which cannot happen in one house, Christ accomplished in the whole world, bringing in the physicians of the world through precipices and furnaces and ravines and reefs, while land and sea made war. And if you wish to learn these things more clearly—I mean the famines, the pestilences, the earthquakes, the other tragedies—go through the history of these things composed by Josephus, and you will know all accurately. Therefore he also said, “Do not be alarmed; for all things must take place”; and, “He who endures to the end, he will be saved”; and that the gospel will certainly be preached in the whole world. For when they were slackened and unnerved by fear of what had been said, he braces them, saying that even if countless things happen, the gospel must be preached everywhere in the world, and then the end will come.

75.4Field 2

Εἶδες πῶς διέκειτο τότε τὰ πράγματα, καὶ πῶς ποικίλος ὁ πόλεμος ἦν: : καὶ ταῦτα ἐν ἀρχῇ, ὅτε μάλιστα πολλῆς ἕκαστον ἡσυχίας δεῖται τῶν κατορϑουμένων : : Πῶς οὖν διέκειτο : οὐδὲν γὰρ κωλύει τὰ αὐτὰ πάλιν ἀναλαβεῖν. Πρῶτος πόλεμος ἦν, ὁ τῶν ἀπατεώνων᾽ ἐλεύσονται γάρ, φησὶ, ψευδόχριστοι καὶ ψευδοπροφῆται δεύτερος, ὁ τῶν Ῥωμαίων μελλήσετε γάρ, φησὶν, ἀκούειν πολέμους τρίτος, ὁ τοὺς λιμοὺς ἐπάὙων'᾽ τέταρτος, ὁ τοὺς λοιμοὺς καὶ σεισμούν; πέμπτος, παραδώσουσιν ὑμᾶς εἰς ᾿θλίψεις ἔκτος. ἔσεσθε μισούμενοι ὑπὸ πάντων ἕβδομος, παραδώσουσιν ἀλλήλους καὶ μισήσουσιν· ἐμφύλιον ἐνταῦθα δηλοῖ πόλεμον εἶτα ψευδόχριστοι καὶ ψευδάδελφοι εἶτα, ψυγήσεται ἡ ἀγάπη, τὸ πάντων αἴτιον τῶν κακῶν. Εἶδες μυρία γένη πολέμων καινὰ καὶ παράδοξα; Ἀλλ᾽ ὅμως μετὰ τούτων ' καὶ πολλῷ πλοιόνων (καὶ γὰρ τῷ ἐμφυλίῳ καὶ συγγενικὸς ἀνεμίγνυτο πόλεμος), ἐκρά τησε τῆς οἰκουμένης ἁπάσης τὸ κήρνγμα. Κηρυχθήσεται γὰρ, φησὶ, τὸ εὐαγγέλιον ἐν ὅλῳ τῷ κοσμῳ.ἢ ᾿ Ποὺ τοίνυν εἰσὶν οἱ τῆς γενέσεως τὴν τυραννίδα ἐπιτειχίζοντες, καὶ τῶν καιρῶν τὴν περιφορὰν, τοῖς τῆς ἐκκλησίας δόγμασι : : Τίς γὰρ ἐμνημόνευσε πώποτε, ὅτι ὥφθη Χ ριστὸς ἕτερος, ὅτι συνέβη πρᾶγμια τοιοῦτον: Καίτουγε ἕτερα ψευδόμενοι λόγουσιν, ὅτι δέκα μυριάδες ἐἑτών παρῆλθον᾽ ἀλλὰ τοῦτο οὐδὲ πλάσασθαι δύνανται. Ποίαν τοίνυν περιφορὰν εἴποιτ᾽ ἄν: Οὔτε γὰρ Σόδομα, οὔτε Γόμοῤῥα, οὔτε κατακλυσμὸς ἕτερος ἐγένετό ποτε. Μέχρι τίνος παίζετε, περιφορὰν καὶ γένοσιν λέγοντες: Πώς οὖν ἐκβαίνει πολλά, φηνὶ, τῶν λεγομένων: ᾿Επειδὴ σὺ σαυτὸν ἠρήμωσας τῆς τοῦ θεοῦ βοηθείας, καὶ προὔδωκας, καὶ ἔξω τῆς προνοίας ἔστησας, διὰ τοῦτο ὡς βούλεται στρέφει σου τὰ πράγματα ὁ δαίμων, καὶ μετατίθησιν. Ἀλλ᾽ οὐκ ἐπὶ τῶν ἁγίων, μᾶλλον δὲ οὐδὲ ἐφ ἡμῶν τῶν ἁμαρτωλῶν, τῶν σφόδρα καταφρονούντων αὐτῆς. Εἰ γὰρ καὶ ὁ βίος ἡμῶν οὐκ ἀνεκτὸς, ἀλλ᾽ ἐπειδὴ τῇ τοῦ θεοῦ χάριτι τῶν τῆς ἀληθείας δογμάτων μετὰ πολλῆς ἐχόμεθα τῆς ἀκριβείας, ἀνώτεροι τῆς τῶν δαιμόνων ἐσμὲν ἐπιβουλῆς. Ὅλως δὲ τί ποτά ἐστι γένεσις; Οὐδὲν ἕτερον ἀλλ᾽ ἢ ἀδικία καὶ σύγχυσις, καὶ τὸ εἰκῆ πάντα φέρεσθαι μᾶλλον δὲ οὐκ εἰκῇ μόνον, ἀλλὰ καὶ μετὰ ἀλογίας. Καὶ εἰ μὴ ἔστι, φησὶ, γένεσις, πόθεν ὁ δεῖνα πλουτεῖ: πόθεν ὁ δεῖνα πένης: Οὐκ οἶδα. Οὕτω γάρ σοι τέως διαλέξομαι, παιδεύων σε μὴ πάντα περιεργάζεσθαι, μηδὲ ἁπλῶς ἐντεῦθεν καὶ εἰκῇ φέρεσθαι. Οὐδὲ γὰρ ἐπειδὴ τοῦτο ἀγνοεῖς, ὀφείλεις τὰ οὐκ ὄντα ἀναπλάττειν. Βέλτιον ἀγνοεῖν καλῶς, ἥ μανθάνειν κακῶς. Ὁ μὲν γὰρ οὐκ εἰδὼς τὴν αἰτίαν, ταχέως ἐπὶ τὴν εὔλογον ἥξει ὁ δὲ, ἐπειδὴ τὴν οὖσαν οὐκ οἶδε, τὴν οὐκ οὖσαν πλάττων, οὐ δυνήσεται ῥᾳδίως τὴν οὖσαν δέξασθαι, ἀλλὰ δεῖ πλείονος αὐτῷ καὶ πόνου καὶ ἱδρῶτος, ὥὦστε τὸ πρότεβον ἀνελεῖν. Καὶ γὰρ ἐν δέλτῳ, ἐξηλειμμένῃ μὲν εὐκόλως τις ἐγγράψειεν ἅ ἅπερ ἂν εθέλη᾽ ᾿ἐγκεχαραγμένῃ δὲ οὐκέτι ὁμοίως· δεῖ γὰρ πρότερον ἐξαλεῖψαι τὰ κακῶς ἐὙγεΎραμμένα. Καὶ ἐπὶ τῶν ἰιατρὼν δὲ, ὁ μηδὲν π ροσφέρων τοῦ τὰ βλάπτοντα προσάγοντος πολλῷ βελτίων ἐστί: καὶ ὁ ο σαθρῶς οἰκοδομῶν τοῦ μηδ ὅλως οἰκοδομοῦντος χείρων ὥσπερ οὖν καὶ ἡ γῆ πολὺ βελτίων ἡ ἡ μηδὲν ἔ ἔχουσα τῆς ἀκάνθας ἐχούσης. Μὴ τοίνυν ἐπὶ τὸ μαθεῖν πάντα τρέχωμεν, ἀλλ᾽ ἄνεχώμεθα τινα καὶ ἀγνοεῖν' ἵν᾽ ὅταν εὕρωμεν διδάσκαλον, μὴ διπλοῦν παρέχωμεν αὐτῷ τὸν πόνον' μᾶλλον δὲ πολλοὶ πολλάκις καὶ αἀδιόρθωτα νοσοῦντες ἔμειναν, τῷ περιπεσεῖν ἀπλώς πονηροῖς δόγμασιν. Οὐδὲ γὰρ ὅμοιος ὁ ἱδρώς, ἀνασπάσαι πρότερον τὰ κακῶς ῥιζωθέντα, καὶ τότε σπεῖραι, καὶ καθαρὰν ἄρουραν καταφυτεῦσαι. ᾽Εκεῖ μὲν γὰρ ἀνατρέψαι ἣ πρότερον, καὶ τότε ἕτερα ἐνθεῖναι ἐνταῦθα δὲ παρεσκευασμένη ή ἀκοή. Πόθεν οὖν ὁ δεῖνα πλουτεῖ : ᾿Ερῶ λοιπόν. Οἱ μὲν τοῦ θεοῦ διδόντος, πολλοὶ δὲ συγχωροῦντος, πλοῦτον ἐκτήσαντο. Οὗτος γὰρ σύντομος καὶ ἁπλοῦς ὁ λόγος. Τί οὖν: φησί; τὸν πόρνον αὐτὸς ποιεῖ πλουτεῖν, ᾿ : καὶ τὸν μοιχὸν, καὶ τὸν ἡταιρηκότα, καὶ τὸν κακῶς τοῖς οὖσι κεχρημένον; Οὐ ποιεῖ, ἀλλὰ συγχωρεῖ πλουτεῖν' πολὺ δὲ τὸ μέσον καὶ σφόδρα ἄπειρον τοῦ ποιεῖν καὶ συγχωρεῖν. Τίνος δὲ ἕ ἕνεκεν ὅλως ἀφίησιν: Ὅτι οὐδέπω τῆς κρίσεως ὁ καιρὸς, ἵνα τὸ κατ᾽ αξίαν ἕκαστος ἀπολάβῃ. Τί ὰρ φαυλότερον ἐκείνου τοῦ πλουσίου, τοῦ μηδὲ τῶν ψιχίων μεταδιδόντος τῷ Λαζάρῳ; Ἀλλ᾽ ὅμως ἁπάντων ἀθλιώτερος ἦν᾽ οὐδὲ γὰρ σταγόνος ἐγένετο κύριος, καὶ δι᾽ αὐτὸ μάλιστα τοῦτο, ὅτι πλουτῶν ὠμὸς ἣν. Καὶ γὰρ ἐὰν ὦσι πονηροὶ δύο, οὐ τῶν αὐτῶν ἐνταῦθα ἀπολαύσαντες, ἀλλ᾽ ὁ μὲν ἐν πλούτῳ; ὃ δὲ ἐν πενίᾳ, οὐχ ὁμοίως ἐκεῖ τιμωρηθήσονται, ἀλλ᾽ ὁ εὐπορώτερος χαλεπώτερον.

Eides pōs diekeito tote ta pragmata, kai pōs poikilos ho polemos ēn: : kai tauta en archę̄, hote malista pollēs hekaston hēsychias deitai tōn katorϑoumenōn : : Pōs oun diekeito : ouden gar kōlyei ta auta palin analabein. Prōtos polemos ēn, ho tōn apateōnōn᾽ eleusontai gar, phēsi, pseudochristoi kai pseudoprophētai deuteros, ho tōn Rhōmaiōn mellēsete gar, phēsin, akouein polemous tritos, ho tous limous epaUōn'᾽ tetartos, ho tous loimous kai seismoun? pemptos, paradōsousin hymas eis ᾿thlipseis ektos. esesthe misoumenoi hypo pantōn hebdomos, paradōsousin allēlous kai misēsousin; emphylion entautha dēloi polemon eita pseudochristoi kai pseudadelphoi eita, psygēsetai hē agapē, to pantōn aition tōn kakōn. Eides myria genē polemōn kaina kai paradoxa? All᾽ homōs meta toutōn ' kai pollǭ ploionōn (kai gar tǭ emphyliǭ kai syngenikos anemignyto polemos), ekra tēse tēs oikoumenēs hapasēs to kērngma. Kērychthēsetai gar, phēsi, to euangelion en holǭ tǭ kosmǭ.ē ᾿ Pou toinyn eisin hoi tēs geneseōs tēn tyrannida epiteichizontes, kai tōn kairōn tēn periphoran, tois tēs ekklēsias dogmasi : : Tis gar emnēmoneuse pōpote, hoti hōphthē Ch ristos heteros, hoti synebē pragmia toiouton: Kaitouge hetera pseudomenoi logousin, hoti deka myriades heetōn parēlthon᾽ alla touto oude plasasthai dynantai. Poian toinyn periphoran eipoit᾽ an: Oute gar Sodoma, oute Gomorrha, oute kataklysmos heteros egeneto pote. Mechri tinos paizete, periphoran kai genosin legontes: Pōs oun ekbainei polla, phēni, tōn legomenōn: ᾿Epeidē sy sauton ērēmōsas tēs tou theou boētheias, kai proudōkas, kai exō tēs pronoias estēsas, dia touto hōs bouletai strephei sou ta pragmata ho daimōn, kai metatithēsin. All᾽ ouk epi tōn hagiōn, mallon de oude eph hēmōn tōn hamartōlōn, tōn sphodra kataphronountōn autēs. Ei gar kai ho bios hēmōn ouk anektos, all᾽ epeidē tę̄ tou theou chariti tōn tēs alētheias dogmatōn meta pollēs echometha tēs akribeias, anōteroi tēs tōn daimonōn esmen epiboulēs. Holōs de ti pota esti genesis? Ouden heteron all᾽ ē adikia kai synchysis, kai to eikē panta pheresthai mallon de ouk eikę̄ monon, alla kai meta alogias. Kai ei mē esti, phēsi, genesis, pothen ho deina ploutei: pothen ho deina penēs: Ouk oida. Houtō gar soi teōs dialexomai, paideuōn se mē panta periergazesthai, mēde haplōs enteuthen kai eikę̄ pheresthai. Oude gar epeidē touto agnoeis, opheileis ta ouk onta anaplattein. Beltion agnoein kalōs, hē manthanein kakōs. Ho men gar ouk eidōs tēn aitian, tacheōs epi tēn eulogon hēxei ho de, epeidē tēn ousan ouk oide, tēn ouk ousan plattōn, ou dynēsetai rhądiōs tēn ousan dexasthai, alla dei pleionos autǭ kai ponou kai hidrōtos, hōōste to protebon anelein. Kai gar en deltǭ, exēleimmenę̄ men eukolōs tis engrapseien ha haper an ethelē᾽ ᾿enkecharagmenę̄ de ouketi homoiōs; dei gar proteron exaleipsai ta kakōs heUgeUrammena. Kai epi tōn iiatrōn de, ho mēden p rospherōn tou ta blaptonta prosagontos pollǭ beltiōn esti: kai ho o sathrōs oikodomōn tou mēd holōs oikodomountos cheirōn hōsper oun kai hē gē poly beltiōn hē hē mēden e echousa tēs akanthas echousēs. Mē toinyn epi to mathein panta trechōmen, all᾽ anechōmetha tina kai agnoein' hin᾽ hotan heurōmen didaskalon, mē diploun parechōmen autǭ ton ponon' mallon de polloi pollakis kai aadiorthōta nosountes emeinan, tǭ peripesein aplōs ponērois dogmasin. Oude gar homoios ho hidrōs, anaspasai proteron ta kakōs rhizōthenta, kai tote speirai, kai katharan arouran kataphyteusai. ᾽Ekei men gar anatrepsai hē proteron, kai tote hetera entheinai entautha de pareskeuasmenē ē akoē. Pothen oun ho deina ploutei : ᾿Erō loipon. Hoi men tou theou didontos, polloi de synchōrountos, plouton ektēsanto. Houtos gar syntomos kai haplous ho logos. Ti oun: phēsi? ton pornon autos poiei ploutein, ᾿ : kai ton moichon, kai ton hētairēkota, kai ton kakōs tois ousi kechrēmenon? Ou poiei, alla synchōrei ploutein' poly de to meson kai sphodra apeiron tou poiein kai synchōrein. Tinos de he heneken holōs aphiēsin: Hoti oudepō tēs kriseōs ho kairos, hina to kat᾽ axian hekastos apolabę̄. Ti ar phauloteron ekeinou tou plousiou, tou mēde tōn psichiōn metadidontos tǭ Lazarǭ? All᾽ homōs hapantōn athliōteros ēn᾽ oude gar stagonos egeneto kyrios, kai di᾽ auto malista touto, hoti ploutōn ōmos hēn. Kai gar ean ōsi ponēroi dyo, ou tōn autōn entautha apolausantes, all᾽ ho men en ploutǭ? ho de en penią, ouch homoiōs ekei timōrēthēsontai, all᾽ ho euporōteros chalepōteron.

Have you seen how matters stood then, and how varied the war was? And this at the beginning, when each thing that is being achieved most needs much quiet. How, then, did matters stand? For nothing prevents our taking up the same points again. The first war was that of the deceivers: “For false christs and false prophets will come,” he says. The second, that of the Romans: “For you will hear of wars,” he says. The third, the one bringing famines; the fourth, the one bringing pestilences and earthquakes; the fifth, “They will deliver you up to afflictions”; the sixth, “You will be hated by all”; the seventh, “They will deliver up one another and will hate one another”—here he signifies civil war; then false christs and false brothers; then, “Love will grow cold,” the cause of all the evils. Have you seen countless kinds of wars, new and strange? But nevertheless, with these and far more besides (for with the civil war a war among kinsmen was mixed as well), the preaching conquered the whole world. “For the gospel will be preached,” he says, “in the whole world.”

Where, then, are those who set up the tyranny of fate, and the revolution of the times, as a fortification against the doctrines of the church? For who has ever recorded that another Christ was seen, that such a thing occurred? And yet they tell other lies, saying that a hundred thousand years have passed; but this they cannot even invent. What revolution, then, would you speak of? For neither Sodom, nor Gomorrah, nor another flood ever happened again. How long will you play at this, talking of revolution and fate? “How then,” someone says, “do many of the things they say come true?” Since you have stripped yourself of God’s help, and betrayed yourself, and set yourself outside his providence, for this reason the demon turns your affairs as he wishes and changes them. But not in the case of the saints—or rather, not even in our case, sinners though we are, who utterly despise fate. For even if our life is not tolerable, yet since by God’s grace we hold to the doctrines of the truth with great exactness, we are above the plotting of the demons. And in general, what is fate? Nothing else but injustice and confusion, and everything being carried along at random—or rather not at random only, but irrationally as well. “And if there is no fate,” someone says, “how is it that so-and-so is rich? how is it that so-and-so is poor?” I do not know. For so I will speak to you for now, training you not to busy yourself about everything, nor to be carried along simply and at random from such questions. For it does not follow that, because you do not know this, you should invent what does not exist. It is better to be ignorant rightly than to learn wrongly. For he who does not know the cause will quickly come to the reasonable one; but the other, since he does not know the real cause and invents one that is not, will not easily be able to receive the real one, but needs more labor and sweat to remove the former. For on a tablet that has been wiped clean one may easily write whatever he wishes; but on one already engraved, no longer so; for one must first wipe out what has been badly written. And among physicians too, the one who applies nothing is far better than the one who applies harmful things; and he who builds unsoundly is worse than he who does not build at all; just as land that has nothing is far better than land that has thorns. Let us not, then, run to learn everything, but let us bear to be ignorant of some things too, so that when we find a teacher we may not give him double labor. Or rather, many have often remained incurably sick through falling at random into wicked doctrines. For the sweat is not the same, to pull up first what has been badly rooted and then to sow, and to plant clean ground. For there one must first overturn, and then put in other things; but here the hearing is prepared.

How, then, is so-and-so rich? I will tell you now. Some acquired wealth by God’s giving, but many by his permitting. For this is the short and simple account. “What then?” someone says. “Does he himself make the sexually immoral man rich, and the adulterer, and the one who has prostituted himself, and the one who uses his goods badly?” He does not make him rich, but permits him to be rich; and great, indeed infinite, is the difference between making and permitting. And for what reason does he allow it at all? Because it is not yet the time of judgment, when each will receive according to his deserts. For what was more worthless than that rich man who did not share even the crumbs with Lazarus? But nevertheless he was the most wretched of all; for he did not become master even of a drop, and that for this very reason especially, that being rich he was cruel. For if there are two wicked men who did not enjoy the same things here, but one was in wealth and the other in poverty, they will not be punished alike there, but the wealthier more severely.

75.5Field 2

Ὁρᾷς γοῦν καὶ τοῦτον δεινότερα πάσχοντα, ἐπειδὴ ἀπέλαβε τὰ ἀγαθά: Καὶ σὺ τοίνυν, ὅταν ἴδῃς ἀδίκως πλουτοῦντα εὐημεροῦντα, στέναξον, δάκρυσον καὶ γὰρ προσθήκη κολάσεως ὃ πλοῦτος οὗτος αὐτῷ. Ὥσπερ γὰρ οἱ πολλὰ ἁμαρτάνοντες καὶ μὴ βουλόμενοι μετανοεῖν, θησαυρίζουσιν ἑαυτοῖς θησαυρὸν ὀργῆς οὕτως οἱ μετὰ τοῦ μὴ κολάζεσθαι καὶ εὐπραγίας ἀπολαύοντες, μείζονα ὑποστήσονται τὴν τιμωρίαν. Καὶ τοῦτο, εἰ βούλει, οὐκ ἀπὸ τῶν μελλόντων μόνον, ἀλλὰ καὶ ἀπὸ τοῦ παρόντος βίου δείξω σοι τὸ ὑπόδειγμα. Ὁ γὰρ μακάριος Δαυΐδ, ὅτε τὴν ἁμαρτίαν ἥμαρτεν ἐκείγὴν ' τὴν τῆς Βηρσαβεὲ, καὶ ἠλέγχετο παρὰ τοῦ προφήτου, διὰ τοῦτο μάλιστα ἐνεκαλεῖτο σφοδρότερον, ὅτι καὶ πολλῆς ἀπολαύσας ἀδείας τοιοῦτος ἦν. Ἄκουσον γοῦν τοῦ θεοῦ τοῦτο μάλιστα ονειδίζοντος αὐτῷ. Οὐχ ἔχρισά σε εἰς βασιλέα, καὶ ἐξειλόμην σε ἐκ χειρὸς Σαοὺλ, καὶ ἔδωκα σοι πάντα τὰ τοῦ κυρίου σου, καὶ πάντα ' τὸν οἶκον ᾿Ισραὴλ καὶ ᾿Ιούδα : Καὶ εἰ ὀλίγα σοι ἦν, προσέθηκα ἄν σοι ὡς ταῦτα. Καὶ τί ἐποίησας τὸ πονηρὸν ἐναντίον μου; Οὐ γὰρ πάντων τῶν ἁμαρτημάτων αἱ αὐταὶ κολάσεις, ἀλλὰ πολλαὶ καὶ διάφοροι; καὶ ἀπὸ Χρόνων, καὶ ἀπὸ ,προσώπων; καὶ ἀπὸ ἀξιωμάτων, καὶ ἀπὸ συνέσεως, καὶ ἀπὸ ἐτόρων πλειόνων. Καὶ ἴ ἵνα σαφέστερον ὃ λέγω γένηται, κείσθω εἰς μέσον ἁμάρτημα ἕν, ἡ πορνεία, καὶ σκόπει πόσας ευρίσκω τιμωρίας διαφόρους, οὐ παρ᾽ ἐμαυτοῦ, ἀλλ᾽ ἀπὸ τῶν θείων γραφῶν. ᾿Επόρνευσέ τις πρὸ τοῦ νόμου; ἄλλως κολάζεται καὶ τοῦτο ὁ [Παῦλος δείκνυσιν ὅσοι γὰρ ανόμως ἥμαρτον, ἀνόμως καὶ ἀπολοῦνται. ᾿ἘΕπόρνευσέ τις μετὰ τὸν νόμον; χαλεπώτερα πείσεται ὅσοι γὰρ ἐν νόμῳ ἥμαρτον, φησὶ, διὰ νόμον κριθήσονται. ᾿Ἐπόρνευσέ τις ἱερεὺς ὧν; προσθήκην απὸ τῆς ἀξίας εἰς τὴν τιμωρίαν λαμβάνει μεγίστην. Διὰ δὴ τοῦτο αἱ μὲν ἄλλαι ἀνῃροῦντο πορνευόμεναι· αἱ δὲ τῶν ἱερέων θυγατέρες κατεκαίοντο, τοῦ νομοθέτον ἐκ περιουσίας δηλοῦντος, ὅση τὸν ἱερέα μένει κόλασις τοῦτο ἁμαρτάνοντα. Εἰ γὰρ τὴν θνγατέρα μείζονα ἀπήτησε δίκην διὰ τὸ ἱερέως εἶναι θυγατέρα, πολλῷ μᾶλλον αὐτὸν τὸν ἱερωμένον. ᾿Επορνεύθη τις βιαίως ; αὕτη καὶ ἀπήλλακται κολάσεως. Ἐπορνεύθη τις πλουτοῦσα, ἑτέρα δὲ πενομένη; πάλιν καὶ ἐνταῦθα διαφορά. Καὶ τοῦτο δῆλον, αφ᾽ ὧν ἔμπροσθεν εἰρήκαμεν περὶ τοῦ Δαυϊδ. Ἐπόρνευσέ τις μετὰ τὴν παρουσίαν τοῦ Χριστου; ἂν ᾿ ἀμύητος ἀπέλθη; πάντων ἐκείνων χαλεπωτέραν δώσει δίκην. Ἐπόρνευσέ τις μετὰ τὸ λουτρόν; ἐνταῦθα οὐδὲ παραμυθία λοιπὸν τῷ ἁμαρτήματι λείπεται. Καὶ τοῦτο αὐτὸ δηλῶν ὁ Παῦλος ἔλεγεν· ἀθετήσας τις νόμον Μωύσέως, χωρὶς οἰκτιρμῶν ἐπὶ δυσὶ καὶ τρισὶ μάρτυσιν ἀποθνήσκει: πόσῳ δοκεῖτε χείρονος ἀξιωθήσεται τιμωρίας ὁ τὸν νἱὸν τοῦ θεοῦ καταπατήσας, καὶ τὸ αἷμα τῆς διαθήκης κοινὸν ἡγησάμενον, καὶ τὴν χάριν τοῦ πνεύματος ἐνυβρίσας. Ἐπόρνευσέ τις ἱερωμένος νῦν; αὕτη μάλιστα πάντων ἡ κορυφὴ τῶν κακῶν. Εἶδες ἑνὸς ἁμαρτήματος πόσαι διαφοραί; Ἑτέρα ἢ πρὸ τοῦ νομου; ἄλλη ἡ μετὰ τὸν νόμον, ἡ τοῦ ἱερωμένου ἄλλη, ἢ τῆς πλουτούσης καὶ τῆς πενομένης, ᾽ τῆς κατηχουμένης καὶ τῆς πιστῆς, τῆς τοῦ ἱερδως. Καὶ ἀπὸ συνέσεως δὲ πολλὴ ἡ διαφορά· ὁ εἰδὼς τὸ θέλημα τοῦ κυρίου αὐτοῦ, καὶ μὴ ποιήσας, δαρήσεται πολλάς. Καὶ τὸ μετὰ τὰ παραδείγματα ἁμαρτάνειν πλείονα φέρει τὴν τιμωρίαν. Διὰ τοῦτό φησιν· ὑμεῖς δὲ οὐδὲ ἰδόντες ὕστερον μετενοήσατε,᾽ καίτοι πολλῆς ἀπολαύσαντες θεραπείας. Διὰ τοῦτο καὶ τὴν ᾿ἱερουσαλὴμ τοῦτο ὀνειδίζει λέγων· ποσάκις ἠθέλησα ἐπισυναγαγεῖν τὰ τέκνα ὑμῶν, καὶ οὐκ ἠθελήσατε: Καὶ τὸ ἐν τρυφὴ ὄντας τοῦτο δὴ τὸ τοῦ Λαζάρου. Καὶ ἀπὸ τοῦ τόπου χαλεπώτερον τὸ ἁμάρτημα γίνεται ὅπερ καὶ αὐτὸς δηλῶν ἐλεγε μεταξὺ τοῦ ναοῦ καὶ τοῦ θυσιαστηρίου. Καὶ ἀπὸ τῆς ποιότητος δὲ αὐτῶν τῶν πλημμελημάτων· οὐ θαυμαστὸν, ἐὰν ἀλῷ τις κλέπτων καὶ πάλιν· ἔσφαξας τοὺς υἱούς σον καὶ τὰς θυγατέρας σον τοῦτο ὑπὲρ πάσας τὰς πορνείας σου καὶ τὰ βδελύγματά σου. Καὶ ἀπὸ τῶν προσώπων πάλιν' ἐὰν ἁμαρτὼν ἁμάρτῃ τις εἰς ἄνθρωπον, προσεύξονται περὶ αὐτοῦ ἐὰν δὲ εἰς θεὸν ἁμάρτῃ, τίς προσεύξεται περὶ αὐτοῦ : Καὶ ὅταν τοὺς πολλῷ χείρονάς τις ὑπερβαίνῃη τῇ ῥᾳθυμίᾳ ὅπερ καὶ ἐν τῷ ᾿Ιεζεχιήλ ἐγκαλεῖ· οὐδὲ κατὰ τὰ δικαιώματα τῶν ἐθνῶν ἐποίησας. Καὶ ὅταν μηδὲ τοῖς ἑτέρων παραδείγμασι σωφρονισθῃ τις εἶδε τὴν ἀδελφὴν αὐτῆς, φησὶ, καὶ ἐδικαίωσεν αὐτήν. Καὶ ὅταν πλείονος ἀπολαύσῃ ἐπιμελείας᾽ εἰ γὰρ ἐν Τύρῳ, φησὶ, καὶ Σιδῶνι ἐγένοντο αἱ δυνάμεις, πάλαι ἂν μετενόησαν πλὴν ἀνεκτότερον ἔσται Τύρῳ καὶ Σιδῶνι, ἢ τῇ πόλει ἐκείνῃ. Εἶδες ἀκρίβειαν ἀπηρτισμένην, καὶ πάντας τῶν αὐτῶν ἁμαρτημάτων οὐ τὴν αὐτὴν διδόντας δίκην; Καὶ γὰρ ὅταν μακροθυμίας ἀπολαύσαντες μηδὲν κερδάνωμεν, χείρονα πεισόμεθα. Καὶ τοῦτο δηλοῖ Παῦλος λέγων: ᾿κατὰ δὲ τὴν σκληρότητα σου καὶ ἀμετανόητον καρδίαν θησαυρίζεις σεαυτῷ ὀργήν. Ταῦτ᾽ οὖν εἰδότες, μὴ σκανδαλιζώμεθα, μηδὲ θορυβώμεθα μηδενὶ τῶν γινομένων, μηδὲ τὴν τὼν λογισμῶν ἐπεισώγωμεν ζάλην' ἀλλὰ τῷ ἀκαταλήπτῳ τῆς τοῦ θεοῦ προνοίας παραχωροῦντες, ἀρετῆς ἐπιμελώμεθα, καὶ φεύγωμεν κακίαν ἵνα καὶ τῶν μελλόντων ἐπιτύχωμεν ἀγαθῶν, χάριτι καὶ φιλανθρωπίᾳ τοῦ κυρίου ἡμῶν ᾿ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ, δ οὗ καὶ μεθ᾽ οὗ τῷ πατρὶ δόξα ἅμα τῷ ἁγίῳ πνεύματι, νῦν καὶ ἀεὶ καὶ εἰς τοὺς αἰῶνας τῶν αἰώνων. Ἀμήν.

Horąs goun kai touton deinotera paschonta, epeidē apelabe ta agatha: Kai sy toinyn, hotan idę̄s adikōs ploutounta euēmerounta, stenaxon, dakryson kai gar prosthēkē kolaseōs ho ploutos houtos autǭ. Hōsper gar hoi polla hamartanontes kai mē boulomenoi metanoein, thēsaurizousin heautois thēsauron orgēs houtōs hoi meta tou mē kolazesthai kai eupragias apolauontes, meizona hypostēsontai tēn timōrian. Kai touto, ei boulei, ouk apo tōn mellontōn monon, alla kai apo tou parontos biou deixō soi to hypodeigma. Ho gar makarios Dauïd, hote tēn hamartian hēmarten ekeigēn ' tēn tēs Bērsabee, kai ēlencheto para tou prophētou, dia touto malista enekaleito sphodroteron, hoti kai pollēs apolausas adeias toioutos ēn. Akouson goun tou theou touto malista oneidizontos autǭ. Ouch echrisa se eis basilea, kai exeilomēn se ek cheiros Saoul, kai edōka soi panta ta tou kyriou sou, kai panta ' ton oikon ᾿Israēl kai ᾿Iouda : Kai ei oliga soi ēn, prosethēka an soi hōs tauta. Kai ti epoiēsas to ponēron enantion mou? Ou gar pantōn tōn hamartēmatōn hai autai kolaseis, alla pollai kai diaphoroi? kai apo Chronōn, kai apo ,prosōpōn? kai apo axiōmatōn, kai apo syneseōs, kai apo etorōn pleionōn. Kai i hina saphesteron ho legō genētai, keisthō eis meson hamartēma hen, hē porneia, kai skopei posas euriskō timōrias diaphorous, ou par᾽ emautou, all᾽ apo tōn theiōn graphōn. ᾿Eporneuse tis pro tou nomou? allōs kolazetai kai touto ho [Paulos deiknysin hosoi gar anomōs hēmarton, anomōs kai apolountai. ᾿EEporneuse tis meta ton nomon? chalepōtera peisetai hosoi gar en nomǭ hēmarton, phēsi, dia nomon krithēsontai. ᾿Eporneuse tis hiereus hōn? prosthēkēn apo tēs axias eis tēn timōrian lambanei megistēn. Dia dē touto hai men allai anę̄rounto porneuomenai; hai de tōn hiereōn thygateres katekaionto, tou nomotheton ek periousias dēlountos, hosē ton hierea menei kolasis touto hamartanonta. Ei gar tēn thngatera meizona apētēse dikēn dia to hiereōs einai thygatera, pollǭ mallon auton ton hierōmenon. ᾿Eporneuthē tis biaiōs ? hautē kai apēllaktai kolaseōs. Eporneuthē tis ploutousa, hetera de penomenē? palin kai entautha diaphora. Kai touto dēlon, aph᾽ hōn emprosthen eirēkamen peri tou Dauïd. Eporneuse tis meta tēn parousian tou Christou? an ᾿ amyētos apelthē? pantōn ekeinōn chalepōteran dōsei dikēn. Eporneuse tis meta to loutron? entautha oude paramythia loipon tǭ hamartēmati leipetai. Kai touto auto dēlōn ho Paulos elegen; athetēsas tis nomon Mōyseōs, chōris oiktirmōn epi dysi kai trisi martysin apothnēskei: posǭ dokeite cheironos axiōthēsetai timōrias ho ton nion tou theou katapatēsas, kai to haima tēs diathēkēs koinon hēgēsamenon, kai tēn charin tou pneumatos enybrisas. Eporneuse tis hierōmenos nyn? hautē malista pantōn hē koryphē tōn kakōn. Eides henos hamartēmatos posai diaphorai? Hetera ē pro tou nomou? allē hē meta ton nomon, hē tou hierōmenou allē, ē tēs ploutousēs kai tēs penomenēs, ᾽ tēs katēchoumenēs kai tēs pistēs, tēs tou hierdōs. Kai apo syneseōs de pollē hē diaphora; ho eidōs to thelēma tou kyriou autou, kai mē poiēsas, darēsetai pollas. Kai to meta ta paradeigmata hamartanein pleiona pherei tēn timōrian. Dia touto phēsin; hymeis de oude idontes hysteron metenoēsate,᾽ kaitoi pollēs apolausantes therapeias. Dia touto kai tēn ᾿hierousalēm touto oneidizei legōn; posakis ēthelēsa episynagagein ta tekna hymōn, kai ouk ēthelēsate: Kai to en tryphē ontas touto dē to tou Lazarou. Kai apo tou topou chalepōteron to hamartēma ginetai hoper kai autos dēlōn elege metaxy tou naou kai tou thysiastēriou. Kai apo tēs poiotētos de autōn tōn plēmmelēmatōn; ou thaumaston, ean alǭ tis kleptōn kai palin; esphaxas tous huious son kai tas thygateras son touto hyper pasas tas porneias sou kai ta bdelygmata sou. Kai apo tōn prosōpōn palin' ean hamartōn hamartę̄ tis eis anthrōpon, proseuxontai peri autou ean de eis theon hamartę̄, tis proseuxetai peri autou : Kai hotan tous pollǭ cheironas tis hyperbainę̄ē tę̄ rhąthymią hoper kai en tǭ ᾿Iezechiēl enkalei; oude kata ta dikaiōmata tōn ethnōn epoiēsas. Kai hotan mēde tois heterōn paradeigmasi sōphronisthę̄ tis eide tēn adelphēn autēs, phēsi, kai edikaiōsen autēn. Kai hotan pleionos apolausę̄ epimeleias᾽ ei gar en Tyrǭ, phēsi, kai Sidōni egenonto hai dynameis, palai an metenoēsan plēn anektoteron estai Tyrǭ kai Sidōni, ē tę̄ polei ekeinę̄. Eides akribeian apērtismenēn, kai pantas tōn autōn hamartēmatōn ou tēn autēn didontas dikēn? Kai gar hotan makrothymias apolausantes mēden kerdanōmen, cheirona peisometha. Kai touto dēloi Paulos legōn: ᾿kata de tēn sklērotēta sou kai ametanoēton kardian thēsaurizeis seautǭ orgēn. Taut᾽ oun eidotes, mē skandalizōmetha, mēde thorybōmetha mēdeni tōn ginomenōn, mēde tēn tōn logismōn epeisōgōmen zalēn' alla tǭ akatalēptǭ tēs tou theou pronoias parachōrountes, aretēs epimelōmetha, kai pheugōmen kakian hina kai tōn mellontōn epitychōmen agathōn, chariti kai philanthrōpią tou kyriou hēmōn ᾿iēsou Christou, d hou kai meth᾽ hou tǭ patri doxa hama tǭ hagiǭ pneumati, nyn kai aei kai eis tous aiōnas tōn aiōnōn. Amēn.

You see, at any rate, this man too suffering more terribly, since he had received his good things. You too, then, when you see someone unjustly rich and prospering, groan, weep; for this wealth is an addition to his punishment. For as those who sin much and will not repent store up for themselves a treasure of wrath, so those who, besides not being punished, also enjoy prosperity will undergo a greater punishment. And of this, if you wish, I will show you an example not only from the things to come but also from the present life. For the blessed David, when he committed that sin, the one concerning Bathsheba, and was rebuked by the prophet, was charged more severely especially for this, that he was such a man even though he had enjoyed great security. Hear, at any rate, God reproaching him especially with this: “Did I not anoint you king, and deliver you from the hand of Saul, and give you all that was your master’s, and all the house of Israel and Judah? And if these were little to you, I would have added to you as much again. And why have you done what is evil before me?” For the punishments are not the same for all sins, but many and different: from times, and from persons, and from dignities, and from understanding, and from many other things. And so that what I say may become clearer, let one sin be set in the midst, sexual immorality, and consider how many different punishments I find, not from myself but from the divine Scriptures. Did someone commit sexual immorality before the law? He is punished in one way; and this Paul shows: “For as many as sinned without law will also perish without law.” Did someone commit sexual immorality after the law? He will suffer more grievously: “For as many as sinned under the law,” he says, “will be judged by the law.” Did someone commit sexual immorality while being a priest? He receives from his dignity a very great addition to the punishment. For this reason the other women who committed sexual immorality were put to death, but the daughters of priests were burned, the lawgiver showing more than enough how great a punishment awaits the priest who commits this sin. For if he exacted a greater penalty from the daughter because she was a priest’s daughter, much more from the priest himself. Was a woman violated by force? She is even set free from punishment. Was one who committed sexual immorality rich, and another poor? Here again there is a difference; and this is plain from what we said before about David. Did someone commit sexual immorality after the coming of Christ, and depart uninitiated? He will pay a penalty more grievous than all those. Did someone commit sexual immorality after the washing? Here no consolation is left any longer for the sin. And showing this very thing, Paul said, “Anyone who has set aside the law of Moses dies without mercy on the testimony of two or three witnesses; how much worse punishment, do you think, will he be thought to deserve who has trampled on the Son of God, and regarded the blood of the covenant as common, and outraged the grace of the Spirit?” Did someone commit sexual immorality who is now a priest? This above all is the summit of evils. Have you seen how many differences there are in one sin? One sin before the law, another after the law; another that of the priest; another that of the rich woman and of the poor, of the catechumen and of the believer, of the priest’s daughter. And from understanding too there is much difference: “He who knew his master’s will and did not do it will be beaten with many stripes.” And sinning after examples brings more punishment. Therefore he says, “But you, even when you saw it, did not afterward repent,” although you had enjoyed much care. Therefore he also reproaches Jerusalem with this, saying, “How often I wished to gather your children, and you would not!” And being in luxury: this is the case of the rich man with Lazarus. And from the place the sin becomes more grievous; which he too showed when he said, “between the temple and the altar.” And from the quality of the offenses themselves: “It is no wonder if one is caught stealing”; and again, “You slaughtered your sons and your daughters; this is beyond all your acts of sexual immorality and your abominations.” And from the persons again: “If a man sins against a man, they will pray for him; but if he sins against God, who will pray for him?” And when someone exceeds in carelessness those far worse than he, which he charges in Ezekiel too: “You have not even acted according to the ordinances of the nations.” And when someone is not brought to his senses even by the examples of others: “She saw her sister,” he says, “and justified her.” And when one enjoys more care: “For if the mighty works had been done in Tyre and Sidon, they would have repented long ago; but it will be more tolerable for Tyre and Sidon than for that city.” Have you seen a perfect exactness, and that all do not pay the same penalty for the same sins? For when we have enjoyed long-suffering and gained nothing, we will suffer worse. And this Paul shows, saying, “But by your hardness and impenitent heart you are storing up wrath for yourself.” Knowing these things, then, let us not be offended, nor troubled at anything that happens, nor bring in the storm of our reasonings; but, yielding to the incomprehensibility of God’s providence, let us take care of virtue and flee wickedness, so that we may also obtain the good things to come, by the grace and love for mankind of our Lord Jesus Christ, through whom and with whom be glory to the Father together with the Holy Spirit, now and always and to the ages of ages. Amen.

Chapter 76

76.1Field 2

Τότε οἱ ἐν τῇ Ἰουδαίᾳ φευγέτωσαν εἰς τὰ ὄρη· καὶ ὁ ἐπὶ τοῦ δώματος, μὴ καταβάτω ἀραι τὰ εκ τῆς οικίας αντοῦ καὶ ὁ ἐν τῷ αρῳ αντου, μὴ επιστρεψατω εἰς τὰ ὀπίσω ἀραι τὰ ἱμάτια αυτου. ΕἸΠῺΝ περὶ τῶν κακῶν τῶν τὴν πόλιν καταληψομένων, καὶ τῶν πειρασμῶν τῶν ἀποστολικῶν, καὶ ὅτι ἀχείρωτοι μενοῦσι, καὶ πᾶσαν διαδραμοῦνται τὴν- οἰκουμένην, λέγει πάλιν τὰς ᾿Ιουδαϊκὰς συμφοράς, δεικνὺς ὅτι ὅταν ὦσιν οὗτοι λαμπροὶ, τὴν οἰκουμένην διδάξαντες ἅπασαν, τότε ἐκεῖνοι ἐν συμφοραῖς. Καὶ ὅρα πῶς διγγεῖται τὸν πόλεμον, διὰ τῶν. δοκούντων εἶναι μικρῶν παριστῶν αὐτοῦ τὸ ἀφόρητον. Τότε γὰρ, φησὶν, οἱ ἐν τῇ ᾿Ιουδαίᾳ, φευγέτωσαν εἰς τὰ ὄρη. Τότε, πότε; Ὅταν ταῦτα γένηται, ὅταν τὸ βδέλυγμα τῆς ἐρημώσεως στῇ ἐν τύπῳ ἁγίῳ. Ὅθεν μοι δοκεῖ τὰ στρατόπεδα λέγειν. Φεύγετε τοίνυν τότε, φησίν οὐδεμία γὰρ λοιπὸν ἐλπὶς σωτηρίας ὑμῖν. ᾿Επειδὴ γὰρ συνέβη πολλάκις αὐτοὺς ἀνενεγκεῖν ἐν πολέμοις χαλεποῖς, οἷον ἐπὶ τοῦ Σεναχηρεὶμ, ἐπὶ ᾿Αντιόχου πάλιν (καὶ γὰρ καὶ τότε στρατοπέδων ἐπεισελθόντων καὶ τοῦ ναοῦ προκαταληφθέντος, συστραφέντες οἱ Μακκαβαῖοι μετέστησαν εἰς τὸ ἐναντίον τὰ πράγματα) ἵνα οὖν μὴ καὶ νῦν τοῦτο ὑποπτεύσωσιν, ὅτι ἔσται τις μεταβολὴ τοιαύτη, πᾶν τὸ τοιοῦτον αὐτοῖς ἀπαὙγορεύει. ᾿Αγαπητὸν γὰρ, φησὶ, τὸ γυμνῷ τῷ σώματι σωθῆναι λοιπόν. Διὰ τοῦτο καὶ τοὺς ἐπὶ τῶν δωμάτων οὐκ. αφίησιν εἰς τὴν οἰκίαν εἰσελθεῖν ὦστε ἀραι τὰ ἱμάτια, τὰ ἄφευκτα δηλῶν κακὰ, καὶ τὴν ἀπέραντον συμφοραν' καὶ ὅτι τὸν ἐμπεσόντα ἀνάγκη πάντως ἀπολέσθαι. Διὰ τοῦτο καὶ τὸν ἐν τῷ ἀγρῷ προστίθησι λέγων, μηδὲ οὗτος ἐπιστρεψάτω ἆραι τὰ ἱμάτια αὐτοῦ. Εἰ γὰρ οἱ ἔνδον ὄντες φεύγουσι, πολλῷ μᾶλλον τοὺς ἔξωθεν οὐ χρὴ καταφεύγειν ἐκεῖ. Οὐαὶ δὲ ταῖς ἐν γαστρὶ ἐχούσαις καὶ ταῖς ᾿θηλαζούσαις ταῖς μὲν, διὰ τὸ νωθρότερον καὶ τὸ μὴ δύνασθαι φεύγειν εὐκόλως. τῷ φορτίῳ τῆς κυήσεως βαρουμένας ταῖς δὲ, διὰ τὸ δεσμῷ κατέχεσθαι τῷ τῆς συμπαθείας τῶν παίδων, καὶ μὴ δύνασθαι συνδιασώζειν τὰ θηλάζοντα. Χρημά των μὲν γὰρ καὶ καταφρονῆσαι εὔκολον καὶ προνοῆσαι ῥᾷδιον, καὶ ἱματίων᾽ τὰ δὲ ἀπὸ τῆς φύσεως πῶς ἂν τις διαφύγοι; πῶς ἂν ἡ ἔγκυος ᾿ γένοιτο κούφη; πῶς δὲ ἡ θηλάζουσα δυνήσεται τοῦ τεχθέντος ὑπεριδεῖν; Εἶτα πάλιν δεικνὺς τὸ μέγεθος τῆς συμφορᾶς, φησί προσεύχεσθε, ἵνα μὴ γένηται ἡ φυγὴ ὑμῶν ἐν χειμῶνι, μηδὲ ἐν σαββάτῳ. Ἔσται γὰρ τότε θλῖψις μεγαλη, οἵα οὐκ ἐγένετο ἀπ᾿ ἀρχῆς κόσμου ἕως τοῦ νῦν, οὐδὲ ἢ μὴ γένηται. Ὁρᾷς ὅτι πρὸς ᾿Ιουδαίους ὁ λόγος αὐτῷ, καὶ περὶ τῶν ἐκείνους καταληψομένων κακῶν διαλέγεται; Οὐ γὰρ δὴ οἱ ἀπόστολοι ἔμελλον σαββατον τηρεῖν, ἢ ἐκεῖ ἔσεσθαι, ἡνίκα Οὐεσπασιανὸς ταῦτα ἔπραξε. Καὶ γὰρ ἔφθασαν προαπελθόντες οἱ πλείους· εἰ δέ τις ἀπελείφθη, ἐν ἄλλοις τῆς οἰκουμένης διέτριβε μέρεσι τότε. Διατί δὲ μηδὲ χειμῶνος, μηδὲ σαββάτου; Χειμῶνος μὲν, διὰ τὴν δυσκολίαν τὴν ἀπὸ τοῦ καιροῦ ᾿ σαββατου δὲ, διὰ τὴν αὐθεντίαν τὴν ἀπὸ τοῦ νόμου. ᾿Ἐπειδὴ γὰρ φυγῆς χρεία, καὶ φυγῆς ταχίστης, οὔτε δὲ ἐν σαββάτῳ τότε ᾿[Ιουδαῖοι φεύγειν ἐτόλμων διὰ τὸν νόμον, οὔτε δὲ ἐν χειμῶνι τὸ τοιοῦτον εὔκολον, διὰ τοῦτο, προσεύχεσθε, φησίν. Ἔσται γὰρ τότε θλίψις, οἵα οὐκ ἐγένετο, οὐδὲ μὴ γένηται. Καὶ μή τις νομίσῃ τοῦτο ὑπερβολικῶς εἰρῆσθαι, ἀλλ᾽ ἐντυχὼν τοῖς ᾿Ιωσήπου γράμμασι, μανθανέτω τῶν εἰρημένων τὴν ἀλήθειαν. Οὐδὲ γὰρ ἐκεῖνο ἄν ἔχοι τις εἰπεῖν, ὅτι πιστὸς ὧν ὁ ἄνθρωπος εἰς τὸ ἀ ἐδέυ υ τὰ εἰρημένα ἐξώγκωσε τὴν τραγῳδίαν. Καὶ γὰρ Ἰουδαῖος ἦν, καὶ σφόδρα ᾿Ιουδαῖος, καὶ ζηλωτὴς, καὶ μετὰ τὴν Χριστοῦ παρουσίαν. Τί οὖν οὗτός φησιν: Ὅτι πᾶσαν ἐνίκησε τραγῳδίαν ἐκεῖνα τὰ δεινὰ, καὶ πόλεμος οὐδεὶς ᾿οὐδέποτε τοιοῦτος τὸ ἔθνος κατέλαβε. Τοσοῦτος γὰρ ἦν ὁ λιμὸς, ὡς αὐταῖς ταῖς μητράσι περιμάχητον εἶναι τὴν παιδοφαγίαν, καὶ ὑπὲρ τούτου πολέμους γίνεσθαι πολλοὺς δὲ καὶ νεκροὺς γενομένους κατὰ μέσας ἀναῤῥήγνυσθαι τὰς γαστέρας ἔφη. Ἡδέως ἂν οὖν ἐροίμην Ἰουδαίους· πόθεν οὕτω θεήλατος ὀργὴ καὶ ἀφόρητος ἦλθεν ἐπ᾽ αὐτοὺς, καὶ πασῶν τῶν ἔμπροσθεν γενομένων, οὐκ ἐν ᾿Ιουδαίᾳ μόνον, ἀλλὰ πανταχοῦ τῆς οἱκουμένης χαλεπωτέρα; Οὐκ εὔδηλον, ὅτι διὰ τὸ τοῦ σταυροὺ τόλμημα καὶ τὴν ἀπόφασιν ταύτην; Ἅπαντες ἂν εἴποιεν ἂν, καὶ μετὰ πάντων καὶ πρὸ πάντων αὐτὴ ἡ τῶν πραγμάτων ἀλήθεια. Θέα δέ μοι τὴν ὑπερβολὴν τῶν κακῶν, ὅταν μὴ πρὸς τὸν ὄμπροσθεν Χρόνον παραβαλλόμενα χαλεπώτερα φαίνηται, ἀλλὰ καὶ πρὸς τὸν ἐπιόντα ἅπαντα. Οὔτε γὰρ ἐν τῇ οἰκουμόνῃ πάσῃ, οὔτα ἐν τώ χρόνῳ παντὶ, τῷ γενομένῳ, τῷ τε ἐσομένῳ, δυνήσεταί τις εἰπεῖν τοιαῦτα κακὰ γεγενημένα. Καὶ μάλα εἰκότως. Οὐδὲ γὰρ ἐτόλμησέ τις ἀνθρώπων, οὐ τῶν πώποτε, οὐ τῶν μετὰ ταῦτα, τόλμημα οὕτω παράνομον καὶ φρικῶδες. Διὰ τοῦτό φησιν ἔσται θλίψις οἵα οὐκ ἐγένετο, οὐδὲ μὴ γένηται. Καὶ εἰ μὴ ἐκολοβώθησαν αἱ ἡμέραι ἐκεῖναι, οὐκ ἂν ἐσώθη πᾶσα σάρξ' διὰ δὲ τοὺς ἐκλεκτοὺς κολοβωθήσονται αἱ ἡμέραι ἐκεῖναι. Ἀπὸ τούτων δείκνυσιν αὐτοὺς χαλεπωτέρας τιμωρίας ἀξίους ὄντας τῆς εἰρημένης, ἡμέρας λέγων τὰς τοῦ πολέμου καὶ τῆς πολιορκίας ἐκείνης. Ὃ δὲ λέγει, τοιοῦτον ἐστιν. Εἰ ἐπὶ πλέον ἐκράτησε, φησὶν, ὁ πόλεμος Ῥωμαίων ὁ κατὰ τῆς πόλεως, ἅπαντες ἂν ἀπώλοντο Ἰουδαῖοι (πᾶσαν γὰρ σάρκα ἐνταῦθα τὴν Ἰουδαϊκὴν λέγει) καὶ οἱ ἔξω, καὶ οἱ ἔνδον. Οὐ γαρ δὴ μόνον τοῖς ἐν ᾿Ιουδαίᾳ ἐπολέμουν, αλλὰ καὶ τοὺς πανταχοὺ διεσπαρμένους ἀπεκήρυττόν τε καὶ ἤλαυνον, διὰ τὸ πρὸς ἐκείνους μῖσος.

Tote hoi en tę̄ Ioudaią pheugetōsan eis ta orē; kai ho epi tou dōmatos, mē katabatō arai ta ek tēs oikias antou kai ho en tǭ arǭ antou, mē epistrepsatō eis ta opisō arai ta himatia autou. EIPŌN peri tōn kakōn tōn tēn polin katalēpsomenōn, kai tōn peirasmōn tōn apostolikōn, kai hoti acheirōtoi menousi, kai pasan diadramountai tēn- oikoumenēn, legei palin tas ᾿Ioudaïkas symphoras, deiknys hoti hotan ōsin houtoi lamproi, tēn oikoumenēn didaxantes hapasan, tote ekeinoi en symphorais. Kai hora pōs dingeitai ton polemon, dia tōn. dokountōn einai mikrōn paristōn autou to aphorēton. Tote gar, phēsin, hoi en tę̄ ᾿Ioudaią, pheugetōsan eis ta orē. Tote, pote? Hotan tauta genētai, hotan to bdelygma tēs erēmōseōs stę̄ en typǭ hagiǭ. Hothen moi dokei ta stratopeda legein. Pheugete toinyn tote, phēsin oudemia gar loipon elpis sōtērias hymin. ᾿Epeidē gar synebē pollakis autous anenenkein en polemois chalepois, hoion epi tou Senachēreim, epi ᾿Antiochou palin (kai gar kai tote stratopedōn epeiselthontōn kai tou naou prokatalēphthentos, systraphentes hoi Makkabaioi metestēsan eis to enantion ta pragmata) hina oun mē kai nyn touto hypopteusōsin, hoti estai tis metabolē toiautē, pan to toiouton autois apaUgoreuei. ᾿Agapēton gar, phēsi, to gymnǭ tǭ sōmati sōthēnai loipon. Dia touto kai tous epi tōn dōmatōn ouk. aphiēsin eis tēn oikian eiselthein ōste arai ta himatia, ta apheukta dēlōn kaka, kai tēn aperanton symphoran' kai hoti ton empesonta anankē pantōs apolesthai. Dia touto kai ton en tǭ agrǭ prostithēsi legōn, mēde houtos epistrepsatō arai ta himatia autou. Ei gar hoi endon ontes pheugousi, pollǭ mallon tous exōthen ou chrē katapheugein ekei. Ouai de tais en gastri echousais kai tais ᾿thēlazousais tais men, dia to nōthroteron kai to mē dynasthai pheugein eukolōs. tǭ phortiǭ tēs kyēseōs baroumenas tais de, dia to desmǭ katechesthai tǭ tēs sympatheias tōn paidōn, kai mē dynasthai syndiasōzein ta thēlazonta. Chrēma tōn men gar kai kataphronēsai eukolon kai pronoēsai rhądion, kai himatiōn᾽ ta de apo tēs physeōs pōs an tis diaphygoi? pōs an hē enkyos ᾿ genoito kouphē? pōs de hē thēlazousa dynēsetai tou techthentos hyperidein? Eita palin deiknys to megethos tēs symphoras, phēsi proseuchesthe, hina mē genētai hē phygē hymōn en cheimōni, mēde en sabbatǭ. Estai gar tote thlipsis megalē, hoia ouk egeneto ap᾿ archēs kosmou heōs tou nyn, oude ē mē genētai. Horąs hoti pros ᾿Ioudaious ho logos autǭ, kai peri tōn ekeinous katalēpsomenōn kakōn dialegetai? Ou gar dē hoi apostoloi emellon sabbaton tērein, ē ekei esesthai, hēnika Ouespasianos tauta epraxe. Kai gar ephthasan proapelthontes hoi pleious; ei de tis apeleiphthē, en allois tēs oikoumenēs dietribe meresi tote. Diati de mēde cheimōnos, mēde sabbatou? Cheimōnos men, dia tēn dyskolian tēn apo tou kairou ᾿ sabbatou de, dia tēn authentian tēn apo tou nomou. ᾿Epeidē gar phygēs chreia, kai phygēs tachistēs, oute de en sabbatǭ tote ᾿[Ioudaioi pheugein etolmōn dia ton nomon, oute de en cheimōni to toiouton eukolon, dia touto, proseuchesthe, phēsin. Estai gar tote thlipsis, hoia ouk egeneto, oude mē genētai. Kai mē tis nomisę̄ touto hyperbolikōs eirēsthai, all᾽ entychōn tois ᾿Iōsēpou grammasi, manthanetō tōn eirēmenōn tēn alētheian. Oude gar ekeino an echoi tis eipein, hoti pistos hōn ho anthrōpos eis to a edeu y ta eirēmena exōnkōse tēn tragǭdian. Kai gar Ioudaios ēn, kai sphodra ᾿Ioudaios, kai zēlōtēs, kai meta tēn Christou parousian. Ti oun houtos phēsin: Hoti pasan enikēse tragǭdian ekeina ta deina, kai polemos oudeis ᾿oudepote toioutos to ethnos katelabe. Tosoutos gar ēn ho limos, hōs autais tais mētrasi perimachēton einai tēn paidophagian, kai hyper toutou polemous ginesthai pollous de kai nekrous genomenous kata mesas anarrhēgnysthai tas gasteras ephē. Hēdeōs an oun eroimēn Ioudaious; pothen houtō theēlatos orgē kai aphorētos ēlthen ep᾽ autous, kai pasōn tōn emprosthen genomenōn, ouk en ᾿Ioudaią monon, alla pantachou tēs hoikoumenēs chalepōtera? Ouk eudēlon, hoti dia to tou staurou tolmēma kai tēn apophasin tautēn? Hapantes an eipoien an, kai meta pantōn kai pro pantōn autē hē tōn pragmatōn alētheia. Thea de moi tēn hyperbolēn tōn kakōn, hotan mē pros ton omprosthen Chronon paraballomena chalepōtera phainētai, alla kai pros ton epionta hapanta. Oute gar en tę̄ oikoumonę̄ pasę̄, outa en tō chronǭ panti, tǭ genomenǭ, tǭ te esomenǭ, dynēsetai tis eipein toiauta kaka gegenēmena. Kai mala eikotōs. Oude gar etolmēse tis anthrōpōn, ou tōn pōpote, ou tōn meta tauta, tolmēma houtō paranomon kai phrikōdes. Dia touto phēsin estai thlipsis hoia ouk egeneto, oude mē genētai. Kai ei mē ekolobōthēsan hai hēmerai ekeinai, ouk an esōthē pasa sarx' dia de tous eklektous kolobōthēsontai hai hēmerai ekeinai. Apo toutōn deiknysin autous chalepōteras timōrias axious ontas tēs eirēmenēs, hēmeras legōn tas tou polemou kai tēs poliorkias ekeinēs. Ho de legei, toiouton estin. Ei epi pleon ekratēse, phēsin, ho polemos Rhōmaiōn ho kata tēs poleōs, hapantes an apōlonto Ioudaioi (pasan gar sarka entautha tēn Ioudaïkēn legei) kai hoi exō, kai hoi endon. Ou gar dē monon tois en ᾿Ioudaią epolemoun, alla kai tous pantachou diesparmenous apekērytton te kai ēlaunon, dia to pros ekeinous misos.

“Then let those in Judea flee to the mountains; and let him who is on the housetop not go down to take what is in his house; and let him who is in the field not turn back to take his garments.”

Having spoken of the evils that would overtake the city, and of the apostles’ trials, and that they would remain unconquered and would run through the whole world, he speaks again of the calamities of the Jews, showing that when these men are illustrious, having taught the whole world, then those will be in calamities. And see how he describes the war, setting forth its unbearableness through things that seem to be small. “For then,” he says, “let those in Judea flee to the mountains.” Then—when? When these things happen, when the abomination of desolation stands in the holy place. Hence he seems to me to mean the armies. “Flee, then, at that time,” he says, “for there is no longer any hope of safety for you.” For since it had often happened that they recovered in grievous wars, as under Sennacherib, and again under Antiochus (for then too, when armies had come in and the temple had already been seized, the Maccabees rallied and turned affairs round the other way), so that they might not suspect now too that there would be some such change, he forbids them every such thought. “For one may be content,” he says, “to be saved now with the naked body.” Therefore he does not allow even those on the housetops to go into the house to take their garments, showing the inescapable evils and the boundless calamity, and that whoever falls into it must certainly perish. Therefore he adds also the one in the field, saying, “Nor let this one turn back to take his garments.” For if those inside flee, much more should those outside not take refuge there. “But woe to those who are with child and to those who nurse”: to the former, because they are more sluggish and cannot flee easily, weighed down by the burden of pregnancy; to the latter, because they are held by the bond of sympathy for their children and cannot save their nurslings with them. For money it is easy both to despise and to provide for, and clothes too; but the things of nature, how could one escape them? How could the pregnant woman become light? How will the nursing woman be able to disregard her child? Then again, showing the greatness of the calamity, he says, “Pray that your flight may not be in winter, nor on a sabbath. For then there will be great tribulation, such as has not been from the beginning of the world until now, nor ever will be.” Do you see that his word is addressed to the Jews, and that he speaks of the evils that would overtake them? For the apostles were surely not going to keep the sabbath, or to be there when Vespasian did these things. For most of them had already departed this life; and if any was left, he was then living in other parts of the world. And why neither in winter nor on a sabbath? In winter, because of the difficulty arising from the season; on a sabbath, because of the authority of the law. For since there was need of flight, and of the swiftest flight, and the Jews of that time neither dared to flee on a sabbath because of the law, nor was such a thing easy in winter, for this reason he says, “Pray.” “For then there will be tribulation such as has not been, nor ever will be.”

And let no one think this was said hyperbolically, but let him read the writings of Josephus and learn the truth of what was said. For no one could say this either, that the man was a believer and so exaggerated the tragedy in order to confirm what was said. For he was a Jew, and very much a Jew, and a zealot, and after the coming of Christ. What, then, does he say? That those terrors surpassed every tragedy, and that no such war ever overtook the nation. For so great was the famine that the mothers themselves fought over the eating of children, and wars arose over this; and he said that many, when dead, were ripped open through the middle of their bellies. Gladly, then, would I ask the Jews: whence came upon them a wrath so sent by God and so unbearable, more grievous than all that had happened before, not in Judea only, but everywhere in the world? Is it not plain that it was because of the crime of the cross and this rejection? All would say so, and with all and before all the very truth of the facts. And consider, I pray, the excess of the evils, when they appear more grievous not when compared with former time only, but with all the time to come. For neither in the whole world, nor in all time, past and future, will anyone be able to say that such evils have happened. And very reasonably; for no man ever dared, neither of those before nor of those after, a crime so lawless and horrible. Therefore he says, “There will be tribulation such as has not been, nor ever will be. And if those days had not been cut short, no flesh would have been saved; but for the sake of the elect those days will be cut short.” By these words he shows them deserving of a punishment more grievous than the one mentioned, meaning by “days” those of the war and of that siege. And what he says is this: If the war of the Romans against the city had prevailed longer, all the Jews would have perished (for by “all flesh” he here means the flesh of the Jews), both those outside and those inside. For they made war not only on those in Judea, but also proscribed and drove out those scattered everywhere, because of their hatred toward those in Judea.

76.2Field 2

Τίνας δὲ ἐνταῦθά φησι τοὺς ἐκλεκτούς: Τοὺς πιστοὺς τοὺς ἐν μέσοις ἀπειλημμένους αὐτοῖς. Ἵνα γὰρ μὴ λέγωσιν Ἰουδαῖοι, ὅτι διὰ τὸ κηρυγμα καὶ τὸ προσκυνεῖσθαι τὸν Χριστὸν ταῦτα γέγονε τὰ κακὰ, δείκνυσιν ὅτι οὐ μόνον οἱ πιστοὶ τούτων αὐτοῖς οὐκ ἐγένοντο αἴτιοι, αλλ εἰ μή εκεῖνοι ἤσαν, πρόῤῥριζοι ἂν απώλοντο ἅπαντες. Εἰ γὰρ συνεχώρησεν ὁ θεὸς ἐκταθῆναι τὸν πόλεμον, οὐδ᾽ ἂν λείψανον ἔμεινεν Ἰουδαίων· αλλὰ ἵνα μὴ συναπόλωνται τοῖς απίστοις Ἰουδαίοις οἱ ἐξ αὐτῶν γενόμενοι πιστοὶ, ταχέως κατέλυσε τὴν μάχην, καὶ πέρας ἐπέθηκε τῷ πολέμῳ. Διὰ τοῦτο· διὰ δὲ τοὺς ἐκλεκτοὺς κολοβωθήσονται. Ταῦτα ἔλεγε, καταλιμπάνων παραμυθίαν τοῖς ἐν μέσῳ απειλημμένοις αὐτῶν, καὶ διδοὺς ἀναπνεῦσαι, ἵνα μὴ φοβῶνται ὡς συναπολούμενοι. Εἰ δὲ ἐνταῦθα τοσαύτη ᾿αὐτῶν πρόνοια, ὡς δι’ αὐτοὺς καὶ ἑτέρους σώζεσθαι, καὶ τῶν ἀπίστων λείψανα γίνεσθαι ᾿ΪἸουδαίων διὰ Χριστιανοὺς, πόση ἐν τῷ καιρῷ τῶν στεφάνων « ᾿ ΄σ΄- ᾽ ᾿Ὶ Ἁ ΄- Π ᾿ ΄ε .ι, ἡ τιμή; Ἐντεῦθεν αὐτοὺς καὶ παρεμυθεῖτο μὴ ἀλγεῖν ἐπὶ τοῖς οἰκείοις κινδύνοις, ὅπον γε καὶ ἐκεῖνοι τοιαῦτα πάσχουσι, καὶ ἐπ᾽ οὐδενὶ, ἀλλ᾽ ἐπὶ κακῷ τῆς εαυτῶν κεφαλῆς. Οὐ παρεμυθεῖτο δὲ μόνον, ἀλλὰ καὶ ἀπῆγε τῶν ᾿[Ιουδαϊκῶν ἐθῶν λοιπὸν λανθανοντως καὶ ανυπόπτως. Εἰ γὰρ οὐκ ἔσται μεταβολὴ λοιπὸν, οὐδὲ ὁ ναὸς στήσεται, εὔδηλον ὅτι καὶ ὁ νόμος παυθήσεται. ᾿Αλλὰ φανερῶς μὲν τοῦτο οὐκ εἶπε, διὰ δὲ τῆς παντελοῦς αὐτῶν ἀπωλείας τοῦτο ἠνίξατο. Φανερῶς ε ὃς ᾿ ᾿ ᾿ κ᾿ γα .. » δὲ οὐκ εἶπεν, ἵνα μὴ πρὸ καιροῦ πλήξῃ. Διὸ οὐδὲ ἀρχόμενος προηγουμένως εἰς τὸν περὶ τούτων ἐνέβαλε λόγον, ἀλλὰ ταλανίσας πρῶτον τὴν πόλιν, εἰς ἀνάγκην. αὐτοὺς κατέστησε τῆς τε ἐπιδείξεως τῶν λίθων καὶ τῆς ἐρωτήσεως. ἵνα ὡς αὐτοῖς ἀποκρινόμενος πρὸς τὴν ἐρώτησιν ἅπαντα προαναφωνήση τὰ μέλλοντα. Σὺ δέ μοι σκόπει πνεύματος οἷκονομίαν, ὅτι τούτων οὐδὲν ἔγραψεν ᾿Ιωάννης, ἵνα μὴ δόξῃ ἐξ αὐτῆς τῶν γεγενημιένων τῆς ἱστορίας γράφειν (καὶ γὰρ καὶ μετὰ τὴν ἅλωσιν ἔζη χρόνον πολύν) ἀλλ᾽ οἱ πρὸ τῆς ἁλώσεως ἀποθανόντες, καὶ μηδὲν τούτων ἑωρακότες, αὐτοὶ γράφουσιν, ὥὦστε πανταχόθεν διαλάμπειν τῆς προῤῥήσεως τὴν ἰσχύν. Τότε ἐάν τις ὑμῖν εἴπῃ· ἰδοὺ ὧδε ὁ Χριστὸς, ή ὧδε; μὴ πιστεύσητε. ᾿Εγερθήσονται γὰρ ψευδόχριστοι καὶ ψευδοπροφῆται, καὶ δώσουσι σημεῖα καὶ τέρατα, ὥὦστε πλανῆσαι; εἰ δυνατὸν, καὶ τοὺς ἐκλεκτούς. ᾿Ιδοὺ προείρηκα ὑμῖν. ᾿Εὰν οὖν εἴπωσιν ὑμῖν, ἰδοὺ ἐν τῇ ἐρήμῳ, μὴ ἐξέλθητε' ἰδοὺ ἐν τοῖς ταμείοις, μὴ πιστεύσητε. Ὥσπερ γὰρ ἤ ἀστραπὴ ἐξέρχεται ἀπὸ ἀνατολῶν; καὶ Φαίνεται ἕως δυσμῶν, οὕτως ἔσται καὶ ἡ παρουσία τοῦ υἱοῦ τοῦ ἀνθρώπου. Ὅπου γὰρ ἂν ἡ τὸ πτῶμα, ἐκεῖ συναχθήσονται καὶ οἱ αετοί. Πληρώσας τὰ περὶ τῶν Ἱεροσολύμων, εἰς τὴν αὐτοῦ λοιπὸν διαβαίνει παρουσίαν, καὶ λέγει αὐτῆς τὰ σημεῖα, οὐκ ἐκείνοις χρήσιμα μόνον, ἀλλὰ καὶ ἡμῖν καὶ τοῖς μεθ' ἡμᾶς ἐσομένοις πάσι. Τότε, πότε; ᾿Ενταῦθα, ὃ πολλάκις εἶπον, οὐχὶ τῆς ἀκολουθίας ἐστὶ τοῦ καιροῦ τῶν ἔμπροσθεν εἰρημένων τὸ, τότε ὅπου γοῦν ἀκολουθίαν ἐβούλετο εἰπεῖν, ἐπήγαγεν, εὐθέως μετὰ τὴν θλίψιν τῶν ἡμερῶν ἐκείνων ἐνταῦθα δὲ οὐχ οὕτως, ἀλλὰ, τότε οὐ τὰ μετὰ ταῦτα εὐθέως δηλῶν, ἀλλὰ τὰ ἐν τῷ καιρῷ, ᾧ μέλλει ταῦτα γίνεσθαι, ἅπερ ἔμελλε λέγειν. Οὕτω καὶ ὅταν λέγη, ἐν ἐκείναις ταῖς ἡμέραις παραγίνεται ᾿Ιωάννης ὁ βαπτιστὴς, οὐ τὸν ἑξῆς εὐθέως λέγει καιρὸν, ἀλλὰ τὸν μετὰ πολλὰ ἕτη, καὶ τὸν καθ᾽ ὃν ταῦτα ἐγίνετο, ἅπερ ἐρεῖν ἔμελλε. Καὶ γὰρ περὶ τῆς γεννήσεως διαλεχθεὶς τοῦ Ἰησοῦ, καὶ τῆς τῶν μάγων παρουσίας, καὶ τῆς τελευτῆς Ἡρώδου, εὐθέως φησίν ἐν ἐκείναις ταῖς ἡμέραις παραγίνεται ᾿Ιωάννης ὁ βαπτιστής καίτοι τριάκοντα μεταξὺ γέγονεν ἔτη. Αλλ᾽ ἔθος τοῦτο τῇ γραφῇ τούτῳ κεχρῆσθαι τῆς ἱστορίας τῷ τρόπῳ. Οὕτω ᾿δὴ καὶ ἐνταῦθα, τὸν μέσον ἅπαντα χρόνον παρελθὼν, τὸν ἀπὸ τῆς ἁλώσεως τῶν ἹἽεροσολύμων ἕως τῶν προοιμίων τῆς συντελείας, λέγει τὸν ὀλίγῳ πρὸ τῆς συντελείας. Τότε οὖν, ἐάν τις ὑμῖν εἴπῃ, φησὶν, ὧδε ὁ Χριστὸς, ἡ ὧδε, μὴ πιστεύσητε. Τέως ἀπὸ τοῦ τόπον αὐτοὺς ἀσφαλίζεται, λέγων. τὰ ἰδιώματα τῆς αὐτοῦ παρουσίας τῆς δευτέρας, καὶ τὰ τῶν πλάνων δείγματα. Ου γὰρ ὥσπερ ἐν τῇ προτέρᾳ ἐν Βηθλεὲμ ἐφάνη, καὶ ἐν γωνίᾳ μικρᾷ τῆς οἰκουμένης, καὶ οὐδενὸς εἰδότος ἐξ ἀρχῆς; οὕτω καὶ τότε Φησίν' ἀλλὰ φανερῶς καὶ μετὰ περιφανείας ἁπάσης, καὶ ὡς μὴ δεῖσθαι τοῦ ταῦτα ἀπαγγέλλοντος. Οὐ μικρὸν δὲ τοῦτο σημεῖον τοῦ μὴ λανθανόντως παραγίνεσθαι. Σκόπει δὲ πὼς ἐνταῦθα οὐδὲν περὶ πολέμου διαλέγεται. τὸν γὰρ περὶ τῆς ,ταρουσίας αὐτοῦ διευκρινεῖ λόγον' ἀλλὰ περὶ τῶν ἀπατᾶν ἐπιχειρούντων. Οἱ μὲν γὰρ ἐπὶ τῶν ἀποστόλων τοὺς πολλοὺς ἡπάτων' ἐλεύσονται γάρ; φησὶ, καὶ ἀπατήσουσι πολλούς οἱ δὲ πρὸ τῆς δευτέρας αὐτοῦ παρουσίας. οἱ καὶ ἐκείνων ἢ ἦσαν πικρότεροι. Δώσουσι γὰρ, φησὶ, σημεῖα καὶ τέρατα; ὥστε πλανῆσαι, εἰ δυνατὸν, καὶ τοὺς ἐκλεκτούς. ᾿Ενταῦθα τὸν ἀντίχριστόν φησι, καὶ δείκνυσί τινας καὶ διακονησομένους αὐτῷ περὶ οὗ καὶ Παῦλος οὕτω φησί. Καλέσας γὰρ αὐτὸν ἄνθρωπον ἁμαρτίας καὶ υἱὸν ἀπωλείας, ἐπήγαγεν· οὗ ἐστιν ἡ παρουσία κατ᾽ ἐνέργειαν τοῦ Σατανᾶ, ἐν πάσῃ δυνάμει καὶ σημείοις καὶ τέρασι ψεύδους, ἐν πάσῃ ἀπάτη τῆς ἀδικίας ἐν τοῖς ἀπολλυμένοις. Καὶ ὅρα πῶς ἀσφαλίζεται. Μὴ ἐξέλθητε, φησὶ, εἰς τὴν ἔρημον, μὴ εἰσέλθητε εἰς τὰ ταμεῖα. Οὐκ εἶπεν, ἀπέλθετε καὶ μὴ πιστεύσητε ἀλλὰ, μὴ ἐξέλθητε, μηδὲ ἀπέλθητε. Καὶ γάρ πολλὴ τότε ἡ ἀπάτη, διὰ τὸ ᾿καὶ σημεῖα γίνεσθαι ἀπάτης. Εἰπὼν τοίνυν πῶς ἐκεῖνος παραγίνεται, οἷον ὅτι ἐν τόπῳ, λέγει πῶς καὶ αὐτός. Πώς οὖν αὐτός: Ὥσπερ ἡ ἀστραπὴ ἐξέρχεται ἀπὸ ἀνατολῶν, καὶ φαίνεται ἕ ἕως δυσμῶν, οὕτως ἔσται καὶ ἡ παρουσία τοῦ υἱοῦ τοῦ ἀνθρώπου. Ὅπου γὰρ ἂν ἥ τὸ πτῶμα, ἐκεῖ καὶ οἱ ἀετοί. Πωώς οὖν ἡ ἀστραπὴ φαίνεται: : Οὐ δεῖται ἀπαγγέλλοντος, οὐ δεῖται κήρυκος, αλλὰ καὶ τοῖς ἐν οἰκίαις καθημένοις, καὶ ταῖς ἐν θαλάμοις, ἐν ἀκαριαίᾳ ῥοπῇ κατὰ τὴν οἰκουμένην δείκνυται πᾶσαν. Οὕτω; ἔσται ἢ παρουσία ἐκείνη, ὁμοῦ πανταχοῦ φαινομένη διὰ τὴν ἔκλαμψιν τῆς δόξης. Λέγει δὲ καὶ ἕτερον σημεῖον ὅπου τὸ πτῶμα, ἐκεῖ καὶ οἱ ἀοτοί τὸ πλῆθος τῶν αγγέλων, τῶν μαρτύρων, τῶν ἁγίων ἁπάντων δηλῶν. Εἴτα λέγει θαύματα φοβερά. Τίνα δέ ἐ ἐστι τὰ θαύματα; Εὐθέως μετὰ τὴν θλίψιν τῶν ἡμερῶν ἐκείνων, φησὶν, ὁ ἥλιος σκοτισθήσεται. Θλῖψιν ποίων λέγει ἡμερῶν: Τοῦ ἀντιχρίστον καὶ τῶν ψευδοπροφητῶν. θλίψις γὰρ τότε ἔσται μεγάλη, τοσούτων ὄντων τῶν ἀπατώντων. ᾿Δλλ᾽ οὐκ ἐκτείνεται εἰς χρόνου μῆκος. Εἰ γὰρ ὁ ᾿Ιουδαϊκὸς πόλεμος διὰ τοὺς ἐκλεκτοὺς ἐκολοβώθη, πολλῴ μᾶλλον οὗτος ὁ πειρασμὸς συσταλήσεται διὰ τοὺς αὐτοὺς τούτους. Διὰ τοῦτο οὐκ εἶπε, μετὰ τὴν θλίψιν, ἀλλ᾽, εὐθέως μετὰ τὴν θλίψιν τῶν ἡμερῶν ἐκείνων ὁ ἥλιος σκοτισθήσεται ὁμοῦ γὰρ σχεδὸν ἅπαντα γίνεται. Οἵ τε γὰρ ψευδοπροφῆται καὶ οἱ ψευδόχριστοι θορυβήσουσι παραγενόμενοι, καὶ εὐθέως αὐτὸς παρέσται. Καὶ γάρ οὐ μικρὰ τότε μέλλει κατέχειν ταραχὴ τὴν οἰκουμένην. Πῶς δὲ παραγίνεται ; Μετασχημκατιζομένης λοιπὸν αὐτῆς τῆς κτίσεως καὶ γὰρ ὁ ἥλιος σκοτισθήσεται, οὐκ ἀφανιζόμενος, ἀλλὰ νικώμενος τῷ φωτὶ τῆς παρουσίας αὐτοῦ καὶ τὰ ἄστρα πεσεῖται· τίς γὰρ αὐτῶν ἔσται χρεία λοιπὸν, νυκτὸς οὐκ οὔσης : : καὶ αἱ δυνάμεις τὼν οὐρανῶν σαλευθήσονται καὶ μάλα εἰκότως, ὁρῶσαι τοσαντὴν μοταβολὴν γινομένην. Εἰ γὰρ ὅτε ἐγένετο τὰ ἄστρα, οὕτως ἔφριξαν καὶ ἐθαύμασαν (ὅτε γὰρ ἐγενήθη ἄστρα, ἤἥνεσαν με, φησὶ, φωνῇ μεγάλῃ πάντες ἄγγελοι) πολλῷ μᾶλλον ὁρῶντες πάντα μεταῤῥυθμιζόμενα, καὶ τοὺς ὁμοδούλους αὐτῶν διδόντας εὐθύνας, καὶ τὴν οἰκουμένην ἅπασαν φοβερῷ παρισταμένην δικαστηρίῳ, καὶ τοὺς ἐκ τοῦ ᾿Αδὰμ μέχρι τῆς αὐτοῦ παρουσίας γενομένους λόγον ἀπαιτουμένους ἁπαντων ὧν ἔπραξαν, πῶς οὐ φρίξουσι καὶ σαλευθήσονται; Τότε φανήσεται τὸ σημεῖον τοῦ υἱοῦ τοῦ ἀνθρώπου ἑ ἐν τῷ οὐρανῷ τουτέστιν, ὁ σταυρὸς, τοῦ ἡλίον φαιδρότερος ὥν᾽ εἴγε ἐκεῖνος μὲν σκοτίζεται καὶ κρύπτεται, οὗτος δὲ φαίνεται οὐκ ἂν φανεὶς, εἰ μὴ πολλῷ τῶν ἡλιακῶν ἀκτίνων φαιδρότερος ἦν. Τίνος δὲ ἕνεκεν τὸ σημεῖον φαίνεται: Ὥστε ἐκ περιουσίας πολλῆς ἐπιστομισθῆναι τῶν ᾿Ιουδαίων τὴν ἀναισχυντίαν. Καὶ γὰρ δικαίωμα μέγιστον ἔχων τὸν σταυρὸν, οὕτω παραγίνεται εἰς ἐκεῖνο τὸ δικαστήριον ὁ Χριστὸς, οὐχὶ τὰ τραύματα μόνον, ἀλλὰ καὶ τὸν θάνατον τὸν ἐπονείδιστον δεικνύς. Τότε κόψονται αἱ φυλαί. Οὐ γὰρ χρεία κατηγορίας, ὅταν ἴδωσι τὸν σταυρόν' ἡ καὶ κόψονται, ὅτι ἀποθανόντος οὐδὲν ὠφελήθησαν, ὅτι ἐσταύρωσαν ὃν προσκυνῆσαι ἔδει. Εἶδες πῶς ὑπέγραψε τὴν παρουσίαν αὐτοῦ φοβερῶς : πῶς ἀνέστησε τὰ φρονήματα τῶν μαθητῶν: Διά τοι τοῦτο πρότερον τὰ λυπηρὰ τίθησι, καὶ τότε τὰ χρηστά, ἵνα καὶ ταύτῃ αὐτοὺς παραμυθήσηται καὶ ἀναπαύσῃ. Καὶ περὶ τοῦ πάθους δὲ αὐτοὺς ὑπομιμνήσκει πάλιν καὶ τῆς ἀναστάσεως. καὶ μετὰ ᾿ λαμπροῦ τοῦ σχήματος μέμνηται τοῦ σταυροῦ, ὥστε ᾿μὴ αἰσχύνεσθαι αὐτοὺς, μηδὲ ὀδυνᾶσθαι, ὅ ὅπου γε αντὶ σημείου τότε ἔρχεται προβαλλόμενος αὐτόν. Αλλος δέ Φησιν, ὅτι ὄψονται εἰς ὃν ἐξεκέντησαν. Διὰ δη τοῦτο κόψονται, ἰδοῦσαι ὅτι οὗτος ἐκεῖνός ἐστιν. ᾿Επειδὴ δὲ καὶ σταυροῦ ἀνέμνησε, προσέθηκεν ὅτι ὄψονται τὸν νἱὸν τοῦ ἀνθρώπου ἐρχόμενον, οὐκέτι ἐπὶ τοῦ σταυροῦ, αλλ᾽, ἐπὶ τῶν νεφελῶν τοῦ οὐρανοῦ, μετὰ δυνάμεως καὶ δόξης πολλῆς. Μὴ γὰρ ἐπειδὴ τὸν σταυρὸν ἤκουσας, φησὶ, νομίσης πάλιν σκυθρωπὸν εἶναί τι μετὰ γὰρ δυνάμεως ἥξει καὶ δόξης πολλῆς. Φέρει δὲ αὐτὸν, ἵνα αὐτοκατάκριτος αὐτῶν γένηται ἡ ἁμαρτία᾽ ὥσπερ ἂν εἴ τις λίθῳ πληγεὶς, αὐτὸν ἐπιδείξειε τὸν λίθον, ἢ τὰ ἱμάτια ἡμαγμένα. Καὶ ἐν νεφέλῃ ἔ ἔρχεται, ὡς ἀνελήφθη· καὶ ταῦτα ὁρῶσαι θρηνοῦσιν αἱ φυλαί. Οὐ μὴν μέχρι θρήνων στήσεται αὐτοῖς τὰ δεινά ἀλλ᾽ ὁ μὲν θρῆνος ἔσται, ἵνα οἴκοθεν τὴν ψῆφον ἐξενέγκωσι, καὶ ἑαυτοὺς καταδικάσωσι᾽ τότε δὲ πάλιν ᾽ ἀποστελεῖ τοὺς ἀγγέλους αὐτοῦ μετὰ σάλπιγγος μεγάλης, καὶ συνάξουσι τοὺς ἐκλεκτοὺς ἐκ τῶν τεσσάρων ἀνέμων, ἀπ᾽ ἄκρων τῶν οὐρανῶν ἕως ἄκρων αὐτῶν. Ὅταν δὲ τοῦτο ἀκούσῃς, ἐννόει τῶν μενόντων τὴν κόλασιν. Οὐδὲ γὰρ ἐκείνην δώσουσι τὴν δίκην μόνον, ἀλλὰ καὶ ταύτην. Καὶ ὥσπερ ἀνωτέρω ἔλεγεν, ὅτι ἐροῦσιν, εὐλογημένος ὁ ἐρχόμενος ἐν ὀνόματι κυρίου οὕτως ἐνταῦθα, ὅτι κόψονται. ᾿Επειδὴ γὰρ περὶ πολέμων αὑτοῖς διελέχθη χαλεπῶν, ἵνα μάθωσιν, ὅτι μετὰ τῶν ἐνταῦθα δεινῶν καὶ τὰ ἐκεῖ αὐτοὺς ἀναμένει βασανιστήρια, καὶ κοπτομένους εἰσάγει, καὶ χωριζομένους τῶν ἐκλεκτῶν, καὶ Ὑγεέννῃ παραδιδομένους καντεῦθεν πάλιν τοὺς μαθητὰς διεγείρων, καὶ δεικνὺς, ὅσων μὲν ἀπαλλαγήσονται κακῶν, ὅσων δὲ ἀπολαύσονται ἀγαθῶν.

Tinas de entautha phēsi tous eklektous: Tous pistous tous en mesois apeilēmmenous autois. Hina gar mē legōsin Ioudaioi, hoti dia to kērygma kai to proskyneisthai ton Christon tauta gegone ta kaka, deiknysin hoti ou monon hoi pistoi toutōn autois ouk egenonto aitioi, all ei mē ekeinoi ēsan, prorrhrizoi an apōlonto hapantes. Ei gar synechōrēsen ho theos ektathēnai ton polemon, oud᾽ an leipsanon emeinen Ioudaiōn; alla hina mē synapolōntai tois apistois Ioudaiois hoi ex autōn genomenoi pistoi, tacheōs katelyse tēn machēn, kai peras epethēke tǭ polemǭ. Dia touto; dia de tous eklektous kolobōthēsontai. Tauta elege, katalimpanōn paramythian tois en mesǭ apeilēmmenois autōn, kai didous anapneusai, hina mē phobōntai hōs synapoloumenoi. Ei de entautha tosautē ᾿autōn pronoia, hōs di’ autous kai heterous sōzesthai, kai tōn apistōn leipsana ginesthai ᾿ÏIoudaiōn dia Christianous, posē en tǭ kairǭ tōn stephanōn « ᾿ ΄s΄- ᾽ ᾿I Ha ΄- P ᾿ ΄e .i, hē timē? Enteuthen autous kai paremytheito mē algein epi tois oikeiois kindynois, hopon ge kai ekeinoi toiauta paschousi, kai ep᾽ oudeni, all᾽ epi kakǭ tēs eautōn kephalēs. Ou paremytheito de monon, alla kai apēge tōn ᾿[Ioudaïkōn ethōn loipon lanthanontōs kai anypoptōs. Ei gar ouk estai metabolē loipon, oude ho naos stēsetai, eudēlon hoti kai ho nomos pauthēsetai. ᾿Alla phanerōs men touto ouk eipe, dia de tēs pantelous autōn apōleias touto ēnixato. Phanerōs e hos ᾿ ᾿ ᾿ k᾿ ga .. » de ouk eipen, hina mē pro kairou plēxę̄. Dio oude archomenos proēgoumenōs eis ton peri toutōn enebale logon, alla talanisas prōton tēn polin, eis anankēn. autous katestēse tēs te epideixeōs tōn lithōn kai tēs erōtēseōs. hina hōs autois apokrinomenos pros tēn erōtēsin hapanta proanaphōnēsē ta mellonta. Sy de moi skopei pneumatos hoikonomian, hoti toutōn ouden egrapsen ᾿Iōannēs, hina mē doxę̄ ex autēs tōn gegenēmienōn tēs historias graphein (kai gar kai meta tēn halōsin ezē chronon polyn) all᾽ hoi pro tēs halōseōs apothanontes, kai mēden toutōn heōrakotes, autoi graphousin, hōōste pantachothen dialampein tēs prorrhēseōs tēn ischyn. Tote ean tis hymin eipę̄; idou hōde ho Christos, ē hōde? mē pisteusēte. ᾿Egerthēsontai gar pseudochristoi kai pseudoprophētai, kai dōsousi sēmeia kai terata, hōōste planēsai? ei dynaton, kai tous eklektous. ᾿Idou proeirēka hymin. ᾿Ean oun eipōsin hymin, idou en tę̄ erēmǭ, mē exelthēte' idou en tois tameiois, mē pisteusēte. Hōsper gar ē astrapē exerchetai apo anatolōn? kai Phainetai heōs dysmōn, houtōs estai kai hē parousia tou huiou tou anthrōpou. Hopou gar an hē to ptōma, ekei synachthēsontai kai hoi aetoi. Plērōsas ta peri tōn Hierosolymōn, eis tēn autou loipon diabainei parousian, kai legei autēs ta sēmeia, ouk ekeinois chrēsima monon, alla kai hēmin kai tois meth' hēmas esomenois pasi. Tote, pote? ᾿Entautha, ho pollakis eipon, ouchi tēs akolouthias esti tou kairou tōn emprosthen eirēmenōn to, tote hopou goun akolouthian ebouleto eipein, epēgagen, eutheōs meta tēn thlipsin tōn hēmerōn ekeinōn entautha de ouch houtōs, alla, tote ou ta meta tauta eutheōs dēlōn, alla ta en tǭ kairǭ, hǭ mellei tauta ginesthai, haper emelle legein. Houtō kai hotan legē, en ekeinais tais hēmerais paraginetai ᾿Iōannēs ho baptistēs, ou ton hexēs eutheōs legei kairon, alla ton meta polla hetē, kai ton kath᾽ hon tauta egineto, haper erein emelle. Kai gar peri tēs gennēseōs dialechtheis tou Iēsou, kai tēs tōn magōn parousias, kai tēs teleutēs Hērōdou, eutheōs phēsin en ekeinais tais hēmerais paraginetai ᾿Iōannēs ho baptistēs kaitoi triakonta metaxy gegonen etē. All᾽ ethos touto tę̄ graphę̄ toutǭ kechrēsthai tēs historias tǭ tropǭ. Houtō ᾿dē kai entautha, ton meson hapanta chronon parelthōn, ton apo tēs halōseōs tōn HiIerosolymōn heōs tōn prooimiōn tēs synteleias, legei ton oligǭ pro tēs synteleias. Tote oun, ean tis hymin eipę̄, phēsin, hōde ho Christos, hē hōde, mē pisteusēte. Teōs apo tou topon autous asphalizetai, legōn. ta idiōmata tēs autou parousias tēs deuteras, kai ta tōn planōn deigmata. Ou gar hōsper en tę̄ proterą en Bēthleem ephanē, kai en gōnią mikrą tēs oikoumenēs, kai oudenos eidotos ex archēs? houtō kai tote Phēsin' alla phanerōs kai meta periphaneias hapasēs, kai hōs mē deisthai tou tauta apangellontos. Ou mikron de touto sēmeion tou mē lanthanontōs paraginesthai. Skopei de pōs entautha ouden peri polemou dialegetai. ton gar peri tēs ,tarousias autou dieukrinei logon' alla peri tōn apatan epicheirountōn. Hoi men gar epi tōn apostolōn tous pollous hēpatōn' eleusontai gar? phēsi, kai apatēsousi pollous hoi de pro tēs deuteras autou parousias. hoi kai ekeinōn ē ēsan pikroteroi. Dōsousi gar, phēsi, sēmeia kai terata? hōste planēsai, ei dynaton, kai tous eklektous. ᾿Entautha ton antichriston phēsi, kai deiknysi tinas kai diakonēsomenous autǭ peri hou kai Paulos houtō phēsi. Kalesas gar auton anthrōpon hamartias kai huion apōleias, epēgagen; hou estin hē parousia kat᾽ energeian tou Satana, en pasę̄ dynamei kai sēmeiois kai terasi pseudous, en pasę̄ apatē tēs adikias en tois apollymenois. Kai hora pōs asphalizetai. Mē exelthēte, phēsi, eis tēn erēmon, mē eiselthēte eis ta tameia. Ouk eipen, apelthete kai mē pisteusēte alla, mē exelthēte, mēde apelthēte. Kai gar pollē tote hē apatē, dia to ᾿kai sēmeia ginesthai apatēs. Eipōn toinyn pōs ekeinos paraginetai, hoion hoti en topǭ, legei pōs kai autos. Pōs oun autos: Hōsper hē astrapē exerchetai apo anatolōn, kai phainetai he heōs dysmōn, houtōs estai kai hē parousia tou huiou tou anthrōpou. Hopou gar an hē to ptōma, ekei kai hoi aetoi. Pōōs oun hē astrapē phainetai: : Ou deitai apangellontos, ou deitai kērykos, alla kai tois en oikiais kathēmenois, kai tais en thalamois, en akariaią rhopę̄ kata tēn oikoumenēn deiknytai pasan. Houtō? estai ē parousia ekeinē, homou pantachou phainomenē dia tēn eklampsin tēs doxēs. Legei de kai heteron sēmeion hopou to ptōma, ekei kai hoi aotoi to plēthos tōn angelōn, tōn martyrōn, tōn hagiōn hapantōn dēlōn. Eita legei thaumata phobera. Tina de e esti ta thaumata? Eutheōs meta tēn thlipsin tōn hēmerōn ekeinōn, phēsin, ho hēlios skotisthēsetai. Thlipsin poiōn legei hēmerōn: Tou antichriston kai tōn pseudoprophētōn. thlipsis gar tote estai megalē, tosoutōn ontōn tōn apatōntōn. ᾿Dll᾽ ouk ekteinetai eis chronou mēkos. Ei gar ho ᾿Ioudaïkos polemos dia tous eklektous ekolobōthē, pollǭ mallon houtos ho peirasmos systalēsetai dia tous autous toutous. Dia touto ouk eipe, meta tēn thlipsin, all᾽, eutheōs meta tēn thlipsin tōn hēmerōn ekeinōn ho hēlios skotisthēsetai homou gar schedon hapanta ginetai. Hoi te gar pseudoprophētai kai hoi pseudochristoi thorybēsousi paragenomenoi, kai eutheōs autos parestai. Kai gar ou mikra tote mellei katechein tarachē tēn oikoumenēn. Pōs de paraginetai ? Metaschēmkatizomenēs loipon autēs tēs ktiseōs kai gar ho hēlios skotisthēsetai, ouk aphanizomenos, alla nikōmenos tǭ phōti tēs parousias autou kai ta astra peseitai; tis gar autōn estai chreia loipon, nyktos ouk ousēs : : kai hai dynameis tōn ouranōn saleuthēsontai kai mala eikotōs, horōsai tosantēn motabolēn ginomenēn. Ei gar hote egeneto ta astra, houtōs ephrixan kai ethaumasan (hote gar egenēthē astra, hēēnesan me, phēsi, phōnę̄ megalę̄ pantes angeloi) pollǭ mallon horōntes panta metarrhythmizomena, kai tous homodoulous autōn didontas euthynas, kai tēn oikoumenēn hapasan phoberǭ paristamenēn dikastēriǭ, kai tous ek tou ᾿Adam mechri tēs autou parousias genomenous logon apaitoumenous hapantōn hōn epraxan, pōs ou phrixousi kai saleuthēsontai? Tote phanēsetai to sēmeion tou huiou tou anthrōpou he en tǭ ouranǭ toutestin, ho stauros, tou hēlion phaidroteros hōn᾽ eige ekeinos men skotizetai kai kryptetai, houtos de phainetai ouk an phaneis, ei mē pollǭ tōn hēliakōn aktinōn phaidroteros ēn. Tinos de heneken to sēmeion phainetai: Hōste ek periousias pollēs epistomisthēnai tōn ᾿Ioudaiōn tēn anaischyntian. Kai gar dikaiōma megiston echōn ton stauron, houtō paraginetai eis ekeino to dikastērion ho Christos, ouchi ta traumata monon, alla kai ton thanaton ton eponeidiston deiknys. Tote kopsontai hai phylai. Ou gar chreia katēgorias, hotan idōsi ton stauron' hē kai kopsontai, hoti apothanontos ouden ōphelēthēsan, hoti estaurōsan hon proskynēsai edei. Eides pōs hypegrapse tēn parousian autou phoberōs : pōs anestēse ta phronēmata tōn mathētōn: Dia toi touto proteron ta lypēra tithēsi, kai tote ta chrēsta, hina kai tautę̄ autous paramythēsētai kai anapausę̄. Kai peri tou pathous de autous hypomimnēskei palin kai tēs anastaseōs. kai meta ᾿ lamprou tou schēmatos memnētai tou staurou, hōste ᾿mē aischynesthai autous, mēde odynasthai, ho hopou ge anti sēmeiou tote erchetai proballomenos auton. Allos de Phēsin, hoti opsontai eis hon exekentēsan. Dia dē touto kopsontai, idousai hoti houtos ekeinos estin. ᾿Epeidē de kai staurou anemnēse, prosethēken hoti opsontai ton nion tou anthrōpou erchomenon, ouketi epi tou staurou, all᾽, epi tōn nephelōn tou ouranou, meta dynameōs kai doxēs pollēs. Mē gar epeidē ton stauron ēkousas, phēsi, nomisēs palin skythrōpon einai ti meta gar dynameōs hēxei kai doxēs pollēs. Pherei de auton, hina autokatakritos autōn genētai hē hamartia᾽ hōsper an ei tis lithǭ plēgeis, auton epideixeie ton lithon, ē ta himatia hēmagmena. Kai en nephelę̄ e erchetai, hōs anelēphthē; kai tauta horōsai thrēnousin hai phylai. Ou mēn mechri thrēnōn stēsetai autois ta deina all᾽ ho men thrēnos estai, hina oikothen tēn psēphon exenenkōsi, kai heautous katadikasōsi᾽ tote de palin ᾽ apostelei tous angelous autou meta salpingos megalēs, kai synaxousi tous eklektous ek tōn tessarōn anemōn, ap᾽ akrōn tōn ouranōn heōs akrōn autōn. Hotan de touto akousę̄s, ennoei tōn menontōn tēn kolasin. Oude gar ekeinēn dōsousi tēn dikēn monon, alla kai tautēn. Kai hōsper anōterō elegen, hoti erousin, eulogēmenos ho erchomenos en onomati kyriou houtōs entautha, hoti kopsontai. ᾿Epeidē gar peri polemōn hautois dielechthē chalepōn, hina mathōsin, hoti meta tōn entautha deinōn kai ta ekei autous anamenei basanistēria, kai koptomenous eisagei, kai chōrizomenous tōn eklektōn, kai Hygeennę̄ paradidomenous kanteuthen palin tous mathētas diegeirōn, kai deiknys, hosōn men apallagēsontai kakōn, hosōn de apolausontai agathōn.

And whom does he here call the elect? The believers who were caught in the midst of them. For so that the Jews might not say that these evils came about because of the preaching and the worship of Christ, he shows that not only were the believers not the cause of these things for them, but that, had they not been there, all would have perished root and branch. For if God had allowed the war to be prolonged, not even a remnant of the Jews would have remained; but so that the believers who had come from among them might not perish together with the unbelieving Jews, he quickly ended the battle and put an end to the war. Therefore he says, “But for the sake of the elect they will be cut short.” He said this to leave consolation to those of them caught in the midst, and to let them breathe again, so that they might not fear that they would perish along with the rest. And if here there is so much providence for them, that for their sake others too are saved, and remnants of the unbelieving Jews survive because of Christians, how great will their honor be at the time of the crowns? From this he also consoled them not to grieve at their own dangers, since those others too suffer such things, and for nothing, but to the harm of their own head. And he not only consoled them, but also drew them away henceforth from the Jewish customs, without their noticing it and without arousing suspicion. For if there will be no change henceforth, and the temple will not stand, it is plain that the law too will cease. But he did not say this openly; he hinted at it through their utter destruction. And he did not say it openly, so as not to strike them before the time. Therefore he did not at the start launch directly into speaking about these things, but having first bewailed the city, he put them under the necessity both of pointing out the stones and of asking the question, so that, as though answering their question, he might foretell all that was to come. And consider, I pray, the dispensation of the Spirit, that John wrote none of these things, so that he might not seem to be writing from the very history of what had happened (for he lived a long time after the capture); but those who died before the capture and saw none of these things, they write them, so that the strength of the prediction shines out from every side.

“Then if anyone says to you, Look, here is the Christ, or there, do not believe it. For false christs and false prophets will arise, and will give signs and wonders, so as to lead astray, if possible, even the elect. Look, I have told you beforehand. If, then, they say to you, Look, he is in the wilderness, do not go out; look, he is in the inner rooms, do not believe it. For as the lightning comes from the east and shines as far as the west, so will be the coming of the Son of Man. For wherever the carcass is, there the eagles will be gathered.” Having completed what concerns Jerusalem, he passes henceforth to his own coming, and tells its signs, useful not to them only, but also to us and to all who will be after us. “Then”—when? Here, as I have often said, the “then” does not belong to the sequence of the time of the things mentioned before; at any rate, where he wished to speak of sequence, he added, “Immediately after the tribulation of those days.” But here it is not so, but “then,” showing not what comes immediately after these things, but what belongs to the time when the things he was about to speak of will happen. So too when it says, “In those days John the Baptist comes,” it does not mean the time immediately following, but the time many years after, in which the things it was about to tell took place. For having spoken of the birth of Jesus, and of the coming of the magi, and of the death of Herod, it says at once, “In those days John the Baptist comes,” although thirty years had passed in between. But it is the custom of Scripture to use this manner of narrative. So here too, passing over all the time between, from the capture of Jerusalem to the preludes of the end, he speaks of the time a little before the end. “Then if anyone says to you,” he says, “Here is the Christ, or there, do not believe it.” For the present he secures them by the place, telling the marks of his second coming and the tokens of the deceivers. For not as at his first coming he appeared in Bethlehem, in a small corner of the world, with no one knowing it at the beginning—not so will it be then, he says, but openly and with all conspicuousness, so as to need no one to announce it. And this is no small sign that he does not come secretly. And see how here he says nothing about war (for he is setting out clearly the account of his coming), but about those who attempt to deceive. For some in the time of the apostles deceived the many: “For they will come,” he says, “and will deceive many”; but others will come before his second coming, who are more bitter even than those. “For they will give,” he says, “signs and wonders, so as to lead astray, if possible, even the elect.” Here he speaks of the Antichrist, and shows that there will be some also who will serve him; of whom Paul too speaks thus. For having called him the man of sin and the son of perdition, he added, “whose coming is according to the working of Satan with all power and signs and lying wonders, with all deception of unrighteousness among those who are perishing.” And see how he secures them: “Do not go out,” he says, “into the wilderness; do not go into the inner rooms.” He did not say, “Go, and do not believe,” but, “Do not go out, nor go away.” For great will be the deception then, because signs of deception too will be done. [3] Having said, then, how that one, the Antichrist, comes, namely in a place, he says how he himself comes. How, then, does he come? “As the lightning comes from the east and shines as far as the west, so will be the coming of the Son of Man. For wherever the carcass is, there the eagles too.” How, then, does the lightning appear? It needs no one to announce it, it needs no herald, but even to those sitting in houses and to those in their chambers it shows itself in an instant throughout the whole world. So will that coming be, appearing everywhere at once through the shining forth of its glory. And he tells another sign also: “Where the carcass is, there the eagles too,” signifying the multitude of the angels, of the martyrs, of all the saints. Then he tells of fearful wonders. And what are the wonders? “Immediately after the tribulation of those days,” he says, “the sun will be darkened.” The tribulation of what days does he mean? Of the Antichrist and of the false prophets. For great will be the tribulation then, when there are so many deceivers. But it is not prolonged to any length of time. For if the Jewish war was cut short for the sake of the elect, much more will this trial be contracted for the sake of these same. Therefore he did not say, “after the tribulation,” but, “immediately after the tribulation of those days the sun will be darkened”; for almost everything happens together. For the false prophets and the false christs will come and cause tumult, and immediately he himself will be present. For no small turmoil will then hold the world. And how does he come? With the creation itself henceforth being transformed. For “the sun will be darkened,” not destroyed, but overcome by the light of his coming; “and the stars will fall”—for what need will there be of them any longer, when there is no night?—“and the powers of the heavens will be shaken”; and very reasonably, seeing so great a change taking place. For if when the stars were made they so trembled and marveled (“For when the stars were made,” he says, “all angels praised me with a loud voice”), much more, seeing all things being refashioned, and their fellow servants giving account, and the whole world standing before a fearful tribunal, and those born from Adam until his coming being required to give account of all they did, how will they not tremble and be shaken? “Then the sign of the Son of Man will appear in heaven”: that is, the cross, brighter than the sun; since that is darkened and hidden, while this appears; and it would not appear unless it were far brighter than the rays of the sun. And why does the sign appear? So that the shamelessness of the Jews may be stopped more than abundantly. For Christ comes to that tribunal having the cross as his greatest plea, showing not only the wounds but also the shameful death. “Then the tribes will mourn.” For there is no need of accusation when they see the cross; and they will mourn that they gained nothing from his death, that they crucified him whom they ought to have worshiped. Have you seen how fearfully he sketched his coming? How he raised the spirits of the disciples? For this reason he sets down first the painful things and then the good, so that by this too he may console and refresh them. And he reminds them again of the passion and of the resurrection, and mentions the cross in a splendid guise, so that they may not be ashamed or pained, since he then comes holding it before him in place of a sign. And another evangelist says, “They will look on him whom they pierced.” For this reason the tribes will mourn, seeing that this is he. And since he had reminded them of the cross, he added, “They will see the Son of Man coming,” no longer on the cross, but “on the clouds of heaven, with power and great glory.” “For do not,” he says, “because you heard of the cross, think that it is something gloomy again; for he will come with power and great glory.” And he brings the cross so that their sin may stand self-condemned; as if someone struck with a stone should show the very stone, or his bloodied garments. And he comes on a cloud, as he was taken up; and seeing these things the tribes lament. Yet their terrors will not stop at laments; but the lament will be so that they may bring the verdict from their own selves and condemn themselves; and then again “he will send his angels with a great trumpet, and they will gather his elect from the four winds, from one end of the heavens to the other.” And when you hear this, think of the punishment of those who are left. For they will pay not that penalty only, but this one too. And as above he said that they will say, “Blessed is he who comes in the name of the Lord,” so here, that they will mourn. For since he had spoken to them of grievous wars, so that they might learn that besides the terrors here the torments there also await them, he brings them in mourning, and separated from the elect, and handed over to Gehenna; and by this again he rouses the disciples, showing from how many evils they will be delivered, and how many good things they will enjoy.

76.4Field 2

Καὶ τί δήποτε δι ἀγγέλων αὐτοὺς καλεῖ, εἰ οὕτω φανερῶς ἔρχεται: Τιμῶν αὐτοὺς καὶ ταύτῃ. Ὁ δὲ Παῦλος, ὅτι ᾿ἁρπαγήσονται ἐν ᾿νεφέλαις. Εἶπε δὲ καὶ τοῦτο, ὅτε περὶ ἀναστάσεως διελέγετο. Αὐτὸς γάρ, φησὶν, ὁ κύριος καταβήσεται ἀπ᾽ οὐρανοῦ ἐν κελεύσματι, ἐν φωνῇ ἀρχαγγέλου.᾽ Ὥστε ἀναστάντας μὲν συλλέξουσιν ἄγγελοι, συλλογέντας δὲ ἁρπάσουσιν αἱ νεφέλαι καὶ ταῦτα πάντα ἐν ἀκαριαίῳ γίνεται, ἐν ἀτόμῳ. Οὐ γὰρ δὴ ἄνω μένων αὐτοὺς καλεῖ, ἀλλ᾽ αὐτὸς ἔρχεται ἐν σάλπιγγι. Καὶ τί βούλονται αἱ σάλπιγγες καὶ ἡ ἤχή: : Πρὸς διανάστασιν, πρὸς εὐφροσύνην, πρὸς παράστασιν τῆς τῶν γινομένων ἐκπλήξεως, πρὸς ὀδύνην τῶν ἀπολιμπανομένων. Οἴμοι ἀπὸ τῆς ἡμέρας ἐκείνης τῆς φοβερᾶς. Δέον ἡμᾶς χαίρειν ὅταν ταῦτα ἀκούωμεν, ἀλιγοῦμεν, καὶ κατηφεῖς ἐσμεν, καὶ σκυθρωπάζομεν. Ἢ μόνος εγὼ ταῦτα πάσχω, ὑμεῖς δὲ χαίρετε ἐν τῇ τούτων ἀκροάσει; Ὡς ἐμοίγε καὶ φρίκη τις ὑπεισέρχεται λεγομένων τούτων, καὶ πικρὸν ὀδύβομαι; καὶ ἐκ βαθντάτης στενάζω καρδίας. Οὐδὲν γὰρ τούτῶν πρὸς ἐμὲ, αλλ᾽ ἐκείνων τῶν μετὰ ταῦτα λεχθέντων, τών πρὸς τὰς παρθένους, τῶν πρὸς τὸν κατορύξαντα τὸ ταλαντον ὅπερ ἔλαβε, τῶν πρὸς τὸν πονηρὸν δοῦλον. Διὰ ταῦτα δακρύω, ὅσης δόξης ἐκπίπτειν μέλλομεν, ὅσης ἐλπίδος ἀγαθών, καὶ τοῦτο διηνεκῶς, καὶ εἰς ἀεὶ, ἵνα μὴ μικρὸν σπουδάσωμεν. Εἰ μὲν γὰρ πόνος πολὺς ἦν καὶ νόμος βαρυς, ἔδει μὲν καὶ οὕτω πάντα ποιεῖν᾽ πλὴν αλλὰ κἂν πρόφασίν τινα ἐδόκουν ἔ ἔχειν. πολλοὶ τῶν ῥᾳθύμων, ψυχρὰν μὲν, ἐδόκουν δ᾽ οὖν ἔχειν, τὸ ὑπέρογκον τῶν ἐπιταγμάτων, καὶ ὅτι μέγας ὁ πόνος, καὶ ἄπειρος ὁ χρόνος, καὶ ἀφόρητον τὸ φορτίον' νῦν δὲ οὐδὲν τοιοῦτόν ἐστι προβάλλεσθαι ὅπερ μάλιστα τῆς γεέννης οὐχ ἧττον ἡμᾶς διατρώγειν μέλλει κατὰ τὸν καιρὸν ἐκεῖνον, ὅταν διὰ μικρὰν βοπὴν καὶ ὀλίγον ἱδρῶτα, τὸν οὐρανὸν ὦμεν ἀπολωλεκότες καὶ τὰ ἀπόῤῥητα ἀγαθά. Καὶ γὰρ καὶ ὁ χρόνος βραχὺς, καὶ ὁ πόνος ὀλίγος· καὶ ὅμως ἐκλελύμεθα, καὶ ἀναπεπτώκαμεν. Ἔν γῇ ἀγωνίζῃ, καὶ ἐν οὐρανοῖς ὁ στέφανος· ὑπὸ ἀνθρώπων κολάζῃ, καὶ ὑπὸ θεοῦ τιμᾶσαι ἐν δύο ἡμέραις τρέχεις, καὶ εἰς ἀπείρους αἰῶνας Τὰ βραβεῖα: ἐν φθαρτῷ σώματι ῇ πάλη, καὶ ἐν ἀφθάρτῳ αἱ τιμαί. Καὶ χωρὶς δὲ τούτων κἀκεῖνο λογίζεσθαι, ὅτι κἄν μὴ διὰ τὸν Χριστὸν ἐλώμεθά τι παθεῖν τῶν λυπηρῶν, ἀνάγκη αὐτὰ καὶ ἄλλως ὑπομεῖναι πάντως. Οὐδὲ γὰρ ἂν διὰ τὸν Χριστὸν μὴ ἀποθάνης, ἀθάνατος ἔσῃ οὐδὲ ἂν διὰ τὸν Χριστὸν μὴ ῥίψῃς τὰ χρήματα, ἔχων αὐτὰ ἀπελεύσῃ. Ταῦτα ἀπαιτεῖ παρὰ σοῦ, ἃ καὶ μὴ ἀπαιτοῦντος δώσεις, διὰ τὸ θνητὸς εἶναι ταῦτά σε βούλεται ποιεῖν σῇ γνώμῃ, ἃ καὶ ἀνάγκῃ σε δεῖ ποιῆσαι. Τοσοῦτον δὲ ἀπαιτεῖ προσεῖναι μόνον, τὸ δι᾽ αὐτὸν γίνεσθαι· ὡς τὸ γε συμβῆναι ταῦτα καὶ παρελθεῖν, καὶ ἀπὸ τῆς κατὰ τὴν φύσιν ἀνάγκης γενεται. Εἶδες πῶς εὔκολος ὁ ἀγών; Ἃ πάντως ἀνάγκη σε παθεῖν, ἑλοῦ παθεῖν δι ἐμέ τοῦτο προσκείσθω μόνον, καὶ ἀρκοῦσαν ἔχω τὴν ὑπακοήν. Ὃ ἑτέρῳ μέλλεις δανείζειν χρυσίον, τοῦτο δάνεισον ἐμοὶ, καὶ ἐπὶ πλείοσι, καὶ ἐπὶ ἀσφαλείᾳ μείζονι· ὃ ἑτέρῳ μέλλεις στρατεύειν σώμα, τοῦτο στράτευσον ἐ ἐμοί᾽ καὶ γὰρ ὑπερβαίνω σον τοὺς πόνους ταῖς ἀντιδόσεσιν ἐκ πολλῆς τῆς περιουσίας. Σὺ δὲ ἐν μὲν τοῖς ἄλλοις τὸν τὸ πλέον παρέχοντα προτιμᾷς, καὶ ἐν δανείσμασι, καὶ ἐν ἀγορασίᾳ, καὶ ἐν στρατείᾳ τὸν δὲ Χριστὸν μόνον πλέον ἁπάντων παρέχοντα, καὶ ἀπείρως πλέον, τοῦτον οὐ καταδέχῃ. Καὶ τίς ὁ τοσοῦτος πόλεμος : τίς ἡ τοσαύτη ἀπέχθεια; Πόθεν λοιπὸν ἕξεις συγγνώμην καὶ ἀπολογίαν, οὐδὲ ἀφ᾽ ὧν ἀνθρώπους προτιμᾷς ἀνθρώπων, ἀπὸ τούτων ἀνεχόμενος τὸν θεὸν προτιμῆσαι τῶν ἀνθρώπων; Τί τῇ γῇ παραδίδως τὸν θησαυρόν; Δὸς τῇ ἐμῇ χειρὶ, φησίν. Οὐ δοκεῖ σοι τῆς γῆς αξιοπιστότερος εἶναι ὁ τῆς γῆς δεσπότηςὶ ᾿Εκείνη τὸ καταβληθὲν ἀποδίδωσι, πολλάκις δὲ οὐδὲ τοῦτο αὐτὸς δὲ καὶ μισθούς σοι ἀποδίδωσι τῆς φυλακῆς. Καὶ γὰρ σφόδρα ἡμῶν ἐρᾷ. Διὰ τοῦτο κἀν δανεῖσαι θέλης, ἕστηκεν ἕτοιμος κἂν σπεῖραι, αὐτὸς ὑποδέχεται κἂν οἰκοδομῆσαι θέλῃς, ἕλκει σε πρὸς ἑαυτὸν, ἐν τοῖς ἐμοῖς, λέγων, οἰκοδόμει. Τί τρέχεις πρὸς τοὺς πένητας; πρὸς ἀνθρώπους τοὺς πτωχεύοντας, τοὺς καὶ ὑπὲρ μικρῶν μεγάλα σοι παρέχοντας πράγματα; Αλλ᾽ ὅμως οὐδὲ ταῦτα ἀκούοντες ἀνεχόμεθα, ἀλλ᾽ ἔνθα μάχαι, καὶ πόλεμοι, καὶ παγκράτια, καὶ δίκαι, καὶ συκοφαντίαι, ἐκεῖ σπεύδομεν.

Kai ti dēpote di angelōn autous kalei, ei houtō phanerōs erchetai: Timōn autous kai tautę̄. Ho de Paulos, hoti ᾿harpagēsontai en ᾿nephelais. Eipe de kai touto, hote peri anastaseōs dielegeto. Autos gar, phēsin, ho kyrios katabēsetai ap᾽ ouranou en keleusmati, en phōnę̄ archangelou.᾽ Hōste anastantas men syllexousin angeloi, syllogentas de harpasousin hai nephelai kai tauta panta en akariaiǭ ginetai, en atomǭ. Ou gar dē anō menōn autous kalei, all᾽ autos erchetai en salpingi. Kai ti boulontai hai salpinges kai hē ēchē: : Pros dianastasin, pros euphrosynēn, pros parastasin tēs tōn ginomenōn ekplēxeōs, pros odynēn tōn apolimpanomenōn. Oimoi apo tēs hēmeras ekeinēs tēs phoberas. Deon hēmas chairein hotan tauta akouōmen, aligoumen, kai katēpheis esmen, kai skythrōpazomen. Ē monos egō tauta paschō, hymeis de chairete en tę̄ toutōn akroasei? Hōs emoige kai phrikē tis hypeiserchetai legomenōn toutōn, kai pikron odybomai? kai ek bathntatēs stenazō kardias. Ouden gar toutōn pros eme, all᾽ ekeinōn tōn meta tauta lechthentōn, tōn pros tas parthenous, tōn pros ton katoryxanta to talanton hoper elabe, tōn pros ton ponēron doulon. Dia tauta dakryō, hosēs doxēs ekpiptein mellomen, hosēs elpidos agathōn, kai touto diēnekōs, kai eis aei, hina mē mikron spoudasōmen. Ei men gar ponos polys ēn kai nomos barys, edei men kai houtō panta poiein᾽ plēn alla kan prophasin tina edokoun e echein. polloi tōn rhąthymōn, psychran men, edokoun d᾽ oun echein, to hyperonkon tōn epitagmatōn, kai hoti megas ho ponos, kai apeiros ho chronos, kai aphorēton to phortion' nyn de ouden toiouton esti proballesthai hoper malista tēs geennēs ouch hētton hēmas diatrōgein mellei kata ton kairon ekeinon, hotan dia mikran bopēn kai oligon hidrōta, ton ouranon ōmen apolōlekotes kai ta aporrhēta agatha. Kai gar kai ho chronos brachys, kai ho ponos oligos; kai homōs eklelymetha, kai anapeptōkamen. En gę̄ agōnizę̄, kai en ouranois ho stephanos; hypo anthrōpōn kolazę̄, kai hypo theou timasai en dyo hēmerais trecheis, kai eis apeirous aiōnas Ta brabeia: en phthartǭ sōmati ę̄ palē, kai en aphthartǭ hai timai. Kai chōris de toutōn kakeino logizesthai, hoti kan mē dia ton Christon elōmetha ti pathein tōn lypērōn, anankē auta kai allōs hypomeinai pantōs. Oude gar an dia ton Christon mē apothanēs, athanatos esę̄ oude an dia ton Christon mē rhipsę̄s ta chrēmata, echōn auta apeleusę̄. Tauta apaitei para sou, ha kai mē apaitountos dōseis, dia to thnētos einai tauta se bouletai poiein sę̄ gnōmę̄, ha kai anankę̄ se dei poiēsai. Tosouton de apaitei proseinai monon, to di᾽ auton ginesthai; hōs to ge symbēnai tauta kai parelthein, kai apo tēs kata tēn physin anankēs genetai. Eides pōs eukolos ho agōn? Ha pantōs anankē se pathein, helou pathein di eme touto proskeisthō monon, kai arkousan echō tēn hypakoēn. Ho heterǭ melleis daneizein chrysion, touto daneison emoi, kai epi pleiosi, kai epi asphaleią meizoni; ho heterǭ melleis strateuein sōma, touto strateuson e emoi᾽ kai gar hyperbainō son tous ponous tais antidosesin ek pollēs tēs periousias. Sy de en men tois allois ton to pleon parechonta protimąs, kai en daneismasi, kai en agorasią, kai en strateią ton de Christon monon pleon hapantōn parechonta, kai apeirōs pleon, touton ou katadechę̄. Kai tis ho tosoutos polemos : tis hē tosautē apechtheia? Pothen loipon hexeis syngnōmēn kai apologian, oude aph᾽ hōn anthrōpous protimąs anthrōpōn, apo toutōn anechomenos ton theon protimēsai tōn anthrōpōn? Ti tę̄ gę̄ paradidōs ton thēsauron? Dos tę̄ emę̄ cheiri, phēsin. Ou dokei soi tēs gēs axiopistoteros einai ho tēs gēs despotēsi ᾿Ekeinē to katablēthen apodidōsi, pollakis de oude touto autos de kai misthous soi apodidōsi tēs phylakēs. Kai gar sphodra hēmōn erą. Dia touto kan daneisai thelēs, hestēken hetoimos kan speirai, autos hypodechetai kan oikodomēsai thelę̄s, helkei se pros heauton, en tois emois, legōn, oikodomei. Ti trecheis pros tous penētas? pros anthrōpous tous ptōcheuontas, tous kai hyper mikrōn megala soi parechontas pragmata? All᾽ homōs oude tauta akouontes anechometha, all᾽ entha machai, kai polemoi, kai pankratia, kai dikai, kai sykophantiai, ekei speudomen.

And why does he call them by angels, if he comes so openly? Honoring them in this way too. And Paul says that they will be caught up in clouds. He said this too when he was discoursing about the resurrection: “For the Lord himself,” he says, “will descend from heaven with a cry of command, with the voice of an archangel.” So the angels will gather them when they have risen, and the clouds will catch them up when they have been gathered; and all this happens in an instant, in a moment. For he does not call them while remaining above, but he himself comes with a trumpet. And what do the trumpets and the sound mean? They are for rousing, for gladness, for setting forth the amazement at what is happening, for the anguish of those who are left behind.

Alas, for that fearful day! When we ought to rejoice on hearing these things, we grieve, and are downcast, and gloomy. Or do I alone feel this, while you rejoice in hearing these things? For me at least, a kind of shuddering creeps in when these things are said, and I lament bitterly, and groan from the depth of my heart. For none of these things concerns me, but those that are said after them: the words to the virgins, the words to the one who buried the talent he had received, the words to the wicked servant. For these I weep: from how great a glory we are about to fall, from how great a hope of good things, and that continually and forever, because we will not exert a little zeal. For if the labor were great and the law heavy, we ought even so to do everything; but nevertheless many of the careless would seem to have some excuse—a cold one, but they would seem to have one—the excessiveness of the commands, and that the labor is great, and the time endless, and the burden unbearable. But now there is nothing of the kind to put forward; and this, above all, will gnaw us no less than Gehenna at that time, when for a small effort and a little sweat we shall have lost heaven and the unspeakable good things. For the time is short and the labor little; and yet we are slack and have fallen back. On earth you contend, and in heaven is the crown; you are punished by men, and honored by God; for two days you run, and for endless ages are the prizes; in a corruptible body is the wrestling, and in an incorruptible one the honors. And besides these things, consider this also, that even if we do not choose to suffer any of the painful things for Christ’s sake, we must in any case endure them otherwise. For if you do not die for Christ, you will not be immortal; nor, if you do not cast away your money for Christ, will you depart having it. He demands of you the things which you will give even if he does not demand them, because you are mortal; he wishes you to do by your own choice the things which you must do by necessity. He demands only that this be added: that they be done for his sake; since that these things happen and pass away comes about by the necessity of nature as well. Have you seen how easy the contest is? “What you must in any case suffer, choose to suffer for me; let only this be added, and I have obedience enough. The gold you are about to lend to another, lend to me, both for more interest and with greater security; the body you are about to put into another’s service, enlist it with me; for I exceed your labors with my returns out of great abundance.” But you, in other things, prefer the one who offers more, in loans and in buying and in military service; but Christ alone, who offers more than all, and infinitely more, you do not accept. And what is this great war? What is this great hatred? Whence, then, will you have pardon and excuse, when, for the very reasons for which you prefer some men to others, you do not bear to prefer God to men? Why do you entrust your treasure to the earth? “Give it into my hand,” he says. Does not the master of the earth seem to you more trustworthy than the earth? The earth gives back what was deposited, and often not even this; but he also pays you fees for its safekeeping. For he greatly loves us. Therefore if you wish to lend, he stands ready; if to sow, he himself receives it; if you wish to build, he draws you to himself, saying, “Build in my domains.” Why do you run to the poor, to men who are beggars, who even for small things cause you great troubles? But nevertheless, not even when we hear these things do we bear with it; but where there are battles and wars and brawls and lawsuits and false accusations, there we hasten.

76.5Field 2

Ἅρ' οὖν οὐ δικαίως ἡμᾶς ἀποστρέφεται καὶ κολάζει, ὅταν εἰς πάντα ἡμῖν ἑαντὸν παρέχῃ, ἡμεῖς δὲ ἀντιπίπτωμεν ; Παντί που δῆλον. Εἴτε γὰρ καλλωπίσασθαι θέλεις, φησὶ, τὸν ἐμὸν καλλωπισμόν' εἴτε ὁπλισθῆναι, τὰ ἐμὰ ὅπλα εἴτε ἐνδύσασθαι, τὸ ἱμάτιον τὸ ἐμόν' εἴτε τραφῆναι, τὴν τρᾶπεζαν τὴν ἐμήν' εἴτε ὁδεῦσαι, τὴν ὁδὸν τὴν ἐμήν εἴτε κληρονομῆσαι, τὴν κληρονομίαν τὴν ἐμήν εἴτε εἰς πατρίδα εἰσελθεῖν, εἰς τὴν πόλιν, ἧς τεχνίτης καὶ δημιουργὸς ἔγω' εἴτε οἰκοδομῆσαι οἰκίαν, ἐν ταῖς σκηναῖς ταῖς ἐμαῖς. Ἔγὼω γὰρ ὧν δίδωμι οὐκ ἀπαιτῶ σε μισθὸν, ἀλλὰ καὶ αὐτοῦ τούτου μισθόν σοι προσοφείλω, ἂν τοῖς ἐμοῖς χρήσασθαι βουληθῇς ἅπασι. Τί ταύτης γένοιτ᾽ ἂν ἴσον τῆς φιλοτιμίας; ᾿Εγὼ πατήρ, ἐγὼ ἀδελφὸς, ἐγὼ νυμφίος, ἐγὼ ᾿οἰκία, ἐγὼ τροφὴ, ἐγὼ ἱμάτιον, ἐγὼ ῥίζα, ἐγὼ θεμέλιος, πᾶν ὕπερ ἂν θέλης ἐγω μηδενὸς ἐν χρείᾳ καταστῆς. ᾿Εγὼ καὶ δουλεύσω ἦλθον γὰρ διακονῆσαι, οὐ διακονηθῆναι. ᾿Εγὼ καὶ φίλος, καὶ μέλος, καὶ κεφαλὴ, καὶ ἀδελφὸς, καὶ ἀδελφὴ, καὶ μήτηρ, πάντα ἐγώ μόνον οἰκείως ἔχε πρὸς ἐμέ. ᾿Εγὼ πένης διὰ σὲ, καὶ ἀλήτης. διὰ σέ; ἐπὶ σταυροῦ διὰ σὲ» ἐπὶ τάφου διὰ σέ ἄνω ὑπὲρ σοὺ ἐντυγχάνω τῷ πατρὶ, κάτω ὑπὲρ σοῦ πρεσβευτὴς παραγέγονα παρὰ τοῦ πατρός. Πάντα μοι σὺ, καὶ ἀδελφὸς, καὶ συγκληρονόμος, καὶ φίλος, καὶ μέλος. Τί πλέον θέλεις; τί τὸν φιλοῦντα ἀποστρέφῃ; τί τῷ κόσμῳ κάμνεις; τί εἰς πίθον αντλεῖς τετρημένον : Τοῦτο γάρ ἐστιν εἰς τὸν παρόντα βίον πονεῖσθαι. Τι εἰς πὺρ ξαίνεις: τί τῷ ἀέρι πυκτεύεις ; τί εἰκῆ τρέχεις ; Οὐχὶ ἑκάστη τέχνη τέλος ἔχει ; Παντί που δηλον. Δεῖξόν μοι καὶ σὺ τῆς σπουδῆς τῆς βιωτικῆς τὸ τέλος. Ἀλλ᾽ οὐκ ἔχεις. Ματαιότης γὰρ ματαιοτήτων, τὰ πάντα ματαιότης. ἼΙωμεν εἰς τοὺς τάφους, δεῖξόν μοι τὸν πατέρα, δεῖξόν. μοι τὴν γυναῖκα. Ποῦ ὁ χρυσᾶ ἐνδεδυμένος ἱμάτια; ὁ ἐπὶ τοῦ ὀχήματος καθήμενος; ὁ στρατόπεδα ἔχων, ὁ τὴν ζώνην, ὁ τοὺς κήρυκας; ὁ τοὺς μὲν ἀναιρῶν, τοὺς δὲ ἐμβάλλων εἰς δεσμωτήριον; ὁ ἀποκτέννων οὓς ἐβούλετο, καὶ ἀπαλλάττων οὃς ἤθελεν; Οὐδὲν ὁρῶ πλὴν ὀστέων, καὶ σητος, καὶ ἀράχνης πάντα ἐκεῖνα γῆ, πάντα ἐκεῖνα μῦθος, πάντα ὄναρ καὶ σκιὰ, καὶ διήγημα ψιλὸν, καὶ γραφή; μᾶλλον δὲ οὐδὲ γραφή. Τὴν μὲν γὰρ γραφὴν κἂν εν εἰκόνι ὁρῶμεν' ἐνταῦθα δὲ οὐδὲ εἰκόνα. Καὶ εἴθε μέχρι τούτων τὰ δεινά. Νυνὶ δὲ τὰ μὲν. τῆς τιμῆς, καὶ τῆς τρυφῆς, καὶ τῆς περιφανείας, μέχρι σκιᾶς, μέχρι ῥημάτων τὰ δὲ ἀπ᾿ αὐτῶν οὐκέτι μέχρι σκιᾶς καὶ ῥημάτων, αλλὰ μένει καὶ διαβήσεται μεθ᾽ ἡμῶν ἐκεῖ, καὶ πᾶσιν ἔσται δῆλα αἱ ἁρπαγαὶ, αἱ πλεονεξίαι, αἱ πορνεῖαι, αἱ μοιχεῖαι, τὰ μυρία δεινά Ταντα οὐκ ἐν εἰκόνι, οὐδὲ ἐν τέφρᾳ, ἀλλὰ ὙεΎγραμμένα ἄνω καὶ ῥήματα καὶ πράγματα. ΠΟοίοις οὖν ὀψόμεθα τὸν Χριστὸν ὀφθαλμοῖς; Εἰ γὰρ πατέρα τις οὐκ ἂν ἤνεγκεν ἰδεῖν, συνειδὼς ἑαυτῷ ἡμαρτηκότι εἰς αὐτὸν, τὸν πατρὸς μᾶλλον ἀπείρως πραότερον ὄντα πῶς ἀντιβλέψομεν τότε: πῶς οἴσομεν; Καὶ γὰρ παραστησόμεθα τῷ βήματι τοῦ Χριστοῦ, καὶ πάντων ἀκριβὴς ἔσται ἐξέτασις. Εἰ δέ τιν ἀπιστεῖ τῇ μελλούσῃ κρίσει, ὁράτω τὰ ἐνταῦθα, τοὺς ἐν τοῖς δεσμωτηρίοις, τοὺς ἐν τοῖς μετάλλοις, τοὺς ἐν ταῖς κοπρίαις, τοὺς δαιμονῶντας, τοὺς παραπαίοντας, τοὺς νόσοις ἀνιάτοις παλαίοντας, τοὺς πενίᾳ διηνεκεῖ πυκτεύοντας, τοὺς λιμῷ συζῶντας, τοὺς πένθεσιν ἀνηκέστοις βεβλημένους, τοὺς ἐν αἰχμαλωσίαις. Οὐ γὰρ ἂν οὗτοι ταῦτα ἔπαθον νῦν, εἰ μὴ καὶ τοὺς ἄλλους ἅπαντας τοὺς τὰ τοιαῦτα ἡμαρτηκότας ἔμελλεν ἀναμένειν τιμωρία καὶ κόλασις. Εἰ δὲ μηδὲν ἐνταῦθα ὑπέμειναν οἱ λοιποὶ, τοῦτο μὲν οὖν αὐτὸ σημεῖόν σε ποιεῖσθαι δεῖ τοῦ πάντως εἶναί τι μετὰ τὴν ἐντεῦθεν ἀποδημίαν. Οὐ γὰρ ἂν ἁπάντων ὁ αὐτὸς ὧν θεὸς τοὺς μεν ἐτιμωρήσατο, τοὺς δὲ ἀφῆκεν ἀτιμωρήτους, τὰ αὐτὰ ἢ καὶ χαλεπώτερα πεπλημμεληκότας, εἰ μή τινα ἔμελλεν ἐκεῖ αὐτοῖς τιμωρίαν ἐπάγειν. ᾿Απὸ τούτων τοίνυν τῶν λογισμὼν καὶ τῶν παραδειγμάτων καὶ ἡμεῖς ταπεινώσωμεν ἑαυτοὺς, καὶ οἱ τῇ κρίσει διαπιστοῦντες πιστευέτωσαν λοιπὸν, καὶ βελτίους γινέσθωσαν' ἵνα ἀξίως ἐνταῦθα τῆς βασιλείας βιώσαντες, τῶν μελλόντων ἐπιτύχωμεν ἀγαθῶν, χάριτι καὶ φιλανθρωπίᾳ τοῦ κυρίου ἡμῶν ᾿Ιησοῦ Χριστοῦ, ᾧ ἡ δόξα εἰς

Har' oun ou dikaiōs hēmas apostrephetai kai kolazei, hotan eis panta hēmin heanton parechę̄, hēmeis de antipiptōmen ? Panti pou dēlon. Eite gar kallōpisasthai theleis, phēsi, ton emon kallōpismon' eite hoplisthēnai, ta ema hopla eite endysasthai, to himation to emon' eite traphēnai, tēn trapezan tēn emēn' eite hodeusai, tēn hodon tēn emēn eite klēronomēsai, tēn klēronomian tēn emēn eite eis patrida eiselthein, eis tēn polin, hēs technitēs kai dēmiourgos egō' eite oikodomēsai oikian, en tais skēnais tais emais. Egōō gar hōn didōmi ouk apaitō se misthon, alla kai autou toutou misthon soi prosopheilō, an tois emois chrēsasthai boulēthę̄s hapasi. Ti tautēs genoit᾽ an ison tēs philotimias? ᾿Egō patēr, egō adelphos, egō nymphios, egō ᾿oikia, egō trophē, egō himation, egō rhiza, egō themelios, pan hyper an thelēs egō mēdenos en chreią katastēs. ᾿Egō kai douleusō ēlthon gar diakonēsai, ou diakonēthēnai. ᾿Egō kai philos, kai melos, kai kephalē, kai adelphos, kai adelphē, kai mētēr, panta egō monon oikeiōs eche pros eme. ᾿Egō penēs dia se, kai alētēs. dia se? epi staurou dia se» epi taphou dia se anō hyper sou entynchanō tǭ patri, katō hyper sou presbeutēs paragegona para tou patros. Panta moi sy, kai adelphos, kai synklēronomos, kai philos, kai melos. Ti pleon theleis? ti ton philounta apostrephę̄? ti tǭ kosmǭ kamneis? ti eis pithon antleis tetrēmenon : Touto gar estin eis ton paronta bion poneisthai. Ti eis pyr xaineis: ti tǭ aeri pykteueis ? ti eikē trecheis ? Ouchi hekastē technē telos echei ? Panti pou dēlon. Deixon moi kai sy tēs spoudēs tēs biōtikēs to telos. All᾽ ouk echeis. Mataiotēs gar mataiotētōn, ta panta mataiotēs. IIōmen eis tous taphous, deixon moi ton patera, deixon. moi tēn gynaika. Pou ho chrysa endedymenos himatia? ho epi tou ochēmatos kathēmenos? ho stratopeda echōn, ho tēn zōnēn, ho tous kērykas? ho tous men anairōn, tous de emballōn eis desmōtērion? ho apoktennōn hous ebouleto, kai apallattōn hoos ēthelen? Ouden horō plēn osteōn, kai sētos, kai arachnēs panta ekeina gē, panta ekeina mythos, panta onar kai skia, kai diēgēma psilon, kai graphē? mallon de oude graphē. Tēn men gar graphēn kan en eikoni horōmen' entautha de oude eikona. Kai eithe mechri toutōn ta deina. Nyni de ta men. tēs timēs, kai tēs tryphēs, kai tēs periphaneias, mechri skias, mechri rhēmatōn ta de ap᾿ autōn ouketi mechri skias kai rhēmatōn, alla menei kai diabēsetai meth᾽ hēmōn ekei, kai pasin estai dēla hai harpagai, hai pleonexiai, hai porneiai, hai moicheiai, ta myria deina Tanta ouk en eikoni, oude en tephrą, alla HyeUgrammena anō kai rhēmata kai pragmata. POoiois oun opsometha ton Christon ophthalmois? Ei gar patera tis ouk an ēnenken idein, syneidōs heautǭ hēmartēkoti eis auton, ton patros mallon apeirōs praoteron onta pōs antiblepsomen tote: pōs oisomen? Kai gar parastēsometha tǭ bēmati tou Christou, kai pantōn akribēs estai exetasis. Ei de tin apistei tę̄ mellousę̄ krisei, horatō ta entautha, tous en tois desmōtēriois, tous en tois metallois, tous en tais kopriais, tous daimonōntas, tous parapaiontas, tous nosois aniatois palaiontas, tous penią diēnekei pykteuontas, tous limǭ syzōntas, tous penthesin anēkestois beblēmenous, tous en aichmalōsiais. Ou gar an houtoi tauta epathon nyn, ei mē kai tous allous hapantas tous ta toiauta hēmartēkotas emellen anamenein timōria kai kolasis. Ei de mēden entautha hypemeinan hoi loipoi, touto men oun auto sēmeion se poieisthai dei tou pantōs einai ti meta tēn enteuthen apodēmian. Ou gar an hapantōn ho autos hōn theos tous men etimōrēsato, tous de aphēken atimōrētous, ta auta ē kai chalepōtera peplēmmelēkotas, ei mē tina emellen ekei autois timōrian epagein. ᾿Apo toutōn toinyn tōn logismōn kai tōn paradeigmatōn kai hēmeis tapeinōsōmen heautous, kai hoi tę̄ krisei diapistountes pisteuetōsan loipon, kai beltious ginesthōsan' hina axiōs entautha tēs basileias biōsantes, tōn mellontōn epitychōmen agathōn, chariti kai philanthrōpią tou kyriou hēmōn ᾿Iēsou Christou, hǭ hē doxa eis

Does he not, then, justly turn away from us and punish us, when he offers himself to us for all things, and we resist? It is plain to everyone. “For whether you wish to adorn yourself,” he says, “take my adornment; or to be armed, my arms; or to be clothed, my garment; or to be fed, my table; or to journey, my way; or to inherit, my inheritance; or to enter a homeland, the city of which I am the craftsman and builder; or to build a house, build among my tents. For I do not demand of you a reward for what I give, but I even owe you a reward for this very thing, if you are willing to use all that is mine. What could equal this munificence? I am father, I brother, I bridegroom, I house, I food, I garment, I root, I foundation, all whatever you wish, I; be in need of nothing. I will even serve you; for I came to serve, not to be served. I am friend, and member, and head, and brother, and sister, and mother; I am all things; only be on intimate terms with me. I was poor for you, and a wanderer for you; on the cross for you, in the tomb for you; above, I intercede for you with the Father; below, I have come for you as an ambassador from the Father. You are everything to me, brother and joint heir and friend and member.” What more do you want? Why do you turn away from the one who loves you? Why do you labor for the world? Why do you draw water into a pierced jar? For this is what it is to toil for the present life. Why do you card wool into the fire? Why do you box the air? Why do you run in vain? Does not every art have an end? It is plain to everyone. Show me too the end of your zeal for worldly things. But you cannot. “For vanity of vanities, all is vanity.” Let us go to the tombs: show me your father, show me your wife. Where is he who was clad in golden garments? he who sat in the chariot? he who had armies, the belt of office, the heralds? he who killed some and cast others into prison? he who put to death whom he wished and released whom he would? I see nothing but bones, and the moth, and the spider’s web. All those things are earth, all those a fable, all a dream and a shadow, and a bare tale, and a picture; or rather not even a picture. For the picture we at least see in an image; but here there is not even an image. And would that the terrors stopped at these things! But as it is, the things of honor and luxury and distinction go as far as a shadow, as far as words; but what came from them goes no longer as far as a shadow and words, but remains and will pass over with us there, and all will be plain: the robberies, the acts of covetousness, the acts of sexual immorality, the adulteries, the countless terrible things. These are not in an image, nor in ashes, but written above, both words and deeds. With what eyes, then, shall we see Christ? For if one could not bear to see his father, being conscious of having sinned against him, how shall we look upon him then, who is infinitely gentler than a father? How shall we bear it? For we shall stand before the judgment seat of Christ, and there will be an exact examination of everything. And if anyone disbelieves in the judgment to come, let him look at the things here: those in the prisons, those in the mines, those on the dunghills, the demon-possessed, the deranged, those wrestling with incurable diseases, those boxing with continual poverty, those living with famine, those stricken with incurable griefs, those in captivity. For these would not have suffered these things now, unless punishment and penalty were going to await also all the others who committed such sins. And if the rest endured nothing here, you must take this very fact as a sign that there is certainly something after our departure from here. For God, being the same God of all, would not have punished some and let others go unpunished who had committed the same or more grievous offenses, unless he were going to bring some punishment on them there. By these reasonings, then, and these examples, let us too humble ourselves; and let those who distrust the judgment believe henceforth, and become better; so that, having lived here worthily of the kingdom, we may obtain the good things to come, by the grace and love for mankind of our Lord Jesus Christ, to whom be the glory to …

Chapter 77

77.1Field 2

Ἀπὸ δὲ τῆς συκῆς μάθετε τὴν παραβολήν. Ὅταν ἤδη ὁ κλάδος αὐτῆς γένηται ἁπαλὸς, καὶ τὰ φύλλα ἐκφύῃ, γινώσκετε ὅτι εγγὺς τὸ θέρος. Οὕτω καὶ ὑμεῖς, ὅταν ἴδητε ταῦτα πάντα, γινώσκετε ὅτι ἐγγύς ἐστιν ἐπὶ θύραις. ᾽ἜΠΕΙΔΗ εἶπεν, ὅτι εὐθέως μετὰ τὴν θλῖψιν τῶν ἡμερῶν ἐκείνων, αὐτοὶ δὲ τοῦτο ἐζήτουν μεθ᾽ ὅσον χρόνον, καὶ αὐτὴν κυρίως τὴν ἡμέραν ἐπεθύμουν εἰδέναι, διὰ τοῦτο καὶ τὸ παράδείγμα τίθησι τῆς συκῆς, δεικνὺς ὅτι οὐ πολὺ τὸ μέσον, ἀλλ᾽ ἐφεξῆς καὶ ἡ παρουσία ἀπαντήσεται᾽ ὅπερ οὗν οὐ διὰ τῆς παραβολῆς μόνον, ἀλλὰ καὶ διὰ τῶν μετὰ ταῦτα λέξεων ἐδήλωσεν εἰπών γινώσκετε ὅτι ἐγγύς ἐστιν ἐπὶ θύραις. ᾿Εντεῦθεν καὶ ἕτερόν τι προφητεύει, θέρος πνευματικὸν, καὶ γαλήνην κατ᾽ ἐκείνην ἐσομένην τὴν ἡμέραν ἀπὸ τοῦ χειμῶνος τοῦ παρόντος τοῖς δικαίοις τοῖς δὲ ἁμαρτωλοῖς τοὐναντίον, χειμῶνα ἀπὸ θέρουτ᾽ ὅπερ ἐν τοῖς ἑξῆς ἐδήλωσεν εἰπὼν, τρυφώντων αὐτῶν ἐπιστήσεσθαι τὴν ἡμέραν. Οὐ διὰ τοῦτο δὲ μόνον τὸ τῆς συκῆς τοῦτο τέθεικεν, ἵνα τὸ διάστημα δηλώσῃ ἐξῆν γὰρ καὶ ἑτέρως αὐτὸ παραστῆσαι αλλ᾽ ἵνα κἀντεῦθεν πιστώσηται τὸν λόγον οὕτως ἐκβησόμενον πάντως. Ὥσπερ γὰρ τοῦτο ἀνάγκη εἶναι, οὕτω καὶ ἐκεῖνο. Καὶ γὰρ ὅπονπερ ἂν ἐθέλῃ τὸ πάντως ἀποβησόμενον λέγειν, φυσικὰς ἀνάγκας εἰς μέσον παράγει, καὶ αὐτὸς, καὶ ὁ μακάριος Παῦλος αὐτὸν μιμούμενος. Διὰ τοῦτο καὶ περὶ ἀναστάσεως διαλεγόμενός φησιν· ὁ κόκκος τοὺ σίτου πεσὼν εἰς τὴν γῆν, ἐὰν μὴ ἀποθάνη, αὐτὸς μόνος, μένει ἐὰν δὲ ἀποθάνη, πολὺν καρπὸν φέρει. Ὅθεν καὶ ὁ μακάριος Παῦλος παιδευθεὶς, τῷ αὐτῷ κέχρηται ὑποδείγματι, Κορινθίοις περὶ ἀναστάσεως διαλεγόμενος. Ἄφρων γάρ, φησὶ, σὺ ὃ σπείρεις οὐ ζωοποιεῖται, ἐὰν μὴ ἀποθάνῃ. Εἶτα ἵνα μὴ ταχέως πάλιν αὐτὸ ἔλθωσι, καὶ ἐρωτήσωσι, πότε, εἰς μνήμην αὐτοὺς τῶν παρελθόντων ἐνάγει, λέγων· ἀμὴν λέγω ὑμῖν, οὐ μὴ παρἔλθη ἡ γενεὰ αὕτη, ἕως ἂν ταῦτα πάντα γένηται. Ταῦτα πάντα, ποῖα; εἰπέ μοι. Τὰ τῶν Ἱεροσολύμων, τὰ τῶν πολέμων, τὰ τών λιμῶν, τὰ τῶν λοιμών, τὰ τῶν σεισμῶν, τὰ τῶν ψευδοχρίστων, τὰ τῶν ψευδοπροφητῶν, τὸ πανταχοῦ σπαρῆναι τὸ εὐαγγέλιον, τας στάσεις, τὰς ταραχάς, τὰ ἄλλα πάντα, ἅπερ εἰρήκαμεν μέχρι τῆς αὐτοῦ παρουσίας συμβησόμενα. Πώς οὖν, φησὶν, εἶπεν, ἡ γενεὰ αὕτη : Οὐ περὶ τῆς τότε λέγων, ἀλλὰ περὶ τῆς τῶν πιστῶν. Οἷδε γὰρ γενεὰν οὐκ ἀπὸ χρόνων χαρακτηρίζειν μόνον, ἀλλὰ καὶ ἀπὸ τρόπου θρησκείας καὶ πολιτείας ὡς ὅταν λέγῃ· αὕτη ἡ γενεὰ ζητούντων τὸν κύριον. Ὅπερ γὰρ ἄνω ἔλεγε δεῖ γὰρ πάντα γενέσθαι καὶ πάλιν, κηρυχθήσεται τὸ εὐαγγέλιον τοῦτο καὶ ἐνταῦθα δηλοῖ λέγων, ὅτι πάντως ἐκβήσεται ταῦτα πάντα, καὶ μενεῖ ἡ γενεὰ τῶν πιστῶν, οὐδενὶ τῶν εἰρημένων διακοπτομένη. Ἀλλὰ καὶ τὰ Ἱεροσόλυμα ἀπολεῖται, καὶ τὸ πλόον τών ᾿Ιουδαίων ἀφανισθήσεται, ταύτης δὲ οὐδὲν περιέσται, οὐ λιμὸς, οὐ λοιμὸς, οὐ σεισμὸς, οὐχ αἱ τῶν πολέμων ταραχαὶ, οὐ ψευδόχριστοι, οὐ ψευδοπροφῆται, οὐκ ἀπατεῶνες, οὐχ οἱ παραδιδόντες, οὐχ οἱ ᾿σκανδαλίζοντεν, οὐχ οἱ ψευδάδελφοι, οὐκ ἄλλος οὐδεὶς τοιοῦτος πειρασμός. Εἴτα καὶ μᾶλλον αὑτοὺς εἰς πίστιν ἐνάγων, φησίν· ὁ οὐρανὸς καὶ ἡ γῆ παρελεύσεται, οἱ δὲ λόγοι μον οὐ μὴ παρέλθωσι᾿ τουτέστι, τὰ πεπηγότα ταῦτα καὶ ἀκίνητα εὐκολώτερον ἀφανισθῆναι, ἥ. τῶν λόγων τῶν ἐμῶν τι διαπεσεῖν. Καὶ ὁ ἀντιλέγων ὑπὲρ τούτων, βασανιζέτω τὰ εἰρημένα, καὶ εὑρὼν ἀληθῆ (εὑρήσει γὰρ πάντων), ἀπὸ τῶν παρελθόντων καὶ τοῖς μέλλουσι πιστευέτω, καὶ πάντα ἐξεταζέτω μετὰ ἀκριβείας, καὶ ὄψεται τῶν πραγμάτων τὸ τέλος μαρτυροὺν τῇ τῆς προφητείας ἀληθείᾳ. Τὰ δὲ στοιχεῖα εἰς μέσον τέθεικεν, ὁμοῦ μὲν δηλῶν, ὅτι προτιμοτέρα καὶ οὐρανοῦ καὶ γῆς ἡ ἐκκλησία ὁμοῦ δὲ δημιουργὸν ἑαυτὸν καὶ ἐντεῦθεν δεικνὺς τοῦ παντός. ᾿Επειδὴ γὰρ περὶ συντελείας διελέχθη, πράγματος παρὰ πολλοῖς ἀπιστουμένον, τὸν οὐρανὸν καὶ τὴν γῆν εἰς μέσον ἤγαγε, τὴν δύναμιν αὐτοῦ τὴν ἄφατον ἐνδεικνύμενος, καὶ μετὰ πολλῆς τῆς ἐξουσίας δηλῶν, ὅτι δεσπότης ἐστὶ τοῦ παντὸς, καὶ ἐκ τούτων καὶ τοῖς σφόδρα ἀμφιβάλλουσιν ἀξιόπιστα τὰ εἰρημένα κατασκευάζων. Περὶ δὲ τῆς ἡμέρας ἐκείνης και, τῆς ὥρας οὐδεὶς οἶδεν, οὐδὲ οἱ ἄγγελοι τῶν οὐρανῶν, οὐδὲ ὁ υἱὸς, εἰ μὴ ὁ πατήρ. Τῷ μὲν εἰπεῖν, οὐδὲ οἱ ἄγγελοι, ἑπεστόμισεν αὐτοὺς, ὥὦστε μὴ ζητῆσαι μαθεῖν ὅπερ ἐκεῖνοι οὐκ ἴσασι τῷ δὲ εἰπεῖν, οὐδὲ ὁ υἱὸς, κωλύει οὐ μόνον μαθεῖν, ἀλλὰ καὶ ζητῆσαι. Ὅτι γὰρ διὰ τοῦτο τοῦτο εἴρηκεν, ὅρα μετὰ τὴν ἀνάστασιν, ἐπειδὴ περιεργοτέρους εἶδε γενομένους, πῶς ἐπεστόμισε μειζόνως. Νῦν μὲν γὰρ καὶ τεκμήρια εἴρηκε πολλὰ καὶ ἄπειρα τότε δὲ ἁπλῶς· οὐχ ὑμῶν ἐστι γνῶναι χρόνους ἢ καιρούς. Εἴτα ἵνα μὴ εἴπωσιν, ὅτι ἡπορήμεθα, διεπτύσθημεν, οὐδὲ τούτου ἐσμὲν ἄξιοι· φησὶν, οὓς ὁ πατὴρ ἔθετο ἐν τῆ ἰδίᾳ ἐξουσίᾳ. Καὶ γὰρ σφόδρα ἔμελεν αὐτῷ τοῦ τιμᾶν αὐτοὺς καὶ μηδὲν ἀποκρύπτεσθαι. Διὰ τοῦτο αὐτὸ τῷ πατρὶ αὐτοῦ ανατίθησι, καὶ φοβερὸν τὸ πρᾶγμα ποιῶν, καὶ ἐκείνων ἀποτειχίζων τῇ πεύσει τὸ εἰρημένον ἐπεὶ εἰ μὴ τοῦτο ἐστιν, αλλ᾽ ἀγνοεῖ, πότε εἴσεται ; Ἄρα μεθ᾽ ἡμῶν; καὶ τίς ἂν τοῦτο εἴποι; Καὶ τὸν μὲν πατέρα οἶδε σαφώς, καὶ οὕτω σαφῶς, ὡς ἐκεῖνος τὸν υἱόν τὴν δὲ ἡμέραν ἀγνοεῖ; Εἶτα, τὸ μὲν πνεῦμα ἐρευνᾷ καὶ τὰ βάθη τοῦ θεοῦ αὐτὸς δὲ οὐδὲ τὸν καιρὸν τῆς κρίσεως οἷδεν ; Ἀλλά τὸ μὲν πῶς ᾽ δεῖ κρίνειν οἷδε, καὶ τὰ ἑκάστου ἀπόῤῥητα ἐπίσταται ὃ δὲ πολλῷ τούτου εὐτελέστερον, τοῦτο ἔμελλεν ἀγνοεῖν: Πῶς δὲ, εἰ πάντα δι᾽ αὐτοῦ ἐγένετο, καὶ χωρὶς αὐτοῦ ἐγένετο οὐδὲ ἕν, τὴν ἡμέραν ἠγνόησεν ; Ὁ γὰρ τοὺς αἰῶνας ποιήσας, εὔδηλον ὅτι καὶ τοὺς χρόνους· εἰ δὲ τοὺς χρόνους, καὶ τὴν ἡμέραν' πὼς οὖν ἣν ἐποίησεν ἀγνοεῖ;

Apo de tēs sykēs mathete tēn parabolēn. Hotan ēdē ho klados autēs genētai hapalos, kai ta phylla ekphyę̄, ginōskete hoti engys to theros. Houtō kai hymeis, hotan idēte tauta panta, ginōskete hoti engys estin epi thyrais. ᾽EPEIDĒ eipen, hoti eutheōs meta tēn thlipsin tōn hēmerōn ekeinōn, autoi de touto ezētoun meth᾽ hoson chronon, kai autēn kyriōs tēn hēmeran epethymoun eidenai, dia touto kai to paradeigma tithēsi tēs sykēs, deiknys hoti ou poly to meson, all᾽ ephexēs kai hē parousia apantēsetai᾽ hoper houn ou dia tēs parabolēs monon, alla kai dia tōn meta tauta lexeōn edēlōsen eipōn ginōskete hoti engys estin epi thyrais. ᾿Enteuthen kai heteron ti prophēteuei, theros pneumatikon, kai galēnēn kat᾽ ekeinēn esomenēn tēn hēmeran apo tou cheimōnos tou parontos tois dikaiois tois de hamartōlois tounantion, cheimōna apo therout᾽ hoper en tois hexēs edēlōsen eipōn, tryphōntōn autōn epistēsesthai tēn hēmeran. Ou dia touto de monon to tēs sykēs touto tetheiken, hina to diastēma dēlōsę̄ exēn gar kai heterōs auto parastēsai all᾽ hina kanteuthen pistōsētai ton logon houtōs ekbēsomenon pantōs. Hōsper gar touto anankē einai, houtō kai ekeino. Kai gar hoponper an ethelę̄ to pantōs apobēsomenon legein, physikas anankas eis meson paragei, kai autos, kai ho makarios Paulos auton mimoumenos. Dia touto kai peri anastaseōs dialegomenos phēsin; ho kokkos tou sitou pesōn eis tēn gēn, ean mē apothanē, autos monos, menei ean de apothanē, polyn karpon pherei. Hothen kai ho makarios Paulos paideutheis, tǭ autǭ kechrētai hypodeigmati, Korinthiois peri anastaseōs dialegomenos. Aphrōn gar, phēsi, sy ho speireis ou zōopoieitai, ean mē apothanę̄. Eita hina mē tacheōs palin auto elthōsi, kai erōtēsōsi, pote, eis mnēmēn autous tōn parelthontōn enagei, legōn; amēn legō hymin, ou mē parelthē hē genea hautē, heōs an tauta panta genētai. Tauta panta, poia? eipe moi. Ta tōn Hierosolymōn, ta tōn polemōn, ta tōn limōn, ta tōn loimōn, ta tōn seismōn, ta tōn pseudochristōn, ta tōn pseudoprophētōn, to pantachou sparēnai to euangelion, tas staseis, tas tarachas, ta alla panta, haper eirēkamen mechri tēs autou parousias symbēsomena. Pōs oun, phēsin, eipen, hē genea hautē : Ou peri tēs tote legōn, alla peri tēs tōn pistōn. Hoide gar genean ouk apo chronōn charaktērizein monon, alla kai apo tropou thrēskeias kai politeias hōs hotan legę̄; hautē hē genea zētountōn ton kyrion. Hoper gar anō elege dei gar panta genesthai kai palin, kērychthēsetai to euangelion touto kai entautha dēloi legōn, hoti pantōs ekbēsetai tauta panta, kai menei hē genea tōn pistōn, oudeni tōn eirēmenōn diakoptomenē. Alla kai ta Hierosolyma apoleitai, kai to ploon tōn ᾿Ioudaiōn aphanisthēsetai, tautēs de ouden periestai, ou limos, ou loimos, ou seismos, ouch hai tōn polemōn tarachai, ou pseudochristoi, ou pseudoprophētai, ouk apateōnes, ouch hoi paradidontes, ouch hoi ᾿skandalizonten, ouch hoi pseudadelphoi, ouk allos oudeis toioutos peirasmos. Eita kai mallon hautous eis pistin enagōn, phēsin; ho ouranos kai hē gē pareleusetai, hoi de logoi mon ou mē parelthōsi᾿ toutesti, ta pepēgota tauta kai akinēta eukolōteron aphanisthēnai, hē. tōn logōn tōn emōn ti diapesein. Kai ho antilegōn hyper toutōn, basanizetō ta eirēmena, kai heurōn alēthē (heurēsei gar pantōn), apo tōn parelthontōn kai tois mellousi pisteuetō, kai panta exetazetō meta akribeias, kai opsetai tōn pragmatōn to telos martyroun tę̄ tēs prophēteias alētheią. Ta de stoicheia eis meson tetheiken, homou men dēlōn, hoti protimotera kai ouranou kai gēs hē ekklēsia homou de dēmiourgon heauton kai enteuthen deiknys tou pantos. ᾿Epeidē gar peri synteleias dielechthē, pragmatos para pollois apistoumenon, ton ouranon kai tēn gēn eis meson ēgage, tēn dynamin autou tēn aphaton endeiknymenos, kai meta pollēs tēs exousias dēlōn, hoti despotēs esti tou pantos, kai ek toutōn kai tois sphodra amphiballousin axiopista ta eirēmena kataskeuazōn. Peri de tēs hēmeras ekeinēs kai, tēs hōras oudeis oiden, oude hoi angeloi tōn ouranōn, oude ho huios, ei mē ho patēr. Tǭ men eipein, oude hoi angeloi, hepestomisen autous, hōōste mē zētēsai mathein hoper ekeinoi ouk isasi tǭ de eipein, oude ho huios, kōlyei ou monon mathein, alla kai zētēsai. Hoti gar dia touto touto eirēken, hora meta tēn anastasin, epeidē periergoterous eide genomenous, pōs epestomise meizonōs. Nyn men gar kai tekmēria eirēke polla kai apeira tote de haplōs; ouch hymōn esti gnōnai chronous ē kairous. Eita hina mē eipōsin, hoti hēporēmetha, dieptysthēmen, oude toutou esmen axioi; phēsin, hous ho patēr etheto en tē idią exousią. Kai gar sphodra emelen autǭ tou timan autous kai mēden apokryptesthai. Dia touto auto tǭ patri autou anatithēsi, kai phoberon to pragma poiōn, kai ekeinōn apoteichizōn tę̄ peusei to eirēmenon epei ei mē touto estin, all᾽ agnoei, pote eisetai ? Ara meth᾽ hēmōn? kai tis an touto eipoi? Kai ton men patera oide saphōs, kai houtō saphōs, hōs ekeinos ton huion tēn de hēmeran agnoei? Eita, to men pneuma ereuną kai ta bathē tou theou autos de oude ton kairon tēs kriseōs hoiden ? Alla to men pōs ᾽ dei krinein hoide, kai ta hekastou aporrhēta epistatai ho de pollǭ toutou eutelesteron, touto emellen agnoein: Pōs de, ei panta di᾽ autou egeneto, kai chōris autou egeneto oude hen, tēn hēmeran ēgnoēsen ? Ho gar tous aiōnas poiēsas, eudēlon hoti kai tous chronous; ei de tous chronous, kai tēn hēmeran' pōs oun hēn epoiēsen agnoei?

“Now learn the parable from the fig tree: when its branch has already become tender and puts forth its leaves, you know that summer is near. So you too, when you see all these things, know that he is near, at the doors.”

Since he had said, “Immediately after the tribulation of those days,” and they were asking after how long a time, and longed to know the very day itself, for this reason he sets down also the example of the fig tree, showing that the interval is not great, but that his coming too will follow close after; which he made plain not only through the parable, but also through the words after it, saying, “Know that he is near, at the doors.” From this he also prophesies something else: a spiritual summer and a calm that will come on that day for the righteous after the present winter; but for sinners the opposite, winter after summer; which he showed in what follows, saying that the day will come upon them while they live in luxury. And he set down this example of the fig tree not only to show the interval (for he could have set this forth in another way too), but so that by this too he might give assurance that the word would certainly come to pass so. For as this must be, so must that. For wherever he wishes to speak of what will certainly come to pass, he brings natural necessities into the midst, both he himself and blessed Paul, imitating him. Therefore also, when discoursing about the resurrection, he says, “Unless the grain of wheat falls into the ground and dies, it remains alone; but if it dies, it bears much fruit.” Hence blessed Paul too, taught by this, uses the same example when discoursing to the Corinthians about the resurrection: “Fool,” he says, “what you sow does not come to life unless it dies.” Then, so that they might not quickly come back to it and ask “When?”, he brings them to the memory of what was past, saying, “Truly I say to you, this generation will not pass away until all these things take place.” “All these things”—which, tell me? Those of Jerusalem, those of the wars, of the famines, of the pestilences, of the earthquakes, of the false christs, of the false prophets, the sowing of the gospel everywhere, the seditions, the tumults, all the other things that we have said will happen until his coming. “How, then,” someone says, “did he say ‘this generation’?” He was not speaking of the generation of that time, but of that of the believers. For he knows how to characterize a generation not only by times, but also by the manner of worship and way of life, as when it says, “This is the generation of those who seek the Lord.” For what he said above, “For all these things must take place,” and again, “This gospel will be preached,” he shows here too, saying that all these things will certainly come to pass, and the generation of the believers will remain, cut off by none of the things that were mentioned. Jerusalem will perish, and the greater part of the Jews will be destroyed, but over this generation nothing will prevail: no famine, no pestilence, no earthquake, no tumults of wars, no false christs, no false prophets, no deceivers, no betrayers, no causers of stumbling, no false brothers, no other such trial. Then, leading them still more to faith, he says, “Heaven and earth will pass away, but my words will not pass away”: that is, it is easier for these things, fixed and immovable as they are, to be destroyed than for any of my words to fail. And let him who contradicts these things test what was said, and, finding it true (for he will certainly find it so), let him believe the future too from the past, and examine everything with exactness, and he will see the outcome of events bearing witness to the truth of the prophecy. And he set the elements in the midst, at once showing that the church is more precious than heaven and earth, and at once showing himself by this too to be the creator of the universe. For since he had discoursed about the end, a thing disbelieved by many, he brought heaven and earth into the midst, displaying his unspeakable power, and showing with great authority that he is master of the universe, and by these things making what was said worthy of belief even to those who greatly doubt.

“But of that day and hour no one knows, not even the angels of heaven, nor the Son, but the Father.” By saying “not even the angels,” he stopped their mouths, so that they would not seek to learn what those do not know; and by saying “nor the Son,” he prevents them not only from learning but even from seeking. For that he said this for this reason, see after the resurrection, when he saw that they had become more curious, how he stopped their mouths more strongly. For now he has told them many and countless tokens; but then he said simply, “It is not for you to know times or seasons.” Then, so that they might not say, “We are at a loss, we have been spurned, we are not worthy even of this,” he says, “which the Father has set by his own authority.” For he cared greatly to honor them and to hide nothing from them. Therefore he refers it to his Father, both making the matter fearful and walling off what was said from their inquiry. For if this is not so, but he is ignorant, when will he know? Together with us? And who would say this? He knows the Father clearly, and as clearly as the Father knows the Son, and is he ignorant of the day? Then, the Spirit searches even the depths of God, and he himself does not know even the time of the judgment? He knows how he must judge, and understands the secrets of each, and was he going to be ignorant of what is far meaner than this? And how, if “all things came into being through him, and without him nothing came into being,” was he ignorant of the day? For he who made the ages plainly made the times too; and if the times, the day too. How, then, is he ignorant of the day that he made?

77.2Field 2

Καὶ ὑμεῖς μὲν αὐτοῦ καὶ τὴν οὐσίαν εἰδέναι φατὲ, τὸν δὲ υἱὸν οὐδὲ τὴν ἡμέραν, τὸν υἱὸν, τὸν διαπαντὸς ἐν τῷ κόλπῳ ὄντα τοῦ πατρός: καίτοι πολλῷ μείζων ἡ οὐσία τῶν ἡμερῶν, καὶ ἀπείρως μείζων. Πῶς οὖν τὸ μεῖζον ἑαυτοῖς διδόντες, οὐδὲ τὸ ἔλαττον συγχωρεῖτε τῷ υἱῷ, ἐν ᾧ εἰσι πάντες οἱ θησαυροὶ τῆς σοφίας καὶ τῆς γνώσεως ἀπόκρυφοι; Αλλ᾽ οὔτε ὑμεῖς ἴστε τί τὴν οὐσίαν ὁ θεὸς, κἂν μυριάκις ταῦτα μαίνησθε' οὔτε ὁ υἱὸς ἀγνοεῖ τὴν ἡμέραν, ἀλλὰ καὶ σφόδρα ἐπίσταται. Διά τοι τοῦτο πάντα εἰπὼν, καὶ τοὺς χρόνου, καὶ τοὺς καιροὺς, καὶ ἐπ᾽ αὐτὰς τὰς θύρας ἀγαγὼν, (ἐγγὺς γάρ ἐστιν ἐπὶ θύραις, φησίν) ἀπεσίγησε τὴν ἡμέραν. Ἂν μὲν ἡμέραν ζητοίης καὶ ὥραν, οὐκ ἀκούσῃ παρ᾽ ἐμοῦ, φησίν· ἂν δὲ καιροὺς καὶ προοίμια, οὐδὲν ἀποκρυψάμενος ἐρῶ πάντα σοι μετὰ ακριβείας. Ὅτι μὲν γὰρ οὐκ ἀγνοῶ, διὰ πυλλῶν ἔδειξα, διαστήματα εἰπὼν, καὶ τὰ συμβησόμενα ἅπαντα, καὶ ὅσον ἀπὸ τοῦδε τοῦ χρόνου μέχρι τῆς ἡμέρας αὐτῆς (τοῦτο γὰρ τῆς συκῆς ἐδήλωσεν ἥ παραβολή) καὶ ἐπὶ τὰ πρόθυρά σε ἤγαγον αὐτα᾽ εἰ δὲ μὴ ἀνοΐγω σοι τὰς θύρας, καὶ τοῦτο συμφερόντως ποιῶ Ἵνα δὲ καὶ ἑτέρωθεν μάθῃς, ὅτι οὐ τῆς ἀγνοίας αὐτοῦ τὸ σιγῆσαι; ὅρα μετὰ τῶν εἰρημένων πώς καὶ ἄλλο προστίθησι σημεῖον. Ὥσπερ δὲ ἦσαν ἐν ταῖς ἡμέραις τοῦ Νώε τρώγοντες καὶ. πίνοντες, γαμοῦντες καὶ γαμίζοντες, ἄχρι ἧς ἡμέρας ἦλθεν ὁ κατακλυσμὸς, καὶ ἦρεν ἅπαντας οὕτως ἔσται καὶ ἡ παρουσία τοῦ νϊοῦ τοῦ ἀνθρώπον. Ταῦτα δὲ εἶπε, δηλῶν ὡς ἀθρόον ἥξει, καὶ ἀπροσδοκήτως, καὶ τῶν πλειόνων τρυφώντων. Καὶ γὰρ ὁ Παῦλος τοῦτό φησιν, οὕτω γράφων· ὅταν λέγωσιν εἰρήνην καὶ ἀσφάλειαν, τότε αἰφνίδιο:. αὐτοῖς ἐφίσταται ὄλεθρος καὶ τὸ ἀπροσδόκητον δηλῶν, ἔλεγεν ὥσπερ ἡ ὠδὶν τῇ ἐν γαστρὶ ἐχούσῃ. Πώς οὖν φησι, μετὰ τὴν θλῖψιν τῶν ἡμερῶν ἐκείνων; Εἰ γὰρ τρυφὴ τότε, καὶ εἰρήνη, καὶ ἀσφάλεια, καθὼς ὁ Παὺλός φησι; πῶς λέγει, μετὰ τὴν θλῖψιν τῶν ἡμερῶν ἐκείνων : Εἰ τρυφὴ, πῶς θλίψις: Τρυφὴ τοῖς ἀναισθήτως διακειμένοις, καὶ εἰρήνη. Διὰ τοῦτο οὐκ εἶπεν, ὅταν ᾖ εἰρήνη, αλλ', ὅταν λέγωσιν εἰρήνην καὶ ἀσφάλειαν, τὸ ᾿ἀναίσθητον αὐτῶν ἐνδεικνύμενος», ὡς τῶν ἐπὶ Νώε, ὅτι δὴ ἐν τοιούτοις κακοῖς ἐτρύφων. ᾿Αλλ᾽ οὐχ οἱ δίκαιοι, ἀλλ΄ ἐν θλίψει καὶ ἀθυμίᾳ διῆγον. ᾿Εντεῦθεν δείκνυσιν, ὅτι τοῦ ἀντιχρίστου ἐλθόντος, τὰ τῶν ἀτόπων ἡδονῶν ἐπιταθήσεται ἐν τοῖς παρανόμοις καὶ τῆς οἰκείας ἀπεγνωκόσι σωτηρίας. Τότε γαστριμαργίαι, κῶμοι τότε καὶ μέθαι. Διὸ καὶ μάλιστα. ὑπόδειγμα τίθησιν ἁρμόζον τῷ πράγματι. Καθάπερ γὰρ τῆς κιβωτοῦ γινομένης οὐκ ἐπίστευον, φησὶν, ἀλλὰ προέκειτο μὲν ἐν μέσῳ τὰ μέλλοντα προανακηρύττουσα κακὰ, ἐκεῖνοι δὲ ὁρῶντες αὐτὴν, ὡς οὐδενὸς ἐσομένου δεινοῦ, οὕτως ,ἐτρύφων' οὕτω καὶ νῦν; φανεῖται μὲν ὁ ἀντίχριστος, μεθ᾽ ὃν η συντέλεια, καὶ αἱ κολάσεις αἱ ἐπὶ τῇ συντελείᾳ, καὶ τιμωρίαι ἀφόρητοι οἱ δὲ τῇ μέθῃ τῆς κακίας κατεχόμενοι οὐδὲ αἰσθήσονται τοῦ φόβου τῶν ἐσομένων. Διὸ καὶ Παῦλός φησιν ὥσπερ ἡ ὠδὶν τῇ ἐν γαστρὶ ἐχούση, οὕτως αὐτοῖς παραστήσεται τὰ φοβερὰ ἐκεῖνα καὶ ἀνήκεστα. Καὶ διατί μὴ εἶπε τὰ ἐπὶ Σοδόμων κακά; Καθολικὸν ἠθέλησεν ἐνθεῖναι ὑπόδειγμα, καὶ μετὰ τὸ προλεχθῆναι ἀπιστηθέν. Διὰ δὴ τοῦτο, ἐπειδὴ παρὰ τοῖς πολλοῖς τὰ μέλλοντα ἀπιστεῖται, ἀπὸ τῶν παρελθόντων αὐτὰ πιστοῦται, κατασείων αὐτῶν τὴν διάνοιαν. Μετὰ δὲ τῶν εἰρημένων κἀκεῖνο ἐνδείκνυται, ὅτι καὶ τὰ ἔμπροσθεν αὐτὸς πεποίηκεν. Εἶτα πάλιν ἄλλο σημεῖον τίθησι, δέ ὧν ἁπάντων ὅτι οὐκ ἀγνοοῖ τὴν ἡμέραν, καταδηλον ποιεῖ. Τί δὲ τὸ σημεῖον; Τότε δύο ἔσονται ἐν τῷ ἀγρῷ᾽ εἷς παραλαμβάνεται, καὶ εἷς αφίεται. Δύο ἀλήθουσαι ἐν τῷ μύλωνι᾽ μία παραλαμβάνεται, καὶ μία ἀφίεται. Γρηγορεῖτε οὗν, ὅτι οὐκ οἴδατε ποίᾳ ὥρᾳ ὁ κύριος ὑμῶν ἔρχεται. Ταῦτα δὲ πάντα, καὶ τοῦ εἰδέναι αὐτὸν δείγματα, καὶ ἀπάγοντα αὐτοὺς τῆς ἐρωτήσεως. Διὰ γὰρ τοῦτο εἶπε καὶ τὰς ἡμέρας τοῦ Νώε᾽ διὰ τοῦτο εἶπε καὶ, δύο ἐπὶ τῆς κλίνης, τοῦτο δηλῶν, ὅτι οὕτως ἀπροσδοκήτως, οὕτως ἀμερίμνων αὐτῶν ὄντων ἐπελεύσεται· καὶ, δύο ἀλήθουσαι, ὅπερ καὶ αὐτὸ οὐκ ἔστι μεριμνώντων. Καὶ μετὰ τούτον, ὅτι καὶ δοῦλοι καὶ δεσπόται καὶ παραλαμβάνονται καὶ ἀφίενται, καὶ οἱ ἐν ἀδείᾳ καὶ οἱ ἐν πόνῳ, καὶ ἀπὸ ταύτης τῆς ἀξίας καὶ ἀπ᾽ ἐκείνης ὥσπερ ἐν τῇ παλαιᾷ φησιν ἀπὸ τοῦ καθημένον ἐπὶ τοῦ θρόνου, ἕως τῆς αἰχμαλώτιδος τῆς ἐν τῷ μύλωνι. ᾿Επειδὴ γὰρ εἶπεν, ὅτι δυσκόλως οἱ πλούσιοι σώζονται, δείκνυσιν ὅτι οὐ πάντως οὔτε οὗτοι ἀπόλλυνται, οὔτε πένητες σώζονται ἅπαντες, ἀλλὰ καὶ ἐξ ἐκείνων καὶ ἐκ τούτων καὶ σώζονται καὶ ἀπόλλυνται. ᾿Εμοὶ δὲ δοκεῖ δηλοῦν, ὅτι καὶ ἐν νυκτὶ ἔσται ἢ παρουσία. Τοῦτο γὰρ καὶ ὁ Λουκᾶς φησιν. ὋὉρᾷς πώς πάντα μετὰ ἀκριβείας οἷδεν ; Εἶτα πάλιν, ἵνα μὴ ἐρωτήσωσιν, ἐπήγαγε᾽ γρηγορεῖτε οὖν, ὅτι οὐκ οἴδατε ποίᾳ ὥρᾳ ὁ κύριος ὑμῶν ἔρχεται. Οὐκ εἶπεν, οὐκ οἶδα, ἀλλ᾽, οὐκ οἴδατε. Ὅταν γὰρ αὐτοὺς σχεδὸν εἰς αὐτὴν ἀγάγῃ τὴν ὥραν, καὶ στήσῃ, πάλιν αὐτοὺς ἀπάγει τῆς ἐρωτήσεων, ᾿ βουλόμενος ἐναγωνίους εἶναι διηνεκῶς. Διὰ τοῦτο λέγει, γρηγορεῖτε, δεικνὺς ὅτι διὰ τοῦτο οὐκ εἶπεν. Ἐκεῖνο δὲ γινώσκετε, ὅτι εἰ ἤδει ὁ οἰκοδεσπότης πυίᾳ φυλακῇ ὁ κλέπτης ἔρχεται, ἐγρηγόρησεν ἄν, καὶ οὐκ ἂν εἴασε διορυγῆναι τὴν οἰκίαν αὐτοῦ. Διὰ τοῦτο καὶ ὑμεῖς γίνεσθε ἕτοιμοι, ὅτι ᾗ ὥρᾳ οὐ δοκεῖτε, ὁ υἱὸς τοῦ ἀνθρώπου ἔρχεται. Διὰ τοῦτο οὐ λέγει αὐτοῖς, ἵνα Ὑρηγορῶσιν, ἵνα αεὶ ἕτοιμοι ὦσι διὰ τοῦτό φησιν, ὅτε οὐ προσδοκᾶτε, τότε ἥξει, ἐναγωνίους εἶναι βουλόμενος; καὶ διαπαντὸς ἐν ἀρετῇ. Ὃ δὲ λέγει, τοιοῦτόν ἐστιν εἰ ἤδεσαν οἱ πολλοὺὲ πότε ἀποθανοῦνται, πάντως ἄν κατ᾽ ἐκείνην τὴν ὥραν ἐσπούδασαν.

Kai hymeis men autou kai tēn ousian eidenai phate, ton de huion oude tēn hēmeran, ton huion, ton diapantos en tǭ kolpǭ onta tou patros: kaitoi pollǭ meizōn hē ousia tōn hēmerōn, kai apeirōs meizōn. Pōs oun to meizon heautois didontes, oude to elatton synchōreite tǭ huiǭ, en hǭ eisi pantes hoi thēsauroi tēs sophias kai tēs gnōseōs apokryphoi? All᾽ oute hymeis iste ti tēn ousian ho theos, kan myriakis tauta mainēsthe' oute ho huios agnoei tēn hēmeran, alla kai sphodra epistatai. Dia toi touto panta eipōn, kai tous chronou, kai tous kairous, kai ep᾽ autas tas thyras agagōn, (engys gar estin epi thyrais, phēsin) apesigēse tēn hēmeran. An men hēmeran zētoiēs kai hōran, ouk akousę̄ par᾽ emou, phēsin; an de kairous kai prooimia, ouden apokrypsamenos erō panta soi meta akribeias. Hoti men gar ouk agnoō, dia pyllōn edeixa, diastēmata eipōn, kai ta symbēsomena hapanta, kai hoson apo toude tou chronou mechri tēs hēmeras autēs (touto gar tēs sykēs edēlōsen hē parabolē) kai epi ta prothyra se ēgagon auta᾽ ei de mē anoïgō soi tas thyras, kai touto sympherontōs poiō Hina de kai heterōthen mathę̄s, hoti ou tēs agnoias autou to sigēsai? hora meta tōn eirēmenōn pōs kai allo prostithēsi sēmeion. Hōsper de ēsan en tais hēmerais tou Nōe trōgontes kai. pinontes, gamountes kai gamizontes, achri hēs hēmeras ēlthen ho kataklysmos, kai ēren hapantas houtōs estai kai hē parousia tou nïou tou anthrōpon. Tauta de eipe, dēlōn hōs athroon hēxei, kai aprosdokētōs, kai tōn pleionōn tryphōntōn. Kai gar ho Paulos touto phēsin, houtō graphōn; hotan legōsin eirēnēn kai asphaleian, tote aiphnidio:. autois ephistatai olethros kai to aprosdokēton dēlōn, elegen hōsper hē ōdin tę̄ en gastri echousę̄. Pōs oun phēsi, meta tēn thlipsin tōn hēmerōn ekeinōn? Ei gar tryphē tote, kai eirēnē, kai asphaleia, kathōs ho Paulos phēsi? pōs legei, meta tēn thlipsin tōn hēmerōn ekeinōn : Ei tryphē, pōs thlipsis: Tryphē tois anaisthētōs diakeimenois, kai eirēnē. Dia touto ouk eipen, hotan ę̄ eirēnē, all', hotan legōsin eirēnēn kai asphaleian, to ᾿anaisthēton autōn endeiknymenos», hōs tōn epi Nōe, hoti dē en toioutois kakois etryphōn. ᾿All᾽ ouch hoi dikaioi, all΄ en thlipsei kai athymią diēgon. ᾿Enteuthen deiknysin, hoti tou antichristou elthontos, ta tōn atopōn hēdonōn epitathēsetai en tois paranomois kai tēs oikeias apegnōkosi sōtērias. Tote gastrimargiai, kōmoi tote kai methai. Dio kai malista. hypodeigma tithēsin harmozon tǭ pragmati. Kathaper gar tēs kibōtou ginomenēs ouk episteuon, phēsin, alla proekeito men en mesǭ ta mellonta proanakēryttousa kaka, ekeinoi de horōntes autēn, hōs oudenos esomenou deinou, houtōs ,etryphōn' houtō kai nyn? phaneitai men ho antichristos, meth᾽ hon ē synteleia, kai hai kolaseis hai epi tę̄ synteleią, kai timōriai aphorētoi hoi de tę̄ methę̄ tēs kakias katechomenoi oude aisthēsontai tou phobou tōn esomenōn. Dio kai Paulos phēsin hōsper hē ōdin tę̄ en gastri echousē, houtōs autois parastēsetai ta phobera ekeina kai anēkesta. Kai diati mē eipe ta epi Sodomōn kaka? Katholikon ēthelēsen entheinai hypodeigma, kai meta to prolechthēnai apistēthen. Dia dē touto, epeidē para tois pollois ta mellonta apisteitai, apo tōn parelthontōn auta pistoutai, kataseiōn autōn tēn dianoian. Meta de tōn eirēmenōn kakeino endeiknytai, hoti kai ta emprosthen autos pepoiēken. Eita palin allo sēmeion tithēsi, de hōn hapantōn hoti ouk agnooi tēn hēmeran, katadēlon poiei. Ti de to sēmeion? Tote dyo esontai en tǭ agrǭ᾽ heis paralambanetai, kai heis aphietai. Dyo alēthousai en tǭ mylōni᾽ mia paralambanetai, kai mia aphietai. Grēgoreite houn, hoti ouk oidate poią hōrą ho kyrios hymōn erchetai. Tauta de panta, kai tou eidenai auton deigmata, kai apagonta autous tēs erōtēseōs. Dia gar touto eipe kai tas hēmeras tou Nōe᾽ dia touto eipe kai, dyo epi tēs klinēs, touto dēlōn, hoti houtōs aprosdokētōs, houtōs amerimnōn autōn ontōn epeleusetai; kai, dyo alēthousai, hoper kai auto ouk esti merimnōntōn. Kai meta touton, hoti kai douloi kai despotai kai paralambanontai kai aphientai, kai hoi en adeią kai hoi en ponǭ, kai apo tautēs tēs axias kai ap᾽ ekeinēs hōsper en tę̄ palaią phēsin apo tou kathēmenon epi tou thronou, heōs tēs aichmalōtidos tēs en tǭ mylōni. ᾿Epeidē gar eipen, hoti dyskolōs hoi plousioi sōzontai, deiknysin hoti ou pantōs oute houtoi apollyntai, oute penētes sōzontai hapantes, alla kai ex ekeinōn kai ek toutōn kai sōzontai kai apollyntai. ᾿Emoi de dokei dēloun, hoti kai en nykti estai ē parousia. Touto gar kai ho Loukas phēsin. HoOrąs pōs panta meta akribeias hoiden ? Eita palin, hina mē erōtēsōsin, epēgage᾽ grēgoreite oun, hoti ouk oidate poią hōrą ho kyrios hymōn erchetai. Ouk eipen, ouk oida, all᾽, ouk oidate. Hotan gar autous schedon eis autēn agagę̄ tēn hōran, kai stēsę̄, palin autous apagei tēs erōtēseōn, ᾿ boulomenos enagōnious einai diēnekōs. Dia touto legei, grēgoreite, deiknys hoti dia touto ouk eipen. Ekeino de ginōskete, hoti ei ēdei ho oikodespotēs puią phylakę̄ ho kleptēs erchetai, egrēgorēsen an, kai ouk an eiase diorygēnai tēn oikian autou. Dia touto kai hymeis ginesthe hetoimoi, hoti hę̄ hōrą ou dokeite, ho huios tou anthrōpou erchetai. Dia touto ou legei autois, hina Hyrēgorōsin, hina aei hetoimoi ōsi dia touto phēsin, hote ou prosdokate, tote hēxei, enagōnious einai boulomenos? kai diapantos en aretę̄. Ho de legei, toiouton estin ei ēdesan hoi polloue pote apothanountai, pantōs an kat᾽ ekeinēn tēn hōran espoudasan.

And you say that you know even his essence, but that the Son does not know even the day—the Son, who is always in the bosom of the Father? And yet the essence is far greater than the days, and infinitely greater. How, then, while giving yourselves the greater, do you not grant even the lesser to the Son, “in whom are hidden all the treasures of wisdom and knowledge”? But neither do you know what God is in his essence, though you rave about these things ten thousand times; nor is the Son ignorant of the day, but he knows it exactly. For this very reason, having told everything—both the times and the seasons—and having brought them to the very doors (“For he is near, at the doors,” he says), he kept silent about the day. “If you seek the day and the hour,” he says, “you will not hear it from me; but if the seasons and the preludes, I will tell you everything with exactness, hiding nothing. For that I am not ignorant I have shown by many things, telling the intervals and all that will happen, and how long it is from this time until the day itself (for this the parable of the fig tree showed), and I have brought you to the very porch; and if I do not open the doors to you, this too I do for your good.”

And so that you may learn from another side too that his silence is not from ignorance, see how besides what has been said he adds another sign as well: “For as in the days of Noah they were eating and drinking, marrying and giving in marriage, until the day when the flood came and took them all away, so will be the coming of the Son of Man.” He said this to show that he will come suddenly and unexpectedly, while most are living in luxury. For Paul too says this, writing thus: “When they say, Peace and security, then sudden destruction comes upon them”; and showing the unexpectedness he said, “as labor pains upon a woman with child.” How, then, does he say, “after the tribulation of those days”? For if there is luxury then, and peace and security, as Paul says, how does he say, “after the tribulation of those days”? If luxury, how tribulation? Luxury and peace for those who are in a state of insensibility. Therefore he did not say, “when there is peace,” but, “when they say, Peace and security,” showing their insensibility, like that of the people in Noah’s time, who lived in luxury amid such evils. But not the righteous; they passed their lives in tribulation and dejection. From this he shows that when the Antichrist has come, the absurd pleasures will be intensified among the lawless and those who have despaired of their own salvation. Then there will be gluttony, then revels and drunkenness. Therefore he also sets down an example especially fitted to the matter. For as, when the ark was being built, they did not believe, he says, but it lay in their midst proclaiming beforehand the evils to come, and they, seeing it, lived in luxury as though no terror would happen; so now too the Antichrist will appear, after whom comes the end, and the punishments at the end, and unbearable penalties; but those held fast by the drunkenness of wickedness will not even perceive the fear of what is to be. Therefore Paul too says that “as labor pains upon a woman with child,” so those fearful and incurable things will come upon them. And why did he not mention the evils of Sodom? He wished to put in an example that was universal, and one that was disbelieved after it had been foretold. For this reason, since the things to come are disbelieved by the many, he confirms them from the past, shaking their minds. And besides what has been said, he shows this too, that he himself also did the former things. Then again he sets down another sign, by all of which he makes it plain that he is not ignorant of the day. And what is the sign? “Then two will be in the field; one is taken and one is left. Two women will be grinding at the mill; one is taken and one is left. Watch, therefore, for you do not know at what hour your Lord is coming.” And all these things are both proofs of his knowing and things that lead them away from asking. For this reason he spoke of the days of Noah; for this reason he said also, “two on the bed,” showing that he will come so unexpectedly, while they are so free of care; and, “two women grinding,” which itself is not the work of people anxious. And besides this, he shows that both slaves and masters are taken and left, both those at ease and those at labor, both of this rank and of that; as in the Old Testament it says, “from him who sits on the throne to the captive woman at the mill.” For since he had said that the rich are saved with difficulty, he shows that neither do these all perish, nor are the poor all saved, but from both these and those some are saved and some perish. And to me he seems to show that the coming will be at night as well; for Luke says this too. Do you see how he knows everything with exactness? Then again, so that they might not ask, he added, “Watch, therefore, for you do not know at what hour your Lord is coming.” He did not say, “I do not know,” but, “you do not know.” For when he has brought them almost to the very hour and set them there, he again leads them away from asking, wishing them to be continually in earnest. Therefore he says, “Watch,” showing that for this reason he did not tell it. “But know this, that if the master of the house had known in what watch the thief was coming, he would have watched and would not have let his house be broken into. Therefore you also be ready, for the Son of Man is coming at an hour you do not expect.” For this reason he does not tell them, so that they may watch, so that they may always be ready; for this reason he says, “When you do not expect, then he will come,” wishing them to be in earnest and continually in virtue. And what he says is this: if the many knew when they would die, they would certainly be zealous at that hour.

77.3Field 2

Ἵν᾽ οὖν μὴ ἐκείνην μόνον σπουδάζωσι, διὰ τοῦτο οὐ λέγει οὔτε τὴν κοινὴν, οὔτε τὴν ἑκάστου, ἀεὶ αὐτοὺς βουλόμενος τοῦτο προσδοκᾶν, ἵνα αεὶ σπουδαζωσι. Διὸ καὶ τῆς ἑκάστου ζωῆς τὸ τέλος ἄδηλον ἐποίησεν. Εἶτα ἐκκεκαλυμμένως ἑαυτὸν κύριον ὀνομάζει; οὐδαμοῦ οὕτω σαφώς εἰπών. ᾿Ενταῦθα δέ μοι καὶ ἐντρέπειν δοκεῖ τοὺς ῥᾳθύμους, ὅτι οὐδὲ ὅσην περὶ χρήματα σπουδὴν πεποίηνται οἱ προσδοκῶντες ᾿κλόπτην, οὐδὲ τοσαύτην οὗτοι τῆς ἑαυτῶν ψυχῆς. ᾿Εκεῖνοι μὲν γὰρ ὅταν προσδοκήσωσι, γρηγοροῦσι, καὶ οὐδὲν ἀφιᾶσι τῶν ἔνδον ἀποσυληθῆναι ὑμεῖς δὲ, καίτοι εἰδότες ὅτι ἥξει, καὶ πάντως ἥξει, οὐ μένετε ἐγρηγορότες, φηαὶ, καὶ παρασκενασμένοι, ὥστε μὴ ἀπαρασκευάστως ἐντεῦθεν ἀπενεχθῆναι. Διὰ τοῦτο ἐπ᾽ ὀλέθρῳ ἔρχεται ἡ ἡμέρα τῶν καθευδόντων. Ὥσπερ γὰρ ἐκεῖνος» εἰ ἤδει, διέφυγεν ἄν οὕτω καὶ ὑμεῖς, ἐὰν ἥτε ἕτοιμοι, διαφεύξεσθε. ΕΪτα ἐπειδὴ εἰς τὴν τῆς κρίσεως ἐνέβαλε μνήμην, καὶ πρὸς τοὺς διδασκάλους τρέπει τὸν λόγον λοιπὸν, περὶ κολάσεως καὶ τιμῶν διαλεγόμενος· καὶ προτέρους θεὶς τοὺς κατορθοῦντας, εἰς τοὺς διαμαρτάνοντας τελευτᾷ, πρὸς τὸ φοβερὸν κατακλείων τὸν λόγον. Διὸ πρῶτον τοῦτό φησι Τίς ἄρα ὁ πιστὸς δοῦλος καὶ φρόνιμος, ὃν καταστήσει ὁ κύριος αὐτοῦ ἐπὶ τῆς οἰκίας αὐτοῦ, δοῦναι αὐτοῖς τὴν τροφὴν ἐν καιρῷ αὐτῶν: : Μακάριος ὁ δοῦλος ἐκεῖνος, ὃν ἐλθὼν ὁ κύριος εὑρήσει ποιοῦντα οὕτως. Ἀμὴν λέγω ὑμῖν, ὅτι ἐπὶ πᾶσι τοῖς ὑπάρχουσιν αὐτοῦ καταστήσει αὐτόν. Μὴ καὶ τοῦτο ἀγνοοῦντός ἐστιν; εἰπέ μοι. Εἰ γὰρ ἐπειδὴ εἰπε οὐδὲ ὁ υἱὸς οἷδεν, ἀγνοεῖν αὐτὸν φῄς, ἐπειδὴ εἶπε, τίς ἄρα, τί ἂν εἴποις ; ;: ἢ καὶ τοῦτο ἀγνοεῖν αὐτὸν φῇς: : Ἄπαγε. Οὐδὲ γὰρ τῶν ἐξεστηκότων τοῦτο ἄν τις εἴποι καίτοιγε ἐκεῖ καὶ αἰτίαν ἐστὶν εἰπεῖν, ἐνταῦθα δὲ οὐδὲ τοῦτο. Τί δὲ ὅταν λέγῃ· Πέτρε, φιλεῖς με: ἐρωτῶν, οὐδὲ τοῦτο ἤδει: ἦ ὅταν λέγη, ποῦ τεθοίκατε αὑτόν : Καὶ ὁ πατὴρ δὲ εὑρεθήσεται τοιαῦτα φθεγγόμενος. Καὶ γὰρ καὶ αὐτός φησιν· Ἀδὰμ, ποῦ εἶ; καὶ, κραυγὴ Σοδόμων καὶ Γομόῤῥας πεπλήθυνται πρός με. Καταβὰς οὖν ὄψομαι, εἰ κατὰ τὴν κρανγὴν αὐτῶν, τὴν ἐρχομένην πρός με. συντελοῦνται εἰ δὲ μὴ, ἵνα γνώ. Καὶ ἀλλαχοῦ φησιν· ἐὰν ἄρα ἀκούσωσιν; ἐὰν ἄρα συνῶσι. Καὶ ἐν τῷ εὐαγγελίῳ δὲ, ἴσως ἐντραπήσονται τὸν υἱόν μου ἅπερ ἅπαντα ἀγνοίας ῥήματα ἦν. Ἀλλ᾽ οὐκ ἀγνοῶν ταῦτα ἔλεγεν, ἀλλ᾽ οἰκονομῶν τὰ αὐτῷ πρέποντα ἐπὶ μὲν τοῦ ᾿Αδάμ, ἵνα αὐτὸν ἐμβάλῃ εἰς ἀπολογίαν τῆς ἁμαρτίας ἐπὶ δὲ τῶν Σοδομιτῶν, ἵ ἵνα ἡμᾶς παιδεύση μηδέποτε ἀποφαίνεσθαι, πρὶν ἂν αὐτοῖς παραγενώμεθα τοῖς πράγμασιν ἐπὶ δὲ τοῦ προφήτου, ἵνα μὴ δοκῇ πρόῤῥησις παρὰ τοῖς ἀνοήτοις ἀναγκαστική τις εἶναι τῆς παρακοῆς ἐπὶ δὲ τῆς παραβολῆς τοῦ εὐαγγελίου, ἵ ἵνα δείξη ὅτι ὥφειλον τοῦτο ποιῆσαι καὶ ἐντραπῆναι τὸν υἱόν ἐνταῦθα δὲ, καὶ ἵνα μὴ περιεργάζωνται, μηδὲ πολυπραγμονῶσι πάλιν, καὶ ἵνα δείξη τὸ σπάνιον καὶ πολύτιμον. Καὶ ὅρα πόσης ἀγνοίας ἐνδεικτικὸν τὸ ῥῆμα, εἴγε καὶ τὸν καθιστάμενον ἀγνοεῖ. Μακαρίζει μὲν γὰρ αὐτόν· μακάριος γὰρ, φησὶν, ὁ δοῦλος ε ἐκεῖνος οὐ λέγει δὲ; τίς ἐστιν οὗτος. Τίς γάρ ἐστι, φησὶν, ἄρα, ὃν καταστήσει. ὃ κύριος αὐτοῦ . καὶ, μακάριος ὃν εὑρήσει ποιοῦντα οὕτως. Ταῦτα δὲ οὐ περὶ χρημάτων εἴρηται μόνον, ἀλλὰ καὶ περὶ λόγου, καὶ περὶ δυνάμεως, καὶ περὶ χαρισμάτων, καὶ περὶ πάσης οἰκονομίας, ἧς ἕκαστος ἐνεχειρίσθη. Αὕτη καὶ πρὸς τοὺς ἄρχοντας τοὺς πολιτικοὺς ἁρμόσειεν ἂν ἡ παραβολή. Ἕκαστον γὰρ οἷς ἔ ἔχει πρὸς τὸ κοινῇ συμφέρον ἀποκεχρῆσθαι δεῖ. Κἂν σοφίαν ἔχῃς, κἂν ἀρχὴν, κὰἂν πλοῦτον, κἀν ὁτιοῦν, μὴ επὶ βλάβῃ τῶν συνδούλων, μηδὲ ἐ ἐπ᾽ ἀπωλείᾳ ἑαυτοῦ. Διὰ δὴ τοῦτο ἀμφότερα ἀπαιτεῖ παρ᾽ αὐτοῦ, φρόνησιν καὶ πίστιν. Καὶ γὰρ ἥ ἁμαρτία ἀπὸ ἀνοίας γίνεται. Πιστὸν μὲν οὖν αὐτόν φησιν, ὅτι οὐδὲν ἐνοσφίσατο, οὐδὲ παρανάλωσε τῶν δεσποτικῶν εἰκῆ καὶ μάτην᾽ φρόνιμον δὲ, ὅτι ἔγνω πρὸς τὸ δέον οἰκονομῆσαι τὰ δοθέντα. Καὶ γὰρ ἀμφοτέρων ἡμῖν χρεία, καὶ τοῦ μὴ νοσφίσασθαι τὰ δεσποτικὰ, καὶ τοῦ εἰς δέον οἰκονομιεῖν. Ἂν δὲ θάτερον απῆ, τὸ ἕτερον χωλεύει. Ἂν τε γὰρ πιστὸς ᾖ καὶ μὴ κλέπτῃ; ἀπολλύῃ δὲ καὶ εἰς μηδὲν προσἤκον δαπανᾷ, μέγα τὸ ἔγκλημα ἄν τε εἰδῇ καλῶς οἰκονομεῖν, νοσφίζηται δὲ, πάλιν οὐχ ἡ τυχοῦσα κατηγορία. Ἀκούσωμεν καὶ οἱ τὰ χρήματα ἔχοντες ταῦτα. Οὐ γὰρ διδασκάλοις διαλέγεται μόνον, ἀλλὰ καὶ τοῖς πλουτουσιν. 'Ἑκάτεροι γὰρ ἐνεπιστεύθησαν πλουτον τὸν μὲν ἀναγκαιότερον, οἱ διδάσκοντες τὸν δὲ ἐλάττω, ὑμεῖς. Ὅταν οὖν τῶν διδασκόντων σκορπιζόντων τὰ μείζονα, ὑμεῖς μηδὲ ἐν τοῖς ἐλάττοσι βούλησθε τὴν μεγαλοψυχίαν ἐπιδείκνυσθαι, μᾶλλον δὲ οὐδὲ μεγαλοψυχίαν, ἀλλ᾽ εὐγνωμοσύνην (τὰ γὰρ ἀλλότρια δίδοτε) ποία ἔσται ἀπολογία; ᾿Αλλὰ τέως, πρὸ τῆς κολάσεως τῶν τὰ ἐναντία ποιούντων, τὴν τιμὴν τοῦ εὐδοκιμοῦντος ἀκούσωμεν. Ἀμὴν γὰρ λέγω ὑμῖν, ἐπὶ πάσι τοις ὑπάρχουσιν αὐτοῦ καταστήσει αὐτόν. Τί ταύτης ἴσον γένοιτ᾽ ἂν τῆς τιμῆς; ποῖος παραστῆσαι δυνήσεται λόγος τὴν ἀξίαν, τὴν μακαριότητα, ὅταν ὁ τῶν οὐρανῶν βασιλεὺς, καὶ τὰ πάντα ἔχων, ἄνθρωπον ἐπὶ πᾶσι τοῖς ὑπάρχουσιν αὐτοῦ καθιστᾶν μέλλῃ; Διὸ καὶ φρόνιμον αὐτὸν καλεῖ, ὅτι ἔγνω μὴ τῶν μικρῶν τὰ μεγάλα προέσθαι, αλλὰ σωφρονήσας ἐνταῦθα, τῶν οὐρανῶν ἔτυχεν.

Hin᾽ oun mē ekeinēn monon spoudazōsi, dia touto ou legei oute tēn koinēn, oute tēn hekastou, aei autous boulomenos touto prosdokan, hina aei spoudazōsi. Dio kai tēs hekastou zōēs to telos adēlon epoiēsen. Eita ekkekalymmenōs heauton kyrion onomazei? oudamou houtō saphōs eipōn. ᾿Entautha de moi kai entrepein dokei tous rhąthymous, hoti oude hosēn peri chrēmata spoudēn pepoiēntai hoi prosdokōntes ᾿kloptēn, oude tosautēn houtoi tēs heautōn psychēs. ᾿Ekeinoi men gar hotan prosdokēsōsi, grēgorousi, kai ouden aphiasi tōn endon aposylēthēnai hymeis de, kaitoi eidotes hoti hēxei, kai pantōs hēxei, ou menete egrēgorotes, phēai, kai paraskenasmenoi, hōste mē aparaskeuastōs enteuthen apenechthēnai. Dia touto ep᾽ olethrǭ erchetai hē hēmera tōn katheudontōn. Hōsper gar ekeinos» ei ēdei, diephygen an houtō kai hymeis, ean hēte hetoimoi, diapheuxesthe. EÏta epeidē eis tēn tēs kriseōs enebale mnēmēn, kai pros tous didaskalous trepei ton logon loipon, peri kolaseōs kai timōn dialegomenos; kai proterous theis tous katorthountas, eis tous diamartanontas teleutą, pros to phoberon katakleiōn ton logon. Dio prōton touto phēsi Tis ara ho pistos doulos kai phronimos, hon katastēsei ho kyrios autou epi tēs oikias autou, dounai autois tēn trophēn en kairǭ autōn: : Makarios ho doulos ekeinos, hon elthōn ho kyrios heurēsei poiounta houtōs. Amēn legō hymin, hoti epi pasi tois hyparchousin autou katastēsei auton. Mē kai touto agnoountos estin? eipe moi. Ei gar epeidē eipe oude ho huios hoiden, agnoein auton phę̄s, epeidē eipe, tis ara, ti an eipois ? ?: ē kai touto agnoein auton phę̄s: : Apage. Oude gar tōn exestēkotōn touto an tis eipoi kaitoige ekei kai aitian estin eipein, entautha de oude touto. Ti de hotan legę̄; Petre, phileis me: erōtōn, oude touto ēdei: ē hotan legē, pou tethoikate hauton : Kai ho patēr de heurethēsetai toiauta phthengomenos. Kai gar kai autos phēsin; Adam, pou ei? kai, kraugē Sodomōn kai Gomorrhas peplēthyntai pros me. Katabas oun opsomai, ei kata tēn krangēn autōn, tēn erchomenēn pros me. syntelountai ei de mē, hina gnō. Kai allachou phēsin; ean ara akousōsin? ean ara synōsi. Kai en tǭ euangeliǭ de, isōs entrapēsontai ton huion mou haper hapanta agnoias rhēmata ēn. All᾽ ouk agnoōn tauta elegen, all᾽ oikonomōn ta autǭ preponta epi men tou ᾿Adam, hina auton embalę̄ eis apologian tēs hamartias epi de tōn Sodomitōn, hi hina hēmas paideusē mēdepote apophainesthai, prin an autois paragenōmetha tois pragmasin epi de tou prophētou, hina mē dokę̄ prorrhēsis para tois anoētois anankastikē tis einai tēs parakoēs epi de tēs parabolēs tou euangeliou, hi hina deixē hoti hōpheilon touto poiēsai kai entrapēnai ton huion entautha de, kai hina mē periergazōntai, mēde polypragmonōsi palin, kai hina deixē to spanion kai polytimon. Kai hora posēs agnoias endeiktikon to rhēma, eige kai ton kathistamenon agnoei. Makarizei men gar auton; makarios gar, phēsin, ho doulos e ekeinos ou legei de? tis estin houtos. Tis gar esti, phēsin, ara, hon katastēsei. ho kyrios autou . kai, makarios hon heurēsei poiounta houtōs. Tauta de ou peri chrēmatōn eirētai monon, alla kai peri logou, kai peri dynameōs, kai peri charismatōn, kai peri pasēs oikonomias, hēs hekastos enecheiristhē. Hautē kai pros tous archontas tous politikous harmoseien an hē parabolē. Hekaston gar hois e echei pros to koinę̄ sympheron apokechrēsthai dei. Kan sophian echę̄s, kan archēn, kaan plouton, kan hotioun, mē epi blabę̄ tōn syndoulōn, mēde e ep᾽ apōleią heautou. Dia dē touto amphotera apaitei par᾽ autou, phronēsin kai pistin. Kai gar hē hamartia apo anoias ginetai. Piston men oun auton phēsin, hoti ouden enosphisato, oude paranalōse tōn despotikōn eikē kai matēn᾽ phronimon de, hoti egnō pros to deon oikonomēsai ta dothenta. Kai gar amphoterōn hēmin chreia, kai tou mē nosphisasthai ta despotika, kai tou eis deon oikonomiein. An de thateron apē, to heteron chōleuei. An te gar pistos ę̄ kai mē kleptę̄? apollyę̄ de kai eis mēden prosēkon dapaną, mega to enklēma an te eidę̄ kalōs oikonomein, nosphizētai de, palin ouch hē tychousa katēgoria. Akousōmen kai hoi ta chrēmata echontes tauta. Ou gar didaskalois dialegetai monon, alla kai tois ploutousin. 'Hekateroi gar enepisteuthēsan plouton ton men anankaioteron, hoi didaskontes ton de elattō, hymeis. Hotan oun tōn didaskontōn skorpizontōn ta meizona, hymeis mēde en tois elattosi boulēsthe tēn megalopsychian epideiknysthai, mallon de oude megalopsychian, all᾽ eugnōmosynēn (ta gar allotria didote) poia estai apologia? ᾿Alla teōs, pro tēs kolaseōs tōn ta enantia poiountōn, tēn timēn tou eudokimountos akousōmen. Amēn gar legō hymin, epi pasi tois hyparchousin autou katastēsei auton. Ti tautēs ison genoit᾽ an tēs timēs? poios parastēsai dynēsetai logos tēn axian, tēn makariotēta, hotan ho tōn ouranōn basileus, kai ta panta echōn, anthrōpon epi pasi tois hyparchousin autou kathistan mellę̄? Dio kai phronimon auton kalei, hoti egnō mē tōn mikrōn ta megala proesthai, alla sōphronēsas entautha, tōn ouranōn etychen.

So that they might not be zealous at that hour only, for this reason he tells neither the common end nor each one’s, wishing them always to be looking for it, so that they may always be zealous. Therefore he also made the end of each one’s life uncertain. Then he openly names himself Lord, having nowhere said it so plainly. And here he seems to me also to shame the careless, because not even as much zeal as those who expect a thief show about their money do these show for their own soul. For those, when they expect him, watch and let none of the things inside be stolen; “but you,” he says, “though you know that he will come, and will certainly come, do not remain awake and prepared, so as not to be carried off from here unprepared.” Therefore the day comes for the destruction of those who sleep. For as that householder, if he had known, would have escaped, so you too, if you are ready, will escape.

Then, since he had brought them to the memory of the judgment, he turns his speech henceforth to the teachers too, discoursing about punishment and honors; and putting first those who do right, he ends with those who fail, closing his speech on a fearful note. Therefore first he says this: “Who then is the faithful and wise servant, whom his master will set over his household, to give them their food in due season? Blessed is that servant whom his master, when he comes, will find so doing. Truly I say to you, he will set him over all his possessions.” Is this too, tell me, the word of one who is ignorant? For if, because he said, “not even the Son knows,” you say that he is ignorant, then, because he said, “Who then,” what would you say? Would you say that he is ignorant of this too? Away with it! Not even one of the deranged would say this. And yet there one can give a reason, but here not even that. And what when he says, “Peter, do you love me?”—asking it, did he not know even this? Or when he says, “Where have you laid him?” And the Father too will be found uttering such things. For he himself says, “Adam, where are you?” and, “The outcry of Sodom and Gomorrah has become great before me. I will go down, then, and see whether they are doing altogether according to their outcry that comes to me; and if not, that I may know.” And elsewhere he says, “If perhaps they will hear, if perhaps they will understand.” And in the Gospel too, “Perhaps they will respect my son.” All these were words of ignorance. But he said these things not from ignorance, but ordering things as befitted him: in the case of Adam, to bring him to make a defense for his sin; in the case of the Sodomites, to teach us never to pronounce a verdict before we have come to the facts themselves; in the case of the prophet, so that his foreknowledge might not seem to the foolish to be a kind of compulsion to disobedience; in the case of the parable of the Gospel, to show that they ought to have done this and to have respected the son; and here, both so that they might not be curious nor busy themselves again, and to show how rare and precious such a servant is. And see how much ignorance the word would indicate, if indeed he is ignorant even of the one being appointed. For he calls him blessed: “For blessed,” he says, “is that servant”; but he does not say who he is. “For who then is he,” he says, “whom his master will set,” and, “Blessed is he whom he will find so doing.” And these things are said not about money only, but also about speech and power and gifts and every stewardship with which each has been entrusted. This parable would fit civil rulers too. For each must use what he has for the common advantage. Whether you have wisdom, or office, or wealth, or anything whatever, let it not be to the harm of your fellow servants, nor to your own destruction. For this very reason he demands both things of him, wisdom and faithfulness; for sin too comes from folly. He calls him faithful, then, because he embezzled nothing, nor squandered his master’s goods at random and in vain; and wise, because he knew how to administer what was given for what was needful. For we need both: both not to embezzle the master’s goods, and to administer them for what is needful. If one is lacking, the other is lame. For if one is faithful and does not steal, but wastes and spends on nothing fitting, great is the charge; and if he knows how to administer well, but embezzles, again it is no ordinary accusation.

Let us hear these things too, we who have money. For he does not discourse to teachers only, but also to the rich. For both were entrusted with wealth: the teachers with the more necessary, you with the lesser. When, then, while the teachers scatter the greater, you are not willing to show munificence even in the lesser—or rather not munificence, but fair dealing (for you give what belongs to others)—what defense will there be? But for now, before the punishment of those who do the opposite, let us hear the honor of the one who is approved. “For truly I say to you, he will set him over all his possessions.” What could equal this honor? What word will be able to set forth the dignity, the blessedness, when the King of the heavens, who possesses all things, is about to set a man over all his possessions? Therefore he also calls him wise, because he knew not to give up the great things for the small, but by self-control here he obtained the heavens.

77.4Field 2

Εἶτα, ὅπερ ἀεὶ ποιεῖ, οὐκ ἀπὸ τῆς τοῖς ἀγαθοῖς κειμένης τιμῆς. ἀλλὰ καὶ ἀπὸ τῆς τοῖς πονηροῖς ἠπειλημένης κολάσεως διορθοῦται τὸν ἀκροατήν. Διὸ καὶ ἐπήγαγεν· Ἐὰν δὲ εἴπῃ ὁ κακὸς δοῦλος ἐν τῇ καρδίᾳ αὐτοῦ, χρονίζει ὃ κύριός μου ἐλθεῖν, καὶ ἄρξηται τύπτειν τοὺς συνδούλους αὖτοῦ, ἐσθίῃ δὲ καὶ πίνῃ μετὰ τῶν μεθνόντων ἥξει ὁ κύριος τοῦ δούλον ἐκείνου ἐν ἡμέρᾳ ἧἦ οὐ προσδοκᾷ, καὶ ἐν ὥρα ἧ οὐ γινώσκει; καὶ διχοτομήσει αὐτὸν, καὶ τὸ μέρος αὑτοῦ μετὰ τῶν ὑποκριτῶν θήσει. ᾿Εκεῖ ἔσται ὁ κλαυθμὸς καὶ ὁ βρνγμὸς τῶν ὀδόντων. Εἰ δὲ λέγοι τις εἶδες οἷος ὁ λογισμὸς διὰ τὸ μὴ εἶναι τὴν ἡμέραν γνώριμον; χρονίζει γὰρ ὁ κύριός μου, φησί εἴποιμεν ἂν, οὐ διὰ τὸ μὴ εἶναι γνώριμον τὴν ἡμέραν, ἀλλὰ διὰ τὸ πονηρὸν εἶναι τὸν οἰκέτην. ᾿Επεὶ τῷ φρονίμῳ καὶ πιστῷ τίνος ἕνεκεν. οὐκ ἐπεισἤλθεν αὕτη ἡ ἔννοια : Τί γάρ, εἰ καὶ χρονίζει ὁ δεσπότης, ἄθλιε, ὅλως προσδοκᾷς αὐτὸν ἥξειν; Τί οὖν οὐ μεριμνᾷς: ᾿Εντεῦθεν οὖν μανθάνομεν, ὅτι οὐδὲ χρονίζει. Αὕτη γὰρ οὐ τοῦ δεσπότου, ἀλλὰ τῆς τοῦ πονηροὺ οἰκάτου γνώμης ἡ ψήφον' διὸ καὶ διὰ τοῦτο ἐγκαλεῖται. Ὅτι γὰρ οὐ χρονίζει, ἄκουσον Παύλον λέγοντος Ὁ κύριος ἐγγὺς, μηδὲν μεριμνᾶτε καὶ, ὁ ἐρχόμενος ἥξει, καὶ οὐ χρονιεῖ. Σὺ δὲ καὶ τῶν ἑξῆς ἄκουε, καὶ μάνθανε πῶς συνεχῶς ὑπομιμνήσκει τῆς ἀγνοίας τῆς ἡμέρας, δηλῶν τοῖς οἰκέταις τοῦτο χρήσιμον ὃν, καὶ ἱκανὸν αφυπνίσαι αὐτοὺς καὶ διαναστῆσαι. Τί γὰρ εἰ καὶ μηδέν τινες ἐντεῦθεν ἐκέρδαναν; Οὐδὲ γὰρ ἀπὸ τῶν ἄλλων τῶν ὠφελούντων ὠφελήθησάν τινες» ἀλλ᾽ ὅμως οὗτος οὐ παύεται τὰ αὐτοῦ ποιῶν. Τί οὖν φησι τὰ ἑξῆς: Ἐλεύσεται γὰρ ἐν ἡμέρᾳ ἡ οὐ προσδοκᾷ, καὶ ἐν ὥρᾳ ἥ οὐ γινώσκει, καὶ τὰ ἔσχατα αὐτὸν διαθήσει. Ὁρᾷς πῶς καὶ πανταχοῦ τοῦτο τίθησι, τὸ τῆς ἀγνοίας, δεικνὺς χρήσιμον ὃν, καὶ ταύτῃ ποιῶν ἐναγωνίους ἀεί; Τοῦτο γάρ ἐστιν αὐτῷ τὸ σπουδαζόμενον, τὸ αεὶ ἡμᾶς ἐγρηγορέναι καὶ ἐπειδὴ αεὶ ἐν ταῖς τρυφαῖς ἀναπίπτομεν, ἐν δὲ ταῖς συμφοραῖς μαάλλον συστελλόμεθα, διὰ τοῦτο πανταχοῦ τοῦτο λέγει, ὅτι ὅταν ἄνεσις ἦ, τότε ἔρχεται τὰ δεινά. Καὶ ὥσπερ ἀνωτέρω διὰ τοῦ Νῶε τοῦτο ἐδήλωσεν, οὕτω καὶ ἐνταῦθά φησιν, ὅταν ὁ δοῦλος ἐκεῖνος μεθύη, ὅταν τύπτῃ, καὶ ἡ κόλασις ἀφόρητος. Ἀλλὰ μὴ τὴν κόλασιν ἴδωμεν μόνον τὴν ἐκείνῳ κειμένην, ἀλλὰ κακεῖνο σκοπήσωμεν, μήποτε καὶ αὐτοὶ τὰ αὐτὰ πράττοντες λανθάνωμεν.. Καὶ γὰρ τούτῳ ἐοίκασιν οἱ χρήματα ἔχοντες, καὶ μὴ διδόντες τοῖς δεομένοις. Καὶ γὰρ καὶ σὺ οἰκονόμος εἶ τῶν σαυτοῦ χρημάτων, οὐχ ἥττον ἢ ὁ τὰ τῆς ἐκκλησίας οἰκονομῶν. Ὥσπερ οὖν ἐκεῖνος οὐκ ἔχει ἐξουσίαν τὰ διδόμενα παρ᾽ ὑμῶν εἰς πένητας ἁπλῶς καὶ ὡς ἔτυχε σκορπίσαι, ἐπειδὴ εἰς πενήτων ἐδόθη διατροφήν᾽ οὕτως οὐδὲ σὺ τὰ σά. Εἰ γὰρ καὶ πατρῷον διεδέξω κλῆρον, καὶ οὕτως ἔχεις πάντα ἃ ἔχεις καὶ οὕτω τοῦ θεοῦ πάντα ἐστίν. Εἶτα, σὺ μὲν ὅπερ ἔδωκας, οὕτω βούλει μετὰ ἀκριβείας οἰκονομεῖσθαι τὸν δὲ θεὸν οὐκ οἴει τὰ αὐτοῦ μετὰ πλείονος ἀπαιτήσειν ἡμᾶς τῆς σφοδρότητος, ἀλλὰ ἀνέχεσθαι ἁπλῶς αὐτῶν ἀπολλυμένων ; Οὐκ ἔστι ταῦτα, οὐκ ἔστι. Καὶ γὰρ διὰ τοῦτο καὶ παρὰ σοὶ ταῦτα εἴασεν, ὥστε δοῦναι τὴν τροφὴν αὐτοῖς ἐν καιρῷ. Τί ἐστιν, ἐν καιρῷξ Τοῖς δεομένοις, τοῖς πεινῶσιν. Ὥσπερ γὰρ σὺ τῷ συνδούλῳ ἔδωκας οἰκονομῆσαι, οὕτω καὶ σὲ ὁ δεσπότης βούλεται εἰς δέον ταῦτα δαπανᾶν. Διὰ τοῦτο καὶ δυνάμενος αὐτὰ ἀφελέσθαι, αφῆκεν, ἵνα ἔχης ἀφορμὴν ἀρετὴν ἐπιδείξασθαι: ἵνα ἀλλήλων εἰς χρείαν καταστῆσας τὴν πρὸς ἀλλήλους ἀγάπην θερμοτέραν ἐργάσηται. Σὺ δὲ λαβὼν, οὐ μόνον οὐ δίδως, ἀλλὰ καὶ τύπτεις. Καίτοιγς εἰ τὸ μὴ δοῦναι ἔγκλημα, τὸ τυπτῆσαι ποίαν φέρει συγγνώμην; Τοῦτο δέ μοι δοκεῖ λέγειν, τοὺς ὑβριστὰς καὶ τοὺς πλεονέκτας αἰνιττόμενος, καὶ πολλὴν ἐνδεικνύμενος τὴν κατηγορίαν, ὅταν οὺς τρέφειν ἐκελεύσθησαν, τούτους τύπτωσι. Δοκεῖ δέ μοι καὶ τοὺς τρυφώντας ἐνταῦθα αἰνίττεσθαι᾿ καὶ γὰρ καὶ τρυφῆς μεγάλη κεῖται κόλασις. Ἐσθίει γὰρ καὶ πίνει, φησὶ, μετὰ τῶν μεθυόντων, τὴν γαστριμαργίαν δηλῶν. Οὐ γὰρ διὰ τοῦτο ἔλαβες, ἵνα εἰς τρυφὴν δαπανήσης, αλλ ἵνα εἰς ἐλεημοσύνην ἀναλώσης. Μὴ γὰρ τὰ σαυτοῦ ἔχεις ; Τὰ τῶν πενήτων ἐνεπιστεύθης, κἂν ἐκ πόνων δικαίων, κἂν ἀπὸ κλήρου πατρῴου κεκτημένος τύχης. Μὴ γὰρ οὐκ ἠδύνατο ταῦτα ὁ θεὸς ἀφελέσθαι σου: Ἀλλ᾽ οὐ ποιεῖ τοῦτο, σὲ κύριον ποιῶν τῆς εἰς τοὺς δεομένους φιλοτιμίας. Σὺ δέ μοι σκόπει, πῶς διὰ πασῶν τῶν παραβολῶν κολάζει τοὺς οὐκ εἰς τοὺς δεομένους τοῖς χρήμασι χρωμένους τοῖς ἰδίοι. Οὔτε γὰρ αἱ παρθένοι ἥρπασαν τὰ ἀλλότρια, ἀλλ οὐκ ἔδωκαν τὰ ἴδια᾽ οὔτε ὁ τὸ ἕν τάλαντον κατορύξας ἐπλεονέκτησεν, ἀλλ᾽ οὐκ ἐδιπλασίασεν᾽ οὔτε οἱ πεινῶντας παριδόντες, ἐπειδὴ τὰ αλλότρια ἥρπασαν, κολάζονται, ἀλλ᾽ ἐπειδὴ τὰ αὐτῶν οὐκ ἐσκόρπισαν, καθάπερ καὶ ὁ δοῦλος οὗτος. ᾿ΔΑκούσωμεν τοίνυν ὅσοι γαστριζόμεθα, ὅσοι εἰς δεῖπνα πολυτελῆ τὸν πλοῦτον ἀναλίσκομεν τὸν οὐδὲν ἡμῖν προσήκοντα, ἀλλὰ τῶν δεομένων ὄντας, Μὴ γὰρ ἐπειδὴ ἀπὸ φιλανθρωπίας πολλῆς ὡς ἐκ τῶν σῶν ἐκελεύσθης διδόναι, διὰ τοῦτο καὶ σαυτοῦ νομίσῃς εἶναι ταῦτα. Ἔχρησέ σοι, ἵνα δυνηθῆς εὐδοκιμῆσαι. Μῆὴ τοίνυν σὰ εἶναι νόμιζε, τὰ αὐτοῦ αὐτῷ διδούς. Οὐδὲ γὰρ εἰ σὺ ἐδανεισάς τινι, ἵνα ἀπελθὼν δυνηθῆ τινας αφορμὰς λαβεῖν πόρων, ἐκείνου τὰ χρήματα ἔφης ἂν εἶναι. Καὶ σοὶ τοίνυν ἔδωκεν ὁ θεὸς, ἵνα ἑμπορεύσῃ τὸν οὐρανόν. Μὴ τοίνυν τὴν ὑπερβολὴν τῆς φιλανθρωπίας ὑπόθεσιν ἀγνωμοσύνης ποιήσης. ᾿Εννόησον ὅσης εὐχῆς ἄξιον ἦν, τὸ δυνηθῆναι μετὰ τὸ βάπτισμα εὑρεῖν ὁδὸν λύουσαν ἁμαρτήματα. Εἰ μὴ τοῦτο εἶπε, δὸς ἐλεημοσύνην, πόσοι ἂν εἶπον, εἴθε ἦν δυνατὸν χρήματα δοῦναι, καὶ ἀπαλλαγῆναι τῶν κακῶν τῶν μελλόντων; Ἐπειδὴ δὲ δυνατὸν τοῦτο γέγονε, πάλιν γεγόνασιν ὕπτιοι. ᾿Αλλὰ δίδωμι, φησί. Καὶ τί τοῦτο; Οὐδέπω γὰρ ἔδωκας ὅσον ἡ τοὺς δύο ὁβολοὺς καταβαλοῦσα μᾶλλον δὲ οὐδὲ τὸ ἥμισυ, οὐδὲ τὸ πολλοστὸν ἐκείνης, ἀλλὰ τὰ πλείονα εἰς ἀνονήτους δαπάνας, εἰς συμπόσια καὶ μέθην καὶ ἀσωτίαν ἐσχάτην' νῦν μὲν καλῶν, νῦν δὲ καλούμενος νῦν μὲν ἀναλίσκων, νῦν δὲ ἑτέρους ἀναλίσκειν ἀναγκάζων' ὥστε καὶ διπλῆν σοι γενέσθαι τὴν κόλασιν, καὶ ἀφ᾽ ὧν αὐτὸς ποιεῖς, καὶ ἀφ᾽ ὧν ἑτέρους προτρέπεις. Ὅρα γοῦν καὶ τοῦτον αὐτὸν τοῦτο ὀγκαλούμενον τὸν οἰκέτην. Ἔσθίει γάρ, φησὶ, καὶ πίνει μετὰ τῶν μεθυόντων. Οὐδὲ γὰρ τοὺς μεθύοντας μόνον, ἀλλὰ καὶ τοὺς μετ᾽ αὐτῶν ὄντας κολάζει· καὶ μάλα εἰκότως, ὅτι μετὰ τῆς οἰκείας διαφθορᾶς καὶ τῆς τῶν πλησίον ὑπερορῶσι σωτηρίας. Τὸν δὲ θεὸν οὐδὲν οὕτω παροξύνει, ὡς τὸ ὑπεροπτικῶς ἔχειν τῶν τῷ πλησίον προσηκόντων. Διὸ καὶ τὸν θυμὸν ἐνδεικνύμένος, διχοτομηθῆναι αὐτὸν ἐκόλευσε. Διὰ τοῦτο καὶ τὴν ἀγάπην γνώρισμα τῶν αὑτοῦ μαθητῶν ἔφησεν εἶναι ἐπειδὴ πᾶσα ἀνάγκη, τὸν ἀγαπῶντα τὰ τοῦ ἀγαπωμένου μεριμνᾶν. Ταύτης τοίνυν ἐχώμεθα τῆς ὁδοῦ καὶ γὰρ αὕτη μάλιστά ἐστιν ἡ πρὸς τὸν οὐρανὸν ἀνάγουσα, ἡ τοῦ Χριστοῦ μιμητὰς ἐργαζομένη, ἡ τοῦ θεοῦ κατὰ δύναμιν ὁμοίους ποιοῦσα. Ὅρα γοῦν καὶ τὰς ἀρετὰς ταύτας οὔσας ἀναγκαιοτέρας, αἵ παρὰ ταύτην ἐσκήνωνται τὴν ὁδόν. Καὶ εἰ βούλεσθε, ποιήσωμεν αὐτῶν ἐξέτασιν, καὶ τὰς ψήφους ἀπὸ τῆς τοῦ θεοῦ ἐνέγκωμεν γνώμης. Ἔστωσαν τοίνυν δύο ζωῆς ἀρίστης ὁδοί καὶ ἡ μὲν μία αὐτῶν αὐτὸν κατασκευαζέτω καλὸν τὸν μετιόντα· ἣ δὲ ἑτέρα, καὶ τὸν πλησίον. ἴδωμεν ποία μάλλον εὐδοκιμεῖ, καὶ πρὸς τὴν κορυφὴν ἡμᾶς ἄγει τῆς ἀρετῆς. Οὐκοῦν ἐκεῖνος μὲν ὁ τὰ ἑαυτοῦ μόνον ζητῶν, καὶ απὸ τοῦ Παύλου μυρίας δέξεται αἰτίας ὅταν δὲ ἀπὸ τοῦ Παῦλον εἴπω, τοῦ Χριστοῦ λέγω οὗτος δὲ ἐγκώμια καὶ στοφάνους. ᾿Πόθεν τοῦτο δῆλον; Ἄκουσον τί μὲν τούτῳ διαλέγεται, τί δὲ ἐκείνῳ. Μηδεὶς τὸ ἑαυτοῦ ζητείτω, ἀλλὰ καὶ τὸ τοῦ πλησίον ἕκαστος. Ὁρᾷς πῶς τὸ μὲν ἐξέβαλε, τὸ δὲ εἰσήγαγε; Πάλιν, ἕκαστος ὑμῶν τῷ πλησίον ἀρεσκέτω εἰς τὸ ἀγαθὸν πρὸς οἰκοδομήν. Εἶτα καὶ ὁ ἔπαινος ἄφατος μετὰ παραινέσεως καὶ γὰρ ὁ Χριστὸς οὐχ ἑαυτῷ ἤρεσεν. Ἱκαναὶ μὲν οὖν καὶ αὗται αἱ ψῆφοι δεῖξαι τὴν νίκην ἵνα δὲ καὶ ἐκ περιουσίας τοῦτο γένηται, ἴδωμεν τί μὲν τῶν κατορθωμάτων μέχρις ἡμῶν ἵσταται, τί δὲ ἀφ᾽ ἡμῶν καὶ εἰς ἑτέρους διαβαίνει. Οὐκοῦν τὸ μὲν νηστεῦσαι, καὶ χαμευνῆσαι, καὶ παρθενίαν ἀσκῆσαι, καὶ σωφρονῆσαι, ταῦτα αὐτοῖς τοῖς ἐργαζομένοις φέρει τὸ κέρδος τὰ δὲ ἀφ᾽ ἡμῶν εἰς τὸν πλησίον διαβαίνοντα, ἐλεημοσύνη, διδασκαλία, ἀγάπη. Οὐκοῦν κανταῦθα ἄκουσον Παύλου λέγοντος, ὅτι κἂν ψωμίσω μον τὰ ὑπάρχοντα, κἂν παραδῶ τὸ σῶμά μου ἵνα καυθήσομαι, ἀγάπην δὲ μὴ ἔχω, οὐδὲν ὠφελοῦμαι.

Eita, hoper aei poiei, ouk apo tēs tois agathois keimenēs timēs. alla kai apo tēs tois ponērois ēpeilēmenēs kolaseōs diorthoutai ton akroatēn. Dio kai epēgagen; Ean de eipę̄ ho kakos doulos en tę̄ kardią autou, chronizei ho kyrios mou elthein, kai arxētai typtein tous syndoulous autou, esthię̄ de kai pinę̄ meta tōn methnontōn hēxei ho kyrios tou doulon ekeinou en hēmerą hēē ou prosdoką, kai en hōra hē ou ginōskei? kai dichotomēsei auton, kai to meros hautou meta tōn hypokritōn thēsei. ᾿Ekei estai ho klauthmos kai ho brngmos tōn odontōn. Ei de legoi tis eides hoios ho logismos dia to mē einai tēn hēmeran gnōrimon? chronizei gar ho kyrios mou, phēsi eipoimen an, ou dia to mē einai gnōrimon tēn hēmeran, alla dia to ponēron einai ton oiketēn. ᾿Epei tǭ phronimǭ kai pistǭ tinos heneken. ouk epeisēlthen hautē hē ennoia : Ti gar, ei kai chronizei ho despotēs, athlie, holōs prosdokąs auton hēxein? Ti oun ou merimnąs: ᾿Enteuthen oun manthanomen, hoti oude chronizei. Hautē gar ou tou despotou, alla tēs tou ponērou oikatou gnōmēs hē psēphon' dio kai dia touto enkaleitai. Hoti gar ou chronizei, akouson Paulon legontos Ho kyrios engys, mēden merimnate kai, ho erchomenos hēxei, kai ou chroniei. Sy de kai tōn hexēs akoue, kai manthane pōs synechōs hypomimnēskei tēs agnoias tēs hēmeras, dēlōn tois oiketais touto chrēsimon hon, kai hikanon aphypnisai autous kai dianastēsai. Ti gar ei kai mēden tines enteuthen ekerdanan? Oude gar apo tōn allōn tōn ōphelountōn ōphelēthēsan tines» all᾽ homōs houtos ou pauetai ta autou poiōn. Ti oun phēsi ta hexēs: Eleusetai gar en hēmerą hē ou prosdoką, kai en hōrą hē ou ginōskei, kai ta eschata auton diathēsei. Horąs pōs kai pantachou touto tithēsi, to tēs agnoias, deiknys chrēsimon hon, kai tautę̄ poiōn enagōnious aei? Touto gar estin autǭ to spoudazomenon, to aei hēmas egrēgorenai kai epeidē aei en tais tryphais anapiptomen, en de tais symphorais maallon systellometha, dia touto pantachou touto legei, hoti hotan anesis ē, tote erchetai ta deina. Kai hōsper anōterō dia tou Nōe touto edēlōsen, houtō kai entautha phēsin, hotan ho doulos ekeinos methyē, hotan typtę̄, kai hē kolasis aphorētos. Alla mē tēn kolasin idōmen monon tēn ekeinǭ keimenēn, alla kakeino skopēsōmen, mēpote kai autoi ta auta prattontes lanthanōmen.. Kai gar toutǭ eoikasin hoi chrēmata echontes, kai mē didontes tois deomenois. Kai gar kai sy oikonomos ei tōn sautou chrēmatōn, ouch hētton ē ho ta tēs ekklēsias oikonomōn. Hōsper oun ekeinos ouk echei exousian ta didomena par᾽ hymōn eis penētas haplōs kai hōs etyche skorpisai, epeidē eis penētōn edothē diatrophēn᾽ houtōs oude sy ta sa. Ei gar kai patrǭon diedexō klēron, kai houtōs echeis panta ha echeis kai houtō tou theou panta estin. Eita, sy men hoper edōkas, houtō boulei meta akribeias oikonomeisthai ton de theon ouk oiei ta autou meta pleionos apaitēsein hēmas tēs sphodrotētos, alla anechesthai haplōs autōn apollymenōn ? Ouk esti tauta, ouk esti. Kai gar dia touto kai para soi tauta eiasen, hōste dounai tēn trophēn autois en kairǭ. Ti estin, en kairǭx Tois deomenois, tois peinōsin. Hōsper gar sy tǭ syndoulǭ edōkas oikonomēsai, houtō kai se ho despotēs bouletai eis deon tauta dapanan. Dia touto kai dynamenos auta aphelesthai, aphēken, hina echēs aphormēn aretēn epideixasthai: hina allēlōn eis chreian katastēsas tēn pros allēlous agapēn thermoteran ergasētai. Sy de labōn, ou monon ou didōs, alla kai typteis. Kaitoigs ei to mē dounai enklēma, to typtēsai poian pherei syngnōmēn? Touto de moi dokei legein, tous hybristas kai tous pleonektas ainittomenos, kai pollēn endeiknymenos tēn katēgorian, hotan ous trephein ekeleusthēsan, toutous typtōsi. Dokei de moi kai tous tryphōntas entautha ainittesthai᾿ kai gar kai tryphēs megalē keitai kolasis. Esthiei gar kai pinei, phēsi, meta tōn methyontōn, tēn gastrimargian dēlōn. Ou gar dia touto elabes, hina eis tryphēn dapanēsēs, all hina eis eleēmosynēn analōsēs. Mē gar ta sautou echeis ? Ta tōn penētōn enepisteuthēs, kan ek ponōn dikaiōn, kan apo klērou patrǭou kektēmenos tychēs. Mē gar ouk ēdynato tauta ho theos aphelesthai sou: All᾽ ou poiei touto, se kyrion poiōn tēs eis tous deomenous philotimias. Sy de moi skopei, pōs dia pasōn tōn parabolōn kolazei tous ouk eis tous deomenous tois chrēmasi chrōmenous tois idioi. Oute gar hai parthenoi hērpasan ta allotria, all ouk edōkan ta idia᾽ oute ho to hen talanton katoryxas epleonektēsen, all᾽ ouk ediplasiasen᾽ oute hoi peinōntas paridontes, epeidē ta allotria hērpasan, kolazontai, all᾽ epeidē ta autōn ouk eskorpisan, kathaper kai ho doulos houtos. ᾿DAkousōmen toinyn hosoi gastrizometha, hosoi eis deipna polytelē ton plouton analiskomen ton ouden hēmin prosēkonta, alla tōn deomenōn ontas, Mē gar epeidē apo philanthrōpias pollēs hōs ek tōn sōn ekeleusthēs didonai, dia touto kai sautou nomisę̄s einai tauta. Echrēse soi, hina dynēthēs eudokimēsai. Mēē toinyn sa einai nomize, ta autou autǭ didous. Oude gar ei sy edaneisas tini, hina apelthōn dynēthē tinas aphormas labein porōn, ekeinou ta chrēmata ephēs an einai. Kai soi toinyn edōken ho theos, hina hemporeusę̄ ton ouranon. Mē toinyn tēn hyperbolēn tēs philanthrōpias hypothesin agnōmosynēs poiēsēs. ᾿Ennoēson hosēs euchēs axion ēn, to dynēthēnai meta to baptisma heurein hodon lyousan hamartēmata. Ei mē touto eipe, dos eleēmosynēn, posoi an eipon, eithe ēn dynaton chrēmata dounai, kai apallagēnai tōn kakōn tōn mellontōn? Epeidē de dynaton touto gegone, palin gegonasin hyptioi. ᾿Alla didōmi, phēsi. Kai ti touto? Oudepō gar edōkas hoson hē tous dyo hobolous katabalousa mallon de oude to hēmisy, oude to polloston ekeinēs, alla ta pleiona eis anonētous dapanas, eis symposia kai methēn kai asōtian eschatēn' nyn men kalōn, nyn de kaloumenos nyn men analiskōn, nyn de heterous analiskein anankazōn' hōste kai diplēn soi genesthai tēn kolasin, kai aph᾽ hōn autos poieis, kai aph᾽ hōn heterous protrepeis. Hora goun kai touton auton touto onkaloumenon ton oiketēn. Esthiei gar, phēsi, kai pinei meta tōn methyontōn. Oude gar tous methyontas monon, alla kai tous met᾽ autōn ontas kolazei; kai mala eikotōs, hoti meta tēs oikeias diaphthoras kai tēs tōn plēsion hyperorōsi sōtērias. Ton de theon ouden houtō paroxynei, hōs to hyperoptikōs echein tōn tǭ plēsion prosēkontōn. Dio kai ton thymon endeiknymenos, dichotomēthēnai auton ekoleuse. Dia touto kai tēn agapēn gnōrisma tōn hautou mathētōn ephēsen einai epeidē pasa anankē, ton agapōnta ta tou agapōmenou merimnan. Tautēs toinyn echōmetha tēs hodou kai gar hautē malista estin hē pros ton ouranon anagousa, hē tou Christou mimētas ergazomenē, hē tou theou kata dynamin homoious poiousa. Hora goun kai tas aretas tautas ousas anankaioteras, hai para tautēn eskēnōntai tēn hodon. Kai ei boulesthe, poiēsōmen autōn exetasin, kai tas psēphous apo tēs tou theou enenkōmen gnōmēs. Estōsan toinyn dyo zōēs aristēs hodoi kai hē men mia autōn auton kataskeuazetō kalon ton metionta; hē de hetera, kai ton plēsion. idōmen poia mallon eudokimei, kai pros tēn koryphēn hēmas agei tēs aretēs. Oukoun ekeinos men ho ta heautou monon zētōn, kai apo tou Paulou myrias dexetai aitias hotan de apo tou Paulon eipō, tou Christou legō houtos de enkōmia kai stophanous. ᾿Pothen touto dēlon? Akouson ti men toutǭ dialegetai, ti de ekeinǭ. Mēdeis to heautou zēteitō, alla kai to tou plēsion hekastos. Horąs pōs to men exebale, to de eisēgage? Palin, hekastos hymōn tǭ plēsion aresketō eis to agathon pros oikodomēn. Eita kai ho epainos aphatos meta paraineseōs kai gar ho Christos ouch heautǭ ēresen. Hikanai men oun kai hautai hai psēphoi deixai tēn nikēn hina de kai ek periousias touto genētai, idōmen ti men tōn katorthōmatōn mechris hēmōn histatai, ti de aph᾽ hēmōn kai eis heterous diabainei. Oukoun to men nēsteusai, kai chameunēsai, kai parthenian askēsai, kai sōphronēsai, tauta autois tois ergazomenois pherei to kerdos ta de aph᾽ hēmōn eis ton plēsion diabainonta, eleēmosynē, didaskalia, agapē. Oukoun kantautha akouson Paulou legontos, hoti kan psōmisō mon ta hyparchonta, kan paradō to sōma mou hina kauthēsomai, agapēn de mē echō, ouden ōpheloumai.

Then, as he always does, he corrects the hearer not from the honor laid up for the good only, but also from the punishment threatened against the wicked. Therefore he also added, “But if that wicked servant says in his heart, My master is delaying his coming, and begins to beat his fellow servants, and eats and drinks with the drunkards, the master of that servant will come on a day when he does not expect him and at an hour he does not know, and will cut him in two, and put his portion with the hypocrites. There will be weeping and gnashing of teeth.” And if anyone should say, “You see what thought came from the day’s not being known: ‘For my master is delaying,’ he says,” we would say: not because the day is not known, but because the servant is wicked. For otherwise why did this thought not come into the mind of the wise and faithful one? For what if the master delays, wretch? Do you not altogether expect him to come? Why, then, are you not anxious? From this, then, we learn that he does not delay either. For this verdict is not the master’s, but that of the mind of the wicked servant; therefore he is also charged for it. For that he does not delay, hear Paul saying, “The Lord is near; be anxious about nothing”; and, “He who comes will come and will not delay.” But hear what follows too, and learn how continually he reminds them that the day is unknown, showing that this is useful to the servants and able to rouse them from sleep and stir them up. For what if some gained nothing from this? Neither were some benefited by the other things that benefit; but nevertheless he does not cease doing his part. What, then, does he say next? “For he will come on a day when he does not expect, and at an hour he does not know, and will deal with him to the uttermost.” Do you see how everywhere he sets down this matter of not knowing, showing that it is useful, and by this keeping them always in earnest? For this is what he is zealous for, that we should always be awake. And since we always fall back in prosperity but are rather drawn together in calamities, for this reason he everywhere says this, that when there is ease, then the terrors come. And as above he showed this through Noah, so here too he says it: when that servant is drunk, when he beats; and the punishment is unbearable.

But let us not look only at the punishment laid up for him, but let us consider this too, lest we ourselves be doing the same things unawares. For those who have money and do not give to those in need are like this man. For you too are a steward of your own money, no less than he who administers the goods of the church. As, then, he has no authority to scatter at random and as it happens what is given by you for the poor, since it was given for the maintenance of the poor, so neither may you scatter your own. For even if you received an ancestral inheritance, and so have all that you have, even so all things are God’s. Then, you wish what you have given to be administered with exactness; and do you not think that God will demand his own from us with more severity, but will simply bear with their being lost? It is not so, it is not so. For it was for this reason that he left these things with you, “to give them their food in due season.” What is “in due season”? To the needy, to the hungry. For as you gave to your fellow servant to administer, so the Master wishes you too to spend these things on what is needful. Therefore, though he could have taken them away, he left them, so that you may have occasion to show virtue; so that, putting us in need of one another, he might make our love for one another warmer. But you, having received, not only do not give, but even beat. And yet if not giving is a charge, what pardon does beating bring? And he seems to me to say this hinting at the insolent and the covetous, and showing the greatness of the accusation, when they beat those whom they were commanded to feed. [5] And he seems to me also to hint here at those who live in luxury; for a great punishment is laid up for luxury too. “For he eats and drinks,” he says, “with the drunkards,” signifying gluttony. For you did not receive it for this, to spend it on luxury, but to spend it on almsgiving. For do you have what is your own? You were entrusted with the things of the poor, whether you happen to have acquired them by just labors or from an ancestral inheritance. For could not God have taken these things from you? But he does not do this, making you master of munificence toward the needy. And consider, I pray, how through all the parables he punishes those who do not use their own money for the needy. For neither did the virgins seize what belonged to others, but they did not give what was their own; nor did he who buried the one talent act covetously, but he did not double it; nor are those who overlooked the hungry punished because they seized others’ goods, but because they did not scatter their own, just like this servant too. Let us hear, then, all of us who are given over to the belly, all who spend on costly dinners wealth that does not belong to us but to the needy. For do not, because out of his great love for mankind you were bidden to give as from your own, think on this account that these things are yours. He lent them to you, so that you might be able to win approval. Do not, then, think them yours, when you give him his own. For neither, if you lent to someone so that he might go and get some means of income, would you say the money was his. To you too, then, God gave, so that you might trade for heaven. Do not, then, make the excess of his love for mankind an occasion of ingratitude. Consider how worthy of prayer it was, to be able after baptism to find a way that looses sins. If he had not said this, “Give alms,” how many would have said, “Would that it were possible to give money and be freed from the evils to come!” But since this has become possible, they have again grown supine. “But I do give,” someone says. And what is that? For you have not yet given as much as she who threw in the two obols—or rather not even half, nor the smallest fraction of what she gave; but most of it you spend on useless expenses, on banquets and drunkenness and the utmost prodigality, now inviting, now being invited, now spending, now compelling others to spend; so that the punishment becomes double for you, both from what you yourself do and from what you urge others to do. See, at any rate, this very servant charged with this: “For he eats and drinks,” he says, “with the drunkards.” For he punishes not the drunkards only, but those who are with them too; and very reasonably, because besides their own corruption they also disregard the salvation of their neighbors. And nothing so provokes God as to be disdainful of what concerns one’s neighbor. Therefore, showing his anger, he commanded him to be cut in two. For this reason he also said that love is the mark of his disciples, since it is altogether necessary that the one who loves should care for the concerns of the one loved.

Let us hold, then, to this way; for this above all is the way that leads up to heaven, that makes imitators of Christ, that makes us like God as far as is possible. See, then, that those virtues also are more necessary which are encamped along this way. And if you wish, let us make an examination of them, and bring the votes from the judgment of God. Let there be, then, two ways of the best life; and let one of them make good only the one who pursues it, and the other his neighbor too. Let us see which is more approved and leads us to the summit of virtue. Will not the one who seeks only his own receive countless charges from Paul—and when I say from Paul, I mean from Christ—while the other receives praises and crowns? Whence is this plain? Hear what he says to the one and what to the other: “Let no one seek his own, but each that of his neighbor.” Do you see how he cast out the one and brought in the other? Again: “Let each of you please his neighbor for his good, to build him up.” Then comes also the unspeakable praise together with the exhortation: “For Christ too did not please himself.” These votes are enough to show the victory; but so that it may be shown more than abundantly, let us see which good deeds stop with us and which pass from us to others too. Fasting, then, and sleeping on the ground, and practicing virginity, and self-control—these bring the gain to those who practice them; but those that pass from us to our neighbor are almsgiving, teaching, love. Here too, then, hear Paul saying, “Even if I give away all my possessions to feed others, and if I hand over my body to be burned, but have not love, I gain nothing.”

77.6Field 2

Ὁρᾷς αὐτὴν καθ᾽ ἑαντὴν λαμπρῶς ἀνακηρυττομένην καὶ στεφανουμένην; Εἰ δὲ βούλεσθε, καὶ ἐκ τρίτου συμβάλωμεν. Καὶ ὁ μὲν νηστευέτω, καὶ σωφρονείτω, καὶ μαρτυρείτω, καὶ κατακαιέσθω' ἕτερος δέ τις ἀναβαλλέσθω τὸ μαρτύριον διὰ τὴν τοῦ πλησίον οἰκοδομὴν, καὶ μὴ μόνον ἀναβαλλέσθω, ἀλλὰ καὶ ἀπερχέσθω μαρτυρίου χωρίς τίς μᾶλλον εὐδοκιμήσει μετὰ τὴν ἐντεῦθεν ἀποδημίαν; Οὐ δεῖ πολλῶν ἐνταῦθα λόγων ἡμῖν, οὐδὲ μακρᾶς τῆς περιόδου. ᾿Εφέστηκε γὰρ ὁ μακάριος Παῦλος τὴν ψῆφον φέρων καὶ λέγων· τὸ ἀναλῦσαι καὶ σὺν Χριστῷ εἶναι, κρεῖσσον τὸ δὲ ἐπιμένειν τῇ σαρκὶ, ἀναγκαιότερον δι ὑμᾶς καὶ τῆς πρὸς τὸν Χριστὸν ἀποδημίας προετίμησε τοῦ πλησίον τὴν οἰκοδομήν. Τοῦτο γὰρ μάλιστά ἐστι συνεῖναι Χριστῷ, τὸ τὸ θέλημα αὐτοῦ ποιεῖν θέλημα δὲ αὐτοῦ οὐδὲν οὕτως ἐστὶν, ὡς τὸ συμφέρον τῷ πλησίον. Βούλει καὶ τετάρτην εἴπω τούτων ἀπόδειξιν; Πέτρε, φιλεῖς με; φησί· ποίμαινε τὰ πρόβατα μου καὶ τρίτον αὐτὸν ἐρωτήσας, τοῦτο ἔφησε φιλίας εἶναι τεκμήριον. Οὐ πρὸς ἱερέας δὲ τοῦτο εἴρηται μόνον, ἀλλὰ καὶ πρὸς ἕκαστον ἡμῶν, τῶν καὶ μικρὸν ἐμπεπιστευμένων ποίμνιον. Μὴ γὰρ ἐπειδὴ μικρόν ἐστι, καταφρονήσῃς· ὁ γὰρ πατήρ μου, φησὶν, εὑεν ἐν αὐτοῖς. Ἔχει ἕκαστος ἡμῶν πρόβατον τοῦτο ἐπὶ τὰς προσηκούσας ἀγέτω νομάς. Καὶ ὁ ἀνὴρ ἀναστὰς ἀπὸ τῆς εὐνῆς μηδὲν ἄλλο ζητείτω, ἀλλ᾽ ἡ ὅπως ἐργάσηταί τι καὶ εἴπῃ, δι᾽ ὧν ἅπασαν εὐλαβεστέραν ποιήσει τὴν οἱκίαν. Ἧ γυνὴ πάλιν, ἔστω μὲν οἰκουρὸς, πρὸ δὲ τῆς ἐπιμελείας ταύτης ἑτέραν ἀναγκαιοτέραν ἐχέτω φροντίδα, τῶν οὐρανῶν ὅπως ἅπασα ἐργάζηται ἡ οἰκία. Εἰ γὰρ ἂν τοῖς βιωτικοῖς, πρὸ τῆς κατὰ τὴν οἰκίαν ἐπιμελείας, τὰ δημόσια σπουδάζομεν καταθεῖναι ὀφλήματα, ὥστε μὴ διὰ τὴν ἐν τούτοις ἀγνωμοσύνην δέρεσθαι καὶ ἕλκεσθαι ἐπ᾿ ἀγοράς, καὶ μυρία ἀσχημονεῖν' πολλῷ μᾶλλον ἐπὶ τῶν πνευματικῶν τοῦτο δεῖ ποιεῖν, τὰ τοῦ βασιλέως τῶν ὅλων θεοῦ καταθεῖναι πρότερον, ἵνα μὴ ἔλθωμεν ὅπου ὁ βρυγμὸς τῶν ὀδόντων. Καὶ ταύτας ζητῶμεν τὰς ἀρετὰς, αἱ μετὰ τῆς ἡμετέρας σωτηρίας καὶ τοὺς πλησίον τὰ μέγιστα ὠφελῆσαι δύναιντ᾽ ἄν. Τοιοῦτον ἡ ἐλεημοσύνη, τοιοῦτον ἡ εὐχή᾽ μᾶλλον δὲ καὶ ᾿αὕτη παρ᾽ ἐκείνης δυνατὴ καὶ ὑπόπτερος γίνεται. Αἱ εὐχαί σου γὰρ, φησὶ, καὶ αἱ ἐλεημοσύναι σου ἀνέβησαν εἰς μνημόσυνον ἐνώπιον τοῦ θεοῦ. Οὐκ εὐχὴ δὲ μόνον, ἀλλὰ καὶ νηστεία ἐντεῦθεν τὰ νεῦρα ἔχει. Κἄν νηστεύης χωρὶς ἐλεημοσύνης, οὐδὲ νηστεία τὸ πρᾶγμα λογίζεται ἀλλὰ γαστριζομένου καὶ μεθύοντος χείρων ὁ τοιοῦτος. καὶ τοσούτῳ χείρων, ὅσῳ τρυφῆς ὠμότης χαλοπώτερον. Καὶ τί λέγω νηστείαν ; . Κάν γὰρ σωφρονῇς, κἀν παρθενεύης, ἐκτὸς ἔστηκας τοῦ νυμφῶνος. ἐλεημοσύνην. οὐκ ἔχων. Καίτοι τί παρθενίας ἴσον, ὃ μηδὲ ἐν τῇ καινῆ ὑπὸ νόμου ἦλθεν ἀνάγκην διὰ τὸ ὑπερέχον: : ἀλλ᾽ ὅμως ἐκβάλλεται, ὅταν τὴν ἐλεημοσύνην μὴ ἔχῇ. Εἰ δὲ παρθένοι ἐκβάλλονται, ἐπειδὴ ταύτην οὐκ εἶχον μετὰ δαψιλείας τῆς προσηκούσης, τίς δυνήσεται ταύτης ἄνευ ,συγγνώμης τυχεῖν ; : Οὐκ ἔστιν οὐδεὶς, ἀλλ᾽ ἀπολέσθαι πάντως ἀνάγκη τὸν ταύτην οὐκ ἔχοντα. Εἰ γὰρ ἐν τοῖς βιωτικοῖς οὐδεὶς ἑαυτῷ ζῇ, ἀλλὰ καὶ χειροτέχνης, καὶ στρατιώτης, καὶ γεωργὸς, καὶ ἔμπορος, πρὸς τὸ κοινῆ συμφέρον καὶ τὸ τῷ πλησίον ὠφέλιμον. συντελοῦσιν ἅπαντες πολλῳ μάλλον ἐπὶ τῶν πνευματικῶν τοῦτο δεῖ ποιεῖν. Τοῦτο γὰρ μάλιστά ἐστι ζῆν· ὡς ὅ γε ἑαυτῷ ζῶν μόνον, καὶ πάντων ὑπερορῶν, περιττός ἐστι, καὶ οὐδὲ ἄνθρωπος, οὐδὲ τοῦ γένους τοῦ ἡμετέρου. Τί οὗν, φησὶν, ἂν τὰ καθ᾽ ἑαυτὸν παρίδω, τὰ τῶν ἄλλων ἐπιζητῶν: Οὐκ ἔστι τά τῶν ἅλλων ἐπιζητοῦντα τὰ ἑαυτοῦ παριδεῖν. Ὁ γὰρ τὰ τῶν ἄλλων ἐπιζητῶν, οὐδένα λνπεῖ, ἀλλ᾽ ἐλεεῖ πάντας, ὠφελεῖ εἰς δύναμιν τὴν ἑαυτοῦ οὐδένα ἁρπάσεται, οὐδένα πλεονεκτήσει, οὐ κλόψει, οὐ ψευδομαρτυρήσει' πάσης αφέξεται κακίας» πάσης ἐπιλήψεται ἀρετῆς, καὶ ὑπερεύξεται τῶν ἐχθρῶν, καὶ εὐεργετήσει τοὺς ἐπιβουλεύοντας· καὶ οὔτε λοιδορήσεταί τινι, οὔτε κακῶς ἐρεῖ, κἂν μυρία ᾿ἀκούσῃ κακῶς, αλλ᾽ ἐρεῖ τὰ ἀποστολικά· τίς ἀσθενεῖ, καὶ οὐκ ἀσθενῶ; τίς σκανδαλίζεται, καὶ οὐκ ἐγὼ πυροῦμαι; Ἐν δὲ τῷ τὰ ἡμέτερα σκοπεῖν οὐ πάντως καὶ τὰ τῶν ἄλλων ἕψεται. Ἕκ τούτων ἁπάντων πεισθέντες, ὡς οὐκ ἔνι σωθῆναι μὴ τὸ κοινῇ συμφέρον σκοποῦντα, καὶ τὸν διχοτομηθέντα τοῦτον ἰδόντες, καὶ τὸν τὸ τάλαντον κατορύξαντα, ταύτην ἑλώμεθα τὴν ὁδὸν, ἵνα καὶ τῆς αἰωνίου τύχωμεν ζωῆς ἧς γένοιτο πάντας ἡμᾶς … Χριστοῦ, ᾧ ἡ δόξα εἰς τοὺς αἰῶνας τῶν αἰώνων. Αμῆν.

Horąs autēn kath᾽ heantēn lamprōs anakēryttomenēn kai stephanoumenēn? Ei de boulesthe, kai ek tritou symbalōmen. Kai ho men nēsteuetō, kai sōphroneitō, kai martyreitō, kai katakaiesthō' heteros de tis anaballesthō to martyrion dia tēn tou plēsion oikodomēn, kai mē monon anaballesthō, alla kai aperchesthō martyriou chōris tis mallon eudokimēsei meta tēn enteuthen apodēmian? Ou dei pollōn entautha logōn hēmin, oude makras tēs periodou. ᾿Ephestēke gar ho makarios Paulos tēn psēphon pherōn kai legōn; to analysai kai syn Christǭ einai, kreisson to de epimenein tę̄ sarki, anankaioteron di hymas kai tēs pros ton Christon apodēmias proetimēse tou plēsion tēn oikodomēn. Touto gar malista esti syneinai Christǭ, to to thelēma autou poiein thelēma de autou ouden houtōs estin, hōs to sympheron tǭ plēsion. Boulei kai tetartēn eipō toutōn apodeixin? Petre, phileis me? phēsi; poimaine ta probata mou kai triton auton erōtēsas, touto ephēse philias einai tekmērion. Ou pros hiereas de touto eirētai monon, alla kai pros hekaston hēmōn, tōn kai mikron empepisteumenōn poimnion. Mē gar epeidē mikron esti, kataphronēsę̄s; ho gar patēr mou, phēsin, heuen en autois. Echei hekastos hēmōn probaton touto epi tas prosēkousas agetō nomas. Kai ho anēr anastas apo tēs eunēs mēden allo zēteitō, all᾽ hē hopōs ergasētai ti kai eipę̄, di᾽ hōn hapasan eulabesteran poiēsei tēn hoikian. Hē gynē palin, estō men oikouros, pro de tēs epimeleias tautēs heteran anankaioteran echetō phrontida, tōn ouranōn hopōs hapasa ergazētai hē oikia. Ei gar an tois biōtikois, pro tēs kata tēn oikian epimeleias, ta dēmosia spoudazomen katatheinai ophlēmata, hōste mē dia tēn en toutois agnōmosynēn deresthai kai helkesthai ep᾿ agoras, kai myria aschēmonein' pollǭ mallon epi tōn pneumatikōn touto dei poiein, ta tou basileōs tōn holōn theou katatheinai proteron, hina mē elthōmen hopou ho brygmos tōn odontōn. Kai tautas zētōmen tas aretas, hai meta tēs hēmeteras sōtērias kai tous plēsion ta megista ōphelēsai dynaint᾽ an. Toiouton hē eleēmosynē, toiouton hē euchē᾽ mallon de kai ᾿hautē par᾽ ekeinēs dynatē kai hypopteros ginetai. Hai euchai sou gar, phēsi, kai hai eleēmosynai sou anebēsan eis mnēmosynon enōpion tou theou. Ouk euchē de monon, alla kai nēsteia enteuthen ta neura echei. Kan nēsteuēs chōris eleēmosynēs, oude nēsteia to pragma logizetai alla gastrizomenou kai methyontos cheirōn ho toioutos. kai tosoutǭ cheirōn, hosǭ tryphēs ōmotēs chalopōteron. Kai ti legō nēsteian ? . Kan gar sōphronę̄s, kan partheneuēs, ektos estēkas tou nymphōnos. eleēmosynēn. ouk echōn. Kaitoi ti parthenias ison, ho mēde en tę̄ kainē hypo nomou ēlthen anankēn dia to hyperechon: : all᾽ homōs ekballetai, hotan tēn eleēmosynēn mē echę̄. Ei de parthenoi ekballontai, epeidē tautēn ouk eichon meta dapsileias tēs prosēkousēs, tis dynēsetai tautēs aneu ,syngnōmēs tychein ? : Ouk estin oudeis, all᾽ apolesthai pantōs anankē ton tautēn ouk echonta. Ei gar en tois biōtikois oudeis heautǭ zę̄, alla kai cheirotechnēs, kai stratiōtēs, kai geōrgos, kai emporos, pros to koinē sympheron kai to tǭ plēsion ōphelimon. syntelousin hapantes pollǭ mallon epi tōn pneumatikōn touto dei poiein. Touto gar malista esti zēn; hōs ho ge heautǭ zōn monon, kai pantōn hyperorōn, perittos esti, kai oude anthrōpos, oude tou genous tou hēmeterou. Ti houn, phēsin, an ta kath᾽ heauton paridō, ta tōn allōn epizētōn: Ouk esti ta tōn hallōn epizētounta ta heautou paridein. Ho gar ta tōn allōn epizētōn, oudena lnpei, all᾽ eleei pantas, ōphelei eis dynamin tēn heautou oudena harpasetai, oudena pleonektēsei, ou klopsei, ou pseudomartyrēsei' pasēs aphexetai kakias» pasēs epilēpsetai aretēs, kai hypereuxetai tōn echthrōn, kai euergetēsei tous epibouleuontas; kai oute loidorēsetai tini, oute kakōs erei, kan myria ᾿akousę̄ kakōs, all᾽ erei ta apostolika; tis asthenei, kai ouk asthenō? tis skandalizetai, kai ouk egō pyroumai? En de tǭ ta hēmetera skopein ou pantōs kai ta tōn allōn hepsetai. Hek toutōn hapantōn peisthentes, hōs ouk eni sōthēnai mē to koinę̄ sympheron skopounta, kai ton dichotomēthenta touton idontes, kai ton to talanton katoryxanta, tautēn helōmetha tēn hodon, hina kai tēs aiōniou tychōmen zōēs hēs genoito pantas hēmas … Christou, hǭ hē doxa eis tous aiōnas tōn aiōnōn. Amēn.

Do you see love proclaimed splendidly by itself and crowned? And if you wish, let us compare them in a third way too. Let one man fast, and be self-controlled, and be a martyr, and be burned; and let another put off martyrdom for the building up of his neighbor, and not only put it off, but even depart without martyrdom: which will be more approved after the departure from here? We need not many words here, nor a long circuit. For blessed Paul stands by, bringing the verdict and saying, “To depart and be with Christ is better; but to remain in the flesh is more necessary for your sake”; and he preferred the building up of his neighbor even to his departure to Christ. For this above all is to be with Christ, to do his will; and nothing is his will so much as what is advantageous to one’s neighbor. Do you want me to give a fourth proof of these things? “Peter, do you love me?” he says. “Feed my sheep.” And having asked him a third time, he declared this to be the proof of love. And this was said not to priests only, but also to each of us who have been entrusted even with a small flock. For do not despise it because it is small; “For my Father,” he says, “is well pleased in them.” Each of us has a sheep; let him lead it to the proper pastures. Let the husband, rising from his bed, seek nothing else but how he may do and say something by which he will make the whole house more devout. And the wife again, let her be a keeper of the house; but before that care let her have another more necessary concern, that the whole household may work the things of heaven. For if in worldly matters, before the care of the house, we are zealous to pay the public debts, so as not to be flogged and dragged to the marketplaces for our ingratitude in these matters and suffer countless disgraces, much more in spiritual matters must we do this: pay first what belongs to the King of all, God, so that we may not come where there is the gnashing of teeth. And let us seek those virtues which, along with our own salvation, could most greatly benefit our neighbors too. Such is almsgiving, such is prayer; or rather prayer too becomes powerful and winged from almsgiving. “For your prayers,” it says, “and your alms have gone up as a memorial before God.” And not prayer only, but fasting too has its sinews from it. Even if you fast without almsgiving, the thing is not even counted as fasting; such a person is worse than one who gorges and gets drunk, and so much worse as cruelty is more grievous than luxury. And why do I speak of fasting? For even if you are self-controlled, even if you live as a virgin, you stand outside the bridal chamber if you do not have almsgiving. And yet what is equal to virginity, which not even in the New Covenant came under the compulsion of law, because of its excellence? But nevertheless it is cast out when it does not have almsgiving. And if virgins are cast out because they did not have this in the fitting abundance, who will be able to obtain pardon without it? There is no one; but he who does not have it must certainly perish. For if in worldly matters no one lives for himself, but craftsman and soldier and farmer and merchant all contribute to the common advantage and to their neighbor’s benefit, much more must we do this in spiritual matters. For this above all is to live; since he who lives for himself only, and disregards all, is superfluous, and not even a man, nor of our race. “What then,” someone says, “if I neglect my own affairs while seeking those of others?” It is not possible for one who seeks the things of others to neglect his own. For he who seeks the things of others grieves no one, but pities all, helps according to his power; he will rob no one, defraud no one, will not steal, will not bear false witness; he will abstain from all wickedness and lay hold of all virtue, and will pray for his enemies, and do good to those who plot against him, and will neither revile anyone nor speak ill of anyone, even if he hears countless ills spoken of himself, but will say the apostolic words: “Who is weak, and I am not weak? Who is made to stumble, and I do not burn?” But in looking to our own, the things of others will not necessarily follow. Persuaded by all these things that one cannot be saved without looking to the common advantage, and seeing this man who was cut in two and the one who buried the talent, let us choose this way, so that we may also obtain eternal life; which may we all … of Christ, to whom be the glory to the ages of ages. Amen.

Chapter 78

78.1Field 2

Τότε ὁμοιωθήσεται, φησὶν, ἡ βασιλεία τῶν οὐρανῶν δέκα παρθένοις, αἵτινες λαβοῦσαι τὰς λαμπάδας αὐτῶν, εξῆλθον εἰς ἀπάντησιν τοῦ νυμφίον. Πέντε δὲ ἦσαν φρόνιμοι, καὶ αἱ πέντε μωραὶ, αἵτινες οὐκ ἔλαβον, φησὶν, ἔλαιον. Εἶτα χρονίζοντος τοῦ νυμφίου ἐνύσταξαν πᾶσαι, καὶ ἐκάθευδον. Μέσης δὲ νυκτὸς κραυγὴ γέγονεν· ἰδοὺ, ὁ νυμφίος ἔρχεται, ἐξέλθετε εἰς ἀπάντησιν αὐτοῦ. Καὶ ἀναστᾶσαι καὶ διαποροῦσαι αἱ πέντε εἶπον ταῖς φρονίμοις δότε ἡμῖν ἐκ τοῦ ἐλαίου ὑμῶν. Αἱ δὲ οὐκ ἐπένευσαν, λέγουσαι· μήποτε οὐ μὴ ἀρκέσῃ ἡμῖν καὶ ὑμῖν· πορεύεσθε πρὸς τοὺς πωλοῦντας, καὶ ἀγοράσατε. Ἀπιουσῶν δὲ ἐπὶ τοῦτο, ἦλθεν ὁ νυμφίος καὶ αἱ μὲν εἰσῆλθον, αἱ δὲ ἡλθον ὕστερον λέγουσαι κύριε, κύριε, ἄνοιξον ἡμῖν. Ὁ δὲ ἀποκριθεὶς εἶπεν ἀμὴν λέγω ὑμῖν, οὐκ οἶδα ὑμᾶς. Γρηγορεῖτε οὖν, ὅτι οὐκ οἴδατε τὴν ἡμέραν, οὐδὲ τὴν ὥραν. Εἶτα ἑτέραν λέγει παραβολὴν πάλιν. Ἄνθρωπος ἀποδημῶν ἐκάλεσε τοὺς ἰδίους δούλους, καὶ παρέδωκεν αὐτοῖς τὰ ὑπάρχοντα· ᾧ μὲν πέντε τάλαντα, ᾧ δὲ δύο, ῳ δὲ ἕν, ἑκάστῳ κατὰ τὴν ἰδίαν δύναμιν· καὶ ἀπεδήμησεν. Εἶτα τῶν δύο προσενεγκάντων τὰ διπλάσια, ὁ τὸ ἕν πιστευθεὶς αὐτὸ μόνον προσήνεγκε· καὶ ἐγκαλούμενος φησιν· ἔγνων ὅτι σκληρὸς ΦΨ Ν᾽ ’ Ψ μὰ εἶ, θερίζων ὅπου οὐκ ἔσπειρας, καὶ συνάγων ὅπου οὐ διεσκόρπισας· καὶ φοβηθεὶς ἔκρυψα τὸ τάλαντον σου ἴδε, ἔχεις τὸ σόν. ᾿Αποκριθεὶς οὖν ὁ κύριος αὑτοῦ εἶπε· πονηρὲ δοῦλε, ἤδεις ὅτι θερίζω ὅπου οὐκ ἔσπειρα, καὶ συνάγω ὅπον οὐ διεσκόρπισα ἔδει σε καταβαλεῖν τὸ ἀργύριόν μου τοῖς τραπεζίταις, καὶ ἐλθὼν ἐκομισάμην ἂν τὸ ἐμὸν σὺν τόκῳ. Ἄρατε οὺν τὸ τάλαντον ἀπ᾽ αὐτοῦ, καὶ δότε τῷ ἔχοντι τὰ δέκα τάλαντα. Τῷ γὰρ ἔχοντι δοθήσεται καὶ περισσευθήσεται᾽ ἀπὸ δὲ τοῦ μὴ ἔχοντος καὶ ὃ ἔχει ἀρθήσεται ἀπ᾿ αὐτοῦ. Καὶ τὸν ἀχρεῖον δοῦλον ἐκβάλετε εἰς τὸ σκότος τὸ ἐξώτερον· ἐκεῖ ἔσται ὁ κλαυθμὸς καὶ ὁ βρυγμὸς τῶν ὀδόντων. Αὗται αἱ παραβολαὶ τῇ προτέρᾳ ἐοίκασι τῇ τοῦ πιστοῦ δούλου, καὶ τοῦ ἀγνώμονος καὶ τὰ δεσποτικαὰ ᾿κατεδηδοκότος. Τέσσαρες γάρ εἰσιν αἱ πᾶσαι περὶ τῶν αὐτῶν διαφόρως ἡμῖν παραινοῦσαι λέγω δὴ τῆς περὶ τὴν ἐλεημοσύνην σπουδῆς, καὶ τοῦ διὰ πάντων, ὧν ἂν δυνώμεθα, τὸν πλησίον ὠφελεῖν, ὡς οὐκ ἐνὸν σωθῆναι ἑτέρως. Αλλ᾽ ἐνταῦθα μὲν περὶ πάσης ὠφελείας λέγει καθολικώτερον, ἣν εἰς τὸν πλησίον ἐπιδείκνυσθαι χρή· ἐπὶ δὲ τῶν παρθένων περὶ ἐλεημοσύνης ἰδικῶς τῆς ἐν χρήμασι λέγει, καὶ σφοδρότερον ἢ ἐπὶ τῆς προτέρας παραβολῆς. Ἐκεῖ μὲν γὰρ τὸν τύπτοντα, καὶ μεθύοντα, καὶ τὰ δεσποτικὰ σκορπίζοντα καὶ ἀπολλύντα κολαζει ἐνταῦθα δὲ καὶ τὸν οὐκ ὠφελοῦντα, οὐδὲ δαψιλῶς τοῖς δεομένοις τὰ ὄντα κενοῦντα. Εἶχον μὲν γὰρ ἔλαιον, οὐ δαψιλὲς δέ διὸ καὶ κολάζονται. Τίνος δὲ ἕνεκεν ἐπὶ τοῦ προσώπου τῶν παρθένων ταύτην προάγει τὴν παραβολὴν, καὶ οὐχ ἁπλῶς ὀτιδήποτε ὑποτίθεται πρόσωπον; Μεγάλα περὶ παρθενίας διελέχθη εἰπών· εἰσὶν εὐνοῦχοι, οἵτινες εὐνούχισαν ἑαυτοὺς διὰ τὴν βασιλείαν τῶν οὐρανῶν καὶ, ὁ δυνάμενος χωρεῖν, χωρείτω. Οἶδε καὶ τοὺς πολλοὺς τῶν ἀνθρώπων μεγάλην περὶ αὐτῆς δόξαν ἔχοντας. Καὶ γάρ ἐστι φύσει τὸ πρᾶγμα μέγα, καὶ δείκνυται ἐξ ὧν οὔτε ἐν τῇ παλαιᾷ ὑπὸ τῶν παλαιῶν καὶ ἁγίων ἀνδρῶν ἐκείνων. κατωρθώθη, καὶ ἐν τῆ καινῇ δὲ οὐκ ἦλθεν εἰς ἀνάγκην νόμου. Οὐ γὰρ ἐπέταξε τοῦτο, ἀλλὰ τῇ προαιρέσει τῶν ἀκουόντων ἐπέτρεψε. Διὸ καὶ Παῦλός φησι· περὶ δὲ τῶν παρθένων ἐπιταγὴν κυρίου οὐκ ἔχω. Ἐπαινῶ μὲν γὰρ τὸν κατορθοῦντα, οὐκ ἀναγκάζω δὲ τὸν μὴ βουλόμενον, οὐδὲ ἐπίταγμα τὸ πρᾶγμα ποιῶ. ᾿Επεὶ οὖν καὶ μέγα τὸ πρᾶγμα ἦν, καὶ μογάλην παρὰ τοῖς πολλοῖς δόξαν εἶχεν, ἵνα μή τις τοῦτο κατορθῶν, ὡς τὸ πᾶν κατωρθωκὼς διακέηται, καὶ τῶν λοιπῶν ἀμελῇ, τίθησι ταύτην τὴν παραβολὴν, ἱκανὴν πεῖσαι, ὅτι παρθενία, κἂν τὰ ἄλλα πάντα ἔχῃ, τῶν ἀπὸ τῆς ἐλεημοσύνης καλῶν ἔρημος οὖσα, μετὰ τῶν πόρνων ἐκβαλλεται καὶ τὸν ἀπάνθρωπον καὶ τὸν ἀνελεήμονα ἵστησι μετ᾽ αὐτῶν. Καὶ μάλα εἰκότως ὁ μὲν γὰρ σωμάτων ἔρωτος ἡττήθη, αἱ δὲ χρημάτων. Οὐκ ἔστι δὲ ἴσον σωμάτων ἔρως καὶ χρημάτων ἀλλ᾽ ὁ τῶν σωμάτων δριμύτερός τε πολλῷ καὶ τυραννικώτερον. Ὅσῳ οὖν ἀσθενέστερος ὁ ἀνταγωνιστὴς, τοσούτῳ ἀσύγγνωστοι μᾶλλον αἱ νικηθεῖσαι. Διὰ τοῦτο δὴ καὶ μωρὰς αὐτὰς καλεῖ, ὅτι τὸν μείζονα ὑποστᾶσαι πόνον, διὰ τὸν ἐλάττονα τὸ πᾶν προὔδωκαν. Λαμπάδας δὲ ἐνταῦθά φησιν αὐτὸ τὸ τῆς παρθενίας χάρισμα: τὸ καθαρὸν τῆς ἁγιωσύνης ἔλαιον δὲ, τὴν φιλανθρωπίαν, τὴν ἐλεημοσύνην, τὴν περὶ τοὺς δεομένους βοήθειαν. Χρονίζοντος δὲ τοῦ νυμφίου, ἐνύσταξαν πᾶσαι, καὶ ἐκάθευδον. Δείκνυσιν οὐκ ὀλέγον τὸν χρόνον ἐσόμενον πάλιν τὸν μεταξὺ, τοὺς μαθητὰς ἀπάγων τοῦ προσδοκᾶν αὐτίκα μάλα φανεῖσθαι τὴν βασιλείαν αὐτοῦ. Καὶ γὰρ τοῦτο ἤλπιζον· διὰ τοῦτο καὶ συνεχῶς αὐτοὺς ἀναχαιτίζει τῆς ἐλπίδος ταύτης. Μετὰ δὲ τούτου κἀκεῖνο ἐμφαίνει, ὅτι ὕπνος ὁ θάνατός ἐστιν. ᾿Εκάθευδον γὰρ, φησί. Περὶ δὲ μέσας νύκτας κραυγὴ γέγονεν. Ἤτοι τῇ παραβολῇ ἐπέμεινεν, ἢ πάλιν δείκνυσιν, ὅτι ἐν νυκτὶ ἡ ἀνάστασις γίνεται. Τὴν δὲ κραυγὴν καὶ ὁ Παῦλος ἐνδείκνυται, λέγων· ἐν κελεύσματι, ἐν φωνὴ ἀρχαγγέλου, ἐν τῇ ἐσχάτῃ σαλπιγγι καταβήσεται ἀπ᾽ οὐρανοῦ. Καὶ τί βούλονται αἱ σαλπιγγες τί δὲ ἡ κραυγὴ λέγει: Ὁ νυμφίος ἔρχεται. Ἐπεὶ οὖν ἐκόσμησαν τὰς λαμπάδας, λέγουσιν αἱ μωραὶ ταῖς φρονίμοις᾽ δότε ἡμῖν ἐκ τοῦ ἐλαίου ὑμῶν. Πάλιν αὐτὰς μωρὰς καλεῖ, δεικνὺς ὅτι οὐδὲν μωρότερον τῶν ἐνταῦθα χρηματιζομένων, καὶ γυμνῶν ἀπιόντων ἐκεῖσε, ἔνθα μάλιστα φιλανθρωπίας ἡμῖν χρεία, ἔνθα πολλοῦ τοῦ ἐλαίου. Οὐ ταύτῃ δὲ μόνον μωραὶ, ἀλλ᾽ ὅτι καὶ προσεδόκησαν ἐκεῖθεν λήψεσθαι, καὶ ἀκαίρως ἐζήτησαν' καίτοιγε οὐδὲν ἐκείνων φιλανθρωπότερον ἣν τῶν παρθένων, αἱ διὰ τοῦτο μάλιστα εὐδοκίμησαν. Καὶ οὐδὲ τὸ πᾶν ζητοὺσι δότε γὰρ ἡμῖν, φησὶν, ἐκ τοῦ ἐλαίου ὑμῶν καὶ τὸ ἀναγκαῖον τῆς χρείας ἐπιδείκνυνται σβέννυνται γάρ, φησὶν, αἱ λαμπάδες ἡμῶν. Ἀλλὰ καὶ οὕτως ἀπέτυχον᾽ καὶ οὔτε ἥ φιλανθρωπία τῶν αἰτουμένων, οὔτε τὸ εὔκολον τῆς αἰτήσεως, οὔτε τὸ ἀναγκαῖον καὶ χρειὥδες ἐποίησεν αὐτὰς ἐπιτυχεῖν. ᾿Αλλὰ τί δὴ ἐντεῦθεν μανθάνομεν; Ὅτι οὐδεὶς ἡμῶν ἐκεῖ, τῶν ἐκ τῶν ἔργων προδοθέντων, προστῆναι δυνήσεται οὐκ ἐπειδὴ οὐ βούλεται, ἀλλ᾽ ἐπειδὴ οὐ δύναται. Καὶ γὰρ καὶ αὗται ἐπὶ τὸ αδύνατον καταφεύγουσι. Τοῦτο καὶ ὁ μακάριος Ἀβραὰμ ἐδήλωσεν εἰπὼν, ὅτι χάσμα μέγα ἐστὶ μεταξὺ ὑμῶν καὶ ἡμῶν, ὥστε μηδὲ βουλομένοις ἐξεῖναι διαβῆναι. Πορεύεσθε δὲ πρὸς τοὺς πωλοῦντας, καὶ ἀγοράσατε. Καὶ τίνες οἱ πωλοῦντες : Οἱ πένητες. Καὶ ποῦ οὑτοι : Ἐνταῦθα καὶ τότε ζητῆσαι ἐχρῆν, οὐκ ἐν τῷ καιρῷ ἐκείνῳ.

Tote homoiōthēsetai, phēsin, hē basileia tōn ouranōn deka parthenois, haitines labousai tas lampadas autōn, exēlthon eis apantēsin tou nymphion. Pente de ēsan phronimoi, kai hai pente mōrai, haitines ouk elabon, phēsin, elaion. Eita chronizontos tou nymphiou enystaxan pasai, kai ekatheudon. Mesēs de nyktos kraugē gegonen; idou, ho nymphios erchetai, exelthete eis apantēsin autou. Kai anastasai kai diaporousai hai pente eipon tais phronimois dote hēmin ek tou elaiou hymōn. Hai de ouk epeneusan, legousai; mēpote ou mē arkesę̄ hēmin kai hymin; poreuesthe pros tous pōlountas, kai agorasate. Apiousōn de epi touto, ēlthen ho nymphios kai hai men eisēlthon, hai de hēlthon hysteron legousai kyrie, kyrie, anoixon hēmin. Ho de apokritheis eipen amēn legō hymin, ouk oida hymas. Grēgoreite oun, hoti ouk oidate tēn hēmeran, oude tēn hōran. Eita heteran legei parabolēn palin. Anthrōpos apodēmōn ekalese tous idious doulous, kai paredōken autois ta hyparchonta; hǭ men pente talanta, hǭ de dyo, ǭ de hen, hekastǭ kata tēn idian dynamin; kai apedēmēsen. Eita tōn dyo prosenenkantōn ta diplasia, ho to hen pisteutheis auto monon prosēnenke; kai enkaloumenos phēsin; egnōn hoti sklēros PhPs N᾽ ’ Ps ma ei, therizōn hopou ouk espeiras, kai synagōn hopou ou dieskorpisas; kai phobētheis ekrypsa to talanton sou ide, echeis to son. ᾿Apokritheis oun ho kyrios hautou eipe; ponēre doule, ēdeis hoti therizō hopou ouk espeira, kai synagō hopon ou dieskorpisa edei se katabalein to argyrion mou tois trapezitais, kai elthōn ekomisamēn an to emon syn tokǭ. Arate oun to talanton ap᾽ autou, kai dote tǭ echonti ta deka talanta. Tǭ gar echonti dothēsetai kai perisseuthēsetai᾽ apo de tou mē echontos kai ho echei arthēsetai ap᾿ autou. Kai ton achreion doulon ekbalete eis to skotos to exōteron; ekei estai ho klauthmos kai ho brygmos tōn odontōn. Hautai hai parabolai tę̄ proterą eoikasi tę̄ tou pistou doulou, kai tou agnōmonos kai ta despotikaa ᾿katedēdokotos. Tessares gar eisin hai pasai peri tōn autōn diaphorōs hēmin parainousai legō dē tēs peri tēn eleēmosynēn spoudēs, kai tou dia pantōn, hōn an dynōmetha, ton plēsion ōphelein, hōs ouk enon sōthēnai heterōs. All᾽ entautha men peri pasēs ōpheleias legei katholikōteron, hēn eis ton plēsion epideiknysthai chrē; epi de tōn parthenōn peri eleēmosynēs idikōs tēs en chrēmasi legei, kai sphodroteron ē epi tēs proteras parabolēs. Ekei men gar ton typtonta, kai methyonta, kai ta despotika skorpizonta kai apollynta kolazei entautha de kai ton ouk ōphelounta, oude dapsilōs tois deomenois ta onta kenounta. Eichon men gar elaion, ou dapsiles de dio kai kolazontai. Tinos de heneken epi tou prosōpou tōn parthenōn tautēn proagei tēn parabolēn, kai ouch haplōs otidēpote hypotithetai prosōpon? Megala peri parthenias dielechthē eipōn; eisin eunouchoi, hoitines eunouchisan heautous dia tēn basileian tōn ouranōn kai, ho dynamenos chōrein, chōreitō. Oide kai tous pollous tōn anthrōpōn megalēn peri autēs doxan echontas. Kai gar esti physei to pragma mega, kai deiknytai ex hōn oute en tę̄ palaią hypo tōn palaiōn kai hagiōn andrōn ekeinōn. katōrthōthē, kai en tē kainę̄ de ouk ēlthen eis anankēn nomou. Ou gar epetaxe touto, alla tę̄ proairesei tōn akouontōn epetrepse. Dio kai Paulos phēsi; peri de tōn parthenōn epitagēn kyriou ouk echō. Epainō men gar ton katorthounta, ouk anankazō de ton mē boulomenon, oude epitagma to pragma poiō. ᾿Epei oun kai mega to pragma ēn, kai mogalēn para tois pollois doxan eichen, hina mē tis touto katorthōn, hōs to pan katōrthōkōs diakeētai, kai tōn loipōn amelę̄, tithēsi tautēn tēn parabolēn, hikanēn peisai, hoti parthenia, kan ta alla panta echę̄, tōn apo tēs eleēmosynēs kalōn erēmos ousa, meta tōn pornōn ekballetai kai ton apanthrōpon kai ton aneleēmona histēsi met᾽ autōn. Kai mala eikotōs ho men gar sōmatōn erōtos hēttēthē, hai de chrēmatōn. Ouk esti de ison sōmatōn erōs kai chrēmatōn all᾽ ho tōn sōmatōn drimyteros te pollǭ kai tyrannikōteron. Hosǭ oun asthenesteros ho antagōnistēs, tosoutǭ asyngnōstoi mallon hai nikētheisai. Dia touto dē kai mōras autas kalei, hoti ton meizona hypostasai ponon, dia ton elattona to pan proudōkan. Lampadas de entautha phēsin auto to tēs parthenias charisma: to katharon tēs hagiōsynēs elaion de, tēn philanthrōpian, tēn eleēmosynēn, tēn peri tous deomenous boētheian. Chronizontos de tou nymphiou, enystaxan pasai, kai ekatheudon. Deiknysin ouk olegon ton chronon esomenon palin ton metaxy, tous mathētas apagōn tou prosdokan autika mala phaneisthai tēn basileian autou. Kai gar touto ēlpizon; dia touto kai synechōs autous anachaitizei tēs elpidos tautēs. Meta de toutou kakeino emphainei, hoti hypnos ho thanatos estin. ᾿Ekatheudon gar, phēsi. Peri de mesas nyktas kraugē gegonen. Ētoi tę̄ parabolę̄ epemeinen, ē palin deiknysin, hoti en nykti hē anastasis ginetai. Tēn de kraugēn kai ho Paulos endeiknytai, legōn; en keleusmati, en phōnē archangelou, en tę̄ eschatę̄ salpingi katabēsetai ap᾽ ouranou. Kai ti boulontai hai salpinges ti de hē kraugē legei: Ho nymphios erchetai. Epei oun ekosmēsan tas lampadas, legousin hai mōrai tais phronimois᾽ dote hēmin ek tou elaiou hymōn. Palin autas mōras kalei, deiknys hoti ouden mōroteron tōn entautha chrēmatizomenōn, kai gymnōn apiontōn ekeise, entha malista philanthrōpias hēmin chreia, entha pollou tou elaiou. Ou tautę̄ de monon mōrai, all᾽ hoti kai prosedokēsan ekeithen lēpsesthai, kai akairōs ezētēsan' kaitoige ouden ekeinōn philanthrōpoteron hēn tōn parthenōn, hai dia touto malista eudokimēsan. Kai oude to pan zētousi dote gar hēmin, phēsin, ek tou elaiou hymōn kai to anankaion tēs chreias epideiknyntai sbennyntai gar, phēsin, hai lampades hēmōn. Alla kai houtōs apetychon᾽ kai oute hē philanthrōpia tōn aitoumenōn, oute to eukolon tēs aitēseōs, oute to anankaion kai chreiōdes epoiēsen autas epitychein. ᾿Alla ti dē enteuthen manthanomen? Hoti oudeis hēmōn ekei, tōn ek tōn ergōn prodothentōn, prostēnai dynēsetai ouk epeidē ou bouletai, all᾽ epeidē ou dynatai. Kai gar kai hautai epi to adynaton katapheugousi. Touto kai ho makarios Abraam edēlōsen eipōn, hoti chasma mega esti metaxy hymōn kai hēmōn, hōste mēde boulomenois exeinai diabēnai. Poreuesthe de pros tous pōlountas, kai agorasate. Kai tines hoi pōlountes : Hoi penētes. Kai pou houtoi : Entautha kai tote zētēsai echrēn, ouk en tǭ kairǭ ekeinǭ.

“Then,” he says, “the kingdom of heaven will be like ten virgins, who took their lamps and went out to meet the bridegroom. Five of them were wise, and five foolish, who,” he says, “did not take oil. Then, as the bridegroom was delayed, they all became drowsy and slept. But at midnight there was a cry: Look, the bridegroom is coming; go out to meet him. And the five rose up and, being at a loss, said to the wise, Give us some of your oil. But they did not consent, saying, Perhaps there will not be enough for us and for you; go to those who sell, and buy. And while they were going away for this, the bridegroom came, and those went in; and the others came afterward, saying, Lord, Lord, open to us. But he answered and said, Truly I say to you, I do not know you. Watch therefore, for you know neither the day nor the hour.” Then he tells another parable again: “A man going abroad called his own servants and delivered to them his goods: to one five talents, to another two, to another one, to each according to his own ability; and he went abroad.” Then, when the two had brought him the double, the one who had been entrusted with one talent brought only that; and when he was charged he says, “I knew that you are a hard man, reaping where you did not sow, and gathering where you did not scatter; and being afraid I hid your talent. Look, you have what is yours.” His master answered and said, “Wicked servant, you knew that I reap where I did not sow and gather where I did not scatter; you ought, then, to have deposited my money with the bankers, and at my coming I would have received what is mine with interest. Take, then, the talent from him, and give it to him who has the ten talents. For to him who has, more will be given, and he will have abundance; but from him who does not have, even what he has will be taken away from him. And cast the worthless servant into the outer darkness; there will be weeping and gnashing of teeth.”

These parables resemble the former one, that of the faithful servant and of the ungrateful one who devoured his master’s goods. For there are four in all, exhorting us in different ways about the same things—I mean zeal about almsgiving, and helping our neighbor by every means in our power—since it is not possible to be saved otherwise. But there he speaks more generally of every kind of help that one must show toward one’s neighbor; in the case of the virgins he speaks in the proper sense of almsgiving in money, and more severely than in the former parable. For there he punishes the one who beats and is drunk and scatters and destroys his master’s goods; but here even the one who does not help, nor pours out what he has abundantly to the needy. For they had oil, but not abundantly; therefore they are also punished. And why does he bring forward this parable in the person of virgins, and not simply propose any person whatever? He had spoken great things about virginity, saying, “There are eunuchs who have made themselves eunuchs for the sake of the kingdom of heaven,” and, “He who is able to receive it, let him receive it.” He knew also that the many among men have a great opinion of it. For the thing is great by nature, and this is shown by the fact that in the Old Testament it was not achieved by those ancient and holy men, and in the New it did not come under the compulsion of law. For he did not command it, but left it to the choice of the hearers. Therefore Paul too says, “Concerning virgins I have no command of the Lord.” “For I praise the one who achieves it, but I do not compel the one who does not wish, nor do I make the thing a commandment.” Since, then, the thing was great and had great repute among the many, so that no one who achieves it should be disposed as though he had achieved everything and should neglect the rest, he sets down this parable, enough to persuade that virginity, even if it has all the other things, if it is bare of the good things that come from almsgiving, is cast out with the sexually immoral; and he sets the inhuman and the unmerciful man with them. And very reasonably; for the one was overcome by the love of bodies, but these by the love of money. And the love of bodies and the love of money are not equal; the love of bodies is far keener and more tyrannical. The weaker the antagonist, then, the more unpardonable are those who are overcome. Therefore he also calls them foolish, because, having undergone the greater labor, they betrayed everything for the lesser. And by lamps he here means the very gift of virginity, the purity of holiness; and by oil, love for mankind, almsgiving, help for the needy. “And as the bridegroom was delayed, they all became drowsy and slept.” He shows again that the time between will not be short, drawing the disciples away from expecting that his kingdom would appear very soon. For they hoped this; therefore he also continually checks them from this hope. And besides this he shows this too, that death is sleep. “For they slept,” he says. “And at midnight there was a cry.” Either he kept to the parable, or he shows again that the resurrection takes place at night. And Paul too indicates the cry, saying, “With a cry of command, with the voice of an archangel, at the last trumpet, he will descend from heaven.” And what do the trumpets mean, and what does the cry say? “The bridegroom is coming.” When, then, they had trimmed their lamps, the foolish say to the wise, “Give us some of your oil.” Again he calls them foolish, showing that nothing is more foolish than those who make money here and depart naked to that place where we have most need of love for mankind, where there is need of much oil. And not in this way only were they foolish, but because they expected to receive it there, and sought it out of season; and yet nothing was more loving than those virgins, who were approved especially for this. And they do not seek the whole: “For give us,” they say, “some of your oil”; and they show the urgency of their need: “For our lamps are going out,” they say. But even so they failed; and neither the love for mankind of those who were asked, nor the easiness of the request, nor the urgency and pressure of the need, made them succeed. What, then, do we learn from this? That none of us there will be able to stand by those who are betrayed by their own works, not because he does not wish, but because he cannot. For these too take refuge in impossibility. This the blessed Abraham too showed, saying that “a great chasm is between you and us,” so that even those who wish cannot cross. “But go to those who sell, and buy.” And who are those who sell? The poor. And where are these? Here; and it was then that they ought to have sought them, not at that time.

78.2Field 2

Ὁρᾷς ὁπόση γίνεται ἀπὸ τῶν πενήτων ἡμῖν ἡ πραγματεία: κἂν τούτους ἀνέλῃς, τὴν πολλὴν τῆς σωτηρίας ἡμῶν ἀνεῖλες ἐλπίδα. Διόπερ ἐνταῦθα τὸ ἔλαιον συνάγειν χρὴ, ἵνα ἐκεῖ χρήσιμον γένηται, ὅταν ὁ καιρὸς ἡμᾶς καλῇ. Οὐ γὰρ ἐκεῖνός ἐστιν ὃ καιρὸς τῆς συλλογῆς, ἀλλ᾽ οὗτος. Μὴ τοίνυν ἀναλισκε μάτην τὰ ὄντα εἰς τρυφὰς καὶ κενοδοξίας. Πολλοῦ γάρ σοι ἐκεῖ χρεία τοῦ ἐλαίου. Ταῦτα ἀκούσασαι ἐκεῖναι απῆλθον, ἀλλ᾽ οὐδὲν ὠνήσαντο. Τοῦτο δέ φησιν, ἢ τῆ παραβολῇ παραμένων, καὶ ὑφαίνων αὐτήν' ἢ καὶ διὰ τούτων δεικνὺς, ὅτι κἂν φιλανθρωποι γενώμεθα μετὰ τὸ ἀπελθεῖν, οὐδὲν ἐντεῦθεν κερδήσομεν εἰς τὸ διαφυγεῖν. Οὐκοῦν οὐδὲ ταύταις ἤρκεσεν ἡ προθυμία ἐπειδὴ μῇ ἐνταῦθα ἀπῆλθον πρὸς τοὺς πωλοῦντας, ἀλλ᾽ ἐκεῖ· οὔτε τῷ πλουσίῳ, ὅτε οὕτω φιλάνθρωπος γέγονεν, ὡς καὶ ὑπὲρ τῶν αὐτῷ προσηκόντων μεριμνᾶν. Ὁ γὰρ τὸν ἐν τῷ πυλώνι κείμενον παρατρέχων, τοὺς οὐδὲ ὁρωμένους ἐξαρπάσαι τῶν κινδύνων καὶ τῆς γεέννης ἐπείγεται, καὶ παρακαλεῖ πεμφθηναί τινας τοὺς ταῦτα ἀπαγγελοῦντας αὑτοῖς. Ἀλλ᾽ ὅμως οὐδὲν ἐκεῖνος ἐντεῦθεν ἀπώνατο, ὥσπερ οὐδὲ αὗται. ᾿Επειδὴ γὰρ ταῦτα ἀκούσασαι ἀπῆλθον, ἦλθεν ὁ νυμφίος καὶ αἱ μὲν ἕτοιμοι, συνεισήλθον' αἱ δὲ ἀπεκλείσθησαν. Μετὰ τοὺς πολλοὺς πόνους, μετὰ τοὺς μυρίους ἱδρῶτας καὶ τὴν ἀφόρητον μάχην ἐκείνην, καὶ τὰ τρόπαια κατὰ τῆς φύσεως λυττώσης ἀνέστησαν, καταισχυνθεῖσαι καὶ τῶν λαμπάδων ἐσβεσμένων, ἀνεχώρουν κάτω κύπτουσαι. Οὐδὲν γὰρ ἀἁμαυρότερον παρθενίας, ἔλεον μὴ ἐχουσης οὕτω καὶ οἱ πολλοὶ τοὺς ἀνελεήμονας εἰώθασι καλεῖν σκοτεινούς. Ποῦ τοίνυν τῆς παρθενίας ὄφελος, ὅτε τὸν νυμφίον οὐκ εἶδον, καὶ οὐδὲ κρούσασαι ἤνυσαν, ἀλλὰ τὸ φοβερὸν ἐκεῖνο ἤκουσαν ῥῆμα, ὑπαγετε, οὐκ οἶδα ὑμᾶς: Ὅταν δὲ αὐτὸς εἴπη τοῦτο, οὐδὲν ἕτερον ἢ γέεννα καταλιμπάνεται καὶ ἡ ἀφόρητος κόλασις μᾶλλον δὲ καὶ τῆς γεέννης τοῦτο τὸ βῆμα χαλεπώτερον. Τοῦτο τὸ ῥῆμα καὶ τοῖς τὴν ἀνομίαν ἐργαζομένοις εἶπε. Γρηγορεῖτε οὖν, ὅτι οὐκ οἴδατε τὴν ἡμέραν, οὐδὲ τὴν ὥραν. Ὁρᾷς πῶς συνεχῶς τοῦτο ἐπιλέγει, χρησίμην δεικνὺς τὴν ἄγνοιαν τῆς ἐξόδου τῆς ἐντεῦθεν ; Ποῦ νῦν εἰσιν οἱ διὰ παντὸς μὲν τοῦ βίου ῥᾷθυμοι, ὅταν δὲ εγκαλῶνται παρ ἡμῶν, λέγοντες, ὅτι ἐν καιρῷ τελευτῆς καταλιμπάνω τοῖς δεομένοις ; ᾿Δκουέτωσαν τῶν ῥημάτων τούτων, καὶ διορθούσθωσαν. Καὶ γὰρ καὶ ἐν ἐκείνῳ τῷ καιρῷ πολλοὶ ἐξέπεσον τούτου, ἀθρόον ἀναρπασθέντες, καὶ οὐδὲ ἐπισκῆψαι συγχωρηθέντες τοῖς οἰκείοις ὑπὲρ ὧν ἐβούλοντο. Αὕτη μὲν οὺν ἡ παραβολὴ τῆς διὰ χρημάτων ἐλεημοσύνης ἕνεκεν εἴρηται ἡ δὲ μετὰ ταύτην, πρὸς τοὺς οὐ χρήμασιν, οὐ λόγῳ, οὐ προστασίᾳ, οὐχ ἑτέρῳ ὁτῳοῦν ὠφελεῖν βουλομένους τοὺς πλησίον, ἀλλὰ πάντα ἀποκρύπτοντας. Καὶ τί δήποτε αὑτη μὲν ἢ παραβολὴ βασιλέα εἰσάγει, ἐκείνη δὲ νυμφίον ; ἵνα μάθῃς πῶς οἰκείως ἔχει πρὸς τὰς παρθένους ὁ Χριστὸς, τὰς ἀποδυομένας τὰ ὄντα᾽ τοῦτο γαρ καὶ παρθενίας Διὸ καὶ Παῦλος τοῦτον τίθησιν ὅρον τοῦ πράγματος· ἡ ἄγαμος μεριμνᾷ τὰ τοῦ κυρίου, φησί καὶ, πρὸς τὸ εὔσχημον καὶ εὐπάρεδρον τῷ κυρίῳ ἀπερισπάστως. Ταῦτα παραινοῦμεν, φησίν. Εἰ δὲ ἐν τῷ Λουκᾷ ἑτέρως κεῖται ἡ τῶν ταλάντων παραβολὴ, ἐκεῖνο λεκτέον, ὅτι ἄλλη αὕτη, καὶ ἑτέρα ἐκείνη. Ἐν ἐκείνῃ μὲν γὰρ ἀπὸ ἑνὸς κεφαλαίου διάφοροι γεγόνασιν αἱ πρόσοδοι ἀπὸ γὰρ μιᾶς μνᾶς ὁ μὲν πέντε, ὁ δὲ δέκα προσήνεγκαν, διὸ οὐδὲ τῶν αὐτῶν ἔτυχον ἐνταῦθα δὲ τοὐναντίον, διὸ καὶ ὁ στέφανος ἴσος. Ὁ γὰρ δύο λαβὼν, δύο ἔδωκε, καὶ ὁ τὰ πέντε πάλιν ὁμοίως ἐκεῖ δὲ, ἐπειδὴ ἐκ τῆς αὐτῆς ὑποθέσεως ὁ μὲν πλείονα, ὁ δὲ ἐλάττονα πρόσοδον ἐποιήσατο, εἰκότως καὶ ἐν τοῖς ἐπάθλοις οὐχ ὁμοίως ἀπολαύουσιν. Ὅρα δὲ αὐτὸν πανταχοῦ οὐκ εὐθέως ἀπαιτοῦντα. Καὶ γὰρ ἐπὶ τοῦ ἀμπελῶνος ἐξέδοτο γεωργοῖς, καὶ ἀπεδήμησε᾽ ᾿καὶ ἐνταῦθα ἐνεπίστευσε, καὶ ἀπεδήμησεν, ἵνα μαθης αὐτοῦ τὴν μακροθυμίαν. ᾿ἘΕμοὶ δὲ δοκεῖ καὶ τὴν ἀνάστασιν αἰνιττόμενος ταῦτα λέγειν. ᾿Αλλ ἐνταῦθα οὐκέτι Ὑεωργοὶ καὶ ἀμπελὼν, ἀλλὰ πάντες ἐργάται. Οὐ γὰρ πρὸς ἄρχοντας μόνον, οὐδὲ πρὸς ᾿Ιουδαίους, ἀλλὰ πρὸς ἅπαντας διαλέγεται. Καὶ οἱ μὲν προσφέροντες ὁμολογοῦσιν εὐγνωμόνως, Καὶ τὰ αὐτῶν καὶ τὰ τοῦ δεσπότου. Καὶ ὁ μὲν λέγει; κύριε, πέντε τάλαντά μοι ἔδωκας ὁ δὲ λέγει, δύο· δεικνύντες ὅτι παρ᾽ αὐτοῦ τὴν ἀφορμὴν ἔλαβον τῆς ἐργασίας. καὶ πολλὴν χάριν ἴσασι, καὶ τὸ πᾶν αὐτῷ λογίζονται. Τί οὖν ὁ δεσπότης; Εὖ, δοῦλε ἀγαθὲ, φησὶ, (τοῦτο γάρ ἐστιν ἀγαθοῦ, τὸ εἰς τὸν πλησίον ὁρᾶν), καὶ πιστέ· ἐπὶ ὀλίγα ἦς πιστὸς, ἐπὶ πολλῶν σε καταστήσω εἴσελθε εἰς τὴν χαρὰν τοῦ κυρίου σου τὴν πᾶσαν μακαριότητα διὰ τοῦ βήματος τούτου δεικνύς. ᾿Αλλ οὐκ ἐκεῖνος οὕτως, ἀλλὰ πως; Ηιδειν ὅτι σκληρὸς εἶ ἄνθρωπος, θερίζων ὅπου οὐκ ἔσπειρας, καὶ συνάγων ὅθεν οὐ διεσκόρπισας καὶ φοβηθεὶς ἔκρυψα τὸ τάλαντόν σον ἴδε, ἔχεις τὸ σόν. Τί οὖν ὁ δεσπότης; Ἔδει σε βαλεῖν. τὸ ἀργύριόν μου τοῖς τραπεζίταις τουτέστιν, εἰπεῖν ἐχρῆν, παραινέσαι, συμβουλεῦσαι. Ἀλλ᾽ οὐ πείθονται; Αλλ᾽ οὐκ ἔστι τοῦτο πρὸς σέ. Τί τούτου γένοιτ᾽ ἂν ἡμερώτερον: Ἄνθρωποι μὲν γὰρ οὐχ οὕτω ποιοῦσιν, ἀλλ᾽ αὐτὸν τὸν δανείσαντα, αὐτὸν καὶ ὑπεύθυνον τῆς ἀπαιτήσεως καθιστῶσιν. Αὐτὸς δὲ οὐχ οὕτως ἀλλὰ, σὲ ἔδει καταβαλεῖν, φησὶ, καὶ τὴν ἀπαίτησιν ἐμοὶ ἐπιτρέψαι. Κἀγὼ μετὰ τόκου ἂν ἀπήτησα τόκον λόγων ἀκροάσεως τὴν τῶν ἔργων ἐπίδειξιν. Σὲ ἔδει τὸ εὐκολώτερον ποιῆσαι, ἐμοὶ δὲ τὸ δυσκολώτερον ἀφεῖναι. ᾿Επεὶ οὖν τοῦτο οὐκ ἐποίησε, λάβετε, φησὶν, ἀπ᾽ αὐτοῦ τὸ τάλαντον, καὶ δότε τῷ τὰ δέκα τάλαντα ἔχοντι. Τῷ γὰρ ἔχοντι δοθήσεται, καὶ περισσευθήσεται ἀπὸ δὲ τοῦ μὴ ἔχοντος, καὶ ὃ ἔχει, ἀρθήσεται ἀπ᾿ αὐτοῦ. Τί δὴ τοῦτό ἐστιν; Ὁ χάριν λόγου καὶ διδασκαλίας εἰς τὸ ὠφελεῖν ἔχων, καὶ μὴ χρώμενος αὐτῆ, καὶ τὴν χάριν ἀπολεῖ ὁ δὲ σπουδὴν παρεχόμενος, πλείονα ἐπισπάσεται τὴν δωρεάν ὥσπερ οὖν ἐκεῖνος καὶ .ὃ ἔλαβεν ἀπόλλυσιν. ᾿Αλλ οὐ μέχρι τούτου ἡ ζημία. τῷ ἀργοῦντι, ἀλλὰ καὶ ἀφόρητος κόλασις, καὶ μετὰ τῆς κολὰσεως ῆ ἀπόφασις πολλῆς γέμουσα τῆς κατηγορίας. Τὸν γὰρ ἀχρεῖον δοῦλον, ἐκβάλετε, φησὶν, εἰς τὸ σκότος τὸ ἐξώωτερον᾽ ἐκεῖ ἔσται ὁ κλαυθμὸς καὶ ὁ βρυγμὸς τῶν ὀδόντων. Εἶδες πῶς οὐ μόνον ὁ ἁρπάζων καὶ πλεονεκτῶν, οὐδὲ ὁ κακὰ ἐργαζόμενος, ἀλλὰ καὶ ὁ ἀγαθὰ μὴ ποιῶν κολάζεται κόλασιν τὴν ἐσχάτην; Ἀκούσωμεν τοίνυν τῶν ῥημάτων τούτων. Ἕως ἔστι καιρὸς; ἀντιλαβώμεθα τῆς σωτηρίας τῆς ἡμετέρας, λαβωμεν ἔλαιον εἰς τὰς λαμπάδας, ἐργασώμεθα εἰς τὸ τάλαντον. Ἂν γὰρ ὀκνήσωμεν καὶ ἐν ἀργίᾳ διατρίβωμεν ἐνταῦθα, οὐδεὶς ἡμᾶς ἐλεήσει λοιπὸν ἐκεῖ, κἂν μυρία θρηνώμεν. Κατέγνω ἑαντοῦ καὶ ὁ τὰ ῥυπαρὰ ἱμάτια ἔχων; καὶ οὐδὲν ὠφέλησεν. ᾿Απέδωκε καὶ ἣν ἐπιστεύθη παρακαταθήκην ὁ τὸ ἕν τάλαντον, καὶ οὕτω κατεκρίθη. Παρεκάλεσαν καὶ αἱ παρθένοι, καὶ προσἤλθυν, καὶ ἔκρουσαν, καὶ πάντα εἰκῇ καὶ μάτην. Ταῦτ οὖν εἰδότες, καὶ χρήματα, καὶ σπουδὴν, καὶ προστασίαν, καὶ πάντα εἰσενέγκωμεν εἰς τὴν τῶν πλησίον ὠφέλειαν. Τάλαντα γὰρ ἐνταῦθά ἐστιν ἡ ἑκάστου δύναμις, εἴτε ἐν προστασίᾳ, εἴτε ἐν χρήμασιν, εἴτε ἐν διδασκαλίᾳ, εἴτε ἐν οἵῳ δήποτε πράγματι τοιούτῳ. Μηδεὶς λεγέτω, ὅτι ἕν τάλαντον ἔχω, καὶ οὐδὲν δύναμαι ποιῆσαι. Δύνασαι γὰρ καὶ δι ἑνὸς εὐδοκιμῆσαι. Οὐ γὰρ εἶ τῆς χῆρας ἐκείνης πενέστερος, οὐκ εἶ Πέτρον καὶ ᾿Ιωάννου ἀγροικότερος, οἱ καὶ ἰδιῶται καὶ ἀγράμματοι. ἦσαν, αλλ ὅμως ἐπειδὴ προθυμίαν ἐπεδείξαντο, καὶ πρὸς τὸ κοινῆ συμφέρον πάντα ἐποίουν, τῶν οὐρανῶν ἐπελάβοντο. Οὐδὲν γὰρ οὕτως ἐστὶ τῷ θεῷ φίλον, ὡς τὸ ᾿κοινωφελὼς ζῆν. Διὰ τοῦτο λόγον ἡμῖν ἔδωκεν ὁ θεὸς, καὶ χεῖρας καὶ πόδας, καὶ σώματος ἰσχὺν, καὶ νοῦν, καὶ σύνεσιν, ἵνα πᾶσι τούτοις καὶ εἰς τὴν ἡμῶν αὐτῶν σωτηρίαν Καὶ εἰς τὴν τῶν πλησίον ὠφέλειαν χρησώμεθα. Οὐδὲ γὰρ εἰς ὕμνον ἡμῖν ὁ λόγος καὶ εὐχαριστίας χρήσιμος μόνον, ἀλλὰ καὶ εἰς διδασκαλίαν λυσιτελὴς καὶ παραίνεσιν. Κἀν μὲν εἰς τοῦτο χρησώμεθα, τὸν δεσπότην ἐζηλώσαμεν ἂν δὲ εἰς τἀναντία, τὸν διάβολον. ᾿Επεὶ καὶ Πέτρος ὅτε μὲν ὡμολόγησε τὸν Χριστὸν, ἐμακαρίζετο ὡς τὰ τοῦ πατρὸς εἰρηκώς ὅτε δὲ παρῃτεῖτο τὸν σταυρὸν καὶ ἀπηγόρευσεν, ἐπετιμᾶτο σφοδρῶς, ὡς τὰ τοῦ διαβόλου φρονῶν. Εἰ δὲ ἔνθα ἀγνοίας ἣν τὸ εἰρημένον, τοσαύτη ἡ κατηγορία ὅταν ἑκόντες πολλὰ ἁμαρτάνωμεν, ποίαν ἕξομεν συγγνώμην: Τοιαῦτα τοίνυν φθεγγώμεθα, ἵνα αὐτόθεν ᾖ δῆλα τὰ ῥήματα τοῦ Χριστοῦ ὄντα. Οὐδὲ γὰρ ἂν εἴπω μόνον, ἔγειραι καὶ περιπάτει, οὐδὲ ἂν εἴπω, Ταβιθὰ, ἀνάστηθι, τότε τὰ τοῦ Χριστοῦ λαλῶ: ἀλλὰ πολλῷ μᾶλλον ἂν λοιδορηθεὶς εὐλογήσω, ἂν ἐπηρεασθεὶς εὔξωμαι ὑπὲρ τοῦ ἐπηρεάζοντος.. Πρώην μὲν οὖν ἔλεγον, ὅτι χείρ ἐστιν ἡ γλῶττα ἡμῶν, τῶν τοῦ θεοῦ ἀπτομένη ποδών᾽ νὺν δὲ πολλῷ πλέον λέγω, ὅτι γλῶττά ἐστιν ἡ γλῶττα ἡμῶν, τὴν τοῦ Χριστοῦ μιμουμένη, ἐὰν τὴν προσήκουσαν ἀκρίβειαν ἐπιδείξηται, κἂν ἐκεῖνα φθεγγώμεθα, ἅπερ ἐκεῖνος βούλεται. Τί δέ ἐστιν ἃ ἐκεῖνος ἡμᾶς βούλεται φθέγγεσθαι; Τὰ ἐπιεικείας γέμοντα ῥήματα καὶ πραότητος· ὥσπερ οὖν καὶ αὐτὸς ἐφθέγγετο, λέγων τοῖς ὑβρίζουσιν αὐτόν· ἐγὼ δαιμόνιον οὐκ ἔχω καὶ πάλιν, εἰ μὲν κακῶς ἐλάλησα, μαρτύρησον περὶ τοῦ κακοῦ. ᾿Εὰν οὕτω καὶ σὺ λέγης, ἐὰν εἰς διόρθωσιν τῶν πλησίον λαλῇς, κέκτῆσαι γλῶτταν ἐοικυῖαν ἐκείνῃ. Καὶ ταῦτα αὐτός φησιν ὁ θεός. Ὁ γὰρ ἐξάγων τίμιον εξ ἀναξίου, ὡς στόμα μου ἔσται, φησίν. Ὅταν οὖν ἡ γλῶττά σου ὡς ἡ γλῶττα ἡ τοῦ Χριστοῦ, καὶ τὸ στόμα σου γένηται στόμα τοῦ πατρὸς, καὶ τοῦ πνεύματος τοῦ ἁγίου ναὸς ἧς, ποία ταύτης λοιπὸν ἴση γένοιτ᾽ ὧν τιμή; Οὐδὲ γὰρ εἰ ἀπὸ χρυσίου συνέκειτό σου τὸ στόμα, οὐδὲ εἰ ἀπὸ λίθων τιμίων, οὕτως ἔμελλε λάμπειν ὡς νῦν, τῷ κόσμῳ τῆς ἐπιεικείας καταυγαζόμενον. Τί γὰρ στόματος ποθεινότερον οὐκ εἰδότος ὑβρίζειν, ἀλλ᾽ ἀνέχῃ εὐλογεῖν τὸν καταρώμενον; σίγησον, καὶ τοῦτο τέως κατόρθωσον· καὶ ὁδῷ προβαίνων καὶ σπουδάζων ὡς χρὴ, καὶ ἐπ᾽ ἐκεῖνο ἥξεις, καὶ κτήσῃ στόμα τοιοῦτον οἷον εἰρήκαμεν. Καὶ μή νομίσῃς τολμηρὸν εἶναι τὸ λεχθέν. Φιλάνθρωπος γάρ ἐστιν ὁ ᾿δεσπότης, καὶ τῆς ἀγαθότητος αὐτοῦ τὸ δῶρον γίνεται. Τολμηρόν ἐστι, διαβόλῳ στόμα. ἔχειν ἐοικὸς, δαίμονος πονηροῦ κεκτῆσθαι γλῶτταν ὁμοίαν, μάλιστα τὸν μυστηρίων τοιούτων μετέχοντα; καὶ αὐτῇ κοινωνοῦντα τῇ σαρκὶ τοῦ δεσπότου. Ταῦτ᾽ οὖν ἀναλογιζόμενος, γενοῦ κατ᾽ ἐκεῖνον εἰς δύναμιν τὴν σήν. Οὐκέτι σοι λοιπὸν ὁ διάβολος οὐδὲ ἀντιβλέψαι τοιούτῳ γενομένῳ δυνήσεται. Καὶ γὰρ ἐπιγινώσκει τὸν χαρακτῆρα τὸν βασιλικόν οἷδε τοῦ Χριστοῦ τὰ ὅπλα, δι ὧν ἡττήθη. Τίνα δὲ ταῦτα ἐστιν: ᾿Επιείκεια καὶ πραύτης. Καὶ γὰρ ὅτε ἐν τῷ ὄρει προσβάλλοντα αὐτὸν κατέῤῥαξε καὶ ἐξέτεινεν, οὐχὶ γνωριζόμενος ὅτι Χριστὸς ἦν, ἀλλ᾽ ἀπὸ τῶν ῥημάτων αὐτὸν ἐσαγήνευσε τούτων, απὸ ἐπιεἰκείας εἷλεν, ἀπὸ πραότητος ἐτροπώσατο. Τοῦτο καὶ σὺ ποίησον' ἀν ἴδης ἄνθρωπον διάβολον γενόμενον, καὶ προσιόντα σοι, οὕτω καὶ σὺ νίκησον. Ἔδωκέ σοι ὁ Χριστὸς ἐξουσίαν γενέσθαι κατ᾽ αὐτὸν εἰς δύναμιν τὴν σήν. Μη φοβηθῆς τοῦτο ἀκούων. Φόβος ἐστὶ, τὸ μὴ γενέσθαι κατ᾽ αὖὐτόν. Φθέγγου τοίνυν κατ᾽ ἐκεῖνον, καὶ γέγονας κατὰ τοῦτο τοιοῦτος οἷος ἐκεῖνος, ὡς ἄνθρωπον ὄντα ἔνι γενέσθαι. Διὰ τοῦτο μείζων ὁ οὕτω λαλῶν, ἥ ὁ προφητεύων. Τὸ μὲν γὰρ χάρις ὅλον᾽ ἐνταῦθα δὲ καὶ πόνος σὸς καὶ ἱδρώς. Δίδαξον τὴν ψυχὴν διαπλάττειν σοι στόμα στόματι Χριστοῦ ἐοικός. Δύναται γὰρ τοιαῦτα δημιουργεῖν, ἂν ἐθέλη: οἷδε τὴν τέχνην, ἂν μὴ ᾖ ῥᾴθυμος. Καὶ πῶς πλάττεται τοιοῦτον στόμα: φησί διὰ ποίων χρωμάτων; διὰ ποίας ὕλης; Διὰ χρωμάτων μὲν καὶ ὕλης οὐδεμιᾶς διὰ δὲ ἀρετῆς μόνης, καὶ ἐπιεικείας, καὶ ταπεινοφροσύνης. Ἴἰδωμεν πώς καὶ στόμα διαβόλου πλάττεται, ἵνα μηδέποτε ἐκεῖνο κατασκευάσωμεν. Πῶς οὖν πλάττεται: Διὰ ἀρῶν, διὰ ὕβρεων, διὰ βασκανίας, δι᾽ ἐπιορκίας. Ὅταν γὰρ τὰ ἐκείνου φθέγγηταί τις, τὴν ἐκείνου γλώτταν λαμβάνει. Ποίαν οὖν ἕξομεν συγγνώμην, μᾶλλον δὲ ποίαν οὐχ ὑποστησόμεθα τιμωρίαν; ὅταν τὴν γλώτταν, ἡ κατηξιώθημεν σαρκὸς γεύσασθαι δεσποτικῆς, ταύτην περιΐδωμεν τὰ τοῦ διαβόλου φθεγγομένην : Μὴ δὴ περιἔδωμιεν, ἀλλὰ πάση χρησώμεθα σπουδῇ, ὥστε αὐτὴν παιδεῦσαι τὸν δεσπότην μιμεῖσθαι τὸν ἑαντῆς. Ἂν γὰρ αὐτὴν παιδεύσωμεν τοῦτο, μετὰ πολλῆς τῆς παῤῥησίας ἐπὶ τοῦ βήματος ἡμάς στήσει τοῦ Χριστοῦ. Ἂν μή τις οὕτως εἰδῇ λαλεῖν, οὐδὲ ἀκούσεται αὐτοῦ ὁ δικαστής. Καθάπερ γὰρ ὅταν Ῥωμαῖος ὧν ὁ κριτὴς τύχῃ, οὐκ ἀκούσεται ἀπολογουμένου τοῦ οὐκ εἰδότος οὕτω φθέγγεσθαι οὕτω καὶ ὁ Χριστὸς, ἂν μὴ κατὰ τὸν αὐτοῦ τρόπον λαλῆς, οὐκ ἀκούσεταί σου, οὐδὲ προσέξει. Μάθωμεν τοίνυν οὕτω λαλεῖν, ὡς εἴωθεν ἀκούειν ὁ βασιλεὺς ὁ ἡμέτερος· σπουδάσωμεν ἐκείνην μιμεῖσθαι τὴν γλῶτταν. Κάν εἰς πένθος ἐμπέσῃς, σκόπει ὅπως μὴ διαστρέψῃ σου τὸ στόμα τῆς ἀθυμίας ἡ τυραννὶς, ἀλλὰ λαλήσης ὥσπερ ὁ Χριστός. ᾿Ἐπένθησε γὰρ καὶ αὐτὸς τὸν Λάζαρον καὶ τὸν ᾿Ιούδαν. Ἂν εἰς φόβον ἐμπέσῃς, ζήτησον οὕτω λαλῆσαι πάλιν ὡς αὐτός. ᾿Ενέπεσε γὰρ καὶ αὐτὸς εἰς φόβον διὰ σὲ κατὰ τὸν τῆς οἰκονομίας λόγον. Εἰπὲ καὶ σύ πλὴν οὐχ ὡς ἐγὼ θέλω, ἀλλ᾽ ὡς σύ. Κάν κλαίῃς, δάκρυσον ἠρέμα ὡς αὐτός. Κἀν εἰς ἐπιβουλὰς ἐμπέσῃς καὶ λύπην, καὶ ταῦτα ὡς ὁ Χριστὸς διατίθει. Καὶ γὰρ καὶ ἐποβουλεύθη καὶ ἐλυπήθη, καὶ λέγει· περίλυπός ἐστιν ἡ ψυχή μου ἕως θανάτου. Καὶ πάντα σοι τὰ ὑποδείγματα παρέσχεν; ἵνα τὰ αὐτὰ διαφυλάττῃς μέτρα, καὶ τοὺς δοθέντας σοι μὴ διαφθείρης κανόνας. Οὕτω δυνήσῃ στόμα ἔχειν ἐοικὸς ἐκείνον τῷ στόματι: οὕτως ἐπὶ γῆς βαδίζων, τοῦ ἄνω καθημένου γλῶτταν ἡμῖν ἐπιδείξεις ὁμοίαν, τὰ μέτρα τὰ ἐν ἀθυμίᾳ, τὰ ἐν ὁργῇἤ» τὰ ἐν πένθει, τὰ ἐν ἀγωνίᾳ διατηρῶν. Πόσοι ὑμῶν εἰσιν οἱ ἐπιθυμοῦντες αὐτοῦ τὴν μορφὴν ἰδεῖν: ᾿Ιδοὺ οὐκ ἰδεῖν μόνον, ἀλλὰ καὶ γενέσθαι κατ᾽ αὐτὸν δυνατὸν, ἂν σπουδάζωμεν. Μὴ αναβαλλώμεθα τοίνυν. Οὐχ οὕτως ἀσπάζεται προφητῶν στόμα, ὡς ἐπιεικῶν καὶ πράων ἀνθρώπων. Πολλοὶ γὰρ ἐροῦσί μοι, φησὶν, οὐ τῷ ᾿σῷ ὀνόματι προεφητεύσαμεν: Καὶ ἐρῶ αὖὐτοῖς, οὐκ οἶδα ὑμᾶς. Τὸ δὲ τοῦ Μωυσέως, ἐπειδὴ σφόδρα ἐπιεικὴς ἣν καὶ πρᾶος, (ὁ γὰρ Μωϋσῆς, φησὶν, ἄνθρωπος πραότατος παρὰ πάντας τοὺς ἀνθρώπους τοὺς ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς) οὕτως ἡσπάζετο καὶ ἐφίλει, ὡς εἰπεῖν, ὅτι ἐνώπιος ἐνωπίῳ, στόμα κατὰ στόμα ἐλάλει, ὡσανεὶ φίλος πρὸς τὸν ἑαυτοῦ φίλον. Οὐκ ἐπιτάξεις δαίμοσι. νῦν, ἀλλ᾽ ἐπιτάξεις τότε τῷ τῆς γεέννης, πυρὶ, ἐὰν ἔχῃς τῷ στόματι τοῦ Χριστοῦ τὸ στόμα σου ἐοικός. ᾿Επιτάξεις τῇ ἀβύσσῳ τοῦ πυρὸς, καὶ ἐρεῖς· σιώπα, πεφίμωσο καὶ μετὰ πολλῆς τῆς παῤῥησίας τῶν οὐρανῶν ἐπιβήσῃ: καὶ ἀπολαύσεις τῆς βασιλείας ἧς γένοιτο πάντας ἡμᾶς ἐπιτυχεῖν, χάριτι καὶ φιλανθρωπίᾳ τοῦ κυρίου ἡμῶν ᾿Ιησοῦ Χριστοῦ, μεθ᾽ οὗ τῷ πατρὶ ἅμα τῷ ἀγίῳ πνεύματι δόξα, κράτος, τιμή, νῦν καὶ αεὶ καὶ εἰς τοὺς αἰῶνας τῶν αἰώνων. Ἀμήν.

Horąs hoposē ginetai apo tōn penētōn hēmin hē pragmateia: kan toutous anelę̄s, tēn pollēn tēs sōtērias hēmōn aneiles elpida. Dioper entautha to elaion synagein chrē, hina ekei chrēsimon genētai, hotan ho kairos hēmas kalę̄. Ou gar ekeinos estin ho kairos tēs syllogēs, all᾽ houtos. Mē toinyn analiske matēn ta onta eis tryphas kai kenodoxias. Pollou gar soi ekei chreia tou elaiou. Tauta akousasai ekeinai apēlthon, all᾽ ouden ōnēsanto. Touto de phēsin, ē tē parabolę̄ paramenōn, kai hyphainōn autēn' ē kai dia toutōn deiknys, hoti kan philanthrōpoi genōmetha meta to apelthein, ouden enteuthen kerdēsomen eis to diaphygein. Oukoun oude tautais ērkesen hē prothymia epeidē mę̄ entautha apēlthon pros tous pōlountas, all᾽ ekei; oute tǭ plousiǭ, hote houtō philanthrōpos gegonen, hōs kai hyper tōn autǭ prosēkontōn merimnan. Ho gar ton en tǭ pylōni keimenon paratrechōn, tous oude horōmenous exarpasai tōn kindynōn kai tēs geennēs epeigetai, kai parakalei pemphthēnai tinas tous tauta apangelountas hautois. All᾽ homōs ouden ekeinos enteuthen apōnato, hōsper oude hautai. ᾿Epeidē gar tauta akousasai apēlthon, ēlthen ho nymphios kai hai men hetoimoi, syneisēlthon' hai de apekleisthēsan. Meta tous pollous ponous, meta tous myrious hidrōtas kai tēn aphorēton machēn ekeinēn, kai ta tropaia kata tēs physeōs lyttōsēs anestēsan, kataischyntheisai kai tōn lampadōn esbesmenōn, anechōroun katō kyptousai. Ouden gar haamauroteron parthenias, eleon mē echousēs houtō kai hoi polloi tous aneleēmonas eiōthasi kalein skoteinous. Pou toinyn tēs parthenias ophelos, hote ton nymphion ouk eidon, kai oude krousasai ēnysan, alla to phoberon ekeino ēkousan rhēma, hypagete, ouk oida hymas: Hotan de autos eipē touto, ouden heteron ē geenna katalimpanetai kai hē aphorētos kolasis mallon de kai tēs geennēs touto to bēma chalepōteron. Touto to rhēma kai tois tēn anomian ergazomenois eipe. Grēgoreite oun, hoti ouk oidate tēn hēmeran, oude tēn hōran. Horąs pōs synechōs touto epilegei, chrēsimēn deiknys tēn agnoian tēs exodou tēs enteuthen ? Pou nyn eisin hoi dia pantos men tou biou rhąthymoi, hotan de enkalōntai par hēmōn, legontes, hoti en kairǭ teleutēs katalimpanō tois deomenois ? ᾿Dkouetōsan tōn rhēmatōn toutōn, kai diorthousthōsan. Kai gar kai en ekeinǭ tǭ kairǭ polloi exepeson toutou, athroon anarpasthentes, kai oude episkēpsai synchōrēthentes tois oikeiois hyper hōn eboulonto. Hautē men oun hē parabolē tēs dia chrēmatōn eleēmosynēs heneken eirētai hē de meta tautēn, pros tous ou chrēmasin, ou logǭ, ou prostasią, ouch heterǭ hotǭoun ōphelein boulomenous tous plēsion, alla panta apokryptontas. Kai ti dēpote hautē men ē parabolē basilea eisagei, ekeinē de nymphion ? hina mathę̄s pōs oikeiōs echei pros tas parthenous ho Christos, tas apodyomenas ta onta᾽ touto gar kai parthenias Dio kai Paulos touton tithēsin horon tou pragmatos; hē agamos merimną ta tou kyriou, phēsi kai, pros to euschēmon kai euparedron tǭ kyriǭ aperispastōs. Tauta parainoumen, phēsin. Ei de en tǭ Louką heterōs keitai hē tōn talantōn parabolē, ekeino lekteon, hoti allē hautē, kai hetera ekeinē. En ekeinę̄ men gar apo henos kephalaiou diaphoroi gegonasin hai prosodoi apo gar mias mnas ho men pente, ho de deka prosēnenkan, dio oude tōn autōn etychon entautha de tounantion, dio kai ho stephanos isos. Ho gar dyo labōn, dyo edōke, kai ho ta pente palin homoiōs ekei de, epeidē ek tēs autēs hypotheseōs ho men pleiona, ho de elattona prosodon epoiēsato, eikotōs kai en tois epathlois ouch homoiōs apolauousin. Hora de auton pantachou ouk eutheōs apaitounta. Kai gar epi tou ampelōnos exedoto geōrgois, kai apedēmēse᾽ ᾿kai entautha enepisteuse, kai apedēmēsen, hina mathēs autou tēn makrothymian. ᾿EEmoi de dokei kai tēn anastasin ainittomenos tauta legein. ᾿All entautha ouketi Hyeōrgoi kai ampelōn, alla pantes ergatai. Ou gar pros archontas monon, oude pros ᾿Ioudaious, alla pros hapantas dialegetai. Kai hoi men prospherontes homologousin eugnōmonōs, Kai ta autōn kai ta tou despotou. Kai ho men legei? kyrie, pente talanta moi edōkas ho de legei, dyo; deiknyntes hoti par᾽ autou tēn aphormēn elabon tēs ergasias. kai pollēn charin isasi, kai to pan autǭ logizontai. Ti oun ho despotēs? Eu, doule agathe, phēsi, (touto gar estin agathou, to eis ton plēsion horan), kai piste; epi oliga ēs pistos, epi pollōn se katastēsō eiselthe eis tēn charan tou kyriou sou tēn pasan makariotēta dia tou bēmatos toutou deiknys. ᾿All ouk ekeinos houtōs, alla pōs? Ēidein hoti sklēros ei anthrōpos, therizōn hopou ouk espeiras, kai synagōn hothen ou dieskorpisas kai phobētheis ekrypsa to talanton son ide, echeis to son. Ti oun ho despotēs? Edei se balein. to argyrion mou tois trapezitais toutestin, eipein echrēn, parainesai, symbouleusai. All᾽ ou peithontai? All᾽ ouk esti touto pros se. Ti toutou genoit᾽ an hēmerōteron: Anthrōpoi men gar ouch houtō poiousin, all᾽ auton ton daneisanta, auton kai hypeuthynon tēs apaitēseōs kathistōsin. Autos de ouch houtōs alla, se edei katabalein, phēsi, kai tēn apaitēsin emoi epitrepsai. Kagō meta tokou an apētēsa tokon logōn akroaseōs tēn tōn ergōn epideixin. Se edei to eukolōteron poiēsai, emoi de to dyskolōteron apheinai. ᾿Epei oun touto ouk epoiēse, labete, phēsin, ap᾽ autou to talanton, kai dote tǭ ta deka talanta echonti. Tǭ gar echonti dothēsetai, kai perisseuthēsetai apo de tou mē echontos, kai ho echei, arthēsetai ap᾿ autou. Ti dē touto estin? Ho charin logou kai didaskalias eis to ōphelein echōn, kai mē chrōmenos autē, kai tēn charin apolei ho de spoudēn parechomenos, pleiona epispasetai tēn dōrean hōsper oun ekeinos kai .ho elaben apollysin. ᾿All ou mechri toutou hē zēmia. tǭ argounti, alla kai aphorētos kolasis, kai meta tēs kolaseōs ē apophasis pollēs gemousa tēs katēgorias. Ton gar achreion doulon, ekbalete, phēsin, eis to skotos to exōōteron᾽ ekei estai ho klauthmos kai ho brygmos tōn odontōn. Eides pōs ou monon ho harpazōn kai pleonektōn, oude ho kaka ergazomenos, alla kai ho agatha mē poiōn kolazetai kolasin tēn eschatēn? Akousōmen toinyn tōn rhēmatōn toutōn. Heōs esti kairos? antilabōmetha tēs sōtērias tēs hēmeteras, labōmen elaion eis tas lampadas, ergasōmetha eis to talanton. An gar oknēsōmen kai en argią diatribōmen entautha, oudeis hēmas eleēsei loipon ekei, kan myria thrēnōmen. Kategnō heantou kai ho ta rhypara himatia echōn? kai ouden ōphelēsen. ᾿Apedōke kai hēn episteuthē parakatathēkēn ho to hen talanton, kai houtō katekrithē. Parekalesan kai hai parthenoi, kai prosēlthyn, kai ekrousan, kai panta eikę̄ kai matēn. Taut oun eidotes, kai chrēmata, kai spoudēn, kai prostasian, kai panta eisenenkōmen eis tēn tōn plēsion ōpheleian. Talanta gar entautha estin hē hekastou dynamis, eite en prostasią, eite en chrēmasin, eite en didaskalią, eite en hoiǭ dēpote pragmati toioutǭ. Mēdeis legetō, hoti hen talanton echō, kai ouden dynamai poiēsai. Dynasai gar kai di henos eudokimēsai. Ou gar ei tēs chēras ekeinēs penesteros, ouk ei Petron kai ᾿Iōannou agroikoteros, hoi kai idiōtai kai agrammatoi. ēsan, all homōs epeidē prothymian epedeixanto, kai pros to koinē sympheron panta epoioun, tōn ouranōn epelabonto. Ouden gar houtōs esti tǭ theǭ philon, hōs to ᾿koinōphelōs zēn. Dia touto logon hēmin edōken ho theos, kai cheiras kai podas, kai sōmatos ischyn, kai noun, kai synesin, hina pasi toutois kai eis tēn hēmōn autōn sōtērian Kai eis tēn tōn plēsion ōpheleian chrēsōmetha. Oude gar eis hymnon hēmin ho logos kai eucharistias chrēsimos monon, alla kai eis didaskalian lysitelēs kai parainesin. Kan men eis touto chrēsōmetha, ton despotēn ezēlōsamen an de eis tanantia, ton diabolon. ᾿Epei kai Petros hote men hōmologēse ton Christon, emakarizeto hōs ta tou patros eirēkōs hote de parę̄teito ton stauron kai apēgoreusen, epetimato sphodrōs, hōs ta tou diabolou phronōn. Ei de entha agnoias hēn to eirēmenon, tosautē hē katēgoria hotan hekontes polla hamartanōmen, poian hexomen syngnōmēn: Toiauta toinyn phthengōmetha, hina autothen ę̄ dēla ta rhēmata tou Christou onta. Oude gar an eipō monon, egeirai kai peripatei, oude an eipō, Tabitha, anastēthi, tote ta tou Christou lalō: alla pollǭ mallon an loidorētheis eulogēsō, an epēreastheis euxōmai hyper tou epēreazontos.. Prōēn men oun elegon, hoti cheir estin hē glōtta hēmōn, tōn tou theou aptomenē podōn᾽ nyn de pollǭ pleon legō, hoti glōtta estin hē glōtta hēmōn, tēn tou Christou mimoumenē, ean tēn prosēkousan akribeian epideixētai, kan ekeina phthengōmetha, haper ekeinos bouletai. Ti de estin ha ekeinos hēmas bouletai phthengesthai? Ta epieikeias gemonta rhēmata kai praotētos; hōsper oun kai autos ephthengeto, legōn tois hybrizousin auton; egō daimonion ouk echō kai palin, ei men kakōs elalēsa, martyrēson peri tou kakou. ᾿Ean houtō kai sy legēs, ean eis diorthōsin tōn plēsion lalę̄s, kektēsai glōttan eoikuian ekeinę̄. Kai tauta autos phēsin ho theos. Ho gar exagōn timion ex anaxiou, hōs stoma mou estai, phēsin. Hotan oun hē glōtta sou hōs hē glōtta hē tou Christou, kai to stoma sou genētai stoma tou patros, kai tou pneumatos tou hagiou naos hēs, poia tautēs loipon isē genoit᾽ hōn timē? Oude gar ei apo chrysiou synekeito sou to stoma, oude ei apo lithōn timiōn, houtōs emelle lampein hōs nyn, tǭ kosmǭ tēs epieikeias kataugazomenon. Ti gar stomatos potheinoteron ouk eidotos hybrizein, all᾽ anechę̄ eulogein ton katarōmenon? sigēson, kai touto teōs katorthōson; kai hodǭ probainōn kai spoudazōn hōs chrē, kai ep᾽ ekeino hēxeis, kai ktēsę̄ stoma toiouton hoion eirēkamen. Kai mē nomisę̄s tolmēron einai to lechthen. Philanthrōpos gar estin ho ᾿despotēs, kai tēs agathotētos autou to dōron ginetai. Tolmēron esti, diabolǭ stoma. echein eoikos, daimonos ponērou kektēsthai glōttan homoian, malista ton mystēriōn toioutōn metechonta? kai autę̄ koinōnounta tę̄ sarki tou despotou. Taut᾽ oun analogizomenos, genou kat᾽ ekeinon eis dynamin tēn sēn. Ouketi soi loipon ho diabolos oude antiblepsai toioutǭ genomenǭ dynēsetai. Kai gar epiginōskei ton charaktēra ton basilikon hoide tou Christou ta hopla, di hōn hēttēthē. Tina de tauta estin: ᾿Epieikeia kai prautēs. Kai gar hote en tǭ orei prosballonta auton katerrhaxe kai exeteinen, ouchi gnōrizomenos hoti Christos ēn, all᾽ apo tōn rhēmatōn auton esagēneuse toutōn, apo epieikeias heilen, apo praotētos etropōsato. Touto kai sy poiēson' an idēs anthrōpon diabolon genomenon, kai prosionta soi, houtō kai sy nikēson. Edōke soi ho Christos exousian genesthai kat᾽ auton eis dynamin tēn sēn. Mē phobēthēs touto akouōn. Phobos esti, to mē genesthai kat᾽ auyton. Phthengou toinyn kat᾽ ekeinon, kai gegonas kata touto toioutos hoios ekeinos, hōs anthrōpon onta eni genesthai. Dia touto meizōn ho houtō lalōn, hē ho prophēteuōn. To men gar charis holon᾽ entautha de kai ponos sos kai hidrōs. Didaxon tēn psychēn diaplattein soi stoma stomati Christou eoikos. Dynatai gar toiauta dēmiourgein, an ethelē: hoide tēn technēn, an mē ę̄ rhąthymos. Kai pōs plattetai toiouton stoma: phēsi dia poiōn chrōmatōn? dia poias hylēs? Dia chrōmatōn men kai hylēs oudemias dia de aretēs monēs, kai epieikeias, kai tapeinophrosynēs. Iidōmen pōs kai stoma diabolou plattetai, hina mēdepote ekeino kataskeuasōmen. Pōs oun plattetai: Dia arōn, dia hybreōn, dia baskanias, di᾽ epiorkias. Hotan gar ta ekeinou phthengētai tis, tēn ekeinou glōttan lambanei. Poian oun hexomen syngnōmēn, mallon de poian ouch hypostēsometha timōrian? hotan tēn glōttan, hē katēxiōthēmen sarkos geusasthai despotikēs, tautēn periïdōmen ta tou diabolou phthengomenēn : Mē dē periedōmien, alla pasē chrēsōmetha spoudę̄, hōste autēn paideusai ton despotēn mimeisthai ton heantēs. An gar autēn paideusōmen touto, meta pollēs tēs parrhēsias epi tou bēmatos hēmas stēsei tou Christou. An mē tis houtōs eidę̄ lalein, oude akousetai autou ho dikastēs. Kathaper gar hotan Rhōmaios hōn ho kritēs tychę̄, ouk akousetai apologoumenou tou ouk eidotos houtō phthengesthai houtō kai ho Christos, an mē kata ton autou tropon lalēs, ouk akousetai sou, oude prosexei. Mathōmen toinyn houtō lalein, hōs eiōthen akouein ho basileus ho hēmeteros; spoudasōmen ekeinēn mimeisthai tēn glōttan. Kan eis penthos empesę̄s, skopei hopōs mē diastrepsę̄ sou to stoma tēs athymias hē tyrannis, alla lalēsēs hōsper ho Christos. ᾿Epenthēse gar kai autos ton Lazaron kai ton ᾿Ioudan. An eis phobon empesę̄s, zētēson houtō lalēsai palin hōs autos. ᾿Enepese gar kai autos eis phobon dia se kata ton tēs oikonomias logon. Eipe kai sy plēn ouch hōs egō thelō, all᾽ hōs sy. Kan klaię̄s, dakryson ērema hōs autos. Kan eis epiboulas empesę̄s kai lypēn, kai tauta hōs ho Christos diatithei. Kai gar kai epobouleuthē kai elypēthē, kai legei; perilypos estin hē psychē mou heōs thanatou. Kai panta soi ta hypodeigmata pareschen? hina ta auta diaphylattę̄s metra, kai tous dothentas soi mē diaphtheirēs kanonas. Houtō dynēsę̄ stoma echein eoikos ekeinon tǭ stomati: houtōs epi gēs badizōn, tou anō kathēmenou glōttan hēmin epideixeis homoian, ta metra ta en athymią, ta en horgę̄ē» ta en penthei, ta en agōnią diatērōn. Posoi hymōn eisin hoi epithymountes autou tēn morphēn idein: ᾿Idou ouk idein monon, alla kai genesthai kat᾽ auton dynaton, an spoudazōmen. Mē anaballōmetha toinyn. Ouch houtōs aspazetai prophētōn stoma, hōs epieikōn kai praōn anthrōpōn. Polloi gar erousi moi, phēsin, ou tǭ ᾿sǭ onomati proephēteusamen: Kai erō auytois, ouk oida hymas. To de tou Mōyseōs, epeidē sphodra epieikēs hēn kai praos, (ho gar Mōÿsēs, phēsin, anthrōpos praotatos para pantas tous anthrōpous tous epi tēs gēs) houtōs hēspazeto kai ephilei, hōs eipein, hoti enōpios enōpiǭ, stoma kata stoma elalei, hōsanei philos pros ton heautou philon. Ouk epitaxeis daimosi. nyn, all᾽ epitaxeis tote tǭ tēs geennēs, pyri, ean echę̄s tǭ stomati tou Christou to stoma sou eoikos. ᾿Epitaxeis tę̄ abyssǭ tou pyros, kai ereis; siōpa, pephimōso kai meta pollēs tēs parrhēsias tōn ouranōn epibēsę̄: kai apolauseis tēs basileias hēs genoito pantas hēmas epitychein, chariti kai philanthrōpią tou kyriou hēmōn ᾿Iēsou Christou, meth᾽ hou tǭ patri hama tǭ agiǭ pneumati doxa, kratos, timē, nyn kai aei kai eis tous aiōnas tōn aiōnōn. Amēn.

Do you see how great a trade we have from the poor? If you take these away, you take away the great hope of our salvation. Therefore we must gather the oil here, so that it may be useful there, when the time calls us. For that is not the time of gathering, but this is. Do not, then, spend your goods in vain on luxuries and vainglory. For there you will have need of much oil. Hearing this, those virgins went away, but they bought nothing. And he says this either keeping to the parable and weaving it out, or showing by these words that even if we become loving after we have departed, we will gain nothing from it toward escaping. So their eagerness did not avail these virgins either, since they went to the sellers not here, but there; nor did it avail the rich man, when he became so loving as to be anxious even for those related to him. For he who passed by the one lying at his gate hastens to snatch from dangers and from Gehenna those whom he does not even see, and begs that some be sent to announce these things to them. But nevertheless he gained nothing from this, just as these did not. For when, having heard these things, they had gone away, the bridegroom came; and those who were ready went in with him, but these were shut out. After their many labors, after their countless sweats and that unbearable battle, and the trophies they had set up against nature in its fury, they withdrew put to shame, with their lamps gone out, their heads bowed. For nothing is more lusterless than virginity that has no mercy; so too the many are accustomed to call the unmerciful “dark.” Where, then, is the benefit of virginity, when they did not see the bridegroom, and did not gain anything even by knocking, but heard that fearful word, “Go away, I do not know you”? And when he himself says this, nothing else is left but Gehenna and the unbearable punishment; or rather this word is more grievous even than Gehenna. This word he said also to those who work lawlessness. “Watch therefore, for you know neither the day nor the hour.” Do you see how continually he adds this, showing that ignorance of our departure from here is useful? Where now are those who are careless throughout their whole life, but, when charged by us, say, “At the time of my death I will leave my goods to the needy”? Let them hear these words and correct themselves. For at that time too many have fallen short of this, snatched away suddenly and not even allowed to give instructions to their relatives about what they wished.

This parable, then, was spoken for the sake of almsgiving with money; but the one after it is against those who will not help their neighbors with money, with speech, with protection, with anything else whatever, but hide everything. And why does this parable bring in a king, and that one a bridegroom? So that you may learn how closely Christ is joined to the virgins who strip themselves of their possessions; for this too belongs to virginity. Therefore Paul too sets down this definition of the thing: “The unmarried woman is anxious about the things of the Lord,” he says; and, “for what is seemly and for devotion to the Lord without distraction”; “these things we advise,” he says. And if in Luke the parable of the talents is given differently, one must say that this is one and that another. For in that one, from one capital the returns were different: from one mina one brought five, another ten; therefore they did not receive the same rewards either. But here it is the opposite; therefore the crown too is equal. For he who received two gave two, and he who received five likewise. But there, since from the same principal one made more and another less return, they reasonably do not enjoy the prizes alike either. And see him everywhere not demanding at once. For in the case of the vineyard too he let it out to farmers and went abroad; and here he entrusted the talents and went abroad, so that you may learn his long-suffering. And to me he seems to say these things hinting at the resurrection as well. But here there are no longer farmers and a vineyard, but all are workers. For he is discoursing not to rulers only, nor to Jews, but to all. And those who bring their gains acknowledge with gratitude both what is theirs and what is the master’s. One says, “Lord, you gave me five talents”; the other says, “two,” showing that they received from him the means for their work; and they are very grateful and reckon the whole to him. What, then, says the master? “Well done, good servant” (for this is the mark of a good man, to look to his neighbor) “and faithful; you were faithful over a little, I will set you over much; enter into the joy of your master,” showing by this word the whole of blessedness. But not so the other; but how? “I knew that you are a hard man, reaping where you did not sow, and gathering where you did not scatter; and being afraid I hid your talent. Look, you have what is yours.” What, then, says the master? “You ought to have put my money with the bankers”: that is, you ought to have spoken, exhorted, counseled. “But they do not obey?” But that is no concern of yours. What could be gentler than this? For men do not act so, but make the very one who lent the money responsible for recovering it too. But he does not act so; rather, “You ought to have deposited it,” he says, “and left the recovery to me. And I would have demanded it with interest”—by interest meaning the showing forth of works after the hearing of words. “You ought to have done the easier part, and left the harder to me.” Since, then, he did not do this, “Take from him the talent,” he says, “and give it to him who has the ten talents. For to him who has, more will be given, and he will have abundance; but from him who does not have, even what he has will be taken away from him.” What is this? He who has a gift of speech and teaching with which to help others, and does not use it, will lose the gift too; but he who shows zeal will draw down the gift more abundantly, just as that one loses even what he received. But the loss to the idle man does not stop there; there is also an unbearable punishment, and with the punishment the sentence, full of great accusation. “For cast the worthless servant,” he says, “into the outer darkness; there will be weeping and gnashing of teeth.” Have you seen how not only the robber and the covetous man, nor only the evildoer, but also the one who does not do good is punished with the extreme punishment?

Let us hear these words, then. While there is time, let us lay hold of our salvation; let us take oil for our lamps; let us work with our talent. For if we shrink back and pass our time here in idleness, no one will pity us any longer there, though we lament countless times. He who had the filthy garments condemned himself too, and it did him no good. He who had the one talent gave back the deposit with which he had been entrusted, and even so was condemned. The virgins too entreated, and came, and knocked, and all at random and in vain. Knowing these things, then, let us bring money and zeal and protection and everything for the benefit of our neighbors. For by talents here is meant each one’s ability, whether in protection, or in money, or in teaching, or in any such thing whatever. Let no one say, “I have one talent, and can do nothing.” For you can win approval even through one. For you are not poorer than that widow; you are not more rustic than Peter and John, who were unlearned and illiterate; but nevertheless, since they showed eagerness and did everything for the common advantage, they laid hold of the heavens. For nothing is so dear to God as to live for the common benefit. Therefore God gave us speech, and hands and feet, and strength of body, and mind, and understanding, so that we may use all these both for our own salvation and for the benefit of our neighbors. For speech is useful to us not only for hymns and thanksgivings, but is profitable also for teaching and exhortation. And if we use it for this, we have imitated the Master; but if for the opposite, the devil. For Peter too, when he confessed the Christ, was called blessed as having spoken the things of the Father; but when he refused the cross and spoke against it, he was severely rebuked as minding the things of the devil. And if, where the saying came from ignorance, the accusation was so great, when we sin much willingly, what pardon shall we have? Let us, then, utter such things that it may be plain at once that the words are Christ’s. For not only if I say, “Rise and walk,” nor only if I say, “Tabitha, arise,” do I then speak the things of Christ; but much more if, when reviled, I bless; if, when abused, I pray for the one who abuses me. The other day I said that our tongue is a hand, touching the feet of God; but now I say much more, that our tongue is a tongue imitating Christ’s, if it shows the fitting exactness, and if we utter the things he wishes. And what are the things he wishes us to utter? Words full of gentleness and meekness, just as he himself uttered, saying to those who insulted him, “I do not have a demon,” and again, “If I have spoken wrongly, bear witness about the wrong.” If you too speak so, if you speak for the correction of your neighbors, you have acquired a tongue like his. And God himself says these things: “For he who brings forth the precious from the worthless will be as my mouth,” he says. When, then, your tongue is as the tongue of Christ, and your mouth becomes the mouth of the Father, and you are a temple of the Holy Spirit, what honor could equal this? For not even if your mouth were made of gold, not even if of precious stones, would it shine as it does now, lit up with the adornment of gentleness. For what is more lovely than a mouth that does not know how to insult, but … to bless the one who curses? Be silent, and achieve this for now; and going forward on the road and striving as you ought, you will come to that too, and will acquire such a mouth as we have described.

[4] And do not think that what was said is bold. For the Master loves mankind, and it becomes the gift of his goodness. What is bold is to have a mouth like the devil’s, to possess a tongue like an evil demon’s, especially for one who partakes of such mysteries and shares in the very flesh of the Master. Considering these things, then, become like him as far as is in your power. Then the devil will no longer be able even to look at you, once you have become such. For he recognizes the royal stamp; he knows the weapons of Christ by which he was defeated. And what are these? Gentleness and meekness. For when on the mountain Christ struck him down and laid him flat as he attacked, it was not by making himself known as the Christ; but by these words he caught him in the net, by gentleness he took him, by meekness he routed him. Do you too do this. If you see a man who has become a devil coming at you, so you too conquer him. Christ has given you the power to become like him as far as is in your power. Do not be afraid on hearing this; what is to be feared is not to become like him. Speak, then, as he did, and in this respect you have become such as he is, as far as it is possible for one who is a man to become. Therefore he who speaks so is greater than he who prophesies. For that is all grace; but here there is also your labor and sweat. Teach your soul to fashion for you a mouth like the mouth of Christ. For it can create such things, if it will; it knows the art, if it is not careless. “And how is such a mouth fashioned?” someone says. “With what colors? With what material?” With no colors and no material, but with virtue alone, and gentleness, and humility. Let us see how the devil’s mouth too is fashioned, so that we may never make it. How, then, is it fashioned? By curses, by insults, by envy, by perjury. For when someone utters the devil’s words, he takes the devil’s tongue. What pardon, then, shall we have—or rather, what punishment shall we not undergo—when we allow the tongue with which we were counted worthy to taste the Master’s flesh to utter the things of the devil? Let us not allow it, but use all zeal to train it to imitate its own Master. For if we train it in this, it will set us with great boldness before the judgment seat of Christ. If anyone does not know how to speak so, the judge will not even hear him. For as, when the judge happens to be a Roman, he will not hear the defense of one who does not know how to speak his language, so too Christ, if you do not speak after his manner, will not hear you, nor pay attention. Let us learn, then, to speak as our King is accustomed to hear; let us be zealous to imitate that tongue. Even if you fall into grief, see that the tyranny of dejection does not distort your mouth, but speak as Christ did. For he too mourned for Lazarus and for Judas. If you fall into fear, seek again to speak as he did. For he too fell into fear for your sake, in the order of the dispensation. Say you too, “Nevertheless not as I will, but as you will.” Even if you weep, shed tears quietly, as he did. Even if you fall into plots and grief, deal with these too as Christ did. For he too was plotted against and grieved, and says, “My soul is very sorrowful, even to death.” And he gave you all the examples, so that you might keep the same measures, and not corrupt the rules given you. So you will be able to have a mouth like his mouth; so, walking on earth, you will show us a tongue like that of him who sits above, keeping the measures in dejection, in anger, in grief, in agony. How many of you desire to see his form? Look, not only to see him, but to become like him is possible, if we are zealous. Let us not, then, put it off. He does not so welcome the mouth of prophets as that of gentle and meek men. “For many will say to me,” he says, “Did we not prophesy in your name? And I will say to them, I do not know you.” But Moses, since he was very gentle and meek (“For Moses,” it says, “was a man meeker than all the men on the earth”), he so welcomed and loved that he spoke with him face to face, mouth to mouth, as a friend to his own friend. You will not command demons now, but you will command the fire of Gehenna then, if you have a mouth like the mouth of Christ. You will command the abyss of fire and say, “Be silent, be still”; and with great boldness you will ascend to the heavens and enjoy the kingdom; which may we all obtain, by the grace and love for mankind of our Lord Jesus Christ, with whom be glory, might and honor to the Father together with the Holy Spirit, now and always and to the ages of ages. Amen.

Chapter 79

79.1Field 2

Ὅταν δὲ ἔλθῃ ὁ υἱὸς τοῦ ἀνθρώπου ἐν τῇ δόξῃ τοῦ πατρὸς αὐτοῦ, καὶ πάντες οἱ ἅγιοι ἄγγελοι μετ᾽ αὐτοῦ, τότε καθίσει, φησὶν, ἐπὶ θρόνου δόξης αὐτοῦ, καὶ διαιρήσει τὰ πρόβατα ἀπὸ τῶν ἐρίφων καὶ τοὺς μὲν ἀποδέξεται, ὅτι πεινῶντα αὐτὸν ἔθρεψαν, καὶ διψῶντα ἐπότισαν, καὶ ξένον ὄντα συνήγαγον, καὶ γυμνὸν ὄντα περιέβαλον, καὶ ἀσθενοῦντα ἐπεσκέψαντο, καὶ ἐν φυλακῇ ὄντα εἶδον καὶ δώσει τὴν βασιλείαν αὐτοῖς. Τοὺς δὲ ἐπὶ τοῖς ἐναντίοις διαβάλλων, πέμψει εἰς τὸ πῦρ τὸ αἰώνιον, τὸ ἡτοιμασμένον τῷ διαβόλῳ καὶ τοῖς ἀγγέλοις αὐτοῦ. Ταύτης τῆς ἡδίστης περικοπῆς, ἣν συνεχῶς στρέφοντες οὐ διαλιμπάνομεν, ἀκούσωμεν νῦν μετὰ σπουδῆς καὶ κατανύξεως πάσης, εἰς ἣν καὶ ἐσχάτην ὁ λόγος ἐτελεύτησε· καὶ εἰκότως. Καὶ γὰρ πολὺς αὐτῷ φιλανθρωπίας καὶ ἐλεημοσύνης ὁ λόγος. Διὸ καὶ ἐν τοῖς ἔμπροσθεν ὑπὲρ ταύτης διελέχθη διαφόρως, καὶ ἐνταῦθα λοιπὸν σαφέστερον πως καὶ εὐτονώτερον, οὐ δύο πρόσωπα καὶ τρία, οὐδὲ πέντε τιθεὶς, ἀλλὰ τὴν οἰκουμένην ἅπασαν᾽ εἰ καὶ τὰ μάλιστα καὶ αἱ πρότεραι, αἱ διὰ τῶν δύο προσώπων, οὐ δύο πρόσωπα ἐδήλουν, ἀλλὰ μέρη δύο, τὸ μὲν παρακουόντων, τὸ δὲ ὑπακουόντων. Ἀλλ᾽ ἐνταῦθα καὶ φρικωδέστερον μεταχειρίζει τὸν λόγον, καὶ τηλαυγέστερον. Διόπερ οὐδὲ λέγει, ὡμοιώθη ἡ βασιλεία, λοιπὸν, ἀλλ᾽ ἐκκεκαλυμμένως ἑαυτὸν δείκνυσι, λέγων· ὅταν ἔλθῃ ὁ υἱὸς τοῦ ἀνθρώπου ἐν τῇ δόξῃ αὐτοῦ. Νῦν γὰρ ᾿ ᾽ ’ άἁ ᾿ ᾿ . ’ ἐν ἀτιμίᾳ παραγέγονε, νῦν ἐν ὕβρεσι καὶ ὀνείδεσι· τότε ᾿ ’ ᾿ ΄σ φ΄ι δὲ καθεδεῖται ἐπὶ θρόνου δόξης αὐτοῦ. Καὶ συνεχῶς μνημονεύει δόξης. ᾿Επειδὴ γὰρ ὁ σταυρὸς ἐγγὺς ἦν, πρᾶγμα δοκοῦν ἐπονείδιστον εἶναι, διὰ τοῦτο ἐπαίρει τὸν ἀκροατὴν, καὶ ὑπ᾽ ὄψιν αὐτῷ τὸ δικαστήριον ἄγει, καὶ τὴν οἰκουμένην περιΐστησιν ἅπασαν. Καὶ οὐ ταύτη μόνον φοβερὸν ποιεῖ τὸν λόγον, ἀλλὰ καὶ τῷ δεικνύναι τοὺς οὐρανοὺς κενουμένους. Πάντες γὰρ οἱ ἄγγελοι παρέσονται μετ᾽ αὐτοῦ, φησὶ, καὶ αὐτοὶ μαρτυροῦντες ὅσα διηκονήσαντο πεμπόμενοι παρὰ τοῦ δεσπότου πρὸς τήν τῶν ἀνθρώπων σωτηρίαν. Καὶ πανταχόθεν φρικώδης ἡ ἡμέρα τότε ἐκείνη. Εἶτα συναχθήσεται, φησὶ, πάντα τὰ ἔθνη τουτέστι, πασα ἡ τῶν ἀνθρώπων φύσις. Καὶ ἀφοριεῖ αὐτοὺς ἀπ᾽ ἀλλήλων, ὥσπερ ὁ ποιμὴν τὰ πρόβατα. Νὺν μὲν γὰρ οὐκ εἰσὶν ἀφωρισμένοι, αλλὰ ἀναμὶξ ἅπαντες ἡ δὲ διαίρεσις τότε ἔσται μετὰ ἀκριβείας ἁπάσης. Καὶ τέως ἀπὸ τῆς στάσεως αὐτοὺς διαιρεῖ καὶ ποιεῖ δήλους εἶτα καὶ ἀπὸ τῶν ὀνομάτων τὸν ἑκάστου τρόπον ἐνδείκνυται, τοὺς μὲν ἐρίφια καλῶν, τοὺς δὲ πρόβατα, ἵνα τῶν μὲν τὸ ἄκαρπον δείξη οὐδεὶς γὰρ ἀπὸ ἐρίφων καρπὸς γένοιτ᾽ ἄν᾽ τῶν δὲ τὴν πολλὴν πρόσοδον καὶ γὰρ πολλὴ τῶν προβάτων ἡ πρόσοδος, ἀπὸ τε ἐρίου, ἀπό τε γάλακτος, από τε τῶν τικτομένων, ὧν ἁπάντων ἔρημος ὁ ἔριφος. ᾿Αλλὰ τὰ μὲν ἄλογα ἀπὸ φύσεως ἔχει τὸ ἄκαρπον καὶ τὸ ἔγκαρπον· ἐκεῖνοι δὲ ἀπὸ προαιρέσεως διὸ καὶ κολάζονται ἐκεῖνοι, καὶ στεφανοῦνται οὗτοι. Καὶ οὐ πρότερον αὐτοὺς κολάζει; ἕως ἂν δικάσηται πρὸς αὐτούς διὸ καὶ στήσας αὑτοὺς, λέγει τὰ ἐγκλήματα. Οἱ δὲ μετὰ ἐπιεικείας φθέγγονται, αλλ᾽ οὐδὲν αὐτοῖς ὄφελος λοιπόν᾽ καὶ μάλα εἰκότως, ὅτι πρᾶγμα οὕτω περισπούδαστον παρέδραμον. Καὶ γὰρ καὶ οἱ προφῆται ἄνω καὶ κάτω τοῦτο ἔλεγον, ὅτι ἔλεον θέλω, καὶ οὐ θυσίαν καὶ ὁ νομοθέτης διὰ πάντων εἰς τοῦτο ἐνῆγε, καὶ διὰ ῥημάτων, καὶ διὰ πραγμάτων' καὶ αὐτὴ ἡ φύσις τοῦτο ἐπαίδευσε. Σκόπει. δὲ αὐτοὺς οὐχ ἑνὸς καὶ δύο μόνον, αλλὰ πάντων ἐρήμους ὄντας. Οὐ γὰρ δὴ μόνον πεινῶντα οὐκ ἐθρεψαν, οὐδὲ γυμνὸν οὐ περιέβαλον ἀλλ᾽ οὐδὲ ὃ κουφότερον ἦν, οὐδὲ ἄῤῥωστον ἐπεσκέψαντο. Καὶ σκόπει πῶς κοῦφα ἐπιτάττει. Οὐκ εἶπεν, ἐν φυλακῇ ἤμην, καὶ ἀπηλλαξατέ με’ ἄῤῥωστος ἤμην, καὶ ἀνεστήσατέ με ἀλλ᾽, ἐπεσκέψασθέ με, καὶ, ἤλθετε πρὸς με. Καὶ οὐδὲ ἐν τῷ πεινῆν ἐπαχθὲς τὸ κελευόμενον. Οὐδὲ γὰρ πολυτελῆ ἐζήτει τράπεζαν, αλλὰ τὴν χρείαν μόνον, καὶ τὴν ἀναγκαίαν τροφὴν, καὶ ἐζήτει ἐν ἱκέτου σχήματι. Ὥστε πάντα αὐτοὺς ἱκανὰ κολάσαι τὸ εὔκολον τῆς αἰτήσεως, ἄρτος γὰρ ἥν' τὸ ἐλεεινὸν τοῦ αἰτοῦντος, πτωχὸς γὰρ ἦν' τὸ συμπαθὲς τῆς φύσεως, ἄνθρωπος γὰρ ἦν᾽ τὸ ποθεινὸν τῆς ἐπαγγελίας» βασιλείαν γὰρ ἐπηγγείλατο: τὸ φοβερὸν τῆς κολάσεως, γέἐνναν γὰρ ἠπείλησε τὸ αξίωμα τοῦ λαμβάνοντος, θεὸς γὰρ ἦν ὁ διὰ τῶν πτωχῶν λαμβάνων᾽ τὸ ὑπερβάλλον τῆς τιμῆς» ὅτι τοσοῦτον καταβῆναι κατηξίωσε' τὸ δίκαιον τῆς παροχῆς» ἀπὸ γὰρ τῶν ἑαυτοῦ ἐλάμβανεν. ᾿Αλλὰ πρὸς ἅπαντα ταῦτα ἡ φιλαργυρία καθάπαξ ἐπήρωσε τοὺς ἁλόντας, καὶ ταῦτα τοσαύτης ἀπειλῆς κειμένης. Καὶ γὰρ καὶ ἀνωτέρω φησὶ, τοὺς οὐ δεχομένους τοὺς τοιούτους τῶν Σοδόμων χαλεπώτερα πείσεσθαι· καὶ ἐνταῦθα φησιν· ἐφ᾽ ὅσον οὐκ ἐποιήσατε ἑνὶ τών ἐλαχίστων τούτων τῶν ἀδελφῶν μου, οὐδὲ ἐμοὶ ἐποιήσατε. Τί λέγεις ἀδελφοί σού εἰσι καὶ πῶς ἐλαχίστους καλεῖς ; Διὰ γὰρ τοῦτο ἀδελφοὶ, ἐπειδὴ ταπεινοὶ, ἐπειδὴ πτωχοὶ, ἐπειδὴ ἀπεῤῥιμμένοι. Τοὺς γὰρ τοιούτους μάλιστα εἰς ἀδελφότητα καλεῖ, τοὺς αγνῶτας, τοὺς εὐκαταφρονήτους οὐχὶ τοὺς μοναχοὺς λέγων τούτους μόνον, καὶ τοὺς τὰ ὄρη κατειληφότας, ἀλλ᾽ ἕκαστον πιστόν' κἂν βιωτικὸς ᾖ, πεινῶν δὲ ᾖ καὶ λιμώττων, καὶ γυμνὸς, καὶ ξένος, πάσης αὐτὸν τῆς ἐπιμελείας ταύτης ἀπολαύειν βούλεται. ᾿Αδελφὸν γὰρ τὸ βάπτισμα ἐργάζεται, καὶ ἡ τῶν θείων μυστηρίων κοινωνία.

Hotan de elthę̄ ho huios tou anthrōpou en tę̄ doxę̄ tou patros autou, kai pantes hoi hagioi angeloi met᾽ autou, tote kathisei, phēsin, epi thronou doxēs autou, kai diairēsei ta probata apo tōn eriphōn kai tous men apodexetai, hoti peinōnta auton ethrepsan, kai dipsōnta epotisan, kai xenon onta synēgagon, kai gymnon onta periebalon, kai asthenounta epeskepsanto, kai en phylakę̄ onta eidon kai dōsei tēn basileian autois. Tous de epi tois enantiois diaballōn, pempsei eis to pyr to aiōnion, to hētoimasmenon tǭ diabolǭ kai tois angelois autou. Tautēs tēs hēdistēs perikopēs, hēn synechōs strephontes ou dialimpanomen, akousōmen nyn meta spoudēs kai katanyxeōs pasēs, eis hēn kai eschatēn ho logos eteleutēse; kai eikotōs. Kai gar polys autǭ philanthrōpias kai eleēmosynēs ho logos. Dio kai en tois emprosthen hyper tautēs dielechthē diaphorōs, kai entautha loipon saphesteron pōs kai eutonōteron, ou dyo prosōpa kai tria, oude pente titheis, alla tēn oikoumenēn hapasan᾽ ei kai ta malista kai hai proterai, hai dia tōn dyo prosōpōn, ou dyo prosōpa edēloun, alla merē dyo, to men parakouontōn, to de hypakouontōn. All᾽ entautha kai phrikōdesteron metacheirizei ton logon, kai tēlaugesteron. Dioper oude legei, hōmoiōthē hē basileia, loipon, all᾽ ekkekalymmenōs heauton deiknysi, legōn; hotan elthę̄ ho huios tou anthrōpou en tę̄ doxę̄ autou. Nyn gar ᾿ ᾽ ’ haa ᾿ ᾿ . ’ en atimią paragegone, nyn en hybresi kai oneidesi; tote ᾿ ’ ᾿ ΄s ph΄i de kathedeitai epi thronou doxēs autou. Kai synechōs mnēmoneuei doxēs. ᾿Epeidē gar ho stauros engys ēn, pragma dokoun eponeidiston einai, dia touto epairei ton akroatēn, kai hyp᾽ opsin autǭ to dikastērion agei, kai tēn oikoumenēn periïstēsin hapasan. Kai ou tautē monon phoberon poiei ton logon, alla kai tǭ deiknynai tous ouranous kenoumenous. Pantes gar hoi angeloi paresontai met᾽ autou, phēsi, kai autoi martyrountes hosa diēkonēsanto pempomenoi para tou despotou pros tēn tōn anthrōpōn sōtērian. Kai pantachothen phrikōdēs hē hēmera tote ekeinē. Eita synachthēsetai, phēsi, panta ta ethnē toutesti, pasa hē tōn anthrōpōn physis. Kai aphoriei autous ap᾽ allēlōn, hōsper ho poimēn ta probata. Nyn men gar ouk eisin aphōrismenoi, alla anamix hapantes hē de diairesis tote estai meta akribeias hapasēs. Kai teōs apo tēs staseōs autous diairei kai poiei dēlous eita kai apo tōn onomatōn ton hekastou tropon endeiknytai, tous men eriphia kalōn, tous de probata, hina tōn men to akarpon deixē oudeis gar apo eriphōn karpos genoit᾽ an᾽ tōn de tēn pollēn prosodon kai gar pollē tōn probatōn hē prosodos, apo te eriou, apo te galaktos, apo te tōn tiktomenōn, hōn hapantōn erēmos ho eriphos. ᾿Alla ta men aloga apo physeōs echei to akarpon kai to enkarpon; ekeinoi de apo proaireseōs dio kai kolazontai ekeinoi, kai stephanountai houtoi. Kai ou proteron autous kolazei? heōs an dikasētai pros autous dio kai stēsas hautous, legei ta enklēmata. Hoi de meta epieikeias phthengontai, all᾽ ouden autois ophelos loipon᾽ kai mala eikotōs, hoti pragma houtō perispoudaston paredramon. Kai gar kai hoi prophētai anō kai katō touto elegon, hoti eleon thelō, kai ou thysian kai ho nomothetēs dia pantōn eis touto enēge, kai dia rhēmatōn, kai dia pragmatōn' kai autē hē physis touto epaideuse. Skopei. de autous ouch henos kai dyo monon, alla pantōn erēmous ontas. Ou gar dē monon peinōnta ouk ethrepsan, oude gymnon ou periebalon all᾽ oude ho kouphoteron ēn, oude arrhōston epeskepsanto. Kai skopei pōs koupha epitattei. Ouk eipen, en phylakę̄ ēmēn, kai apēllaxate me’ arrhōstos ēmēn, kai anestēsate me all᾽, epeskepsasthe me, kai, ēlthete pros me. Kai oude en tǭ peinēn epachthes to keleuomenon. Oude gar polytelē ezētei trapezan, alla tēn chreian monon, kai tēn anankaian trophēn, kai ezētei en hiketou schēmati. Hōste panta autous hikana kolasai to eukolon tēs aitēseōs, artos gar hēn' to eleeinon tou aitountos, ptōchos gar ēn' to sympathes tēs physeōs, anthrōpos gar ēn᾽ to potheinon tēs epangelias» basileian gar epēngeilato: to phoberon tēs kolaseōs, geennan gar ēpeilēse to axiōma tou lambanontos, theos gar ēn ho dia tōn ptōchōn lambanōn᾽ to hyperballon tēs timēs» hoti tosouton katabēnai katēxiōse' to dikaion tēs parochēs» apo gar tōn heautou elambanen. ᾿Alla pros hapanta tauta hē philargyria kathapax epērōse tous halontas, kai tauta tosautēs apeilēs keimenēs. Kai gar kai anōterō phēsi, tous ou dechomenous tous toioutous tōn Sodomōn chalepōtera peisesthai; kai entautha phēsin; eph᾽ hoson ouk epoiēsate heni tōn elachistōn toutōn tōn adelphōn mou, oude emoi epoiēsate. Ti legeis adelphoi sou eisi kai pōs elachistous kaleis ? Dia gar touto adelphoi, epeidē tapeinoi, epeidē ptōchoi, epeidē aperrhimmenoi. Tous gar toioutous malista eis adelphotēta kalei, tous agnōtas, tous eukataphronētous ouchi tous monachous legōn toutous monon, kai tous ta orē kateilēphotas, all᾽ hekaston piston' kan biōtikos ę̄, peinōn de ę̄ kai limōttōn, kai gymnos, kai xenos, pasēs auton tēs epimeleias tautēs apolauein bouletai. ᾿Adelphon gar to baptisma ergazetai, kai hē tōn theiōn mystēriōn koinōnia.

“When the Son of Man comes in the glory of his Father, and all the holy angels with him, then he will sit,” he says, “on the throne of his glory, and will separate the sheep from the goats”; and some he will receive, because they fed him when he was hungry, and gave him drink when he was thirsty, and took him in when he was a stranger, and clothed him when he was naked, and visited him when he was sick, and saw him when he was in prison; and he will give them the kingdom. But the others, accusing them of the opposite, he will send into the eternal fire, prepared for the devil and his angels.

Let us now hear, with all earnestness and compunction, this most sweet passage, which we never cease turning over continually, with which, as the last, his discourse ended; and reasonably. For he has much to say about love for mankind and almsgiving. Therefore in the earlier parts too he discoursed about it in various ways, and here henceforth somewhat more clearly and vigorously, setting not two persons or three, nor five, but the whole world; although the former parables too, those through two persons, showed not two persons but two parts, the one disobeying, the other obeying. But here he handles the discourse more awefully and more brilliantly. Therefore he no longer says, “The kingdom is like,” but openly reveals himself, saying, “When the Son of Man comes in his glory.” For now he has come in dishonor, now amid insults and reproaches; but then “he will sit on the throne of his glory.” And he continually mentions glory. For since the cross was near, a thing that seemed to be shameful, for this reason he lifts up the hearer, and brings the tribunal before his eyes, and sets the whole world around it. And not by this only does he make the discourse fearful, but also by showing the heavens emptied. For “all the angels will be present with him,” he says, they themselves bearing witness how many services they rendered when they were sent by the Master for the salvation of men. And in every way that day will then be awesome. Then “all the nations,” he says, “will be gathered”: that is, the whole nature of mankind. “And he will separate them from one another, as the shepherd the sheep.” For now they are not separated, but all are mingled together; but the division then will be made with all exactness. And for the present he divides them by their position and makes them manifest; then by the names too he shows the character of each, calling some goats and others sheep, so as to show the unfruitfulness of the former, for no fruit could come from goats, and the great return of the latter, for great is the return from sheep, from wool, from milk, from their young, of all of which the goat is bare. But the brutes have unfruitfulness and fruitfulness from nature, these men from choice; therefore the one are punished and the others crowned. And he does not punish them until he has pleaded his case against them; therefore, having set them in their place, he states the charges. And they speak with gentleness, but there is no benefit for them any longer; and very reasonably, because they passed by a thing so much to be sought. For the prophets too said this up and down, “I desire mercy and not sacrifice”; and the lawgiver urged them to this by every means, by words and by deeds; and nature itself taught it. And consider them bare not of one or two things only, but of all. For not only did they not feed the hungry, nor clothe the naked, but they did not do even what was lighter, they did not even visit the sick. And see how light are his commands. He did not say, “I was in prison, and you set me free; I was sick, and you raised me up,” but, “you visited me,” and, “you came to me.” And not even in hunger is what is commanded burdensome. For he did not seek a costly table, but only what was needful, and the necessary food; and he sought it in the guise of a suppliant. So that all things were enough to bring punishment on them: the easiness of the request, for it was bread; the pitiableness of the one asking, for he was poor; the sympathy of nature, for he was a man; the desirability of the promise, for he promised a kingdom; the fearfulness of the punishment, for he threatened Gehenna; the dignity of the one receiving, for it was God who was receiving through the poor; the surpassing honor, that he deigned to come down so far; the justice of the giving, for he was receiving from what was his own. But against all these things the love of money once for all blinded those who were caught by it, and that though so great a threat lay before them. For above too he says that those who do not receive such men will suffer things more grievous than Sodom; and here he says, “Inasmuch as you did not do it to one of the least of these my brothers, you did not do it to me.” What do you say? They are your brothers; and how do you call them least? For this very reason they are brothers, because they are lowly, because they are poor, because they are outcast. For such especially he calls into brotherhood, the unknown, the contemptible; not meaning by these the monks only, and those who have occupied the mountains, but every believer: even if he is a man of the world, but is hungry and starving and naked and a stranger, he wishes him to enjoy all this care. For baptism makes a brother, and the communion of the divine mysteries.

79.2Field 2

Εἶτα ἵνα καὶ ἑτέρωθεν ἴδῃς τὸ δίκαιον τῆς ἀποφάσεως, πρότερον ἐκείνους ἐπαινεῖ τοὺς κατωρθωκότας, καί φησι Δεῦτε οἱ εὐλογημένοι τοῦ πατρὸς μον, κληρονομήσατε τὴν ἡτοιμασμένην ὑμῖν βασιλείαν πρὸ καταβολῆς κόσμου. ᾿Επείνασα γάρ, καὶ ἐδώκατέ μοι φαγεῖν καὶ τὰ ἑξῆς ἅπαντα. Ἵνα γὰρ μὴ λέγωσιν, ὅτι οὐκ εἴχομεν, ἀπὸ τῶν συνδούλων αὐτοὺς καταδικάζει· ὥσπερ τὰς παρθένους ἀπὸ τῶν παρθένων, καὶ τὸν δοῦλον τὸν μεθύοντα καὶ γαστριζόμενον ἀπὸ τοῦ. πιστοὺ δούλου, καὶ τὸν τὸ τάλαντον καταχώσαντα ἀπὸ τῶν τὰ δύο προσενεγκάντων, καὶ ἕκαστον τῶν διαμαρτανόντων ἀπὸ τών κατωρθωκότων. Καὶ αὕτη ποτὲ μὲν ἐξ ἴσου ἡ σύγκρισις γίνεται, ὡς ἐνταῦθα καὶ ἐπὶ τῶν παρθένων᾽ ποτὲ δὲ ἐκ τοῦ πλεονάζοντος, ὡς ὅταν λέγῃ, ἄνδρες Νινευίται ἀναστήσονται, καὶ κατακρινοῦσι τὴν γενεὰν ταύτην, ὅτι ἐπίστευσαν εἰς τὸ κήρυγμα ᾿Ιωνᾶ᾿ καὶ ἰδοὺ πλεῖον ᾿Ιωνᾶ ὧδε καὶ, βασίλισσα νότου κατακρινεῖ τὴν γενεὰν ταύτην, ὅτι ἦλθεν ἀκοῦσαι τὴν σοφίαν Σολομῶνος καὶ ἰδοὺ πλεῖον Σολομῶνος ὧδε καὶ ἀπὸ τοῦ ἰσάζοντος δὲ πάλιν, ὅτι αὐτοὶ κριταὶ ὑμῶν ἔσονται καὶ πάλιν ἀπὸ τοῦ πλεονάζοντος· οὐκ οἴδατε ὅτι ἀγγέλους κρινοῦμεν; μήτιγε βιωτικά. Καὶ ἐνταῦθα μέντοι ἀπὸ τοῦ ἰσάζοντος καὶ γὰρ πλουσίους πλουσίοις, καὶ πένητας πένησι παραβάλλει. Οὐ ταύτῃ δὲ μόνον δείκνυσι τὴν ψηφον δικαίως ἐκφερομένην, τῷ τοὺς ὁμοδούλους κατωρθωκέναι ἐν τοῖς αὐτοῖς ὄντας, ἀλλὰ καὶ τῷ μηδὲ ἐν τούτοις ὑπακοῦσαι, ἐν οἷς οὐδὲν ἡ πενία κώλυμα ἦν οἷον, ἐν τῷ ποτίσαι διψῶντα, ἐν τῷ δεδεμένον ἰδεῖν, ἐν τῷ ἄῤῥωστον ἐπισκέψασθαι. ᾿Εγκωμιάσας δὲ τοὺς κατωρθωκότας, δείκνυσιν ὅσον ἄνωθεν ἦν αὐτῷ πρὸς αὐτοὺς τὸ φίλτρον. Δεῦτε γάρ, φησὶν, οἱ εὐλογημένοι τοῦ πατρὸς μου, κληρονομήσατε τὴν ἡτοιμασμένην. ὑμῖν βασιλείαν πρὸ καταβολῆς κόσμου. Πόσων ἀγαθῶν τοῦτο τὸ ὄνομα ἀντάξιον, τὸ εὑλογημένους εἶναι, καὶ παρὰ πατρὸς εὐλογημένους ; Καὶ πόθεν τοσαύτης τιμῆς ἠξιώθησαν; τίς ἡ αἰτία: Ἐπείνασα, καὶ ἐδώκατέ μοι φαγεῖν' ἐδίψησα, καὶ ἐποτίσατέ με, καὶ τὰ ἑξῆς. Πόσης ταῦτα τιμῆς, πόσης μακαριότητος τὰ ῥήματα: Καὶ οὐκ εἶπε, λάβετε, ἀλλά, κληρονομήσατε, ὡς οἰκεῖα, ὡς πατρῷα, ὡς ὑμέτερα, ὡς ὑμῖν ἄνωθεν ὀφειλόμενα. Πρὶν ἢ γὰρ ὑμᾶς γενέσθαι, φησὶ, ταῦτα ὑμῖν ἡτοίμαστο καὶ ηὐτρέπιστο, ἐπειδὴ ἤδειν τοιούτους ἐσομένους ὑμᾶς. Καὶ ἀντὶ τίνων τοσαῦτα λαμβάνουσιν: Αντὶ στέγης, ἀντὶ ἱματίου, ἀντὶ ἄρτου, ἀντὶ ὕδατος ψυχροῦ, ἀντὶ ἐπισκέψεως, αντὶ εἰσόδου τῆς εἰς τὸ δεσμωτήριον; Καὶ γὰρ πανταχοῦ τῆς χρείας ἐστίν' ἔστι δὲ καὶ ὅπου οὐδὲ τῆς χρείας. Οὐ γὰρ δήπου, ὅπερ ἔφην, ὁ κάμνων καὶ ὁ δεδεμένος τοῦτο ἐπιζητεῖ μόνον, ἀλλ᾽ ὁ μὲν λυθῆναι, ὁ δὲ ἀπαλλαγῆναι τῆς ἀρρωστίας. Δλλ᾽ αὐτὸς, ἥμερος ὧν, τὰ εἰς δύναμιν ἀπαιτεῖ μᾶλλον δὲ καὶ τῶν εἰς δύναμιν ἐλάττω, ἡμῖν καταλιμπάνων φιλοτιμεῖσθαι ἐν τῷ πλείονι. Ἐκείνοις δὲ, πορεύεσθε ἀπ᾽ ἐμοῦ, φησὶν, οἱ κατηραμένοι οὐκέτι ὑπὸ τοῦ πατρός οὐ γὰρ αὐτὸς αὐτοὺς κατηράσατο, ἀλλὰ τὰ οἰκεῖα ἔργα᾽ εἰς τὸ πῦρ τὸ αἰώνιον, τὸ ἡτοιμασμένον, οὐχ ὑμῖν, ἀλλὰ τῷ διαβόλῳ καὶ τοῖς ἀγγέλοις αὐτοῦ. Περὶ μὲν γὰρ τῆς βασιλείας ὅτε ἔλεγε, δεῦτε, κληρονομήσατε τὴν βασιλείαν, ἐπήγαγε, τὴν ἡτοιμασμένην ὑμῖν πρὸ καταβολῆς κόσμου ᾽ περὶ δὲ τοῦ πυρὸς οὐκέτι, αλλὰ, τὸ ἡτοιμασμένον τῷ διαβόλῳ. Ἐγὼ μὲν γὰρ τὴν μὲν βασιλείαν ὑμῖν ἡτοίμασα, τὸ δὲ πὺρ οὐκέτι ὑμῖν, ἀλλὰ τῷ διαβόλῳ καὶ τοῖς ἀγγέλοις αὐτοῦ· ἐπειδὴ δὲ ὑμεῖς ἑαυτοὺς ἐνεβάλετε, ἑαντοῖς λογίζεσθε. Οὐ ταύτῃ δὲ μόνον, ἀλλὰ καὶ διὰ τῶν ἑξῆς, ὥσπερ ἀπολογούμενος αὐτοῖς, καὶ τὰς αἰτίας τίθησιν. Ἐπείνασα γάρ, καὶ οὐκ ἐδώκατέ μοι φαγεῖν. Εἰ γὰρ καὶ ἐχθρὸς ἦν ὁ προσιὼν, οὐχ ἱκανὰ τὰ πάθη καὶ τὸν ἀνελεῆ κατακλάσαι καὶ ἐπικάμψαι; λιμὸς, καὶ κρυμὸς, καὶ δεσμὰ, καὶ γυμνότης, καὶ ἀῤῥωστία, καὶ τὸ αἴθριον πλανᾶσθαι πανταχοῦ; Ταῦτα γὰρ καὶ ἔχθραν ἱκανὰ λῦσαι. Αλλ᾽ ὑμεῖς οὐδὲ εἰς φίλον ταῦτα ἐποιήσατε, καὶ φίλον, καὶ εὐεργέτην καὶ δεσπότην ὄντα. Καὶ κύνα μὲν ἂν ἴδωμεν πεινῶντα, πολλάκις ἐπικλώμεθα καὶ θηρίον ἄν θεασώμεθα, ἐπικαμπτόμεθα᾽ τὸν δὲ δεσπότην ὁρῶν οὐκ ἐπικάμπτῃ; καὶ ποῦ ταῦτα ἀπολογίας ἄξια: Εἰ γὰρ τοῦτο μόνον ἦν, οὐχ ἱκανὸν εἰς αντίδοσιν: οὐ λέγω τὸ ἀκοῦσαι φωνῆς τοιαύτης ἐπὶ τῆς οἰκουμένης παρὰ τοῦ καθημένου ἐπὶ τοὺ θρόνου τοὺ πατρικοῦ, καὶ βασιλείας τυχεῖν, ἀλλ᾽ αὐτὸ τὸ ἐργάσασθαι οὐχ ἱκανὸν εἰς ἀμοιβήν ; Νυνὶ δὲ καὶ τῆς οἱκουμένης παρούσης, καὶ τῆς ἀῤῥήτου δόξης ἐκείνης φαινομένης, ἀνακηρύττει σε καὶ στεφανοῖ, καὶ ὁμολογεῖ τὸν τροφέα καὶ τὸν ξενοδόχον' καὶ οὐκ αἰσχύνεται τοιαῦτα λέγων, ἵνα σοι λαμπρότερον ποιήσῃ τὸν στέφανον. Διὰ δὴ τοῦτο καὶ οὗτοι δικαίως κολάζονται, κἀκεῖνοι στεφανοῦνται κατὰ χάριν. Κἂν γὰρ μυρία ὦσι πεποιηκότες, χάριτός ἐστιν ἡ φιλοτιμία, τὸ ἀντὶ μικρῶν οὕτω καὶ εὐτελών, οὐρανὸν τοσοῦτον καὶ βασιλείαν καὶ τηλικαύτην αὐτοῖς δοθῆναι τιμήν. Καὶ ἐγένετο ὅτε συνετέλεσεν ὁ ἰησοῦς τοὺς λογους τούτους, εἶπε τοῖς μαθηταῖς αὐτοῦ οἴδατε ὅτι μετὰ δύο ἡμέρας τὸ πάσχα γίνεται, καὶ ὁ υἱὸς τοῦ ἀνθρώπου παραδίδοται εἰς τὸ σταυρωθῆναι. Πάλιν εὐκαίρως περὶ τοῦ παθους διαλέγεται, ὅτε βασιλείας ἀνέμνησε, καὶ τῆς ἀντιδόσεως τῆς ἐκεῖ, καὶ τῆς ἀθανάτου κολάσεως ὡσανεὶ ἔλεγε᾽ τί δεδοίκατε ἐπὶ τοῖς προσκαίροις δεινοῖς, τοιούτων ὑμᾶς ἀναμενόντων ἀγαθῶν;

Eita hina kai heterōthen idę̄s to dikaion tēs apophaseōs, proteron ekeinous epainei tous katōrthōkotas, kai phēsi Deute hoi eulogēmenoi tou patros mon, klēronomēsate tēn hētoimasmenēn hymin basileian pro katabolēs kosmou. ᾿Epeinasa gar, kai edōkate moi phagein kai ta hexēs hapanta. Hina gar mē legōsin, hoti ouk eichomen, apo tōn syndoulōn autous katadikazei; hōsper tas parthenous apo tōn parthenōn, kai ton doulon ton methyonta kai gastrizomenon apo tou. pistou doulou, kai ton to talanton katachōsanta apo tōn ta dyo prosenenkantōn, kai hekaston tōn diamartanontōn apo tōn katōrthōkotōn. Kai hautē pote men ex isou hē synkrisis ginetai, hōs entautha kai epi tōn parthenōn᾽ pote de ek tou pleonazontos, hōs hotan legę̄, andres Nineuitai anastēsontai, kai katakrinousi tēn genean tautēn, hoti episteusan eis to kērygma ᾿Iōna᾿ kai idou pleion ᾿Iōna hōde kai, basilissa notou katakrinei tēn genean tautēn, hoti ēlthen akousai tēn sophian Solomōnos kai idou pleion Solomōnos hōde kai apo tou isazontos de palin, hoti autoi kritai hymōn esontai kai palin apo tou pleonazontos; ouk oidate hoti angelous krinoumen? mētige biōtika. Kai entautha mentoi apo tou isazontos kai gar plousious plousiois, kai penētas penēsi paraballei. Ou tautę̄ de monon deiknysi tēn psēphon dikaiōs ekpheromenēn, tǭ tous homodoulous katōrthōkenai en tois autois ontas, alla kai tǭ mēde en toutois hypakousai, en hois ouden hē penia kōlyma ēn hoion, en tǭ potisai dipsōnta, en tǭ dedemenon idein, en tǭ arrhōston episkepsasthai. ᾿Enkōmiasas de tous katōrthōkotas, deiknysin hoson anōthen ēn autǭ pros autous to philtron. Deute gar, phēsin, hoi eulogēmenoi tou patros mou, klēronomēsate tēn hētoimasmenēn. hymin basileian pro katabolēs kosmou. Posōn agathōn touto to onoma antaxion, to heulogēmenous einai, kai para patros eulogēmenous ? Kai pothen tosautēs timēs ēxiōthēsan? tis hē aitia: Epeinasa, kai edōkate moi phagein' edipsēsa, kai epotisate me, kai ta hexēs. Posēs tauta timēs, posēs makariotētos ta rhēmata: Kai ouk eipe, labete, alla, klēronomēsate, hōs oikeia, hōs patrǭa, hōs hymetera, hōs hymin anōthen opheilomena. Prin ē gar hymas genesthai, phēsi, tauta hymin hētoimasto kai ēutrepisto, epeidē ēdein toioutous esomenous hymas. Kai anti tinōn tosauta lambanousin: Anti stegēs, anti himatiou, anti artou, anti hydatos psychrou, anti episkepseōs, anti eisodou tēs eis to desmōtērion? Kai gar pantachou tēs chreias estin' esti de kai hopou oude tēs chreias. Ou gar dēpou, hoper ephēn, ho kamnōn kai ho dedemenos touto epizētei monon, all᾽ ho men lythēnai, ho de apallagēnai tēs arrōstias. Dll᾽ autos, hēmeros hōn, ta eis dynamin apaitei mallon de kai tōn eis dynamin elattō, hēmin katalimpanōn philotimeisthai en tǭ pleioni. Ekeinois de, poreuesthe ap᾽ emou, phēsin, hoi katēramenoi ouketi hypo tou patros ou gar autos autous katērasato, alla ta oikeia erga᾽ eis to pyr to aiōnion, to hētoimasmenon, ouch hymin, alla tǭ diabolǭ kai tois angelois autou. Peri men gar tēs basileias hote elege, deute, klēronomēsate tēn basileian, epēgage, tēn hētoimasmenēn hymin pro katabolēs kosmou ᾽ peri de tou pyros ouketi, alla, to hētoimasmenon tǭ diabolǭ. Egō men gar tēn men basileian hymin hētoimasa, to de pyr ouketi hymin, alla tǭ diabolǭ kai tois angelois autou; epeidē de hymeis heautous enebalete, heantois logizesthe. Ou tautę̄ de monon, alla kai dia tōn hexēs, hōsper apologoumenos autois, kai tas aitias tithēsin. Epeinasa gar, kai ouk edōkate moi phagein. Ei gar kai echthros ēn ho prosiōn, ouch hikana ta pathē kai ton aneleē kataklasai kai epikampsai? limos, kai krymos, kai desma, kai gymnotēs, kai arrhōstia, kai to aithrion planasthai pantachou? Tauta gar kai echthran hikana lysai. All᾽ hymeis oude eis philon tauta epoiēsate, kai philon, kai euergetēn kai despotēn onta. Kai kyna men an idōmen peinōnta, pollakis epiklōmetha kai thērion an theasōmetha, epikamptometha᾽ ton de despotēn horōn ouk epikamptę̄? kai pou tauta apologias axia: Ei gar touto monon ēn, ouch hikanon eis antidosin: ou legō to akousai phōnēs toiautēs epi tēs oikoumenēs para tou kathēmenou epi tou thronou tou patrikou, kai basileias tychein, all᾽ auto to ergasasthai ouch hikanon eis amoibēn ? Nyni de kai tēs hoikoumenēs parousēs, kai tēs arrhētou doxēs ekeinēs phainomenēs, anakēryttei se kai stephanoi, kai homologei ton trophea kai ton xenodochon' kai ouk aischynetai toiauta legōn, hina soi lamproteron poiēsę̄ ton stephanon. Dia dē touto kai houtoi dikaiōs kolazontai, kakeinoi stephanountai kata charin. Kan gar myria ōsi pepoiēkotes, charitos estin hē philotimia, to anti mikrōn houtō kai eutelōn, ouranon tosouton kai basileian kai tēlikautēn autois dothēnai timēn. Kai egeneto hote synetelesen ho iēsous tous logous toutous, eipe tois mathētais autou oidate hoti meta dyo hēmeras to pascha ginetai, kai ho huios tou anthrōpou paradidotai eis to staurōthēnai. Palin eukairōs peri tou pathous dialegetai, hote basileias anemnēse, kai tēs antidoseōs tēs ekei, kai tēs athanatou kolaseōs hōsanei elege᾽ ti dedoikate epi tois proskairois deinois, toioutōn hymas anamenontōn agathōn?

Then, so that you may see the justice of the sentence from another side too, he first praises those who did right, and says, “Come, you blessed of my Father, inherit the kingdom prepared for you from the foundation of the world. For I was hungry, and you gave me to eat,” and all that follows. For so that they may not say, “We did not have the means,” he condemns them by their fellow servants: as the virgins by the virgins, and the servant who was drunk and gluttonous by the faithful servant, and the one who buried the talent by those who brought the two, and each of those who failed by those who did right. And this comparison is sometimes made on equal terms, as here and in the case of the virgins, and sometimes from the greater, as when he says, “The men of Nineveh will rise up and condemn this generation, because they believed at the preaching of Jonah; and look, something greater than Jonah is here”; and, “The queen of the south will condemn this generation, because she came to hear the wisdom of Solomon; and look, something greater than Solomon is here.” And again from the equal: “They themselves will be your judges”; and again from the greater: “Do you not know that we will judge angels? How much more the things of this life!” And here too it is from the equal; for he compares rich with rich, and poor with poor. And not in this way only does he show that the verdict is justly given, in that their fellow servants, placed in the same circumstances, did right, but also in that they did not obey even in those things in which poverty was no hindrance: such as giving drink to the thirsty, seeing the one in bonds, visiting the sick. And having praised those who did right, he shows how great his affection toward them was from the beginning. “For come,” he says, “you blessed of my Father, inherit the kingdom prepared for you from the foundation of the world.” How many good things is this name worth, to be blessed, and blessed by the Father? And whence were they counted worthy of so great an honor? What is the cause? “I was hungry, and you gave me to eat; I was thirsty, and you gave me drink,” and so on. Of what honor, of what blessedness are these words! And he did not say, “Take,” but, “Inherit,” as your own, as your father’s, as yours, as owed to you from the beginning. “For before you came into being,” he says, “these things had been prepared and made ready for you, since I knew that you would be such.” And in return for what do they receive so much? For a roof, for a garment, for bread, for cold water, for a visit, for going into the prison. For everywhere it is a matter of need; and in some cases not even of need. For surely, as I said, the sick man and the one in bonds do not seek this only, but the one to be released, the other to be freed from his sickness. But he, being gentle, demands what is within our power, or rather even less than what is within our power, leaving it to us to show our generosity in more. But to the others: “Go away from me, you cursed”—no longer “of the Father,” for it was not he who cursed them, but their own works—“into the eternal fire, prepared,” not for you, “but for the devil and his angels.” For when he spoke of the kingdom, “Come, inherit the kingdom,” he added, “prepared for you from the foundation of the world”; but of the fire, no longer so, but, “prepared for the devil.” “For I prepared the kingdom for you, but the fire no longer for you, but for the devil and his angels; but since you have cast yourselves into it, impute it to yourselves.” And not in this way only, but also by what follows, as though defending himself to them, he sets down the reasons too: “For I was hungry, and you did not give me to eat.” For even if he who came to you had been an enemy, are not the sufferings enough to break down and bend even the unmerciful—famine and cold and bonds and nakedness and sickness, and wandering everywhere in the open air? For these are enough to dissolve even enmity. But you did not do these things even for a friend, and one who was friend and benefactor and Master. If we see a dog hungry, we are often moved; and if we behold a wild beast, we are softened; but seeing the Master, are you not softened? And how are these things worthy of defense? For if this alone were the reward, would it not be enough as recompense—I do not speak of hearing such a voice before the world from him who sits on his Father’s throne, and of obtaining a kingdom—but would not the very doing of it be enough as a reward? But as it is, with the whole world present and that unspeakable glory appearing, he proclaims you and crowns you, and acknowledges you as the one who fed him and gave him lodging; and he is not ashamed to say such things, so that he may make your crown more splendid. For this reason, then, these are justly punished, and those are crowned by grace. For even if they had done countless things, the munificence is of grace, that in return for things so small and cheap such a heaven and a kingdom and so great an honor should be given them.

“And it came to pass, when Jesus had finished these words, that he said to his disciples, You know that after two days the Passover comes, and the Son of Man is handed over to be crucified.” Again opportunely he speaks of the passion, when he has reminded them of the kingdom, and of the recompense there, and of the deathless punishment; as if he said, “Why do you fear the terrors of a moment, when such good things await you?”

79.3Field 2

Σὺ δέ μοι σκόπει πῶς τὸ μάλιστα λυποῦν αὐτοὺς καινοτέρως μεθώδευσε καὶ συνεσκίασεν ἐν τοῖς ἐμπροσθεν ἅπασιν. Οὐ γὰρ εἶπεν, ὅτι οἴδατε ὅτι μετὰ δύο ἡμέρας παραδίδομαι αλλὰ τί; οἴδατε ὅτι μετὰ δύο ἡμέρας τὸ πάσχα γίνεται καὶ τότε ἐπήγαγεν, ὅτι παραδίδοται εἰς τὸ σταυρωθῆναι δεικνὺς μυστήριον ὃν τὸ γινόμενον, καὶ ἑορτὴν καὶ πανήγυριν ἐπὶ σωτηρίᾳ τῆς οἰκουμένης τελουμένην, καὶ ὅτι προειδὼς ἅπαντα ἔπασχε. Διὰ δὴ τοῦτο, ὡς ἀρκοῦντος τούτου εἰς παραμυθίαν αὐτοῖς, οὐδὲ εἶπεν αὐτοῖς τι νῦν περὶ ἀναστάσεως περιττὸν γὰρ ἦν, τοσαῦτα διαλεχθέντα περὶ αὐτῆς πάλιν εἰπεῖν. Καὶ ἄλλως δὲ, ὅπερ εἶπον, δείκνυσιν ὅτι καὶ αὐτὸ τὸ παθεῖν μυρίων ἀπαλλαγὴ κακῶν, διὰ τοῦ πάσχα τῶν παλαιῶν εὐεργετημάτων τῶν κατ᾽ Αἴγυπτον ἀναμνήσας αὐτούς. Τότε συνήχθησαν οἱ ἀρχιερεῖς; καὶ οἱ γραμματεῖς, καὶ οἱ πρεσβύτεροι τοῦ λαοῦ ἐν τῇ αὐλῇ τοῦ ἀρχιερέως, τοῦ λεγομένου Καϊάφα, καὶ συνεβουλεύοντο ἵνα τὸν ᾿Ιησοῦν δόλῳ κρατήσωσι, καὶ ἀποκτείνωσιν. Ἔλεγον δὲ, μὴ ἐν τῇ ἑορτῆ, ἵνα μὴ θόρυβος γένηται ἐν τῷ λαῳ. Εἶδες τὴν ἄφατον τῶν ᾿Ιουδαϊκῶν πραγμάτων διαφθοράν; Παρανόμοις πράγμασιν ἐπιχειροῦντες, πρὸς τὸν ἀρχιερέα ἔρχονται, ἐκεῖθεν βουλόμενοι τὴν ἐξουσίαν λαβεῖν, ὅθεν κωλύεσθαι ἔδει. Καὶ πόσοι ἦσαν οἱ ἀρχιερεῖς; Ὃ γὰρ νόμος ἕνα εἶναι βούλεται ἀλλὰ τότε πολλοὶ ἧσαν. Ὅθεν δῆλον, ὅτι τὰ ᾿Ιουδαϊκὰ ἀρχὴν ἐλάμβανε διαλύεσθαι. Ὁ μὲν γὰρ Μωσῆς, ὅπερ ἔφην, ἕνα εἶναι ἐκέλευσε, καὶ τελευτήσαντος τότε ἕτερον γίνεσθαι, καὶ τῇ ζωῇ τῇ τούτου τὴν φυγὴν ἐμέτρει τῶν ἀκουσίως ἐργασαμένων φόνον. Πῶς οὖν τότε πολλοὶ ἀρχιερεῖς; Ἐνιαυσιαῖοι ὕστερον ἐγένοντο. Καὶ τοῦτο ἐδήλωσεν ὁ εὐαγγελιστὴς, ὅτε περὶ τοῦ Ζαχαρίου διελέγετο, εἰπὼν ἐξ ἐφημερίας αὐτὸν εἶναι Αβια. Αὐτοὺς οὖν ἐνταῦθα φησιν ἀρχιερεῖς, τοὺς ἀπὸ ἀρχιερέων. Τί δὲ συνεβουλεύσαντο: ἵνα κρατήσωσιν αὐτὸν λάθρα, ἢ ἵνα ἀνέλωσιν : ᾿Αμφότερα ἐδεδοίκεισαν γὰρ τὸν λαόν. Διὸ καὶ τὴν ἑορτὴν ἀνέμενον παρελθεῖν' ἔλεγον γάρ, μὴ ἐν τῆ ἑορτῇ. Ὁ μὲν γὰρ διάβολος, ἵνα μὴ φανερὸν καταστήσῃ τὸ πάθος, οὐκ ἐβούλετο ἐν τῷ πάσχα᾽ ἐκεῖνοι δὲ, ἵνα μὴ θόρυβος γένηται. Σκόπει τοίνυν αὐτοὺς φοβουμένους, οὐ τὰ τοῦ θεοῦ, οὐδὲ μὴ μίασμα αὐτοῖς μεῖζον ἀπὸ τοῦ καιροῦ γένηται ἀλλὰ πανταχοῦ τὰ ἀνθρώπινα. ᾿Αλλ᾽ ὅμως τῷ θυμῷ ζέοντες, πάλιν μετέθεντο. Εἰπόντες γάρ, μὴ ἐν τῇ ἑορτῇ, ἐπειδὴ τὸν προδότην εὗρον, οὐκ ἠνέσχοντο τοῦ καιροῦ, ἀλλ᾽ ἐν αὐτῇ κατέσφαξαν. Διατί δὲ αὐτὸν τότε κατέσχον: Καὶ τῷ θυμῷ ζέοντες, ὅπερ εἶπον, καὶ τότε αὐτὸν εὑρήσειν προσεδόκησαν, καὶ πάντα ὥσπερ πεπηρωμένοι ἔπραττον. Εἰ καὶ τὰ μαλιστα αὐτὸς τῇ ἐκείνων πονηρίᾳ εἰς τὴν οἰκείαν ἐκέχρητο οἰκονομίαν, οὐ μὴν διὰ τοῦτο ἀνεύθυνοι, ἀλλὰ μυρίων ἄξιοι κολάσεων ἀπὸ τῆς γνώμης. Ὅτε γοῦν ἅπαντας ἀπολύεσθαι ἔδει καὶ τοὺς ὑπευθύνους, τότε οὗτοι τὸν ἀθῶον ανεῖλον, τὸν μυρία εὐεργετηκότα, καὶ τῶν εθνῶν τέως ὑπεριδόντα δι᾽ αὐτοὺς. Ἀλλ᾽ ὦ τῆς φιλανθρωπίας τοὺς οὕτω μοχθηροὺς … πέμπει σφαγησομένους ὑπὲρ αὐτῶν τοὺς ἀποστόλους, καὶ δι᾽ αὐτῶν ἱκετηρίαν τίθησιν. Ὑπὲρ Χριστοῦ γὰρ πρεσβεύομεν. Τοιαῦτα τοίνυν παραδείγματα ἔχοντες, οὐ λέγω, ἀποθάνωμεν ὑπὲρ τῶν ἐχθρῶν ἔδει μὲν γὰρ καὶ τοῦτο, ἀλλ᾽ ἐπειδὴ ἀσθενέστεροι ἡμεῖς, ἐκεῖνο λέγω τέως κἂν μὴ βασκαίνωμεν τοῖς φίλοις, μὴ φθονώμεν τοῖς εὐεργετοῦσιν. Οὐ λέγω τέως, τοὺς κακῶς ποιοῦντας εὐεργετήσωμεν ἐπιθυμῶ μὲν γὰρ καὶ τοῦτο, ἀλλ’ ἐπειδὴ παχύτεροι ὑμεῖς, κἂν μὴ ἀμύνησθε. Μὴ γὰρ σκηνή τίς ἔστι τὰ ἡμέτερα, καὶ ὑπόκρισις; Τί δήποτε ἐκ διαμέτρου πρὸς τὰ πράγματα ἵστασθε; Οὐχ ἁπλῶς γέγραπται τά τε ἄλλα, καὶ ὅσα παρ᾽ αὐτὸν τὸν σταυρὸν εἰργάσατο, δυνάμενα αὐτοὺς ἀνακαλέσασθαι αλλ᾽ ἵνα μιμήσῃ τὴν ἀγαθότητα, ἵνα ζηλώσῃς, τὴν φιλανθρωπίαν. Καὶ γὰρ καὶ ὑπτίους ἔῤῥιψε, καὶ τὸ ὠτίον ἀπεκατέστησε τοῦ οἰκέτου, καὶ μετ᾽ ἐπιεικείας διελέχθη, καὶ μεγάλα ἄνω ὢν ἐπεδείξατο θαύματα, τὰς ἀκτῖνας ἀποστρέφων, τὰς πέτρας ῥηγνὺς, τοὺς τετελευτηκότας ἐγείρων, τὴν γυναῖκα τοῦ δικάζοντος φοβῶν δι᾽ ὀνειράτων, ἐν αὐτῇ τῇ κρίσει πᾶσαν πραότητα ἐπιδειξάμενος, θαυμάτων οὐχ ἧττον δυναμένην αὐτοὺς ἐπισπάσασθαι, μυρία προλέγων ἐν τῷ δικαστηρίῳ, ἐν αὐτῷ τῷ σταυρῷ βοῶν· πάτερ, ἄφες αὐτοῖς τὴν ἁμαρτίαν. Ταφεὶς δὲ, πόσα ἐπεδείξατο πρὸς τὴν ἐκείνων σωτηρίαν; ἀναστὰς δὲ, οὐκ εὐθέως ᾿Ιουδαίους ἐκάλεσεν; οὐκ ἄφεσιν ἔδωκεν ἁμαρτημάτων; οὐ τὰ μυρία ἀγαθὰ προῦθηκε; Τί τούτου παραδοξότερον; Οἱ σταυρώσαντες καὶ φόνον πνέοντες, μετὰ τὸ σταυρῶσαι γεγόνασιν υἱοὶ θεοῦ. Τί ταύτης ἴσον τῆς κηδεμονίας; Ταῦτα ἀκούσαντες ἐγκαλυψώμεθα, ὅτι τοσοῦτον ἀφεστήκαμεν τούτου, ὃν μιμεῖσθαι κελευόμεθα. Ἴδωμεν κἂν τὸ διάστημα ὅσον, ἵνα κἂν καταγνῶμεν ἑαυτῶν, τούτοις πολεμοῦντες, ὑπὲρ ὧν ὁ Χριστὸς τὴν ψυχὴν ἔδωκε᾽ καὶ οὐ βουλόμενοι καταλλαγῆναι, οὓς ἵνα καταλλάξῃ, οὔτε σφαγῆναι παρῃτήσατο εἰ μὴ καὶ τοῦτο δαπάνη τίς ἐστι, καὶ χρημάτων ἀνάλωμα, ὅπερ ἐν τῇ ἐλεημοσύνῃ προβάλλεσθε.

Sy de moi skopei pōs to malista lypoun autous kainoterōs methōdeuse kai syneskiasen en tois emprosthen hapasin. Ou gar eipen, hoti oidate hoti meta dyo hēmeras paradidomai alla ti? oidate hoti meta dyo hēmeras to pascha ginetai kai tote epēgagen, hoti paradidotai eis to staurōthēnai deiknys mystērion hon to ginomenon, kai heortēn kai panēgyrin epi sōtērią tēs oikoumenēs teloumenēn, kai hoti proeidōs hapanta epasche. Dia dē touto, hōs arkountos toutou eis paramythian autois, oude eipen autois ti nyn peri anastaseōs peritton gar ēn, tosauta dialechthenta peri autēs palin eipein. Kai allōs de, hoper eipon, deiknysin hoti kai auto to pathein myriōn apallagē kakōn, dia tou pascha tōn palaiōn euergetēmatōn tōn kat᾽ Aigypton anamnēsas autous. Tote synēchthēsan hoi archiereis? kai hoi grammateis, kai hoi presbyteroi tou laou en tę̄ aulę̄ tou archiereōs, tou legomenou Kaïapha, kai synebouleuonto hina ton ᾿Iēsoun dolǭ kratēsōsi, kai apokteinōsin. Elegon de, mē en tę̄ heortē, hina mē thorybos genētai en tǭ laǭ. Eides tēn aphaton tōn ᾿Ioudaïkōn pragmatōn diaphthoran? Paranomois pragmasin epicheirountes, pros ton archierea erchontai, ekeithen boulomenoi tēn exousian labein, hothen kōlyesthai edei. Kai posoi ēsan hoi archiereis? Ho gar nomos hena einai bouletai alla tote polloi hēsan. Hothen dēlon, hoti ta ᾿Ioudaïka archēn elambane dialyesthai. Ho men gar Mōsēs, hoper ephēn, hena einai ekeleuse, kai teleutēsantos tote heteron ginesthai, kai tę̄ zōę̄ tę̄ toutou tēn phygēn emetrei tōn akousiōs ergasamenōn phonon. Pōs oun tote polloi archiereis? Eniausiaioi hysteron egenonto. Kai touto edēlōsen ho euangelistēs, hote peri tou Zachariou dielegeto, eipōn ex ephēmerias auton einai Abia. Autous oun entautha phēsin archiereis, tous apo archiereōn. Ti de synebouleusanto: hina kratēsōsin auton lathra, ē hina anelōsin : ᾿Amphotera ededoikeisan gar ton laon. Dio kai tēn heortēn anemenon parelthein' elegon gar, mē en tē heortę̄. Ho men gar diabolos, hina mē phaneron katastēsę̄ to pathos, ouk ebouleto en tǭ pascha᾽ ekeinoi de, hina mē thorybos genētai. Skopei toinyn autous phoboumenous, ou ta tou theou, oude mē miasma autois meizon apo tou kairou genētai alla pantachou ta anthrōpina. ᾿All᾽ homōs tǭ thymǭ zeontes, palin metethento. Eipontes gar, mē en tę̄ heortę̄, epeidē ton prodotēn heuron, ouk ēneschonto tou kairou, all᾽ en autę̄ katesphaxan. Diati de auton tote kateschon: Kai tǭ thymǭ zeontes, hoper eipon, kai tote auton heurēsein prosedokēsan, kai panta hōsper pepērōmenoi epratton. Ei kai ta malista autos tę̄ ekeinōn ponērią eis tēn oikeian ekechrēto oikonomian, ou mēn dia touto aneuthynoi, alla myriōn axioi kolaseōn apo tēs gnōmēs. Hote goun hapantas apolyesthai edei kai tous hypeuthynous, tote houtoi ton athōon aneilon, ton myria euergetēkota, kai tōn ethnōn teōs hyperidonta di᾽ autous. All᾽ ō tēs philanthrōpias tous houtō mochthērous … pempei sphagēsomenous hyper autōn tous apostolous, kai di᾽ autōn hiketērian tithēsin. Hyper Christou gar presbeuomen. Toiauta toinyn paradeigmata echontes, ou legō, apothanōmen hyper tōn echthrōn edei men gar kai touto, all᾽ epeidē asthenesteroi hēmeis, ekeino legō teōs kan mē baskainōmen tois philois, mē phthonōmen tois euergetousin. Ou legō teōs, tous kakōs poiountas euergetēsōmen epithymō men gar kai touto, all’ epeidē pachyteroi hymeis, kan mē amynēsthe. Mē gar skēnē tis esti ta hēmetera, kai hypokrisis? Ti dēpote ek diametrou pros ta pragmata histasthe? Ouch haplōs gegraptai ta te alla, kai hosa par᾽ auton ton stauron eirgasato, dynamena autous anakalesasthai all᾽ hina mimēsę̄ tēn agathotēta, hina zēlōsę̄s, tēn philanthrōpian. Kai gar kai hyptious errhipse, kai to ōtion apekatestēse tou oiketou, kai met᾽ epieikeias dielechthē, kai megala anō ōn epedeixato thaumata, tas aktinas apostrephōn, tas petras rhēgnys, tous teteleutēkotas egeirōn, tēn gynaika tou dikazontos phobōn di᾽ oneiratōn, en autę̄ tę̄ krisei pasan praotēta epideixamenos, thaumatōn ouch hētton dynamenēn autous epispasasthai, myria prolegōn en tǭ dikastēriǭ, en autǭ tǭ staurǭ boōn; pater, aphes autois tēn hamartian. Tapheis de, posa epedeixato pros tēn ekeinōn sōtērian? anastas de, ouk eutheōs ᾿Ioudaious ekalesen? ouk aphesin edōken hamartēmatōn? ou ta myria agatha prouthēke? Ti toutou paradoxoteron? Hoi staurōsantes kai phonon pneontes, meta to staurōsai gegonasin huioi theou. Ti tautēs ison tēs kēdemonias? Tauta akousantes enkalypsōmetha, hoti tosouton aphestēkamen toutou, hon mimeisthai keleuometha. Idōmen kan to diastēma hoson, hina kan katagnōmen heautōn, toutois polemountes, hyper hōn ho Christos tēn psychēn edōke᾽ kai ou boulomenoi katallagēnai, hous hina katallaxę̄, oute sphagēnai parę̄tēsato ei mē kai touto dapanē tis esti, kai chrēmatōn analōma, hoper en tę̄ eleēmosynę̄ proballesthe.

But consider, I pray, how in all the preceding words he arranged and overshadowed in a novel way what grieved them most. For he did not say, “You know that after two days I am handed over,” but what? “You know that after two days the Passover comes”; and then he added, “and he is handed over to be crucified,” showing that what was happening was a mystery, and a feast and festival celebrated for the salvation of the world, and that he suffered knowing all things beforehand. For this reason, as though this were enough for their consolation, he did not now say anything to them about the resurrection; for it was superfluous, having discoursed so much about it, to speak of it again. And besides, as I said, he shows that the suffering itself is deliverance from countless evils, reminding them through the Passover of the ancient benefits in Egypt. “Then the chief priests and the scribes and the elders of the people were gathered in the court of the high priest, who was called Caiaphas, and they took counsel to seize Jesus by stealth and kill him. But they said, Not during the feast, lest there be a tumult among the people.” Do you see the unspeakable corruption of the affairs of the Jews? Undertaking lawless deeds, they come to the high priest, wishing to receive authority from the very quarter from which they ought to have been hindered. And how many were the chief priests? For the law wishes there to be one; but then there were many. Hence it is plain that the affairs of the Jews were beginning to be dissolved. For Moses, as I said, commanded that there be one, and that when he died another should become high priest, and by his life he measured the exile of those who had committed murder involuntarily. How, then, were there many chief priests at that time? Later they became annual. And this the evangelist showed when he spoke of Zechariah, saying that he was of the division of Abijah. So he here calls chief priests those who came from the chief priests. And what did they take counsel about? To seize him secretly, or to kill him? Both; for they feared the people. Therefore they also waited for the feast to pass; for they said, “Not during the feast.” For the devil did not wish it at the Passover, so as not to make the passion conspicuous; but they, lest there be a tumult. Consider them, then, fearing not the things of God, nor lest a greater defilement come to them from the season, but everywhere the things of men. But nevertheless, boiling with anger, they changed their minds again. For having said, “Not during the feast,” when they found the betrayer, they did not wait for the time, but slaughtered him during it. And why did they seize him then? Both because they were boiling with anger, as I said, and because they expected to find him then; and they did everything as though blinded. Even if he himself used their wickedness for his own dispensation, they are not for this reason free of blame, but deserving of countless punishments for their intent. At any rate, when all, even the guilty, ought to have been released, then these killed the innocent, him who had done them countless benefits, and who for the present had disregarded the Gentiles for their sake. But O the love for mankind! Those who were so depraved … he sends the apostles to be slaughtered on their behalf, and through them he makes supplication. “For on behalf of Christ we are ambassadors.”

Having such examples, then, I do not say, let us die for our enemies—for we ought to do even this—but since we are weaker, I say this for the present: let us at least not look with envy on our friends, not be jealous of our benefactors. I do not say for the present, let us benefit those who do us harm—I desire this too—but since you are too gross for this, at least do not take revenge. For are our affairs a stage and play-acting? Why do you set yourselves diametrically against the things done? Not for nothing are written both the other things and all that he did at the very cross, which were able to call them back; but so that you may imitate his goodness, so that you may emulate his love for mankind. For he both threw them backward, and restored the ear of the servant, and spoke with gentleness; and, when lifted up, he showed great wonders, turning back the rays of the sun, rending the rocks, raising the dead, frightening the wife of the judge through dreams; in the very trial he showed all meekness, able to draw them no less than wonders; he foretold countless things in the court; on the very cross he cried out, “Father, forgive them their sin.” And when he was buried, how much did he show for their salvation? And when he had risen, did he not at once call the Jews? Did he not give them forgiveness of sins? Did he not set before them countless good things? What is more wonderful than this? Those who crucified him and breathed murder became, after crucifying him, sons of God. What is equal to this care? Hearing these things, let us hide our faces, because we stand so far off from him whom we are bidden to imitate. Let us see at least how great the distance is, so that we may at least condemn ourselves, warring as we do against those for whom Christ gave his life, and not wishing to be reconciled with those whom, in order to reconcile them, he did not even refuse to be slaughtered—unless this too is some expense and outlay of money, which is the excuse you put forward in the case of almsgiving.

79.4Field 2

᾿Εννόησον ὅσων ὑπεύθυνος εἶ, καὶ οὐκ ἀναδύσῃ πρὸς τὴν ἄφεσιν τῶν σε ἠδικηκότων, ἀλλὰ καὶ δραμῇ πρὸς τούς σε λελυπηκότας, ὥστε γενέσθαι σοι συγγνώμης ἀφορμὴν, ὥστε εὑρεῖν παραμυθίαν τῶν οἰκείων κακῶν. Ἑλλήνων παῖδες, οὐδὲν μέγα προσδοκῶντες, πολλάκις ἐν τούτοις ἐφιλοσόφησαν καὶ σὺ μέλλων ἐπὶ τοιαύταις ἐλπίσιν ἀποδημεῖν, ἀναδύῃ καὶ ὀκνεῖς ; καὶ ὅπερ ὁ χρόνος ποιεῖ, τοῦτο οὐκ ἀνέχῃ πρὸ τοῦ χρόνου ποιῆσαι διὰ τὸν τοῦ θεοῦ νόμον, ἀλλ’ ἀμισθὶ μᾶλλον, ἤ ἐπὶ μισθῷ βούλει σοι σβεσθῆναι τὸ πάθος: Οὐδὲ γὰρ ἂν ἀπὸ τοῦ χρόνου γένηται τοῦτο, ἔσται σοί τι πλέον, ἀλλὰ καὶ πολλὴ κόλασις, ὅτι ὅπερ ὁ χρόνος εἰργάσατο, τοῦτο ὁ τοῦ θεοῦ νόμος οὐκ ἐπεισέ σε ποιῆσαι. Εἰ δὲ λέγεις, ὅτι φλεγμαίνεις τῆς ὕβρεως μεμνημένος, ἀναμνήσθητι εἴ τι γέγονέ σοι καλὸν παρὰ τοῦ λελυπηκότος, καὶ ὅσα σὺ ἑτέρους διέθηκας κακά. Κακῶς σε εἶπε, καὶ κατῄσχυνε; Λόγισαι ὅτι καὶ σὺ ἑτέρους εἴρηκας. Πῶς οὗν ἐπιτεύξη συγγνώμης, ἧς ἑτέροις οὐ μεταδίδως; Ἀλλ᾽ οὐδένα εἴρηκας; Ἀλλ᾽ ἤκουσας λεγόντων, καὶ ἀπεδέξω. Οὐδὲ τοῦτο ἀνεύθυνον. Θέλεις μαθεῖν ὅσον ἀγαθόν ἐστι τὸ μὴ μνησικακεῖν, καὶ πώς μάλιστα τοῦτο τὸν θεὸν εὐφραίνει: Τοὺς ἐφηδομένους τοῖς δικαίως παρ᾽ αὐτοῦ κολαζομένοις τιμωρεῖται καίτοι δικαίως κολάζονται, ἀλλὰ σὲ ἐπιχαίρειν οὐκ ἐχρῆν. Καὶ προφήτης πολλὰ ἐγκαλέσας, καὶ τοῦτο ἐπήγαγεν εἰπών οὐκ ἔπασχον οὐδὲν ἐπὶ τῇ συντριβῇ τοῦ ᾿Ιωσήφ καὶ πάλιν, οὐκ ἐξῆλθε κατοικοῦσα Αἰνὰν κόψασθαι οἶκον ἐχόμενον αὐτῆς. Καίτοι καὶ ὁ Ἰωσὴφ, τοντέστιν, αἱ φυλαὶ αἱ ἐξ αὐτοῦ, καὶ οἱ τούτων γείτονες, κατὰ θεοῦ γνώμην ἐτιμωροῦντο᾽ αλλ᾽ ὅμως βούλεται καὶ τούτοις ἡμᾶς συναλγεῖν. Εἰ γὰρ ἡμεῖς πονηροὶ ὄντες, ὅταν τιμωρώμεθα οἰκέτην, ἄν τινα τῶν συνδούλων γελάσαντα ἴδωμεν, καὶ παροξυνόμεθα μᾶλλον, καὶ ἐπ᾽ ἐκεῖνον μετάγομεν τὴν ὀργήν᾽ πολλῷ μᾶλλον ὁ θεὸς τιμωρήσεται τοὺς ἐφηδομένους τοῖς κολαζομένοις. Εἰ δὲ τοῖς παρὰ θεοῦ κολαζομένοις οὐκ ἐπεμβαίνειν, ἀλλὰ συναλγεῖν χρὴ, πολλῷ μᾶλλον τοῖς εἰς ἡμᾶς ἡμαρτηκόσι. Τοῦτο γὰρ ἀγάπης σημεῖον, ταύτην πάντων προτίθησιν ὁ θεός. Καθάπερ γὰρ ἐπὶ τῆς ἁλουργίδος τῆς βασιλικῆς, ἐκεῖνά ἐστι τὰ τίμια τῶν ανθῶν καὶ τῶν Χρωμάτων, ἅπερ τὴν χλανίδα κατασκευάζει ταύτην οὕτω καὶ ἐνταῦθα αὗταί εἰσιν αἱ ἀρεταὶ αἱ τίμιαι, αἵπερ ἂν τὴν ἀγάπην συνέχωσιν. Οὐδὲν δὲ οὕτως ἀγάπην διατηρεῖ, ὡς τὸ μὴ μεμνῆσθαι τῶν εἰς ἡμᾶς ἡμαρτηκότων. Μὴ γὰρ οὐκ ἐφρόντισε καὶ θατέρου μέρους ὁ θεός: μὴ γὰρ οὐκ ὦσε τὸν ἠδικηκότα πρὸς τὸν ἠδικημένον: οὐκ ἀπὸ τοῦ θυσιαστηρίου πέμπει πρὸς ἐκεῖνον αὐτὸν, καὶ μετὰ τὰς καταλλαγὰς ἐπὶ τὴν τράπεζαν αὐτὸν καλεῖ; Ἀλλὰ μὴ διὰ τοῦτο περιμείνης ἐκεῖνον ἐλθεῖν, ἐπεὶ τὸ πᾶν ἀπώλεσας. Διὰ γὰρ τοῦτο μάλιστά σοι μισθὸν ἄφατον ὁρίζει, ἵνα φθάσῃς ἐκεῖνον ὡς ἐὰν παρακληθεὶς καταλλαγῇς, οὐκέτι τῆς τοῦ θεοῦ προσταγῆς γέγονεν ἡ φιλία, ἀλλὰ τῆς ἐκείνου σπουδῆς διὸ καὶ … λέγεις; Ἐχθρὸν ἔχεις, καὶ οὐκ αἰσχύνῃ ; Οὐ γὰρ ἀρκεῖ ἡμῖν ὁ διάβολος, ὅτι καὶ ὁμογενεῖς ἐπισπώμεθα; Εἴθε μηδὲ ἐκεῖνος ἠθέλησεν ἡμῖν πολεμῆσαι, εἴθε μηδὲ ἐκεῖνος διάβολος ἦν. Οὐκ οἶσθα πόση ἡ ἡδονὴ μετὰ τὰς καταλλαγάς; Τί γάρ, εἰ καὶ ἐν τῇ ἔχθρᾳ οὐ σφόδρα φαίνεται; Ὅτι γὰρ ἥδιον φιλεῖν τὸν ἀδικοῦντα, ἥ μισεῖν, μετὰ τὸ λυθῆναι τὴν ἔχθραν, τότε δυνήση μαθεῖν καλῶς. Τί τοίνυν τοὺς μαινομένους μιμούμεθα, ἀλλήλους κατεσθίοντες, τῇ οἰκείᾳ σαρκὶ πολεμοῦντες; Ἄκουσον καὶ ἐν τῇ παλαιᾷ πόσος ἦν ὑπὲρ τούτον λόγος. Ὁδοὶ μνησικάκων εἰς θάνατον. Ἄνθρωπος ἀνθρώπῳ συντηρεῖ ὀργὴν, καὶ παρὰ θεοῦ ζητεῖ ἴασιν. Καίτοι συνεχώρησεν ὀφθαλμὸν αντὶ ὀφθαλμοῦ, καὶ ὀδόντα ἀντὶ ὀδόντος πῶς οὖν ἐγκαλεῖ; Ὅτι κακεῖνα συνεχώρησεν, οὐχ ἵνα ἀλλήλοις αὐτὰ ποιῶμεν, ἀλλ᾽ ἵνα δέει τοῦ παθεῖν ἀπεχώμεθα τοῦ τολμᾶν. Καὶ ἄλλως δὲ, ἐκεῖνα μὲν προσκαίρου τινὸς ὀργῆς ἐστι, τὸ δὲ μνησικακεῖν, ψυχῆς πονηρίαν μελετώσης. Αλλά κακῶς ἔπαθες; ᾿Αλλ᾽ οὐδὲν τοσοῦτον, ὅσον σαυτὸν ἐργάσῃ μνησικακῶν. Ἄλλως δὲ οὐδὲ δυνατὸν ἄνδρα ἀγαθὸν κακόν τι παθεῖν. Ἔστω γάρ τις καὶ παιδία ἔχων καὶ γυναῖκα, καὶ φιλοσοφείτω, ἐχέτω δὲ καὶ πολλὰς ἀφορμὰς βλάβης, καὶ χρημάτων περιουσίαν, καὶ ἀρχῆς δυναστείαν, καὶ φίλους πολλοὺς, καὶ τιμῆς ἀπολαυέτω, πλὴν φιλοσοφείτω· τοῦτο γὰρ δεῖ προσκεῖσθαι· καὶ προσάγωμεν αὐτῷ τὰς πληγὰς τῷ λόγῳ. Καὶ προσιών τις μοχθηρὸς ἀνὴρ περιβαλλέτω ζημίᾳ· τί οὖν πρὸς τὸν οὐδὲν ἡγούμενον εἶναι χρήματα; Τὰ τέκνα ἀναιρείτω τί οὖν πρὸς τὸν περὶ ἀναστάσεως φιλοσοφοῦντα; Τὴν γυναῖκα σφαττέτω καὶ τί τοῦτο πρὸς τὸν πεπαιδευμένον μὴ πενθεῖν τοὺς κεκοιμημένους; Εἰς ἀτιμίαν. ἐμβαλλέτω᾽ τί πρὸς τὸν ἄνθος χόρτου τὰ παρόντα ἡγούμενον; Εἰ βούλει, καὶ τὸ σῶμα κολαζέτω, καὶ εἰς δεσμωτήριον ἐμβαλλέτω τί οὖν πρὸς τὸν μαθόντα, εἰ καὶ ὁ ἔξω ἡμῶν ἄνθρωπος διαφθείρεται, ἀλλ᾽ ὁ ἔσω ἀνακαινοῦται, καὶ ὅτι ἡ θλῖψις δοκιμὴν κατεργάζεται; ᾿Εγὼ μὲν οὗν μηδὲν βλαβήσεσθαι αὐτὸν ὑπεσχόμην ὁ δὲ λόγος προϊὼν ἔδειξεν ὅτι καὶ ὠφελεῖται, ἀνακαινούμενος καὶ δόκιμος γινόμενος. Μὴ τοίνυν πρὸς ἑτέρους ἀλγῶμεν, ἑαυτοὺς ἀδικοῦντες, καὶ ἀσθενῆ κατασκευάζοντες τὴν ψυχήν. Οὐ γὰρ τῆς τῶν πλησίον πονηρίας ἐστὶ τοσοῦτον, ὅσον τῆς ἡμετέρας ταλαιπωρίας ἡ ἀλγηδών. Διὰ τοῦτο, κὰν ὑβρίσῃ τις, δακρύομεν καὶ συστελλόμεθα κἂν ἁρπάσῃ τις, τὸ αὐτὸ πάσχομεν, κατὰ τὰ παιδία ἐκεῖνα τὰ μικρὰ, ἅπερ οἱ τῶν ἀλλ᾽} ἀπὸ μικρῶν προφάσεων λυποῦντες᾽ αλλ᾽ ὅμως κακεῖνα, ἂν μὲν ἴδωσι κνιζόμενα, ἐπιμένουσι δάκνοντες ἂν δὲ γελῶντα, καὶ ἀφίστανται. ᾿Αλλ᾽ ἡμεῖς καὶ τούτων ἀνοητότεροι, ὑπὲρ ὧν ἔδει γελᾶν, ὑπὲρ τούτων ὀδυρόμενοι. Διὸ παρακαλῶ, τὴν παιδικὴν ταύτην διάνοιαν ἀφέντες, τῶν οὐρανῶν ἐπιλαβώμεθα. Καὶ γὰρ ἄνδρας ἡμᾶς ὁ Χριστὸς εἶναι βούλεται, ἄνδρας τελείους. Οὕτω καὶ ὁ Παῦλος ἐκέλευσεν· ἀδελφοὶ, μὴ παιδία γίνεσθε ταῖς φρεσί, λέγων, ἀλλὰ τῇ κακίᾳ νηπιάζετε. Νηπιάσωμεν τοίνυν τῇ κακίᾳ, καὶ τὴν πονηρίαν φυγόντες, τῆς αρετῆς ἐπιλαβωμεθα, ἵνα καὶ τῶν αἰωνίων ἐπιτύχωμεν ἀγαθών, χάριτι καὶ φιλανθρωπίᾳ τοῦ κυρίον ἡμῶν Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ, ᾧ ἡ δόξα καὶ τὸ κράτος εἰς τοὺς αἰωνας τῶν αἰώνων. ᾿Αμήν.

᾿Ennoēson hosōn hypeuthynos ei, kai ouk anadysę̄ pros tēn aphesin tōn se ēdikēkotōn, alla kai dramę̄ pros tous se lelypēkotas, hōste genesthai soi syngnōmēs aphormēn, hōste heurein paramythian tōn oikeiōn kakōn. Hellēnōn paides, ouden mega prosdokōntes, pollakis en toutois ephilosophēsan kai sy mellōn epi toiautais elpisin apodēmein, anadyę̄ kai okneis ? kai hoper ho chronos poiei, touto ouk anechę̄ pro tou chronou poiēsai dia ton tou theou nomon, all’ amisthi mallon, ē epi misthǭ boulei soi sbesthēnai to pathos: Oude gar an apo tou chronou genētai touto, estai soi ti pleon, alla kai pollē kolasis, hoti hoper ho chronos eirgasato, touto ho tou theou nomos ouk epeise se poiēsai. Ei de legeis, hoti phlegmaineis tēs hybreōs memnēmenos, anamnēsthēti ei ti gegone soi kalon para tou lelypēkotos, kai hosa sy heterous diethēkas kaka. Kakōs se eipe, kai katę̄schyne? Logisai hoti kai sy heterous eirēkas. Pōs houn epiteuxē syngnōmēs, hēs heterois ou metadidōs? All᾽ oudena eirēkas? All᾽ ēkousas legontōn, kai apedexō. Oude touto aneuthynon. Theleis mathein hoson agathon esti to mē mnēsikakein, kai pōs malista touto ton theon euphrainei: Tous ephēdomenous tois dikaiōs par᾽ autou kolazomenois timōreitai kaitoi dikaiōs kolazontai, alla se epichairein ouk echrēn. Kai prophētēs polla enkalesas, kai touto epēgagen eipōn ouk epaschon ouden epi tę̄ syntribę̄ tou ᾿Iōsēph kai palin, ouk exēlthe katoikousa Ainan kopsasthai oikon echomenon autēs. Kaitoi kai ho Iōsēph, tontestin, hai phylai hai ex autou, kai hoi toutōn geitones, kata theou gnōmēn etimōrounto᾽ all᾽ homōs bouletai kai toutois hēmas synalgein. Ei gar hēmeis ponēroi ontes, hotan timōrōmetha oiketēn, an tina tōn syndoulōn gelasanta idōmen, kai paroxynometha mallon, kai ep᾽ ekeinon metagomen tēn orgēn᾽ pollǭ mallon ho theos timōrēsetai tous ephēdomenous tois kolazomenois. Ei de tois para theou kolazomenois ouk epembainein, alla synalgein chrē, pollǭ mallon tois eis hēmas hēmartēkosi. Touto gar agapēs sēmeion, tautēn pantōn protithēsin ho theos. Kathaper gar epi tēs halourgidos tēs basilikēs, ekeina esti ta timia tōn anthōn kai tōn Chrōmatōn, haper tēn chlanida kataskeuazei tautēn houtō kai entautha hautai eisin hai aretai hai timiai, haiper an tēn agapēn synechōsin. Ouden de houtōs agapēn diatērei, hōs to mē memnēsthai tōn eis hēmas hēmartēkotōn. Mē gar ouk ephrontise kai thaterou merous ho theos: mē gar ouk ōse ton ēdikēkota pros ton ēdikēmenon: ouk apo tou thysiastēriou pempei pros ekeinon auton, kai meta tas katallagas epi tēn trapezan auton kalei? Alla mē dia touto perimeinēs ekeinon elthein, epei to pan apōlesas. Dia gar touto malista soi misthon aphaton horizei, hina phthasę̄s ekeinon hōs ean paraklētheis katallagę̄s, ouketi tēs tou theou prostagēs gegonen hē philia, alla tēs ekeinou spoudēs dio kai … legeis? Echthron echeis, kai ouk aischynę̄ ? Ou gar arkei hēmin ho diabolos, hoti kai homogeneis epispōmetha? Eithe mēde ekeinos ēthelēsen hēmin polemēsai, eithe mēde ekeinos diabolos ēn. Ouk oistha posē hē hēdonē meta tas katallagas? Ti gar, ei kai en tę̄ echthrą ou sphodra phainetai? Hoti gar hēdion philein ton adikounta, hē misein, meta to lythēnai tēn echthran, tote dynēsē mathein kalōs. Ti toinyn tous mainomenous mimoumetha, allēlous katesthiontes, tę̄ oikeią sarki polemountes? Akouson kai en tę̄ palaią posos ēn hyper touton logos. Hodoi mnēsikakōn eis thanaton. Anthrōpos anthrōpǭ syntērei orgēn, kai para theou zētei iasin. Kaitoi synechōrēsen ophthalmon anti ophthalmou, kai odonta anti odontos pōs oun enkalei? Hoti kakeina synechōrēsen, ouch hina allēlois auta poiōmen, all᾽ hina deei tou pathein apechōmetha tou tolman. Kai allōs de, ekeina men proskairou tinos orgēs esti, to de mnēsikakein, psychēs ponērian meletōsēs. Alla kakōs epathes? ᾿All᾽ ouden tosouton, hoson sauton ergasę̄ mnēsikakōn. Allōs de oude dynaton andra agathon kakon ti pathein. Estō gar tis kai paidia echōn kai gynaika, kai philosopheitō, echetō de kai pollas aphormas blabēs, kai chrēmatōn periousian, kai archēs dynasteian, kai philous pollous, kai timēs apolauetō, plēn philosopheitō; touto gar dei proskeisthai; kai prosagōmen autǭ tas plēgas tǭ logǭ. Kai prosiōn tis mochthēros anēr periballetō zēmią; ti oun pros ton ouden hēgoumenon einai chrēmata? Ta tekna anaireitō ti oun pros ton peri anastaseōs philosophounta? Tēn gynaika sphattetō kai ti touto pros ton pepaideumenon mē penthein tous kekoimēmenous? Eis atimian. emballetō᾽ ti pros ton anthos chortou ta paronta hēgoumenon? Ei boulei, kai to sōma kolazetō, kai eis desmōtērion emballetō ti oun pros ton mathonta, ei kai ho exō hēmōn anthrōpos diaphtheiretai, all᾽ ho esō anakainoutai, kai hoti hē thlipsis dokimēn katergazetai? ᾿Egō men houn mēden blabēsesthai auton hypeschomēn ho de logos proïōn edeixen hoti kai ōpheleitai, anakainoumenos kai dokimos ginomenos. Mē toinyn pros heterous algōmen, heautous adikountes, kai asthenē kataskeuazontes tēn psychēn. Ou gar tēs tōn plēsion ponērias esti tosouton, hoson tēs hēmeteras talaipōrias hē algēdōn. Dia touto, kan hybrisę̄ tis, dakryomen kai systellometha kan harpasę̄ tis, to auto paschomen, kata ta paidia ekeina ta mikra, haper hoi tōn all᾽} apo mikrōn prophaseōn lypountes᾽ all᾽ homōs kakeina, an men idōsi knizomena, epimenousi daknontes an de gelōnta, kai aphistantai. ᾿All᾽ hēmeis kai toutōn anoētoteroi, hyper hōn edei gelan, hyper toutōn odyromenoi. Dio parakalō, tēn paidikēn tautēn dianoian aphentes, tōn ouranōn epilabōmetha. Kai gar andras hēmas ho Christos einai bouletai, andras teleious. Houtō kai ho Paulos ekeleusen; adelphoi, mē paidia ginesthe tais phresi, legōn, alla tę̄ kakią nēpiazete. Nēpiasōmen toinyn tę̄ kakią, kai tēn ponērian phygontes, tēs aretēs epilabōmetha, hina kai tōn aiōniōn epitychōmen agathōn, chariti kai philanthrōpią tou kyrion hēmōn Iēsou Christou, hǭ hē doxa kai to kratos eis tous aiōnas tōn aiōnōn. ᾿Amēn.

Consider how many things you are liable for, and you will not shrink from forgiving those who have wronged you, but will run to those who have grieved you, so that this may become for you an occasion of pardon, so as to find a remedy for your own evils. Children of the Greeks, though they expected nothing great, often practiced this philosophy; and you, who are about to depart on such hopes, do you shrink back and hesitate? And what time does, will you not bear to do before the time for the sake of God’s law, but do you wish your passion to be quenched without reward rather than for a reward? For even if this comes about through time, you will have nothing more for it, but rather a great punishment, because what time accomplished, the law of God did not persuade you to do. And if you say that you are inflamed when you remember the insult, remember whether any good has come to you from the one who grieved you, and how many evils you yourself have done to others. Did he speak ill of you and disgrace you? Reckon that you too have spoken so of others. How, then, will you obtain the pardon which you do not grant to others? But you have spoken ill of no one? But you heard others speaking so, and welcomed it. Neither is this without guilt. Do you wish to learn how good a thing it is not to bear grudges, and how greatly this pleases God? Those who rejoice over men justly punished by him he punishes; and yet those are justly punished, but you ought not to exult. And the prophet, after bringing many charges, added this too, saying, “They felt nothing at the ruin of Joseph”; and again, “She who dwells in Aenan did not come out to mourn the house next to her.” And yet both Joseph—that is, the tribes descended from him—and their neighbors were punished by God’s will; but nevertheless he wishes us to grieve with these too. For if we, being evil, when we are punishing a servant and see one of his fellow servants laughing, are provoked the more and turn our anger on him, much more will God punish those who rejoice over those who are being punished. And if we must not trample on those punished by God, but grieve with them, much more on those who have sinned against us. For this is a sign of love; and love God places before all things. For as in the royal purple those are the precious ones among the flowers and dyes which make up this robe, so here too those are the precious virtues which hold love together. And nothing so preserves love as not remembering the sins committed against us. For did not God take care of the other side too? Did he not push the wrongdoer toward the one wronged? Does he not send him from the altar to that man, and after the reconciliation call him to the table? But do not for this reason wait for him to come, since then you have lost everything. For it is especially for this that he appoints you an unspeakable reward, that you may anticipate him; since if you are reconciled after being entreated, the friendship no longer comes from God’s command, but from that man’s zeal; therefore you also go away uncrowned … You have an enemy, and are you not ashamed? For is not the devil enough for us, that we draw our own kin into enmity as well? Would that not even he had wished to war against us! Would that not even he had been a devil! Do you not know how great the pleasure is after reconciliation? For what if, during the enmity, it does not seem very great? That it is sweeter to love the one who wrongs you than to hate him, you will be able to learn well then, after the enmity has been dissolved. Why, then, do we imitate the mad, devouring one another, warring against our own flesh? Hear how much was said about this in the Old Testament too: “The ways of those who bear grudges lead to death.” “Man cherishes anger against man, and does he seek healing from God?” “And yet he permitted ‘an eye for an eye and a tooth for a tooth’; how, then, does he find fault?” Because he permitted those things too, not so that we might do them to one another, but so that by the fear of suffering we might refrain from daring the deed. And besides, those things belong to an anger of the moment, but bearing grudges belongs to a soul that practices wickedness. But did you suffer ill? Yet nothing so great as you will do to yourself by bearing grudges. Besides, it is not even possible for a good man to suffer any ill. For let someone have both children and a wife, and let him practice philosophy; and let him also have many openings for harm, abundance of money, the power of office, many friends, and let him enjoy honor; only let him practice philosophy (for this must be added); and let us bring the blows upon him in our argument. Let some wicked man come and inflict loss on him: what is that to one who thinks money nothing? Let him kill his children: what is that to one who has the philosophy of the resurrection? Let him slay his wife: and what is that to one who has been taught not to mourn those who have fallen asleep? Let him cast him into dishonor: what is that to one who thinks present things the flower of the grass? If you will, let him torment his body too, and cast him into prison: what is that to one who has learned that “even if our outer man is wasting away, yet our inner man is being renewed,” and that “affliction produces approvedness”? I promised that he would be harmed in nothing; but the argument, as it went forward, has shown that he is even benefited, being renewed and becoming approved. Let us not, then, grieve over others, wronging ourselves and making our soul weak. For the pain comes not so much from the wickedness of our neighbors as from our own wretchedness. Therefore if someone insults us, we weep and shrink; if someone robs us, we suffer the same, like those little children whom others tease and grieve on slight pretexts; yet even those teasers, if they see them annoyed, keep on biting, but if they see them laughing, they leave off. But we are more foolish even than these, lamenting over things at which we ought to laugh. Therefore I exhort you, let us leave this childish mind and lay hold of the heavens. For Christ wishes us to be men, perfect men. So Paul too commanded: “Brothers, do not be children in your minds,” he says, “but be infants in wickedness.” Let us, then, be infants in wickedness, and, fleeing evil, lay hold of virtue, so that we may also obtain the eternal good things, by the grace and love for mankind of our Lord Jesus Christ, to whom be glory and might to the ages of ages. Amen.

Chapter 80

80.1Field 2

Τοῦ δὲ ᾿Ιησοῦ γενομένου ἐν Βηθανίᾳ, ἐν οἰκίᾳ Σίμωνος τοῦ λεπροῦ, προσῆλθεν αὐτῷ γυνὴ, ἀλάβαστρον μύρου ἔχουσα βαρυτίμου, καὶ ἐξέχεεν ἐπὶ τῆς κεφαλῆς αὐτοῦ ἀνακειμένου. Ἡ γυνὴ αὕτη δοκεῖ μὲν εἶναι μία καὶ ἡ αὐτὴ παρὰ τοῖς εὐαγγελισταῖς ἅπασιν, οὐκ ἔστι δέ ἀλλὰ παρὰ μὲν τοῖς τρισὶ μία τις εἶναί μοι δοκεῖ καὶ ἡ αὐτή: παρὰ δὲ τῷ Ἰωάννῃ οὐκέτι ἀλλ᾽ ἑτέρα τις θαυμαστὴ, ἡ τοῦ Λαζάρου ἀδελφή. Οὐχ ἁπλῶς δὲ τῆς λέπρας μέμνηται τοῦ Σίμωνος ὁ εὐαγγελιστὴς, ἀλλ᾽ ἵνα δείξῃ πόθεν θαῤῥοῦσα προσῆλθεν ἡ γυνή. ᾿Επειδὴ γὰρ ἡ λέπρα σφόδρα ἐδόκει ἀκάθαρτον εἶναι πάθος καὶ βδελυκτὸν, εἶδε δὲ τὸν ᾿Ιησοῦν καὶ θεραπεύσαντα τὸν ἄνθρωπον, (οὐ γὰρ ἂν εἵλετο μεῖναι παρὰ τῷ λεπρῷ), καὶ καταχθέντα παρ᾽ αὐτῷ, ἐθάρσησεν ὅτι καὶ τὴν τῆς ψυχῆς αὐτῆς ἀκαθαρσίαν ἀποσμήξει ῥᾳδίως. Οὐχ ἁπλῶς δὲ καὶ τὴν πόλιν φησὶ, τὴν Βηθανίαν, ἀλλ᾽ ἵνα μάθῃς ὅτι ἑκὼν ἐπὶ τὸ πάθος ἔρχεται. Ὁ γὰρ πρὸ τούτου διαδιδράσκων αὐτοὺς, ὅτε μάλιστα ἐξήφθη αὐτῶν ἡ βασκανία, τότε πλησίον ἔρχεται. ὡς ἀπὸ σταδίων δεκαπέντε οὕτως οἰκονομίας ἦν καὶ τὸ πρότερον ἀναχωρεῖν. ᾿Ιδοῦσα τοίνυν αὐτὸν ἡ γυνὴ, καὶ τὸ θαῤῥεῖν λαβοῦσα ἐντεῦθεν, προσῆει. Εἰ γὰρ ἡ αἱμοῤῥοοῦσα, καίτοι οὐδὲν ἑαντῇ συνειδυῖα τοιοῦτον, διὰ τὴν ἀπὸ τῆς φύσεως δοκοῦσαν εἶναι ἀκαθαρσίαν, τρέμουσα καὶ δεδοικυῖα προσῆλθε πολλῷ μᾶλλον ταύτην ὀκνεῖν καὶ ἀναδύεσθαι εἰκὸς ἦν, διὰ τὸ πονηρὸν συνειδός. Διὸ καὶ μετὰ πολλάς γυναῖκας, τὴν Σαμαρεῖτιν, τὴν Χαναναίαν, τὴν αἱμοῤῥοοῦσαν, καὶ ἑτέρας πλείους προσέρχεται, διὰ τὸ πολλὴν ἑαντῇ συνειδέναι ἀσέλγειαν καὶ οὐδὲ δημοσίᾳ, ἀλλ᾽ ἐν οἰκίᾳ. Καὶ πάντων τών ἄλλων ὑπὲρ θεραπείας προσερχομένων σωματικῆς μόνον, αὕτη τιμῆς ἕνεκεν προσῄει μόνης, καὶ τῆς κατὰ ψυχὴν διορθώσεως. Οὐδὲ γάρ τι τοῦ σώματος ἀνάπηρος ἦν· ὥστε καὶ διὰ τοῦτο μάλιστα ἄν τις αὐτὴν θαυμάσειε. Καὶ οὐδὲ ὡς ἀνθρώπῳ προσῄει· οὐ γὰρ ἂν ταῖς θριξὶ κατέμαξεν᾽ ἀλλ᾽ ὡς μείζονι ἥ κατὰ ἄνθρωπον. Διὰ τοῦτο ὃ παντὸς τοῦ σώματος τιμιώτερον ἦν μέλος, τοῦτο πρὸς τοὺς πόδας ἤνεγκε τοῦ Χριστοῦ, τὴν κεφαλὴν τὴν ἑαυτῆς. Ἰδόντες δὲ οἱ μαθηταὶ αὑτοῦ, ἠγανάκτησαν, φησὶ λέγοντες εἰς τί ἡ ἀπώλεια αὕτη; Ηδύνατο γὰρ τοῦτο τὸ μύρον πραθῆναι πολλοὺ, καὶ δοθῆναι τοῖς πτωχοῖς. Γνοὺς δὲ ὁ ᾿Ιησοῦς εἶπε τί κόπους παρέχετε τῇ γυναικί; ἔργον γὰρ καλὸν εἰργάσατο εἰς ἐμέ. Τοὺς πτωχοὺς γὰρ πάντοτε ἔχετε μεθ᾽ ἑαυτῶν, ἐμὲ δὲ οὐ πάντοτε ἔχετε. Βαλοῦσα γὰρ αὕτη τὸ μύρον τοῦτο ἐπὶ τοῦ σώματός μου; πρὸς τὸ ἐνταφιάσαι με ἐποίησεν. ᾿Αμὴν λέγω ὑμῖν, ὅπον ἐὰν κηρυχθῆ τὸ εὐαγγέλιον τοῦτο ἐν ὅλῳ τῷ κόσμῳ, λαληθήσεται καὶ ὃ ἐποίησεν αὕτη εἰς μνημόσυνον αὐτῆς. Καὶ πόθεν αὐτοῖς αὕτη ἡ διάνοια; Ἤκουον τοῦ διδασκάλου λέγοντος, ἔλεον θέλω, καὶ οὐ θυσίαν, καὶ τοῖς ᾿Ιουδαίοις ἐγκαλοῦντος, ὅτι τὰ βαρύτερα ἠφίεσαν, τὴν κρίσιν καὶ τὸν ἔλεον καὶ τὴν πίστιν, καὶ πολλὰ ἐν τῷ ὄρει περὶ ἐλεημοσύνης διαλεχθέντος καὶ ἀπὸ τούτων συνελογίζοντο πρὸς ἑαυτοὺς καὶ ἐνενόουν, ὅτι εἰ ὁλοκαυτώματα οὐ προσίεται, οὐδὲ τὴν παλαιὰν λατρείαν, πολλῷ μᾶλλον τοῦ ἐλαίου τὴν χρίσιν. ᾿Δλλ᾽ οὗτοι μὲν οὕτως ἐνόμιζον' ὁ δὲ τὴν διάνοιαν αὐτῆς ὁρῶν, αφίησι. Καὶ γὰρ πολλὴ ἡ εὐλάβεια ἦν, καὶ ἄφατος ἡ σπουδή· διὸ καὶ σφόδρα συγκαταβαίνων, συνεχώρησε καὶ κατὰ τῆς κεφαλῆς αὐτοῦ χυθῆναι τὸ ἔλαιον. Εἰ γὰρ ἄνθρωπος γενέσθαι, καὶ κυοφορηθῆναι, καὶ γαλακτοτροφηθῆναι οὐ παρῃτήσατο, τί θαυμάζεις εἰ τοῦτο οὐ διακρούεται; Ὥσπερ γὰρ ὁ πατὴρ αὐτοῦ κνίσης ἠνέσχετο, καὶ καπνοῦ, οὕτω καὶ αὐτὸς τῆς πόρνης, ὅπερ ἔφθην εἰπὼν, τὴν αὐτῆς διάνοιαν ἀποδεχόμενος. Καὶ γὰρ ὁ Ἰακὼβ στήλην ἤλειψε τῷ θεῷ, καὶ ἐν ταῖς θυσίαις ἔλαιον προσήγετο, καὶ οἱ ἱερεὶς μύρῳ ἐχρίοντο. ᾿Αλλ οἱ μαθηταὶ τὴν γνώμην αὐτῆς οὐκ εἰδότες, ἀκαίρως ἐμέμφοντο, καὶ δι ὧν ἐνεκάλουν, δεικνύουσι τῆς γυναικὸς τὴν φιλοτιμίαν. Εἰπόντες γάρ, ὅτι ἠδύνατο τριακοσίων δηναρίων πραθῆναι, ἔδειξαν ὅσον ἀνάλωσεν εἰς τὸ μύρον αὕτη, καὶ ὅσην ἐπεδείξατο τὴν μεγαλοψυχίαν. Διὸ καὶ ἐπετίμα αὑτοῖς, λέγων τί κόπους παρέχετε τῇ γυναικί; Καὶ λογισμὸν προστιθήσι; βουλόμενος αὐτοὺς πάλιν ἀναμνῆσαι τοῦ πάθους εἰς τὸν ἐνταφιασμόν μον γάρ, φησὶν, ἐποίησε. Καὶ ἕτερον λογισμόν· τοὺς πτωχοὺς γὰρ πάντοτε ἔχετε. μεθ᾽ ἑαντῶν, ἐμὲ δὲ οὐ πάντοτε ἔχετε καὶ, ὅπου ἐὰν κηρυχθῇ τὸ εὐαγγέλιον, λαληθήσεται καὶ ὃ ἐποίησεν αὕτη. Ἴδε πῶς πάλιν τὴν εἰς τὰ ἔθνη ἔξοδον προαναφωνεῖ, καὶ ταύτῃ παραμυθούμενος αντοὺς ὑπὲρ τοὺ θανάτου, εἴγε τοσαύτη μετὰ τὸν σταυρὸν ή δύναμις ἐκλάμψει, ὡς πανταχοῦ τῆς γῆς ἐκχυθῆναι τὸ κήρυγμα; Τίς οὖν οὕτως ἄθλιος, ὡς πρὸς τοσαύτην ἀντιβλέψαι ἀλήθειαν; ᾿Ιδοὺ γὰρ ὅπερ εἶπε, γέγονε᾽ καὶ ὅπουπερ ἂν ἀπέλθῃς τῆς οἰκουμένης, ὄψει καὶ ταύτην ἀνακηρυττομένην. Καίτοι οὐδὲ τὸ πρόσωπον ἐπίσημον ἦν, οὔτε μάρτυρας ἔχον πολλοὺς, οὔτε ἐν θεάτρῳ τὸ γεγενημένον, ἀλλ᾽ ἐν οἰκίᾳ, καὶ ἐν οἰκίᾳ λεπροῦ τινος, τῶν μαθητῶν μόνων παρόντων.

Tou de ᾿Iēsou genomenou en Bēthanią, en oikią Simōnos tou leprou, prosēlthen autǭ gynē, alabastron myrou echousa barytimou, kai execheen epi tēs kephalēs autou anakeimenou. Hē gynē hautē dokei men einai mia kai hē autē para tois euangelistais hapasin, ouk esti de alla para men tois trisi mia tis einai moi dokei kai hē autē: para de tǭ Iōannę̄ ouketi all᾽ hetera tis thaumastē, hē tou Lazarou adelphē. Ouch haplōs de tēs lepras memnētai tou Simōnos ho euangelistēs, all᾽ hina deixę̄ pothen tharrhousa prosēlthen hē gynē. ᾿Epeidē gar hē lepra sphodra edokei akatharton einai pathos kai bdelykton, eide de ton ᾿Iēsoun kai therapeusanta ton anthrōpon, (ou gar an heileto meinai para tǭ leprǭ), kai katachthenta par᾽ autǭ, etharsēsen hoti kai tēn tēs psychēs autēs akatharsian aposmēxei rhądiōs. Ouch haplōs de kai tēn polin phēsi, tēn Bēthanian, all᾽ hina mathę̄s hoti hekōn epi to pathos erchetai. Ho gar pro toutou diadidraskōn autous, hote malista exēphthē autōn hē baskania, tote plēsion erchetai. hōs apo stadiōn dekapente houtōs oikonomias ēn kai to proteron anachōrein. ᾿Idousa toinyn auton hē gynē, kai to tharrhein labousa enteuthen, prosēei. Ei gar hē haimorrhoousa, kaitoi ouden heantę̄ syneiduia toiouton, dia tēn apo tēs physeōs dokousan einai akatharsian, tremousa kai dedoikuia prosēlthe pollǭ mallon tautēn oknein kai anadyesthai eikos ēn, dia to ponēron syneidos. Dio kai meta pollas gynaikas, tēn Samareitin, tēn Chananaian, tēn haimorrhoousan, kai heteras pleious proserchetai, dia to pollēn heantę̄ syneidenai aselgeian kai oude dēmosią, all᾽ en oikią. Kai pantōn tōn allōn hyper therapeias proserchomenōn sōmatikēs monon, hautē timēs heneken prosę̄ei monēs, kai tēs kata psychēn diorthōseōs. Oude gar ti tou sōmatos anapēros ēn; hōste kai dia touto malista an tis autēn thaumaseie. Kai oude hōs anthrōpǭ prosę̄ei; ou gar an tais thrixi katemaxen᾽ all᾽ hōs meizoni hē kata anthrōpon. Dia touto ho pantos tou sōmatos timiōteron ēn melos, touto pros tous podas ēnenke tou Christou, tēn kephalēn tēn heautēs. Idontes de hoi mathētai hautou, ēganaktēsan, phēsi legontes eis ti hē apōleia hautē? Ēdynato gar touto to myron prathēnai pollou, kai dothēnai tois ptōchois. Gnous de ho ᾿Iēsous eipe ti kopous parechete tę̄ gynaiki? ergon gar kalon eirgasato eis eme. Tous ptōchous gar pantote echete meth᾽ heautōn, eme de ou pantote echete. Balousa gar hautē to myron touto epi tou sōmatos mou? pros to entaphiasai me epoiēsen. ᾿Amēn legō hymin, hopon ean kērychthē to euangelion touto en holǭ tǭ kosmǭ, lalēthēsetai kai ho epoiēsen hautē eis mnēmosynon autēs. Kai pothen autois hautē hē dianoia? Ēkouon tou didaskalou legontos, eleon thelō, kai ou thysian, kai tois ᾿Ioudaiois enkalountos, hoti ta barytera ēphiesan, tēn krisin kai ton eleon kai tēn pistin, kai polla en tǭ orei peri eleēmosynēs dialechthentos kai apo toutōn synelogizonto pros heautous kai enenooun, hoti ei holokautōmata ou prosietai, oude tēn palaian latreian, pollǭ mallon tou elaiou tēn chrisin. ᾿Dll᾽ houtoi men houtōs enomizon' ho de tēn dianoian autēs horōn, aphiēsi. Kai gar pollē hē eulabeia ēn, kai aphatos hē spoudē; dio kai sphodra synkatabainōn, synechōrēse kai kata tēs kephalēs autou chythēnai to elaion. Ei gar anthrōpos genesthai, kai kyophorēthēnai, kai galaktotrophēthēnai ou parę̄tēsato, ti thaumazeis ei touto ou diakrouetai? Hōsper gar ho patēr autou knisēs ēnescheto, kai kapnou, houtō kai autos tēs pornēs, hoper ephthēn eipōn, tēn autēs dianoian apodechomenos. Kai gar ho Iakōb stēlēn ēleipse tǭ theǭ, kai en tais thysiais elaion prosēgeto, kai hoi hiereis myrǭ echrionto. ᾿All hoi mathētai tēn gnōmēn autēs ouk eidotes, akairōs ememphonto, kai di hōn enekaloun, deiknyousi tēs gynaikos tēn philotimian. Eipontes gar, hoti ēdynato triakosiōn dēnariōn prathēnai, edeixan hoson analōsen eis to myron hautē, kai hosēn epedeixato tēn megalopsychian. Dio kai epetima hautois, legōn ti kopous parechete tę̄ gynaiki? Kai logismon prostithēsi? boulomenos autous palin anamnēsai tou pathous eis ton entaphiasmon mon gar, phēsin, epoiēse. Kai heteron logismon; tous ptōchous gar pantote echete. meth᾽ heantōn, eme de ou pantote echete kai, hopou ean kērychthę̄ to euangelion, lalēthēsetai kai ho epoiēsen hautē. Ide pōs palin tēn eis ta ethnē exodon proanaphōnei, kai tautę̄ paramythoumenos antous hyper tou thanatou, eige tosautē meta ton stauron ē dynamis eklampsei, hōs pantachou tēs gēs ekchythēnai to kērygma? Tis oun houtōs athlios, hōs pros tosautēn antiblepsai alētheian? ᾿Idou gar hoper eipe, gegone᾽ kai hopouper an apelthę̄s tēs oikoumenēs, opsei kai tautēn anakēryttomenēn. Kaitoi oude to prosōpon episēmon ēn, oute martyras echon pollous, oute en theatrǭ to gegenēmenon, all᾽ en oikią, kai en oikią leprou tinos, tōn mathētōn monōn parontōn.

“Now when Jesus was in Bethany, in the house of Simon the leper, a woman came to him having an alabaster jar of very costly ointment, and poured it on his head as he reclined at table.”

This woman seems to be one and the same in all the evangelists, but she is not. In the three she seems to me to be one and the same; in John no longer, but another, a wonderful woman, the sister of Lazarus. And it is not without purpose that the evangelist mentions Simon’s leprosy, but to show whence the woman took courage to approach. For since leprosy seemed to be a very unclean and abominable disease, and she saw that Jesus had healed the man (for he would not have chosen to stay with a leper) and had lodged with him, she took courage that he would easily wipe away the uncleanness of her soul too. And it is not without purpose that he mentions the town too, Bethany, but so that you may learn that he goes to his passion willingly. For he who before this used to escape them, now, when their envy was most inflamed, comes near, about fifteen stadia off; so his earlier withdrawing too was a matter of dispensation. Seeing him, then, and taking courage from this, the woman approached. For if the woman with the issue of blood, though conscious of nothing of this kind, approached trembling and afraid because of an uncleanness that seemed to come from nature, much more was this woman likely to hesitate and shrink back because of her evil conscience. Therefore she approaches after many women—the Samaritan, the Canaanite, the woman with the issue of blood, and several others—because she was conscious of much licentiousness; and not in public, but in a house. And while all the others came for bodily healing only, she came only for the sake of honoring him and for the correction of her soul. For she was not maimed in any part of her body; so that for this reason especially one might admire her. And she did not come to him as to a man (for then she would not have wiped him with her hair), but as to one greater than a man. Therefore the member that was the most honorable of the whole body, her own head, she brought to the feet of Christ.

“But when his disciples saw it, they were indignant,” it says, “saying, To what purpose is this waste? For this ointment might have been sold for much, and given to the poor. But Jesus, knowing it, said to them, Why do you trouble the woman? For she has done a beautiful work for me. For you always have the poor with you, but me you do not always have. For in pouring this ointment on my body she did it to prepare me for burial. Truly I say to you, wherever this gospel is preached in the whole world, what she has done will also be told in memory of her.” And whence did they get this idea? They heard the Teacher saying, “I desire mercy and not sacrifice,” and charging the Jews with having left the weightier things, justice and mercy and faith, and discoursing much on the mountain about almsgiving; and from these things they reasoned among themselves and thought that if he does not accept whole burnt offerings, nor the old worship, much less the anointing with oil. But they thought so; he, seeing her intent, allows it. For great was her reverence and unspeakable her zeal; therefore, greatly condescending, he permitted the oil to be poured even on his head. For if he did not refuse to become a man, and to be carried in the womb, and to be nursed with milk, why do you wonder if he does not repel this? For as his Father bore with the savor of burnt fat and smoke, so he too bore with the harlot, as I said before, accepting her intent. For Jacob too anointed a pillar to God, and oil was offered in the sacrifices, and the priests were anointed with ointment. But the disciples, not knowing her intent, found fault out of season, and by their very charges they show the woman’s munificence. For by saying that it could have been sold for three hundred denarii, they showed how much she spent on the ointment and how great a magnanimity she showed. Therefore he also rebuked them, saying, “Why do you trouble the woman?” And he adds a reason, wishing to remind them again of his passion: “For she did it for my burial,” he says. And another reason: “For you always have the poor with you, but me you do not always have”; and, “Wherever the gospel is preached, what she has done will also be told.” See how again he foretells the going out to the Gentiles, and by this consoles them about his death, since after the cross so great a power will shine forth that the preaching will be poured out everywhere on earth. Who, then, is so wretched as to set himself against so great a truth? For look, what he said has happened; and wherever in the world you go, you will see her too proclaimed. And yet neither was the person distinguished, nor did the deed have many witnesses, nor did it happen in a theater, but in a house, and in the house of a leper, with only the disciples present.

80.2Field 2

Τίς οὖν αὐτὸ ἐξήχησε καὶ διαδοθῆναι ἐποίησεν; Ἢ τοῦ ταῦτα λέγοντος δύναμις. Καὶ βασιλέων μὲν μυρίων καὶ στρατηγῶν ἀνδραγαθήματα, ὧν καὶ τὰ ὑπομνήματα μένει, σεσίγηνται καὶ πόλεις ἀναστήσαντες, καὶ τείχη περιβαλόντες, καὶ πολέμους νικήσαντες, καὶ τρόπαια στήσαντες, καὶ ἔθνη πολλὰ δουλωσάμενοι, οὐδὲ ἐξ ἀκοῆς, οὐδὲ ἐξ ὀνόματός εἰσι γνώριμοι, καίτοι καὶ ἀνδριάντας ἀναστήσαντες καὶ νόμους θέντες ὅτι δὲ πόρνη γυνὴ ἔλαιον ἐξέχεεν ἐν οἰκίᾳ λεπροῦ τινος, δέκα ἀνδρῶν παρόντων, τοῦτο πάντες ᾷδουσι κατὰ τὴν οἰκουμένην, καὶ χρόνος τοσοῦτος διῆλθε, καὶ ἡ μνήμη τοῦ γενομένου οὐκ ἐμαράνθη αλλὰ καὶ Πέρσαι, καὶ ᾿Ινδοὶ, καὶ Σκύθαι, καὶ Θρᾷκες, καὶ Σαυρομάται, καὶ τὸ Μαύρων γένος; καὶ οἱ τὰς Βρεττανικὰς νήσους οἰκοῦντες τὸ ἐν ᾿Ιουδαίᾳ γενόμενον λάθρα ἐν οἰκίᾳ παρὰ γυναικὸς πεπορνευμένης περιφέρουσι. Μεγάλη ἡ φιλανθρωπία τοῦ δεσπότου. Πόρνης ἀνέχεται, πόρνης πόδας φιλούσης, καὶ βρεχούσης ἐλαίῳ, καὶ καταμασσούσης ταῖς θριξὶ, καὶ προσίεται, καὶ ἐπιτιμᾷ τοῖς ἐγκαλοῦσιν. Οὐδὲ γὰρ ἔδει ὑπὲρ τοσαύτης σπουδῆς ἐξαπορηθῆναι τὴν γυναῖκα. Συ δέ μοι κακεῖνο σκόπει, πῶς ἦσαν λοιπὸν ὑψηλοὶ καὶ πρόθυμοι πρὸς ἐλεημοσύνην. Καὶ διατί μὴ ἁπλῶς εἶπεν, ὅτι ἐργον καλὸν εποίησεν᾽ ἀλλὰ πρότερον, τί κόπους παρέχετε τῇ γυναικί ; Ἵνα μάθωσι μὴ ἐκ προοιμίων τὰ ὑψηλότερα τοὺς ἀσθενεστέρους ἀπαιτεῖν. Διὰ τοῦτο οὐδὲ αὐτὸ καθ᾽ ἑαυτὸ ἁπλῶς τὸ πρᾶγμα ἐξετάζει, ἀλλὰ μετὰ τοῦ προσώπον τῆς γυναικός. Καίτοι εἰ ἐνομοθέτει, οὐκ ἂν προσέθηκε τὴν γυναῖκα ἀλλ᾽ ἵνα μάθης, ὅτι δι᾽ αὐτὴν ταῦτα εἴρηται, ἵνα μὴ τὴν βλαστήσασαν αὐτῆς πίστιν πηρώσωσιν, ἀλλ᾽ ἐκθρέψωσι μᾶλλον, διὰ τοῦτό φησι, παιδεύων ἡμᾶς ὅπερ ἂν γίνηται καλὸν παρ᾽ ὁτουοῦν, κἂν μὴ σφόδρα ἠκριβωμένον ἧ, δέχεσθαι αὐτὸ καὶ θάλπειν, καὶ ἐπὶ τὸ μεῖζον ἄγειν, καὶ μὴ παρὰ τὴν ἀρχήν πᾶσαν ἐπιζητεῖν ἀκρίβειαν. ᾿Επεὶ ὅτι γε καὶ αὐτὸς τοῦτο μᾶλλον ἠβούλετο, δῆλον ἐξ ὧν καὶ γλωσσόκομον βαστάζεσθαι ἐκέλευσεν, ὁ μὴ ἔχων ποῦ τήν κεφαλήν κλῖναι. Ἀλλὰ τότε οὐκ ἀπῄτει τοῦτο ὁ καιρὸς, ὥστε διορθῶσαι τὸ γεγενημένον, ἀλλ᾽ ὥστε ἀποδέξασθαι μόνον. Ὥσπερ γὰρ εἴ τις αὐτὸν ἤρετο χωρὶς τοὺ ποιῆσαι τοῦτο τὴν γυναῖκα; οὐκ ἂν τοῦτο ἀπεφήνατο οὕτως ἐπειδὴ ἐποίησεν, εἰς ἕν ὁρᾷ λοιπὸν, ὅπως ἂν μὴ διαπορηθῇ ἐκ τῆς τών μαθητών ἐπιτιμήσεως, ἀλλ᾽ ἐκ τῆς αὐτοῦ θεραπείας εὐθυμοτέρα γενομένη καὶ ἀμείνων ἀπέλθῃ. Καὶ γὰρ μετὰ τὸ χυθῆναι τὸ ἔλαιον, οὐδὲ καιρὸν εἶχεν αὐτῶν ἡ ἐπιτίμησις. Καὶ σὺ τοίνυν ἂν μέν τινα ἴδῃς σκεύη κατασκευάσαντα ἱερὰ καὶ προσάγοντα, ἢ ἄλλον τινὰ ἐκκλησίας κόσμον ἢ περὶ τοίχους καὶ ἔδαφος φιλοπονοῦντα, μὴ κέλευε πραθῆναι, ἢ ἀνατραπῆναι τὸ γινόμενον, ἵνα μὴ πηρώσῃς αὐτοῦ τὴν προθυμίαν. Ἂν δὲ πρὶν ἢ κατασκευάσαι τις ἔρηται, κέλευε δοθῆναι πτωχοῖς ἐπεὶ καὶ αὐτὸς, ὥστε μὴ πηρῶσαι τὴν γνώμην τῆς γυναικὸς, τοῦτο ἐποίησε, καὶ ὅσα φησὶν, εἰς παραμυθίαν αὖτῆς λέγει. Εἶτα ἐπειδὴ εἶπεν, εἰς τὸν ἐνταφιασμόν μου ἐποίησεν, ἵνα μὴ δόξῃ ἀπορεῖν τὴν γυναῖκα, τοῦ τοιούτου πράγματος ἀναμνήσας, τάφου καὶ θανάτου λέγω, ὅρα διὰ τῶν ἑξῆς πῶς αὐτὴν ἀνακτᾶται πάλιν λέγων' ἐν ὅλῳ τῷ κόσμῳ λαληθήσεται ὃ ἐποίησεν αὕτη. Τοῦτο δὲ καὶ τῶν μαθητῶν παραμυθία, κἀκείνης παράκλησις καὶ ἔπαινος ἦν. Πάντες γὰρ αὐτὴν, φησὶν, ᾷσονται μετὰ ταῦτα' καὶ νῦν δὲ προανεκήρυξε τὸ πάθος, τὰ πρὸς κηδείαν προσάγουσα μὴ τοίνυν τις αὐτῇ ἐπιτιμάτω. ᾿Εγὼ γὰρ τοσοῦτον ἀπέχω τοῦ καταδικάσαι αὐτὴν ὡς κακῶς πεποιηκυῖαν, ἢ μέμψασθαι ως οὐκ ὀρθῶς ἐργασαμένην, ὅτι οὐδὲ ἀφήσω λαθεῖν τὸ γεγενημένον, ἀλλ᾽ ὁ κόσμος εἴσεται τὸ ἐν οἰκίᾳ εἰργασμένον καὶ ἐν κρυπτῷ. Καὶ γὰρ ἀπὸ διανοίας εὐλαβοῦς ἦν τὸ γεγενημένον, καὶ πίστεως θερμῆς, καὶ συντετριμμένης ψυχῆς. Καὶ διατί μηδὲν πνευματικὸν ὑπέσχετο τῇ γυναικὶ, ἀλλὰ τὴν εἰς ἀεὶ μνήμην; Ἀπὸ τούτων καὶ περὶ ἐκείνων θαῤῥεῖν παρασκευάζων. Εἰ γὰρ ἔργον καλὸν ἐποίησεν, εὔδηλον ὅτι καὶ μισθὸν ἄξιον λήψεται. Τότε πορευθεὶς εἷς τῶν δώδεκα, ὁ λεγόμενος ᾿Ιούδας ᾿Ισκαριώτης, πρὸς τοὺς ἀρχιερεῖς, εἶπε τί θέλετέ μοι δοῦναι, καὶ ἐγὼ παραδώσω ὑμῖν αὐτόν; Τότε, πότε; Ὅτε ταῦτα ἐλέγετο, ὅτε εἶπεν, εἰς τὸν ἐνταφιασμόν καὶ οὐδὲ ἐντεῦθεν κατενύγη, οὔτε ἀκούσας, ὅτι κηρυχθήσεται τὸ εὐαγγέλιον πανταχοῦ, ἔδεισε· (καὶ γὰρ δυνάμεως ἀφάτου τὸ εἰρημένον ἦν) ἀλλ᾽ ὅτε γυναῖκες τοσαύτην ἐπεδείξαντο τιμὴν, καὶ γυναῖκες πεπορνευμέναι, τότε αὐτὸς τὰ διαβόλου εἰργάζετο. Τί δήποτε λέγουσιν αὐτοῦ τὸ παράσημον; Ὅτι ἣν καὶ ἄλλος ᾿Ιούδας. Καὶ οὐδὲ παραιτοῦνται εἰπεῖν, ὅτι ἀπὸ τῶν δώδεκα ἣν οὕτως οὐδὲν κρύπτουσι τῶν δοκούντων εἶναι ἐπονειδίστων. Καίτοι ἐνῆν εἰπεῖν οὕτως ἁπλῶς, ὅτι τῶν μαθητῶν αὐτοῦ τις ἦν᾽ ἦσαν γὰρ καὶ ἄλλοι. Νῦν δὲ προστιθέασι, τῶν δώδεκα, ὡσανεὶ ἔλεγον, τοῦ πρώτου χοροῦ τῶν ἀριστίνδην. ἐξειλεγμένων, τῶν μετὰ Πέτρου καὶ ᾿Ιωάννου. Ἑνὸς γὰρ αὐτοῖς ἔμελε, τῆς ἀληθείας μόνης, οὐ τοῦ συσκιάσαι τὰ γινόμενα. Διὰ τοῦτο τῶν μὲν σημείων πολλὰ παρατρέχουσι, τῶν δὲ δοκούντων ἐπονειδίστων εἶναι οὐδὲν ἀποκρύπτονται· ἀλλὰ κἂν βῆμα, κἂν πρᾶγμα, κἂν ὁτιοῦν ᾖ τοιοῦτον, μετὰ παῤῥησίας ἀνακηρύττουσι.

Tis oun auto exēchēse kai diadothēnai epoiēsen? Ē tou tauta legontos dynamis. Kai basileōn men myriōn kai stratēgōn andragathēmata, hōn kai ta hypomnēmata menei, sesigēntai kai poleis anastēsantes, kai teichē peribalontes, kai polemous nikēsantes, kai tropaia stēsantes, kai ethnē polla doulōsamenoi, oude ex akoēs, oude ex onomatos eisi gnōrimoi, kaitoi kai andriantas anastēsantes kai nomous thentes hoti de pornē gynē elaion execheen en oikią leprou tinos, deka andrōn parontōn, touto pantes ądousi kata tēn oikoumenēn, kai chronos tosoutos diēlthe, kai hē mnēmē tou genomenou ouk emaranthē alla kai Persai, kai ᾿Indoi, kai Skythai, kai Thrąkes, kai Sauromatai, kai to Maurōn genos? kai hoi tas Brettanikas nēsous oikountes to en ᾿Ioudaią genomenon lathra en oikią para gynaikos peporneumenēs peripherousi. Megalē hē philanthrōpia tou despotou. Pornēs anechetai, pornēs podas philousēs, kai brechousēs elaiǭ, kai katamassousēs tais thrixi, kai prosietai, kai epitimą tois enkalousin. Oude gar edei hyper tosautēs spoudēs exaporēthēnai tēn gynaika. Sy de moi kakeino skopei, pōs ēsan loipon hypsēloi kai prothymoi pros eleēmosynēn. Kai diati mē haplōs eipen, hoti ergon kalon epoiēsen᾽ alla proteron, ti kopous parechete tę̄ gynaiki ? Hina mathōsi mē ek prooimiōn ta hypsēlotera tous asthenesterous apaitein. Dia touto oude auto kath᾽ heauto haplōs to pragma exetazei, alla meta tou prosōpon tēs gynaikos. Kaitoi ei enomothetei, ouk an prosethēke tēn gynaika all᾽ hina mathēs, hoti di᾽ autēn tauta eirētai, hina mē tēn blastēsasan autēs pistin pērōsōsin, all᾽ ekthrepsōsi mallon, dia touto phēsi, paideuōn hēmas hoper an ginētai kalon par᾽ hotououn, kan mē sphodra ēkribōmenon hē, dechesthai auto kai thalpein, kai epi to meizon agein, kai mē para tēn archēn pasan epizētein akribeian. ᾿Epei hoti ge kai autos touto mallon ēbouleto, dēlon ex hōn kai glōssokomon bastazesthai ekeleusen, ho mē echōn pou tēn kephalēn klinai. Alla tote ouk apę̄tei touto ho kairos, hōste diorthōsai to gegenēmenon, all᾽ hōste apodexasthai monon. Hōsper gar ei tis auton ēreto chōris tou poiēsai touto tēn gynaika? ouk an touto apephēnato houtōs epeidē epoiēsen, eis hen horą loipon, hopōs an mē diaporēthę̄ ek tēs tōn mathētōn epitimēseōs, all᾽ ek tēs autou therapeias euthymotera genomenē kai ameinōn apelthę̄. Kai gar meta to chythēnai to elaion, oude kairon eichen autōn hē epitimēsis. Kai sy toinyn an men tina idę̄s skeuē kataskeuasanta hiera kai prosagonta, ē allon tina ekklēsias kosmon ē peri toichous kai edaphos philoponounta, mē keleue prathēnai, ē anatrapēnai to ginomenon, hina mē pērōsę̄s autou tēn prothymian. An de prin ē kataskeuasai tis erētai, keleue dothēnai ptōchois epei kai autos, hōste mē pērōsai tēn gnōmēn tēs gynaikos, touto epoiēse, kai hosa phēsin, eis paramythian autēs legei. Eita epeidē eipen, eis ton entaphiasmon mou epoiēsen, hina mē doxę̄ aporein tēn gynaika, tou toioutou pragmatos anamnēsas, taphou kai thanatou legō, hora dia tōn hexēs pōs autēn anaktatai palin legōn' en holǭ tǭ kosmǭ lalēthēsetai ho epoiēsen hautē. Touto de kai tōn mathētōn paramythia, kakeinēs paraklēsis kai epainos ēn. Pantes gar autēn, phēsin, ąsontai meta tauta' kai nyn de proanekēryxe to pathos, ta pros kēdeian prosagousa mē toinyn tis autę̄ epitimatō. ᾿Egō gar tosouton apechō tou katadikasai autēn hōs kakōs pepoiēkuian, ē mempsasthai ōs ouk orthōs ergasamenēn, hoti oude aphēsō lathein to gegenēmenon, all᾽ ho kosmos eisetai to en oikią eirgasmenon kai en kryptǭ. Kai gar apo dianoias eulabous ēn to gegenēmenon, kai pisteōs thermēs, kai syntetrimmenēs psychēs. Kai diati mēden pneumatikon hypescheto tę̄ gynaiki, alla tēn eis aei mnēmēn? Apo toutōn kai peri ekeinōn tharrhein paraskeuazōn. Ei gar ergon kalon epoiēsen, eudēlon hoti kai misthon axion lēpsetai. Tote poreutheis heis tōn dōdeka, ho legomenos ᾿Ioudas ᾿Iskariōtēs, pros tous archiereis, eipe ti thelete moi dounai, kai egō paradōsō hymin auton? Tote, pote? Hote tauta elegeto, hote eipen, eis ton entaphiasmon kai oude enteuthen katenygē, oute akousas, hoti kērychthēsetai to euangelion pantachou, edeise; (kai gar dynameōs aphatou to eirēmenon ēn) all᾽ hote gynaikes tosautēn epedeixanto timēn, kai gynaikes peporneumenai, tote autos ta diabolou eirgazeto. Ti dēpote legousin autou to parasēmon? Hoti hēn kai allos ᾿Ioudas. Kai oude paraitountai eipein, hoti apo tōn dōdeka hēn houtōs ouden kryptousi tōn dokountōn einai eponeidistōn. Kaitoi enēn eipein houtōs haplōs, hoti tōn mathētōn autou tis ēn᾽ ēsan gar kai alloi. Nyn de prostitheasi, tōn dōdeka, hōsanei elegon, tou prōtou chorou tōn aristindēn. exeilegmenōn, tōn meta Petrou kai ᾿Iōannou. Henos gar autois emele, tēs alētheias monēs, ou tou syskiasai ta ginomena. Dia touto tōn men sēmeiōn polla paratrechousi, tōn de dokountōn eponeidistōn einai ouden apokryptontai; alla kan bēma, kan pragma, kan hotioun ę̄ toiouton, meta parrhēsias anakēryttousi.

Who, then, made it resound and spread abroad? The power of him who said these things. The brave deeds of countless kings and generals, whose very memorials remain, have been silenced; and those who founded cities and surrounded them with walls, and won wars and set up trophies, and enslaved many nations, are not known even by hearsay or by name, though they set up statues and enacted laws; but that a harlot woman poured oil in the house of some leper, with ten men present, this all sing throughout the world; and so much time has passed, and the memory of what happened has not faded; but Persians and Indians and Scythians and Thracians and Sauromatians and the race of the Moors and those who inhabit the British Isles tell abroad what was done in Judea, secretly, in a house, by a woman who had been a harlot. Great is the love for mankind of the Master. He bears with a harlot, a harlot kissing his feet, and wetting them with oil, and wiping them with her hair, and he accepts her, and rebukes those who find fault. For the woman ought not to be thrown into perplexity for so great a zeal. And consider this too, I pray, how lofty they were already, and how eager for almsgiving. And why did he not simply say, “She has done a beautiful work,” but first, “Why do you trouble the woman?” So that they might learn not to demand the loftier things of the weaker from the very beginning. Therefore he does not examine the thing simply by itself, but together with the person of the woman. And yet if he were legislating, he would not have added the woman; but so that you may learn that these things were said on her account, so that they might not maim her budding faith but rather nurture it, for this reason he says it, teaching us that whatever good is done by anyone at all, even if it is not very exact, we should receive it and cherish it and lead it on to what is greater, and not demand all exactness at the beginning. For that he himself rather wished the other, almsgiving, is plain from his having commanded a money bag to be carried, he who had nowhere to lay his head. But then the occasion did not demand that what had been done should be corrected, but only that it be accepted. For as, if someone had asked him before the woman did this, he would not have pronounced so, so, since she had done it, he looks to one thing henceforth, that she might not be perplexed by the disciples’ rebuke, but might go away more cheerful and better through his care. For after the oil had been poured out, their rebuke had no occasion either. You too, then, if you see someone who has made sacred vessels and offers them, or busies himself with some other adornment of the church, about the walls and the floor, do not bid it be sold or overturned, lest you maim his zeal. But if someone asks you before making them, bid it be given to the poor; since he too did this so as not to maim the woman’s intent, and all that he says he says for her comfort. Then, since he said, “She did it for my burial,” so that the woman might not seem to be perplexed at his mentioning such a thing—a tomb and death, I mean—see by what follows how he restores her again, saying, “In the whole world what she has done will be told.” And this was a consolation for the disciples too, and an encouragement and praise for her. “For all will sing of her afterward,” he says; “and now she has proclaimed the passion beforehand, bringing what belongs to burial; let no one, then, rebuke her. For I am so far from condemning her as having done ill, or blaming her as not having acted rightly, that I will not even let what was done be hidden, but the world will know what was done in a house and in secret.” For what was done came from a devout mind and warm faith and a contrite soul. And why did he promise the woman nothing spiritual, but only the everlasting memory? By these things he prepared her to be confident about those too. For if she did a beautiful work, it is plain that she will also receive a worthy reward.

“Then one of the twelve, called Judas Iscariot, went to the chief priests and said, What will you give me, and I will hand him over to you?” “Then”—when? When these things were being said, when he said, “for my burial.” And not even by this was he pricked to the heart, nor, hearing that the gospel would be preached everywhere, was he afraid (for what was said was of unspeakable power); but when women showed so great an honor, and women who had been harlots, then he did the works of the devil. And why do they give his distinguishing name? Because there was also another Judas. And they do not refuse to say that he was of the twelve; so they hide nothing of what seems to be shameful. And yet one could have said simply that he was one of his disciples, for there were others too. But now they add, “of the twelve,” as if they said, of the first band, those chosen for excellence, those with Peter and John. For one thing only concerned them, the truth alone, not the overshadowing of what was done. Therefore they pass over many of the signs, but hide nothing of what seems to be shameful; but whether it is a word, or a deed, or anything whatever of the kind, they proclaim it with boldness.

80.3Field 2

Καὶ οὐχ οὗτοι μόνον, ἀλλὰ καὶ αὐτὸς ὁ τὰ ὑψηλότερα φθεγγόμενος ᾿Ιωάννης. Αὐτὸς γὰρ μάλιστα λέγει καὶ τὰς ὕβρεις καὶ τὰ ὀνείδη τὰ εἰς αὐτὸν γενόμενα. Καὶ ὅρα πόση ἡ κακία τοῦ Ἰούδα, ὅταν αὐτομάτως προσίῃ, ὅταν ἀργυρίου τοῦτο ποιῇ, καὶ ἀργυρίου τοσούτου. Ὁ δὲ Λουκᾶς φησιν, ὅτι τοῖς στρατηγοῖς συνέθετο. ᾿Επειδὴ γὰρ ἐστασίαζον οἱ ᾿Ιουδαῖοι, τοὺς τῆς εὐταξίας αὐτῶν ἐπιμελησομένους ἐπέστησαν αὐτοῖς οἱ Ῥωμαῖοι. Καὶ γὰρ ἡ ἀρχὴ αὐτῶν μεταπεσοῦσα λοιπὸν ἣν κατὰ τὴν προφητείαν. Τούτοις οὖν προσελθὼν φησι τί θέλετέ μοι δοῦναι, καγὼ ὑμῖν παραδώσω αὐτόν; Οἱ δὲ ἔστησαν αὐτῷ τριάκοντα ἀργύρια. Καὶ ἀπὸ τότε ἐζήτει εὐκαιρίαν ἵνα αὑτὸν παραδῷ. Καὶ γὰρ ἐδεδοίκει τὸν ὄχλον, καὶ μόνον ἀπολαβεῖν ἤθελεν. Ὦ τῆς ἀνοίας πῶς αὐτὸν καθάπαξ ἐπήρωσεν ἡ φιλαργυρία. Ὃ γὰρ πολλάκις ἰδὼν αὐτὸν διὰ μέσον διελθόντα, καὶ μὴ κατασχεθέντα, καὶ τῆς αὐτοῦ θεότητος καὶ δυνάμεως πολλὰς παρασχόντα τὰς ἀποδείξεις, προσεδόκησεν αὐτὸν καθέξειν᾽ καὶ ταῦτα, τοσαῦτα αὐτῷ κατεπάδοντα καί φοβερὰ καὶ προσηνῆ ῥήματα, ὥὦστε καταλῦσαι τὴν πονηρὰν ταύτην ἔννοιαν. Οὐδὲ γὰρ ἐν τῷ δείπνῳ ταύτης ἀπέστη τῆς ἐπιμελείας, ἀλλ ἕως ἐσχάτης ἡμέρας ὑπὲρ τούτων αὐτῷ διελέγετο. Ἀλλ᾽ οὐδὲν ἐκεῖνος ἐκέρδανεν. Οὐ μὴν διὰ τοῦτο ὁ δεσπότης ἐπαύσατο τὰ αὐτοῦ ποιῶν. Ταῦτ᾽ οὖν καὶ ἡμεῖς εἰδότες, μὴ διαλιμπάνωμεν πάντα ποιοῦντες εἰς τοὺς ἁμαρτάνοντας καὶ ῥᾳθύμους, νουθετοῦντες, διδάσκοντες, παρακαλοῦντες, παραινοῦντες, συμβουλεύοντες, κἂν μηδὲν ὠφελῶμεν. Καὶ γὰρ ὁ Χριστὸς προήδει τὸ ἀδιόρθωτον τοῦ προδότου· ἀλλ᾽ ὅμως οὐκ ἐπαύσατο τὰ παρ ἐαντοῦ εἰσφέρων, καὶ νουθετῶν, καὶ ἀπειλῶν, καὶ ταλανίζων, καὶ οὐδαμοῦ σαφῶς, οὐδὲ δήλως, ἀλλ᾽ ἐπικεκρυμμένως. Ἐν αὐτῷ δὲ τῷ καιρῷ τῆς προδοσίας καὶ φιλῆσαι αὐτὸν κατεδέξατο ἀλλ᾽ οὐδὲν ἐκεῖνον ὤνησε τοῦτο. Τοσοῦτον ἡ φιλαργυρία κακὸν᾽ αὕτη γὰρ αὐτὸν καὶ προδότην καὶ ἱερόσυλον ἐποίησεν. Ακούσατε πάντες οἱ φιλαργυροι, οἱ τὸ τοῦ Ἰούδα νόσημα ἔχοντες· ἀκούσατε καὶ φυλάξασθε τὸ πάθος. Εἰ γὰρ ὁ συνὼν τῷ Χριστῷ, καὶ σημεῖα ἐργασάμενος, καὶ τοσαύτης ἀπολαύσας διδασκαλίας, ἐπειδὴ μὴ ἀπηλλάγη τοῦ νοσήματος, εἰς τοσοῦτον κατηνέχθη βάραθρον· πολλῷ μᾶλλον ὑμεῖς, οἱ μηδὲ γραφῶν ακούοντες, οἱ διαπαντὸς τοῖς παροῦσι προσηλωμένοι, εὐάλωτοι τῷ πάθει τούτῳ γενήσεσθε, εἰ μὴ συνεχοῦς ἀπολαύοιτε ἐπιμελείας. Καθ᾿ ἑκάστην ἡμέραν συνήν ἐκεῖνος τῷ μὴ ἔχοντι ποὺ τὴν κεφαλὴν κλῖναι, καὶ καθ᾽ ἑκάστην ἐπαιδεύετο τὴν ἡμέραν, δι᾽ ἔργων, διὰ ῥημάτων, μὴ χρυσίον, μὴ ἀργύριον, μὴ δύο χιτῶνας ἔχειν, καὶ ὅμως οὐκ ἐσωφρονίσθη καὶ πῶς σὺ προσδοκᾷς διαφεύξεσθαι τὸ νόσημα, μὴ σφοδρᾶς ἀπολαύων θεραπείας, καὶ πολλῇ τῇ σπουδῇ κεχρημένος; Δεινὸν γὰρ, δεινὸν τουτὶ τὸ θηρίον ἀλλ᾽ ὅμως ἂν ἐθέλης, ῥᾳδίως περιέσῃ. Οὐ γάρ ἐστιν ἡ ἐπιθυμία φυσική· καὶ δῆλον τοῦτο ἐκ τῶν ἀπηλλαγμένων αὐτῆς. Τὰ γὰρ τῆς φύσεως κοινὰ πάντων ἐστίν' αὕτη δὲ ἐκ ῥᾳθυμίας ἡ ἐπιθυμία γίνεται μόνης ἐντεῦθεν φύεται, ἐντεῦθεν αὔξεται καὶ τοὺς πρὸς αὐτὴν κεχηνότας ὅταν ἕλῃ, παρὰ φύσιν ποιεῖ ζῆν. Ὅταν γὰρ ἀγνοῶσι, τοὺς ὁμοφύλους, τοὺς φίλους, τοὺς ἀδελφοὺς, τοὺς συγγενεῖς, ἅπαντας ἁπλῶς, καὶ μετὰ τούτων καὶ ἑαυτοὺς, παρὰ φύσιν τοῦτο ἔστι ζῆν. Ὅθεν δῆλον, ὅτι παρὰ φύσιν ἡ κακία, καὶ τὸ τῆς φιλαργυρίας νόσημα, ᾧ καὶ ᾿Ιούδας περιπεσὼν, προδότης ἐγένετο. Καὶ πῶς τοιοῦτος γέγονε, φησὶ, κληθεὶς ὑπὸ τοῦ Χριστοῦ; Ὅτι οὐκ ἀναγκαστικὴ τοῦ θεοῦ ἡ κλῆσις, οὐδὲ βιάζεται τὴν γνώμην τῶν μὴ βουλομένων ἀρετὴν ἑλέσθαι, ἀλλὰ παραινεῖ μὲν καὶ συμβουλεύει, καὶ πάντα ποιεῖ καὶ πραγματεύεται, ὥστε πεῖσαι γενέσθαι χρηστούς᾽ εἰ δὲ μὴ ἀνάσχοιντό τινες, οὐκ ἀναγκάζει. Εἰ δὲ βούλει μαθεῖν, πόθεν αὐτὸς γέγονε τοιοῦτος, εὑρήσεις ἀπὸ τῆς φιλαργυρίας αὐτὸν ἀπολωλότα. Καὶ πῶς ὑπὸ τοῦ πάθους ἑάλω τούτου; φησίν. Ἐπειδὴ ἐῤῥᾳθύμησεν. ᾿Εντεῦθεν γὰρ αἱ τοιαῦται μεταβολαὶ, ὥσπερ οὖν ἀπὸ σπουδῆς αἱ πρὸς τὸ ἐναντίον. Πόσοι γοῦν βίαιοι γενόμενοι, προβάτων εἰσὶν ἥμερώτεροι νῦν; πόσοι ἀσελγεῖς, σώφρονες μετὰ ταῦτα κατέστησαν: πόσοι πλεονέκται πρὸ τούτου, νῦν δὲ καὶ τὰ ἑαυτῶν ἔῤῥιψαν: Καὶ τοὐναντίον πάλιν ἀπὸ ῥᾳθυμίας συνέβη. Καὶ γὰρ ὁ Γιεζῆ, ἀνδρὶ ἁγίῳ συνέζη, καὶ γέγονε μοχθηρὸς καὶ αὐτὸς ἀπὸ τοῦ αὐτοῦ νοσήματος. Τὸ γὰρ πάντων χαλεπώτατον τοῦτο τὸ πάθος. Ἐντεῦθεν τυμβωρύχοι, ἐντεῦθεν ἀνδροφόνοι; ἐντεῦθεν πόλεμοι καὶ μάχαι, καὶ ὅπερ ἂν εἴπης κακὸν, ἐντεῦθεν. Καὶ πανταχοῦ ἄχρηστος ὁ τοιοῦτος, ἄν τε στρατηγῆσαι, ἄν τε δημαγωγῆσαι δέη᾽ μᾶλλον δὲ οὐκ ἐν τοῖς κοινοῖς μόνον, ἀλλὰ καὶ ἐν τοῖς ἰδίοις. Κὰν γυναῖκα ἄγεσθαι μέλλῃ, οὐ λήψεται τὴν ἐνάρετον, ἀλλὰ τὴν πασῶν φαυλοτάτην κἂν οἰκίαν πρίασθαι, οὐ τὴν ἐλευθέρῳ πρέπουσαν, ἀλλὰ τὴν πολὺν δυναμένην τὸν μισθὸν ἐνεγκεῖν κἄν οἰκέτας, κἀν ὁτιοῦν ἕτερον ὠνεῖσθαι μέλλῃ, τὸ φαυλότατον λήψεται. Καὶ τί λέγω στρατηγίαν, καὶ δημαγωγίαν, καὶ οἰκονομίας; Κἀν γὰρ βασιλεὺς ἤν, πάντων ἐστὶν ἀθλιώτερος, καὶ λύμη τῆς οἰκουμένης, καὶ πάντων πενέστερος. Ὡς γὰρ εἷς τῶν πολλῶν διακείσεται, οὐχὶ τὰ πάντων αὐτοῦ νομίζων εἶναι, ἀλλ᾽ αὐτὸν ἕνα τῶν παντων᾽ καὶ τὰ πάντων ἁρπάζων, πάντων ἐλάττονα ἔχειν νομίζει. Τῇ γὰρ τῶν οὐδέπω κτηθέντων ἐπιθυμίᾳ τὰ παρόντα μετρῶν, οὐδὲν ταῦτα πρὸς ἐκεῖνα εἶναι ἡγήσεται. Διὸ καί τίς φησι· φιλαργύρου μὲν οὐδὲν ἀνομώτερον. Ὁ γὰρ τοιοῦτος καὶ ἑαυτὸν ἀποδίδοται, καὶ κοινὸς περιέρχεται τῆς οἰκουμένης ἐχθρὸς, ἀλγῶν ὅτι μὴ χρυσίον φέρει ἀντὶ τῶν ἀσταχύων ἡ γῆ, καὶ ἀντὶ τῶν ναμάτων αἱ κρῆναι, καὶ αντὶ τῶν λίθων τὰ ὄρη᾽ δυσχεραίνων πρὸς τὴν εὐετηρίαν, ἐν τοῖς κοινοῖς ἀγαθοῖς συνεσταλμένος πάσαν ἀποστρεφόμενος πρόφασιν, ὅθεν οὐκ ἔστιν ἀργύριον λαβεῖν πᾶντα ὑπομένων, ὅθεν καὶ δύο συλλέξαι μόνον ὀβολοὺς ἔνι ἅπαντας μισῶν, τοὺς πένητας, τοὺς πλουτοῦντας τοὺς μὲν πένητας; μήποτε προσελθόντες αἰτήσωσι᾽ τοὺς δὲ πλοντοῦντας, ὅτι μὴ τὰ ἐκείνων ἔχει. Ἅπαντας τὰ αὐτοῦ νομίζει κεκτῆσθαι, καὶ ὡς παρὰ παντων ἠδικημένος, οὕτω πρὸς πάντας δυσχεραίνει. Πλησμονὴν οὐκ οἶδε, κόρον οὐκ ἐπίσταται, πάντων ἐστὶν ἀθλιώτερος ὥσπερ οὖν ὁ τούτων ἀπηλλαγμένος καὶ φιλοσοφῶν, ζηλωτότερος πάντων. Ὁ μὲν γὰρ ἐνάρετος; κἂν οἰκέτης ᾖ, κἂν δεσμώτης, πάντων ἐστὶ μακαριώτερος. Οὐδεὶς γὰρ αὐτὸν ποιήσει κακῶς, οὐδ᾽ ἂν οἱ ἐκ τῆς οἰκουμένης συνέλθωσιν ἅπαντες, ὅπλα καὶ στρατόπεδα κινοῦντες, καὶ πολεμοῦντες αὐτῷ. Ὁ δὲ μοχθηρὸς καὶ φαῦλος, καὶ τοιοῦτος οἷον διεγράψαμεν, κἂν βασιλεὺς ᾖ, κἂν μυρία περικέηται διαδήματα, καὶ παρὰ τοῦ τυχόντος τὰ ἔσχατα πείσεται. Οὕτως ἡ κακία ἀσθενές, οὕτως ἰσχυρὸν ἡ ἀρετή. Τί τοίνυν πενθεῖς ἐν πενίᾳ ὥν: τί θρηνεῖς ἑορτὴν ἄγων: καὶ γὰρ ἑορτῆς ὁ καιρός. Τί κλαίεις ; καὶ γὰρ πανήγυρις ἡ πτωχεία, ἂν σωφρονῇς. Τί ὀδύρῃ, παιδίον: παιδίον γὰρ δεῖ τὸν τοιοῦτον καλεῖν. ᾿Ετύπτησέ σε ὁ δεῖνα, Καὶ τί τοῦτο; καρτερικώτερον ἐποίησεν. ᾿Αλλ᾽ ἀφείλετο Χρήματα: Τὸ πλέον ὑπετέμετο τοῦ φορτίου. ᾿Αλλὰ τὴν δόξαν περιέκοψε; Πάλιν ἄλλης ἐλευθερίας εἶδός μοι λέγεις. Ἄκουσον καὶ τῶν ἔξωθεν ταῦτα φιλοσοφούντων, καὶ λεγόντων οὐδὲν κακὸν πέπονθας, ἂν μὴ προσποιῇ. ᾿Αλλὰ τὴν οἰκίαν ἀφείλετο, τὴν μεγάλην ἐκείνην καὶ περιβόλους ἔχουσαν; ᾿Αλλ᾽ ἰδοὺ πᾶσα ἡ γῆ ἐνώπιόν σου, τὰ δημόσια οἰκοδομήματα, εἴτε εἰς τέρψιν, εἴτε εἰς χρείαν ἔχειν ἐθέλοις. Καὶ τί τερπνότερον ὡραιότερον τοῦ στερεώματος τοῦ οὐρανοῦ; Μέχρι τίνος πτωχοὶ καὶ πένητες; Οὐκ ἔστι πλούσιον εἶναι τὸν μὴ ψυχῆ πλουτοῦντα᾽ ὥσπερ οὐκ ἔνι πτωχὸν εἶναι τὸν μὴ ἐν διανοίᾳ ἔχοντα τὴν πενίαν. Εἰ γὰρ κυριώτερον τοῦ σώματος ἡ ψυχὴ, οὐκ ἰσχύει τὰ ἀκυρότερα αὐτὴν διαθεῖναι πρὸς ἑαυτά· ἀλλ᾽ ἡ κυρία τὰ μὴ οὕτω κύρια πρὸς ἑαυτὴν ἐφέλκεται καὶ μεταβάλλει. Καὶ γὰρ ἡ καρδία, ὅταν τινὰ δέξηται βλάβην, ἅπαν τὸ σῶμα οὕτω διατίθησι κἀν δύσκρατος γένηται, τῷ παντὶ λυμαίνεται κὰν εὔκρατος, τὸ πᾶν ὀνίνησιν. Ἂν δέ τι τῶν λοιπῶν διαφθαρῇ, ταύτης μενούσης ὑγιοῦς, εὐκόλως κἀκείνων τὴν λύμην ἀποτινάσσεται. Ἵνα δὲ καὶ σαφέστερον ὃ λέγω ποιήσω, τί κλάδων ὄφελος, εἰπὲ μοι, χλωρῶν, ὅταν ἡ ῥίζα μαραίνηται; τί δὲ βλάβος τῶν ἄνωθεν ξηρανθέντων φύλλων, ταύτης οὔσης ὑγιοῦς ; Οὕτω καὶ ἐνταῦθα οὐδὲν ὄφελος χρημάτων, ψυχῆς οὔσης πενιχρᾶς οὐδὲ βλάβος πενίας, ψυχῆς οὔσης πλουσίας. Καὶ πῶς ἂν γένοιτο πλουσία, Φησὶ, ψυχὴ, ἐν πενίᾳ χρημάτων οὖσα; Μάλιστα ἂν τότε γένοιτο τότε γὰρ καὶ πλουτεῖν εἴωθεν. Εἰ γὰρ, καθὼς πολλάκις ἐδείξαμεν, τοῦτο πλουτοῦντος τεκμήριον, τὸ καταφρονεῖν χρημάτων καὶ μηδενὸς δεῖσθαι, καὶ πενίας πάλιν τὸ δεῖσθαι εὐκολώτερον δ᾽ ἄν τις ἐν πενίᾳ ἥ ἐν πλούτῳ καταφρονήσειε χρημάτων᾽ εὔδηλον ὅτι μάλιστα τὸ ἐν πενίᾳ εἶναι μᾶλλον ποιεῖ πλουτεῖν. Καὶ γὰρ ὅτι μᾶλλον ἐφίεται χρημάτων ὁ πλούσιος ἢ ὁ πένης, παντί που δῆλον ὥσπερ ὁ μεθύων μᾶλλον διψᾷ τοῦ μετασχόντος αὐτάρκως τοῦ πόματος. Οὐδὲ γὰρ τοιαύτη ἐστὶν ἡ ἐπιθυμία, ὥστε τῷ πλείονι σβέννυσθαι, ἀλλὰ τοὐναντίον ἀνάπτεσθαι πέφυκε τούτῳ. Καὶ γὰρ τὸ πὺρ ὅταν πλείονα λάβη τροφὴν, τότε μάλιστα ἀγριοῦται' καὶ ἡ τῶν χρημάτων ἐπιθυμία, ὅταν πλέον ἐμβάλῃς χρυσίον, τότε μάλιστα αἴρεται. Εἰ τοίνυν τὸ πλειόνων ἐφίεσθαι, πενίας, ὁ δὲ ἐν πλούτῳ τοιοῦτος, οὗτος μάλιστα ἐν πενίᾳ. Ὁρᾷς ὅτι τότε μάλιστα πένεται ἡ ψυχὴ, ὅταν πλουτῇ, καὶ τότε πλουτεῖ, ὅταν ἐν πενίᾳ ᾖ; Εἰ δὲ βούλει, καὶ ἐπὶ προσώπων τὸν λόγον γυμνάσωμεν, καὶ ἔστωσαν δύο τινὲς, ὁ μὲν ἔχων μύρια τάλαντα, ὁ δὲ δέκα καὶ ἀμφοτέρους ταῦτα ἀφαιρῶ· τίς οὖν μᾶλλον ἀλγήσει; Ὁ τὰ μυρία ἀπολέσας. Οὐκ ἂν δὲ μᾶλλον ἤλγησεν, εἰ μὴ μᾶλλον ἐφίλει εἰ δὲ μᾶλλον φιλει, μᾶλλον ἐπιθυμεῖ· εἰ δὲ ἐπιθυμεῖ μᾶλλον, μᾶλλόν ἐστιν ἐν πενίᾳ. Τούτου γὰρ μάλιστα ἐπιθυμοῦμεν, οὗ μάλιστα ἐν ἐνδείᾳ ἐσμέν· απὸ γὰρ ἐνδείας ἡ ἐπιθυμία. Ἔνθα γὰρ ἂν ᾖ κόρος, ἐπιθυμίαν οὐκ ἔστιν εἶναι. Καὶ γὰρ τότε μάλιστα διψῶμεν, ὅταν ἐνδεῶς ἔχωμεν ποτοῦ. Ταῦτα δέ μοι ἅπαντα εἴρηται, ὦστε δεῖξαι, ὅτι ἂν νήφωμεν, οὐδεὶς ἡμᾶς λυμανεῖται καὶ ὅτι οὐ παρὰ πενίαν, ἀλλὰ παρ ἡμᾶς αὐτοὺς ἡ βλάβη γίνεται. Διὸ παρακαλῶ πάση σπουδῇ τὴν νόσον τῆς φιλαργυρίας ἐκβαλεῖν, ἵνα καὶ ἐνταῦθα πλουτῶμεν, καὶ τῶν αἰωνίων ἀπολαύσωμεν ἀγαθῶν, ὧν γένοιτο πάντας ἡμᾶς ἐπιτυχεῖν, χάριτι καὶ φιλανθρωπίᾳ τοῦ κυρίου ἡμῶν ᾿Ιησοῦ Χριστου, ᾧ ἡ δόξα εἰς τοὺς αἰῶνας τῶν αἰώνων. ᾿Αμήν.

Kai ouch houtoi monon, alla kai autos ho ta hypsēlotera phthengomenos ᾿Iōannēs. Autos gar malista legei kai tas hybreis kai ta oneidē ta eis auton genomena. Kai hora posē hē kakia tou Iouda, hotan automatōs prosię̄, hotan argyriou touto poię̄, kai argyriou tosoutou. Ho de Loukas phēsin, hoti tois stratēgois synetheto. ᾿Epeidē gar estasiazon hoi ᾿Ioudaioi, tous tēs eutaxias autōn epimelēsomenous epestēsan autois hoi Rhōmaioi. Kai gar hē archē autōn metapesousa loipon hēn kata tēn prophēteian. Toutois oun proselthōn phēsi ti thelete moi dounai, kagō hymin paradōsō auton? Hoi de estēsan autǭ triakonta argyria. Kai apo tote ezētei eukairian hina hauton paradǭ. Kai gar ededoikei ton ochlon, kai monon apolabein ēthelen. Ō tēs anoias pōs auton kathapax epērōsen hē philargyria. Ho gar pollakis idōn auton dia meson dielthonta, kai mē kataschethenta, kai tēs autou theotētos kai dynameōs pollas paraschonta tas apodeixeis, prosedokēsen auton kathexein᾽ kai tauta, tosauta autǭ katepadonta kai phobera kai prosēnē rhēmata, hōōste katalysai tēn ponēran tautēn ennoian. Oude gar en tǭ deipnǭ tautēs apestē tēs epimeleias, all heōs eschatēs hēmeras hyper toutōn autǭ dielegeto. All᾽ ouden ekeinos ekerdanen. Ou mēn dia touto ho despotēs epausato ta autou poiōn. Taut᾽ oun kai hēmeis eidotes, mē dialimpanōmen panta poiountes eis tous hamartanontas kai rhąthymous, nouthetountes, didaskontes, parakalountes, parainountes, symbouleuontes, kan mēden ōphelōmen. Kai gar ho Christos proēdei to adiorthōton tou prodotou; all᾽ homōs ouk epausato ta par eantou eispherōn, kai nouthetōn, kai apeilōn, kai talanizōn, kai oudamou saphōs, oude dēlōs, all᾽ epikekrymmenōs. En autǭ de tǭ kairǭ tēs prodosias kai philēsai auton katedexato all᾽ ouden ekeinon ōnēse touto. Tosouton hē philargyria kakon᾽ hautē gar auton kai prodotēn kai hierosylon epoiēsen. Akousate pantes hoi philargyroi, hoi to tou Iouda nosēma echontes; akousate kai phylaxasthe to pathos. Ei gar ho synōn tǭ Christǭ, kai sēmeia ergasamenos, kai tosautēs apolausas didaskalias, epeidē mē apēllagē tou nosēmatos, eis tosouton katēnechthē barathron; pollǭ mallon hymeis, hoi mēde graphōn akouontes, hoi diapantos tois parousi prosēlōmenoi, eualōtoi tǭ pathei toutǭ genēsesthe, ei mē synechous apolauoite epimeleias. Kath᾿ hekastēn hēmeran synēn ekeinos tǭ mē echonti pou tēn kephalēn klinai, kai kath᾽ hekastēn epaideueto tēn hēmeran, di᾽ ergōn, dia rhēmatōn, mē chrysion, mē argyrion, mē dyo chitōnas echein, kai homōs ouk esōphronisthē kai pōs sy prosdokąs diapheuxesthai to nosēma, mē sphodras apolauōn therapeias, kai pollę̄ tę̄ spoudę̄ kechrēmenos? Deinon gar, deinon touti to thērion all᾽ homōs an ethelēs, rhądiōs periesę̄. Ou gar estin hē epithymia physikē; kai dēlon touto ek tōn apēllagmenōn autēs. Ta gar tēs physeōs koina pantōn estin' hautē de ek rhąthymias hē epithymia ginetai monēs enteuthen phyetai, enteuthen auxetai kai tous pros autēn kechēnotas hotan helę̄, para physin poiei zēn. Hotan gar agnoōsi, tous homophylous, tous philous, tous adelphous, tous syngeneis, hapantas haplōs, kai meta toutōn kai heautous, para physin touto esti zēn. Hothen dēlon, hoti para physin hē kakia, kai to tēs philargyrias nosēma, hǭ kai ᾿Ioudas peripesōn, prodotēs egeneto. Kai pōs toioutos gegone, phēsi, klētheis hypo tou Christou? Hoti ouk anankastikē tou theou hē klēsis, oude biazetai tēn gnōmēn tōn mē boulomenōn aretēn helesthai, alla parainei men kai symbouleuei, kai panta poiei kai pragmateuetai, hōste peisai genesthai chrēstous᾽ ei de mē anaschointo tines, ouk anankazei. Ei de boulei mathein, pothen autos gegone toioutos, heurēseis apo tēs philargyrias auton apolōlota. Kai pōs hypo tou pathous healō toutou? phēsin. Epeidē errhąthymēsen. ᾿Enteuthen gar hai toiautai metabolai, hōsper oun apo spoudēs hai pros to enantion. Posoi goun biaioi genomenoi, probatōn eisin hēmerōteroi nyn? posoi aselgeis, sōphrones meta tauta katestēsan: posoi pleonektai pro toutou, nyn de kai ta heautōn errhipsan: Kai tounantion palin apo rhąthymias synebē. Kai gar ho Giezē, andri hagiǭ synezē, kai gegone mochthēros kai autos apo tou autou nosēmatos. To gar pantōn chalepōtaton touto to pathos. Enteuthen tymbōrychoi, enteuthen androphonoi? enteuthen polemoi kai machai, kai hoper an eipēs kakon, enteuthen. Kai pantachou achrēstos ho toioutos, an te stratēgēsai, an te dēmagōgēsai deē᾽ mallon de ouk en tois koinois monon, alla kai en tois idiois. Kan gynaika agesthai mellę̄, ou lēpsetai tēn enareton, alla tēn pasōn phaulotatēn kan oikian priasthai, ou tēn eleutherǭ prepousan, alla tēn polyn dynamenēn ton misthon enenkein kan oiketas, kan hotioun heteron ōneisthai mellę̄, to phaulotaton lēpsetai. Kai ti legō stratēgian, kai dēmagōgian, kai oikonomias? Kan gar basileus ēn, pantōn estin athliōteros, kai lymē tēs oikoumenēs, kai pantōn penesteros. Hōs gar heis tōn pollōn diakeisetai, ouchi ta pantōn autou nomizōn einai, all᾽ auton hena tōn pantōn᾽ kai ta pantōn harpazōn, pantōn elattona echein nomizei. Tę̄ gar tōn oudepō ktēthentōn epithymią ta paronta metrōn, ouden tauta pros ekeina einai hēgēsetai. Dio kai tis phēsi; philargyrou men ouden anomōteron. Ho gar toioutos kai heauton apodidotai, kai koinos perierchetai tēs oikoumenēs echthros, algōn hoti mē chrysion pherei anti tōn astachyōn hē gē, kai anti tōn namatōn hai krēnai, kai anti tōn lithōn ta orē᾽ dyscherainōn pros tēn euetērian, en tois koinois agathois synestalmenos pasan apostrephomenos prophasin, hothen ouk estin argyrion labein panta hypomenōn, hothen kai dyo syllexai monon obolous eni hapantas misōn, tous penētas, tous ploutountas tous men penētas? mēpote proselthontes aitēsōsi᾽ tous de plontountas, hoti mē ta ekeinōn echei. Hapantas ta autou nomizei kektēsthai, kai hōs para pantōn ēdikēmenos, houtō pros pantas dyscherainei. Plēsmonēn ouk oide, koron ouk epistatai, pantōn estin athliōteros hōsper oun ho toutōn apēllagmenos kai philosophōn, zēlōtoteros pantōn. Ho men gar enaretos? kan oiketēs ę̄, kan desmōtēs, pantōn esti makariōteros. Oudeis gar auton poiēsei kakōs, oud᾽ an hoi ek tēs oikoumenēs synelthōsin hapantes, hopla kai stratopeda kinountes, kai polemountes autǭ. Ho de mochthēros kai phaulos, kai toioutos hoion diegrapsamen, kan basileus ę̄, kan myria perikeētai diadēmata, kai para tou tychontos ta eschata peisetai. Houtōs hē kakia asthenes, houtōs ischyron hē aretē. Ti toinyn pentheis en penią hōn: ti thrēneis heortēn agōn: kai gar heortēs ho kairos. Ti klaieis ? kai gar panēgyris hē ptōcheia, an sōphronę̄s. Ti odyrę̄, paidion: paidion gar dei ton toiouton kalein. ᾿Etyptēse se ho deina, Kai ti touto? karterikōteron epoiēsen. ᾿All᾽ apheileto Chrēmata: To pleon hypetemeto tou phortiou. ᾿Alla tēn doxan periekopse? Palin allēs eleutherias eidos moi legeis. Akouson kai tōn exōthen tauta philosophountōn, kai legontōn ouden kakon peponthas, an mē prospoię̄. ᾿Alla tēn oikian apheileto, tēn megalēn ekeinēn kai peribolous echousan? ᾿All᾽ idou pasa hē gē enōpion sou, ta dēmosia oikodomēmata, eite eis terpsin, eite eis chreian echein ethelois. Kai ti terpnoteron hōraioteron tou stereōmatos tou ouranou? Mechri tinos ptōchoi kai penētes? Ouk esti plousion einai ton mē psychē ploutounta᾽ hōsper ouk eni ptōchon einai ton mē en dianoią echonta tēn penian. Ei gar kyriōteron tou sōmatos hē psychē, ouk ischyei ta akyrotera autēn diatheinai pros heauta; all᾽ hē kyria ta mē houtō kyria pros heautēn ephelketai kai metaballei. Kai gar hē kardia, hotan tina dexētai blabēn, hapan to sōma houtō diatithēsi kan dyskratos genētai, tǭ panti lymainetai kan eukratos, to pan oninēsin. An de ti tōn loipōn diaphtharę̄, tautēs menousēs hygious, eukolōs kakeinōn tēn lymēn apotinassetai. Hina de kai saphesteron ho legō poiēsō, ti kladōn ophelos, eipe moi, chlōrōn, hotan hē rhiza marainētai? ti de blabos tōn anōthen xēranthentōn phyllōn, tautēs ousēs hygious ? Houtō kai entautha ouden ophelos chrēmatōn, psychēs ousēs penichras oude blabos penias, psychēs ousēs plousias. Kai pōs an genoito plousia, Phēsi, psychē, en penią chrēmatōn ousa? Malista an tote genoito tote gar kai ploutein eiōthen. Ei gar, kathōs pollakis edeixamen, touto ploutountos tekmērion, to kataphronein chrēmatōn kai mēdenos deisthai, kai penias palin to deisthai eukolōteron d᾽ an tis en penią hē en ploutǭ kataphronēseie chrēmatōn᾽ eudēlon hoti malista to en penią einai mallon poiei ploutein. Kai gar hoti mallon ephietai chrēmatōn ho plousios ē ho penēs, panti pou dēlon hōsper ho methyōn mallon dipsą tou metaschontos autarkōs tou pomatos. Oude gar toiautē estin hē epithymia, hōste tǭ pleioni sbennysthai, alla tounantion anaptesthai pephyke toutǭ. Kai gar to pyr hotan pleiona labē trophēn, tote malista agrioutai' kai hē tōn chrēmatōn epithymia, hotan pleon embalę̄s chrysion, tote malista airetai. Ei toinyn to pleionōn ephiesthai, penias, ho de en ploutǭ toioutos, houtos malista en penią. Horąs hoti tote malista penetai hē psychē, hotan ploutę̄, kai tote ploutei, hotan en penią ę̄? Ei de boulei, kai epi prosōpōn ton logon gymnasōmen, kai estōsan dyo tines, ho men echōn myria talanta, ho de deka kai amphoterous tauta aphairō; tis oun mallon algēsei? Ho ta myria apolesas. Ouk an de mallon ēlgēsen, ei mē mallon ephilei ei de mallon philei, mallon epithymei; ei de epithymei mallon, mallon estin en penią. Toutou gar malista epithymoumen, hou malista en endeią esmen; apo gar endeias hē epithymia. Entha gar an ę̄ koros, epithymian ouk estin einai. Kai gar tote malista dipsōmen, hotan endeōs echōmen potou. Tauta de moi hapanta eirētai, ōste deixai, hoti an nēphōmen, oudeis hēmas lymaneitai kai hoti ou para penian, alla par hēmas autous hē blabē ginetai. Dio parakalō pasē spoudę̄ tēn noson tēs philargyrias ekbalein, hina kai entautha ploutōmen, kai tōn aiōniōn apolausōmen agathōn, hōn genoito pantas hēmas epitychein, chariti kai philanthrōpią tou kyriou hēmōn ᾿Iēsou Christou, hǭ hē doxa eis tous aiōnas tōn aiōnōn. ᾿Amēn.

And not these only, but John himself too, who utters the loftier things. For he especially tells the insults and reproaches done to him. And see how great the wickedness of Judas is, when he comes of his own accord, when he does this for money, and for so little money. And Luke says that he made the agreement with the captains. For since the Jews were seditious, the Romans set over them men who would take care of their good order; for their rule had by now passed away, according to the prophecy. Coming to these, then, he says, “What will you give me, and I will hand him over to you? And they weighed out for him thirty pieces of silver. And from then on he sought an opportunity to hand him over.” For he feared the crowd, and wished to take him alone. O the folly! How the love of money blinded him once for all! For he who had often seen him pass through their midst and not be held, and give many proofs of his Godhead and power, expected to hold him; and that though he had sung over him so many words, both fearful and gentle, to dissolve this wicked thought. For not even at the supper did he cease this care, but up to the last day he spoke to him about these things. But that man gained nothing. Yet not on this account did the Master cease doing his part. Knowing these things, then, let us too not cease doing everything for those who sin and are careless—admonishing, teaching, exhorting, advising, counseling—even if we accomplish nothing. For Christ foreknew that the traitor was incorrigible, but nevertheless he did not cease contributing his part, admonishing and threatening and bewailing, and nowhere plainly or openly, but in a veiled way. And at the very time of the betrayal he even consented to be kissed by him; but this did him no good. So great an evil is the love of money; for it made him both traitor and temple-robber. Hear, all you lovers of money, who have the disease of Judas; hear and guard against the passion. For if he who was with Christ, and worked signs, and enjoyed so much teaching, since he was not freed from the disease, was carried down to such a pit, much more will you, who do not even hear the Scriptures, who are continually nailed to present things, be easily caught by this passion, unless you enjoy continual care. Every day he was with him who had nowhere to lay his head, and every day he was taught by deeds and by words not to have gold, nor silver, nor two tunics; and nevertheless he was not brought to his senses. And how do you expect to escape the disease, when you do not enjoy strong treatment, nor use much zeal? For terrible, terrible is this beast; but nevertheless, if you will, you will easily overcome it. For the desire is not natural; and this is plain from those who have been freed from it. For the things of nature are common to all; but this desire comes from carelessness alone; from this it springs, from this it grows; and when it seizes those who gape after it, it makes them live contrary to nature. For when they do not know their countrymen, their friends, their brothers, their kinsmen, all of them simply, and with these themselves too, this is to live contrary to nature. Hence it is plain that wickedness is contrary to nature, and the disease of the love of money, into which Judas too fell and became a traitor. “And how did he become such,” someone says, “when he had been called by Christ?” Because God’s calling is not compulsory, nor does it force the will of those who do not wish to choose virtue; but it exhorts and counsels, and does and arranges everything so as to persuade them to become good; but if some will not endure it, it does not compel. And if you wish to learn whence he became such, you will find that he was destroyed by the love of money. “And how was he caught by this passion?” someone says. Because he was careless. For from this come such changes, as from zeal come the changes to the opposite. How many, at any rate, who had been violent are now gentler than sheep? How many licentious men have afterward become self-controlled? How many who were covetous before this have now thrown away even their own goods? And again the opposite has happened from carelessness. For Gehazi too lived with a holy man, and he too became wicked from the same disease. For this passion is the most grievous of all. From it come tomb-robbers, from it murderers, from it wars and battles, and whatever evil you may name, from it. And such a man is useless everywhere, whether he must be a general or lead the people; or rather not in public affairs only, but also in private ones. If he is going to marry a wife, he will not take the virtuous one, but the worst of all; if to buy a house, not the one fitting a free man, but the one that can bring in much rent; if he is going to buy servants or anything else whatever, he will take the worst. And why do I speak of generalship and leading the people and household affairs? For even if he were a king, he is the most wretched of all, and a plague of the world, and poorer than all. For he will be disposed as one of the many, not thinking the things of all to be his, but himself to be one of all; and seizing the things of all, he thinks he has less than all. For measuring what he has by his desire for what he has not yet acquired, he will think it nothing compared with that. Therefore someone also says, “Nothing is more lawless than a lover of money.”

[4] For such a man sells even himself, and goes about as the common enemy of the world, grieving that the earth does not bear gold instead of ears of corn, and the springs instead of streams, and the mountains instead of stones; vexed at abundant harvests, depressed by the common blessings, turning away from every occasion from which it is not possible to get silver, enduring everything from which one may collect even two obols; hating all, the poor and the rich: the poor, lest they come and ask; the rich, because he does not have what is theirs. He thinks that all possess what is his, and as though wronged by all he is vexed with all. He knows no satiety, understands no fill; he is the most wretched of all; just as he who is free of these things and practices philosophy is more enviable than all. For the virtuous man, even if he is a servant, even if a prisoner, is more blessed than all. For no one will do him harm, not even if all who are in the world come together, moving arms and armies and warring against him. But the wicked and worthless man, such as we have described, even if he is a king, even if he wears countless diadems, will suffer the extreme even from anyone at all. So weak is wickedness, so strong is virtue. Why, then, do you mourn being in poverty? Why do you lament while keeping festival? For it is a time of festival. Why do you weep? For poverty is a feast, if you are self-controlled. Why do you lament, child? For one must call such a man a child. So-and-so struck you? And what of it? He made you more enduring. But he took away your money? He cut off the greater part of the burden. But he cut off your glory? Again you tell me of another form of freedom. Hear those outside too, who philosophize about these things and say, “You have suffered no evil, unless you take notice of it.” But he took away your house, that great one with its enclosures? But look, all the earth is before you, and the public buildings, whether you wish to have them for delight or for use. And what is more delightful, more beautiful than the firmament of heaven? How long shall we be beggars and poor? It is not possible for one to be rich who is not rich in soul; just as it is not possible for one to be poor who does not have poverty in his mind. For if the soul is more sovereign than the body, the less sovereign things cannot dispose it to themselves, but the sovereign one draws to itself and changes the things that are not so sovereign. For the heart too, when it receives some harm, so disposes the whole body; and if it becomes ill-tempered, it injures the whole; and if well-tempered, it benefits the whole. But if any of the other parts is corrupted while the heart remains healthy, it easily shakes off their injury too. And to make what I say clearer: what is the use of green branches, tell me, when the root is withering? And what harm from leaves dried up above, when the root is healthy? So here too there is no use of money when the soul is poor, nor harm from poverty when the soul is rich. “And how,” someone says, “could a soul become rich while it is in poverty of money?” Then especially it would become so; for then it is wont to be rich. For if, as we have often shown, this is the token of one who is rich, to despise money and to need nothing, and of poverty again to be in need; and if one could despise money more easily in poverty than in wealth; it is plain that to be in poverty especially makes one rich. For that the rich man desires money more than the poor man is plain to everyone, just as the drunkard is thirstier than one who has taken enough of drink. For desire is not such as to be quenched by more, but on the contrary it is naturally kindled by it. For fire too, when it gets more fuel, then is most savage; and the desire for money, when you throw in more gold, then most rises. If, then, desiring more belongs to poverty, and the man in wealth is such, he is above all in poverty. Do you see that the soul is poorest when it is rich, and rich when it is in poverty? And if you wish, let us exercise the argument on persons too; and let there be two men, one having ten thousand talents, the other ten; and let me take these from both. Which, then, will grieve more? The one who lost the ten thousand. But he would not grieve more unless he loved them more; and if he loves more, he desires more; and if he desires more, he is more in poverty. For we desire that most of which we are most in want; for desire comes from want. Where there is satiety, there cannot be desire. For we are thirstiest when we are in want of drink. All this has been said by me to show that if we are sober, no one will harm us, and that the harm comes not from poverty but from ourselves. Therefore I exhort you to cast out with all zeal the disease of the love of money, so that we may be rich here too, and enjoy the eternal good things; which may we all obtain, by the grace and love for mankind of our Lord Jesus Christ, to whom be the glory to the ages of ages. Amen.

Chapter 81

81.1Field 2

Τῇ δὲ πρώτῃ τῶν ἀζύμων προσῆλθον οἱ μαθηταὶ τῷ Ἰησοῦ λέγοντες, ποῦ θέλεις ἑτοιμάσωμέν σοι φαγεῖν τὸ πάσχα; Ὃ δὲ εἶπεν᾽ ὑπάγετε εἰς τὴν πόλιν πρὸς τὸν δεῖνα, καὶ εἴπατε αὐτῷ ὁ διδάσκαλος λέγει, ὁ καιρός μον ἐγγύς ἐστι πρὸς σὲ ποιῶ τὸ πάσχα μετὰ τῶν μαθητῶν μου. Πρώτην τῶν ἀζύμων, τὴν πρὸ τῶν ἀζύμων φησίν· εἰώθασι γὰρ ἀπὸ τῆς ἑσπέρας αεὶ ἀριθμεῖν τὴν ἡμέραν· καὶ ταύτης μνημονεύει, καθ᾽ ἣν ἐν τῇ ἑσπέρᾳ τὸ πάσχα ἔμελλε θύεσθαι τῇ γὰρ πέμπτῃ τοῦ σαββάτου προσῆλθον. Καὶ ταύτην ὁ μὲν τὴν πρὸ τῶν ἀζύμων καλεῖ, τὸν καιρὸν λέγων, καθ᾽ ὃν προσῆλθον· ὁ δὲ οὕτω λέγει· ἦλθε δὲ ἡ ἡμέρα τῶν ἀζύμων, ἐν ᾗ ἔδει θύεσθαι τὸ πάσχα τὸ, ἦλθε, τοῦτο λέγων, ἐγγὺς ἦν, ἐπὶ θύραις ἦν, τῆς ἑσπέρας δηλονότι μεμνημένος ἐκείνης. Απὸ γὰρ τῆς ἑσπέρας ἤρχοντο διὸ καὶ ἕκαστος προστίθησιν, ὅτε ἐθύετο τὸ πάσχα. Καὶ λέγουσι ποῦ θέλεις ἑτοιμάσωμέν σοι φαγεῖν τὸ πάσχα; Ὥστε κἀντεῦθεν δῆλον, ὅτι οὐκ ἦν αὐτῷ οἰκία, οὐκ ἤν καταγώγιον᾽ ἐγὼ δὲ οἶμαι μηδὲ αὐτοὺς ἔχειν. Ἦ γὰρ ἄν αὐτὸν ἐκεῖ παρεκάλεσαν ἐλθεῖν. ᾿Αλλ᾽ οὐκ ἣν οὐδὲ τούτοις, πᾶσιν ἀποταξαμένοις λοιπόν. Τίνος δὲ ἕνεκεν τὸ πάσχα ἐπετέλει; Διὰ πάντων δεικνὺς μέχρι τῆς ἐσχάτης ἡμέρας, ὅτι οὐκ ἔστιν ἐναντίος τῷ νόμῳ. Καὶ τί δήποτε πρὸς ἀγνῶτα πέμπει ἄνθρωπον ; Δεικνὺς καντεῦθεν, ὅτι ἠδύνατο μὴ παθεῖν. Ὁ γὰρ τὴν διάνοιαν τούτου πείσας, ὥστε αὐτοὺς ὑποδέξασθαι, καὶ ταῦτα ἀπὸ ῥημάτων, τί οὐκ ἂν εἰργάσατο ἐν τοῖς σταυροῦσιν αὐτὸν, εἴγε ἐβούλετο μὴ παθεῖν; Καὶ ὅπερ ἐπὶ τῆς ὄνου ἐποίησε, τοῦτο καὶ ἐνταῦθα. Καὶ γὰρ ἐκεῖ φησιν ἐάν τις ὑμῖν εἴπῃ τι, ἐρεῖτε ὅτι ὁ κύριος αὐτοῦ χρείαν ἔχει οὕτω καὶ ἐνταῦθα ὁ διδάσκαλος εἶπε, πρὸς σὲ ποιῶ τὸ πάσχα. Ἐγὼ δὲ οὐ τοῦτο θαυμάζω μόνον, ὅτι αὐτὸν ὑπεδέξατο ἄγνωστος ὤν, ἀλλ᾽ ὅτι προσδοκῶν ἔχθραν ἐπισπάσασθαι τοσαύτην καὶ πόλεμον ἄσπονδον, κατεφρόνησε τῆς τῶν πολλῶν ἀπεχθείας. Εἶτα ἐπειδὴ ἠγνόουν, καὶ σημεῖον αὑτοῖς δίδωσιν, οἷον ἐπὶ τοῦ Σαοὺλ ὁ προφήτης λέγων· εὑρήσεις τινὰ ἀναβαίνοντα καὶ ἀσκὸν ἔχοντα καὶ ἐνταῦθα, κεράμιον βαστάζοντα. Καὶ ὅρα πάλιν τὴν ἐπίδειξιν τῆς δυνάμεως. Οὐ γὰρ εἶπε μόνον, τὸ πάσχα ποιῶ αλλὰ καὶ ἕτερον προστίθησιν, ὁ καιρός μου ἐγγύς ἐστι. Τοῦτο δὲ ἐποίει, ἅμα μὲν τοὺς μαθητὰς συνεχῶς ὑπομιμνήσκων τοῦ πάθους, ὥστε τῇ πυκνότητι τῆς προῤῥήσεως ἐγγυμνασθέντας μελετῆσαι τὸ συμβησόμενον' ἅμα δὲ δεικνὺς αὐτοῖς τε ἐκείνοις, καὶ τῷ ὑποδεχομένῳ, καὶ πᾶσιν ᾿Ιουδαίοις, ὃ πολλάκις εἶπον, ὅτι οὐκ ἄκων ἐπὶ τὸ πάθος ἔρχεται. Προστίθησι δὲ, μετὰ τῶν μαθητῶν μου, ὥστε καὶ ἀρκοῦσαν γενέσθαι τὴν παρασκευὴν, κἀκεῖνον μὴ νομίσαι κρύπτεσθαι αὐτόν. Ὀψίας δὲ γενομένης, ἀνέκειτο μετὰ τῶν δώδεκα μαθητῶν. Βαβαὶ τῆς ἀναισχυντίας ᾿Ιούδα. Καὶ γὰρ καὶ αὐτὸς ἐκεῖ παρῆν; καὶ ἦλθε κοινωνήσων καὶ μυστηρίων καὶ ἁλῶν, καὶ παρ αὐτὴν ἐλέγχεται τὴν τράπεζαν, ὅτε καὶ θηρίον εἰ ἦν, πραότερον ἐγεγόνει ἄν. Διὰ γὰρ τοῦτο καὶ ὁ εὐαγγελιστῆς ἐπισημαίνεται, ὅτι ἐσθιόντων αὐτῶν διαλέγεται περὶ τῆς προδοσίας ὁ Χριστὸς, ἵνα καὶ ἀπὸ τοῦ καιροῦ καὶ ἀπὸ τῆς τραπέζης δείξῃ τὴν πονηρίαν τοῦ προδότου. Ὡς γάρ ἐποίησαν οἱ μαθηταὶ, καθὼς συνέταξεν αὐτοῖς ὁ ᾿[ησοῦς, ὀψίας γενομένης, ἀνέκειτο μετὰ τῶν δώδεκα. Ἐσθιόντων δὲ αὐτῶν εἶπε, φησὶν, ἀμὴν λέγω ὑμῖν, ὅτι εἷς ἐξ ὑμῶν παραδώσει με. Πρὸ δὲ τοῦ δείπνον καὶ τοὺς πόδας αὐτῶν ἔνιψε. Καὶ ὅρα πῶς φείδεται τοῦ προδότου. Οὐ γὰρ εἶπεν, ὁ δεῖνά με παραδώσει ἀλλ᾽, εἷς ἐξ ὑμῶν, ὥστε πάλιν δοῦναι αὐτῷ μετανοίας ἐξουσίαν τῷ λαθεῖν’ καὶ αἱρεῖται φοβῆσαι ἅπαντας, ὑπὲρ τοῦ διασῶσαι τοῦτον. Εἷς ἐξ ὑμῶν τῶν δώδεκα, φησὶ, τῶν πανταχοῦ μοι συμπαρόντων, ὧν τοὺς πόδας ἔνιψα, οἷς τοσαῦτα ἐπηγγειλάμην. Πένθος ἄρα ἀφόρητον τὸν χορὸν τότε τὸν ἅγιον ἐκεῖνον κατέλαβε. Καὶ ὁ μὲν ᾿Ιωάννης φησὶν, ἠποροῦντο, καὶ εἰς ἀλλήλους ἔβλεπον, καὶ ἕκαστος αὐτῶν ἠρώτα δεδοικὼς ὑπὲρ ἑαυτοῦ, καίτοι μηδὲν ἑαυτοῖς συνειδότες τοιοῦτον· οὗτος δέ φησιν, ὅτι λυπούμενοι σφόδρα ἤρξαντο λέγειν αὐτῷ ἕκαστος· μήτι ἐγὼ, κύριε; Ὃ δὲ ἀποκριθεὶς εἶπεν· ᾧ ἐγὼ βάψας τὸ ψωμίον ἐπιδώσω. Ὅρα πότε αὐτὸν ἐξεκάλυψεν, ὅτε τοὺς λοιποὺς ἀπαλλάξαι τῆς ταραχῆς ταύτης ἠθέλησε· καὶ γὰρ καὶ ἀποτεθνήκεισαν τῷ δέει' διὸ καὶ ἐπέκειντο ἐρωτῶντες. Οὐκ ἐκείνους δὲ ἀνεῖναι βουλόμενος μόνον τῆς ἀγωνίας, τοῦτο ἐποίει, αλλὰ καὶ τὸν προδότην διορθῶσαι θέλων. Ἐπειδὴ γὰρ πολλάκις ἀκούσας ἀδιορίστως, ἀδιόρθωτος ἔμενεν, ἀνάλγητος ὦν, βουλόμενος αὐτοῦ καθικέσθαι μᾶλλον; περιαιρεῖ τὸ προσωπεῖον αὐτοῦ. ᾿ἘΕπειδὴ γὰρ λυπούμενοι ἤρξαντο λέγειν, μήτι ἐγὼ, κύριε; ἀποκριθεὶς εἶπεν· ὁ ἐμβάψας μετ᾽ ἐμοῦ ἐν τῷ τρυβλίῳ, οὗτός με παραδώσει. Ὁ μὲν υἱὸς τοῦ ἀνθρώπου ὑπάγει, καθὼς γέγραπται περὶ αὐτοῦ· οὐαὶ δὲ τῷ ἀνθρώπῳ, δι οὗ ὁ υἱὸς τοῦ ἀνθρώπου παραδίδοται· καλὸν ἦν αὐτῷ, εἰ οὐκ ἐγεννήθη ὁ ἄνθρωπος ἐκεῖνος. Τινὲς μὲν οὐν φασιν, ὅτι οὕτως ἰταμὸς ἥν, ὡς μὴ τιμᾶν τὸν διδάσκαλον, ἀλλὰ μετ᾽ αὐτοῦ βάπτειν᾽ ἐμοὶ δὲ δοκεῖ καὶ τοῦτο ποιῆσαι ὁ Χριστὸς, μᾶλλον αὐτὸν ἐντρέπων, καὶ εἰς διάθεσιν ἐπισπώμενος ἔχει γάρ τι καὶ τοῦτο πλέον.

Tę̄ de prōtę̄ tōn azymōn prosēlthon hoi mathētai tǭ Iēsou legontes, pou theleis hetoimasōmen soi phagein to pascha? Ho de eipen᾽ hypagete eis tēn polin pros ton deina, kai eipate autǭ ho didaskalos legei, ho kairos mon engys esti pros se poiō to pascha meta tōn mathētōn mou. Prōtēn tōn azymōn, tēn pro tōn azymōn phēsin; eiōthasi gar apo tēs hesperas aei arithmein tēn hēmeran; kai tautēs mnēmoneuei, kath᾽ hēn en tę̄ hesperą to pascha emelle thyesthai tę̄ gar pemptę̄ tou sabbatou prosēlthon. Kai tautēn ho men tēn pro tōn azymōn kalei, ton kairon legōn, kath᾽ hon prosēlthon; ho de houtō legei; ēlthe de hē hēmera tōn azymōn, en hę̄ edei thyesthai to pascha to, ēlthe, touto legōn, engys ēn, epi thyrais ēn, tēs hesperas dēlonoti memnēmenos ekeinēs. Apo gar tēs hesperas ērchonto dio kai hekastos prostithēsin, hote ethyeto to pascha. Kai legousi pou theleis hetoimasōmen soi phagein to pascha? Hōste kanteuthen dēlon, hoti ouk ēn autǭ oikia, ouk ēn katagōgion᾽ egō de oimai mēde autous echein. Ē gar an auton ekei parekalesan elthein. ᾿All᾽ ouk hēn oude toutois, pasin apotaxamenois loipon. Tinos de heneken to pascha epetelei? Dia pantōn deiknys mechri tēs eschatēs hēmeras, hoti ouk estin enantios tǭ nomǭ. Kai ti dēpote pros agnōta pempei anthrōpon ? Deiknys kanteuthen, hoti ēdynato mē pathein. Ho gar tēn dianoian toutou peisas, hōste autous hypodexasthai, kai tauta apo rhēmatōn, ti ouk an eirgasato en tois staurousin auton, eige ebouleto mē pathein? Kai hoper epi tēs onou epoiēse, touto kai entautha. Kai gar ekei phēsin ean tis hymin eipę̄ ti, ereite hoti ho kyrios autou chreian echei houtō kai entautha ho didaskalos eipe, pros se poiō to pascha. Egō de ou touto thaumazō monon, hoti auton hypedexato agnōstos ōn, all᾽ hoti prosdokōn echthran epispasasthai tosautēn kai polemon aspondon, katephronēse tēs tōn pollōn apechtheias. Eita epeidē ēgnooun, kai sēmeion hautois didōsin, hoion epi tou Saoul ho prophētēs legōn; heurēseis tina anabainonta kai askon echonta kai entautha, keramion bastazonta. Kai hora palin tēn epideixin tēs dynameōs. Ou gar eipe monon, to pascha poiō alla kai heteron prostithēsin, ho kairos mou engys esti. Touto de epoiei, hama men tous mathētas synechōs hypomimnēskōn tou pathous, hōste tę̄ pyknotēti tēs prorrhēseōs engymnasthentas meletēsai to symbēsomenon' hama de deiknys autois te ekeinois, kai tǭ hypodechomenǭ, kai pasin ᾿Ioudaiois, ho pollakis eipon, hoti ouk akōn epi to pathos erchetai. Prostithēsi de, meta tōn mathētōn mou, hōste kai arkousan genesthai tēn paraskeuēn, kakeinon mē nomisai kryptesthai auton. Opsias de genomenēs, anekeito meta tōn dōdeka mathētōn. Babai tēs anaischyntias ᾿Iouda. Kai gar kai autos ekei parēn? kai ēlthe koinōnēsōn kai mystēriōn kai halōn, kai par autēn elenchetai tēn trapezan, hote kai thērion ei ēn, praoteron egegonei an. Dia gar touto kai ho euangelistēs episēmainetai, hoti esthiontōn autōn dialegetai peri tēs prodosias ho Christos, hina kai apo tou kairou kai apo tēs trapezēs deixę̄ tēn ponērian tou prodotou. Hōs gar epoiēsan hoi mathētai, kathōs synetaxen autois ho ᾿[ēsous, opsias genomenēs, anekeito meta tōn dōdeka. Esthiontōn de autōn eipe, phēsin, amēn legō hymin, hoti heis ex hymōn paradōsei me. Pro de tou deipnon kai tous podas autōn enipse. Kai hora pōs pheidetai tou prodotou. Ou gar eipen, ho deina me paradōsei all᾽, heis ex hymōn, hōste palin dounai autǭ metanoias exousian tǭ lathein’ kai haireitai phobēsai hapantas, hyper tou diasōsai touton. Heis ex hymōn tōn dōdeka, phēsi, tōn pantachou moi symparontōn, hōn tous podas enipsa, hois tosauta epēngeilamēn. Penthos ara aphorēton ton choron tote ton hagion ekeinon katelabe. Kai ho men ᾿Iōannēs phēsin, ēporounto, kai eis allēlous eblepon, kai hekastos autōn ērōta dedoikōs hyper heautou, kaitoi mēden heautois syneidotes toiouton; houtos de phēsin, hoti lypoumenoi sphodra ērxanto legein autǭ hekastos; mēti egō, kyrie? Ho de apokritheis eipen; hǭ egō bapsas to psōmion epidōsō. Hora pote auton exekalypsen, hote tous loipous apallaxai tēs tarachēs tautēs ēthelēse; kai gar kai apotethnēkeisan tǭ deei' dio kai epekeinto erōtōntes. Ouk ekeinous de aneinai boulomenos monon tēs agōnias, touto epoiei, alla kai ton prodotēn diorthōsai thelōn. Epeidē gar pollakis akousas adioristōs, adiorthōtos emenen, analgētos ōn, boulomenos autou kathikesthai mallon? periairei to prosōpeion autou. ᾿EEpeidē gar lypoumenoi ērxanto legein, mēti egō, kyrie? apokritheis eipen; ho embapsas met᾽ emou en tǭ trybliǭ, houtos me paradōsei. Ho men huios tou anthrōpou hypagei, kathōs gegraptai peri autou; ouai de tǭ anthrōpǭ, di hou ho huios tou anthrōpou paradidotai; kalon ēn autǭ, ei ouk egennēthē ho anthrōpos ekeinos. Tines men oun phasin, hoti houtōs itamos hēn, hōs mē timan ton didaskalon, alla met᾽ autou baptein᾽ emoi de dokei kai touto poiēsai ho Christos, mallon auton entrepōn, kai eis diathesin epispōmenos echei gar ti kai touto pleon.

“Now on the first day of Unleavened Bread the disciples came to Jesus, saying, Where do you wish us to prepare for you to eat the Passover? And he said, Go into the city to such a one, and say to him, The Teacher says, My time is near; at your house I keep the Passover with my disciples.”

By “the first day of Unleavened Bread” he means the day before the Unleavened Bread; for they are accustomed always to reckon the day from the evening; and he mentions this day because on its evening the Passover was to be sacrificed; for they came on the fifth day of the week. And this evangelist calls it “before the Unleavened Bread,” meaning the time at which they came; while the other speaks thus: “And the day of Unleavened Bread came, on which the Passover had to be sacrificed,” saying “came” in the sense of “was near, was at the doors,” plainly referring to that evening. For they began from the evening; therefore each adds, “when the Passover was sacrificed.” And they say, “Where do you wish us to prepare for you to eat the Passover?” So from this too it is plain that he had no house, no lodging; and I think that neither had they. For otherwise they would have asked him to come there. But neither did these have one, having renounced everything by now. And why did he keep the Passover? Showing by everything, up to the last day, that he was not opposed to the law. And why does he send them to an unknown man? Showing by this too that he was able not to suffer. For he who persuaded this man’s mind to receive them, and that by mere words, what would he not have done with those who crucified him, if he had wished not to suffer? And what he did in the case of the donkey, he did here too. For there he says, “If anyone says anything to you, you shall say, The Lord needs it”; so here too: “The Teacher says, At your house I keep the Passover.” And I wonder not only at this, that the man received him though he was unknown, but that, expecting to draw upon himself so great an enmity and a war without truce, he despised the hatred of the many. Then, since they did not know the man, he gives them a sign too, as the prophet did in the case of Saul, saying, “You will find someone going up and carrying a skin”; and here, “carrying a jar.” And see again the display of his power. For he did not say only, “I keep the Passover,” but adds something else, “My time is near.” And he did this at once to remind the disciples continually of the passion, so that, exercised by the frequency of the prediction, they might ponder what was to happen; and at once to show to them, and to the one receiving him, and to all the Jews, as I have often said, that he goes to the passion not unwillingly. And he adds, “with my disciples,” so that the preparation might be sufficient, and so that the man might not think that he was hiding himself.

“When evening came, he reclined with the twelve disciples.” Alas for the shamelessness of Judas! For he too was present there, and came to share both the mysteries and the salt; and he is convicted at the very table, where, even if he had been a wild beast, he would have become gentler. For this reason the evangelist too points out that it was while they were eating that Christ speaks about the betrayal, so that by the time and by the table he might show the wickedness of the traitor. For when the disciples had done as Jesus had directed them, when evening came, he reclined with the twelve. “And as they were eating,” it says, “he said, Truly I say to you, one of you will betray me.” And before the supper he washed their feet too. And see how he spares the traitor. For he did not say, “So-and-so will betray me,” but “one of you,” so as again to give him the opportunity for repentance by keeping him concealed; and he chooses to frighten all for the sake of saving this one. “One of you, the twelve,” he says, “who are everywhere with me, whose feet I washed, to whom I promised so much.” Unbearable grief, then, seized that holy band. And John says that they were at a loss and looked at one another, and each of them asked, fearing for himself, although conscious of nothing such; but this evangelist says that “being very sorrowful they began to say to him, each one, Is it I, Lord? And he answered and said, He to whom I give the morsel when I have dipped it.” See when he revealed him: when he wished to free the rest from this turmoil; for they were dead with fear; therefore they also pressed him with questions. And he did this not only wishing to relieve them of their anguish, but also wishing to correct the traitor. For since, having often heard it said indefinitely, he remained incorrigible, being past feeling, he strips off his mask, wishing to reach him more. For when, being sorrowful, they began to say, “Is it I, Lord?” he answered and said, “He who has dipped with me in the dish, he will betray me. The Son of Man goes as it is written of him; but woe to that man through whom the Son of Man is betrayed! It would have been good for that man if he had not been born.” Some say that he was so bold as not to honor the Teacher, but to dip with him; but to me it seems that Christ did this too, shaming him more and drawing him toward a better disposition; for this too has something more.

81.2Field 2

Ταῦτα δὲ οὐχ ἁπλῶς παρατρέχειν δεῖ, ἀλλ᾽ ἐμπεπηγέναι ἡμῶν ταῖς διανοίαις, καὶ οὐκ ἄν ποτε χώραν σχοίη θυμός. Τίς γὰρ ἐννοῶν τὸ δεῖπνον ἐκεῖνο, καὶ τὸν προδότην κατακείμενον μετὰ τοῦ πάντων σωτῆρος, καὶ τὸν προδίδοσθαι μέλλοντα οὕτως ἐπιεικῶς διαλεγόμενον, οὐκ ἂν πάντα ἰὸν ἐκβάλοι θυμοῦ καὶ ὀργῆς; Ὅρα γοῦν πῶς πράως αὐτῷ προσφέρεται. Ὁ μὲν υἱὸς τοῦ ἀνθρώπου ὑπάγει καθώς ἐστι γεγραμμένον περὶ αὐτοῦ. Ταῦτα δὲ πάλιν καὶ τοὺς μαθητὰς ἀνακτώμενος ἔλεγεν, ἵνα μὴ νομίσωσιν ἀσθενείας εἶναι τὸ πρᾶγμα, καὶ τὸν προδότην διορθούμενος. Οὐαὶ δὲ τῷ ἀνθρώπῳ ἐκείνῳ, δι οὗ ὁ υἱὸς τοῦ ἀνθρώπου παραδίδοται καλὸν ἦν αὐτῷ, εἰ οὐκ ἐγεννήθη ὁ ἄνθρωπος ἐκεῖνος. Ὅρα πάλιν ἐν τοῖς ἐλέγχοις ἄφατον τὴν πραότητα. Οὐδὲ γὰρ ἐνταῦθα καταφορικὼς, ἀλλ᾽ ἐλεεινότερον μᾶλλον τὸν λόγον προσάγει, καὶ συνεσκιασμένως πάλιν' καίτοιγε οὐχ ἡ ἔμπροσθεν μόνον ἀναισθησία, ἀλλὰ καὶ ἡ μετὰ ταῦτα ἀναισχυντία ἀξία τῆς ἐσχάτης ἀγανακτήσεως ἦν. Μετὰ γὰρ τὸν ἔλεγχον τοῦτον φησι μήτι ἐγώ εἰμι, κύριε; Ὦ τῆς ἀναισθησίας. Ἐξετάζει συνειδὼς ἑαυτῷ τοιαῦτα. Καὶ γὰρ ὁ εὐαγγελιστὴς θαυμάζων αὐτοῦ τὴν ἰταμότητα, τοῦτό Φησι. Τί οὗν ὁ πραότατος καὶ ἡμερώτατος Ἰησοῦς; Σὺ εἶπας. Καίτοιγε ἐνῆν εἰπεῖν᾽ ὦ μιαρὲ καὶ παμμίαρε, ἐναγὲς καὶ βέβηλε· τοσοῦτον χρόνον ὠδίνων τὸ κακὸν, καὶ ἀπελθὼν, καὶ συμβόλαια σατανικὰ ποιήσας, καὶ ἀργύριον συνθέμενος λαμβάνειν, καὶ παρ᾽ ἐμοῦ διελεγχθεὶς, ἔτι τολμᾷς ἐρωτᾶν; Αλλ᾽ οὐδὲν τούτων εἴρηκεν ἀλλὰ πῶς; σὺ εἶπας ὅρους ἡμῖν καὶ κανόνας ἀνεξικακίας πηγνύς. Ἀλλ᾽ ἐρεῖ τις᾽ καὶ μὴν εἰ γέγραπται παθεῖν αὐτὸν ταῦτα, διατί ἐγκαλεῖται Ἰούδας; τὰ γὰρ γεγραμμένα ἐποίησεν. Ἀλλ᾽ οὐ ταύτῃ τῇ γνώμῃ, ἀλλὰ διὰ πονηρίαν. Εἰ δὲ μὴ τὸν σκοπὸν ἐξετάζοις, καὶ τὸν διάβολον ἀπαλλάξεις τῶν ἐγκλημάτων. ᾿ΔΑλλ᾽ οὐκ ἔστι ταῦτα, οὐκ ἔστι. Μυρίων γὰρ ἄξιοι κολάσεων καὶ οὗτος κἀκεῖνος, εἰ καὶ ἡ οἰκουμένη ἐσώθη. Οὐδὲ γὰρ ἡ προδοσία τοῦ Ἰούδα τὴν σωτηρίαν ἡμῖν εἰργάσατο, ἀλλ᾽ ἡ τοῦ Χριστοῦ σοφία, καὶ τῆς αὐτοῦ εὐμηχανίας τὸ εὔπορον, ταῖς ἑτέρων πονηρίαις εἰς τὸ ἡμῖν συμφέρον ἀποχρωμένης. Τί οὖν; φησίν· εἰ καὶ ᾿Ιούδας μὴ προὔδωκεν, ἕτερος οὐκ ἂν προὔδωκε; Καὶ τί τοῦτο πρὸς τὸ ζητούμενον; Ὅτι εἰ σταυρωθῆναι ἔδει τὸν Χριστὸν, φησὶ, διά τινος ἔδει εἰ δὲ διά τινος ἔδει, διὰ ἀνθρώπου πάντως τοιούτου. Εἰ δὲ πάντες ἦσαν ἀγαθοὶ, ἐνεποδίσθη ἂν ἡ οἰκονομία ἡ ὑπὲρ ἡμῶν. Μὴ γένοιτο. Αὐτὸς γὰρ ὁ πάνσοφος ᾔδει πῶς οἰκονομήσει τὰ ἡμέτερα, καὶ τούτου συμβάντος· εὔπορος γὰρ αὐτοῦ ἡ σοφία καὶ ἀκατάληπτος. Διὰ γὰρ τοῦτο ἵνα μή τις νομίση, ὅτι οἰκονομίας ὑπηρέτης ἐγένετο; ταλανίζει τὸν ἄνθρωπον. Ἀλλ᾽ ἐρεῖ τις πάλιν· καὶ εἰ καλὸν ἦν τὸ μὴ γεννηθῆναι αὐτὸν, τίνος ἕνεκεν εἴασεν εἰς μέσον ἐλθεῖν, καὶ τοῦτον καὶ τοὺς πονηροὺς ἅπαντας; Δέον σε τοῖς πονηροῖς ἐγκαλεῖν, ὅτι κύριοι ὄντες μὴ γενέσθαι τοιοῦτοι, γεγόνασι πονηροὶ, σὺ δὲ τοῦτο ἀφεὶς, πολυπραγμονεῖς τὰ τοῦ θεοῦ, καὶ περιεργάζῃ· καίτοι εἰδὼς, ὡς οὐκ ἀνάγκη τίς ἐστι πονηρός. Ἀλλὰ τοὺς ἀγαθοὺς ἔδει γενέσθαι μόνους, φησὶ, καὶ γεέννης οὐκ ἣν χρεία, οὐδὲ κολάσεως καὶ τιμωρίας, οὐδὲ κακίας ἴχνος τοὺς δὲ πονηροὺς ἢ μὴ γενέσθαι, ἢ γενομένους εὐθέως ἀπελθεῖν. Πρῶτον μὲν οὖν ἄξιον πρὸς σὲ εἰπεῖν τὸ ἀποστολικόν· μενοῦνγε, ὦ ἄνθρωπε, σὺ τίς εἶ ὁ ἀνταποκρινόμενος τῷ θεῷ; Μὴ ἐρεῖ τὸ πλάσμα τῷ πλάσαντι· τί με ἐποίησας οὕτως; Εἰ δὲ καὶ λογισμοὺς ἀπαιτεῖς, ἐκεῖνο ἂν εἴποιμεν, ὅτι μειζόνως θαυμάζονται οἱ ἀγαθοὶ μεταξὺ πονηρῶν ὄντες· καὶ γὰρ ἡ ἀνεξικακία καὶ ἡ πολλὴ φιλοσοφία αὐτῶν τότε μάλιστα δείκνυται. Σὺ δὲ ὑπόθεσιν ἀναιρεῖς παλαισμάτων καὶ ἀγώνων, ταῦτα λέγων. Τί οὖν; ἵνα οὗτοι καλοὶ φανῶσι, κολάζονται ἕτεροι; φησί. Μὴ γένοιτο ἀλλὰ διὰ τὴν ἑαυτῶν πονηρίαν. Οὐδὲ γὰρ ἐπειδὴ παρήχθησαν, γεγόνασι πονηροὶ, ἀλλὰ διὰ τὴν ἑαυτῶν ῥᾳθυμίαν· διὸ καὶ κολάζονται. Πῶς γὰρ οὐκ ἂν εἶεν κολάσεως ἄξιοι, τοσούτους διδασκάλους ἔχοντες ἀρετῆς, καὶ μηδὲν ἐντεῦθεν κερδαίνοντες; Ὥσπερ γὰρ οἱ καλοὶ καὶ ἀγαθοὶ διπλῆς ἄξιοι τιμῆς, ὅτι καὶ χρηστοὶ γεγόνασι, καὶ οὐδὲν παρὰ τῶν πονηρῶν « ζω ΝΜ ᾽ Ψ ἐβλάβησαν· οὕτω καὶ οἱ φαῦλοι διπλῆς ἄξιοι κολάσεως, ὅτι τε πονηροὶ γεγόνασι, δυνάμενοι γενέσθαι καλοί (καὶ δηλοῦσιν οἱ γενόμενοι) καὶ ὅτι οὐδὲν ἀπὸ τῶν ἀγαθῶν ἐκέρδαναν. Ἀλλ᾽ ἴδωμεν τί φησιν ὁ δείλαιος οὗτος διελεγχόμενος παρὰ τοῦ διδασκάλου. Τί οὖν φησι; Μήτι ἐγώ εἰμι, ῥαββί; Καὶ διατί μὴ ἐξ ἀρχῆς τοῦτο ἠρώτησεν; Ἐνόμισε λανθάνειν τῷ εἰρῆσθαι, εἷς ἐξ ὑμῶν· ὅτε δὲ αὐτὸν δῆλον ἐποίησεν, ἐτόλμησε πάλιν ἐρέσθαι, τῇ ἐπιεικείᾳ τοῦ διδασκάλου θαρρῶν, ὡς οὐκ ἐλέγξοντος αὐτόν. Διὰ τοῦτο γοῦν καὶ ῥαββὶ ἐκάλεσεν. Ὦ τῆς πηρώσεως ποῦ αὐτὸν ἐξήγαγε; Τοιοῦτον γὰρ ἡ φιλαργυρία' μωροὺς καὶ ἀνοήτους ἐργάζεται, ἰταμοὺς καὶ κύνας ἀντὶ ἀνθρώπων· μᾶλλον δὲ καὶ κυνῶν χαλεπωτέρους, καὶ δαίμονας ἀπὸ κυνῶν. Οὗτος γοῦν τὸν μὲν διάβολον προσίετο καὶ ἐπιβουλεύοντα, τὸν δὲ ᾿Ιησοῦν καὶ εὐεργετοῦντα προὔδωκε, διάβολος ἤδη γενόμενος τῇ προαιρέσει. Τοιούτους γὰρ ποιεῖ ἡ ακόρεστος τῶν χρημάτων ἐπιθυμία, ἐκφρονας, παραπλήγας, ὅλους τοῦ λήμματος, καθάπερ καὶ Ἰούδας ἐγένετο. Πώς δὲ ὁ μὲν Ματθαῖός φησι καὶ οἱ ἄλλοι, ὅτι ὅτε συνετάξατο περὶ τῆς προδοσίας, τότε αὐτὸν ὁ διάβολος εἷλεν᾽ ὁ δὲ ᾿Ιωάννης, ὅτι μετὰ τὸ ψωμίον εἰσῆλθεν εἰς αὐτὸν ὁ Σατανᾶς; Καὶ αὐτὸς τοῦτο οἶδεν, ᾿Ανωτέρω γάρ φησι· δείπνου γενομένου, καὶ τοῦ διαβόλου ἤδη βεβληκότος εἰς τὴν καρδίαν ᾿Ιούδα, ἵνα αὐτὸν παραδῷ· πῶς οὖν φησι, μετὰ τὸ ψωμίον εἰσῆλθεν εἰς αὐτὸν ὁ Σατανᾶς; Ὅτι οὐκ ἀθρόον εἰσέρχεται, οὐδὲ ὑφ᾽ ἕν, ἀλλὰ πολλὴν ποιεῖται τὴν ἀπόπειραν πρῶτον· ὃ δὴ καὶ ἐνταῦθα γέγονε. Διακωδωνίσας γὰρ αὐτὸν ἐν ἀρχῇ, καὶ προσβαλὼν ἠρέμα, ἐπειδὴ εἶδεν ἐπιτήδειον πρὸς ὑποδοχὴν, ὅλος λοιπὸν ἐνταῦθα ἔπνευσε, καὶ ὁλοσχερῶς αὐτοῦ περιγέγονε. Πῶς δὲ, εἰ τὸ πάσχα ἤσθιον, παρανόμως ἤσθιον; οὐ γὰρ ἀνακειμένους ἔδει φαγεῖν. Τί οὖν ἐστιν εἰπεῖν; Ὅτι μετὰ τὸ φαγεῖν, ἀνέκειντο λοιπὸν ἑστιώμενοι. Ἕτερος δὲ εὐαγγελιστὴς φησιν, ὅτι κατὰ τὴν ἑσπέραν ἐκείνην οὐκ ἤσθιε μόνον τὸ πάσχα; ἀλλὰ καὶ ἔλεγεν· ἐπιθυμίᾳ ἐπεθύμησα τὸ πάσχα τοῦτο φαγεῖν μεθ᾽ ὑμῶν τοντέστι, κατὰ τὸν ἐνιαυτὸν τοῦτον. Τί δήποτε; Ὅτι τότε ἔμελλε τῆς οἰκουμένης ἡ σωτηρία γίνεσθαι. καὶ τὰ μυστήρια παραδίδοσθαι, καὶ τὰ λυπηρὰ λύεσθαι διὰ τοῦ θανάτου· οὕτω κατὰ γνώμην αὐτῷ ὁ σταυρὸς ἦν. Ἀλλ᾽ οὐδὲν τὸν ἀνήμερον θῆρα ἐμάλαξεν, οὐδὲ ἔκαμψεν, οὐδὲ ἐνέτρεψεν. ᾿Εταλάνισεν αὐτὸν εἰπών· οὐαὶ τῷ ἀνθρώπῳ ἐκείνῳ. ᾿Εφόβησεν αὐτὸν πάλιν εἰπών καλὸν ἦν αὐτῷ, εἰ οὐκ ἐγεννήθη. ᾿Ενέτρεψεν αὐτὸν εἰπών' ᾧ ἐγὼ βάψας τὸ ψωμίον ἐπιδώσω. Καὶ οὐδὲν τούτων αὐτὸν κατέσχεν, ἀλλ᾽ ὥσπερ ὑπὸ μανίας τινὸς ἑάλω τῆς φιλαργυρίας, μάλλον δὲ ὑπὸ χαλεπωτέρου νοσήματος. Καὶ γὰρ αὕτη χαλεπωτέρα ἡ μανία. Τί γὰρ ἂν τοιοῦτον εἰργάσατο ὁ μαινόμενος; Οὐ προΐετο ἀφρὸν ἐκ τοῦ στόματος οὗτος, ἀλλὰ προΐετο φόνον δεσποτικόν' οὐκ ἐστραγγάλου τὰς χεῖρας, ἀλλὰ προέτεινεν εἰς ὠνὴν αἵματος τιμίου. Διὸ μείζων ἡ μανία, ὅτι ὑγιαίνων ἐμαίνετο. Ἀλλ᾽ οὐ φθέγγεται ἄσημα; Καὶ τί τῆς φωνῆς ταύτης ἀσημότερον, τί θέλετέ μοι δοῦναι, κἀγὼ ὑμῖν παραδώσω αὐτόν; Παραδώσω ὁ διάβολος ἤχησε διὰ τοῦ στόματος ἐκείνου. Ἀλλ᾽ οὐκ ἐπάταξε τὴν γῆν τοῖς ποσὶ σπαίρων; Καὶ πόσῳ βέλτιον ἐκείνως σπαίρειν, ἢ οὕτως ἑστάναι ὀρθόν; Ἀλλὰ λίθοις ἑαυτὸν οὐκ ἔκοπτε; Καὶ πόσῳ ἄμεινον ἦν, ἢ τοιαῦτα ἐργάσασθαι; Βούλεσθε εἰς μέσον ἀγάγωμεν τοὺς δαιμονῶντας καὶ τοὺς φιλαργύρους, καὶ ποιήσωμεν σύγκρισιν ἑκατέρων; Ἀλλὰ μηδεὶς οἰκείαν ἡγείσθω τὸ πρᾶγμα ὕβριν. Οὐ γὰρ τὴν φύσιν ὑβρίζομεν, ἀλλὰ τὸ πρᾶγμα κακίζομεν. Οὐδέποτε ἐνεδιδύσκετο ἱμάτια, λίθοις ἑαυτὸν κατακόπτων, ὁ δαιμονῶν, καὶ τὰς ἀβάτους ὁδοὺς καὶ τὰς τραχείας ἐπήει τρέχων, καὶ κατὰ κράτος ἐλαυνόμενος ὑπὸ τοῦ δαίμονος. Οὐ δοκεῖ ταῦτα φρικτὰ εἶναι; Τί οὖν ἂν δείξω τοὺς φιλαργύρους τούτων χαλεπώτερα ἐργαζομένους τὴν ψυχὴν τὴν ἑαντῶν, καὶ οὕτω χαλεπώτερα, ὡς ταῦτα παιδιὰν πρὸς ἐκεῖνα νομίζεσθαι ; Ἄρα ἀποστήσεσθε τῆς νόσου; Φέρε οὖν, ἴδωμεν εἴ τι ἀνεκτότερον αὐτῶν διάκεινται. Οὐδέν· ἀλλὰ καὶ χαλεπώτερον· καὶ γὰρ μυρίων γυμνῶν εἰσιν αἰσχρότεροι. Πολλῷ γὰρ βέλτιον γυμνὸν εἶναι ἱματίων, ἢ τὰ ἀπὸ πλεονεξίας ἐνδεδυμένον περιιέναι κατὰ τοὺς βακχευομένους τῷ Διονύσῳ. Καθάπερ γὰρ ἐκεῖνοι προσωπεῖα καὶ ἱμάτια μαινομένων … οὕτω καὶ οὗτοι. Καὶ καθάπερ τὴν γύμνωσιν τῶν δαιμονώντων ποιεῖ μανία, οὕτω καὶ τὴν περιβολὴν ταύτην μανία ἐργάζεται· καὶ τῆς γυμνώσεως ἡ περιβολὴ ἐλεεινοτέρα. Καὶ τοῦτο ἐντεῦθεν δεῖξαι πειράσομαι. Τίνα γὰρ ἂν εἴποιμεν μᾶλλον μαίνεσθαι ἐν αὐτοῖς τοῖς μαινομένοις; εἴ τις ἑαυτὸν κατακόπτοι, ἢ εἴ τις μεθ᾽ ἑαυτοῦ καὶ τοὺς ἀπαντῶντας ἅπαντας γυμνοῖ; Εὔδηλον ὅτι οὗτος. Οὐκοῦν ἐκεῖνοι μὲν ἑαυτοὺς ἐγύμνουν, οὗτοι δὲ ἅπαντας τοὺς ἀπαντῶντας. Ἀλλὰ σχίζουσιν ἐκεῖνοι τὰ ἱμάτια. Καὶ πόσῳ ἂν κατεδέξατο τῶν ἠδικημένων ἕκαστος ἱμάτιον διαῤῥαγῆναι, ἢ πᾶσαν ἀποδυθῆναι τὴν οὐσίαν; ᾿Αλλὰ πληγάς οὐκ ἐντείνουσιν εἰς τὸ πρόσωπον. Μάλιστα μὲν καὶ τοῦτο ποιοῦσιν οἱ πλεονέκται εἰ δὲ μὴ πάντες, ἀλλ᾽ εἰς τὴν γαστέρα διὰ τοῦ λιμοῦ καὶ τῆς πενίας χαλεπωτέρας ἅπαντες ἐνιᾶσι τὰς ὀδύνας. Ἀλλ᾽ οὐ δάκνουσιν ὀδοῦσιν. Εἶθε ὀδοῦσι, καὶ μὴ βέλεσι πλεονεξίας χαλεπωτέροις ὀδόντων. Οἱ γὰρ ὀδόντες αὐτῶν ὅπλα καὶ βέλη. Τίς γὰρ μᾶλλον ἀλγήσει, ὁ δηχθεὶς ἅπαξ καὶ εὐθέως θεραπευθεὶς, ἢ ὁ διαπαντὸς τοῖς ὀδοῦσι τῆς πενίας κατεσθιόμενος; Πενία γὰρ ἀκούσιος καὶ καμίνου καὶ θηρίου χαλεπώτερον. ᾿Αλλ᾽ οὐ διώκουσι τὰς ἐρημίας καθάπερ οἱ δαιμονῶντες. Εἴθε τὰς ἐρημίας, καὶ μὴ τὰς πόλεις κατέτρεχον, καὶ πάντες ἂν οἱ ἐν πόλεσιν ἀδείας ἀπήλαυσαν. Νυνὶ δὲ καὶ ταύτῃ πάντων ἐκείνων εἰσὶν ἀφορητότεροι, ὅτι ἐν ταῖς πόλεσι ταῦτα ποιοῦσιν, ἅπερ ἐν ἐρημίαις ἐκεῖνοι, τὰς πόλεις ἐρημίας ἐργαζόμενοι; καὶ καθάπερ ἐν ἐρημίᾳ οὐδενὸς ὄντος τοῦ κωλύοντος, οὕτω τὰ πάντων συλῶντες. Αλλ᾽ οὐ βάλλουσι λίθοις τοὺς ἀπαντῶντας. Καὶ τί τοῦτο; Λίθους μὲν γὰρ ῥᾷδιον καὶ φυλάξασθαι ἃ δὲ διὰ χάρτου καὶ μέλανος ἐργάζονται τοῖς ταλαιπώροις πένησι τραύματα, γραμματεῖα μυρίων πληγῶν γέμοντα συντιθέντες, τίς ἂν ποτε ῥᾳδίως φυλάξαιτο τῶν ἐμπεσόντων;

Tauta de ouch haplōs paratrechein dei, all᾽ empepēgenai hēmōn tais dianoiais, kai ouk an pote chōran schoiē thymos. Tis gar ennoōn to deipnon ekeino, kai ton prodotēn katakeimenon meta tou pantōn sōtēros, kai ton prodidosthai mellonta houtōs epieikōs dialegomenon, ouk an panta ion ekbaloi thymou kai orgēs? Hora goun pōs praōs autǭ prospheretai. Ho men huios tou anthrōpou hypagei kathōs esti gegrammenon peri autou. Tauta de palin kai tous mathētas anaktōmenos elegen, hina mē nomisōsin astheneias einai to pragma, kai ton prodotēn diorthoumenos. Ouai de tǭ anthrōpǭ ekeinǭ, di hou ho huios tou anthrōpou paradidotai kalon ēn autǭ, ei ouk egennēthē ho anthrōpos ekeinos. Hora palin en tois elenchois aphaton tēn praotēta. Oude gar entautha kataphorikōs, all᾽ eleeinoteron mallon ton logon prosagei, kai syneskiasmenōs palin' kaitoige ouch hē emprosthen monon anaisthēsia, alla kai hē meta tauta anaischyntia axia tēs eschatēs aganaktēseōs ēn. Meta gar ton elenchon touton phēsi mēti egō eimi, kyrie? Ō tēs anaisthēsias. Exetazei syneidōs heautǭ toiauta. Kai gar ho euangelistēs thaumazōn autou tēn itamotēta, touto Phēsi. Ti houn ho praotatos kai hēmerōtatos Iēsous? Sy eipas. Kaitoige enēn eipein᾽ ō miare kai pammiare, enages kai bebēle; tosouton chronon ōdinōn to kakon, kai apelthōn, kai symbolaia satanika poiēsas, kai argyrion synthemenos lambanein, kai par᾽ emou dielenchtheis, eti tolmąs erōtan? All᾽ ouden toutōn eirēken alla pōs? sy eipas horous hēmin kai kanonas anexikakias pēgnys. All᾽ erei tis᾽ kai mēn ei gegraptai pathein auton tauta, diati enkaleitai Ioudas? ta gar gegrammena epoiēsen. All᾽ ou tautę̄ tę̄ gnōmę̄, alla dia ponērian. Ei de mē ton skopon exetazois, kai ton diabolon apallaxeis tōn enklēmatōn. ᾿DAll᾽ ouk esti tauta, ouk esti. Myriōn gar axioi kolaseōn kai houtos kakeinos, ei kai hē oikoumenē esōthē. Oude gar hē prodosia tou Iouda tēn sōtērian hēmin eirgasato, all᾽ hē tou Christou sophia, kai tēs autou eumēchanias to euporon, tais heterōn ponēriais eis to hēmin sympheron apochrōmenēs. Ti oun? phēsin; ei kai ᾿Ioudas mē proudōken, heteros ouk an proudōke? Kai ti touto pros to zētoumenon? Hoti ei staurōthēnai edei ton Christon, phēsi, dia tinos edei ei de dia tinos edei, dia anthrōpou pantōs toioutou. Ei de pantes ēsan agathoi, enepodisthē an hē oikonomia hē hyper hēmōn. Mē genoito. Autos gar ho pansophos ę̄dei pōs oikonomēsei ta hēmetera, kai toutou symbantos; euporos gar autou hē sophia kai akatalēptos. Dia gar touto hina mē tis nomisē, hoti oikonomias hypēretēs egeneto? talanizei ton anthrōpon. All᾽ erei tis palin; kai ei kalon ēn to mē gennēthēnai auton, tinos heneken eiasen eis meson elthein, kai touton kai tous ponērous hapantas? Deon se tois ponērois enkalein, hoti kyrioi ontes mē genesthai toioutoi, gegonasi ponēroi, sy de touto apheis, polypragmoneis ta tou theou, kai periergazę̄; kaitoi eidōs, hōs ouk anankē tis esti ponēros. Alla tous agathous edei genesthai monous, phēsi, kai geennēs ouk hēn chreia, oude kolaseōs kai timōrias, oude kakias ichnos tous de ponērous ē mē genesthai, ē genomenous eutheōs apelthein. Prōton men oun axion pros se eipein to apostolikon; menounge, ō anthrōpe, sy tis ei ho antapokrinomenos tǭ theǭ? Mē erei to plasma tǭ plasanti; ti me epoiēsas houtōs? Ei de kai logismous apaiteis, ekeino an eipoimen, hoti meizonōs thaumazontai hoi agathoi metaxy ponērōn ontes; kai gar hē anexikakia kai hē pollē philosophia autōn tote malista deiknytai. Sy de hypothesin anaireis palaismatōn kai agōnōn, tauta legōn. Ti oun? hina houtoi kaloi phanōsi, kolazontai heteroi? phēsi. Mē genoito alla dia tēn heautōn ponērian. Oude gar epeidē parēchthēsan, gegonasi ponēroi, alla dia tēn heautōn rhąthymian; dio kai kolazontai. Pōs gar ouk an eien kolaseōs axioi, tosoutous didaskalous echontes aretēs, kai mēden enteuthen kerdainontes? Hōsper gar hoi kaloi kai agathoi diplēs axioi timēs, hoti kai chrēstoi gegonasi, kai ouden para tōn ponērōn « zō NM ᾽ Ps eblabēsan; houtō kai hoi phauloi diplēs axioi kolaseōs, hoti te ponēroi gegonasi, dynamenoi genesthai kaloi (kai dēlousin hoi genomenoi) kai hoti ouden apo tōn agathōn ekerdanan. All᾽ idōmen ti phēsin ho deilaios houtos dielenchomenos para tou didaskalou. Ti oun phēsi? Mēti egō eimi, rhabbi? Kai diati mē ex archēs touto ērōtēsen? Enomise lanthanein tǭ eirēsthai, heis ex hymōn; hote de auton dēlon epoiēsen, etolmēse palin eresthai, tę̄ epieikeią tou didaskalou tharrōn, hōs ouk elenxontos auton. Dia touto goun kai rhabbi ekalesen. Ō tēs pērōseōs pou auton exēgage? Toiouton gar hē philargyria' mōrous kai anoētous ergazetai, itamous kai kynas anti anthrōpōn; mallon de kai kynōn chalepōterous, kai daimonas apo kynōn. Houtos goun ton men diabolon prosieto kai epibouleuonta, ton de ᾿Iēsoun kai euergetounta proudōke, diabolos ēdē genomenos tę̄ proairesei. Toioutous gar poiei hē akorestos tōn chrēmatōn epithymia, ekphronas, paraplēgas, holous tou lēmmatos, kathaper kai Ioudas egeneto. Pōs de ho men Matthaios phēsi kai hoi alloi, hoti hote synetaxato peri tēs prodosias, tote auton ho diabolos heilen᾽ ho de ᾿Iōannēs, hoti meta to psōmion eisēlthen eis auton ho Satanas? Kai autos touto oiden, ᾿Anōterō gar phēsi; deipnou genomenou, kai tou diabolou ēdē beblēkotos eis tēn kardian ᾿Iouda, hina auton paradǭ; pōs oun phēsi, meta to psōmion eisēlthen eis auton ho Satanas? Hoti ouk athroon eiserchetai, oude hyph᾽ hen, alla pollēn poieitai tēn apopeiran prōton; ho dē kai entautha gegone. Diakōdōnisas gar auton en archę̄, kai prosbalōn ērema, epeidē eiden epitēdeion pros hypodochēn, holos loipon entautha epneuse, kai holoscherōs autou perigegone. Pōs de, ei to pascha ēsthion, paranomōs ēsthion? ou gar anakeimenous edei phagein. Ti oun estin eipein? Hoti meta to phagein, anekeinto loipon hestiōmenoi. Heteros de euangelistēs phēsin, hoti kata tēn hesperan ekeinēn ouk ēsthie monon to pascha? alla kai elegen; epithymią epethymēsa to pascha touto phagein meth᾽ hymōn tontesti, kata ton eniauton touton. Ti dēpote? Hoti tote emelle tēs oikoumenēs hē sōtēria ginesthai. kai ta mystēria paradidosthai, kai ta lypēra lyesthai dia tou thanatou; houtō kata gnōmēn autǭ ho stauros ēn. All᾽ ouden ton anēmeron thēra emalaxen, oude ekampsen, oude enetrepsen. ᾿Etalanisen auton eipōn; ouai tǭ anthrōpǭ ekeinǭ. ᾿Ephobēsen auton palin eipōn kalon ēn autǭ, ei ouk egennēthē. ᾿Enetrepsen auton eipōn' hǭ egō bapsas to psōmion epidōsō. Kai ouden toutōn auton kateschen, all᾽ hōsper hypo manias tinos healō tēs philargyrias, mallon de hypo chalepōterou nosēmatos. Kai gar hautē chalepōtera hē mania. Ti gar an toiouton eirgasato ho mainomenos? Ou proïeto aphron ek tou stomatos houtos, alla proïeto phonon despotikon' ouk estrangalou tas cheiras, alla proeteinen eis ōnēn haimatos timiou. Dio meizōn hē mania, hoti hygiainōn emaineto. All᾽ ou phthengetai asēma? Kai ti tēs phōnēs tautēs asēmoteron, ti thelete moi dounai, kagō hymin paradōsō auton? Paradōsō ho diabolos ēchēse dia tou stomatos ekeinou. All᾽ ouk epataxe tēn gēn tois posi spairōn? Kai posǭ beltion ekeinōs spairein, ē houtōs hestanai orthon? Alla lithois heauton ouk ekopte? Kai posǭ ameinon ēn, ē toiauta ergasasthai? Boulesthe eis meson agagōmen tous daimonōntas kai tous philargyrous, kai poiēsōmen synkrisin hekaterōn? Alla mēdeis oikeian hēgeisthō to pragma hybrin. Ou gar tēn physin hybrizomen, alla to pragma kakizomen. Oudepote enedidysketo himatia, lithois heauton katakoptōn, ho daimonōn, kai tas abatous hodous kai tas tracheias epēei trechōn, kai kata kratos elaunomenos hypo tou daimonos. Ou dokei tauta phrikta einai? Ti oun an deixō tous philargyrous toutōn chalepōtera ergazomenous tēn psychēn tēn heantōn, kai houtō chalepōtera, hōs tauta paidian pros ekeina nomizesthai ? Ara apostēsesthe tēs nosou? Phere oun, idōmen ei ti anektoteron autōn diakeintai. Ouden; alla kai chalepōteron; kai gar myriōn gymnōn eisin aischroteroi. Pollǭ gar beltion gymnon einai himatiōn, ē ta apo pleonexias endedymenon periienai kata tous bakcheuomenous tǭ Dionysǭ. Kathaper gar ekeinoi prosōpeia kai himatia mainomenōn … houtō kai houtoi. Kai kathaper tēn gymnōsin tōn daimonōntōn poiei mania, houtō kai tēn peribolēn tautēn mania ergazetai; kai tēs gymnōseōs hē peribolē eleeinotera. Kai touto enteuthen deixai peirasomai. Tina gar an eipoimen mallon mainesthai en autois tois mainomenois? ei tis heauton katakoptoi, ē ei tis meth᾽ heautou kai tous apantōntas hapantas gymnoi? Eudēlon hoti houtos. Oukoun ekeinoi men heautous egymnoun, houtoi de hapantas tous apantōntas. Alla schizousin ekeinoi ta himatia. Kai posǭ an katedexato tōn ēdikēmenōn hekastos himation diarrhagēnai, ē pasan apodythēnai tēn ousian? ᾿Alla plēgas ouk enteinousin eis to prosōpon. Malista men kai touto poiousin hoi pleonektai ei de mē pantes, all᾽ eis tēn gastera dia tou limou kai tēs penias chalepōteras hapantes eniasi tas odynas. All᾽ ou daknousin odousin. Eithe odousi, kai mē belesi pleonexias chalepōterois odontōn. Hoi gar odontes autōn hopla kai belē. Tis gar mallon algēsei, ho dēchtheis hapax kai eutheōs therapeutheis, ē ho diapantos tois odousi tēs penias katesthiomenos? Penia gar akousios kai kaminou kai thēriou chalepōteron. ᾿All᾽ ou diōkousi tas erēmias kathaper hoi daimonōntes. Eithe tas erēmias, kai mē tas poleis katetrechon, kai pantes an hoi en polesin adeias apēlausan. Nyni de kai tautę̄ pantōn ekeinōn eisin aphorētoteroi, hoti en tais polesi tauta poiousin, haper en erēmiais ekeinoi, tas poleis erēmias ergazomenoi? kai kathaper en erēmią oudenos ontos tou kōlyontos, houtō ta pantōn sylōntes. All᾽ ou ballousi lithois tous apantōntas. Kai ti touto? Lithous men gar rhądion kai phylaxasthai ha de dia chartou kai melanos ergazontai tois talaipōrois penēsi traumata, grammateia myriōn plēgōn gemonta syntithentes, tis an pote rhądiōs phylaxaito tōn empesontōn?

These things ought not to be passed over carelessly, but to be fixed in our minds, and anger would never find room. For who, considering that supper, and the traitor reclining with the Savior of all, and him who was about to be betrayed speaking so gently, would not cast out all the venom of anger and wrath? See, at any rate, how gently he deals with him: “The Son of Man goes as it is written of him.” And he said these things again both to restore the disciples, so that they might not think that the thing came from weakness, and to correct the traitor. “But woe to that man through whom the Son of Man is betrayed; it would have been good for him if that man had not been born.” See again in the rebukes the unspeakable meekness. For not even here does he bring the word vehemently, but rather with pity, and again in a veiled way; and yet not only his earlier insensibility but also his shamelessness afterward deserved the utmost indignation. For after this rebuke he says, “Is it I, Lord?” O the insensibility! He asks, though conscious of such things. For the evangelist too says this marveling at his boldness. What, then, does the most meek and gentle Jesus say? “You have said it.” And yet he could have said, “O foul and utterly foul one, accursed and profane! So long in travail with the evil, having gone away and made satanic contracts and agreed to take money, and having been convicted by me, do you still dare to ask?” But he said none of these things; but how? “You have said it,” fixing for us bounds and rules of forbearance.

But someone will say, “And yet if it was written that he should suffer these things, why is Judas charged? For he did what was written.” But not with that intent, but out of wickedness. And if you do not examine the aim, you will free the devil too from the charges. But it is not so, it is not so. For both this man and that one deserve countless punishments, even though the world was saved. For it was not the betrayal of Judas that wrought salvation for us, but the wisdom of Christ and the resourcefulness of his skill, which used the wickedness of others for our advantage. “What then?” someone says. “If Judas had not betrayed him, would not another have betrayed him?” And what is this to the question? “Because if Christ had to be crucified,” he says, “it had to be through someone; and if through someone, certainly through such a man. And if all had been good, the dispensation for our sake would have been hindered.” Far from it. For the all-wise himself knew how he would manage our affairs, even had this happened; for his wisdom is resourceful and incomprehensible. For this reason, so that no one might think he had become a servant of the dispensation, he bewails the man. But someone will say again, “And if it was good for him not to be born, why did he let him come into the midst, him and all the wicked?” You ought to charge the wicked, because, though they were masters of not becoming such, they have become wicked; but you, leaving this, busy yourself with the things of God and pry into them, though you know that no one is wicked by necessity. “But only the good ought to have come into being,” he says, “and there would have been no need of Gehenna, nor of punishment and penalty, nor a trace of wickedness; and the wicked either should not have come into being, or, having come into being, should have departed at once.” First, then, it is right to say to you the apostolic word: “Who are you, O man, to answer back to God? Will what is molded say to its molder, Why have you made me thus?” And if you demand reasons too, we would say this: that the good are more greatly admired when they are among the wicked; for then especially their forbearance and great philosophy are shown. But you, saying these things, take away the occasion for wrestlings and contests. “What then? So that these may appear good, are others punished?” he says. Far from it; they are punished for their own wickedness. For they did not become wicked because they were brought into being, but through their own carelessness; therefore they are also punished. For how would they not deserve punishment, having so many teachers of virtue and gaining nothing from them? For as the noble and good deserve double honor, because they have become good and were harmed in nothing by the wicked, so too the worthless deserve double punishment, because they have become wicked when they could have become good (and those who became good show this), and because they gained nothing from the good.

But let us see what this wretched man says when convicted by the Teacher. What, then, does he say? “Is it I, Rabbi?” And why did he not ask this from the beginning? He thought he was escaping notice because it was said, “one of you”; but when Christ made him plain, he dared to ask again, trusting in the gentleness of the Teacher, as one who would not convict him. Therefore he even called him Rabbi. [3] O the blindness! Whither did it lead him! For such is the love of money: it makes men foolish and senseless, bold, and dogs instead of men; or rather worse than dogs, and demons instead of dogs. This man, at any rate, welcomed the devil even as he plotted against him, and betrayed Jesus even as he did him good, having already become a devil by choice. For such does the insatiable desire for money make men: out of their minds, deranged, wholly given to gain, as Judas too became. And how is it that Matthew and the others say that the devil seized him when he made the agreement about the betrayal, but John that “after the morsel Satan entered into him”? John too knows this. For above he says, “During supper, when the devil had already put it into the heart of Judas to betray him.” How, then, does he say that after the morsel Satan entered into him? Because he does not enter all at once, nor in one move, but first makes much trial; which happened here too. For having sounded him at the beginning and attacked him gently, when he saw him fit for receiving him, he then breathed into him wholly and got complete mastery of him. And how, if they were eating the Passover, did they eat it unlawfully? For they ought not to have eaten it reclining. What, then, is one to say? That after eating it, they then reclined, feasting. And another evangelist says that on that evening he not only ate the Passover, but also said, “With desire I have desired to eat this Passover with you”: that is, in this year. Why? Because then the salvation of the world was to come about, and the mysteries were to be handed down, and the sorrowful things to be dissolved through his death; so much was the cross according to his will. But nothing softened the savage beast, nor bent him, nor shamed him. He bewailed him, saying, “Woe to that man.” He frightened him again, saying, “It would have been good for him if he had not been born.” He shamed him, saying, “He to whom I give the morsel when I have dipped it.” And none of these things held him back; but he was seized as if by some madness, the love of money, or rather by a worse disease. For this madness is worse. For what would a madman have done like this? This man did not foam at the mouth, but foamed forth his Master’s murder; he did not wring his hands, but stretched them out for the price of precious blood. Therefore the madness is greater, because he was mad while in health. “But he does not utter inarticulate sounds?” And what is more inarticulate than this utterance: “What will you give me, and I will betray him to you?” It was the devil that sounded “I will betray” through that mouth. “But he did not strike the earth with his feet in convulsions?” And how much better to convulse so than to stand upright thus! “But he did not cut himself with stones?” And how much better that would have been than to do such things! Do you wish us to bring into the midst the demon-possessed and the covetous, and to make a comparison of both? But let no one think the thing an insult to himself; for we are not insulting the nature, but condemning the thing. The demon-possessed man never put on clothes, cutting himself with stones, and ran over the trackless and rough roads, driven violently by the demon. Do these things not seem dreadful? What, then, if I show the lovers of money doing to their own soul worse things than these, and so much worse that these are thought child’s play compared with those? Will you then depart from the disease? Come, then, let us see whether they are in any respect more tolerably disposed. In nothing; but even worse. For they are more shameful than countless naked men. For it is far better to be naked of clothes than to go about clad in the gains of covetousness, like those who rave in honor of Dionysus. For as those wear masks and garments of madmen, so do these too. And as madness causes the nakedness of the demon-possessed, so madness works this clothing; and the clothing is more pitiable than the nakedness. And this I will try to show from the following. Whom would we say is more mad among the madmen themselves? One who cuts himself, or one who strips, along with himself, all who meet him? Plainly the latter. Well, then, those stripped themselves, but these strip all who meet them. “But those tear their garments.” And how much would each of the wronged have preferred to have a garment torn than to be stripped of his whole property! “But they do not strike blows in the face.” Indeed the covetous do this too; and if not all of them, yet all inflict on the belly, through famine and poverty, more grievous pains. “But they do not bite with their teeth.” Would that it were with teeth, and not with the darts of covetousness, more grievous than teeth! For their teeth are weapons and darts. For who will grieve more, he who was bitten once and at once healed, or he who is continually devoured by the teeth of poverty? For involuntary poverty is worse than a furnace and a wild beast. “But they do not seek the deserts, as the demon-possessed do.” Would that they overran the deserts and not the cities, and all in the cities would have enjoyed security. But as it is, in this too they are more intolerable than all those, that they do in the cities what those do in deserts, making the cities deserts, and plundering the goods of all as in a desert where there is no one to hinder. “But they do not stone those who meet them.” And what of that? For stones it is easy to guard against; but the wounds which they inflict through paper and ink on the wretched poor, composing documents full of countless blows—who of those who fall into them could ever easily guard against these?

81.4Field 2

Ἴδωμεν δὲ καὶ ἑαυτοὺς ὅσα ἐργάζονται. Γυμνοὶ περιπατοῦσι κατὰ τὴν πόλιν ἱμάτιον γὰρ αὐτοῖς οὐκ ἔστιν ἀρετῆς. Εἰ δὲ οὐ δοκεῖ τοῦτο αὐτοῖς αἰσχρὸν εἶναι, καὶ τοῦτο τῆς ὑπερβαλλούσης αὐτῶν μανίας, ὅτι οὐδὲ αἰσθάνονται τῆς ἀσχημοσύνης· ἀλλὰ σῶμα μὲν γυμνωθέντες αἰσχύνονται, τὴν δὲ ψυχὴν γυμνὴν περιφέροντες ἐγκαλλωπίζονται. Εἰ δὲ βούλεσθε, καὶ τὸ αἴτιον τῆς ἀναισθησίας ἐρῶ. Τί οὖν τὸ αἴτιον; Ἐν πολλοῖς οὕτω γυμνουμένοις γυμνοῦνται· διόπερ οὐδὲ αἰσχύνονται, καθάπερ οὐδὲ ἐν τοῖς βαλανείοις ἡμεῖς. Ὡς εἴγε πολλοὶ ἦσαν οἱ τὴν ἀρετὴν περιβεβλημένοι, τότε ἂν μειζόνως τὸ αἶσχος αὐτῶν ἐφάνη. Νῦν δὲ τοῦτο μάλιστα ἐστι τὸ πολλών δακρύων ἄξιον, ὅτι διὰ τὸ πολλοὺς εἶναι κακοὺς οὐδὲ ἐν αἰσχύνῃ τὰ κακά. Μετὰ γὰρ τῶν ἄλλων καὶ τοῦτο εἰργάσατο ὁ διάβολος, τὸ μηδὲ αἴσθησιν ἀφιέναι λαβεῖν τῶν κακῶν; ἀλλὰ τῷ πλήθει τῶν μετιόντων τὴν πονηρίαν συσκιάζειν αὐτῆς τὴν αἰσχύνην' ἐπεὶ εἰ συνέβη ἐν πλήθει πολλῶν εἶναι φιλοσοφούντων, μᾶλλον ἂν εἶδεν αὐτοῦ τὴν γύμνωσιν ὁ τοιοῦτος. Ὅτι μὲν οὖν τῶν δαιμονώντων εἰσὶ γυμνότεροι, δῆλον ἐκ τούτων ὅτι δὲ καὶ ἐρήμους ἐπέρχονται, οὐδὲ τοῦτο ἄν τις ἀντείποι. Ἡ γὰρ πλατεῖα καὶ εὐρύχωρος ἐρήμου πάσης ἐρημοτέρα. Εἰ γὰρ καὶ πολλοὺς ἔχει τοὺς ὁδεύοντας, ἀλλ᾽ ὅμως ἀνθρώπων οὐδένα, ἀλλ᾽ ὄφεις, σκορπίους, λύκους, ἔχεις, ἀσπίδας. Τοιοῦτοι γὰρ οἱ τὴν πονηρίαν μετιόντες. Οὐκ ἐρήμη δὲ μόνον αὕτη, αλλὰ καὶ τραχυτέρα ἐκείνης. Καὶ τοῦτο δῆλον ἐντεῦθεν. Οὐ γὰρ οὕτω πλήττουσι λίθοι καὶ φάραγγες καὶ ἀκρώρειαι τοὺς ἀναβαίνοντας αὐτὰς, ὡς ἁρπαγὴ καὶ πλεονεξία, τὰς μετιούσας αὐτὴν ψυχάς. Ὅτι δὲ καὶ παρὰ τὰ μνημεῖα ζῶσι, καθάπερ οἱ δαιμονῶντες, μᾶλλον δὲ καὶ αὐτοὶ μνήματά εἰσι, δῆλον ἐντεῦθεν. Τί γάρ ἐστι μνημεῖον: Λίθος, σῶμα νεκρὸν ἔχων ἐγκείμενον. Τί οὖν ἐκείνων διαφέρει τῶν λίθων τὰ τούτων σώματα; μᾶλλον δὲ καὶ ἐκείνων ἐλεεινότερα ταῦτα. Οὐ γὰρ λίθος ἐστὶ σῶμα νεκρὸν ἔχων, αλλὰ σώμα λίθων ἀναισθητότερον, ψυχὴν περιφέρον νεκράν. Διὸ οὐκ ἄν τις ἁμάρτοι τάφους αὐτοὺς προσειπών. Καὶ γὰρ καὶ ὁ κύριος ἡμῶν οὕτως ἐκάλεσε τοὺς ᾿Ιουδαίους, διὰ τοῦτο μάλιστα ἐπήγαγε γοῦν λέγων· ἔσωθεν δὲ γέμουσιν ἁρπαγῆς καὶ πλεονεξίας. Βούλεσθε λοιπὸν δείξω, πῶς καὶ λίθοις τὰς ἑαυτῶν κατατέμνουσι κεφαλάς; Πόθεν οὖν πρῶτον, εἰπέ μοι, τοῦτο βούλει μαθεῖν; ἀπὸ τῶν ἐντεῦθεν, ἢ ἀπὸ τῶν μελλόντων; Ἀλλὰ τῶν μελλόντων αὐτοῖς οὐ πολὺς ὁ λόγος· οὐκοῦν τὰ ἐνταῦθα ῥητέον. Πόσων γὰρ λίθων οὐ χαλεπώτεραι αἱ φροντίδες, οὐ κεφαλὰς τιτρώσκουσαι, ἀλλὰ ψυχὴν δαπανῶσαι; Δεδοίκασι γὰρ, μήποτε δικαίως ἐκ τῆς αὐτῶν οἰκίας ἐξέλθῃ τὰ ἀδίκως ἐπεισελθόντα τρέμουσιν ὑπὲρ τῶν ἐσχάτων, ὀργίζονται, παροξύνονται, πρὸς οἰκείους, πρὸς ἀλλοτρίους καὶ νῦν μὲν ἀθυμία, νῦν δὲ φόβος, νῦν δὲ θυμὸς αὐτοὺς διαδέχεται, καὶ καθάπερ κρημνοὺς ἀπὸ κρημνῶν διαβαίνοντες, καὶ τὰ μηδέπω κτηθέντα καθ᾽ ἑκάστην καραδοκοῦσι τὴν ἡμέραν. Διόπερ οὐδὲ ἥδονται ὑπὲρ ὧν ἔχουσι, τῷ τε μὴ θαῤῥεῖν ὑπὲρ τῆς ἀσφαλείας αὐτῶν, τῷ τε ὅλῃ τῇ διανοίᾳ πρὸς τὰ μηδέπω ληφθέντα κεχηνέναι. Καὶ καθάπερ ὁ διηνεκῶς διψῶν, κἂν μυρίας ἐκπίῃ πηγάς, οὐκ αἰσθάνεται τῆς ἡδονῆς, διὰ τὸ μὴ λαμβάνειν κόρον οὕτω καὶ οὗτοι, οὐ μόνον οὐχ ἥδονται, ἀλλὰ καὶ βασανίζονται, ὅσῳ ἂν περιβάλλωνται, τῷ μηδὲν εἰδέναι πέρας τῆς τοιαύτης ἐπιθυμίας. Καὶ τὰ μὲν ἐνταῦθα τοιαῦτα εἴπωμεν δὲ καὶ περὶ τῆς μελλούσης ἡμέρας. Εἰ γὰρ καὶ αὐτοὶ μὴ προσέχουσιν, ἀλλ᾽ ἡμῖν ἀναγκαῖον εἰπεῖν. Κατὰ τὴν μέλλουσαν οὖν ἡμέραν πανταχοῦ κολαζομένους ἴδοι τις ἂν τοὺς τοιούτους. Καὶ γὰρ ὅταν λέγῃ, ἐπείνων, καὶ οὐκ ἐδώκατέ μοι φαγεῖν· ἐδίψων, καὶ οὐκ ἐποτίσατέ με, τούτους κολάζει καὶ ὅταν λέγη, πορεύεσθε εἰς τὸ πῦρ τὸ αἰώνιον τὸ ἡτοιμασμένον τῷ διαβόλῳ, τοὺς κακῶς πλουτοῦντας ἐκεῖ παραπέμπει. Καὶ ὁ δοῦλος ὁ πονηρὸς, ὁ μὴ διδοὺς τοῖς συνδούλοις τὰ ὑπάρχοντα τὰ δεσποτικὰ, τῆς τούτων μερίδος ἐστί, καὶ ὁ τὸ τάλαντον κατορύξας, καὶ αἱ πέντε παρθένοι. Καὶ ὅπου ἂν ἀπέλθῃς, τοὺς φιλαργύρους κολαζομένους ὄψει. Καὶ νῦν μὲν ἀκούσονται, χάος ἐστὶ μεταξὺ ἡμῶν καὶ ὑμῶν νῦν δὲ, πορεύεσθε ἀπ᾽ ἐμοῦ εἰς τὸ πῦρ τὸ ἡτοιμασμένον· καὶ νῦν μὲν διχοτομηθέντες ἀπελεύσονται ἔνθα ὁ βρυγμὸς τῶν ὀδόντων· καὶ πάντοθεν αὐτοὺς ἐλαυνομένους ἴδοι τις ἂν, καὶ οὐδαμοῦ χώραν ἔχοντας, ἀλλ᾽ εἰς τὴν γέενναν μόνην συναγομένους.

Idōmen de kai heautous hosa ergazontai. Gymnoi peripatousi kata tēn polin himation gar autois ouk estin aretēs. Ei de ou dokei touto autois aischron einai, kai touto tēs hyperballousēs autōn manias, hoti oude aisthanontai tēs aschēmosynēs; alla sōma men gymnōthentes aischynontai, tēn de psychēn gymnēn peripherontes enkallōpizontai. Ei de boulesthe, kai to aition tēs anaisthēsias erō. Ti oun to aition? En pollois houtō gymnoumenois gymnountai; dioper oude aischynontai, kathaper oude en tois balaneiois hēmeis. Hōs eige polloi ēsan hoi tēn aretēn peribeblēmenoi, tote an meizonōs to aischos autōn ephanē. Nyn de touto malista esti to pollōn dakryōn axion, hoti dia to pollous einai kakous oude en aischynę̄ ta kaka. Meta gar tōn allōn kai touto eirgasato ho diabolos, to mēde aisthēsin aphienai labein tōn kakōn? alla tǭ plēthei tōn metiontōn tēn ponērian syskiazein autēs tēn aischynēn' epei ei synebē en plēthei pollōn einai philosophountōn, mallon an eiden autou tēn gymnōsin ho toioutos. Hoti men oun tōn daimonōntōn eisi gymnoteroi, dēlon ek toutōn hoti de kai erēmous eperchontai, oude touto an tis anteipoi. Hē gar plateia kai eurychōros erēmou pasēs erēmotera. Ei gar kai pollous echei tous hodeuontas, all᾽ homōs anthrōpōn oudena, all᾽ opheis, skorpious, lykous, echeis, aspidas. Toioutoi gar hoi tēn ponērian metiontes. Ouk erēmē de monon hautē, alla kai trachytera ekeinēs. Kai touto dēlon enteuthen. Ou gar houtō plēttousi lithoi kai pharanges kai akrōreiai tous anabainontas autas, hōs harpagē kai pleonexia, tas metiousas autēn psychas. Hoti de kai para ta mnēmeia zōsi, kathaper hoi daimonōntes, mallon de kai autoi mnēmata eisi, dēlon enteuthen. Ti gar esti mnēmeion: Lithos, sōma nekron echōn enkeimenon. Ti oun ekeinōn diapherei tōn lithōn ta toutōn sōmata? mallon de kai ekeinōn eleeinotera tauta. Ou gar lithos esti sōma nekron echōn, alla sōma lithōn anaisthētoteron, psychēn peripheron nekran. Dio ouk an tis hamartoi taphous autous proseipōn. Kai gar kai ho kyrios hēmōn houtōs ekalese tous ᾿Ioudaious, dia touto malista epēgage goun legōn; esōthen de gemousin harpagēs kai pleonexias. Boulesthe loipon deixō, pōs kai lithois tas heautōn katatemnousi kephalas? Pothen oun prōton, eipe moi, touto boulei mathein? apo tōn enteuthen, ē apo tōn mellontōn? Alla tōn mellontōn autois ou polys ho logos; oukoun ta entautha rhēteon. Posōn gar lithōn ou chalepōterai hai phrontides, ou kephalas titrōskousai, alla psychēn dapanōsai? Dedoikasi gar, mēpote dikaiōs ek tēs autōn oikias exelthę̄ ta adikōs epeiselthonta tremousin hyper tōn eschatōn, orgizontai, paroxynontai, pros oikeious, pros allotrious kai nyn men athymia, nyn de phobos, nyn de thymos autous diadechetai, kai kathaper krēmnous apo krēmnōn diabainontes, kai ta mēdepō ktēthenta kath᾽ hekastēn karadokousi tēn hēmeran. Dioper oude hēdontai hyper hōn echousi, tǭ te mē tharrhein hyper tēs asphaleias autōn, tǭ te holę̄ tę̄ dianoią pros ta mēdepō lēphthenta kechēnenai. Kai kathaper ho diēnekōs dipsōn, kan myrias ekpię̄ pēgas, ouk aisthanetai tēs hēdonēs, dia to mē lambanein koron houtō kai houtoi, ou monon ouch hēdontai, alla kai basanizontai, hosǭ an periballōntai, tǭ mēden eidenai peras tēs toiautēs epithymias. Kai ta men entautha toiauta eipōmen de kai peri tēs mellousēs hēmeras. Ei gar kai autoi mē prosechousin, all᾽ hēmin anankaion eipein. Kata tēn mellousan oun hēmeran pantachou kolazomenous idoi tis an tous toioutous. Kai gar hotan legę̄, epeinōn, kai ouk edōkate moi phagein; edipsōn, kai ouk epotisate me, toutous kolazei kai hotan legē, poreuesthe eis to pyr to aiōnion to hētoimasmenon tǭ diabolǭ, tous kakōs ploutountas ekei parapempei. Kai ho doulos ho ponēros, ho mē didous tois syndoulois ta hyparchonta ta despotika, tēs toutōn meridos esti, kai ho to talanton katoryxas, kai hai pente parthenoi. Kai hopou an apelthę̄s, tous philargyrous kolazomenous opsei. Kai nyn men akousontai, chaos esti metaxy hēmōn kai hymōn nyn de, poreuesthe ap᾽ emou eis to pyr to hētoimasmenon; kai nyn men dichotomēthentes apeleusontai entha ho brygmos tōn odontōn; kai pantothen autous elaunomenous idoi tis an, kai oudamou chōran echontas, all᾽ eis tēn geennan monēn synagomenous.

And let us see also what they do to themselves. They walk naked about the city; for they have no garment of virtue. And if this does not seem shameful to them, this too comes from their excessive madness, that they do not even perceive their indecency; but when stripped in body they are ashamed, while carrying their soul about naked they pride themselves. And if you wish, I will tell you the cause of their insensibility too. What, then, is the cause? They are stripped among many who are stripped in the same way; therefore they are not even ashamed, just as we are not in the baths. For if there were many clothed with virtue, then their shame would appear more greatly. But as it is, this is what is especially worthy of many tears, that because many are wicked, evils are not even held in shame. For along with other things the devil has wrought this too, not to allow us even to perceive our evils, but by the multitude of those who pursue wickedness to overshadow its shame; since if such a man happened to be among a multitude of many who practice philosophy, he would see his nakedness more. That they are more naked than the demon-possessed, then, is plain from this; and that they also go about deserts, no one could deny either. For the broad and spacious street is more desert than any desert. For even if it has many travelers, yet it has no men, but serpents, scorpions, wolves, vipers, asps; for such are those who pursue wickedness. And not only is it a desert, but rougher than that. And this is plain from this: for stones and ravines and ridges do not so strike those who climb them as robbery and covetousness strike the souls that pursue them. And that they live among the tombs too, like the demon-possessed—or rather are themselves tombs—is plain from this. For what is a tomb? A stone, having a dead body lying in it. In what, then, do the bodies of these men differ from those stones? Or rather these are more pitiable than those. For here it is not a stone having a dead body, but a body more insensible than stones, carrying about a dead soul. Therefore one would not err in calling them tombs. For our Lord too called the Jews so, especially for this reason; at any rate he added, saying, “But within they are full of robbery and covetousness.” Do you wish me to show next how they also cut their own heads with stones? Whence, then, tell me, do you wish to learn this first—from things here, or from things to come? But they make little account of the things to come; so things here must be spoken of. For than how many stones are their cares more grievous, not wounding heads but consuming the soul? For they fear lest what came into their house unjustly should justly go out of it; they tremble for the utmost; they are angry, they are provoked, with their own people, with strangers; and now dejection, now fear, now anger takes them in turn; and as if crossing from precipice to precipice, they look out every day for what they have not yet acquired. Therefore they do not even enjoy what they have, both because they are not confident about its safety, and because they gape with their whole mind after what they have not yet taken. And as one who is continually thirsty, even if he drinks up countless springs, does not perceive the pleasure, because he gets no satiety, so these too not only take no pleasure, but are tormented, the more they surround themselves with goods, because they know no limit to such desire. And such are the things here; let us speak also of the day to come. For even if they themselves pay no heed, yet it is necessary for us to speak. On the day to come, then, one would see such men punished everywhere. For when he says, “I was hungry, and you did not give me to eat; I was thirsty, and you did not give me drink,” he punishes these; and when he says, “Go into the eternal fire prepared for the devil,” he sends there those who are wickedly rich. And the wicked servant, who does not give the master’s goods to his fellow servants, is of their portion, and he who buried the talent, and the five virgins. And wherever you go, you will see the lovers of money punished. Now they will hear, “There is a chasm between us and you”; now, “Go away from me into the fire prepared”; and now, cut in two, they will depart where there is gnashing of teeth. And one would see them driven from every side, and having no place anywhere, but gathered into Gehenna alone.

81.5Field 2

Τί τοίνυν τῆς ὀρθῆς ἡμῖν πίστεως ὄφελος εἰς σωτηρίαν, ὅταν ταῦτα ἀκούσωμεν; ᾿Ἐκεῖ ὁ βρυγμὸς τῶν οδόντων, καὶ σκότος ἐξώτερον, καὶ πῦρ τὸ ἡτοιμασμένον τῷ διαβόλῳ, καὶ τὸ διχοτομεῖσθαι, καὶ τὸ ἐλαύνεσθαι ἐνταῦθα ἀπέχθειαι, κακηγορίαι, διαβολαὶ, κίνδυνοι, φροντίδες, ἐπιβουλαὶ, τὸ παρὰ πάντων μισεῖσθαι, τὸ παρὰ πάντων βδελύττεσθαι, καὶ παρ᾽ αὐτῶν τῶν δοκούντων κολακεύειν. Ὥσπερ γὰρ τοὺς ἀγαθοὺς οὐχ οἱ ἀγαθοὶ μόνον, ἀλλὰ καὶ οἱ πονηροὶ θαυμάζουσιν· οὕτω τοὺς κακοὺς οὐχ οἱ χρήῆστοι μόνον, ἀλλὰ καὶ οἱ φαῦλοι μισοῦσι. Καὶ ὅτι τοῦτό ἐστιν ἀληθὲς, τοὺς φιλαργύρους ἡδέως ἂν ἐροίμην, εἰ μὴ πρὸς ἀλλήλους ἀηδῶς ἔχουσι, καὶ τῶν τὰ μέγιστα ἠδικηκότων πολεμιωτέρους εἶναι νομίζουσιν, εἰ μὴ καὶ ἑαυτῶν κατηγοροῦσιν, εἰ μὴ ὕβριν τὸ πρᾶγμα φασιν, ὅταν τις αὐτοῖς τοῦτο προσενέγκῃ τὸ ὄνειδος. Καὶ γὰρ ὄνειδος ἔσχατον τοῦτο, καὶ πολλῆς κακίας ἀπόδειξις. Εἰ γὰρ χρημάτων ὑπεριδεῖν οὐκ ἀνέχῃ, τίνος περιέσῃ ποτέ; ἐπιθυμίας, καὶ δοξομανίας, καὶ θυμοῦ, καὶ ὀργῆς; Καὶ πῶς ἂν τις πεισθείη; Ἐπιθυμίας μὲν γὰρ ἕνεκεν τῆς τῶν σωμάτων, καὶ ὀργῆς καὶ θυμοῦ, πολλοὶ καὶ τῇ τῆς σαρκὸς κατασκευῇ λογίζονται, καὶ τὰς ὑπερβολὰς ἀνατιθέασιν ἰατρῶν παῖδες· καὶ τὸν μὲν θερμότερον καὶ ὑγρότερον λαγνότερον εἶναί φασι, τὸν δὲ πρὸς ξηροτέραν ἐκπεσόντα δυσκρασίαν, ὁρμητίαν καὶ ἀκρόχολον καὶ θυμώδη. Φιλαργυρίας δὲ ἕνεκεν οὐδεὶς οὐδέποτε αὐτῶν ἤκουσεν οὐδὲν εἰρηκότων τοιοῦτον. Οὕτω ῥᾳθυμίας μόνης ἐστὶ καὶ ψυχῆς ἀναλγήτου τὸ νόσημα. Διὸ παρακαλῶ, σπουδάζωμεν πάντα τὰ τοιαῦτα διορθοῦν, καὶ τὰ καθ᾽ ἑκάστην ἡμῖν ἡλικίαν ἐπιγινόμενα πάθη πρὸς τὸ ἐναντίον μετατιθέναι. Ἂν δὲ καθ᾽ ἕκαστον μέρος τῆς ζωῆς ἡμῶν παραπλέωμεν τοὺς τῆς ἀρετῆς πόνους, πανταχοῦ ναυάγια ὑπομένοντες, ἐπὶ τὸν λιμένα ἐλθόντες ἔρημοι φορτίων πνευματικῶν, τὰ ἔσχατα ὑπομενοῦμεν. Πέλαγος γάρ ἐστι τεταμένον ὁ παρὼν βίος. Καὶ ὥσπερ ἐν τῇ θαλάττῃ ταύτῃ διάφοροι κόλποι, διαφόρους ἔχοντες χειμῶνας· καὶ ὁ μὲν Αἰγαῖος διὰ τὰ πνεύματά ἐστι χαλεπός· ὁ δὲ πορθμὸς ὁ Τυρρηνικὸς, διὰ τὴν στενοχωρίαν· ἡ δὲ Χάρυβδις ἡ πρὸς τῇ Λιβύῃ, διὰ τὰ τέλματα᾽ ἡ Προποντὶς ἡ ἔξω τοῦ Εὐξείνου πόντου, διὰ τὸ ῥαγδαῖον καὶ ῥόθιον τὰ ἔξω Γαδείρων, διὰ τὴν ἐρημίαν καὶ τὸ ἀτριβὲς καὶ τὸ ἀνιστόρητον τῶν τόπων· καὶ ἄλλο μέρος δι᾽ ἕτερον οὕτω καὶ ἐπὶ τῆς ζωῆς τῆς ἡμετέρας. Καὶ πρῶτον πέλαγός ἐστιν ἰδεῖν τὸ τῆς παιδικῆς ἡλικίας, πολὺν ἔχον τὸν σάλον διὰ τὸ ἀνόητον, διὰ τὴν εὐκολίαν, διὰ τὸ μὴ πεπηγέναι. Διὰ τοῦτο καὶ παιδαγωγοὺς καὶ διδασκάλους ἐφιστῶμεν, τὸ λεῖπον τῇ φύσει διὰ τῆς ἐπιμελείας εἰσφέροντες, ὥσπερ ἐκεῖ διὰ τῆς τέχνης τῆς κυβερνητικῆς. Μετὰ ταύτην τὴν ἡλικίαν ἡ τοῦ μειρακίου διαδέχεται θάλαττα, ἔνθα σφοδρὰ τὰ πνεύματα; καθάπερ ἐν τῷ Αἰγαίῳ, τῆς ἐπιθυμίας ἡμῖν αὐξανομένης. Καὶ αὕτη μάλιστα ἡ ἡλικία διορθώσεως ἔρημος· οὐ διὰ τὸ ἐνοχλεῖσθαι μόνον σφοδρότερον, ἀλλὰ καὶ διὰ τὸ τὰ ἁμαρτήματα μὴ ἐλέγχεσθαι· καὶ γὰρ καὶ διδάσκαλος καὶ παιδαγωγὸς λοιπὸν ὑπεξίστανται. Ὅταν οὖν τὰ μὲν πνεύματα σφοδρότερον διαπνέῃ, ὁ δὲ κυβερνήτης ἀσθενέστερος ᾖ, καὶ ὁ ἀμύνων μηδεὶς ᾖ, ἐννόησον τοῦ χειμῶνος τὸ μέγεθος. Μετὰ τοῦτο πάλιν ἕτερον μέρος τῆς ἡλικίας, τὸ τῶν ἀνδρῶν ἔπεισιν, ἐν ᾧ τὰ τῆς οἰκονομίας ἐπίκειται ὅτε γυνὴ, καὶ γάμος, καὶ παιδοποιΐα, καὶ οἰκίας προστασία, καὶ πολλαὶ τῶν φροντίδων νιφάδες. Τότε μάλιστα καὶ φιλαργυρία ἀνθεῖ καὶ βασκανία. Ὅταν οὖν ἕκαστον μέρος ἡλικίας παρερχώμεθα μετὰ ναυαγίων, πῶς ἀρκέσομεν τῇ παρούσῃ ζωῇ; πῶς τὴν μέλλουσαν διαφευξόμεθα κόλασιν; Ὅταν γὰρ ἐν μὲν τῇ πρώτῃ ἡλικίᾳ μηδὲν μανθάνωμεν ὑγιὲς, ἐν δὲ τῆ νεότητι μὴ σωφρονήσωμεν, καὶ ἄνδρες γενόμενοι φιλαργυρίας μὴ περιγενώμεθα, ὥσπερ εἴς τινα αντλίαν τὸ γῆρας ἐλθόντες, καὶ πάσαις ταῖς πληγαῖς ταύταις τὸ σκάφος τῆς ψυχῆς ἀσθενέστερον κατασκευάσαντες, τῶν σανίδων διαλελυμένων, ἀπαντησόμεθα εἰς ἐκεῖνον τὸν λιμένα, πολὺν ἐπιφερόμενοι φορυτὸν ἀντὶ πνευματικῆς ἐμπορίας, καὶ τῷ μὲν διαβόλῳ παρέξομεν γέλωτα, θρῆνον δὲ ἡμῖν αὐτοῖς, καὶ τὰς ἀφορήτους ἐπισπασόμεθα τιμωρίας. Ἵν᾽ οὖν μὴ ταῦτα γένηται, πάντοθεν ἑαυτοὺς συσφίγξαντες, καὶ πρὸς πάντα τὰ πάθη στάντες, ἐκβάλωμεν τοῦ πλούτου τὴν ἐπιθυμίαν ἵνα καὶ τῶν μελλόντων ἐπιτύχωμεν ἀγαθῶν, χάριτι καὶ φιλανθρωπίᾳ τοῦ κυρίου ἡμῶν ᾿Ιησοῦ Χριστοῦ, ᾧ ἡ δόξα εἰς τοὺς αἰῶνας τῶν αἰώνων. Ἀμήν.

Ti toinyn tēs orthēs hēmin pisteōs ophelos eis sōtērian, hotan tauta akousōmen? ᾿Ekei ho brygmos tōn odontōn, kai skotos exōteron, kai pyr to hētoimasmenon tǭ diabolǭ, kai to dichotomeisthai, kai to elaunesthai entautha apechtheiai, kakēgoriai, diabolai, kindynoi, phrontides, epiboulai, to para pantōn miseisthai, to para pantōn bdelyttesthai, kai par᾽ autōn tōn dokountōn kolakeuein. Hōsper gar tous agathous ouch hoi agathoi monon, alla kai hoi ponēroi thaumazousin; houtō tous kakous ouch hoi chrēēstoi monon, alla kai hoi phauloi misousi. Kai hoti touto estin alēthes, tous philargyrous hēdeōs an eroimēn, ei mē pros allēlous aēdōs echousi, kai tōn ta megista ēdikēkotōn polemiōterous einai nomizousin, ei mē kai heautōn katēgorousin, ei mē hybrin to pragma phasin, hotan tis autois touto prosenenkę̄ to oneidos. Kai gar oneidos eschaton touto, kai pollēs kakias apodeixis. Ei gar chrēmatōn hyperidein ouk anechę̄, tinos periesę̄ pote? epithymias, kai doxomanias, kai thymou, kai orgēs? Kai pōs an tis peistheiē? Epithymias men gar heneken tēs tōn sōmatōn, kai orgēs kai thymou, polloi kai tę̄ tēs sarkos kataskeuę̄ logizontai, kai tas hyperbolas anatitheasin iatrōn paides; kai ton men thermoteron kai hygroteron lagnoteron einai phasi, ton de pros xēroteran ekpesonta dyskrasian, hormētian kai akrocholon kai thymōdē. Philargyrias de heneken oudeis oudepote autōn ēkousen ouden eirēkotōn toiouton. Houtō rhąthymias monēs esti kai psychēs analgētou to nosēma. Dio parakalō, spoudazōmen panta ta toiauta diorthoun, kai ta kath᾽ hekastēn hēmin hēlikian epiginomena pathē pros to enantion metatithenai. An de kath᾽ hekaston meros tēs zōēs hēmōn parapleōmen tous tēs aretēs ponous, pantachou nauagia hypomenontes, epi ton limena elthontes erēmoi phortiōn pneumatikōn, ta eschata hypomenoumen. Pelagos gar esti tetamenon ho parōn bios. Kai hōsper en tę̄ thalattę̄ tautę̄ diaphoroi kolpoi, diaphorous echontes cheimōnas; kai ho men Aigaios dia ta pneumata esti chalepos; ho de porthmos ho Tyrrēnikos, dia tēn stenochōrian; hē de Charybdis hē pros tę̄ Libyę̄, dia ta telmata᾽ hē Propontis hē exō tou Euxeinou pontou, dia to rhagdaion kai rhothion ta exō Gadeirōn, dia tēn erēmian kai to atribes kai to anistorēton tōn topōn; kai allo meros di᾽ heteron houtō kai epi tēs zōēs tēs hēmeteras. Kai prōton pelagos estin idein to tēs paidikēs hēlikias, polyn echon ton salon dia to anoēton, dia tēn eukolian, dia to mē pepēgenai. Dia touto kai paidagōgous kai didaskalous ephistōmen, to leipon tę̄ physei dia tēs epimeleias eispherontes, hōsper ekei dia tēs technēs tēs kybernētikēs. Meta tautēn tēn hēlikian hē tou meirakiou diadechetai thalatta, entha sphodra ta pneumata? kathaper en tǭ Aigaiǭ, tēs epithymias hēmin auxanomenēs. Kai hautē malista hē hēlikia diorthōseōs erēmos; ou dia to enochleisthai monon sphodroteron, alla kai dia to ta hamartēmata mē elenchesthai; kai gar kai didaskalos kai paidagōgos loipon hypexistantai. Hotan oun ta men pneumata sphodroteron diapneę̄, ho de kybernētēs asthenesteros ę̄, kai ho amynōn mēdeis ę̄, ennoēson tou cheimōnos to megethos. Meta touto palin heteron meros tēs hēlikias, to tōn andrōn epeisin, en hǭ ta tēs oikonomias epikeitai hote gynē, kai gamos, kai paidopoiïa, kai oikias prostasia, kai pollai tōn phrontidōn niphades. Tote malista kai philargyria anthei kai baskania. Hotan oun hekaston meros hēlikias parerchōmetha meta nauagiōn, pōs arkesomen tę̄ parousę̄ zōę̄? pōs tēn mellousan diapheuxometha kolasin? Hotan gar en men tę̄ prōtę̄ hēlikią mēden manthanōmen hygies, en de tē neotēti mē sōphronēsōmen, kai andres genomenoi philargyrias mē perigenōmetha, hōsper eis tina antlian to gēras elthontes, kai pasais tais plēgais tautais to skaphos tēs psychēs asthenesteron kataskeuasantes, tōn sanidōn dialelymenōn, apantēsometha eis ekeinon ton limena, polyn epipheromenoi phoryton anti pneumatikēs emporias, kai tǭ men diabolǭ parexomen gelōta, thrēnon de hēmin autois, kai tas aphorētous epispasometha timōrias. Hin᾽ oun mē tauta genētai, pantothen heautous sysphinxantes, kai pros panta ta pathē stantes, ekbalōmen tou ploutou tēn epithymian hina kai tōn mellontōn epitychōmen agathōn, chariti kai philanthrōpią tou kyriou hēmōn ᾿Iēsou Christou, hǭ hē doxa eis tous aiōnas tōn aiōnōn. Amēn.

What, then, is the benefit to us of right faith for salvation, when we hear these things? There, the gnashing of teeth, and outer darkness, and the fire prepared for the devil, and being cut in two, and being driven out; here, enmities, slanders, false accusations, dangers, cares, plots, being hated by all, being loathed by all, even by those who seem to flatter. For as not only the good but also the wicked admire the good, so not only the virtuous but also the worthless hate the wicked. And that this is true, I would gladly ask the lovers of money whether they are not disgusted with one another, and do not think one another more hostile than those who have done them the greatest wrongs; whether they do not even accuse themselves; whether they do not call it an insult when anyone brings this reproach against them. For this is the utmost reproach and the proof of much wickedness. For if you cannot bear to despise money, what will you ever overcome? Lust, and the madness for glory, and anger, and wrath? And how could one be persuaded of it? For lust after bodies, and anger and wrath, many ascribe to the constitution of the flesh, and the children of physicians attribute the excesses to it, and they say that the hotter and moister man is more lustful, and that one who has fallen into a drier imbalance is impetuous and irascible and passionate. But for love of money no one has ever heard them say anything of the kind. So the disease belongs to carelessness alone and to a soul past feeling. Therefore I exhort you, let us be zealous to correct all such things, and to turn the passions that come upon us at each age to the opposite. And if in each part of our life we sail past the labors of virtue, suffering shipwrecks everywhere, and come to the harbor empty of spiritual cargo, we will suffer the extreme. For the present life is an outspread sea. And as in this sea there are different gulfs having different storms—the Aegean is grievous because of the winds; the Tyrrhenian strait because of its narrowness; Charybdis by Libya because of the shoals; the Propontis outside the Euxine because of its violence and surging; the parts beyond Gades because of the desolation and the untrodden and unexplored nature of the places; and another part for another reason—so too it is in our life. And first one may see the sea of childhood, which has much tossing because of its folly, its pliancy, its want of firmness. For this reason we set over children tutors and teachers, supplying by care what is lacking in nature, as there by the art of steering. After this age the sea of youth succeeds, where the winds are violent, as in the Aegean, as desire grows in us. And this age especially is bare of correction, not only because it is more violently assailed, but also because its sins are not rebuked; for both the teacher and the tutor withdraw from then on. When, then, the winds blow more violently, and the pilot is weaker, and there is no one to help, consider the greatness of the storm. After this again comes another part of life, that of men, in which the cares of the household press upon us: when there is a wife, and marriage, and the begetting of children, and the charge of a house, and many snowstorms of cares. Then especially the love of money flourishes, and envy. When, then, we pass each part of life with shipwrecks, how shall we suffice for the present life? How shall we escape the punishment to come? For when in the first age we learn nothing sound, and in youth are not self-controlled, and when we become men do not overcome the love of money, coming to old age as into a bilge, and having made the ship of the soul weaker with all these blows, its planks loosened, we will arrive at that harbor bearing much rubbish instead of spiritual merchandise, and we will provide laughter for the devil but lamentation for ourselves, and draw down on ourselves unbearable punishments. So that these things may not happen, then, let us bind ourselves tight on every side, and stand against all the passions, and cast out the desire for wealth, so that we may also obtain the good things to come, by the grace and love for mankind of our Lord Jesus Christ, to whom be the glory to the ages of ages. Amen.

Chapter 82

82.1Field 2

᾿Εσθιόντων δὲ αὐτῶν, λαβὼν ὁ Ἰησοῦς ἄρτον, καὶ εὐχαριστήσας, ἔκλασε, καὶ ἔδωκε τοῖς μαθηταῖς, καὶ εἶπε λάβετε, φάγετε' τοῦτό ἐστι τὸ σῶμά μου. Καὶ λαβὼν ποτήριον, καὶ εὐχαριστήσας, ἔδωκεν αὐτοῖς λέγων πίετε ἐξ αὐτοῦ πάντες τοῦτό ἐστι τὸ αἷμά μου τὸ τῆς καινῆς διαθήκης, τὸ ὑπὲρ πολλῶν ἐκχυνόμενον εἰς ἄφεσιν ἁμαρτιῶν. Βαβαὶ, πόση ἡ πήρωσις τοῦ προδότου. Καὶ τῶν μυστηρίων μετέχων, ἔμενεν ὁ αὐτός καὶ τῆς φρικωδεστάτης ἀπολαύων τραπέζης, οὐ μετεβάλλετο. Καὶ τοῦτο ὁ Λουκᾶς δηλοῖ λέγων, ὅτι μετὰ τοῦτο εἰσῆλθεν εἰς αὐτὸν ὁ Σατανᾶς, οὐ τοῦ σώματος καταφρονῶν τοῦ δεσποτικοῦ, αλλὰ τῆς ἀναισχυντίας καταγελῶν τοῦ προδότου λοιπόν. Καὶ γὰρ μείζον τὸ ἁμάρτημα ἐγίνετο ἑκατέρωθεν καὶ ὅτι μετὰ τοιαύτης γνώμης τοῖς μυστηρίοις προσῆει, καὶ ὅτι προσελθὼν οὐκ ἐγένετο βελτίων, οὔτε ἀπὸ τοῦ φόβου, οὔτε ἀπὸ τῆς εὐεργεσίας, οὔτε ἀπὸ τῆς τιμῆς. Ὁ δὲ Χριστὸς οὐκ ἐκώλυσεν αὐτὸν, καίτοι πάντα εἰδώς ἵνα μάθῃς ὅτι οὐδὲν παραλιμπάνει τῶν εἰς διόρθωσιν ἠκόντων. Διὰ τοῦτο καὶ πρὸ τούτου καὶ μετὰ τοῦτο συνεχῶς ὑπεμίμνησκε καὶ κατεῖχε, καὶ δι᾽ ἔργων, καὶ διὰ λόγων, καὶ διὰ φόβου, καὶ διὰ θεραπείας, καὶ δι ἀπειλῆς, καὶ διὰ τιμῆς. ᾿Αλλ οὐδὲν αὐτὸν ἀφίστη τοῦ νοσήματος ἐκείνου τοῦ χαλεποῦ. Διὸ λοιπὸν ἐκεῖνον ἀφεὶς, τοὺς μαθητὰς διὰ τών μυστηρίων ἀναμιμνήσκει πάλιν τῆς σφαγῆς, καὶ μεταξὺ τῆς τραπέζης περὶ τοῦ σταυροῦ διαλέγεται, τῇ συνεχείᾳ τῆς προῤῥήσεως εὐπαράδεκτον αὐτοῦ ποιῶν τὸ πάθος. Εἰ γὰρ τοσούτων γενομένων καὶ προλεχθέντων, ἐθορυβήθησαν, εἰ μηδὲν τούτων ἠκηκόεισαν, τί οὐκ ἂν ἔπαθον; Καὶ ἐσθιόντων αὐτῶν, λαβὼν ἄρτον ἔκλασε. Τί δήποτε τότε κατὰ τὸν καιρὸν τοῦ πάσχα τὸ μυστήριον ἐπετέλει τοῦτο; Ἵνα μάθῃς πάντοθεν καὶ τῆς παλαιᾶς αὐτὸν ὄντα νομοθέτην, καὶ τὰ ἐν ἐκείνῃ διὰ ταῦτα προσκιογραφηθέντα. Διά τοι τοῦτο ἔνθα ὁ τύπος, τὴν ἀλήθειαν ἐπιτίθησιν. Ἡ δὲ ἑσπέρα τοῦ πληρώματος τῶν καιρῶν τεκμήριον ἥν, καὶ τοῦ πρὸς αὐτὸ λοιπὸν ἥκειν τὸ τέλος τὰ πράγματα. Καὶ εὐχαριστεῖ, διδάσκων ἡμᾶς ὅπως δεῖ τὸ μυστήριον τοῦτο ἐπιτελεῖν, καὶ δεικνὺς ὅτι οὐκ ἄκων ἐπὶ τὸ πάθος ἔρχεται, καὶ παιδεύων ἡμᾶς, ὅπερ ἄν πάσχωμεν, εὐχαρίστως φέρειν, καὶ χρηστὰς καντεῦθεν ὑποτείνων τὰς ἐλπίδας. Εἰ γὰρ ὁ τύπος τοσαύτης δουλείας γέγονεν ἀπαλλαγὴ, πολλῷ μᾶλλον ἡ ἀλήθεια τὴν οἰκουμένην ἐλευθερώσει, καὶ ἐπὶ εὐεργεσίᾳ τῆς ἡμετέρας παραδοθήσεται φύσεως. Διά τοι τοῦτο οὐδὲ πρὸ τούτου παρέδωκε τὸ μυστήριον, ἀλλ᾽ ὅτε λοιπὸν παύσασθαι ἔδει τὰ νομικά. Καὶ τὸ κεφάλαιον δὲ τῶν ἑορτών αὐτῶν καταλύει, ἐφ᾽ ἑτέραν αὐτοὺς μετατιθεὶς τράπεζαν φρικωδεστάτην, καί φησι λάβετε, φάγετε᾽ τοῦτό ἐστι τὸ σῶμά μου, τὸ ὑπὲρ πολλῶν κλώμενον. Καὶ πῶς οὐκ ἐθορυβήθησαν τοῦτο ἀκούσαντες; Ὅτι πολλὰ καὶ μεγάλα περὶ τούτου καὶ ἔμπροσθεν αὐτοῖς ἣν προδιαλεχθείς. Διόπερ, ἐκεῖνο μὲν οὐκἔτι κατασκευάζει καὶ γὰρ αὐτάρκως ἦσαν ἀκούσαντες· τὴν δὲ αἰτίαν λέγει τοῦ πάθους, τῶν ἁμαρτημάτων τὴν ἀναίρεσιν. Καὶ αἷμα καινῆς διαθήκης καλεῖ, τουτέστι, τῆς ὑποσχέσεως, τῆς ἐπαγγελίας, τοῦ νόμου τοῦ καινοῦ. Τοῦτο γὰρ καὶ ὑπέσχετο πάλαι, καὶ τὴν διαθήκην τοῦτο συνέχει τὴν ἐν τῇ καινῆ. Καὶ ὥσπερ ἡ παλαιὰ πρόβατα καὶ μόσχους εἶχεν; οὕτως αὕτη τὸ αἷμα τὸ δεσποτικόν. Κἀντεῦθεν δείκνυσιν, ὅτι καὶ μέλλει τελευτᾶν· διὸ καὶ διαθήκης μέμνηται καὶ ἀναμιμνήσκει δὲ τῆς προτέρας καὶ γὰρ καὶ ἐκείνη δι αἵματος ἐγκεκαίνιστο. Καὶ πάλιν λέγει τοῦ θανάτου τὴν αἰτίαν τὸ ὑπὲρ πολλῶν ἐκχυνόμενον εἰς ἄφεσιν ἀμαρτιῶν καί φησι; τοῦτο ποιεῖτε εἰς τὴν ἐμὴν ἀνάμνησιν. Εἶδες πῶς ἐξάγει τῶν ᾿Ιουδαϊκῶν ἐθῶν, καὶ ἀφίστησι; Καθάπερ γὰρ ἐκεῖνο ἐποιεῖτε; φησὶν, εἰς ἀνάμνησιν τῶν ἐν Αἰγύπτῳ θαυμάτων, οὕτω καὶ τοῦτο εἰς ἐμήν. Ἐκεῖνο ἐξεχύθη εἰς σωτηρίαν τῶν πρωτοτόκων τοῦτο εἰς ἄφεσιν ἅμαρτιῶν τῆς οἰκουμένης ἁπάσης. Τοῦτο γάρ ἐστι τὸ αἷμα μου, φησὶ, τὸ ἐκχυνόμενον εἰς ἄφεσιν ἁμαρτιῶν. Τοῦτο δὲ ἔλεγε, κἀντεῦθεν δεικνὺς ἅμα ὅτι μυστήριόν ἐστι τὸ πάθος καὶ ὁ σταυρὸς, καὶ διὰ τούτου πάλιν παρακαλῶν τοὺς μαθητάς. Καὶ καθάπερ Μωϋσῆς φησι· τοῦτο μνημόσυνον ὑμῖν αἰώνιον οὕτω καὶ αὐτὸς, εἰς ἐμὴν ἀνάμνησιν, ἕως ἂν παραγένωμαι. Διὰ τοῦτο καὶ, ἐπιθυμίᾳ ἐπεθύμησα, φησὶ, τὸ πάσχα τοῦτο φαγεῖν. τουτέστι, παραδοῦναι ὑμῖν τὰ καινὰ πράγματα; καὶ πάσχα δοῦναι, καθ᾽ ὃ μέλλω πνευματικοὺς ποιεῖν. Καὶ αὐτὸς ἔπιεν ἐξ αὐτοῦ. Ἵνα γὰρ μὴ ταῦτα ἀκούοντες εἴπωσι, τί οὖν; αἷμα πίνομεν, καὶ σάρκα ἐσθίομεν; καὶ θορυβηθῶσι τότε' (καὶ γὰρ ὅτε τοὺς περὶ τούτων ἐκίνει λόγους, καὶ πρὸς τὰ ῥήματα αὐτὰ πολλοὶ ἐσκανδαλίζοντο) ἵν οὖν μὴ καὶ τότε ταραχθῶσι, πρῶτος αὐτὸς τοῦτο ἐποίησεν, ἐνάγων αὐτοὺς ἀταράχως εἰς τὴν κοινωνίαν τῶν μυστηρίων. Διὰ τοῦτο τὸ ἑαυτοῦ αἷμα αὐτὸς ἔπιεν. Τί οὗν; κἀκεῖνο χρὴ ποιεῖν τὸ παλαιόν; φησίν. Οὐδαμώς. Διὰ γὰρ τοῦτο εἶπε, τοῦτο ποιεῖτε, ἵνα ἐκείνου ἀπαγάγῃ. Εἰ γὰρ τοῦτο ἄφεσιν ἁμαρτιῶν ἐργάζεται, ὥσπερ οὖν καὶ ἐργάζεται, περιττὸν ἐκεῖνο λοιπόν. Ὥσπερ οὖν ἐπὶ τῶν ᾿Ιουδαίων, οὕτω καὶ ἐνταῦθα τῆς εὐεργεσίας ἐγκατέδησε τὸ μνημόσυνον τῷ μυστηρίῳ, κἀντεῦθεν ἐμφραττῶν τῶν αἱρετικῶν τὰ στόματα. Ὅταν γὰρ λέγωσι, πόθεν δῆλον ὅτι ἐτύθη ὁ Χριστός; μετὰ τῶν ἄλλων καὶ ἀπὸ τῶν μυστηρίων αὐτοὺς ἐπιστομίζομεν. Εἰ γὰρ μὴ ἀπέθανεν Ἰησοῦς, τίνος σύμβολα τὰ τελούμενα; Ὁρᾷς ὅση γέγονε σπουδὴ, ὥστε ἀεὶ ἀναμιμνήσκεσθαι, ὅτι ἀπέθανεν ὑπὲρ ἡμῶν; Ἐπειδὴ γὰρ ἔμελλον οἱ περὶ Μαρκίωνα καὶ Οὐαλεντῖνον καὶ Μανιχαῖον φύεσθαι, ταύτην ἀρνούμενοι τὴν οἰκονομίαν, διηνεκῶς ἀναμιμνήσκει τοῦ πάθους καὶ διὰ τῶν μυστηρίων, ὥστε μηδένα παραλογισθῆναι· ὁμοῦ μὲν σώζων, ὁμοῦ δὲ παιδεύων διὰ τῆς ἱερᾶς τραπέζης ἐκείνης. Καὶ γὰρ τὸ κεφάλαιον τῶν ἀγαθῶν τοῦτο. Διὸ καὶ ὁ Παῦλος τοῦτο ἄνω καὶ κάτω στρέφει. Εἶτα ἐπειδὴ παρέδωκε, φησίν· οὐ μὴ πίω ἐκ τοῦ γεννήματος τῆς ἀμπέλου ταύτης ἕως τῆς ἡμέρας ἐκείνης, ὅταν αὐτὸ πίνω καινὸν μεθ᾽ ὑμῶν ἐν τῇ βασιλείᾳ τοῦ πατρός μου. Ἐπειδὴ γάρ περὶ πάθους αὐτοῖς καὶ σταυροῦ διελέχθη. καὶ τὸν περὶ τῆς ἀναστάσεως πάλιν εἰσάγει λόγον, βασιλείας εἰς μέσον ἀναμνήσας, καὶ τὴν ἀνάστασιν οὕτω τὴν ἑαυτοῦ καλέσας. Καὶ τίνος ἕνεκεν ἀναστὰς ἔπιεν; ἵνα μὴ νομίσωσιν οἱ παχύτεροι φαντασίαν εἶναι τὴν ἀνάστασιν. Τοῦ γὰρ ἀναστῆναι τοῦτο τεκμήριον ἐτίθεντο οἱ πολλοί. Διὸ καὶ οἱ ἀπόστολοι πείθοντες αὐτοὺς περὶ ἀναστάσεως, τοῦτο ἔλεγον· οἵτινες συνεφάγομεν καὶ συνεπίομεν αὐτῷ. Δηλῶν τοίνυν ὅτι αὐτὸν ὄψονται ἀναστάντα λαμπρῶς, καὶ μετ᾽ αὐτῶν ἔσται πάλιν, καὶ αὐτοὶ μαρτυρήσουσι τοῖς γινομένοις, καὶ δι ὄψεως καὶ διὰ πραγμάτων, φησίν ἕως ἂν αὐτὸ πίω καινὸν μεθ' ὑμῶν, ὑμῶν μαρτυρούντων. Ὑμεῖς γάρ με ὄψεσθε ἀναστάντα. Τί δέ ἐστι; καινὸν ; Καινῶς, τουτέστι ξένως, οὐ σώμα παθητὸν ἔχων, ἀλλ᾽ ἀθάνατον λοιπὸν καὶ ἄφθαρτον, καὶ οὐ δεόμενον τροφῆς. Οὐ τοίνυν διὰ χρείαν μετὰ τὴν ἀνάστασιν ἔφαγέ τε καὶ ἔπιεν οὐδὲ γὰρ ἐδεῖτο λοιπὸν τὸ σῶμα τούτων· ἀλλὰ δι᾽ ἀναστάσεως πληροφορίαν. Καὶ τίνος ἕνεκεν οὐχ ὕδωρ ἔπιεν ἀναστάς, ἀλλ᾽ οἶνον ; Ἄλλην αἵρεσιν πονηρὰν πρόῤῥιζον ἀνασπῶν. ᾿Επειδὴ γάρ εἰσί τινες ἐν τοῖς μυστηρίοις ὕδατι κεχρημένοι, δεικνὺς ὅτι καὶ ἡνίκα τὰ μυστήρια παρέδωκεν, οἶνον παρέδωκε, καὶ ἡνίκα ἀναστὰς χωρὶς μυστηρίων ψιλὴν τράπεζαν παρετίθετο, οἴνῳ ἐκέχρητο· ἐκ τοῦ γεννήματος, φησὶ, τῆς ἀμπέλου. Ἄμπελος δὲ οἶνον, οὐχ ὕδωρ γεννᾷ. Καὶ ὑμνήσαντες, ἐξῆλθον εἰς τὸ ὄρος τῶν ἐλαιῶν. Ἀκουέτωσαν ὅσοι καθάπερ χοῖροι ἐσθίοντες ἁπλῶς λακτίζουσι τὴν τράπεζαν τὴν αἰσθητὴν, καὶ ανίστανται μετὰ μέθης, δέον εὐχαριστεῖν καὶ εἰς ὕμνον τελευτᾶν. ᾿Ακούσατε ὅσοι τὴν τελευταίαν πάλιν εὐχὴν οὐκ ἀναμένετε τῶν μυστηρίων· αὕτη γὰρ ἐκείνης σύμβολον. Εὐχαρίστησε πρὸ τοῦ δοῦναι τοῖς μαθηταῖς, ἵνα καὶ ἡμεῖς εὐχαριστώμεν. Εὐχαρίστησε καὶ ὕμνησε μετὰ τὸ δοῦναι, ἵνα καὶ ἡμεῖς αὐτὸ τοῦτο ποιῶμεν. Τί δήποτε δὲ εἰς τὸ ὄρος ἐξέρχεται; Δῆλον ἑαυτὸν ποιῶν πρὸς τὸ ληφθῆναι, ἵνα μὴ δόξῃ κρύπτεσθαι. Ἔσπευδε γὰρ ἐπὶ τὸν τόπον ἐλθεῖν, τὸν καὶ Ἰούδᾳ γνώριμον. Τότε λέγει αὐτοῖς πάντες ὑμεῖς σκανδαλισθήσεσθε ἐν ἐμοί. Εἶτα λέγει καὶ προφητείαν γέγραπται γάρ· πατάξω τὸν ποιμένα, καὶ διασκορπισθήσεται τὰ πρόβατα ὁμοῦ μὲν πείθων αὐτοὺς ἀεὶ προσέχειν τοῖς γεγραμμένοις, ὁμοῦ δὲ δηλῶν ὅτι κατὰ θεοῦ γνώμην ἐσταυροῦτο, καὶ πανταχόθεν δεικνὺς οὐκ ἀλλότριον ὄντα ἑαυτὸν τῆς παλαιᾶς, οὐδὲ τοῦ ἐν αὐτῇ καταγγελλομένου θεοῦ, καὶ ὅτι οἰκονομία τὸ γινόμενον, καὶ πάντα προανεκήρυξαν οἱ προφῆται ἄνωθεν τὰ ἐν τῷ πράγματι, ὥστε αὐτοὺς καὶ περὶ τῶν χρηστοτέρων σφόδρα θαῤῥεῖν. Καὶ διδάσκει εἰδέναι, τίνες μὲν πρὸ τοῦ σταυροῦ οἱ μαθηταὶ, τίνες δὲ μετὰ τὸν σταυρόν. Καὶ γὰρ οἱ σταυρουμένου μηδὲ στῆναι δυνάμενοι, οὗτοι μετὰ θάνατον σφοδροὶ καὶ ἀδάμαντος ἰσχυρότεροι. Καὶ τοῦτο δὲ αὐτὸ ἀπόδειξις τοῦ θανάτου, ἡ φυγὴ τῶν μαθητῶν καὶ ἡ δειλία. Εἰ γὰρ τοσαῦτα γέγονέ τε καὶ ἐλέχθη, καὶ ἀναισχυντοῦσί τινες, καί φασιν αὐτὸν μὴ ἐσταυρῶσθαι· εἰ μηδὲν τούτων συνέβη, ποῦ οὐκ ἂν ἐξέπεσον παρανομίας; Διὰ τοι τοῦτο οὐχὶ διὰ τῶν οἰκείων παθῶν μόνον, ἀλλὰ καὶ διὰ τῶν ἐν τοῖς μαθηταῖς βεβαιοῖ τὸν περὶ τοῦ θανάτου λόγον, καὶ διὰ τῶν μυστηρίων, πάντοθεν καταισχύνων τοὺς τὰ Μαρκίωνος νοσοῦντας. Διὰ τοῦτο καὶ τὸν κορυφαῖον ἀφίησιν ἀρνήσασθαι. Εἰ δὲ μὴ ἐδέθη, μηδὲ ἐσταυρώθη, πόθεν καὶ ἐκείνῳ καὶ τοῖς λοιποῖς τοσοῦτος ἐγένετο φόβος; Οὐ μὴν ἀφῆκεν αὐτοὺς πάλιν μέχρι τῶν σκυθρωπῶν μεῖναι, ἀλλὰ τί φησι; Μετὰ δὲ τὸ ἐγερθῆναί με, προάξω ὑμᾶς εἰς τὴν Γαλιλαίαν. Οὐδὲ γὰρ ἀπὸ οὐρανοῦ φαίνεται εὐθέως, οὐδὲ εἰς μακράν τινα χώραν ἄπεισιν, ἀλλ᾽ ἐν αὐτῷ τῷ ἔθνει, ἐν ᾧ καὶ ἐσταυρώθη, ἐν αὐτοῖς σχεδὸν τοῖς χωρίοις, ὥστε καὶ ἐντεῦθεν αὐτοὺς πιστώσασθαι, ὅτι ὁ σταυρωθεὶς αὐτὸς ἣν καὶ ὁ ἀναστὰς, καὶ ταύτῃ σκυθρωπάζοντας μειζόνως παραμυθήσασθαι. Διὰ τοῦτο καὶ, ἐν τῇ Γαλιλαίᾳ, εἶπεν, ἵνα τοῦ φόβου τῶν ᾿Ιουδαίων ἀπαλλαγέντες, πιστεύσωσι τῷ λεγομένῳ. Διὸ καὶ ἐκεῖ ἐφάνη. Ἀποκριθεὶς δὲ ὁ Πέτρος εἶπεν· εἰ καὶ πάντες σκανδαλισθήσονται ἐν σοὶ, ἀλλ᾽ ἐγὼ οὐδέποτε σκανδαλισθήσομαι.

᾿Esthiontōn de autōn, labōn ho Iēsous arton, kai eucharistēsas, eklase, kai edōke tois mathētais, kai eipe labete, phagete' touto esti to sōma mou. Kai labōn potērion, kai eucharistēsas, edōken autois legōn piete ex autou pantes touto esti to haima mou to tēs kainēs diathēkēs, to hyper pollōn ekchynomenon eis aphesin hamartiōn. Babai, posē hē pērōsis tou prodotou. Kai tōn mystēriōn metechōn, emenen ho autos kai tēs phrikōdestatēs apolauōn trapezēs, ou meteballeto. Kai touto ho Loukas dēloi legōn, hoti meta touto eisēlthen eis auton ho Satanas, ou tou sōmatos kataphronōn tou despotikou, alla tēs anaischyntias katagelōn tou prodotou loipon. Kai gar meizon to hamartēma egineto hekaterōthen kai hoti meta toiautēs gnōmēs tois mystēriois prosēei, kai hoti proselthōn ouk egeneto beltiōn, oute apo tou phobou, oute apo tēs euergesias, oute apo tēs timēs. Ho de Christos ouk ekōlysen auton, kaitoi panta eidōs hina mathę̄s hoti ouden paralimpanei tōn eis diorthōsin ēkontōn. Dia touto kai pro toutou kai meta touto synechōs hypemimnēske kai kateiche, kai di᾽ ergōn, kai dia logōn, kai dia phobou, kai dia therapeias, kai di apeilēs, kai dia timēs. ᾿All ouden auton aphistē tou nosēmatos ekeinou tou chalepou. Dio loipon ekeinon apheis, tous mathētas dia tōn mystēriōn anamimnēskei palin tēs sphagēs, kai metaxy tēs trapezēs peri tou staurou dialegetai, tę̄ synecheią tēs prorrhēseōs euparadekton autou poiōn to pathos. Ei gar tosoutōn genomenōn kai prolechthentōn, ethorybēthēsan, ei mēden toutōn ēkēkoeisan, ti ouk an epathon? Kai esthiontōn autōn, labōn arton eklase. Ti dēpote tote kata ton kairon tou pascha to mystērion epetelei touto? Hina mathę̄s pantothen kai tēs palaias auton onta nomothetēn, kai ta en ekeinę̄ dia tauta proskiographēthenta. Dia toi touto entha ho typos, tēn alētheian epitithēsin. Hē de hespera tou plērōmatos tōn kairōn tekmērion hēn, kai tou pros auto loipon hēkein to telos ta pragmata. Kai eucharistei, didaskōn hēmas hopōs dei to mystērion touto epitelein, kai deiknys hoti ouk akōn epi to pathos erchetai, kai paideuōn hēmas, hoper an paschōmen, eucharistōs pherein, kai chrēstas kanteuthen hypoteinōn tas elpidas. Ei gar ho typos tosautēs douleias gegonen apallagē, pollǭ mallon hē alētheia tēn oikoumenēn eleutherōsei, kai epi euergesią tēs hēmeteras paradothēsetai physeōs. Dia toi touto oude pro toutou paredōke to mystērion, all᾽ hote loipon pausasthai edei ta nomika. Kai to kephalaion de tōn heortōn autōn katalyei, eph᾽ heteran autous metatitheis trapezan phrikōdestatēn, kai phēsi labete, phagete᾽ touto esti to sōma mou, to hyper pollōn klōmenon. Kai pōs ouk ethorybēthēsan touto akousantes? Hoti polla kai megala peri toutou kai emprosthen autois hēn prodialechtheis. Dioper, ekeino men ouketi kataskeuazei kai gar autarkōs ēsan akousantes; tēn de aitian legei tou pathous, tōn hamartēmatōn tēn anairesin. Kai haima kainēs diathēkēs kalei, toutesti, tēs hyposcheseōs, tēs epangelias, tou nomou tou kainou. Touto gar kai hypescheto palai, kai tēn diathēkēn touto synechei tēn en tę̄ kainē. Kai hōsper hē palaia probata kai moschous eichen? houtōs hautē to haima to despotikon. Kanteuthen deiknysin, hoti kai mellei teleutan; dio kai diathēkēs memnētai kai anamimnēskei de tēs proteras kai gar kai ekeinē di haimatos enkekainisto. Kai palin legei tou thanatou tēn aitian to hyper pollōn ekchynomenon eis aphesin amartiōn kai phēsi? touto poieite eis tēn emēn anamnēsin. Eides pōs exagei tōn ᾿Ioudaïkōn ethōn, kai aphistēsi? Kathaper gar ekeino epoieite? phēsin, eis anamnēsin tōn en Aigyptǭ thaumatōn, houtō kai touto eis emēn. Ekeino exechythē eis sōtērian tōn prōtotokōn touto eis aphesin hamartiōn tēs oikoumenēs hapasēs. Touto gar esti to haima mou, phēsi, to ekchynomenon eis aphesin hamartiōn. Touto de elege, kanteuthen deiknys hama hoti mystērion esti to pathos kai ho stauros, kai dia toutou palin parakalōn tous mathētas. Kai kathaper Mōÿsēs phēsi; touto mnēmosynon hymin aiōnion houtō kai autos, eis emēn anamnēsin, heōs an paragenōmai. Dia touto kai, epithymią epethymēsa, phēsi, to pascha touto phagein. toutesti, paradounai hymin ta kaina pragmata? kai pascha dounai, kath᾽ ho mellō pneumatikous poiein. Kai autos epien ex autou. Hina gar mē tauta akouontes eipōsi, ti oun? haima pinomen, kai sarka esthiomen? kai thorybēthōsi tote' (kai gar hote tous peri toutōn ekinei logous, kai pros ta rhēmata auta polloi eskandalizonto) hin oun mē kai tote tarachthōsi, prōtos autos touto epoiēsen, enagōn autous atarachōs eis tēn koinōnian tōn mystēriōn. Dia touto to heautou haima autos epien. Ti houn? kakeino chrē poiein to palaion? phēsin. Oudamōs. Dia gar touto eipe, touto poieite, hina ekeinou apagagę̄. Ei gar touto aphesin hamartiōn ergazetai, hōsper oun kai ergazetai, peritton ekeino loipon. Hōsper oun epi tōn ᾿Ioudaiōn, houtō kai entautha tēs euergesias enkatedēse to mnēmosynon tǭ mystēriǭ, kanteuthen emphrattōn tōn hairetikōn ta stomata. Hotan gar legōsi, pothen dēlon hoti etythē ho Christos? meta tōn allōn kai apo tōn mystēriōn autous epistomizomen. Ei gar mē apethanen Iēsous, tinos symbola ta teloumena? Horąs hosē gegone spoudē, hōste aei anamimnēskesthai, hoti apethanen hyper hēmōn? Epeidē gar emellon hoi peri Markiōna kai Oualentinon kai Manichaion phyesthai, tautēn arnoumenoi tēn oikonomian, diēnekōs anamimnēskei tou pathous kai dia tōn mystēriōn, hōste mēdena paralogisthēnai; homou men sōzōn, homou de paideuōn dia tēs hieras trapezēs ekeinēs. Kai gar to kephalaion tōn agathōn touto. Dio kai ho Paulos touto anō kai katō strephei. Eita epeidē paredōke, phēsin; ou mē piō ek tou gennēmatos tēs ampelou tautēs heōs tēs hēmeras ekeinēs, hotan auto pinō kainon meth᾽ hymōn en tę̄ basileią tou patros mou. Epeidē gar peri pathous autois kai staurou dielechthē. kai ton peri tēs anastaseōs palin eisagei logon, basileias eis meson anamnēsas, kai tēn anastasin houtō tēn heautou kalesas. Kai tinos heneken anastas epien? hina mē nomisōsin hoi pachyteroi phantasian einai tēn anastasin. Tou gar anastēnai touto tekmērion etithento hoi polloi. Dio kai hoi apostoloi peithontes autous peri anastaseōs, touto elegon; hoitines synephagomen kai synepiomen autǭ. Dēlōn toinyn hoti auton opsontai anastanta lamprōs, kai met᾽ autōn estai palin, kai autoi martyrēsousi tois ginomenois, kai di opseōs kai dia pragmatōn, phēsin heōs an auto piō kainon meth' hymōn, hymōn martyrountōn. Hymeis gar me opsesthe anastanta. Ti de esti? kainon ? Kainōs, toutesti xenōs, ou sōma pathēton echōn, all᾽ athanaton loipon kai aphtharton, kai ou deomenon trophēs. Ou toinyn dia chreian meta tēn anastasin ephage te kai epien oude gar edeito loipon to sōma toutōn; alla di᾽ anastaseōs plērophorian. Kai tinos heneken ouch hydōr epien anastas, all᾽ oinon ? Allēn hairesin ponēran prorrhizon anaspōn. ᾿Epeidē gar eisi tines en tois mystēriois hydati kechrēmenoi, deiknys hoti kai hēnika ta mystēria paredōken, oinon paredōke, kai hēnika anastas chōris mystēriōn psilēn trapezan paretitheto, oinǭ ekechrēto; ek tou gennēmatos, phēsi, tēs ampelou. Ampelos de oinon, ouch hydōr genną. Kai hymnēsantes, exēlthon eis to oros tōn elaiōn. Akouetōsan hosoi kathaper choiroi esthiontes haplōs laktizousi tēn trapezan tēn aisthētēn, kai anistantai meta methēs, deon eucharistein kai eis hymnon teleutan. ᾿Akousate hosoi tēn teleutaian palin euchēn ouk anamenete tōn mystēriōn; hautē gar ekeinēs symbolon. Eucharistēse pro tou dounai tois mathētais, hina kai hēmeis eucharistōmen. Eucharistēse kai hymnēse meta to dounai, hina kai hēmeis auto touto poiōmen. Ti dēpote de eis to oros exerchetai? Dēlon heauton poiōn pros to lēphthēnai, hina mē doxę̄ kryptesthai. Espeude gar epi ton topon elthein, ton kai Ioudą gnōrimon. Tote legei autois pantes hymeis skandalisthēsesthe en emoi. Eita legei kai prophēteian gegraptai gar; pataxō ton poimena, kai diaskorpisthēsetai ta probata homou men peithōn autous aei prosechein tois gegrammenois, homou de dēlōn hoti kata theou gnōmēn estaurouto, kai pantachothen deiknys ouk allotrion onta heauton tēs palaias, oude tou en autę̄ katangellomenou theou, kai hoti oikonomia to ginomenon, kai panta proanekēryxan hoi prophētai anōthen ta en tǭ pragmati, hōste autous kai peri tōn chrēstoterōn sphodra tharrhein. Kai didaskei eidenai, tines men pro tou staurou hoi mathētai, tines de meta ton stauron. Kai gar hoi stauroumenou mēde stēnai dynamenoi, houtoi meta thanaton sphodroi kai adamantos ischyroteroi. Kai touto de auto apodeixis tou thanatou, hē phygē tōn mathētōn kai hē deilia. Ei gar tosauta gegone te kai elechthē, kai anaischyntousi tines, kai phasin auton mē estaurōsthai; ei mēden toutōn synebē, pou ouk an exepeson paranomias? Dia toi touto ouchi dia tōn oikeiōn pathōn monon, alla kai dia tōn en tois mathētais bebaioi ton peri tou thanatou logon, kai dia tōn mystēriōn, pantothen kataischynōn tous ta Markiōnos nosountas. Dia touto kai ton koryphaion aphiēsin arnēsasthai. Ei de mē edethē, mēde estaurōthē, pothen kai ekeinǭ kai tois loipois tosoutos egeneto phobos? Ou mēn aphēken autous palin mechri tōn skythrōpōn meinai, alla ti phēsi? Meta de to egerthēnai me, proaxō hymas eis tēn Galilaian. Oude gar apo ouranou phainetai eutheōs, oude eis makran tina chōran apeisin, all᾽ en autǭ tǭ ethnei, en hǭ kai estaurōthē, en autois schedon tois chōriois, hōste kai enteuthen autous pistōsasthai, hoti ho staurōtheis autos hēn kai ho anastas, kai tautę̄ skythrōpazontas meizonōs paramythēsasthai. Dia touto kai, en tę̄ Galilaią, eipen, hina tou phobou tōn ᾿Ioudaiōn apallagentes, pisteusōsi tǭ legomenǭ. Dio kai ekei ephanē. Apokritheis de ho Petros eipen; ei kai pantes skandalisthēsontai en soi, all᾽ egō oudepote skandalisthēsomai.

“And as they were eating, Jesus took bread, and gave thanks, and broke it, and gave it to the disciples, and said, Take, eat; this is my body. And he took a cup, and gave thanks, and gave it to them, saying, Drink of it, all of you; this is my blood of the new covenant, which is poured out for many for the forgiveness of sins.”

Alas, how great the blindness of the traitor! Even partaking of the mysteries he remained the same, and though he enjoyed the most awesome table he was not changed. And Luke shows this, saying that after this Satan entered into him—not despising the Master’s body, but laughing henceforth at the shamelessness of the traitor. For the sin became greater on both counts: both that he came to the mysteries with such a mind, and that, having come, he did not become better, neither from fear, nor from the benefit, nor from the honor. And Christ did not prevent him, although he knew all, so that you may learn that he omits nothing of what pertains to correction. Therefore both before this and after this he continually reminded and restrained him, by deeds and by words, by fear and by kindness, by threat and by honor. But nothing drew him away from that grievous disease. Therefore, leaving him henceforth, he reminds the disciples again through the mysteries of his slaughter, and in the midst of the table discourses about the cross, making his passion easier to accept by the repetition of the prediction. For if, after so many things had happened and been foretold, they were troubled, if they had heard none of these things, what would they not have suffered? “And as they were eating, he took bread and broke it.” Why did he perform this mystery then, at the time of the Passover? So that you may learn from every side that he is the lawgiver of the Old Testament too, and that the things in it were sketched in shadow beforehand for the sake of these. Therefore where the type is, there he sets the truth. And the evening was a sign of the fullness of the times, and that matters had henceforth come to the very end. And he gives thanks, teaching us how one must perform this mystery, and showing that he comes to the passion not unwillingly, and training us to bear with thanksgiving whatever we suffer, and by this too holding out good hopes. For if the type became a deliverance from so great a slavery, much more will the truth set the world free, and be handed over for the benefit of our nature. Therefore he did not hand down the mystery before this, but when the things of the law had henceforth to cease. And he brings to an end the chief of their feasts, transferring them to another, most awesome table, and says, “Take, eat; this is my body, which is broken for many.” And how were they not troubled when they heard this? Because he had spoken to them before about this many great things. Therefore he no longer establishes that, for they had heard enough; but he tells the cause of the passion, the taking away of sins. And he calls it blood of a new covenant, that is, of the undertaking, of the promise, of the new law. For this he promised of old, and this holds together the covenant in the New Testament. And as the old had sheep and calves, so this has the Master’s blood. And by this he shows that he is about to die; therefore he also mentions a covenant; and he reminds them of the former one too, for that too was inaugurated through blood. And again he tells the cause of his death, “which is poured out for many for the forgiveness of sins”; and he says, “Do this in remembrance of me.” Have you seen how he leads them out of Jewish customs and draws them away? “For as you did that,” he says, “in remembrance of the wonders in Egypt, so do this too in remembrance of me. That blood was poured out for the salvation of the firstborn; this for the forgiveness of the sins of the whole world.” “For this is my blood,” he says, “which is poured out for the forgiveness of sins.” And he said this, showing by it at once that the passion and the cross are a mystery, and comforting the disciples by this again. And as Moses says, “This shall be an everlasting memorial for you,” so he too says, “in remembrance of me,” until I come. Therefore he also says, “With desire I have desired to eat this Passover”: that is, to hand over to you the new things, and to give a Passover by which I am going to make you spiritual. And he himself drank of it. For so that, hearing these things, they might not say, “What then? Do we drink blood and eat flesh?” and be troubled then (for when he began to discourse about these things, many took offense even at the words themselves), so that they might not be troubled then too, he himself did this first, leading them without disturbance into the communion of the mysteries. Therefore he himself drank his own blood. “What then? Must we do that old thing too?” someone says. By no means. For this reason he said, “Do this,” so as to lead them away from that. For if this works forgiveness of sins, as indeed it does, that is superfluous henceforth. As, then, with the Jews, so here too he bound the memorial of the benefit to the mystery, by this too stopping the mouths of the heretics. For when they say, “Whence is it plain that Christ was sacrificed?” along with other arguments we stop their mouths from the mysteries too. For if Jesus did not die, of what are the rites symbols?

[2] Do you see how much zeal there has been that we should always remember that he died for us? For since the followers of Marcion and Valentinus and Manes were going to spring up, denying this dispensation, he continually reminds us of the passion through the mysteries as well, so that no one might be misled; at once saving and at once teaching through that sacred table. For this is the chief of the good things. Therefore Paul too turns this over up and down. Then, when he had handed it over, he says, “I will not drink of this fruit of the vine until that day when I drink it new with you in the kingdom of my Father.” For since he had discoursed to them about the passion and the cross, he brings in again the discourse about the resurrection, having mentioned the kingdom, and so calling his own resurrection. And why did he drink after rising? So that the grosser might not think the resurrection was an apparition. For the many took this as a proof of having risen. Therefore the apostles too, persuading them about the resurrection, said this: “we who ate and drank with him.” Showing, then, that they will see him splendidly risen, and that he will be with them again, and that they themselves will bear witness to what happened, both by sight and by deeds, he says, “until I drink it new with you,” with you bearing witness; “for you will see me risen.” And what is “new”? Newly, that is, in a strange way, no longer having a body subject to suffering, but one immortal henceforth and incorruptible, and not needing food. So it was not from need that he ate and drank after the resurrection—for the body no longer needed these things—but for assurance of the resurrection. And why did he drink not water after rising, but wine? He was tearing out by the roots another wicked heresy. For since there are some who use water in the mysteries, he shows that both when he handed down the mysteries he handed down wine, and when, risen, he set a plain table without mysteries, he used wine: “of the fruit of the vine,” he says. And the vine produces wine, not water. “And when they had sung a hymn, they went out to the Mount of Olives.” Let those hear who, like swine, eating without more ado, kick the table of the senses and rise up drunk, when they ought to give thanks and end in a hymn. Hear, you who do not wait for the last prayer of the mysteries; for this is a symbol of that. He gave thanks before giving to the disciples, so that we too may give thanks. He gave thanks and sang a hymn after giving, so that we too may do this very thing. And why does he go out to the mountain? Making himself manifest so as to be taken, so that he might not seem to hide himself. For he was hastening to come to the place known to Judas too. “Then he says to them, You will all fall away because of me.” Then he tells them a prophecy too: “For it is written, I will strike the shepherd, and the sheep will be scattered”; at once persuading them always to pay heed to what is written, and at once showing that he was crucified according to God’s will, and in every way showing himself not alien to the Old Testament, nor to the God proclaimed in it, and that what was happening was a dispensation, and that the prophets from of old proclaimed beforehand all that was in the matter, so that they might be very confident about the better things too. And he teaches us to know what the disciples were before the cross and what after the cross. For those who could not even stand their ground while he was being crucified were after his death vehement and stronger than adamant. And this very thing is a proof of his death, the flight and the cowardice of the disciples. For if, when so many things have happened and been said, some are shameless and say that he was not crucified, if none of these things had happened, into what lawlessness would they not have fallen? For this reason he confirms the account of his death not only through his own sufferings but also through those in the disciples, and through the mysteries, shaming from every side those sick with the error of Marcion. Therefore he also lets the chief apostle deny him. And if he was not bound nor crucified, whence came so great a fear to him and to the rest? Yet he did not leave them to remain in the gloomy things; but what does he say? “But after I am raised, I will go before you to Galilee.” For he does not appear from heaven at once, nor go away to some distant country, but in the very nation in which he was crucified, almost in the very places, so that from this too they might be assured that he who was crucified was the same who rose, and in this way he might console them more greatly in their gloom. Therefore he also said, “in Galilee,” so that, freed from fear of the Jews, they might believe what was said. Therefore he also appeared there. “But Peter answered and said, Even if all fall away because of you, I will never fall away.”

82.3Field 2

Τί φῄς, ὦ Πέτρε; ὁ προφήτης εἶπεν, ὅτι σκορπισθήσεται τὰ πρόβατα· ὁ Χριστὸς ἐβεβαίωσε τὸ εἰρημένον καὶ σὺ λέγεις, οὐχί; Οὐκ ἀρκεῖ τὰ πρότερα, ὅτε εἶπες· ἵλεώς σοι, καὶ ἐπεστομίσθης ; Διὰ τοῦτο τοίνυν ἀφίησιν αὐτὸν πεσεῖν, παιδεύων αὐτὸν ἐντεῦθεν πάντα πείθεσθαι τῷ Χριστῷ, καὶ τῆς οἰκείας συνειδήσεως πιστοτέραν ἡγεῖσθαι τὴν ἀπόφασιν τὴν αὐτοῦ. Καὶ οἱ λοιποὶ δὲ οὐ μικρὸν ἐκαρπώσαντο ἀπὸ τῆς ἀρνήσεως τῆς αὐτοῦ, τὴν ἀνθρωπίνην ἀσθένειαν κατανοήσαντες, καὶ τὴν τοῦ θεοῦ ἀλήθειαν. Ὅταν γὰρ αὐτός τι προείπῃ, οὐκέτι σοφίζεσθαι χρὴ, οὐδὲ τῶν πολλῶν κατεξανίστασθαι. Τὸ γὰρ καύχημα, φησὶν, εἰς ἑαυτὸν ἕξεις, καὶ οὐκ εἰς τὸν ἕτερον. Δέον γὰρ δεηθῆναι καὶ εἰπεῖν, βοήθησον ἡμῖν, ὥστε μὴ ἀποσπασθῆναι, ὁ δὲ ἑαυτῷ θαῤῥεῖ, καί φησι καὶ εἰ πάντες σκανδαλισθήσονται ἐν σοὶ, ἀλλ᾽ ἐγὼ οὐδέποτε· κἂν πάντες τοῦτο πάθωσι, φησὶν, ἐγὼ οὐ πείσομαι ὅπερ εἰς αὐθάδειαν αὐτὸν ἦγε κατὰ μικρόν. Τοῦτο τοίνυν καταστεῖλαι βουλόμενος ὁ Χριστὸς, συνεχώρησε τὴν ἄρνησιν. ᾿Επειδὴ γὰρ οὐδὲ αὐτοῦ ἠνέσχετο, οὔτε τοῦ προφήτου (καίτοι διὰ τοῦτο καὶ τὸν προφήτην ἐπηγάγετο, ἵνα μὴ ἀντείπωσιν) ἀλλ᾽ ὅμως ἐπειδὴ οὐκ ἠνέσχετο τῶν ῥημάτων, παιδεύεται διὰ τῶν ἔργων. Ὅτι γὰρ διὰ τοῦτο συνεχώρησεν, ἵνα τοῦτο ἐν αὐτῷ κατορθώσῃ, ἄκουσον τί φησιν· ἐγὼ δὲ ἐδεήθην περὶ σοῦ, ἵνα μὴ ἐκλίπῃ σου ἡ πίστις. Τοῦτο γὰρ σφόδρα αὐτοῦ καθαπτόμενος ἔλεγε, καὶ δηλῶν ὅτι τὸ πτῶμα αὐτοῦ τῶν ἄλλων χαλεπώτερον, καὶ πλείονος δεόμενον βοηθείας. Καὶ γὰρ δύο τὰ ἐγκλήματα ἣν, καὶ ὅτι ἀντεῖπε, καὶ ὅτι τῶν ἄλλων ἑαυτὸν προὔθηκε᾽ μᾶλλον δὲ καὶ τρίτον, ὅτι τὸ πᾶν ἑαυτῷ ἀνέθηκε. Ταῦτα οὖν ἰώμενος, εἴασε γενέσθαι τὸ πτῶμα᾽ καὶ διὰ τοῦτο καὶ τοὺς ἄλλους ἀφεὶς, πρὸς αὐτὸν ἀποτείνεται. Σίμων γὰρ, φησὶ, Σίμων, ἰδοὺ ὁ Σατανᾶς ἐξῃτήσατο ὑμᾶς σινιάσαι ὡς τὸν σῖτον τουτέστι, θορυβῆσαι, ταράξαι, πειράσαι ἐγὼ δὲ ἐδεήθην περὶ σοῦ, ἵνα μὴ ἐκλίπῃ σου ἡ πίστις. Καὶ διατί, εἰ πάντας ἡτήσατο, οὐ περὶ πάντων εἶπεν· ἐδεήθην; Οὐκ εὔδηλον, ὅτι τοῦτό ἐστιν, ὅπερ ἔμπροσθεν εἶπον, ὅτι καθαπτόμενος αὐτοῦ, καὶ δεικνὺς ὅτι χαλεπώτερον τῶν ἄλλων αὐτοῦ τὸ πτώμα, πρὸς αὐτὸν τρέπει τὸν λόγον; Καὶ τίνος ἕνεκεν οὐκ εἶπεν, ἐγὼ δὲ οὐκ εἴασα, ἀλλ᾽, ἐδεήθην; Ταπεινὰ λοιπὸν φθέγγεται, πρὸς τὸ πάθος ἰὼν, ἵνα τὸ ἀνθρώπινον δείξῃ. Ὁ γὰρ τὴν ἐκκλησίαν ἐπὶ τῇ ὁμολογίᾳ αὐτοῦ οἰκοδομήσας, καὶ οὕτω τειχίσας αὐτὴν, ὡς μυρίους κινδύνους καὶ θανάτους αὐτῆς μὴ περιγενέσθαι, ὁ τῶν οὐρανῶν αὐτῷ τὰς κλεῖς δεδωκὼς, καὶ τοσαύτης ἐξουσίας ποιήσας κύριον, καὶ μηδαμοῦ εὐχῆς εἰς ταῦτα δεηθείς (οὐδὲ γὰρ εἶπεν, ἐδεήθην' ἀλλὰ μετὰ αὐθεντίας, οἰκοδομήσω μου τὴν ἐκκλησίαν, καὶ δώσω σοι τὰς κλεῖς τῶν οὐρανῶν' πῶς εὐχῆς ἐδεῖτο, ἵνα ἑνὸς ἀνθρώπου σαλευομένην περισφίγξη ψυχήν; Τίνος οὖν ἕνεκεν οὕτως εἶπε; Διὰ τὴν αἰτίαν ἣν εἴρηκα, καὶ διὰ τὴν ἐκείνων δὲ ἀσθένειαν᾽ οὐδέπω γὰρ ἦσαν τὴν προσήκουσαν περὶ αὐτοῦ δόξαν ἔχοντες. Πῶς οὖν ἠρνήσατο; Οὐκ εἶπεν, ἵνα μὴ ἀρνήσῃ, ἀλλ᾽, ὥστε μὴ ἐκλιπεῖν τὴν πίστιν, ὦστε μὴ τέλεον ἀπολέσθαι. Τῆς γὰρ αὑτοῦ κηδεμονίας τοῦτο γέγονε. Καὶ γὰρ ὁ φόβος πάντα ἐξέβαλεν' ἄμετρος γὰρ ἦν᾽ ἄμετρος δὲ ἐγένετο; ἐπειδὴ σφόδρα αὑτὸν ἐγύμνωσεν ὁ θεὸς τῆς ἑαυτοῦ ῥοπῆς· ἐγύμνωσε δὲ σφόδρα, ἐπειδὴ καὶ σφοδρὸν ἐν αὐτῷ τὸ πάθος ἦν τῆς αὐθαδείας καὶ τῆς ἀντιῤῥήσεως. Ἵν᾽ οὖν πρόῤῥιζον ἀνέλῃ, διὰ τοῦτο εἴασεν οὕτω κατασχεῖν αὐτὸν τὴν ἀγωνίαν. Ὅτι γὰρ χαλεπὸν ἣν ἐν αὐτῷ τὸ πάθος τοῦτο, οὐκ ἠρκέσθη τοῖς προτέροις, καὶ προφήτῃ καὶ Χριστῷ ἀντειπὼν, ἀλλὰ καὶ μετὰ ταῦτα εἰπόντος αὐτῷ τοῦ Χριστοῦ· ἀμὴν λέγω σοι, ὅτι ταύτῃ τῇ νυκτὶ, πρὶν ἀλέκτορα φωνῆσαι, τρὶς ἀπαρνήσῃ με, λέγει· κἂν δέῃ με σὺν σοὶ ἀποθανεῖν, οὐ μή σε ἀπαρνήσομαι. Ὁ δὲ Λουκᾶς ἐπισημαίνεται, ὅτι ὅσῳ ἀπηγόρευεν ὁ Χριστὸς, τοσούτῳ ἠναντιοῦτο ὁ Πέτρος ἐκ περισσοῦ. Τί ταῦτα, ὦ Πέτρε; Ὅτε μὲν ἔλεγεν, εἷς ἐξ ὑμῶν παραδώσει με, ἐφοβοῦ μὴ σὺ ᾖς ὁ προδότης, καὶ ἠνάγκαζες τὸν μαθητὴν ἐρωτῆσαι, καίτοι οὐδὲν σαντῷ συνειδὼς τοιοῦτον νυνὶ δὲ διαῤῥήδην αὐτοῦ βοῶντος καὶ λέγοντος, ὅτι πάντες σκανδαλισθήσεσθε, ἀντιλέγεις ; καὶ οὐχ ἅπαξ μόνον, ἀλλὰ καὶ δὶς καὶ πολλάκις; Τοῦτο γὰρ ὁ Λουκᾶς φησι. Πόθεν οὖν αὐτῷ τοῦτο συνέβη; Ἀπὸ πολλῆς ἀγάπης, ἀπὸ πολλῆς ἡδονῆς. ᾿Επειδὴ γὰρ ἀπηλλάγη τῆς ἀγωνίας ἐκείνης τῆς κατὰ τὴν προδοσίαν, καὶ τὸν προδότην εἶδε, θαρρῶν ἔλεγε λοιπὸν, καὶ τῶν ἄλλων κατεξανίστατο λέγων᾽ κἂν πάντες σκανδαλισθήσονται, ἀλλ᾽ ἐγὼ οὐ σκανδαλισθήσομαι. Ἠρέμα δὲ καὶ φιλοτιμίας τὸ πρᾶγμα ἥν καὶ γὰρ ἐν τῷ δείπνῳ, τίς αὐτῶν μείζων ἐστὶν, ἐλογίζοντο οὕτως αὐτοῖς παρηνόχλει τὸ πάθος. Διὰ τοῦτο αὐτὸν ἐκώλυεν, οὐκ ὠθῶν αὐτὸν ἐπὶ τὴν ἄρνησιν μὴ γένοιτο ἀλλ᾽ ἔρημον τῆς αὐτοῦ βοηθείας ἀφεὶς, καὶ τὴν φύσιν ἐλέγχων τὴν ἀνθρωπίνην. Ὅρα γοῦν μετὰ ταῦτα πῶς κατεσταλμένος ἐστί. Καὶ γὰρ μετὰ τὴν ἀνάστασιν, ἐπειδὴ εἶπεν· οὗτος δὲ τί; καὶ ἐπεστομίσθη, οὐδὲν ἀντειπεῖν λοιπὸν ὡς ἐνταῦθα ἐτόλμησεν, αλλ' ἐσίγησε. Πάλιν πρὸς τῇ ἀναλήψει ἀκούσας, οὐχ ὑμῶν ἐστι γνῶναι χρόνους ἢ καιροὺς, πάλιν σιγᾷ καὶ οὐκ ἀντιλέγει. Μετὰ ταῦτα ἐπὶ τοῦ δώματος καὶ τῆς σινδόνος, ἀκούσας φωνῆς λεγούσης αὐτῷ, ἃ ὁ θεὸς ἐκαθάρισε, σὺ μὴ κοίνου, καὶ οὐδὲ σαφῶς εἰδὼς τέως τί ποτέ ἐστι τὸ λεγόμενον, ἡσυχάζει καὶ οὐ φιλονεικεῖ. Ταῦτα δὲ πάντα τὸ πτῶμα ἐκεῖνο εἰργάσατο. Καὶ πρὸ μὲν τούτου τὸ πᾶν ἑαυτῷ ἀνατίθησι λέγων· κἂν πάντες σκανδαλισθήσονται, ἀλλ᾽ ἐγὼ οὐ σκανδαλισθήσομαι· κἂν δέῃ με ἀποθανεῖν, οὐ μή σε ἀπαρνήσομαι δέον εἰπεῖν, ἂν ἀπολαύσω τῆς παρὰ σοῦ ῥοπῆς. Μετὰ δὲ ταῦτα τοὐναντίον ἅπαν· τί ἡμῖν προσέχετε, ὡς ἰδίᾳ δυνάμει ἤ εὐσεβείᾳ πεποιηκόσι τοῦ περιπατεῖν αὐτόν; Ἐντεῦθεν μανθάνομεν δόγμα μέγα, ὡς οὐκ ἀρκεῖ προθυμία ἀνθρώπον, ἂν μὴ τῆς ἄνωθέν τις ἀπολαύσῃ ῥοπῆς καὶ ὅτι πάλιν οὐδὲν κερδανοῦμεν ἀπὸ τῆς ἄνωθεν ῥοπῆς, προθυμίας οὐκ οὔσης. Καὶ ταῦτα ἀμφότερα δείκνυσιν ᾿Ιούδας καὶ Πέτρος· ὁ μὲν γὰρ πολλῆς ἀπολαύσας βοηθείας, οὐδὲν ὠφελήθη, ἐπειδὴ μὴ ἠθέλησε, μηδὲ τὰ παρ᾽ ἑαυτοῦ συνεισήνεγκεν· οὗτος δὲ καὶ προθυμηθεὶς, ἐπειδὴ μηδεμιᾶς ἀπήλαυσε βοηθείας, κατέπεσε. Καὶ γὰρ ἀπὸ δυοῖν τούτων ἡ ἀρετὴ ὑφαίνεται. Διὸ παρακαλῶ, μήτε τὸ πᾶν ἐπὶ τὸν θεὸν ῥίψαντας, αὐτοὺς καθεύδειν, μήτε σπουδάζοντας, νομίζειν οἰκείοις πόνοις τὸ πᾶν κατορθοῦν. Οὔτε γὰρ ὑπτίους ἡμᾶς αὐτοὺς εἶναι βούλεται ὁ θεός διὰ τοῦτο οὐ τὸ πᾶν αὐτὸς ἐργάζεται· οὔτε ἀλαζόνας· διὰ τοῦτο οὐ τὸ πᾶν ἡμῖν δέδωκεν· ἀλλ᾽ ἑκατέρου τὸ βλαβερὸν ἀνελών, τὸ χρήσιμον ἡμῖν εἴασε. Διὰ τοῦτο καὶ τὸν κορυφαῖον ἀφῆκε πεσεῖν, συνεσταλμένον τε ’ ᾽ ᾿ ᾽ ’ ᾿ αὐτὸν κατασκευάζων, καὶ εἰς πλείονα λοιπὸν ἀγάπην ἀλείφων. Ὧι γὰρ πλέον, φησὶν, ἀφείθη, μειζόνως ἀγαπήσει. Πειθώμεθα τοίνυν πανταχοῦ τῷ θεῷ, καὶ μηδὲν ἀντιλέγωμεν, κἂν ἐναντίον εἶναι δοκῇ τοῖς ἡμετέροις λογισμοῖς καὶ ταῖς ὄψεσι τὸ λεγόμενον· ἀλλ᾽ ἔστω καὶ λογισμῶν καὶ ὄψεως κυριώτερος αὐτοῦ ὁ λόγος. Οὕτω καὶ ἐπὶ τῶν μυστηρίων ποιῶμεν, οὐ τοῖς κειμένοις μόνον ἐμβλέποντες, ἀλλὰ τὰ ῥήματα αὐτοῦ κατέχοντες. Ὁ μὲν γὰρ λόγος αὐτοῦ ἀπαραλόγιστος, ἡ δὲ αἴσθησις ἡμῶν εὐεξαπάτητος. Οὗτος οὐδέποτε διέπεσεν, αὕτη τὰ πλείονα σφάλλεται. Ἐπεὶ οὖν ὁ λόγος φησὶ, τοῦτο ἐστι τὸ σῶμα μου, καὶ πειθώμεθα καὶ πιστεύωμεν, καὶ νοητοῖς αὐτὸ βλέπωμεν ὀφθαλμοῖς. Οὐδὲν γὰρ αἰσθητὸν παρέδωκεν ἡμῖν ὁ Χριστὸς, ἀλλ᾽ ἐν αἰσθητοῖς μὲν πράγμασι, πάντα δὲ νοητὰ. Οὕτω καὶ ἐν τῷ βαπτίσματι, δι᾽ αἰσθητοῦ μὲν πράγματος γίνεται τοῦ ὕδατος τὸ δώρον, νοητὸν δὲ τὸ ἀποτελούμενον, ἡ γέννησις καὶ ἡ ἀνακαίνισις. Εἰ μὲν γὰρ ἀσώματος ἦς, γυμνὰ ἂν αὐτά σοι τὰ ἀσώματα παρέδωκε δῶρα ἐπειδὴ δὲ σώματι συμπέπλεκται ἡ ψυχὴ, ἐν αἰσθητοῖς τὰ νοητά σοι παραδίδωσι. Πόσοι νῦν λέγουσιν, ἐβουλόμην αὐτοῦ τὴν μορφὴν ἰδεῖν, τὸν τύπον, τὰ ἱμάτια, τὰ ὑποδήματα. Ἰδοὺ αὐτὸν ὁρᾷς, αὐτοῦ ἅπτῃ, αὐτὸν ἐσθίεις. Καὶ σὺ μὲν ἱμάτια ἐπιθυμεῖς ἰδεῖν αὐτὸς δὲ ἑαυτόν σοι δίδωσιν, οὐκ ἰδεῖν μόνον, ἀλλὰ καὶ ἅψασθαι, καὶ φαγεῖν, καὶ λαβεῖν ἔνδον. Μηδεὶς τοίνυν ναυτιῶν προσίτω, μηδεὶς ἐκλελυμένος ἅπαντες πεπυρωμένοι, ἅπαντες ζέοντες καὶ διεγηγερμένοι. Εἰ γὰρ ᾿Ιουδαῖοι ἑστῶτες, καὶ τὰ ὑποδήματα καὶ τὰς βακτηρίας ἔχοντες ἐν ταῖς χερσὶν, ἤσθιον μετὰ σπουδῆς, πολλῷ μᾶλλον σὲ νήφειν χρή. ᾿Εκεῖνοι μὲν γὰρ εἰς Παλαιστίνην ἔμελλον ἐξιέναι; διὸ καὶ ὁδοιπόρων σχῆμα εἶχον σὺ δὲ εἰς τὸν οὐρανὸν μέλλεις ἀποδημεῖν. Διὸ χρὴ πάντοθεν ἐγρηγορέναι· καὶ γὰρ οὐ μικρὰ κεῖται κόλασις τοῖς ἀναξίως μετέχουσιν. ᾿Εννόησον πῶς ἀγανακτεῖς κατὰ τοῦ προδότου, κατὰ τῶν σταυρωσάντων. Σκόπει τοίνυν, μὴ καὶ αὐτὸς ἔνοχος γένῃ τοῦ σώματος καὶ τοῦ αἵματος τοῦ Χριστοῦ. ᾿Εκεῖνοι κατέσφαξαν τὸ πανάγιον σῶμα, σὺ δὲ ῥυπαρᾷ ὑποδέχῃ ψυχῇ μετὰ τοσαύτας εὐεργεσίας. Οὐδὲ γὰρ ἤρκεσεν αὐτῷ τὸ γενέσθαι ἄνθρωπον, τὸ ῥαπισθῆναι καὶ σφαγῆναι, αλλὰ καὶ ἀναφύρει ἑαυτὸν ἡμῖν καὶ οὐ τῇ πίστει μόνον, ἀλλὰ καὶ αὐτῷ τῷ πράγματι σῶμα ἡμᾶς αὐτοῦ κατασκευάζει. Τίνος οὖν οὐκ ἔδει καθαρώτερον εἶναι τὸν ταύτης ἀπολαύοντα τῆς θυσίας; ποίας ἡλιακῆς ἀκτῖνος τὴν χεῖρα τὴν ταύτην διατέμνουσαν τὴν σάρκα, τὸ στόμα τὸ πληρούμενον πυρὸς πνευματικοῦ, τὴν γλῶσσαν τὴν φοινισσομένην αἵματι φρικωδεστάτῳ; Ἐννόησον ποίαν ἐτιμήθης τιμήν ποίας ἀπολαύεις τραπέζης. Ὅπερ ἄγγελοι βλέποντες φρίττουσι, καὶ οὐδὲ ἀντιβλέψαι τολμῶσιν ἀδεῶς διὰ τὴν ἐκεῖθεν φερομένην ἀστραπὴν, τούτῳ ἡμεῖς τρεφόμεθα, τούτῳ ἀναφυρόμεθα, καὶ γεγόναμεν ἡμεῖς Χριστοῦ σῶμα ἕν καὶ σὰρξ μία. Τίς λαλήσει τὰς δυναστείας τοῦ κυρίου; ἀκουστὰς ποιήσει πάσας τὰς αἰνέσεις αὐτοῦ; Τίς ποιμὴν τοῖς οἰκείοις μέλεσι τρέφει τὰ πρόβατα; Καὶ τί λέγω, ποιμήν; Μητέρες πολλάκις εἰσὶ, καὶ μετὰ τὰς ὠδῖνας ἑτέραις ἐκδιδόασι τροφοῖς τὰ παιδία αὐτὸς δὲ τοῦτο οὐκ ἠνέσχετο, ἀλλ᾽ αὐτὸς ἡμᾶς τρέφει οἰκείῳ αἵματι, καὶ διὰ πάντων ἡμᾶς ἑαυτῷ συμπλέκει. Σκόπει δέ· ἐγεννήθη ἐκ τῆς ἡμετέρας οὐσίας. ᾿Αλλ᾽ οὐδὲν τοῦτο πρὸς πάντας, φησί· καίτοιγε πρὸς πάντας. Εἰ γὰρ πρὸς τὴν φύσιν ἦλθε τὴν ἡμετέραν, εὔδηλον ὅτι πρὸς πάντα εἰ δὲ πρὸς πάντας, καὶ πρὸς ἕνα ἕκαστον. Καὶ πῶς ἅπαντες οὐκ ἐκαρπώσαντο τὸ ἐντεῦθεν κέρδος; φησί. Τοῦτο οὐ παρ᾽ ἐκεῖνον τὸν ὑπὲρ ἁπάντων τοῦτο ἑλόμενον, ἀλλὰ παρὰ τοὺς μὴ βουληθέντας. Ἑνὶ ἑκάστῳ τῶν πιστῶν ἀναμίγνυσιν ἑαυτὸν διὰ τῶν μυστηρίων· καὶ οὗς ἐγέννησεν, ἐκτρέφει δι ἑαυτοῦ, καὶ οὐκ ἄλλῳ ἐκδίδωσι, καὶ τούτῳ σε πείθων πάλιν, ὅτι σάρκα ἔλαβε τὴν σήν. Μὴ τοίνυν ῥᾳθυμώμεν, τοσαύτης ἠξιωμένοι ἀγάπης τε καὶ τιμῆς. Οὐχ ὁρᾶτε τὰ παιδία μεθ᾽ ὅσης προθυμίας δράσσεται τοῦ μαστοῦ; μεθ᾽ ὅσης ὁρμῆς ἐμπήγνυσι τῇ θηλῆ τὰ χείλη; Μετὰ τοσαύτης προσίωμεν καὶ ἡμεῖς τῇ τραπέζῃ ταύτῃ, καὶ τῇ θηλῇ τοῦ ποτηρίου τοῦ πνευματικοῦ μᾶλλον δὲ μετὰ πολλῷ πλείονος ἑλκύσωμεν, ὡς παιδία ὑπομάζια, τοῦ πνεύματος τὴν χάριν καὶ μία ἡμῖν ἔστω ὀδύνη, τὸ μὴ μετασχεῖν ταύτης τῆς τροφῆς. Οὐκ ἔστιν ἀνθρωπίνης δυνάμεως ἔργα τὰ προκείμενα. Ὁ τότε ταῦτα ποιήσας ἐν ἐκείνῳ τῷ δείπνῳ, οὗτος καὶ νῦν αὐτὰ ἐργάζεται. Ἡμεῖς ὑπηρετῶν τάξιν ἐπέχομεν᾽ ὁ δὲ ἁγιάζων αὐτὰ καὶ μετασκευάζων, αὐτός. Μηδεὶς τοίνυν ᾿Ιούδας παρέστω, μηδεὶς φιλάργυρος. Εἴ τις μὴ μαθητὴς, παραχωρείτω οὐ δέχεται τοὺς τοιούτους ἡ τράπεζα. Μετὰ γὰρ τῶν μαθητῶν μου, φησὶ, ποιῶ τὸ πάσχα. Αὕτη ἐκείνη ἐστὶν ἡ τράπεζα, καὶ οὐδὲν ἔλαττον ἔχει. Οὐ γὰρ ἐκείνην μὲν ὁ Χριστὸς, ταύτην δὲ ἄνθρωπος δημιουργεῖ ἀλλὰ καὶ ταύτην αὐτός. Τοῦτο ἐκεῖνο τὸ ἀνώγεων, ἔνθα τότε ἧσαν ἐντεῦθεν εἰς τὸ ὄρος τῶν ἐλαιῶν ἐξῆλθον. Ἐξέλθωμεν καὶ ἡμεῖς ἐπὶ τὰς χεῖρας τῶν πενήτων τοῦτο γὰρ ὄρος τῶν ἐλαιῶν τὸ χωρίον. Ἐλαῖαι γάρ εἰσι καταπεφυτευμέναι ἐν τῷ οἴκῳ τοῦ θεοῦ τῶν πενήτων τὸ πλῆθος, ἀποστάζουσαι τὸ ἔλαιον τὸ ἐκεῖ χρησιμεῦον ἡμῖν, ὃ αἱ πέντε παρθένοι εἴχον᾽ αἱ δὲ ἑτέραι μὴ λαβοῦσαι ἐντεῦθεν ἀπώλοντο. Τοῦτο λαβόντες εἰσίωμεν, ἵνα φαιδραῖς απαντήσωμεν ταῖς λαμπάσι τῷ νυμφίῳ· τοῦτο λαβόντες ἐξέλθωμεν ἐντεῦθεν. Μηδεὶς ἀπάνθρωπος προσίτω, μηδεὶς ὠμὸς καὶ ἀνελεῆς, μηδεὶς ὅλως ἀκάθαρτος.

Ti phę̄s, ō Petre? ho prophētēs eipen, hoti skorpisthēsetai ta probata; ho Christos ebebaiōse to eirēmenon kai sy legeis, ouchi? Ouk arkei ta protera, hote eipes; hileōs soi, kai epestomisthēs ? Dia touto toinyn aphiēsin auton pesein, paideuōn auton enteuthen panta peithesthai tǭ Christǭ, kai tēs oikeias syneidēseōs pistoteran hēgeisthai tēn apophasin tēn autou. Kai hoi loipoi de ou mikron ekarpōsanto apo tēs arnēseōs tēs autou, tēn anthrōpinēn astheneian katanoēsantes, kai tēn tou theou alētheian. Hotan gar autos ti proeipę̄, ouketi sophizesthai chrē, oude tōn pollōn katexanistasthai. To gar kauchēma, phēsin, eis heauton hexeis, kai ouk eis ton heteron. Deon gar deēthēnai kai eipein, boēthēson hēmin, hōste mē apospasthēnai, ho de heautǭ tharrhei, kai phēsi kai ei pantes skandalisthēsontai en soi, all᾽ egō oudepote; kan pantes touto pathōsi, phēsin, egō ou peisomai hoper eis authadeian auton ēge kata mikron. Touto toinyn katasteilai boulomenos ho Christos, synechōrēse tēn arnēsin. ᾿Epeidē gar oude autou ēnescheto, oute tou prophētou (kaitoi dia touto kai ton prophētēn epēgageto, hina mē anteipōsin) all᾽ homōs epeidē ouk ēnescheto tōn rhēmatōn, paideuetai dia tōn ergōn. Hoti gar dia touto synechōrēsen, hina touto en autǭ katorthōsę̄, akouson ti phēsin; egō de edeēthēn peri sou, hina mē eklipę̄ sou hē pistis. Touto gar sphodra autou kathaptomenos elege, kai dēlōn hoti to ptōma autou tōn allōn chalepōteron, kai pleionos deomenon boētheias. Kai gar dyo ta enklēmata hēn, kai hoti anteipe, kai hoti tōn allōn heauton prouthēke᾽ mallon de kai triton, hoti to pan heautǭ anethēke. Tauta oun iōmenos, eiase genesthai to ptōma᾽ kai dia touto kai tous allous apheis, pros auton apoteinetai. Simōn gar, phēsi, Simōn, idou ho Satanas exę̄tēsato hymas siniasai hōs ton siton toutesti, thorybēsai, taraxai, peirasai egō de edeēthēn peri sou, hina mē eklipę̄ sou hē pistis. Kai diati, ei pantas hētēsato, ou peri pantōn eipen; edeēthēn? Ouk eudēlon, hoti touto estin, hoper emprosthen eipon, hoti kathaptomenos autou, kai deiknys hoti chalepōteron tōn allōn autou to ptōma, pros auton trepei ton logon? Kai tinos heneken ouk eipen, egō de ouk eiasa, all᾽, edeēthēn? Tapeina loipon phthengetai, pros to pathos iōn, hina to anthrōpinon deixę̄. Ho gar tēn ekklēsian epi tę̄ homologią autou oikodomēsas, kai houtō teichisas autēn, hōs myrious kindynous kai thanatous autēs mē perigenesthai, ho tōn ouranōn autǭ tas kleis dedōkōs, kai tosautēs exousias poiēsas kyrion, kai mēdamou euchēs eis tauta deētheis (oude gar eipen, edeēthēn' alla meta authentias, oikodomēsō mou tēn ekklēsian, kai dōsō soi tas kleis tōn ouranōn' pōs euchēs edeito, hina henos anthrōpou saleuomenēn perisphinxē psychēn? Tinos oun heneken houtōs eipe? Dia tēn aitian hēn eirēka, kai dia tēn ekeinōn de astheneian᾽ oudepō gar ēsan tēn prosēkousan peri autou doxan echontes. Pōs oun ērnēsato? Ouk eipen, hina mē arnēsę̄, all᾽, hōste mē eklipein tēn pistin, ōste mē teleon apolesthai. Tēs gar hautou kēdemonias touto gegone. Kai gar ho phobos panta exebalen' ametros gar ēn᾽ ametros de egeneto? epeidē sphodra hauton egymnōsen ho theos tēs heautou rhopēs; egymnōse de sphodra, epeidē kai sphodron en autǭ to pathos ēn tēs authadeias kai tēs antirrhēseōs. Hin᾽ oun prorrhizon anelę̄, dia touto eiasen houtō kataschein auton tēn agōnian. Hoti gar chalepon hēn en autǭ to pathos touto, ouk ērkesthē tois proterois, kai prophētę̄ kai Christǭ anteipōn, alla kai meta tauta eipontos autǭ tou Christou; amēn legō soi, hoti tautę̄ tę̄ nykti, prin alektora phōnēsai, tris aparnēsę̄ me, legei; kan deę̄ me syn soi apothanein, ou mē se aparnēsomai. Ho de Loukas episēmainetai, hoti hosǭ apēgoreuen ho Christos, tosoutǭ ēnantiouto ho Petros ek perissou. Ti tauta, ō Petre? Hote men elegen, heis ex hymōn paradōsei me, ephobou mē sy ę̄s ho prodotēs, kai ēnankazes ton mathētēn erōtēsai, kaitoi ouden santǭ syneidōs toiouton nyni de diarrhēdēn autou boōntos kai legontos, hoti pantes skandalisthēsesthe, antilegeis ? kai ouch hapax monon, alla kai dis kai pollakis? Touto gar ho Loukas phēsi. Pothen oun autǭ touto synebē? Apo pollēs agapēs, apo pollēs hēdonēs. ᾿Epeidē gar apēllagē tēs agōnias ekeinēs tēs kata tēn prodosian, kai ton prodotēn eide, tharrōn elege loipon, kai tōn allōn katexanistato legōn᾽ kan pantes skandalisthēsontai, all᾽ egō ou skandalisthēsomai. Ērema de kai philotimias to pragma hēn kai gar en tǭ deipnǭ, tis autōn meizōn estin, elogizonto houtōs autois parēnochlei to pathos. Dia touto auton ekōlyen, ouk ōthōn auton epi tēn arnēsin mē genoito all᾽ erēmon tēs autou boētheias apheis, kai tēn physin elenchōn tēn anthrōpinēn. Hora goun meta tauta pōs katestalmenos esti. Kai gar meta tēn anastasin, epeidē eipen; houtos de ti? kai epestomisthē, ouden anteipein loipon hōs entautha etolmēsen, all' esigēse. Palin pros tę̄ analēpsei akousas, ouch hymōn esti gnōnai chronous ē kairous, palin sigą kai ouk antilegei. Meta tauta epi tou dōmatos kai tēs sindonos, akousas phōnēs legousēs autǭ, ha ho theos ekatharise, sy mē koinou, kai oude saphōs eidōs teōs ti pote esti to legomenon, hēsychazei kai ou philoneikei. Tauta de panta to ptōma ekeino eirgasato. Kai pro men toutou to pan heautǭ anatithēsi legōn; kan pantes skandalisthēsontai, all᾽ egō ou skandalisthēsomai; kan deę̄ me apothanein, ou mē se aparnēsomai deon eipein, an apolausō tēs para sou rhopēs. Meta de tauta tounantion hapan; ti hēmin prosechete, hōs idią dynamei ē eusebeią pepoiēkosi tou peripatein auton? Enteuthen manthanomen dogma mega, hōs ouk arkei prothymia anthrōpon, an mē tēs anōthen tis apolausę̄ rhopēs kai hoti palin ouden kerdanoumen apo tēs anōthen rhopēs, prothymias ouk ousēs. Kai tauta amphotera deiknysin ᾿Ioudas kai Petros; ho men gar pollēs apolausas boētheias, ouden ōphelēthē, epeidē mē ēthelēse, mēde ta par᾽ heautou syneisēnenken; houtos de kai prothymētheis, epeidē mēdemias apēlause boētheias, katepese. Kai gar apo dyoin toutōn hē aretē hyphainetai. Dio parakalō, mēte to pan epi ton theon rhipsantas, autous katheudein, mēte spoudazontas, nomizein oikeiois ponois to pan katorthoun. Oute gar hyptious hēmas autous einai bouletai ho theos dia touto ou to pan autos ergazetai; oute alazonas; dia touto ou to pan hēmin dedōken; all᾽ hekaterou to blaberon anelōn, to chrēsimon hēmin eiase. Dia touto kai ton koryphaion aphēke pesein, synestalmenon te ’ ᾽ ᾿ ᾽ ’ ᾿ auton kataskeuazōn, kai eis pleiona loipon agapēn aleiphōn. Hōi gar pleon, phēsin, apheithē, meizonōs agapēsei. Peithōmetha toinyn pantachou tǭ theǭ, kai mēden antilegōmen, kan enantion einai dokę̄ tois hēmeterois logismois kai tais opsesi to legomenon; all᾽ estō kai logismōn kai opseōs kyriōteros autou ho logos. Houtō kai epi tōn mystēriōn poiōmen, ou tois keimenois monon emblepontes, alla ta rhēmata autou katechontes. Ho men gar logos autou aparalogistos, hē de aisthēsis hēmōn euexapatētos. Houtos oudepote diepesen, hautē ta pleiona sphalletai. Epei oun ho logos phēsi, touto esti to sōma mou, kai peithōmetha kai pisteuōmen, kai noētois auto blepōmen ophthalmois. Ouden gar aisthēton paredōken hēmin ho Christos, all᾽ en aisthētois men pragmasi, panta de noēta. Houtō kai en tǭ baptismati, di᾽ aisthētou men pragmatos ginetai tou hydatos to dōron, noēton de to apoteloumenon, hē gennēsis kai hē anakainisis. Ei men gar asōmatos ēs, gymna an auta soi ta asōmata paredōke dōra epeidē de sōmati sympeplektai hē psychē, en aisthētois ta noēta soi paradidōsi. Posoi nyn legousin, eboulomēn autou tēn morphēn idein, ton typon, ta himatia, ta hypodēmata. Idou auton horąs, autou haptę̄, auton esthieis. Kai sy men himatia epithymeis idein autos de heauton soi didōsin, ouk idein monon, alla kai hapsasthai, kai phagein, kai labein endon. Mēdeis toinyn nautiōn prositō, mēdeis eklelymenos hapantes pepyrōmenoi, hapantes zeontes kai diegēgermenoi. Ei gar ᾿Ioudaioi hestōtes, kai ta hypodēmata kai tas baktērias echontes en tais chersin, ēsthion meta spoudēs, pollǭ mallon se nēphein chrē. ᾿Ekeinoi men gar eis Palaistinēn emellon exienai? dio kai hodoiporōn schēma eichon sy de eis ton ouranon melleis apodēmein. Dio chrē pantothen egrēgorenai; kai gar ou mikra keitai kolasis tois anaxiōs metechousin. ᾿Ennoēson pōs aganakteis kata tou prodotou, kata tōn staurōsantōn. Skopei toinyn, mē kai autos enochos genę̄ tou sōmatos kai tou haimatos tou Christou. ᾿Ekeinoi katesphaxan to panagion sōma, sy de rhyparą hypodechę̄ psychę̄ meta tosautas euergesias. Oude gar ērkesen autǭ to genesthai anthrōpon, to rhapisthēnai kai sphagēnai, alla kai anaphyrei heauton hēmin kai ou tę̄ pistei monon, alla kai autǭ tǭ pragmati sōma hēmas autou kataskeuazei. Tinos oun ouk edei katharōteron einai ton tautēs apolauonta tēs thysias? poias hēliakēs aktinos tēn cheira tēn tautēn diatemnousan tēn sarka, to stoma to plēroumenon pyros pneumatikou, tēn glōssan tēn phoinissomenēn haimati phrikōdestatǭ? Ennoēson poian etimēthēs timēn poias apolaueis trapezēs. Hoper angeloi blepontes phrittousi, kai oude antiblepsai tolmōsin adeōs dia tēn ekeithen pheromenēn astrapēn, toutǭ hēmeis trephometha, toutǭ anaphyrometha, kai gegonamen hēmeis Christou sōma hen kai sarx mia. Tis lalēsei tas dynasteias tou kyriou? akoustas poiēsei pasas tas aineseis autou? Tis poimēn tois oikeiois melesi trephei ta probata? Kai ti legō, poimēn? Mēteres pollakis eisi, kai meta tas ōdinas heterais ekdidoasi trophois ta paidia autos de touto ouk ēnescheto, all᾽ autos hēmas trephei oikeiǭ haimati, kai dia pantōn hēmas heautǭ symplekei. Skopei de; egennēthē ek tēs hēmeteras ousias. ᾿All᾽ ouden touto pros pantas, phēsi; kaitoige pros pantas. Ei gar pros tēn physin ēlthe tēn hēmeteran, eudēlon hoti pros panta ei de pros pantas, kai pros hena hekaston. Kai pōs hapantes ouk ekarpōsanto to enteuthen kerdos? phēsi. Touto ou par᾽ ekeinon ton hyper hapantōn touto helomenon, alla para tous mē boulēthentas. Heni hekastǭ tōn pistōn anamignysin heauton dia tōn mystēriōn; kai hous egennēsen, ektrephei di heautou, kai ouk allǭ ekdidōsi, kai toutǭ se peithōn palin, hoti sarka elabe tēn sēn. Mē toinyn rhąthymōmen, tosautēs ēxiōmenoi agapēs te kai timēs. Ouch horate ta paidia meth᾽ hosēs prothymias drassetai tou mastou? meth᾽ hosēs hormēs empēgnysi tę̄ thēlē ta cheilē? Meta tosautēs prosiōmen kai hēmeis tę̄ trapezę̄ tautę̄, kai tę̄ thēlę̄ tou potēriou tou pneumatikou mallon de meta pollǭ pleionos helkysōmen, hōs paidia hypomazia, tou pneumatos tēn charin kai mia hēmin estō odynē, to mē metaschein tautēs tēs trophēs. Ouk estin anthrōpinēs dynameōs erga ta prokeimena. Ho tote tauta poiēsas en ekeinǭ tǭ deipnǭ, houtos kai nyn auta ergazetai. Hēmeis hypēretōn taxin epechomen᾽ ho de hagiazōn auta kai metaskeuazōn, autos. Mēdeis toinyn ᾿Ioudas parestō, mēdeis philargyros. Ei tis mē mathētēs, parachōreitō ou dechetai tous toioutous hē trapeza. Meta gar tōn mathētōn mou, phēsi, poiō to pascha. Hautē ekeinē estin hē trapeza, kai ouden elatton echei. Ou gar ekeinēn men ho Christos, tautēn de anthrōpos dēmiourgei alla kai tautēn autos. Touto ekeino to anōgeōn, entha tote hēsan enteuthen eis to oros tōn elaiōn exēlthon. Exelthōmen kai hēmeis epi tas cheiras tōn penētōn touto gar oros tōn elaiōn to chōrion. Elaiai gar eisi katapephyteumenai en tǭ oikǭ tou theou tōn penētōn to plēthos, apostazousai to elaion to ekei chrēsimeuon hēmin, ho hai pente parthenoi eichon᾽ hai de heterai mē labousai enteuthen apōlonto. Touto labontes eisiōmen, hina phaidrais apantēsōmen tais lampasi tǭ nymphiǭ; touto labontes exelthōmen enteuthen. Mēdeis apanthrōpos prositō, mēdeis ōmos kai aneleēs, mēdeis holōs akathartos.

What do you say, O Peter? The prophet said that the sheep will be scattered; Christ confirmed what was said; and do you say, “No”? Are the former things not enough, when you said, “Mercy on you,” and your mouth was stopped? For this reason, then, he lets him fall, teaching him by this to obey Christ in everything, and to think his declaration more trustworthy than his own conscience. And the rest too gained no little from his denial, perceiving human weakness and the truth of God. For when he himself foretells something, one must no longer reason subtly, nor rise up above the many. For “your boast,” it says, “you will have in yourself, and not in another.” For he ought to have prayed and said, “Help us, so that we may not be torn away”; but he trusts in himself and says, “Even if all fall away because of you, I will never fall away”: “even if all suffer this,” he says, “I will not suffer it”; which was leading him little by little into self-will. Wishing, then, to check this, Christ permitted the denial. For since he did not bear with him, nor with the prophet (although he brought in the prophet for this very reason, so that they might not contradict), but nevertheless since he did not bear with the words, he is taught by the deeds. For that he permitted it for this reason, to set this right in him, hear what he says: “But I have prayed for you, that your faith may not fail.” For he said this touching him to the quick, and showing that his fall was more grievous than the others’ and needed more help. For the charges were two: both that he contradicted and that he set himself before the others; or rather a third too, that he ascribed the whole to himself. Healing these things, then, he allowed the fall to happen; and therefore, leaving the others, he addresses himself to him. “For Simon,” he says, “Simon, look, Satan has demanded to sift you like wheat”: that is, to disturb, trouble, try you; “but I have prayed for you, that your faith may not fail.” And why, if Satan demanded all, did he not say about all, “I have prayed”? Is it not plain that it is what I said before, that, touching him to the quick and showing that his fall was more grievous than the others’, he turns his word to him? And why did he not say, “But I did not allow it,” but, “I have prayed”? He speaks lowly things henceforth, as he goes to the passion, so as to show his humanity. For he who built the church on Peter’s confession, and so walled it that countless dangers and deaths should not overcome it, who gave him the keys of heaven and made him master of so great an authority, and nowhere needed prayer for these things (for he did not say, “I have prayed,” but with authority, “I will build my church, and I will give you the keys of heaven”), how did he need prayer in order to brace the shaken soul of one man? Why, then, did he speak so? For the reason I have given, and also because of their weakness; for they did not yet have the fitting opinion of him. How, then, did Peter deny? He did not say, “that you may not deny,” but, “that your faith may not fail,” that you may not perish completely. For this came about from his care. For fear drove out everything; for it was immoderate; and it became immoderate because God stripped him greatly of his own aid; and he stripped him greatly because the passion of self-will and contradiction was strong in him. So that he might tear it out by the roots, then, he allowed the agony to seize him so. For that this passion was grievous in him, he was not content with the former things, having contradicted both the prophet and Christ, but after this too, when Christ said to him, “Truly I say to you, this night, before the cock crows, you will deny me three times,” he says, “Even if I must die with you, I will not deny you.” And Luke points out that the more Christ forbade, the more Peter opposed him exceedingly. What is this, O Peter? When he said, “One of you will betray me,” you feared lest you should be the traitor, and compelled the disciple to ask, though conscious of nothing such in yourself; but now, when he cries out explicitly and says, “You will all fall away,” do you contradict, and not once only, but twice and many times? For Luke says this. Whence, then, did this happen to him? From much love, from much pleasure. For since he had been freed from that anguish about the betrayal, and saw the traitor, he spoke with confidence henceforth, and rose up above the others, saying, “Even if all fall away, I will not fall away.” And the thing came in some measure also from love of preeminence; for at the supper too they were reasoning which of them was greatest; so did this passion trouble them. Therefore he checked him, not pushing him to the denial—far from it—but leaving him bare of his help, and exposing human nature. See, at any rate, how subdued he is after this. For after the resurrection, when he said, “And what about this man?” and his mouth was stopped, he no longer dared to contradict as he did here, but was silent. Again, at the ascension, when he heard, “It is not for you to know times or seasons,” again he is silent and does not contradict. After this, on the housetop, with the sheet, when he heard a voice saying to him, “What God has cleansed, do not call common,” though he did not yet clearly know what was meant, he is quiet and does not dispute.

[4] All these things that fall accomplished. And before it he ascribes the whole to himself, saying, “Even if all fall away, I will not fall away; even if I must die, I will not deny you,” when he ought to have said, “if I enjoy your aid.” But after this, entirely the opposite: “Why do you look at us, as though by our own power or piety we had made him walk?” From this we learn a great doctrine: that man’s eagerness is not enough unless one enjoys the aid from above; and again that we will gain nothing from the aid from above if there is no eagerness. And both these things Judas and Peter show; for the one, having enjoyed much help, was benefited in nothing, since he was not willing and did not contribute his own part; but this one, though eager, since he enjoyed no help, fell. For virtue is woven from these two. Therefore I exhort you neither to cast everything on God and sleep yourselves, nor, when you are zealous, to think you achieve everything by your own labors. For God does not wish us to be supine; therefore he does not do everything himself; nor boastful; therefore he did not give us everything; but, taking away what is harmful in each, he left us what is useful. Therefore he also let the chief apostle fall, making him subdued, and anointing him henceforth for greater love. “For he to whom more is forgiven,” it says, “will love more.” Let us, then, obey God everywhere, and contradict nothing, even if what is said seems contrary to our reasonings and our sight; but let his word be more sovereign than both reasonings and sight. Let us do so in the case of the mysteries too, not looking only at the things set before us, but holding fast his words. For his word cannot deceive, but our sense is easily deceived. That has never failed, but this is mostly mistaken. Since, then, the word says, “This is my body,” let us both obey and believe, and look at it with the eyes of the mind. For Christ has handed down nothing perceptible to the senses to us, but in things perceptible all is intelligible. So too in baptism, the gift is given through a perceptible thing, water, but what is accomplished is intelligible, the birth and the renewal. For if you were bodiless, he would have handed down to you the bodiless gifts bare; but since the soul is interwoven with the body, he hands down to you the intelligible things in perceptible ones. How many now say, “I would like to see his form, his figure, his garments, his sandals!” Look, you see him, you touch him, you eat him. And you desire to see his garments; but he gives himself to you, not only to see, but also to touch and to eat and to receive within. Let no one, then, approach with loathing, no one slack; but let all approach fired, all fervent and roused up. For if the Jews ate standing, with their sandals on and their staffs in their hands, in haste, much more ought you to be sober. For those were about to go out to Palestine; therefore they also had the guise of travelers; but you are about to depart for heaven. [5] Therefore one must be awake in every way; for no small punishment is laid up for those who partake unworthily. Consider how indignant you are against the traitor, against those who crucified him. Take care, then, lest you too become guilty of the body and the blood of Christ. They slaughtered the all-holy body, but you receive it with a filthy soul after so many benefits. For it was not enough for him to become man, to be struck and slaughtered, but he also mingles himself with us, and not by faith only, but in very deed makes us his body. Than what, then, ought not the one who enjoys this sacrifice to be purer? Than what sunbeam must not the hand be purer that cuts this flesh, the mouth that is filled with spiritual fire, the tongue that is reddened with most awesome blood? Consider with what honor you were honored, what table you enjoy. That which angels tremble to behold, and do not dare to look at without fear because of the lightning that flashes from it, with this we are fed, with this we are mingled, and we have become one body and one flesh of Christ. “Who will tell the mighty acts of the Lord, make all his praises heard?” What shepherd feeds the sheep with his own members? And why do I say shepherd? There are often mothers who after the pangs of birth hand their children over to other nurses; but he did not bear this, but himself feeds us with his own blood, and in every way intertwines us with himself. Consider: he was born of our substance. “But this is nothing to all,” someone says. And yet it concerns all. For if he came to our nature, it is plain that he came to all; and if to all, also to each one. “And how did not all reap the gain from this?” someone says. This is not because of him who chose this on behalf of all, but because of those who were not willing. He mingles himself with each one of the believers through the mysteries; and those whom he begot he nourishes through himself and does not hand over to another, by this persuading you again that he took your flesh. Let us not, then, be careless, having been counted worthy of so great love and honor. Do you not see with what eagerness children grasp the breast, with what impulse they fasten their lips on the nipple? With the like eagerness let us too approach this table and the nipple of the spiritual cup; or rather with much more let us draw, as nursing children, the grace of the Spirit; and let us have one grief: not to partake of this food. The things set before us are not works of human power. He who did these things then at that supper, he works them now too. We hold the rank of servants; but the one who sanctifies them and transforms them is he himself. Let no Judas, then, stand by, no lover of money. If anyone is not a disciple, let him withdraw; the table does not receive such men. “For with my disciples,” he says, “I keep the Passover.” This table is that one, and has nothing less. For it is not that Christ made that one and a man makes this one, but he makes this one too. This is that upper room, where they then were; from here they went out to the Mount of Olives. Let us too go out to the hands of the poor; for this place is a Mount of Olives. For the multitude of the poor are olive trees planted in the house of God, dripping the oil that is useful to us there, which the five virgins had, while the others, not having taken it from here, perished. Taking this, let us go in, so that with bright lamps we may meet the bridegroom; taking this, let us go out from here. Let no inhuman man approach, no cruel and unmerciful man, no one at all unclean.

82.6Field 2

Ταῦτα πρὸς ὑμᾶς τοὺς μεταλαμβάνοντας λέγω, καὶ πρὸς ὑμᾶς τοὺς διακονουμένους. Καὶ γὰρ ἀναγκαῖον καὶ πρὸς ὑμᾶς διαλεχθῆναι, ὥὦστε μετὰ πολλῆς τῆς σπουδῆς διανέμειν ταυτὶ τὰ δῶρα. Οὐ μικρὰ κόλασις ὑμῖν ἐστὶν, εἴ τινι συνειδότες τινὰ πονηρίαν, συγχωρήσετε μετασχεῖν ταύτης τῆς τραπέζης. Τὸ αἷμα αὐτοῦ ἐκ τῶν χειρῶν ἐκζητηθήσεται τῶν ὑμετέρων. Κἀν στρατηγός τις ᾖ, κἂν ὕπαρχος, κἀν αὐτὸς ὁ τὸ διάδημα περικείμενος, ἀναξίως δὲ προσίῃ, κώλυσον· μείζονα ἐκείνου τὴν ἐξουσίαν ἔχεις. Σὺ δὲ εἰ μὲν πηγὴν ὕδατος ἐνεχειρίσθης φυλάττειν ποιμνίῳ καθαράν, εἷτα εἶδες πρόβατον πολὺν ἐπὶ τοῦ στόματος φέρον τὸν βόρβορον, οὐκ ἂν εἴασας ἐπικύψαι κάτω, καὶ θολῶσαι τὸ ῥεῖθρον· νυνὶ δὲ οὐχ ὕδατος, ἀλλ᾽ αἵματος καὶ πνεύματος πηγὴν ἐγκεχειρισμένος, καὶ ὁρῶν γῆς καὶ βορβόρου χαλεπωτέραν ἁμαρτίαν ἔχοντάς τινας καὶ προσιόντας, οὐκ ἀγανακτεῖς, οὐδὲ ἀπείργεις; καὶ τίνα ἂν σχοίης συγγνώμην; Διὰ τοῦτο ὑμᾶς ὁ θεὸς ἐτίμησε ταύτην τὴν τιμὴν, ἵνα τὰ τοιαῦτα διακρίνητε. Τοῦτο ὑμῶν ἡ ἀξία, τοῦτο ἡ ἀσφάλεια, τοῦτο ὁ στέφανος ἅπας, οὐχ ἵνα λευκὸν χιτωνίσκον καὶ ἀποστίλβοντα περιβαλλόμενοι περιΐητε. Καὶ πόθεν οἶδα, φησὶ, τὸν δεῖνα καὶ τὸν δεῖνα; Οὐ περὶ τῶν ἀγνοουμένων, ἀλλὰ περὶ τῶν γνωρίμων λέγω. Εἴπω τι φρικωδέστερον; Οὐχ οὕτω χαλεπὸν τοὺς ἐνεργουμένους ἔνδον εἶναι, ὡς τούτους, οὓς φησιν ὁ Παῦλος τὸν Χριστὸν καταπατῆσαι, καὶ τὸ αἷμα τῆς διαθήκης κοινὸν ἡγήσασθαι, καὶ τὴν χάριν τοῦ πνεύματος ἐνυβρίσαι. Δαιμονῶντος γὰρ χείρων ὁ ἡμαρτηκὼς καὶ προσιών. Οἱ μὲν γὰρ ἐπειδὴ δαιμονῶσιν, οὐ κολάζονται· οὗτοι δὲ ὅταν ἀναξίως προσίωσιν, ἀθανάτῳ παραδίδονται τιμωρίᾳ. Μὴ τοίνυν τούτους ἐλαύνωμεν μόνον, ἀλλὰ πάντας ἁπλῶς, οὗς ἂν ἴδωμεν ἀναξίως προσιόντας. Μηδεὶς κοινωνείτω τῶν μὴ μαθητῶν. Μηδεὶς λαμβανέτω ᾿Ιούδας, ἵνα μὴ τὰ ᾿Ιούδα πάθῃ. Σῶμα ἐστι Χριστοῦ καὶ τουτὶ τὸ πλῆθος. Ὅρα τοίνυν, ὁ διακονούμενος τοῖς μυστηρίοις, μὴ παροξύνῃς τὸν δεσπότην, οὐκ ἐκκαθαίρων τὸ σῶμα τοῦτο· μὴ ξίφος δῷς αντὶ τροφῆς. Ἀλλὰ κἂν ὑπὸ ἀγνοίας … φοβήθητι τὸν θεὸν, μὴ ἄνθρωπον. Ἂν φοβηθῇς ἄνθρωπον, καὶ ὑπ᾿ αὐτοῦ καταγελασθήσῃ· ἂν δὲ τὸν θεὸν, καὶ ἀνθρώποις αἰδέσιμος ἔσῃ. Εἰ δὲ αὐτὸς οὐ τολμᾷς, ἐμοὶ πρόσαγε· οὐ συγχωρήσω ταῦτα τολμᾶσθαι. Τῆς ψυχῆς ἀποστήσομαι πρότερον, ἢ τοῦ αἵματος μεταδώσω τοῦ δεσποτικοῦ παρ᾽ ἀξίαν καὶ τὸ αἷμα τὸ ἐμαυτοῦ προήσομαι πρότερον, ἢ μεταδώσω αἵματος οὕτω φρικώδους παρὰ τὸ προσῆκον. Εἰ δὲ ἠγνόησέ τις τὸν φαῦλον πολλὰ περιεργασάμενος, οὐδὲν ἔγκλημα. Ταῦτα γάρ μοι περὶ τῶν δήλων εἴρηται. Ἂν γὰρ τούτους διορθώσωμεν, καὶ τοὺς ἀγνῶτας ταχέως ἡμῖν ὁ θεὸς γνωριεῖ· ἂν δὲ τούτους ἐάσωμεν, τίνος ἕνεκεν ἡμῖν ἐκείνους ποιήσει φανεροὺς λοιπόν; Ταῦτα δὲ λέγω, οὐχ ἵνα ἀπείργωμεν, οὐδ᾽ ἵνα ἐκτέμνωμεν μόνον, ἀλλ᾽ ἵνα διορθώσαντες ἐπαναγάγωμεν, ἵνα ἐπιμελώμεθα. Οὕτω γὰρ καὶ τὸν θεὸν ἵλεων ἕξομεν, καὶ πολλοὺς τοὺς κατ᾽ αξίαν μεταλαμβάνοντας εὑρήσομεν, καὶ τῆς οἰκείας σπουδῆς καὶ τῆς περὶ τοὺς ἄλλους ἐπιμελείας πολὺν ἀποληψόμεθα τὸν μισθόν οὗ γένοιτο πάντας ἡμᾶς επιτυχεῖν, χάριτι καὶ φιλανθρωπίᾳ τοῦ κυρίου ἡμῶν ᾿Ιησοῦ Χριστοῦ, ᾧ ἡ δόξα εἰς τοὺς αἰῶνας τῶν αἰώνων. Ἀμήν.

Tauta pros hymas tous metalambanontas legō, kai pros hymas tous diakonoumenous. Kai gar anankaion kai pros hymas dialechthēnai, hōōste meta pollēs tēs spoudēs dianemein tauti ta dōra. Ou mikra kolasis hymin estin, ei tini syneidotes tina ponērian, synchōrēsete metaschein tautēs tēs trapezēs. To haima autou ek tōn cheirōn ekzētēthēsetai tōn hymeterōn. Kan stratēgos tis ę̄, kan hyparchos, kan autos ho to diadēma perikeimenos, anaxiōs de prosię̄, kōlyson; meizona ekeinou tēn exousian echeis. Sy de ei men pēgēn hydatos enecheiristhēs phylattein poimniǭ katharan, heita eides probaton polyn epi tou stomatos pheron ton borboron, ouk an eiasas epikypsai katō, kai tholōsai to rheithron; nyni de ouch hydatos, all᾽ haimatos kai pneumatos pēgēn enkecheirismenos, kai horōn gēs kai borborou chalepōteran hamartian echontas tinas kai prosiontas, ouk aganakteis, oude apeirgeis? kai tina an schoiēs syngnōmēn? Dia touto hymas ho theos etimēse tautēn tēn timēn, hina ta toiauta diakrinēte. Touto hymōn hē axia, touto hē asphaleia, touto ho stephanos hapas, ouch hina leukon chitōniskon kai apostilbonta periballomenoi periïēte. Kai pothen oida, phēsi, ton deina kai ton deina? Ou peri tōn agnooumenōn, alla peri tōn gnōrimōn legō. Eipō ti phrikōdesteron? Ouch houtō chalepon tous energoumenous endon einai, hōs toutous, hous phēsin ho Paulos ton Christon katapatēsai, kai to haima tēs diathēkēs koinon hēgēsasthai, kai tēn charin tou pneumatos enybrisai. Daimonōntos gar cheirōn ho hēmartēkōs kai prosiōn. Hoi men gar epeidē daimonōsin, ou kolazontai; houtoi de hotan anaxiōs prosiōsin, athanatǭ paradidontai timōrią. Mē toinyn toutous elaunōmen monon, alla pantas haplōs, hous an idōmen anaxiōs prosiontas. Mēdeis koinōneitō tōn mē mathētōn. Mēdeis lambanetō ᾿Ioudas, hina mē ta ᾿Iouda pathę̄. Sōma esti Christou kai touti to plēthos. Hora toinyn, ho diakonoumenos tois mystēriois, mē paroxynę̄s ton despotēn, ouk ekkathairōn to sōma touto; mē xiphos dǭs anti trophēs. Alla kan hypo agnoias … phobēthēti ton theon, mē anthrōpon. An phobēthę̄s anthrōpon, kai hyp᾿ autou katagelasthēsę̄; an de ton theon, kai anthrōpois aidesimos esę̄. Ei de autos ou tolmąs, emoi prosage; ou synchōrēsō tauta tolmasthai. Tēs psychēs apostēsomai proteron, ē tou haimatos metadōsō tou despotikou par᾽ axian kai to haima to emautou proēsomai proteron, ē metadōsō haimatos houtō phrikōdous para to prosēkon. Ei de ēgnoēse tis ton phaulon polla periergasamenos, ouden enklēma. Tauta gar moi peri tōn dēlōn eirētai. An gar toutous diorthōsōmen, kai tous agnōtas tacheōs hēmin ho theos gnōriei; an de toutous easōmen, tinos heneken hēmin ekeinous poiēsei phanerous loipon? Tauta de legō, ouch hina apeirgōmen, oud᾽ hina ektemnōmen monon, all᾽ hina diorthōsantes epanagagōmen, hina epimelōmetha. Houtō gar kai ton theon hileōn hexomen, kai pollous tous kat᾽ axian metalambanontas heurēsomen, kai tēs oikeias spoudēs kai tēs peri tous allous epimeleias polyn apolēpsometha ton misthon hou genoito pantas hēmas epitychein, chariti kai philanthrōpią tou kyriou hēmōn ᾿Iēsou Christou, hǭ hē doxa eis tous aiōnas tōn aiōnōn. Amēn.

These things I say to you who partake, and to you who minister. For it is necessary to discourse to you too, so that you may distribute these gifts with much care. No small punishment is yours, if, knowing of some wickedness in anyone, you allow him to partake of this table. “His blood will be required at your hands.” Even if he is some general, even if a prefect, even if he who wears the diadem himself, if he approaches unworthily, prevent him; you have greater authority than he. And if you had been entrusted to keep a spring of water pure for a flock, and then saw a sheep bearing much mud on its mouth, you would not have let it stoop down and muddy the stream; but now, entrusted with a spring not of water but of blood and spirit, and seeing some who have sin more grievous than earth and mud approaching, are you not indignant? Do you not keep them away? And what pardon could you have? For this reason God honored you with this honor, so that you might discern such things. This is your dignity, this your safety, this your whole crown—not that you should go about wearing a white and shining tunic. “And how do I know so-and-so and so-and-so?” someone says. I am not speaking of those who are unknown, but of those who are known. Shall I say something more dreadful? It is not so grievous for the possessed to be inside as for these whom Paul says trample Christ underfoot, and regard the blood of the covenant as common, and outrage the grace of the Spirit. For one who has sinned and approaches is worse than one possessed by a demon. For the possessed are not punished for being possessed; but these, when they approach unworthily, are handed over to deathless punishment. Let us not, then, drive away these only, but all, simply, whom we see approaching unworthily. Let no one communicate who is not one of the disciples. Let no Judas receive, lest he suffer what Judas suffered. This multitude too is the body of Christ. See, then, you who minister at the mysteries, that you do not provoke the Master by not purifying this body; do not give a sword instead of food. But even if it is through ignorance … fear God, not man. If you fear man, you will even be laughed at by him; but if you fear God, you will be respected by men too. And if you yourself do not dare, bring him to me; I will not allow these things to be dared. I will give up my life sooner than give of the Master’s blood unworthily; and I will shed my own blood sooner than give of blood so awesome contrary to what is fitting. But if someone, after taking much pains, did not recognize the worthless man, there is no charge. For these things have been said by me about those who are manifest. For if we correct these, God will quickly make known to us the unknown too; but if we let these be, why should he make those manifest to us henceforth? And I say these things not so that we may only keep them away or cut them off, but so that, having corrected them, we may bring them back, so that we may take care of them. For so we will both have God propitious, and find many who partake worthily, and receive a great reward for our own zeal and for our care of others; which may we all obtain, by the grace and love for mankind of our Lord Jesus Christ, to whom be the glory to the ages of ages. Amen.

Chapter 83

83.1Field 2

Τότε ἔρχεται μετ᾽ αὐτῶν ὁ ᾿Ιησοῦς εἰς χωρίον λεγόμενον Γεθσημανῆ, καὶ λέγει τοῖς μαθηταῖς καθίσατε αὐτοῦ, ἕως ἂν ἀπελθὼν προσεύξωμαι ἐκεῖ. Καὶ παραλαβὼν τὸν Πέτρον καὶ τοὺς δύο υἱοὺς Ζεβεδαίου, ἤρξατο λυπεῖσθαι καὶ ἀδημονεῖν, καὶ λέγει αὐτοῖς· περίλυπός ἐστιν ἡ ψυχή μου ἕως θανάτου· μείνατε ὧδε, καὶ γρηγορεῖτε μετ᾽ ἐμοῦ. Ἐπειδὴ ἀδιασπάστως αὐτοῦ εἴχοντο, διὰ τοῦτό φησι· μείνατε αὐτοῦ, ἕως ἀπελθὼν προσεύξομαι. Ἔθος γὰρ αὐτῷ χωρὶς αὐτῶν προσεύχεσθαι. Τοῦτο δὲ ἐποίει, παιδεύων ἡμᾶς ἐν ταῖς εὐχαῖς ἡσυχίαν κατασκευάζειν ἑαυτοῖς καὶ ἠρεμίαν πολλήν. Καὶ παραλαμβάνει τοὺς τρεῖς, καὶ λέγει αὐτοῖς· περίλυπός ἐστιν ἡ ψυχή μου ἕως θανάτου. Τίνος ἕνεκεν μὴ πάντας παραλαμβάνει; Ἵνα μὴ καταπέσωσιν᾽ ἀλλὰ τούτους, τοὺς τῆς δόξης αὐτοῦ θεωροὺς γενομένους. Ἀλλ᾽ ὅμως καὶ τούτους ἀφίησι, καὶ μικρὸν προελθὼν, εὔχεται λέγων᾽ πάτερ, εἰ δυνατὸν, παρελθέτω ἀπ᾽ ἐμοῦ τὸ ποτήριον τοῦτο πλὴν οὐχ ὡς ἐγὼ θέλω, ἀλλ᾽ ὡς σύ. Καὶ ἔρχεται πρὸς αὐτοὺς, καὶ εὑρίσκει αὐτοὺς καθεύδοντας, καὶ λέγει τῷ Πέτρῳ· οὕτως οὐκ ἰσχύσατε μίαν ὥραν γρηγορῆσαι μετ᾽ ἐμοῦ; Γρηγορεῖτε καὶ προσεύχεσθε, ἵνα μὴ εἰσέλθητε εἰς πειρασμόν. Τὸ μὲν πνεῦμα πρόθυμον, ἡ δὲ σὰρξ ἀσθενής. Οὐχ ἁπλῶς πρὸς Πέτρον μάλιστα ἀποτείνεται, καίτοι καὶ τῶν ἄλλων ᾿καθευδησάντων' ἀλλὰ καθικνούμενος αὐτοῦ καντεῦθεν διὰ τὴν αἰτίαν ἣν ἔμπροσθεν εἶπον. Εἶτα ἐπειδὴ καὶ οἱ ἄλλοι τὸ αὐτὸ εἶπον, (εἰπόντος γὰρ, φησὶ, Πέτρου, ὅτι κἂν δέῃ με σὺν σοὶ ἀποθανεῖν, οὐ μή σε ἀπαρνήσομαι ὁμοίως δὲ, φησὶ, καὶ πάντες οἱ μαθηταὶ εἶπον πρὸς ἅπαντας διαλέγεται, ἐλέγχων αὐτῶν τὴν ἀσθένειαν. Οἱ γὰρ συναποθανεῖν αἱρούμενοι, οὐδὲ λυπουμένῳ τότε συλλυπηθῆναι ἴσχυσαν ἐγρηγορότες, ἀλλ᾽ ἐκράτησεν αὐτῶν ὁ ὕπνος. Ὁ δὲ ἐκτενῶς εὔχεται, ἵνα μὴ δόξῃ ὑπόκρισις εἶναι τὸ πρᾶγμα. Καὶ ἱδρῶτες ἐπιῤῥέουσι διὰ τὴν αἰτίαν πάλιν τὴν αὐτὴν, καὶ ἵνα μὴ τοῦτο εἴπωσιν αἱρετικοὶ, ὅτι ὑποκρίνεται τὴν ἀγωνίαν. Διὰ τοῦτο καὶ ἱδρῶτες ὡς θρόμβοι αἵματος, καὶ ἄγγελος ἐνισχύων αὐτὸν ἐφάνη, καὶ μυρία φόβου τεκμήρια, ἵνα μή τις εἴπῃ τὰ ῥήματα πεπλασμένα εἶναι. Διὰ τοῦτο καὶ ἡ εὐχή. Τῷ μὲν οὖν εἰπεῖν, εἰ δυνατὸν, παρελθέτω, ἔδειξε τὸ ἀνθρώπινον· τῷ δὲ εἰπεῖν, πλὴν οὐχ ὡς ἐγὼ θέλω, ἀλλ᾽ ὡς σὺ, ἔδειξε τὸ ἐνάρετον καὶ ἐμφιλόσοφον, παιδεύων καὶ τῆς φύσεως ἀνθελκούσης ἕπεσθαι τῷ θεῷ. ᾿Επειδὴ γὰρ οὐκ ἤρκει τοῖς ἀνοήτοις τὸ πρόσωπον δεῖξαι μόνον, καὶ ῥήματα προστίθησι. Πάλιν ῥήματα οὐκ ἤρκει μόνον, ἀλλὰ καὶ πραγμάτων ἔδει· καὶ ταῦτα συνάπτει τοῖς ῥήμασιν, ἵνα πιστεύσωσι καὶ οἱ σφόδρα φιλονεικοῦντες, ὅτι καὶ ἄνθρωπος γέγονε καὶ ἀπέθανεν. Εἰ γὰρ καὶ τούτων ὄντων, ἀπιστεῖται παρά τινων ἔτι τοῦτο, πολλῷ μᾶλλον εἰ μὴ ταῦτα ἦν. Ὁρᾷς δι᾽ ὅσων δείκνυσι τῆς οἰκονομίας τὴν ἀλήθειαν; Δι᾽ ὧν φθέγγεται, δι᾽ ὧν πάσχει. Εἶτα ἐλθὼν λέγει, φησὶ, τῷ Πέτρῳ· οὕτως οὐκ ἰσχύσατε μίαν ὥραν γρηγορῆσαι μετ᾽ ἐμοῦ; Ἅπαντες ἐκάθευδον, καὶ τῷ Πέτρῳ ἐπιτιμᾷ, αἰνιττόμενος αὐτὸν, ὑπὲρ ὧν ἐφθέγξατο. Καὶ τὸ μετ᾽ ἐμοῦ δὲ οὐχ ἁπλῶς κεῖται· ὡσανεὶ ἔλεγε· γρηγορῆσαι οὐκ ἴσχυσας μετ᾽ ἐμοῦ, καὶ ὑπὲρ ἐμοῦ τὴν ψυχὴν θήσεις; Καὶ τὸ ἑξῆς δὲ τὸ αὐτὸ τοῦτο αἰνίττεται. Γρηγορεῖτε γάρ, φησὶ, καὶ προσεύχεσθε μὴ εἰσελθεῖν εἰς πειρασμόν. Ὁρᾷς πῶς πάλιν αὐτοὺς παιδεύει μὴ ἀπαυθαδιάζεσθαι, ἀλλὰ συντετριφθαι τὴν διάνοιαν, καὶ ταπεινοφρονεῖν, καὶ τῷ θεῷ τὸ πᾶν ἀνατιθέναι; Καὶ νῦν μὲν πρὸς Πέτρον ἀποτείνεται, νῦν δὲ πρὸς πάντας κοινῆ. Κἀκείνῳ μέν φησι· Σίμων, Σίμων, ἐξῃτήσατο ὁ Σατανᾶς σινιάσαι ὑμᾶς· κἀγὼ ἐδεήθην περὶ σοῦ κοινῇ δὲ πᾶσιν, εὔχεσθε μὴ εἰσελθεῖν εἰς πειρασμὸν, πανταχοῦ τὸ αὔθαδες αὐτῶν ἐκκόπτων καὶ ἐναγωνίους ποιῶν. Εἴτα ἵνα μὴ δόξῃ διόλου καταφορικὸν ποιεῖν τὸν λόγον, λέγει τὸ μὲν πνεῦμα πρόθυμον, ἡ δὲ σὰρξ ἀσθενής. Εἰ γὰρ καὶ βούλει, φησὶν, ὑπεριδεῖν θανάτου, ἀλλ᾽ οὐ δυνήσῃ, ἕως ἂν ὁ θεὸς ὀρέξῃ χεῖρα᾽ καθέλκει γὰρ τὸ φρόνημα τὸ σαρκικόν. Καὶ πάλιν ηὔξατο τὸ αὐτὸ, λέγων πάτερ, εἰ οὐ δύναται τοῦτο παρελθεῖν ἀπ᾿ ἐμοῦ, ἐὰν μὴ αὐτὸ πίω, γενηθήτω τὸ θέλημα σου δεικνὺς ἐνταῦθα, ὅτι σφόδρα συνάδει τῷ θελήματι τοῦ θεοῦ, καὶ ὅτι πανταχοῦ τούτῳ ἕπεσθαι δεῖ, καὶ τοῦτο ἐπιζητεῖν. Καὶ ἐλθὼν, εὗρεν αὐτοὺς καθεύδοντας. Μετὰ γὰρ τοῦ καὶ ἀωρὶ τῶν νυκτῶν εἶναι, καὶ οἱ ὀφθαλμοὶ αὐτῶν ὑπὸ τῆς ἀθυμίας ἧσαν βεβαρημένοι. Καὶ ἐκ τρίτου πάλιν τὸ αὐτὸ ἀπελθὼν ἐφθέγξατο, βεβαιῶν ὅτι ἄνθρωπος γέγονε. Τὸ γὰρ δεύτερον καὶ τρίτον ἀληθείας μάλιστά ἐστιν ἐν ταῖς γραφαῖς ἐνδεικτικόν' ὥσπερ καὶ ὁ Ἰωσὴφ ἔλεγε τῷ Φαραώ· ἐκ δευτέρου ἐφάνη σοι τὸ ἐνύπνιον; ὑπὲρ ἀληθείας, καὶ τοῦ πιστωθῆναί σε ὅτι τοῦτο ἔσται πάντως, τοῦτο γέγονε. Διὰ τοῦτο καὶ αὐτὸς καὶ ἅπαξ καὶ δὶς καὶ τρίτον τὸ αὐτὸ ἐφθέγξατο, ὑπὲρ τοῦ πιστώσασθαι τὴν οἰκονομίαν. Καὶ τίνος ἕνεκεν ἦλθεν ἐκ δευτέρου; Ὥστε αὐτοὺς ἐλέγξαι, ὅτι οὕτως ἐβαπτίσθησαν ὑπὸ τῆς ἀθυμίας, ὡς μηδὲ τῆς παρουσίας αὑτοῦ αἰσθέσθαι. Οὐ μὴν ἤλεγξεν, ἀλλ᾽ ἀπέστη μικρὸν, δηλῶν τὴν ἄφατον αὐτῶν ἀσθένειαν, ὅτε οὐδὲ ἐπιτιμηθέντες ἠδύναντο καρτερῆσαι. Οὐ διυπνίζει δὲ καὶ ἐπιτιμᾷ πάλιν, ὥστε μὴ πλῆξαι πεπληγότας, ἀλλ᾽ ἀπελθὼν καὶ προσευξάμενος καὶ ἐπανελθών φησι· καθεύδετε τὸ λοιπὸν, καὶ ἀναπαύεσθε. Καὶ μὴν τότε γρηγορῆσαι ἔδει᾽ ἀλλὰ δεικνὺς, ὅτι οὐδὲ τὴν ὄψιν οἴσουσι τών δεινῶν, ἀλλὰ φυγαδευθήσονται καὶ ἀποστήσονται ὑπὸ τῆς ἀγωνίας, καὶ ὅτι οὐδὲν τῆς αὐτῶν δεῖται βοηθείας, καὶ ὅτι δεῖ πάντως αὐτὸν παραδοθῆναι, καθεύδετε λοιπὸν, φησὶ, καὶ ἀναπαύεσθε. ᾿Ιδοὺ ἤγγικεν ἡ ὧρα, καὶ ὁ υἱὸς τοῦ ἀνθρώπου παραδίδοται εἰς χεῖρας ἁμαρτωλῶν. Δείκνυσι πάλιν ὅτι οἰκονομίας ἣν τὸ γινόμενον'

Tote erchetai met᾽ autōn ho ᾿Iēsous eis chōrion legomenon Gethsēmanē, kai legei tois mathētais kathisate autou, heōs an apelthōn proseuxōmai ekei. Kai paralabōn ton Petron kai tous dyo huious Zebedaiou, ērxato lypeisthai kai adēmonein, kai legei autois; perilypos estin hē psychē mou heōs thanatou; meinate hōde, kai grēgoreite met᾽ emou. Epeidē adiaspastōs autou eichonto, dia touto phēsi; meinate autou, heōs apelthōn proseuxomai. Ethos gar autǭ chōris autōn proseuchesthai. Touto de epoiei, paideuōn hēmas en tais euchais hēsychian kataskeuazein heautois kai ēremian pollēn. Kai paralambanei tous treis, kai legei autois; perilypos estin hē psychē mou heōs thanatou. Tinos heneken mē pantas paralambanei? Hina mē katapesōsin᾽ alla toutous, tous tēs doxēs autou theōrous genomenous. All᾽ homōs kai toutous aphiēsi, kai mikron proelthōn, euchetai legōn᾽ pater, ei dynaton, parelthetō ap᾽ emou to potērion touto plēn ouch hōs egō thelō, all᾽ hōs sy. Kai erchetai pros autous, kai heuriskei autous katheudontas, kai legei tǭ Petrǭ; houtōs ouk ischysate mian hōran grēgorēsai met᾽ emou? Grēgoreite kai proseuchesthe, hina mē eiselthēte eis peirasmon. To men pneuma prothymon, hē de sarx asthenēs. Ouch haplōs pros Petron malista apoteinetai, kaitoi kai tōn allōn ᾿katheudēsantōn' alla kathiknoumenos autou kanteuthen dia tēn aitian hēn emprosthen eipon. Eita epeidē kai hoi alloi to auto eipon, (eipontos gar, phēsi, Petrou, hoti kan deę̄ me syn soi apothanein, ou mē se aparnēsomai homoiōs de, phēsi, kai pantes hoi mathētai eipon pros hapantas dialegetai, elenchōn autōn tēn astheneian. Hoi gar synapothanein hairoumenoi, oude lypoumenǭ tote syllypēthēnai ischysan egrēgorotes, all᾽ ekratēsen autōn ho hypnos. Ho de ektenōs euchetai, hina mē doxę̄ hypokrisis einai to pragma. Kai hidrōtes epirrheousi dia tēn aitian palin tēn autēn, kai hina mē touto eipōsin hairetikoi, hoti hypokrinetai tēn agōnian. Dia touto kai hidrōtes hōs thromboi haimatos, kai angelos enischyōn auton ephanē, kai myria phobou tekmēria, hina mē tis eipę̄ ta rhēmata peplasmena einai. Dia touto kai hē euchē. Tǭ men oun eipein, ei dynaton, parelthetō, edeixe to anthrōpinon; tǭ de eipein, plēn ouch hōs egō thelō, all᾽ hōs sy, edeixe to enareton kai emphilosophon, paideuōn kai tēs physeōs anthelkousēs hepesthai tǭ theǭ. ᾿Epeidē gar ouk ērkei tois anoētois to prosōpon deixai monon, kai rhēmata prostithēsi. Palin rhēmata ouk ērkei monon, alla kai pragmatōn edei; kai tauta synaptei tois rhēmasin, hina pisteusōsi kai hoi sphodra philoneikountes, hoti kai anthrōpos gegone kai apethanen. Ei gar kai toutōn ontōn, apisteitai para tinōn eti touto, pollǭ mallon ei mē tauta ēn. Horąs di᾽ hosōn deiknysi tēs oikonomias tēn alētheian? Di᾽ hōn phthengetai, di᾽ hōn paschei. Eita elthōn legei, phēsi, tǭ Petrǭ; houtōs ouk ischysate mian hōran grēgorēsai met᾽ emou? Hapantes ekatheudon, kai tǭ Petrǭ epitimą, ainittomenos auton, hyper hōn ephthenxato. Kai to met᾽ emou de ouch haplōs keitai; hōsanei elege; grēgorēsai ouk ischysas met᾽ emou, kai hyper emou tēn psychēn thēseis? Kai to hexēs de to auto touto ainittetai. Grēgoreite gar, phēsi, kai proseuchesthe mē eiselthein eis peirasmon. Horąs pōs palin autous paideuei mē apauthadiazesthai, alla syntetriphthai tēn dianoian, kai tapeinophronein, kai tǭ theǭ to pan anatithenai? Kai nyn men pros Petron apoteinetai, nyn de pros pantas koinē. Kakeinǭ men phēsi; Simōn, Simōn, exę̄tēsato ho Satanas siniasai hymas; kagō edeēthēn peri sou koinę̄ de pasin, euchesthe mē eiselthein eis peirasmon, pantachou to authades autōn ekkoptōn kai enagōnious poiōn. Eita hina mē doxę̄ diolou kataphorikon poiein ton logon, legei to men pneuma prothymon, hē de sarx asthenēs. Ei gar kai boulei, phēsin, hyperidein thanatou, all᾽ ou dynēsę̄, heōs an ho theos orexę̄ cheira᾽ kathelkei gar to phronēma to sarkikon. Kai palin ēuxato to auto, legōn pater, ei ou dynatai touto parelthein ap᾿ emou, ean mē auto piō, genēthētō to thelēma sou deiknys entautha, hoti sphodra synadei tǭ thelēmati tou theou, kai hoti pantachou toutǭ hepesthai dei, kai touto epizētein. Kai elthōn, heuren autous katheudontas. Meta gar tou kai aōri tōn nyktōn einai, kai hoi ophthalmoi autōn hypo tēs athymias hēsan bebarēmenoi. Kai ek tritou palin to auto apelthōn ephthenxato, bebaiōn hoti anthrōpos gegone. To gar deuteron kai triton alētheias malista estin en tais graphais endeiktikon' hōsper kai ho Iōsēph elege tǭ Pharaō; ek deuterou ephanē soi to enypnion? hyper alētheias, kai tou pistōthēnai se hoti touto estai pantōs, touto gegone. Dia touto kai autos kai hapax kai dis kai triton to auto ephthenxato, hyper tou pistōsasthai tēn oikonomian. Kai tinos heneken ēlthen ek deuterou? Hōste autous elenxai, hoti houtōs ebaptisthēsan hypo tēs athymias, hōs mēde tēs parousias hautou aisthesthai. Ou mēn ēlenxen, all᾽ apestē mikron, dēlōn tēn aphaton autōn astheneian, hote oude epitimēthentes ēdynanto karterēsai. Ou diypnizei de kai epitimą palin, hōste mē plēxai peplēgotas, all᾽ apelthōn kai proseuxamenos kai epanelthōn phēsi; katheudete to loipon, kai anapauesthe. Kai mēn tote grēgorēsai edei᾽ alla deiknys, hoti oude tēn opsin oisousi tōn deinōn, alla phygadeuthēsontai kai apostēsontai hypo tēs agōnias, kai hoti ouden tēs autōn deitai boētheias, kai hoti dei pantōs auton paradothēnai, katheudete loipon, phēsi, kai anapauesthe. ᾿Idou ēngiken hē hōra, kai ho huios tou anthrōpou paradidotai eis cheiras hamartōlōn. Deiknysi palin hoti oikonomias hēn to ginomenon'

“Then Jesus comes with them to a place called Gethsemane, and says to the disciples, Sit here, while I go away and pray there. And taking Peter and the two sons of Zebedee, he began to be sorrowful and troubled, and says to them, My soul is very sorrowful, even to death; remain here, and watch with me.”

Since they clung to him inseparably, for this reason he says, “Remain here, while I go away and pray.” For it was his custom to pray apart from them. And he did this teaching us in our prayers to make for ourselves quiet and much calm. And he takes the three, and says to them, “My soul is very sorrowful, even to death.” Why does he not take all? So that they might not be cast down; but he takes these, who had been spectators of his glory. But nevertheless he leaves these too, and going on a little, he prays, saying, “Father, if it is possible, let this cup pass from me; nevertheless not as I will, but as you will.” And he comes to them, and finds them sleeping, and says to Peter, “So, could you not watch with me one hour? Watch and pray, that you may not enter into temptation. The spirit indeed is willing, but the flesh is weak.” It is not without reason that he addresses himself to Peter especially, although the others too had slept; but he is touching him to the quick by this too, for the reason I gave before. Then, since the others too said the same (“For when Peter said,” it says, “Even if I must die with you, I will not deny you, likewise,” it says, “all the disciples said too”), he speaks to all, exposing their weakness. For those who chose to die with him could not even stay awake then to grieve with him in his grief, but sleep overpowered them. And he prays earnestly, so that the thing might not seem to be play-acting. And sweats pour down, again for the same reason, and so that the heretics might not say this, that he feigns the agony. For this reason there are both sweats like clots of blood, and an angel appeared strengthening him, and countless tokens of fear, so that no one might say that the words were invented. For this reason too the prayer. By saying, “If it is possible, let it pass,” he showed the human; and by saying, “Nevertheless not as I will, but as you will,” he showed what is virtuous and philosophic, teaching us to follow God even when nature pulls back. For since it was not enough for the foolish to show the countenance only, he adds words too. Again, words alone were not enough, but deeds too were needed; and these too he joins to the words, so that even the very contentious might believe that he both became man and died. For if, even with these things, this is still disbelieved by some, much more had these things not been. Do you see by how many things he shows the truth of the dispensation? By what he utters, by what he suffers. Then coming, he says to Peter, “So, could you not watch with me one hour?” All were sleeping, and he rebukes Peter, hinting at him for what he had uttered. And “with me” is not set down idly; as if he said, “You could not watch with me, and will you lay down your life for me?” And what follows hints at this same thing. “For watch,” he says, “and pray not to enter into temptation.” Do you see how again he teaches them not to be self-willed, but to have a contrite mind, and to be humble, and to ascribe the whole to God? And now he addresses Peter, now all in common. To him he says, “Simon, Simon, Satan has demanded to sift you; and I have prayed for you”; but to all in common, “Pray not to enter into temptation,” everywhere cutting off their self-will and making them earnest. Then, so that he might not seem to make his speech wholly vehement, he says, “The spirit indeed is willing, but the flesh is weak.” “For even if you wish,” he says, “to despise death, you will not be able, until God stretches out his hand; for the mind of the flesh drags you down.” And again he prayed the same, saying, “Father, if this cannot pass from me unless I drink it, your will be done,” showing here that he is fully in harmony with the will of God, and that one must everywhere follow it and seek it. “And coming, he found them sleeping.” For besides its being late in the night, their eyes were weighed down by dejection. And a third time, going away, he uttered the same, confirming that he had become man. For the second and the third time are in the Scriptures especially indicative of truth; as Joseph too said to Pharaoh, “The dream appeared to you a second time for truth, and so that you may be assured that this will certainly be, this happened.” Therefore he too, once and twice and a third time, uttered the same, to confirm the dispensation. And why did he come a second time? To expose them, that they were so immersed in dejection as not even to perceive his presence. Yet he did not expose them, but stood apart a little, showing their unspeakable weakness, that not even when rebuked could they hold out. He does not wake them and rebuke them again, so as not to strike those already stricken, but going away and praying and coming back, he says, “Sleep now and take your rest.” And yet then they ought to have watched; but showing that they will not even bear the sight of the terrors, but will be routed and will desert him because of the agony, and that he needs no help of theirs, and that he must certainly be handed over, he says, “Sleep now and take your rest. Look, the hour has come near, and the Son of Man is handed over into the hands of sinners.” He shows again that what was happening was of the dispensation;

83.2Field 2

οὐ τοῦτο δὲ μόνον, ἀλλὰ καὶ τῷ εἰπεῖν, εἰς χεῖρας ἁμαρτωλῶν, ἀνίστησιν αὐτῶν τὰ φρονήματα, δεικνὺς ὅτι τῆς ἐκείνων πονηρίας τὸ ἔργον ἦν, οὐ τὸ αὐτὸν ὑπεύθυνον εἶναι πλημμελήματι. Ἐγείρεσθε, ἄγωμεν ἐντεῦθεν ἰδοὺ ἤγγικεν ὁ παραδιδούς με. Διὰ πάντων γὰρ αὐτοὺς ἐπαίδευσεν, ὅτι οὐκ ἀνάγκης τὸ πρᾶγμα ἦν, οὐδὲ ἀσθενείας, αλλ᾽ οἰκονομίας τινὸς ἀποῤῥήτου. Καὶ γὰρ προἥδει ἥξοντα, καὶ οὐ μόνον οὐκ ἔφυγεν, ἀλλὰ καὶ ὁμόσε ἐχώρει. Καὶ ἔτι αὐτοῦ λαλοῦντος, ἰδοὺ ᾿Ιούδας εἷς τῶν δώδεκα ἦλθε, καὶ μετ᾽ αὐτοῦ ὄχλος μετὰ μαχαιρῶν καὶ ξύλων, ἀπὸ τῶν ἀρχιερέων καὶ πρεσβυτέρων τοῦ λαοῦ. Καλά γε τῶν ἱερέων τὰ σκεύη· μετὰ μαχαιρῶν καὶ ξύλων ἐπέρχονται. Καὶ Ἰούδας, φησὶ, μετ᾽ αὐτῶν, εἷς τῶν δώδεκα. Πάλιν αὐτὸν τῶν δώδεκα καλεῖ, καὶ οὐκ αἰσχύνεται. Ὁ δὲ παραδιδοὺς ἔδωκεν αὐτοῖς σημεῖον, λέγων ὃν ἂν φιλήσω, αὐτός ἐστι; κρατήσατε αὐτόν. Βαβαί· πόσην ἐδέξατο πονηρίαν ἡ τοῦ προδότου ψυχή. Ποίοις γὰρ ὀφθαλμοῖς ἑώρα τότε εἰς τὸν διδάσκαλον ; ποίῳ στόματι ἐφίλει; Ὦ τῆς μιαρᾶς γνώμης· τί ἐβουλεύσατο; τί ἐτόλμησε; ποῖον σύμβολον ἔδωκε τῆς προδοσίας; Ὃν ἂν φιλήσω, φησίν. ᾿Εθάῤῥει τῇ ἐπιεικείᾳ τοῦ διδασκάλου· ὃ μάλιστα πάντων ἱκανὸν ἣν αὐτὸν ἐντρέψαι, καὶ πάσης αὐτὸν ἀποστερῆσαι συγγνώμης, ὅτι τὸν οὕτως ἥμερον προεδίδου. Τίνος δὲ ἕνεκεν τοῦτό φησιν; Ἐπειδὴ πολλάκις κατασχεθεὶς ὑπ᾽ αὐτῶν διεξῆλθεν, οὐκ εἰδότων αὐτῶν. Ἀλλ᾽ ὅμως καὶ τότε ἂν τοῦτο ἐγένετο, εἰ μὴ αὐτὸς ἐβουλήθη. Τοῦτο γοῦν αὐτὸ παιδεῦσαι αὐτὸν βουλόμενος, καὶ τότε ἐπήρωσεν αὐτῶν τὰς ὄψεις, καὶ αὐτὸς ἠρώτα· τίνα ζητεῖτε; Καὶ οὐκ ἤδεσαν, καίτοι μετὰ φανῶν καὶ λαμπάδων ὄντες, καὶ τὸν ᾿Ιούδαν μεθ᾽ ἑαυτῶν ἔχοντες. Εἶτα ἐπειδὴ εἶπον, ᾿Ιησοῦν, λέγει ἐγώ εἰμι ὃν ζητεῖτε· καὶ ἐνταῦθα πάλιν, ἑταῖρε, ἐφ᾽ ᾧ πάρει; Μετὰ γὰρ τὸ δεῖξαι τὴν ἰσχὺν τὴν ἑαυτοῦ, τότε λοιπὸν συνεχώρησεν. Ὁ δὲ Ἰωάννης φησὶν, ὅτι καὶ ἕως αὐτῆς αὐτὸν διώρθου τῆς ὥρας λέγων· Ἰούδα, φιλήματι τὸν υἱὸν τοῦ ἀνθρώπου παραδίδως ; Οὐδὲ τὸ σχῆμα τῆς προδοσίας αἰσχύνῃ ; φησίν. Ἀλλ᾽ ὅμως ἐπειδὴ μηδὲ τοῦτο αὐτὸν διεκώλυσε, καὶ φιληθῆναι κατεδέξατο, καὶ ἔδωκεν ἑαυτὸν ἑκὼν, καὶ ἐπέβαλον ἐπ᾽ αὐτὸν τὰς χεῖρας, καὶ ἐκράτησαν κατ᾽ αὐτὴν τὴν νύκτα, καθ᾽ ἣν τὸ πάσχα ἔφαγον· οὕτως ἔζεον καὶ ἐμαίνοντο. Ἀλλ᾽ ὅμως οὐδὲν ἂν ἴσχυσαν, εἰ μὴ αὐτὸς συνεχώρησεν. Οὐ μὴν τοῦτο ἀπαλλάττει τὸν ᾿Ιούδαν τῆς ἀφορήτου κολάσεως, ἀλλὰ καὶ μειζόνως αὐτὸν καταδικάζει, ὅτι καὶ τῆς δυνάμεως αὐτοῦ τοσαύτην λαβὼν ἀπόδειξιν, καὶ τῆς ἐπιεικείας, … Ταῦτ᾽ οὖν εἰδότες, φεύγωμεν πλεονεξίαν. ᾿Εκείνη γὰρ αὐτὸν, ἐκείνη τότε ἐξεβάκχευσεν᾽ ἐκείνη πρὸς ἐσχάτην ὠμότητα καὶ ἀπανθρωπίαν γυμνάζει τοὺς ἁλόντας. Ὅταν γὰρ τῆς οἰκείας ἀπογνῶναι ποιῇ σωτηρίας, πολλῷ μᾶλλον τῆς τῶν ἄλλων ὑπερορᾶν παρασκευάζει. Καὶ οὕτω τυραννικὸν ἐστι τὸ πάθος, ὡς καὶ τοῦ δριμυτάτου ἔρωτος τῶν σωμάτων περιγενέσθαι ποτέ. Διὸ καὶ σφόδρα ἐγκαλύπτομαι, ὅτι χρημάτων μὲν φειδόμενοι πολλάκις ἐχαλίνωσαν ἀκολασίαν πολλοί διὰ δὲ τὸν τοῦ Χριστοῦ φόβον οὐκ ἠθέλησαν σωφρόνως ζῆν καὶ μετὰ σεμνότητος. Διὸ δὴ φεύγωμεν αὐτήν᾽ οὐ γὰρ παύσομαι ἀεὶ τοῦτο λέγων. Τί γὰρ συνάγεις, ἄνθρωπε, χρυσίον; τί τὴν δουλείαν πικροτέραν ἐργάζῃ; τί τὴν φυλακὴν χαλεπωτέραν; τί τὴν φροντίδα δριμυτέραν ποιεῖς ; Νόμισον εἶναι σὰ τὰ ἐν τοῖς μετάλλοις κατωρυγμένα ψήγματα, τὰ ἐν τοῖς βασιλείοις. Καὶ γὰρ εἴπερ εἶχες τὸν ὄγκον, ἐφύλαξας ἂν μόνον, καὶ οὐκ ἂν ἐχρήσω. Εἰ γὰρ νῦν τοῖς οὖσιν οὐ κέχρησαι, ἀλλ᾽ ὡς ἀλλοτρίων ἀπέχῃ, πολλῷ μᾶλλον εἰ τὰ πλείονα εἶχες, τοῦτο ἂν ἔπαθες. Καὶ γὰρ εἰώθασιν οἱ φιλάργυροι, ὅσῳ ἂν πλείονα περιβάλλωνται, τοσούτῳ μᾶλλον αὐτῶν φείδεσθαι. ᾿Αλλ οἶδα, φησὶν, ὅτι ἐμὰ ταῦτα. Οὐκοῦν ἐν ὑπολήψει μόνον, οὐκ ἐν ἀπολαύσει ἡ κτῆσις. Ἀλλ᾽ ἔμελλον ἀνθρώποις εἶναι, φησὶ, φοβερός. Εὐχείρωτος μὲν οὖν μᾶλλον καὶ πλουσίοις καὶ πένησι, καὶ λησταῖς, καὶ συκοφάνταις, καὶ οἰκέταις, καὶ πᾶσιν ἁπλῶς τοῖς ἐπιβουλεύειν βουλομένοις, τούτοις ἄν ἐγένον. Εἰ γὰρ βούλει εἶναι φοβερὸς, ἔκκοπτε τὰς λαβὰς, δι᾽ ὧν δύνανταί σε ἑλεῖν καὶ λυπῆσαι πάντες οἱ τοῦτο ἐσπουδακότες. Ἢ οὐκ ἀκούεις τῆς παροιμίας λεγούσης, ὅτι τὸν πένητα καὶ γυμνὸν οὐδὲ ἑκατὸν ὁμοῦ συνελθόντες δύνανται ἀποδῦσαί ποτε: Μεγίστην γὰρ ἔχει προστάτιν τὴν πενίαν, ἣν οὐδὲ ὁ βασιλεύων αὐτὸς χειρώσασθαι δύναιτ᾽ ἂν καὶ ἐλεῖν.

ou touto de monon, alla kai tǭ eipein, eis cheiras hamartōlōn, anistēsin autōn ta phronēmata, deiknys hoti tēs ekeinōn ponērias to ergon ēn, ou to auton hypeuthynon einai plēmmelēmati. Egeiresthe, agōmen enteuthen idou ēngiken ho paradidous me. Dia pantōn gar autous epaideusen, hoti ouk anankēs to pragma ēn, oude astheneias, all᾽ oikonomias tinos aporrhētou. Kai gar proēdei hēxonta, kai ou monon ouk ephygen, alla kai homose echōrei. Kai eti autou lalountos, idou ᾿Ioudas heis tōn dōdeka ēlthe, kai met᾽ autou ochlos meta machairōn kai xylōn, apo tōn archiereōn kai presbyterōn tou laou. Kala ge tōn hiereōn ta skeuē; meta machairōn kai xylōn eperchontai. Kai Ioudas, phēsi, met᾽ autōn, heis tōn dōdeka. Palin auton tōn dōdeka kalei, kai ouk aischynetai. Ho de paradidous edōken autois sēmeion, legōn hon an philēsō, autos esti? kratēsate auton. Babai; posēn edexato ponērian hē tou prodotou psychē. Poiois gar ophthalmois heōra tote eis ton didaskalon ? poiǭ stomati ephilei? Ō tēs miaras gnōmēs; ti ebouleusato? ti etolmēse? poion symbolon edōke tēs prodosias? Hon an philēsō, phēsin. ᾿Etharrhei tę̄ epieikeią tou didaskalou; ho malista pantōn hikanon hēn auton entrepsai, kai pasēs auton aposterēsai syngnōmēs, hoti ton houtōs hēmeron proedidou. Tinos de heneken touto phēsin? Epeidē pollakis kataschetheis hyp᾽ autōn diexēlthen, ouk eidotōn autōn. All᾽ homōs kai tote an touto egeneto, ei mē autos eboulēthē. Touto goun auto paideusai auton boulomenos, kai tote epērōsen autōn tas opseis, kai autos ērōta; tina zēteite? Kai ouk ēdesan, kaitoi meta phanōn kai lampadōn ontes, kai ton ᾿Ioudan meth᾽ heautōn echontes. Eita epeidē eipon, ᾿Iēsoun, legei egō eimi hon zēteite; kai entautha palin, hetaire, eph᾽ hǭ parei? Meta gar to deixai tēn ischyn tēn heautou, tote loipon synechōrēsen. Ho de Iōannēs phēsin, hoti kai heōs autēs auton diōrthou tēs hōras legōn; Iouda, philēmati ton huion tou anthrōpou paradidōs ? Oude to schēma tēs prodosias aischynę̄ ? phēsin. All᾽ homōs epeidē mēde touto auton diekōlyse, kai philēthēnai katedexato, kai edōken heauton hekōn, kai epebalon ep᾽ auton tas cheiras, kai ekratēsan kat᾽ autēn tēn nykta, kath᾽ hēn to pascha ephagon; houtōs ezeon kai emainonto. All᾽ homōs ouden an ischysan, ei mē autos synechōrēsen. Ou mēn touto apallattei ton ᾿Ioudan tēs aphorētou kolaseōs, alla kai meizonōs auton katadikazei, hoti kai tēs dynameōs autou tosautēn labōn apodeixin, kai tēs epieikeias, … Taut᾽ oun eidotes, pheugōmen pleonexian. ᾿Ekeinē gar auton, ekeinē tote exebakcheusen᾽ ekeinē pros eschatēn ōmotēta kai apanthrōpian gymnazei tous halontas. Hotan gar tēs oikeias apognōnai poię̄ sōtērias, pollǭ mallon tēs tōn allōn hyperoran paraskeuazei. Kai houtō tyrannikon esti to pathos, hōs kai tou drimytatou erōtos tōn sōmatōn perigenesthai pote. Dio kai sphodra enkalyptomai, hoti chrēmatōn men pheidomenoi pollakis echalinōsan akolasian polloi dia de ton tou Christou phobon ouk ēthelēsan sōphronōs zēn kai meta semnotētos. Dio dē pheugōmen autēn᾽ ou gar pausomai aei touto legōn. Ti gar synageis, anthrōpe, chrysion? ti tēn douleian pikroteran ergazę̄? ti tēn phylakēn chalepōteran? ti tēn phrontida drimyteran poieis ? Nomison einai sa ta en tois metallois katōrygmena psēgmata, ta en tois basileiois. Kai gar eiper eiches ton onkon, ephylaxas an monon, kai ouk an echrēsō. Ei gar nyn tois ousin ou kechrēsai, all᾽ hōs allotriōn apechę̄, pollǭ mallon ei ta pleiona eiches, touto an epathes. Kai gar eiōthasin hoi philargyroi, hosǭ an pleiona periballōntai, tosoutǭ mallon autōn pheidesthai. ᾿All oida, phēsin, hoti ema tauta. Oukoun en hypolēpsei monon, ouk en apolausei hē ktēsis. All᾽ emellon anthrōpois einai, phēsi, phoberos. Eucheirōtos men oun mallon kai plousiois kai penēsi, kai lēstais, kai sykophantais, kai oiketais, kai pasin haplōs tois epibouleuein boulomenois, toutois an egenon. Ei gar boulei einai phoberos, ekkopte tas labas, di᾽ hōn dynantai se helein kai lypēsai pantes hoi touto espoudakotes. Ē ouk akoueis tēs paroimias legousēs, hoti ton penēta kai gymnon oude hekaton homou synelthontes dynantai apodysai pote: Megistēn gar echei prostatin tēn penian, hēn oude ho basileuōn autos cheirōsasthai dynait᾽ an kai elein.

and not this only, but also by saying “into the hands of sinners” he raises their spirits, showing that the deed was the work of those men’s wickedness, not that he was liable for any offense. “Rise, let us go from here; look, the one who betrays me has come near.” For by all things he taught them that the matter was not of necessity, nor of weakness, but of some unspeakable dispensation. For he foreknew that he would come, and not only did not flee, but even went to meet him. “And while he was still speaking, look, Judas, one of the twelve, came, and with him a crowd with swords and clubs, from the chief priests and elders of the people.” Fine instruments of priests! They come against him with swords and clubs. “And Judas,” it says, “with them, one of the twelve.” Again he calls him one of the twelve, and is not ashamed. “And the betrayer gave them a sign, saying, Whomever I kiss, he is the one; seize him.” Alas, how much wickedness the soul of the traitor took in! With what eyes did he then look at the Teacher? With what mouth did he kiss him? O the foul mind! What did he plan? What did he dare? What sign of betrayal did he give? “Whomever I kiss,” he says. He trusted in the gentleness of the Teacher; and this above all was able to shame him and to deprive him of all pardon, that he was betraying one so gentle. And why does he say this? Because often, when held by them, he passed through without their knowing. But nevertheless this would have happened then too, had he himself not willed. Wishing to teach him this very thing, then too he blinded their eyes, and himself asked, “Whom do you seek?” And they did not know him, although they were with torches and lamps and had Judas with them. Then, when they said, “Jesus,” he says, “I am he whom you seek”; and here again, “Friend, why are you here?” For after showing his own strength, he then permitted it. And John says that even up to that very hour he was correcting him, saying, “Judas, do you betray the Son of Man with a kiss?” “Are you not ashamed even of the form of the betrayal?” he says. But nevertheless, since not even this hindered him, he consented to be kissed too, and gave himself up willingly; and they laid their hands on him and seized him on that very night on which they had eaten the Passover; so they were boiling and raving. But nevertheless they could have done nothing if he himself had not permitted. Yet this does not free Judas from the unbearable punishment, but condemns him the more, because, having received so great a proof of his power and of his gentleness, … Knowing these things, then, let us flee covetousness. For it was this, it was this that then drove him into frenzy; it trains those it catches in the utmost cruelty and inhumanity. For when it makes them despair of their own salvation, much more does it prepare them to disregard that of others. And so tyrannical is this passion that it has sometimes overcome even the keenest love of bodies. Therefore I am also much ashamed that many, sparing their money, have often bridled their licentiousness, but for the fear of Christ have not been willing to live chastely and with gravity. Therefore let us flee it; for I will not cease always saying this. For why do you gather gold, O man? Why do you make your slavery more bitter? Why your watching more grievous? Why your care keener? Think that the gold dust buried in the mines is yours, and that in the palaces. For even if you had all that mass, you would only have guarded it, and would not have used it. For if now you do not use what you have, but abstain from it as from what belongs to others, much more would you have suffered this if you had more. For lovers of money are accustomed, the more they surround themselves with, the more to be sparing of it. “But I know,” someone says, “that these things are mine.” So the possession lies in opinion only, not in enjoyment. “But I would be formidable to men,” he says. Rather you would become more easily overpowered by rich and poor, by robbers and false accusers, by servants, and simply by all who wish to plot against you. For if you wish to be formidable, cut off the handles by which all who are zealous for this can seize and grieve you. Or do you not hear the proverb saying that not even a hundred men coming together can ever strip the poor and naked man? For he has poverty as his greatest protector, which not even the reigning king himself could overpower and take.

83.3Field 2

Τὸν μέντοι φιλάργυρον ἅπαντες ὁμοῦ λυποῦσι. Καὶ τί λέγω τοὺς ἀνθρώπους, ὅπου καὶ σῆτες καὶ σκώληκες ἐπιστρατεύουσι τῷ τοιούτῳ; Καὶ τί λέγω σῆτας; Ὁ χρόνος ὁ πολὺς ἀρκεῖ μόνος, καὶ μηδενὸς ἐνοχλοῦντος, τὰ μέγιστα ἀδικῆσαι τὸν τοιοῦτον. Τίς οὖν ἡ τοῦ πλούτου ἡδονή; Ἐγὼ μὲν γὰρ αὐτοῦ τὰς ἀηδίας βλέπω σὺ δέ μοι τὴν ἡδονὴν εἰπέ. Καὶ τίνος αἱ ἀηδίαι; φησί. Φροντίδες, ἐπιβουλαὶ, ἀπέχθειαι, μῖσος, φόβος, τὸ ἀεὶ διψῆν καὶ ἐν ὀδύνῃ εἶναι. Καὶ γὰρ εἴ τις συμπλέκοιτο κόρῃ ἐρωμένῃ, τὴν δὲ ἐπιθυμίαν ἐμπλῆσαι μὴ δύναιτο, τὴν ἐσχάτην ὑπομένει βάσανον. Οὕτω καὶ ὁ πλουτῶν. Ἔχει μὲν γὰρ τὴν εὐπορίαν, καὶ συγγίνεται αὐτῇ ἐμπλῆσαι δὲ οὐ δύναται τὴν ἐπιθυμίαν ἅπασαν, ἀλλὰ συμβαίνει ταὐτὸν, οἷόν τίς φησι σοφὸς ἀνήρ· ἐπιθυμία εὐνούχου ἀποπαρθενῶσαι νεάνιν καὶ, ὥσπερ εὐνοῦχος περιλαμβάνων παρθένον, καὶ στενάζων οὕτως οἱ πλουτοῦντες ἅπαντες. Τί ἂν τις τἄλλα λέγοι; πῶς πᾶσίν ἐστιν ἀηδὴς ὁ τοιοῦτος, τοῖς οἰκέταις, τοῖς γεωργοῖς, τοῖς γείτοσι, τοῖς τὰ πολιτικὰ πράττουσι, τοῖς ἀδικουμένοις, τοῖς οὐκ ἀδικουμένοις, τῇ γυναικὶ μάλιστα ἁπάντων. τοῖς παιδίοις πλέον ἁπάντων Οὐδὲ γὰρ ὡς ἐλευθέρους, ἀλλ᾽ ἀνδραπόδων καὶ ἀργυρωνήτων ἀθλιώτερον αὐτοὺς ἐκτρέφει. Καὶ μυρίας ὀργῆς καὶ λύπης καὶ παροινίας καὶ γέλωτος ἀφορμὰς καθ᾽ ἑαυτοῦ παρέξει, κοινὴ πᾶσι κωμῳδία προκείμενος. Καὶ αἱ μὲν ἀηδίαι αὗται, καὶ τούτων πλείους ἴσως οὐ γὰρ ἄν τις αὐτὰς πάσας ἐπέλθοι τῷ λόγῳ ποτὲ, ἀλλ᾽ ἡ πεῖρα παραστῆσαι δυνήσεται. Σὺ δέ μοι τὴν ἡδονὴν λέγε τὴν ἐντεῦθεν. Δοκῶ πλουτεῖν, φησὶ, καὶ νομίζομαι πλουτεῖν. Καὶ ποία ἡδονὴ τὸ νομίζεσθαι; Φθόνου μὲν οὖν ὄνομα μέγιστον. καὶ γὰρ ὄνομα μόνον ἐστὶν ὁ πλοῦτος, πράγματος ἔρημον. ᾿Αλλὰ καὶ ἐντρυφῶν εὐφραίνεται τῇ ὑπολήψει ταύτη; φησὶν, ὁ πλουτῶν. Εὐφραίνεται, ὑπὲρ ὧν ἀλγεῖν ἔδει. Ἀλγεῖν; διατί; φησί. Ὅτι τοῦτο αὐτὸν πρὸς πάντα ἄχρηστον ἐργάζεται, καὶ δειλὸν καὶ ἄνανδρον, καὶ πρὸς ἀποδημίαν καὶ πρὸς θάνατον καὶ γὰρ διπλοῦν ἡγεῖται τοῦτον, μάλλον τῶν χρημάτων, ἢ τοῦ φωτὸς ἐπιθυμῶν. Τὸν τοιοῦτον οὐδὲ ὁ οὐρανὸς τέρπει; ὅτι μὴ χρυσίον φέρει οὐδὲ ὁ ἥλιος, ἐπειδὴ μὴ χρυσᾶς ἀκτῖνας ἀφίησιν. Ἀλλ᾽ εἰσί τινες, οἱ καὶ ἀπολαύουσι τῶν ὄντων, φησὶ, τρυφώντες, γαστριζόμενοι; μεθύοντες, πολυτελῶς δαπανῶντες. Τοὺς χείρονάς μοι τούτων λέγεις. Ἐκεῖνοι γὰρ μάλιστα εἰσιν, οἱ οὐκ ἀπολαύουσιν. Οὗτος μὲν γὰρ κἀν ἑτέρων ᾿ἀπέχεται κακῶν, ἑνὶ προσδεδεμένος ἔρωτι ἐκεῖνοι δὲ τούτων χείρους, πρὸς τοῖς εἰρημένοις ἑτέρων δεσποινῶν χαλεπῶν συρφετὸν ἐπεισάγοντες, καὶ καθάπερ τυράννοις τισὶ χαλεποῖς, τῇ γαστρὶ, τῇ τῶν σωμάτων ἡδονῆ, τῇ μέθη, καὶ ταῖς ἄλλαις ἀκολασίαις καθ᾽ ἑκάστην λειτουργοῦντες τὴν ἡμέραν, πόρνας τρέφοντες, δεῖπνα πολυτελῆ κατασκευάζοντες, παρασίτους, κόλακας ὠνούμενοι, ἐπὶ τοὺς παρὰ φύσιν ἐκπίπτοντες ἔρωτας, μυρίοις νοσήμασιν ἐκ τούτων καὶ τὸ σῶμα καὶ τὴν ψυχὴν περιβάλλοντες. Οὐδὲ γὰρ εἰς χρείαν ἀναλίσκουσι τὰ ὄντα, ἀλλ᾽ εἰς τὸ φθεῖραι τὸ σῶμα, καὶ συνδιαφθεῖραι τούτῳ τὴν ψυχήν· καὶ ταὐτὸν ποιοῦσιν, οἷον ἄν εἴ τις τὸ σῶμα κοσμῶν, δοκοίη εἰς τὴν ἑαυτοῦ χρείαν ἀναλίσκειν. Ὥστε ἐκεῖνος μόνος ἡδονῆς ἀπολαύει, καὶ κύριός ἔστι τῶν ὄντων, ὁ χρώμενος εἰς δέον τῷ πλούτῳ᾽ οὗτοι δὲ δοῦλοι καὶ αἰχμάλωτοι καὶ γὰρ τὰ πάθη τοῦ σώματος ἐπιτρίβουσι, καὶ τὰ νοσήματα τῆς ψυχῆς. Ποία οὖν αὕτη ἀπόλαυσις, ὅπου πολιορκία καὶ πόλεμος, καὶ χειμὼν θαλαττίας πάσης ζάλης χαλεπώτερος; Κἀν γὰρ ἀνοήτους ὁ πλοῦτος λάβῃ, ἀνοητοτέρους ἐργάζεται κἂν ἀσελγεῖς, ἀσελγεστέρους. Καὶ τί τῷ πένητι, φησὶ, τῆς συνέσεως ὄφελος; Εἰκότως ἀγνοεῖς. Οὐδὲ γὰρ ὁ τυφλὸς οἷδε, τί τοῦ φωτὸς τὸ κέρδος. Ἄκουσον τοῦ Σολομῶνος λέγοντος, ὅτι ὅσον τὸ μέσον σκότους καὶ φωτὸς, τοσαύτη ἡ περιουσία τοῦ σοφοῦ ὑπὲρ τὸν ἄφρονα. ᾿Αλλὰ τὸν ἐν σκότῳ πῶς διδάξομεν; Σκότος γάρ ἐστιν ὁ τῶν χρημάτων ἔρως, οὐδὲν ἀφιεὶς τῶν ὄντων φαίνεσθαι ὡς ἔστιν, ἀλλ᾽ ἑτέρως. Καθάπερ γὰρ ὁ ἐν σκότῳ, κὰν χρυσοῦν ἴδῃ σκεῦος, κἂν λίθον τίμιον, κἄν ἀλουργὰ ἱμάτια, οὐδὲν εἶναι νομίζει οὐ γὰρ ὁρᾷ αὐτῶν τὸ κάλλος οὕτω καὶ ὁ ἐν φιλαργυρίᾳ οὐκ οἷδε τῶν περισπουδάστων, ὡς χρὴ, τὸ κάλλος. Διασκέδασόν μοι τὴν ἀχλὺν τὴν ἀπὸ τοῦ πάθους τούτου, καὶ τότε ὄψει τῶν πραγμάτων τὴν φύσιν. Οὐδαμοῦ δὲ ταῦτα οὕτω φαίνεται, ὡς ἐν πενίᾳ᾽ οὐδαμοῦ οὕτως ἐλέγχεται τὰ δοκοῦντα μὲν εἶναι, οὐκ ὄντα δὲ, ὡς ἐν φιλοσοφίᾳ. Ἀλλ᾽ ὦ τῶν ἀνοήτων ἀνθρώπων, οἱ καὶ καταρῶνται τοῖς πένησι, καὶ φασι καταισχύνεσθαι καὶ οἰκίας καὶ βίον ὑπὸ πενίας πάντα φύροντες. Τί γάρ ἐστιν αἰσχύνη οἰκίας; εἰπέ μοι. Οὐκ ἔχει κλίνην ἐξ ἐλέφαντος, οὐδὲ ἀργυρᾶ σκεύη, ἀλλ᾽ ἐξ ὀστράκου πάντα καὶ ξύλων. Τοῦτο μὲν οὖν μεγίστη δόξα οἰκίας καὶ περιφάνεια. Τὸ γὰρ τῶν βιωτικῶν ἀμελεῖν εἰς τὴν ἐπιμέλειαν τῆς ψυχῆς πολλάκις ποιεῖ τὴν σχολὴν ἀναλίσκεσθαι πᾶσαν. Ὅταν οὖν πολλὴν ἐν τοῖς ἔξω τὴν ἐπιμέλειαν ἴδῃς, τότε αἰσχύνθητι ἐπὶ τῇ πολλῇ ἀσχημοσύνῃ. Σχῆμα γὰρ μάλιστα αἱ τῶν πλουτούντων οὐκ ἔχουσιν οἰκίαι. Ὅταν γὰρ ἴδῃς ξύλα περιβεβλημένα τάπησι, καὶ κλίνας ἀργύρῳ ἐνδεδεμένας, ὥσπερ ἐν τῷ θεάτρῳ, ὥσπερ ἐν τῇ πομπῇ τῆς σκηνῆς, τί ταύτης τῆς ἀσχημοσύνης ἴσον γένοιτ᾽ ἄν; Ποία γὰρ μᾶλλον οἰκία ἔοικε τῇ ὀρχήστρᾳ καὶ τοῖς ἐπὶ τῆς ὀρχήστρας; ἡ τοῦ πλουσίου, ἢ ἡ τοῦ πένητος; Οὐκ εὔδηλον, ὅτι ἡ τοῦ πλουσίου; Οὐκοῦν αὕτη ἀσχημοσύνης γέμει. Ποία οἰκία ἔοικε τῇ τοῦ Παύλου, τῇ τοῦ Ἀβραάμ; Εὔδηλον ὅτι ἡ τοῦ πένητος. Οὐκοῦν αὕτη μάλιστα κεκαλλώπισται καὶ εὐδοκιμεῖ. Καὶ ἵνα μάθῃς ὅτι τοῦτο μάλιστα κόσμος οἰκίας, εἴσελθε εἰς τὴν οἰκίαν τοῦ Ζακχαίου, καὶ μάθε, ὅτε ἔμελλεν εἰς αὐτὴν εἰσιέναι ὁ Χριστὸς, πῶς αὐτὴν ἐκόσμησεν ἐκεῖνος. Οὐ γὰρ ἔδραμε πρὸς τοὺς γείτονας, ἀμφίθυρα αἰτῶν καὶ καθέδρας καὶ βάθρα ἐξ ἐλέφαντος πεποιημένα, οὐδὲ ἐξέβαλεν ἐκ τῶν ταμιείων τὰ ἐπιβλήματα τὰ Λακωνικά ἀλλ᾽ ἐκόσμησε κόσμῳ τῷ Χριστῷ πρέποντι. Τίς δὲ οὗτος ἦν; Τὰ ἡμίση τῶν ὑπαρχόντων μου δώσω, φησὶ, πτωχοῖς, καὶ οὗ ἂν ἥρπασα, τετραπλασίονα ἀποδώσω. Οὕτω καὶ ἡμεῖς κοσμῶμεν τὰς οἰκίας, ἵνα καὶ πρὸς ἡμᾶς εἰσέλθῃ ὁ Χριστός. Ταῦτα καλὰ τὰ ἀμφίθυρα, ταῦτα ἐν οὐρανοῖς κατασκευάζεται, ἐκεῖ ὑφαίνεται. Ἔνθα ἄν ταῦτα ᾖ, ἐκεῖ καὶ ὁ τῶν οὐρανῶν βασιλεύς. Ἂν δὲ ἑτέρως κοσμῇς, τὸν διάβολον καλεῖς, καὶ τὸν ἐκείνου χορόν. Ἦλθε καὶ εἰς τὴν οἰκίαν τοῦ τελώνου Ματθαίου. Τί οὖν καὶ οὗτος ἐποίησε; Τῇ προθυμίᾳ πρότερον ἑαυτὸν ἐκόσμησε, καὶ τῷ πάντα ἀφεῖναι καὶ ἀκολουθῆσαι αὐτῷ. Οὕτω καὶ ὁ Κορνήλιος ἐκόσμει τὴν οἰκίαν εὐχαῖς καὶ ἐλεημοσύναις διὸ καὶ μέχρι σήμερον ὑπὲρ αὐτὰ λάμπει τὰ βασίλεια. Καὶ γὰρ οἰκίας εὐτέλεια, οὐ σκεύη κείμενα ἁπλῶς, οὐδὲ κλίνη …, οὐδὲ τοῖχοι καπνοῦ γέμοντες, ἀλλ᾽ ἡ τῶν ἐνοικούντων κακία. Καὶ δείκνυσιν ὁ Χριστός· εἰς μὲν γὰρ τὴν τοιαύτην, ἂν ᾖ ἐνάρετος ὁ κατοικῶν, οὐκ ἐπαισχύνεται εἰσελθεῖν εἰς δὲ ἐκείνην, κἂν χρυσοῦν ὄροφον ἔχῃ, οὐδέποτε εἰσελεύσεται. Ὥστε αὕτη μὲν τῶν βασιλείων λαμπροτέρα, τὸν πάντων δεσπότην δεχομένη ἐκείνη δὲ, μετὰ τοῦ ὀρόφου τοῦ χρυσοῦ καὶ τῶν κιόνων, ἀμάραις καὶ ὀχετοῖς ἔοικεν ἀκαθάρτοις, σκεύη τοῦ διαβόλου ἔχουσα. Ταῦτα δὲ ἡμῖν οὐ περὶ τῶν πλουτούντων εἰς δέον, ἀλλὰ περὶ τῶν πλεονεκτούντων καὶ φιλαργύρων εἴρηται. Οὐδὲ γὰρ ἐκεῖ σπουδὴ, οὐδὲ φροντὶς ὑπὲρ τῶν ἀναγκαίων, ἀλλ᾽ ὑπὲρ τοῦ γαστρίζεσθαι καὶ μεθύειν, καὶ ἕτερα τοιαῦτα ἀσχημονεῖν ἐνταῦθα δὲ ὑπὲρ τοῦ φιλοσοφεῖν. Διὰ ταῦτα οὐκ εἰσῆλθεν εἰς οἰκίαν λαμπρὰν ὁ Χριστὸς, ἀλλ᾽ εἰς τὴν τοῦ τελώνου καὶ ἀρχιτελώνου καὶ ἁλιέως, τὰ βασίλεια ἀφεὶς, καὶ τοὺς τὰ μαλακὰ ἐνδεδυμένους ἱμάτια. Εἰ τοίνυν αὐτὸν βούλει καλέσαι καὶ σὺ, κόσμησον τὴν οἰκίαν ἐλεημοσύναις, εὐχαῖς, ἱκετηρίαις, παννυχίσι. Ταῦτα τοῦ βασιλέως Χριστοῦ τὰ ἀναθήματα, ἐκεῖνα δὲ τοῦ μαμωνᾶ, τοῦ ἐχθροῦ τοῦ Χριστοῦ. Μηδεὶς τοίνυν ἐγκαλυπτέσθω οἰκίαν ἔχων εὐτελῆ, ἂν ταῦτα ἔχῃ, τὰ ἐπιβλήματα' μηδεὶς πλούσιος φρονείτω μέγα, οἰκίαν ἔχων πολυτελῆ, ἀλλ᾽ ἐγκαλυπτέσθω μᾶλλον, καὶ ταύτην ζηλούτω, ἐκείνην ἀφείς, ἵνα καὶ ἐνταῦθα τὸν Χριστὸν ὑποδέξηται, καὶ ἐκεῖ τῶν αἰωνίων ἀπολαύσῃ σκηνῶν, χάριτι καὶ φιλανθρωπίᾳ τοῦ κυρίου ἡμῶν Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ, ᾧ ἡ δόξα καὶ τὸ κράτος εἰς τοὺς αἰῶνας τῶν αἰώνων. Ἀμήν.

Ton mentoi philargyron hapantes homou lypousi. Kai ti legō tous anthrōpous, hopou kai sētes kai skōlēkes epistrateuousi tǭ toioutǭ? Kai ti legō sētas? Ho chronos ho polys arkei monos, kai mēdenos enochlountos, ta megista adikēsai ton toiouton. Tis oun hē tou ploutou hēdonē? Egō men gar autou tas aēdias blepō sy de moi tēn hēdonēn eipe. Kai tinos hai aēdiai? phēsi. Phrontides, epiboulai, apechtheiai, misos, phobos, to aei dipsēn kai en odynę̄ einai. Kai gar ei tis symplekoito korę̄ erōmenę̄, tēn de epithymian emplēsai mē dynaito, tēn eschatēn hypomenei basanon. Houtō kai ho ploutōn. Echei men gar tēn euporian, kai synginetai autę̄ emplēsai de ou dynatai tēn epithymian hapasan, alla symbainei tauton, hoion tis phēsi sophos anēr; epithymia eunouchou apoparthenōsai neanin kai, hōsper eunouchos perilambanōn parthenon, kai stenazōn houtōs hoi ploutountes hapantes. Ti an tis talla legoi? pōs pasin estin aēdēs ho toioutos, tois oiketais, tois geōrgois, tois geitosi, tois ta politika prattousi, tois adikoumenois, tois ouk adikoumenois, tę̄ gynaiki malista hapantōn. tois paidiois pleon hapantōn Oude gar hōs eleutherous, all᾽ andrapodōn kai argyrōnētōn athliōteron autous ektrephei. Kai myrias orgēs kai lypēs kai paroinias kai gelōtos aphormas kath᾽ heautou parexei, koinē pasi kōmǭdia prokeimenos. Kai hai men aēdiai hautai, kai toutōn pleious isōs ou gar an tis autas pasas epelthoi tǭ logǭ pote, all᾽ hē peira parastēsai dynēsetai. Sy de moi tēn hēdonēn lege tēn enteuthen. Dokō ploutein, phēsi, kai nomizomai ploutein. Kai poia hēdonē to nomizesthai? Phthonou men oun onoma megiston. kai gar onoma monon estin ho ploutos, pragmatos erēmon. ᾿Alla kai entryphōn euphrainetai tę̄ hypolēpsei tautē? phēsin, ho ploutōn. Euphrainetai, hyper hōn algein edei. Algein? diati? phēsi. Hoti touto auton pros panta achrēston ergazetai, kai deilon kai anandron, kai pros apodēmian kai pros thanaton kai gar diploun hēgeitai touton, mallon tōn chrēmatōn, ē tou phōtos epithymōn. Ton toiouton oude ho ouranos terpei? hoti mē chrysion pherei oude ho hēlios, epeidē mē chrysas aktinas aphiēsin. All᾽ eisi tines, hoi kai apolauousi tōn ontōn, phēsi, tryphōntes, gastrizomenoi? methyontes, polytelōs dapanōntes. Tous cheironas moi toutōn legeis. Ekeinoi gar malista eisin, hoi ouk apolauousin. Houtos men gar kan heterōn ᾿apechetai kakōn, heni prosdedemenos erōti ekeinoi de toutōn cheirous, pros tois eirēmenois heterōn despoinōn chalepōn syrpheton epeisagontes, kai kathaper tyrannois tisi chalepois, tę̄ gastri, tę̄ tōn sōmatōn hēdonē, tę̄ methē, kai tais allais akolasiais kath᾽ hekastēn leitourgountes tēn hēmeran, pornas trephontes, deipna polytelē kataskeuazontes, parasitous, kolakas ōnoumenoi, epi tous para physin ekpiptontes erōtas, myriois nosēmasin ek toutōn kai to sōma kai tēn psychēn periballontes. Oude gar eis chreian analiskousi ta onta, all᾽ eis to phtheirai to sōma, kai syndiaphtheirai toutǭ tēn psychēn; kai tauton poiousin, hoion an ei tis to sōma kosmōn, dokoiē eis tēn heautou chreian analiskein. Hōste ekeinos monos hēdonēs apolauei, kai kyrios esti tōn ontōn, ho chrōmenos eis deon tǭ ploutǭ᾽ houtoi de douloi kai aichmalōtoi kai gar ta pathē tou sōmatos epitribousi, kai ta nosēmata tēs psychēs. Poia oun hautē apolausis, hopou poliorkia kai polemos, kai cheimōn thalattias pasēs zalēs chalepōteros? Kan gar anoētous ho ploutos labę̄, anoētoterous ergazetai kan aselgeis, aselgesterous. Kai ti tǭ penēti, phēsi, tēs syneseōs ophelos? Eikotōs agnoeis. Oude gar ho typhlos hoide, ti tou phōtos to kerdos. Akouson tou Solomōnos legontos, hoti hoson to meson skotous kai phōtos, tosautē hē periousia tou sophou hyper ton aphrona. ᾿Alla ton en skotǭ pōs didaxomen? Skotos gar estin ho tōn chrēmatōn erōs, ouden aphieis tōn ontōn phainesthai hōs estin, all᾽ heterōs. Kathaper gar ho en skotǭ, kan chrysoun idę̄ skeuos, kan lithon timion, kan alourga himatia, ouden einai nomizei ou gar horą autōn to kallos houtō kai ho en philargyrią ouk hoide tōn perispoudastōn, hōs chrē, to kallos. Diaskedason moi tēn achlyn tēn apo tou pathous toutou, kai tote opsei tōn pragmatōn tēn physin. Oudamou de tauta houtō phainetai, hōs en penią᾽ oudamou houtōs elenchetai ta dokounta men einai, ouk onta de, hōs en philosophią. All᾽ ō tōn anoētōn anthrōpōn, hoi kai katarōntai tois penēsi, kai phasi kataischynesthai kai oikias kai bion hypo penias panta phyrontes. Ti gar estin aischynē oikias? eipe moi. Ouk echei klinēn ex elephantos, oude argyra skeuē, all᾽ ex ostrakou panta kai xylōn. Touto men oun megistē doxa oikias kai periphaneia. To gar tōn biōtikōn amelein eis tēn epimeleian tēs psychēs pollakis poiei tēn scholēn analiskesthai pasan. Hotan oun pollēn en tois exō tēn epimeleian idę̄s, tote aischynthēti epi tę̄ pollę̄ aschēmosynę̄. Schēma gar malista hai tōn ploutountōn ouk echousin oikiai. Hotan gar idę̄s xyla peribeblēmena tapēsi, kai klinas argyrǭ endedemenas, hōsper en tǭ theatrǭ, hōsper en tę̄ pompę̄ tēs skēnēs, ti tautēs tēs aschēmosynēs ison genoit᾽ an? Poia gar mallon oikia eoike tę̄ orchēstrą kai tois epi tēs orchēstras? hē tou plousiou, ē hē tou penētos? Ouk eudēlon, hoti hē tou plousiou? Oukoun hautē aschēmosynēs gemei. Poia oikia eoike tę̄ tou Paulou, tę̄ tou Abraam? Eudēlon hoti hē tou penētos. Oukoun hautē malista kekallōpistai kai eudokimei. Kai hina mathę̄s hoti touto malista kosmos oikias, eiselthe eis tēn oikian tou Zakchaiou, kai mathe, hote emellen eis autēn eisienai ho Christos, pōs autēn ekosmēsen ekeinos. Ou gar edrame pros tous geitonas, amphithyra aitōn kai kathedras kai bathra ex elephantos pepoiēmena, oude exebalen ek tōn tamieiōn ta epiblēmata ta Lakōnika all᾽ ekosmēse kosmǭ tǭ Christǭ preponti. Tis de houtos ēn? Ta hēmisē tōn hyparchontōn mou dōsō, phēsi, ptōchois, kai hou an hērpasa, tetraplasiona apodōsō. Houtō kai hēmeis kosmōmen tas oikias, hina kai pros hēmas eiselthę̄ ho Christos. Tauta kala ta amphithyra, tauta en ouranois kataskeuazetai, ekei hyphainetai. Entha an tauta ę̄, ekei kai ho tōn ouranōn basileus. An de heterōs kosmę̄s, ton diabolon kaleis, kai ton ekeinou choron. Ēlthe kai eis tēn oikian tou telōnou Matthaiou. Ti oun kai houtos epoiēse? Tę̄ prothymią proteron heauton ekosmēse, kai tǭ panta apheinai kai akolouthēsai autǭ. Houtō kai ho Kornēlios ekosmei tēn oikian euchais kai eleēmosynais dio kai mechri sēmeron hyper auta lampei ta basileia. Kai gar oikias euteleia, ou skeuē keimena haplōs, oude klinē …, oude toichoi kapnou gemontes, all᾽ hē tōn enoikountōn kakia. Kai deiknysin ho Christos; eis men gar tēn toiautēn, an ę̄ enaretos ho katoikōn, ouk epaischynetai eiselthein eis de ekeinēn, kan chrysoun orophon echę̄, oudepote eiseleusetai. Hōste hautē men tōn basileiōn lamprotera, ton pantōn despotēn dechomenē ekeinē de, meta tou orophou tou chrysou kai tōn kionōn, amarais kai ochetois eoiken akathartois, skeuē tou diabolou echousa. Tauta de hēmin ou peri tōn ploutountōn eis deon, alla peri tōn pleonektountōn kai philargyrōn eirētai. Oude gar ekei spoudē, oude phrontis hyper tōn anankaiōn, all᾽ hyper tou gastrizesthai kai methyein, kai hetera toiauta aschēmonein entautha de hyper tou philosophein. Dia tauta ouk eisēlthen eis oikian lampran ho Christos, all᾽ eis tēn tou telōnou kai architelōnou kai halieōs, ta basileia apheis, kai tous ta malaka endedymenous himatia. Ei toinyn auton boulei kalesai kai sy, kosmēson tēn oikian eleēmosynais, euchais, hiketēriais, pannychisi. Tauta tou basileōs Christou ta anathēmata, ekeina de tou mamōna, tou echthrou tou Christou. Mēdeis toinyn enkalyptesthō oikian echōn eutelē, an tauta echę̄, ta epiblēmata' mēdeis plousios phroneitō mega, oikian echōn polytelē, all᾽ enkalyptesthō mallon, kai tautēn zēloutō, ekeinēn apheis, hina kai entautha ton Christon hypodexētai, kai ekei tōn aiōniōn apolausę̄ skēnōn, chariti kai philanthrōpią tou kyriou hēmōn Iēsou Christou, hǭ hē doxa kai to kratos eis tous aiōnas tōn aiōnōn. Amēn.

But the lover of money all together grieve. And why do I speak of men, when even moths and worms make war on such a man? And why do I speak of moths? Long time alone is enough, with no one troubling him, to do such a man the greatest injury. What, then, is the pleasure of wealth? For I see its unpleasantnesses; but tell me its pleasure. “And what are its unpleasantnesses?” someone says. Cares, plots, enmities, hatred, fear, being always thirsty and in pain. For if someone should embrace a maiden he loves and be unable to fulfill his desire, he endures the utmost torment. So too the rich man. For he has abundance and is with it, but cannot fulfill all his desire; but the same thing happens as a wise man says: “The desire of a eunuch to deflower a maiden”; and, “as a eunuch embracing a virgin and groaning”; so are all the rich. What should one say of the rest? How such a man is unpleasant to all—to his servants, to his farmers, to his neighbors, to those in public affairs, to those wronged, to those not wronged, to his wife most of all, and to his children more than all? For he brings them up not as free men, but more wretchedly than slaves and bought servants. And he will provide against himself countless occasions of anger and grief and drunken insolence and laughter, set forth as a common comedy for all. These are the unpleasantnesses, and perhaps more than these; for one could never go through them all in words, but experience will be able to set them forth. But tell me the pleasure from it. “I seem to be rich,” he says, “and am thought to be rich.” And what pleasure is there in being thought so? Rather it is a very great name for envy. For wealth is a name only, bare of reality. “But the rich man luxuriates and delights in this reputation,” he says. He delights in what he ought to grieve at. “Grieve? Why?” he says. Because this makes him useless for everything, and cowardly and unmanly, both toward exile and toward death; for he thinks death double, desiring money more than light. Such a man not even heaven delights, because it does not bear gold; nor the sun, since it does not send forth golden rays. “But there are some,” someone says, “who also enjoy what they have, living in luxury, gorging, drunk, spending lavishly.” You tell me of those worse than these. For those above all are the ones who do not enjoy. For this man, even if he abstains from other evils, is bound to one love; but those are worse than these, bringing in besides what has been said a rabble of other harsh mistresses, and serving every day, as cruel tyrants, the belly, the pleasure of bodies, drunkenness and the other licentiousnesses, keeping harlots, preparing costly dinners, buying parasites and flatterers, falling into unnatural loves, surrounding both body and soul from these things with countless diseases. For they do not spend their goods for need, but to corrupt the body and to corrupt the soul along with it; and they do the same as if someone, adorning his body, should think he was spending for his own need. So that he alone enjoys pleasure and is master of his goods who uses his wealth for what is needful; but these are slaves and captives; for they aggravate both the passions of the body and the diseases of the soul. What enjoyment, then, is this, where there is siege and war, and a storm more grievous than every surge of the sea? For if wealth takes hold of the foolish, it makes them more foolish; if of the licentious, more licentious. “And what is the use of understanding to the poor man?” someone says. Naturally you do not know. For neither does the blind man know what the gain of light is. Hear Solomon saying that as great as the difference between darkness and light, so great is the excellence of the wise man over the fool. But how shall we teach one who is in darkness? For the love of money is darkness, letting none of the things that are appear as they are, but otherwise. For as one in darkness, even if he sees a golden vessel, a precious stone, purple garments, thinks them nothing, for he does not see their beauty, so too the one in love of money does not know as he should the beauty of the things worth seeking. Disperse for me the mist that comes from this passion, and then you will see the nature of things. And nowhere do these things appear so as in poverty; nowhere are the things that seem to be but are not so exposed as in philosophy.

[4] But O foolish men, who even curse the poor, and say that houses and life are put to shame by poverty, confusing everything! For what is the shame of a house, tell me? It does not have a bed of ivory, nor silver vessels, but all of earthenware and wood. This indeed is the greatest glory and distinction of a house. For to neglect worldly things often makes all one’s leisure spent on the care of the soul. When, then, you see much care spent on outward things, then be ashamed at the great unseemliness. For the houses of the rich especially lack seemliness. For when you see wood covered with carpets, and beds overlaid with silver, as in the theater, as in a stage procession, what could equal this unseemliness? For what house is more like the orchestra and the things on the orchestra, the rich man’s or the poor man’s? Is it not plain that it is the rich man’s? So this house is full of unseemliness. What house is like that of Paul, that of Abraham? Plainly the poor man’s. So this one is especially adorned and approved. And so that you may learn that this especially is the adornment of a house, go into the house of Zacchaeus, and learn how he adorned it when Christ was about to enter it. For he did not run to his neighbors asking for curtains and seats and couches made of ivory, nor did he bring out of his storerooms the Laconian coverings; but he adorned it with an adornment befitting Christ. And what was this? “Half of my possessions I will give,” he says, “to the poor, and whatever I have seized, I will restore fourfold.” So let us too adorn our houses, so that Christ may come in to us too. These are the beautiful curtains; these are made in heaven, woven there. Where these are, there is the King of the heavens too. But if you adorn otherwise, you invite the devil and his band. He came also into the house of Matthew the tax collector. What, then, did this man too do? He first adorned himself with eagerness, and by leaving all and following him. So too Cornelius adorned his house with prayers and alms; therefore even to this day it shines above the very palaces. For the meanness of a house lies not in vessels lying about simply, nor in a bed …, nor in walls full of smoke, but in the wickedness of those who dwell in it. And Christ shows this; for into such a house, if the dweller is virtuous, he is not ashamed to enter; but into that one, even if it has a golden ceiling, he will never enter. So this one is more splendid than the palaces, receiving the Master of all; while that one, with its golden ceiling and its columns, is like drains and unclean channels, having the vessels of the devil. And these things have been said by us not about those who are rich as they ought to be, but about the covetous and lovers of money. For there the zeal and care are not for necessities, but for gorging and getting drunk and doing other such unseemly things; but here they are for practicing philosophy. For this reason Christ did not enter a splendid house, but that of the tax collector and of the chief tax collector and of the fisherman, leaving the palaces and those who wear soft clothing. If, then, you too wish to invite him, adorn your house with almsgiving, prayers, supplications, vigils. These are the ornaments of Christ the King; those are of mammon, the enemy of Christ. Let no one, then, be ashamed of having a cheap house, if he has these coverings; let no rich man think great things of himself for having a costly house, but rather let him be ashamed, and, leaving that, let him emulate this, so that he may both receive Christ here and enjoy the eternal tents there, by the grace and love for mankind of our Lord Jesus Christ, to whom be glory and might to the ages of ages. Amen.

Chapter 84

84.1Field 2

Καὶ ἰδοὺ εἷς τῶν μετὰ Ἰησοῦ, ἐκτείνας τὴν χεῖρα αὐτοῦ, ἀπέσπασε τὴν μάχαιραν αὐτοῦ, καὶ πατάξας τὸν δοῦλον τοῦ ἀρχιερέως, ἀφεῖλεν αὐτοῦ τὸ ὠτίον. Τότε λέγει αὐτῷ ὁ ᾿Ιησοῦς ἀπόστρεψον τὴν μάχαιραν εἰς τὸν τόπον αὐτῆς πάντες γὰρ οἱ λαβόντες μάχαιραν, ἐν μαχαίρᾳ ἀπολοῦνται. Ἢ δοκεῖς ὅτι οὐ δύναμαι παρακαλέσαι τὸν πατέρα, καὶ παραστήσει μοι ἄρτι πλείους ἢ δώδεκα λεγεῶνας ἀγγέλων; Πῶς οὗν πληρωθῶσιν αἱ γραφαὶ, ὅτι οὕτω δεῖ γενέσθαι; Τίς ἦν ὁ εἷς οὗτος ὁ τὸ ὠτίον κόψας; ᾿Ιωάννης φησὶν, ὅτι ὁ Πέτρος. Τῆς γὰρ αὐτοῦ θερμότητος ἦν τὸ πρᾶγμα. Ἀλλ᾽ ἐκεῖνο ἄξιον ζητῆσαι, τίνος ἕνεκεν μαχαίρας ἐβάσταζον; Ὅτι γὰρ ἐβάσταζον, οὐκ ἐντεῦθεν δῆλον μόνον, ἀλλα καὶ ἐξ ὧν ἐρωτηθέντες εἶπον, ὅτι εἰσὶν ὧδε δύο. Τίνος δὲ ἕνεκεν καὶ ἐπέτρεψεν αὐτοῖς ὁ Χριστὸς ἔχειν; Καὶ γὰρ τοῦτό φησιν ὁ Λουκᾶς, ὅτι εἶπεν αὐτοῖς· ὅτε ἀπέστειλα ὑμᾶς ἄτερ βαλλαντίου καὶ πήρας καὶ ὑποδημάτων, μή τινος ὑστερήσατε; Καὶ ἐπειδὴ εἶπον, οὐδενὸς, εἶπεν αὐτοῖς· ἀλλὰ νῦν ὁ ἔχων βαλλάντιον, ἀράτω, καὶ πήραν' καὶ ὁ μὴ ἔχων, πωλησάτω τὸ ἱμάτιον αὐτοῦ, καὶ ἀγορασάτω μάχαιραν. Καὶ ἐπειδὴ εἶπον, ὅτι εἰσὶ μάχαιραι ὧδε δύο, εἶπεν αὐτοῖς, ἱκανόν ἐστι. Τίνος οὖν ἕνεκεν εἴασεν ἔχειν; Πιστούμενος αὐτοὺς, ὅτι παραδοθήσεται. Διὰ τοῦτο λέγει αὐτοῖς· ἀγορασάτω μάχαιραν οὐχ ἵνα ὁπλίσωνται· ἄπαγε· ἀλλὰ διὰ τούτου τὴν παράδοσιν δηλῶν. Καὶ τίνος ἕνεκεν καὶ πήραν φησίν; Ἐπαίδευεν αὐτοὺς λοιπὸν νήφειν καὶ ἐγρηγορέναι, καὶ πολλῇ καὶ οἰκείᾳ κεχρῆσθαι σπουδῇ. Ἐν ἀρχῇ μὲν γὰρ ὡς ἀπείρους ὄντας πολλῇ ἔθαλπε τῇ δυνάμει λοιπὸν δὲ ὥσπερ νεοττοὺς καλιᾶς ἐξαγαγὼν κελεύει καὶ τοῖς οἰκείοις κεχρῆσθαι πτεροῖς. Εἶτα ἵνα μὴ νομίσωσιν, ὅτι δι᾽ ἀσθένειαν αὐτοὺς ἐᾷ, κελεύων καὶ αὐτοὺς τὰ παρ᾽ ἑαυτῶν ἐνεργεῖν, ὑπομιμνήσκει τῶν προτέρων, λέγων ὅτε ἀπέστειλα ὑμᾶς χωρὶς βαλλαντίου, μή τινος ὑστερήσατε; ἵνα δι᾽ ἀμφοτέρων μάθωσιν αὐτοῦ τὴν ἰσχὺν, καὶ δι᾽ ὧν προέστη, καὶ δι᾽ ὧν ἐγκαταλιμπάνει νῦν ἠρέμα. ᾿Αλλὰ πόθεν ἦσαν ἐκεῖ μάχαιραι; Ἀπὸ δείπνου ἦσαν καὶ τραπέζης ἐξεληλυθότες. Εἰκὸς οὖν καὶ μαχαίρας εἶναι ἐκεῖ διὰ τὸ ἀρνίον' τούτους δὲ ἀκούσαντας, ὅτι ἥξουσί τινες ἐπ᾿ αὐτὸν, λαβεῖν εἰς βοήθειαν, ὡς πολεμήσοντας ὑπὲρ τοῦ διδασκάλου· ὃ τῆς ἐκείνων γνώμης ἣν μόνον. Διὸ καὶ ἐπιτιμᾶται Πέτρος αὐτῇ χρησάμενος, καὶ μετὰ σφοδρᾶς τῆς ἀπειλῆς. Καὶ γὰρ ἠμύνατο τὸν οἰκέτην ἐλθόντα, θερμῶς μὲν, πλὴν οὐχ ἑαυτῷ ἀμύνων, ἀλλ᾽ ὑπὲρ τοῦ διδασκάλου τοῦτο ποιῶν. Οὐ μὴν ἀφῆκέ τινα γενέσθαι βλάβην ὁ Χριστός. Καὶ γὰρ ἰάσατο αὐτὸν, καὶ θαῦμα μέγα ἐπεδείξατο, ἱκανὸν καὶ τὴν ἐπιείκειαν αὐτοῦ καὶ τὴν δύναμιν ἐμφῆναι, καὶ τὴν τοῦ μαθητοῦ φιλοστοργίαν τε καὶ πραότητα καὶ γὰρ ἐκεῖνο φιλοστόργως, καὶ τοῦτο πειθηνίως. Ἀκούσας γάρ· βάλε τὴν μάχαιράν σου εἰς τὴν θήκην αὐτῆς. εὐθέως ἐπείσθη, καὶ μετὰ ταῦτα οὐδαμοῦ τοῦτο ποιεῖ. Ἕτερος δέ φησιν, ὅτι καὶ ἠρώτησαν, εἰ πατάξομεν· αὐτὸς δὲ ἐκώλυσε, καὶ ἰάσατο ἐκεῖνον, καὶ τῷ μαθητῇ ἐπετίμησε, καὶ ἠπείλησεν, ἵνα πείσῃ. Πάντες γὰρ οἱ λαβόντες μάχαιραν, φησὶν, ἐν μαχαίρᾳ ἀποθανοῦνται. Καὶ λογισμὸν προστίθησι, λέγων· ἢ δοκεῖτε, ὅτι οὐ δύναμαι παρακαλέσαι τὸν πατέρα μου, καὶ παραστήσει μοι πλείους ἢ δώδεκα λεγεῶνας ἀγγέλων; Ἀλλ᾽ ἵνα πληρωθῶσιν αἱ γραφαί. Διὰ τούτων τὸν θυμὸν αὐτῶν ἔσβεσε, δεικνὺς ὅτι καὶ ταῖς γραφαῖς τοῦτο δοκεῖ. Διὰ τοῦτο κἀκεῖ ηὔξατο, ἵνα πράως ἐνέγκωσι τὸ συμβᾶν, μαθόντες ὅτι κατὰ θεοῦ πάλιν γίνεται γνώμην. Καὶ δύο τούτοις αὐτοὺς παρεμυθήσατο, τῇ τε τιμωρίᾳ τῶν ἐπιβουλευόντων πάντες γὰρ οἱ λαβόντες, φησὶ, μάχαιραν, ἐν μαχαίρᾳ ἀπολοῦνται καὶ τῷ μὴ ἄκων ταῦτα ὑπομεῖναι, δύναμαι γὰρ, φησὶ, παρακαλέσαι τὸν πατέρα μου. Καὶ διατί οὐκ εἶπεν ἢ δοκεῖτε, ὅτι οὐ δύναμαι ἐγὼ πάντας αὐτοὺς ἀπολέσαι; Ὅτι πιθανώτερος μᾶλλον ἣν τοῦτο λέγων· οὐδέπω γὰρ τὴν προσήκουσαν περὶ αὐτοῦ δόξαν εἶχον. Καὶ πρὸ μικροῦ δὲ ἦν εἰρηκὼς, ὅτι περίλυπός ἐστιν ἡ ψυχή μου ἕως θανάτου καὶ, πάτερ, παρελθέτω ἀπ᾽ ἐμοῦ τὸ ποτήριον καὶ ἀγωνιῶν ἐφάνη καὶ ἱδρῶν, καὶ ὑπὸ ἀγγέλου ἐνισχυόμενος. ᾿Επεὶ οὖν πολλὰ τὰ ἀνθρώπινα ἐπεδείξατο, οὐκ ἐδόκει πιθανὰ λέγειν, εἴγε εἰρήκει, ὅτι δοκεῖτε, ὅτι οὐ δύναμαι αὐτοὺς ἀπολέσαι; Διὰ τοῦτό φησι· δοκεῖτε, ὅτι οὐ δύναμαι παρακαλέσαι τὸν πατέρα μου; Καὶ αὐτὸ πάλιν ταπεινῶς ἀπαγγέλλει εἰπών παραστήσει μοι δώδεκα λεγεῶνας ἀγγέλων. Εἰ γὰρ εἷς ἄγγελος ἑκατὸν ὀγδοηκονταπέντε χιλιάδας ἀνεῖλεν ὡπλισμένας, τί δώδεκα λεγεώνων ἔδει ἐπὶ χιλίους ἀνθρώπους; ᾿Αλλὰ πρὸς τὸν φόβον αὐτῶν καὶ τὴν ἀσθένειαν σχηματίζει τὸν λόγον' καὶ γὰρ ἀποτεθνηκότες ἦσαν τῷ δέει. Διὰ τοῦτο καὶ τὰς γραφὰς ἐπιτειχίζει λέγων· πῶς οὖν πληρωθῶσιν αἱ γραφαί; φοβῶν αὐτοὺς καντεῦθεν. Εἰ γὰρ ἐκείναις τοῦτο δοκεῖ, ὑμεῖς ἐναντιοῦσθε πολεμοῦντες;

Kai idou heis tōn meta Iēsou, ekteinas tēn cheira autou, apespase tēn machairan autou, kai pataxas ton doulon tou archiereōs, apheilen autou to ōtion. Tote legei autǭ ho ᾿Iēsous apostrepson tēn machairan eis ton topon autēs pantes gar hoi labontes machairan, en machairą apolountai. Ē dokeis hoti ou dynamai parakalesai ton patera, kai parastēsei moi arti pleious ē dōdeka legeōnas angelōn? Pōs houn plērōthōsin hai graphai, hoti houtō dei genesthai? Tis ēn ho heis houtos ho to ōtion kopsas? ᾿Iōannēs phēsin, hoti ho Petros. Tēs gar autou thermotētos ēn to pragma. All᾽ ekeino axion zētēsai, tinos heneken machairas ebastazon? Hoti gar ebastazon, ouk enteuthen dēlon monon, alla kai ex hōn erōtēthentes eipon, hoti eisin hōde dyo. Tinos de heneken kai epetrepsen autois ho Christos echein? Kai gar touto phēsin ho Loukas, hoti eipen autois; hote apesteila hymas ater ballantiou kai pēras kai hypodēmatōn, mē tinos hysterēsate? Kai epeidē eipon, oudenos, eipen autois; alla nyn ho echōn ballantion, aratō, kai pēran' kai ho mē echōn, pōlēsatō to himation autou, kai agorasatō machairan. Kai epeidē eipon, hoti eisi machairai hōde dyo, eipen autois, hikanon esti. Tinos oun heneken eiasen echein? Pistoumenos autous, hoti paradothēsetai. Dia touto legei autois; agorasatō machairan ouch hina hoplisōntai; apage; alla dia toutou tēn paradosin dēlōn. Kai tinos heneken kai pēran phēsin? Epaideuen autous loipon nēphein kai egrēgorenai, kai pollę̄ kai oikeią kechrēsthai spoudę̄. En archę̄ men gar hōs apeirous ontas pollę̄ ethalpe tę̄ dynamei loipon de hōsper neottous kalias exagagōn keleuei kai tois oikeiois kechrēsthai pterois. Eita hina mē nomisōsin, hoti di᾽ astheneian autous eą, keleuōn kai autous ta par᾽ heautōn energein, hypomimnēskei tōn proterōn, legōn hote apesteila hymas chōris ballantiou, mē tinos hysterēsate? hina di᾽ amphoterōn mathōsin autou tēn ischyn, kai di᾽ hōn proestē, kai di᾽ hōn enkatalimpanei nyn ērema. ᾿Alla pothen ēsan ekei machairai? Apo deipnou ēsan kai trapezēs exelēlythotes. Eikos oun kai machairas einai ekei dia to arnion' toutous de akousantas, hoti hēxousi tines ep᾿ auton, labein eis boētheian, hōs polemēsontas hyper tou didaskalou; ho tēs ekeinōn gnōmēs hēn monon. Dio kai epitimatai Petros autę̄ chrēsamenos, kai meta sphodras tēs apeilēs. Kai gar ēmynato ton oiketēn elthonta, thermōs men, plēn ouch heautǭ amynōn, all᾽ hyper tou didaskalou touto poiōn. Ou mēn aphēke tina genesthai blabēn ho Christos. Kai gar iasato auton, kai thauma mega epedeixato, hikanon kai tēn epieikeian autou kai tēn dynamin emphēnai, kai tēn tou mathētou philostorgian te kai praotēta kai gar ekeino philostorgōs, kai touto peithēniōs. Akousas gar; bale tēn machairan sou eis tēn thēkēn autēs. eutheōs epeisthē, kai meta tauta oudamou touto poiei. Heteros de phēsin, hoti kai ērōtēsan, ei pataxomen; autos de ekōlyse, kai iasato ekeinon, kai tǭ mathētę̄ epetimēse, kai ēpeilēsen, hina peisę̄. Pantes gar hoi labontes machairan, phēsin, en machairą apothanountai. Kai logismon prostithēsi, legōn; ē dokeite, hoti ou dynamai parakalesai ton patera mou, kai parastēsei moi pleious ē dōdeka legeōnas angelōn? All᾽ hina plērōthōsin hai graphai. Dia toutōn ton thymon autōn esbese, deiknys hoti kai tais graphais touto dokei. Dia touto kakei ēuxato, hina praōs enenkōsi to symban, mathontes hoti kata theou palin ginetai gnōmēn. Kai dyo toutois autous paremythēsato, tę̄ te timōrią tōn epibouleuontōn pantes gar hoi labontes, phēsi, machairan, en machairą apolountai kai tǭ mē akōn tauta hypomeinai, dynamai gar, phēsi, parakalesai ton patera mou. Kai diati ouk eipen ē dokeite, hoti ou dynamai egō pantas autous apolesai? Hoti pithanōteros mallon hēn touto legōn; oudepō gar tēn prosēkousan peri autou doxan eichon. Kai pro mikrou de ēn eirēkōs, hoti perilypos estin hē psychē mou heōs thanatou kai, pater, parelthetō ap᾽ emou to potērion kai agōniōn ephanē kai hidrōn, kai hypo angelou enischyomenos. ᾿Epei oun polla ta anthrōpina epedeixato, ouk edokei pithana legein, eige eirēkei, hoti dokeite, hoti ou dynamai autous apolesai? Dia touto phēsi; dokeite, hoti ou dynamai parakalesai ton patera mou? Kai auto palin tapeinōs apangellei eipōn parastēsei moi dōdeka legeōnas angelōn. Ei gar heis angelos hekaton ogdoēkontapente chiliadas aneilen hōplismenas, ti dōdeka legeōnōn edei epi chilious anthrōpous? ᾿Alla pros ton phobon autōn kai tēn astheneian schēmatizei ton logon' kai gar apotethnēkotes ēsan tǭ deei. Dia touto kai tas graphas epiteichizei legōn; pōs oun plērōthōsin hai graphai? phobōn autous kanteuthen. Ei gar ekeinais touto dokei, hymeis enantiousthe polemountes?

“And look, one of those with Jesus stretched out his hand, drew his sword, and struck the servant of the high priest, and cut off his ear. Then Jesus says to him, Put your sword back into its place; for all who take the sword will perish by the sword. Or do you think that I cannot appeal to my Father, and he will at once provide me with more than twelve legions of angels? How then would the Scriptures be fulfilled, that it must happen so?”

Who was this one who cut off the ear? John says that it was Peter. For the deed was of his warmth. But this is worth inquiring, why they were carrying swords. For that they were carrying them is plain not only from this but also from what they said when asked, that “there are two here.” And why did Christ allow them to have them? For Luke says this too, that he said to them, “When I sent you without purse and bag and sandals, did you lack anything?” And when they said, “Nothing,” he said to them, “But now let him who has a purse take it, and a bag; and let him who has none sell his cloak and buy a sword.” And when they said, “There are two swords here,” he said to them, “It is enough.” Why, then, did he let them have them? Assuring them that he would be handed over. Therefore he says to them, “Let him buy a sword,” not that they should arm themselves—away with the thought!—but signifying by this the betrayal. And why does he speak of a bag too? He was teaching them henceforth to be sober and watchful and to use much zeal of their own. For at the beginning, as they were inexperienced, he cherished them with much power; but now, as if leading fledglings out of the nest, he bids them use their own wings too. Then, so that they might not think that he was leaving them out of weakness when he bade them act for themselves, he reminds them of the former things, saying, “When I sent you without a purse, did you lack anything?” so that from both they might learn his strength, both from his having protected them and from his now gently leaving them to themselves. But whence were there swords there? They had come out from supper and the table. It was likely, then, that there were knives there because of the lamb; and these, hearing that some would come against him, took them for help, as though they would fight for the Teacher; which was their own idea only. Therefore Peter too is rebuked for using his, and with a severe threat. For he struck back at the servant who came, warmly indeed, yet not avenging himself, but doing this for the Teacher. Yet Christ did not allow any harm to come of it. For he healed the man, and showed a great miracle, enough to show both his gentleness and his power, and the disciple’s affection and meekness; for the one he did with affection, and the other with obedience. For hearing, “Put your sword into its sheath,” he obeyed at once, and afterward nowhere does this. Another evangelist says that they also asked, “Shall we strike?” but he forbade it, and healed that man, and rebuked the disciple, and threatened, so as to persuade him. “For all who take the sword,” he says, “will die by the sword.” And he adds a reason, saying, “Or do you think that I cannot appeal to my Father, and he will provide me with more than twelve legions of angels? But it is so that the Scriptures may be fulfilled.” By these words he quenched their anger, showing that this seems good to the Scriptures too. Therefore he prayed there too, so that they might bear meekly what happened, learning that it again happens according to the will of God. And he consoled them by these two things: by the punishment of those who plot—“For all who take the sword,” he says, “will perish by the sword”—and by his not enduring these things unwillingly: “For I can,” he says, “appeal to my Father.” And why did he not say, “Or do you think that I cannot destroy them all myself?” Because he was more persuasive saying this; for they did not yet have the fitting opinion of him. And a little before he had said, “My soul is very sorrowful, even to death,” and, “Father, let the cup pass from me,” and he had appeared in agony and sweating and being strengthened by an angel. Since, then, he had shown much that was human, he would not have seemed to say persuasive things if he had said, “Do you think that I cannot destroy them?” Therefore he says, “Do you think that I cannot appeal to my Father?” And this again he says in lowly terms, saying, “He will provide me with twelve legions of angels.” For if one angel killed a hundred and eighty-five thousand armed men, what need was there of twelve legions against a thousand men? But he frames his word to their fear and weakness; for they were dead with fear. Therefore he also brings in the Scriptures as a bulwark, saying, “How then would the Scriptures be fulfilled?” frightening them by this too. For if this seems good to the Scriptures, do you oppose them by fighting?

84.2Field 2

Καὶ πρὸς μὲν τοὺς μαθητὰς ταῦτα, πρὸς δὲ ἐκείνους φησίν· ὡς ἐπὶ ληστὴν ἐξήλθετε μετὰ μαχαιρῶν καὶ ξύλων συλλαβεῖν με; Καθ᾽ ἡμέραν ἐν τῷ ἱερῷ ἐκαθεζόμην διδάσκων, καὶ οὐκ ἐκρατήσατέ με. Ὅρα πόσα ποιεῖ τὰ δυνάμενα αὐτοὺς διαναστῆσαι. Ὑπτίους ἔῤῥιψε, τὸ ὠτίον τοῦ οἰκέτου ἰάσατο, ἠπείλησεν αὐτοὺς σφαγήν· ἐν μαχαίρᾳ γὰρ ἀπολοῦνται, φησὶν, οἱ λαβόντες μάχαιραν ἀπὸ τῆς τοῦ ὠτίου θεραπείας καὶ ταῦτα ἐπιστώσατο᾽ πάντοθεν, ἀπὸ τῶν παρόντων, ἀπὸ τῶν μελλόντων ἐμφαίνων αὐτοῦ τὴν δύναμιν, καὶ δεικνὺς ὅτι οὐ τῆς αὐτῶν ἰσχύος ἔργον γέγονε τὸ κρατῆσαι αὐτόν. Διὸ καὶ ἐπάγει· καθ᾽ ἡμέραν μεθ᾽ ὑμῶν ἤμην, καὶ ἐκαθεζόμην διδάσκων, καὶ οὐκ ἐκρατήσατέ με· κἀντεῦθεν δηλῶν, ὅτι τῆς αὐτοῦ συγχωρήσεως ἣν τὸ ἐλεῖν. Τὰ θαύματα παραδραμὼν, τὴν διδασκαλίαν λέγει, ἵνα μὴ δόξῃ κομπάζειν. Ὅτε ἐδίδασκον, οὐκ ἐκρατήσατέ με ὅτε ἐσίγησα, ἐπήλθετε; Ἐν τῷ ἱερῷ ἤμην, καὶ οὐδεὶς κατέσχε· νυνὶ δὲ ἀωρὶ καὶ μέσων νυκτῶν ἐπέστητε μετὰ μαχαιρῶν καὶ ξύλων; Τί τούτων ἐδέησε τῶν ὅπλων ἐπὶ τὸν μεθ᾽ ὑμῶν ὄντα ἀεί; ἀπὸ τούτων διδάσκων, ὅτι εἰ μὴ ἑκὼν ἐνέδωκεν, οὐδ᾽ ἂν τότε ἴσχυσαν. Οὐδὲ γὰρ ἄν οἱ τὸν ἐν χερσὶν ὄντα μὴ δυνηθέντες κατασχεῖν, καὶ μέσον αὐτὸν λαβόντες καὶ μὴ περιγενόμενοι, οὔτε τότε ἂν ἴσχυσαν, εἰ μὴ ἠθέλησεν. Εἶτα καὶ τὴν ἀπορίαν λύει, διατί τότε ἠβουλήθη. Τοῦτο γὰρ γέγονε, φησὶν, ἵνα πληρωθῶσιν αἱ γραφαὶ τῶν προφητῶν. Εἶδες πῶς μέχρι τῆς ἐσχάτης ὥρας, καὶ ἐν αὐτῷ τῷ παραδοθῆναι, πάντα ἐποίει πρὸς διόρθωσιν τὴν ἐκείνων, θεραπεύων, προφητεύων, ἀπειλῶν· ἐν μαχαίρᾳ γὰρ, φησὶν, ἀπολοῦνται· δεικνὺς ὅτι ἑκὼν πάσχει καθ᾽ ἡμέραν γὰρ μεθ᾽ ὑμῶν, φησὶν, ἤμην διδάσκων· τὴν πρὸς τὸν πατέρα συμφωνίαν δηλῶν· ἵνα πληρωθῶσιν αἱ γραφαὶ τῶν προφητῶν. Διατί δὲ μὴ ἐν τῷ ἱερῷ αὐτὸν ἐκράτησαν; Ὅτι οὐκ ἂν ἐτόλμησαν ἐν τῷ ἱερῷ διὰ τὸν ὄχλον. Διὸ καὶ ἔξω ἐξῆλθε, καὶ ἀπὸ τοῦ τόπου καὶ ἀπὸ τοῦ καιροῦ διδοὺς αὐτοῖς ἄδειαν, καὶ μέχρις ἐσχάτης ὥρας ἀναιρῶν αὐτῶν τὴν ἀπολογίαν. Ὁ γὰρ ἵνα πεισθῇ τοῖς προφήταις, καὶ ἑαυτὸν παραδοὺς, πῶς ἐναντία ἐδίδασκε; Τότε πάντες οἱ μαθηταὶ αὐτοῦ, φησὶν, ἀφέντες αὐτὸν ἔφυγον. Ὅτε μὲν γὰρ κατεσχέθη, ἔμενον ὅτε δὲ ἐφθέγξατο ταῦτα πρὸς τοὺς ὄχλους, ἔφυγον. Εἶδον γὰρ λοιπὸν, ὅτι οὐκέτι διαφυγεῖν ἔνι, ἑκόντος ἑαυτὸν παραδιδόντος αὐτοῖς, καὶ λέγοντος κατὰ τὰς γραφὰς τοῦτο γίνεσθαι. Φυγόντων δὲ αὐτῶν, ἄγουσιν αὐτὸν πρὸς Καϊάφαν' ὁ δὲ Πέτρος ἠκολούθησε καὶ εἰσῆλθεν, ἰδεῖν τί τὸ τέλος. Πολλὴ ἡ θερμότης τοῦ μαθητοῦ οὐδὲ φεύγοντας ἰδὼν ἔφυγεν, ἀλλ᾽ ἔστη καὶ συνεισῆλθεν. Εἰ δὲ καὶ Ἰωάννης, ἀλλὰ γνώριμος ἦν τῷ ἀρχιερεῖ. Καὶ διατί ἐκεῖ ἀπήγαγον αὐτὸν, ἔνθα ἦσαν πάντες συνηγμένοι; Ἵνα μετὰ γνώμης πάντα ποιήσωσι τῶν ἀρχιερέων. ᾿Εκεῖνος γὰρ ἥν τότε ἀρχιερεὺς, καὶ πάντες ἦσαν αὐτὸν αὐτόθι ἀναμένοντες· οὕτω διενυκτέρευον καὶ ἠγρύπνουν ἐπὶ τούτῳ. Οὐδὲ γὰρ ἔφαγον τότε τὸ πάσχα, φησὶν, ἀλλὰ διὰ τοῦτο ἠγρύπνουν. Εἰπὼν γάρ, ὅτι πρωΐα ἐστὶν, ὁ Ἰωάννης, ἐπήγαγεν· οὐκ εἰσῆλθον εἰς τὸ πραιτώριον, ἵνα μὴ μιανθῶσι, ἀλλ᾽ ἵνα φάγωσι τὸ πάσχα. Τί οὖν ἔστιν εἰπεῖν; Ὅτι ἐν ἑτέρᾳ ἡμέρᾳ ἔφαγον, καὶ τὸν νόμον ἔλυσαν, διὰ τὴν ἐπιθυμίαν τὴν περὶ τὴν σφαγὴν ταύτην. Οὐδὲ γὰρ ἂν ὁ Χριστὸς παρέβη τὸν καιρὸν τοῦ πάσχα, ἀλλ᾽ ἐκεῖνοι οἱ πάντα τολμῶντες, καὶ μυρίους καταπατοῦντες νόμους. ᾿Επειδὴ γὰρ σφόδρα ἔζεον τῷ θυμῷ, καὶ πολλάκις ἐπιχειρήσαντες ἀνελεῖν, οὐκ ἴσχυσαν τότε λαβόντες αὐτὸν ἀπροσδοκήτως, εἵλοντο καὶ τὸ πάσχα ἀφεῖναι, ὑπὲρ τοῦ τὴν φονικὴν αὐτῶν ἐμπλῆσαι ἐπιθυμίαν. Διὸ καὶ συνήχθησαν ἅπαντες, καὶ συνέδριον ἦν λοιμῶν, καὶ ἐρωτῶσί τινα, βουλόμενοι σχῆμα περιθεῖναι τῇ ἐπιβουλῇ ταύτῃ δικαστηρίου. Οὐδὲ γὰρ ἦσαν ἴσαι αἱ μαρτυρίαι, φησίν· οὕτω πεπλασμένον τὸ δικαστήριον ἦν, καὶ θορύβου πάντα καὶ ταραχῆς. Ἐλθόντες δὲ ψευδομάρτυρες ἔλεγον, ὅτι οὗτος εἶπεν, ὅτι λύσω τὸν ναὸν τοῦτον, καὶ ἐν τρισὶν ἡμέραις ἐγερῶ αὐτόν. Καὶ μὴν εἶπεν, ὅτι ἐν τρισὶν, ἀλλ᾽ οὐκ εἶπε, λύω, ἀλλὰ, λύσατε᾽ καὶ οὐδὲ περὶ ἐκείνου, ἀλλὰ περὶ τοῦ σώματος τοῦ ἰδίου. Τί οὖν ὁ ἀρχιερεύς; Βουλόμενος αὐτὸν εἰς ἀπολογίαν καταστῆσαι, ἵνα ἐξ αὐτῆς αὐτὸν ἕλῃ, φησίν· οὐκ ἀκούεις, τί οὗτοί σου καταμαρτυροῦσιν; Ὁ δὲ ἐσίγα. Ἀνόνητα γὰρ ἦν τὰ τῆς ἀπολογίας, οὐδενὸς ἀκούοντος. Καὶ γὰρ σχῆμα τοῦτο δικαστηρίου ἦν μόνον· τὸ δὲ ἀληθὲς, ληστῶν ἔφοδος, ὡς ἐν σπηλαίῳ καὶ ἐν ὁδῷ ἁπλῶς ἐπελθόντων. Διὸ ἐσίγα ὁ δὲ ἐπέμενε λέγων· ἐξορκίζω σε κατὰ τοῦ θεοῦ τοῦ ζῶντος, ἵνα ἡμῖν εἴπῃς, εἰ σὺ εἶ ὁ Χριστὸς ὁ υἱὸς τοῦ θεοῦ τοῦ ζώντος. Ὁ δὲ εἶπε, σὺ εἶπας. Πλὴν λέγω ὑμῖν, ἀπάρτι ὄψεσθε τὸν υἱὸν τοῦ ἀνθρώπου καθήμενον ἐκ δεξιῶν τῆς δυνάμεως, καὶ ἐρχόμενον ἐπὶ τῶν νεφελῶν. Τότε ὁ ἀρχιερεὺς διέῤῥηξε τὰ ἱμάτια αὐτοῦ λέγων, ἐβλασφήμησε. Τοῦτο δὲ ἐποίησε, σφοδροτέραν τὴν κατηγορίαν ποιῶν, καὶ τὸ λεχθὲν ἐπαίρων διὰ τοῦ πράγματος. ᾿Επειδὴ γὰρ εἰς φόβον ἐνέβαλε τοὺς ἀκροατὰς τὸ εἰρημένον, ὅπερ ἐπὶ Στεφάνου πεποιήκασι, τὰ ὦτα συσχόντες, τοῦτο καὶ ἐνταῦθα οὗτος. Καίτοι ποία βλασφημία αὕτη; Καὶ γὰρ ἔμπροσθεν ἦν εἰρηκὼς, συνηγμένων αὐτῶν· εἶπεν ὁ κύριος τῷ κυρίῳ μου, κάθου ἐκ δεξιῶν μου, καὶ ἡρμήνευσε τὸ εἰρημένον' καὶ οὐδὲν ἐτόλμησαν εἰπεῖν, ἀλλ᾽ ἐσίγησαν, καὶ ἐξ ἐκείνου οὐκέτι λοιπὸν ἀντεῖπον. Πῶς οὖν νῦν βλασφημίαν τὸ εἰρημένον ἐκάλουν; Τίνος δὲ ἕνεκεν καὶ ὁ Χριστὸς οὕτως ἀπεκρίνατο; Πᾶσαν αὐτῶν ἀναιρῶν ἀπολογίαν, ὅτι μέχρις ἐσχάτης ἡμέρας ἐδίδασκεν, ὅτι αὐτὸς εἴη ὁ Χριστὸς, καὶ ὅτι ἐκ δεξιῶν κάθηται τοῦ πατρὸς, καὶ ὅτι ἥξει πάλιν κρίνων τὴν οἰκουμένην, ὃ πολλὴν πρὸς αὐτὸν τὴν συμφωνίαν δηλοῦντος ἦν. Διαῤῥήξας τοίνυν αὐτοῦ τὰ ἱμάτιά φησι· τί ὑμῖν δοκεῖ; Οὐ φέρει τὴν ψῆφον οἴκοθεν, ἀλλὰ παρ᾽ ἐκείνων αὐτὴν ὡς ἐπὶ ὡμολογημένων ἁμαρτημάτων καὶ βλασφημίας δήλης ἐκκαλεῖται. ᾿Επειδὴ γὰρ ἤδεσαν, ὅτι εἰ τὸ πρᾶγμα εἰς ἐξέτασιν ἔλθοι καὶ διάγνωσιν ἀκριβῆ, ἀπαλλάττει πάσης αὐτὸν αἰτίας, παρ᾽ ἑαυτοῖς αὐτὸν καταδικάζουσι, καὶ προκαταλαμβάνουσι τοὺς ἀκροατὰς λέγοντες, ὑμεῖς ἠκούσατε τῆς βλασφημίας, μόνον οὐχὶ καταναγκάζοντες καὶ βιαζόμενοι τὴν ψῆφον ἐξενεγκεῖν. Τί οὖν ἐκεῖνοι; Ἔνοχός ἐστι θανάτου· ἵν᾽ ὡς κατάδικον λαβόντες, οὕτω τὸν Πιλάτον λοιπὸν … ἔνοχος θανάτου ἐστίν αὐτοὶ κατηγοροῦντες, αὐτοὶ δικάζοντες, αὐτοὶ ψηφιζόμενοι, πάντα αὐτοὶ γινόμενοι τότε. Πῶς δὲ οὐκ ἤνεγκαν τὰ σάββατα εἰς μέσον; Ὅτι πολλάκις αὐτοὺς ἐπεστόμισεν' ἄλλως δὲ καὶ ἐκ τῶν τότε λεγομένων ἐβούλοντο αὐτὸν ἐλεῖν καὶ καταδικάσαι. Καὶ προλαβὼν, καὶ τὴν ψῆφον παρ᾽ αὐτῶν ἐνεγκὼν, καὶ πάντας ἐπισπασάμενος διὰ τοῦ ῥῆξαι τὸν χιτωνίσκον, ὡς κατάδικον λοιπὸν ἀπαγαγὼν πρὸς τὸν Πιλάτον, οὕτως ἅπαντα ἔπραττεν. Ἐπ᾽ ἐκείνου γοῦν οὐδὲν τοιοῦτόν φασιν· ἀλλὰ τί; Εἰ μὴ ἦν οὗτος κακοποιὸς, οὐκ ἄν σοι παρεδώκαμεν, αὐτόν· ἀπὸ δημοσίων ἐγκλημάτων ἀνελεῖν αὑτὸν ἐπιχειροῦντες. Καὶ διατί μὴ λάθρα αὐτὸν ἀνεῖλον; Ἠβούλοντο καὶ τὴν δόξαν αὐτοῦ διαβαλεῖν. ᾿Επειδὴ γὰρ πολλοὶ ἦσαν ἤδη ἀκηκοότες αὐτοῦ, καὶ θαυμάζοντες αὐτὸν καὶ ἐκπληττόμενοι, διὰ τοῦτο ἐσπούδασαν δημοσίᾳ καὶ ἐπὶ πάντων σφαγῆναι. Ὁ δὲ Χριστὸς οὐκ ἐκώλυσεν, ἀλλὰ τῇ ἐκείνων πονηρίᾳ εἰς τὴν τῆς ἀληθείας σύστασιν ἀπεχρήσατο, ὦστε κατάδηλον αὐτοῦ γενέσθαι τὸν θάνατον. Καὶ τοὐναντίον ἐξέβαινεν, ἢ ὅπερ ἐβούλοντο. Αὐτοὶ μὲν γὰρ ἐκπομπεύειν ἤθελον, ὡς ταύτῃ καταισχύνοντες αὐτὸς δὲ καὶ δι αὐτῶν τούτων μᾶλλον ἐξέλαμπε. Καὶ ὥσπερ ἔλεγον· ἀνέλωμεν αὐτὸν, μήποτε ἔλθωσιν οἱ Ῥωμαῖοι, καὶ ἄρωσιν ἡμῶν καὶ τὴν πόλιν καὶ τὸ ἔθνος, καὶ ἐπειδὴ ἀνεῖλον αὐτὸν, τοῦτο γέγονεν οὕτω καὶ ἐνταῦθα, δημοσίᾳ αὐτὸν σταυρῶσαι ἐσπούδαζον, ἵνα βλάψωσιν αὐτοῦ τὴν δόξαν, καὶ τοὐναντίον ἐξέβη. ᾿Επεὶ ὅτι γε ἐξουσίαν εἶχον καὶ καθ᾽ ἑαυτοὺς ἀνελεῖν, ἄκουσον τί φησιν ὁ Πιλᾶτος· λάβετε αὐτὸν ὑμεῖς, καὶ κατὰ τὸν νόμον ὑμῶν κρίνατε αὐτόν. Ἀλλ᾽ οὐκ ἤθελον, ἵνα ὡς παράνομος, ὡς τύραννος, ὡς στασιώδης ἀνῃρῆσθαι δόξῃ. Διὰ τοῦτο καὶ λῃστὰς αὐτῷ συνεσταύρωσαν· διὰ τοῦτο καὶ ἔλεγον· μὴ γράφε, ὅτι οὗτος ἐστιν ὁ βασιλεὺς τῶν ᾿Ιουδαίων, ἀλλ᾽ ὅτι ἐκεῖνος εἶπε. Ταῦτα δὲ πάντα ὑπὲρ τῆς ἀληθείας ἐγίνετο, ὥστε μηδὲ σκιάν τινα αὐτοὺς ἔχειν ἀναισχύντου γοῦν ἀπολογίας. Καὶ ἐπὶ τοῦ τάφου δὲ ὁμοίως τὰ σήμαντρα καὶ αἱ φυλακαὶ μάλλον διαλάμψαι τὴν ἀλήθειαν ἐποίησαν καὶ αἱ χλευασίαι καὶ τὰ σκώμματα καὶ αἱ λοιδορίαι τὸ αὐτὸ τοῦτο πάλιν ἐποίουν. Τοιοῦτον γὰρ ἡ πλάνη δι ὧν ἐπιβουλεύει, λύεται οὕτω γοῦν καὶ ἐνταῦθα συνέβη. Οἱ μὲν γὰρ δοκοῦντες νενικηκέναι, οὗτοι μάλιστα καὶ ᾐσχύνθησαν, καὶ ἡττήθησαν, καὶ ἀπώλοντο ὁ δὲ ἡττῆσθαι δοκῶν, οὗτος μάλιστα καὶ ἔλαμψε, καὶ ἐνίκησε κατὰ κράτος. Μὴ δὴ πανταχοῦ ζητῶμεν νικᾶν, μηδὲ πανταχοῦ τὸ ἡττᾶσθαι φεύγωμεν. Ἔστιν ὅπου νίκη μὲν φέρει βλάβην, ἧττα δὲ ὠφέλειαν. Καὶ γὰρ ἐπὶ τῶν θυμουμένων, δοκεῖ μὲν ὁ πολλὰ ὑβρικὼς κεκρατηκέναι οὗτος δὲ μάλιστά ἐστιν ὁ ἡττηθεὶς ὑπὸ τοῦ χαλεπωτάτου πάθους, καὶ βλαβείς· ὁ δὲ ἐνεγκὼν γενναίως, οὗτος περιεγένετο καὶ ἐνίκησε. Καὶ ὁ μὲν οὐδὲ τὸ οἰκεῖον ἴσχυσε σβέσαι νόσημα· ὁ δὲ καὶ τὸ ἀλλότριον ἀνεῖλε· καὶ ὁ μὲν ὑπὸ τοῦ οἰκείου ἡττήθη, ὁ δὲ καὶ τοῦ ἀλλοτρίου περιεγένετο, καὶ οὐ μόνον αὐτὸς οὐ κατεκάη, ἀλλὰ καὶ τὴν ἑτέρου φλόγα ἀρθεῖσαν εἰς ὕψος ἔσβεσεν. Εἰ δὲ ἠθέλησε νικῆσαι τὴν δοκοῦσαν νίκην εἶναι, καὶ αὐτὸς ἂν ἡττήθη, κακεῖνον ἐκκαύσας χαλεπώτερον παθεῖν παρεσκεύασεν ἄν, καὶ καθάπερ γυναῖκες, αἰσχρῶς καὶ ἐλεεινῶς ὑπὸ τοῦ θυμοῦ κατεπαλαίσθησαν ἄν ἑκάτεροι. Νυνὶ δὲ καὶ ταύτης ἀπηλλάγη τῆς αἰσχύνης φιλοσοφήσας, καὶ τρόπαιον λαμπρὸν καὶ ἐν ἑαυτῷ καὶ ἐν τῷ πλησίον ἔστησε κατὰ τῆς ὀργῆς διὰ τῆς καλῆς ἥττης.

Kai pros men tous mathētas tauta, pros de ekeinous phēsin; hōs epi lēstēn exēlthete meta machairōn kai xylōn syllabein me? Kath᾽ hēmeran en tǭ hierǭ ekathezomēn didaskōn, kai ouk ekratēsate me. Hora posa poiei ta dynamena autous dianastēsai. Hyptious errhipse, to ōtion tou oiketou iasato, ēpeilēsen autous sphagēn; en machairą gar apolountai, phēsin, hoi labontes machairan apo tēs tou ōtiou therapeias kai tauta epistōsato᾽ pantothen, apo tōn parontōn, apo tōn mellontōn emphainōn autou tēn dynamin, kai deiknys hoti ou tēs autōn ischyos ergon gegone to kratēsai auton. Dio kai epagei; kath᾽ hēmeran meth᾽ hymōn ēmēn, kai ekathezomēn didaskōn, kai ouk ekratēsate me; kanteuthen dēlōn, hoti tēs autou synchōrēseōs hēn to elein. Ta thaumata paradramōn, tēn didaskalian legei, hina mē doxę̄ kompazein. Hote edidaskon, ouk ekratēsate me hote esigēsa, epēlthete? En tǭ hierǭ ēmēn, kai oudeis katesche; nyni de aōri kai mesōn nyktōn epestēte meta machairōn kai xylōn? Ti toutōn edeēse tōn hoplōn epi ton meth᾽ hymōn onta aei? apo toutōn didaskōn, hoti ei mē hekōn enedōken, oud᾽ an tote ischysan. Oude gar an hoi ton en chersin onta mē dynēthentes kataschein, kai meson auton labontes kai mē perigenomenoi, oute tote an ischysan, ei mē ēthelēsen. Eita kai tēn aporian lyei, diati tote ēboulēthē. Touto gar gegone, phēsin, hina plērōthōsin hai graphai tōn prophētōn. Eides pōs mechri tēs eschatēs hōras, kai en autǭ tǭ paradothēnai, panta epoiei pros diorthōsin tēn ekeinōn, therapeuōn, prophēteuōn, apeilōn; en machairą gar, phēsin, apolountai; deiknys hoti hekōn paschei kath᾽ hēmeran gar meth᾽ hymōn, phēsin, ēmēn didaskōn; tēn pros ton patera symphōnian dēlōn; hina plērōthōsin hai graphai tōn prophētōn. Diati de mē en tǭ hierǭ auton ekratēsan? Hoti ouk an etolmēsan en tǭ hierǭ dia ton ochlon. Dio kai exō exēlthe, kai apo tou topou kai apo tou kairou didous autois adeian, kai mechris eschatēs hōras anairōn autōn tēn apologian. Ho gar hina peisthę̄ tois prophētais, kai heauton paradous, pōs enantia edidaske? Tote pantes hoi mathētai autou, phēsin, aphentes auton ephygon. Hote men gar kateschethē, emenon hote de ephthenxato tauta pros tous ochlous, ephygon. Eidon gar loipon, hoti ouketi diaphygein eni, hekontos heauton paradidontos autois, kai legontos kata tas graphas touto ginesthai. Phygontōn de autōn, agousin auton pros Kaïaphan' ho de Petros ēkolouthēse kai eisēlthen, idein ti to telos. Pollē hē thermotēs tou mathētou oude pheugontas idōn ephygen, all᾽ estē kai syneisēlthen. Ei de kai Iōannēs, alla gnōrimos ēn tǭ archierei. Kai diati ekei apēgagon auton, entha ēsan pantes synēgmenoi? Hina meta gnōmēs panta poiēsōsi tōn archiereōn. ᾿Ekeinos gar hēn tote archiereus, kai pantes ēsan auton autothi anamenontes; houtō dienyktereuon kai ēgrypnoun epi toutǭ. Oude gar ephagon tote to pascha, phēsin, alla dia touto ēgrypnoun. Eipōn gar, hoti prōïa estin, ho Iōannēs, epēgagen; ouk eisēlthon eis to praitōrion, hina mē mianthōsi, all᾽ hina phagōsi to pascha. Ti oun estin eipein? Hoti en heterą hēmerą ephagon, kai ton nomon elysan, dia tēn epithymian tēn peri tēn sphagēn tautēn. Oude gar an ho Christos parebē ton kairon tou pascha, all᾽ ekeinoi hoi panta tolmōntes, kai myrious katapatountes nomous. ᾿Epeidē gar sphodra ezeon tǭ thymǭ, kai pollakis epicheirēsantes anelein, ouk ischysan tote labontes auton aprosdokētōs, heilonto kai to pascha apheinai, hyper tou tēn phonikēn autōn emplēsai epithymian. Dio kai synēchthēsan hapantes, kai synedrion ēn loimōn, kai erōtōsi tina, boulomenoi schēma peritheinai tę̄ epiboulę̄ tautę̄ dikastēriou. Oude gar ēsan isai hai martyriai, phēsin; houtō peplasmenon to dikastērion ēn, kai thorybou panta kai tarachēs. Elthontes de pseudomartyres elegon, hoti houtos eipen, hoti lysō ton naon touton, kai en trisin hēmerais egerō auton. Kai mēn eipen, hoti en trisin, all᾽ ouk eipe, lyō, alla, lysate᾽ kai oude peri ekeinou, alla peri tou sōmatos tou idiou. Ti oun ho archiereus? Boulomenos auton eis apologian katastēsai, hina ex autēs auton helę̄, phēsin; ouk akoueis, ti houtoi sou katamartyrousin? Ho de esiga. Anonēta gar ēn ta tēs apologias, oudenos akouontos. Kai gar schēma touto dikastēriou ēn monon; to de alēthes, lēstōn ephodos, hōs en spēlaiǭ kai en hodǭ haplōs epelthontōn. Dio esiga ho de epemene legōn; exorkizō se kata tou theou tou zōntos, hina hēmin eipę̄s, ei sy ei ho Christos ho huios tou theou tou zōntos. Ho de eipe, sy eipas. Plēn legō hymin, aparti opsesthe ton huion tou anthrōpou kathēmenon ek dexiōn tēs dynameōs, kai erchomenon epi tōn nephelōn. Tote ho archiereus dierrhēxe ta himatia autou legōn, eblasphēmēse. Touto de epoiēse, sphodroteran tēn katēgorian poiōn, kai to lechthen epairōn dia tou pragmatos. ᾿Epeidē gar eis phobon enebale tous akroatas to eirēmenon, hoper epi Stephanou pepoiēkasi, ta ōta syschontes, touto kai entautha houtos. Kaitoi poia blasphēmia hautē? Kai gar emprosthen ēn eirēkōs, synēgmenōn autōn; eipen ho kyrios tǭ kyriǭ mou, kathou ek dexiōn mou, kai hērmēneuse to eirēmenon' kai ouden etolmēsan eipein, all᾽ esigēsan, kai ex ekeinou ouketi loipon anteipon. Pōs oun nyn blasphēmian to eirēmenon ekaloun? Tinos de heneken kai ho Christos houtōs apekrinato? Pasan autōn anairōn apologian, hoti mechris eschatēs hēmeras edidasken, hoti autos eiē ho Christos, kai hoti ek dexiōn kathētai tou patros, kai hoti hēxei palin krinōn tēn oikoumenēn, ho pollēn pros auton tēn symphōnian dēlountos ēn. Diarrhēxas toinyn autou ta himatia phēsi; ti hymin dokei? Ou pherei tēn psēphon oikothen, alla par᾽ ekeinōn autēn hōs epi hōmologēmenōn hamartēmatōn kai blasphēmias dēlēs ekkaleitai. ᾿Epeidē gar ēdesan, hoti ei to pragma eis exetasin elthoi kai diagnōsin akribē, apallattei pasēs auton aitias, par᾽ heautois auton katadikazousi, kai prokatalambanousi tous akroatas legontes, hymeis ēkousate tēs blasphēmias, monon ouchi katanankazontes kai biazomenoi tēn psēphon exenenkein. Ti oun ekeinoi? Enochos esti thanatou; hin᾽ hōs katadikon labontes, houtō ton Pilaton loipon … enochos thanatou estin autoi katēgorountes, autoi dikazontes, autoi psēphizomenoi, panta autoi ginomenoi tote. Pōs de ouk ēnenkan ta sabbata eis meson? Hoti pollakis autous epestomisen' allōs de kai ek tōn tote legomenōn eboulonto auton elein kai katadikasai. Kai prolabōn, kai tēn psēphon par᾽ autōn enenkōn, kai pantas epispasamenos dia tou rhēxai ton chitōniskon, hōs katadikon loipon apagagōn pros ton Pilaton, houtōs hapanta epratten. Ep᾽ ekeinou goun ouden toiouton phasin; alla ti? Ei mē ēn houtos kakopoios, ouk an soi paredōkamen, auton; apo dēmosiōn enklēmatōn anelein hauton epicheirountes. Kai diati mē lathra auton aneilon? Ēboulonto kai tēn doxan autou diabalein. ᾿Epeidē gar polloi ēsan ēdē akēkootes autou, kai thaumazontes auton kai ekplēttomenoi, dia touto espoudasan dēmosią kai epi pantōn sphagēnai. Ho de Christos ouk ekōlysen, alla tę̄ ekeinōn ponērią eis tēn tēs alētheias systasin apechrēsato, ōste katadēlon autou genesthai ton thanaton. Kai tounantion exebainen, ē hoper eboulonto. Autoi men gar ekpompeuein ēthelon, hōs tautę̄ kataischynontes autos de kai di autōn toutōn mallon exelampe. Kai hōsper elegon; anelōmen auton, mēpote elthōsin hoi Rhōmaioi, kai arōsin hēmōn kai tēn polin kai to ethnos, kai epeidē aneilon auton, touto gegonen houtō kai entautha, dēmosią auton staurōsai espoudazon, hina blapsōsin autou tēn doxan, kai tounantion exebē. ᾿Epei hoti ge exousian eichon kai kath᾽ heautous anelein, akouson ti phēsin ho Pilatos; labete auton hymeis, kai kata ton nomon hymōn krinate auton. All᾽ ouk ēthelon, hina hōs paranomos, hōs tyrannos, hōs stasiōdēs anę̄rēsthai doxę̄. Dia touto kai lę̄stas autǭ synestaurōsan; dia touto kai elegon; mē graphe, hoti houtos estin ho basileus tōn ᾿Ioudaiōn, all᾽ hoti ekeinos eipe. Tauta de panta hyper tēs alētheias egineto, hōste mēde skian tina autous echein anaischyntou goun apologias. Kai epi tou taphou de homoiōs ta sēmantra kai hai phylakai mallon dialampsai tēn alētheian epoiēsan kai hai chleuasiai kai ta skōmmata kai hai loidoriai to auto touto palin epoioun. Toiouton gar hē planē di hōn epibouleuei, lyetai houtō goun kai entautha synebē. Hoi men gar dokountes nenikēkenai, houtoi malista kai ę̄schynthēsan, kai hēttēthēsan, kai apōlonto ho de hēttēsthai dokōn, houtos malista kai elampse, kai enikēse kata kratos. Mē dē pantachou zētōmen nikan, mēde pantachou to hēttasthai pheugōmen. Estin hopou nikē men pherei blabēn, hētta de ōpheleian. Kai gar epi tōn thymoumenōn, dokei men ho polla hybrikōs kekratēkenai houtos de malista estin ho hēttētheis hypo tou chalepōtatou pathous, kai blabeis; ho de enenkōn gennaiōs, houtos periegeneto kai enikēse. Kai ho men oude to oikeion ischyse sbesai nosēma; ho de kai to allotrion aneile; kai ho men hypo tou oikeiou hēttēthē, ho de kai tou allotriou periegeneto, kai ou monon autos ou katekaē, alla kai tēn heterou phloga artheisan eis hypsos esbesen. Ei de ēthelēse nikēsai tēn dokousan nikēn einai, kai autos an hēttēthē, kakeinon ekkausas chalepōteron pathein pareskeuasen an, kai kathaper gynaikes, aischrōs kai eleeinōs hypo tou thymou katepalaisthēsan an hekateroi. Nyni de kai tautēs apēllagē tēs aischynēs philosophēsas, kai tropaion lampron kai en heautǭ kai en tǭ plēsion estēse kata tēs orgēs dia tēs kalēs hēttēs.

And to the disciples he says these things, but to those men he says, “Have you come out as against a robber, with swords and clubs, to seize me? Day after day I sat in the temple teaching, and you did not seize me.” See how many things he does that could rouse them. He threw them backward, healed the ear of the servant, threatened them with slaughter—“for those who take the sword will perish by the sword,” he says—and by the healing of the ear he confirmed these things too; showing his power from every side, both from the present and from the future, and showing that seizing him was not the work of their strength. Therefore he also adds, “Day after day I was with you, and sat teaching, and you did not seize me”; by this too showing that his capture came from his own permission. Passing over the miracles, he speaks of his teaching, so as not to seem to boast. “When I was teaching, you did not seize me; when I fell silent, you came against me? I was in the temple, and no one held me; but now, at an untimely hour and in the middle of the night, you come with swords and clubs? What need was there of these weapons against one who was always with you?”—teaching by these things that, had he not given himself up willingly, they could not have prevailed then either. For those who could not hold the one who was in their hands, and who took him in their midst and did not overcome him, would not have prevailed then either, had he not willed it. Then he also solves the difficulty why he willed it then: “For this has happened,” he says, “so that the Scriptures of the prophets might be fulfilled.” Do you see how up to the last hour, even in the very act of being handed over, he did everything for their correction—healing, prophesying, threatening (“For they will perish by the sword,” he says), showing that he suffers willingly (“For day after day I was with you,” he says, “teaching”), showing his harmony with the Father (“so that the Scriptures of the prophets might be fulfilled”)? And why did they not seize him in the temple? Because they would not have dared in the temple because of the crowd. Therefore he also went outside, giving them freedom both of place and of time, and up to the last hour taking away their excuse. For he who, so as to obey the prophets, even gave himself up, how did he teach things contrary to them? “Then all the disciples,” it says, “left him and fled.” For when he was seized, they remained; but when he said these things to the crowds, they fled. For they saw henceforth that it was no longer possible to escape, since he was giving himself up to them willingly and saying that this was happening according to the Scriptures. And when they had fled, they lead him to Caiaphas; but Peter followed and went in, to see the end. Great was the disciple’s warmth: not even when he saw them fleeing did he flee, but stood and went in. And if John too went in, yet he was known to the high priest. And why did they take him there, where they were all gathered? So that they might do everything with the counsel of the chief priests. For he was high priest then, and all were waiting for him there; so they spent the night awake for this. For they did not then eat the Passover, it says, but kept awake for this. For John, having said that it was early morning, added, “They did not enter the praetorium, so that they might not be defiled, but might eat the Passover.” What, then, is one to say? That they ate it on another day, and broke the law, because of their desire for this slaughter. For Christ would not have passed over the time of the Passover; but they, who dared everything and trampled countless laws, did. For since they were boiling greatly with anger, and having often tried to kill him had not been able, having then taken him unexpectedly they chose even to let the Passover go, so as to satisfy their murderous desire. Therefore they were all gathered, and it was a council of pests, and they question some, wishing to put the form of a court on this plot. For their testimonies did not agree, it says; so fabricated was the court, and everything full of tumult and disorder. “But false witnesses came and said, This man said, I will destroy this temple, and in three days I will raise it.” And indeed he said “in three days”; but he did not say, “I destroy,” but, “Destroy”; and not about that temple, but about his own body. What, then, does the high priest do? Wishing to bring him to a defense, so as to catch him by it, he says, “Do you not hear what these testify against you?” But he was silent. For a defense was useless, with no one listening. For this was only the form of a court; but the truth was an attack of robbers, as if they had simply fallen on him in a cave or on a road. Therefore he was silent. But the high priest persisted, saying, “I adjure you by the living God, that you tell us whether you are the Christ, the Son of the living God.” And he said, “You have said it. Nevertheless I tell you, from now on you will see the Son of Man sitting at the right hand of power and coming on the clouds.” Then the high priest tore his garments, saying, “He has blasphemed.” And he did this to make the accusation more vehement, and to heighten what was said by the deed. For since what was said threw the hearers into fear, he did here what they did in the case of Stephen when they stopped their ears. [3] And yet what blasphemy was this? For before too he had said, when they were gathered, “The Lord said to my Lord, Sit at my right hand,” and interpreted the saying; and they dared say nothing, but were silent, and from that time no longer contradicted him. How, then, did they now call what was said blasphemy? And why did Christ too answer so? Taking away all their excuse, since up to the last day he taught that he was the Christ, and that he sits at the right hand of the Father, and that he will come again judging the world; which showed his great harmony with him. Having torn his garments, then, the high priest says, “What do you think?” He does not give the verdict himself, but calls for it from them, as in a case of confessed sins and manifest blasphemy. For since they knew that if the matter came to examination and exact inquiry, it would free him of every charge, they condemn him among themselves, and forestall the hearers, saying, “You have heard the blasphemy,” all but compelling and forcing them to give the verdict. What, then, do they say? “He is liable to death”—so that, taking him as one condemned, they might so press Pilate henceforth … “He is liable to death,” themselves accusing, themselves judging, themselves voting, becoming everything themselves then. And why did they not bring the sabbaths into the midst? Because he had often stopped their mouths; and besides, they wished to catch and condemn him from what was then said. And the high priest, having forestalled them, and having brought the verdict from them, and having drawn all along by tearing his tunic, and leading him away to Pilate as one condemned, so did everything. Before Pilate, at any rate, they say nothing of the kind, but what? “If this man were not an evildoer, we would not have handed him over to you,” attempting to kill him on public charges. And why did they not kill him secretly? They wished to discredit his reputation as well. For since many had already heard him and were admiring and amazed at him, for this reason they were eager that he be slaughtered publicly and before all. But Christ did not prevent it, but used their wickedness for the establishment of the truth, so that his death became manifest. And the opposite of what they wished came about. For they wished to make a show of him, as putting him to shame in this way; but he shone forth the more through these very things. And as they said, “Let us kill him, lest the Romans come and take away both our city and our nation,” and when they had killed him, this happened; so here too they were eager to crucify him publicly, to harm his reputation, and the opposite came about. For that they had authority to kill him by themselves too, hear what Pilate says: “Take him yourselves, and judge him according to your law.” But they were not willing, so that he might seem to have been killed as a lawbreaker, as a usurper, as seditious. Therefore they also crucified robbers with him; therefore they also said, “Do not write, This is the King of the Jews, but that he said so.” But all these things happened for the truth, so that they might not have even a shadow of shameless defense. And at the tomb likewise the seals and the guards made the truth shine forth the more; and the mockeries and jests and revilings did this same again. For such is error: it is undone by the very means by which it plots; so it happened here too. For those who seemed to have conquered, these above all were put to shame and defeated and perished; but he who seemed to be defeated, he above all shone and conquered mightily. Let us not, then, everywhere seek to conquer, nor everywhere flee being defeated. There are times when victory brings harm, and defeat brings benefit. For in the case of angry men, the one who has heaped up insults seems to have prevailed; but he above all is the one defeated by the most grievous passion, and harmed; while the one who bore it nobly, he prevailed and conquered. And the one could not even quench his own disease; but the other removed even another’s; and the one was defeated by his own, but the other prevailed even over another’s, and not only was he himself not burned, but he quenched the other’s flame raised up on high. But if he had wished to win what seems to be victory, he himself too would have been defeated, and by inflaming that man would have made him suffer worse; and like women, both would have been shamefully and pitiably thrown by anger. But as it is, he was freed from this shame too by practicing philosophy, and through the noble defeat he set up a splendid trophy over anger both in himself and in his neighbor.

84.4Field 2

Μὴ δὴ πανταχοῦ ζητῶμεν νικᾶν. Καὶ γὰρ ὁ πλεονεκτήσας τὸν πλεονεκτηθέντα νενίκηκεν, ἀλλὰ κακὴν νίκην, καὶ ὄλεθρον φέρουσαν τῷ νικήσαντι ὁ δὲ πλεονεκτηθεὶς, καὶ δοκῶν νενικῆσθαι, φιλοσόφως ἐνεγκὼν, οὗτος μάλιστά ἐστιν ὁ τὸν στέφανον ἔχων. Πολλαχοῦ γὰρ τὸ ἡττᾶσθαι βέλτιον, καὶ ἔστιν οὗτος ἄριστος νίκης τρόπος. Ἂν τε γὰρ πλεονεκτῇ τις, ἄν τε παίῃ, ἄν τε βασκαίνῃ, ὁ ἡττώμενος καὶ μὴ ὁμόσε χωρῶν, οὗτός ἐστιν ὁ νικῶν. Καὶ τί λέγω πλεονεξίαν καὶ βασκανίαν ; Καὶ γὰρ ὁ εἰς μαρτύριον ἑλκόμενος, οὕτω νικᾷ, δεσμούμενος καὶ μαστιγούμενος καὶ κατακοπτόμενος καὶ σφαττόμενος. Καὶ ὅπερ ἐστὶν ἐν τοῖς πολέμοις ἧττα, τὸ πεσεῖν τὸν ἀγωνιζόμενον, τοῦτο παρ ἡμῖν νίκη. Οὐδαμοῦ γὰρ δρῶντες κακῶς νικῶμεν, ἀλλὰ πανταχοῦ πάσχοντες κακῶς. Οὕτω καὶ ἡ νίκη λαμπροτέρα γίνεται, ὅταν πάσχοντες τῶν δρώντων περιγενώμεθα. ᾿Εντεῦθεν δείκνυται ὅτι θεοῦ ἡ νίκη. Καὶ γὰρ ἐναντίαν ἔχει τῇ ἔξωθεν τὴν φύσιν' ὃ καὶ μάλιστα ἰσχύος τεκμήριον. Οὕτω καὶ αἱ θαλάττιαι πέτραι τῷ παίεσθαι τὰ κύματα διαλύουσιν' οὕτω καὶ οἱ ἅγιοι πάντες ἀνεκηρύχθησαν καὶ ἐστεφανώθησαν, καὶ λαμπρὰ τὰ τρόπαια ἔστησαν, τὴν ἀπράγμονα ταύτην νικῶντες νίκην. Μηδὲ γὰρ κινήσῃς σαυτὸν, φησὶ, μηδὲ κάμῃς· ὁ θεός σοι ταύτην ἔδωκε τὴν ἰσχὺν, ὡς μὴ ἐκ συμπλοκῆς νικᾶν, ἀλλὰ ἀνεχόμενον μόνον. Μὴ παρατάξῃ καὶ αὐτὸς ἐξ ἴσης, καὶ νενίκηκας· μὴ συμπλακῇς, καὶ ἐστεφανώθης. Πολὺ βελτίων εἶ τοῦ ἀνταγωνιστοῦ, καὶ δυνατώτερος. Τί καταισχύνεις σαυτόν; Μὴ δῷς ἐκείνῳ λέγειν, ὅτι συμπλακεὶς περιεγένου, ἀλλ᾽ ἄφες αὐτὸν τεθηπέναι καὶ θαυμάζειν σου τὴν ἄμαχον δύναμιν, καὶ πρὸς πάντας λέγειν, ὅτι καὶ χωρὶς τοῦ συμβαλεῖν ἐνίκησας. Οὕτω καὶ ὁ μακάριος Ἰωσὴφ ἀνεκηρύχθη, πανταχοῦ τῷ πάσχειν κακῶς περιγενόμενος τῶν ποιούντων. Καὶ γὰρ οἱ ἀδελφοὶ καὶ ἡ Αἰγυπτία τῶν ἐπιβουλευόντων ἦσαν ἀλλὰ πάντων οὗτος ἐκράτησε. Μὴ γάρ μοι τὸ δεσμωτήριον, ὅπερ οὗτος ᾧκησε; μηδὲ τὰ βασίλεια, ἔνθα διέτριβεν ἐκείνη, λέγε· ἀλλὰ δεῖξόν μοι, τίς ὁ νικηθεὶς, τίς ὁ ἡττηθεὶς, τίς ὁ ἐν ἀθυμίᾳ, τίς ὁ ἐν ἡδονῇ. ᾿Εκείνη μὲν γὰρ οὐ μόνον τοῦ δικαίου, ἀλλ᾽ οὐδὲ τοῦ οἰκείου ἴσχυσε κρατῆσαι πάθους οὗτος δὲ καὶ αὐτῆς καὶ τοῦ νοσήματος περιεγένετο τοῦ χαλεποῦ. Εἰ δὲ καὶ βούλει, αὐτῶν ἄκουσον τῶν ῥημάτων, καὶ ὄψει τὸ τρόπαιον. Εἰσήγαγες ἡμῖν ὧδε παῖδα ᾿Εβραῖον ἐμπαίζειν ἡμῖν. Οὐχ οὗτος ἐνέπαιξεν, ἀθλία καὶ ταλαίπωρε, ἀλλ᾽ ὁ διάβολος εἰπών, ὅτι δύνασαι κατακλάσαι τὸν ἀδάμαντα. Οὐχ οὗτος εἰσήγαγέ σοι παῖδα ᾿Εβραῖον ἐπιβουλεύοντα, ἀλλ᾽ ὁ πονηρὸς δαίμων τὴν ἀκάθαρτον ἀσέλγειαν ἐκεῖνός σοι ἐνέπαιξε. Τί οὖν ὁ ᾿Ιωσήφ; Σιγᾷ, καὶ οὕτω κατακρίνεται, καθάπερ καὶ ὁ Χριστός. Πάντα γὰρ ἐκεῖνα τύποι τούτων. Καὶ ὁ μὲν ἣν ἐν δεσμοῖς, ἡ δὲ ἐν βασιλείοις. Καὶ τί τοῦτο; Ὁ μὲν γὰρ ἣν στεφανίτου παντὸς λαμπρότερος, καὶ ἐν ἁλύσει μένων ἡ δὲ δεσμώτου παντὸς ἀθλιώτερον διέκειτο, ἐν βασιλικοῖς θαλάμοις διατρίβουσα. Οὐκ ἐντεῦθεν δὲ μόνον τὴν νίκην καὶ τὴν ἧτταν ἔστιν ἰδεῖν, ἀλλὰ καὶ ἀπ᾽ αὐτοῦ τοῦ τέλους. Τίς γὰρ ὅπερ ἠθέλησεν, ἐποίησεν; Ὁ δεσμώτης, ἀλλ᾽ οὐχ ἡ βασίλισσα. Ὁ μὲν γὰρ ἐσπούδαζε τηρῆσαι τὴν σωφροσύνην, ἡ δὲ ἀφελέσθαι. Τίς οὖν ἐποίησεν ὅπερ ἠθέλησεν; ὁ κακῶς παθὼν, ἢ ἡ κακῶς δράσασα; Εὔδηλον ὅτι ὁ παθών. Οὐκοῦν οὗτός ἐστιν ὁ νενικηκώς. Ταῦτα οὖν εἰδότες, ταύτην διώκωμεν τὴν νίκην, τὴν διὰ τοῦ πάσχειν κακῶς ἐκείνην δὲ φεύγωμεν, τὴν διὰ τοῦ δρᾶν κακῶς. Οὕτω γὰρ καὶ τὸν παρόντα βίον μετὰ ἀπραγμοσύνης ἁπάσης καὶ πολλῆς ἡσυχίας ζησόμεθα, καὶ τῶν μελλόντων ἐπιτευξόμεθα ἀγαθῶν, χάριτι καὶ φιλανθρωπίᾳ τοῦ κυρίου ἡμῶν ᾿Ιησοῦ Χριστοῦ, ᾧ ἡ δόξα καὶ τὸ κράτος εἰς τοὺς αἰῶνας τῶν αἰώνων. Ἀμήν.

Mē dē pantachou zētōmen nikan. Kai gar ho pleonektēsas ton pleonektēthenta nenikēken, alla kakēn nikēn, kai olethron pherousan tǭ nikēsanti ho de pleonektētheis, kai dokōn nenikēsthai, philosophōs enenkōn, houtos malista estin ho ton stephanon echōn. Pollachou gar to hēttasthai beltion, kai estin houtos aristos nikēs tropos. An te gar pleonektę̄ tis, an te paię̄, an te baskainę̄, ho hēttōmenos kai mē homose chōrōn, houtos estin ho nikōn. Kai ti legō pleonexian kai baskanian ? Kai gar ho eis martyrion helkomenos, houtō niką, desmoumenos kai mastigoumenos kai katakoptomenos kai sphattomenos. Kai hoper estin en tois polemois hētta, to pesein ton agōnizomenon, touto par hēmin nikē. Oudamou gar drōntes kakōs nikōmen, alla pantachou paschontes kakōs. Houtō kai hē nikē lamprotera ginetai, hotan paschontes tōn drōntōn perigenōmetha. ᾿Enteuthen deiknytai hoti theou hē nikē. Kai gar enantian echei tę̄ exōthen tēn physin' ho kai malista ischyos tekmērion. Houtō kai hai thalattiai petrai tǭ paiesthai ta kymata dialyousin' houtō kai hoi hagioi pantes anekērychthēsan kai estephanōthēsan, kai lampra ta tropaia estēsan, tēn apragmona tautēn nikōntes nikēn. Mēde gar kinēsę̄s sauton, phēsi, mēde kamę̄s; ho theos soi tautēn edōke tēn ischyn, hōs mē ek symplokēs nikan, alla anechomenon monon. Mē parataxę̄ kai autos ex isēs, kai nenikēkas; mē symplakę̄s, kai estephanōthēs. Poly beltiōn ei tou antagōnistou, kai dynatōteros. Ti kataischyneis sauton? Mē dǭs ekeinǭ legein, hoti symplakeis periegenou, all᾽ aphes auton tethēpenai kai thaumazein sou tēn amachon dynamin, kai pros pantas legein, hoti kai chōris tou symbalein enikēsas. Houtō kai ho makarios Iōsēph anekērychthē, pantachou tǭ paschein kakōs perigenomenos tōn poiountōn. Kai gar hoi adelphoi kai hē Aigyptia tōn epibouleuontōn ēsan alla pantōn houtos ekratēse. Mē gar moi to desmōtērion, hoper houtos hǭkēse? mēde ta basileia, entha dietriben ekeinē, lege; alla deixon moi, tis ho nikētheis, tis ho hēttētheis, tis ho en athymią, tis ho en hēdonę̄. ᾿Ekeinē men gar ou monon tou dikaiou, all᾽ oude tou oikeiou ischyse kratēsai pathous houtos de kai autēs kai tou nosēmatos periegeneto tou chalepou. Ei de kai boulei, autōn akouson tōn rhēmatōn, kai opsei to tropaion. Eisēgages hēmin hōde paida ᾿Ebraion empaizein hēmin. Ouch houtos enepaixen, athlia kai talaipōre, all᾽ ho diabolos eipōn, hoti dynasai kataklasai ton adamanta. Ouch houtos eisēgage soi paida ᾿Ebraion epibouleuonta, all᾽ ho ponēros daimōn tēn akatharton aselgeian ekeinos soi enepaixe. Ti oun ho ᾿Iōsēph? Sigą, kai houtō katakrinetai, kathaper kai ho Christos. Panta gar ekeina typoi toutōn. Kai ho men hēn en desmois, hē de en basileiois. Kai ti touto? Ho men gar hēn stephanitou pantos lamproteros, kai en halysei menōn hē de desmōtou pantos athliōteron diekeito, en basilikois thalamois diatribousa. Ouk enteuthen de monon tēn nikēn kai tēn hēttan estin idein, alla kai ap᾽ autou tou telous. Tis gar hoper ēthelēsen, epoiēsen? Ho desmōtēs, all᾽ ouch hē basilissa. Ho men gar espoudaze tērēsai tēn sōphrosynēn, hē de aphelesthai. Tis oun epoiēsen hoper ēthelēsen? ho kakōs pathōn, ē hē kakōs drasasa? Eudēlon hoti ho pathōn. Oukoun houtos estin ho nenikēkōs. Tauta oun eidotes, tautēn diōkōmen tēn nikēn, tēn dia tou paschein kakōs ekeinēn de pheugōmen, tēn dia tou dran kakōs. Houtō gar kai ton paronta bion meta apragmosynēs hapasēs kai pollēs hēsychias zēsometha, kai tōn mellontōn epiteuxometha agathōn, chariti kai philanthrōpią tou kyriou hēmōn ᾿Iēsou Christou, hǭ hē doxa kai to kratos eis tous aiōnas tōn aiōnōn. Amēn.

Let us not, then, everywhere seek to conquer. For the one who has defrauded has conquered the one defrauded, but with an evil victory, bringing destruction on the victor; while the one defrauded, who seems to be conquered, if he bears it philosophically, he above all is the one who has the crown. For in many cases to be defeated is better, and this is the best mode of victory. For whether someone defrauds, or strikes, or envies, the one who is defeated and does not come to grips is the one who conquers. And why do I speak of covetousness and envy? For the one dragged to martyrdom too conquers so, bound and scourged and cut and slaughtered. And what in wars is defeat, the falling of the combatant, this with us is victory. For nowhere do we conquer by doing evil, but everywhere by suffering evil. So the victory becomes more splendid too, when by suffering we prevail over those who do evil. From this it is shown that the victory is God’s. For it has a nature contrary to the outward kind; which is the greatest token of strength. So too the rocks of the sea dissolve the waves by being struck; so too all the saints were proclaimed and crowned and set up splendid trophies, winning this victory free of trouble. “For do not exert yourself,” he says, “nor labor; God has given you this strength, so as to conquer not by grappling, but by enduring only. Do not draw up in battle array against him yourself too, and you have conquered; do not grapple, and you have been crowned. You are far better than your antagonist, and stronger. Why do you shame yourself? Do not let him say that you prevailed by grappling, but let him be astonished and marvel at your invincible power, and say to all that even without engaging you conquered.” So too blessed Joseph was proclaimed, everywhere prevailing over those who did evil by suffering evil. For his brothers and the Egyptian woman were among those who plotted against him; but he mastered them all. For do not tell me of the prison in which he lived, nor of the palace where she spent her time; but show me who was conquered, who was defeated, who was in dejection, who in pleasure. For she could master not only not the righteous man, but not even her own passion; but he prevailed over both her and the grievous disease. And if you wish, hear their very words, and you will see the trophy. “You have brought in to us here a Hebrew servant to mock us.” It was not he who mocked you, wretched and miserable woman, but the devil, who said that you could break the adamant. It was not your husband who brought in to you a Hebrew servant to plot against you, but the evil demon brought in the unclean licentiousness; it was he who mocked you. What, then, does Joseph do? He is silent, and so is condemned, just as Christ too. For all those things are types of these. And he was in bonds, she in a palace. And what of it? For he was more splendid than any crowned victor, even while he remained in chains; she was more wretched than any prisoner, while she lived in royal chambers. And not from this only can one see the victory and the defeat, but also from the very end. For who did what he wished? The prisoner, not the queen. For he was zealous to keep his chastity, she to take it away. Who, then, did what he wished, the one who suffered evil or the one who did evil? Plainly the one who suffered. So he is the one who has conquered. Knowing these things, then, let us pursue this victory, the one through suffering evil, and flee that one, through doing evil. For so we will both live the present life with all freedom from trouble and much quiet, and obtain the good things to come, by the grace and love for mankind of our Lord Jesus Christ, to whom be glory and might to the ages of ages. Amen.

Chapter 85

85.1Field 2

Τότε ἐνέπτυσαν εἰς τὸ πρόσωπον αὐτοῦ, καὶ ἐκολάφισαν αὐτόν· οἱ δὲ ἐῤῥάπισαν, λέγοντες προφήτευσον ἡμῖν, Χριστὲ, τίς ἐστιν ὁ παίσας σε; Διατί ταῦτα ἐποίουν, ἀναιρεῖν μέλλοντες; τίς χρεία τῆς κωμῳδίας ταύτης ἦν; Ἵνα μάθῃς αὐτῶν τὸν ἀκόλαστον τρόπον διὰ πάντων᾽ καὶ ὅτι καθάπερ θήραμα εὑρόντες, οὕτω τὴν ἑαυτῶν ἐνεδείκνυντο παροινίαν, καὶ τῆς μανίας ἐνεφοροῦντο, ἑορτὴν ταύτην ποιούμενοι, καὶ μεθ᾽ ἡδονῆς ἐπιόντες, καὶ τὸν φονικὸν αὐτῶν ἐνδεικνύμενοι τρόπον. Σὺ δέ μοι θαύμασον τῶν μαθητῶν τὴν φιλοσοφίαν, μεθ᾽ ὅσης αὐτὰ ἀκριβείας ἀπαγγέλλουσιν. Ὅθεν τὸ φιλάληθες αὐτῶν ἦθος διαδείκνυται, ὅτι τὰ δοκοῦντα εἶναι ἐπονείδιστα ἐξηγοῦνται μετὰ ἀληθείας ἁπάσης, οὐδὲν ἀποκρυπτόμενοι, οὐδὲ ἐπαισχυνόμενοι, ἀλλὰ καὶ δόξαν ἡγούμενοι μεγίστην, ὥσπερ οὖν καὶ ἦν, τὸ τὸν δεσπότην τῆς οἰκουμένης ὑπὲρ ἡμῶν τοιαῦτα πάσχοντα ἀνέχεσθαι. Τοῦτο καὶ τὴν αὐτοῦ κηδεμονίαν ἐδείκνυ τὴν ἄφατον, καὶ τὴν πονηρίαν ἐκείνων τὴν ἀσύγγνωστον, οἱ ταῦτα ἐτόλμων εἰς τὸν οὕτως ἥμερον καὶ πρᾶον, καὶ τοιαῦτα κατεπάδοντα, οἷα καὶ λέοντα ἀρνίον ποιῆσαι ἱκανὰ ἦν. Οὐδὲν γὰρ οὔτε αὐτὸς ἐνέλιπεν ἡμερότητος, οὔτε αὐτοὶ ὕβρεως καὶ ἀπηνείας, δι᾽ ὧν ἐποίουν, δι᾽ ὧν ἔλεγον. Ἅπερ ἅπαντα καὶ ὁ προφήτης Ἡσαΐας προὔλεγεν, οὕτω προαναφωνῶν, καὶ ἑνὶ ῥήματι πᾶσαν ταύτην ἐμφαίνων τὴν ὕβριν. Ὃν τρόπον γὰρ ἐκστήσονται πολλοὶ ἐπὶ σὲ, φησὶν, οὕτως ἀδοξήσει ἀπὸ ἀνθρώπων τὸ εἶδος σου, καὶ ἡ δόξα σου ἀπὸ υἱῶν ἀνθρώπων. Τί γὰρ τῆς ὕβρεως ταύτης ἴσον γένοιτ᾽ ἄν; Εἰς τὸ πρόσωπον ἐκεῖνο, ὃ ἡ θάλασσα ἰδοῦσα ἠδέσθη, ὃ ἐπὶ σταυροῦ θεασάμενος ὁ ἥλιος τὰς ἀκτῖνας ἀπέστρεψεν, ἐνέπτυον καὶ ἐῤῥάπιζον, καὶ ἐπὶ τῆς κεφαλῆς ἔτυπτον, ἐμφορούμενοι μετὰ δαψιλείας ἁπάσης τῆς ἑαυτῶν μανίας. Καὶ γὰρ πληγὰς τὰς πασῶν ὑβριστικωτέρας ἐνέτεινον, κολαφίζοντες, ῥαπίζοντες, καὶ ταῖς πληγαῖς ταύταις τὴν ἀπὸ τοῦ ἐμπτύειν προσετίθεσαν ὕβριν. Καὶ ῥήματα πάλιν πολλῆς γέμοντα κωμῳδίας ἐφθέγγοντο λέγοντες προφήτευσον ἡμῖν, Χριστὲ, τίς ἐστιν ὁ παίσας σε; ἐπειδὴ προφήτην αὐτὸν ἔλεγον οἱ πολλοί. Ἕτερος δέ φησιν, ὅτι καὶ περιβαλόντες τὸ πρόσωπον αὐτοῦ τῷ ἱματίῳ, ταῦτα ἐποίουν, ὥσπερ τινὰ ἄτιμον καὶ τριωβολιμαῖον εἰς μέσον λαβόντες. Καὶ οὐκ ἐλεύθεροι μόνον, ἀλλὰ καὶ δοῦλοι ταύτην τὴν παροινίαν εἰς αὐτὸν ἐπαροίνουν τότε. Ταῦτα ἀναγινώσκωμεν συνεχῶς, ταῦτα ἀκούωμεν ὡς χρή· ταῦτα ἐγγράφωμεν ἡμῶν τῇ διανοίᾳ καὶ γὰρ ταῦτα ἡμῶν τὰ σεμνά. ᾿Επὶ τούτοις ἐγὼ μέγα φρονῶ, οὐ μόνον ἐπὶ τοῖς μυρίοις νεκροῖς οἷς ἀνέστησεν, ἀλλὰ καὶ ἐπὶ τοῖς παθήμασιν οἷς ἔπαθε. Ταῦτα ἄνω καὶ κάτω Παῦλος στρέφει τὸν σταυρὸν, τὸν θάνατον, τὰ πάθη, τὰς λοιδορίας, τὰς ὕβρεις, τὰ σκώμματα. Καὶ νῦν μέν φησιν· ἐξερχώμεθα πρὸς αὐτὸν, τὸν ὀνειδισμὸν αὐτοῦ φέροντες νῦν δὲ, ὃς ἀντὶ τῆς προκειμένης αὐτῷ χαρᾶς ὑπέμεινε σταυρὸν, αἰσχύνης καταφρονήσας. Ὁ δὲ Πέτρος ἐκάθητο ἐν τῇ αὐλῇ ἔξω καὶ προσῆλθεν αὐτῷ μία παιδίσκη λέγουσα καὶ σὺ ἦσθα μετὰ ᾿Ιησοῦ τοῦ Γαλιλαίου. Ὁ δὲ ἠρνήσατο ἔμπροσθεν αὐτῶν πάντων λέγων, οὐκ οἶδα τί λέγεις. ᾿Εξελθόντα δὲ αὐτὸν εἰς τὸν πυλῶνα, εἶδεν αὐτὸν ἄλλη, καὶ λέγει ἐκεῖ καὶ οὗτος ἦν μετὰ ᾿Ιησοῦ τοῦ Ναζωραίου. Καὶ πάλιν ἠρνήσατο μεθ᾽ ὅρκου. Μετὰ μικρὸν δὲ προσελθόντες οἱ ἑστῶτες εἶπον τῷ Πέτρῳ ἀληθῶς καὶ σὺ ἐξ αὐτῶν εἶ· καὶ γὰρ ἡ λαλιά σου δῆλόν σε ποιεῖ. Τότε ἤρξατο καταθεματίζειν καὶ ὀμνύειν, ὅτι οὐκ οἶδα τὸν ἄνθρωπον. Καὶ εὐθέως ἀλέκτωρ ἐφώνησε. Καὶ ἐμνήσθη ὁ Πέτρος τοῦ ῥήματος τοῦ Ἰησοῦ, εἰρηκότος, ὅτι πρὶν ἀλέκτορα φωνῆσαι, τρὶς ἀπαρνήσῃ με. Καὶ ἐξελθὼν ἔξω, ἔκλαυσε πικρῶς. Ὢ καινῶν καὶ παραδόξων πραγμάτων. Ὅτε μὲν κατεχόμενον εἶδε τὸν διδάσκαλον μόνον, οὕτως ἔζεεν, ὡς καὶ τὴν μάχαιραν σπάσασθαι, καὶ ἐκκόψαι τὸ ὠτίον' ὅτε δὲ μᾶλλον ἀγανακτῆσαι εἰκὸς ἦν, καὶ πυρωθῆναι καὶ ἐκκαυθῆναι, λοιδοριῶν τοιούτων ἀκούοντα, τότε ἔξαρνος γίνεται. Τίνα γὰρ οὐκ ἂν ἐξῆψεν εἰς μανίαν τὰ τότε γινόμενα; Ἀλλ᾽ ὅμως ὁ μαθητὴς ὑπὸ τοῦ δέους καταγωνισθεὶς οὐ μόνον οὐκ ἐνδείκνυται ἀγανάκτησιν, ἀλλὰ καὶ ἀρνεῖται, καὶ κορασίον ταλαιπώρου καὶ εὐτελοῦς ἀπειλὴν οὐ φέρει καὶ οὐδὲ ἅπαξ μόνον, ἀλλὰ καὶ δεύτερον καὶ τρίτον ἀρνεῖται, καὶ ἐν χρόνῳ βραχεῖ, καὶ οὐδὲ ἐπὶ δικαστῶν ἔξω γὰρ ἦν· ἐξελθόντα γὰρ αὐτὸν εἰς τὸν πυλῶνα ἠρώτησαν καὶ οὐδὲ ἤσθετο ταχέως τοῦ πτώματος. Καὶ τοῦτο ὁ Λουκᾶς φησιν, ὅτι ἐνέβλεψεν εἰς αὐτὸν ὁ Χριστὸς, δεικνὺς ὅτι οὐ μόνον ἠρνήσατο, ἀλλ᾽ οὐδὲ ἀνεμνήσθη οἴκοθεν, καὶ ταῦτα τοῦ ἀλεκτρυόνος φωνήσαντος, ἀλλ᾽ ἐδεήθη τῆς τοῦ διδασκάλου πάλιν ὑπομνήσεως, καὶ τὸ βλέμμα αὐτῷ γέγονεν ἀντὶ φωνῆς οὕτω περιδεὴς ἦν. Ὁ δὲ Μάρκος φησὶν, ὅτι ὅτε μὲν ἅπαξ ἠρνήσατο, τότε πρῶτον ἐφώνησεν ὁ ἀλεκτρυὼν, ὅτε δὲ τρίτον, τότε δεύτερον, ἀκριβέστερον ἐξηγούμενος τοῦ μαθητοῦ τὴν ἀσθένειαν, καὶ τὸ σφόδρα αὐτὸν ἀποτεθνηκέναι τῷ δέει, καὶ ταῦτα παρ᾽ αὐτοῦ τοῦ διδασκάλου μαθών' καὶ γὰρ φοιτητὴς ἦν Πέτρου. Ὅθεν μάλιστα ἄν τις αὐτὸν ἐκπλαγείη, ὅτι οὐ μόνον οὐκ ἔκρυψε τὸ ἐλάττωμα τοῦ διδασκάλου, ἀλλὰ καὶ τῶν ἄλλων σαφέστερον ἀπήγγειλεν, αὐτῷ τούτῳ τῷ μαθητὴς εἶναι.

Tote eneptysan eis to prosōpon autou, kai ekolaphisan auton; hoi de errhapisan, legontes prophēteuson hēmin, Christe, tis estin ho paisas se? Diati tauta epoioun, anairein mellontes? tis chreia tēs kōmǭdias tautēs ēn? Hina mathę̄s autōn ton akolaston tropon dia pantōn᾽ kai hoti kathaper thērama heurontes, houtō tēn heautōn enedeiknynto paroinian, kai tēs manias enephorounto, heortēn tautēn poioumenoi, kai meth᾽ hēdonēs epiontes, kai ton phonikon autōn endeiknymenoi tropon. Sy de moi thaumason tōn mathētōn tēn philosophian, meth᾽ hosēs auta akribeias apangellousin. Hothen to philalēthes autōn ēthos diadeiknytai, hoti ta dokounta einai eponeidista exēgountai meta alētheias hapasēs, ouden apokryptomenoi, oude epaischynomenoi, alla kai doxan hēgoumenoi megistēn, hōsper oun kai ēn, to ton despotēn tēs oikoumenēs hyper hēmōn toiauta paschonta anechesthai. Touto kai tēn autou kēdemonian edeikny tēn aphaton, kai tēn ponērian ekeinōn tēn asyngnōston, hoi tauta etolmōn eis ton houtōs hēmeron kai praon, kai toiauta katepadonta, hoia kai leonta arnion poiēsai hikana ēn. Ouden gar oute autos enelipen hēmerotētos, oute autoi hybreōs kai apēneias, di᾽ hōn epoioun, di᾽ hōn elegon. Haper hapanta kai ho prophētēs Hēsaïas proulegen, houtō proanaphōnōn, kai heni rhēmati pasan tautēn emphainōn tēn hybrin. Hon tropon gar ekstēsontai polloi epi se, phēsin, houtōs adoxēsei apo anthrōpōn to eidos sou, kai hē doxa sou apo huiōn anthrōpōn. Ti gar tēs hybreōs tautēs ison genoit᾽ an? Eis to prosōpon ekeino, ho hē thalassa idousa ēdesthē, ho epi staurou theasamenos ho hēlios tas aktinas apestrepsen, eneptyon kai errhapizon, kai epi tēs kephalēs etypton, emphoroumenoi meta dapsileias hapasēs tēs heautōn manias. Kai gar plēgas tas pasōn hybristikōteras eneteinon, kolaphizontes, rhapizontes, kai tais plēgais tautais tēn apo tou emptyein prosetithesan hybrin. Kai rhēmata palin pollēs gemonta kōmǭdias ephthengonto legontes prophēteuson hēmin, Christe, tis estin ho paisas se? epeidē prophētēn auton elegon hoi polloi. Heteros de phēsin, hoti kai peribalontes to prosōpon autou tǭ himatiǭ, tauta epoioun, hōsper tina atimon kai triōbolimaion eis meson labontes. Kai ouk eleutheroi monon, alla kai douloi tautēn tēn paroinian eis auton eparoinoun tote. Tauta anaginōskōmen synechōs, tauta akouōmen hōs chrē; tauta engraphōmen hēmōn tę̄ dianoią kai gar tauta hēmōn ta semna. ᾿Epi toutois egō mega phronō, ou monon epi tois myriois nekrois hois anestēsen, alla kai epi tois pathēmasin hois epathe. Tauta anō kai katō Paulos strephei ton stauron, ton thanaton, ta pathē, tas loidorias, tas hybreis, ta skōmmata. Kai nyn men phēsin; exerchōmetha pros auton, ton oneidismon autou pherontes nyn de, hos anti tēs prokeimenēs autǭ charas hypemeine stauron, aischynēs kataphronēsas. Ho de Petros ekathēto en tę̄ aulę̄ exō kai prosēlthen autǭ mia paidiskē legousa kai sy ēstha meta ᾿Iēsou tou Galilaiou. Ho de ērnēsato emprosthen autōn pantōn legōn, ouk oida ti legeis. ᾿Exelthonta de auton eis ton pylōna, eiden auton allē, kai legei ekei kai houtos ēn meta ᾿Iēsou tou Nazōraiou. Kai palin ērnēsato meth᾽ horkou. Meta mikron de proselthontes hoi hestōtes eipon tǭ Petrǭ alēthōs kai sy ex autōn ei; kai gar hē lalia sou dēlon se poiei. Tote ērxato katathematizein kai omnyein, hoti ouk oida ton anthrōpon. Kai eutheōs alektōr ephōnēse. Kai emnēsthē ho Petros tou rhēmatos tou Iēsou, eirēkotos, hoti prin alektora phōnēsai, tris aparnēsę̄ me. Kai exelthōn exō, eklause pikrōs. Ō kainōn kai paradoxōn pragmatōn. Hote men katechomenon eide ton didaskalon monon, houtōs ezeen, hōs kai tēn machairan spasasthai, kai ekkopsai to ōtion' hote de mallon aganaktēsai eikos ēn, kai pyrōthēnai kai ekkauthēnai, loidoriōn toioutōn akouonta, tote exarnos ginetai. Tina gar ouk an exēpsen eis manian ta tote ginomena? All᾽ homōs ho mathētēs hypo tou deous katagōnistheis ou monon ouk endeiknytai aganaktēsin, alla kai arneitai, kai korasion talaipōrou kai eutelous apeilēn ou pherei kai oude hapax monon, alla kai deuteron kai triton arneitai, kai en chronǭ brachei, kai oude epi dikastōn exō gar ēn; exelthonta gar auton eis ton pylōna ērōtēsan kai oude ēstheto tacheōs tou ptōmatos. Kai touto ho Loukas phēsin, hoti eneblepsen eis auton ho Christos, deiknys hoti ou monon ērnēsato, all᾽ oude anemnēsthē oikothen, kai tauta tou alektryonos phōnēsantos, all᾽ edeēthē tēs tou didaskalou palin hypomnēseōs, kai to blemma autǭ gegonen anti phōnēs houtō perideēs ēn. Ho de Markos phēsin, hoti hote men hapax ērnēsato, tote prōton ephōnēsen ho alektryōn, hote de triton, tote deuteron, akribesteron exēgoumenos tou mathētou tēn astheneian, kai to sphodra auton apotethnēkenai tǭ deei, kai tauta par᾽ autou tou didaskalou mathōn' kai gar phoitētēs ēn Petrou. Hothen malista an tis auton ekplageiē, hoti ou monon ouk ekrypse to elattōma tou didaskalou, alla kai tōn allōn saphesteron apēngeilen, autǭ toutǭ tǭ mathētēs einai.

“Then they spat in his face and struck him; and others slapped him, saying, Prophesy to us, Christ, who is it that struck you?”

Why did they do these things, when they were about to kill him? What need was there of this comedy? So that you may learn their licentious character through everything; and that, as if they had found a prey, so they displayed their drunken insolence and glutted themselves with their madness, making this a feast, and attacking him with pleasure, and displaying their murderous character. But marvel, I pray, at the philosophy of the disciples, with what exactness they report these things. From this their truth-loving character is shown, that they narrate with all truth what seems to be shameful, hiding nothing and not being ashamed, but even thinking it the greatest glory, as indeed it was, that the Master of the world bore to suffer such things for us. This showed both his unspeakable care, and the unpardonable wickedness of those who dared these things against one so gentle and meek, who sang over them such words as were enough to make even a lion a lamb. For neither did he fall short in any gentleness, nor they in insolence and harshness, by what they did and by what they said. All of which the prophet Isaiah too foretold, proclaiming it beforehand thus, and showing all this insolence in one word: “As many will be astonished at you,” he says, “so will your appearance be without glory from men, and your glory from the sons of men.” For what could equal this insolence? On that face, which the sea saw and reverenced, which the sun beheld on the cross and turned back its rays, they spat and slapped it, and struck him on the head, glutting themselves abundantly with all their madness. For they inflicted the most insulting blows of all, buffeting and slapping, and to these blows they added the insult of spitting. And again they uttered words full of much mockery, saying, “Prophesy to us, Christ, who is it that struck you?” since the many called him a prophet. And another evangelist says that they also covered his face with a garment and did these things, as if they had taken some worthless three-obol fellow into their midst. And not free men only, but slaves too then poured out this drunken insolence upon him.

Let us read these things continually, let us hear them as we ought, let us write them in our minds; for these are our glories. In these I pride myself, not only in the countless dead whom he raised, but also in the sufferings which he suffered. These things Paul turns over up and down: the cross, the death, the sufferings, the revilings, the insults, the jests. And now he says, “Let us go out to him, bearing his reproach”; and now, “who for the joy set before him endured the cross, despising the shame.” “But Peter was sitting outside in the courtyard; and a servant girl came to him, saying, You too were with Jesus the Galilean. But he denied it before them all, saying, I do not know what you are saying. And when he went out to the gateway, another girl saw him, and says to those there, This man too was with Jesus the Nazarene. And again he denied it with an oath. And after a little while those who stood by came and said to Peter, Truly you too are one of them, for your speech also betrays you. Then he began to curse and to swear, I do not know the man. And immediately the cock crowed. And Peter remembered the word of Jesus, who had said, Before the cock crows you will deny me three times. And he went out and wept bitterly.” O new and strange things! When he saw the Teacher only being seized, he was so heated as to draw his sword and cut off the ear; but when it was more fitting to be indignant and fired and inflamed, on hearing such revilings, then he denies him. For whom would not the things then happening have kindled to madness? But nevertheless the disciple, overcome by fear, not only shows no indignation but even denies him, and does not bear the threat of a wretched and paltry girl; and not once only, but a second and a third time he denies, and in a short time, and not even before judges; for he was outside; for they questioned him when he had gone out to the gateway; and he did not even quickly perceive his fall. And Luke says this, that Christ looked at him, showing that not only did he deny, but he did not even remember of himself, and that though the cock had crowed, but he needed the Teacher’s reminder again, and the look took the place of a voice for him; so very fearful was he. And Mark says that when he had denied once, then the cock crowed the first time, and when he had denied the third time, then the second, explaining more exactly the disciple’s weakness, and how he was utterly dead with fear, having learned these things from his teacher himself; for he was a follower of Peter. Hence especially one might be amazed at him, that not only did he not hide his teacher’s defect, but declared it more clearly than the others, for the very reason that he was his disciple.

85.2Field 2

Πῶς οὖν ἀληθὲς τὸ εἰρημένον, τοῦ μὲν Ματθαίου λέγοντος, ὅτι εἶπεν, ἀμὴν λέγω σοι, ὅτι πρὶν ἀλέκτορα φωνῆσαι, τρὶς ἀπαρνήσῃ με, τοῦ δὲ Μάρκου μετὰ τὸ τρίτον λέγοντος, ὅτι ἐκ δευτέρου ἀλέκτωρ ἐφώνησε; Σφόδρα μὲν οὖν καὶ ἀληθὲς, καὶ σύμφωνον. ᾿Επειδὴ γὰρ καθ᾽ ἑκάστην ἀγωγὴν καὶ τρίτον καὶ τέταρτον φωνεῖν εἴωθεν ὁ ἀλεκτρυὼν, δηλῶν ὁ Μάρκος, ὅτι οὐδὲ ἡ φωνὴ αὐτὸν ἐπέσχε καὶ εἰς μνήμην ἤγαγε, τοῦτό φησιν. Ὥστε ἀμφότερα ἀληθῆ. Πρὶν ἢ γὰρ τὴν μίαν ἀγωγὴν ἀπαρτίσαι τὸν ἀλεκτρυόνα, τρίτον ἠρνήσατο. Καὶ οὐδὲ ὑπὸ τοῦ Χριστοῦ τῆς ἁμαρτίας ἀναμνησθεὶς, κλαῦσαι ἐτόλμα φανερῶς, μὴ κατηγορηθῇ διὰ τῶν δακρύων· ἀλλ᾽ ἐξελθὼν ἔξω ἔκλαυσε πικρῶς. Καὶ γενομένης ἡμέρας ἄγουσι τὸν ᾿Ιησοῦν ἀπὸ τοῦ Καϊάφα ἐπὶ τὸν Πιλάτον. ᾿Επειδη γὰρ ἠβούλοντο αὐτὸν ἀνελεῖν, αὐτοὶ δὲ οὐκ ἴσχυον διὰ τὴν ἑορτὴν, ἐπὶ τὸν ἡγεμόνα ἄγουσι. Σὺ δέ μοι σκόπει πῶς συνηλάθη τὸ πρᾶγμα, ὥστε ἐν ἑορτῇ γενέσθαι. Οὕτω γὰρ ἄνωθεν προδιετετύπωτο. Τότε ἰδὼν ᾿Ιούδας, ὁ παραδιδοὺς αὐτὸν, ὅτι κατεκρίθη, μεταμεληθεὶς ἀπέστρεψε τὰ τριάκοντα ἀργύρια. Τοῦτο καὶ ἐκείνου καὶ τούτων κατηγορία· τοῦ μὲν, οὐχ ὅτι μετεμελήθη, ἀλλ᾽ ὅτι ὀψὲ καὶ βραδέως, καὶ αὐτοκατάκριτος γέγονεν ὅτι γὰρ παρέδωκεν, αὐτὸς ὡμολόγησε τῶν δὲ, ὅτι κύριοι ὄντες μεταθέσθαι, οὐ μετενόησαν. Σκόπει δὲ πότε μεταμελεῖται. Ὅτε ἀπηρτίσθη καὶ τέλος ἔλαβεν ἡ ἁμαρτία. Τοιοῦτος γὰρ ὁ διάβολος οὐκ ἀφίησι τοὺς μὴ νήφοντας ἰδεῖν πρὸ τούτου τὸ κακὸν, ἵνα μὴ μετανοήσῃ ὁ ἁλούς. Τοσαῦτα γοῦν λέγοντος τοῦ Ἰησοῦ, οὐκ ἐπεκάμφθη ἐπειδὴ δὲ ἀπηρτίσθη τὸ πλημμέλημα, τότε ἐπεισῆλθεν αὐτῷ ἡ μετάνοια καὶ οὐδὲ τότε χρησίμως. Τὸ μὲν γὰρ καταγνῶναι, καὶ τὸ ῥῖψαι τὰ ἀργύρια, καὶ τὸ μὴ αἰδεσθῆναι τὸν Ἰουδαϊκὸν δῆμον, πάντα ἀποδεκτά᾽ τὸ δὲ ἀπάγξασθαι, τοῦτο πάλιν ἀσύγγνωστον, καὶ πονηροῦ δαίμονος ἔργον. Προεξήγαγε γὰρ αὐτὸν τῆς μετανοίας, ἵνα μηδὲν ἐντεῦθεν καρπώσηται καὶ θανάτῳ αἰσχίστῳ καὶ καταδήλῳ πᾶσιν ἀναιρεῖ, πείσας ἑαυτὸν ἀπολέσαι. Σὺ δέ μοι σκόπει πανταχόθεν τὴν ἀλήθειαν λάμπουσαν, καὶ δι᾽ ὧν οἱ ἐναντίοι καὶ ποιοῦσι καὶ πάσχουσι. Καὶ γὰρ καὶ αὐτὴ τοῦ προδότου ἡ τελευτὴ τῶν κατακρινάντων αὐτὸν ἀποῤῥάπτει τὰ στόματα, καὶ οὐκ ἀφίησιν αὐτοὺς οὐδὲ σκιάν τινα ἀναισχύντου γοῦν ἀπολογίας ἔχειν. Τί γὰρ ἂν ἔχοιεν εἰπεῖν ἐκεῖνοι, ὅταν ὁ προδότης τοιαῦτα καθ᾽ ἑαυτοῦ ψηφιζόμενος φαίνηται; Ἴδωμεν δὲ καὶ τὰ ῥήματα, ἅ φησιν. Ἀπέστρεψε τὰ τριάκοντα ἀργύρια τοῖς ἀρχιερεῦσι, καὶ λέγει ἥμαρτον παραδοὺς αἷμα ἀθῷον. Οἱ δὲ εἶπον τί πρὸς ἡμᾶς; σὺ ὄψει. Καὶ ῥίψας τὰ ἀργύρια εἰς τὸν ναὸν, ἀνεχώρησε, καὶ ἀπελθὼν ἀπήγξατο. Οὐδὲ γὰρ ἤνεγκε τὸ συνειδὸς μαστίζον αὐτόν. Σκόπει δέ μοι καὶ τοὺς Ἰουδαίους τὰ αὐτὰ πάσχοντας. Καὶ γὰρ καὶ οὗτοι ἀφ᾽ ὧν ἔπαθον ὀφείλοντες διορθωθῆναι, οὐ πρότερον ἵστανται, ἕως ἂν τὴν ἁμαρτίαν πληρώσωσιν. Ἡ μὲν γὰρ τούτου πεπλήρωτο ἁμαρτία· προδοσία γὰρ ἦν ἡ δὲ ἐκείνων οὐδέπω. Ὅτε δὲ καὶ ἐκεῖνοι ἀπήρτισαν, καὶ προσήλωσαν αὐτὸν, τότε καὶ αὐτοὶ ταράττονται νῦν μὲν λέγοντες, μὴ γράφε, ὅτι οὗτός ἐστιν ὁ βασιλεὺς τῶν ᾿Ιουδαίων (καίτοιγε τί δεδοίκατε; τί θορυβεῖσθε, νεκροῦ σώματος ἐπὶ σταυροῦ προσηλωμένου;) νῦν δὲ φυλάττουσιν αὐτὸν, λέγοντες μήποτε κλέψωσιν αὐτὸν οἱ μαθηταὶ αὐτοῦ, καὶ εἴπωσιν ὅτι ἀνέστη, καὶ ἔσται ἡ ἐσχάτη πλάνη χείρων τῆς πρώτης. Καὶ μὴν ἐὰν εἴπωσιν, ἐλέγχεται τὸ πρᾶγμα, ἐὰν μὴ ἀληθὲς ᾖ. Πῶς δὲ ἐροῦσιν οἱ μηδὲ στῆναι τολμήσαντες, κατασχεθέντος αὐτοῦ, ὁ δὲ κορυφαῖος καὶ τρὶς αὐτὸν ἠρνήσατο, κορασίου μὴ φέρων ἀπειλήν; Ἀλλ᾽, ὅπερ ἔφην, ἐταράττοντο λοιπόν. Ὅτι γὰρ ἤδεσαν παρανομίαν τὸ πρᾶγμα, δῆλον ἐξ ὧν ἔλεγον, σὺ ὄψει. Ἀκούσατε οἱ φιλάργυροι, ἐννοήσατε τί ἔπαθεν ἐκεῖνος πῶς καὶ τῶν χρημάτων ἐξέπεσε, καὶ τὴν ἁμαρτίαν εἰργάσατο, καὶ τὴν ψυχὴν ἀπώλεσε τὴν ἑαυτοῦ. Τοιαύτη τῆς φιλαργυρίας ἡ τυραννίς. Οὐδὲ τοῦ ἀργυρίου ἀπώνατο, οὐδὲ τῆς παρούσης ζωῆς, οὐδὲ τῆς μελλούσης· ἀλλὰ πάντα ἀθρόον ἀπέβαλε, καὶ δόξαν λαβὼν πονηρὰν παρ᾽ αὐτοῖς ἐκείνοις, οὕτως ἀπήγξατο. ᾿Αλλ᾽, ὅπερ ἔφην, μετὰ τὸ πρᾶξαι, τότε τινὲς διαβλέπουσιν. Ὅρα γοῦν καὶ τούτους τέως οὐκ ἐθέλοντας αἰσθάνεσθαι σαφῶς τοῦ τολμήματος, ἀλλὰ λέγοντας, σὺ ὄψει· ὃ καὶ αὐτὸ μέγιστον ἦν αὐτῶν ἔγκλημα. Τοῦτο γὰρ μαρτυρούντων μέν ἐστι τῇ τόλμῃ καὶ τῇ παρανομίᾳ, ὑπὸ δὲ τοῦ πάθους μεθυόντων, καὶ οὐκ ἐθελόντων ἀποσχέσθαι τῆς σατανικῆς ἐγχειρήσεως, ἀλλὰ πεπλασμένης ἀγνοίας παραπετάσματι περιστέλλοντας

Pōs oun alēthes to eirēmenon, tou men Matthaiou legontos, hoti eipen, amēn legō soi, hoti prin alektora phōnēsai, tris aparnēsę̄ me, tou de Markou meta to triton legontos, hoti ek deuterou alektōr ephōnēse? Sphodra men oun kai alēthes, kai symphōnon. ᾿Epeidē gar kath᾽ hekastēn agōgēn kai triton kai tetarton phōnein eiōthen ho alektryōn, dēlōn ho Markos, hoti oude hē phōnē auton epesche kai eis mnēmēn ēgage, touto phēsin. Hōste amphotera alēthē. Prin ē gar tēn mian agōgēn apartisai ton alektryona, triton ērnēsato. Kai oude hypo tou Christou tēs hamartias anamnēstheis, klausai etolma phanerōs, mē katēgorēthę̄ dia tōn dakryōn; all᾽ exelthōn exō eklause pikrōs. Kai genomenēs hēmeras agousi ton ᾿Iēsoun apo tou Kaïapha epi ton Pilaton. ᾿Epeidē gar ēboulonto auton anelein, autoi de ouk ischyon dia tēn heortēn, epi ton hēgemona agousi. Sy de moi skopei pōs synēlathē to pragma, hōste en heortę̄ genesthai. Houtō gar anōthen prodietetypōto. Tote idōn ᾿Ioudas, ho paradidous auton, hoti katekrithē, metamelētheis apestrepse ta triakonta argyria. Touto kai ekeinou kai toutōn katēgoria; tou men, ouch hoti metemelēthē, all᾽ hoti opse kai bradeōs, kai autokatakritos gegonen hoti gar paredōken, autos hōmologēse tōn de, hoti kyrioi ontes metathesthai, ou metenoēsan. Skopei de pote metameleitai. Hote apērtisthē kai telos elaben hē hamartia. Toioutos gar ho diabolos ouk aphiēsi tous mē nēphontas idein pro toutou to kakon, hina mē metanoēsę̄ ho halous. Tosauta goun legontos tou Iēsou, ouk epekamphthē epeidē de apērtisthē to plēmmelēma, tote epeisēlthen autǭ hē metanoia kai oude tote chrēsimōs. To men gar katagnōnai, kai to rhipsai ta argyria, kai to mē aidesthēnai ton Ioudaïkon dēmon, panta apodekta᾽ to de apanxasthai, touto palin asyngnōston, kai ponērou daimonos ergon. Proexēgage gar auton tēs metanoias, hina mēden enteuthen karpōsētai kai thanatǭ aischistǭ kai katadēlǭ pasin anairei, peisas heauton apolesai. Sy de moi skopei pantachothen tēn alētheian lampousan, kai di᾽ hōn hoi enantioi kai poiousi kai paschousi. Kai gar kai autē tou prodotou hē teleutē tōn katakrinantōn auton aporrhaptei ta stomata, kai ouk aphiēsin autous oude skian tina anaischyntou goun apologias echein. Ti gar an echoien eipein ekeinoi, hotan ho prodotēs toiauta kath᾽ heautou psēphizomenos phainētai? Idōmen de kai ta rhēmata, ha phēsin. Apestrepse ta triakonta argyria tois archiereusi, kai legei hēmarton paradous haima athǭon. Hoi de eipon ti pros hēmas? sy opsei. Kai rhipsas ta argyria eis ton naon, anechōrēse, kai apelthōn apēnxato. Oude gar ēnenke to syneidos mastizon auton. Skopei de moi kai tous Ioudaious ta auta paschontas. Kai gar kai houtoi aph᾽ hōn epathon opheilontes diorthōthēnai, ou proteron histantai, heōs an tēn hamartian plērōsōsin. Hē men gar toutou peplērōto hamartia; prodosia gar ēn hē de ekeinōn oudepō. Hote de kai ekeinoi apērtisan, kai prosēlōsan auton, tote kai autoi tarattontai nyn men legontes, mē graphe, hoti houtos estin ho basileus tōn ᾿Ioudaiōn (kaitoige ti dedoikate? ti thorybeisthe, nekrou sōmatos epi staurou prosēlōmenou?) nyn de phylattousin auton, legontes mēpote klepsōsin auton hoi mathētai autou, kai eipōsin hoti anestē, kai estai hē eschatē planē cheirōn tēs prōtēs. Kai mēn ean eipōsin, elenchetai to pragma, ean mē alēthes ę̄. Pōs de erousin hoi mēde stēnai tolmēsantes, kataschethentos autou, ho de koryphaios kai tris auton ērnēsato, korasiou mē pherōn apeilēn? All᾽, hoper ephēn, etarattonto loipon. Hoti gar ēdesan paranomian to pragma, dēlon ex hōn elegon, sy opsei. Akousate hoi philargyroi, ennoēsate ti epathen ekeinos pōs kai tōn chrēmatōn exepese, kai tēn hamartian eirgasato, kai tēn psychēn apōlese tēn heautou. Toiautē tēs philargyrias hē tyrannis. Oude tou argyriou apōnato, oude tēs parousēs zōēs, oude tēs mellousēs; alla panta athroon apebale, kai doxan labōn ponēran par᾽ autois ekeinois, houtōs apēnxato. ᾿All᾽, hoper ephēn, meta to praxai, tote tines diablepousin. Hora goun kai toutous teōs ouk ethelontas aisthanesthai saphōs tou tolmēmatos, alla legontas, sy opsei; ho kai auto megiston ēn autōn enklēma. Touto gar martyrountōn men esti tę̄ tolmę̄ kai tę̄ paranomią, hypo de tou pathous methyontōn, kai ouk ethelontōn aposchesthai tēs satanikēs encheirēseōs, alla peplasmenēs agnoias parapetasmati peristellontas

How, then, is what was said true, when Matthew says that he said, “Truly I say to you, before the cock crows you will deny me three times,” and Mark says after the third denial that the cock crowed a second time? It is indeed both true and consistent. For since at each crowing the cock is accustomed to crow a third and a fourth time, Mark, showing that not even the sound restrained him and brought him to remembrance, says this. So both are true. For before the cock had completed the one crowing, he denied a third time. And even when reminded of his sin by Christ, he did not dare to weep openly, lest he be accused through his tears; but he went out and wept bitterly. “And when it was day, they lead Jesus from Caiaphas to Pilate.” For since they wished to kill him, but could not themselves because of the feast, they lead him to the governor. And consider, I pray, how the matter was driven on so as to happen at the feast. For so it had been prefigured from above. “Then Judas, who had betrayed him, seeing that he was condemned, repented and returned the thirty pieces of silver.” This is an accusation both of him and of them: of him, not because he repented, but because he did so late and slowly, and became self-condemned; for he himself confessed that he had betrayed him; of them, because, though they were able to change, they did not repent. And see when he repents: when the sin was completed and had taken its end. For such is the devil: he does not let those who are not sober see the evil beforehand, lest the one caught should repent. At any rate, when Jesus said so many things, he was not bent; but when the offense had been completed, then repentance came upon him, and not even then usefully. For to condemn himself, and to throw down the silver, and not to respect the Jewish people—all these are acceptable; but to hang himself, this again is unpardonable and the work of an evil demon. For the demon led him out of repentance beforehand, so that he might reap no fruit from it; and kills him by a most shameful death, manifest to all, persuading him to destroy himself. And consider, I pray, the truth shining out from every side, even through what the adversaries do and suffer. For the very end of the traitor sews up the mouths of those who condemned him, and does not let them have even a shadow of shameless defense. For what could they say, when the traitor is seen passing such a sentence against himself? And let us see the words too that he says: “He returned the thirty pieces of silver to the chief priests, and says, I have sinned in betraying innocent blood. But they said, What is that to us? See to it yourself. And throwing down the silver into the temple, he withdrew, and went away and hanged himself.” For he could not bear his conscience scourging him. And consider, I pray, the Jews too suffering the same things. For these too, though they ought to have been corrected by what they suffered, do not stop until they have filled up their sin. For his sin had been completed—for it was betrayal—but theirs not yet. But when they too had completed it and nailed him up, then they too are troubled, now saying, “Do not write, This is the King of the Jews” (and yet what do you fear? Why are you troubled at a dead body nailed on a cross?), and now they guard him, saying, “Lest his disciples steal him, and say that he has risen, and the last error be worse than the first.” And indeed, if they say it, the thing is refuted, if it is not true. And how will they say it, who did not even dare to stand their ground when he was seized, and whose chief even denied him three times, not bearing a little girl’s threat? But, as I said, they were troubled henceforth. For that they knew the thing was lawlessness is plain from their saying, “See to it yourself.” Hear, you lovers of money; consider what that man suffered: how he both lost the money, and committed the sin, and destroyed his own soul. Such is the tyranny of the love of money. He did not enjoy the silver, nor the present life, nor the one to come; but he threw away everything at once, and having received an evil reputation even among those very men, so he hanged himself. But, as I said, it is after the deed that some then see clearly. See, at any rate, these too, not yet wishing to perceive their crime clearly, but saying, “See to it yourself”; which itself was their greatest charge. For this belongs to men who bear witness to their own daring and lawlessness, but who are drunk with passion and not willing to abstain from the satanic undertaking, but wrapping, with the curtain of a feigned ignorance,

85.4Field 2

ἑαυτοὺς ἀνοήτως. Εἰ μὲν γὰρ μετὰ τὸν σταυρὸν ταῦτα ἐλέγετο, καὶ τὸ ἀναιρεθῆναι αὐτὸν, μάλιστα μὲν οὐδὲ τότε λόγον εἶχε τὸ λεγόμενον, πλὴν ἀλλ᾽ οὐχ οὕτως αὐτοὺς κατέκρινε νυνὶ δὲ ἔτι παρ᾽ ὑμῖν αὐτὸν ἔχοντες, καὶ κύριοι ὄντες ἀφεῖναι, πῶς ἂν δύναισθε ταῦτα λέγειν; Ἡ γὰρ ἀπολογία αὕτη κατηγορία ἂν ὑμῶν γένοιτο μεγίστη. Πῶς καὶ τίνι τρόπῳ; Ὅτι ἐπὶ τὸν προδότην ὅλον τὸ ἔγκλημα φέροντες, (σὺ γὰρ ὄψει, φησί) δυνάμενοι αὐτοὶ τῆς Χριστοκτονίας ἀπαλλαγῆναι, ἀφέντες αὐτὸν, καὶ ἐπηγωνίσαντο τῷ τολμήματι, τῇ προδοσίᾳ τὸν σταυρὸν προσθέντες. Τί γὰρ ἐκώλυεν εἰπόντας ἐκείνῳ, σὺ ὄψει, αὐτοὺς ἀποστῆναι τοῦ τολμήματος; Νῦν δὲ καὶ τοὐναντίον ἐργάζονται, προστιθέντες τὴν σφαγὴν, καὶ πανταχοῦ, καὶ δι ὧν ποιοῦσι, καὶ δι᾽ ὧν λέγουσιν, ἀφύκτοις ἐμπλέκοντες ἑαυτοὺς κακοῖς. Καὶ γὰρ μετὰ ταῦτα, ἐπιτρέψαντος τοῦ Πιλάτου, τὸν μὲν λῃστὴν εἵλοντο ἀφεθῆναι μᾶλλον, ἢ τὸν ᾿Ιησοῦν· τὸν δὲ οὐδὲν ἠδικηκότα, ἀλλὰ καὶ τοσαῦτα εὐεργετηκότα, ἀνῄρουν. Τί οὖν ἐκεῖνος; Ὡς εἶδεν ἀνόνητα πονῶν, καὶ οὐκ ἀνεχομένους δέξασθαι τὰ ἀργύρια, ἔῤῥιψεν αὐτὰ εἰς τὸν ναὸν, καὶ ἀπελθὼν ἀπήγξατο. Οἱ δὲ ἀρχιερεῖς λαβόντες τὰ ἀργύρια, εἶπον· οὐκ ἔξεστι βαλεῖν αὐτὰ εἰς τὸν κορβονᾶν, ἐπεὶ τιμὴ αἵματός ἐστι. Καὶ συμβούλιον λαβόντες, ἠγόρασαν ἐξ αὐτῶν τὸν ἀγρὸν τοῦ κεραμέως εἰς ταφὴν τοῖς ξένοις. Διὸ ἐκλήθη ὁ ἀγρὸς ἐκεῖνος ἀγρὸς αἵματος ἕως τῆς σήμερον. Τότε ἐπληρώθη τὸ ῥηθὲν διὰ Ἱερεμίου τοῦ προφήτου λέγοντος καὶ ἔλαβον τὰ τριάκοντα ἀργύρια, τὴν τιμὴν τοῦ τετιμημένου, καὶ ἔδωκαν αὐτὰ εἰς τὸν ἀγρὸν τοῦ κεραμέως, καθὰ συνέταξέ μοι κύριος. Εἶδες πάλιν αὐτόθεν κατακρινομένους ὑπὸ τοῦ συνειδότος; Ἐπειδὴ γὰρ ἤδεσαν, ὅτι τὸν φόνον ἠγόρασαν, οὐκ ἔβαλον εἰς τὸν κορβονᾶν, ἀλλ᾽ ἠγόρασαν ἀγρὸν εἰς ταφὴν τοῖς ξένοις. Ἐγίνετο δὲ καὶ τοῦτο μαρτύριον κατ᾽ αὐτῶν, καὶ τῆς προδοσίας ἔλεγχος. Τὸ γὰρ ὄνομα τοῦ χωρίου σάλπιγγος λαμπρότερον πᾶσιν ἀνεκήρυττε τὴν μιαιφονίαν αὐτῶν. Καὶ οὐδὲ ἁπλῶς αὐτὸ ποιοῦσιν, ἀλλὰ συμβούλιον λαβόντες, καὶ πανταχοῦ οὕτως, ἵνα μηδεὶς ἀθῷος ᾖ τοῦ τολμήματος, αλλὰ πάντες ὑπεύθυνοι. Ταῦτα δὲ ἄνωθεν προὔλεγεν ἡ προφητεία. Ὁρᾷς οὐχὶ τοὺς ἀποστόλους μόνον, ἀλλὰ καὶ τοὺς προφήτας τὰ ἐπονείδιστα μετὰ ἀκριβείας διηγουμένους, καὶ πάντοθεν τὸ πάθος ἀνακηρύττοντας καὶ προεμφαίνοντας; Τοῦτο καὶ ᾿Ιουδαῖοι μὴ συνειδότες ὑπέμενον. Εἰ γάρ εἰς τὸν κορβονᾶν ἐνέβαλον, οὐκ ἂν οὕτω τὸ πρᾶγμα κατάδηλον ἐγένετο· νυνὶ δὲ χωρίον ὠνησάμενοι, καὶ ταῖς μετέπειτα γενεαῖς δῆλον ἐποίησαν τὸ πᾶν. Ἀκούσατε ὅσοι ἀπὸ φόνων δοκεῖτε εὐποιίας ποιεῖν, καὶ τιμὴν λαμβάνετε ψυχῶν ἀνθρώπων. ᾿Ιουδαϊκαὶ αὗται αἱ ἐλεημοσύναι, μᾶλλον δὲ σατανικαί. Εἰσὶ γὰρ, εἰσὶ καὶ νῦν, οἱ μυρία ἑτέρων ἁρπάζοντες, ὑπὲρ τοῦ παντὸς ἀπολογεῖσθαι νομίζουσιν, ἂν δέκα χρυσίνους ἢ ἑκατὸν καταβάλωσι. Περὶ ὧν καὶ ὁ προφήτης φησίν· ἐκαλύπτετε δάκρυσι τὸ θυσιαστήριόν μου. Οὐ βούλεται Χριστὸς πλεονεξίᾳ τρέφεσθαι, οὐ δέχεται ταύτην τὴν τροφήν. Τί τὸν δεσπότην ὑβρίζεις, ἀκάθαρτα προσάγων αὐτῷ; Βέλτιον λιμῷ τηκόμενον περιορᾶν, ἢ τρέφειν ἀπὸ τοιούτων. Ἐκεῖνο ὠμοῦ, τοῦτο καὶ ὠμοῦ καὶ ὑβριστοῦ. Βέλτιον μηδὲν δοῦναι, ἢ τὰ ἄλλων ἑτέροις. Εἰπὲ γάρ μοι, εἴ τινας εἶδες δύο, τὸν μὲν γυμνὸν, τὸν δὲ ἱμάτιον ἔχοντα, εἶτα τὸν ἔχοντα τὸ ἱμάτιον ἀποδύσας, περιέβαλες τὸν γυμνὸν, ἆρ᾽ οὐκ ἠδίκησας; Παντί που δῆλον. Εἰ δὲ ὅπερ ἔλαβες ἑτέρῳ δοὺς ἅπαν, ἠδίκησας, οὐκ ἠλέησας· ὅταν μηδὲ τὸ πολλοστὸν ΄ μέρος δῷς ὧν ἁρπάζεις, καὶ ἐλεημοσύνην τὸ πρᾶγμα καλῇς, ποίαν οὐχ ὑποστήσῃ τιμωρίαν; Εἰ γὰρ χωλὰ ἄλογα προσφέροντες ἄνθρωποι ἐνεκαλοῦντο, σὺ χαλεπώτερα ποιῶν ποίας τεύξῃ συγγνώμης; Εἰ γὰρ αὐτῷ ἀποδιδοὺς τῷ κυρίῳ ὁ κλέπτης ἔτι ἀδικεῖ, καὶ οὕτως ἀδικεῖ, ὡς τετραπλασίονι προσθήκη μόλις λῦσαι τὸ ἔγκλημα, καὶ ταῦτα ἐπὶ τῆς παλαιᾶς· ὁ μὴ κλέπτων, ἀλλὰ βιαζόμενος, καὶ μηδὲ αὐτῷ τῷ ἀφαιρεθέντι διδοὺς, αλλ᾽ ἀντ᾽ ἐκείνου ἑτέρῳ, καὶ μηδὲ τετραπλασίονα, ἀλλὰ μηδὲ τὰ ἡμίση, καὶ μηδὲ ἐν τῇ παλαιᾷ, ἀλλ᾽ ἐν τῇ καινῇ πολιτευόμενος, ἐννόησον ὅσον ἐπὶ τὴν ἑαυτοῦ κεφαλὴν συνάγει τὸ πῦρ. Εἰ δὲ οὐδέπω δίδωσι τὴν δίκην, δι᾽ αὐτὸ μὲν οὖν τοῦτο αὐτὸν θρήνησον, ὅτι μείζονα ἑαυτῷ θησαυρίζει τὴν ὀργὴν, εἰ μὴ μεταμεληθείη. Τί γάρ; δοκεῖτε, φησὶν, ὅτι ἐκεῖνοι μόνοι ἦσαν ἁμαρτωλοὶ, ἐφ᾽ οὓς ὁ πύργος κατηνέχθη; Οὐχὶ, λέγω ὑμῖν, ἀλλ᾽ ἐὰν μὴ μετανοήσητε, καὶ ὑμεῖς τὰ αὐτὰ πείσεσθε. Μετανοήσωμεν τοίνυν καὶ δῶμεν ἐλεημοσύνην πλεονεξίας καθαρὰν, καὶ πολλὴν ἔχουσαν τὴν δαψίλειαν. ᾿Εννοήσατε ὅτι ᾿Ιουδαῖοι Λευΐτας ὀκτακισχιλίους ἔτρεφον, καὶ μετὰ τῶν Λευϊτῶν καὶ χήρας καὶ ὀρφανοὺς, καὶ πολλὰ ἕτερα ἐλειτούργουν, καὶ μετὰ τούτου καὶ ἐστρατεύοντο· νυνὶ δὲ ἀγροὶ, καὶ οἰκίαι, καὶ μισθώματα οἰκημάτων, καὶ ὀχήματα, καὶ ὀρεωκόμοι, καὶ ἡμίονοι, καὶ πολλὴ τοιαύτη παράταξις ἐν τῇ ἐκκλησίᾳ δι᾿ ὑμᾶς καὶ τὴν ὑμετέραν ἀπανθρωπίαν. Καὶ γὰρ ἐχρῆν παρ᾽ ὑμῖν εἶναι τὸν θησαυρὸν τοῦτον τῆς ἐκκλησίας, καὶ πρόσοδον αὐτῇ τὴν ὑμετέραν γίνεσθαι προθυμίαν' νυνὶ δὲ δύο τὰ ἄτοπα γίνεται, καὶ ὑμεῖς ἄκαρποι μένετε, καὶ οἱ τοῦ θεοῦ ἱερεῖς τὰ προσήκοντα οὐ μεταχειρίζουσι. Μὴ γὰρ οὐκ ἦν δυνατὸν ἐπὶ τῶν ἀποστόλων τὰς οἰκίας μένειν καὶ τοὺς ἀγρούς; Τίνος οὖν ἕνεκεν ἐπώλουν καὶ ἐδίδοσαν; Ὅτι τοῦτο βέλτιον ἦν. Ἀλλὰ νῦν δέος ἔλαβε τοὺς πατέρας ὑμῶν, οὕτω πρὸς τὰ βιωτικὰ μαινομένων ὑμῶν, καὶ διὰ τὸ συλλέγειν, ἀλλὰ μὴ σκορπίζειν, μὴ λιμῷ διαφθαρῶσιν οἱ τῶν χηρῶν καὶ ὀρφανῶν καὶ τῶν παρθένων χοροί· διὰ τοῦτο ταῦτα κατασκευάσαι ἠναγκάσθησαν. Οὐδὲ γὰρ ἠβούλοντο ἑαυτοὺς εἰς τοιαύτην ἀσχημοσύνην ἐμβαλεῖν, ἀλλ᾽ ἐπεθύμουν τὴν ὑμετέραν γνώμην αὐτοῖς πρόσοδον εἶναι, καὶ τοὺς καρποὺς ἐντεῦθεν τρυγᾶν, καὶ αὐτοὺς εὐχαῖς προσέχειν μόναις. Νυνὶ δὲ αὐτοὺς ἠναγκάσατε τῶν τὰ πολιτικὰ πραττόντων πράγματα τὰς οἰκίας μιμεῖσθαι ὅθεν πάντα ἄνω καὶ κάτω γέγονεν. Ὅταν γὰρ καὶ ὑμεῖς καὶ ἡμεῖς τοῖς αὐτοῖς ἐνεχώμεθα, τίς ὁ ἐξιλεούμενος τὸν θεόν; Διὰ ταῦτα οὐκ ἔστιν ἡμῖν ἀνοῖξαι τὸ στόμα, ὅτι οὐδὲν τῶν βιωτικῶν ἀνδρῶν ἄμεινον ἡ ἐκκλησία διάκειται. Οὐκ ἠκούσατε, ὅτι οὐδὲ τὰ ἀπραγμόνως συλλεγόμενα χρήματα διανέμειν κατεδέξαντο οἱ ἀπόστολοι; Νυνὶ δὲ ἐπιτρόπους καὶ οἰκονόμους καὶ καπήλους παρῆλθον ἡμῖν οἱ ἐπίσκοποι τῇ περὶ ταῦτα φροντίδι καὶ δέον αὐτοὺς ὑπὲρ τῶν ψυχῶν μεριμνᾶν καὶ φροντίζειν τῶν ὑμετέρων, οἱ δὲ, ὑπὲρ ὧν ὑποδέκται καὶ φορολόγοι καὶ λογισταὶ καὶ ταμίαι μεριμνῶσιν, ὑπὲρ τούτων καθ᾽ ἑκάστην κόπτονται τὴν ἡμέραν. Ταῦτα οὐχ ἁπλῶς ἀποδυρόμενος λέγω, ἀλλ᾽ ὥστε γενέσθαι τινὰ διόρθωσιν καὶ μεταβολὴν, ὥστε ἡμᾶς ἐλεηθῆναι χαλεπὴν δουλεύοντας δουλείαν, ὥστε ὑμᾶς γενέσθαι πρόσοδον καὶ θησαυρὸν τῆς ἐκκλησίας. Εἰ δὲ μὴ βούλεσθε, ἰδοὺ οἱ πένητες πρὸ τῶν ὑμετέρων ὀφθαλμῶν· ὅσοις μὲν δυνατὸν ἡμῖν ἀρκέσαι, οὐ διαλείψομεν τρέφοντες· οὓς δὲ οὐ δυνατὸν, ὑμῖν ἀφήσομεν, ἵνα μὴ τῶν ῥημάτων ἐκείνων ἀκούσητε κατὰ τὴν φοβερὰν ἡμέραν, τῶν πρὸς τοὺς ἀνελεεῖς καὶ ὠμοὺς λεγομένων, ὅτι πεινῶντά με εἴδετε, καὶ οὐκ ἐθρέψατε. Καὶ γὰρ μεθ᾽ ὑμῶν ἡμᾶς καταγελάστους ἡ ἀπανθρωπία αὕτη ποιεῖ, ὅτι τὰς εὐχὰς ἀφέντες, καὶ τὴν διδασκαλίαν, καὶ τὴν ἄλλην ἁγιωσύνην, οἱ μὲν οἰνοπώλαις, οἱ δὲ σιτοπώλαις, οἱ δὲ τοῖς τὰ ἕτερα καπηλεύουσιν ὦνια, τὸν πάντα πυκτεύομεν χρόνον. ᾿Εντεῦθεν μάχαι καὶ φιλονεικίαι, καὶ καθημεριναὶ λοιδορίαι, καὶ ὀνείδη καὶ σκώμματα, καὶ ἑκάστῳ τῶν ἱερέων ὀνόματα ἐπίκειται, βιωτικαῖς μᾶλλον πρέποντα οἰκίαις δέον ἀντὶ τούτων ἕτερα ἀνταλλάξασθαι, καὶ ἐντεῦθεν καλεῖσθαι, ἀφ᾽ ὧν καὶ οἱ ἀπόστολοι ἐνομοθέτουν, ἀπὸ τῆς τῶν πενήτων διατροφῆς, ἀπὸ τῆς τῶν ἀδικουμένων προστασίας, ἀπὸ τῆς τῶν ξένων ἐπιμελείας, ἀπὸ τῆς τῶν ἐπηρεαζομένων βοηθείας, ἀπὸ τῆς τῶν ὀρφανῶν προνοίας, ἀπὸ τῆς τῶν χηρῶν συμμαχίας, ἀπὸ τῆς τῶν παρθένων ἐπιστασίας, καὶ ταύτας ἀντὶ τῆς τῶν χωρίων καὶ τῶν οἰκημάτων φροντίδος διανέμεσθαι τὰς οἰκονομίας. Ταῦτα γὰρ τῆς ἐκκλησίας τὰ κειμήλια, οὗτοι οἱ πρέποντες αὐτῇ θησαυροὶ, καὶ πολλὴν καὶ ἡμῖν εὐκολίαν, καὶ ὑμῖν ὠφέλειαν παρέχοντες, μᾶλλον δὲ καὶ ὑμῖν εὐκολίαν μετὰ τῆς ὠφελείας. Καὶ γὰρ τῇ τοῦ θεοῦ χάριτι εἰς δέκα μυριάδων ἀριθμὸν οἶμαι τοὺς ἐνταῦθα συναγομένους τελεῖν· καὶ εἰ ἑνὸς ἄρτου μετεδίδου τινὶ τῶν πενήτων ἕκαστος, ἅπαντες ἦσαν ἂν ἐν εὐπορίᾳ· εἰ ἐξ ἑνὸς ὀβολοῦ μόνον, οὐδεὶς ἂν ἦν πένης, οὐκ ἂν τοσαῦτα ὑπεμείναμεν ὀνείδη καὶ σκώμματα απὸ τῆς περὶ τὰ κτήματα προνοίας. Καὶ γὰρ τὸ, πώλησόν σου τὰ ὑπάρχοντα, καὶ δὸς πτωχοῖς, καὶ δεῦρο ἀκολούθει μοι, καὶ πρὸς τοὺς τῆς ἐκκλησίας προέδρους ὑπὲρ τῶν τῆς ἐκκλησίας κτημάτων καιρὸν ἂν ἔχοι λέγεσθαι. Ἄλλως γὰρ ἀκολουθῆσαι ὡς χρὴ οὐκ ἔνι, μὴ πάσης φροντίδος ἀπηλλαγμένον παχυτέρας καὶ βιωτικωτέρας. Νυνὶ δὲ οἱ τοῦ θεοῦ ἱερεῖς τρυγητῷ καὶ ἀμητῷ παρακάθηνται, καὶ πράσει καὶ ἀγορασίᾳ προσόδων· καὶ οἱ μὲν τῇ σκιᾷ λατρεύοντες, πᾶσαν τῶν τοιούτων ἀτέλειαν εἶχον, καίτοι σωματικωτέραν λειτουργίαν ἐγκεχειρισμένοι· ἡμεῖς δὲ οἱ πρὸς αὐτὰ τῶν οὐρανῶν τὰ ἄδυτα καλούμενοι, καὶ εἰς τὰ ἀληθινὰ ἅγια τῶν ἁγίων εἰσιόντες, ἐμπόρων καὶ παλιγκαπήλων ἀναδεχόμεθα Φροντίδας. Ἐντεῦθεν καὶ γραφῶν ἀμέλεια πολλὴ, καὶ εὐχῶν ῥᾳθυμία, καὶ ἡ περὶ τὰ ἄλλα πάντα ὀλιγωρία. Οὐδὲ γὰρ δυνατὸν εἰς ἀμφότερα σχίζεσθαι μετὰ τῆς προσηκούσης σπουδῆς. Διὸ δέομαι καὶ ἀντιβολῶ πολλὰς ἡμῖν πάντοθεν ἀναβλύσαι πηγὰς, καὶ τὴν ἅλω καὶ τὴν ληνὸν τὴν ὑμετέραν γενέσθαι προθυμίαν ἡμῖν. Οὕτω γὰρ καὶ οἱ πένητες τραφήσονται εὐκολώτερον, καὶ ὁ θεὸς δοξασθήσεται, καὶ ὑμεῖς ἐπὶ πλέον ἐπιδώσετε φιλανθρωπίας, καὶ τῶν αἰωνίων ἀπολαύσεσθε ἀγαθῶν ὧν γένοιτο πάντας ἡμᾶς ἐπιτυχεῖν, χάριτι καὶ φιλανθρωπίᾳ τοῦ κυρίου ἡμῶν ᾿Ιησοῦ Χριστοῦ, ᾧ ἡ δόξα εἰς τοὺς αἰῶνας τῶν αἰώνων. Ἀμήν.

heautous anoētōs. Ei men gar meta ton stauron tauta elegeto, kai to anairethēnai auton, malista men oude tote logon eiche to legomenon, plēn all᾽ ouch houtōs autous katekrine nyni de eti par᾽ hymin auton echontes, kai kyrioi ontes apheinai, pōs an dynaisthe tauta legein? Hē gar apologia hautē katēgoria an hymōn genoito megistē. Pōs kai tini tropǭ? Hoti epi ton prodotēn holon to enklēma pherontes, (sy gar opsei, phēsi) dynamenoi autoi tēs Christoktonias apallagēnai, aphentes auton, kai epēgōnisanto tǭ tolmēmati, tę̄ prodosią ton stauron prosthentes. Ti gar ekōlyen eipontas ekeinǭ, sy opsei, autous apostēnai tou tolmēmatos? Nyn de kai tounantion ergazontai, prostithentes tēn sphagēn, kai pantachou, kai di hōn poiousi, kai di᾽ hōn legousin, aphyktois emplekontes heautous kakois. Kai gar meta tauta, epitrepsantos tou Pilatou, ton men lę̄stēn heilonto aphethēnai mallon, ē ton ᾿Iēsoun; ton de ouden ēdikēkota, alla kai tosauta euergetēkota, anę̄roun. Ti oun ekeinos? Hōs eiden anonēta ponōn, kai ouk anechomenous dexasthai ta argyria, errhipsen auta eis ton naon, kai apelthōn apēnxato. Hoi de archiereis labontes ta argyria, eipon; ouk exesti balein auta eis ton korbonan, epei timē haimatos esti. Kai symboulion labontes, ēgorasan ex autōn ton agron tou kerameōs eis taphēn tois xenois. Dio eklēthē ho agros ekeinos agros haimatos heōs tēs sēmeron. Tote eplērōthē to rhēthen dia Hieremiou tou prophētou legontos kai elabon ta triakonta argyria, tēn timēn tou tetimēmenou, kai edōkan auta eis ton agron tou kerameōs, katha synetaxe moi kyrios. Eides palin autothen katakrinomenous hypo tou syneidotos? Epeidē gar ēdesan, hoti ton phonon ēgorasan, ouk ebalon eis ton korbonan, all᾽ ēgorasan agron eis taphēn tois xenois. Egineto de kai touto martyrion kat᾽ autōn, kai tēs prodosias elenchos. To gar onoma tou chōriou salpingos lamproteron pasin anekērytte tēn miaiphonian autōn. Kai oude haplōs auto poiousin, alla symboulion labontes, kai pantachou houtōs, hina mēdeis athǭos ę̄ tou tolmēmatos, alla pantes hypeuthynoi. Tauta de anōthen proulegen hē prophēteia. Horąs ouchi tous apostolous monon, alla kai tous prophētas ta eponeidista meta akribeias diēgoumenous, kai pantothen to pathos anakēryttontas kai proemphainontas? Touto kai ᾿Ioudaioi mē syneidotes hypemenon. Ei gar eis ton korbonan enebalon, ouk an houtō to pragma katadēlon egeneto; nyni de chōrion ōnēsamenoi, kai tais metepeita geneais dēlon epoiēsan to pan. Akousate hosoi apo phonōn dokeite eupoiias poiein, kai timēn lambanete psychōn anthrōpōn. ᾿Ioudaïkai hautai hai eleēmosynai, mallon de satanikai. Eisi gar, eisi kai nyn, hoi myria heterōn harpazontes, hyper tou pantos apologeisthai nomizousin, an deka chrysinous ē hekaton katabalōsi. Peri hōn kai ho prophētēs phēsin; ekalyptete dakrysi to thysiastērion mou. Ou bouletai Christos pleonexią trephesthai, ou dechetai tautēn tēn trophēn. Ti ton despotēn hybrizeis, akatharta prosagōn autǭ? Beltion limǭ tēkomenon perioran, ē trephein apo toioutōn. Ekeino ōmou, touto kai ōmou kai hybristou. Beltion mēden dounai, ē ta allōn heterois. Eipe gar moi, ei tinas eides dyo, ton men gymnon, ton de himation echonta, eita ton echonta to himation apodysas, periebales ton gymnon, ar᾽ ouk ēdikēsas? Panti pou dēlon. Ei de hoper elabes heterǭ dous hapan, ēdikēsas, ouk ēleēsas; hotan mēde to polloston ΄ meros dǭs hōn harpazeis, kai eleēmosynēn to pragma kalę̄s, poian ouch hypostēsę̄ timōrian? Ei gar chōla aloga prospherontes anthrōpoi enekalounto, sy chalepōtera poiōn poias teuxę̄ syngnōmēs? Ei gar autǭ apodidous tǭ kyriǭ ho kleptēs eti adikei, kai houtōs adikei, hōs tetraplasioni prosthēkē molis lysai to enklēma, kai tauta epi tēs palaias; ho mē kleptōn, alla biazomenos, kai mēde autǭ tǭ aphairethenti didous, all᾽ ant᾽ ekeinou heterǭ, kai mēde tetraplasiona, alla mēde ta hēmisē, kai mēde en tę̄ palaią, all᾽ en tę̄ kainę̄ politeuomenos, ennoēson hoson epi tēn heautou kephalēn synagei to pyr. Ei de oudepō didōsi tēn dikēn, di᾽ auto men oun touto auton thrēnēson, hoti meizona heautǭ thēsaurizei tēn orgēn, ei mē metamelētheiē. Ti gar? dokeite, phēsin, hoti ekeinoi monoi ēsan hamartōloi, eph᾽ hous ho pyrgos katēnechthē? Ouchi, legō hymin, all᾽ ean mē metanoēsēte, kai hymeis ta auta peisesthe. Metanoēsōmen toinyn kai dōmen eleēmosynēn pleonexias katharan, kai pollēn echousan tēn dapsileian. ᾿Ennoēsate hoti ᾿Ioudaioi Leuïtas oktakischilious etrephon, kai meta tōn Leuïtōn kai chēras kai orphanous, kai polla hetera eleitourgoun, kai meta toutou kai estrateuonto; nyni de agroi, kai oikiai, kai misthōmata oikēmatōn, kai ochēmata, kai oreōkomoi, kai hēmionoi, kai pollē toiautē parataxis en tę̄ ekklēsią di᾿ hymas kai tēn hymeteran apanthrōpian. Kai gar echrēn par᾽ hymin einai ton thēsauron touton tēs ekklēsias, kai prosodon autę̄ tēn hymeteran ginesthai prothymian' nyni de dyo ta atopa ginetai, kai hymeis akarpoi menete, kai hoi tou theou hiereis ta prosēkonta ou metacheirizousi. Mē gar ouk ēn dynaton epi tōn apostolōn tas oikias menein kai tous agrous? Tinos oun heneken epōloun kai edidosan? Hoti touto beltion ēn. Alla nyn deos elabe tous pateras hymōn, houtō pros ta biōtika mainomenōn hymōn, kai dia to syllegein, alla mē skorpizein, mē limǭ diaphtharōsin hoi tōn chērōn kai orphanōn kai tōn parthenōn choroi; dia touto tauta kataskeuasai ēnankasthēsan. Oude gar ēboulonto heautous eis toiautēn aschēmosynēn embalein, all᾽ epethymoun tēn hymeteran gnōmēn autois prosodon einai, kai tous karpous enteuthen trygan, kai autous euchais prosechein monais. Nyni de autous ēnankasate tōn ta politika prattontōn pragmata tas oikias mimeisthai hothen panta anō kai katō gegonen. Hotan gar kai hymeis kai hēmeis tois autois enechōmetha, tis ho exileoumenos ton theon? Dia tauta ouk estin hēmin anoixai to stoma, hoti ouden tōn biōtikōn andrōn ameinon hē ekklēsia diakeitai. Ouk ēkousate, hoti oude ta apragmonōs syllegomena chrēmata dianemein katedexanto hoi apostoloi? Nyni de epitropous kai oikonomous kai kapēlous parēlthon hēmin hoi episkopoi tę̄ peri tauta phrontidi kai deon autous hyper tōn psychōn merimnan kai phrontizein tōn hymeterōn, hoi de, hyper hōn hypodektai kai phorologoi kai logistai kai tamiai merimnōsin, hyper toutōn kath᾽ hekastēn koptontai tēn hēmeran. Tauta ouch haplōs apodyromenos legō, all᾽ hōste genesthai tina diorthōsin kai metabolēn, hōste hēmas eleēthēnai chalepēn douleuontas douleian, hōste hymas genesthai prosodon kai thēsauron tēs ekklēsias. Ei de mē boulesthe, idou hoi penētes pro tōn hymeterōn ophthalmōn; hosois men dynaton hēmin arkesai, ou dialeipsomen trephontes; hous de ou dynaton, hymin aphēsomen, hina mē tōn rhēmatōn ekeinōn akousēte kata tēn phoberan hēmeran, tōn pros tous aneleeis kai ōmous legomenōn, hoti peinōnta me eidete, kai ouk ethrepsate. Kai gar meth᾽ hymōn hēmas katagelastous hē apanthrōpia hautē poiei, hoti tas euchas aphentes, kai tēn didaskalian, kai tēn allēn hagiōsynēn, hoi men oinopōlais, hoi de sitopōlais, hoi de tois ta hetera kapēleuousin ōnia, ton panta pykteuomen chronon. ᾿Enteuthen machai kai philoneikiai, kai kathēmerinai loidoriai, kai oneidē kai skōmmata, kai hekastǭ tōn hiereōn onomata epikeitai, biōtikais mallon preponta oikiais deon anti toutōn hetera antallaxasthai, kai enteuthen kaleisthai, aph᾽ hōn kai hoi apostoloi enomothetoun, apo tēs tōn penētōn diatrophēs, apo tēs tōn adikoumenōn prostasias, apo tēs tōn xenōn epimeleias, apo tēs tōn epēreazomenōn boētheias, apo tēs tōn orphanōn pronoias, apo tēs tōn chērōn symmachias, apo tēs tōn parthenōn epistasias, kai tautas anti tēs tōn chōriōn kai tōn oikēmatōn phrontidos dianemesthai tas oikonomias. Tauta gar tēs ekklēsias ta keimēlia, houtoi hoi prepontes autę̄ thēsauroi, kai pollēn kai hēmin eukolian, kai hymin ōpheleian parechontes, mallon de kai hymin eukolian meta tēs ōpheleias. Kai gar tę̄ tou theou chariti eis deka myriadōn arithmon oimai tous entautha synagomenous telein; kai ei henos artou metedidou tini tōn penētōn hekastos, hapantes ēsan an en euporią; ei ex henos obolou monon, oudeis an ēn penēs, ouk an tosauta hypemeinamen oneidē kai skōmmata apo tēs peri ta ktēmata pronoias. Kai gar to, pōlēson sou ta hyparchonta, kai dos ptōchois, kai deuro akolouthei moi, kai pros tous tēs ekklēsias proedrous hyper tōn tēs ekklēsias ktēmatōn kairon an echoi legesthai. Allōs gar akolouthēsai hōs chrē ouk eni, mē pasēs phrontidos apēllagmenon pachyteras kai biōtikōteras. Nyni de hoi tou theou hiereis trygētǭ kai amētǭ parakathēntai, kai prasei kai agorasią prosodōn; kai hoi men tę̄ skią latreuontes, pasan tōn toioutōn ateleian eichon, kaitoi sōmatikōteran leitourgian enkecheirismenoi; hēmeis de hoi pros auta tōn ouranōn ta adyta kaloumenoi, kai eis ta alēthina hagia tōn hagiōn eisiontes, emporōn kai palinkapēlōn anadechometha Phrontidas. Enteuthen kai graphōn ameleia pollē, kai euchōn rhąthymia, kai hē peri ta alla panta oligōria. Oude gar dynaton eis amphotera schizesthai meta tēs prosēkousēs spoudēs. Dio deomai kai antibolō pollas hēmin pantothen anablysai pēgas, kai tēn halō kai tēn lēnon tēn hymeteran genesthai prothymian hēmin. Houtō gar kai hoi penētes traphēsontai eukolōteron, kai ho theos doxasthēsetai, kai hymeis epi pleon epidōsete philanthrōpias, kai tōn aiōniōn apolausesthe agathōn hōn genoito pantas hēmas epitychein, chariti kai philanthrōpią tou kyriou hēmōn ᾿Iēsou Christou, hǭ hē doxa eis tous aiōnas tōn aiōnōn. Amēn.

themselves, foolishly. For if these things had been said after the cross and after his being killed, indeed not even then would what was said have had reason, yet it would not so condemn them; but now, while still having him with you, and being masters of releasing him, how could you say these things? For this defense would be the greatest accusation against you. How and in what way? Because, bringing the whole charge on the traitor (“See to it yourself,” they say), when they could themselves have been freed from the murder of Christ by releasing him, they even pressed on with the crime, adding the cross to the betrayal. For what prevented them, having said to him, “See to it yourself,” from themselves withdrawing from the crime? But as it is they do the opposite, adding the slaughter, and everywhere, both by what they do and by what they say, entangling themselves in inescapable evils. For after this too, when Pilate gave them the choice, they chose rather that the robber be released than Jesus; and him who had done no wrong, but had even done them so many benefits, they killed.

[3] What, then, did that man do? When he saw that he labored in vain, and that they would not bear to receive the silver, he threw it into the temple, and went away and hanged himself. “But the chief priests took the silver and said, It is not lawful to put it into the treasury, since it is the price of blood. And taking counsel, they bought with it the potter’s field, to bury strangers in. Therefore that field has been called the Field of Blood to this day. Then was fulfilled what was spoken through Jeremiah the prophet, saying, And they took the thirty pieces of silver, the price of him who was priced, and gave them for the potter’s field, as the Lord directed me.” Do you see them again condemned at once by their conscience? For since they knew that they had bought the murder, they did not put the money into the treasury, but bought a field to bury strangers in. And this too became a testimony against them and a proof of the betrayal. For the name of the place proclaimed their bloodguilt to all more clearly than a trumpet. And they did not do it simply, but having taken counsel, and so everywhere, so that no one might be innocent of the crime, but all liable. And these things the prophecy foretold from of old. Do you see not the apostles only, but the prophets too, narrating the shameful things with exactness, and everywhere proclaiming and foreshowing the passion? This the Jews too underwent without knowing it. For if they had put it into the treasury, the thing would not have become so manifest; but as it is, by buying a place they made the whole thing plain to later generations too. Hear, all you who think to do good works from murders, and take the price of men’s souls. These alms are Jewish, or rather satanic. For there are, there are even now, those who, having seized countless things from others, think they make full defense for everything if they put down ten or a hundred gold pieces. About whom the prophet too says, “You covered my altar with tears.” Christ does not wish to be fed by covetousness; he does not accept this food. Why do you insult the Master, bringing him unclean things? It is better to overlook him wasting with hunger than to feed him from such things. That is the part of a cruel man; this of one both cruel and insolent. It is better to give nothing than to give others’ goods to others. For tell me, if you saw two men, one naked, the other having a garment, and then, stripping the one who had the garment, you clothed the naked one, would you not have done wrong? It is plain to everyone. And if, by giving to another all that you took, you have done wrong, not shown mercy, when you do not give even the smallest part of what you seize, and call the thing almsgiving, what punishment will you not undergo? For if men who offered lame beasts were charged, you who do worse, what pardon will you obtain? For if the thief, even when restoring to the owner himself, still does wrong, and does such wrong that with a fourfold addition he scarcely dissolves the charge—and that in the Old Testament—then he who does not steal but uses violence, and gives not even to the one robbed but to another in his place, and not fourfold, nor even half, and who lives not in the Old Covenant but in the New, consider how much fire he gathers on his own head. And if he does not yet pay the penalty, for this very reason lament him, that he is storing up greater wrath for himself, unless he repents. For what? “Do you think,” he says, “that those were the only sinners on whom the tower fell? No, I tell you; but unless you repent, you too will suffer the same.” Let us repent, then, and give alms pure of covetousness and of great abundance. Consider that the Jews fed eight thousand Levites, and with the Levites widows and orphans too, and performed many other public services, and besides this served in the army; but now fields and houses and rents from buildings, and carriages and muleteers and mules, and much such array are in the church, because of you and your inhumanity. For this treasure of the church ought to be with you, and your eagerness ought to be its revenue; but now two absurdities happen: you remain fruitless, and the priests of God do not handle what befits them. For was it not possible in the time of the apostles for the houses and the fields to remain? Why, then, did they sell them and give? Because this was better.

[4] But now fear seized your fathers—you being so mad for worldly things, and gathering instead of scattering—lest the bands of widows and orphans and virgins should be destroyed by famine; for this reason they were compelled to provide these things. For they did not wish to cast themselves into such unseemliness, but desired that your goodwill should be their revenue, and to gather the fruits from there, and themselves to attend to prayers alone. But now you have compelled them to imitate the houses of those who do public business; whence everything has been turned upside down. For when both you and we are held by the same things, who is the one propitiating God? For this reason it is not possible for us to open our mouth, because the church is in no better state than worldly men. Have you not heard that the apostles would not even consent to distribute money collected without trouble? But now the bishops have outdone stewards and managers and hucksters in their care about these things; and when they ought to be anxious about souls and to take thought for your concerns, they are distressed every day about the things which receivers of revenue and tax collectors and accountants and treasurers worry about. I say these things not simply lamenting, but so that some correction and change may come about, so that we may be pitied, serving a grievous slavery, and so that you may become the revenue and the treasure of the church. But if you are not willing, look, the poor are before your eyes: as many as we can suffice for, we will not cease feeding; but those for whom it is not possible, we will leave to you, so that you may not hear on the fearful day those words that are spoken to the unmerciful and cruel: “You saw me hungry, and did not feed me.” For this inhumanity makes us laughable along with you, because, leaving prayers and teaching and other holiness, we spend all our time fighting, some with wine-sellers, some with corn-sellers, some with those who retail other wares. From this come battles and quarrels and daily revilings, and reproaches and jests, and names are attached to each of the priests that are more fitting to worldly houses; when instead we ought to exchange them for others, and to be called by those things which the apostles too laid down: from the feeding of the poor, from the protection of the wronged, from the care of strangers, from the help of those abused, from provision for orphans, from alliance with widows, from the oversight of virgins; and to distribute these stewardships instead of the care of fields and buildings. For these are the treasures of the church, these the treasures befitting it, providing much ease for us and benefit for you—or rather ease for you too, along with the benefit. For by the grace of God I think that those who gather here amount to the number of a hundred thousand; and if each shared one loaf with one of the poor, all would be in plenty; if one obol only, no one would be poor; we would not have endured so many reproaches and jests from our care for possessions. For the saying, “Sell your possessions and give to the poor, and come, follow me,” might fitly be said to the presidents of the church too, about the church’s possessions. For otherwise one cannot follow as one ought, unless freed from every grosser and more worldly care. But now the priests of God sit by at the vintage and the harvest, and at the selling and buying of produce; and those who served the shadow had complete exemption from such things, although they were entrusted with a more bodily service; but we, who are called to the very inner sanctuaries of the heavens and enter the true Holy of Holies, take on the cares of merchants and retailers. From this comes much neglect of the Scriptures, and slackness in prayers, and disregard of everything else. For it is not possible to split oneself between both with fitting zeal. Therefore I beg and entreat that many springs gush out for us from every side, and that your eagerness become our threshing floor and winepress. For so both the poor will be fed more easily, and God will be glorified, and you will advance further in love for mankind, and enjoy the eternal good things; which may we all obtain, by the grace and love for mankind of our Lord Jesus Christ, to whom be the glory to the ages of ages. Amen.

Chapter 86

86.1Field 2

… ἐστη ἔμπροσθεν τοῦ ἡγεμόνος· καὶ ἐπηρώτησεν αὐτὸν ὁ ἡγεμὼν, λέγων· σὺ εἶ ὁ βασιλεὺς τῶν ᾿Ιουδαίων; Ὁ δὲ ᾿Ιησοῦς ἔφη: σὺ λέγεις. Καὶ ἐν τῷ κατηγορεῖσθαι αὐτὸν ὑπὸ τῶν ἀρχιερέων καὶ πρεσβυτέρων, οὐδὲν ἀπεκρίνατο. Ὁρᾷς τί πρῶτον ἐξετάζεται; ὃ μάλιστα ἄνω καὶ κάτω συνεχῶς ἔστρεφον. ᾿Επειδὴ γὰρ εἶδον τὸν Πιλάτον οὐδένα ποιούμενον λόγον τῶν νομικῶν, ἐπὶ τὰ δημόσια ἐγκλήματα τὴν κατηγορίαν ἄγουσιν. Οὕτω καὶ ἐπὶ τῶν ἀποστόλων ἐποίουν, ταῦτα αεὶ προβαλλόμενοι, καὶ λέγοντες ὅτι περιέρχονται κηρύττοντες βασιλέα τινὰ ᾿Ιησοῦν, ὡς περὶ ἀνθρώπου τινὸς ψιλοῦ διαλεγόμενοι, καὶ τυραννίδος ὑποψίαν αὐτοῖς περιτιθέντες. Ὅθεν δῆλον, ὅτι καὶ τὸ διαῤῥῆξαι τὸν χιτωνίσκον, καὶ ἐκπλαγῆναι, σκῆψις ἦν. Πάντα δὲ ἐκύκων καὶ ἔστρεφον, ὥστε αὐτὸν εἰς θάνατον ἐμβαλεῖν. Τοῦτο γοῦν καὶ ὁ Πιλάτος ἡρώτησε τότε. Τί οὖν ὁ Χριστός; Σὺ εἶπας. Ὡμολόγησεν εἶναι βασιλεὺς, αλλὰ βασιλεὺς οὐράνιος· ὃ καὶ ἀλλαχοῦ σαφέστερον ἔλεγε, πρὸς τὸν Πιλάτον ἀποκρινόμενος, ὅτι ἡ ἐμὴ βασιλεία οὐκ ἔστιν ἐκ τοῦ κόσμου τούτου ἵνα μηδὲ ἐκεῖνοι, μηδὲ οὗτος ἀπολογίαν ἔχωσι τοιαῦτα κατηγοροῦντες. Καὶ λογισμὸν ἀναντίῤῥητον τίθησι λέγων· εἰ ἐκ τοῦ κόσμου τούτου ἤμην, οἱ ἐμοὶ ἠγωνίσαντο ἀν, ἵνα μὴ παραδοθῶ. Διά τοι τοῦτο, ὥστε ταύτην ἀποκρούσασθαι τὴν ὑποψίαν, καὶ φόρον κατέβαλε, καὶ ἑτέρους καταβαλεῖν ἐκέλευσε· καὶ ἡνίκα ἠθέλησαν αὐτὸν ποιῆσαι βασιλέα, ἔφυγε. Τί οὖν οὐ ταῦτα προήνεγκεν εἰς μέσον, φησὶ, τότε, ἐγκαλούμενος ἐπὶ τυραννίδι; Διότι μυρίας ἔχοντες τὰς ἀπὸ τῶν πραγμάτων ἀποδείξεις τῆς δυνάμεως, τῆς πραότητος, τῆς ἐπιεικείας, ἑκόντες ἐτύφλωττον καὶ ἐκακούργουν, καὶ διεφθαρμένον τὸ δικαστήριον ἦν. Διὰ δὴ ταῦτα πρὸς οὐδὲν ἀποκρίνεται, ἀλλὰ σιγᾷ, καὶ βραχέα ἀποκρινόμενος, ὥστε μὴ ἀπὸ τῆς διηνεκοῦς σιγῆς αὐθαδείας δόξαν λαβεῖν, ὅτε ὥρκισεν ὁ ἀρχιερεὺς, ὅτε ὁ ἡγεμὼν ἤρετο πρὸς δὲ τὰς κατηγορίας αὐτῶν οὐδὲν οὐκέτι φησίν οὐ γὰρ δὴ πείσειν ἔμελλεν. Ὥσπερ καὶ ὁ προφήτης ἄνωθεν τοῦτο αὐτὸ δηλῶν ἔλεγεν· ἐν τῇ ταπεινώσει αὐτοῦ ἡ κρίσις αὐτοῦ ἤρθη. Ἐπὶ τούτοις ὁ ἡγεμὼν ἐθαύμαζε. Καὶ γὰρ θαύματος ἄξιον ἦν ἰδεῖν τοσαύτην ἐπιείκειαν ἐπιδεικνύμενον, καὶ σιγῶντα, τὸν μυρία ἔχοντα εἰπεῖν. Οὐδὲ γὰρ ἐκεῖνοι ἐκ τοῦ συνειδέναι τι πονηρὸν αὐτῷ κατηγόρουν, ἀλλ᾽ ἀπὸ βασκανίας καὶ φθόνου μόνον. Ὅτε γοῦν ἔστησαν ψευδομάρτυρας, διατί μηδὲν ἐχόντων εἰπεῖν ἐπέκειντο ἔτι, καὶ τὸν ᾿Ιούδαν ἀποπνεύσαντα ἰδόντες, οὐ κατενύγησαν, καὶ τὸν Πιλάτον τὰς χεῖρας ἀπονιψάμενον; Καὶ γὰρ πολλὰ καὶ παρ᾽ αὐτὸν τὸν καιρὸν ἐποίησεν, ὥστε αὐτοὺς ἀνανῆψαι· ἀλλ᾽ οὐδενὶ τούτων ἐγένοντο βελτίους. Τί οὖν ὁ Πιλάτος; Οὐκ ἀκούεις πόσα σου καταμαρτυροῦσιν οὗτοι; Ἐβούλετο μὲν γὰρ αὐτὸν ἀπολογούμενον ἀπαλλαγῆναι, διὸ καὶ ταῦτα ἔλεγεν᾽ ἐπειδὴ δὲ οὐδὲν ἀπεκρίνατο, καὶ ἕτερόν τι μηχανᾶται. Ποῖον δὴ τοῦτο; Ἔθος ἣν αὐτοῖς ἀφιέναι ἕνα τῶν καταδίκων, καὶ ἐντεῦθεν αὐτὸν ἐξελέσθαι ἐπεχείρησεν. Εἰ γὰρ μὴ βούλεσθε, φησὶν, ὡς ἀθῷον ἀφεῖναι, κἂν ὡς κατάδικον χαρίσασθε τῇ ἑορτῇ. Εἶδες τάξιν ἀντεστραμμένην; Τὴν μὲν γὰρ αἴτησιν τὴν ὑπὲρ τῶν καταδίκων, τοῦ δήμου ἔθος ἦν εἶναι, τὴν δὲ δόσιν τοῦ ἄρχοντος νῦν δὲ τοὐναντίον γέγονε, καὶ ὁ ἄρχων αἰτεῖ τὸν δῆμον, καὶ οὐδὲ οὕτω γίνονται ἥμεροι, ἀλλ᾽ ἐκθηριοῦνται μειζόνως καὶ φονῶσιν, ὑπὸ τοῦ πάθους τῆς βασκανίας ἐκβακχευόμενοι. Οὐδὲ γὰρ εἶχον ὅ τι κατηγορήσουσιν αὐτοῦ, καὶ ταῦτα σιγῶντος, ἀλλ᾽ ἠλέγχοντο καὶ οὕτω διὰ τὴν τῶν δικαιωμάτων περιουσίαν, καὶ σιγῶν ἐνίκα τοὺς μυρία λέγοντας καὶ μαινομένους. Καθημένου δὲ αὐτοῦ ἐπὶ τοῦ βήματος, ἔπεμψε πρὸς αὐτὸν ἡ γυνὴ αὐτοῦ λέγουσα μηδέν σοι καὶ τῷ δικαίῳ τούτῳ᾽ πολλὰ γὰρ ἔπαθον σήμερον κατ᾽ ὄναρ δι᾽ αὐτόν. Ὅρα οἷον γίνεται πάλιν, ἱκανὸν πάντας αὐτοὺς ἀνακαλέσασθαι. Μετὰ γὰρ τῆς ἀπὸ τῶν πραγμάτων ἀποδείξεως, καὶ τὸ ὄναρ οὐ μικρὸν ἣν. Καὶ τίνος ἕνεκεν οὐκ αὐτὸς ὁρᾷ; Ἢ ὅτι ἐκείνη ἀξία ἦν μᾶλλον, ἢ ὅτι αὐτὸς εἰ εἶδεν, οὐκ ἂν ἐπιστεύθη ὁμοίως, ἢ οὐδ᾽ ἂν ἐξεῖπε. Διὰ τοῦτο οἰκονομεῖται τὴν γυναῖκα ἰδεῖν, ὥστε κατάδηλον γενέσθαι πᾶσι. Καὶ οὐχ ἁπλῶς ὁρᾷ, ἀλλὰ καὶ πάσχει πολλὰ, ἵνα καὶ ἀπὸ τῆς συμπαθείας τῆς πρὸς τὴν γυναῖκα ὀκνηρότερος γένηται ὁ ἀνὴρ περὶ τὸν φόνον. Καὶ ὁ καιρὸς δὲ οὐ μικρὸν συνετέλει' κατὰ γὰρ αὐτὴν τὴν νύκτα εἶδεν. Ἀλλ᾽ οὐκ ἦν αὐτῷ ἀσφαλὲς, φησὶν, ἀφεῖναι, ἐπειδὴ εἶπον, ὅτι βασιλέα ἑαυτὸν ἐποίει. Ἐχρῆν οὖν ἀποδείξεις καὶ ἐλέγχους ζητῆσαι, καὶ ὅσα τυραννίδος ἐστὶ τεκμήρια· οἷον, εἰ στρατόπεδα κατέλεγεν, εἰ χρήματα συνέλεγεν, εἰ ὅπλα ἐχάλκευεν, εἰ ἄλλο τι τοιοῦτον ἐπεχείρει. Ὁ δὲ ἁπλῶς παρασύρεται· διὰ τοῦτο οὐδὲ αὐτὸν ἀφίησιν ὁ Χριστὸς τῶν ἐγκλημάτων, λέγων ὁ μείζονα ἁμαρτίαν ἔχει ὁ παραδιδούς μέ σοι. Ὥστε μαλακίας Οὗτος μὲν οὖν ἄνανδρος καὶ μαλακός· οἱ δὲ ἀρχιερεῖς πονηροὶ καὶ κακοῦργοι. Ἐπειδὴ γὰρ εὗρέ τινα ἐπίνοιαν, τὸν τῆς ἑορτῆς νόμον τὸν κελεύοντα ἀφεῖναι κατάδικον, τί πρὸς τοῦτο μηχανῶνται; Ἔπεισαν τὸν ὄχλον, φησὶν, ἵνα τὸν Βαραββᾶν αἰτήσωσιν.

… estē emprosthen tou hēgemonos; kai epērōtēsen auton ho hēgemōn, legōn; sy ei ho basileus tōn ᾿Ioudaiōn? Ho de ᾿Iēsous ephē: sy legeis. Kai en tǭ katēgoreisthai auton hypo tōn archiereōn kai presbyterōn, ouden apekrinato. Horąs ti prōton exetazetai? ho malista anō kai katō synechōs estrephon. ᾿Epeidē gar eidon ton Pilaton oudena poioumenon logon tōn nomikōn, epi ta dēmosia enklēmata tēn katēgorian agousin. Houtō kai epi tōn apostolōn epoioun, tauta aei proballomenoi, kai legontes hoti perierchontai kēryttontes basilea tina ᾿Iēsoun, hōs peri anthrōpou tinos psilou dialegomenoi, kai tyrannidos hypopsian autois peritithentes. Hothen dēlon, hoti kai to diarrhēxai ton chitōniskon, kai ekplagēnai, skēpsis ēn. Panta de ekykōn kai estrephon, hōste auton eis thanaton embalein. Touto goun kai ho Pilatos hērōtēse tote. Ti oun ho Christos? Sy eipas. Hōmologēsen einai basileus, alla basileus ouranios; ho kai allachou saphesteron elege, pros ton Pilaton apokrinomenos, hoti hē emē basileia ouk estin ek tou kosmou toutou hina mēde ekeinoi, mēde houtos apologian echōsi toiauta katēgorountes. Kai logismon anantirrhēton tithēsi legōn; ei ek tou kosmou toutou ēmēn, hoi emoi ēgōnisanto an, hina mē paradothō. Dia toi touto, hōste tautēn apokrousasthai tēn hypopsian, kai phoron katebale, kai heterous katabalein ekeleuse; kai hēnika ēthelēsan auton poiēsai basilea, ephyge. Ti oun ou tauta proēnenken eis meson, phēsi, tote, enkaloumenos epi tyrannidi? Dioti myrias echontes tas apo tōn pragmatōn apodeixeis tēs dynameōs, tēs praotētos, tēs epieikeias, hekontes etyphlōtton kai ekakourgoun, kai diephtharmenon to dikastērion ēn. Dia dē tauta pros ouden apokrinetai, alla sigą, kai brachea apokrinomenos, hōste mē apo tēs diēnekous sigēs authadeias doxan labein, hote hōrkisen ho archiereus, hote ho hēgemōn ēreto pros de tas katēgorias autōn ouden ouketi phēsin ou gar dē peisein emellen. Hōsper kai ho prophētēs anōthen touto auto dēlōn elegen; en tę̄ tapeinōsei autou hē krisis autou ērthē. Epi toutois ho hēgemōn ethaumaze. Kai gar thaumatos axion ēn idein tosautēn epieikeian epideiknymenon, kai sigōnta, ton myria echonta eipein. Oude gar ekeinoi ek tou syneidenai ti ponēron autǭ katēgoroun, all᾽ apo baskanias kai phthonou monon. Hote goun estēsan pseudomartyras, diati mēden echontōn eipein epekeinto eti, kai ton ᾿Ioudan apopneusanta idontes, ou katenygēsan, kai ton Pilaton tas cheiras aponipsamenon? Kai gar polla kai par᾽ auton ton kairon epoiēsen, hōste autous ananēpsai; all᾽ oudeni toutōn egenonto beltious. Ti oun ho Pilatos? Ouk akoueis posa sou katamartyrousin houtoi? Ebouleto men gar auton apologoumenon apallagēnai, dio kai tauta elegen᾽ epeidē de ouden apekrinato, kai heteron ti mēchanatai. Poion dē touto? Ethos hēn autois aphienai hena tōn katadikōn, kai enteuthen auton exelesthai epecheirēsen. Ei gar mē boulesthe, phēsin, hōs athǭon apheinai, kan hōs katadikon charisasthe tę̄ heortę̄. Eides taxin antestrammenēn? Tēn men gar aitēsin tēn hyper tōn katadikōn, tou dēmou ethos ēn einai, tēn de dosin tou archontos nyn de tounantion gegone, kai ho archōn aitei ton dēmon, kai oude houtō ginontai hēmeroi, all᾽ ekthēriountai meizonōs kai phonōsin, hypo tou pathous tēs baskanias ekbakcheuomenoi. Oude gar eichon ho ti katēgorēsousin autou, kai tauta sigōntos, all᾽ ēlenchonto kai houtō dia tēn tōn dikaiōmatōn periousian, kai sigōn enika tous myria legontas kai mainomenous. Kathēmenou de autou epi tou bēmatos, epempse pros auton hē gynē autou legousa mēden soi kai tǭ dikaiǭ toutǭ᾽ polla gar epathon sēmeron kat᾽ onar di᾽ auton. Hora hoion ginetai palin, hikanon pantas autous anakalesasthai. Meta gar tēs apo tōn pragmatōn apodeixeōs, kai to onar ou mikron hēn. Kai tinos heneken ouk autos horą? Ē hoti ekeinē axia ēn mallon, ē hoti autos ei eiden, ouk an episteuthē homoiōs, ē oud᾽ an exeipe. Dia touto oikonomeitai tēn gynaika idein, hōste katadēlon genesthai pasi. Kai ouch haplōs horą, alla kai paschei polla, hina kai apo tēs sympatheias tēs pros tēn gynaika oknēroteros genētai ho anēr peri ton phonon. Kai ho kairos de ou mikron synetelei' kata gar autēn tēn nykta eiden. All᾽ ouk ēn autǭ asphales, phēsin, apheinai, epeidē eipon, hoti basilea heauton epoiei. Echrēn oun apodeixeis kai elenchous zētēsai, kai hosa tyrannidos esti tekmēria; hoion, ei stratopeda katelegen, ei chrēmata synelegen, ei hopla echalkeuen, ei allo ti toiouton epecheirei. Ho de haplōs parasyretai; dia touto oude auton aphiēsin ho Christos tōn enklēmatōn, legōn ho meizona hamartian echei ho paradidous me soi. Hōste malakias Houtos men oun anandros kai malakos; hoi de archiereis ponēroi kai kakourgoi. Epeidē gar heure tina epinoian, ton tēs heortēs nomon ton keleuonta apheinai katadikon, ti pros touto mēchanōntai? Epeisan ton ochlon, phēsin, hina ton Barabban aitēsōsin.

“… stood before the governor; and the governor asked him, saying, Are you the King of the Jews? And Jesus said, You say so. And when he was accused by the chief priests and elders, he answered nothing.”

Do you see what he is examined about first, the thing that they kept turning over up and down continually? For since they saw that Pilate took no account of matters of the law, they bring the accusation onto public charges. So they did in the case of the apostles too, always putting these things forward and saying that they went about proclaiming a certain king, Jesus, speaking as if of a mere man, and putting on them the suspicion of usurpation. Hence it is plain that the tearing of the tunic and the amazement were a pretense. And they stirred and twisted everything so as to throw him into death. At any rate this is what Pilate then asked. What, then, does Christ say? “You have said it.” He confessed that he was a king, but a heavenly king; which elsewhere too he said more clearly, answering Pilate, “My kingdom is not of this world,” so that neither they nor he might have an excuse for bringing such accusations. And he sets down an unanswerable reason, saying, “If I were of this world, my servants would have fought, so that I might not be handed over.” For this reason, to repel this suspicion, he both paid tribute himself and bade others pay it; and when they wished to make him king, he fled. “Why, then, did he not bring these things forward then,” someone says, “when he was accused of usurpation?” Because, though they had countless proofs from the facts of his power, his meekness, his gentleness, they willfully blinded themselves and acted maliciously, and the court was corrupt. For this reason he answers nothing, but is silent, though answering briefly, so as not to get a reputation for arrogance from continual silence—when the high priest adjured him, when the governor asked; but to their accusations he no longer says anything; for he was not going to persuade them. As the prophet too, showing this very thing from of old, said, “In his humiliation his judgment was taken away.” At these things the governor marveled. For it was worthy of wonder to see him showing such gentleness and keeping silent, he who had countless things to say. For those men did not accuse him from being conscious of any evil in him, but from envy and jealousy alone. At any rate, when they had set up false witnesses, why, having nothing to say, did they still press on, and why were they not pricked at heart when they saw that Judas had breathed his last, and that Pilate had washed his hands? For he did many things even at the very time to bring them to soberness, but they became better by none of these. What, then, does Pilate say? “Do you not hear how many things these testify against you?” For he wished him to be released by making his defense; therefore he also said these things; but since he answered nothing, he contrives something else too. What is this? It was their custom to release one of the condemned, and by this he tried to rescue him. “For if you do not wish,” he says, “to release him as innocent, at least grant him to the feast as one condemned.” Do you see the order reversed? For it was the custom that the request for the condemned should be the people’s, and the granting the ruler’s; but now the opposite happened, and the ruler asks the people, and not even so do they become gentle, but they grow more savage and thirst for blood, maddened by the passion of envy. For they had nothing to accuse him of, and that while he was silent; but they were refuted even so by the abundance of his righteous deeds, and keeping silent he conquered those who said countless things and raved. “And while he was sitting on the judgment seat, his wife sent to him, saying, Have nothing to do with that righteous man; for I have suffered much today in a dream because of him.” See what happens again, enough to call them all back. For along with the proof from the facts, the dream too was no small thing. And why does he not see it himself? Either because she was more worthy, or because, if he had seen it, he would not have been believed alike, or would not even have told it. Therefore it is arranged that his wife sees it, so that it may become manifest to all. And she does not simply see it, but also suffers much, so that through his sympathy for his wife the husband might become more reluctant about the murder. And the time too contributed not a little; for she saw it on that very night. “But it was not safe for him to release him,” someone says, “since they said that he made himself a king.” Then he ought to have sought proofs and evidence, and all the tokens of usurpation: for instance, whether he levied armies, whether he collected money, whether he forged weapons, whether he attempted anything else of the kind. But he is simply carried along; therefore Christ does not free him from the charges either, saying, “He who handed me over to you has the greater sin.” So it was from weakness that he yielded. This man, then, was unmanly and soft; but the chief priests were wicked and malicious. For when he had found a device, the law of the feast that bade a condemned man be released, what do they contrive against this? “They persuaded the crowd,” it says, “to ask for Barabbas.”

86.2Field 2

Εἶδες πόσην αὐτὸς πρόνοιαν ποιεῖται, ὥστε αὐτοὺς ἀπαλλάξαι ἐγκλημάτων, καὶ πόσην αὐτοὶ σπουδὴν, ὥστε μηδὲ σκιὰν ἑαυτοῖς ἀπολογίας καταλιπεῖν; Τί γὰρ ἔδει; τὸν ὡμολογημένον, ἢ τὸν ἀμφισβητούμενον ἀφεῖναι; Εἰ γὰρ ἐπὶ τοῖς ὡμολογημένοις ἀφίεσθαι ἔδει, πολλῷ μᾶλλον ἐπὶ τοῖς ἀμφιβόλοις. Οὐ γὰρ δήπου ὡμολογημένων ἀνδροφόνων χείρων αὐτοῖς οὗτος ἐδόκει εἶναι. Διὰ γὰρ τοῦτο οὐδὲ ἁπλῶς εἶπεν, εἶχον λῃστὴν, ἀλλ᾽, ἐπίσημον τουτέστι, περιβόητον ἐν κακίᾳ, μυρίους ἐργασάμενον φόνους. Ἀλλ᾽ ὅμως κακεῖνον τοῦ τῆς οἰκουμένης σωτῆρος προὔθηκαν' καὶ οὔτε τὸν καιρὸν ἠδέσθησαν ὅτι ἅγιος ἣν, οὐ τοὺς τῆς φιλανθρωπίας νόμους, οὐκ ἄλλο τῶν τοιούτων οὐδέν᾽ ἀλλὰ καθάπαξ αὐτοὺς ὁ φθόνος ἀπετύφλωσε. Καὶ μετὰ τῆς οἰκείας κακίας καὶ τὸν δῆμον διαφθείρουσιν, ἵνα καὶ τῆς ἐκείνων ἀπάτης τὴν ἐσχάτην δῶσι δίκην. ᾿Επεὶ οὖν ἐκεῖνον ἡτήσαντο, λέγει· τί οὖν ποιήσω Ἰησοῦν τὸν λεγόμενον Χριστόν; καὶ ταύτῃ πάλιν ἐντρέψαι βουλόμενος, τῷ ποιῆσαι κυρίους τῆς αἱρέσεως, ἵνα κἂν αἰσχυνθέντες αἰτήσωσι, καὶ τῆς αὐτῶν φιλοτιμίας γένηται τὸ πᾶν. Τὸ μὲν γὰρ λέγειν, οὐχ ἥμαρτε, φιλονεικοτέρους ἐποίει τὸ δὲ ἐκ φιλανθρωπίας ἀξιοῦν σωθῆναι, ἀναντίῤῥητον ἔχει τὴν πειθὼ καὶ τὴν αἴτησιν. Οἱ δὲ καὶ οὕτως ἔλεγον σταύρωσον. Ὁ δὲ ἔφη· τί γὰρ κακὸν ἐποίησεν; Οἱ δὲ περισσῶς ἔκραζον, σταυρωθήτω. Ὁ δὲ ἰδών, ὅτι οὐδὲν ὠφελεῖ, ἐνίψατο τὰς χεῖρας, λέγων, ὅτι ἀθῷός εἰμι. Τί οὖν παραδίδως; τί δὲ οὐκ ἐξήρπασας, καθάπερ τὸν Παῦλον ὁ ἑκατοντάρχης; Καὶ γὰρ ἐκεῖνος ἤδει χαριζόμενος τοῖς Ἰουδαίοις· καὶ στάσις ἐγένετο δι᾽ αὐτὸν καὶ θόρυβος ἀλλ᾽ ὅμως ἔστη πρὸς πάντα. Ἀλλ᾽ οὐχ οὗτος, ἀλλὰ ἄνανδρος σφόδρα καὶ μαλακός· καὶ πάντες ὁμοῦ διεφθείροντο. Οὔτε γὰρ οὗτος πρὸς τὸ πλῆθος ἔστη, οὔτε τὸ πλῆθος πρὸς τοὺς ᾿Ιουδαίους· πανταχόθεν αὐτῶν ἡ ἀπολογία ἀνῄρητο. Καὶ γὰρ περισσῶς ἔκραζον, τουτέστι, μᾶλλον ἔκραζον, σταυρωθήτω. Οὐ γὰρ ἀνελεῖν μόνον ἤθελον, ἀλλὰ καὶ ἐπὶ πονηρᾷ αἰτίᾳ, καὶ τοῦ δικάζοντος ἀντιλέγοντος ἐπέμενον τὰ αὐτὰ βοῶντες. Εἶδες πόσα ἐποίησεν ὁ Χριστὸς, ὥστε αὐτοὺς ἀνακτήσασθαι; Καθάπερ γὰρ τὸν Ἰούδαν ἀνεκρούετο πολλάκις, οὕτω καὶ τούτους ἀνέστελλε, διά τε παντὸς τοῦ εὐαγγελίου, καὶ παρ᾽ αὐτὸν τὸν καιρὸν τῆς κρίσεως. Καὶ γὰρ ὅτε εἷδον τὸν ἄρχοντα καὶ δικάζοντα ἀπονιψάμενον καὶ λέγοντα, ἀθῷός εἰμι ἀπὸ τοῦ αἵματος τούτου, ἔδει κατανυγῆναι καὶ διὰ τῶν ῥημάτων καὶ διὰ τῶν πραγμάτων καὶ ὅτε τὸν ᾿Ιούδαν ἀπαγξάμενον, καὶ ὅτε αὐτὸν … ἀντ᾽ αὐτοῦ λαβεῖν. Ὅταν γὰρ ὁ κατήγορος καὶ προδότης ἑαυτὸν καταδικάζῃ, καὶ ὁ ψηφιζόμενος ἀπονίπτηται τὰ ἐγκλήματα, καὶ ὄψις τοιαύτη κατ᾽ αὐτὴν τὴν νύκτα φαίνηται, καὶ ὡς κατάδικον αὐτὸν ἐξαιτῆται, ποίαν ἕξουσιν ἀπολογίαν; Εἰ γὰρ μὴ ἐβούλοντο ἀθῶον εἶναι, ἀλλ᾽ οὐχὶ καὶ λῃστὴν αὐτοῦ προτιμῆσαι ἔδει, τὸν ὡμολογημένον καὶ σφόδρα ἐπίσημον ὄντα. Τί οὖν ἐκεῖνοι; Ἐπειδὴ τὸν δικαστὴν εἶδον νιπτόμενον τὰς χεῖρας, καὶ λέγοντα, ἀθῷός εἰμι, ἔκραζον· τὸ αἷμα αὐτοῦ ἐφ᾽ ἡμᾶς, καὶ ἐπὶ τὰ τέκνα ἡμῶν. Τότε δὴ λοιπὸν, ὅτε καθ᾽ ἑαυτῶν τὴν ψῆφον ἐξήνεγκαν, συνεχώρησε πάντα γενέσθαι. Θέα δὲ καὶ ἐνταῦθα τὴν πολλὴν παραπληξίαν. Τοιαύτη γὰρ ἡ ὁρμὴ, καὶ ἡ πονηρὰ ἐπιθυμία οὐκ αφίησί τι τῶν δεόντων ἰδεῖν. Ἔστω γὰρ, ὑμῖν αὐτοῖς ἐπαρᾶσθε: τί καὶ ἐπὶ τὰ τέκνα τὴν ἀρὰν ἕλκετε; Ἀλλ᾽ ὅμως ὁ φιλάνθρωπος, τοσαύτη μανίᾳ χρησαμένων, καὶ καθ᾽ ἑαυτῶν καὶ κατὰ τῶν παίδων, οὐ μόνον ἐπὶ τῶν παίδων, ἀλλ᾽ οὐδὲ ἐπ᾽ αὐτῶν τὴν ψῆφον ἐκύρωσεν, ἀλλὰ καὶ ἐξ αὐτῶν καὶ ἐξ ἐκείνων ἐδέξατο τοὺς μετανοήσαντας, καὶ μυρίων ἠξίωσεν ἀγαθῶν. Καὶ γὰρ καὶ Παῦλος ἐξ αὐτῶν ἦν, καὶ αἱ μυριάδες τῶν πεπιστευκότων ἐν Ἱεροσολύμοις· θεωρεῖς γάρ, φησὶν, ἀδελφὲ, πόσαι μυριάδες εἰσὶν ᾿Ιουδαίων τῶν πεπιστευκότων· ἐκ τούτων ἦσαν. Εἰ δέ τινες ἐναπέμειναν, ἑαυτοῖς λογιζέσθωσαν τὴν τιμωρίαν. Τότε ἀπέλυσεν αὐτοῖς τὸν Βαραββᾶν, τὸν δὲ Ἰησοῦν φραγελλώσας παρέδωκεν, ἵνα σταυρωθῇ. Καὶ διὰ τί ἐφραγέλλωσεν; Ἢ ὡς κατάδικον, ἢ σχῆμα περιθεῖναι τῇ κρίσει βουλόμενος, ἢ ἐκείνοις χαρίσασθαι. Καίτοιγε ἐνστῆναι ἐχρῆν. Καὶ γὰρ καὶ πρὸ τούτου εἶπε· λάβετε αὐτὸν ὑμεῖς, καὶ κατὰ τὸν νόμον ὑμῶν κρίνατε αὐτόν. Καὶ πολλὰ ἦν τὰ δυνάμενα αὐτὸν κἀκείνους ἀναχαιτίσαι, καὶ τὰ σημεῖα, καὶ τὰ θαύματα, καὶ ἡ πολλὴ τοῦ ταῦτα πάσχοντος ἀνεξικακία, καὶ ἡ σιγὴ μάλιστα ἡ ἄφατος. ᾿Επειδὴ γὰρ καὶ δι᾽ ὧν ἀπελογήσατο καὶ δι᾽ ὧν ηὔξατο τὸ ἀνθρώπινον ἔδειξε, πάλιν τὸ ὑψηλὸν καὶ μεγαλοφυὲς καὶ διὰ τῆς σιγῆς καὶ διὰ τοῦ καταφρονεῖν τῶν λεγομένων ἐπιδείκνυται, διὰ πάντων αὐτοὺς πρὸς τὸ οἰκεῖον ἐνάγων θαῦμα. Ἀλλ᾽ οὐδενὶ τούτων εἶξαν.

Eides posēn autos pronoian poieitai, hōste autous apallaxai enklēmatōn, kai posēn autoi spoudēn, hōste mēde skian heautois apologias katalipein? Ti gar edei? ton hōmologēmenon, ē ton amphisbētoumenon apheinai? Ei gar epi tois hōmologēmenois aphiesthai edei, pollǭ mallon epi tois amphibolois. Ou gar dēpou hōmologēmenōn androphonōn cheirōn autois houtos edokei einai. Dia gar touto oude haplōs eipen, eichon lę̄stēn, all᾽, episēmon toutesti, periboēton en kakią, myrious ergasamenon phonous. All᾽ homōs kakeinon tou tēs oikoumenēs sōtēros prouthēkan' kai oute ton kairon ēdesthēsan hoti hagios hēn, ou tous tēs philanthrōpias nomous, ouk allo tōn toioutōn ouden᾽ alla kathapax autous ho phthonos apetyphlōse. Kai meta tēs oikeias kakias kai ton dēmon diaphtheirousin, hina kai tēs ekeinōn apatēs tēn eschatēn dōsi dikēn. ᾿Epei oun ekeinon hētēsanto, legei; ti oun poiēsō Iēsoun ton legomenon Christon? kai tautę̄ palin entrepsai boulomenos, tǭ poiēsai kyrious tēs haireseōs, hina kan aischynthentes aitēsōsi, kai tēs autōn philotimias genētai to pan. To men gar legein, ouch hēmarte, philoneikoterous epoiei to de ek philanthrōpias axioun sōthēnai, anantirrhēton echei tēn peithō kai tēn aitēsin. Hoi de kai houtōs elegon staurōson. Ho de ephē; ti gar kakon epoiēsen? Hoi de perissōs ekrazon, staurōthētō. Ho de idōn, hoti ouden ōphelei, enipsato tas cheiras, legōn, hoti athǭos eimi. Ti oun paradidōs? ti de ouk exērpasas, kathaper ton Paulon ho hekatontarchēs? Kai gar ekeinos ēdei charizomenos tois Ioudaiois; kai stasis egeneto di᾽ auton kai thorybos all᾽ homōs estē pros panta. All᾽ ouch houtos, alla anandros sphodra kai malakos; kai pantes homou diephtheironto. Oute gar houtos pros to plēthos estē, oute to plēthos pros tous ᾿Ioudaious; pantachothen autōn hē apologia anę̄rēto. Kai gar perissōs ekrazon, toutesti, mallon ekrazon, staurōthētō. Ou gar anelein monon ēthelon, alla kai epi ponērą aitią, kai tou dikazontos antilegontos epemenon ta auta boōntes. Eides posa epoiēsen ho Christos, hōste autous anaktēsasthai? Kathaper gar ton Ioudan anekroueto pollakis, houtō kai toutous anestelle, dia te pantos tou euangeliou, kai par᾽ auton ton kairon tēs kriseōs. Kai gar hote heidon ton archonta kai dikazonta aponipsamenon kai legonta, athǭos eimi apo tou haimatos toutou, edei katanygēnai kai dia tōn rhēmatōn kai dia tōn pragmatōn kai hote ton ᾿Ioudan apanxamenon, kai hote auton … ant᾽ autou labein. Hotan gar ho katēgoros kai prodotēs heauton katadikazę̄, kai ho psēphizomenos aponiptētai ta enklēmata, kai opsis toiautē kat᾽ autēn tēn nykta phainētai, kai hōs katadikon auton exaitētai, poian hexousin apologian? Ei gar mē eboulonto athōon einai, all᾽ ouchi kai lę̄stēn autou protimēsai edei, ton hōmologēmenon kai sphodra episēmon onta. Ti oun ekeinoi? Epeidē ton dikastēn eidon niptomenon tas cheiras, kai legonta, athǭos eimi, ekrazon; to haima autou eph᾽ hēmas, kai epi ta tekna hēmōn. Tote dē loipon, hote kath᾽ heautōn tēn psēphon exēnenkan, synechōrēse panta genesthai. Thea de kai entautha tēn pollēn paraplēxian. Toiautē gar hē hormē, kai hē ponēra epithymia ouk aphiēsi ti tōn deontōn idein. Estō gar, hymin autois eparasthe: ti kai epi ta tekna tēn aran helkete? All᾽ homōs ho philanthrōpos, tosautē manią chrēsamenōn, kai kath᾽ heautōn kai kata tōn paidōn, ou monon epi tōn paidōn, all᾽ oude ep᾽ autōn tēn psēphon ekyrōsen, alla kai ex autōn kai ex ekeinōn edexato tous metanoēsantas, kai myriōn ēxiōsen agathōn. Kai gar kai Paulos ex autōn ēn, kai hai myriades tōn pepisteukotōn en Hierosolymois; theōreis gar, phēsin, adelphe, posai myriades eisin ᾿Ioudaiōn tōn pepisteukotōn; ek toutōn ēsan. Ei de tines enapemeinan, heautois logizesthōsan tēn timōrian. Tote apelysen autois ton Barabban, ton de Iēsoun phragellōsas paredōken, hina staurōthę̄. Kai dia ti ephragellōsen? Ē hōs katadikon, ē schēma peritheinai tę̄ krisei boulomenos, ē ekeinois charisasthai. Kaitoige enstēnai echrēn. Kai gar kai pro toutou eipe; labete auton hymeis, kai kata ton nomon hymōn krinate auton. Kai polla ēn ta dynamena auton kakeinous anachaitisai, kai ta sēmeia, kai ta thaumata, kai hē pollē tou tauta paschontos anexikakia, kai hē sigē malista hē aphatos. ᾿Epeidē gar kai di᾽ hōn apelogēsato kai di᾽ hōn ēuxato to anthrōpinon edeixe, palin to hypsēlon kai megalophyes kai dia tēs sigēs kai dia tou kataphronein tōn legomenōn epideiknytai, dia pantōn autous pros to oikeion enagōn thauma. All᾽ oudeni toutōn eixan.

Do you see how much forethought he takes to free them from the charges, and how much zeal they show to leave themselves not even a shadow of excuse? For what was required? To release the one whose guilt was confessed, or the one whose guilt was disputed? For if it was required to release men of confessed guilt, much more the doubtful. For surely this man did not seem to them worse than confessed murderers. For this reason it does not say simply that they had a robber, but a notorious one: that is, famous in wickedness, one who had committed countless murders. But nevertheless they preferred even him to the Savior of the world; and they respected neither the season, that it was holy, nor the laws of love for mankind, nor anything else of the kind; but envy blinded them once for all. And along with their own wickedness they corrupt the people too, so that they may pay the utmost penalty for the deception of those as well. When, then, they had asked for that man, he says, “What then shall I do with Jesus who is called Christ?” trying again by this to shame them, by making them masters of the choice, so that, being ashamed, they might at least ask for him, and the whole thing might be of their munificence. For to say, “He has not sinned,” made them more contentious; but to ask that he be saved out of love for mankind carries an irresistible persuasion and plea. But even so they said, “Crucify him.” And he said, “Why, what evil has he done?” But they cried out all the more, “Let him be crucified.” And seeing that he was gaining nothing, he washed his hands, saying, “I am innocent.” Why, then, do you hand him over? Why did you not snatch him away, as the centurion did Paul? For that man too knew that he could gratify the Jews, and a riot and a tumult arose because of Paul; but nevertheless he stood firm against everything. But not so this man; he was very unmanly and soft; and all together were corrupted. For neither did this man stand against the crowd, nor the crowd against the Jews; so on every side their excuse was taken away. For “they cried out all the more,” that is, they cried the louder, “Let him be crucified.” For they wished not only to kill him, but to do so on a wicked charge, and though the judge contradicted them they persisted shouting the same. Do you see how much Christ did to restore them? For as he often checked Judas, so he restrained these too, both through the whole Gospel and at the very time of the trial. For when they saw the ruler and judge washing his hands and saying, “I am innocent of this man’s blood,” they ought to have been pricked at heart both by the words and by the deeds; and when they saw Judas having hanged himself, and when Pilate himself … to take another instead of him. For when the accuser and traitor condemns himself, and the one passing sentence washes his hands of the charges, and such a vision appears on that very night, and he begs for him as for one condemned, what defense will they have? For if they did not wish him to be innocent, yet ought they not at least to have preferred him to a robber, one confessed and very notorious? What, then, do they do? When they saw the judge washing his hands and saying, “I am innocent,” they cried out, “His blood be on us and on our children.” Then at last, when they had passed sentence against themselves, he permitted everything to happen. See here too their great derangement. For such is impulse, and evil desire does not allow one to see anything of what is needful. For grant that you curse yourselves; why do you draw the curse on your children too? But nevertheless the lover of mankind, though they acted with such madness against themselves and against their children, did not ratify the sentence, not only upon the children, but not even upon them; but from both these and those he received those who repented, and counted them worthy of countless good things. For Paul too was of them, and the myriads of those who believed in Jerusalem; “For you see, brother,” it says, “how many myriads of Jews there are who have believed.” And if some remained in unbelief, let them reckon the punishment to themselves. “Then he released Barabbas to them, and having scourged Jesus, he handed him over to be crucified.” And why did he scourge him? Either as one condemned, or wishing to put a form on the judgment, or to gratify them. And yet he ought to have stood firm. For before this too he had said, “Take him yourselves and judge him according to your law.” And there were many things able to check both him and them: the signs, and the miracles, and the great forbearance of the one suffering these things, and above all the unspeakable silence. For since both by his defense and by his prayer he had shown his humanity, again by his silence and by disregarding what was said he shows his loftiness and greatness, by everything leading them to wonder at him. But they yielded to none of these things.

86.3Field 2

Ὅταν γὰρ ἅπαξ, καθάπερ ὑπὸ μέθης ἢ μανίας τινὸς ἀτόπου κατασχεθῶσιν οἱ λογισμοὶ, δύσκολον ἀνενεγκεῖν μὴ σφόδρα γενναίαν οὖσαν τὴν καταπίπτουσαν ψυχήν. Δεινὸν γὰρ, δεινὸν τοῖς πονηροῖς πάθεσι τούτοις δοῦναι χώραν' διὸ χρὴ παντὶ τρόπῳ διακρούεσθαι καὶ ἐξωθεῖν αὐτῶν τὴν εἴσοδον. Ὅταν γὰρ ἐπιλάβωνται τῆς ψυχῆς, καὶ κρατήσωσι, καθάπερ πῦρ εἰς ὕλην ἐμπεσὸν, οὕτω λαμπρὰν τὴν φλόγα ἀνάπτουσι. Διὸ παρακαλῶ πάντα ποιεῖν, ὥστε ἀποτειχίζειν αὐτοῖς τὴν εἴσοδον μηδὲ τούτῳ τῷ λογισμῷ τῷ ψυχρῷ παραμυθουμένους ἑαυτοὺς, πᾶσαν ἐπεισάγειν πονηρίαν, λέγοντας τί παρὰ τοῦτο; καὶ τί παρ᾽ ἐκεῖνο; τὰ γὰρ μυρία κακὰ ἐντεῦθεν τίκτεται. Ὁ γὰρ διάβολος μιαρὸς … συγκαταβάσει πρὸς τὴν τῶν ἀνθρώπων ἀπώλειαν, καὶ ἀπὸ τῶν μικροτέρων προσβάλλει. Σκόπει δέ. Ἐβούλετο τὸν Σαοὺλ εἰς ἐγγαστριμύθου ληρωδίαν ἐμβαλεῖν. ᾿Αλλὰ τοῦτο εἰ παρὰ τὴν ἀρχὴν συνεβούλευσεν, οὐκ ἂν προσέσχεν ἐκεῖνος· πῶς γὰρ, ὁ καὶ ἐλαύνων αὐτούς; Διὰ τοῦτο ἠρέμα καὶ κατὰ μικρὸν αὐτὸν εἰσάγει. ᾿Επειδὴ γὰρ παρήκουσε τοῦ Σαμουὴλ, καὶ παρεσκεύασε μὴ παραγενομένου ἀνενεχθῆναι τὴν ὁλοκαύτωσιν, ἐγκαλούμενός φησιν· ἡ ἀνάγκη τῶν πολεμίων ἐγένετο μείζων· καὶ δέον θρηνῆσαι, ὡς οὐδὲν ἐργασάμενος διετέθη. Πάλιν ἐκέλευσε τὰ κατὰ τοὺς Ἀμαληκίτας ὁ θεός· ὁ δὲ καὶ ταῦτα παρέβη. Ἐντεῦθεν εἰς τὰ κατὰ τὸν Δαυὶδ ἐξέβη τολμήματα, καὶ οὕτως ἠρέμα καὶ κατὰ μικρὸν ὀλισθαίνων οὐκ ἔστη, ἕως εἰς αὐτὸ τῆς ἀπωλείας τὸ βάραθρον ἐλθὼν ἐνέβαλεν ἑαυτόν. Οὕτω καὶ ἐπὶ τοῦ Καῖν' οὐκ εὐθέως παρώρμησεν ἀνελεῖν τὸν ἀδελφὸν, ἐπεὶ οὐκ ἂν ἔπεισεν· ἀλλὰ πρῶτον αὐτὸν παρασκευάζει τὰ φαυλότερα προσενεγκεῖν, λέγων οὐδὲν τοῦτό ἐστιν ἁμάρτημα δεύτερον, φθόνον καὶ βασκανίαν ἀνῆψεν, οὐδὲν οὐδὲ παρὰ τοῦτο, λέγων τρίτον, ἀνελεῖν ἔπεισε καὶ ἀρνήσασθαι τὴν μιαιφονίαν καὶ οὐ πρότερον ἀπέστη, ἕως τὸν κολοφῶνα ἐπέθηκε τῶν κακῶν. Διὸ χρὴ τὰς ἀρχὰς ἀνακρούεσθαι. Μάλιστα μὲν γὰρ εἰ καὶ ἐφ᾽ ἑαυτῶν τὰ πρῶτα ἁμαρτήματα εἱστήκει, οὐδὲ οὕτω καταφρονεῖν ἐχρῆν τῶν πρώτων πλημμελημάτων νυνὶ δὲ καὶ ἐπὶ μεῖζον ἄνεισιν, ὅταν ἀμελῇ ἡ διάνοια. Διὸ χρὴ πάντα ποιεῖν, ὥστε τὰς ἀρχὰς αὐτῶν ἀναιρεῖν. Μὴ γὰρ δὴ πρὸς τὴν φύσιν ἴδῃς τοῦ ἁμαρτήματος, ὅτι μικρόν, ἀλλ᾽ ὅτι μεγάλου γίνεται ῥίζα ἀμελουμένη. Εἰ γὰρ χρή τι καὶ θαυμαστὸν εἰπεῖν, οὐ τοσαύτης δεῖται σπουδῆς τὰ μεγάλα ἁμαρτήματα, ὡς τὰ μικρὰ καὶ εὐτελῆ. ᾿Εκεῖνα μὲν γὰρ αὐτὴ ἡ φύσις τῆς ἁμαρτίας ἀποστρέφεσθαι παρασκευάζει τὰ δὲ μικρὰ αὐτῷ τούτῳ εἰς ῥᾳθυμίαν ἐμβάλλει, καὶ οὐκ ἀφίησι γενναίως διαναστῆναι πρὸς τὴν αὐτῶν ἀναίρεσιν. Διὸ καὶ ταχέως γίνεται μεγάλα, καθευδόντων ἡμῶν. Τοῦτο καὶ ἐν τοῖς σώμασι συμβαῖνον ἴδοι τις ἄν. Οὕτω καὶ ἐπὶ τοῦ Ἰούδα τὸ μέγα τοῦτο ἐτέχθη κακόν. Εἰ γὰρ μὴ ἔδοξεν αὐτῷ μικρὸν εἶναι τὸ κλέπτειν τῶν πενήτων τὰ χρήματα, οὐκ ἂν εἰς ταύτην ἐξηνέχθη τὴν προδοσίαν. Εἰ μὴ μικρὸν ἔδοξεν εἶναι τοῖς ᾿Ιουδαίοις τὸ ὑπὸ κενοδοξίας ἁλίσκεσθαι, οὐκ ἂν ἐξώλισθον εἰς τὸ χριστοκτόνοι γενέσθαι. Καὶ πάντα δὲ τὰ κακὰ ἐκ τούτου ἴδοι τις ἂν γινόμενα. Οὐδεὶς γὰρ ταχέως καὶ ἀθρόον ἐπὶ τὴν κακίαν ἐκπηδᾷ. Ἔχει γὰρ, ἔχει τινὰ αἰσχύνην ἐγκειμένην ἡμῖν ἡ ψυχὴ, καὶ τὴν πρὸς τὰ καλὰ αἰδῶ, καὶ ἀθρόον οὐκ ἂν τοσοῦτον ἀναισχυντήσειεν, ὡς ὑφ᾽ ἕν ἅπαντα ῥῖψαι, ἀλλ᾽ ἠρέμα καὶ κατὰ μικρὸν ἀπόλλυνται, ὅταν ἀμελῇ. Οὕτω καὶ εἰδωλολατρεία εἰσῆλθεν, τῶν ἀνθρώπων ὑπὲρ μέτρον τιμωμένων, καὶ τῶν ζώντων καὶ τῶν παρελθόντων οὕτω καὶ ξόανα προσεκυνήθη οὕτω καὶ πορνεία ἐκράτησε, καὶ τὰ ἄλλα κακά. Σκόπει δέ. Ἐγέλασέ τις ἀκαίρως· ἐνεκάλεσεν ἕτερον ἄλλος ἐξέλυσε τὸν φόβον εἰπὼν, οὐδὲν παρὰ τοῦτο. Τί γάρ ἐστι τὸ γελᾶν; τί γὰρ παρὰ τοῦτο γένοιτ᾽ ἄν; ᾿Απὸ τούτου εὐτραπελία ἐτέχθη, ἐντεῦθεν αἰσχρολογία, εἶτα πρᾶξις αἰσχρά. Πάλιν ἕτερος ἐγκαλούμενος ἐπὶ τῷ διαβάλλειν τὸν πλησίον καὶ λοιδορεῖσθαι καὶ κακηγορεῖν, κατεφρόνησεν εἰπών· οὐδέν ἐστι τὸ κακῶς λέγειν. Ἀπὸ τούτου μῖσος ἔτεκεν ἄφατον, ἔχθραν ἄσπονδον, λοιδορίας ἀπείρους απὸ τῶν λοιδοριῶν πληγάς· ἀπὸ τῶν πληγῶν φόνον πολλάκις. Ἀπὸ μὲν οὖν τῶν μικρῶν οὕτω τὰ μεγάλα εἰσάγει ὁ πονηρὸς δαίμων ἐκεῖνος· ἀπὸ δὲ τῶν μεγάλων τὸ ἀπογινώσκειν, ἄλλην ταύτην μέθοδον οὐκ ἐλάττονα τῆς προτέρας εὑρών. Οὐ γὰρ οὕτω τὸ ἁμαρτάνειν, ὡς τὸ ἀπογινώσκειν ἀπόλλυσιν. Ὁ μὲν γὰρ πλημμελήσας, ἂν νήφῃ, ταχέως μετανοήσας διορθοῦται τὸ γεγενημένον᾽ ὁ δὲ ἀπαγορεύσας καὶ μὴ μετανοῶν, διὰ τοῦτο ἐκπίπτει τῆς διορθώσεως ταύτης, οὐκ ἐπιτιθεὶς τὰ ἀπὸ τῆς μετανοίας φάρμακα. Ἔχει καὶ τρίτην ἐνέδραν χαλεπήν᾽ οἷον ὅταν εὐλαβείας σχῆμα περιθῇ τῷ ἁμαρτήματι. Καὶ ποῦ τοσοῦτον ἴσχυσεν ὁ διάβολος, φησὶν, ὥστε μέχρι τούτων ἀπατῆσαι; Ἄκουε, καὶ φυλάττου αὐτοῦ τὰ νοήματα. Προσέταξεν ὁ Χριστὸς διὰ Παύλου γυναῖκα απὸ ἀνδρὸς μὴ χωρισθῆναι, καὶ μὴ ἀποστερεῖν ἀλλήλους, εἰ μὴ ἐκ συμφώνου ἀλλὰ τινες ἔρωτι δῆθεν ἐγκρατείας ἀποστᾶσαι τῶν ἰδίων ἀνδρῶν, ὡς εὐλαβές τι ποιοῦσαι, ὤθησαν αὐτοὺς ἐπὶ μοιχείαν. Ἐννόησον οὖν ἡλίκον κακὸν, πόνον τοσοῦτον ὑπομενούσας, ὡς τὰ μέγιστα ἠδικηκυίας ἐγκαλεῖσθαι, καὶ τὴν ἐσχάτην τίνειν δίκην, καὶ εἰς βάραθρον ἀπωλείας τοὺς συνοικοῦντας ὠθεῖν. Ἕτεροι πάλιν νόμῳ νηστείας ἀπεχόμενοι σιτίων, κατὰ μικρὸν προῆλθον ἐπὶ τὸ βδελύττεσθαι ταῦτα᾽ ὃ καὶ αὐτὸ μεγίστην φέρει τὴν κόλασιν. Τοῦτο δὲ γίνεται, ὅταν τινὲς τὰς οἰκείας προλήψεις παρὰ τὰ ταῖς γραφαῖς δοκοῦντα κρατύνωσιν. ᾿Ενόμισαν καὶ οἱ παρὰ Κορινθίοις, τελειότητος εἶναι τὸ πάντων ἀδιαφόρως ἀπογεύεσθαι, καὶ τῶν κεκωλυμένων ἀλλ᾽ ὅμως οὐκ ἣν τελειότητος τοῦτο, ἀλλὰ καὶ ἐσχάτης παρανομίας. Διὰ τοῦτο καὶ σφοδρῶς αὐτοῖς ὁ Παῦλος ἐπιτιμᾷ, καὶ τῆς ἐσχάτης ἔλεγεν ὑπευθύνους εἶναι δίκης. Ἕτεροι πάλιν εὐλαβείας εἶναι νομίζουσι τὸ κομᾶν τὰς κεφαλάς. Καὶ τοῦτο δὲ τῶν κεκωλυμένων ἐστὶ, καὶ πολλὴν ἔχον τὴν αἰσχύνην. Πάλιν ἕτεροι τὸ λυπεῖσθαι ἐπὶ τοῖς ἁμαρτήμασιν ἀμέτρως ὡς κερδαλέον διώκουσιν ἀλλὰ καὶ αὐτὸ μεθοδείας διαβολικῆς, καὶ ἐδήλωσεν ὁ ᾿Ιούδας ἐντεῦθεν γοῦν καὶ ἀπήγξατο. Διὰ τοῦτο καὶ Παῦλος ὑπὲρ τοῦ πεπορνευκότος ἐδεδοίκει, μή τι τοιοῦτον πάθῃ, καὶ παρήνει Κορινθίοις ταχέως αὐτὸν ἐξαρπάσαι, μήπως τῇ περισσοτέρᾳ λύπῃ καταποθῇ ὁ τοιοῦτος. Εἶτα δεικνὺς ὅτι τὸ τοιοῦτον τῆς ἐνέδρας ἐστὶ τῆς ἐκείνου, φησί· μήπως πλεονεκτηθῶμεν ὑπὸ τοῦ Σατανᾶ οὐ γὰρ αὐτοῦ τὰ νοήματα ἀγνοοῦμεν, ὅτι μετὰ δόλου πολλοῦ προσβάλλει, φησίν. ᾿Επεὶ εἰ μετὰ παῤῥησίας καὶ φανερῶς ἐπολέμει, εὔκολος ἦν καὶ ῥᾳδία ἡ νίκη· μᾶλλον δὲ καὶ νῦν, ἐὰν νήφωμεν, εὔκολος ἔσται. Καὶ γὰρ πρὸς ἑκάστην τῶν ὁδῶν τούτων καθώπλισεν ἡμᾶς ὁ θεός. Πείθων γὰρ μηδὲ τῶν μικρῶν τούτων καταφρονεῖν, ἄκουσον τί παραινεῖ λέγων· ὁ εἰπὼν τῷ ἀδελφῷ αὐτοῦ, μωρὲ, ἔνοχος ἔσται εἰς τὴν γέενναν τοῦ πυρός· καὶ, ὁ ὀφθαλμοῖς ἀκολάστοις ἰδὼν, μοιχός ἐστιν ἀπηρτισμένος. Καὶ τοὺς γελῶντας ταλανίζει, καὶ πανταχοῦ τὰς ἀρχὰς καὶ τὰ σπέρματα ἀναιρεῖ τῶν κακῶν, καὶ περὶ ἀργοῦ ῥήματός φησι διδόναι λόγον. Διὰ τοῦτο καὶ ὁ Ἰὼβ καὶ τὰς ἐννοίας τῶν παίδων ἐθεράπευεν. Ὑπὲρ δὲ τοῦ μὴ ἀπογινώσκειν φησὶ· μὴ ὁ πίπτων οὐκ ἀνίσταται; ἢ ὁ ἀποστρέφων οὐκ ἐπιστρέφει; καὶ πάλιν· οὐ θελήσει θέλω τὸν θάνατον τοῦ ἁμαρτωλοῦ, ὡς τὸ ἐπιστρέψαι καὶ ζῆν αὐτόν· καὶ, σήμερον ἐὰν τῆς φωνῆς αὐτοῦ ἀκούσητε. Καὶ πολλὰ ἕτερα τοιαῦτα καὶ ῥήματα καὶ παραδείγματα κεῖται ἐν τῇ γραφῇ. Πρὸς δὲ τὸ σχήματι εὐλαβείας μὴ ἀπόλλυσθαι, ἄκουσον Παύλου λέγοντος· μήπως τῇ περισσοτέρᾳ λύπῃ καταποθῇ ὁ τοιοῦτος. Ταῦτ᾽ οὖν εἰδότες, πάσαις ἐπιτειχίζωμεν ταῖς ὁδοῖς ταῖς παρατρεπούσαις τοὺς ῥᾳθύμους τὴν ἀπὸ τῶν γραφῶν σύνεσιν. Μηδὲ λέγε τί γάρ ἐστιν, ἐὰν ἴδω γυναῖκα καλὴν περιέργως; Ἂν γὰρ τὴν ἐν καρδίᾳ μοιχείαν ἐργάσῃ, ταχέως καὶ τὴν ἐν σαρκὶ τολμήσει. Μὴ εἴπης τί γάρ ἐστι, ἐὰν τὸν πένητα τοῦτον παραδράμω; Ἂν γὰρ τοῦτον, καὶ τὸν ἔτερον' ἂν ἐκεῖνον, καὶ τὸν ἄλλον. Μηδ᾽ αὖ πάλιν τί γὰρ, ἐὰν ἐπιθυμήσω τῶν τοῦ πλησίον; Τοῦτο γάρ, τοῦτο ἐποίησεν τὸν Ἀχαὰβ ἀπολέσθαι, καίτοι τιμὴν κατέβαλεν, αλλὰ παρὰ ἄκοντος ἔλαβεν. Οὐ γὰρ βιαζόμενον δεῖ ὠνεῖσθαι, ἀλλὰ πείθοντα. Εἰ δὲ ὁ τὴν προσήκουσαν τιμὴν καταβαλὼν, οὕτως ἐκολάζετο, ἐπειδὴ παρὰ ἄκοντος ἔλαβεν ὁ μηδὲ τοῦτο ποιῶν, καὶ παρὰ ἄκοντος ἁρπάζων, καὶ ταῦτα ἐν τῇ χάριτι πολιτευόμενος, τίνος οὐκ ἔσται κολάσεως ἄξιος; Ἵν᾽ οὖν μὴ κολαζώμεθα, βίας ἁπάσης καὶ ἁρπαγῆς ἑαυτοὺς καθαροὺς διατηροῦντες, καὶ μετὰ τῶν ἁμαρτημάτων καὶ τὰς ἀρχὰς αὐτῶν φυλαττόμενοι, μετὰ πολλῆς τῆς σπουδῆς ἐπιμελώμεθα ἀρετῆς οὕτω γὰρ καὶ τῶν αἰωνίων ἀπολαύσομεν ἀγαθῶν, χάριτι καὶ φιλανθρωπίᾳ τοῦ κυρίου ἡμῶν ᾿Ιησοῦ Χριστοῦ, ᾧ ἡ δόξα εἰς τοὺς αἰῶνας τῶν αἰώνων. Ἀμήν.

Hotan gar hapax, kathaper hypo methēs ē manias tinos atopou kataschethōsin hoi logismoi, dyskolon anenenkein mē sphodra gennaian ousan tēn katapiptousan psychēn. Deinon gar, deinon tois ponērois pathesi toutois dounai chōran' dio chrē panti tropǭ diakrouesthai kai exōthein autōn tēn eisodon. Hotan gar epilabōntai tēs psychēs, kai kratēsōsi, kathaper pyr eis hylēn empeson, houtō lampran tēn phloga anaptousi. Dio parakalō panta poiein, hōste apoteichizein autois tēn eisodon mēde toutǭ tǭ logismǭ tǭ psychrǭ paramythoumenous heautous, pasan epeisagein ponērian, legontas ti para touto? kai ti par᾽ ekeino? ta gar myria kaka enteuthen tiktetai. Ho gar diabolos miaros … synkatabasei pros tēn tōn anthrōpōn apōleian, kai apo tōn mikroterōn prosballei. Skopei de. Ebouleto ton Saoul eis engastrimythou lērōdian embalein. ᾿Alla touto ei para tēn archēn synebouleusen, ouk an proseschen ekeinos; pōs gar, ho kai elaunōn autous? Dia touto ērema kai kata mikron auton eisagei. ᾿Epeidē gar parēkouse tou Samouēl, kai pareskeuase mē paragenomenou anenechthēnai tēn holokautōsin, enkaloumenos phēsin; hē anankē tōn polemiōn egeneto meizōn; kai deon thrēnēsai, hōs ouden ergasamenos dietethē. Palin ekeleuse ta kata tous Amalēkitas ho theos; ho de kai tauta parebē. Enteuthen eis ta kata ton Dauid exebē tolmēmata, kai houtōs ērema kai kata mikron olisthainōn ouk estē, heōs eis auto tēs apōleias to barathron elthōn enebalen heauton. Houtō kai epi tou Kain' ouk eutheōs parōrmēsen anelein ton adelphon, epei ouk an epeisen; alla prōton auton paraskeuazei ta phaulotera prosenenkein, legōn ouden touto estin hamartēma deuteron, phthonon kai baskanian anēpsen, ouden oude para touto, legōn triton, anelein epeise kai arnēsasthai tēn miaiphonian kai ou proteron apestē, heōs ton kolophōna epethēke tōn kakōn. Dio chrē tas archas anakrouesthai. Malista men gar ei kai eph᾽ heautōn ta prōta hamartēmata heistēkei, oude houtō kataphronein echrēn tōn prōtōn plēmmelēmatōn nyni de kai epi meizon aneisin, hotan amelę̄ hē dianoia. Dio chrē panta poiein, hōste tas archas autōn anairein. Mē gar dē pros tēn physin idę̄s tou hamartēmatos, hoti mikron, all᾽ hoti megalou ginetai rhiza ameloumenē. Ei gar chrē ti kai thaumaston eipein, ou tosautēs deitai spoudēs ta megala hamartēmata, hōs ta mikra kai eutelē. ᾿Ekeina men gar autē hē physis tēs hamartias apostrephesthai paraskeuazei ta de mikra autǭ toutǭ eis rhąthymian emballei, kai ouk aphiēsi gennaiōs dianastēnai pros tēn autōn anairesin. Dio kai tacheōs ginetai megala, katheudontōn hēmōn. Touto kai en tois sōmasi symbainon idoi tis an. Houtō kai epi tou Iouda to mega touto etechthē kakon. Ei gar mē edoxen autǭ mikron einai to kleptein tōn penētōn ta chrēmata, ouk an eis tautēn exēnechthē tēn prodosian. Ei mē mikron edoxen einai tois ᾿Ioudaiois to hypo kenodoxias haliskesthai, ouk an exōlisthon eis to christoktonoi genesthai. Kai panta de ta kaka ek toutou idoi tis an ginomena. Oudeis gar tacheōs kai athroon epi tēn kakian ekpēdą. Echei gar, echei tina aischynēn enkeimenēn hēmin hē psychē, kai tēn pros ta kala aidō, kai athroon ouk an tosouton anaischyntēseien, hōs hyph᾽ hen hapanta rhipsai, all᾽ ērema kai kata mikron apollyntai, hotan amelę̄. Houtō kai eidōlolatreia eisēlthen, tōn anthrōpōn hyper metron timōmenōn, kai tōn zōntōn kai tōn parelthontōn houtō kai xoana prosekynēthē houtō kai porneia ekratēse, kai ta alla kaka. Skopei de. Egelase tis akairōs; enekalesen heteron allos exelyse ton phobon eipōn, ouden para touto. Ti gar esti to gelan? ti gar para touto genoit᾽ an? ᾿Apo toutou eutrapelia etechthē, enteuthen aischrologia, eita praxis aischra. Palin heteros enkaloumenos epi tǭ diaballein ton plēsion kai loidoreisthai kai kakēgorein, katephronēsen eipōn; ouden esti to kakōs legein. Apo toutou misos eteken aphaton, echthran aspondon, loidorias apeirous apo tōn loidoriōn plēgas; apo tōn plēgōn phonon pollakis. Apo men oun tōn mikrōn houtō ta megala eisagei ho ponēros daimōn ekeinos; apo de tōn megalōn to apoginōskein, allēn tautēn methodon ouk elattona tēs proteras heurōn. Ou gar houtō to hamartanein, hōs to apoginōskein apollysin. Ho men gar plēmmelēsas, an nēphę̄, tacheōs metanoēsas diorthoutai to gegenēmenon᾽ ho de apagoreusas kai mē metanoōn, dia touto ekpiptei tēs diorthōseōs tautēs, ouk epititheis ta apo tēs metanoias pharmaka. Echei kai tritēn enedran chalepēn᾽ hoion hotan eulabeias schēma perithę̄ tǭ hamartēmati. Kai pou tosouton ischysen ho diabolos, phēsin, hōste mechri toutōn apatēsai? Akoue, kai phylattou autou ta noēmata. Prosetaxen ho Christos dia Paulou gynaika apo andros mē chōristhēnai, kai mē aposterein allēlous, ei mē ek symphōnou alla tines erōti dēthen enkrateias apostasai tōn idiōn andrōn, hōs eulabes ti poiousai, ōthēsan autous epi moicheian. Ennoēson oun hēlikon kakon, ponon tosouton hypomenousas, hōs ta megista ēdikēkuias enkaleisthai, kai tēn eschatēn tinein dikēn, kai eis barathron apōleias tous synoikountas ōthein. Heteroi palin nomǭ nēsteias apechomenoi sitiōn, kata mikron proēlthon epi to bdelyttesthai tauta᾽ ho kai auto megistēn pherei tēn kolasin. Touto de ginetai, hotan tines tas oikeias prolēpseis para ta tais graphais dokounta kratynōsin. ᾿Enomisan kai hoi para Korinthiois, teleiotētos einai to pantōn adiaphorōs apogeuesthai, kai tōn kekōlymenōn all᾽ homōs ouk hēn teleiotētos touto, alla kai eschatēs paranomias. Dia touto kai sphodrōs autois ho Paulos epitimą, kai tēs eschatēs elegen hypeuthynous einai dikēs. Heteroi palin eulabeias einai nomizousi to koman tas kephalas. Kai touto de tōn kekōlymenōn esti, kai pollēn echon tēn aischynēn. Palin heteroi to lypeisthai epi tois hamartēmasin ametrōs hōs kerdaleon diōkousin alla kai auto methodeias diabolikēs, kai edēlōsen ho ᾿Ioudas enteuthen goun kai apēnxato. Dia touto kai Paulos hyper tou peporneukotos ededoikei, mē ti toiouton pathę̄, kai parēnei Korinthiois tacheōs auton exarpasai, mēpōs tę̄ perissoterą lypę̄ katapothę̄ ho toioutos. Eita deiknys hoti to toiouton tēs enedras esti tēs ekeinou, phēsi; mēpōs pleonektēthōmen hypo tou Satana ou gar autou ta noēmata agnooumen, hoti meta dolou pollou prosballei, phēsin. ᾿Epei ei meta parrhēsias kai phanerōs epolemei, eukolos ēn kai rhądia hē nikē; mallon de kai nyn, ean nēphōmen, eukolos estai. Kai gar pros hekastēn tōn hodōn toutōn kathōplisen hēmas ho theos. Peithōn gar mēde tōn mikrōn toutōn kataphronein, akouson ti parainei legōn; ho eipōn tǭ adelphǭ autou, mōre, enochos estai eis tēn geennan tou pyros; kai, ho ophthalmois akolastois idōn, moichos estin apērtismenos. Kai tous gelōntas talanizei, kai pantachou tas archas kai ta spermata anairei tōn kakōn, kai peri argou rhēmatos phēsi didonai logon. Dia touto kai ho Iōb kai tas ennoias tōn paidōn etherapeuen. Hyper de tou mē apoginōskein phēsi; mē ho piptōn ouk anistatai? ē ho apostrephōn ouk epistrephei? kai palin; ou thelēsei thelō ton thanaton tou hamartōlou, hōs to epistrepsai kai zēn auton; kai, sēmeron ean tēs phōnēs autou akousēte. Kai polla hetera toiauta kai rhēmata kai paradeigmata keitai en tę̄ graphę̄. Pros de to schēmati eulabeias mē apollysthai, akouson Paulou legontos; mēpōs tę̄ perissoterą lypę̄ katapothę̄ ho toioutos. Taut᾽ oun eidotes, pasais epiteichizōmen tais hodois tais paratrepousais tous rhąthymous tēn apo tōn graphōn synesin. Mēde lege ti gar estin, ean idō gynaika kalēn periergōs? An gar tēn en kardią moicheian ergasę̄, tacheōs kai tēn en sarki tolmēsei. Mē eipēs ti gar esti, ean ton penēta touton paradramō? An gar touton, kai ton eteron' an ekeinon, kai ton allon. Mēd᾽ au palin ti gar, ean epithymēsō tōn tou plēsion? Touto gar, touto epoiēsen ton Achaab apolesthai, kaitoi timēn katebalen, alla para akontos elaben. Ou gar biazomenon dei ōneisthai, alla peithonta. Ei de ho tēn prosēkousan timēn katabalōn, houtōs ekolazeto, epeidē para akontos elaben ho mēde touto poiōn, kai para akontos harpazōn, kai tauta en tę̄ chariti politeuomenos, tinos ouk estai kolaseōs axios? Hin᾽ oun mē kolazōmetha, bias hapasēs kai harpagēs heautous katharous diatērountes, kai meta tōn hamartēmatōn kai tas archas autōn phylattomenoi, meta pollēs tēs spoudēs epimelōmetha aretēs houtō gar kai tōn aiōniōn apolausomen agathōn, chariti kai philanthrōpią tou kyriou hēmōn ᾿Iēsou Christou, hǭ hē doxa eis tous aiōnas tōn aiōnōn. Amēn.

For when once the reasoning powers are seized as by drunkenness or some strange madness, it is difficult to recover, unless the soul that falls is very noble. For terrible, terrible it is to give room to these evil passions; therefore one must in every way beat them off and thrust back their entrance. For when they lay hold of the soul and master it, like fire falling on fuel, they kindle a bright flame. Therefore I exhort you to do everything so as to wall off their entrance, and not, comforting yourselves with this cold reasoning, to bring in every wickedness, saying, “What does this matter? And what does that matter?” For countless evils are born from this. For the devil, foul as he is, goes about the ruin of men with much … and condescension, and attacks from the smaller things. And consider. He wished to cast Saul into the nonsense of the ventriloquist. But if he had counseled this at the beginning, Saul would not have paid attention; for how would he, who was even driving them out? Therefore he brings him in quietly and little by little. For since he disobeyed Samuel, and had the whole burnt offering offered up when Samuel had not come, when charged he says, “The necessity from the enemies became greater”; and when he ought to have lamented, he was disposed as though he had done nothing. Again God commanded the things concerning the Amalekites; and he transgressed these too. From this he went on to his outrages against David, and so, slipping quietly and little by little, he did not stop until he came to the very pit of destruction and threw himself in. So too with Cain: the devil did not at once urge him to kill his brother, since he would not have persuaded him; but first he prepares him to offer the poorer things, saying, “This is no sin”; second, he kindled jealousy and envy, saying, “Nor does this matter”; third, he persuaded him to kill and to deny the murder; and he did not depart until he had put the finishing touch to the evils. Therefore one must beat back the beginnings. For indeed, even if the first sins stopped at themselves, even so one ought not to despise the first offenses; but as it is they go on to something greater when the mind is careless. Therefore one must do everything to take away their beginnings. For do not look at the nature of the sin, that it is small, but that, neglected, it becomes the root of a great one. For if one may say something wonderful, great sins do not need so much care as small and paltry ones. For the very nature of the sin makes us turn away from those; but the small ones, by this very fact, throw us into carelessness, and do not let us rise up nobly for their removal. Therefore they quickly become great while we sleep. This one may see happening in bodies too. So too with Judas this great evil was born. For if stealing the money of the poor had not seemed to him a small thing, he would not have been carried on to this betrayal. If being caught by vainglory had not seemed a small thing to the Jews, they would not have slipped into becoming killers of Christ. And one may see all evils arising from this. For no one leaps into wickedness quickly and all at once. For the soul has, it has a certain shame implanted in us, and a reverence for what is good, and it would not at once become so shameless as to cast away everything at one stroke; but quietly and little by little men perish, when they are careless. So too idolatry came in, men being honored beyond measure, both the living and the departed; so too images were worshiped; so too sexual immorality prevailed, and the other evils. And consider. Someone laughed out of season; another rebuked him; another dissolved his fear, saying, “It does not matter. For what is laughing? What could come of it?” From this jesting was born, from this foul speech, then a foul deed. Again another, rebuked for slandering his neighbor and reviling and speaking ill, despised it, saying, “Speaking ill is nothing.” From this he bred unspeakable hatred, truceless enmity, countless revilings; from the revilings, blows; from the blows, often murder.

[4] From the small things, then, that wicked demon so brings in the great; and from the great, despair, having found this other method, no less than the former. For sinning does not destroy so much as despairing. For he who has offended, if he is sober, quickly repents and corrects what was done; but he who has given up and does not repent falls for this reason from correction, not applying the remedies of repentance. He has a third grievous ambush too: as when he puts a guise of piety on the sin. “And where,” someone says, “did the devil prevail so much as to deceive even in these things?” Hear, and guard against his devices. Christ commanded through Paul that a wife should not be separated from her husband, and that they should not deprive one another except by agreement; but some women, supposedly out of love of self-control, withdrawing from their own husbands as though doing something pious, have pushed them into adultery. Consider, then, how great an evil it is that women who undergo so much labor should be charged as having done the greatest wrongs, and pay the utmost penalty, and push those who live with them into the pit of destruction. Others again, abstaining from foods by a law of fasting, went on little by little to abhorring them; which itself brings the greatest punishment. And this happens when some establish their own preconceptions contrary to what seems good to the Scriptures. Those among the Corinthians too thought it was a mark of perfection to taste of everything indifferently, even of things forbidden; but nevertheless this was not a mark of perfection, but of the utmost lawlessness. Therefore Paul severely rebukes them, and said they were liable to the utmost penalty. Others again think it pious to wear their hair long. And this too is among the things forbidden, and carries much shame. Again others pursue immoderate grief over their sins as something profitable; but this too belongs to the devil’s method, and Judas showed it; from this, at any rate, he hanged himself. Therefore Paul too feared for the man who had committed sexual immorality, lest he suffer something of the kind, and urged the Corinthians to snatch him away quickly, “lest such a one be swallowed up by excessive grief.” Then, showing that such a thing belongs to the devil’s ambush, he says, “Lest we be outwitted by Satan; for we are not ignorant of his designs”—that he attacks with much guile, he means. For if he made war openly and manifestly, the victory would be easy and ready; or rather even now, if we are sober, it will be easy. For God has armed us against each of these ways. For to persuade us not to despise even the small things, hear what he exhorts, saying, “Whoever says to his brother, Fool, will be liable to the Gehenna of fire”; and, “He who has looked with licentious eyes is a complete adulterer.” And he calls those who laugh wretched, and everywhere takes away the beginnings and the seeds of evils, and says that one must give account for an idle word. Therefore Job too tended even the thoughts of his children. And against despair he says, “Does he who falls not rise? Or does he who turns away not turn back?” and again, “I do not desire the death of the sinner so much as that he turn and live”; and, “Today, if you hear his voice.” And many other such words and examples lie in Scripture. And against being destroyed under a guise of piety, hear Paul saying, “lest such a one be swallowed up by excessive grief.” Knowing these things, then, let us wall off, with the understanding that comes from the Scriptures, all the ways that turn the careless aside. And do not say, “What is it if I look at a beautiful woman with curiosity?” For if you commit the adultery in the heart, you will quickly dare that in the flesh too. Do not say, “What is it if I pass by this poor man?” For if you pass by this one, you will pass by the next; if that one, then another. Nor again, “What is it if I covet my neighbor’s goods?” For this, this destroyed Ahab; and yet he offered a price, but he took from one who was unwilling. For one must not buy by forcing, but by persuading. And if the one who offered the fitting price was so punished, because he took from one unwilling, the one who does not even do this, but seizes from one unwilling, and that while living under grace, of what punishment will he not be worthy? So that we may not be punished, then, keeping ourselves pure of all violence and robbery, and guarding against the beginnings of sins along with the sins, let us care for virtue with much zeal; for so we will also enjoy the eternal good things, by the grace and love for mankind of our Lord Jesus Christ, to whom be the glory to the ages of ages. Amen.

Chapter 87

87.1Field 2

Τότε οἱ στρατιῶται τοῦ ἡγεμόνος παραλαβόντες τὸν ᾿ἴησοῦν εἰς τὸ πραιτώριον, συνήγαγον ἐπ᾿ αὐτὸν ὅλην τὴν σπεῖραν καὶ ἐκδύσαντες αὐτὸν, περιέθηκαν αὐτῷ χλαμύδα κοκκίνην καὶ πλέξαντες στέφανον εξ ἀκανθῶν, ἐπέθηκαν ἐπὶ τὴν κεφαλὴν αὐτοῦ, καὶ κάλαμον ἐπὶ τὴν δεξιὰν αὐτοῦ. Καὶ γονυπετήσαντες ἔμπροσθεν αὖτοῦ, ἐνέπαιζον αὐτῷ λέγοντες χαῖρε, ὁ βασιλεὺς τῶν ᾿Ιουδαίων. Ὥσπερ ἔκ τινος συνθήματος ὁ διάβολος εἰς πάντας τότε ἐχύρευεν. Ἔστω γάρ, ᾿Ιουδαῖοι φθόνῳ καὶ βασκανίᾳ τηκόμενοι ἐπαροίνουν εἰς αὐτόν οἱ στρατιῶται πόθεν καὶ ἐκ ποίας αἰτίας; ᾽ Οὐκ εὔδηλον ὅτι ὁ διάβολος ἦν ὁ τότε βακχεύων εἰς πάντας; Καὶ γὰρ τέρψεις ἐποίουν τὰς εἰς αὐτὸν ὕβρεις, ὠμοὶ καὶ ἀνήμεροί τινες ὄντες. Δέον γὰρ συσταλῆναι, δέον δακρῦσαι, ὅπερ καὶ ὁ δῆμος ἔπασχε; τοῦτο μὲν οὐκ ἐποίουν, τουναντίον δὲ, ὕβριζον καὶ ἐνήλλοντο, ἴσως καὶ αὐτοὶ χαριζόμενοι τοῖς Ιουδαίοις, ἢ καὶ κατ᾽ οἰκείαν δυστροπίαν ἅπαντα πράττοντες. Καὶ αἱ ὕβρεις διάκαὶ ποικίλαι. Τὴν γὰρ θείαν κεφαλὴν ἐκείνην ποτὲ μὲν ἐκολάφιζον, ποτὲ δὲ τῷ στεφάνῳ τῶν ἀκανθῶν καθύβριζον, ποτὲ δὲ τῷ καλάμῳ ἔτυπτον» ἄνδρες μιαροὶ καὶ ἐναγεῖς. Τίς ἡμῖν ἔσται λόγος λοιπὸν ἐπὶ ὕβρεσι κινουμένοις μετὰ τὸ τὸν Χριστὸν ταῦτα παθεῖν; Καὶ γὰρ ἐσχατος ὅρος ὕβρεως τὸ γινόμενον ἦν. Οὐδὲ γὰρ μέλος ἕν, ἀλλ᾽ ἅπαν τὸ σῶμα ὅλον διόλου ὑβρίζετο' ἡ κεφαλὴ διὰ τοῦ στεφάνου καὶ τοῦ καλάμου καὶ τοῦ κολαφίζεσθαι' τὸ πρόσωπον ἐμπτυόμενον' αἱ σιαγόνες ῥαπιζόμεναι τὸ σώμα ὅλον διὰ τῶν μαστίγων, διὰ τῆς περιβολης τῆς ᾿ χλανίδος, καὶ τῆς προσποιητῆς προσκυνήσεως ἥ χεὶρ διὰ τοῦ καλάμου, ὃν ἔδωκαν ἀντὶ σκήπτρου κατέχειν αὐτόν τὸ στόμα πάλιν διὰ τῆς τοῦ ὄξους προσκομιδῆς. Τί. τούτων γένοιτ᾽ ἄν χαλεπώτερον: τί ὑβριστικώτερον: : Πάντα γὰρ λόγον ὑπερβαίνει τὰ γεγενημένα. Καθάπερ γὰρ δεδοικότες, μὴ δόξωσιν ἐλλιμπάνειν τι τοῦ τολμήματος, τοὺς μὲν προφήτας οἰκείαις ἀνελόντες χερσὶ, τοῦτον δὲ ψήφῳ δικαστοῦ, οὕτως ἅπαντα πράττουσι καὶ αὐτόχειρες γίνονται, καὶ κατακρίνουσι, καὶ παρ ἑαυτοῖς καταδικάζουσι καὶ παρὰ τῷ Πιλάτῳ, λέγοντες, τὸ αἷμα αὐτοῦ ἐφ᾽ ἡμᾶς καὶ ἐπὶ τὰ τέκνα ἡμῶν καὶ ἐνάλλονται καὶ ὑβρίζουσι δὲ ἑαυτῶν, δεσμοῦντες, ἀπάγοντες, καὶ τῶν ὕβρεων τῶν ὑπὸ τῶν στρατιωτῶν αἴτιοι καθίστανται καὶ προσηλοῦσι, καὶ λοιδοροῦνται, καὶ ἐμπτύουσι, καὶ κωμῳδοῦσιν. Οὐδὲν γὰρ ἐνταῦθα ὁ Πιλάτος εἰσήνεγκεν, ἀλλὰ πάντα αὐτοὶ ἐποίουν, καὶ κατήγοροι, καὶ δικασταὶ, καὶ δήμιοι, καὶ πάντα γινόμενοι. Καὶ ταῦτα ἀναγινώσκεται παρ᾽ ἡμῖν, ὅταν πάντες συνέρχωνται. Ἵνα γὰρ μὴ λέγωσιν Ἕλληνες, ὅτι τὰ μὲν λαμπρὰ καὶ περιφανῆ, οἷον τὰ σημεῖα καὶ τὰ θαύματα, ἐπιδείκνυσθε τοῖς δήμοις καὶ τοῖς λαοῖς, τὰ δὲ ἐπονείδιστα ταῦτα ἀποκρύπτεσθε· ᾠκονόμησεν ἡ τοῦ πνεύματος χάρις, ἐν πανδήμῳ ἑορτῇ, ὅταν ἄνδρες παμπληθεὶ καὶ γυναῖκες παρώσι, καὶ πάντες ἁπλὼς κατὰ τὴν μεγάλην τοὺ πάσχα ἑσπέραν, τότε ταῦτα πάντα ἀναγινώσκεσθαι ὅταν ῇ οἰκουμένη πᾶσα παρῇ, τότε λαμπρᾷ ταῦτα ἀνακηρύττεται τῆ φωνῇ. Καὶ τούτων ἀναγινωσκομένων, καὶ πᾶσι γνωριζομένων, ὁ Χριστὸς πιστεύεται εἶναι θεός καὶ μετὰ τῶν ἄλλων καὶ διὰ ταῦτα προσκυνεῖται, ὅτι τοσοῦτον ὑπὲρ ἡμῶν καταβῆναι κατηξίωσεν, ὡς

Tote hoi stratiōtai tou hēgemonos paralabontes ton ᾿iēsoun eis to praitōrion, synēgagon ep᾿ auton holēn tēn speiran kai ekdysantes auton, periethēkan autǭ chlamyda kokkinēn kai plexantes stephanon ex akanthōn, epethēkan epi tēn kephalēn autou, kai kalamon epi tēn dexian autou. Kai gonypetēsantes emprosthen autou, enepaizon autǭ legontes chaire, ho basileus tōn ᾿Ioudaiōn. Hōsper ek tinos synthēmatos ho diabolos eis pantas tote echyreuen. Estō gar, ᾿Ioudaioi phthonǭ kai baskanią tēkomenoi eparoinoun eis auton hoi stratiōtai pothen kai ek poias aitias? ᾽ Ouk eudēlon hoti ho diabolos ēn ho tote bakcheuōn eis pantas? Kai gar terpseis epoioun tas eis auton hybreis, ōmoi kai anēmeroi tines ontes. Deon gar systalēnai, deon dakrysai, hoper kai ho dēmos epasche? touto men ouk epoioun, tounantion de, hybrizon kai enēllonto, isōs kai autoi charizomenoi tois Ioudaiois, ē kai kat᾽ oikeian dystropian hapanta prattontes. Kai hai hybreis diakai poikilai. Tēn gar theian kephalēn ekeinēn pote men ekolaphizon, pote de tǭ stephanǭ tōn akanthōn kathybrizon, pote de tǭ kalamǭ etypton» andres miaroi kai enageis. Tis hēmin estai logos loipon epi hybresi kinoumenois meta to ton Christon tauta pathein? Kai gar eschatos horos hybreōs to ginomenon ēn. Oude gar melos hen, all᾽ hapan to sōma holon diolou hybrizeto' hē kephalē dia tou stephanou kai tou kalamou kai tou kolaphizesthai' to prosōpon emptyomenon' hai siagones rhapizomenai to sōma holon dia tōn mastigōn, dia tēs peribolēs tēs ᾿ chlanidos, kai tēs prospoiētēs proskynēseōs hē cheir dia tou kalamou, hon edōkan anti skēptrou katechein auton to stoma palin dia tēs tou oxous proskomidēs. Ti. toutōn genoit᾽ an chalepōteron: ti hybristikōteron: : Panta gar logon hyperbainei ta gegenēmena. Kathaper gar dedoikotes, mē doxōsin ellimpanein ti tou tolmēmatos, tous men prophētas oikeiais anelontes chersi, touton de psēphǭ dikastou, houtōs hapanta prattousi kai autocheires ginontai, kai katakrinousi, kai par heautois katadikazousi kai para tǭ Pilatǭ, legontes, to haima autou eph᾽ hēmas kai epi ta tekna hēmōn kai enallontai kai hybrizousi de heautōn, desmountes, apagontes, kai tōn hybreōn tōn hypo tōn stratiōtōn aitioi kathistantai kai prosēlousi, kai loidorountai, kai emptyousi, kai kōmǭdousin. Ouden gar entautha ho Pilatos eisēnenken, alla panta autoi epoioun, kai katēgoroi, kai dikastai, kai dēmioi, kai panta ginomenoi. Kai tauta anaginōsketai par᾽ hēmin, hotan pantes synerchōntai. Hina gar mē legōsin Hellēnes, hoti ta men lampra kai periphanē, hoion ta sēmeia kai ta thaumata, epideiknysthe tois dēmois kai tois laois, ta de eponeidista tauta apokryptesthe; ǭkonomēsen hē tou pneumatos charis, en pandēmǭ heortę̄, hotan andres pamplēthei kai gynaikes parōsi, kai pantes haplōs kata tēn megalēn tou pascha hesperan, tote tauta panta anaginōskesthai hotan ę̄ oikoumenē pasa parę̄, tote lamprą tauta anakēryttetai tē phōnę̄. Kai toutōn anaginōskomenōn, kai pasi gnōrizomenōn, ho Christos pisteuetai einai theos kai meta tōn allōn kai dia tauta proskyneitai, hoti tosouton hyper hēmōn katabēnai katēxiōsen, hōs

“Then the soldiers of the governor took Jesus into the praetorium and gathered the whole cohort around him; and they stripped him and put a scarlet cloak on him, and they wove a crown of thorns and put it on his head, and a reed in his right hand. And kneeling before him they mocked him, saying, Hail, King of the Jews.”

As if at some signal, the devil was then dancing in them all. For grant that the Jews, wasting away with envy and jealousy, raged against him like drunkards: but the soldiers—from where, and for what cause? Is it not plain that it was the devil who was then revelling in them all? For they made their insults against him a pleasure, being cruel and savage men. When they ought to have been humbled, ought to have wept, as the people did, this they did not do; on the contrary, they insulted him and trampled on him, perhaps themselves gratifying the Jews, or else doing everything out of their own perversity. And the insults were of many kinds. For that divine head they at one time struck with their fists, at another outraged with the crown of thorns, at another beat with the reed—foul and accursed men.

What excuse will we have any longer for being moved by insults, after Christ suffered these things? For what happened was the utmost limit of outrage. Not one member only, but the whole body throughout was outraged: the head through the crown and the reed and the blows; the face, spat upon; the cheeks, struck; the whole body through the scourges, through being wrapped in the cloak, and through the pretended worship; the hand through the reed, which they gave him to hold instead of a scepter; the mouth again through the offering of the vinegar. What could be harder than these things? What more insulting? For what was done passes all words. For as if afraid that they might seem to fall short in any part of the daring deed—having killed the prophets with their own hands, but this one by a judge’s vote—so they do everything: they become his murderers with their own hands, and they condemn him and pass sentence on him both among themselves and before Pilate, saying, “His blood be on us and on our children”; and they trample on him and insult him by their own doing, binding him, leading him away; and they make themselves the authors of the insults offered by the soldiers; and they nail him, and revile him, and spit on him, and mock him. For Pilate contributed nothing here; they did everything themselves, becoming accusers and judges and executioners and everything.

And these things are read among us when all come together. For so that the pagans may not say, “You display the bright and glorious things, such as the signs and wonders, to the crowds and the peoples, but you hide these shameful things,” the grace of the Spirit arranged that on a public festival, when men and women are present in full numbers, in short everyone, on the great evening of the Pascha—then all these things should be read; when the whole world is present, then these things are proclaimed with a clear voice. And while these things are read and made known to all, Christ is believed to be God and, along with everything else, is worshiped for this very reason, that he deigned to come down so far for us as

87.4Field 2

καὶ ταῦτα παθεῖν, καὶ παιδεῦσαι πᾶσαν ἡμᾶς ἄρετήν. Ταῦτα τοίνυν διαπαντὸς ἀναγινώσκωμεν καὶ γὰρ πολὺ τὸ κέρδος, μεγίστη ἐντεῦθεν ἡ ὠφέλεια. Ὅταν γὰρ ἴδῃς καὶ σχήμασι καὶ πράγμασιν αὐτὸν χλευαζόμενον, καὶ προσκυνούμενον μετὰ τοσαύτης κωμῳδίας, καὶ κονδυλιζόμενον, καὶ τὰ ἔσχατα πάσχοντα, κἀν αὐτόλιθος ᾖς, κηροῦ γενήση παντὸς ἀπαλώτερος, καὶ πᾶσαν ἐκβαλεῖς ἀπὸ τῆς ψυχῆς φλεγμονήν. Ἄκουε τοίνυν καὶ τῶν ἑξῆς. ᾿Επειδὴ γὰρ ἐνέπαιξαν, ἤγαγον αὐτὸν εἰς τὸ σταυρῶσαι, φησὶ, καὶ γυμνώσαντες ἔλαβον αὐτοῦ τὰ ἱμάτια, καὶ καθήμενοι ἐτήρουν αὐτὸν, πότε ἀποπνεύσει. Καὶ διανέμονται αὐτοῦ τὰ ἱμάτια᾽ ὅπερ ἐπὶ τῶν σφόδρα εὐτελῶν καὶ ἀπεῤῥιμμένων γίνεται καταδίκων, καὶ οὐδένα ἐχόντων, καὶ ἐπ᾽ ἐρημίας ὑπαρχόντων ἁπάσης. ᾿Ἐμέριζον τὰ ἱμάτια, δι᾿ ὧν τηλικαῦτα γέγονε θαύματα. ᾿Αλλ᾽ οὐδὲν ἐνήργει τότε, τοῦ Χριστοῦ κατέχοντος τὴν ἀπόῤῥητον δύναμιν. Οὐ μικρὰ δὲ καὶ αὕτη προσθήκη Παροινίας ἦν. Ὡς γὰρ εἰς ἄτιμον καὶ ἀπεῤῥιμμένον, ὅπερ ἔφην, καὶ τὸν πάντων εὐτελέστατον, οὕτω πάντα ἐτόλμων. Εἰς γοῦν τοὺς ληστὰς οὐδὲν τοιοῦτον εἰργάσαντο, ἀλλ᾽ εἰς τὸν Χριστὸν ἅπαντα ἐτόλμων. Καὶ μέσον αὐτὸν ἐσταύρωσαν, ἵνα τῇ δόξῃ τῇ ἐκείνων κοινωνήσῃ. Καὶ ἔδωκαν αὐτῷ ὄξος πιεῖν, καὶ τοῦτο ἐνυβρίζοντες· ὁ δὲ οὐκ ἠθέλησεν. Ἕτερος δέ φησιν, ὅτι γευσάμενος εἶπε. τετέλεσται. Τί ἐστι, τετέλεσται; Ἡ προφητεία πεπλήρωται ἡ περὶ αὐτοῦ. Ἔδωκαν γάρ, φησὶν, εἰς τὸ βρώμά μου χολὴν, καὶ εἰς τὴν δίψαν μου ἐπότισάν με ὄξος. Οὐδὲ ἐκεῖνος δὲ δείκνυσιν ὅτι ἔπιεν οὐδὲν γὰρ διέστηκε τὸ ἁπλῶς γεύσασθαι τοῦ μὴ πιεῖν, ἀλλ᾽ ἕν τι καὶ τὸ αὐτὸ δηλοῖ. Αλλ᾽ ὅμως οὐδὲ ἐνταῦθα ἵσταται τὰ τῆς παροινίας, ἀλλὰ καὶ γυμνώσαντες, καὶ σταυρώσαντες, καὶ ὄξος προσενεγκόντες, περαιτέρω προβαίνουσι' καὶ ἐπὶ τοῦ σταυροῦ βλέποντες ἀνεσκολοπισμένον, ὀνειδίζουσι καὶ αὐτοὶ καὶ οἱ παραπορευόμενοι· ὃ πάντων χαλεπώτερα ἥν, τὸ καὶ ἐπὶ αἰτίᾳ ἀπατεῶνος καὶ πλάνου ταῦτα παθεῖν, καὶ ὡς ἀλαζόνα, καὶ εἰκῇ κομπάζοντα ἅπερ ἔλεγε. Διὰ ταῦτα αὐτὸν καὶ ἐσταύρωσαν δημοσίᾳ, ἵνα πάντων ὁρώντων ἐμπομπεύσωσι διὰ τοῦτο καὶ χερσὶ ταῖς στρατιωτικαῖς, ἵνα καὶ ἐν δημοσίῳ δικαστηρίῳ τούτων τολμωμένων, τὰ τῆς παροινίας ἐπιτείνηται. Καίτοι τίνα οὐκ ἂν ἔκαμψεν ὁ ὄχλος ὁ ἀκολουθῶν αὐτῷ καὶ θρηνῶν : Ἀλλ᾽ οὐχὶ τοὺς θῆρας τούτους. Διὰ δὴ τοῦτο καὶ αὐτὸς ἐκείνους μὲν ἀποκρίσεως ἀξιοῖ, τούτους δὲ οὐκέτι. Μετὰ γὰρ τὸ πρᾶξαι ἅπερ ἤθελον, καὶ τὴν δόξαν αὐτοῦ σπουδάζουσι λυμήνασθαι, δεδοικότες αὐτοῦ τὴν ἀνάστασιν. Διὰ τοῦτο δημοσίᾳ ταῦτα λέγουσι, καὶ λῃστὰς συνεσταύρωσαν, καὶ βουλόμενοι δεῖξαι ἀπατεῶνα, ἔλεγον· ὁ καταλύων τὸν ναὸν, καὶ ἐν τρισὶν ἡμέραις οἰκοδομῶν, κατάβηθι ἀπὸ τοῦ σταυροῦ. ᾿Επειδὴ γὰρ εἰπόντες τῷ Πιλάτῳ ἀνελεῖν τὴν αἰτίαν, (αὕτη δὲ ἣν τὸ γεγράφθαι, ὁ βασιλεὺς τῶν Ἰουδαίων) οὐδὲν ἴσχυσαν, ἀλλ᾽ ἐνεστήκει λέγων ἐκεῖνος, ὃ γέγραφα, γέγραφα αὐτοὶ λοιπὸν ἐπειρῶντο, δι᾽ ὧν ἐχλεύαζον, δεῖξαι ὅτι οὐκ ἔστι βασιλεύς. Διὸ καὶ ἐκεῖνα ἔλεγον, καὶ ταῦτα· εἰ βασιλεὺς Ἰσραήλ ἐστι, καταβάτω νῦν ἀπὸ τοῦ σταυροῦ καὶ πάλιν, ἄλλους ἔσωσεν, ἑαυτὸν οὐ δύναται σῶσαι καὶ τὰ πρότερα σημεῖα ἐντεῦθεν ἐπιχειροῦντες διαβάλλειν καὶ πάλιν, ὁ εἰ υἱὸς τοῦ θεοῦ ἐστι, καὶ θέλει αὐτὸν, σωσάτω αὐτόν. Ὢ μιαροὶ καὶ παμμίαροι. Τί δέ; οἱ προφῆται οὐκ ἦσαν προφῆται, οὐδὲ οἱ δίκαιοι δίκαιοι, ἐπειδὴ αὐτοὺς οὐκ ἐξήρπασε τῶν κινδύνων ὁ θεός; Ἀλλὰ μὴν ἦσαν, καὶ ταῦτα πάσχοντες. Τί οὖν ἴσον τῆς ἀνοίας ὑμῶν γένοιτ᾽ ἄν; Εἰ γὰρ ἐκείνων οὐκ ἐλυμήνατο παρ᾽ ὑμῖν τὴν δόξαν ἡ τῶν κινδύνων ἐπαγωγὴ, ἀλλ᾽ ἦσαν προφῆται καὶ πάσχοντες ἅπερ ᾿ἔπασχον πολλῷ μᾶλλον ἐπὶ τούτου οὐκ ἐχρῆν ὑμᾶς σκανδαλίζεσθαι, καὶ δι᾽ ὧν ἐποίησε, καὶ δι᾽ ὧν εἶπεν, ἀεὶ ταύτην ὑμῶν προδιορθωσαμένου τὴν ὑπόνοιαν. ᾿Αλλ ὅμως καὶ τούτων λεγομένων καὶ γενομένων οὐδὲν ἴσχυσαν, οὐδὲ παρ᾽ αὐτὸν τὸν καιρόν. Ὁ γοῦν ἐν ἐσχατῇ πονηρίᾳ κατασαπεὶς, καὶ ἐν Φόνοις καὶ τοιχωρυχίαις τὸν ἅπαντα καταναλώσας βίον, ὅτε ταῦτα ἐλέγετο, τότε αὐτὸν ὡμολόγησε, καὶ βασιλείας ἐμνημόνευσε καὶ ὁ δῆμος αὐτὸν ὠλοφύρετο. Καίτοιγε ἐδόκει ταναντία μαρτυρεῖν τὰ γινόμενα παρὰ τοῖς οὐκ εἰδόσι τοῦ μυστηρίου τὴν οἰκονομίαν, ὅτι ασθενὴς καὶ οὐδὲν δυνάμενος ἀλλ᾽ ὅμως ἡ αλήθεια καὶ διὰ τῶν ἐναντίων ἴσχυσε. Ταῦτ᾽ οὖν ἀκούοντες, ὁπλίζωμεν ἐαντοὺς κατὰ παντὸς θυμοῦ, κατὰ πάσης ὀργῆς. Κἀν ᾿φλεγμαίνουσαν ἴδης τὴν καρδίαν σου, σφράγισον τὸ στῆθος, τὸν σταυρὸν ᾿ ἐπιθείς ἀναμνησόν τι τῶν τότε συμβάντων, καὶ ὥσπερ κονιορτὸν ἐκβαλεῖς πάντα θυμὸν τῶν γεγενημένων τῇ μνήμῃ. ᾿Εννόησον τὰ ῥήματα, τὰ πράγματα ἐννόησον ὅτι ἐκεῖνος δεσπότης, σὺ δὲ δοῦλος ἐκεῖνος διὰ σὲ, σὺ δὲ διὰ σαντόν' ἐκεῖνος ὑπὲρ τῶν εὐεργετηθέντων καὶ σταυρωσάντων. σὺ δὲ ὑπὲρ σαυτοῦ ἐκεῖνος ὑπὲρ τῶν ὑβρικότων, σὺ δὲ πολλάκις ὑπ᾿ αὐτῶν τῶν ἀδικηθέντων' ἐκεῖνος τῆς πόλεως ὁρώσης ἀπάσης; μᾶλλον δὲ τοῦ δήμου παντὸς τῶν ᾿Ιουδαίων, καὶ τῶν ξένων καὶ τῶν ἐπιχωρίων, ἐφ᾽ ὧν τὰ φιλάνθρωπα ἐφθέγξατο ῥήματα, σὺ δὲ ὀλίγων παρόντων καὶ τὸ μεῖζον εἰς ὕβριν, τὸ καὶ τοὺς μαθητὰς αὐτὸν ἐγκαταλιπεῖν. Οι μὲν γὰρ ἔμπροσθεν θεραπεύοντες ἀπεπήδησαν' οἱ δὲ ἐχθροὶ καὶ πολέμιοι ἀνεσκολοπισμένον ἐν μέσῳ λαβόντες ὕβριζον, ᾿ ἐλοιδόρουν, ἐκωμῷδουν, ἐγέλων, ἐχλεύαζον' ᾿Ιουδαῖοι, στρατιῶται κατωθεν ἄνωθεν, ἑκατέρωθεν λησταί καὶ γὰρ οἱ λῃσταὶ ὕβριζον αὐτὸν καὶ ὠνείδιζον ἀμφότεροι. Πὼς οὖν ὁ Λουκᾶς φησιν, ὅτι ὁ εἷς ἐπετίμα: ᾿Αμφότερα γέγονε᾽ πρότερον μὲν γὰρ ἀμφότεροι ὠνείδιζον, ὕστερον δὲ οὐκέτι. Ἵνα γὰρ μὴ νομίσῃς ἔκ τινος συνθήματος τὸ πρᾶγμα γεγενῆσθαι, μηδὲ εἶναι λῃστὴν τὸν λῃστὴν, ἀπὸ τῆς ὕβρεως δείκνυσί σοι, ὅτι ἄνω ἐπὶ τοῦ σταυροῦ ληστὴς ἣν καὶ ἐχθρὸς, καὶ ἀθρόον μετεβλήθη. Ταῦτ᾽ οὖν ἅπαντα λογιζόμενος φιλοσόφει. Τί γὰρ πάσχεις τοιοῦτον, οἷον ἔπαθεν ὁ δεσπότης σου: Δημοσίᾳ ὑβρίσθης : Ἀλλ᾽ οὐ τοιαῦτα. Χλευάζῃ: Ἀλλ᾿ οὐ πᾶν τὸ σῶμα, οὐδὲ οὕτω μαστιζόμενος καὶ γυμνούμενος. Εἰ δὲ καὶ ἐκολαφίσθης, ἀλλ᾽ οὐχ οὕτως. Προστίθει δέ μοι, καὶ ὑπὸ τίνων, καὶ διατί, καὶ πότε, καὶ τίς καὶ τὸ δὴ χαλεπώτατον, ὅτι τούτων γινομένων οὐδεὶς ἐνεκάλει, οὐδεὶς ἐμέμφετο τὰ γινόμενα αλλὰ τοὐναντίον, καὶ ἐπήνουν ἅπαντες, καὶ συνεχλεύαζον, καὶ συνέσκωπτον, καὶ ὡς ἀλαζόνα καὶ ἀπατεῶνα καὶ πλάνον, καὶ οὐκ ἔχοντα δεῖξαι ἐπὶ τῶν ἔργων ἅπερ εἷπεν, οὕτως αὐτὸν ἐλοιδόρουν. Ὁ δὲ συγᾷ πρὸς πάντα, φάρμακα μέγιστα κατασκευάζων ἡμῖν μακροθυμίας. ᾿Αλλ ἡμεῖς ταῦτα ἀκούοντες, οὐδὲ πρὸς οἰκέτας καρτεροῦμεν, ἀλλὰ τῶν ἀγρίων ὄνων μείζονα πηδῶμεν καὶ λακτίζομεν᾽ ὑπὲρ μὲν τῶν εἰς ἡμᾶς ὠμοὶ καὶ ἀπάνθρωποι ὃ οντες, ὑπὲρ δὲ τῶν εἰς θεὸν οὐ πολὺν ποιούμενοι λόγον. Καὶ περὶ φίλους δὲ ὁμοίως διακείμεθα κἂν λυπήση τις, οὐ Φέρομεν' κἂν ὑβρίσῃ, θηρίων ἀγριαίνομεν μᾶλλον, οἱ καθ᾽ ἑκάστην ταῦτα ἀναγινώσκοντες τὴν ἡμέραν. Ὁ μαθητὴς προέδωκεν' οἱ λοιποὶ καταλιπόντες αὐτὸν ἔφυγον οἱ εὐεργετηθέντες ἐνέπτυσαν᾽ ὁ δοῦλος τοῦ ἀρχιε… ἔσκωπτον καὶ ἐλοιδόρουν' οἱ λῃσταὶ κατηγόρουν καὶ πρὸς οὐδένα ἐξέβαλε ῥῆμα, ἀλλὰ τῇ σιγῇ ἅπαντας ᾿ἐνίκα, σὲ παιδεύων διὰ τῶν ἔργων, ὅτι ὅσῳ ἂν ἐνέγκης πράως, τοσούτῳ μᾶλλον τών κακῶς ποιούντων ᾿ κρατήσεις, καὶ παρὰ πᾶσιν ἐσῇ θαυμαστός. Τίς γὰρ οὐ θαυμάσεται τὸν ἐπιεικῶς φέροντα τὰς παρὰ τῶν ἐπηρεαζόντων ὕβρεις : Ὥσπερ γὰρ ᾿ κἀν δικαίως πάσχη τις, τὸ κακὸν ἐνεγκὼν πράως, νομίζεται παρὰ τοις πολλοῖς ἀδίκως πάσχειν οὕτω κἂν αδίκως πάσχῃ, θρασύνηται δὲ, τοῦ δικαίως πάσχειν ὑπόνοιαν λήψεται, καὶ καταγέλαστος ἔσται, ὡς αἰχμάλωτος συρόμενος ὑπὸ τῆς ὀργῆς, καὶ τὴν εὐγένειαν ἀπολλὺς τὴν ἑαυτοῦ. Τὸν γὰρ τοιοῦτον οὐδὲ ἐλεύθερον δεῖ προσειπεῖν, κἀν μυρίων δεσπόζῃ δούλων. Ἀλλὰ σφοδρῶς σε παρώξυνεν ὁ δεῖνα; Καὶ τί τοῦτο; Τότε γὰρ δεῖ τὴν φιλοσοφίαν ἐνδείκνυσθαι· ὡς ὅταν μηδεὶς ὁ παρακνίζων ᾖ, καὶ τὰ θηρία ὀψόμεθα ἥμερα οὔτε γὰρ ἐκεῖνα αεὶ ἀγριοῦται, ἀλλ᾽ ὅταν αὐτά τις διεγείρη. Καὶ ἡμεῖς τοίνυν, ἐὰν τότε μόνον ἡσυχάζωμεν, ὅταν μηδεὶς ὁ παροξύνων ἤ, τί τὸ πλέον: ᾿Εκεῖνα μὲν γάρ ᾿ καὶ δικαίως ἀγανακτεῖ πολλάκις, καὶ πολλὴν ἔχει τὴν ἀπολογίαν᾽ καὶ γὰρ κινούμενα καὶ νυττόμενα διεγείρεται χωρὶς δὲ τούτων, καὶ λογισμῶν ἐστιν ἐστερημένα, καὶ ἐν τῇ φύσει τὸ θηριοῦσθαι ἕ ἔχει. Σὺ δὲ πόθεν, εἰπέ μοι, θηριούμενος καὶ ἀγριαίνων ᾿ δυνήσῃ συγγνώμης τυχεῖν: Τί πέπονθας δεινόν ; ἡρπάγης; Δι᾿ αὐτὸ μὲν οὖν τοῦτο δεῖ ἐνεγκεῖν, ὦστε μειζόνως κερδᾶναι. ᾿Αλλὰ δόξης ἀπεστερήθης: Καὶ τί τοῦτο; Οὐδὲν γὰρ ἠλάττωται ταύτῃ τὰ κατὰ σὲ, ἐὰν φιλοσοφῇς. Εἰ δὲ οὐδὲν πάσχεις δεινὸν, πόθεν ὀργίζη τῷ μηδέν σε διαθέντι κακὸν, ἀλλὰ καὶ ὠφεληκότι; Οἱ μὲν γὰρ τιμῶντες, τοὺς μὴ νήφοντας καὶ χαυνοτέρους ποιοῦσιν' οἱ δὲ ὑβρίζοντες καὶ καταφρονοῦντες: τοὺς ἑαντοῖς προσέχοντας καρτερικωτέρους ἐργάζονται. Οἱ γὰρ δὴ ῥᾴθυμοι τιμώμενοι μᾶλλον ἀδικοῦνται, ἢ ὑβριζόμενοι. Καὶ οὗτοι μὲν, ἐὰν νήφωμεν, αἴτιοι γίνονται φιλοσοφίας ἡμῖν ἐκεῖνοι δὲ τὸν τῦφον ἡμῶν ἐπαίρουσιν, ἀλαζονείας, κενοδοξίας, βλακείας πληροῦσι. μαλακωτέραν ἡμῶν ἐργάζονται τὴν ψυχήν. Καὶ μαρτυροῦσιν οἱ πατέρες οἱ τοὺς ἑαυτῶν υἱοὺς οὐ τοσαῦτα κολακεύοντες ὅσα ὑβρίζουσι, 'δεδοικότες μή τινα ἐντεῦθεν δέξωνται βλάβην: καὶ οἱ διδάσκαλοι τούτῳ πρὸς αὐτοὺς κέχρηνται τῷ φαρμάκῳ. Ὥστε εἰ χρὴ ἀποστρέφεσθαι, κολακεύοντας μᾶλλον ἢ ὑβρίζοντας χρή μείζονα γὰρ φέρει λύμην τῆς ὕβρεως τουτὶ τὸ δέλεαρ τοῖς μὴ προσέχουσι; καὶ δυσκολώτερον τούτου κατασχεῖν, ἢ ἐκείνου τοῦ πάθους. Καὶ ὁ μισθὸς δὲ πολλῷ πλείων ἐντεῦθεν, καὶ τὸ θαῦμα πλέον. Καὶ γὰρ θαυμαστότερον ἰδεῖν ἄνθρωπον ὑβριζόμενον καὶ μὴ κινούμενον, ἢ τυπτόμενον καὶ πληττόμενον καὶ μὴ καταπίπτοντα. Καὶ πῶς δυνατὸν μὴ κινηθῆναι ; φησίν. Ὕβρισέ τις: Τὸ σημεῖον ἐπίθες τῷ στήθει: ἀναμνήσθητι πάντων τῶν τότε γενομένων, καὶ πάντα σβέννυται. Μὴ ἐννοήσῃς τὰς ὕβρεις μόνον, αλλ᾽ εἰ καί τί σοι χρηστὸν γέγονέ ποτε παρὰ τοῦ ὑβρικότος, καὶ εὐθέως γενήσῃ πράος. Μᾶλλον δὲ ἐννόησον πρὸ πάντων τὸν τοῦ θεοῦ φόβον, καὶ ταχέως ἔσῃ μέτριος καὶ ἐπιεικῆς. Μετὰ τούτων καὶ ἀπὸ τῶν οἰκετῶν τῶν σῶν λάμβανε τὴν ὑπὲρ τούτων νουθεσίαν. Καὶ ὅταν ἴδῃς σαυτὸν μὲν ὑβρίζοντα, ἐκεῖνον δὲ σιγῶντα, ἐννόησον ὅτι δυνατὸν φιλοσοφεῖν, καὶ κατάγνωθι σαυτοῦ τραχυνομένου, καὶ ἐν αὐτῷ τῷ καιρῷ τῶν ὕβρεων παιδεύθητι μὴ ὑβρίζειν, καὶ οὕτως οὐδὲ ὑβριζόμενος ἀλγήσεις. ᾿Εννόησον ὅτι ἐξέστηκεν ὁ ὑβρίζων καὶ μαίνεται, καὶ οὐκ ἀγανακτήσεις ὑβριζόμενος ἐπεὶ καὶ οἱ δαιμονῶντες τύπτουσιν ἡμᾶς, καὶ οὐ μόνον οὐ κινούμεθα, ἀλλὰ καὶ ἐλεοῦμεν αὐτούς. Τοῦτο καὶ σὺ ποίησον᾽ ἐλέησον τὸν ὑβρίζοντα δεινῷ γὰρ κατέχεται θηρίῳ, τῷ θυμῷ· χαλεπῷ δαίμονι, τῇ ὀργῇ. Λῦσον αὐτὸν ἐνεργούμενον ὑπὸ δαίμονος χαλεποῦ, καὶ ἐν βραχεῖ διαφθειρόμενον. Τοιοῦτον γὰρ τοῦτο τὸ νόσημα, ὡς νον δεῖσθαι εἰς ἀπώλειαν τοῦ ἁλόντος. Διὸ καί τις ἔλεγεν· ἡ γὰρ ῥοπὴ τοῦ θυμοῦ αὐτοῦ πτῶσις αὐτῷ· τοῦτο αὐτοῦ μάλιστα δεικνὺς τὸ τυραννικὸν, ὅτι ἐν βραχεῖ καιρῷ μεγάλα ἐργάζεται κακὰ, καὶ οὐ δεῖται πολλῆς τῆς διατριβῆς· ὡς εἴγε πρὸς τῇ ἰσχυὶ καὶ μόνιμον εἴη, καὶ δυσκαταγώνιστον ἔσται. Ἐβουλόμην δεῖξαι, τίς μὲν ὁ ὑβρίζων, τίς δὲ ὁ φιλοσοφών, καὶ γυμνὴν εἰς μέσον ἀγαγεῖν τὴν ἑκατέρου ψυχήν. Εἶδες γὰρ ἂν τὴν μὲν ἐοικυῖαν πελάγει κλυδωνιζομένῳ, τὴν δὲ λιμένι ταραχῆς ἀπηλλαγμένῳ. Οὔτε γὰρ ταράττεται ὑπὸ τῶν πονηρῶν τούτων πνευμάτων, καὶ αὐτὰ καταλύει ῥᾳδίως. Καὶ γὰρ οἱ ὑβρίζοντες πάντα ποιοὖσιν ὥστε δακεῖν ὅταν οὖν ταύτης ἐκπέσωσι τῆς ἐλπίδος, καὶ αὐτοὶ λοιπὸν καταλύουσι, καὶ διορθωθέντες ἀπέρχονται. Οὐ γάρ ἐστιν ἄνθρωπον ὀργιζόμενον μὴ σφόδρα ᾿ καταγινώσκειν ἑαυτοῦ ὥσπερ οὖν οὐκ ἔστι μὴ ὀργιζόμενον καταγινώσκειν ἑαυτοῦ Κἀν γὰρ ἐπεξιέναι δέῃ, ἔξεστι χωρὶς ὀργῆς τοῦτο ποιῆσαι, καὶ εὐκολώτερον καὶ συνετώτερον, ἣ μετ᾽ ὀργῆς; καὶ μηδὲν παθεῖν ἀηδές. Ἂν γὰρ ἐθέλωμεν, παρ᾽ ἡμῶν αὐτῶν τὰ ἀγαθὰ ἔσται; καὶ αὐτάρκεις ἐσόμεθα, μετὰ τῆς τοῦ θεοῦ χάριτος πρὸς τὴν ἑαντῶν ἀσφάλειαν καὶ τιμήν. Τί γὰρ ζητεῖς τὴν παρ᾽ ἑτέρου δόξαν: Σὺ σαυτὸν τίμησον, καὶ οὐδείς σε ὑβρίσαι δυνήσεται ἂν δὲ σὺ σαυτὸν ἀτιμάσῃς, κἀν ἅπαντες σε τιμῶσιν, οὐ τιμηθήσῃ. Ὥσπερ γὰρ ἐὰν μὴ ἑαντοὺς κακῶς διαθῶμεν, οὐδεὶς ἡμᾶς ἕτερος διαθήσει· οὕτως ἐὰν μὴ ἑαυτοὺς καταισχύνωμεν, οὐδεὶς ἡμᾶς ἕτερος καταισχυνεῖ. Ἔστω γάρ τις ἀνὴρ θαυμαστὸς καὶ μέγας, καὶ πάντες αὐτὸν μοιχὸν καλείτωσαν, κλέπτην, τυμβωρύχον, ἀνδροφόνον, ληστήν᾽ ἐκεῖνος δὲ μήτε παροξυνέσθω, μήτε ἀγανακτείτω, μήτε συνειδέτω τι τούτων ἑαυτῷ ποίαν ἐντεῦθεν ὕβριν ὑπομενεῖ; Οὐδεμίαν. Τί οὖν, ἄν πολλοὶ τοιαύτην περὶ αὐτοῦ δόξαν ἔχωσι: φησίν. Οὐδὲ οὕτως ὑβρίσθη, αλλ ἐκεῖνοι ἑαντοὺς κατήσχυναν τὸν οὐ τοιοῦτον τοιοῦτον νομίζοντες. Εἰπὲ γαρ μοι, εἴ τις τὸν ἥλιον σκοτεινὸν εἶναι νομίζοι, ἄρα τὸ ἄστρον διέβαλεν, ἢ ἑαυτόν: Ἑαντὸν δηλονότι, πηροῦ δόξαν ἢ μαινομένου ἑαυτῷ περιθείς. Οὕτω καὶ οἱ τοὺς πονηροὺς ἀγαθοὺς νομίζοντες, καὶ οἱ τουναντίον, ἑαυτοὺς καταισχύνουσι. Διὸ χρὴ πλείονα ποιεῖσθαι σπουδὴν, ὥστε τὸ συνειδὸς ἡμῶν ἐκκαθαίρειν, καὶ μηδεμίαν καθ᾽ ἡμῶν αὐτῶν παρέχειν λαβὴν; μηδὲ ὑποψίαν πονηράν' εἰ δὲ ἕτεροι βούλοιντο μαίνεσθαι, καὶ οὕτω διακειμένων ἡμῶν, μὴ σφόδρα φροντίζειν, μηδὲ ἀλγεῖν. Ὁ μὲν γὰρ πονηροῦ δόξαν λαβὼν, ἀγαθὸς ὢν, οὐδὲν ἐντεῦθεν βλάπτεται εἰς τὸ εἶναι τοιοῦτος, οἷός ἐστιν ὁ δὲ ὑποπτεύσας εἰκῆ καὶ μάτην, τὴν ἐσχάτην ἐδέξατο λύμην' ὥσπερ οὖν καὶ ὁ πονηρὸς, ἂν ἐπὶ τοῖς ἐναντίοις ὑποπτεύηται, οὐδὲν ἐντεῦθεν κερδανεῖ, ἀλλὰ καὶ κρίμα ἕξει μεῖζον, καὶ εἰς πλείονα ἥξει ῥᾳθυμίαν. Ὁ μὲν γὰρ ὢν τοιοῦτος καὶ ὑποπτευόμενος, κἂν ταπεινωθείη ' καὶ ἐπεγνοίη τὰ ἁμαρτήματα αὐτου ὅταν δὲ λανθάνῃ, εἰς ἀναλγησίαν ἐκπίπτει. Εἰ γὰρ πάντων κατηγορούντων μόλις διανίστανται οἱ ᾿πλημμελουντες εἰς τὸ κατανύττεσθαι᾽ ὅταν μὴ μόνον μὴ κατηγορῶσιν, αλλὰ καὶ ἐπαινῶσί τινες αὐτοὺς, πότε διαβλέψαι δυνήσονται οἱ τῇ κακίᾳ συζῶντες: Οὐκ ἀκούεις; ὅτι καὶ Παῦλος τοῦτο ἐγκαλεῖ, ὅτι τὸν πεπορνευκότα οὐ μόνον οὐκ ἠφίεσαν ἐπιγνῶναι τὸ οἰκεῖον ἁμάρτημα Κορίνθιοι, κροτοῦντες, τιμῶντες αὐτὸν, ἀλλὰ καὶ ἐπέτριβον εἰς κακίαν ἐντεῦθεν; Διὸ παρακαλῶ, τὰς τῶν πολλῶν ὑπονοίας ἀφέντες, καὶ τὰς ὕβρεις καὶ τὰς τιμὰς, ἓν σπουδάζωμεν μόνον, τὸ μηδὲν ἑαντοῖς συνειδέναι πονηρὸν, μηδὲ ἑαυτοὺς καθυβρίζειν. Οὕτω γὰρ καὶ ἐνταῦθα καὶ ἐν τῷ μέλλοντι πολλῆς απολαυσόμεθα δόξης ἧς γένοιτο πάντας ἡμᾶς ἐπιτυχεῖν, χάριτι καὶ φιλανθρωπίᾳ τοῦ κυρίου ἡμῶν ᾿Ιησου Χριστοῦ, ᾧ ἡ δόξα εἰς τοὺς αἰῶνας τῶν αἰώνων. ᾿Αμῆήν.

kai tauta pathein, kai paideusai pasan hēmas aretēn. Tauta toinyn diapantos anaginōskōmen kai gar poly to kerdos, megistē enteuthen hē ōpheleia. Hotan gar idę̄s kai schēmasi kai pragmasin auton chleuazomenon, kai proskynoumenon meta tosautēs kōmǭdias, kai kondylizomenon, kai ta eschata paschonta, kan autolithos ę̄s, kērou genēsē pantos apalōteros, kai pasan ekbaleis apo tēs psychēs phlegmonēn. Akoue toinyn kai tōn hexēs. ᾿Epeidē gar enepaixan, ēgagon auton eis to staurōsai, phēsi, kai gymnōsantes elabon autou ta himatia, kai kathēmenoi etēroun auton, pote apopneusei. Kai dianemontai autou ta himatia᾽ hoper epi tōn sphodra eutelōn kai aperrhimmenōn ginetai katadikōn, kai oudena echontōn, kai ep᾽ erēmias hyparchontōn hapasēs. ᾿Emerizon ta himatia, di᾿ hōn tēlikauta gegone thaumata. ᾿All᾽ ouden enērgei tote, tou Christou katechontos tēn aporrhēton dynamin. Ou mikra de kai hautē prosthēkē Paroinias ēn. Hōs gar eis atimon kai aperrhimmenon, hoper ephēn, kai ton pantōn eutelestaton, houtō panta etolmōn. Eis goun tous lēstas ouden toiouton eirgasanto, all᾽ eis ton Christon hapanta etolmōn. Kai meson auton estaurōsan, hina tę̄ doxę̄ tę̄ ekeinōn koinōnēsę̄. Kai edōkan autǭ oxos piein, kai touto enybrizontes; ho de ouk ēthelēsen. Heteros de phēsin, hoti geusamenos eipe. tetelestai. Ti esti, tetelestai? Hē prophēteia peplērōtai hē peri autou. Edōkan gar, phēsin, eis to brōma mou cholēn, kai eis tēn dipsan mou epotisan me oxos. Oude ekeinos de deiknysin hoti epien ouden gar diestēke to haplōs geusasthai tou mē piein, all᾽ hen ti kai to auto dēloi. All᾽ homōs oude entautha histatai ta tēs paroinias, alla kai gymnōsantes, kai staurōsantes, kai oxos prosenenkontes, peraiterō probainousi' kai epi tou staurou blepontes aneskolopismenon, oneidizousi kai autoi kai hoi paraporeuomenoi; ho pantōn chalepōtera hēn, to kai epi aitią apateōnos kai planou tauta pathein, kai hōs alazona, kai eikę̄ kompazonta haper elege. Dia tauta auton kai estaurōsan dēmosią, hina pantōn horōntōn empompeusōsi dia touto kai chersi tais stratiōtikais, hina kai en dēmosiǭ dikastēriǭ toutōn tolmōmenōn, ta tēs paroinias epiteinētai. Kaitoi tina ouk an ekampsen ho ochlos ho akolouthōn autǭ kai thrēnōn : All᾽ ouchi tous thēras toutous. Dia dē touto kai autos ekeinous men apokriseōs axioi, toutous de ouketi. Meta gar to praxai haper ēthelon, kai tēn doxan autou spoudazousi lymēnasthai, dedoikotes autou tēn anastasin. Dia touto dēmosią tauta legousi, kai lę̄stas synestaurōsan, kai boulomenoi deixai apateōna, elegon; ho katalyōn ton naon, kai en trisin hēmerais oikodomōn, katabēthi apo tou staurou. ᾿Epeidē gar eipontes tǭ Pilatǭ anelein tēn aitian, (hautē de hēn to gegraphthai, ho basileus tōn Ioudaiōn) ouden ischysan, all᾽ enestēkei legōn ekeinos, ho gegrapha, gegrapha autoi loipon epeirōnto, di᾽ hōn echleuazon, deixai hoti ouk esti basileus. Dio kai ekeina elegon, kai tauta; ei basileus Israēl esti, katabatō nyn apo tou staurou kai palin, allous esōsen, heauton ou dynatai sōsai kai ta protera sēmeia enteuthen epicheirountes diaballein kai palin, ho ei huios tou theou esti, kai thelei auton, sōsatō auton. Ō miaroi kai pammiaroi. Ti de? hoi prophētai ouk ēsan prophētai, oude hoi dikaioi dikaioi, epeidē autous ouk exērpase tōn kindynōn ho theos? Alla mēn ēsan, kai tauta paschontes. Ti oun ison tēs anoias hymōn genoit᾽ an? Ei gar ekeinōn ouk elymēnato par᾽ hymin tēn doxan hē tōn kindynōn epagōgē, all᾽ ēsan prophētai kai paschontes haper ᾿epaschon pollǭ mallon epi toutou ouk echrēn hymas skandalizesthai, kai di᾽ hōn epoiēse, kai di᾽ hōn eipen, aei tautēn hymōn prodiorthōsamenou tēn hyponoian. ᾿All homōs kai toutōn legomenōn kai genomenōn ouden ischysan, oude par᾽ auton ton kairon. Ho goun en eschatę̄ ponērią katasapeis, kai en Phonois kai toichōrychiais ton hapanta katanalōsas bion, hote tauta elegeto, tote auton hōmologēse, kai basileias emnēmoneuse kai ho dēmos auton ōlophyreto. Kaitoige edokei tanantia martyrein ta ginomena para tois ouk eidosi tou mystēriou tēn oikonomian, hoti asthenēs kai ouden dynamenos all᾽ homōs hē alētheia kai dia tōn enantiōn ischyse. Taut᾽ oun akouontes, hoplizōmen eantous kata pantos thymou, kata pasēs orgēs. Kan ᾿phlegmainousan idēs tēn kardian sou, sphragison to stēthos, ton stauron ᾿ epitheis anamnēson ti tōn tote symbantōn, kai hōsper koniorton ekbaleis panta thymon tōn gegenēmenōn tę̄ mnēmę̄. ᾿Ennoēson ta rhēmata, ta pragmata ennoēson hoti ekeinos despotēs, sy de doulos ekeinos dia se, sy de dia santon' ekeinos hyper tōn euergetēthentōn kai staurōsantōn. sy de hyper sautou ekeinos hyper tōn hybrikotōn, sy de pollakis hyp᾿ autōn tōn adikēthentōn' ekeinos tēs poleōs horōsēs apasēs? mallon de tou dēmou pantos tōn ᾿Ioudaiōn, kai tōn xenōn kai tōn epichōriōn, eph᾽ hōn ta philanthrōpa ephthenxato rhēmata, sy de oligōn parontōn kai to meizon eis hybrin, to kai tous mathētas auton enkatalipein. Oi men gar emprosthen therapeuontes apepēdēsan' hoi de echthroi kai polemioi aneskolopismenon en mesǭ labontes hybrizon, ᾿ eloidoroun, ekōmǭdoun, egelōn, echleuazon' ᾿Ioudaioi, stratiōtai katōthen anōthen, hekaterōthen lēstai kai gar hoi lę̄stai hybrizon auton kai ōneidizon amphoteroi. Pōs oun ho Loukas phēsin, hoti ho heis epetima: ᾿Amphotera gegone᾽ proteron men gar amphoteroi ōneidizon, hysteron de ouketi. Hina gar mē nomisę̄s ek tinos synthēmatos to pragma gegenēsthai, mēde einai lę̄stēn ton lę̄stēn, apo tēs hybreōs deiknysi soi, hoti anō epi tou staurou lēstēs hēn kai echthros, kai athroon meteblēthē. Taut᾽ oun hapanta logizomenos philosophei. Ti gar pascheis toiouton, hoion epathen ho despotēs sou: Dēmosią hybristhēs : All᾽ ou toiauta. Chleuazę̄: All᾿ ou pan to sōma, oude houtō mastizomenos kai gymnoumenos. Ei de kai ekolaphisthēs, all᾽ ouch houtōs. Prostithei de moi, kai hypo tinōn, kai diati, kai pote, kai tis kai to dē chalepōtaton, hoti toutōn ginomenōn oudeis enekalei, oudeis emempheto ta ginomena alla tounantion, kai epēnoun hapantes, kai synechleuazon, kai syneskōpton, kai hōs alazona kai apateōna kai planon, kai ouk echonta deixai epi tōn ergōn haper heipen, houtōs auton eloidoroun. Ho de sygą pros panta, pharmaka megista kataskeuazōn hēmin makrothymias. ᾿All hēmeis tauta akouontes, oude pros oiketas karteroumen, alla tōn agriōn onōn meizona pēdōmen kai laktizomen᾽ hyper men tōn eis hēmas ōmoi kai apanthrōpoi ho ontes, hyper de tōn eis theon ou polyn poioumenoi logon. Kai peri philous de homoiōs diakeimetha kan lypēsē tis, ou Pheromen' kan hybrisę̄, thēriōn agriainomen mallon, hoi kath᾽ hekastēn tauta anaginōskontes tēn hēmeran. Ho mathētēs proedōken' hoi loipoi katalipontes auton ephygon hoi euergetēthentes eneptysan᾽ ho doulos tou archie… eskōpton kai eloidoroun' hoi lę̄stai katēgoroun kai pros oudena exebale rhēma, alla tę̄ sigę̄ hapantas ᾿enika, se paideuōn dia tōn ergōn, hoti hosǭ an enenkēs praōs, tosoutǭ mallon tōn kakōs poiountōn ᾿ kratēseis, kai para pasin esę̄ thaumastos. Tis gar ou thaumasetai ton epieikōs pheronta tas para tōn epēreazontōn hybreis : Hōsper gar ᾿ kan dikaiōs paschē tis, to kakon enenkōn praōs, nomizetai para tois pollois adikōs paschein houtō kan adikōs paschę̄, thrasynētai de, tou dikaiōs paschein hyponoian lēpsetai, kai katagelastos estai, hōs aichmalōtos syromenos hypo tēs orgēs, kai tēn eugeneian apollys tēn heautou. Ton gar toiouton oude eleutheron dei proseipein, kan myriōn despozę̄ doulōn. Alla sphodrōs se parōxynen ho deina? Kai ti touto? Tote gar dei tēn philosophian endeiknysthai; hōs hotan mēdeis ho paraknizōn ę̄, kai ta thēria opsometha hēmera oute gar ekeina aei agrioutai, all᾽ hotan auta tis diegeirē. Kai hēmeis toinyn, ean tote monon hēsychazōmen, hotan mēdeis ho paroxynōn ē, ti to pleon: ᾿Ekeina men gar ᾿ kai dikaiōs aganaktei pollakis, kai pollēn echei tēn apologian᾽ kai gar kinoumena kai nyttomena diegeiretai chōris de toutōn, kai logismōn estin esterēmena, kai en tę̄ physei to thēriousthai he echei. Sy de pothen, eipe moi, thērioumenos kai agriainōn ᾿ dynēsę̄ syngnōmēs tychein: Ti peponthas deinon ? hērpagēs? Di᾿ auto men oun touto dei enenkein, ōste meizonōs kerdanai. ᾿Alla doxēs apesterēthēs: Kai ti touto? Ouden gar ēlattōtai tautę̄ ta kata se, ean philosophę̄s. Ei de ouden pascheis deinon, pothen orgizē tǭ mēden se diathenti kakon, alla kai ōphelēkoti? Hoi men gar timōntes, tous mē nēphontas kai chaunoterous poiousin' hoi de hybrizontes kai kataphronountes: tous heantois prosechontas karterikōterous ergazontai. Hoi gar dē rhąthymoi timōmenoi mallon adikountai, ē hybrizomenoi. Kai houtoi men, ean nēphōmen, aitioi ginontai philosophias hēmin ekeinoi de ton typhon hēmōn epairousin, alazoneias, kenodoxias, blakeias plērousi. malakōteran hēmōn ergazontai tēn psychēn. Kai martyrousin hoi pateres hoi tous heautōn huious ou tosauta kolakeuontes hosa hybrizousi, 'dedoikotes mē tina enteuthen dexōntai blabēn: kai hoi didaskaloi toutǭ pros autous kechrēntai tǭ pharmakǭ. Hōste ei chrē apostrephesthai, kolakeuontas mallon ē hybrizontas chrē meizona gar pherei lymēn tēs hybreōs touti to delear tois mē prosechousi? kai dyskolōteron toutou kataschein, ē ekeinou tou pathous. Kai ho misthos de pollǭ pleiōn enteuthen, kai to thauma pleon. Kai gar thaumastoteron idein anthrōpon hybrizomenon kai mē kinoumenon, ē typtomenon kai plēttomenon kai mē katapiptonta. Kai pōs dynaton mē kinēthēnai ? phēsin. Hybrise tis: To sēmeion epithes tǭ stēthei: anamnēsthēti pantōn tōn tote genomenōn, kai panta sbennytai. Mē ennoēsę̄s tas hybreis monon, all᾽ ei kai ti soi chrēston gegone pote para tou hybrikotos, kai eutheōs genēsę̄ praos. Mallon de ennoēson pro pantōn ton tou theou phobon, kai tacheōs esę̄ metrios kai epieikēs. Meta toutōn kai apo tōn oiketōn tōn sōn lambane tēn hyper toutōn nouthesian. Kai hotan idę̄s sauton men hybrizonta, ekeinon de sigōnta, ennoēson hoti dynaton philosophein, kai katagnōthi sautou trachynomenou, kai en autǭ tǭ kairǭ tōn hybreōn paideuthēti mē hybrizein, kai houtōs oude hybrizomenos algēseis. ᾿Ennoēson hoti exestēken ho hybrizōn kai mainetai, kai ouk aganaktēseis hybrizomenos epei kai hoi daimonōntes typtousin hēmas, kai ou monon ou kinoumetha, alla kai eleoumen autous. Touto kai sy poiēson᾽ eleēson ton hybrizonta deinǭ gar katechetai thēriǭ, tǭ thymǭ; chalepǭ daimoni, tę̄ orgę̄. Lyson auton energoumenon hypo daimonos chalepou, kai en brachei diaphtheiromenon. Toiouton gar touto to nosēma, hōs non deisthai eis apōleian tou halontos. Dio kai tis elegen; hē gar rhopē tou thymou autou ptōsis autǭ; touto autou malista deiknys to tyrannikon, hoti en brachei kairǭ megala ergazetai kaka, kai ou deitai pollēs tēs diatribēs; hōs eige pros tę̄ ischui kai monimon eiē, kai dyskatagōniston estai. Eboulomēn deixai, tis men ho hybrizōn, tis de ho philosophōn, kai gymnēn eis meson agagein tēn hekaterou psychēn. Eides gar an tēn men eoikuian pelagei klydōnizomenǭ, tēn de limeni tarachēs apēllagmenǭ. Oute gar tarattetai hypo tōn ponērōn toutōn pneumatōn, kai auta katalyei rhądiōs. Kai gar hoi hybrizontes panta poiousin hōste dakein hotan oun tautēs ekpesōsi tēs elpidos, kai autoi loipon katalyousi, kai diorthōthentes aperchontai. Ou gar estin anthrōpon orgizomenon mē sphodra ᾿ kataginōskein heautou hōsper oun ouk esti mē orgizomenon kataginōskein heautou Kan gar epexienai deę̄, exesti chōris orgēs touto poiēsai, kai eukolōteron kai synetōteron, hē met᾽ orgēs? kai mēden pathein aēdes. An gar ethelōmen, par᾽ hēmōn autōn ta agatha estai? kai autarkeis esometha, meta tēs tou theou charitos pros tēn heantōn asphaleian kai timēn. Ti gar zēteis tēn par᾽ heterou doxan: Sy sauton timēson, kai oudeis se hybrisai dynēsetai an de sy sauton atimasę̄s, kan hapantes se timōsin, ou timēthēsę̄. Hōsper gar ean mē heantous kakōs diathōmen, oudeis hēmas heteros diathēsei; houtōs ean mē heautous kataischynōmen, oudeis hēmas heteros kataischynei. Estō gar tis anēr thaumastos kai megas, kai pantes auton moichon kaleitōsan, kleptēn, tymbōrychon, androphonon, lēstēn᾽ ekeinos de mēte paroxynesthō, mēte aganakteitō, mēte syneidetō ti toutōn heautǭ poian enteuthen hybrin hypomenei? Oudemian. Ti oun, an polloi toiautēn peri autou doxan echōsi: phēsin. Oude houtōs hybristhē, all ekeinoi heantous katēschynan ton ou toiouton toiouton nomizontes. Eipe gar moi, ei tis ton hēlion skoteinon einai nomizoi, ara to astron diebalen, ē heauton: Heanton dēlonoti, pērou doxan ē mainomenou heautǭ peritheis. Houtō kai hoi tous ponērous agathous nomizontes, kai hoi tounantion, heautous kataischynousi. Dio chrē pleiona poieisthai spoudēn, hōste to syneidos hēmōn ekkathairein, kai mēdemian kath᾽ hēmōn autōn parechein labēn? mēde hypopsian ponēran' ei de heteroi boulointo mainesthai, kai houtō diakeimenōn hēmōn, mē sphodra phrontizein, mēde algein. Ho men gar ponērou doxan labōn, agathos ōn, ouden enteuthen blaptetai eis to einai toioutos, hoios estin ho de hypopteusas eikē kai matēn, tēn eschatēn edexato lymēn' hōsper oun kai ho ponēros, an epi tois enantiois hypopteuētai, ouden enteuthen kerdanei, alla kai krima hexei meizon, kai eis pleiona hēxei rhąthymian. Ho men gar ōn toioutos kai hypopteuomenos, kan tapeinōtheiē ' kai epegnoiē ta hamartēmata autou hotan de lanthanę̄, eis analgēsian ekpiptei. Ei gar pantōn katēgorountōn molis dianistantai hoi ᾿plēmmelountes eis to katanyttesthai᾽ hotan mē monon mē katēgorōsin, alla kai epainōsi tines autous, pote diablepsai dynēsontai hoi tę̄ kakią syzōntes: Ouk akoueis? hoti kai Paulos touto enkalei, hoti ton peporneukota ou monon ouk ēphiesan epignōnai to oikeion hamartēma Korinthioi, krotountes, timōntes auton, alla kai epetribon eis kakian enteuthen? Dio parakalō, tas tōn pollōn hyponoias aphentes, kai tas hybreis kai tas timas, hen spoudazōmen monon, to mēden heantois syneidenai ponēron, mēde heautous kathybrizein. Houtō gar kai entautha kai en tǭ mellonti pollēs apolausometha doxēs hēs genoito pantas hēmas epitychein, chariti kai philanthrōpią tou kyriou hēmōn ᾿Iēsou Christou, hǭ hē doxa eis tous aiōnas tōn aiōnōn. ᾿Amēēn.

both to suffer these things and to train us in all virtue. Let us then read these things continually; for great is the gain, very great the benefit from it. For when you see him mocked by gestures and by deeds, and worshiped with such a farce, and struck with fists, and suffering the uttermost, even if you are a very stone, you will become softer than any wax, and you will cast all inflammation out of your soul.

Hear, then, what follows too. When they had mocked him, “they led him away to crucify him,” it says; and having stripped him they took his garments, and sitting down they watched him, to see when he would expire. And they divide his garments among themselves, which is done in the case of utterly worthless and outcast condemned men, who have no one and are in complete desolation. They parted the garments through which such great miracles had been done. But the garments did nothing then, since Christ held back his unspeakable power. And this too was no small addition to the outrage. For as toward one dishonored and outcast, as I said, and the meanest of all, so they dared everything. To the robbers, at any rate, they did nothing of the kind; but against Christ they dared everything. And they crucified him in the middle, so that he might share in their reputation. And they gave him vinegar to drink, this too to insult him; but he would not. Another evangelist says that when he had tasted it he said, “It is finished.” What does “It is finished” mean? The prophecy about him has been fulfilled. “For they gave,” it says, “gall for my food, and in my thirst they gave me vinegar to drink.” But neither does that evangelist show that he drank; for merely to taste does not differ from not drinking, but means one and the same thing.

Yet even here the outrage does not stop. Having stripped him and crucified him and offered him vinegar, they go further: seeing him impaled on the cross, they reproach him, both they themselves and those who passed by. And this was harder than all: that he suffered these things on the charge of being a deceiver and an impostor, and as a boaster, vaunting himself idly in what he said. For this reason they crucified him in public, so that they might make a show of him while everyone looked on; for this reason also by soldiers’ hands, so that, these things being dared even in a public court, the outrage might be heightened. [2] And yet whom would the crowd that followed him lamenting not have moved? But not these wild beasts. That is why he counts those people worthy of an answer, but these no longer. For after doing what they wished, they were eager to ruin his glory as well, fearing his resurrection. For this reason they say these things in public, and they crucified robbers with him, and wishing to show him a deceiver they said, “You who destroy the temple and build it in three days, come down from the cross.” For since, when they told Pilate to remove the charge (this was the inscription, “The King of the Jews”), they accomplished nothing, but he stood firm, saying, “What I have written, I have written,” they themselves then tried, by the things with which they mocked him, to show that he is not a king. Therefore they said both those things and these: “If he is King of Israel, let him come down now from the cross”; and again, “He saved others; himself he cannot save,” trying in this way to discredit even his former signs; and again, “If he is the Son of God, and God wants him, let him save him.” O foul and utterly foul men! What then? Were the prophets not prophets, nor the righteous righteous, because God did not snatch them out of their dangers? But surely they were, even while they suffered these things. What, then, could equal your folly? For if the dangers that came on them did not ruin their glory in your eyes, but they were prophets even while suffering what they suffered, much more ought you not to have been offended in his case, since both by what he did and by what he said he had always corrected this suspicion of yours in advance.

Nevertheless, even when these things were being said and done, they accomplished nothing, not even at that very moment. At any rate the man who had rotted in the utmost wickedness and had spent his whole life in murders and burglaries confessed him at the very time these things were being said, and made mention of the kingdom; and the people lamented him. And yet what was happening seemed, to those who did not know the dispensation of the mystery, to bear the opposite witness, that he was weak and powerless; but nevertheless the truth prevailed even through its opposites.

Hearing these things, then, let us arm ourselves against all wrath, against all anger. And if you see your heart inflamed, seal your breast, placing the cross on it; recall something of what happened then, and you will throw off all wrath like dust by the memory of what was done. Consider the words, consider the deeds; consider that he is Master and you a servant; he suffered for your sake, you for your own; he on behalf of those he had benefited and who crucified him, you on your own behalf; he on behalf of those who had insulted him, you often at the hands of those you have wronged; he while the whole city looked on, or rather the whole people of the Jews, strangers and natives alike, before whom he uttered those loving words; you with few present. And what added most to the outrage: even his disciples forsook him. Those who had served him before sprang away; and his enemies and foes, having him impaled in their midst, insulted, reviled, mocked, laughed, jeered—Jews and soldiers below, and on high, on either side, the robbers. For the robbers too insulted him, and both reproached him. How then does Luke say that one rebuked the other? Both things happened: at first both reproached him, but later the one no longer. For lest you should think the thing had been arranged by some agreement, and that the robber was not a robber, he shows you by the insult that up on the cross he was a robber and an enemy, and was changed all at once.

Reflecting, then, on all these things, practice self-command. For what do you suffer such as your Master suffered? Were you insulted in public? But not with such insults. Are you mocked? But not in your whole body, nor scourged and stripped like this. And if you were struck with fists, yet not like this. [3] And add to this, I beg you, by whom, and why, and when, and who it was; and, hardest of all, that while these things were being done no one complained, no one found fault with what was done; on the contrary, all praised it, and joined in mocking and jeering, and so they reviled him as a boaster and a deceiver and an impostor, unable to show in deeds what he had said. But he is silent toward all, preparing for us the greatest remedies of long-suffering. But we, hearing these things, do not bear up even toward our household servants, but leap and kick worse than wild asses—savage and inhuman over wrongs done to ourselves, but taking little account of those done against God. And toward friends we are disposed in the same way: if someone grieves us, we do not bear it; if he insults us, we grow wilder than wild beasts—we who read these things every day. The disciple betrayed him; the rest forsook him and fled; those he had benefited spat on him; the servant of the high priest … jeered and reviled; the robbers accused him; and to none of them did he utter a word, but by silence he overcame them all, teaching you by deeds that the more meekly you bear it, the more you will master those who do you wrong, and you will be admired by all. For who will not admire the one who gently bears the insults of those who abuse him? For just as, even if someone suffers justly, by bearing the evil meekly he is thought by most people to suffer unjustly, so, even if he suffers unjustly but turns insolent, he will incur the suspicion of suffering justly, and he will be ridiculous, dragged away like a captive by his anger and losing his own nobility. For such a man one ought not even to call free, even if he is master of ten thousand slaves.

“But so-and-so provoked you severely?” And what of it? That is when one ought to show self-command; for when there is no one to irritate them, we shall see even wild beasts tame, for they too are not always fierce, but only when someone rouses them. And so we too, if we are quiet only when there is no one to provoke us, what more are we? For those beasts are often justly angered and have much excuse: they are roused when they are stirred and goaded; and besides, they are deprived of reason, and being savage is in their nature. But you, tell me, from what source will you be able to obtain pardon when you turn savage and wild? What terrible thing have you suffered? Were you robbed? For this very reason you ought to bear it, so as to gain the more. But were you deprived of reputation? And what of it? Nothing of yours is diminished by it, if you practice self-command. And if you suffer nothing terrible, why are you angry with the one who has done you no harm, but has even benefited you? For those who honor us make those who are not watchful even more slack, but those who insult and despise us make those who attend to themselves more steadfast. For the careless are wronged more by being honored than by being insulted. And the latter, if we are watchful, become for us the causes of self-command; but the former puff up our pride and fill us with arrogance, vainglory and sloth, and make our soul softer. Fathers bear witness to this, who do not flatter their own sons as much as they rebuke them, fearing that they may take some harm from flattery; and teachers too use this remedy with them. So if one must turn away from anyone, one ought to turn away from flatterers rather than from those who insult; for this bait does more harm than insult to those who are not watchful, and it is harder to master than that passion. And the reward from it is much greater, and the admiration greater. For it is more wonderful to see a man insulted and not moved than beaten and struck and not falling.

“And how is it possible not to be moved?” someone says. Someone insulted you? Place the sign on your breast; recall all the things that happened then, and everything is quenched. Do not think only of the insults, but of whether anything good has ever come to you from the one who insulted you, and at once you will become gentle. Or rather think, before all, of the fear of God, and quickly you will be moderate and gentle. [4] Along with these, take admonition about these things from your own household servants too. And when you see yourself insulting and him silent, consider that it is possible to practice self-command, and condemn yourself for being harsh; and in the very moment of the insults learn not to insult, and so you will not be pained when you are insulted either. Consider that the one who insults is beside himself and raving, and you will not be indignant when insulted; for those possessed by demons strike us too, and not only are we not moved, but we even pity them. Do this too: pity the one who insults you; for he is held by a terrible beast, wrath, by a harsh demon, anger. Free him, worked on as he is by a harsh demon and being destroyed in a short time. For such is this disease, that it needs no length of time for the ruin of the one it has seized. That is why someone said, “For the sway of his wrath is his downfall,” showing above all its tyranny, that in a short time it works great evils and needs no long continuance; so that if, besides its strength, it were also lasting, it would be hard to overcome.

I wished I could show who the man is who insults and who the man is who practices self-command, and bring the soul of each, naked, into the open. For you would see the one like a sea tossed by waves, the other like a harbor free from turmoil. For it is not troubled by these evil winds, and it easily stills them. For those who insult do everything in order to bite; so when they fail of this hope, they themselves stop as well, and go away corrected. For it is impossible for a man who is angry not to condemn himself severely, just as it is impossible for one who is not angry to condemn himself. For even if one must proceed against someone, it is possible to do it without anger, both more easily and more wisely than with anger, and without suffering anything unpleasant. For if we are willing, the good things will come from ourselves, and we shall be sufficient, with the grace of God, for our own safety and honor. Why do you seek glory from another? Honor yourself, and no one will be able to insult you; but if you dishonor yourself, even if all honor you, you will not be honored. For just as, if we do not harm ourselves, no one else will harm us, so, if we do not disgrace ourselves, no one else will put us to shame. Let there be a man admirable and great, and let everyone call him adulterer, thief, grave-robber, murderer, robber; but let him neither be provoked nor indignant, nor be conscious of any of these things in himself: what insult will he suffer from this? None. “What then,” someone says, “if many hold such an opinion of him?” Not even so has he been insulted; rather they have disgraced themselves, thinking him such when he is not. For tell me, if someone thought the sun was dark, would he have slandered the star, or himself? Himself, plainly, bringing on himself the reputation of a blind man or a madman. So too those who think the wicked good, and those who do the reverse, disgrace themselves. Therefore we ought to take more care to cleanse our conscience, and to give no handle against ourselves, and no evil suspicion; but if others choose to rave even when we are so disposed, not to care much about it, nor to be pained. For the one who gets a reputation for wickedness while being good is not harmed by it in being what he is; but the one who suspected him rashly and in vain has received the utmost harm. Just so the wicked man, if he is suspected of the opposite, gains nothing from it, but will have a greater judgment and will come to greater carelessness. For the man who is such and is suspected might perhaps be humbled and recognize his sins; but when he escapes notice, he falls into insensibility. For if, when all accuse them, offenders scarcely rouse themselves to compunction, when people not only do not accuse them but even praise them, when will those who live with wickedness be able to see clearly? Do you not hear that Paul too lays this charge, that the Corinthians not only did not allow the man who had committed sexual immorality to recognize his own sin, by applauding and honoring him, but even drove him further into wickedness by it? Therefore I exhort you: leaving aside the suspicions of the many, both their insults and their honors, let us be zealous for one thing only, to be conscious of nothing evil in ourselves and not to outrage ourselves. For so we shall enjoy much glory both here and in the world to come; which may we all attain, by the grace and love for humankind of our Lord Jesus Christ, to whom be glory forever and ever. Amen.

Chapter 88

88.1Field 2

᾿Απὸ δὲ ἕκτης ὥρας σκότος ἐγένετο ἐπὶ πᾶσαν τὴν γῆν ἕως ὥρας ἐνάτης. Περὶ δὲ τὴν ἐνάτην ὥραν ἔκραξεν ὁ Ιησοὺς φωνῇ μεγάλῃ, καὶ εἷπεν᾽ ἠλί, ἠλί, λιμὰ σαβαχθανί, τουτέστι, θεέ μου, θεέ μου, ἱνατί με ἐγκατέλιπες ; Τινὲς δὲ τῶν ἐκεῖ ἑστώτων ἀκούσαντες ἔλεγον, ὅτι Ἠλίαν φωνεῖ οὗτος. Καὶ εὐθέως δραμὼν εἷς εξ αὐτῶν, καὶ λαβὼν σπόγγον, πλήσας τε ὄξους, καὶ περιθεὶς καλάμῳ, ἐπότιζεν αὐτόν. Τοῦτό ἐστι τὸ σημεῖον, ὅπερ ἔμπροσθεν αἰτοῦσιν ὑπέσχετο δώσειν, λέγων· γενεὰ πονηρὰ καὶ μοιχαλὶς σημεῖον ἐπιζητεῖ, καὶ σημεῖον οὐ δοθήσεται αὐτῇ, εἰ μὴ τὸ σημεῖον ᾿Ιωνά τοῦ προφήτου τὸν σταυρὸν λέγων καὶ τὸν θάνατον, καὶ τὸν τάφον καὶ τὴν ἀνάστασιν. Καὶ παλιν ἑτέρως δηλῶν τοῦ σταυροῦ τὴν ἰσχὺν ἔλεγεν᾽ ὅταν ὑψώσητε τὸν υἱὸν τοῦ ἀνθρώπου, τότε γνώσεσθε ὅτι ἐγώ εἰμι. Ὃ δὲ λέγει, τοιοῦτόν ἐστιν ὅταν σταυρώσητέ με καὶ νομίσητε ᾿ περιγεγενῆσθαί μου, τότε μάλιστα εἴσεσθέ μου τὴν ἰσχύν. Μετὰ γὰρ τὸ σταυρωθῆναι ἡ πόλις ἀπώλετο, τὰ ᾿Ιουδαϊκὰ ἐπαύσατο, τῆς πολιτείας καὶ τῆς ἐλευθερίας ἐξέπεσον τῆς ἑαυτῶν, τὸ κήρυγμα ἤνθησε, πρὸς τὰ πέρατα τῆς οἰκουμένης ἐξετάθη ὁ λόγος· καὶ γῆ καὶ θάλαττα, καὶ ἡ οἰκουμένη καὶ ἡ ἀοίκητος τὴν δύναμιν αὐτοῦ ᾿διαπαντὸς ἀνακηρύττουσι. Ταῦτά τε οὖν φησι, καὶ τὰ παρ᾽ αὐτὸν τὸν καιρὸν τοῦ σταυροῦ συμβάντα. Καὶ γὰρ πολλῷ θαυμαστότερον ἐπὶ τοῦ σταυροῦ προσηλωμένου ταῦτα γίνεσθαι, ἢ βαδίζοντος ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς. Οὐ ταύτῃ δὲ μόνον τὸ παράδοξον ἦν, ἀλλ᾽ ὅτι καὶ ἐκ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ γέγονεν, ὅπερ ἐζήτουν καὶ ἐπὶ πᾶσαν τὴν οἰκουμένην, ὅπερ οὐδέποτε πρότερον συνέβη, ἀλλ᾽ ἢ ἐν Αἰγύπτῳ μόνον, ὅτε τὸ πάσχα τελεῖσθαι ἔμελλε. Καὶ γάρ ἐκεῖνα τούτων τύπος ἦν. Καὶ σκόπει πότε γίνεται. Ἐν μέσῃ ἡμέρᾳ, ἵνα πάντες οἱ τὴν γῆν οἰκοῦντες μάθωσιν' ᾿ὅτε πανταχοῦ τῆς οἰκουμένης ἡμέρα ἧν' ὅπερ ἱκανὸν ἦν αὐτοὺς ἐπιστρέψαι, οὐ τῷ μεγέθει τοῦ θαύματος, ἀλλὰ καὶ τῷ εὐκαίρως συμβῆναι. Μετὰ γὰρ πάντα τὰ τῆς παροινίας, καὶ τῆς παρανόμου κωμῳδίας, τοῦτο γίνεται, ὅτε τὸν θυμὸν εἴασαν; ὅτε ἀνεπαύσαντο γελώντες, ὅτε κόρον ἔλαβον τῶν σκωμμάτων, καὶ πάντα ἐφθέγξαντο ἅπερ ἠθέλησαν᾽ τότε δείκνυσι τὸ σκότος; ἵνα κἂν οὕτω τὴν ὀργὴν ἀφέντες κερδάνωσιν ἀπὸ τοῦ θαύματος. Τοῦ γὰρ καταβῆναι ἀπὸ τοῦ σταυροῦ τοῦτο θαυμαστότερον ἦν, τὸ ὄντα ἐν τῷ σταυρῷ ταῦτα ἐνεργεῖν. Εἴτε γὰρ αὐτὸν αὐτὰ ἐνόμιζον πεποιηκέναι, ἔδει πιστεῦσαι καὶ φοβηθῆναι εἴτε οὐκ αὐτὸν, ἀλλὰ τὸν πατέρα, καὶ ἐκ τούτων ἔδει κατανυγῆναι ὀργιζομένου γὰρ ἦν ἐπὶ τοῖς τολμωμένοις τὸ σκότος ἐκεῖνο. Ὅτι γὰρ οὐκ ἦν ἔκλειψις; αλλ᾽ ὀργή τε καὶ ἀγανάκτησις; οὐκ ἐντεῦθεν μόνον δῆλον ἦν, ἀλλὰ καὶ ἀπὸ τοῦ καιροῦ τρεῖς γὰρ ὥρας παρέμεινεν᾽ ἡ δὲ ἔκλειψις ἐν μιᾷ γίνεται καιροῦ ῥοπῇ᾽ καὶ ἴσασιν οἱ τεθεαμένοι καὶ γὰρ καὶ ἐπὶ τῆς γενεᾶς τῆς ἡμετέρας συνέβη. Καὶ πῶς οὐκ ἐθαύμασαν, φησὶν, ἅπαντες, οὐδὲ ἐνόμισαν εἶναι θεόν; Ὅτι τὸ τῶν ἀνθρώπων γένος τότε ἐν πολλῇ ῥᾳθυμίᾳ καὶ κακίᾳ κατείχετο. Καὶ τὸ θαῦμα τοῦτο ἕν ἦν, καὶ γενόμενον εὐθέως παρῆλθε᾽ καὶ οὐδενὶ τὴν αἰτίαν ἐπιζητῆσαι ἐμέλησε᾽ καὶ πολλὴ τῆς ἀσεβείας ἡ πρόληψις ἦν καὶ ἡ συνήθεια. Καὶ οὐδὲ ἤδεσαν τίς ἡ αἰτία τοῦ γινομένου᾽ καὶ ἐνόμιζον ἴσως ἢ κατ᾽ ἔκλειψιν ἢ ἑτέραν τινὰ ἀκολουθίαν φυσικὴν γεγενῆσθαι τοῦτο. Καὶ τί θαυμάζεις περὶ τῶν ἔξω τῶν οὐδὲν εἰδότων, οὐδὲ ᾿ ἐπιζητησάντων διὰ ῥᾳθυμίαν πολλὴν, ὅπου οἱ ἐν αὐτῇ τῇ ᾿Ιουδαίᾳ ὄντες, μετὰ τοσαῦτα θαύματα, ἔτι ἐπέμενον ἐνυβρίζοντες, καίτοι σαφώς αὐτοῖς ἐδείκνυ, ὅτι αὐτὸς τοῦτο εἰργάσατο; Διὰ γὰρ τοῦτο καὶ μετὰ τοῦτο φθέγγεται, ἵνα μάθωσιν ὅτι ἔτι ζῇ, καὶ αὐτὸς τοῦτο ἐποίησε, καὶ γένωνται κἀντεῦθεν ἐπιεικέστεροι᾽ καὶ λέγει, ἠλί, ἠλί, λιμὰ σαβαχθανὶ, ᾿ἵνα μέχρις ἐσχάτης ἀναπνοῆς ἴδωσιν ὅτι τιμᾷ τὸν πατέρα, καὶ οὐκ ἔστιν ἀντίθεος. Διὸ καὶ προφητικὴν ἀφῆκέ τινα φωνὴν, μέχρις ἐσχάτης ὥρας μαρτυρῶν τῇ παλαιᾷ καὶ οὐχ ἁπλώς προφητικὴν, ἀλλὰ καὶ ᾿Εβραϊκὴν φωνὴν, ὥστε αὐτοῖς γενέσθαι γνώριμον καὶ κατάδηλον' καὶ διὰ πάντων δείκνυσιν αὐτοῦ τὴν ὁμόνοιαν τὴν πρὸς τὸν γεγεννηκότα. Αλλ᾽ ὅρα καὶ ἐντεῦθεν τὴν ἀσέλγειαν, καὶ τὴν ᾿ἀκολασίαν, καὶ τὴν ἄνοιαν. ᾿Ενόμισαν ᾿Ηλίαν εἶναι, φησὶ, τὸν καλούμενον, καὶ εὐθέως ἐπότισαν αὐτὸν ὄξος. ἕτερος δὲ ' προσελθὼν λόγχη αὐτοῦ τὴν πλευρὰν ᾿ ἕνυξε. Τί γένοιτ᾽ ἂν τούτων παρανομώτερον, τί δὲ θηριωδέστερον, οἵ μέχρι τοσούτου τὴν ἑαυτῶν μανίαν ἐξέτειναν, καὶ εἰς νεκρὸν σῶμα λοιπὸν ὑβρίζοντες : Σὺ δέ μοι σκόπει πῶς ταῖς παρανομίαις αὐτῶν εἰς ἡμετέραν κέχρηται σωτηρίαν. Μετὰ γὰρ τὴν πληγὴν αἱ πηγαὶ τῆς σωτηρίας ἡμῶν ἐκεῖθεν ἀνέβλυσαν. Ὁ δὲ Ἰησοῦς κράξας φωνῇ μεγάλῃ, ἀφῆκε τὸ πνεῦμα. Τοῦτό ἐστιν ὃ ἔλεγεν ἐξουσίαν ἔχω θεῖναι τὴν ψυχήν μου, καὶ ἐξουσίαν ἔχω πάλιν λαβεῖν αὐτήν καὶ, ἐγώ τίθημι αὐτὴν ἀπ᾽ ἐμαυτοῦ. Διὰ τοῦτο γὰρ φωνῇ ἔκραξεν, ἵνα δειχθῇ ὅτι κατ᾽ εξουσίαν τὸ πρᾶγμα γίνεται. Ὁ γοῦν Μάρκος φησὶν, ὅτι ἐθαύμασεν ὁ Πιλάτος, εἰ ἤδη ἐτεθνήκει καὶ ὅτι ὁ κεντυρίων διὰ τοῦτο μάλιστα ἐπίστευσεν, ὅτι μετ᾽ ἐξουσίας ἀπέθανεν. Αὕτη ἡ φωνὴ τὸ καταπέτασμα ἔσχισε, καὶ τὰ μνημεῖα ἀνέῳξε, καὶ τὸν οἶκον ἐποίησεν ἔρημον. ᾿Εποίησε δὲ τοῦτο οὐκ ἐνυβρίζων εἰς τὸν ναόν᾽ (πῶς γάρ, ὁ λέγων, μὴ ποιεῖτε τὸν οἶκον τοῦ πατρός μου οἶκον ἐμπορίου;) ἀλλ᾽ ἀναξίους αὐτοὺς ἀποφαίνων καὶ τῆς ἐκεῖ διατριβῆς, ὥσπερ οὖν καὶ ὅτε παρέδωκεν αὐτὸν τοῖς Βαβυλωνίοις. Οὐ διὰ τοῦτο δὲ μόνον ταῦτα ἐγίνετο, ἀλλὰ καὶ προφητεία τῆς μελλούσης ἐρημώσεως ἣν τὸ συμβαῖνον, καὶ τῆς ἐπὶ τὰ μείζω καὶ ὑψηλότερα μεταθέσεως, καὶ τῆς ἰσχύος αὐτοῦ.

᾿Apo de hektēs hōras skotos egeneto epi pasan tēn gēn heōs hōras enatēs. Peri de tēn enatēn hōran ekraxen ho Iēsous phōnę̄ megalę̄, kai heipen᾽ ēli, ēli, lima sabachthani, toutesti, thee mou, thee mou, hinati me enkatelipes ? Tines de tōn ekei hestōtōn akousantes elegon, hoti Ēlian phōnei houtos. Kai eutheōs dramōn heis ex autōn, kai labōn spongon, plēsas te oxous, kai peritheis kalamǭ, epotizen auton. Touto esti to sēmeion, hoper emprosthen aitousin hypescheto dōsein, legōn; genea ponēra kai moichalis sēmeion epizētei, kai sēmeion ou dothēsetai autę̄, ei mē to sēmeion ᾿Iōna tou prophētou ton stauron legōn kai ton thanaton, kai ton taphon kai tēn anastasin. Kai palin heterōs dēlōn tou staurou tēn ischyn elegen᾽ hotan hypsōsēte ton huion tou anthrōpou, tote gnōsesthe hoti egō eimi. Ho de legei, toiouton estin hotan staurōsēte me kai nomisēte ᾿ perigegenēsthai mou, tote malista eisesthe mou tēn ischyn. Meta gar to staurōthēnai hē polis apōleto, ta ᾿Ioudaïka epausato, tēs politeias kai tēs eleutherias exepeson tēs heautōn, to kērygma ēnthēse, pros ta perata tēs oikoumenēs exetathē ho logos; kai gē kai thalatta, kai hē oikoumenē kai hē aoikētos tēn dynamin autou ᾿diapantos anakēryttousi. Tauta te oun phēsi, kai ta par᾽ auton ton kairon tou staurou symbanta. Kai gar pollǭ thaumastoteron epi tou staurou prosēlōmenou tauta ginesthai, ē badizontos epi tēs gēs. Ou tautę̄ de monon to paradoxon ēn, all᾽ hoti kai ek tou ouranou gegonen, hoper ezētoun kai epi pasan tēn oikoumenēn, hoper oudepote proteron synebē, all᾽ ē en Aigyptǭ monon, hote to pascha teleisthai emelle. Kai gar ekeina toutōn typos ēn. Kai skopei pote ginetai. En mesę̄ hēmerą, hina pantes hoi tēn gēn oikountes mathōsin' ᾿hote pantachou tēs oikoumenēs hēmera hēn' hoper hikanon ēn autous epistrepsai, ou tǭ megethei tou thaumatos, alla kai tǭ eukairōs symbēnai. Meta gar panta ta tēs paroinias, kai tēs paranomou kōmǭdias, touto ginetai, hote ton thymon eiasan? hote anepausanto gelōntes, hote koron elabon tōn skōmmatōn, kai panta ephthenxanto haper ēthelēsan᾽ tote deiknysi to skotos? hina kan houtō tēn orgēn aphentes kerdanōsin apo tou thaumatos. Tou gar katabēnai apo tou staurou touto thaumastoteron ēn, to onta en tǭ staurǭ tauta energein. Eite gar auton auta enomizon pepoiēkenai, edei pisteusai kai phobēthēnai eite ouk auton, alla ton patera, kai ek toutōn edei katanygēnai orgizomenou gar ēn epi tois tolmōmenois to skotos ekeino. Hoti gar ouk ēn ekleipsis? all᾽ orgē te kai aganaktēsis? ouk enteuthen monon dēlon ēn, alla kai apo tou kairou treis gar hōras paremeinen᾽ hē de ekleipsis en mią ginetai kairou rhopę̄᾽ kai isasin hoi tetheamenoi kai gar kai epi tēs geneas tēs hēmeteras synebē. Kai pōs ouk ethaumasan, phēsin, hapantes, oude enomisan einai theon? Hoti to tōn anthrōpōn genos tote en pollę̄ rhąthymią kai kakią kateicheto. Kai to thauma touto hen ēn, kai genomenon eutheōs parēlthe᾽ kai oudeni tēn aitian epizētēsai emelēse᾽ kai pollē tēs asebeias hē prolēpsis ēn kai hē synētheia. Kai oude ēdesan tis hē aitia tou ginomenou᾽ kai enomizon isōs ē kat᾽ ekleipsin ē heteran tina akolouthian physikēn gegenēsthai touto. Kai ti thaumazeis peri tōn exō tōn ouden eidotōn, oude ᾿ epizētēsantōn dia rhąthymian pollēn, hopou hoi en autę̄ tę̄ ᾿Ioudaią ontes, meta tosauta thaumata, eti epemenon enybrizontes, kaitoi saphōs autois edeikny, hoti autos touto eirgasato? Dia gar touto kai meta touto phthengetai, hina mathōsin hoti eti zę̄, kai autos touto epoiēse, kai genōntai kanteuthen epieikesteroi᾽ kai legei, ēli, ēli, lima sabachthani, ᾿hina mechris eschatēs anapnoēs idōsin hoti timą ton patera, kai ouk estin antitheos. Dio kai prophētikēn aphēke tina phōnēn, mechris eschatēs hōras martyrōn tę̄ palaią kai ouch haplōs prophētikēn, alla kai ᾿Ebraïkēn phōnēn, hōste autois genesthai gnōrimon kai katadēlon' kai dia pantōn deiknysin autou tēn homonoian tēn pros ton gegennēkota. All᾽ hora kai enteuthen tēn aselgeian, kai tēn ᾿akolasian, kai tēn anoian. ᾿Enomisan ᾿Ēlian einai, phēsi, ton kaloumenon, kai eutheōs epotisan auton oxos. heteros de ' proselthōn lonchē autou tēn pleuran ᾿ henyxe. Ti genoit᾽ an toutōn paranomōteron, ti de thēriōdesteron, hoi mechri tosoutou tēn heautōn manian exeteinan, kai eis nekron sōma loipon hybrizontes : Sy de moi skopei pōs tais paranomiais autōn eis hēmeteran kechrētai sōtērian. Meta gar tēn plēgēn hai pēgai tēs sōtērias hēmōn ekeithen aneblysan. Ho de Iēsous kraxas phōnę̄ megalę̄, aphēke to pneuma. Touto estin ho elegen exousian echō theinai tēn psychēn mou, kai exousian echō palin labein autēn kai, egō tithēmi autēn ap᾽ emautou. Dia touto gar phōnę̄ ekraxen, hina deichthę̄ hoti kat᾽ exousian to pragma ginetai. Ho goun Markos phēsin, hoti ethaumasen ho Pilatos, ei ēdē etethnēkei kai hoti ho kentyriōn dia touto malista episteusen, hoti met᾽ exousias apethanen. Hautē hē phōnē to katapetasma eschise, kai ta mnēmeia aneǭxe, kai ton oikon epoiēsen erēmon. ᾿Epoiēse de touto ouk enybrizōn eis ton naon᾽ (pōs gar, ho legōn, mē poieite ton oikon tou patros mou oikon emporiou?) all᾽ anaxious autous apophainōn kai tēs ekei diatribēs, hōsper oun kai hote paredōken auton tois Babylōniois. Ou dia touto de monon tauta egineto, alla kai prophēteia tēs mellousēs erēmōseōs hēn to symbainon, kai tēs epi ta meizō kai hypsēlotera metatheseōs, kai tēs ischyos autou.

“Now from the sixth hour there was darkness over all the land until the ninth hour. And about the ninth hour Jesus cried out with a loud voice, saying, Eli, Eli, lema sabachthani? that is, My God, my God, why have you forsaken me? And some of those standing there, when they heard it, said, This man is calling Elijah. And at once one of them ran and took a sponge, filled it with vinegar, put it on a reed, and gave him to drink.”

This is the sign which he promised earlier to give them when they asked, saying, “An evil and adulterous generation seeks a sign, and no sign will be given to it except the sign of Jonah the prophet”—meaning the cross and the death, the tomb and the resurrection. And again, showing in another way the power of the cross, he said, “When you have lifted up the Son of Man, then you will know that I am he.” What he means is this: when you have crucified me and think you have got the better of me, then above all you will know my power. For after he was crucified the city perished, the Jewish order ceased, they fell from their own commonwealth and their freedom, the preaching flourished, the word stretched out to the ends of the world; and land and sea, the inhabited world and the uninhabited, continually proclaim his power. These things, then, he means, and also what happened at the very time of the cross. For it was much more wonderful that these things should happen while he was nailed to the cross than while he walked on the earth. And the marvel lay not only in this, but in that the sign came from heaven, which is what they were asking for, and over the whole world, which had never happened before except in Egypt only, when the Passover was about to be kept; for those things were a type of these.

And consider when it happens: at midday, so that all who dwell on the earth might learn of it, when it was day everywhere in the world; which was enough to convert them, not only by the greatness of the miracle but also by its happening at the right moment. For it happens after all their drunken outrage and lawless mockery, when they had given their wrath its fill, when they had stopped laughing, when they had had enough of jeering and had said everything they wished: then he shows the darkness, so that, even so, letting go their anger, they might profit from the miracle. For this was more wonderful than coming down from the cross: that while he was on the cross he worked these things. For if they thought that he himself had done them, they ought to have believed and feared; or if not he but the Father, even so they ought to have been pierced with compunction; for that darkness was the sign of one angry at what was being dared. That it was not an eclipse but wrath and indignation is plain not only from this but also from its duration: it lasted three hours, whereas an eclipse happens in a single moment, as those know who have seen one; for one happened in our own generation too.

“And how was it,” someone says, “that they did not all marvel and think him God?” Because the human race was then held fast in great carelessness and wickedness. And this miracle was a single one, and once it had happened it passed at once; and no one cared to seek its cause; and the prejudice of impiety and long custom were strong. And they did not even know what the cause of what happened was, and perhaps they thought it had happened by an eclipse or some other natural sequence. And why do you marvel at those outside, who knew nothing and did not inquire because of their great carelessness, when those who were in Judea itself, after so many miracles, still went on insulting him, although he showed them plainly that he himself had done this? For this is why he speaks even after it, so that they might learn that he is still alive and that he himself did this, and might become milder from this as well; and he says, “Eli, Eli, lema sabachthani,” so that to his last breath they might see that he honors the Father and is no opponent of God. That is why he also uttered a prophetic saying, bearing witness to the Old Testament to his last hour; and not simply a prophetic saying but one in Hebrew, so that it might be familiar and plain to them; and by everything he shows his oneness of mind with the one who begot him.

But see here too their wantonness, their licentiousness and their folly. They thought, it says, that the one he called was Elijah, and at once they gave him vinegar to drink. And another came up and pierced his side with a spear. What could be more lawless than these men, what more brutal, who carried their madness so far as to insult at the last even a dead body? But consider, I pray, how he used their lawless deeds for our salvation. For after the blow, the fountains of our salvation gushed forth from there.

“And Jesus cried out with a loud voice and yielded up his spirit.” This is what he said: “I have authority to lay down my life, and I have authority to take it again,” and, “I lay it down of myself.” For this reason he cried out with a loud voice, so that it might be shown that the thing was done by his authority. Mark at any rate says that Pilate marveled that he was already dead, and that the centurion believed above all for this reason, that he died with authority. This cry tore the veil, and opened the tombs, and made the house desolate. And he did this not as an insult to the temple—for how could he, who said, “Do not make my Father’s house a house of trade”?—but declaring them unworthy even of remaining there, as also when he handed it over to the Babylonians. And not for this reason only did these things happen; what took place was also a prophecy of the desolation to come, and of the change to greater and higher things, and of his power.

88.2Field 2

Μετὰ δὲ τούτων καὶ ἐκ τῶν μετὰ ταῦτα ἑαυτὸν ἐδείκνυ, ἐκ τῆς τῶν νεκρῶν ἀναστάσεως, [ἐκ τῆς τοῦ φωτὸς ἅμαυρώσεως, ἐκ τῆς τῶν στοιχείων ἀλλοιώσεως. ᾿Επὶ μὲν γὰρ ᾿Ελισσαίου νεκρὸς εἷς ἁψάμενος νεκροῦ ἀνέστη' νυνὶ δὲ φωνὴ αὐτοὺς ἤγειρε, τοῦ σώματος ἄνω κειμένου ἐπὶ τοῦ σταυροῦ. Ἄλλως δὲ καὶ ἐκεῖνα τούτου τύπος ἦν. ἵνα γὰρ τοῦτο πιστευθῇ, διὰ τοῦτο κἀκεῖνο γίνεται. Καὶ οὐχ ἁπλώς ἐγείρονται, ἀλλὰ καὶ πέτραι ῥήγνυνται, καὶ ἡ γῆ σείεται, ἵνα μάθωσιν ὅτι καὶ αὐτοὺς ἠδύνατο καὶ πηρῶσαι καὶ ῥῆξαι. Ὁ γὰρ πέτρας διατεμὼν, καὶ τὴν οἰκουμένην σκοτίσας, πολλῷ μᾶλλον εἰς ἐκείνους ταῦτα ἐποίησεν ἄν, εἴγε ἐβούλετο. Ἀλλ᾽ οὐκ ἠθέλησεν, ἀλλ᾽ εἰς τὰ στοιχεῖα τὴν ὀργὴν ἀφεὶς, ἐκείνους ἐξ ἐπιεικείας σῶσαι ἐβούλετο. Ἀλλ᾽ οὐ ᾿καθυφῆκαν τῆς μανίας. Τοιοῦτον γὰρ ὃ φθόνος, τοιοῦτον ἡ βασκανία· οὐχ ἵσταται ῥᾳδίως. Τότε μὲν οὖν καὶ πρὸς αὐτὰ τὰ φαινόμενα ἠναισχύντουν᾽ μετὰ δὲ ταῦτα ὅτε σφραγῖδος ἐπικειμένης καὶ στρατιωτῶν τηρούντων ἀνέστη, καὶ παρ αὐτῶν ταῦτα ἤκουσαν τῶν φυλάκων, καὶ ἀργύριον ἔδοσαν, ὥστε καὶ ἑτέρους διαφθεῖραι, καὶ κλέψαι τῆς ἀναστάσεως τὸν λόγον. Μὴ τοίνυν θαύμαζε, εἰ καὶ τότε ἡγνωμόνουν, οὕτω καθάπαξ παρεσκευασμένοι πρὸς πάντα ἀναισχυντεῖν αλλ᾽ ἐκεῖνο σκόπει, ἡλίκα σημεῖα πεποίηκε; τὰ μὲν ἐξ οὐρανοῦ, τὰ δὲ ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς, τὰ δὲ ἐν αὐτῷ τῷ ναῷ ὁμοῦ μὲν τὴν ἀγανάκτησιν ἐνδεικνύμενος, ὁμοῦ δὲ ὅτι τὰ ἄβατα λοιπὸν ἔσται βατὰ, καὶ ὁ οὐρανὸς ἀνοιγήσεται, καὶ πρὸς τὰ ἀληθινὰ ἅγια τῶν ἁγίων τὰ πράγματα μεταστήσεται. Καὶ οἱ μὲν ἔλεγον, εἰ βασιλεὺς τοῦ ᾿Ισραήλ ἐστι, καταβάτω ἀπὸ τοῦ σταυροῦ· αὐτὸς δὲ δείκνυσιν, ὅτι τῆς οἰκουμένης ἁπάσης. Καὶ ἐκεῖνοι μὲν ἔλεγον, ὁ καταλύων τὸν ναὸν τοῦτον, καὶ ἐν τρισὶν ἡμέραις οἰκοδομῶν αὐτόν αὐτὸς δὲ δείκνυσιν, ὅτι εἰς τέλος ἐρημωθήσεται. Παλιν οὗτοι μὲν ἔλεγον, ἄλλους ἔσωσεν, ἑαυτὸν οὐ δύναται σῶσαι αὐτὸς δὲ ἐν τῷ σταυρῷ μένων, ἐν τοῖς τῶν δούλων σώμασι τοῦτο ἐκ περιουσίας ἐδείκνυ πολλῆς. Εἰ γὰρ τὸ τεταρταῖον ἐξελθεῖν Λαζαρον μέγα, πολλῷ μᾶλλον τὸ πάντας ἀθρόως τοὺς πάλαι κοιμηθέντας φανῆναι ζῶντας· ὃ τῆς ἐσομένης ἀναστάσεως σημεῖον ἦν. Πολλὰ γὰρ σώματα τῶν κεκοιμημένων ἁγίων ἡγέρθη, φησὶ, καὶ εἰσῆλθον εἰς τὴν ἁγίαν πόλιν, καὶ πολλοῖς ἐνεφανίσθησαν. Ἵνα γὰρ μὴ νομισθῇ φαντασία εἶναι τὸ γεγενημένον, καὶ πολλοῖς φαίνονται ἐν τῇ πόλει. Καὶ ὁ κεντυρίων δὲ τότε ἐδόξαζε τὸν θεὸν λέγων· ὄντως ὁ ἄνθρωπος οὗτος δίκαιος ἦν. Καὶ οἱ ὄχλοι δὲ, οἱ παραγενόμενοι εἰς τὴν θεωρίαν, τύπτοντες αὐτῶν τὰ στήθη ὑπέστρεφον. Τοσαύτη τοῦ ἐσταυρωμένου ἡ δύναμις, ὡς μετὰ χλευασίας τοσαύτας καὶ κωμῳδίας καὶ σκώμματα, καὶ τὸν κεντυρίωνα κατανυγῆναι, καὶ τὸν δῆμον. Τινὲς δέ φασιν, ὅτι καὶ μαρτύριόν ἐστι τοῦ κεντυρίωνος τούτου, ἀνδρισαμένου μετὰ ταῦτα ἐν τῇ πίστει. Ἦσαν δὲ ἐκεῖ γυναῖκες πολλαὶ μακρόθεν θεωροῦσαι, αἵτινες ἠκολούθησαν διακονοῦσαι αὐτῷ, Μαρία ἡ Μαγδαληνὴ, καὶ Μαρία ἡ ᾿Ιακώβου καὶ ᾿Ιωσῆ μήτηρ, καὶ ἡ μήτηρ τῶν υἱῶν Ζεβεδαίου. Ταῦτα ᾿θεωροῦσιν αἱ γυναῖκες γινόμενα, αἱ μάλιστα συμπαθέστεραι, αἱ μάλιστα θρηνοῦσαι. Καὶ σκόπει πόση αὐτῶν ἡ προσεδρεία. ᾿Ηκολούθουν αὐτῷ διακονοῦσαι, καὶ μέχρι τῶν κινδύνων παρῆσαν. Διὸ καὶ πάντα ἐθεώρουν, πῶς ἐβόησε, πώς ἐξέπνευσε, πῶς αἱ πέτραι ἐσχίσθησαν, τὰ ἄλλα πάντα. Καὶ αὗται πρῶται ὁρῶσι τὸν ᾿Ιησοῦν, καὶ τὸ μάλιστα γένος κατακριθὲν τοῦτο πρῶτον ἀπολαύει τῆς τῶν ἀγαθῶν θεωρίας τοῦτο μάλιστα ἐπιδείκνυται τὴν ἀνδρείαν. Καὶ οἱ μὲν μαθηταὶ ἔφυγον, αὗται δὲ παρήσαν. Τίνες δὲ ἦσαν: Ἡ μήτηρ αὐτοῦ ταύτην γὰρ λέγει τὴν ᾿Ιακώβου καὶ αἱ λοιπαί. Ἄλλος δὲ εὐαγγελιστής φησιν, ὅτι καὶ ἐκόπτοντο πολλοὶ ἐπὶ τοῖς γινομένοις, καὶ τὸ στῆθος ἔτυπτον ὃ μάλιστα δείκνυσι τῶν ᾿Ιουδαίων τὴν ὠμότητα, ὅτι ἐφ᾽ οἷς ἐθρήνουν ἕτεροι, ἐπὶ τούτοις ἐκόμπαζον οὗτοι, καὶ οὔτε ἐλέῳ ἐκάμφθησαν, οὔτε φόβῳ κατεστάλησαν. Καὶ γὰρ ὀργῆς τὰ γινόμενα ἤν μεγάλην᾽ καὶ οὐχ ἁπλῶς σημεῖα, ἀλλὰ θυμοῦ σημεῖα ἅπαντα τὸ σκότος; αἱ τεμνόμεναι πέτραι, τὸ καταπέτασμα ῥηγνύμενον μέσον, ὁ τῆς γῆς κλόνος καὶ πολλὴ τῆς ἀγανακτήσεως ἦν ἡ ὑπερβολή. Προσελθὼν δὲ ὁ Ἰωσὴφ ἤτει τὸ σῶμα. Οὗτος ἦν Ἰωσὴφ ὁ κρυπτόμενος πρώην· νῦν μέντοι μέγα ἐτόλμησε μετὰ τὸν θάνατον τοῦ Χριστοῦ. Οὐδὲ γὰρ ἄσημος ἦν, οὐδὲ τῶν λανθανόντων, ἀλλὰ τῆς βουλῆς εἷς, καὶ σφόδρα ἐπίσημος ὅθεν μάλιστα τὴν ἀνδρείαν αὐτοῦ κατιδεῖν ἔνι. Εἰς γὰρ θανατον ἑαυτὸν ἐξέδωκε, τὴν πρὸς πάντας ἀπέχθειαν ἀναδεξάμενος τῇ περὶ τὸν ᾿Ιησοῦν εὐνοίᾳ, καὶ τολμήσας αἰτῆσαι σῶμα, καὶ μὴ πρότερον ἀποστάς, ἕως ἐπέτυχεν. Οὐ λαβεῖν δὲ μόνον, οὐδὲ τῷ θάψαι πολυτελῶς, ἀλλὰ καὶ τῷ ἐν τῷ μνημείῳ τῷ ἑαυτοῦ τῷ καινῷ; δείκνυσι τὸ φίλτρον καὶ τὴν ἀνδρείαν. Καὶ τοῦτο δὲ οὐχ ἁπλῶς ᾠκονομεῖτο, ἀλλ᾽ ὥστε μὴ ὑποψίαν τινὰ ψιλὴν γενέσθαι; ὅτι ἕτερος ἀνθ᾽ ἑτέρου ἀνέστη. Ἦν δὲ Μαρία ἡ Μαγδαληνὴ, καὶ ἡ ἄλλη Μαρία καθήμεναι ἀπέναντι τοῦ τάφου. Τίνος ἕνεκεν αὗται προσεδρεύουσιν; Οὐδὲν οὐδέπω μέγα, ὡς χρὴ, καὶ ὑψηλὸν ἤδεσαν περὶ αὐτοῦ διὸ καὶ μύρα ἐκόμισαν, καὶ τῷ τάφῳ προσεκαρτέρουν, ὥστε; εἰ λωφήσειεν ἡ μανία τῶν ᾿Ιουδαίων, καὶ ἀπελθεῖν καὶ περιχυθῆναι.

Meta de toutōn kai ek tōn meta tauta heauton edeikny, ek tēs tōn nekrōn anastaseōs, [ek tēs tou phōtos hamaurōseōs, ek tēs tōn stoicheiōn alloiōseōs. ᾿Epi men gar ᾿Elissaiou nekros heis hapsamenos nekrou anestē' nyni de phōnē autous ēgeire, tou sōmatos anō keimenou epi tou staurou. Allōs de kai ekeina toutou typos ēn. hina gar touto pisteuthę̄, dia touto kakeino ginetai. Kai ouch haplōs egeirontai, alla kai petrai rhēgnyntai, kai hē gē seietai, hina mathōsin hoti kai autous ēdynato kai pērōsai kai rhēxai. Ho gar petras diatemōn, kai tēn oikoumenēn skotisas, pollǭ mallon eis ekeinous tauta epoiēsen an, eige ebouleto. All᾽ ouk ēthelēsen, all᾽ eis ta stoicheia tēn orgēn apheis, ekeinous ex epieikeias sōsai ebouleto. All᾽ ou ᾿kathyphēkan tēs manias. Toiouton gar ho phthonos, toiouton hē baskania; ouch histatai rhądiōs. Tote men oun kai pros auta ta phainomena ēnaischyntoun᾽ meta de tauta hote sphragidos epikeimenēs kai stratiōtōn tērountōn anestē, kai par autōn tauta ēkousan tōn phylakōn, kai argyrion edosan, hōste kai heterous diaphtheirai, kai klepsai tēs anastaseōs ton logon. Mē toinyn thaumaze, ei kai tote hēgnōmonoun, houtō kathapax pareskeuasmenoi pros panta anaischyntein all᾽ ekeino skopei, hēlika sēmeia pepoiēke? ta men ex ouranou, ta de epi tēs gēs, ta de en autǭ tǭ naǭ homou men tēn aganaktēsin endeiknymenos, homou de hoti ta abata loipon estai bata, kai ho ouranos anoigēsetai, kai pros ta alēthina hagia tōn hagiōn ta pragmata metastēsetai. Kai hoi men elegon, ei basileus tou ᾿Israēl esti, katabatō apo tou staurou; autos de deiknysin, hoti tēs oikoumenēs hapasēs. Kai ekeinoi men elegon, ho katalyōn ton naon touton, kai en trisin hēmerais oikodomōn auton autos de deiknysin, hoti eis telos erēmōthēsetai. Palin houtoi men elegon, allous esōsen, heauton ou dynatai sōsai autos de en tǭ staurǭ menōn, en tois tōn doulōn sōmasi touto ek periousias edeikny pollēs. Ei gar to tetartaion exelthein Lazaron mega, pollǭ mallon to pantas athroōs tous palai koimēthentas phanēnai zōntas; ho tēs esomenēs anastaseōs sēmeion ēn. Polla gar sōmata tōn kekoimēmenōn hagiōn hēgerthē, phēsi, kai eisēlthon eis tēn hagian polin, kai pollois enephanisthēsan. Hina gar mē nomisthę̄ phantasia einai to gegenēmenon, kai pollois phainontai en tę̄ polei. Kai ho kentyriōn de tote edoxaze ton theon legōn; ontōs ho anthrōpos houtos dikaios ēn. Kai hoi ochloi de, hoi paragenomenoi eis tēn theōrian, typtontes autōn ta stēthē hypestrephon. Tosautē tou estaurōmenou hē dynamis, hōs meta chleuasias tosautas kai kōmǭdias kai skōmmata, kai ton kentyriōna katanygēnai, kai ton dēmon. Tines de phasin, hoti kai martyrion esti tou kentyriōnos toutou, andrisamenou meta tauta en tę̄ pistei. Ēsan de ekei gynaikes pollai makrothen theōrousai, haitines ēkolouthēsan diakonousai autǭ, Maria hē Magdalēnē, kai Maria hē ᾿Iakōbou kai ᾿Iōsē mētēr, kai hē mētēr tōn huiōn Zebedaiou. Tauta ᾿theōrousin hai gynaikes ginomena, hai malista sympathesterai, hai malista thrēnousai. Kai skopei posē autōn hē prosedreia. ᾿Ēkolouthoun autǭ diakonousai, kai mechri tōn kindynōn parēsan. Dio kai panta etheōroun, pōs eboēse, pōs exepneuse, pōs hai petrai eschisthēsan, ta alla panta. Kai hautai prōtai horōsi ton ᾿Iēsoun, kai to malista genos katakrithen touto prōton apolauei tēs tōn agathōn theōrias touto malista epideiknytai tēn andreian. Kai hoi men mathētai ephygon, hautai de parēsan. Tines de ēsan: Hē mētēr autou tautēn gar legei tēn ᾿Iakōbou kai hai loipai. Allos de euangelistēs phēsin, hoti kai ekoptonto polloi epi tois ginomenois, kai to stēthos etypton ho malista deiknysi tōn ᾿Ioudaiōn tēn ōmotēta, hoti eph᾽ hois ethrēnoun heteroi, epi toutois ekompazon houtoi, kai oute eleǭ ekamphthēsan, oute phobǭ katestalēsan. Kai gar orgēs ta ginomena ēn megalēn᾽ kai ouch haplōs sēmeia, alla thymou sēmeia hapanta to skotos? hai temnomenai petrai, to katapetasma rhēgnymenon meson, ho tēs gēs klonos kai pollē tēs aganaktēseōs ēn hē hyperbolē. Proselthōn de ho Iōsēph ētei to sōma. Houtos ēn Iōsēph ho kryptomenos prōēn; nyn mentoi mega etolmēse meta ton thanaton tou Christou. Oude gar asēmos ēn, oude tōn lanthanontōn, alla tēs boulēs heis, kai sphodra episēmos hothen malista tēn andreian autou katidein eni. Eis gar thanaton heauton exedōke, tēn pros pantas apechtheian anadexamenos tę̄ peri ton ᾿Iēsoun eunoią, kai tolmēsas aitēsai sōma, kai mē proteron apostas, heōs epetychen. Ou labein de monon, oude tǭ thapsai polytelōs, alla kai tǭ en tǭ mnēmeiǭ tǭ heautou tǭ kainǭ? deiknysi to philtron kai tēn andreian. Kai touto de ouch haplōs ǭkonomeito, all᾽ hōste mē hypopsian tina psilēn genesthai? hoti heteros anth᾽ heterou anestē. Ēn de Maria hē Magdalēnē, kai hē allē Maria kathēmenai apenanti tou taphou. Tinos heneken hautai prosedreuousin? Ouden oudepō mega, hōs chrē, kai hypsēlon ēdesan peri autou dio kai myra ekomisan, kai tǭ taphǭ prosekarteroun, hōste? ei lōphēseien hē mania tōn ᾿Ioudaiōn, kai apelthein kai perichythēnai.

Along with these things he showed who he was also by what followed: by the raising of the dead, [by the darkening of the light, by the change of the elements]. For in Elisha’s day one dead man touched a dead man and rose; but now a voice raised them, while the body lay up on the cross. Besides, those things too were a type of this; for it was so that this might be believed that that also happened. And they are not simply raised: rocks are also split and the earth is shaken, so that they might learn that he was able to blind them too and to tear them apart. For he who split rocks and darkened the world could far more have done these things to them, if he had wished. But he would not; letting his wrath fall on the elements, he wished to save them by gentleness. But they did not abate their madness. For such is envy, such is jealousy: it does not easily stop. Then, too, they were shameless even before the very things they saw; and afterward, when he had risen though a seal lay on the tomb and soldiers were guarding it, and they heard these things from the guards themselves, they even gave money so as to corrupt others too and to steal away the report of the resurrection. Do not marvel, then, that they were unfeeling at that time too, being once for all so prepared to be shameless toward everything; but consider this: how great the signs were that he did, some from heaven, some on earth, some in the temple itself, showing at once his indignation and at the same time that what was inaccessible would henceforth be accessible, and heaven would be opened, and the things of worship would be moved to the true Holy of Holies.

And they said, “If he is King of Israel, let him come down from the cross”; but he shows that he is King of the whole world. And they said, “You who destroy this temple and build it in three days”; but he shows that it will be desolate to the end. Again they said, “He saved others; himself he cannot save”; but he, remaining on the cross, showed this in great abundance in the bodies of his servants. For if it was a great thing for Lazarus to come out on the fourth day, much more was it for all those who had long been asleep to appear alive all at once, which was a sign of the resurrection to come. “For many bodies of the saints who had fallen asleep were raised,” it says, “and they went into the holy city and appeared to many.” For so that what happened might not be thought an apparition, they appear to many in the city as well. And the centurion then glorified God, saying, “Truly this man was righteous.” And the crowds who had come together to the sight returned beating their breasts. So great was the power of the crucified one that after so much jeering and mockery and scoffing, both the centurion and the people were pierced with compunction. And some say that there is also an account of the martyrdom of this centurion, who afterward stood firm like a man in the faith.

“And many women were there looking on from afar, who had followed him, ministering to him: Mary Magdalene, and Mary the mother of James and Joses, and the mother of the sons of Zebedee.” The women watch these things happening—the women, the most compassionate, the most given to lament. And consider how great their constancy was: they followed him ministering, and they were present even to the point of danger. That is why they saw everything: how he cried out, how he breathed his last, how the rocks were split, and all the rest. And these are the first to see Jesus; and the sex most condemned is the first to enjoy the sight of the good things; this above all shows their courage. The disciples fled, but these were present. And who were they? His mother—for he calls her the mother of James—and the others. Another evangelist says that many also lamented over what was happening and beat their breasts; which above all shows the cruelty of the Jews, that over the very things others were lamenting these men were boasting, and they were neither bent by pity nor checked by fear. For what happened came from great wrath; and they were not simply signs but all of them signs of anger: the darkness, the splitting rocks, the veil torn down the middle, the shaking of the earth; and great was the excess of the indignation.

“And Joseph came and asked for the body.” This was the Joseph who had earlier kept himself hidden; now, however, he dared a great thing after Christ’s death. For he was neither obscure nor one of those who go unnoticed, but one of the council, and very distinguished; from which his courage can especially be seen. For he gave himself up to death, taking on himself the hatred of all by his goodwill toward Jesus, daring to ask for the body and not leaving off until he obtained it. And not only by taking it, but also by burying it at great cost, and in his own new tomb, he shows his love and his courage. And this too was not arranged without purpose, but so that there might not be even a bare suspicion that one man rose in place of another. “And Mary Magdalene and the other Mary were there, sitting opposite the tomb.” Why do these women keep their watch there? They did not yet know anything great and lofty about him, as they should have; that is why they brought ointments and waited at the tomb, so that, if the madness of the Jews abated, they might go and pour them over him.

88.3Field 2

Εἶδες γυναικῶν ἀνδρείαν: : εἶδες φιλοστοργίαν: : εἶδες μεγαλοψυχίαν τὴν ἐν τοῖς χρήμασι; τὴν μέχρι θανάτου; Μιμησώμεθα τὰς γυναῖκας οἱ ἄνδρες μὴ καταλείψωμεν ἐν πειρασμοῖς τὸν ᾿Ιησοῦν. ᾿Ἐκεῖναι μὲν γὰρ καὶ εἰς τελευτήσαντα τοσαῦτα ἀνάλωσαν, καὶ τὰς ψυχὰς ἐξέδωκαν᾽ ἡμεῖς δὲ (πάλιν γὰρ τὰ αὐτὰ ἐρῶ) οὐδὲ πεινῶντα τρέφομεν, οὐδὲ γυμνὸν περιβάλλομεν, ἀλλ᾽ ὁρῶντες αὐτὸν προσαιτοῦντα παρατρέχομεν. Καίτοιγε εἰ αὐτὸν ἐκεῖνον εἴδετε, τὰ ὑπάρχοντα ἂν ἕκαστος ἐκένωσεν. ᾿Αλλὰ καὶ νῦν ὁ αὐτός ἐστιν. Αὐτὸς γὰρ εἶπεν, ὅτι ἐγώ εἰμι. Τίνος οὖν ἕνεκεν οὐ πάντα κενοῖς; Καὶ γὰρ καὶ νῦν ἀκούεις λέγοντος, ὅτι ἐμοὶ ποιεῖς καὶ οὐδὲν τὸ μέσον, ἄν τε τούτῳ, ἄν τε ἐκείνῳ δῷς οὐδὲν ἔλαττον ἔχεις τούτων τῶν γυναικῶν τῶν τότε τρεφουσῶν αὐτὸν, ἀλλὰ καὶ πολλῷ πλέον. ᾿Αλλὰ μὴ θορυβηθῆτε. Οὐ γάρ ἐστιν ἴσον αὐτὸν κυρίως φαινόμενον θρέψαι, ὃ καὶ λιθίνην ἱκανὸν ἦν ἐπισπάσασθαι ψυχὴν, καὶ διὰ τὴν ἀπόφασιν αὐτοῦ μόνην τὸν πένητα, τὸν ἀνάπηρον, τὸν συγκεκυφότα θεραπεῦσαι. Ἐκεῖ μὲν γὰρ ἡ ὄψις καὶ τὸ ἀξίωμα τοῦ φαινομένου μερίζεται πρὸς σὲ τὸ γινόμενον ἐνταῦθα δὲ ὁλόκληρον σὸν τῆς φιλανθρωπίας τὸ βραβεῖόν ἐστι' καὶ μείζονος τῆς περὶ αὐτὸν αἰδοῦς τὸ δεῖγμα, ὅταν διὰ τὴν ἀπόφασιν αὐτοῦ μόνην τὸν ὁμόδουλον οὕτω θεραπεύων ἀναπαύσης ἐν πᾶσιν. ᾿Ανάπαυε τοίνυν, πιστεύων αὐτῷ τῷ λαμβάνοντι καὶ λέγοντι, ὅτι ἐμοὶ δίδως. Εἰ γὰρ μὴ αὐτῷ ἐδίδως, οὐκ ἄν σε βασιλείας ἠξίωσεν. Εἰ μὴ αὐτὸν ἀπεστρέφου, οὐκ ἂν εἰς γέενναν ἔπεμψεν, εἰ τὸν τυχόντα παρίδοις: ἀλλ᾽ ἐπειδὴ αὐτός ἐστιν ὁ καταφρονούμενος, διὰ τοῦτο μέγα τὸ ἔγκλημα. Οὕτω καὶ Παῦλος αὐτὸν ἐδίωκε, τοὺς αὐτοῦ διώκων διὸ καὶ ἔλεγε· τί με διώκεις; Οὕτω τοίνυν διακείμεθα, ὡς αὐτῷ τῷ Χριστῷ παρέχοντες, ὅταν παρέχωμεν. Καὶ γὰρ τὰ ῥήματα αὐτοῦ τῆς ὄψεως ἡμῶν πιστότερα. ᾿Επειδὰν οὖν ἴδῃς πένητα, ἀναμνήσθητι τῶν ῥημάτων, δι᾽ ὧν ἐδήλου, ὅτι αὐτός ἐστιν ὁ τρεφόμενος. Εἰ γὰρ καὶ τὸ φαινόμενον οὐκ ἔστι Χριστὸς, ἀλλ᾽ ἐν τῷ τούτου σχήματι αὐτὸς λαμβάνει καὶ προσαιτεῖ. Αἰσχύνῃ ἀκούων ὅτι ὁ Χριστὸς προσαιτεῖ: Αἰσχύνθητι μᾶλλον, ὅταν προσαιτοῦντι μὴ δῷς. Τοῦτο γὰρ αἰσχύνη, τοῦτο τιμωρία καὶ κόλασις. Τὸ μὲν γὰρ προσαιτεῖν αὐτὸν, τῆς αὐτοῦ ᾿ἀγαθότητος διὸ καὶ ᾿ἐγκαλλωπίζεσθαι ἡμᾶς αὐτῷ χρή᾽ τὸ δὲ μὴ δοῦναι τῆς σῆς ὠμότητος. Εἰ δὲ οὐ πιστεύεις νῦν, ὅτι πένητα πιστὸν παρατρέχων, αὐτὸν παρατρέχεις, πιστεύσεις τότε, ὅταν εἰς μέσον σε ᾿παραγαγῶν λέγῃ, ἐφ᾽ ὅσον οὐκ ἐποιήσατε τούτοις, οὐδὲ ἐμοὶ ἐποιήσατε. ᾿Αλλὰ μὴ γένοιτο ἡμᾶς οὕτως αὐτὸ μαθεῖν, ἀλλὰ πιστεύσαντας νῦν, καὶ καρπὸν ποιήσαντας, τῆς μακαριωτάτης ἐκείνης ἀκοῦσαι φωνῆς, τῆς εἰς τὴν βασιλείαν ἡμᾶς εἰσαγούσης. ᾿Αλλ᾽ ἴσως ἐρεῖ τις καθ᾽ ἑκάστην ἡμέραν περὶ ἐλεημοσύνης διαλέγῃ καὶ φιλανθρωπίας ἡμῖν. Οὐδὲ παύσομαι τοῦτο λέγων. Εἰ μὲν γὰρ ᾿ κατώρθωτο ὑμῖν τοῦτο, μάλιστα μὲν οὐδὲ τότε ἀποστῆναι ἐχρῆν, ὥστε μὴ ποιῆσαι ῥᾳθυμοτέρου πλὴν αλλ᾽ εἰ μὲν κατώρθωτο, ᾿ καὶ μικρὸν ἐνέδωκα ἄν εἰ δὲ οὐδὲ εἰς τὸ μέσον ἐφθάσατε, μὴ πρὸς ἐμὲ ταῦτα, ἀλλὰ πρὸς ἑαυτοὺς λέγετε. Καὶ γὰρ ταὐτὸν ποιεῖς ἐγκαλῶν, ὥσπερ ἂν εἰ παιδίον τὸ ἄλφα στοιχεῖον ἀκούον πολλάκις, καὶ μὴ μανθάνον, ἐγκαλοίη τῷ διδασκάλῳ, ὅτι συνεχῶς ὑπὲρ τούτου καὶ διηνεκῶς αὐτὸ ὑπομιμνήσκει. Τίς γὰρ απὸ τῶν λόγων τούτων γέγονεν εὐκολώτερος πρὸς ἐλεημοσύνην : τίς τὰ χρήματα ἔῤριψε: τίς τὸ ἥμισυ τῆς οὐσίας : τίς τὸ τρίτον; Οὐδείς. Πῶς οὖν οὐκ ἄτοπον, μὴ μανθανόντων ὑμῶν, ἡμᾶς κελεύειν ἀποστῆναι τοῦ διδάσκειν : Τοὐναντίον μὲν οὖν ἔδει ποιεῖν εἰ καὶ ἡμεῖς ἐβουλόμεθα ἀποστῆναι, ὑμᾶς κατέχειν καὶ λέγειν᾽ οὐδέπω ταῦτα μεμαθήκαμεν, καὶ πώς ἀπέστητε ὑπομιμνήσκοντες; Εἴ τινι συνέβη τὸν ὀφθαλμὸν παθεῖν, ἐγὼ δὲ ἰατρὸς ἐτύγχανον, εἶτα περιπλάσας καὶ διαχρίσας» καὶ τὴν ἄλλην προσαγαγὼν ἐπιμέλειαν, μηδὲν ὥνησα μέγα, καὶ ἀπέστην, οὐκ ἂν ελθὼν ἐπὶ τὰς τοῦ ἐργαστηρίου θύρας κατεβόησεν ἂν, ῥᾳθυμίαν πολλὴν ἐγκαλῶν, ὅτι τῆς νόσον μενούσης αὐτὸς ἀνεχώρησα; καὶ εἰ πρὸς ταῦτα ἐγκαλούμενος εἷπον, ὅτι κατέπλασα, ὅτι διέχρισα, ἆρα ἂν ἠνέσχετο: Οὐδαμῶς, αλλ᾽ εὐθέως ἂν εἶπε καὶ τί τὸ ὄφελος: ὅτι ἔτι ἀλγῶ; Τοῦτο καὶ ἐπὶ τῆς ψυχῆς λογίζου. Τί δὲ, εἰ χεῖρα ναρκῶσαν καὶ συνεσταλμένην πολλάκις θερμῷ καταντλῶν οὐκ ἴσχυσα μαλάξαι ; ἄρα οὐκ ἂν τὸ αὐτὸ ἤκουσα; Καὶ νῦν χεῖρα συνεσταλμένην καὶ ξηρανθεῖσαν περικλύζομεν' καὶ διὰ τοῦτο, ἕως ἂν αὐτὴν ἐκτείνωμεν τέλεον, οὐκ ἀποστησόμεθα. Εἴθε καὶ ὑμεῖς μηδὲν ἕτερον διελέγεσθε, καὶ ἐπὶ οἰκίας, καὶ ἐπὶ ἀγοράς, καὶ επὶ τραπέζης, καὶ ἐν νυκτὶ, καὶ ὄναρ. Εἰ γὰρ ταῦτα μεθ᾽ ἡμέραν ἐμεριμνῶμεν ἀεὶ, καὶ ὄναρ ἂν ἐν τούτοις ἥμεν. Τί λέγεις : Περὶ ἐλεημοσύνης αεὶ διαλέγομαι; Ἔβουλόμην καὶ αὐτὸς μὴ πολλὴν εἷναί μοι χρείαν ταύτης πρὸς ὑμᾶς τῆς συμβουλῆς, αλλὰ διαλέγεσθαι περὶ μάχης τῆς πρὸς ᾿Ιουδαίους καὶ Ἕλληνας καὶ αἱρετικούς ἀλλὰ μηδέπω ὑγιαίνοντας πῶς ἄν τις καθοπλίσειε; Πώς ἂν εἰς παράταξιν ἐξαγάγοι, ἔτι τραύματα ἔχοντας καὶ ὠτειλᾶς; Ὡς εἴγε ὑγιαίνοντας εἶδον καθαρῶς, ἐπὶ τὴν παράταξιν ὑμάς ἐξήγαγον ἂν ἐκείνην, καὶ εἴδετε ἂν τῇ τοῦ Χριστοῦ χάριτι μυρίους βαλλομένους νεκροὺς, καὶ φερομένας αὐτῶν ἐπαλλήλους τὰς κεφαλάς. Ἐν γοῦν ἑτέροις βιβλίοις πολλοὶ περὶ τούτων ἡμῖν εἴρηνται λόγοι ἀλλ᾽ οὐδὲ οὕτω δυνάμεθα καθαρῶς ἐπὶ τῇ νίκη πανηγυρίζειν, διὰ τὴν τῶν πολλῶν ὀλιγωρίαν. Ὅταν γὰρ αὐτοὺς μυριάκις νικήσωμεν τοῖς δόγμασιν, ὀνειδίζουσιν ἡμῖν τὸν βίον τὸν τῶν πολλῶν τῶν παρ ἡμῖν συλλεγομένων, τὰ τραύματα, τὰ νοσήματα τὰ κατὰ ψυχήν. Πῶς οὖν ὑμᾶς θαῤῥοῦντες ἐπὶ τῆς παρατάξεως δείξομεν, ὅταν καὶ ἡμῖν ἐπηρεάζητε, εὐθέως βαλλόμενοι παρὰ τῶν πολεμίων καὶ κωμῳδούμενοι; Τοῦ μὲν γὰρ ἡ χεὶρ ἀλγεῖ, καὶ ἔστι συνεσταλμένη πρὸς διάδοσιν. Πώς οὖν ἀσπίδα κατασχεῖν ὁ τοιοῦτος καὶ προβαλέσθαι δυνήσεται, καὶ μὴ τρωθῆναι τοῖς τῆς ὠμότητος σκώμμασιν ; Ἑτέροις σκάζουσιν οἱ πόδες, ὅσοι εἰς θέατρα ἀναβαίνουσι, καὶ τὰ τῶν πορνευομένων γυναικῶν καταγώγια. Πώς οὖν οὗτοι ἐν τῇ μάχῃ δυνήσονται στῆναι, καὶ μὴ βληθῆναι τοῖς τῆς ἀσελγείας ἐγκλήμασιν; Ἄλλος τοὺς ὀφθαλμοὺς ἀλγεῖ καὶ πεπήρωται, οὐκ ὀρθὰ βλέπων, ἀλλὰ ἀσελγείας γέμων, καὶ γυναικῶν σωφροσύνῃ προσβάλλων, καὶ γάμους διορύττων. Πῶς οὖν οὗτος πρὸς τοὺς πολεμίους ἀντιβλέψαι δυνήσεται, καὶ σεῖσαι δόρυ, καὶ βέλος ἀφεῖναι, πάντοθεν ᾿κεντούμενος σκώμμασιν : Ἔστιν ἰδεῖν καὶ γαστέρα ἀλγοῦντας πολλοὺς τῶν ὑδεριώντων οὐκ ἔλαττον, ὅταν ὑπὸ γαστριμαργίας καὶ μέθης κατέχωνται. Πῶς οὖν τούτους μεθύοντας εἰς πόλεμον ἐξαγαγεῖν δυνήσομαι; Ἑτέρου τὸ στόμα ἐστὶ σεσηπός τοιοῦτοι γὰρ οἱ ἀκρόχολοι καὶ λοίδοροι καὶ βλάσφημοι. Πώς οὖν οὗτος ἀλαλαξει ποτὲ ἐν μάχη, καὶ μέγα τι καὶ γενναῖον ἐργασεται; μέθην καὶ οὗτος ἑτέραν μεθύων, καὶ πολὺν παρέχων τοῖς πολεμίοις τὸν γέλωτα; Διὰ τοῦτο καθ᾽ ἑκάστην ἡμέραν περίειμι τουτὶ τὸ στρατόπεδον, τὰ τραύματα θεραπεύων ταῦτα, τὰ ἕλκη διορθούμενος. Ἐὰν δὲ ἀνανήψητέ ποτε, καὶ ἐπιτήδειοι γένησθε καὶ ἑτέρους βάλλειν, καὶ ταῦτα ὑμᾶς διδάξω τὰ τακτικὰ, καὶ παιδεύσω ταῦτα μεταχειρίζεσθαι τὰ ὅπλα᾽ μᾶλλον δὲ καὶ αὐτὰ τὰ ἔργα ὑμῖν ὅπλα ἔσται, καὶ πάντες εὐθέως ὑποκύψουσιν, ἂν ἐλεήμονες, ἂν ἐπιεικεῖς, ἂν ἥμεροι καὶ ἀνεξίκακοι γένησθε, ἄν τὴν ἄλλην ἀρετὴν ἅπασαν ἐπιδείξησθε. Εἰ δέ τινες ἀντιλέγοιεν, τότε καὶ τὰ παρ᾽ ἑαυτῶν προσθήσομεν, ὑμᾶς εἰς μέσον φέροντες ὡς νῦν γε καὶ ἐγκοπτόμεθα, τὸ γε ὑμέτερον μέρος, ἐν τῷ δρόμῳ τούτῳ. Σκόπει δέ. Λέγομεν ὅτι μεγάλα εἰργάσατο ὁ Χριστὸς, ἀγγέλους ἀντὶ ἀνθρώπων ποιήσας εἶτα ἀπαιτούμενοι εὐθύνας, καὶ κελευόμενοι ἐκ τῆς ἀγέλης ταύτης παρασχεῖν τὴν ἀπόδειξιν, ἐπιστομιζόμεθα. Δέδοικα γὰρ, μὴ ἀντὶ ἀγγέλων, ὥσπερ ἀπὸ συφεῶνος χοίρους ἐξαγάγω, καὶ ἵππους θηλυμανεῖς. Οἶδα ὅτι ἀλγεῖτε, ἀλλ᾽ οὐ κατὰ πάντων ὑμῶν ταῦτα εἴρηται, ἀλλὰ κατὰ τῶν ὑπευθύνων μᾶλλον δὲ οὐδὲ κατ᾽ ἐκείνων, ἐὰν νήφωσιν, ἀλλ᾽ ὑπὲρ ἐκείνων. Ὡς νῦν γε πάντα ἀπόλωλε καὶ διέφθαρται καὶ ἡ ἐκκλησία βοοστασίου οὐδὲν διενήνοχε, καὶ ἐπαύλεως ὄνων καὶ καμήλων καὶ περιέρχομαι πρόβατον ἐπιζητῶν, καὶ οὐ δύναμαι ἰδεῖν. Οὕτω πάντες λακτίζουσι, καθάπερ ἵπποι καὶ ὄνοι .τινὲς ἄγριοι, καὶ κόπρου πολλῆς τὰ ἐνταῦθα πληροῦσι᾿ τοιαῦται γὰρ αὐτῶν αἱ διαλέξεις. Καὶ εἴγε ἦν ἰδεῖν τὰ καθ᾽ ἑκάστην σύναξιν λεγόμενα ὑπὸ ἀνδρῶν, ὑπὸ γυναικῶν, εἶδες ὧν τῆς κόπρου ἐκείνης τὰ ῥήματα ἀκαθαρτότερα. Διὸ παρακαλῶ μεταβαλεῖν τὴν πονηρὰν ταύτην συνήθειαν, ἵνα μύρου ἡ ἐκκλησία πνέῃ. Νῦν δὲ θυμιάματα μὲν αἰσθητὰ ἀποτιθέμεθα ἐν αὐτῆ, τὴν δὲ νοητὴν ἀκαθαρσίαν οὐ πολλὴν ποιούμεθα σπουδὴν ὥστε ἐκκαθαίρειν καὶ ἀπελαύνειν. Τί οὖν τὸ ὄφελος; Οὐδὲ γὰρ οὕτως αἰσχύνομεν τὴν ἐκκλησίαν κόπρον εἰσάγοντες, ὡς αἰσχύνομεν αὐτὴν τοιαῦτα προς ἀλλήλους φθεγγόμενοι· περὶ κερδῶν, περὶ ἐμπορίας, περὶ καπηλείας; περὶ τῶν οὐδὲν πρὸς ἡμᾶς ὄντων, δέον ἀγγέλων ἐνταῦθα εἶναι χοροὺς, καὶ οὐρανὸν τὴν ἐκκλησίαν ποιεῖν, καὶ μηδὲν ἕτερον ἢ εὐχὰς ἐκτενεῖς καὶ σιγὴν μετὰ ἀκροάσεως εἰδέναι. Τοῦτο δὴ κἂν ἐκ τοῦ νῦν ποιῶμεν, ἵνα καὶ τὸν βίον ἐκκαθάρωμεν τὸν ἡμέτερον, καὶ τῶν ἐπηγγελμένων ἐπιτύχωμεν ἀγαθῶν, χάριτι καὶ φιλανθρωπίᾳ τοῦ κυρίου ἡμῶν Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ, ᾧ ἡ δόξα εἰς τοὺς αἰῶνας τῶν αἰώνων. ᾿Αμήν.

Eides gynaikōn andreian: : eides philostorgian: : eides megalopsychian tēn en tois chrēmasi? tēn mechri thanatou? Mimēsōmetha tas gynaikas hoi andres mē kataleipsōmen en peirasmois ton ᾿Iēsoun. ᾿Ekeinai men gar kai eis teleutēsanta tosauta analōsan, kai tas psychas exedōkan᾽ hēmeis de (palin gar ta auta erō) oude peinōnta trephomen, oude gymnon periballomen, all᾽ horōntes auton prosaitounta paratrechomen. Kaitoige ei auton ekeinon eidete, ta hyparchonta an hekastos ekenōsen. ᾿Alla kai nyn ho autos estin. Autos gar eipen, hoti egō eimi. Tinos oun heneken ou panta kenois? Kai gar kai nyn akoueis legontos, hoti emoi poieis kai ouden to meson, an te toutǭ, an te ekeinǭ dǭs ouden elatton echeis toutōn tōn gynaikōn tōn tote trephousōn auton, alla kai pollǭ pleon. ᾿Alla mē thorybēthēte. Ou gar estin ison auton kyriōs phainomenon threpsai, ho kai lithinēn hikanon ēn epispasasthai psychēn, kai dia tēn apophasin autou monēn ton penēta, ton anapēron, ton synkekyphota therapeusai. Ekei men gar hē opsis kai to axiōma tou phainomenou merizetai pros se to ginomenon entautha de holoklēron son tēs philanthrōpias to brabeion esti' kai meizonos tēs peri auton aidous to deigma, hotan dia tēn apophasin autou monēn ton homodoulon houtō therapeuōn anapausēs en pasin. ᾿Anapaue toinyn, pisteuōn autǭ tǭ lambanonti kai legonti, hoti emoi didōs. Ei gar mē autǭ edidōs, ouk an se basileias ēxiōsen. Ei mē auton apestrephou, ouk an eis geennan epempsen, ei ton tychonta paridois: all᾽ epeidē autos estin ho kataphronoumenos, dia touto mega to enklēma. Houtō kai Paulos auton ediōke, tous autou diōkōn dio kai elege; ti me diōkeis? Houtō toinyn diakeimetha, hōs autǭ tǭ Christǭ parechontes, hotan parechōmen. Kai gar ta rhēmata autou tēs opseōs hēmōn pistotera. ᾿Epeidan oun idę̄s penēta, anamnēsthēti tōn rhēmatōn, di᾽ hōn edēlou, hoti autos estin ho trephomenos. Ei gar kai to phainomenon ouk esti Christos, all᾽ en tǭ toutou schēmati autos lambanei kai prosaitei. Aischynę̄ akouōn hoti ho Christos prosaitei: Aischynthēti mallon, hotan prosaitounti mē dǭs. Touto gar aischynē, touto timōria kai kolasis. To men gar prosaitein auton, tēs autou ᾿agathotētos dio kai ᾿enkallōpizesthai hēmas autǭ chrē᾽ to de mē dounai tēs sēs ōmotētos. Ei de ou pisteueis nyn, hoti penēta piston paratrechōn, auton paratrecheis, pisteuseis tote, hotan eis meson se ᾿paragagōn legę̄, eph᾽ hoson ouk epoiēsate toutois, oude emoi epoiēsate. ᾿Alla mē genoito hēmas houtōs auto mathein, alla pisteusantas nyn, kai karpon poiēsantas, tēs makariōtatēs ekeinēs akousai phōnēs, tēs eis tēn basileian hēmas eisagousēs. ᾿All᾽ isōs erei tis kath᾽ hekastēn hēmeran peri eleēmosynēs dialegę̄ kai philanthrōpias hēmin. Oude pausomai touto legōn. Ei men gar ᾿ katōrthōto hymin touto, malista men oude tote apostēnai echrēn, hōste mē poiēsai rhąthymoterou plēn all᾽ ei men katōrthōto, ᾿ kai mikron enedōka an ei de oude eis to meson ephthasate, mē pros eme tauta, alla pros heautous legete. Kai gar tauton poieis enkalōn, hōsper an ei paidion to alpha stoicheion akouon pollakis, kai mē manthanon, enkaloiē tǭ didaskalǭ, hoti synechōs hyper toutou kai diēnekōs auto hypomimnēskei. Tis gar apo tōn logōn toutōn gegonen eukolōteros pros eleēmosynēn : tis ta chrēmata erripse: tis to hēmisy tēs ousias : tis to triton? Oudeis. Pōs oun ouk atopon, mē manthanontōn hymōn, hēmas keleuein apostēnai tou didaskein : Tounantion men oun edei poiein ei kai hēmeis eboulometha apostēnai, hymas katechein kai legein᾽ oudepō tauta memathēkamen, kai pōs apestēte hypomimnēskontes? Ei tini synebē ton ophthalmon pathein, egō de iatros etynchanon, eita periplasas kai diachrisas» kai tēn allēn prosagagōn epimeleian, mēden hōnēsa mega, kai apestēn, ouk an elthōn epi tas tou ergastēriou thyras kateboēsen an, rhąthymian pollēn enkalōn, hoti tēs noson menousēs autos anechōrēsa? kai ei pros tauta enkaloumenos heipon, hoti kateplasa, hoti diechrisa, ara an ēnescheto: Oudamōs, all᾽ eutheōs an eipe kai ti to ophelos: hoti eti algō? Touto kai epi tēs psychēs logizou. Ti de, ei cheira narkōsan kai synestalmenēn pollakis thermǭ katantlōn ouk ischysa malaxai ? ara ouk an to auto ēkousa? Kai nyn cheira synestalmenēn kai xērantheisan periklyzomen' kai dia touto, heōs an autēn ekteinōmen teleon, ouk apostēsometha. Eithe kai hymeis mēden heteron dielegesthe, kai epi oikias, kai epi agoras, kai epi trapezēs, kai en nykti, kai onar. Ei gar tauta meth᾽ hēmeran emerimnōmen aei, kai onar an en toutois hēmen. Ti legeis : Peri eleēmosynēs aei dialegomai? Eboulomēn kai autos mē pollēn heinai moi chreian tautēs pros hymas tēs symboulēs, alla dialegesthai peri machēs tēs pros ᾿Ioudaious kai Hellēnas kai hairetikous alla mēdepō hygiainontas pōs an tis kathopliseie? Pōs an eis parataxin exagagoi, eti traumata echontas kai ōteilas? Hōs eige hygiainontas eidon katharōs, epi tēn parataxin hymas exēgagon an ekeinēn, kai eidete an tę̄ tou Christou chariti myrious ballomenous nekrous, kai pheromenas autōn epallēlous tas kephalas. En goun heterois bibliois polloi peri toutōn hēmin eirēntai logoi all᾽ oude houtō dynametha katharōs epi tę̄ nikē panēgyrizein, dia tēn tōn pollōn oligōrian. Hotan gar autous myriakis nikēsōmen tois dogmasin, oneidizousin hēmin ton bion ton tōn pollōn tōn par hēmin syllegomenōn, ta traumata, ta nosēmata ta kata psychēn. Pōs oun hymas tharrhountes epi tēs parataxeōs deixomen, hotan kai hēmin epēreazēte, eutheōs ballomenoi para tōn polemiōn kai kōmǭdoumenoi? Tou men gar hē cheir algei, kai esti synestalmenē pros diadosin. Pōs oun aspida kataschein ho toioutos kai probalesthai dynēsetai, kai mē trōthēnai tois tēs ōmotētos skōmmasin ? Heterois skazousin hoi podes, hosoi eis theatra anabainousi, kai ta tōn porneuomenōn gynaikōn katagōgia. Pōs oun houtoi en tę̄ machę̄ dynēsontai stēnai, kai mē blēthēnai tois tēs aselgeias enklēmasin? Allos tous ophthalmous algei kai pepērōtai, ouk ortha blepōn, alla aselgeias gemōn, kai gynaikōn sōphrosynę̄ prosballōn, kai gamous dioryttōn. Pōs oun houtos pros tous polemious antiblepsai dynēsetai, kai seisai dory, kai belos apheinai, pantothen ᾿kentoumenos skōmmasin : Estin idein kai gastera algountas pollous tōn hyderiōntōn ouk elatton, hotan hypo gastrimargias kai methēs katechōntai. Pōs oun toutous methyontas eis polemon exagagein dynēsomai? Heterou to stoma esti sesēpos toioutoi gar hoi akrocholoi kai loidoroi kai blasphēmoi. Pōs oun houtos alalaxei pote en machē, kai mega ti kai gennaion ergasetai? methēn kai houtos heteran methyōn, kai polyn parechōn tois polemiois ton gelōta? Dia touto kath᾽ hekastēn hēmeran perieimi touti to stratopedon, ta traumata therapeuōn tauta, ta helkē diorthoumenos. Ean de ananēpsēte pote, kai epitēdeioi genēsthe kai heterous ballein, kai tauta hymas didaxō ta taktika, kai paideusō tauta metacheirizesthai ta hopla᾽ mallon de kai auta ta erga hymin hopla estai, kai pantes eutheōs hypokypsousin, an eleēmones, an epieikeis, an hēmeroi kai anexikakoi genēsthe, an tēn allēn aretēn hapasan epideixēsthe. Ei de tines antilegoien, tote kai ta par᾽ heautōn prosthēsomen, hymas eis meson pherontes hōs nyn ge kai enkoptometha, to ge hymeteron meros, en tǭ dromǭ toutǭ. Skopei de. Legomen hoti megala eirgasato ho Christos, angelous anti anthrōpōn poiēsas eita apaitoumenoi euthynas, kai keleuomenoi ek tēs agelēs tautēs paraschein tēn apodeixin, epistomizometha. Dedoika gar, mē anti angelōn, hōsper apo sypheōnos choirous exagagō, kai hippous thēlymaneis. Oida hoti algeite, all᾽ ou kata pantōn hymōn tauta eirētai, alla kata tōn hypeuthynōn mallon de oude kat᾽ ekeinōn, ean nēphōsin, all᾽ hyper ekeinōn. Hōs nyn ge panta apolōle kai diephthartai kai hē ekklēsia boostasiou ouden dienēnoche, kai epauleōs onōn kai kamēlōn kai perierchomai probaton epizētōn, kai ou dynamai idein. Houtō pantes laktizousi, kathaper hippoi kai onoi .tines agrioi, kai koprou pollēs ta entautha plērousi᾿ toiautai gar autōn hai dialexeis. Kai eige ēn idein ta kath᾽ hekastēn synaxin legomena hypo andrōn, hypo gynaikōn, eides hōn tēs koprou ekeinēs ta rhēmata akathartotera. Dio parakalō metabalein tēn ponēran tautēn synētheian, hina myrou hē ekklēsia pneę̄. Nyn de thymiamata men aisthēta apotithemetha en autē, tēn de noētēn akatharsian ou pollēn poioumetha spoudēn hōste ekkathairein kai apelaunein. Ti oun to ophelos? Oude gar houtōs aischynomen tēn ekklēsian kopron eisagontes, hōs aischynomen autēn toiauta pros allēlous phthengomenoi; peri kerdōn, peri emporias, peri kapēleias? peri tōn ouden pros hēmas ontōn, deon angelōn entautha einai chorous, kai ouranon tēn ekklēsian poiein, kai mēden heteron ē euchas ekteneis kai sigēn meta akroaseōs eidenai. Touto dē kan ek tou nyn poiōmen, hina kai ton bion ekkatharōmen ton hēmeteron, kai tōn epēngelmenōn epitychōmen agathōn, chariti kai philanthrōpią tou kyriou hēmōn Iēsou Christou, hǭ hē doxa eis tous aiōnas tōn aiōnōn. ᾿Amēn.

Did you see the courage of women? Did you see their affection? Did you see their greatness of soul with their money, and their courage even to death? Let us men imitate the women; let us not forsake Jesus in temptations. For they spent so much on him even when he was dead, and risked their lives; but we (for again I will say the same things) neither feed him when he is hungry nor clothe him when he is naked, but seeing him begging we run past. And yet if you saw him himself, each of you would empty out all his possessions. But now too it is he himself; for he himself said, “It is I.” Why, then, do you not empty out everything? For now too you hear him saying, “You do it to me”; and it makes no difference whether you give to this one or to him: you have nothing less than those women who then fed him, but even much more. But do not be troubled. For it is not the same thing to feed him when he appears in person—which would have been enough to draw even a soul of stone—and, on the strength of his word alone, to tend the poor man, the maimed, the bent-over. For there the sight and the dignity of the one who appears share with you in what is done; but here the prize of your love for humankind is wholly yours; and it is the proof of a greater reverence toward him when, on his word alone, you tend your fellow servant and so refresh him in everything. Refresh him, then, believing the one who receives and says, “You give to me.” For if you were not giving to him, he would not have counted you worthy of the kingdom. If you were not turning away from him, he would not send you to hell for overlooking an ordinary person; but because it is he himself who is despised, the charge is great. So too Paul was persecuting him by persecuting his people; that is why he said, “Why are you persecuting me?”

Let us then be so disposed as giving to Christ himself, whenever we give. For his words are more trustworthy than our sight. When, then, you see a poor man, remember the words by which he showed that it is he himself who is fed. For even if what appears is not Christ, yet in this man’s form he himself receives and begs. Are you ashamed to hear that Christ begs? Be ashamed rather when you do not give to him when he begs. For this is shame, this is punishment and penalty. For his begging comes from his goodness, and so we ought even to glory in him; but not giving comes from your cruelty. And if you do not believe now that when you pass by a faithful poor man you are passing him by, you will believe then, when he brings you into the midst and says, “Inasmuch as you did not do it to these, neither did you do it to me.” But God forbid that we should learn it in that way; rather, believing now and bearing fruit, may we hear that most blessed voice which brings us into the kingdom.

But perhaps someone will say, “Every day you speak to us about almsgiving and love for humankind.” Nor will I stop saying it. For if this had been achieved among you, even then I ought not to leave off altogether, so as not to make you more careless; still, if it had been achieved, I might have relaxed a little. But if you have not even reached the middle, say these things not to me but to yourselves. For you are doing the same as if a child, hearing the letter alpha often and not learning it, were to blame his teacher for reminding him of it continually and without end. For who has become readier for almsgiving from these words? Who has thrown away his money? Who half his substance? Who a third? No one. How, then, is it not absurd, when you are not learning, to bid us leave off teaching? On the contrary, you ought, even if we wished to leave off, to hold us back and say, “We have not yet learned these things; how is it that you have left off reminding us?” If someone’s eye were diseased and I happened to be a physician, and then, after putting on plasters and ointments and applying the rest of the treatment, I did him no great good and left off, would he not come to the doors of my surgery and cry out against me, charging me with great negligence because I withdrew while the disease remained? And if, charged with this, I said, “I put on plasters, I applied ointment,” would he have put up with it? Not at all; he would at once have said, “And what is the good of it, when I am still in pain?” Reckon this in the case of the soul too. What if I had often fomented a numb and contracted hand with warm water and could not soften it: would I not have heard the same? Now too we are bathing a contracted and withered hand; and for this reason we will not leave off until we stretch it out completely. Would that you too talked of nothing else, at home and in the marketplace and at table, and at night, even in your dreams. For if we always cared about these things by day, we would be among them even in our dreams.

What do you say? That I always speak about almsgiving? I too would wish that you had no great need of this counsel, so that I might speak about the battle against Jews and pagans and heretics. But how could one arm those who are not yet healthy? How could one lead them out to the battle line while they still have wounds and scars? Since if I saw you clearly in health, I would have led you out to that battle, and you would have seen, by the grace of Christ, countless dead struck down and their heads carried off one upon another. At any rate in other books we have said much about these things; but not even so can we fully celebrate the victory, because of the negligence of the many. For when we defeat them ten thousand times by our doctrines, they reproach us with the life of the many who assemble among us, with their wounds, the diseases of their souls. How, then, shall we confidently show you on the battle line, when you put us to shame by being at once struck down by the enemy and mocked? For one man’s hand is in pain and is contracted toward giving. How then will such a man be able to hold a shield and put it before him, and not be wounded by the jeers at his cruelty? Others have lame feet—those who go up to the theaters and to the haunts of prostitutes. How then will these be able to stand in the battle, and not be struck down by charges of licentiousness? Another has pain in his eyes and is blinded, not looking straight but full of licentiousness, assaulting the chastity of women and breaking into marriages. How then will he be able to look the enemy in the face, and brandish a spear, and let fly an arrow, pierced as he is on every side by jeers? One may see many, too, suffering in the belly no less than those with dropsy, when they are held fast by gluttony and drunkenness. How then shall I be able to lead these drunken men out to war? Another man’s mouth is rotten: such are the hot-tempered, the revilers and the blasphemers. How then will he ever raise the war cry in battle and do anything great and noble, drunk as he is with another kind of drunkenness and furnishing the enemy with much laughter?

For this reason every day I go round this camp, treating these wounds, healing these sores. And if you ever become sober and fit even to strike others, I will teach you these tactics too, and train you to handle these weapons; or rather your very deeds will be weapons for you, and everyone will at once submit, if you become merciful, if gentle, if mild and forbearing, if you display all the rest of virtue. And if some should contradict, then we shall add what is ours as well, bringing you forward into the midst; whereas now, as far as your part goes, we are actually hindered in this race. Consider: we say that Christ did great things, making angels out of men; then, when we are called to account and bidden to give the proof from this flock, we are muzzled. For I am afraid that instead of angels I may bring out, as from a sty, swine and stallions mad after females. I know that you are pained; but these things have not been said against all of you, only against those who are guilty; or rather not even against them, if they come to their senses, but for their sake. For as it is, everything is lost and corrupted, and the church differs in nothing from a cattle-shed and a stable for asses and camels; and I go about looking for a sheep and cannot see one. So all kick, like horses and wild asses, and fill this place with much dung; for such are their conversations. If you could see what is said at each assembly by men and by women, you would see that their words are more unclean than that dung. Therefore I exhort you to change this evil custom, so that the church may breathe the fragrance of ointment. But as it is, we lay up incense for the senses in it, but we take no great care to cleanse and drive out the uncleanness of the mind. What good is it, then? For we do not disgrace the church so much by bringing dung into it as we disgrace it by saying such things to one another—about gains, about trade, about shopkeeping, about things that are nothing to us—when there ought to be choirs of angels here, and we ought to make the church a heaven, and to know nothing else but earnest prayers and silence with attentive listening. Let us do this at least from now on, so that we may both cleanse our own life and obtain the good things promised, by the grace and love for humankind of our Lord Jesus Christ, to whom be glory forever and ever. Amen.

Chapter 89

89.1Field 2

Τῇ δὲ ἐπαύριον, ἥτις ἐστὶ μετὰ τὴν παρασκευὴν, συνήχθησαν οἱ ἀρχιερεῖς καὶ οἱ Φαρισαῖοι πρὸς Πιλάτον, λέγοντες· κύριε, ἐμνήσθημεν ὅτι ἐκεῖνος ὁ πλάνος εἶπεν ἔτι ζῶν, ὅτι μετὰ τρεῖς ἡμέρας, ἐγείρομαι. Κέλευσον οὖν ἀσφαλισθῆναι τὸν τάφον ἕως τῆς τρίτης ἡμέρας. μήποτε ἐλθόντες οἱ μαθηταὶ αὐτοῦ κλέψωσιν αὐτὸν, καὶ εἴπωσι τῷ λαῷ, ὅτι ἠγέρθη ἀπὸ τῶν νεκρῶν καὶ ἔσται ἡ ἐσχάτη πλάνη χείρων τῆς πρώτης. Πανταχοῦ ἡ πλάνη ἑαυτῇ περιπίπτει, καὶ τῇ ἀληθείᾳ ἄκουσα συνηγορεῖ. Σκόπει δέ. Ἔδει πιστευθῆναι, ὅτι ἀπέθανε, καὶ ὅτι ἐτάφη, καὶ ὅτι ἀνέστη καὶ ταῦτα πάντα διὰ τῶν ἐχθρῶν γίνεται. Ὅρα γοῦν τὰ ῥήματα ταῦτα τούτοις μαρτυροῦντα ἅπασιν. ᾿Εμνήσθημεν, φησὶν, ὅτι εἶπεν ὁ πλάνος ἐκεῖνος ἔτι ζῶν οὐκοῦν ἐτελεύτησεν· ὅτι μετὰ τρεῖς ἡμέρας ἐγείρομαι. Κέλευσον οὖν σφραγισθῆναι τὸν τάφον οὐκοῦν ἐτάφη μήποτε ἔλθωσιν οἱ μαθηταὶ αὐτοῦ, καὶ κλέψωσιν αὐτόν. Οὐκοῦν ὁ τάφος ἐὰν σφραγισθῇ, οὐκ ἔσται τις κακουργία. Οὐ γὰρ οὖν. Οὐκοῦν ἀναντίῤῥητος ἡ ἀπόδειξις τῆς ἀναστάσεως, δι᾽ ὧν ὑμεῖς προετείνατε, γέγονεν. ᾿Επειδὴ γὰρ ἐσφραγίσθη, οὐδεμία γέγονε κακουργία. Εἰ δὲ οὐδεμία γέγονε κακουργία, εὕρηται δὲ ὁ τάφος κενὸς, δῆλον ὅτι ἀνέστη σαφῶς καὶ ἀναντιρῥήτως. Εἶδες πῶς καὶ ἄκοντες συναγωνίζονται τῇ τῆς ἀληθείας ἀποδείξει; Σὺ δέ μοι σκόπει τῶν μαθητῶν τὸ φιλάληθες πῶς τῶν λεγομένων παρὰ τῶν ἐχθρῶν οὐδὲν ἀποκρύπτονται, κἄν ἐπονείδιστα λέγωσιν. ᾿Ιδοὺ γοῦν καὶ πλάνον καλοῦσι, καὶ οὐ σιγῶσιν αὐτὸ οὗτοι. Ταῦτα δὲ καὶ τὴν ἐκείνων δείκνυσιν ὠμότητα, ὅτι οὐδὲ τῷ θανάτῳ τὴν ὀργὴν ἀφῆκαν, καὶ τούτων τὸν ἁπλοῦν καὶ φιλαληθῆ τρόπον. Ἄξιον δὲ κἀκεῖνο ζητῆσαι, ποῦ εἶπεν, ὅτι μετὰ τρεῖς ἡμέρας ἐγείρομαι: Οὐ γὰρ εὕροι τις ἄν οὕτω σαφῶς εἰρημένον, ἀλλ᾽ ἢ τὸ τοῦ ᾿Ιωνᾶ παράδειγμα. Ὥστε ἤδεσαν τὰ λεγόμενα, καὶ ἑκόντες ἐκακούργουν. Τί οὖν ὁ Πιλᾶτος; ἔχετε κουστωδίαν, ἀσφαλίσασθε ὡς οἴδατε. Καὶ ἠσφαλίσαντο τὸν τάφον, σφραγίσαντες τὸν λίθον, μετὰ τῆς κουστωδίας. Οὐκ ἀφίησι τοὺς στρατιώτας μόνους σφραγίσαι ἅτε γὰρ μαθὼν τὰ περὶ αὐτοῦ, οὐκέτι συμπράττειν αὐτοῖς ἤθελεν. ᾿Αλλ ὑπὲρ ἀπαλλαγῆς αὐτῶν καὶ τοῦτο ἀνέχεται; καί φησιν ὑμεῖς ὡς βούλεσθε σφραγίσατε, ἵνα μὴ ἑτέρους ἔχητε αἰτιᾶσθαι. Εἰ γὰρ μόνοι οἱ στρατιῶται ἐσφραγίσαντο, ἠδύναντο λέγειν, (εἰ καὶ ἀπίθανα καὶ ψευδῆ τὰ λεγόμενα· ἀλλ᾽ ὅμως ὡς ἐν τοῖς ἄλλοις ἠναισχύντουν, οὕτω καὶ ἐν τούτῳ λέγειν εἶχον,) ὅτι οἱ στρατιῶται τὸ σῶμα δόντες κλαπῆναι, παρέσχον τοῖς μαθηταῖς τὸν περὶ τῆς ἀναστάσεως πλάσαι λόγον νῦν δὲ αὐτοὶ ἀσφαλισάμενοι, οὐδὲ τοῦτο λέγειν δύνανται. Εἶδες πῶς σπουδάζουσιν ὑπὲρ τῆς ἀληθείας ἄκοντες ; Καὶ γὰρ αὐτοὶ προσῆλθον, αὐτοὶ ἤτησαν, αὐτοὶ ἐσφράγισαν μετὰ τῆς κουστωδίας, ὥστε ἀλλήλων εἶναι κατήγοροι καὶ ἔλεγχοι. Καίτοι πότε ἂν ἔκλεψαν; Τῷ σαββάτῳ; Καὶ πῶς; Οὐδὲ γὰρ ἐξῆν προελθεῖν. Εἰ δὲ καὶ τὸν νόμον παρέβαινον, πῶς ἂν ἐτόλμησαν οἱ οὕτω δειλοὶ προελθεῖν; Πῶς δὲ καὶ πεῖσαι τὸν ὄχλον ἠδύναντο; τί λέγοντες ; τί ποιοῦντες ; ποίᾳ δὲ προθυμίᾳ στῆναι εἶχον ὑπὲρ τοῦ νεκροῦ ; τίνα δὲ προσδοκῶντες ἀντίδοσιν ; ποίαν ἀμοιβήν; Ὅτι ζῶντα καὶ μόνον κατασχεθέντα ἰδόντες ἔφυγον᾽ καὶ μετὰ τὴν τελευτὴν ὑπὲρ αὐτοῦ παῤῥησιάζεσθαι ἔμελλον, εἰ μὴ ἀνέστη; Καὶ πῶς ἂν ἔχοιεν ταῦτα λόγον: Ὅτι γὰρ οὔτ᾽ ἂν ἠβουλήθησαν, οὔτ᾽ ἂν ἠδυνήθησαν πλάσαι ἀνάστασιν μὴ γενομένην, δῆλον ἐκεῖθεν. Πολλὰ περὶ ἀναστάσεως αὐτοῖς διελέχθη, καὶ συνεχῶς ἔλεγεν, ὡς καὶ αὐτοὶ οὗτοι εἰρήκασιν, ὅτι μετὰ τρεῖς ἡμέρας ἐγείρομαι. Εἰ τοίνυν οὐκ ἀνέστη, εὔδηλον ὡς ἀπατηθέντες οὗτοι, καὶ πρὸς ὁλόκληρον ἔθνος δι᾽ αὐτὸν ἐκπολεμωθέντες, καὶ ἄοικοι καὶ ἀπόλιδες γενόμενοι, ἀπεστράφησαν ἂν αὐτὸν, καὶ οὐκ ἂν ἠβουλήθησαν τοιαύτην αὐτῷ περιθεῖναι δόξαν, ἅτε ἡπατημένοι, καὶ εἰς τοὺς ἐσχάτους δι᾽ αὐτὸν ἐμπεσόντες κινδύνους. Ὅτι δὲ οὐδ᾽ ἂν ἠδυνήθησαν, εἰ μὴ ἦν ἀληθὴς ἡ ἀνάστασις, πλάσαι αὐτὴν, τοῦτο οὐδὲ λόγου δεῖται. Τίνι γὰρ ἐθάρῥουν; τῇ δεινότητι τῶν λόγων; Ἀλλὰ πάντων ἦσαν ἀμαθέστεροι. Ἀλλὰ τῇ περιουσίᾳ τῶν χρημάτων: Ἀλλ οὐδὲ ῥάβδον, οὐδὲ ὑποδήματα εἶχον. Ἀλλὰ τῇ περιφανείᾳ τοῦ γένους: ᾿Αλλ εὐτελεῖς ἦσαν, καὶ ἐξ εὐτελῶν. Ἀλλὰ τῷ μεγέθει τῆς πατρίδος : Αλλ᾽ ἀπὸ χωρίων ἤσαν ἀσήμων. Ἀλλὰ τῷ πλήθει τῷ ἑαυτῶν; ᾿Αλλὰ τῶν ἕνδεκα οὐκ ἦσαν πλείους, καὶ αὐτοὶ δὲ διεσπάρησαν. ᾿Αλλὰ ταῖς ἐπαγγελίαις τοῦ διδασκάλου; Ποίαις; Εἰ γὰρ μὴ ἀνέστη, οὐδὲ ἐκεῖναι ἤμελλον εἶναι αὐτοῖς πισταί. Πώς δ᾽ ἂν ἤνεγκαν δῆμον μαινόμενον; Εἰ γὰρ ὁ κορυφαῖος αὐτῶν θυρωροῦ ῥῆμα οὐκ ἤνεγκε γυναικὸς, καὶ οἱ λοιποὶ δὲ πάντες δεδεμένον ἰδόντες διεσπάρησαν' πῶς ἂν ἐνενόησαν εἰς τὰ πέρατα τῆς οἰκουμένης δραμεῖν, καὶ φυτεῦσαι πεπλασμένον ἀναστάσεως λόγον: Εἰ γὰρ ὁ μὲν πρὸς γυναικὸς ἀπειλὴν οὐκ ἔστη, οἱ δὲ οὐδὲ πρὸς δεσμῶν ὄψιν, πῶς ἠδύναντο πρὸς βασιλέας καὶ ἄρχοντας καὶ δήμους ἵστασθαι, ὅπου ξίφη καὶ τήγανα καὶ κάμινοι καὶ μυρίοι καθ᾽ ἡμέραν θάνατοι, εἰ μὴ τῆς τοῦ ἀναστάντος δυνάμεως καὶ ῥοπῆς ἀπέλαυσαν: Τοιαῦτα σημεῖα γέγονε καὶ τοσαῦτα, καὶ οὐδὲν τούτων ἠδέσθησαν ᾿Ιουδαῖοι, ἀλλ᾽ ἐσταύρωσαν τὸν πεποιηκότα' καὶ τούτοις ἔμελλον ἁπλῶς λέγουσι πείθεσθαι περὶ ἀναστάσεως : Οὐκ ἔστι ταῦτα, οὐκ ἔστιν· ἀλλ᾽ ἡ τοῦ ἀναστάντος ἰσχὺς ταῦτα εἰργάσατο.

Tę̄ de epaurion, hētis esti meta tēn paraskeuēn, synēchthēsan hoi archiereis kai hoi Pharisaioi pros Pilaton, legontes; kyrie, emnēsthēmen hoti ekeinos ho planos eipen eti zōn, hoti meta treis hēmeras, egeiromai. Keleuson oun asphalisthēnai ton taphon heōs tēs tritēs hēmeras. mēpote elthontes hoi mathētai autou klepsōsin auton, kai eipōsi tǭ laǭ, hoti ēgerthē apo tōn nekrōn kai estai hē eschatē planē cheirōn tēs prōtēs. Pantachou hē planē heautę̄ peripiptei, kai tę̄ alētheią akousa synēgorei. Skopei de. Edei pisteuthēnai, hoti apethane, kai hoti etaphē, kai hoti anestē kai tauta panta dia tōn echthrōn ginetai. Hora goun ta rhēmata tauta toutois martyrounta hapasin. ᾿Emnēsthēmen, phēsin, hoti eipen ho planos ekeinos eti zōn oukoun eteleutēsen; hoti meta treis hēmeras egeiromai. Keleuson oun sphragisthēnai ton taphon oukoun etaphē mēpote elthōsin hoi mathētai autou, kai klepsōsin auton. Oukoun ho taphos ean sphragisthę̄, ouk estai tis kakourgia. Ou gar oun. Oukoun anantirrhētos hē apodeixis tēs anastaseōs, di᾽ hōn hymeis proeteinate, gegonen. ᾿Epeidē gar esphragisthē, oudemia gegone kakourgia. Ei de oudemia gegone kakourgia, heurētai de ho taphos kenos, dēlon hoti anestē saphōs kai anantirrhētōs. Eides pōs kai akontes synagōnizontai tę̄ tēs alētheias apodeixei? Sy de moi skopei tōn mathētōn to philalēthes pōs tōn legomenōn para tōn echthrōn ouden apokryptontai, kan eponeidista legōsin. ᾿Idou goun kai planon kalousi, kai ou sigōsin auto houtoi. Tauta de kai tēn ekeinōn deiknysin ōmotēta, hoti oude tǭ thanatǭ tēn orgēn aphēkan, kai toutōn ton haploun kai philalēthē tropon. Axion de kakeino zētēsai, pou eipen, hoti meta treis hēmeras egeiromai: Ou gar heuroi tis an houtō saphōs eirēmenon, all᾽ ē to tou ᾿Iōna paradeigma. Hōste ēdesan ta legomena, kai hekontes ekakourgoun. Ti oun ho Pilatos? echete koustōdian, asphalisasthe hōs oidate. Kai ēsphalisanto ton taphon, sphragisantes ton lithon, meta tēs koustōdias. Ouk aphiēsi tous stratiōtas monous sphragisai hate gar mathōn ta peri autou, ouketi symprattein autois ēthelen. ᾿All hyper apallagēs autōn kai touto anechetai? kai phēsin hymeis hōs boulesthe sphragisate, hina mē heterous echēte aitiasthai. Ei gar monoi hoi stratiōtai esphragisanto, ēdynanto legein, (ei kai apithana kai pseudē ta legomena; all᾽ homōs hōs en tois allois ēnaischyntoun, houtō kai en toutǭ legein eichon,) hoti hoi stratiōtai to sōma dontes klapēnai, pareschon tois mathētais ton peri tēs anastaseōs plasai logon nyn de autoi asphalisamenoi, oude touto legein dynantai. Eides pōs spoudazousin hyper tēs alētheias akontes ? Kai gar autoi prosēlthon, autoi ētēsan, autoi esphragisan meta tēs koustōdias, hōste allēlōn einai katēgoroi kai elenchoi. Kaitoi pote an eklepsan? Tǭ sabbatǭ? Kai pōs? Oude gar exēn proelthein. Ei de kai ton nomon parebainon, pōs an etolmēsan hoi houtō deiloi proelthein? Pōs de kai peisai ton ochlon ēdynanto? ti legontes ? ti poiountes ? poią de prothymią stēnai eichon hyper tou nekrou ? tina de prosdokōntes antidosin ? poian amoibēn? Hoti zōnta kai monon kataschethenta idontes ephygon᾽ kai meta tēn teleutēn hyper autou parrhēsiazesthai emellon, ei mē anestē? Kai pōs an echoien tauta logon: Hoti gar out᾽ an ēboulēthēsan, out᾽ an ēdynēthēsan plasai anastasin mē genomenēn, dēlon ekeithen. Polla peri anastaseōs autois dielechthē, kai synechōs elegen, hōs kai autoi houtoi eirēkasin, hoti meta treis hēmeras egeiromai. Ei toinyn ouk anestē, eudēlon hōs apatēthentes houtoi, kai pros holoklēron ethnos di᾽ auton ekpolemōthentes, kai aoikoi kai apolides genomenoi, apestraphēsan an auton, kai ouk an ēboulēthēsan toiautēn autǭ peritheinai doxan, hate hēpatēmenoi, kai eis tous eschatous di᾽ auton empesontes kindynous. Hoti de oud᾽ an ēdynēthēsan, ei mē ēn alēthēs hē anastasis, plasai autēn, touto oude logou deitai. Tini gar etharrhoun? tę̄ deinotēti tōn logōn? Alla pantōn ēsan amathesteroi. Alla tę̄ periousią tōn chrēmatōn: All oude rhabdon, oude hypodēmata eichon. Alla tę̄ periphaneią tou genous: ᾿All euteleis ēsan, kai ex eutelōn. Alla tǭ megethei tēs patridos : All᾽ apo chōriōn ēsan asēmōn. Alla tǭ plēthei tǭ heautōn? ᾿Alla tōn hendeka ouk ēsan pleious, kai autoi de diesparēsan. ᾿Alla tais epangeliais tou didaskalou? Poiais? Ei gar mē anestē, oude ekeinai ēmellon einai autois pistai. Pōs d᾽ an ēnenkan dēmon mainomenon? Ei gar ho koryphaios autōn thyrōrou rhēma ouk ēnenke gynaikos, kai hoi loipoi de pantes dedemenon idontes diesparēsan' pōs an enenoēsan eis ta perata tēs oikoumenēs dramein, kai phyteusai peplasmenon anastaseōs logon: Ei gar ho men pros gynaikos apeilēn ouk estē, hoi de oude pros desmōn opsin, pōs ēdynanto pros basileas kai archontas kai dēmous histasthai, hopou xiphē kai tēgana kai kaminoi kai myrioi kath᾽ hēmeran thanatoi, ei mē tēs tou anastantos dynameōs kai rhopēs apelausan: Toiauta sēmeia gegone kai tosauta, kai ouden toutōn ēdesthēsan ᾿Ioudaioi, all᾽ estaurōsan ton pepoiēkota' kai toutois emellon haplōs legousi peithesthai peri anastaseōs : Ouk esti tauta, ouk estin; all᾽ hē tou anastantos ischys tauta eirgasato.

“On the next day, which is after the day of Preparation, the chief priests and the Pharisees gathered before Pilate, saying, Sir, we remember that that deceiver said while he was still alive, After three days I rise. Command, therefore, that the tomb be made secure until the third day, lest his disciples come and steal him away and say to the people, He has been raised from the dead; and the last deception will be worse than the first.”

Everywhere error is caught in its own toils, and pleads for the truth against its will. Consider: it had to be believed that he died, and that he was buried, and that he rose; and all these things come about through his enemies. See, at any rate, how these words bear witness to all of them. “We remember,” they say, “that that deceiver said while he was still alive”—so he had died—“After three days I rise. Command, then, that the tomb be sealed”—so he had been buried—“lest his disciples come and steal him away.” So if the tomb is sealed, there will be no foul play. No indeed. Then the proof of the resurrection has become indisputable through the very things you put forward. For since it was sealed, no foul play took place; and if no foul play took place and the tomb has been found empty, it is plain that he rose, clearly and indisputably. Do you see how even against their will they join in the contest for the proof of the truth?

But consider, I pray, the disciples’ love of truth: how they hide nothing of what was said by the enemies, even if they say shameful things. See, at any rate, the enemies even call him a deceiver, and the disciples do not keep silent about it. And these things show both the cruelty of those men, that not even at his death did they let go their anger, and the simple and truth-loving character of these. But it is worth asking this too: where did he say, “After three days I rise”? For one would not find it said so plainly anywhere, except in the example of Jonah. So they knew what he had said, and acted with malice of their own will.

What, then, does Pilate say? “You have a guard; make it as secure as you know how. And they made the tomb secure, sealing the stone, with the guard.” He does not let the soldiers alone seal it; for having learned the facts about him, he no longer wished to act with them. But to be rid of them he puts up with this too, and says, “You seal it as you wish, so that you cannot blame others.” For if the soldiers alone had sealed it, they could have said (though what they said would have been unconvincing and false; still, as they were shameless in other things, so they could have said it in this too) that the soldiers had let the body be stolen and had given the disciples the chance to make up the story of the resurrection. But as it is, having secured it themselves, they cannot say even this. Do you see how they labor for the truth against their will? For they themselves came, they themselves asked, they themselves sealed it with the guard, so as to be one another’s accusers and refuters.

And yet when would the disciples have stolen him? On the Sabbath? And how? For it was not lawful even to go out. And if they did break the law, how would men so cowardly have dared to come out? And how could they have persuaded the crowd? By saying what? By doing what? With what zeal could they have stood up for a dead man? Expecting what return? What reward? They fled when they saw him alive and merely seized; and after his death were they going to speak boldly for him, if he had not risen? And how could that make sense? For that they would neither have wished nor been able to invent a resurrection that had not happened is plain from this. Much had been said to them about the resurrection, and he kept saying, as these very men have said, “After three days I rise.” If, then, he had not risen, it is clear that they, deceived, made enemies of a whole nation for his sake, and become homeless and without a city, would have turned away from him, and would not have wished to put such glory about him, as men deceived and fallen into the utmost dangers because of him. And that they could not have invented the resurrection if it was not true needs no argument. For what did they trust in? Skill in speaking? But they were more unlearned than anyone. Abundance of money? But they had not even a staff or sandals. Distinction of birth? But they were humble men and of humble parents. The greatness of their country? But they came from obscure places. Their own numbers? But they were no more than eleven, and these were scattered. Their teacher’s promises? What promises? For if he had not risen, neither would those have been worthy of their trust. And how would they have borne a raging people? For if their leader could not bear the word of a doorkeeping woman, and all the rest were scattered when they saw him bound, how would they have thought of running to the ends of the world and planting an invented story of a resurrection? For if the one did not stand firm against the threat of a woman, and the others not even at the sight of bonds, how could they stand firm against kings and rulers and peoples, where there were swords and frying pans and furnaces and countless deaths every day, unless they had enjoyed the power and strength of the one who had risen? Such great signs took place, and so many, and the Jews respected none of them, but crucified the one who had done them; and were they going to believe these men simply when they spoke of a resurrection? It is not so; it is not so. It was the strength of the one who rose that did these things.

89.2Field 2

Σκόπει δέ μοι τὴν κακουργίαν αὐτῶν τὴν καταγέλαστον. ᾿Εμνήσθημεν, φησὶν, ὅτι εἶπεν ὁ πλάνος ἐκεῖνος ἔτι ζῶν, μετὰ τρεῖς ἡμέρας ἐγείρομαι. Καὶ εἰ πλάνος ἦν, καὶ ψευδῆ ἐκόμπαζε, τί δεδοίκατε καὶ περιτρέχετε, καὶ τοσαύτῃ κέχρησθε σπουδῇ: Δεδοίκαμεν, φησὶ, μήποτε κλέψωσιν αὐτὸν οἱ μαθηταὶ, καὶ ἀπατήσωσι τοὺς πολλούς. Καίτοιγε ἀπεδείχθη τοῦτο οὐκ ἔχον λόγον καθόλου. ᾿Αλλ᾽ ὅμως ἡ κακία φιλόνεικον καὶ ἀναιδὲς, καὶ τοῖς ἀλογίστοις ἐπιχειρεῖ. Καὶ μέχρι τριῶν ἡμερῶν κελεύουσιν ἀσφαλισθῆναι, ὡς ὑπὲρ δογμάτων μαχόμενοι, καὶ βουλόμενοι δεῖξαι καὶ πρὸ τούτου πλάνον ὄντα, καὶ μέχρι τοῦ τάφου τὴν κακίαν ἐκτείνουσι. Διά τοι τοῦτο τάχιον ἀνέστη, ἵνα μὴ λέγωσιν, ὅτι ἐψεύσατο, καὶ ἐκλάπη. Τοῦτο μὲν γὰρ ἔγκλημα οὐκ εἶχε, τὸ θᾶττον ἀναστῆναι τὸ δὲ βράδιον, ὑποψίας ἔγεμε. Καὶ γὰρ εἰ μὴ τότε ἀνέστη, καθημένων αὐτῶν αὐτόθι καὶ φυλαττόντων, ἀλλ᾽ ἀναχωρησάντων μετὰ τὴν τριήμερον, εἶχόν τι καὶ ἀντιλέγειν, εἰ καὶ ἀνοήτως. Διὰ τοῦτο τοίνυν προέφθασεν. Ἔδει γὰρ παρακαθημένων αὐτῶν καὶ φυλαττόντων, γενέσθαι τὴν ἀνάστασιν. Οὐκοῦν καὶ εἴσω τῶν τριῶν ἡμερῶν ἔδει γενέσθαι ὡς εἴγε παρελθουσῶν αὐτῶν καὶ ἀναχωρησάντων ἐγένετο, ὕποπτον τὸ πρᾶγμα ἔμελλεν εἶναι. Διὸ καὶ σφραγίσαι συνεχώρησεν, ὡς ἠβούλοντο, καὶ στρατιῶται παρεκάθηντο. Καὶ οὐκ ἔμελεν αὐτοῖς ἐν σαββάτῳ ταῦτα ποιοῦσι, καὶ ἐργαζόμενοι, ἀλλὰ πρὸς ἕν μόνον ἑώρων; τὴν ἑαυτῶν πονηρίαν, ὡς ταύτη περιεσόμενοι' ὅπερ ἐσχάτης ἀνοίας ἦν, καὶ φόβου σφόδρα αὐτοὺς κατασείοντος λοιπόν. Οἱ γὰρ ζῶντα αὐτὸν κατασχόντες, ἀποθανόντα δεδοίκασι. Καίτοιγε εἰ ψιλός τις ἄνθρωπος ἣν, ἔδει θαῤῥεῖν. Ἀλλ᾽ ἵνα μάθωσιν, ὅτι καὶ ζῶν ἑκὼν ἔπαθεν, ἅπερ ἔπαθεν, ἰδοὺ καὶ σφραγὶς, καὶ λίθος, καὶ κουστωδία, καὶ οὐκ ἴσχυσαν κατασχεῖν' ἀλλ᾽ ἕν γίνεται μόνον, τὸ δημοσιευθῆναι τὴν ταφὴν, καὶ πιστευθῆναι ἐντεῦθεν τὴν ἀνάστασιν. Καὶ γὰρ στρατιῶται παρεκάθηντο, καὶ ᾿Ιουδαῖοι προσεδρεύουσιν. Ὀψὲ δὲ σαββάτων, τῇ ἐπιφωσκούσῃ εἰς μίαν σαββάτων, ἦλθε Μαρία ἡ Μαγδαληνὴ καὶ ἡ ἄλλη Μαρία θεωρῆσαι τὸν τάφον. Καὶ ἰδοὺ σεισμὸς ἐγένετο μέγας. Ἄγγελος γὰρ κυρίου καταβὰς ἐκ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ, καὶ προσελθὼν, ἀπεκύλισε τὸν λίθον ἀπὸ τῆς θύρας τοῦ μνημείου, καὶ ἐκάθητο ἐπάνω αὐτοῦ. Ἦν δὲ ἡ ἰδέα αὐτοῦ ὡς ἀστραπὴ, καὶ τὸ ἔνδυμα αὐτοῦ λευκὸν ὡσεὶ χιών. Μετὰ τὴν ἀνάστασιν ἦλθεν ὁ ἄγγελος. Τίνος οὖν ἕνεκεν ἦλθε, καὶ τὸν λίθον ἦρε; Διὰ τὰς γυναῖκας αὗται γὰρ αὐτὸν τότε εἶδον ἐν τῷ τάφῳ. Ἵν᾽ οὖν πιστεύσωσιν ὅτι ἠγέρθη, ὁρῶσι τὸν τάφον κενὸν τοῦ σώματος. Διὰ τοῦτο ἀνεῖλε τὸν λίθον, διὰ τοῦτο καὶ σεισμὸς ἐγένετο; ἵνα διαναστῶσι καὶ ἀφυπνισθῶσι. Καὶ γὰρ ἦσαν παραγενόμεναι, ὥστε ἔλαιον βαλεῖν, καὶ ἐν νυκτὶ ταῦτα ἐγίνετο, καὶ εἰκός τινας καὶ ἀποκαθευδῆσαι. Καὶ τίνος ἕνεκεν καὶ διατί φησὶ, μὴ φοβεῖσθε ὑμεῖς : Πρότερον αὐτὰς ἀπαλλάττει τοῦ δέους, καὶ τότε διαλέγεται περὶ τῆς ἀναστάσεως. Καὶ τὸ ὑμεῖς δὲ πολλὴν ἐνδεικνυμένου τὴν τιμήν ἐστι, καὶ δεικνύντος, ὅτι τὰ ἔσχατα μένει τοὺς τετολμηκότας, ἅπερ ἐτόλμησαν, ἂν μὴ μετανοήσωσιν. Οὐ γὰρ ὑμῶν ἐστι τὸ δεδοικέναι, φησὶν, ἀλλ᾽ ἐκείνων τῶν σταυρωσάντων. Ἀπαλλάξας τοίνυν αὐτὰς τοῦ φόβου, καὶ διὰ τῶν ῥημάτων καὶ διὰ τῆς ὄψεως, (καὶ γὰρ τὸ σχῆμα φαιδρὸν ἔδειξεν, ἅτε εὐαγγέλια τοιαῦτα φέρων) ἐπήγαγε λέγων, οἶδα ὅτι ᾿Ιησοῦν τὸν ἐσταυρωμένον ζητεῖτε. Καὶ οὐκ ἐπαισχύνεται ἐσταυρωμένον καλῶν τοῦτο γὰρ τὸ κεφάλαιον τῶν ἀγαθῶν. ᾿Ηγέρθη. Πόθεν δῆλον: Καθὼς εἶπεν. Ὥστε κἂν ἐμοὶ, φησὶ, διαπιστῆτε, τῶν ἐκείνου ἀναμνήσθητε ῥημάτων, καὶ οὐδὲ ἐμοὶ διαπιστήσετε. Εἶτα καὶ ἄλλη ἀπόδειξις. Δεῦτε καὶ ἴδετε τὸν τόπον, ὅπου ἔκειτο. Διὰ τοῦτο ἐπῆρε τὸν λίθον, ὥστε καὶ ἐντεῦθεν αὐτὰς λαβεῖν τὴν ἀπόδειξιν. Καὶ εἴπατε τοῖς μαθηταῖς, ὅτι ὄψεσθε αὐτὸν εἰς τὴν Γαλιλαίαν. Καὶ ἑτέροις εὐαγγελίζεσθαι παρασκευάζει, ὃ μάλιστα αὐτὰς ἐποίει πιστεῦσαι. Καὶ καλῶς εἷπεν, εἰς τὴν Γαλιλαίαν, ἀπαλλάττων πραγμάτων καὶ κινδύνων, ὥστε μὴ τὸν φόβον διενοχλεῖν τῇ πίστει. Καὶ ἐξῆλθον ἐκ τοῦ μνημείου μετὰ φόβου καὶ χαρᾶς. Τί δήποτε; Ἔκπληκτον πρᾶγμα εἶδον καὶ παράδοξον, τάφον κενὸν, ἔνθα πρῶτον τεθέντα εἶδον. Διὸ καὶ ἤγαγεν αὐτὰς εἰς θεωρίαν, ἵνα ἀμφοτέρων γένωνται μάρτυρες, καὶ τοῦ τάφου καὶ τῆς ἀναστάσεως. Καὶ γὰρ ἐνενόουν, ὅτι οὐδεὶς ἄν αὐτὸν ἦρε, στρατιωτῶν τοσούτων παρακαθημένων, εἰ μὴ ἑαυτὸν ἀνέστησε. Διὰ τοῦτο καὶ χαίρουσι καὶ θαυμάζουσι, καὶ τῆς τοσαύτης παραμονῆς λαμβάνουσι τὴν ἀμοιβὴν, τὸ πρῶται ἰδεῖν καὶ εὐαγγελίσασθαι, οὐ τὰ εἰρημένα μόνον, ἀλλὰ καὶ τὰ ὁραθέντα. ᾿Επεὶ οὖν ἐξῆλθον μετὰ φόβου καὶ χαρᾶς, ἰδοὺ ὁ Ἰησοῦς ἀπήντησεν αὐταῖς λέγων χαίρετε. Αἱ δὲ ἐκράτησαν τοὺς πόδας αὐτοῦ, καὶ μεθ᾽ ὑπερβαλλούσης εὐφροσύνης αὐτῷ προσδραμοῦσαι, ἐλάμβανον καὶ διὰ τῆς ἀφῆς τεκμήριον καὶ πληροφορίαν τῆς ἀναστάσεως, καὶ προσεκύνησαν αὐτῷ. Τί οὖν αὐτός; Μὴ φοβεῖσθε. Πάλιν καὶ αὐτὸς τὸ δέος ἐκβάλλει, προοδοποιῶν τῇ πίστει. Ἀλλ᾽ ὑπάγετε, καὶ εἴπατε τοῖς ἀδελφοῖς μου, ἵνα ἀπέλθωσιν εἰς τὴν Γαλιλαίαν κἀκεῖ με ὄψονται. Σκόπει πῶς καὶ αὐτὸς διὰ τούτων τοὺς μαθητὰς εὐαγγελίζεται, ὃ πολλάκις εἶπον, τὸ μάλιστα γένος ἀτιμωθὲν εἰς τιμὴν ἄγων καὶ εἰς χρηστὰς ἐλπίδας, καὶ τὸ πεπονηκὸς ἰώμενος. Τάχα τις ὑμῶν ἐβούλετο κατ᾽ ἐκείνας γενέσθαι, καὶ τοὺς πόδας κατασχεῖν τοῦ Ἰησοῦ; Δύνασθε καὶ νῦν, ὅσοι βούλεσθε, οὐχὶ τοὺς πόδας καὶ τὰς χεῖρας μόνον; ἀλλὰ καὶ τὴν κεφαλὴν κατασχεῖν τὴν ἱερὰν ἐκείνην, τῶν φρικτῶν ἀπολαύοντες μυστηρίων καθαρῷ συνειδότι. Οὐκ ἐνταῦθα δὲ μόνον, ἀλλὰ καὶ ἐν ἐκείνῃ τῇ ἡμέρᾳ ὄψεσθε αὐτὸν, μετὰ τῆς ἀποῤῥήτου δόξης ἐκείνης καὶ τοῦ δήμου τῶν ἀγγέλων ἐρχόμενον, εἰ βουληθείητε εἶναι φιλάνθρωποι καὶ ἀκούσεσθε, οὐχὶ ταῦτα τὰ ῥήματα μόνον, ὅτι χαίρετε, ἀλλὰ καὶ ἐκεῖνα· δεῦτε οἱ εὐλογημένοι τοῦ πατρός μου, κληρονομήσατε τὴν ἡτοιμασμένην ὑμῖν βασιλείαν πρὸ καταβολῆς κόσμου. Γίνεσθε τοίνυν φιλάνθρωποι, ἵνα ταῦτα ἀκούσητε, καὶ ὑμεῖς αἱ χρυσοφόροι γυναῖκες, αἱ τὸν δρόμον τῶν γυναικῶν θεασάμεναι τούτων, ὀψὲ γοῦν ποτε τὴν νόσον ἀποθέμεναι τῆς τῶν χρυσίων ἐπιθυμίας. Ὥστε εἰ ζηλοῦτε τὰς γυναῖκας, ἀνταλλάξασθε τὸν κόσμον, ὃν περίκεισθε, ἐλεημοσύνην περιθέμεναι. Τί τὸ ὄφελος, εἰπέ μοι; τῶν λίθων τῶν τιμίων τούτων, καὶ τῶν χρυσοπάστων ἱματίων; Χαίρει τούτοις, φησὶν, ἡ ψυχὴ καὶ εὐφραίνεται. ᾿Εγώ σε τὸ κέρδος ἡρώτησα᾿ σὺ δέ μοι τὸ βλάβος εἶπες. Τοῦ γὰρ περὶ ταῦτα ἡσχολήσθαι καὶ χαίρειν καὶ προσηλῶσθαι, χεῖρον οὐδέν. Πικροτέρα γὰρ ἡ χαλεπὴ αὕτη δουλεία γίνεται, ὅταν τις καὶ δουλεύων εὐφραίνηται. Ἐπὶ τίνι γὰρ τῶν πνευματικῶν ὡς χρὴ σπουδάσει ποτέ, πότε δὲ καταγελάσεται ὡς δεῖ τῶν βιωτικῶν πραγμάτων, ἡ χαρᾶς ἄξιον εἶναι νομίζουσα τὸ δεδέσθαι χρυσῷ; Ὁ γὰρ ἐν δεσμωτηρίῳ μένων καὶ ἡδόμενος, οὐδέποτε ἀπαλλαγῆναι θελήσει· ὥσπερ οὖν οὐδὲ αὕτη· ἀλλ᾽ ὥσπερ τις αἰχμάλωτος γενομένη τῆς πονηρᾶς ταύτης ἐπιθυμίας, οὐδὲ φωνῆς ἀνέξεται πνευματικῆς ἀκοῦσαι μετὰ τῆς προσηκούσης ἐπιθυμίας τε καὶ σπουδῆς, μήτιγε ἔργον μετελθεῖν. Τί οὖν τὸ κέρδος τοῦ κόσμου τούτου καὶ τῆς βλακείας ταύτης ; εἰπὲ μοι. Τέρπομαι, φησί. Πάλιν μοι τὴν βλάβην εἶπες καὶ τὸν ὄλεθρον. ᾿Αλλὰ καὶ τιμῆς ἀπολαύω, ᾿ φησὶ, πολλῆς παρὰ τῶν ὁρώντων. Καὶ τί τοῦτο; Ἑτέρας γὰρ τοῦτο διαφθορᾶς ὑπόθεσις, ὅταν εἰς τῦφον, ὅταν εἰς ἀπόνοιαν αἴρῃ. Φέρε οὖν, ἐπειδὴ σὺ τὸ κέρδος οὐκ εἶπες, ἀνάσχου ἐμοῦ σοι διηγουμένου τὰς βλάβας. Τίνες οὖν ἐντεῦθεν αἱ βλάβαι; Ἡ φροντὶς ἡ μείζων τῆς ἡδονῆς. Διὸ πολλοὶ τῶν ὁρώντων, τούτων δὴ τῶν παχυτέρων, τέρπονται μᾶλλον, ἢ ἡ περικειμένη. Σὺ μὲν γὰρ μετὰ μερίμνης καλλωπίζῃ: ἐκεῖνοι δὲ ἄνευ ταύτης ἑστιῶσι τὰς ὄψεις. Εἶτα ἑτέρα πάλιν, τὸ ταπεινοῦσθαι τὴν ψυχὴν, τὸ βασκαίνεσθαι πανταχόθεν. Αἱ γὰρ πλησίον δηχθεῖσαι κατὰ τῶν οἰκείων ἀνδρῶν ὁπλίζονται; καὶ πολέμους ἀναρῥιπίζουσί σοι χαλεπούς. Μετὰ τούτων τὸ τὴν σχολὴν ἅπασαν καὶ τὴν φροντίδα εἰς τοῦτο δαπανᾶσθαι, τὸ τῶν πνευματικῶν μὴ σφόδρα ἀντέχεσθαι κατορθωμάτων, τὸ τύφου καὶ ἀπονοίας καὶ κενῆς, πληροῦσθαι δόξης, τὸ τῇ γῇ προσηλῶσθαι, καὶ πτεροῤῥυεῖν, καὶ ἀντὶ ἀετοῦ γενέσθαι κύνα καὶ χοῖρον. Ἀφεῖσα γὰρ πρὸς τὸν οὐρανὸν βλέπειν καὶ πέτασθαι, καθάπερ οἱ χοίροι χαμαὶ νεύεις, μέταλλα περιεργαζομένη καὶ χηραμοὺς, καὶ ψυχὴν ἄνανδρον καὶ ἀνελευθέραν κτωμένη. Ἀλλ᾽ ἐπιστρέφεις φαινομένη τοὺς ἐπὶ τῆς ἀγορᾶς; Δι᾽ αὐτὸ μὲν οὖν τοῦτο χρυσοφορεῖν οὐκ ἔδει, ἵνα μὴ κοινὸν γένη θέατρον, καὶ πολλῶν κατηγόρων ἀνοίξης στόματα. Οὐδεὶς γάρ σε τῶν ἐπιστρεφομένων θαυμάζει, ἀλλὰ σκώπτουσιν ὡς φιλόκοσμον, ὡς ἀλαζόνα, ὡς σαρκικὴν γυναῖκα. Κἂν εἰς ἐκκλησίαν εἰσέλθῃ, ἐξῆλθεν οὐδὲν λαβοῦσα, ἀλλ᾽ ἢ μυρία σκώμματα καὶ λοιδορίας καὶ ἀρᾶς, οὐχὶ παρὰ τῶν ὁρώντων μόνον, αλλὰ καὶ παρὰ τοῦ προφήτου. Καὶ γὰρ εὐθέως ὁ μεγαλοφωνότατος Ἡσαΐας ἰδὼν σε βοήσεται· τάδε λέγει κύριος ἐπὶ τὰς ἀρχούσας θυγατέρας Σιών ἀνθ᾽ ὧν ἐπορεύθησαν ὑψηλῷ τραχήλῳ, καὶ νεύμασιν ὀφθαλμῶν, καὶ τῇ πορείᾳ τῶν ποδῶν σύρουσαι τοὺς χιτῶνας, καὶ τοῖς ποσὶν ἅμα παίζουσαι ἀνακαλύψει κύριος τὸν κόσμον αὐτῶν, καὶ ἔσται ἀντὶ ὀσμῆς ἡδείας κονιορτὸς, ἀντὶ δὲ ζώνης σχοινίῳ ζώσῃ. Ταῦτα σοι ἀντὶ καλλωπισμοῦ. Οὐδὲ γὰρ πρὸς ἐκείνας μόνας ταῦτα εἴρηται, αλλὰ πρὸς πάσαν γυναῖκα μιμουμένην αὐτάς. Καὶ ὁ Παῦλος δὲ μετ᾽ ἐκείνου κατήγορος ἕστηκε, λέγων Τιμοθέῳ παραγγέλλειν ταῖς γυναιξὶ, μὴ ἐν πλέγμασιν, ἢ χρυσίῳ, ἢ μαργαρίταις, ἢ ἱματισμῷ πολυτελεῖ κοσμεῖν ἑαυτάς. Ὥστε πανταχοῦ μὲν βλαβερὸν τὸ χρυσοφορεῖν' μάλιστα δὲ ὅταν εἰς ἐκκλησίαν εἰσίῃς, ὅταν διὰ τῶν πενήτων παρίῃς. Εἰ γὰρ σφόδρα σαυτῆς κατηγορῆσαι ἐσπούδασας, οὐκ ἂν ἄλλο περιέθου σχῆμα, ἀλλ᾽ ἢ τὸ τῆς ὠμότητος τοῦτο καὶ ἀπανθρωπίας προσωπεῖον. ᾿Εννόησον γοῦν πόσας γάστερας παρέρχη πεινώσας μετὰ τοῦ σχήματος τούτου, πόσα σώματα γεγυμνωμένα μετὰ τῆς φαντασίας ταύτης τῆς σατανικῆς. Πόσῳ βέλτιον διαθρέψαι ψυχὰς πεινώσας, ἢ λοβοὺς ὥτων διατιτρώσκειν, καὶ μυρίων πενήτων τροφὰς ἐξαρτᾶν εἰκῆ καὶ μάτην. Μὴ γὰρ τὸ πλουτεῖν ἐγκώμιον: μὴ γὰρ τὸ χρυσοφορεῖν ἔπαινος; Εἰ καὶ ἐκ δικαίων πόνων ταῦτα περικείμενά σοι ἦν, καὶ οὕτω μεγίστη κατηγορία τὸ γινόμενον ὅταν δὲ καὶ ἐξ ἀδικίας, ἐννόησον τὴν ὑπερβολήν. ᾿Αλλ᾽ ἐπαίνων ἐρᾷς καὶ δόξης; Οὐκοῦν ἀπόδυσαι τὴν καταγέλαστον ταύτην περιβολὴν, καὶ τότε σε θαυμάσονται πάντες, τότε καὶ δόξης καὶ καθαρᾶς ἀπολαύσῃ τῆς ἡδονῆς ὡς νῦν γε σκωμμάτων γέμεις, ἀθυμίας πολλὰς ὑποθέσεις ἐκ τούτων σαυτῇ κατασκευάζουσα. Ἂν γὰρ ἐκπέσῃ τι τούτων, ἐννόησον ὅσα ἐντεῦθεν τίκτεται τὰ κακά· πόσαι μαστιγοῦνται θεραπαινίδες, πόσοι ἄνδρες λοῦνται, πόσοι ἀπάγονται, πόσοι δεσμωτήριον οἰκοῦσι· καὶ δικαστήρια ἐντεῦθεν, καὶ εἰσαγωγαὶ, καὶ μυρίαι πανταχόθεν ἀραὶ καὶ κατηγορίαι, τῇ γυναικὶ παρὰ τοῦ ἀνδρὸς, τῷ ἀνδρὶ παρὰ τῶν φίλων, τῇ ψυχῇ παρ᾽ ἑαυτῆς. ᾿Αλλ οὐκ ἀπολεῖται. Μάλιστα μὲν τοῦτο οὐ ῥᾷδιον' εἰ δὲ καὶ σωθείη διαπαντὸς, σωζόμενα πάλιν πολλὴν παρέχει μέριμναν καὶ φροντίδα καὶ ἀηδίαν, καὶ κέρδος οὐδέν. Ποία γὰρ ἐντεῦθεν πρόσοδος τῇ οἰκίᾳ; τί ὄφελος αὐτῇ τῇ περικειμένῃ; Ὄφελος μὲν οὐδὲν, ἀκοσμία δὲ πολλὴ, καὶ κατηγορία πάντοθεν. Πώς δυνήσῃ τοῦ Χριστοῦ φιλῆσαι τοὺς πόδας καὶ κατασχεῖν, οὕτως ἐσκευασμένη; Τοῦτον ἀποστρέφεται τὸν κόσμον ἐκεῖνος. Διὰ τοῦτο ἐν τῇ τοῦ τέκτονος οἰκίᾳ κατεδέξατο τεχθῆναι, μᾶλλον δὲ οὐδὲ ἐν τῇ οἰκίᾳ ἐκείνῃ, ἀλλ᾽ ἐν καλύβῃ καὶ φάτνῃ. Πῶς οὖν αὐτὸν δυνήσῃ ἰδεῖν, οὐκ ἔχουσα κάλλος αὐτῷ ποθεινὸν, οὐ περικειμένη κόσμον ἐπέραστον αὐτῷ, ἀλλὰ μισητόν: Τὸν γὰρ αὐτῷ προσιόντα οὐ τοιούτοις δεῖ καλλωπίζεσθαι ἱματίοις, ἀλλ᾽ ἀρετῇ περιβεβλῆσθαι. ᾿Εννόησον τί ποτέ ἐστι τουτὶ τὸ χρυσίον: Οὐδὲν ἕτερον ἢ γῆ καὶ σποδός. Ἔμβαλε ὕδωρ, καὶ γέγονε πηλός. ᾿Εννόησον καὶ αἰσχύνθητι τὸν πηλὸν δεσπότην ποιουμένη, καὶ πάντα ἀφεῖσα καὶ αὐτῷ παρακαθημένη, καὶ πανταχοῦ αὐτὸν τἰαετδαὸ καὶ περιφέρουσα, καὶ ὅταν εἰς ἐκκλησίαν εἰσίῃς, ὅτε μάλιστα φεύγειν αὐτὸν ἐχρῆν. Οὐδὲ γὰρ διὰ τοῦτο ἡ ἐκκλησία ᾠκοδόμηται, ἵνα ἐν ταύτῃ τὸν πλοῦτον ἐπιδείξῃ τοῦτον, ἀλλ᾽ ἵνα τὸν πλοῦτον τὸν πνευματικόν. Σὺ δὲ ὥσπερ εἰς πομπὴν εἰσιοῦσα, οὕτω πάντοθεν σαυτὴν καλλωπίζεις, τὰς ἐν τῇ σκηνῇ μιμουμένη, οὕτω μετὰ δαψιλείας τὸν καταγέλαστον τοῦτον βαστάζεις φορυτόν. Διά τοι τοῦτο πολλοῖς ἐπεισέρχῃ λύμη, καὶ τῆς ἐκκλησίας διαλυθείσης, ἐν ταῖς οἰκίαις, ἐπὶ τῶν τραπεζῶν, ταῦτα ἄν τις ἀκούσειε διηγουμένων τῶν πλειόνων. Ἀφέντες γὰρ λέγειν, τὸ καὶ τὸ εἶπεν ὁ προφήτης καὶ ὁ ἀπόστολος, τῶν ἱματίων τὴν πολυτέλειαν, τῶν λίθων τὸ μέγεθος, τὴν ἄλλην ἅπασαν ἀσχημοσύνην τῶν ταῦτα περικειμένων διηγοῦνται. Ταῦτα ὑμᾶς πρὸς ἔλεον ἀργὰς ποιεῖ, καὶ τοὺς συνοικοῦντας ὑμῖν. Οὐ γὰρ ἄν τις ὑμῶν ἕλοιτο ῥᾳδίως διακλάσαι τι τῶν χρυσίων τούτων, καὶ θρέψαι πεινῶντα. Ὅπου γὰρ καὶ αὐτὴ ἕλοιο ἂν ἐν στενοχωρίᾳ εἶναι, ἢ ταῦτα ἰδεῖν διακλώμενα, πῶς ἄν ἕτερον ἐκ τούτων διαθρέψειας; Ὥσπερ γὰρ ἔμψυχά τινα διάκεινται αἱ πολλαὶ πρὸς ταῦτα, καὶ οὐδὲν ἧττον ἢ πρὸς παιδία. Ἄπαγε, φησί. Δείξατέ μοι οὖν τοῦτο, δείξατε διὰ τῶν ἔργων, ὡς νῦν γε τἀναντία ὁρῶ. Τίς γάρ ποτε τῶν σφόδρα ἑαλωκότων ταῦτα καταχωνεύσας ἐξήρπασε θανάτου παιδίου ψυχήν: Καὶ τί λέγω παιδίου ; Τίς τὴν ἑαυτοῦ ψυχὴν ἀπολλυμένην ἐντεῦθεν ἐπρίατο: Τουναντίον μὲν οὖν οἱ πολλοὶ καὶ καθ᾽ ἑκάστην αὐτὴν διὰ ταῦτα πωλοῦσι τὴν ἡμέραν. Κἀν μὲν σωματικὴ ἀῤῥωστία γένηται, πάντα ποιοῦσιν ἂν δὲ τὴν ψυχὴν ἴδωσι διεφθαρμένην, οὐδὲν τοιοῦτον ἐργάζονται, ἀλλὰ καὶ τῶν ἐγγόνων καὶ τῆς ἑαυτῶν ψυχῆς ἀμελοῦσιν, ἵνα ταῦτα μένῃ τῷ χρόνῳ ἰούμενα. Καὶ σὺ μὲν μυρίων ταλάντων χρυσία περίκεισαι' τὸ δὲ τοῦ Χριστοῦ μέλος οὐδὲ ἀναγκαίας ἔχει τροφῆς ἀπόλαυσιν. Ἀλλ᾽ ὁ μὲν κοινὸς ἁπάντων δεσπότης, καὶ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ, καὶ τῶν ἐν τοῖς οὐρανοῖς, καὶ τραπέζης τῆς πνευματικῆς ἅπασιν ὁμοίως μετέδωκε σὺ δὲ οὐδὲ τῶν ἀπολλυμένων αὐτῷ μεταδίδως, ἵνα μείνῃς συνεχῶς δεδεμένη ταῖς χαλεπαῖς ταύταις ἀλύσεσιν: Ἐντεῦθεν τὰ μυρία κακὰ, ἐντεῦθεν αἱ ζηλοτυπίαι, ἐντεῦθεν αἱ πορνεῖαι τῶν ἀνδρῶν, ὅταν αὐτοὺς μὴ φιλοσοφεῖν παρασκευάζητε, ἀλλὰ τούτοις παιδεύητε χαίρειν, οἷς αἱ πορνευόμεναι καλλωπίζονται γυναῖκες. Διὰ τοῦτο καὶ ταχέως ἁλίσκονται. Εἰ γὰρ αὐτὸν ἐπαίδευσας τούτων μὲν ὑπερορᾶν, σωφροσύνῃ δὲ χαίρειν, εὐλαβείᾳ, ταπεινοφροσύνῃ, οὐκ ἂν ῥᾳδίως ἑάλω τοῖς τῆς πορνείας πτεροῖς. Κοσμήσασθαι μὲν γὰρ οὕτω δύναται πόρνη, καὶ τούτου πλέον᾽ ἐκείνοις δὲ οὐκέτι. Ἔθισον οὖν αὐτὸν τούτῳ χαίρειν τῷ κόσμῳ, ὃν οὐκ ἔχει παρὰ τῇ πόρνη κείμενον ἰδεῖν. Πῶς δὲ αὐτὸν εἰς τὴν συνήθειαν ταύτην ἐμβαλεῖς; Ἂν τοῦτον ἀφέλῃς, καὶ ἐκεῖνον περιθῇς. Οὕτω καὶ ὁ ἀνήρ ἐν ἀσφαλείᾳ, καὶ σὺ ἐν τιμῇ, καὶ ὁ θεὸς ὑμῖν ἵλεως, καὶ ἄνθρωποι πάντες θαυμάσονται, καὶ τῶν μελλόντων ἐπιτεύξεσθε ἀγαθῶν, χάριτι καὶ φιλανθρωπίᾳ τοῦ κυρίου ἡμῶν Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ, ᾧ ἡ δόξα καὶ τὸ κράτος εἰς τοὺς αἰῶνας τῶν αἰώνων. ᾿Αμήν.

Skopei de moi tēn kakourgian autōn tēn katagelaston. ᾿Emnēsthēmen, phēsin, hoti eipen ho planos ekeinos eti zōn, meta treis hēmeras egeiromai. Kai ei planos ēn, kai pseudē ekompaze, ti dedoikate kai peritrechete, kai tosautę̄ kechrēsthe spoudę̄: Dedoikamen, phēsi, mēpote klepsōsin auton hoi mathētai, kai apatēsōsi tous pollous. Kaitoige apedeichthē touto ouk echon logon katholou. ᾿All᾽ homōs hē kakia philoneikon kai anaides, kai tois alogistois epicheirei. Kai mechri triōn hēmerōn keleuousin asphalisthēnai, hōs hyper dogmatōn machomenoi, kai boulomenoi deixai kai pro toutou planon onta, kai mechri tou taphou tēn kakian ekteinousi. Dia toi touto tachion anestē, hina mē legōsin, hoti epseusato, kai eklapē. Touto men gar enklēma ouk eiche, to thatton anastēnai to de bradion, hypopsias egeme. Kai gar ei mē tote anestē, kathēmenōn autōn autothi kai phylattontōn, all᾽ anachōrēsantōn meta tēn triēmeron, eichon ti kai antilegein, ei kai anoētōs. Dia touto toinyn proephthasen. Edei gar parakathēmenōn autōn kai phylattontōn, genesthai tēn anastasin. Oukoun kai eisō tōn triōn hēmerōn edei genesthai hōs eige parelthousōn autōn kai anachōrēsantōn egeneto, hypopton to pragma emellen einai. Dio kai sphragisai synechōrēsen, hōs ēboulonto, kai stratiōtai parekathēnto. Kai ouk emelen autois en sabbatǭ tauta poiousi, kai ergazomenoi, alla pros hen monon heōrōn? tēn heautōn ponērian, hōs tautē periesomenoi' hoper eschatēs anoias ēn, kai phobou sphodra autous kataseiontos loipon. Hoi gar zōnta auton kataschontes, apothanonta dedoikasi. Kaitoige ei psilos tis anthrōpos hēn, edei tharrhein. All᾽ hina mathōsin, hoti kai zōn hekōn epathen, haper epathen, idou kai sphragis, kai lithos, kai koustōdia, kai ouk ischysan kataschein' all᾽ hen ginetai monon, to dēmosieuthēnai tēn taphēn, kai pisteuthēnai enteuthen tēn anastasin. Kai gar stratiōtai parekathēnto, kai ᾿Ioudaioi prosedreuousin. Opse de sabbatōn, tę̄ epiphōskousę̄ eis mian sabbatōn, ēlthe Maria hē Magdalēnē kai hē allē Maria theōrēsai ton taphon. Kai idou seismos egeneto megas. Angelos gar kyriou katabas ek tou ouranou, kai proselthōn, apekylise ton lithon apo tēs thyras tou mnēmeiou, kai ekathēto epanō autou. Ēn de hē idea autou hōs astrapē, kai to endyma autou leukon hōsei chiōn. Meta tēn anastasin ēlthen ho angelos. Tinos oun heneken ēlthe, kai ton lithon ēre? Dia tas gynaikas hautai gar auton tote eidon en tǭ taphǭ. Hin᾽ oun pisteusōsin hoti ēgerthē, horōsi ton taphon kenon tou sōmatos. Dia touto aneile ton lithon, dia touto kai seismos egeneto? hina dianastōsi kai aphypnisthōsi. Kai gar ēsan paragenomenai, hōste elaion balein, kai en nykti tauta egineto, kai eikos tinas kai apokatheudēsai. Kai tinos heneken kai diati phēsi, mē phobeisthe hymeis : Proteron autas apallattei tou deous, kai tote dialegetai peri tēs anastaseōs. Kai to hymeis de pollēn endeiknymenou tēn timēn esti, kai deiknyntos, hoti ta eschata menei tous tetolmēkotas, haper etolmēsan, an mē metanoēsōsin. Ou gar hymōn esti to dedoikenai, phēsin, all᾽ ekeinōn tōn staurōsantōn. Apallaxas toinyn autas tou phobou, kai dia tōn rhēmatōn kai dia tēs opseōs, (kai gar to schēma phaidron edeixen, hate euangelia toiauta pherōn) epēgage legōn, oida hoti ᾿Iēsoun ton estaurōmenon zēteite. Kai ouk epaischynetai estaurōmenon kalōn touto gar to kephalaion tōn agathōn. ᾿Ēgerthē. Pothen dēlon: Kathōs eipen. Hōste kan emoi, phēsi, diapistēte, tōn ekeinou anamnēsthēte rhēmatōn, kai oude emoi diapistēsete. Eita kai allē apodeixis. Deute kai idete ton topon, hopou ekeito. Dia touto epēre ton lithon, hōste kai enteuthen autas labein tēn apodeixin. Kai eipate tois mathētais, hoti opsesthe auton eis tēn Galilaian. Kai heterois euangelizesthai paraskeuazei, ho malista autas epoiei pisteusai. Kai kalōs heipen, eis tēn Galilaian, apallattōn pragmatōn kai kindynōn, hōste mē ton phobon dienochlein tę̄ pistei. Kai exēlthon ek tou mnēmeiou meta phobou kai charas. Ti dēpote? Ekplēkton pragma eidon kai paradoxon, taphon kenon, entha prōton tethenta eidon. Dio kai ēgagen autas eis theōrian, hina amphoterōn genōntai martyres, kai tou taphou kai tēs anastaseōs. Kai gar enenooun, hoti oudeis an auton ēre, stratiōtōn tosoutōn parakathēmenōn, ei mē heauton anestēse. Dia touto kai chairousi kai thaumazousi, kai tēs tosautēs paramonēs lambanousi tēn amoibēn, to prōtai idein kai euangelisasthai, ou ta eirēmena monon, alla kai ta horathenta. ᾿Epei oun exēlthon meta phobou kai charas, idou ho Iēsous apēntēsen autais legōn chairete. Hai de ekratēsan tous podas autou, kai meth᾽ hyperballousēs euphrosynēs autǭ prosdramousai, elambanon kai dia tēs aphēs tekmērion kai plērophorian tēs anastaseōs, kai prosekynēsan autǭ. Ti oun autos? Mē phobeisthe. Palin kai autos to deos ekballei, proodopoiōn tę̄ pistei. All᾽ hypagete, kai eipate tois adelphois mou, hina apelthōsin eis tēn Galilaian kakei me opsontai. Skopei pōs kai autos dia toutōn tous mathētas euangelizetai, ho pollakis eipon, to malista genos atimōthen eis timēn agōn kai eis chrēstas elpidas, kai to peponēkos iōmenos. Tacha tis hymōn ebouleto kat᾽ ekeinas genesthai, kai tous podas kataschein tou Iēsou? Dynasthe kai nyn, hosoi boulesthe, ouchi tous podas kai tas cheiras monon? alla kai tēn kephalēn kataschein tēn hieran ekeinēn, tōn phriktōn apolauontes mystēriōn katharǭ syneidoti. Ouk entautha de monon, alla kai en ekeinę̄ tę̄ hēmerą opsesthe auton, meta tēs aporrhētou doxēs ekeinēs kai tou dēmou tōn angelōn erchomenon, ei boulētheiēte einai philanthrōpoi kai akousesthe, ouchi tauta ta rhēmata monon, hoti chairete, alla kai ekeina; deute hoi eulogēmenoi tou patros mou, klēronomēsate tēn hētoimasmenēn hymin basileian pro katabolēs kosmou. Ginesthe toinyn philanthrōpoi, hina tauta akousēte, kai hymeis hai chrysophoroi gynaikes, hai ton dromon tōn gynaikōn theasamenai toutōn, opse goun pote tēn noson apothemenai tēs tōn chrysiōn epithymias. Hōste ei zēloute tas gynaikas, antallaxasthe ton kosmon, hon perikeisthe, eleēmosynēn perithemenai. Ti to ophelos, eipe moi? tōn lithōn tōn timiōn toutōn, kai tōn chrysopastōn himatiōn? Chairei toutois, phēsin, hē psychē kai euphrainetai. ᾿Egō se to kerdos hērōtēsa᾿ sy de moi to blabos eipes. Tou gar peri tauta hēscholēsthai kai chairein kai prosēlōsthai, cheiron ouden. Pikrotera gar hē chalepē hautē douleia ginetai, hotan tis kai douleuōn euphrainētai. Epi tini gar tōn pneumatikōn hōs chrē spoudasei pote, pote de katagelasetai hōs dei tōn biōtikōn pragmatōn, hē charas axion einai nomizousa to dedesthai chrysǭ? Ho gar en desmōtēriǭ menōn kai hēdomenos, oudepote apallagēnai thelēsei; hōsper oun oude hautē; all᾽ hōsper tis aichmalōtos genomenē tēs ponēras tautēs epithymias, oude phōnēs anexetai pneumatikēs akousai meta tēs prosēkousēs epithymias te kai spoudēs, mētige ergon metelthein. Ti oun to kerdos tou kosmou toutou kai tēs blakeias tautēs ? eipe moi. Terpomai, phēsi. Palin moi tēn blabēn eipes kai ton olethron. ᾿Alla kai timēs apolauō, ᾿ phēsi, pollēs para tōn horōntōn. Kai ti touto? Heteras gar touto diaphthoras hypothesis, hotan eis typhon, hotan eis aponoian airę̄. Phere oun, epeidē sy to kerdos ouk eipes, anaschou emou soi diēgoumenou tas blabas. Tines oun enteuthen hai blabai? Hē phrontis hē meizōn tēs hēdonēs. Dio polloi tōn horōntōn, toutōn dē tōn pachyterōn, terpontai mallon, ē hē perikeimenē. Sy men gar meta merimnēs kallōpizę̄: ekeinoi de aneu tautēs hestiōsi tas opseis. Eita hetera palin, to tapeinousthai tēn psychēn, to baskainesthai pantachothen. Hai gar plēsion dēchtheisai kata tōn oikeiōn andrōn hoplizontai? kai polemous anarrhipizousi soi chalepous. Meta toutōn to tēn scholēn hapasan kai tēn phrontida eis touto dapanasthai, to tōn pneumatikōn mē sphodra antechesthai katorthōmatōn, to typhou kai aponoias kai kenēs, plērousthai doxēs, to tę̄ gę̄ prosēlōsthai, kai pterorrhyein, kai anti aetou genesthai kyna kai choiron. Apheisa gar pros ton ouranon blepein kai petasthai, kathaper hoi choiroi chamai neueis, metalla periergazomenē kai chēramous, kai psychēn anandron kai aneleutheran ktōmenē. All᾽ epistrepheis phainomenē tous epi tēs agoras? Di᾽ auto men oun touto chrysophorein ouk edei, hina mē koinon genē theatron, kai pollōn katēgorōn anoixēs stomata. Oudeis gar se tōn epistrephomenōn thaumazei, alla skōptousin hōs philokosmon, hōs alazona, hōs sarkikēn gynaika. Kan eis ekklēsian eiselthę̄, exēlthen ouden labousa, all᾽ ē myria skōmmata kai loidorias kai aras, ouchi para tōn horōntōn monon, alla kai para tou prophētou. Kai gar eutheōs ho megalophōnotatos Hēsaïas idōn se boēsetai; tade legei kyrios epi tas archousas thygateras Siōn anth᾽ hōn eporeuthēsan hypsēlǭ trachēlǭ, kai neumasin ophthalmōn, kai tę̄ poreią tōn podōn syrousai tous chitōnas, kai tois posin hama paizousai anakalypsei kyrios ton kosmon autōn, kai estai anti osmēs hēdeias koniortos, anti de zōnēs schoiniǭ zōsę̄. Tauta soi anti kallōpismou. Oude gar pros ekeinas monas tauta eirētai, alla pros pasan gynaika mimoumenēn autas. Kai ho Paulos de met᾽ ekeinou katēgoros hestēke, legōn Timotheǭ parangellein tais gynaixi, mē en plegmasin, ē chrysiǭ, ē margaritais, ē himatismǭ polytelei kosmein heautas. Hōste pantachou men blaberon to chrysophorein' malista de hotan eis ekklēsian eisię̄s, hotan dia tōn penētōn parię̄s. Ei gar sphodra sautēs katēgorēsai espoudasas, ouk an allo periethou schēma, all᾽ ē to tēs ōmotētos touto kai apanthrōpias prosōpeion. ᾿Ennoēson goun posas gasteras parerchē peinōsas meta tou schēmatos toutou, posa sōmata gegymnōmena meta tēs phantasias tautēs tēs satanikēs. Posǭ beltion diathrepsai psychas peinōsas, ē lobous hōtōn diatitrōskein, kai myriōn penētōn trophas exartan eikē kai matēn. Mē gar to ploutein enkōmion: mē gar to chrysophorein epainos? Ei kai ek dikaiōn ponōn tauta perikeimena soi ēn, kai houtō megistē katēgoria to ginomenon hotan de kai ex adikias, ennoēson tēn hyperbolēn. ᾿All᾽ epainōn erąs kai doxēs? Oukoun apodysai tēn katagelaston tautēn peribolēn, kai tote se thaumasontai pantes, tote kai doxēs kai katharas apolausę̄ tēs hēdonēs hōs nyn ge skōmmatōn gemeis, athymias pollas hypotheseis ek toutōn sautę̄ kataskeuazousa. An gar ekpesę̄ ti toutōn, ennoēson hosa enteuthen tiktetai ta kaka; posai mastigountai therapainides, posoi andres lountai, posoi apagontai, posoi desmōtērion oikousi; kai dikastēria enteuthen, kai eisagōgai, kai myriai pantachothen arai kai katēgoriai, tę̄ gynaiki para tou andros, tǭ andri para tōn philōn, tę̄ psychę̄ par᾽ heautēs. ᾿All ouk apoleitai. Malista men touto ou rhądion' ei de kai sōtheiē diapantos, sōzomena palin pollēn parechei merimnan kai phrontida kai aēdian, kai kerdos ouden. Poia gar enteuthen prosodos tę̄ oikią? ti ophelos autę̄ tę̄ perikeimenę̄? Ophelos men ouden, akosmia de pollē, kai katēgoria pantothen. Pōs dynēsę̄ tou Christou philēsai tous podas kai kataschein, houtōs eskeuasmenē? Touton apostrephetai ton kosmon ekeinos. Dia touto en tę̄ tou tektonos oikią katedexato techthēnai, mallon de oude en tę̄ oikią ekeinę̄, all᾽ en kalybę̄ kai phatnę̄. Pōs oun auton dynēsę̄ idein, ouk echousa kallos autǭ potheinon, ou perikeimenē kosmon eperaston autǭ, alla misēton: Ton gar autǭ prosionta ou toioutois dei kallōpizesthai himatiois, all᾽ aretę̄ peribeblēsthai. ᾿Ennoēson ti pote esti touti to chrysion: Ouden heteron ē gē kai spodos. Embale hydōr, kai gegone pēlos. ᾿Ennoēson kai aischynthēti ton pēlon despotēn poioumenē, kai panta apheisa kai autǭ parakathēmenē, kai pantachou auton tiaetdao kai peripherousa, kai hotan eis ekklēsian eisię̄s, hote malista pheugein auton echrēn. Oude gar dia touto hē ekklēsia ǭkodomētai, hina en tautę̄ ton plouton epideixę̄ touton, all᾽ hina ton plouton ton pneumatikon. Sy de hōsper eis pompēn eisiousa, houtō pantothen sautēn kallōpizeis, tas en tę̄ skēnę̄ mimoumenē, houtō meta dapsileias ton katagelaston touton bastazeis phoryton. Dia toi touto pollois epeiserchę̄ lymē, kai tēs ekklēsias dialytheisēs, en tais oikiais, epi tōn trapezōn, tauta an tis akouseie diēgoumenōn tōn pleionōn. Aphentes gar legein, to kai to eipen ho prophētēs kai ho apostolos, tōn himatiōn tēn polyteleian, tōn lithōn to megethos, tēn allēn hapasan aschēmosynēn tōn tauta perikeimenōn diēgountai. Tauta hymas pros eleon argas poiei, kai tous synoikountas hymin. Ou gar an tis hymōn heloito rhądiōs diaklasai ti tōn chrysiōn toutōn, kai threpsai peinōnta. Hopou gar kai autē heloio an en stenochōrią einai, ē tauta idein diaklōmena, pōs an heteron ek toutōn diathrepseias? Hōsper gar empsycha tina diakeintai hai pollai pros tauta, kai ouden hētton ē pros paidia. Apage, phēsi. Deixate moi oun touto, deixate dia tōn ergōn, hōs nyn ge tanantia horō. Tis gar pote tōn sphodra healōkotōn tauta katachōneusas exērpase thanatou paidiou psychēn: Kai ti legō paidiou ? Tis tēn heautou psychēn apollymenēn enteuthen epriato: Tounantion men oun hoi polloi kai kath᾽ hekastēn autēn dia tauta pōlousi tēn hēmeran. Kan men sōmatikē arrhōstia genētai, panta poiousin an de tēn psychēn idōsi diephtharmenēn, ouden toiouton ergazontai, alla kai tōn engonōn kai tēs heautōn psychēs amelousin, hina tauta menę̄ tǭ chronǭ ioumena. Kai sy men myriōn talantōn chrysia perikeisai' to de tou Christou melos oude anankaias echei trophēs apolausin. All᾽ ho men koinos hapantōn despotēs, kai tou ouranou, kai tōn en tois ouranois, kai trapezēs tēs pneumatikēs hapasin homoiōs metedōke sy de oude tōn apollymenōn autǭ metadidōs, hina meinę̄s synechōs dedemenē tais chalepais tautais alysesin: Enteuthen ta myria kaka, enteuthen hai zēlotypiai, enteuthen hai porneiai tōn andrōn, hotan autous mē philosophein paraskeuazēte, alla toutois paideuēte chairein, hois hai porneuomenai kallōpizontai gynaikes. Dia touto kai tacheōs haliskontai. Ei gar auton epaideusas toutōn men hyperoran, sōphrosynę̄ de chairein, eulabeią, tapeinophrosynę̄, ouk an rhądiōs healō tois tēs porneias pterois. Kosmēsasthai men gar houtō dynatai pornē, kai toutou pleon᾽ ekeinois de ouketi. Ethison oun auton toutǭ chairein tǭ kosmǭ, hon ouk echei para tę̄ pornē keimenon idein. Pōs de auton eis tēn synētheian tautēn embaleis? An touton aphelę̄s, kai ekeinon perithę̄s. Houtō kai ho anēr en asphaleią, kai sy en timę̄, kai ho theos hymin hileōs, kai anthrōpoi pantes thaumasontai, kai tōn mellontōn epiteuxesthe agathōn, chariti kai philanthrōpią tou kyriou hēmōn Iēsou Christou, hǭ hē doxa kai to kratos eis tous aiōnas tōn aiōnōn. ᾿Amēn.

But consider, I pray, their ridiculous malice. “We remember,” they say, “that that deceiver said while he was still alive, After three days I rise.” And if he was a deceiver and boasted falsely, why are you afraid, and run about, and show such zeal? “We are afraid,” they say, “lest the disciples steal him and deceive the many.” And yet this has been shown to make no sense at all. But nevertheless wickedness is a contentious and shameless thing, and attempts what is unreasonable. And they order the tomb to be secured until the third day, as though fighting for doctrines and wishing to show that even before this he was a deceiver; and they stretch their wickedness even to the tomb. For this very reason he rose sooner, so that they might not say that he had lied and been stolen. For rising sooner brought no reproach, but rising later would have been full of suspicion. For if he had not risen then, while they were sitting there and guarding, but after they had gone away when the three days were over, they would have had something to say against it, even if foolishly. For this reason, then, he came first. For the resurrection had to take place while they were sitting by and guarding. So it had to take place within the three days as well; since if it had taken place after these had passed and the guards had withdrawn, the thing would have been suspicious. That is why he allowed them to seal it as they wished, and soldiers sat by. And they did not care that they were doing these things on the Sabbath, and working; they looked to one thing only, their own wickedness, thinking they would prevail by it. This was the height of folly, and of a fear that now shook them violently. For those who seized him alive are afraid of him dead. And yet if he was a mere man, they ought to have been confident. But so that they might learn that even while he lived he suffered willingly what he suffered, behold, a seal and a stone and a guard, and they could not hold him. Only one thing comes of it: that the burial is made public, and the resurrection is believed because of it. For soldiers sat by, and Jews kept watch.

“Now after the Sabbath, as it began to dawn toward the first day of the week, Mary Magdalene and the other Mary came to see the tomb. And behold, there was a great earthquake; for an angel of the Lord descended from heaven, and came and rolled back the stone from the door of the tomb, and sat on it. His appearance was like lightning, and his clothing white as snow.” The angel came after the resurrection. Why, then, did he come and take away the stone? Because of the women; for they then saw him in the tomb. So that they might believe that he had been raised, they see the tomb empty of the body. For this reason he removed the stone; for this reason also there was an earthquake, so that they might be roused and wakened. For they had come to pour oil on him, and these things were happening at night, and it is likely that some had fallen asleep. And why, for what reason, does he say, “Do not you be afraid”? First he frees them from fear, and then he speaks about the resurrection. And the “you” shows great honor, and shows that the uttermost awaits those who dared what they dared, unless they repent. “For it is not for you to be afraid,” he says, “but for those who crucified him.” Having freed them from fear, then, both by his words and by his appearance (for he showed a radiant form, as one who brought such good news), he went on, saying, “I know that you seek Jesus who was crucified.” And he is not ashamed to call him crucified; for this is the sum of the good things. “He has been raised.” How is that plain? “As he said.” So even if you distrust me, he says, remember his words, and you will not distrust me either. Then another proof too: “Come, see the place where he lay.” That is why he lifted the stone, so that from this too they might receive the proof. “And tell the disciples that you will see him in Galilee.” And he prepares them to bring the good news to others, which most of all made them believe. And he did well to say “into Galilee,” freeing them from troubles and dangers, so that fear might not disturb their faith.

“And they went out from the tomb with fear and joy.” Why? They had seen an astonishing and wonderful thing: the tomb empty where they had seen him laid before. That is why he led them to see it, so that they might become witnesses of both, of the tomb and of the resurrection. For they understood that no one could have taken him away, with so many soldiers sitting by, unless he had raised himself. For this reason they rejoice and marvel, and they receive the reward for such great perseverance: to be the first to see, and to announce the good news not only of what was said but also of what was seen. [3] When, then, they had gone out with fear and joy, “behold, Jesus met them, saying, Rejoice. And they took hold of his feet”; and running to him with exceeding gladness, they received by touch also a proof and full assurance of the resurrection, “and worshiped him.” What then does he himself say? “Do not be afraid.” Again he too drives out fear, preparing the way for faith. “But go and tell my brothers to go to Galilee, and there they will see me.” Consider how he himself too brings the good news to the disciples through these women; which, as I have often said, brings the sex most dishonored to honor and to good hopes, and heals what had been hurt.

Perhaps one of you wished to be like those women and to take hold of the feet of Jesus. You can now too, as many of you as wish, take hold not only of his feet and his hands but also of that sacred head, when you partake of the awesome mysteries with a pure conscience. And not here only, but on that day too you will see him, coming with that unspeakable glory and the host of angels, if you are willing to be lovers of humankind; and you will hear not only these words, “Rejoice,” but also those: “Come, you blessed of my Father, inherit the kingdom prepared for you from the foundation of the world.” Become, then, lovers of humankind, so that you may hear these words; and you women who wear gold, who have seen the running of these women, at long last put off the disease of the desire for gold. So if you are emulating these women, exchange the ornament you wear, putting on almsgiving instead. What is the good, tell me, of these precious stones and these gold-spangled garments? “My soul rejoices in them,” she says, “and is gladdened.” I asked you the gain, and you have told me the harm. For nothing is worse than to be busied with these things and to rejoice in them and to be nailed to them. For this harsh slavery becomes more bitter when someone even delights in being a slave. For in what spiritual thing will she ever be zealous as she ought, and when will she laugh as she should at the affairs of this life, the woman who thinks it worthy of joy to be bound with gold? For the one who stays in prison and is pleased with it will never wish to be freed. So it is with this woman too: like one made captive by this evil desire, she will not even bear to hear a spiritual word with the fitting desire and zeal, much less undertake a deed. What, then, is the gain of this finery and this effeminacy? Tell me. “I am delighted,” she says. Again you have told me the harm and the ruin. “But I also enjoy much honor,” she says, “from those who see me.” And what is that? This is the occasion of another corruption, when it lifts you up to pride, to arrogance. Come, then, since you have not stated the gain, bear with me while I relate the harms to you. What, then, are the harms from it? The anxiety, which is greater than the pleasure. That is why many of those who look—the coarser sort, I mean—take more delight in it than the woman who wears it. For you adorn yourself with care, but they feast their eyes without it. Then again another harm: the humbling of the soul, the being envied on every side. For the women near you, stung, arm themselves against their own husbands and fan up grievous wars against you. Besides these, all your leisure and attention is spent on this; the spiritual achievements are not held to firmly; one is filled with pride and arrogance and vainglory, is nailed to the earth and loses her feathers, and instead of an eagle becomes a dog and a pig. For you have left off looking to heaven and flying, and like pigs you bend to the ground, busying yourself about mines and holes, and acquiring an unmanly and servile soul.

“But when I appear I make those in the marketplace turn round.” For this very reason you ought not to wear gold, so as not to become a public spectacle and open the mouths of many accusers. For none of those who turn round admires you; they mock you as fond of finery, as a boaster, as a carnal woman. And if she goes into church, she comes out having gained nothing but countless jeers and insults and curses, not only from those who see her but also from the prophet. For at once Isaiah, loudest of voice, seeing you, will cry, “Thus says the Lord against the ruling daughters of Zion: Because they walked with neck held high, and with winking of the eyes, and in the gait of their feet trailing their tunics and playing with their feet as well, the Lord will uncover their ornament; and instead of a sweet smell there will be dust, and instead of a girdle you will gird yourself with a rope.” These are yours instead of adornment. For these things were said not to those women only, but to every woman who imitates them. And Paul too stands beside him as an accuser, telling Timothy to charge women not to adorn themselves with braided hair or gold or pearls or costly clothing. So wearing gold is harmful everywhere, but especially when you go into church, when you pass by the poor. For if you had been eager to accuse yourself severely, you would not have put on any other dress than this mask of cruelty and inhumanity. [4] Consider at any rate how many hungry bellies you pass with this dress, how many naked bodies with this satanic display. How much better to feed hungry souls than to pierce the lobes of your ears and hang from them the food of countless poor people, idly and in vain! Is being rich a matter for praise? Is wearing gold a commendation? Even if the things you wear came from honest labor, even so what is done would be the greatest accusation; but when they come from injustice as well, consider the excess. But you love praise and glory? Then strip off this ridiculous garment, and then all will admire you, then you will enjoy both glory and pure pleasure; whereas now you are full of jeers, preparing for yourself from these things many occasions of despondency.

For if any of these things is lost, think how many evils are born of it: how many maidservants are whipped, how many men are harassed, how many are led away, how many dwell in prison; and from it come lawsuits and arraignments, and countless curses and accusations on every side: on the wife from her husband, on the husband from his friends, on the soul from itself. “But it will not be lost.” Above all, this is not easy; but even if it were kept safe forever, being kept safe it again brings much anxiety and care and unpleasantness, and no gain. For what income does the house get from it? What benefit is it to the woman who wears it? No benefit, but much unseemliness and accusation on every side. How will you be able to kiss and take hold of the feet of Christ, adorned like this? He turns away from this ornament. That is why he consented to be born in the carpenter’s house, or rather not even in that house, but in a shed and a manger. How, then, will you be able to see him, not having a beauty that he longs for, not wearing an ornament lovely to him, but one hateful to him? For one who comes to him must not be adorned with such garments, but clothed with virtue. Consider what this gold is: nothing else but earth and ashes. Pour water on it, and it has become mud. Consider, and be ashamed at making mud your master, leaving everything and sitting beside it, and taking it about and carrying it everywhere, even when you go into church, when you ought most of all to flee from it. For the church was not built for this, that you might display this wealth in it, but the spiritual wealth. But you, as if entering a procession, adorn yourself on every side in this way, imitating the women on the stage; so lavishly do you carry about this ridiculous rubbish. For this very reason you come in as a ruin to many, and when the church has been dismissed, at home and at table, one may hear most people telling of these things. For they leave off saying, “The prophet said this and that, and the apostle,” and they relate the costliness of the garments, the size of the stones, and all the rest of the unseemliness of those who wear these things. These things make you slow to mercy, you and those who live with you. For none of you would readily choose to break up any of these gold things and feed someone hungry. For when you yourself would choose to be in hardship rather than see them broken up, how would you feed another from them? For most women are disposed toward these things as toward living creatures, and no less than toward their children. “Far from it,” she says. Show me this, then; show it by deeds; for as it is I see the opposite. For who among those strongly gripped by this has ever melted these down and snatched a child’s life from death? And why do I say a child’s? Who has bought back with them his own soul as it was perishing? On the contrary, most people even sell it every day for these things. If bodily sickness comes, they do everything; but if they see the soul corrupted, they do nothing of the kind, but neglect both their offspring and their own soul, so that these things may remain to be eaten by rust in time. And you wear gold worth ten thousand talents, while a member of Christ does not even have the enjoyment of necessary food. The common Master of all gave all alike a share in heaven and in the things in the heavens and in the spiritual table; and do you not give him even a share of perishable things, so that you may remain continually bound with these harsh chains? From this come the countless evils, from this the jealousies, from this the sexual immorality of husbands, when you prepare them not to practice self-command, but teach them to delight in the things with which prostitutes adorn themselves. That is why they are quickly caught. For if you had taught him to look down on these things and to delight in chastity, piety and humility, he would not easily have been caught by the darts of sexual immorality. For a prostitute can adorn herself in that way, and even more; but in these virtues she can no longer. Accustom him, then, to delight in this ornament, which he cannot see lying on a prostitute. And how will you bring him into this habit? If you take off that ornament and put on this one. So your husband will be in safety, and you in honor, and God will be gracious to you, and all men will admire you, and you will obtain the good things to come, by the grace and love for humankind of our Lord Jesus Christ, to whom be glory and might forever and ever. Amen.

Chapter 90

90.1Field 2

Πορευομένων δὲ αὐτῶν, ἰδοὺ τινὲς τῆς κουστωδίας ἐλθόντες εἰς τὴν πόλιν, ἀνήγγειλαν τοῖς ἀρχιερεῦσιν ἅπαντα τὰ γενόμενα. Καὶ συναχθέντες μετὰ τῶν πρεσβυτέρων, συμβούλιόν τε λαβόντες, ἀργύρια ἱκανὰ ἔδωκαν τοῖς στρατιώταις, λέγοντες εἴπατε ὅτι οἱ μαθηταὶ αὐτοῦ ἐλθόντες νυκτὸς ἔκλεψαν αὐτὸν, ἡμῶν κοιμωμένων. Καὶ ἐὰν ἀκουσθῇ τοῦτο ἐπὶ τοῦ ἡγεμόνος, ἡμεῖς πείσομεν αὐτὸν, καὶ ὑμᾶς ἀμερίμνους ποιήσομεν. Διὰ τούτους τοὺς στρατιώτας ὁ σεισμὸς ἐγένετο ἐκεῖνος, ὥστε αὐτοὺς ἐκπλῆξαι, καὶ παρ᾽ αὐτῶν γενέσθαι τὴν μαρτυρίαν' ὅπερ οὖν καὶ συνέβη. Καὶ γὰρ ἀνύποπτος ἡ ἀπαγγελία οὕτως ἐγένετο παρὰ τῶν φυλάκων προφερομένη. Τῶν γὰρ σημείων τὰ μὲν κοινῇ τῇ οἰκουμένῃ ἐνεδείκνυτο, τὰ δὲ ἰδίᾳ τοῖς ἐκεῖ παροῦσι κοινῇ μὲν τῇ οἰκουμένῃ τὸ σκότος, ἰδίᾳ δὲ τὸ τοῦ ἀγγέλου, τὸ τοῦ σεισμοῦ. ᾿Επεὶ οὖν ἦλθον καὶ ἀπήγγειλαν, (ἡ γὰρ ἀλήθεια παρὰ τῶν ἐναντίων ἀνακηρυττομένη διαλάμπει) ἔδωκαν πάλιν ἀργύρια, ἵνα εἴπωσι, φησὶν, ὅτι οἱ μαθηταὶ αὐτοῦ ἐλθόντες ἔκλεψαν αὐτόν. Πῶς ἔκλεψαν, ὦ πάντων ἀνοητότατοι; Διὰ γὰρ τὸ λαμπρὸν τῆς ἀληθείας καὶ περιφανὲς, οὐδὲ πλάσαι ἴσχυσαν. Καὶ γὰρ σφόδρα ἀπίθανον τὸ λεγόμενον, καὶ οὐδὲ σχῆμα τὸ ψεῦδος εἶχε. Πῶς γὰρ ἔκλεπτον, εἰπέ μοι, οἱ μαθηταὶ, ἄνθρωποι πτωχοὶ καὶ ἰδιῶται, καὶ οὐδὲ φανῆναι τολμῶντες; Μὴ γὰρ οὐκ ἦν σφραγὶς ἐπικειμένη: μὴ γὰρ οὐ παρεκάθηντο τοσοῦτοι φύλακες, καὶ στρατιῶται καὶ ᾿Ιουδαῖοι ; μὴ γὰρ οὐχ ὑπώπτευον τοῦτο αὐτὸ, καὶ ἐμερίμνων, καὶ ἠγρύπνουν, καὶ ἐφρόντιζον ἐκεῖνοι; Τίνος δὲ ἕνεκεν καὶ ἔκλεπτον; ἵνα πλάσωσι τὸ τῆς ἀναστάσεως δόγμα; Καὶ πῶς ἄν ἐπῆλθεν αὐτοῖς τοιοῦτόν τι πλάσαι, ἀνθρώποις ἀγαπῶσιν, ὅτι κρυπτόμενοι ζῶσι; πῶς δ᾽ ἄν τὸν λίθον ἀνεῖλον τὸν ἡσφαλισμένον ; πῶς δ᾽ ἂν τοὺς τοσούτους διέλαθον: Καίτοι εἰ καὶ θανάτου κατεφρόνουν, οὐκ ἂν ἐπεχείρησαν εἰκῇ καὶ μάτην κατατολμῆσαι τοσούτων ὄντων φυλάκων. Ὅτι δὲ καὶ δειλοὶ ἦσαν, ἐδήλωσε τὰ ἔμπροσθεν γεγενημένα. Ὅτε γοῦν εἶδον αὐτὸν συνειλημμένον, ἅπαντες ἀπεπήδησαν. Εἰ τοίνυν τότε οὐδὲ στῆναι ἐτόλμησαν ζῶντα ὁρῶντες, πῶς ἀποθανόντος οὐκ ἂν ἐφοβήθησαν τοσούτων στρατιωτῶν πλῆθος ; Μὴ γὰρ θύραν ἦν ἀνατρέψαι; μὴ γὰρ ἕνα λαθεῖν ; Λίθος ἐπέκειτο μέγας, πολλῶν δεόμενος χειρῶν. Δικαίως ἔλεγον· καὶ ἔσται ἡ ἐσχάτη πλάνη χείρων τῆς πρώτης καθ᾽ ἑαυτῶν ἀποφαινόμενοι τοῦτο, ὅτι μετὰ τοσαύτην μανίαν δέον μετανοῆσαι, οἱ δὲ καὶ ἐπαγωνίζονται τοῖς προτέροις, καταγέλαστα πλάττοντες πλάσματα; καὶ ζῶντος μὲν τὸ αἷμα ὠνούμενοι, σταυρωθέντος δὲ καὶ ἀναστάντος τὸν περὶ τῆς ἀναστάσεως πάλιν διὰ χρημάτων ὑπορύττοντες λόγον. Σὺ δέ μοι σκόπει πῶς δι᾿ ὧν ποιοῦσιν ἁλίσκονται πανταχοῦ. Εἰ γὰρ μὴ προσῆλθον Πιλάτῳ, μηδὲ ᾔτησαν τὴν κουστωδίαν, μᾶλλον ἠδύναντο τοιαῦτα ἀναισχυντεῖν' νυνὶ δὲ οὐκέτι. Καὶ γὰρ ὥσπερ σπουδάζοντες ἀποῤῥάψαι τὰ οἰκεῖα στόματα, οὕτω πάντα ἔπραξαν. Εἰ γὰρ γρηγορῆσαι οὐκ ἴσχυσαν μετ᾽ αὐτοῦ, καὶ ταῦτα ὀνειδιζόμενοι παρ᾽ αὐτοῦ, πῶς ἂν τοῦτο ἐτόλμησαν; Διατί δὲ μὴ πρὸ τούτου ἔκλεψαν, ἀλλ᾽ ὅτε ὑμεῖς ἤλθετε; Εἰ γὰρ ἐβούλοντο τοῦτο ποιῆσαι, μηδέπω φυλαττομένης τῆς θήκης ἐποίησαν ἂν ἐν τῇ πρώτῃ νυκτὶ, ὅτε καὶ ἀκίνδυνον καὶ ἀσφαλές. Τῷ γὰρ σαββάτῳ προσελθόντες ἤτήσαντο παρὰ τοῦ Πιλάτου τὴν κουστωδίαν, καὶ ἐφύλαττον· τὴν δὲ πρώτην νύκτα οὐδεὶς τούτων τῷ τάφῳ παρῆν.

Poreuomenōn de autōn, idou tines tēs koustōdias elthontes eis tēn polin, anēngeilan tois archiereusin hapanta ta genomena. Kai synachthentes meta tōn presbyterōn, symboulion te labontes, argyria hikana edōkan tois stratiōtais, legontes eipate hoti hoi mathētai autou elthontes nyktos eklepsan auton, hēmōn koimōmenōn. Kai ean akousthę̄ touto epi tou hēgemonos, hēmeis peisomen auton, kai hymas amerimnous poiēsomen. Dia toutous tous stratiōtas ho seismos egeneto ekeinos, hōste autous ekplēxai, kai par᾽ autōn genesthai tēn martyrian' hoper oun kai synebē. Kai gar anypoptos hē apangelia houtōs egeneto para tōn phylakōn propheromenē. Tōn gar sēmeiōn ta men koinę̄ tę̄ oikoumenę̄ enedeiknyto, ta de idią tois ekei parousi koinę̄ men tę̄ oikoumenę̄ to skotos, idią de to tou angelou, to tou seismou. ᾿Epei oun ēlthon kai apēngeilan, (hē gar alētheia para tōn enantiōn anakēryttomenē dialampei) edōkan palin argyria, hina eipōsi, phēsin, hoti hoi mathētai autou elthontes eklepsan auton. Pōs eklepsan, ō pantōn anoētotatoi? Dia gar to lampron tēs alētheias kai periphanes, oude plasai ischysan. Kai gar sphodra apithanon to legomenon, kai oude schēma to pseudos eiche. Pōs gar eklepton, eipe moi, hoi mathētai, anthrōpoi ptōchoi kai idiōtai, kai oude phanēnai tolmōntes? Mē gar ouk ēn sphragis epikeimenē: mē gar ou parekathēnto tosoutoi phylakes, kai stratiōtai kai ᾿Ioudaioi ? mē gar ouch hypōpteuon touto auto, kai emerimnōn, kai ēgrypnoun, kai ephrontizon ekeinoi? Tinos de heneken kai eklepton? hina plasōsi to tēs anastaseōs dogma? Kai pōs an epēlthen autois toiouton ti plasai, anthrōpois agapōsin, hoti kryptomenoi zōsi? pōs d᾽ an ton lithon aneilon ton hēsphalismenon ? pōs d᾽ an tous tosoutous dielathon: Kaitoi ei kai thanatou katephronoun, ouk an epecheirēsan eikę̄ kai matēn katatolmēsai tosoutōn ontōn phylakōn. Hoti de kai deiloi ēsan, edēlōse ta emprosthen gegenēmena. Hote goun eidon auton syneilēmmenon, hapantes apepēdēsan. Ei toinyn tote oude stēnai etolmēsan zōnta horōntes, pōs apothanontos ouk an ephobēthēsan tosoutōn stratiōtōn plēthos ? Mē gar thyran ēn anatrepsai? mē gar hena lathein ? Lithos epekeito megas, pollōn deomenos cheirōn. Dikaiōs elegon; kai estai hē eschatē planē cheirōn tēs prōtēs kath᾽ heautōn apophainomenoi touto, hoti meta tosautēn manian deon metanoēsai, hoi de kai epagōnizontai tois proterois, katagelasta plattontes plasmata? kai zōntos men to haima ōnoumenoi, staurōthentos de kai anastantos ton peri tēs anastaseōs palin dia chrēmatōn hyporyttontes logon. Sy de moi skopei pōs di᾿ hōn poiousin haliskontai pantachou. Ei gar mē prosēlthon Pilatǭ, mēde ę̄tēsan tēn koustōdian, mallon ēdynanto toiauta anaischyntein' nyni de ouketi. Kai gar hōsper spoudazontes aporrhapsai ta oikeia stomata, houtō panta epraxan. Ei gar grēgorēsai ouk ischysan met᾽ autou, kai tauta oneidizomenoi par᾽ autou, pōs an touto etolmēsan? Diati de mē pro toutou eklepsan, all᾽ hote hymeis ēlthete? Ei gar eboulonto touto poiēsai, mēdepō phylattomenēs tēs thēkēs epoiēsan an en tę̄ prōtę̄ nykti, hote kai akindynon kai asphales. Tǭ gar sabbatǭ proselthontes ētēsanto para tou Pilatou tēn koustōdian, kai ephylatton; tēn de prōtēn nykta oudeis toutōn tǭ taphǭ parēn.

“While they were going, behold, some of the guard came into the city and reported to the chief priests all that had happened. And when they had assembled with the elders and taken counsel, they gave a large sum of money to the soldiers, saying, Say that his disciples came by night and stole him away while we were asleep. And if this comes to the governor’s hearing, we will persuade him and keep you free from trouble.”

It was because of these soldiers that that earthquake happened, to astonish them, and so that the testimony might come from them; which is in fact what happened. For the report, coming from the guards, was thus beyond suspicion. For of the signs, some were displayed to the whole world in common, others privately to those who were present there: to the whole world in common the darkness, privately the angel and the earthquake. When, then, they came and reported (for the truth shines out when it is proclaimed by its opponents), they gave money again, so that they might say, it says, that “his disciples came and stole him.” How did they steal him, O most foolish of all men? For because of the brightness and clearness of the truth they could not even make up a lie. Indeed what was said was utterly unconvincing, and the lie had not even a show of plausibility. For how, tell me, would the disciples have stolen him, poor and uneducated men, who did not even dare to show themselves? Was there not a seal lying on the tomb? Were there not so many guards sitting by, both soldiers and Jews? Did those men not suspect this very thing, and were they not anxious and wakeful and on their guard? And for what reason would the disciples have stolen him? To invent the doctrine of the resurrection? And how would it have occurred to them to invent such a thing, men who were content if they could live in hiding? And how would they have taken away the stone that had been secured? How would they have escaped the notice of so many? Even if they had despised death, they would not have tried to venture it idly and in vain with so many guards there. And that they were also cowardly, what happened before made plain; when, at any rate, they saw him seized, they all sprang away. If, then, at that time they did not dare even to stand their ground when they saw him alive, how would they not have feared so great a host of soldiers when he was dead? Was it a door to break open? Was it one man to elude? A great stone lay on the tomb, needing many hands.

Rightly did they say, “And the last deception will be worse than the first,” pronouncing this against themselves: that after such madness, when they ought to have repented, they even outdo their former deeds, fabricating ridiculous fictions—buying his blood while he was alive, and, when he had been crucified and had risen, again undermining with money the account of the resurrection. But consider, I pray, how they are caught everywhere by what they do. For if they had not gone to Pilate nor asked for the guard, they could have been more shameless in such things; but as it is, no longer. For they did everything as if eager to sew up their own mouths. For if the disciples could not keep awake with him, and that while being reproached by him, how would they have dared this? And why did they not steal him before this, but only when you came? For if they had wished to do it, they would have done it while the tomb was not yet guarded, on the first night, when it was both without danger and safe. For it was on the Sabbath that these men came and asked Pilate for the guard and kept watch; but on the first night none of them was present at the tomb.

90.2Field 2

Τί δὲ βούλεται καὶ τὰ σουδάρια τὰ τῇ σμύρνῃ προσπεπηγότα; ταῦτα γὰρ εἶδεν ὁ Πέτρος κείμενα. Εἰ γὰρ ἐβούλοντο κλέψαι, οὐκ ἂν γυμνὸν ἔκλεψαν τὸ σῶμα· οὐ διὰ τὸ ὑβρίσαι μόνον, ἀλλ᾽ ὥστε μὴ ἐν τῷ ἀποδύειν μέλλειν καὶ βραδύνειν, καὶ παρέχειν τοῖς βουλομένοις διαναστῆναι καὶ κατασχεῖν. Μάλιστα ὅτε σμύρνα ἦν, φάρμακον οὕτω κολλῶδες τῷ σώματι, καὶ τοῖς ἱματίοις προσπεπηγός· ὅθεν οὐκ εὔκολον ἦν ἀποσπάσαι τὰ ἱμάτια τοῦ σώματος, ἀλλὰ πολλοῦ χρόνου οἱ τοῦτο ποιοῦντες ἐδέοντο: ὥστε κἀντεῦθεν ἀπίθανον τὸ τῆς κλοπῆς. Μὴ γὰρ οὐκ ἤδεσαν τὸν θυμὸν τὸν ᾿Ιουδαϊκὸν, καὶ ὅτι εἰς αὐτοὺς τὴν ὀργὴν ἀφήσουσι; Τί δὲ ὅλως καὶ τὸ κέρδος ἦν αὐτοῖς, εἰ μὴ ἀνέστη; Ταῦτα δὴ πάντα καὶ οὗτοι συνειδότες ὅτι ἔπλασαν, ἔδωκαν ἀργύριον, καί φασιν εἴπατε ταῦτα ὑμεῖς, καὶ ἡμεῖς πείσομεν τὸν ἡγεμόνα. Δημοσιευθῆναι γὰρ ἐβούλοντο τὴν φωνὴν, εἰκῆ πρὸς τὴν ἀλήθειαν πυκτεύοντες, καὶ δι᾽ ὧν αὐτὴν συσκιάζειν ἐπεχείρουν, διὰ τούτων καὶ ἄκοντες παρεσκεύαζον ἐκλάμπειν αὐτήν. Καὶ γὰρ καὶ τοῦτο τὴν ἀνάστασιν κυροῖ, τὸ αὐτοὺς ταῦτα εἰπεῖν, ὅτι οἱ μαθηταὶ ἔκλεψαν. Τοῦτο γὰρ ὁμολογούντων ἐστὶν, ὅτι οὐκ ἦν ἐκεῖ τὸ σῶμα. Ὅταν οὖν αὐτοὶ μὲν ὁμολογῶσι μὴ εἶναι τὸ σῶμα ἐκεῖ, τὴν δὲ κλοπὴν δεικνύῃ ψευδῆ καὶ ἀπίθανον ἡ προσεδρεία αὐτῶν, καὶ τὰ σήμαντρα, καὶ ἡ τῶν μαθητῶν δειλία, ἀναμφισβήτητος κἀντεῦθεν ἡ τῆς ἀναστάσεως ἀπόδειξις φαίνεται. ᾿Αλλ᾽ ὅμως οἱ ἀναίσχυντοι καὶ πάντα τολμῶντες, τοσούτων ὄντων τῶν ἐπιστομιζόντων αὐτοὺς, εἴπατε, φησὶ, καὶ ἡμεῖς πείσομεν, καὶ ὑμᾶς ἀμερίμνους ποιήσομεν. Ὁρᾷς πάντας διεφθαρμένους; τὸν Πιλάτον· αὐτὸς γὰρ ἐπείσθη: τοὺς στρατιώτας ; τὸν δῆμον τὸν ᾿Ιουδαϊκόν; ᾿Αλλὰ μὴ θαυμάσῃς εἰ χρήματα στρατιωτῶν περιεγένετο. Εἰ γὰρ παρὰ τῷ μαθητῇ τοσαύτην ἐπεδείξατο τὴν ἰσχὺν, πολλῷ μᾶλλον παρὰ τούτοις. Καὶ διεφημίσθη ὁ λόγος οὗτος, φησὶν, ἕως τῆς σήμερον ἡμέρας. Εἶδες πάλιν τῶν μαθητῶν τὸ φιλάληθες; πῶς οὐδὲ τοῦτο αἰσχύνονται λέγοντες, ὅτι τοιοῦτος ἐκράτησε λόγος κατ᾽ αὐτῶν; Οἱ δὲ ἕνδεκα μαθηταὶ ἀπῆλθον εἰς τὴν Γαλιλαίαν καὶ οἱ μὲν προσεκύνησαν, οἱ δὲ ἰδόντες αὐτὸν ἐδίστασαν. Αὕτη μοι δοκεῖ ἐσχάτη ὄψις εἶναι ἐν τῇ Γαλιλαίᾳ, ὅτε αὐτοὺς ἐξέπεμπε βαπτίσοντας. Εἰ δὲ ἐδίστασάν τινες, κἀντεῦθεν πάλιν θαύμασον αὐτῶν τὴν ἀλήθειαν, πῶς οὐδὲ τὰ μέχρις ἐσχάτης ἡμέρας ἐλαττώματα αὐτῶν ἀποκρύπτονται. ᾿Αλλ ὅμως καὶ οὗτοι διὰ τῆς ὄψεως ἐβεβαιώθησαν. Τί οὖν φησιν ἰδὼν αὐτούς; ᾿Εδόθη μοι πᾶσα ἐξουσία ἐν οὐρανῷ καὶ ἐπὶ γῆς. Πάλιν ἀνθρωπινώτερον αὐτοῖς διαλέγεται· οὐδέπω γὰρ ἦσαν τὸ πνεῦμα εἰληφότες τὸ δυνάμενον ὑψηλοὺς αὐτοὺς ποιῆσαι. Πορευθέντες μαθητεύσατε πάντα τὰ ἔθνη, βαπτίζοντες αὐτοὺς εἰς τὸ ὄνομα τοῦ πατρὸς καὶ τοῦ υἱοῦ καὶ τοῦ ἁγίου πνεύματος; διδάσκοντες αὐτοὺς τηρεῖν πάντα ὅσα ἐνετειλάμην ὑμῖν τὸ μὲν περὶ δογμάτων, τὸ δὲ περὶ ἐντολῶν παραγγέλλων. Καὶ ᾿Ιουδαίων μὲν οὐδὲν μέμνηται, οὐδὲ εἰς μέσον φέρει τὰ γεγενημένα, οὐδὲ ὀνειδίζει Πέτρῳ τὴν ἄρνησιν, οὐδὲ τῶν ἄλλων οὐδενὶ τὴν φυγήν· κελεύει δὲ εἰς τὴν οἰκουμένην ἐκχυθῆναι πᾶσαν, σύντομον διδασκαλίαν ἐγχειρίσας, τὴν διὰ τοῦ βαπτίσματος. Εἶτα ἐπειδὴ μεγάλα αὐτοῖς ἐπέταξεν, ἐπαίρων αὐτῶν τὰ φρονήματα, φησίν ἰδοὺ ἐγὼ μεθ᾽ ὑμῶν εἰμι πάσας τὰς ἡμέρας ἕως τῆς συντελείας τοῦ αἰῶνος. Εἶδες αὐθεντίαν πάλιν; εἶδες πῶς καὶ ἐκεῖνα συγκαταβάσεως ἕνεκεν εἴρηται; Οὐ μετ᾽ ἐκείνων δὲ μόνον εἶπεν ἔσεσθαι, ἀλλὰ καὶ μετὰ πάντων τῶν μετ᾽ ἐκείνους πιστευόντων. Οὐ γὰρ δὴ ἕως τῆς συντελείας τοῦ αἰῶνος οἱ ἀπόστολοι μένειν ἔμελλον· ἀλλ᾽ ὡς ἑνὶ σώματι διαλέγεται τοῖς πιστοῖς. Μὴ γάρ μοι τὴν δυσκολίαν, φησὶν, εἴπητε τῶν πραγμάτων᾽ ἐγὼ γάρ εἰμι μεθ᾽ ὑμῶν, ὁ πάντα ποιῶν εὔκολα: Τοῦτο καὶ τοῖς προφήταις ἔλεγεν ἐν τῇ παλαιᾷ συνεχῶς, καὶ τῷ Ἱερεμίᾳ νεότητα προβαλλομένῳ, καὶ τῷ Μωϋσῇ καὶ τῷ ᾿Ιεζεκιὴλ ἀναδυομένοις· ἐγὼ μεθ᾽ ὑμῶν εἰμι τοῦτο καὶ ἐνταῦθα τούτοις. Σκόπει δέ μοι κἀνταῦθα τὴν τούτων διαφοράν. ᾿Εκεῖνοι μὲν γὰρ εἰς ἓν ἔθνος ἀποστελλόμενοι, πολλάκις παρῃτοῦντο᾽ οὗτοι δὲ οὐδὲν τοιοῦτον ἐφθέγξαντο, εἰς τὴν οἰκουμένην πεμπόμενοι. ᾿Αναμιμνήσκει δὲ αὐτοὺς καὶ τῆς συντελείας, ἵνα μᾶλλον αὐτοὺς ἐφελκύσηται, καὶ μὴ τὰ παρόντα ὁρῶσι μόνον δεινὰ, ἀλλὰ καὶ τὰ μέλλοντα ἀγαθὰ τὰ ἀπέραντα. Τὰ μὲν γὰρ λυπηρὰ, φησὶν, ἅπερ ὑποστήσεσθε, τῷ παρόντι βίῳ συγκαταλύεται, ὅπου γε καὶ αὐτὸς ὁ αἰὼν οὗτος εἰς συντέλειαν ἥξει: τὰ δὲ χρηστὰ, ὧν ἀπολαύσεσθε, ἀθάνατα μένει, καθάπερ πολλάκις ἔμπροσθεν εἶπον. Οὕτως ἀλείψας καὶ ἐγείρας αὐτῶν τὰ φρονήματα καὶ τῇ μνήμῃ τῆς ἡμέρας ἐκείνης, ἐξέπεμψεν. Ἡ γὰρ ἡμέρα ἐκείνη τοῖς ἐν κατορθώμασι ζῶσι ποθεινὴ, ὥσπερ οὖν τοῖς ἐν ἁμαρτήμασι φοβερὰ, καθάπερ τοῖς καταδίκοις. ᾿Αλλὰ μὴ φοβώμεθα μόνον καὶ φρίττωμεν, ἀλλὰ καὶ μεταβαλλώμεθα ἕως ἐστὶ καιρὸς, καὶ ἀνενέγκωμεν ἐκ τῆς πονηρίας· δυνάμεθα γάρ, ἄν ἐθέλωμεν. Εἰ γὰρ πρὸ τῆς χάριτος πολλοὶ τοῦτο ἐποίησαν, πολλῷ μᾶλλον μετὰ τὴν χάριν. Τί γὰρ φορτικὸν ἐπετάγημεν; ὄρη διατεμεῖν; ἢ πτῆναι πρὸς τὸν ἀέρα; ἢ περαιώσασθαι τὸ Τυρρηνικὸν πέλαγος ; Οὐδαμῶς ἀλλ᾽ οὕτως εὔκολον πολιτείαν, ὡς μηδὲ ὀργάνων δεῖσθαι, ἀλλὰ ψυχῆς καὶ διαθέσεως μόνης. Ποῖα γὰρ ὄργανα εἶχον οἱ ἀπόστολοι οὗτοι, τοσαῦτα κατορθώσαντες: Οὐχὶ μονοχίτωνες καὶ ἀνυπόδετοι περιήεσαν, καὶ πάντων περιεγένοντο; Τί γὰρ δύσκολον τῶν ἐπιταγμάτων: Μηδένα ἔχε ἐχθρόν· μηδένα μίσει· μηδένα λέγε κακῶς. Τὰ ἐναντία μὲν οὖν τούτων τὰ δυσκολώτερα. ᾿Αλλ εἶπε, φησὶ, ῥῖψον τὰ χρήματα. Τοῦτο οὖν ἐστι τὸ φορτικόν; Μάλιστα μὲν οὐκ ἐκέλευσεν, ἀλλὰ συνεβούλευσε. Πλὴν εἰ καὶ ἐπίταγμα ἦν, τί τὸ βαρὺ, μὴ περιφέρειν φορτία καὶ φροντίδας ἀκαίρους; Ἀλλ᾽ ὢ τῆς φιλαργυρίας. Πάντα χρήματα γέγονε᾽ διὰ τοῦτο πάντα ἄνω καὶ κάτω γέγονε. Κἂν μακαρίσῃ τίς τινα, τούτων μέμνηται κἂν ταλανίσῃ, ἐντεῦθεν ὁ ταλανισμός. Καὶ πάντες διὰ ταῦτα οἱ λόγοι γίνονται, πῶς ὁ δεῖνα πλουτεῖ, πῶς ὁ δεῖνα πένεται. Κἀν στρατείαν, κἂν γάμον, κἂν τέχνην, κἂν ὁτιοῦν μεταχειρίζη τις, οὐ πρότερον ἅπτεται τοῦ προκειμένου, ἕως ἄν ταῦτα ἴδοι ἰόντα ῥαγδαίως αὐτῷ. Εἶτα οὐ συνελθόντες βουλευσόμεθα, πῶς τὸ νόσημα τοῦτο ἀπελάσομεν; οὐκ αἰσχυνθησόμεθα τῶν πατέρων τὰ κατορθώματα; τῶν τρισχιλίων, τῶν πεντακισχιλίων, οἳ κοινὰ πάντα εἶχον; Τί τὸ κέρδος τῆς παρούσης ζωῆς, ὅταν εἰς τὴν μέλλουσαν ἐμπορίαν αὐτῇ μὴ χρησώμεθα; Μέχρι πότε οὐ δουλοῦσθε τὸν δουλωσάμενον ὑμᾶς μαμωνᾶν; μέχρι πότε δοῦλοι χρημάτων; μέχρι τίνος οὐκ ἐρᾶτε ἐλευθερίας, καὶ διαῤῥήγνυτε τὰς ὠνὰς τῆς φιλοχρηματίας; Ἀλλὰ ἂν μὲν ἀνθρώπων γένησθε δοῦλοι, πάντα ποιεῖτε, εἴ τις ἐλευθερίαν ὑπόσχοιτο᾽ φιλαργυρίας δὲ ὄντες αἰχμάλωτοι, οὐδὲ ἐννοεῖτε πῶς τῆς πικρᾶς ταύτης ἀπαλλαγῆτε δουλείας. Καίτοι τὸ μὲν οὐδὲν δεινόν τὸ δὲ τυραννὶς ἡ πικροτάτη. ᾿Εννοήσατε ἡλίκην τιμὴν ὑπὲρ ἡμῶν κατέθηκεν ὁ Χριστός. Τὸ αἷμα τὸ ἑαυτοῦ ἐξέχεεν, ἑαυτὸν ἐξέδωκεν. Ὑμεῖς δὲ καὶ μετὰ ταῦτα πάντα ἀναπεπτώκατε, καὶ τὸ δὴ χαλεπώτερον, ὅτι καὶ εὐφραίνεσθε τῇ δουλείᾳ, ἐντρυφᾶτε τῇ ἀτιμίᾳ, καὶ ἐπέραστον γέγονε τὸ φευκτόν. ᾿Αλλ᾽ ἐπειδὴ οὐκ ἀποδύρεσθαι χρὴ μόνον καὶ ἐγκαλεῖν, ἀλλὰ καὶ διορθοῦν, ἴδωμεν πόθεν ἐπέραστον ἡμῖν γέγονε τουτὶ τὸ πάθος καὶ τὸ κακόν. Πόθεν, πόθεν ἐπέραστον τουτὶ γέγονεν; Ὅτι ἐν δόξη, φησὶ, καὶ ἀσφαλείᾳ ποιεῖ. Ποίᾳ ἀσφαλείᾳ; εἰπέ μοι. Ἐν τῷ θαῤῥεῖν ὑπὲρ τοῦ μὴ πεινῆν, μὴ ῥιγοῦν, μὴ βλάπτεσθαι, μὴ καταφρονεῖσθαι. Οὐκοῦν ἐὰν ἐπαγγειλώμεθά σοι τὴν ἀσφάλειαν ταύτην, ἀποστήσῃ τοῦ πλουτεῖν; Εἰ γὰρ διὰ τοῦτο ὁ πλοῦτος ἐπέραστος, ἂν ἐξῇ χωρὶς τούτου ἔχειν ἀσφάλειαν, τίς χρεία σοι τούτου λοιπόν; Καὶ πώς δυνατὸν μὴ πλουτοῦντα, φησὶ τούτων ἐπιτυχεῖν: Πῶς μὲν οὖν δυνατὸν (ἐγὼ γὰρ τοὐναντίον ἐρῶ) πλουτοῦντα: Καὶ γὰρ κολακεύειν ἀνάγκη πολλοὺς, καὶ ἄρχοντας καὶ ἀρχομένους, καὶ δεῖσθαι μυρίων, καὶ δουλεύειν ἀγεννῶς, καὶ δεδοικέναι καὶ τρέμειν, καὶ ὑποπτεύειν τοὺς τῶν βασκάνων ὀφθαλμοὺς, καὶ φοβεῖσθαι συκοφαντῶν στόματα, καὶ ἑτέρων φιλαργύρων ἐπιθυμίας. Ἀλλ᾽ οὐχ ἡ πενία τοιοῦτον, ἀλλὰ τοὐναντίον ἅπαν. Χωρίον ἄσυλόν ἐστι καὶ ἀσφαλὲς, λιμὴν εὔδιος, παλαίστρα καὶ γυμνάσιον φιλοσοφίας, ἀγγελικοῦ βίου μίμημα. Ἀκούσατε, ὅσοι πένεσθε, τούτων, μᾶλλον δὲ καὶ ὅσοι πλουτεῖν ἐπιθυμεῖτε. Οὐ τὸ πένεσθαι δεινὸν, ἀλλὰ τὸ μὴ βούλεσθαι πένεσθαι. Μηδὲν δεινὸν νόμιζε εἶναι πενίαν, καὶ οὐκ ἔσται σοι δεινόν. Οὐδὲ γὰρ ἐν τῇ φύσει τοῦ πράγματος, ἀλλ᾽ ἐν τῇ κρίσει τῶν μαλακοψύχων ἀνδρῶν τοῦτό ἔστι τὸ δέος. Μᾶλλον δὲ καὶ αἰσχύνομαι, εἰ τοσοῦτον ὑπὲρ πενίας ἔχοιμι λέγειν, ὅτι οὐδέν ἐστι δεινόν' ἐὰν γὰρ φιλοσοφῇς, καὶ μυρίων ἀγαθῶν ἔσται σοι πηγή. Καὶ εἴ τίς σοι ἀρχὴν, καὶ πολιτικὰς δυνάμεις, καὶ πλοῦτον, καὶ τρυφὴν προετίθει, εἷτα τὴν πενίαν ἀντιτιθεὶς, αἵρεσιν ἐδίδου λαβεῖν ὅπερ ἤθελες, ταύτην ἂν εὐθέως ἥρπασας, εἴγε αὐτῆς ᾔδεις τὸ κάλλος.

Ti de bouletai kai ta soudaria ta tę̄ smyrnę̄ prospepēgota? tauta gar eiden ho Petros keimena. Ei gar eboulonto klepsai, ouk an gymnon eklepsan to sōma; ou dia to hybrisai monon, all᾽ hōste mē en tǭ apodyein mellein kai bradynein, kai parechein tois boulomenois dianastēnai kai kataschein. Malista hote smyrna ēn, pharmakon houtō kollōdes tǭ sōmati, kai tois himatiois prospepēgos; hothen ouk eukolon ēn apospasai ta himatia tou sōmatos, alla pollou chronou hoi touto poiountes edeonto: hōste kanteuthen apithanon to tēs klopēs. Mē gar ouk ēdesan ton thymon ton ᾿Ioudaïkon, kai hoti eis autous tēn orgēn aphēsousi? Ti de holōs kai to kerdos ēn autois, ei mē anestē? Tauta dē panta kai houtoi syneidotes hoti eplasan, edōkan argyrion, kai phasin eipate tauta hymeis, kai hēmeis peisomen ton hēgemona. Dēmosieuthēnai gar eboulonto tēn phōnēn, eikē pros tēn alētheian pykteuontes, kai di᾽ hōn autēn syskiazein epecheiroun, dia toutōn kai akontes pareskeuazon eklampein autēn. Kai gar kai touto tēn anastasin kyroi, to autous tauta eipein, hoti hoi mathētai eklepsan. Touto gar homologountōn estin, hoti ouk ēn ekei to sōma. Hotan oun autoi men homologōsi mē einai to sōma ekei, tēn de klopēn deiknyę̄ pseudē kai apithanon hē prosedreia autōn, kai ta sēmantra, kai hē tōn mathētōn deilia, anamphisbētētos kanteuthen hē tēs anastaseōs apodeixis phainetai. ᾿All᾽ homōs hoi anaischyntoi kai panta tolmōntes, tosoutōn ontōn tōn epistomizontōn autous, eipate, phēsi, kai hēmeis peisomen, kai hymas amerimnous poiēsomen. Horąs pantas diephtharmenous? ton Pilaton; autos gar epeisthē: tous stratiōtas ? ton dēmon ton ᾿Ioudaïkon? ᾿Alla mē thaumasę̄s ei chrēmata stratiōtōn periegeneto. Ei gar para tǭ mathētę̄ tosautēn epedeixato tēn ischyn, pollǭ mallon para toutois. Kai diephēmisthē ho logos houtos, phēsin, heōs tēs sēmeron hēmeras. Eides palin tōn mathētōn to philalēthes? pōs oude touto aischynontai legontes, hoti toioutos ekratēse logos kat᾽ autōn? Hoi de hendeka mathētai apēlthon eis tēn Galilaian kai hoi men prosekynēsan, hoi de idontes auton edistasan. Hautē moi dokei eschatē opsis einai en tę̄ Galilaią, hote autous exepempe baptisontas. Ei de edistasan tines, kanteuthen palin thaumason autōn tēn alētheian, pōs oude ta mechris eschatēs hēmeras elattōmata autōn apokryptontai. ᾿All homōs kai houtoi dia tēs opseōs ebebaiōthēsan. Ti oun phēsin idōn autous? ᾿Edothē moi pasa exousia en ouranǭ kai epi gēs. Palin anthrōpinōteron autois dialegetai; oudepō gar ēsan to pneuma eilēphotes to dynamenon hypsēlous autous poiēsai. Poreuthentes mathēteusate panta ta ethnē, baptizontes autous eis to onoma tou patros kai tou huiou kai tou hagiou pneumatos? didaskontes autous tērein panta hosa eneteilamēn hymin to men peri dogmatōn, to de peri entolōn parangellōn. Kai ᾿Ioudaiōn men ouden memnētai, oude eis meson pherei ta gegenēmena, oude oneidizei Petrǭ tēn arnēsin, oude tōn allōn oudeni tēn phygēn; keleuei de eis tēn oikoumenēn ekchythēnai pasan, syntomon didaskalian encheirisas, tēn dia tou baptismatos. Eita epeidē megala autois epetaxen, epairōn autōn ta phronēmata, phēsin idou egō meth᾽ hymōn eimi pasas tas hēmeras heōs tēs synteleias tou aiōnos. Eides authentian palin? eides pōs kai ekeina synkatabaseōs heneken eirētai? Ou met᾽ ekeinōn de monon eipen esesthai, alla kai meta pantōn tōn met᾽ ekeinous pisteuontōn. Ou gar dē heōs tēs synteleias tou aiōnos hoi apostoloi menein emellon; all᾽ hōs heni sōmati dialegetai tois pistois. Mē gar moi tēn dyskolian, phēsin, eipēte tōn pragmatōn᾽ egō gar eimi meth᾽ hymōn, ho panta poiōn eukola: Touto kai tois prophētais elegen en tę̄ palaią synechōs, kai tǭ Hieremią neotēta proballomenǭ, kai tǭ Mōÿsę̄ kai tǭ ᾿Iezekiēl anadyomenois; egō meth᾽ hymōn eimi touto kai entautha toutois. Skopei de moi kantautha tēn toutōn diaphoran. ᾿Ekeinoi men gar eis hen ethnos apostellomenoi, pollakis parę̄tounto᾽ houtoi de ouden toiouton ephthenxanto, eis tēn oikoumenēn pempomenoi. ᾿Anamimnēskei de autous kai tēs synteleias, hina mallon autous ephelkysētai, kai mē ta paronta horōsi monon deina, alla kai ta mellonta agatha ta aperanta. Ta men gar lypēra, phēsin, haper hypostēsesthe, tǭ paronti biǭ synkatalyetai, hopou ge kai autos ho aiōn houtos eis synteleian hēxei: ta de chrēsta, hōn apolausesthe, athanata menei, kathaper pollakis emprosthen eipon. Houtōs aleipsas kai egeiras autōn ta phronēmata kai tę̄ mnēmę̄ tēs hēmeras ekeinēs, exepempsen. Hē gar hēmera ekeinē tois en katorthōmasi zōsi potheinē, hōsper oun tois en hamartēmasi phobera, kathaper tois katadikois. ᾿Alla mē phobōmetha monon kai phrittōmen, alla kai metaballōmetha heōs esti kairos, kai anenenkōmen ek tēs ponērias; dynametha gar, an ethelōmen. Ei gar pro tēs charitos polloi touto epoiēsan, pollǭ mallon meta tēn charin. Ti gar phortikon epetagēmen? orē diatemein? ē ptēnai pros ton aera? ē peraiōsasthai to Tyrrēnikon pelagos ? Oudamōs all᾽ houtōs eukolon politeian, hōs mēde organōn deisthai, alla psychēs kai diatheseōs monēs. Poia gar organa eichon hoi apostoloi houtoi, tosauta katorthōsantes: Ouchi monochitōnes kai anypodetoi periēesan, kai pantōn periegenonto? Ti gar dyskolon tōn epitagmatōn: Mēdena eche echthron; mēdena misei; mēdena lege kakōs. Ta enantia men oun toutōn ta dyskolōtera. ᾿All eipe, phēsi, rhipson ta chrēmata. Touto oun esti to phortikon? Malista men ouk ekeleusen, alla synebouleuse. Plēn ei kai epitagma ēn, ti to bary, mē peripherein phortia kai phrontidas akairous? All᾽ ō tēs philargyrias. Panta chrēmata gegone᾽ dia touto panta anō kai katō gegone. Kan makarisę̄ tis tina, toutōn memnētai kan talanisę̄, enteuthen ho talanismos. Kai pantes dia tauta hoi logoi ginontai, pōs ho deina ploutei, pōs ho deina penetai. Kan strateian, kan gamon, kan technēn, kan hotioun metacheirizē tis, ou proteron haptetai tou prokeimenou, heōs an tauta idoi ionta rhagdaiōs autǭ. Eita ou synelthontes bouleusometha, pōs to nosēma touto apelasomen? ouk aischynthēsometha tōn paterōn ta katorthōmata? tōn trischiliōn, tōn pentakischiliōn, hoi koina panta eichon? Ti to kerdos tēs parousēs zōēs, hotan eis tēn mellousan emporian autę̄ mē chrēsōmetha? Mechri pote ou doulousthe ton doulōsamenon hymas mamōnan? mechri pote douloi chrēmatōn? mechri tinos ouk erate eleutherias, kai diarrhēgnyte tas ōnas tēs philochrēmatias? Alla an men anthrōpōn genēsthe douloi, panta poieite, ei tis eleutherian hyposchoito᾽ philargyrias de ontes aichmalōtoi, oude ennoeite pōs tēs pikras tautēs apallagēte douleias. Kaitoi to men ouden deinon to de tyrannis hē pikrotatē. ᾿Ennoēsate hēlikēn timēn hyper hēmōn katethēken ho Christos. To haima to heautou execheen, heauton exedōken. Hymeis de kai meta tauta panta anapeptōkate, kai to dē chalepōteron, hoti kai euphrainesthe tę̄ douleią, entryphate tę̄ atimią, kai eperaston gegone to pheukton. ᾿All᾽ epeidē ouk apodyresthai chrē monon kai enkalein, alla kai diorthoun, idōmen pothen eperaston hēmin gegone touti to pathos kai to kakon. Pothen, pothen eperaston touti gegonen? Hoti en doxē, phēsi, kai asphaleią poiei. Poią asphaleią? eipe moi. En tǭ tharrhein hyper tou mē peinēn, mē rhigoun, mē blaptesthai, mē kataphroneisthai. Oukoun ean epangeilōmetha soi tēn asphaleian tautēn, apostēsę̄ tou ploutein? Ei gar dia touto ho ploutos eperastos, an exę̄ chōris toutou echein asphaleian, tis chreia soi toutou loipon? Kai pōs dynaton mē ploutounta, phēsi toutōn epitychein: Pōs men oun dynaton (egō gar tounantion erō) ploutounta: Kai gar kolakeuein anankē pollous, kai archontas kai archomenous, kai deisthai myriōn, kai douleuein agennōs, kai dedoikenai kai tremein, kai hypopteuein tous tōn baskanōn ophthalmous, kai phobeisthai sykophantōn stomata, kai heterōn philargyrōn epithymias. All᾽ ouch hē penia toiouton, alla tounantion hapan. Chōrion asylon esti kai asphales, limēn eudios, palaistra kai gymnasion philosophias, angelikou biou mimēma. Akousate, hosoi penesthe, toutōn, mallon de kai hosoi ploutein epithymeite. Ou to penesthai deinon, alla to mē boulesthai penesthai. Mēden deinon nomize einai penian, kai ouk estai soi deinon. Oude gar en tę̄ physei tou pragmatos, all᾽ en tę̄ krisei tōn malakopsychōn andrōn touto esti to deos. Mallon de kai aischynomai, ei tosouton hyper penias echoimi legein, hoti ouden esti deinon' ean gar philosophę̄s, kai myriōn agathōn estai soi pēgē. Kai ei tis soi archēn, kai politikas dynameis, kai plouton, kai tryphēn proetithei, heita tēn penian antititheis, hairesin edidou labein hoper ētheles, tautēn an eutheōs hērpasas, eige autēs ę̄deis to kallos.

And what do the cloths stuck fast to the myrrh mean? For Peter saw these lying there. For if they had wished to steal him, they would not have stolen the body naked—not only so as not to dishonor it, but so as not to delay and lose time in stripping it, and give those who wished the chance to get up and seize them. Especially since it was myrrh, a drug that sticks so to the body and was fastened to the clothes; so that it was not easy to pull the clothes off the body, and those doing it would have needed much time. So from this too the theft is unconvincing. Did they not know the fury of the Jews, and that they would let their anger loose on them? And what gain at all would they have had, if he had not risen?

Knowing all these things, then, and that they had invented the story, these men gave money and say, “You say these things, and we will persuade the governor.” For they wished the report to be published, boxing in vain against the truth; and through the very things by which they tried to overshadow it, they made it shine out, even against their will. For this too confirms the resurrection, that they themselves said, “The disciples stole him”; for this is the language of men who admit that the body was not there. When, then, they themselves admit that the body is not there, and their own watch and the seals and the disciples’ timidity show the theft to be false and unconvincing, from this too the proof of the resurrection appears beyond dispute. But nevertheless these shameless men, ready to dare anything, though so many things stopped their mouths, say, “Say it, and we will persuade him, and keep you free from trouble.” Do you see them all corrupted? Pilate, for he was persuaded; the soldiers; the Jewish people? But do not marvel if money got the better of soldiers. For if it showed such strength in the case of the disciple, much more with these. “And this story has been spread abroad,” it says, “until this day.” Do you see again the disciples’ love of truth? How they are not ashamed even to say this, that such a report prevailed against them?

“And the eleven disciples went to Galilee,” “and some worshiped, but some, when they saw him, doubted.” This seems to me to be the last appearance, the one in Galilee, when he sent them out to baptize. And if some doubted, here again admire their truthfulness, how they do not hide even their failings up to the last day. Nevertheless these too were made firm by the sight. What, then, does he say when he sees them? “All authority has been given to me in heaven and on earth.” Again he speaks to them in a more human way; for they had not yet received the Spirit, who was able to make them lofty. “Go and make disciples of all nations, baptizing them in the name of the Father and of the Son and of the Holy Spirit, teaching them to observe all that I have commanded you,” giving them a charge about doctrines on the one hand and about commandments on the other. And of the Jews he makes no mention, nor does he bring up what had happened, nor reproach Peter for his denial, nor any of the others for their flight; but he bids them pour out into the whole world, entrusting them with a concise teaching, the one by baptism. Then, since he had laid great things on them, raising their spirits, he says, “Behold, I am with you always, to the end of the age.” Do you see his authority again? Do you see how those other words too were said in condescension? And he said he would be not with them only, but also with all who believed after them. For the apostles were not going to remain until the end of the age; but he speaks to the faithful as to one body. “Do not tell me,” he says, “of the difficulty of the task; for I am with you, who make all things easy.” This he said continually to the prophets too in the Old Testament: to Jeremiah when he pleaded his youth, and to Moses and to Ezekiel when they shrank back: “I am with you.” This he says here too, to these. But consider here also the difference between them. Those, sent to one nation, often begged to be excused; these said nothing of the kind, though sent to the whole world. And he reminds them also of the consummation, so as to draw them on the more, and so that they might look not only at the present dangers but also at the endless good things to come. “For the painful things,” he says, “which you will undergo end with the present life, since this age itself will come to its consummation; but the good things which you will enjoy remain immortal,” as I have often said before. Thus, having anointed them and raised their spirits by the memory of that day too, he sent them out. For that day is longed for by those who live in good deeds, just as it is fearful to those who live in sins, as it is to the condemned.

But let us not only fear and shudder, but also change while there is time, and recover from wickedness; for we can, if we will. For if many did this before grace, much more after grace. [3] For what burdensome thing have we been commanded? To cut through mountains? Or to fly into the air? Or to cross the Tyrrhenian Sea? Not at all; but a way of life so easy that it needs no instruments, only a soul and a will. For what instruments did the apostles have, who achieved so much? Did they not go about with a single tunic and barefoot, and prevail over all? For what is difficult in the commands? Have no one as an enemy; hate no one; speak ill of no one. Rather, the opposite of these is the more difficult. “But he said,” someone says, “throw away your money.” Is this, then, the burdensome thing? In the first place, he did not command it but counseled it. Yet even if it were a command, what is heavy in not carrying burdens and untimely cares? But oh, the love of money! Everything has become money; because of this everything has been turned upside down. If someone calls another blessed, he mentions these things; if he calls him wretched, the wretchedness comes from this. And all conversations are about these things: how so-and-so is rich, how so-and-so is poor. Whether someone takes up military service or marriage or a trade or anything else, he does not lay hand to the matter before him until he sees these things flowing in to him abundantly. Then shall we not come together and take counsel how we shall drive away this disease? Shall we not be ashamed at the achievements of our fathers, the three thousand, the five thousand, who had all things in common? What is the gain of the present life, if we do not use it for trading for the life to come? How long will you not make a slave of mammon, which has made slaves of you? How long will you be slaves of money? How long will you not love freedom and tear up the bills of sale of avarice? If you become slaves of men, you do everything if someone promises you freedom; but being captives of avarice, you do not even think how to be freed from this bitter slavery. And yet the one is nothing terrible, but the other is the bitterest tyranny. Consider what a price Christ paid down for us. He poured out his own blood, he gave himself up. But you, even after all this, have fallen back; and what is harder, you even rejoice in the slavery, you take delight in the dishonor, and what should be fled has become desirable.

But since one must not only lament and accuse, but also correct, let us see how this passion and evil has become desirable to us. How, how has it become desirable? “Because,” someone says, “it puts one in glory and security.” What security? Tell me. “In being confident of not going hungry, not being cold, not being harmed, not being despised.” Then if we promise you this security, will you give up being rich? For if wealth is desirable for this reason, and if it is possible to have security without it, what further need have you of it? “And how is it possible,” someone says, “for one who is not rich to obtain these things?” How, rather, is it possible (for I will say the opposite) for one who is rich? For he must flatter many, both rulers and subjects, and be in need of countless people, and be a slave ignobly, and be afraid and tremble, and be wary of the eyes of the envious, and fear the mouths of slanderers and the desires of other lovers of money. But poverty is not like this, but the very opposite. It is a place of refuge and safety, a calm harbor, a wrestling school and training ground of self-command, an imitation of the angelic life. Hear these things, you who are poor, or rather also you who desire to be rich. It is not being poor that is terrible, but not wishing to be poor. Consider poverty nothing terrible, and it will not be terrible to you. For this fear lies not in the nature of the thing but in the judgment of soft-souled men. Or rather I am ashamed if I should have only so much to say on behalf of poverty, that it is nothing terrible; for if you practice self-command, it will be for you a fountain of countless good things. And if someone set before you rule and civic power and wealth and luxury, and then, setting poverty against them, gave you the choice to take whichever you wished, you would at once snatch at this, if you knew its beauty.

90.4Field 2

Καὶ οἶδα μὲν ὅτι πολλοὶ γελῶσι τούτων λεγομένων᾽ ἀλλ᾽ ἡμεῖς οὐ θορυβούμεθα, ἀλλὰ καὶ ὑμᾶς ἀξιοῦμεν ἀνασχέσθαι, καὶ ταχέως ἡμῖν ψηφιεῖσθε. ᾿Εμοὶ γὰρ ἡ πενία κόρῃ τινὶ κοσμίῳ καὶ καλῇ καὶ εὐειδεῖ προσεοικέναι δοκεῖ' ἡ δὲ φιλαργυρία θηριομόρφῳ γυναικὶ, Σκύλλῃ τινὶ καὶ Ὕδρᾳ, καὶ ἑτέροις τισὶ τοιούτοις τέρασι παρὰ μυθοποιῶν πλαττομένοις. Μὴ γάρ μοι τοὺς κατηγοροῦντας τῆς πενίας ἐνέγκῃς εἰς μέσον, ἀλλὰ τοὺς δι᾽ αὐτῆς λάμψαντας. Μετὰ ταύτης Ἡλίας τραφεὶς, ἡρπάγη τὴν μακαρίαν ἐκείνην ἁρπαγήν᾽ μετὰ ταύτης ᾿Ελισσαῖος ἔλαμψε: μετὰ ταύτης ᾿Ιωάννης, μετὰ ταύτης οἱ ἀπόστολοι πάντες μετὰ δὲ ἐκείνης, ὁ ᾿Αχαὰβ, … θησαν. ᾿Αλλ᾽ εἰ δοκεῖ, μὴ τοὺς ἐν πενίᾳ λάμψαντας μόνον ἴδωμεν, ἀλλὰ καὶ αὐτὸ τῆς κόρης ταύτης τὸ κάλλος ἐπισκεψώμεθα. Καὶ γὰρ ὁ ὀφθαλμός ἐστιν αὐτῇ καθαρὸς καὶ διειδὴς, οὐδὲν ἔχων θολερὸν, καθάπερ ὁ τῆς φιλαργυρίας, νῦν μὲν θυμοῦ γέμων, νῦν δὲ ἡδονῆς ἐμπεπλησμένος, νῦν δὲ ἀπὸ ἀκρασίας τεταραγμένος. ᾿Αλλ᾽ οὐχ ὁ τῆς πενίας τοιοῦτος, ἀλλ᾽ ἥμερος, γαληνὸς, ἡδὺ πρὸς πάντας βλέπων, μειλίχιος, προσηνὴς, οὐδένα μισῶν, οὐδένα ἀποστρεφόμενος. Ὅπου γὰρ χρήματα, ἐκεῖ ἔχθρας ὑπόθεσις, καὶ μυρίων πολέμων. Στόμα πάλιν ἐκείνῃ μὲν ὕβρεων γέμει, τύφου τινὸς, ἀλαζονείας πολλῆς, ἀρᾶς, δόλου· ταύτῃ δὲ καὶ στόμα καὶ γλῶσσα ὑγιὴς, εὐχαριστίας γέμουσα διηνεκοῦς, εὐλογίας, προσηνῶν ῥημάτων, φιλοστόργων, θεραπευτικῶν, ἐπαίνων, ἐγκωμίων. Εἰ δὲ καὶ τὴν ἀναλογίαν ἐθέλοις αὐτῆς ἰδεῖν τῶν μελῶν, εὐμήκης γέ ἐστι καὶ ὑψηλοτέρα πολὺ τῆς εὐπορίας. Εἰ δὲ φεύγουσιν αὐτὴν πολλοὶ, μὴ θαυμάσῃς· καὶ γὰρ καὶ τὴν ἄλλην ἀρετὴν οἱ ἀνόητοι. Ἀλλ᾽ ὑβρίζεται, φησὶν, ὁ πένης παρὰ τοῦ πλουτοῦντος. Πάλιν μοι τῆς πενίας τὸ ἐγκώμιον λέγεις. Τίς γάρ, εἰπέ μοι, μακάριος, ὁ ὑβρίζων, ἢ ὁ ὑβριζόμενος; Δῆλον ὡς ὁ ὑβριζόμενος. Οὐκοῦν ἐκείνη μὲν ὑβρίζειν κελεύει ἡ φιλαργυρία' αὕτη δὲ φέρειν παραινεῖ ἡ πενία. Ἀλλὰ πεινᾷ ὁ πένης, φησί. Καὶ Παῦλος ἐπείνα, καὶ ἐν λιμῷ ἥν. Ἀλλ᾽ οὐκ ἔχει ἀνάπαυσιν. Οὐδὲ ὁ υἱὸς τοῦ ἀνθρώπου οὐκ εἶχε ποῦ τὴν κεφαλὴν κλῖναι. Εἶδες ποῖ προέβη τῆς πενίας τὰ ἐγκώμια, καὶ ποῦ σε ἵστησι; πρὸς ποίους ἄνδρας ἀνάγει, καὶ πὼς τοῦ δεσπότου ποιεῖ μιμητήν; Εἰ καλὸν τὸ χρυσίον ἔχειν ἦν, τοῦτο ἂν ἔδωκε τοῖς μαθηταῖς ὁ Χριστὸς, ὁ τὰ ἀπόῤῥητα ἐκεῖνα δοὺς ἀγαθά. Νυνὶ δὲ οὐ μόνον οὐκ ἔδωκεν, ἀλλὰ καὶ ἔχειν ἀπηγόρευσε. Διὸ καὶ ὁ Πέτρος οὐ μόνον καταδύεται πενίᾳ, ἀλλὰ καὶ σεμνύνεται λέγων· ἀργύριον καὶ χρυσίον οὐχ ὑπάρχει μοι ὃ δὲ ἔχω, τοῦτό σοι δίδωμι, φησί. Τίς οὐκ ἂν ἠθέλησεν ὑμῶν ῥῆξαι ταύτην τὴν φωνήν; Καὶ σφόδρα μὲν οὖν ἅπαντες, ἴσως εἴποι τις ἄν. Οὐκοῦν ῥῖψον τὸ ἀργύριον, ῥῖψον τὸ χρυσίον. Καὶ ἐὰν ῥίψω, φησὶ, λήψομαι τὴν δύναμιν Πέτρου: Τί γὰρ Πέτρον μακάριον ἐποίησεν, εἰπέ μοι ἄρα τὸ χωλὸν ἐγεῖραι; Οὐδαμῶς ἀλλὰ τὸ μὴ ταῦτα ἔχειν, τοῦτο αὐτῷ τὸν οὐρανὸν προεξένησε. Τῶν μὲν γὰρ ταῦτα ἐργασαμένων πολλοὶ εἰς γέενναν ἐνέπεσον οἱ δὲ ἐκεῖνα ποιήσαντες βασιλείας ἐπέτυχον. Καὶ τοῦτο καὶ ἐξ αὐτοῦ τοῦ Πέτρου μάνθανε. Δύο γὰρ ἦν ἃ εἴρηκεν ἀργύριον καὶ χρυσίον οὐχ ὑπάρχει μοι καὶ, ἐν τῷ ὀνόματι ᾿Ιησοῦ Χριστοῦ ἔγειραι καὶ περιπάτει. Ποῖον οὖν αὐτὸν ἐποίησε λαμπρὸν καὶ μακάριον, τὸ ἐγεῖραι τὸν χωλὸν, ἢ τὸ ῥῖψαι τὰ χρήματα; Καὶ ταῦτα παρ᾽ αὐτοῦ τοῦ ἀγωνοθέτου παιδεύου. Τί οὖν αὐτὸς τῷ πλουσίῳ ζητοῦντι τὴν αἰώνιον ζωήν; Οὐκ εἶπεν, ἔγειρον χωλούς· ἀλλά, πώλησόν σου τὰ ὑπάρχοντα, καὶ δὸς πτωχοῖς, καὶ δεῦρο ἀκολούθει μοι’ καὶ ἕξεις θησαυρὸν ἐν οὐρανοῖς. Καὶ ὁ Πέτρος δὲ πάλιν οὐκ εἶπεν, ἰδοὺ ἐν τῷ ὀνόματί σου ἐκβάλλομεν δαίμονας καίτοι ἦν ἐκβάλλων' ἀλλ᾽, ἰδοὺ ἀφήκαμεν πάντα, καὶ ἠκολουθήσαμέν σοι· τί ἄρα ἔσται ἡμῖν; Καὶ ὁ Χριστὸς πάλιν πρὸς τοῦτον ἀποκρινόμενος, οὐκ εἶπεν, ἐάν τις χωλὸν ἐγείρῃ: ἀλλ᾽, ὅστις ἀφῆκεν οἰκίας καὶ ἀγροὺς, ἑκατονταπλασίονα λήψεται ἐν τῷ αἰῶνι τούτῳ, καὶ ζωὴν αἰώνιον κληρονομήσει. Καὶ ἡμεῖς οὖν τοῦτον ζηλώσωμεν, ἵνα μὴ καταισχυνθῶμεν, ἀλλὰ ἵνα μετὰ παῤῥησίας παραστῶμεν τῷ βήματι τοῦ Χ ριστοῦ, ἵνα αὐτὸν ἐπισπασώμεθα εἶναι μεθ᾽ ἡμῶν, ὡς καὶ μετὰ τῶν μαθητῶν ἦν. Ἔσται γὰρ καὶ μεθ᾽ ἡμῶν, καθάπερ καὶ μετ᾽ ἐκείνων ἦν, ἐὰν θέλωμεν ἐκείνους μιμήσασθαι, καὶ ζηλωταὶ γενέσθαι τοῦ βίου καὶ τῆς πολιτείας αὐτῶν. Ἀπὸ τούτων γὰρ καὶ ὁ θεὸς στεφανοῖ καὶ ἀνακηρύττει, οὐκ ἀπαιτῶν σε νεκρὸν ἐγεῖραι, οὐδὲ χωλὸν διορθῶσαι. Οὐ γὰρ ταῦτα ποιεῖ κατὰ Πέτρον γενέσθαι, ἀλλὰ τὸ ῥῖψαι τὰ ὄντα· τοῦτο γὰρ τοῦ ἀποστόλου τὸ κατόρθωμα. Ἀλλ᾽ οὐ δύνασαι ῥῖψαι: Μάλιστα μὲν δυνατόν᾽ πλὴν οὐκ ἀναγκάζω, εἰ μὴ βούλει, οὐδὲ βιάζομαι' ἀλλ᾽ ἐκεῖνο παρακαλῶ, κἂν κατὰ μέρος ἀναλίσκειν τοῖς δεομένοις, καὶ μηδὲν πλέον τῆς χρείας ἐπιζητεῖν. Οὕτω γὰρ καὶ ἐνταῦθα ἀπράγμονα βιωσόμεθα βίον καὶ ἀσφαλῆ, καὶ τῆς αἰωνίου ζωῆς ἀπολαύσομεν' ἧς γένοιτο πάντας ἡμᾶς ἐπιτυχεῖν, χάριτι καὶ φιλανθρωπίᾳ τοῦ κυρίου ἡμῶν ᾿Ιησοῦ Χριστοῦ, ᾧ ἡ δόξα καὶ τὸ κράτος ἅμα τῷ πατρὶ καὶ τῷ ἁγίῳ πνεύματι, νῦν καὶ ἀεὶ καὶ εἰς τοὺς αἰῶνας τῶν αἰώνων. ᾿Αμήν.

Kai oida men hoti polloi gelōsi toutōn legomenōn᾽ all᾽ hēmeis ou thoryboumetha, alla kai hymas axioumen anaschesthai, kai tacheōs hēmin psēphieisthe. ᾿Emoi gar hē penia korę̄ tini kosmiǭ kai kalę̄ kai eueidei proseoikenai dokei' hē de philargyria thēriomorphǭ gynaiki, Skyllę̄ tini kai Hydrą, kai heterois tisi toioutois terasi para mythopoiōn plattomenois. Mē gar moi tous katēgorountas tēs penias enenkę̄s eis meson, alla tous di᾽ autēs lampsantas. Meta tautēs Hēlias trapheis, hērpagē tēn makarian ekeinēn harpagēn᾽ meta tautēs ᾿Elissaios elampse: meta tautēs ᾿Iōannēs, meta tautēs hoi apostoloi pantes meta de ekeinēs, ho ᾿Achaab, … thēsan. ᾿All᾽ ei dokei, mē tous en penią lampsantas monon idōmen, alla kai auto tēs korēs tautēs to kallos episkepsōmetha. Kai gar ho ophthalmos estin autę̄ katharos kai dieidēs, ouden echōn tholeron, kathaper ho tēs philargyrias, nyn men thymou gemōn, nyn de hēdonēs empeplēsmenos, nyn de apo akrasias tetaragmenos. ᾿All᾽ ouch ho tēs penias toioutos, all᾽ hēmeros, galēnos, hēdy pros pantas blepōn, meilichios, prosēnēs, oudena misōn, oudena apostrephomenos. Hopou gar chrēmata, ekei echthras hypothesis, kai myriōn polemōn. Stoma palin ekeinę̄ men hybreōn gemei, typhou tinos, alazoneias pollēs, aras, dolou; tautę̄ de kai stoma kai glōssa hygiēs, eucharistias gemousa diēnekous, eulogias, prosēnōn rhēmatōn, philostorgōn, therapeutikōn, epainōn, enkōmiōn. Ei de kai tēn analogian ethelois autēs idein tōn melōn, eumēkēs ge esti kai hypsēlotera poly tēs euporias. Ei de pheugousin autēn polloi, mē thaumasę̄s; kai gar kai tēn allēn aretēn hoi anoētoi. All᾽ hybrizetai, phēsin, ho penēs para tou ploutountos. Palin moi tēs penias to enkōmion legeis. Tis gar, eipe moi, makarios, ho hybrizōn, ē ho hybrizomenos? Dēlon hōs ho hybrizomenos. Oukoun ekeinē men hybrizein keleuei hē philargyria' hautē de pherein parainei hē penia. Alla peiną ho penēs, phēsi. Kai Paulos epeina, kai en limǭ hēn. All᾽ ouk echei anapausin. Oude ho huios tou anthrōpou ouk eiche pou tēn kephalēn klinai. Eides poi proebē tēs penias ta enkōmia, kai pou se histēsi? pros poious andras anagei, kai pōs tou despotou poiei mimētēn? Ei kalon to chrysion echein ēn, touto an edōke tois mathētais ho Christos, ho ta aporrhēta ekeina dous agatha. Nyni de ou monon ouk edōken, alla kai echein apēgoreuse. Dio kai ho Petros ou monon katadyetai penią, alla kai semnynetai legōn; argyrion kai chrysion ouch hyparchei moi ho de echō, touto soi didōmi, phēsi. Tis ouk an ēthelēsen hymōn rhēxai tautēn tēn phōnēn? Kai sphodra men oun hapantes, isōs eipoi tis an. Oukoun rhipson to argyrion, rhipson to chrysion. Kai ean rhipsō, phēsi, lēpsomai tēn dynamin Petrou: Ti gar Petron makarion epoiēsen, eipe moi ara to chōlon egeirai? Oudamōs alla to mē tauta echein, touto autǭ ton ouranon proexenēse. Tōn men gar tauta ergasamenōn polloi eis geennan enepeson hoi de ekeina poiēsantes basileias epetychon. Kai touto kai ex autou tou Petrou manthane. Dyo gar ēn ha eirēken argyrion kai chrysion ouch hyparchei moi kai, en tǭ onomati ᾿Iēsou Christou egeirai kai peripatei. Poion oun auton epoiēse lampron kai makarion, to egeirai ton chōlon, ē to rhipsai ta chrēmata? Kai tauta par᾽ autou tou agōnothetou paideuou. Ti oun autos tǭ plousiǭ zētounti tēn aiōnion zōēn? Ouk eipen, egeiron chōlous; alla, pōlēson sou ta hyparchonta, kai dos ptōchois, kai deuro akolouthei moi’ kai hexeis thēsauron en ouranois. Kai ho Petros de palin ouk eipen, idou en tǭ onomati sou ekballomen daimonas kaitoi ēn ekballōn' all᾽, idou aphēkamen panta, kai ēkolouthēsamen soi; ti ara estai hēmin? Kai ho Christos palin pros touton apokrinomenos, ouk eipen, ean tis chōlon egeirę̄: all᾽, hostis aphēken oikias kai agrous, hekatontaplasiona lēpsetai en tǭ aiōni toutǭ, kai zōēn aiōnion klēronomēsei. Kai hēmeis oun touton zēlōsōmen, hina mē kataischynthōmen, alla hina meta parrhēsias parastōmen tǭ bēmati tou Ch ristou, hina auton epispasōmetha einai meth᾽ hēmōn, hōs kai meta tōn mathētōn ēn. Estai gar kai meth᾽ hēmōn, kathaper kai met᾽ ekeinōn ēn, ean thelōmen ekeinous mimēsasthai, kai zēlōtai genesthai tou biou kai tēs politeias autōn. Apo toutōn gar kai ho theos stephanoi kai anakēryttei, ouk apaitōn se nekron egeirai, oude chōlon diorthōsai. Ou gar tauta poiei kata Petron genesthai, alla to rhipsai ta onta; touto gar tou apostolou to katorthōma. All᾽ ou dynasai rhipsai: Malista men dynaton᾽ plēn ouk anankazō, ei mē boulei, oude biazomai' all᾽ ekeino parakalō, kan kata meros analiskein tois deomenois, kai mēden pleon tēs chreias epizētein. Houtō gar kai entautha apragmona biōsometha bion kai asphalē, kai tēs aiōniou zōēs apolausomen' hēs genoito pantas hēmas epitychein, chariti kai philanthrōpią tou kyriou hēmōn ᾿Iēsou Christou, hǭ hē doxa kai to kratos hama tǭ patri kai tǭ hagiǭ pneumati, nyn kai aei kai eis tous aiōnas tōn aiōnōn. ᾿Amēn.

And I know that many laugh when these things are said; but we are not disturbed, and we ask you too to bear with us, and you will soon vote with us. For to me poverty seems like a modest maiden, beautiful and comely, but avarice like a woman shaped like a beast, a Scylla or a Hydra or some other such monster fashioned by the mythmakers. For do not bring forward to me those who accuse poverty, but those who shone through it. With her Elijah was nourished and was caught up in that blessed rapture; with her Elisha shone; with her John; with her all the apostles; but with that other, Ahab … were condemned. But if you will, let us not look only at those who shone in poverty, but let us examine the very beauty of this maiden. For her eye is pure and clear, having nothing turbid, as the eye of avarice has, now full of wrath, now filled with pleasure, now troubled by incontinence. The eye of poverty is not like that, but gentle, calm, looking sweetly on all, mild, kindly, hating no one, turning from no one. For where money is, there is the occasion of enmity and of countless wars. Again, the mouth of that other is full of insults, of a certain pride, of much arrogance, of cursing, of deceit; but this one’s mouth and tongue are healthy, full of continual thanksgiving, of blessing, of kindly words, affectionate and healing, of praises, of commendations. And if you would see also the proportion of her limbs, she is of fine stature, and much taller than wealth. And if many flee her, do not marvel; for the foolish flee the rest of virtue too.

“But the poor man,” someone says, “is insulted by the rich.” Again you are telling me the praise of poverty. For who, tell me, is blessed, the one who insults or the one who is insulted? Plainly the one who is insulted. So that one, avarice, bids us insult, but this one, poverty, exhorts us to bear it. “But the poor man goes hungry,” someone says. Paul too went hungry, and was in famine. “But he has no rest.” Neither did the Son of Man have anywhere to lay his head. Do you see how far the praises of poverty have gone, and where they set you? To what men they lead you up, and how they make you an imitator of the Master? If it were good to have gold, Christ would have given it to his disciples, he who gave those unspeakable good things. But as it is, not only did he not give it, but he even forbade them to have it. That is why Peter not only is not abashed at his poverty but even prides himself on it, saying, “Silver and gold I have none; but what I have, this I give you.” Which of you would not have wished to utter this saying? “All of us, very much indeed,” someone might say. Then throw away the silver, throw away the gold. “And if I throw it away,” he says, “shall I receive Peter’s power?” For what made Peter blessed, tell me? Raising the lame man? Not at all; it was not having these things that procured heaven for him. For of those who worked such wonders many fell into hell; but those who did the other obtained the kingdom. And learn this from Peter himself. For there were two things he said: “Silver and gold I have none,” and, “In the name of Jesus Christ, rise and walk.” Which, then, made him illustrious and blessed, raising the lame man or throwing away his money? And learn this from the president of the contest himself. What, then, did he say to the rich man who was seeking eternal life? He did not say, “Raise the lame,” but, “Sell your possessions and give to the poor, and come, follow me; and you will have treasure in heaven.” And Peter in turn did not say, “Behold, in your name we cast out demons,” though he did cast them out, but, “Behold, we have left everything and followed you; what then will we have?” And Christ in turn, answering him, did not say, “If anyone raises a lame man,” but, “Whoever has left houses and fields will receive a hundredfold in this age, and will inherit eternal life.” Let us too, then, emulate this, so that we may not be put to shame, but may stand with boldness before the judgment seat of Christ, so that we may draw him to be with us, as he was with the disciples. For he will be with us too, just as he was with them, if we are willing to imitate them and become emulators of their life and conduct. For it is for these things that God crowns and proclaims, not requiring you to raise a dead man or to set right a lame one. For it is not these things that make one like Peter, but throwing away what one has; for this was the apostle’s achievement. “But you cannot throw it away?” It is quite possible; but I do not compel you, if you do not wish it, nor do I force you; but this I exhort you: to spend at least a part of it on those in need, and to seek nothing beyond your need. For so we shall live a life free from trouble and safe here too, and we shall enjoy eternal life; which may we all attain, by the grace and love for humankind of our Lord Jesus Christ, to whom be glory and might, together with the Father and the Holy Spirit, now and always and forever and ever. Amen.